TY - JOUR AU - Fine, Jacob T1 - Rx: a peer review system for physicians. JO - Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists JF - Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists Y1 - 1977/09// VL - 33 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 38 EP - 43 PB - Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists SN - 00963402 N1 - Accession Number: 21639188; Fine, Jacob 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital in Boston, Mass; Source Info: Sep1977, Vol. 33 Issue 7, p38; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=21639188&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hines, Frank T. T1 - SHOULD U.S. OFFICE OF EDUCATION ADMINISTER FUNDS FOR POST-WAR EDUCATION OF SERVICE MEN AND WOMEN? CON. JO - Congressional Digest JF - Congressional Digest Y1 - 1944/03// VL - 23 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 87 EP - 90 PB - Congressional Digest SN - 00105899 N1 - Accession Number: 12015446; Hines, Frank T. 1; Affiliation: 1: Administrator, Veterans' Administration.; Source Info: Mar1944, Vol. 23 Issue 3, p87; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12015446&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Nehemkis, Peter AU - Nehemkis, Alexis T1 - China's Law on Joint Ventures. JO - California Management Review JF - California Management Review Y1 - 1980///Summer80 VL - 22 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 37 EP - 46 PB - California Management Review SN - 00081256 AB - China's new law on joint ventures will make for an experiment in East-West cooperation. There is a need for a realistic assessment of the China market, and differences in cultural attitudes will require clarification before Western participants assume management responsibilities. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of California Management Review is the property of California Management Review and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - JOINT ventures KW - STRATEGIC alliances (Business) KW - COMMERCIAL law KW - FOREIGN investments KW - CORPORATE culture KW - CHINA -- Foreign economic relations KW - UNITED States -- Foreign economic relations KW - CULTURAL values KW - CHINA KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 4760219; Nehemkis, Peter 1; Nehemkis, Alexis 2; Affiliations: 1: Graduate School of Management, University of California, Los Angeles; 2: Member of the staff of the Veterans Administration Medical Center, Long Beach, California; Issue Info: Summer80, Vol. 22 Issue 4, p37; Thesaurus Term: JOINT ventures; Thesaurus Term: STRATEGIC alliances (Business); Thesaurus Term: COMMERCIAL law; Thesaurus Term: FOREIGN investments; Thesaurus Term: CORPORATE culture; Subject Term: CHINA -- Foreign economic relations; Subject Term: UNITED States -- Foreign economic relations; Subject Term: CULTURAL values; Subject: CHINA; Subject: UNITED States; NAICS/Industry Codes: 522293 International Trade Financing; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=4760219&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - GEN AU - Kane, E. R. AU - MacNaughton, Malcolm AU - Bucy, J. Fred AU - Roberts Jr., T. H. AU - Seegal, Herbert L. AU - Wells, Theodora AU - Becton Jr., Henry AU - Murphy, Thomas A. AU - Pearce, Cary Jack AU - Dicconson, D. H. E. AU - Evans, David L. AU - Hilton, T. C. AU - Smith, Robert W. AU - Studt, Ward B. AU - Asaro, Vincent AU - Kasper, Daniel M. AU - Hancock, William A. AU - Hong, James M. AU - Townsend, Charles C. AU - Evans Jr., Jess C. T1 - Letters to the editor. JO - Harvard Business Review JF - Harvard Business Review Y1 - 1977/07//Jul/Aug1977 VL - 55 IS - 4 M3 - Letter SP - 148 EP - 175 PB - Harvard Business School Publication Corp. SN - 00178012 AB - The letters to the editor refer to articles published in previous issues of "Harvard Business Review." "Managers and Leaders: Are They Different?" and "Two Women, Three Men on a Raft" are in the May-June 1977 issue. "A Film Director's Approach to Managing Creativity," by Eileen Morley and Andrew Silver, and "The Top of the World Is Flat" are in the March-April 1977 issue. "Bottom-Line Management for Public Agencies" is in the January-February 1977 issue. Other topics are personnel policy, disabled employees, workers' compensation, criminal liability, audit committees, divisions, capital commitments, and foreign exchange risks. KW - EXECUTIVE ability (Management) KW - PERSONNEL management KW - WORKERS' compensation KW - CREATIVE ability in business KW - PEOPLE with disabilities -- Employment KW - CORPORATIONS -- Auditing KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - CRIMINAL liability KW - HARVARD Business Review N1 - Accession Number: 3867497; Kane, E. R. 1; MacNaughton, Malcolm 2; Bucy, J. Fred 3; Roberts Jr., T. H. 4; Seegal, Herbert L. 5; Wells, Theodora; Becton Jr., Henry 6; Murphy, Thomas A. 7; Pearce, Cary Jack 8; Dicconson, D. H. E. 9; Evans, David L. 10; Hilton, T. C. 11; Smith, Robert W. 12; Studt, Ward B. 13; Asaro, Vincent 14; Kasper, Daniel M.; Hancock, William A. 15; Hong, James M. 16; Townsend, Charles C. 17; Evans Jr., Jess C. 18; Affiliations: 1: President, E.I. du Pont de Nemours & Company, Wilmington, Delaware; 2: Chairman of the Board, Castle & Cooke, Inc., Honolulu, Hawaii; 3: President, Texas Instruments Incorporated, Dallas, Texas; 4: Chief Executive Officer, DeKalb AgResearch, Inc., DeKalb, Illinois; 5: President, R.H. Macy & Co., Inc., New York, New York; 6: Program Manager for Cultural Affairs, WGBH Educational Foundation, Boston, Massachusetts; 7: Chairman, General Motors Corporation, Detroit, Michigan; 8: Pearce & Brand Attorneys at Law, Washington, D.C.; 9: President, Morganite Incorporated, Dunn, North Carolina; 10: Supervisor, Station Operations, U.S. Postal Service, Nashville, Tennessee; 11: Vice President, Transamerica Insurance Group, Los Angeles, California; 12: Senior Vice President, The Prudential Insurance Company of America, Newark, New Jersey; 13: Chief of Staff, Veterans Administration Hospital, Memphis, Tennessee; 14: Principal Vocational Rehabilitation Counselor, Massachusetts Rehabilitation Commission, Boston, Massachusetts; 15: Senior Counsel, TRW Inc., Cleveland, Ohio; 16: Vice President, Finance and Treasurer, Chief Financial Officer, Beverage Management Inc., Columbus, Ohio; 17: Executive Vice President of Finance, The Interpublic Group of Companies Inc., New York, New York; 18: Senior Vice President of Finance, Cities Service Gas Company, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Issue Info: Jul/Aug1977, Vol. 55 Issue 4, p148; Thesaurus Term: EXECUTIVE ability (Management); Thesaurus Term: PERSONNEL management; Thesaurus Term: WORKERS' compensation; Thesaurus Term: CREATIVE ability in business; Thesaurus Term: PEOPLE with disabilities -- Employment; Thesaurus Term: CORPORATIONS -- Auditing; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: CRIMINAL liability; Reviews & Products: HARVARD Business Review; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541612 Human Resources Consulting Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923130 Administration of Human Resource Programs (except Education, Public Health, and Veterans' Affairs Programs); NAICS/Industry Codes: 524129 Other direct insurance (except life, health and medical) carriers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 525190 Other Insurance Funds; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=3867497&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sharma, Sandra B. AU - Elkins, David AU - van Sickle, Ann AU - Roberts, Cleora S. T1 - EFFECT OF PREDISCHARGE INTERVENTIONS ON AFTERCARE ATTENDANCE: Process and Outcome. JO - Health & Social Work JF - Health & Social Work Y1 - 1995/02// VL - 20 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 15 EP - 20 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 03607283 AB - This article presents findings of a study which was conducted to determine if particular predischarge interventions had an effect on whether psychiatric patients attended their initial aftercare appointments at a Veterans Administration mental health clinic in the U.S. The identification of the major research question and its subquestions was based on three assumptions derived from the literature, patients do not tend to be compliant with outpatient therapy appointments; follow-through with outpatient mental health visits is desirable to maximize patient well-being and therapist-patient contact before discharge will decrease noncompliance with initial outpatient appointments. The sample population was drawn from three similar admitting psychiatric inpatient units and the outpatient mental health clinics of a general medical-surgical veterans hospital located in a southeastern state. Results showed a trend toward higher rates of aftercare attendance for those receiving interventions compared with those not receiving an intervention. However, with the present sample it must be concluded that predischarge interventions did not contribute significant differences in attendance at the initial aftercare appointments. KW - MEDICAL care KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - MENTAL health KW - PATIENTS KW - HEALTH facilities KW - MEDICAL appointments & schedules KW - aftercare KW - discharge planning KW - outpatient mental health programs KW - psychiatric treatment. N1 - Accession Number: 9501315535; Sharma, Sandra B. 1 Elkins, David 2 van Sickle, Ann 3 Roberts, Cleora S. 4; Affiliation: 1: Psychiatric Clinical Specialist, James A. Haley Veterans' Hospital, Tampa, FL. 2: Clinical Social Worker, Bone Marrow Transfer Unit. 3: Director, Partial Hospital Program, Seattle Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, WA. 4: Associate Professor, School of Social Work, University of South Florida, Tamp.; Source Info: Feb1995, Vol. 20 Issue 1, p15; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: HEALTH facilities; Subject Term: MEDICAL appointments & schedules; Author-Supplied Keyword: aftercare; Author-Supplied Keyword: discharge planning; Author-Supplied Keyword: outpatient mental health programs; Author-Supplied Keyword: psychiatric treatment.; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4015 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9501315535&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Larkin, John P. AU - Hopcroft, Barbara Most T1 - IN-HOSPITAL RESPITE AS A MODERATOR OF CAREGIVER STRESS. JO - Health & Social Work JF - Health & Social Work Y1 - 1993/05// VL - 18 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 132 EP - 138 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 03607283 AB - Data on family caregiver stress obtained before, during, and following respite suggest that stress was moderated by an in-hospital respite program for patients with Alzheimer's disease. Although short-term benefits may be realized for caregivers, in-hospital Alzheimers; respite care may present a particular risk for patient decline, adverse events, and institutionalization. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Health & Social Work is the property of Oxford University Press / USA and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CAREGIVERS KW - FAMILIES KW - ALZHEIMER'S disease KW - HOME care services KW - RESPITE care KW - CARE of the sick KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL aspects N1 - Accession Number: 9306115224; Larkin, John P. 1 Hopcroft, Barbara Most 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Social Work Service (122), Hampton, VA 23667. 2: Executive Director, Living Is for the Elderly, Arlington, MA.; Source Info: May1993, Vol. 18 Issue 2, p132; Subject Term: CAREGIVERS; Subject Term: FAMILIES; Subject Term: ALZHEIMER'S disease; Subject Term: HOME care services; Subject Term: RESPITE care; Subject Term: CARE of the sick; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL aspects; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621399 Offices of All Other Miscellaneous Health Practitioners; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621610 Home Health Care Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624120 Services for the Elderly and Persons with Disabilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621390 Offices of all other health practitioners; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4053 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9306115224&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Polinsky, Margaret L. AU - Fred, Carol AU - Ganz, Patricia A. T1 - QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE ASSESSMENT OF A CASE MANAGEMENT PROGRAM FOR CANCER PATIENTS. JO - Health & Social Work JF - Health & Social Work Y1 - 1991/08// VL - 16 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 176 EP - 183 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 03607283 AB - An oncology social work case management model of intervention is described quantitatively and qualitatively. Sixty-nine newly diagnosed breast cancer patients followed by telephone for one year required 374 hours of the social worker's time in providing reassurance, information, and referral to existing community resources. This process took less than one-half hour per patient per month. Case examples provide insight into the clinical aspects of the social worker's efforts. This telephone-based model was found to be highly effective and cost-efficient in addressing the rehabilitation needs of cancer patients. It also is a generic model that can be used with cancer patients with any disease site or phase of illness. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Health & Social Work is the property of Oxford University Press / USA and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SOCIAL services case management KW - BREAST cancer -- Patients KW - SOCIAL workers KW - COMMUNITY health services KW - MEDICAL referral KW - BREAST cancer KW - MEDICAL social work KW - SOCIAL services KW - CANCER patients -- Psychology N1 - Accession Number: 24227568; Polinsky, Margaret L. 1,2 Fred, Carol 3 Ganz, Patricia A. 4,5; Affiliation: 1: Project Director, UCLA Cancer Rehabilitation Project, Jonsson Comprehensive Cancer Center, Division of Cancer Control, 1100 Glendon Avenue, Suite 711, Los Angeles, CA 90024 2: Coordinator, Research and Evaluation Department of Clinical Social Work, Center for the Health Sciences, UCLA Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA 3: Clinical Social Work Researcher, UCLA Cancer Rehabilitation Project, Los Angeles, CA 4: Adjunct Associate Professor of Medicine, School of Medicine, University of California, Los Angeles, CA 5: Chief of Hematology/Oncology, UCLA San Fernando Valley Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, CA; Source Info: Aug1991, Vol. 16 Issue 3, p176; Subject Term: SOCIAL services case management; Subject Term: BREAST cancer -- Patients; Subject Term: SOCIAL workers; Subject Term: COMMUNITY health services; Subject Term: MEDICAL referral; Subject Term: BREAST cancer; Subject Term: MEDICAL social work; Subject Term: SOCIAL services; Subject Term: CANCER patients -- Psychology; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621494 Community health centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 913910 Other local, municipal and regional public administration; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 1 Diagram, 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4009 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=24227568&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Yonezawa, Suguru AU - Taira, Michiko AU - Osako, Masahiko AU - Kubo, Masaaki AU - Tanaka, Sadao AU - Sakoda, Koro AU - Takao, Sonshin AU - Aiko, Takashi AU - Yamamoto, Masaya AU - Irimura, Tatsur AU - Kim, Young S. AU - Sato, Elichi T1 - MUC-1 mucin expression in invasive areas of intraductal papillary mucinous tumors of the pancreas. JO - Pathology International JF - Pathology International Y1 - 1998/04// VL - 48 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 319 EP - 322 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 13205463 AB - The expression of MUC-1 mucin (membrane-associated mucin) and MUC-2 mucin (secretory mucin) were immunohistochemically examined in 46 invasive ductal carcinomas (IDC) and 16 intraductal papillary mucinous tumors (IPMT) of the pancreas. Intraductal papillary mucinous tumors usually reveal expansive growth. However, of the 16 IPMT examined in the present study, three showed an invasive growth pattern, which was similar to mucinous carcinoma’, around the non-invasive growth areas. Of 46 IDC, MUC-1 mucin detected by monoclonal antibodies, DF3 and MY.1E12, was expressed in 44 cases (96%) and in 45 cases (98%), respectively, whereas MUC-2 mucin detected by polyclonal antibody, anti-MAP, was not expressed in any of the cases (0%). In contrast, in the non-invasive growth areas of the 16 IPMT, MUC-1 mucin detected by DF3 and MY.1E12 was expressed in four cases (25%) and in six cases (38%), respectively, whereas MUC-2 mucin detected by anti-MAP was expressed in 13 cases (81%). The invasive growth areas of the three IPMT showed positive expression of MUC-1 mucins detected by DF3 and MY.1E12, although the non-invasive growth areas showed negative expression of MUC-1 mucins, except for their focal positive expression in one of the three cases. These findings indicate that the invasive growth areas of IPMT acquire a characteristic of MUC-1 mucin expression that is usually seen in IDC. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Pathology International is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MUCINS KW - MUCOPROTEINS KW - CANCER KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - MONOCLONAL antibodies KW - ENDOCRINE glands KW - TUMORS KW - intraductal papillary mucinous tumor KW - invasion KW - MUC-1 mucin KW - pancreas N1 - Accession Number: 25585660; Yonezawa, Suguru 1; Email Address: syoneza@med4.kufm.kagoshima-u.ac.jp Taira, Michiko 1 Osako, Masahiko 2 Kubo, Masaaki 3 Tanaka, Sadao 4 Sakoda, Koro 2 Takao, Sonshin 3 Aiko, Takashi 3 Yamamoto, Masaya 5 Irimura, Tatsur 5 Kim, Young S. 6 Sato, Elichi 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Pathology, Faculty of Medicine, Kagoshima University 2: Department of Surgery, Kagoshima-shi Medical Association Hospital, Kagoshima 3: First Department of Surgery, Faculty of Medicine, Kagoshima University 4: Department of Pathology, Kagoshima-shi Medical Association Hospital, Kagoshima 5: Department of Cancer Biology and Molecular Immunology, Faculty of Pharmaceutical Sciences, The University of Tokyo, Tokyo, Japan 6: Gastrointestinal Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of California, San Francisco, California, United States of America; Source Info: Apr98, Vol. 48 Issue 4, p319; Subject Term: MUCINS; Subject Term: MUCOPROTEINS; Subject Term: CANCER; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: MONOCLONAL antibodies; Subject Term: ENDOCRINE glands; Subject Term: TUMORS; Author-Supplied Keyword: intraductal papillary mucinous tumor; Author-Supplied Keyword: invasion; Author-Supplied Keyword: MUC-1 mucin; Author-Supplied Keyword: pancreas; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=25585660&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jaume, J. C. AU - Burek, C. L. AU - Hoffman, W. H. AU - Rose, N. R. AU - Mclachlan, S. M. AU - Rapoport, B. T1 - Thyroid peroxidase autoantibody epitopic 'fingerprints' in juvenile Hashimoto's thyroiditis: evidence for conservation over time and in families. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1996/04// VL - 104 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 115 EP - 123 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - In Hashimoto's thyroiditis, the humoral component is manifest by autoantibodies to thyroid peroxidase (TPO). Epitopic 'fingerprinting' of polyclonal serum TPO autoantibodies has been facilitated by the molecular cloning and expression as Fab of a repertoire of human TPO autoantibody genes. To investigate whether TPO autoantibody fingerprints are (i) stable over long periods of time (∼15 years), and (ii) inherited, we studied a cohort of nine patients with juvenile Hashimoto's thyroiditis and 21 first degree relatives of four of these piuients. Fingerprints were determined by competition between four selected Fab and serum autoantibodies for binding to 125I-TPO. Regardless of titre, the TPO epitopic profile was stable in 10/12 individuals whose TPO autoantibody levels were sufficient for analysis on two or three occasions over 12-15 years. Although the TPO epitopic fingerprint profiles in two families raised the possibility of inheritance, overall the data from all four families did not reveal an obvious pattern of genetic control. In no family was the TPO epitopic fingerprint associated with HLA A, B or DR. In conclusion, TPO autoantibody epitopic fingerprints are frequently conserved over many years. Studies on additional families are necessary to establish whether or not the epitopic profiles of TPO autoantibodies are inherited. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IODIDE peroxidase KW - AUTOIMMUNE thyroiditis KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - THYROIDITIS KW - PEROXIDASE KW - autoantibody KW - epitope KW - fingerprint KW - thyroid peroxidase KW - thyroiditis N1 - Accession Number: 15897563; Jaume, J. C. 1,2 Burek, C. L. 3,4 Hoffman, W. H. 5 Rose, N. R. 3,4 Mclachlan, S. M. 1,2 Rapoport, B. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Thyroid Molecular Biology Unit, Veterans' Administration Medical Centre 2: University of California, San Francisco, CA 3: Department of Pathology, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, MD 4: Department of Molecular Biology and Immunology, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, MD 5: Medical College of Georgia, Augusta, GA, USA; Source Info: Apr1996, Vol. 104 Issue 1, p115; Subject Term: IODIDE peroxidase; Subject Term: AUTOIMMUNE thyroiditis; Subject Term: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: THYROIDITIS; Subject Term: PEROXIDASE; Author-Supplied Keyword: autoantibody; Author-Supplied Keyword: epitope; Author-Supplied Keyword: fingerprint; Author-Supplied Keyword: thyroid peroxidase; Author-Supplied Keyword: thyroiditis; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15897563&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Vanham, G. AU - Edmonds, K. AU - Qing, L. AU - Hom, D. AU - Toossi, Z. AU - Jones, B. AU - Daley, C. L. AU - Huebner, R. AU - Kestens, L. AU - Gigase, P. AU - Ellner, J. J. T1 - Generalized immune activation in pulmonary tuberculosis: co-activation with HIV infection. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1996/01// VL - 103 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 30 EP - 34 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Parameters of immune activation /differentiation were studied in a group of newly diagnosed HIV and HIV+ pulmonary tuberculosis (TB) patients. Compared with controls, HLA-DR expression on both CD4 and CD8 T cells from the HIV- TB patients was approximately doubled; HLA-DR on T cells from the HIV+ group was tripled. The monocytes from both groups of patients expressed abnormally high levels of the Fcγ receptors I and III. Serum levels of tumour necrosis factor-alpha (TNF-α), neopterin and β2-microglobulin were increased in HIV- and even more so in HIV+ TB patients. The expression of HLA-DR on T cell subsets and of FcγR on monocytes correlated with each other, but not with serum activation markers. This pattern of non-specific activation during TB infection may be associated with enhanced susceptibility to HIV infection. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - TUBERCULOSIS KW - PATIENTS KW - T cells KW - MONOCYTES KW - SERUM KW - HIV infections KW - FC&gamma receptor KW - HIV KW - HLA-DR KW - immune activation KW - tuberculosis N1 - Accession Number: 15947243; Vanham, G. 1 Edmonds, K. 2 Qing, L. 2 Hom, D. 2 Toossi, Z. 2 Jones, B. 3 Daley, C. L. 4 Huebner, R. 5 Kestens, L. 1 Gigase, P. 1 Ellner, J. J. 2; Affiliation: 1: Laboratory of Pathology and Immunology, Department of Infection and Immunity, Institute of Tropical Medicine, Antwerpen, Belgium. 2: Division of Infectious Diseases, Department of Medicine, Case Western Reserve University, University Hospitals and Veterans Administration Medical Centre, Cleveland, OH, USA. 3: Los Angeles County Hospital, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, USA. 4: Division of Pulmonary and Critical Care Medicine, San Francisco General Hospital and San Francisco Tuberculosis Clinic, University of California at San Francisco, San Francisco, CA, USA. 5: Division of Tuberculosis Elimination, Centres for Disease Control and Prevention, Atlanta, GA, USA.; Source Info: Jan1996, Vol. 103 Issue 1, p30; Subject Term: TUBERCULOSIS; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: MONOCYTES; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: HIV infections; Author-Supplied Keyword: FC&gamma receptor; Author-Supplied Keyword: HIV; Author-Supplied Keyword: HLA-DR; Author-Supplied Keyword: immune activation; Author-Supplied Keyword: tuberculosis; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15947243&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Brito, B. E. AU - Romano, E. L. AU - Grunfeld, C. T1 - Increased lipopolysaccharide-induced tumour necrosis factor levels and death in hypercholesterolaemic rabbits. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1995/08// VL - 101 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 357 EP - 361 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Nutritional-induced hypercholesterolaemia in New Zealand rabbits causes increased susceptibility to experimental infections. Rabbits fed cholesterol (0.5g%) for 8 weeks were injected intravenously with varying doses of Escherichia coli 0127: B8 lipopolysaccharide (LPS; 3-100 μg/kg). The levels of cholesterol, triglycerides, tumour necrosis factor (TNF), and the survival rates of treated rabbits were then measured. Rabbits fed either normal chow or chow impregnated with sesame oil were used as controls. LPS induced higher serum TNF levels in hypercholesterolaemic rabbits than in normal rabbits or rabbits fed with chow containing sesame oil. TNF levels rose faster in hypercholesterolaemic rabbits than in normal rabbits, reaching maximum levels at 60 min and 120 min, respectively, after LPS injection. The survival rate of hypercholesterolaemic rabbits (1/11) was lower than in normal rabbits (6/7) or rabbits fed with the sesame oil chow (4/4) at the higher LPS doses. No death occurred at lower doses. One possible interpretation of these results, also supported by neutralization experiments, is that increased TNF secretion in hypercholesterolaemic rabbits raises the host's susceptibility to experimental endotoxaemia and possibly to Gram-negative infection. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HYPERCHOLESTEREMIA KW - BLOOD cholesterol KW - LOW-cholesterol diet KW - ESCHERICHIA coli KW - CYTOKINES KW - TUMOR necrosis factor KW - endotoxin KW - experimental infection KW - hypercholesterolaemia KW - susceptibility KW - tumour necrosis factor N1 - Accession Number: 16195615; Brito, B. E. 1 Romano, E. L. 1 Grunfeld, C. 2; Affiliation: 1: Pathophysiology Laboratory, Venezuelan Institute for Scientific Research (IVIC), Caracas, Venezuela. 2: Metabolism Section and Lipid Research Laboratory, Department of Medicine, University of California and Veterans Administration Medical Centre, San Francisco, CA, USA.; Source Info: Aug1995, Vol. 101 Issue 2, p357; Subject Term: HYPERCHOLESTEREMIA; Subject Term: BLOOD cholesterol; Subject Term: LOW-cholesterol diet; Subject Term: ESCHERICHIA coli; Subject Term: CYTOKINES; Subject Term: TUMOR necrosis factor; Author-Supplied Keyword: endotoxin; Author-Supplied Keyword: experimental infection; Author-Supplied Keyword: hypercholesterolaemia; Author-Supplied Keyword: susceptibility; Author-Supplied Keyword: tumour necrosis factor; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16195615&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Yoshizawa, Y. AU - Ohtani, Y. AU - Inoue, T. AU - Miyake, S. AU - Ikeda, A. AU - Tanba, M. AU - Kurup, V. P. T1 - Immune responsiveness to inhaled antigens: local antibody production in the respiratory tract in health and lung diseases. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1995/06// VL - 100 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 395 EP - 400 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - The pulmonary defence mechanism in summer type hypersensitivity pneumonitis induced by Trichosporon cutaneum was investigated. We have studied the antibody response to fungal antigens in sera and bronchoalveolar lavage (BAL) fluids from patients with summer type hypersensitivity pneumonitis, bird fancier's lung, interstitial pneumonia associated with collagen vascular disease (INT-PNE), and from normal volunteers. Antigens extracted from fungi frequently isolated from home environments were used in ELISA to detect IgG and IgA antibodies in sera and BAL fluids. The results of the present study show that antibody titre in the respiratory tract to a variety of fungi from home environments is modulated by ongoing pulmonary inflammation, and that antibody production against inhaled antigens is altered by pulmonary inflammation resulting from diverse pathogenesis. This study concludes that the preexisting pulmonary inflammatory disease alters antibody production in the respiratory tract in response to inhaled fungi, and that the type of alteration depends in part on the etiology of the preexisting disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - IMMUNE response KW - LUNG diseases KW - BRONCHOALVEOLAR lavage KW - PNEUMONIA KW - COLLAGEN KW - antibody against inhaled fungi KW - bronchoalveolar lavage fluids KW - pulmonary defence mechanism KW - pulmonary inflammation N1 - Accession Number: 16194559; Yoshizawa, Y. 1 Ohtani, Y. 1 Inoue, T. 1 Miyake, S. 1 Ikeda, A. 2 Tanba, M. 2 Kurup, V. P. 3; Affiliation: 1: First Department of Internal Medicine, Tokyo Medical and Denial University, Tokyo, Japan. 2: Division of Microbiology and Immunology, Clinical Laboratories, Tokyo Teishin Hospital, Tokyo, Japan. 3: Research Service, Clement J. Zablocki Veterans Administration Medical Centre, Department of Medicine, Allergy I immunology Division, Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, WN, USA.; Source Info: Jun1995, Vol. 100 Issue 3, p395; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: IMMUNE response; Subject Term: LUNG diseases; Subject Term: BRONCHOALVEOLAR lavage; Subject Term: PNEUMONIA; Subject Term: COLLAGEN; Author-Supplied Keyword: antibody against inhaled fungi; Author-Supplied Keyword: bronchoalveolar lavage fluids; Author-Supplied Keyword: pulmonary defence mechanism; Author-Supplied Keyword: pulmonary inflammation; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16194559&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Macdermot, R. P. AU - Schreiber, S. AU - Nash, G. S. AU - Koopman, W. J. T1 - Increased spontaneous secretion of rheumatoid factor by intestinal lamina propria mononuclear cells from Crohn's disease but not ulcerative colitis patients. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1993/04// VL - 92 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 152 EP - 157 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Increased levels of rheumatoid factors (RF) have been observed in the serum of Crohn's disease but not ulcerative colitis patients, and have been proposed to relate to an increased state of intestinal lymphocyte activation. We have therefore examined the spontaneous in vitro secretion of RF by intestinal lamina propria mononuclear cells (MNC) isolated from specimens from control and inflammatory bowel disease (Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis) patients. Normal intestinal lamina propria MNC spontaneously secrete rheumatoid factors of different isotypes during 14 days of in vitro culture (9 7 ng/ml IgA RF. 11 6 ng/ml IgM RF and 64-6 ng/ml IgA anti-Fe (IgG)). In matched studies intestinal MNC isolated from normal large bowel exhibited significantly greater levels of RF synthesis and secretion in vitro than normal small bowel intestinal MNC. A large increase in spontaneous RF secretion was observed from Crohn's disease intestinal MNC (214 ng/ml IgA RF. 21 4 ng/ml IgM RF. and 108-15 ng/ml IgA anti-Fe (IgG)). when compared with normal controls. The amount of RF secreted was dependent on the amount of inflammatory activity of the bowel specimens, from which the MNC were isolated (198-3 ng/ml of IgA anti-Fc(IgG) from involved vrsus 50.0 ng/ml from matched non-involved tissue). Ulcerative colitis MNC released decreased amounts of RF(7.1 ng/ml IgA RF, 6-2 ng/ml IgM RF.and42'3 ng/ml IgA anti-Fe(IgG)). These observations using isolated intestinal MNC may explain the findings of RF changes in the sera of inflammatory bowel disease patients. Our observations support the hypothesis of a heightened state of activation in normal intestinal lamina propria MNC, which is further increased in active Crohn's disease. The dissimilarities observed between Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis may indicate fundamental differences in disease pathophysiology and will lead to further studies exploring intestinal immunoregulatory properties of RF. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CROHN'S disease KW - SERUM KW - INFLAMMATORY bowel diseases KW - ULCERATIVE colitis KW - IMMUNOGENETICS KW - PATHOLOGICAL physiology KW - inflammatory bowel disease KW - intestinal immunoglobulin secretion KW - intestinal inflammation KW - rheumatoid factor N1 - Accession Number: 16211595; Macdermot, R. P. 1 Schreiber, S. 2 Nash, G. S. 1 Koopman, W. J. 3,4; Affiliation: 1: Gastrointestinal Section, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, FA, USA. 2: Medizinische Kernklinik und Poliklinik. University of Hamburg, Hamburg, Germany. 3: Division of Clinical Immunology and Rheumatology, University of Alabama, Birmingham. 4: The Birmingham Veterans Administration Medical Centre, Birmingham, AL, USA.; Source Info: Apr1993, Vol. 92 Issue 1, p152; Subject Term: CROHN'S disease; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: INFLAMMATORY bowel diseases; Subject Term: ULCERATIVE colitis; Subject Term: IMMUNOGENETICS; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL physiology; Author-Supplied Keyword: inflammatory bowel disease; Author-Supplied Keyword: intestinal immunoglobulin secretion; Author-Supplied Keyword: intestinal inflammation; Author-Supplied Keyword: rheumatoid factor; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16211595&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bennnett, R. M. AU - Cornell, K. A. AU - Merritt, M. J. AU - Bakke, A. C. AU - Hsu, P. H. AU - Hefeneider, S. H. T1 - Autoimmunity to a 28-30 kD cell membrane DNA binding protein: occurrence in selected sera from patients with SLE and mixed connective tissue disease (MCTD). JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1991/12// VL - 86 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 374 EP - 379 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Previous experiments have established the presence of a 30-kD DNA binding protein on the surface of human leukocytes. Herein we report that selected sera from patients with systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) and MCTD are reactive with a 28 30 kD protein on immunoblots of peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) cell membrane preparations; the reactivity is abolished by prior incubation of the blot with DNA. Antibodies eluted from the 28-30 kD strip inhibited the binding of 3H.DNA to human PBMC. An immunomatrix of 28-30 kD reactive immunoglobulins was able to extract a 29-kD DNA binding protein from a PBMC cell membrane preparation. Flow cytometry experiments confirmed the cell surface IgG reactivity of sera with T lymphocytes. Additional experiments indicated that cell surface IgG binding was not due to antibodies binding lo cell surface DNA, DNA anti-DNA immune complexes reacting with a DNA binding protein, anti-histone antibodies or anti-Sm antibodies. It is hypothesized that this autoimmune response could be one component of an idiotypic network involving anti-DNA antibodies. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CARRIER proteins KW - DNA KW - CELL membranes KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus KW - MIXED connective tissue disease KW - antibodies KW - cell surface KW - DNA binding protein KW - MCTD KW - SLE N1 - Accession Number: 16305400; Bennnett, R. M. 1 Cornell, K. A. 1 Merritt, M. J. 1 Bakke, A. C. 2 Hsu, P. H. 1 Hefeneider, S. H. 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Oregon Health Science University, Portland, OR, USA. 2: Department of Clinical Pathology, Oregon Health Science University, Portland, OR, USA. 3: Department of Veterans Administration Hospital, Portland, OR, USA.; Source Info: Dec1991, Vol. 86 Issue 3, p374; Subject Term: CARRIER proteins; Subject Term: DNA; Subject Term: CELL membranes; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus; Subject Term: MIXED connective tissue disease; Author-Supplied Keyword: antibodies; Author-Supplied Keyword: cell surface; Author-Supplied Keyword: DNA binding protein; Author-Supplied Keyword: MCTD; Author-Supplied Keyword: SLE; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16305400&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Densen, Peter T1 - COMPLEMENT DEFICIENCIES AND MENINGOCOCCAL DISEASE. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1991/10/02/Oct1991 Supplement VL - 86 M3 - Article SP - 57 EP - 62 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - The article aims to review the epidemiology of complement deficiency states, to discuss the pattern of clinical infection associated with different deficiency states. It compares and contrast three aspects of meningococcal disease in complement deficient and sufficient individuals: clinical features, immune response to infection, and importance of antibody to distinct meningococcal antigens for protection. Investigation of inherited diseases often provides insight illuminating both abnormal and normal physiology and improves the diagnosis and care of affected individuals. KW - COMPLEMENT deficiency (Immunology) KW - EPIDEMIOLOGY KW - IMMUNOLOGICAL deficiency syndromes KW - IMMUNE response KW - GENETIC disorders KW - PUBLIC health N1 - Accession Number: 16441308; Densen, Peter 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Iowa College of Medicine, Iowa City, Iowa 52242, USA.; Source Info: Oct1991 Supplement, Vol. 86, p57; Subject Term: COMPLEMENT deficiency (Immunology); Subject Term: EPIDEMIOLOGY; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGICAL deficiency syndromes; Subject Term: IMMUNE response; Subject Term: GENETIC disorders; Subject Term: PUBLIC health; NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16441308&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tarkowski, A. AU - Moldoveanu, Z. AU - Koopman, W. J. AU - Radl, J. AU - Haaijman, J. J. AU - Mestecky, J. T1 - Cellular origins of human polymeric and monomeric IgA: enumeration of single cells secreting polymeric IgAl and IgA2 in peripheral blood, bone marrow, spleen, gingiva and synovial tissue. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1991/08// VL - 85 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 341 EP - 348 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Using modified ELISA and spot-ELISA. which permit the parallel determination of heavy chain subclass and the presence of covalently linked J chain, we analysed IgA found in cell culture supernatants or secreted by individual cells from peripheral blood, spleen, bone marrow, gingiva and synovial tissue, with respect to its polymeric or monomeric IgA form (pIgA, mIgA1 and IgA1 or lgA2 subclass. The ELISA for determination of J chain in tissue culture supernatants was specific and highly sensitive (detection limit in pg). The results demonstrated that IgA1-producing cells predominated in the tissues examined, and that J chain could he detected in association with the majority of IgA1 and lgA2 secreted by individual cells. With respect to the frequency of cells secreting polymeric, J chain-containing IgA, only 20-30% of cells from the bone marrow were engaged in the synthesis of pIgA. In other tissues the frequency of cells secreting pIgA1 and pIgA2 was considerably higher. Peripheral blood mononuclear cells secreting pIgA2 were easily inducible during stimulation with T cell-dependent pokeweed mitogen, whereas Epstein Barr virus-transformed cells secreted preferentially mIgA1. When the frequencies of pIgA-, pIgA1 - or pIgA2-secreting cells (determined by spot-ELISA technique) from different tissues were correlated with the proportion at pIgA to mIgA (and IgA subclasses) secreted in tissue culture supernatants, data obtained suggest that many individual IgA-producing cells could be engaged in simultaneous secretion of mIgA and pIgA. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ENZYME-linked immunosorbent assay KW - CELL culture KW - GUMS KW - SYNOVIAL membranes KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN A KW - TISSUE culture KW - IgA KW - IgA-secreting cells KW - IgA1 KW - IgA2 KW - monomeric KW - polymeric IgA N1 - Accession Number: 16173513; Tarkowski, A. 1 Moldoveanu, Z. 1 Koopman, W. J. 1 Radl, J. 2 Haaijman, J. J. 2 Mestecky, J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Microbiology and Medicine, University of Alabama, Birmingham, Veterans Administration Hospital, Birmingham AL, USA. 2: Institute for Experimental Gerantology, Risjwik, The Netherlands.; Source Info: Aug1991, Vol. 85 Issue 2, p341; Subject Term: ENZYME-linked immunosorbent assay; Subject Term: CELL culture; Subject Term: GUMS; Subject Term: SYNOVIAL membranes; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN A; Subject Term: TISSUE culture; Author-Supplied Keyword: IgA; Author-Supplied Keyword: IgA-secreting cells; Author-Supplied Keyword: IgA1; Author-Supplied Keyword: IgA2; Author-Supplied Keyword: monomeric; Author-Supplied Keyword: polymeric IgA; NAICS/Industry Codes: 111421 Nursery and Tree Production; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16173513&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chamberlain, Patricia AU - Moreland, Sandra AU - Reid, Kathleen T1 - Enhanced Services and Stipends for Foster Parents: Effects on Retention Rates and Outcomes for Children. JO - Child Welfare JF - Child Welfare Y1 - 1992/09//Sep/Oct92 VL - 71 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 387 EP - 401 PB - Child Welfare League of America SN - 00094021 AB - The article presents information related to a study on the implications of improved stipends and services for foster parents. The aim of the study was to determine whether enhanced services stimulated the retention rate in the placements for children. Foster parents of 72 children from several counties of Oregon participated in the study. The participants were mostly from two-parent households, with both parents in their early 40s. It was found that special attention given to foster parents motivated them to continue with their services as providers. KW - FOSTER parents KW - FOSTER home care KW - SOCIAL surveys KW - CHILD care services KW - FOSTER children KW - CHILDREN & adults KW - CHILDREN -- Services for KW - INTERPERSONAL relations KW - OREGON N1 - Accession Number: 24227554; Chamberlain, Patricia 1 Moreland, Sandra 2 Reid, Kathleen 3; Affiliation: 1: Director, Treatment Foster Care Programs, Oregon Social Learning Center, Eugene, OR 2: Intern at the Portland Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, OR 3: Foster Parent Recruiter, Oregon Social Learning Center, Eugene, OR; Source Info: Sep/Oct92, Vol. 71 Issue 5, p387; Subject Term: FOSTER parents; Subject Term: FOSTER home care; Subject Term: SOCIAL surveys; Subject Term: CHILD care services; Subject Term: FOSTER children; Subject Term: CHILDREN & adults; Subject Term: CHILDREN -- Services for; Subject Term: INTERPERSONAL relations; Subject Term: OREGON; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624410 Child Day Care Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624110 Child and Youth Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623999 All other residential care facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623990 Other Residential Care Facilities; Number of Pages: 15p; Illustrations: 2 Charts, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4948 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=24227554&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Davidoff, RA AU - Davidoff, R A T1 - Trigger points and myofascial pain: toward understanding how they affect headaches. JO - Cephalalgia JF - Cephalalgia Y1 - 1998/09// VL - 18 IS - 7 M3 - journal article SP - 436 EP - 448 PB - Sage Publications, Ltd. SN - 03331024 AB - Myofascial pain, referred from hyperalgesic trigger points located in skeletal muscle and its associated fascia, is a common cause of persistent regional pain. Clinical and experimental literature on manifestations, pathophysiology, and management of pain from myofascial trigger points is reviewed with priority given to how pain referred from trigger points generates, triggers, and maintains headaches--especially chronic and recurrent ones. Because treating myofascial problems may be the only way to offer complete relief from certain types of headache, clinicians must learn to diagnose and manage trigger points in neck, shoulder, and head muscles. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Cephalalgia is the property of Sage Publications, Ltd. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MYOFASCIAL pain syndromes KW - HEADACHE KW - PAIN KW - PATHOLOGICAL physiology KW - Headaches KW - muscle KW - myofascial pain KW - Referred pain KW - trigger points N1 - Accession Number: 4997360; Davidoff, RA 1 Davidoff, R A 2; Affiliation: 1: Neurology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center; Department of Neurology, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, USA 2: Department of Neurology, University of Miami School of Medicine, Florida 33101, USA; Source Info: Sep98, Vol. 18 Issue 7, p436; Subject Term: MYOFASCIAL pain syndromes; Subject Term: HEADACHE; Subject Term: PAIN; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL physiology; Author-Supplied Keyword: Headaches; Author-Supplied Keyword: muscle; Author-Supplied Keyword: myofascial pain; Author-Supplied Keyword: Referred pain; Author-Supplied Keyword: trigger points; Number of Pages: 13p; Document Type: journal article L3 - 10.1046/j.1468-2982.1998.1807436.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4997360&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Meyer, JS AU - Terayama, Y AU - Konno, S AU - Margishvili, GM AU - Akiyama, H AU - Rauch, RA AU - Mortel, KF AU - Wills, PM T1 - Age-related cerebrovascular disease alters the symptomatic course of migraine. JO - Cephalalgia JF - Cephalalgia Y1 - 1998/05// VL - 18 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 202 EP - 208 PB - Sage Publications, Ltd. SN - 03331024 AB - Migraine headaches usually decrease in frequency and severity and often cease during advancing age. Occasionally, migraineurs report late-life migrainous accompaniments, i.e., auras without headache, particularly when typical migraine attacks terminate or diminish following major or minor strokes, at which time the auras may become atypical. Clinical observations such as these suggest that degenerative cerebrovascular changes accompanying aging may modify the course of migraine headaches particularly those with aura. To test this hypothesis, we quantitated age-related changes in cerebral vasodilator capacitance by measuring local cerebral blood flow utilizing xenon contrast computed tomography (CT) scanning before and after oral administrahon of the pharmacological cerebral vasodilator, acetazolamide (Diamox®). Measurements were compared among 27 normal volunteers without headache (aged 24–94 years; mean age 61.1±17.6) and 37 carefully categorized groups of migraine patients (aged 27–83 years; mean age 59.4±12.4). The normals comprised Group A. Migraineurs were divided into two subgroups: Group B consisted of 27 migraineurs with and without aura who continued to suffer from incapacitating and frequent headaches and Group C consisted of 10 migraineurs who no longer suffered from severe and frequent headaches, two of whom still complained of atypical auras of the “late-life migrainous accompaniments” type. Cerebral vasodilator capacitance significantly declined with advancing age among normals and the two groups of migraineurs, confirming the development of age-related cerebrovascular diseases. Global CBF increases after Diamox® in Group B (with persistent and severe migraine), were significantly greater compared with normals without headache, and with Group C consisting of migraineurs whose headaches had decreased, subsided, or become replaced by late-life migrainous accompaniments (Group C). Results establish that... [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Cephalalgia is the property of Sage Publications, Ltd. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MIGRAINE KW - CEREBRAL circulation KW - TOMOGRAPHY KW - AGING KW - CEREBROVASCULAR disease KW - Aging KW - cerebrovascular disease KW - late-life migrainous accompaniments KW - migraine KW - vasolidator capacitance N1 - Accession Number: 4883466; Meyer, JS 1 Terayama, Y 1 Konno, S 1 Margishvili, GM 1 Akiyama, H 1 Rauch, RA 2 Mortel, KF 1 Wills, PM 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Neurology and Radiology, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston TX, USA 2: Cerebral Blood Flow Laboratory Radiology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Houston TX, USA;; Source Info: May98, Vol. 18 Issue 4, p202; Subject Term: MIGRAINE; Subject Term: CEREBRAL circulation; Subject Term: TOMOGRAPHY; Subject Term: AGING; Subject Term: CEREBROVASCULAR disease; Author-Supplied Keyword: Aging; Author-Supplied Keyword: cerebrovascular disease; Author-Supplied Keyword: late-life migrainous accompaniments; Author-Supplied Keyword: migraine; Author-Supplied Keyword: vasolidator capacitance; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1046/j.1468-2982.1998.1804202.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4883466&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Xiang, J. AU - Daniels, K.J. AU - Soll, D.R. AU - Schmidt, W.N. AU - LaBrecque, D.R. AU - Stapleton, J.T. T1 - Visualization and characterization of GB virus-C particles: evidence for a nucleocapsid. JO - Journal of Viral Hepatitis JF - Journal of Viral Hepatitis Y1 - 1999/07/02/Jul1999 Supplement VL - 6 M3 - Article SP - 16 EP - 22 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 13520504 AB - GB virus type C (GBV-C) is a member of the hepacivirus genus within the Flaviviradae. Persistent GBV-C infection is common in humans, yet it remains unclear if GBV-C causes any disease. Although GBV-C infection has been associated with acute non-A to non-E post-transfusion hepatitis, it does not appear to cause chronic hepatitis. GBV-C is closely related to hepatitis C virus (HCV), but indirect evidence suggests that it does not encode a core protein at the amino terminus of the open reading frame (ORF). This has led to speculation that GBV-C does not have a nucleocapsid. We evaluated the buoyant density of GBV-C, and found very low density particles consistent with virions, and intermediate density particles consistent with nucleocapsids in GBV-C-infected people. In addition, electron microscopy demonstrated an apparent nucleocapsid within an enveloped particle. Although these biophysical data strongly suggest that GBV-C utilizes a nucleocapsid, they do not indicate the origin of the protein content of this particle. To assess this, we evaluated patient plasma for reactivity with a synthetic oligopeptide representing a conserved region near the amino terminus of the predicted ORF. Specific antibody was detected in some individuals, similar to data of Feucht et al. who identified antibody against a recombinant core protein in GBV-C-infected people. These data indicate that GBV-C particles contain nucleocapsids. At least in some patients, the region upstream of the GBV-C E1 protein coding region appears to be expressed, and this region may represent the structural protein of the nucleocapsid. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Viral Hepatitis is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - VIRUS diseases KW - PATIENTS KW - NUCLEOCAPSIDS KW - DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation KW - ELECTRON microscopy KW - VIRAL antibodies KW - PROTEIN structure KW - RECOMBINANT proteins KW - DATA analysis N1 - Accession Number: 64379050; Xiang, J. 1 Daniels, K.J. 2 Soll, D.R. 2 Schmidt, W.N. 1 LaBrecque, D.R. 1 Stapleton, J.T. 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Internal Medicine, Iowa City Veterans Administration Medical Center and The University of Iowa College of Medicine;, 2: Department of Biology, The University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa 52242; Source Info: Jul1999 Supplement, Vol. 6, p16; Subject Term: VIRUS diseases; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: NUCLEOCAPSIDS; Subject Term: DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation; Subject Term: ELECTRON microscopy; Subject Term: VIRAL antibodies; Subject Term: PROTEIN structure; Subject Term: RECOMBINANT proteins; Subject Term: DATA analysis; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1046/j.1365-2893.1999.00003.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=64379050&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Katz, Steven J. AU - Hofer, Timothy P. AU - Manning, Willard G. T1 - Physician use in Ontario and the United States: The impact of Socioeconomic Status and Health Status. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1996/04// VL - 86 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 520 EP - 524 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Objective. This study compared physician use in Ontario and the midwestern and northeastern United States for persons of different socioeconomic status and health status. The distribution of health problems associated with the most recent physician visit also was compared. Methods. The design of the study was cross sectional; data derived from the 1990 Ontario Health Survey and the 1990 US National Health interview Survey were used in analyses. Results. Overall, persons in Ontario averaged 19% more visits than US residents, but differences varied markedly across income and health status. At each level of health status, low-income Canadians had 25% to 33% more visits than their US counterparts. However, among higher income persons, those in excellent or very good health had 22% more visits than Americans, while those in good, fair, or poor health had 10% fewer visits than Americans. Higher visit rates in Ontario were not associated with a greater prevalence of low- priority visits. Conclusions. Under the Canadian single-payer system, medical care in Ontario has been redistributed to low-income persons and the elderly. Compared with the United States, there has been a lower intensity of medical care for the sick higher income population. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CLINICS -- Utilization KW - MEDICAL care use KW - SOCIOECONOMIC factors KW - MEDICAL economics KW - INCOME KW - NORTH America N1 - Accession Number: 9605102318; Katz, Steven J. 1,2 Hofer, Timothy P. 3,4 Manning, Willard G. 5; Affiliation: 1: Department of Internal Medicine, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor 2: Department of Health Management and Policy, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor 3: Division of General Internal Medicine, Ann Arbor Veterans Administration 4: University of Michigan 5: Institute for Health Services Research, School of Public Health, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis.; Source Info: Apr96, Vol. 86 Issue 4, p520; Subject Term: CLINICS -- Utilization; Subject Term: MEDICAL care use; Subject Term: SOCIOECONOMIC factors; Subject Term: MEDICAL economics; Subject Term: INCOME; Subject Term: NORTH America; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 2 Charts, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9605102318&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Blazer, Dan G. AU - Landerman, Lawrence R. AU - Fillenbaum, Gerda AU - Homer, Ronnie T1 - Health Services Access and Use among Older Adults in North Carolina: Urban vs Rural Residents. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1995/10// VL - 85 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 1384 EP - 1390 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Objectives. This methodological view aims to determine the extent to which design and analysis aspects of chister randomization have been appropriately dealt with in reports of primary prevention trials. Methods. All reports of primary, prevention trails using chuster randomizationthat were published from 1990 to 1993 in the American Journal of Public Health and Preventive. Medicine were identified. Eadh article was examined to determine whether cluster randomization was taken into account in the design and statistical analysis. Results. Of the 21 articles, only 4 (19%) included sample size calculations or discussions of power that allowed fro clustering, while 12(57%) took clustering into account in the statistical analysis. Conclusions. Design and analysis issues associated with cluster randomization are not recognized widely enough. Reports of cluster randomized trails should include sample size calculations and statistical analyses that take chistering into account, cstimates of design effects to design effects to help others planning trails, and a table showing the baseline distribution of important characteristics by intervention group, including the member of clusters and average cluster size for each group. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MEDICAL care for the aged KW - MEDICAL care KW - COMMUNITY health services KW - RURAL health KW - URBAN health N1 - Accession Number: 9510240235; Blazer, Dan G. 1 Landerman, Lawrence R. 1 Fillenbaum, Gerda 1 Homer, Ronnie 2,3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Psychiatry and the Center for the Study of Aging and Human Development, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, NC 2: Center for the Study of Aging and Human Development, Duke University Medical Center 3: Health Services Research Center, Veterans Administration Hospital, Durham; Source Info: Oct95, Vol. 85 Issue 10, p1384; Subject Term: MEDICAL care for the aged; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: COMMUNITY health services; Subject Term: RURAL health; Subject Term: URBAN health; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621494 Community health centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 913910 Other local, municipal and regional public administration; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 5 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9510240235&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watanabe, Kevin K. AU - Kang, Han K. AU - Dalager, Nancy A. T1 - Cancer Mortality Risk among Military Participants of a 1958 Atmospheric Nuclear Weapons Test. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1995/04// VL - 85 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 523 EP - 527 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Objectives. This study was undertaken to determine if Navy veterans who participated in an atmospheric nuclear test in 1958 were at increased risk of death from certain cancers. Methods. Cancer mortality risk of 8554 Navy veterans who participated in an atmospheric nuclear test in the Pacific was compared with that of 14 625 Navy veterans who did not participate in any test. Radiation dosage information was obtained from film badges for 88% of the test participants. Results. The median radiation dose for the test participants was 388 mrem (3.88 millisieverts [mSv]). Among participants who received the highest radiation dose (> 1000 mrem, or 10 mSv), an increased mortality risk for all causes (relative risk [RR] = 1.23; 95% confidence interval [CI] = 1.04, 1.45), all cancers (RR = 1.42; 95% CI = 1.03, 1.96), and liver cancer (RR = 6.42; 95% CI = 1.17, 35.3) was observed. The risk for cancer of the digestive organs was elevated among test participants (rate ratio = 1.47; 95% CI = 1.06, 2.04) but with no significant dose-response trend. Many of the cancers of a priori interest were not significantly elevated in the overall test participant group or in the group that received the highest radiation dose. Conclusions. Most of the cancers suspected of being radiogenic were not significantly elevated among the test participants. Nevertheless, increased risks for certain cancers cannot be ruled out at this time. Veterans who participated in the nuclear weapons tests should continue to be monitored. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CANCER -- Mortality KW - VETERANS -- Mortality KW - NAVIES KW - NUCLEAR weapons KW - RADIATION -- Dosage KW - DIGESTIVE organs KW - CANCER N1 - Accession Number: 9504260430; Watanabe, Kevin K. 1 Kang, Han K. 1 Dalager, Nancy A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Environmental Epidemiology Service, Veterans Health Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs, Washington, DC.; Source Info: Apr95, Vol. 85 Issue 4, p523; Subject Term: CANCER -- Mortality; Subject Term: VETERANS -- Mortality; Subject Term: NAVIES; Subject Term: NUCLEAR weapons; Subject Term: RADIATION -- Dosage; Subject Term: DIGESTIVE organs; Subject Term: CANCER; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9504260430&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - McCarthy, William J. AU - Caskey, Nicholas H. AU - Jarvik, Murray E. AU - Gross, Todd M. AU - Rosenblatt, Martin R. AU - Carpenter, Catherine T1 - Menthol vs Nonmenthol Cigarettes: Effects on Smoking Behavior. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1995/01// VL - 85 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 67 EP - 72 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Objectives. The purpose of this study was to examine intraindividual differences in smoking behavior between smoking regular and mentholated cigarettes. Methods. Healthy male smokers {n = 29) smoked either a regular or a mentholated cigarette in two separate sessions 1 week apart. Commercial brands with comparable tar, nicotine, and CO content were used. Smoking behavior was constrained by fixed 15-second interpuff intervals, but puff volume and number of puffs were unconstrained. Results. When smoking the non-mentholated brand of cigarettes, participants smoked 22% more puffs and had 13% higher mean volumes per puff than they did when smoking the mentholated brand of cigarettes. The aggregate 39% excess exposure to cigarette smoke in the regular-cigarette condition was not accompanied by commensurate excesses in expired carbon monoxide or in physiological measures normally correlated with nicotine exposure. Conclusions. These findings parallel differences in physiological correlates of exposure to nicotine found in cross-sectional comparisons of African-American and White smokers and are consistent with the results of emerging laboratory investigations. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SMOKING KW - TOBACCO use KW - CIGARETTES KW - CIGARETTE smokers KW - CARBON monoxide KW - AFRICAN Americans N1 - Accession Number: 9502140595; McCarthy, William J. 1,2,3 Caskey, Nicholas H. 3,4 Jarvik, Murray E. 3,4 Gross, Todd M. 1,3 Rosenblatt, Martin R. 3 Carpenter, Catherine 3,5; Affiliation: 1: Department of Psychology, University of California, Los Angeles (UCLA 2: Pritikin Systems Inc., Santa Monica 3: Veterans Administration Hospital-West Los Angeles Calif. 4: Department of Psychiatry, UCLA 5: School of Public Health, UCLA; Source Info: Jan1995, Vol. 85 Issue 1, p67; Subject Term: SMOKING; Subject Term: TOBACCO use; Subject Term: CIGARETTES; Subject Term: CIGARETTE smokers; Subject Term: CARBON monoxide; Subject Term: AFRICAN Americans; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424940 Tobacco and Tobacco Product Merchant Wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 453991 Tobacco Stores; NAICS/Industry Codes: 312220 Tobacco product manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 312230 Tobacco Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 413310 Cigarette and tobacco product merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 453999 All other miscellaneous store retailers (except beer and wine-making supplies stores); Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 4 Charts, 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9502140595&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lu-Yao, Grace L. AU - Baron, John A. AU - Barrett, Jane A. AU - Fisher, Elliott S. T1 - Treatment and Survival among Elderly Americans with Hip Fractures: A Population-Based Study. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1994/08// VL - 84 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 1287 EP - 1287 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Objectives. This study was undertaken to examine the patterns of treatment and survival among elderly Americans with hip fracture. Methods. A 5% national sample of Medicare claims was used to identify patients who sustained hip fractures between 1986 and 1989. In comparing treatment patterns across regions, direct standardization was used to derive age- and race-adjusted percentages. Logistic regression and Cox regression were used to examine short- and long-term survival. Results. In the United States, 64% of femoral neck fractures were treated with arthroplasty; 90% of pertrochanteric fractures were treated with internal fixation. Higher short- and long term mortality was associated with being male, being older, residing in a nursing home prior to fracture, having a higher comorbidity score, and having a pertrochanteric fracture. Blacks and Whiles had similar 90-day post-fracture mortality, but Blacks had a higher mortality later on. For femoral neck fracture, internal fixation has a modestly lower short-term mortality associated with it than arthroplasty has. Conclusion. Variation in the treatment of hip fracture was modest. The increased delayed mortality after hip fracture among Blacks requires further study. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - FRACTURES in old age KW - FRACTURES -- Treatment KW - MEDICAL care for the aged KW - MEDICARE KW - INTERNAL fixation in fractures KW - FRACTURE fixation KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 9409062811; Lu-Yao, Grace L. 1 Baron, John A. 1,2 Barrett, Jane A. 1 Fisher, Elliott S. 1,3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Community and Family Medicine, Dartmouth Medical School, Hanover, NH 2: Department of Medicine, Dartmouth Medical School 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, White River Junction, Vt.; Source Info: Aug1994, Vol. 84 Issue 8, p1287; Subject Term: FRACTURES in old age; Subject Term: FRACTURES -- Treatment; Subject Term: MEDICAL care for the aged; Subject Term: MEDICARE; Subject Term: INTERNAL fixation in fractures; Subject Term: FRACTURE fixation; Subject Term: UNITED States; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923130 Administration of Human Resource Programs (except Education, Public Health, and Veterans' Affairs Programs); Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 3 Charts, 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9409062811&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sonnenberg, Amnon T1 - The US Temporal and Geographic Variations of Diseases Related to Helicobacter Pylori. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1993/07// VL - 83 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 1006 EP - 1010 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Objectives. If Helicobacter pylori plays an important role in the occurrence of three distinct diseases - gastric cancer, gastric ulcer, and duodenal ulcer - their individual epidemiologic behaviors should show a resemblance to one common pattern. Methods. To test this hypothesis, birth cohort and linear regression analyses were used to study the US temporal and geographic variations, respectively, of mortality from the three diseases. Results. US mortality form gastric ulcer in males and duodenal ulcer in both sexes showed a clear-cut peak of occurrence in subjects born around 1885, whereas gastric cancer declined continuously in all Americans born since 1855. The geographic distributions showed a strong correlation between gastric and duodenal ulcer, as opposed to weak correlations between either ulcer type and gastric cancer. Conclusions. The similarities in the behavior of the three diseases support the idea that identical risk factors play a crucial role in their occurrence. However, the time lag between the decline in mortality from peptic ulcer and their weak geographic correlations indicate that factors beside H pylori must have influenced their epidemiology. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HELICOBACTER pylori KW - ULCERS KW - REGRESSION analysis KW - MORTALITY KW - EPIDEMIOLOGY KW - PUBLIC health N1 - Accession Number: 9309075208; Sonnenberg, Amnon 1; Affiliation: 1: Division of Gastroenterology, Biostatistics and Epidemiology, Veterans Administration Medical Center and the Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee; Source Info: Jul1993, Vol. 83 Issue 7, p1006; Subject Term: HELICOBACTER pylori; Subject Term: ULCERS; Subject Term: REGRESSION analysis; Subject Term: MORTALITY; Subject Term: EPIDEMIOLOGY; Subject Term: PUBLIC health; NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 1 Chart, 9 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9309075208&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Phillips, Charles D. AU - Hawes, Catherine AU - Fries, Brant E. T1 - Reducing the Use of Physical Restraints in Nursing Homes: Will it Increase Costs? JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1993/03// VL - 83 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 342 EP - 348 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Objectives. Reducing the widespread use of physical restraints in nursing homes is a primary goal of the federal nursing home reforms enacted as part of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1987. However, some nursing home operators assert that reducing restraint use could be prohibitively expensive, costing payors perhaps as much as $1 billion annually. We investigated whether nursing home residents free from physical restraint require more care and resources than similar residents who are restrained. Methods. We examined the major component of nursing home costs-staff time-and its allocation among residents who were physically restrained. The multivariate analysis used staff-time-study data on the care of 11 932 nursing home residents in 276 facilities in seven states. Results. The analyses indicate that, when differences in impairment and care needs are controlled for, residents who are physically restrained require more nursing care than other residents. Higher levels of nursing-assistant time were consistently provided to restrained residents. Conclusions. Residents free of restraints are less costly to care for than restrained residents. The 1987 federal requirements concerning restraint use, which are aimed at improving quality of care and quality of life, can be implemented without engendering a major increase in care costs. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - NURSING care facilities KW - MEDICAL care costs KW - QUALITY of life KW - MEDICAL care KW - NURSES' aides KW - MULTIVARIATE analysis N1 - Accession Number: 9308095125; Phillips, Charles D. 1 Hawes, Catherine 2 Fries, Brant E. 3; Affiliation: 1: Center for Social Research and Policy Analysis, Research Triangle Park, NC 2: Center for Policy Studies, Research Triangle Institute, Research Triangle Park, NC 3: Institute of Gerontology and School of Public Health, University of Michigan and Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Medical Center; Source Info: Mar1993, Vol. 83 Issue 3, p342; Subject Term: NURSING care facilities; Subject Term: MEDICAL care costs; Subject Term: QUALITY of life; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: NURSES' aides; Subject Term: MULTIVARIATE analysis; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623110 Nursing Care Facilities (Skilled Nursing Facilities); NAICS/Industry Codes: 623310 Community care facilities for the elderly; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 4 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9308095125&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weinstock, Martin A. AU - Bogaars, Hendrik A. AU - Ashley, Michelle AU - Litle, Virginia AU - Bilodeau, Elise AU - Kimmel, Steven T1 - Inaccuracies in Certification of Nonmelanoma Skin Cancer Deaths. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1992/02// VL - 82 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 278 EP - 281 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Nonmelanoma skin cancer is the most common cancer site in the United States, yet mortality from this cause is poorly understood. We sought medical records of the 116 reported deaths during 1979 through 1987 from this cause (International Classification of Diseases, 9th version [ICD-9], code 173) among Rhode Island residents to evaluate the accuracy of the reported cause of death. Of the 110 cases for which the cause of death could be classified as correct or incorrect, 59 (54%) were misclassified, 49 (83%) of which were mucous-membrane, squamous-cell carcinomas of the head and neck. For most of these, the written death certificate diagnosis was squamous-cell carcinoma of the head and neck, which was coded 173.4. Other problematic diagnoses were cancer of the head and neck and malignant fibrous histiocytoma. In response to a mailed survey, most health departments replied that squamous-cell carcinoma of the head and neck was coded under rubric 173 and malignant fibrous histiocytoma was coded under rubric 171, but there was no unanimity. The misclassification of other causes of death of ICD-9 rubric 173 is substantial. The vast majority were coded to rubric 173.4 and were due to a small number of diagnoses that are recognizable on examination of the death certificate. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SKIN care KW - DERMATOFIBROMA KW - HOSPITAL records KW - MEDICAL care KW - MEDICAL informatics KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 9206221438; Weinstock, Martin A. 1 Bogaars, Hendrik A. 1 Ashley, Michelle 1 Litle, Virginia 1 Bilodeau, Elise 1 Kimmel, Steven 2; Affiliation: 1: Dermatoepidemilogy, Unit, Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical center, 2: Medical Center, and Brown University.; Source Info: Feb1992, Vol. 82 Issue 2, p278; Subject Term: SKIN care; Subject Term: DERMATOFIBROMA; Subject Term: HOSPITAL records; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: MEDICAL informatics; Subject Term: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 4 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9206221438&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chakraborti, Sajal AU - Michael, John R. AU - Sanyal, Tapati T1 - Defining the role of protein kinase c in calcium-ionophore-(A23187)-mediated activation of phospholipase A2 in pulmonary endothelium. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1992/06/15/ VL - 206 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 965 EP - 972 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - We sought to investigate the mechanisms by which the calcium ionophore A23187 triggers arachidonic acid release in bovine pulmonary endothelial cells and to test the hypothesis that protein kinase C is involved in this process. Our results indicate that the mechanism by which A23187 increases phospholipase A2 activity and arachidonic acid release in bovine pulmonary arterial endothelial cells depends upon the concentration studied. At concentrations of 1 µM and 2.5 µM, A23187 increases phospholipase A2 activity and arachidonic acid release without stimulating protein kinase C. At concentrations of 5-12.5 µM, A23187 increases arachidonic acid release and phospholipase A2 activity in conjunction with a dose-dependent activation of membrane-bound protein kinase C. To test the hypothesis that these doses of A23187 increase phospholipase A2 activity by stimulating protein kinase C, we studied the effect of prior treatment with the protein kinase C inhibitor sphingosine. Sphingosine inhibits the increase in phospholipase A2 activity and arachidonic acid release caused by A23187 over the range 5-12.5 µM. To investigate further the potential role of protein kinase C, we studied the effects of the inactive phorbol ester 4α-phorbol 12β-myristate 13αacetate (4α-PMA) and an active phorbol ester 4β-phorbol 12β-myristate 13α-acetate (4β PMA). Neither 4α-PMA nor 4β-PMA affected basal arachidonic acid release. 4α-PMA also did not augment the effects of A23187. In contrast, 4β-PMA significantly augments the increase in phospholipase A2 activity and arachidonic acid release caused by lower doses of A23187. Under these conditions, sphingosine completely inhibits the stimulatory effects of 4β-PMA on protein kinase C translocation, phospholipase A2 and arachidonic acid release. Thus, at low doses (1 µM and 2.5 µM) A23187 increases phospholipase A2 activity and arachidonic acid release by a mechanism that does not involve protein kinase C. At these A23187 doses, activating membrane-bound protein kinase C with 4β-PMA causes a synergistic increase in phospholipase A2 activity and arachidonic acid release. At higher doses (5-12.5 µM), A23187 acts in large part by stimulating protein kinase C translocation. Overall, our results indicate that activating membrane-bound protein kinase C by itself is an insufficient stimulus to increase phospholipase A2 activity and arachidonic acid release in pulmonary endothelial cells, but activating protein kinase C can substantially augment the increase in phospholipase A2 activity and arachidonic acid caused by a small increase in intracellular calcium. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PROTEIN kinase C KW - IONOPHORES KW - PULMONARY endothelium KW - PHOSPHOLIPASES KW - PROTEIN kinases KW - BIOLOGICAL transport N1 - Accession Number: 13682977; Chakraborti, Sajal 1 Michael, John R. 2 Sanyal, Tapati 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Biochemistry and Biophysics, University of Kalyani, India 2: Medical Service, Salt Lake City Veterans Administration Medica Center and Department of Medicine, University of Utah Medical Center, Salt Lake City, USA 3: Indian Institute of Chemical Biology, Calcutta, India; Source Info: 6/15/92, Vol. 206 Issue 3, p965; Subject Term: PROTEIN kinase C; Subject Term: IONOPHORES; Subject Term: PULMONARY endothelium; Subject Term: PHOSPHOLIPASES; Subject Term: PROTEIN kinases; Subject Term: BIOLOGICAL transport; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13682977&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Prónai, Lászió AU - Ichimori, Kohji AU - Nozaki, Hiroyuki AU - Nakazawa, Hiroe AU - Okino, Haruka AU - Carmichael, Alasdair J. AU - Arroyo, Carmen M. T1 - Investigation of the existence and biological role of L-arginine/nitric oxide pathway in human platelets by spin-trapping/EPR studies. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1991/12/18/ VL - 202 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 923 EP - 930 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - The aim of the present study was to apply spin trapping/EPR spectroscopy to investigate the existence and biological role of the L-arginine/nitric oxide pathway in human platelet aggregation. Three different spin traps were used: two nitroso, 3,5-dibromo-4-nitrosobenzenesulfonate (DBNBS) and 2-methyl-2-nitrosopropane (MNP), and a nitrone, 5,5-dimethyl-1-pyrroline N-oxide (DMPO). The effect of spin-trap concentration on the collagen-induced human platelet aggregation was compared to the anti-aggregatory effect caused by L-arginine. The results show that the nitroso spin traps (DBNBS and MNP) are more effective than L-arginine in preventing platelet aggregation. DMPO has virtually no effect on the collagen-induced aggregation except at a high concentration (300 mM). Furthermore, activation of platelets with a low concentration of collagen (17 μg/ml) and in the presence of DBNBS or MNP yields several EPR-detectable spin adducts. Some of the observed spin adducts do not correspond to those originating from the interaction of a free radical, nitric oxide (NO[This symbol cannot be presented in ASCII format]) gas, with the spin traps [Arroyo, C. M. & Kohno, M. (1991) Free Radical Res. Commun. 14, 145–155]. Only one adduct of DBNBS, with a relative intensity of 0.1, observed in the washed-platelet experiment and in the presence of superoxide dismutase, is similar to the EPR spectrum obtained following a reaction of pure NO[This symbol cannot be presented in ASCII format] gas with DBNBS. This suggests that the EPR spectrum of the DBNBS adduct consisting of a triplet may originate from the production of NO[This symbol cannot be presented in ASCII format] by these cells. Additional DBNBS and MNP spin adducts were generated during platelet activation in the presence of Ca2+ and of a cytosol-depleted L-arginine preparation from washed platelets to which L-arginine was subsequently added. The formation of these DBNBS and MNP spin adducts were inhibited by Nω-methyl-L-arginine (MeArg, 100 μM), suggesting that these originated from a product of NO synthase. Furthermore, the formation of DBNBS and MNP spin adducts in platelet suspensions was enhanced by the presence of superoxide dismutase; however, their formation was prevented by the endothelial-derived relaxing factor (EDRF) inhibitors methylene blue and hemoglobin. The results from the MeArg and EDRF inhibitor experiments support the existence of the L-arginine/NO pathway in platelets. In addition, the prevention of spin-adduct formation by EDRF inhibitors, suggests that the mechanisms of EDRF formation and the L-arginine/NO pathway in endothelial cells and platelets are similar. The potent platelet anti-aggregatory effect shown by DBNBS and MNP, in addition to the results obtained from experiments involving MeArg and EDRF inhibitors, raise doubts with respect to the true identity of EDRF which has previously been suggested to be identical to NO[This symbol cannot be presented in ASCII format] originating from L-arginine. The results suggest that EDRF may be a nitroxylated compound, a hydroxyguanidinium cation radical, with strong nucleophilic properties and with pharmacological properties similar to NO[This symbol cannot be presented in ASCII format]. It is possible, following an electron reduction, that such a hydroxyguanidinium cation radical could yield NO[This symbol cannot be presented in ASCII format]. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ARGININE KW - NITRIC oxide KW - BLOOD platelets KW - EINSTEIN-Podolsky-Rosen experiment KW - SPECTRUM analysis KW - BIOCHEMISTRY N1 - Accession Number: 15826635; Prónai, Lászió 1 Ichimori, Kohji 1 Nozaki, Hiroyuki 1 Nakazawa, Hiroe 1 Okino, Haruka 1 Carmichael, Alasdair J. 2 Arroyo, Carmen M. 3; Affiliation: 1: Department 0! Physiology, Tokai University School of Medicine, Isehara, Japan 2: Radiation Biophysics Department, Armed Forces Radiobiology Research Institute, Bethesda, USA 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Baltimore, USA; Source Info: 12/18/91, Vol. 202 Issue 3, p923; Subject Term: ARGININE; Subject Term: NITRIC oxide; Subject Term: BLOOD platelets; Subject Term: EINSTEIN-Podolsky-Rosen experiment; Subject Term: SPECTRUM analysis; Subject Term: BIOCHEMISTRY; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15826635&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - MacFarlane, D. E. AU - Manzel, L. AU - Krieg, A. M. T1 - Unmethylated CpG-containing oligodeoxynucleotides inhibit apoptosis in WEHI231 B lymphocytes induced by several agents: evidence for blockade of apoptosis at a distal signalling step. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1997/08// VL - 91 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 586 EP - 593 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - Certain oligodeoxynucleotides (ODN) containing cytosine followed by guanosine (CpG) protect B cells from apoptosis, and induce B-cell proliferation and cytokine production. We investigated the effect of phosphorothioate CpG-containing ODNs (5'-ATAATCGACGTTCAAGCAAG-3' or 5'-TCCATGACGTTCCTGACGTT-3') and control ODNs (which did not contain CpG) on apoptosis and cell growth in WEHI 231 murine B lymphoma cells. Anti-surface (α-s)IgM antibody induces 40-60% DNA degradation and growth arrest of WEHI 231 cells in 24 h. Both of these effects were substantially reversed by 30 ng/ml CpG-ODN added up to 8 hr after α-sIgM. Control ODNs not containing the CpG motif were without effect. We explored various hypotheses to account for these effects. The phorbol ester, 12-O-tetradecanoyl phorbol-13-acetate, inhibits apoptosis induced by α-sIgM, but the anti-apoptotic effect of CpG-ODN was not affected by inhibitors of protein kinase C, indicating that CpG-ODN does not act via protein kinase C. CpG-ODN inhibited apoptosis and growth arrest induced by C2- and C8-ceramide, sphingomyelinase and an intracellular Ca2+ pump inhibitor thapsigargin, indicating that inhibition is not mediated via suppression of the ceramide cycle or suppression of Ca2+ mobilization. CpG-ODN partially inhibited apoptosis induced by okadaic acid, a protein phosphatase inhibitor, and by menadione, a free radical generator. CpG-ODN also inhibited apoptosis and growth arrest induced by ultraviolet-irradiation, glucocorticoid, vinca alkaloids, and doxorubicin. CpG-ODN significantly protected cells from DNA fragmentation induced by α-sIgM in the presence of cycloheximide, but cycloheximide itself induces apoptosis which was unaffected by CpG-ODN. These results suggest that CpG-ODNs powerfully modulate the process by which immune cells are committed to death or proliferation by a mechanism acting on distal cell signalling events. CpG-ODNs may be able to decrease immunosuppression in patients undergoing cancer chemotherapy. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - B cells KW - CELLULAR immunity KW - IMMUNE response -- Regulation KW - APOPTOSIS KW - PROTEIN kinases KW - ANTINEOPLASTIC agents N1 - Accession Number: 14054146; MacFarlane, D. E. 1 Manzel, L. 1 Krieg, A. M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, and The University of Iowa, Iowa City, IA, USA; Source Info: Aug97, Vol. 91 Issue 4, p586; Subject Term: B cells; Subject Term: CELLULAR immunity; Subject Term: IMMUNE response -- Regulation; Subject Term: APOPTOSIS; Subject Term: PROTEIN kinases; Subject Term: ANTINEOPLASTIC agents; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14054146&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Singer, N. G. AU - Richardson, B. C. AU - Powers, D. AU - Hooper, F. AU - Lialios, F. AU - Endres, J. AU - Bott, C. M. AU - Fox, D. A. T1 - Role of the CD6 glycoprotein in antigen-specific and autoreactive responses of cloned human T lymphocytes. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1996/08// VL - 88 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 537 EP - 543 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - CD6 is a 130000 MWT-cell surface glycoprotein that can deliver coactivating signals to mature T lymphocytes. Studies using monoclonal antibodies (mAb) have defined at least four epitopes on CD6, and distinct functional responses are elicited by mAb to the different epitopes. The function of CD6 is unknown. Multiple CD6 iigands are predicted, based on data that a soluble CD6 fusion protein precipitates at least three peptides. A cDNA clone for one of these ligands, termed activated leucocyte-cell adhesion molecule (ALCAM) has recently been isolated. In order to further characterize the role of CD6 in cell-cell interactions, we have examined the role of CD6 in a variety of responses by tetanus toxoid (TT) specific human T-cell clones. Anti-CD6 mAb UMCD6 (epitope 3) inhibits antigen-specific responses of such clones to TT, but not to the superantigen SEA. Responses of clones to nominal antigen are CD6-dependent using either peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) or macrophage-depleted E rosette negative cells as the antigen- presenting cell (APC) population. Furthermore, these clones made autoreactive with DNA methyltransferase inhibitors express increased CD6, and autoreactivity is inhibited by UMCD6. Taken together, the data suggests the existence of a functional CD6 ligand in peripheral blood which is expressed by APC, including cells other than macrophages. Interactions between CD6 and CD6 ligands may regulate both antigen specific and autoreactive responses of human T lymphocytes. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - GLYCOPROTEINS KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - MONOCLONAL antibodies KW - ANTIGENIC determinants KW - PEPTIDES KW - LIGANDS (Biochemistry) N1 - Accession Number: 14088897; Singer, N. G. 1,2 Richardson, B. C. 1,3,4 Powers, D. 1 Hooper, F. 1 Lialios, F. 1 Endres, J. 1 Bott, C. M. 1 Fox, D. A. 1,3,5; Affiliation: 1: Rackham Arthritis Research Unit, Division of Rheumatology, Department of Internal Medicine, University of Michigan Medical Center, Ann Arbor, MI, USA 2: Rackham Arthritis Research Unit, Division of Rheumatology, Pediatrics, University of Michigan Medical Center, Ann Arbor, MI, USA 3: Rackham Arthritis Research Unit, Division of Rheumatology,Multipurpose Arthritis and Musculoskeletal Diseases Center, University of Michigan Medical Center, Ann Arbor, MI, USA 4: Rackham Arthritis Research Unit, Division of Rheumatology, Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Hospital, University of Michigan Medical Center, Ann Arbor, MI, USA 5: Rackham Arthritis Research Unit, Division of Rheumatology, Specialized Center of Research in Rheumatoid Arthritis, University of Michigan Medical Center, Ann Arbor, MI, USA; Source Info: Aug96, Vol. 88 Issue 4, p537; Subject Term: GLYCOPROTEINS; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: MONOCLONAL antibodies; Subject Term: ANTIGENIC determinants; Subject Term: PEPTIDES; Subject Term: LIGANDS (Biochemistry); Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14088897&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Giese, N. A. AU - Gazzinelli, R. T. AU - Actor, J. K. AU - Morawetz, R. A. AU - Sarzotti, M. AU - Morse III, H. C. T1 - Retrovirus-elicited interleukin-12 and tumour necrosis factor-α as inducers of interferon-γ-mediated pathology in mouse AIDS. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1996/03// VL - 87 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 467 EP - 474 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - Spleen cells from mice resistant or sensitive to mouse acquired immune deficiency syndrome (MAIDS) were examined for cytokine mRNA. In MAIDS-resistant BALB/c mice, cytokine transcripts peaked at 1 week after infection with Type 1 cytokines [interleukin-2 (IL-2), turnout necrosis factor-α (TNF-α), interferon-γ (IFN-γ), IL-12], dominating over Type 2 cytokines (IL-4, IL-10). Expression of cytokines other than IL-2 later declined to levels seen in uninfected mice. In MAIDS-sensitive B6 mice, transcripts for all cytokines were increased at 1 week and, except for IL-2, increased progressively. Spontaneous production of IFN-γ protein was associated with enhanced mRNA expression at 1 week after infection of either strain, but none was detectable in association with even higher levels of transcripts at later times after infection of B6 mice. Spleen cells from longer-term-infected B6 mice, however, produced substantial amounts of IFN-γ following treatment with lipopolysaccharide (LPS) or IL-12. Inclusion of anti-IL-12 or anti- TNF-α antibodies blocked induction of IFN-γ by LPS. Induction of IFN-γ by IL-12 was potentiated by TNF-α following stimulation of intact spleen cells and purified CD4+ or CD8+ T cells, as well as negatively selected CD4-8- cells from infected B6 mice. Further studies showed that IFN-γ knockout mice on a B6 background developed MAIDS with a prolonged time-course, whereas BALB/c knockout mice were unchanged in their resistance to MAIDS. These studies suggest that continuing low-level expression of IFN-γ stimulated by IL-12 and TNF-α contributes to the susceptibility of B6 mice to MAIDS but is not required for the resistance of BALB/c mice to disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AIDS (Disease) KW - MICE as laboratory animals KW - INTERLEUKIN-12 KW - TUMOR necrosis factor KW - INTERFERONS KW - RETROVIRUSES KW - IMMUNOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 14086405; Giese, N. A. 1 Gazzinelli, R. T. 2 Actor, J. K. 2 Morawetz, R. A. 1 Sarzotti, M. 3 Morse III, H. C. 1; Affiliation: 1: Laboratory of Immunopathology, Laboratory of Parasitic Diseases, National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD 2: Immunology and Cell Biology Section, Laboratory of Parasitic Diseases, National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Baltimore, MD, USA; Source Info: Mar96, Vol. 87 Issue 3, p467; Subject Term: AIDS (Disease); Subject Term: MICE as laboratory animals; Subject Term: INTERLEUKIN-12; Subject Term: TUMOR necrosis factor; Subject Term: INTERFERONS; Subject Term: RETROVIRUSES; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14086405&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Myers, L.K. AU - Miyahara, H. AU - Terato, K. AU - Seyer, J.M. AU - Stuartt, J.M. AU - Kang, A.H. T1 - Collagen-induced arthritis in B10.RIII mice (H-2r): identification of an arthritogenic T-cell determinant. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1995/04// VL - 84 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 509 EP - 513 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - Susceptibility to collagen-induced arthritis (CIA), a murine model of autoimmune arthritis, is strongly linked to only two major histocompatibility complex (MHC) haplotypes, H-2q and H-2r. In order to identify the determinants of type II collagen (CII) required to induce arthritis in H-2rbeating mice, B10.RIII mice were immunized with bovine, chick or human CII. Only bovine Cfi induced significant arthritis and autoantibodies. When the major CNBr peptides of bovine collagen were isolated and used for immunization, only mice immunized with CB8, representing CII 403-551, developed arthritis. To identify immunogenic epitope(s) within CB8, a panel of synthetic peptides representing overlapping sequences of the bovine peptide was generated. When each peptide was cultured with T cells from B10.RIII mice immunized with CII, one peptide, representing CII 430-466, contained a major T-cell epitope. By using an in vitro lymphokine production assay, the T-cell epitope was further narrowed to CII 442-456. These findings suggest that a T-cell determinant important for the initiation of arthritis in B10.RIII (H-2r) mice is located within a 15 amino acid sequence, residues 442-456 of bovine CII. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ARTHRITIS KW - MAJOR histocompatibility complex KW - HLA histocompatibility antigens KW - MICE as laboratory animals KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS N1 - Accession Number: 13373652; Myers, L.K. 1 Miyahara, H. 1 Terato, K. 2 Seyer, J.M. 2 Stuartt, J.M. 2 Kang, A.H. 2; Affiliation: 1: Research Service of the Veterans Administration Medical Center, Department of Pediatrics 2: Research Service of the Veterans Administration Medical Center, Department of Internal Medicine, University of Tennessee, Memphis Tennessee, USA; Source Info: Apr95, Vol. 84 Issue 4, p509; Subject Term: ARTHRITIS; Subject Term: MAJOR histocompatibility complex; Subject Term: HLA histocompatibility antigens; Subject Term: MICE as laboratory animals; Subject Term: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13373652&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wicher, V. AU - Baughn, R.E. AU - Wicher, K. T1 - Congenital and neonatal syphilis in guinea-pigs show a different pattern of immune response. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1994/07// VL - 82 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 404 EP - 409 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - C4-defident (C4D) and Albany strains of guinea-pigs transplacentally and neonatally infected with Treponema pallidum showed distinctive patterns of humoral immune responses. Congenitally infected progeny of both strains originated from dams intradermally (i.d.) infected at midpregnancy with virulent T. pallidum. In the neonatal groups families of C4D and Albany strains consisting of l-3-day-old offspring and their mothers were i.d. infected with a similar dose of T. pallidum. Regardless of the strain, asymptomatic congenitally infected guinea-pigs (n = 16) responded from the first day of life with high levels of IgM [T. pallidum (TP) ELISA] antitreponemal antibodies and up to 85% presented with IgM CIC (circulating immune complexes) and IgM RF (rheumatoid factor). Although relatively high levels of IgM antitreponernal antibodies persisted in these animals throughout the 4-month experimental period, significant levels of host IgG anfitreponemal antibodies were detectable after 2-3 months of age. Neonatally infected guinea-pigs of both strains (n = 27) responded similarly to the infected sow but with relatively lower levels of IgM and IgG antitreponemal antibodies at 1 and 4 weeks, respectively, both of which increased with the time of infection. Antibodies were also detected in these animals by fluorescent treponemal antibody adsorption test (FTA-ABS). Unlike congenital syphilis, neonatally infected animals developed IgG-CIC after 2-3 months of infection and none of them showed any RF. In neonatal syphilis, FTA-ABS antibody levels were closely associated with the onset of lesions, whereas those of TP ELISA were not. The distinctive immune responses observed in these experimental models have the potential to differentiate between congenitally and neonatally infected human infants, even though the current clinical management is the same. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SYPHILIS KW - IMMUNE response KW - TREPONEMA pallidum KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - IMMUNE complexes KW - RHEUMATOID factor N1 - Accession Number: 13375923; Wicher, V. 1 Baughn, R.E. 2 Wicher, K. 1; Affiliation: 1: Wadsworth Center for Laboratories and Research, New York State Department of Health 2: Department of Microbiology and Immunology, Baylor College of Medicine, and Syphilis Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center; Source Info: Jul94, Vol. 82 Issue 3, p404; Subject Term: SYPHILIS; Subject Term: IMMUNE response; Subject Term: TREPONEMA pallidum; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: IMMUNE complexes; Subject Term: RHEUMATOID factor; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13375923&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Quddus, J. AU - Kaplan, A. AU - Richardson, B. C. T1 - Anti-CD11a prevents deletion of self-reactive T cells in neonatal C57BR mice. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1994/06// VL - 82 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 301 EP - 305 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - The process of thymic maturation permits development of T cells expressing receptors which recognize self-major histocompatibility complex (MHC) determinants, but deletes T cells recognizing self-MHC determinants with high affinity. This selection process is evolutionarily conserved, and presumably serves in part to prevent the release of autoreactive cells. However, the mechanisms involved in the selection process, and the molecules required are incompletely characterized. Lymphocyte function-associated antigen-1 (LFA-l) is an accessory molecule important in T-cell activation, is involved in thymocyte-epithelial cell binding, and contributes to the maturation of CD4 - CD8 - thymocytes to the CD4 + CD8 + stage. In this report we have investigated whether LFA- 1 also contributes to the thymic deletion of potentially self-reactive cells. Neonatal C57Br mice were injected with amounts of a monoclonal antibody to LFA-l that saturated thymic binding sites, then splenocytes were examined for I cells expressing receptors normally deleted in the thymus. The results demonstrate that Vβl 7a + T cells, normally deleted in this strain, can be detected in the spleen following administration of anti-LFA- 1, thus supporting the hypothesis that LFA-1 also contributes to negative selection. The potential significance of LFA-1 involvement in multiple thymic maturation events is discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - NEONATAL infections KW - T cells KW - THYMIC hormones KW - MICE KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS N1 - Accession Number: 13377231; Quddus, J. 1 Kaplan, A. 1 Richardson, B. C. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. 2: Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Hospital, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jun94, Vol. 82 Issue 2, p301; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: NEONATAL infections; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: THYMIC hormones; Subject Term: MICE; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13377231&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hisnanick, John J. AU - Gujral, Surinder S. T1 - Veterans' Health Insurance Status and Their Use of VA Medical Facilities: A Joint-Choice Analysis. JO - Social Science Quarterly (University of Texas Press) JF - Social Science Quarterly (University of Texas Press) Y1 - 1996/06// VL - 77 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 393 EP - 406 PB - University of Texas Press SN - 00384941 AB - The article examines factors influencing a veteran's decision to have health insurance and to use a Veterans Affairs (VA) facility. The underlying reasons influencing veterans' health insurance status and their usage of a VA facility are many and varied. Technically, a model of the probability of a veteran having health insurance and the probability of a veteran using a VA medical facility constitutes a bivariate dependent variable model, which has been shown to exhibit a form of partial observability. However, using a bivariate probit specification would account for the potential correlation between the two models and thereby correct for the selection bias that could be incurred by estimating only the VA usage model. The bivariate probit specification has been successfully used in estimating such joint-choice relationships as private health insurance and the demand for deductibles, union status and union jobs, and bank credit/loan applications and loan defaults. The article highlights on the significance of proposed changes in health care on the increase in demand for VA care. KW - VETERANS -- Loans KW - MEDICAL centers KW - DEDUCTIBLES (Insurance) KW - MEDICAL care KW - INSURANCE policies KW - HEALTH insurance N1 - Accession Number: 9703301419; Hisnanick, John J. 1 Gujral, Surinder S. 1; Affiliation: 1: U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs.; Source Info: Jun96, Vol. 77 Issue 2, p393; Subject Term: VETERANS -- Loans; Subject Term: MEDICAL centers; Subject Term: DEDUCTIBLES (Insurance); Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: INSURANCE policies; Subject Term: HEALTH insurance; NAICS/Industry Codes: 524111 Direct individual life, health and medical insurance carriers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 524112 Direct group life, health and medical insurance carriers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621491 HMO Medical Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 14p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9703301419&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Westermeyer, Joseph AU - Specker, Sheila AU - Westermeyer, J AU - Specker, S T1 - Social resources and social function in comorbid eating and substance disorder: a matched-pairs study. JO - American Journal on Addictions JF - American Journal on Addictions Y1 - 1999/10// VL - 8 IS - 4 M3 - journal article SP - 332 EP - 336 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 10550496 AB - Objective: To assess social resources and function among patients with comorbid Eating Disorder (ED) and substance abuse/dependence, referred to here as Substance Related Disorder (SRD).Design: Descriptive, cross-sectional, comparative.Settings: A university medical center with an Alcohol-Drug Program located within a Department of Psychiatry.Subjects: 70 patients with Substance Related Disorder and Eating Disorder (SRD-ED), matched for gender, age, and race-ethnicity with 70 SRD-only patients.Methods: A research associate assessed current social resources and social function based on data obtained from patients and collateral sources while blind to the ED status of the patient. Addiction psychiatrists made the diagnoses of SRD and ED and conducted assessments for axis 4 psychosocial stressors and axis 5 psychosocial function.Results: SRD-ED patients had more advantageous social resources than SRD-only patients, including residence with family or friends, more education, higher socioeconomic status, and larger social networks. However, SRD-ED patients manifested martial status, employment, stressors, and coping levels similar to SRD-only patients.Conclusions: Several alternative explanations exist for these expected though unusual findings. Further analyses will be required to understand this lack of articulation between social resources and social function across two diagnostic groups. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal on Addictions is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EATING disorders KW - PATIENTS KW - SOCIAL groups KW - SUBSTANCE abuse -- Social aspects N1 - Accession Number: 3847748; Westermeyer, Joseph Specker, Sheila Westermeyer, J 1 Specker, S; Affiliation: 1: Department of Psychiatry, Minneapolis Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minn. 55417, USA; Source Info: Oct99, Vol. 8 Issue 4, p332; Subject Term: EATING disorders; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: SOCIAL groups; Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse -- Social aspects; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: journal article L3 - 10.1080/105504999305730 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=3847748&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mayeda, A. R. AU - Hofstetter, J. R. AU - Henderson, Norman T1 - A QTL for the Genetic Variance in Free-Running Period and Level of Locomotor Activity Between Inbred Strains of Mice. JO - Behavior Genetics JF - Behavior Genetics Y1 - 1999/05// VL - 29 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 171 PB - Springer Science & Business Media B.V. SN - 00018244 AB - Many genes support the manifestation of the circadian period in mice. In a multiple-gene trait all genes contributing in a minor way to this characteristic are quantitative trait loci (QTL). Screens of both the BXD and the CXB panels of recombinant inbred mice suggested that distal chromosome 1, between 90 and 100 cM, contained a QTL, Cplaq3, for a difference in the circadian period of locomotor activity between the C57BL/6J and the DBA/2J and between the BALB/cBy and the C57BL/6By progenitor strains. The mice studied were a commercially available congenic strain, B6.D2-Mtv7a /Ty, from 50 to 100 days old. This congenic strain contains a small DBA/2J genomic insert that covers the region of the provisional QTL in a 99.9% C57BL/6J background. The congenic mice had a shorter period than C57BL/6J mice, confirming that this region has a QTL for the difference in period between the C57BL/6J and the DBA/2J strains. In addition, these data suggest that this region has a QTL for the mean amount of daily activity and for the pattern of locomotor activity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Behavior Genetics is the property of Springer Science & Business Media B.V. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - GENETICS KW - LOCOMOTION KW - CIRCADIAN rhythms KW - MICE KW - BALB/c KW - C57BL/6J KW - Circadian rhythm KW - congenic KW - DBA/2J N1 - Accession Number: 11318863; Mayeda, A. R. 1; Email Address: amayeda@iupui.edu Hofstetter, J. R. 1,2 Henderson, Norman; Affiliation: 1: Department of Psychiatry, Roudebush Veterans Administration Medical Center, Indianapolis, Indiana 46202 2: Institute for Psychiatric Research, 791 Union Drive, Indianapolis, Indiana 46202; Source Info: May1999, Vol. 29 Issue 3, p171; Subject Term: GENETICS; Subject Term: LOCOMOTION; Subject Term: CIRCADIAN rhythms; Subject Term: MICE; Author-Supplied Keyword: BALB/c; Author-Supplied Keyword: C57BL/6J; Author-Supplied Keyword: Circadian rhythm; Author-Supplied Keyword: congenic; Author-Supplied Keyword: DBA/2J; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11318863&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Grahame, Nicholas J. AU - Li, T.-K. AU - Lumeng, Lawrence T1 - Selective Breeding for High and Low Alcohol Preference in Mice. JO - Behavior Genetics JF - Behavior Genetics Y1 - 1999/01// VL - 29 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 47 EP - 57 PB - Springer Science & Business Media B.V. SN - 00018244 AB - High and low alcohol preference (HAP and LAP, respectively) mice were created by 10 generations of bidirectional selection for differences in two-bottle choice alcohol consumption. The progenitors used for selection were HS/lbg mice, which are a genetically defined, out-bred stock. During selection, mice had 24-h, daily access to 10% alcohol (v/v) and water ad libitum for 30 days and were selected based on the alcohol (g/kg) consumed per day over the entire period. Food was available ad libitum. At S10, line means for alcohol consumption differed greatly, with consumption of over 12 g/kg per day in the HAP mice and less than 2 g/kg per day in the LAP mice. Realized heritability for bidirectional selection was approximately 0.2. Female mice consumed more alcohol than male mice. There were no differences between lines in alcohol elimination rate, nor were there line differences in intake of salt or quinine solutions. However, consumption of saccharin solutions was greater in HAP mice than LAP mice, consistent with previous findings of a genetic correlation between sweet preference and alcohol drinking. Because the mouse genome is relatively well characterized, these selected lines should prove a useful tool for assessment of the genetic basis of, and phenotypes that correlate with, alcohol drinking. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Behavior Genetics is the property of Springer Science & Business Media B.V. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SEXUAL behavior in animals KW - DRINKING of alcoholic beverages KW - MICE KW - alcohol metabolism KW - Alcohol preference KW - genetic differences KW - heritability KW - selective breeding KW - taste N1 - Accession Number: 11304794; Grahame, Nicholas J. 1; Email Address: ngrahame@iupui.edu Li, T.-K. 1 Lumeng, Lawrence 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Indiana University School of Medicine and the Richard Roudebush Veterans Administration Medical Center, Indiana; Source Info: Jan1999, Vol. 29 Issue 1, p47; Subject Term: SEXUAL behavior in animals; Subject Term: DRINKING of alcoholic beverages; Subject Term: MICE; Author-Supplied Keyword: alcohol metabolism; Author-Supplied Keyword: Alcohol preference; Author-Supplied Keyword: genetic differences; Author-Supplied Keyword: heritability; Author-Supplied Keyword: selective breeding; Author-Supplied Keyword: taste; NAICS/Industry Codes: 722410 Drinking Places (Alcoholic Beverages); NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11304794&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rushton, Patricia AU - Brown, Sherry T1 - Patient and Caregiver Perceptions of Cancer Pain Control. JO - Cancer Practice JF - Cancer Practice Y1 - 1999/09// VL - 7 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 257 EP - 261 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 10654704 AB - objectives: This study measured the perceptions of cancer patients and caregivers in Utah concerning knowledge about and adequacy of pharmacologic cancer pain control. materials and methods: A descriptive survey was sent to a stratified random sample of adult cancer patients obtained from the Utah Tumor Registry. Questionnaires asked cancer patients and caregivers about their knowledge of pain control and about perceptions of the adequacy of pharmacologic cancer pain management. results: The study had a 52% response rate (259 of 500) after two mailings. Eighty-five percent (219 of 259) of the respondents stated that they had no cancer pain. With the first mailing, a “no pain” response was not offered as an option. When the researchers realized that this might be a possible response, a second mailing was sent, which may be the reason for the high response rate. conclusions: Cancer literature indicates that much cancer pain is not effectively controlled. The majority of the respondents of this study reported no pain. Because this result is different than that reported in the literature, it may indicate that education of healthcare providers, patients, and families can improve cancer pain management and control. It may also indicate an inability of the study to obtain data from those patients having cancer pain. This study should be repeated with a focused population of advanced stage cancer patients with types of cancer typically producing high levels of cancer pain. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Cancer Practice is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CANCER pain KW - DRUGS -- Effectiveness KW - UTAH KW - UNITED States KW - Cancer, pain KW - Caregiver KW - Pain control KW - Patient perception N1 - Accession Number: 5303698; Rushton, Patricia 1 Brown, Sherry 2; Affiliation: 1: Patricia Rushton, RN, PhD, CS, ANP, AOCN, Assistant Professor, Brigham Young University College of Nursing, Provo, Utah. 2: Sherry Brown, RN, MN, Clinical Specialist, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Salt Lake City, Utah.; Source Info: Sep99, Vol. 7 Issue 5, p257; Subject Term: CANCER pain; Subject Term: DRUGS -- Effectiveness; Subject Term: UTAH; Subject Term: UNITED States; Author-Supplied Keyword: Cancer, pain; Author-Supplied Keyword: Caregiver; Author-Supplied Keyword: Pain control; Author-Supplied Keyword: Patient perception; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 7 Charts; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1046/j.1523-5394.1999.75009.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5303698&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Peter AU - Mary A AU - Steven Z T1 - Age-Related Hemispheric Asymmetry in Object Discrimination. JO - Journal of Clinical & Experimental Neuropsychology JF - Journal of Clinical & Experimental Neuropsychology Y1 - 1998/04// VL - 20 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 174 EP - 185 PB - Taylor & Francis Ltd SN - 13803395 AB - Young and elderly observers judged whether two sequentially presented images in either the left or right visual field (LVF or RVF) were the same or different. The two objects depicted were always from the same entry-level category, but could differ only in viewpoint (a ``same'' trial--observers were instructed to ignore viewpoint changes) and/or in exemplar (a ``different'' trial). Young observers showed no difference in sensitivity across visual fields. Elderly observers were less sensitive overall than young observers, and were less sensitive to stimuli presented in the LVF-RH than in the RVF-LH. The results of this experiment support the hypothesis that one type of visual cognitive functioning declines with age faster in the right hemisphere than in the left hemisphere. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical & Experimental Neuropsychology is the property of Taylor & Francis Ltd and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CEREBRAL hemispheres KW - VISUAL fields KW - COGNITION N1 - Accession Number: 5504513; Peter 1 Mary A 1 Steven Z 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Arizona, Department of Psychology, USA, Binghamton, PO Box 6000, NY 13902 2: University of Arizona, and Neurology Service, Tucson Veterans Administration Medical Center, Department of Neurology, USA; Source Info: Apr98, Vol. 20 Issue 2, p174; Subject Term: CEREBRAL hemispheres; Subject Term: VISUAL fields; Subject Term: COGNITION; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5504513&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fleming, Michael F. AU - Manwell, Linda Baier AU - Barry, Kristen Lawton AU - Johnson, Kristen T1 - At-risk drinking in an HMO primary care sample: Prevalence and health policy implications. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1998/01// VL - 88 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 90 EP - 93 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Objectives. This study was designed to determine the prevalence of at-risk drinking using varying alcohol use criteria. Methods. A period prevalence survey was conducted in 22 primary care practices (n = 19372 adults). Results. The frequency of at-risk alcohol use varied from 7.5% (World Health Organization criteria) to 19.7% (National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism criteria). A stepwise logistic model using National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism criteria found male gender, current tobacco use, never married status, retirement, and unemployment to be significant predictors of at-risk alcohol use. Conclusions. Public health policy needs to move to a primary care paradigm focusing on identification and treatment of at-risk drinkers. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DRINKING of alcoholic beverages KW - HEALTH surveys KW - ALCOHOLISM -- Risk factors KW - TOBACCO use KW - MEDICAL policy N1 - Accession Number: 450492; Fleming, Michael F. 1 Manwell, Linda Baier 1 Barry, Kristen Lawton 2,3 Johnson, Kristen 4; Affiliation: 1: Center for Addiction Research and Education, University of Wisconsin-Madison 2: Veterans Administration, Serious Mental Illness Treatment Research and Evaluation Center 3: Department of Psychiatry, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor 4: Department of Family Medicine, University of Wisconsin-Madison; Source Info: Jan1998, Vol. 88 Issue 1, p90; Subject Term: DRINKING of alcoholic beverages; Subject Term: HEALTH surveys; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM -- Risk factors; Subject Term: TOBACCO use; Subject Term: MEDICAL policy; NAICS/Industry Codes: 722410 Drinking Places (Alcoholic Beverages); NAICS/Industry Codes: 923120 Administration of Public Health Programs; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2838 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=450492&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Carlson, John G. AU - Singelis, Theodeore M. AU - Chemtob, Claude M. T1 - Facial EMG Responses to Combat-Related Visual Stimuli in Veterans With and Without Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. JO - Applied Psychophysiology & Biofeedback JF - Applied Psychophysiology & Biofeedback Y1 - 1997/12// VL - 22 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 247 EP - 259 PB - Springer Science & Business Media B.V. SN - 10900586 AB - Veterans with ( n = 10) and without ( n = 10) posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) participated in an exploratory study of facial reactivity to neutral slides and to slides depicting unpleasant combat-related material that were previously determined to be emotionally evocative. It was found that the zygomaticus major (cheek), masseter (jaw), and lateral frontalis (forehead) muscles were especially reactive to the combat slides in the veterans with PTSD, suggesting the importance of facial emotional expression in this disorder. The PTSD participants' self-reports of overall distress paralleled these effects. However, autonomic reactivity did not reflect general arousal effects due to the visual stimuli, showing both the sensitivity of facial muscle assessment in this context and the need for further research on the relationship between stimulus modality and physiological trauma reactions. Additional directions for research in this area are discussed including efforts to correlate subjective and physiological reactions. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Applied Psychophysiology & Biofeedback is the property of Springer Science & Business Media B.V. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - FACIAL expression KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - ELECTROMYOGRAPHY KW - CONDITIONED response KW - VETERANS -- Mental health KW - combat PTSD KW - EMG KW - facial expression N1 - Accession Number: 11305241; Carlson, John G. 1 Singelis, Theodeore M. 2 Chemtob, Claude M. 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Psychology, University of Hawaii, 2430 Campus Road, Honolulu, Hawaii 96822 2: California State University at Chico, Chico, California 95926 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Honolulu, Hawaii; Source Info: Dec97, Vol. 22 Issue 4, p247; Subject Term: FACIAL expression; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: ELECTROMYOGRAPHY; Subject Term: CONDITIONED response; Subject Term: VETERANS -- Mental health; Author-Supplied Keyword: combat PTSD; Author-Supplied Keyword: EMG; Author-Supplied Keyword: facial expression; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 13p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11305241&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hyer, Lee AU - Boyd, Stephanie AU - Scurfield, Ray AU - Smith, Dale AU - Burke, Jim T1 - Effects of outward bound experiences as an adjunct to inpatient PTSD treatment of war veterans. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1996/05// VL - 52 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 263 EP - 278 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - There is a paucity of studies on Outward Bound Experiences (OBE) with adult psychiatric populations and, more notably, with trauma victims. This study evaluates the efficacy of OBE as an adjunct to specialized inpatient PTSD treatment with survivors of chronic combat-related PTSD (N = 219) at two Veterans Administration Medical Centers. On several measures of PTSD and general adaptation, results showed that the five-day OBE did not differ from standard treatment of PTSD survivors. Two other issues were addressed: identification of successful and non-successful subjects as a result of OBF, and exploration of objective versus subjective measures among this chronic group. Finally, as a post-study analysis, inferred curative components of the OBE were discussed as each appeared to impact on the participants. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder -- Treatment KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - VETERANS -- Mental health KW - MENTAL health KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - HEALTH facilities KW - NEUROSES KW - ANXIETY N1 - Accession Number: 9610311208; Hyer, Lee 1 Boyd, Stephanie 1 Scurfield, Ray 2 Smith, Dale 3 Burke, Jim 3; Affiliation: 1: Augusta, Veterans Administration Medical Center 2: Honolulu, Pacific Center for PTSD 3: Tacoma, Veterans Administration Medical Center; Source Info: May96, Vol. 52 Issue 3, p263; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder -- Treatment; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: VETERANS -- Mental health; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: HEALTH facilities; Subject Term: NEUROSES; Subject Term: ANXIETY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 16p; Illustrations: 5 Charts, 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9610311208&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lubin, Bernard AU - Van Whitlock, Rodney AU - Dale, Iamara M. AU - Riesenmy, Kelly R. AU - DeSouza, Eros T1 - Further study of the diagnostic and screening efficiency... JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1996/01// VL - 52 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 26 EP - 31 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - In order to provide additional data on the diagnostic efficiency of the DACL in a situation in which dual diagnoses that involve depression also are considered, two groups of psychiatric patients completed DACL list E and independently were assigned psychiatric diagnoses via the Psychiatric Diagnostic Interview. Findings indicate that the DACL may be of considerable use in screening for depression. Sensitivity was high for both males and females (.84 and .80, respectively) with a cutting score of 12⁄13. Correct classification rates were also between 4 and 10% higher than base rates. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DEPRESSION Adjective Check Lists KW - MENTAL depression KW - MENTAL depression -- Diagnosis KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis N1 - Accession Number: 9603295098; Lubin, Bernard 1 Van Whitlock, Rodney 1 Dale, Iamara M. 2 Riesenmy, Kelly R. 2 DeSouza, Eros 3; Affiliation: 1: University of Missouri-Kansas City 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Kansas City, Missouri 3: Illinois State University, Normal, Illinois; Source Info: Jan1996, Vol. 52 Issue 1, p26; Subject Term: DEPRESSION Adjective Check Lists; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: MENTAL depression -- Diagnosis; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9603295098&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Luckie, Lorenzo F. AU - White, Robert E. AU - Miller, William R. AU - Icenogle, Milton V. AU - Lasoski, Milton C. T1 - Prevalence estimates of alcohol problems in a veterans administration outpatient population... JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1995/05// VL - 51 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 422 EP - 425 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - Prior reports have indicated that the prevalence of alcohol-related problems in VA patients is significantly higher than that found in the general population. Prevalence rates, however, are likely to be affected by the screening instrument employed. A sample of 722 VA outpatients awaiting general medical and urgent care treatment was asked to complete two screening questionnaires: the World Health Organization's AUDIT and the brief MAST. Of 508 completed AUDITs, 55 (11%) scored above the cut-offs of 11 for harmful consumption, and 85 (17%) above the more liberal cut-off score of 8; whereas of 501 completed MASTs, 104 (21%) scored above the cut-off. Differences in identification rates are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - VETERANS KW - DRINKING of alcoholic beverages KW - OUTPATIENT medical care KW - TESTING KW - SUBSTANCE abuse KW - MEDICAL care KW - PUBLIC health KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - ALCOHOL use N1 - Accession Number: 9507193378; Luckie, Lorenzo F. 1 White, Robert E. 2 Miller, William R. 1 Icenogle, Milton V. 2 Lasoski, Milton C. 2; Affiliation: 1: University of New Mexico 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albuquerque, New Mexico; Source Info: May95, Vol. 51 Issue 3, p422; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: VETERANS; Subject Term: DRINKING of alcoholic beverages; Subject Term: OUTPATIENT medical care; Subject Term: TESTING; Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: PUBLIC health; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: ALCOHOL use; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621494 Community health centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621499 All other out-patient care centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 722410 Drinking Places (Alcoholic Beverages); NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9507193378&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hyer, Lee AU - Braswell, Lorraine AU - Albercht, Bill AU - Boyd, Stephenie AU - Boudewyns, Patrick AU - Talbert, Suzanne T1 - Relationship of NEO-PI to personality styles and severity of trauma in chronic PTSD victims. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1994/09// VL - 50 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 699 EP - 707 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The relationship of the NEO-PI to personality disorders was evaluated in a clinical population. Eighty subjects with post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) were given this measure, along with the MCMI-II and PTSD and combat scales. Two questions were addressed: (1) What is the relationship of NEO-PI domains and facets to personality disorders?; and (2) What is this scale's relationship to PTSD problems? Results support previous studies that employed a clinical population, but with lower correlation coefficients. For the most part, then, the NEO-PI domains and facets correlated in expected ways with the MCMI-II. On PTSD measures, N accounted for the majority of the variance, but other domains were entered when independent regression equations were calculated to account for different personality disorders. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - NEO Personality Inventory KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - PERSONALITY disorders KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL aspects N1 - Accession Number: 9410255274; Hyer, Lee 1 Braswell, Lorraine 1 Albercht, Bill 1 Boyd, Stephenie 1 Boudewyns, Patrick 1 Talbert, Suzanne 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, Georgia and Medical College Georgia; Source Info: Sep1994, Vol. 50 Issue 5, p699; Subject Term: NEO Personality Inventory; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: PERSONALITY disorders; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL aspects; Number of Pages: 9p; Illustrations: 5 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9410255274&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Retzlaff, Paul D. AU - Ofman, Paul AU - Hyer, Lee AU - Matheson, Sarah T1 - MCMI-II high-point codes: Severe personality disorder and clinical syndrome extensions. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1994/03// VL - 50 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 228 EP - 234 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The MCMI-II is becoming more widely used in both clinical practice and research settings. From a research perspective, one area that has not received a great deal of attention is high-point codes. While the MMPI has a very lengthy history of high-point code analysis and ancillary interpretative manuals, the MCMI-II has not such traditional data base. The present study determined the prevalence of single and two-point high codes in a large sample of VA patients. Additionally, associated severe personality scales and clinical syndrome scales are delineated as a function of the 20 most common profiles. These 20 common profiles accounted for 82% of the patients. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MILLON Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY disorders -- Diagnosis KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Research N1 - Accession Number: 9406201382; Retzlaff, Paul D. 1,2 Ofman, Paul 3,4 Hyer, Lee 5,6 Matheson, Sarah 1; Affiliation: 1: University of Northern Colorado, Greeley, Colorado 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cheyenne, Wyoming 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York 4: New York University School of Medicine 5: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, Georgia 6: Medical College Georgia; Source Info: Mar1994, Vol. 50 Issue 2, p228; Subject Term: MILLON Clinical Multiaxial Inventory; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY disorders -- Diagnosis; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Research; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541720 Research and Development in the Social Sciences and Humanities; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9406201382&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lorr, Maurice AU - Strack, Stephen T1 - Personality profiles of police candidates. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1994/03// VL - 50 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 200 EP - 207 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - Recently, Eber (1991) reported on several large-scale studies of law enforcement candidates. The main measures were the two parts of the Clinical Analysis Questionnaire (Krug, Cattell, & IPAT, 1980). Pan I consists of the 16 Personality Factor Questionnaire Scales, while Pan II is devoted to 12 measures of psychopathology. The most striking finding was a clear personality profile characterized by a strong pattern of self-discipline or Control, Tough Poise, and low Anxiety. Our study hypothesis was that several police personality profiles would be found. This conjecture was tested on the 16PF scores of two samples of 275 police candidates by means of the Ward (1963) hierarchical clustering procedure and the Milligan/Sokal (1980) nonhierarchical K-means cluster procedures. Three distinct score profiles were isolated in both samples. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - POLICE psychology KW - PERSONALITY assessment KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - MENTAL health KW - EMOTIONS (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Research N1 - Accession Number: 9406201378; Lorr, Maurice 1 Strack, Stephen 2; Affiliation: 1: Catholic University of American 2: U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, Outpatient Clinic, Los Angeles; Source Info: Mar1994, Vol. 50 Issue 2, p200; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: POLICE psychology; Subject Term: PERSONALITY assessment; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: EMOTIONS (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Research; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 922120 Police Protection; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541720 Research and Development in the Social Sciences and Humanities; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 6 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9406201378&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Elwood, Richard W. T1 - Delayed recall on the Wechsler memory scale-revised: The factor structure revisited. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1993/11// VL - 49 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 854 EP - 859 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - Although delayed recall tasks are prominent features of the popular Wechsler Memory Scale-Revised (WMS-R), exploratory factor analyses consistently have failed to identify an associated delayed recall factor. The present study tested the hypothesis (Elwood, 1991b) that a delayed recall factor could be found by substituting percent retained (saving) scores for the existing WMS-R delayed recall subtest scores. Principal component analyses of age-corrected WMS-R immediate and save scores in a mixed clinical sample failed to find the hypothesized save factor. Both the scree and MAP tests retained one general memory factor, which accounted for 42.2% of the total variance. Independent statistical programs produced essentially equivalent results. Clinical implications of these findings are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PSYCHIATRIC rating scales KW - WECHSLER Memory Scale KW - MEMORY testing KW - FACTOR analysis KW - MEMORY Assessment Scales N1 - Accession Number: 9406200151; Elwood, Richard W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tomah, Wisconsin; Source Info: Nov1993, Vol. 49 Issue 6, p854; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC rating scales; Subject Term: WECHSLER Memory Scale; Subject Term: MEMORY testing; Subject Term: FACTOR analysis; Subject Term: MEMORY Assessment Scales; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9406200151&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Keppel, William H. AU - Regan, David H. AU - Heffeneider, Steven H. AU - McCoy, Sharon AU - Ramsey, Fred T1 - Effects of behavioral stimuli on plasma interleukin-1 activity in humans at rest. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1993/11// VL - 49 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 777 EP - 789 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - Interleukin-1 (IL-1) bioassays were done on 208 serum samples drawn from 7 volunteers, over several hours at 5-minute intervals, before, during, and after a relaxation-related behavioral stimulus. Individuals showed up to a 267% increase (t[29] = 7.750, p = 1 × 10-7.) in IL-1, and for the group, a mean 48.1% elevation (t[5] = 4.128, p = .003) occurred, during the stimulus interval relative to baseline. When baselines were repeated, IL-1 activity rapidly returned toward baseline values. Suggestions to picture one's immune cells fighting illness appeared to have no uniform effect for all subjects. Such rapid changes in plasma IL-1, concomitant with stimuli, indicate a new way to alter immune function and further understand disease susceptibility. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BEHAVIORAL assessment KW - BIOLOGICAL assay KW - INTERLEUKIN-1 KW - PHYSIOLOGY KW - RELAXATION (Health) KW - DISEASE susceptibility KW - HUMAN behavior KW - GROUP psychotherapy N1 - Accession Number: 9406200143; Keppel, William H. 1 Regan, David H. 2 Heffeneider, Steven H. 3 McCoy, Sharon 3 Ramsey, Fred 4; Affiliation: 1: Providence Medical Center, Portland, Oregon 2: Chiles Research Foundation, Portland, Oregon 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, Oregon 4: Oregon State University; Source Info: Nov1993, Vol. 49 Issue 6, p777; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL assessment; Subject Term: BIOLOGICAL assay; Subject Term: INTERLEUKIN-1; Subject Term: PHYSIOLOGY; Subject Term: RELAXATION (Health); Subject Term: DISEASE susceptibility; Subject Term: HUMAN behavior; Subject Term: GROUP psychotherapy; Number of Pages: 13p; Illustrations: 1 Chart, 7 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9406200143&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Talbert, F. Suzanne AU - Braswell, Lorraine C. AU - Albrecht, J. William AU - Hyer, Leon A. AU - Boudewyns, Patrick A. T1 - NEO-PI profiles in PTSD as a function of trauma level. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1993/09// VL - 49 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 663 EP - 669 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - One hundred Vietnam veterans with combat-related PTSD were administered the NEO Personality Inventory (NEO-PI) and the Combat Exposure Scale and were sorted into three groups based on trauma exposure level. Results indicate no significant differences among the personality profiles of the three trauma-exposed groups. A normative NEO-PI profile for persons diagnosed with combat-related PTSD is presented, characterized by an extremely high Neuroticism score (T>75) and an extremely low Agreeableness score (T<25). [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - VIETNAM War, 1961-1975 -- Psychological aspects KW - NEUROSES -- Diagnosis KW - RESEARCH KW - PERSONALITY assessment KW - NEO Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - VIETNAM veterans KW - WAR -- Psychological aspects KW - PSYCHIATRIC research KW - UNITED States KW - VIETNAM N1 - Accession Number: 9402173622; Talbert, F. Suzanne 1,2 Braswell, Lorraine C. 1,2 Albrecht, J. William 1,2 Hyer, Leon A. 1,2 Boudewyns, Patrick A. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center 2: Medical College of Georgia, Augusta, Georgia; Source Info: Sep1993, Vol. 49 Issue 5, p663; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: VIETNAM War, 1961-1975 -- Psychological aspects; Subject Term: NEUROSES -- Diagnosis; Subject Term: RESEARCH; Subject Term: PERSONALITY assessment; Subject Term: NEO Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: VIETNAM veterans; Subject Term: WAR -- Psychological aspects; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC research; Subject Term: UNITED States; Subject Term: VIETNAM; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 3 Charts, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9402173622&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Flowers, Queen AU - Elder, Ivan R. AU - Voris, John AU - Sebastian, Praxedes S. AU - Blevins, Odes AU - Dubois, Jeannette T1 - Daily cocaine craving in a 3-week inpatient treatment program. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1993/03// VL - 49 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 292 EP - 297 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - Fifteen made veteran cocaine addicts took simple tests of cocaine craving, mood, energy, and perceived health status for 23 consecutive days during an inpatient treatment center. Results show they experienced very little cocaine craving or other symptomatology. Multiple regression analyses show that health rating alone was the best predictor of cocaine craving. These results question solely internal sources of craving and the oft-touted craving-depression connection. The study delineates further implications of the findings. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - COCAINE -- Psychological aspects KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Research KW - SUBSTANCE abuse KW - DRUG abuse KW - DRUG addicts KW - PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 9306095756; Flowers, Queen 1 Elder, Ivan R. 2 Voris, John 3 Sebastian, Praxedes S. 2 Blevins, Odes 1 Dubois, Jeannette 1; Affiliation: 1: Dorn Veterans Administration Hospital, Columbia, South Carolina 2: Dorn Veterans Administration Hospital, Columbia, South Carolina, School of Medicine, The University of South Carolina 3: Dorn Veterans Administration Hospital, Columbia, South Carolina, College of Pharmacy, The University of South Carolina; Source Info: Mar1993, Vol. 49 Issue 2, p292; Subject Term: COCAINE -- Psychological aspects; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Research; Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse; Subject Term: DRUG abuse; Subject Term: DRUG addicts; Subject Term: PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541720 Research and Development in the Social Sciences and Humanities; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Chart, 4 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9306095756&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Russell, Elbert W. AU - Russell, Sally L. K. T1 - Left temporal lobe brain damage pattern on the WAIS, addendum. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1993/03// VL - 49 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 241 EP - 244 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This study added Digit Span to an index investigated in a previous study. An index score, in which the WAIS Vocabulary and Information were more impaired than Similarities and Digit Span, indicated left temporal lobe damage. Using subjects with damage restricted to a single lobe of the brain, the index was found to be significantly more related to the left temporal lobe than to any other part of the brain. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BRAIN -- Wounds & injuries KW - BRAIN diseases KW - BRAIN damage KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - TEMPORAL lobes N1 - Accession Number: 9306095750; Russell, Elbert W. 1 Russell, Sally L. K. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami, Florida; Source Info: Mar1993, Vol. 49 Issue 2, p241; Subject Term: BRAIN -- Wounds & injuries; Subject Term: BRAIN diseases; Subject Term: BRAIN damage; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: TEMPORAL lobes; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9306095750&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gentile, Mary A. AU - Milby, Jesse B. T1 - Methadone maintenance detoxification fear: A study of its components. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1992/11// VL - 48 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 797 EP - 807 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - These studies-added three hypothesized fear components to the Detoxification Fear Survey Schedule (DFSS-14) and compared its psychometric properties to the original. Two disparate methadone-maintenance populations (N = 226) were used in scale development. Thirty-one items and three factors emerged. A validation sample (N = 159) from two diverse methadone maintenance populations yielded a 27-item scale that discriminated between interview-diagnosed detoxification fear and non-fear (91.8% and 85.4% correctly classified). Finally, in methadone maintenance patients from three disparate programs in which the prevalence of detoxification fear was known, the DFSS-27 and DFSS-14 were compared. The DFSS-27 showed substantially improved sensitivity. The DFSS-27 seems a useful screen for detoxification fear in methadone maintenance, may aid intervention planning, and may prove a useful interventions outcome measure. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - METHADONE treatment programs KW - SUBSTANCE abuse -- Treatment KW - FEAR of medical care KW - DETOXIFICATION (Substance abuse treatment) KW - OPERANT behavior KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 9302071008; Gentile, Mary A. 1,2 Milby, Jesse B. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: University of Alabama at Birmingham 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Birmingham; Source Info: Nov1992, Vol. 48 Issue 6, p797; Subject Term: METHADONE treatment programs; Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse -- Treatment; Subject Term: FEAR of medical care; Subject Term: DETOXIFICATION (Substance abuse treatment); Subject Term: OPERANT behavior; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621420 Outpatient Mental Health and Substance Abuse Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; Number of Pages: 11p; Illustrations: 5 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9302071008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Blake, Dudley David AU - Cook, Jerome D. AU - Keane, Terence M. T1 - Post-traumatic stress disorder and coping in veterans who are seeking medical treatment. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1992/11// VL - 48 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 695 EP - 704 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The present study examined psychological coping styles and mental health treatment histories in veterans with PTSD. This study also served as a replication and extension of an earlier investigation that assessed the prevalence of PTSD in World War 11, Korea, and Vietnam combat veterans who were seeking medical treatment. Thirty-six combat veteran medical patients were compared to 38 war-era controls. Nearly a third of the combat veterans met psychometric criteria for PTSD; none of the controls met these criteria. Both PTSD-positive subjects and mental health treatment seekers showed a significantly greater use of emotion-focused coping. Results also showed that Vietnam combatants were more likely to have received individual mental health treatment. These findings and their treatment implications are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MEDICAL care of veterans KW - VETERANS KW - DISEASES KW - RESEARCH KW - WORLD War, 1939-1945 KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - LIFE skills KW - MENTAL health services KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 9302070996; Blake, Dudley David 1,2 Cook, Jerome D. 1,2 Keane, Terence M. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: national Center for PTSD - Boston Veterans Administration Medical Center 2: Tufts-New England Medical Center; Source Info: Nov1992, Vol. 48 Issue 6, p695; Subject Term: MEDICAL care of veterans; Subject Term: VETERANS; Subject Term: DISEASES; Subject Term: RESEARCH; Subject Term: WORLD War, 1939-1945; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: LIFE skills; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 10p; Illustrations: 6 Charts, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9302070996&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Retzlaff, Paul AU - Butler, Michelle AU - Vanderploeg, Rodney D. T1 - Neuropsychological battery choice and theoretical orientation: A multivariate analysis. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1992/09// VL - 48 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 666 EP - 672 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - In order to investigate the tests selected by neuropsychologists to make up clinical batteries, a large survey of neuropsychological test usage was cluster analyzed. This provided groupings of test that are endorsed in common. Theoretical orientation within neuropsychology also was included in the analysis to determine which tests and clusters of tests are more and less associated with the reported orientation of the neuropsychologist. Fifteen clusters of tests were found. Strong and appropriate associations with the eclectic, hypothesis testing, process approach, Halstead­Reitan, Luria, and Benton orientations were seen. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EDUCATIONAL tests & measurements KW - RESEARCH KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGY KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - MULTIVARIATE analysis KW - PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY KW - CLINICAL neuropsychology KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 9301150377; Retzlaff, Paul 1,2 Butler, Michelle 3 Vanderploeg, Rodney D. 4,5; Affiliation: 1: University of Northern Colorado 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cheyenne, Wyoming 3: Colorado State University 4: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tampa, Florida 5: University of South Florida; Source Info: Sep1992, Vol. 48 Issue 5, p666; Subject Term: EDUCATIONAL tests & measurements; Subject Term: RESEARCH; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: MULTIVARIATE analysis; Subject Term: PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY; Subject Term: CLINICAL neuropsychology; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9301150377&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hyer, Lee AU - Walker, Carol AU - Swanson, Greg AU - Sperr, Shelby AU - Sperr, Edwin AU - Blount, John T1 - Validation of PTSD measures for older combat veterans. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1992/09// VL - 48 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 579 EP - 588 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This study evaluated three nosologically similar older groups (Older PTSD, POW, and Older Psychiatric) and a group of Younger PTSD veterans from Vietnam. Group membership was derived from index admission diagnoses and clinical validation of status. Groups were compared on the MMPI, PTSD measures, background variables, health measures and an outcome measure. Results showed that the Older PTSD group is closer to the Younger PTSD group than to the other groups on the MMPI and PTSD measures and also that members of this group remain in the hospital longer than do members of the other older groups. Parameters of effective test classification showed the PTSD measures to be helpful in correct identification of this disorder for the older groups. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - VETERANS KW - DISEASES KW - RESEARCH KW - TRAUMATIC neuroses KW - ANXIETY KW - NEUROSES KW - VETERANS -- Mental health KW - VIETNAM N1 - Accession Number: 9301150260; Hyer, Lee 1,2 Walker, Carol 1,2 Swanson, Greg 1,2 Sperr, Shelby 1,2 Sperr, Edwin 1,2 Blount, John 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center 2: Medical College of Georgia, Augusta, Georgia; Source Info: Sep1992, Vol. 48 Issue 5, p579; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: VETERANS; Subject Term: DISEASES; Subject Term: RESEARCH; Subject Term: TRAUMATIC neuroses; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: NEUROSES; Subject Term: VETERANS -- Mental health; Subject Term: VIETNAM; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 10p; Illustrations: 6 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9301150260&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Russell, Elbert W. AU - D'Hollosy, Marilyn E. T1 - Memory and attention. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1992/07// VL - 48 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 530 EP - 538 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The effect of attention on memory was examined in three studies. In all three, the subjects were instructed to remember the items of one color from an array that contained items of two colors. Subsequently, the subjects were asked to reproduce items of both colors. Almost all of the items that the subjects remembered were those to which they had attended. The parameters of sex, color, and mode of presentation (verbal and drawing) were not significant. Head injury did not disrupt this effect. On the basis of this effect, it was theorized that the strength of a memory store is related directly to the strength of attention. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ATTENTION KW - MEMORY -- Research KW - MEMORY KW - LEARNING KW - INFORMATION retrieval KW - PERSONALITY KW - SOCIAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 9302070314; Russell, Elbert W. 1,2 D'Hollosy, Marilyn E. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami, Florida 2: Nova University, Fort Lauderdale, Florida; Source Info: Jul1992, Vol. 48 Issue 4, p530; Subject Term: ATTENTION; Subject Term: MEMORY -- Research; Subject Term: MEMORY; Subject Term: LEARNING; Subject Term: INFORMATION retrieval; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: SOCIAL psychology; Number of Pages: 9p; Illustrations: 1 Black and White Photograph; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9302070314&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Russell, Elbert W. T1 - Comparison of two methods for converting the WAIS to the WAIS-R. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1992/05// VL - 48 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 355 EP - 359 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - Two methods for converting WAIS scores to WAIS-R scores were investigated. One method subtracted the mean differences between the WAIS and WAIS-R IQs and subtests means from the WAIS scores. The other method converted the WAIS and WAIS-R scores to T scores. Theoretically, the two methods should produce equivalent results. Because the SDs for the WAIS and WAIS-R were quite similar, the only components that remained to produce the difference were the means. Using 52 pairs of WAIS and W AIS-R scores, matched by age and education, both methods were compared. There was no statistically significant difference between the methods. Two new norming methods were discussed in terms of these results. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - INTELLECT KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - INTELLIGENCE levels KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 9208310735; Russell, Elbert W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami, Florida; Source Info: May92, Vol. 48 Issue 3, p355; Subject Term: INTELLECT; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE levels; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9208310735&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Plemel, Duane AU - Schaefer, Allan AU - Raden, Maria AU - Alfano, Anthony M. AU - Anderson, Patricia E. D. AU - Thomas, Dolores AU - Anderson, Douglas T1 - The comparative concurrent validities of the Shipley Institute of Living Scale and the... JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1992/03// VL - 48 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 233 EP - 239 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This study compared the abilities of the Shipley Institute of Living Scale and the Henmon-Nelson Tests of Mental Ability to predict Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale-Revised (WAIS-R) scores in psychiatric hospital patients. The Henmon-Nelson DIQs accounted for about 50% more WAIS-R Verbal and Full Scale IQ variance than did the Shipley IQs, apparently because of their higher correlations with the Information, Vocabulary, and, perhaps, Similarities subtests. Because Henmon-Nelson scores were more variable and generally higher than their WAIS-R counterparts, statistical adjustments were needed to optimize Wechsler IQ estimates. Therefore, regression formulae and a conversion table for the estimation of WAIS-R Full Scale IQs from Henmon-Nelson and Shipley intelligence scores also are presented. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Research KW - TEST validity KW - AGE & intelligence KW - INTELLECT KW - AGE (Psychology) KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients N1 - Accession Number: 9207200660; Watson, Charles G. 1 Plemel, Duane 1 Schaefer, Allan 1 Raden, Maria 1 Alfano, Anthony M. 1 Anderson, Patricia E. D. 1 Thomas, Dolores 1 Anderson, Douglas 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Cloud, Minnesota 2: University of Minnesota; Source Info: Mar1992, Vol. 48 Issue 2, p233; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Research; Subject Term: TEST validity; Subject Term: AGE & intelligence; Subject Term: INTELLECT; Subject Term: AGE (Psychology); Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541720 Research and Development in the Social Sciences and Humanities; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9207200660&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hyer, Lee AU - Boudewyns, Patrick AU - Davis, Harry AU - Woods, Marilyn G. T1 - A SHORT FORM OF THE MISSISSIPPI SCALE FOR COMBAT-RELATED PTSD. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1991/07// VL - 47 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 510 EP - 518 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - At the present time, The Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related PTSD (Mississippi Scale) is the best paper-and-pencil measure of this disorder. This study carried out a test-retest reliability on 52 chronic Vietnam veterans with PTSD and established three psychometric criteria for item retention in order to establish a short form of the Mississippi Scale. Ten items met these criteria and had a test-retest reliability coefficient of .66 (under the most stringent of conditions, treatment). This 10-item measure (Miss-10) then was applied to 95 new PTSD cases. This scale yielded two factors, guilt and numbing/anger. Discussion addressed its use as part of a screening battery or for monitoring change across time. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SCALE analysis (Psychology) KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - ANXIETY KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - PERSONALITY assessment KW - PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS N1 - Accession Number: 12005297; Hyer, Lee 1,2 Boudewyns, Patrick 1,2 Davis, Harry 2 Woods, Marilyn G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center 2: Medical College of Georgia, Augusta, Georgia; Source Info: Jul1991, Vol. 47 Issue 4, p510; Subject Term: SCALE analysis (Psychology); Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: PERSONALITY assessment; Subject Term: PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12005297&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ward, L. Charles AU - Rothaus, Paul T1 - THE MEASUREMENT OF DENIAL AND RATIONALIZATION IN MALE ALCOHOLICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1991/05// VL - 47 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 465 EP - 468 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - Two hundred male alcoholics were given 94 true-false items constructed to characterize alcoholic defensiveness, and a factor analysis revealed two strong factors. The first factor (Denial) was correlated with items that asserted an ability to control one's drinking, denied being an alcoholic or needing treatment, or minimized the consequences of alcohol abuse. Items that loaded the other factor (Rationalization) gave reasons, justifications, and excuses for drinking. Two derived scales were examined in a replication sample of 66 male alcoholics, and alpha coefficients (.84 and .85) from the first sample did not show undue shrinkage in the second (.86 and .77). [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DENIAL (Psychology) KW - RATIONALIZATION (Psychology) KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - MALES KW - DEFENSE mechanisms (Psychology) KW - FACTOR analysis N1 - Accession Number: 11993186; Ward, L. Charles 1,2 Rothaus, Paul 3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration medical Center Tuscaloosa, Alabama. 2: University of South Alabama College of Medicine. 3: Olin E. Teague Veterans Center Temple, Texas.; Source Info: May91, Vol. 47 Issue 3, p465; Subject Term: DENIAL (Psychology); Subject Term: RATIONALIZATION (Psychology); Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: MALES; Subject Term: DEFENSE mechanisms (Psychology); Subject Term: FACTOR analysis; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11993186&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Basco, Monica Ramirez AU - Birchler, Gary R. AU - Kalal, Beth AU - Talbott, Richard AU - Slater, Mark A. T1 - THE CLINICIAN RATING OF ADULT COMMUNICATION (CRAC): A CLINICIAN'S GUIDE TO THE ASSESSMENT OF INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION SKILL. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1991/05// VL - 47 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 368 EP - 380 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This paper reports the results of an initial investigation of the psychometric properties of a new clinical marital communication assessment instrument, the Clinician Rating of Adult Communication (CRAC). The sample consisted of 36 marital communication samples from both maritally satisfied and distressed couples. Reliability results indicated that the CRAC demonstrated high levels of internal consistency, test-retest reliability, and interrater agreement. Support for the validity of the CRAC was found in its correspondence with a marital interaction coding system, its relationship to ratings of marital satisfaction, and its concordance with couples' perceptions of their conflict management behavior. Overall, these findings support the conclusion that the CRAC may provide a useful addition to the measurement armamentarium of the marital clinician and researcher. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - INTERPERSONAL communication KW - MARITAL communication KW - INTERPERSONAL relations KW - CONFLICT management KW - PROBLEM solving KW - MARRIAGE N1 - Accession Number: 11991909; Basco, Monica Ramirez 1 Birchler, Gary R. 2,3 Kalal, Beth 4 Talbott, Richard 5 Slater, Mark A. 2,3; Affiliation: 1: Univesity of Texas Southwestern Medical Center at Dallas 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center. 3: University of California at San Diego School of Medicine. 4: University of Hawaii 5: Veterans Administration Medical Center at San Diego.; Source Info: May91, Vol. 47 Issue 3, p368; Subject Term: INTERPERSONAL communication; Subject Term: MARITAL communication; Subject Term: INTERPERSONAL relations; Subject Term: CONFLICT management; Subject Term: PROBLEM solving; Subject Term: MARRIAGE; Number of Pages: 13p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11991909&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Martincic, D AU - Koury, M J AU - Gale, K AU - Whitlock, J A T1 - Detection of mutations by automated fluorescence/RNA-based dideoxy fingerprinting (ARddF). JO - Oncogene JF - Oncogene Y1 - 1999/01/21/ VL - 18 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 617 EP - 621 PB - Nature Publishing Group SN - 09509232 AB - Dideoxy fingerprinting (ddF) is a hybrid technique which combines aspects of single strand conformational polymorphism (SSCP) and dideoxy sequencing to detect the presence of single base changes in a defined fragment of nucleic acid. ddF is no more technically demanding than SSCP, yet it is more sensitive in detecting point mutations. We describe here the adaptation of conventional ddF to an automated sequencing system using fluorescent Cy5 labeled primers. We show that automated RNA-based ddF (ARddF) has several advantages over conventional radioisotope-based ddF, including: (1) analysis of larger nucleic acid fragments (up to 103 bp), due to the ability to continuously analyse and compile sequencing information; (2) greater reliability for distinguishing mutant sequences from wild type sequences (particularly when the mutation leads to gain or loss of a dideoxy termination segment); (3) the use of fluorescent labeled primers, making ARddF less hazardous than methods requiring radionucleotides. The use of ARddF in conjunction with new methods for isolating RNA from a small number of cells facilitates mutational analysis of small tissue biopsies and other limited samples, and will allow more widespread application of mutational screening in the setting of clinical diagnostic laboratories. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Oncogene is the property of Nature Publishing Group and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MUTATION (Biology) KW - P53 antioncogene KW - GENETIC polymorphisms KW - NUCLEOTIDES KW - RADIOISOTOPES N1 - Accession Number: 11352188; Martincic, D 1 Koury, M J 2 Gale, K 3 Whitlock, J A 1; Affiliation: 1: Division of Pediatric Hematology/Oncology, Department of Pediatrics, Vanderbilt University School of Medicine and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Nashville, Tennessee 37232-6310, USA 2: Division of Hematology, Department of Internal Medicine, Vanderbilt University School of Medicine and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Nashville, Tennessee 37232-6310, USA 3: Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway, New Jersey 08854-1327, USA; Source Info: 1/21/99, Vol. 18 Issue 3, p617; Subject Term: MUTATION (Biology); Subject Term: P53 antioncogene; Subject Term: GENETIC polymorphisms; Subject Term: NUCLEOTIDES; Subject Term: RADIOISOTOPES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325180 Other Basic Inorganic Chemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325189 All other basic inorganic chemical manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1038/sj.onc.1202295 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11352188&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ciancio, G. AU - Burke, G.W. AU - Roth, D. AU - Miller, J. T1 - Tacrolimus and Mycophenolate Mofetil Regimens in Transplantation: Benefits and Pitfalls. JO - BioDrugs JF - BioDrugs Y1 - 1999/06// VL - 11 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 395 EP - 407 PB - Springer Science & Business Media B.V. SN - 11738804 AB - Immunosuppression, although necessary to enable the graft to escape the consequences of immune surveillance, carries some risks for the patient. There is an associated increase in neoplasms, opportunistic infections and end-organ toxicity. In addition, even with excellent patient compliance, rejection (acute and chronic) remains a major limitation that contributes to the loss or decrease in the function of the allograft. New drugs have been added to the armamentarium of immunosuppressive agents to suppress allograft rejection and to rescue grafts from cyclosporin-resistant rejection. With the availability of these immunosuppressive agents, it has become increasingly difficult to choose the appropriate combination of immunosuppressants with a beneficial effect for the patient and for the allograft. We describe 2 new immunosuppressive agents and some of their different uses in solid organ transplantation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of BioDrugs is the property of Springer Science & Business Media B.V. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents KW - FK-506 (Drug) KW - TRANSPLANTATION of organs, tissues, etc. KW - GRAFT rejection -- Prevention KW - Elderly KW - Immunosuppressants, therapeutic-use KW - Liver-transplant-rejection, prevention KW - Mycophenolate-mofetil, therapeutic-use KW - Pancreas-transplant-rejection, prevention KW - Renal-transplant-rejection, prevention KW - Reviews-on-treatment KW - Tacrolimus, therapeutic-use N1 - Accession Number: 9522702; Ciancio, G. 1 Burke, G.W. 1 Roth, D. 1 Miller, J. 1; Affiliation: 1: University of Miami School of Medicine, and the Miami Veterans Administration, Medical Center, Miami, Florida, USA; Source Info: 1999, Vol. 11 Issue 6, p395; Subject Term: IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents; Subject Term: FK-506 (Drug); Subject Term: TRANSPLANTATION of organs, tissues, etc.; Subject Term: GRAFT rejection -- Prevention; Author-Supplied Keyword: Elderly; Author-Supplied Keyword: Immunosuppressants, therapeutic-use; Author-Supplied Keyword: Liver-transplant-rejection, prevention; Author-Supplied Keyword: Mycophenolate-mofetil, therapeutic-use; Author-Supplied Keyword: Pancreas-transplant-rejection, prevention; Author-Supplied Keyword: Renal-transplant-rejection, prevention; Author-Supplied Keyword: Reviews-on-treatment; Author-Supplied Keyword: Tacrolimus, therapeutic-use; Number of Pages: 13p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9522702&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Herndon, R.M. T1 - Treatment of Multiple Sclerosis with the Interferon-βs: Comparative Risks and Benefits. JO - BioDrugs JF - BioDrugs Y1 - 1998/12// VL - 10 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 463 EP - 470 PB - Springer Science & Business Media B.V. SN - 11738804 AB - Several inteferons (IFNs) have recently been introduced for the treatment of multiple sclerosis (MS). These are IFNβ-1b (Betaseron) and 2 IFNβ-1a preparations (Avonex and Rebif). All 3 drugs reduce the number of acute exacerbations in relapsing remitting MS by about one-third but, because of differences in the trials and trial design, direct comparison of efficacy is difficult. Only the IFNβ-1a preparations have been demonstrated to have an effect in slowing disability. Possible reasons for disparate results with the 3 IFNβs include substantial differences in trial design, antigenicity, route of administration and bioavailability. Adverse effects differ among the various preparations. Avonex, which is given intramuscularly once weekly, has the fewest adverse effects and the lowest incidence of neutralising antibody formation at 5 to 7%. IFNβ-1b has the highest incidence at 30 to 39%, and Rebif is intermediate at 13 to 24%. Additionally, IFNβ-1b and Rebif often cause significant skin reactions, and the former causes occasional skin necrosis at injection sites, a problem not seen with Avonex. On the basis of the available information, the IFNβ-1a preparations are preferred in terms of tolerability, effects on exacerbation rate and disability, less frequent antibody formation and convenience. The available preparations, Avonex and Rebif, have shown similar effectiveness although dose, route of administration and dosage regimens differ. The administered dose of IFNβ-1b and Rebif appears to be somewhat higher than that of Avonex, but the differences in effect are small. Further information regarding the effect of different doses and dosage regimens with the various preparations is expected to become available over the next few years. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of BioDrugs is the property of Springer Science & Business Media B.V. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MULTIPLE sclerosis -- Treatment KW - INTERFERONS KW - Biotechnology KW - Interferon-beta-1A, therapeutic-use KW - Interferon-beta-1A-Serono, therapeutic-use KW - Interferon-beta-1B-Chiron-Schering, therapeutic-us KW - Multiple-sclerosis, treatment KW - Neuroprotectants, therapeutic-use KW - Research-and-development KW - Reviews-on-treatment N1 - Accession Number: 9522617; Herndon, R.M. 1; Affiliation: 1: G.V. (Sonny) Montgomery Veterans Administration Medical Center, Jackson, and the University of Mississippi Medical Center, Jackson, Mississippi, USA; Source Info: 1998, Vol. 10 Issue 6, p463; Subject Term: MULTIPLE sclerosis -- Treatment; Subject Term: INTERFERONS; Author-Supplied Keyword: Biotechnology; Author-Supplied Keyword: Interferon-beta-1A, therapeutic-use; Author-Supplied Keyword: Interferon-beta-1A-Serono, therapeutic-use; Author-Supplied Keyword: Interferon-beta-1B-Chiron-Schering, therapeutic-us; Author-Supplied Keyword: Multiple-sclerosis, treatment; Author-Supplied Keyword: Neuroprotectants, therapeutic-use; Author-Supplied Keyword: Research-and-development; Author-Supplied Keyword: Reviews-on-treatment; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9522617&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mercer-Jones, M. A. AU - Hadjiminas, D. J. AU - Heinzelmann, M. AU - Peyton, J. AU - Cook, M. AU - Cheadle, W. G. T1 - Continuous antibiotic treatment for experimental abdominal sepsis: effects on organ inflammatory cytokine expression and neutrophil sequestration. JO - British Journal of Surgery JF - British Journal of Surgery Y1 - 1998/03// VL - 85 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 385 EP - 389 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00071323 AB - Background Tumour necrosis factor (TNF) α and interleukin (IL) 1β are produced in the lung after peritonitis and may contribute to neutrophil-mediated organ injury. It was hypothesized that, during experimental peritonitis, continuous rather than intermittent antibiotic therapy would reduce lung expression of TNF-α and IL-1β messenger RNA (mRNA) and neutrophil sequestration. Methods After caecal ligation and puncture, mice received either intermittent or continuous cefoxitin, or continuous metronidazole or aztreonam. Cytokine mRNAs were determined by reverse transcription differential polymerase chain reaction and lung neutrophil content by myeloperoxidase (MPO) assay. Results Continuous cefoxitin reduced median (interquartile range (i.q.r.)) lung IL-1β mRNA expression ((ratio to β-actin): continuous 0·18 (0·14–0·34), intermittent 0·46 (0·44–0·49), saline 0·43 (0·38–0·53), P<0·05) and median (i.q.r.) lung MPO content (continuous 22·5 (9·7–40), intermittent 65 (57·5–76), saline 47 (41–64), P<0·05) compared with intermittent therapy and saline controls. Continuous infusion was also associated with reduced bacteraemia (P<0·05) but not serum TNF-α or endotoxin levels. Both continuous metronidazole and aztreonam reduced lung MPO concentration (P<0·05) and TNF-α and IL-1β mRNA expression (P<0·05) compared with those in saline controls. These effects were dependent on a reduction in the number of susceptible bacteria rather than serum TNF-α or endotoxin levels. Conclusion The stimulus for organ inflammatory cytokine production and neutrophil sequestration during peritonitis is the level of bacteraemia present, which is more effectively controlled with continuous antibiotic therapy. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of British Journal of Surgery is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ABDOMINAL diseases KW - NEUTROPHILS KW - PHYSIOLOGY KW - TUMOR necrosis factor KW - INTERLEUKINS KW - TREATMENT N1 - Accession Number: 5277474; Mercer-Jones, M. A. 1 Hadjiminas, D. J. 1 Heinzelmann, M. 1 Peyton, J. 1 Cook, M. 1 Cheadle, W. G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Surgery, University of Louisville School of Medicine, Price Institute of Surgical Research and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Louisville, Kentucky, USA; Source Info: Mar1998, Vol. 85 Issue 3, p385; Subject Term: ABDOMINAL diseases; Subject Term: NEUTROPHILS; Subject Term: PHYSIOLOGY; Subject Term: TUMOR necrosis factor; Subject Term: INTERLEUKINS; Subject Term: TREATMENT; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1046/j.1365-2168.1998.00580.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5277474&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hyer, Lee AU - Brandsma, Jeffrey M. T1 - EMDR Minus Eye Movements Equals Good Psychotherapy. JO - Journal of Traumatic Stress JF - Journal of Traumatic Stress Y1 - 1997/07// VL - 10 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 515 EP - 522 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 08949867 AB - Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a therapy roughly equal in efficacy to others currently available. It is argued that this treatment method is efficacious independent of the value of its component parts (e.g., eye movements) and is successful because it applies common and generally accepted principles of psychotherapy. Ten curative principles of this procedure are discussed as reflective of sound psychotherapy practice. It is hoped mat an understanding of this therapy from the perspective of the practice and theory of psychotherapy will assist in its study. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Traumatic Stress is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EMDR (Eye-movement desensitization & reprocessing) KW - DESENSITIZATION (Psychotherapy) KW - RAPID eye movement sleep KW - CLINICAL sociology KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - AFFECT (Psychology) KW - EMDR KW - psychotherapy N1 - Accession Number: 9709035138; Hyer, Lee 1 Brandsma, Jeffrey M. 2; Affiliation: 1: Augusta, Veterans Administration Medical Center. Medical College of Georgia. Department of Veterans Affairs, Medical Center, Augusta, GA 30910 2: Augusta, Veterans Administration Medical Center. Medical College of Georgia; Source Info: Jul97, Vol. 10 Issue 3, p515; Subject Term: EMDR (Eye-movement desensitization & reprocessing); Subject Term: DESENSITIZATION (Psychotherapy); Subject Term: RAPID eye movement sleep; Subject Term: CLINICAL sociology; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: AFFECT (Psychology); Author-Supplied Keyword: EMDR; Author-Supplied Keyword: psychotherapy; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9709035138&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bremner, J. Douglas AU - Brett, Elizabeth T1 - Trauma-Related Dissociative States and Long-Term Psychopathology in Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. JO - Journal of Traumatic Stress JF - Journal of Traumatic Stress Y1 - 1997/01// VL - 10 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 37 EP - 49 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 08949867 AB - Dissociative responses to trauma have been hypothesized to be associated with long-term increases in psychopathology. The purpose of this study was to examine dissociative responses to premilitary, combat-related and postmilitary traumatic events and long-term psychopathology in Vietnam combat veterans with ( n = 34) and without ( n = 28) posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). PTSD patients reported higher levels of dissociative states at the time of combat-related traumatic events than non-PTSD patients. Higher levels of dissociative states persisted in PTSD patients in the form of higher levels of dissociative states in response to postmilitary traumatic events. In addition, dissociative responses to combat trauma were associated with higher long-term general dissociative symptomatology as measured by scores on the Dissociative Experience Scale, as well as increases in the number of flashbacks since the time of the war. These findings are consistent with previous formulations that dissociation in the face of trauma is a marker of long-term psychopathology. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Traumatic Stress is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - VIETNAM veterans KW - VIETNAM War, 1961-1975 KW - ANXIETY KW - DISSOCIATIVE disorders KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - dissociative responses KW - psychopathology KW - Vietnam combat veterans N1 - Accession Number: 307555; Bremner, J. Douglas 1,2 Brett, Elizabeth 2; Affiliation: 1: National Center for Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder, West Haven Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, Connecticut 06516. Department of Psychiatry, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, Connecticut 06511. 2: Department of Psychiatry, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, Connecticut 06511.; Source Info: Jan97, Vol. 10 Issue 1, p37; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: VIETNAM veterans; Subject Term: VIETNAM War, 1961-1975; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: DISSOCIATIVE disorders; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Author-Supplied Keyword: dissociative responses; Author-Supplied Keyword: psychopathology; Author-Supplied Keyword: Vietnam combat veterans; Number of Pages: 13p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=307555&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pollock, Michael L. AU - Graves, James E. AU - Swart, Dianna L. AU - Lowenthal, David T. T1 - Exercise Training and Prescription for the Elderly. JO - Southern Medical Journal JF - Southern Medical Journal Y1 - 1994/05/02/May1994 Supplement VL - 87 M3 - Article SP - S88 EP - S95 PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 15418243 AB - ABSTRACT: Most exercise programs designed for healthy persons older than 65 emphasize fitness development, but the maintenance of functional capacity and quality of life are equally important. The basic guidelines for frequency, intensity, and duration of training and the mode of activity recommended by the American College of Sports Medicine for healthy adults are also appropriate for the elderly. The difference in the exercise prescription for the elderly participant is the manner in which it is applied. Given that the elderly person is more fragile and has more physical-medical limitations than the middle-aged participant, the intensity of the program is usually lower while the training frequency and duration are increased. The mode of training should avoid high-impact activities, and the progression of training should be more gradual. The prescribed training heart rate for the elderly at 40% to 80% of maximal heart rate reserve is slightly lower than the 50% to 85% recommended for young and middle-aged participants, but its relationship to relative metabolic work (50% to 85% of maximal oxygen uptake) and rating of perceived exertion are similar to those found for younger participants. Because of the importance of maintaining muscle mass and bone in middle and old age, a well-rounded program including strength/resistance exercise of the major muscle groups is recommended. Hence the exercise prescription for the elderly should emphasize low to moderate intensity and low-impact activities, avoid heavy static-dynamic lifting, and allow a gradual progression in training. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Southern Medical Journal is the property of Lippincott Williams & Wilkins and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HEALTH promotion KW - OLDER people -- Health KW - EXERCISE therapy for older people KW - PHYSICAL training & conditioning KW - PHYSICAL fitness for older people KW - HEALTH behavior KW - GERIATRICS N1 - Accession Number: 26427958; Pollock, Michael L. 1,2 Graves, James E. 1,2 Swart, Dianna L. 1,2 Lowenthal, David T. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Medicine, Physiology, and Exercise and Sport Sciences, University of Florida, Gainesville 2: Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Gainesville; Source Info: May1994 Supplement, Vol. 87, pS88; Subject Term: HEALTH promotion; Subject Term: OLDER people -- Health; Subject Term: EXERCISE therapy for older people; Subject Term: PHYSICAL training & conditioning; Subject Term: PHYSICAL fitness for older people; Subject Term: HEALTH behavior; Subject Term: GERIATRICS; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 3 Charts, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=26427958&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lundervold, Duane AU - Young, Lee AU - Bourland, Gordon AU - Jackson, Thomas T1 - PSYCHOMETRIC PROPERTIES OF ATTITUDINAL MEASURES OF BEHAVIORAL TREATMENT IN GERIATRIC SETTINGS. JO - Behavioral Residential Treatment JF - Behavioral Residential Treatment Y1 - 1991/04// VL - 6 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 97 EP - 106 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 08845581 AB - Internal consistency of two forms of the Geriatric Treatment Acceptability Survey (GTAS) and the Attitudes toward Behavior Analysis Scale (ABAS), a global measure of attitudes toward behavior modification, was evaluated. Alpha coefficients regarding treatment acceptability ratings for GTAS Form H were: (a) wandering 0.94; (b) hoarding 0.96; (c) disruptive behavior 0.92; (d) property destruction 0.95; and (e) aggression 0.94. Internal consistency for Form NH was: (a) wandering 0.96; (b) hoarding 0.97; (c) disruptive behavior 0.96; (d) property destruction 0.97; and (e) aggression 0.76. Internal consistency of the ABAS resulted in alpha coefficients of 0.90 (total score); 0.87 (ethics and humaneness); and 0.76 (use). These measures appear useful in assessing older adults, nursing home patients' and geriatric nursing staffs' global and specific attitudes regarding the use of behavioral treatments with older adults. Further research is needed to establish psychometric constructs assessed by the instruments and sensitivity to detecting change in attitudes based on educational or clinical interventions. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Behavioral Residential Treatment is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - BEHAVIORAL assessment KW - BEHAVIOR therapy KW - BEHAVIOR modification KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - GERIATRICS N1 - Accession Number: 15153867; Lundervold, Duane 1 Young, Lee 2 Bourland, Gordon 3 Jackson, Thomas 4; Affiliation: 1: Center for Behavior Therapy, Eugene, Oregon, and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Roseburg, Oregon, USA 2: University of Oregon, Eugene, Oregon, USA 3: Fort Worth State School, Forth Worth, Texas 4: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Roseburg, Oregon, USA; Source Info: Apr91, Vol. 6 Issue 2, p97; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL assessment; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR therapy; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR modification; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: GERIATRICS; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15153867&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Koenigsberg, Harold W. AU - Anwunah, Iseoma AU - New, Antonia S. AU - Mitropoulou, Vivian AU - Schopick, Frances AU - Siever, Larry J. T1 - Relationship between depression and borderline personality disorderThis article is a US Government work and, as such, is in the public domain in the United States of America. . JO - Depression & Anxiety (1091-4269) JF - Depression & Anxiety (1091-4269) Y1 - 1999/12// VL - 10 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 158 EP - 167 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 10914269 AB - The frequent occurrence of depressive symptoms in patients with borderline personality disorder has generated considerable interest in the nature of the relationship between borderline personality disorder and the depressive disorders. Data from the perspectives of phenomenology, biology, family history, course of illness, comorbidity patterns, and treatment response have been brought to bear on the question. Reviews based on research available by 1985 and 1991, respectively, arrived at differing conclusions: (1) that both disorders shared common but non-specific sources, and (2) that the two disorders were unrelated but co-occurred because of the high prevalence of each. Since the time of these reviews, additional evidence has become available from a wider range of biological investigations, better controlled comorbidity studies, studies of the relationship of psychosocial stressors to the course of each disorder and neuroimaging studies. In reviewing the more recent findings, we propose the less parsimonious hypothesis that the disorders co-occur, both because they share some common biological features and because the psychosocial sequella of each can contribute to the development of the other. Depression and Anxiety 10:158–167, 1999. Published 1999 Wiley-Liss, Inc. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Depression & Anxiety (1091-4269) is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BORDERLINE personality disorder KW - PERSONALITY disorders KW - MENTAL depression KW - PSYCHOSOCIAL factors KW - ANXIETY KW - affective disorder KW - borderline personality disorder KW - comorbidity KW - depression N1 - Accession Number: 11772876; Koenigsberg, Harold W. 1 Anwunah, Iseoma 1 New, Antonia S. 1 Mitropoulou, Vivian 1 Schopick, Frances 1 Siever, Larry J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Mood and Personality Disorders Program, The Mount Sinai School of Medicine, New York, New York, and The Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, New York; Source Info: 1999, Vol. 10 Issue 4, p158; Subject Term: BORDERLINE personality disorder; Subject Term: PERSONALITY disorders; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: PSYCHOSOCIAL factors; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Author-Supplied Keyword: affective disorder; Author-Supplied Keyword: borderline personality disorder; Author-Supplied Keyword: comorbidity; Author-Supplied Keyword: depression; Number of Pages: 10p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11772876&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Skinner, R. D. AU - Rasco, L. M. AU - Fitzgerald, J. AU - Karson, C. N. AU - Matthew, M. AU - Williams, D. K. AU - Garcia-Rill, E. T1 - Reduced sensory gating of the P1 potential in rape victims and combat veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder. JO - Depression & Anxiety (1091-4269) JF - Depression & Anxiety (1091-4269) Y1 - 1999/05// VL - 9 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 122 EP - 130 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 10914269 AB - The P1 midlatency auditory evoked potential was studied in female rape victims with Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) and compared to an age-matched female control group; and in male combat veterans with PTSD and compared to three groups of age-matched male control subjects. Sensory gating of the P1 potential was determined using a paired click stimulus paradigm in which the stimuli were presented at 250, 500 and 1000 msec interstimulus intervals (ISI). Results showed that sensory gating of the P1 potential was significantly decreased at the 250 msec ISI, and that there was a numerical, but not a statistically significant, decrease in sensory gating at the other intervals tested in both male and female PTSD subjects compared to all control groups. Since the P1 potential may be generated, at least in part, by the reticular activating system, dysregulation of sensory processing by elements of this system may be present in PTSD. Depression and Anxiety 9:122–130, 1999.© 1999 Wiley-Liss, Inc. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Depression & Anxiety (1091-4269) is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AUDITORY evoked response KW - EVOKED potentials (Electrophysiology) KW - RAPE victims KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - ANXIETY KW - auditory evoked potentials KW - combat veterans KW - locus coeruleus KW - P1/P50 potential KW - pedunculopontine nucleus KW - posttraumatic stress disorder KW - rape victims N1 - Accession Number: 11772836; Skinner, R. D. 1 Rasco, L. M. 1 Fitzgerald, J. 1 Karson, C. N. 2 Matthew, M. 3 Williams, D. K. 4 Garcia-Rill, E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Anatomy, University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences, Little Rock, Arkansas 2: John L. McClelland Veterans Administration Hospital, Little Rock, Arkansas 3: Rape Crisis Inc., Little Rock, Arkansas 4: Department of Biometry, University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences, Little Rock, Arkansas; Source Info: 1999, Vol. 9 Issue 3, p122; Subject Term: AUDITORY evoked response; Subject Term: EVOKED potentials (Electrophysiology); Subject Term: RAPE victims; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Author-Supplied Keyword: auditory evoked potentials; Author-Supplied Keyword: combat veterans; Author-Supplied Keyword: locus coeruleus; Author-Supplied Keyword: P1/P50 potential; Author-Supplied Keyword: pedunculopontine nucleus; Author-Supplied Keyword: posttraumatic stress disorder; Author-Supplied Keyword: rape victims; Number of Pages: 9p; Illustrations: 1 Chart, 3 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11772836&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hynes, Denise M. AU - Bastian, Lori A. AU - Rimer, Barbara K. AU - Sloane, Richard AU - Feussner, John R. T1 - Predictors of Mammography Use Among Women Veterans. JO - Journal of Women's Health JF - Journal of Women's Health Y1 - 1998/03// VL - 7 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 239 PB - Mary Ann Liebert, Inc. SN - 10597115 AB - We examined mammography use patterns of women veterans and explored Veterans Administration (VA) health care use and military experience as predictors of mammography use by this population. We conducted a national telephone survey of women veterans. A sample of 397 women veterans was selected from all military discharges from 1971 through 1994. A 3 × 2 stratification scheme was used: three age groups (35-49, 50-64, ≥65 years old) and two VA user groups indicating whether (VA user) or not (VA nonuser) they received any health care from a VA Medical Center in the last 5 years. The response rate was 75% (297 of 397). Analyses included bivariate techniques and weighted logistic regression. We found that women veterans told to have a mammogram by a health care professional were more than five times more likely to have ever had a mammogram (OR 5.41, Cl 4.634.32) and nearly twice as likely to have had a mammogram within the past 2 years (OR 1.81, CI 1.57-2.09) as those who were not told to do so, controlling for age, race, VA user status, and length of military service. Regular VA users were more likely to have had a mammogram ever and within the past 2 years, controlling for other factors. Mammography use was not necessarily at a VA medical center. Interventions that promote belier provider-patient communication and target older women veterans may have the most potential benefit Whether VA health care is filling an important gap in access to mammography for older women veterans is an important policy question and warrants further research. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Women's Health is the property of Mary Ann Liebert, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MAMMOGRAMS KW - WOMEN -- Health KW - BREAST cancer KW - MEDICAL care KW - CANCER in women KW - HEALTH facilities N1 - Accession Number: 5880257; Hynes, Denise M. 1,2 Bastian, Lori A. 3 Rimer, Barbara K. 4 Sloane, Richard 3 Feussner, John R. 5; Affiliation: 1: Midwest Center for Health Services and Policy Research, Edward Hines Jr., VA Hospital, Maywood, Illinois. 2: Division of General Internal Medicine, Department of Medicine, Loyola University, Chicago, Illinois. 3: Center for Health Services Research in Primary Care, Durham VA Medical Center and Division of General Internal Medicine, Department of Medicine, Duke University, Durham, North Carolina. 4: Division of Cancer Prevention and Control Program, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, North Carolina. 5: Research and Development Office, Veterans Health Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs, Washington,; Source Info: Mar98, Vol. 7 Issue 2, p239; Subject Term: MAMMOGRAMS; Subject Term: WOMEN -- Health; Subject Term: BREAST cancer; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: CANCER in women; Subject Term: HEALTH facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621512 Diagnostic Imaging Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5880257&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Nasr, S.Z. AU - Ouslander, J.G. T1 - Urinary Incontinence in the Elderly: Causes and Treatment Options. JO - Drugs & Aging JF - Drugs & Aging Y1 - 1998/05// VL - 12 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 349 EP - 360 PB - Springer Science & Business Media B.V. SN - 1170229X AB - Urinary incontinence is a prevalent and distressing condition that affects >30% of elderly individuals. A wide variety of treatment modalities is available, and can be effective in reducing or eliminating the symptoms and adverse consequences of urinary incontinence. Pharmacological therapy is an important component of the successful management of this condition, but the agents currently used do not act selectively on the lower urinary tract. Adverse effects of drug treatment are common, and are especially problematic in the elderly. A careful assessment of the type of urinary incontinence and the institution of a rational management programme are the keys to improvement or even cure in patients with this condition. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Drugs & Aging is the property of Springer Science & Business Media B.V. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - URINARY incontinence -- Treatment KW - MEDICAL care for the aged KW - Alpha-agonists, therapeutic-use KW - Alpha-blockers, therapeutic-use KW - Alpha-reductase-inhibitors, therapeutic-use KW - Antiandrogens, therapeutic-use KW - Anticholinergics, therapeutic-use KW - Calcium-antagonists, therapeutic-use KW - Elderly KW - Estrogens, therapeutic-use KW - Incontinence, pathogenesis KW - Incontinence, treatment KW - Reviews-on-treatment KW - Stress-incontinence, pathogenesis KW - Tricyclic-antidepressants, therapeutic-use N1 - Accession Number: 9526384; Nasr, S.Z. 1 Ouslander, J.G. 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Geriatrics and Extended Care, Amarillo Veterans Administration Medical Center, Amarillo, Texas, USA 2: Rehabilitation Research and Development Center, Atlanta Veterans Administration Medical Center, and Division of Geriatrics and Wesley Woods Geriatric Center, Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia, USA; Source Info: 1998, Vol. 12 Issue 5, p349; Subject Term: URINARY incontinence -- Treatment; Subject Term: MEDICAL care for the aged; Author-Supplied Keyword: Alpha-agonists, therapeutic-use; Author-Supplied Keyword: Alpha-blockers, therapeutic-use; Author-Supplied Keyword: Alpha-reductase-inhibitors, therapeutic-use; Author-Supplied Keyword: Antiandrogens, therapeutic-use; Author-Supplied Keyword: Anticholinergics, therapeutic-use; Author-Supplied Keyword: Calcium-antagonists, therapeutic-use; Author-Supplied Keyword: Elderly; Author-Supplied Keyword: Estrogens, therapeutic-use; Author-Supplied Keyword: Incontinence, pathogenesis; Author-Supplied Keyword: Incontinence, treatment; Author-Supplied Keyword: Reviews-on-treatment; Author-Supplied Keyword: Stress-incontinence, pathogenesis; Author-Supplied Keyword: Tricyclic-antidepressants, therapeutic-use; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9526384&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Flannery Jr., Raymond B. AU - Irvin, Elizabeth A. AU - Penk, Walter E. T1 - Characteristics of Assaultive Psychiatric Inpatients in an Era of Managed Care. JO - Psychiatric Quarterly JF - Psychiatric Quarterly Y1 - 1999/09// VL - 70 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 247 PB - Springer Science & Business Media B.V. SN - 00332720 AB - Prior to managed care, extensive research documented the characteristics of assaultive inpatients in traditional state mental hospital settings as primarily older, male, psychotic patients with histories of violence toward others and of substance abuse. Recent early studies in rural and urban hospital settings have suggested that the characteristics of assaultive patients may be changing to include younger, more frequently female, patients with personality disorders and histories of personal victimization. This two-points-in-time study sought to assess the nature of assaultive patients in a suburban traditional state mental hospital after the implementation of managed care initiatives, and compared to the nature of the assaultive patients before and after the downsizing of this state mental health facility. Before census reduction, the assaultive patients were of the traditional type. After census reduction, the assaultive patients reflected more recent trends. The implications of the findings are discussed, and strategies for fostering facility safety in light of the newer violent patient are outlined. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Psychiatric Quarterly is the property of Springer Science & Business Media B.V. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospitals KW - MANAGED care plans (Medical care) N1 - Accession Number: 11303822; Flannery Jr., Raymond B. 1 Irvin, Elizabeth A. 2 Penk, Walter E. 3; Affiliation: 1: Massachusetts Department of Mental Health 2: Brighton-Allston Mental Health Center 3: Edith Nourse Rogers Veterans Administration Hospital; Source Info: Sep1999, Vol. 70 Issue 3, p247; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC hospitals; Subject Term: MANAGED care plans (Medical care); NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623210 Residential Intellectual and Developmental Disability Facilities; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11303822&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Flannery Jr., Raymond B. AU - Penk, Walter E. AU - Irvin, Elizabeth A. AU - Gallagher, Charles T1 - Characteristics of Violent Versus Nonviolent Patients with Schizophrenia. JO - Psychiatric Quarterly JF - Psychiatric Quarterly Y1 - 1998/06// VL - 69 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 83 EP - 93 PB - Springer Science & Business Media B.V. SN - 00332720 AB - Recent research has demonstrated an associative link between some forms of mental illness and violence. While much of this violence is committed by persons with schizophrenia, the characteristics of violent versus nonviolent schizophrenic patients has received limited attention. Two studies with small sample sizes compared these groups on psychological dimensions in acute care settings, but there appears to be no study of continuing care inpatients. This study compared a statewide sample of violent and nonviolent inpatients with schizophrenia on several domains of social interpersonal behavior. In a between-group analysis, violent patients showed evidence of serious dysfunction in community self-care and community adjustment, whereas the nonviolent were more impaired in the areas of depression, restlessness, and internal confusion. A within-group analysis of patients with interpersonal violence and those with noninterpersonal violence yielded similar findings of serious community dysfunction versus internal confusion. The implications are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Psychiatric Quarterly is the property of Springer Science & Business Media B.V. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - INTERPERSONAL psychotherapy KW - COMMUNITY mental health services N1 - Accession Number: 11303793; Flannery Jr., Raymond B. 1 Penk, Walter E. 2 Irvin, Elizabeth A. Gallagher, Charles 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Mental Health 2: Edith Nourse Rogers Veterans Administration Hospital 3: Workers Compensation Division, Massachusetts Department of Mental Health; Source Info: Jun1998, Vol. 69 Issue 2, p83; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: INTERPERSONAL psychotherapy; Subject Term: COMMUNITY mental health services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621420 Outpatient Mental Health and Substance Abuse Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11303793&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lewine, Jeffrey D. AU - Andrews, Richard AU - Chez, Michael AU - Patil, Arun-Angelo AU - Devinsky, Orrin AU - Smith, Michael AU - Kanner, Andres AU - Davis, John T. AU - Funke, Michael AU - Jones, Greg AU - Chong, Brian AU - Provencal, Sherri AU - Weisend, Michael AU - Lee, Roland R. AU - Orrison Jr, William W. T1 - Magnetoencephalographic Patterns of Epileptiform Activity in Children With Regressive Autism Spectrum Disorders. JO - Pediatrics JF - Pediatrics Y1 - 1999/09//Sep99 Part 1 of 3 VL - 104 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 405 PB - American Academy of Pediatrics SN - 00314005 AB - ABSTRACT. Background. One-third of children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs) are reported to have had normal early development followed by an autistic regression between the ages of 2 and 3 years. This clinical profile partly parallels that seen in Landau-Kleffner syndrome (LKS), an acquired language disorder (aphasia) believed to be caused by epileptiform activity. Given the additional observation that one-third of autistic children experience one or more seizures by adolescence, epileptiform activity may play a causal role in some cases of autism. Objective. To compare and contrast patterns of epileptiform activity in children with autistic regressions versus classic LKS to determine if there is neurobiological overlap between these conditions. It was hypothesized that many children with regressive ASDs would show epileptiform activity in a multifocal pattern that includes the same brain regions implicated in LKS. Design. Magnetoencephalography (MEG), a noninvasive method for identifying zones of abnormal brain electrophysiology, was used to evaluate patterns of epileptiform activity during stage III sleep in 6 children with classic LKS and 50 children with regressive ASDs with onset between 20 and 36 months of age (16 with autism and 34 with pervasive developmental disorder-not otherwise specified). Whereas 5 of the 6 children with LKS had been previously diagnosed with complex-partial seizures, a clinical seizure disorder had been diagnosed for only 15 of the 50 ASD children. However, all the children in this study had been reported to occasionally demonstrate unusual behaviors (eg, rapid blinking, holding of the hands to the ears, unprovoked crying episodes, and/or brief staring spells) which, if exhibited by a normal child, might be interpreted as indicative of a subclinical epileptiform condition. MEG data were compared with simultaneously recorded electroencephalography (EEG) data, and with data from previous 1-hour and/or 24-hour clinical... [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Pediatrics is the property of American Academy of Pediatrics and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AUTISM in children KW - EPILEPSY in children N1 - Accession Number: 2304174; Lewine, Jeffrey D. 1 Andrews, Richard 2 Chez, Michael 3 Patil, Arun-Angelo 4 Devinsky, Orrin 5 Smith, Michael Kanner, Andres 6 Davis, John T. 1 Funke, Michael 1 Jones, Greg 1 Chong, Brian 1 Provencal, Sherri 1 Weisend, Michael 7 Lee, Roland R. 7 Orrison Jr, William W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Radiology, University of Utah 2: Ra Neurological, Omaha, Nebraska 3: Pediatric Neurology, Lake Forest, Illinois 4: Department of Neurosurgery, University of Nebraska 5: Department of Neurology, New York University 6: Epislepsy Program, Rush-Presbyterian St. Luke's Medical Center, Chicago, Illinois 7: Neuroradiology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albuquerque, New Mexico; Source Info: Sep99 Part 1 of 3, Vol. 104 Issue 3, p405; Subject Term: AUTISM in children; Subject Term: EPILEPSY in children; Number of Pages: 14p; Illustrations: 3 Color Photographs, 2 Black and White Photographs, 2 Diagrams; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 9491 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=2304174&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lindley, Charles R. AU - Coyle, Joseph T. T1 - Psychopharmacologist as Family Doctor: Complications in the Joint Treatment of a Husband and Wife. JO - Harvard Review of Psychiatry (Taylor & Francis Ltd) JF - Harvard Review of Psychiatry (Taylor & Francis Ltd) Y1 - 1999/11// VL - 7 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 222 PB - Taylor & Francis Ltd SN - 10673229 AB - Describes the complexities of simultaneously treating husband and wife. Role of spouse in the treatment of the partner with impairment; Advantages and disadvantages of seeing multiple family members for psychopharmacological treatment; Risk of encountering erotic transference when treating a couple simultaneously. KW - FAMILY psychotherapy KW - PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY KW - CASE studies N1 - Accession Number: 10909741; Lindley, Charles R. 1,2 Coyle, Joseph T. 2; Affiliation: 1: Brigham and Women's Hospital and the West Roxbury Veterans Administration Hospital 2: Department of Psychiatry, Harvard Medical School; Source Info: Nov1999, Vol. 7 Issue 4, p222; Subject Term: FAMILY psychotherapy; Subject Term: PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY; Subject Term: CASE studies; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10909741&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weintraub, Daniel AU - Ruskin, Paul E. T1 - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder in the Elderly: A Review. JO - Harvard Review of Psychiatry (Taylor & Francis Ltd) JF - Harvard Review of Psychiatry (Taylor & Francis Ltd) Y1 - 1999/09// VL - 7 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 144 PB - Taylor & Francis Ltd SN - 10673229 AB - Posttraumatic disorder (PTSD) in elderly persons impairs their ability to deal with subsequent life stress and to negotiate the development states of late life successfully. It can stem from trauma at any point in life. Symptoms may be persistent or intermittent, and the disorder may be time-limited or chronic. Increasing severity of trauma and premorbid psychiatric illness predispose to the development of PTSD, and certain personality traits and good psychosocial support protect against it. Elderly individuals do not appear more predisposed than young persons to develop PTSD, and symptoms of the disorder are similar across age groups: reexperiencing the trauma, avoidance, and hyperarousal. Dysfunctions of the adrenergic system and the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis have been implicated in the neurobiology of PTSD, although there is no current evidence that the changes seen in these systems with aging affect the development or presentation of PTSD in older individuals. Antidepressants, group therapy, and cognitive-behavioral therapy are presently the mainstays of treatment, although to date no systematic and controlled research has been done on the treatment of PTSD in this age group. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Harvard Review of Psychiatry (Taylor & Francis Ltd) is the property of Taylor & Francis Ltd and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder in old age KW - OLDER people -- Mental health KW - GERIATRIC psychiatry N1 - Accession Number: 10909735; Weintraub, Daniel 1 Ruskin, Paul E. 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, University of Louisville and Norton Psychiatric Clinic 2: Mental Health Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Maryland Health Care System and Department of Psychiatry, University of Maryland; Source Info: Sep1999, Vol. 7 Issue 3, p144; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder in old age; Subject Term: OLDER people -- Mental health; Subject Term: GERIATRIC psychiatry; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10909735&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Oriol, R. AU - Candelier, J‐J. AU - Taniguchi, S. AU - Balanzino, L. AU - Peters, L. AU - Niekrasz, M. AU - Hammer, C. AU - Cooper, D. K. C. T1 - Major carbohydrate epitopes in tissues of domestic and African wild animals of potential interest for xenotransplantation research. JO - Xenotransplantation JF - Xenotransplantation Y1 - 1999/05// VL - 6 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 79 EP - 89 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 0908665X AB - Oriol R, Candelier J‐J, Taniguchi S, Balanzino L, Peters L, Niekrasz M, Hammer C, Cooper DKC. Major carbohydrate epitopes in tissues of domestic and African wild animals of potential interest for xenotransplantation research. Xenotransplantation 1999; 6: 79‐89. ©Munksgaard, Copenhagen. Abstract: we investigated the main glycotopes expressed on the tissues of 44 animal species, including primates, nonprimate mammals, marsupials, birds, and a reptile. Paraffin‐embedded tissue sections of kidney, heart, liver, pancreas, lung, brain and intestine of 24 domestic animal species were stained with seven fluorescent‐labeled lectins. Testis sections of 20 African wild animal species were tested with the same lectins. Overall, three main immunofluorescence patterns were found in the vascular compartment. First, humans and Old World monkeys express genetically polymorphic ABH antigens and do not express αGal. Second, New World monkeys, other mammals, and marsupials do not express ABH antigens, but have large amounts of a genetically monomorphic αGal. Third, birds and reptiles do not express either ABH or αGal, but have monomorphic βGal, probably different from the lactosamine precursor of ABH and αGal. Epithelial cells producing exocrine secretions also expressed carbohydrate epitopes. The fluorescence patterns of the cells of the exocrine compartment are similar, but not identical, to those expressed in the vascular compartment. All the animals tested have some ABH and βGal in exocrine tissues, but New World monkeys and lower mammals are the only ones expressing αGal in exocrine tissues. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Xenotransplantation is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOHISTOCHEMISTRY KW - CARBOHYDRATES in the body KW - ANTIGENIC determinants KW - VETERINARY immunology KW - TRANSPLANTATION immunology -- Animal models KW - AFRICA KW - αGal KW - animal models KW - Carbohydrate epitope KW - domestic animals KW - glycotope KW - histochemistry KW - lectin KW - tissue expression KW - Wild animals KW - xenotransplantation N1 - Accession Number: 5790028; Oriol, R. 1 Candelier, J‐J. 1 Taniguchi, S. 2 Balanzino, L. 1 Peters, L. 3 Niekrasz, M. 4 Hammer, C. 5 Cooper, D. K. C. 6; Affiliation: 1: INSERM U504, Villejuif, France, 2: Oklahoma Transplantation Institute, Baptist Medical Center, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, USA, 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, USA, 4: Division of Animal Resources, University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, USA, 5: Institute of Surgical Research, Ludwig‐Maximilian University, Munich, Germany, 6: Transplantation Biology Research Center Massachusetts General Hospital. Harvard Medical School Boston, MA, USA; Source Info: May99, Vol. 6 Issue 2, p79; Subject Term: IMMUNOHISTOCHEMISTRY; Subject Term: CARBOHYDRATES in the body; Subject Term: ANTIGENIC determinants; Subject Term: VETERINARY immunology; Subject Term: TRANSPLANTATION immunology -- Animal models; Subject Term: AFRICA; Author-Supplied Keyword: αGal; Author-Supplied Keyword: animal models; Author-Supplied Keyword: Carbohydrate epitope; Author-Supplied Keyword: domestic animals; Author-Supplied Keyword: glycotope; Author-Supplied Keyword: histochemistry; Author-Supplied Keyword: lectin; Author-Supplied Keyword: tissue expression; Author-Supplied Keyword: Wild animals; Author-Supplied Keyword: xenotransplantation; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1034/j.1399-3089.1999.00008.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5790028&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rafanelli, Chiara AU - Park, Seung K. AU - Fava, Giovanni A. T1 - New psychotherapeutic approaches to residual symptoms and relapse prevention in unipolar depression. JO - Clinical Psychology & Psychotherapy JF - Clinical Psychology & Psychotherapy Y1 - 1999/07// VL - 6 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 194 EP - 201 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 10633995 AB - Relapse and recurrence are vexing problems of unipolar depression. Awareness of their frequent occurrence has led to the development of pharmacological long-term strategies. A substantial proportion of patients with mood disorders still display residual symptoms upon successful treatment of their illness. Such symptoms were found to entail prognostic value in the prediction of relapse in the entire range of affective disorders. Specific psychotherapeutic strategies for this stage of illness have been developed. One involves cognitive-behavioral treatment of residual symptoms after successful pharmacological therapy of acute depression. This strategy has resulted in a lower relapse rate at a four-year follow-up compared to a clinical management group. The other strategy, based on Ryff's conceptual model, was developed to enhance well-being (well-being therapy). Results from recent pilot studies indicate that well-being therapy may be a promising strategy for decreasing residual symptomatology in affective disorders and thus as a relapse-preventive strategy. Copyright © 1999 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical Psychology & Psychotherapy is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - DISEASE relapse KW - MENTAL depression KW - AFFECTIVE disorders KW - COGNITIVE therapy N1 - Accession Number: 11820277; Rafanelli, Chiara 1 Park, Seung K. 2,3 Fava, Giovanni A. 3,4; Affiliation: 1: Affective Disorders Program and Laboratory of Experimental Psychotherapy, Department of Psychology, University of Bologna, Bologna, Italy 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Buffalo, NY, USA 3: Department of Psychiatry, State University of New York, Buffalo 4: Dipartimento di Psicologia, Viale Berti Pichat 5, 40127 Bologna, Italy; Source Info: Jul99, Vol. 6 Issue 3, p194; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: DISEASE relapse; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: AFFECTIVE disorders; Subject Term: COGNITIVE therapy; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 6 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11820277&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sergent, Marie T. AU - Woods, Paula A. AU - Sedlacek, William E. T1 - University Student Attitudes Toward Arabs: Intervention Implications. JO - Journal of Multicultural Counseling & Development JF - Journal of Multicultural Counseling & Development Y1 - 1992/07// VL - 20 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 123 EP - 131 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 08838534 AB - This article assesses the attitudes of college students in the United States toward Arabs. The Situational Attitude Scale (SAS) as originally developed is composed of 10 personal and social situations. Each situation represents an instance in which race was found to be important In an individual's reaction, followed by 10 bipolar semantic differential scales. Two forms are used for administration. The original two forms, A and B, are identical except that the word Black Is inserted in each situation in Form B. Both forms are administered randomly to a group, and a mean is determined for each situation. Differences in mean responses across situations are interpreted as reflecting racial attitudes, because the only difference between forms is the insertion of the stimulus word. Other forms of the SAS have been developed to measure attitudes toward groups such as women, older people, and People with physical disabilities. The SAS was adapted for the purposes of assessing student attitudes toward Arabs. Form A contains 10 neutral situations, and Form B is comprised of the identical 10 situations with the stimulus word Arab Inserted. These situations were developed from a study of relevant literature and media depictions of people of Arab descent. KW - COLLEGE students -- Attitudes KW - ARABS -- United States KW - COLLEGE students -- United States KW - UNIVERSITIES & colleges KW - CROSS-cultural studies KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 9707141934; Sergent, Marie T. 1 Woods, Paula A. 2 Sedlacek, William E. 3; Affiliation: 1: Staff psychologist at the Counseling Center, Loyola College, Baltimore, Maryland. 2: Staff psychologist at the Lyons Veterans Administration Medical Center, Lyons, New Jersey. 3: Professor of education and assistant director of the Counseling Center at the University of Maryland, College Park.; Source Info: Jul92, Vol. 20 Issue 3, p123; Subject Term: COLLEGE students -- Attitudes; Subject Term: ARABS -- United States; Subject Term: COLLEGE students -- United States; Subject Term: UNIVERSITIES & colleges; Subject Term: CROSS-cultural studies; Subject Term: UNITED States; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611310 Colleges, Universities, and Professional Schools; Number of Pages: 9p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3185 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9707141934&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Russell, Daniel W. AU - Booth, Brenda AU - Reed, David AU - Laughlin, Philip R. T1 - Personality, Social Networks, and Perceived Social Support among Alcoholics: A Structural Equation Analysis. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1997/09// VL - 65 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 649 EP - 692 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 AB - In this study we tested relations among personality characteristics, social network properties, and perceived social support both concurrently and prospectively. A sample of 294 men in treatment at a Department of Veterans Affairs Alcohol Treatment Unit was assessed during treatment and 3 months after discharge. Results of the cross-sectional structural equation analyses indicated that the personality characteristics of extraversion and neuroticism were related to both social network properties and perceived social support, Characteristics of the alcoholic's social network were also related to perceived availability of support. Longitudinal analyses of perceived social support after treatment indicated that two social network properties (size of the network and the proportion of confidants) were predictive net of initial levels of social support. Extraversion and neuroticism were found to be indirectly related to perceived social support at Time 2 through their effects on social network properties and perceived social support during treatment, Implications of these findings tot models of the nature and determinants of perceived social support are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Personality is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PERSONALITY KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - CONSCIOUSNESS KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - SOCIAL sciences N1 - Accession Number: 9710314571; Russell, Daniel W. 1 Booth, Brenda 2 Reed, David 3 Laughlin, Philip R. 4; Affiliation: 1: Iowa State University 2: University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center Iowa City, Iowa 4: Veterans Administration Medical Center Knoxville, Iowa; Source Info: Sep97, Vol. 65 Issue 3, p649; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: CONSCIOUSNESS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: SOCIAL sciences; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541720 Research and Development in the Social Sciences and Humanities; Number of Pages: 44p; Illustrations: 2 Diagrams, 8 Charts; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep9710314571 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9710314571&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Baughn, R. E. AU - Wicher, V. AU - Wicher, K. T1 - Production of rheumatoid factor in adoptively immune guinea-pigs after challenge with Treponema pallidum. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1992/08// VL - 76 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 548 EP - 552 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - Guinea-pigs of inbred strains 2 and C4D were infused with various concentrations (1 × 108 to 4 × 108 of syngeneic nylon wool-purified Treponema pallidum-immune T lymphocytes (TPI-T) and challenged 24 hr later with virulent T. pallidum (108 organisms). The degree of protection depended on the number of infused T cells and was associated with an accelerated production of IgM rheumatoid factor (RF). Fully protected animals (4 × 108 TPI-T) did not produce treponemal antibodies or circulating immune complexes (CIC) but produced IgM RF detectable 10 days after infection. Partially protected animals (⩽ 2 × 108 TPI-T) produced, 30 days post-infection, relatively low levels of treponemal antibodies but high levels of CIC and RE. Control animals infused with 2 × 108 TPI-T lymphocytes but not infected with T. pallidum, when monitored for a period of 6 weeks, did not produce treponemal antibodies, CIC, or RE, excluding the possibility that IgM RF could be generated by the donor's B cells contaminating (circa 3%) the TPI-T lymphocytes. Moreover, unprotected syngeneic control animals infused, prior to infection, with T. phagedenis biotype Reiterimmune T cells or with T. pallidum-free testicular inflammatory fluid-immune T cells responded with increasing levels of treponemal antibodies; only a few animals produced RE and CIC 5 months after infection similarly to control guinea-pigs infected only. The production of RF in partially protected animals responding to infection with treponemal antibodies and CIC was apparently associated with the presence of the CIC; but the mechanism of RE production in fully protected animals in which no antibodies or CIC were detected is currently unknown. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RHEUMATOID factor KW - GUINEA pigs KW - TREPONEMA pallidum KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - ANTI-immunoglobulin autoantibodies KW - IMMUNOGENETICS N1 - Accession Number: 13391319; Baughn, R. E. 1,2,3 Wicher, V. 4 Wicher, K. 4; Affiliation: 1: Department of Microbiology and Immunology, Baylor College of Medicine and Syphilis Research Laboratory. 2: Department of Dermatology, Baylor College of Medicine and Syphilis Research Laboratory. 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Houston, Texas. 4: Wadsworth Center for Laboratories and Research, New York State Department of Health, Albany, New York, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug92, Vol. 76 Issue 4, p548; Subject Term: RHEUMATOID factor; Subject Term: GUINEA pigs; Subject Term: TREPONEMA pallidum; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: ANTI-immunoglobulin autoantibodies; Subject Term: IMMUNOGENETICS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112999 All other miscellaneous animal production; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13391319&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Suzuki, Y. AU - Joh, K. AU - Orellana, M. A. AU - Conley, F. K. AU - Remington, J. S. T1 - A gene(s) within the H-2D region determines the development of toxoplasmic encephalitis in mice. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1991/12// VL - 74 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 732 EP - 739 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - Studies were performed in a murine model to determine if there is genetic control of the development of toxoplasmic encephalitis. Ten weeks after infection with the MEA9 strain of Toxoplasma gondii, mice with the H-2b haplotype (C57BL/6, C57BL/10) and H-2k hapiotype (C3H/He, CBA/J) developed remarkable inflammatory changes in their brains, whereas mice with the H-2a haplotype (A/J) and H-2d haplotype (BALB/c, DBA/2) did not. In the area of acute focal inflammation in mice with the H-2b and H-2k haplotypes, tachyzoites and toxoplasma antigens were demonstrated by immunoperoxidase staining, suggesting that the focal inflammation was induced by toxoplasma organisms. B10 congenic mice were used for further analysis of this genetic regulation. Presence of the encephalitis in B10 and B10.BR but not in B10.A and B10.D2 mice at 10 weeks after infection indicated regulation of the inflammation by a gene(s) within the H-2 complex. The encephalitis developed in B10.A (2R) and B10.A (4R) mice but not in B10.A (3R) and B10.A (18R) during infection. These results clearly indicated that the development of toxoplasmic encephalitis was controlled by a gene(s) in the H-2D region. The Qa and Tla genes did not appear to be critical in determining susceptibility to the encephalitis. There was no correlation between serum toxoplasma antibody titres and occurrence of the encephalitis. Injection of a monoclonal antibody to interferon- gamma (IFN-γ) remarkably augmented the inflammatory changes in the brains of the infected B 10 mice. In contrast, the treatment did not induce any inflammatory response in the brains of the infected BALB/c mice. A similar genetic regulation may be operative in determining development of toxoplasmic encephalitis in AIDS and other immunocompromised patients. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ENCEPHALITIS KW - TOXOPLASMA gondii KW - MICE as laboratory animals KW - BRAIN diseases KW - AIDS patients KW - INFLAMMATION N1 - Accession Number: 13488239; Suzuki, Y. 1 Joh, K. 2 Orellana, M. A. 3 Conley, F. K. 4 Remington, J. S. 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Parasitilogy, Jikei University School of Medicine, Tokyo, Japan 2: Department of Pathology, Jekei University School of Medicine, Tokyo, Japan 3: partment of Immunology and Infectious Disease, Research Institute, Palo Alton Medical Foundation, Palo Alto|D 4: Division of Surgery, Stanford, CA and Neurosurgery Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo, Alto, California, USA; Source Info: Dec91, Vol. 74 Issue 4, p732; Subject Term: ENCEPHALITIS; Subject Term: TOXOPLASMA gondii; Subject Term: MICE as laboratory animals; Subject Term: BRAIN diseases; Subject Term: AIDS patients; Subject Term: INFLAMMATION; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13488239&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pappo, J. AU - Ermak, T. H. AU - Steger, H. J. T1 - Monoclonal antibody-directed targeting of fluorescent polystyrene microspheres to Peyer's patch M cells. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1991/07// VL - 73 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 277 EP - 280 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - The ability to deliver particulates to Peyer's patch M cells for uptake into gut-associated lymphoid tissue was examined by administering simultaneously fluorescent green and red polystyrene microspheres into NZW rabbit intestinal loops containing Peyer's patches. Whereas green and red microspheres were taken up by M cells at equivalent concentrations (120±17 versus 125±18/mm length of dome), partioles conjugated to the anti-M-celI monoclonal antibody 5811 (1gM, K) were internalized by M cells 3-35 times more efficiently than conjugates displaying 1gM of unrelated specificity (TEPC 183) or native particles of the reciprocal colour inoculated into the same loop at a comparable load. The microspheres formed a concentration gradient from lumen to subepithelial dome, and localized on M-cell apical membranes, M-cell pockets, and subepithelial domes. The transport rate across M cells of 5811 or TEPC 183 conjugates was similar to that of untreated microspheres. These observations show that intestinal uptake into Peyer's patches can be up- regulated by targeting M-cell luminal membrane structures. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MONOCLONAL antibodies KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - MOLECULAR cloning KW - LYMPHOID tissue KW - POLYSTYRENE KW - BIOLOGICAL membranes N1 - Accession Number: 13398808; Pappo, J. 1 Ermak, T. H. 1 Steger, H. J. 2; Affiliation: 1: Cell Biology and Aging Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: Department of Medicine, University of California, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jul91, Vol. 73 Issue 3, p277; Subject Term: MONOCLONAL antibodies; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: MOLECULAR cloning; Subject Term: LYMPHOID tissue; Subject Term: POLYSTYRENE; Subject Term: BIOLOGICAL membranes; NAICS/Industry Codes: 326140 Polystyrene Foam Product Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13398808&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jankowski, Stephen AU - Videka-Sherman, Lynn AU - Laquidara-Dickinson, Karen T1 - Social Support Networks of Confidants to People with AIDS. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1996/03// VL - 41 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 206 EP - 213 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - AIDS has a devastating impact on the social support networks of those most closely involved with the person with AIDS (PWA). This qualitative study of the social support networks of confidants to PWAs reports the findings of intensive, semistructured interviews with 11 confidants. Numerous changes were observed in the confidants' supportive resources, network structure, and functioning. Implications for social work practice are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Social Work is the property of Oxford University Press / USA and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AIDS (Disease) KW - SOCIAL services KW - AIDS patients KW - HIV-positive persons KW - caregivers KW - HIV/AIDS KW - qualitative research KW - social support N1 - Accession Number: 9603115850; Jankowski, Stephen 1 Videka-Sherman, Lynn 2 Laquidara-Dickinson, Karen 3; Affiliation: 1: Director, Mental Health Clinic, Stratton Veterans' Administration Medical Center, 113 Holland Avenue, Albany, NY 12208 2: Dean, University at Albany, State University of New York, School of Social Welfare 3: Director, AIDS Services, Catholic Charities of the Diocese of Albany; Source Info: Mar96, Vol. 41 Issue 2, p206; Subject Term: AIDS (Disease); Subject Term: SOCIAL services; Subject Term: AIDS patients; Subject Term: HIV-positive persons; Author-Supplied Keyword: caregivers; Author-Supplied Keyword: HIV/AIDS; Author-Supplied Keyword: qualitative research; Author-Supplied Keyword: social support; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 5250 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9603115850&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Drewnowski, Adam AU - Kurth, Candace L. AU - Krahn, Dean D. T1 - Body Weight and Dieting in Adolescence: Impact of Socioeconomic Status. JO - International Journal of Eating Disorders JF - International Journal of Eating Disorders Y1 - 1994/07// VL - 16 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 61 EP - 65 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 02763478 AB - This cross-sectional survey study examined dieting and exercise variables as a function of parental education in 2,174 male and 1,804 female college-bound high school graduates aged 18 years. Parental education is an index of socioeconomic status (SES). Higher SES was associated with lower current and desired body weight in both women and men. The prevalence of dieting, hinging, and vigorous exercise for weight control increased with SES for women but not for men. These data confirm the inverse relationship between body weight, dieting, and social class, previously demonstrated with American adults. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of International Journal of Eating Disorders is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SURVEYS KW - REDUCING diets KW - DIET KW - BODY weight KW - EXERCISE KW - TEENAGERS KW - PARENTS -- Education KW - SOCIAL status KW - SOCIAL classes KW - WEIGHT loss KW - HIGH school graduates N1 - Accession Number: 11931170; Drewnowski, Adam 1 Kurth, Candace L. 2 Krahn, Dean D. 3; Affiliation: 1: Professor, Communicaty Health Programs and Director, Human Nutrition Program, University of Michigan School of Public Health and Associate Professor, Psychiatry, University of Michigan Medical School, Ann Arbor 2: Research Associate, Department of Community Health Programs, University of Michigan School of Public Health 3: Associate Professor of Psychiatry, University of Wisconsin-Madison Medical School, and Chief of Psychiatry, Veterans Administration Hospital, Madison; Source Info: Jul1994, Vol. 16 Issue 1, p61; Subject Term: SURVEYS; Subject Term: REDUCING diets; Subject Term: DIET; Subject Term: BODY weight; Subject Term: EXERCISE; Subject Term: TEENAGERS; Subject Term: PARENTS -- Education; Subject Term: SOCIAL status; Subject Term: SOCIAL classes; Subject Term: WEIGHT loss; Subject Term: HIGH school graduates; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11931170&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Smelson, David A. AU - Roy, Alec AU - Santana, Sandra AU - Engelhart, Charles T1 - Neuropsychological deficits in withdrawn cocaine-dependent males. JO - American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse JF - American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse Y1 - 1999/05// VL - 25 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 377 PB - Taylor & Francis Ltd SN - 00952990 AB - Previous research suggests that cocaine abuse may result in neuropsychological deficits. To examine this further, we compared cocaine-withdrawn patients (N = 35) to normal controls (N = [7) on tasks of attention, concentration, perceptual-motor speed, and cognitive flexibility. The withdrawn cocaine patients performed significantly worse on Arithmetic, Grooved Peg Board Dominant and Non-Dominant, and Trails B tests. These findings suggest that with- drawn cocaine-dependent patients have more neuropsychological impairment than normal controls. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse is the property of Taylor & Francis Ltd and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DRUG abuse KW - COCAINE KW - NARCOTICS KW - TROPANES KW - COCAINE abuse KW - CRACK cocaine N1 - Accession Number: 1911711; Smelson, David A. 1 Roy, Alec 1 Santana, Sandra 1 Engelhart, Charles 1; Affiliation: 1: New Jersey Veterans Administration Medical Center Robert Wood Johnson Medical School Department of Psychiatry.; Source Info: May99, Vol. 25 Issue 2, p377; Subject Term: DRUG abuse; Subject Term: COCAINE; Subject Term: NARCOTICS; Subject Term: TROPANES; Subject Term: COCAINE abuse; Subject Term: CRACK cocaine; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=1911711&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Meyer, John S. AU - Rauch, Gaiane M. AU - Crawford, Kate AU - Rauch, Ronald A. AU - Konno, Shizuko AU - Akiyama, Hisanao AU - Terayama, Yasuo AU - Haque, A. T1 - RISK FACTORS ACCELERATING CEREBRAL DEGENERATIVE CHANGES, COGNITIVE DECLINE AND DEMENTIA. JO - International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry JF - International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry Y1 - 1999/12// VL - 14 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 1050 EP - 1061 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 08856230 AB - Objectives Factors accelerating cerebral degenerative changes represent potentially modifiable risks for cognitive decline. Putative risk factors accelerating subtle cognitive decline and dementia were correlated with repeated measures of cerebral atrophy, CT densitometry, perfusions and cognitive testing among neurologically and cognitively normative ageing volunteers. Methods Two hundred and twenty-four normative subjects at increased risk for cognitive decline were admitted to the study. Mean entry age was 59.5±15.8 years. Mean follow-up is 4.3±3.1 years. At follow-up, 22 developed subtle cognitive decline (δCCSE≥-3), 19 became demented, eight with vascular type (VAD) and 11 with Alzheimer's type (DAT) and 183 remain cognitively unchanged. Standardized questionnaires, medical, neuropsychological, neurological and blood work examinations were obtained. Cerebral atrophy, tissue densities and perfusions were measured by xenon-enhanced CT. Results After age 60, cerebral atrophy, ventricular enlargement, polio- and leuko-araiosis geometrically increased as perfusions declined. Risk factors accelerating perfusional decline, cerebral atrophy, polio-araiosis and leuko-araiosis (thinning of grey–white matter densities) were: transient ischaemic attacks (TIAs), hypertension, smoking, hyperlipidemia, male gender. At age 71.5±11.9, subtle cognitive decline began, accelerated by TIAs, hypertension and heart disease. Leuko-araiosis began before cognitive decline. TIAs, hypertension and hyperlipidemia correlated with VAD. Excessive cortical perfusional decreases and cerebral atrophy correlated with cognitive decline. Family history of neurodegenerative disease correlated with DAT. Conclusion TIAs, hypertension, hyperlipidemia, smoking and male gender accelerate cerebral degenerative changes, cognitive decline and dementia. Copyright © 1999 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DEGENERATION (Pathology) KW - BRAIN -- Degeneration KW - COGNITIVE ability KW - DEMENTIA KW - GERIATRIC psychiatry KW - ageing dementia KW - cognitive decline KW - neuroimaging KW - risk factors N1 - Accession Number: 11821254; Meyer, John S. 1; Email Address: jmeyer@bcm.tmc.edu Rauch, Gaiane M. 1 Crawford, Kate 1 Rauch, Ronald A. 2 Konno, Shizuko 1 Akiyama, Hisanao 1 Terayama, Yasuo 1 Haque, A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Cerebral Blood Flow Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center; Department of Neurology, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, TX, USA 2: Radiology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center; Department of Radiology, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, TX, USA; Source Info: Dec1999, Vol. 14 Issue 12, p1050; Subject Term: DEGENERATION (Pathology); Subject Term: BRAIN -- Degeneration; Subject Term: COGNITIVE ability; Subject Term: DEMENTIA; Subject Term: GERIATRIC psychiatry; Author-Supplied Keyword: ageing dementia; Author-Supplied Keyword: cognitive decline; Author-Supplied Keyword: neuroimaging; Author-Supplied Keyword: risk factors; Number of Pages: 12p; Illustrations: 3 Charts, 3 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11821254&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Grosse-Holtforth, Martin AU - Pathak, Ajay AU - Koenig, Harold G. AU - Cohen, Harvey J. AU - Pieper, Carl F. AU - Vanhook, Linda G. T1 - MEDICAL ILLNESS, RELIGION, HEALTH CONTROL AND DEPRESSION OF INSTITUTIONALIZED MEDICALLY ILL VETERANS IN LONG-TERM CARE. JO - International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry JF - International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry Y1 - 1996/07// VL - 11 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 613 EP - 620 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 08856230 AB - Utilizing multivariable multivariate regression procedures, we examine the relationships among medical illness, religion, health control beliefs and depression in 97 mostly elderly, institutionalized medically ill veterans in long term-care. Controlling for other domains of indicators, conditional canonical correlations showed that (1) religious motivation alone predicts religious coping, (2) religious coping alone predicts health control beliefs, and (3) both severity of illness/length of stay and health control beliefs predict depression. Result (1) is incompatible with the prediction by the multivariate belief-motivation theory of religiousness (MBMTR) (Schaefer and Gorsuch, 1991) that both religious belief and religious motivation determine religious coping. Results (2) and (3) are consistent with our hypothesis that control beliefs mediate the relationship between religious coping and depression. It is argued that a different operationalization of religious belief may still support the MBMTR. The role of religion in coping with health problems is discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LONG-term care of the sick KW - RELIGIOUSNESS KW - MENTAL depression KW - ATTITUDES toward health KW - SICK -- Psychology KW - MEDICAL care KW - control beliefs KW - depression KW - elderly KW - medically ill KW - nursing home KW - religion. N1 - Accession Number: 14150247; Grosse-Holtforth, Martin 1 Pathak, Ajay 2 Koenig, Harold G. 3,4,5 Cohen, Harvey J. 6,7,8 Pieper, Carl F. 9,10 Vanhook, Linda G. 11,12; Affiliation: 1: Freie Universitdt Berlin; Fulbright Grantee (199213), Duke University, USA. 2: Geriatric Fellow, Center for Aging and Human Development, Duke University, Medical Center, USA. 3: Assistant Professor of Psychiatry and Medicine, Geriatric Evaluation and Treatment Clinic, Duke University Medical Center, USA. 4: Director of Psychiatric Services, Geriatric Evaluation and Treatment Clinic, Duke University Medical Center, USA. 5: Senior Fellow, Center for Aging and Human Development, Duke University Medical Center, USA. 6: Director, Geriatric Research, Education, and Clinical Center, Durham Veterans Administration Medical Center, Duke University Medical Center, USA. 7: Professor of Medicine, Geriatrics Division and Center for the Study of Aging and Human Development, Duke University Medical Center, USA. 8: Director, Geriatrics Division and Center for the Study of Aging and Human Development, Duke University Medical Center, USA. 9: Assistant Professor, Department of Community and Family Health, Center for Aging and Human Development, Duke University Medical Center, USA. 10: Director, Computer and Statistics Laboratory, Center for Aging and Human Development, Duke University Medical Center, USA. 11: Nurse Practitioner, Extended Care and Rehabilitation Center, Durham Veterans Administration Medical Center, Duke University School of Nursing, USA. 12: Consulting Associate, Duke University School of Nursing, USA.; Source Info: Jul1996, Vol. 11 Issue 7, p613; Subject Term: LONG-term care of the sick; Subject Term: RELIGIOUSNESS; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: ATTITUDES toward health; Subject Term: SICK -- Psychology; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Author-Supplied Keyword: control beliefs; Author-Supplied Keyword: depression; Author-Supplied Keyword: elderly; Author-Supplied Keyword: medically ill; Author-Supplied Keyword: nursing home; Author-Supplied Keyword: religion.; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14150247&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Baker, F. M. AU - Wiley, Cynthia AU - Kokmen, Emre AU - Chandra, Vijay AU - Schoenberg, Bruce S. T1 - DELIRIUM DURING THE COURSE OF CLINICALLY DIAGNOSED ALZHEIMER'S DISEASE. JO - International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry JF - International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry Y1 - 1995/02// VL - 10 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 93 EP - 97 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 08856230 AB - A retrospective chart review was completed on the 122 cases of CDAD for the period of 1965–1970 identified From a longitudinal study of dementia at the Mayo Clinic. A psychiatrist assigned DSM-III-R diagnoses based upon the longitudinal description of symptoms detailed in the medical records of the Mayo Clinic hospitals, pursing home visit records and state hospital records. Thirty patients (25%) were found to have an episode of delirium (EOD) during their course of CDAD which occurred during inpatient admissions. Single EODs were found to occur within 2 years of the onset of CDAD, and multiple EODs within 3 years of the onset of CDAD. A psychiatric consultation was requested in only 14% of the sample (N = 17); 88% of these patients received diagnoses involving primary degenerative dementia of the Alzheimer's type, late onset. Psychopharmacology was the major management strategy (82% of patients with an EOD received medication) with the resolution of symptoms within 48 hours. At discharge, only two patients 17%) failed to completely clear the increased degree of confusion. Implications of these findings for the management of patients with CDAD and the management of EOD with the knowledge of the 1990s are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ALZHEIMER'S disease KW - DELIRIUM in old age KW - DELIRIUM KW - DEMENTIA KW - NEUROBEHAVIORAL disorders KW - PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY KW - GERIATRIC psychiatry KW - GERIATRIC psychopharmacology KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - delirium KW - dementia KW - management N1 - Accession Number: 12157102; Baker, F. M. 1 Wiley, Cynthia 2 Kokmen, Emre 3 Chandra, Vijay 4 Schoenberg, Bruce S. 5; Affiliation: 1: Department of Psychiatry, University of Maryland, School of Medicine, Baltimore, Maryland, USA 2: Psychiatry Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Baltimore, Maryland, USA 3: Department of Neurology, Mayo Medical School and Mayo Foundation, Rochester, Minnesota, USA 4: Center for Aging Research, New Delhi, India 5: Neuroepidemiology Branch, National Institute for Neurology, Disorders and Stroke, Bethesda, Maryland, USA; Source Info: Feb1995, Vol. 10 Issue 2, p93; Subject Term: ALZHEIMER'S disease; Subject Term: DELIRIUM in old age; Subject Term: DELIRIUM; Subject Term: DEMENTIA; Subject Term: NEUROBEHAVIORAL disorders; Subject Term: PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY; Subject Term: GERIATRIC psychiatry; Subject Term: GERIATRIC psychopharmacology; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Author-Supplied Keyword: delirium; Author-Supplied Keyword: dementia; Author-Supplied Keyword: management; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12157102&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fenn, Howard AU - Luby, Victoria AU - Yesavage, Jerome A. T1 - SUBTYPES IN ALZHEIMER'S DISEASE AND THE IMPACT OF EXCESS DISABILITY: RECENT FINDINGS. JO - International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry JF - International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry Y1 - 1993/01// VL - 8 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 67 EP - 73 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 08856230 AB - This article reviews selected recent findings which contribute to the delineation of the early onset, extrapyramidal symptom, and Lewy body subtypes. A subtype of Alzheimerߣ s disease is defined by the presence of a specific etiology, a set of clinical signs, a prognosis, and a response to treatment. Cognitive decline can also occur on the basis of factors not intrinsic to a particular subtype. The term ‘excess disability’ refers to a patientߣs functioning which declines more rapidly than is expected on the basis of cerebral pathology alone. This article discusses some relevant studies which show how the concept of ‘excess disability’ contributes to understanding the total disability of the Alzheimerߣs patient. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ALZHEIMER'S disease KW - ALZHEIMER'S patients KW - PRESENILE dementia KW - OLDER people -- Mental health KW - GERIATRIC psychiatry KW - UNITED States KW - alzheimerߣ KW - dementia KW - disability KW - s disease N1 - Accession Number: 12119485; Fenn, Howard 1 Luby, Victoria 2 Yesavage, Jerome A. 3; Affiliation: 1: Staff Psychiatrist, Psychiatric Intensive Care Unit 2: Ward Chief, Psychiatric Intensive Care Unit, Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Center 3: Research Coordinator, Dept of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences; Source Info: Jan1993, Vol. 8 Issue 1, p67; Subject Term: ALZHEIMER'S disease; Subject Term: ALZHEIMER'S patients; Subject Term: PRESENILE dementia; Subject Term: OLDER people -- Mental health; Subject Term: GERIATRIC psychiatry; Subject Term: UNITED States; Author-Supplied Keyword: alzheimerߣ Author-Supplied Keyword: dementia; Author-Supplied Keyword: disability; Author-Supplied Keyword: s disease; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12119485&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bedeian, Arthur G. AU - Armenakis, Achilles A. AU - Curran, Shirley M. T1 - THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN ROLE STRESS AND JOB-RELATED, INTERPERSONAL, AND ORGANIZATION CLIMATE FACTORS. JO - Journal of Social Psychology JF - Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1981/04// VL - 113 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 247 PB - Taylor & Francis Ltd SN - 00224545 N1 - Accession Number: 5393912; Bedeian, Arthur G. 1,2 Armenakis, Achilles A. 1,2 Curran, Shirley M. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Auburn University 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tuskegee, Alabama; Source Info: Apr1981, Vol. 113 Issue 2, p247; Number of Pages: 14p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5393912&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cremer, M. A. AU - Townes, A. S. AU - Kang, A. H. T1 - Adjuvant-induced arthritis in rats. Evidence that autoimmunity to homologous collagens types I, II, IX and XI is not involved in the pathogenesis of arthritis. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 82 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 307 EP - 312 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - We examined the sera of arthritic outbred Wistar and Sprague Dawley rats and inbred Fisher 344 and Wistar-Lewis rats for autoantibodies to rat type I, II, IX and XI collagens following the induction of arthritis with mycobacteria (MTB), Although many sera collected over an extended time were assayed in addition to acid cluates of arthritic joints, convincing evidence for autoimmunity to collagen could not be demonstrated. Instead, modest non-specific reactions were observed to collagen, irrelevant proteins, and buffer-treated plastic microtitre wells. In contrast, antibodies to purified protein derivative (PPD) were detected in the sera of rats developing adjuvant-induced arthritis, and antibodies to type II collagen, in the sera and joint eluate of rats developing experimental collagen-induced arthritis. Lastly, delayed-type hypersensitivity responses to collagen could not bed elected. nor could adjuvant-induced arthritis be attenuated by soluble collagen injected intravenously before challenge with MTB- We conclude that adjuvant-induced arthritis and experimental collagen-induced arthritis are distinct models of rheumatic disease and that autoimmunity to collagen is neither prevalent in adjuvant-induced arthritis nor necessary for its pathogenesis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ARTHRITIS KW - JOINTS (Anatomy) -- Diseases KW - IMMUNOLOGICAL adjuvants KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - AUTOIMMUNITY KW - adjuvant arthritis KW - autoimmunity KW - cartilage KW - collagen N1 - Accession Number: 15987399; Cremer, M. A. 1 Townes, A. S. 2 Kang, A. H. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center and Department of Medicine, University of Tennessee, Memphis, TN, USA. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center and Department of Medicine, Vanderbilt University, Nashrille, TN, USA.; Source Info: Nov1990, Vol. 82 Issue 2, p307; Subject Term: ARTHRITIS; Subject Term: JOINTS (Anatomy) -- Diseases; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGICAL adjuvants; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject Term: AUTOIMMUNITY; Author-Supplied Keyword: adjuvant arthritis; Author-Supplied Keyword: autoimmunity; Author-Supplied Keyword: cartilage; Author-Supplied Keyword: collagen; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15987399&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Versalovic, J. AU - Nash, Z.-D. AU - Carinhas, R. AU - Musher, D. M. AU - Baughn, R. E. T1 - Immunoglobulin class and subclass restriction of autoimmune responses in secondary syphilis. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 80 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 381 EP - 386 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - The immunoglobulin (Ig) class and IgG subclasses of autoantibodies to commercial VDRL antigen, creatine kinase (CK), and fibronectin (Fn) in the sera of patients with various stages of syphilis were quantified using solid-phase radioimmunoassays (RIA) and ELISA. Sera from patients with active secondary syphilis, initially positive for anti-Fn and anti-CK autoantibodies by RIA, were re- evaluated by ELISA using monoclonal antibodies (MoAb) for detection of human Ig class and subclass responses. Results of these assays revealed that anti-Fn and anti-CK responses were not only IgO in nature, but dramatically skewed to lgG 1 and IgG3 subclasses. While the restricted, co-expression of these isotypes seemingly paralleled anti-treponemal activity, inverse relationships actually existed between the subclass responses to Fn and those to Treponema pallidum. In contrast, anti-VDRL were predominantly IgM in 17 of 22 patients. Of those sera exhibiting detectable anti- VDRL IgO activity, responses appeared to be restricted to IgG I. These results suggest that different control mechanisms may be responsible for regulation of the various autoantibody responses expressed during syphilitic infection. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - ANTIGENS KW - CREATINE kinase KW - FIBRONECTINS KW - ENZYME-linked immunosorbent assay KW - autoimmune responses KW - IgG subclasses KW - secondary syphilis N1 - Accession Number: 15950897; Versalovic, J. 1 Nash, Z.-D. 2 Carinhas, R. 3 Musher, D. M. 4 Baughn, R. E. 5; Affiliation: 1: Department of Microbiology, University of Texas School of Allied Health Sciences, Houston, Texas, USA. 2: Department of Immunology, University of Texas School of Allied Health Sciences, Houston, Texas, USA. 3: Department of Medicine, University of Texas School of Allied Health Sciences, Houston, Texas, USA. 4: Dermatology, Baylor College of Medicine, The Program in Medical Technology Education, University of Texas School of Allied Health Sciences, Houston, Texas, USA. 5: The Syphilis Research and Infectious Disease Laboratories, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Houston, Texas, USA.; Source Info: Jun1990, Vol. 80 Issue 3, p381; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: CREATINE kinase; Subject Term: FIBRONECTINS; Subject Term: ENZYME-linked immunosorbent assay; Author-Supplied Keyword: autoimmune responses; Author-Supplied Keyword: IgG subclasses; Author-Supplied Keyword: secondary syphilis; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15950897&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jones, M. M. AU - Seilheimer, D. K. AU - Pier, G. B. AU - Rossen, R. D. T1 - Increased elastase secretion by peripheral blood monocytes in cystic fibrosis patients. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 80 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 344 EP - 349 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Morbidity and mortality in cystic fibrosis (CF) is predominantly due to destruction of pulmonary tissue, The host immune response may. in part. play a pathogenic role in pulmonary destruction in these patients. To further understand host immune response in CF, we examined the state of activation of peripheral blood monocytes in CF. Baseline elastase activity was 22-fold greater in the CF monocytes than in controls. Pseudomona aeeruginosa mucoid exopolysaccharide (MEP) and high molecular weight polysaccharide (I-IMP) increased elastase activity in both control and (`F monocytes. with a greater absolute increase in the CF monocytes. There was no difference in baseline or MEP-stimulated secretion of interleukin-1 (IL-1) or interleukin-6 (IL-6) between CF and control monocytes. Ibuprofen enhanced both MEP and HMP-stimulated elastase activity, whereas dexamethasone suppressed both baseline and stimulated elastase activity >20% in both CF and control monocytes. These results suggest that circulating monocytes in CF are stimulated in vivo, resulting in a remarkably elevated elastase activity in vitro. Elevated elastase release by peripheral blood monocytes as they enter the lung in response to chemotactic stimuli may contribute to lung destruction in CF. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LUNG diseases KW - CYSTIC fibrosis KW - DISEASES KW - IBUPROFEN KW - INTERLEUKIN-6 KW - MONOCYTES KW - cystic fibrosis KW - elastase KW - monocytes N1 - Accession Number: 15950869; Jones, M. M. 1 Seilheimer, D. K. 2 Pier, G. B. 3 Rossen, R. D. 1; Affiliation: 1: Immunology Research Laboratory, The Veterans Administration Medical Center, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, TX. 2: Department of Microbiology and Immunology, Internal Medicine and Pediatrics, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, TX. 3: Channing Laboratory, Department of Medicine, Brigham and Women's Hospital and Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA, USA.; Source Info: Jun1990, Vol. 80 Issue 3, p344; Subject Term: LUNG diseases; Subject Term: CYSTIC fibrosis; Subject Term: DISEASES; Subject Term: IBUPROFEN; Subject Term: INTERLEUKIN-6; Subject Term: MONOCYTES; Author-Supplied Keyword: cystic fibrosis; Author-Supplied Keyword: elastase; Author-Supplied Keyword: monocytes; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15950869&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cheung, A. K. AU - Parker, C. J. AU - Wilcox, L. T1 - Effects of two types of cobra venom factor on porcine complement activation and pulmonary artery pressure. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 78 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 299 EP - 306 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Autologous porcine plasma that has been incubated with cuprophan haemodialysis membranes causes pulmonary hypertension and peripheral leucopenia following reinfusion into swine. These effects appear to be mediated by biologically active fragments of C3 and C5 that are generated as a consequence of ex vivo activation of complement. Putatively, C5a induces the leucopenia; however, the specific contributions of products of C3 and C5 activation to the pulmonary vasoconstriction have not been elucidated. In the present study, the effects of in vivo infusion of two different types of cobra venom factor (CVF) on peripheral leucocyte count and pulmonary artery pressure in the swine are reported. The CVF from Naja n. naja (CVFTS) was shown to activate both porcine C3 and C5, whereas the CVF from Naja h. haje (CVFNH) activated only C3. Both types of CVF produced pulmonary hypertension. Significant peripheral leucopenia, however, was observed only with CVFTN. These results suggest that activation products of C3 contribute to the pulmonary hypertension but not to the peripheral leucopenia observed during haemodialysis using dialysis membranes that activate complement. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HYPERTENSION KW - POISONOUS animals KW - VENOM KW - COBRAS KW - PULMONARY artery KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - cobra venom factor KW - complement KW - pulmonary hypertension KW - swine N1 - Accession Number: 16195415; Cheung, A. K. 1 Parker, C. J. 1 Wilcox, L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center and Department of Medicine, University of Utah School of Medicine, Salt Lake City, UT, USA.; Source Info: Nov1989, Vol. 78 Issue 2, p299; Subject Term: HYPERTENSION; Subject Term: POISONOUS animals; Subject Term: VENOM; Subject Term: COBRAS; Subject Term: PULMONARY artery; Subject Term: LEUCOCYTES; Author-Supplied Keyword: cobra venom factor; Author-Supplied Keyword: complement; Author-Supplied Keyword: pulmonary hypertension; Author-Supplied Keyword: swine; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16195415&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Krug, H. E. AU - Mahowald, M. L. AU - Clark, C. T1 - Progressive ankylosis (ank/ank) in mice: an animal model of spondyloarthropathy. III. Proliferative spleen cell response to T cell mitogens. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1989/10// VL - 78 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 97 EP - 101 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Murine progressive ankylosis is a spontaneous disorder of mice resulting from a homozygous recessive genetic defect (ank/ank) which produces an inflammatory arthritis of peripheral and axial joints eventually resulting in ankylosis of these joints. This disorder resembles the human spondyloarthropathies clinically, radiographically and histologically. Various studies in humans with spondyloarthropathies have described defects of cellular immunity but these results are conflicting. We measured the spleen cell response to mitogen in ank/ank mice and in normal littermates. The spleen cell response to the T cell mitogens phytohaemagglutinin and concanavalin A was decreased in ank/ank mice compared with their normal littermates. The response to the B cell mitogen lypopolysaccharide was normal in both ank/ank mice and normal littermates. Serum from ank/ank mice did not inhibit spleen cell responses to mitogen. Ank/ank spleen cells were not inhibitory of normal spleen cell responses to mitogens. Addition of irradiated normal spleen cells to ank/ank spleen cells did not restore the mitogen responses to normal. It is possible that the ank/ank gene results in the phenotypic expression of an abnormal or decreased cell product involved in T cell proliferation. Several recently described cytokines could be potential candidates for this product. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANKYLOSIS KW - JOINTS (Anatomy) -- Diseases KW - T cells KW - MICE as laboratory animals KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - CELLULAR immunity KW - ankylosing spondylitis KW - murine progressive ankylosis KW - spleen cell proliferation. KW - spondyloarthropathics mitogens N1 - Accession Number: 17163925; Krug, H. E. 1,2 Mahowald, M. L. 1,2 Clark, C. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Medicine and Research, Minneapolis Veterans Administration Medical Center, USA. 2: Department of Medicine, University of Minnesota School of Medicine, Minneapolis, MN, USA.; Source Info: Oct1989, Vol. 78 Issue 1, p97; Subject Term: ANKYLOSIS; Subject Term: JOINTS (Anatomy) -- Diseases; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: MICE as laboratory animals; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: CELLULAR immunity; Author-Supplied Keyword: ankylosing spondylitis; Author-Supplied Keyword: murine progressive ankylosis; Author-Supplied Keyword: spleen cell proliferation.; Author-Supplied Keyword: spondyloarthropathics mitogens; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=17163925&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Williams, M. L. AU - Loughran Jr., T. P. AU - Kidd, P. G. AU - Starkebaum, G. A. T1 - Polyclonal proliferation of activated suppressor/cytotoxic T cells with transient depression of natural killer cell function in acute infectious mononucleosis. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 77 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 71 EP - 76 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - In acute infectious mononucleosis large numbers of atypical lymphocytes proliferate in response lo B cells infected with Epstein-Barr virus, generally resulting in a self-limited illness, Although both T-cells and NK cells are known to be involved. The precise origin of the large granular lymphocytes in this disorder is incompletely understood. Using two-colour immunofluoroscent flow cytometry, we sequentially examined the phenotype of selected T cell and NK cell subsets from nine patients with infectious mononucleosis. In parallel, we determined whether these lymphocytes utilized a restricted repertoire of the T cell receptor gene and also measured their NK activity. Our results show that in acute infectious mononucleosis there was a greater than three-fold increase in T lymphocytes with the phenotype CD2+,CD3+,CD8+ and DR+. A modest increase in Lcu7(HNK1) + and CD4+ T cells was also seen. In addition, there was three-fold increase in cells co-expressing CD3- and CD16+, the phenotype reported to represent most NK cells. In spite of this latter finding, however, a marked decrease in NK function was found at the time of diagnosis, gradually returning to normal by day 28. Finally, Southern blot analysis of DNA from patient lymphocytes showed polyclonal rearrangements of the T cell receptor beta chain gene. These studies indicate that the proliferation of activated suppressor/cytotoxic T lymphocytes in acute infectious mononucleosis is polyclonal and is associated with transient depression of NK function. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MONONUCLEOSIS KW - EPSTEIN-Barr virus diseases KW - LEUCOCYTOSIS KW - KILLER cells KW - T cell receptors KW - PHENOTYPE KW - CELL proliferation -- Molecular aspects KW - infectious mononucleosis KW - large granular lymphocytes N1 - Accession Number: 16137228; Williams, M. L. 1,2,3 Loughran Jr., T. P. 1,2,3 Kidd, P. G. 1,2,3 Starkebaum, G. A. 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: The Departments of Laboratory Medicine and Medicine, Divisions of Oncology and Rheumatology,University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, WA. 2: Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center, Seattle, WA. 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, WA, USA.; Source Info: Jul1989, Vol. 77 Issue 1, p71; Subject Term: MONONUCLEOSIS; Subject Term: EPSTEIN-Barr virus diseases; Subject Term: LEUCOCYTOSIS; Subject Term: KILLER cells; Subject Term: T cell receptors; Subject Term: PHENOTYPE; Subject Term: CELL proliferation -- Molecular aspects; Author-Supplied Keyword: infectious mononucleosis; Author-Supplied Keyword: large granular lymphocytes; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16137228&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Reichlin, M. AU - Rader, M. AU - Harley, J. B. T1 - Autoimmune response to the Ro/SSA particle is directed to the human antigen. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 76 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 373 EP - 377 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Autoantibodies to defined cellular antigens in systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) are usually directed to conserved epitopes on ubiquitous macromolecules including histone, Sm+nRNP (URNP particles). DNA, and La(SSB). We report here that the autoimmune response to the Ro(SSA) RNAprotein particle is directed to epitopes on the human antigen which are not conserved in evolution. Ro(SSA) from bovine, rat, and mouse Ro(SSA) particles cross-read with human autoantibodies less effectively than does human Ro(SSA). and antigenically active Ro(SSA) is not detectable in chicken thymus extracts with the assays employed. These data suggest a special role for the Ro(SSA) antigen in the initiation and/or perpetuation of the anti-Ro(SSA) response in autoimmune disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - COLLAGEN diseases KW - ANTIGENS KW - anti Ro (SSA) KW - species specific KW - Systemic lupus erythematosus N1 - Accession Number: 16003002; Reichlin, M. 1 Rader, M. 2 Harley, J. B. 3; Affiliation: 1: Arthritis/Immunology Program, Oklahoma Medical Research Foundation, Oklahoma City, OK. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Oklahoma City, OK. 3: Department of Medicine and Microbiology, University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Oklahoma City, OK.; Source Info: Jun1989, Vol. 76 Issue 3, p373; Subject Term: SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus; Subject Term: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject Term: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: COLLAGEN diseases; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Author-Supplied Keyword: anti Ro (SSA); Author-Supplied Keyword: species specific; Author-Supplied Keyword: Systemic lupus erythematosus; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16003002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pappo, J. AU - Ermak, T. H. T1 - Uptake and translocation of fluorescent latex particles by rabbit Peyer's patch follicle epithelium: a quantitative model for M cell uptake. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 76 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 144 EP - 148 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - A quantitative, light microscopic morphometric model for uptake of particulates by Peyer's patch M cells was developed. Rabbit intestinal loops containing Peyer's patches were inoculated with fluorescent, non-degradable polystyrene microparticles (600-750 nm). and their localization in Peyer's patches was traced after varying time periods. The particles were localized sequentially at the FAE cell surface, spanning the entire width of FAE cells, and within the subepithelial dome as a function of time. The particles were associated with 5D9+ or 1D9+ M cells, but were not taken up or transported by villus epithelia. The kinetics suggested a synchronous wave of uptake and transepithelial transport. Quantitative analysis revealed a considerably greater uptake efficiency of polystyrene microspheres in comparison to other biological particles. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CELL membranes KW - EPITHELIUM KW - POLYSTYRENE KW - MICROSPHERES KW - CELLS KW - EPITHELIAL cells KW - follicle-associated epithelium KW - M cells KW - Peyer's patches KW - phagocytosis N1 - Accession Number: 16239196; Pappo, J. 1,2,3 Ermak, T. H. 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: Cell Biology and Aging Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco. 2: Department of Stomatology, University of California, San Francisco. 3: Department of Medicine, University of California, San Francisco.; Source Info: Apr1989, Vol. 76 Issue 1, p144; Subject Term: CELL membranes; Subject Term: EPITHELIUM; Subject Term: POLYSTYRENE; Subject Term: MICROSPHERES; Subject Term: CELLS; Subject Term: EPITHELIAL cells; Author-Supplied Keyword: follicle-associated epithelium; Author-Supplied Keyword: M cells; Author-Supplied Keyword: Peyer's patches; Author-Supplied Keyword: phagocytosis; NAICS/Industry Codes: 326140 Polystyrene Foam Product Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16239196&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dixit, Saryu N. T1 - Short-chain basement membrane collagen. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1989/12/08/ VL - 186 IS - 1/2 M3 - Article SP - 411 EP - 414 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - The paper describes further characterization of the 55-kDa short-chain collagen from lens capsule. Lens capsules were extracted with 5.5 M guanidine · HCl and the extracted material was fractionated on agarose A5M followed by high-pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC). By amino acid composition, the major fraction obtained from HPLC was found to be different than type-IV collagen fragments. The 55-kDa short-chain collagen on pepsin digestion produced a 45-kDa pepsin-resistant fragment. The undifferentiated embryonal carcinoma (F-9) cells were found to synthesize increased amounts of 55-kDa short-chain collagen. The identity of this biosynthesized molecule with 55-kDa short-chain collagen from lens capsules was established by immunoprecipitation experiments. The results indicated a close similarity or identical nature of the short-chain collagens from these two sources. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - COLLAGEN KW - GUANIDINES KW - GUANIDINE KW - AMINO acids KW - PEPSIN KW - CANCER cells N1 - Accession Number: 13788066; Dixit, Saryu N. 1; Affiliation: 1: The Veterans Administration Lakeside Medical Center and The Department of Basic Sciences, Division of Oral Biology, Northwestern University, USA; Source Info: 12/8/89, Vol. 186 Issue 1/2, p411; Subject Term: COLLAGEN; Subject Term: GUANIDINES; Subject Term: GUANIDINE; Subject Term: AMINO acids; Subject Term: PEPSIN; Subject Term: CANCER cells; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13788066&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sandor, Attila AU - Hoppel, Charles L. T1 - Butyrobetaine availability in liver is a regulatory factor for carnitine biosynthesis in rat. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1989/11/20/ VL - 185 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 671 EP - 675 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - Urinary excretion of total camitine in 48-h fasted rats dropped to 0.30 ± 0.01 µmol/day from 2.23 ± 0.4 µmol/day found in fed, control animals (mean ± SEM). Despite this marked retention, the total carnitine content of the whole body remained constant, about 83 µmol, predicting a slow-down in biosynthesis. The conversion of butyrobetaine into carnitine takes place only in the liver in rats. 48 h of starvation caused a decrease in the liver butyrobetaine level from 11.6 ± 1.19 nmol/g to 9.30 ± 1.19 nmol/g, which in whole livers corresponds to a decrease from 138 nmol to 61.3 nmol. The conversion rate of butyrobetaine into carnitine was studied with radiolabelled butyrobetaine. 30 min after injection of [³H]butyrobetaine the carnitine pool in the liver of fasted rats was labelled to about the same extent as that in fed rats, but from a butyrobetaine pool with higher specific radioactivity. Therefore, the conversion rate of butyrobetaine into carnitine was reduced. The newly formed carnitine found in the whole body of fasted rats was estimated to be 59% of controls. We conclude that the biosynthesis of carnitine in fasted rats slows down, for which a decreased availability of butyrobetaine in the liver is responsible. Urinary excretion of butyrobetaine in the fasted group decreased to 74.1 nmol/day from the 222-nmol/day control value while the butyrobetaine content of whole body did not significantly decrease (2.85 µmol vs. 3.04 µmol). Urinary excretion of trimethyllysine was also depressed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CARNITINE KW - LIVER KW - BIOSYNTHESIS KW - RADIOACTIVITY KW - NUCLEAR reactions KW - RATS N1 - Accession Number: 13772250; Sandor, Attila 1 Hoppel, Charles L. 2; Affiliation: 1: Institute of Biochemistry, University Medical School, Pécs, Hungary 2: Medical Research, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cleveland; Source Info: 11/20/89, Vol. 185 Issue 3, p671; Subject Term: CARNITINE; Subject Term: LIVER; Subject Term: BIOSYNTHESIS; Subject Term: RADIOACTIVITY; Subject Term: NUCLEAR reactions; Subject Term: RATS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13772250&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Seyer, Jerome M. AU - Hasty, Karen A. AU - Kang, Andrew H. T1 - Covalent structure of collagen. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1989/04/15/ VL - 181 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 159 EP - 173 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - Bovine articular type II collagen was prepared by limited pepsin digestion, differential salt fractionation and carboxymethylcellulose chromatography. Cyanogen bromide digestion of purified type II collagen α chains yielded twelve distinct peptides designated CB1-12. The peptide α1(II)-CB11 was isolated by carboxymethylcellulose chromatography and Sephadex G-75S gel filtration. Automated Edman degradation together with chymotrypsin, thermolysin and trypsin digestion enabled identification of its complete amino acid sequence. Compared with type I and type III collagen, the data show similarity with α1(I)-CB8 and α1(III)-CB6-1-8-10-2 peptides, respectively. The peptide is located within residues 124-402 of the α1 (II) collagen chain and with its identification, now extends the known amino acid sequence of bovine type II cartilage collagen to 660 amino acid residues including α1(II)-CB1-2-6-12-11-8-10 (partial). This corresponds to α1(I)-CB0-1-2-4-5-8-3-7 (partial; 1-660) and α1(III)-CB3A-3B-3C-7-6-1-8-10-2-4-5 (partial; 1-660) of bovine α1 (I) and α1(III) collagen chains. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PEPSIN KW - GASTRIC juice KW - ASPARTIC proteinases KW - DIGESTIVE enzymes KW - CYANOGEN compounds KW - BIOCHEMISTRY N1 - Accession Number: 13798654; Seyer, Jerome M. 1,2 Hasty, Karen A. 3 Kang, Andrew H. 4; Affiliation: 1: Connective Tissue Research Laboratory Veterans Administration Medical Center, Memphis 2: Department of Biochemistry, University of Tennessee, Memphis 3: Department of Anatomy, University of Tennessee, Memphis 4: Department of Medicine, University of Tennessee, Memphis; Source Info: 4/15/89, Vol. 181 Issue 1, p159; Subject Term: PEPSIN; Subject Term: GASTRIC juice; Subject Term: ASPARTIC proteinases; Subject Term: DIGESTIVE enzymes; Subject Term: CYANOGEN compounds; Subject Term: BIOCHEMISTRY; Number of Pages: 15p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13798654&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kimura, Tomoatsu AU - Mattei, Marie-Geneviève AU - Stevens, Jeff W. AU - Goldring, Mary B. AU - Ninomiya, Yoshifumi AU - Olsen, Bjorn R. T1 - Molecular cloning of rat and human type IX collagen cDNA and localization of the α1(1X) gene on the human chromosome 6. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1989/01/15/ VL - 179 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 71 EP - 78 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - Type IX collagen is found in hyaline cartilage, where it is associated with type II collagen in quarter-staggered collagen fibrils. Chicken type IX collagen has been extensively characterized and shown to contain molecules with three triple-helical domains, interspersed with non-triple-helical sequences. The molecule contains three, genetically distinct, subunits and one of these subunits carries a covalently bound glycosaminoglycan side chain. In the present report, we describe for the first time the primary structure of mammalian type IX collagen chains, based on cloning and sequencing of eDNA from rat and human eDNA libraries. The results suggest that mammalian αl(IX) chains have the same multi-domain structure as the avian protein. We also demonstrate, by in situ hybridization of chromosome spreads, that the human α1 (IX) collagen gene is located on the long arm of chromosome 6. The cloning of human type IX collagen eDNA provides a probe for molecular studies of human chondrodysplasias that may involve abnormalities in this extracellutar collagen-proteoglycan. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - COLLAGEN KW - EXTRACELLULAR matrix proteins KW - CONNECTIVE tissues KW - CHICKENS KW - BIOCHEMISTRY KW - MOLECULAR biology N1 - Accession Number: 13747093; Kimura, Tomoatsu 1 Mattei, Marie-Geneviève 2 Stevens, Jeff W. 3 Goldring, Mary B. 4 Ninomiya, Yoshifumi 1 Olsen, Bjorn R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Anatomy and Cellular Biology, Harvard Medical School, Boston 2: Hôpital d'Enfants, Groupe Hospitalier de la Timone, Marseille 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Medical Research and Department of Medicine, University of Alabama at Birmingham 4: Department of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, and the Medical Services (Arthritis Unit), Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston; Source Info: 1/15/89, Vol. 179 Issue 1, p71; Subject Term: COLLAGEN; Subject Term: EXTRACELLULAR matrix proteins; Subject Term: CONNECTIVE tissues; Subject Term: CHICKENS; Subject Term: BIOCHEMISTRY; Subject Term: MOLECULAR biology; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112310 Chicken Egg Production; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112340 Poultry Hatcheries; NAICS/Industry Codes: 311615 Poultry Processing; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13747093&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sumegi, Balazs AU - Liposits, Zsolt AU - Inman, Lindsey AU - Paull, Willis K. AU - Srere, Paul A. T1 - Electron microscopic study on the size of pyruvate dehydrogenase complex in situ. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1987/11/16/ VL - 169 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 223 EP - 230 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - Isolated pig heart pyruvate dehydrogenase complex (PDC) has been reported to have a molecular mass of 8000 kDa (large PDC) and a diameter of about 45 nm. Studies were carried out to determine the size of PDC in situ. Active enzyme centrifugation showed that extracts of pig heart mitochondria contain, in addition to large (S20,w= 100-200 5) active complexes, catalytically active small PDC (S20,w = 30 S). In addition, small PDC (1000 - 3000 kDa) could be obtained by gel filtration of mitochondrial extract. If pure large PDC was chromatographed in Triton X-100, then a fraction of it appears in the 1000 -3000-kDa range. Isolation of small PDC and rechromatography showed the formation of large PDC, Anti-PDC and ferritin-labeled second antibody were used in an attempt to determine the size of PDC in isolated inner membrane vesicles containing PDC and in permeabilized mitochondria. In both studies no large aggregates of ferritin particles were found which would correspond to the size of large PDC, The conclusion of these experiments is that PDC exists in situ in a smaller form than the isolated pure enzyme. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DEHYDROGENASES KW - PYRUVATES KW - MITOCHONDRIA KW - ENZYMES KW - CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis KW - POROUS materials N1 - Accession Number: 15801378; Sumegi, Balazs 1 Liposits, Zsolt 2 Inman, Lindsey 3,4 Paull, Willis K. 2 Srere, Paul A. 5,6; Affiliation: 1: Institute of Biochemistry, University Medical School, Pecs. 2: Department of Anatomy, University of Missouri, Columbia. 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, Texas. 4: Department of Pathology, University of Texas Health Science Center, Dallas. 5: Pre-Clinical Science Unit, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, Texas. 6: Department of Biochemistry, University of Texas Health Science Center, Dallas.; Source Info: 11/16/87, Vol. 169 Issue 1, p223; Subject Term: DEHYDROGENASES; Subject Term: PYRUVATES; Subject Term: MITOCHONDRIA; Subject Term: ENZYMES; Subject Term: CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis; Subject Term: POROUS materials; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15801378&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Talor, Zvi AU - Gold, Robert M. AU - Wu-Chang Yang AU - Arruda, Jose A.L. T1 - Anion exchanger is present in both luminal and basolateral renal membranes. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1987/05/04/ VL - 164 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 695 EP - 702 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - Binding of the anion-exchange inhibitor ³H2-labeled 4,4'-diisothiocyano-2,2'-stilbene disulfonic acid (DIDS) to highly purified luminal and basolateral beef kidney tubular membranes was characterized. Specific binding of [³H2]DIDS is present in both luminal and basolateral membranes. Scatchard analysis revealed a Kd for [³H2]DIDS of 5.5 µM and 19.3 µM and a maximal number of binding sites of 10.9 nmol and 31.7 nmol DIDS/mg protein in basolateral and luminal membranes, respectively. To assess the role of this putative anion exchanger on transport we measured 35SO4 uptake by luminal and basolateral membranes. In both luminal and basolateral membranes sulfate uptake was significantly greater in the presence of an outward-directed el gradient, OH gradient or HCO3 gradient than in the absence of these gradients. There was an early anion-dependent sulfate uptake of five to ten times the equilibrium uptake at 60 min. The sulfate taken in could be released by lysis of the vesicles indicating true uptake and not binding of sulfate. No significant difference in SO4 uptake was found in the presence and in the absence of valinomycin, indicating that the anion exchanger is electroneutral. The anion-dependent sulfate uptake was completely inhibited by either DIDS or furosemide in both luminal and basolateral membranes. Dixon analysis of HCO3-dependent SO4 uptake by luminal membranes in the presence of different concentrations of DIDS revealed a Ki for DIDS of 20 µM. The similar values of the Kd for [³H2]DIDS binding and the Ki for DIDS inhibition of SOn uptake might suggest an association between DIDS binding and the inhibition of SO4 transport. In addition, an inward-directed Na gradient stimulated sulfate uptake in luminal but not in basolateral membranes. The Na-dependent sulfate uptake in luminal membranes was also inhibited by DIDS. We conclude that, in addition to the well-known Na-dependent sulfate uptake in luminal membranes, there exists an anion exchanger in both basolateral and luminal membranes capable of sulfate transport. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ION exchange (Chemistry) KW - EXCHANGE reactions KW - ANIONS KW - KIDNEYS KW - BIOLOGICAL membranes KW - CHEMICAL reactions N1 - Accession Number: 13802763; Talor, Zvi 1 Gold, Robert M. 2 Wu-Chang Yang 1 Arruda, Jose A.L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Section of Nephrology, University of Illinois at Chicago Medical Center and West Side Veterans Administration Medical Center, Illinois 2: Division of Nephrology, Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences, Arkansas; Source Info: 5/4/87, Vol. 164 Issue 3, p695; Subject Term: ION exchange (Chemistry); Subject Term: EXCHANGE reactions; Subject Term: ANIONS; Subject Term: KIDNEYS; Subject Term: BIOLOGICAL membranes; Subject Term: CHEMICAL reactions; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13802763&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Freeman, Dale A. T1 - Regulation of the cholesterol ester cycle of cultured Leydig tumor cells. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1987/04/15/ VL - 164 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 351 EP - 356 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - The MA-10 Leydig tumor cells take up low-density lipoprotein (LDL) from the medium and store the LDL-derived cholesterol as cholesterol esters that can be subsequently mobilized and used for steroid hormone synthesis. The present studies investigate the mechanisms by which cAMP acutely regulates the cellular content of cholesterol esters. In the absence of cholesterol utilization for steroidogenesis, cAMP stimulates cholesterol ester hydrolysis and ester resynthesis proportionally. The augmentation of ester hydrolysis by cAMP is completely matched by increased activity of the acyl-coenzyme-A: cholesterol acyltransferase and thus does not regulate cellular cholesterol ester concentration per se. The more important action of cAMP is to interrupt the cycle of hydrolysis and ester resynthesis by decreasing cholesterol re-esterification. In cells actively synthesizing steroid hormones, cholesterol reesterification is decreased by 82%. The decrease in cholesterol re-esterification occurs because cAMP directs cholesterol normally destined for re-esterification into steroid synthesis; simply blocking the utilization of cholesterol for steroidogenesis completely prevents net cholesterol ester hydrolysis and increases the cellular rate of cholesterol esterification. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LEYDIG cells KW - TESTIS KW - LOW density lipoproteins KW - BLOOD lipoproteins KW - CHOLESTEROL KW - BIOCHEMISTRY KW - CHEMISTRY KW - MEDICAL sciences N1 - Accession Number: 13853799; Freeman, Dale A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Internal Medicine, Division of Endocrinology and Center for Human Nutrition, University of Texas Health Science Center at Dallas and the Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, Texas; Source Info: 4/15/87, Vol. 164 Issue 2, p351; Subject Term: LEYDIG cells; Subject Term: TESTIS; Subject Term: LOW density lipoproteins; Subject Term: BLOOD lipoproteins; Subject Term: CHOLESTEROL; Subject Term: BIOCHEMISTRY; Subject Term: CHEMISTRY; Subject Term: MEDICAL sciences; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13853799&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dutta-Roy, Asim K. AU - Gopalswamy, Narsimh AU - Trulszch, Dietmar V. T1 - Prostaglandin E1 binds to Z protein of rat liver. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1987/02/02/ VL - 162 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 615 EP - 619 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - Z protein or fatty-acid-binding protein is abundant in the cytosol of many cell types including liver cells. It is considered to play an important role in intracellular transport and metabolism of long-chain fatty adds and other organic anions. We studied the role of Z protein in the metabolism of prostaglandin E1 (PGE1). Binding of tritiated prostaglandin E1 to this fatty-acid-binding protein (Z protein) purified from rat liver was determined. The binding of [³H]prostaglandin E1 to Z protein is rapid, saturable and reversible. Scatchard analysis of [³H]PGE1 binding to Z protein showed a single class of binding sites with a dissociation constant (Kd) of 37 nM. The binding capacity is 110 nmol/mg Z protein. Optimal [³H]PGE1 binding occurred at pH 7.4. The presence of 3 mM MgC12 stimulated the prostaglandin E1 binding to Z protein. Competition experiments show that the binding of this autacoid to Z protein is highly specific. It could not be displaced by other prostaglandins (PGA1, PGA2, PGE2, PGB2, PGI2, PGD2, PGF2a, and 6-ketoPGF1a). Z protein might be involved in the metabolism of prostaglandins in the cytosol. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - FATTY acid-binding proteins KW - CYTOSOL KW - LIVER KW - PROSTAGLANDINS KW - PROTEIN binding KW - RATS KW - BINDING sites (Biochemistry) N1 - Accession Number: 13749858; Dutta-Roy, Asim K. 1 Gopalswamy, Narsimh 1 Trulszch, Dietmar V. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Wright State University School of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dayton, Ohio; Source Info: 2/2/87, Vol. 162 Issue 3, p615; Subject Term: FATTY acid-binding proteins; Subject Term: CYTOSOL; Subject Term: LIVER; Subject Term: PROSTAGLANDINS; Subject Term: PROTEIN binding; Subject Term: RATS; Subject Term: BINDING sites (Biochemistry); NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13749858&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sallman, Alan L. AU - Lubansky, Harry J. AU - Talor, Zvi AU - Arruda, Jose A. L. T1 - Plasma membrane proton ATPase from human kidney. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1986/06/16/ VL - 157 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 547 EP - 551 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - Distal urinary acidification is thought to be mediated by a proton ATPase (H+-ATPase). We isolated a plasma membrane fraction from human kidney cortex and medulla which contained H+-ATPase activity. In both the cortex and medulla the plasma membrane fraction was enriched in alkaline phosphatase, maltase, Na-,K+-ATPase and devoid of mitochondrial and lysosomal contamination, in the presence of oligomycin (to inhibit mitochondrial ATPase) in the presence of ouabain (to inhibit Na+,K+-ATPase) and in the absence of Ca (to inhibit Ca2+-ATPase) this plasma membrane fraction showed ATPase activity which was sensitive to dicyclohexylcarbodiimide and N-ethylmaleimide. This ATPase activity was also inhibited by vanadate, 4,4′-diisothiocyano-2.2′-disulfonic stilbene and ZnSO4. In the presence of ATP, but not GTP or UTP, the plasma membrane fraction of both cortex and medulla was capable of quenching of acridine orange fluorescence, which could be dissipated by nigericin indicating acidification of the interior of the vesicles. The acidification was not affected by presence of oligomycin or ouabain indicating that it was not due to mitochondrial ATPase or Na+,K+-ATPase, respectively. Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide and N-ethylmaleimide completely abolished the acidification by this plasma membrane fraction. In the presence of vatinomycin and an outward-directed K gradient, there was increased quenching of acridine orange, indicating that the H+-ATPase is electrogenic. Acidification was not altered by replacement of Na by K, but was critically dependent on the presence of chloride. In summary, the plasma membrane fraction of the human kidney cortex and medulla contains a H+-ATPase, which is similar to the H+-ATPase described in other species, and we postulate that this H+-ATPase may be involved in urinary acidification. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ADENOSINE triphosphatase KW - CELL membranes KW - PROTONS KW - KIDNEY physiology KW - MOLECULAR biology KW - BIOCHEMISTRY N1 - Accession Number: 12234024; Sallman, Alan L. 1 Lubansky, Harry J. 1 Talor, Zvi 2 Arruda, Jose A. L. 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Little Rock, Arkansas 2: University of Illinois Hospital and West Side Veterans Administration Medical Center, Chicago, Illinois; Source Info: 6/16/86, Vol. 157 Issue 3, p547; Subject Term: ADENOSINE triphosphatase; Subject Term: CELL membranes; Subject Term: PROTONS; Subject Term: KIDNEY physiology; Subject Term: MOLECULAR biology; Subject Term: BIOCHEMISTRY; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12234024&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sawhney, Rajinder S. AU - Dixit, Saryu N. T1 - Biosynthesis and in vitro translation of type IV procollagens. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1985/08/15/ VL - 151 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 11 EP - 16 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - The present paper describes how epithelial cells, cultured from bovine anterior lens capsule explants, synthesize and secrete procollagen type IV polypeptide chains α1(IV) and α2(IV). Metabolic labeling of these cells with [14C]proline for different rime intervals and subsequent analysis by SDS/polycrylamide gel electrophoresis revealed the presence of two polypeptide chains with apparent molecular masses of 180 kDa and 170 kDa. the procollagens were bacterial-collagenase-sensitive and were specifically immunoprecipitated by antibodies raised against the 7S domain of type IV collagen. Type IV procolagen poly(A)-rich RNA was isolated from cultured lens capsule cells and translated in a reticulocyte lysate cell-free system. Two polypeptides with apparent molecular masses of 152 kDa and 145 kDa were identified as procollagen type IV unmodified chains by gel electrophoresis, collagenase digestion and specific immunoprecipitation. During experiments in which cells were labeled in the presence of α,α'-bipyridyl, type IV procollagen appeared as one major comigrating with a 145 kDa polypeptide on SDS-gel electrophoresis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - COLLAGEN KW - PEPTIDE hormones KW - BIOSYNTHESIS KW - ELECTROPHORESIS KW - BIOCHEMISTRY N1 - Accession Number: 13929302; Sawhney, Rajinder S. 1 Dixit, Saryu N. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Oral Biology, Northwestern University and Veterans Administration Lakeside Medical Center Chicago, Illinois; Source Info: 8/15/85, Vol. 151 Issue 1, p11; Subject Term: COLLAGEN; Subject Term: PEPTIDE hormones; Subject Term: BIOSYNTHESIS; Subject Term: ELECTROPHORESIS; Subject Term: BIOCHEMISTRY; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13929302&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Di Iorio, Ernesto E. AU - Winterhalter, Kaspar H. AU - Mansouri, Ali AU - Blumberg, William E. AU - Peisach, Jack T1 - Studies on the oxidation of hemoglobin Zurich (beta63E7 Arg). JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1984/12/17/ VL - 145 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 549 EP - 554 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - Autoxidation and chemically-induced oxidation of hemoglobin Zurich (beta63 E7 Arg) have been investigated by electron paramagnetic resonance and optical absorption spectroscopy. The results show that the replacement of the distal histidine of the hemoglobin beta chains by all arginine greatly enhances the susceptibility of the home-iron to oxidative challenge. Both the kinetics and the products of the oxidation are pH dependent. Thus, at acidic and neutral pH, treatment of the protein with ferricyanide leads to a fast conversion of the oxy-protein to aquo-methemoglobin, which, eventually, is slowly converted to hemichromes. In contrast, the hydroxy-met derivative, formed upon chemical oxidation at high pH, is rapidly converted to hemichromes. The electron paramagnetic resonance features of the ferric derivatives of hemoglobin Zurich are somewhat singular, reflecting the modifications of the heme enviromnent in the distal region of the abnormal chains. However, they can be related to heme complexes having their structural counterparts in oxidation products of hemoglobin A. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PHYSIOLOGICAL oxidation KW - HEMOGLOBIN KW - BLOOD proteins KW - LIGHT absorption KW - ELECTRON paramagnetic resonance KW - SPECTRUM analysis N1 - Accession Number: 13832287; Di Iorio, Ernesto E. 1 Winterhalter, Kaspar H. 1 Mansouri, Ali 1 Blumberg, William E. 1 Peisach, Jack 1; Affiliation: 1: Laboratorium für Biochemie I, Eidgenössische Technische Hochschule, Zürich; Division of Hematology and Oncology, Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences, Little Rock, Arkansas; Bell AT&T Laboratories, Murray Hill, New Jersey; and Department of Molecular Pharmacology, Albert Einstein College of Medicine, Yeshiva University, Bronx, New York; Source Info: 12/17/84, Vol. 145 Issue 3, p549; Subject Term: PHYSIOLOGICAL oxidation; Subject Term: HEMOGLOBIN; Subject Term: BLOOD proteins; Subject Term: LIGHT absorption; Subject Term: ELECTRON paramagnetic resonance; Subject Term: SPECTRUM analysis; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13832287&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Canellakis, Zoe N. AU - Bondy, Philip K. AU - May Jr., Jesse A. AU - Myers-Robfogel, Marjorie K. AU - Sartorelli, Alan C. T1 - Identification of a glycosidase activity with apparent specificity for 2-deoxy-D-glucose in glycosidic linkage. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1984/08/15/ VL - 143 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 159 EP - 163 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - 2-Deoxy-D-glucose (dGlc) is a carbohydrate with significant activity as an inhibitor of glucose metabolism and as a precursor in the synthesis of glycosylated macromolecules; several of the enzymes associated with its metabolism remain uncharacterized. In the present report, the partial purification and some of the properties of a mammalian enzyme that appears to be relatively specific for the hydrolysis of dGlc bound in glycosidic linkage is described. The physiological function of this enzymatic activity is unknown. In addition, dGlc has been shown to be taken up by HTC cells in culture and incorporated into macromolecular bound form, both as dGlc and as 2-deoxygalactose which is formed from dGlc. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - GLUCOSE KW - SUCROSE KW - MONOSACCHARIDES KW - ENZYMES KW - GLYCOPROTEINS KW - HEMOGLOBIN polymorphisms KW - MACROMOLECULES KW - HYDROLYSIS N1 - Accession Number: 15832244; Canellakis, Zoe N. 1 Bondy, Philip K. 1 May Jr., Jesse A. 2 Myers-Robfogel, Marjorie K. 2 Sartorelli, Alan C. 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Internal Medicine, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, CT 2: Department of Pharmacology and Development Therapeutics Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, CT; Source Info: 8/15/84, Vol. 143 Issue 1, p159; Subject Term: GLUCOSE; Subject Term: SUCROSE; Subject Term: MONOSACCHARIDES; Subject Term: ENZYMES; Subject Term: GLYCOPROTEINS; Subject Term: HEMOGLOBIN polymorphisms; Subject Term: MACROMOLECULES; Subject Term: HYDROLYSIS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15832244&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dalvit, Claudio AU - Miura, Shigetoshi AU - Alice AU - De Young AU - Noble, Robert W. AU - Cerdonio, Massimo AU - Chien Ho T1 - A high-resolution proton nuclear-magnetic-resonance investigation of carp hemoglobin. Conformational differences between carp and human normal adult hemoglobins in solution. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1984/06//6/1/84 VL - 141 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 255 EP - 259 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - The high-resolution proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectra of carp hemoglobin have been compared to those of human normal adult hemoglobin. Carp deoxy and carbonmonoxy hemoglobins in the deoxy-type q ua ternary stale exhibit two downfield exchangeable proton resonances as compared to four seen in human normal adult deoxyhemoglobin. This suggests that two of the hydrogen bonds present in human normal adult deoxyhemoglobin are absent or occur in very different environments in carp hemoglobin. One of the exchangeable proton resonances of carp hemoglobin, while present in the deoxy-type quaternary stare of the carbonmonoxy and deoxy derivatives, is absent in the oxy-type quaternary state of both, in agreement with the assignments of these quaternary structures by other methods. The ring-current-shifted proton resonances (sensitive tertiary structural markers) of carp carbonmonoxyhemoglobin are substantially different from those of human normal adult hemoglobin. The aromatic proton resonance region of carp hemoglobin has fewer resonances than that of human normal adult hemoglobin, consistent with its much reduced histidine content. The hyperfine-shifted proximal histidyl NH-exchangeable proton resonances of carp hemoglobin suggest that during the transition from the oxy to the deoxy quaternary structure, there is a greater alteration in the heme pocket of one type of subunits (presumably the β chain) than that in the other subunit. The present results suggest that there are differences in both tertiary and quaternary structures between carp and human normal adult hemoglobins which could contribute to the great differences in the Functional properties between these two proteins. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - NUCLEAR magnetic resonance KW - HEMOGLOBIN KW - ERYTHROCYTES KW - BLOOD proteins KW - SPECTRUM analysis KW - HEMOGLOBIN polymorphisms N1 - Accession Number: 13823827; Dalvit, Claudio 1,2,3 Miura, Shigetoshi 1,2,3 Alice De Young 1,2,3 Noble, Robert W. 1,2,3 Cerdonio, Massimo 1,2,3 Chien Ho 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Biological Sciences, Carnegie-Mellon University, Pittsburgh, PA 2: Departments of Medicine and Biochemistry, State University of New York at Buffalo, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Buffalo 3: Dipartimento di Fisica, Libera University di Trento, Provo; Source Info: 6/1/84, Vol. 141 Issue 2, p255; Subject Term: NUCLEAR magnetic resonance; Subject Term: HEMOGLOBIN; Subject Term: ERYTHROCYTES; Subject Term: BLOOD proteins; Subject Term: SPECTRUM analysis; Subject Term: HEMOGLOBIN polymorphisms; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13823827&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Noble, Robert W. AU - De Young, Alice AU - Di Iorio, Ernesto AU - Winterhalter, Kaspar H. AU - Cerdonio, Massimo C. AU - Morante, Silvia AU - Vitale, Stefano T1 - Quaternary Structure and Spin Equilibria in Ferric Hemoglobins. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1983/06/15/ VL - 133 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 475 EP - 478 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - The effective magnetic moments for a number of human and carp methemoglobin derivatives were determined in solution at room temperature. The data permit us to confirm the dependence of the spin-state equilibrium of azide methemoglobin on the quaternary state of the hemoglobin and to demonstrate a similar dependence for both human and carp aquomethemoglobin. In addition, the pH dependence of the effective magnetic moment and the Sorer spectrum of carp azide-methemoglobin are compared. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HEMOGLOBIN KW - EQUILIBRIUM KW - SPIN temperature KW - BLOOD proteins KW - ERYTHROCYTES KW - SPECTRUM analysis N1 - Accession Number: 13906061; Noble, Robert W. 1 De Young, Alice 1 Di Iorio, Ernesto 1 Winterhalter, Kaspar H. 1 Cerdonio, Massimo C. 1 Morante, Silvia 1 Vitale, Stefano 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Medicine and Biochemistry, State University of New York, Buffalo, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Buffalo, NY; Source Info: 6/15/83, Vol. 133 Issue 2, p475; Subject Term: HEMOGLOBIN; Subject Term: EQUILIBRIUM; Subject Term: SPIN temperature; Subject Term: BLOOD proteins; Subject Term: ERYTHROCYTES; Subject Term: SPECTRUM analysis; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 1 Chart, 4 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13906061&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cerdonio, Massimo AU - Morante, Silvia AU - Vitale, Stefano AU - Dalvit, Claudio AU - Russu, Irina M. AU - Chien Ho AU - De Young, Alice AU - Noble, Robert W. T1 - Magnetic and Spectral Properties of Carp Carbonmonoxyhemoglobin. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1983/05/16/ VL - 132 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 461 EP - 467 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - We have extended our studies on the magnetic properties of carp carbonmonoxyhemoglobin and the dependence of these properties upon solution variables. Using an improved version of the superconducting magnetometer, we have found that the magnetic susceptibility of carp carbonmonoxyhemoglobin is sensitive to both inositol hexakisphosphate and chloride ion. The dependence upon chloride ion Concentration is complex. At relatively low concentrations this anion reverses the effect of inositol hexakisphosphate, restoring paramagnetism. At higher chloride concentrations the protein is converted to a roughly diamagnetic state in the absence of inositol hexakisphosphate. Along with these susceptibility studies, we have examined the effects of these anions on other properties of carp carbonmonoxyhemoglobin. The positions of the Soret bands of human and carp methemoglobin derivatives arc correlated with spin state; changes in the magnetic susceptibility of carbonmonoxyhemoglobin are similarly associated with alterations in this spectral band. We have also examined the effects of these anions on the proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum of carp carbonmonoxyhemoglobin. Both chloride and inositol hexakisphosphate alter the position of the proton resonances in the ring-current-shifted region of the spectrum. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - OXYHEMOGLOBIN KW - HEMOGLOBIN KW - MAGNETIC properties KW - CARBON monoxide KW - CHLORIDES KW - IONS KW - PROTEINS N1 - Accession Number: 13823730; Cerdonio, Massimo 1,2,3,4 Morante, Silvia 1,2,3,4 Vitale, Stefano 1,2,3,4 Dalvit, Claudio 1,2,3,4 Russu, Irina M. 1,2,3,4 Chien Ho 1,2,3,4 De Young, Alice 1,2,3,4 Noble, Robert W. 1,2,3,4; Affiliation: 1: Dipartimento di Fisica, Libera Universita di Trento, Pøvo. 2: Departments of Medicine and Biochemistry, State University of New York at Buffalo. 3: Veterans Administration Medical center, Buffalo, NY. 4: Department of Biological Sciences, Carnegie-Mellon University, Pittsburgh, PA.; Source Info: 5/16/83, Vol. 132 Issue 3, p461; Subject Term: OXYHEMOGLOBIN; Subject Term: HEMOGLOBIN; Subject Term: MAGNETIC properties; Subject Term: CARBON monoxide; Subject Term: CHLORIDES; Subject Term: IONS; Subject Term: PROTEINS; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13823730&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Goueli, Said A. AU - Steer, Randolph C. AU - Wilson, Michael J. AU - Ahmed, Khalil T1 - Partial Purification and Differential Androgen Sensitivity of Protein Phosphokinases from Nuclei of Rat Ventral Prostate. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1980/12/15/ VL - 113 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 45 EP - 51 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - Total protein kinase activity associated with nuclei of rat ventral prostate was extracted and fractionated with the aid of DEAE-Sephadex column chromatography. The flow-through peak contained kinase activities towards dephosphophosvitin, lysine-rich histone, and nonhistone proteins as phosphoprotein substrates. These activities were not stimulated by addition of cAMP, although the cAMP-dependent protein kinase inhibitor reduced the lysine-rich histone kinase activity by 70 % or more, suggesting that it might represent the catalytic subunit of the cAMP-dependent histone kinase. By contrast, the inhibitor produced a stimulation of kinase activities toward dephospho- phosvitin and nonhistone proteins by 15 % and 50 %, respectively. The bound fraction on the DEAE- Sephadex column was elated in two peaks of protein kinase activity, one at 0.15 - 0.20 M (NH4)2SO4, and the other at 0.25 -0.30 M (NH4)2SO4. The first peak contained activity only toward nonhistone proteins, whereas the second had activity toward dephosphophosvitin, lysine-rich histone, and nonhistone proteins. None of these was inhibited by the cAMP-dependent protein kinase inhibitor. The effect of orchiectomy on the activity of the various protein kinase fractions was deter- mined. The kinase activity toward dephosphophosvitin, in the flow-through peak, was reduced by about 20 % and 40 % at 24 and 48 h post-orchiectomy, respectively, and in the bound peak by 33% and 50%, under the same circumstances. Little change was observed in the kinase activity toward lysine-rich histone in the flow-through peak or in the bound peak at 24 h post-orchiectomy. However, at 48 h post-orchiectomy, it increased by 250 % in both fractions. This particular kinase activity toward lysine-rich histone might be localized to nucleoplasm rather than chromatin. The protein kinase active toward nonhistone proteins present in the flow-through peak did not change at 24 h post-orchiectomy, but declined by 50 % at 48 h post-orchiectomy. Of the two bound nonhistone protein kinase activities, that eluting at 0.25-0.30 M (NH4)2SO4 was reduced by over 80% within 24 h post-orchiectomy, whereas that eluting at 0.15-0.20 M increased by 100 % at 24 h and 200 % at 48 h post-orchiecitomy. These data demonstrate a differential response of prostatic nuclear-associated protein kinases to androgen deprivation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANDROGENS KW - PROTEINS KW - RATS as laboratory animals KW - HISTONES KW - CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis KW - AMINO acids N1 - Accession Number: 12689370; Goueli, Said A. 1 Steer, Randolph C. 1 Wilson, Michael J. 1 Ahmed, Khalil 1; Affiliation: 1: Toxicology Research Laboratory, Department of Laboratory Medicine and Pathology, University of Minnesota, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minnesota.; Source Info: 12/15/80, Vol. 113 Issue 1, p45; Subject Term: ANDROGENS; Subject Term: PROTEINS; Subject Term: RATS as laboratory animals; Subject Term: HISTONES; Subject Term: CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis; Subject Term: AMINO acids; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12689370&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dixit, Saryu N. T1 - Type-IV Collagens. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1980/05/16/ VL - 106 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 563 EP - 570 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - Two sets of structurally distinct collagen components resembling type IV collagen have been isolated and purified from the pepsin digest of kidney cortex homogenates. C and D chains with the size of α chains were separated from disulfide-linked material on molecular sieves and were further purified by ion-exchange chromatography. The molecular gel filtration of the starting material also gave two high-molecular-weight collageneous fractions. The reduction of these fractions with dithiothreitol followed by carboxymethyl-cellulose chromatography resulted in the separation of two major peaks, one corresponding to C-1 and the second peak corresponding to D-1 and a 75000-Mr components. These latter two components were further separated from each other by molecular sieve chromatography. In addition some smaller peptides (two 50000-Mr and one 15000-Mr peptides) were purified and analyzed. By amino acid composition, chromatographic properties and cyanogen bromide peptide patterns on sodium dodecyl sulfate/polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, the C-1 and C chains and one of the 50000-M, components appear to be derived from the same chain by pepsin cleavage at different sites. Similarly, the D1 and D chains, and the 75000-Mr, the second 50000-Mr and the 15000-Mr components are related to each other but are structurally distinct from the C-1 and C components. The presented data are consistent with the presence of two structurally distinct chains in basement membrane collageneous molecules. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - COLLAGEN KW - KIDNEY cortex KW - KIDNEYS KW - PEPSIN KW - CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis KW - CATTLE KW - BIOCHEMISTRY N1 - Accession Number: 13490362; Dixit, Saryu N. 1; Affiliation: 1: Connective Tissue Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center and Departments of Biochemistry and Medicine, University of Tennessee; Source Info: 5/16/80, Vol. 106 Issue 2, p563; Subject Term: COLLAGEN; Subject Term: KIDNEY cortex; Subject Term: KIDNEYS; Subject Term: PEPSIN; Subject Term: CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis; Subject Term: CATTLE; Subject Term: BIOCHEMISTRY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424520 Livestock Merchant Wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112112 Cattle Feedlots; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112130 Dual-Purpose Cattle Ranching and Farming; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13490362&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Finkelstein, Mary B. AU - Auringer, Michael P. AU - Halper, Laura A. AU - Linn, Tracy C. AU - Singh, Manoranjan AU - Srere, Paul A. T1 - Binding of Specific ATP Citrate Lyase and Fatty Acid Synthetase Antibodies to Heavy Populations of Rat Liver Polysomes. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1979/08/15/ VL - 99 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 209 EP - 216 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - The polysome fractions involved in the synthesis of the rat-liver inducible lipogenic enzymes, ATP citrate lyase and fatty acid synthetase, were identified by their binding of radioiodinated specific antibodies to enzyme. Both of these populations of specific polysomes were shown to be markedly heavier than the average rat liver polysomes and significantly heavier than specific polysomes involved in albumin synthesis. The quantity of antibody bound to the lipogenic enzyme-related polysomes was markedly affected by the dietary status of the animal. A dietary regimen which induced lipogenesis resulted in a tenfold increase in the hepatic activities of these enzymes found in normally fed animals. The radioactivity bound to hepatic polysomes of induced rats was likewise greater than tenfold higher, presumably reflecting an increase in the number of polysomes active in enzyme synthesis. The fasting state resulted in lower hepatic enzyme activity than normal and correspondingly less binding of ATP citrate lyase and fatty acid synthetase antibodies to the heavy polysomes of the sucrose gradient. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ADENOSINE triphosphate KW - ENZYMES KW - CITRATES KW - FATTY acids KW - ANIMAL models in research KW - BIOCHEMISTRY N1 - Accession Number: 13682948; Finkelstein, Mary B. 1 Auringer, Michael P. 1 Halper, Laura A. 1 Linn, Tracy C. 1 Singh, Manoranjan 1 Srere, Paul A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Pre-Clinical Science Unit, Veterans Administration Medical Center, and Department of Biochemistry, University of Texas Health Science Center, Dallas; Source Info: 8/15/79, Vol. 99 Issue 1, p209; Subject Term: ADENOSINE triphosphate; Subject Term: ENZYMES; Subject Term: CITRATES; Subject Term: FATTY acids; Subject Term: ANIMAL models in research; Subject Term: BIOCHEMISTRY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13682948&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Maxson, Robert AU - Cohn, Ronald AU - Kedes, Larry AU - Mohun, Timothy T1 - EXPRESSION AND ORGANIZATION OF HISTONE GENES. JO - Annual Review of Genetics JF - Annual Review of Genetics Y1 - 1983/12// VL - 17 M3 - Article SP - 239 EP - 277 PB - Annual Reviews Inc. SN - 00664197 AB - This article discusses the expression and organization of histone genes. The coupling of histone and DNA synthesis characteristic of eukaryotes is not found throughout their life cycles. It is established during embryogenesis as the embryonic cell division rate slows and differentiating cell types establish their characteristic cell cycle lengths. Prior to this, eukaryotic embryos provide a dramatic example of uncoupled histone synthesis. On fertilization, the eggs of many organisms enter a period of extremely rapid cell division in the course of which hundreds and in some cases many thousands of daughter cells are produced by repeated division of the egg cytoplasm. Large quantities of histones are used in chromatin formation and a variety of mechanisms are used by embryos to maintain the supply of histone proteins. KW - GENE expression KW - HISTONES KW - CHROMATIN KW - CELL division (Biology) KW - CYTOPLASM KW - PROTEINS N1 - Accession Number: 12342986; Maxson, Robert 1 Cohn, Ronald 1 Kedes, Larry 1 Mohun, Timothy 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Stanford Medical School, and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, California 94305. 2: MRC Laboratory of Molecular Biology, Cambridge CB2 2QH, England.; Source Info: 1983, Vol. 17, p239; Subject Term: GENE expression; Subject Term: HISTONES; Subject Term: CHROMATIN; Subject Term: CELL division (Biology); Subject Term: CYTOPLASM; Subject Term: PROTEINS; Number of Pages: 39p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12342986&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Browner, Warren S. AU - Newman, Thomas B. T1 - Sample Size and Power Based on the Population Attributable Fraction. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 79 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 1289 EP - 1294 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: Most methods for calculating sample size use the relative risk (RR) to indicate the strength of the association between exposure and disease. For measuring the public health importance of a possible association, the population attributable fraction (PAF)--the proportion of disease incidence in a population that is attributable to an exposure--is more appropriate. We determined sample size and power for detecting a specified PAF in both cohort and case-control studies and compared the results with those obtained using conventional estimates based on the relative risk. When an exposure is rare, a study that has little power to detect a small RR often has adequate power to detect a small PAF. On the other hand, for common exposures, even a relatively large study may have inadequate power to detect a small PAF. These comparisons emphasize the importance of selecting the most pertinent measure of association, either relative risk or population attributable fraction, when calculating power and sample size. (Am J Public Health 1989; 79:1289-1294.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - METHODOLOGY KW - STATISTICS KW - SAMPLE size (Statistics) KW - DISEASES -- Risk factors KW - PUBLIC health KW - HUMAN services KW - RESEARCH -- Methodology KW - POPULATION KW - CASE studies N1 - Accession Number: 4685796; Browner, Warren S. 1,2 Newman, Thomas B. 2,3; Affiliation: 1: Division of General Internal Medicine 111A1, Department of medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, CA 94121 2: Clinical Epidemiology Program, Institute for Health Policy Studies and Department of Epidemiology and International Health 3: Department of Pediatrics, University of California, San Francisco; Source Info: Sep89, Vol. 79 Issue 9, p1289; Subject Term: METHODOLOGY; Subject Term: STATISTICS; Subject Term: SAMPLE size (Statistics); Subject Term: DISEASES -- Risk factors; Subject Term: PUBLIC health; Subject Term: HUMAN services; Subject Term: RESEARCH -- Methodology; Subject Term: POPULATION; Subject Term: CASE studies; NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4685796&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kravitz, Richard L. AU - Shapiro, Martin F. AU - Linn, Lawrence S. AU - Erika S. Sivarajan Froelicher T1 - Risk Factors Associated with Participation in the Ontario, Canada Doctors' Strike. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 79 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 1227 EP - 1233 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: To identify factors associated with participation in the 1986 Ontario, Canada doctors' strike, we surveyed 1,028 physicians; 69 percent responded, of whom 42 percent participated in the strike. Risk factors for participation included income > $135,000, being a surgeon or gynecologist, having previously "opted out" of the Ontario Health Insurance Plan, being professionally dissatisfied, being politically conservative, favoring political activism by physicians, holding a positive view of the social consequences of extra-billing, and perceiving family, associates, patients and the public to favor the strike. Eighty percent of strikers, but 32 percent of non-strikers, met criteria we established for four strike-prone groups: the "economically rational," the "ideologically committed," the "professionally disaffected," and the "socially malleable." Respondents belonging to one or more of these groups were much more likely to have participated in the strike (64 percent vs 17 percent). Strategies to deal with physician militancy should address the multiplicity of motives that appeared to have influenced doctors in Ontario. (Am J Public Health 1989; 79:1227-1233.) INSET: ANA Opts for New Structure and Broader Membership Plan. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - STRIKES & lockouts KW - PHYSICIANS -- Political activity KW - INCOME KW - PHYSICIANS -- Job satisfaction KW - ACTIVISM KW - SOCIAL impact KW - POLITICAL participation KW - PUBLIC health KW - CANADA N1 - Accession Number: 4685308; Kravitz, Richard L. 1,2 Shapiro, Martin F. 1 Linn, Lawrence S. 1 Erika S. Sivarajan Froelicher 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, University of California Los Angeles 2: Clinical Scholars Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Los Angeles; Source Info: Sep89, Vol. 79 Issue 9, p1227; Subject Term: STRIKES & lockouts; Subject Term: PHYSICIANS -- Political activity; Subject Term: INCOME; Subject Term: PHYSICIANS -- Job satisfaction; Subject Term: ACTIVISM; Subject Term: SOCIAL impact; Subject Term: POLITICAL participation; Subject Term: PUBLIC health; Subject Term: CANADA; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621110 Offices of physicians; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621111 Offices of Physicians (except Mental Health Specialists); NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4685308&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sullivan, Robert AU - Linneman Jr., Calvin C. AU - Clark, C. Scott AU - Walzer, Peter D. T1 - Seroepidemiologic Study of Giardiasis Patients and High-Risk Groups in a Midwestern City in the United States. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 77 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 960 EP - 963 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: Serum antibodies to Giardia lamblia were measured in giardiasis patients, in groups at high risk for intestinal parasite infection, and in controls by an indirect fluorescent antibody (IFA) technique. Symptomatic patients had the highest antibody titers, and antibodies remained present for up to 18 months in persons with chronic infection. Indochinese refugees and male homosexuals with the acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) and pre AIDS had higher mean antibody levels than did healthy controls, whereas sewer and highway maintenance workers had levels similar to those of controls. Serum antibodies to Entanioeba histolytica measured by an indirect hemagglutination antibody technique were detected in only a few Indochinese refugees, We conclude that serology is a promising tool in G. lamblia epidemiology and that further population studies would be of interest. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SERUM KW - GIARDIA lamblia KW - BLOOD plasma KW - PROTOZOAN diseases KW - GIARDIASIS KW - AIDS (Disease) KW - COMMUNICABLE diseases -- Transmission KW - AGGLUTINATION of blood KW - INDOCHINESE KW - DISEASES N1 - Accession Number: 4949734; Sullivan, Robert 1 Linneman Jr., Calvin C. 2 Clark, C. Scott 3 Walzer, Peter D. 4,5; Affiliation: 1: VA Medical Center and Department of Internal Medicine, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine 2: Department of Internal Medicine, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine 3: Department of Internal Environmental Health, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine 4: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Vine Street, Cincinnati, OH 5: Division of Infectious Diseases, Department of Internal medicine, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine; Source Info: Aug1987, Vol. 77 Issue 8, p960; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: GIARDIA lamblia; Subject Term: BLOOD plasma; Subject Term: PROTOZOAN diseases; Subject Term: GIARDIASIS; Subject Term: AIDS (Disease); Subject Term: COMMUNICABLE diseases -- Transmission; Subject Term: AGGLUTINATION of blood; Subject Term: INDOCHINESE; Subject Term: DISEASES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4949734&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Escobar, Javier I. AU - Golding, Jacqueline M. AU - Hough, Richard L. AU - Karno, Marvin AU - Burnam, M. Audrey AU - Wells, Kenneth B. T1 - Somatization in the Community: Relationship to Disability and Use of Services. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 77 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 837 EP - 840 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: We tested the hypotheses that an abridged somatization construct that we had developed would be associated with line of health services, preferential use of medical over mental health services, and an index of disability. These hypotheses were rested using structured interview data from 3,132 randomly selected community respondents. We found that: respondents meeting criteria for somatization reported a heavier use of health services than non somatizers of those respondents meeting criteria for a psychiatric diagnosis, somatizers preferentially used medical over mental health services whereas non-somatizers reported the opposite trend; and somatizers, were more likely than non-somatizers to report recent sick leave or restricted activity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SOMATIZATION disorder KW - SOMATOFORM disorders KW - HYPOCHONDRIA KW - BRAIN diseases KW - PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis KW - MEDICAL care -- United States KW - MENTAL health services KW - UNITED States KW - NATIONAL Institute of Mental Health (U.S.) N1 - Accession Number: 4950298; Escobar, Javier I. 1,2,3 Golding, Jacqueline M. 4 Hough, Richard L. 3,5 Karno, Marvin 4 Burnam, M. Audrey 4 Wells, Kenneth B. 5; Affiliation: 1: Professor and Associates Chairman, Department of Psychiatry, University of Connecticut Health Center, School of Medicine, 2: Associate Chief of Staff for Education, Newington Veterans Administration Medical Center, 555 Willard Avenue, Newington CT 06111 3: Professor, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, UCLA 4: Department of Psychiatry and Biobehavioral Sciences, UCLA 5: San Diego State University, San Diego, CA; Source Info: Jul1987, Vol. 77 Issue 7, p837; Subject Term: SOMATIZATION disorder; Subject Term: SOMATOFORM disorders; Subject Term: HYPOCHONDRIA; Subject Term: BRAIN diseases; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis; Subject Term: MEDICAL care -- United States; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; Subject Term: UNITED States; Company/Entity: NATIONAL Institute of Mental Health (U.S.); NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4950298&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Janz, Nancy K. AU - Becker, Marshall H. AU - Ktrscht, John P. AU - Eraker, Stephen A. AU - Billi, John E. AU - Woolliscroft, James O. T1 - Evaluation of a Minimal-Contact Smoking Cessation Intervention in an Outpatient Setting. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 77 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 805 EP - 809 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: We examined the ability of a provider-initiated, minimal-contact intervention to modify the smoking behavior of ambulatory clinic patients. Smokers at two outpatient sites were assigned to one of three groups: provider intervention only ??? provider intervention plus self-help manual (???), and usual care (control) group (C). The physician message emphasized the patient's personal susceptibility. the physician's concern, and the patient's ability to quit (self-efficacy). The nurse consultation concentrated on benefits and barriers associated with stopping, and on strategies for cessation. Telephone interviews were conducted with the 250 participants within a few days of their clinic visit and again at one and six months. Both PI and ??? proved to be superior to usual cure in motivating attempts to quit a both one-month and six-month follow-ups, and logistic regression analyses indicated that participants receiving the self-help manual in addition to the health provider message were between two and three times more likely to quit smoking during the study period than were participants in either of the other study groups. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EVALUATION KW - SMOKING KW - NICOTINE addiction -- Treatment KW - OUTPATIENT medical care KW - NICOTINE addiction KW - PREVENTIVE health services KW - MEDICAL care KW - INTERVIEWS N1 - Accession Number: 4950193; Janz, Nancy K. 1,2,3 Becker, Marshall H. 1,2,3 Ktrscht, John P. 1,2,3 Eraker, Stephen A. 1,2,3 Billi, John E. 1,2,3 Woolliscroft, James O. 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Health Behavior and Health Education, School of Public Health 2: Department of Internal Medicine, School of Medicine, University of Michigan 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Ann Arbor, Michigan; Source Info: Jul1987, Vol. 77 Issue 7, p805; Subject Term: EVALUATION; Subject Term: SMOKING; Subject Term: NICOTINE addiction -- Treatment; Subject Term: OUTPATIENT medical care; Subject Term: NICOTINE addiction; Subject Term: PREVENTIVE health services; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: INTERVIEWS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621499 All other out-patient care centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621494 Community health centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4950193&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Branch, Laurence G. T1 - Health Practices and Incident Disability among the Elderly. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1985/12// VL - 75 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 1436 EP - 1439 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: This investigation examines the relationships between certain personal health practices and point-incident physical limitations over a five-year period among initially physically robust elders living in the communities. Slowed down physical activities for elderly women) and a history of cigarette smoking (for elderly men) achieved associations with subsequent physical limitations, no firm associations between current lifestyle practices and onset of disability could be demonstrated. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HEALTH KW - MEDICAL care KW - HEALTH behavior KW - ATTITUDES toward health KW - HEALTH self-care KW - PHYSICAL fitness KW - OLDER people -- Health KW - STRESS management for older people KW - GERIATRICS N1 - Accession Number: 4949718; Branch, Laurence G. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Social Medicine and Health Policy Division on Aging, Harvard Medical School, 643 Huntington Avenue, Boston, MA 02115 2: Harvard School of Public Health Faculty and Associate Director of the West Roxbury Veterans Administration Geriatric Research, Education, and Clinical Center; Source Info: Dec1985, Vol. 75 Issue 12, p1436; Subject Term: HEALTH; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: HEALTH behavior; Subject Term: ATTITUDES toward health; Subject Term: HEALTH self-care; Subject Term: PHYSICAL fitness; Subject Term: OLDER people -- Health; Subject Term: STRESS management for older people; Subject Term: GERIATRICS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 713940 Fitness and Recreational Sports Centers; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4949718&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Glynn, Robert J. AU - Bouchard, Glen R. AU - LoCastro, Joseph S. AU - Laird, Nan M. T1 - Aging and Generational Effects on Drinking Behaviors in Men: Results from the Normative Aging Study. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1985/12// VL - 75 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 1413 EP - 1419 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: The effects of aging on alcohol consumption behaviors are unclear because of confounding with period and cohort effects. in 1973, 1,859 male participants in the Normative Aging Study, born between 1892 and 1945, described their drinking behaviors by responding to a mailed questionnaire. In 1982, 1,713 of the participants in this study responded to a similar questionnaire, We used multivariate techniques, adjusting regression coefficients for the correlations between repeated responses of the same individuals, to assess the effects of birth cohort and aging on mean alcohol consumption level, on the prevalence of problems with drinking, and on the prevalence of averaging three or more drinks per day. Older men drank significantly < younger men al both times yet there was no tendency for men to decrease their consumption levels over time. Each successively older birth cohort had a prevalence of problems with drinking estimated to be 0.037 lower than the prevalence of the next youngest cohort (95 per ¢ confidence interval: 0.029-0.045), yet there was no decrease in drinking problems over nine years, Interpretation of these findings requires consideration of the changes in attitudes as well as the increases in per capita consumption occurring in the United States throughout the 1970s. Results suggest that aging is not as important a factor in changes in drinking behaviors as generational or attitudinal changes. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AGING KW - DRINKING of alcoholic beverages KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - CONTROLLED drinking KW - YOUTH & alcohol KW - DRINKING behavior KW - ALCOHOLIC beverages KW - COHORT analysis KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 4949705; Glynn, Robert J. 1,2,3 Bouchard, Glen R. 1,2,3 LoCastro, Joseph S. 1,2,3 Laird, Nan M. 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: Normative Aging Study, Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston 2: Psychology Service, VA Medical Center, Boston 3: Department of Biostatistics, Harvard School of Public Health; Source Info: Dec1985, Vol. 75 Issue 12, p1413; Subject Term: AGING; Subject Term: DRINKING of alcoholic beverages; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: CONTROLLED drinking; Subject Term: YOUTH & alcohol; Subject Term: DRINKING behavior; Subject Term: ALCOHOLIC beverages; Subject Term: COHORT analysis; Subject Term: UNITED States; NAICS/Industry Codes: 445310 Beer, Wine, and Liquor Stores; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424820 Wine and Distilled Alcoholic Beverage Merchant Wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 413220 Alcoholic beverage merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 312140 Distilleries; NAICS/Industry Codes: 722410 Drinking Places (Alcoholic Beverages); Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4949705&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Patrick, Donald L. AU - Sittampalam, Yoga AU - Somerville, Sheena M. AU - Carter, William B. AU - Bergner, Marilyn T1 - A Cross-cultural Comparison of Health Status Values. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1985/12// VL - 75 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 1402 EP - 1407 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: The extent to which the values attached to health states are similar in different cultures or social groups is important for understanding health and illness behaviors and for developing standardized health status measures. A cross-cultural study was conducted to compare the health status values obtained in a United States population (Seattle, Washington) with those from another English-speaking culture (London, England) on the Sickness Impact Profile. a standardized measure composed of 136 items. London judges rated the severity of dysfunction described in each item on an equal interval scale using the same methods of scaling and analysis employed in the Seattle study. A regression of English mean item values on US mean values yielded a slope of 1.00 and an intercept of -0.07, indicating that judges gave strikingly similar ratings to most items. Agreement was higher at the more severe end of the dysfunction continuum than at the least severe end a finding consistent with the notion that what constitutes health is more difficult to define than what constitutes illness. While a universal conception of dysfunction may exist in English-speaking societies, the social and cultural determinants of health status values deserve more systematic study. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PUBLIC health -- United States KW - HEALTH behavior KW - HEALTH status indicators KW - PUBLIC health research KW - SOCIAL groups KW - MEDICAL statistics KW - HEALTH risk assessment KW - AMERICANS KW - HEALTH KW - BRITISH KW - SOCIAL aspects KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 4949702; Patrick, Donald L. 1 Sittampalam, Yoga 2 Somerville, Sheena M. 2 Carter, William B. 3 Bergner, Marilyn 4; Affiliation: 1: Department of Social and Administrative Medicine, Box 3 Wing D, Medical School 20811, University of North Carolina, Chapel 14W, NC 27514 2: Department of Community Medicine, United Medical Schools of Guy's and St. Thomas's Hospital, London 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Health Services Research and Development, Seattle 4: University of Washington, School of Public Health and Community Medicine, Department of Health Service, Seattle; Source Info: Dec1985, Vol. 75 Issue 12, p1402; Subject Term: PUBLIC health -- United States; Subject Term: HEALTH behavior; Subject Term: HEALTH status indicators; Subject Term: PUBLIC health research; Subject Term: SOCIAL groups; Subject Term: MEDICAL statistics; Subject Term: HEALTH risk assessment; Subject Term: AMERICANS; Subject Term: HEALTH; Subject Term: BRITISH; Subject Term: SOCIAL aspects; Subject Term: UNITED States; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923120 Administration of Public Health Programs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541710 Research and development in the physical, engineering and life sciences; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4949702&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Winickoff, Richard N. AU - Wiener, Susan AU - Nejsuler, Ross AU - Barnett, G. Octo T1 - Limitations of Provider Interventions in Hypertension Quality Assurance. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1985/01// VL - 75 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 43 EP - 46 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: In an institutional quality assurance program in hypertension, performance of tests, control of' blood pressure, and follow-up were monitored through a computer program that was developed to audit records in an automated record system. Two types of feedback previously shown to be effective were provided quarterly for a period of one year to experimental providers. For all hypertensives considered together, there were no differenees between scores of Experimental and Control providers based on percentage of patients meeting pre-set criteria in testing--87% vs 87%--.blood pressure control--58% vs 59%--. or follow-up--79% vs 77%. Only small but significant differences occurred in the subgroup of moderate to severe hypertensives. There appear to be limitations to what can be accomplished through hypertension quality assurance interventions directed at providers of care in this institutional setting. Interventions designed to deal directly with patients whose blood pressures are uncontrolled may be more effective. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HYPERTENSION KW - HEALTH promotion KW - QUALITY assurance KW - INSTITUTIONAL care KW - HEALTH facilities KW - BLOOD circulation disorders KW - CARDIOVASCULAR diseases KW - BLOOD pressure -- Regulation KW - BLOOD pressure measurement KW - HEALTH services administration N1 - Accession Number: 4949512; Winickoff, Richard N. 1 Wiener, Susan 2 Nejsuler, Ross 3 Barnett, G. Octo 4; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1400 VFW Parkway, West Roxbury, MA 02132. 2: Institute for Health Policy Studies, University of California, San Francisco. 3: Harvard Community Health Plan, Boston. 4: Laboratory of Computer Science, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston.; Source Info: Jan1985, Vol. 75 Issue 1, p43; Subject Term: HYPERTENSION; Subject Term: HEALTH promotion; Subject Term: QUALITY assurance; Subject Term: INSTITUTIONAL care; Subject Term: HEALTH facilities; Subject Term: BLOOD circulation disorders; Subject Term: CARDIOVASCULAR diseases; Subject Term: BLOOD pressure -- Regulation; Subject Term: BLOOD pressure measurement; Subject Term: HEALTH services administration; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923120 Administration of Public Health Programs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623990 Other Residential Care Facilities; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4949512&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wainwright, Robert B. AU - Peterson, Malcom L. AU - Farrier, Janis M. T1 - Feasible of an Extended MPH Degree Program for Fully Employed Practicing Health Professionals. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1984/11// VL - 74 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 1258 EP - 1262 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - This report describes the first four years of operation of the Extended MPH Degree Program of the University of Washington School of Public Health and Community Medicine and the features thai might explain its initial success. The format of the curriculum is radically different from the traditional two-year program of studies leading to the master of public health degree Over a three-year span of intensive on-campus courses and seminars student are able to fullfill all academic and institutional requirements necessary for the MPH degree. Many more applicants have enrolled for the Extended Degree Program than for the regular MPH program. The 94 students who have matriculated into the program ;are employed mainly in government agencies in eight western states and British Columbia; most have their prior professional training in nursing and medicine with a median of nine years professional experience. The academic performance of these students is comparable to that of regular full-time MPH program students. The administrative, fiscal, and instructional problems raised by such a transformation have been overcome and the demand for the program and our experience to date suggest that extended MPH degree programs are both feasible and desirable. Am J Public Health 1984; 74:1258-1262. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PUBLIC health KW - HIGHER education KW - OCCUPATIONAL training KW - CURRICULA (Courses of study) KW - PUBLIC health -- Study & teaching KW - MEDICAL education KW - NURSING KW - UNIVERSITIES & colleges KW - WASHINGTON (State) N1 - Accession Number: 4954214; Wainwright, Robert B. 1,2 Peterson, Malcom L. 1,3 Farrier, Janis M. 1,4; Affiliation: 1: Acting Director, Extended MPH Degree Program, University of Washington School of Public Health and Community Medicine 2: Assistant Professor, Department of Health Services, SC-37, University of Washington School of Public Health and Community Medicine, Seattle, WA 98195 3: Chief of Staff, American Lake Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tacoma, WA 4: Program Administrator, American Lake Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tacoma, WA; Source Info: Nov84, Vol. 74 Issue 11, p1258; Subject Term: PUBLIC health; Subject Term: HIGHER education; Subject Term: OCCUPATIONAL training; Subject Term: CURRICULA (Courses of study); Subject Term: PUBLIC health -- Study & teaching; Subject Term: MEDICAL education; Subject Term: NURSING; Subject Term: UNIVERSITIES & colleges; Subject Term: WASHINGTON (State); NAICS/Industry Codes: 611310 Colleges, Universities, and Professional Schools; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624310 Vocational Rehabilitation Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4954214&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - James, Sherman A. AU - Wagner, Edward H. AU - Strogatz, David S. AU - Beresford, Shirley A. A. AU - Kleinbaum, David G. AU - Williams, Carolyn A. AU - Cutchin, Lawrence M. AU - Ibrahim, Michel A. T1 - The Edgecombe County (NC) High Blood Pressure Control Program: II. Barriers to the Use of Medical Care among Hypertensives. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1984/05// VL - 74 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 468 EP - 472 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - As the initial step in a five-year project to improve control of high blood pressure in Edgecombe County, North Carolina, a survey was conducted in 1980 to determine the prevalence of hypertension and to identify factors which might constitute barriers to the use of medical care by hypertensives. This report summarizes the findings for the 539 hypertensives identified through the baseline survey. In general, Black hypertensives reported more access problems than Whites. Within race, however, males and females differed very little on selected measures of potential access to medical care. Among women, lower scores on potential access were strongly associated with being untreated, whereas for men, concerns about the safety of anti-hypertensive drug therapy were associated with being unaware. On a summary measure of the actual use of medical care in response to symptoms, both male and female treated hypertensives scored higher than their untreated counter-parts. The implications of these and other findings for community-based blood pressure control activities are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HEALTH surveys -- United States KW - HYPERTENSION KW - BLOOD pressure KW - MEDICAL care -- United States KW - NORTH Carolina N1 - Accession Number: 4958801; James, Sherman A. 1,2 Wagner, Edward H. 3 Strogatz, David S. 2 Beresford, Shirley A. A. 4 Kleinbaum, David G. 5 Williams, Carolyn A. 2 Cutchin, Lawrence M. 6 Ibrahim, Michel A. 7; Affiliation: 1: Department of Epidemiology, School of Public Health, University of North Carolina, Rosenau Hall 201H, Chapel Hill, NC 27514 2: Department of Epidemiology, University of North Carolina 3: Director, Center for Health Studies, Group Health Inc., Seattle, Washington 4: Department of Epidemiology and Health Services Research Unit, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Durham, NC 5: Department of Biostatistics, UNC 6: Community Medicine Foundation, Tarboro, NC 7: Dean, UNC School of Public Health; Source Info: May84, Vol. 74 Issue 5, p468; Subject Term: HEALTH surveys -- United States; Subject Term: HYPERTENSION; Subject Term: BLOOD pressure; Subject Term: MEDICAL care -- United States; Subject Term: NORTH Carolina; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4958801&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dietrich, Allen J. AU - Goldberg, Harold T1 - Preventive Content of Adult Primary Care: Do Generalists and Subgeneralists Differ? JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1984/03// VL - 74 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 223 EP - 227 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: We compared preventive care performed by 20 generalists and 20 subspecialists practicing in Santa Clara and San Mateo Counties, California, by auditing charts of adult primary care patients for compliance with recommendation of the Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Generalists and subspecialists both provided 49 per cent of recommended preventive services. The two groups did not differ significantly in performance of any individual service. Performance varied widely within both groups. Of many factors explored, only two were associated with more preventive services: provision of a complete physical examination to the patient, and a physician's belief in the importance of a given service. The "generalist vs. subspecialist" debate assumes that a physician's specialty classification is an important predictor of behavior. For the performance of preventive care, this was not true in our study. Instead, physicians' beliefs and practice habits may he major determinants of the quality of preventive care provided. These exploratory findings needed confirmation in other settings. (Am J Public Health 1984: 74:223-227.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PRIMARY care (Medicine) KW - MEDICAL care KW - PHYSICIANS KW - MEDICAL personnel KW - PREVENTIVE medicine KW - CALIFORNIA N1 - Accession Number: 4960890; Dietrich, Allen J. 1,2,3 Goldberg, Harold 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: Division of Family Medicine, Stanford University Medical Center 2: Division of General Internal Medicine, Stanford University Medical Center 3: Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Center; Source Info: Mar1984, Vol. 74 Issue 3, p223; Subject Term: PRIMARY care (Medicine); Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: PHYSICIANS; Subject Term: MEDICAL personnel; Subject Term: PREVENTIVE medicine; Subject Term: CALIFORNIA; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621110 Offices of physicians; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621111 Offices of Physicians (except Mental Health Specialists); Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4960890&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sugimoto, Tai AU - Rosansky, Steven J. T1 - The Incidence of Treated End Stage Renal Disease In the Eastern United States: 1973-1979. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1984/01// VL - 74 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 14 EP - 17 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Incidence rates of treated end stage renal disease (ESRD) by age, sex, race, and reported primary etiology were analyzed for 20 contiguous Eastern States for the period 1973-1979. For White males and females rates have stabilized at 60 and 40 per million person-years, respectively, since 1977. The incidence rates for Blacks (1.25 per million person-years in males, and 100 in females in 1979), for hypertensive and diabetic and diabolic nephropathy patients, and for the 65+ age group continue to increase. Higher incidence rates in males were noted for both races during the entire study period. Blacks had twice as high an incidence of treated ESRD as Whites, primarily due to hypertensive and diabetic nephropathy patients (7 and 2.5 times higher, respectively). [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CHRONIC kidney failure KW - DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation KW - DIABETICS KW - HYPERTENSION KW - PATIENTS KW - DIABETIC nephropathies KW - AFRICAN Americans KW - TREATMENT KW - EAST (U.S.) KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 4953742; Sugimoto, Tai 1 Rosansky, Steven J. 2,3; Affiliation: 1: Assistant Professor, Department of Preventive Medicine and Community Health, School of Medicine, University of South Carolina, Columbia, SC 29208 2: Assistant Professor (VA), Department of Medicine, USC School of Medicine 3: Chief, Renal Unit, Veterans Administration Hospital Columbia, SC; Source Info: Jan1984, Vol. 74 Issue 1, p14; Subject Term: CHRONIC kidney failure; Subject Term: DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation; Subject Term: DIABETICS; Subject Term: HYPERTENSION; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: DIABETIC nephropathies; Subject Term: AFRICAN Americans; Subject Term: TREATMENT; Subject Term: EAST (U.S.); Subject Term: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4953742&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weniger, Bruce G. AU - Blaser, Martin J. AU - Gedrose, Judy AU - Lippy, Edwin C. AU - Juranek, Dennis D. T1 - An Outbreak of Waterborne Giardiasis Associated with Heavy Water Runoff Due to Warm Weather and Volcanic Ashfall. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1983/08// VL - 73 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 868 EP - 872 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - From mid-June through early August 1980, an out-break of gastrointestinal illness in Red Lodge, Montana affected approximately 780 persons, as estimated from attack rates of 33 per cent and 15 per cent in urban and rural residents, respectively. Giardia lamblia was identified in stool specimens from 51 per cent of 47 persons with a history of untreated gastrointestinal illness and in 13 per cent of 24 specimens from asymptomatic persons (p = .00045, Fisher's Exact Test). The epidemic curve was bimodal with peaks in mid-June and mid-July. Each peak occurred about three weeks after an episode of very heavy water runoff resulting from warm sunny weather and snow darkened by ashfall from the Mr. St. Helens volcanic eruption of May 18, 1980. Unfiltered and inadequately chlorinated surface water was supplied by the city water system, which was implicated as the vehicle of transmission in the outbreak. Water systems providing unfiltered surface water are more likely to become contaminated during periods of heavy water runoff. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - GASTROINTESTINAL diseases KW - EPIDEMICS KW - GIARDIA lamblia KW - RUNOFF KW - VOLCANIC eruptions KW - RED Lodge (Mont.) KW - MONTANA N1 - Accession Number: 23652851; Weniger, Bruce G. 1 Blaser, Martin J. 2 Gedrose, Judy 3 Lippy, Edwin C. 4 Juranek, Dennis D. 5; Affiliation: 1: Field Services Division, Epidemiology Program Office, CDC 2: Assistant Professor of Medicine, University of Colorado School of Medicine and Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver 3: Nurse Consultant, Health Services Division, Montana State Department of Health and Environmental Sciences, Helena 4: Sanitary engineer, Health Effects Research Laboratory, Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio 5: Deputy Chief, Protozoal Diseases Branch, Division of Parasitic Diseases, CDC, Atlanta; Source Info: Aug1983, Vol. 73 Issue 8, p868; Subject Term: GASTROINTESTINAL diseases; Subject Term: EPIDEMICS; Subject Term: GIARDIA lamblia; Subject Term: RUNOFF; Subject Term: VOLCANIC eruptions; Subject Term: RED Lodge (Mont.); Subject Term: MONTANA; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=23652851&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ekerdt, David J. AU - Baden, Lynn AU - Bossé, Raymond AU - Dibbs, Elaine T1 - The Effect of Retirement on Physical Health. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1983/07// VL - 73 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 779 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - This prospective study compared pre- to post-retirement changes in physical health among male retires with changes among age peers who continued to work. The 229 retirees and 409 workers aged 55-73 at follow-up were all participants in the Veterans Administration Normative Aging Study. Physical health at baseline and follow-up (three to four yearn apart) was rated on a four-point scale according to the findings of medical examinations. Although physical health declined generally over time, regression analyses showed no significant difference between eventual retirees and continuing workers on health change, after controlling for age and excluding men who retired due to illness or disability. Among retirees alone, pre- to post-retirement health change was also not significantly associated with several circumstances which purportedly make the retirement transition more stressful, such as mandatory retirement or retirement to a reduced standard of living. The results of this study of physical health, which corroborate those of other studies based on self-reported health measures and mortality data, support the conclusion that the event of retirement does not influence the risk of health deterioration. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RETIREMENT KW - OLDER people -- Employment KW - OLD age KW - RETIREES KW - MEDICAL screening KW - COST & standard of living KW - MANDATORY retirement KW - CORRELATION (Statistics) KW - PUBLIC health KW - PHYSIOLOGICAL aspects N1 - Accession Number: 4948499; Ekerdt, David J. 1,2 Baden, Lynn 1,2 Bossé, Raymond 1,2 Dibbs, Elaine 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Normative Aging Study, Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston 2: Hellenic College, Brookline, Massachusetts; Source Info: Jul1983, Vol. 73 Issue 7, p779; Subject Term: RETIREMENT; Subject Term: OLDER people -- Employment; Subject Term: OLD age; Subject Term: RETIREES; Subject Term: MEDICAL screening; Subject Term: COST & standard of living; Subject Term: MANDATORY retirement; Subject Term: CORRELATION (Statistics); Subject Term: PUBLIC health; Subject Term: PHYSIOLOGICAL aspects; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621999 All Other Miscellaneous Ambulatory Health Care Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4948499&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Garvey, Arthur J. AU - Bosse, Raymond AU - Glynn, Robein J. AU - Rosner, Bernard T1 - Smoking Cessation in a Prospective Study of Healthy Adult Males: Effects of Age, Time Period, And Amount Smoked. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1983/04// VL - 73 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 446 EP - 450 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: The present study examined effects on smoking cessation of three variables--chronological age, time period, and amount smoked--in 637 healthy male smokers aged 22-69 at baseline. Subjects were followed from 19621975 using life table procedures. Age was not significantly related to quitting rates (n = .150). The amount smoked effect approached significance (p = .096) with rates of quitting progressively lower' at higher' consumption levels. Powerful time-period effects were found (p = .0081. Incidence rates of quilling increased from 1962-1970. after which a maked decline occurred. (Am J Public Health 1983: 73:446-450.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SMOKING cessation KW - SMOKING KW - PUBLIC health KW - ADULTS KW - CIGARETTE smokers KW - AGE KW - MORTALITY -- Tables KW - MEDICAL care KW - HEALTH education N1 - Accession Number: 4949465; Garvey, Arthur J. 1,2 Bosse, Raymond 3 Glynn, Robein J. 4 Rosner, Bernard 5; Affiliation: 1: Normative Aging Study, Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, 17 Court Street, Boston, MA 02108. 2: Harvard School of Dental Medicine 3: NAS and Hellenic College, Brookline, MA 4: NAS, Brookline 5: Channing Laboratory, Department of Preventive Medicine and Clinical Epidemiology, Harvard Medical School and Affiliated Hospitals Center, Inc; Source Info: Apr1983, Vol. 73 Issue 4, p446; Subject Term: SMOKING cessation; Subject Term: SMOKING; Subject Term: PUBLIC health; Subject Term: ADULTS; Subject Term: CIGARETTE smokers; Subject Term: AGE; Subject Term: MORTALITY -- Tables; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: HEALTH education; NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621990 All other ambulatory health care services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621999 All Other Miscellaneous Ambulatory Health Care Services; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4949465&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Schlesinger, Herbert J. AU - Mumford, Emily AU - Glass, Gene V. AU - Patrick, Cathleen AU - Sharfstein, Steven T1 - Mental Health Treatment and Medical Care Utilization in a Fee-For-Service System: Outpatient Mental Health Treatment Following the Onset of a Chronic Disease. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1983/04// VL - 73 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 422 EP - 429 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: Charges for medical services of persons covered by the Blue Cross/Blue Shield Federal Employees Program from 1974 through 1978 who were first diagnosed as having one of four chronic diseases in 1975 and within one year began mental health treatment (MHT) were compared with persons who also were firm diagnosed as having one of these diseases in 1975 but had no subsequent MHT. In the third year following the diagnosis, those having seven to 20 MHT visits had medical charges $309 lower and those having over 21 MHT visits had medical charges $284 lower than the comparison group. The savings in medical charges over three years of the group having seven to 20 MHT visits were a function of lower use of inpatient services and roughly equaled the cost of 20 MHT visits. Outpatient mental health treatment can be included in a fee-for-service medical care system to improve the quality and appropriateness of care and, if not extensive, may also serve to lower medical care costs. (Am J Public Health 1983: 73:422-429.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MEDICAL care costs KW - MEDICAL care KW - RURAL health services KW - CHRONIC diseases KW - MENTAL health KW - MENTAL illness -- Treatment KW - OUTPATIENT medical care KW - PUBLIC health N1 - Accession Number: 4949454; Schlesinger, Herbert J. 1 Mumford, Emily 2 Glass, Gene V. 3 Patrick, Cathleen 4 Sharfstein, Steven 5; Affiliation: 1: Professor of Psychiatry, Department of Psychiatry, University of Colorado School of Medicines 4200 E, 9th Avenue, C-270. Denver, CO 80262 and Denver Veterans Administration Medical Center 2: Departments of Psychiatry and Preventive Medicine 3: Department of Psychiatry, University of Colorado School of Medicine 4: School of Education. University of Colorado 5: National Institute of Mental Health; Source Info: Apr1983, Vol. 73 Issue 4, p422; Subject Term: MEDICAL care costs; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: RURAL health services; Subject Term: CHRONIC diseases; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: MENTAL illness -- Treatment; Subject Term: OUTPATIENT medical care; Subject Term: PUBLIC health; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621494 Community health centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621499 All other out-patient care centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4949454&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Fleisher, Daniel S. AU - Mates, Susan AU - Sidel, Victor W. AU - Nevitt, Michael C. AU - Yelin, Edward H. AU - Stein, Gerald H. AU - Goldstein, Mark Kane AU - Feldman, Joseph AU - Senie, Ruby T. AU - Rosen, Paul Peter AU - Lesser, Martin L. AU - Kinne, David W. AU - Cole, Philip AU - Austin, Harland AU - Fischbein, Alf AU - Rohl, Arthur N. AU - Langer, Arthur M. AU - Selikoff, Irving J. T1 - Letters to the Editor. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1981/11// VL - 71 IS - 11 M3 - Letter SP - 1274 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Several letters to the editor are presented in response to articles in previous issues including "Quality Assessment by Process and Outcome Methods: Evaluation of Emergency Room Care of Asthmatic Adults," by Daniel S. Fleisher in the July 1981 issue, and "Disability trends in the United States population 1966-1976: Analysis of reported causes," by Michael C. Nevitt and Edward H. Yelin. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - HOSPITAL emergency services KW - ASTHMATICS KW - DISABILITIES KW - MEDICAL care N1 - Accession Number: 4946828; Fleisher, Daniel S. 1 Mates, Susan 2 Sidel, Victor W. 2 Nevitt, Michael C. 3 Yelin, Edward H. 3 Stein, Gerald H. 4 Goldstein, Mark Kane 5 Feldman, Joseph 6 Senie, Ruby T. 7 Rosen, Paul Peter 7 Lesser, Martin L. 7 Kinne, David W. 7 Cole, Philip 8 Austin, Harland 8 Fischbein, Alf 9 Rohl, Arthur N. 9 Langer, Arthur M. 9 Selikoff, Irving J. 10; Affiliation: 1: Associate Dean for Curricular Affairs, Medical College of Wisconsin, 8701 Watertown Plank Road, Milwaukee, WI 53226. 2: Department of Social Medicine, Montefiore Hospital, Bronx, NY 10467. 3: University of California, San Francisco. 4: Staff Physician, Gainesville Veterans Administration Medical Center Gainesville, FL 32602. 5: Co-Director, Behavioral Medicine Laboratory, Gainesville Veterans Administration Medical Center Gainesville, FL 32602. 6: Associate Professor State University of New York Downstate Medical Center, Brooklyn, NY 11203. 7: Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center 1275 York Avenue New York, NY 10021. 8: School of Public Health and the Comprehensive Cancer Center University of Alabama University Station Birmingham, AL 35294. 9: Assistant Professor, Environmental Sciences Laboratory, Department of Community Medicine, Mount Sinai Medical Center, New York, NY 10029. 10: Professor, Environmental Sciences Laboratory, Department of Community Medicine, Mount Sinai Medical Center, New York, NY 10029.; Source Info: Nov81, Vol. 71 Issue 11, p1274; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: HOSPITAL emergency services; Subject Term: ASTHMATICS; Subject Term: DISABILITIES; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4946828&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Vuturo, George J. AU - Krischer, Jeffrey P. AU - McCormick, William C. T1 - Drug Product Selection: The Florida Experience. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1980/05// VL - 70 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 479 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: Drug product selection, the act of selecting and dispensing a lower cost generically equivalent product to that prescribed, is made possible in 46 states through recently enacted legislation. Florida's legislation is unique in that it requires pharmacists to product select under certain circumstances. This study reports on the results of a review of the Florida experience approximately one year after enactment of its drug product selection legislation. Nearly 132,000 prescriptions were sampled from 60 pharmacies during a four-month study period. This represents one per ¢ of all new prescriptions in the state and a three per ¢ sample of community pharmacies. Study results indicate that drug product selection on the average saves the consumer $1.92 per prescription. Further, under the provisions of this law the majority of cost savings (average reductions in acquisition costs between prescribed and dispensed products) are being passed along as savings to the consumer. During the four-month study period this amounted to a total prescription cost savings of nearly $425,000. Drug product selection occurs in approximately two per ¢ of all new prescriptions which compares favorably with results reported from other states but also suggests that additional savings can be realized under such legislation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DRUG laws & regulations KW - GENERIC drugs KW - PHARMACISTS KW - CONSUMERS KW - PHARMACEUTICAL policy KW - LEGISLATIVE bills KW - PRESCRIPTION of drugs KW - PHARMACEUTICAL industry KW - DRUGSTORES N1 - Accession Number: 4954506; Vuturo, George J. 1 Krischer, Jeffrey P. 2,3 McCormick, William C. 1; Affiliation: 1: Pharmaceutical Health Care Administration Department, University of Florida College of Pharmacy 2: Chief, Health Services Research and Development (152). Veterans Administration Medical Center, Gainesville, FL 32602 3: Faculty Member, University of Florida, Colleges of Medicine and Pharmacy; Source Info: May80, Vol. 70 Issue 5, p479; Subject Term: DRUG laws & regulations; Subject Term: GENERIC drugs; Subject Term: PHARMACISTS; Subject Term: CONSUMERS; Subject Term: PHARMACEUTICAL policy; Subject Term: LEGISLATIVE bills; Subject Term: PRESCRIPTION of drugs; Subject Term: PHARMACEUTICAL industry; Subject Term: DRUGSTORES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325412 Pharmaceutical Preparation Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424210 Drugs and Druggists' Sundries Merchant Wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 446110 Pharmacies and Drug Stores; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4954506&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kurt, Thomas L. AU - Mogielnicki, R. Peter AU - Chandler, James E. AU - Hirst, Kathryn T1 - Ambient Carbon Monoxide Levels and Acute Cardiorespiratory Complaints: An Exploratory Story. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1979/04// VL - 69 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 360 EP - 363 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: Over a 92-day seasonally excessive period of ambient carbon monoxide (CO), chief cardiorespiratory complaints (CRC) of a nontraumatic origin were identified from each of 8,556 patient encounters at the Emergency Room of Colorado General Hospital. Excessive numbers of CRC were seen above a CO level of 5 ppm for the 24-hour mean and 11 ppm for the one hour mean maximum ambient CO (p<0.05 for both). Increasing relative risk was shown by comparing daily numbers of CRC with its mean in two-day trend analyses with both ambient CO measures above and below these thresholds. Other ambient pollutants were generally low during the winter period studies. These findings suggest an association between health effects and lower levels of CO than has been previously reported. (Am. J. Public Health 69:360-363, 1979.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HOSPITALS -- Complaints against KW - CARBON monoxide KW - HOSPITALS -- Public relations KW - POLLUTION -- Risk assessment KW - ENVIRONMENTAL risk assessment KW - WASTE products KW - PUBLIC health KW - INDUSTRIAL wastes KW - HOSPITAL & community N1 - Accession Number: 6006238; Kurt, Thomas L. 1 Mogielnicki, R. Peter 2,3 Chandler, James E. 4 Hirst, Kathryn 5,6; Affiliation: 1: Associate Professor, University of Colorado Medical Center B-130, Denver, CO 80262. 2: Chief, Medical Service, Veterans Administration Center, White River Junction, VT. 3: Associate Clinical Professor of Medicine, Dartmouth Medical School. 4: Department of Emergency Medicine, Division of Cardiology, University of Colorado Medical Center, Denver. 5: Department of Medicine, University of Colorado Medical Center, Denver. 6: Department of Preventive Medicine, University of Colorado Medical Center, Denver.; Source Info: Apr1979, Vol. 69 Issue 4, p360; Subject Term: HOSPITALS -- Complaints against; Subject Term: CARBON monoxide; Subject Term: HOSPITALS -- Public relations; Subject Term: POLLUTION -- Risk assessment; Subject Term: ENVIRONMENTAL risk assessment; Subject Term: WASTE products; Subject Term: PUBLIC health; Subject Term: INDUSTRIAL wastes; Subject Term: HOSPITAL & community; NAICS/Industry Codes: 562211 Hazardous Waste Treatment and Disposal; NAICS/Industry Codes: 562210 Waste treatment and disposal; NAICS/Industry Codes: 924110 Administration of Air and Water Resource and Solid Waste Management Programs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; NAICS/Industry Codes: 562110 Waste collection; NAICS/Industry Codes: 562111 Solid Waste Collection; NAICS/Industry Codes: 423930 Recyclable Material Merchant Wholesalers; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=6006238&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lorei, Theodore W. AU - Francke, Gloria N. AU - Harger, Patricia S. T1 - Evaluation of Drug Dependence Treatment in VA Hospitals. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1978/01// VL - 68 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 39 EP - 43 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - A nationwide evaluation of 49 Veterans Administration drug dependence treatment programs was conducted using a sample of 1.655 patients. Their status with reference to seven treatment goals was assessed at admission and again 11 months later to determine change. The following changes were observed: a large decrease in heroin use; a Small increase in the use of alcohol; moderate decline of involvement in the drug culture; moderate increase in psychological well being; and small increase in economic independence. No statistically significant changes were observed in frequency of arrests, in establishment ot stable living arrangement, in drug related medical problems, or in the ability to relate to other people. Implications of the findings for further research and program modification are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DRUG abuse -- Treatment KW - DRUG use testing KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - CLINICAL medicine KW - MEDICAL care KW - REHABILITATION N1 - Accession Number: 5672956; Lorei, Theodore W. 1 Francke, Gloria N. 1 Harger, Patricia S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, Washington, DC.; Source Info: Jan1978, Vol. 68 Issue 1, p39; Subject Term: DRUG abuse -- Treatment; Subject Term: DRUG use testing; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: CLINICAL medicine; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: REHABILITATION; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5672956&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Linn, Margaret W. AU - Gurel, Lee AU - Linn, Bernard S. T1 - Patient Outcome as a Measure of Quality Of Nursing Home Care. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1977/04// VL - 67 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 337 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - One thousand males transferred form a general medical hospital into 40 community nursing homes were classified by their physicians as to expectations of outcome within six months and measured on physical functioning at the time of their transfer. They were followed up six months later and retested on functional status. Subjects were classified on follow-up as improved, the same, deteriorated, or dead. They were also classified as discharged from the nursing home, still in the home, or readmitted to the hospital. Nursing homes were measured every six months on structural variables. Outcomes of the patients were related to the nursing home characteristics by multivariate analysis of variance, controlling for expected outcome, age, and diagnoses of cancer and chronic brain disease. Homes with more RN hours per patient were associated with patients being alive, improved, and discharged from the home. better rating on meal services were related to being alive and improved. A higher professional staff-to-patient ratio, better medical records, and more services were related to being discharged from the nursing home. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - OUTCOME assessment (Medical care) KW - NURSING home care KW - NURSING home patients KW - HOME care services KW - HOSPITALS -- Admission & discharge KW - HOME health care use KW - NURSING care facilities -- Utilization KW - ANALYSIS of variance KW - MULTIVARIATE analysis KW - PATIENT monitoring N1 - Accession Number: 5662530; Linn, Margaret W. 1,2 Gurel, Lee 3 Linn, Bernard S. 4,5; Affiliation: 1: Director, Social Science Research, Veterans Administration Hospital, 1201 Northwest 16th Street, Miami, FL 33125 2: Associate professor of Psychiatry, University of Miami School of Medicine 3: Director, Manpower and Research Development, American psychiatric Association 4: Associate Chief, Staff for Education, VA Hospital 5: Associate Professor of Surgery, University of Miami School of Medicine; Source Info: Apr1977, Vol. 67 Issue 4, p337; Subject Term: OUTCOME assessment (Medical care); Subject Term: NURSING home care; Subject Term: NURSING home patients; Subject Term: HOME care services; Subject Term: HOSPITALS -- Admission & discharge; Subject Term: HOME health care use; Subject Term: NURSING care facilities -- Utilization; Subject Term: ANALYSIS of variance; Subject Term: MULTIVARIATE analysis; Subject Term: PATIENT monitoring; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621390 Offices of all other health practitioners; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621399 Offices of All Other Miscellaneous Health Practitioners; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621610 Home Health Care Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624120 Services for the Elderly and Persons with Disabilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623110 Nursing Care Facilities (Skilled Nursing Facilities); Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5662530&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ekerdt, David J. AU - Rose, Charles L. AU - Bosse, Raymond AU - Costa, Paul T. T1 - Longitudinal change in preferred age of retirement. JO - Journal of Occupational Psychology JF - Journal of Occupational Psychology Y1 - 1976/09// VL - 49 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 161 EP - 169 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 03058107 AB - It has been observed that among workers there is an inverse relationship between the proximity of retirement and its attractiveness. This study analysed the longitudinal change, over the ten years between two sampling times T[sub 1] and T[sub 2], in preferred retirement age for a series of age cohorts. The sample included 1458 males aged 35-81 at T[sub 2]. Cohort means at T[sub 1] and T[sub 2] and an additional residual change score both showed a similar trend in the direction of older workers preferring a later retirement age over time. The shift to a preference for later retirement was estimated to occur in the early 50s. This preference for later retirement was seen as an attempt to delay the status changes of retirement, and not as a rejection of retirement or an absolute preference for work. The data also showed a longitudinal change in social values toward a more favourable appraisal of retirement among all age cohorts. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Occupational Psychology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RETIREMENT age KW - AGE & employment KW - LONGITUDINAL method KW - RETIREMENT KW - EMPLOYEES KW - OLDER people KW - AGE groups N1 - Accession Number: 6292997; Ekerdt, David J. 1,2 Rose, Charles L. 1 Bosse, Raymond 1,3 Costa, Paul T. 1,4; Affiliation: 1: The Normative Aging Study, Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. 2: Boston University. 3: Hellenic College, Boston, Mass. 4: University of Massachusetts, Boston.; Source Info: Sep76, Vol. 49 Issue 3, p161; Subject Term: RETIREMENT age; Subject Term: AGE & employment; Subject Term: LONGITUDINAL method; Subject Term: RETIREMENT; Subject Term: EMPLOYEES; Subject Term: OLDER people; Subject Term: AGE groups; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=6292997&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Marlatt, G. Alan AU - Baer, John S. AU - Donovan, Dennis M. AU - Kivlahan, Daniel R. T1 - ADDICTIVE BEHAVIORS: ETIOLOGY AND TREATMENT. JO - Annual Review of Psychology JF - Annual Review of Psychology Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 39 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 223 PB - Annual Reviews Inc. SN - 00664308 AB - Focuses on various literary works related to addictive behavior as of January 1988. Conceptual models of addictive behavior; Discussion on transition and maintenance of addictive behavior; Factors affecting active change process. KW - COMPULSIVE behavior KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - BEHAVIOR KW - HUMAN biology N1 - Accession Number: 11266116; Marlatt, G. Alan 1 Baer, John S. 1 Donovan, Dennis M. 2 Kivlahan, Daniel R. 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Psychology, NI-25, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195. 2: Seattle Veterans Administration Medical Center, Department of Psychiatric and Behavioral Sciences, University of Washington, ZB-20, Seattle, Washington 98195.; Source Info: 1988, Vol. 39 Issue 1, p223; Subject Term: COMPULSIVE behavior; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Subject Term: HUMAN biology; Number of Pages: 30p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11266116&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - McGinty, Dennis AU - Szymusiak, Ronald T1 - NEURONAL UNIT ACTIVITY PATTERNS IN BEHAVING ANIMALS: Brainstem and Limbic System. JO - Annual Review of Psychology JF - Annual Review of Psychology Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 39 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 135 PB - Annual Reviews Inc. SN - 00664308 AB - Focuses on various literary works related to neuronal coding of animal behavior as of January 1988. Discussion on studies regarding reticular formation; Role of serotonin in the brain; Information about locus coeruleus neurons. KW - ANIMAL behavior KW - NEUROPHYSIOLOGY KW - RETICULAR formation KW - LOCUS coeruleus N1 - Accession Number: 11265998; McGinty, Dennis 1,2 Szymusiak, Ronald 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Neurophysiology Research, Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, California 91343. 2: Department of Psychology, University of California, Los Angeles, California 90024.; Source Info: 1988, Vol. 39 Issue 1, p135; Subject Term: ANIMAL behavior; Subject Term: NEUROPHYSIOLOGY; Subject Term: RETICULAR formation; Subject Term: LOCUS coeruleus; Number of Pages: 34p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11265998&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Klopfer, Walter G. AU - Thulbee, Earls T1 - PROJECTIVE TESTS. JO - Annual Review of Psychology JF - Annual Review of Psychology Y1 - 1976/02// VL - 27 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 543 PB - Annual Reviews Inc. SN - 00664308 N1 - Accession Number: 11268085; Klopfer, Walter G. 1 Thulbee, Earls 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Psychology, Portland State University, Portland, Oregon 97207. 2: Psychology Service, Veterans Administration Center, Bay Pines, Florida 33504.; Source Info: 1976, Vol. 27 Issue 1, p543; Number of Pages: 25p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11268085&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Beck, Edward C. T1 - ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY AND BEHAVIOR. JO - Annual Review of Psychology JF - Annual Review of Psychology Y1 - 1975/02// VL - 26 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 233 PB - Annual Reviews Inc. SN - 00664308 N1 - Accession Number: 11286443; Beck, Edward C. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital and University of Utah Salt Lake City, Utah 84113.; Source Info: 1975, Vol. 26 Issue 1, p233; Number of Pages: 30p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11286443&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wayner, Matthew J. AU - Carey, Robert J. T1 - BASIC DRIVES. JO - Annual Review of Psychology JF - Annual Review of Psychology Y1 - 1973/02// VL - 24 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 53 PB - Annual Reviews Inc. SN - 00664308 N1 - Accession Number: 11265357; Wayner, Matthew J. 1 Carey, Robert J. 2; Affiliation: 1: Brain Research Laboratory Syracuse University, Syracuse, New York. 2: Syracuse Veterans Administration Hospital Syracuse, New York.; Source Info: 1973, Vol. 24 Issue 1, p53; Number of Pages: 28p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11265357&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jarvik, Murray E. T1 - EFFECTS OF CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL TREATMENTS ON LEARNING AND MEMORY. JO - Annual Review of Psychology JF - Annual Review of Psychology Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 23 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 457 PB - Annual Reviews Inc. SN - 00664308 N1 - Accession Number: 11264707; Jarvik, Murray E. 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Pharmacology and Psychiatry, Albert Einstern College of Medicine, Bronx, New York. 2: Departments of Pharmacology and Psychiatry, UCLA School of Medicine, Los Angeles, California. 3: U S Veterans Administration, Brentwood, California.; Source Info: 1972, Vol. 23 Issue 1, p457; Number of Pages: 30p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11264707&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cooper, William E. AU - Soares, Carlos AU - Nicol, Janet AU - Michelow, Diane AU - Goloskie, Susan T1 - CLAUSAL INTONATION AFTER UNILATERAL BRAIN DAMAGE. JO - Language & Speech JF - Language & Speech Y1 - 1984/01//Jan-Mar84 VL - 27 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 17 EP - 24 PB - Sage Publications, Ltd. SN - 00238309 AB - The article examines the deficits in speech intonation in patients sustaining unilateral brain damage. Thirteen patients participated in the study. Five aphasic patients sustained unilateral damage to the left cerebral hemisphere. Four patients sustained unilateral damage to the right cerebral hemisphere. Each speaker was tested individually in a quiet room. Left hemisphere patients exhibit a greater impairment the speech timing than right hemisphere patients, whereas right hemisphere patients exhibit a greater impairment than left hemisphere patients. KW - INTONATION (Phonetics) KW - SENTENCES (Grammar) KW - BRAIN diseases KW - PATIENTS KW - SPEECH KW - DISABILITIES N1 - Accession Number: 14091892; Cooper, William E. 1 Soares, Carlos 2 Nicol, Janet 3 Michelow, Diane 3 Goloskie, Susan 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Iowa. 2: Harvard University. 3: Boston Veterans Administration Hospital.; Source Info: Jan-Mar84, Vol. 27 Issue 1, p17; Subject Term: INTONATION (Phonetics); Subject Term: SENTENCES (Grammar); Subject Term: BRAIN diseases; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: SPEECH; Subject Term: DISABILITIES; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14091892&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cochrane, R. McCrae AU - Sachs, Jacqueline T1 - PHONOLOGICAL LEARNING BY CHILDREN AND ADULTS IN A LABORATORY SETTING. JO - Language & Speech JF - Language & Speech Y1 - 1979/04//Apr-Jun79 VL - 22 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 145 EP - 149 PB - Sage Publications, Ltd. SN - 00238309 AB - Compares the ability of adults of 7-year-old children to acquire new speech sound patterns under conditions of equal exposure. Initiation of Spanish words; Assessment of the knowledge of Spanish stress patterns; Evaluation of the performance of children imitating the Spanish words. KW - SPEECH KW - SPANISH language KW - ADULTS KW - CHILDREN KW - ACCENTS & accentuation KW - LINGUISTICS N1 - Accession Number: 14089416; Cochrane, R. McCrae 1 Sachs, Jacqueline 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Temple, Texas 2: University of Connecticut; Source Info: Apr-Jun79, Vol. 22 Issue 2, p145; Subject Term: SPEECH; Subject Term: SPANISH language; Subject Term: ADULTS; Subject Term: CHILDREN; Subject Term: ACCENTS & accentuation; Subject Term: LINGUISTICS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14089416&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Goodenough, Cheryl AU - Zurif, Edgar B. AU - Weintraub, Sandra T1 - APHASICS' ATTENTION TO GRAMMATICAL MORPHEMES. JO - Language & Speech JF - Language & Speech Y1 - 1977/01//Jan-Mar77 VL - 20 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 11 EP - 19 PB - Sage Publications, Ltd. SN - 00238309 AB - Examines the aphasics' attention to definite and indefinite articles. Types of aphasics; Use of articles sometimes appropriately and anomalously; Measures and response latencies and observation of response choices; Similarity of performance between anomic aphasics and normal people. KW - APHASIC persons KW - PEOPLE with disabilities KW - LEARNING disabilities KW - SPEECH disorders KW - ANOMIA KW - COMPARATIVE grammar KW - LANGUAGE & languages -- Grammars N1 - Accession Number: 14087054; Goodenough, Cheryl 1 Zurif, Edgar B. 2 Weintraub, Sandra 3; Affiliation: 1: Département de linguistique, Université du Québec à Montréal. 2: Boston University School of Medicine 3: Boston Veterans Administration Hospital; Source Info: Jan-Mar77, Vol. 20 Issue 1, p11; Subject Term: APHASIC persons; Subject Term: PEOPLE with disabilities; Subject Term: LEARNING disabilities; Subject Term: SPEECH disorders; Subject Term: ANOMIA; Subject Term: COMPARATIVE grammar; Subject Term: LANGUAGE & languages -- Grammars; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14087054&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bailey, Katherine Pam AU - Hoeppner, Mary AU - Jeska, Susan Brakke AU - Schneller, Sharon AU - Szalapski, Judith T1 - A Consortium Approach to Nursing Staff Development. JO - Nursing Economic$ JF - Nursing Economic$ Y1 - 1989/07//Jul/Aug89 VL - 7 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 195 EP - 199 PB - Jannetti Publications, Inc. SN - 07461739 AB - Rapid advancement in healthcare technology and research, the current nursing shortage and the increased patient acuity level in medical centers require a sophisticated, responsive program of nursing staff development to assure that patients receive high quality care. While medical centers have found that excellent educational programming has a positive effect on the quality of care, this programming is expensive to provide. Minnesota's four tertiary care public teaching hospitals - Hennepin County Medical Center, Minneapolis Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Paul-Ramsey Medical Center and the University of Minnesota Hospital and Clinic - have found that high-quality nursing staff development can be provided efficiently and effectively through a consortium effort. KW - NURSES KW - MEDICAL centers KW - HOSPITALS KW - QUALITY KW - HEALTH occupations schools KW - NURSING N1 - Accession Number: 12274929; Bailey, Katherine Pam 1 Hoeppner, Mary 2 Jeska, Susan Brakke 3 Schneller, Sharon 4 Szalapski, Judith 5; Affiliation: 1: Associate Chief, Nursing Service for Education, Minneapolis Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN. 2: Nursing Education Coordinator, Minnesota Association of Public Teaching Hospitals, University of Minnesota Hospital and Clinic, Minneapolis, MN. 3: Director, Education Services, Department of Nursing Services, University of Minnesota Hospital and Clinic, Minneapolis, MN. 4: Critical Care Educator, St. Paul-Ramsey Medical Center, St. Paul, MN. 5: Director, Education and Staff Development Department, Division of Patient Care Services, Hennepin County Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN.; Source Info: Jul/Aug89, Vol. 7 Issue 4, p195; Subject Term: NURSES; Subject Term: MEDICAL centers; Subject Term: HOSPITALS; Subject Term: QUALITY; Subject Term: HEALTH occupations schools; Subject Term: NURSING; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611310 Colleges, Universities, and Professional Schools; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622110 General Medical and Surgical Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622111 General (except paediatric) hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621491 HMO Medical Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12274929&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Braddock, Betty AU - Sawyer, Dorothy T1 - Becoming an Independent Consultant: Essentials to Consider. JO - Nursing Economic$ JF - Nursing Economic$ Y1 - 1985/11//Nov/Dec85 VL - 3 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 332 EP - 335 PB - Jannetti Publications, Inc. SN - 07461739 AB - Nurse consultants will find challenges and rewards when starting independent practices. A successful consulting firm requires business savvy, analysis of potential clients, effective marketing strategies and continued consumer satisfaction. Although nurses possess the education and experience to meet clients' needs, they must also develop business administration skills to market their services effectively. Before striking out as independent consultants, nurses should investigate the practical, legal and financial challenges of small business ownership and become innovative in meeting market demands. KW - NURSES KW - CONSULTANTS KW - CONSULTING firms KW - BUSINESS enterprises KW - SMALL business KW - ENTREPRENEURSHIP N1 - Accession Number: 12156647; Braddock, Betty 1 Sawyer, Dorothy 2; Affiliation: 1: Infection Control Practitioner at the Veterans Administration Medical Center, Spokane, WA. 2: Infection Control Practitioner at St. Luke's Memorial Hospital, Spokane, WA.; Source Info: Nov/Dec85, Vol. 3 Issue 6, p332; Subject Term: NURSES; Subject Term: CONSULTANTS; Subject Term: CONSULTING firms; Subject Term: BUSINESS enterprises; Subject Term: SMALL business; Subject Term: ENTREPRENEURSHIP; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541611 Administrative Management and General Management Consulting Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541613 Marketing Consulting Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541618 Other Management Consulting Services; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12156647&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ming, R. H. AU - Strickland, R. G. AU - Listrom, Margaret AU - Fenoglio-Preiser, Cecelia T1 - The CD4 Leu 8- T helper cell in colonic mucosa: a quantitative and functional analysis. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 75 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 297 EP - 300 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - CD4 T cells in the colonic lamina propria are primarily B cell helper as identified by their surface phenotype CD4 Leu 8- (CD4 Leu 8+ : CD4 Leu 8- ratio= 1 : 3.5). This is in contrast to autologous peripheral blood where CD4 Leu 8+ cells predominate (CD4 Leu 8- : CD4 Leu 8- ratio = 2.4 : 1). Functionally CD4 Leu 8- T cells isolated from the colon are able to provide autologous peripheral blood B cell help comparable to that of peripheral blood CD4 Leu 8- T cells. Immunoperoxidase staining of colonic tissue sections confirmed the relative lack of Leu 8 staining cells in the lamina propria and that when present these cells are located in the outer margins of lymphoid follicles. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - T cells KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - B cells KW - CD4 antigen KW - BLOOD KW - LYMPHOID tissue KW - colonic lamina KW - Leu 8 KW - propria KW - T helper cell N1 - Accession Number: 16159164; Ming, R. H. 1 Strickland, R. G. 1 Listrom, Margaret 2 Fenoglio-Preiser, Cecelia 2; Affiliation: 1: University of New Mexico Hospital School of Medicine, Albuquerque, New Mexico. 2: Veterans Administration, Medical Center, Albuquerque, New Mexico.; Source Info: Feb1989, Vol. 75 Issue 2, p297; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: B cells; Subject Term: CD4 antigen; Subject Term: BLOOD; Subject Term: LYMPHOID tissue; Author-Supplied Keyword: colonic lamina; Author-Supplied Keyword: Leu 8; Author-Supplied Keyword: propria; Author-Supplied Keyword: T helper cell; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16159164&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - O'Dell, J. R. AU - McGivern, Janet P. AU - Kay, H. D. AU - Klassen, Lynell W. T1 - Improved survival in murine lupus as the result of selenium supplementation. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1988/08// VL - 73 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 322 EP - 327 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Selenium is a trace mineral and a required nutrient for animals and humans. Selenium intake appears to be inversely correlated with the risk of developing cancer. Since immunological effects of selenium have been described we studied the capacity of selenium to modify the lupus-like disease of NZB/NZW female mice. Our data indicate that selenium supplementation (sodium selenite 4 parts per million in the drinking water) significantly improves survival in these autoimmune mice: mean survival 55.6±4.6 weeks (mean± s.e.) for treated mice versus 36.1 ± 1.9 weeks for controls (P< 0.04), Additionally, selenium supplemented mice bad significantly higher natural killer cell activity (P<0-0.01). However, no obvious effects of selenium supplementation on autoantibody production were observed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SELENIUM KW - LUPUS erythematosus KW - AUTOIMMUNITY KW - TRACE elements KW - MICE as laboratory animals KW - CANCER KW - autoimmunity KW - lupus KW - natural killer cells KW - NZB/NZW mice KW - selenium N1 - Accession Number: 16177194; O'Dell, J. R. 1 McGivern, Janet P. 1 Kay, H. D. 1 Klassen, Lynell W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, University of Nebraska Medical Center, Omaha, Nebraska and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Omaha, Nebraska.; Source Info: Aug1988, Vol. 73 Issue 2, p322; Subject Term: SELENIUM; Subject Term: LUPUS erythematosus; Subject Term: AUTOIMMUNITY; Subject Term: TRACE elements; Subject Term: MICE as laboratory animals; Subject Term: CANCER; Author-Supplied Keyword: autoimmunity; Author-Supplied Keyword: lupus; Author-Supplied Keyword: natural killer cells; Author-Supplied Keyword: NZB/NZW mice; Author-Supplied Keyword: selenium; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16177194&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dang, H. AU - Takei, M. AU - Isenberg, D. AU - Shoenfeld, Y. AU - Backimer, R. AU - Rauch, Joyce AU - Talal, N. T1 - Expression of an interspecies idiotype in sera of SLE patients and their first--degree relatives. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 71 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 445 EP - 450 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Sera from 29 SLE patients and 81 first-degree healthy family members were tested for quantitative expression of a cross-reactive idiotype present on a murine monoclonal anti-Sm autoantibody (Y2). Forty-one percent of SLE patients and 27% of all relatives showed increased serum levels of the Y2 idiotype compared to 6% in a normal, unrelated control group. In addition, female relatives of SLE patients showed slightly increased levels of anti-Sm antibodies compared to male relatives (15 vs 3%). In one of the 28 families and three unrelated SLE patients studied, there was a significant correlation between the Y2 idiotype expression and expresion of another idiotype present on anti- DNA antibodies (1341d). Affinity column absorption studies showed that these two idiotypes were present on different antibody molecules. This study demonstrates: (1) a genetic predisposition for an anti-Sm antibody idiotype expression in humans: and (2) that two different idiotypes may be under parallel or coordinate regulation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BLOOD plasma KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - ANTIGENS KW - DNA KW - NUCLEIC acids KW - SERUM KW - autoantihodies KW - Genetic predisposition KW - SLE idiotypes N1 - Accession Number: 16016980; Dang, H. 1 Takei, M. 1 Isenberg, D. 2 Shoenfeld, Y. 3 Backimer, R. 3 Rauch, Joyce 4 Talal, N. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Division of Clinical Immunology, The University of Texas Health Science Center and Audie L. Murphy Memorial Veterans Administration Hospital, San Antonio, Texas, USA 2: Department of Rheumatology, University College Hospital, Middlesex, London, UK 3: Research Unit Into Autoimmune Disease, Corob Research Center, Soroka Hospital, Beer Sheva, Israel 4: Division of Rheumatology, Montreal General Hospital Research Institute, Montreal, Canada; Source Info: Mar1988, Vol. 71 Issue 3, p445; Subject Term: BLOOD plasma; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: DNA; Subject Term: NUCLEIC acids; Subject Term: SERUM; Author-Supplied Keyword: autoantihodies; Author-Supplied Keyword: Genetic predisposition; Author-Supplied Keyword: SLE idiotypes; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2249.ep16016980 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16016980&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mizuma, H. AU - Litwin, S. AU - Zolla-Pazner, Susan T1 - B--cell activation in HIV infection: relationship of spontaneous immunoglobulin secretion to various immunological parameters. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 71 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 410 EP - 416 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Peripheral blood mononuclear cells from HIV-infected individuals spontaneously secrete elevated levels of IgG, IgM and IgD. This increased level of synthesis and secretion is similar in HIV-infected subjects with no or few symptoms, in ARC patients and in AIDS patients. Thus, abnormal B-cell activation is characteristic of patients with mild as well as severe manifestations of HIV infection. The level of spontaneous cellular secretion of IgG. IgM and IgD correlates with serum levels of these isotypes. Levels of spontaneous cellular secretion of IgG and IgM correlate negatively with the percentage but not with the absolute number of T4-positive cells and correlate positively with the percentage but not with the absolute number of T8-positive cells. The data suggest that the proportional distribution of these T-cell subsets is a critical factor in the B-cell dysregulation leading to overproduction of IgG and IgM. On the other hand, spontaneous IgD secretion correlates with neither the percent nor the absolute number of T4 or T8 cells suggesting that the increase of IgD- secretion by B cells is independent of the T-cell defects. The data imply that more than one mechanism underlies the B-cell activation in HIV-infected individuals. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HIV infections KW - AIDS (Disease) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - LENTIVIRUS diseases KW - BLOOD plasma KW - B cells KW - AIDS polyclonal KW - B-cell activation KW - hyperglobulinaemia IgD N1 - Accession Number: 16016938; Mizuma, H. 1 Litwin, S. 2 Zolla-Pazner, Susan 1,3; Affiliation: 1: Kaplan Cancer Center and the Department of Pathology, New York University Medical Center New York, New York 10016 2: Guthrie Research Institute, Sayre, PA, USA 3: The Laboratory Service, New York Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York, New York; Source Info: Mar1988, Vol. 71 Issue 3, p410; Subject Term: HIV infections; Subject Term: AIDS (Disease); Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject Term: LENTIVIRUS diseases; Subject Term: BLOOD plasma; Subject Term: B cells; Author-Supplied Keyword: AIDS polyclonal; Author-Supplied Keyword: B-cell activation; Author-Supplied Keyword: hyperglobulinaemia IgD; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2249.ep16016938 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16016938&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Takei, M. AU - Dang, H. AU - Talal, N. T1 - A common idiotype expressed on a murine anti--Sm monoclonal antibody and antibodies in SLE sera. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 70 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 546 EP - 554 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - A rabbit anti-idiotypic antiserum made against a murine monoclonal anti-Sm autoantibody (Y2) was used in a solid-phase radioimmunoassay to investigate idiotypic cross-reactivity among anti-Sm antibodies present in sera from patients with systemic lupus erythematosus. Sera from 25 of 51 SLE patients (49%) containing anti-Sm antibodies were positive for this Y2 idiotype compared to only one of 22 normal human sera. Nine of 28 SLE patients (32%) whose sera were anti-Sm negative were also positive for the Y2 idiotype in low titre. Binding was not due to rheumatoid factor-like activity but was specific for the Y2 determinant and could be eliminated by absorption with Y2 monoclonal antibodies. The anti-idiotypic antibody blocked the ability of 12 of 25 anti-Sm positive lupus sera to bind Sm. Conversely, Sm antigen inhibited the binding of anti-idiotypic antibody in nine of 12 lupus sera. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANTI-idiotypic antibodies KW - RABBITS as laboratory animals KW - IMMUNE system KW - MONOCLONAL antibodies KW - RADIOIMMUNOASSAY KW - SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus KW - autoantibodies KW - idiotypes KW - SLE N1 - Accession Number: 16112028; Takei, M. 1 Dang, H. 1 Talal, N. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Division of Clinical Immunology, The University of Texas Health Science Center, Audie L. Murphy Memorial Veterans Administration Hospital, San Antonio, TX, USA.; Source Info: Dec1987, Vol. 70 Issue 3, p546; Subject Term: ANTI-idiotypic antibodies; Subject Term: RABBITS as laboratory animals; Subject Term: IMMUNE system; Subject Term: MONOCLONAL antibodies; Subject Term: RADIOIMMUNOASSAY; Subject Term: SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus; Author-Supplied Keyword: autoantibodies; Author-Supplied Keyword: idiotypes; Author-Supplied Keyword: SLE; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16112028&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mizuma, H. AU - Zolla-Pazner, Susan AU - Litwin, S. AU - Wafaa El-Sadr AU - Sharpe, Sandra AU - Zehr, B. AU - Weiss, S. AU - Saxinger, W.C. AU - Marmor, M- T1 - Serum IgD elevation is an early marker of B cell activation during infection with the human immunodeficiency viruses. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1987/04// VL - 68 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 5 EP - 14 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - IgD levels in individuals infected with the human immunodeficiency viruses (HIV) were studied as a means of monitoring the character and timing of B cell activation in individuals with this infection. Significantly increased levels of IgD were characteristic of homosexual men who were HIV seropositive but asymptomatic or mildly symptomatic. The hyper IgD globulinaemia became progressively more pronounced in patients with increasingly severe infection and reached its most marked level in patients with AID Sreiated complex (ARC), In ARC patients, IgD levels were increased 8-8-fold above normal which was disproportionately greater than the 2 4-fold increase in IgG, the 1-8- fold increase in IgA and the 1-6-fold increase in IgM. IgD levels declined in AIDS patients (although remained elevated compared to controls). The data suggest that an unusual type of B cell activation is responsible for the unique pattern of hypergammaglobulinaemia seen in this disease and that the B cell activation occurs early in the pathogenesis of HIV infection, often before development of symptoms, and continues throughout the course of infection. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SERUM KW - B cells KW - HIV (Viruses) KW - AIDS (Disease) KW - HYPERGAMMAGLOBULINEMIA KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - AIDS KW - HIV KW - IgD KW - polyclonal B cell activation N1 - Accession Number: 16166910; Mizuma, H. 1,2 Zolla-Pazner, Susan 1,2 Litwin, S. 3 Wafaa El-Sadr 4,5 Sharpe, Sandra 2 Zehr, B. 3 Weiss, S. 6 Saxinger, W.C. 6 Marmor, M- 7; Affiliation: 1: Laboratory, New York Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York, NY. 2: Department of Pathology, New York University Medical Center, New York, NY. 3: Guthrie Research Institute, Sayre, PA. 4: Medical Services, New York Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York, NY. 5: Department of Medicine, New York University Medical Center, New York, NY. 6: National Cancer Institute, Bethesda, MD, USA. 7: Department of Environmental Medicine, New York University Medical Center, New York, NY.; Source Info: Apr1987, Vol. 68 Issue 1, p5; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: B cells; Subject Term: HIV (Viruses); Subject Term: AIDS (Disease); Subject Term: HYPERGAMMAGLOBULINEMIA; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Author-Supplied Keyword: AIDS; Author-Supplied Keyword: HIV; Author-Supplied Keyword: IgD; Author-Supplied Keyword: polyclonal B cell activation; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16166910&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Michalski, J. P. AU - Bozelka, B. AU - Walter, H. T1 - Subfractionation of human T lymphocyte subpopulations by partitioning: surface heterogeneity of the OKT8/Leu2+ T cell subset. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 67 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 656 EP - 571 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Human peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) were subjected to countercurrent distribution in a charge-sensitive dextran-poly (ethylene glycol) aqueous two-phase system. Cells are thereby subfractionated on the basis of their charge-associated surface properties. The helper/inducer T cell subset (OKT4/Leu3+) has a single distribution curve with a low partition ratio (P). In contrast, the suppressor/cytotoxic(OKT8/Leu2+) subset is clearly heterogeneous and gives two peaks, one with a lower and the other with a higher P value. The cells in the latter peak constitute part of a minor subpopulation of cells enriched with natural killer (Leu7+) cells. Double labelling studies indicate that a majority of Leu2+ cells with a high P value also have a marker of natural killer cells (HNK-1), whereas the Leu2+ cells with low partition ratio are depleted with respect to cells bearing both markers. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - T cells KW - ETHYLENE glycol KW - KILLER cells KW - GLUCANS KW - CD8 subsets KW - cell separation KW - NK cells KW - partitioning KW - polymers KW - T cell subpopulations N1 - Accession Number: 16024955; Michalski, J. P. 1 Bozelka, B. 2 Walter, H. 3,4; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Louisiana State University School of Medicine, New Orleans, Louisiana 2: Department of Medicine, Tulane University School of Medicine, New Orleans, Louisiana 3: Department of Medicine, Laboratory of Chemical Biology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Long Beach, California 4: Department of Physiology and Biophysics, University of California, Irvine, California; Source Info: Mar1987, Vol. 67 Issue 3, p656; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: LEUCOCYTES; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: ETHYLENE glycol; Subject Term: KILLER cells; Subject Term: GLUCANS; Author-Supplied Keyword: CD8 subsets; Author-Supplied Keyword: cell separation; Author-Supplied Keyword: NK cells; Author-Supplied Keyword: partitioning; Author-Supplied Keyword: polymers; Author-Supplied Keyword: T cell subpopulations; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16024955&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tedesco, F. AU - Densen, P. AU - Villa, Maria A. AU - Presani, G. AU - Roncelli, Lucia AU - Rosso di San Secondo, V. E. M. T1 - Functional C8 associated with human platelets. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1986/11// VL - 66 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 472 EP - 480 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Haemolytic assay for C8 revealed its association in functionally active form with washed human platelets. Platelet-bound C8 haemolytic activity was inhibited by F(ab')2 anti-C8 and was undetectable in the platelet suspension obtained from three C8 deficient patients. Incubation of platelets from C8 deficient individuals in normal plasma did not restore C8 haemolytic activity, indicating that platelets do not absorb C8 from plasma in vitro during platelet preparation. Thrombin, a mediator of the platelet release reaction, did not induce the release of C8 from normal platelets. Conversely, lysis of EAC1-7.9 by platelet bound C8 was not accompanied by release of β-thromboglobulin or serotonin from the platelets. C8 was detected in a homogenate prepared from platelets as well as in the supernatant collected after high speed centrifugation of the homogenate. The association of C8 with platelets as an individual component rather than as part of the C5b-9 membrane-attack complex was supported by the following evidence: (a) platelet bound C8 eluted from a Sephacryl S-200 column at the same volume as C8 from normal human serum; (b) F(ab')2 anti-C8, but not F(ab')2 anti-C5, inhibited platelet C8 activity; (c) the platelet homogenate, which lysed EAC1-7,9 had no effect on EAC43 which are susceptible lo the lytic activity of the C5b-9 complex. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HEMOLYSIS & hemolysins KW - BLOOD platelets KW - SEROTONIN KW - NEUROTRANSMITTERS KW - SERUM KW - CELL culture KW - CELLULAR immunity KW - C8 KW - functional KW - platelets N1 - Accession Number: 15985273; Tedesco, F. 1,2,3,4 Densen, P. 1,2,3,4 Villa, Maria A. 1,2,3,4 Presani, G. 1,2,3,4 Roncelli, Lucia 1,2,3,4 Rosso di San Secondo, V. E. M. 1,2,3,4; Affiliation: 1: Istituto per I'Infanzia Burlo Garofolo, Trieste, Italy. 2: Department of Internal Medicine, Division of Infectious Diseases, Veterans Administration Medical Center and the University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics, Iowa City, Iowa. 3: Centro Trasfusionale e di Immunologia dei Trapianti, Ospedale Policlinico, Milano, Italy. 4: Cattedra di Immunologia, Università di Trieste, Italy.; Source Info: Nov1986, Vol. 66 Issue 2, p472; Subject Term: HEMOLYSIS & hemolysins; Subject Term: BLOOD platelets; Subject Term: SEROTONIN; Subject Term: NEUROTRANSMITTERS; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: CELL culture; Subject Term: CELLULAR immunity; Author-Supplied Keyword: C8; Author-Supplied Keyword: functional; Author-Supplied Keyword: platelets; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15985273&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - McRury, Jonna AU - de Messias, Iara T. AU - Walzer, P. D. AU - Huitger, Theresa AU - Genta, R. M. T1 - Specific IgE responses in human strongyloidiasis. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1986/09// VL - 65 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 631 EP - 638 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - IgE antibodies directed against Strongyloides stercoralis larval antigens were measured by a newly developed radioallergosorbant test (RAST). One hundred and fifty-two samples of sera from patients with parasitologically proven S. stercoralis infection were tested. One hundred and thirty-six of these (89.5%) were positive for parasite-specific 1gE. Of 50 presumably non-infected North American adult control sera, 49 (98%) were negative. All sera from patients with other parasites were negative, except for two sera from subjects with Ascaris lumbricoides, who exhibited low positivity. Of eight sera from non-infected patients with allergies and high IgE levels, one was weakly positive, and the other seven were negative. Considerable individual variability was present in the levels of specific IgE as measured by the RAST in the infected patients. Significant differences were also found among the three major demographic groups which composed our study population, with Asians having higher values than Latin Americans and the latter having higher values than North American patients. We conclude that the majority of patients with strongyloidiasis develop IgE antibodies directed against antigens from filariform larvae, the invasive form of the parasite. While the functional significance of this response remains to be defined, the RAST for IgE may be a useful adjunct in the immunological evaluation of these patients. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANTIGENS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - STRONGYLOIDIASIS KW - DEVELOPMENTAL biology KW - IMMUNITY KW - UNITED States KW - IgE antibodies KW - S. stercoralis KW - strongyloidiasis N1 - Accession Number: 16169110; McRury, Jonna 1 de Messias, Iara T. 2 Walzer, P. D. 3 Huitger, Theresa 1 Genta, R. M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine, 2: Universidade Federal do Parana', Curitiba, Parana', Brazil. 3: Department of Medicine, Division of Infectious Diseases, Veterans Administration Hospital, University of Cincinnati Medical Center, Cincinnati, Ohio.; Source Info: Sep1986, Vol. 65 Issue 3, p631; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: STRONGYLOIDIASIS; Subject Term: DEVELOPMENTAL biology; Subject Term: IMMUNITY; Subject Term: UNITED States; Author-Supplied Keyword: IgE antibodies; Author-Supplied Keyword: S. stercoralis; Author-Supplied Keyword: strongyloidiasis; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16169110&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Drexler, H. G. AU - Menon, Mira AU - Klein, Mary AU - Bhoopalam, Nirmala AU - Messmore, H. L. AU - Ada, J. Minow T1 - Correlation of surface marker expression with morphologically and immunologically defined subclasses of acute myeloid leukaemias. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1986/08// VL - 65 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 363 EP - 372 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - The expression of myeloid-associated cell surface antigens detected by monoclonal antibodies (MoAb: MCS-2, MCS-1, MY7, MY9, Leu-MI, OKMI, VIM-D5, Mol, My- 1, MY8, MY4. Leu-M3. VIM-D2. Mo2) of the HLA-DR/Ia-like antigen and of the Fc-receptor was determined on the blast cells from 91 patients with acute myeloid leukaemias classified as M1-M5 in the French-Amerivan-British (FAB) system. The surface antigen analysis revealed a highly heterogeneous reaction profile. Nevertheless, distinctive patterns of marker expression referring to morphologically defined subgroups were delineated. Several MoAb (especially MCS-2 and MY7 which were positive in most cases of the five FAB subgroups) appear to be useful for the recognition of myelomonocytic cells regardless of the commitment to either the granulocytic or monocytic cell lineage whereas other MoAb (especially MY4, Leu-M3, VIM-D2, Mo2) react predominantly with the monocytic variants and are helpful in the identification of monocytic commitment. The 91 cases could be divided into three immunologically defined phenotypes (Types I-III) corresponding to sequential differentiation levels. Correlations of these MoAb-defined phenotypes with the FAB subtyping showed that immunological and morphological classifications are not completely concordant and that only the parameters Type I and FAB MI were significantly related. A scheme of early myeloid differentiation sequences based on the expression of surface antigens is presented. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ACUTE myeloid leukemia KW - CELL surface antigens KW - PHENOTYPE KW - MORPHOLOGY KW - IMMUNOLOGY KW - ANTIGENS KW - AML KW - FAB KW - leukaemia KW - monoclonal antibodies KW - surface markers N1 - Accession Number: 16099788; Drexler, H. G. 1,2 Menon, Mira 1,2 Klein, Mary 2,3 Bhoopalam, Nirmala 2,3 Messmore, H. L. 2,3 Ada, J. Minow 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Pathology, Loyola University of Chicago Stritch School of Medicine, Maywood, Illinois 60153. 2: Hines Veterans Administration Medical Center, Hines, Illinois 60141, USA. 3: Department of Medicine, Loyola University of Chicago Stritch School of Medicine, Maywood, Illinois 60153.; Source Info: Aug1986, Vol. 65 Issue 2, p363; Subject Term: ACUTE myeloid leukemia; Subject Term: CELL surface antigens; Subject Term: PHENOTYPE; Subject Term: MORPHOLOGY; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGY; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Author-Supplied Keyword: AML; Author-Supplied Keyword: FAB; Author-Supplied Keyword: leukaemia; Author-Supplied Keyword: monoclonal antibodies; Author-Supplied Keyword: surface markers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16099788&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bhoopalam, Nirmala AU - Price, Katherine AU - Norgello, H. AU - Barone-Varelas, Judy AU - Fried, W. T1 - Busulfan and chloramphenicol induced T cell lymphoma: cell surface characteristics and functional properties. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1986/06// VL - 64 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 646 EP - 655 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - We report the immunological studies on three transplantable lymphoma lines that developed when CAF1 mice were injected with busulfan and chloramphenicol. The lymphoma cells displayed Thy-1, 2. brain associated antigen, and H-2d alloantigen. they were negative for surface IgM and la antigens. Expression of T cell differentiation antigens differed among the three lines. The 508 tumour line displayed only Thy-I ,2: 408 tumour line displayed Thy-L2. Lyt-2.2 and TL: and 808 tumour line was positive for Thy- 1.2, Lyt-l.2, Lyt-2.2 and TL antigens. We established in vitro culture lines from 508 and 808 lymphoma cells. The lymphoma cells did not respond to mitogens and antigens. The splenic cells from mice bearing 508 or 808 had decreased phytohaemaglutinin (PHA), concanavalin A (Con A) and mixed leucocyte responses (MLR). When mitomycin-C treated lymphoma cells from the tumour hearing mice were cocultured with normal splenic mononuclear cells, the 808 lymphoma cells suppressed the mitogenic responses of the normal cells more profoundly than 508 lymphoma cells. Adherent cells from both tumours suppressed the Con A responses of normal spleen cells. Cells from in vitro 508 or 808 cell lines had no effect on mitogenic responses of normal cells. Plasma from tumour hearing mice. but not the supernatants taken from cultures of these lymphoma cells. suppressed the mitogenic responses of normal lymphocytes. Spleen cells from normal CAF1 mice responded in mixed leucocyte tumour reactions (MLTR) when cocultured with lymphoma cells. Mice immunized with rnitomycin-( treated tumour cells had greater response. Responder cells taken from mice with established 508 or 808 tumors had suppressed MLTR responses. Although prior immunization with tumor antigen increased the MLTR response. injection of live tumour cells into immunized mice resulted in a more rapid tumour growth and suppression of NI LTR response. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOMAS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - T cells KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - CANCER cells KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - busulfan induced T cell lymphoma KW - cell surface markers and functions KW - cell surface markers in lymphoma KW - T cell lymphoma N1 - Accession Number: 16062609; Bhoopalam, Nirmala 1 Price, Katherine 1 Norgello, H. 2 Barone-Varelas, Judy 1 Fried, W. 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Edward J. Hines, Jr., Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois 2: Department of Nuclear Medicine, Edward J. Hines, Jr., Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois 3: Rush Presbyterian-St Luke's Hospital, Chicago, Illinois, USA; Source Info: Jun1986, Vol. 64 Issue 3, p646; Subject Term: LYMPHOMAS; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: CANCER cells; Subject Term: LEUCOCYTES; Author-Supplied Keyword: busulfan induced T cell lymphoma; Author-Supplied Keyword: cell surface markers and functions; Author-Supplied Keyword: cell surface markers in lymphoma; Author-Supplied Keyword: T cell lymphoma; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16062609&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Levy, R. J. AU - Haidar, M. AU - Park, H. AU - Tar, L. AU - Levison, A. I. T1 - Bacterial peptidoglycan induces in vitro rheumatoid factor production by lymphocytes of healthy subjects. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1986/05// VL - 64 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 311 EP - 317 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - The present studies were carried out to further characterize the polyclonal B cell activating properties of bacterial peptidoglycan (PG) and lo determine if this ubiquitous agent induces in vitro IgM rheumatoid factor (RF) production by lymphocytes from healthy volunteers. Peripheral Wood mononuclear cells (PBMC) were cultured in the presence of peptidoglycan, pokeweed mitogen (PWM), a standard polyclonal B cell activator, or additional culture medium. Supernatants were harvested on days 7-8 for determination of total IgM, total IgG, and IgM RF by an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA). PG and PWM induced comparable amounts of total IgM production but PG was a less potent stimulant of total IgG production. PG induced in vitro IgM-RT production in 9/33 experiments, a frequency of response of less than that observed in corresponding PWM stimulated cultures (22/33 experiments). PG-induced IgM-RF production depended upon active protein synthesis and did not correlate with the magnitude of PG-induced total IgM production. The latter finding suggests that PG-induced IgM-RF may not merely reflect polyclonal B cell activation. These results add to a growing list of PG's functional properties and provide further impetus for considering this ubiquitous agent as a potential stimulant for in vivo RF production. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PEPTIDOGLYCANS KW - BACTERIAL cell walls KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - RHEUMATOID factor KW - IMMUNOGENETICS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - peptidoglycan rheumatoid factor polyclonal B cell pokeweed mitogen. N1 - Accession Number: 16181702; Levy, R. J. 1 Haidar, M. 1 Park, H. 1 Tar, L. 1 Levison, A. I. 1; Affiliation: 1: Allergy-Immunology Section, University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine and Rheumatology-Immunology Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Philadelphia, USA.; Source Info: May1986, Vol. 64 Issue 2, p311; Subject Term: PEPTIDOGLYCANS; Subject Term: BACTERIAL cell walls; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: RHEUMATOID factor; Subject Term: IMMUNOGENETICS; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Author-Supplied Keyword: peptidoglycan rheumatoid factor polyclonal B cell pokeweed mitogen.; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16181702&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pisetsky, D. S. AU - Haughton, G. T1 - Cyclosporine inhibition of a murine B cell lymphoma. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1986/03// VL - 63 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 549 EP - 554 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - The effect of cyclosporine (CsA) on the CH12 murine B cell lymphoma was investigated to determine whether sensitivity to this agent is retained by malignant B cells. This tumour produces an antibody to bromelain-treated red blood cells and may represent transformation of a B cell with certain activation properties associated with early resting B cells. In in vitro cultures, the growth and proliferation of CH12 were inhibited by CsA in concentrations of 0.1-1.0 μg/ml; these levels were ineffective against non-lymphoid tumours, although some non-specific cell toxicity was noted at higher levels. IgM antibody production, as measured by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), was inhibited over the same range. CH12 cells stimulated by lipopolysaccharide, however, were less sensitive to CsA than untreated cells. These studies indicate that malignant B cells may be sensitive to CsA, perhaps reflecting their derivation from a functionally distinct B cell population with enhanced drug sensitivity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CYCLOSPORINE KW - LYMPHOMAS KW - B cells KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - RETICULO-endothelial system -- Tumors KW - B cell lymphoma KW - cyclosporine KW - immunosuppression N1 - Accession Number: 16177384; Pisetsky, D. S. 1 Haughton, G. 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Durham Veterans Administration Hospital, Division of Rheumatology and Immunology, Duke Univesrity Medical Center, Durham, North Carolina. 2: Department of Microbiology and Immunology University of North Carolina in Chapel Hill, Chapel Hill, North Carolina, USA.; Source Info: Mar1986, Vol. 63 Issue 3, p549; Subject Term: CYCLOSPORINE; Subject Term: LYMPHOMAS; Subject Term: B cells; Subject Term: IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: RETICULO-endothelial system -- Tumors; Author-Supplied Keyword: B cell lymphoma; Author-Supplied Keyword: cyclosporine; Author-Supplied Keyword: immunosuppression; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16177384&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fischbach, M. AU - Talal, N. T1 - Ability of isoprinosine to restore interleukin--2 production and T cell proliferation in autoimmune mice. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1985/08// VL - 61 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 242 EP - 247 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Autoimmune mice bearing the single autosomal recessive gene 1pr are unable to produce the T cell growth factor. interleukin-2(IL-2). A physiological consequence of this defect is the inability of T cells from C57B1/6J-lpr/lpr mice to respond to antigen presented by macrophages. In an attempt to reverse these abnormalities, we administered the inosine containing drug isoprinosine. Injection of isoprinosine after antigen immunization restored both antigen presentation and IL-2 production. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases KW - IMMUNOLOGIC diseases KW - AUTOIMMUNITY KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - GROWTH factors KW - CYTOKINES KW - autoimmunity KW - interleukin-2 KW - isoprinosine N1 - Accession Number: 16089635; Fischbach, M. 1 Talal, N. 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, The University of Texas Health Science Center at San Antonio 2: Memorial Veterans Administration Hospital, San Antonio, Texas, USA; Source Info: Aug1985, Vol. 61 Issue 2, p242; Subject Term: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGIC diseases; Subject Term: AUTOIMMUNITY; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: GROWTH factors; Subject Term: CYTOKINES; Author-Supplied Keyword: autoimmunity; Author-Supplied Keyword: interleukin-2; Author-Supplied Keyword: isoprinosine; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16089635&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dang, H. AU - Fischbach, M. AU - Erdos, M. AU - Talal, N. T1 - Monoclonal anti-poly(rA) hybridoma antibodies from an autoimmune MRL/MpJ-1pr/1pr mouse. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1985/07// VL - 61 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 9 EP - 14 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Three B cell hybridomas were produced by the fusion of spleen cells from a 5 month old MRL/Mp-/lpr/lpr mouse with the myeloma cell line. NS-1. By competitive inhibition, all three monoclonal antibodies (MoAb) were specific for poly(rA) and were inhibited to a lesser extent by dDNA, nDNA, poly(rl) and poly(rC). Moreover, the three MoAb were not inhibited by mononucleosides and the nucleotide, ATP. Competitive inhibition, using poly(rA) of defined lengths, showed that the recognition site among the MoAb varied, one demonstrating binding of poly(rA) as small as two bases in length. This study suggests that the spontaneous autoimmune repertoire to poly(rA) is restricted as compared to other monoclonal autoantibodies to nucleic acids, but contains within itself micro heterogeneity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HYBRIDOMAS KW - B cells KW - CELL lines KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - NUCLEIC acids KW - antigenic specificity. KW - monoclonal antibodies N1 - Accession Number: 16182816; Dang, H. 1 Fischbach, M. 1 Erdos, M. 1 Talal, N. 1; Affiliation: 1: Clinical Immunology Section, Audie L. Murphy Memorial Veterans Administration Hospital and Department of Medicine, University of Texas Health Science Center at San Antonio, San Antonio, Texas, USA.; Source Info: Jul1985, Vol. 61 Issue 1, p9; Subject Term: HYBRIDOMAS; Subject Term: B cells; Subject Term: CELL lines; Subject Term: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Subject Term: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject Term: NUCLEIC acids; Author-Supplied Keyword: antigenic specificity.; Author-Supplied Keyword: monoclonal antibodies; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16182816&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Handwerger, B. S. AU - Fernandes, G. AU - Riehm, Terri AU - Yoon, J.-W. AU - Sutherland, D. E. R. AU - Brown, D. M. T1 - Alterations in immunological reactivity in encephalomyocarditis virus-induced murine diabetes. I. Defective primary IgM plaque forming cell responses to sheep erythrocytes: correction by islet cell transplantation. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1985/04// VL - 60 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 145 EP - 150 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Increasing data suggest a possible viral aetiology of juvenile onset, insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. The M variant of the encephalomyocarditis (EMC) virus infects murine pancreatic beta cells and causes a diabetes like syndrome in susceptible strains of mice. Abnormalities in immunological function have been documented in patients with diabetes mellitus and in spontaneous. streptozotocin-induced and alloxan-induced diabetes in animals. The present study documents a significant impairment of the ability of mice with EMC virus (M variant)-induced diabetes to generate a direct. IgM PFC response after in vivo immunization with sheep erythrocytes. This abnormality appears to be a direct consequence of the diabetic state and not EMC virus infection, per se, since (1) mice infected with EMC virus that do not become diabetic have normal direct PEC responses and (2) islet cell transplantation, which cures the diabetes. corrects the defect in PFC responsiveness. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DIABETES KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN M KW - CELLS KW - ERYTHROCYTES KW - CARBOHYDRATE intolerance KW - PANCREATIC beta cells KW - IMMUNIZATION KW - diabetes KW - EMC virus KW - immunity N1 - Accession Number: 15961599; Handwerger, B. S. 1,2,3 Fernandes, G. 4 Riehm, Terri 2 Yoon, J.-W. 5 Sutherland, D. E. R. 5 Brown, D. M. 3; Affiliation: 1: Rheumatology Research Unit and Departments of Medicine and Immunology, Mayo Clinic/Foundation, Rochester, Minnesota. 2: Research and Medical Services, Veterans Administration Center, Minneapolis. 3: Departments of Medicine and Microbiology, Surgery, Pediatrics and Laboratory Medicine and Pathology, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis. 4: Division of Clinical Immunology and Arthritis, Department of Medicine, University of Texas, San Antonio, Texas. 5: National Institute of Dental Research, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Maryland, USA.; Source Info: Apr1985, Vol. 60 Issue 1, p145; Subject Term: DIABETES; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN M; Subject Term: CELLS; Subject Term: ERYTHROCYTES; Subject Term: CARBOHYDRATE intolerance; Subject Term: PANCREATIC beta cells; Subject Term: IMMUNIZATION; Author-Supplied Keyword: diabetes; Author-Supplied Keyword: EMC virus; Author-Supplied Keyword: immunity; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15961599&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Warren, R. W. AU - Sailstad, Denise M. AU - Pisetsky, D. S. T1 - Monoclonal rheumatoid factors from B6-lpr/lpr mice. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1984/12// VL - 58 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 731 EP - 736 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Monoclonal rheumatoid factors (MoRF) were prepared from autoimmune B6-lpr/lpr mice to investigate the influence of strain background on the specificity of these autoantibodies. Using screening assays for binding to heterologous rabbit IgG, four IgM MoRF were obtained. Three of these antibodies showed a broad pattern of reactivity with IgG antigen, binding BALB/c myeloma IgG1, IgG2a and IgG3 as well as heterologous IgG. One of the antibodies, however, had a distinct form of IgG interaction and was without reactivity with any of the BALB/c myelomas tested. None of the antibodies had significant reactivity with IgG2b. These results suggest common features of B6-lpr/lpr rheumatoid factor (RF) specificities, some of which may be shared by comparable products derived from MRL-lpr/lpr mice. Comparison of these antibodies with those in other reported series suggests that the background genome as well as the nature of the inducing mechanisms may affect the specificity of RF as well as their pathogenetic role. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - IMMUNOGENETICS KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - GENOMES KW - GENETICS KW - autoimmunity KW - lpr mice KW - monoclonal autoantibodies KW - rheumatoid factor N1 - Accession Number: 18000981; Warren, R. W. 1,2 Sailstad, Denise M. 1,2 Pisetsky, D. S. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Pediatrics, Division of Rheumatic and Genetic Diseases, Duke University Medical Center. 2: Department of Medicine, Durham Veterans Administration Hospital, Durham, North Carolina, USA.; Source Info: Dec1984, Vol. 58 Issue 3, p731; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: IMMUNOGENETICS; Subject Term: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: GENOMES; Subject Term: GENETICS; Author-Supplied Keyword: autoimmunity; Author-Supplied Keyword: lpr mice; Author-Supplied Keyword: monoclonal autoantibodies; Author-Supplied Keyword: rheumatoid factor; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=18000981&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fierer, J. AU - Salmon, J. A. AU - Askonas, Brigitte A. T1 - African trypanosomiasis alters prostaglandin production by murine peritoneal macrophages. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1984/12// VL - 58 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 548 EP - 556 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Many factors contribute to the severe immunosuppression associated with African trypanosomiasis. Macrophages have been shown to be important target cells which after uptake of parasites, mediate immune dysfunction in vivo. We observed that infection of mice with Trypanosome brucei brucei (clone NIM 6) induces profound changes in arachidonic acid metabolism and prostaglandin (PG) secretion by macrophages. Normal macrophages release more PGI2 than PGE2 and production of both these prostaglandins is stimulated equally by endotoxin (LPS). Macrophages taken from NIM 6 infected mice at the peak of the first parasitaemia, release increased amounts of PGE2 and are hyperresponsive to LPS stimulation, white PGI2 secretion remains normal. As the infection progresses, there is a striking decrease in both basal PGE2 and PGI2 secretion and the ability of macrophages to respond to LPS. By the third week of infection, shortly before death, peritoneal macrophages resemble thioglycollate elicited macrophages in their inability to be stimulated by LPS to synthesize prostaglandins. Infection with a more virulent clone of T. brucei (NIM9) results in suppression of both PGE2 and PGI2 release by day 9 of infection. The increased production of PGE2 by macrophages during the eight of infection is likely to contribute to the general immunosuppression associated with African trypanosomiasis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AFRICAN trypanosomiasis KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSION KW - BIOLOGICAL transport KW - PROTOZOAN diseases KW - ARACHIDONIC acid KW - African trypanosomiasis KW - immunosuppression KW - macrophage activation KW - prostaglandin F2 N1 - Accession Number: 17999185; Fierer, J. 1 Salmon, J. A. 2,3 Askonas, Brigitte A. 2,3; Affiliation: 1: University of California, San Diego, Veterans Administration Medical Center, California, USA. 2: National Institute for Medical Research, Mill Hill, London. 3: Department of Prostaglandin Research, Wellcome Research Laboratories, Beckenham, Kent, UK.; Source Info: Dec1984, Vol. 58 Issue 3, p548; Subject Term: AFRICAN trypanosomiasis; Subject Term: IMMUNOSUPPRESSION; Subject Term: BIOLOGICAL transport; Subject Term: PROTOZOAN diseases; Subject Term: ARACHIDONIC acid; Author-Supplied Keyword: African trypanosomiasis; Author-Supplied Keyword: immunosuppression; Author-Supplied Keyword: macrophage activation; Author-Supplied Keyword: prostaglandin F2; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=17999185&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mizushima, Y. AU - Wepsic, H. T. AU - Yamamura, Y. AU - Desilva, M. A. T1 - Tumour-induced suppressor macrophages in rats: differences in their suppressive effects on the Con A and PHA responses. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1984/08// VL - 57 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 371 EP - 379 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Spleen cells obtained from ACI rats bearing a syngeneic hepatoma (9098) (TBR spleen cells) shows a strongly depressed mitogen responses to concanavalin A (Con A) and to phytohaemagglutinin-P (P1-IA) at various concentrations ol the tested mitogens. The activity of suppressor cells in TBR spleens was demonstrated in mixtures with normal spleen cells where a marked depression of' the mitogen response was observed. The properties of tumour-induced suppressor cells were adherent to plastic or nylon wool phagocytic, and radioresistant (maybe macrophages). The Con A response of TBR spleen cells was more completely restored than was the PHA response alter the removal of adherent or phagocytic cells. The suppression when THR spleen cells (2,0(X) i-ad) were added to normal spleen cells at 0. 24. and 45 h after culture initiation was greater in the PLIA response than in the Con A response. The PHA assay appeared to be more sensitive method than the Con A assay for the detection of suppressor cell activity in tumour bearing rats. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HEPATOMA KW - SPLEEN -- Blood-vessels KW - LIVER tumors KW - SUPPRESSOR cells KW - T cells KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSION KW - suppressor macrophages concanavalin A phytohaemagglutinin tumour bearing rats sensitivity N1 - Accession Number: 15943693; Mizushima, Y. 1 Wepsic, H. T. 1,2 Yamamura, Y. 1 Desilva, M. A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Pathology, Loyola University Medical Center, Maywood, Illinois, USA. 2: Department of Pathology, Edward J. Hines Jr Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois, USA.; Source Info: Aug1984, Vol. 57 Issue 2, p371; Subject Term: HEPATOMA; Subject Term: SPLEEN -- Blood-vessels; Subject Term: LIVER tumors; Subject Term: SUPPRESSOR cells; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: IMMUNOSUPPRESSION; Author-Supplied Keyword: suppressor macrophages concanavalin A phytohaemagglutinin tumour bearing rats sensitivity; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15943693&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chen, Y.-H. AU - Heller, P. T1 - Diffusible suppressor factor from splenic macrophages in murine plasmacytoma. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1984/07// VL - 57 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 171 EP - 177 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - The immunosuppressive effect of splenic macrophages (MΦ) in mice bearing plasmacy- toma was previously shown to be mediated by a diffusible factor. This diffusible suppressor factor (DSF) was found to be non-dialysable and sensitive to heating to 56°C and to the proteolytic action of trypsin. The suppressor factor could be removed from culture supernatants by binding to ligands that specifically bind to corresponding myeloma proteins. DSF from splenic suppressor MΦ of mice bearing MOPC 315 was capable of binding dinitrophenyl i-lysine, and that from mice bearing MOPC 104E, dextran S. The suppressor factor apparently cross-reacted with anti-idiotypic antibody to the corresponding myeloma protein, but did not interact with anti-isotypic antibody to mouse immunoglobulins (Ig). A higher concentration of mouse Ig than that found in DSF preparations did not have a suppressive effect. Metabolic inhibitors for RNA and protein, but not DNA synthesis effectively blocked the production of DSF. These findings suggest that DSF is a non-Ig protein that may have a structural similarity to myeloma idiotype. Continuous RNA and protein synthesis is required for the elaboration of DSF by splenic suppressor MΦ in cultures. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MACROPHAGES KW - MICE -- Diseases KW - TRYPSIN KW - MYELOMA proteins KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - BLOOD proteins KW - macrophages KW - plasmacytoma KW - suppressor factor N1 - Accession Number: 17561836; Chen, Y.-H. 1 Heller, P. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration West Side Medical Center, Department of Medicine, University of Illinois College of Medicine, Chicago, Illinois USA; Source Info: Jul1984, Vol. 57 Issue 1, p171; Subject Term: MACROPHAGES; Subject Term: MICE -- Diseases; Subject Term: TRYPSIN; Subject Term: MYELOMA proteins; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: BLOOD proteins; Author-Supplied Keyword: macrophages; Author-Supplied Keyword: plasmacytoma; Author-Supplied Keyword: suppressor factor; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=17561836&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Abrass, Christine K. T1 - Evaluation of the presence of circulating immune complexes and their relationship to glomerular IgG deposits in streptozotocin-induced diabetic rats. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1984/07// VL - 57 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 17 EP - 24 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Circulating immune complexes CIC have been postulated to contribute to the development of secondary complications in diabetes mellitus. In this study. CR' were measured in control rats and both insulin deficient and insulin treated streptozotocin- induced diabetic rats. CIC were more prevalent in both groups of diabetic rats as determined by the fluid and solid phase Clq binding assays. By 42 days after induction of diabetes, 80% of insulin deficient and 50% of insulin treated rats had detectable did by either/or both assays. As determined by direct immunofluorescence, there was progressive accumulation of rat IgG in the glomerular mesangium. The presence of CIC paralleled the glomerular deposition of IgG. The relationship of circulating insulin levels to the clearance of did and the glomerular deposition of IgG is discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DIABETES -- Complications KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - HORMONES KW - STREPTOZOTOCIN KW - ANTINEOPLASTIC antibiotics KW - IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE KW - circulating immune complexes KW - diabetic nephropathy KW - diahetes meIlitus N1 - Accession Number: 17561697; Abrass, Christine K. 1; Affiliation: 1: Division of Nephrology, Department of medicine, Veterans administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, California, USA.; Source Info: Jul1984, Vol. 57 Issue 1, p17; Subject Term: DIABETES -- Complications; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject Term: HORMONES; Subject Term: STREPTOZOTOCIN; Subject Term: ANTINEOPLASTIC antibiotics; Subject Term: IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE; Author-Supplied Keyword: circulating immune complexes; Author-Supplied Keyword: diabetic nephropathy; Author-Supplied Keyword: diahetes meIlitus; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=17561697&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Calvanico, N. J. AU - Ambegaonkar, Sunandini AU - Geoghegan, W. D. AU - Carey Hanly, W. T1 - Analysis of rabbit lung lavage immunoglobulins during the course of pulmonary inflammation induced with aerosolized antigen. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1984/05// VL - 56 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 302 EP - 310 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Lung lavage fluids (LLF) from rabbits with pigeon dropping extract (PDE)-induced granulomatous pulmonary inflammation were studied for protein and immunoglobulin (Ig) G and A levels. It was found that the protein levels of the lung fluids of rabbits increased to a maximum after 2-3 weeks of aerosol treatment with PDK during which time inflammation of the lung increases. This is followed by a gradual decrease in protein content as the inflammation wanes and the lung returns to normal. These variations primarily reflect changes in IgG and IgA levels, IgG and IgA levels follow different courses. IgA reaches a maximum in the first week of inflammation and then gradually decreases. In contrast, IgG reaches a maximum level (2-3 weeks) and stays at an elevated level throughout the 12 week period of aerosol treatment with PDE. Antibodies to PDE in these two classes of immunoglobulins do not entirely reflect the immunoglobulin class levels. IgA antibody levels reach a maximum after extended aerosol challenge while IgG antibody reaches a maximum early and then declines to background levels. The specificity of the non-PDE antibody IgG is unknown at present. The distribution of IgA subclass producing cells in the lung is different than in the gut. In the lung the major subclass is g while in the gut it is f. The distribution of subclasses of IgA in the LLF, however, does not appear to reflect the cellular distribution. The reason for this is not clear. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LUNGS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - ANTIGENS KW - PLASMA cells KW - RABBITS KW - PATHOLOGY KW - hypersensitivity pneumonitis KW - lung immunity KW - pulmonary inflammation KW - secretory IgA N1 - Accession Number: 15958540; Calvanico, N. J. 1,2,3 Ambegaonkar, Sunandini 1,2,3 Geoghegan, W. D. 1,2,3 Carey Hanly, W. 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, Wisconsin. 2: Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wood, Wisconsin. 3: Department of Preventive Medicine and Community Health, University of Illinois Medical Center, Chicago, Illinois, USA.; Source Info: May1984, Vol. 56 Issue 2, p302; Subject Term: LUNGS; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: PLASMA cells; Subject Term: RABBITS; Subject Term: PATHOLOGY; Author-Supplied Keyword: hypersensitivity pneumonitis; Author-Supplied Keyword: lung immunity; Author-Supplied Keyword: pulmonary inflammation; Author-Supplied Keyword: secretory IgA; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112930 Fur-Bearing Animal and Rabbit Production; NAICS/Industry Codes: 311615 Poultry Processing; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15958540&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pardo, I. AU - Carafa, C. AU - Dziarski, R. AU - Levinson, A. I. T1 - Analysis of in vitro polyclonal B cell differentiation responses to bacterial peptidoglycan and pokeweed mitogen in rheumatoid arthritis. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1984/05// VL - 56 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 253 EP - 262 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - To gain insight into possible determinants of in vivo polyclonal B cell activation seen in rheumatoid arthritis (RA), we enumerated immunoglobulin secreting cells appearing in cultures of peripheral blood mononuclear ceils that were stimulated with pokeweed mitogen (PWM) or a newly described polyclonal B cell activator, bacterial peptidoglycan. Peptidoglycan, the major constituent of the cell wall of gram positive bacteria, has properties which warrant its consideration in the pathogenesis of RA; including the ability to induce rheumatoid factor production as well as a RA like syndrome in experimental animals. RA patients as a group had similar immuoglobulin secreting cell responses in PWM stimulated cultures compared to arthritis controls and showed moderately depressed responses compared to healthy volunteers. However, their in vitro responses to peptidoglycan were markedly depressed when compared to those of both control groups, or note, severely reduced peptidoglycan-induced responses were seen in 26 of 55 rheumatoid patients who demonstrated infact PWM-induced responses. These impaired responses to peptidoglycan were not due to (1) aberrant kinetic response; (2) shift in the dose-response pattern; (3) decreased cell survival in culture or (4) the inability of peptidoglycan to activate RA cells. Cell fractionation studies indicated that peptidoglycan reactive B cells were present in the blood of some patients but their reactivity was abrogated by suppressor T cells. These studies provide evidence of aberrant in vitro polyclonal B cell activation in patients with RA and provide a basis for further investigation of peptidoglycan as an immunopathogenetic agent in this disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RHEUMATOID arthritis KW - MITOGENS KW - MITOSIS KW - LECTINS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - T cells KW - peptidoglycan KW - polyclonal B cell differentiation KW - rheumatoid arthritis N1 - Accession Number: 15957786; Pardo, I. 1,2 Carafa, C. 1,2 Dziarski, R. 1,2 Levinson, A. I. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Allergy-Immunology and Rheumatology Sections, University of Pennsylvania, USA. 2: Rheumatology-Immunology Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA.; Source Info: May1984, Vol. 56 Issue 2, p253; Subject Term: RHEUMATOID arthritis; Subject Term: MITOGENS; Subject Term: MITOSIS; Subject Term: LECTINS; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: T cells; Author-Supplied Keyword: peptidoglycan; Author-Supplied Keyword: polyclonal B cell differentiation; Author-Supplied Keyword: rheumatoid arthritis; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15957786&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Buxbaum, J. N. AU - Kammerman, Sandra T1 - Immunoglobulin abnormalities in Paget's disease of bone. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1984/04// VL - 56 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 200 EP - 204 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Several patients with Paget's disease have been reported to have monoclonal IgM proteins in their serum. We have systematically studied 26 patients with Paget's disease severe enough to require diphosphonate therapy. Five of these patients were found to have isolated elevations of serum IgM which were well outside the normal range for their age, sex and race. An additional patient had elevations of both IgG and IgM. These patients seem to represent a subset of Pagetics. They do not differ from the remainder of the group with respect to severity or extent of disease, response to therapy, presence of intercurrent disease or age. They do have a different male to female ratio. These observations suggest that some patients with Paget's disease may have disordered immune regulation or that they may be undergoing a primary response to an agent involved in the aetiology or pathogenesis of the disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - OSTEITIS deformans KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - PROTEINS KW - SERUM KW - BONES -- Diseases KW - DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation KW - dysglobulinaemia KW - hyperimmunoglobulinaemia KW - Paget's disease N1 - Accession Number: 17561558; Buxbaum, J. N. 1 Kammerman, Sandra 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, New York University School of Medicine, New York, USA. 2: Medical and Research Services of New York Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York, USA.; Source Info: Apr1984, Vol. 56 Issue 1, p200; Subject Term: OSTEITIS deformans; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: PROTEINS; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: BONES -- Diseases; Subject Term: DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation; Author-Supplied Keyword: dysglobulinaemia; Author-Supplied Keyword: hyperimmunoglobulinaemia; Author-Supplied Keyword: Paget's disease; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=17561558&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Nagura, H. AU - Tsutsumi, Y. AU - Hasegawa, H. AU - Watanabe, K. AU - Nakane, P. K. AU - Brown, W. R. T1 - IgA plasma cells in biliary mucosa: a likely source of locally synthesized IgA in human hepatic bile. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1983/12// VL - 54 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 671 EP - 680 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - IgA synthesized in hepatobiliary tissues accounts for about one-half of the IgA present in human hepatic bile, but the location of the IgA synthesizing cells has been in doubt because few plasma cells are present in normal liver. Therefore, we immunocytochemically localized IgA. J chain and secretory component in bile duel tissues of six patients operated upon for biliary duct obstruction. Numerous plasma cells containing IgA and J chain were found surrounding the accessory glands of the major bile ducts and in the area just beneath the surface epithelium of the ducts. At the ultrastructural level, IgA and SC in the epithelial cells had the features characteristic of secretory component-mediated endocytic translocation of IgA. We conclude that plasma cells in biliary duct mucosa are the likely source of much of the locally synthesized IgA that is secreted into human hepatic bile. The IgA probably reaches the bile by direct transfer across biliary epithelium. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PLASMA cells KW - LYMPHOID tissue KW - EPITHELIAL cells KW - BILIARY tract KW - EPITHELIUM KW - MUCOUS membrane KW - biliary mucosa KW - IgA KW - Immunohistochemistry KW - J chain KW - secretory component N1 - Accession Number: 16253707; Nagura, H. 1 Tsutsumi, Y. 1 Hasegawa, H. 1 Watanabe, K. 1 Nakane, P. K. 1 Brown, W. R. 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Pathology and Cell Biology, Tokai University School of Medicine, Isehara, Japan. 2: University of Colorado School of Medicine and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Denver, Colorado, USA.; Source Info: Dec1983, Vol. 54 Issue 3, p671; Subject Term: PLASMA cells; Subject Term: LYMPHOID tissue; Subject Term: EPITHELIAL cells; Subject Term: BILIARY tract; Subject Term: EPITHELIUM; Subject Term: MUCOUS membrane; Author-Supplied Keyword: biliary mucosa; Author-Supplied Keyword: IgA; Author-Supplied Keyword: Immunohistochemistry; Author-Supplied Keyword: J chain; Author-Supplied Keyword: secretory component; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16253707&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gupta, R. K. AU - Leitch, A. Marilyn AU - Morton, D. L. T1 - Detection of tumour associated antigen in eluates from protein A columns used for ex vivo immunoadsorption of plasma from melanoma patients by radioimmunoassay. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1983/09// VL - 53 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 589 EP - 599 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Tumour associated antigen (TAA) of defined specificity and anti-TAA antibodies were isolated by elution with 0.1 M glycine-HCl buffer (pH 3.5) and 2.5 M MgCl2 from non-viable Staphylococcus aureus used in ex vivo immunoadsorption of plasma from four melanoma patients. The anti-TAA antibody activity in the MgCl2 eluate was determined by its ability to bind a melanoma 125I-TAA. The melanoma 125I-TAA was isolated and purified from the spent culture medium of a human melanoma cell line. The activity and specificity of TAA in the glycine-HCl eluates were determined by competitive inhibition in a radioimmunoassay in which melanoma 125I-TAA and an allogeneic antiserum obtained from a melanoma patient were used as the reagents. Results indicated that 0.04 -0.81% of the total protein contained in the glycine-HCl eluates was TAA. The proportion of TAA to total protein in these eluates varied from patient to patient and treatment to treatment. Inhibition by the glycine-HCl eluates in the competitive radioimmunoassay was dose-dependent. Similarly, binding of melanoma 125I-TAA in a direct radioimmunoassay decreased with decreasing amounts of the anti-TAA antibody fraction. Quantitative analysis revealed that the MgCl2 eluates contained anti-TAA protein at levels ranging from 0.15 to 5.78%, of total protein. Because both TAA and anti-TAA activities were found in eluates from S. aureus (protein A positive) used for immunoadsorption of plasma from melanoma patients, and because melanoma 125I-TAA isolated and purified from a human melanoma cell line did not bind to protein A directly, the results indicated that TAAs immunologically similar to the melanoma TAA were circulating in the form of immune complexes in plasma of four patients with melanoma and that these complexes could be removed from plasma by ex vivo immunoadsorption. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOADSORPTION KW - ADSORPTION KW - ANTIGENS KW - RADIOIMMUNOASSAY KW - RADIOLIGAND assay KW - TUMORS KW - immunoadsorption KW - melanoma KW - protein A KW - radioimmunoassay KW - tumour associated antigens N1 - Accession Number: 15961810; Gupta, R. K. 1 Leitch, A. Marilyn 1 Morton, D. L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Division of Surgical Oncology, UCLA School of Medicine, Los Angeles and Surgical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, California, USA.; Source Info: Sep1983, Vol. 53 Issue 3, p589; Subject Term: IMMUNOADSORPTION; Subject Term: ADSORPTION; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: RADIOIMMUNOASSAY; Subject Term: RADIOLIGAND assay; Subject Term: TUMORS; Author-Supplied Keyword: immunoadsorption; Author-Supplied Keyword: melanoma; Author-Supplied Keyword: protein A; Author-Supplied Keyword: radioimmunoassay; Author-Supplied Keyword: tumour associated antigens; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15961810&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Birdsall, Holly H. AU - Rossen, R. D. T1 - Characterization of anti-Fab′ antibodies in human sera: identification of soluble immune complexes that contain hidden anti-KLH and blocking anti-immunoglobulins following immunization with keyhole limpet haemocyanin. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1983/08// VL - 53 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 497 EP - 504 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - After immunization with keyhole limpet haemocyanin (KLH), increased concentrations of anti-KLH and anti-Fab' antibodies (Abs) were demonstrated in sera from 18 of 20 volunteers. In many cases, post-immunization sera contained soluble immune complexes that incorporated both anti-Fab' and 'hidden' or 'blocked' anti-KLH antibodies;. The complexes containing hidden anti-KLH and blocking anti-Fab' Abs were not found in pre-immunization sera. The hidden Abs to KLH were revealed by demonstrating increases in anti-KLH activity in sera incubated previously with Fab' fragments, immobilized on plastic microtitre tray wells. Incubation with insoluble Fab' did not influence the quantity of anti-tetanus toxoid (TT) that was detected in these sera. Addition of affinity purified anti-Fab' Abs to samples, previously 'unblocked' by adsorption with immobilized Fab', depressed their anti-KLH activity to levels present before adsorption, hut did not change the quantity of Abs to Dermatophytin, Trychophyton, or TT therein, These results suggest that some autoantibodies generically recognized as 'Fab' specific' have properties that are usually considered to be characteristic of autoanti-idiotypes. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - FISSURELLIDAE KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - SERUM KW - BLOOD plasma KW - ANTIGENS KW - anti-Fab' antibodies KW - anti-immunoglobulins KW - autoanti-idiotypes KW - blocking antibodies KW - immune complexes N1 - Accession Number: 16017433; Birdsall, Holly H. 1,2 Rossen, R. D. 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Microbiology and Immunology, Baylor College of medicine. 2: Department of Internal Medicine, Baylor College of medicine. 3: Immunology Research Laboratory, Veterans' Administration Medical Center, Houston, Texas, USA.; Source Info: Aug1983, Vol. 53 Issue 2, p497; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: FISSURELLIDAE; Subject Term: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: BLOOD plasma; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Author-Supplied Keyword: anti-Fab' antibodies; Author-Supplied Keyword: anti-immunoglobulins; Author-Supplied Keyword: autoanti-idiotypes; Author-Supplied Keyword: blocking antibodies; Author-Supplied Keyword: immune complexes; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16017433&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sibbitt, W. L. AU - Eroelich, C J. AU - Bankhurst, A. D. T1 - Natural cytotoxicity in systemic lupus erythematosus: mechanisms of suppression by inhibitory serum factors. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1983/08// VL - 53 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 363 EP - 370 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Spontaneous cytotoxicity mediated by natural killer (NK) cells is impaired in several human diseases including systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE). The present study was designed to describe factors in SLE sera which suppress the NK function of unfractionated mononuclear cells and NK enriched suspensions. NK activity was determined in 19 SLE patients and 25 normal controls by a standard chromium release assay. Sera obtained from SLE patients suppressed normal NK activity by an average of 29.4%. The presence of anti-lymphocyte antibodies (ALA) of the IgM class which were reactive with unfractionated mononuclear cells or the NK cell enriched OKMl positive subset correlated with serum-mediated suppression, NK inhibitory SLE sera did not interfere with normal effector-target conjugate formation. These results demonstrate the modulatory effects of immune aggregates and A EA on lymphocyte function in SLE, These factors suppress NK function without evidence of lymphocyte cell death or inhibition of NK effector cell binding to tumour targets. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus KW - KILLER cells KW - MONONUCLEOSIS KW - CHROMIUM KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - COLLAGEN diseases KW - cytotoxicity natural killer cells. KW - Systemic lupus erythematosus N1 - Accession Number: 16017214; Sibbitt, W. L. 1 Eroelich, C J. 2 Bankhurst, A. D. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine School of Medicine, University of New Mexico. 2: Albuquerque Veterans .Administration. Albuquerque New Mexico USA.; Source Info: Aug1983, Vol. 53 Issue 2, p363; Subject Term: SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus; Subject Term: KILLER cells; Subject Term: MONONUCLEOSIS; Subject Term: CHROMIUM; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: COLLAGEN diseases; Author-Supplied Keyword: cytotoxicity natural killer cells.; Author-Supplied Keyword: Systemic lupus erythematosus; NAICS/Industry Codes: 212299 All Other Metal Ore Mining; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16017214&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Shih, Wendy W. H. AU - Baumhefner, R. W. AU - Tourtellotte, W. W. AU - Haskell, C. M. AU - Korn, E. L. AU - Fahey, J. F. T1 - Difference in effect of single immunosuppressivc agents (cyclophosphamide, CCNU, 5-FU) on peripheral blood immune cell parameters and central nervous system immunoglobulin synthesis rate in patients with multiple sclerosis. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1983/07// VL - 53 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 122 EP - 132 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Cyclophosphamide (CY), 1-(2-chloroethyl)-3-cyclohexyl-l-nitrosourea (CCNU) and 5-fluorouracil (5-FU) were given in single course schedules to chronic progressive multiple sclerosis (MS) patients clinically stable for 6 months. The following peripheral immune cellular parameters were measured before, during and after each drug administration: white blood count (WBCL polymorphonuclear count (PMN). lymphocyte count. percentage of I cells, I cell response to phytohaemagglutinin (PHA), percentage of B cells, percentage of cells bearing receptors for the Fe portion of immunoglobulin (% FcR cells), killer (K) cell activity defined by antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC). and natural killer (NK) cell activity. Central nervous system (CNS) immunoglobulin U (IgG) synthesis was also measured. The patients were followed carefully by both quantitative and qualitative methods for any change in their neurologic condition. Selective reduction in NK activity was observed with CY and 5-FU while no significant alteration was seen in %FcR cells and K activity. CY differed from 5-FU in reducing lymphocyte count and B cell percentage while 5-FU decreased the percentage of T cells. CCNU, but not the other drugs. reduced T cell proliferative response to PHA. In addition, CCNU, which is known to penetrate well into the nervous system, caused a modest reduction in CNS IgG synthesis, while 5-FU had an uncertain effect. Clinically the patients were unchanged or continued to progress in their disability. The results suggest an independence of the CNS immune from the systemic immune system in MS in response to many immunosuppressive drugs. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents KW - CENTRAL nervous system KW - CELLS KW - MULTIPLE sclerosis KW - KILLER cells KW - B cells KW - 5-FU KW - CCNU KW - Cyclophosphamide KW - immune cells. KW - immunoglobulin synthesis KW - multiple KW - sclerosis N1 - Accession Number: 15961584; Shih, Wendy W. H. 1 Baumhefner, R. W. 1 Tourtellotte, W. W. 1 Haskell, C. M. 1 Korn, E. L. 1 Fahey, J. F. 2; Affiliation: 1: Medical Immunology Laboratory, Departments of Microbiology and Immunology, UCLA School of Medicine, Los Angeles. 2: Department of Neurology, Hematology, and Oncology, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital, Los Angeles, California, USA.; Source Info: Jul1983, Vol. 53 Issue 1, p122; Subject Term: IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents; Subject Term: CENTRAL nervous system; Subject Term: CELLS; Subject Term: MULTIPLE sclerosis; Subject Term: KILLER cells; Subject Term: B cells; Author-Supplied Keyword: 5-FU; Author-Supplied Keyword: CCNU; Author-Supplied Keyword: Cyclophosphamide; Author-Supplied Keyword: immune cells.; Author-Supplied Keyword: immunoglobulin synthesis; Author-Supplied Keyword: multiple; Author-Supplied Keyword: sclerosis; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15961584&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Twomey, J. J. AU - Laughter, Arline AU - Brown, M. F. T1 - A comparison of the regulatory effects of human monocytes, pulmonary alveolar macrophages (PAMs) and spleen macrophages upon lymphocyte responses. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1983/05// VL - 52 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 449 EP - 454 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Human monocytes, pulmonary alveolar macrophages (PAMs) and spleen macrophages were concentrated by immobilization on cold insoluble globulins. These cell preparations were 90 ± 3%, 95±1% and 83±3% esterase rich, respectively, 87±4%, 95±3% and 66 ± 11 % phagocytic and 78 ± 3%. 79 ± 9% and 68 ± 5% reactive with OKM1 monoclonal antibody. Spleen macrophages differed from the other two cell preparations in that significantly fewer reacted with 61D3 or 63D2 monoclonal antibodies. Monocytes and PAMs promoted the mixed leucocyte response by autologous lymphocytes when added at low concentrations, but suppressed this response at high concentrations. Spleen macrophages only promoted the mixed leucocyte reaction but were required in much higher numbers than either monocytes or PAMs for optimal promotion. Likewise, the added presence of monocytes or PAMs in high numbers suppressed Ig synthesis stimulated with pokeweed mitogen, while spleen macrophages were not suppressive in this system. This study shows that the distribution of macrophages that differ in their regulatory effects upon lymphocyte responses varies in different tissues. The human spleen is deficient in macrophage related suppression. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MONOCYTES KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - MACROPHAGES KW - RETICULO-endothelial system KW - LYMPHOID tissue KW - IMMUNE system N1 - Accession Number: 15938461; Twomey, J. J. 1 Laughter, Arline 1 Brown, M. F. 1; Affiliation: 1: Immunohematology Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center and Immunology Section, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, Texas, USA.; Source Info: May1983, Vol. 52 Issue 2, p449; Subject Term: MONOCYTES; Subject Term: LEUCOCYTES; Subject Term: MACROPHAGES; Subject Term: RETICULO-endothelial system; Subject Term: LYMPHOID tissue; Subject Term: IMMUNE system; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15938461&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Michalski, J. P. AU - McCombs, C. C. AU - Roubinian, J. R. AU - Talal, N. T1 - Effect of androgen therapy on survival and suppressor cell activity in aged NZB/NZW F1 hybrid mice. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1983/04// VL - 52 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 229 EP - 233 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Male NZB/NZW F1 hybrid (B/W) mice survive their first year of life and die of luptis nephritis or lymphoid malignancy during the second year. Androgen therapy, even if delayed until 9 months of age, improves survival considerably. We report here that androgen therapy in aged B/W mice is associated with improved cell-mediated immune function as welt as increased survival. Androgen treated mice have significantly augmented spleen cell responses to phytohaemagglutinin (PHA) and a decreased incidence of abnormal splenic suppressor activity. These results suggest that androgen may prolong survival in B/W mice in part through an effect on abnormally suppressive regulatory cells that impair T lymphocyte function. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANDROGENS KW - DRUG therapy KW - MICE as laboratory animals KW - ANDROSTANE KW - LABORATORY animals KW - LYMPHOID tissue N1 - Accession Number: 15985514; Michalski, J. P. 1 McCombs, C. C. 1 Roubinian, J. R. 2 Talal, N. 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Louisiana State University School of Medicine, New Orleans, Louisiana. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of California, San Francisco. 3: California and University of Texas, Health Sciences Center, San Antonio, Texas, USA.; Source Info: Apr1983, Vol. 52 Issue 1, p229; Subject Term: ANDROGENS; Subject Term: DRUG therapy; Subject Term: MICE as laboratory animals; Subject Term: ANDROSTANE; Subject Term: LABORATORY animals; Subject Term: LYMPHOID tissue; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112999 All other miscellaneous animal production; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15985514&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Abrass, Christine K. AU - Heber, D. AU - Lieberman, J. T1 - Circulating immune complexes in patients with diabetes mellitus. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1983/04// VL - 52 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 164 EP - 172 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Circulating immune complexes (CIC) were detected by the solid phase Clq binding assay in 16% of 103 diabetic patients and by the fluid phase Clq binding assay in 31 % of patients as compared to 5% of 58 control subjects for each assay. Plasma glucose determinations revealed that most patients were moderately hyperglycaemic (mean glucose = 264 mg/dl), and thus were not selected for tight metabolic control. All but six patients had elevated levels of plasma insulin, including both the insulin treated and diet treated subgroups. There was no correlation between the presence of CIC detected by either assay and plasma glucose, insulin, or the presence of microangiopathy. Multiple factors must contribute to the increase in CIC in both insulin deficient and insulin resistant diabetics. The role of these various factors remains to be defined. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DIABETES KW - IMMUNE complexes KW - DIABETICS KW - CARBOHYDRATE intolerance KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - INSULIN N1 - Accession Number: 15985496; Abrass, Christine K. 1,2 Heber, D. 1,2 Lieberman, J. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Divisions of Nephrology and Pulmonary Medicine, Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, California. 2: Department of Medicine, Division of Endocrinology, Harbor-UCLA Medical Center, Torrance, California USA.; Source Info: Apr1983, Vol. 52 Issue 1, p164; Subject Term: DIABETES; Subject Term: IMMUNE complexes; Subject Term: DIABETICS; Subject Term: CARBOHYDRATE intolerance; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: INSULIN; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15985496&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Schultz, Jane AU - Demott-Friberg, Roberta AU - Walker, Sara AU - Beals, T. F. T1 - Tissue graft rejection in murine models of autoimmune disease. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1983/03// VL - 51 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 325 EP - 332 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Syngeneic grafts of liver tissue slices are accepted by normal murine recipients except in the case of male to female grafts in strains which carry the H-2b haplotype. In mouse strains which are known models of autoimmune disease, liver tissue slices are sometimes rejected even when donors and recipients are of the same sex. Although New Zealand Black (NZB) male liver tissue grafts survive in NZB males. Female liver tissue grafts are rejected by NZB females. NZB females in which the mouse's own liver has been surgically traumatized accept female liver tissue grafts. In PN females, liver tissue grafts from syngeneic females proliferate. Male to male and male to female grafts show high levels of immunological activity although mostly surviving at 70 days alter grafting. MRL male to male. BXSB female to female and NZB male to female grafts all proliferate. Mouse models of autoimmune disease show patterns of liver tissue graft survival which are different from those seen in non-autoimmune mice. These patterns vary among autoimmune strains. Males and females have different antigraft response as well as different cellular lesions controlling their autoimmune disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - TISSUE extracts KW - LIVER extract KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases KW - IMMUNOLOGIC diseases KW - MICE as laboratory animals KW - RODENTS as laboratory animals N1 - Accession Number: 16253503; Schultz, Jane 1,2 Demott-Friberg, Roberta 1 Walker, Sara 3 Beals, T. F. 1,4; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Ann Arbor, Michigan 2: Department of Human Genetics, University of Michigan, Medical School Michigan, USA 3: Department of Internal Medicine, University of Michigan, Medical School Michigan, USA 4: Department of Pathology, University of Michigan, Medical School Michigan, USA; Source Info: Mar1983, Vol. 51 Issue 3, p325; Subject Term: TISSUE extracts; Subject Term: LIVER extract; Subject Term: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGIC diseases; Subject Term: MICE as laboratory animals; Subject Term: RODENTS as laboratory animals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112999 All other miscellaneous animal production; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16253503&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Miller, L. G. AU - Sparrow, D. AU - Ginns, L., C. T1 - Role of T lymphocytes in collagen II induced arthritis in rats. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1983/01// VL - 51 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 117 EP - 125 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - The role of T lymphocytes in collagen II induced arthritis in rats has been investigated. Functional T cells were needed for the development of arthritis since none out of 14 nude rats injected with collagen type II developed arthritis, whereas 11 out of 14 of their normal counterparts did. With the help of antibodies specific for Ia antigens and different T cell subsets in the rats, an immunohistochemical method was used to demonstrate that T cells, predominantly of "helper" type and anti-la reactive non-T cells were abundant in the arthritic synovial tissue. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - COLLAGEN KW - ARTHRITIS KW - RATS KW - CELLS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS N1 - Accession Number: 16029088; Miller, L. G. 1 Sparrow, D. 1 Ginns, L., C. 1; Affiliation: 1: Massachusetts General Hospital and Department of Medicine, Harvard Medical School and Normative Aging Study, Veterans Administration, Boston, Massachusetts, USA; Source Info: Jan1983, Vol. 51 Issue 1, p117; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: COLLAGEN; Subject Term: ARTHRITIS; Subject Term: RATS; Subject Term: CELLS; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16029088&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Virella, G. AU - Espinoza, A. AU - Patrick, H. AU - Colwell, J. A. T1 - Polymorphonuclear leucocytes release a factor(s) that induces platelet aggregation and ATP release after interaction with insoluble and surface-fixed immune complexes. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1982/12// VL - 50 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 684 EP - 694 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - We have found that human polymorphonuclear leucocytes (PMN) can be stimulated by large aggregates (heat-aggregated IgG, chemically polymerized IgG, heavily aggregated human immune complexes) and by surface-bound immune complexes (IC) to release enzymes (lysozyme, β glucuronidase) and a factor (s) able to induce platelet aggregation and ATP release from the platelets. Surface-bound IC were most effective in stimulating the release of this factor(s). We used several substrates for their preparation: plastic-adsorbed antigen, Sepharose-coupled antigen and polymerized antigen. The platelet-aggregating factor(s) released by IC-stimulated PMN and zymosan-stimulated PMN were compared for their susceptibility to inhibition by indomethacin. Both induced a first phase of platelet aggregation that was resistant to indomethacin, but the second phase of aggregation and the release of platelet ATP were inhibited to a variable degree, more pronounced in the case of the factor(s) released after PMN-IC interaction. The lack of inhibition of the early phases of aggregation induced by our factor(s) when platelets were simultaneously exposed to indomethacin suggests that the classical, phospholipid PAF is released under these experimental conditions. Although, further experiments will be necessary to fully characterize the factor(s) involved, our observations suggest a complex interrelationship between human PMN and platelet activation, which may play an important role in the sequence of events that mediate the tissue deposition of IC and appearance of inflammatory changes. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - NEUTROPHILS KW - BLOOD platelet aggregation KW - CELL aggregation KW - IMMUNE complexes KW - INDOMETHACIN KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS N1 - Accession Number: 16307745; Virella, G. 1 Espinoza, A. 1 Patrick, H. 1 Colwell, J. A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Basic and Clinical Immunology and Microbiology, Medical University of South Carolina, Charleston and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Charleston, South Carolina, USA.; Source Info: Dec1982, Vol. 50 Issue 3, p684; Subject Term: NEUTROPHILS; Subject Term: BLOOD platelet aggregation; Subject Term: CELL aggregation; Subject Term: IMMUNE complexes; Subject Term: INDOMETHACIN; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16307745&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Levinson, A. I. AU - Dziarski, Agnes AU - Hooks, J. J. T1 - Modulation of polyclonal B cell differentiation by human leucocyte alpha interferon. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1982/12// VL - 50 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 677 EP - 683 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Although interferon (IFN) profoundly affects immune responses in animals, less is known about its immunoregulatory activity in man. Therefore, peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBM) from 20 healthy volunteers were incubated with pokeweed mitogen (PWM) in the presence and absence of human leucocyte alpha interferon (IFNα). In 18/20 experiments. IFNα added at initiation of culture markedly suppressed PWM-induced generation of immunoglobulin secreting cells (IgSC). IFNα suppressed proliferative responses in all experiments but the degree of suppression was not correlated with concomitant suppression of IgSC responses. Suppressive activity was resistant to pH 2 treatment but sensitive to treatment with trypsin. Delayed addition of IFNα was associated with decreased suppression. Suppression was not due to non-specific cytotoxicity since we observed (l)comparable viabilities in cultures with or without IFNα and (2) negligible effect when IFNα was added for the final 24 hr of culture. The data confirm previously described effects of !FN on mitogen stimulated PBM and, more importantly. provide convincing evidence that IFNα regulates human B cell functions. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - B cells -- Differentiation KW - INTERFERONS KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - IMMUNE response -- Regulation KW - POKEWEED mitogens KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSION N1 - Accession Number: 16307466; Levinson, A. I. 1 Dziarski, Agnes 1 Hooks, J. J. 1; Affiliation: 1: University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania and National Institute of Health, Bethesda, Maryland, USA.; Source Info: Dec1982, Vol. 50 Issue 3, p677; Subject Term: B cells -- Differentiation; Subject Term: INTERFERONS; Subject Term: LEUCOCYTES; Subject Term: IMMUNE response -- Regulation; Subject Term: POKEWEED mitogens; Subject Term: IMMUNOSUPPRESSION; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16307466&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sauvezie, B. AU - Miyasaka, N. AU - Charron, D. AU - Kielich, C. AU - Loeb, J. AU - Daniels, T. E. AU - Talal, N. T1 - An increase in peripheral blood la-positive T cells in Sjögren's syndrome correlates with a decrease in the autologous mixed lymphocyte response. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1982/10// VL - 50 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 50 EP - 58 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - The defective autologous MLR was studied in Sjögren's syndrome (SS) in relation to Ia+ cells as determined by reactivity with a monoclonal anti-human Ia antibody. By indirect immunofluorescence, the percentage of Ia+T lymphocytes was increased in nine of 15 patients. There was no correlation with clinical features or drugs. The percentage of Ia+ T cells in the non-T cell preparations was normal. An inverse correlation was found between the percentage of Ia+ T cells and the proliferative response to autologous non-T cells. Removal of Ia+ T cells enhanced both the autologous MLR and the allogeneic MLR. Thus Ia+ T cells contain suppressor cells in the MLR. but this may not be the sole explanation for the defective autologous MLR. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - T cells KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - SJOGREN'S syndrome KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE KW - IMMUNE response N1 - Accession Number: 16062816; Sauvezie, B. 1 Miyasaka, N. 2,3 Charron, D. 4 Kielich, C. 2,3 Loeb, J. 2,3 Daniels, T. E. 2,3 Talal, N. 2,3; Affiliation: 1: Unite D'Immunologie Clinique, Hospital Saint Jaques, 63000 Clermont Ferrand, France 2: Section of Immunology/Arthritis, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco 3: Departments of Medicine and Oral Medicine and Hospital Dentistry, University of California, San Francisco 4: Department of Medicine and Medical Microbiology, Stanford University Medical Center, Stanford, California; Source Info: Oct1982, Vol. 50 Issue 1, p50; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: SJOGREN'S syndrome; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE; Subject Term: IMMUNE response; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16062816&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chen, Y.-H. AU - Heller, P. T1 - Suppressor activity of splenic macrophages in murine plasmacytoma(PC) is inhibited by PC specific ligands. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1982/08// VL - 49 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 366 EP - 373 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Spleens of BALB/C mice with plasmacytoma contain macrophages (Mφ) which were found to suppress the in vitro immune function of normal splenic cells through a diffusible factor. The suppressor activity of these macrophages was reversibly inhibited by ligands specific for the corresponding PC globulin, but not by anti-idiotypic antibody. Anti-idiotypic antibody with complement, however, abrogated the suppressor function, presumably by cytotoxicity. Anti-isotype with complement was ineffective. These findings suggest binding of ligand to a surface receptor ofthe suppressor Mφ that although clearly not PC globulin, may be structurally similar to the PC idiotype. These receptors are retained in 3 day cultures of macrophages and are not removed by intensive washing. Ligand binding appears to modulate the suppressor function of Mφ through blocking of the production of diffusible suppressor factor. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PLASMACYTOMA KW - LYMPHOMAS KW - MACROPHAGES KW - RETICULO-endothelial system KW - CONNECTIVE tissue cells KW - LIGANDS (Biochemistry) N1 - Accession Number: 16253026; Chen, Y.-H. 1 Heller, P. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration West Side Medical Center and The Department of Medicine, University of Illinois College of Medicine, Chicago, Illinois, USA.; Source Info: Aug1982, Vol. 49 Issue 2, p366; Subject Term: PLASMACYTOMA; Subject Term: LYMPHOMAS; Subject Term: MACROPHAGES; Subject Term: RETICULO-endothelial system; Subject Term: CONNECTIVE tissue cells; Subject Term: LIGANDS (Biochemistry); Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16253026&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Brown, W. R. AU - Smith, P. D. AU - Lee, Evelyn AU - McCalmon, R. T. AU - Nagura, H. T1 - A search for an enriched source of polymeric IgA in human thoracic duct lymph, portal vein blood and aortic blood. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1982/04// VL - 48 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 85 EP - 90 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Because human bile contains a lot of secretory IgA, it has been suspected that the human liver, like rat liver, transfers polymeric IgA from plasma to bile. Hence, a rich source of polymeric IgA might enter the general circulation of man. We examined human thoracic duct lymph, portal vein blood and aortic blood for content and molecular size of IgA. None of the fluids was found to have either a higher total concentration of IgA or a higher proportion of polymeric IgA than that found in peripheral venous blood. It is possible that hepatic clearance of plasma IgA does not occur in man to the extent that it does in the rat, and a relatively larger proportion of human biliary IgA might originate from synthesis in hepatobiliary tissues. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - AORTIC paraganglia KW - BILIARY tract KW - BLOOD-vessels KW - PRESERVATION of organs, tissues, etc. KW - LIVER N1 - Accession Number: 16334613; Brown, W. R. 1 Smith, P. D. 2 Lee, Evelyn 1 McCalmon, R. T. 3 Nagura, H. 4; Affiliation: 1: The Departments of Medicine (Gastroenterology) and Surgery, The Veterans Administration Medical Center, The University of Colorado School of Medicine, Denver, Colorado, USA 2: Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Maryland, USA. 3: Immunological Associates of Denver, Denver, Colorado, USA. 4: The School of Medicine, Tokai University, Japan; Source Info: Apr1982, Vol. 48 Issue 1, p85; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: AORTIC paraganglia; Subject Term: BILIARY tract; Subject Term: BLOOD-vessels; Subject Term: PRESERVATION of organs, tissues, etc.; Subject Term: LIVER; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16334613&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kauffman, Carol A. AU - Bergman, Alice G. AU - O'Cconnor, Richard P. T1 - Distemper virus infection in ferrets: an animal model of measles-induced immunosuppression. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1982/03// VL - 47 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 617 EP - 625 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Distemper virus is very similar antigenically to measles virus, and the disease produced in ferrets by distemper is a systemic illness quite similar to measles infection in humans. Using an attenuated strain of distemper virus, we produced a mild systemic illness in ferrets and were able to study the effects of the viral infection on cell-mediated immunity (CMI), Beginning on day 5 after viral inoculation and continuing to day 30, infected ferrets showed a marked lymphopenia, with a reduction in total numbers of all lymphocyte subpopulations studied. Transformation of circulating lymphocytes to the mitogens phytohaemagglutinin, concanavalin A, and pokeweed mitogen was suppressed on day 5, reached a nadir by days 8 to 11, and returned toward normal by days 23 to 30 after viral inoculation. Production of macrophage migration inhibitory factor by splenic macrophages was diminished during distemper infection. In contrast to marked suppression of these in vitro assays for CMI, delayed hypersensitivity skin test responses were only slightly diminished in animals infected with distemper virus. This model should prove useful in exploring the mechanisms of measles induced immunosuppression. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - VIRUS diseases KW - FERRET KW - ANIMAL models in research KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSION KW - CELLULAR immunity KW - LYMPHOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 16345889; Kauffman, Carol A. 1 Bergman, Alice G. 1 O'Cconnor, Richard P. 1; Affiliation: 1: Division of Infectious Diseases, Veterans Administration Medical Center and The University of Michigan Medical School, Ann Arbor, Michigan.; Source Info: Mar1982, Vol. 47 Issue 3, p617; Subject Term: VIRUS diseases; Subject Term: FERRET; Subject Term: ANIMAL models in research; Subject Term: IMMUNOSUPPRESSION; Subject Term: CELLULAR immunity; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16345889&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chen, Y. AU - Hwang, L. T. AU - Heller, P. T1 - Immunosuppression in plasmacytoma: induction of suppressor cells. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1982/01// VL - 47 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 191 EP - 204 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Immunosuppression in BALB/c mice with plasmacytomas (PC) is, at least in part, due to increased suppressor activity of splenic adherent cells. A PC subcellular fraction rich in intracisternal A particles, previously shown to have an immunosuppressive effect in normal BALB/c mice, is now shown to exert this effect through the development of splenic suppressor cells. The splenic suppressor cells induced with this subcellular fraction were found to be radioresistant adherent macrophages that suppressed the immune response of normal splenic cells to sheep erythrocytes through a diffusible factor, but did not influence their polyclonal IgM secretion after LPS stimulation in vitro. These characteristics are identical to those of the naturally occurring suppressor macrophages in mice with PC. Whether the induction of suppressor cells is due to the intracisternal A particles themselves or a factor co-purified with them, remains to be established. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSION KW - IMMUNE response -- Regulation KW - PLASMACYTOMA KW - LYMPHOMAS KW - RETICULO-endothelial system -- Tumors KW - SUPPRESSOR cells N1 - Accession Number: 16345240; Chen, Y. 1,2 Hwang, L. T. 1,2 Heller, P. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration West Side Medical Center, University of Illinois, Medical Center, Chicago, Illinois, USA. 2: Department of Medicine, Abraham Lincoln School of Medicine, University of Illinois, Medical Center, Chicago, Illinois, USA.; Source Info: Jan1982, Vol. 47 Issue 1, p191; Subject Term: IMMUNOSUPPRESSION; Subject Term: IMMUNE response -- Regulation; Subject Term: PLASMACYTOMA; Subject Term: LYMPHOMAS; Subject Term: RETICULO-endothelial system -- Tumors; Subject Term: SUPPRESSOR cells; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16345240&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sohnle, P. G. AU - Collins-Lech, Cathleen AU - Huhta, Kimberly E. T1 - Age-related effects on the number of human lymphocytes in culture initially responding to an antigenic stimulus. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1982/01// VL - 47 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 138 EP - 146 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Lymphocyte transformation responses to the antigen streptokinase streptodornase were evaluated in a group of 14 healthy elderly subjects by enumeration of antigen-responsive cells, first-generation responding lymphocytes and progeny generated per responding cell. Peak lymphocyte transformation responses to the antigen were diminished in the elderly subjects when compared to a group of young adult subjects. Antigen-responsive cells were found by limiting-dilution analysis to be significantly decreased in the elderly subjects (geometric means of antigen-responsive cells per 105 mononuclear cells = 4.35 in the elderly versus 14.79 in the younger group, P<0.001). The number of cells recruited into the first-generation lymphocyte response per antigen-responsive cell were equivalent in the two groups. Also, the proliferation into progeny of each first-generation lymphocyte was of the same magnitude for the elderly and young subjects within the six to eight cell divisions required for this response. Therefore, in this system the diminished total lymphocyte transformation responses to the antigen streptokinase-streptodornase of cells from elderly humans can be accounted for by a reduction in the number of lymphocytes initially responsive to the antigen. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTE transformation KW - TISSUE culture KW - STREPTOKINASE KW - PLASMINOGEN activators KW - FIBRINOLYTIC agents KW - ANTIGENS N1 - Accession Number: 16344968; Sohnle, P. G. 1 Collins-Lech, Cathleen 1 Huhta, Kimberly E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Medical College o f Wisconsin, Milwaukee, Wisconsin and Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wood, Wisconsin, USA.; Source Info: Jan1982, Vol. 47 Issue 1, p138; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTE transformation; Subject Term: TISSUE culture; Subject Term: STREPTOKINASE; Subject Term: PLASMINOGEN activators; Subject Term: FIBRINOLYTIC agents; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 111421 Nursery and Tree Production; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16344968&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Davis, S. AU - Abuchowski, A. AU - Park, Y. K. AU - Davis, F. F. T1 - Alteration of the circulating life and antigenic properties of bovine adenosine deaminase in mice by attachment of polyethylene glycol. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1981/12// VL - 46 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 649 EP - 652 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Polyethylene glycol was attached covalently to adenosine deaminase (ADA) using cyanuric chloride as the coupling agent. The modified adenosine deaminase (PEG-ADA) appears to lose its immunogenicity in mice following multiple intravenous injections. PEG-ADA does not react with antibodies raised against native ADA. The circulating half-life (T½) of PEG-ADA was increased to 28 hr. The lack of detectable antibody formation and long circulating life may make PEG-ADA suitable for treating human ADA deficiency. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANTIGENIC determinants KW - IMMUNOSPECIFICITY KW - CATTLE -- Anatomy KW - POLYETHYLENE glycol KW - POLYOLS KW - ADENINE N1 - Accession Number: 15951948; Davis, S. 1 Abuchowski, A. 2 Park, Y. K. 1 Davis, F. F. 1; Affiliation: 1: Oncology/Hematology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, East Orange, New Jersey, CMDNJ-New Jersey Medical School, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jersey, USA. 2: Department of Biochemistry, Rutgers University, NewBrunswick, New Jersey, USA.; Source Info: Dec1981, Vol. 46 Issue 3, p649; Subject Term: ANTIGENIC determinants; Subject Term: IMMUNOSPECIFICITY; Subject Term: CATTLE -- Anatomy; Subject Term: POLYETHYLENE glycol; Subject Term: POLYOLS; Subject Term: ADENINE; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424520 Livestock Merchant Wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112112 Cattle Feedlots; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112130 Dual-Purpose Cattle Ranching and Farming; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15951948&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - I. Penn T1 - Depressed immunity and the development of cancer. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1981/12// VL - 46 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 459 EP - 474 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - This article cites a study on depressed immunity and the development of cancer. Transplantation of tumours in animals is usually performed in inbred strains in order to avoid histocompatibility differences between the donor's cancer cells and the recipient's immune system that usually result in rejection of the graft. Transplantation across histocompatibility barriers usually necessitates some type of immunosuppressive therapy, or the use of a congenitally immunodeficient species such as the `nude' mouse, which will even accept grafts of human. Transplantation of malignant cells in man has been studied in cancer patients, in those with chronic debilitating diseases and in healthy volunteers. It is usually unsuccessful except in individuals with advanced malignancies, who presumably have markedly impaired immune reactivity. Survival of transplanted cancer in healthy humans is extremely rare. KW - IMMUNITY KW - IMMUNOLOGY KW - TUMORS KW - CANCER cells KW - CELLULAR pathology KW - TRANSPLANTATION of organs, tissues, etc. N1 - Accession Number: 15951870; I. Penn 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Surgery, University of Colorado Health Science Center and the Veterans Administration Medical Center, Denver, Colorado, USA.; Source Info: Dec1981, Vol. 46 Issue 3, p459; Subject Term: IMMUNITY; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGY; Subject Term: TUMORS; Subject Term: CANCER cells; Subject Term: CELLULAR pathology; Subject Term: TRANSPLANTATION of organs, tissues, etc.; Number of Pages: 16p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15951870&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ragsdale, Carol G. AU - Arend, W. P. T1 - Characteristics of fibrinolytic enzyme release from human monocytes. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1981/10// VL - 46 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 214 EP - 224 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - We have investigated further two patterns of neutral protease secretion previously described in cultured human monocytes. Freshly isolated or cultured monocytes were plated onto 125I-Iibrin substrates either with or without adherent immune complexes. Fibrinolysis was quantified in the presence or absence of added plasminogen. Freshly isolated monocytes cultured on plain fibrin produced fibrinolysis primarily through secretion of plasminogen activator (PA). while contact with adherent complexes induced the release of plasminogen-independent fibrinolytic enzymes. In vitro differentiation of monocytes led to altered enzyme release. PA secretion rose six-fold over the first 3 days of culture, then decreased. Plasminogen-independent enzyme release fell 70% after 24 hr of culture then declined no further. Whereas adherent complexes inhibited secretion of PA in freshly isolated cells, such complexes stimulated PA activity after 3 or more days of culture. PA secretion from freshly isolated monocytes was inhibited by cycloheximide, indicating a requirement for protein synthesis, and by cytochalasin 13. PA secretion was also reduced by the local anaesthetics ethanol. octanol or lidocaine, but was enhanced by propranolol. The reduced PA activity of freshly isolated monocytes cultured on adherent immune complexes was partially reversed by ethanol or propranolol, but not by cytochalasin B. The plasminogen-independent fibrinolytic activity of monocytes on adherent complexes was enhanced by cytochalasin B, but unaffected by cychloheximide, suggesting that the enzymes were granule-associated. This secretion was reduced by preincubation with 8-Br-cAMP and methyl isobutyl xanthine and by the local anaesthetics examined. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EXCRETION KW - BIOLOGICAL transport KW - MONOCYTES KW - FIBRINOLYTIC agents KW - ENZYMES KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - PROTEOLYTIC enzymes N1 - Accession Number: 16011583; Ragsdale, Carol G. 1,2,3 Arend, W. P. 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, Washington. 2: Departments of Medicine and Pediatrics, University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, Washington. 3: Department of Pediatrics and Communicable Diseases, University of Michigan Medical School, Ann Arbor, Michigan, USA.; Source Info: Oct1981, Vol. 46 Issue 1, p214; Subject Term: EXCRETION; Subject Term: BIOLOGICAL transport; Subject Term: MONOCYTES; Subject Term: FIBRINOLYTIC agents; Subject Term: ENZYMES; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: PROTEOLYTIC enzymes; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16011583&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Calvanico, N. J. AU - du Pont, Bonita L. AU - Huang, Caecilia J. AU - Patterson, R. AU - Fink, J. N. AU - Kurup, V. P. T1 - Antigens of A spergillus fumigatus. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1981/09// VL - 45 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 662 EP - 671 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - An antigen has been purified from the mycelial cell sap of Aspergillus fumigatus (strain 507). The same component appears to be present in the extracellular phase (culture filtrate) in a partially degraded form. The cell sap protein has a structure composed of four polypeptides of 45,000 daltons linked through disulphidc bonds. The isoelectric point (2.5 5.6) and carbohydrate content (12.5% neutral hexose) indicate that this protein is an acidic glycoprotein. It shows reactions with 75% of sera from patients with aspergilloma and allergic bronchopulmonary aspergillosis and is not reactive with sen from normal individuals or patients with other fungal diseases. It also appears to be a component of other 4. fwnigatus strains. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANTIGENS KW - IMMUNITY KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - ASPERGILLUS fumigatus KW - ORGANIC compounds KW - BLOOD plasma N1 - Accession Number: 16246865; Calvanico, N. J. 1 du Pont, Bonita L. 1 Huang, Caecilia J. 1 Patterson, R. 1 Fink, J. N. 1 Kurup, V. P. 2; Affiliation: 1: Immunology Section, Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wood (Milwaukee), Wisconsin. 2: Department of Medicine, Northwestern Medical School, Chicago, Illinois, USA.; Source Info: Sep1981, Vol. 45 Issue 3, p662; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: IMMUNITY; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: ASPERGILLUS fumigatus; Subject Term: ORGANIC compounds; Subject Term: BLOOD plasma; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16246865&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chen, Y. AU - Heller, P. T1 - The mode of action of splenic suppressor cells in murine plasmacytoma. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1981/09// VL - 45 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 514 EP - 522 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Polyclonal IgM secretion alter LPS stimulation and antigen-dependent antibody production by splenic cells of BALB c mice with plasmacytoma were found to be markedly reduced. The former occurred without mediation of suppressor cells. probably as the result of a quantitative reduction of mitogen-responsive B lymphocytes. On the other hand. the reduction in the generation of antibodies to sheep erythrocytes in vitro, as determined by the number of PFC. was found to he dependent on the activity of suppressor cells which had the functional characteristics of macrophages. The targets of these suppressor cells were found to he normal macrophages. B and T lymphocytes which were all independently suppressed. A diffusible factor appeared to be responsible for the suppressive died of the suppressor macrophages interfering mainly with those early stages of the immune response involving antigen-triggered B cell activation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PLASMACYTOMA KW - LYMPHOMAS KW - HYBRIDOMAS KW - MULTIPLE myeloma KW - SUPPRESSOR cells KW - T cells KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSION N1 - Accession Number: 16246742; Chen, Y. 1 Heller, P. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration West Side Medical Center and Department of Medicine, Abraham Lincoln School of Medicine, University of Illinois, Medical Center, Chicago, Illinois, USA.; Source Info: Sep1981, Vol. 45 Issue 3, p514; Subject Term: PLASMACYTOMA; Subject Term: LYMPHOMAS; Subject Term: HYBRIDOMAS; Subject Term: MULTIPLE myeloma; Subject Term: SUPPRESSOR cells; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: IMMUNOSUPPRESSION; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16246742&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jordon, R. E. AU - Struve, M. F. AU - Bushkell, L. L. T1 - Serum and blister fluid immune complexes in bullous pemphigoid: detection with C1q and monoclonal rheumatoid factor. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1981/07// VL - 45 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 29 EP - 36 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Eighty serum samples and 24 blister fluids from 51 patients with active bullous pemphigoid were tested for the presence of immune complexes by both a monoclonal rheumatoid factor (mRF) inhibition radioassay and Li Clq-binding radioassay. Forty-two of the SO serum samples were positive by the mRF assay, while 27 were positive by the C Iq-binding assay. Antibody titres to the basement membrane zone did not correlate with levels of circulating immune complexes. Thirteen of 24 blister fluids had detectable immune complexes by the Clq assay, while only seven of 24 blister fluids were positive by the mRF assay. Sucrose density-gradient ultracentrifugation studies suggest that the mRF- and Clq-reactive substances in both bullous pemphigoid sera and blister fluids are ofa size compatible with immune complexes. Although immune complexes tire detectable in a high percentage of bullous pemphigoid patients, their role in this disease may be epiphenomenal rather than pathogenetic. merely reflecting the presence of autoantibody and soluble antigen. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANTIGENS KW - BLOOD plasma KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - BIOLOGICAL membranes KW - BLOOD proteins KW - IMMUNE serums N1 - Accession Number: 15943849; Jordon, R. E. 1,2 Struve, M. F. 1,2 Bushkell, L. L. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: The Cutaneous Immunopathology Unit, Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wood (Milwaukee), Wisconsin. 2: The Dermatology Section, Department of Medicine, the Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, USA.; Source Info: Jul1981, Vol. 45 Issue 1, p29; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: BLOOD plasma; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: BIOLOGICAL membranes; Subject Term: BLOOD proteins; Subject Term: IMMUNE serums; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15943849&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Aldo-Benson, Marlene A. AU - Petersen, B. H. AU - Benson, M. D. T1 - Suppression of in vitro antibody response of human peripheral blood lymphocytes by a heat-labile factor in normal human serum. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1981/06// VL - 44 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 638 EP - 645 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - When fresh autologous serum was added to normal human peripheral blood lymphocytes (PBL), it suppressed greater than 90% of the in vitro anti-SRBC response of these cells. Heating the serum for 30 mm at 56°C reversed this suppression. Serum from a patient with rheumatoid arthritis and circulating immune complexes had no suppressive effect on the anti-SRBC response of normal human PBL, but serum from patients having the same disease, without circulating immune complexes, did suppress over 90% of the plaque-forming cell response. Serum from an agammaglobulinaemic patient was also suppressive. Addition of serum from patients with congenital deficiencies of C2, C3, C5 and C8 also had a suppressive effect. Absorption of normal serum with immune complexes markedly decreased levels of Cl and C4, and also reversed the suppressive effect of this serum. These data suggest that a heat-labile factor in normal human serum which can be absorbed by immune complexes suppresses the antibody response to a T-dependent antigen. Other immune suppressors found in normal human serum are heat-stable or do not suppress in the presence of normal serum proteins. Thus the suppressive protein described in these studies may be unique. It is possible that either Cl or C4 or both may play a role in the suppression noted here. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - SUPPRESSOR cells KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - SERUM KW - IMMUNE serums KW - PATIENTS N1 - Accession Number: 16253435; Aldo-Benson, Marlene A. 1 Petersen, B. H. 2 Benson, M. D. 3; Affiliation: 1: Division of Rheumatology, Department of Medicine, Indiana University School of Medicine, Indianapolis. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Indianapolis, Indiana, USA. 3: Lilly Laboratories for Clinical Research, Indianapolis, Indiana, USA.; Source Info: Jun1981, Vol. 44 Issue 3, p638; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: SUPPRESSOR cells; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: IMMUNE serums; Subject Term: PATIENTS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16253435&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fischbach, M. AU - Volberding, P. AU - Talal, N. AU - Levy, J. T1 - Genetic analysis of induction of anti-polyadenylie acid antibodies and xenotropic type-C viruses. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1981/06// VL - 44 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 615 EP - 619 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Normal mice can be induced by lipopolysaccharide to produce anti-polyadenylic acid (poly A) antibodies and xenotropic (X-tropic) type-C viruses. To determine whether these traits are genetically linked, high anti-poly A antibody, high virus-producing NZB mice were crossed with low anti-poly A antibody-producing, virus-negative SWR mice. All mice in the F1 generation could be induced by LPS to produce high levels of both anti-poly A antibodies and X-tropic virus. When F2 hybrids were back-crossed to the SWR parent, all offspring were high anti-poly A antibody producers, but one-third of the mice remained virus-negative. These results demonstrate that these two LPS responses of a B lymphocyte are not genetically-linked and that the anti-poly A antibody response is multigenic. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - GENETIC disorders KW - MICE KW - VIRUSES KW - B cells KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - MUTAGENS N1 - Accession Number: 16253421; Fischbach, M. 1,2 Volberding, P. 2,3 Talal, N. 1,2 Levy, J. 2,3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, University of California, San Francisco, California, USA. 2: Department of Medicine, University of California, San Francisco, California, USA. 3: Cancer Research Institute, School of Medicine, University of California, San Francisco, California, USA.; Source Info: Jun1981, Vol. 44 Issue 3, p615; Subject Term: GENETIC disorders; Subject Term: MICE; Subject Term: VIRUSES; Subject Term: B cells; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: MUTAGENS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16253421&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - McPhaul Jr., J. J. AU - Montgomery, W. R. T1 - Cryoimmunoglobulinaemia in patients with renal disease. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1981/06// VL - 44 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 560 EP - 566 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Seventeen patients found to have cryoimmunoglobulinaemia (CIG) while undergoing diagnostic renal biopsy and two patients with CIG without renal disease were studied. The cryoprecipitates (CP) from four of seven patients tested contained enhanced concentrations of autoantibodies: to vascular smooth muscle, autologous skeletal muscle, nuclear antigen and cardiac muscle. Antisera were made in rabbits against each of the 19 CP; six antisera contained antibodies to sarcolemma of skeletal muscle, nuclear antigen, elastin, reticulin, renal eluate and autologous kidney immune deposits respectively. Although one anti-CP antiserum bound to renal deposits, eight others tested on autologous renal biopsies did not. The data suggest that CP frequently may contain enhanced concentrations of circulating autoantibodies and/or tissue antigens, possibly as immune complexes. In only one case was it possible to demonstrate that there was a common immunological identity between CP and renal Ig deposits. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - KIDNEY diseases KW - CLINICAL pathology KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - IMMUNE serums KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - ANTIGENS N1 - Accession Number: 16253400; McPhaul Jr., J. J. 1 Montgomery, W. R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine and Pathology, Dallas Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Texas Health Science Center, Dallas, Texas, USA.; Source Info: Jun1981, Vol. 44 Issue 3, p560; Subject Term: KIDNEY diseases; Subject Term: CLINICAL pathology; Subject Term: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject Term: IMMUNE serums; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16253400&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hofman, F. AU - Foon, K. AU - Smith, D. AU - Kransler, K. AU - Cicciarelli, J. AU - Billing, R. T1 - Functional properties of subsets of T lymphocytes defined by specific antigens. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1981/06// VL - 44 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 476 EP - 484 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Heteroantisera raised to the acute lymphocytic leukaemia T (ALL) cell line HSB2 and to Sézary cells react with distinct subpopulations of T lymphocytes. Each antiserum reacts with a different T ceil antigen and defines a distinct subpopulation that represents approximately 50% of peripheral blood T lymphocytes. The anti-HSB2-positive subpopulation contained suppressor cells for pokeweed mitogen-dependent immunoglubulin (Ig) synthesis whereas the anti-Séary cell serum-positive population included helper cells for Ig synthesis and mixed lymphocyte responder cells. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - LYMPHOCYTIC leukemia KW - ANTIGENS KW - SERUM KW - LYMPHOPROLIFERATIVE disorders KW - T cells N1 - Accession Number: 16253360; Hofman, F. 1 Foon, K. 2 Smith, D. 3 Kransler, K. Cicciarelli, J. Billing, R. 4; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Microbiology and Immunology, University of California, Los Angeles, UCLA School of Medicine. 2: Wadsworth Veterans' Administration Hospital, Los Angeles, California, USA. 3: Clinical Immunology Research Laboratory, University of California, Los Angeles, UCLA School of Medicine. 4: Department of Surgery, University of California, Los Angeles, UCLA School of Medicine.; Source Info: Jun1981, Vol. 44 Issue 3, p476; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTIC leukemia; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: LYMPHOPROLIFERATIVE disorders; Subject Term: T cells; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16253360&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Reichlin, M. T1 - Current perspectives on serological reactions in SLE patients. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1981/04// VL - 44 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 1 EP - 10 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - The article focuses on some new perspectives on serological reactions in systemic lupus erythematosus patients. It summarizes the correlation that exists between specific antibodies and clinical diagnosis. It puts emphasis on some of the newer insights into the overall immunobiological significance of these reactions that have resulted from biochemical, immunochemical, immunogenetic and molecular biological studies of these antigens and the production of their associated antibodies. Overall it discusses the issue in following two parts corresponding to the two classes of antigens: DNA-containing antigens and non-DNA-containing antigens. KW - SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - SKIN diseases KW - VASCULAR diseases KW - DIAGNOSIS N1 - Accession Number: 16144867; Reichlin, M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Medicine and Biochemistry, State University of New York at Buffalo, and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Buffalo, New York.; Source Info: Apr1981, Vol. 44 Issue 1, p1; Subject Term: SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus; Subject Term: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Subject Term: VASCULAR diseases; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16144867&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Muichnick, M. G. AU - Hderman, H. M. AU - Missirian, A. AU - Johnson, A. G. T1 - In vitro synthesis of IgG by peripheral blood lymphocytes in chronic liver disease. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1981/02// VL - 43 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 370 EP - 375 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - In vitro IgG synthesis by peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBM) from patients with chronic liver disease (CLD) was studied. In addition, the effect of pokeweed mitogen (PWM), polyadeylic polyundylie acid complexes (poly, AU) and thymosin fractions 5 on IgG synthesis was determined. Unstimulated cultures of PBM from patients with chronic active hepatitis (CAH) and alcoholic carrhosis (AC) synthesized significantly higher quantities of IgG than the controls. Moreover, there was a direct correlation between serum IgG concentrations and the quantity of newly synthesized IgG in these unstimulated cultures PWM, poly MU and thymosin each stimulated increased IgG synthesis in the controls. While neither poly AC not thymosin enhanced IgG synthesis in patients with CLD. PWM increased IgG synthesis in CNH, but not AC. These results indicate that spontaneous in vitro B cell synthesis of IgG is enhanced in CLD and may reflect antigenic stimulation in vitro. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PEPTIDE hormones KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - LIVER diseases KW - HEPATITIS KW - BILIARY tract KW - LINEAR algebras N1 - Accession Number: 16012058; Muichnick, M. G. 1 Hderman, H. M. 2 Missirian, A. 3 Johnson, A. G. 4; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, University of Michigan, USA. 2: Department of Microbiology, University of Michigan, USA. 3: Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Ann Arbor, Michigan, USA. 4: Department of Microbiology and Immunology, University of Minnesota, School of Medicine, Minnesota, USA.; Source Info: Feb1981, Vol. 43 Issue 2, p370; Subject Term: PEPTIDE hormones; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject Term: LIVER diseases; Subject Term: HEPATITIS; Subject Term: BILIARY tract; Subject Term: LINEAR algebras; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16012058&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fischbach, M. AU - Lindstrom, J. AU - Talal, N. T1 - Antibodies to polyadenylic acid in patients with myasthenia gravis. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1981/01// VL - 43 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 73 EP - 79 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Sera from 100 patients with myasthenia gravis and 45 patients with non-myasthenia gravis neuromuscular diseases were studied for antibodies to poly rA, poly rA.rU, native and denatured DNA. All patients with myasthenia gravis had significant anti-acetylcholine receptor antibodies with a mean titre of 1.2 × 10-7M. Forty-eight per cent of the myasthenia gravis patients had anti-poly rA antibody levels which were greater than 3 standard deviations from the mean of 65 control patients by Millipore filter radioimmunoassay. The antibody was specific for poly rA and present in a much higher frequency than antibodies to the other nucleic acids tested. Sucrose-gradient ultracentrifugation demon-strated that the antibody was limited to the IgM class alone. Mechanisms relating these findings to a more generalized immunological dysfunction are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MYASTHENIA gravis KW - NERVOUS system -- Diseases KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - DNA KW - RADIOIMMUNOASSAY KW - BLOOD proteins N1 - Accession Number: 16279207; Fischbach, M. 1,2 Lindstrom, J. 3 Talal, N. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, USA. 2: Department of Medicine, University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco, USA. 3: Salk Institute for Biological Studies, San Diego, California, USA.; Source Info: Jan1981, Vol. 43 Issue 1, p73; Subject Term: MYASTHENIA gravis; Subject Term: NERVOUS system -- Diseases; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: DNA; Subject Term: RADIOIMMUNOASSAY; Subject Term: BLOOD proteins; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16279207&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Denman, A. M. AU - Fialkow, P. J. AU - Pelton, B. K. AU - Salo, Armi C. AU - Appleford, D. J. AU - Gilchrist, C. T1 - Lymphocyte abnormalities in Behcet's syndrome. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1980/10// VL - 42 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 175 EP - 185 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - In order to lest indirectly the hypothesis that Beh¸et's syndrome is caused by a virus, lymphocytes from eighty-six patients were evaluated for two parameters consistent with persistent virus infection: chromosomal abnormalities and decreased ability of herpes simplex virus type I (HSV) to grow in lymphocyte cultures stimulated by PHA. Whereas HSV grew in lymphocytes cultured from all normal donors, replication was impaired in lymphocytes from 37% of the patients with Beh¸et's syndrome. This figure is increased to 57% if patients receiving steroids or cytotoxic drugs were excluded. Lymphocytes were scored as chromosomally abnormal from sixteen of the thirty-eight patients examined, compared with only one of seventeen normal controls. There was damage to specific chromosomes in four patients. The frequency with which chromosomal abnormalities were detected was significantly related to failure to replicate HSV and inversely related to concomitant steroid treatment. The findings are consistent with a viral aetiology for Beh¸et's syndrome but other explanations are not excluded. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - BEHCET'S disease KW - VIRUSES KW - HERPES simplex virus KW - HERPESVIRUS diseases KW - DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation N1 - Accession Number: 16434518; Denman, A. M. 1 Fialkow, P. J. 2 Pelton, B. K. 1 Salo, Armi C. 3 Appleford, D. J. 1 Gilchrist, C. 1; Affiliation: 1: Connective Tissue Diseases Study Group, Division of Rheumatology, Clinical Research Centre, Harrow, Middlesex, UK. 2: Medical Genetics Section, Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington, USA. 3: Department of Medicine and Genetics, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington, USA.; Source Info: Oct1980, Vol. 42 Issue 1, p175; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: BEHCET'S disease; Subject Term: VIRUSES; Subject Term: HERPES simplex virus; Subject Term: HERPESVIRUS diseases; Subject Term: DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16434518&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gomez-Reino, J. AU - Habicht, Gail S. T1 - The effect of the plant lectins phytohaemagglutinin and concanavalin A on human T cell populations bearing receptors for IgG and IgM. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1980/08// VL - 41 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 372 EP - 379 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - The effect of long-term culture with the plant lectins phytohaemagglutinin (PHA) and concanavalin A (con A) on the percentages of human T cells bearing Fc receptors for IgG (TG) and IgM (TM) was investigated. Con A produced an early increase in the percentage of TG cells as compared to control cells cultured without mitogen. TM cells decreased. PHA suppressed the percentages of both TG and TG. These changes were not due to loss of cell viability nor to loss of cell surface receptors in general since up to 98% of the cells continued to form sheep erythrocyte rosettes in the virtual absence of IgM Fc receptors. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PLANT proteins KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - CELL proliferation KW - MACROPHAGES KW - CELL receptors KW - CELL membranes KW - T cells N1 - Accession Number: 15985166; Gomez-Reino, J. 1,2 Habicht, Gail S. 2,3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Rheumatology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Northport, Stony Brook, New York, USA. 2: Department of Pathology, School of Basic Health Sciences, Health Sciences Center, State University of New York, Stony Brook, New York, USA. 3: Department of Medicine, School of Medicine, Health Sciences Center, State University of New York, Stony Brook, New York, USA.; Source Info: Aug1980, Vol. 41 Issue 2, p372; Subject Term: PLANT proteins; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject Term: CELL proliferation; Subject Term: MACROPHAGES; Subject Term: CELL receptors; Subject Term: CELL membranes; Subject Term: T cells; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15985166&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Loveridge, N. AU - Lucillebitensky AU - Chayen, J. AU - Hausamen, T. U. AU - Fisher, J. M. AU - Taylor, K. B. AU - Gardner, J. D. AU - Bottazzo, G. F. AU - Doniach, D. T1 - Inhibition of parietal cell function by human gammaglobulin containing gastric parietal cell antibodies. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1980/08// VL - 41 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 264 EP - 270 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Parietal cell antibodies (PCA) arc found in up to 90% of sera from pernicious anaemia patients but it is often stated that they could represent an epiphenomenon without being directly responsible for the achlorhydria. In the present studies a direct effect of these antibodies on the secretory function of gastric acid-secreting cells has been demonstrated in two different experimental systems. In one set of experiments IgGs containing PCA activity were shown to inhibit acid secretion specifically in the living gastric mucosa of the bull frog suspended as a diaphragm between two chambers. The other system demonstrated their inhibition of carbonic anhydrase activity in a cytochemical bioassay for human G17-gastrin, suggesting a blocking effect on the gastrin receptors in the canalicular microvilli or the cell membrane. These experiments suggest a direct pathogenic role for PCA in autoimmune fundal gastritis and in pernicious anaemia. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - PERNICIOUS anemia KW - BLOOD diseases KW - BIOLOGICAL assay KW - GASTROINTESTINAL hormones KW - GASTRIC secretions KW - METABOLIC disorders N1 - Accession Number: 15985109; Loveridge, N. 1 Lucillebitensky 1 Chayen, J. 1 Hausamen, T. U. 2 Fisher, J. M. 2 Taylor, K. B. 2 Gardner, J. D. 3 Bottazzo, G. F. 4 Doniach, D. 4; Affiliation: 1: Division of Cellular Biology, Kennedy Institute of Rheumatology, London. 2: Stanford University Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California. 3: National Institute of Arthritis, Metabolism and Digestive Diseases, Bethesda, Maryland. 4: Department of Immunology, Middlesex Hospital, London.; Source Info: Aug1980, Vol. 41 Issue 2, p264; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: PERNICIOUS anemia; Subject Term: BLOOD diseases; Subject Term: BIOLOGICAL assay; Subject Term: GASTROINTESTINAL hormones; Subject Term: GASTRIC secretions; Subject Term: METABOLIC disorders; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15985109&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Green, F. A. AU - Jung, C. Y. AU - Rampal, A. AU - Lorusso, D. J. T1 - Alpha-methyldopa and the erythrocyte membrane. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1980/06// VL - 40 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 554 EP - 560 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Alpha-methyldopa binds to human erythrocyte membrane proteins. A portion of this binding is readily dissociable in SDS but a significant amount is very tightly bound and does not come off even under rigorous conditions. The binding is increased under oxidizing conditions and very much inhibited in the presence of reducing agents as well as superoxide dismutase and catalase. Haemoglobin competes with membrane peptides for alpha-methyldopa binding. It is postulated that haemoglobin acts as a `sinks' for the drug in the intact cell and that the first step in the pathogenesis of Coombs positivity and haemolytic anaemia results from an alteration of a critical membrane peptide secondary to binding of the drug during normal membrane breakdown. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CELL membranes KW - MEMBRANE proteins KW - SUPEROXIDE dismutase KW - HEMOLYSIS & hemolysins KW - BLOOD diseases KW - HEMOLYTIC anemia N1 - Accession Number: 18001983; Green, F. A. 1 Jung, C. Y. 1 Rampal, A. 1 Lorusso, D. J. 2; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Medicine and Biophysical Sciences, State University of New York at Buffalo. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Buffalo, New York, USA.; Source Info: Jun1980, Vol. 40 Issue 3, p554; Subject Term: CELL membranes; Subject Term: MEMBRANE proteins; Subject Term: SUPEROXIDE dismutase; Subject Term: HEMOLYSIS & hemolysins; Subject Term: BLOOD diseases; Subject Term: HEMOLYTIC anemia; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=18001983&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wood, G. AU - Rucker, M. AU - Davis, J. W. AU - Entwistle, R. AU - Anderson, B. T1 - Interaction of plasma fibronectin with selected cryoglobulins. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1980/05// VL - 40 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 358 EP - 364 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Plasma fibronectin (PFN) is associated with cryoglobulins of the polyclonal type. Cryoglobulins from two patients with essential mixed cryoglobulinaemia were analysed immunoelectrophoretically to determine a possible association between PFN and immunoglobulin complexes in the formation of cryoprecipitates. In cryoglobulins from each patient, distinctive alterations in electrophoretic migration patterns of both PFN and immunoglobulin were associated with the formation of a cryoprecipitate. The observations indicate that PFN binds to some serum component in the process of cryoglobulin formation. That component may be immunoglobulin. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - FIBRONECTINS KW - CRYOGLOBULINS KW - SERUM KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - PATIENTS KW - IMMUNOELECTROPHORESIS N1 - Accession Number: 16218191; Wood, G. 1 Rucker, M. 1 Davis, J. W. 2 Entwistle, R. 3,4,5 Anderson, B. 3,4,5; Affiliation: 1: Department of Pathology, University of Kansas Medical Center, Kansas City. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Kansas City. 3: Department of Biochemistry, Northwestern University Medical and Dental School, Chicago, USA. 4: Department of Otolaryngology, Northwestern University Medical and Dental School, Chicago, USA. 5: Maxillofacial Surgery, Northwestern University Medical and Dental School, Chicago, USA.; Source Info: May1980, Vol. 40 Issue 2, p358; Subject Term: FIBRONECTINS; Subject Term: CRYOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: IMMUNOELECTROPHORESIS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16218191&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Roselle, G. A. AU - Kaufman, Carol A. T1 - Amphotericin B and 5-fluorocytosine: effects on cell-mediated immunity. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1980/04// VL - 40 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 186 EP - 192 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Although single-dose amphotericin B therapy appears to be immunostimulatory in mice, no data are available regarding the effects of chronic anti-fungal drug therapy on the immune system. We studied the effects on the guinea-pig cellular immune system of 4 weeks of treatment with amphotericin B, 5-tluorocytosine, or the combination of both drugs. The in vitro lymphocyte response to phytohaemagglutinin and the specific antigen, picryl human serum albumin (picHSA), were not affected by anti-fungal drug treatment. At 1.5 weeks of therapy with amphotericin B, skin test reactivity to picHSA was significantly reduced but returned toward normal by the end of 3.5 weeks of drug therapy, Macrophage migration inhibitory factor production by guinea-pig peripheral blood lymphocytes was significantly reduced after 4 weeks of amphotericin B therapy. No immunostimulatory properties could be ascribed to amphotericin B.5-fluorocytosine had no effect on cellular immunity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AMPHOTERICIN B KW - IMMUNITY KW - PHYTOHEMAGGLUTININS KW - ANTIGENS KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - MACROPHAGES N1 - Accession Number: 17557509; Roselle, G. A. 1 Kaufman, Carol A. 2; Affiliation: 1: Division of Infectious Diseases, Cincinnati Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Cincinnati Medical School, Cincinnati. 2: Division of Infectious Diseases, Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Michigan Medical School, Ann Arbor, USA.; Source Info: Apr1980, Vol. 40 Issue 1, p186; Subject Term: AMPHOTERICIN B; Subject Term: IMMUNITY; Subject Term: PHYTOHEMAGGLUTININS; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: MACROPHAGES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=17557509&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Masaomi Higuchi AU - Robinson, David S. AU - Cailleau, Relda AU - Irie, Reiko F. AU - Morton, Donald L. T1 - A serologic study of cultured breast cancer cell lines: lack of antibody response to tumour specific membrane antigens in patients. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1980/03// VL - 39 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 90 EP - 96 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Humoral antibodies to tumour associated membrane antigens of cultured human breast cancer cell lines were studied using the immune adherence (IA) test. Sera from 353 post-operative breast cancer patients and from twenty-five patients immunized by allogeneic breast cancer cells were tested against the MDA-MB-436 cell line. Fifty-five (15.6%) sera samples from the non-vaccinated group and 131 (773%) of 168 sera samples from the immunotherapy group were IA-positive to this cell line after absorption with bovine erythrocytes to exclude antibody to heterologous membrane antigens (HM Ag). Forty-five of the 55 positive-sera from the non-immunized group and 113 of the 131 positive sera from the immunized group became IA-negative after further absorption with lymphoblastoid cells autologous to MDA-MB-436. Subsequently, the twenty-eight positive sera remaining were tested for oncofetal antigens (OFA). After absorption with OFA rich tissues (fetal brain and M14 melanoma cells), no reactivity remained in the sera samples. In order to identify antibodies specific to breast cancer antigens, the 129 sera samples from non-immunized patients were tested against four other breast cancer cell lines; MDA-MB-157, MDA-MB-231, MCF-7 and UCLASO-BI. Four sera which reacted to more than three of the cell lines were identified. The reactivity of three of the four was due to anti-OFA antibody. The last serum sample was reactive to anti-HLA antibodies. These results indicate that sera of patients with breast cancer contain antibodies to OFA, but do not detect breast histologic type specific antigens as tested by IA using five breast cancer cultured cell lines. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BREAST cancer KW - ANTIGENS KW - BREAST cancer -- Patients KW - CELL lines KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - CANCER cells N1 - Accession Number: 17324533; Masaomi Higuchi 1,2 Robinson, David S. 1,2 Cailleau, Relda 1,2 Irie, Reiko F. 1,2 Morton, Donald L. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Division of Oncology, Department of Surgery, UCLA School of Medicine, University of California, Los Angeles, California, 2: Surgical Service, Sepulveda Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, USA; Source Info: Mar1980, Vol. 39 Issue 3, p90; Subject Term: BREAST cancer; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: BREAST cancer -- Patients; Subject Term: CELL lines; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: CANCER cells; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=17324533&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Starkebaum, G. AU - Singer, J. W. AU - Arend, W. P. T1 - Analysis of immune complexes in synovial effusions of patients with rheumatoid arthritis. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1980/02// VL - 39 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 297 EP - 306 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Immune complexes were isolated from the synovial effusions of patients with seropositive definite or classical rheumatoid arthritis by centrifugation over a sucrose-polyethylene glycol gradient. Physicochemical and immunochemical analysis showed IgG and IgM to be the predominant molecular species with lesser amounts of Clq and moderate amounts of IgA and activated C4 and C3. Very low concentrations of CĪr, C&Īs, factor B and β2-microglobulin were detected. Trace amounts of four other components totalling less than 4% oft he total protein, were .seen and their molecular weights established. Reasons were advanced for thinking that fibrinogen, human serum albumin and α2-macroglobulin were only secondarily associated with the complexes. The data are consistent with the hypothesis that IgG is the main, if not the only antigen, responsible for provoking and maintaining the pathological changes in rheumatoid arthritis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNE complexes KW - SYNOVIAL fluid KW - IMMUNOCHEMISTRY KW - GLYCOLS KW - SUCROSE polyester KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN A KW - RHEUMATOID arthritis N1 - Accession Number: 15960817; Starkebaum, G. 1 Singer, J. W. 1 Arend, W. P. 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, Washington. 2: Divisions of Rheumatology and Oncology, Department of Medicine, University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, Washington, USA.; Source Info: Feb1980, Vol. 39 Issue 2, p297; Subject Term: IMMUNE complexes; Subject Term: SYNOVIAL fluid; Subject Term: IMMUNOCHEMISTRY; Subject Term: GLYCOLS; Subject Term: SUCROSE polyester; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN A; Subject Term: RHEUMATOID arthritis; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15960817&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Neilan, Barbara A. AU - Taddeini, L. AU - McJilton, C. E. AU - Handwerger, B. S. T1 - Decreased T cell function in mice exposed to chronic, low levels of lead. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1980/01// VL - 39 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 746 EP - 749 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - The immune responsiveness of mice given low levels of lead acetate (1300 p.p.m.) in their drinking water for 8 weeks was determined. Mean percentages of splenic T and B lymphocytes in lead-exposed mice were slightly lower than in controls. Mean mitogen response to phytohaemagglutinin and concanavalin A in mice exposed to lead was significantly decreased compared to controls. The response to lipopolysaccharide on the other hand was not significantly different in the two groups. These data suggest that T lymphocyte function as measured by mitogenic response to phytohaemagglutinin and concanavalin A is impaired in mice exposed chronically to low concentrations of lead. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNE response KW - B cells KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - T cells KW - FRESH water KW - RODENTS N1 - Accession Number: 17335451; Neilan, Barbara A. 1 Taddeini, L. 2 McJilton, C. E. 3 Handwerger, B. S. 4; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, St Paul-Ramsey Medical Center, St Paul, Minnesota, USA. 2: Department of Environmental Health, School of Public Health, University of Minnesota, USA. 3: Department of Medicine, University of Minnesota School of Medicine, USA. 4: Research and Medical Services, Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, USA.; Source Info: Jan1980, Vol. 39 Issue 1, p746; Subject Term: IMMUNE response; Subject Term: B cells; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: FRESH water; Subject Term: RODENTS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112999 All other miscellaneous animal production; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=17335451&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Panush, R. S. AU - Ossakow, S. J. T1 - Effects of acetaminophen on normal human peripheral blood lymphocytes: enhancement of mitogen- and antigen-stimulated incorporation of tritiated thymidine. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1979/12// VL - 38 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 539 EP - 548 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - This report describes hitherto unrecognized immunoenhancing properties of acetaminophen on cultured human lymphocytes. The addition of acetaminophen (2.5-300 μg/ml) significantly enhanced mitogen-induced blastogenesis. The stimulation of cells by Candida albicans, from individuals who were skin-test positive for antigen and two-way responses of mixed lymphocytes, were similarly augmented. Cells stimulated in the presence of acetaminophen were comparably enhanced in cultures lasting for 24-168 hr. Enhancement of stimulated cells was noted only if the drug was added during the first hours of culture. Exposure of cells to acetaminophen before mitogen stimulation did not enhance responses unless the cells were simultaneously cultured with mitogen and the drug. Cells obtained from normal subjects before, during and after ingestion of therapeutic amounts of acetaminophen for 3 days, were cultured in a medium without acetaminophen, and did not display increased in vitro responses during or after drug consumption. These data indicated: (1) pharmacological concentrations of acetaminophen significantly enhanced lymphocyte responses to specific, non-specific, soluble and insoluble stimulation in vitro; and (2) enhancement by acetaminophen occurred only when the drug was in contact with cells during the early period of cell activation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ACETAMINOPHEN KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - BLOOD plasma KW - THYMIDINE KW - MITOGENS KW - ANTIGENS KW - DRUG utilization N1 - Accession Number: 16145563; Panush, R. S. 1 Ossakow, S. J. 2; Affiliation: 1: Clinical Immunology Section, Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Hospital. 2: Division of Clinical Immunology, Department of Medicine, College of Medicine, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida, USA.; Source Info: Dec1979, Vol. 38 Issue 3, p539; Subject Term: ACETAMINOPHEN; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: BLOOD plasma; Subject Term: THYMIDINE; Subject Term: MITOGENS; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: DRUG utilization; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16145563&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - ABST AU - Fuson, E. W. AU - Shaw, M.W. AU - Hubbard, R. A. AU - Lamon, E. W. T1 - Antibody-antigen complex stimulated lysis of non-sensitized sheep red cells by human lymphocytes I. REQUIREMENT FOR IgG COMPLEXES. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1979/10// VL - 38 IS - 1 M3 - Abstract SP - 158 EP - 165 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - IgG antibody-antigen complexes stimulated lysis of non-sensitized sheep erythrocytes (SRBC) by normal human peripheral blood lymphocytes (PBL). Heat-aggregated human IgG, rabbit IgG-ovalbumin complexes and rabbit IgG-sensitized ox erythrocytes (ORBC) were effective in the induction of SRBC lysis by PBL. However, IgM-sensitized ORBC and IgM-complement-sensitized ORBC were ineffective. As only SRBC and not ORBC or chicken erythrocytes (CRBC) were lysed under identical experimental conditions, it is conceivable that the SRBC receptor present on the T cell is involved. Furthermore, 45% inhibition of lysis was obtained by pre- treating the effector cells with anti-human thymocyte globulin (ATG) and complete inhibition was obtained by adding SRBC stroma to the reaction mixture. The requirement for the inclusion of IgG complexes and the absence of specific anti-target cell antibody distinguish this reaction from natural cell-mediated cytotoxicity and antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC). Immune killer T cells would not appear to be responsible as eight different donors were used and none of these were cytotoxic to SRBC in the absence of IgG complexes. The induction of this cytotoxic reaction appears to require the recognition and interaction by the effector cells of two separate molecular entities, i.e. the SRBC membrane by the T cell and the IgG Fc region by an IgG-Fc receptor-bearing cell. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNE complexes KW - ERYTHROCYTES KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - T cells KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - ANTIBODY-dependent cell cytotoxicity N1 - Accession Number: 16436912; Fuson, E. W. 1,2 Shaw, M.W. 1,2 Hubbard, R. A. 1,2 Lamon, E. W. 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medical Biology, University of Tennessee Memorial Research Center, Center for the Health Sciences, Knoxville, Tennessee. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, University of Alabama in Birmingham, School of Medicine, Birmingham, Alabama, USA. 3: Department of Surgery and Cancer Research and Training Center, University of Alabama in Birmingham, School of Medicine, Birmingham, Alabama, USA.; Source Info: Oct1979, Vol. 38 Issue 1, p158; Subject Term: IMMUNE complexes; Subject Term: ERYTHROCYTES; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject Term: ANTIBODY-dependent cell cytotoxicity; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Abstract UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16436912&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wasicek, C. A. AU - Maddison, P. J. AU - Reichlin, M. T1 - Occurrence of antibodies to single-stranded DNA in ANA negative patients. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1979/08// VL - 37 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 190 EP - 195 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Five patients with clinical features of a connective tissue disease most suggestive of systemic lupus erythematosus were found to have a negative ANA by conventional screening at 1/20 dilution on mouse liver. However, significant titres of antibodies to single-stranded DNA were detected using a double antibody radioimmunoassay. Thus, certain patients have antibodies to DNA restricted to single-stranded determinants as detected by radioimmunoassay with single-stranded DNA as antigen and a negative ANA test. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LUPUS erythematosus KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - DNA KW - MEDICAL screening KW - RADIOIMMUNOASSAY KW - CONNECTIVE tissues N1 - Accession Number: 16434574; Wasicek, C. A. 1 Maddison, P. J. 1 Reichlin, M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Medicine and Biochemistry, Veterans Administration Medical Center, SUNY, Buffalo School of Medicine, Buffalo, New York, USA.; Source Info: Aug1979, Vol. 37 Issue 2, p190; Subject Term: LUPUS erythematosus; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: DNA; Subject Term: MEDICAL screening; Subject Term: RADIOIMMUNOASSAY; Subject Term: CONNECTIVE tissues; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621999 All Other Miscellaneous Ambulatory Health Care Services; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16434574&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - M. Floyd AU - Tesar, J. T. T1 - The role of IgM rheumatoid factor in experimental immune vasculitis. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1979/04// VL - 36 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 165 EP - 174 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - The effect of IgM rheumatoid factor (RF) on reversepassive cutaneous Arthus reaction in rats was studied. The RF was obtained from the serum cryoglobulin of a patient with symptoms of purpura, arthralgia and digital gangrene. The cryoglobulin was of IgG-IgM type and when given i.v. it induced a prompt hypocomplementaemia in experimental animals. The purified RF also induced low serum complement levels when injected i.v. along with complexes of noncomplement- fixing, aggregated IgG. A reverse passive Arthus reaction was induced by intradermal injection of IgG anti-bovine serum albumin (BSA), followed by an i.v. dose of antigen (Ag). The cutaneous inflammatory reaction was aggravated by simultaneous administration of IgM RF intradermally, but not by IgM without antibody (Ab) properties. Intradermal injection of low concentrations of non-complement-fixing IgG anti-BSA, along with normal human IgM, followed by i.v. injection of BSA, resulted in a complete lack of cutaneous inflammation. At higher Ab concentrations there was only a mild inflammation. However, when IgM RF was substituted for normal IgM and injected with non-complement-fixing anti-BSA, an effective reverse passive cutaneous Arthus reaction and vasculitis was induced. The inflammatory response was greatly suppressed by decomplementation of animals by cobra venom factor. This study provides evidence favouring an inflammatory, complement-dependent role for RF in vasculitis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - VASCULAR diseases KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - INFLAMMATION KW - INTRADERMAL injections KW - PATHOLOGY KW - BLOOD proteins KW - SERUM albumin N1 - Accession Number: 16246349; M. Floyd 1 Tesar, J. T. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Northeastern University Medical School and Veterans Administration Lakeside Hospital, Chicago, Illinois, USA.; Source Info: Apr1979, Vol. 36 Issue 1, p165; Subject Term: VASCULAR diseases; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject Term: INFLAMMATION; Subject Term: INTRADERMAL injections; Subject Term: PATHOLOGY; Subject Term: BLOOD proteins; Subject Term: SERUM albumin; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16246349&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wolinsky, J. S. AU - Dau, P. C. AU - Buimovici-Klein, Elena AU - Mednick, J. AU - Berg, B. O. AU - Lang, P. B. AU - Cooper, L. Z. T1 - Progressive rubella panencephalitis: immunovirological studies and results of isoprinosine therapy. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1979/03// VL - 35 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 397 EP - 404 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Two patients with progressive rubella panencephalitis, one with and one without stigmata of congenital rubella, were treated for 9 months with isoprinosine and showed continued clinical deterioration. Immunovirological studies performed before, during and after treatment were unaffected by drug therapy. The virus was recovered on one occasion from the lymphocytes of one of these cases. Neither patient showed any major defects in cellular or humoral immunity. However, the lymphocytes of the patient with stigmata of congenital rubella failed to respond to rubella virus in vitro anti had a heat stable, non-dialysable serum inhibitor of in vitro protein A stimulated proliferative responses. Both patients' serum interfered with the production of interferon by normal donor lymphocytes following stimulation with rubella and varicella virus antigen. Increasing serum titles of interferon which did not appear to he lymphoid or immune-specific in origin were found in these two cases. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RUBELLA KW - TOGAVIRUS infections KW - ANTIVIRAL agents KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - BLOOD plasma KW - IMMUNOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15987739; Wolinsky, J. S. 1,2 Dau, P. C. 1,3 Buimovici-Klein, Elena 4 Mednick, J. 3 Berg, B. O. 1 Lang, P. B. 4 Cooper, L. Z. 4; Affiliation: 1: Department of Neurology, Pediatrics and Medicine, University of California, San Francisco. 2: Neurology Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco. 3: Cellular Immunology Laboratory, Children's Hospital, San Francisco. 4: Department of Pediatrics, Roosevelt Hospital, College of Physicians and Surgeons of Columbia University, New York, USA.; Source Info: Mar1979, Vol. 35 Issue 3, p397; Subject Term: RUBELLA; Subject Term: TOGAVIRUS infections; Subject Term: ANTIVIRAL agents; Subject Term: LEUCOCYTES; Subject Term: BLOOD plasma; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15987739&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kirkpatrick, C. H. AU - Greenberg, Lynn E. AU - Chapman, S. W. AU - Goldstein, G. AU - Lewis, Verna M. AU - Twomey, J. J. T1 - Plasma thymic hormone activity in patients with chronic mucocutaneous candidiasis. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1978/12// VL - 34 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 311 EP - 317 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - To further characterize the immunological abnormalities in patients with chronic mucocutaneous candidiasis, the thymic hormone activity in their plasma was measured. Of the sixteen patients in the study, seven had chronic diffuse candidiasis, five had candidiasis with endocrinopathies and four had candidiasis with thymoma. Only one patient, an anergic child with chronic diffuse candidiasis had severe deficiency of plasma thymic hormone activity. Two patients, a woman with candidiasis and multiple endocrinopathies and an elderly man with metastatic epithelial thymoma had supranomal values. These studies indicate that the immunological deficit in most patients with these forms of chronic mucucutaneous candidiasis is not due to deficiency of a thymic inductive activity and suggest that an intrinsic defect exists in the maturation of antigen-responsive lymphoid cells. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CANDIDIASIS KW - THYMIC hormones KW - BLOOD plasma KW - LYMPHOID tissue KW - MYCOSES KW - THYMUS extract N1 - Accession Number: 16616163; Kirkpatrick, C. H. 1,2,3 Greenberg, Lynn E. 1,2,3 Chapman, S. W. 1,2,3 Goldstein, G. 1,2,3 Lewis, Verna M. 1,2,3 Twomey, J. J. 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: Laboratory of Clinical Investigation, National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, NIH, Bathesda, Maryland, USA. 2: Ortho Pharmaceutical Corporation, Raritan, New Jersey, USA. 3: Immunohematology Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, Texas, USA.; Source Info: Dec1978, Vol. 34 Issue 3, p311; Subject Term: CANDIDIASIS; Subject Term: THYMIC hormones; Subject Term: BLOOD plasma; Subject Term: LYMPHOID tissue; Subject Term: MYCOSES; Subject Term: THYMUS extract; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16616163&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - ABST AU - O'Connor, D. T. AU - Weisman, M. H. AU - Fierer, J. T1 - Activation of the alternate complement pathway in Staph. aureus infective endocarditis and its relationship to thrombocytopenia, coagulation abnormalities, and acute glomerulonephritis. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1978/11// VL - 34 IS - 2 M3 - Abstract SP - 179 EP - 187 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Twenty-four patients with infective endocarditis (IE) are described; fourteen with Staph. aureus and ten with other organisms. Despite the acute nature of the infection, ten of the fourteen with Stapli. Aureus IE, were hypocomplementaemic; six of these ten had normal levels of C4 associated with low C3 levels, suggesting activation of the alternate complement pathway. Factor B (C3PA) was also low in three of these six cases. In the ten patients with non-Staph. IE, three had hypocomplementaemia with low levels of C4, C3, and Factor H, prohably due to Cl (classical pathway) activation with feedback activation of the alternate pathway. In addition, thrombocytopenia was noted in nine of the twenty-four patients and was associated with hypocomplementaemia; the degree of renal insufficiency noted in these patients also correlated with hypocomplementaemia. In Staph. aureus IE thrombocytopenia and hypocomplementacmia, occurring early in the course of the disease, may be due to a non-immune interaction of Staph. cell wall products (Protein A) with immunoglobulin, complement components, and thrombocytes. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ENDOCARDITIS KW - ENDOCARDIUM -- Diseases KW - STAPHYLOCOCCUS aureus KW - THROMBOCYTOPENIA KW - BLOOD coagulation disorders KW - GLOMERULONEPHRITIS N1 - Accession Number: 16434967; O'Connor, D. T. 1 Weisman, M. H. 1 Fierer, J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, University of California Medical Center and Veterans Administration Hospital, San Diego, California U.S.A.; Source Info: Nov1978, Vol. 34 Issue 2, p179; Subject Term: ENDOCARDITIS; Subject Term: ENDOCARDIUM -- Diseases; Subject Term: STAPHYLOCOCCUS aureus; Subject Term: THROMBOCYTOPENIA; Subject Term: BLOOD coagulation disorders; Subject Term: GLOMERULONEPHRITIS; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Abstract UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16434967&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - White, T. G. AU - Mebust, W. K. AU - Mirikitani, F. K. T1 - Induction of canine autoantibody to prostatic neoantigen. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1978/07// VL - 33 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 174 EP - 184 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Electrodesiccation surgery of the prostate glands was completed on a total of seventy-one dogs. Disc electrophoresis, thin layer gel electrofocus and agar double diffusion studies demonstrated unique changes in the extracts of convalescent prostatic tissue that had persisted for at least 6 months when compared with pre-treatment extracts from seventeen of these dogs. The length of the period following electrodesiccation did not appear to affect the quality of the changes observed. Rabbit antisera to extracts of desiccated prostatic tissue contained antibody specific only for the autologous extract; however, cross-reactivity with altered antigen in homologous extracts could not be verified. In all dogs, generalized adverse effects were not detectable up to 10 months post-surgery. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PROSTATE KW - ISOELECTRIC focusing KW - DOGS as laboratory animals KW - ANTIGENS KW - BLOOD products KW - EXTRACTS N1 - Accession Number: 16278413; White, T. G. 1,2 Mebust, W. K. 1,2 Mirikitani, F. K. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Medical Research Service, Veterans Administration Hospital Kansas City, Missouri. 2: Department of Microbiology and Surgery, University of Kansas Medical Center, Kansas City Kansas, USA.; Source Info: Jul1978, Vol. 33 Issue 1, p174; Subject Term: PROSTATE; Subject Term: ISOELECTRIC focusing; Subject Term: DOGS as laboratory animals; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: BLOOD products; Subject Term: EXTRACTS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 311942 Spice and Extract Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16278413&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Turner, F. N. AU - Kaltreider, H. B. T1 - Immunology of the lower respiratory tract. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1978/07// VL - 33 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 128 EP - 135 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - The distribution of antibody-forming cells to sheep erythrocytes among canine pulmonary and systemic lympboid tissues differs distinctively depending on whether antigen is administered by the intrapulmonary or the intravenous (i.v.) route. After local (intrapulmonary) immunization, antibody- forming cells are restricted to the lung and regional lymph nodes; after i.v., they are widespread. To test the hypothesis that the tissue distribution of antigen is an important determinant of the resultant distribution of antihody-forming cells, dogs were immunized with radioiodinated sheep erythrocytes, either intrapulmonary (i.p.) or i.v. After 4 days, the concentrations of tissue-bound radioactivity and of antibody-forming cells in various lymphoid tissues were compared. The distrihution of tissue-bound radioactivity among lymphoid tissues was clearly determined and different depending on the route of immunization. After i.p. administration, radioactivity was bound to lung and hilar lymph nodes; after i.v., it was found in the lung, liver, spleen and occasionally hilar nodes, Antihody-forming cells appeared in those lymphoid preparations which contained tissue-bound radioactivity. The exception was that locally applied antigen elicited antibody-forming cells in the lung poorly, despite the fact that abundant antigen remained localized to the lung, Notably, i.v. immunization resulted in the appearance of both antibody forming cells and cell-bound radioactivity in the lung. It is concluded that the distribution of antigen among tissues is a major determinant of the distinctive patterns of appearance of antibody-forming cells after different routes of immunization. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SHEEP as laboratory animals KW - ERYTHROCYTES KW - LYMPHOID tissue KW - ANTIGENS KW - RADIOACTIVITY KW - LYMPH nodes N1 - Accession Number: 16278401; Turner, F. N. 1 Kaltreider, H. B. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, San Francisco Veterans Administration Hospital, Cardiovascular Research Institute, and Department of Medicine, School of Medicine, University of California, San Francisco.; Source Info: Jul1978, Vol. 33 Issue 1, p128; Subject Term: SHEEP as laboratory animals; Subject Term: ERYTHROCYTES; Subject Term: LYMPHOID tissue; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: RADIOACTIVITY; Subject Term: LYMPH nodes; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16278401&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Anthony, C. R. AU - Panush, R. S. T1 - Interaction of [14C]acetylsalicylic acid with normal human peripheral blood lymphocytes. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1978/03// VL - 31 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 482 EP - 489 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Therapeutic concentrations of acetylsalicylic acid (ASA) have strikingly inhibited in vitro and in vivo mitogen- and antigen-induced blastogenesis by human lymphocytes. These observations may be pertinent to the anti-inflammatory actions of ASA, To investigate further the possible effects of ASA on cellular responses, we studied the in vitro interaction of [14C]ASA with lymphocytes. Results indicated that the [14C]ASA association with cells was (a) proportional to ASA concentrations, (b) non-saturable at high concentrations of ASA, (c) dependent on pH, (d) independent of temperature, (e) dependent on cell concentration, (f) not consistently displaced by unlabelled ASA or other drugs, (g) rapid and unchanged over 1 min to 72 hr incubations and (h) reversed by repeated cell washing. These data confirmed that ASA indeed interacted with lymphocytes. The association was rapid, reversible, pH-dependent and not demonstrably specific under these experimental conditions. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ASPIRIN KW - SALICYLIC acid KW - ANALGESICS KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - IMMUNOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 16244978; Anthony, C. R. 1,2 Panush, R. S. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Clinical Immunology Section, Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Hospital. 2: Division of Clinical Immunology, Department of Medicine, College of Medicine, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida, USA.; Source Info: Mar1978, Vol. 31 Issue 3, p482; Subject Term: ASPIRIN; Subject Term: SALICYLIC acid; Subject Term: ANALGESICS; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: LEUCOCYTES; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16244978&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - McPhaul Jr., J. J. T1 - Cryoimmunoglobulinaemia in patients with primary renal disease and systemic lupus erythematosus. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1978/01// VL - 31 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 131 EP - 140 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Sera were tested for cryoglobulin precipitates from 206 consecutive patients with renal disease, ninety-eight normals and sixteen patients with systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) without evident renal disease. Cryoprecipitates were detected in 17% of test subjects overall and 2% of normals; the incidence was highest in patients with SLE, regardless of detectable renal disease. Cryoprecipitates usually were comprised of IgG and IgM or IgG, IgM, and IgA in thirty-six out of forty-two instances, although a single immunoglobulin class was detected in five patients. Co-precipitation experiments showed IgG-binding by virtually all sera forming cryoprecipitates; isolated cryoprecipitates bound radiolabelled homologous IgG, its Fc fragment and sometimes IgG subclass proteins preferentially. Freshly forming cryoprecipitates sometimes co-precipitated DNA, whereas all isolated cryoprecipitates co-precipitated DNA from dilute solutions. The data are compatible with the current hypothesis that cryoimmunoprecipitates are immune complexes that are insoluble in vitro in the cold, that they usually comprise mixed immunoglobulins with anti-IgG activity, and may contain a mixture of antigens and antibodies. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases KW - NUCLEIC acids KW - BLOOD proteins KW - PLASMA cells KW - GENES N1 - Accession Number: 16253696; McPhaul Jr., J. J. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital. 2: Department of Internal Medicine, University of Texas, Southwestern Medical School, Dallas, Texas, U.S.A..; Source Info: Jan1978, Vol. 31 Issue 1, p131; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Subject Term: NUCLEIC acids; Subject Term: BLOOD proteins; Subject Term: PLASMA cells; Subject Term: GENES; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16253696&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kermani-Arab, V. AU - Leslie, G. A. AU - Burger, D. R. T1 - Structure and biological functions of human IgD. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1977/12// VL - 30 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 450 EP - 456 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Specifically purified anti-human δ stimulated the in vitro incorporation of [3H]thymidine by human peripheral lymphocytes from patients with chronic lymphocytic leukaemia (CLL). The peak response varied between individuals; those with 5-52% IgD-bearing lymphocytes exhibited maximum stimulation at 3 days, whereas a patient with only 1% IgD-bearing cells showed optimal activation at 6 days. In agreement with others, our data indicated that, in most instances, lymphocytes from patients with CLL respond poorly to PHA. One of the most important findings in this study is the enhancement of PHA responsiveness by anti-δ. Lymphocytes that exhibited reduced responsiveness to PHA alone, when pre-treated with anti-δ, showed transformation greater than the sum of the anti-5 plus PHA responses. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - THYMIDINE KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - LEUKEMIA KW - CHRONIC diseases KW - CHRONIC lymphocytic leukemia KW - LYMPHOPROLIFERATIVE disorders N1 - Accession Number: 16248016; Kermani-Arab, V. 1 Leslie, G. A. 1 Burger, D. R. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Microbiology and Immunology, University of Oregon Health Sciences Center, Portland, Oregon. 2: Surgical Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Portland, Oregon, U.S.A.; Source Info: Dec1977, Vol. 30 Issue 3, p450; Subject Term: THYMIDINE; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: LEUKEMIA; Subject Term: CHRONIC diseases; Subject Term: CHRONIC lymphocytic leukemia; Subject Term: LYMPHOPROLIFERATIVE disorders; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16248016&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hand, W. L. AU - King, N. L. T1 - Deficiency of serum bactericidal activity against Salmonella typhimurium in sickle cell anaemia. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1977/11// VL - 30 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 262 EP - 270 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Systemic salmonellosis is a recognized complication of sickle cell anemia (SCA). In our initial study of SCA host defences against salmonella, we evaluated the bactericidal activity of serum against Salmonella typhimurium. When compared to controls, sera from eight out of nineteen SCA patients were deficient in bactericidal function. Levels of factor B, haemolytic complement and agglutinating antibody were similar in SCA and control sera. However, abnormalities that might theoretically account for the decreased antibacterial activity were observed in many SCA sera. These abnormal findings included: (a) defective function of the alternative complement pathway (decreased bacterial killing in the presence of Mg EGTA); (b) low serum C3 concentration; and (c) decreased total iron-binding capacity (TIBC), with a resultant increase in per cent saturation of iron-binding capacity. Of these deficiencies only the abnormal alternative pathway function was significantly associated with decreased serum bactericidal activity. A suggested function of serum bactericidal activity is prevention of bacteraemia by susceptible organisms. Thus diminished serum bactericidal capacity may increase the risk of Salmonella bacteraemia in some individuals with sickle cell disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - FOOD poisoning KW - SICKLE cell anemia KW - BLOOD diseases KW - AGGLUTINATION KW - HEMOGLOBINOPATHY N1 - Accession Number: 15938594; Hand, W. L. 1 King, N. L. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital (Atlanta), Decatur, Georgia. 2: Department of Medicine, Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta, Georgia, U.S.A.; Source Info: Nov1977, Vol. 30 Issue 2, p262; Subject Term: FOOD poisoning; Subject Term: SICKLE cell anemia; Subject Term: BLOOD diseases; Subject Term: AGGLUTINATION; Subject Term: HEMOGLOBINOPATHY; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15938594&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Colombo, M. AU - Vernace, S. J. AU - Paronetto, F. T1 - T and B lymphocytes in patients with chronic active hepatitis (CAH). JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1977/10// VL - 30 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 4 EP - 9 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Absolute numbers of T and B lymphocytes as well as active E rosette-forming cells were measured in twenty-seven patients with chronic active hepatitis (CAH), and in thirty control patients. In patients with CAH without cirrhosis, active E rosette-forming cells (a subpopulation of T lymphocytes considered to be actively involved in cell-mediated immune reactions) as well as lymphocytes with surface markers for IgA, IgM and IgG were increased. In patients with CAH and cirrhosis, total T lymphocytes were decreased. These results emphasize the significance of lymphocytes in CAH, and suggest the importance of monitoring T- and B-cell populations in patients with this disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - CHRONIC active hepatitis KW - PATIENTS KW - CIRRHOSIS of the liver KW - T cells KW - B cells N1 - Accession Number: 15993985; Colombo, M. 1 Vernace, S. J. 1 Paronetto, F. 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Pathology and Medicine (Division of Liver Disease), Mt Sinai School of Medicine, City University of New York. 2: Laboratory Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, New York, U.S.A.; Source Info: Oct1977, Vol. 30 Issue 1, p4; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: CHRONIC active hepatitis; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: CIRRHOSIS of the liver; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: B cells; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15993985&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Persson, K. AU - Kindmark, C.-O. AU - Pensky, J. AU - Nafi, G. T1 - Quantitative measurement of properdin in normal human serum by electroimmunoassay and single radial immunodiffusion. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1977/07// VL - 29 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 84 EP - 88 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Properdin in normal serum was measured by electroimmunoassay (EIA) and single radial immunodiffusion (SRID). Fresh sera gave much lower properdin values in SRID in gels containing Mg2+ ions. Storage of sera at 4°C resulted in a gradual increase of the properdin values measured by SRID but not of those of the EIA. With 10 mM of EDTA in the gels no difference between the properdin values obtained by the different methods was found. Evidence is presented that immunodiffusion values of properdin might be affected by precipitation of a C3-properdin complex in gels containing Mg2+ ions after the activation of the properdin system by agarose. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOASSAY KW - BLOOD plasma KW - ANTIGEN-antibody reactions KW - GELATION KW - IMMUNOLOGY KW - ANTIGENS N1 - Accession Number: 15945345; Persson, K. 1,2 Kindmark, C.-O. 1,2 Pensky, J. 1,2 Nafi, G. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Infectious Diseases and Clinical Virology, Malmö General Hospital, Malm&oauml;, Sweden. 2: Department of Infectious Diseases, University Hospital, Uppsala, Sweden and Veterans Administration Hospital, Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jul1977, Vol. 29 Issue 1, p84; Subject Term: IMMUNOASSAY; Subject Term: BLOOD plasma; Subject Term: ANTIGEN-antibody reactions; Subject Term: GELATION; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGY; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15945345&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Brooks, W. H. AU - Roszman, T. L. AU - Mahaley, M. S. AU - Woosley, R. E. T1 - Immunobiology of primary intracranial tumours II. ANALYSIS OF LYMPHOCYTE SUBPOPULATIONS IN PATIENTS WITH PRIMARY BRAIN TUMOURS. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1977/07// VL - 29 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 61 EP - 66 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Circulating peripheral blood lymphocyte subpopulations were analysed in patients with primary intracranial neoplasia. Patients with tumours of glial origin demonstrated a significant depletion of E-rosetting lymphocytes whereas the quantitative lymphocyte profiles of patients with non-glial brain tumours were normal. The number of immunoglobulin and Fc receptor-bearing cells was not significantly altered in any group of patients: however, the EAC-RFC subpopulation was increased in those with malignant gliomas. Two hypotheses are suggested to explain these observations: first, the presence of cross-reacting antibody between T cells and brain (glial) cells; and secondly, the proliferation of EAC-RFC in response to malignant degeneration. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - TUMORS KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - CELL receptors KW - T cells KW - IMMUNOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15945182; Brooks, W. H. 1 Roszman, T. L. 2 Mahaley, M. S. 3 Woosley, R. E. 3; Affiliation: 1: Neurosurgical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, University of Kentucky Medical Center, Lexington, Kentucky. 2: Division of Neurosurgery and Department of Medical Microbiology and Immunology, University of Kentucky Medical Center, Lexington, Kentucky. 3: Division of Neurosurgery and Department of Pathology, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, North Carolina, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jul1977, Vol. 29 Issue 1, p61; Subject Term: TUMORS; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: LEUCOCYTES; Subject Term: CELL receptors; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGY; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15945182&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hurd, E. R. AU - Andreis, M. AU - Ziff, M. T1 - Phagocytosis of immune complexes by polymorphonuclear leucocytes in patients with Felty's syndrome. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1977/06// VL - 28 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 413 EP - 425 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - The possible rule of phagocytosis of circulating immune complexes by neutrophils in the production of the neutropenia of Felty's syndrome has been investigated. Normal neutrophils phitgocytosed massive inclusions from the sera from twelve of fifteen patients with Felty's syndrome when incubated with these sera. Such inclusions were phagocytosed from only three of fifteen patients with seropositive RA who did not have Felty's syndrome. Normal neutrophils were more effective than patient neutrophils with regard to phagocytosis of inclusions from the patients' serum suggesting a defect in phagocytic function of Felty's neutrophils. The titre of granulocyte-reactive antinuclear antibodies did not appear to be related to the degree of neutropenia. The data suggest that phagocytosis of circulating immune complexes by neutrophils may interfere with the function of these cells in combating infection and also render them susceptible to removal from the circulation thus leading to the development of neutropenia. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PHAGOCYTOSIS KW - IMMUNE response KW - NEUTROPHILS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - SERUM KW - GRANULOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 16075195; Hurd, E. R. 1 Andreis, M. 1 Ziff, M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Dallas Veterans Administration Hospital, Dallas, and The University of Texas Health Science Center, Dallas, Texas.; Source Info: Jun1977, Vol. 28 Issue 3, p413; Subject Term: PHAGOCYTOSIS; Subject Term: IMMUNE response; Subject Term: NEUTROPHILS; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: GRANULOCYTES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 13p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16075195&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Friedman, J. M. AU - Fialkow, P. J. AU - Davis, S. D. AU - Ochs, H. D. AU - Wedgwood, R. J. T1 - Autoimmunity in the relatives of patients with immunodeficiency diseases. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1977/06// VL - 28 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 375 EP - 388 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Autoimmune disorders are reportedly more frequent than expected in immunodeficient patients and in their relatives. The hypothesis that genetic factors related to immunodeficiency may predispose to the development of autoimmunity was studied in relatives of patients with variable immunodeficiency (VID), ataxia-telangiectasia(A-T), or X-linked infantile agammaglubulinaemia (X-LA). Close relatives of patients with VID or A-T had thyroid and gastric autoantibodies significantly more frequently than did control subjects. No abnormalities were detected in unaffected relatives of X-LA patients. The increased incidence of organ-specific autoantibodies in close relatives of VID patients was confined to those families with more than one member with immunodeficiency. These data suggest that there are at least two forms of VID, one of which is associated with familial autoimmunity. It is postulated that heterozygous carriers of the A-T gene and persons with genes involved in the development of VID may exhibit T-lymphocyte dysfunction which predisposes them to autoimmunity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - IMMUNODEFICIENCY KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - VASODILATION KW - HEREDITY KW - PATIENTS N1 - Accession Number: 16075016; Friedman, J. M. 1 Fialkow, P. J. 2 Davis, S. D. 3 Ochs, H. D. 2 Wedgwood, R. J. 2; Affiliation: 1: Division of Genetics, Department of Pediatrics, Northwestern University Medical School, Chicago, Illinois, U.S.A. 2: Departments of Medicine, Genetics, and Pediatrics (Immunology Unit), University of Washington School of Medicine and .Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Seattle, Washington, U.S.A. 3: Milwaukee Children's Hospital, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jun1977, Vol. 28 Issue 3, p375; Subject Term: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject Term: IMMUNODEFICIENCY; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: VASODILATION; Subject Term: HEREDITY; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Number of Pages: 14p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16075016&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wyle, F. A. AU - Kent, J. R. T1 - Immunosuppression by sex steroid hormones I. THE EFFECT UPON PHA- AND PPD-STIMULATED LYMPHOCYTES. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1977/03// VL - 27 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 407 EP - 415 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Progesterone, estradiol, testosterone, cortisol, and 11-desoxycortisol (Compound S) were added to cultures of human lymphocytes stimulated with phytohaemagglutinin (PHA) and purified protein derivative (PPD). The immunosuppressive effect of cortisol was verified and the three sex-steroid hormones also were found to inhibit lymphocyte transformation although at concentrations higher than for cortisol. Compound S, a steroid of low biological potency, also had immunosuppressive activity. At concentrations (0.01-1.0 μg/ml), progesterone, oestrogen, testosterone, and Compound S augmented the transformation response to PPD hut not to PHA. Marked variation from individual to individual in the suppressive effects of all the steroids were noted. The clinical implications of immunosuppression by the sex steroid hormones are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSION KW - PROGESTERONE KW - TESTOSTERONE KW - IMMUNE response -- Regulation KW - LEUCOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 15945657; Wyle, F. A. 1 Kent, J. R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, University of California Irvine, Irvine, and Long Beach Veterans Administration Hospital, Long Beach, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Mar1977, Vol. 27 Issue 3, p407; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: IMMUNOSUPPRESSION; Subject Term: PROGESTERONE; Subject Term: TESTOSTERONE; Subject Term: IMMUNE response -- Regulation; Subject Term: LEUCOCYTES; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15945657&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hurd, Eric R. AU - Ziff, Morris T1 - Quantitative studies of immunoglobulin deposition in the kidney, glomerular cell proliferation and glomerulosclerosis in NZB.-NZWF1 hybrid mice. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1977/02// VL - 27 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 261 EP - 268 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Using the NZH and NZ13/NZW Fl (B/W) hybrid mouse as a model for systemic lupus erythematosus, an effort has been made to quantitate: (1) immune complex deposition in the glomeruli by immunofluorescent staining of immunoglobulin, (2) glomerular cellular proliferation by radioautographic measurement of [3H]'I'dr incorporation into the glomerular cells in viva, and (3) glomerular scarring by PAS staining. The relationship between these changes and increasing age has been examined. fly radioautography it was observed that dividing glomerular cells were labelled In vivo after injection of [3H]Tdr. This provided a reproducible measure of the proliferative process in the nephritis of B/W mice. In C57B1/6J anti CBA/J mice, which have a low incidence of glomerular disease, little change in the amount of glomerular cell proliferation was observed with increasing age. The NZB strain of animals showed a somewhat increased level of proliferation hut this did not increase with age. in striking contrast, glomerular cell proliferation in the B/W mice increased rapidly with age. The earliest change observed in the kidney was the deposition of immunoflourescent material in the n;esangium and glomerular capillary basement membrane beginning between 3 and S months of age and reaching a peak at 9 months. Increase in glomerular cell proliferation began about 2 months after the onset of immune complex deposition but also reached a maximum at months. Glomerular sclerosis was the last change to appear and continued after the other two parameters measured had begun to decline. These data suggest that the deposition of immune complexes in the glomerulus may he an important triggering mechanism for renal cell proliferation and glomerulosclerosis in the B/W mouse. The techniques described would provide a sensitive and reproducible quantitative method for analysing the differential effects of various types of treatment of immune complex nephritis in animals. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - LUPUS erythematosus KW - CELL proliferation KW - KIDNEY glomerulus KW - KIDNEY diseases KW - MICE as laboratory animals N1 - Accession Number: 16075877; Hurd, Eric R. 1 Ziff, Morris 2; Affiliation: 1: Dallas Veterans Administration Hospital, Dallas, Texas. 2: Department of Internal Medicine, University of Texas Southwestern Medical School, Dallas, Texas.; Source Info: Feb1977, Vol. 27 Issue 2, p261; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: LUPUS erythematosus; Subject Term: CELL proliferation; Subject Term: KIDNEY glomerulus; Subject Term: KIDNEY diseases; Subject Term: MICE as laboratory animals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16075877&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Moutsopoulos, H. AU - Fye, K. H. AU - Sawada, S. AU - Becker, M. J. AU - Goldstein, A. AU - Talal, N. T1 - In vitro effect of thymosin on T-lymphocyte rosette formation in rheumatic diseases. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1976/12// VL - 26 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 563 EP - 573 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - The in vitro effect of calf thymosin fraction 5 on T-rosette forming cells (E-RFC) was studied in Sjögren's syndrome (SS), rheumatoid arthritis (RA), and systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE). The baseline percent E-RFC in sixteen normal controls was 67.2±6.9. E-RFC was significantly decreased in SLE (42.6±17.0, P < 0.0001) and SS (51.8±16.9, P < 0.002) but not in RA (59.7 ± 14.1). Ten of twenty-five SS patients and two of eleven RA patients had less than 50% E-RFC, and all showed a significant increase after incubation with thymosin (+ 16.5 ± 6.5%, P < 0.0001, and + 11 ± 4.9%, P < 0.001, respectively). Eleven of sixteen SLE patients had less than 50% E-RFC. Their response to thymosin was less dramatic but still statistically significant (+ 5.3 ± 6.0%, P = 0.03). There was no response to thymosin in control subjects or in patients with baseline E-RFC greater than 50%. No increase in E-RFC was seen after incubation with calf spleen fraction 5 or known stimulators of cyclic-AMP. Sera from four active SLE patients, as well as the supernatant obtained from overnight culture of the lymphocytes from one SLE patient, were able to block T-rosette formation by normal lymphocytes, even after exposure to thymosin. Two 'blocking' sera were fractionated by sucrose density gradient ultracentrifugation. In one, the blocking capacity was found to reside in the 19S region containing IgM. In the second, the blocking capacity was in the 7S region containing IgG. Four 'blocking' lupus sera were depleted of IgG or IgM by immunoabsorption with goat antihuman IgG or goat anti-human IgM sepharose 4B. The blocking ability in three sera was partially decreased by depletion of either IgG or IgM, and in a fourth, only by removing IgG. The percent of lymphocytes staining with fluorescein labelled goat anti-human immunoglobulin antisera was increased in SLE patients (35.9 ± 20.2 vs 21.7±5.9 in controls, P = 0.02). After overnight culture, the percent of staining cells decreased to normal values. These results suggest that thymosin can stimulate the differentiation of T-lymphocytes in patients with SS, SLE, and RA when the baseline E-RFC is decreased. Furthermore, the decreased percent E-RFC in SLE is probably due to cell-bound anti-lymphocyte antibodies that block sheep erythrocyte receptors on the T-cell and, possibly, thymosin receptors on undifferentiated lymphocytes. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - THYMOSIN KW - THYMIC hormones KW - IMMUNOTHERAPY KW - RHEUMATOID arthritis KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases KW - IMMUNOLOGIC diseases N1 - Accession Number: 15950798; Moutsopoulos, H. 1 Fye, K. H. 1 Sawada, S. 1 Becker, M. J. 1 Goldstein, A. 1 Talal, N. 2; Affiliation: 1: Clinical Immunology and Arthritis Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Department of Medicine, University of California, San Francisco, California. 2: Department of Biochemistry, University of Texas Medical Branch, Galveston, Texas, U.S.A.; Source Info: Dec1976, Vol. 26 Issue 3, p563; Subject Term: THYMOSIN; Subject Term: THYMIC hormones; Subject Term: IMMUNOTHERAPY; Subject Term: RHEUMATOID arthritis; Subject Term: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGIC diseases; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15950798&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weisbart, R. H. AU - Morris, R. I. AU - Terasaki, P. I. AU - Bluestone, R. AU - Goldberg, E. S. T1 - Lymphocyte response to IgG in patients with ankylosing spondylitis and their families. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1976/12// VL - 26 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 441 EP - 448 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Lymphocyte responsiveness to IgG was measured by an agarose method in nine patients with ankylosing spondylitis (AS), one patient with Reiter's Syndrome (RS), and thirty-six of their family members. Similar studies were also performed in five patients with rheumatoid arthritis (RA) and twenty-nine of their first degree relatives as well as in seven control families (twenty seven subjects). Lymphocytes from the ten spondylitic patients and twenty-four of thirty-six family members responded in vitro to autologous IgG. Although most of these subjects had the histocompatibility antigen, B27, there was no association between B27 and response to IgG. Four of the five patients with RA and twenty of their twenty-nine first degree relatives responded in vitro to IgG, whereas only six of twenty-seven control family members gave a positive reaction. There was no difference in the incidence of antiglobulins (detected by agglutination tests) in the family members of patients with AS and RA or in control family members. These data indicate that lymphocyte responsiveness to IgG is the only aberrant immune response thus far described which is shared by patients with AS and RA and their family members. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - ANKYLOSING spondylitis KW - SPONDYLOARTHROPATHIES KW - HISTOCOMPATIBILITY KW - TRANSPLANTATION immunology KW - AGGLUTINATION N1 - Accession Number: 15950624; Weisbart, R. H. 1 Morris, R. I. 1 Terasaki, P. I. 1 Bluestone, R. 1 Goldberg, E. S. 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, University of California, Los Angeles School of Medicine, Los Angeles, California 2: Medical and Research Service, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital, Los Angeles, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Dec1976, Vol. 26 Issue 3, p441; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject Term: ANKYLOSING spondylitis; Subject Term: SPONDYLOARTHROPATHIES; Subject Term: HISTOCOMPATIBILITY; Subject Term: TRANSPLANTATION immunology; Subject Term: AGGLUTINATION; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15950624&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dau, P. C. AU - Johnson, K. P. AU - Spitler, Lynn E. T1 - The effect of levamisole on cellular immunity in multiple sclerosis. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1976/11// VL - 26 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 302 EP - 309 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - The lymphocyte stimulation test has been standardized in a normal human population using four virus cell-associated antigens (VCAA): human embryonic lung cells infected with the LEC and Norrby strains of measles virus, mumps virus, and vaccinia virus. Following 1 week of treatment with the immunopotentiating drug levamisole, a group of multiple sclerosis (MS) patients was found to have increased lymphocyte stimulation responses towards VCAA and increased delayed hypersensitivity responses towards a battery of skin test antigens. No change in the percentage of short- or long-incubation E rosettes occurred. Measles haemagglutinin inhibition (HI) antibody titres measured before and after the entire course of levamisole therapy (12 weeks) did not change. The neurological status of five out of seven MS patients deteriorated while they were taking levamisole. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CELLULAR immunity KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - IMMUNOLOGICAL adjuvants KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - ANTIGENS KW - CATTLE -- Virus diseases KW - PARAMYXOVIRUSES N1 - Accession Number: 15947128; Dau, P. C. 1 Johnson, K. P. 2 Spitler, Lynn E. 3; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Medicine and Neurology, University of California, San Francisco. 2: Cellular Immunology Laboratory, Children's Hospital of San Francisco. 3: Department of Neurology, San Francisco Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Nov1976, Vol. 26 Issue 2, p302; Subject Term: CELLULAR immunity; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGICAL adjuvants; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: CATTLE -- Virus diseases; Subject Term: PARAMYXOVIRUSES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15947128&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chen, T. AU - Leevy, Carroll M. T1 - Lymphocyte proliferation inhibitory factor (PIF) in alcoholic liver disease. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1976/10// VL - 26 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 42 EP - 45 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Lymphocyte proliferation inhibitory factor (PIF) was determined in the supernatants of PHA-stimulated lymphocytes from patients with alcoholic liver disease. PIF was assayed by determining inhibition of DNA synthesis in WI-38 human lung fibroblasts. A two-fold greater inhibition in thymidine incorporation into DNA by lung fibroblasts was observed in supernatants of PHA stimulated lymphocytes from patients with alcoholic hepatitis or active Laennec's cirrhosis as compared with that found in control subjects or patients with fatty liver. It is suggested that decreased liver cell regeneration seen in some patients with alcoholic hepatitis may be due to increased elaboration of PIF. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - LIVER diseases KW - FATTY liver KW - NUCLEIC acids KW - FIBROBLASTS KW - HEPATITIS N1 - Accession Number: 16017573; Chen, T. 1 Leevy, Carroll M. 2; Affiliation: 1: Division of Hepatology and Nutrition, Department of Medicine College of Medicine, and Dentistry of New York. 2: Martland Medical Center, Newark, and Department of Pathology, East Orange Veterans Administration Hospital, East Orange, New Jersey, U.S.A; Source Info: Oct1976, Vol. 26 Issue 1, p42; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: LIVER diseases; Subject Term: FATTY liver; Subject Term: NUCLEIC acids; Subject Term: FIBROBLASTS; Subject Term: HEPATITIS; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16017573&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dehoratius, R. J. AU - Henderson, Carolyn AU - Strickland, R. G. T1 - Lymphocytotoxins in acute and chronic hepatitis. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1976/10// VL - 26 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 21 EP - 27 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Scrum lymphocytotoxicity (LCT) was detected in 49% of fifty-one patients with acute viral hepatitis and 72% of twenty-nine patients with chronic hepatitis. LCT was not detected in ten chronic carriers of hepatitis B surface antigen. Characterization of LCT revealed it to be active at physiologic temperatures and to be reactive against both T and B lymphocytes. The occurrence of LCT was transient in acute hepatitis and intermittent in chronic hepatitis. There was a significant inverse relationship between the percentage change in LCT over time and peripheral blood T-cell proportions amongst the patients studied. These findings indicate the importance of liver damage in the appearance of LCT and suggest that LCT may contribute to depressed lymphocyte function in liver disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LIVER diseases KW - CELL-mediated lympholysis KW - IMMUNOCOMPETENT cells KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - T cells KW - VIRAL hepatitis N1 - Accession Number: 16017530; Dehoratius, R. J. 1 Henderson, Carolyn 2 Strickland, R. G. 2; Affiliation: 1: Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. 2: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, and Division of Gastroenterology, University of New Mexico School of Medicine, Albuquerque, New Mexico; Source Info: Oct1976, Vol. 26 Issue 1, p21; Subject Term: LIVER diseases; Subject Term: CELL-mediated lympholysis; Subject Term: IMMUNOCOMPETENT cells; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: VIRAL hepatitis; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16017530&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Talal, N. AU - Pillarisetty, R. J. AU - DeHoratius, R. J. AU - Messner, R. P. T1 - Immunologic regulation of spontaneous antibodies to DNA and RNA I. SIGNIFICANCE OF IgM AND IgG ANTIBODIES IN SLE PATIENTS AND ASYMPTOMATIC RELATIVES. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1976/09// VL - 25 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 377 EP - 382 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Nine individuals from four families of patients with systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) were studied by sucrose density gradient fractionation and filter radioimmunoassay for the presence of 19S IgM and 7S IgG antibodies to DNA, poly rA, and poly rA-poly rU. One individual in each family was totally asymptomatic, and at least one had active systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE). The results indicate: (1) a correlation between 7S antibody to DNA and RNA and active SLE, and (2) the presence of 19S antibody to RNA in the asymptomatic relatives. These findings suggest that SLE may be a disorder of immunological regulation. The distribution of antibodies between IgM and IgG is closely related to disease severity. The asymptomatic relatives may have a partial regulatory abnormality resulting in the limited production of IgM antibodies to RNA. SLE patients may have a more complete failure of regulation permitting the additional synthesis of IgG antibodies to DNA and RNA. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN M KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - COLLAGEN diseases KW - DNA KW - RNA N1 - Accession Number: 15950945; Talal, N. 1,2 Pillarisetty, R. J. 1,2 DeHoratius, R. J. 3 Messner, R. P. 3; Affiliation: 1: Clinical Immunology Section, Department of Medicine, University of California, San Francisco. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco. 3: Division of Rheumatology, Department of Rheumatology, Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Albuquerque, New Mexico, U.S.A.; Source Info: Sep1976, Vol. 25 Issue 3, p377; Subject Term: SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN M; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject Term: COLLAGEN diseases; Subject Term: DNA; Subject Term: RNA; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15950945&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Graybill, J. Richard AU - Alford, R. H. T1 - Variability of sequential studies of lymphocyte blastogenesis in normal adults. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1976/07// VL - 25 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 28 EP - 35 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Sixteen healthy adults had serial studies of delayed-type skin test reactivity and in vitro lymphocyte blastogenesis to several antigens over a period of 7 months. In many subjects blastogenesis varied broadly from month to month without apparent cause. Responses to all antigens usually increased or decreased together on sequential testing. Blastogenesis to coccidioidin appeared to result largely from cross-react ion with histoplasmin. Humoral factors were not demonstrably responsible for these changes. Blastogenesis rose consistently and non-specifically in subjects following revaccination to vaccinia virus. These studies reflect the lymphocyte blastogenesis reaction as a dynamic equilibrium, subject to spontaneous variation, and responding non-specifically to stimuli such as vaccination. Whatever the causes for these changes, it is clear that serial determinations of blastogenesis response to various antigens do not carry the apparent consistency of the skin test response to that antigen, and single tests must he cautiously interpreted. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BLASTOGENESIS (Embryology) KW - EMBRYOLOGY KW - ANTIGENS KW - IMMUNITY KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - LYMPHOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 15950860; Graybill, J. Richard 1 Alford, R. H. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Vanderbilt University School of Medicine and Veterans Administration Hospital, Nashville, Tennessee.; Source Info: Jul1976, Vol. 25 Issue 1, p28; Subject Term: BLASTOGENESIS (Embryology); Subject Term: EMBRYOLOGY; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: IMMUNITY; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15950860&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bhoopalam, N. AU - Chen, Y. AU - Yakulis, V. AU - Heller, P. T1 - Surface immunoglobulins of lymphocytes in plasmacytoma V. THE EFFECT OF RNA-RICH EXTRACT FROM MOUSE PLASMACYTOMA MOPC 104E ON THE IMMUNE RESPONSE. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1976/05// VL - 24 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 357 EP - 367 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - BALB/c mice with the plasmacytoma MOPC 104E producing monoclonal IgM-lambda; with antibody activity to α-1,3 dextran were found to have B lymphocytes with surface immunoglobuhins with the immunochemical characteristics of in4E IgM capable of binding a-1,3 dextran. RNA extracted from this plasmacytoma induced the synthesis of such surface immunoglobulins on normal H lymphocytes in vitro and in vivo. Injection of 200μg of MOPC I04E RNA into normal mice 72 hr prior to the administration of the antigen kept the immune response to dextran-S intact, but suppressed that to other antigens, such as DNP-Ficoll and LPS, T cell-independent antigens, and SRBC and BSA which are T cell-dependent. The effect of the RNA was abolished by RNase but not by pronase and DNase. RNA extracted from LPC-1 tumour (γ2a-k without known antibody activity) significantly suppressed the immune response to dextran-S and to other antigens in normal mice. Thus, opposite effects to MOPC 1041'" RNA on the response to specific and non-specific antigens strengthen the hypothesis that the immune deficiency in plasmacytoma hearing mice is due to the conversion of normal surface immunoglobulin of a population of B lymphocytes to the idiotype of the respective myeloma globulin. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MONOCLONAL antibodies KW - LYMPHOMAS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN M KW - IMMUNE response KW - BLOOD proteins KW - PLASMA cells KW - IMMUNOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15949961; Bhoopalam, N. 1 Chen, Y. 1 Yakulis, V. 1 Heller, P. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration West Side Hospital and Departments of Medicine and Microbiology, University of Illinois College of Medicine, Chicago, Illinois, U.S.A.; Source Info: May1976, Vol. 24 Issue 2, p357; Subject Term: MONOCLONAL antibodies; Subject Term: LYMPHOMAS; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN M; Subject Term: IMMUNE response; Subject Term: BLOOD proteins; Subject Term: PLASMA cells; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGY; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15949961&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Terman, D. S. AU - Stewart, I. AU - Robinette, J. AU - Carr, R. AU - Harbeck, R. T1 - Specific removal of DNA antibodiesin vivo with an extracorporeal immuno-adsorbent. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1976/05// VL - 24 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 231 EP - 237 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - The selective removal of circulating antibody specific fur DNA was effected with an immunoabsorbent consisting of DNA-cellulose incorporated into agar gel. Antisera to DNA obtained from a patient with systemic lupus erythematosus was circulated in vitro through experimental and control columns by a dual channel haemodialysis pump and serial aliquots were withdrawn and assayed for antibody. A 65% reduction in DNA binding of serum was achieved at a flow rate of 210 ml/min over a 4-hr period with no release of 125I-labelled DNA from the column into the serum. For in vivo studies, 2-6-3-8 kg rabbits were actively immunized with methylated bovine serum albumin conjugated to single-stranded DNA (MBSA-ssDNA). Whole blood was pumped from the femoral artery through an immuno-adsorbent composed of ssDNA-cellulose in an agar matrix. Results showed significant reductions in ssDNA binding activity over various periods after connection of the rabbit's circulation to the immuno-adsorbent with only minimal changes in USA binding during the same period. Little release of incorporated 125I-labelled DNA from the column as assayed in the blood and tissues of the experimental animals occurred during the procedure. The immuno-adsorbent columns showed no residual cellular debris or thrombotic material. These results suggest that this immuno-adsorbent system may be used to specifically withdraw circulating DNA antibodies in vivo. Such a system may have clinical potential for specific therapy of systemic lupus erythematosus. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DNA KW - SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus KW - NUCLEIC acids KW - CELLULOSE KW - ALBUMINS KW - FILTRATION of blood N1 - Accession Number: 15949767; Terman, D. S. 1 Stewart, I. 1 Robinette, J. 1 Carr, R. 1 Harbeck, R. 1; Affiliation: 1: University of Colorado Medical Center, Veterans Administration Hospital and National Jewish Hospital, Denver, Colorado, U.S.A.; Source Info: May1976, Vol. 24 Issue 2, p231; Subject Term: DNA; Subject Term: SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus; Subject Term: NUCLEIC acids; Subject Term: CELLULOSE; Subject Term: ALBUMINS; Subject Term: FILTRATION of blood; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15949767&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rossen, R. D. AU - Duffy, J. AU - McCredie, K. B. AU - Reisberg, M. A. AU - Sharp, J. T. AU - Hersh, E. M. AU - Eknoyan, G. AU - Suki, W. N. T1 - Treatment of Goodpasture syndrome with cyclophosphamide, prednisone and plasma exchange transfusions. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1976/04// VL - 24 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 218 EP - 222 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Repeated plasma exchanges were performed in a 44-year-old man with Goodpasture syndrome, also treated with cyclophosphamide and prednisone. Improvement was observed within 3 weeks of starting the protocol, and by the 76th week, endogenous creatinine clearance had increased from 30 to 56 ml/min/1-73 M² and serum albumin from 2-7 to 3-7 g/dl. Prior treatment with immunosuppressive drugs had not significantly influenced circulating antibody levels. But sustained suppression of antibody was achieved after the plasma exchanges were begun, suggesting that physical removal of circulating antibody combined with antiproliferative drug treatment may be a useful way to control undesirable humoral immune responses. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PREDNISONE KW - ALBUMINS KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents KW - PLASMA exchange (Therapeutics) KW - IMMUNE response KW - BLOOD transfusion N1 - Accession Number: 17119765; Rossen, R. D. 1,2,3 Duffy, J. 1,2,3 McCredie, K. B. 1,2,3 Reisberg, M. A. 1,2,3 Sharp, J. T. 1,2,3 Hersh, E. M. 1,2,3 Eknoyan, G. 1,2,3 Suki, W. N. 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: Departments of microbiology, Immunology and Medicine, Baylor College of Medicine, University of Texas Houston, Texas 77025, U. S. A.. 2: Department of Developmental Therapeutics, University of Texas Houston, Texas 77025, U. S. A.. 3: Laboratories of Immunology, Research, Veterans Administration, Methodist and M. D. Anderson Hospital, Houston, Texas 77025, U. S. A..; Source Info: Apr1976, Vol. 24 Issue 1, p218; Subject Term: PREDNISONE; Subject Term: ALBUMINS; Subject Term: IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents; Subject Term: PLASMA exchange (Therapeutics); Subject Term: IMMUNE response; Subject Term: BLOOD transfusion; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=17119765&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Taverne, Janice AU - Reichlin, M. AU - Turk, J. L. AU - Rees, R. J. W. T1 - Detection of immune complexes in mice infected with Mycobacterium lepraemurium. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1976/04// VL - 24 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 157 EP - 167 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - A specific binding test was used to detect immune complexes containing antigens of Mycobacterium Iepraemurium in the serum and tissues of infected mice. Complexes were precipitated by antiserum against immunoglobulin. free antigen removed by washing and the presence of bound antigen demonstrated by measurement of uptake of radioactively labelled specific antibody by the precipitate. Tests were done both with 125-labelled IgG from rabbit antiserum against M. lepraemurium and with 125-Iabelled Fab prepared from an immune precipitate. Out of seventy-nine serum samples taken monthly up to the 5th month after infection, only three were positive (one at 2 months and two at 3 months). Kidneys taken from infected mice were also examined for immune complexes. Although deposits of 1gM and sometimes of lgG were observed by immunofluor- escence in glomeruli of normal mice, deposits of lgG were more frequent later on in infected mice. Nevertheless, binding tests done on acid eluates were positive in only one out of fifty-three infected mice. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANTIGENS KW - MYCOBACTERIUM KW - BLOOD plasma KW - PRESERVATION of organs, tissues, etc. KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - URINARY organs N1 - Accession Number: 17119518; Taverne, Janice 1,2 Reichlin, M. 3 Turk, J. L. 1,2 Rees, R. J. W. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Pathology, Royal College of Surgeons of England, London. 2: National Institute of Medical Research, London. 3: State University of New York, Buffalo, Veterans Administration Hospital, Buffalo, New York 14215, U. S. A..; Source Info: Apr1976, Vol. 24 Issue 1, p157; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: MYCOBACTERIUM; Subject Term: BLOOD plasma; Subject Term: PRESERVATION of organs, tissues, etc.; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject Term: URINARY organs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=17119518&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Palmer, D. W. AU - Dauphinée, M. J. AU - Murphy, Eileen AU - Talal, N. T1 - Hyperactive T-cell function in young NZB mice; Increased proliferative responses to allogenic cells. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1976/03// VL - 23 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 578 EP - 581 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - The one-way mixed lymphocyte reaction was employed to study proliferative responses to antigens by mature, immunocompetent T cells from NZB mice 3 weeks to 4 months old. Compared to cells from control mice of the same H-2 type, thymus, spleen and lymph node cells from NZB mice were hyperactive in this response. The results are discussed in relation to possible effects of chronic stimulation by endogenous type C leukaemia virus upon differentiation of functional T cells or upon regulation by T cells of other T-cell functions, including augmentation of antibody responses. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - T cells KW - LYMPHOID tissue KW - ENDOCRINE glands KW - LYMPH nodes KW - HUMAN anatomy N1 - Accession Number: 15987615; Palmer, D. W. 1,2 Dauphinée, M. J. 1,2 Murphy, Eileen 1,2 Talal, N. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, University of California, U.S.A. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, U.S.A.; Source Info: Mar1976, Vol. 23 Issue 3, p578; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: LYMPHOID tissue; Subject Term: ENDOCRINE glands; Subject Term: LYMPH nodes; Subject Term: HUMAN anatomy; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15987615&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bhoopalam, N. AU - Yakulis, V. AU - Giacomoni, D. AU - Heller, P. T1 - Surface immunoglobulins of lymphocytes in mouse plasmacytoma. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1976/01// VL - 23 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 139 EP - 148 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - The previous findings were confirmed that RNA extracted from murine plasma-cytoma alters the character of the lymphocyte surface immunoglobulins (Slg) to express the idiotypic specificity of the Ig of the plasmacytoma from which the RNA was derived (cell conversion). RNA extracted from spleens of plasmacytoma-RNA-injected BALB'c mice also had converting activity, and if injected into other mice, caused the appearance of RNA active in cell conversion in spleens of the second set of mice. This activity was lost only after two additional transfers. When splenic cells from animals 1 hr after injection with RNA extracted from MOPC 300. LPC-1 or MOPC 104E, were cultured for 7 days, the proportion of cells with the Sig specific for these tumours increased. The cell-converting activity of the RNA extracted from the cultured cells after 7 day incubation (`7-day' RNA) was higher than that of RNA extracted from cells alter 1 hr incubation (`immediate' RNA). 'Seven-day' RNA could be used for sequential transfers without marked loss of activity in cell conversion for at least five transfers. The repetitive transferability of the phenomenon by the injection of plasmacytoma-RNA suggests the possibility of RNA replication in the recipient cells. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - BLOOD proteins KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - B cells KW - PLASMACYTOMA KW - LYMPHOMAS N1 - Accession Number: 15985097; Bhoopalam, N. 1 Yakulis, V. 1 Giacomoni, D. 1 Heller, P. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration West Side Hospital and Departments of Medicine and Microbiology, University of Illinois college of Medicine, Chicago, Illinois, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jan1976, Vol. 23 Issue 1, p139; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: BLOOD proteins; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: B cells; Subject Term: PLASMACYTOMA; Subject Term: LYMPHOMAS; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15985097&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Panush, R. S. AU - Anthony, C. R. T1 - Effects of acetylsalicylic acid on normal human peripheral blood lymphocytes. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1976/01// VL - 23 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 114 EP - 125 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Since mechanisms for known anti-inflammatory effects of acetylsalicylic acid (ASA) in rheumatic or immunological diseases are poorly understood, we have studied effects of ASA on in vitro responses of human lymphocytes. Viable lymphocytes from normal individuals were cultured sterilely at 106 cells/ml in RPMI 1640 supplemented with 20%, pooled AB plasma, at 37°C, 5% CO2. Replicate cultures were incubated with or without adding ASA and unstimulated or stimulated by PHA. Con-A, PWM, Candida, or SK-SD. Cultures contained >95% mononuclear and >80% viable cells before pulsing with [³H]TdR, harvesting, and counting. Results indicated that adding 3-40 mg/100 ml ASA to culture resulted in significant inhibition of mitogen-induced blastogenesis. As little as 5-10 mg/100 ml ASA caused approximately 30% inhibition of [³H]TdR uptake, and virtually complete inhibition occurred with 20 mg/100 ml of ASA. Stimulation of cells from persons who were skin-test positive for candida and SK-SD by these antigens in vitro was similarly suppressed by ASA. Exposure of cells to ASA before stimulation in medium without ASA still demonstrated time- and concentration-dependent inhibition of blastogenesis. Cells from normal individuals, obtained immediately and several days after orally ingesting therapeutic amounts of ASA (plasma level 23 mg/100 ml), cultured in medium without ASA, stimulated less well to mitogens than did cells obtained from these persons before ASA ingestion. These data show that: (1) therapeutic concentrations of ASA inhibit lymphocyte blastogenesis to both mitogens and antigens: (ii) inhibition was non-cytotoxic and partially reversible: and (iii) cells from normal subjects who had ingested therapeutic amounts of ASA responded less well to mitogens in vitro than before ASA ingestion. These observations are pertinent to clinical investigations of cellular immune responses of individuals on drug therapy and to the possible mechanism(s) of anti-inflammatory action of ASA in immunologically mediated diseases. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ASPIRIN KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - B cells KW - IMMUNOLOGIC diseases KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases KW - ANTIGENS KW - IMMUNITY N1 - Accession Number: 15985092; Panush, R. S. 1 Anthony, C. R. 2; Affiliation: 1: Rheumatology Section, Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Hospital 2: Division of Clinical Immunology, Department of Medicine, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida; Source Info: Jan1976, Vol. 23 Issue 1, p114; Subject Term: ASPIRIN; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: B cells; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGIC diseases; Subject Term: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: IMMUNITY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15985092&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Arend, W. P. AU - Silverblatt, F. J. T1 - Serum disappearance and catabolism of homologous immunoglobulin fragments in rats. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1975/12// VL - 22 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 502 EP - 513 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - The serum disappearance, metabolic clearance and whole body catabolism of homologous immunoglobulin fragments were studied in rats. The rapid disappearance of Fab fragments from serum seen in normal animals was no longer present after nephrectomy. In contrast, the serum disappearance curve of Fc fragments was not altered by nephrectomy. The results of three different experiments, however, indicated that similar to Fab fragments. some Fc fragments underwent filtration and de- gradation in the kidneys. First, the amount of intact Fc fragments excreted in the first day after injection increased from 6% of the injected dose in normal rats to 17% in rats pretreated with sodium maleate. Secondly, nephrectomy eliminated the rapid phase of whole body catabolism of injected Fc fragments. Thirdly, auto- radiographic studies showed localization of Fc fragments in the renal proximal tubule cells in the first 3 hr after injection. An identical localization was seen with Fab fragments. These results support the conclusion that removal from circulation by glomerular filtration and subsequent reabsorption and degradation in proximal tubule cells represent the major mechanism for catabolism of Fab fragments. Although some Fc fragments undergo the same fate, most injected Fc fragments equilibrate with unknown sites where they are possibly bound and made unavailable for filtration in the kidneys. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SERUM KW - METABOLISM KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - PLASMA cells KW - RATS -- Physiology KW - MURIDAE N1 - Accession Number: 15950695; Arend, W. P. 1,2 Silverblatt, F. J. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital. 2: Department of Medicine, University of Washington, School of Medicine, Seattle, Washington.; Source Info: Dec1975, Vol. 22 Issue 3, p502; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: METABOLISM; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: PLASMA cells; Subject Term: RATS -- Physiology; Subject Term: MURIDAE; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 13p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15950695&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pillarisetty, R. J. AU - Becker, M. J. AU - Palmer, D. W. AU - Talal, N. T1 - Antibodies binding polyriboadenylic acid in systemic lupus erythematosus. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1975/12// VL - 22 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 419 EP - 425 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Antibodies specific for polyriboadenylic acid (poly rA) are present in sera from patients with systemic lupus erythematosus and from NZB/NZW F1 mice. The specificity of these antibodies was established by inhibition of [³H]poly rA binding and by affinity chromatography. Poly rA binding was associated with the 19S and 7S regions when serum was fractionated by sucrose density gradient ultracentrifugation. Young NZB/NZW F1 mice (15 months) had only 19S anti-poly rA, whereas old NZB/NZW F1 mice (2 years) had activity in both 19S and 7S regions, suggesting a possible age-dependent switching mechanism in the spontaneous development of antibodies to nucleic acids. The gamma-globulin fraction from an SLE patient was subjected to affinity chromatography on a column of poly rA covalently linked to Sepharose. An enriched population of IgG antibodies binding only poly rA, but not native or denatured DNA, was isolated in this manner. This procedure may have broad biological applicability for the preparation of isolated immunospecific anti-nucleic acid antibodies. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis KW - LUPUS erythematosus KW - SKIN -- Tuberculosis KW - ERYTHEMA KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases N1 - Accession Number: 15950592; Pillarisetty, R. J. 1 Becker, M. J. 1 Palmer, D. W. 1 Talal, N. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, University of California, San Francisco and Clinical Immunology and Arthritis Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, California.; Source Info: Dec1975, Vol. 22 Issue 3, p419; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis; Subject Term: LUPUS erythematosus; Subject Term: SKIN -- Tuberculosis; Subject Term: ERYTHEMA; Subject Term: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15950592&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Putnam, C. W. AU - Fialgrimson, C. G. AU - Groth, C. G. AU - Kashiwagi, N. AU - Porter, K. A. AU - Starzl, T. E. T1 - IMMUNOSUPPRESSION WITH CYCLOPHOSPHAMIDE IN THE DOG. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1975/11// VL - 22 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 323 EP - 329 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Cyclophosphamide significantly diminished the canine humoral antibody response to sheep red blood cells and tended to prevent arterial lesions in renal homografts. However, cyclophosphamide failed to prolong renal homograft survival when administered to dogs as the sole immunosuppressive agent, and it did not add to the effectiveness of azathioprine when given as a supplement to the azathioprine and administered simultaneously or sequentially. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSION KW - IMMUNE response -- Regulation KW - BLOOD cells KW - ERYTHROCYTES KW - HOMOGRAFTS KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents N1 - Accession Number: 15931827; Putnam, C. W. 1,2,3 Fialgrimson, C. G. 1,2,3 Groth, C. G. 1,2,3 Kashiwagi, N. 1,2,3 Porter, K. A. 1,2,3 Starzl, T. E. 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Surgery, University of Colorado Medical Center, London. 2: Denver Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver, Colorado, London. 3: Department of Pathology, St. Mary's Hospital and Medical School, London.; Source Info: Nov1975, Vol. 22 Issue 2, p323; Subject Term: IMMUNOSUPPRESSION; Subject Term: IMMUNE response -- Regulation; Subject Term: BLOOD cells; Subject Term: ERYTHROCYTES; Subject Term: HOMOGRAFTS; Subject Term: IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15931827&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kauffman, Carol A. AU - Manzler, A. D. AU - Phair, J. P. T1 - CELL-MEDIATED IMMUNITY IN PATIENTS ON LONG-TERM HAEMODIALYSIS. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1975/10// VL - 22 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 54 EP - 61 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Several parameters of cell-mediated immunity were assessed in thirty patients with chronic renal failure treated with long-term haemodialysis. Lymphopenia was uncommon, and only two patients showed diminished numbers of thymus-derived peripheral blood lymphocytes. Skin test energy to three antigens was documented in only one patient. No serious infections with intracellular organisms were noted in any oldie patients. Phytohaemagglutinin (PHA) induced DNA synthesis in eleven patients was lower than that shown by normal subjects. This poor responsiveness to PHA was not corrected by haemodialysis, and in only two patients was the response improved by substituting normal human plasma for uraemic plasma in the lymphocyte cultures. Thus with the exception of PHA response, other parameters of cell- mediated immunity were intact in this group chronic stable haemodialysis patients. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PATIENTS KW - FILTRATION of blood KW - IMMUNITY KW - KIDNEY diseases KW - LYMPHOID tissue KW - LEUCOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 15944723; Kauffman, Carol A. 1,2 Manzler, A. D. 1,2 Phair, J. P. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Internal Medicine, Infectious Disease Division, University of Cincinnati Medical Center and Cincinnati Veterans Administration Hospital. 2: Department of Internal Medicine Division of Nephrology, Christ Hospital, Cincinnati, Ohio, U.S.A.; Source Info: Oct1975, Vol. 22 Issue 1, p54; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: FILTRATION of blood; Subject Term: IMMUNITY; Subject Term: KIDNEY diseases; Subject Term: LYMPHOID tissue; Subject Term: LEUCOCYTES; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15944723&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Boyer, J. T. AU - Wyde, P. AU - Bier, M. T1 - HYPOCHLORITE-INDUCED ALTERATIONS TO CANINE SERUM COMPLEMENT. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1975/08// VL - 21 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 345 EP - 350 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Changes in the concentration of the components of complement produced by NaOC1 both in vitro and in vivo are recorded. C1, C4 and C7 are particularly sensitive to this oxidizing agent, although all components decrease at high concentrations of NaOC1. Following oxidation, complement components return rapidly to normal. Data are presented to indicate that part of this repair mechanism is due to the action of reducing agents such as ascorbic acid and part is due to the synthesis of the individual components. The unique sensitivity of complement components to oxidation make this treatment of potential value in suppressing the inflammatory response. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HYPOCHLORITES KW - SERUM KW - BLOOD plasma KW - OXIDIZING agents KW - VITAMIN C KW - INFLAMMATION N1 - Accession Number: 16022129; Boyer, J. T. 1,2 Wyde, P. 1,2 Bier, M. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: University of Arizona College of Medicine, Arizona, U.S.A. 2: Tucson Veterans Administration Hospital, Tucson, Arizona, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug1975, Vol. 21 Issue 2, p345; Subject Term: HYPOCHLORITES; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: BLOOD plasma; Subject Term: OXIDIZING agents; Subject Term: VITAMIN C; Subject Term: INFLAMMATION; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325180 Other Basic Inorganic Chemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325189 All other basic inorganic chemical manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16022129&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gotch, Frances M. AU - Spry, C. J. F. AU - Mowat, A. G. AU - Beeson, P. B. AU - MacLennan, L. C. M. T1 - REVERSIBLE GRANULOCYTE KILLING DEFECT IN ANOREXIA NERVOSA. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1975/08// VL - 21 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 244 EP - 249 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Three patients are described with anorexia nervosa in whom malnutrition was present with neutropenia and a granulocyte bactericidal defect. Their peripheral blood granulocytes were found to have a reduced rate of killing of Staphylococcus aureus and E. coli in vitro. The opsonic activity of the patients' sera towards Staphylococcus aureus was normal. One of these patients had recurrent episodes of infection which stopped after she had gained 13 kg in weight. Clinical recovery was associated with a return of granulocyte function to normal. It is concluded that granulocyte bactericidal capacity towards a activity of bacteria may be reduced in patients with anorexia nervosa who have malnutrition. This type of acquired granulocyte bacterial deficiency appears to be reversible. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - GRANULOCYTES KW - ANOREXIA nervosa KW - MALNUTRITION KW - EATING disorders KW - STAPHYLOCOCCUS aureus KW - ESCHERICHIA coli KW - BLOOD plasma N1 - Accession Number: 16021787; Gotch, Frances M. 1 Spry, C. J. F. 2 Mowat, A. G. 3 Beeson, P. B. 4 MacLennan, L. C. M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Nuffield Department of Clinical Medicine, Radcliffe, Infirmary, Oxford 2: Royal Postgraduate Medical School, Hammersmith Hospital, London 3: Nuffield Orthopaedic Centre, Headington, Oxford 4: Seattle Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug1975, Vol. 21 Issue 2, p244; Subject Term: GRANULOCYTES; Subject Term: ANOREXIA nervosa; Subject Term: MALNUTRITION; Subject Term: EATING disorders; Subject Term: STAPHYLOCOCCUS aureus; Subject Term: ESCHERICHIA coli; Subject Term: BLOOD plasma; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16021787&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wara, D. W. AU - Goodman, J. R. AU - Ochs, H. AU - Doyle, N. F. AU - Ammann, A. J. T1 - TUBULAR RETICULAR STRUCTURES IN PERIPHERAL MONONUCLEAR CELLS OF MALES WITH CHRONIC GRANULOMATOUS DISEASE AND FEMALE CARRIERS. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1975/07// VL - 21 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 54 EP - 58 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Eight mothers of children with chronic granulomatous disease have been reported to have documented discoid lupus erythematosus (DLE) or clinical histories compatible with OLE. Tubular reticular structures (TRS) have previously been demonstrated in the peripheral blood lymphocytes and monocytes of patients with systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) and DLE. identification of TRS in peripheral blood lymphocytes and monocytes from five of ten patients with chronic granulomatous disease provides additional support for an association and or shared defect in patients with DLE. SLE and chronic granulomatous disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PERIPHERAL circulation KW - CHRONIC diseases KW - CROHN'S disease KW - ERYTHEMA KW - CHRONIC granulomatous disease KW - SKIN diseases N1 - Accession Number: 16173336; Wara, D. W. 1,2,3 Goodman, J. R. 1,2,3 Ochs, H. 1,2,3 Doyle, N. F. 1,2,3 Ammann, A. J. 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: University of California Medical Center, Department of Pediatrics, Section of Immunology and the Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, California. 2: University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, Washington, USA. 3: Department of Pediatrics. Seattle, Washington, USA.; Source Info: Jul1975, Vol. 21 Issue 1, p54; Subject Term: PERIPHERAL circulation; Subject Term: CHRONIC diseases; Subject Term: CROHN'S disease; Subject Term: ERYTHEMA; Subject Term: CHRONIC granulomatous disease; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16173336&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weisbart, R. H. AU - Bluestone, R. AU - Goldberg, L. S. T1 - CELLULAR IMMUNITY TO AUTOLOGOUS IgG IN RHEUMATOID ARTHRITIS AND RHEUMATOID- LIKE DISORDERS. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1975/06// VL - 20 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 409 EP - 417 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Cellular immunity to autologous IgG was determined by a modified agarose leucocyte migration test in twenty-seven patients with rheumatoid arthritis, sixteen patients with ankylosing spondylitis, thirteen patients with Reiter's syndrome, and in a control group consisting of twenty-four healthy, gouty and osteoarthritic subjects. Lymphocytes isolated from peripheral blood were incubated with native and aggregated autologous IgG for 7 days and the supernatants were assayed for the presence of leucocyte migration inhibitory and leucocyte migration enhancement factors. Both factors have been shown to be in vitro correlates of the delayed hypersensitive reaction. Positive responses to autologous IgG were observed in twenty-three of twenty-seven patients with rheumatoid arthritis, twelve of sixteen subjects with ankylosing spondylitis, five of thirteen individuals with Reiter's syndrome, and four of twenty-four subjects in the control group. Serum antiglobulins to IgG measured by agglutination techniques were present in 77% of patients with rheumatoid arthritis and in none of the subjects with ankylosing spondylitis. There was no correlation between cellular immunity to IgG and the presence of serum antiglobulins. These data indicate that cellular immunity to autologous IgG is an immunological abnormality common to both rheumatoid arthritis and ankylosing spondylitis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CELLULAR immunity KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - RHEUMATOID arthritis KW - ANKYLOSING spondylitis KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - CYTOKINES N1 - Accession Number: 15951110; Weisbart, R. H. 1 Bluestone, R. 1 Goldberg, L. S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, University of California, School of Medicine, Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Los Angeles, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jun1975, Vol. 20 Issue 3, p409; Subject Term: CELLULAR immunity; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject Term: RHEUMATOID arthritis; Subject Term: ANKYLOSING spondylitis; Subject Term: LEUCOCYTES; Subject Term: CYTOKINES; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15951110&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Brown, W. R. AU - Borthistle, B. K. AU - Chen, S.-T. T1 - IMMUNOGLOBULIN E (IgE) AND IgE--CONTAlNING CELLS IN HUMAN GASTROINTESTINAL FLUIDS AND TISSUES. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1975/05// VL - 20 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 227 EP - 237 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Human gastric, small intestinal, colonic and rectal mucosae were examined for IgE-containing cells by single- and double-antibody immunofluorescence techniques, and IgE in intestinal fluids was measured by a double-antibody radio- immunoassay. IgF-containing cells were identified in all tissue specimens and comprised about 2% of all immunoglobulin-containing cells. Although less numerous than cells containing IgA, IgM or IgG, they were remarkably numerous in relation to the concentration of IgE in serum (about 0.001% of total immuno- globulin). IgE immunocytes were significantly more numerous in stomach and proximal small bowel than in colon and rectum, and were very numerous at bases of gastric and duodenal peptic ulcers. Measurable IgE was found in seventy-eight of eighty-five (92%) intestinal fluids. Sucrose gradient ultracentrifugation analysis of four of the fluids revealed that the immunologically reactive IgE was largely in fractions corresponding to molecules of lower molecular weight than that of albumin, which suggests that IgE in gut contents is degraded by proteolytic enzymes. The presence of IgE-forming cells in gastrointestinal tissues, and IgE or a fragment of IgE in intestinal fluids, suggests that IgE antibodies are available for participation in local reaginic-type reactions in the gut. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN E KW - GASTROINTESTINAL mucosa KW - IMMUNOLOGY -- Technique KW - COLON (Anatomy) KW - RECTUM KW - FLUORESCENT antibody technique N1 - Accession Number: 15954430; Brown, W. R. 1 Borthistle, B. K. 1 Chen, S.-T. 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Section of Gastroenterology, Denver Veterans Administration Hospital. 2: University of Colorado Medical Center, Denver, Colorado, U.S.A.; Source Info: May1975, Vol. 20 Issue 2, p227; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN E; Subject Term: GASTROINTESTINAL mucosa; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGY -- Technique; Subject Term: COLON (Anatomy); Subject Term: RECTUM; Subject Term: FLUORESCENT antibody technique; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15954430&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tom, B. H. AU - Huang, L. O. AU - Jakstys, Milda M. AU - Kakan, B. D. T1 - CHARACTERISTICS OF THE LEUCOCYTE-AGGREGATION ASSAY FOR CELL-MEDIATED IMMUNITY. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1975/04// VL - 20 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 131 EP - 141 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - The leucocyte aggregation assay detects cell-mediated immunity by the specific adherence of sensitized lymphocytes onto target cell monolayers. Leucocyte aggregates appear to develop by instruction of non-immune cells by sensitized T lymphocytes. B cells may function in a secondary capacity to amplify aggregate formation. The reactions are sensitive to low temperatures and to metabolic inhibitors of protein and RNA synthesis and function. Serum factors alternatively enhanced or blocked the phenomenon, depending upon the immune status of the patient. This assay may prove useful for the dissection of allograft rejection and tumor resistance due to its brevity, reflection of T-cell immunity, and sensitivity to host humoral factors. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - IMMUNITY KW - CELLULAR immunity KW - T cells KW - B cells KW - SERUM N1 - Accession Number: 16100764; Tom, B. H. 1 Huang, L. O. 1 Jakstys, Milda M. 1 Kakan, B. D. 1; Affiliation: 1: Laboratory of Surgical Immunology, Departments of Surgery and Physiology, Northwestern University Medical Center and Veterans Administration Research Hospital, Chicago, Illinois, U.S.A.; Source Info: Apr1975, Vol. 20 Issue 1, p131; Subject Term: LEUCOCYTES; Subject Term: IMMUNITY; Subject Term: CELLULAR immunity; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: B cells; Subject Term: SERUM; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16100764&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Goldblum, R. AU - Pillarisetty, R. AU - Dauphinee, M. J. AU - Talal, N. T1 - ACCELERATION OF AUTOIMMUNITY IN NZB/NZW F1 MICE BY GRAFT-VERSUS-HOST DISEASE. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1975/02// VL - 19 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 377 EP - 385 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Chronic graft-versus-host (GVH) disease was induced in NZB/NZW Fl (B/W) hybrid female mice by the weekly injection of parental NZB spleen cells. Control mice received injections of syngeneic spleen cells only. The mice were assayed for antibodies to [³H]DNA and [³H]polyadenylic--polyuridylic acid by a cellulose ester filter radioimrnunoassay. and for antibody to thymocytes by a cytotoxicity method. GVH disease accelerated the development of all three autoantibodies in B/W mice. In addition, sucrose density gradient ultracentrifugation of pooled sera suggested that an accelerated switch from 19S to 7S anti-DNA production may be an early effect of GVH. The mechanism of acceleration is discussed in terms of immunological and viral factors generated by the GVH reaction. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - GRAFT versus host disease KW - GRAFT versus host reaction KW - MICE as laboratory animals KW - CELLS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - DNA KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - ULTRACENTRIFUGATION N1 - Accession Number: 15945702; Goldblum, R. 1,2 Pillarisetty, R. 1,2 Dauphinee, M. J. 1,2 Talal, N. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Clinical Immunology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital. 2: Department of Medicine, University of California, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Feb1975, Vol. 19 Issue 2, p377; Subject Term: GRAFT versus host disease; Subject Term: GRAFT versus host reaction; Subject Term: MICE as laboratory animals; Subject Term: CELLS; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: DNA; Subject Term: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject Term: ULTRACENTRIFUGATION; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15945702&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dixon, J. A. AU - Sugai, S. AU - Talal, N. T1 - AN UNUSUAL MOUSE MYELOMA PROTEIN BINDING NATIVE DNA. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1975/02// VL - 19 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 347 EP - 354 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - SP 104 is an IgA-κ myeloma protein produced by a lymphoid tumour of CA F1 mice. It arose originally in mice injected intraperitoneally with cell-free extract of spleen from a dog with systemic lupus erythematosus. The monoclonal nature of the IgA was shown by characteristic appearance on immunoelectrophoresis, restriction to a single light chain type and ability to induce anti-idiotypic antiserum. This protein has antibody activity against native (double-stranded) DNA and its specificity is similar to the antibodies against DNA found in the sera of humans with SLE and NZBJNZW F1 mice. its idiotype does not cross-react with idiotypes of other mouse myeloma proteins known to bind DNA. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN A KW - MYELOMA proteins KW - DNA-binding proteins KW - DNA KW - SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus KW - LYMPHOID tissue KW - IMMUNOELECTROPHORESIS N1 - Accession Number: 15945671; Dixon, J. A. 1 Sugai, S. 2 Talal, N. 3; Affiliation: 1: Clinical Immunology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital. 2: Department of Medicine, University of California, San Francisco, California, U.S.A. 3: Clinical Immunology Section (151T), Veterans Administration Hospital, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, California 94121, U.S.A.; Source Info: Feb1975, Vol. 19 Issue 2, p347; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN A; Subject Term: MYELOMA proteins; Subject Term: DNA-binding proteins; Subject Term: DNA; Subject Term: SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus; Subject Term: LYMPHOID tissue; Subject Term: IMMUNOELECTROPHORESIS; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15945671&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Paronetto, F. AU - Vernace, S. T1 - IMMUNOLOGICAL STUDIES IN PATIENTS WITH CHRONIC ACTIVE HEPATITTS. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1975/01// VL - 19 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 99 EP - 104 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - The cytotoxic activity of lymphocytes against autochthonous liver cells was studied in patients with chronic liver diseases and in controls. Cytotoxicity of lymphocytes was observed in eight often patients with chronic active hepatitis. two patients with chronic persistent hepatitis, one patient with primary biliary cirrhosis, one patient with alcoholic hepatitis and carcinoma of the pancreas, anti in three of live patients with acute viral hepatitis, but not in seven patients without liver alteration or with miscellaneous liver diseases. Serum was not cytotoxic. but in three patients it decreased the cytotoxicity of lymphocytes. Cytotoxicity WZLS seen in both HBAe-positive and H BAg-negative patients. appears to be influenced by therapy, and does not correlate with autoantibodies. These data support the hypothesis of an aggressive activity of lymphocytes in certain liver diseases. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - PATIENTS KW - CELL-mediated cytotoxicity KW - HEPATITIS KW - SERUM KW - AUTOANTIBODIES N1 - Accession Number: 15948950; Paronetto, F. 1 Vernace, S. 2; Affiliation: 1: Laboratory Service of Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, New York 2: Department of Pathology and Medicine, Mount Sindi School of Medicine of the City University of New York.; Source Info: Jan1975, Vol. 19 Issue 1, p99; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: CELL-mediated cytotoxicity; Subject Term: HEPATITIS; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: AUTOANTIBODIES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15948950&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ooi, B. S. AU - Orlina, A. R. AU - Pesce, A. J. AU - Mendoza, N. AU - Masaitis, L. AU - Pollak, V. E. T1 - LYMPHOCYTOTOXIC ANTIBODIES IN PATIENTS WITH SYSTEMIC LUPUS ERYTHEMATOSUS. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1974/06// VL - 17 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 237 EP - 243 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Lymphocytotoxic activity could be demonstrated in the sera of patients with systemic lupus erythematosus. The number of positive reactions varied with temperature of incubation. Lymphocytotoxicity was present in 88%, 49% and 11% of sera tested at 15°C, 22°C and 37°C respectively. At an incubation temperature of 22°C, the presence of the lymphocytotoxic antibody in the sera could be correlated with significantly higher titres of anti-nuclear factor, anti-single-stranded DNA and the histological appearance of active diffuse glomerulonephritis in renal biopsies. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases KW - NUCLEIC acids KW - SERUM KW - BLOOD plasma KW - SKIN diseases N1 - Accession Number: 16244649; Ooi, B. S. 1,2 Orlina, A. R. 1,2 Pesce, A. J. 1,2 Mendoza, N. 1,2 Masaitis, L. 1,2 Pollak, V. E. 3; Affiliation: 1: Renal Division, Cincinnati Veterans Administration Hospital, Cincinnati, Ohio. 2: University of Cincinnati College of Medicine, Cincinnati, Ohio. 3: Michael Reese Research Foundation, Michael Reese Medical Center, Chicago, Illinois, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jun1974, Vol. 17 Issue 2, p237; Subject Term: SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus; Subject Term: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Subject Term: NUCLEIC acids; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: BLOOD plasma; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16244649&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bhoopalam, N. AU - Yakulis, V. AU - Heller, P. T1 - MONOCLONAL IgM SURFACE IMMUNOGLOBULIN ON LYMPHOCYTES OF AGING NZB MICE AND ITS INDUCTION IN YOUNG MICE BY RNA. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 16 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 243 EP - 258 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - The increase in serum immunoglobulins in aged NZB mice is associated with the appearance of a monoclonal IgM. The decrease in the proportion of circulating lymphocytes with normal receptors (IgM and lgG) of the aging NZB mouse is due to the replacement of these surface immunoglobulins by a monoclonal IgM. RNA extracted from spleen and plasma of aging NZB mice induced the development of such monoclonal receptors on normal lymphocytes in vitro and in vivo. RNA was detected in plasma of aging NZB mice bound to an α-globulin. Evidence is presented suggesting that the mediating factor in the development of monoclonal receptors is plasma RNA. Receptor conversion, previously also detected in plasmacytoma of mice appears to be a cause of B-cell dysfunction interfering with the normal sequence of the immune response. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - LYMPHOID tissue KW - IMMUNE response KW - BLOOD proteins KW - PLASMA cells N1 - Accession Number: 16223884; Bhoopalam, N. 1 Yakulis, V. 1 Heller, P. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration West Side Hospital and Departments of Medicine and Microbiology, University of Illinois, College of Medicine, Chicago, Illinois, U.S.A.; Source Info: Feb1974, Vol. 16 Issue 2, p243; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: LYMPHOID tissue; Subject Term: IMMUNE response; Subject Term: BLOOD proteins; Subject Term: PLASMA cells; Number of Pages: 16p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16223884&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Heilman, Dorothy H. AU - Gambrill, Margaret R. AU - Lefchner, J. P. T1 - THE EFFECT OF HYDROCORTISONE ON THE INCORPORATION OF TRITIATED THYMIDINE BY HUMAN BLOOD LYMPHOCYTES CULTURED WITH PHYTOHAEMAGGLUTININ AND POKEWEED MITOGEN. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 15 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 203 EP - 212 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Methods based on [3H]thymidine incorporation and morphology were used for further studies on the effect of hydrocortisone on the transformation of human lymphocytes by phytohaemagglutinin (PHA) and pokeweed mitogen (PWM). Result obtained with both methods showed inhibition of PHA stimulation in cultures preincubated with 0.01-10 μg/ml of hydrocortisone. [3H]thymidine incorporation due to PWM in vertical tube cultures was depressed by 10μg/ml of hydrocortisone in cultures harvested at 48 hr, but not in similar cultures incubated for 3, 4 and 5 days. In vertical cultures 10μg/ml of hormone depressed the level of uptake in most experiments. By contrast [3H]thymidine incorporation was enhanced in horizontal PWM cultures by 0.1 and 1.0/μ/ml of hydrocortisone, and 10μg/ml caused stimulation or a return to the normal PWM level. Microscopic and time-lapse observations on living cells showed that typical PWM blasts first appeared on the third day of incubation and after 5 days were numerous in corticosteroid-treated as well as in untreated cultures. Ten micrograms per millilitre of hydrocortisone increased the fragility of PWM blasts in both kinds of cultures and caused degeneration of variable numbers of blasts in 5-day-old vertical tube cultures. The depression of [3H]thymidine uptake in vertical cultures was thought to be due to a combination of enhanced toxicity of corticosteroid hormone in deep cultures, and loss of incorporated [3H]thymidine due to increased cellular fragility. Results obtained with the isotopic and morphologic methods indicated that the transformation of B lymphocytes by PWM is relatively resistant to the action of hydrocortisone in vitro. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HYDROCORTISONE KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - GLUCOCORTICOIDS KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - AGRICULTURE KW - EUGENICS N1 - Accession Number: 16096611; Heilman, Dorothy H. 1,2 Gambrill, Margaret R. 1,2 Lefchner, J. P. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Cellular Immunology Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington 2: Department of Microbiology, School of Medicine, George Washington University, Washington, U.S.A.; Source Info: Oct1973, Vol. 15 Issue 2, p203; Subject Term: HYDROCORTISONE; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: GLUCOCORTICOIDS; Subject Term: LEUCOCYTES; Subject Term: AGRICULTURE; Subject Term: EUGENICS; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16096611&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Husberg, B. S. T1 - IN VITRO STUDIES OF THE CELL-BOUND AND ANTIBODY-MEDIATED IMMUNITY EVOKED BY MURINE RENAL ALLO- TRANSPLANTS. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 14 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 271 EP - 292 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - The influence of presensitization, total body irradiation and several immunosuppressive drugs on the immune response evoked by allogeneic rat kidneys was studied in vitro and in vivo. The cytotoxic effect of recipient thoracic duct lymphoid cells and fresh or heat-inactivated recipient serum against donor target cells was measured with 51Cr assay. Rats that had undergone two consecutive allogeneic transplantations from isogenous donors had thoracic duct lymphoid cells and serum with an increased cytotoxic effect against donor strain target cells as compared to control rats transplanted only once. Heat-inactivated recipient serum from such animals also had an increased blocking effect on cell-mediated cytotoxicity. ALS had the strongest depressive effect on the cell-bound immunological responses evoked by the transplants in the recipient rats, decreasing both the number of lymphoid cells in the thoracic duct lymph and the cytotoxic activity of the remaining cells. Methylprednisolone and methotrexate also strongly suppressed the cellular immunological events in the way just mentioned. Actinomycin-C and total body irradiation depressed cell-bound immune response only by causing a decrease in the number of cells in the thoracic duct lymph. Azathioprine did not influence cell-bound immunological responses to allogeneic kidney transplants. Total body irradiation, methotrexate and methylprednisolone treatment markedly diminished the cytotoxic effect of fresh recipient serum against target cells and reduced the blocking effect of heat-inactivated recipient serum on lymphoid cell-mediated cytotoxicity. The other tested agents all caused a moderate depression of the cytotoxic and blocking effect of fresh and heat-inactivated recipient serum, respectively. When folinic acid was given regularly between consecutive methotrexate injections, the depression of the lymphoid cell amount in the thoracic duct lymph was markedly less. The results of the cytotoxicity tests were similar to those obtained with methotrexate treatment alone. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNITY KW - IMMUNOLOGY KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents KW - IMMUNOPHARMACOLOGY KW - CELL-mediated cytotoxicity KW - CELL death N1 - Accession Number: 16243494; Husberg, B. S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Surgery, University of Colorado School of Medicine and the Denver Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver, Colorado, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jun1973, Vol. 14 Issue 2, p271; Subject Term: IMMUNITY; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGY; Subject Term: IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents; Subject Term: IMMUNOPHARMACOLOGY; Subject Term: CELL-mediated cytotoxicity; Subject Term: CELL death; Number of Pages: 22p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16243494&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Stastny, P. AU - Cooke, T. D. AU - Ziff, M. T1 - PRODUCTION OF A MACROPHAGE MIGRATION INHIBITORY FACTOR IN RABBITS WITH EXPERIMENTAL ARTHRITIS. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 14 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 141 EP - 147 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Cultures of synovial tissue from rabbits with an antigen-induced arthritis were tested for production of macrophage migration inhibitory factor to investigate the possible role of cellular immunity in this experimental model. Culture supernatants of ten specimens of normal rabbit synovium and six specimens from joints injected with saline did not inhibit macrophage migration; and in thirteen experiments with synovium from an arthritis produced by injection of urate crystals only one showed significant inhibitory activity on macrophages. In contrast nineteen of twenty-five antigen challenged joints produced migration inhibitory factor detectable in the culture supernatants. Inhibition ranged from 20 to 87 percent with a mean of 31. 7±4.3 per cent. The migration inhibitory factor in these fluids was non-dialysable and was eluted with an albumin marker from Sephadex G-200. The finding that a macrophage migration inhibitory agent is produced in the course of antigen-induced synovitis is consistent with the postulated role of cellular immunity in the synovial lesion. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - JOINTS (Anatomy) -- Diseases KW - IMMUNE response KW - CELLULAR immunity KW - KILLER cells KW - FLUID mechanics KW - COLLOIDS N1 - Accession Number: 16243189; Stastny, P. 1,2 Cooke, T. D. 1,2 Ziff, M. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Internal Medicine, University of Texas Southwestern Medical School. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Dallas, Texas, U.S.A.; Source Info: May1973, Vol. 14 Issue 1, p141; Subject Term: JOINTS (Anatomy) -- Diseases; Subject Term: IMMUNE response; Subject Term: CELLULAR immunity; Subject Term: KILLER cells; Subject Term: FLUID mechanics; Subject Term: COLLOIDS; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16243189&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Anderson, L. G. AU - Tarpley, T. M. AU - Talal, N. AU - Cummings, N. A. AU - Wolf, R. O. AU - Schall, G. L. T1 - CELLULAR-VERSUS-HUMORAL AUTOIMMUNE RESPONSES TO SALIVARY GLAND IN SJÖGREN'S SYNDROME. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1973/03// VL - 13 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 335 EP - 342 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - In Sjögren's syndrome (SS), the earliest glandular infiltration by lymphoid cells surrounds the salivary ducts, which are also the target of the organ-specific antisalivary duct (ASD) autoantibody found in some patients with this disorder. A sensitizing antigen localized in ductal epithelial cells may elicit both humoral and cellular immune responses. In a study using coded specimens from twenty-five patients with SS and eight with rheumatoid arthritis, sera were tested for ASD, and lip biopsies were graded for the degree of lymphoid infiltration and destruction of labial salivary glands. Significantly less cellular infiltration was found in SS patients who had ASD compared to those who lacked this antibody. In SS, the group of ASD-negative patients had greater gland destruction and more severe xerostomia. The possible role of ASD as a blocking antibody is suggested. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases KW - SEEPAGE KW - ARTHRITIS KW - ANTIGENS KW - IMMUNE response KW - RHEUMATOID arthritis N1 - Accession Number: 14544405; Anderson, L. G. 1 Tarpley, T. M. 2 Talal, N. 3 Cummings, N. A. 2 Wolf, R. O. 2 Schall, G. L. 4; Affiliation: 1: Robert B. Brigham Hospital, Boston, U.S.A. 2: National Institute of Dental Research, Department of Nuclear Medicine, Clijilcal Center, and National Institute of Arthritis, Metabolic and Digestive Diseases, Bethesda, Maryland, U.S.A. 3: Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, U.S.A. 4: University of California Medical Center, Moffett Hospital, San Francisco, U.S.A.; Source Info: Mar1973, Vol. 13 Issue 3, p335; Subject Term: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Subject Term: SEEPAGE; Subject Term: ARTHRITIS; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: IMMUNE response; Subject Term: RHEUMATOID arthritis; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14544405&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Andrada, J. A. AU - Comini, E. AU - Premachandra, B. N. T1 - STUDIES ON THYROID IMMUNITY VII. SPLENECTOMY AND MONKEY IMMUNE THYROIDITIS: THYROIDAL FUNCTION AND THYROXINE TRANSPORT. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1973/02// VL - 13 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 303 EP - 326 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - The role of the spleen in humoral antibody formation and in the pathogenesis of immune thyroiditis was studied by splenectomizing four monkeys (Macaca mulatta) prior to thyroid isoimmunization. Splenectomized animals, as well as intact controls, were subjected to sequential immunizations and the course of the immune disease was followed by periodic thyroid biopsies and frequent humoral antibody measurements over a period exceeding 1 yr. Extirpation of the secondary lymphoid organ markedly inhibited agglutinating antibody response, prevented formation of complement-fixing antibodies, but had no effect on thyrocytotoxic antibodies. In animals subjected to immunization in complete adjuvant a trend towards a decrease in serum complement levels was evident at the terminal stages of the experiments. Despite the inhibitory effects on some immunological parameters, splenectomy in monkeys prior to thyroid isoimmunization did not interfere with the initiation and progression of pathological processes in the thyroid. Indeed in all splenectomized animals immunized with thyroid plus complete adjuvant, fibrotic thyroid lesions (4+) with virtual obliteration of thyroid follicles were evident, in some as early as 120 days after primary immunization; in contrast, non-fibrotic and less severe lesions were noted in the intact animal despite being repeatedly subjected to similar immunization procedures over a period of 340 days. Immunization in the absence of complete adjuvant did not induce thyroid lesions in the presence or absence of spleen. In all animals with severe thyroid lesions, thyroid function decreased as revealed by T4 and 131I-T3 resin uptake measurements. Paper electrophoresis of serum specimens from a monkey subjected to thyroid isoimmunization in complete adjuvant (and after equilibration with 125I-T4) showed a pronounced retention of 125I-T4 radioactivity at the gamma globulin region indicating formation of antibodies to thyroxine. On the other hand, in sera with a low thyroid antibody titre as in splenectomized monkeys or in those animals immunized within complete adjuvant, T4-binding antibodies were not evident. It is concluded that removal of the spleen prior to thyroid isoimmunization in monkeys, rather than inhibiting the severity of the disease may even aid and abet immunopathogenic events destructive to the thyroid. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNITY KW - IMMUNIZATION KW - THYROID hormones KW - SPLENECTOMY KW - THYROXINE KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS N1 - Accession Number: 14544346; Andrada, J. A. 1 Comini, E. 1 Premachandra, B. N. 2; Affiliation: 1: Instituto de Investigaciones Medicas, University of Buenos Aires, Buenos Aires, Argentina. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Jefferson Barracks and Washington University, St. Louis, Missouri.; Source Info: Feb73, Vol. 13 Issue 2, p303; Subject Term: IMMUNITY; Subject Term: IMMUNIZATION; Subject Term: THYROID hormones; Subject Term: SPLENECTOMY; Subject Term: THYROXINE; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Number of Pages: 24p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14544346&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Abdou, N. I. AU - Abdou, Nancy L. T1 - IMMUNOGLOBULIN RECEPTORS ON HUMAN LEUCOCYTES III. COMPARATIVE STUDY OF HUMAN BONE MARROW AND BLOOD B CELLS: ROLE OF IgM RECEPTORS. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1973/01// VL - 13 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 45 EP - 54 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - A comparative study of B cells present in human bone marrow and blood was performed. In both compartments the cells carrying the Ig receptors were found to be small mononuclear cells. Predominance of IgM receptors was found on bone marrow cells whereas Ig receptors present on peripheral blood cells were predominantly of the IgG class. Bone marrow lymphoid cells of non-sensitized donors were capable of binding a primary antigen, keyhole limpet haemocyanin (KLH) and could be retained on glass bead columns coated with either KLH or with goat anti-human IgM antiserum but not with anti-IgG. Whereas bone marrow cells of donors immunized with KLH 16-27 days earlier lacked KLH reactive cells, the latter cells could be demonstrated in the blood. It is concluded that human bone marrow B cells carrying IgM receptors are essential for the early antigen recognition step following which recruitment of these cells into the circulation takes place. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNE system KW - BONE marrow cells KW - KILLER cells KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - GRANULAR materials KW - LYMPHOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 14542420; Abdou, N. I. 1,2,3,4 Abdou, Nancy L. 1,2,3,4; Affiliation: 1: Division of Allergy, Veterans Administration Hospital, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, U.S.A. 2: Division of Immunology, Veterans Administration Hospital, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, U.S.A. 3: Division of Rheumatology, Veterans Administration Hospital, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, U.S.A. 4: Department of Hematology, Philadelphia General Hospital, University of Pennsylvania Services, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jan1973, Vol. 13 Issue 1, p45; Subject Term: IMMUNE system; Subject Term: BONE marrow cells; Subject Term: KILLER cells; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject Term: GRANULAR materials; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14542420&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chused, T. M. AU - Steinberg, A. D. AU - Talal, N . T1 - THE CLEARANCE AND LOCALIZATION OF NUCLEIC ACIDS BY NEW ZEALAND AND NORMAL MICE. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1972/12// VL - 12 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 465 EP - 476 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - The clearance and localization of native DNA, denatured DNA, and doublestranded synthetic RNA was studied in New Zealand Black/White hybrid mice, which develop an illness closely resembling human systemic lupus erythematosus, a n d in normal mice. The three nucleic acids were rapidly cleared from the circulation in all strains studied. Serum nucleases did not account for this rapid clearance, indicating that the nucleic acids were taken up as macromolecules. The polymers were concentrated in the liver and spleen, suggesting uptake by the reticulo-endothelial system. Animals with circulating antibody cleared the nucleic acids even more rapidly. New Zealand mice did not differ from normal mice in their metabolism of nucleic acids. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DNA KW - RNA KW - METABOLISM KW - MICE as laboratory animals KW - NUCLEIC acids KW - BIOCHEMISTRY N1 - Accession Number: 14541942; Chused, T. M. 1 Steinberg, A. D. 2 Talal, N . 3; Affiliation: 1: National Institute of Dental Research, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Maryland. 2: National Institute of Arthritis and Metabolic Diseases, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Maryland. 3: Veterans Administration Hospital, University of California Medical Center, San Francisco, California 94121, U.S.A.; Source Info: Dec72, Vol. 12 Issue 4, p465; Subject Term: DNA; Subject Term: RNA; Subject Term: METABOLISM; Subject Term: MICE as laboratory animals; Subject Term: NUCLEIC acids; Subject Term: BIOCHEMISTRY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14541942&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Torisu, M. AU - Yokoyama, T. AU - Kohler, P. F. AU - Durst, A. L. AU - Martineau, G. AU - Schroter, G. AU - Amemiya, H. AU - Groth, C. G. AU - Starzl, T. E. T1 - SERUM COMPLEMENT AFTER ORTHOTOPIC TRANSPLANTATION OF THE HUMAN LIVER. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1972/09// VL - 12 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 21 EP - 30 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - In five patients with terminal liver failure, replacement of the diseased liver with a well functioning homograft restored markedly depressed total complement and C4 and C3 to normal levels. Concomitantly, C5 protein also increased. Postoperatively, two patients developed a marked drop in C4 and C3 probably in relation to homograft rejection. In contrast, serum hepatitis and biliary obstruction were not accompanied by significant changes. It is concluded that the liver is an important source of synthesis of C4, C3 and C5 and that complement assays might aid in otherwise equivocal diagnosis of hepatic homograft rejection. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LIVER failure KW - HOMOGRAFTS KW - TRANSPLANTATION of organs, tissues, etc. KW - HEPATITIS B KW - LIVER diseases KW - VIRAL hepatitis N1 - Accession Number: 14544407; Torisu, M. 1,2,3,4 Yokoyama, T. 1,2,3,4 Kohler, P. F. 1,2,3,4 Durst, A. L. 1,2,3,4 Martineau, G. 1,2,3,4 Schroter, G. 1,2,3,4 Amemiya, H. 1,2,3,4 Groth, C. G. 1,2,3,4 Starzl, T. E. 1,2,3,4; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Surgery,University of Colorado School of Medicine. 2: Department of Medicine, University of Colorado School of Medicine. 3: Department of Pediatrics, University of Colorado School of Medicine. 4: Denver Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver, Colorado.; Source Info: Sep72, Vol. 12 Issue 1, p21; Subject Term: LIVER failure; Subject Term: HOMOGRAFTS; Subject Term: TRANSPLANTATION of organs, tissues, etc.; Subject Term: HEPATITIS B; Subject Term: LIVER diseases; Subject Term: VIRAL hepatitis; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14544407&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Heilman, Dorothy H. T1 - FAILURE OF HYDROCORTISONE TO INHIBIT BLASTOGENESIS BY POKEWEED MITOGEN IN HUMAN LEUCOCYTE CULTURES. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1972/07// VL - 11 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 393 EP - 403 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Hydrocortisone was added to cultures of human peripheral blood leucocytes 30 mm before the addition of phytohaemagglutinin (PHA) or pokeweed mitogen (PWM). A concentration of 10 μg/ml of hydrocortisone inhibited a major part of the blastogenic response to PHA at 3 days of incubation and prevented a decline in the number of macrophages. A portion of corticosteroid-resistant PHA-stimulated blasts was observed in all experiments. Hydrocortisone (10 μg/mI) caused a slight decrease in the mitogenic response to PWM at 2 and 3 days of incubation, but at 5 days the proportion of blasts equalled or exceeded that seen in cultures with PWM alone. Hydrocortisone did not prevent the virtual disappearance of macrophages from cultures incubated with PWM or with a combination of PHA and PWM. The effect of hormone on both lymphocytes and macrophages indicated that the principal action of PWM was on a subpopulation of lymphocytes not responsive to PHA. In addition a small number of corticosteroid-sensitive cells was transformed by PWM early in incubation. Results indicated that the prior addition of corticosteroids to leucocyte cultures was useful in determining the response of segments of the circulating lymphocyte population to different mitogenic stimulants. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HYDROCORTISONE KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - GLUCOCORTICOIDS KW - MITOGENS KW - MACROPHAGES KW - ADRENOCORTICAL hormones N1 - Accession Number: 14545007; Heilman, Dorothy H. 1; Affiliation: 1: Cellular Immunology Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D.C., 20422, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jul72, Vol. 11 Issue 3, p393; Subject Term: HYDROCORTISONE; Subject Term: LEUCOCYTES; Subject Term: GLUCOCORTICOIDS; Subject Term: MITOGENS; Subject Term: MACROPHAGES; Subject Term: ADRENOCORTICAL hormones; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14545007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Amemiya, H. AU - Yokoyama, T. AU - Torisu, M. AU - Putnam, C. W. AU - Anderson, J. T. AU - Starzl, T. E. T1 - THE REDUCTION OF ANTIGENICITY OF HETEROLOGOUS ANTILYMPHOCYTE SERUM WITH ACID TAKA-PROTEASE. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 11 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 67 EP - 81 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Horse anti-dog and anti-mouse ALS were digested for varying intervals with acid Taka-protease, a proteolytic enzyme. A progressive reduction in antigenicity was demonstrated, as determined by in vitro precipitin reactions with standard antisera and by passive cutaneous and systemic anaphylaxis tests. Leukoagglutinins and lymphocytotoxins were conserved in anti-dog ALS but there was a marked diminution in anti-platelet and anti-erthrocyte activity. Both anti-red cell and anti-white cell antibodies of anti-mouse ALS were reduced. Digestion appeared to completely degrade some protein fractions such as albumin and to alter the immunoglobulin molecule, possibly by cleavage of the terminal portion of the Fc fragment. Digestion of ALS with Taka-protease may prove to be a useful procedure particularly since it was demonstrated that immunosuppressive potency was partially retained. For further evaluation a belter standardized Taka-protease will be required. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PROTEOLYTIC enzymes KW - HYDROLASES KW - ANAPHYLAXIS KW - ALLERGY KW - SERUM KW - BLOOD plasma N1 - Accession Number: 14545189; Amemiya, H. 1 Yokoyama, T. 1 Torisu, M. 1 Putnam, C. W. 1 Anderson, J. T. 1 Starzl, T. E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Surgery, University of Colorado School of Medicine, and Denver Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver, Colorado.; Source Info: May72, Vol. 11 Issue 1, p67; Subject Term: PROTEOLYTIC enzymes; Subject Term: HYDROLASES; Subject Term: ANAPHYLAXIS; Subject Term: ALLERGY; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: BLOOD plasma; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 15p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2249.ep14545189 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14545189&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Spiegelberg, H. L. AU - Fishkin, B. G. T1 - THE CATABOLISM OF HUMAN γG IMMUNOGLOBULINS OF DIFFERENT HEAVY CHAIN SUBCLASSES III. THE CATABOLISM OF HEAVY CHAIN DISEASE PROTEINS AND OF Fc FRAGMENTS OF MYELOMA PROTEINS. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1972/04// VL - 10 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 599 EP - 607 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - The catabolism of 131I and 125I paired labelled Fc fragments of myeloma proteins and of H chain disease proteins of different heavy chain subclasses was studied in men and monkeys. In contrast to the previously demonstrated catabolic heterogeneity of intact -γG immunoglobulins, the Fc fragments and H chain disease proteins of all subclasses tested were catabolized at a similar rale. These data suggest that structures not present of the Fc fragments are responsible for the faster turnover rate of 7G3 immunoglobulins and for the differences in half-lives of myeloma proteins within a given subclass. The catabolic features of the H chain disease proteins differed from those of intact γG. Although the whole body half-lives of the two proteins were similar, the fractional turnover rate of the H chain disease proteins was higher than that of γG, on the average 8% of the intravascular pool/day as compared to 4% for γG. One-half to 1% of the intravascular pool of the H chain disease protein and less than 0-1% of the γG was excreted into the urine. An average of 24% of the H chain disease proteins and 44% of the γG equilibrated into the intravascular compartment. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MYELOMA proteins KW - METABOLISM KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - TUMOR proteins KW - BLOOD proteins KW - ANTIGENS N1 - Accession Number: 14617650; Spiegelberg, H. L. 1,2 Fishkin, B. G. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Experimental Pathology, Scripps Clinic and Research Foundation, La Jolla, California. 2: Laboratory Service, Wadsworth General Hospital, Veterans Administration center, Los Angeles, California.; Source Info: Apr72, Vol. 10 Issue 4, p599; Subject Term: MYELOMA proteins; Subject Term: METABOLISM; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: TUMOR proteins; Subject Term: BLOOD proteins; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14617650&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Amemiya, H. AU - Yokoyama, T. AU - Putnam, C. W. AU - Torisu, M. AU - Starzl, T. E. T1 - IMMUNOGLOBULIN LEVELS AND ANTIBODY TO CANDIDA ALBICANS IN HUMAN CERVICOVAGINAL SECRETIONS. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1972/03// VL - 10 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 427 EP - 434 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - ALG raised against lymphoblasts grown in pure culture for many generations contained antiplatelet activity. The thromboaggkitinins could be completely removed by absorption with lymphoblasts, indicating that they had been raised to antigens shared by lymphoblasts and platelets. Anti-spleen ALG possessed levels of such anti-platelet antibodies but in substantially higher titres, because an additional contribution was made by contaminating thrombocytes in the immunizing injectate. By chromatographic separation and immunoelectrophoretic analysis of the eluate from platelet-antibody complexes generated during the absorption of anti- spleen ALG with thrombocytes, the thromboagglutinins were shown to reside almost exclusively (977%) in the area of the IgA fraction. The direct Coombs' reacting platelets from patients receiving equine anti-spleen ALG with guinea-pig antisera against normal horse serum, showed a highly significant, but not in Variable correlation with clinical platelet depression, which was not, however, clearly related to the thromboagglutinin titre of the ALG being administered. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - GUINEA pigs as laboratory animals KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN A KW - BLOOD platelets KW - IMMUNE serums KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - ANTIGENS N1 - Accession Number: 14545335; Amemiya, H. 1 Yokoyama, T. 1 Putnam, C. W. 1 Torisu, M. 1 Starzl, T. E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Surgery, University of Colorado School of Medicine, Denver Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver, Colorado.; Source Info: Mar1972, Vol. 10 Issue 3, p427; Subject Term: GUINEA pigs as laboratory animals; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN A; Subject Term: BLOOD platelets; Subject Term: IMMUNE serums; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14545335&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Torisu, M. AU - Yokoyama, T. AU - Durst, A. L. AU - Schroter, G. AU - Putnam, C. W. AU - Halgrimson, C. G. AU - Starzl, T. E. T1 - DETECTION OF AUSTRALIA ANTIGEN BY BIOLOGICAL ASSAY IN 'Au NEGATIVE' KIDNEY HOMOGRAFT RECIPIENTS WITH HEPATIC DYSFUNCTION. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1972/03// VL - 10 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 409 EP - 416 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Rabbits were immunized with the sera from patients with known Au antigenaemia; from kidney homograft recipients who were Au negative with direct conventional tests but who had hepatic dysfunction; and from normal volunteers. Heterologous anti-Au antibodies were raised by the first of these kinds of sera but not by the third. Sera from seven of the eleven immunosuppressed kidney recipients of the second group did not raise anti-Au antibodies in the rabbit, but sera from the other four did. The results indicate that the Au antigen may be present in trace quantities in significant numbers of immunosuppressed patients previously thought to be Au negative. However, they do not unequivocally establish an aetiologic association between Au antigenaemia and 'post-transplantation liver disease', probably because of the obscuring and important factor of hepatotoxicity of the immunosuppressive agents. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RABBITS as laboratory animals KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSION KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - HEPATOTOXICOLOGY KW - DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation KW - TRANSPLANTATION of organs, tissues, etc. N1 - Accession Number: 14545329; Torisu, M. 1 Yokoyama, T. 1 Durst, A. L. 1 Schroter, G. 1 Putnam, C. W. 1 Halgrimson, C. G. 1 Starzl, T. E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Surgery and Pediatrics, University of Colorado School of Medicine, Denver Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver, Colorado, U.S.A.; Source Info: Mar1972, Vol. 10 Issue 3, p409; Subject Term: RABBITS as laboratory animals; Subject Term: IMMUNOSUPPRESSION; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: HEPATOTOXICOLOGY; Subject Term: DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation; Subject Term: TRANSPLANTATION of organs, tissues, etc.; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14545329&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Heller, P. AU - Bhoopalam, N. AU - Yakulis, V. J. AU - Costea, N. T1 - KAPPA AND LAMBDA RECEPTOR SITES ON SINGLE LYMPHOCYTES. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1971/11// VL - 9 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 637 EP - 643 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Light chain receptors on human circulating lymphocytes of thirty-three normal individuals were visualized by the immunocyto-adhesion reaction in which human (anuclear) erythrocytes coated with κ chains and chicken (nucleated) erythrocytes coated with λ chains (or vice versa) were used, 4.4 (±2.3)% of the lymphocytes had κ and 4.15 (±2.4)% had λ receptors, when the lymphocytes were sensitized with antisera to either κ and λ chains. When both antisera were used simultaneously only 5.3 (±3)% were found to have receptors and the majority of cells carried both κ and λ receptors. These findings suggest that in these cells the genes for the constant regions of both light chains are active. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - ERYTHROCYTES KW - CELLS KW - GENES KW - BLOOD cells KW - LEUCOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 14542514; Heller, P. 1 Bhoopalam, N. 1 Yakulis, V. J. 1 Costea, N. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration West Side Hospital and Department of Medicine, University of Illinois and Abraham School of Medicine, Chicago, Illinois, U.S.A.; Source Info: Nov71, Vol. 9 Issue 5, p637; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: ERYTHROCYTES; Subject Term: CELLS; Subject Term: GENES; Subject Term: BLOOD cells; Subject Term: LEUCOCYTES; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14542514&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jasin, H. E. AU - Lennard, Dorothy AU - Ziff, M. T1 - STUDIES ON ANTIMACROPHAGE GLOBULIN. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1971/05// VL - 8 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 801 EP - 814 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - The immunosuppressive and anti-inflammatory Properties of rabbit antirat macrophage (AMG) and rabbit antirat thymocyte globulin (ALG) have been compared. Iv vitro experiments showed that both AMG and ALG contained antibodies directed against rat thymocytes and macrophages. When AMG was absorbed with large numbers of thymocytes, the final product was found to lack agglutinating and Cytotoxic antibodies against such cells, However, AMG was cytotoxic to rat peritoneal macrophages at a dilution of 1/512 while the ALG cytotoxic titre was 1/64. It was also shown that AMG was able to suppress phagocytosis by peritoneal mononuclear cells while ALG was ineffective. The immunosuppressive activity of AMG and ALG when given at the time of induction of the immune response was studied in vivo. Rats were pretreated with the antisera prior to induction of Freund's adjuvant arthritis and immunization with sheep erythrocytes. Administration of ALG prior to induction of adjuvant arthritis resulted in complete inhibition of the disease while AMG treated rats developed, arthritis. ALG treated rats produced almost no haemagglutinating antibody to sheep erythrocytes used as antigen while the AMG treated group developed titres not significantly different from the control group. When the same animals were rechallenged with sheep erythrocytes 5 weeks later the response of the AMG treated group was similar to that of controls, while the ALG treated animals developed a primary antibody responses. When the antisera were given to animals coinciding with the development of generalized arthritis in order to study their anti-inflammatory activity, AMG treated rats showed a small decrease in the severity of arthritis, ALG was much more effective in reducing the inflammatory signs of the disease and its suppressive effects lasted for 2 weeks after the last injection. The anti-inflammatory properties of ALO were also evident in the marked inhibition of the granuloma in the adjuvant-injected paw Which paralleled the effects of treatment on the poly- arthritis. Similarly, ALG treatment produced a severe depression of the delayed hypersensitivity response to tuberculin while AMG was ineffective. The above results indicate that ALG is a strong anti-inflammatory and immunosuppressive agent while AMG has no immunosuppressive properties and is only a mild anti-inflammatory agent. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MACROPHAGES KW - GLOBULINS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - PHAGOCYTOSIS KW - CELLS KW - ARTHRITIS N1 - Accession Number: 14553893; Jasin, H. E. 1 Lennard, Dorothy 1 Ziff, M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Internal Medicine, Rheumatic Diseases Unit, The University of Texas Southwestern Medical School and Veterans Administration Hospital, Dallas, Texas.; Source Info: May71, Vol. 8 Issue 5, p801; Subject Term: MACROPHAGES; Subject Term: GLOBULINS; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: PHAGOCYTOSIS; Subject Term: CELLS; Subject Term: ARTHRITIS; Number of Pages: 14p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14553893&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hsu, Clement C. S. AU - Leevy, Carroll M. T1 - INHIBITION OF PHA-STIMULATED LYMPHOCYTE TRANSFORMATION BY PLASMA FROM PATIENTS WITH ADVANCED ALCOHOLIC CIRRHOSIS. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1971/05// VL - 8 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 749 EP - 760 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Studies of lymphocyte transformation in patients with alcoholic cirrhosis of the liver indicate lymphocytes of such patients respond normally to PHA stimulation; however, their plasma or serum contains factors which block expected response to PITA. This effect was diminished by heating at 56°C for 60 minutes but was not affected by freezing and thawing. it could be overcome by increasing the dose of PHA. Blocking was also encountered in the response to pokeweed mitogen and Candida antigen stimulation but was not seen in the mixed lymphocyte reaction. Indentical results were obtained with Plasma from patients with allergic rhinitis, uraemia, carcinomatosis, and granuloma to us hepatitis. The magnitude of blocking effects in all of these conditions was negatively correlated with the serum γ-globulin levels. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTE transformation KW - BLOOD plasma KW - CIRRHOSIS of the liver KW - PATIENTS KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - RHINITIS N1 - Accession Number: 14553424; Hsu, Clement C. S. 1 Leevy, Carroll M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Division of Metabolism and Nutrition, Department of Medicine, New Jersey College of Medicine and Dentistry, Martland Hospital, and Veterans Administration Hospital, East Orange, New Jersey.; Source Info: May71, Vol. 8 Issue 5, p749; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTE transformation; Subject Term: BLOOD plasma; Subject Term: CIRRHOSIS of the liver; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: RHINITIS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14553424&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Stroud, M. AU - Nagaki, K. AU - Pickering, R. J. AU - Giwurz, H. AU - Good, R. A. AU - Cooper, M. D. T1 - SUB-UNITS OF THE FIRST COMPLEMENT COMPONENT IN IMMUNOLOGIC DEFICIENCY SYNDROMES: INDEPENDENCE OF Cls AND Clq. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1970/08// VL - 7 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 133 EP - 137 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Normal concentrations of Cl esterase, Cls, have been found in nineteen individuals with a variety of immunologic deficiency syndromes. Clq levels are markedly low in patients with lymphopenic hypogammaglobulinaemia. The lack of correlation of serum concentrations of Cls with Clq in several patients suggests a separate mode of synthesis or catabolism for these Cl subunits. Furthermore, the extreme Clq deficiency in lymphopenic hypogammaglobulinaemic patients may play a role in their serious prognosis; however the normal Cls concentrations would allow some complement mediated functions. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOLOGICAL deficiency syndromes KW - AGAMMAGLOBULINEMIA KW - COMPLEMENT (Immunology) KW - ESTERASES KW - SERUM KW - PROGNOSIS N1 - Accession Number: 14588326; Stroud, M. 1,2 Nagaki, K. 1,2 Pickering, R. J. 1,2 Giwurz, H. 1,2 Good, R. A. 1,2 Cooper, M. D. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Birmingham Veterans Administration Hospital, Birmingham, Alabama. 2: University of Minnesota Medical Center, Minneapolis Minnesota.; Source Info: Aug70, Vol. 7 Issue 2, p133; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGICAL deficiency syndromes; Subject Term: AGAMMAGLOBULINEMIA; Subject Term: COMPLEMENT (Immunology); Subject Term: ESTERASES; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: PROGNOSIS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14588326&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kantor, G. L. AU - van Merle, A. J. AU - Barnett, E. V. T1 - AUTO-ANTIBODIES OF THE IgD CLASS. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1970/06// VL - 6 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 951 EP - 962 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Utilizing immunofluorescent techniques, antinuclear an antithyroid antibodies were demonstrated within the IgD class of immunoglobulins. Glomerular deposits of IgD were detected in three kidneys with glomerulonephritis and one renal allograft. Similar deposits were not present in four kidneys with respective diagnosis of interstitial nephritis, lupus nephritis, chronic glomerulonephritis, and focal glomerulonephritis. IgD antibodies may be formed in response to a variety of antigenic stimuli and are present in some autoimmune disorders;.The detection of glomerular deposits of IgD suggests that immunoglobulins of this class may be present in association with some immunologically induced lesions. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN D KW - GLOMERULONEPHRITIS KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases KW - INTERSTITIAL nephritis KW - KIDNEY glomerulus -- Diseases N1 - Accession Number: 14588515; Kantor, G. L. 1,2 van Merle, A. J. 1,2 Barnett, E. V. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Wadsworth Hospital, Veterans Administration Center, University of CaIifornia, School of Medicine, Los Angeles, California. 2: Department of Medicine, University of CaIifornia, School of Medicine, Los Angeles, California.; Source Info: Jun70, Vol. 6 Issue 6, p951; Subject Term: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN D; Subject Term: GLOMERULONEPHRITIS; Subject Term: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Subject Term: INTERSTITIAL nephritis; Subject Term: KIDNEY glomerulus -- Diseases; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14588515&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Starzl, T. E. AU - Porter, K. A. AU - Andres, G. AU - Groth, C. G. AU - Putnam, C. W. AU - Penn, I. AU - Halgrimson, C. G. AU - Starkie, S. J. AU - Brettschneider, L. T1 - THYMECTOMY AND RENAL HOMOTRANSPLANTATION. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1970/06// VL - 6 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 803 EP - 814 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - The course of forty-six consecutive patients were studied for 3½-5 years after renal homotransplantation from related and unrelated donors. Transthoracic thymectomy was performed before transplantation in twenty-four cases; the other twenty-two recipients served as controls. A similar spectrum of donor-recipient lymphocyte antigen compatibility was present in both the test and control series. In both the related and non-related cases, there was no clinical evidence that the patients with thymectomy had either an early or late advantage in terms of survival, reduced drug dosages, or quality of renal functions However, pathologic studies with light and electron microscopy and with immunofluorescence revealed that the homografts in the thymectomized patients had fewer and less severe lesions of the kind that would be expected to limit the functional life time of these organs. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - THYMECTOMY KW - KIDNEY transplants KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - ANTIGENS KW - HOMOGRAFTS KW - THYMUS -- Surgery N1 - Accession Number: 14588212; Starzl, T. E. 1,2,3 Porter, K. A. 1,2,3 Andres, G. 1,2,3 Groth, C. G. 1,2,3 Putnam, C. W. 1,2,3 Penn, I. 1,2,3 Halgrimson, C. G. 1,2,3 Starkie, S. J. 1,2,3 Brettschneider, L. 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Surgery, University of Colorado School of Medicine, Colorado. 2: The Denver Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver, Colorado. 3: The Department of Pathology, St. Mary's Hospital and Medical School, London.; Source Info: Jun70, Vol. 6 Issue 6, p803; Subject Term: THYMECTOMY; Subject Term: KIDNEY transplants; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: HOMOGRAFTS; Subject Term: THYMUS -- Surgery; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14588212&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Macsween, R. N. M. AU - Ono, K. AU - Bell, P. R. F. AU - Thomason, Charlotte M. AU - Starzl, T. E. T1 - EXPERIMENTAL ALLERGIC THYROIDITIS IN RATS: SUPPRESSION BY HETEROLOGOUS (RABBIT) ANTI-LYMPHOCYTE SERA TO LYMPH NODE, THYMIC AND SPLENIC LYMPHOCYTES. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1970/02// VL - 6 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 273 EP - 278 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - Heterologous (rabbit) anti-lymphocyte sera, raised by immunization with rat lymph node, thymic and splenic lymphocytes, have been shown to be of equal potency in, suppressing experimental allergic thyroiditis in rats sensitized to allogeneic thyroid-adjuvant emulsion and pertussis vaccines [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - THYROIDITIS KW - RATS as laboratory animals KW - SERUM KW - LYMPH nodes KW - WHOOPING cough -- Vaccination KW - EMULSIONS (Pharmacy) N1 - Accession Number: 14584515; Macsween, R. N. M. 1,2,3 Ono, K. 1,2,3 Bell, P. R. F. 1,2,3 Thomason, Charlotte M. 1,2,3 Starzl, T. E. 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Pathology, University of Colorado School of Medicine. 2: Department of Surgery, University of Colorado School of Medicine. 3: Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver, Colorado.; Source Info: Feb70, Vol. 6 Issue 2, p273; Subject Term: THYROIDITIS; Subject Term: RATS as laboratory animals; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: LYMPH nodes; Subject Term: WHOOPING cough -- Vaccination; Subject Term: EMULSIONS (Pharmacy); NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14584515&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Amemiya, H. AU - Kashiwagi, N. AU - Putnam, C. W. AU - Starzl, T. E. T1 - CROSS-REACTIVITY STUDIES OF HORSE, GOAT AND RABBIT ANTI-LYMPHOCYTE GLOBULIN. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1970/02// VL - 6 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 279 EP - 289 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099104 AB - In the sera of ten normal humans and twenty-eight candidates for organ transplantation; the passive haemagglutination test detected a 50%, incidence of preformed antibodies of low litre directed against horse serum, Such antibodies were also found to cross react with goat or rabbit sera in most instances, Seventeen of the organ recipients were later studied after the institution of treatment with horse antihuman-lymphocyte globulin (ALG). The incidence of anti-horse-serum antibodies rose to 100%. At the same time, an increased activity against goat serum developed; cross-reactions against rabbit serum were also demonstrated but to a less pronounced degree. With immunoelectrophoresis and Ouchterlony diffusion tests, it was shown that the cross-reactivity was to similar although not necessariIy identical protein components of the different heterologous sera. These data suggest that there is an inherent risk in switching from one ALG to another, particularly if horse and goat derivatives are used sequentially. Since rabbit ALO does not cross react so extensively with horse or goat serum it would be predicted to be a relatively safer second-line agent. These expectations seemed to have been realized in six patients who were given more than one kind of ALG always beginning with horse globulin. When goat ALG was administered second, anaphylactic reactions tended to appear early, but when the rabbit product was given second or third, it was relatively well tolerated. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CROSS reactions (Immunology) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - TRANSPLANTATION of organs, tissues, etc. KW - GLOBULINS KW - ANAPHYLAXIS KW - SERUM N1 - Accession Number: 14584522; Amemiya, H. 1,2 Kashiwagi, N. 1,2 Putnam, C. W. 1,2 Starzl, T. E. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Surgery, University of Colorado School of Medicine. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver, Colorado.; Source Info: Feb70, Vol. 6 Issue 2, p279; Subject Term: CROSS reactions (Immunology); Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: TRANSPLANTATION of organs, tissues, etc.; Subject Term: GLOBULINS; Subject Term: ANAPHYLAXIS; Subject Term: SERUM; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14584522&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fondacaro, Mark R. AU - Moos, Rudolf H. T1 - Life Stressors and Coping: A Longitudinal Analysis Among Depressed and Nondepressed Adults. JO - Journal of Community Psychology JF - Journal of Community Psychology Y1 - 1989/10// VL - 17 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 330 EP - 340 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00904392 AB - This article examines the interrelation between negative life events, ongoing life strains, and coping responses in a longitudinal study of clinically depressed and healthy adults, A two-wave, two-variable panel regression analysis revealed moderate stability of both life stressor and coping over a 1-year interval. The connections between life stressors and coping varied by group status and across specific types of stressors and modes of coping. For depressed persons, there was a relatively strong association between chronic strains and emotional discharge coping. Among the controls, negative events were associated with information and support seeking; however, an increase in chronic strains was associated with a decline in problem-solving coping. Overall, the results suggest that changes in stressful aspects of the psychosocial context are related to changes in the coping responses both clinically depressed and healthy adults use to manage specific stressful experiences. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Community Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - ADJUSTMENT (Psychology) KW - LIFE change events KW - DEPRESSED persons KW - PROBLEM solving KW - DISTRESS (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 11978594; Fondacaro, Mark R. 1 Moos, Rudolf H. 1; Affiliation: 1: Stanford University and Veterans Administration Medical Centers; Source Info: Oct89, Vol. 17 Issue 4, p330; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: ADJUSTMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: LIFE change events; Subject Term: DEPRESSED persons; Subject Term: PROBLEM solving; Subject Term: DISTRESS (Psychology); Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11978594&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gardiner, Beverly J. AU - Brookshire, Robert H. T1 - EFFECTS OF UNISENSORY AND MULTISENSORY PRESENTATION OF STIMULI UPON NAMING BY APHASIC SUBJECTS. JO - Language & Speech JF - Language & Speech Y1 - 1972/10//Oct-Dec72 VL - 15 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 342 EP - 357 PB - Sage Publications, Ltd. SN - 00238309 AB - When a speech and language retraining program is developed for an aphasic patient, a sensory avenue or avenues must be selected by which stimuli are presented to the patient. In view of sensory modality deficits exhibited by aphasic patients, it seems reasonable to speculate that there may be differences in teaching effectiveness between unisensory and multisensory stimulus presentation. If this speculation were accurate, an essential part of initial procedures would be to assess the individual's comprehension of material presented in different or combined input channels and then use the information to choose the method of presentation of stimuli to be used in the rehabilitation program. KW - SPEECH -- Research KW - APHASIC persons KW - PERCEPTION KW - REHABILITATION KW - COMPREHENSION KW - EXPERIMENTAL design N1 - Accession Number: 14096136; Gardiner, Beverly J. 1 Brookshire, Robert H. 2; Affiliation: 1: Auburn University 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis; Source Info: Oct-Dec72, Vol. 15 Issue 4, p342; Subject Term: SPEECH -- Research; Subject Term: APHASIC persons; Subject Term: PERCEPTION; Subject Term: REHABILITATION; Subject Term: COMPREHENSION; Subject Term: EXPERIMENTAL design; Number of Pages: 16p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14096136&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Eveslage, Roberta A. AU - Brookshire, Robert H. T1 - EFFECTS OF RANDOM AND RESPONSE-CONTINGENT "NO!" UPON DISFLUENCIES OF NORMAL SPEAKERS. JO - Language & Speech JF - Language & Speech Y1 - 1972/04//Apr-Jun72 VL - 15 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 156 EP - 168 PB - Sage Publications, Ltd. SN - 00238309 AB - A number of experimenters have applied operant conditioning procedures to the behaviours observed in stuttering and disfluency and found that these behaviours can be suppressed by delivery of response-contingent aversive stimuli. Subjects who increased their disfluency rates under random presentation of an aversive stimulus tended not to decrease disfluencies when that stimulus was later made contingent on disfluency. Subjects who did not increase disfluency rates under random aversive stimulation tended to decrease disfluencies when that stimulus was later made contingent on disfluency. KW - FLUENCY (Language learning) KW - LANGUAGE & languages -- Study & teaching KW - SPEECH disorders KW - STUTTERING KW - CONDITIONED response KW - PSYCHOLOGY of learning N1 - Accession Number: 14096407; Eveslage, Roberta A. 1 Brookshire, Robert H. 2; Affiliation: 1: Kansas University Medical Center 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Kansas City, Missouri; Source Info: Apr-Jun72, Vol. 15 Issue 2, p156; Subject Term: FLUENCY (Language learning); Subject Term: LANGUAGE & languages -- Study & teaching; Subject Term: SPEECH disorders; Subject Term: STUTTERING; Subject Term: CONDITIONED response; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY of learning; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611630 Language Schools; Number of Pages: 13p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14096407&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Myerson, R. AU - Goodglass, H. T1 - TRANSFORMATIONAL GRAMMARS OF THREE AGRAMMATIC PATIENTS. JO - Language & Speech JF - Language & Speech Y1 - 1972/01//Jan-Mar72 VL - 15 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 40 EP - 50 PB - Sage Publications, Ltd. SN - 00238309 AB - Presents a qualitative description of the speech of several aphasics who have different degrees of agrammatic disturbance. Description of the grammatical constituents and operations underlying the patients' free speech; Correlation of hierarchical organization within phrase structure to degree of severity. KW - APHASIC persons KW - SPEECH KW - COMPARATIVE grammar KW - LANGUAGE & languages KW - ORAL communication KW - COMMUNICATION N1 - Accession Number: 14110079; Myerson, R. 1 Goodglass, H. 1; Affiliation: 1: Boston Veterans Administration Hospital and Boston University Aphasia Research Center; Source Info: Jan-Mar72, Vol. 15 Issue 1, p40; Subject Term: APHASIC persons; Subject Term: SPEECH; Subject Term: COMPARATIVE grammar; Subject Term: LANGUAGE & languages; Subject Term: ORAL communication; Subject Term: COMMUNICATION; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14110079&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Marshall, Robert C. AU - Cullinan, Walter L. T1 - EFFECTS OF REWARD SCHEDULE CHANGES ON CHILDREN'S SPEECH FLUENCY. JO - Language & Speech JF - Language & Speech Y1 - 1971/10//Oct-Dec71 VL - 14 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 341 EP - 351 PB - Sage Publications, Ltd. SN - 00238309 AB - There have been many investigations of the effects of reward schedules on various non-speech behaviors of children. Results of these studies are often interpreted in terms of a frustration hypothesis, frustration being conceptualized as the emotional response which occurs in an organism when non-reward follows a response previously rewarded. Performance of children has also been found to be more vigorous in partial reward than in continuous reward situations. The purpose of this investigation was to explore effects of such reward schedule changes on the speech fluency of normal-speaking young male children. KW - REWARD (Psychology) KW - SPEECH KW - MOTIVATION (Psychology) KW - CHILD psychology KW - FRUSTRATION KW - BEHAVIOR N1 - Accession Number: 14099652; Marshall, Robert C. 1 Cullinan, Walter L. 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Oklahoma Medical Center 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Portland, Oregon; Source Info: Oct-Dec71, Vol. 14 Issue 4, p341; Subject Term: REWARD (Psychology); Subject Term: SPEECH; Subject Term: MOTIVATION (Psychology); Subject Term: CHILD psychology; Subject Term: FRUSTRATION; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14099652&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Locke, John L. T1 - EXPERIMENTALLY-ELICITED ARTICULATORY BEHAVIOUR. JO - Language & Speech JF - Language & Speech Y1 - 1969/07//Jul-Sep69 VL - 12 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 187 EP - 191 PB - Sage Publications, Ltd. SN - 00238309 AB - Discusses the phonetic-phonemic behavior of English-speaking young children attempted to learn the production of three non-English phones. Observations of the vowel and consonant learning, age differences in sound learning and certain characteristic resolutions of phonetic difficulties; Interpretation of discrimination, perception, and transfer functions in the learning of new articulations; Differences in various groups of children with respect to level of learning. KW - PHONOLOGY (Grammar) KW - PHONETICS KW - VOWELS KW - CONSONANTS KW - LEARNING KW - LANGUAGE & languages N1 - Accession Number: 14597886; Locke, John L. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Milwaukee 2: University of Illinois; Source Info: Jul-Sep69, Vol. 12 Issue 3, p187; Subject Term: PHONOLOGY (Grammar); Subject Term: PHONETICS; Subject Term: VOWELS; Subject Term: CONSONANTS; Subject Term: LEARNING; Subject Term: LANGUAGE & languages; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14597886&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Green, E. T1 - PHONOLOGICAL AND GRAMMATICAL ASPECTS OF JARGON IN AN APHASIC PATIENT: A CASE STUDY. JO - Language & Speech JF - Language & Speech Y1 - 1969/04//Apr-Jun69 VL - 12 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 103 EP - 118 PB - Sage Publications, Ltd. SN - 00238309 AB - Discusses a case study of the phonological and grammatical aspects of jargon in an aphasic patient. Effects of dilantin; Increase in verbs and indefinite noun phrases; Review of the case history. KW - MIXED languages KW - PIDGIN languages KW - APHASIA KW - VERBS (Grammar) KW - NOUNS (Grammar) KW - CASE studies N1 - Accession Number: 14089110; Green, E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Boston University and Boston Veterans Administration Hospital; Source Info: Apr-Jun69, Vol. 12 Issue 2, p103; Subject Term: MIXED languages; Subject Term: PIDGIN languages; Subject Term: APHASIA; Subject Term: VERBS (Grammar); Subject Term: NOUNS (Grammar); Subject Term: CASE studies; Number of Pages: 16p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14089110&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Retzlaff, Paul D. AU - Bromley, Susan T1 - A MULTI-TEST ALCOHOLIC TAXONOMY: CANONICAL COEFFICIENT CLUSTERS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1991/03// VL - 47 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 299 EP - 309 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - Little convergence has been found in the area of subtyping alcoholic personalities. Prior work has suffered from the use of single inventories, inventories with large distress factors, or inventories that lack broad theoretical appeal. The present work (N = S9) transcends idiosyncratic cluster solutions through the use of canonical correlation of the Basic Personality Inventory and the Milan Clinical Multiaxial Inventory. The resulting global canonical variates are cluster analyzed to a six-cluster solution. These sub- types are described through their scores on the canonical variates and the underlying psychometric inventories. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - TAXONOMY KW - MILLON Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - CLUSTER analysis (Statistics) KW - DISTRESS (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOMETRICS N1 - Accession Number: 11989359; Retzlaff, Paul D. 1,2 Bromley, Susan 1; Affiliation: 1: University of Northern Colorado Greeley, Colorado. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center Cheyenne, Wyoming.; Source Info: Mar1991, Vol. 47 Issue 2, p299; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: TAXONOMY; Subject Term: MILLON Clinical Multiaxial Inventory; Subject Term: CLUSTER analysis (Statistics); Subject Term: DISTRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11989359&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gass, Carlton S. AU - Russell, Elbert W. T1 - MMPI PROFILES OF CLOSED HEAD TRAUMA PATIENTS: IMPACT OF NEUROLOGIC COMPLAINTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1991/03// VL - 47 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 253 EP - 260 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The MMPI is used commonly with neurologic patients despite concerns about its validity with this population. The basis for this concern-possible artifactual effects due to neurologic-related MMPI items (NRIs) - was assessed in this study of 58 closed head trauma (CRT) patients. The MMPI profiles of these patients were analyzed before and after statistical correction was made for 42 NRIs that were identified by three neurologists. Significant effects occurred on Scales 1 (Hs), 2 (D), 3 (HY), 7 (PT]), and 8 (Sc) in regard to their T scores, frequency of pathological elevation (T > 69), and representation in configural codes. The results suggest that MMPI content scales and subscales may help to distinguish the relative contribution of neurologic and emotional complaints on MMPI profiles. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - BRAIN damaged patients KW - HEAD -- Diseases KW - TRAUMATISM KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - NEUROLOGIC examination N1 - Accession Number: 11989291; Gass, Carlton S. 1 Russell, Elbert W. 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Miami/Jackson Memorial Medical Center Miami, Florida. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center Miami, Florida.; Source Info: Mar1991, Vol. 47 Issue 2, p253; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: BRAIN damaged patients; Subject Term: HEAD -- Diseases; Subject Term: TRAUMATISM; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: NEUROLOGIC examination; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11989291&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Kucala, Teresa AU - Juba, Mark AU - Manifold, Victor AU - Anderson, Patricia E. D. AU - Anderson, Douglas T1 - A FACTOR ANALYSIS OF THE DSM-III POST-TRAUMATIC STRESS DISORDER CRITERIA. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1991/03// VL - 47 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 205 EP - 214 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The authors factor analyzed DSM-1U-based post-traumatic stress disorder symptom ratings made on 131 Vietnam-veteran PTSD patients. Five factors-termed Intrusive Thoughts and Their Effects, Increased Arousal, Impoverished Relationships, Guilt, and Cognitive Interference- emerged. The factor structure gave more support to Laufer, Brett and Gallops' conceptualization of PTSD than to the Horowitz, DSM-III, or DSM-III-R systems. It also generated suggestions for future editions of the diagnostic manual. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - FACTOR analysis KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY KW - GUILT (Psychology) KW - VIETNAM N1 - Accession Number: 11989239; Watson, Charles G. 1 Kucala, Teresa 1 Juba, Mark 1 Manifold, Victor 1 Anderson, Patricia E. D. 1 Anderson, Douglas 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center St. Cloud. Minnesota. 2: University of Minnesota.; Source Info: Mar1991, Vol. 47 Issue 2, p205; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: FACTOR analysis; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY; Subject Term: GUILT (Psychology); Subject Term: VIETNAM; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11989239&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Juba, Mark P. AU - Manifold, Victor AU - Kucala, Teresa AU - Anderson, Patricia E. D. T1 - THE PTSD INTERVIEW: RATIONALE, DESCRIPTION, RELIABILITY, AND CONCURRENT VALIDITY OF A DSM-III-BASED TECHNIQUE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1991/03// VL - 47 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 179 EP - 188 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This paper describes the PTSD Interview (PTSD-I). It was developed to meet four specifications: (a) close correspondence to DSM-III standards; (b) binary present/absent and continuous severity/frequency outputs on each symptom and the entire syndrome; (c) administrable by trained subprofessionals; and (d) substantial reliability and validity. It. was written to meet the first three criteria. It demonstrated very high internal consistency (alpha = .92) and test-retest reliability (Total score r = .95; diagnostic agreement = 87%). It correlated strongly with parallel DIS criteria (Total score vs. DIS diagnosis r[subbis] = .94, sensitivity = .89, specificity = .94, overall hit rate .92, and kappa = .84). Earlier studies revealed correlations with a military stress scale and Keane et al.'s MMPI PTSD subscale. It is apparently the only PTSD instrument that meets all of the above criteria. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - SYMPTOMS KW - RELIABILITY (Personality trait) KW - TRUTHFULNESS & falsehood KW - TRAUMATIC neuroses KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - ANXIETY N1 - Accession Number: 11989014; Watson, Charles G. 1 Juba, Mark P. 1 Manifold, Victor 1 Kucala, Teresa 1 Anderson, Patricia E. D. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Mar1991, Vol. 47 Issue 2, p179; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: RELIABILITY (Personality trait); Subject Term: TRUTHFULNESS & falsehood; Subject Term: TRAUMATIC neuroses; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: ANXIETY; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11989014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tamkin, Arthur S. AU - Dolenz, John J. T1 - SOME CORRELATES OF THE WEIGL COLOG-FORM SORTING TEST IN ALCOHOLICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1991/01// VL - 47 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 170 EP - 174 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The correlates of the Weigl Color-Form Sorting Test in a group of 48 alcoholic inpatients were explored. It was predicted that Weigl performance would be related to conceptual flexibility (Trails B), verbal conceptual ability (Similarities), and symbol substitution (Digit Symbol). It was predicted further that the Weigl would be unrelated to Vocabulary and Trails A. Significant correlation coefficients for the Weigl were obtained with education, Vocabulary, Digit Symbol, and Trails B. However, a stepwise regression analysis disclosed that only Trails B was a significant predictor of Weigl performance. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - COLOR & form recognition test KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - ADAPTABILITY (Psychology) KW - REGRESSION analysis KW - ABSTRACT thought -- Testing KW - BRAIN damage N1 - Accession Number: 12004892; Tamkin, Arthur S. 1,2 Dolenz, John J. 3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center 2: Medical College of Georgia, Augusta, Georgia 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Topeka, Kansas; Source Info: Jan1991, Vol. 47 Issue 1, p170; Subject Term: COLOR & form recognition test; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: ADAPTABILITY (Psychology); Subject Term: REGRESSION analysis; Subject Term: ABSTRACT thought -- Testing; Subject Term: BRAIN damage; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12004892&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gass, Carlton S. T1 - EMOTIONAL VARIABLES AND NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL TEST PERFORMANCE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1991/01// VL - 47 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 100 EP - 104 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - Although previous studies have demonstrated the general success of neuropsychological tests in discriminating brain-impaired patients from normals and patients with psychiatric disorders, limited attention has addressed the more specific effects of emotional disturbance on test performance. This study investigated MMPI correlates of Halstead-Reitan test (HRB) performance in a sample of 105 neuropsychological referrals (predominantly psychiatric) who had negative neurologic findings. The results indicated significant effects for age and education on many of the tests, with smaller but statistically significant relationships between the quality of HRB test performance and MMPI scores. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - MENTALLY ill KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - HALSTEAD-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 12004609; Gass, Carlton S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami, Florida; Source Info: Jan1991, Vol. 47 Issue 1, p100; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: HALSTEAD-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12004609&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Munley, Patrick H. T1 - A COMPARISON OF MMPI-2 AND MMPI T-SCORES FOR MEN AND WOMEN. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1991/01// VL - 47 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 87 EP - 91 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The original MMPI linear T-score norms are compared with the new linear and uniform T-score norms for the MMPI-2 across basic validity and clinical scales for both men and women. The comparison indicated more pronounced normative changes for certain scales and somewhat more pronounced changes for men than for women. Relationships between MMPI-2 and MMPI T-scores across scales are complex; a few MMPI-2 scales show enhancement, others show attenuation across the full range of the scale, and other scales show attenuation in the middle and lower ranges of the scale with enhancement in the upper ranges. Possible implications and effects of the new MMPI-2 T-scores norms on original MMPI scale high-point elevation and high-point codes are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - TRUTHFULNESS & falsehood KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - SCALE analysis (Psychology) KW - GENDER differences (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL experiments N1 - Accession Number: 12004373; Munley, Patrick H. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Battle Creek, Michigan 2: Western Michigan, University; Source Info: Jan1991, Vol. 47 Issue 1, p87; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: TRUTHFULNESS & falsehood; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: SCALE analysis (Psychology); Subject Term: GENDER differences (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL experiments; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12004373&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Janes, Gail R. AU - Eisen, Seth A. AU - Goldberg, Jack AU - True, William R. T1 - RELIABILITY AND VALIDITY OF A COMBAT EXPOSURE INDEX FOR VIETNAM ERA VETERANS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1991/01// VL - 47 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 80 EP - 86 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The reliability and validity of a self-report measure of combat exposure are examined in a cohort of male-male twin pairs who served in the military during the Vietnam era. Test-retest reliability for a five-level ordinal index of combat exposure is assessed by use of 192 duplicate sets of responses. The chance-corrected proportion in agreement (as measured by the kappa coefficient) is .84. As a measure of criterion-related validity, the combat index is correlated with the award of combat-related military medals ascertained from the military records. The probability of receiving a Purple Heart, Bronze Star, Commendation Medal and Combat Infantry Badge is associated strongly with the combat exposure index. These results show that this simple index is a reliabe and valid measure of combat exposure. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RELIABILITY (Personality trait) KW - TRUTHFULNESS & falsehood KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - COMBAT KW - VIETNAM veterans KW - VIETNAM N1 - Accession Number: 12004360; Janes, Gail R. 1 Eisen, Seth A. 2,3 Goldberg, Jack 4,5 True, William R. 6,7; Affiliation: 1: Hines Veterans Administration Cooperative Studies Program Coordinating Center Hines, Illinois 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center 3: Washington University, St. Louise, Missouri 4: Hines Veterans Administration Cooperative, Studies Program Coordinating Center 5: Epidemiology Program, School of Public Health, University of Illinois, Chicago, Illinois 6: Veterans Administration Medcial Center 7: St. Louis University, St. Louis, Missouri; Source Info: Jan1991, Vol. 47 Issue 1, p80; Subject Term: RELIABILITY (Personality trait); Subject Term: TRUTHFULNESS & falsehood; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: COMBAT; Subject Term: VIETNAM veterans; Subject Term: VIETNAM; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12004360&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lorr, Joan A. AU - Lorr, Maurice AU - Devlin, Peter T1 - MOOD CHANGES IN SUBSTANCE ABUSE PATIENTS AS A RESULT OF THERAPY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 46 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 912 EP - 915 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - A sample of 57 substance patients who were participating in a broad residential treatment program were evaluated for changes in negative affect. The Profile of Mood States (POMS) was administered once a week for 4 weeks. The-week changes on five or six mood scales were significantly positive after treatment. The Interpersonal Style Inventory (ISI), completed at the beginning of the program, provided a mean scale score profile. Stylistically, patients were low in interpersonal involvement and distinctly below average in level of socialization (expedient, cynical, and hostile). In addition, patients could be characterized as anxious and dysphoric, impulsive, and dependent as judged by the norm sample. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MOOD (Psychology) KW - INTERPERSONAL psychotherapy KW - ANXIETY KW - MENTAL depression KW - SOCIALIZATION KW - PSYCHOMETRICS N1 - Accession Number: 12013923; Lorr, Joan A. 1 Lorr, Maurice 2 Devlin, Peter 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center Washington, DC 2: Catholic University; Source Info: Nov1990, Vol. 46 Issue 6, p912; Subject Term: MOOD (Psychology); Subject Term: INTERPERSONAL psychotherapy; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: SOCIALIZATION; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12013923&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dobbins, Cynthia AU - Russell, Elbert W. T1 - LEFT TEMPORAL LOBE BRAIN DAMAGE PATTERN ON THE WECHSLER ADULT INTELLIGENCE SCALE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 46 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 863 EP - 868 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This study supports an association of left temporal brain damage with the unusual WAIS subtest pattern of more impaired Information and Vocabulary than Similarities scores. Temporal lesions may impair well-learned verbal memory more than reasoning skills. Thirty-six patients with localized left hemisphere brain damage in the frontal, parietal or occipital, and temporal lobe were compared using an index in which Information and Vocabulary were contrasted to Similarities. Index scores were adjusted for age. Seventy-five percent of the temporal patients had negative index scores, and 75% of the frontal patients had positive index scores. Temporal tended to score more negatively on the index than did frontal patients, p < .05. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BRAIN damage KW - MEMORY KW - CEREBRAL cortex KW - REASONING (Psychology) KW - VOCABULARY KW - BRAIN diseases N1 - Accession Number: 12010863; Dobbins, Cynthia 1 Russell, Elbert W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami, Florida; Source Info: Nov1990, Vol. 46 Issue 6, p863; Subject Term: BRAIN damage; Subject Term: MEMORY; Subject Term: CEREBRAL cortex; Subject Term: REASONING (Psychology); Subject Term: VOCABULARY; Subject Term: BRAIN diseases; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12010863&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Munley, Patrick H. AU - Zarantonello, Matthew M. T1 - A COMPARISON OF MMPI PROFILE TYPES WITH CORRESPONDING ESTIMATED MMPI-2 PROFILES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 46 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 803 EP - 811 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - Changes in mean elevation, dispersion, overall configurations, and code type of well-defined MMPI profiles were examined after transformation to estimated MMPI-2 profiles. A total of 34 MMPI profiles from both Gilberstadt and Duker (1965) and marks, Seeman, and Haller (1974) were analyzed using contemporary MMPI-2 T-scores. Results yielded a reduction in mean elevation and both increases and decreases in scatter about the mean upon transformation to MMPI-2 norms. The total configuration of linear MMPI and estimated MMPI-2 T-score profiles correlated highly with each other and manifested a similar pattern of correlation with the total configuration of Skinner and Jackson’s (1978) three modal MMPI types. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - MATRIX norms KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - DISPERSION KW - ERROR-correcting codes (Information theory) N1 - Accession Number: 12010752; Munley, Patrick H. 1 Zarantonello, Matthew M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Battle Creek, Michagan; Source Info: Nov1990, Vol. 46 Issue 6, p803; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: MATRIX norms; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: DISPERSION; Subject Term: ERROR-correcting codes (Information theory); Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12010752&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Davis, William E. AU - Greenblatt, Richard L. T1 - AGE DIFFERENCES AMONG PSYCHIATRIC INPATIENTS ON THE MCMI. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 46 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 770 EP - 774 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - A 2 &time; 2 × 3 MANOVA was applied to MCMI BR scores obtained from 310 newly admitted psychiatric inpatients. The study’s purpose was to test the effect of patients’ age (age < 36 vs. age > = 36), race (White/Black), and diagnosis (paranoid schizophrenic/nonparanoid schizophrenic/nonpsychotic, nonaffectively disturbed) across MCMI personality and clinical syndrome scales. On the MCMI personality syndrome scales, age, race, and diagnosis were significant. Racial differences were consistent with recently reported research (Davis, Greenblatt, & Pochyly, 1990), but the significant differences in diagnosis were opposite the direction that might be predicted from the MCMI manual. Older patients tended to produced lower symptom scale scores than younger patients, with the most meaningful differences found on the Drug Abuse scale. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MENTAL illness KW - DRUG abuse KW - INPATIENT care KW - PERSONALITY KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - RACE discrimination N1 - Accession Number: 12010425; Davis, William E. 1 Greenblatt, Richard L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Edward G. Hines, Jr., Veterans Administration Hospital Hines, Illinois; Source Info: Nov1990, Vol. 46 Issue 6, p770; Subject Term: MENTAL illness; Subject Term: DRUG abuse; Subject Term: INPATIENT care; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: RACE discrimination; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12010425&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lorr, Maurice AU - Campbell, Lionel AU - Strack, Stephen AU - Lamnin, Alisa T1 - PERSONALITY AND SYMPTOM DIMENSIONS OF THE MCMI-II: AN ITEM FACTOR ANALYSIS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 46 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 749 EP - 754 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The self of a sample of 248 male psychiatric patients on the MCMI-II (Millon, 1987) were factor analyzed at the item level. Principal components analyses with both Varimax and Direct Oblimin rotations were carried out separately on 120 personality disorder items and 51 clinical symptom items. As judged by the scree test, seven factors accounted for the personality disorder items, and five factors accounted for the symptom items. The personality disorder factors were interpreted as Schizotypal, Social Introversion vs. Extraversion, Conformity, Submissive vs. Aggressive, Antisocial, Narcissim, and Hostile Aggression,. The symptom factors were hypothesized to represent Depression/Anxiety, Alcohol Dependence, Suicidal Ideation, Hypomania, and Drug Dependence. Agreement with a similar analysis of the MCMI-I was close. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - FACTOR analysis KW - BIPOLAR disorder KW - PERSONALITY KW - MENTAL illness KW - SUICIDAL behavior N1 - Accession Number: 12010393; Lorr, Maurice 1 Campbell, Lionel 2 Strack, Stephen 3 Lamnin, Alisa 4; Affiliation: 1: Catholic University of America Washington, DC 2: University of California, Los Angeles 3: U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs Outpatient Clinic Los Angeles 4: Unversity of Miami; Source Info: Nov1990, Vol. 46 Issue 6, p749; Subject Term: FACTOR analysis; Subject Term: BIPOLAR disorder; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: MENTAL illness; Subject Term: SUICIDAL behavior; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12010393&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lee Hyer, Janet G. AU - Woods, Marilyn G. AU - McCraine, Edward W. AU - Boudewyns, Patrick A. T1 - SUICIDAL BEHAVIOR AMONG CHRONIC VIETNAM THEATRE VETERANS WITH PTSD. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 46 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 713 EP - 721 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - Suicidal behavior among Vietnam veterans with chronic Post-traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) was evaluated. Sixty chronic PTSD vets admitted to a Specialized PTSD Unit were divided into two groups based on the presence of suicide behavior: 29 patients in a Suicide Group and 31 in a Non-suicide Group. Subjects were evaluated on symptoms, psychometric measures, military variables, adjustments factors, and pre-military parental patterns of discipline. Results showed that the Suicide Group possessed problems in paternal child-rearing patterns, current adjustment difficulties, and the PTSD symptoms of survival guilt and crying. In a regression analysis, paternal inconsistency of love, survivor guilt, and tendency to cry, in addition to age sex, accounted for the significant variance of suicidal behavior. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SUICIDAL behavior KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - ANALYSIS of variance KW - PSYCHOMETRY (Parapsychology) KW - REGRESSION analysis KW - VIETNAM veterans KW - VIETNAM N1 - Accession Number: 12010359; Lee Hyer, Janet G. 1 Woods, Marilyn G. 1 McCraine, Edward W. 1 Boudewyns, Patrick A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Medical College of Georgia Augusto, Georgia; Source Info: Nov1990, Vol. 46 Issue 6, p713; Subject Term: SUICIDAL behavior; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: ANALYSIS of variance; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRY (Parapsychology); Subject Term: REGRESSION analysis; Subject Term: VIETNAM veterans; Subject Term: VIETNAM; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12010359&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Juba, Mark AU - Anderson, Patricia E. D. AU - Manifold, Victor T1 - WHAT DOES THE KEANE ET AL. PTSD SCALE FOR THE MMPI MEASURE? JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 46 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 600 EP - 612 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on a study on Post Traumatic Stress Disorder Symptom scale (PSTD) developed by researchers Terence M. Keane, P.F. Malloy and J.A. Fairbank. The scale's correlations with various symptom criteria were both substantial and strikingly consistent. However its relationships with trauma history measures were modest and frequently nonsignificant. The data suggest that the scale is a moderately strong measure of the various PSTD symptoms but is related only weakly to trauma history. The scale has been cross validated with varying success in at least seven studies. KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - TRAUMATIC shock (Pathology) KW - TRAUMATIC psychoses KW - SYMPTOMS KW - TREATMENT KW - KEANE, Terence M. KW - MALLOY, P. F. KW - FAIRBANK, J. A. N1 - Accession Number: 11991376; Watson, Charles G. 1 Juba, Mark 1 Anderson, Patricia E. D. 1 Manifold, Victor 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Sep1990, Vol. 46 Issue 5, p600; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: TRAUMATIC shock (Pathology); Subject Term: TRAUMATIC psychoses; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: TREATMENT; People: KEANE, Terence M.; People: MALLOY, P. F.; People: FAIRBANK, J. A.; Number of Pages: 13p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11991376&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Werner, Paul D. AU - Rose, Terrence L. AU - Yesavage, Jerome A. T1 - ASPECTS OF CONSENSUS IN CLINICAL PREDICTIONS OF IMMINENT VIOLENCE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 46 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 534 EP - 538 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This research studied individual differences among psychiatric patients in the extent to which clinical workers agree about the likelihood that the patients will act violently. Predictions of imminent violence proneness for 40 male inpatients made by 35 experienced clinical practitioners were analyzed. As hypothesized, subgroups of patients who elicited high interjudge agreement were found, and admission profiles of these patients were presented. Clinical workers' predictive accuracy was found to be greater when they rated patients show elicited high consensus than for unselected patients or for those who elicited low consensus. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - VIOLENCE -- Psychological aspects KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - INDIVIDUAL differences N1 - Accession Number: 12010756; Werner, Paul D. 1 Rose, Terrence L. 1 Yesavage, Jerome A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, California; Source Info: Jul1990, Vol. 46 Issue 4, p534; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: VIOLENCE -- Psychological aspects; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: INDIVIDUAL differences; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12010756&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Tilleskjor, Curt AU - Jacobs, Lyle T1 - THE CONSTRUCT VALIDITY OF AN AFTEREFFECT-BASED SUBTYPING SYSTEM FOR ALCOHOLICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 46 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 507 EP - 517 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - In an earlier project, we identified five alcohol-consumption aftereffect factors, which were named Hangover, Euphoria, Flushing, Seizures, and Sleepiness. In this study (N = 100) we assessed the construct validities of the five, using 47 MMPI, self-report, and recidivism criteria. The number of significant relationships between the factors and the criteria substantially exceeded chance. The Hangover factor related to social maladjustment and to the MMPI Psychopathic Deviate, Paranoia, Psychasthenia, Hypomania, and Masculinity-Femininty scales. The Euphoria factor was associated with a high number of job losses, but a low incidence of certain physical sequelae. The Flushing factor was associated with high consumption, late development of alcoholism, many physical complaints, and older age. The Seizure factor correlated with high consumption, facial puffiness, tremors, and lack of defensiveness on the MMPI. The Sleepiness factor was associated with a good prognosis and several mild MMPI elevations. These findings suggest that the factors may provide the basis for a useful alcoholism subtyping system and that additional research on them should prove fruitful. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ALCOHOLICS -- Psychological testing KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - MEDICINE & psychology N1 - Accession Number: 12010732; Watson, Charles G. 1 Tilleskjor, Curt 1 Jacobs, Lyle 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Cloud, Minnesota; Source Info: Jul1990, Vol. 46 Issue 4, p507; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS -- Psychological testing; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: MEDICINE & psychology; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12010732&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Turner, John A. AU - Mayr, Suzanne T1 - INTERPERSONAL TYPES AMONG ALCOHOL ABUSERS: A COMPARISON WITH DRUG ABUSERS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 46 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 500 EP - 506 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - Interpersonal typos among alcohol abusers were examined with Calsyn, Roszell, and Anderson's (1988) nine-type system for classifying FIRO-B profiles. The frequencies of the nine FIRO-B types among a sample of 135 male veteran alcohol abusers were compared with Calsyn et al.'s (1988) previously published data for a sample of male veteran drug abusers, a normative veteran sample, and a general population sample. The alcohol abusers, like Calsyn et al.'s sample of drug abusers, were more likely to be categorized as ‘loners,’ ‘rebels,’ and ‘pessimists’ than was the general population sample. While exhibiting preferences for interpersonal types that emphasized social withdrawal, avoidance of responsibility, and mistrust of others, both the alcohol abusers and the drug abusers were heterogeneous groups whose members demonstrated a variety of interpersonal types. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - FIRO-B (Personality test) KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - DRUG abuse KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PERSONALITY tests N1 - Accession Number: 12010722; Turner, John A. 1 Mayr, Suzanne 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Protland, Oregon 2: Vancouver, Washington; Source Info: Jul1990, Vol. 46 Issue 4, p500; Subject Term: FIRO-B (Personality test); Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: DRUG abuse; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12010722&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ward, L. Charles T1 - PREDICTION OF VERBAL, PERFORMANCE, AND FULL SCALE IQS FROM SEVEN SUBTEST OF THE WAIS-R. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 46 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 436 EP - 440 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale-Revised (Wechsler, 1981) was given to 70 male VA patients, and IQs were estimated from seven subtests that require about half the administration time of the full test. Estimates correlated well with Verbal, Performance, and Full Scale IQs, and mean estimated IQs differed by less than 1 IQ point from actual means. Error sizes in predicting Full Scale IQs were small (M = 1.96) and exceeded 4 IQ points in only 3 cases. In comparison, error sizes for the Doppelt (1956) abbreviation (M = 3.71) were significantly larger and were greater than 4 IQ points in 20 cases. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - EXAMINATIONS KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 12010395; Ward, L. Charles 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tuscaloosa, Alabama 2: University of South Alabama College of Medicine; Source Info: Jul1990, Vol. 46 Issue 4, p436; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: EXAMINATIONS; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12010395&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Vassar, Patricia AU - Plemel, Duane AU - Herder, Jospeh AU - Manifold, Victor AU - Anderson, Douglas T1 - A FACTOR ANALYSIS OF ELLIS' IRRATIONAL BELIEFS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 46 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 412 EP - 415 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - In an effort to identify, organize, and operationally define the philosophies that underlie Albert Ellis' self-defeating beliefs, the authors factored an 11-item irrational-values self-report instrument given to 190 psychiatric patients. Four factors emerged and were named to reflect the contents of their items-‘I need to control a dangerous world,’ ‘Self-assertion is painful,’ ‘I need affirmation,’ and ‘I lack control over my fate.’ [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PSYCHOSES KW - FACTOR analysis KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - ELLIS, Albert, 1913-2007 N1 - Accession Number: 12010372; Watson, Charles G. 1 Vassar, Patricia 1 Plemel, Duane 1 Herder, Jospeh 1 Manifold, Victor 1 Anderson, Douglas 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, ST. Cloud, Minnesota 2: University of Minnesota; Source Info: Jul1990, Vol. 46 Issue 4, p412; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: FACTOR analysis; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; People: ELLIS, Albert, 1913-2007; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12010372&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Leroux, Marvin D. AU - Vincent, Ken R. AU - McPherson, Robert H. AU - Williams, Wright T1 - CONSTRUCT VALIDITY OF THE DIAGNOSTIC INVENTORY OF PERSONALITY AND SYMPTOMS: EXTERNAL CORRELATES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1990/05// VL - 46 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 285 EP - 291 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This study extended knowledge of the construct validity of Vincent's Diagnostic Inventory of Personality and Symptoms (DIPS) by examining the relationships between the DIPS and the MMPI, the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory, the Profile of Mood States, the Symptom Check List-90, and the California Psychological Inventory. Subjects were 300 predominantly male psychiatric inpatients. Correlational analyses revealed that the DIPS clinical scales were related most strongly to MMPI and MCMI clinical scales. Eleven of 14 DIPS clinical scales showed clinically significant correlations with similar scales of the external measures. The validities of the Stress-Adjustment Disorders and Psychological Factors Affecting Physical Condition scales were not ascertained directly. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - MILLON Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - INPATIENT care KW - CALIFORNIA Psychological Inventory KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL factors KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospital patients N1 - Accession Number: 12015838; Leroux, Marvin D. 1 Vincent, Ken R. 1 McPherson, Robert H. 1 Williams, Wright 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Houston. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center Houston, Texas.; Source Info: May90, Vol. 46 Issue 3, p285; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: MILLON Clinical Multiaxial Inventory; Subject Term: INPATIENT care; Subject Term: CALIFORNIA Psychological Inventory; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL factors; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC hospital patients; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12015838&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Harder, David W. AU - Greenwald, Deborah F. AU - Strauss, John S. AU - Kokes, Ronald F. AU - Ritzler, Barry A. AU - Gift, Thomas E. T1 - PREDICTORS OF TWO-YEAR OUTCOME AMONG PSYCHIATRIC OUTPATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1990/05// VL - 46 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 251 EP - 261 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This study hypothesized that social competence and clinical factors previously associated with psychiatric outcome among inpatients would be effective predictors of outcome among outpatients (N = 77) as well. Intake and 2-year outcome status were assessed multidimensionally with absolute-level and residualized indices of functioning, overall clinical status, and symptomatology. Menninger health-sickness proved to be the best single predictor, although Phillips premorbid functioning. Strauss-Carpenter prognosis, social class, and diagnostic severity also predicted well to outcome. Patterns of associated predictor/outcome variable clusters were described. Results suggest that a general social competence factor predicts to psychiatric outcome across the entire range of disorders, but that life events stress does not. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PSYCHIATRIC consultation KW - SOCIAL acceptance KW - SYMPTOMS KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - MENTAL illness KW - PSYCHIATRIC clinics N1 - Accession Number: 12015815; Harder, David W. 1 Greenwald, Deborah F. 2 Strauss, John S. 3 Kokes, Ronald F. 4 Ritzler, Barry A. 5 Gift, Thomas E. 6; Affiliation: 1: Tufts University. 2: Northeastern University. 3: Yale University. 4: Veterans Administration Hospital Fresno, California. 5: Fairleigh-Dickinson University. 6: University of Rochester.; Source Info: May90, Vol. 46 Issue 3, p251; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC consultation; Subject Term: SOCIAL acceptance; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: MENTAL illness; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC clinics; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621112 Offices of Physicians, Mental Health Specialists; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12015815&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Craig, Robert J. AU - Olson, Ronald E. T1 - MCMI COMPARISONS OF COCAINE ABUSERS AND HEROIN ADDICTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 46 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 230 EP - 237 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - Cocaine addicts (N = 107) and opiate addicts (N = 86) in treatment for drug abuse were compared on the MCMI. Univariate analyses revealed that cocaine abusers showed more traits of the antisocial personality style, whereas heroin addicts evinced more problems with anxiety and somatic distress, probably related to residual problems of withdrawal, and alcohol abuse. Multivariate analyses revealed four distinct clusters (MCMI patterns 456′, 865′, 56′, and 8′) that aligned by underlying personality style and clinical syndrome expression rather than by drug of choice. Ideographic analyses further demonstrated consistencies in prevalence rates of DSM-III-R personality disorders. Results do not support the pharmacodynamic theory of drug abuse. It was concluded that the similarities in personality between these two groups are greater than their differences. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MILLON Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - ANXIETY KW - COCAINE abuse KW - HEROIN abuse KW - PERSONALITY disorders KW - DRUG abuse KW - DRUG addicts KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - HEROIN KW - MULTIVARIATE analysis N1 - Accession Number: 11975127; Craig, Robert J. 1 Olson, Ronald E. 2; Affiliation: 1: West Side Veterans Administration Medical Center, Chicago 2: Oakland University, Rochester, Michigan; Source Info: Mar1990, Vol. 46 Issue 2, p230; Subject Term: MILLON Clinical Multiaxial Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: COCAINE abuse; Subject Term: HEROIN abuse; Subject Term: PERSONALITY disorders; Subject Term: DRUG abuse; Subject Term: DRUG addicts; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: HEROIN; Subject Term: MULTIVARIATE analysis; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11975127&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Davis, William E. AU - Greenbalt, Richard L. AU - Pochyly, Jonathan M. T1 - TEST OF MCMI BLACK NORMS FOR FIVE SCALES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 46 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 175 EP - 178 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - A 2 × 2 × 2 MANOVA was used to anlayze the effects of race (Black vs. White), education (high school graduate vs. less than high school education), and diagnosis (schizophrenic vs. nonschizophrenic) on the MCMI Asocial, Avoidant, Schizotypal, Psychotic Thinking, and Psychotic Delusions scales that were obtained from 310 newly admitted psychiatric patients. The scales were selected because, according to the MCMI manual (Millon, 1983), they would be most apt to show differences between the schizophrenic arid nonschizophrenic patients who participated in this study. The special norms for Black and White patients provided in the MCMI manual supplement (Millon, 1984) were used to compute the scale scores for the patients in this study. Race was the only significant (p < .001) effect. Blacks scored higher than Whites on the Asocial, Avoidant, Psychotic Thinking, and Psychotic Delusions (p < .04 for all scales). The results are discussed in terms of racial bias diminishing the usefulness of the MCMI. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MILLON Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - MULTIAXIAL Diagnostic Inventory KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - PSYCHIATRIC rating scales KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - HIGH school graduates KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - HIGH school students KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - RACISM N1 - Accession Number: 11974656; Davis, William E. 1 Greenbalt, Richard L. 1 Pochyly, Jonathan M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Edward G. Hines, Jr. Veterans Administration Memorial Hospital, Hines, Illinois; Source Info: Mar1990, Vol. 46 Issue 2, p175; Subject Term: MILLON Clinical Multiaxial Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: MULTIAXIAL Diagnostic Inventory; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC rating scales; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: HIGH school graduates; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: HIGH school students; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: RACISM; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11974656&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Harder, David W. AU - Greenwald, Deborah F. AU - Ritzler, Barry A. AU - Strauss, John S. AU - Kokes, Ronald F. AU - Gift, Thomas E. T1 - PREDICTORS OF OUTCOME AMONG ADULT PSYCHIATRIC FIRST ADMISSIONS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 46 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 119 EP - 128 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This study comparatively evaluated the prognostic potential of 10 demographic and clinical factors previously associated with psychiatric outcome. The longitudinal design employed intensive, structured, reliable interview techniques. One hundred forty-five subjects from a representative sample (N = 217) of community mental health catchment area first lifetime admissions were assessed at hospitalization and at 2-year follow-up. Predictors examined included premorbid functioning, overall health-sickness, diagnostic severity, social class, sex, age, IQ, race, and life events. Outcome was assessed multidimensionally with absolute-level and residualized indices of functioning and symptomatology. Phillips Premorbid Status and social class emerged from correlation and multiple regression analyses as the best predictors of functioning level and overall clinical status, while IQ was the most prominent indicator of symptomatology changes. Results support the notion that a general social competence factor predicts to psychiatric outcome across the entire spectrum of severe disorders. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MENTAL illness KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis KW - PROGNOSIS KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - MENTAL health KW - SYMPTOMS KW - DISEASES KW - COMMUNITY mental health services KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 11974202; Harder, David W. 1 Greenwald, Deborah F. 2 Ritzler, Barry A. 3 Strauss, John S. 4 Kokes, Ronald F. 5 Gift, Thomas E. 6; Affiliation: 1: Tufts University 2: Northeastern University 3: Fairleigh-Dickinson University 4: Yale University 5: Veterans Administration Hospital, Fresno, California 6: University of Rochester; Source Info: Mar1990, Vol. 46 Issue 2, p119; Subject Term: MENTAL illness; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis; Subject Term: PROGNOSIS; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: DISEASES; Subject Term: COMMUNITY mental health services; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621420 Outpatient Mental Health and Substance Abuse Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11974202&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weiss, Kenneth M. T1 - ADVANTAGES OF RECONCEPTUALIZING SCHIZOPHRENIA IN CLINICAL PRACTICE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 46 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 21 EP - 28 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - Weiss (1989) has proposed abandoning symptom-based diagnosis for schizophrenia research. It is proposed that such a system confuses treatment of symptoms with treatment of the underlying process from which it emanates. Furthermore, it proposes that while a symptom-based system is striving for clarity and objectivity, it is conceptualize barren and, thus, offers no treatment framework. A proposed, heuristic model by which to conceptualize major psychiatric disorders is discussed. It is argued that it would have clinical advantages of greater patient acceptance, less social stigma, provide a treatment agenda, allow objective measurement of deficits along a continuum, be more comprehensible by both patient and family, and be more relevant to daily living. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - PSYCHOSES KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - MENTAL illness KW - MENTAL health KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Research KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 11974071; Weiss, Kenneth M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cleveland, Ohio; Source Info: Jan1990, Vol. 46 Issue 1, p21; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: MENTAL illness; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Research; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 541720 Research and Development in the Social Sciences and Humanities; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11974071&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Calsyn, Donald A. AU - Roszell, Douglas K. AU - Chaney, Edmund F. T1 - VALIDATION OF MMPI PROFILE SUBTYPES AMONG OPIOID ADDICTS WHO ARE BEGINNING METHADONE MAINTENANCE TREATMENT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 45 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 991 EP - 998 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The purpose of the present research was (1) to examine the stability of MMPI subtypes within a VA drug abusing population; and (2) to provide external validation for these subtypes. The MMPI was administered to 107 male veterans who were entering methadone maintenance treatment. Normal sphere personality characteristics, sociodemographic information, and self- and interviewer ratings were collected by use of the Sixteen Personality Factor Questionnaire (16PF) and the Addiction Severity Index (ASI). Using D2 analysis, each MMPI profile was compared to the mean profile for three MMPI profile clusters obtained by Roszell, Chaney, and Blaes (1983) on a previous sample. Normal, psychoneurotic, and schizoid profiles were found in percentages similar to Roszell et al. The normal cluster was divided into two groups with and without T score elevations above 70 on the clinical scales. The normal group with profile elevations was similar to profile groups labeled as psychopathic in previous research. The four MMPI profile subtypes were compared on the 16PF and the ASI. The psychoneurotic and schizoid groups demonstrated higher levels of emotional distress and psychiatric difficulty than did the normal or psychopathic groups. The psychopathic and schizoid groups had more legal problems than the other two groups; the normal group had less evidence of marital and family problems. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - DRUG addicts KW - METHADONE treatment programs KW - DRUG abuse -- Treatment KW - FAMILY conflict KW - PSYCHOPATHS KW - PERSONALITY disorders N1 - Accession Number: 11976272; Calsyn, Donald A. 1 Roszell, Douglas K. 1 Chaney, Edmund F. 2; Affiliation: 1: Seattle Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: University of Washington School of Medicine.; Source Info: Nov1989, Vol. 45 Issue 6, p991; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: DRUG addicts; Subject Term: METHADONE treatment programs; Subject Term: DRUG abuse -- Treatment; Subject Term: FAMILY conflict; Subject Term: PSYCHOPATHS; Subject Term: PERSONALITY disorders; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11976272&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Resnick, Heidi S. AU - Foy, David W. AU - Donahoe, Clyde P. AU - Miller, Eric N. T1 - ANTISOCIAL BEHAVIOR AND POST-TRAUMATIC STRESS DISORDER IN VIETNAM VETERANS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 45 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 860 EP - 866 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - Assessment data from 118 Vietnam-era veterans seeking psychological services at two Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Centers were analyzed to examine the potential relationships between number of preadult and adult antisocial behaviors, as defined in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III; American Psychiatric Association, 1980) criteria for antisocial personality disorder, level of combat exposure, and development of combat-related post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Results of hierarchical regression analyses indicated that combat exposure level was related significantly to PTSD symptomatology, whereas number of preadult antisocial behaviors was not. However, both combat exposure level and preadult behaviors, which were not correlated significantly, were related significantly to number of adult antisocial behaviors. There were no significant interaction effects. Results were consistent with a theoretical model of PTSD development that emphasizes the role of trauma vs. premorbid characterological factors. In addition, the significant association between combat exposure and adult antisocial behavior indicates that trauma may play a role in the development and/or maintenance of adult antisocial behaviors observed in some Vietnam veterans. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANTISOCIAL personality disorders KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - VIETNAM veterans KW - PERSONALITY disorders KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - MENTAL illness KW - VIETNAM N1 - Accession Number: 11975774; Resnick, Heidi S. 1 Foy, David W. 2 Donahoe, Clyde P. 3 Miller, Eric N. 4; Affiliation: 1: Crime Victims Research and Treatment Center Medical University of South Carolina ChaIeston. South Carolina. 2: Breniwood Veterans Administration Medical Center and Fuller Theological Seminary Los Angela, California. 3: San Antonio Veterans Administration Medical Center San Antonio, Texas. 4: UCLA Neumptychiatric institute Los Angeles. California; Source Info: Nov1989, Vol. 45 Issue 6, p860; Subject Term: ANTISOCIAL personality disorders; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: VIETNAM veterans; Subject Term: PERSONALITY disorders; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: MENTAL illness; Subject Term: VIETNAM; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11975774&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Carmody, Timothy P. AU - Crossen, John R. AU - Wiens, Arthur N. T1 - HOSTILITY AS A HEALTH RISK FACTOR: RELATIONSHIPS WITH NEUROTICISM, TYPE A BEHAVIOR, ATTENTIONAL FOCUS, AND INTERPERSONAL STYLE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 45 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 754 EP - 762 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - In order to investigate further the psychological construct of hostility measured on the Cook-Medley (Ho) Scale as a health risk factor, the present study examined relationships between hostility assessed on the Ho Scale and several measures of neuroticism, Type A behavior, and attentional and interpersonal style, using bivariate and hierarchical multiple regression analyses. Subjects were 204 psychologically normal, physically healthy males. Significant relationships were found between hostility, neuroticism, attentional overload, and interpersonal alienation. The present study provided normative data on several important health-related psychological dimensions in a sample of healthy normals. The findings also provided further support for the relationship between the hostility construct measured on the Ho Scale and measures of neuroticism as possible dimensions of disease-prone personality. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HOSTILITY (Psychology) KW - AGGRESSION (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - STRESS (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 15619462; Carmody, Timothy P. 1 Crossen, John R. 2 Wiens, Arthur N. 2; Affiliation: 1: San Francisco Veterans Administration Medical Center 2: Oregon Health Sciences University; Source Info: Sep1989, Vol. 45 Issue 5, p754; Subject Term: HOSTILITY (Psychology); Subject Term: AGGRESSION (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15619462&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Long, Robert AU - Wine, Pamela AU - Penk, Walter AU - Keane, Terence AU - Chew, David AU - Gerstein, Claire AU - O'Neill, John AU - Nadelson, Theodore T1 - CHRONICITY: ADJUSTMENT DIFFERENCES OF VIETNAM COMBAT VETERANS DIFFERING IN RATES OF PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITALIZATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 45 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 745 EP - 753 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The study focuses on the frequency of inpatient care for patients with Post- traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). This factor, termed "chronicity," is) perhaps surprisingly, largely overlooked in many PTSD studies. The significance of chronicity was addressed through administration of Minnesota Multiphasic Personality inventory (MMPI) to Vietnam Theater and Era veterans in an inpatient psychiatry service. MMPI scores were analyzed for two main effects: combat exposure and chronicity (i.e., number of inpatient psychiatry admissions). The results replicated research showing combat exposure is associated with greater maladjustment (i.e., higher MMPI scores). Moreover, chronicity also emerged as a significantly important variable: of all groups compared, Vietnam combat veterans higher in chronicity scored higher on MMPI clinical scales, particularly on scales Paranoia, Psychasthenia, and Schizophrenia, thereby (a) empirically establishing (a) the methodological point that number of admissions must be controlled and (b) the substantive point that chronicity is important in studies of PTSD. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - HOSPITAL care KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - VETERANS -- Psychology KW - VIETNAM N1 - Accession Number: 15619459; Long, Robert 1 Wine, Pamela 1 Penk, Walter 1 Keane, Terence 1 Chew, David 1 Gerstein, Claire 1 O'Neill, John 1 Nadelson, Theodore; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Boston, Massachusetts; New England Medical Center and Tufts University School of Medicine; Source Info: Sep1989, Vol. 45 Issue 5, p745; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: HOSPITAL care; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: VETERANS -- Psychology; Subject Term: VIETNAM; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15619459&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Penk, Walter E. AU - Robinowitz, Ralph AU - Black, John AU - Dolan, Michael AU - Bell, William AU - Dorsett, Dovalee AU - Ames, Michael AU - Noriega, Lori T1 - ETHNICITY: POST-TRAUMATIC STRESS DISORDER (PTSD) DIFFERENCES AMONG BLACK, WHITE, AND HISPANIC VETERANS WHO DIFFER IN DEGREES OF EXPOSURE TO COMBAT IN VIETNAM. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 45 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 729 EP - 735 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - Clinical observations and empirical evidence suggest that, among Vietnam combat veterans, Blacks are more maladjusted than Whites (e.g., Parsons, 1985; Penk et al., 1985). The prediction that minority group status is associated with poorer post-war adjustment and higher rates of PTSD was examined among Vietnam combat veterans who were seeking treatment for addiction disorders. Adjustment scores among groups comparable in com- bat exposure were found to be similar for both Whites and Hispanics; Blacks, however, score significantly higher on both PTSD symptoms and on MMPI scales. These findings indicate that ethnicity contributes importantly to PTSD in selected instances, but that minority group status alone does not account for observed differences. Additional research is indicated in which careful attention is given to the complicating and interacting role of addiction disorders in sampling. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - ANXIETY KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - ETHNICITY KW - VIETNAM N1 - Accession Number: 15619450; Penk, Walter E. 1,2 Robinowitz, Ralph 3 Black, John 4 Dolan, Michael 4 Bell, William 4 Dorsett, Dovalee 5 Ames, Michael 6 Noriega, Lori 6; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center 2: Tufts University of Medicine and Dental Medicine, Boston, Massachusetts 3: East Texas State University, Commerce, Texas 4: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, Texas 5: Baylor University, Waco, Texas 6: Southern Methodist University, Dallas, Texas; Source Info: Sep1989, Vol. 45 Issue 5, p729; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: ETHNICITY; Subject Term: VIETNAM; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15619450&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Robinowitz, Ralph AU - Dolan, M.P. AU - Patterson, E.T. AU - Roberts, W.R. AU - Charles, H.L. AU - Atkins, H.G. AU - Penk, Walter E. T1 - CARCINOGENICITY AND TERATOGENICITY VS. PSYCHOGENICITY: PSYCHOLOGICAL CHARACTERISTICS ASSOCIATED WITH SELF-REPORTED AGENT ORANGE EXPOSURE AMONG VIETNAM COMBAT VETERANS WHO SEEK TREATMENT FOR SUBSTANCE ABUSE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 45 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 718 EP - 728 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This study asked, "What are the psychological characteristics of Vietnam combat veterans who claim Agent Orange exposure when compared with combat-experienced cohorts who do not report such contamination?" The question was researched among 153 heroin addicts, polydrug abusers, and chronic alcoholics who were seeking treatment: 58 reported moderate to high defoliant exposure while in combat; 95 reported minimal to no exposure while in Vietnam. The null hypothesis was accepted for measures of childhood and present family social climate, premilitary backgrounds, reasons for seeking treatment, patterns and types of illicit drug and alcohol use, interpersonal problems, intellectual functioning, and short-term memory. The null hypothesis was rejected for personality differences, however, those who self-reported high Agent Orange exposure scored significantly higher on MMPI scales F, Hypochondriasis, Depression, Paranoia, Psychasthenia, Schizophrenia, Mania, and Social interoversion. The results suggest that clinicians carefully assess attributional processing of those who report traumatic experience. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SUBSTANCE abuse KW - CARCINOGENICITY KW - HERBICIDES KW - PESTICIDES KW - TERATOGENIC agents KW - VIETNAM N1 - Accession Number: 15619444; Robinowitz, Ralph 1 Dolan, M.P. 2 Patterson, E.T. 2 Roberts, W.R. 3 Charles, H.L. 4 Atkins, H.G. Penk, Walter E. 5,6; Affiliation: 1: University of Texas Health Science Center, Dallas, Texas 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, Texas 3: Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tennessee 4: Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Antonio, Texas 5: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Boston, Massachusetts 6: Tufts University Schools of Medicine and Dental Medicine, Boston, Massachusetts; Source Info: Sep1989, Vol. 45 Issue 5, p718; Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse; Subject Term: CARCINOGENICITY; Subject Term: HERBICIDES; Subject Term: PESTICIDES; Subject Term: TERATOGENIC agents; Subject Term: VIETNAM; NAICS/Industry Codes: 418390 Agricultural chemical and other farm supplies merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325320 Pesticide and Other Agricultural Chemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424910 Farm Supplies Merchant Wholesalers; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15619444&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Penk, Walter AU - Robinowitz, Ralph AU - Black, John AU - Dolan, Michael AU - Bell, William AU - Roberts, William AU - Skinner, John T1 - CO-MORBIDITY: LESSONS LEARNED ABOUT POST-TRAUMATIC STRESS DISORDER (PTSD) FROM DEVELOPING PTSD SCALES FOR THE MMPI. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 45 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 709 EP - 717 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - Results from efforts to develop and validate PTSD measures are promising, but a "gold standard" has not been achieved. Keane, Malloy, and Fairbank (1984) have developed an MMPI PTSD subscale that has been cross-validated with clinicians' classification of PTSD at acceptable levels of agreement, specificity, and sensitivity. There is, however, room for improvement. Empirical evidence is presented that indicates that the next round of efforts to increase reliability and validity of PTSD measures must account for the presence/abence of co-morbidity (i.e., the simultaneous occurrence of other psychiatric disorders). For example, differences are noted in MMPI group profiles and PTSD scales between psychiatric patients and substance abusers. Second, different MMPI items emerge as indicative of PTSD; these vary as a function of the presence of other Axis I disorders among groups of Vietnam combat veterans who seek treatment for substance abuse. Results substantiate that different MM!'! items for classifying PTSD occur with groups that differ in co-morbidity. Improvements in PTSD scale development are more likely when the contributions of p re-existing or subsequently co-occurring psychiatric disorders are taken in account, as well as variations in level of personality maturity. The evidence suggests that a "family" of PTSD scales need to be developed that take into account co-morbidity differences. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - MENTAL health KW - SUBSTANCE abuse N1 - Accession Number: 15619441; Penk, Walter 1,2 Robinowitz, Ralph 3,4 Black, John 5 Dolan, Michael 5 Bell, William 5 Roberts, William 6 Skinner, John 7; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Boston, Massachusetts 2: Tufts University Schools of Medicine and Dental Medicine, Boston, Massachusetts 3: East Texas State University, Commerce, Texas 4: Post Oak Psychiatry Associates, Waxahachie, Texas 5: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, Texas 6: Greenville Counseling Center, Greenville, Texas 7: Terrell State Hospital, Terrell, Texas; Source Info: Sep1989, Vol. 45 Issue 5, p709; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15619441&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Berk, Elizabeth AU - Black, John AU - Locastro, Joseph AU - Wickis, James AU - Simpson, Tracy AU - Keane, Terence M. AU - Penk, Walter T1 - TRAUMATOGENICITY: EFFECTS OF SELF-REPORTED NONCOMBAT TRAUMA ON MMPIs OF MALE VIETNAM COMBAT AND NONCOMBAT VETERANS TREATED FOR SUBSTANCE ABUSE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 45 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 704 EP - 708 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - A recent review of the literature on Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) and the MMPI has shown that all previously published studies have been limited to clinical groups whose trauma occurred in Vietnam combat. The purpose of this study was to test hypotheses that predict higher MMPL and PTSD scale scores among combat veterans who differ in degrees of non- combat traumas. Results support predictions. Those who reported more non- combat traumas attain significantly higher MMPI scores for scales F, Hypochondriasis, Hysteria, Psychopathic Deviate, Psychasthenia, Schizophrenia, Mania, Social Introversion, and an MMPI PTSD score (Keane, Malloy, & Fairbank, 1984). Moreover, noncombat effects are manifested differentially: Combat veterans with higher noncombat trauma evidence greater social withdrawal, whereas noncombat veterans who report higher noncombat trauma are characterized by higher anxiety. MMPI elevations were progressively higher as groups increased in degrees of combat and noncombat trauma: noncombat and low combat trauma veterans were the better adjusted, and combat veterans with higher noncombat trauma were the worst adjusted. Results provide descriptive validity for PTSD as a construct and underscore the importance of assessing frequency and intensity, as well as types of traumas and stresses, in the background histories of substance abusers and other clinical groups as well. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - SUBSTANCE abuse KW - ANXIETY KW - VIETNAM N1 - Accession Number: 15619438; Berk, Elizabeth 1 Black, John 2 Locastro, Joseph 3 Wickis, James 3 Simpson, Tracy 3 Keane, Terence M. 3,4 Penk, Walter 5; Affiliation: 1: Boston University School of Medicine, Boston, Massachusetts 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, Texas 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Boston, Massachusetts 4: Tufts University School of Medicine New England Medical Center 5: Hospital Management Division, Department of Mental Health, Commonwealth of Massachusetts; Source Info: Sep1989, Vol. 45 Issue 5, p704; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: VIETNAM; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15619438&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gerardi, Robert AU - Keane, Terence M. AU - Penk, Walter T1 - UTILITY: SENSITIVITY AND SPECIFICITY IN DEVELOPING DIAGNOSTIC TESTS OF COMBAT-RELATED POST-TRAUMATIC STRESS DISORDER (PTSD). JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 45 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 691 EP - 703 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This paper summarizes strengths and weaknesses of clinical utility of tests that diagnose Vietnam combat-related Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). Weaknesses reviewed are: excessive reliance upon one kind of measure of Index Diagnosis; failure to control for varying prevalence rates across samples; failure to compare accuracy across response modalities. Strengths that emerge from the review are that self-report measures have proven to be highly sensitive, and psychophysiological measures have been demonstrated as highly specific. Whereas one single "gold standard" measure of PTSD has yet to be devised, clinical researchers can continue to have confidence in the use of multiple measures. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - ANXIETY KW - NEUROSES KW - STRESS (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 15619434; Gerardi, Robert 1,2 Keane, Terence M. 1,2 Penk, Walter 1,3,4; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center 2: Tufts University School of Medicine Boston, Massachusetts 3: Hospital Management Division Department of Mental Health Commonwealth of Massachusetts 4: Tufts University Schools of Medicine and Dental Medicine Boston, Massachusetts; Source Info: Sep1989, Vol. 45 Issue 5, p691; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: NEUROSES; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Number of Pages: 13p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15619434&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hyer, Lee AU - Woods, Marilyn G. AU - Bruno, Ralph AU - Boudewyns, Patrick T1 - TREATMENT OUTCOMES OF VIETNAM VETERANS WITH PTSD AND THE CONSISTENCY OF THE MCMI. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 45 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 547 EP - 552 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This study addresses two issues: treatment changes on the MCMI of Vietnam veterans with PTSD and test-retest reliability of the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory (MCMI). Fifty Vietnam veterans carefully were identified for the diagnosis Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). They were admitted to a Special PTSD Treatment Unit that consisted of an intense S-week period with the focus on the revivified Vietnam experience. They also were given the MCMI at two points in time, treatment inception and 35 days later at discharge. Results show that 17 of 20 scales on the MCMI changed in the negative direction as a result of treatment. Also, the MCMI has adequate test-retest reliability, and the personality scales (with the exception of Borderline) have higher reliability coefficients than do symptom scales. The use of the MCMI is encourged both as a monitor of treatment for these veterans and for its stability. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - VIETNAM veterans KW - MILLON Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - TRAUMATIC neuroses KW - DEFENSE mechanisms (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - OUTCOME assessment (Medical care) KW - VIETNAM War, 1961-1975 KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PERSONALITY tests N1 - Accession Number: 11966916; Hyer, Lee 1,2 Woods, Marilyn G. 1 Bruno, Ralph 1,2 Boudewyns, Patrick 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, Georgia 2: Medical College of Georgia; Source Info: Jul1989, Vol. 45 Issue 4, p547; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: VIETNAM veterans; Subject Term: MILLON Clinical Multiaxial Inventory; Subject Term: TRAUMATIC neuroses; Subject Term: DEFENSE mechanisms (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: OUTCOME assessment (Medical care); Subject Term: VIETNAM War, 1961-1975; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11966916&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Moody, David R. AU - Kish, George B. T1 - CLINICAL MEANING OF THE KEANE PTSD SCALE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 45 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 542 EP - 546 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - A correlational study that included 82 male inpatient alcoholics was conducted to determine the clinical meaning of the Keane PTSD Scale of the MMPI. The PTSD Scale was correlated with the variables of the Shipley Institute of Living Scale, the Life Purpose Questionnaire, the Existential Depression Test, and the standard MMPI measures) plus the A, R, Es and MacAndrew Scales. The pattern of correlations suggested that the PTSD scale measures general psychological maladjustment and dysphoric feelings rather than any specifiable syndrome. The strong correlation with the Welch A, which measures a general level of maladjustment, suggests that the PTSD and Welch A scales are measuring the same factor. The PTSD scale, therefore, appears to provide very little information about this population beyond that available from the overall clinical profile and the Welch A scale. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - ADJUSTMENT (Psychology) KW - CONFLICT (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - DEFENSE mechanisms (Psychology) KW - VIETNAM veterans N1 - Accession Number: 11966853; Moody, David R. 1 Kish, George B. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Salem, Virginia; Source Info: Jul1989, Vol. 45 Issue 4, p542; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: ADJUSTMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: CONFLICT (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: DEFENSE mechanisms (Psychology); Subject Term: VIETNAM veterans; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11966853&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Coker, Reagan R. AU - Vincent, Ken R. AU - Williams, Wright AU - Duthie, Bruce AU - McLaughlin, Edward J. T1 - DSM-III DIAGNOSIS AND CODE TYPES OF THE DIAGNOSTIC INVENTORY OF PERSONALITY AND SYMPTOMS IN PUBLIC HOSPITAL SETTINGS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 45 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 521 EP - 530 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The relationships of high-point code types of the Diagnostic Inventory of Personality and Symptoms (DIPS) to the Diagnostic and statistical manual III of the American Psychiatric Association (DSM-III) were explored for public hospital patients (N = 448). Nineteen DIPS code types that relate code types to Axis I diagnoses are prepared. The three DIPS personality disorder cluster scales and the eight combinations thereof are presented as well. Eight of the personality disorder cluster scale code types that relate to DSM-III Axis II categories are identified. Finally, a narrative summation of each of the code types is given. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HOSPITAL patients KW - PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS KW - PERSONALITY disorders KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PERSONALITY KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - PEOPLE with mental disabilities KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - PUBLIC hospitals KW - SYMPTOMS KW - MENTAL health services N1 - Accession Number: 11966704; Coker, Reagan R. 1 Vincent, Ken R. 1 Williams, Wright 2 Duthie, Bruce 3 McLaughlin, Edward J. 4; Affiliation: 1: University of Houston 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Houston, Texas 3: Eastern Washington University 4: University of Texas Health Science Center of Houston; Source Info: Jul1989, Vol. 45 Issue 4, p521; Subject Term: HOSPITAL patients; Subject Term: PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS; Subject Term: PERSONALITY disorders; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: PEOPLE with mental disabilities; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: PUBLIC hospitals; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622110 General Medical and Surgical Hospitals; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11966704&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Vassar, Patricia AU - Plemel, Duane AU - Herder, Joseph AU - Manifold, Victor AU - Anderson, Douglas T1 - THE CONTRIBUTIONS OF SELF-DEFEATING PHILOSOPHIES, PERCEIVED HELPLESSNESS, AND REPRESSION TO ANXIETY AMONG PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 45 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 513 EP - 520 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - Four of the most influential psychological explanations for the development of anxiety attribute it to (1) repressed awareness of undesirable emotions; (2) the emergence of unacceptable feelings from the unconscious; (3) adherence to irrational, self-defeating philosophies; and (4) perceived helplessness/lack of control over one's affairs. To test these theories, the authors administered the Trait Anxiety, Denial, Irrational Beliefs, and Locus of Control scales to 190 psychiatric inpatients. Appropriate zero-order, attenuation-corrected, multiple, and partial correlations were run. Denial was correlated negatively with Trait Anxiety; this is consistent with the view that awareness of unpleasant emotions generates anxiety, but does not support the claim that it is the result of repression. The correlations of Trait Anxiety with the Irrational Beliefs scale were substantial. However, its relationships with Locus of Control were limited and nonsignificant after the effects of the Denial and Irrational Beliefs scales were removed statistically. The findings lend support to the positions that anxiety results from self-defeating philosophies and/or the emergence of unpleasant thoughts about oneself, but give only modest support to the ‘perceived helplessness’ hypothesis and seem to contradict the ‘excessive repression’ explanation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANXIETY KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PHILOSOPHY KW - SELF-defeating behavior KW - HELPLESSNESS (Psychology) KW - REPRESSION (Psychology) KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - DEFENSE mechanisms (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 11966306; Watson, Charles G. 1 Vassar, Patricia 1 Plemel, Duane 1 Herder, Joseph 1 Manifold, Victor 1 Anderson, Douglas 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Cloud, Minnesota 2: University of Minnesota; Source Info: Jul1989, Vol. 45 Issue 4, p513; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: PHILOSOPHY; Subject Term: SELF-defeating behavior; Subject Term: HELPLESSNESS (Psychology); Subject Term: REPRESSION (Psychology); Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: DEFENSE mechanisms (Psychology); Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11966306&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Craig, Robert J. AU - Olson, Ronald AU - Shalton, Glenn T1 - DIFFERENCES IN ORGANIZATION OF PSYCHOLOGICAL NEEDS BETWEEN INPATIENT AND OUTPATIENT OPIATE ADDICTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 45 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 462 EP - 466 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - A total of 117 inpatients and 114 outpatient drug addicts were administered the Adjective Check List; protocols were subjected to a hierarchical cluster analysis. Results showed two basic clusters for inpatients and one large cluster in the outpatient sample, each different in personality need organization. At discharge, patients who moved from Clusters I or II (inpatient) to Cluster III (outpatient) continued with outpatient treatment. None of the "independent" patients pursued outpatient treatment, while patients in the "emotionally dependent" cluster who pursued outpatient treatment eventually were placed on methadone maintenance. Results suggest that drug addicts who request inpatient or outpatient treatment may be a self-selected sample who differ in personality organization, which, in turn, may predict treatment follow-up in an aftercare setting. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DRUG addicts KW - PATIENTS KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - NEUROSES -- Diagnosis KW - CLUSTER analysis (Statistics) KW - METHADONE treatment programs N1 - Accession Number: 15619189; Craig, Robert J. 1 Olson, Ronald 2 Shalton, Glenn 1; Affiliation: 1: West Side Veterans Administration Medical Center Chicago, Illinois 2: Oakland University Rochester, Michigan; Source Info: May89, Vol. 45 Issue 3, p462; Subject Term: DRUG addicts; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: NEUROSES -- Diagnosis; Subject Term: CLUSTER analysis (Statistics); Subject Term: METHADONE treatment programs; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15619189&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Smith, Lawrence W. AU - Patterson, Thomas L. AU - Grant, Igor AU - Clopton, Paul T1 - A SHORTENED MMPI USEFUL FOR PSYCHIATRIC SCREENING OF THE NON-INSTITUTIONALIZED ELDERLY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 45 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 359 EP - 365 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - We compared the reliability of the Faschingbauer Abbreviated MMPI (the PAM) to the standard MMPI with a sample of non-institutionalized, in- dependently living elderly individuals. FAM items were extracted from the standard MMPIs of 83 middle-class men and women with a mean age of 74 years. Results indicate that the PAM is correlated highly with the MMPI. Although statistically significant differences were found between the FAM and MMPI forms on some scales, 77% of the profile pairs were judged to satisfy interpretive reliability criteria, and for the profiles that were rejected the FAM was not found to overestimate or underestimate any MMPI scale systematically. The potential value of the FAM as a screening device for elderly individuals who are living in the community is addressed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - OLDER people KW - PERSONALITY tests for older people KW - OLDER people -- Psychological testing KW - SENIOR Apperception Technique KW - RELIABILITY (Personality trait) KW - COMMUNITIES KW - LIFE CYCLES: ADULTHOOD, AGING, AND THE FAMILY N1 - Accession Number: 15619137; Smith, Lawrence W. 1,2,3 Patterson, Thomas L. 1,2,3 Grant, Igor 1,2,3 Clopton, Paul 4; Affiliation: 1: San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Center La Jolia, California 2: School of Medicine, University of California, San Diego 3: San Diego State University 4: Research Service, San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Center La Jolia, Center; Source Info: May89, Vol. 45 Issue 3, p359; Subject Term: OLDER people; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests for older people; Subject Term: OLDER people -- Psychological testing; Subject Term: SENIOR Apperception Technique; Subject Term: RELIABILITY (Personality trait); Subject Term: COMMUNITIES; Author-Supplied Keyword: LIFE CYCLES: ADULTHOOD, AGING, AND THE FAMILY; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15619137&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Platt, Jerome J. AU - Steer, Robert A. AU - Ranieri, William F. AU - Metzger, David S. T1 - DIFFERENCES IN THE SYMPTOM CHECK LIST-90 PROFILES OF BLACK AND WHITE METHADONE PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 45 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 342 EP - 345 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The Sympton Check List-90 (SCL-90) scores of 900 methadone patients were compared by sex and race using a two-way multivariate analysis of variance. The mean profiles did not differ with respect to sex, but did for race. White methadone patients were more obsessive-compulsive and depressed than the Black patients. However, the magnitudes of the mean differences were < 2.5, and such small mean differences indicate that the employment of separate sex- or race-based normative values for the interpretation of the SCL-90 is unnecessary with methadone patients. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MULTIVARIATE analysis KW - DRUG abuse -- Treatment KW - RACE KW - HUMAN sexuality -- Psychological aspects KW - SYMPTOMS KW - ANALYSIS of variance N1 - Accession Number: 15619118; Platt, Jerome J. 1 Steer, Robert A. 1 Ranieri, William F. 1 Metzger, David S. 2,3; Affiliation: 1: University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey, School of Osteopathic Medicine, Camden, New Jersey. 2: University of Pennsylvania Medical School, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. 3: Veterans Administration Hospital, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.; Source Info: Mar1989, Vol. 45 Issue 2, p342; Subject Term: MULTIVARIATE analysis; Subject Term: DRUG abuse -- Treatment; Subject Term: RACE; Subject Term: HUMAN sexuality -- Psychological aspects; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: ANALYSIS of variance; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15619118&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hyer, Lee AU - Woods, Marilyn AU - Harrison, William R. AU - Boudewyns, Patrick AU - O'Leary, William C. T1 - MMPI F-K INDEX AMONG HOSPITALIZED VIETNAM VETERANS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 45 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 250 EP - 254 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The F-K index of the MMPI has been used as a marker of symptom overreporting. One population for which previous research has shown this pattern is Vietnam in-country veterans with PTSD. This study assessed the F-K index on 515 inpatients: 329 Vietnam in-country and 186 Vietnam-era patients. Normative data on psychiatric inpatients were presented. Also, a special MMPI subscale (MMPI-PTSD), a measure to identify PTSD among these veterans, was used. Results showed that all Vietnam veterans, especially in-country veterans, overreport symptoms to a high degree. The overall mean for in-country vets was 7.3. Also, when the special MMPL-PTSD subscale was used, a vast majority of in-country veterans who were in the PTSD range had high F-K index scores. Dissimulation as a symptom of PTSD was discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - VETERANS KW - RESEARCH KW - SYMPTOMS KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - VIETNAM N1 - Accession Number: 15619041; Hyer, Lee 1,2 Woods, Marilyn 1 Harrison, William R. 1 Boudewyns, Patrick 1,2 O'Leary, William C. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta. Georgia. 2: Medical College of Georgia Augusta. Georgia.; Source Info: Mar1989, Vol. 45 Issue 2, p250; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: VETERANS; Subject Term: RESEARCH; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: VIETNAM; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15619041&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Munley, Patrick H. AU - Zarantonello, Matthew M. T1 - A COMPARISON OF MMPI PROFILE TYPES ACROSS STANDARD AND CONTEMPORARY NORMS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 45 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 229 EP - 239 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - Changes in mean elevation, dispersion, overall configuration, and code type of well-defined MMPI profiles derived from diagnostic groups with known clinical correlates were examined after transformation using contemporary norms developed by Colligan, Osborne, Swenson, and Offord (1983). A total of 34 MMPI profiles from both Gilberstadt and Duker (1965) and Marks, Seeman, and Hailer (1974) were analyzed using contemporary normalized T scores. Results yielded the expected reduction in mean elevation and dispersion about the mean upon transformation to contemporary norms. Linear and contemporary normalized T-score profiles correlated highly with each other and manifested a similar pattern of correlation with Skinner and Jackson's (1978) three modal MMPI types. Similarity in the code types of 94% of the profiles was found. However, the substantial number of order changes in the scales that comprise the code type evident upon transformation highlights the caution and care necessary when one is interpreting MMPI profiles based on contemporary norms. Continued use of original norms together with contemporary norms appears indicated until the full implications of profile and code type differences upon transformation to contemporary norms are understood. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - RESEMBLANCE (Philosophy) KW - SOCIAL norms KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - CARING KW - EDUCATIONAL tests & measurements N1 - Accession Number: 15619032; Munley, Patrick H. 1,2 Zarantonello, Matthew M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Battle Creek, Michigan 2: Western Michigan University; Source Info: Mar1989, Vol. 45 Issue 2, p229; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: RESEMBLANCE (Philosophy); Subject Term: SOCIAL norms; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: CARING; Subject Term: EDUCATIONAL tests & measurements; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15619032&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ackerman, Mark D. AU - Stevens, Michael J. T1 - ACUTE AND CHRONIC PAIN: DIMENSIONS AND PSYCHOLOGICAL STATUS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 45 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 223 EP - 228 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - One hundred and ten outpatients with either acute or chronic low-back pain completed the McGill Pain Questionnaire, Beck Depression Inventory, State-Trait Anxiety Inventory, and Life Experiences Survey. Acutes and chronics did not differ on dimensions of pain, but significant correlations between pain dimensions and depression and state anxiety were found for chronics. Both groups showed elevated state anxiety; chronics also evidenced mild depression. Combined scores on depression, anxiety, and negative life change predicted sensory and affective pain for the pooled sample. These results confirm the role of psychological variables in the experience of clinical pain and underscore the highly affective nature of chronic pain. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CHRONIC pain KW - ANXIETY KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - AGITATION (Psychology) KW - LIFE change events KW - DEPRESSED persons N1 - Accession Number: 15619026; Ackerman, Mark D. 1 Stevens, Michael J. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami, Florida 2: Illinois State University; Source Info: Mar1989, Vol. 45 Issue 2, p223; Subject Term: CHRONIC pain; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: AGITATION (Psychology); Subject Term: LIFE change events; Subject Term: DEPRESSED persons; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15619026&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Harder, David W. AU - Strauss, John S. AU - Greenwald, Deborah F. AU - Kokes, Ronald F. AU - Ritzler, Barry A. AU - Gift, Thomas E. T1 - LIFE EVENTS AND PSYCHOPATHOLOGY SEVERITY: COMPARISONS BETWEEN PSYCHIATRIC OUTPATIENTS AND INPATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 45 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 202 EP - 209 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - Relationships between life events stress variables and seven indices of psychopathology severity for a group of 97 never-hospitalized outpatients were compared with those of a previously studied group of 217 first-admission functional disorder psychiatric inpatients from the same geographical catchment areas. The hypotheses tested were that degree of life events stress would be correlated positively with indices of psychopatholoigcal severity and that the magnitudes of association would be higher for the outpatients. Bivariate correlations and stepwise multiple regression with other potential demographic and prognostic moderator variables provided evidence for significant, but somewhat differing, patterns in outpatient vs. inpatient stress/pathology relationships. Contrary to prediction, the magnitudes of significant and near-significant associations between life events and pathology severity were not different in the two samples. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LIFE change events KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - PREVENTIVE medicine KW - PATIENTS KW - REGRESSION analysis N1 - Accession Number: 15618920; Harder, David W. 1 Strauss, John S. 2 Greenwald, Deborah F. 3 Kokes, Ronald F. 4 Ritzler, Barry A. 5 Gift, Thomas E. 6; Affiliation: 1: Tufts University. 2: Yale University. 3: Northeastern University. 4: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Fresno, California. 5: Fairleigh-Dickinson University. 6: University of Rochester.; Source Info: Mar1989, Vol. 45 Issue 2, p202; Subject Term: LIFE change events; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: PREVENTIVE medicine; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: REGRESSION analysis; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15618920&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - McMahon, Robert C. AU - Gersh, David AU - Davidson, Robert S. T1 - PERSONALITY AND SYMPTOM CHARACTERISTICS OF CONTINUOUS VS. EPISODIC DRINKERS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 45 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 161 EP - 168 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This study was designed to identify clinically meaningful differences between Continuous and Episodic Drinkers who were entering inpatient treatment on the basis of demographic, social functioning, and drinking information, as well as scores based on an intake administration of the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory. A discriminant analysis correctly classified 79% of patients into Continuous and Episodic Drinking groups. Variables that had both interpretable loadings on the discriminant function and scores that were associated positively with membership in the Continuous Drinking group include the Psychotic Thinking, Passive-Aggressive, Avoidant, and Psychotic Depression scales of the MCMI and a questionnaire item, "Drinking helps me to work better." In contrast, scores on the Conforming-Compulsive scale of the MCMI were associated positively with membership in the Episodic Drinking group. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PERSONALITY KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - MILLON Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - THOUGHT & thinking KW - AGGRESSION (Psychology) KW - MENTAL depression KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY N1 - Accession Number: 11975233; McMahon, Robert C. 1 Gersh, David 2 Davidson, Robert S. 3; Affiliation: 1: University of Miami Coral Gables, Florida. 2: Jewish Family Services Buffalo, New York. 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center Miami, Florida.; Source Info: Jan1989, Vol. 45 Issue 1, p161; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: MILLON Clinical Multiaxial Inventory; Subject Term: THOUGHT & thinking; Subject Term: AGGRESSION (Psychology); Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11975233&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Puente, Antonio E. AU - Rodenbough, John AU - Horton, Arthur MaCnell AU - Jr. T1 - RELATIVE EFFICACY OF THE Sc-O, P-O, P-N, and Sc MMPI SCALES IN DIFFERENTIATING BRAIN-DAMAGED, BRAIN DAMAGED SCHIZOPHRENIC, SCHIZOPHRENIC, AND SOMATOFORM DISORDERS IN AN OUTPATIENT SETTING. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 45 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 99 EP - 105 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This study examined the efficacy of the Schizophrenic-Organicity (Sc-O), Psychiatric-Organic (P-OX the Pseudo-Neurological (P-N), and the Schizophrenia (Sc) MMPI subscales in differentiating the following four groups of outpatients: brain-damaged (n a 35), brain-damaged schizophrenics (n = 10), non-brain-damaged schizophrenics (it 15), and somatoform disorders (ir 45). Both unmatched and matched samples were used in the analysis, and cut-off scores were obtained. In an unmatched sample, results suggested that the Sc scale was useful in differentiating brain- damaged schizophrenia from brain-damaged and somatoform disorders. With marched samples, the Sc differentiated brain-damaged schizophrenics well from other clinical groups1 while the P-O scale differentiated the Non-brain-damaged schizophrenics from brain-damaged and somatoform disorders. Furthermore, the P-N scale discriminated brain-damaged schizophrenics from non-brain-damaged schizophrenics, while the Sc-O scale was no longer significant. Results suggest that caution should be used in generalizing from previous studies (which used inpatient samples) to out- patient populations. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospitals -- Outpatient services KW - BRAIN damage KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - SOMATOFORM disorders KW - SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder N1 - Accession Number: 11975114; Puente, Antonio E. 1 Rodenbough, John 1 Horton, Arthur MaCnell Jr. 2; Affiliation: 1: University of North Carolina a, Wilmington. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center. Baltimore and University of Maryland Medical School.; Source Info: Jan1989, Vol. 45 Issue 1, p99; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC hospitals -- Outpatient services; Subject Term: BRAIN damage; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: SOMATOFORM disorders; Subject Term: SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621420 Outpatient Mental Health and Substance Abuse Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11975114&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Zeiss, Robert A. AU - Harold R. Dickman, Robert A. T1 - PTSD 40 YEARS LATER: INCIDENCE AND PERSON-SITUATION CORRELATES IN FORMER POWS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 45 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 80 EP - 87 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - A statewide sample of WWII ex-POWs (N = 442) responded to questionnaires that sampled current and past difficulties with PTSD-related symptoms; an incidence of serious difficulties with these symptoms of 56% was revealed. Retrospective reports of temporal patterns revealed no consistent patterns of symptom occurrence, but, rather, a waxing and waning of difficulties over the 40-year period. Unexpectedly, measures of severity of the POW experiences did not predict current symptomatology. Rank at time of capture, however, was consistently and strongly predictive of PTSD. It is suggested that PTSD is a highly persistent phenomenon and that both situation and person variables contribute to the development and maintenance of PTSD. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - PRISONERS of war KW - WORLD War, 1939-1945 KW - SYMPTOMS KW - QUESTIONNAIRES KW - ANXIETY N1 - Accession Number: 11975083; Zeiss, Robert A. 1 Harold R. Dickman, Robert A. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center Palo .AIto, California. 2: Corvallis, Oregon.; Source Info: Jan1989, Vol. 45 Issue 1, p80; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: PRISONERS of war; Subject Term: WORLD War, 1939-1945; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: QUESTIONNAIRES; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11975083&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Greenwalid, Deborah F. AU - Harder, David W. AU - Gift, Thomas E. AU - Strauss, John S. AU - Ritzler, Barry A. AU - Kokes, Ronald F. T1 - IQ AS A PROGNOSTIC INDICATOR IN ADULT PSYCHIATRIC FIRST-ADMISSIONS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 45 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 37 EP - 50 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This study used IQ, along with measures of premorbid adjustment, health- sickness, symptom level, diagnostic severity and demographic data, to predict to 2-year outcome measures of level of functioning, health-sickness, and symptoms for a sample of 145 adult psychiatric first-admissions. It was hypothesized that IQ as an indicator of cognitive ability, or of general ability to adapt, would predict positively to improvement over the 2-year period. Data analysis was conducted with bivariate correlations and multiple regressions, using both absolute-level and residualized outcome variables. IQ showed modest, significant relationships with all absolute outcome indices and six of seven residualized measures, especially for a sub sample of those with non-average IQ scores. Regressions showed that IQ provided independent prediction of symptom outcomes. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - INTELLIGENCE levels KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospitals -- Admission & discharge KW - OUTCOME assessment (Medical care) KW - ADJUSTMENT (Psychology) KW - REGRESSION analysis KW - CORRELATION (Statistics) KW - COGNITIVE Abilities Test N1 - Accession Number: 11974657; Greenwalid, Deborah F. 1 Harder, David W. 2 Gift, Thomas E. 3 Strauss, John S. 4 Ritzler, Barry A. 5 Kokes, Ronald F. 6; Affiliation: 1: Northeastern University. 2: Tufts University. 3: University of Rochester. 4: Yale University. 5: Fairleigh-Dickinson University. 6: Veterans Administration Medical Center Fresno, California.; Source Info: Jan1989, Vol. 45 Issue 1, p37; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE levels; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC hospitals -- Admission & discharge; Subject Term: OUTCOME assessment (Medical care); Subject Term: ADJUSTMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: REGRESSION analysis; Subject Term: CORRELATION (Statistics); Subject Term: COGNITIVE Abilities Test; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; Number of Pages: 14p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11974657&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Schag, C. Anne Coscarelli AU - Heinrich, Richard L. T1 - ANXIETY IN MEDICAL SITUATIONS: ADULT CANCER PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 45 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 20 EP - 27 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - Anxiety associated with medical situations was studied in a heterogeneous sample of 320 adult cancer patients. Patients completed the Cancer Inventory of Problem Situations, which identifies anxiety in a variety of medical situations. On the average, 44% of patients reported some anxiety in medical situations; 23% reported significant anxiety. Anxiety was somewhat situation dependent. Females were more likely to report anxiety and with greater intensity than males in situations such as watching other patients receive treatments, waiting to see the doctor, waiting to find out the results of tests, going to the hospital, and receiving chemotherapy. Multiple regression techniques were used to identify the correlates of anxiety. Age, sex, problems communicating with the health team, and global adjustment to the illness all accounted for a significant amount of the variance. The results suggest important areas for mental health professionals to be involved in the care of individuals with cancer if comprehensive care is to be provided. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANXIETY KW - CANCER patients KW - DRUG therapy KW - MENTAL health personnel KW - MENTAL health services KW - REGRESSION analysis KW - STRESS (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 11974602; Schag, C. Anne Coscarelli 1 Heinrich, Richard L. 2; Affiliation: 1: Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: UCLA School of Medicine.; Source Info: Jan1989, Vol. 45 Issue 1, p20; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: CANCER patients; Subject Term: DRUG therapy; Subject Term: MENTAL health personnel; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; Subject Term: REGRESSION analysis; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11974602&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Morgan, Mary K. AU - Clark, Michael E. AU - Hartman, Wayne L. T1 - AIDS-RELATED DEMENTIA: A CASE REPORT OF RAPID COGNITIVE DECLINE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 44 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 1024 EP - 1028 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses the incidence of cognitive decline among acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) and AIDS-related complex (ARC) patients has become increasingly apparent. Originally thought to be a slow, progressive dementia that affected only a portion of the AIDS/ARC population, recent research has reported that up to 80% of these patients demonstrate detectable central nervous system (CNS) involvement at autopsy. Onset and progression have been reported variably with more rapid deterioration evident within 3 months, while others describe insidious onset over a period of years. Currently, the significance of a developing dementia among human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) patients has increased sharply, with the recent inclusion of dementia as a primary diagnostic criterion for the diagnosis of AIDS. KW - AIDS (Disease) KW - DEMENTIA KW - IMMUNODEFICIENCY KW - CENTRAL nervous system KW - HIV-positive persons KW - NEUROBEHAVIORAL disorders N1 - Accession Number: 15865734; Morgan, Mary K. 1 Clark, Michael E. 1 Hartman, Wayne L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center Bay Pines, Florida.; Source Info: Nov1988, Vol. 44 Issue 6, p1024; Subject Term: AIDS (Disease); Subject Term: DEMENTIA; Subject Term: IMMUNODEFICIENCY; Subject Term: CENTRAL nervous system; Subject Term: HIV-positive persons; Subject Term: NEUROBEHAVIORAL disorders; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15865734&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jones, Janet M. AU - Barnett, Robert W. AU - McCormack, Joseph K. T1 - VERBAL/PERFORMANCE SPLITS IN INMATES ASSESSED WITH THE MULTIDIMENSIONAL APTITUDE BATTERY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 44 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 995 EP - 1000 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article examines the phenomenon of the over-representation of verbal/performance splits among incarcerated felons. Multidimensional Aptitude Battery scores were obtained for 1,225 adult male felons referred to a reception and diagnostic center for evaluation. The findings suggest that there is a significant, consistent overrepresentation of verbal/performance splits, with the performance score usually higher, among incarcerated male felons. Male offenders and delinquents produce significantly more profiles typified by performance greater than verbal splits than do non-offender control groups. KW - MULTIDIMENSIONAL Aptitude Battery KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - CRIMINALS KW - MALES KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - PERFORMANCE N1 - Accession Number: 15865729; Jones, Janet M. Barnett, Robert W. 1 McCormack, Joseph K. 2; Affiliation: 1: State Reception and Diagnostic Center Topeka, Kansas. 2: Colmery-O' Nell Veterans Administration Medical Center Topeka, Kansas.; Source Info: Nov1988, Vol. 44 Issue 6, p995; Subject Term: MULTIDIMENSIONAL Aptitude Battery; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: CRIMINALS; Subject Term: MALES; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: PERFORMANCE; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15865729&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Massad, Phillip M. AU - Bobbitt, Robert G. AU - Kelly, Mark P. AU - Beasley, T. Mark T1 - EFFECTS OF LESION LATERALITY ON THE SATZ-MOGEL WAIS-R SHORT FORM. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 44 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 924 EP - 929 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses the effects of lesion laterality on the Satz-Mogel WAIS-R Short Form. Effects of lateralized brain damage on the Satz-Mogel (1962) WAIS-R short form were examined. Patients (N = 65) were assigned to groups based on diffuse, predominantly left, or predominantly right brain damage. Overall, results supported the validity of the Satz-Mogel short-form IQs with neurological patients, although there were significant ANOVA results for various subtests when original scores were compared to short-form scores. KW - BRAIN damage KW - CEREBROVASCULAR disease KW - CEREBRAL dominance KW - PATIENTS KW - INTELLIGENCE levels KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15865718; Massad, Phillip M. 1 Bobbitt, Robert G. 2 Kelly, Mark P. 3 Beasley, T. Mark 4; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center While River Junction, Vermont. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center Nashville, Tennessee. 3: Montebello Hospital University of Maryland Medical System Baltimore, Maryland. 4: Middle Tennessee State University Nashville Tennessee.; Source Info: Nov1988, Vol. 44 Issue 6, p924; Subject Term: BRAIN damage; Subject Term: CEREBROVASCULAR disease; Subject Term: CEREBRAL dominance; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE levels; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15865718&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kramer, Joel H. AU - Delis, Dean C. AU - Daniel, Mark T1 - SEX DIFFERENCES IN VERBAL LEARNING. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 44 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 907 EP - 915 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article examines sex differences in verbal learning. Sixty-eight men and 68 women of equal age and education were administered the California Verbal Learning Test. Dependent variables included measures of recall, recognition, learning characteristics, and error types. Women displayed consistently higher levels of immediate and delayed free recall and made greater use of semantic clustering. There were no sex differences on recognition testing or error types. Results suggest that women's superior recall is attributable to better retrieval, which, in turn, is related to their greater use of verbally mediated strategies. This study highlights the importance of investigating sex differences on clinical instruments and reporting separate sex norms when appropriate. KW - VERBAL learning KW - WOMEN KW - PSYCHOLOGY of learning KW - ERRORS KW - EDUCATION KW - SEX differences (Biology) KW - Instructional Levels: Adult and Postsecondary KW - TEACHING, LEARNING, AND TESTING KW - VERBAL LEARNING N1 - Accession Number: 15865716; Kramer, Joel H. 1,2 Delis, Dean C. 3 Daniel, Mark 4; Affiliation: 1: Martinez Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: University of California, San Francisco. 3: San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Center University of California, San Diego. 4: Psychological Corporation, San Antonio.; Source Info: Nov1988, Vol. 44 Issue 6, p907; Subject Term: VERBAL learning; Subject Term: WOMEN; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY of learning; Subject Term: ERRORS; Subject Term: EDUCATION; Subject Term: SEX differences (Biology); Author-Supplied Keyword: Instructional Levels: Adult and Postsecondary; Author-Supplied Keyword: TEACHING, LEARNING, AND TESTING; Author-Supplied Keyword: VERBAL LEARNING; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923110 Administration of Education Programs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611699 All Other Miscellaneous Schools and Instruction; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611710 Educational Support Services; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15865716&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Calsyn, Donald A. AU - Roszell, Douglas K. AU - Anderson, Lyle S. T1 - INTERPERSONAL STYLE DIFFERENCES AMONG DRUG ABUSERS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 44 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 821 EP - 830 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on a study conducted to identify the commonality and heterogeneity of interpersonal styles of heroin abusers measured by the Fundamental Interpersonal Relations Orientation-Behavior (FIRO-B), to compare the frequency of types found in the sample to normative data, and to compare interpersonale style types on preselected measures of personality, psychopathology, demographics, and treatment outcome listed below that would provide empirical and construct validity of the Ryan schema. Results of the study provide objective data that indicate that difficulty with interpersonal relations as assessed by the FIRO-B is confirmed by self-report and interview in this sample of drug abusers. KW - DRUG abuse KW - FIRO-B (Personality test) KW - INTERPERSONAL relations KW - PERSONALITY KW - SOCIAL psychology KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15865705; Calsyn, Donald A. 1,2 Roszell, Douglas K. 1,2 Anderson, Lyle S. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Seattle Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: University of Washington School of Medicine.; Source Info: Sep1988, Vol. 44 Issue 5, p821; Subject Term: DRUG abuse; Subject Term: FIRO-B (Personality test); Subject Term: INTERPERSONAL relations; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: SOCIAL psychology; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15865705&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kuhne, Arthur AU - Baraga, Elizabeth AU - Czekala, John T1 - COMPLETENESS AND INTERNAL CONSISTENCY OF DSM-III CRITERIA FOR POST-TRAUMATIC STRESS DISORDER. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 44 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 717 EP - 722 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on a study that discusses various issues related to completeness and internal consistency of the diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders (DSM-III) criteria for post-traumatic stress disorders. The DSM-III defines post-traumatic stress disorder in terms of specific symptoms that exist in conjunction with a history of traumatic stress. The present study used standardized psychological tests to examine the completeness of the DSM-III stress-disorder criteria with respect to anxiety, depression, rage, alienation, and psychosomatic symptoms. The results of the study are generally consistent with the modifications in diagnostic practice suggested in the revised diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders. KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - SYMPTOMS KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - ANXIETY KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Research N1 - Accession Number: 15865685; Kuhne, Arthur 1 Baraga, Elizabeth 1 Czekala, John 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Sep1988, Vol. 44 Issue 5, p717; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Research; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541720 Research and Development in the Social Sciences and Humanities; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15865685&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Kucala, Teresa AU - Wold, Joyce AU - Manifold, Victor AU - Kucala, Diane AU - Vassar, Patricia T1 - PERCEPTUAL DISTRACTION IN SCHIZOPHRENIA. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 44 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 674 EP - 681 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses various issues related to perceptual distraction in schizophrenia, and presents a study in this regard. The purpose of this study was to determine whether a distractibility deficit at the stimulus-identification level could be identified in schizophrenics after distracter and nonedistracter conditions had been matched for difficulty. The results of the study suggests that the list of schizophrenic deficits should not include distractibility at the stimulus identification stage. The results suggest that any unique schizophrenic distractibility is restricted later information-processing stages. KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - INFORMATION processing KW - PERCEPTION KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - PSYCHOSES KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Research N1 - Accession Number: 15865680; Watson, Charles G. 1 Kucala, Teresa 1 Wold, Joyce 1 Manifold, Victor 1 Kucala, Diane 1 Vassar, Patricia 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Sep1988, Vol. 44 Issue 5, p674; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: INFORMATION processing; Subject Term: PERCEPTION; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Research; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541720 Research and Development in the Social Sciences and Humanities; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15865680&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Craig, Robert J. T1 - PSYCHOLOGICAL FUNCTIONING OF COCAINE FREE-BASERS DERIVED FROM OBJECTIVE PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 44 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 599 EP - 606 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article reports on the psychological functioning of cocaine freebasers derived from objective psychological tests. The subjects for the first study were 110 drug addicts in a VA inpatient Drug Abuse Treatment Program. All were male volunteers, with ethnicity as follows: 85% Black, 10% White, and 5% Hispanic. The patients were generally of lower SES, with an average age of 32 and a mean educational level of 12.57 years. The Adjective Check List was administered to all subjects. This test consists of 300 adjectives, from which the patient selects those most descriptive of his personality. KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - DRUG abuse -- Treatment KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - COCAINE KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - DRUG addicts N1 - Accession Number: 15846387; Craig, Robert J. 1; Affiliation: 1: West Side Veterans Administration Medical Center Chicago, Illinois.; Source Info: Jul1988, Vol. 44 Issue 4, p599; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: DRUG abuse -- Treatment; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: COCAINE; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: DRUG addicts; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846387&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Kucala, Teresa AU - Manifold, Victor AU - Juba, Mark AU - Vassar, Patricia T1 - THE RELATIONSHIPS OF POST-TRAUMATIC STRESS DISORDER TO ADOLESCENT ILLEGAL ACTIVITIES, DRINKING, AND EMPLOYMENT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 44 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 592 EP - 598 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article evaluates the relationships of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) to adolescent illegal activities, drinking, and employment. The subjects were 63 patients at the St. Cloud, Minnesota, Veterans Administration Medical Center who met the DSM-III criteria for PTSD, 53 psychiatric patients at the same hospital who did not meet the criteria, and 28 hospital employees who both failed to meet the criteria and reported that they never had received psychiatric treatment. All were males who had served in Vietnam, but not necessarily in combat. KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - HEALTH facilities KW - MEDICAL centers KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - Adolescent Problems and Treatment N1 - Accession Number: 15846386; Watson, Charles G. 1 Kucala, Teresa 1 Manifold, Victor 1 Juba, Mark 1 Vassar, Patricia 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Jul1988, Vol. 44 Issue 4, p592; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: HEALTH facilities; Subject Term: MEDICAL centers; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Author-Supplied Keyword: Adolescent Problems and Treatment; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621491 HMO Medical Centers; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846386&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Crarles G. AU - Brown, Kevin AU - Tilleskjor, Curt AU - Jacobs, Lyle AU - Pucel, John T1 - THE COMPARATIVE RECIDIVISM RATES OF VOLUNTARY- AND COERCED- ADMISSION MALE ALCOHOLICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 44 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 573 EP - 581 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a comparative recidivism rates of voluntary and coerced admission male alcoholics. During the research, three conflicting viewpoints on the comparative prognoses of alcoholics forced into treatment and those who seek treatment voluntarily have emerged. Some clinicians maintain that the outcomes of the former are inferior to those of the latter because the motivation of forced-admission patients is obviously less than that of the voluntary admissions. Another view maintains that, because members of both groups generally are exposed to the same treatment procedures, the recidivism rates of the two are likely to be similar. KW - ALCOHOLICS -- Psychological testing KW - RECIDIVISM KW - PROGNOSIS KW - ALCOHOLISM -- Treatment KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - ADDICTS KW - FAMILY RELATIONS AND PROBLEMS KW - Personal and Relational Problems N1 - Accession Number: 15846384; Watson, Crarles G. 1 Brown, Kevin 1 Tilleskjor, Curt 1 Jacobs, Lyle 1 Pucel, John 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Jul1988, Vol. 44 Issue 4, p573; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS -- Psychological testing; Subject Term: RECIDIVISM; Subject Term: PROGNOSIS; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM -- Treatment; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: ADDICTS; Author-Supplied Keyword: FAMILY RELATIONS AND PROBLEMS; Author-Supplied Keyword: Personal and Relational Problems; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846384&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bell, Morris AU - Billington, Randall AU - Cicchetti, Dominic AU - Gibbons, Judith T1 - DO OBJECT RELATIONS DEFICITS DISTINGUISH BPD FROM OTHER DIAGNOSTIC GROUPS? JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 44 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 511 EP - 516 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a study on borderline personality disorder (BPD). Borderline personality disorder, whether defined by DSM-III criteria, the diagnostic interview for borderlines, or O.F. Kernberg's structured interview, refers to a profound disturbance in interpersonal relations. Although the DSM-IIl does not specify that any one of the eight criteria for BPD, five of which are sufficient for a positive diagnosis should carry more or less weight in diagnosis, empirical data demonstrate that unstable and/or intense relationships and chronic feelings of boredom and emptiness appear to be the most specific and sensitive indicators of BPD. KW - PERSONALITY disorders -- Diagnosis KW - BORDERLINE personality disorder KW - INTERPERSONAL relations KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - INTERVIEWS N1 - Accession Number: 15846376; Bell, Morris 1,2 Billington, Randall 1,2 Cicchetti, Dominic 1,2 Gibbons, Judith 3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center West Haven, Connecticut. 2: Yale University. 3: Fordham University.; Source Info: Jul1988, Vol. 44 Issue 4, p511; Subject Term: PERSONALITY disorders -- Diagnosis; Subject Term: BORDERLINE personality disorder; Subject Term: INTERPERSONAL relations; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: INTERVIEWS; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846376&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jarmusik, Victoria V. AU - Ward, L. Charles T1 - AN EASILY COMPREHENSIBLE MMPI SHORT FORM FOR RAPID ASSESSMENT OF ILLITERATE PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 44 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 360 EP - 367 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents reports on the application of the comprehensible Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) short form for rapid assessment of illiterate patients. In this research six groups of subjects participated. One group was comprised of 101 illiterates (42 males and 59 females) with a mean age of 41 years (range is 18 to 78 years) who were medical inpatients, psychiatric inpatients, or psychiatric outpatients at a teaching hospital. From the same hospital, three groups of literate subjects were formed. One sample consisted of 200 psychiatric inpatients (67 males and 133 females), with a mean age of 34 years (range of 18 to 68 years). Another group of 50 patients was comprised of psychiatric inpatients (17 males and 33 females) with an average age of 33 years (18 to 65 years). KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - ILLITERATE persons KW - OUTPATIENT medical care KW - PERSONALITY tests N1 - Accession Number: 15858064; Jarmusik, Victoria V. 1 Ward, L. Charles 2,3; Affiliation: 1: University of Mississippi. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tuscaloosa, Alabama. 3: University of South Alabama College of Medicine.; Source Info: May1988, Vol. 44 Issue 3, p360; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: ILLITERATE persons; Subject Term: OUTPATIENT medical care; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621494 Community health centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621499 All other out-patient care centres; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15858064&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Williams, Wright AU - Coker, Reagan R. AU - Vincent, Ken R. AU - Duthie, Bruce AU - McLaughlin, Edward J. AU - Overall, John E. T1 - DSM-III DIAGNOSIS AND CODE TYPES OF THE DIAGNOSTIC INVENTORY OF PERSONALITY AND SYMPTOMS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 44 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 326 EP - 335 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a study on the DSM-III diagnosis and code types of the diagnostic inventory of personality and symptoms. The Diagnostic Inventory of Personality and Symptoms (DIPS) is a brief test of psychopathology built from the descriptors and criteria of DSM-III diagnostic categories for Axis I and Axis II. The 171-item inventory is a refinement of and built from the more predictive items of a larger, earlier test, the Psychological Inventory of Personality and Symptoms. The DIPS Neurotic Character scales correspond to the DSM-III personality disorder cluster of anxious and fearful personality disorders, which includes avoidant, dependent, compulsive, and passive-aggressive personality disorders. KW - PERSONALITY disorders -- Diagnosis KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Methodology KW - PASSIVITY (Psychology) KW - AGGRESSION (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOMETRICS N1 - Accession Number: 15858061; Williams, Wright 1 Coker, Reagan R. 2 Vincent, Ken R. 2 Duthie, Bruce 3 McLaughlin, Edward J. 4 Overall, John E. 4; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Houston, Texas. 2: University of Houston. 3: Eastern Washington University. 4: University of Texas Health Science Center, Houston.; Source Info: May1988, Vol. 44 Issue 3, p326; Subject Term: PERSONALITY disorders -- Diagnosis; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Methodology; Subject Term: PASSIVITY (Psychology); Subject Term: AGGRESSION (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15858061&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Russell, Elbert W. AU - Hendrickson, Michael E. AU - Vaneaton, Eleanor T1 - VERBAL AND FIGURAL GESTALT COMPLETION TESTS WITH LATERALIZED OCCIPITAL AREA BRAIN DAMAGE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 44 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 217 EP - 225 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses verbal and figural Gestalt Completion Tests with lateralized occipital area brain damage. Damage to the left occipital area did not impair the figural score more than the verbal, while damage to the right occipital area impaired the figural considerably more than the verbal. The anterior-lateral groups had no lateralized impairment. This supports the concept that the left occipital area perceptually transforms verbal visual data, while the right occipital area transforms figural visual data. KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - CEREBROVASCULAR disease KW - BRAIN -- Wounds & injuries KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - BRAIN damage KW - PSYCHOANALYSIS N1 - Accession Number: 15865664; Russell, Elbert W. 1 Hendrickson, Michael E. 1 Vaneaton, Eleanor 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center Miami, Florida.; Source Info: Mar1988, Vol. 44 Issue 2, p217; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: CEREBROVASCULAR disease; Subject Term: BRAIN -- Wounds & injuries; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: BRAIN damage; Subject Term: PSYCHOANALYSIS; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15865664&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Craig, Robert J. AU - Olson, Ronald E. T1 - DIFFERENCES IN PSYCHOLOGICAL NEED HIERARCHIES BETWEEN BLACK AND WHITE DRUG ADDICTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 44 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 82 EP - 86 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on differences in psychological need hierarchies between Black and White drug addicts. Within recent years, a debate has fulminated as to whether psychological assessment instruments are equally valid with Blacks and Whites. Because many of the original test standardization norms did not include representative samples of Blacks, many have argued that such instruments tend either to exaggerate psychopathology among normal Blacks or tend to overpathologize those Blacks with psychiatric problems. The area of substance abuse has been a fertile area with which to conduct such assessments, and some interesting findings have emerged. KW - DRUG addicts -- Psychology KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - ADJECTIVE Check List KW - PERSONALITY KW - DRUG abuse KW - PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15865641; Craig, Robert J. 1 Olson, Ronald E. 2; Affiliation: 1: West Side Veterans Administration Medical Center Chicago. 2: University of illinois, Chicago.; Source Info: Jan1988, Vol. 44 Issue 1, p82; Subject Term: DRUG addicts -- Psychology; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: ADJECTIVE Check List; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: DRUG abuse; Subject Term: PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15865641&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jacobsen, Rebecca Hanson AU - Tamkin, Arthur S. T1 - CONVERTING SHIPLEY INSTITUTE OF LIVING SCALE SCORES TO IQ: A COMPARISON OF METHODS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 44 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 72 EP - 75 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article compares methods to convert Shipley Institute of Living Scale Score to IQ. The Shipley Institute of Living Scale was designed as a screening test for intellectual impairment, but it has been used widely as a brief estimate of intelligence. Several methods are available for converting Shipley raw scores to estimated IQs, some of which include corrections for age. The purpose of this study was to compare some currently available methods for deriving IQ estimates from the Shipley. Several researchers have improved on the earlier methods by using the statistical procedure of continuous norming to construct age norms that are smoothed analytically rather than developed on separate age groups. KW - INTELLIGENCE levels KW - SURVEYS KW - COMPARISON (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - AGE groups N1 - Accession Number: 15865639; Jacobsen, Rebecca Hanson 1 Tamkin, Arthur S. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center Sepulveda, California. 2: Medical College of Georgia, Augusta, Georgia.; Source Info: Jan1988, Vol. 44 Issue 1, p72; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE levels; Subject Term: SURVEYS; Subject Term: COMPARISON (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: AGE groups; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15865639&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Schear, James M. AU - Harrison, Wm. Richard T1 - ESTIMATING WAIS IQ FROM THE SHIPLEY INSTITUTE OF LIVING SCALE: A REPLICATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 44 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 68 EP - 71 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on estimating Wais IQ by a formula as suggested by Shipley Institute of Living Scale. Numerous studies have used the Shipley Institute of Living Scale to estimate IQ. The investigators involved in these studies argue that other procedures developed in the past for estimating Wechsler Full Scale IQ from the Shipley have failed to account properly for age. In addition, some attempts to correct for age show significant changes in the IQ estimate as a result of minor age shifts. One of the solutions offered is a linear regression based analytic smoothing or "continuous norming" procedure that allows one to discriminate more precisely across various levels of the conditioning variable age. KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - INTELLECT KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - REGRESSION analysis KW - DEMOGRAPHIC surveys KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY N1 - Accession Number: 15865638; Schear, James M. 1,2 Harrison, Wm. Richard 3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: Medical College of Georgia Augusta, Georgia. 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center Augusta, Georgia.; Source Info: Jan1988, Vol. 44 Issue 1, p68; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: INTELLECT; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: REGRESSION analysis; Subject Term: DEMOGRAPHIC surveys; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15865638&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kunce, Joseph T. AU - Blount Jr., John B. AU - Tamkin, Arthur S. T1 - MMPI PERSONALITY TYPE AND COGNITIVE FLEXIBILITY AS DETERMINED BY THE WEIGL COLOR-FORM SORTING TEST IN PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS . JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1987/11// VL - 43 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 692 EP - 695 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The relationship of cognitive flexibility with Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) personality type, age, education, and IQ was investigated for a sample of 41 psychiatric inpatients. Cognitive flexibility was measured by the Weigl Color-Form Sorting Test. A total of 41 male veterans on acute inpatient psychiatric wards were recruited for the study. A wide range of psychiatric diagnoses were represented. Except for the exclusion of patients with known organic dysfunctions, subjects were evaluated according to availability. Their mean age was 40.6, the mean educational attainment 11.1 years, and their mean IQ was exactly 100. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - PERSONALITY assessment KW - COGNITION N1 - Accession Number: 15863447; Kunce, Joseph T. 1 Blount Jr., John B. 2 Tamkin, Arthur S. 3,4; Affiliation: 1: University of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center,Augusta, Georgia. 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center. 4: Medical College of Georgia Augusta, Georgia.; Source Info: Nov1987, Vol. 43 Issue 6, p692; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: PERSONALITY assessment; Subject Term: COGNITION; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15863447&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Milby, Jesse B. AU - Gurwitch, Robin H. AU - Hohmann, Ann A. AU - Wiebe, Deborah J. AU - Ling, Walter AU - McLellan, A. Thomas AU - Woody, George E. T1 - ASSESSING PATHOLOGICAL DETOXIFICATION FEAR AMONG METHADONE MAINTENANCE PATIENTS: THE DFSS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 43 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 528 EP - 538 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a study, which assesses the reliability, validity, discriminative accuracy, and face for structure of the Detoxification Fear Survey Schedule. Prevalence of detoxification fear and its correlates also were assessed. Because successful detoxification is a necessary although insufficient step for a successful drug-free adjustment and the rehabilitation objective for most narcotic addicts, the detection and treatment of this fear are strategic for effective treatment and long-term adjustment of narcotic addicts. Because known efficacious treatments are already available for pathological fear and phobias, although they have not been widely or systematically evaluated with detoxification fear, the weakest element in providing treatment is the reliable detection of this fear. KW - PSYCHOSES KW - DETOXIFICATION (Alternative medicine) KW - FEAR KW - NEUROSES KW - DRUG addicts KW - PHOBIAS N1 - Accession Number: 15866886; Milby, Jesse B. 1,2 Gurwitch, Robin H. 1,2 Hohmann, Ann A. 1,2 Wiebe, Deborah J. 1,2 Ling, Walter 3 McLellan, A. Thomas 4,5 Woody, George E. 4,5; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: University of Alabama at Birmingham. 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center Sepulveda. 4: Veterans Administration Medical Center Philadelphia. 5: University of Pennsylvania.; Source Info: Sep1987, Vol. 43 Issue 5, p528; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: DETOXIFICATION (Alternative medicine); Subject Term: FEAR; Subject Term: NEUROSES; Subject Term: DRUG addicts; Subject Term: PHOBIAS; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866886&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - McCormick, Richard A. AU - Taber, Julian AU - Kruedelbach, Norman AU - Russo, Angel T1 - PERSONALITY PROFILES OF HOSPITALIZED PATHOLOGICAL GAMBLERS: THE CALIFORNIA PERSONALITY INVENTORY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 43 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 521 EP - 527 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a study, which presents data on a sample of 70 pathological gamblers, 70 alcoholics in treatment, and 70 medical/surgical controls on the California Personality Inventory. Gamblers and alcoholics differed significantly from hospitalized controls on a number of scales, particularly on measures of socialization, ego control, and flexibility. The California Personality Inventory differs importantly from the MMPI in its general purpose, standardization groups, and theoretical foundation. While the MMPI picks out serious psychopathology typically found in disturbed and institutionalized populations, the CPI yields a picture of personality that uses dimensions found in all adults. KW - PSYCHOSES KW - PATHOLOGY KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - GAMBLERS KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - SOCIALIZATION N1 - Accession Number: 15866885; McCormick, Richard A. 1 Taber, Julian 1 Kruedelbach, Norman 1 Russo, Angel 1; Affiliation: 1: Cleveland Veterans Administration Medical Center.; Source Info: Sep1987, Vol. 43 Issue 5, p521; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: PATHOLOGY; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: GAMBLERS; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: SOCIALIZATION; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866885&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gass, Carlton S. AU - Russell, Elbert W. T1 - MMPI CORRELATES OF PERFORMANCE INTELLECTUAL DEFICITS IN PATIENTS WITH RIGHT HEMISPHERE LESIONS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 43 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 484 EP - 489 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a study, which investigated the emotional adjustment of 50 patients with focal brain damage in the right hemisphere. Brain damage frequently poses problems of emotional adjustment that presumably are based upon numerous considerations, including the extent and type of impairment; patient characteristics, such as age and premorbid status; and the degree of decline in various cognitive, behavioral, sensory and motoric functions. The present study attempted to control for these variables in examining the emotional effects of performance-intellectual deficits in patients with focal lesions in the right hemisphere. KW - PSYCHOSES KW - BRAIN diseases KW - BRAIN -- Wounds & injuries KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - CEREBROVASCULAR disease KW - BRAIN damage N1 - Accession Number: 15866878; Gass, Carlton S. 1 Russell, Elbert W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami, Florida.; Source Info: Sep1987, Vol. 43 Issue 5, p484; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: BRAIN diseases; Subject Term: BRAIN -- Wounds & injuries; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: CEREBROVASCULAR disease; Subject Term: BRAIN damage; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866878&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Plemel, Duane AU - Vassar, Patricia AU - Manifold, Victor AU - Kucala, Teresa AU - Anderson, Douglas T1 - THE COMPARATIVE VALIDITIES OF SIX MMPI REPRESSION SCALES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 43 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 472 EP - 477 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a study, which focuses on the comparative validities of six MMPI repression scale. While theoreticians debate the utility of the construct, most clinicians employ the concept of repression in their professional activities. Thus, a sound, convenient operational definition of repression might be welcomed by a substantial number of practitioners. Unfortunately, little research in this area has appeared in the literature. As indicated, the validities of these six repression/denial scales have not been com- pared, and their utilities as clinical instruments remain uncertain. The strategy employed here was to evaluate the validities of the six by studying their correlations with one another and their relationships to a multiple-choice projective repression measure developed by the present authors. KW - PSYCHOSES KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - MEDICAL personnel KW - PHILOLOGY KW - RESEARCH KW - ORATORY N1 - Accession Number: 15866876; Watson, Charles G. 1 Plemel, Duane 1 Vassar, Patricia 1 Manifold, Victor 1 Kucala, Teresa 1 Anderson, Douglas 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Cloud, Minnesota. 2: University of Minnesota.; Source Info: Sep1987, Vol. 43 Issue 5, p472; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: MEDICAL personnel; Subject Term: PHILOLOGY; Subject Term: RESEARCH; Subject Term: ORATORY; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866876&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Herder, Joseph AU - Kucala, Teresa AU - Hoodecheck-Schow, Elizabeth T1 - INTELLECTUAL DETERIORATION AND PERSONALITY DECOMPENSATION IN SCHIZOPHRENIA. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 43 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 447 EP - 455 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses intellectual deterioration and personality overcompensation in schizophrenia. The results suggest that an intellectual decline limited to certain skills and to a subset of subjects occurs in schizophrenia and that the deterioration is not attributable to personality decompensation as defined by the MMPI. Because these findings appear to contrast with most previous research in this area, they should be considered tentative until confirmed by independent studies. Some of the confusion over the issue of whether intellectual deterioration is an intrinsic part of schizophrenia may revolve around a conceptual problem. KW - SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - PERSONALITY KW - STUDY skills KW - INTELLECTUALS KW - PSYCHOSES N1 - Accession Number: 15866872; Watson, Charles G. 1 Herder, Joseph 1 Kucala, Teresa 1 Hoodecheck-Schow, Elizabeth 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Sep1987, Vol. 43 Issue 5, p447; Subject Term: SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: STUDY skills; Subject Term: INTELLECTUALS; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611691 Exam Preparation and Tutoring; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866872&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Alfano, Anthony M. AU - Nerviano, Vincent J. AU - Thurstin, Adrian H. T1 - AN MMPI-BASED CLINICAL TYPOLOGY FOR INPATIENT ALCOHOLIC MALES: DERIVATION AND INTERPRETATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 43 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 431 EP - 437 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article reports that the need for differential assessment and treatment within alcoholic populations seems unquestionable nonetheless. Potentially useful typologies have been derived and partially validated for different sophisticated, broad spectrum objective instruments, such as the Differential Personality Inventory or the Personality Research Form. A better strategy appears to be an Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI)-based typology with additional measures of specific meaning in the treatment of the clinical population of choice, and even the setting. KW - TYPOLOGY (Psychology) KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - EDUCATIONAL tests & measurements N1 - Accession Number: 15846344; Alfano, Anthony M. 1 Nerviano, Vincent J. 2 Thurstin, Adrian H. 3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center Ft. Lyon, Colorado. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center Waco, Texas. 3: University of Alabama Birmingham.; Source Info: Jul1987, Vol. 43 Issue 4, p431; Subject Term: TYPOLOGY (Psychology); Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: EDUCATIONAL tests & measurements; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846344&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ewedemi, Funké AU - Linn, Margaret W. T1 - HEALTH AND HASSLES IN OLDER AND YOUNGER MEN. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 43 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 347 EP - 353 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article compares hassles and uplifts in older and younger chronically ill men in regard to whether they perceived their health as good or poor. The impact of hassles on mental and physical health depends on the intensity, duration, and frequency of these events, the coping skills available to the person as a result of age and previous life experiences, as well as the number of positive, compensating events that occur to counteract the effects of hassles. This study examined the relationship among age, perceived health, and microstress as measured by hassles and uplifts in men who were undergoing outpatient treatment for general medical conditions. KW - HASSLES & Uplifts Scales KW - CHRONICALLY ill KW - STRESS (Psychology) -- Testing KW - HEALTH behavior KW - MEDICAL care KW - HUMAN behavior KW - LIFE CYCLES: ADULTHOOD AND THE FAMILY N1 - Accession Number: 15846331; Ewedemi, Funké 1 Linn, Margaret W. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami, Florida. 2: University of Miami School of Medicine Miami, Florida.; Source Info: Jul1987, Vol. 43 Issue 4, p347; Subject Term: HASSLES & Uplifts Scales; Subject Term: CHRONICALLY ill; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology) -- Testing; Subject Term: HEALTH behavior; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: HUMAN behavior; Author-Supplied Keyword: LIFE CYCLES: ADULTHOOD AND THE FAMILY; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846331&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - RECIDIVISM IN "CONTROLLED DRINKER" ALCOHOLICS: A LONGITUDINAL STUDY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 43 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 404 EP - 412 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on a study to test the conflicting positions which maintain that moderate drinking invariably and rapidly leads alcoholics to uncontrolled inebriacy and that alcoholics are capable of sustaining controlled drinking over long periods without special training. The subjects were 42 men selected from a group of 100 former inpatients who were participating in a voluntary follow-up study. Follow-up ratings were obtained, usually by telephone, from acquaintances whom the subjects had identified as likely to know their future whereabouts and conditions. The results suggest that the outcomes for alcoholics who indulge in controlled drinking without special training may be neither worse nor better than those of alcoholics who do not. KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - CONTROLLED drinking KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - DRINKING of alcoholic beverages KW - ADDICTS KW - RECIDIVISM N1 - Accession Number: 15846298; Watson, Charles G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: May1987, Vol. 43 Issue 3, p404; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: CONTROLLED drinking; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: DRINKING of alcoholic beverages; Subject Term: ADDICTS; Subject Term: RECIDIVISM; NAICS/Industry Codes: 722410 Drinking Places (Alcoholic Beverages); Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846298&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Shelton, M. D. AU - Parsons, Oscar A. T1 - ALCOHOLICS' SELF-ASSESSMENT OF THEIR NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL FUNCTIONING IN EVERYDAY LIFE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 43 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 395 EP - 403 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on a study related to alcoholics' self-assessment of their neuropsychological functioning in everyday life. Subjects were 60 alcoholics and 60 nonalcoholic controls matched for age, education and Shipley Scale Vocabulary Age. Subjects completed a neuropsychological test battery that required 6 to 8 hours to administer. Claimed impairment of everyday neuropsychological functioning is related positively to depression, anxiety and reported alcohol intake in alcoholics and to depression and anxiety in controls. In both alcoholics and controls, claims of everyday impairment essentially were uncorrelated with measured neuropsychological test performance. KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - SELF-evaluation KW - NEUROPSYCHIATRY KW - ANXIETY KW - MENTAL depression N1 - Accession Number: 15846297; Shelton, M. D. 1 Parsons, Oscar A. 2; Affiliation: 1: Center for Alcohol and Drug Related Studies University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center. 2: Behavioral Sciences Laboratories Veterans Administration Medical Center Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.; Source Info: May1987, Vol. 43 Issue 3, p395; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: SELF-evaluation; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846297&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hyer, Lee AU - Boudewyns, Patrick A. AU - O'Leary, William C. AU - Harrison, William R. T1 - KEY DETERMINANTS OF THE MMPI-PTSD SUBSCALE: TREATMENT CONSIDERATIONS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 43 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 337 EP - 340 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on a study related to the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI)-Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) scale. Seventy-five Vietnam combat veterans who had been admitted for treatment to a Medical Center as inpatients were selected. They were given a battery of tests that included the MMPI, VETS Adjustment Scale, State-Trait Anxiety Scale, the Rotter Locus of Control scale, Profile of Mood Scale and a modification of the Figley Stress Scale. The results indicated that, regardless of diagnosis and combat status, high scores on the MMPI-PTSD scale can be accounted for by self rated stress. KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - VIETNAM veterans KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - LOCUS of control N1 - Accession Number: 15846289; Hyer, Lee 1 Boudewyns, Patrick A. 1 O'Leary, William C. 1 Harrison, William R. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center Medical College of Georgia Augusta, Georgia. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center Augusta, Georgia.; Source Info: May1987, Vol. 43 Issue 3, p337; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: VIETNAM veterans; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: LOCUS of control; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846289&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pishkin, Vladimir AU - Braggio, John T. AU - Lovallo, William R. T1 - PHYSIOLOGICAL RESPONSES OF TYPE A AND TYPE B MEN DURING COGNITIVE PERFORMANCE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 43 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 309 EP - 318 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on a study which examines the responses of Type A and B men to a Concept Identification (CI) based problem solving task. The Type A behavior pattern is characterized by the presence of forceful, speeded up behavior, an accented style of speech, postural tension during conversation, a chronic sense of time urgency and frequent expressions of hostility. Men who manifest Type A behavior are more likely to evidence risk of coronary atherosclerosis than are Type B men. The subjects were 20 male volunteer medical students. The picture of presolution CI performance in relation to physiological activation shows important differences between As and Bs. KW - HUMAN behavior KW - PROBLEM solving KW - HUMAN beings -- Attitude & movement KW - ATHEROSCLEROSIS KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15846286; Pishkin, Vladimir 1 Braggio, John T. 1 Lovallo, William R. 2; Affiliation: 1: Oklahoma City Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center.; Source Info: May1987, Vol. 43 Issue 3, p309; Subject Term: HUMAN behavior; Subject Term: PROBLEM solving; Subject Term: HUMAN beings -- Attitude & movement; Subject Term: ATHEROSCLEROSIS; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846286&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Wold, Joyce AU - Vassar, Patricia AU - Manifold, Victor AU - Kucala, Teresa T1 - PERFORMANCE ASYMPTOTES IN SCHIZOPHRENIA: A FURTHER TEST OF THE BROEN-STORMS THEORY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 43 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 303 EP - 309 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on a study which tests the theory which attributes schizophrenic cognitive deficit to the combination of high drive levels and low response strength ceiling. Thirty male schizophrenics, 30 nonschizophrenic psychiatric controls and 30 normals served as subjects. A multiple-choice paired associates learning task with 10 stimulus-response combinations was administered to the subjects. The first hypothesis tested was that, as a result of their presumably high drive levels and low response strength ceilings, schizophrenics would reach their peak performance levels in a smaller number of trial blocks than would either psychiatric controls or normals. This hypothesis was not supported. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - COGNITIVE ability KW - PAIRED associate learning KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - PSYCHOLOGY of learning KW - MENTALLY ill N1 - Accession Number: 15846285; Watson, Charles G. 1 Wold, Joyce 1 Vassar, Patricia 1 Manifold, Victor 1 Kucala, Teresa 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: May1987, Vol. 43 Issue 3, p303; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: COGNITIVE ability; Subject Term: PAIRED associate learning; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY of learning; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846285&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Monti, Peter M. AU - Fingeret, Allan L. T1 - SOCIAL PERCEPTION AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS AMONG SCHIZOPHRENICS AND NONSCHIZOPHRENICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 43 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 197 EP - 205 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on a study which examines the performance of both schizophrenic and nonschizophrenic patients as well as that of a nonpatient contrast group on standardized measures of both social perception and social skill. The psychiatric sample consisted of 20 male psychiatric inpatients. The Skill Rating Task required subjects to view videotaped scenes of individuals who were performing role-plays and to rate the social skill or appropriateness of each response on an 11-point low to high Likert scale. The analysis of Profile of Nonverbal Sensitivity Test content suggested that negative emotions were decoded accurately significantly more often than were positive emotions and that dominant scenes were decoded accurately significantly more often than submissive scenes. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - SOCIAL perception KW - SOCIAL skills KW - LIKERT scale KW - PONS test KW - SCALE analysis (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 15846265; Monti, Peter M. 1,2 Fingeret, Allan L. 2,3; Affiliation: 1: Brown University. 2: Providence Veterans Administration Medical Center. 3: Rhode Island College.; Source Info: Mar1987, Vol. 43 Issue 2, p197; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: SOCIAL perception; Subject Term: SOCIAL skills; Subject Term: LIKERT scale; Subject Term: PONS test; Subject Term: SCALE analysis (Psychology); Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846265&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tamkin, Arthur S. AU - Jacobsen, Rebecca H. T1 - AGE-CORRECTED NORMS FOR SHIPLEY INSTITUTE OF LIVING SCALE SCORES DERIVED FROM PSYCHIATRIC INPATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 43 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 138 EP - 142 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article reports that age-corrected norms for Shipley Institute of Living Scale Scores derived from psychiatric inpatients. It now is accepted generally that norms for all neuropsychological measures should contain corrections for several important personal variables that materially affect the scores. The present study attempted to improve upon the methodology used in the previous study by the same authors by correcting only the Abstraction score, increasing the number of subjects to 486, and increasing the number of age groupings to 11. KW - ABSTRACT thought KW - COGNITION KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGY KW - CORRECTIONS (Criminal justice administration) KW - METHODOLOGY KW - RESEARCH N1 - Accession Number: 15846221; Tamkin, Arthur S. 1,2 Jacobsen, Rebecca H. 3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: Medical College of Georgia Augusta, Georgia. 3: Veterans Adminstration Medical Center Sepulveda, California.; Source Info: Jan1987, Vol. 43 Issue 1, p138; Subject Term: ABSTRACT thought; Subject Term: COGNITION; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: CORRECTIONS (Criminal justice administration); Subject Term: METHODOLOGY; Subject Term: RESEARCH; NAICS/Industry Codes: 912120 Provincial correctional services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 911220 Federal correctional services; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846221&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Becker, Bonnie AU - Bell, Morris AU - Billington, Randall T1 - OBJECT RELATIONS EGO DEFICITS IN BULIMIC COLLEGE WOMEN. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 43 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 92 EP - 95 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article studies object relation ego deficits in bulimic college women. Psychoanalytic views of gorging as an attempt to merge with the engulfing maternal object and of purging as a rejection of this "bad" object have been extrapolated from theories of anorexia nervosa and applied to the syndrome of bulimia. Bulimia is interpreted as simultaneous enactment of conflicting wishes for merger and autonomy. Clinicians without psychoanalytic loyalties also have noted disturbances in the interpersonal relationships of bulimics, and research data have established a relationship between bulimia and low self-esteem social anxiety, and poor family relationships. KW - BULIMIA KW - PSYCHOANALYSIS KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - MAN-woman relationships KW - APPETITE disorders KW - ANOREXIA nervosa N1 - Accession Number: 15846214; Becker, Bonnie 1 Bell, Morris 2,3 Billington, Randall 2,3; Affiliation: 1: Kent State University. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center. 3: Yale University.; Source Info: Jan1987, Vol. 43 Issue 1, p92; Subject Term: BULIMIA; Subject Term: PSYCHOANALYSIS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: MAN-woman relationships; Subject Term: APPETITE disorders; Subject Term: ANOREXIA nervosa; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846214&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hyer, Lee AU - Fallon Jr., Joseph H. AU - Harrison, William R. AU - Boudewyns, Patrick A. T1 - MMPI OVERREPORTING BY VIETNAM COMBAT VETERANS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 43 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 79 EP - 83 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article studies MMPI over-reporting by Vietnam combat veterans. Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is defined as a maladaptive emotional response subsequent to a discrete traumatic event. This study is an effort at further clarification of the subtle-obvious nature of the items that comprise the MMPI-PTSD scale. A major concern of this or any scale is symptom exaggeration or faking bad. In a veteran population this is especially probe lematic because secondary gain in the form of VA compensation often depends on the designation of PTSD. KW - VIETNAM veterans KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - VIETNAM War, 1961-1975 KW - COMBAT KW - ANXIETY KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - ADMINISTRATION AND SOCIETY N1 - Accession Number: 15846211; Hyer, Lee 1 Fallon Jr., Joseph H. 1 Harrison, William R. 2 Boudewyns, Patrick A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, Georgia. 2: Medical College of Georgia.; Source Info: Jan1987, Vol. 43 Issue 1, p79; Subject Term: VIETNAM veterans; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: VIETNAM War, 1961-1975; Subject Term: COMBAT; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Author-Supplied Keyword: ADMINISTRATION AND SOCIETY; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846211&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Nathan Denny AU - Ralph Robinowitz AU - Walter Penk T1 - CONDUCTING APPLIED RESEARCH ON VIETNAM COMBAT-RELATED POST-TRAUMATIC STRESS DISORDER. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 43 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 56 EP - 66 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on applied research on Vietnam combat-related post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Preceding papers in this monograph have summarized substantive results from research on Vietnam combat-related PTSD. The summary neither sanctions nor canonizes any one particular approach in measurement, for we merely are reporting work currently in progress, much of which has yet to run the gauntlet of reliability and validity studies. Unfortunately, the quality of PTSD research-in-practice lags well behind PTSD research-in-theory. KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - VIETNAM War, 1961-1975 KW - ANXIETY KW - NEUROSES KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - COMBAT KW - VIETNAM veterans N1 - Accession Number: 15846209; Nathan Denny 1 Ralph Robinowitz 2,3 Walter Penk 4,5; Affiliation: 1: Vietnam Veterans Outreach Program District V, Houston, Texas. 2: AMI/EAPs, Inc. Dallas, Texas. 3: University of Texas Health Science Center Southwestern Medical School, Dallas, Texas. 4: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Boston, Massachusetts. 5: Tufts University School of Medicine Boston, Massachusetts.; Source Info: Jan1987, Vol. 43 Issue 1, p56; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: VIETNAM War, 1961-1975; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: NEUROSES; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: COMBAT; Subject Term: VIETNAM veterans; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846209&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fairbank, John A. AU - Nicholson, Robert A. T1 - THEORETICAL AND EMPIRICAL ISSUES IN THE TREATMENT OF POST-TRAUMATIC STRESS DISORDER IN VIETNAM VETERANS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 43 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 44 EP - 55 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article studies theoretical and empirical issues in the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in the Vietnam war veterans. Controlled group studies on the effectiveness of psychological and pharmacological approaches to treating PTSD in Vietnam combat veterans have not yet appeared in the literature. The task that confronts the traumatized individual is seen as one of reconciling the occurrence of the traumatic event, including the various meanings associated with it, with the individual's enduring schemata, such as his concept of himself and the world around him. KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - VIETNAM veterans KW - VIETNAM War, 1961-1975 KW - PHARMACOLOGY KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - PHILOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15846208; Fairbank, John A. 1 Nicholson, Robert A. 2; Affiliation: 1: Jackson Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: University of Mississippi Medical Center.; Source Info: Jan1987, Vol. 43 Issue 1, p44; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: VIETNAM veterans; Subject Term: VIETNAM War, 1961-1975; Subject Term: PHARMACOLOGY; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: PHILOLOGY; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846208&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Keane, Terence M. AU - Wolfe, Jessica AU - Taylor, Kathryn L. T1 - POST-TRAUMATIC STRESS DISORDER: EVIDENCE FOR DIAGNOSTIC VALIDITY AND METHODS OF PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 43 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 32 EP - 43 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). With emerging interest among mental health professionals in the evaluation and treatment of patients with combat-related PTSD, there is a growing need for the empirical development of methods for use in assessment. Because information on diagnosis is derived from many potentially independent sources, people refer to the approach as a multiaxial one. Information on the description of a clinical syndrome that results from combat has existed since biblical times. Civil war accounts of psychological distress vividly portrayed the anguish of combatants, and various terms have described soldiers' reactions to their experiences. These have included battle fatigue, soldier's heart, combat neurosis, and shell shock. KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - ANXIETY KW - NEUROSES KW - CIVIL war KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - SYNDROMES KW - MENTAL health KW - ADMINISTRATION AND SOCIETY N1 - Accession Number: 15846207; Keane, Terence M. 1 Wolfe, Jessica 1 Taylor, Kathryn L. 2; Affiliation: 1: Boston Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: Tufts-New England Medical Center.; Source Info: Jan1987, Vol. 43 Issue 1, p32; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: NEUROSES; Subject Term: CIVIL war; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: SYNDROMES; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Author-Supplied Keyword: ADMINISTRATION AND SOCIETY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846207&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Foy, David W. AU - Card, Josefina J. T1 - COMBAT-RELATED POST-TRAUMATIC STRESS DISORDER ETIOLOGY REPLICATED FINDINGS IN A NATIONAL SAMPLE OF VIETNAM-ERA MEN. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 43 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 28 EP - 31 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a study of combat-related post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) etiology replicated findings in a national sample of Vietnam war veterans. In a recently published study that examined etiology of combat-related PTSD, researchers used multiple regression analysis to identify combat exposure and military adjustment as potentially critical factors. Comparison of the two samples shows that data on age, race, years of education, marital status, and military service branch representation appear highly comparable. KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - ANXIETY KW - DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation KW - WAR KW - VIETNAM War, 1961-1975 KW - VIETNAM veterans KW - RESEARCH KW - ADMINISTRATION AND SOCIETY N1 - Accession Number: 15846206; Foy, David W. 1 Card, Josefina J. 2; Affiliation: 1: West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brent wood Division and School of Medicine University of California, Los Angeles. 2: Sociometrics Corporation Palo Alto, California.; Source Info: Jan1987, Vol. 43 Issue 1, p28; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation; Subject Term: WAR; Subject Term: VIETNAM War, 1961-1975; Subject Term: VIETNAM veterans; Subject Term: RESEARCH; Author-Supplied Keyword: ADMINISTRATION AND SOCIETY; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846206&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Foy, David W. AU - Carroll, Edward M. AU - Donahoe Jr., Clyde P. T1 - ETIOLOGICAL FACTORS IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF PTSD IN CLINICAL SAMPLES OF VIETNAM COMBAT VETERANS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 43 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 17 EP - 27 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article studies etiological factors in the development of post-traumatic stress disorder in clinical samples of Vietnam combat veterans. While descriptions of persistent, adverse psychological reactions to combat-related trauma that date back to the American Civil War can be found, theorizing about their origins begin in this century. While the concept of war neurosis was developed from psychoanalytic theory, as opposed to the apparent physiological basis for the shell shock or combat fatigue formulation, both explanatory constructs were based on the assumption that adverse combat reactions are abnormal. KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - NEUROSES KW - ANXIETY KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - WAR KW - VIETNAM veterans KW - PSYCHOANALYSIS N1 - Accession Number: 15846205; Foy, David W. 1 Carroll, Edward M. 1 Donahoe Jr., Clyde P. 2; Affiliation: 1: West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Center Brent wood Division. 2: School of Medicine, University of California, Los Angeles.; Source Info: Jan1987, Vol. 43 Issue 1, p17; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: NEUROSES; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: WAR; Subject Term: VIETNAM veterans; Subject Term: PSYCHOANALYSIS; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846205&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mcmahon, Robert C. AU - Davidson, Robert S. T1 - CONCURRENT VALIDITY OF THE CLINICAL SYMPTOM SYNDROME SCALES OF THE MILLON CLINICAL MULTIAXIAL INVENTORY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1986/11// VL - 42 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 908 EP - 912 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study, which focuses on the concurrent validity of the clinical syndrome scales of the Million Clinical Multiaxial Inventory (MCMI). Although most relationships between the MCMI symptom scales and the symptom/mood scales of the Profile of Mood States, MMPI and SCL90 were consistent with expectation, the Anxiety, Dsythymia and Psychotic Depression scales of the MCMI show limited ability to discriminate appropriately between anxiety and depression in several of the concurrent validity analyses considered herein. KW - MULTIAXIAL Diagnostic Inventory KW - PSYCHIATRIC rating scales KW - PSYCHOANALYSIS KW - ANXIETY KW - SYNDROMES KW - PATHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15846357; Mcmahon, Robert C. 1 Davidson, Robert S. 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Miami Coral Gables, Florida. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center Miami, Florida.; Source Info: Nov1986, Vol. 42 Issue 6, p908; Subject Term: MULTIAXIAL Diagnostic Inventory; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC rating scales; Subject Term: PSYCHOANALYSIS; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: SYNDROMES; Subject Term: PATHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846357&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Needham, Walter E. AU - Ehmer, Marjy N. AU - Marchesseault, Linda AU - De L'aune, William R. T1 - EFFECTIVENESS OF THE MINI-MULT IN DETECTING MMPI PATHOLOGY IN THE BLIND. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1986/11// VL - 42 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 887 EP - 890 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study, which focuses on the effectiveness of the mini-multi in detecting MMPI pathology in the blind. The MMPI after nearly 40 years of clinical use and research investigation continues to be one of the most widely employed psychological tools. Yet despite its unprecedented success, certain of its characteristics make it difficult to use with various populations or within the constraints of particular settings. It is believed by the present investigators that endorsement or rejection of the Mini- Mult is dependent upon the particular investigator's expectations for the scale. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - PATHOLOGY KW - PREVENTIVE medicine KW - DISEASES KW - MENTAL health services KW - PSYCHIATRY N1 - Accession Number: 15846353; Needham, Walter E. 1,2 Ehmer, Marjy N. 1,2 Marchesseault, Linda 1,2 De L'aune, William R. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center West Haven, Connecticut. 2: Southern Connecticut State University New Haven, Connecticut.; Source Info: Nov1986, Vol. 42 Issue 6, p887; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: PATHOLOGY; Subject Term: PREVENTIVE medicine; Subject Term: DISEASES; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846353&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Nezu, Arthur M. T1 - EFFECTS OF STRESS FROM CURRENT PROBLEMS: COMPARISON TO MAJOR LIFE EVENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1986/11// VL - 42 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 847 EP - 852 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article evaluates the stressful effects of self-defined problematic situations on consequent depressive and anxiety symptomatology. To date, most of the research that has focused on the effects of stress on psychological health has defined stressors in terms of major life events. However, another potential avenue of investigation may lie in assessing differing sources of significant stress that impact on psychological health. Whereas for many individuals an important source of stress emanates from dramatic life change, such as divorce or the death of a family member, for others, daily problematic situations may serve to produce significant levels of stress that cumulatively can result in psychological distress patterns. KW - ANXIETY KW - AGITATION (Psychology) KW - SYMPTOMS KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - DISTRESS (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 15846347; Nezu, Arthur M. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Fairleigh Dickinson University. 2: Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hospital Montrose, New York.; Source Info: Nov1986, Vol. 42 Issue 6, p847; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: AGITATION (Psychology); Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: DISTRESS (Psychology); Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846347&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Schear, James M. T1 - UTILITY OF HALF-CREDIT SCORING OF RUSSELL'S REVISION OF THE WECHSLER MEMORY SCALE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1986/09// VL - 42 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 783 EP - 787 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a study to examine the interrater reliability of revision of the Wechsler Memory Scale logical memory using an explicit scoring method in a male medical/psychiatric population. A separate but related issue in the measurement of memory has been the examinae lion of qualitative aspects of recall performance. Some investigators have demonstrated that brain-damaged patients not only show a level of performance difference in the processing of information when compared with unimpaired groups, but that brain!impaired patient groups also exhibit different patterns of impairment. Interrater reliability was computed by computing a Pearson product moment correlation coefficient for both the immediate and delayed memory recall scores of the two raters. KW - MEMORY testing KW - PATIENTS KW - HONESTY KW - RECALL (Information retrieval) KW - RECOGNITION (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOANALYSIS N1 - Accession Number: 15846319; Schear, James M. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: Medical College of Georgia Augusta, Georgia.; Source Info: Sep1986, Vol. 42 Issue 5, p783; Subject Term: MEMORY testing; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: HONESTY; Subject Term: RECALL (Information retrieval); Subject Term: RECOGNITION (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOANALYSIS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846319&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bell, Morris AU - Billington, Randall AU - Becker, Bonnie T1 - A SCALE FOR THE ASSESSMENT OF OBJECT RELATIONS: RELIABILITY, VALIDITY, AND FACTORIAL INVARIANCE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1986/09// VL - 42 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 733 EP - 741 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a scale for the assessment of object relations, reliability, validity and factorial invariance. Object relations, which involves the capacity of individuals for human relatedness, has proven to be a popular and fertile heuristic for psychoanalytic theorists and clinicians, but thus far has failed to stimulate a proportionate volume of empirical investigation into the nature of this hypothetical construct or its assumptions and corollary implications. A principal obstacle to empirical research on the object relations concept A simplified, but consensual characterization of the object relations viewpoint is that personality develops from experiences in early childhood relationships that pro! duce internal self-other representations. Therapists developed a true- false self-report questionnaire composed of items adapted from patient's descriptions of their experience of relationships and their characteristic patterns of relating. This instrument, the forerunner of the Bell Object Relations (OR) Inventory presented in this article, produced a single OR score. The early version of the Bell Inventory has been used successfully by other in! investigators to distinguish a group of borderline patients from a group with other character disorders. KW - OBJECT relations (Psychoanalysis) KW - INTERPERSONAL relations KW - LATENT variables KW - PSYCHOANALYSIS KW - PHYSICIANS KW - MEDICAL personnel KW - QUESTIONNAIRES N1 - Accession Number: 15846311; Bell, Morris 1 Billington, Randall 1 Becker, Bonnie 2; Affiliation: 1: West Haven Veterans Administration Medical Center and Yale University. 2: Kent State University.; Source Info: Sep1986, Vol. 42 Issue 5, p733; Subject Term: OBJECT relations (Psychoanalysis); Subject Term: INTERPERSONAL relations; Subject Term: LATENT variables; Subject Term: PSYCHOANALYSIS; Subject Term: PHYSICIANS; Subject Term: MEDICAL personnel; Subject Term: QUESTIONNAIRES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621110 Offices of physicians; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621111 Offices of Physicians (except Mental Health Specialists); Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846311&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Kucala, Teresa AU - Manifold, Victor T1 - A CROSS-VALIDATION OF THE KEANE AND PENK MMPI SCALES AS MEASURES OF POST-TRAUMATIC STRESS DISORDER. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1986/09// VL - 42 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 727 EP - 732 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a study of various measures of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). One of the therapists recently published a convenient PTSD scale for the MMPI. It consists of 49 items chosen because they differentiated subjects at a Mississippi Veterans Administration Medical Center who did and did not qualify for PTSD diagnoses made on the bases of structured interview; military, psychiatric, and social history data; and psychophysiological response to Vietnam war combat pictures and sounds. In addition, another therapist has developed Combat Exposure and Penk Combat Intensity MMPI scales. Because exposure to battle is a particularly common stressor in PTSD cases, one might suspect that these scales also may reflect the PTSD syndrome and that they could prove to be useful measures of the disorder. The results confirm the validities of the first method and, to a lesser degree, Penk Combat Intensity scales as measures of stress disorder. KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - HEALTH facilities KW - TECHNOLOGICAL innovations KW - VIETNAM War, 1961-1975 KW - MEDICAL centers N1 - Accession Number: 15846310; Watson, Charles G. 1 Kucala, Teresa 1 Manifold, Victor 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Sep1986, Vol. 42 Issue 5, p727; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: HEALTH facilities; Subject Term: TECHNOLOGICAL innovations; Subject Term: VIETNAM War, 1961-1975; Subject Term: MEDICAL centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621491 HMO Medical Centers; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846310&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Moore, Lisa R. AU - Finn, Paul E. T1 - FORENSIC PSYCHOLOGY: AN EMPIRICAL REVIEW OF EXPERIMENTAL RESEARCH. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1986/07// VL - 42 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 675 EP - 679 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents an empirical review of experimental research, with a focus on forensic psychology. As practitioners of forensic psychology, psychologists are concerned with the ways in which individual behavior affects admissible evidence in a court of law. The development of research over time fails to demonstrate a transition to empirically based research. Only 16 per cent of all research reviewed is empirical. While there is a transition from descriptive to correlational and experimental research over time, the total number of empirical articles is small, and any specific conclusions, therefore, would be spurious. KW - FORENSIC psychology KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - BEHAVIORAL assessment KW - EMPIRICAL research KW - ADMISSIBLE evidence KW - APPLIED psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15847592; Moore, Lisa R. 1 Finn, Paul E. 2; Affiliation: 1: Albertus Magnus College. 2: West Haven Veterans Administration Medical Center.; Source Info: Jul1986, Vol. 42 Issue 4, p675; Subject Term: FORENSIC psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL assessment; Subject Term: EMPIRICAL research; Subject Term: ADMISSIBLE evidence; Subject Term: APPLIED psychology; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847592&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Schuler, Maureen P. AU - Barclay, Allan G. AU - Harrison, Bruce AU - Larson, Paul T1 - PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES OFFERED TO FEMALE VETERANS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1986/07// VL - 42 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 668 EP - 675 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents an assessment of psychological services offered to female veterans. Four methods of offering services were investigated by means of a questionnaire sent to 153 chiefs of psychology: Responses to individual requests, programs specifically designed for individual clients, educational programs offered to female clients, and training programs offered to the staff. Correlations between each of the four categories and the following factors were calculated: Size of the city as determined by population in which each Veterans Administration Medical Center is located, state population of female veterans, and so on. KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL consultation KW - WOMEN veterans KW - QUESTIONNAIRES KW - OCCUPATIONAL training KW - MEDICAL centers N1 - Accession Number: 15847591; Schuler, Maureen P. 1 Barclay, Allan G. 1 Harrison, Bruce 2 Larson, Paul 2; Affiliation: 1: Wright State University School of Professional Psychology. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center Dayton, Ohio.; Source Info: Jul1986, Vol. 42 Issue 4, p668; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL consultation; Subject Term: WOMEN veterans; Subject Term: QUESTIONNAIRES; Subject Term: OCCUPATIONAL training; Subject Term: MEDICAL centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621491 HMO Medical Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624310 Vocational Rehabilitation Services; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847591&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hyer, Lee AU - Harkey, Blaze AU - Harrison, William R. T1 - MMPI SCALES AND SUBSCALES: PATTERNS OF OLDER, MIDDLE-AGED, AND YOUNGER INPATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1986/07// VL - 42 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 596 EP - 601 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article examines the relationship of age and the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI). The most salient finding of this study was that older patients tended to respond in a less pathological direction, relative to other age groups on the basic MMPI scales and subscales. The later-life groups endorsed more socially desirable behavior in areas related to moralization, dominance, and a host of subscales that involve both internalization and externalization of symptoms. Discernible patterns on the subtle/obvious scales also reflected less item endorsement. KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - AGE KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - AGE groups KW - INTERPERSONAL relations KW - PERSONALITY tests N1 - Accession Number: 15847578; Hyer, Lee 1,2 Harkey, Blaze 1,2 Harrison, William R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center Augusta, Georgia. 2: Medical College of Georgia.; Source Info: Jul1986, Vol. 42 Issue 4, p596; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: AGE; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: AGE groups; Subject Term: INTERPERSONAL relations; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847578&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Collins, Joseph AU - Hyer, Lee T1 - TREATMENT EXPECTANCY AMONG PSYCHIATRIC INPATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1986/07// VL - 42 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 562 EP - 569 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article highlights on treatment expectation (TE) among psychiatric inpatients. The study addresses the issues of the relationship of TE to treatment outcome, and the issue of patient variables most related to TE. Specifically, the first investigation examines the importance of TE in the treatment and subsequent adjustment of psychiatric inpatients. The second issue involves an examination of those patient variables most related to TE. These include demographic, treatment, and adjustment factors. KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - EXPERIENTIAL psychotherapy KW - EXPECTATION (Psychology) KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - DEMOGRAPHY N1 - Accession Number: 15847573; Collins, Joseph 1 Hyer, Lee 2,3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center Perry Point, Maryland. 2: Veterans Administration Center Augusta, Georgia. 3: Medical College of Georgia.; Source Info: Jul1986, Vol. 42 Issue 4, p562; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: EXPERIENTIAL psychotherapy; Subject Term: EXPECTATION (Psychology); Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: DEMOGRAPHY; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847573&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pishkin, Vladimir AU - Lovallo, William AU - Bourne Jr., Lyle E. T1 - THOUGHT DISORDER AND SCHIZOPHRENIA: ISOLATING AND TIMING A MENTAL EVENT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1986/05// VL - 42 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 417 EP - 424 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study on the ability of nonparanoid schizophrenic, paranoid schizophrenic, and mixed psychiatric control patients to perform on two types of conceptual, speeded inference (SI) tasks, which differ in type of abstraction process required. Thought disorder, long has been considered pathognomonic for, if not unique to, schizophrenia. Recent research has indicated, however, that abnormalities of thought occur in similar type and degree in mania, and in other psychological states. KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - PATIENTS KW - AFFECTIVE disorders KW - PATHOGNOMY KW - HUMAN abnormalities N1 - Accession Number: 15846157; Pishkin, Vladimir 1 Lovallo, William 1 Bourne Jr., Lyle E. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center. 2: Department of Psychology and Institute of Cognitive Science University of Colorado.; Source Info: May1986, Vol. 42 Issue 3, p417; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: AFFECTIVE disorders; Subject Term: PATHOGNOMY; Subject Term: HUMAN abnormalities; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846157&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Klett, William G. AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Hoffman, Peter T. T1 - THE HENMON-NELSON AND SLOSSON TESTS AS PREDICTORS OF WAISR IQ. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1986/03// VL - 42 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 343 EP - 347 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the Henmon-Nelson Test of Mental Ability and Slosson Intelligence Tests as predictors of Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale-Revised (WAIS-R) intelligence quotient. Time limitations usually prohibit the routine use of the WAIS-R in institutional settings. The Henmon-Nelson is a 90-question, 30-minute, multiple-choice, timed group test. Its questions reflect vocabulary, arithmetic, and concept-formulation skills. The Slosson is an individually administered test. Its items measure vocabulary, verbal conceptualization, arithmetic, general information, short-term memory, and figure-drawing skills. The WAIS-R, Henmon-Nelson, and Slosson tests were administered to 90 new admissions/readmissions, all male volunteers under 70, at the St. Cloud, Minnesota, Veterans Administration Medical Center. The subjects' primary staff diagnoses were alcohol and/or chemical dependency or abuse, affective disorder, schizo-affective disorder, schizophrenia, anxiety disorder and adjustment disorder. KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - SLOSSON Intelligence Test KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - INTELLIGENCE levels KW - ADJUSTMENT disorders KW - AFFECTIVE disorders N1 - Accession Number: 15846120; Klett, William G. 1 Watson, Charles G. 1 Hoffman, Peter T. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Cloud, Minnesota. 2: St. Cloud Stale University.; Source Info: Mar1986, Vol. 42 Issue 2, p343; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: SLOSSON Intelligence Test; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE levels; Subject Term: ADJUSTMENT disorders; Subject Term: AFFECTIVE disorders; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846120&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hyer, Lee AU - Collins, Joseph T1 - OLDER AGE TREATMENT EXPECTATIONS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1986/03// VL - 42 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 236 EP - 243 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the relationship between age and treatment expectations in psychiatric patients. Treatment expectations (TE) is a construct that has been evaluated from a number of perspectives. It has been considered a nonspecific treatment factor. Most often, however, it has been related to treatment outcome. As a treatment factor, TE is a broad-band construct. Some of these include self and therapist beliefs, diagnostic factors, patient attitude, as well as a host of psychological factors, such as hopelessness, control, and treatment dropout. One key variable that has been virtually ignored is age. As with psychotherapy research of all ages, TE has been implicated in the aging research with such psychological factors as hopelessness in long-term care settings and with locus of control, values, and self-concept. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient KW - AGE KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - EXPECTATION (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOTHERAPISTS KW - DESPAIR N1 - Accession Number: 15846102; Hyer, Lee 1,2 Collins, Joseph 3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, Georgia. 2: Medical College of Georgia. 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Perry Point, Maryland.; Source Info: Mar1986, Vol. 42 Issue 2, p236; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient; Subject Term: AGE; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: EXPECTATION (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPISTS; Subject Term: DESPAIR; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846102&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Garb, Howard N. T1 - THE APPROPRIATENESS OF CONFIDENCE RATINGS IN CLINICAL JUDGMENT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1986/01// VL - 42 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 190 EP - 197 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article examines previous studies in which clinicians completed diagnosis and then rated the degree of confidence that they had in their diagnostic judgment. Confidence ratings were more appropriate for tasks that involved psychiatric or drug treatment patients than for tasks that involved normal subjects. Confidence ratings for psychiatric and drug treatment patients were related positively to reliability and validity. In summary, confidence ratings were more appropriate when predictions were made for psychiatric or drug-unit patients than when predictions were made for normal subjects. KW - JUDGMENT (Psychology) KW - MEDICAL personnel KW - PROGNOSIS KW - CONFIDENCE KW - DRUG abuse -- Treatment KW - PSYCHIATRY N1 - Accession Number: 15846258; Garb, Howard N. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Highland Drive Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine.; Source Info: Jan1986, Vol. 42 Issue 1, p190; Subject Term: JUDGMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: MEDICAL personnel; Subject Term: PROGNOSIS; Subject Term: CONFIDENCE; Subject Term: DRUG abuse -- Treatment; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846258&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mcmahon, Robert C. AU - Davidson, Robert S. T1 - AN EXAMINATION OF DEPRESSED VS. NONDEPRESSED ALCOHOLICS IN INPATIENT TREATMENT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1986/01// VL - 42 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 177 EP - 184 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article examines subgroups of depressed and nondepressed alcoholics inpatient treatment. In males, the relationship between alcoholism and depression is assumed to be undirectional in that affective disorder does not seem to predispose individuals to alcoholism. Despite the common assumption that heavy alcohol consumption and the alcohol withdrawal process contribute to the development of clinically significant depressive symptoms, many alcoholics are apparently free from depressive symptoms at treatment intake. Depressed and nondepressed groups of alcoholics in this study were found to be similar with respect to age, income, occupational functioning, and recent levels of alcohol consumption. KW - ALCOHOLICS -- Psychological testing KW - MENTAL depression KW - ALCOHOLISM -- Treatment KW - INPATIENT care KW - SUBSTANCE abuse KW - AFFECTIVE disorders N1 - Accession Number: 15846256; Mcmahon, Robert C. 1 Davidson, Robert S. 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Miami, Coral Gables, Florida. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami, Florida.; Source Info: Jan1986, Vol. 42 Issue 1, p177; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS -- Psychological testing; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM -- Treatment; Subject Term: INPATIENT care; Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse; Subject Term: AFFECTIVE disorders; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846256&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Guy, James D. AU - Liaboe, Gary P. AU - Wallace, Charles J. T1 - PREMORBID ADJUSTMENT IN ADULT MALE SCHIZOPHRENICS, AS RELATED TO PROCESS VS. REACTIVE, CHRONIC VS. ACUTE, AGE OF ONSET, AND NEUROLOGICALLY IMPAIRED VS. NON-IMPAIRED. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1986/01// VL - 42 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 62 EP - 67 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article examines the relationship between premorbid adjustment and several variables associated with schizophrenia in adult males. For this purpose premorbid functioning in 40 males has been examined on the abbreviated Phillips Premorbid Adjustment Scale. Those relationships considered include: premorbid functioning, age of onset, process and reactive, chronic and acute, and neurological impairment and non-impairment. The relationships found in this research indicate that poor social adjustment precedes early onset, process forms of schizophrenia. KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Research KW - MALES KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - ADJUSTMENT (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOSES KW - NEUROLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15846234; Guy, James D. 1 Liaboe, Gary P. 1 Wallace, Charles J. 2; Affiliation: 1: Rosemead School of Psychology, La Mirada, California. 2: NJMH Clinical Research Project, Brentwood Veterans Administration Medical Center, Los Angeles, California.; Source Info: Jan1986, Vol. 42 Issue 1, p62; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Research; Subject Term: MALES; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: ADJUSTMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: NEUROLOGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541720 Research and Development in the Social Sciences and Humanities; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846234&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - McMahon, Robert C. AU - Flynn, Patrick M. AU - Davidson, Robert S. T1 - THE PERSONALITY AND SYMPTOMS SCALES OF THE MILLON CLINICAL MULTIAXIAL INVENTORY: SENSITIVITY TO POSTTREATMENT OUTCOMES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1985/11// VL - 41 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 862 EP - 866 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article examines the patterns of consistency and change on the basic personality and symptom scales of the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory (MCMI) in a sample of VA inpatient alcoholics, who were administered the MCMI at intake and at 1 month into treatment, and in a sample of drug abusers, who received MCMI administrations at intake into treatment and after 1 and 3 months of treatment. The MCMI is designed to assess and differentiate among enduring personality characteristics and more transient clinical symptoms. KW - MILLON Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - SYMPTOMS KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - PERSONALITY KW - SCALING (Social sciences) N1 - Accession Number: 15846020; McMahon, Robert C. 1 Flynn, Patrick M. 2 Davidson, Robert S. 3; Affiliation: 1: University of Miami Coral Gables, Florida. 2: University of Arkansas Monticello, Arkansas. 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center Miami, Florida.; Source Info: Nov1985, Vol. 41 Issue 6, p862; Subject Term: MILLON Clinical Multiaxial Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: SCALING (Social sciences); Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846020&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sladen, Bernard J. AU - Mozdzierz, Gerald J. T1 - AN MMPI SCALE TO PREDICT PREMATURE TERMINATION FROM INPATIENT ALCOHOL TREATMENT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1985/11// VL - 41 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 855 EP - 862 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on an MMPI scale to predict premature termination of patients from inpatient alcohol programming. During a research study, MMPJ responses of 93 male veterans hospitalized in a 4-week alcohol treatment program were item analyzed, and 21 items that differentiated Completers from Dropouts were selected. Finally, the AMA scale was developed to differentiate Completers from Dropouts in a standardization and a validation sample from two inpatient alcohol rehabilitation programs with a high degree of classificatory accuracy. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - ALCOHOL KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY -- Research N1 - Accession Number: 15846019; Sladen, Bernard J. 1,2 Mozdzierz, Gerald J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Edward Hines Jr. Hospital Hines, Illinois. 2: Northwestern University Medical School Chicago, Illinois.; Source Info: Nov1985, Vol. 41 Issue 6, p855; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: ALCOHOL; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY -- Research; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325193 Ethyl Alcohol Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846019&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Yohman, J. Robert AU - Parsons, Oscar A. T1 - INTACT VERBAL PAIRED-ASSOCIATE LEARNING IN ALCOHOLICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1985/11// VL - 41 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 844 EP - 851 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on hypotheses, which is concerned with alcoholism's effects on learning ability. Evidence for impaired verbal learning/memory in alcoholics is inconsistent. Manipulation of meaningfulness affected PA learning. Further, response meaningfulness was more influential than stimulus meaningfulness on PA learning. The results emphasize the importance of methodological variables and suggest restrictions on current generalizations about cognitive impairment in alcoholics. KW - LEARNING ability KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - PSYCHOLOGY of learning KW - MANIPULATIVE behavior KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - SUBSTANCE abuse N1 - Accession Number: 15846017; Yohman, J. Robert 1 Parsons, Oscar A. 2; Affiliation: 1: Oklahoma Center for Alcohol and Drug Related Studies University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center. 2: Behavioral Sciences Research Laboratories Veterans Administration Medical Center Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.; Source Info: Nov1985, Vol. 41 Issue 6, p844; Subject Term: LEARNING ability; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY of learning; Subject Term: MANIPULATIVE behavior; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846017&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lorr, Maurice AU - Nerviano, Vincent J. AU - Myhill, John T1 - FACTORS COMMON TO THE ISI AND THE 16PF INVENTORIES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1985/11// VL - 41 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 773 EP - 777 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on the study for determining intercorrelations of the Interpersonal Style (ISI) and the 16PF questionnaire. The intercorrelations among the 31 scales were analyzed by the method of principal components. An oblique factor structure so obtained by use of the Promax procedure confirmed the factors expected. These were interpreted as representing Self Control, Interpersonal Involvement or Exvia, Emotional Stability or reversed 16PF Anxiety, Independence, and Level of Socialization. At least two or three closely similar higher-order factors have been isolated on each of three other popular Inventories (PRF, CPI and GZTS). KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - FACTOR analysis KW - MULTIVARIATE analysis KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY -- Research KW - SOCIALIZATION KW - SELF-control N1 - Accession Number: 15846005; Lorr, Maurice 1 Nerviano, Vincent J. 2 Myhill, John 3; Affiliation: 1: Catholic University Washington, D. C. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center Fort Lyons, Colorado. 3: Maryland State Department of Health and Mental Hygiene.; Source Info: Nov1985, Vol. 41 Issue 6, p773; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: FACTOR analysis; Subject Term: MULTIVARIATE analysis; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY -- Research; Subject Term: SOCIALIZATION; Subject Term: SELF-control; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Holmes, Cooper B. AU - Fouty, H. Edward AU - Wurtz, Philip J. AU - Burdick, Bruce M. T1 - THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN COLOR PREFERENCE AND PSYCHIATRIC DISORDERS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1985/11// VL - 41 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 746 EP - 749 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on relationship between color preference and psychiatric disorders. Relationship between color preferences and emotional disorders is accepted in many psychological assessment techniques and constitutes the sole basis for certain color tests. The research on color preference and psychiatric disorders was studied in an outpatient psychiatric sample. The results were studied by gender and by age. The patients' choice of Luscher's eight colors revealed a sex difference, but only minor variations with age. The data hence found show both consistencies and discrepancies with past data. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY -- Research KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY -- Outcome assessment KW - MENTAL illness KW - PSYCHIATRY N1 - Accession Number: 15846000; Holmes, Cooper B. 1 Fouty, H. Edward 1 Wurtz, Philip J. 1 Burdick, Bruce M. 2; Affiliation: 1: Emporia State University. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Tuscaloosa, Alabama.; Source Info: Nov1985, Vol. 41 Issue 6, p746; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY -- Research; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY -- Outcome assessment; Subject Term: MENTAL illness; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bartsch, Thomas W. AU - Hoffman, Joseph J. T1 - A CLUSTER ANALYSIS OF MILLON CLINICAL MULTIAXIAL INVENTORY (MCMI) PROFILES: MORE ABOUT A TAXONOMY OF ALCOHOLIC SUBTYPES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1985/09// VL - 41 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 707 EP - 713 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on the advance understanding about the emerging taxonomy of male alcoholics by classifying patients on the basis of scores from the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory (MCMI). MCMI and Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) data were obtained from 125 male veteran alcoholic inpatients. MCMI profiles were classified into five relatively homogeneous subgroups by a hierarchical clustering technique. One-way ANOVAs were calculated for each of the MMPI scales; patients were classified according to MCML group membership. Results showed that conceptually meaningful clusters exist among MCMI profiles, that statistically significant relations ships exist between MCMI profiles and MMPI scale scores, and that these relationships are consistent with trends reported in the literature. KW - MILLON Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - MULTIVARIATE analysis KW - CLUSTER analysis (Statistics) KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY -- Research N1 - Accession Number: 15846198; Bartsch, Thomas W. 1 Hoffman, Joseph J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center Knoxville, Iowa.; Source Info: Sep1985, Vol. 41 Issue 5, p707; Subject Term: MILLON Clinical Multiaxial Inventory; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: MULTIVARIATE analysis; Subject Term: CLUSTER analysis (Statistics); Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY -- Research; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846198&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gass, Carlton S. AU - Russell, Elbert W. T1 - MMPI CORRELATES OF VERBAL-INTELLECTUAL DEFICITS IN PATIENTS WITH LEFT HEMISPHERE LESIONS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1985/09// VL - 41 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 664 EP - 670 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on a study that uses Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) to assess the role of verbal intellectual decline in the emotional adjustment of patients with focal lesions in the left hemisphere. This study investigated the emotional adjustment of patients with left hemisphere damage (LHD) as a function of the degree of impairment in verbal intelligence as measured by the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. A multivariate comparison was made of the composite MMPI profiles of three groups of LHD patients, which were classified according to Verbal IQ. The three groups produced fairly similar composite profiles, which indicated the presence of mild dysphoria, dissatisfaction, withdrawal, decreased initiative, and mild somatic preoccupations. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - CLINICAL neuropsychology KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - NEUROLOGIC examination N1 - Accession Number: 15846190; Gass, Carlton S. 1 Russell, Elbert W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center Miami, Florida.; Source Info: Sep1985, Vol. 41 Issue 5, p664; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: CLINICAL neuropsychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: NEUROLOGIC examination; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846190&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tamkin, Arthur S. AU - Kunce, Joseph T. T1 - A COMPARISON OF THREE NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL TESTS: THE WEIGL, HOOPER, AND BENTON. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1985/09// VL - 41 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 660 EP - 664 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article compares the diagnostic accuracy for identifying brain dysfunction in psychiatric patients of three neuropsychological tests: The Weigi Color-Form Sorting Test (Weigi), the Hooper Visual Organization Test (Hooper), and the Revised Benton Visual Retention Test (Benton). The accuracy of prediction of brain dysfunction for three neuropsychological tests was compared. Sixty-six male, veteran, psychiatric inpatients were administered all three tests, and diagnoses of brain dysfunction or intactness were made by their ward psychiatrist, who used neurodiagnostic techniques. The results disclosed that each test alone can predict brain dysfunction significantly better than chance. KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - CLINICAL neuropsychology KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - NEUROLOGIC examination N1 - Accession Number: 15846189; Tamkin, Arthur S. 1,2 Kunce, Joseph T. 3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: Medical College of Georgia Augusta, Georgia. 3: University of Missouri Columbia, Missouri.; Source Info: Sep1985, Vol. 41 Issue 5, p660; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: CLINICAL neuropsychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: NEUROLOGIC examination; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846189&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sirota, Alan D. AU - Curran, James P. AU - Habif, Valerie T1 - SMOKING CESSATION IN CHRONICALLY ILL MEDICAL PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1985/07// VL - 41 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 575 EP - 579 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article cites a study which evaluates the effectiveness of a behavioral smoking cessation program. A number of procedural innovations were incorporated in the program, which was used for the first time with chronically ill smokers. Eight men who were long-term cigarette smokers participated in a group smoking cessation program. All were diagnosed as having chronic pulmonary and/or cardiac disease and were referred by medical personnel from outpatient clinics of a university affiliated VA Medical Center. All patients had been advised repeatedly by medical personnel to quit, but had a history of numerous unsuccessful attempts. KW - CHRONICALLY ill KW - CIGARETTE smokers KW - SMOKING cessation KW - SMOKING KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - NICOTINE addiction -- Treatment N1 - Accession Number: 15845969; Sirota, Alan D. 1 Curran, James P. 1 Habif, Valerie 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Providence, Rhode Island. 2: Brown University Program in Medicine.; Source Info: Jul1985, Vol. 41 Issue 4, p575; Subject Term: CHRONICALLY ill; Subject Term: CIGARETTE smokers; Subject Term: SMOKING cessation; Subject Term: SMOKING; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: NICOTINE addiction -- Treatment; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621990 All other ambulatory health care services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621999 All Other Miscellaneous Ambulatory Health Care Services; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845969&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ryan, Joseph J. AU - Georgemiller, Randy J. AU - Geisser, Michael E. AU - Randall, David M. T1 - TEST-RETEST STABILITY OF THE WAIS-R IN A CLINICAL SAMPLE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1985/07// VL - 41 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 552 EP - 556 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article cites a study which assessed WAIS-R test-retest stability for a sample of 21 psychiatric and neurological patients. The study examined the stability of the WAIS-R subtests and IQs in a diagnostically heterogeneous sample of patients referred for psychological and/or neuropsychological evaluation. A second purpose was to present normative individual test-retest IQ scores for all subjects. These norms should provide clinicians with an initial yardstick against which to evaluate changes, if any, between test and retest performance in individual patients from similar populations. KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - INTELLIGENCE levels KW - PATIENTS KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - NEUROLOGIC examination KW - PSYCHIATRY N1 - Accession Number: 15845965; Ryan, Joseph J. 1 Georgemiller, Randy J. 1 Geisser, Michael E. Randall, David M. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, North Chicago, Illinois. 2: University of Health Sciences/ The Chicago Medical School, North Chicago, Illinois.; Source Info: Jul1985, Vol. 41 Issue 4, p552; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE levels; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: NEUROLOGIC examination; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845965&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Zachary, Robert A. AU - Crumpton, Evelyn AU - Spiegel, Donald E. T1 - ESTIMATING WAIS-R IQ FROM THE SHIPLEY INSTITUTE OF LIVING SCALE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1985/07// VL - 41 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 532 EP - 540 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article cites a study which examines the relationship between the Shipley and the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale-Revised (WAIS-R). Furthermore, the article develops a specific estimation procedure for predicting Full Scale WAIS-R IQ scores from the Shipley and demonstrates how the procedure can be used. Also, the article compares the efficacy of several alternative procedures for estimating WAIS-R summary scores. To address these issues, the study investigated the relationship between these two scales on a mixed sample of psychiatric inpatients. The sample consisted of 150 male psychiatric patients who were evaluated and given routine psychological testing at a large Veterans's Administration neuropsychiatric hospital between July 1982 and January 1984. KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - NEUROPSYCHIATRY KW - SCALING (Social sciences) KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests N1 - Accession Number: 15845961; Zachary, Robert A. 1 Crumpton, Evelyn 2 Spiegel, Donald E. 2; Affiliation: 1: Western Psychological Services. 2: Brentwood Veterans Administration Medical Center.; Source Info: Jul1985, Vol. 41 Issue 4, p532; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: SCALING (Social sciences); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845961&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Roth, David L. AU - Bruce Crosson T1 - MEMORY SPAN AND LONG-TERM MEMORY DEFICITS IN BRAIN-IMPAIRED PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1985/07// VL - 41 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 521 EP - 527 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article cites a study which explored the use of alternative measures of verbal and spatial memory span for detecting short-term memory deficits associated with brain impairment. Tests with limited and unlimited item pools were examined for both verbal and spatial memory span. A heterogeneous sample of brain-impaired patients were used to determine whether the alternative memory span tests would differ in terms of detecting short-term memory deficits across a range of brain impairment. The revised Wechsler memory scale was administered to obtain an independent assessment of possible memory deficits that might be limited to long-term memory. KW - SHORT-term memory KW - WECHSLER Memory Scale KW - INTELLECT KW - PATIENTS KW - MEMORY testing KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15845959; Roth, David L. 1,2 Bruce Crosson 2,3; Affiliation: 1: University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Leavenworth, Kansas. 3: Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.; Source Info: Jul1985, Vol. 41 Issue 4, p521; Subject Term: SHORT-term memory; Subject Term: WECHSLER Memory Scale; Subject Term: INTELLECT; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: MEMORY testing; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845959&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Harold J. May AU - George M. Gazda AU - Mildred Powell AU - Gregg Hauser T1 - LIFE SKILL TRAINING: PSYCHOEDUCATIONAL TRAINING AS MENTAL HEALTH TREATMENT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1985/05// VL - 41 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 359 EP - 367 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article cites a study which reports on psychoeducational training as mental health treatment. The study was designed to investigate the effectiveness of a comprehensive program of life skill training based on a psychoeducational model with a sample of hospitalized psychiatric patients. Specifically, three skill training areas were included: (1) interpersonal communication; (2) purpose in life problem solving; and (3) physical fitness. These coping skill components correspond to the psychosocial, moral, and physical areas of human development, respectively. KW - LIFE skills KW - TRAINING KW - SOCIAL learning KW - MENTAL health KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - INTERPERSONAL relations KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15846140; Harold J. May 1 George M. Gazda 2 Mildred Powell 3 Gregg Hauser 3; Affiliation: 1: East Carolina University School of Medicine. 2: University of Georgia. 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center.; Source Info: May1985, Vol. 41 Issue 3, p359; Subject Term: LIFE skills; Subject Term: TRAINING; Subject Term: SOCIAL learning; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: INTERPERSONAL relations; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846140&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Collins, Joseph F. AU - Ellsworth, Robert B. AU - Casey, Nancy A. AU - Hyer, Leon AU - Hickey, Robert H. AU - Schoonover, Reginald A. AU - Twemlow, Stuart W. AU - Nesselroade, John R. T1 - TREATMENT CHARACTERISTICS OF PSYCHIATRIC PROGRAMS THAT CORRELATE WITH PATIENT COMMUNITY ADJUSTMENT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1985/05// VL - 41 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 299 EP - 308 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article cites a study which analyzes treatment characteristics of psychiatric programs that correlate with patient community adjustment. In this article, all treatment characteristics that were found to correlate with patients' community adjustment are examined to corroborate the best subset findings and to determine whether there are other treatment characteristics related to patient community adjustment. The ward was the unit of analysis for this study. A ward was defined as a psychiatric treatment program administered by a single treatment team. The 79 wards in 18 Veterans Administration medical centers who participated in the study had to admit, treat, and discharge a wide variety of patients. KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - VETERANS KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - HEALTH facilities KW - MEDICAL centers KW - PSYCHIATRIC research N1 - Accession Number: 15846134; Collins, Joseph F. 1 Ellsworth, Robert B. 2 Casey, Nancy A. 3 Hyer, Leon 4 Hickey, Robert H. 5 Schoonover, Reginald A. 2 Twemlow, Stuart W. Nesselroade, John R. 6; Affiliation: 1: Cooperative Studies Program Coordinating Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Perry Point, Maryland. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Salem, Virginia. 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Northampton, Massachusetts. 4: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, Georgia. 5: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. 6: Pennsylvania State University.; Source Info: May1985, Vol. 41 Issue 3, p299; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: VETERANS; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: HEALTH facilities; Subject Term: MEDICAL centers; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC research; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621491 HMO Medical Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846134&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kivlahan, Daniel R. AU - Harris, Michael D. AU - Moore, James F. AU - Powel, Jeffrey AU - Donovan, Dennis M. T1 - VALIDATION OF THE LURIA-NEBRASKA INTELLECTUAL PROCESSES SCALE AS A MEASURE OF INTELLIGENCE IN MALE ALCOHOLICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1985/03// VL - 41 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 287 EP - 290 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on a study which investigates the Luria-Nebraska Intellectual Processes Scale as a predictor of Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) IQs among alcoholic inpatients. Subjects were 28 males who were receiving inpatient alcoholism treatment. Patients were administered the WAIS and the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery as part of a more extensive investigation of neuropsychological assessment in alcoholics. Frequency of agreement between obtained IQs and those predicted from the present regression equations was assessed using Wechsler's seven category classification system. KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - LURIA-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - INTELLECT N1 - Accession Number: 15845898; Kivlahan, Daniel R. 1 Harris, Michael D. 1 Moore, James F. 1 Powel, Jeffrey 2 Donovan, Dennis M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Seattle Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Washington. 2: Swedish Hospital Medical Center, Seattle.; Source Info: Mar1985, Vol. 41 Issue 2, p287; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: LURIA-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: INTELLECT; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845898&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Burke, Henry R. T1 - RAVEN'S PROGRESSIVE MATRICES (1938): MORE ON NORMS, RELIABILITY, AND VALIDITY . JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1985/03// VL - 41 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 231 EP - 235 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article provides norms for Raven's Progressive Matrices, based on the screening of 500 vocational counseling and 2992 psychiatric veteran patients newly admitted to a Virginia-based general medical and surgical hospital. From 1973 to 1978 the untimed use of the Raven Matrices was continued routinely in the counseling center at the hospital and it was also used in the routine post-admission test screening of black and white veteran patients from the psychiatric service of the hospital. It appears that Raven scores obtained in non-individual group-testing with hospitalized psychiatric patients, in addition to providing the practical advantages of this kind of testing, approach the reliabilities reported for full scale WAIS-R intelligence quotient scores when the test is administered individually in a normal population for these age ranges, example, 96-98. KW - RAVEN'S Progressive Matrices KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - NONVERBAL intelligence tests KW - GROUP psychotherapy KW - MENTAL health services KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15845887; Burke, Henry R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center East Orange, New Jersey.; Source Info: Mar1985, Vol. 41 Issue 2, p231; Subject Term: RAVEN'S Progressive Matrices; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: NONVERBAL intelligence tests; Subject Term: GROUP psychotherapy; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845887&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Burke, Henry R. AU - Mayer, Stuart T1 - THE MMPI AND THE POSTTRAUMATIC STRESS SYNDROME IN VIETNAM ERA VETERANS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1985/03// VL - 41 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 152 EP - 156 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article examines the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) test profiles, in relation with the Post-Traumatic Stress Syndrome (PTSS), in Vietnam era veterans. A major unresolved problem is the difficulty of differentiating on the MMPI between manifestations of severe PTSS as opposed to psychosis, schizophrenia in particular. Good clinical practice requires that MMPI results be integrated with the results of carefully structured interviews and carefully structured histories for reaching psychodiagnostic conclusions, especially for combat veterans of the Vietnam conflict. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - VIETNAM veterans KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - COMBAT stress reaction KW - PSYCHOSES N1 - Accession Number: 15845875; Burke, Henry R. 1 Mayer, Stuart 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center East Orange, New Jersey.; Source Info: Mar1985, Vol. 41 Issue 2, p152; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: VIETNAM veterans; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: COMBAT stress reaction; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845875&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Scaturo, Douglas J. AU - LeSure, Kenneth B. T1 - SYMPTOMATIC CORRELATES OF ALCOHOL ABUSE AS A PRESENTING PROBLEM. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1985/01// VL - 41 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 118 EP - 123 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents information related to the co-relation between self-reported symptoms of psychopathology and alcohol abuse. The problem of alcohol abuse has been described within a variety of theoretical approaches which include the disease model psychoanalytic perspectives and a variety of learning theoretical viewpoints. The social learning model has resulted in a proliferation of therapeutic programs that have focused upon the enhancement of social skills to ameliorate excessive drinking because deficits in such skills were assumed to contribute to the existence of the symptomatic behavior. KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - SYMPTOMS KW - ALCOHOL KW - SOCIAL interaction KW - INTERPERSONAL relations N1 - Accession Number: 15845802; Scaturo, Douglas J. 1 LeSure, Kenneth B. 2; Affiliation: 1: Syracuse Veterans Administration Medical Center and State University of New York Upstate Medical Center. 2: Syracuse Veterans Administration Medical Center.; Source Info: Jan1985, Vol. 41 Issue 1, p118; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: ALCOHOL; Subject Term: SOCIAL interaction; Subject Term: INTERPERSONAL relations; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325193 Ethyl Alcohol Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845802&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Anderson, Douglas H. AU - Jacobs, Lyle T1 - FACTOR ANALYSIS OF THE AFTEREFFECTS OF DRINKING IN ALCOHOLICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1985/01// VL - 41 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 111 EP - 117 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents information related to the short-term effects of alcohol consumption. Research into the short-term effects of alcohol consumption might be expected to identify subsets of correlated responses, the strengths of which may vary across subtypes of drinkers. In a study conducted 100 male patients at the Veterans Administration Center Chemical Dependency Center in Minnesota were interviewed. All were in the final 60-day treatment program and were believed by their staff to have been abstinent. The covariance of the flushing factor items such as reddening, muscle weakness, tingling and tremors was also surprising and suggests that a search for a single physiological factor capable of precipitating all four might prove worthwhile. KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - SUBSTANCE abuse KW - DRINKING of alcoholic beverages KW - INTERVIEWING KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - MINNESOTA N1 - Accession Number: 15845801; Watson, Charles G. 1 Anderson, Douglas H. 2 Jacobs, Lyle 3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Cloud, Minnesota. 2: University of Minnesota Minneapolis, Minnesota. 3: International Business Machines Rochester, Minnesota.; Source Info: Jan1985, Vol. 41 Issue 1, p111; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse; Subject Term: DRINKING of alcoholic beverages; Subject Term: INTERVIEWING; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: MINNESOTA; NAICS/Industry Codes: 722410 Drinking Places (Alcoholic Beverages); Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845801&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Russell, Elbert W. T1 - COMPARISON OF THE TPT 10 AND 6 HOLE FORM BOARD. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1985/01// VL - 41 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 68 EP - 81 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on two tests for patients with moderate to severe brain damage. The 10 hole (Adult Version) Tactile Performance Test (TPT) or Form Board is too difficult for patients with brain damage. The Form Board, which originally was developed by a psychologist around the turn of the century, has become one of the major tests in the Halstead-Reitan Battery and has had extensive use elsewhere. The TPT 10 is a variation of the Sequin Form Board in which 10 blocks of different shapes are placed into holes that fit the shape of the blocks. The patients are blindfolded and perform the test by touch alone. KW - BRAIN -- Wounds & injuries KW - PATIENTS KW - HALSTEAD-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery KW - BRAIN damage KW - TOUCH KW - NEUROPHYSIOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15845794; Russell, Elbert W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami, Florida.; Source Info: Jan1985, Vol. 41 Issue 1, p68; Subject Term: BRAIN -- Wounds & injuries; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: HALSTEAD-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery; Subject Term: BRAIN damage; Subject Term: TOUCH; Subject Term: NEUROPHYSIOLOGY; Number of Pages: 14p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845794&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pearce, Kathy A. AU - Schauer, Andrew H. AU - Garfield, Nancy J. AU - Ohlde, Carroll O. AU - Patterson, Tom W. T1 - A STUDY OF POST TRAUMATIC STRESS DISORDER IN VIETNAM VETERANS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1985/01// VL - 41 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 9 EP - 14 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the study of post traumatic stress disorder in veterans of Vietnam war. The most recent version of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual introduced Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) as a new diagnostic category. Diagnostic criteria for PTSD include numbing of responsiveness to the external world, re-experiencing the trauma in one of several ways and several cognitive and autonomic disorders. PTSD is more severe after a deliberate man-made disaster than after an accidental disaster; the group of veterans who experienced a war-related traumatic event reported currently experiencing more problems than the group who experienced a non-war-related traumatic event on subscales that assessed mainly affective problems, such as anger, depression, emotional numbness, withdrawal, problems related to combat experiences etc. KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - TEMPER KW - VIETNAM veterans KW - WAR KW - ANGER KW - VIETNAM N1 - Accession Number: 15845784; Pearce, Kathy A. 1 Schauer, Andrew H. 2 Garfield, Nancy J. 2 Ohlde, Carroll O. 2 Patterson, Tom W. 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Kansas. 2: Colmery-O' Neil Veterans Administration Center Topeka, Kansas.; Source Info: Jan1985, Vol. 41 Issue 1, p9; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: TEMPER; Subject Term: VIETNAM veterans; Subject Term: WAR; Subject Term: ANGER; Subject Term: VIETNAM; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845784&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Greenblatt, Richard L. AU - Kleinmuntz, Benjamin T1 - STATISTICAL MODELING OF CLINICAL INTAKE DECISIONS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/11// VL - 40 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 1528 EP - 1537 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on a study related to interview-based intake decisions of clinicians at a community health center. Intake files of four participating clinicians were collected and similar files from a randomly selected group of other clinicians at a comprehensive urban community mental health center were collected. The analysis required to build and evaluate the models of clinical judgment containing three steps including principal components analysis, discriminant function analysis and the jackknife method of replication. Direct discriminant analyses based on the written notes of clinicians successfully modeled intake decisions in that they yielded significant discriminant functions for four or five judges and produced for all judges significant patterns of correct classifications. KW - DECISION making KW - MEDICAL personnel KW - MENTAL health KW - DISCRIMINANT analysis KW - MULTIVARIATE analysis KW - MEDICAL centers N1 - Accession Number: 15846096; Greenblatt, Richard L. 1 Kleinmuntz, Benjamin 2,3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois. 2: University of the Health Sciences / The Chicago Medical School, North Chicago, Illinois. 3: University of Illinois, Chicago, Illinois.; Source Info: Nov1984, Vol. 40 Issue 6, p1528; Subject Term: DECISION making; Subject Term: MEDICAL personnel; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: DISCRIMINANT analysis; Subject Term: MULTIVARIATE analysis; Subject Term: MEDICAL centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621491 HMO Medical Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846096&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hamblin, P. Kim AU - Lee A. Hyer AU - William R. Harrison AU - Carson, Mary F. T1 - OLDER ALCOHOLICS: PROFILE OF DECLINE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/11// VL - 40 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 1510 EP - 1516 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on a study to assess chronic alcoholics on standard psychological test indices sensitive to a range of left and right hemisphere skills. Two hundred and thirty-five male psychiatric inpatients in alcohol treatment unit were administered a standard battery of psychological tests. There were no differences between the groups on the Shipley Verbal and Total Digit Span. This study showed that older, chronic alcoholics do substantially worse than younger alcoholics on right hemisphere tasks. It has been accepted by most clinicians for a long time that brain damage is not an all-or-none phenomenon. KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - ABILITY testing KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - BRAIN damage N1 - Accession Number: 15846093; Hamblin, P. Kim 1 Lee A. Hyer 2,3 William R. Harrison 2 Carson, Mary F. 2; Affiliation: 1: Altus Air Force Base, Oklahoma. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, Georgia. 3: Medical College of Georgia, Augusta, Georgia.; Source Info: Nov1984, Vol. 40 Issue 6, p1510; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: ABILITY testing; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: BRAIN damage; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846093&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Royer, Fred L. AU - Gilmore, Grover C. AU - Gruhn, Joseph J. T1 - STIMULUS PARAMETERS THAT PRODUCE AGE DIFFERENCES IN BLOCK DESIGN PERFORMANCE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/11// VL - 40 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 1474 EP - 1485 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on a study to discuss stimulus parameters that produce age differences in block designs performance. The Block Design task has a long history as a measure of general intelligence. In the task, the S is shown as a square pattern. The S must construct a pattern like the one shown by assembling a set of blocks that have surfaces of different color. Some designs that have the same uncertainty value may differ greatly in their Gestalt characteristics. The results permit an adjustment to be made of the construction times for the various designs so that differential motor effects are removed. The results demonstrate that performance on this task changes with age in much the same way that it does on the Block Design of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale scales. KW - EXPERIMENTAL design KW - AGE differences KW - BLOCK designs KW - GENERAL factor (Psychology) KW - AGE & intelligence KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale N1 - Accession Number: 15846087; Royer, Fred L. 1 Gilmore, Grover C. 2 Gruhn, Joseph J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brecksville, Ohio. 2: Case Western Reserve University.; Source Info: Nov1984, Vol. 40 Issue 6, p1474; Subject Term: EXPERIMENTAL design; Subject Term: AGE differences; Subject Term: BLOCK designs; Subject Term: GENERAL factor (Psychology); Subject Term: AGE & intelligence; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846087&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tamkin, Arthur S. AU - Jacobsen, Rebecca T1 - AGE-RELATED NORMS FOR THE HOOPER VISUAL ORGANIZATION TEST. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/11// VL - 40 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 1459 EP - 1463 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on a study which explores the effects of age, education and Intelligence Quotient (IQ) on Hooper Visual Organization Test (VOT) scores and age-related norms for psychiatric patients. Subjects were 211 male, veteran, psychiatric inpatients who were administered routine psychological tests upon admission for treatment. For the VOT scores, means and standard deviations were computed for each of the 6 age decades to determine whether the development of age related norms would be useful. The relationship between VOT and IQ is direct and the relationship between VOT and education was found to be minimally significant. KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - AGE & intelligence KW - EDUCATION KW - INTELLIGENCE levels KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - INTELLECT N1 - Accession Number: 15846084; Tamkin, Arthur S. 1 Jacobsen, Rebecca 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, Georgia. 2: Medical College of Georgia, Augusta, Georgia.; Source Info: Nov1984, Vol. 40 Issue 6, p1459; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: AGE & intelligence; Subject Term: EDUCATION; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE levels; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: INTELLECT; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923110 Administration of Education Programs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611699 All Other Miscellaneous Schools and Instruction; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611710 Educational Support Services; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846084&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tamkin, Arthur S. AU - Kunce, Joseph T. AU - Blount Jr., John B. AU - Magharious, William T1 - THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE WEIGL COLOR-FORM SORTING TEST IN SCREENING FOR BRAIN DYSFUNCTION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/11// VL - 40 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 1454 EP - 1459 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article investigates the Weigl Color-Form Sorting test's diagnostic significance by correlating it with several psychometric and personal variables, including degree of brain dysfunction. Data for this study were collected from 43 male, veteran, psychiatric patients hospitalized for a variety of psychiatric disorders. Around the time of routine psychodiagnostic testing, all subjects were administered the complete Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale, the Hooper Visual Organization Test, the Revised Benton Visual Retention Test and the Weigl Color-Form Sorting Test. The findings provide the evidence that performance on the Weigl reflects significant aspects of neuropsychological function. Weigl was related to a cognitive factor uniquely different from the commonly noted perceptual and conceptual factors. KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - COGNITION KW - MENTAL illness N1 - Accession Number: 15846083; Tamkin, Arthur S. 1,2 Kunce, Joseph T. 3 Blount Jr., John B. 1 Magharious, William 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, Georgia. 2: Medical College of Georgia, Augusta, Georgia. 3: University of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri.; Source Info: Nov1984, Vol. 40 Issue 6, p1454; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: COGNITION; Subject Term: MENTAL illness; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846083&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Schenkenberg, Thomas AU - Gottfredson, Douglas K. AU - Christensen, Phillip T1 - AGE DIFFERENCES IN MMPI SCALE SCORES FROM 1,189 PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/11// VL - 40 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 1420 EP - 1426 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article investigates age-related differences in Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) scale scores from 1,189 individuals who were applying for psychiatric treatment. All subjects were military veterans who were applying for mental health care at the Salt Lake Veterans Administration Medical Center over a 2-year period. The results of the study provide strong evidence for age group differences in MMPI results. The possibility that cohort rather than age differences per se are responsible for the findings is a difficult matter to evaluate. A table presents the significant group differences based on Newman-Keuls tests for the 13 major scales. In this sample of patients, only four of the major scales did not show statistical differences between age groups. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - AGE groups KW - AGE differences KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - MENTAL health N1 - Accession Number: 15846076; Schenkenberg, Thomas 1 Gottfredson, Douglas K. 1 Christensen, Phillip 2; Affiliation: 1: Salt Lake City Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: University of Utah.; Source Info: Nov1984, Vol. 40 Issue 6, p1420; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: AGE groups; Subject Term: AGE differences; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: MENTAL health; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846076&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Greenblatt, Richard L. AU - Mozdzierz, Gerald J. AU - Murphy, Thomas I. T1 - CONTENT AND RESPONSE-STYLE IN THE CONSTRUCT VALIDATION OF SELF-REPORT INVENTORIES: A CANONICAL ANALYSIS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/11// VL - 40 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 1414 EP - 1420 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article demonstrates the analytic and interpretive advantages of using canonical correlation to remove the effects of a confounding variable in establishing the construct validity of self-report inventories. Subjects were 64 hospitalized, male, alcoholic veterans who were participating in a 4-week treatment program. The patients completed the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory, Psychological Screening Inventory, Marlowe-Crowne Scale and Sulliman Scale of Social Interest as part of a battery of tests used for counseling and research purposes. The findings support the use of canonical correlation analysis rather than partial correlations in evaluating the relationships between multi-scale inventories and a new scale when the investigator wishes to remove the effects of a confounding variable such as social desirability. KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - CANONICAL correlation (Statistics) KW - SELF-report inventories KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - SOCIAL desirability KW - PERSONALITY tests N1 - Accession Number: 15846075; Greenblatt, Richard L. 1,2 Mozdzierz, Gerald J. 1 Murphy, Thomas I. 3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois. 2: University of the Health Sciences/Chicago Medical School, North Chicago, Illinois. 3: Loyola University, Stritch School of Medicine, Maywood, Illinois.; Source Info: Nov1984, Vol. 40 Issue 6, p1414; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: CANONICAL correlation (Statistics); Subject Term: SELF-report inventories; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: SOCIAL desirability; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846075&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Stevens, Michael J. AU - Pfost, Karen S. AU - Ackerman, Mark D. T1 - THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN SEX-ROLE ORIENTATION AND THE TYPE A BEHAVIOR PATTERN: A TEST OF THE MAIN EFFECT HYPOTHESIS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/11// VL - 40 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 1338 EP - 1341 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article examines the relationship between sex-role orientation and the Type A behavior pattern. The Type A behavior pattern coincides with several stereotypically masculine characteristics. One hundred and twenty psychology undergraduates completed the Bern Sex Role Inventory (BSRI) and the student version of the Jenkins Activity Survey. The BSRI consists of two statistically independent scales composed of 60 socially desirable adjectives that reflect masculine and feminine sex-role orientations. Although masculine characteristics are shown to be linked with effective behavioral and psychological functioning, the results of this study suggest that these same characteristics might have debilitating long-term medical consequences for both males and females. KW - GENDER role KW - MASCULINITY KW - FEMININITY KW - BEM Sex-Role Inventory KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - GENDER differences (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 15846061; Stevens, Michael J. 1 Pfost, Karen S. 1 Ackerman, Mark D. 2; Affiliation: 1: Illinois State University. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami, Florida.; Source Info: Nov1984, Vol. 40 Issue 6, p1338; Subject Term: GENDER role; Subject Term: MASCULINITY; Subject Term: FEMININITY; Subject Term: BEM Sex-Role Inventory; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: GENDER differences (Psychology); Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846061&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lund, Mary AU - Foy, David AU - Sipprelle, Carl AU - Strachan, Angus T1 - THE COMBAT EXPOSURE SCALE: A SYSTEMATIC ASSESSMENT OF TRAUMA IN THE VIETNAM WAR. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/11// VL - 40 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 1323 EP - 1328 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on the systematic Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) in Vietnam veterans. As part of a study of the etiology of PTSD symptoms in help-seeking Vietnam veterans, the Guttman scaling technique was used to construct a measure of trauma in the Vietnam War that overcomes some of the problems of previous scales. The Combat Exposure Scale was developed from the pattern of dichotomous questions about traumatic events experienced by Vietnam veterans and relates to their current experience of PTSD symptoms. Participants were 43 Vietnam-era veterans who were seeking psychiatric treatment in Southern California. The Guttman scaling suggests that most of these men experienced a series of other traumas, perhaps contributing to considerable accumulated stress prior to these killings. KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - VIETNAM veterans KW - GUTTMAN scale KW - DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation KW - ANXIETY KW - SYMPTOMS N1 - Accession Number: 15846058; Lund, Mary 1 Foy, David 2 Sipprelle, Carl 3 Strachan, Angus 4; Affiliation: 1: University of California, Los Angeles Neuropsychiatric Institute. 2: Brentwood Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of California, Los Angeles School of Medicine. 3: Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center. 4: University of California, Los Angeles.; Source Info: Nov1984, Vol. 40 Issue 6, p1323; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: VIETNAM veterans; Subject Term: GUTTMAN scale; Subject Term: DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846058&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - de Obaldia, Ricardo AU - Parsons, Oscar A. T1 - RELIABILITY AND VALIDITY OF THE PRIMARY/SECONDARY ALCOHOLISM CLASSIFICATION QUESTIONNAIRE AND THE Hk/MBD CHILDHOOD SYMPTOMS CHECKLIST. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/09// VL - 40 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 1257 EP - 1263 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on a study conducted to investigate test-retest reliability of the Primary/Secondary Alcoholism Classification Questionnaire and the hyperkinesis/minimal brain dysfunction (Hk/MBD) Childhood Symptoms Checklist. In the study, the Hk/MBD Childhood Symptoms Checklist as well as the Primary/Secondary Classification Questionnaire were shown to be reliable instruments. Other results indicated that it is unlikely that alcoholic patients claimed more symptoms on the Hk/MBD Checklist and the Primary/Secondary Questionnaire due to high levels of depression and/or anxiety. KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - HYPERKINESIA KW - ATTENTION-deficit hyperactivity disorder KW - PSYCHOMOTOR disorders KW - MENTAL depression KW - ANXIETY N1 - Accession Number: 15845994; de Obaldia, Ricardo 1,2 Parsons, Oscar A. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. 2: Behavioral Sciences Laboratories, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.; Source Info: Sep1984, Vol. 40 Issue 5, p1257; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: HYPERKINESIA; Subject Term: ATTENTION-deficit hyperactivity disorder; Subject Term: PSYCHOMOTOR disorders; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845994&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bond, James A. AU - Buchtel, Henry A. T1 - COMPARISON OF THE WISCONSIN CARD SORTING TEST AND THE HALSTEAD CATEGORY TEST. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/09// VL - 40 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 1251 EP - 1255 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports that the perceptual-abstraction abilities and concomitant hypothesis generation and hypothesis testing abilities that are required by the Category Test are considerably more difficult than the level of these same abilities required by the Wisconsin Card Sorting Test (WCST). On the other hand, the WCST requires the subjects to recognize and accommodate to the fact that the correct matching principle shifts periodically without any warning. The Category Test makes no such demand. The authors recommend the use of a think aloud or process tracing approach and report some preliminary results of the fine-grained analysis of cognitive capacities involved in the WCST and the Category Test made possible by such an approach. KW - ABSTRACT thought KW - COGNITION KW - WISCONSIN Card Sorting Test KW - ABILITY KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - SOCIAL sciences N1 - Accession Number: 15845992; Bond, James A. 1,2 Buchtel, Henry A. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Ann Arbor, Michigan. 2: University of Michigan.; Source Info: Sep1984, Vol. 40 Issue 5, p1251; Subject Term: ABSTRACT thought; Subject Term: COGNITION; Subject Term: WISCONSIN Card Sorting Test; Subject Term: ABILITY; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: SOCIAL sciences; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541720 Research and Development in the Social Sciences and Humanities; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845992&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cohn, Nancy B. AU - Dustman, Robert E. AU - Bradford, David C. T1 - AGE-RELATED DECREMENTS IN STROOP COLOR TEST PERFORMANCE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/09// VL - 40 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 1244 EP - 1250 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on a series of studies that investigated the effects of aging on electrophysiological and neuropsychological functioning. As part of this series, a Stroop Color-Word Test was administered to young, middle-aged, and older adult subjects. The present investigation demonstrated that older individuals performed differently from younger subjects on both the color-naming card and the interference card of a Stroop Color Word Test. These results have clinical implications. It may be the case that a portion of the interference effects reported in earlier research are due to color-naming deficits, especially in cases in which color-naming performance is not assessed. KW - ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY KW - NEUROPHYSIOLOGY KW - COLOR KW - OLDER people KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - SOCIAL sciences N1 - Accession Number: 15845991; Cohn, Nancy B. 1,2 Dustman, Robert E. 1,2 Bradford, David C. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Salt Lake City, Utah. 2: University of Utah.; Source Info: Sep1984, Vol. 40 Issue 5, p1244; Subject Term: ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY; Subject Term: NEUROPHYSIOLOGY; Subject Term: COLOR; Subject Term: OLDER people; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: SOCIAL sciences; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541720 Research and Development in the Social Sciences and Humanities; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845991&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hyer, Lee AU - Collins, Joseph T1 - OLDER AGE RESEARCH NON-RESPONDERS: AN INPATIENT "PROFILE". JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/09// VL - 40 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 1160 EP - 1166 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on the research drop-out at older age in a psychiatric setting. The sample in a study was divided by age and by completion/non-response categories. Older patients were 55 years or older, younger were those less than 55. A completer was a study patient who was discharged from the study ward within 180 days and who was not re-hospitalized within 90 days after discharge. A non-responder was a patient who met all study inclusion criteria, but did not return the post self-adjustment scale. Results of the study suggest that relative to older completers, older psychiatric research non-responders tend mostly to show a pattern of predictable factors. KW - OLD age KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - MENTAL illness KW - MENTAL health KW - PATIENTS KW - RESEARCH KW - HUMAN RESOURCES IN THEORY AND RESEARCH N1 - Accession Number: 15845976; Hyer, Lee 1,2 Collins, Joseph 3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, Georgia. 2: Medical College of Georgia. 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Perry Point, Maryland.; Source Info: Sep1984, Vol. 40 Issue 5, p1160; Subject Term: OLD age; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: MENTAL illness; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: RESEARCH; Author-Supplied Keyword: HUMAN RESOURCES IN THEORY AND RESEARCH; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845976&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Burch, Jonathan W. AU - Pishkin, Vladimir T1 - FAMILY RESEMBLANCE--CATEGORY STRUCTURE OF JOY AND SHAME. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/09// VL - 40 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 1136 EP - 1143 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on family resemblance. Current conceptualizations of facial emotional expression and its recognition are of three types— categories, dimensions, and hierarchial combinations of categories and dimensions. It has been suggested that in expression and recognition, emotions are organized into categories with a prototype structure based on family resemblances. The article presents an experiment that shows that the sub-categories of particular emotions such as joy and shame also have this same category structure. Emotion generally, and particular emotions, are represented in cognitive categories because they can be accessed either by verbal labels or pictures and, in either case, show the family resemblance-prototype category structure. KW - FAMILIES KW - EMOTIONS (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - SOCIAL institutions KW - SOCIOLOGY KW - SOCIAL sciences N1 - Accession Number: 15845973; Burch, Jonathan W. 1 Pishkin, Vladimir 2,3; Affiliation: 1: University of Oklahoma. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center. 3: University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center.; Source Info: Sep1984, Vol. 40 Issue 5, p1136; Subject Term: FAMILIES; Subject Term: EMOTIONS (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: SOCIAL institutions; Subject Term: SOCIOLOGY; Subject Term: SOCIAL sciences; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541720 Research and Development in the Social Sciences and Humanities; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845973&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Query, William T. AU - Meoran, Jim T1 - INFLUENCE OF DEPRESSION AND ALCOHOLISM ON LEARNING, RECALL, AND RECOGNITION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/07// VL - 40 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 1097 EP - 1100 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on a brief test of memory and learning, the Rey Auditory-Verbal Learning Test that is used as an assessment of neuropsychologically impaired patients. The results of this study show that there is a difference in rote memory and retention according to whether the person tested is suffering from depression. Memory deficits usually are found when alcoholism rather than depression is in the clinical picture. Researchers found that both affect memory, but in different ways. What is unique in this difference is that the depressed person shares a difficulty in repeating the material given the first time, but, unlike the alcoholic, can remember well. KW - MEMORY KW - LEARNING KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGY KW - MENTAL depression KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15955083; Query, William T. 1 Meoran, Jim 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Fargo. North Dakota; Source Info: Jul1984, Vol. 40 Issue 4, p1097; Subject Term: MEMORY; Subject Term: LEARNING; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15955083&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ryan, Joseph J. AU - Georgemiller, Randy J. AU - McKinney, Barbara E. T1 - APPLICATION OF THE FOUR-SUBTEST WAIS-R SHORT FORM WITH AN OLDER CLINICAL SAMPLE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/07// VL - 40 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 1033 EP - 1036 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on a study conducted to determine whether the four-subtest short form is valid for estimating the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale-Revised (WAIS-R) Full Scale IQ in a clinical sample of older persons. The correlation between the short form and Full Scale IQs was highly significant and accounted for 90% of the variance between the two measures. Similarly, a pairwise t-test between the mean short-form IQ and the mean Full Scale IQ was nonsignificant. Unfortunately, the third criterion of minimal IQ classification change was not satisfied fully. The proportion of agreement with the Full Scale IQ, using Wechsler's seven-category classification, was only 73%. KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - INTELLIGENCE levels KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15955071; Ryan, Joseph J. 1 Georgemiller, Randy J. 1 McKinney, Barbara E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center North Chicago, Illinois; Source Info: Jul1984, Vol. 40 Issue 4, p1033; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE levels; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15955071&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - THE SCHIZOPHRENIA-ORGANICITY (Sc-O) AND PSYCHIATRIC-ORGANIC (P-O) MMPI SCALES: A REVIEW. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/07// VL - 40 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 1008 EP - 1023 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory Schizophrenia-Organicity (Sc-O) and Psychiatric-Organic (P-O) Scales. The Sc-O scale has been cross-validated successfully in nine investigations on male subjects, with sample totals of 234 brain-damaged patients and 298 schizophrenics. Hit rate information was supplied in eight of these studies, 69% of each diagnostic set were identified correctly, and the hit rate percentage averages ranged from 63% to 76%. In the context of the weak records of many ability-based organicity tests, these results are relatively encouraging. Indeed, the literature suggests that the Sc-O scale may be one of the more powerful differentiators of brain-damaged and process schizophrenic males available. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - MENTAL health KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15955068; Watson, Charles G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center St. Cloud, Minnesota; Source Info: Jul1984, Vol. 40 Issue 4, p1008; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 16p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15955068&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ward, L. Charles AU - Meyers, Robert T1 - THE UTILITY OF AN IMPROVED READABILITY SHORT FORM OF THE MMPI WITH ELDERLY MALE PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/07// VL - 40 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 997 EP - 1000 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article compares an improved readability short form of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) Improved Readability Form (IRF) with the FAM and the MMPI-168 in a sample of 100 male veterans, aged 60 and over. This IRF proved to be more readable and to have shorter, less ambiguous and more stable items than the excluded portion of the MMPI. Although the results show no strong advantage in statistical validity for any of the three short forms, the IRF may have a somewhat wider applicability because it was designed specifically to be less demanding intellectually. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PERSONALITY KW - MENTAL health KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15955064; Ward, L. Charles 1 Meyers, Robert 2; Affiliation: 1: Texas A & M University 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center Bay Pines, Florida; Source Info: Jul1984, Vol. 40 Issue 4, p997; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15955064&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sengel, Randal A. AU - Lovallo, William R. AU - Pishkin, Vladimir AU - Leber, William R. AU - Shaffer, Blaine T1 - ASSOCIATIVE RESPONSE BIAS AND SEVERITY OF THOUGHT DISORDER IN SCHIZOPHRENIA AND MANIA. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/07// VL - 40 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 889 EP - 892 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on a study of severity of thought disorder related to putative, exaggerated tendency of schizophrenics to respond to associative intrusions. The results of this study are consistent with other studies in finding that a vulnerability to associative distractors is not specific to schizophrenia. Rather, the results suggest that the type of response error is more related to severity of thought disorder than to a specific diagnosis. Thus, mildly thought-disordered patients are probably more susceptible to associate distractors, and as thought disorder becomes more severe, it produces a deterioration of all performance and leads to an equal number of errors with or without associative distractors. KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - PSYCHOSES KW - MENTALLY ill KW - MENTAL illness KW - MENTAL health KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15955046; Sengel, Randal A. 1 Lovallo, William R. 1 Pishkin, Vladimir 1 Leber, William R. 2 Shaffer, Blaine 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center 2: University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center; Source Info: Jul1984, Vol. 40 Issue 4, p889; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: MENTAL illness; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15955046&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Tilleskjor, Curt AU - Kucala, Teresa AU - Jacobs, Lyle T1 - THE BIRTH SEASONALITY EFFECT IN NONSCHIZOPHRENIC PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/07// VL - 40 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 884 EP - 888 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on an investigation conducted to study birth seasonality tendencies in non-schizophrenic psychiatric samples, both before and after the same control was instituted. We also used expected values that take into account year-to-year variations in general population birth patterns. Results of the study do not support the view that the birthrates for non-schizophrenic psychiatric disorders are higher in some seasons than in others. Our statistical analyses yielded only negative results. Additionally, because neither our January-December nor our July-June analyses reached significance, the findings fail to suggest whether the positive results described earlier might be attributable to the age-prevalence or age-incidence artifacts. KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - MENTAL illness KW - PSYCHOSES KW - MENTAL health KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15955045; Watson, Charles G. 1 Tilleskjor, Curt 1 Kucala, Teresa 1 Jacobs, Lyle 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center St. Cloud, Minnesota; Source Info: Jul1984, Vol. 40 Issue 4, p884; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: MENTAL illness; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15955045&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Turner, John A. AU - Kofoed, Lial T1 - DECISION-MAKING, PROFESSIONAL DISCIPLINE, AND PROGRAM AFFILIATION: SELECTION OF AN INPATIENT TREATMENT ALTERNATIVE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/05// VL - 40 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 858 EP - 865 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a study, which used a hypothetical case history to examine the clinical decision-making of a group of 75 mental health practitioners representing the disciplines of alcohol/drug counseling, nursing, psychiatry, psychology, and social work. The variables of professional discipline, program affiliation, work setting, and influential case history items were studied in relation to clinician's selection of an inpatient treatment alternative. All clinicians performed similarly in that they followed an internally consistent process of reasoning in identifying influential case history items and using them in decision-making. Program affiliation and work setting had no biasing effect on decision-making, and only social workers showed a clear indication of a set related to their professional discipline. The implications of these findings for multi-disciplinary settings are discussed. KW - DECISION making KW - PROFESSIONS KW - HEALTH facilities -- Affiliations KW - INPATIENT care KW - HOSPITAL care KW - MENTAL health services N1 - Accession Number: 18721389; Turner, John A. 1 Kofoed, Lial 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, Oregon 2: Oregon Health Sciences University, Portland, Oregon; Source Info: May1984, Vol. 40 Issue 3, p858; Subject Term: DECISION making; Subject Term: PROFESSIONS; Subject Term: HEALTH facilities -- Affiliations; Subject Term: INPATIENT care; Subject Term: HOSPITAL care; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 813920 Professional Organizations; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 1 Diagram, 3 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=18721389&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Alfano, Anthony M. AU - Thurstin, Adrian H. AU - Bancroft Jr., William AU - Haygood, James M. AU - Sherer, Thomas M. T1 - DEVELOPMENT AND VALIDATION OF AN AUTOMATIC TREATMENT REFERRAL SYSTEM. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/05// VL - 40 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 842 EP - 850 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This paper reports on the development and validation of an automated referral system. While a complete answer to the question posed earlier requires a demonstration that treatment gains are maximized, the current study only considers the efficacy of an automated procedure relative to clinical staff assignment. In short, the hypothesis examined is that treatment assignment of inpatient alcoholics can be accomplished via automation without a loss of effectiveness and with greater efficiency, when compared to assignment by a clinical treatment team. Establishing the efficacy of an automated referral system is an initial step toward the maximization of treatment benefits and, consequently, is the focus of the discussion. KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - ALCOHOLISM -- Psychological aspects KW - MENTAL health services KW - ALCOHOLISM -- Treatment KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY N1 - Accession Number: 18721326; Alfano, Anthony M. 1 Thurstin, Adrian H. 2 Bancroft Jr., William 3 Haygood, James M. 4 Sherer, Thomas M. 5; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Fort Lyon, Colorado 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bay Pines, Florida 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Birmingham, Alabama 4: Bleke & Boyd, P.C., Atlanta, Georgia 5: Mississippi State University, Mississippi State, Mississippi; Source Info: May1984, Vol. 40 Issue 3, p842; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM -- Psychological aspects; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM -- Treatment; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 9p; Illustrations: 5 Charts, 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=18721326&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Evans, H. Mark T1 - INCREASING PATIENT INVOLVEMENT WITH THERAPY GOALS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/05// VL - 40 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 728 EP - 733 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a study, which focuses on recorded patient and therapist goal-setting sessions. The relationship between patients' participation in these sessions and their later involvement with their therapy goals was studied. How much patients participated and how much influence they had over the goals set were found to be related significantly to later goal involvement. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient KW - PATIENTS KW - MEDICAL personnel & patient KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - PSYCHOTHERAPISTS KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY N1 - Accession Number: 18721010; Evans, H. Mark 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Reno, Nevada; Source Info: May1984, Vol. 40 Issue 3, p728; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: MEDICAL personnel & patient; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPISTS; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=18721010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Peglar, Marian AU - Borgen, Fred H. T1 - THE DEFENSE MECHANISMS OF CORONARY PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/05// VL - 40 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 669 EP - 679 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a study, which investigated both individual defenses and patterns of defenses in a group of hospitalized coronary patients who were followed for 5 years. The success of the defense mechanisms was evaluated against three general outcome criteria, namely, anxiety, perception of health, and survival. Principalization was discovered to be the most successful and Projection the least successful defense. When a typology of patients was constructed using cluster analysis, those with high Principalization and low Reversal were judged to cope best. Although the efficacy of repressing defenses during crisis received support, both the type of repressing defense used and its relationship to other defenses were important in determining successful outcome. KW - DEFENSE mechanisms (Psychology) KW - ADJUSTMENT (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOANALYSIS KW - CORONARY heart disease KW - PATIENTS KW - HEART diseases KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 18720717; Peglar, Marian 1 Borgen, Fred H. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Des Moines, Iowa 2: Iowa State University; Source Info: May1984, Vol. 40 Issue 3, p669; Subject Term: DEFENSE mechanisms (Psychology); Subject Term: ADJUSTMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOANALYSIS; Subject Term: CORONARY heart disease; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: HEART diseases; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 11p; Illustrations: 6 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=18720717&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hyer, Lee AU - Collins, Joseph T1 - COMMUNITY ADJUSTMENT AMONG OLDER DEPRESSIVES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/05// VL - 40 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 659 EP - 668 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a study, which examines community adjustment among older depressives. It proposes, then, to assess two aspects of depression in elders. First, there is the question whether there are adjustment differences between younger and older depressed patients. A related issue with regard to differences in adjustment between older patients with later onset and earlier onset of depression also is considered. Secondly, the issue of the symptom patterns of depression at older ages in an inpatient population is studied. KW - MENTAL depression KW - DEPRESSION in old age KW - GERIATRIC psychiatry KW - AFFECTIVE disorders KW - OLDER people -- Mental health KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - ADJUSTMENT (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 18720712; Hyer, Lee 1,2 Collins, Joseph 3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center 2: Medical College of Georgia, Augusta, Georgia 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Perry Point, Maryland; Source Info: May1984, Vol. 40 Issue 3, p659; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: DEPRESSION in old age; Subject Term: GERIATRIC psychiatry; Subject Term: AFFECTIVE disorders; Subject Term: OLDER people -- Mental health; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: ADJUSTMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 10p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=18720712&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Markle, Allan AU - Bell, Crystal AU - Rinn, Roger C. T1 - EYE COLOR AS A PREDICTOR OF OUTCOMES IN BEHAVIOR THERAPY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/03// VL - 40 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 489 EP - 495 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a study, which examined the relationship between the outcomes of a behaviorally oriented mental health center's program for children and an area of individual differences that has been receiving increasing attention, that of eye color. The findings revealed that dark-eyed children and teenagers responded better to reactive treatment programs than their light-eyed counterparts, while the reverse was true for self-paced treatment programs. Implications for research and practice were discussed. KW - BEHAVIOR therapy for children KW - CHILD psychotherapy KW - BEHAVIOR therapy KW - EYE color KW - CHILD mental health KW - CHILD psychology KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 18720513; Markle, Allan 1 Bell, Crystal 2 Rinn, Roger C.; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, North Chicago, Illinois 2: Huntsville-Madison County Mental Health Center, Huntsville, Alabama; Source Info: Mar1984, Vol. 40 Issue 2, p489; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR therapy for children; Subject Term: CHILD psychotherapy; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR therapy; Subject Term: EYE color; Subject Term: CHILD mental health; Subject Term: CHILD psychology; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 1 Graph; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=18720513&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hart, James D. T1 - PREDICTING DIFFERENTIAL RESPONSE TO EMG BIOFEEDBACK AND RELAXATION TRAINING: THE ROLE OF COGNITIVE STRUCTURE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/03// VL - 40 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 453 EP - 457 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a study which analyzed the role of cognitive structure in predicting differential response to electromyography biofeedback and relaxation training. It was hypothesized that a measure of cognitive structure would differentially predict success at the two training tasks and that patients high in cognitive structure would derive more benefit from the more structured relaxation task and less benefit from the biofeedback task. This hypothesis was confirmed. The analysis also demonstrated that relaxation training was significantly more effective than biofeedback and that mixed headache patients improved significantly less than either migraine or muscle-contraction headache patients. KW - ELECTROMYOGRAPHY KW - ELECTRODIAGNOSIS KW - BIOFEEDBACK training KW - BIOLOGICAL control systems KW - CONTROL theory (Mathematics) KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY N1 - Accession Number: 18720478; Hart, James D. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wood, Wisconsin; Source Info: Mar1984, Vol. 40 Issue 2, p453; Subject Term: ELECTROMYOGRAPHY; Subject Term: ELECTRODIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: BIOFEEDBACK training; Subject Term: BIOLOGICAL control systems; Subject Term: CONTROL theory (Mathematics); Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=18720478&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Donham, Greg W. AU - Mikhail, S. F. AU - Meyers, Robert T1 - VALUE OF CONSENSUAL RATINGS IN DIFFERENTIATING ORGANIC AND FUNCTIONAL LOW BACK PAIN. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/03// VL - 40 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 432 EP - 439 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents an evaluation of low back pain patients by a multidisciplinary team to identify the behavioral characteristics associated with functional and organic determinants of pain. Significant relationships were found between orthopedists' clinical judgments and higher scores on MMPI scales between nurses' ratings and higher scores on MMPI scales and on the Zung Depression Scale and STAI Trait-Anxiety scale. Physicians and nurses consensually agreed on 27 cases. Behavioral observations of the orthopedists and the nursing staff revealed contrasting patterns of behavior for those patients classified as organic or functional. The power of the consensual rating method and its usefulness in clinical appraisals were discussed. KW - PAIN KW - LUMBAR pain KW - PATIENTS KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 18720452; Donham, Greg W. 1,2 Mikhail, S. F. 1 Meyers, Robert 1; Affiliation: 1: Bay Pines Veterans Administration Medical Center 2: University of South Florida; Source Info: Mar1984, Vol. 40 Issue 2, p432; Subject Term: PAIN; Subject Term: LUMBAR pain; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=18720452&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Graca, Joseph AU - Hutzell, R. R. AU - Gaffney, J. M. AU - Whiddon, Michael T1 - A COMPARISON OF THE EFFECTIVENESS OF MMPI INDICES IN THE DISCRIMINATION OF BRAIN-DAMAGED AND SCHIZOPHRENIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/03// VL - 40 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 427 EP - 431 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a study, which assessed the effectiveness of 22 published Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory procedures to differentiate organic brain syndrome from schizophrenic patients. Generally, each procedure has been suggested to have some effectiveness in making this differentiation. However, when assessed across studies, the S groups have differed on so many relevant variables that direct comparisons of their relative effectiveness cannot be made. In the current study the accuracy rates are presented for each of the 22 discrimination procedures with a sample matched on age, education, and intelligence quotient and also with a unmatched sample, all selected from the patient population at a neuropsychiatric setting. Overall accuracy rates of those procedures found to be statistically significant ranged from 61.5 to 70 percent. These accuracy rates compare favorably to those obtained with more complex and time-consuming neuropsychiatric batteries. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - NEUROBEHAVIORAL disorders KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - PSYCHOSES KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 18720449; Graca, Joseph 1 Hutzell, R. R. 1 Gaffney, J. M. 1 Whiddon, Michael 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Knoxville, Iowa; Source Info: Mar1984, Vol. 40 Issue 2, p427; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: NEUROBEHAVIORAL disorders; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=18720449&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kleinke, Chris L. T1 - COMPARING DEPRESSION-COPING STRATEGIES OF SCHIZOPHRENIC MEN AND DEPRESSED AND NONDEPRESSED COLLEGE STUDENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/03// VL - 40 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 420 EP - 426 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a study which identified three significant functions by a discriminant analysis that compared depression coping strategies reported by schizophrenic men and depressed and nondepressed college men. The effectiveness of these depression coping strategies reported by schizophrenic men was assessed with a multiple regression analysis that used schizophrenic men's coping strategies to predict their depression scores. It was concluded that schizophrenic men can benefit most in reducing their depression from therapy that involves them socially in creative and physical activities. KW - MENTAL depression KW - DEPRESSION in men KW - AFFECTIVE disorders KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - COLLEGE students KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 18720444; Kleinke, Chris L. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brooklyn, Massachusetts 2: Behavior Consultation Center, Brookline, Massachusetts; Source Info: Mar1984, Vol. 40 Issue 2, p420; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: DEPRESSION in men; Subject Term: AFFECTIVE disorders; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: COLLEGE students; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 1 Diagram, 3 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=18720444&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Penick, Elizabeth C. AU - Powell, Barbara J. AU - Read, Marsha R. T1 - SEX-ROLE AFFILIATION AMONG MALE ALCOHOLICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/01// VL - 40 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 359 EP - 363 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article cites a study in Kansas City, Kansas that compared sex-role attributes of a large group of male alcoholics determined by the PRF ANDRO to those of two non-alcoholic male groups. It was hypothesized that proportionally more of the male alcoholics would be sex-typed feminine. Endorsement of passive-feminine characteristics among alcoholics is interpreted to be a consequence, not a cause of the disorder, is considered reversible with the achievement of sustained sobriety, and is a feature that possibly needs to be addressed directly in order to facilitate successful therapeutic interventions. KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - GENDER role KW - GENDER differences (Psychology) KW - PERSONALITY assessment KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - APPLIED psychology KW - KANSAS City (Kan.) KW - KANSAS N1 - Accession Number: 18720379; Penick, Elizabeth C. 1 Powell, Barbara J. 2 Read, Marsha R. 1; Affiliation: 1: University of Kansas Medical Center, Kansas City, Kansas 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Kansas City, Missouri; Source Info: Jan1984, Vol. 40 Issue 1, p359; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: GENDER role; Subject Term: GENDER differences (Psychology); Subject Term: PERSONALITY assessment; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: APPLIED psychology; Subject Term: KANSAS City (Kan.); Subject Term: KANSAS; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 1 Graph; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=18720379&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Craig, Robert J. T1 - PERSONALITY DIMENSIONS RELATED TO PREMATURE TERMINATION FROM AN INPATIENT DRUG ABUSE TREATMENT PROGRAM. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/01// VL - 40 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 351 EP - 355 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article cites a study in Chicago, Illinois that determined Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory characteristics of heroin addicts who completed or prematurely dropped out from an inpatient detox rehabilitation short-term treatment program. It also determined whether factors predictive of dropout remain constant across time. Multivariate and stepwise discriminant function analyses resulted in selected variables that achieved 64 to 87 percent stay/leave classification accuracy, depending on method of application. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - DRUG abuse -- Treatment KW - SUBSTANCE abuse -- Treatment KW - HEROIN abuse -- Treatment KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - CHICAGO (Ill.) KW - ILLINOIS N1 - Accession Number: 18720368; Craig, Robert J. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: West Side Veterans Administration Medical Center, Chicago 2: University of Illinois at the Medical Center, Chicago; Source Info: Jan1984, Vol. 40 Issue 1, p351; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: DRUG abuse -- Treatment; Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse -- Treatment; Subject Term: HEROIN abuse -- Treatment; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: CHICAGO (Ill.); Subject Term: ILLINOIS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621420 Outpatient Mental Health and Substance Abuse Centers; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=18720368&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Keane, Terence M. AU - Foy, David W. AU - Nunn, Bruce AU - Rychtarik, Robert G. T1 - SPOUSE CONTRACTING TO INCREASE ANTABUSE COMPLIANCE IN ALCOHOLIC VETERANS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/01// VL - 40 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 340 EP - 344 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article cites a study in Mississippi that evaluated the efficacy of home-based interventions on actual disulfiram compliance. The experimental treatment conditions were also compared with the standard method of disulfiram administration. Importantly, it obtained measures of compliance through self-monitored data, contact with the significant other, and also through pharmacy records of disulfiram prescriptions over a three-month period. Twenty-five patients who had been treated in a behaviorally oriented inpatient alcohol dependence treatment program and who lived with a significant other participated in the study. KW - ALCOHOLISM -- Treatment KW - HOME-based mental health services KW - DISULFIRAM KW - HOME care services KW - PATIENT compliance KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - MISSISSIPPI N1 - Accession Number: 18720357; Keane, Terence M. 1 Foy, David W. 1 Nunn, Bruce 1 Rychtarik, Robert G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Mississippi Medical Center; Source Info: Jan1984, Vol. 40 Issue 1, p340; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM -- Treatment; Subject Term: HOME-based mental health services; Subject Term: DISULFIRAM; Subject Term: HOME care services; Subject Term: PATIENT compliance; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: MISSISSIPPI; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621390 Offices of all other health practitioners; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624120 Services for the Elderly and Persons with Disabilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621399 Offices of All Other Miscellaneous Health Practitioners; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621610 Home Health Care Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621420 Outpatient Mental Health and Substance Abuse Centers; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=18720357&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - de Wolfe, Alan S. AU - Ryan, Joseph J. T1 - WECHSLER PERFORMANCE IQ > VERBAL IQ INDEX IN A FORENSIC SAMPLE: A RECONSIDERATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/01// VL - 40 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 291 EP - 294 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article cites a study in Chicago, Illinois that explored the relationships of Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale Performance Intelligence Quotient (PIQ) > Verbal IQ (VIQ) index to the following: 1) type of crime; 2) ethnicity; and, 3) reading disability in an adult corrections sample of 70 males incarcerated on felony charges. The PIQ > VIQ sign was not related to Full Scale IQ or to violent versus nonviolent crime, per se. The PIQ > VIQ sign showed a trend towards association with Ethnicity and was related significantly to reading disability. KW - CRIMINALS KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - VERBAL ability KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - CHICAGO (Ill.) KW - ILLINOIS N1 - Accession Number: 18720110; de Wolfe, Alan S. 1 Ryan, Joseph J. 2,3; Affiliation: 1: Loyola University of Chicago 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, North Chicago 3: University of Health Sciences/The Chicago Medical School, North Chicago; Source Info: Jan1984, Vol. 40 Issue 1, p291; Subject Term: CRIMINALS; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: VERBAL ability; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: CHICAGO (Ill.); Subject Term: ILLINOIS; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=18720110&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Webster, Jeffrey S. AU - Scott, Reda R. AU - Nunn, Bruce AU - McNeer, Mary Frances AU - Varnell, Neil T1 - A BRIEF NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL SCREENING PROCEDURE THAT ASSESSES LEFT AND RIGHT HEMISPHERIC FUNCTION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/01// VL - 40 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 237 EP - 240 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article cites a study in Jackson, Mississippi that investigates the utility of using two very different and brief neuropsychological screening tests. The tests selected were the Memory for Designs (MFD) and the Cognitive Capacity Screening Exam (CCSE). The MFD is a brief scorable screening device that has been used widely and evaluates visual functioning, nonverbal memory, and nonverbal visual constructive skills, in which all functions are sensitive to impairment of the nondominant hemisphere and the posterior cortex. On the other hand, CCSE consists of 30 questions that tap orientation, math, verbal recognition, and simple abstraction abilities. KW - CEREBRAL hemispheres KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - CLINICAL neuropsychology KW - NEUROLOGIC examination KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - JACKSON (Miss.) KW - MISSISSIPPI N1 - Accession Number: 18720093; Webster, Jeffrey S. 1 Scott, Reda R. 1 Nunn, Bruce 1 McNeer, Mary Frances 1 Varnell, Neil 1; Affiliation: 1: University of Mississippi Medical Center and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Jackson, Mississippi; Source Info: Jan1984, Vol. 40 Issue 1, p237; Subject Term: CEREBRAL hemispheres; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: CLINICAL neuropsychology; Subject Term: NEUROLOGIC examination; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: JACKSON (Miss.); Subject Term: MISSISSIPPI; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=18720093&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mo, Suchoon S. AU - LeFevre, Paul A. AU - Kersey, Ray T1 - BINOCULAR LOCUS OF BRAIN HEMISPHERE REVERSAL OF TIME INFORMATION EFFECT IN SCHIZOPHRENIA. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/01// VL - 40 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 230 EP - 236 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article cites a study in Colorado that investigated brain hemisphere laterality of time information among 60 schizophrenics and 60 nonschizophrenics. Duration estimation of a single dark dot presented to the left, center, and right visual fields was studied with respect to an auditory warning signal of variable duration. One conclusion being drawn was that, the relation between posterior and prior time information was shown to be that of inverse variation, and this relation was intact among schizophrenics. KW - TIME reversal KW - CEREBRAL dominance KW - CEREBRAL hemispheres KW - BRAIN KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - APPLIED psychology KW - COLORADO N1 - Accession Number: 18720092; Mo, Suchoon S. 1 LeFevre, Paul A. 1 Kersey, Ray 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Southern Colorado 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Fort Lyon, Colorado; Source Info: Jan1984, Vol. 40 Issue 1, p230; Subject Term: TIME reversal; Subject Term: CEREBRAL dominance; Subject Term: CEREBRAL hemispheres; Subject Term: BRAIN; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: APPLIED psychology; Subject Term: COLORADO; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 1 Diagram, 2 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=18720092&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Klett, William G. AU - Walters, Carol AU - Vassar, Patricia T1 - SUICIDE AND THE MMPI: A CROSS-VALIDATION OF PREDICTORS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/01// VL - 40 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 115 EP - 119 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article cites a study in Saint Cloud, Minnesota that evaluated a substantial number of previously proposed Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) suicide predictors by comparing the inventories of 84 psychiatric hospital patients who had completed suicide to those of a comparison group. It also compared the frequencies with which the groups endorsed each of the 566 MMPI items. The number of resulting significant differences was less than chance. The results argued against the use of the MMPI to predict suicide at this point. KW - SUICIDE KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - EDUCATIONAL tests & measurements KW - PERSONALITY assessment KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - SAINT Cloud (Minn.) KW - MINNESOTA N1 - Accession Number: 18720032; Watson, Charles G. 1 Klett, William G. Walters, Carol 1 Vassar, Patricia 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Cloud, Minnesota; Source Info: Jan1984, Vol. 40 Issue 1, p115; Subject Term: SUICIDE; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: EDUCATIONAL tests & measurements; Subject Term: PERSONALITY assessment; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: SAINT Cloud (Minn.); Subject Term: MINNESOTA; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=18720032&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Peterson, Charles A. T1 - READABILITY AND HUMAN INTEREST SCORES OF TWENTY-EIGHT BOOKS ON PSYCHOANALYTIC TECHNIQUE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/01// VL - 40 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 86 EP - 89 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article cites a study in Illinois that presented the readability and human interest scores of 28 books on psychoanalytic technique. It discussed these scores in relation to psychoanalyeese, a term coined to describe a burgeoning technical vocabulary, and to psychotherapy training. Psychoanalytic prose comes in many forms. Therefore, some writers have proposed that the existing languages in psychoanalysis be jettisoned in the service of greater clinical relevance or congruence with certain philosophical systems. KW - READABILITY (Literary style) KW - BOOKS KW - PSYCHOANALYSIS KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - APPLIED psychology KW - ILLINOIS N1 - Accession Number: 18720018; Peterson, Charles A. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Lakeside Medical Center, Chicago, Illinois 2: Northwestern University Medical School; Source Info: Jan1984, Vol. 40 Issue 1, p86; Subject Term: READABILITY (Literary style); Subject Term: BOOKS; Subject Term: PSYCHOANALYSIS; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: APPLIED psychology; Subject Term: ILLINOIS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 451310 Book stores and news dealers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 451211 Book Stores; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424920 Book, Periodical, and Newspaper Merchant Wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414420 Book, periodical and newspaper merchant wholesalers; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=18720018&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Silver, Steven M. AU - Iacono, C. U. T1 - FACTOR-ANALYTIC SUPPORT FOR DSM-III'S POST-TRAUMATIC STRESS DISORDER FOR VIETNAM VETERANS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/01// VL - 40 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 5 EP - 14 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article cites a study that discovers factor-analytic support for Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders' or DSM-III's criteria for post-traumatic stress disorder for Vietnam veterans in Lubbock, Texas. The results suggested that some additional symptoms such as depression and anger be included as major signs, especially when one is dealing with Vietnam veterans. A comparison of symptom intensity was made between Vietnam veterans and non-Vietnam veterans. It was also shown that Vietnam veterans attested to experiencing significantly greater intensities of DSM-III criteria behaviors than did non-Vietnam veterans. However, no significant differences were found for symptoms related to depression. KW - FACTOR analysis KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - ANXIETY KW - TRAUMATIC neuroses KW - VIETNAM veterans KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - LUBBOCK (Tex.) KW - TEXAS N1 - Accession Number: 18719993; Silver, Steven M. 1 Iacono, C. U. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center Coatsville, Pennsylvania 2: Texas Tech University; Source Info: Jan1984, Vol. 40 Issue 1, p5; Subject Term: FACTOR analysis; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: TRAUMATIC neuroses; Subject Term: VIETNAM veterans; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: LUBBOCK (Tex.); Subject Term: TEXAS; Number of Pages: 10p; Illustrations: 5 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=18719993&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Barrett, Jr., Edwin T. AU - Wheatley, Richard D. AU - Plant, Robert J. La T1 - A BRIEF CLINICAL NEUROPSYCHOLOGIC BATTERY: CLINICAL CLASSIFICATION TRIALS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1983/11// VL - 39 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 980 EP - 984 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article provides information on a study in which 150 neuropsychiatric referrals, based upon non-neuropsychological evaluative data, were classified independently into Definite (DBD), Suspected (SBD), or No Brain Damage (NBD) groups. Each subject was examined with a brief, 2-hour neuropsychologic battery and the test data clinically rated by two neuropsychologists, blind to group membership. Instruments used were the Shipley-Hartford Scale, Wechsler Memory Scale-revised, Name Writing Test, Reitan-Indiana Aphasia and Sensory-Perceptual Exams, Constructional Dyspraxia Exam, Trail Making Test, Finger Tapping Test, and MMPI. A comparison of clinical classifications was done with criteria for NBD vs. SBD + DBD, NDB vs. SBD, and SBD vs. DBD groupings. Hit rates ranged from 83.3% for the former group to 64.3% for the latter group. The comparison of these results was favorable with hit rates derived from statistical classification trials. In addition, clinicians also classified SBD and DBD cases into one of eight different diagnostic categories. The overall hit rate was found to be 61.3%. KW - PSYCHIATRIC research KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - CLINICAL neuropsychology KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGY KW - WRITING materials & instruments KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY KW - BRAIN diseases KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 19109321; Barrett, Jr., Edwin T. 1 Wheatley, Richard D. 2 Plant, Robert J. La 3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center Cincinnati, Ohio. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center Kerrville, Texas. 3: Marshfield Clinic Marshfield, Wisconsin.; Source Info: Nov1983, Vol. 39 Issue 6, p980; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC research; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: CLINICAL neuropsychology; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: WRITING materials & instruments; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: BRAIN diseases; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; NAICS/Industry Codes: 322230 Stationery Product Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 339940 Office Supplies (except Paper) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 418210 Stationery and office supplies merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 453210 Office Supplies and Stationery Stores; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424120 Stationery and Office Supplies Merchant Wholesalers; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=19109321&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Clark, Austen AU - Friedman, Matthew J. T1 - NINE STANDARDIZED SCALES FOR EVALUATING TREATMENT OUTCOME IN A MENTAL HEALTH CLINIC. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1983/11// VL - 39 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 939 EP - 950 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article analyzes psychometrics of a package of standardized scales used to assess mental health treatment outcomes in a VA cost-effectiveness study consisting of 451 subjects. Nine scales that have been derived include family involvement, involvement with friends, labor market participation, symptomatology, substance abuse, client satisfaction, and client goal attainment. These scales were drawn from several existing instruments, including the Denver Community Mental Health Questionnaire, the Symptom Checklist 90, the Global Assessment scale, and others. Item-item and item-total correlations shows each scale to have high internal consistency. Principal components analysis demonstrates distinct factors for each scale and good clustering of items within scales. The scale items used in this study are discrete choice and have excellent interrater reliability. Corroboration of validity was done by multiple regression, which showed different scales to be sensitive to different predictors of follow-up status. KW - MENTAL health KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - PERSONALITY disorders KW - COST effectiveness KW - LABOR market KW - FAMILIES KW - SUBSTANCE abuse KW - SYMPTOMS N1 - Accession Number: 19109298; Clark, Austen 1 Friedman, Matthew J. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, White River Junction, Vermont. 2: Dartmouth Medical School.; Source Info: Nov1983, Vol. 39 Issue 6, p939; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: PERSONALITY disorders; Subject Term: COST effectiveness; Subject Term: LABOR market; Subject Term: FAMILIES; Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=19109298&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ludenia, Krista AU - Donham, Greg W. T1 - DENTAL OUTPATIENTS: HEALTH LOCUS OF CONTROL CORRELATES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1983/11// VL - 39 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 854 EP - 858 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article examines relationships between the Multidimensional Health Locus of Control (MHLC) Scales, Beck Depression Inventory, Trait subscales of the State-Trait Personality Inventory, and dental ratings of oral hygiene and presence of periodontal disease with 101 dental outpatients at a Veterans Administration Medical Center Dental Clinic. Dental personnel have noted various difficulties encountered with patients who experience overgeneralized emotional responses to dentistry. There are few studies, however, which have employed a health-specific instrument, rather than a global one, to measure locus of control with regard to personal dental health. The results of the present study indicated that the sample of outpatients scored comparably on MHLC Health Internality and Health Externality. In the present sample, older dental patients scored significantly higher on "Powerful Others Externality" in contrast to younger subjects, which suggests greater reliance on health professionals for dental health. The article presents confirmatory evidence on the negative correlations of depression, anger, and anxiety with Health Internality. It also discusses differential approaches to dental treatment. KW - DENTISTRY KW - SICK -- Psychology KW - PATIENTS KW - PERSONALITY KW - MENTAL depression -- Diagnosis KW - DENTAL clinics KW - ORAL hygiene KW - BECK Depression Inventory KW - DENTAL personnel N1 - Accession Number: 19109206; Ludenia, Krista 1 Donham, Greg W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Bay Pines Veterans Administration Medical Center.; Source Info: Nov1983, Vol. 39 Issue 6, p854; Subject Term: DENTISTRY; Subject Term: SICK -- Psychology; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: MENTAL depression -- Diagnosis; Subject Term: DENTAL clinics; Subject Term: ORAL hygiene; Subject Term: BECK Depression Inventory; Subject Term: DENTAL personnel; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621210 Offices of Dentists; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=19109206&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dolan, M. P. AU - Roberts, W. R. AU - Penk, W. E. AU - Robinowitz, R. AU - Atkins, H. G. T1 - PERSONALITY DIFFERENCES AMONG BLACK, WHITE, AND HISPANIC-AMERICAN MALE HEROIN ADDICTS ON MMPI CONTENT SCALES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1983/09// VL - 39 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 807 EP - 813 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on a study which was conducted to evaluate personality differences among Black, White, and Hispanic-American male Heroin addicts on Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory content scales. Although many drug abusers may be somewhat at odds with what might be called the "conventional adult culture," one of the scientist suggests that different subcultures within this group produce differing types of substance abusers. Implicit in this theory of cultural differences is the assumption that minority group drug abusers will differ in personality and levels of adjustment as a result of their cultural identity. The data obtained from the study led to the hypothesis that minority substance abusers should show less maladjustment than their counterparts in the majority culture on standard personality measures. All subjects were given a psychological assessment battery of tests within their first week of hospitalization. The results of the study reinforce the theory that there are differences among substance abusers of varying cultural backgrounds. KW - DRUG abuse KW - HEROIN KW - ETHNOPSYCHOLOGY KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - CULTURAL relations KW - MINORITIES N1 - Accession Number: 19108619; Dolan, M. P. 1 Roberts, W. R. 1 Penk, W. E. 1 Robinowitz, R. 1 Atkins, H. G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, Texas.; Source Info: Sep1983, Vol. 39 Issue 5, p807; Subject Term: DRUG abuse; Subject Term: HEROIN; Subject Term: ETHNOPSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: CULTURAL relations; Subject Term: MINORITIES; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=19108619&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Goebel, Ronald A. T1 - DETECTION OF FAKING ON THE HALSTEAD-REITAN NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL TEST BATTERY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1983/09// VL - 39 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 731 EP - 742 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on a study for detection of faking by applying the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test battery. The clinical neuropsychologists are being called on to provide expert testimony concerning brain dysfunction in individuals involved in litigation. The importance of focussing on malingering and head injury appears obvious because the issue frequently is raised in such cases, when litigation is involved. The present investigation also addressed itself to the question of whether naive, neurologically unimpaired individuals can fake believable deficits on the Halstead-Reitan neuropsychological test battery. The subjects consisted of 52 patients with verified neurological impairment of the cerebral hemispheres. The Right, Left and Diffuse groups received essentially the same instructions, but were told what type of brain damage to fake. Upon collection of the 152 neuropsychological protocols from the college volunteers, the author's assistant intermingled among them the protocols of 46 brain- impaired patients. KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - CEREBROVASCULAR disease KW - BRAIN -- Wounds & injuries KW - BRAIN damage KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - CEREBRAL hemispheres N1 - Accession Number: 19108100; Goebel, Ronald A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center Shreveport, Louisiana.; Source Info: Sep1983, Vol. 39 Issue 5, p731; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: CEREBROVASCULAR disease; Subject Term: BRAIN -- Wounds & injuries; Subject Term: BRAIN damage; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: CEREBRAL hemispheres; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=19108100&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ludenia, Krista AU - Russell, Stephen F. T1 - THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN HEALTH LOCUS OF CONTROL BELIEFS AND THE MMPI WITH AN ALCOHOLIC POPULATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1983/07// VL - 39 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 624 EP - 627 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article cites a study which examined relationships between the Multidimensional Health Locus of Control Scales and subscales of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) with inpatients at a U.S. Veterans Administration Medical Center Alcohol Dependency Treatment Unit. Recent studies have examined the utility of various locus of control measures that have been developed specifically for use with alcoholics. However, there have been few published studies with this population that have focused on locus of control beliefs specifically related to health. The present study was conducted to provide additional information on health locus of control beliefs with alcoholics and to determine whether previous findings of a generalized internal-control orientation would be supported with regard to locus of control beliefs specifically related to health. A further goal of this study was to examine the relationships between health locus of control and other personality variables as assessed by the subscales of the MMPI. KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - LOCUS of control KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - MEDICAL centers KW - SUBSTANCE abuse KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - UNITED States KW - UNITED States. Veterans Administration N1 - Accession Number: 19105777; Ludenia, Krista 1 Russell, Stephen F. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Bay Pines Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: University of South Florida.; Source Info: Jul1983, Vol. 39 Issue 4, p624; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: LOCUS of control; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: MEDICAL centers; Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: UNITED States; Company/Entity: UNITED States. Veterans Administration; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621491 HMO Medical Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=19105777&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wolff, Shelly AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - PERSONALITY ADJUSTMENT DIFFERENCES IN THE BEM MASCULINITY AND FEMININITY SCALES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1983/07// VL - 39 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 543 EP - 550 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article cites two studies which investigated personality adjustment differences in the Bem masculinity and feminity scales. The first study compared the adjustment values of the Bem Sex Role Inventory (BSRI) Masculinity and Femininity scales and their individual items, using 40 mental health workers as judges. It was also determined that if differences in the adjustment ratings of the scales emerged, modified Masculinity and Femininity scales, matched for mental health value, will be developed. The relationships of vocational and personal adjustment variables to masculinity, femininity, androgyny and undifferentiatedness, as defined by the original and the modified scales, then were to be compared in a second study. When categorized by the original BSRI scales, the authors' masculine and androgynous samples produced healthier scores than their feminine and undifferentiated groups on a modest number of measures. These findings are similar to those reported in earlier research. However, when individuals with invalid Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventories were deleted, the sizes of the observed differences decreased, perhaps because of relationships between the BSRI scales and social desirability. KW - BEM Sex-Role Inventory KW - FEMININITY KW - MASCULINITY KW - ANDROGYNY (Psychology) KW - SOCIAL desirability scales KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - GENDER role -- Testing KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - SCALING (Social sciences) N1 - Accession Number: 19104084; Wolff, Shelly 1 Watson, Charles G. 2; Affiliation: 1: Crawford Rehabilitation Center Duluth, Minnesota. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Jul1983, Vol. 39 Issue 4, p543; Subject Term: BEM Sex-Role Inventory; Subject Term: FEMININITY; Subject Term: MASCULINITY; Subject Term: ANDROGYNY (Psychology); Subject Term: SOCIAL desirability scales; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: GENDER role -- Testing; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: SCALING (Social sciences); Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=19104084&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Schoeneman, Sandra Z. AU - Reznikoff, Marvin AU - Bacon, Stephen J. T1 - PERSONALITY VARIABLES IN COPING WITH THE STRESS OF A SPOUSE'S CHRONIC ILLNESS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1983/05// VL - 39 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 430 EP - 436 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on a study that identifies systematically those spouses of hemodialysis patients who are at risk for experiencing difficulties in adapting to their mate's chronic illness and treatment, and to investigate select personality variables that may aid in a spouse's ability to cope with the unique stress of living with chronic illness. Several clinical literature and epidemiological research has pointed to a relationship between prolonged exposure to stressful life experiences and emotional adjustment. Living with chronic illness can be debilitating not only for the patient but also for the other members of the family. The spouse's adaptation to the stress of living with chronic illness has been shown to relate not only to his or her own mental and physical health also contribute to the patient's general well-being. The study selected 56 wives of dialysis patients at three metropolitan Veterans Administration Medical Centers. The results of the study indicated that a greater external locus of control was related to poorer experienced adjustment by the wives. KW - CAREGIVERS KW - CHRONICALLY ill -- Care KW - WIVES KW - HEMODIALYSIS patients KW - MENTAL health KW - STRESS (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 19103863; Schoeneman, Sandra Z. 1 Reznikoff, Marvin 1 Bacon, Stephen J. 2; Affiliation: 1: Fordham University. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, New York.; Source Info: May1983, Vol. 39 Issue 3, p430; Subject Term: CAREGIVERS; Subject Term: CHRONICALLY ill -- Care; Subject Term: WIVES; Subject Term: HEMODIALYSIS patients; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=19103863&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cohen, Michael J. AU - Heinrich, Richard L. AU - Naliboff, Bruce D. AU - Collins, Gretchen A. AU - Bonebakker, Adelita D. T1 - GROUP OUTPATIENT PHYSICAL AND BEHAVIORAL THERAPY FOR CHRONIC LOW BACK PAIN. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1983/05// VL - 39 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 326 EP - 333 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on the effectiveness of group outpatient physical and behavioral therapy for treating chronic low back pain (CLBP). Both the treatments are included in most comprehensive pain programs and are thought to produce differential outcomes. The major hypothesis about the two treatment interventions is that both interventions would be helpful in treating CLBP patients. However, the physical therapy intervention should affect differentially the variables associated with physical functioning and the behavioral intervention should affect variables primarily associated with interpersonal interactions and improved psychological functioning. The majority of patients selected for the study were referred from clinics of the Sepulveda Veterans Medical Center, the Southern California Permanente Medical Group and physicians in private practice in the San Fernando Valley of Los Angeles. The study found that both treatments achieved successful outcomes in two domains of the pain experience, improving psychological and psychosocial functioning, and altering pain intensity and perception of pain. KW - BEHAVIOR therapy KW - PHYSICAL therapy KW - LUMBAR pain KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - INTERPERSONAL relations KW - PHYSICAL medicine N1 - Accession Number: 19103783; Cohen, Michael J. 1 Heinrich, Richard L. 1 Naliboff, Bruce D. 2 Collins, Gretchen A. 1,3 Bonebakker, Adelita D. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, California. 2: University of California, Los Angeles. 3: University of California, Irvine.; Source Info: May1983, Vol. 39 Issue 3, p326; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR therapy; Subject Term: PHYSICAL therapy; Subject Term: LUMBAR pain; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: INTERPERSONAL relations; Subject Term: PHYSICAL medicine; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=19103783&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lovallo, William R. AU - Sengel, Randal A. AU - Leber, William R. AU - Shaffer, Blaine AU - Pishkin, Vladimir T1 - CONVERGENT AND DISCRIMINANT VALIDITY OF THE WIST. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1983/05// VL - 39 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 321 EP - 325 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on the validity of the Whitaker Index of Schizophrenic Thinking (WIST) in distinguishing schizophrenics from nonschizophrenics and in correlating with a measure of generalized cognitive deficit. The WIST was designed to be specifically sensitive to the illogicality of schizophrenic patients. Each of the 25 multiple-choice items of WIST has a correct choice, a loose associate, a personal reference item, a clang associate, and a nonsense associate. The four error types were designed to be sensitive to particular forms of schizophrenic disorder. The sample for the study consisted 10 nonschizophrenic controls, 10 nonparanoid, and 10 paranoid schizophrenics. It was found that the WIST is a poor discriminator of schizophrenics from nonschizophrenics when the standard cut-off Index of 20 was used as diagnostic of schizophrenia according to WIST norms. The study found that the WIST strongly agrees with the Shipley Institute of Living Scale, a measure of generalized cognitive dysfunction. KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - MENTALLY ill KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - COGNITION disorders KW - PSYCHOSES KW - PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS N1 - Accession Number: 19103778; Lovallo, William R. 1 Sengel, Randal A. 1 Leber, William R. 1 Shaffer, Blaine 1 Pishkin, Vladimir 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. 2: University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.; Source Info: May1983, Vol. 39 Issue 3, p321; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: COGNITION disorders; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=19103778&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Query, William T. T1 - FIELD DEPENDENCY, n POWER AND LOCUS OF CONTROL VARIABLES IN ALCOHOL AVERSION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1983/03// VL - 39 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 279 EP - 283 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on a study which focused on an electroconditioning aversion program. In this study, male volunteer alcoholics were given I-E Scale, Embedded Figures Test and a newly devised n Power inventory in a 10-day program. Forty-seven male volunteer subjects of an ongoing alcoholic clinic were tested and given treatment. All these subjects were free of psychosis and brain damage. All these subjects were divided into three conditions: those who were given vodka as a tasteless beverage with shock; those given a choice between beer or whiskey with shock and those given a choice with both shock and covert desensitization. Also, there was a tendency for the subjects to be both younger and more intelligent in the latter condition. Follow-up was 2 months by interview, 6 months by letter, with combination therapy more effective. As a result of the study, this was found that external control and field dependency were associated with being older. Internals and hard liquor drinkers tended to be abstinent for both periods as predicted. This was also suggested that field dependency was a more unstable variable for outcome and a non-preferred beverage generalizes to preferred beverage abstinence. KW - AVERSION therapy KW - ALCOHOLISM -- Hospitals KW - VOLUNTEERS KW - BRAIN damage KW - PSYCHOSES KW - ALCOHOLIC beverages N1 - Accession Number: 19103594; Query, William T. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center Fargo, North Dakota.; Source Info: Mar1983, Vol. 39 Issue 2, p279; Subject Term: AVERSION therapy; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM -- Hospitals; Subject Term: VOLUNTEERS; Subject Term: BRAIN damage; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: ALCOHOLIC beverages; NAICS/Industry Codes: 312140 Distilleries; NAICS/Industry Codes: 445310 Beer, Wine, and Liquor Stores; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424820 Wine and Distilled Alcoholic Beverage Merchant Wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 413220 Alcoholic beverage merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=19103594&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dye, Carol J. AU - Bohm, Kenneth AU - Anderten, Patricia AU - Dong Won Cho T1 - AGE GROUP DIFFERENCES IN DEPRESSION ON MMPI D SCALE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1983/03// VL - 39 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 227 EP - 234 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on a study which explored age differences in the assessment of depression. This research indicated that present depression scales may yield many false positives for depression because these scales contain the large number of somatic items. An important question which arises over here is whether this same finding would hold in psychiatric populations, which are the ones most likely to be subject to diagnosis. So, this study was designed in such a way that it can supply information in that area. The D-scale responses of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory for 6,964 patients were factor-analyzed. Results showed significant differences in the expression of depression for three age groups--20-39, 40-59 and 60+ years. Therefore, it appears that a quantitatively high D-scale (70 or above) score could be taken to indicate depressive symptomatology regardless of the age of the patient. However, it is cautioned, that this assumption needs to be quantified by future research. KW - MENTAL depression KW - AGE differences KW - PSYCHIATRIC rating scales KW - SYMPTOMS KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PATIENTS N1 - Accession Number: 19103540; Dye, Carol J. 1 Bohm, Kenneth 1 Anderten, Patricia 2 Dong Won Cho 3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center St. Louis, Missouri. 2: St. Louis University. 3: Missouri Institute of Psychiatry St. Louis, Missouri.; Source Info: Mar1983, Vol. 39 Issue 2, p227; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: AGE differences; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC rating scales; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=19103540&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Schubert, Donald K. T1 - COMPARISON OF HYPNOTHERAPY WITH SYSTEMATIC RELAXATION IN THE TREATMENT OF CIGARETTE HABITUATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1983/03// VL - 39 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 198 EP - 202 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on a study in which comparison of effectiveness was made between hypnotherapy and systematic relaxation in the treatment of cigarette habituation. In this study, 87 volunteers, 41 males and 46 females, who wanted to quit cigarette smoking were assigned randomly to the experimental hypnosis group, the comparison relaxation group, and the waiting list control group. These subjects in the treatment groups had four weekly 50-minute, individual sessions. Four months after the completion of treatment, subjects were administered a questionnaire and a hypnotic susceptibility scale. It was found that those in the hypnosis group who were in the upper two-thirds of the group in terms of hypnotic susceptibility reduced their cigarette consumption substantially more than those in the relaxation group who were in the upper two-thirds of the group in terms of hypnotic susceptibility. So, the hypnotic state seems to be therapeutic for individuals who can enter medium or deep states of hypnosis. The findings of this study have important implications for clinical settings and also the author has recommend that a client be tested initially for hypnotic susceptibility. KW - NICOTINE addiction -- Treatment KW - HYPNOTHERAPY KW - RELAXATION (Health) KW - SMOKING KW - VOLUNTEERS KW - HYPNOTIC susceptibility N1 - Accession Number: 19103498; Schubert, Donald K. 1; Affiliation: 1: Long Beach Veterans Administration Medical Center.; Source Info: Mar1983, Vol. 39 Issue 2, p198; Subject Term: NICOTINE addiction -- Treatment; Subject Term: HYPNOTHERAPY; Subject Term: RELAXATION (Health); Subject Term: SMOKING; Subject Term: VOLUNTEERS; Subject Term: HYPNOTIC susceptibility; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=19103498&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hyer, Lee AU - Collins, Joseph AU - Blazer II, Dan T1 - COMMUNITY ADJUSTMENT OF OLDER SCHIZOPHRENICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1983/03// VL - 39 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 160 EP - 164 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents the findings of a study based on the issue of how older schizophrenics adjust within the community. This study compares the adjustment of younger and older schizophrenics within the community after a psychiatric hospitalization and also addresses the question whether there are differences among the older group of schizophrenics themselves. The procedures which were used for the study were straightforward and unobtrusive. Ratings were obtained from only capable and consenting patients. The ratings used for study reflects only the patient's community adjustment. The four factors-- interpersonal involvement, agitation depression, confusion, and outside social--were combined into a PARS Global Adjustment Score, where a high score presented good community adjustment. The study shows that old veterans are adjusting well in the community and also this older age group, apparently is responding well to the hospitalization. It also appears that as a group, older schizophrenics view themselves as adjusting as a younger group. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - OLDER people -- Diseases KW - SOCIAL adjustment KW - COMMUNITY life KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospital care KW - AGITATION (Psychology) KW - DELIRIUM N1 - Accession Number: 19103469; Hyer, Lee 1 Collins, Joseph 2 Blazer II, Dan 3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center and Medical College of Georgia. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center Perry Point, Maryland. 3: Center for the Study of Aging and Human Development Durham, North Carolina.; Source Info: Mar1983, Vol. 39 Issue 2, p160; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: OLDER people -- Diseases; Subject Term: SOCIAL adjustment; Subject Term: COMMUNITY life; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC hospital care; Subject Term: AGITATION (Psychology); Subject Term: DELIRIUM; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=19103469&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gilmore, Grover C. AU - Royer, Fred L. AU - Gruhn, Joseph J. T1 - AGE DIFFERENCES IN SYMBOL-DIGIT SUBSTITUTION TASK PERFORMANCE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1983/01// VL - 39 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 114 EP - 124 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study which tries to find the reasons behind a decline in performance on the Digit Symbol Substitution test with age. The Digit Symbol Substitution test, a subtest of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS), is a well documented correlate of aging. One of the reasons given for is that older persons do not have as much experience as younger persons with coding tasks and that practice would allow older persons to improve performance significantly. The sample consisted of a total of 125 subjects, 88 females and 37 males, who ranged from 30 to 92 years of age. According to Salthouse (1978) memory plays a role in the age decline on the Digit Symbol Substitution test. So, the encoding and visual search operations must be examined as likely loci of the drop in information processing speed. Another reason given for the age decline in the Digit Symbol Substitution test may be due to a drop in motor speed and cognitive speed. Some studies also conclude that the aging decline is due to possible changes in two information processing operations: Symbol encoding and visual search. KW - AGE & intelligence KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - MEMORY -- Age factors KW - HUMAN information processing KW - COGNITIVE ability KW - VISUAL acuity N1 - Accession Number: 19103392; Gilmore, Grover C. 1 Royer, Fred L. 2 Gruhn, Joseph J. 2; Affiliation: 1: Faculty, Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, Ohio 44106. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center (Brecksville Unit) Cleveland, Ohio.; Source Info: Jan1983, Vol. 39 Issue 1, p114; Subject Term: AGE & intelligence; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: MEMORY -- Age factors; Subject Term: HUMAN information processing; Subject Term: COGNITIVE ability; Subject Term: VISUAL acuity; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=19103392&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Schut, Bernard H. AU - Hutzell, R. R. AU - Whiddon, Michael AU - Hartman, Joseph T1 - FURTHER EVALUATION OF THE CPI REPEATED ITEM SHORT FORM. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1983/01// VL - 39 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 67 EP - 70 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on the evaluation of the California Psychological Inventory (CPI) Repeated Item Short Form (RISF). This form was compared with a Factor Analytically derived Short Form (FASF). Results of this comparison indicated that in a psychiatric population, RISF was accurate in most cases of predicting and matching patterns of full length CPI scores. The development of the RISF was done with a psychiatric population. This was because of the fact that the FASF was developed with a population of relatively normal college students. This article aims to cross-validate the RISF with nonpsychotic populations and makes further comparisons with the only other CPI short form that demonstrated to have clinical utility. The RISF was found to perform favorably when compared with the FASF on all described comparisons. The result of the study indicate that for any CPI short form to be useful clinically to a test interpreter it should predict accurately full version scores without having to administer the full length CPI. KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Research KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - COLLEGE students KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - PSYCHIATRIC clinics N1 - Accession Number: 19103238; Schut, Bernard H. 1 Hutzell, R. R. 1 Whiddon, Michael 1 Hartman, Joseph 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center Knoxville, Iowa. 2: Byron Harless, Reid & Associates Jacksonville, Florida.; Source Info: Jan1983, Vol. 39 Issue 1, p67; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Research; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: COLLEGE students; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC clinics; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621112 Offices of Physicians, Mental Health Specialists; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541720 Research and Development in the Social Sciences and Humanities; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=19103238&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - O'Neil, Patrick Mahlen AU - Roitzsch, John C. AU - Giacinto, Joseph P. AU - Miller, William C. T1 - TEMPORAL STABILITY OF THE EXPERIENCED CONTROL SCALE WITHIN AN ALCOHOLIC MALE POPULATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1982/10// VL - 38 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 886 EP - 890 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on alcohol abuse. The construct of control experienced by persons over forces or pressures in their lives has been linked conceptually and empirically with level of psychological functioning, coping abilities, and abuse of substances. Among a male alcoholic sample, persons who are experiencing minimal control over internal and external pressures have been found to exhibit more psychopathology than their alcoholic counterparts who report higher levels of experienced control. The temporal stability of the Experienced Control Scale within the present male alcoholic sample appears respectable but uneven. KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - SUBSTANCE abuse KW - POPULATION KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - PERSONALITY disorders KW - STABILITY (Mechanics) N1 - Accession Number: 15845690; O'Neil, Patrick Mahlen 1,2 Roitzsch, John C. 1,2 Giacinto, Joseph P. 1,2 Miller, William C. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center Charleston, S.C. 2: Medical University of South Carolina.; Source Info: Oct1982, Vol. 38 Issue 4, p886; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse; Subject Term: POPULATION; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: PERSONALITY disorders; Subject Term: STABILITY (Mechanics); Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845690&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Meyers, Robert AU - Donham, Greg W. AU - Ludenia, Krista T1 - THE PSYCHOMETRIC PROPERTIES OF THE HEALTH LOCUS OF CONTROL SCALE WITH MEDICAL AND SURGICAL PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1982/10// VL - 38 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 783 EP - 787 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the Health Locus of Control (HLC) scale to examine the psychometric properties. High scores on the HLC are indicative of an individual who anticipates little or no personal control in determining health-related behavior. Good fortune, accidental happenings, and significant others are perceived as influential factors. "Health internals" consider their overt behavior and subsequent personal health to be highly related. The HLC has been employed aspects of health with a wide range gonorrhea patients, epileptics, medication compliance. KW - HEALTH KW - LOCUS of control KW - PERSONALITY KW - GONORRHEA KW - PATIENTS KW - PSYCHOMETRICS N1 - Accession Number: 15845672; Meyers, Robert 1 Donham, Greg W. 1,2 Ludenia, Krista 1; Affiliation: 1: Bay Pines Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: University of South Florida.; Source Info: Oct1982, Vol. 38 Issue 4, p783; Subject Term: HEALTH; Subject Term: LOCUS of control; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: GONORRHEA; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845672&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Charlesworth, Edward A. AU - Dempsey, George T1 - TRAIT ANXIETY REDUCTIONS IN A SUBSTANCE ABUSE POPULATION TRAINED IN STRESS MANAGEMENT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1982/10// VL - 38 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 764 EP - 768 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on trait anxiety reductions in stress management. Many theorists and practitioners have emphasized the tension and anxiety reduction properties of drugs and alcohol as explanatory concepts of substance abuse. Research suggests that certain factors consistently seem to be intimated in drug abuse. One such factor involves the lack of adaptive resources to manage successfully stress, tension and anxiety responses. The systematic and effective treatment of stress, tension, and anxiety as an adjunct to the standard therapies for substance abuse is relatively new. KW - ANXIETY KW - STRESS management KW - PERSONALITY disorders KW - PEOPLE with mental disabilities KW - DRUG abuse KW - SUBSTANCE abuse N1 - Accession Number: 15845669; Charlesworth, Edward A. 1 Dempsey, George 2; Affiliation: 1: Baylor College of Medicine Houston, Texas. 2: Veterans' Administration Hospital Houston, Texas.; Source Info: Oct1982, Vol. 38 Issue 4, p764; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: STRESS management; Subject Term: PERSONALITY disorders; Subject Term: PEOPLE with mental disabilities; Subject Term: DRUG abuse; Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845669&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Shelton, M. D. AU - Parsons, Oscar A. AU - Leber, William R. AU - Yohman, J. Robert T1 - LOCUS OF CONTROL AND NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL PERFORMANCE IN CHRONIC ALCOHOLICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1982/07// VL - 38 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 649 EP - 655 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents information on locus of control and neuropsychological performance in chronic alcoholics. The neuropsychological consequences of chronic alcoholism have been investigated extensively; deficits in abstracting, problem-solving and perceptuomotor functioning after long-term alcohol abuse are reported consistently. These deficits resemble those found in patients with other types of known organic brain disorders. Another area of considerable interest in alcoholism research is the elucidation of salient personality variables in alcoholics, including locus of control. KW - LOCUS of control KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGY KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - NEUROBEHAVIORAL disorders KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - PROBLEM solving N1 - Accession Number: 15912217; Shelton, M. D. 1,2 Parsons, Oscar A. 1,2 Leber, William R. 1,2 Yohman, J. Robert 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Center for Alcohol and Drug Related Studies, University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center. 2: Behavioral Science Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.; Source Info: Jul1982, Vol. 38 Issue 3, p649; Subject Term: LOCUS of control; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: NEUROBEHAVIORAL disorders; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: PROBLEM solving; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15912217&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Souheaver, Gary T. AU - Ryan, Joseph J. AU - Dewolfe, Alan S. T1 - NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL PATTERNS IN UREMIA. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1982/07// VL - 38 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 490 EP - 496 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on neuropsychological patterns in uremia. Patients with end-stage renal disease present an apathetic appearance, fatigue easily, have difficulty concentrating, and may develop major psychiatric symptoms such as depression and/or hallucinations. Until now, few systematic investigations of the neuropsychological functioning of uremic patients prior to dialysis have been reported. Recent research does indicate that uremia is associated with a significant deterioration in nonverbal intelligence. KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGY KW - UREMIA KW - KIDNEY diseases KW - FATIGUE KW - MENTAL depression KW - HALLUCINATIONS & illusions N1 - Accession Number: 15912187; Souheaver, Gary T. 1 Ryan, Joseph J. 2 Dewolfe, Alan S. 3; Affiliation: 1: Veteran. Administration Medical Center and University of Arkansas, Medical Sciences Little Rock, Arkansas. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Health Sciences, Chicago Medical School North Chicago, Illinois. 3: Loyola University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois.; Source Info: Jul1982, Vol. 38 Issue 3, p490; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: UREMIA; Subject Term: KIDNEY diseases; Subject Term: FATIGUE; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: HALLUCINATIONS & illusions; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15912187&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dye, Carol J. T1 - FACTOR STRUCTURE OF THE WECHSLER MEMORY SCALE IN AN OLDER ADULT POPULATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1982/01// VL - 38 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 163 EP - 166 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses factor structure of the Wechsler Memory Scale in an older adult population. Many questions exist with regard to the reliability, validity, and structure of the Wechsler Memory Scale (WMS). These questions are important because the WMS is used so widely in making decisions about patient care and in assessing research questions. While Wechsler originally developed this scale to assess memory relative to other cognitive abilities, it is far from clear what the WMS does assess. Rather than being unitary in character, factor analyses have indicated that the subtests that make up the WMS assess several different functions and should not be combined into the total memory quotient (MQ) score. Consequently, caution should be used in interpreting the total MQ score. KW - WECHSLER Memory Scale KW - MEMORY testing KW - OLDER people KW - COGNITIVE ability KW - MEDICAL care KW - FACTOR analysis N1 - Accession Number: 15863429; Dye, Carol J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Louis, Missouri.; Source Info: Jan1982, Vol. 38 Issue 1, p163; Subject Term: WECHSLER Memory Scale; Subject Term: MEMORY testing; Subject Term: OLDER people; Subject Term: COGNITIVE ability; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: FACTOR analysis; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15863429&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mo, Suchoon S. AU - Kersey, Ray T1 - ON EGO REGRESSION AND PRIOR TIME INFORMATION EFFECT IN SCHIZOPHRENIA. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1982/01// VL - 38 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 34 EP - 38 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on ego regression and prior time information effect in Schizophrenia. This is an extension of the previous study that has shown that prior time information (TI) effect is uniquely associated with process schizophrenia and that prior TI effect is not to be regarded as pertinent to the regression of ego in time, but rather to regression of time itself. Once the distinction between two kinds of regression is accepted within the context of the multilevel theory of time, then it is possible to associate regression in time and regression of time with corresponding two distinct disorders. Dominance of past orientation, which is regression in time within nootemporality, can be regarded as characterizing neurosis rather than process schizophrenia. KW - REGRESSION analysis KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - TIME perspective KW - SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder KW - NEUROSES KW - PSYCHOANALYSIS KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL aspects N1 - Accession Number: 15863405; Mo, Suchoon S. 1 Kersey, Ray 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Southern Colorado. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Fort Lyon, Colorado.; Source Info: Jan1982, Vol. 38 Issue 1, p34; Subject Term: REGRESSION analysis; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: TIME perspective; Subject Term: SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder; Subject Term: NEUROSES; Subject Term: PSYCHOANALYSIS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL aspects; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15863405&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Joseph, Rhawn T1 - THE NEUROPSYCHOLOGY OF DEVELOPMENT: HEMISPHERIC LATERALITY, LIMBIC LANGUAGE, AND THE ORIGIN OF THOUGHT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1982/01// VL - 38 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 4 EP - 33 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on the development of thought and the substrate from which it originates, the nervous system. Thought and language are viewed as integrally related to the motor predominance of the left hemisphere and the differential rates of hemispheric maturation. It is argued that the early maturation of the motor fibers of the peripheral nervous system and the motor cortex of the left hemisphere, coupled with the later maturation of the right hemisphere and sensory systems, results in differential acquisition and function, such that the left predominates in motoric processes and relies on temporal and sequential modes of operations, whereas the right is concerned primarily with receptive-sensory non-linguistic functions and the parallel-wholistic realization of information. KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGY KW - NERVOUS system KW - PERIPHERAL nervous system KW - MOTOR cortex KW - SENSORY receptors KW - NEUROSCIENCES N1 - Accession Number: 15863404; Joseph, Rhawn 1; Affiliation: 1: UHS/The Chicago Medical School, North Chicago Veterans Administration Medical Center.; Source Info: Jan1982, Vol. 38 Issue 1, p4; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: NERVOUS system; Subject Term: PERIPHERAL nervous system; Subject Term: MOTOR cortex; Subject Term: SENSORY receptors; Subject Term: NEUROSCIENCES; Number of Pages: 30p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15863404&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gibson, Rulon O. T1 - COMPARATIVE VALIDITY OF THE VERBAL IQ AS A SHORT FORM OF THE WAIS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1981/10// VL - 37 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 843 EP - 846 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the verbal IQ of the Weschler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS). Throughout the history of constructed Short Forms of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale, the selected subtest format has been a popular form of WAIS abbreviation. The WAIS records of 100 consecutive male psychiatric inpatients were taken from the Psychology Service files at the Hines Veterans Administration Hospital. The patients ranged in age from 18 to 71 with a mean of 36.44 years and a standard deviation of 13.58. KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PATIENTS KW - INTELLECT KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15845860; Gibson, Rulon O. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Hines, Illinois.; Source Info: Oct1981, Vol. 37 Issue 4, p843; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: INTELLECT; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845860&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Boyle, Edward S. AU - Harrison, Bruce E. T1 - FACTOR STRUCTURE OF THE HEALTH LOCUS OF CONTROL SCALE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1981/10// VL - 37 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 819 EP - 824 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the locus of control scale. The Health Locus of Control (HLC) scale was designed to measure health specific control expectancies with the objective of improving the prediction of health-related behaviors obtainable from more generalized measures such as Rotter's (1966) Internal-External Locus of Control Scale. The possible bidimensionality of the scale may account in part for the relatively low scale reliabilities and the failure to confirm theoretically expected relationships to other variables that have been reported. KW - HEALTH KW - LOCUS of control KW - PERSONALITY KW - SELF-control KW - CONSCIOUSNESS KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15845854; Boyle, Edward S. 1 Harrison, Bruce E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center Dayton, Ohio.; Source Info: Oct1981, Vol. 37 Issue 4, p819; Subject Term: HEALTH; Subject Term: LOCUS of control; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: SELF-control; Subject Term: CONSCIOUSNESS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845854&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Wold, Joyce AU - Anderson, Roxanne AU - Schulte, David AU - Jacobs, Lyle T1 - A TEST OF THE BROEN-STORMS THEORY OF COGNITIVE DEFICIT IN SCHIZOPHRENIA. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1981/10// VL - 37 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 698 EP - 705 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the Broen-Storms theory. Broen and Storms have developed a popular behavioristic theory to explain schizophrenic thought disorder. It holds that thought disorder results from schizophrenics' having higher drive levels and lower response-strength ceilings than non-schizophrenics. While high drive levels ordinarily would strengthen both appropriate and inappropriate responses, the low ceiling limits the strength of the appropriate, generally strong, ones to a greater degree than it does those of weaker, inappropriate behaviors. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - MENTALLY ill KW - BEHAVIORISM (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - DISEASES KW - COGNITION disorders N1 - Accession Number: 15845835; Watson, Charles G. 1 Wold, Joyce 1 Anderson, Roxanne 1 Schulte, David 1 Jacobs, Lyle 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Oct1981, Vol. 37 Issue 4, p698; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: BEHAVIORISM (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: DISEASES; Subject Term: COGNITION disorders; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845835&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Royer, Fred L. AU - Gilmore, Grover C. AU - Gruhn, Joseph J. T1 - NORMATIVE DATA FOR THE SYMBOL DIGIT SUBSTITUTION TASK. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1981/07// VL - 37 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 608 EP - 614 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses recent research that involves a new version of the Digit Symbol Substitution task and provides normative data on its use with different populations so that it may be used clinically. It states that typically, a test is given only in a single form. Differences often are found between groups and the problem of accounting for differences becomes very difficult. Such problems are resolved to some extent when more than one form is available and forms manipulate the difficulty level of the test. Such data will permit several points to be plotted and slopes and intercepts of the resultant curve to be examined. KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - POPULATION KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Research KW - DATA analysis KW - EXPERIMENTAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15845752; Royer, Fred L. 1 Gilmore, Grover C. 1 Gruhn, Joseph J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center (Brecksville Unit) Cleveland, Ohio.; Source Info: Jul1981, Vol. 37 Issue 3, p608; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: POPULATION; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Research; Subject Term: DATA analysis; Subject Term: EXPERIMENTAL psychology; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541720 Research and Development in the Social Sciences and Humanities; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845752&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Harris, Rachel AU - Linn, Margaret W. AU - Good, Raphael AU - Hunter, Kathleen T1 - ATTITUDES AND PERCEPTIONS OF PERINATAL CONCEPTS DURING PREGNANCY IN WOMEN FROM THREE CULTURES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1981/07// VL - 37 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 477 EP - 483 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article cites a study that describes how various cultures differed in their attitudes and perceptions of perinatal concepts and how these attitudes and perceptions changed over the course of the pregnancy and puerperium. Data from the background questions and the Neuroticism Scale Questionnaire were analyzed by multivariate analysis of variance and covariance to test, for differences among cultures. In order to determine how attitudes and perceptions changed over the course of pregnancy and postpartum in Afro-American, White-Anglo and Cuban-Hispanic women, curve fitting by orthogonal polynomials was used. Results of the study indicated that the perinatal concepts of pregnancy and unborn baby were sensitive to cultural differences and change over the course of pregnancy. KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - CHANGE KW - PREGNANCY KW - PUERPERIUM KW - CULTURE KW - MULTIVARIATE analysis KW - ORTHOGONAL polynomials N1 - Accession Number: 15845704; Harris, Rachel 1 Linn, Margaret W. 1 Good, Raphael 2 Hunter, Kathleen 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Miami Miami, Florida. 2: University of Miami Miami, Florida.; Source Info: Jul1981, Vol. 37 Issue 3, p477; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject Term: CHANGE; Subject Term: PREGNANCY; Subject Term: PUERPERIUM; Subject Term: CULTURE; Subject Term: MULTIVARIATE analysis; Subject Term: ORTHOGONAL polynomials; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845704&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Wold, Joyce T1 - LOGICAL REASONING DEFICITS IN SCHIZOPHRENIA AND BRAIN DAMAGE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1981/07// VL - 37 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 466 EP - 471 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on logical reasoning deficits in Schizophrenia and brain damage. It reports that researchers C.G. Watson, J. Wold and T. Kucala compared schizophrenics and psychiatric controls on four abstraction measures and a logic test after those groups had been matched closely for intelligence quotient. They found no difference on the abstract ability tests, but those schizophrenics were inferior to controls on the logical reasoning test. The results of the study suggested that inability to abstract is not a disorder-specific schizophrenic deficit, but that inability to reason logically might be. Researchers were, however, unable to identify the specific nature of any reasoning deficit that might characterize schizophrenia. KW - BRAIN damage KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - INTELLIGENCE levels KW - REASONING (Logic) KW - ABSTRACT thought N1 - Accession Number: 15845700; Watson, Charles G. 1 Wold, Joyce 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Jul1981, Vol. 37 Issue 3, p466; Subject Term: BRAIN damage; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE levels; Subject Term: REASONING (Logic); Subject Term: ABSTRACT thought; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845700&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Gabber, Betty AU - Schaefer, Allan AU - Buranen, Cheryl AU - Wold, Joyce T1 - SEPARATION OF BRAIN-DAMAGED FROM PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS WITH ABILITY AND PERSONALITY MEASURES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1981/04// VL - 37 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 347 EP - 353 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on the separation of braindamaged from patients with ability and personality measures. Previous research indicates that many brain-damage screening tests lack the ability to separate organic from functional patients at a satisfactory level. However the Smith Symbol-Digit Modalities Test, the Benton Visual Retention test, the Background Interference Procedure variation of the Minnesota Percepto-Diagnostic Test (MMPI) and the MMPI Psychiatric-Organic scale have shown some promise in earlier studies. KW - BRAIN-damaged children KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PATIENTS N1 - Accession Number: 15845598; Watson, Charles G. 1 Gabber, Betty 1 Schaefer, Allan 1 Buranen, Cheryl Wold, Joyce 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Apr1981, Vol. 37 Issue 2, p347; Subject Term: BRAIN-damaged children; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845598&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pishkin, Vladimir AU - Thorne, Feederick C. T1 - SOCIAL FACTORS IN SCHIZOPHRENIC, ALCOHOLIC, EXECUTIVE AND PRISON POPULATIONS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1981/04// VL - 37 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 239 EP - 246 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article investigates factorial structure of social status in hospitalized schizophrenics, executives and prison populations. Persons typified by the factor are socially upward mobile, liberal-minded and active in public affairs-somewhat like the stereotype of the 1950's liberal. The social mobility shows in a desire to take part in society events, concern for social standing, attendance at many parties, knowing the right people, desire to get children into a high social class and a desire to associate with upper-class people. KW - SOCIAL status KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - EXECUTIVES KW - PRISONERS KW - SOCIAL classes KW - SOCIAL mobility N1 - Accession Number: 15845583; Pishkin, Vladimir 1,2 Thorne, Feederick C.; Affiliation: 1: Oklahoma City Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center.; Source Info: Apr1981, Vol. 37 Issue 2, p239; Subject Term: SOCIAL status; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: EXECUTIVES; Subject Term: PRISONERS; Subject Term: SOCIAL classes; Subject Term: SOCIAL mobility; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845583&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pishkin, Vladimir AU - Thorne, Feederick C. T1 - SCHIZOPHRENIC, ALCOHOLIC, FELON AND MANAGEMENT FACTOR COMPOSITIONS OF SOCIAL STATUS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1981/04// VL - 37 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 235 EP - 238 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports that the third phase of the Social Status Study (SSS) research focused on the analysis of factorial structure of the four distinct populations schizophrenics, alcoholics, felons and successful, normal adults that were referred to as Diagnostic Groups. It is noteworthy that the SSS factors that emerge from population closely resemble the general nature of the factor resulted from an earlier Ideological Study based on completely different sample of schizophrenic patients. KW - SOCIAL status KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - FELON (Disease) KW - POWER (Social sciences) KW - MENTALLY ill N1 - Accession Number: 15845582; Pishkin, Vladimir 1,2 Thorne, Feederick C.; Affiliation: 1: Oklahoma City Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center.; Source Info: Apr1981, Vol. 37 Issue 2, p235; Subject Term: SOCIAL status; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: FELON (Disease); Subject Term: POWER (Social sciences); Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845582&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Schlesinger, Louis B. AU - Kutash, Irwing L. T1 - THE CRIMINAL FANTASY TECHNIQUE: A COMPARISON OF SEX OFFENDERS AND SUBSTANCE ABUSERS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1981/01// VL - 37 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 210 EP - 218 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a newly developed projective technique that utilizes criminal fantasy in an attempt to help in the prediction of crime and to gain psychodynamic insights into such offenders. The prediction of dangerous, criminal, or antisocial behavior has been problematic not only for psychologists and psychiatrists, but for society at large. There have been several attempts at such prognostication through analysis of various patterns of behavior given in the patient's history and through the analysis of the motivational dynamics of acts previously committed. A total of 50 randomly selected samples were used in the study. Thirty-seven males from a population of inmates at the New Jersey Sex Offender Unit served as the clinical samples. KW - CRIMINAL behavior KW - PROJECTIVE techniques KW - SEX offenders KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - CRIMINAL psychology KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Methodology N1 - Accession Number: 15845539; Schlesinger, Louis B. 1,2 Kutash, Irwing L. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, East Orange, New Jersey. 2: College of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey.; Source Info: Jan1981, Vol. 37 Issue 1, p210; Subject Term: CRIMINAL behavior; Subject Term: PROJECTIVE techniques; Subject Term: SEX offenders; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: CRIMINAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Methodology; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845539&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Leber, William R. AU - Jenkins, Robert L. AU - Parsons, Oscar A. T1 - RECOVERY OF VISUAL-SPATIAL LEARNING AND MEMORY IN CHRONIC ALCOHOLICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1981/01// VL - 37 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 192 EP - 197 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses recovery of visual-spatial learning and memory in chronic alcoholics. Investigations of the neuropsychological status of chronic alcoholics have revealed that a variety of abilities may be affected adversely. The degree and permanence of impairment, however, seems not to be constant across the range of abilities. Visual-spatial abstraction abilities such as perceptual motor abilities like those measured by the Tactual Performance Test are among the more impaired. The degree of impairment on other tests that involve perceptual motor abilities is not clear. Tests that utilize visual perceptual abilities such as the Bender-Gestalt Test and Memory-for-Designs test have been administered to alcoholics with mixed results. KW - ALCOHOLICS -- Psychological testing KW - DISABILITIES KW - MOTOR ability KW - BENDER-Gestalt Test KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15845536; Leber, William R. 1,2 Jenkins, Robert L. 1,2 Parsons, Oscar A. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Center for Alcohol and Drug Related Studies, University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center. 2: Behavioral Sciences Laboratories, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.; Source Info: Jan1981, Vol. 37 Issue 1, p192; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS -- Psychological testing; Subject Term: DISABILITIES; Subject Term: MOTOR ability; Subject Term: BENDER-Gestalt Test; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845536&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Glosz Jr., Joseph T. AU - Grant, Igor T1 - PROGNOSTIC VALIDITY OF THE MMPI. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1981/01// VL - 37 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 147 EP - 151 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on the prognostic validity of Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI). The MMPI has proven test-retest reliability and, in specialized cases, validity in that it is generalizable to other psychological measures. Rarely have any correlations to physically measurable variables been made. In terms of illness outcome, several cases have been reported in which one subgroup of patients differs from another group in some scale or scales of the MMPI. Prognosis in alcohol treatment programs also has been related to various MMPI scales. This study examines the relationships between the MMPI scales and an index of pathology and prognosis. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - PROGNOSIS KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15845524; Glosz Jr., Joseph T. 1 Grant, Igor 2,3; Affiliation: 1: San Diego State University. 2: University of California, San Diego. 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego.; Source Info: Jan1981, Vol. 37 Issue 1, p147; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: PROGNOSIS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845524&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Query, William T. AU - Berger, Randy A. T1 - AVLT MEMORY SCORES AS A FUNCTION OF AGE AMONG GENERAL MEDICAL, NEUROLOGIC AND ALCOHOLIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1980/10// VL - 36 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 1009 EP - 1012 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study which analyzed data from the administration of the Rey AVLT to 232 general hospital patients according to age and type of diagnosis and influences of these variables on learni ng, recall and recognition. A CBS group of male VA patients in a general hospital who were undergoing treatment for long-term alcoholism and who had been diagnosed as showing neurological signs of brain damage, a group with neurological deficits from trauma and CVAs designated as ABS (N = 49), and a group of patients who had no brain damage, but had psychophysiological disorders such as gastric, ulcers, hyperventilation, were tested with the AVLT. KW - CEREBROVASCULAR disease KW - BRAIN -- Wounds & injuries KW - BRAIN damage KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - NEUROLOGY KW - HYPERVENTILATION N1 - Accession Number: 15847564; Query, William T. 1 Berger, Randy A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Fargo, North Dakota.; Source Info: Oct1980, Vol. 36 Issue 4, p1009; Subject Term: CEREBROVASCULAR disease; Subject Term: BRAIN -- Wounds & injuries; Subject Term: BRAIN damage; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: NEUROLOGY; Subject Term: HYPERVENTILATION; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847564&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Russell, Elbert W. T1 - TACTILE SENSATION -- AN ALL-OR-NONE EFFECT OF CEREBRAL DAMAGE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1980/10// VL - 36 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 858 EP - 864 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a research, the general method of which was to plot the tactile scores of a group of normal controls and patients who have an organic brain syndrome and compare that distribution to the distribution obtained from three different types of cognitive cortical functions--Speech Perception, Block Design and the Trail Making Test, Trails B. Subjects for the study were 158 brain-damaged patients and 40 control patients. The brain-damaged patients had been tested as part of a routine neuropsychological examination, and consequently they were unselected for type or location of damage. This group contained 38 patients with right hemisphere damage and 34 patients with left hemisphere damage. The primary test used in the study was the Von Frey Hairs. KW - NEUROBEHAVIORAL disorders KW - AUDITORY perception KW - PSYCHOLINGUISTICS KW - SENSES & sensation KW - SPEECH perception KW - BRAIN diseases KW - COGNITIVE ability N1 - Accession Number: 15847535; Russell, Elbert W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Miami, Florida.; Source Info: Oct1980, Vol. 36 Issue 4, p858; Subject Term: NEUROBEHAVIORAL disorders; Subject Term: AUDITORY perception; Subject Term: PSYCHOLINGUISTICS; Subject Term: SENSES & sensation; Subject Term: SPEECH perception; Subject Term: BRAIN diseases; Subject Term: COGNITIVE ability; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847535&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Holland, Terrill R. AU - Levi, Mario AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - PERSONALITY PATTERNS AMONG HOSPITALIZED VS. INCARCERATED PSYCHOPATHS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1980/07// VL - 36 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 826 EP - 832 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article reports a study undertaken for the purpose of comparing the average MMPI profile and major profile types among clinically diagnosed psychopaths who either were imprisoned due to illegal behavior or hospitalized for treatment purposes. A secondary goal of the study was to evaluate the relative sensitivity of two methods of MMPI profile classification to personality differences between hospitalized and incarcerated psychopaths. Subjects (Ss) for this study were 80 psychiatric inpatients at the Veterans Administration Hospital, Saint Cloud, Minnesota, and 80 felony offenders who were incarcerated within the California Department of Corrections for presentence evaluation. Although numerous previous studies have demonstrated the discriminability of psychopaths from other groups, present findings, reportedly, are consistent with observations of considerable personality heterogeneity among psychopathic individuals. This diversity is seen most strikingly in five empirically derived MMPI profile configurations, but also is illustrated by the two-point code results. KW - PSYCHOPATHS KW - MENTALLY ill KW - PRISON psychology KW - CRIMINALS KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15934504; Holland, Terrill R. 1 Levi, Mario 1 Watson, Charles G. 2; Affiliation: 1: California Department of Corrections, Chino. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Jul1980, Vol. 36 Issue 3, p826; Subject Term: PSYCHOPATHS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: PRISON psychology; Subject Term: CRIMINALS; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15934504&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bascue, Loy O. AU - Zlotowski, Martin T1 - PSYCHOLOGISTS' PRACTICES RELATED TO MEDICATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1980/07// VL - 36 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 821 EP - 825 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article reports a study evaluating the proficiency of psychologists to provide health services, especially as private practitioners. The purpose of this study, therefore, was to focus on that proficiency by surveying psychologists' attitudes and practices related both to their initial evaluation of clients, including their use of medical consultants, and also their appraisal and management of clients for whom psychotropic medication is a consideration. Beginning randomly and selecting alternate names from the alphabetical listing of registrants in both the 1978 edition and the 1978-79 Winter Supplement of the National Register of Health Service Providers in Psychology, half of the doctoral-level psychologists in Pennsylvania were mailed a 2-page questionnaire that contained 22 items. Fourteen percent of those 137 psychologists did not indicate either their age or sex, although they did complete the remainder of the inventory. The psychologists first were asked about their general use of medical consultants for their private practice. Seventy-two percent reported that they did use consultants. KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - PSYCHIATRIC drugs KW - PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - MENTAL health services -- Evaluation KW - MENTAL health services use KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY N1 - Accession Number: 15934503; Bascue, Loy O. 1 Zlotowski, Martin 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: West Chester State College.; Source Info: Jul1980, Vol. 36 Issue 3, p821; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC drugs; Subject Term: PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject Term: MENTAL health services -- Evaluation; Subject Term: MENTAL health services use; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15934503&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Powell, Barbara J. AU - Penick, Elizabeth C. AU - Read, Marsha R. T1 - PSYCHOLOGICAL ADJUSTMENT AND SEX-ROLE AFFILIATION IN AN ALCOHOLIC POPULATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1980/07// VL - 36 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 801 EP - 805 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article reports a study assessing the level and interrelation of psychological adjustment and sex-role affiliation as determined by the PRF Androgyny Scale in an alcoholic population. This study was conducted over 123 alcoholic males who agreed to take part in a 1-year, evaluation research program at the Lexington, Kentucky. The PRF Androgyny Scale, recently developed to assess sex-role affiliation, contains two separate scales that were created to measure masculine and feminine attributes. based on results, it was revealed that sex-role category was not related significantly to social and/or demographic variables such as marital status, education, recent employment status, and occupation. Moreover, sex-role type was not associated with behavioral manifestations common to the disorder of alcoholism and its severity. KW - GENDER role -- Testing KW - ADJUSTMENT (Psychology) KW - AFFILIATION (Psychology) KW - GENDER stereotypes KW - ANDROGYNY (Psychology) KW - ALCOHOLICS -- Psychological testing KW - SOCIAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15934499; Powell, Barbara J. 1 Penick, Elizabeth C. 1 Read, Marsha R. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: University of Kentucky Medical Center, Lexington, Kentucky.; Source Info: Jul1980, Vol. 36 Issue 3, p801; Subject Term: GENDER role -- Testing; Subject Term: ADJUSTMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: AFFILIATION (Psychology); Subject Term: GENDER stereotypes; Subject Term: ANDROGYNY (Psychology); Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS -- Psychological testing; Subject Term: SOCIAL psychology; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15934499&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dustman, Robert E. AU - Beck, Edward C. T1 - MEMORY-FOR-DESIGNS TEST: COMPARISON OF PERFORMANCE OF YOUNG AND OLD ADULTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1980/07// VL - 36 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 770 EP - 774 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article reports a study investigating the effectiveness of the Memory-for-Designs Test (MFD) as a tool for the comparison of performance of young and old adults. The MFD test is probably one of the most widely used of any single psychological test for the diagnosis of perceptual, motor, and memory deficits related to brain dysfunction. This study was performed on a sample of 80 right-handed normal males divided by age into four groups of 20 subjects (Ss) each. Age distribution was 21-30, 41-50,61-70, and 71-90 years. It was evidenced that acuity did not contribute to the differences reported is that all Ss reproduced the first two designs accurately. KW - MEMORY KW - RECOLLECTION (Psychology) KW - RECOGNITION (Psychology) KW - AGE groups KW - AGE differences KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - MEMORY-for-Designs Test N1 - Accession Number: 15934492; Dustman, Robert E. 1 Beck, Edward C. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah.; Source Info: Jul1980, Vol. 36 Issue 3, p770; Subject Term: MEMORY; Subject Term: RECOLLECTION (Psychology); Subject Term: RECOGNITION (Psychology); Subject Term: AGE groups; Subject Term: AGE differences; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: MEMORY-for-Designs Test; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15934492&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Linn, Margaret W. AU - Hunter, Kathleen AU - Harris, Rachel T1 - SYMPTOMS OF DEPRESSION AND RECENT LIFE EVENTS IN THE COMMUNITY ELDERLY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1980/07// VL - 36 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 675 EP - 682 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article cites a study assessing symptoms of depression and their relationship with recent life events in the community elderly. The study also focused on the effect of physical disability and living arrangements in explaining these relationships in black and white as well as male and female Ss. This study was conducted on a sample of 188 persons of more than 65 years of age and who were living independently in the community. Degree of disability was measured by 14 items selected from the Rapid Disability Rating Scale, which measures on 3-point scales the degree of assistance needed with usual and independent activities of daily living. Independent variables were 12 events assessed with a modified version of the Recent Life Changes Questionnaire. Depressive symptomatology was measured by the Depression Factor Score from the Hopkins Symptom Checklist. Results reported here indicate higher incidence of depressive mood in females and Whites. KW - MENTAL depression -- Diagnosis KW - LIFE change events in old age KW - OLDER people -- Psychological testing KW - PEOPLE with disabilities KW - DISABILITY evaluation KW - SYMPTOMS KW - MENTAL health KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 15934473; Linn, Margaret W. 1 Hunter, Kathleen 1 Harris, Rachel 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, University of Miami, School of Medicine.; Source Info: Jul1980, Vol. 36 Issue 3, p675; Subject Term: MENTAL depression -- Diagnosis; Subject Term: LIFE change events in old age; Subject Term: OLDER people -- Psychological testing; Subject Term: PEOPLE with disabilities; Subject Term: DISABILITY evaluation; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15934473&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Daly, William K. AU - Zimmerman, Alice T1 - STAFF ATTITUDES AND TREATMENT EFFECTIVENESS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1980/04// VL - 36 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 601 EP - 605 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article reports that the most commonly studied staff attitude/ward atmosphere variables have been authoritarianism and concepts related to it. The findings on their effects are mixed. The available research on staff attitude's effect is difficult to interpret and appears to conflict with itself at several points. The available research on staff attitude's effect is difficult to interpret and appears to conflict with itself at several points. Clearly additional study is needed in this area. KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - ATTITUDE change (Psychology) KW - EMOTIONS (Psychology) KW - AUTHORITARIANISM KW - POLITICAL science KW - EMPLOYEES KW - RESEARCH N1 - Accession Number: 15829201; Watson, Charles G. 1 Daly, William K. 1 Zimmerman, Alice 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Apr1980, Vol. 36 Issue 2, p601; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: ATTITUDE change (Psychology); Subject Term: EMOTIONS (Psychology); Subject Term: AUTHORITARIANISM; Subject Term: POLITICAL science; Subject Term: EMPLOYEES; Subject Term: RESEARCH; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15829201&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kish, G. B. AU - Hagen, J. M. AU - Woody, M. M. AU - Harvey, H. L. T1 - ALCOHOLICS' RECOVERY FROM CEREBRAL IMPAIRMENT AS A FUNCTION OF DURATION OF ABSTINENCE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1980/04// VL - 36 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 584 EP - 589 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article reports that researchers recently reviewed the literature relative to neuropsychological deficits attributable to extended alcohol abuse. Immediately after a period of extended drinking, hospitalized patients suffer a variety of symptoms including tremulousness, clouding of consciousness, concentration difficulties, memory defects, and in some cases, delerium tremens and/or susceptibility to seizures. The general procedure involved contacting new admissions to two alcoholic treatment programs and scheduling them for individual testing. KW - LITERATURE KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - ADDICTS KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - SYMPTOMS KW - HOSPITAL patients N1 - Accession Number: 15829198; Kish, G. B. 1 Hagen, J. M. 1 Woody, M. M. 1 Harvey, H. L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Salem, Virginia.; Source Info: Apr1980, Vol. 36 Issue 2, p584; Subject Term: LITERATURE; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: ADDICTS; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: HOSPITAL patients; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15829198&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Travis, T. A. AU - Partlow, J. AU - Bean, J. A. AU - Kondo, C. Y. T1 - HEART RATE CHANGES ASSOCIATED WITH EMG AND ALPHA BIOFEEDBACK. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1980/04// VL - 36 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 548 EP - 551 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article reports that biofeedback training has had as its primary goal the enhancement of bodily relaxation. Decreases in tension-related symptoms or subjective reports have been used to infer that relaxation has occurred as a result of training. The use of subjective reports to characterize states that accompany training is also suspect. One study found that subjective reports, at least in the case of Occipital Alpha enhancement, were variable enough to suggest that this variable should not serve as a primary descriptor of behavior. KW - BIOLOGICAL control systems KW - BIOFEEDBACK training KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - FEEDBACK (Psychology) KW - SYMPTOMS KW - RELAXATION (Health) N1 - Accession Number: 15829192; Travis, T. A. 1 Partlow, J. 1 Bean, J. A. 2 Kondo, C. Y. 3; Affiliation: 1: Southern Illinois University School of Medicine. 2: University of Iowa College of Medicine. 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, Iowa.; Source Info: Apr1980, Vol. 36 Issue 2, p548; Subject Term: BIOLOGICAL control systems; Subject Term: BIOFEEDBACK training; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: FEEDBACK (Psychology); Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: RELAXATION (Health); Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15829192&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Herder, Joseph T1 - EFFECTIVENESS OF ALPHA BIOFEEDBACK THERAPY: NEGATIVE RESULTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1980/04// VL - 36 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 508 EP - 513 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article informs that it is widely believed that people can alleviate anxiety and depression, enhance their abilities to meditate peacefully, and increase their responsiveness to pleasant stimuli by learning to increase their production of alpha EEG waves. The therapeutic correlates of increased alpha are also unclear. Alpha waves have been associated with relaxed alertness and tranquility, a subjective feeling of pleasantness, and a low level of concentration in laboratory situations. Little research on the use of alpha training in clinical settings is available. KW - BIOLOGICAL control systems KW - ANXIETY KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY KW - BRAIN diseases -- Diagnosis KW - BIOFEEDBACK training N1 - Accession Number: 15829185; Watson, Charles G. 1 Herder, Joseph 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Apr1980, Vol. 36 Issue 2, p508; Subject Term: BIOLOGICAL control systems; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY; Subject Term: BRAIN diseases -- Diagnosis; Subject Term: BIOFEEDBACK training; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15829185&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Meites, Karen AU - Lovallo, William AU - Pishkin, Vladimir T1 - A COMPARISON OF FOUR SCALES FOR ANXIETY, DEPRESSION, AND NEUROTICISM. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1980/04// VL - 36 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 427 EP - 432 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article informs that depression and anxiety are two of the most prominent emotional states seen clinically and studied by researchers. They are manifested by a wide variety of symptoms among individuals, and there has been increasing effort to objectify their evaluation with the use of such instruments as the Beck Depression Inventory, the Hamilton Rating Scale, the Zung Self-Rating Depression Scale, and the Taylor Manifest Anxiety Scale in order to quantify the degree of symptom manifestation. Another index of the construct validity of measures of depression has been the use of the tests to predict patients' responses to antidepressant drugs. KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - ANXIETY KW - SYMPTOMS KW - MENTAL depression -- Diagnosis KW - BECK Depression Inventory KW - ANTIDEPRESSANTS N1 - Accession Number: 15829171; Meites, Karen 1 Lovallo, William 1 Pishkin, Vladimir 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.; Source Info: Apr1980, Vol. 36 Issue 2, p427; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: MENTAL depression -- Diagnosis; Subject Term: BECK Depression Inventory; Subject Term: ANTIDEPRESSANTS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15829171&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mozdzierz, Gerald J. AU - Semyck, Roger W. T1 - THE SOCIAL INTEREST INDEX: A STUDY OF CONSTRUCT VALIDITY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1980/04// VL - 36 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 417 EP - 422 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article investigates the construct validity of the Social Interest Index (SlI) on a sample of hospitalized male alcoholics. Social interest is not merely "socializing," but rather includes the broad contributions to mankind of the artist and genius, whose styles of life may involve periods of relative seclusion. The present study is an attempt to extend understanding of the SIl and the extent to which it may be considered a measure of psychologist Alfred Adler's concept of social interest. Alder noted that the individual with a feeling of social interest and wants to be the master of his fate with an effective regard for the welfare of others. KW - INTEREST (Psychology) KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - ADDICTS KW - SOCIAL indicators KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - BEHAVIORAL scientists N1 - Accession Number: 15829169; Mozdzierz, Gerald J. 1 Semyck, Roger W. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Hines, Illinois. 2: Loyola University of Chicago and Veterans Administration Hospital Hines, Illinois.; Source Info: Apr1980, Vol. 36 Issue 2, p417; Subject Term: INTEREST (Psychology); Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: ADDICTS; Subject Term: SOCIAL indicators; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL scientists; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15829169&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Holland, Terrill R. AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - MULTIVARIATE ANALYSIS OF WAIS-MMPI RELATIONSHIPS AMONG BRAIN-DAMAGED, SCHIZOPHRENIC, NEUROTIC, AND ALCOHOLIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1980/01// VL - 36 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 352 EP - 359 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a multivariate analysis of Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) and Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) relationships among brain-damaged, schizophrenic, neurotic, and alcoholic patients. Subjected WAIS and MMPI profiles of brain-damaged, process schizophrenic, reactive schizophrenic, neurotic, and alcoholic patients (N = 423) to multiple discriminant and canonical correlational analyses. Intelligence and personality are multifaceted phenomena that cannot be described fully by means of any single measure. KW - MULTIVARIATE analysis KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA N1 - Accession Number: 15934196; Holland, Terrill R. 1 Watson, Charles G. 2; Affiliation: 1: California Department of Corrections, Chino. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Jan1980, Vol. 36 Issue 1, p352; Subject Term: MULTIVARIATE analysis; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15934196&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Knox, Wilma J. T1 - AN EXPLORATORY STUDY OF STATE-TRAIT ANXIETY AS A FUNCTION OF AUTOMATED RELAXATION TRAINING, DESIRED CHANGES AND DRINKING BEHAVIOR. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1980/01// VL - 36 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 332 EP - 337 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents an exploratory study of state-trait anxiety as a function of automated relaxation training, desired changes and drinking behavior. Fifty-two Veterans Administration (VA) domiciliary residents were given four sessions of tape-recorded relaxation training in small groups. The State-Trait Anxiety Scale was administered before the first and last training sessions. Many VA domiciliary residents queried upon admission acknowledge anxiety. A domiciliary in the VA offers a residence, limited medical, psychological, and social services and an activity program to mentally and physically disabled veterans not in need of more intensive care. KW - ANXIETY KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - RELAXATION (Health) KW - DRINKING behavior KW - PEOPLE with disabilities KW - SMALL groups N1 - Accession Number: 15934191; Knox, Wilma J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Biloxi, Mississippi.; Source Info: Jan1980, Vol. 36 Issue 1, p332; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: RELAXATION (Health); Subject Term: DRINKING behavior; Subject Term: PEOPLE with disabilities; Subject Term: SMALL groups; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15934191&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hartlage, Lawrence C. AU - Sperr, Edwin V. T1 - PATIENT PREFERENCES WITH REGARD TO IDEAL THERAPIST CHARACTERISTICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1980/01// VL - 36 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 288 EP - 291 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on patient preferences with regard to ideal therapist characteristics. As health care professionals become more attuned to such aspects of accountability as patient satisfaction with health care services, knowledge of what patients in general want and expect from psychotherapists assumes further practical significance of relevance to all who are or may be involved with psychotherapeutic activity. This study surveyed a group of patients who were receiving outpatient psychotherapeutic services to determine whether these patients shared a common view. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient KW - MEDICAL personnel & patient KW - HEALTH counseling KW - MEDICAL care KW - PATIENT satisfaction KW - ATTITUDES toward health N1 - Accession Number: 15934182; Hartlage, Lawrence C. 1 Sperr, Edwin V. 2; Affiliation: 1: Medical College of Georgia. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital Augusla, Georgia.; Source Info: Jan1980, Vol. 36 Issue 1, p288; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient; Subject Term: MEDICAL personnel & patient; Subject Term: HEALTH counseling; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: PATIENT satisfaction; Subject Term: ATTITUDES toward health; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15934182&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Jacobs, Lyle T1 - INTERRELATIONSHIPS AND CORRELATES OF FOUR MEASURES OF PLEASURE DEFICIT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1980/01// VL - 36 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 142 EP - 147 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on interrelationships and correlates of four measures of pleasure deficit. Compared the utilities of four measures currently used to assess pathological deficit in the ability to experience pleasure (N = 56). It has become clear that pleasure deficit plays a major role in schizophrenia and other psychiatric disorders. A successful course of research on pleasure deficits requires the development of appropriate measuring tools. Four pleasure-deficit measures currently are used by researchers in this area. KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - PLEASURE KW - SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder KW - MENTAL illness KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - PSYCHOSES N1 - Accession Number: 15934157; Watson, Charles G. 1 Jacobs, Lyle 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Jan1980, Vol. 36 Issue 1, p142; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: PLEASURE; Subject Term: SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder; Subject Term: MENTAL illness; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15934157&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gilbride, Thomas V. AU - Hebert, John T1 - PATHOLOGICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF GOOD AND POOR INTERPERSONAL PROBLEM-SOLVERS AMONG PSYCHIATRIC OUTPATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1980/01// VL - 36 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 121 EP - 127 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on pathological characteristics of good and poor interpersonal problem-solvers among psychiatric outpatients. Recent research has suggested a relationship between interpersonal problem-solving ability and psychological adjustment. A few studies have related "means-ends" problem-solving ability to adjustment level within psychiatric groups. Results indicated that the number of relevant means generated was inversely related to level of premorbid social competence achieved. The present study compared good and poor problem solvers among psychiatric patients. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - ENDS & means KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - PROBLEM-solving therapy KW - PATIENTS KW - PHILOSOPHY N1 - Accession Number: 15934154; Gilbride, Thomas V. 1 Hebert, John 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, New Orleans, Louisiana.; Source Info: Jan1980, Vol. 36 Issue 1, p121; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: ENDS & means; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: PROBLEM-solving therapy; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: PHILOSOPHY; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15934154&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sattin, Dana B. T1 - POSSIBLE SOURCES OF ERROR IN THE EVALUATION OF PSYCHOPATHOLOGY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1980/01// VL - 36 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 99 EP - 105 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on the possible sources of error in the evaluation of psychopathology. Mental health professionals have been described as biased in the evaluation of mental illness, almost always in favor of illness. If a professional bias does exist, two factors could be responsible-situational expectancies and/or professional training. Undergraduate students (N = 32) and psychiatric residents (N = 16) listened to four recorded interviews. If the situational expectancies that an individual is mentally ill are low then one might expect ratings of psychopathology that accurately reflect the nature of the observed behavior. KW - MENTAL health KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - MENTAL illness KW - MENTALLY ill KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - DISEASES N1 - Accession Number: 15934150; Sattin, Dana B. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical and Regional Office Center Togus, Maine.; Source Info: Jan1980, Vol. 36 Issue 1, p99; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: MENTAL illness; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: DISEASES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15934150&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mo, Suchoon S. AU - Kersey, Ray T1 - FOREPERIOD EFFECT ON TIME ESTIMATION AND SIMPLE REACTION TIME IN SCHIZOPHRENIA. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1980/01// VL - 36 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 94 EP - 99 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on foreperiod effect on time estimation and simple reaction time in schizophrenia. Prior time information about foreperiod (FP) duration has a detrimental effect on reaction time performance of schizophrenics. Conceptually, prior time information about FP duration can be distinguished from posterior time information, which originates from actual experiencing of FP duration. In time estimation experiments, schizophrenics and nonschizophrenics are distinguishable on the basis of prior, but not on the basis of posterior, time information. KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - REACTION time KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - MENTALLY ill KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - PSYCHOSES N1 - Accession Number: 15934149; Mo, Suchoon S. 1 Kersey, Ray 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Southern Colorado. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital Fort Lyon, Colorado.; Source Info: Jan1980, Vol. 36 Issue 1, p94; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: REACTION time; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15934149&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Crarles G. AU - Jacobs, Lyle AU - Kucala, Teresa T1 - A NOTE ON THE PATHOLOGY OF ANHEDONIA. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1979/10// VL - 35 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 740 EP - 743 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on a study related to pathology of anhedonia. Anhedonia is a reduction in the ability to experience pleasure. If anhedonia is a progressive disorder, one would expect to find it positively correlated with age. When compared to non-anhedonic schizophrenics and controls, the evidence suggests the presence of a small, unique, positive relationship between age and anhedonia even after the effects of hospitalization are removed. It is also interesting to note that, while one also might speculate that anhedonia is part of normal aging, the absence of significant positive correlations between anhedonia and age among the psychiatric controls. KW - ANHEDONIA KW - AFFECTIVE disorders KW - AGING KW - PREVENTIVE medicine KW - PATHOLOGY KW - HOSPITAL care N1 - Accession Number: 16096570; Watson, Crarles G. 1 Jacobs, Lyle 1 Kucala, Teresa 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minnesota; Source Info: Oct1979, Vol. 35 Issue 4, p740; Subject Term: ANHEDONIA; Subject Term: AFFECTIVE disorders; Subject Term: AGING; Subject Term: PREVENTIVE medicine; Subject Term: PATHOLOGY; Subject Term: HOSPITAL care; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16096570&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Craig, Robert J. AU - Verinis, J. Scott T1 - EVIDENCE FOR ORGANICITY IN CONCRETE VS. OVERINCLUSIVE THOUGHT-DISORDERED SCHIZOPHRENICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1979/10// VL - 35 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 696 EP - 703 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on study related to schizophrenics. The two main theoretical positions to account for the conceptual problems of schizophrenics are:schizophrenics are prevented from forming abstract concepts because of processes that interfere with abstractions and schizophrenics have lost the ability to form abstract concepts. Patients selected for the study then were administered Epstein's Test of overinclusive thinking. An overinclusive schizophrenic was operationally defined as a person with a confirmed diagnosis of schizophrenia and whose score on Epstein's Test was at least 30. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - MENTALLY ill KW - PATIENTS KW - SYMPTOMS KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - PSYCHOSES N1 - Accession Number: 16096563; Craig, Robert J. 1 Verinis, J. Scott 2; Affiliation: 1: West Side Veterans Administration Hospital. 2: University of Illinois, Medical Center.; Source Info: Oct1979, Vol. 35 Issue 4, p696; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16096563&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Schroeder, David J. AU - Piercy, Dwayne C. T1 - A COMPARISON OF MMPI TWO-POINT CODES IN FOUR ALCOHOLISM TREATMENT FACILITIES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1979/07// VL - 35 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 656 EP - 663 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article compares the frequency of two-point Minnesota Multiphasial Personality Inventory codes in four different alcoholism treatment facilities. Even though some differences were noted in terms of the different code types, the comparisons were more indicative of the similarity between treatment facilities. The 2-4/4-2-code type occurred most frequently in all of the treatment settings, yet it accounted for only 12-21% of the profiles in any facility. The implication of these findings for describing the "alcoholic" personality and for individualized treatment planning was discussed. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - ALCOHOLISM counseling KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - ALCOHOLISM -- Psychological aspects KW - ALCOHOLISM -- Treatment KW - SUBSTANCE abuse N1 - Accession Number: 15865618; Schroeder, David J. 1 Piercy, Dwayne C. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Topeka, Kansas.; Source Info: Jul1979, Vol. 35 Issue 3, p656; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM counseling; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM -- Psychological aspects; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM -- Treatment; Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15865618&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Russell, Elbert W. T1 - THREE PATTERNS OF BRAIN DAMAGE ON THE WAIS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1979/07// VL - 35 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 611 EP - 620 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article compares four groups of matched Ss in order to examine different subtest patterns of brain damage on the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS), using P-tests and age mean profiles. This study demonstrates some aspects of the structure of the WAIS. In the light of findings, it appears that the WAIS has some major defects, at least from the point of view of neuropsychological testing. All of the verbal tests are to some extent hold tests or tests of crystallized functions. Thus the WAIS does not contain any verbal tests that are highly sensitive to brain damage. KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - BRAIN damage KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - BRAIN -- Wounds & injuries KW - SCALING (Social sciences) KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15865610; Russell, Elbert W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Miami, Florida.; Source Info: Jul1979, Vol. 35 Issue 3, p611; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: BRAIN damage; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: BRAIN -- Wounds & injuries; Subject Term: SCALING (Social sciences); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15865610&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pennington, Betty H. AU - Peterson, Lars P. AU - Barker Jr., Harry R. T1 - THE DIAGNOSTIC USE OF THE MMPI IN ORGANIC BRAIN DYSFUNCTION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1979/07// VL - 35 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 484 EP - 492 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on the diagnostic use of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) in organic brain dysfunction. It investigates the problem of difficulty in the diagnoses of some types of organic brain dysfunctions and lack of accuracy in the differentiation of patients with organic disorders from patients with non-organic disorders. This investigation was designed to determine whether the short form of the MMPI could be used to detect differences among elected organic groups, and between each of the organic groups and a non-organic group. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - BRAIN diseases KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - SYMPTOMS KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests N1 - Accession Number: 15865588; Pennington, Betty H. 1 Peterson, Lars P. 1 Barker Jr., Harry R. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Tuscaloosa, Alabama. 2: University of Alabama.; Source Info: Jul1979, Vol. 35 Issue 3, p484; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: BRAIN diseases; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15865588&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Zeldow, Peter B. AU - Greenberg, Roger P. T1 - ATTITUDES TOWARD WOMEN AND ORIENTATION TO SEEKING PROFESSIONAL PSYCHOLOGICAL HELP. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1979/04// VL - 35 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 473 EP - 476 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study which aims at examining the relationship between attitudes toward the rights and proper roles of women in society and attitudes toward seeking professional help for emotional problems in a sample of 80 college students. Liberal attitudes toward women were associated with positive help-seeking attitudes in men and women, contrary to predictions based on prior research and on feminist criticisms of the mental health profession. No sex difference in attitudes toward help-seeking was found. KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - WOMEN -- Social conditions KW - MAN-woman relationships KW - WOMEN'S rights KW - FEMINIST criticism KW - GENDER differences (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 15912182; Zeldow, Peter B. 1 Greenberg, Roger P. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, Medical Center and State University of New York Upstate Medical Center. 2: State University of New York Upstate Medical Center Syracuse, New York.; Source Info: Apr1979, Vol. 35 Issue 2, p473; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject Term: WOMEN -- Social conditions; Subject Term: MAN-woman relationships; Subject Term: WOMEN'S rights; Subject Term: FEMINIST criticism; Subject Term: GENDER differences (Psychology); Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15912182&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Costello, Raymond M. AU - Baillargeon, Jacques G. AU - Tiller, Donna T1 - FORMATIVE PROGRAM EVALUATION AND MILIEU THERAPY WITH ALCOHOL ABUSERS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1979/04// VL - 35 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 449 EP - 453 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study which aims at evaluating presumably therapeutic components within a therapeutic community in terms of received helpfulness by patients and staff of an alcohol treatment unit. Eighteen male patients and 18 staff members participated. A nonparametric statistic was used as an index of treatment philosophy articulation or degree of value-sharing. A core of activities valued congruently by patients and staff was identified. A decision was made on the basis of all the information at hand to modify the activity to make it psychologically therapeutic. Art therapy, with a structured format and individualized feedback, was substituted for art classes. Patients recognize its value as one component in the overall program, and so there is better attendance and less dissatisfaction. KW - MILIEU therapy KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - ART therapy KW - ALTERNATIVES to psychiatric hospitalization KW - MENTAL health facilities KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - THERAPEUTICS N1 - Accession Number: 15912175; Costello, Raymond M. 1 Baillargeon, Jacques G. 1 Tiller, Donna 2; Affiliation: 1: Audie L. Murphy Memorial Veterans Administration Hospital and University of Texas Health Science Center, San Antonio. 2: Trinity University of San Antonio.; Source Info: Apr1979, Vol. 35 Issue 2, p449; Subject Term: MILIEU therapy; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: ART therapy; Subject Term: ALTERNATIVES to psychiatric hospitalization; Subject Term: MENTAL health facilities; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621420 Outpatient Mental Health and Substance Abuse Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 621112 Offices of Physicians, Mental Health Specialists; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15912175&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Jacobs, Lyle AU - Herder, Joseph T1 - CORRELATES OF ALPHA, BETA AND THETA WAVE PRODUCTION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1979/04// VL - 35 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 364 EP - 369 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study which correlates the alpha, beta and theta time densities with psychological and psychophysiological variables in a psychiatric population. The correlations of the Electroencephalography (EEG) variables with measures of adjustment were small and barely exceeded chance expectations. Alpha and beta were correlated positively with pain threshold, while beta was related inversely to blood pressure. Theta was correlated positively with blood pressure and negatively with pulse rate. The findings fail to substantiate several common notions as to the psychological meanings of EEG waves. KW - ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY KW - BLOOD pressure KW - ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY KW - VISUAL evoked response KW - PAIN KW - BODY fluids -- Pressure N1 - Accession Number: 15912159; Watson, Charles G. 1 Jacobs, Lyle 1 Herder, Joseph 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Apr1979, Vol. 35 Issue 2, p364; Subject Term: ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY; Subject Term: BLOOD pressure; Subject Term: ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY; Subject Term: VISUAL evoked response; Subject Term: PAIN; Subject Term: BODY fluids -- Pressure; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15912159&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fishkin, Steven M. AU - Lovallo, William R. AU - Whitaker, Leighton C. AU - Pishkin, Vladimir T1 - RANDOMNESS AND THE "STREAKING" PHENOMENON: ATTENTIONAL ANOMALIES IN PERFORMANCE ON THE WHITAKER INDEX OF SCHIZOPHRENIC THINKING (WIST). JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1979/04// VL - 35 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 289 EP - 295 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study which examines in detail the performance of 36 hospitalized male schizophrenics on the Whitaker Index of Schizophrenic Thinking (WIST). Results indicated two interesting phenomena. First, the performance of patients with the highest level of cognitive deficit approached a random level of responding with respect to both the type of error made and the propensity to improve after an error. Second, a subgroup of these highly impaired subjects, identified as "streakers," displayed periods of virtually error-free responding, interspersed with periods of extremely impaired performance. KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - PATIENTS KW - MENTALLY ill KW - COGNITIVE ability KW - PERFORMANCE N1 - Accession Number: 15912144; Fishkin, Steven M. 1,2 Lovallo, William R. 1,2 Whitaker, Leighton C. 3 Pishkin, Vladimir 4,5; Affiliation: 1: Veterana Administration Medical Center, Center Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. 2: University of Oklahoma Health Science, Center Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. 3: University of Massachusetts Amherst, Massachusetts. 4: Veterans Administration Medical Center,Center Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. 5: University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.; Source Info: Apr1979, Vol. 35 Issue 2, p289; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: COGNITIVE ability; Subject Term: PERFORMANCE; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15912144&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Schneider, Sid J. T1 - DISABILITY PAYMENTS FOR PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS: IS PATIENT ASSESSMENT AFFECTED? JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1979/04// VL - 35 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 259 EP - 264 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article examines whether the disability payments for psychiatric patients affect their assessment. In a study, the amount of disability payments was correlated significantly with the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) scales associated with psychosis. Veterans who were not receiving disability payments but who later obtained payments appeared more severely psychotic on the MMPI than others without payments, but were less willing to report their strengths. Those who received only small payments failed to report improvement in the early part of hospitalization and were hospitalized disproportionately to their symptoms, unlike those with maximum payments or rejected claims for payments. It is concluded that patients eligible for large payments may alter their self reports, but that disability payments nonetheless are awarded only in proportion to actual impairment. KW - PAYMENT KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - EVALUATION KW - PSYCHOSES KW - HOSPITAL care N1 - Accession Number: 15912139; Schneider, Sid J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Health Care Facility Montrose, New York.; Source Info: Apr1979, Vol. 35 Issue 2, p259; Subject Term: PAYMENT; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: EVALUATION; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: HOSPITAL care; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15912139&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Swiercinsky, Dennis P. AU - Leigh, Gary T1 - COMPARISON OF NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL DATA IN THE DIAGNOSIS OF BRAIN IMPAIRMENT WITH COMPUTERIZED TOMOGRAPHY AND OTHER NEUROLOGICAL PROCEDURES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1979/04// VL - 35 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 242 EP - 246 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article compares the neurophysical data in the diagnosis of brain impairment with computerized tomography and other neurological procedures. Computerized tomography (CT) is suggested as an approach in providing a criterion of focal structural lesions for evaluating predictability of neuropsychological tests. Neuropsychological tests on 62 patients were compared with CT scans, electroencephalographic results, and routine neurological examination. Results of the neuropsychology evaluation produced overall better agreement with CT scan results than did the other procedures. KW - TOMOGRAPHY KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - BRAIN diseases KW - PATIENTS KW - DIAGNOSTIC imaging KW - MEDICAL radiography N1 - Accession Number: 15912135; Swiercinsky, Dennis P. 1 Leigh, Gary 1; Affiliation: 1: Topeka (Kansas) Veterans Administration Hospital.; Source Info: Apr1979, Vol. 35 Issue 2, p242; Subject Term: TOMOGRAPHY; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: BRAIN diseases; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: DIAGNOSTIC imaging; Subject Term: MEDICAL radiography; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621512 Diagnostic Imaging Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 811219 Other Electronic and Precision Equipment Repair and Maintenance; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15912135&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dent, Oran B. AU - Ormiston, Donald W. T1 - TRAINING, ROLE MODELS, AND RESEARCH ACTIVITY AMONG CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGISTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1979/01// VL - 35 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 226 EP - 230 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents information related to training, role models with research activity among clinical psychologists. The low publication rate of psychologists seems well established. Some important factors in publication rate seem to be training program orientation, faculty role models, student selection, dissertation topic and, especially if research interest increases after graduate school, the nature of post-graduate experiences. In the case of clinical psychologists, the demand for their services often inhibits research activity. KW - TRAINING KW - ROLE models KW - CLINICAL psychologists KW - MODELS & modelmaking KW - RESEARCH KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15828765; Dent, Oran B. 1 Ormiston, Donald W.; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Salisbury, North Carolina.; Source Info: Jan1979, Vol. 35 Issue 1, p226; Subject Term: TRAINING; Subject Term: ROLE models; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychologists; Subject Term: MODELS & modelmaking; Subject Term: RESEARCH; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828765&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dawley Jr., Harold H. AU - Baxter, Addison S. AU - Winstead, Daniel K. AU - Gay, James R. T1 - AN ATTITUDE SURVEY OF THE EFFECTS OF MARIJUANA ON SEXUAL ENJOYMENT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1979/01// VL - 35 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 212 EP - 217 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents information related to an attitude survey of the effects of Marijuana on sexual enjoyment. One of the persistent questions related to marijuana usage is that of its effect on sexual performance and enjoyment. Part of the mystique associated with marijuana usage involves its purported qualities as an aphrodisiac. Although marijuana long has been rumored to have these qualities, little systematic research has been directed to this area. Nevertheless, there are several accounts of an enhancement of sexual pleasure as an effect of marijuana usage. KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - SURVEYS KW - MARIJUANA KW - APHRODISIACS KW - PLEASURE KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15828763; Dawley Jr., Harold H. 1 Baxter, Addison S. 2 Winstead, Daniel K. 1 Gay, James R. 3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital and Tulane University School of Medicine. 2: University of Southern Mississippi. 3: Tulane University School of Medicine.; Source Info: Jan1979, Vol. 35 Issue 1, p212; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject Term: SURVEYS; Subject Term: MARIJUANA; Subject Term: APHRODISIACS; Subject Term: PLEASURE; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; NAICS/Industry Codes: 111999 All other miscellaneous crop farming; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828763&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Davis, William E. AU - Pursell, Sandra A. AU - Burnham, Robert A. T1 - ALCOHOLISM, SEX-ROLE ORIENTATION AND PSYCHOLOGICAL DISTRESS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1979/01// VL - 35 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 209 EP - 212 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents information related to alcoholism, sex-role orientation and psychological distress. Scales that purport to measure the nonpathological or "good" side of the personality have been administered to psychiatric patients with almost predictable results. When the patients were schizophrenic, they have been shown to have poor self-concept to feel less responsible for their own fate and more identical to the opposite sex than nonschizophrenics. However, when the sample was alcoholic, some portion of the scores may resemble those of the normative samples that were obtained when the scales were developed. KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - GENDER role KW - DISTRESS (Psychology) KW - PATHOLOGY KW - PERSONALITY KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS N1 - Accession Number: 15828762; Davis, William E. 1 Pursell, Sandra A. 2 Burnham, Robert A. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Marion, Indiana. 2: University of Notre Dame.; Source Info: Jan1979, Vol. 35 Issue 1, p209; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: GENDER role; Subject Term: DISTRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: PATHOLOGY; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828762&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - O'Leary, Michael R. AU - Donovan, Dennis M. AU - Chaney, Edmund F. AU - Walker, R. Dale AU - Schau, Edward J. T1 - APPLICATION OF DISCRIMINANT ANALYSIS TO LEVEL OF PERFORMANCE OF ALCOHOLICS AND NONALCOHOLICS ON WECHSLER-BELLEVUE AND HALSTEAD-REITAN SUBTESTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1979/01// VL - 35 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 204 EP - 208 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on application of discriminate analysis to level of performance of alcoholics and nonalcoholics on Wechsler-Bellevue and Halstead-Reitan subtests. A number of authors have compared the performance of alcoholic and nonalcoholic Ss on measures of general intelligence and cognitive impairment. The measures frequently used in such studies have included the Wechsler-Bellevue Intelligence Scale, the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale and tests derived from the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery. KW - DISCRIMINANT analysis KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - GENERAL factor (Psychology) KW - COGNITION KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGY KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15828761; O'Leary, Michael R. 1,2 Donovan, Dennis M. 2 Chaney, Edmund F. 1,2 Walker, R. Dale 1,2 Schau, Edward J. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Seattle. 2: University of Washington.; Source Info: Jan1979, Vol. 35 Issue 1, p204; Subject Term: DISCRIMINANT analysis; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: GENERAL factor (Psychology); Subject Term: COGNITION; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828761&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dolan, Michael P. T1 - THE USE OF CONTINGENT REINFORCEMENT FOR IMPROVING THE PERSONAL APPEARANCE AND HYGIENE OF CHRONIC PSYCHIATRIC INPATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1979/01// VL - 35 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 140 EP - 144 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents information related to the use of contingent reinforcement for improving the personal appearance and hygiene of Chronic Psychiatric patients. An important function of mental health professionals is to assist the chronic psychiatric inpatient to reenter the community. However, many therapists have discovered that simply eliminating the chronic patient's "psychiatric symptoms" does not insure a successful return to the community. Psychiatric patients, as well as other individuals confined to institutions for long periods of time, often become victims of their institutionalization. KW - HYGIENE KW - PATIENTS KW - MENTAL health KW - COMMUNITIES KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15828750; Dolan, Michael P. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Perry Point, Maryland.; Source Info: Jan1979, Vol. 35 Issue 1, p140; Subject Term: HYGIENE; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: COMMUNITIES; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828750&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Archer, Claude O. AU - Swearingen, Dolores AU - Kohler, Adam T. AU - Messick, Janice M. AU - May, Philip R. A. T1 - APPROACHES TO RELIABILITY IN A CLINICAL SIMULATION STUDY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1979/01// VL - 35 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 130 EP - 139 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents information related to reliability in a clinical simulation study. One of the concerns of psychiatric care today is the "Problem Oriented Record," a new and rapidly spreading record-keeping system in which patient status and progress are kept track of by reference to specific identifiable problems rather than by the traditional narrative format. Attempts have been made to develop systems and scales to measure the serenity and progress of the problems recorded, both for research and evaluation purposes and also to monitor patient progress and quality of care. KW - RELIABILITY (Personality trait) KW - MENTAL health services KW - PATIENTS KW - PROGRESS KW - EVALUATION KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15828749; Archer, Claude O. 1,2 Swearingen, Dolores 1,2 Kohler, Adam T. 1,2 Messick, Janice M. 1 May, Philip R. A. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Brentwood Veterans Administration Hospital. 2: University of California, Los Angeles.; Source Info: Jan1979, Vol. 35 Issue 1, p130; Subject Term: RELIABILITY (Personality trait); Subject Term: MENTAL health services; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: PROGRESS; Subject Term: EVALUATION; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828749&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rusk, Ronald AU - Hyerstay, Bobbie J. AU - Calsyn, Donald A. AU - Freeman, Charles W. T1 - COMPARISON OF THE UTILITY OF TWO ABBREVIATED FORMS OF THE MMPI FOR PSYCHIATRIC SCREENING OF THE ELDERLY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1979/01// VL - 35 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 104 EP - 107 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents information related to comparison of the utility of two abbreviated forms of the MMPI for Psychiatric screening of the elderly. A number of investigators have suggested that in many cases, abbreviated forms of the MMPJ may be more useful than the full MMPI for assessing psychopathology in both inpatients and outpatients. Often patients have limitations that hinder their ability to perform a task of I to 3 hours duration, which casts some doubt upon the validity of the test results. If an abbreviated form of the MMPI could be completed in 30 to 45 minutes and still yield clinically reliable results, the profile could be more valid due to the removal of fatigue factors, the completion rate would be enhanced and the amount of time saved in administration and scoring of the tests would be considerable. KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - OLDER people KW - TRUTHFULNESS & falsehood KW - EVALUATION KW - FATIGUE KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15828743; Rusk, Ronald 1 Hyerstay, Bobbie J. 1 Calsyn, Donald A. 1 Freeman, Charles W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Seattle Veterans Administration Hospital.; Source Info: Jan1979, Vol. 35 Issue 1, p104; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: OLDER people; Subject Term: TRUTHFULNESS & falsehood; Subject Term: EVALUATION; Subject Term: FATIGUE; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828743&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Page, Ronald D. AU - Schaub, Linda Hansens T1 - EMG BIOFEEDBACK APPLICABILITY FOR DIFFERING PERSONALITY TYPES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1978/10// VL - 34 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 1014 EP - 1020 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article cites a study assessing the efficacy of biofeedback-mediated relaxation training in the treatment of alcoholics and to examine more specifically the response of a subgroup of alcoholics characterized by anxiety and depression. Ss who displayed either a neurotic adjustment or those who reported chronic tension, anxiety, and personal insecurity as identified using the MMPI were compared with Ss who displayed a variety of other personality types. Thirty-two male veterans admitted to the Alcohol Treatment Unit of the Veterans Administration Hospital, Walla Walla, Washington, served as Ss on a voluntary basis. Data that pertained to potentially biasing factors, including age, years of education, and marital status, were recorded and subjected to statistical analysis to substantiate randomization. As a result of the analysis of variance, significance was obtained for between-group differences and between measurements taken during the four 5-minute intervals in each session. No significant difference was obtained between repeated measures for Ss over the course of treatment, and interaction effects did not reach significance. KW - MENTAL depression KW - DEPRESSED persons KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - BIOLOGICAL control systems KW - ELECTROMYOGRAPHY KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - ANALYSIS of variance KW - PERSONALITY tests N1 - Accession Number: 15866820; Page, Ronald D. 1 Schaub, Linda Hansens 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Walla Walla, Washington.; Source Info: Oct1978, Vol. 34 Issue 4, p1014; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: DEPRESSED persons; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: BIOLOGICAL control systems; Subject Term: ELECTROMYOGRAPHY; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: ANALYSIS of variance; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866820&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Erickson, Richard C. AU - Calsyn, Donald A. AU - Scheupbach, Christopher S. T1 - ABBREVIATING THE HALSTEAD-REITAN NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL TEST BATTERY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1978/10// VL - 34 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 922 EP - 926 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article cites a study which examines the effectiveness of the Haistead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery which is considered as an objective assessment device comparable to the WAIS in intelligence testing and the MMPI in personality testing. As in the case of the WAIS and the MMPI, the Reitan presents some problems in terms of test demands. Predictors in the present study were selected a priori on the basis of ease and speed of administration, general clinical value, and promise as determined by relevant previous publications. Data were obtained from recent files of patients referred for neuropsychological testing at the Seattle VA Hospital. Fifty male patients were included in the main sample and 25 additional male patients in the cross-validation sample. KW - HALSTEAD-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - A priori KW - THEORY of knowledge KW - CLINICAL neuropsychology N1 - Accession Number: 15866798; Erickson, Richard C. 1,2 Calsyn, Donald A. 3 Scheupbach, Christopher S. 4; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Seattle. 2: University of Washington Medical School. 3: University of Washington. 4: Seattle University.; Source Info: Oct1978, Vol. 34 Issue 4, p922; Subject Term: HALSTEAD-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: A priori; Subject Term: THEORY of knowledge; Subject Term: CLINICAL neuropsychology; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866798&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Norton, James C. T1 - THE TRAIL MAKING TEST AND BENDER BACKGROUND INTERFERENCE PROCEDURE AS SCREENING DEVICES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1978/10// VL - 34 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 916 EP - 922 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article details a study evaluating the Trail Making Test (TMT) and Bender Background Interference Procedure (BIP) as psychological screening devices. There are two aspects of a psychological screening device that deserve attention. The first is the one traditionally addressed and entails evaluation of the measure against some external criterion, usually discharge diagnosis. A second issue, however, is the performance of the device against other psychological criteria. From a pool of over 700 patients, 598 were selected who had taken the TMT as part of a more extensive neuropsychological assessment. Of the 598 patients with TMT scores, 354 also had BIP scores. The obtained data supported neither TMT nor BIP nor the two together as screening devices. KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - ABILITY testing KW - BEHAVIORAL assessment KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Methodology KW - INTEREST (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOMETRICS N1 - Accession Number: 15866797; Norton, James C. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Lexington, Kentucky. 2: University of Kentucky Medical Center.; Source Info: Oct1978, Vol. 34 Issue 4, p916; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: ABILITY testing; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL assessment; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Methodology; Subject Term: INTEREST (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866797&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Holland, Terrill R. AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - UTILIZATION OF THE GOLDBERG MMPI PROFILE CLASSIFICATION RULES FOR THE ASSESSMENT OF PSYCHOPATHOLOGY IN DIFFERENT CLINICAL POPULATIONS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1978/10// VL - 34 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 893 EP - 901 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents information on the utilization of the Goldberg Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) profile classification rules for the assessment of psychopathology in different clinical populations. The hospital sample consisted of 545 inpatients at the Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minnesota, whereas the incarcerated subjects were 560 felony offenders who were undergoing presentence evaluation at the California Institute for Men, China. The average ages of these groups were 39.48 (SD = 12.42) and 26.16 (SD = 7.24), respectively. Mean IQ scores were 98.05 (SD = 13.28) for patients on the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale and 102.87 (SD = 10.98) for prisoners on the Army General Classification Test. KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - INSTITUTIONALIZED persons KW - PERSONALITY assessment KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale N1 - Accession Number: 15866792; Holland, Terrill R. 1 Watson, Charles G. 2; Affiliation: 1: California Department of Corrections, Chino. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Oct1978, Vol. 34 Issue 4, p893; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: INSTITUTIONALIZED persons; Subject Term: PERSONALITY assessment; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866792&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Kucala, Teresa AU - Jacobs, Lyle T1 - THE PREDICTION OF OUTCOME FROM ANHEDONIA AND PROCESS-REACTIVE SCALES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1978/10// VL - 34 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 889 EP - 892 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a study in which the abilities of process-reactive and anhedonia measures, independent of one another, to predict rehospitalization data were compared. Both schizophrenic and nonschizophrenic samples were used in this study. The former consisted of 312 staff-diagnosed schizophrenics who had been Subjects in an earlier study on the responses of schizophrenics to rewards and punishments. A 6-year follow-up period was used for these subjects. The nonschizophienics consisted of 90 subjects with diagnoses of alcohol addiction (38); depressive neurosis (21); anxiety neurosis (6); episodic excessive drinking (5); drug dependency and adjustment reaction to adult life (3 each); involutional melancholia, obsessive compulsive neurosis, marital maladjustment, hypochondriacal neurosis, antisocial personality and passive aggressive personality (2 each); and inadequate personality and passive dependent personality (1 each). KW - AFFECTIVE disorders KW - ANHEDONIA KW - HOSPITAL care KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - MENTAL depression KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - SCALE analysis (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 15866791; Watson, Charles G. 1 Kucala, Teresa 1 Jacobs, Lyle 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Oct1978, Vol. 34 Issue 4, p889; Subject Term: AFFECTIVE disorders; Subject Term: ANHEDONIA; Subject Term: HOSPITAL care; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: SCALE analysis (Psychology); Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866791&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Penk, W. E. T1 - EFFECTS OF AMBIGUOUS AND UNAMBIGUOUS STIMULUS WORD DIFFERENCES ON POPULAR RESPONSES OF SCHIZOPHRENICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1978/10// VL - 34 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 838 EP - 843 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on effects of ambiguous and unambiguous stimulus word differences on popular responses of schizophrenics. Researchers generally agree that in word association experiments schizophrenics should give fewer popular responses than do nonschizophrenics. In the present study, researchers have demonstrated for the free association instructional set that schizophrenic-nonschizophrenic group differences varied appreciably with stimulus word type. Gain scores were examined from three perspectives by comparing gains in popular responses for ambiguous and unambiguous stimulus words: within the schizophrenic group; for matched schizophrenic and neurotic groups; and for inpatient and outpatient schizophrenic and neurotic gains and gains in outcome measures. Supplementary analyses were performed to examine two possible influences on gain scores: first, effects of different treatment settings and second, treatment outcomes. The measure of response popularity was computed by assigning a percentage for each response. The response interference hypothesis was supported by results. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - MENTALLY ill KW - STIMULUS satiation KW - CONDITIONED response KW - ASSOCIATION tests KW - ABILITY testing KW - FREE association (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY -- Outcome assessment N1 - Accession Number: 15866783; Penk, W. E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Dallas, Texas.; Source Info: Oct1978, Vol. 34 Issue 4, p838; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: STIMULUS satiation; Subject Term: CONDITIONED response; Subject Term: ASSOCIATION tests; Subject Term: ABILITY testing; Subject Term: FREE association (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY -- Outcome assessment; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866783&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Munley, Patrick H. AU - Hyer, Leon A. T1 - DEMOGRAPHIC AND CLINICAL CHARACTERISTICS AS PREDICTORS OF READMISSION: A ONE-YEAR FOLLOW-UP. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1978/10// VL - 34 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 833 EP - 838 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses the relationship between characteristics of psychiatric patients and their hospital readmissions, based on a follow-up study examining readmission within 3 months of discharge. The study utilized a multiple regression analysis to study demographic and clinical characteristics of psychiatric patients. Results identified six variables as predictors of readmission and suggested that irregularly discharged patients, patients with a greater number of prior psychiatric hospitalizations, nonwhite patients, those with a history of suicidal behavior within 1 month prior to admission, patients who did not report complaints of depression upon admission, and those with higher occupational levels tended to be readmitted. Those six variables are: type of discharge, number of prior psychiatric hospitalizations, race, suicide attempt within 1 month of admission, subjective report of depression upon admission, and occupational level. It is suggested to treatment personnel that they should be aware that some of these variables change in predictive value relative to each other over time. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - HOSPITALS -- Admission & discharge KW - HOSPITAL care KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospitals KW - SOCIODEMOGRAPHIC factors KW - SELF-destructive behavior KW - SUICIDAL behavior KW - MULTIPLE regression analysis N1 - Accession Number: 15866782; Munley, Patrick H. 1 Hyer, Leon A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Lyons, New Jersey.; Source Info: Oct1978, Vol. 34 Issue 4, p833; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: HOSPITALS -- Admission & discharge; Subject Term: HOSPITAL care; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC hospitals; Subject Term: SOCIODEMOGRAPHIC factors; Subject Term: SELF-destructive behavior; Subject Term: SUICIDAL behavior; Subject Term: MULTIPLE regression analysis; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623210 Residential Intellectual and Developmental Disability Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866782&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Prigatano, George P. T1 - WECHSLER MEMORY SCALE: A SELECTIVE REVIEW OF THE LITERATURE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1978/10// VL - 34 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 816 EP - 832 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article reviews various literary works discussing the Wechsler Memory Scale (WMS), a memory testing instrument developed by researcher David Wechsler in 1945. The diversity of studies with the WMS is exemplified by its use in assessing various psychosomatic and pharmacokinetic effects and their association with memory. Some of the uses of WMS are in assessing: the efficacy of a vitamin preparation in treating senile psychotic patients; the effects of sex hormones in aging women; the relationship of REM sleep to cognitive functioning in the aged; effects of electroconvulsive treatment on depressed patients; and the impact of manifest anxiety scores in verbal learning. It is commented that, there is a lack of systematic evaluation of the WMS by researchers. Despite its wide-spread use, many do not consider it to be a good psychometric instrument. In a recent book on clinical neuropsychology by R.M. Reitan and L.A. Davison, the WMS was not even listed as a specialized test of memory. Several researchers have pointed various psychometric problems in this instrument. The author, however, claims the WMS as having provided an important first step in the assessment of amnestic disturbance. KW - WECHSLER Memory Scale KW - MEMORY testing KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - ELECTROCONVULSIVE therapy KW - CLINICAL neuropsychology KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL literature N1 - Accession Number: 15866781; Prigatano, George P. 1; Affiliation: 1: Presbyterian and Veterans Administration Hospitals Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.; Source Info: Oct1978, Vol. 34 Issue 4, p816; Subject Term: WECHSLER Memory Scale; Subject Term: MEMORY testing; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: ELECTROCONVULSIVE therapy; Subject Term: CLINICAL neuropsychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL literature; Number of Pages: 17p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866781&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Alterman, Arthur I. AU - Druley, Keith A. AU - Connolly, Robert AU - Bush, David T1 - A COMPARISON OF MORAL REASONING IN DRUG ADDICTS AND NONADDICTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1978/07// VL - 34 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 790 EP - 794 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article ascertains the level of moral reasoning of drug addicts in order to determine whether they differ from a non-addict population in this dimension. It is critical that one distinguishes initially between the occurrence of deviant behavior and a deficiency in an individual's moral values, as these are not the same and indeed may be independent. With regard to drug addicts, it is not readily apparent whether their deviant behavior should be attributed to deficient moral values, deficient ego controls, or to both. The experimental group consisted of 20 male drug addicts who were participating in the Drug Rehabilitation Program of the Coatesville VA Hospital. KW - DRUG addicts KW - VALUES (Ethics) KW - DEVIANT behavior KW - DRUG abuse KW - HOSPITALS KW - REHABILITATION N1 - Accession Number: 15858051; Alterman, Arthur I. 1 Druley, Keith A. 1 Connolly, Robert 2 Bush, David 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Coatesville, Pennsylvania. 2: Villanova University, Villanova, Pennsylvania.; Source Info: Jul1978, Vol. 34 Issue 3, p790; Subject Term: DRUG addicts; Subject Term: VALUES (Ethics); Subject Term: DEVIANT behavior; Subject Term: DRUG abuse; Subject Term: HOSPITALS; Subject Term: REHABILITATION; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622110 General Medical and Surgical Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622111 General (except paediatric) hospitals; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15858051&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Moran, Maurice AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Brown, Jack AU - White, Clarence AU - Jacobs, Lyle T1 - SYSTEMS RELEASING ACTION THERAPY WITH ALCOHOLICS: AN EXPERIMENTAL EVALUATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1978/07// VL - 34 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 769 EP - 774 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on Systems Releasing Action Therapy. Systems Releasing Action Therapy is a hybrid of several humanistic approaches. The goals of this therapy are to normalize the functioning of various autonomic systems and to reduce rapidly psychological and physiological symptoms related to anxiety or depression. An explanation of the theory of reducing constriction and normalizing systems was given to all members of the experimental and control groups before the start of the program. In the initial three or four sessions the therapists guided the subjects in the experimental group through stretching, loosening, and breathing exercises. KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - ANXIETY KW - BREATHING exercises KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - MENTAL depression N1 - Accession Number: 15858045; Moran, Maurice 1 Watson, Charles G. 1 Brown, Jack 1 White, Clarence 1 Jacobs, Lyle 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Jul1978, Vol. 34 Issue 3, p769; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: BREATHING exercises; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15858045&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Herder, Joseph AU - Passini, Frank T. T1 - ALPHA BIOFEEDBACK THERAPY IN ALCOHOLICS: AN 18-MONTH FOLLOW-UP. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1978/07// VL - 34 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 765 EP - 769 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the use of alpha biofeedback therapy in alcoholics. Current understanding of alpha biofeedback is incomplete, and additional research on its effects is needed. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the long-term effects of alpha training in psychiatric samples in a controlled 18-month follow-up study. An attempt was made to contact all individuals who had participated in an earlier study on the effects of alpha biofeedback on alcoholics 18 months after the completion of their post-therapy evaluation. All subjects were males hospitalized for treatment of alcohol-related problems. KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - BIOFEEDBACK training KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - ALCOHOL KW - MENTAL health N1 - Accession Number: 15858044; Watson, Charles G. 1 Herder, Joseph 1 Passini, Frank T. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minnesota. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Togus, Maine.; Source Info: Jul1978, Vol. 34 Issue 3, p765; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: BIOFEEDBACK training; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: ALCOHOL; Subject Term: MENTAL health; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325193 Ethyl Alcohol Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15858044&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mo, Suchoon S. AU - Kersey, Ray AU - Welch, Edward D. T1 - BINOCULAR LOCUS OF PRIOR TIME INFORMATION EFFECT IN SCHIZOPHRENIA. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1978/07// VL - 34 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 595 EP - 600 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article examines whether time expectancy in schizophrenia is associated with the tendency to spatialize time information. Time estimation was shown to be an increasing function of foreperiod duration for schizophrenics and non-schizophrenics alike in previous studies. In the present study, sixty male schizophrenics and 80 male alcoholics were recruited from the inpatient population at the Veterans Administration Hospital, Fort Lyon, Colorado. They were all classified as process schizophrenics, and had received a rating of 3 or above on the abbreviated form of the Phillips Rating Scale. KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - TIME KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - PSYCHOSES KW - MENTALLY ill KW - COLORADO N1 - Accession Number: 15858008; Mo, Suchoon S. 1 Kersey, Ray 2 Welch, Edward D. 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Southern Colorado. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Fort Lyon, Colorado.; Source Info: Jul1978, Vol. 34 Issue 3, p595; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: TIME; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: COLORADO; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15858008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Davis, William E. AU - Gasser, Betty T1 - THE SEPARATION OF ORGANICS FROM DEPRESSIVES WITH ABILITY- AND PERSONALITY-BASED TESTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1978/04// VL - 34 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 393 EP - 397 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article evaluates the capabilities of nine ability test measures and the MMPI Depression scale to differentiate organics from depressives. Twenty-five depressed and 40 brain-injured patients, all males at the Saint Cloud Veterans Administration Hospital, served as subjects. All were volunteers under the age of 60. The results also suggest that further research designed to develop personality-based organicity measures that are not only valid but easily used is badly needed. The present study was not designed specifically to test the hypothesis that cognitive, perceptual or motor losses occur in depression. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - MENTAL depression KW - ABILITY testing KW - PERSONALITY KW - HOSPITALS KW - PERSONALITY tests N1 - Accession Number: 15845340; Watson, Charles G. 1 Davis, William E. 1 Gasser, Betty 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Apr1978, Vol. 34 Issue 2, p393; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: ABILITY testing; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: HOSPITALS; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622110 General Medical and Surgical Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622111 General (except paediatric) hospitals; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845340&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Thorne, Frederick C. AU - Pishkin, Vladimir T1 - THE FACTORIAL STRUCTURE OF THE PERSONAL HEALTH SURVEY IN NORMALS AND SCHIZOPHRENICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1978/04// VL - 34 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 276 EP - 282 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on the factorial structure of the personal health survey in normals and schizophrenics. General factors of good health, affective lability, autonomic instability, mental ill health and exploitative sociopathy have been demonstrated. Even though a factor may be heavily weighted by a cluster of consistent items that define the factor, most scales are mixed in that one or two items from other factors keep turning up repeatedly. Thus, sociopathic and psychiatric symptoms keep turning up in all groups, including the presumptively most normal, the college students. KW - HEALTH surveys KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - MENTALLY ill KW - MENTAL health KW - COLLEGE students KW - HEALTH N1 - Accession Number: 15845317; Thorne, Frederick C. Pishkin, Vladimir 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.; Source Info: Apr1978, Vol. 34 Issue 2, p276; Subject Term: HEALTH surveys; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: COLLEGE students; Subject Term: HEALTH; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845317&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Thorne, Frederick C. AU - Pishkin, Vladimir T1 - FACTORED SCALES FOR THE PERSONAL HEALTH SURVEY WITH SCHIZOPHRENICS, ALCOHOLICS, FELONS, UN MARRIED MOTHERS, AND COLLEGE STUDENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1978/04// VL - 34 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 269 EP - 275 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article investigated the factorial structure of the Personal Health Survey (PHS), a 2004-item inventory that samples subjective reports of symptoms of disorder the organ systems and psychophysiological functioning of the body. The purpose of this study was to discover factorial patterns on an overall population of 730 subjects from five subgroups in order to ascertain the general dimensions of physical and mental health and ill health. Base rates of responding to each item are cited to indicate the generality of the symptom in the populations studied because it is first necessary to demonstrate the existence of disease or disorders in any population before one attempts to study its factorial structure. KW - HEALTH surveys KW - RESEARCH -- Equipment & supplies KW - FACTOR structure KW - MENTAL health KW - PUBLIC health KW - SCIENTIFIC apparatus & instruments N1 - Accession Number: 15845316; Thorne, Frederick C. Pishkin, Vladimir 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.; Source Info: Apr1978, Vol. 34 Issue 2, p269; Subject Term: HEALTH surveys; Subject Term: RESEARCH -- Equipment & supplies; Subject Term: FACTOR structure; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: PUBLIC health; Subject Term: SCIENTIFIC apparatus & instruments; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; NAICS/Industry Codes: 417930 Professional machinery, equipment and supplies merchant wholesalers; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845316&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kennedy, Robert W. AU - Gilbert, Gary S. AU - Phoreson, Richard T1 - A SELF-CONTROL PROGRAM FOR DRINKING ANTECEDENTS: THE ROLE OF SELF-MONITORING AND CONTROL ORIENTATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1978/01// VL - 34 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 238 EP - 243 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a discussion on a self-control program for alcoholics. Learning theory formulations of alcohol or drug abuse suggest that the extension of behavior therapies to alcoholism might prove efficacious in dealing with this problem. For example, self-monitoring procedures might be utilized in the control of drinking or other behaviors associated with drinking. Psychologists have demonstrated the applicability of this technique in reducing alcohol consumption by instructing patients in self-monitoring of amount of alcohol consumed. On the assumption that various preceding events may increase the probability of drinking, self-monitoring and subsequent alteration of antecedents to drinking might have a beneficial effect on treatment outcome. KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - SELF-control KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - DRUG abuse KW - SUBSTANCE abuse N1 - Accession Number: 15828630; Kennedy, Robert W. 1 Gilbert, Gary S. 1 Phoreson, Richard 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Columbia, Missouri. 2: University of Missouri, Columbia.; Source Info: Jan1978, Vol. 34 Issue 1, p238; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: SELF-control; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: DRUG abuse; Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828630&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gilbert, Gary S. AU - Parker, Jerry C. AU - Claiborn, Charles D. T1 - DIFFERENTIAL MOOD CHANGES IN ALCOHOLICS AS A FUNCTION OF ANXIETY MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1978/01// VL - 34 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 229 EP - 232 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses differential mood changes in alcoholics as a function of anxiety management strategies. Techniques that produce a "Relaxation Response" have become major components of psychological treatment. Such techniques (such as progressive relaxation training, meditation training, and biofeedback) have been used as direct treatment strategies as well as adjuncts to treatment for numerous stress-related disorders such as hypertension, alcoholism and insomnia. The rationale for such techniques typically has been derived from the expectation for therapeutic gain subsequent to reduced anxiety. Data from recent investigations suggest that the relaxation strategies may produce varying as opposed to homogeneous sets of responses across a range of variables. KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - MOOD (Psychology) KW - ANXIETY KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - EMOTIONS (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 15828628; Gilbert, Gary S. 1,2 Parker, Jerry C. 1,2 Claiborn, Charles D. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Columbia, Missouri. 2: University of Missouri-Columbia.; Source Info: Jan1978, Vol. 34 Issue 1, p229; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: MOOD (Psychology); Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: EMOTIONS (Psychology); Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828628&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Penk, W. E. AU - Robinowitz, R. T1 - MEASURING PSYCHOSOCIAL ASPECTS OF TREATMENT OUTCOME AMONG COMPULSIVE DRUG USERS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1978/01// VL - 34 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 222 EP - 229 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses psychosocial aspects of treatment outcome among compulsive drug users. A study was designed to identify problems in adapting psychosocial measures for outcome evaluation of drug abuse treatment. The finding that amount of outcome data increased as degree of personal mal- adjustment increased indicates that reports of drug abuse treatment outcome data should not be compared without a thorough description of sample characteristics. Variations observed in degrees of self-rated adjustment and return rates that increased as mal-adjustment increased suggest a salient consideration in sampling methodology, especially for studies that assess comparative effectiveness of drug abuse treatment programs. KW - DRUG abuse -- Treatment KW - SUBSTANCE abuse KW - DRUG addiction KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PSYCHIATRY N1 - Accession Number: 15828627; Penk, W. E. 1 Robinowitz, R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Dallas, Texas.; Source Info: Jan1978, Vol. 34 Issue 1, p222; Subject Term: DRUG abuse -- Treatment; Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse; Subject Term: DRUG addiction; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828627&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Russell, Elbert W. T1 - THE FACTS ABOUT "ENCOUNTER GROUPS: FIRST FACTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1978/01// VL - 34 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 130 EP - 137 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents information on the book "Encounter groups: First facts," by M.A. Lieberman, I.D. Yalom and M.B. Miles. Their research was the most extensive single research project related to group work yet undertaken. It was extensive in the number of participant group members used, the number of groups compared and the number of measures administered. By sheer size, such a study became one of the major studies of groups. The conclusion of this reexamination of Lieberman comparison is that no part of this comparison adequately meets any of the usual criteria for valid comparison research, while the criteria for good comparative research are rather strict, they are not impossible to meet, since other studies, such as that by have met most of them. KW - BOOKS KW - GROUP relations training KW - EDUCATION KW - INTERPERSONAL relations KW - RESEARCH KW - LIEBERMAN, M. A. KW - ENCOUNTER groups: First facts (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 15828609; Russell, Elbert W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Miami, Florida.; Source Info: Jan1978, Vol. 34 Issue 1, p130; Subject Term: BOOKS; Subject Term: GROUP relations training; Subject Term: EDUCATION; Subject Term: INTERPERSONAL relations; Subject Term: RESEARCH; Reviews & Products: ENCOUNTER groups: First facts (Book); NAICS/Industry Codes: 451310 Book stores and news dealers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 451211 Book Stores; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424920 Book, Periodical, and Newspaper Merchant Wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414420 Book, periodical and newspaper merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923110 Administration of Education Programs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611710 Educational Support Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611699 All Other Miscellaneous Schools and Instruction; People: LIEBERMAN, M. A.; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828609&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mo, Sucroon S. AU - Kersey, Ray AU - David D. Huang T1 - WEAKNESS AND INSTABILITY OF TIME EXPECTANCY IN SCHIZOPHRENIA. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1978/01// VL - 34 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 37 EP - 44 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents information on weakness and instability of time expectancy in schizophernia. A recent study investigated the effect of intrusion of an extraneous stimulus during foreperiod, on reaction time of schizophrenics. The finding was that impairment of schizophrenics reaction time performance by extraneous stimuli is a non-monotonic curvilinear function of foreperiod duration, with greater impairment at both relatively short and long foreperiod durations and that this "phasic shift" is more pronounced for those with poor premorbid adjustment than for those with good premorbid adjustment. The primary interest of this study was to demonstrate such phasic shift in time estimation so that the interpretation may be generalized beyond the factors specific to reaction time experiment. KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - REACTION time KW - PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY KW - SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - ESTIMATION theory N1 - Accession Number: 15828579; Mo, Sucroon S. 1 Kersey, Ray 1 David D. Huang 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Southern Colorado. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital.; Source Info: Jan1978, Vol. 34 Issue 1, p37; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: REACTION time; Subject Term: PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY; Subject Term: SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: ESTIMATION theory; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828579&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Munley, Pathick H. AU - Devone, Nicifolas AU - Einhorn, Carl M. AU - Gash, Ira A. AU - Hyer, Leon AU - Kuhn, Kenneth C. T1 - DEMOGRAPHIC AND CLINICAL CHARACTERISTICS AS PREDICTORS OF LENGTH OF HOSPITALIZATION AND READMISSION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/10// VL - 33 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 1093 EP - 1099 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The present study investigated demographic and clinical characteristics of psychiatric patients in relation to the two criterion variables of length of hospitalization and readmission within 3 months of discharge. Stepwise multiple regression analysis identified five variables as the optimal set of predictors for length of hospitalization: age, history of commitment, number of prior psychiatric hospitalizations, recent employment history, and past history of suicidal behavior (R = .451). Regression analysis also identified six variables as the optimal set of predictors for readmission within 3 months of discharge: type of discharge, number of prior psychiatric hospitalizations, race, suicide attempt within 1 month prior to admission, subjective report of depression upon admission, and occupational level (R = .452). Implications of the findings for identifying short-term treatment candidates and factors related to readmission are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospitals -- Admission & discharge KW - RESEARCH KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospital patients KW - LENGTH of stay in hospitals KW - PATIENT readmissions N1 - Accession Number: 15866720; Munley, Pathick H. 1 Devone, Nicifolas 1 Einhorn, Carl M. 1 Gash, Ira A. 1 Hyer, Leon 1 Kuhn, Kenneth C. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Lyon, New Jersey; Source Info: Oct1977, Vol. 33 Issue 4, p1093; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC hospitals -- Admission & discharge; Subject Term: RESEARCH; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC hospital patients; Subject Term: LENGTH of stay in hospitals; Subject Term: PATIENT readmissions; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866720&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Calsyn, Donald A. AU - Spengler, Dan M. AU - Freeman, Cuarles W. T1 - APPLICATION OF THE SOMATIZATION FACTOR OF THE MMPI-168 WITH LOW BACK PAIN PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/10// VL - 33 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 1017 EP - 1020 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The usefulness of the Somatization factor of the MMPI-168 with low back pain patients was examined in two separate studies. In study 1, 58 male veteran low back pain patients who had been divided into organic and mixed groups served as Ss. MMPI protocols were rescored for the five factors of Overall, Hunter, and Butcher (1973). The organic and mixed groups differed only on the Somatization factor. A cutting score of raw > 8 (T = 75) was determined to classify the sample correctly 74.5% of the time. In study 2, a second sample of 48 male veteran low back pain patients was divided into mixed, organic, and functional groups. The mixed group was subdivided further into a mixed-pain group who still were having pain and were seeking treatment and a mixed-relief group who were experiencing a reduction of pain and were returning to vocational activities. The functional and mixed-pain groups differed from the organic and mixed-relief groups on the Somatization and Depression factors. The cutting score determined in the study 1 correctly classified patients 83% of the time. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SOMATIZATION disorder KW - BACKACHE KW - PATIENTS KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PAIN -- Psychological aspects N1 - Accession Number: 15866701; Calsyn, Donald A. 1 Spengler, Dan M. 1 Freeman, Cuarles W. 2; Affiliation: 1: Seattle Veterans Administration Hospital 2: University of Washington; Source Info: Oct1977, Vol. 33 Issue 4, p1017; Subject Term: SOMATIZATION disorder; Subject Term: BACKACHE; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PAIN -- Psychological aspects; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866701&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Costa, Paul R. AU - Mccrae, Robert R. T1 - PSYCHIATRIC SYMPTOM DIMENSIONS IN THE CORNELL MEDICAL INDEX AMONG NORMAL ADULT MALES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/10// VL - 33 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 941 EP - 946 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - Factor analysis of items from the psychiatric portion of the Cornell Medical Index (CMI) was performed to determine the empirical symptom dimensions in a sample of 1682 normal adult males. Six factors were extracted and interpreted as Irritability, Inability to Cope, Depression, Timidity, Normal Anxiety, and Clinical Anxiety. The factors showed some correspondence to the clinical groupings in the CMI and to factors discovered in other studies. While all showed small positive correlations with a measure of Neuroticism, the consistency of these results argues against the hypothesis that the CMI M-R sections measure only a unitary factor of neurotic complaining. Some modifications in the CMI are recommended that could enhance its utility as a diagnostic or personality instrument. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis KW - PSYCHIATRIC errors KW - SYMPTOMS KW - RESEARCH N1 - Accession Number: 15866686; Costa, Paul R. 1 Mccrae, Robert R. 2; Affiliation: 1: Normative Aging Study, Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic and University of Massachusetts at Boston 2: University of Massachusetts at Boston; Source Info: Oct1977, Vol. 33 Issue 4, p941; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC errors; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: RESEARCH; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866686&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pratt, Theodore C. AU - Linn, Margaret W. AU - Carmichael, Joan S. AU - Webb, Nancy L. T1 - THE ALCOHOLIC'S PERCEPTION OF THE WARD AS A PREDICTOR OF AFTERCARE ATTENDANCE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/07// VL - 33 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 915 EP - 918 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the alcoholics perception of the ward as a predictor of aftercare attendance. The sample was selected from 90 alcoholic inpatients admitted to an 8-week Substance Abuse Program at the Veterans Administration Hospital in Miami, Florida. A number of demographic characteristics such as age, race, marital status, income, education and work history were collected upon admission to the inpatient treatment program. In addition, variables such as number of previous hospitalizations, number of convictions, motivation, and additional data related to the patient's alcoholism were obtained. KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - SUBSTANCE abuse KW - HOSPITAL care KW - SOCIAL status KW - PERSONALITY disorders KW - DRINKING of alcoholic beverages N1 - Accession Number: 15845175; Pratt, Theodore C. 1 Linn, Margaret W. 1 Carmichael, Joan S. 1 Webb, Nancy L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Miami, Florida; Source Info: Jul1977, Vol. 33 Issue 3, p915; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse; Subject Term: HOSPITAL care; Subject Term: SOCIAL status; Subject Term: PERSONALITY disorders; Subject Term: DRINKING of alcoholic beverages; NAICS/Industry Codes: 722410 Drinking Places (Alcoholic Beverages); Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845175&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Crumbaugh, James C. T1 - THE SEEKING OF NOETIC GOALS TEST (SONG): A COMPLEMENTARY SCALE TO THE PURPOSE IN LIFE TEST (PIL). JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/07// VL - 33 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 900 EP - 907 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on the Purpose of Life Test which indicates the degree to which meaning and purpose in life has been found. A patient in psychotherapy, for example, may lack a life purpose that he really needs in order to function well, but he also may have developed certain defenses that prevent his actively seeking it or even acknowledging to himself that he really wants it. He will require both psychotherapy to deal with these defenses and logotherapy to find meaning. On the other hand, patients who lacks purpose but is strongly motivated to find it will require only logotherapy. KW - LIFE KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - LOGOTHERAPY KW - PHENOMENOLOGICAL psychology KW - EXISTENTIAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15845172; Crumbaugh, James C. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Gulfport Division Biloxi, Mississippi; Source Info: Jul1977, Vol. 33 Issue 3, p900; Subject Term: LIFE; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: LOGOTHERAPY; Subject Term: PHENOMENOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: EXISTENTIAL psychology; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845172&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Collins, Hardin A. AU - Burger, Gaily K. AU - Taylor, Gregory A. T1 - PERSONALITY PATTERNS OF DRUG ABUSERS AS SHOWN BY MMPI PROFILES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/07// VL - 33 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 897 EP - 900 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the personality patterns of drug abusers as shown by the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI). Through the years, two major conceptions have developed in the investigation of the personality characteristics of drug abusers. One approach has emphasized the similarities among drug users; for example, such individuals have been described as having predominantly a 4-9 MMPI profile. The other approach depicts the drug abuser as one of a small number of possible profile types. A third point of view is that the search for common personality traits among drug abusers is fruitless. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - DRUG abuse KW - SUBSTANCE abuse KW - PERSONALITY KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15845171; Collins, Hardin A. 1 Burger, Gaily K. 2 Taylor, Gregory A. 3; Affiliation: 1: Saint Louis University Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Louis, Missouri 2: University of Missouri, St. Louis 3: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Louis, Missouri; Source Info: Jul1977, Vol. 33 Issue 3, p897; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: DRUG abuse; Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845171&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Freed, Earl X. AU - Riley, Edward F. AU - Ornstein, Peter T1 - ASSESSMENT OF ALCOHOLICS' MOODS AT THE BEGINNING AND END OF A HOSPITAL TREATMENT PROGRAM. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/07// VL - 33 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 887 EP - 894 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the assessment of alcoholics moods at the beginning and end of a hospital treatment program. While the tension reduction theory of alcoholism is supported by equivocal evidence that alcohol is an anxiety-reducing agent, there are data that suggest that alcohol may be perceived, hence employed, as a self-administered mood regulator. This pertains not only to depressive symptomatology, but to other affective states as well. Mood states of alcoholics and normals, both sober and intoxicated, have been assessed with a host of self-report instruments. KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - HOSPITALS KW - MOOD (Psychology) KW - EMOTIONS (Psychology) KW - AFFECTIVE disorders KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15845169; Freed, Earl X. 1 Riley, Edward F. 1 Ornstein, Peter 2; Affiliation: 1: Alcohol Research Laboratory Lyons (N. J.) Veterans Administration Hospital 2: Center of Alcohol Studies Rutgers University; Source Info: Jul1977, Vol. 33 Issue 3, p887; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: HOSPITALS; Subject Term: MOOD (Psychology); Subject Term: EMOTIONS (Psychology); Subject Term: AFFECTIVE disorders; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622110 General Medical and Surgical Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622111 General (except paediatric) hospitals; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845169&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Klinqler, Daniel E. AU - Johnson, James H. AU - Williams, Thomas A. T1 - A VALIDATIONAL STUDY OF THE WIST AS A GROUP-ADMINISTERED INSTRUMENT FOR ASSESSMENT OF SCHIZOPHRENIC THINKING. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/07// VL - 33 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 658 EP - 661 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the Whitaker Index of Schizophrenic Thinking (WIST) which is a relatively new, individually administered test that is intended to serve as a brief, objective, and quantitative measure of schizophrenic thought processes. Development of the WIST was based on the premise that schizophrenic thinking is illogical, impaired, and unwitting. It is believed that the WIST assesses the ability to think logically and to avoid irrelevant or distracting associations. Given the initial validation work on the WIST, it appears to have possibilities of wide applicability for the diagnosis of schizophrenia. However, there are several impediments to widespread clinical acceptance of this instrument. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - MENTALLY ill KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - PATIENTS KW - LOGIC KW - DIAGNOSIS N1 - Accession Number: 15845121; Klinqler, Daniel E. 1 Johnson, James H. 1 Williams, Thomas A. 1; Affiliation: 1: University of Utah College of Medicine and Veterans Administration Hospital, Salt Lake City, Utah; Source Info: Jul1977, Vol. 33 Issue 3, p658; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: LOGIC; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845121&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Johnson, James E. AU - Klingler, Daniel E. AU - Williams, Thomas A. T1 - RECOGNITION IN EPISODIC LONG-TERM MEMORY IN SCHIZOPHRENIA. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/07// VL - 33 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 643 EP - 647 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on differences in memorial functioning among various psychopathological diagnostic groups. Behavioral scientists have been interested in studying these differences as a means to understand the underlying processes involved in mental illness. However, in a recent review it was noted that most previous studies of the memory-psychopathology interaction have been deficient because of method errors related to experimental design and selection. Because of this, results are apt to be confounded and of questionable validity. A particularly interesting topic of study in this area involves recognition memory. KW - MEMORY KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - MENTAL health KW - MENTAL illness KW - BEHAVIORAL scientists KW - RECOGNITION (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 15845118; Johnson, James E. 1 Klingler, Daniel E. 1 Williams, Thomas A. 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Utah Medical Center 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Salt Lake City, Utah; Source Info: Jul1977, Vol. 33 Issue 3, p643; Subject Term: MEMORY; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: MENTAL illness; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL scientists; Subject Term: RECOGNITION (Psychology); NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845118&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Knignt, Raymond A. AU - Sims-Knight, Judith E. AU - Marcia Petchzrs-Cassell T1 - OVERINCLUSION, BROAD SCANNING, AND PICTURE RECOGNITION IN SCHIZOPHRENICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/07// VL - 33 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 635 EP - 642 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on relation between over-inclusion and good picture recognition. Researchers offer in alternative interpretation. They argue that there is ample evidence for a general deficit in schizophrenics' performance. Consequently, when schizophrenics perform significantly worse on one task than on another, one can conclude a differential deficit only if the tasks are shown to be equally difficult and discriminating. Thus, the recall/recognition difference characteristically found in schizophrenics might simply be an artifact of the differential difficulty of the two tasks. Although much research has indicated that different subgroups of schizophrenics may show quite different patterns of cognitive functioning, only one of the recall-recognition studies cited above divided its schizophrenic populations into more homogeneous subgroups. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - MENTALLY ill KW - COGNITION KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - RESEARCH KW - BEHAVIORAL scientists N1 - Accession Number: 15845117; Knignt, Raymond A. 1 Sims-Knight, Judith E. 2 Marcia Petchzrs-Cassell 3; Affiliation: 1: Brandeis University and Veterans Administration Hospital, Bedford, Mass. 2: Wheaton College 3: Brandel University; Source Info: Jul1977, Vol. 33 Issue 3, p635; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: COGNITION; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: RESEARCH; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL scientists; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845117&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Vangerpen, Cheryl T1 - SCHIZOPHRENIC SUBTYPES AND DIFFERENTIAL RESPONSIVENESS TO REWARD AND PUNISHMENT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/07// VL - 33 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 630 EP - 634 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the differential effects of reward and punishment on the performances of schizophrenic subgroups. A knowledge of the variables that separate those schizophrenics who are more responsive to punishment from those whose performance is better enhanced by reward would, of course, be of considerable theoretical and clinical value. Researchers who study this problem have concentrated their attention on three subtyping variables-the process/reactive, paranoid/nonparanoid and length of hospitalization dimensions. KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - PSYCHOSES KW - PUNISHMENT KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - HOSPITAL care KW - MENTALLY ill N1 - Accession Number: 15845116; Watson, Charles G. 1 Vangerpen, Cheryl 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minnesota; Source Info: Jul1977, Vol. 33 Issue 3, p630; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: PUNISHMENT; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: HOSPITAL care; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845116&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pisekin, Vladimir AU - Williams, W. Vail T1 - COGNITIVE RIGIDITY IN INFORMATION PROCESSING OF CHRONIC UNDIFFERENTIATED SCHIZOPHRENICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/07// VL - 33 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 625 EP - 630 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article examines the role of information processing in the study of thinking disorder in schizophrenia. Efficient performance on Concept Identification (CI) tasks is characterized by behavior with frequent changing of hypotheses in the early stages of learning until performance reaches a level better than chance. It also has been demonstrated that schizophrenics manifest certain response sets that reflect inability to filter out irrelevant information and a tendency to perseverate on conceptual tasks. In a study that used a card sorting task, researchers reported that schizophrenics were characterized by perseveration and difficulty in maintaining a set as compared to normals. He pointed out that the tendency toward greater perseveration resulted from a tendency to continue sorting on the basis of a previously correct category that was no longer correct for solution to the problem. It was anticipated that this type of perseveration should result in the schizophrenics being rigid, such as the schizophrenic individual should show difficulty in being able to adjust to continuously changing experimental demands of information flow in a CI task. KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - PSYCHOSES KW - INFORMATION processing KW - COGNITION KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - BEHAVIORAL scientists KW - MENTALLY ill N1 - Accession Number: 15845115; Pisekin, Vladimir 1 Williams, W. Vail 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital and University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center Oklahoma City 2: Mental Research Institute Palo Alto, California; Source Info: Jul1977, Vol. 33 Issue 3, p625; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: INFORMATION processing; Subject Term: COGNITION; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL scientists; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845115&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Thorne, Frederick C. AU - Pisekin, Vladimir T1 - THE FACTORIAL STRUCTURE OF PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT MECHANISMS IN UNMARRIED MOTHERS, COLLEGE, ALCOHOLIC, AND SCHIZOPHRENIC POPULATIONS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/07// VL - 33 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 618 EP - 624 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on factorial analysis of responses to the Personal Development Study (PDS) which was accomplished on samples of hospitalized alcoholics, unmarried mothers, college students, and chronic schizophrenic patients. The overall factor analyses resulted in five major factors labeled as projection, optimism-responsibility, reaction and symptom formation, repressive-compulsive, and guilt-impunitiveness. This study compared the PDS factorial composition across four diagnostic groups in relation to the overall factors derived from the four groups combined. The finding that factorial composition does vary widely among the clinical groups utilized in standardization studies of the Integration Level Test Series, which includes the Sex Inventory, the Ideological Survey, the Existential Study and the Life Style Analysis has profound significance both in terms of underlying theory and problems of measurement. KW - MATURATION (Psychology) KW - FACTOR analysis KW - CORRELATION (Statistics) KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - COLLEGE students KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA N1 - Accession Number: 15845114; Thorne, Frederick C. Pisekin, Vladimir 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, and University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Source Info: Jul1977, Vol. 33 Issue 3, p618; Subject Term: MATURATION (Psychology); Subject Term: FACTOR analysis; Subject Term: CORRELATION (Statistics); Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: COLLEGE students; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845114&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Plshkin, Vladimir AU - Thorne, Frederick C. T1 - A FACTORIAL STUDY OF PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT OF UNMARRIED MOTHERS, COLLEGE, ALCOHOLIC, AND SCHIZOPHRENIC POPULATIONS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/07// VL - 33 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 609 EP - 617 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on a factorial study of personal development of unmarried mothers, college students, alcoholics and schizophrenic populations. Comparison of the percents of each diagnostic group who responded true to each item reveals marked differences among groups. In general, the college students set base rates for normal responding. The alcoholics and the unmarried mothers reveal more pathological reactions, both qualitatively and quantitatively, than the college students, but still must be regarded as within the normal range. The institutionalized schizophrenics lie at the opposite end of the continuum and consistently show more and greater pathological responding. KW - MATURATION (Psychology) KW - UNMARRIED mothers KW - COLLEGE students KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - PSYCHOSES KW - MENTALLY ill N1 - Accession Number: 15845113; Plshkin, Vladimir 1 Thorne, Frederick C.; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital and University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Source Info: Jul1977, Vol. 33 Issue 3, p609; Subject Term: MATURATION (Psychology); Subject Term: UNMARRIED mothers; Subject Term: COLLEGE students; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845113&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - O'Leary, Michael R. AU - Radford, Linda M. AU - Chaney, Edmund F. AU - Schau, Edward J. T1 - ASSESSMENT OF COGNITIVE RECOVERY IN ALCOHOLICS BY USE OF THE TRAILMAKING TEST. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/04// VL - 33 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 579 EP - 582 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents assessment of cognitive recovery in alcoholics by use of the trialmaking tests. The question of recovery of cognitive deficit among alcoholics subsequent to cessation of drinking has received limited attention in the literature. A substantial body of literature supports the notion of organic impairment due to chronic alcoholism. In the previous studies, alcoholic Ss had been sober a maximum of 2 weeks. An error in test administration and recent episodes of psychotic behavior were the basis for decisions to omit the data of these Ss. KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - ADDICTS KW - CONTROLLED drinking KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - DRINKING of alcoholic beverages KW - SUBSTANCE abuse N1 - Accession Number: 15845464; O'Leary, Michael R. 1,2 Radford, Linda M. 1,2 Chaney, Edmund F. 1,2 Schau, Edward J. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital. 2: University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, Washington.; Source Info: Apr1977, Vol. 33 Issue 2, p579; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: ADDICTS; Subject Term: CONTROLLED drinking; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: DRINKING of alcoholic beverages; Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse; NAICS/Industry Codes: 722410 Drinking Places (Alcoholic Beverages); Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845464&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Foster, Leila M. T1 - GROUP EMBEDDED FIGURES TEST PERFORMANCE IN DIFFERENT INSTRUMENTAL BEHAVIOR STYLES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/04// VL - 33 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 571 EP - 574 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article studies group embedded figures test performance in different instrumental behavior style. The variation in performance of Ss asked to identify a simple figure in a more complex one has attracted the interest of researchers for over 25 years. Male patients of a psychiatric outpatient clinic of an urban Veterans Administration Hospital were selected on the basis of their profile scores on the Millon-Illinois Self Report Inventory. The instrumental behaviors carry over to the personality patterns, which causes a sharp differentiation in coping strategies. Millon's actives of the avoid ant and negativistic patterns tend to be suspicious, mistrustful, and fearful. KW - OPERANT behavior KW - PERSONALITY KW - CONSCIOUSNESS KW - MENTAL health KW - VETERANS KW - RESEARCH N1 - Accession Number: 15845462; Foster, Leila M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration West Side Hospital, Chicago.; Source Info: Apr1977, Vol. 33 Issue 2, p571; Subject Term: OPERANT behavior; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: CONSCIOUSNESS; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: VETERANS; Subject Term: RESEARCH; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845462&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dolan, Michael P. AU - Norton, James C. T1 - A PROGRAMMED TRAINING TECHNIQUE THAT USES REINFORCEMENT TO FACILITATE ACQUISITION AND RETENTION IN BRAIN-DAMAGED PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/04// VL - 33 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 496 EP - 501 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses a programmed training technique that uses reinforcement to facilitate acquisition and retention in brain-damaged patients. Deterioration of cognitive functioning is a common consequence of brain injury or brain disease, and one area of mental functioning that shows a decline in most brain disorders is memory. One variable that has not been explored as a way to improve the memory of brain-damaged patients is reinforcement. During the training period one group of Ss received verbal reinforcement, while the other group received verbal reinforcement and token reinforcement. Recall testing occurred immediately, 5 days, and 7 days after the last training session. KW - MEMORY KW - BRAIN diseases KW - RECALL (Information retrieval) KW - BEHAVIOR modification KW - REWARD (Psychology) KW - LEARNING ability N1 - Accession Number: 15845446; Dolan, Michael P. 1 Norton, James C. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Perry Point, Maryland. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Lexington, Kentucky.; Source Info: Apr1977, Vol. 33 Issue 2, p496; Subject Term: MEMORY; Subject Term: BRAIN diseases; Subject Term: RECALL (Information retrieval); Subject Term: BEHAVIOR modification; Subject Term: REWARD (Psychology); Subject Term: LEARNING ability; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845446&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Barker, Barbara M. AU - Barker Jr., Harry R. AU - Wadsworth Jr., Allen P. T1 - FACTOR ANALYSIS OF THE ITEMS OF THE STATE-STRAIT ANXIETY INVENTORY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/04// VL - 33 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 450 EP - 455 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the factor analysis of the items of the State-Strait Anxiety Inventory (STAI). A-State is a transitory condition that varies in intensity and fluctuates in time in reaction to circumstances that are perceived as threatening. Trait anxiety refers to relatively stable individual differences in "anxiety proneness' that are impervious to situational stress. The objective of the present study was to examine the nature of the STAI items by factor analysis under conditions that test the stability of both the A-State and A-Trait scales. KW - ANXIETY KW - FACTOR analysis KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - INDIVIDUAL differences KW - EMOTIONS (Psychology) KW - STRESS (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 15845435; Barker, Barbara M. 1 Barker Jr., Harry R. 1 Wadsworth Jr., Allen P. 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Alabama. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Tuscaloosa, Alabama.; Source Info: Apr1977, Vol. 33 Issue 2, p450; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: FACTOR analysis; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: INDIVIDUAL differences; Subject Term: EMOTIONS (Psychology); Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845435&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Jacobs, Lyle T1 - EVIDENCE FOR A DUAL-FACTOR CONCEPT OF PSYCHOPATHOLOGICAL EMOTIONAL DEFICIT: ANHEDONIA AND SENSATION-SEEKING. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/04// VL - 33 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 385 EP - 389 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses the evidence for a dual-factor concept of psychopathological emotional deficit. Anhedonia is a term used to describe the apparent inability of some psychiatric patients to experience pleasure. A larger number of researchers have developed a line of research on the concept of sensation-seeking. It seems reasonable to suspect that clinical anhedonia and sensation-seeking might be different names for the same dimension. Because schizophrenics typically operate at a high level of autonomic arousal and, at the same time, are anhedonic, it can be hypothesized that clinical anhedonia may be a function of low-sensations seeking needs that arise from a high level of autonomic stimulation. KW - ANHEDONIA KW - AFFECTIVE disorders KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - MENTALLY ill KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - RESEARCH N1 - Accession Number: 15845422; Watson, Charles G. 1 Jacobs, Lyle 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Apr1977, Vol. 33 Issue 2, p385; Subject Term: ANHEDONIA; Subject Term: AFFECTIVE disorders; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: RESEARCH; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845422&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mo, Suchoon S. AU - Kersey, Ray AU - Lowe, Warren C. T1 - PRIOR TIME UNCERTAINTY REDUCTION OF FOREPERIOD DURATION UNDER TWO DIFFERENT LEVELS OF EVENT UNCERTAINTY IN PROCESS AND REACTIVE SCHIZOPHRENIA. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/04// VL - 33 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 381 EP - 385 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a study related to prior time uncertainty reduction of foreperiod duration under two different levels of event uncertainity in process and reactive schizophrenia. A precise procedural determination of whether schizophrenia is to be regarded as an input or an output dysfunction is difficult to make. Secondly, the slowness of psychomotor function as reflected in reaction time is not a characteristic unique to schizophrenia. Such an aspect may be more symptomatological than etiological with respect to schizophrenia. KW - PSYCHOSES KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder KW - PERSONALITY disorders KW - PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15845421; Mo, Suchoon S. 1 Kersey, Ray 1 Lowe, Warren C. 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Southern Colorado. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Shreveport, Louisiana.; Source Info: Apr1977, Vol. 33 Issue 2, p381; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder; Subject Term: PERSONALITY disorders; Subject Term: PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845421&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mo, Suchoon S. AU - Kersey, Ray AU - Lowe, Warren C. T1 - PRIOR EVENT UNCERTAINTY REDUCTION UNDER TWO DIFFERENT LEVELS OF TIME UNCERTAINTY OF FOREPERIOD DURATION IN SCHIZOPHRENIA. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/04// VL - 33 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 376 EP - 380 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses prior event uncertainty reduction under two different levels of time uncertainty of foreperiod duration in schizophrenia. The prior time uncertainty reduction was obtained by correlating different pitches of the sound with corresponding foreperiod duration. Because the pitch of the sound functioned as a prior informational cue for foreperiod duration at the beginning of foreperiod, time uncertainty as to foreperiod duration would be reduced by such correlation. For schizophrenics, this monotonic relation between foreperiod duration and estimation of stimulus duration was eliminated once the prior information as to foreperiod duration was made available, but only when the numerosity of dots remained constant from trial to trial, so that event uncertainty was minimal. KW - PSYCHOSES KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder KW - MENTALLY ill KW - REASONING (Logic) N1 - Accession Number: 15845420; Mo, Suchoon S. 1 Kersey, Ray 1 Lowe, Warren C. 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Southern Colorado. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Fort Lyon, Colorado.; Source Info: Apr1977, Vol. 33 Issue 2, p376; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: REASONING (Logic); Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845420&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pishkin, Vladimir AU - Lovallo, William R. AU - Lenk, Robert G. AU - Bourne Jr., Lyle E. T1 - SCHIZOPHRENIC COGNITIVE DYSFUNCTION: A DEFICIT IN RULE TRANSFER. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/04// VL - 33 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 335 EP - 342 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article studies schizophrenic cognitive dysfunction. The present study was undertaken to explicate further the nature of thought disorder of schizophrenics within a conceptual learning paradigm by examining transfer of training across logical rules. The major aim of this investigation was to study the ability of schizophrenic patients to solve problems that involve abstract thought and to transfer training from one problem to another. The task employed in the proposed experiment required schizophrenic Ss to categorize geometric pat. terns and, by a trial-and-error process, to learn to abstract the nature of the logical connection between two relevant attributes given to S at the beginning of the experiment. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - EDUCATIONAL psychology KW - MENTALLY ill KW - PSYCHOLOGY of learning KW - FORMAL discipline KW - LEARNING N1 - Accession Number: 15845413; Pishkin, Vladimir 1 Lovallo, William R. 1 Lenk, Robert G. 1 Bourne Jr., Lyle E. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital and University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. 2: Institute for the Study of Intellectual Behavior, University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado.; Source Info: Apr1977, Vol. 33 Issue 2, p335; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: EDUCATIONAL psychology; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY of learning; Subject Term: FORMAL discipline; Subject Term: LEARNING; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611710 Educational Support Services; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845413&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bourne Jr., Lyle E. AU - Justesen, Don R. AU - Abraham, Thomas AU - Beeker, Caroline AU - Brauchi, John T. AU - Whitaker, Leighton C. AU - Yaroush, R. A. T1 - LIMITS TO CONCEPTUAL RULE-LEARNING BY SCHIZOPHRENIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/04// VL - 33 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 324 EP - 334 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses limits to conceptual learning by schizophrenic patients. While it is clear that schizophrenic patients often exhibit disordered thinking, the specific nature of the deficit and its role, either as a basis of abnormal behavior or as a symptom of malfunction in some underlying control process, remain to be clarified by research and by theory. The present paper describes two experiments on the performance of conceptual rule-learning by schizophrenic patients. While the data fall far short of providing a characterization of the schizophrenic deficit, they do indicate some of its possible bases. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - LEARNING KW - PATIENTS KW - MENTALLY ill KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - PSYCHOSES N1 - Accession Number: 15845412; Bourne Jr., Lyle E. 1 Justesen, Don R. 2 Abraham, Thomas 3 Beeker, Caroline 4 Brauchi, John T. 5 Whitaker, Leighton C. 6 Yaroush, R. A. 7; Affiliation: 1: University of Colorado. 2: University of Kansas School of Medicine and Kansas City Veterans Administration Hospital. 3: Carnegie-Mellon University. 4: Green County Mental Health Center, Cairo, New York. 5: Louisiana State University, Shreveport. 6: University of Massachusetts. 7: University of Denver.; Source Info: Apr1977, Vol. 33 Issue 2, p324; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: LEARNING; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845412&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Smith Jr., Harold H. AU - Smith, Lili Sikorski T1 - WAIS FUNCTIONING OF CIRRHOTIC AND NON-CIRRHOTIC ALCOHOLICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/01// VL - 33 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 309 EP - 313 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale functioning of cirrhotic and non-cirrhotic alcoholics. Long-term excessive use of alcohol is associated with damage to cortical and subcortical areas of the brain. This has been documented at autopsy through pneumoencephalography, and through electroencephalography. The presence of cognitive dysfunction, which may infer brain dysfunction has not been determined in individuals with diagnosed Laennec's cirrhosis. Results of this study support the contention that some intellectual deterioration does occur in alcoholics. KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - PNEUMOENCEPHALOGRAPHY KW - ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY KW - CIRRHOSIS of the liver KW - BRAIN N1 - Accession Number: 15845279; Smith Jr., Harold H. 1 Smith, Lili Sikorski 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Bay Pines, Florida.; Source Info: Jan1977, Vol. 33 Issue 1, p309; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: PNEUMOENCEPHALOGRAPHY; Subject Term: ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY; Subject Term: CIRRHOSIS of the liver; Subject Term: BRAIN; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845279&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Freeman, Charles W. AU - O'Leary, Michael R. AU - Calsyn, Donald T1 - APPLICATION OF THE FASCHINGBAUER ABBREVIATED MMPI WITH ALCOHOLIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/01// VL - 33 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 303 EP - 306 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the application of Faschingbauer Abbreviated Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (FAM) with alcoholic patients. Of the abbreviated forms of the MMPI found in the literature, the FAM appears to have as good validity, if not better, than the others. It appears that this validity carries over to its use with alcoholic Ss. The correlations of the FAM and full MMPI scale scores indicate that there is considerable overlap between the two forms, which will allow the FAM to be substituted for the full MMPI. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - CORRELATION (Statistics) KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PERSONALITY N1 - Accession Number: 15845275; Freeman, Charles W. 1 O'Leary, Michael R. 1 Calsyn, Donald 1; Affiliation: 1: Seattle Veterans Administration Hospital; Source Info: Jan1977, Vol. 33 Issue 1, p303; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: CORRELATION (Statistics); Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845275&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Passini, Frank T. AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Dehnel, Luther AU - Herder, Joseph AU - Watkins, Bruce T1 - ALPHA WAVE BIOFEEDBACK TRAINING THERAPY IN ALCOHOLICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/01// VL - 33 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 292 EP - 299 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on Alpha Wave Biofeedback of training therapy in alcoholics. Recent research has shown that the various electro-encephalographic brain wave patterns are associated with a variety of subjective emotional states. The project described was formulated to evaluate the therapeutic potential of alpha-wave biofeedback training with psychiatric patients hospitalized for alcohol problems, a group chosen because they commonly report serious anxiety and/or describe their drinking behavior as an effort to relieve anxiety. KW - BIOFEEDBACK training KW - ALPHA rhythm KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - ANXIETY KW - ALCOHOLISM N1 - Accession Number: 15845270; Passini, Frank T. 1 Watson, Charles G. 2 Dehnel, Luther 2 Herder, Joseph 2 Watkins, Bruce 3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Togus, Maine. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital St. Cloud, Minnesota. 3: University of Kansas.; Source Info: Jan1977, Vol. 33 Issue 1, p292; Subject Term: BIOFEEDBACK training; Subject Term: ALPHA rhythm; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845270&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dawley, Jr., Harold H. AU - Sardenga, Patricia B. T1 - AVERSIVE CIGARETTE SMOKING AS A SMOKING CESSATION PROCEDURE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/01// VL - 33 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 234 EP - 239 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on aversive cigarette smoking as a smoking cessation procedure. During rapid smoking, attention was directed toward symptoms of hyper-ventilation. Elimination of smoking behavior is truly a difficult task. The statistics with regard to health hazards associated with smoking are well known; it is the greatest single cause of preventable death in the U.S. today. One finding of the present study is that rapid smoking can produce clinically significant hypoxemia in some individuals. KW - SMOKING KW - SMOKING cessation KW - HYPERVENTILATION KW - ANOXEMIA KW - MEDICAL statistics KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 15845244; Dawley, Jr., Harold H. 1,2 Sardenga, Patricia B. 1,3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital 2: Tulane University School of Medicine New Orleans, Louisiana. 3: University of New Orleans New Orleans, Louisiana.; Source Info: Jan1977, Vol. 33 Issue 1, p234; Subject Term: SMOKING; Subject Term: SMOKING cessation; Subject Term: HYPERVENTILATION; Subject Term: ANOXEMIA; Subject Term: MEDICAL statistics; Subject Term: UNITED States; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621990 All other ambulatory health care services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621999 All Other Miscellaneous Ambulatory Health Care Services; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845244&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rogers, Lawrence S. AU - Sigurdson, Marion T1 - 19 YEARS LATER: A MENTAL HYGIENE CLINIC REVISITED -- A COMPARISON OF THREE METHODS TO DESCRIBE A CLINIC CASELOAD. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/01// VL - 33 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 228 EP - 233 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the case of an outpatient psychiatric service. In 1956, the senior author compared three methods to describe the caseload of an outpatient psychiatric service. This comparison has been repeated some 19 years later in the same clinic. In the follow-up method of the closed cases, 51% showed improvement in 1956, as compared to only 43% in 1975. The improvement rate dropped somewhat for all diagnoses in 1975 in the follow-up method for cases closed or inactive, but for the 35% of the cases that were still in treatment, 68% showed some improvement. KW - MENTAL health services KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - SYMPTOMS KW - CLINICS KW - PATIENTS KW - MEDICAL care N1 - Accession Number: 15845242; Rogers, Lawrence S. 1 Sigurdson, Marion 2; Affiliation: 1: Mental Hygiene Clinic Veterans Administration Hospital Denver, Colorado. 2: Butler University Indianapolis, Indiana.; Source Info: Jan1977, Vol. 33 Issue 1, p228; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: CLINICS; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621110 Offices of physicians; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621499 All other out-patient care centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621494 Community health centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845242&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Russell, Elbert W. T1 - MMPI PROFILES OF BRAIN-DMAGED AND SCHIZOPHRENIC SUBJECTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/01// VL - 33 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 190 EP - 193 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) profiles of brain-damaged and schizophrenic patients. The problem of separating brain-damaged from shizophrenic patients has not been solved through the use of brain-damage tests. Even such a sophisticated neuropsychological method as the Halstead-Reitan battery has demonstrated only mild success in separating schizophrenic from brain-damaged Ss, even though its success in separating normal from brain-damaged Ss is extremely good. A good test for brain damage can separate normals from organics and schizophrenics. The MMPI then can be used to separate the organics from the schizophrenics. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - BRAIN damaged patients KW - HALSTEAD-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - BRAIN diseases N1 - Accession Number: 15845223; Russell, Elbert W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Miami, Florida.; Source Info: Jan1977, Vol. 33 Issue 1, p190; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: BRAIN damaged patients; Subject Term: HALSTEAD-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: BRAIN diseases; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845223&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Groesch, Sara J. AU - Davis, William E. T1 - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS' RELIGION AND MMPI RESPONSES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/01// VL - 33 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 168 EP - 171 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on psychiatric patients' religion and Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) responses. Religion is a major S variable that has been overlooked up to this time and may be viewed as reflecting cultural differences. If it can be hypothesized that people raised as Roman Catholic have attitudes toward authority, sin, guilt, and other people that differ from those of people raised as Protestant, then it is no great logical jump to hypothesize that these differing attitudes would be reflected in different response sets to the same psychological test items. MMPI scale scores reflect age and religious affiliation as well as the diagnosis of hospitalized psychiatric patients. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - RELIGION KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - CATHOLICS KW - PROTESTANTS KW - RESPONSE set KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests N1 - Accession Number: 15845215; Groesch, Sara J. 1 Davis, William E. 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Notre Dame 2: Veterans Administration Hospital Marion, Indiana.; Source Info: Jan1977, Vol. 33 Issue 1, p168; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: RELIGION; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: CATHOLICS; Subject Term: PROTESTANTS; Subject Term: RESPONSE set; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845215&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - O'Leary, Michael R. AU - Donovan, Dennis M. AU - Cysewski, Brian AU - Chaney, Edmund F. T1 - PERCEIVED LOCUS OF CONTROL, EXPERIENCED CONTROL, AND DEPRESSION: A TRAIT DESCRIPTION OF THE LEARNED HELPLESSNESS MODEL OF DEPRESSION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/01// VL - 33 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 164 EP - 168 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on perceived locus of control, experienced control, and depression. This model predicts a positive relationship between depression and measures of perceived control. A number of laboratory analogue studies support this position. Individuals with an external locus of control are characterized by a generalized perception of their inability to control significant life events and contingent reinforcement. Internals, on the other hand, perceive themselves as able to exert control over such events. The learned helplessness model of depression predicts a significant relationship between an external locus of control and depression. KW - LOCUS of control KW - MENTAL depression KW - LIFE change events KW - REINFORCEMENT (Psychology) KW - HELPLESSNESS (Psychology) KW - PERCEPTION N1 - Accession Number: 15845214; O'Leary, Michael R. 1,2 Donovan, Dennis M. 3 Cysewski, Brian 1 Chaney, Edmund F. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Settle 2: Department of Psychiatry, University of Washington 3: University of Washington; Source Info: Jan1977, Vol. 33 Issue 1, p164; Subject Term: LOCUS of control; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: LIFE change events; Subject Term: REINFORCEMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: HELPLESSNESS (Psychology); Subject Term: PERCEPTION; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845214&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kish, G. B. AU - Woody, M. M. AU - Frankel, A. T1 - THE DEVELOPMENT OF A SCALE TO MEASURE TASK COMPLETION MOTIVATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/01// VL - 33 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 128 EP - 133 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the development of a scale to measure task completion motivation. This effort of scale development was suggested by the senior author's introspective observations of the strong tensions produced by uncompleted projects and the strong sense of satisfaction produced when a project was completed. On the basis of the thinking described above, a number of forced-choice items that deal with activities engaged in by adults and college students were developed. One choice was concerned with completing a task once it was started, while the other represented a lack of concern about completing the task. KW - SCALING (Social sciences) KW - TASKS KW - SATISFACTION KW - COLLEGE students KW - TASK performance KW - MOTIVATION (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 15845203; Kish, G. B. 1 Woody, M. M. 1 Frankel, A. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Salem, Virginia. 2: Roanoke College; Source Info: Jan1977, Vol. 33 Issue 1, p128; Subject Term: SCALING (Social sciences); Subject Term: TASKS; Subject Term: SATISFACTION; Subject Term: COLLEGE students; Subject Term: TASK performance; Subject Term: MOTIVATION (Psychology); Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845203&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fishkin, Steven M. AU - Lovallo, William R. AU - Pishkin, Vladimir T1 - RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN SCHIZOPHRENIC THINKING AND MMPI FOR PROCESS AND REACTIVE PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/01// VL - 33 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 116 EP - 119 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the relationship between schizophrenic thinking and Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory for process and reactive patients. The Whitaker Index of Schizophrenic Thinking (WIST) is a relatively new instrument for measuring schizophrenic thinking and currently is being used in several laboratories as a device to subdivide schizophrenic patients into more homogeneous groups. The WIST focuses directly on thinking disorders, scale has some items related to thought disorder and many items aspects of the schizophrenic syndrome that may or may not be thought disorder. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - THOUGHT & thinking KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PSYCHOLINGUISTICS N1 - Accession Number: 15845201; Fishkin, Steven M. 1,2 Lovallo, William R. 1,2 Pishkin, Vladimir 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital 2: University of Oklahoma Health Science Center, Oklahoma City; Source Info: Jan1977, Vol. 33 Issue 1, p116; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: THOUGHT & thinking; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLINGUISTICS; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845201&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - ANHEDONIA AS A FUNCTION OF NON-AFFECTIVE INTERPRETATION OF AMBIGUOUS STIMULI AND THRESHOLD FOR AFFECTIVE AND NEUTRAL STIMULI. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/01// VL - 33 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 58 EP - 63 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article investigates anhedonia as a function of non-affective interpretation of ambiguous stimulus and threshold for affective and neutral stimuli. Anhedonia is defined as the inability of certain psychiatric patients to experience pleasure. It constitutes one of the major deficits associated with schizophrenia and appears to be limited to that disorder. Although it is a familiar clinical phenomenon, little is known about its etiology. The purpose of the present study was to test another theory on the mechanism that underlies anhedonia. The results of this study suggest that anhedonia is a deficit specific to positive emotions and does not reflect a general decrement in both positive and negative affect. KW - ANHEDONIA KW - CONDITIONED response KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation KW - EMOTIONS (Psychology) KW - AFFECTIVE disorders N1 - Accession Number: 15845189; Watson, Charles G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Jan1977, Vol. 33 Issue 1, p58; Subject Term: ANHEDONIA; Subject Term: CONDITIONED response; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation; Subject Term: EMOTIONS (Psychology); Subject Term: AFFECTIVE disorders; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845189&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mo, Sijcuoon B. AU - Kersey, Ray AU - Lowe, Warren C. T1 - PRIOR TIME UNCERTAINTY REDUCTION OF FOREPERIOD DURATION UNDER TWO DIFFERENT LEVELS OF EVENT UNCERTAINTY IN SCHIZOPHRENIA. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/01// VL - 33 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 53 EP - 58 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on prior time uncertainty reduction of foreperiod duration under two different levels of event uncertainty in schizophrenia and alcoholism. Estimation of stimulus duration is affected greatly by foreperiod variability. When foreperiod duration, that is, the duration between the warning signal and the subsequent stimulus, is variable from trial to trial, estimation of the stimulus duration has been shown to be a monotonically increasing function of foreperiod duration regardless of method used to estimate the stimulus duration. KW - UNCERTAINTY KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - CONDITIONED response KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - PSYCHOLOGY of learning N1 - Accession Number: 15845188; Mo, Sijcuoon B. 1 Kersey, Ray 1 Lowe, Warren C. 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Southern Colorado 2: Veterans Administration Hospital Fort Lyon, Colorado.; Source Info: Jan1977, Vol. 33 Issue 1, p53; Subject Term: UNCERTAINTY; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: CONDITIONED response; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY of learning; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845188&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Penk, W. E. AU - Kidd, R. V. T1 - DIFFERENCES IN WORD ASSOCIATION COMMONALITY OF SCHIZOPHRENICS: THE SELF-EDITINQ-DEFICIT MODEL VS. THE PARTIAL. COLLAPSE-OF-RESPONSE-HIERARCHY HYPOTHESIS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/01// VL - 33 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 32 EP - 39 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on differences in word association commonality of schizophrenics. The current exploratory study was restricted to comparing commonalities of schizophrenics for steep and flat-slope words under free association conditions. This exploration was conducted with a stimulus list equated for three idiodynamic sets. There were appreciable sample, stimulus, administrative, and response-recording differences between this study and earlier research. In an earlier research, schizophrenics obtained lower commonality scores than non-schizophrenics under free association instructions for flat-slope stimulus words. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - ASSOCIATION tests KW - IDIODYNAMICS KW - FREE association (Psychology) KW - CONDITIONED response KW - PSYCHOANALYSIS N1 - Accession Number: 15845184; Penk, W. E. 1 Kidd, R. V. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Dallas, Texas.; Source Info: Jan1977, Vol. 33 Issue 1, p32; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: ASSOCIATION tests; Subject Term: IDIODYNAMICS; Subject Term: FREE association (Psychology); Subject Term: CONDITIONED response; Subject Term: PSYCHOANALYSIS; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845184&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Thorne, Frederick C. AU - Pishkin, Vladimir T1 - COMPARATIVE STUDY OF THE FACTORIAL COMPOSITION OF FEMININITY IN ALCOHOLIC, SCHIZOPHRENIC AND NORMAL POPULATIONS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/01// VL - 33 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 18 EP - 23 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on a comparative study of the factorial composition of femininity in alcoholic, schizophrenic, and normal populations. This phase of the Femininity Study research focused on the analysis of the factorial structure of the four distinct populations that were referred to as "diagnostic groups" in the overall factor analysis of the combined questionnaire results. Five overall factors emerged in the analysis of the combined group data, labeled as heterosexual social role inadaptabiity, parental role inadaptability, homemaker role inadaptability, general affective instability, and maternal role inadaptability. KW - FEMININITY KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - FACTOR analysis KW - HETEROSEXUALITY KW - SOCIAL role N1 - Accession Number: 15845182; Thorne, Frederick C. Pishkin, Vladimir 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital 2: University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Oklahoma City.; Source Info: Jan1977, Vol. 33 Issue 1, p18; Subject Term: FEMININITY; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: FACTOR analysis; Subject Term: HETEROSEXUALITY; Subject Term: SOCIAL role; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845182&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pishkin, Vladimir AU - Thorne, Frederick C. T1 - A FACTORIAL STRUCTURE OF THE DIMENSIONS OF FEMININITY IN ALCOHOLIC, SCHIZOPHRENIC AND NORMAL POPULATIONS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/01// VL - 33 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 10 EP - 17 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the factoral structure of femininity in alcoholic, schizophrenic, and normal populations. One of the basic issues is to determine whether factor analyses could demonstrate validity in relation to feminine states of specific groups of female populations. The factorial analysis of the Femininity Study data, consisted of principal component factor analysis with varimax rotation. The rotated factors were orthogonal. The factor analyses of the overall data of all groups was performed on the combined sample and also on each of the four diagnostic groups separately. KW - FEMININITY KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - FACTOR analysis KW - PRINCIPAL components analysis KW - CORRELATION (Statistics) N1 - Accession Number: 15845181; Pishkin, Vladimir 1,2 Thorne, Frederick C.; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital. 2: University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Oklahoma City.; Source Info: Jan1977, Vol. 33 Issue 1, p10; Subject Term: FEMININITY; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: FACTOR analysis; Subject Term: PRINCIPAL components analysis; Subject Term: CORRELATION (Statistics); Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845181&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - O'Leary, Michael R. AU - Donovan, Dennis M. AU - Freeman, Charles W. AU - Chaney, Edmund F. T1 - RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN PSYCHOPATHOLOGY, EXPERIENCED CONTROL AND PERCEIVED LOCUS OF CONTROL: IN SEARCH OF ALCOHOLIC SUBTYPES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1976/10// VL - 32 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 899 EP - 904 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on a study that examines the relationship between psychopathology, experienced control and perceived locus of control with respect to psychosocial functioning and drinking behavior among alcoholic subgroups. The results suggested a linear relationship between perceived locus of control and psychosocial adjustment and external individuals tended to exhibit a greater degree of psychopathology. It also was suggested that individuals with an internal locus of control tend to have better impulse control and to utilize more constructive, adaptive behaviors, which provide a greater degree of control over their environments than do external persons. KW - LOCUS of control KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - CONTROL (Psychology) KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - INTERPERSONAL relations KW - DRINKING behavior N1 - Accession Number: 15845066; O'Leary, Michael R. 1,2 Donovan, Dennis M. 2 Freeman, Charles W. 1,2 Chaney, Edmund F. 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Washington 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Seattle, Washington.; Source Info: Oct1976, Vol. 32 Issue 4, p899; Subject Term: LOCUS of control; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: CONTROL (Psychology); Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: INTERPERSONAL relations; Subject Term: DRINKING behavior; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845066&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Erickson, Richard C. AU - Freeman, Charles T1 - USING THE MMPI 168 WITH MEDICAL INPATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1976/10// VL - 32 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 803 EP - 806 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on a study that analyzes the potential utility of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) 168 with medical inpatients. Correlations and clinically relevant comparisons suggested that the MMPI 168 predicted the standard MMPI with a high degree of accuracy. As psychologists are more involved in medical and rehabilitation wards, the need for a valid brief form of the MMPI is increasingly evident. Data for the study were obtained from files for inpatients on the Neurology and Orthopedics wards of the Seattle, Washington-based hospital who had received the MMPI as a result of a request for psychological consultation. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PATIENTS KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - APPLIED psychology KW - PERSONALITY tests N1 - Accession Number: 15845044; Erickson, Richard C. 1 Freeman, Charles 1; Affiliation: 1: Seattle Veterans Administration Hospital University of Washington Medical School; Source Info: Oct1976, Vol. 32 Issue 4, p803; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: APPLIED psychology; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845044&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Edwards, Allan E. AU - Husted, June R. T1 - PENILE SENSITIVITY, AGE, AND SEXUAL BEHAVIOR. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1976/07// VL - 32 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 697 EP - 700 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses usual decline in men's sexual activity associated with aging. No single explanation for this drop in sensitivity has been accepted, although collagen infiltration of the skin, arterio-sclerotic-induced malnutrition of the receptor cells, and progressive periperal neuropathy all have been suggested. Whatever the cause, since the loss of sensitivity is a slow, progressive phenomenon there is no reason to expect that anybody would be aware of its occurrence. Further, if this loss of tactile sensitivity occurred in the erogenous zones of the skin, greater and greater demands would be put on the secondary cues for sexual arousal. KW - MALE reproductive organs KW - AGING KW - NUTRITION disorders KW - COLLAGEN KW - CELLS KW - SEXUAL excitement N1 - Accession Number: 15844961; Edwards, Allan E. 1 Husted, June R. 2; Affiliation: 1: Sherman Oaks, Calif. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital Long Beach, Calif.; Source Info: Jul1976, Vol. 32 Issue 3, p697; Subject Term: MALE reproductive organs; Subject Term: AGING; Subject Term: NUTRITION disorders; Subject Term: COLLAGEN; Subject Term: CELLS; Subject Term: SEXUAL excitement; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844961&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Swiercinsky, Dennis P. T1 - PREDICTION OF SPECIFIC BRAIN DAMAGE LOCATION AND PROCESS BY THE NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL FACTOR APPROACH. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1976/07// VL - 32 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 651 EP - 654 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on the prediction of specific brain damage location and process by the neuropsychological factor approach. Success is indicated in predicting damage location by the use of multiple discriminant function analysis based on test variables, as opposed to factor score variables, for the four categories of left, right, and diffuse brain damage, and nonabrain damage. Successful multiple regression analysis was shown in predicting several criterion variables. Subsequently, multiple regression equations were constructed to predict factor scores based on an abbreviated set of test scores. These predicted factor scores then were used to predict criterion variables. The purpose of the series of predictions was to obtain as economical a battery as possible for the purpose of the study and maintain good levels of predictability. KW - BRAIN damage KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - FORECASTING KW - CLINICAL neuropsychology KW - REGRESSION analysis KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY N1 - Accession Number: 15844951; Swiercinsky, Dennis P. 1; Affiliation: 1: Topeka (Kan) Veterans Administration Hospital.; Source Info: Jul1976, Vol. 32 Issue 3, p651; Subject Term: BRAIN damage; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: FORECASTING; Subject Term: CLINICAL neuropsychology; Subject Term: REGRESSION analysis; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844951&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wadsworth Jr., Allen P. AU - Barker, Harry R. AU - Barker, Barbara M. T1 - FACTOR STRUCTURE OF THE STATE-TRAIT ANXIETY INVENTORY UNDER CONDITIONS OF VARIABLE STRESS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1976/07// VL - 32 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 576 EP - 579 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses factor structure of the state-trait anxiety inventory under conditions of variable stress. The present investigation examined the factor structure of the STAI under conditions that typically elicit high levels of test anxiety in graduate students. Only one principal axis factor was extracted. The findings of both studies therefore were essentially the same with respect to factor analysis results. In addition, intercorrelational findings corrected for attenuation failed to support the view of two separate and distinct types of anxiety. KW - ANXIETY KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - GRADUATE students KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - FACTOR analysis N1 - Accession Number: 15844935; Wadsworth Jr., Allen P. 1 Barker, Harry R. 2 Barker, Barbara M. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Tuscaloosa, Ala. 2: University of Alabama Tuscaloosa, Ala.; Source Info: Jul1976, Vol. 32 Issue 3, p576; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: GRADUATE students; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: FACTOR analysis; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844935&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rosenfield, James AU - Linn, Margaret W. T1 - PERCEPTIONS OF PENAL ENVIRONMENT AND ATTITUDE CHANGE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1976/07// VL - 32 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 548 EP - 553 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on perceptions of penal environment and attitude change. Self-concept and behavior changes may be reinforced in the penal environment. Buehler, Patterson and Purness rated social reinforcement received by inmates in an institution for delinquent girls. In the cottages sampled, peers rewarded delinquent responses and punished socially conforming behavior (to staff). Staff reinforcement was found to be inconsistent and to relate more to the inmates' reputation than to actual behavior. Social scientists are becoming increasingly aware of the impact of such environmental factors upon institutionalized persons. Moos cited direct relationships between the social climate in a correctional unit and the general reactions of residents to that unit. KW - PERCEPTION KW - ATTITUDE change (Psychology) KW - BEHAVIOR KW - FEMALE juvenile delinquents KW - INSTITUTIONALIZED persons KW - SOCIAL influence N1 - Accession Number: 15844927; Rosenfield, James 1 Linn, Margaret W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Miami, Fla.; Source Info: Jul1976, Vol. 32 Issue 3, p548; Subject Term: PERCEPTION; Subject Term: ATTITUDE change (Psychology); Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Subject Term: FEMALE juvenile delinquents; Subject Term: INSTITUTIONALIZED persons; Subject Term: SOCIAL influence; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844927&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Calsyn, Donald A. AU - Louks, John AU - Freeman, Charles W. T1 - THE USE OF THE MMPI WITH CHRONIC LOW BACK PAIN PATIENTS WITH A MIXED DIAGNOSIS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1976/07// VL - 32 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 532 EP - 536 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses the use of the MMPI with chronic low back pain patients with a mixed diagnosis. The present article presents data that help to clarify the relationship between organically based and psychologically based pain. This has practical application in that medical staff are requesting increasingly the psychologist's help to determine whether surgery will be beneficial to patients with chronic pain problems. One of the most frequent requests involves those patients with chronic low back pain. KW - LUMBAR pain KW - CHRONIC pain KW - PATIENTS KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - SURGERY KW - THERAPEUTICS N1 - Accession Number: 15844923; Calsyn, Donald A. 1 Louks, John 1 Freeman, Charles W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Seattle, Wash.; Source Info: Jul1976, Vol. 32 Issue 3, p532; Subject Term: LUMBAR pain; Subject Term: CHRONIC pain; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: SURGERY; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844923&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - O'Leary, Michael R. AU - Donovan, Dennis AU - Hague, William H. AU - O'Leary, Diane E. T1 - DISTORTION IN THE PERCEPTION OF DEPRESSION AS A FUNCTION OF LEVEL OF DEPRESSION AND DENIAL. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1976/07// VL - 32 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 527 EP - 532 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses distortion in the depression as a function of level of depression and denial. The degree of agreement between self-report ratings and psychiatric assessment of the symptomology and severity of depression is examined. Upon admission each patient endorsed the presence and rated the intensity of symptoms and affective states related to depression. Psychiatrists completed a modified version of the Hamilton Rating Scale for depression based upon initial interviews. Marked discrepancies were found between the two assessment procedures, both in the ratings of specific symptom intensity and overall severity of depression. KW - MENTAL depression KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - DENIAL (Psychology) KW - SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder KW - MENTAL health services KW - INTERVIEWS N1 - Accession Number: 15844922; O'Leary, Michael R. 1 Donovan, Dennis 1 Hague, William H. 1 O'Leary, Diane E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Seattle, Wash.; Source Info: Jul1976, Vol. 32 Issue 3, p527; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: DENIAL (Psychology); Subject Term: SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; Subject Term: INTERVIEWS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844922&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Equi, Peter J. AU - Jabara, Raymond F. T1 - VALIDATION OF THE SELF-RATING DEPRESSION SCALE IN AN ALCOHOLIC POPULATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1976/04// VL - 32 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 504 EP - 507 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on self-rating depression. Depressive features and mood usually constitute a part of the total clinical picture even when the major diagnosis is attributable to organic pathology. The Depression (D) scale of the MMPI has proven to be a consistently sensitive and valid measure of clinical depression. However, use of the MMPI presents a formidable task for the respondent and is time-consuming to score and interpret. Several studies have demonstrated that the SDS is able to differentiate patients with depressive disorders from other diagnostic categories at a statistically significant level. KW - DEPRESSED persons KW - MENTAL depression KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - SYMPTOMS KW - PREVENTIVE medicine KW - PATHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15828538; Equi, Peter J. 1 Jabara, Raymond F. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Fort Howard, Md.; Source Info: Apr1976, Vol. 32 Issue 2, p504; Subject Term: DEPRESSED persons; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: PREVENTIVE medicine; Subject Term: PATHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828538&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - O'Leary, Michael R. AU - Donovan, Dennis M. AU - O'Leary, Diane E. T1 - CHANGES IN PERCEIVED AND EXPERIENCED CONTROL AMONG INPATIENT ALCOHOLICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1976/04// VL - 32 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 500 EP - 504 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on inpatient alcoholics. The concept of locus of control within an alcoholic population has received much attention in recent literature. However, it appears that no unequivocal relationship has been demonstrated between locus of control and alcoholism. An important aspect of the control orientation issue among alcoholics is the effect of treatment on both perceived and experienced control. One of the basic tenets of treatment is that the individual is to assume greater personal responsibility for his behavior and is to build a repertoire of adaptive responses to both interpersonal and intrapersonal sources of stress. KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - ADDICTS KW - LOCUS of control KW - PERSONALITY KW - DRINKING of alcoholic beverages KW - DRUG abuse N1 - Accession Number: 15828537; O'Leary, Michael R. 1 Donovan, Dennis M. 1 O'Leary, Diane E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Seattle.; Source Info: Apr1976, Vol. 32 Issue 2, p500; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: ADDICTS; Subject Term: LOCUS of control; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: DRINKING of alcoholic beverages; Subject Term: DRUG abuse; NAICS/Industry Codes: 722410 Drinking Places (Alcoholic Beverages); Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828537&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Nerviano, Vincent S. AU - Gross, William F. T1 - LONELINESS AND LOCUS OF CONTROL FOR ALCOHOLIC MALES: VALIDITY AGAINST MURRAY NEED AND CATTELL TRAIT DIMENSIONS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1976/04// VL - 32 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 479 EP - 484 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on chronic alcoholics. Loneliness. When one is dealing with chronic alcoholics in a therapeutic context, it is difficult to ignore the high degree of loneliness felt by many of these clients. Three hundred and forty-nine consecutive admissions to the 60-day inpatient alcoholism treatment program of the Veterans Administration Hospital, Lexington, Kentucky, were the overall sample. All Ss were detoxified and tested in the group admissions battery. This treatment program serves veterans with a primary diagnosis of chronic alcoholism and sufficient motivation and physical health a to participate in a relatively active treatment regimen. KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - VETERANS KW - SOCIAL isolation KW - ADDICTS KW - SUBSTANCE abuse KW - ALCOHOL use KW - KENTUCKY N1 - Accession Number: 15828531; Nerviano, Vincent S. 1 Gross, William F. 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Kentucky. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Lexington, Ky.; Source Info: Apr1976, Vol. 32 Issue 2, p479; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: VETERANS; Subject Term: SOCIAL isolation; Subject Term: ADDICTS; Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse; Subject Term: ALCOHOL use; Subject Term: KENTUCKY; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828531&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hague, William H. AU - Donovan, Dennis M. AU - O'Leary, Michael R. T1 - PERSONALITY CHARACTERISTICS RELATED TO TREATMENT DECISIONS AMONG INPATIENT ALCOHOLICS: A NON-RELATIONSHIP. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1976/04// VL - 32 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 476 EP - 479 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on personality characteristics of alcoholics. A heterogeneous alcoholic population requires a multifaceted therapeutic approach, and the identification of subtypes can serve to increase the probability that individual patients' treatment needs will be met. An important aspect of subtype identification, as well as program evaluation, is to predict potential dropouts among alcoholic inpatients. Little empirical research that utilized objective personality scales has been done in this area Furthermore, the findings have been equivocal. KW - PERSONALITY KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - PROBABILITY theory KW - PATIENTS KW - ADDICTS KW - STUDENTS N1 - Accession Number: 15828530; Hague, William H. 1 Donovan, Dennis M. 1 O'Leary, Michael R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Seattle, Wash.; Source Info: Apr1976, Vol. 32 Issue 2, p476; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: PROBABILITY theory; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: ADDICTS; Subject Term: STUDENTS; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828530&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Collins, Hardin A. AU - Burger, Gary K. AU - Taylor, Gregory A. T1 - AN EMPIRICAL TYPOLOGY OF HEROIN ABUSERS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1976/04// VL - 32 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 473 EP - 476 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on psychopathology. A frequent research strategy in the area of psychopathology has been the examination of mean MMPI profiles of various clinically or behaviorally defined groups. This approach has been employed extensively with drug abusers in particular. Typically, drug abusers have been found to have profiles that can be characterized as psychopathic and neurotic, although other variables such as presence or absence of methadone treatment or whether the patients were volunteers have been found to influence mean MMPI profiles. KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - VOLUNTEER service KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PATIENTS KW - VOLUNTEERS N1 - Accession Number: 15828529; Collins, Hardin A. 1 Burger, Gary K. 2 Taylor, Gregory A. 3; Affiliation: 1: Saint Louis University, Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Louis, Mo. 2: University of Missouri-St. Louis, St. Louis, Mo. 3: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Louis, Mo.; Source Info: Apr1976, Vol. 32 Issue 2, p473; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: VOLUNTEER service; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: VOLUNTEERS; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828529&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wadsworth Jr., Allen P. AU - Barker Jr., Harry R. T1 - A COMPARISON OF TWO TREATMENTS FOR DEPRESSION: THE ANTIDEPRESSIVE PROGRAM VS. TRADITIONAL THERAPY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1976/04// VL - 32 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 445 EP - 449 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on treatment for depression. The Antidepressive program that is used in the treatment of depressed patients at the Veterans Administration Hospital, Tuscaloosa, Alabama has its main roots in those psychoanalytic theories that ascribe a central role to aggression in the etiology of depression. Hostility presumably is internalized and directed against the self, which results in feelings of guilt, unworthiness, self-depreciation, helplessness, and despondency. The Antidepressive program provides a therapeutic situation in which depressive behavior on the part of the patient results only in aversive work assignments. KW - DEPRESSED persons KW - MENTAL depression KW - PATIENTS KW - PSYCHOANALYSIS KW - BEHAVIOR KW - ANTIDEPRESSANTS N1 - Accession Number: 15828522; Wadsworth Jr., Allen P. 1 Barker Jr., Harry R. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Tuscaloosa, Ala. 2: University of Alabama Tuscaloosa, Ala.; Source Info: Apr1976, Vol. 32 Issue 2, p445; Subject Term: DEPRESSED persons; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: PSYCHOANALYSIS; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Subject Term: ANTIDEPRESSANTS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828522&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Russell, Elbert W. T1 - THE BENDER-GESTALT AND THE HALSTEAD-REITAN BATTERY A CASE STUDY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1976/04// VL - 32 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 355 EP - 361 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the Halstead-Reitan ( H-R) neuropsychological battery. Often research studies in this area appear to provide more confusion than light on the subject of neuropsychological testing. Although, of course, a single case cannot prove a point, nevertheless in such a situation a particularly clear case study may provide both information required to help solve the controversy and a point of departure for a clarification of the issues involved. Bender-Gestalt(B-G) has been considered an adequate measure of many clinicians. However, the use of both the B-G and the B-G that the B-G has grave limitations even though as a quick screening test it is quite the valuable. KW - MEDICAL personnel KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - NEUROPSYCHIATRY KW - NEUROLOGY KW - MEDICAL care KW - CLINICAL medicine N1 - Accession Number: 15828503; Russell, Elbert W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Miami, Fla; Source Info: Apr1976, Vol. 32 Issue 2, p355; Subject Term: MEDICAL personnel; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: NEUROLOGY; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: CLINICAL medicine; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828503&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kish, G. B. AU - Frankel, A. AU - Masters, J. J. AU - Berry, R. A. T1 - AUGMENTING-REDUCING AND SENSATION SEEKING: A TEST OF SALES' HYPOTHESIS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1976/04// VL - 32 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 302 EP - 305 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the Sensation-Seeking Scale (SSS). A direct test of this theory seems possible by correlating a measure of augmenting-reducing with a measure of the preferred level of stimulation, which presumably would reflect the S's need for stimulation. SSS is a well-validated questionnaire measure of an individual's preferred level of stimulation which, according to Sales' theory. Approximately 130 male and female college students in introductory psychology classes were given the SSS IV in a classroom setting after the theoretical rationale of the study had been explained to them. KW - SALES KW - UNIVERSITIES & colleges KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Study & teaching KW - COLLEGE graduates KW - EDUCATION KW - SOCIAL sciences N1 - Accession Number: 15828494; Kish, G. B. 1 Frankel, A. 1 Masters, J. J. 1 Berry, R. A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Salem, Va.; Source Info: Apr1976, Vol. 32 Issue 2, p302; Subject Term: SALES; Subject Term: UNIVERSITIES & colleges; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Study & teaching; Subject Term: COLLEGE graduates; Subject Term: EDUCATION; Subject Term: SOCIAL sciences; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923110 Administration of Education Programs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611699 All Other Miscellaneous Schools and Instruction; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611710 Educational Support Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541720 Research and Development in the Social Sciences and Humanities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611310 Colleges, Universities, and Professional Schools; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828494&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Freeman, Charles AU - Calsyn, Donald AU - Louks, John T1 - THE USE OF THE MINNESOTA MULTIPHASIC PERSONALITY INVENTORY WITH LOW BACK PAIN PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1976/04// VL - 32 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 294 EP - 298 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on multiphasic personality inventory. Over the past 25 years various researchers have studied the personality characteristics of psychogenic or "functional" pain patients and their organic counters parts. Much of the research literature on this subject focuses on the ability of the MMPI to discrimination between the functional and organic groups. The literature indicates only two primary types of pain patients: "real" or organic pain with no significant psychiatric problems, and those with "psychogenic" of "functional" pain who had no organic basis for their pain. KW - PAIN KW - PERSONALITY KW - PATIENTS KW - PHILOLOGY KW - ASSIMILATION (Sociology) KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15828491; Freeman, Charles 1 Calsyn, Donald 1 Louks, John 1; Affiliation: 1: Seattle Veterans Administration Hospital.; Source Info: Apr1976, Vol. 32 Issue 2, p294; Subject Term: PAIN; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: PHILOLOGY; Subject Term: ASSIMILATION (Sociology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828491&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Knox, Wilma J. T1 - ATTITUDES OF PSYCHOLOGISTS TOWARD DRUG ABUSERS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1976/01// VL - 32 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 179 EP - 188 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The present survey sought to define drug abuse, its causes, recommended treatments, treatment settings, prognosis, and personal commitment to treating drug abusers. Included in this expansion are Veterans Administration Drug Centers, which have increased from 5 in July 1971 to a current total of 32. The use of prison and courts was contrasted with hospitals, and willingness to treat drug abusers was contrasted with alcoholics. Recommended treatment environments also were assessed for alcohol, LSD and marijuana. Recommendations for LSD and alcohol were outpatient care, special hospitals or open-ward care and homogeneous patient groups in an NP hospital. KW - DRUG abuse KW - MARIJUANA KW - HALLUCINOGENIC drugs KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - HOSPITALS KW - LSD (Drug) KW - ALCOHOLICS N1 - Accession Number: 15828446; Knox, Wilma J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Biloxi, Miss.; Source Info: Jan1976, Vol. 32 Issue 1, p179; Subject Term: DRUG abuse; Subject Term: MARIJUANA; Subject Term: HALLUCINOGENIC drugs; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: HOSPITALS; Subject Term: LSD (Drug); Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622110 General Medical and Surgical Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622111 General (except paediatric) hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 111999 All other miscellaneous crop farming; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828446&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Donovan, Dennis M. AU - O'Leary, Michael R. T1 - RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN DISTORTIONS IN SELF-PERCEPTION OF DEPRESSION AND PSYCHOPATHOLOGY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1976/01// VL - 32 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 16 EP - 19 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on the relationship between distortions in self-perception of depression and psychological adjustment. It was hypothesized that the inability to perceive accurately the level or severity of depression, regardless of the direction of distortion, would be related to a greater degree of overall psychopathology. The present results provide further support for the previous finding that distortions in the self-perception of depression are related to the severity of the affective disorder. The present findings also support the hypothesis that accurately the severity of one's own depression degree of overall psychopathology. KW - SELF-perception KW - ADJUSTMENT (Psychology) KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - PERCEPTION KW - MENTAL depression KW - HYPOTHESIS N1 - Accession Number: 15828406; Donovan, Dennis M. 1 O'Leary, Michael R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Seattle.; Source Info: Jan1976, Vol. 32 Issue 1, p16; Subject Term: SELF-perception; Subject Term: ADJUSTMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: PERCEPTION; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: HYPOTHESIS; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828406&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bidus, Donald R. T1 - THE EFFECTS OF THE SEQUENCE OF ADMINISTRATION ON WECHSLER ADULT INTELLIGENCE SCALE AND RORSCHACH VARIABLES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1975/10// VL - 31 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 765 EP - 769 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses effects of the sequence of administration on Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale and Rorschach variables. Although the sequence of administration of a test battery has been recognized as a factor to be considered when the results are interpreted, little research has been reported in this area. For the most part, it seems that practicing clinicians use the sequence learned during training, establish their own administration patterns based on what they feel to be rational, thoughtful consideration, or simply disregard the problem altogether. KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - RORSCHACH Test KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - PERSONALITY KW - PSYCHOTHERAPISTS KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15829161; Bidus, Donald R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital St. Louis, Mo.; Source Info: Oct1975, Vol. 31 Issue 4, p765; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: RORSCHACH Test; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPISTS; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15829161&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Clopton, James R. T1 - AUTOMATED MMPI INTERPRETATION BASED ON A MODIFICATION OF GILBERSTADT'S CODEBOOK. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1975/10// VL - 31 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 648 EP - 651 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on the automated Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI). During the past decade a psychological tests have been presented. The growth in popularity of automated interpretive systems for the MMPI suggests that they are meeting a definite need. The results of validity studies with automated MMPI interpretive systems have been generally encouraging. A basic criticism of automated interpretive systems for the MMPI is that scoring errors have been discovered for some of the systems. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PERSONALITY assessment KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Methodology KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15829129; Clopton, James R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Topeka, Kan.; Source Info: Oct1975, Vol. 31 Issue 4, p648; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PERSONALITY assessment; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Methodology; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15829129&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hersen, Michel AU - Turner, Samuel M. AU - Edelstein, Barry A. AU - Pinkston, Susan G. T1 - EFFECTS OF PHENOTHIAZINES AND SOCIAL SKILLS TRAINING IN A WITHDRAWN SCHIZOPHRENIC. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1975/10// VL - 31 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 588 EP - 594 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses effects of phenothiazines and social skills training in a withdrawn schizophrenic. In recent years considerable attention has been given to increasing the social skills of withdrawn psychiatric patients. A large variety of operant technique have been used to foster and stimulate social interaction in these patients. In most of the studies reported efforts were at the experimental level and were conducted primarily for demonstrational purposes. In the present case description, a multi-faceted treatment approach was employed for an extremely withdrawn and socially regressed schizophrenic patient. Aspects of treatment included adjustment of phenothiazine levels, token economy, social skills training, and job retraining. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - PHENOTHIAZINE KW - ANTIPSYCHOTIC drugs KW - SOCIAL skills KW - SOCIAL interaction KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15829116; Hersen, Michel 1 Turner, Samuel M. 2 Edelstein, Barry A. 3 Pinkston, Susan G. 4; Affiliation: 1: Western Psychiatric Institute and Clinic University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine. 2: University of Georgia Athens, Ga. 3: West Virginia University Morgantown, W. Va. 4: Veterans Administration Center Jackson, Miss.; Source Info: Oct1975, Vol. 31 Issue 4, p588; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: PHENOTHIAZINE; Subject Term: ANTIPSYCHOTIC drugs; Subject Term: SOCIAL skills; Subject Term: SOCIAL interaction; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15829116&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Toler, Curt T1 - THE PERSONAL VALUES OF ALCOHOLICS AND ADDICTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1975/07// VL - 31 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 554 EP - 557 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study which investigates the personal values of alcoholics and addicts. Intergroup differences for the value rankings from the Value Survey were analyzed by a nonparametric median test for the addict and alcoholic groups. Only one value, independent, showed a statistically significant difference between the addict and alcoholic groups. In view of the similarity of the alcoholics' and addict' values, the two groups were combined and compared with the values of 455 males between the ages of 20 and 50 from the general population. The value data for the general population male sample were collected through interviews conducted during March and April of 1971 as part of the National Opinion Research Center Survey. KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - ADDICTS KW - VALUES (Ethics) KW - RESEARCH institutes KW - STANDARD deviations KW - INTERVIEWS N1 - Accession Number: 15844838; Toler, Curt 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Vancouver, Wash.; Source Info: Jul1975, Vol. 31 Issue 3, p554; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: ADDICTS; Subject Term: VALUES (Ethics); Subject Term: RESEARCH institutes; Subject Term: STANDARD deviations; Subject Term: INTERVIEWS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541712 Research and Development in the Physical, Engineering, and Life Sciences (except Biotechnology); NAICS/Industry Codes: 541711 Research and Development in Biotechnology; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541720 Research and Development in the Social Sciences and Humanities; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844838&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Donovan, Dennis M. AU - Hague, William H. AU - O'Leary, Michael R. T1 - PERCEPTUAL DIFFERENTIATION AND DEFENSE MECHANISMS IN ALCOHOLICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1975/04// VL - 31 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 356 EP - 359 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on the perceptual differentiation and defense mechanisms in alcoholics. Alcoholics, as a clinical population, have been found to be markedly field-dependent when compared with nonalcoholic normal and hospitalized psychiatric control groups. Further evidence tends to substantiate the presence of cognitive and personality correlates of limited perceptual differentiation in alcoholics. It was assumed that defense mechanisms, like other personality traits, should vary within an alcoholic population in a manner consistent with predictions from differentiation theory. KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - DEFENSE mechanisms (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOANALYSIS KW - ADJUSTMENT (Psychology) KW - EVIDENCE KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15829108; Donovan, Dennis M. 1 Hague, William H. 1 O'Leary, Michael R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Seattle.; Source Info: Apr1975, Vol. 31 Issue 2, p356; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: DEFENSE mechanisms (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOANALYSIS; Subject Term: ADJUSTMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: EVIDENCE; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15829108&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mozdzierz, Gerald J. AU - Davis, William E. T1 - INTER-HOSPITAL CROSS-VALIDATION OF IRREGULAR DISCHARGE PATTERNS FOR YOUNG VS. OLD PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1975/04// VL - 31 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 317 EP - 320 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on the inter-hospital cross-validation of irregular discharge patterns for young versus old psychiatric patients. This study used what has been proposed as a measure of patient's attitudes and feelings toward a hospital differences in type of discharge between young and older two psychiatric hospitals. It was concluded that younger patients in hospitals obtained significantly more irregular discharges. The younger patients' lesser acceptance of two divergent types of treatment program approaches was interpreted as a possible reflection of two separate populations of patients who reacted in terms of their own distinct characteristics. KW - PSYCHIATRIC research KW - MEDICINE & psychology KW - HOSPITAL administration KW - PATIENTS KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - MEDICAL care N1 - Accession Number: 15829098; Mozdzierz, Gerald J. 1 Davis, William E. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital ,St. Cloud, Minn.; Source Info: Apr1975, Vol. 31 Issue 2, p317; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC research; Subject Term: MEDICINE & psychology; Subject Term: HOSPITAL administration; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622110 General Medical and Surgical Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622111 General (except paediatric) hospitals; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15829098&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Klett, William O. T1 - THE HENMON-NELSON, CARDALL-MILES, SLOSSON AND QUICK TESTS AS PREDICTORS OF WAIS IQ. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1975/04// VL - 31 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 310 EP - 313 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on the last in a series of four projects in which the authors have attempted to assess the abilities of short intelligence tests to predict Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) The purpose of this series was to develop data on comparable samples from the same institution that could be used to help clinicians determine which of the many short intelligence tests available are the most effective and efficient WAIS surrogates. The purpose of the project described here was to compare the WAIS-predicting abilities of four relatively common verbal intelligence tests including the Henmon-Nelson Tests of Mental Ability, Cardalh Miles Mental Alertness etc. KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - LEARNING ability KW - INTELLECT KW - INTELLIGENCE levels N1 - Accession Number: 15829096; Watson, Charles G. 1 Klett, William O. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital St. Cloud, Minn.; Source Info: Apr1975, Vol. 31 Issue 2, p310; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: LEARNING ability; Subject Term: INTELLECT; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE levels; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15829096&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pishkin, Vladimir AU - Thorne, Frederick C. T1 - A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF THE FACTORIAL COMPOSITION OF RESPONSES ON THE LIFE STYLE ANALYSIS ACROSS CLINICAL GROUPS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1975/04// VL - 31 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 249 EP - 255 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a comparative study of the factorial composition of responses on the life style analysis across clinical groups. This study investigates the factorial composition of responses to the "Life Style Analysis," in two normal and four clinical groups. Since it now is known that the factorial patterns of inventory responses may vary widely among groups, this study will elaborate patterns of life styles among clinical groups. It was concluded that the factorial results tend to validate the central hypothesis that psychological state factors are being measured, that mental status patterns vary and change between clinical groups, and that repeated factor analyses should be performed to follow inter and intra group changes. KW - FACTOR analysis KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - LIFESTYLES KW - HUMAN life cycle KW - HYPOTHESIS KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS N1 - Accession Number: 15829081; Pishkin, Vladimir 1 Thorne, Frederick C.; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration and University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Oklahoma City.; Source Info: Apr1975, Vol. 31 Issue 2, p249; Subject Term: FACTOR analysis; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: LIFESTYLES; Subject Term: HUMAN life cycle; Subject Term: HYPOTHESIS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15829081&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Thorne, Frederick C. AU - Pishkin, Vladimir T1 - A FACTORIAL STUDY OF NEEDS IN RELATION TO LIFE STYLES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1975/04// VL - 31 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 240 EP - 248 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on the results of a factor analysis of the "Life Style Analysis," a 200-item questionnaire that consists of 100 items designed to measure relation to life styles of well-known psychologist Alfred Adler. Karen Horney's distinctive modes of going against people, going along with people, and going away from people also might be investigated by this approach. The basic issue is whether such theoretical constructs can be demonstrated to have factorial validity in relation to specific groups of populations. KW - LIFESTYLES KW - FACTOR analysis KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - HUMAN life cycle KW - ADLER, Alfred, 1870-1937 KW - HORNEY, Karen, 1885-1952 N1 - Accession Number: 15829080; Thorne, Frederick C. Pishkin, Vladimir 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration and University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Oklahoma City.; Source Info: Apr1975, Vol. 31 Issue 2, p240; Subject Term: LIFESTYLES; Subject Term: FACTOR analysis; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: HUMAN life cycle; People: ADLER, Alfred, 1870-1937; People: HORNEY, Karen, 1885-1952; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15829080&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Holland, Terrill R. AU - Wadsworth, Helen M. AU - Royer, Fred L. T1 - THE PERFORMANCE OF BRAIN-DAMAGED AND SCHIZOPHRENIC PATIENTS ON THE MINNESOTA PERCEPTO-DIAGNOSTIC TEST UNDER STANDARD AND BIP CONDITIONS OF ADMINISTRATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1975/01// VL - 31 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 21 EP - 25 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article examines the performance of brain-damaged and schizophrenic patients with respect to a diagnostic test. The present investigators have had an interest in a specific type of error commonly encountered in the visual-motor performance of brain-damaged patients. This type of error, the presence of figure rotations, has been explored by them in a series of studies of brain-damaged, schizophrenic, and normal patients. The present investigation was designed to study the discriminating power of the rotational error type under standard an background interference procedure conditions of administration of a design reproduction task. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - BRAIN damaged patients KW - MENTALLY ill KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - CLINICAL medicine KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15828363; Holland, Terrill R. 1 Wadsworth, Helen M. 1 Royer, Fred L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Brecksville, O.; Source Info: Jan1975, Vol. 31 Issue 1, p21; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: BRAIN damaged patients; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: CLINICAL medicine; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828363&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Engelhart, Charles I. AU - Serednesky, George E. T1 - VALIDATION OF QUAY'S CHECKLIST FOR THE ANALYSIS OF LIFE HISTORY DATA. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1975/01// VL - 31 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 16 EP - 20 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the validity of Quay's Checklist for analysing life history data of mentally ill patients. Quay's Checklist for the analysis of life history data is a 36 item history checklist developed through the application of factor analytic methods to data obtained from the case histories of institutionalized delinquent boys. The items on the history form permit assessment of four independent and factorially homogenous dimensions. It is unique in that assessment of a behavior category is based on information obtained from a patient's psychiatric chart rather than on information obtained from direct contact with the patient. KW - MENTAL illness KW - JUVENILE delinquency KW - CONDUCT disorders in children KW - CASE method (Teaching) KW - MEDICAL records KW - CONDUCT of life N1 - Accession Number: 15828362; Engelhart, Charles I. 1 Serednesky, George E. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Montrose, N. Y. 2: Woodside Receiving Hospital, Youngstown, O.; Source Info: Jan1975, Vol. 31 Issue 1, p16; Subject Term: MENTAL illness; Subject Term: JUVENILE delinquency; Subject Term: CONDUCT disorders in children; Subject Term: CASE method (Teaching); Subject Term: MEDICAL records; Subject Term: CONDUCT of life; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828362&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Palmer, Robert D. T1 - DIMENSIONS OF DIFFERENTIATION IN HANDEDNESS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1974/10// VL - 30 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 545 EP - 552 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the intra-individual differentiation in motoric skill implicit in the development of a dominant hand. Observations from several sources suggest that handedness develops from originally diffuse, undifferentiated, unlateralized movement patterns that expressions of one-sidedness in development are manifestations of a long maturational process that involves a gradual lateral differentiation or specialization in sensory and perceptual-motor skills. The need for a developmental framework in the area of cerebral dominance is highlighted by a number of studies in recent years that have indicated that lesions at infancy and at maturity have different effects on performance. KW - HANDEDNESS KW - CEREBRAL dominance KW - MOTOR ability KW - PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY KW - CEREBRAL hemispheres KW - INFANTS N1 - Accession Number: 15828344; Palmer, Robert D. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, N. Y.; Source Info: Oct1974, Vol. 30 Issue 4, p545; Subject Term: HANDEDNESS; Subject Term: CEREBRAL dominance; Subject Term: MOTOR ability; Subject Term: PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY; Subject Term: CEREBRAL hemispheres; Subject Term: INFANTS; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828344&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - O'Leary, Michael R. AU - Donovan, Dennis M. T1 - PERCEPTION OF DEPRESSION IN SELF AND OTHERS AMONG MALE ALCOHOLICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1974/04// VL - 30 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 142 EP - 146 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents information on male alcoholics. There has been a paucity of research concerning the ability of clinical populations to perceive the relative position of themselves and other patients along certain psychological dimensions. The primary purpose of this study was to determine the degree and direction of distortion between alcoholics' self-ratings of depression and the ratings made by staff members and other patients as well as ranks based upon an objective measure of depression. KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - PATIENTS KW - ADDICTS KW - MENTAL depression KW - SELF-evaluation KW - EMPLOYEES N1 - Accession Number: 15795889; O'Leary, Michael R. 1 Donovan, Dennis M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Seattle, Washington.; Source Info: Apr1974, Vol. 30 Issue 2, p142; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: ADDICTS; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: SELF-evaluation; Subject Term: EMPLOYEES; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15795889&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Russell, Elbert W. T1 - THE POWER OF BEHAVIOR CONTROL: A CRITIQUE OF BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION METHODS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1974/04// VL - 30 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 111 EP - 136 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents information on behaviorism. In the last two decades, psychology has witnessed a meteoric rise in the prestige and influence of the application of behavior theory. Behaviorism appears to be on the way to domination of applied psychology similar to its past domination of the experimental area. The major support for this behavioristic ferment in psychology is the apparent power that behavioral methods have in controlling human actions. Such behavior control power has implications related to three major areas of concern for psychologists: therapy, ethics and social control. KW - BEHAVIORISM (Psychology) KW - HUMAN behavior KW - SOCIAL control KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - ETHICS KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS N1 - Accession Number: 15795887; Russell, Elbert W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Miami, Florida, 33126.; Source Info: Apr1974, Vol. 30 Issue 2, p111; Subject Term: BEHAVIORISM (Psychology); Subject Term: HUMAN behavior; Subject Term: SOCIAL control; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: ETHICS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Number of Pages: 26p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15795887&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Comalli Jr., Peter E. T1 - PERCEPTUAL REGRESSION IN SCHIZOPHRENICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 29 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 433 EP - 437 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on perceptual regression in schizophrenics. In terms of a regression hypothesis, the formal characteristic of undifferentiatedness would be a common feature of the perceptual behavior of schizophrenics and children. If it is assumed that primitivization occurs in schizophrenics, one could formulate the hypothesis that for schizophrenics a de-differentiation of object-body relationships should occur in regard to verticality. This hypothesis was first tested in a comparison of catatonic hebephrenic schizophrenics, paranoid schizophrenics, and normal adults. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - MENTALLY ill KW - REGRESSION analysis KW - BEHAVIORISM (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Methodology KW - APPLIED psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15844611; Comalli Jr., Peter E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration OP Clinic and Temple University.; Source Info: Oct1973, Vol. 29 Issue 4, p433; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: REGRESSION analysis; Subject Term: BEHAVIORISM (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Methodology; Subject Term: APPLIED psychology; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844611&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Grundvig, John L. AU - Needham, Walter E. AU - Ajax, Ernest T. T1 - SCREENING ORGANIC BRAIN IMPAIRMENT WITH THE MEMORY FOR-DESIGNS TEST: VALIDATION OF COMPARISON OF DIFFERENT SCORING SYSTEMS AND EXPOSURE TIMES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1973/07// VL - 29 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 350 EP - 354 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a study, which focuses on the screening of organic brain impairment. The Memory-For-Designs test continues to enjoy wide usage as a brief screening device for organic brain impairment, although the cutting scores suggested by scholars have been challenged by others. The original study was inconclusive on several counts: There were no cross validation data; practice effects related to test Ss who were receiving both exposure times of the designs were not controlled adequately; and the method of group comparison did not allow an adequate statistical test of interaction. KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOSES KW - NEUROBEHAVIORAL disorders KW - HUMAN behavior KW - RESEARCH KW - DIAGNOSIS N1 - Accession Number: 15903706; Grundvig, John L. 1 Needham, Walter E. 2 Ajax, Ernest T. 3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Knoxville, Iowa. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital West Haven, Conn. 3: Veterans Administratim Hospital and University of Utah Salt Lake City, Utah.; Source Info: Jul1973, Vol. 29 Issue 3, p350; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: NEUROBEHAVIORAL disorders; Subject Term: HUMAN behavior; Subject Term: RESEARCH; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15903706&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Eisler, Richard M. AU - Miller, Peter M. AU - Hersen, Michel T1 - COMPONENTS OF ASSERTIVE BEHAVIOR. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1973/07// VL - 29 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 295 EP - 299 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses about components of assertive behavior. Assertive training has been recommended as a therapeutic who are inhibited by anxiety in interpersonal situations or for those personal deficits. A series of 14 standard interpersonal situations requiring assertive responses was developed and administered to 30 Ss. Audiotape Ss' responses to a female role model's prompts were videotaped and subsequently rated on nine behavioral components of assertiveness. The results also demonstrated that highly assertive individuals do not automatically accede to the demands of others and are more likely to request that the interpersonal partner change his behavior. KW - ASSERTIVENESS (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - MENTAL health KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOSES KW - HUMAN behavior KW - AUDIOTAPES N1 - Accession Number: 15903692; Eisler, Richard M. 1 Miller, Peter M. 1 Hersen, Michel 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center and University of Mississippi Medical Center, Jackson, Mississippi.; Source Info: Jul1973, Vol. 29 Issue 3, p295; Subject Term: ASSERTIVENESS (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: HUMAN behavior; Subject Term: AUDIOTAPES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15903692&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - D. A. Begelman AU - Hersen, Michel T1 - AN EXPERIMENTAL ANALYSIS OF THE VERBAL-MOTOR DISCREPANCY IN SCHIZOPHRENIA. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1973/04// VL - 29 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 175 EP - 179 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents an analysis of the behavior of schizophrenics. The relationship between verbal expression of fear and approach responses to feared objects has been found to vary depending upon the population studied. Researchers compared self-ratings of fear of snakes with snake approach behavior for schizophrenics and normal human beings. A significant positive relationship was obtained between these measures for normal human beings, while a significant negative relationship was obtained in schizophrenics. Absence of fear in the test situation for schizophrenics was attributed to the experiential-expressive dichotomy found in schizophrenia. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - HUMAN behavior KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - MENTALLY ill KW - PSYCHOSES KW - MENTAL health N1 - Accession Number: 15844511; D. A. Begelman 1 Hersen, Michel 2; Affiliation: 1: Fairfield Hills Hospital, Newtown, Conn. 2: Veterans Administration, Center and University of Mississippi Medical Center, Jackson, Miss.; Source Info: Apr1973, Vol. 29 Issue 2, p175; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: HUMAN behavior; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: MENTAL health; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844511&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mozdzierz, Gerald J. AU - Frank J. MacChitelli AU - Conway, Judith A. AU - Keauss, Herbert H. T1 - PERSONALITY CHARACTERISTIC DIFFERENCES BETWEEN ALCOHOLICS WHO LEAVE TREATMENT AGAINST MEDICAL ADVICE AND THOSE WHO DON'T. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1973/01// VL - 29 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 78 EP - 82 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on the personality characteristic differences between alcoholics who leave treatment against medical advice and those who do not. A number of studies of different types of patients who leave the hospital against medical advice (AMA) have inferred that the key issues with such patients are their general defensiveness, denial of discomfiture, and problems related to dependency strivings. Based upon the inferences made from these studies, hypotheses were formulated with regard to AMA alcoholics as compared with a comparable sample of non-AMA alcoholics. KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - MEDICAL care KW - ADDICTS KW - PATIENTS KW - PERSONALITY KW - HYPOTHESIS N1 - Accession Number: 15844997; Mozdzierz, Gerald J. 1 Frank J. MacChitelli 1 Conway, Judith A. 1 Keauss, Herbert H. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois. 2: Hunter College.; Source Info: Jan1973, Vol. 29 Issue 1, p78; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: ADDICTS; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: HYPOTHESIS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844997&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Klett, William G. T1 - PREDICTION OF WAIS SCORES FROM GROUP ABILITY TESTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1973/01// VL - 29 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 46 EP - 49 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on the prediction of the The Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) scores from group ability tests. In this study the relationships between four group ability tests and the WAIS were compared in a psychiatric hospital sample. The correlations of the WAIS with the of Educational Ability Test of Mental Maturity and the Schubert General Ability Battery were impressive and higher than its correlations with the Verbal Power Tests. Comparisons of the predictive abilities of the tests at various intelligence levels also were made. KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - ABILITY testing KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - MENTAL health facilities KW - INTELLIGENCE levels N1 - Accession Number: 15844987; Watson, Charles G. 1 Klett, William G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minn.; Source Info: Jan1973, Vol. 29 Issue 1, p46; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: ABILITY testing; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: MENTAL health facilities; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE levels; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621112 Offices of Physicians, Mental Health Specialists; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621420 Outpatient Mental Health and Substance Abuse Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844987&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kish, George B. AU - Netterberg, Edward E. T1 - STIMULUS-SEEKING AND CONSERVATISM. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1973/01// VL - 29 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 17 EP - 20 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on the Conservatism Scale (C-Scale) to measure an aspect of the general personality dimension of authoritarianism with specific reference to "resistance to change." Four studies were carried out to relate the Conservatism C-Scale to two forms of the Sensation Seeking Scale (SSS), to the Family Relations Inventory, and to examine the relationship between the C-scores of parents and parents and their offspring. The C-Scale was found to be related negatively to the SSS and positively related to age. KW - CONSERVATISM KW - AUTHORITARIANISM KW - PERSONALITY KW - MENTAL health KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - SOCIOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15844976; Kish, George B. 1 Netterberg, Edward E. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Fort Meade, S. D. 2: Black Hills State College.; Source Info: Jan1973, Vol. 29 Issue 1, p17; Subject Term: CONSERVATISM; Subject Term: AUTHORITARIANISM; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: SOCIOLOGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844976&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - de Wolfe, Alan S. T1 - A WORD ASSOCIATION MEASURE OF SEVERITY OF CURRENT SYMPTOMS IN SCHIZOPHRENIA. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1973/01// VL - 29 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 11 EP - 14 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on the measurement of severity of current symptoms in schizophrenia. This study evaluates the scale of relatedness of word association responses to their stimulus as a measure of the severity of current symptoms. This scale previously had been validated as a measure of severity of current symptoms. In this study, the relatedness scale scores correlated .89 to .93 with the pooled ratings of clinical personnel of degree of illness but these data were based on 246 daily measures from a single patient. KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - MENTAL illness KW - SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder KW - SYMPTOMS KW - PSYCHOSES KW - DISEASES N1 - Accession Number: 15844974; de Wolfe, Alan S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Downey, Ill.; Source Info: Jan1973, Vol. 29 Issue 1, p11; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: MENTAL illness; Subject Term: SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: DISEASES; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844974&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - CONSPICUOUS PSYCHOTIC BEHAVIOR AS A MANIPULATIVE TOOL. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1973/01// VL - 29 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 3 EP - 7 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article evaluates conspicuous psychotic behavior as a manipulative tool. This study explores the possible role of manipulation in the abnormal behavior of particularly conspicuous schizophrenics. It was hypothesized that, if conspicuously psychotic behavior is simply a manipulative attempt at impression-management. It should be relatively frequent in the presence of a hospital-staff authority figure and infrequent when the patient is alone. Conversely, if conspicuously abnormal behavior is essentially a response to anxiety, as is assumed by some clinicians, its frequency should increase under threat conditions. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - MANIPULATIVE behavior KW - MENTALLY ill KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - BEHAVIOR KW - MEDICAL care N1 - Accession Number: 15844973; Watson, Charles G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, 81. Cloud, Minn.; Source Info: Jan1973, Vol. 29 Issue 1, p3; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: MANIPULATIVE behavior; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844973&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Miller, Peter M. AU - Hersen, Michel T1 - QUANTITATIVE CHANGES IN ALCOHOL CONSUMPTION AS A FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL AVERSIVE CONDITIONING. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1972/10// VL - 28 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 590 EP - 593 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article cites a study that suggested quantative changes in alcohol consumption as a function of electrical aversive conditioning. Results of the study suggested that the method of electrical aversion used in this study reduced quantity of alcohol consumption. They added that while the present design does not rule out completely the role of expectancy of the subject of the study with respect to behavioral change, the surreptitious nature of what actually was being measured in the "taste test" probably lessened the likelihood of this influence. KW - DRINKING of alcoholic beverages KW - OPERANT conditioning KW - EXPECTATION (Psychology) KW - BEHAVIOR KW - CHANGE KW - INFLUENCE (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 15866633; Miller, Peter M. 1 Hersen, Michel 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Mississippi. 2: University of Mississippi Medical Center Jackson, Mississippi.; Source Info: Oct1972, Vol. 28 Issue 4, p590; Subject Term: DRINKING of alcoholic beverages; Subject Term: OPERANT conditioning; Subject Term: EXPECTATION (Psychology); Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Subject Term: CHANGE; Subject Term: INFLUENCE (Psychology); NAICS/Industry Codes: 722410 Drinking Places (Alcoholic Beverages); Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866633&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Khol, Timothy AU - Matefy, Robert AU - Turner, John T1 - EVALUATION OF APA INTERNSHIP PROGRAMS: A SURVEY OF CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY INTERNS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1972/10// VL - 28 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 562 EP - 569 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a survey to provide overall as well as facility-specific information about the nature of the training programs at APA approved internship agencies based on the experiences of interns at those agencies. Results of the present survey of clinical psychology interns at APA-approved agencies indicate that those interns find their experiences to be rather satisfying ones. Overall, those interns reported that they are involved with agencies that provide a mixture of service and training with more emphasis on the latter. As a group, they report their working conditions and supervisory experiences as positive and feel that they are receiving high-quality internship training. KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PROFESSIONAL education KW - TRAINING KW - WORK environment KW - INTERNSHIP programs KW - INTERNS KW - SURVEYS N1 - Accession Number: 15866626; Khol, Timothy 1 Matefy, Robert 2 Turner, John 3; Affiliation: 1: Springfield (Mass.) Hospital. 2: University of Bridgeport. 3: Veterans Administration Hospital, Vancouver, Washington.; Source Info: Oct1972, Vol. 28 Issue 4, p562; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PROFESSIONAL education; Subject Term: TRAINING; Subject Term: WORK environment; Subject Term: INTERNSHIP programs; Subject Term: INTERNS; Subject Term: SURVEYS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611310 Colleges, Universities, and Professional Schools; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611430 Professional and Management Development Training; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866626&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Zung, William W. K. T1 - THE DEPRESSION STATUS INVENTORY: AN ADJUNCT TO THE SELF-RATING DEPRESSION SCALE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1972/10// VL - 28 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 539 EP - 543 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article cites a study whose purpose was to design an inventory that would record the results of a clinical interview with a patient in terms of objective measurements of depressive symptoms so that it would correspond with the previously published patient Self-rating Depression Scale with respect to the diagnostic criteria measured. Data from a study of 225 psychiatric patients were presented. The validity of the Depression Status Inventory (DSI) was shown by its high correlation with the Self-rating Depression Scale. Reliability of the DSI was shown by its internal consistency as evidenced by the significant split-half correlations of the odd-numbered versus even-numbered items in the inventory. KW - MENTAL depression KW - SYMPTOMS KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - SELF-evaluation KW - DATA analysis KW - RELIABILITY (Personality trait) KW - CORRELATION (Statistics) N1 - Accession Number: 15866617; Zung, William W. K. 1; Affiliation: 1: Duke University Medical Center and Veterans Administration Hospital, Durham, N. C.; Source Info: Oct1972, Vol. 28 Issue 4, p539; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: SELF-evaluation; Subject Term: DATA analysis; Subject Term: RELIABILITY (Personality trait); Subject Term: CORRELATION (Statistics); Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866617&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Cnarles G. T1 - PSYCHOPATHOLOGICAL CORRELATES OF ANTHROPOMETRIC TYPES IN MALE SCHIZOPHRENICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1972/10// VL - 28 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 474 EP - 478 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The purpose of this article was to obtain data on the nature of the relationships between somatotypic dimensions and a wide variety of psychiatric self-report scale and staff-rating variables among schizophrenic males. A group of 231 staff-diagnosed schizophrenics at the Saint Cloud Veterans Administration Hospital served as subjects. Significant relationships appeared between ectomorphy and Paranoid Projection, Psychopathic Deviate, Grandiosity, Paranoia, and Hypomania scores. The stereotype of a tense, shy, passive, chronically psychotic ectomorph was not substantiated. KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Research KW - PARANOID schizophrenics KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - HYPOMANIA KW - PARANOIA KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15866600; Watson, Cnarles G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minn.; Source Info: Oct1972, Vol. 28 Issue 4, p474; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Research; Subject Term: PARANOID schizophrenics; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: HYPOMANIA; Subject Term: PARANOIA; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541720 Research and Development in the Social Sciences and Humanities; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866600&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Palmieri, Rafael García AU - Suárez, Yolanda T1 - THE FUTURE OUTLOOK OF PUERTO RICAN VIETNAM-ERA HOSPITALIZED PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1972/07// VL - 28 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 394 EP - 399 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article assesses the future outlook of Puerto Rican Vietnam-era hospitalized psychiatric patients. The Future Outlook Inventory (FOI) was administered to a group of 85 Puerto Rican Vietnam-Era hospitalized psychiatric patients within the 2-week period prior to their discharge from a VA hospital. The study was carried out to assess their performance on nine FOI factors, or areas of concern contained in the FOI. The patients rated their expectations of support and understanding from their families, their concern about playing a mature adult role, and becoming active in a religious organization as high. KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - VIETNAMESE KW - RELIGIOUS institutions KW - HOSPITALS -- Admission & discharge KW - VIETNAM N1 - Accession Number: 15847521; Palmieri, Rafael García 1 Suárez, Yolanda 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, San Juan, Puerto Rico.; Source Info: Jul1972, Vol. 28 Issue 3, p394; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: VIETNAMESE; Subject Term: RELIGIOUS institutions; Subject Term: HOSPITALS -- Admission & discharge; Subject Term: VIETNAM; NAICS/Industry Codes: 813110 Religious Organizations; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847521&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Grayson, Harry M. AU - Backer, Thomas E. T1 - SCORING ACCURACY OF FOUR AUTOMATED MMPI INTERPRETATION REPORT AGENCIES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1972/07// VL - 28 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 366 EP - 370 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article assesses the scoring accuracy of four automated Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) interpretation report agencies. The results substantially agree with previous investigations of machine-scoring accuracy of MMPI test records. Only 5 errors that involved more than two raw-score points were recorded. For purposes of ordinary profile interpretation by a clinician, such errors are unlikely to be of any significance. However, since these raw scores are used subsequently in computer interpretation, it is suggested that further research is necessary to determine whether such small errors could affect adversely accuracy of the narrative interpretation. KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - ERRORS KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - APPLIED psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15847512; Grayson, Harry M. 1 Backer, Thomas E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Brentwood Veterans Administration Hospital, Los Angeles.; Source Info: Jul1972, Vol. 28 Issue 3, p366; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: ERRORS; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: APPLIED psychology; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847512&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Eisler, Richard M. AU - Williams, W. Vail T1 - A COMPARISON OF PREADMISSION CHARACTERISTICS OF PATIENTS SELECTED FOR LONG- OR SHORT-TERM PSYCHIATRIC TREATMENT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1972/04// VL - 28 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 209 EP - 213 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a comparison of preadmission characteristics of patients selected for long- or short-term psychiatric treatment. First admissions to a state mental health facility, who had been assigned to either an acute short-stay treatment service, or a chronic long-term service were compared on their previous social adjustment and present impairment characteristics. The major findings were that long term admissions could be differentiated from short term admissions on the basis of single, separated, or divorced marital status, lengthier history of psychiatric treatment, and lower socio-economic status. KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - MENTAL health KW - SOCIAL status KW - DEVIANT behavior KW - SOCIAL adjustment KW - MARITAL status N1 - Accession Number: 15847486; Eisler, Richard M. 1 Williams, W. Vail 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center and University of Mississippi Medical Center, Jackson, Miss. 2: Fort Logan Mental Health Center Denver, Col.; Source Info: Apr1972, Vol. 28 Issue 2, p209; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: SOCIAL status; Subject Term: DEVIANT behavior; Subject Term: SOCIAL adjustment; Subject Term: MARITAL status; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847486&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Klett, William G. T1 - A VALIDATION OF THE PSYCHOTIC INPATIENT PROFILE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1972/01// VL - 28 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 102 EP - 109 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study, which investigates whether the various Psychotic Inpatient Profile (PIP) scales are correlated with other variables that bear identical labels and with a variety of related dimensions. The strategy was to develop rational Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) scales that bear the same titles as the PIP scales and then to study the relationships between the two. Additionally, the correlations between the PIP variables and 20 commonly used clinical and experimental MMPI scales were explored. The PIP could prove to be the most useful tool of its type. The PIP consists of 12 factor-analyzed ward rating scales, the titles of which suggest that they cover a much broader range of traits than do most psychiatric rating scales. KW - PSYCHIATRIC rating scales KW - PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY assessment KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests N1 - Accession Number: 15847453; Watson, Charles G. 1 Klett, William G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Jan1972, Vol. 28 Issue 1, p102; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC rating scales; Subject Term: PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY assessment; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847453&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lazzaro, Thomas A. AU - Mcneil, Keith A. AU - Beggs, Donald L. T1 - A FACTOR ANALYTIC STUDY OF THE MULTIDIMENSIONAL PROPERTIES OF IMPULSE CONTROL. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 27 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 495 EP - 498 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study, which aims to determine whether factor analysis would yield interpretable factors, and more specifically, whether the expected factor structure similar to the five impulse areas that form the premise for item adoption would emerge. The Self-Report Test of Impulse Control (STIC), designed to measure the five impulse areas of Impulse Toward Happiness, Impulse Toward Liberty, Social impulse, Sex impulse and Cognitive impulse, was developed to provide a more useful measure of human impulse life than is presently available. KW - COMPULSIVE behavior KW - FACTOR analysis KW - IMPULSE (Psychology) KW - PLEASURE KW - INSTINCT (Behavior) KW - IMPULSIVE personality KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - LIBERTY N1 - Accession Number: 15847400; Lazzaro, Thomas A. 1 Mcneil, Keith A. 2 Beggs, Donald L. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Syracuse, New York. 2: Southern Illinois University Carbondale, Illinois.; Source Info: Oct1971, Vol. 27 Issue 4, p495; Subject Term: COMPULSIVE behavior; Subject Term: FACTOR analysis; Subject Term: IMPULSE (Psychology); Subject Term: PLEASURE; Subject Term: INSTINCT (Behavior); Subject Term: IMPULSIVE personality; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: LIBERTY; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847400&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Spiegel, Don AU - Keith-Spiegel, Patricia AU - Zirgulis, Justine AU - Wine, David B. T1 - EFFECTS OF STUDENT VISITS ON SOCIAL BEHAVIOR OF REGRESSED SCHIZOPHRENIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1971/07// VL - 27 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 396 EP - 400 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses the effects of student visits on social behavior of regressed schizophrenic patients. The use of high school and college students in psychiatric and correctional settings has grown impressively in the past few years. Many fascinating accounts of the value of these programs for both patients and students have appeared in the literature. Most reports of such effects have been anecdotal or based on non-controlled clinical observations. Notable exceptions include a study that reported positive effects on the personalities of college student volunteers who visited hospitalized schizophrenic patients and a study that reported changes in self-esteem, anxiety and defensiveness in groups of pre- adolescent emotionally disturbed boys involved in a college student companionship program. KW - INTERPERSONAL relations KW - BEHAVIOR KW - COLLEGE graduates KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - MENTAL health N1 - Accession Number: 15866536; Spiegel, Don 1 Keith-Spiegel, Patricia 1 Zirgulis, Justine 1 Wine, David B. 1; Affiliation: 1: Brentwood Hospital, Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles.; Source Info: Jul1971, Vol. 27 Issue 3, p396; Subject Term: INTERPERSONAL relations; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Subject Term: COLLEGE graduates; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: MENTAL health; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866536&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - George B. Kish AU - Solberg, Kristen B. AU - Uecker, Albert E. T1 - THE RELATION OF STAFF OPINIONS ABOUT MENTAL ILLNESS TO WARD ATMOSPHERE AND PERCEIVED STAFF ROLES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 27 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 284 EP - 287 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the relation of staff opinions about mental illness to ward atmosphere and perceived staff roles. Patients saw the staff members who were conventionally oriented as domineering, inconsiderate, impatient, and unable to relate to, trust, or understand patients. They saw the Benevolent staff member as being aloof, distant, and non-interacting The nontraditional staff member was seen as sensitive, understanding, reliable, open, and honest. The thesis of the present study was that these dimensions of attitude concerning mental illness would also be related to how ward personnel perceive the social atmospheres of their wards, and the initiatives they take or the roles they play on their wards. It was predicted that significant differences between staff affirming different attitudes would be found in how patient submission and patient autonomy are handled. KW - MENTAL health KW - MENTAL illness KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - PATIENTS KW - HOSPITAL personnel KW - PSYCHIATRY N1 - Accession Number: 15866464; George B. Kish 1 Solberg, Kristen B. 1 Uecker, Albert E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Fort Meade, South Dakota.; Source Info: Apr1971, Vol. 27 Issue 2, p284; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: MENTAL illness; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: HOSPITAL personnel; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866464&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Barker, Harry R. AU - Fowler, Raymond D. AU - Peterson, Lars P. T1 - FACTOR ANALYTIC STRUCTURE OF THE SHORT FORM MMPI ITEMS IN A VA HOSPITAL POPULATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 27 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 228 EP - 233 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on factor analytic structure of the short form Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) items in a hospital population. It has been applied to MMPI subtest scores. This assumes that the subtest scores accurately measure or reflect the diagnostic names that were applied by the test-makers. This assumption has been challenged frequently because the scoring of the same item on more than one subtest poses serious problems in statistical handling of data. Factor analysis has also been applied to MMPI test items. Constraints on the data processing capacity of computers have severely curtailed attempts in this direction. KW - FACTOR analysis KW - CORRELATION (Statistics) KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests N1 - Accession Number: 15866447; Barker, Harry R. 1 Fowler, Raymond D. 2 Peterson, Lars P. 3; Affiliation: 1: University of Alabama and Veterans Administration Hospital. 2: University of Alabama. 3: Veterans Administration Hospital and University of Alabama.; Source Info: Apr1971, Vol. 27 Issue 2, p228; Subject Term: FACTOR analysis; Subject Term: CORRELATION (Statistics); Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866447&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dinoff, Michael AU - Finch Jr., A. J. AU - Skelton, Herbert M. T1 - THE STABILITY OF CHRONIC SCHIZOPHRENIC SPEECH ON A STANDARDIZED VIDEO-TAPE INTERVIEW. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 27 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 191 EP - 194 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article reports that the stability of chronic schizophrenic speech on a standardized video-tape interview (SVTI). It is important in the early stages of its development to determine whether SVTI is a stable instrument for psychiatric patients with the potential of becoming a meaningful clinical dependent variable. In order for a measure to be viewed as a useful dependent variable in clinical research, it must possess the characteristics of stability over time, show nosological differences, and be influenced in predictable directions by meaningful treatment change for example, psychotherapy, chemotherapy and behavior modification. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - MENTALLY ill KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - MENTAL health services KW - BEHAVIOR modification KW - DRUG therapy N1 - Accession Number: 15866432; Dinoff, Michael 1 Finch Jr., A. J. 1 Skelton, Herbert M. 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Alabama. 2: Tuscaloosa Veterans Administration Hospital.; Source Info: Apr1971, Vol. 27 Issue 2, p191; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR modification; Subject Term: DRUG therapy; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866432&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gross, William F. AU - Curtin, Mary Ellen AU - Moore, Kenneth B. T1 - APPRAISAL OF A MILIEU THERAPY ENVIRONMENT BY TREATMENT TEAM AND PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1970/10// VL - 26 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 541 EP - 545 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents the appraisal of milieu therapy environment by treatment team and patients. The treatment milieu as a composite was judged favorable by both staff and their patients with staff ratings being higher on all four variables than those of patients. Principal components analysis indicated a quantitative difference between the two sets of judgments with simpler dimensional structure for staff self-judgments. Further, staff and patient judgments differed qualitatively; on Factor 1, loadings for unconditional regard were high for staff ratings and zero for patient ratings. KW - MILIEU therapy KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - THERAPEUTIC communities KW - JUDGMENT (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - PATIENTS N1 - Accession Number: 15908730; Gross, William F. 1 Curtin, Mary Ellen 1 Moore, Kenneth B. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Lexington, Kentucky.; Source Info: Oct1970, Vol. 26 Issue 4, p541; Subject Term: MILIEU therapy; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: THERAPEUTIC communities; Subject Term: JUDGMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15908730&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Zimmerman, S. F. AU - Writmyre, J. W. AU - Fields, F. R. J. T1 - FACTOR ANALYTIC STRUCTURE OF THE WECHSLER ADULT INTELLIGENCE SCALE IN PATIENTS WITH DIFFUSE AND LATERALIZED CEREBRAL DYSFUNCTION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1970/10// VL - 26 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 462 EP - 465 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study which investigates the similarities and differences in the factor structure of intelligence in right, left and diffuse cerebral dysfunction populations. Possible differences in the factor structure of intelligence in patients with diffuse and lateralized cerebral dysfunction were studied. A principal components method with normal varimax rotation for the three separate groups-diffuse, right unilateral and left unilateral-yielded two main factors similar to those of previous studies. Some variability was found among the groups on the three remaining factors. KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - CEREBROVASCULAR disease KW - RESEMBLANCE (Philosophy) KW - PATIENTS KW - INTELLECT KW - INTELLIGENCE tests N1 - Accession Number: 15908701; Zimmerman, S. F. 1 Writmyre, J. W. 1 Fields, F. R. J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Coatesville, Penna.; Source Info: Oct1970, Vol. 26 Issue 4, p462; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: CEREBROVASCULAR disease; Subject Term: RESEMBLANCE (Philosophy); Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: INTELLECT; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15908701&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Spiegel, Don AU - Radley, Patricia A. AU - Hadley, Robert G. T1 - PERSONALITY TEST PATTERNS OF REHABILITATION CENTER ALCOHOLICS, PSYCHIATRIC INPATIENTS AND NORMALS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1970/07// VL - 26 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 366 EP - 371 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article examines the personality test patterns of rehabilitation center alcoholics, psychiatric inpatients and normals. Many investigators have attempted to distinguish alcoholics from other abnormal and normal groups on the basis of responses to various MMPI scales. This study examined whether the psychological problems of the alcoholic can be further illuminated through an examination of aspects of personality not previously explored. Three groups of males were used as subjects: 65 alcoholics referred to Acton Rehabilitation Center by the courts, 42 hospitalized psychiatric patients from one ward of Brentwood Hospital, and 73 normals. KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - REHABILITATION centers KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - ADDICTS KW - HEALTH facilities N1 - Accession Number: 15866348; Spiegel, Don 1 Radley, Patricia A. 2 Hadley, Robert G. 3; Affiliation: 1: Brentwood Hospital, Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles. 2: Acton (Calif.) Rehabilitation Center. 3: California State College, Los Angeles.; Source Info: Jul1970, Vol. 26 Issue 3, p366; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: REHABILITATION centers; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: ADDICTS; Subject Term: HEALTH facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866348&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Grundvig, J. L. AU - Needham, W. E. AU - Ajax, E. T. T1 - COMPARISON OF DIFFERENT SCORING AND ADMINISTRATION PROCEDURES FOR THE MEMORY-FOR-DESIGNS TEST. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1970/07// VL - 26 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 353 EP - 359 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article compares different scoring and administration procedures for the Memory-For-Designs (MFD) test. The MFD test is probably the most widely used of any single psychological test for the diagnosis of perceptual, motor and memory deficits related to organic brain dysfunction. In recent years, a modified method of presenting the MFD has been used as part of a larger battery of sensory and perceptual tests employed in the diagnosis of organic brain damage. Subjects were Veterans Administration Hospital patients referred for diagnostic evaluation with the Sensory-Perceptual Examination because of a question as to the existence or degree of brain impairment. KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - MEMORY KW - BRAIN damage KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Methodology KW - BRAIN diseases KW - HOSPITALS KW - MEMORY-for-Designs Test N1 - Accession Number: 15866346; Grundvig, J. L. 1 Needham, W. E. 1 Ajax, E. T. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital and University of Utah Salt Lake City, Utah.; Source Info: Jul1970, Vol. 26 Issue 3, p353; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: MEMORY; Subject Term: BRAIN damage; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Methodology; Subject Term: BRAIN diseases; Subject Term: HOSPITALS; Subject Term: MEMORY-for-Designs Test; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622110 General Medical and Surgical Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622111 General (except paediatric) hospitals; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866346&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lorei, Theodore W. AU - Cohen, Jacob T1 - HOSPITAL AND OCCUPATION GROUP DIFFERENCES IN OPINION ABOUT THE RELEASE OR RETENTION OF PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1970/04// VL - 26 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 223 EP - 229 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article examines the hospital and occupation group differences in opinion about the release or retention of psychiatric patients. The decision to release a patient from a psychiatric hospital or to require him to stay longer can have several consequences for him, his family, the community, and the hospital. The mean importance ratings of 16 release or retention outcomes obtained from the combined staffs of 12 Veterans Administration (VA) hospitals were reported as the outcome values of VA hospital employees in general. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospitals KW - VETERANS' hospitals KW - MENTALLY ill KW - HOSPITALS KW - FAMILIES N1 - Accession Number: 15844909; Lorei, Theodore W. 1 Cohen, Jacob 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D. C. 2: New York University.; Source Info: Apr1970, Vol. 26 Issue 2, p223; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC hospitals; Subject Term: VETERANS' hospitals; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: HOSPITALS; Subject Term: FAMILIES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622111 General (except paediatric) hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622110 General Medical and Surgical Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623210 Residential Intellectual and Developmental Disability Facilities; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844909&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Crumbaugh, James C. AU - Raphael, Sister Mary AU - Serader, Raymond R. T1 - FRANKL'S WILL TO MEANING IN A RELIGIOUS ORDER. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1970/04// VL - 26 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 206 EP - 209 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article employs the Purpose-in-Life Test and a battery of personality measures in the study of motivation in trainees for a religious order. The trainees of a congregation of Dominican sisters were chosen for study. The Dominicans are an apostolic or socially active rather than a contemplative order; they are mostly teachers, nurses and the like. Subjects were 56 trainee Sisters at various levels of training in the congregation of Saint Mary's Dominican Sisters with the mother house in New Orleans, Louisiana. KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - MILITARY religious orders KW - MOTIVATION (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - NEW Orleans (La.) KW - LOUISIANA N1 - Accession Number: 15844904; Crumbaugh, James C. 1 Raphael, Sister Mary 2 Serader, Raymond R. 3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Gulfport, Mississippi. 2: St. Mary's Dominican College, New Orleans. 3: The University of Tennesses, Knoxville.; Source Info: Apr1970, Vol. 26 Issue 2, p206; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: MILITARY religious orders; Subject Term: MOTIVATION (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: NEW Orleans (La.); Subject Term: LOUISIANA; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844904&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gonen, Jay Y. T1 - THE USE OF WECHSLER'S DETERIORATION QUOTIENT IN CASES OF DIFFUSE AND SYMMETRICAL CEREBRAL ATROPHY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1970/04// VL - 26 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 174 EP - 177 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the use of Wechsler's deterioration quotient in cases of diffuse and symmetrical cerebral atrophy. The division of some WAIS scales into Hold and Don't Hold tests has not received consistent research support. The application of any deterioration index of the WAIS to brain damaged subjects is rather problematic. This study checked the usefulness of each of the Hold and Don't Hold tests when applied to patients who were neurologically diagnosed as having diffuse and roughly symmetrical cerebral atrophy. KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - BRAIN damage KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Methodology KW - PATIENTS KW - BRAIN diseases KW - MENTAL illness N1 - Accession Number: 15844892; Gonen, Jay Y. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Cincinnati, Ohio.; Source Info: Apr1970, Vol. 26 Issue 2, p174; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: BRAIN damage; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Methodology; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: BRAIN diseases; Subject Term: MENTAL illness; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844892&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kish, George B. T1 - REDUCED COGNITIVE INNOVATION AND STIMULUS-SEEKING IN CHRONIC SCHIZOPHRENIA. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1970/04// VL - 26 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 170 EP - 174 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on reduced cognitive innovation and stimulus-seeking in chronic schizophrenia. A salient feature of the pattern of schizophrenia is the presence of some degree of apathy. As is the case with the other defining behavioral characteristics of schizophrenia, wide individual differences are found in the degree to which each patient manifests apathy. The Sensation-Seeking Scale, which is a measure of a subject's interest in seeking stimulating activities, may be a potentially useful instrument for measuring degrees of this apathy. KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - INDIVIDUAL differences KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - PSYCHOSES KW - DIFFERENTIAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15844891; Kish, George B. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Fort Meade, South Dakota.; Source Info: Apr1970, Vol. 26 Issue 2, p170; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: INDIVIDUAL differences; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: DIFFERENTIAL psychology; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844891&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bridge, R. Gary AU - Reeder, Leo G. AU - Kinder, Donald R. AU - Nagy, Vivian Tong AU - Judd, Charles M. AU - Kanouse, David T1 - Interviewing Changes Attitudes--Sometimes. JO - Public Opinion Quarterly JF - Public Opinion Quarterly Y1 - 1977///Spring77 VL - 41 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 56 EP - 64 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 0033362X AB - To examine the effects of interviewing respondents were questioned about either cancer or burglary prevention in an interview, and later they received either relevant information or no information. Changes in attitudes were measured in a second interview, and the results showed that asking questions about cancer changed respondents attitudes toward cancer, but interviewing about burglary prevention did not change attitudes toward crime. The evidence suggests that interview effects will occur when the respondent's attitudes and information are unfocused or ambiguous and the topic is important. Theoretically, this can be attributed to competence motivation and a postulated desire to maintain self-esteem in the interview situation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Public Opinion Quarterly is the property of Oxford University Press / USA and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Interviewing KW - Attitude (Psychology) KW - Respondents KW - Crime KW - Cancer N1 - Accession Number: 5414676; Bridge, R. Gary 1; Reeder, Leo G. 2; Kinder, Donald R. 3; Nagy, Vivian Tong 4; Judd, Charles M. 5; Kanouse, David 6; Affiliations: 1: Associate Professor of Psychology and Education, Teachers College, Columbia University; 2: Professor of Sociology and Public Health, University of California, Los Angeles; 3: Assistant Professor of Psychology and Political Science, Yale University; 4: Research Psychologist, Veterans Administration, Los Angeles; 5: Assistant Professor of Psychology and Social Relations, Harvard University; 6: Associate Professor of Psychology, University of California, Los Angeles; Issue Info: Spring77, Vol. 41 Issue 1, p56; Thesaurus Term: Interviewing; Thesaurus Term: Attitude (Psychology); Subject Term: Respondents; Subject Term: Crime; Subject Term: Cancer; Number of Pages: 9p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ufh&AN=5414676&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ufh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Barbatsis, Gretchen S. AU - Wong, Martin R. AU - Herek, Gregory M. T1 - A STRUGGLE FOR DOMINANCE: RELATIONAL COMMUNICATION PATTERNS IN TELEVISION DRAMA. JO - Communication Quarterly JF - Communication Quarterly Y1 - 1983///Spring1983 VL - 31 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 148 EP - 155 PB - Eastern Communication Association SN - 01463373 AB - Studies of gender role information in television drama focusing on personality and occupational traits provide a description of content which does not take into account the context of interpersonal interaction. Using a relational coding system based on interactional communication theory, the studies reported here investigated the association of power with gender as revealed through interpersonal interaction. Messages of dominance, submission, and neutrality were identified from the verbal interactions of gender defined speaker-receiver dyads in three samples of television drama: primetime comedy and adventure series, soap operas, and cartoons. Content was described according to message characteristics of television drama and gender role characteristics of the messages. Results showed the predominant model of interpersonal interaction for both male and female characters was a dominant masculine-style of interaction resulting in the portrayal of a struggle for dominance. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Communication Quarterly is the property of Eastern Communication Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Dominance (Psychology) KW - Television plays KW - Social interaction KW - Personality KW - Communication KW - Gender role KW - Power (Social sciences) N1 - Accession Number: 18514903; Barbatsis, Gretchen S. 1; Wong, Martin R. 2; Herek, Gregory M. 3; Affiliations: 1: Department of Telecommunication, Michigan State University; 2: Psychology Service, Veterans Administration, Battle Creek Michigan; 3: Department of Psychology, University California, Davis; Issue Info: Spring1983, Vol. 31 Issue 2, p148; Thesaurus Term: Dominance (Psychology); Thesaurus Term: Television plays; Thesaurus Term: Social interaction; Thesaurus Term: Personality; Thesaurus Term: Communication; Subject Term: Gender role; Subject Term: Power (Social sciences); Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 8 Charts, 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ufh&AN=18514903&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ufh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cooper, William E. AU - Soares, Carlos AU - Nicol, Janet AU - Michelow, Diane AU - Goloskie, Susan T1 - CLAUSAL INTONATION AFTER UNILATERAL BRAIN DAMAGE. JO - Language & Speech JF - Language & Speech Y1 - 1984/01//Jan-Mar84 VL - 27 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 17 EP - 24 PB - Sage Publications, Ltd. SN - 00238309 AB - The article examines the deficits in speech intonation in patients sustaining unilateral brain damage. Thirteen patients participated in the study. Five aphasic patients sustained unilateral damage to the left cerebral hemisphere. Four patients sustained unilateral damage to the right cerebral hemisphere. Each speaker was tested individually in a quiet room. Left hemisphere patients exhibit a greater impairment the speech timing than right hemisphere patients, whereas right hemisphere patients exhibit a greater impairment than left hemisphere patients. KW - Intonation (Phonetics) KW - Sentences (Grammar) KW - Brain diseases KW - Speech KW - Patients KW - Disabilities N1 - Accession Number: 14091892; Cooper, William E. 1; Soares, Carlos 2; Nicol, Janet 3; Michelow, Diane 3; Goloskie, Susan 2; Affiliations: 1: University of Iowa.; 2: Harvard University.; 3: Boston Veterans Administration Hospital.; Issue Info: Jan-Mar84, Vol. 27 Issue 1, p17; Thesaurus Term: Intonation (Phonetics); Thesaurus Term: Sentences (Grammar); Thesaurus Term: Brain diseases; Thesaurus Term: Speech; Subject Term: Patients; Subject Term: Disabilities; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ufh&AN=14091892&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ufh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cochrane, R. McCrae AU - Sachs, Jacqueline T1 - PHONOLOGICAL LEARNING BY CHILDREN AND ADULTS IN A LABORATORY SETTING. JO - Language & Speech JF - Language & Speech Y1 - 1979/04//Apr-Jun79 VL - 22 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 145 EP - 149 PB - Sage Publications, Ltd. SN - 00238309 AB - Compares the ability of adults of 7-year-old children to acquire new speech sound patterns under conditions of equal exposure. Initiation of Spanish words; Assessment of the knowledge of Spanish stress patterns; Evaluation of the performance of children imitating the Spanish words. KW - Speech KW - Spanish language KW - Accents & accentuation KW - Linguistics KW - Adults KW - Children N1 - Accession Number: 14089416; Cochrane, R. McCrae 1; Sachs, Jacqueline 2; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Temple, Texas; 2: University of Connecticut; Issue Info: Apr-Jun79, Vol. 22 Issue 2, p145; Thesaurus Term: Speech; Thesaurus Term: Spanish language; Thesaurus Term: Accents & accentuation; Thesaurus Term: Linguistics; Subject Term: Adults; Subject Term: Children; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ufh&AN=14089416&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ufh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Goodenough, Cheryl AU - Zurif, Edgar B. AU - Weintraub, Sandra T1 - APHASICS' ATTENTION TO GRAMMATICAL MORPHEMES. JO - Language & Speech JF - Language & Speech Y1 - 1977/01//Jan-Mar77 VL - 20 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 11 EP - 19 PB - Sage Publications, Ltd. SN - 00238309 AB - Examines the aphasics' attention to definite and indefinite articles. Types of aphasics; Use of articles sometimes appropriately and anomalously; Measures and response latencies and observation of response choices; Similarity of performance between anomic aphasics and normal people. KW - Learning disabilities KW - Speech disorders KW - Anomia KW - Comparative grammar KW - Language & languages -- Grammars KW - Aphasic persons KW - People with disabilities N1 - Accession Number: 14087054; Goodenough, Cheryl 1; Zurif, Edgar B. 2; Weintraub, Sandra 3; Affiliations: 1: Département de linguistique, Université du Québec à Montréal.; 2: Boston University School of Medicine; 3: Boston Veterans Administration Hospital; Issue Info: Jan-Mar77, Vol. 20 Issue 1, p11; Thesaurus Term: Learning disabilities; Thesaurus Term: Speech disorders; Thesaurus Term: Anomia; Thesaurus Term: Comparative grammar; Thesaurus Term: Language & languages -- Grammars; Subject Term: Aphasic persons; Subject Term: People with disabilities; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ufh&AN=14087054&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ufh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gardiner, Beverly J. AU - Brookshire, Robert H. T1 - EFFECTS OF UNISENSORY AND MULTISENSORY PRESENTATION OF STIMULI UPON NAMING BY APHASIC SUBJECTS. JO - Language & Speech JF - Language & Speech Y1 - 1972/10//Oct-Dec72 VL - 15 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 342 EP - 357 PB - Sage Publications, Ltd. SN - 00238309 AB - When a speech and language retraining program is developed for an aphasic patient, a sensory avenue or avenues must be selected by which stimuli are presented to the patient. In view of sensory modality deficits exhibited by aphasic patients, it seems reasonable to speculate that there may be differences in teaching effectiveness between unisensory and multisensory stimulus presentation. If this speculation were accurate, an essential part of initial procedures would be to assess the individual's comprehension of material presented in different or combined input channels and then use the information to choose the method of presentation of stimuli to be used in the rehabilitation program. KW - Speech -- Research KW - Perception KW - Comprehension KW - Aphasic persons KW - Rehabilitation KW - Experimental design N1 - Accession Number: 14096136; Gardiner, Beverly J. 1; Brookshire, Robert H. 2; Affiliations: 1: Auburn University; 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis; Issue Info: Oct-Dec72, Vol. 15 Issue 4, p342; Thesaurus Term: Speech -- Research; Thesaurus Term: Perception; Thesaurus Term: Comprehension; Subject Term: Aphasic persons; Subject Term: Rehabilitation; Subject Term: Experimental design; Number of Pages: 16p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ufh&AN=14096136&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ufh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Eveslage, Roberta A. AU - Brookshire, Robert H. T1 - EFFECTS OF RANDOM AND RESPONSE-CONTINGENT "NO!" UPON DISFLUENCIES OF NORMAL SPEAKERS. JO - Language & Speech JF - Language & Speech Y1 - 1972/04//Apr-Jun72 VL - 15 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 156 EP - 168 PB - Sage Publications, Ltd. SN - 00238309 AB - A number of experimenters have applied operant conditioning procedures to the behaviours observed in stuttering and disfluency and found that these behaviours can be suppressed by delivery of response-contingent aversive stimuli. Subjects who increased their disfluency rates under random presentation of an aversive stimulus tended not to decrease disfluencies when that stimulus was later made contingent on disfluency. Subjects who did not increase disfluency rates under random aversive stimulation tended to decrease disfluencies when that stimulus was later made contingent on disfluency. KW - Fluency (Language learning) KW - Language & languages -- Study & teaching KW - Speech disorders KW - Stuttering KW - Conditioned response KW - Psychology of learning N1 - Accession Number: 14096407; Eveslage, Roberta A. 1; Brookshire, Robert H. 2; Affiliations: 1: Kansas University Medical Center; 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Kansas City, Missouri; Issue Info: Apr-Jun72, Vol. 15 Issue 2, p156; Thesaurus Term: Fluency (Language learning); Thesaurus Term: Language & languages -- Study & teaching; Thesaurus Term: Speech disorders; Thesaurus Term: Stuttering; Subject Term: Conditioned response; Subject Term: Psychology of learning; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611630 Language Schools; Number of Pages: 13p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ufh&AN=14096407&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ufh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Myerson, R. AU - Goodglass, H. T1 - TRANSFORMATIONAL GRAMMARS OF THREE AGRAMMATIC PATIENTS. JO - Language & Speech JF - Language & Speech Y1 - 1972/01//Jan-Mar72 VL - 15 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 40 EP - 50 PB - Sage Publications, Ltd. SN - 00238309 AB - Presents a qualitative description of the speech of several aphasics who have different degrees of agrammatic disturbance. Description of the grammatical constituents and operations underlying the patients' free speech; Correlation of hierarchical organization within phrase structure to degree of severity. KW - Speech KW - Comparative grammar KW - Language & languages KW - Oral communication KW - Communication KW - Aphasic persons N1 - Accession Number: 14110079; Myerson, R. 1; Goodglass, H. 1; Affiliations: 1: Boston Veterans Administration Hospital and Boston University Aphasia Research Center; Issue Info: Jan-Mar72, Vol. 15 Issue 1, p40; Thesaurus Term: Speech; Thesaurus Term: Comparative grammar; Thesaurus Term: Language & languages; Thesaurus Term: Oral communication; Thesaurus Term: Communication; Subject Term: Aphasic persons; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ufh&AN=14110079&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ufh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Marshall, Robert C. AU - Cullinan, Walter L. T1 - EFFECTS OF REWARD SCHEDULE CHANGES ON CHILDREN'S SPEECH FLUENCY. JO - Language & Speech JF - Language & Speech Y1 - 1971/10//Oct-Dec71 VL - 14 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 341 EP - 351 PB - Sage Publications, Ltd. SN - 00238309 AB - There have been many investigations of the effects of reward schedules on various non-speech behaviors of children. Results of these studies are often interpreted in terms of a frustration hypothesis, frustration being conceptualized as the emotional response which occurs in an organism when non-reward follows a response previously rewarded. Performance of children has also been found to be more vigorous in partial reward than in continuous reward situations. The purpose of this investigation was to explore effects of such reward schedule changes on the speech fluency of normal-speaking young male children. KW - Speech KW - Child psychology KW - Behavior KW - Reward (Psychology) KW - Motivation (Psychology) KW - Frustration N1 - Accession Number: 14099652; Marshall, Robert C. 1; Cullinan, Walter L. 2; Affiliations: 1: University of Oklahoma Medical Center; 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Portland, Oregon; Issue Info: Oct-Dec71, Vol. 14 Issue 4, p341; Thesaurus Term: Speech; Thesaurus Term: Child psychology; Thesaurus Term: Behavior; Subject Term: Reward (Psychology); Subject Term: Motivation (Psychology); Subject Term: Frustration; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ufh&AN=14099652&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ufh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Locke, John L. T1 - EXPERIMENTALLY-ELICITED ARTICULATORY BEHAVIOUR. JO - Language & Speech JF - Language & Speech Y1 - 1969/07//Jul-Sep69 VL - 12 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 187 EP - 191 PB - Sage Publications, Ltd. SN - 00238309 AB - Discusses the phonetic-phonemic behavior of English-speaking young children attempted to learn the production of three non-English phones. Observations of the vowel and consonant learning, age differences in sound learning and certain characteristic resolutions of phonetic difficulties; Interpretation of discrimination, perception, and transfer functions in the learning of new articulations; Differences in various groups of children with respect to level of learning. KW - Phonology (Grammar) KW - Phonetics KW - Vowels KW - Consonants KW - Learning KW - Language & languages N1 - Accession Number: 14597886; Locke, John L. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Milwaukee; 2: University of Illinois; Issue Info: Jul-Sep69, Vol. 12 Issue 3, p187; Thesaurus Term: Phonology (Grammar); Thesaurus Term: Phonetics; Thesaurus Term: Vowels; Thesaurus Term: Consonants; Thesaurus Term: Learning; Thesaurus Term: Language & languages; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ufh&AN=14597886&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ufh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Green, E. T1 - PHONOLOGICAL AND GRAMMATICAL ASPECTS OF JARGON IN AN APHASIC PATIENT: A CASE STUDY. JO - Language & Speech JF - Language & Speech Y1 - 1969/04//Apr-Jun69 VL - 12 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 103 EP - 118 PB - Sage Publications, Ltd. SN - 00238309 AB - Discusses a case study of the phonological and grammatical aspects of jargon in an aphasic patient. Effects of dilantin; Increase in verbs and indefinite noun phrases; Review of the case history. KW - Mixed languages KW - Pidgin languages KW - Aphasia KW - Verbs (Grammar) KW - Nouns (Grammar) KW - Case studies N1 - Accession Number: 14089110; Green, E. 1; Affiliations: 1: Boston University and Boston Veterans Administration Hospital; Issue Info: Apr-Jun69, Vol. 12 Issue 2, p103; Thesaurus Term: Mixed languages; Thesaurus Term: Pidgin languages; Thesaurus Term: Aphasia; Thesaurus Term: Verbs (Grammar); Thesaurus Term: Nouns (Grammar); Subject Term: Case studies; Number of Pages: 16p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ufh&AN=14089110&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ufh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Middleton, William S. T1 - UNACCUSTOMED AS I AM. JO - Today's Speech JF - Today's Speech Y1 - 1962/09// VL - 10 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 6 EP - 9 PB - Eastern Communication Association SN - 00408573 AB - This section focuses on delivering a speech. Never introduce a speech with an apology. The spoken word is the common possession of normal human beings and language in the recognized medium of communication. Regardless of the occasion, every speech deserves careful preparation. In most instances this phase represents the actual writing of a paper. In others, the notes that have been accumulated need only be arranged by headings. Three manners of presentation are offered to the speaker. He may read his paper, he may use notes, or he may speak without reference either to his paper or to notes. KW - Speeches, addresses, etc. KW - Apologizing KW - Language & languages KW - Communication KW - Lecturers N1 - Accession Number: 18716247; Middleton, William S. 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine and Surgery, Veterans Administration, Washington, D.C.; Issue Info: Sep1962, Vol. 10 Issue 3, p6; Thesaurus Term: Speeches, addresses, etc.; Thesaurus Term: Apologizing; Thesaurus Term: Language & languages; Thesaurus Term: Communication; Thesaurus Term: Lecturers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 711510 Independent Artists, Writers, and Performers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 711512 Independent actors, comedians and performers; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ufh&AN=18716247&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ufh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lewine, Jeffrey D. AU - Andrews, Richard AU - Chez, Michael AU - Patil, Arun-Angelo AU - Devinsky, Orrin AU - Smith, Michael AU - Kanner, Andres AU - Davis, John T. AU - Funke, Michael AU - Jones, Greg AU - Chong, Brian AU - Provencal, Sherri AU - Weisend, Michael AU - Lee, Roland R. AU - Orrison Jr, William W. T1 - Magnetoencephalographic Patterns of Epileptiform Activity in Children With Regressive Autism Spectrum Disorders. JO - Pediatrics JF - Pediatrics Y1 - 1999/09//Sep99 Part 1 of 3 VL - 104 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 405 PB - American Academy of Pediatrics SN - 00314005 AB - ABSTRACT. Background. One-third of children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs) are reported to have had normal early development followed by an autistic regression between the ages of 2 and 3 years. This clinical profile partly parallels that seen in Landau-Kleffner syndrome (LKS), an acquired language disorder (aphasia) believed to be caused by epileptiform activity. Given the additional observation that one-third of autistic children experience one or more seizures by adolescence, epileptiform activity may play a causal role in some cases of autism. Objective. To compare and contrast patterns of epileptiform activity in children with autistic regressions versus classic LKS to determine if there is neurobiological overlap between these conditions. It was hypothesized that many children with regressive ASDs would show epileptiform activity in a multifocal pattern that includes the same brain regions implicated in LKS. Design. Magnetoencephalography (MEG), a noninvasive method for identifying zones of abnormal brain electrophysiology, was used to evaluate patterns of epileptiform activity during stage III sleep in 6 children with classic LKS and 50 children with regressive ASDs with onset between 20 and 36 months of age (16 with autism and 34 with pervasive developmental disorder-not otherwise specified). Whereas 5 of the 6 children with LKS had been previously diagnosed with complex-partial seizures, a clinical seizure disorder had been diagnosed for only 15 of the 50 ASD children. However, all the children in this study had been reported to occasionally demonstrate unusual behaviors (eg, rapid blinking, holding of the hands to the ears, unprovoked crying episodes, and/or brief staring spells) which, if exhibited by a normal child, might be interpreted as indicative of a subclinical epileptiform condition. MEG data were compared with simultaneously recorded electroencephalography (EEG) data, and with data from previous 1-hour and/or 24-hour clinical... [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Pediatrics is the property of American Academy of Pediatrics and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AUTISM in children KW - EPILEPSY in children N1 - Accession Number: 2304174; Lewine, Jeffrey D. 1; Andrews, Richard 2; Chez, Michael 3; Patil, Arun-Angelo 4; Devinsky, Orrin 5; Smith, Michael; Kanner, Andres 6; Davis, John T. 1; Funke, Michael 1; Jones, Greg 1; Chong, Brian 1; Provencal, Sherri 1; Weisend, Michael 7; Lee, Roland R. 7; Orrison Jr, William W. 1; Source Information: Sep99 Part 1 of 3, Vol. 104 Issue 3, p405; Subject: AUTISM in children; Subject: EPILEPSY in children; Number of Pages: 14p; Illustrations: 3 Color Photographs, 2 Black and White Photographs, 2 Diagrams; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 9491 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hxh&AN=2304174&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hxh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2004-17787-049 AN - 2004-17787-049 AU - Zeiss, Antonette M. T1 - Scholarship and Politics in the Examination of Late-Life Depression. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1996/05// VL - 41 IS - 5 SP - 491 EP - 493 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2004-17787-049. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zeiss, Antonette M.; Palo Alto Veterans Administration (VA) Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education, & Clinical Ctr, Interdisciplinary Team Training Program, US. Release Date: 20050129. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatric Patients; Major Depression. Minor Descriptor: Aging; Late Life Depression. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Reviewed Item: Schneider, Lon S. (Ed); Reynolds, Charles F. III (Ed); Lebowitz, Barry D. (Ed); Friedhoff, Arnold J. (Ed). Diagnosis and Treatment of Depression in Late Life: Results of the NIH Consensus Development Conference=Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press. 535 pp. $46.50; 1994. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1996. KW - aging KW - late life depression KW - elderly KW - mental health issues KW - 1996 KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Major Depression KW - Aging KW - Late Life Depression U2 - Schneider, Lon S. (Ed); Reynolds, Charles F. III (Ed); Lebowitz, Barry D. (Ed); Friedhoff, Arnold J. (Ed). (1994); Diagnosis and Treatment of Depression in Late Life: Results of the NIH Consensus Development Conference; Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press. 535 pp. $46.50; 0-88048-556-6. DO - 10.1037/004464 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2004-17787-049&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06466-038 AN - 2006-06466-038 AU - Pachana, Nancy A. AU - Thompson, Larry W. T1 - Delirium: A Summary of Current Clinical and Research Efforts. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1993/11// VL - 38 IS - 11 SP - 1215 EP - 1217 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06466-038. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pachana, Nancy A.; Department of Psychology, Palo Alto Veterans Affairs Medical Center, CA, US. Release Date: 20061218. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Delirium; Diagnosis; Etiology. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Miller, Nancy E. (Ed); Lipowski, Zbigniew J. (Ed); Lebowitz, Barry D. (Ed). Delirium: Advances in Research and Clinical Practice. International Psychogeriatrics, Vol. 3, No. 2=New York: Springer, 1991. 318 pp. $25.00; 1991. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1993. KW - clinical diagnosis KW - clinical practice KW - delirium KW - international psychogeriatrics KW - 1993 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Delirium KW - Diagnosis KW - Etiology U2 - Miller, Nancy E. (Ed); Lipowski, Zbigniew J. (Ed); Lebowitz, Barry D. (Ed). (1991); Delirium: Advances in Research and Clinical Practice. International Psychogeriatrics, Vol. 3, No. 2; New York: Springer, 1991. 318 pp. $25.00 DO - 10.1037/032797 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06466-038&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-8927-4205 DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fine, Jacob T1 - Rx: a peer review system for physicians. JO - Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists JF - Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists Y1 - 1977/09// VL - 33 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 38 EP - 43 SN - 00963402 AB - The article talks about a peer review system for physicians to ease the public's concern about the quality of medical care. The study of some 800 cases from six hospitals in the state of New York about the quality of care given by physicians to in-hospital patients showed different results for different diseases. Some of the review methods discussed include the system offered by the Professional Standards Review Organization (PSRO), the searching sets provided through the efforts of specialty societies, and the Stanford effort. Some guidelines for the creation of a national board of peer review are offered. KW - PEER review (Professional performance) KW - PHYSICIANS KW - MEDICAL care KW - QUALITY KW - PATIENTS KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - PROFESSIONAL standards review organizations (Medicine) KW - HOSPITALS KW - SOCIETIES KW - METHODS AND MISCELLANEOUS N1 - Accession Number: 21639188; Fine, Jacob 1; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration Hospital in Boston, Mass; Source Info: Sep1977, Vol. 33 Issue 7, p38; Subject Term: PEER review (Professional performance); Subject Term: PHYSICIANS; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: QUALITY; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: PROFESSIONAL standards review organizations (Medicine); Subject Term: HOSPITALS; Subject Term: SOCIETIES; Author-Supplied Keyword: METHODS AND MISCELLANEOUS; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=24h&AN=21639188&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - 24h ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2004-17620-029 AN - 2004-17620-029 AU - Peterson, Charles A. T1 - What might this be? JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1996/06// VL - 41 IS - 6 SP - 572 EP - 573 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2004-17620-029. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Peterson, Charles A.; Veterans Administration Minneapolis Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 20050129. Correction Date: 20170130. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Rorschach Test; Test Interpretation. Minor Descriptor: Content Analysis (Test). Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Aronow, Edward; Reznikoff, Marvin; Moreland, Kevin. The Rorschach Technique: Perceptual Basics, Content Interpretation, and Applications=Boston: Allyn & Bacon, 1994. 297 pp; 1994. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1996. KW - perceptual-nomothetic approach KW - content-idiographic approach KW - Rorschach test KW - 1996 KW - Rorschach Test KW - Test Interpretation KW - Content Analysis (Test) U2 - Aronow, Edward; Reznikoff, Marvin; Moreland, Kevin. (1994); The Rorschach Technique: Perceptual Basics, Content Interpretation, and Applications; Boston: Allyn & Bacon, 1994. 297 pp; 0-205-14912-X. DO - 10.1037/002960 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2004-17620-029&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Awad, Milena M. AU - Bryant, Amy E. AU - Stevens, Dennis L. AU - Rood, Julian I. T1 - Virulence studies on chromosomal α--toxin and 0--toxin mutants constructed by allelic exchange provide genetic evidence for the essential role of α--toxin in Clostridium perfringens--mediated gas gangrene. JO - Molecular Microbiology JF - Molecular Microbiology Y1 - 1995/01/15/ VL - 15 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 191 EP - 202 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 0950382X AB - The pathogenesis of clostridial myonecrosis, or gas gangrene, involves the growth of the anaerobic bacterium Clostridium perfringens in the infected tissues and the elaboration of numerous extracellular toxins and enzymes. The precise role of each of these toxins in tissue invasion and necrosis has not been determined. To enable genetic approaches to be used to study C. perfringens pathogenesis we developed an Allelic exchange method which involved the transformation of C. perfringens cells with a suicide plasmid carrying a gene insertionally inactivated with an erythromycin-resistance determinant. The frequency with which double reciprocal cross-over events were observed was increased to a workable level by increasing the amount of homologous DNA located on either side of the inactivated gene. Allelic exchange was used to isolate mutations in the 'chromosomal pfoA gene, which encodes an oxygen-labile haemolysin known as θ-toxin or perfringolysin O. and in the chromosomal plc gene, which encodes the α-toxin or phospholipase C. The resultant mutants failed to produce detectable θ-toxin or θ-toxin activity, respectively, and could be complemented by recombinant plasmids that carried the respective wild-type genes. The resultant strains were virulence tested in a mouse myonecrosis model. The results showed that the plc mutants had demonstrably reduced virulence and therefore provided definitive genetic evidence tor the essential role of α-toxin in gas gangrene or clostridial myonecrosis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Molecular Microbiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Virulence (Microbiology) KW - Pathogenic microorganisms KW - Photosynthetic oxygen evolution KW - Clostridium perfringens KW - Cytoplasmic inheritance KW - Gas gangrene N1 - Accession Number: 16019359; Awad, Milena M. 1; Bryant, Amy E. 2,3; Stevens, Dennis L. 2,3; Rood, Julian I. 1; Email Address: Julian.Rood@med.monash.edu.au; Affiliations: 1: Department of Microbiology, Monash University, Clayton 3168, Australia; 2: Infectious Disease Research Unit, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Boise, Idaho 83702, USA; 3: Department of Medicine, University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle Washington 98195, USA; Issue Info: Jan1995, Vol. 15 Issue 2, p191; Thesaurus Term: Virulence (Microbiology); Thesaurus Term: Pathogenic microorganisms; Thesaurus Term: Photosynthetic oxygen evolution; Subject Term: Clostridium perfringens; Subject Term: Cytoplasmic inheritance; Subject Term: Gas gangrene; Number of Pages: 12p; Illustrations: 1 Color Photograph, 3 Diagrams, 4 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=16019359&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lyristis, Michael AU - Bryant, Amy E. AU - Sloan, Joan AU - Awad, Milena M. AU - Nisbet, Ian T. AU - Stevens, Dennis L. AU - Rood, Julian I. T1 - Identification and molecular analysis of a locus that regulates extracellular toxin production in Clostridium perfringens. JO - Molecular Microbiology JF - Molecular Microbiology Y1 - 1994/06// VL - 12 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 761 EP - 777 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 0950382X AB - The anaerobic bacterium Clostridium perfringens mediates clostridial myonecrosis. or gas gangrene, by producing a number of extracellular toxins and enzymes. Transposon mutagenesis with Tn916 was used to isolate a pleiotropic mutant of C. perfringens that produced reduced levels of phospholipase C, protease and sialidase, and did not produce any detectable perfringolysin O activity. Southern hybridization revealed that a single copy of Tn916 had inserted into a 2.7 kb Hindlll fragment in the C. perfringens chromosome. A 4.3 kb Pstl fragment, which spanned the Tn916 insertion site, was cloned from the wild-type strain. When subcloned into a shuttle vector and introduced into C. perfringens this fragment was able to complement the Tn916-derived mutation. Transformation of the mutant with plasmids containing the 2.7 kb HindllL fragment, or the 4.3 kb Pstl fragment, resulted In toxin and enzyme levels greater than or equal to those of the wild-type strain. The Pstl fragment was sequenced and found to potentially encode seven open reading frames, two of which appeared to be arranged in an operon and shared sequence similarity with members of two-component signal transduction systems. The putative virR gene encoded a protein with a deduced molecular weight of 30140, and with sequence similarity to activators in the response regulator family of proteins. The next gene, virS, into which Tn916 had inserted, was predicted to encode a membrane-spanning protein with a deduced molecular weight of 51 274. The putative VirS protein had sequence similarity to sensor proteins and also contained a histidine residue highly conserved in the histidine protein kinase family of sensor proteins. Virulence studies carried out using a mouse model implicated the virS gene in the pathogenesis of histotoxic C. perfringens infections. It was concluded that a two-component... [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Molecular Microbiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Anaerobic bacteria KW - Clostridium perfringens KW - Gas gangrene KW - Transposons KW - Mutagenesis N1 - Accession Number: 15933352; Lyristis, Michael 1; Bryant, Amy E. 2,3; Sloan, Joan 1; Awad, Milena M. 1; Nisbet, Ian T. 4; Stevens, Dennis L. 2,3; Rood, Julian I. 1; Email Address: JROOD@vaxc.cc.monash.edu.au; Affiliations: 1: Department of Microbiology, Monash University, Clayton 3168, Victoria, Australia; 2: Infectious Disease Research Unit, Veterans Administration Medical Centre, Boise, Idaho 83702, USA; 3: Department of Medicine, University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, Washington 98195, USA; 4: CSL Ltd, 45 Poplar Drive, Parkville 3052, Australia; Issue Info: Jun1994, Vol. 12 Issue 5, p761; Thesaurus Term: Anaerobic bacteria; Subject Term: Clostridium perfringens; Subject Term: Gas gangrene; Subject Term: Transposons; Subject Term: Mutagenesis; Number of Pages: 17p; Illustrations: 8 Diagrams, 3 Charts, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=15933352&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chitnis, Chetan E. AU - Ohman, Dennis E. T1 - Genetic analysis of the alginate biosynthetic gene cluster of Pseudomonas aeruginosa shows evidence of an operonic structure. JO - Molecular Microbiology JF - Molecular Microbiology Y1 - 1993/05// VL - 8 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 583 EP - 590 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 0950382X AB - Strains of Pseudomonas aeruginosa causing pulmonary infections in cystic fibrosis patients have an unusual mucoid phenotype because of production of the capsule-like exopolyseccharide, alginate. Transcriptional activation of algD, the first gene of a large alginate biosynthetic gene cluster, is associated with conversion to the alginate-producing (Alg+) phenotype. In this study, we examined the regulation of alginate genes immediately downstream of algD. Mutants of the Alg+ strain FRD1 were constructed by gene replacement with defined Tn501 (8.2kb) insertions in the alginate biosynthetic gene cluster, resulting in an Alg- phenotype. The Alg+ phenotype of these mutants was restored by integration of narrow-host-range plasmids containing DNA fragments from P. aeruginosa that reconstructed a continuous alginate gene cluster. A broad-host-range plasmid containing the entire alginate gene cluster except for the terminal gene, algA, was unable to complement an alG::Tn501 mutant unless algA was transcribed from a second plasmid. This indicated that any Tn501 insertion in the cluster was polar on downstream alginate genes. Northern blot hybridization experiments also showed that a transposon insertion downstream of algD adversely affected algG and algA transcription. These results provided evidence that the alginate biosynthetic gene cluster has an operonic structure and is cotranscribed from the algD promoter. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Molecular Microbiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Genetics KW - Alginates KW - Microbial polysaccharides KW - Pseudomonas aeruginosa KW - Pseudomonas KW - Operons N1 - Accession Number: 16064850; Chitnis, Chetan E. 1,2; Ohman, Dennis E. 3,4; Affiliations: 1: Department of Molecular and Cellular Biology, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720, USA; 2: Laboratory of Malaria Research, National Institutes of Health, Building 4, Bethesda, Maryland 20892, USA; 3: Department of Microbiology and Immunology, University of Tennessee, Tennessee; 4: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Memphis, Tennessee 38163, USA; Issue Info: May1993, Vol. 8 Issue 3, p583; Thesaurus Term: Genetics; Subject Term: Alginates; Subject Term: Microbial polysaccharides; Subject Term: Pseudomonas aeruginosa; Subject Term: Pseudomonas; Subject Term: Operons; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 4 Diagrams, 2 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=16064850&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Judd, R. C. AU - Strange, J. C. AU - Pettit, R. K. AU - Shafer, W. M. T1 - Identification and characterization of a conserved outer-membrane protein of Neisseria gonorrhoeae. JO - Molecular Microbiology JF - Molecular Microbiology Y1 - 1991/05// VL - 5 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 1091 EP - 1096 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 0950382X AB - A previous study in our laboratory identified a surface-exposed peptidoglycan-associated protein of Neisseria gonorrhoeae which had an apparent molecular mass of 44000 daltons (44kDa) (Hill and Judd, 1989). This paper reports results which confirm that the 44 kDa protein is surface-exposed, and that the protein is expressed in, and is structurally invariant among, 14 stains of N. gonorrhoeae. The fact that the 44 kDa outer-membrane protein is found in a conserved form in all gonococci examined strong suggests that it is crucial to the bacterium's survival. Moreover, it appears that this protein is a penicillin-binding protein (PBP3) (Shafer and Judd, 1991). This invariant, surface-exposed, peptidoglycan-associated outer-membrane protein deserves further investigation to elucidate its role in the immunobiology of N. gonorrhoeae, and its possible use as an immunoprophylactic reagent. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Molecular Microbiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Peptidoglycans KW - Neisseria gonorrhoeae KW - Proteins KW - Penicillin KW - Carrier proteins N1 - Accession Number: 17349295; Judd, R. C. 1; Strange, J. C. 1; Pettit, R. K. 1; Shafer, W. M. 2,3; Affiliations: 1: Division of Biological Sciences, University of Montana, Missoula, Montana 59812, USA; 2: Department of Microbiology and Immunology and Medicine, Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta, Georgia 30322, USA; 3: Research Services, Laboratories of Microbial Pathogenesis, Veterans Administration Medical Center (Atlanta), Decatur, Georgia 30033, USA; Issue Info: May1991, Vol. 5 Issue 5, p1091; Thesaurus Term: Peptidoglycans; Subject Term: Neisseria gonorrhoeae; Subject Term: Proteins; Subject Term: Penicillin; Subject Term: Carrier proteins; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=17349295&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fleming, Michael F. AU - Manwell, Linda Baier AU - Barry, Kristen Lawton AU - Johnson, Kristen T1 - At-risk drinking in an HMO primary care sample: Prevalence and health policy implications. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1998/01// VL - 88 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 90 EP - 93 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Objectives. This study was designed to determine the prevalence of at-risk drinking using varying alcohol use criteria. Methods. A period prevalence survey was conducted in 22 primary care practices (n = 19372 adults). Results. The frequency of at-risk alcohol use varied from 7.5% (World Health Organization criteria) to 19.7% (National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism criteria). A stepwise logistic model using National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism criteria found male gender, current tobacco use, never married status, retirement, and unemployment to be significant predictors of at-risk alcohol use. Conclusions. Public health policy needs to move to a primary care paradigm focusing on identification and treatment of at-risk drinkers. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Drinking of alcoholic beverages KW - Health surveys KW - Alcoholism -- Risk factors KW - Tobacco use KW - Medical policy N1 - Accession Number: 450492; Fleming, Michael F. 1; Manwell, Linda Baier 1; Barry, Kristen Lawton 2,3; Johnson, Kristen 4; Affiliations: 1: Center for Addiction Research and Education, University of Wisconsin-Madison; 2: Veterans Administration, Serious Mental Illness Treatment Research and Evaluation Center; 3: Department of Psychiatry, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor; 4: Department of Family Medicine, University of Wisconsin-Madison; Issue Info: Jan1998, Vol. 88 Issue 1, p90; Subject Term: Drinking of alcoholic beverages; Subject Term: Health surveys; Subject Term: Alcoholism -- Risk factors; Subject Term: Tobacco use; Subject Term: Medical policy; NAICS/Industry Codes: 722410 Drinking Places (Alcoholic Beverages); NAICS/Industry Codes: 923120 Administration of Public Health Programs; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2838 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=450492&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Katz, Steven J. AU - Hofer, Timothy P. AU - Manning, Willard G. T1 - Physician use in Ontario and the United States: The impact of Socioeconomic Status and Health Status. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1996/04// VL - 86 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 520 EP - 524 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Objective. This study compared physician use in Ontario and the midwestern and northeastern United States for persons of different socioeconomic status and health status. The distribution of health problems associated with the most recent physician visit also was compared. Methods. The design of the study was cross sectional; data derived from the 1990 Ontario Health Survey and the 1990 US National Health interview Survey were used in analyses. Results. Overall, persons in Ontario averaged 19% more visits than US residents, but differences varied markedly across income and health status. At each level of health status, low-income Canadians had 25% to 33% more visits than their US counterparts. However, among higher income persons, those in excellent or very good health had 22% more visits than Americans, while those in good, fair, or poor health had 10% fewer visits than Americans. Higher visit rates in Ontario were not associated with a greater prevalence of low- priority visits. Conclusions. Under the Canadian single-payer system, medical care in Ontario has been redistributed to low-income persons and the elderly. Compared with the United States, there has been a lower intensity of medical care for the sick higher income population. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Clinics -- Utilization KW - Medical care use KW - Socioeconomic factors KW - Medical economics KW - Income KW - North America N1 - Accession Number: 9605102318; Katz, Steven J. 1,2; Hofer, Timothy P. 3,4; Manning, Willard G. 5; Affiliations: 1: Department of Internal Medicine, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor; 2: Department of Health Management and Policy, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor; 3: Division of General Internal Medicine, Ann Arbor Veterans Administration; 4: University of Michigan; 5: Institute for Health Services Research, School of Public Health, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis.; Issue Info: Apr96, Vol. 86 Issue 4, p520; Subject Term: Clinics -- Utilization; Subject Term: Medical care use; Subject Term: Socioeconomic factors; Subject Term: Medical economics; Subject Term: Income; Subject: North America; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 2 Charts, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=9605102318&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Blazer, Dan G. AU - Landerman, Lawrence R. AU - Fillenbaum, Gerda AU - Homer, Ronnie T1 - Health Services Access and Use among Older Adults in North Carolina: Urban vs Rural Residents. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1995/10// VL - 85 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 1384 EP - 1390 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Objectives. This methodological view aims to determine the extent to which design and analysis aspects of chister randomization have been appropriately dealt with in reports of primary prevention trials. Methods. All reports of primary, prevention trails using chuster randomizationthat were published from 1990 to 1993 in the American Journal of Public Health and Preventive. Medicine were identified. Eadh article was examined to determine whether cluster randomization was taken into account in the design and statistical analysis. Results. Of the 21 articles, only 4 (19%) included sample size calculations or discussions of power that allowed fro clustering, while 12(57%) took clustering into account in the statistical analysis. Conclusions. Design and analysis issues associated with cluster randomization are not recognized widely enough. Reports of cluster randomized trails should include sample size calculations and statistical analyses that take chistering into account, cstimates of design effects to design effects to help others planning trails, and a table showing the baseline distribution of important characteristics by intervention group, including the member of clusters and average cluster size for each group. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Rural health KW - Urban health KW - Medical care for the aged KW - Medical care KW - Community health services N1 - Accession Number: 9510240235; Blazer, Dan G. 1; Landerman, Lawrence R. 1; Fillenbaum, Gerda 1; Homer, Ronnie 2,3; Affiliations: 1: Department of Psychiatry and the Center for the Study of Aging and Human Development, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, NC; 2: Center for the Study of Aging and Human Development, Duke University Medical Center; 3: Health Services Research Center, Veterans Administration Hospital, Durham; Issue Info: Oct95, Vol. 85 Issue 10, p1384; Thesaurus Term: Rural health; Thesaurus Term: Urban health; Subject Term: Medical care for the aged; Subject Term: Medical care; Subject Term: Community health services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621494 Community health centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 913910 Other local, municipal and regional public administration; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 5 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=9510240235&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watanabe, Kevin K. AU - Kang, Han K. AU - Dalager, Nancy A. T1 - Cancer Mortality Risk among Military Participants of a 1958 Atmospheric Nuclear Weapons Test. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1995/04// VL - 85 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 523 EP - 527 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Objectives. This study was undertaken to determine if Navy veterans who participated in an atmospheric nuclear test in 1958 were at increased risk of death from certain cancers. Methods. Cancer mortality risk of 8554 Navy veterans who participated in an atmospheric nuclear test in the Pacific was compared with that of 14 625 Navy veterans who did not participate in any test. Radiation dosage information was obtained from film badges for 88% of the test participants. Results. The median radiation dose for the test participants was 388 mrem (3.88 millisieverts [mSv]). Among participants who received the highest radiation dose (> 1000 mrem, or 10 mSv), an increased mortality risk for all causes (relative risk [RR] = 1.23; 95% confidence interval [CI] = 1.04, 1.45), all cancers (RR = 1.42; 95% CI = 1.03, 1.96), and liver cancer (RR = 6.42; 95% CI = 1.17, 35.3) was observed. The risk for cancer of the digestive organs was elevated among test participants (rate ratio = 1.47; 95% CI = 1.06, 2.04) but with no significant dose-response trend. Many of the cancers of a priori interest were not significantly elevated in the overall test participant group or in the group that received the highest radiation dose. Conclusions. Most of the cancers suspected of being radiogenic were not significantly elevated among the test participants. Nevertheless, increased risks for certain cancers cannot be ruled out at this time. Veterans who participated in the nuclear weapons tests should continue to be monitored. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Nuclear weapons KW - Cancer -- Mortality KW - Veterans -- Mortality KW - Navies KW - Radiation -- Dosage KW - Digestive organs -- Cancer N1 - Accession Number: 9504260430; Watanabe, Kevin K. 1; Kang, Han K. 1; Dalager, Nancy A. 1; Affiliations: 1: Environmental Epidemiology Service, Veterans Health Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs, Washington, DC.; Issue Info: Apr95, Vol. 85 Issue 4, p523; Thesaurus Term: Nuclear weapons; Subject Term: Cancer -- Mortality; Subject Term: Veterans -- Mortality; Subject Term: Navies; Subject Term: Radiation -- Dosage; Subject Term: Digestive organs -- Cancer; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=9504260430&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - McCarthy, William J. AU - Caskey, Nicholas H. AU - Jarvik, Murray E. AU - Gross, Todd M. AU - Rosenblatt, Martin R. AU - Carpenter, Catherine T1 - Menthol vs Nonmenthol Cigarettes: Effects on Smoking Behavior. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1995/01// VL - 85 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 67 EP - 72 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Objectives. The purpose of this study was to examine intraindividual differences in smoking behavior between smoking regular and mentholated cigarettes. Methods. Healthy male smokers {n = 29) smoked either a regular or a mentholated cigarette in two separate sessions 1 week apart. Commercial brands with comparable tar, nicotine, and CO content were used. Smoking behavior was constrained by fixed 15-second interpuff intervals, but puff volume and number of puffs were unconstrained. Results. When smoking the non-mentholated brand of cigarettes, participants smoked 22% more puffs and had 13% higher mean volumes per puff than they did when smoking the mentholated brand of cigarettes. The aggregate 39% excess exposure to cigarette smoke in the regular-cigarette condition was not accompanied by commensurate excesses in expired carbon monoxide or in physiological measures normally correlated with nicotine exposure. Conclusions. These findings parallel differences in physiological correlates of exposure to nicotine found in cross-sectional comparisons of African-American and White smokers and are consistent with the results of emerging laboratory investigations. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Smoking KW - Cigarette smokers KW - Carbon monoxide KW - Tobacco use KW - Cigarettes KW - African Americans N1 - Accession Number: 9502140595; McCarthy, William J. 1,2,3; Caskey, Nicholas H. 3,4; Jarvik, Murray E. 3,4; Gross, Todd M. 1,3; Rosenblatt, Martin R. 3; Carpenter, Catherine 3,5; Affiliations: 1: Department of Psychology, University of California, Los Angeles (UCLA; 2: Pritikin Systems Inc., Santa Monica; 3: Veterans Administration Hospital-West Los Angeles Calif.; 4: Department of Psychiatry, UCLA; 5: School of Public Health, UCLA; Issue Info: Jan1995, Vol. 85 Issue 1, p67; Thesaurus Term: Smoking; Thesaurus Term: Cigarette smokers; Thesaurus Term: Carbon monoxide; Subject Term: Tobacco use; Subject Term: Cigarettes; Subject Term: African Americans; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424940 Tobacco and Tobacco Product Merchant Wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 453991 Tobacco Stores; NAICS/Industry Codes: 312220 Tobacco product manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 312230 Tobacco Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 413310 Cigarette and tobacco product merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 453999 All other miscellaneous store retailers (except beer and wine-making supplies stores); Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 4 Charts, 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=9502140595&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lu-Yao, Grace L. AU - Baron, John A. AU - Barrett, Jane A. AU - Fisher, Elliott S. T1 - Treatment and Survival among Elderly Americans with Hip Fractures: A Population-Based Study. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1994/08// VL - 84 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 1287 EP - 1287 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Objectives. This study was undertaken to examine the patterns of treatment and survival among elderly Americans with hip fracture. Methods. A 5% national sample of Medicare claims was used to identify patients who sustained hip fractures between 1986 and 1989. In comparing treatment patterns across regions, direct standardization was used to derive age- and race-adjusted percentages. Logistic regression and Cox regression were used to examine short- and long-term survival. Results. In the United States, 64% of femoral neck fractures were treated with arthroplasty; 90% of pertrochanteric fractures were treated with internal fixation. Higher short- and long term mortality was associated with being male, being older, residing in a nursing home prior to fracture, having a higher comorbidity score, and having a pertrochanteric fracture. Blacks and Whiles had similar 90-day post-fracture mortality, but Blacks had a higher mortality later on. For femoral neck fracture, internal fixation has a modestly lower short-term mortality associated with it than arthroplasty has. Conclusion. Variation in the treatment of hip fracture was modest. The increased delayed mortality after hip fracture among Blacks requires further study. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Fractures in old age KW - Fractures -- Treatment KW - Medical care for the aged KW - Medicare KW - Internal fixation in fractures KW - Fracture fixation KW - United States N1 - Accession Number: 9409062811; Lu-Yao, Grace L. 1; Baron, John A. 1,2; Barrett, Jane A. 1; Fisher, Elliott S. 1,3; Affiliations: 1: Department of Community and Family Medicine, Dartmouth Medical School, Hanover, NH; 2: Department of Medicine, Dartmouth Medical School; 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, White River Junction, Vt.; Issue Info: Aug1994, Vol. 84 Issue 8, p1287; Subject Term: Fractures in old age; Subject Term: Fractures -- Treatment; Subject Term: Medical care for the aged; Subject Term: Medicare; Subject Term: Internal fixation in fractures; Subject Term: Fracture fixation; Subject: United States; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923130 Administration of Human Resource Programs (except Education, Public Health, and Veterans' Affairs Programs); Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 3 Charts, 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=9409062811&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sonnenberg, Amnon T1 - The US Temporal and Geographic Variations of Diseases Related to Helicobacter Pylori. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1993/07// VL - 83 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 1006 EP - 1010 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Objectives. If Helicobacter pylori plays an important role in the occurrence of three distinct diseases - gastric cancer, gastric ulcer, and duodenal ulcer - their individual epidemiologic behaviors should show a resemblance to one common pattern. Methods. To test this hypothesis, birth cohort and linear regression analyses were used to study the US temporal and geographic variations, respectively, of mortality from the three diseases. Results. US mortality form gastric ulcer in males and duodenal ulcer in both sexes showed a clear-cut peak of occurrence in subjects born around 1885, whereas gastric cancer declined continuously in all Americans born since 1855. The geographic distributions showed a strong correlation between gastric and duodenal ulcer, as opposed to weak correlations between either ulcer type and gastric cancer. Conclusions. The similarities in the behavior of the three diseases support the idea that identical risk factors play a crucial role in their occurrence. However, the time lag between the decline in mortality from peptic ulcer and their weak geographic correlations indicate that factors beside H pylori must have influenced their epidemiology. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Epidemiology KW - Public health KW - Helicobacter pylori KW - Ulcers KW - Regression analysis KW - Mortality N1 - Accession Number: 9309075208; Sonnenberg, Amnon 1; Affiliations: 1: Division of Gastroenterology, Biostatistics and Epidemiology, Veterans Administration Medical Center and the Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee; Issue Info: Jul1993, Vol. 83 Issue 7, p1006; Thesaurus Term: Epidemiology; Thesaurus Term: Public health; Subject Term: Helicobacter pylori; Subject Term: Ulcers; Subject Term: Regression analysis; Subject Term: Mortality; NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 1 Chart, 9 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=9309075208&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Phillips, Charles D. AU - Hawes, Catherine AU - Fries, Brant E. T1 - Reducing the Use of Physical Restraints in Nursing Homes: Will it Increase Costs? JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1993/03// VL - 83 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 342 EP - 348 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Objectives. Reducing the widespread use of physical restraints in nursing homes is a primary goal of the federal nursing home reforms enacted as part of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1987. However, some nursing home operators assert that reducing restraint use could be prohibitively expensive, costing payors perhaps as much as $1 billion annually. We investigated whether nursing home residents free from physical restraint require more care and resources than similar residents who are restrained. Methods. We examined the major component of nursing home costs-staff time-and its allocation among residents who were physically restrained. The multivariate analysis used staff-time-study data on the care of 11 932 nursing home residents in 276 facilities in seven states. Results. The analyses indicate that, when differences in impairment and care needs are controlled for, residents who are physically restrained require more nursing care than other residents. Higher levels of nursing-assistant time were consistently provided to restrained residents. Conclusions. Residents free of restraints are less costly to care for than restrained residents. The 1987 federal requirements concerning restraint use, which are aimed at improving quality of care and quality of life, can be implemented without engendering a major increase in care costs. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Nursing care facilities KW - Medical care costs KW - Quality of life KW - Medical care KW - Nurses' aides KW - Multivariate analysis N1 - Accession Number: 9308095125; Phillips, Charles D. 1; Hawes, Catherine 2; Fries, Brant E. 3; Affiliations: 1: Center for Social Research and Policy Analysis, Research Triangle Park, NC; 2: Center for Policy Studies, Research Triangle Institute, Research Triangle Park, NC; 3: Institute of Gerontology and School of Public Health, University of Michigan and Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Medical Center; Issue Info: Mar1993, Vol. 83 Issue 3, p342; Subject Term: Nursing care facilities; Subject Term: Medical care costs; Subject Term: Quality of life; Subject Term: Medical care; Subject Term: Nurses' aides; Subject Term: Multivariate analysis; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623110 Nursing Care Facilities (Skilled Nursing Facilities); NAICS/Industry Codes: 623310 Community care facilities for the elderly; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 4 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=9308095125&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weinstock, Martin A. AU - Bogaars, Hendrik A. AU - Ashley, Michelle AU - Litle, Virginia AU - Bilodeau, Elise AU - Kimmel, Steven T1 - Inaccuracies in Certification of Nonmelanoma Skin Cancer Deaths. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1992/02// VL - 82 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 278 EP - 281 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Nonmelanoma skin cancer is the most common cancer site in the United States, yet mortality from this cause is poorly understood. We sought medical records of the 116 reported deaths during 1979 through 1987 from this cause (International Classification of Diseases, 9th version [ICD-9], code 173) among Rhode Island residents to evaluate the accuracy of the reported cause of death. Of the 110 cases for which the cause of death could be classified as correct or incorrect, 59 (54%) were misclassified, 49 (83%) of which were mucous-membrane, squamous-cell carcinomas of the head and neck. For most of these, the written death certificate diagnosis was squamous-cell carcinoma of the head and neck, which was coded 173.4. Other problematic diagnoses were cancer of the head and neck and malignant fibrous histiocytoma. In response to a mailed survey, most health departments replied that squamous-cell carcinoma of the head and neck was coded under rubric 173 and malignant fibrous histiocytoma was coded under rubric 171, but there was no unanimity. The misclassification of other causes of death of ICD-9 rubric 173 is substantial. The vast majority were coded to rubric 173.4 and were due to a small number of diagnoses that are recognizable on examination of the death certificate. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Skin care KW - Dermatofibroma KW - Hospital records KW - Medical care KW - Medical informatics KW - United States N1 - Accession Number: 9206221438; Weinstock, Martin A. 1; Bogaars, Hendrik A. 1; Ashley, Michelle 1; Litle, Virginia 1; Bilodeau, Elise 1; Kimmel, Steven 2; Affiliations: 1: Dermatoepidemilogy, Unit, Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical center,; 2: Medical Center, and Brown University.; Issue Info: Feb1992, Vol. 82 Issue 2, p278; Subject Term: Skin care; Subject Term: Dermatofibroma; Subject Term: Hospital records; Subject Term: Medical care; Subject Term: Medical informatics; Subject: United States; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 4 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=9206221438&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2004-17632-050 AN - 2004-17632-050 AU - Zeiss, Robert A. T1 - The Many Handbooks of Behavior Therapy. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1995/07// VL - 40 IS - 7 SP - 702 EP - 703 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2004-17632-050. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zeiss, Robert A.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Psychiatric Intensive Care Unit, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 20050129. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Problems; Behavior Therapy. Minor Descriptor: Family Relations; Mental Disorders. Classification: Behavior Therapy & Behavior Modification (3312). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Bellack, Alan S. (Ed); Hersen, Michel (Ed). Handbook of Behavior Therapy in the Psychiatric Setting=New York: Plenum, 656 pp. $85.00; 1993. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1995. KW - behavior therapy KW - family problems KW - behavior problems KW - 1995 KW - Behavior Problems KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Family Relations KW - Mental Disorders U2 - Bellack, Alan S. (Ed); Hersen, Michel (Ed). (1993); Handbook of Behavior Therapy in the Psychiatric Setting; New York: Plenum, 656 pp. $85.00; 0-306-44275-2. DO - 10.1037/003832 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2004-17632-050&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2004-17630-016 AN - 2004-17630-016 AU - Snyder, Edward W. T1 - Families and Alcoholism: Science, Practice, and Myth. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1995/05// VL - 40 IS - 5 SP - 440 EP - 441 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2004-17630-016. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Snyder, Edward W.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albuquerque, NM, US. Release Date: 20050129. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Family Relations; Family. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: O'Farrell, Timothy J. (Ed). Treating Alcohol Problems: Marital and Family Interventions=New York: Guilford, 1993. 446 pp. $36.95; 1993. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: May, 1995. KW - families KW - alcoholism KW - treatment KW - family process KW - 1995 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Family Relations KW - Family U2 - O'Farrell, Timothy J. (Ed). (1993); Treating Alcohol Problems: Marital and Family Interventions; New York: Guilford, 1993. 446 pp. $36.95; 0-89862-195-X. DO - 10.1037/003641 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2004-17630-016&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2004-17627-034 AN - 2004-17627-034 AU - Varney, Nils R. T1 - Aphasia made relatively easy. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1995/02// VL - 40 IS - 2 SP - 152 EP - 153 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 AD - Varney, Nils R., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, IA, US N1 - Accession Number: 2004-17627-034. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Varney, Nils R.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 20050129. Correction Date: 20170130. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Language; Syndromes. Classification: Speech & Language Disorders (3270). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Goodglass, Harold. Understanding Aphasia=San Diego, CA: Academic Press, 1993. 297 pp. $54.95; 1993. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1995. KW - aphasic language impairments KW - language processing KW - aphasic syndromes KW - 1995 KW - Aphasia KW - Language KW - Syndromes U2 - Goodglass, Harold. (1993); Understanding Aphasia; San Diego, CA: Academic Press, 1993. 297 pp. $54.95; 0-12-290040-5. DO - 10.1037/003418 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2004-17627-034&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Singh, Amar J. AU - May, Philip R. A. T1 - ACCEPTANCE OF OPERATIONS RESEARCH/SYSTEMS ANALYSIS IN THE HEALTH CARE FIELD. JO - Interfaces JF - Interfaces Y1 - 1977/08// VL - 7 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 79 EP - 86 PB - INFORMS: Institute for Operations Research SN - 00922102 AB - Numerous attempts have been made to incorporate Operations Research (OR) techniques in the management of health care facilities but, for various reasons, success has only been modest. This paper outlines the rationale utilized to develop an OR department at the VA Hospital in Brentwood, California, and describes two studies undertaken by the OR department. The discussion includes the types of projects that should be undertaken, and suggested ways to implement study recommendations. The overall progress of the OR department in improving organizational efficiency is evaluated at the end of the paper. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Interfaces is the property of INFORMS: Institute for Operations Research and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - OPERATIONS research KW - HEALTH facilities KW - MANAGEMENT science KW - DECISION theory KW - BRENTWOOD (Calif.) KW - CALIFORNIA N1 - Accession Number: 6691773; Singh, Amar J. 1,2; May, Philip R. A. 3,4; Affiliations: 1: Chief, Systems Analysis Section, Program Evaluation Service, Veterans Administration Hospital (Brentwood), Los Angeles, California 90073.; 2: Lecturer, School of Public Health, University of California at Los Angeles.; 3: Chief, Health Services Research and Development Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital (Brentwood), Los Angeles, California 90073.; 4: Professor of Psychiatry, University of California at Los Angeles.; Issue Info: Aug77, Vol. 7 Issue 4, p79; Thesaurus Term: OPERATIONS research; Thesaurus Term: HEALTH facilities; Thesaurus Term: MANAGEMENT science; Thesaurus Term: DECISION theory; Subject: BRENTWOOD (Calif.); Subject: CALIFORNIA; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541614 Process, Physical Distribution, and Logistics Consulting Services; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 1 Graph; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ent&AN=6691773&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ent ER - TY - JOUR AU - Branch, Laurence G. T1 - Health Practices and Incident Disability among the Elderly. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1985/12// VL - 75 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 1436 EP - 1439 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: This investigation examines the relationships between certain personal health practices and point-incident physical limitations over a five-year period among initially physically robust elders living in the communities. Slowed down physical activities for elderly women) and a history of cigarette smoking (for elderly men) achieved associations with subsequent physical limitations, no firm associations between current lifestyle practices and onset of disability could be demonstrated. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Health KW - HEALTH KW - Medical care KW - Health behavior KW - Attitudes toward health KW - Health self-care KW - Physical fitness KW - Older people KW - Stress management for older people KW - Geriatrics N1 - Accession Number: 4949718; Branch, Laurence G. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Department of Social Medicine and Health Policy Division on Aging, Harvard Medical School, 643 Huntington Avenue, Boston, MA 02115; 2: Harvard School of Public Health Faculty and Associate Director of the West Roxbury Veterans Administration Geriatric Research, Education, and Clinical Center; Issue Info: Dec1985, Vol. 75 Issue 12, p1436; Thesaurus Term: Health; Thesaurus Term: HEALTH; Subject Term: Medical care; Subject Term: Health behavior; Subject Term: Attitudes toward health; Subject Term: Health self-care; Subject Term: Physical fitness; Subject Term: Older people; Subject Term: Stress management for older people; Subject Term: Geriatrics; NAICS/Industry Codes: 713940 Fitness and Recreational Sports Centers; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4949718&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Glynn, Robert J. AU - Bouchard, Glen R. AU - LoCastro, Joseph S. AU - Laird, Nan M. T1 - Aging and Generational Effects on Drinking Behaviors in Men: Results from the Normative Aging Study. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1985/12// VL - 75 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 1413 EP - 1419 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: The effects of aging on alcohol consumption behaviors are unclear because of confounding with period and cohort effects. in 1973, 1,859 male participants in the Normative Aging Study, born between 1892 and 1945, described their drinking behaviors by responding to a mailed questionnaire. In 1982, 1,713 of the participants in this study responded to a similar questionnaire, We used multivariate techniques, adjusting regression coefficients for the correlations between repeated responses of the same individuals, to assess the effects of birth cohort and aging on mean alcohol consumption level, on the prevalence of problems with drinking, and on the prevalence of averaging three or more drinks per day. Older men drank significantly < younger men al both times yet there was no tendency for men to decrease their consumption levels over time. Each successively older birth cohort had a prevalence of problems with drinking estimated to be 0.037 lower than the prevalence of the next youngest cohort (95 per ¢ confidence interval: 0.029-0.045), yet there was no decrease in drinking problems over nine years, Interpretation of these findings requires consideration of the changes in attitudes as well as the increases in per capita consumption occurring in the United States throughout the 1970s. Results suggest that aging is not as important a factor in changes in drinking behaviors as generational or attitudinal changes. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Aging KW - Drinking of alcoholic beverages KW - Alcoholism KW - Controlled drinking KW - Youth & alcohol KW - Drinking behavior KW - Alcoholic beverages KW - Cohort analysis KW - United States N1 - Accession Number: 4949705; Glynn, Robert J. 1,2,3; Bouchard, Glen R. 1,2,3; LoCastro, Joseph S. 1,2,3; Laird, Nan M. 1,2,3; Affiliations: 1: Normative Aging Study, Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston; 2: Psychology Service, VA Medical Center, Boston; 3: Department of Biostatistics, Harvard School of Public Health; Issue Info: Dec1985, Vol. 75 Issue 12, p1413; Subject Term: Aging; Subject Term: Drinking of alcoholic beverages; Subject Term: Alcoholism; Subject Term: Controlled drinking; Subject Term: Youth & alcohol; Subject Term: Drinking behavior; Subject Term: Alcoholic beverages; Subject Term: Cohort analysis; Subject: United States; NAICS/Industry Codes: 445310 Beer, Wine, and Liquor Stores; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424820 Wine and Distilled Alcoholic Beverage Merchant Wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 413220 Alcoholic beverage merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 312140 Distilleries; NAICS/Industry Codes: 722410 Drinking Places (Alcoholic Beverages); Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4949705&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Patrick, Donald L. AU - Sittampalam, Yoga AU - Somerville, Sheena M. AU - Carter, William B. AU - Bergner, Marilyn T1 - A Cross-cultural Comparison of Health Status Values. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1985/12// VL - 75 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 1402 EP - 1407 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: The extent to which the values attached to health states are similar in different cultures or social groups is important for understanding health and illness behaviors and for developing standardized health status measures. A cross-cultural study was conducted to compare the health status values obtained in a United States population (Seattle, Washington) with those from another English-speaking culture (London, England) on the Sickness Impact Profile. a standardized measure composed of 136 items. London judges rated the severity of dysfunction described in each item on an equal interval scale using the same methods of scaling and analysis employed in the Seattle study. A regression of English mean item values on US mean values yielded a slope of 1.00 and an intercept of -0.07, indicating that judges gave strikingly similar ratings to most items. Agreement was higher at the more severe end of the dysfunction continuum than at the least severe end a finding consistent with the notion that what constitutes health is more difficult to define than what constitutes illness. While a universal conception of dysfunction may exist in English-speaking societies, the social and cultural determinants of health status values deserve more systematic study. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Public health research KW - Health risk assessment KW - HEALTH KW - Public health -- United States KW - Health behavior -- Social aspects KW - Health status indicators KW - Social groups KW - Medical statistics KW - Americans KW - British KW - United States N1 - Accession Number: 4949702; Patrick, Donald L. 1; Sittampalam, Yoga 2; Somerville, Sheena M. 2; Carter, William B. 3; Bergner, Marilyn 4; Affiliations: 1: Department of Social and Administrative Medicine, Box 3 Wing D, Medical School 20811, University of North Carolina, Chapel 14W, NC 27514; 2: Department of Community Medicine, United Medical Schools of Guy's and St. Thomas's Hospital, London; 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Health Services Research and Development, Seattle; 4: University of Washington, School of Public Health and Community Medicine, Department of Health Service, Seattle; Issue Info: Dec1985, Vol. 75 Issue 12, p1402; Thesaurus Term: Public health research; Thesaurus Term: Health risk assessment; Thesaurus Term: HEALTH; Subject Term: Public health -- United States; Subject Term: Health behavior -- Social aspects; Subject Term: Health status indicators; Subject Term: Social groups; Subject Term: Medical statistics; Subject Term: Americans; Subject Term: British; Subject: United States; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923120 Administration of Public Health Programs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541710 Research and development in the physical, engineering and life sciences; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4949702&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Winickoff, Richard N. AU - Wiener, Susan AU - Nejsuler, Ross AU - Barnett, G. Octo T1 - Limitations of Provider Interventions in Hypertension Quality Assurance. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1985/01// VL - 75 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 43 EP - 46 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: In an institutional quality assurance program in hypertension, performance of tests, control of' blood pressure, and follow-up were monitored through a computer program that was developed to audit records in an automated record system. Two types of feedback previously shown to be effective were provided quarterly for a period of one year to experimental providers. For all hypertensives considered together, there were no differenees between scores of Experimental and Control providers based on percentage of patients meeting pre-set criteria in testing--87% vs 87%--.blood pressure control--58% vs 59%--. or follow-up--79% vs 77%. Only small but significant differences occurred in the subgroup of moderate to severe hypertensives. There appear to be limitations to what can be accomplished through hypertension quality assurance interventions directed at providers of care in this institutional setting. Interventions designed to deal directly with patients whose blood pressures are uncontrolled may be more effective. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Hypertension KW - Health promotion KW - Quality assurance KW - Institutional care KW - Health facilities KW - Blood circulation disorders KW - Cardiovascular diseases KW - Blood pressure -- Regulation KW - Blood pressure measurement KW - Health services administration N1 - Accession Number: 4949512; Winickoff, Richard N. 1; Wiener, Susan 2; Nejsuler, Ross 3; Barnett, G. Octo 4; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1400 VFW Parkway, West Roxbury, MA 02132.; 2: Institute for Health Policy Studies, University of California, San Francisco.; 3: Harvard Community Health Plan, Boston.; 4: Laboratory of Computer Science, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston.; Issue Info: Jan1985, Vol. 75 Issue 1, p43; Subject Term: Hypertension; Subject Term: Health promotion; Subject Term: Quality assurance; Subject Term: Institutional care; Subject Term: Health facilities; Subject Term: Blood circulation disorders; Subject Term: Cardiovascular diseases; Subject Term: Blood pressure -- Regulation; Subject Term: Blood pressure measurement; Subject Term: Health services administration; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923120 Administration of Public Health Programs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623990 Other Residential Care Facilities; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4949512&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wainwright, Robert B. AU - Peterson, Malcom L. AU - Farrier, Janis M. T1 - Feasible of an Extended MPH Degree Program for Fully Employed Practicing Health Professionals. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1984/11// VL - 74 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 1258 EP - 1262 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - This report describes the first four years of operation of the Extended MPH Degree Program of the University of Washington School of Public Health and Community Medicine and the features thai might explain its initial success. The format of the curriculum is radically different from the traditional two-year program of studies leading to the master of public health degree Over a three-year span of intensive on-campus courses and seminars student are able to fullfill all academic and institutional requirements necessary for the MPH degree. Many more applicants have enrolled for the Extended Degree Program than for the regular MPH program. The 94 students who have matriculated into the program ;are employed mainly in government agencies in eight western states and British Columbia; most have their prior professional training in nursing and medicine with a median of nine years professional experience. The academic performance of these students is comparable to that of regular full-time MPH program students. The administrative, fiscal, and instructional problems raised by such a transformation have been overcome and the demand for the program and our experience to date suggest that extended MPH degree programs are both feasible and desirable. Am J Public Health 1984; 74:1258-1262. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Public health KW - Higher education KW - Occupational training KW - Curricula (Courses of study) KW - Public health -- Study & teaching KW - Medical education KW - Nursing KW - Universities & colleges KW - Washington (State) N1 - Accession Number: 4954214; Wainwright, Robert B. 1,2; Peterson, Malcom L. 1,3; Farrier, Janis M. 1,4; Affiliations: 1: Acting Director, Extended MPH Degree Program, University of Washington School of Public Health and Community Medicine; 2: Assistant Professor, Department of Health Services, SC-37, University of Washington School of Public Health and Community Medicine, Seattle, WA 98195; 3: Chief of Staff, American Lake Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tacoma, WA; 4: Program Administrator, American Lake Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tacoma, WA; Issue Info: Nov84, Vol. 74 Issue 11, p1258; Thesaurus Term: Public health; Subject Term: Higher education; Subject Term: Occupational training; Subject Term: Curricula (Courses of study); Subject Term: Public health -- Study & teaching; Subject Term: Medical education; Subject Term: Nursing; Subject Term: Universities & colleges; Subject: Washington (State); NAICS/Industry Codes: 611310 Colleges, Universities, and Professional Schools; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624310 Vocational Rehabilitation Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4954214&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - James, Sherman A. AU - Wagner, Edward H. AU - Strogatz, David S. AU - Beresford, Shirley A. A. AU - Kleinbaum, David G. AU - Williams, Carolyn A. AU - Cutchin, Lawrence M. AU - Ibrahim, Michel A. T1 - The Edgecombe County (NC) High Blood Pressure Control Program: II. Barriers to the Use of Medical Care among Hypertensives. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1984/05// VL - 74 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 468 EP - 472 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - As the initial step in a five-year project to improve control of high blood pressure in Edgecombe County, North Carolina, a survey was conducted in 1980 to determine the prevalence of hypertension and to identify factors which might constitute barriers to the use of medical care by hypertensives. This report summarizes the findings for the 539 hypertensives identified through the baseline survey. In general, Black hypertensives reported more access problems than Whites. Within race, however, males and females differed very little on selected measures of potential access to medical care. Among women, lower scores on potential access were strongly associated with being untreated, whereas for men, concerns about the safety of anti-hypertensive drug therapy were associated with being unaware. On a summary measure of the actual use of medical care in response to symptoms, both male and female treated hypertensives scored higher than their untreated counter-parts. The implications of these and other findings for community-based blood pressure control activities are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Health surveys -- United States KW - Hypertension KW - Blood pressure KW - Medical care -- United States KW - North Carolina N1 - Accession Number: 4958801; James, Sherman A. 1,2; Wagner, Edward H. 3; Strogatz, David S. 2; Beresford, Shirley A. A. 4; Kleinbaum, David G. 5; Williams, Carolyn A. 2; Cutchin, Lawrence M. 6; Ibrahim, Michel A. 7; Affiliations: 1: Department of Epidemiology, School of Public Health, University of North Carolina, Rosenau Hall 201H, Chapel Hill, NC 27514; 2: Department of Epidemiology, University of North Carolina; 3: Director, Center for Health Studies, Group Health Inc., Seattle, Washington; 4: Department of Epidemiology and Health Services Research Unit, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Durham, NC; 5: Department of Biostatistics, UNC; 6: Community Medicine Foundation, Tarboro, NC; 7: Dean, UNC School of Public Health; Issue Info: May84, Vol. 74 Issue 5, p468; Subject Term: Health surveys -- United States; Subject Term: Hypertension; Subject Term: Blood pressure; Subject Term: Medical care -- United States; Subject: North Carolina; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4958801&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dietrich, Allen J. AU - Goldberg, Harold T1 - Preventive Content of Adult Primary Care: Do Generalists and Subgeneralists Differ? JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1984/03// VL - 74 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 223 EP - 227 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: We compared preventive care performed by 20 generalists and 20 subspecialists practicing in Santa Clara and San Mateo Counties, California, by auditing charts of adult primary care patients for compliance with recommendation of the Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Generalists and subspecialists both provided 49 per cent of recommended preventive services. The two groups did not differ significantly in performance of any individual service. Performance varied widely within both groups. Of many factors explored, only two were associated with more preventive services: provision of a complete physical examination to the patient, and a physician's belief in the importance of a given service. The "generalist vs. subspecialist" debate assumes that a physician's specialty classification is an important predictor of behavior. For the performance of preventive care, this was not true in our study. Instead, physicians' beliefs and practice habits may he major determinants of the quality of preventive care provided. These exploratory findings needed confirmation in other settings. (Am J Public Health 1984: 74:223-227.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Primary care (Medicine) KW - Medical care KW - Physicians KW - Medical personnel KW - Preventive medicine KW - California N1 - Accession Number: 4960890; Dietrich, Allen J. 1,2,3; Goldberg, Harold 1,2,3; Affiliations: 1: Division of Family Medicine, Stanford University Medical Center; 2: Division of General Internal Medicine, Stanford University Medical Center; 3: Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Center; Issue Info: Mar1984, Vol. 74 Issue 3, p223; Subject Term: Primary care (Medicine); Subject Term: Medical care; Subject Term: Physicians; Subject Term: Medical personnel; Subject Term: Preventive medicine; Subject: California; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621110 Offices of physicians; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621111 Offices of Physicians (except Mental Health Specialists); Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4960890&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sugimoto, Tai AU - Rosansky, Steven J. T1 - The Incidence of Treated End Stage Renal Disease In the Eastern United States: 1973-1979. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1984/01// VL - 74 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 14 EP - 17 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Incidence rates of treated end stage renal disease (ESRD) by age, sex, race, and reported primary etiology were analyzed for 20 contiguous Eastern States for the period 1973-1979. For White males and females rates have stabilized at 60 and 40 per million person-years, respectively, since 1977. The incidence rates for Blacks (1.25 per million person-years in males, and 100 in females in 1979), for hypertensive and diabetic and diabolic nephropathy patients, and for the 65+ age group continue to increase. Higher incidence rates in males were noted for both races during the entire study period. Blacks had twice as high an incidence of treated ESRD as Whites, primarily due to hypertensive and diabetic nephropathy patients (7 and 2.5 times higher, respectively). [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Diseases -- Causes & theories of causation KW - Chronic kidney failure -- Treatment KW - Diabetics KW - Hypertension -- Patients KW - Diabetic nephropathies -- Patients KW - African Americans KW - East (U.S.) KW - United States N1 - Accession Number: 4953742; Sugimoto, Tai 1; Rosansky, Steven J. 2,3; Affiliations: 1: Assistant Professor, Department of Preventive Medicine and Community Health, School of Medicine, University of South Carolina, Columbia, SC 29208; 2: Assistant Professor (VA), Department of Medicine, USC School of Medicine; 3: Chief, Renal Unit, Veterans Administration Hospital Columbia, SC; Issue Info: Jan1984, Vol. 74 Issue 1, p14; Thesaurus Term: Diseases -- Causes & theories of causation; Subject Term: Chronic kidney failure -- Treatment; Subject Term: Diabetics; Subject Term: Hypertension -- Patients; Subject Term: Diabetic nephropathies -- Patients; Subject Term: African Americans; Subject: East (U.S.); Subject: United States; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4953742&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weniger, Bruce G. AU - Blaser, Martin J. AU - Gedrose, Judy AU - Lippy, Edwin C. AU - Juranek, Dennis D. T1 - An Outbreak of Waterborne Giardiasis Associated with Heavy Water Runoff Due to Warm Weather and Volcanic Ashfall. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1983/08// VL - 73 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 868 EP - 872 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - From mid-June through early August 1980, an out-break of gastrointestinal illness in Red Lodge, Montana affected approximately 780 persons, as estimated from attack rates of 33 per cent and 15 per cent in urban and rural residents, respectively. Giardia lamblia was identified in stool specimens from 51 per cent of 47 persons with a history of untreated gastrointestinal illness and in 13 per cent of 24 specimens from asymptomatic persons (p = .00045, Fisher's Exact Test). The epidemic curve was bimodal with peaks in mid-June and mid-July. Each peak occurred about three weeks after an episode of very heavy water runoff resulting from warm sunny weather and snow darkened by ashfall from the Mr. St. Helens volcanic eruption of May 18, 1980. Unfiltered and inadequately chlorinated surface water was supplied by the city water system, which was implicated as the vehicle of transmission in the outbreak. Water systems providing unfiltered surface water are more likely to become contaminated during periods of heavy water runoff. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Epidemics KW - Giardia lamblia KW - Runoff KW - Volcanic eruptions KW - Gastrointestinal diseases KW - Red Lodge (Mont.) KW - Montana N1 - Accession Number: 23652851; Weniger, Bruce G. 1; Blaser, Martin J. 2; Gedrose, Judy 3; Lippy, Edwin C. 4; Juranek, Dennis D. 5; Affiliations: 1: Field Services Division, Epidemiology Program Office, CDC; 2: Assistant Professor of Medicine, University of Colorado School of Medicine and Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver; 3: Nurse Consultant, Health Services Division, Montana State Department of Health and Environmental Sciences, Helena; 4: Sanitary engineer, Health Effects Research Laboratory, Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio; 5: Deputy Chief, Protozoal Diseases Branch, Division of Parasitic Diseases, CDC, Atlanta; Issue Info: Aug1983, Vol. 73 Issue 8, p868; Thesaurus Term: Epidemics; Thesaurus Term: Giardia lamblia; Thesaurus Term: Runoff; Thesaurus Term: Volcanic eruptions; Subject Term: Gastrointestinal diseases; Subject: Red Lodge (Mont.); Subject: Montana; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=23652851&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ekerdt, David J. AU - Baden, Lynn AU - Bossé, Raymond AU - Dibbs, Elaine T1 - The Effect of Retirement on Physical Health. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1983/07// VL - 73 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 779 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - This prospective study compared pre- to post-retirement changes in physical health among male retires with changes among age peers who continued to work. The 229 retirees and 409 workers aged 55-73 at follow-up were all participants in the Veterans Administration Normative Aging Study. Physical health at baseline and follow-up (three to four yearn apart) was rated on a four-point scale according to the findings of medical examinations. Although physical health declined generally over time, regression analyses showed no significant difference between eventual retirees and continuing workers on health change, after controlling for age and excluding men who retired due to illness or disability. Among retirees alone, pre- to post-retirement health change was also not significantly associated with several circumstances which purportedly make the retirement transition more stressful, such as mandatory retirement or retirement to a reduced standard of living. The results of this study of physical health, which corroborate those of other studies based on self-reported health measures and mortality data, support the conclusion that the event of retirement does not influence the risk of health deterioration. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Public health KW - Retirement -- Physiological aspects KW - Older people -- Employment KW - Old age KW - Retirees KW - Medical screening KW - Cost & standard of living KW - Mandatory retirement KW - Correlation (Statistics) N1 - Accession Number: 4948499; Ekerdt, David J. 1,2; Baden, Lynn 1,2; Bossé, Raymond 1,2; Dibbs, Elaine 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Normative Aging Study, Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston; 2: Hellenic College, Brookline, Massachusetts; Issue Info: Jul1983, Vol. 73 Issue 7, p779; Thesaurus Term: Public health; Subject Term: Retirement -- Physiological aspects; Subject Term: Older people -- Employment; Subject Term: Old age; Subject Term: Retirees; Subject Term: Medical screening; Subject Term: Cost & standard of living; Subject Term: Mandatory retirement; Subject Term: Correlation (Statistics); NAICS/Industry Codes: 621999 All Other Miscellaneous Ambulatory Health Care Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4948499&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Garvey, Arthur J. AU - Bosse, Raymond AU - Glynn, Robein J. AU - Rosner, Bernard T1 - Smoking Cessation in a Prospective Study of Healthy Adult Males: Effects of Age, Time Period, And Amount Smoked. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1983/04// VL - 73 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 446 EP - 450 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: The present study examined effects on smoking cessation of three variables--chronological age, time period, and amount smoked--in 637 healthy male smokers aged 22-69 at baseline. Subjects were followed from 19621975 using life table procedures. Age was not significantly related to quitting rates (n = .150). The amount smoked effect approached significance (p = .096) with rates of quitting progressively lower' at higher' consumption levels. Powerful time-period effects were found (p = .0081. Incidence rates of quilling increased from 1962-1970. after which a maked decline occurred. (Am J Public Health 1983: 73:446-450.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Smoking KW - Public health KW - Cigarette smokers KW - Smoking cessation KW - Adults KW - Age KW - Mortality -- Tables KW - Medical care KW - Health education N1 - Accession Number: 4949465; Garvey, Arthur J. 1,2; Bosse, Raymond 3; Glynn, Robein J. 4; Rosner, Bernard 5; Affiliations: 1: Normative Aging Study, Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, 17 Court Street, Boston, MA 02108.; 2: Harvard School of Dental Medicine; 3: NAS and Hellenic College, Brookline, MA; 4: NAS, Brookline; 5: Channing Laboratory, Department of Preventive Medicine and Clinical Epidemiology, Harvard Medical School and Affiliated Hospitals Center, Inc; Issue Info: Apr1983, Vol. 73 Issue 4, p446; Thesaurus Term: Smoking; Thesaurus Term: Public health; Thesaurus Term: Cigarette smokers; Subject Term: Smoking cessation; Subject Term: Adults; Subject Term: Age; Subject Term: Mortality -- Tables; Subject Term: Medical care; Subject Term: Health education; NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621990 All other ambulatory health care services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621999 All Other Miscellaneous Ambulatory Health Care Services; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4949465&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Schlesinger, Herbert J. AU - Mumford, Emily AU - Glass, Gene V. AU - Patrick, Cathleen AU - Sharfstein, Steven T1 - Mental Health Treatment and Medical Care Utilization in a Fee-For-Service System: Outpatient Mental Health Treatment Following the Onset of a Chronic Disease. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1983/04// VL - 73 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 422 EP - 429 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: Charges for medical services of persons covered by the Blue Cross/Blue Shield Federal Employees Program from 1974 through 1978 who were first diagnosed as having one of four chronic diseases in 1975 and within one year began mental health treatment (MHT) were compared with persons who also were firm diagnosed as having one of these diseases in 1975 but had no subsequent MHT. In the third year following the diagnosis, those having seven to 20 MHT visits had medical charges $309 lower and those having over 21 MHT visits had medical charges $284 lower than the comparison group. The savings in medical charges over three years of the group having seven to 20 MHT visits were a function of lower use of inpatient services and roughly equaled the cost of 20 MHT visits. Outpatient mental health treatment can be included in a fee-for-service medical care system to improve the quality and appropriateness of care and, if not extensive, may also serve to lower medical care costs. (Am J Public Health 1983: 73:422-429.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Public health KW - Medical care costs KW - Medical care KW - Rural health services KW - Chronic diseases KW - Mental health KW - Mental illness -- Treatment KW - Outpatient medical care N1 - Accession Number: 4949454; Schlesinger, Herbert J. 1; Mumford, Emily 2; Glass, Gene V. 3; Patrick, Cathleen 4; Sharfstein, Steven 5; Affiliations: 1: Professor of Psychiatry, Department of Psychiatry, University of Colorado School of Medicines 4200 E, 9th Avenue, C-270. Denver, CO 80262 and Denver Veterans Administration Medical Center; 2: Departments of Psychiatry and Preventive Medicine; 3: Department of Psychiatry, University of Colorado School of Medicine; 4: School of Education. University of Colorado; 5: National Institute of Mental Health; Issue Info: Apr1983, Vol. 73 Issue 4, p422; Thesaurus Term: Public health; Subject Term: Medical care costs; Subject Term: Medical care; Subject Term: Rural health services; Subject Term: Chronic diseases; Subject Term: Mental health; Subject Term: Mental illness -- Treatment; Subject Term: Outpatient medical care; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621494 Community health centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621499 All other out-patient care centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4949454&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - GEN AU - Fleisher, Daniel S. AU - Mates, Susan AU - Sidel, Victor W. AU - Nevitt, Michael C. AU - Yelin, Edward H. AU - Stein, Gerald H. AU - Goldstein, Mark Kane AU - Feldman, Joseph AU - Senie, Ruby T. AU - Rosen, Paul Peter AU - Lesser, Martin L. AU - Kinne, David W. AU - Cole, Philip AU - Austin, Harland AU - Fischbein, Alf AU - Rohl, Arthur N. AU - Langer, Arthur M. AU - Selikoff, Irving J. T1 - Letters to the Editor. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1981/11// VL - 71 IS - 11 M3 - Letter SP - 1274 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Several letters to the editor are presented in response to articles in previous issues including "Quality Assessment by Process and Outcome Methods: Evaluation of Emergency Room Care of Asthmatic Adults," by Daniel S. Fleisher in the July 1981 issue, and "Disability trends in the United States population 1966-1976: Analysis of reported causes," by Michael C. Nevitt and Edward H. Yelin. KW - Letters to the editor KW - Hospital emergency services KW - Asthmatics KW - Disabilities KW - Medical care N1 - Accession Number: 4946828; Fleisher, Daniel S. 1; Mates, Susan 2; Sidel, Victor W. 2; Nevitt, Michael C. 3; Yelin, Edward H. 3; Stein, Gerald H. 4; Goldstein, Mark Kane 5; Feldman, Joseph 6; Senie, Ruby T. 7; Rosen, Paul Peter 7; Lesser, Martin L. 7; Kinne, David W. 7; Cole, Philip 8; Austin, Harland 8; Fischbein, Alf 9; Rohl, Arthur N. 9; Langer, Arthur M. 9; Selikoff, Irving J. 10; Affiliations: 1: Associate Dean for Curricular Affairs, Medical College of Wisconsin, 8701 Watertown Plank Road, Milwaukee, WI 53226.; 2: Department of Social Medicine, Montefiore Hospital, Bronx, NY 10467.; 3: University of California, San Francisco.; 4: Staff Physician, Gainesville Veterans Administration Medical Center Gainesville, FL 32602.; 5: Co-Director, Behavioral Medicine Laboratory, Gainesville Veterans Administration Medical Center Gainesville, FL 32602.; 6: Associate Professor State University of New York Downstate Medical Center, Brooklyn, NY 11203.; 7: Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center 1275 York Avenue New York, NY 10021.; 8: School of Public Health and the Comprehensive Cancer Center University of Alabama University Station Birmingham, AL 35294.; 9: Assistant Professor, Environmental Sciences Laboratory, Department of Community Medicine, Mount Sinai Medical Center, New York, NY 10029.; 10: Professor, Environmental Sciences Laboratory, Department of Community Medicine, Mount Sinai Medical Center, New York, NY 10029.; Issue Info: Nov81, Vol. 71 Issue 11, p1274; Subject Term: Letters to the editor; Subject Term: Hospital emergency services; Subject Term: Asthmatics; Subject Term: Disabilities; Subject Term: Medical care; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4946828&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Vuturo, George J. AU - Krischer, Jeffrey P. AU - McCormick, William C. T1 - Drug Product Selection: The Florida Experience. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1980/05// VL - 70 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 479 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: Drug product selection, the act of selecting and dispensing a lower cost generically equivalent product to that prescribed, is made possible in 46 states through recently enacted legislation. Florida's legislation is unique in that it requires pharmacists to product select under certain circumstances. This study reports on the results of a review of the Florida experience approximately one year after enactment of its drug product selection legislation. Nearly 132,000 prescriptions were sampled from 60 pharmacies during a four-month study period. This represents one per ¢ of all new prescriptions in the state and a three per ¢ sample of community pharmacies. Study results indicate that drug product selection on the average saves the consumer $1.92 per prescription. Further, under the provisions of this law the majority of cost savings (average reductions in acquisition costs between prescribed and dispensed products) are being passed along as savings to the consumer. During the four-month study period this amounted to a total prescription cost savings of nearly $425,000. Drug product selection occurs in approximately two per ¢ of all new prescriptions which compares favorably with results reported from other states but also suggests that additional savings can be realized under such legislation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Drug laws & regulations KW - Generic drugs KW - Pharmacists KW - Consumers KW - Pharmaceutical policy KW - Legislative bills KW - Prescription of drugs KW - Pharmaceutical industry KW - Drugstores N1 - Accession Number: 4954506; Vuturo, George J. 1; Krischer, Jeffrey P. 2,3; McCormick, William C. 1; Affiliations: 1: Pharmaceutical Health Care Administration Department, University of Florida College of Pharmacy; 2: Chief, Health Services Research and Development (152). Veterans Administration Medical Center, Gainesville, FL 32602; 3: Faculty Member, University of Florida, Colleges of Medicine and Pharmacy; Issue Info: May80, Vol. 70 Issue 5, p479; Thesaurus Term: Drug laws & regulations; Subject Term: Generic drugs; Subject Term: Pharmacists; Subject Term: Consumers; Subject Term: Pharmaceutical policy; Subject Term: Legislative bills; Subject Term: Prescription of drugs; Subject Term: Pharmaceutical industry; Subject Term: Drugstores; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424210 Drugs and Druggists' Sundries Merchant Wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325412 Pharmaceutical Preparation Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 446110 Pharmacies and Drug Stores; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4954506&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kurt, Thomas L. AU - Mogielnicki, R. Peter AU - Chandler, James E. AU - Hirst, Kathryn T1 - Ambient Carbon Monoxide Levels and Acute Cardiorespiratory Complaints: An Exploratory Story. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1979/04// VL - 69 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 360 EP - 363 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: Over a 92-day seasonally excessive period of ambient carbon monoxide (CO), chief cardiorespiratory complaints (CRC) of a nontraumatic origin were identified from each of 8,556 patient encounters at the Emergency Room of Colorado General Hospital. Excessive numbers of CRC were seen above a CO level of 5 ppm for the 24-hour mean and 11 ppm for the one hour mean maximum ambient CO (p<0.05 for both). Increasing relative risk was shown by comparing daily numbers of CRC with its mean in two-day trend analyses with both ambient CO measures above and below these thresholds. Other ambient pollutants were generally low during the winter period studies. These findings suggest an association between health effects and lower levels of CO than has been previously reported. (Am. J. Public Health 69:360-363, 1979.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Carbon monoxide KW - Pollution -- Risk assessment KW - Environmental risk assessment KW - Waste products KW - Public health KW - Industrial wastes KW - Hospitals -- Complaints against KW - Hospitals -- Public relations KW - Hospital & community N1 - Accession Number: 6006238; Kurt, Thomas L. 1; Mogielnicki, R. Peter 2,3; Chandler, James E. 4; Hirst, Kathryn 5,6; Affiliations: 1: Associate Professor, University of Colorado Medical Center B-130, Denver, CO 80262.; 2: Chief, Medical Service, Veterans Administration Center, White River Junction, VT.; 3: Associate Clinical Professor of Medicine, Dartmouth Medical School.; 4: Department of Emergency Medicine, Division of Cardiology, University of Colorado Medical Center, Denver.; 5: Department of Medicine, University of Colorado Medical Center, Denver.; 6: Department of Preventive Medicine, University of Colorado Medical Center, Denver.; Issue Info: Apr1979, Vol. 69 Issue 4, p360; Thesaurus Term: Carbon monoxide; Thesaurus Term: Pollution -- Risk assessment; Thesaurus Term: Environmental risk assessment; Thesaurus Term: Waste products; Thesaurus Term: Public health; Thesaurus Term: Industrial wastes; Subject Term: Hospitals -- Complaints against; Subject Term: Hospitals -- Public relations; Subject Term: Hospital & community; NAICS/Industry Codes: 562211 Hazardous Waste Treatment and Disposal; NAICS/Industry Codes: 562210 Waste treatment and disposal; NAICS/Industry Codes: 924110 Administration of Air and Water Resource and Solid Waste Management Programs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; NAICS/Industry Codes: 562110 Waste collection; NAICS/Industry Codes: 562111 Solid Waste Collection; NAICS/Industry Codes: 423930 Recyclable Material Merchant Wholesalers; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=6006238&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lorei, Theodore W. AU - Francke, Gloria N. AU - Harger, Patricia S. T1 - Evaluation of Drug Dependence Treatment in VA Hospitals. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1978/01// VL - 68 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 39 EP - 43 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - A nationwide evaluation of 49 Veterans Administration drug dependence treatment programs was conducted using a sample of 1.655 patients. Their status with reference to seven treatment goals was assessed at admission and again 11 months later to determine change. The following changes were observed: a large decrease in heroin use; a Small increase in the use of alcohol; moderate decline of involvement in the drug culture; moderate increase in psychological well being; and small increase in economic independence. No statistically significant changes were observed in frequency of arrests, in establishment ot stable living arrangement, in drug related medical problems, or in the ability to relate to other people. Implications of the findings for further research and program modification are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Drug abuse -- Treatment KW - Drug use testing KW - Therapeutics KW - Clinical medicine KW - Medical care KW - Rehabilitation N1 - Accession Number: 5672956; Lorei, Theodore W. 1; Francke, Gloria N. 1; Harger, Patricia S. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration, Washington, DC.; Issue Info: Jan1978, Vol. 68 Issue 1, p39; Subject Term: Drug abuse -- Treatment; Subject Term: Drug use testing; Subject Term: Therapeutics; Subject Term: Clinical medicine; Subject Term: Medical care; Subject Term: Rehabilitation; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=5672956&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Linn, Margaret W. AU - Gurel, Lee AU - Linn, Bernard S. T1 - Patient Outcome as a Measure of Quality Of Nursing Home Care. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1977/04// VL - 67 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 337 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - One thousand males transferred form a general medical hospital into 40 community nursing homes were classified by their physicians as to expectations of outcome within six months and measured on physical functioning at the time of their transfer. They were followed up six months later and retested on functional status. Subjects were classified on follow-up as improved, the same, deteriorated, or dead. They were also classified as discharged from the nursing home, still in the home, or readmitted to the hospital. Nursing homes were measured every six months on structural variables. Outcomes of the patients were related to the nursing home characteristics by multivariate analysis of variance, controlling for expected outcome, age, and diagnoses of cancer and chronic brain disease. Homes with more RN hours per patient were associated with patients being alive, improved, and discharged from the home. better rating on meal services were related to being alive and improved. A higher professional staff-to-patient ratio, better medical records, and more services were related to being discharged from the nursing home. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Outcome assessment (Medical care) KW - Nursing home care KW - Nursing home patients KW - Home care services KW - Hospitals -- Admission & discharge KW - Home health care use KW - Nursing care facilities -- Utilization KW - Analysis of variance KW - Multivariate analysis KW - Patient monitoring N1 - Accession Number: 5662530; Linn, Margaret W. 1,2; Gurel, Lee 3; Linn, Bernard S. 4,5; Affiliations: 1: Director, Social Science Research, Veterans Administration Hospital, 1201 Northwest 16th Street, Miami, FL 33125; 2: Associate professor of Psychiatry, University of Miami School of Medicine; 3: Director, Manpower and Research Development, American psychiatric Association; 4: Associate Chief, Staff for Education, VA Hospital; 5: Associate Professor of Surgery, University of Miami School of Medicine; Issue Info: Apr1977, Vol. 67 Issue 4, p337; Subject Term: Outcome assessment (Medical care); Subject Term: Nursing home care; Subject Term: Nursing home patients; Subject Term: Home care services; Subject Term: Hospitals -- Admission & discharge; Subject Term: Home health care use; Subject Term: Nursing care facilities -- Utilization; Subject Term: Analysis of variance; Subject Term: Multivariate analysis; Subject Term: Patient monitoring; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621390 Offices of all other health practitioners; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621399 Offices of All Other Miscellaneous Health Practitioners; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621610 Home Health Care Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624120 Services for the Elderly and Persons with Disabilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623110 Nursing Care Facilities (Skilled Nursing Facilities); Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=5662530&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Schifferli, D. M. AU - Beachey, E. H. AU - Taylor, R. K. T1 - 987P fimbrial gene identification and protein characterization by T7 RNA polymerase-induced transcription and JnphoA mutagenesis. JO - Molecular Microbiology JF - Molecular Microbiology Y1 - 1991/01// VL - 5 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 61 EP - 70 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 0950382X AB - The 987P fimbrial gene cluster has been previously cloned as a 12 kb fragment from prototype strain 987. Gene products encoded by the whole clone were analysed by utilizing an in vivo system based on the induction of transcription by T7 RNA polymerase. The sensitivity of this technique permitted us to identify new proteins involved in 987P fimbriation. In total, eight proteins were detected, their genes (fasA to fasH) were mapped and their orientation of transcription determined. Several of the gene products demonstrated typical properties of exported proteins. Precursor and processed forms could be correlated after inhibiting protein transport with ethanol. The detection of enzymatically active fusion proteins after TnphoA (Tn5IS50L::phoA) mutagenesis supported and complemented these results. One protein encoded by the 12 kb fragment was found not to be related to fimbriation but rather the product of the STIa gene, identified as a component of a Tnf681-like transposon. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Molecular Microbiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Genes KW - Cloning KW - RNA polymerases KW - Transferases KW - Proteins N1 - Accession Number: 15943625; Schifferli, D. M. 1; Beachey, E. H. 2; Taylor, R. K. 3; Affiliations: 1: Department of Microbiology and Immunology, University of Tennessee, Center for the Health Sciences, Memphis, Tennessee 38104, USA; 2: Department of Medicine, University of Tennessee, Center for the Health Sciences, Memphis, Tennessee 38104, USA; 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Memphis, Tennessee 38104, USA; Issue Info: Jan1991, Vol. 5 Issue 1, p61; Subject Term: Genes; Subject Term: Cloning; Subject Term: RNA polymerases; Subject Term: Transferases; Subject Term: Proteins; Number of Pages: 10p; Illustrations: 7 Diagrams, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=15943625&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Krause, M. AU - Fierer, J. AU - Guiney, D. T1 - Homologous DNA sequences on the virulence plasmids of pathogenic Yersinia and Salmonella dublin Lane. JO - Molecular Microbiology JF - Molecular Microbiology Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 4 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 905 EP - 911 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 0950382X AB - Yersinia and Salmonella harbour plasmids that encode traits important for virulence, enabling both pathogenic genera to survive and grow in cells of the reticulo-endothelial organs during syst':mic infections. We have detected DNA homology between the Salmonella dublin virulence plasmid pSDL2 and the plasmids of the pathogenic Yersinia species pestis, pseudotuberculosis, and enterocolitica. Three regions of pSDL2 were found to share homology with the virulence plasmid pIB1 of Yersinia pseudotuberculosis. Two separate hybridizing segments mapped within the previously characterized 6.4 kb vir region of pSDL2 in the Sal I B fragment. The third homologous region involved the replicon of pIB1, which hybridized to the SalI C2 fragment of pSDL2. The virulence plasmid pCD1 from Y. pestis showed similar homology with the three regions of pSDL2. Homologies to the vir and SalI C2 regions of pSDL2 were also found on plasmids from Yersinia enterocolitica serotypes 0:9, 0:3 and 0:5,27. The discovery of separate homologous regions on the virulence plasmids of Salmonella and Yersinia suggests a distant evolutionary relationship. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Molecular Microbiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Salmonella KW - Virulence (Microbiology) KW - Yersinia KW - Plasmids KW - Nucleotide sequence N1 - Accession Number: 16014782; Krause, M. 1; Fierer, J. 1,2; Guiney, D. 1,3; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine, University of California, San Diego, California 92103, USA; 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego, California 92061, USA; 3: Center for Molecular Genetics, University of California, La Jolla, California 92037, USA; Issue Info: Jun1990, Vol. 4 Issue 6, p905; Thesaurus Term: Salmonella; Thesaurus Term: Virulence (Microbiology); Subject Term: Yersinia; Subject Term: Plasmids; Subject Term: Nucleotide sequence; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 6 Diagrams, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=16014782&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Judd, R. C. AU - Shafer, W. M. T1 - Topographical alterations in proteins I of Neisseria gonorrhoeae correlated with lipooligosaccharide variation. JO - Molecular Microbiology JF - Molecular Microbiology Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 3 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 637 EP - 643 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 0950382X AB - Four transformant strains of Neisseria gonorrhoeae were generated, two of which (WS3 and WS5) had protein I subclass A (P.IA) and two which (WS2 and WS4) had protein I subclass B (P.IB). Analysis of the strains demonstrated that the two P.IA-bearing strains differed In lipooligosaccharide (LOS) and H.8 antigen, as assessed by sodium dodecyl sulphate-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE) and immunoblotting. The WS5 strain had slow-migrating LOS and H.8 antigen, and the WS3 strain had fast-migrating LOS and H.8 antigen. The P.IB-bearing strains also had either slow-migrating LOS and H.8 antigen (WS4) or fast-migrating LOS and H.8 antigen (WS2). Structural and exposure analysis revealed that although the P.IAs were identical in the WS3 and WS5 strains, there was a slight alteration of the exposure of the proteins which correlated with altered LOS and/or H.8 antigen. The P.IBs were also shown to be structurally identical, but the LOS and/or H.8 antigen variation in these strains correlated with a more pronounced alteration in the exposure of the P.IB molecules. The differences in protein I (P.I) exposure were generally found in highly negatively charged regions of the molecule, suggesting that the immunogenicity and/or antigenicity of the P.I molecules may vary as a result of LOS and/or H.8 antigen alterations. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Molecular Microbiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Electrochemistry KW - Biomolecules KW - Molecular biology KW - Neisseria gonorrhoeae KW - Immunogenetics KW - Antigens -- Analysis KW - Molecular genetics N1 - Accession Number: 18280629; Judd, R. C. 1; Shafer, W. M. 2,3; Affiliations: 1: Division of Biological Sciences, University of Montana, Missoula, Montana 59812, USA; 2: Department of Microbiology and Immunology, Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta, Georgia, 30322, USA; 3: The Veterans Administration Medical Center, Decatur, Georgia 30033, USA; Issue Info: May1989, Vol. 3 Issue 5, p637; Thesaurus Term: Electrochemistry; Thesaurus Term: Biomolecules; Thesaurus Term: Molecular biology; Subject Term: Neisseria gonorrhoeae; Subject Term: Immunogenetics; Subject Term: Antigens -- Analysis; Subject Term: Molecular genetics; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=18280629&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Browner, Warren S. AU - Newman, Thomas B. T1 - Sample Size and Power Based on the Population Attributable Fraction. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 79 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 1289 EP - 1294 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: Most methods for calculating sample size use the relative risk (RR) to indicate the strength of the association between exposure and disease. For measuring the public health importance of a possible association, the population attributable fraction (PAF)--the proportion of disease incidence in a population that is attributable to an exposure--is more appropriate. We determined sample size and power for detecting a specified PAF in both cohort and case-control studies and compared the results with those obtained using conventional estimates based on the relative risk. When an exposure is rare, a study that has little power to detect a small RR often has adequate power to detect a small PAF. On the other hand, for common exposures, even a relatively large study may have inadequate power to detect a small PAF. These comparisons emphasize the importance of selecting the most pertinent measure of association, either relative risk or population attributable fraction, when calculating power and sample size. (Am J Public Health 1989; 79:1289-1294.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Public health KW - Population KW - Methodology KW - Statistics KW - Sample size (Statistics) KW - Diseases -- Risk factors KW - Case studies KW - Human services KW - Research -- Methodology N1 - Accession Number: 4685796; Browner, Warren S. 1,2; Newman, Thomas B. 2,3; Affiliations: 1: Division of General Internal Medicine 111A1, Department of medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, CA 94121; 2: Clinical Epidemiology Program, Institute for Health Policy Studies and Department of Epidemiology and International Health; 3: Department of Pediatrics, University of California, San Francisco; Issue Info: Sep89, Vol. 79 Issue 9, p1289; Thesaurus Term: Public health; Thesaurus Term: Population; Subject Term: Methodology; Subject Term: Statistics; Subject Term: Sample size (Statistics); Subject Term: Diseases -- Risk factors; Subject Term: Case studies; Subject Term: Human services; Subject Term: Research -- Methodology; NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4685796&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kravitz, Richard L. AU - Shapiro, Martin F. AU - Linn, Lawrence S. AU - Erika S. Sivarajan Froelicher T1 - Risk Factors Associated with Participation in the Ontario, Canada Doctors' Strike. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 79 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 1227 EP - 1233 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: To identify factors associated with participation in the 1986 Ontario, Canada doctors' strike, we surveyed 1,028 physicians; 69 percent responded, of whom 42 percent participated in the strike. Risk factors for participation included income > $135,000, being a surgeon or gynecologist, having previously "opted out" of the Ontario Health Insurance Plan, being professionally dissatisfied, being politically conservative, favoring political activism by physicians, holding a positive view of the social consequences of extra-billing, and perceiving family, associates, patients and the public to favor the strike. Eighty percent of strikers, but 32 percent of non-strikers, met criteria we established for four strike-prone groups: the "economically rational," the "ideologically committed," the "professionally disaffected," and the "socially malleable." Respondents belonging to one or more of these groups were much more likely to have participated in the strike (64 percent vs 17 percent). Strategies to deal with physician militancy should address the multiplicity of motives that appeared to have influenced doctors in Ontario. (Am J Public Health 1989; 79:1227-1233.) INSET: ANA Opts for New Structure and Broader Membership Plan. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Public health KW - Strikes & lockouts KW - Physicians -- Political activity KW - Income KW - Physicians -- Job satisfaction KW - Activism KW - Social impact KW - Political participation KW - Canada N1 - Accession Number: 4685308; Kravitz, Richard L. 1,2; Shapiro, Martin F. 1; Linn, Lawrence S. 1; Erika S. Sivarajan Froelicher 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine, University of California Los Angeles; 2: Clinical Scholars Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Los Angeles; Issue Info: Sep89, Vol. 79 Issue 9, p1227; Thesaurus Term: Public health; Subject Term: Strikes & lockouts; Subject Term: Physicians -- Political activity; Subject Term: Income; Subject Term: Physicians -- Job satisfaction; Subject Term: Activism; Subject Term: Social impact; Subject Term: Political participation; Subject: Canada; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621111 Offices of Physicians (except Mental Health Specialists); NAICS/Industry Codes: 621110 Offices of physicians; NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4685308&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sullivan, Robert AU - Linneman Jr., Calvin C. AU - Clark, C. Scott AU - Walzer, Peter D. T1 - Seroepidemiologic Study of Giardiasis Patients and High-Risk Groups in a Midwestern City in the United States. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 77 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 960 EP - 963 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: Serum antibodies to Giardia lamblia were measured in giardiasis patients, in groups at high risk for intestinal parasite infection, and in controls by an indirect fluorescent antibody (IFA) technique. Symptomatic patients had the highest antibody titers, and antibodies remained present for up to 18 months in persons with chronic infection. Indochinese refugees and male homosexuals with the acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) and pre AIDS had higher mean antibody levels than did healthy controls, whereas sewer and highway maintenance workers had levels similar to those of controls. Serum antibodies to Entanioeba histolytica measured by an indirect hemagglutination antibody technique were detected in only a few Indochinese refugees, We conclude that serology is a promising tool in G. lamblia epidemiology and that further population studies would be of interest. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Giardia lamblia KW - Protozoan diseases KW - Giardiasis KW - AIDS (Disease) KW - Communicable diseases -- Transmission KW - DISEASES KW - Serum KW - Blood plasma KW - Agglutination of blood KW - Indochinese N1 - Accession Number: 4949734; Sullivan, Robert 1; Linneman Jr., Calvin C. 2; Clark, C. Scott 3; Walzer, Peter D. 4,5; Affiliations: 1: VA Medical Center and Department of Internal Medicine, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine; 2: Department of Internal Medicine, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine; 3: Department of Internal Environmental Health, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine; 4: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Vine Street, Cincinnati, OH; 5: Division of Infectious Diseases, Department of Internal medicine, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine; Issue Info: Aug1987, Vol. 77 Issue 8, p960; Thesaurus Term: Giardia lamblia; Thesaurus Term: Protozoan diseases; Thesaurus Term: Giardiasis; Thesaurus Term: AIDS (Disease); Thesaurus Term: Communicable diseases -- Transmission; Thesaurus Term: DISEASES; Subject Term: Serum; Subject Term: Blood plasma; Subject Term: Agglutination of blood; Subject Term: Indochinese; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4949734&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Escobar, Javier I. AU - Golding, Jacqueline M. AU - Hough, Richard L. AU - Karno, Marvin AU - Burnam, M. Audrey AU - Wells, Kenneth B. T1 - Somatization in the Community: Relationship to Disability and Use of Services. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 77 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 837 EP - 840 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: We tested the hypotheses that an abridged somatization construct that we had developed would be associated with line of health services, preferential use of medical over mental health services, and an index of disability. These hypotheses were rested using structured interview data from 3,132 randomly selected community respondents. We found that: respondents meeting criteria for somatization reported a heavier use of health services than non somatizers of those respondents meeting criteria for a psychiatric diagnosis, somatizers preferentially used medical over mental health services whereas non-somatizers reported the opposite trend; and somatizers, were more likely than non-somatizers to report recent sick leave or restricted activity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Somatization disorder KW - Somatoform disorders KW - Hypochondria KW - Brain diseases KW - Psychiatric diagnosis KW - Medical care -- United States KW - Mental health services KW - United States KW - National Institute of Mental Health (U.S.) N1 - Accession Number: 4950298; Escobar, Javier I. 1,2,3; Golding, Jacqueline M. 4; Hough, Richard L. 3,5; Karno, Marvin 4; Burnam, M. Audrey 4; Wells, Kenneth B. 5; Affiliations: 1: Professor and Associates Chairman, Department of Psychiatry, University of Connecticut Health Center, School of Medicine,; 2: Associate Chief of Staff for Education, Newington Veterans Administration Medical Center, 555 Willard Avenue, Newington CT 06111; 3: Professor, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, UCLA; 4: Department of Psychiatry and Biobehavioral Sciences, UCLA; 5: San Diego State University, San Diego, CA; Issue Info: Jul1987, Vol. 77 Issue 7, p837; Subject Term: Somatization disorder; Subject Term: Somatoform disorders; Subject Term: Hypochondria; Subject Term: Brain diseases; Subject Term: Psychiatric diagnosis; Subject Term: Medical care -- United States; Subject Term: Mental health services; Subject: United States ; Company/Entity: National Institute of Mental Health (U.S.); NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4950298&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Janz, Nancy K. AU - Becker, Marshall H. AU - Ktrscht, John P. AU - Eraker, Stephen A. AU - Billi, John E. AU - Woolliscroft, James O. T1 - Evaluation of a Minimal-Contact Smoking Cessation Intervention in an Outpatient Setting. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 77 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 805 EP - 809 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: We examined the ability of a provider-initiated, minimal-contact intervention to modify the smoking behavior of ambulatory clinic patients. Smokers at two outpatient sites were assigned to one of three groups: provider intervention only ??? provider intervention plus self-help manual (???), and usual care (control) group (C). The physician message emphasized the patient's personal susceptibility. the physician's concern, and the patient's ability to quit (self-efficacy). The nurse consultation concentrated on benefits and barriers associated with stopping, and on strategies for cessation. Telephone interviews were conducted with the 250 participants within a few days of their clinic visit and again at one and six months. Both PI and ??? proved to be superior to usual cure in motivating attempts to quit a both one-month and six-month follow-ups, and logistic regression analyses indicated that participants receiving the self-help manual in addition to the health provider message were between two and three times more likely to quit smoking during the study period than were participants in either of the other study groups. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Smoking KW - Evaluation KW - Nicotine addiction -- Treatment KW - Outpatient medical care KW - Nicotine addiction KW - Interviews KW - Preventive health services KW - Medical care N1 - Accession Number: 4950193; Janz, Nancy K. 1,2,3; Becker, Marshall H. 1,2,3; Ktrscht, John P. 1,2,3; Eraker, Stephen A. 1,2,3; Billi, John E. 1,2,3; Woolliscroft, James O. 1,2,3; Affiliations: 1: Department of Health Behavior and Health Education, School of Public Health; 2: Department of Internal Medicine, School of Medicine, University of Michigan; 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Ann Arbor, Michigan; Issue Info: Jul1987, Vol. 77 Issue 7, p805; Thesaurus Term: Smoking; Subject Term: Evaluation; Subject Term: Nicotine addiction -- Treatment; Subject Term: Outpatient medical care; Subject Term: Nicotine addiction; Subject Term: Interviews; Subject Term: Preventive health services; Subject Term: Medical care; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621499 All other out-patient care centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621494 Community health centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4950193&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Smith, A. C. AU - Wang, T.- Y. T1 - A large tumour from the gray snapper, Lutjanus griseus (L.). JO - Journal of Fish Diseases JF - Journal of Fish Diseases Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 13 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 311 EP - 316 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 01407775 AB - Using a panel of special stains employed in human histopathology and immunohistology, the authors diagnosed a tumour from the common gray snapper, Lutjanus griseus (L.), as a myoma. Only a few such tumours have been previously reported from fishes. Gray snapper are readily available and may provide a model for basic studies on this, as well as other, types of tumour. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Fish Diseases is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Fish kills KW - Fish parasites KW - Pathological histology KW - Immunohistochemistry KW - Oncology KW - Fish diseases KW - Tumors N1 - Accession Number: 15440415; Smith, A. C. 1,2; Wang, T.- Y. 3; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bay Pines, Florida.; 2: Department of Marine Science, University of South Florida at St Petersburg.; 3: Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine, College of Medicine, University of South Florida, Tampa, Florida, USA.; Issue Info: Jul1990, Vol. 13 Issue 4, p311; Thesaurus Term: Fish kills; Thesaurus Term: Fish parasites; Subject Term: Pathological histology; Subject Term: Immunohistochemistry; Subject Term: Oncology; Subject Term: Fish diseases; Subject Term: Tumors; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=15440415&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lahners, Elaine L. AU - McCarty, C. L. T1 - Automation of the Radioisotope Accountability System. JO - Communications of the ACM JF - Communications of the ACM Y1 - 1965/02// VL - 8 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 107 EP - 110 SN - 00010782 AB - The Radioisotope Service of the Veterans Administration Hospital, Omaha, Nebraska, used a manual system of radioisotope accountability for three years. The procedure which was satisfactory but time-consuming was converted from manual to a fully automated computer system in January, 1963. The program for purchased radioisotopes is written in FORMAT FORTRAN for the IBM 1620 Computer. A second program for maintaining accountability for reactor-created radioisotopes is written in the FORCOM programming language. A minimum amount of bookkeeping is required by the reactor operating staff. The United States Atomic Energy Commission regulations specify that records be kept. This system provides detailed records for each container of radioactive material purchased and/or created in the Triga reactor indicating the amounts received, used, and/or transferred to the health physicist for disposal. Consolidated records contain total amounts received, used, and/or disposed of for any specified period of time. Purchased radioisotopes are reported in millicuries; reactor-created radioisotopes in microcuries. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Communications of the ACM is the property of Association for Computing Machinery and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HOSPITALS KW - PROGRAMMING languages (Electronic computers) KW - ELECTRONIC data processing KW - INDUSTRIAL engineering KW - VETERANS KW - RADIOISOTOPES N1 - Accession Number: 5206663; Lahners, Elaine L. 1; McCarty, C. L.; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Omaha, Nebraska.; Issue Info: Feb1965, Vol. 8 Issue 2, p107; Thesaurus Term: HOSPITALS; Thesaurus Term: PROGRAMMING languages (Electronic computers); Thesaurus Term: ELECTRONIC data processing; Thesaurus Term: INDUSTRIAL engineering; Subject Term: VETERANS; Subject Term: RADIOISOTOPES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 518210 Data Processing, Hosting, and Related Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622110 General Medical and Surgical Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622111 General (except paediatric) hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 511211 Software publishers (except video game publishers); NAICS/Industry Codes: 511210 Software Publishers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325180 Other Basic Inorganic Chemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325189 All other basic inorganic chemical manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 11 Diagrams; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1145/363744.363773 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=5206663&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06475-069 AN - 2006-06475-069 AU - Maisto, Stephen A. T1 - An Alternative to the Disease Model. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1993/08// VL - 38 IS - 8 SP - 861 EP - 862 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06475-069. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Maisto, Stephen A.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 20061218. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Addiction; Recovery (Disorders). Minor Descriptor: Habits. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Peele, Stanton; Brodsky, Archie. The Truth About Addiction and Recovery: The Life Process Program for Outgrowing Destructive Habits=New York: Simon & Schuster, 1991. 430 pp. $14.00 paperback; 1991. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1993. KW - addiction KW - recovery KW - destructive habits KW - addictive behavior KW - 1993 KW - Drug Addiction KW - Recovery (Disorders) KW - Habits U2 - Peele, Stanton; Brodsky, Archie. (1991); The Truth About Addiction and Recovery: The Life Process Program for Outgrowing Destructive Habits; New York: Simon & Schuster, 1991. 430 pp. $14.00 paperback; 0-671-66901-X (Hardcover); 0-671-75530-7 (Paperback). DO - 10.1037/033637 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06475-069&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06475-026 AN - 2006-06475-026 AU - Howieson, Diane B. T1 - Tackling the Problems of Aging and Age-Related Diseases. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1993/08// VL - 38 IS - 8 SP - 811 EP - 812 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06475-026. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Howieson, Diane B.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 20061218. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aging; Brain Disorders; Neuropsychology. Minor Descriptor: Brain; Dementia. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Knight, Robert G. The Neuropsychology of Degenerative Brain Diseases=Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum, 1992. 351 pp. $69.95; 1992. Bergener, Manfred (Ed); Hasegawa, Kazuo (Ed); Finkel, Sanford I. (Ed); Nishimura, Tsuyoshi (Ed). Aging and Mental Disorders: International Perspectives=New York: Springer, 1992. 426 pp. $54.95; 1992. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1993. KW - neuropsychology KW - degenerative brain diseases KW - aging KW - dementia KW - 1993 KW - Aging KW - Brain Disorders KW - Neuropsychology KW - Brain KW - Dementia U2 - Knight, Robert G. (1992); The Neuropsychology of Degenerative Brain Diseases; Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum, 1992. 351 pp. $69.95; 0-8058-0927-9. U2 - Bergener, Manfred (Ed); Hasegawa, Kazuo (Ed); Finkel, Sanford I. (Ed); Nishimura, Tsuyoshi (Ed). (1992); Aging and Mental Disorders: International Perspectives; New York: Springer, 1992. 426 pp. $54.95; 0-8261-7030-7. DO - 10.1037/033594 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06475-026&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06473-059 AN - 2006-06473-059 AU - Rothi, Leslie J. Gonzalez T1 - What is Language? The Question is Deceptively Easy While the Answer is Clearly Controversial. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1993/06// VL - 38 IS - 6 SP - 640 EP - 641 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06473-059. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rothi, Leslie J. Gonzalez; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Gainesville, FL, US. Release Date: 20061218. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Language; Neuropsychology; Reading; Writing Skills. Minor Descriptor: Linguistics. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520); Linguistics & Language & Speech (2720). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Caramazza, Alfonso. Issues in Reading, Writing and Speaking: A Neuropsychological Perspective=Norwell, MA: Kluwer Academic, 1991. 448 pp. $89.00 (£52.00, df. 150,--); 1991. Yamada, Jeni E. Laura: A Case for the Modularity of Language=Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1990. 169 pp. $27.50; 1990. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1993. KW - language KW - reading KW - writing KW - speaking KW - neuropsychological perspective KW - Laura KW - 1993 KW - Brain KW - Language KW - Neuropsychology KW - Reading KW - Writing Skills KW - Linguistics U2 - Caramazza, Alfonso. (1991); Issues in Reading, Writing and Speaking: A Neuropsychological Perspective; Norwell, MA: Kluwer Academic, 1991. 448 pp. $89.00 (£52.00, df. 150,--); 0-7923-0996-0. U2 - Yamada, Jeni E. (1990); Laura: A Case for the Modularity of Language; Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1990. 169 pp. $27.50; 0-262-24030-0. DO - 10.1037/033439 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06473-059&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06456-030 AN - 2006-06456-030 AU - Krinsley, Karen E. AU - Keane, Terence M. T1 - Integrating Psychology and Pharmacology in Treating Anxiety. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1992/12// VL - 37 IS - 12 SP - 1289 EP - 1290 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06456-030. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Krinsley, Karen E.; National Center, Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD), Boston Veterans Administration (VA) Medical Center, MA, US. Release Date: 20061218. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety Disorders; Anxiety Management; Pharmacology. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Coryell, William (Ed); Winokur, George (Ed). The Clinical Management of Anxiety Disorders=New York: Oxford University Press, 1991. 156 pp. $27.95; 1991. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1992. KW - integrating psychology KW - pharmacology KW - treating anxiety KW - clinical management KW - anxiety disorders KW - 1992 KW - Anxiety Disorders KW - Anxiety Management KW - Pharmacology U2 - Coryell, William (Ed); Winokur, George (Ed). (1991); The Clinical Management of Anxiety Disorders; New York: Oxford University Press, 1991. 156 pp. $27.95; 0-19-505953-0. DO - 10.1037/031703 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06456-030&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06454-023 AN - 2006-06454-023 AU - Randahl, Gloria J. T1 - Wanted and Found: A Counselor's Practical Guide to Assessment. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1992/10// VL - 37 IS - 10 SP - 1022 EP - 1023 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06454-023. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Randahl, Gloria J.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Spinal Cord Injury Center, Albuquerque, NM, US. Release Date: 20061218. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counselors; Psychological Assessment; Psychometrics; Test Reliability; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Criminal Justice. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Hood, Albert B.; Johnson, Richard W. Assessment in Counseling: A Guide to the Use of Psychological Assessment Procedures=Alexandria, VA: American Association for Counseling and Development, 1991. 286 pp. $26.95 paperback; 1991. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1992. KW - psychological assessment KW - couseling KW - test validity KW - test reliability KW - psychometrics KW - criminal justice system KW - counselors KW - 1992 KW - Counselors KW - Psychological Assessment KW - Psychometrics KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - Criminal Justice U2 - Hood, Albert B.; Johnson, Richard W. (1991); Assessment in Counseling: A Guide to the Use of Psychological Assessment Procedures; Alexandria, VA: American Association for Counseling and Development, 1991. 286 pp. $26.95 paperback; 1-55620-074-9 (Paperback). DO - 10.1037/031465 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06454-023&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06454-018 AN - 2006-06454-018 AU - Maisto, Stephen A. T1 - Everything You Wanted to Know About Children of Alcoholics. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1992/10// VL - 37 IS - 10 SP - 1017 EP - 1018 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06454-018. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Maisto, Stephen A.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 20061218. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Children of Alcoholics. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Galanter, Marc (Ed). Recent Developments in Alcoholism, Vol. 9=New York: Plenum Press, 1991. 382 pp. $72.50; 1991. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1992. KW - alcoholism KW - children of alcoholics KW - 1992 KW - Alcoholism KW - Children of Alcoholics U2 - Galanter, Marc (Ed). (1991); Recent Developments in Alcoholism, Vol. 9; New York: Plenum Press, 1991. 382 pp. $72.50; 0-306-43840-2. DO - 10.1037/031460 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06454-018&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06460-071 AN - 2006-06460-071 AU - Rothi, Leslie J. Gonzalez AU - Geldmacher, David S. T1 - Integrating Neuroanatomy--Neurology and Speech-Language Pathology. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1992/05// VL - 37 IS - 5 SP - 491 EP - 492 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06460-071. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rothi, Leslie J. Gonzalez; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Gainesville, FL, US. Release Date: 20061218. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Language Disorders; Neuroanatomy; Neurology; Oral Communication; Speech Therapists. Minor Descriptor: Speech Language Pathology. Classification: Speech & Language Disorders (3270). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Murdoch, B. E. Acquired Speech and Language Disorders: A Neuroanatomical and Functional Neurological Approach=New York: Routledge, Chapman & Hall, 1990. 349 pp. $32.50 ($39.00, Canada) paperback; 1990. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: May, 1992. KW - neuroanatomy KW - neurology KW - speech-language pathology KW - language disorders KW - 1992 KW - Language Disorders KW - Neuroanatomy KW - Neurology KW - Oral Communication KW - Speech Therapists KW - Speech Language Pathology U2 - Murdoch, B. E. (1990); Acquired Speech and Language Disorders: A Neuroanatomical and Functional Neurological Approach; New York: Routledge, Chapman & Hall, 1990. 349 pp. $32.50 ($39.00, Canada) paperback; 0-412-33440-2 (Paperback). DO - 10.1037/032148 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06460-071&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107192140 T1 - Barriers to accessing hospice services before a late terminal state. AU - Johnson CB AU - Slaninka SC Y1 - 1999/04//Apr/May99 N1 - Accession Number: 107192140. Language: English. Entry Date: 20070101. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Europe; Peer Reviewed; UK & Ireland. Grant Information: Funded by West Chester University School of Health Sciences. NLM UID: 8506890. KW - Health Services Accessibility KW - Hospice Care KW - Caregivers -- Psychosocial Factors KW - Physicians -- Psychosocial Factors KW - Retrospective Design KW - Exploratory Research KW - Descriptive Research KW - Qualitative Studies KW - Interviews KW - Questionnaires KW - Audiorecording KW - Descriptive Statistics KW - Knowledge KW - Adult KW - Middle Age KW - Male KW - Female KW - Funding Source KW - Human SP - 225 EP - 238 JO - Death Studies JF - Death Studies JA - DEATH STUD VL - 23 IS - 3 CY - Oxfordshire, PB - Routledge AB - Although hospice care has been available in the United States for over 25 years, the trend of late terminal access persists. Quality assessments and interventions that will continue through a year of bereavement are based on early interactions and the formation of caring and trusting bonds. A qualitative research study was conducted to identify and describe barriers to timely access as perceived by those involved in hospice care: caregivers, hospice staff and volunteers, and referring physicians. Major findings include persistent knowledge deficits including misconceptions and lack of awareness of components and skill associated with hospice care: reluctance to disclose, discuss, or acknowledge patient terminality, and access of hospice care being perceived as giving up on the patient. SN - 0748-1187 AD - Coatesville Veterans Administration Medical Center, Coatesville, PA U2 - PMID: 10848152. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107192140&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Krischer, Jeffrey P. T1 - JO - Operations Research JF - Operations Research J1 - Operations Research PY - 1980/01//Jan/Feb80 Y1 - 1980/01//Jan/Feb80 VL - 28 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 97 EP - 113 PB - INFORMS: Institute for Operations Research SN - 0030364X AB - This paper describes 110 applications of decision analysis to health care. Each paper is characterized according to the particular problem it addresses and the methods employed in the application. These applications span 15 years of study and are reported in a widely dispersed literature. Nearly half of the published articles appear in journals with a medical audience and more than 25% of the studies remain unpublished. The major areas of application identified in this review have been the evaluation of alternatives in treatment and health policy planning. Studies discussing conceptual issues in the application of decision analysis represent a substantial portion of those identified. Almost equal numbers of applications involve the use of single and multiattribute utilities in scaling decision outcomes and relatively few apply to group utilities. General discussions of decision analysis methods and applications focused on probability assessments/analyses represent the other major categories of studies cited. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Operations Research is the property of INFORMS: Institute for Operations Research and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DECISION making KW - MEDICAL care KW - MEDICAL policy KW - PERIODICALS KW - PROBABILITY theory KW - MATHEMATICS N1 - Accession Number: 14619535; Source Information: Jan/Feb80, Vol. 28 Issue 1, p97; Subject Term: DECISION making; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: MEDICAL policy; Subject Term: PERIODICALS; Subject Term: PROBABILITY theory; Subject Term: MATHEMATICS; Subject Term: ; Number of Pages: 17p; ; Document Type: Article; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=mth&AN=14619535&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - mth ER - TY - JOUR AU - Esogbue, Augustine O. AU - Singh, Amar J. T1 - JO - Operations Research JF - Operations Research J1 - Operations Research PY - 1976/09//Sep/Oct76 Y1 - 1976/09//Sep/Oct76 VL - 24 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 884 PB - INFORMS: Institute for Operations Research SN - 0030364X AB - Ward beds are a primary resource under the control of hospital management. We develop a method for determining an optimum distribution of beds in a ward by assuming that ward patients can be classified into two categories, that admissions follow Poisson distribution, and that length of stay in the ward follows the negative exponential distribution. After defining a cut-off level as "the number of beds beyond which type 2 (non-serious) patients are not admitted," we develop a system of differential and difference (birth and death process) equations for the process. An objective function made up of shortage and holding costs is then developed and optimized for various values of cut-off priority level. An application of this model to a university teaching hospital in Cleveland is illustrated. The model is then extended to a situation where overflows are temporarily housed in a buffer accommodation or inappropriate ward. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Operations Research is the property of INFORMS: Institute for Operations Research and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HOSPITAL administration KW - HOSPITAL wards KW - PATIENTS KW - POISSON processes KW - EXPONENTIAL sums KW - PRODUCTION scheduling N1 - Accession Number: 6663768; Source Information: Sep/Oct76, Vol. 24 Issue 5, p884; Subject Term: HOSPITAL administration; Subject Term: HOSPITAL wards; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: POISSON processes; Subject Term: EXPONENTIAL sums; Subject Term: PRODUCTION scheduling; Subject Term: ; Number of Pages: 15p; ; Document Type: Article; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=mth&AN=6663768&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - mth ER - TY - JOUR ID - 106841957 T1 - Social cognitive and physical health determinants of exercise adherence for HIV-1 seropositive, early symptomatic men and women. AU - Pavone RM AU - Burnett KF AU - LaPerriere A AU - Perna FM Y1 - 1998/07// N1 - Accession Number: 106841957. Language: English. Entry Date: 20070101. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: Supported in part by National Institute of Mental Health Research Grant MH49548. NLM UID: 9421097. KW - Exercise KW - Health Status KW - HIV Infections -- Therapy KW - Patient Compliance KW - Self-Efficacy KW - Adult KW - CD4 Lymphocyte Count KW - Data Analysis Software KW - Data Analysis, Statistical KW - Descriptive Statistics KW - Female KW - Funding Source KW - Interviews KW - Male KW - Oxygen Consumption KW - P-Value KW - Research Dropouts KW - Human SP - 245 EP - 258 JO - International Journal of Behavioral Medicine JF - International Journal of Behavioral Medicine JA - INT J BEHAV MED VL - 5 IS - 3 CY - , PB - Springer Science & Business Media B.V. AB - This study examined social cognitive and physical health factors that might explain variations in exercise adherence in a 3-month supervised exercise intervention for a group of mildly symptomatic, HIV-1 seropositive men and women. The social cognitive predictor variables were outcome expectations and self-efficacy. The physical health predictor variables included CD4+ cell counts, self-report inventories of physical symptoms, and physicians' examinations. Self-report inventories of physical symptoms were associated with physicians' examinations and combined into a composite measure of physical health. Criterion variables included exercise adherence rates, VO2max change, and status as a 'remainer' versus 'drop-out.' The composite measure of physical health emerged as a significant predictor of adherence rate and gave perfect prediction of remainers and a moderate prediction of dropouts. No significant associations were observed between the social cognitive predictors and adherence. Results suggest that for this population physical health status is a better predictor of exercise adherence than either perceived self-efficacy or outcome expectancy. SN - 1070-5503 AD - Miami Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami, FL U2 - PMID: 16250705. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=106841957&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05393-041 AN - 2006-05393-041 AU - Novelly, Robert A. T1 - The Clinical Psychology of Epilepsy. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1990/02// VL - 35 IS - 2 SP - 158 EP - 159 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05393-041. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Novelly, Robert A.; Clinical Neuropsychology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 20061211. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Epidemiology; Epilepsy; Psychopathology. Minor Descriptor: Psychosis; Stigma; Violence. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Whitman, Steven (Ed); Hermann, Bruce P. (Ed). Psychopathology in Epilepsy: Social Dimensions=New York: Oxford University Press, 1986. 309 pp. $39.95; 1986. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1990. KW - clinical psychology KW - epilepsy KW - psychopathology KW - epidemiology KW - psychosocial problems KW - social stigma KW - psychosis KW - violence KW - 1990 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Epidemiology KW - Epilepsy KW - Psychopathology KW - Psychosis KW - Stigma KW - Violence U2 - Whitman, Steven (Ed); Hermann, Bruce P. (Ed). (1986); Psychopathology in Epilepsy: Social Dimensions; New York: Oxford University Press, 1986. 309 pp. $39.95; 0-19-503656-5. DO - 10.1037/028276 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-05393-041&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05392-062 AN - 2006-05392-062 AU - Binder, Laurence M. T1 - Hypothesis Testing in Neuropsychology. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 35 IS - 1 SP - 79 EP - 80 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05392-062. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Binder, Laurence M.; Portland Veterans Administration Medical Center, US. Release Date: 20061211. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hypothesis Testing; Medical Diagnosis; Neuropsychology; Patients; Testing. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Orsini, D. L.; Van Gorp, W. G.; Boone, K. B. The Neuropsychology Casebook=New York: Springer-Verlag, 1988. 270 pp. (New York); (Berlin). $46.00; 1988. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1990. KW - neuropsychology casebook KW - clinical judgment KW - hypothesis testing KW - patients KW - 1990 KW - Hypothesis Testing KW - Medical Diagnosis KW - Neuropsychology KW - Patients KW - Testing U2 - Orsini, D. L.; Van Gorp, W. G.; Boone, K. B. (1988); The Neuropsychology Casebook; New York: Springer-Verlag, 1988. 270 pp. (New York); (Berlin). $46.00; 0-387-96681-1; 3-540-96681-1. DO - 10.1037/028195 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-05392-062&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107328710 T1 - Meeting JCAHO patient-education standards. AU - Miller B AU - Capps E Y1 - 1997/05// N1 - Accession Number: 107328710. Language: English. Entry Date: 19970701. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; protocol; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Blind Peer Reviewed; Core Nursing; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8219243. KW - Patient Education -- Administration KW - Family -- Education KW - Hospital Programs KW - Readability KW - Program Development KW - Teaching Materials KW - Diagnosis-Related Groups KW - Joint Commission KW - Quality Improvement SP - 55 EP - 58 JO - Nursing Management JF - Nursing Management JA - NURS MANAGE VL - 28 IS - 5 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Specific standards and interdisciplinary coordination improve educational services and help to meet the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organization's standards. A flow chart detailing the patient/family education process is provided. SN - 0744-6314 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Memphis, Tennessee U2 - PMID: 9287798. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107328710&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107316649 T1 - Update on men's health. AU - Morley JE Y1 - 1996///Winter96/97 N1 - Accession Number: 107316649. Language: English. Entry Date: 20070101. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9426452. KW - Men's Health KW - Testosterone KW - Impotence KW - Alopecia KW - Prostatic Hypertrophy KW - Prostatic Neoplasms KW - Suicide KW - Middle Age KW - Aged KW - Male SP - 13 EP - 16 JO - Generations JF - Generations JA - GENERATIONS VL - 20 IS - 4 CY - San Francisco, California PB - American Society on Aging SN - 0738-7806 AD - Education and Clinical Center, St Louis Veterans Administration Medical Center, St Louis, Mo UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107316649&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107326465 T1 - A low vision reading comprehension test. AU - Watson GR AU - Wright V AU - Long S AU - De l'Aune W Y1 - 1996/11//Nov/Dec96 Part 1 of 2 N1 - Accession Number: 107326465. Language: English. Entry Date: 20050425. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Supplement Title: Nov/Dec96 Part 1 of 2. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. Instrumentation: Slosson Intelligence Test; Low Vision Reading Comprehension Assessment (LVRCA); Woodcock Reading Mastery Tests. Grant Information: Funded by Rehabilitation Research and Development Grant C93-610A from the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs and Grant G008435033 from the National Institute on Disability and Rehabilitation Research. NLM UID: 7802172. KW - Instrument Construction KW - Instrument Validation KW - Macular Degeneration KW - Reading -- Evaluation KW - Funding Source KW - Validation Studies KW - Research Subject Recruitment KW - Interrater Reliability KW - Correlation Coefficient KW - Test-Retest Reliability KW - Time Factors KW - Research Instruments KW - Descriptive Statistics KW - Adult KW - Middle Age KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and Over KW - Male KW - Female KW - Human SP - 486 EP - 494 JO - Journal of Visual Impairment & Blindness JF - Journal of Visual Impairment & Blindness JA - J VIS IMPAIRMENT BLINDNESS VL - 90 IS - 6 CY - New York, New York PB - American Foundation for the Blind AB - The Low Vision Reading Comprehension Assessment (LVRCA) uses an 18-sentence cloze format in two equivalent forms to measure understanding of print reading by persons with macular degeneration. It requires nine minutes to administer and thus can be used in clinical settings. This article describes its development and a study of the reliability and validity of the LVRCA tested on 50 persons with macular degeneration. SN - 0145-482X AD - Rehabilitation Research and Development Center, Atlanta Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1670 Clairmont Rd, Decatur, GA 30033; E-mail: UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107326465&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107383934 T1 - Leading work teams and improving performance. AU - Husting PM Y1 - 1996/09// N1 - Accession Number: 107383934. Language: English. Entry Date: 19961001. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Blind Peer Reviewed; Core Nursing; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8219243. KW - Team Building KW - Job Performance KW - Teamwork KW - Leadership KW - Teamwork -- Classification KW - Organizational Development KW - Critical Thinking SP - 35 EP - 38 JO - Nursing Management JF - Nursing Management JA - NURS MANAGE VL - 27 IS - 9 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Not all health care teams look alike, and the style of team leadership will vary with the members' needs. Careful analysis provides opportunities for intervention that strengthen a team's abilities. As a team plan is implemented, it must be modified as needed to keep pace with a continuously changing environment. SN - 0744-6314 AD - Nursing Education, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco U2 - PMID: 8850956. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107383934&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107384558 T1 - Social support networks of confidants to people with AIDS. AU - Jankowski S AU - Videka-Sherman L AU - Laquidara-Dickinson K Y1 - 1996/03// N1 - Accession Number: 107384558. Language: English. Entry Date: 20050425. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; research. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 2984852R. KW - Social Networks KW - AIDS Patients KW - Interpersonal Relations KW - Qualitative Studies KW - Semi-Structured Interview KW - Grounded Theory KW - Content Analysis KW - Family Relations KW - Stigma KW - Attitude to AIDS KW - Social Isolation KW - Adult KW - Middle Age KW - Male KW - Female KW - Human SP - 206 EP - 213 JO - Social Work JF - Social Work JA - SOC WORK VL - 41 IS - 2 PB - Oxford University Press / USA AB - AIDS has a devastating impact on the social support networks of those most closely involved with the person with AIDS (PWA). This qualitative study of the social support networks of confidants to PWAs reports the findings of intensive, semistructured interviews with 11 confidants. Numerous changes were observed in the confidants' supportive resources, network structure, and functioning. Implications for social work practice are discussed. SN - 0037-8046 AD - Mental Health Clinic, Stratton Veterans' Administration Medical Center, 113 Holland Avenue, Albany, NY 12208 U2 - PMID: 8851361. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107384558&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107426595 T1 - Emergency department patient classification system. AU - MacNaughton N Y1 - 1995/10// N1 - Accession Number: 107426595. Language: English. Entry Date: 19951101. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Blind Peer Reviewed; Core Nursing; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8219243. KW - Patient Classification KW - Nursing Costs KW - Emergency Service -- Administration KW - Task Performance and Analysis KW - Surveys KW - Workload Measurement KW - Reliability and Validity KW - Quality Improvement KW - Human SP - 34 EP - 38 JO - Nursing Management JF - Nursing Management JA - NURS MANAGE VL - 26 IS - 10 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Very little has been reported about costing out nursing services in emergency departments. In this study, an emergency care unit (ECU) worked with consultants to adapt the hospital patient classification system to provide more accurate ECU service charges for nursing care. SN - 0744-6314 AD - Ambulatory Care Clinics at Veterans' Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, Iowa U2 - PMID: 7566804. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107426595&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Call, Kathleen Thiede AU - Dowd, Bryan AU - Feldman, Roger AU - Maciejewski, Matthew T1 - Selection Experiences in Medicare HMOs: Pre-Enrollment Expenditures. JO - Health Care Financing Review JF - Health Care Financing Review Y1 - 1999///Summer99 VL - 20 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 197 EP - 209 PB - HCFA ORDS Publications SN - 01958631 AB - Using 1993 and 1994 data, the authors examine whether beneficiaries who enroll in a Medicare health maintenance organization (HMO), including those enrolling for only a short period of time, have lower expenditures than continuous fee-for-service (FFS) beneficiaries the year prior to enrollment. We also test whether biased selection varies by the level of HMO market penetration and the rate of market-share growth. We find favorable selection associated with enrollment into Medicare HMOs, which declines as market share increases but does not disappear Among short-term enrollees, we find unfavorable selection, however, selection bias was not sensitive to market characteristics. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Health Care Financing Review is the property of HCFA ORDS Publications and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HEALTH maintenance organizations KW - MARKET penetration KW - MARKET share KW - MEDICARE KW - MEDICARE beneficiaries N1 - Accession Number: 17357704; Call, Kathleen Thiede 1; Email Address: callx001@tc.umn.edu; Dowd, Bryan 1; Feldman, Roger 1; Maciejewski, Matthew 2; Affiliations: 1: University of Minnesota; 2: Veterans Administration Puget Sound Health Care System; Issue Info: Summer99, Vol. 20 Issue 4, p197; Thesaurus Term: HEALTH maintenance organizations; Thesaurus Term: MARKET penetration; Thesaurus Term: MARKET share; Thesaurus Term: MEDICARE; Subject Term: MEDICARE beneficiaries; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621491 HMO Medical Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621494 Community health centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923130 Administration of Human Resource Programs (except Education, Public Health, and Veterans' Affairs Programs); Number of Pages: 13p; Illustrations: 6 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 6768 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=17357704&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ainslie, George T1 - Derivation of 'rational' economic behavior from hyperbolic discount curves. JO - American Economic Review JF - American Economic Review Y1 - 1991/05// VL - 81 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 334 PB - American Economic Association SN - 00028282 AB - Recent research has discovered frequent anomalies in the utilitarian reasoning of the normal human adult. One of these seems especially inimical to a rational markets economy, the finding that peoples preference for a smaller good verses a greater but more delayed good often changes as a function of the time the choice is made, even though the difference in delay stays constant. Such change of reference as a function only of elapsing time is not an isolated finding, but has been observed in undergraduates choosing between longer or shorter periods of access to a video game or relief from noxious noise; in women deciding whether or not to have anesthesia for childbirth; in substance-abuse patients choosing between different amounts of real money; and even in animals choosing between two amounts of food at different delays. According to conventional utility theory, the value of delayed goods is discounted in an exponential curve; the curves from two alternative amounts of the same good available at different times should never cross in the absence of new information. KW - ECONOMICS KW - RESEARCH KW - CAPITALISM KW - SAVING & investment KW - UTILITY theory KW - UTILITARIANISM KW - REASONING (Logic) N1 - Accession Number: 9108193626; Ainslie, George 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Coatesville, PA 19320 and Jefferson Medical College.; Issue Info: May91, Vol. 81 Issue 2, p334; Thesaurus Term: ECONOMICS; Thesaurus Term: RESEARCH; Thesaurus Term: CAPITALISM; Thesaurus Term: SAVING & investment; Thesaurus Term: UTILITY theory; Subject Term: UTILITARIANISM; Subject Term: REASONING (Logic); Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 2 Charts, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=9108193626&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hisnanick, John J. AU - Gujral, Surinder S. T1 - Veterans' Health Insurance Status and Their Use of VA Medical Facilities: A Joint-Choice Analysis. JO - Social Science Quarterly (University of Texas Press) JF - Social Science Quarterly (University of Texas Press) Y1 - 1996/06// VL - 77 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 393 EP - 406 PB - University of Texas Press SN - 00384941 AB - The article examines factors influencing a veteran's decision to have health insurance and to use a Veterans Affairs (VA) facility. The underlying reasons influencing veterans' health insurance status and their usage of a VA facility are many and varied. Technically, a model of the probability of a veteran having health insurance and the probability of a veteran using a VA medical facility constitutes a bivariate dependent variable model, which has been shown to exhibit a form of partial observability. However, using a bivariate probit specification would account for the potential correlation between the two models and thereby correct for the selection bias that could be incurred by estimating only the VA usage model. The bivariate probit specification has been successfully used in estimating such joint-choice relationships as private health insurance and the demand for deductibles, union status and union jobs, and bank credit/loan applications and loan defaults. The article highlights on the significance of proposed changes in health care on the increase in demand for VA care. KW - VETERANS -- Loans KW - MEDICAL centers KW - DEDUCTIBLES (Insurance) KW - MEDICAL care KW - INSURANCE policies KW - HEALTH insurance N1 - Accession Number: 9703301419; Hisnanick, John J. 1; Gujral, Surinder S. 1; Affiliations: 1: U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs.; Issue Info: Jun96, Vol. 77 Issue 2, p393; Thesaurus Term: VETERANS -- Loans; Thesaurus Term: MEDICAL centers; Thesaurus Term: DEDUCTIBLES (Insurance); Thesaurus Term: MEDICAL care; Thesaurus Term: INSURANCE policies; Thesaurus Term: HEALTH insurance; NAICS/Industry Codes: 524111 Direct individual life, health and medical insurance carriers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 524112 Direct group life, health and medical insurance carriers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621491 HMO Medical Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 14p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=9703301419&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Greenhouse, Samuel M. T1 - The Planning-Programming-Budgeting System: Rationale, Language, and Idea-Relationships. JO - Public Administration Review JF - Public Administration Review Y1 - 1966/12// VL - 26 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 271 EP - 277 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00333352 AB - The underlying ideas, rationale, and language of PPBS are incisively described with a view, particularly, to distinguishing it from earlier management systems. The author shows very clearly the practitioner's concern with a viable, sharp-edged tool for defining priorities and evaluating accomplishment. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Public Administration Review is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BUDGET KW - MANAGEMENT science KW - STRATEGIC planning KW - MONETARY policy KW - PROGRAM budgeting KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 4594261; Greenhouse, Samuel M. 1; Affiliations: 1: The Administrator's Advisory Council, Veterans Administration.; Issue Info: Dec66, Vol. 26 Issue 4, p271; Thesaurus Term: BUDGET; Thesaurus Term: MANAGEMENT science; Thesaurus Term: STRATEGIC planning; Thesaurus Term: MONETARY policy; Subject Term: PROGRAM budgeting; Subject: UNITED States; NAICS/Industry Codes: 921130 Public Finance Activities; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=4594261&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Marlatt, G. Alan AU - Baer, John S. AU - Donovan, Dennis M. AU - Kivlahan, Daniel R. T1 - ADDICTIVE BEHAVIORS: ETIOLOGY AND TREATMENT. JO - Annual Review of Psychology JF - Annual Review of Psychology Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 39 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 223 PB - Annual Reviews Inc. SN - 00664308 AB - Focuses on various literary works related to addictive behavior as of January 1988. Conceptual models of addictive behavior; Discussion on transition and maintenance of addictive behavior; Factors affecting active change process. KW - COMPULSIVE behavior KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - BEHAVIOR KW - HUMAN biology N1 - Accession Number: 11266116; Marlatt, G. Alan 1; Baer, John S. 1; Donovan, Dennis M. 2; Kivlahan, Daniel R. 2; Affiliations: 1: Department of Psychology, NI-25, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195.; 2: Seattle Veterans Administration Medical Center, Department of Psychiatric and Behavioral Sciences, University of Washington, ZB-20, Seattle, Washington 98195.; Issue Info: 1988, Vol. 39 Issue 1, p223; Subject Term: COMPULSIVE behavior; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Subject Term: HUMAN biology; Number of Pages: 30p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=11266116&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - McGinty, Dennis AU - Szymusiak, Ronald T1 - NEURONAL UNIT ACTIVITY PATTERNS IN BEHAVING ANIMALS: Brainstem and Limbic System. JO - Annual Review of Psychology JF - Annual Review of Psychology Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 39 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 135 PB - Annual Reviews Inc. SN - 00664308 AB - Focuses on various literary works related to neuronal coding of animal behavior as of January 1988. Discussion on studies regarding reticular formation; Role of serotonin in the brain; Information about locus coeruleus neurons. KW - ANIMAL behavior KW - NEUROPHYSIOLOGY KW - RETICULAR formation KW - LOCUS coeruleus N1 - Accession Number: 11265998; McGinty, Dennis 1,2; Szymusiak, Ronald 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Neurophysiology Research, Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, California 91343.; 2: Department of Psychology, University of California, Los Angeles, California 90024.; Issue Info: 1988, Vol. 39 Issue 1, p135; Subject Term: ANIMAL behavior; Subject Term: NEUROPHYSIOLOGY; Subject Term: RETICULAR formation; Subject Term: LOCUS coeruleus; Number of Pages: 34p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=11265998&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Klopfer, Walter G. AU - Thulbee, Earls T1 - PROJECTIVE TESTS. JO - Annual Review of Psychology JF - Annual Review of Psychology Y1 - 1976/02// VL - 27 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 543 PB - Annual Reviews Inc. SN - 00664308 AB - Evaluates projective tests in psychology. Status of Rorschach test; Utility of Rorschach Prognostic Rating Scale in predicting changes as a function of the more traditional insight oriented therapies; Features of Thematic Apperception Test. KW - PROJECTIVE techniques KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - RORSCHACH Test KW - THEMATIC Apperception Test N1 - Accession Number: 11268085; Klopfer, Walter G. 1; Thulbee, Earls 2; Affiliations: 1: Department of Psychology, Portland State University, Portland, Oregon 97207.; 2: Psychology Service, Veterans Administration Center, Bay Pines, Florida 33504.; Issue Info: 1976, Vol. 27 Issue 1, p543; Subject Term: PROJECTIVE techniques; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: RORSCHACH Test; Subject Term: THEMATIC Apperception Test; Number of Pages: 25p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=11268085&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Beck, Edward C. T1 - ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY AND BEHAVIOR. JO - Annual Review of Psychology JF - Annual Review of Psychology Y1 - 1975/02// VL - 26 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 233 PB - Annual Reviews Inc. SN - 00664308 AB - Focuses on various literary works related to electrophysiology as of January 1975. Information about evoked response and the contingent negative variation in brain; Discussion on neurogenesis, the underlying neuroanatomy and neurophysiology of the evoked response; Psychological variables related to information processing in brain. KW - ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY KW - SLOW potentials (Electrophysiology) KW - DEVELOPMENTAL neurobiology KW - NEUROPHYSIOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 11286443; Beck, Edward C. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital and University of Utah Salt Lake City, Utah 84113.; Issue Info: 1975, Vol. 26 Issue 1, p233; Subject Term: ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY; Subject Term: SLOW potentials (Electrophysiology); Subject Term: DEVELOPMENTAL neurobiology; Subject Term: NEUROPHYSIOLOGY; Number of Pages: 30p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=11286443&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wayner, Matthew J. AU - Carey, Robert J. T1 - BASIC DRIVES. JO - Annual Review of Psychology JF - Annual Review of Psychology Y1 - 1973/02// VL - 24 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 53 PB - Annual Reviews Inc. SN - 00664308 AB - Analyzes various aspects of basic drives according to behavioral theories. Contradictions regarding the concept of basic drive; Discussion on the consummatory behavior in animals; Analysis of the motor activity in understanding basic drives. KW - MOTIVATION (Psychology) KW - MOTOR ability KW - BEHAVIOR KW - PERSONALITY & motivation N1 - Accession Number: 11265357; Wayner, Matthew J. 1; Carey, Robert J. 2; Affiliations: 1: Brain Research Laboratory Syracuse University, Syracuse, New York.; 2: Syracuse Veterans Administration Hospital Syracuse, New York.; Issue Info: 1973, Vol. 24 Issue 1, p53; Subject Term: MOTIVATION (Psychology); Subject Term: MOTOR ability; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Subject Term: PERSONALITY & motivation; Number of Pages: 28p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=11265357&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jarvik, Murray E. T1 - EFFECTS OF CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL TREATMENTS ON LEARNING AND MEMORY. JO - Annual Review of Psychology JF - Annual Review of Psychology Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 23 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 457 PB - Annual Reviews Inc. SN - 00664308 AB - Focuses on effects of chemical and physical treatments on learning and memory. Information on memory-impairing actions of electroconvulsive shock in humans and animals; Method of evaluating the mechanism of electroconvulsive shock-induced amnesia; Effects of electroconvulsive shock; Treatment during the retention interval. KW - ELECTROCONVULSIVE therapy KW - MEMORY KW - LEARNING KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 11264707; Jarvik, Murray E. 1,2,3; Affiliations: 1: Departments of Pharmacology and Psychiatry, Albert Einstern College of Medicine, Bronx, New York.; 2: Departments of Pharmacology and Psychiatry, UCLA School of Medicine, Los Angeles, California.; 3: U S Veterans Administration, Brentwood, California.; Issue Info: 1972, Vol. 23 Issue 1, p457; Subject Term: ELECTROCONVULSIVE therapy; Subject Term: MEMORY; Subject Term: LEARNING; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 30p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=11264707&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ponterotto, Joseph G. AU - Pace, Terry M. AU - Kavan, Michale G. T1 - A Counselor's Guide to the Assessment of Depression. JO - Journal of Counseling & Development JF - Journal of Counseling & Development Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 67 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 301 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 07489633 AB - This article discusses various methods and procedures for assessing depression in clients. The following eight clinician rating and client self-report measures of depression are reviewed on the basis of their psychometric properties and applied pragmatic utility: the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression, the Beck Depression Inventory, the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory-Scale 2 (Depression), the Depression Adjective Checklists, the Multiple Affect Adjective Checklist, the Zung Self-Rating Depression Scale, the Hopkins Symptom Checklist-90, and the Children's Depression Inventory. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Counseling & Development is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MENTAL depression -- Diagnosis KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - BECK Depression Inventory KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - MEASURES of Psychosocial Development KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 4962239; Ponterotto, Joseph G. 1; Pace, Terry M. 2; Kavan, Michale G. 3; Affiliations: 1: Assistant Professor, Division of Psychological and Education Services, Graduate School of Education, Fordham University, Lincoln Center, New York, NY 10023-7478.; 2: Completing Predoctoral Internship in Counseling Psychology, Minneapolis, Minnesota Veterans Administration Hospital.; 3: Director of Behavioral sciences, Department of Family Practice, School of Medicine, Creighton University, Omaha, Nebraska.; Issue Info: Jan89, Vol. 67 Issue 5, p301; Subject Term: MENTAL depression -- Diagnosis; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: BECK Depression Inventory; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: MEASURES of Psychosocial Development; Subject: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 10p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=4962239&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kongstvedt, Sheryl J. T1 - Cognitive Approaches to Pain Control: Common Factors Underlying Their Effectiveness. JO - Journal of Counseling & Development JF - Journal of Counseling & Development Y1 - 1987/06// VL - 65 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 538 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 07489633 AB - The author reviews the cognitive approaches to pain control and discusses how expectancy of success in general and self-efficacy in particular mediate successful outcomes.
In this article I review the cognitive approaches to pain control, focusing particularly on what makes one approach more likely to be effective than another, and bring together the common factors that may influence successful I treatment of chronic pain. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Counseling & Development is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CHRONIC pain KW - SELF-efficacy KW - COGNITION KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - ANALGESICS KW - CONDITIONED response N1 - Accession Number: 4979707; Kongstvedt, Sheryl J. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: PHD Candidate, University of Nebraska-Lincoln.; 2: Clinical Psychology intern, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Pittsburgh.; Issue Info: Jun87, Vol. 65 Issue 10, p538; Subject Term: CHRONIC pain; Subject Term: SELF-efficacy; Subject Term: COGNITION; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: ANALGESICS; Subject Term: CONDITIONED response; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=4979707&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bedeian, Arthur G. AU - Armenakis, Achilles A. AU - Curran, Shirley M. T1 - THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN ROLE STRESS AND JOB-RELATED, INTERPERSONAL, AND ORGANIZATION CLIMATE FACTORS. JO - Journal of Social Psychology JF - Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1981/04// VL - 113 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 247 PB - Taylor & Francis Ltd SN - 00224545 AB - Relationships between job-related, interpersonal, and organizational climate factors and experienced role stress (i.e., role ambiguity and role conflict) were examined on the basis of data drawn from 202 male and female nursing personnel. The job-related factors measured were satisfaction, tension, performance, and propensity to leave. Interpersonal indices included supervisory support, goal emphasis, work facilitation, and group interaction. Organizational climate was assessed using measures of communication flow, motivational conditions, decision-making practices, and human resource primacy. The moderating impact of organizational level on relationships of role stress with satisfaction and performance was also assessed. Both role ambiguity and role conflict were found to be significantly related to a number of the above-mentioned factors. These results suggest that consistent relationships exist between these factors and both role ambiguity and role conflict. No significant moderator effects for organizational level were isolated. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Social Psychology is the property of Taylor & Francis Ltd and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - INTERPERSONAL relations KW - ORGANIZATION KW - JOB satisfaction KW - JOB performance KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - SOCIAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 5393912; Bedeian, Arthur G. 1,2; Armenakis, Achilles A. 1,2; Curran, Shirley M. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Auburn University; 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tuskegee, Alabama; Issue Info: Apr1981, Vol. 113 Issue 2, p247; Thesaurus Term: INTERPERSONAL relations; Thesaurus Term: ORGANIZATION; Thesaurus Term: JOB satisfaction; Thesaurus Term: JOB performance; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: SOCIAL psychology; Number of Pages: 14p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=5393912&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ekerdt, David J. AU - Rose, Charles L. AU - Bosse, Raymond AU - Costa, Paul T. T1 - Longitudinal change in preferred age of retirement. JO - Journal of Occupational Psychology JF - Journal of Occupational Psychology Y1 - 1976/09// VL - 49 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 161 EP - 169 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 03058107 AB - It has been observed that among workers there is an inverse relationship between the proximity of retirement and its attractiveness. This study analysed the longitudinal change, over the ten years between two sampling times T[sub 1] and T[sub 2], in preferred retirement age for a series of age cohorts. The sample included 1458 males aged 35-81 at T[sub 2]. Cohort means at T[sub 1] and T[sub 2] and an additional residual change score both showed a similar trend in the direction of older workers preferring a later retirement age over time. The shift to a preference for later retirement was estimated to occur in the early 50s. This preference for later retirement was seen as an attempt to delay the status changes of retirement, and not as a rejection of retirement or an absolute preference for work. The data also showed a longitudinal change in social values toward a more favourable appraisal of retirement among all age cohorts. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Occupational Psychology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RETIREMENT age KW - AGE & employment KW - RETIREMENT KW - EMPLOYEES KW - LONGITUDINAL method KW - OLDER people KW - AGE groups N1 - Accession Number: 6292997; Ekerdt, David J. 1,2; Rose, Charles L. 1; Bosse, Raymond 1,3; Costa, Paul T. 1,4; Affiliations: 1: The Normative Aging Study, Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass.; 2: Boston University.; 3: Hellenic College, Boston, Mass.; 4: University of Massachusetts, Boston.; Issue Info: Sep76, Vol. 49 Issue 3, p161; Thesaurus Term: RETIREMENT age; Thesaurus Term: AGE & employment; Thesaurus Term: RETIREMENT; Thesaurus Term: EMPLOYEES; Subject Term: LONGITUDINAL method; Subject Term: OLDER people; Subject Term: AGE groups; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=6292997&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lezak, Muriel D. T1 - The Problem of Assessing Executive Functions. JO - International Journal of Psychology JF - International Journal of Psychology Y1 - 1982/01// VL - 17 IS - 1-4 M3 - Article SP - 281 EP - 297 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00207594 AB - The capacities for formulating goals, planning, and carrying out plans effectively - the executive functions - are essential for independent, creative, and socially constructive behavior. Although they tend to be vulnerable to brain impairment, they are often overlooked in neuropsychological and neurological examinations. Reasons why there are few formalized examination procedures for evaluating executive functions are suggested. Prefrontal contributions and the importance of other brain areas (e.g., subcortical, right hemisphere) to executive functions are discussed. Assessment techniques are presented for evaluating four categories of executive capacities: (1) goal formulation, (2) planning, (3) carrying out goal-directed plans, and (4) effective performance. The Tinkertoy Test, which can provide information about these capacities, is described in some detail. Need for further exploration in this area is emphasized. [ABSTRACT FROM PUBLISHER] AB - Copyright of International Journal of Psychology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 76014284; Lezak, Muriel D. 1; Affiliations: 1: Oregon Health Sciences University and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, OR, 97201, USA; Issue Info: Jan1982, Vol. 17 Issue 1-4, p281; Number of Pages: 17p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1080/00207598208247445 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=76014284&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hogan, Andrew J. AU - Aubey, Robert T. T1 - Compulsory Insurance and Allocative Efficiency in Agriculture. JO - Journal of Risk & Insurance JF - Journal of Risk & Insurance Y1 - 1984/06// VL - 51 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 342 EP - 348 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00224367 AB - This article presents a note that addresses the question of how the compulsory use of crop insurance by farmers who participate in agricultural credit programs will affect allocative behavior. In this article, it shows that the properly designed public programs of crop credit insurance do not lead to a misallocation of resources. The article demonstrated that the obligatory crop credit insurance can produce benefits for farmers whose risk preferences might limit their use of agricultural credit. The profit-maximizing farmer is indifferent to the existence of an actuarially fair insurance scheme. KW - CROP insurance KW - PROPERTY insurance KW - INSURANCE KW - AGRICULTURAL credit KW - COMPULSORY insurance KW - FARMERS N1 - Accession Number: 5127062; Hogan, Andrew J. 1; Aubey, Robert T. 2; Affiliations: 1: Great Lakes Regional Health Services Research and Development Program Veterans Administration, Ann Arbor, Michigan; 2: Graduate School of Business, University of Wisconsin-Madison; Issue Info: Jun84, Vol. 51 Issue 2, p342; Thesaurus Term: CROP insurance; Thesaurus Term: PROPERTY insurance; Thesaurus Term: INSURANCE; Thesaurus Term: AGRICULTURAL credit; Thesaurus Term: COMPULSORY insurance; Subject Term: FARMERS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 522299 All other non-depository credit intermediation; NAICS/Industry Codes: 522298 All Other Nondepository Credit Intermediation; NAICS/Industry Codes: 522292 Real Estate Credit; NAICS/Industry Codes: 525190 Other Insurance Funds; NAICS/Industry Codes: 524298 All Other Insurance Related Activities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 524292 Third Party Administration of Insurance and Pension Funds; NAICS/Industry Codes: 524121 Direct general property and casualty insurance carriers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 524124 Direct property insurance carriers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 524126 Direct Property and Casualty Insurance Carriers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 524129 Other direct insurance (except life, health and medical) carriers; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=5127062&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hernandez-Peon, R. AU - Sterman, M.B. T1 - BRAIN FUNCTIONS. JO - Annual Review of Psychology JF - Annual Review of Psychology Y1 - 1966/02// VL - 17 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 363 PB - Annual Reviews Inc. SN - 00664308 AB - Examines various literature on brain functions. Wakefulness and attention; Sleep; Neurobehavioral studies of instrumental learning. KW - NEUROPHYSIOLOGY KW - WAKEFULNESS KW - ATTENTION KW - SLEEP N1 - Accession Number: 11299395; Hernandez-Peon, R. 1,2,3; Sterman, M.B. 1,2,3; Affiliations: 1: Instituto de Investigaciones Cerebrales in Mexico; 2: Veterans Administration Hospital in Sepulveda, California; 3: University of California in Los Angeles, California; Issue Info: 1966, Vol. 17 Issue 1, p363; Subject Term: NEUROPHYSIOLOGY; Subject Term: WAKEFULNESS; Subject Term: ATTENTION; Subject Term: SLEEP; Number of Pages: 32p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=11299395&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lorr, Maurice T1 - CLASSIFICATION OF THE BEHAVIOR DISORDERS. JO - Annual Review of Psychology JF - Annual Review of Psychology Y1 - 1961/02// VL - 12 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 195 EP - 216 PB - Annual Reviews Inc. SN - 00664308 AB - Focuses on classification of behavior disorders. Information about schizophrenia; Features of affective disorders. KW - BEHAVIOR disorders in children KW - BEHAVIOR disorders in adolescence KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - AFFECTIVE disorders N1 - Accession Number: 11290515; Lorr, Maurice 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration, Washington, D C.; Issue Info: 1961, Vol. 12 Issue 1, p195; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR disorders in children; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR disorders in adolescence; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: AFFECTIVE disorders; Number of Pages: 22p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=11290515&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Masserman, Jules H. AU - Gross, Zoltan AU - Pechtel, Curtis T1 - ABNORMALITIES OF BEHAVIOR. JO - Annual Review of Psychology JF - Annual Review of Psychology Y1 - 1954/02// VL - 5 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 263 EP - 280 PB - Annual Reviews Inc. SN - 00664308 AB - Presents a review of the psychological literature pertaining to abnormalities of behavior, completed in April 1953. Experimental investigations; Research studies in diagnosis; Psychosomatic dysfunctions; Etiology and prevention of the neuroses; Abnormal behavior in military settings; Psychoses. KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL literature KW - LITERATURE reviews N1 - Accession Number: 11290558; Masserman, Jules H. 1; Gross, Zoltan 1; Pechtel, Curtis 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Nervous and Mental Diseases, Northwestern University, Illinois and the Downey Veterans Administration Hospital, Illinois; Issue Info: 1954, Vol. 5 Issue 1, p263; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL literature; Subject Term: LITERATURE reviews; Number of Pages: 18p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=11290558&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107319044 T1 - Torsades de pointes from terfenadine and sotalol given in combination. AU - Feroze H AU - Suri R AU - Silverman DI Y1 - 1996/10// N1 - Accession Number: 107319044. Language: English. Entry Date: 20070101. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: Supported by the General Clinical Research Center, Grant #M01RR06192 (Dr. Silverman). NLM UID: 7803944. KW - Torsades de Pointes -- Chemically Induced KW - Terfenadine -- Adverse Effects KW - Drug Interactions KW - Antiarrhythmia Agents -- Therapeutic Use KW - Atrial Fibrillation -- Drug Therapy KW - Aged KW - Female KW - Funding Source SP - 1519 EP - 1521 JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JA - PACING CLIN ELECTROPHYSIOL VL - 19 IS - 10 CY - Malden, Massachusetts PB - Wiley-Blackwell AB - A patient receiving sotalol developed recurrent torsades de pointes following the addition of terfenadine (Seldane) to her medical regimen. A 71-year-old woman with a history of atrial fibrillation successfully suppressed with sotalol, 80 mg bid, was started on terfenadine, 60 mg bid. Eight days later, she developed repeated self-terminating episodes of torsades de pointes. Sotalol and terfenadine were discontinued, and no further arrhythmia was observed after 72 hours of temporary pacing was discontinued. SN - 0147-8389 AD - Cardiology Division, John Dempsey Hospital, University of Connecticut Health Center, Farmington, and the Newington Veterans Administration Medical Center Newington, Connecticut U2 - PMID: 8904547. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107319044&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wolinsky, Fredric D. AU - Fitzgerald, John F. T1 - Subsequent Hip Fracture Among Older Adults. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1994/08// VL - 84 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 1316 EP - 1316 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Subsequent hip fracture among the 368 Longitudinal Study on Aging respondents who fractured their hips from 1984 through 1991 was prospectively examined. Case-by-case review of the billing records indicated that 27 subsequent hip fractures occurred, for a rate of 1 every 33.8 person-years. Multivariable proportional hazard regression revealed that increased risks of subsequent hip fracture were associated with poor perceived health status and dizziness. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - WOUNDS & injuries KW - HEALTH KW - Fractures in old age KW - Older people KW - Medical care for the aged KW - Older people -- Diseases KW - Dizziness N1 - Accession Number: 9409062818; Wolinsky, Fredric D. 1,2; Fitzgerald, John F. 1,2,3; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine, Indiana University School of Medicine, Indianapolis, Ind.; 2: Regenstrief Institute for Health Care, Indianapolis, Ind.; 3: Richard Roudebush Veterans Administration Medical Center, Indianapolis; Issue Info: Aug1994, Vol. 84 Issue 8, p1316; Thesaurus Term: WOUNDS & injuries; Thesaurus Term: HEALTH; Subject Term: Fractures in old age; Subject Term: Older people; Subject Term: Medical care for the aged; Subject Term: Older people -- Diseases; Subject Term: Dizziness; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=9409062818&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Williams, Brent C. AU - Demitrack, Lucy B. AU - Fries, Brant E. T1 - The Accuracy of the National Death Index When Personal Identifiers Other Than Social Security Number Are Used. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1992/08// VL - 82 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 1145 EP - 1145 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - This study analyzed the accuracy of the National Death Index when personal identifiers were used that included or excluded Social Security number. Computerized records of the Department of Veterans Affairs were used for comparison. Different combinations of identifiers other than Social Security number correctly identified from 83 to 92 percent of dead and 92 to 99 percent of living persons. These results should prove useful in ascertaining the mortality status of patient populations without information on Social Security numbers. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Mortality -- Statistics KW - Mortality -- United States KW - Personal identification numbers KW - Social security KW - United States KW - United States. Dept. of Veterans Affairs N1 - Accession Number: 9212140369; Williams, Brent C. 1,2; Demitrack, Lucy B. 3; Fries, Brant E. 1,3; Affiliations: 1: Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Medical Center Geriatrics Research Education and Clinical Center, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor; 2: Department of Internal Medicine, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor; 3: Institute of Gerontology and School of Public Health, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor; Issue Info: Aug1992, Vol. 82 Issue 8, p1145; Subject Term: Mortality -- Statistics; Subject Term: Mortality -- United States; Subject Term: Personal identification numbers; Subject Term: Social security; Subject: United States ; Company/Entity: United States. Dept. of Veterans Affairs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=9212140369&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2004-17577-026 AN - 2004-17577-026 AU - Varney, Nils R. T1 - Aphasiology: An important milestone. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1997/09// VL - 42 IS - 9 SP - 818 EP - 818 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2004-17577-026. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Varney, Nils R.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 20050129. Correction Date: 20170130. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Neuroanatomy; Neuropsychology; Neurosciences. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Benson, D. Frank; Ardila, Alfredo. Aphasia: A Clinical Perspective=New York: Oxford University Press, 1996. 441 pp. $49.95; 1996. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1997. KW - clinical aphasiology KW - aphasia KW - neuropsychology KW - neurolinguistics KW - functional neuroanatomy KW - 1997 KW - Aphasia KW - Neuroanatomy KW - Neuropsychology KW - Neurosciences U2 - Benson, D. Frank; Ardila, Alfredo. (1996); Aphasia: A Clinical Perspective; New York: Oxford University Press, 1996. 441 pp. $49.95; 0-19-508934-0. DO - 10.1037/001334 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2004-17577-026&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2004-17488-053 AN - 2004-17488-053 AU - Thomas, Stephen James T1 - Review of Foundations of Vision. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1997/07// VL - 42 IS - 7 SP - 649 EP - 649 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2004-17488-053. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Thomas, Stephen James; Northern California System of Clinics, Veterans Administration, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 20050129. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Vision. Classification: Visual Perception (2323). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Wandell, Brian A. Foundations of Vision=Sunderland, MA: Sinauer Associates, Inc. 476 pp. $45.95; 1995. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1997. KW - vision KW - 1997 KW - Vision U2 - Wandell, Brian A. (1995); Foundations of Vision; Sunderland, MA: Sinauer Associates, Inc. 476 pp. $45.95; 0-87893-853-2. DO - 10.1037/000258 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2004-17488-053&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107411481 T1 - Effective communication using a speech aid for a postlaryngectomy patient undergoing regional anesthesia: a case report. AU - Burnstein A AU - Page E Y1 - 1995/04// N1 - Accession Number: 107411481. Language: English. Entry Date: 19950701. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study. Journal Subset: Blind Peer Reviewed; Core Nursing; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0431420. KW - Anesthesia Nursing KW - Communication Aids for Disabled KW - Laryngectomy KW - Anesthesia, Conduction KW - Surgical Patients KW - Diagnosis, Urologic KW - Aged KW - Inpatients KW - Male SP - 154 EP - 156 JO - AANA Journal JF - AANA Journal JA - AANA J VL - 63 IS - 2 CY - Park Ridge, Illinois PB - American Association of Nurse Anesthetists AB - A 73-year-old postlaryngectomy male with a tracheostomy was admitted for bladder biopsy and right retrograde pyelogram. At the preoperative visit, the patient was able to communicate effectively only after the suggestion was made to use his speech aid. The patient was asked to bring his SERVOX Inton electrolarynx to the operating room. The patient received a spinal anesthetic. Adequate communication during the 150-minute procedure was maintained using his speech aid. Postlaryngectomy voicelessness is a cause of psychological trauma in the postlaryngectomy patient. Different techniques have been proposed for producing sounds. An artificial larynx can be used for the postlaryngectomy patient while, or instead of learning other types of speech. To prevent the possibility of electrical shock while using a metal encased electrolarynx in conjunction with an electrosurgical unit, we recommend removing the metal housing. When intubating a patient with a speech prosthesis in a surgically created tracheoesophageal puncture, we suggest removing the prosthesis and stenting the tracheoesophageal puncture with a catheter. This will prevent both disloding of the speech prosthesis and closure of the fistula. It is important for the anesthetist to become familiar with speech aids in order to establish effective communication with postlaryngectomy patients. SN - 0094-6354 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx NY U2 - PMID: 7740911. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107411481&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Revicki, Dennis A. AU - Israel, Richard G. T1 - Relationship between Body Mass Indices and Measures of Body Adiposity. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1986/08// VL - 76 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 992 EP - 994 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: We examined the relationship between various body mass indices (BMIs), skinfold measures, and laboratory measures of body fat in 474 males aged 20-70 years. Evaluations included height, weight, skinfold thickness, and hydrostatic measurements of adiposity. The weight-height ratio (W/H), Quetelet index (W/H&sup 2;), Khosla-Lowe index (W/H&sup 3;), and Berm index (W/H[sup P]) were calculated. The correlations among the various BMIs were high, ranging from 0.91 to 0.99, and all were strongly correlated with weight (rs = 0.81 - 0.98), while only W/H&sup 2; (r = -.03) and W/H[sup P] (r = -.01) were not correlated with height. The W/H&sup 2; and W/H[sup P] had the strongest correlation with hydrostatic and skinfold measurements, although all the BMIs were significantly correlated with these measurements. Results suggest that the Benn index and the Quetelet index are equally valid estimates of body fat in respect to their relationship with hydrostatic measures. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Body mass index KW - Obesity KW - Human physiology KW - Skinfold thickness KW - Body weight KW - Fat KW - Physical diagnosis KW - Anthropometry KW - Human body composition N1 - Accession Number: 4686104; Revicki, Dennis A. 1; Israel, Richard G. 2; Affiliations: 1: Senior Health Scientist, Health Services Research and Development Special Projects Office (152) Veterans Administration Medical Center, Perry Point, MD 21902; 2: Director, Human Performance Laboratory, East Carolina University, Greenville, NC; Issue Info: Aug1986, Vol. 76 Issue 8, p992; Subject Term: Body mass index; Subject Term: Obesity; Subject Term: Human physiology; Subject Term: Skinfold thickness; Subject Term: Body weight; Subject Term: Fat; Subject Term: Physical diagnosis; Subject Term: Anthropometry; Subject Term: Human body composition; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4686104&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lawrence, Charles E. AU - Reilly, Andrew A. AU - Quickenton, Phillip AU - Greenwald, Peter AU - Page, William F. AU - Kuntz, Amy J. T1 - Mortality Patterns of New York State Vietnam Veterans. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1985/03// VL - 75 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 277 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: Mortality odds ratios (MORs) comparing veterans with Vietnam service who died in New York State to veterans of the Vietnam era with no Vietnam service were estimated (N - 1.496). The most elevated M()Rs and their confidence intervals were nonmotor vehicular injuries of transport (MOR = 2.18. (l. 19. 3.96}). other accidents and burns MOR = 1.37. 10.95. l.98)), and homicide (MOR = 1.59. (0.86. 2.94). (Am J Public Health 1985; 75:277-279.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Dioxins KW - Herbicides -- Physiological effect KW - Public health KW - Mortality -- Statistics KW - Death -- Causes KW - Accidents KW - Vietnam veterans KW - Vietnam War, 1961-1975 KW - New York (State) N1 - Accession Number: 4948576; Lawrence, Charles E. 1; Reilly, Andrew A. 1; Quickenton, Phillip 1; Greenwald, Peter 2; Page, William F. 3; Kuntz, Amy J. 3; Affiliations: 1: New York State Department of Health.; 2: National Cancer Institute.; 3: Veterans Administration.; Issue Info: Mar1985, Vol. 75 Issue 3, p277; Thesaurus Term: Dioxins; Thesaurus Term: Herbicides -- Physiological effect; Thesaurus Term: Public health; Subject Term: Mortality -- Statistics; Subject Term: Death -- Causes; Subject Term: Accidents; Subject Term: Vietnam veterans; Subject Term: Vietnam War, 1961-1975; Subject: New York (State); NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4948576&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Connelly, Shirley V. AU - Connelly, Patricia A. T1 - Physicians' Patient Referrals to a Nurse Practitioner in a Primary Care Medical Clinic . JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1979/01// VL - 69 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 73 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - The article discusses the impact of the nurse practitioners (NP) role on health care delivery. In this context, the author mentioned the consumer dissatisfaction with depersonalized and crisis-oriented health care that is well documented. These studies show that NP can be utilized to manage common ailments and chronic-stabilized conditions of patients with effectiveness comparing favorably to physician management of such conditions. A Veterans Administration Hospital Primary Care Medical Clinic with a health care team had conducted these studies. KW - Nurse practitioners KW - Medical care KW - Nursing -- Practice KW - Medical personnel KW - Health care teams KW - Medical research KW - Primary care (Medicine) KW - First aid in illness & injury KW - Medical referral N1 - Accession Number: 6008683; Connelly, Shirley V. 1; Connelly, Patricia A. 1; Affiliations: 1: Primary Care Medical Clinic, Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis.; Issue Info: Jan1979, Vol. 69 Issue 1, p73; Subject Term: Nurse practitioners; Subject Term: Medical care; Subject Term: Nursing -- Practice; Subject Term: Medical personnel; Subject Term: Health care teams; Subject Term: Medical research; Subject Term: Primary care (Medicine); Subject Term: First aid in illness & injury; Subject Term: Medical referral; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541712 Research and Development in the Physical, Engineering, and Life Sciences (except Biotechnology); Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=6008683&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wallace, Robert B. AU - Donta, Sam T. T1 - Antibody to Escherichia coli Enterotoxin in Meat-Packing Workers. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1978/01// VL - 68 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 68 EP - 70 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - The article focuses on antibody to Escherichia coli enterotoxin in Meat-Packing workers. It is nearly 50 years since the suggestion was made that certain strains of Escherichia coli could cause human diarrhea. It is now apparent that certain Escherichia coli strains are interopathogenIc by three mechanisms: production of heat-stable (SD or heat-labile (LT) enterotoxins or by direct invasion of the gut, similar to Shigelia species. The adrenal cell tissue culture assay for detecting heatable E. coli enterotoxin and antitoxin has been previously described. On the basis of this, briefly, the assay is based on the antibody neutralization of a standardized quantity of heat-labile enterotoxin. Absence of antibody allows the enterotoxin to alter the morphology of the adrenal cells. Statistical differences between various analytical groups within the study were determined by application of the standard t-test to the reciprocal geometric mean titers of the individual groups. KW - PHYSIOLOGY KW - Packing houses (Meat packing industry) KW - Diseases -- Causes & theories of causation KW - Escherichia coli KW - Diarrhea KW - Tissue culture KW - Enterotoxins N1 - Accession Number: 5673980; Wallace, Robert B. 1; Donta, Sam T. 2; Affiliations: 1: Department of Preventive Medicine and Environmental Health, University of Iowa College of Medicine. Iowa City, IA 52242.; 2: Clinical Investigator, Veterans Administration.; Issue Info: Jan1978, Vol. 68 Issue 1, p68; Thesaurus Term: PHYSIOLOGY; Thesaurus Term: Packing houses (Meat packing industry); Thesaurus Term: Diseases -- Causes & theories of causation; Subject Term: Escherichia coli; Subject Term: Diarrhea; Subject Term: Tissue culture; Subject Term: Enterotoxins; NAICS/Industry Codes: 311611 Animal (except Poultry) Slaughtering; NAICS/Industry Codes: 311612 Meat Processed from Carcasses; NAICS/Industry Codes: 311614 Rendering and meat processing from carcasses; NAICS/Industry Codes: 111421 Nursery and Tree Production; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=5673980&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Baer, Daniel M. AU - Belsey, Richard E. AU - Skeels, Micheal R. T1 - A Survey of State Regulation of Testing for Drugs of Abuse Outside of Licensed (accredited) Clinical Laboratories. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 80 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 713 EP - 715 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: We surveyed all 50 states to find out if testing for drugs of abuse outside of clinical laboratories was regulated. In 14 states such regulations existed or were contemplated. Eight additional states indicated that regulatory language does not restrict their oversight of Such testing. Content of the regulations is described for each of these 22 states. (Am J Public Health 1990; 80:713-715.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Drugs of abuse KW - Drug laws & regulations KW - Public health laws KW - Public health KW - Health KW - Psychiatric drugs KW - Pathological laboratories KW - Pharmaceutical policy KW - Narcotic laws KW - Human services N1 - Accession Number: 4685110; Baer, Daniel M. 1; Belsey, Richard E. 2; Skeels, Micheal R. 3; Affiliations: 1: Chief, Laboratory Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3710 SW US Veterans Hospital Road, Portland, OR 97207; 2: Professor of Clinical Pathology, Oregon Health Sciences University, Portland; 3: Director, Oregon Public Health Laboratory, Portland; Issue Info: Jun90, Vol. 80 Issue 6, p713; Thesaurus Term: Drugs of abuse; Thesaurus Term: Drug laws & regulations; Thesaurus Term: Public health laws; Thesaurus Term: Public health; Thesaurus Term: Health; Subject Term: Psychiatric drugs; Subject Term: Pathological laboratories; Subject Term: Pharmaceutical policy; Subject Term: Narcotic laws; Subject Term: Human services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325412 Pharmaceutical Preparation Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424210 Drugs and Druggists' Sundries Merchant Wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621511 Medical Laboratories; NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4685110&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Reuler, James B. T1 - Health Care for the Homeless in a National Health Program. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 79 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 1033 EP - 1035 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: To assess the impact of adoption of a national health program on homeless care in the United States, care for this group in Britain's National Health Service (NHS) was evaluated. Although hospital and medication charges are eliminated, primary care for the homeless lacks central government directive, suffers from overlap of statutory agencies and mechanistic biases, is disproportionately delivered in emergency rooms, and has relied on advocacy by the non-profit sector. Disadvantages of this void in NHS provision are marginalization of the homeless and continuation of a two-class care system. Removal of financial barriers to care by enactment of a national health program in the US would not solve all issues related to delivery of quality care for the homeless unless its structure addressed the special needs of disenfranchised groups. (Am J Public Health 1989; 79:1033-1035.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Public health KW - Medical care KW - Homeless persons KW - Primary care (Medicine) KW - Federal government KW - Hospital emergency services KW - National health services KW - Great Britain KW - Great Britain. National Health Service N1 - Accession Number: 4685406; Reuler, James B. 1; Affiliations: 1: Ambulatory Care and Medical Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Division of General Medicine, Department of Medicine, Oregon Health Sciences University, Wallace Medical Concern, Portland, Oregon, USA; Issue Info: Aug1989, Vol. 79 Issue 8, p1033; Thesaurus Term: Public health; Subject Term: Medical care; Subject Term: Homeless persons; Subject Term: Primary care (Medicine); Subject Term: Federal government; Subject Term: Hospital emergency services; Subject Term: National health services; Subject: Great Britain ; Company/Entity: Great Britain. National Health Service; NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4685406&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Joseph, Anne T1 - Compliance with Fecal Occult Blood Testing: The Role of Restrictive Diets. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 78 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 839 EP - 841 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: In this clinical trial, 786 patients screened for colorectal cancer with fecal occult blood testing were assigned to either a "diet" or "no diet" group to examine the effect of advice to restrict intake of red meat and peroxidase-containing vegetables on patient compliance and positivity rates. Restrictive diets did not significantly decrease compliance. Interviews of patients in the "diet" group demonstrated that the majority followed instructions. Positivity rates were similar in the two groups, and clinically significant lesions were found with comparable frequency. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RESEARCH KW - Clinical trials KW - Clinical medicine KW - Medical research KW - Fecal incontinence KW - Defecation disorders KW - Colon cancer KW - Diet KW - Cancer patients KW - Compliance N1 - Accession Number: 4692650; Joseph, Anne 1; Affiliations: 1: General Medicine Section 1110, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 54th Street and 48th Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55417; Issue Info: Jul1988, Vol. 78 Issue 7, p839; Thesaurus Term: RESEARCH; Subject Term: Clinical trials; Subject Term: Clinical medicine; Subject Term: Medical research; Subject Term: Fecal incontinence; Subject Term: Defecation disorders; Subject Term: Colon cancer; Subject Term: Diet; Subject Term: Cancer patients; Subject Term: Compliance; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541712 Research and Development in the Physical, Engineering, and Life Sciences (except Biotechnology); Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4692650&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - GEN AU - Nolan, William P. T1 - Hospital cost control. JO - Harvard Business Review JF - Harvard Business Review Y1 - 1985/09//Sep/Oct85 VL - 63 IS - 5 M3 - Letter SP - 222 EP - 224 PB - Harvard Business School Publication Corp. SN - 00178012 AB - A letter to the editor is presented in response to the article "Hospital Cost Control: A Bitter Pill to Swallow," by Henry J. Aaron and William B. Schwartz from the March-April 1985 issue. KW - HOSPITAL costs KW - LETTERS to the editor N1 - Accession Number: 10194494; Nolan, William P. 1; Affiliations: 1: Assistant Chief, Augusta Veterans Administration, Medical Center and Assistant Professor, Medical College of Georgia, Augusta, Georgia; Issue Info: Sep/Oct85, Vol. 63 Issue 5, p222; Thesaurus Term: HOSPITAL costs; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=10194494&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2004-17627-036 AN - 2004-17627-036 AU - Rothi, Leslie J. Gonzalez T1 - What Is It About Language That Makes It So Vulnerable to Left-Hemisphere Damage? JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1995/02// VL - 40 IS - 2 SP - 154 EP - 154 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 AD - Rothi, Leslie J. Gonzalez, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Gainesville, FL, US N1 - Accession Number: 2004-17627-036. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rothi, Leslie J. Gonzalez; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Gainesville, FL, US. Release Date: 20050129. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Communication; Language Development; Left Hemisphere; Motor Processes. Minor Descriptor: Language; Linguistics; Neurology; Semantics. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Kimura, Doreen. Neuromotor Mechanisms in Human Communication=New York: Clarendon Press/Oxford University Press, 1993. 197 pp. $39.95; 1993. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1995. KW - neuromotor mechanisms KW - human communication KW - linguistic functioning KW - semantics KW - language behavior KW - motor systems KW - left-hemisphere damage KW - 1995 KW - Brain Damage KW - Communication KW - Language Development KW - Left Hemisphere KW - Motor Processes KW - Language KW - Linguistics KW - Neurology KW - Semantics U2 - Kimura, Doreen. (1993); Neuromotor Mechanisms in Human Communication; New York: Clarendon Press/Oxford University Press, 1993. 197 pp. $39.95; 0-19-505492-X. DO - 10.1037/003420 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2004-17627-036&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06475-054 AN - 2006-06475-054 AU - Gummow, Linda J. T1 - From Freud to Neuronal Plasticity: A Ride on a Conceptual Roller Coaster. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1993/08// VL - 38 IS - 8 SP - 845 EP - 845 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06475-054. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gummow, Linda J.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Salt Lake City, UT, US. Release Date: 20061218. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neural Plasticity; Neurosciences; Psychoanalysis. Minor Descriptor: Psychoanalytic Theory; Psychodynamics. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500); Psychoanalytic Theory (3143). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Levin, Fred M. Mapping the Mind: The Intersection of Psychoanalysis and Neuroscience=Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic Press, 1991. 264 pp. $37.00; 1991. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1993. KW - neurophysiology KW - psychoanalysis KW - psychodynamics KW - neuroscience KW - neuronal plasticity KW - 1993 KW - Neural Plasticity KW - Neurosciences KW - Psychoanalysis KW - Psychoanalytic Theory KW - Psychodynamics U2 - Levin, Fred M. (1991); Mapping the Mind: The Intersection of Psychoanalysis and Neuroscience; Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic Press, 1991. 264 pp. $37.00; 0-88163-124-8. DO - 10.1037/033622 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06475-054&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06475-028 AN - 2006-06475-028 AU - Gummow, Linda J. T1 - Cognitive Rehabilitation for the Rest of Us. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1993/08// VL - 38 IS - 8 SP - 813 EP - 813 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06475-028. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gummow, Linda J.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Salt Lake City, UT, US. Release Date: 20061218. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Cognitive Ability; Cognitive Rehabilitation. Minor Descriptor: Nutrition. Classification: Cognitive Processes (2340). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Chafetz, Michael D. Smart for Life: How to Improve Your Brain Power at Any Age=New York: Penguin Books, 1992. 236 pp. $10.00 ($12.99, Canada) paperback; 1992. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1993. KW - cognitive rehabilitation KW - cognitive efficiency KW - brain fitness KW - 1993 KW - Brain KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Cognitive Rehabilitation KW - Nutrition U2 - Chafetz, Michael D. (1992); Smart for Life: How to Improve Your Brain Power at Any Age; New York: Penguin Books, 1992. 236 pp. $10.00 ($12.99, Canada) paperback; 0-14-013173-6 (Paperback). DO - 10.1037/033596 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06475-028&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06468-045 AN - 2006-06468-045 AU - Varney, Nils R. T1 - Goodbye to the Black Box. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1993/01// VL - 38 IS - 1 SP - 69 EP - 69 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06468-045. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Varney, Nils R.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 20061218. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Cognition; Neuroimaging; Neuropsychology. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Bigler, Erin D. (Ed); Yeo, Ronald A. (Ed); Turkheimer, Eric (Ed). Neuropsychological Function and Brain Imaging=New York: Plenum Press, 1989. 354 pp. $49.50; 1989. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1993. KW - mental functions KW - brain function KW - neuropsychology KW - brain imaging KW - cognition KW - 1993 KW - Brain KW - Cognition KW - Neuroimaging KW - Neuropsychology U2 - Bigler, Erin D. (Ed); Yeo, Ronald A. (Ed); Turkheimer, Eric (Ed). (1989); Neuropsychological Function and Brain Imaging; New York: Plenum Press, 1989. 354 pp. $49.50; 0-306-43045-2. DO - 10.1037/032964 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06468-045&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107367486 T1 - The integral role of nursing in managed care. AU - Browne R AU - Biancolillo K Y1 - 1996/04// N1 - Accession Number: 107367486. Language: English. Entry Date: 19960501. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Blind Peer Reviewed; Core Nursing; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8219243. KW - Managed Care Programs KW - Nursing Role KW - Patient Centered Care KW - Work Redesign KW - Ambulatory Care KW - Hospitals, Veterans KW - Models, Theoretical KW - Program Implementation KW - New York SP - 22 EP - 24 JO - Nursing Management JF - Nursing Management JA - NURS MANAGE VL - 27 IS - 4 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Implementing a managed care model into the ambulatory care setting results in a user-friendly climate. A primary care treatment team coordinates all the patients' health care needs. Goals are to assign every patient to a specific attending physician and to integrate both inpatient and outpatient services into a managed care environment. SN - 0744-6314 AD - Brooklyn Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brooklyn, New York U2 - PMID: 8710321. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107367486&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gardner, Howard T1 - The interdisciplinary essayist. JO - Semiotica JF - Semiotica Y1 - 1982/04// VL - 38 IS - 3/4 M3 - Article SP - 347 EP - 356 SN - 00371998 KW - Theory of knowledge KW - Semiotics KW - Linguists KW - Trilogies (Literature) KW - Scholars KW - Readers N1 - Accession Number: 74620151; Gardner, Howard 1,2,3; Affiliations: 1: Senior research associate, Harvard Graduate School of Education; 2: Associate professor of neurology, Boston University School of Medicine; 3: Research psychologist, Boston Veterans Administration Hospital; Issue Info: 1982, Vol. 38 Issue 3/4, p347; Thesaurus Term: Theory of knowledge; Thesaurus Term: Semiotics; Thesaurus Term: Linguists; Subject Term: Trilogies (Literature); Subject Term: Scholars; Subject Term: Readers; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ufh&AN=74620151&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ufh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Solano, Cecilia H. AU - Dunnam, Mina T1 - Two's Company: Self-Disclosure and Reciprocity in Triads Versus Dyads. JO - Social Psychology Quarterly JF - Social Psychology Quarterly Y1 - 1985/06// VL - 48 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 183 EP - 187 SN - 01902725 AB - This study hypothesizes that self-disclosure is affected by the social context of the disclosure, specifically the size of the group. Thirty-three male and female undergraduates were assigned to converse in same-sex groups of either two, three, or four persons. Both subjective measures (perceived willingness to disclose) and objective measures (duration of disclosure, intimacy of disclosure, nonverbal involvement, reciprocity of disclosure) were obtained. It was found that dyads (as contrasted with larger groups) reported a greater willingness to disclose intimate information, actually disclosed more intimate information, and showed more nonverbal involvement in the conversations. In addition, a sex-by-size-of-group effect has found in the reciprocity-of-disclosure data, with female subjects displaying less reciprocity in dyads and male subjects displaying less reciprocity in larger groups. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Social Psychology Quarterly is the property of Sage Publications Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Interpersonal communication KW - Self-presentation KW - Body language KW - Social psychology KW - Self-disclosure KW - Reciprocity (Commerce) N1 - Accession Number: 13566169; Solano, Cecilia H. 1; Dunnam, Mina 2; Affiliations: 1: Wake Forest University.; 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tuscaloosa, Alabama.; Issue Info: Jun85, Vol. 48 Issue 2, p183; Thesaurus Term: Interpersonal communication; Thesaurus Term: Self-presentation; Thesaurus Term: Body language; Thesaurus Term: Social psychology; Subject Term: Self-disclosure; Subject Term: Reciprocity (Commerce); Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ufh&AN=13566169&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ufh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Smith, Donald R. AU - Rabin, Kenneth H. T1 - What Broadcasters Want in Public Service Spots. JO - Public Relations Review JF - Public Relations Review Y1 - 1978///Spring1978 VL - 4 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 29 EP - 36 SN - 03638111 AB - This article is based on the results of a questionnaire developed by Donald Smith and Kenneth Rabin to measure factors influencing the selection and use of public service announcements by radio stations. This study was conducted in an effort to aid advertising agencies and organizations producing PSAs to improve their chances for air time. Several surprising results emerged. Among them: "Don't count on a celebrity voice to get your message on the air," and 'Avoid direct appeals for money". [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Public Relations Review is the property of Elsevier Science Publishing Company, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Broadcasters KW - Public service advertising KW - Radio stations KW - Questionnaires KW - Rabin, Kenneth KW - Smith, Donald N1 - Accession Number: 84198165; Smith, Donald R. 1; Rabin, Kenneth H. 2; Affiliations: 1: Information Service of the United States Veterans Administration in Washington, D.C.; 2: Assistant professor of public relations at American University; Issue Info: Spring1978, Vol. 4 Issue 1, p29; Thesaurus Term: Broadcasters; Thesaurus Term: Public service advertising; Thesaurus Term: Radio stations; Thesaurus Term: Questionnaires; NAICS/Industry Codes: 711512 Independent actors, comedians and performers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 515110 Radio broadcasting; NAICS/Industry Codes: 515112 Radio Stations; People: Rabin, Kenneth; People: Smith, Donald; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ufh&AN=84198165&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ufh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05453-063 AN - 2006-05453-063 AU - Boudewyns, Patrick A. T1 - Practical addiction information. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1991/10// VL - 36 IS - 10 SP - 899 EP - 899 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05453-063. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boudewyns, Patrick A.; Veterans Administration Center, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 20061211. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Addiction; Chemicals; Drug Abuse; Drug Dependency. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Doweiko, Harold E. Concepts of Chemical Dependency=Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole, 1990. 349 pp. $20.25; 1990. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1991. KW - chemical dependency KW - substance abuse KW - 1991 KW - Addiction KW - Chemicals KW - Drug Abuse KW - Drug Dependency U2 - Doweiko, Harold E. (1990); Concepts of Chemical Dependency; Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole, 1990. 349 pp. $20.25; 0-534-12834-3 (Paperback). DO - 10.1037/030291 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-05453-063&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05451-047 AN - 2006-05451-047 AU - Cannon, Dale S. T1 - An Ounce of Prevention and a Pound of Cure. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1991/08// VL - 36 IS - 8 SP - 714 EP - 714 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05451-047. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cannon, Dale S.; Dallas Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, TX, US. Release Date: 20061211. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Addiction; Alcoholism; Early Intervention; Prevention. Minor Descriptor: Psychologists. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Løberg, T. (Ed); Miller, W. R. (Ed); Nathan, P. E. (Ed); Marlatt, G. A. (Ed). Addictive Behaviors: Prevention and Early Intervention=Amsterdam, The Netherlands: Swets & Zeitlinger, 1989. 303 pp. $48.50; 1989. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1991. KW - chronic alcoholics KW - addictive behavior KW - neuropsychology KW - prevention KW - early intervention KW - 1991 KW - Addiction KW - Alcoholism KW - Early Intervention KW - Prevention KW - Psychologists U2 - Løberg, T. (Ed); Miller, W. R. (Ed); Nathan, P. E. (Ed); Marlatt, G. A. (Ed). (1989); Addictive Behaviors: Prevention and Early Intervention; Amsterdam, The Netherlands: Swets & Zeitlinger, 1989. 303 pp. $48.50; 90-265-0934-0. DO - 10.1037/030072 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-05451-047&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Manfield, Manuel N. T1 - Living Research. JO - Public Opinion Quarterly JF - Public Opinion Quarterly Y1 - 1948///Fall48 VL - 12 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 488 EP - 495 SN - 0033362X AB - The article focuses on what people consider as good wages. It may seem odd at first glance that young men who specifically mention 'good wages' as an important feature of a job do not expect higher earnings than those who consider other features first. A recent survey among national cross sections of 371 male high school seniors and 381 male college seniors gave us an opportunity to observe the phenomenon. In answer to an open question about the things a good job should offer, about two-fifths of the high school group volunteered the idea of 'good wages.' When asked about their wage expectations, these boys mentioned average starting earnings of $1,932 a year and average earnings after five years of $3,557. The other boys, who had not mentioned wages as a job attribute, expected to start at $1,978 a year on the average and to be making $3,714 five years later! The 'materialists' tend to come from lower socio-economic levels, which may make them more aware of the need for 'good' wages. The 'idealists' tend to come from upper levels, where their association with higher incomes may lead them to expect higher earnings as reasonable. KW - Public opinion polls KW - Income KW - Expectation (Psychology) KW - Occupations KW - Wages KW - Labor costs KW - Job evaluation N1 - Accession Number: 11923300; Manfield, Manuel N. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration.; Issue Info: Fall48, Vol. 12 Issue 3, p488; Thesaurus Term: Public opinion polls; Subject Term: Income; Subject Term: Expectation (Psychology); Subject Term: Occupations; Subject Term: Wages; Subject Term: Labor costs; Subject Term: Job evaluation; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541910 Marketing Research and Public Opinion Polling; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ufh&AN=11923300&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ufh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Spence, Janet Taylor T1 - EFFECTS OF VERBAL REINFORCEMENT COMBINATION AND INSTRUCTIONAL CONDITION ON PERFORMANCE OF A PROBLEM-SOLVING TASK. JO - Journal of Personality & Social Psychology JF - Journal of Personality & Social Psychology Y1 - 1966/02// VL - 3 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 163 EP - 170 SN - 00223514 AB - Performance on a sentence-construction task was studied using a 3 X 3 factorial design which varied reinforcement combination (right-blank, wrong- blank, and right-wrong) and instructions (instructions about the task, with and without explanation of the reinforcers, and a verbal conditioning procedure explaining neither). Ss were VA medical patients, 30 per group. Performance improved (p < .001) with amount of preliminary information and in all 3 instructional conditions was better (p < .01) under wrong-blank than right- blank. Right-wrong performance was similar to wrong-blank in the problem- solving conditions but superior in verbal conditioning. It was suggested that the differences among combinations were due to discrepancies in the informational properties of blank, and in verbal conditioning, of the overt reinforcers as well. The implications of these hypotheses for studies comparing groups differing in personality were discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Personality & Social Psychology is the property of American Psychological Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Problem solving KW - Psychology KW - Personality KW - Reinforcement (Psychology) KW - Conditioned response KW - Patients N1 - Accession Number: 16644312; Spence, Janet Taylor 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Iowa City, Iowa; 2: University of Texas.; Issue Info: Feb66, Vol. 3 Issue 2, p163; Thesaurus Term: Problem solving; Thesaurus Term: Psychology; Thesaurus Term: Personality; Subject Term: Reinforcement (Psychology); Subject Term: Conditioned response; Subject Term: Patients; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ufh&AN=16644312&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ufh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Platz, Arthur AU - Honigfeld, Gilbert T1 - SOME EFFECTS OF ANXIETY ON THE INTELLIGIBILITY OF VERBAL COMMUNICATION IN PSYCHOTHERAPY. JO - Journal of Personality & Social Psychology JF - Journal of Personality & Social Psychology Y1 - 1965/07// VL - 2 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 122 EP - 125 SN - 00223514 AB - 6 speech samples from psychotherapy interviews were mutilated by deleting every fifth word and presented to 30 college students with instructions to fill in the blanks. A content measure of the patient's tension level during each speech sample was significantly related to the difficulty of the passage (p<.001). The anxiety level of the students was not related to the accuracy with which the blanks were completed, although high-anxiety Ss gave fewer different responses to each blank, and used the most common response more frequently than did low-anxiety Ss (p<.05) .The results are discussed in terms of both an interference theory of anxiety and the Hull-Spence hypothesis of an energizing effect of drive. Experimental studies on the effects of stress and anxiety on verbal behavior are considered in relation to the possible effects of patient and therapist anxiety on the communication process during psychotherapy. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Personality & Social Psychology is the property of American Psychological Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Stress (Psychology) KW - Oral communication KW - Psychotherapy KW - Clinical sociology KW - Conditioned response KW - College graduates N1 - Accession Number: 16643957; Platz, Arthur 1; Honigfeld, Gilbert 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Central Neuro psychiatric Research Laboratory, Ferry Point, Maryland.; Issue Info: Jul65, Vol. 2 Issue 1, p122; Thesaurus Term: Stress (Psychology); Thesaurus Term: Oral communication; Subject Term: Psychotherapy; Subject Term: Clinical sociology; Subject Term: Conditioned response; Subject Term: College graduates; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ufh&AN=16643957&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ufh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05446-037 AN - 2006-05446-037 AU - Gilbride, Thomas V. T1 - Demythologizing heroin. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1991/03// VL - 36 IS - 3 SP - 241 EP - 241 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05446-037. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gilbride, Thomas V.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, New Orleans, LA, US. Release Date: 20061211. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cocaine; Government Policy Making; Heroin; Myths. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Krivanek, Jara. Heroin: Myths and Reality=Sydney, Australia: Allen & Unwin, 1988. 260 pp. $19.95; 1988. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1991. KW - cocaine KW - heroin KW - myths KW - governmental policies KW - illicit drugs KW - 1991 KW - Cocaine KW - Government Policy Making KW - Heroin KW - Myths U2 - Krivanek, Jara. (1988); Heroin: Myths and Reality; Sydney, Australia: Allen & Unwin, 1988. 260 pp. $19.95; 0-04-302006-2 (Paperback). DO - 10.1037/029539 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-05446-037&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Choca, James AU - Shanley, Luke AU - Van Denburg, Eric AU - Agresti, Albert AU - Mouton, Andrew AU - Vidger, Lila Uskokovic T1 - Personality Disorder or Personality Style: That Is the Question. JO - Journal of Counseling & Development JF - Journal of Counseling & Development Y1 - 1992/01//Jan/Feb92 VL - 70 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 429 EP - 431 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 07489633 AB - The article responds to the feature written by Theodore Millon regarding his Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory (MCMI). The main controversy surrounding the MCMI has focused on the claim that the test measures diagnostic and statistical manual (DSM)-III disorders. The data available tend to show that the concordance between the MCMI-I and the DSM-III may be poor, perhaps for both the Axis I clinical syndromes and the Axis II personality disorders. Although some of the problems may have been improved with the MCMI-II, concerns over differences between the MCMI conceptualization of the different disorders and the DSM-III-R remain. Because the items that compose the MCMI scales often do not show much concordance with the DSM-III-R criteria for the same syndrome, it may well to deemphasize the ability of the MCMI to measure the DSM-III-R disorders. The original eight basic personality scales of the MCMI-I is seen as measuring personality styles rather than personality disorders. The items that constitute those scales deal mostly with the way the participants feel about himself or herself and how she or he relates to the others, rather than the issue of how functional these feelings or relationships maybe. As a result, these scales tend to be elevated when the inventory is used with normals. It has been pointed out, in defense of the MCMI, that it was standardized with psychiatric patients and should not be used with normals. To be consistent with this posture, one would have to believe that the inventory should not be used as a screening instrument in which normals could be tested, a position that none of those using the inventory is willing to take. KW - MILLON Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PERSONALITY disorders KW - PERSONALITY KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - MILLON, Theodore N1 - Accession Number: 9202172256; Choca, James 1,2; Shanley, Luke 3; Van Denburg, Eric 3; Agresti, Albert 4; Mouton, Andrew 3; Vidger, Lila Uskokovic 3; Affiliations: 1: Chief, Psychology Service, Lakeside Medical Center, Department of Veterans Administration; 2: Assistant professor, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Northwestern University Medical School, Chicago, Illinois; 3: Staff psychologists, Lakeside VA, Northwestern University, Chicago, Illinois; 4: Assistant professor, Department of Counseling Psychology, Loyola University of Chicago; Issue Info: Jan/Feb92, Vol. 70 Issue 3, p429; Subject Term: MILLON Clinical Multiaxial Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PERSONALITY disorders; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; People: MILLON, Theodore; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2196 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=9202172256&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rustad, Lynne C. T1 - Testing the Test. JO - Journal of Counseling & Development JF - Journal of Counseling & Development Y1 - 1985/12// VL - 64 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 280 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 07489633 AB - The article discusses the development of Millon Behavioral Health Inventory (MBHI), for assessing relevant personality factors and psychogenic attitudes in medical patients. The instruments commonly used in the medical setting, such as the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) had been developed to assess psychiatric patients, therefore, one could not assume that existing norms and interpretation guidelines would be valid in the assessment of medical patients. Thus, MBHI was developed to predict psychological complications associated with specific diseases and that could assess patient coping strategies and psychosocial stressors. The MBHI consists of only 150 items, can be completed by most patients in about 20 minutes, and is a self-report inventory. The items are unambiguous and seemingly relevant to the assessment of medical patients. Given the early stage of development of the MBHI, it is difficult at present to recommend the use of this inventory as a clinical instrument without serious reservations. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY change KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PATIENTS KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - SELF-report inventories N1 - Accession Number: 4965126; Rustad, Lynne C. 1; Affiliations: 1: Clinical Psychologist, Cardiology Section and Sex Dysfunction Clinic, Cleveland Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cleveland, Ohio.; Issue Info: Dec85, Vol. 64 Issue 4, p280; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY change; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject Term: SELF-report inventories; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=4965126&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05399-041 AN - 2006-05399-041 AU - Palmer, Robert D. T1 - The roots of Wilhelm Reich. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1990/08// VL - 35 IS - 8 SP - 799 EP - 799 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05399-041. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Palmer, Robert D.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brooklyn, NY, US. Release Date: 20061211. Correction Date: 20160912. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Autobiography; Psychoanalysis; Psychotherapy. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Reich, Wilhelm (Ed); Higgins, Mary Boyd (Ed); Raphael, Chester M. (Ed); Schmitz, Philip (Trans); Tompkins, Jerri (Trans). Passion of Youth: An Autobiography, 1897-1922=New York: Farrar, Straus & Giroux, 1988. 177 pp. $17.95; 1988. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1990. KW - Wilhelm Reich KW - contemporary psychotherapy KW - psychoanalysis KW - autobiography KW - 1990 KW - Autobiography KW - Psychoanalysis KW - Psychotherapy U2 - Reich, Wilhelm (Ed); Higgins, Mary Boyd (Ed); Raphael, Chester M. (Ed); Schmitz, Philip (Trans); Tompkins, Jerri (Trans). (1988); Passion of Youth: An Autobiography, 1897-1922; New York: Farrar, Straus & Giroux, 1988. 177 pp. $17.95; 0-374-22995-3. DO - 10.1037/028954 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-05399-041&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05399-024 AN - 2006-05399-024 AU - Haaland, Kathleen York T1 - Psychopathological movement abnormalities and treatment: An unfulfilled promise. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1990/08// VL - 35 IS - 8 SP - 780 EP - 780 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05399-024. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Haaland, Kathleen York; Neuropsychology Program, Albuquerque Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albuquerque, NM, US. Release Date: 20061211. Correction Date: 20160912. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intervention; Motor Processes; Movement Disorders; Psychodiagnosis; Psychopathology. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Kirkcaldy, Bruce (Ed). Normalities and Abnormalities in Human Movement=Basel, Switzerland: S. Karger, 1989. 212 pp. $114.00 (£77.80; DM205,-; SwF171,-); 1989. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1990. KW - therapeutic interventions KW - movement abnormalities KW - differential motodiagnostics KW - psychopathology KW - psychodiagnostic medium KW - therapeutic medium KW - 1990 KW - Intervention KW - Motor Processes KW - Movement Disorders KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Psychopathology U2 - Kirkcaldy, Bruce (Ed). (1989); Normalities and Abnormalities in Human Movement; Basel, Switzerland: S. Karger, 1989. 212 pp. $114.00 (£77.80; DM205,-; SwF171,-); 3-8055-4823-0. DO - 10.1037/028937 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-05399-024&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06531-010 AN - 2006-06531-010 AU - Levine, Jacob T1 - Is Deinstitutionalization the Answer for the Chronic Mentally Ill? JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1983/01// VL - 28 IS - 1 SP - 20 EP - 22 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06531-010. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levine, Jacob; Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 20061120. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chronic Mental Illness; Deinstitutionalization; Mental Health Services; Rehabilitation. Minor Descriptor: Communities; Health Care Delivery. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Talbott, John A. (Ed). The Chronic Mentally Ill: Treatment, Programs, Systems=New York: Human Sciences Press, 1981. 374 pp. $32.95; 1981. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1983. KW - chronic mentally ill KW - deinstitutionalization KW - treatment KW - rehabilitation KW - mental health delivery systems KW - community KW - 1983 KW - Chronic Mental Illness KW - Deinstitutionalization KW - Mental Health Services KW - Rehabilitation KW - Communities KW - Health Care Delivery U2 - Talbott, John A. (Ed). (1981); The Chronic Mentally Ill: Treatment, Programs, Systems; New York: Human Sciences Press, 1981. 374 pp. $32.95 DO - 10.1037/021529 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06531-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06439-035 AN - 2006-06439-035 AU - Zubin, Joseph T1 - Of the Making of Models, There is no End. . .(With Apologies to Ecclesiastes). JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1986/08// VL - 31 IS - 8 SP - 606 EP - 608 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06439-035. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zubin, Joseph; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 20061127. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Abnormal Psychology; Mental Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Apology. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Weckowicz, Thaddeus E. Models of Mental Illness: Systems and Theories of Abnormal Psychology=Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas, 1984. 408 pp. $39.50; 1984. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1986. KW - mental illness KW - abnormal psychology KW - 1986 KW - Abnormal Psychology KW - Mental Disorders KW - Apology U2 - Weckowicz, Thaddeus E. (1984); Models of Mental Illness: Systems and Theories of Abnormal Psychology; Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas, 1984. 408 pp. $39.50 DO - 10.1037/024968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06439-035&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06420-006 AN - 2006-06420-006 AU - Levine, Jacob T1 - Humor Research Comes of Age. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1985/01// VL - 30 IS - 1 SP - 13 EP - 15 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06420-006. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levine, Jacob; Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimentation; Humor. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: McGhee, Paul E. (Ed); Goldstein, Jeffrey H. (Ed). Handbook of Humor Research, Vol. 1: Basic Issues=New York: Springer-Verlag New York, 1983. 259 pp. $24.90; 1983. McGhee, Paul E. (Ed); Goldstein, Jeffrey H. (Ed). Handbook of Humor Research, Vol. 2: Applied Studies=New York: Springer-Verlag New York, 1983. 227 pp. $24.90; 1983. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1985. KW - humor KW - research KW - 1985 KW - Experimentation KW - Humor U2 - McGhee, Paul E. (Ed); Goldstein, Jeffrey H. (Ed). (1983); Handbook of Humor Research, Vol. 1: Basic Issues; New York: Springer-Verlag New York, 1983. 259 pp. $24.90 U2 - McGhee, Paul E. (Ed); Goldstein, Jeffrey H. (Ed). (1983); Handbook of Humor Research, Vol. 2: Applied Studies; New York: Springer-Verlag New York, 1983. 227 pp. $24.90 DO - 10.1037/023451 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06420-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06270-042 AN - 2006-06270-042 AU - Fozard, James L. T1 - Gerophobia, Ageism, and Deteriorating Bio-Social Milieu Complicate the Patient's Condition. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1975/01// VL - 20 IS - 1 SP - 52 EP - 54 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06270-042. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fozard, James L.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 20061106. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aging; Mental Disorders. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Busse, Ewald W. (Ed); Pfeiffer, Eric (Ed). Mental Illness in Later Life=Washington, D.C.: American Psychiatric Association, 1973. Pp. vi + 301. $9.00 cloth; $7.00 paper; 1973. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1975. KW - mental disorders KW - older persons KW - 1975 KW - Aging KW - Mental Disorders U2 - Busse, Ewald W. (Ed); Pfeiffer, Eric (Ed). (1973); Mental Illness in Later Life; Washington, D.C.: American Psychiatric Association, 1973. Pp. vi + 301. $9.00 cloth; $7.00 paper DO - 10.1037/0013043 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06270-042&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06541-008 AN - 2006-06541-008 AU - Wittrig, John T1 - Coping with Mania: Psychiatry Struggles to Restructure its Assumptions. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1982/02// VL - 27 IS - 2 SP - 96 EP - 98 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06541-008. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wittrig, John; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Danville, IL, US. Release Date: 20061120. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Etiology; Mania. Minor Descriptor: Psychopathology; Psychosis; Schizophrenia. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Belmaker, Robert H. (Ed); van Praag, H. M. (Ed). Mania: An Evolving Concept=Jamaica, N.Y.: SP Medical & Scientific Books, 1980. 403 pp. $35.00; 1980. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1982. KW - mania KW - coping behavior KW - schizophrenia KW - syphilis psychosis KW - etiology KW - psychopathology KW - 1982 KW - Coping Behavior KW - Etiology KW - Mania KW - Psychopathology KW - Psychosis KW - Schizophrenia U2 - Belmaker, Robert H. (Ed); van Praag, H. M. (Ed). (1980); Mania: An Evolving Concept; Jamaica, N.Y.: SP Medical & Scientific Books, 1980. 403 pp. $35.00 DO - 10.1037/020993 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06541-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06423-022 AN - 2006-06423-022 AU - Maisto, Stephen A. T1 - Paying Now or Paying Later. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1985/04// VL - 30 IS - 4 SP - 294 EP - 296 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06423-022. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Maisto, Stephen A.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Biological Markers; Drug Rehabilitation; Government Policy Making. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233); Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Miller, Peter M. (Ed); Nirenberg, Ted D. (Ed). Prevention of Alcohol Abuse=New York: Plenum Press, 1984. 536 pp. $49.50; 1984. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1985. KW - alcohol abuse prevention KW - problem drinking KW - governmental alcohol control policies KW - biological predictors KW - 1985 KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Biological Markers KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Government Policy Making U2 - Miller, Peter M. (Ed); Nirenberg, Ted D. (Ed). (1984); Prevention of Alcohol Abuse; New York: Plenum Press, 1984. 536 pp. $49.50 DO - 10.1037/023711 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06423-022&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06139-019 AN - 2006-06139-019 AU - Feifel, Herman T1 - Death--A Lively Concern. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1971/05// VL - 16 IS - 5 SP - 305 EP - 307 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06139-019. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feifel, Herman; Los Angeles Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, University of Southern California School of Medicine, CA, US. Release Date: 20061113. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Death and Dying; Family; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Terminally Ill Patients. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Pearson, Leonard (Ed). Death and Dying: Current Issues in the Treatment of the Dying Person=Cleveland, Ohio: Press of Case Western Reserve University, 1969. Pp. ix + 235. $6.95; 1969. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1971. KW - dying patients KW - psychotherapeutic interaction KW - death and dying KW - family KW - terminal illnesses KW - 1971 KW - Death and Dying KW - Family KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Terminally Ill Patients U2 - Pearson, Leonard (Ed). (1969); Death and Dying: Current Issues in the Treatment of the Dying Person; Cleveland, Ohio: Press of Case Western Reserve University, 1969. Pp. ix + 235. $6.95 DO - 10.1037/014109 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06139-019&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06108-014 AN - 2006-06108-014 AU - Cooperman, Irene G. T1 - Today's Counselor? JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1972/10// VL - 17 IS - 10 SP - 536 EP - 538 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06108-014. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cooperman, Irene G.; Vocational Rehabilitation Board, Veterans Administration, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 20061106. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counselor Education; Educational Personnel; Professional Identity; School Counseling; School Counselors. Classification: Educational/Vocational Counseling & Student Services (3580). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Patterson, C. H. An Introduction to Counseling in the School=New York: Harper & Row, 1971. Pp. vii + 399. $9.95; 1971. Elbert, Edmund J. I Understand: A Handbook for Counseling in the Seventies=New York: Sheed and Ward, 1971. Pp. ix + 291. $6.95; 1971. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1972. KW - school counseling KW - counselor identity KW - professional counselor KW - 1972 KW - Counselor Education KW - Educational Personnel KW - Professional Identity KW - School Counseling KW - School Counselors U2 - Patterson, C. H. (1971); An Introduction to Counseling in the School; New York: Harper & Row, 1971. Pp. vii + 399. $9.95 U2 - Elbert, Edmund J. (1971); I Understand: A Handbook for Counseling in the Seventies; New York: Sheed and Ward, 1971. Pp. ix + 291. $6.95 DO - 10.1037/0010698 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06108-014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06013-017 AN - 2006-06013-017 AU - McReynolds, Paul T1 - Is Psychoanalysis Scientific? JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1960/08// VL - 5 IS - 8 SP - 262 EP - 264 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06013-017. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McReynolds, Paul; Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 20061023. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Experimental Methods; Philosophies; Psychoanalysis; Psychoanalytic Theory. Minor Descriptor: Sciences. Classification: Psychoanalytic Therapy (3315). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Hook, Sidney (Ed). Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method, and Philosophy=New York: New York University Press, 1959. Pp. xiv + 370. $5.00; 1959. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1960. KW - scientific theory KW - psychoanalytic theories KW - psychotherapeutic sessions KW - clinical observations KW - philosophies KW - Freudian theory KW - psychoananysis KW - 1960 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Experimental Methods KW - Philosophies KW - Psychoanalysis KW - Psychoanalytic Theory KW - Sciences U2 - Hook, Sidney (Ed). (1959); Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method, and Philosophy; New York: New York University Press, 1959. Pp. xiv + 370. $5.00 DO - 10.1037/006358 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06013-017&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Reidelberger, Roger D. T1 - Cholecystokinin and Control of Food Intake. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1994/08/02/Aug94 Supplement VL - 124 M3 - Article SP - 1327S EP - 1333S SN - 00223166 AB - Two mechanisms have been suggested for the inhibitory effect of cholecystokinin on food intake: a central action of brain cholecystokinin on the brain feeding system, and a peripheral, presumably hormonal, action of gut cholecystokinin mediated by abdominal vagal afferent nerves. Existing evidence suggests that 1) endogenous cholecystokinin contributes to the production of satiety, 2) this satiety effect is primarily mediated by the type A receptor subtype, which is predominantly located in the periphery, but also found in discrete regions of the central nervous system, 3) postprandial increases in circulating cholecystokinin are neither sufficient nor necessary for normal satiety to occur, and 4) activation of abdominal vagal afferent neurons is not the only means by which endogenous cholecystokinin produces satiety. It remains to be determined whether endogenous cholecystokinin acts centrally and (or) peripherally by endocrine, paracrine, or neurocrine mechanisms to produce satiety. Peripheral actions of cholecystokinin that may contribute directly or indirectly to the production of satiety include inhibition of gastric emptying, activation of visceral sensory nerves, stimulation of the exocrine pancreas and gallbladder to facilitate digestion and absorption of ingested nutrients, and stimulation of insulin secretion. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Nutrition KW - Cholecystokinin KW - Endocrine glands KW - Central nervous system KW - Paracrine mechanisms KW - Cellular control mechanisms KW - Insulin KW - Secretion KW - Ingestion KW - cholecystokinin KW - endocrine KW - neurocrine KW - paracrine KW - satiety N1 - Accession Number: 22587278; Reidelberger, Roger D. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Omaha, NE 68105; 2: Department of Biomedical Sciences, Creighton University School of Medicine, Omaha, NE 68178; Issue Info: Aug94 Supplement, Vol. 124, p1327S; Thesaurus Term: Nutrition; Subject Term: Cholecystokinin; Subject Term: Endocrine glands; Subject Term: Central nervous system; Subject Term: Paracrine mechanisms; Subject Term: Cellular control mechanisms; Subject Term: Insulin; Subject Term: Secretion; Subject Term: Ingestion; Author-Supplied Keyword: cholecystokinin; Author-Supplied Keyword: endocrine; Author-Supplied Keyword: neurocrine; Author-Supplied Keyword: paracrine; Author-Supplied Keyword: satiety; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 2 Diagrams, 3 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=22587278&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Finlay, William AU - Mutran, Elizabeth J. AU - Zeitler, Rodney R. AU - Randall, Christina S. T1 - Experience, Attitudes, and Plans. JO - Work & Occupations JF - Work & Occupations Y1 - 1991/11// VL - 18 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 447 EP - 458 SN - 07308884 AB - This article examines the performance of medical students, interns, residents, and practicing physicians. The productivity of professional employees, such as medical residents, is an under-researched area. Case studies have suggested that administrators and managers are concerned about professional productivity for example, in a study of salaried physicians in a large medical group, he revealed that administrators attempted to specify the number of hours physicians worked and the number of patients per hour seen by physicians, yet hard data on this topic are lacking. Another problem is that it is difficult to interpret physician productivity, a highly regarded physician with a large practice may see more patients than a less renowned physician, even though the two are equally quick workers. In this study, fortunately, they have a setting which enables them to assess physician productivity directly. In the primary care clinic, patients form a line and are seen by whichever resident is available; each resident works the same hours. The number of patients a resident sees, therefore, is a direct result of the speed at which he or she works. KW - Medical students KW - Interns (Medicine) KW - Hospital medical staff KW - Physicians (General practice) KW - Medical care KW - Patients N1 - Accession Number: 9705311057; Finlay, William 1; Mutran, Elizabeth J. 2; Zeitler, Rodney R. 3; Randall, Christina S. 4; Affiliations: 1: University of Georgia.; 2: University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill.; 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City.; 4: University of Iowa.; Issue Info: Nov91, Vol. 18 Issue 4, p447; Subject Term: Medical students; Subject Term: Interns (Medicine); Subject Term: Hospital medical staff; Subject Term: Physicians (General practice); Subject Term: Medical care; Subject Term: Patients; Number of Pages: 12p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4026 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=9705311057&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Landkammer Dengel, Jana AU - Mangels, Ann R. AU - Moser-Veillon, Phylis B. T1 - Magnesium homeostasis: conservation mechanism in lactating women consuming a controlled-magnesium diet. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1994/05// VL - 59 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 990 EP - 994 SN - 00029165 AB - This study was undertaken to determine whether lactating women consuming a low-magnesium diet compensate for magnesium secreted into breast milk by decreasing urinary magnesium losses. Six lactating (L) women, six nonlactating (NL) women (75 ± 5 and 61 ± 5 d postpartum, respectively), and seven never-pregnant (NP) women were studied while consuming a constant magnesium intake of 8.97 ± 0.01 mmol/d for 20 d. After a 5-d stabilization period on the controlled diet, 24-h urine and fecal samples were collected for the next 15 d. The L women excreted significantly less (P < 0.01) urinary magnesium (2.10 ± 0.35 mmol/d) than the NP women (3.45 ± 0.37 mmol/d). No significant differences were detected in mean apparent magnesium absorption among the three groups of women, because of large individual variations of fecal magnesium and small sample size. L women apparently compensated for magnesium losses in breast milk (1.04 ± 0.06 mmol/d) by reducing urinary magnesium losses (1.38 mmol/d) when consuming 8.97 mmol Mg/d. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Dietary supplements KW - HEALTH KW - Magnesium deficiency diseases KW - Lactation KW - Women KW - Breast milk KW - apparent magnesium absorption KW - breast milk KW - magnesium balance KW - urinary magnesium N1 - Accession Number: 94403834; Landkammer Dengel, Jana 1,2; Mangels, Ann R. 1,2; Moser-Veillon, Phylis B. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Baltimore Veterans Administration, Baltimore, MD; 2: Department of Human Nutrition and Food Systems, University of Maryland, College Park, MD; Issue Info: May1994, Vol. 59 Issue 5, p990; Thesaurus Term: Dietary supplements; Thesaurus Term: HEALTH; Subject Term: Magnesium deficiency diseases; Subject Term: Lactation; Subject Term: Women; Subject Term: Breast milk; Author-Supplied Keyword: apparent magnesium absorption; Author-Supplied Keyword: breast milk; Author-Supplied Keyword: magnesium balance; Author-Supplied Keyword: urinary magnesium; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 446191 Food (Health) Supplement Stores; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=94403834&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Karakas, Sidika E. AU - Khilnani, Sheila AU - Divens, Cindy AU - Almario, Rogelio AU - Jen, K.-L. Catherine T1 - Changes in plasma lipoproteins during lipolysis in vivo in the hypertriglyceridemic state. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1994/02// VL - 59 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 378 EP - 383 SN - 00029165 AB - We investigated the effects of the severity of the hypertriglyceridemic state on lipolysis of very-low-density lipoproteins (VLDLs) in vivo. In six patients with mild (Mild, fasting triglyceride 2.54 ± 0.27 mmol/L) and six with moderate hypertriglyceridemia (Mod, fasting triglyceride 4.63 ± 0.47 mmol/L), heparin infusion decreased plasma triglycerides in direct correlation with the baseline triglyceride (r = 0.92 in Mild, r = 0.96 in Mod) concentration. Fasting VLDL-triglyceride correlated inversely with postheparin lipoprotein lipase (LPL) (r = -0.85). A decrease in VLDL-triglyceride correlated with baseline VLDL-triglyceride (r = 0.93), but not with postheparin LPL. In the Mild group, low-density-lipoprotein (LDL) cholesterol steadily increased (baseline, 2.90 ± 0.18 mmol/L; 30 min, 3.03 ± 0.23 mmol/L; 2 h, 3.15 ± 0.18 mmol/L) in correlation with the decrease in VLDL-triglyceride (r = 0.89). In the Mod group, LDL cholesterol initially decreased (baseline, 2.51 ± 0.34 mmol/L; 30 min, 2.30 ± 0.23 mmol/L) and then increased (2 h, 2.82 ± 0.28 mmol/L). These results demonstrate a delay in conversion of VLDLs into LDLs in pronounced hypertriglyceridemia, which may contribute to the etiology of low plasma LDL cholesterol. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Blood lipoproteins KW - Lipolysis KW - Hypertriglyceridemia KW - Low density lipoproteins KW - Triglycerides KW - hypertrigylceridemia KW - lipases KW - lipoproteins N1 - Accession Number: 94403355; Karakas, Sidika E. 1,2,3,4; Khilnani, Sheila 1,2,3,4; Divens, Cindy 1,2,3,4; Almario, Rogelio 1,2,3,4; Jen, K.-L. Catherine 1,2,3,4; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine, Veterans' Administration Medical Center, Allen Park, MI; 2: Department of Medicine and Nutrition, Wayne State University, Detroit; 3: Department of Food Science, Wayne State University, Detroit; 4: Division of Clinical Nutrition, University of California at Davis, Davis; Issue Info: Feb1994, Vol. 59 Issue 2, p378; Subject Term: Blood lipoproteins; Subject Term: Lipolysis; Subject Term: Hypertriglyceridemia; Subject Term: Low density lipoproteins; Subject Term: Triglycerides; Author-Supplied Keyword: hypertrigylceridemia; Author-Supplied Keyword: lipases; Author-Supplied Keyword: lipoproteins; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=94403355&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Spurr, G. B. AU - Dufour, Darna L. AU - Reina, Julio C. AU - Hoffmann, Raymond G. AU - Waslien, Carol I. AU - Staten, Lisa K. T1 - Variation of the basal metabolic rate and dietary energy intake of Colombian women during 1 y. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1994/01// VL - 59 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 20 EP - 27 SN - 00029165 AB - Anthropometry, basal and resting metabolic rates (BMR and RMR), and dietary energy intake were measured on five occasions ≈ 3 mo apart for 1 y in 21 nonpregnant, nonlactating women 20-42 y of age living under deprived economic conditions in Cali, Colombia. There was a significant increase in body weight (1-1.5 kg) because of increased body fat during the last two rounds of measurement. BMR was elevated in the first round but fell to stable values that did not vary significantly from 3 to 12 mo. The intraindividual CV of BMR was 8.3% whereas the intraindividual CV of dietary energy intake was 17%. Measured BMR was closely related to the BMR estimates provided by the empirical equations of Schofield, but significantly higher than estimates from the equations of Henry and Rees. RMR-BMR ratios were very close to those published by FAO/WHO/ UNU. Autocorrelation analysis of BMR showed weak ability to predict subsequent variation of BMR over time and is consistent with random variation of the data. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - NUTRITION KW - HEALTH KW - Energy metabolism KW - Women KW - Colombians KW - Basal metabolism KW - Food -- Caloric content KW - Anthropometry KW - Women -- Economic conditions KW - autocorrelation of energy KW - Basal metabolic rate KW - biology of women KW - dietary energy KW - energy expenditure KW - maximal oxygen consumption KW - menstrual cycle KW - oxygen consumption KW - resting metabolism N1 - Accession Number: 94425677; Spurr, G. B. 1,2,3,4; Dufour, Darna L. 1,2,3,4; Reina, Julio C. 1,2,3,4; Hoffmann, Raymond G. 1,2,3,4; Waslien, Carol I. 1,2,3,4; Staten, Lisa K. 1,2,3,4; Affiliations: 1: Department of Physiology and Division of Biostatistics and Clinical Epidemiology, Medical College of Wisconsin and Research Service, Zablocki Veterans' Administration Medical Center, Milwaukee; 2: Departments of Pediatrics and Physiological Sciences, Universidad del Valle, Cali, Colombia; 3: Department of Anthropology, University of Colorado, Boulder; 4: Department of Nutrition, School of Public Health, University of Hawaii, Honolulu; Issue Info: Jan1994, Vol. 59 Issue 1, p20; Thesaurus Term: NUTRITION; Thesaurus Term: HEALTH; Thesaurus Term: Energy metabolism; Subject Term: Women; Subject Term: Colombians; Subject Term: Basal metabolism; Subject Term: Food -- Caloric content; Subject Term: Anthropometry; Subject Term: Women -- Economic conditions; Author-Supplied Keyword: autocorrelation of energy; Author-Supplied Keyword: Basal metabolic rate; Author-Supplied Keyword: biology of women; Author-Supplied Keyword: dietary energy; Author-Supplied Keyword: energy expenditure; Author-Supplied Keyword: maximal oxygen consumption; Author-Supplied Keyword: menstrual cycle; Author-Supplied Keyword: oxygen consumption; Author-Supplied Keyword: resting metabolism; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=94425677&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Parker, Donna R. AU - Troisi, Rebecca AU - Weiss, Scott T. AU - Cassano, Patricia A. AU - Vokonas, Pantel S. AU - Landsberg, Lewis T1 - Relationship of dietary saturated fatty acids and body habitus to serum insulin concentrations: the Normative Aging Study. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1993/08// VL - 58 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 129 EP - 136 SN - 00029165 AB - The purpose of this study was to examine the relationship of body mass index. abdomen-hip ratio. and dietary intake to fasting and postprandial insulin concentrations among 652 men aged 43-85 y. followed in the Normative Aging Study. Log-transformed fasting insulin was significantly associated with body mass index. abdomen-hip ratio. total fat energy, and saturated fatty acid energy. with correlation coefficients ranging from 0. 14 for total fat to 0.45 for body mass index. When multivariate models were used, body mass index, abdomen-hip ratio. and saturated fatty acid intake were statistically significant independent predictors of both fasting and postprandial insulin concentrations, after age, cigarette smoking. and physical activity were adjusted for. If saturated fatty acids as a percentage of total energy were to decrease from 14% to 8%, there would be an 18% decrease in fasting insulin and a 25% decrease in postprandial insulin. These data suggest that overall adiposity. abdominal obesity, and a diet high in saturated fatty acids are independent predictors for both fasting and postprandial insulin concentrations. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RESEARCH KW - HEALTH KW - Fasting -- Physiological aspects KW - Saturated fatty acids in human nutrition KW - Body mass index KW - Insulin regulation KW - Multivariate analysis KW - Physical activity -- Measurement KW - Men KW - abdomen-hip ratio KW - Hyperinsulinemia KW - saturated fatty acid N1 - Accession Number: 94403208; Parker, Donna R. 1,2,3,4,5; Troisi, Rebecca 1,2,3,4,5; Weiss, Scott T.; Cassano, Patricia A. 1,2,3,4,5; Vokonas, Pantel S. 1,2,3,4,5; Landsberg, Lewis 1,2,3,4,5; Affiliations: 1: Normative Aging Study, Veterans' Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston; 2: Evans Memorial Department of Research, University Hospital, Boston University School of Medicine, Boston; 3: Evans Memorial Department of Medicine, University Hospital, Boston University School of Medicine, Boston; 4: Channing Laboratory, Department of Medicine, Brigham and Women's Hospital, Harvard Medical School, Boston; 5: Charles A Dana Research Institute, Beth Israel Hospital, Harvard Medical School, Boston; Issue Info: Aug1993, Vol. 58 Issue 2, p129; Thesaurus Term: RESEARCH; Thesaurus Term: HEALTH; Subject Term: Fasting -- Physiological aspects; Subject Term: Saturated fatty acids in human nutrition; Subject Term: Body mass index; Subject Term: Insulin regulation; Subject Term: Multivariate analysis; Subject Term: Physical activity -- Measurement; Subject Term: Men; Author-Supplied Keyword: abdomen-hip ratio; Author-Supplied Keyword: Hyperinsulinemia; Author-Supplied Keyword: saturated fatty acid; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=94403208&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Campos, Margaret S. AU - Christensen, Karla K. AU - Clark, Eugene D. AU - Schedl, Harold P. T1 - Brush border calcium uptake in short-bowel syndrome in rats. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1993/01// VL - 57 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 54 EP - 58 SN - 00029165 AB - Resection of distal small intestine causes calcium malabsorption in humans and in a rat model of 50% distal resection. We tested the hypothesis that this calcium malabsorption is caused in the rat model by a brush border defect. We compared brush border membrane vesicles from the proximal small intestine ofcontrol (transection and anastomosis at midsmall intestine) with distally resected rats. Mucosal protein was 25% greater in the resected group and the vesicles were enriched 37-fold in sucrase activity when compared with homogenate. Kinetic constants vmax (maximal initial rate ofsaturable calcium uptake at infinite concentration), kΤ (calcium concentration for saturable calcium uptake rate at half vmax, and kD (rate constant for nonsaturable calcium uptake per unit concentration) were slightly but not significantly greater in the resected as compared with the transected group, ruling out the brush border as the cause for decreased transmucosal calcium transport. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Intestinal diseases KW - Excision (Surgery) KW - Malabsorption syndromes KW - Rats as laboratory animals KW - Brush border membrane KW - Portacaval anastomosis KW - Resection KW - small intestine KW - transport kinetics N1 - Accession Number: 94402767; Campos, Margaret S. 1; Christensen, Karla K. 1; Clark, Eugene D. 1; Schedl, Harold P. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Gastroenterology-Hepatology Research Laboratories, Medical Service, Veterans' Administration Medical Center and University of Iowa College of Medicine, Iowa City; 2: Department of Medicine, 4574 JCP, University of lowa College ofMedicine, Iowa City, IA 52242; Issue Info: Jan1993, Vol. 57 Issue 1, p54; Subject Term: Intestinal diseases; Subject Term: Excision (Surgery); Subject Term: Malabsorption syndromes; Subject Term: Rats as laboratory animals; Subject Term: Brush border membrane; Subject Term: Portacaval anastomosis; Author-Supplied Keyword: Resection; Author-Supplied Keyword: small intestine; Author-Supplied Keyword: transport kinetics; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=94402767&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Orwoll, Eric AU - Ware, Marsha AU - Stribrska, Lenka AU - Bikle, Daniel AU - Sanchez, Tom AU - Andon, Mark AU - Hongfei Li T1 - Effects of dietary protein deficiency on mineral metabolism and bone mineral density. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1992/08// VL - 56 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 314 EP - 319 SN - 00029165 AB - The effects of dietary protein restriction on mineral and bone metabolism are uncharacterized. We studied growing rats fed a diet low in protein (5%) for 4, 6, and 8 wks (n = 10 animals/group) and compared them with animals pair-fed with a protein-replete (18%) diet. The low-protein diet rapidly induced a profound hypocalciuria that persisted for ≥ 8 wk. Serum calcium and phosphorus concentrations were not affected but serum total and free 25-dihydroxyvitamin D concentrations as well as gastrointestinal calcium absorption were lower in the low-protein animals. Skeletal dimensions were reduced in the protein-deprived rats but there were no significant differences in bone mineral content between control and low-protein animals at 4, 6, and 8 wks. Hence, dietary protein deprivation resulted in slower growth but bone mineral density was maintained when there was a marked reduction in urinary calcium excretion. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Rats as laboratory animals KW - Gastrointestinal system KW - Protein deficiency KW - Low protein diet KW - Bone density KW - bone KW - Calciuria KW - protein N1 - Accession Number: 94402415; Orwoll, Eric 1,2,3,4; Ware, Marsha 1,2,3,4; Stribrska, Lenka 1,2,3,4; Bikle, Daniel 1,2,3,4; Sanchez, Tom 1,2,3,4; Andon, Mark 1,2,3,4; Hongfei Li 1,2,3,4; Affiliations: 1: Portland Veterans Administration Medical Center and the Oregon Health Sciences University, Portland, OR; 2: San Francisco Veterans Administration Medical Center and the University of California, San Francisco; 3: Norland Corporation, Ft Atkinson, WI; 4: Miami Valley Laboratory, Cincinnati; Issue Info: Aug1992, Vol. 56 Issue 2, p314; Subject Term: Rats as laboratory animals; Subject Term: Gastrointestinal system; Subject Term: Protein deficiency; Subject Term: Low protein diet; Subject Term: Bone density; Author-Supplied Keyword: bone; Author-Supplied Keyword: Calciuria; Author-Supplied Keyword: protein; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=94402415&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Shoptaw, Steve AU - Frosch, Dominick AU - Rawson, Richard A. AU - Ling, Walter T1 - COCAINE ABUSE COUNSELING AS HIV PREVENTION. JO - AIDS Education & Prevention JF - AIDS Education & Prevention Y1 - 1997/12// VL - 9 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 511 EP - 520 SN - 08999546 AB - The article evaluates a study for the efficacy of cocaine abuse counseling alone as a strategy to reduce HIV-related sexual risk behaviors. Among non-injection drug users, stimulant use-primary crack cocaine use-is associated with the commission of sexual behaviors that present high risks for HIV transmission. Cocaine use, with corresponding associations to HIV-related sexual behaviors, represents a class of risk behaviors that can substantially increase risks for HIV exposure, even for persons already at high risk. Around 232 individuals diagnosed with cocaine abuse or dependence volunteered for the National Institute of Drug Abuse. An important aspect of this study is that this data set is one of the first to test in a prospective fashion whether HIV-related risk behaviors change as the result of drug counseling. The results suggest that cocaine abuse counseling appeared to initiate a behavior change process that spanned several domains, one of which was HIV-related sexual behaviors. Targeting cocaine abusers for drug treatment may not only have the benefit of reducing this population's drug-related problems but may also prevent the spread of HIV among the addicts and their partners. KW - Cocaine abuse KW - Crack cocaine KW - Counseling KW - HIV infections -- Prevention KW - Drug abuse KW - Drug addiction N1 - Accession Number: 18619355; Shoptaw, Steve 1; Email Address: shoptaw@ix.netcom.com; Frosch, Dominick 1; Rawson, Richard A. 1,2; Ling, Walter 1,2,3; Affiliations: 1: Matrix Center, Los Angeles Addiction Treatment Research Center.; 2: UCLA Department of Psychiatry.; 3: West L. A. Veterans Administration Medical Center.; Issue Info: Dec1997, Vol. 9 Issue 6, p511; Subject Term: Cocaine abuse; Subject Term: Crack cocaine; Subject Term: Counseling; Subject Term: HIV infections -- Prevention; Subject Term: Drug abuse; Subject Term: Drug addiction; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=18619355&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Eversole, L. R. AU - Fleischmann, J. AU - Baldwin, G. C. AU - Sapp, J. P. T1 - The effects of human immunodeficiency virus infection on macrophage phagocytosis of Candida. JO - Oral Microbiology & Immunology JF - Oral Microbiology & Immunology Y1 - 1994/02// VL - 9 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 55 EP - 59 SN - 09020055 AB - The effects of infection by human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) on phagocytic function towards Candida pseudotropicalis were tested using monocytotropic and nonmonocytotropic HIV strains on peripheral blood monocytes. There were no differences in either quantitative phagocytic activity or efficacy between the two infected and control mock-infected monocytes. Immunofluorescence for cytoplasmic p24 antigen and in situ hybridization for detection of HIV-specific RNA sequences revealed that very few cells (10-4) exhibit productive infection. Occasional cells with active infection as defined by microscopically detectable fluorescence labelling contained phagocytized yeasts. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Oral Microbiology & Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Virus diseases KW - Antigens KW - Macrophages KW - Phagocytosis KW - HIV infections KW - Monocytes KW - candidiasis KW - HIV infection KW - phagocytosis N1 - Accession Number: 12557743; Eversole, L. R. 1; Fleischmann, J. 1,2; Baldwin, G. C. 3; Sapp, J. P. 1; Affiliations: 1: Section of Diagnostic Sciences, UCLA School of Dentistry.; 2: Infectious Diseases Section, Wadsworth Veterans Administration Medical Center, Los Angeles, California, USA.; 3: Division of Hematology-Oncology, UCLA School of Medicine and Jonsson Comprehensive Cancer Center, Los Angeles, California, USA.; Issue Info: Feb1994, Vol. 9 Issue 1, p55; Thesaurus Term: Virus diseases; Thesaurus Term: Antigens; Subject Term: Macrophages; Subject Term: Phagocytosis; Subject Term: HIV infections; Subject Term: Monocytes; Author-Supplied Keyword: candidiasis; Author-Supplied Keyword: HIV infection; Author-Supplied Keyword: phagocytosis; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1399-302X.ep12557743 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=12557743&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mann, Jay AU - Sidman, Jack AU - Starr, Sheldon T1 - Evaluating Social Consequences of Erotic Films: An Experimental Approach. JO - Journal of Social Issues JF - Journal of Social Issues Y1 - 1973/09// VL - 29 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 113 EP - 131 SN - 00224537 AB - A study is described that provides a methodological model for testing theoretical constructs and investigating pragmatic social problems simultaneously. Behavioral and attitudinal consequences of viewing erotic films are assessed in terms of cathartic, instigational, and social learning formulations. Comparative attitudinal and behavioral changes over a twelve-week period are reported for 51 married couples who viewed erotic films, 17 couples who viewed nonerotic films, and 15 couples who viewed no films. All couples who viewed films completed 84 consecutive daily checklists of sexual and marital behavior. Couples viewing erotic films reported significantly more sexual activity on film viewing nights, and became more tolerant of legal exhibition of erotic films. No group exhibited significant stable changes in sexual behavior, and completing daily checklists appeared to facilitate sexual activity more than viewing erotic films. Results appear most concordant with social learning theory and fail to support the position that viewing erotic films produces harmful social consequences. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Social Issues is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EROTIC films KW - EROTICA KW - PORNOGRAPHY -- Social aspects KW - PORNOGRAPHY KW - SEX industry KW - SOCIAL problems KW - MORAL panics KW - SOCIAL psychology KW - HISTORY -- Methodology KW - BEHAVIOR KW - DECISION MAKING AND COMMUNICATIONS KW - Patterns of opinion spread and opinion change KW - Psychological factors affecting tension KW - Social and Cultural Factors Affection Tension KW - Films, erotic N1 - Accession Number: 16412231; Mann, Jay 1; Sidman, Jack 2; Starr, Sheldon 3; Affiliations: 1 : University of California, San Francisco; 2 : University of California, Santa Cruz; 3 : Veterans Administration Hospital Palo Alto, California; Source Info: Sep1973, Vol. 29 Issue 3, p113; Historical Period: 1962 to 1971; Subject Term: EROTIC films; Subject Term: EROTICA; Subject Term: PORNOGRAPHY -- Social aspects; Subject Term: PORNOGRAPHY; Subject Term: SEX industry; Subject Term: SOCIAL problems; Subject Term: MORAL panics; Subject Term: SOCIAL psychology; Subject Term: HISTORY -- Methodology; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Author-Supplied Keyword: DECISION MAKING AND COMMUNICATIONS; Author-Supplied Keyword: Patterns of opinion spread and opinion change; Author-Supplied Keyword: Psychological factors affecting tension; Author-Supplied Keyword: Social and Cultural Factors Affection Tension; Number of Pages: 19p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ahl&AN=16412231&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ahl ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hollister, Leo E. T1 - Current Research on Marijuana. JO - Journal of Social Issues JF - Journal of Social Issues Y1 - 1971/09// VL - 27 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 23 EP - 34 SN - 00224537 AB - Part of a special issue on drug use. "Such socially important questions as whether deleterious personality changes result from chronic use of the drug can not be studied experimentally. We shall be forced to devise scientific methods for evaluating these effects of marijuana on its users, who perform experiments on themselves that none of us would attempt. Whether or not the current drug revolution will wait for our answers remains to be seen. KW - MARIJUANA KW - DRUGS -- Physiological effect KW - PSYCHIATRIC drugs KW - PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY KW - CLINICAL pharmacology KW - PHARMACOLOGY KW - DRUG abuse KW - SOCIAL problems KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 16490367; Hollister, Leo E. 1; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California; Source Info: Sep1971, Vol. 27 Issue 3, p23; Note: Biblio.; Historical Period: 1971; Subject Term: MARIJUANA; Subject Term: DRUGS -- Physiological effect; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC drugs; Subject Term: PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY; Subject Term: CLINICAL pharmacology; Subject Term: PHARMACOLOGY; Subject Term: DRUG abuse; Subject Term: SOCIAL problems; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ahl&AN=16490367&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ahl ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dienstfrey, Stephen J. T1 - Women Veterans' Exposure to Combat. JO - Armed Forces & Society (0095327X) JF - Armed Forces & Society (0095327X) Y1 - 1988///Summer88 VL - 14 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 549 EP - 558 SN - 0095327X AB - Describes the characteristics of women veterans who were exposed to combat situations while serving in the armed forces. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Armed Forces & Society (0095327X) is the property of Sage Publications Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - WOMEN veterans KW - COMBAT KW - ARMED Forces KW - WORLD War, 1939-1945 KW - WAR KW - SURVEYS KW - WOMEN KW - VETERANS KW - MILITARY service KW - ENGLAND N1 - Accession Number: 32437074; Dienstfrey, Stephen J. 1; Affiliations: 1 : Statistical Review and Analysis Division, Office of Information Management and Statistics, Veterans Administration; Source Info: Summer88, Vol. 14 Issue 4, p549; Historical Period: 1941 to 1973; Subject Term: WOMEN veterans; Subject Term: COMBAT; Subject Term: ARMED Forces; Subject Term: WORLD War, 1939-1945; Subject Term: WAR; Subject Term: SURVEYS; Subject Term: WOMEN; Subject Term: VETERANS; Subject Term: MILITARY service; Subject: ENGLAND; Number of Pages: 10p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ahl&AN=32437074&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ahl ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cunningham, Murry K. AU - Botwinik, William AU - Dolson, James AU - Weickert, Andrew A. T1 - Community Placement of Released Mental Patients: A Five-Year Study. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1969/01// VL - 14 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 54 EP - 61 SN - 00378046 AB - Part of a five-year study of community placement of mental patients released from the Northport, New York, Veterans Administration Hospital attempts to answer the following questions: Can patients be selected who will make successful adjustments to the community? Can poor-risk patients be identified? The research method employed is analyzed, descriptions of samples are presented, and comparisons with previous studies are made, as well as recommendations for future study. 2 tables, 13 notes. KW - MENTALLY ill KW - HOSPITAL care KW - PATIENTS KW - YOUTH KW - EMPLOYMENT (Economic theory) KW - OCCUPATIONAL training KW - NEW York (State) KW - UNITED States KW - Mental patients (community placement) KW - New York (Northport) KW - Veterans Administration Hospital N1 - Accession Number: 14223430; Cunningham, Murry K. 1; Botwinik, William 2; Dolson, James 3; Weickert, Andrew A. 4; Affiliations: 1 : Assistant Chief, Social Work Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Northport, New York.; 2 : Social Worker, Service Agency for Youth, Levittown, New York.; 3 : Research Social Worker, Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Petersburg, Florida.; 4 : Social Worker, Association, Health of Retarded Children, Brookville, New York.; Source Info: Jan69, Vol. 14 Issue 1, p54; Historical Period: 1964 to 1969; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: HOSPITAL care; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: YOUTH; Subject Term: EMPLOYMENT (Economic theory); Subject Term: OCCUPATIONAL training; Subject: NEW York (State); Subject: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ahl&AN=14223430&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ahl ER - TY - JOUR AU - Granberg, Donald AU - Granberg, Beth Wellman T1 - PRO-LIFE VERSUS PRO-CHOICE: ANOTHER LOOK AT THE ABORTION CONTROVERSY IN THE U.S. JO - Sociology & Social Research JF - Sociology & Social Research Y1 - 1981/07// VL - 65 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 424 EP - 434 SN - 00380393 AB - The prolife assertion that disapproval of abortion reflects a general prolife ideology received support if one considers this ideology as including favoring large families and disapproving of suicide and euthanasia. It does not include opposition to capital punishment or the military, and it does not include favoring gun control or increased spending on health. The pro-choice assertion that approval of legalized abortion reflects general support for civil liberties received consistent support. KW - PRO-choice activists KW - PRO-life activists KW - ABORTION KW - ACTIVISTS KW - IDEOLOGY KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 17455976; Granberg, Donald 1; Granberg, Beth Wellman 2; Affiliations: 1 : Center for Research in Social Behavior, University of Missouri; 2 : Harry S. Truman Memorial Veterans, Administration Hospital; Source Info: Jul1981, Vol. 65 Issue 4, p424; Historical Period: 1965 to 1980; Subject Term: PRO-choice activists; Subject Term: PRO-life activists; Subject Term: ABORTION; Subject Term: ACTIVISTS; Subject Term: IDEOLOGY; Subject: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 11p; Illustrations: 4 Charts, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ahl&AN=17455976&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ahl ER - TY - NEWS AU - Stephens, E. Robert AU - Stenger, Charles A. T1 - The Opportunity and Challenge of the Vietnam Era Veteran to American Educators. JO - Journal of Higher Education JF - Journal of Higher Education Y1 - 1972/04// VL - 43 IS - 4 M3 - Editorial SP - 303 EP - 307 SN - 00221546 AB - Educators must assist Vietnam War veterans in colleges and universities; discusses programs of the Veterans Administration 1967-72. KW - EDUCATION KW - VIETNAM veterans KW - EDUCATIONAL programs KW - EDUCATORS KW - WORLD War, 1939-1945 KW - FEDERAL government KW - FEDERAL aid KW - SOCIAL services KW - VIETNAM War, 1961-1975 KW - VETERANS KW - UNIVERSITIES & colleges KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 21452357; Stephens, E. Robert 1; Stenger, Charles A. 2; Affiliations: 1 : Educational Consultant, Administrator of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Administration Central Office; 2 : Chairman, Vietnam Era Veterans Committee, Veterans Administration Central Office; Source Info: Apr1972, Vol. 43 Issue 4, p303; Historical Period: 1967 to 1972; Subject Term: EDUCATION; Subject Term: VIETNAM veterans; Subject Term: EDUCATIONAL programs; Subject Term: EDUCATORS; Subject Term: WORLD War, 1939-1945; Subject Term: FEDERAL government; Subject Term: FEDERAL aid; Subject Term: SOCIAL services; Subject Term: VIETNAM War, 1961-1975; Subject Term: VETERANS; Subject Term: UNIVERSITIES & colleges; Subject: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Editorial UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ahl&AN=21452357&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ahl ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mills, Mark J. T1 - Civil Commitment of the Mentally Ill: An Overview. JO - Annals of the American Academy of Political & Social Science JF - Annals of the American Academy of Political & Social Science Y1 - 1986/03// VL - 484 M3 - Article SP - 28 EP - 41 SN - 00027162 AB - Discusses historical themes that led to the civil commitment reforms for the mentally ill during the 1960's-70's, analyzing changes in the substantive criteria for commitment. The present criteria tend to focus so specifically on various external indicators of mental illness that they render commitment difficult for many seriously ill patients. KW - LAW reform KW - MENTALLY ill -- Commitment & detention KW - MENTAL health laws KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospitals -- Admission & discharge KW - GOVERNMENT policy KW - MENTAL illness KW - INSTITUTIONAL care KW - UNITED States KW - HUMAN AND SOCIAL SERVICES N1 - Accession Number: 24366862; Mills, Mark J. 1,2,3; Affiliations: 1 : Chief, Psychiatry Service, West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brentwood Division; 2 : Professor, Department of Psychiatry and Biobehavioral Sciences, University of California, Los Angeles (UCLA); 3 : Director, Program in Psychiatry and Law, Neuropsychiatric Hospital, UCLA; Source Info: Mar86, Vol. 484, p28; Historical Period: 1950 to 1979; Subject Term: LAW reform; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill -- Commitment & detention; Subject Term: MENTAL health laws; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC hospitals -- Admission & discharge; Subject Term: GOVERNMENT policy; Subject Term: MENTAL illness; Subject Term: INSTITUTIONAL care; Subject: UNITED States; Author-Supplied Keyword: HUMAN AND SOCIAL SERVICES; Number of Pages: 14p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ahl&AN=24366862&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ahl ER - TY - JOUR AU - Belyea, Michael J. AU - Zingreff, Matthew T. T1 - Fear of Crime and Residential Location. JO - Rural Sociology JF - Rural Sociology Y1 - 1988///Winter88 VL - 53 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 473 EP - 486 SN - 00360112 AB - Studies the correlation between residential location and communal fear of crime. Results from a 1986 statewide survey reveal that rural North Carolinians evince a "significantly lower" fear of crime than do their urban counterparts. KW - FEAR of crime KW - SOCIODEMOGRAPHIC factors KW - DWELLINGS KW - EMPIRICAL research KW - SOCIAL factors KW - RURAL geography KW - CRIME KW - CITIES & towns KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - NORTH Carolina KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 13076942; Belyea, Michael J. 1,2; Zingreff, Matthew T. 3; Affiliations: 1 : Health Services Research Field Program, Durham Veterans Administration Medical Center.; 2 : Department of Community and Family Medicine, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, North Carolina 27705.; 3 : Department of Sociology and Anthropology, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, North Carolina 27650.; Source Info: Winter88, Vol. 53 Issue 4, p473; Historical Period: 1986; Subject Term: FEAR of crime; Subject Term: SOCIODEMOGRAPHIC factors; Subject Term: DWELLINGS; Subject Term: EMPIRICAL research; Subject Term: SOCIAL factors; Subject Term: RURAL geography; Subject Term: CRIME; Subject Term: CITIES & towns; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject: NORTH Carolina; Subject: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 14p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ahl&AN=13076942&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ahl ER - TY - JOUR AU - Galliher, John F. AU - Basilick, Linda T1 - UTAH'S LIBERAL DRUG LAWS: STRUCTURAL FOUNDATIONS AND TRIGGERING EVENTS. JO - Social Problems JF - Social Problems Y1 - 1979/02// VL - 26 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 284 SN - 00377791 AB - Describes the passage in 1969 and 1971 of Utah bills reducing possession of marijuana to a misdemeanor and dropping the mandatory minimum penalties for all drug offenses, and notes how such innovative legislation was especially unexpected in a state whose Mormon faithful cherish the family and oppose all drugs. KW - DRUG laws & regulations KW - PHARMACEUTICAL policy KW - MARIJUANA KW - MASS media KW - SOCIAL scientists KW - LAW enforcement KW - DRUGS KW - UTAH KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 4831022; Galliher, John F. 1; Basilick, Linda 2; Affiliations: 1 : University of Missouri-Columbia.; 2 : Veterans Administration Hospital-Columbia, MO, University of Missouri-Columbia.; Source Info: Feb79, Vol. 26 Issue 3, p284; Historical Period: 1967 to 1971; Subject Term: DRUG laws & regulations; Subject Term: PHARMACEUTICAL policy; Subject Term: MARIJUANA; Subject Term: MASS media; Subject Term: SOCIAL scientists; Subject Term: LAW enforcement; Subject Term: DRUGS; Subject: UTAH; Subject: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 14p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ahl&AN=4831022&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ahl ER - TY - JOUR AU - Reif, Linda L. AU - Schulman, Michael D. AU - Belyea, Michael J. T1 - THE SOCIAL BASES OF UNION SUPPORT: AN ANALYSIS OF SOUTHERN TEXTILE WORKERS. JO - Journal of Political & Military Sociology JF - Journal of Political & Military Sociology Y1 - 1988///Spring88 VL - 16 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 57 EP - 75 SN - 00472697 AB - Why do workers support unions? This question is essential for understanding the political sociology of working-class mobilization and is particularly important given declining rates of union membership among US workers. In this study, the authors focus on Southern textile workers - a segment of the working class distinguished by sporadic and generally unsuccessful struggles for unionization. A conceptual model of the social bases of union support that links both work and nonwork characteristics is developed and tested using LISREL analysis techniques. Data are based on a random sample of textile workers drawn from mills in which a unionization drive was successful. Workers with lower education and income, higher job dissatisfaction, and minority group status are more likely to have supportive union attitudes. Workers who have higher job dissatisfaction are significantly more likely to be union members. Discusses the implications of these findings for future union organizing struggles in textiles and in other industries. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Political & Military Sociology is the property of Journal of Political & Military Sociology and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - TEXTILE workers -- Labor unions KW - LABOR unions KW - WORKING class KW - MOBILIZATION (Social action) KW - TEXTILE industry KW - SOUTHERN States KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 10428669; Reif, Linda L. 1; Schulman, Michael D. 2; Belyea, Michael J. 3,4; Affiliations: 1 : The Ohio State University; 2 : North Carolina State University; 3 : Duke University Medical Center, Durham, N.C.; 4 : Health Services Research Field Program, Durham Veterans Administration Medical Center; Source Info: Spring88, Vol. 16 Issue 1, p57; Historical Period: 1980; Subject Term: TEXTILE workers -- Labor unions; Subject Term: LABOR unions; Subject Term: WORKING class; Subject Term: MOBILIZATION (Social action); Subject Term: TEXTILE industry; Subject Term: SOUTHERN States; Subject: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 19p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ahl&AN=10428669&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ahl ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gardner, Howard T1 - The Key in the Slot: Creativity in a Chinese Key. JO - Journal of Aesthetic Education JF - Journal of Aesthetic Education Y1 - 1989///Spring89 VL - 23 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 141 EP - 158 SN - 00218510 AB - The article discusses the author's experience in China, his observations on arts education in the country and presents his insights on the creativity of the Chinese. He had a different view about his son's behavior when he was not able to place the hotel key in the key slot. He discussed the differences between Chinese and American society with respect to life, art, education, skills and creativity. He was impressed with the Chinese educational and training system. KW - Creative ability KW - Art & society KW - Ability KW - Education KW - Chinese N1 - Accession Number: 26001507; Gardner, Howard 1,2,3; Affiliations: 1 : Co-Director, Harvard Project Zero; 2 : Professor of Education, Harvard University, Research Psychologist, Boston Veterans Administration Hospital; 3 : Adjunct Professor of Neurology, Boston University School of Medicine; Source Info: Spring89, Vol. 23 Issue 1, p141; Thesaurus Term: Creative ability; Thesaurus Term: Art & society; Thesaurus Term: Ability; Subject Term: Education; Subject Term: Chinese; Number of Pages: 18p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=vth&AN=26001507&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - vth ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wolf, Constance AU - Gardner, Howard T1 - Introduction. JO - Journal of Aesthetic Education JF - Journal of Aesthetic Education Y1 - 1989///Spring89 VL - 23 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 9 EP - 15 SN - 00218510 AB - The article provides a background of the Arts Education Exchange Project, a joint initiative by Harvard Project Zero and the Center for U.S.-China Arts Exchange at Columbia University in collaboration with the Ministry of Culture and the State Education Commission in the People's Republic of China. American arts educators who are expert in music or the visual arts are favored for the project. These experts were chosen because of their diverse perspectives, philosophies and training in the field of contemporary American arts education. From 1986 to 1987, three pairs of American arts educators travelled to China. Various aspects of the Chinese arts educational system were observed by the teams in selected sites. KW - Art -- Study & teaching KW - Arts KW - Art teachers KW - Education KW - Education & state KW - China N1 - Accession Number: 26001500; Wolf, Constance 1; Gardner, Howard 2,3,4; Affiliations: 1 : Graduate student, California Institute of the Arts; 2 : Co-director, Harvard Project Zero; 3 : Professor of Education, Harvard University, Research Psychologist, Boston Veterans Administration Hospital; 4 : Adjunct Professor, Neurology, Boston University School of Medicine; Source Info: Spring89, Vol. 23 Issue 1, p9; Thesaurus Term: Art -- Study & teaching; Thesaurus Term: Arts; Thesaurus Term: Art teachers; Subject Term: Education; Subject Term: Education & state; Subject: China; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 2 Black and White Photographs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=vth&AN=26001500&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - vth ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gardner, Howard T1 - Toward More Effective Arts Education. JO - Journal of Aesthetic Education JF - Journal of Aesthetic Education Y1 - 1988///Spring88 VL - 22 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 157 EP - 167 SN - 00218510 AB - The article discusses several important factors that contribute to a more effective arts education based on the research conducted under the Project Zero of the Harvard Graduate School of Education. They include the philosophical notions of arts education, the psychological accounts of learning in the arts, the artistic practices of the arts, and the ecology of the educational system. It examines observations of U.S. schooling which include the relative neglect of artistic intelligence and artistic education. KW - Arts -- Study & teaching KW - Art & philosophy KW - Psychology & art KW - Art -- Study & teaching KW - Education -- United States KW - United States N1 - Accession Number: 25978882; Gardner, Howard 1,2,3,4; Affiliations: 1 : Director, Harvard Project Zero; 2 : Research psychologist, Boston Veterans Administration Hospital; 3 : Professor of Neurology, Boston University School of Medicine; 4 : Professor of Education, Harvard Graduate School of Education; Source Info: Spring88, Vol. 22 Issue 1, p157; Thesaurus Term: Arts -- Study & teaching; Thesaurus Term: Art & philosophy; Thesaurus Term: Psychology & art; Thesaurus Term: Art -- Study & teaching; Subject Term: Education -- United States; Subject: United States; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=vth&AN=25978882&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - vth ER - TY - JOUR AU - Winner, Ellen AU - Levy, Jonathan AU - Kaplan, Joan AU - Rosenblatt, Elizabeth T1 - Children's Understanding of Nonliteral Language. JO - Journal of Aesthetic Education JF - Journal of Aesthetic Education Y1 - 1988///Spring88 VL - 22 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 51 EP - 63 SN - 00218510 AB - The article examines children's understanding of nonliteral language which calls on different kinds of cognitive skills and hence yield different kinds of misinterpretations. It discusses the similarities and differences of the two chief forms of nonliteral language, metaphor and irony. It examines the errors children make in understanding metaphor and irony. The article also explores the skills needed to understand metaphor and irony, including the ability to see the point of similitude between the two references being linked. KW - Metaphor KW - Irony KW - Cognitive ability KW - Cognitive development KW - Cognition in children KW - Human information processing in children N1 - Accession Number: 25978874; Winner, Ellen 1,2; Levy, Jonathan 3,4; Kaplan, Joan 5,6; Rosenblatt, Elizabeth 7; Affiliations: 1 : Associate Professor of Psychology, Boston College; 2 : Research associate, Harvard Project Zero; 3 : Professor of Theatre Arts, State University of New York, Stony Brook; 4 : Visiting Scholar, Harvard University; 5 : Research assistant, Harvard Project Zero; 6 : Boston Veterans Administration Medical Center; 7 : Senior research assistant, Harvard Project Zero; Source Info: Spring88, Vol. 22 Issue 1, p51; Subject Term: Metaphor; Subject Term: Irony; Subject Term: Cognitive ability; Subject Term: Cognitive development; Subject Term: Cognition in children; Subject Term: Human information processing in children; Number of Pages: 13p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=vth&AN=25978874&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - vth ER - TY - JOUR AU - Perkins, D. N. AU - Gardner, Howard T1 - Why "Zero?" A Brief Introduction to Project Zero. JO - Journal of Aesthetic Education JF - Journal of Aesthetic Education Y1 - 1988///Spring88 VL - 22 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 1 EP - 4 SN - 00218510 AB - The article discusses various reports published within the issue including one by Lyle Davidson, Lawrence Scripp, and Patricia Welsh on conflicts of perceptual knowledge and conceptual understanding, and another by Kathryn Lowry and Constance Wolf about arts education in China. KW - Arts -- Study & teaching KW - Prefaces & forewords N1 - Accession Number: 25978868; Perkins, D. N. 1; Gardner, Howard 1,2; Affiliations: 1 : Co-Director, Harvard Project Zero; 2 : Research psychologist, Boston Veterans Administration Hospital; Source Info: Spring88, Vol. 22 Issue 1, p1; Thesaurus Term: Arts -- Study & teaching; Subject Term: Prefaces & forewords; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=vth&AN=25978868&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - vth ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rosenstiel, Anne K. AU - Gardner, Howard T1 - THE EFFECT OF CRITICAL COMPARISONS UPON CHILDREN'S DRAWINGS. JO - Studies in Art Education JF - Studies in Art Education Y1 - 1977/09// VL - 19 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 36 EP - 44 SN - 00393541 AB - The article analyzes the effects of critical comparisons upon a child's artistic and creative capacities. It refers to a research carried out to understand the decline in the number of artistic activities and certain artistic skills in the developmental stages of a child. It is stated that one of the most empirical reason for this is the cognitive changes in adolescents which induces them to make a critical self valuation of their work. The article also mentions several hypotheses that have been formulated including the fact have an excessively negative view of their own work, while younger subjects seem unaware of the possible value of constructive criticism and of critical comparisons. KW - Children's drawings KW - Arts & children KW - Creative ability KW - Creative ability in children KW - Child psychology KW - Cognitive analysis KW - Developmental psychology KW - Child development KW - Hypothesis N1 - Accession Number: 26238029; Rosenstiel, Anne K. 1; Gardner, Howard 1; Affiliations: 1 : Project Zero, Harvard Graduate School of Education, and Boston Veterans Administration Hospital.; Source Info: 1977, Vol. 19 Issue 1, p36; Thesaurus Term: Children's drawings; Thesaurus Term: Arts & children; Thesaurus Term: Creative ability; Subject Term: Creative ability in children; Subject Term: Child psychology; Subject Term: Cognitive analysis; Subject Term: Developmental psychology; Subject Term: Child development; Subject Term: Hypothesis; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=vth&AN=26238029&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - vth ER - TY - JOUR AU - ANLYAN, WILLIAM G. AU - GILLIN, CHRISTIAN AU - SOLOMON, FREDRIC AU - MEDD, BRUCE H. AU - KRIPKE, DANIEL F. AU - JOSEPH, HERBERT L. T1 - Sleeping Pills and Insomnia. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1979/07/06/ VL - 205 IS - 4401 M3 - Article SP - 6 EP - 122 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85268856; ANLYAN, WILLIAM G. 1; GILLIN, CHRISTIAN 2; SOLOMON, FREDRIC 3; MEDD, BRUCE H. 4; KRIPKE, DANIEL F. 5,6; JOSEPH, HERBERT L.; Affiliations: 1: Duke University Medical Center Durham, North Carolina 27710; 2: National Institute of Mental Health Bethesda, Maryland 20857; 3: Institute of Medicine, National Academy of Sciences, Washington, D.C. 20418; 4: Professional Services, Roche Laboratories, Nutley, New Jersey 07110; 5: Department of Psychiatry, University of California, San Diego, La Jolla 92093; 6: Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego 92161; Issue Info: 7/ 6/1979, Vol. 205 Issue 4401, p6; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85268856&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - BECKER, MICHAEL A. AU - YEN, RICHARD C. K. AU - ITKIN, PAMELA AU - GOSS, STEPHEN J. AU - SEEGMILLER, J. EDWIN AU - BAKAY, BOHDAN T1 - Regional Localization of the Gene for Human Phosphoribosylpyrophosphate Synthetase on the X Chromosome. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1979/03/09/ VL - 203 IS - 4384 M3 - Article SP - 1016 EP - 1019 SN - 00368075 AB - Sixty-eight independent hybrid clones were isolated after irradiated normal human lymphocytes were fused with Chinese hamster fibroblasts lacking hypoxanthine- guanine phosphoribosyltransferase activity. The cells were grown under selective conditions requiring retention of the X chromosome-linked locus for human hypoxanthine-guanine phosphoribosyltransferase. The frequency and patterns of cotransference of human phosphoribosylpyrophosphate synthetase with the selected marker and with additional X-linked enzymatic markers confirm X linkage of the structural gene for human phosphoribosylpyrophosphate synthetase and support assignment of this gene to a position on the long arm of the X, between the loci for agalactosidase and hypoxanthine-guanine phosphoribosyltransferase. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85199435; BECKER, MICHAEL A. 1; YEN, RICHARD C. K. 1; ITKIN, PAMELA 1; GOSS, STEPHEN J. 2; SEEGMILLER, J. EDWIN 3; BAKAY, BOHDAN 4; Affiliations: 1: Rheumatology Division, Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Diego, California 92161 and University of California, San Diego, La Jolla 92093; 2: Sir William Dunn School of Pathology, University of Oxford, Oxford, OX 13RE, United Kingdom; 3: Department of Medicine, University of California, San Diego; 4: Department of Pediatrics, University of California, San Diego; Issue Info: 3/ 9/1979, Vol. 203 Issue 4384, p1016; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85199435&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - BROWN, CHARLES C. AU - FEARS, THOMAS R. AU - GAIL, MITCHELL H. AU - SCHNEIDERMAN, MARVIN A. AU - TARONE, ROBERT E. AU - MANTEL, NATHAN AU - MCGAUGHEY, CHARLES AU - CRUMP, KENNY S. AU - NEYMAN, JERZY AU - SCHERER, E. AU - EMMELOT, P. AU - CORNFIELD, JEROME T1 - Models for Carcinogenic Risk Assessment. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1978/12/08/ VL - 202 IS - 4372 M3 - Article SP - 1105 EP - 1109 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85218786; BROWN, CHARLES C. 1; FEARS, THOMAS R. 1; GAIL, MITCHELL H. 1; SCHNEIDERMAN, MARVIN A. 1; TARONE, ROBERT E. 1; MANTEL, NATHAN 2; MCGAUGHEY, CHARLES 3; CRUMP, KENNY S. 4; NEYMAN, JERZY 5; SCHERER, E. 6; EMMELOT, P. 6; CORNFIELD, JEROME 7; Affiliations: 1: National Cancer Institute, Bethesda, Maryland 20014; 2: Biostatistics Center, George Washington University, Bethesda, Maryland 20014; 3: Oral Diseases Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Long Beach, California 90822; 4: Department of Mathematics and Statistics, Louisiana Tech University, Ruston 71272; 5: Statistical Laboratory, University of California, Berkeley 94720; 6: Division of Chemical Carcinogenesis, Antoni van Leeuwenhoek-Huis, Netherlands Cancer Institute, Amsterdam, Netherlands; 7: Department of Statistics, Biostatistics Center, George Washington University, Bethesda, Maryland 20014; Issue Info: 12/ 8/1978, Vol. 202 Issue 4372, p1105; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85218786&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - WILSON, WILKIE A. AU - WACHTEL, HOWARD T1 - Prolonged Inhibition in Burst Firing Neurons: Synaptic Inactivation of the Slow Regenerative Inward Current. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1978/11/17/ VL - 202 IS - 4369 M3 - Article SP - 772 EP - 775 SN - 00368075 AB - By using voltage clamping and microiontophoretic techniques, it has been found that the prolonged cholinergic and dopaminergic inhibition seen in Aplysia burst firing neurons occludes the inward current on which slow oscillations depend. It also mimics the temperature and ionic sensitivity of that inward current. This prolonged inhibition, which cannot be inverted and is insensitive to extracellular potassium changes, thus appears to result from a synaptically produced inactivation of the regenerative slow inward current underlying bursting. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85268600; WILSON, WILKIE A. 1; WACHTEL, HOWARD 2; Affiliations: 1: Epilepsy Center, Veterans Administration Hospital, and Department of Pharmacology, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, North Carolina 27705; 2: Departments of Physiology and Biomedical Engineering, Duke University, Durham, North Carolina 27706; Issue Info: 11/17/1978, Vol. 202 Issue 4369, p772; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85268600&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - GOLDFINE, I. D. AU - JONES, A. L. AU - HRADEK, G. T. AU - WONG, K. Y. AU - MOONEY, J. S. T1 - Entry of Insulin into Human Cultured Lymphocytes: Electron Microscope Autoradiographic Analysis. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1978/11/17/ VL - 202 IS - 4369 M3 - Article SP - 760 EP - 763 SN - 00368075 AB - Electron microscope autoradiographs were prepared of IM-9 human cultured lymphocytes incubated with iodine-125-labeled insulin. With the use of [125I] insulin and Ilford L-4 emulsion, the technique had a resolution half-distance of approximately 0.085 micrometer. Autoradiographs revealed a time-dependent entry of insulin into the cell interior that was maximal after 30 minutes of incubation. At this time point nearly 40 percent of the [251I] insulin was in the interior of the cell at a distance I micrometer or greater from the plasma membrane. Grain distribution and volume density analyses revealed that the intracellular insulin was concentrated in the endoplasmic reticulum and nuclear membrane. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85268595; GOLDFINE, I. D. 1; JONES, A. L. 1; HRADEK, G. T. 1; WONG, K. Y. 1; MOONEY, J. S. 1; Affiliations: 1: Sections of Metabolism and Cell Biology, Veterans Administration Hospital, and Department of Medicine, University of California, San Francisco 94121; Issue Info: 11/17/1978, Vol. 202 Issue 4369, p760; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85268595&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Schally, Andrew V. T1 - Aspects of Hypothalamic Regulation of the Pituitary Gland. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1978/10/06/ VL - 202 IS - 4363 M3 - Article SP - 18 EP - 28 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 87546693; Schally, Andrew V. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Senior Medical Investigator for the Veterans Administration, Chief of the Endocrinology and Polypeptide Laboratories, Veterans Administration Hospital, New Orleans; 2: Professor of Medicine, Tulane University, New Orleans, Louisiana 70112; Issue Info: 10/6/1978, Vol. 202 Issue 4363, p18; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87546693&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - MOREY, EMILY R. AU - BAYLINK, DAVID J. T1 - Inhibition of Bone Formation During Space Flight. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1978/09/22/ VL - 201 IS - 4361 M3 - Article SP - 1138 EP - 1141 SN - 00368075 AB - Parameters of bone formation and resorption were measured in rats orbited for 19.5 days aboard the Soviet Cosmos 782 biological satellite. The most striking effects were on bone formation. During flight, rats formed significantly less periosteal bone than did control rats on the ground. An arrest line at both the periosteum and the endosteum of flight animals suggests that a complete cessation of bone growth occurred. During a 26-day postflight period, the defect in bone formation was corrected. No significant changes in bone resorption were observed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87546648; MOREY, EMILY R. 1; BAYLINK, DAVID J. 2,3; Affiliations: 1: Biomedical Research Division, NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California 94035; 2: Department of Medicine, American Lake Veterans Administration Hospital, Tacoma, Washington 98493; 3: University of Washington, Seattle 98195; Issue Info: 9/22/1978, Vol. 201 Issue 4361, p1138; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87546648&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - STERLING, KENNETH AU - LAZARUS, JOHN H. AU - MILCH, PETER O. AU - TOSHIRO SAKURADA AU - BRENNER, MILTON A. T1 - Mitochondrial Thyroid Hormone Receptor: Localization and Physiological Significance. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1978/09/22/ VL - 201 IS - 4361 M3 - Article SP - 1126 EP - 1129 SN - 00368075 AB - Binding studies of thyroid hormone to submitochondrial fractions from rat liver suggest that the component responsible for high-affinity, low-capacity (saturable) binding of hormones arises from the inner mitochondrial membrane. The partially purified component, approximately 150,000 daltons, appears to be halfprotein and half lipid, largely phospholipids, tentatively identified as lecithin, phosphatidyl ethanolamine, and cardiolipin. A similar hormone-binding macromolecule was found in mitochondria from rabbit kidney, from human liver and kidney, and from rat kidney, myocardium, skeletal muscle, intestinal mucosa, whole small intestine, adipose tissue, and lung. It was absent from mitochondria of adult rat brain, spleen, and testis, organs calorigenically unresponsive to thyroid hormones injected in vivo, but was present in mitochondria from brains of rats 12 days old and younger. The organ distribution of the hormone-binding protein and its presence in neonatal brain mitochondria supports the biological relevance of the mitochondrial component as a thyroid hormone receptor. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87546631; STERLING, KENNETH 1; LAZARUS, JOHN H. 1; MILCH, PETER O. 1; TOSHIRO SAKURADA 1; BRENNER, MILTON A. 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine, Columbia University College of Physicians and Surgeons, and Protein Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, New York 10468; Issue Info: 9/22/1978, Vol. 201 Issue 4361, p1126; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87546631&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Yalow, Rosalyn S. T1 - Radioimmunoassay: A Probe for the Fine Structure of Biologic Systems. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1978/06/16/ VL - 200 IS - 4347 M3 - Article SP - 1236 EP - 1245 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85218518; Yalow, Rosalyn S. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Senior Medical Investigator, Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, New York 10468; 2: Distinguished Service Professor, Mt. Sinai School of Medicine, City University of New York, New York 10029; Issue Info: 6/16/1978, Vol. 200 Issue 4347, p1236; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85218518&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Margulis, Lynn AU - To, Leleng AU - Chase, David T1 - Microtubules in Prokaryotes. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1978/06/09/ VL - 200 IS - 4346 M3 - Article SP - 1118 EP - 1124 SN - 00368075 AB - Longitudinally aligned microtubules, about 220 A in diameter, have been seen in the protoplasmic cylinders of the following spirochetes (symbiotic in the hindguts of dry-wood and subterranean termites): Pillotina sp., Diplocalyx sp., Hollandina sp. They are also present in a gliding bacterium from Pterotermes occidentis. These microtubules are probably composed of tubulin, as determined by staining with fluorescent antibodies to tubulin and comigration with authentic tubulin on acrylamide gels. Treponema reiteri lack tubulin by these same criteria. These observations support the hypothesis of the symbiotic origin of cilia and flagella from certain spirochetes. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87477435; Margulis, Lynn 1; To, Leleng 1; Chase, David 2; Affiliations: 1: Professor and graduate student, respectively, Department of Biology, Boston University, Boston, Massachusetts 02215; 2: Senior research investigator, Cell Biology Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, California; Issue Info: 6/9/1978, Vol. 200 Issue 4346, p1118; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87477435&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Herbert, Victor T1 - Acquiring New Information While Retaining Old Ethics. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1977/11/18/ VL - 198 IS - 4318 M3 - Article SP - 690 EP - 693 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 87436462; Herbert, Victor 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Professor of medicine, State University of New York, Downstate Medical Center, Brooklyn; 2: Chief of the Hematolop and Nutrition Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, New York 10468; Issue Info: 11/18/1977, Vol. 198 Issue 4318, p690; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87436462&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - STERLING, KENNETH AU - MILCH, PETER O. AU - BRENNER, MILTON A. AU - LAZARUS, JOHN H. T1 - Thyroid Hormone Action: The Mitochondrial Pathway. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1977/09/02/ VL - 197 IS - 4307 M3 - Article SP - 996 EP - 999 SN - 00368075 AB - The subcellular compartments have been investigated to compare proteins capable of binding triiodothyronine and thyroxine; specific binders have been found in cytosol, nuclei, and mitochondria from rat liver and kidney. The binding protein from the inner mitochondrial membrane had the highest association constant (>1011 liters- per mole), suggesting possible direct hormone action on the mitochondria. Binding of hormone analogs was found to be related to known physiological potency, and stereospecific discrimination between L- and D-thyroxine was observed. The saturable receptor was found in the mitochondrial membranes of rat liver, kidney, myocardium, and skeletal muscle but not in mitochondria from the unresponsive tissues: brain, spleen, and testis. Oxidative phosphorylation by mitochondrial vesicles from hypothyroid rats increased after the addition of physiological concentrations of triiodothyronine, which corroborated direct hormone action on mitochondria. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87476643; STERLING, KENNETH 1,2; MILCH, PETER O. 1,2; BRENNER, MILTON A. 1,2; LAZARUS, JOHN H. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine, Columbia University College of Physicians & Surgeons, New York 10032; 2: Protein Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, New York 10468; Issue Info: 9/2/1977, Vol. 197 Issue 4307, p996; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87476643&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - SCHMUCKER, DOUGLAS L. AU - MOONEY, JILL SAPINSLEY AU - JONES, ALBERT L. T1 - Age-Related Changes in the Hepatic Endoplasmic Reticulum: A Quantitative Analysis. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1977/09/02/ VL - 197 IS - 4307 M3 - Article SP - 1005 EP - 1008 SN - 00368075 AB - Morphometric analysis demonstrated a twofold increase in the surface area of the hepatic endoplasmic reticulum in Fischer 344 rats between 1 and 20 months of age, followed by a significant decrease in this parameter between 20 and 30 months. These changes are attributed to the smooth-surfaced endoplasmic reticulum, since neither the rough-surfaced variety nor the Golgi membranes underwent any significant change in surface area as a function of the age of the animal. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87476640; SCHMUCKER, DOUGLAS L. 1,2; MOONEY, JILL SAPINSLEY 3; JONES, ALBERT L. 2,4; Affiliations: 1: Cell Biology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, California 94121; 2: Department of Anatomy and Liver Center, University of California, San Francisco 94143; 3: Cell Biology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco; 4: Departments of Anatomy and Medicine and Liver Center, University of California, San Francisco; Issue Info: 9/2/1977, Vol. 197 Issue 4307, p1005; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87476640&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - HIBBS, JR., JOHN B. AU - TAINTOR, READ R. AU - CHAPMAN, JR., HAROLD A. AU - WEINBERG, J. BRICE T1 - Macrophage Tumor Killing: Influence of the Local Environment. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1977/07/15/ VL - 197 IS - 4300 M3 - Article SP - 279 EP - 282 SN - 00368075 AB - Tumor killing by activated macrophages is not a highly determined biologic event, but a relative capability influenced by the local environment. An intrinsic macrophage cytotoxic effector system is modulated by serum and other environmental factors that can either enhance or suppress tumor killing. Activated macrophages kill tumor cells only when a regulating threshold drops to a critically low level. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87459839; HIBBS, JR., JOHN B. 1; TAINTOR, READ R. 1; CHAPMAN, JR., HAROLD A. 1; WEINBERG, J. BRICE 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital and Department of Medicine, Divisions of Infectious Diseases and Hematology-Oncology, University of Utah Medical Center, Salt Lake City 84132; Issue Info: 7/15/1977, Vol. 197 Issue 4300, p279; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87459839&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - CHAPMAN, JR., HAROLD A. AU - HIBBS, JR., JOHN B. T1 - Modulation of Macrophage Tumoricidal Capability by Components of Normal Serum: A Central Role for Lipid. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1977/07/15/ VL - 197 IS - 4300 M3 - Article SP - 282 EP - 285 SN - 00368075 AB - The tumoricidal capabilities of macrophages can be reversibly inhibited by a lipoprotein of high molecular weight, and the inhibition appears to be reproduced by enrichment of macrophage plasma membranes with cholesterol. A second serum component oflower molecular weight enhances macrophage cytotoxicity. The presence of these components in normal serums suggests a physiological role for such factors in the regulation of macrophage function. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87459826; CHAPMAN, JR., HAROLD A. 1; HIBBS, JR., JOHN B. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital and Department of Medicine, Division of Infectious Diseases, University of Utah Medical Center, Salt Lake City 84132; Issue Info: 7/15/1977, Vol. 197 Issue 4300, p282; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87459826&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - GEDER, LASZLO AU - LAUSCH, ROBERT AU - O'NEILL, FRANK AU - RAPP, FRED T1 - Oncogenic Transformation of Human Embryo Lung Cells by Human Cytomegalovirus. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1976/06/11/ VL - 192 IS - 4244 M3 - Article SP - 1134 EP - 1137 SN - 00368075 AB - Persistent infection of human embryo lungfibroblasts with a genital isolate of cytomegalovirus resulted in oncogenic transformation of these cells. Immunofluorescence techniques detected virus-specific antigens, while microcytotoxicity tests established that the transformed cells share a membrane antigen with hamster cells transformed by inactivated cytomegalovirus. The transformed human cells induced progressively growing tumors in weanling athymic nude mice. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85360954; GEDER, LASZLO 1; LAUSCH, ROBERT 1; O'NEILL, FRANK 2,3; RAPP, FRED 4; Affiliations: 1: Department of Microbiology, Milton S. Hershey Medical Center, Pennsylvania State University College of Medicine, Hershey 17033; 2: Department of Microbiology and Pathology, University of Utah Medical Center, Salt Lake City 84132; 3: Veterans Administration Hospital, Salt Lake City; 4: Department of Microbiology, Milton S. Hershey Medical Center; Issue Info: 6/11/1976, Vol. 192 Issue 4244, p1134; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85360954&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - CONE JR., CLARENCE D. AU - CONE, CHARLOTTE M. T1 - Induction of Mitosis in Mature Neurons in Central Nervous System by Sustained Depolarization. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1976/04/09/ VL - 192 IS - 4235 M3 - Article SP - 155 EP - 158 SN - 00368075 AB - DNA synthesis and mitosis have been induced in vitro in fully differentiated neurons from the central nervous system by depolarization with a variety of agents that produce a sustained rise in the intracellular sodium ion concentration and a decrease in the potassium ion concentration. Depolarization was followed in less than 1 hour by an increase in RNA synthesis and in 3 hours by initiation of DNA synthesis. Apparently normal nuclear mitosis ensued, but cytokinesis was not completed in most cells; this resulted in the formation of binucleate neurons. The daughter nuclei each contained the same amount of DNA as the diploid preinduction parental neurons; this implies that true mitogenic replication was induced. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85363176; CONE JR., CLARENCE D. 1; CONE, CHARLOTTE M. 1; Affiliations: 1: Cell and Molecular Biology Laboratory, Veterans Administration Center, Hampton, Virginia 23667; Issue Info: 4/ 9/1976, Vol. 192 Issue 4235, p155; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85363176&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - KILBURN, KAYE H. AU - MCKENZIE, WAYLAND T1 - Leukocyte Recruitment to Airways by Cigarette Smoke and Particle Phase in Contrast to Cytotoxicity of Vapor. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1975/08/22/ VL - 189 IS - 4203 M3 - Article SP - 634 EP - 637 SN - 00368075 AB - After hamsters had breathed fresh cigarette smoke in a miniature chamber, airways of the lung showed recruitment of polymorphonuclear leukocytes. Exposure to particles alone by removal of the vapor phase with charcoal did not change the leukocyte response. However, exposure to cigarette smoke vapor after removal of particles with Cambridge filters did not recruit leukocytes but produced nuclear and cytoplasmic vacuoles, double nuclei, and exfoliation of cells. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85136484; KILBURN, KAYE H. 1,2; MCKENZIE, WAYLAND 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Pulmonary and Environmental Medicine Division, Department of Medicine, University of Missouri-Columbia 65201; 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Columbia; Issue Info: 8/22/1975, Vol. 189 Issue 4203, p634; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85136484&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - SEILER, M. W. AU - VENKATACHALAM, M. A. AU - COTRAN, R. S. T1 - Glomerular Epithelium: Structural Alterations Induced by Polycations. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1975/08//8/ 1/1975 VL - 189 IS - 4200 M3 - Article SP - 390 EP - 393 SN - 00368075 AB - Perfusion of rat kidneys with the polycation protamine sulfate caused glomerular epithelial alterations resembling those observed in human and experimental nephrotic states. The changes included swelling, blunting, andflattening of epithelialfoot processes, were accompanied by decreased stainability of glomerular anionic sites, and were largely reversed by subsequent perfusion with the polyanion heparin. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85136383; SEILER, M. W. 1; VENKATACHALAM, M. A. 1; COTRAN, R. S. 1; Affiliations: 1: Departments of Pathology, Peter Bent Brigham Hospital, West Roxbury Veterans Administration Hospital, and Harvard Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts 02115; Issue Info: 8/ 1/1975, Vol. 189 Issue 4200, p390; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85136383&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - BOOKSTEIN, FRED L. AU - WOLFF, B. BERTHOLD AU - POSAVAC, EMIL J. AU - TIMMERMANS, GRETCHEN AU - STERNBACH, RICHARD A. T1 - Analysis of Human Chronic Pain. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1975/03/07/ VL - 187 IS - 4179 M3 - Article SP - 859 EP - 862 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85118654; BOOKSTEIN, FRED L. 1; WOLFF, B. BERTHOLD 2; POSAVAC, EMIL J. 3; TIMMERMANS, GRETCHEN 4; STERNBACH, RICHARD A. 5; Affiliations: 1: Health Sciences Computing Facility, Harvard University School of Public Health, Boston, Massachusetts 02115; 2: Pain Research Group, New York University Medical Center, New York 10016; 3: Department of Psychology, Loyola University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois 60626; 4: Pain Unit, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Diego, California 92161; 5: Department of Psychiatry, University of California, San Diego, La Jolla 92037, and Pain Unit, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Diego; Issue Info: 3/ 7/1975, Vol. 187 Issue 4179, p859; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85118654&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - STEVENS, JANICE R. AU - TROOST, B. TODD AU - DAROFF, ROBERT B. AU - DELI'OSSO, Louis F. AU - HOLZMAN, PHILIP S. AU - PROCTOR, LEONARD R. AU - YASILLO, NICHOLAS J. AU - LEVY, DEBORAH T1 - Eye-Tracking Patterns in Schizophrenia. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1974/06/14/ VL - 184 IS - 4142 M3 - Article SP - 1201 EP - 1204 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85117661; STEVENS, JANICE R. 1; TROOST, B. TODD 2,3; DAROFF, ROBERT B. 2,3; DELI'OSSO, Louis F. 2,3; HOLZMAN, PHILIP S. 4; PROCTOR, LEONARD R. 4; YASILLO, NICHOLAS J. 4; LEVY, DEBORAH 4; Affiliations: 1: University of Oregon School of Medicine, Portland 97201; 2: Ocular Motor Neurophysiology Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Miami, Florida 33125; 3: Department of Neurology, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami 33136; 4: Pritzker School of Medicine, University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois 60637; Issue Info: 6/14/1974, Vol. 184 Issue 4142, p1201; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85117661&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lerman, Sidney AU - Megaw, Judith M. AU - Gardner, Karen H. AU - Drake, Lynn T1 - Ocular and Cutaneous Manifestations of Puva Therapy - A Review. JO - Journal of Toxicology -- Cutaneous & Ocular Toxicology JF - Journal of Toxicology -- Cutaneous & Ocular Toxicology Y1 - 1982/06// VL - 1 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 257 EP - 266 SN - 07313829 AB - The consequences of cumulative photochemical damage to the lens of the eye is described as a function of the increasing absorption of ultraviolet (UV) radiation, which produces photochemically generated lens chromophores. These increase in concentration and number as the lens ages. Two such chromophores are photodynamically characterized. This finding correlates with photobiological damage due to the accumulation of certain drugs within this organ, particularly 8-MOP in PUVA therapy patients. So-called PUVA cataracts are described and photographed with a newly described slit-lamp densitographic apparatus by comparing a PUVA patient prior to the institution of eye protection during therapy, against photographs of a normal eye. The authors also describe their own biopsy [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Toxicology -- Cutaneous & Ocular Toxicology is the property of Taylor & Francis Ltd and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 78466757; Lerman, Sidney 1; Megaw, Judith M. 1; Gardner, Karen H. 1; Drake, Lynn 2; Affiliations: 1: Department of Ophthalmology, Emory University School of Medicine and Veterans Administration Hospital Atlanta, Georgia; 2: Department of Dermatology, Emory University School of Medicine and Veterans Administration Hospital Atlanta, Georgia; Issue Info: 1982, Vol. 1 Issue 4, p257; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.3109/15569528209079876 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=78466757&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rich, L. F. T1 - Toxic Drug Effects on the Cornea. JO - Journal of Toxicology -- Cutaneous & Ocular Toxicology JF - Journal of Toxicology -- Cutaneous & Ocular Toxicology Y1 - 1982/06// VL - 1 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 267 EP - 297 SN - 07313829 AB - The unique anatomy and physiology of the cornea is reviewed prior to a brief discussion on the six factors responsible for maintenance of corneal transparency. The toxicity of topically applied drugs is then described for the following classes of chemicals: anesthetics, glaucoma drugs, preservatives, antiseptics, antiinfective drugs (antibacterials, antivirals, antifungals, antihelminthics, and antimalarials), metal compounds, antiarthritic drugs, antiinflammatory agents, antineoplastic drugs, and drugs used for treatment of central nervous system disorders. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Toxicology -- Cutaneous & Ocular Toxicology is the property of Taylor & Francis Ltd and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 78466753; Rich, L. F. 1; Affiliations: 1: Oregon Health Sciences University and Veterans Administration Hospital, Portland, Oregon; Issue Info: 1982, Vol. 1 Issue 4, p267; Number of Pages: 31p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.3109/15569528209079877 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=78466753&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - SAGAR, S. M. AU - SHARP, F. R. AU - CURRAN, T. T1 - Expression of c-fos Protein in Brain: Metabolic Mapping at the Cellular Level. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1988/06/03/ VL - 240 IS - 4857 M3 - Article SP - 1328 EP - 1331 SN - 00368075 AB - The proto-oncogene c-fos is expressed in neurons in response to direct stimulation by growth factors and neurotransmitters. In order to determine whether the c-fos protein (Fos) and Fos-related proteins can be induced in response to polysynaptic activation, rat hindlimb motor/sensory cortex was stimulated electrically and Fos expression examined immunohistochemically. Three hours after the onset of stimulation, focal nuclear Fos staining was seen in motor and sensory thalamus, pontine nuclei, globus pallidus, and cerebellum. Moreover, 24-hour water deprivation resulted in Fos expression in paraventricular and supraoptic nuclei. Fos immunobistochemistry therefore provides a cellular method to label polysynaptically activated neurons and thereby map fimctional pathways. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87460485; SAGAR, S. M. 1; SHARP, F. R. 2; CURRAN, T. 3; Affiliations: 1: Department of Neurology, University of California, and Neurology Service, Veterans Administration (VA) Medical Center, San Francisco, CA 94121; 2: Departments of Neurology and Physiology, University of California, and Neurology Service, VA Medical Center, San Francisco, CA 94121; 3: Department of Molecular Oncology, Roche Institute of Molecular Biology, Roche Research Center, Nudey, NJ 07110; Issue Info: 6/3/1988, Vol. 240 Issue 4857, p1328; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87460485&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - KEROACK, MARK AU - FIELDS, BERNARD N. T1 - Viral Shedding and Transmission Between Hosts Determined by Reovirus L2 Gene. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1986/06/27/ VL - 232 IS - 4758 M3 - Article SP - 1635 EP - 1638 SN - 00368075 AB - Two reovirus isolates (type 1 Lang and type 3 Dearing) differ in their transmissibility between littermates ofnewborn mice. They also differ in the amounts ofvirus excreted by the gastrointestinal tract. With the use of reassortant viruses, these properties were mapped to the L2 gene. Thus environmental spread of reovirus is a genetic property. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87519479; KEROACK, MARK 1,2; FIELDS, BERNARD N. 1,3; Affiliations: 1: Department of Microbiology and Molecular Genetics, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA 02115; 2: West Roxbury Veterans Administration Hospital, West Roxbury, MA 02132; 3: Department of Medicine (Infectious Disease), Brigham and Women's Hospital, and the Shipley Institute of Medicine, Boston, MA 02115; Issue Info: 6/27/1986, Vol. 232 Issue 4758, p1635; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87519479&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Nehrke, Milton F. AU - Morganti, John B. AU - Willrich, Ruth AU - Hulicka, Irene M. T1 - Health Status, Room Size, and Activity Level. JO - Environment & Behavior JF - Environment & Behavior Y1 - 1979/12//12/ 1/1979 VL - 11 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 451 EP - 463 SN - 00139165 AB - The relationship of actual and perceived health to each other and to levels of activity, and the effects of perceived health and the number of occupants in a room on activity level, were the primary concerns of this study. It was found that while both the actual and perceived health measures were positively correlated with activity, only the actual health measures entered the multiple regression analysis as significant predictors of activity. However, using a 4 (room size) x 2 (perceived health) analysis of covariance, controlling for age and actual health status, it was found that there was a significant main effect for perceived health and a significant interaction effect. There was also evidence that the relationship of number of occupants in a room to activity may be curvilinear rather than linear, as originally hypothesized. [ABSTRACT FROM PUBLISHER] AB - Copyright of Environment & Behavior is the property of Sage Publications Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 54345180; Nehrke, Milton F. 1; Morganti, John B. 2; Willrich, Ruth 2; Hulicka, Irene M. 2; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Bath, New York; 2: State University College at Buffalo; Issue Info: 12/ 1/1979, Vol. 11 Issue 4, p451; Number of Pages: 13p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3950 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=54345180&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Margulis, Lynn AU - Chase, David AU - Guerrero, Ricardo T1 - Microbial Communities. (cover story) JO - BioScience JF - BioScience Y1 - 1986/03// VL - 36 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 160 EP - 170 SN - 00063568 AB - Focuses on microbes, which are often studied as disease `germs' are not generally considered in context as normal components of ecosystems. How community ecologists usually lack training in microscopic methods. Recent work by a growing number of scientists who call themselves microbial ecologists is starting to change this picture. KW - Microorganisms KW - Microbial ecology KW - Biotic communities KW - Bacteria N1 - Accession Number: 8600008435; Margulis, Lynn 1; Chase, David 2,3; Guerrero, Ricardo 4; Affiliations: 1: Professor in the Department of Biology, Boston University, Boston, MA 02215; 2: Director of the electron microscope facility, Cell Biology Laboratory, Sepulveda Veterans Administration Hospital, 151B5, Sepulveda, CA 91320; 3: Adjunct professor of anatomy, University of Southern California School of Medicine; 4: Professor of microbiology and director of the Departmento de Microbiología at the Universidad Autónoma de Barcelona, Bellaterra (Barcelona), Spain; Issue Info: Mar1986, Vol. 36 Issue 3, p160; Thesaurus Term: Microorganisms; Thesaurus Term: Microbial ecology; Thesaurus Term: Biotic communities; Thesaurus Term: Bacteria; Number of Pages: 11p; Illustrations: 12 Black and White Photographs, 1 Chart, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=8600008435&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - TAYLOR, ANN AU - MAMELAK, MORTIMER AU - REAVEN, EVE AU - MAFFLY, ROY T1 - Vasopressin: Possible Role of Microtubules and Microfilaments in Its Action. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1973/07/27/ VL - 181 IS - 4097 M3 - Article SP - 347 EP - 350 SN - 00368075 AB - Colchicine, vinblastine, podophyllotoxin, and cytochalasin B inhibit the action of vasopressin and cyclic adenosine monophosphate on osmotic water movement across the toad bladder. The findings suggest that microtubles, and possibly microfilaments, play a role in the action of vasopressin, perhaps through involvement in the mechanism of release of secretory material from the bladder epithelial cells. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85362927; TAYLOR, ANN 1,2; MAMELAK, MORTIMER 1,2; REAVEN, EVE 1,2; MAFFLY, ROY 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine, Stanford University School of Medicine, Palo Alto, California 94304; 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California 94304; Issue Info: 7/27/1973, Vol. 181 Issue 4097, p347; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85362927&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cagan, Robert H. T1 - Chemostimulatory Protein: A New Type of Taste Stimulus. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1973/07/06/ VL - 181 IS - 4094 M3 - Article SP - 32 EP - 35 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85158706; Cagan, Robert H. 1,2,3; Affiliations: 1: Member of Monell Chemical Senses Center, University of Pennsylvania; 2: Member of Monell Chemical Senses Center, University of Pennsylvania, Research scientist, Veterans Administration Hospital, Philadelphia; 3: Assistant professor of biochemistry, School of Medicine, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 19104; Issue Info: 7/ 6/1973, Vol. 181 Issue 4094, p32; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85158706&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Schally, Andrew V. AU - Arimura, Akira AU - Kastin, Abba J. T1 - Hypothalamic Regulatory Hormones. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1973/01/26/ VL - 179 IS - 4071 M3 - Article SP - 341 EP - 350 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85135869; Schally, Andrew V. 1; Arimura, Akira 1; Kastin, Abba J. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital and Tulane University School of Medicine, New Orleans, Louisiana 70146; Issue Info: 1/26/1973, Vol. 179 Issue 4071, p341; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85135869&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - ABDOU, NABIH I. AU - ABDOU, NANCY L. T1 - Bone Marrow: The Bursa Equivalent in Man? JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1972/01/28/ VL - 175 IS - 4020 M3 - Article SP - 446 EP - 448 SN - 00368075 AB - Human bone marrow lymphoid cells, particularly when enriched with plasma cells, as in multiple myeloma, respond to pokeweed mitogen and tp antiserum to immunoglobulin but not to phytohemagglutinin. Cells of patients with X-linked agammaglobulinemia of the bursal deficient type failed to respond to either pokeweed or to the antiserum to immunoglobulin. Leukocytes of the agammaglobulinemia patients however responded in a normal fashion to phytohemagglutinin. Just as the in vitro response to phytohemagglutinin is taken as an index of the thymus-dependent system, the in vitro response to both antiserum to immunoglobulin and pokeweed may be considered an index for the bursaldependent system. Human bone marrow, therefore, contains bursal cells and probably very few or no thymus cells. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85116699; ABDOU, NABIH I. 1; ABDOU, NANCY L. 2; Affiliations: 1: Division of Allergy and Immunology, School of Medicine, University of Pennsylvania and Veterans Administration Hospital, Philadelphia 19104; 2: Hematology Department, University of Pennsylvania Service, Philadelphia General Hospital, Philadelphia 19104; Issue Info: 1/28/1972, Vol. 175 Issue 4020, p446; Number of Pages: 33p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85116699&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - WOOD, CHARLES C. AU - GOFF, WILLIAM R. AU - DAY, RUTH S. T1 - Auditory Evoked Potentials during Speech Perception. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1971/09/24/ VL - 173 IS - 4003 M3 - Article SP - 1248 EP - 1251 SN - 00368075 AB - Neural responses evoked by the same binaural speech signal were recorded from ten right-handed subjects during two auditory identification tasks. One task required analysis of acoustic parameters important for making a linguistic distinction, while the other task required analysis of an acoustic parameter which provides no linguistic information at the phoneme level. In the time interval between stimulus onset and the subjects' identification responses, evoked potentials from the two tasks were significantly different over the left hemisphere but identical over the right hemisphere. These results indicate that different neural events occur in the left hemisphere during analysis of linguistic versus nonlinguistic parameters of the same acoustic signal. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87615518; WOOD, CHARLES C. 1; GOFF, WILLIAM R. 1,2; DAY, RUTH S. 3; Affiliations: 1: Neuropsychology Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, Connecticut 06516; 2: Departments of Psychology and Neurology, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut; 3: Haskins Laboratories, New Haven, Connecticut and Department of Psychology, Yale University; Issue Info: 9/24/1971, Vol. 173 Issue 4003, p1248; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87615518&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - DONALD JR., MERLIN W. T1 - Attention-Related Increases in Cortical Responsivity Dissociated from the Contingent Negative Variation. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1971/06/11/ VL - 172 IS - 3988 M3 - Article SP - 1163 EP - 1166 SN - 00368075 AB - Certain tasks which increase attention to stimuli also elicit the contingent negative variation and increase the amplitude of the P300 component of the sensory evoked response. Therefore it appeared possible that the contingent negative variation and attention-related increases in P300 are either confounded by artifact or generated by common neural mechanisms. The fact that we have recorded attention-related increases in P300 amplitude independent of corresponding systematic changes in contingent negative variation indicates that neither of these possibilities is correct. The two phenomena are independently variable modulalions of cortical activity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85268486; DONALD JR., MERLIN W. 1; Affiliations: 1: Neuropsychology Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, Connecticut 06516, and Department of Psychiatry, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, Connecticut; Issue Info: 6/11/1971, Vol. 172 Issue 3988, p1163; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85268486&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rubin, Emanuel AU - Lieber, Charles S. T1 - Alcoholism, Alcohol, and Drugs. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1971/06/11/ VL - 172 IS - 3988 M3 - Article SP - 1097 EP - 1102 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85268449; Rubin, Emanuel 1; Lieber, Charles S. 2; Affiliations: 1: Professor of pathology, Mount Sinai School of Medicine, City University of New York, New York 10029; 2: Professor of medicine, Mount Sinai School of Medicine, City University of New York, chief, section liver disease and nutrition, Bronx Veterans Administration Hospital, New York; Issue Info: 6/11/1971, Vol. 172 Issue 3988, p1097; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85268449&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - KING, NANCY WILLIAMS AU - JUSTESEN, DON R. AU - CLARKE, REX L. T1 - Behavioral Sensitivity to Microwave Irradiation. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1971/04/23/ VL - 172 IS - 3981 M3 - Article SP - 398 EP - 401 SN - 00368075 AB - Rats assayed by the technique of conditional suppression were able to detect the presence of 12.25-centimeter microwaves at doses of power approximating 0.5 to 6.4 milliwatts per gram. The assay, which controlled for sensitization, for pseudo and temporal conditioning, and for several possible sources of artifactual cueing, revealed that irradiation by microwaves, although lacking the saliency of an auditory stimulus, can function as a highly reliable cue. Efficiency of detection was strongly and positively related to the amount of microwave energy to which the rats were exposed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85104525; KING, NANCY WILLIAMS 1; JUSTESEN, DON R. 2; CLARKE, REX L. 3; Affiliations: 1: Neuropsychology Laboratories, Veterans Administration Hospital, 4801 Linwood Boulevard, Kansas City, Missouri 64128; 2: Department of Psychiatry, Kansas University Medical Center, Kansas City; 3: Department of Psychology, University of Kansas, Lawrence; Issue Info: 4/23/1971, Vol. 172 Issue 3981, p398; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85104525&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hollister, Leo E. T1 - Marihuana in Man: Three Years Later. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1971/04/02/ VL - 172 IS - 3978 M3 - Article SP - 21 EP - 29 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85104420; Hollister, Leo E. 1; Affiliations: 1: Medical investigator with the Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California 94304; Issue Info: 4/ 2/1971, Vol. 172 Issue 3978, p21; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85104420&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Moon K. Song AU - Woo-Yung Shin AU - Adham, Nabeel F. AU - Costea, Nicolas V. T1 - Zinc, calcium, and magnesium metabolism: effects on plasmacytomas in Balb/c mice. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 49 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 701 EP - 707 SN - 00029165 AB - The effects of different amounts of dietary zinc on the Zn absorption rate and on Zn, calcium and magnesium concentrations in tissues of MOPC 104E tumor-bearing Balb/c mice were determined. The Zn absorption rate was inversely related to the amounts of Zn in their diets and was lower than that of nontumor-bearing control mice fed a laboratory mice chow. Zn concentrations of tumor-bearing mice were also low compared with control mice but tumor Zn concentrations, regardless of the concentrations of Zn in the diets, were higher than those of normal tissues of the host other than the pancreas. Ca concentrations in tumor and tissues of tumor-bearing mice were higher than in control animals but Mg concentrations in tissues of tumor-bearing mice appeared to be similar to those of control mice. Results suggest that tumor-bearing mice have a lower intestinal Zn absorption capacity and a higher Zn uptake rate causing other tissues to become hypozincemic and hypercalcemic. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Zinc in the body KW - Calcium in human nutrition KW - Magnesium in the body KW - Plasmacytoma KW - Mice as laboratory animals KW - Hypercalcemia KW - Balb/c mice KW - calcium KW - magnesium KW - zinc N1 - Accession Number: 91691837; Moon K. Song 1; Woo-Yung Shin 2; Adham, Nabeel F. 3; Costea, Nicolas V. 4; Affiliations: 1: Research, Laboratory, and Medical Services, the Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, CA; 2: Department of Pediatrics, UCLA School of Medicine, Los Angeles, CA; 3: Department of Pathology, UCLA School of Medicine, Los Angeles, CA; 4: Department of Medicine, UCLA School of Medicine, Los Angeles, CA; Issue Info: Apr1989, Vol. 49 Issue 4, p701; Subject Term: Zinc in the body; Subject Term: Calcium in human nutrition; Subject Term: Magnesium in the body; Subject Term: Plasmacytoma; Subject Term: Mice as laboratory animals; Subject Term: Hypercalcemia; Author-Supplied Keyword: Balb/c mice; Author-Supplied Keyword: calcium; Author-Supplied Keyword: magnesium; Author-Supplied Keyword: zinc; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91691837&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rudman, Daniel AU - Mattson, Dale E. AU - Feller, Axel G. AU - Cotter, Richard AU - Johnson, Robert C. T1 - Fasting plasma amino acids in elderly men. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 49 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 559 EP - 566 SN - 00029165 AB - The fasting amino acid profile in 22 healthy young men aged 25-35 y (group A) was compared with the fasting profile in 21 healthy independent men aged 65-85 y (group B), in 23 orally-fed nursing home men with dementia aged 65-92 y (group C), and in 17 tube-fed nursing home men with dementia aged 65-88 y (group D). Groups B, C, and D had significantly (p < 0.05) lower levels of methionine and branched-chain amino acids than group A. Methionine was significantly lower in groups C and D than in group B. The ratio of essential to nonessential amino acids was significantly lower in groups B, C, and D than in group A. The data suggest that the intake of essential amino acids may often be suboptimal in both independent and institutionalized elderly men. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HEALTH KW - Amino acids KW - Older people KW - Dementia KW - Nursing home care KW - United States N1 - Accession Number: 91692411; Rudman, Daniel 1,2,3; Mattson, Dale E. 1,2,3; Feller, Axel G. 1,2,3; Cotter, Richard 1,2,3; Johnson, Robert C. 1,2,3; Affiliations: 1: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center and Department of Medicine, University of Health Sciences/Chicago Medical School, North Chicago, IL; 2: Baxter Health Care Corporation, Deerfield, IL; 3: Department of Epidemiology, University of Illinois School of Public Health, Chicago, IL; Issue Info: Mar1989, Vol. 49 Issue 3, p559; Thesaurus Term: HEALTH; Subject Term: Amino acids; Subject Term: Older people; Subject Term: Dementia; Subject Term: Nursing home care; Subject: United States; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623110 Nursing Care Facilities (Skilled Nursing Facilities); Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91692411&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Anderson, James W. AU - Bridges, Susan R. AU - Tietyen, Janet AU - Gustafson, Nancy J. T1 - Dietary fiber content of a simulated American diet and selected research diets. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 49 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 352 EP - 357 SN - 00029165 AB - Few studies accurately report total-dietary-fiber (TDF) content of current and alternative diets. In this study we analyzed and calculated TDF content of a simulated American diet with household Nationwide Food Consumption Survey data. We also analyzed the fiber content of four research diets: control; bean; high fiber, maintenance (HFM); and high carbohydrate, high fiber (HCF). Analyzed and calculated fiber values for the simulated diet were similar. The simulated, control, bean, HFM, and HCF diets provided 5.6, 8.1, 12.2, 17.4, and 22.8 g TDF/1000 kcal, respectively. Soluble-fiber content ranged from 1.7 g/1000 kcal for the simulated diet to 6.1 g/1000 kcal for the HCF diet. Cereal products contributed the most to total fiber content of the simulated diet, followed in order by vegetables, legumes, fruits, and miscellaneous foods. Fiber content of the simulated diet was below recommended levels. The HFM diet is suggested for individuals desiring to increase their dietary fiber intake. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RESEARCH KW - Legumes KW - Vegetables KW - Fiber in human nutrition KW - Diet KW - Carbohydrates in human nutrition KW - American diet KW - Dietary fiber KW - fiber intake KW - high-fiber diets KW - insoluble fiber KW - soluble fiber N1 - Accession Number: 91692378; Anderson, James W. 1,2; Bridges, Susan R. 1,2; Tietyen, Janet 1,2; Gustafson, Nancy J. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Kentucky College of Medicine; 2: HCF Diabetes Foundation, Lexington, K.Y.; Issue Info: Feb1989, Vol. 49 Issue 2, p352; Thesaurus Term: RESEARCH; Thesaurus Term: Legumes; Thesaurus Term: Vegetables; Subject Term: Fiber in human nutrition; Subject Term: Diet; Subject Term: Carbohydrates in human nutrition; Author-Supplied Keyword: American diet; Author-Supplied Keyword: Dietary fiber; Author-Supplied Keyword: fiber intake; Author-Supplied Keyword: high-fiber diets; Author-Supplied Keyword: insoluble fiber; Author-Supplied Keyword: soluble fiber; NAICS/Industry Codes: 115114 Postharvest Crop Activities (except Cotton Ginning); NAICS/Industry Codes: 413150 Fresh fruit and vegetable merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 445230 Fruit and Vegetable Markets; NAICS/Industry Codes: 115113 Crop Harvesting, Primarily by Machine; NAICS/Industry Codes: 111419 Other Food Crops Grown Under Cover; NAICS/Industry Codes: 111219 Other Vegetable (except Potato) and Melon Farming; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424480 Fresh Fruit and Vegetable Merchant Wholesalers; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91692378&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - McArthur, Katherine E. AU - Feldman, Mark T1 - Gastric acid secretion, gastrin release, and gastric emptying in humans as affected by liquid meal temperature. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 49 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 51 EP - 54 SN - 00029165 AB - We investigated the effect of the temperature of a liquid meal on intragastric temperature, gastric acid secretion, gastrin release, and gastric emptying in normal human subjects. Coffee (360 mL) was infused into the stomach through a nasogastric tube at 58 (steaming hot), 37, or 4 °C (ice cold). Intragastric temperature, measured by an intragastric temperature sensor attached to the nasogastric tube, returned to body temperature 16.7 ± 2.7 min after the hot meal and 23.8 ± 1.1 min after the cold meal. Gastric acid secretion increased after hot, warm, and cold coffee but the initial temperature of the meal had no effect on gastric acid secretion. The temperature of the meal also had no effect on serum gastrin concentrations, which increased significantly after all the meals. Gastric emptying of hot, warm, or cold coffee meals was similar. These findings indicate that over a wide temperature range, the temperature of a liquid meal has little effect on gastric function in humans. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Gastric acid KW - Gastrin -- Regulation KW - Gastric emptying KW - Body temperature KW - Diet therapy KW - Nutrition research KW - gastric acid secretion KW - gastric emptying KW - Gastric temperature KW - gastrin release N1 - Accession Number: 91731592; McArthur, Katherine E. 1; Feldman, Mark 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, University of Texas Health Science Center, Dallas, TX; Issue Info: Jan1989, Vol. 49 Issue 1, p51; Subject Term: Gastric acid; Subject Term: Gastrin -- Regulation; Subject Term: Gastric emptying; Subject Term: Body temperature; Subject Term: Diet therapy; Subject Term: Nutrition research; Author-Supplied Keyword: gastric acid secretion; Author-Supplied Keyword: gastric emptying; Author-Supplied Keyword: Gastric temperature; Author-Supplied Keyword: gastrin release; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541712 Research and Development in the Physical, Engineering, and Life Sciences (except Biotechnology); Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91731592&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Worner, Theresa M. AU - Gordon, Gary G. AU - Leo, Maria A. AU - Lieber, Charles S. T1 - Vitamin A treatment of sexual dysfunction in male alcoholics. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 48 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 1431 EP - 1435 SN - 00029165 AB - Thirty abstinent male alcoholics with sexual dysfunction were randomized to treatment with 3 mg RE (10 000 IU) vitamin A or placebo daily for 4 mo. Age, drinking history, period of abstinence before enrollment, and base-line laboratory indices were comparable in both groups at entry. Of the 15 subjects given placebo, 13 had a partial or full recovery of sexual functioning. By contrast, of those given vitamin A, 10 had a partial response. There were no complete responders. Six subjects (1 placebo, 5 vitamin A) who developed liver abnormalities during treatment underwent liver biopsies; five had fibrosis or cirrhosis. A significant decrease in luteinizing hormone was noted in the group given vitamin A compared with the placebo-treated group. Thus vitamin A therapy did not improve sexual functioning in male alcoholics and may have been associated with toxicity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Vitamin A KW - Alcoholism KW - Alcoholics KW - Sexual dysfunction KW - Placebos (Medicine) KW - sexual dysfunction KW - vitamin A N1 - Accession Number: 91711430; Worner, Theresa M. 1,2; Gordon, Gary G. 1,2; Leo, Maria A. 1,2; Lieber, Charles S. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Alcohol Research and Treatment Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx; 2: Mt Sinai School of Medicine (CUNY), New York, NY; Issue Info: Dec1988, Vol. 48 Issue 6, p1431; Subject Term: Vitamin A; Subject Term: Alcoholism; Subject Term: Alcoholics; Subject Term: Sexual dysfunction; Subject Term: Placebos (Medicine); Author-Supplied Keyword: sexual dysfunction; Author-Supplied Keyword: vitamin A; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91711430&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Anderson, James W. AU - Gustafson, Nancy J. T1 - Hypocholesterolemic effects of oat and bean products. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 48 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 749 EP - 753 SN - 00029165 AB - Oat and bean products, which contain large amounts of water-soluble fiber, are particularly effective hypocholesterolemic agents. Recent experiments with human subjects using these products as supplements to the diet are reviewed. High-carbohydrate, high-fiber diets offer a nutritious, economical, and readily accepted means to reduce serum cholesterol. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Beans KW - Fiber in human nutrition KW - Oats KW - Diet KW - Food -- Carbohydrate content KW - Cholesterol KW - Hypocholesteremia KW - beans KW - carbohydrate KW - Fiber KW - oats N1 - Accession Number: 91711347; Anderson, James W. 1; Gustafson, Nancy J. 2; Affiliations: 1: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Kentucky College of Medicine, Lexington, KY; 2: HCF Diabetes Foundation, Lexington, KY; Issue Info: Sep1988, Vol. 48 Issue 3, p749; Thesaurus Term: Beans; Subject Term: Fiber in human nutrition; Subject Term: Oats; Subject Term: Diet; Subject Term: Food -- Carbohydrate content; Subject Term: Cholesterol; Subject Term: Hypocholesteremia; Author-Supplied Keyword: beans; Author-Supplied Keyword: carbohydrate; Author-Supplied Keyword: Fiber; Author-Supplied Keyword: oats; NAICS/Industry Codes: 115114 Postharvest Crop Activities (except Cotton Ginning); NAICS/Industry Codes: 411120 Oilseed and grain merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 111130 Dry Pea and Bean Farming; NAICS/Industry Codes: 111419 Other Food Crops Grown Under Cover; NAICS/Industry Codes: 111219 Other Vegetable (except Potato) and Melon Farming; NAICS/Industry Codes: 311230 Breakfast Cereal Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 111199 All Other Grain Farming; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91711347&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gomez, Rex L. AU - Nichoalds, George E. AU - Singh, Manjit AU - Simsek, Halis AU - LaSure, Marilyn M. T1 - In vitro assay of pancreatic acinar-cell function of rats made chronically riboflavin deficient. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 48 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 626 EP - 631 SN - 00029165 AB - To determine the effect of riboflavin deficiency on the rat pancreas, one-third of a group of rats was fed a purified riboflavin-sufficient diet ad libitum and two-thirds were fed isocaloric amounts of riboflavin-deficient diet for 13 wk; one-half of the latter group was replenished with daily intraperitoneal injections of riboflavin for the last 3 wk. Body weight, pancreas weight, DNA, protein, amylase, chymotrypsinogen, and trypsinogen decreased in riboflavin-deficient animals. In vitro basal secretion of chymotrypsinogen decreased and basal and bethanechol-stimulated secretions of trypsinogen increased in riboflavin-deficient rats. These changes were considered to be caused by relative inanition resulting from decreased food consumption. On replenishment of niboflavin, amylase content reverted to that of animals fed ad libitum whereas increases in body weight, pancreas weight, DNA, protein, chymotrypsinogen, and trypsinogen were not statistically significant. Both basal- and bethanechol-stimulated secretions of chymotrypsinogen increased. These data indicate that riboflavin deficiency, which commonly accompanies chronic alcoholism, may contribute to the pancreatic injury in chronic alcoholism. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Vitamin B2 deficiency KW - Pancreas KW - Pancreatic acinar cells KW - Bethanechol KW - Trypsinogen KW - Body weight KW - Amylases KW - Lipases KW - amylase KW - lipase KW - proteases KW - riboflavin-deficiency N1 - Accession Number: 91711327; Gomez, Rex L. 1,2,3; Nichoalds, George E. 1,2,3; Singh, Manjit 1,2,3; Simsek, Halis 1,2,3; LaSure, Marilyn M. 1,2,3; Affiliations: 1: Pancreatic Research Laboratory, Medical Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center (Downtown Division), Augusta, GA; 2: Department of Medicine, Medical College of Georgia, Augusta, GA; 3: Department of Nutrition, Medical College of Georgia, Augusta, GA; Issue Info: Sep1988, Vol. 48 Issue 3, p626; Subject Term: Vitamin B2 deficiency; Subject Term: Pancreas; Subject Term: Pancreatic acinar cells; Subject Term: Bethanechol; Subject Term: Trypsinogen; Subject Term: Body weight; Subject Term: Amylases; Subject Term: Lipases; Author-Supplied Keyword: amylase; Author-Supplied Keyword: lipase; Author-Supplied Keyword: proteases; Author-Supplied Keyword: riboflavin-deficiency; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91711327&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Crapo, Phyllis A. AU - Henry, Robert R. T1 - Postprandial metabolic responses to the influence of food form. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 48 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 560 EP - 564 SN - 00029165 AB - To determine whether differences in the metabolic response to two common starches could be eliminated by altering the physical form of food, 12 normal and 6 noninsulin-dependent diabetic (NIDDM) subjects were studied after consumption of test loads of whole and blended rice and potato. In normal and NIDDM subjects the lower postprandial glycemia and insulinemia of whole rice was eliminated and became similar to that of whole potato, which was unaffected by blending. The glucagon responses were unchanged and similar in both groups under all study conditions. In both normal and NIDDM subjects the glucose and insulin response to a particular starch is not a stable feature dependent on the unique characteristics of the starch molecule but is affected by food processing and the form in which it is presented to the gastrointestinal tract. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Glycemic index KW - Starch KW - Diet KW - Non-insulin-dependent diabetes KW - Glucose KW - Insulin KW - diabetic diet KW - food form KW - starch N1 - Accession Number: 91711316; Crapo, Phyllis A. 1; Henry, Robert R. 2; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine, University of California, San Diego, CA; 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego, CA; Issue Info: Sep1988, Vol. 48 Issue 3, p560; Subject Term: Glycemic index; Subject Term: Starch; Subject Term: Diet; Subject Term: Non-insulin-dependent diabetes; Subject Term: Glucose; Subject Term: Insulin; Author-Supplied Keyword: diabetic diet; Author-Supplied Keyword: food form; Author-Supplied Keyword: starch; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 311221 Wet Corn Milling; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91711316&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Grundy, Scott M. AU - Florentin, Lea AU - Nix, Dana AU - Whelan, Marjorie F. T1 - Comparison of monounsaturated fatty acids and carbohydrates for reducing raised levels of plasma cholesterol in man. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 47 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 965 EP - 969 SN - 00029165 AB - To compare monounsaturated fatty acids and carbohydrates for actions on lipid and lipoprotein levels from solid-food diets, 10 men were studied on three diets. One diet was high in saturated fatty acids and very high in cholesterol (High Sat+Chol), a second was high in monounsaturates but low in cholesterol (High Mono), and a third was low in fat, high in carbohydrates, and low in cholesterol (Low Fat). All diets were consumed for 6 wk. Compared with the High Sat+Chol diet, the High Mono and Low Fat diets significantly and similarly reduced plasma cholesterol and LDL cholesterol. In contrast, the Low Fat diet significantly lowered HDL cholesterol whereas the High Mono diet did not. Therefore, a solid-food diet rich in monounsaturated fatty acids is equivalent to a low-fat, high-carbohydrate diet for cholesterol lowering but does not reduce the HDL-cholesterol level. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RESEARCH KW - Lipoproteins KW - Fatty acids KW - Blood plasma KW - Monounsaturated fatty acids KW - Lipids KW - Cholesterol KW - carbohydrates KW - dietary cholesterol KW - plasma cholesterol KW - saturated fatty acids N1 - Accession Number: 91710581; Grundy, Scott M. 1,2,3; Florentin, Lea 1,2,3; Nix, Dana 1,2,3; Whelan, Marjorie F. 1,2,3; Affiliations: 1: Sam Rayburn Memorial Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bonham; 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas; 3: Center for Human Nutrition, University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas, TX; Issue Info: Jun1988, Vol. 47 Issue 6, p965; Thesaurus Term: RESEARCH; Thesaurus Term: Lipoproteins; Thesaurus Term: Fatty acids; Subject Term: Blood plasma; Subject Term: Monounsaturated fatty acids; Subject Term: Lipids; Subject Term: Cholesterol; Author-Supplied Keyword: carbohydrates; Author-Supplied Keyword: dietary cholesterol; Author-Supplied Keyword: plasma cholesterol; Author-Supplied Keyword: saturated fatty acids; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91710581&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sondheimer, James H. AU - Mahajan, Sudesh K. AU - Rye, Diana L. AU - Abu-Hamdan, Daoud K. AU - Migdal, Stephen D. AU - Prasad, Ananda S. AU - McDonald, Franklin D. T1 - Elevated plasma copper in chronic renal failure. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 47 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 896 EP - 899 SN - 00029165 AB - Hypercupremia has been described in patients undergoing chronic dialysis. To further characterize dialysis-associated hypercupremia, we studied plasma copper (PCu) and ceruloplasmin (Cp) in patients on hemodialysis (n = 20) and peritoneal dialysis (n = 25), in uremic patients (n = 10) not yet on dialysis, and in normal age-matched control subjects (n = 20). PCu was significantly elevated in all three patients groups (mean ± SD) (20.6 ± 4.1, 19.8 ± 4.6, 19.8 ± 4.9 µmol/L, respectively) vs control subjects (16.5 ± 2.7 µmol/L). However, Cp levels were not significantly different among the four study groups (330 ± 60, 320 ± 70, 370 ± 100, and 360 ± 90 mg/L, respectively). Calculated nonceruloplasmin copper was significantly higher in all uremic groups. The measurement of chelatable Cu confirmed the presence of significantly higher extractable Cu in hemodialysis (2.7 ± 0.6 µmol/L) and peritoneal dialysis patients (2.4 ± 0.5 µmol/L) than control subjects (1.5 ± 0.3 µmol/L). Cu is elevated in uremia regardless of dialysis status and this elevation is not accounted for by an increase in plasma ceruloplasmin. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Copper in the body KW - Chronic kidney failure KW - Ceruloplasmin KW - Hemodialysis KW - Peritoneal dialysis KW - ceruloplasmin KW - chronic renal failure KW - Copper KW - dialysis KW - uremia N1 - Accession Number: 91711235; Sondheimer, James H. 1,2; Mahajan, Sudesh K. 1,2; Rye, Diana L. 2; Abu-Hamdan, Daoud K. 1,2; Migdal, Stephen D. 1,2; Prasad, Ananda S. 1,2; McDonald, Franklin D. 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine, Wayne State University School of Medicine, Detroit, MI; 2: Department of Medicine, Allen Park Veterans Administration Medical Center, Allen Park, MI; Issue Info: May1988, Vol. 47 Issue 5, p896; Subject Term: Copper in the body; Subject Term: Chronic kidney failure; Subject Term: Ceruloplasmin; Subject Term: Hemodialysis; Subject Term: Peritoneal dialysis; Author-Supplied Keyword: ceruloplasmin; Author-Supplied Keyword: chronic renal failure; Author-Supplied Keyword: Copper; Author-Supplied Keyword: dialysis; Author-Supplied Keyword: uremia; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621492 Kidney Dialysis Centers; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91711235&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Stampfer, Meir J. AU - Jakubowski, Joseph A. AU - Faigel, Douglas AU - Vaillancourt, Ray AU - Deykin, Daniel T1 - Vitamin E supplementation effect on human platelet function, arachidonic acid metabolism, and plasma prostacyclin levels. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 47 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 700 EP - 706 SN - 00029165 AB - A randomized, placebo-controlled double-blind trial was conducted on 20 adults to assess the effect of vitamin E (800 IU/d 727 mg/d for 5 wk) on platelet function, arachidonic acid metabolism, and prostacycin generation. Platelet aggregation was measured in response to collagen, arachidonic acid, and adenosine diphosphate. Thromboxane B2 was assayed in serum and in the supernatant plasma after platelet aggregation. Platelets were labeled with [³H]arachidonic acid to assess production and release of cycbooxygenase products (MDA, TXB2, and HHT), a lipoxygenase product (12-HETE), and arachidonic acid in response to stimulation by thrombin or collagen. Prostacyclin was measured in plasma and in blood collected from bleeding-time incisions by a sensitive HPLC-RIA procedure. Despite marked increases in plasma and erythrocyte vitamin E levels in the vitamin E group, there were no significant differences between the vitamin E and placebo groups in any of the variables measured. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Vitamin E KW - Prostacyclin KW - Arachidonic acid KW - Isopentenoids KW - Vasodilators KW - bleeding time KW - human study KW - platelet aggregation KW - thromboxane B2 KW - vitamin E N1 - Accession Number: 91711205; Stampfer, Meir J. 1; Jakubowski, Joseph A. 2; Faigel, Douglas 2; Vaillancourt, Ray 2; Deykin, Daniel 2; Affiliations: 1: Channing Laboratory, Department of Medicine, Brigham and Women's Hospital and Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA; 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Boston, MA; Issue Info: Apr1988, Vol. 47 Issue 4, p700; Subject Term: Vitamin E; Subject Term: Prostacyclin; Subject Term: Arachidonic acid; Subject Term: Isopentenoids; Subject Term: Vasodilators; Author-Supplied Keyword: bleeding time; Author-Supplied Keyword: human study; Author-Supplied Keyword: platelet aggregation; Author-Supplied Keyword: thromboxane B2; Author-Supplied Keyword: vitamin E; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91711205&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Alfrey, Allen C. T1 - Effect of dietary phosphate restriction on renal function and deterioration. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 47 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 153 EP - 156 SN - 00029165 AB - Dietary phosphate restriction has been shown to be effective in preventing proteinuria, renal histological changes, and progressive renal functional deterioration in experimental renal disease. By use of rats and dogs, this effect has been noted in renal ablation, glomerulonephritis, and an experimental type of diabetic renal disease. Although a beneficial effect of dietary phosphate restriction for human renal disease has not been established, the fact that it is effective in multiple types of experimental renal disease in two distinct species suggests that phosphate restriction could be effective in retarding the progression of renal failure in man. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Dietary supplements KW - Phosphates KW - Proteinuria KW - Glomerulonephritis KW - Kidney failure KW - dietary maneuvers KW - glomerulonephritis KW - Phosphate restriction KW - uremia N1 - Accession Number: 91710945; Alfrey, Allen C. 1; Affiliations: 1: University of Colorado Health Sciences Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Denver, CO; Issue Info: Jan1988, Vol. 47 Issue 1, p153; Thesaurus Term: Dietary supplements; Thesaurus Term: Phosphates; Subject Term: Proteinuria; Subject Term: Glomerulonephritis; Subject Term: Kidney failure; Author-Supplied Keyword: dietary maneuvers; Author-Supplied Keyword: glomerulonephritis; Author-Supplied Keyword: Phosphate restriction; Author-Supplied Keyword: uremia; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 446191 Food (Health) Supplement Stores; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91710945&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Polk, Gary R. AU - Jenkinson, Stephen G. AU - Johanson Jr., Waldemar G. T1 - Nutritional changes in nonhuman primates during mechanical ventilation. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 46 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 900 EP - 904 SN - 00029165 AB - To characterize the baseline nutritional changes occurring in healthy baboons receiving an acute lung injury, we prospectively evaluated serial nutritional changes in eight adult baboons that received oleic acid (0.08 mL/kg) and then required mechanical ventilation for a period of 8 d. The animals were given hypocaloric feeding. Nutritional assessment included the measurement of changes in muscle mass and changes in visceral protein concentration and plasma lipids. Both serum protein and albumin concentrations decreased for 3 d after mechanical ventilation began but then remained stable. The animals exhibited a marked increase in bron-choalveolar lavage fluid (BALF) protein concentrations after receiving oleic acid. We conclude that previously healthy baboons receiving only dextrose infusion during mechanical ventilation have marked decreases in serum albumin occurring after the lung injury. Decreases in albumin occur very early and may represent pooling of albumin in the lung after the oleic acid injury. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - WOUNDS & injuries KW - Nutrition KW - Baboons KW - Albumins KW - Lungs KW - Oleic acid KW - nonhuman primates KW - oleic acid lung injury N1 - Accession Number: 91710919; Polk, Gary R. 1; Jenkinson, Stephen G. 2,3; Johanson Jr., Waldemar G.; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine, Lung Metabolic Unit, University of Texas Health Science Center, San Antonio; 2: Audie L Murphy Memorial Veterans Administration Hospital; 3: Southwest Foundation for Biomedical Research, San Antonio, TX; Issue Info: Dec1987, Vol. 46 Issue 6, p900; Thesaurus Term: WOUNDS & injuries; Thesaurus Term: Nutrition; Thesaurus Term: Baboons; Thesaurus Term: Albumins; Subject Term: Lungs; Subject Term: Oleic acid; Author-Supplied Keyword: nonhuman primates; Author-Supplied Keyword: oleic acid lung injury; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91710919&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mulhern, Sally A. AU - Raveche, Elizabeth S. AU - Smith, Howard R. AU - Lai, Renu B. T1 - Dietary copper deficiency and autoimmunity in the NZB mouse. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 46 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 1035 EP - 1039 SN - 00029165 AB - NZB mice were exposed from birth to a diet either adequate or deficient in copper. By age 6 wk the mice exposed to the copper-deficient diet showed symptoms characteristic of copper deficiency (anemia, hypoceruloplasminemia, and achromatrichia). The splenic lymphocytes from the copper-deficient group had reduced numbers of cells expressing the following surface markers: Ly-5, Ly-1, B-220, and sIg. Less than 10% of the splenic lymphocytes in this group were cycling, as determined by flow cytometry analysis. The spontaneous 96-h anti-ss-DNA levels in the copper-deficient group were lower than those in the control group. The exogenous colony-forming units (CFUs) were significantly enhanced in the copper-deficient mice. The decreased splenic lymphoid populations, decreased anti-ss-DNA titers, and increased exogenous CFUs in the copper-deficient mice appear to be due to an increase in erythropoiesis at the expense of lymphopoiesis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Dietary supplements KW - Cytometry KW - Autoimmunity KW - Autoantibodies KW - Lymphoid tissue KW - copper deficiency KW - immunology KW - nutrition N1 - Accession Number: 91710908; Mulhern, Sally A. 1; Raveche, Elizabeth S. 2; Smith, Howard R. 3; Lai, Renu B. 4; Affiliations: 1: Food and Drug Administration, Washington, DC; 2: Albany Medical College of Union University, Albany, NY; 3: Veterans Administration Hospital, Boston, MA; 4: National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD; Issue Info: Dec1987, Vol. 46 Issue 6, p1035; Thesaurus Term: Dietary supplements; Thesaurus Term: Cytometry; Subject Term: Autoimmunity; Subject Term: Autoantibodies; Subject Term: Lymphoid tissue; Author-Supplied Keyword: copper deficiency; Author-Supplied Keyword: immunology; Author-Supplied Keyword: nutrition; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 446191 Food (Health) Supplement Stores; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91710908&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Prakash, Gyan AU - Drenick, Ernst J. AU - Wexler, Hannah AU - DeLucia, Luigi AU - Finegold, Sydney M. T1 - Microbial flora in the bypassed jejunum of patients with biliopancreatic bypass for obesity. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 46 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 273 EP - 276 SN - 00029165 AB - The microbial flora in the bypassed biliopancreatic intestinal segment was studied after obesity surgery. This procedure causes less diarrhea than jejunoileal bypass and appears to avoid extraintestinal complications. This report concerns type and quantity of bacteria colonizing the biliopancreatic segment and changes occurring after oral metronidazole treatment. Twelve specimens were aspirated in 10 patients via catheter inserted percutaneously during surgery. The specimens were plated immediately on selective and nonselective media under aerobic and anaerobic conditions. Essentially equal numbers of aerobes and anaerobes were recovered from the biliopancreatic segment with average counts of l04 counts of l05 were E coli, Klebsiella, Gram-positive cocci, and Candida; among anaerobes, Clostridium and the Bacteroides fragilis group were most common. In three patients treated with metronidazole because of diarrhea, anaerobes were eliminated and diarrhea cleared. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Microbiology KW - Jejunum KW - Coronary artery bypass KW - Obesity KW - Surgery KW - bacterial flora KW - Biliopancreatic bypass KW - metronidazole effect N1 - Accession Number: 91655077; Prakash, Gyan 1; Drenick, Ernst J. 1,2; Wexler, Hannah 1,2; DeLucia, Luigi; Finegold, Sydney M. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, UCLA School of Medicine, Los Angeles, CA; 2: Department of Medicine, UCLA School of Medicine, Los Angeles, CA; Issue Info: Aug1987, Vol. 46 Issue 2, p273; Thesaurus Term: Microbiology; Subject Term: Jejunum; Subject Term: Coronary artery bypass; Subject Term: Obesity; Subject Term: Surgery; Author-Supplied Keyword: bacterial flora; Author-Supplied Keyword: Biliopancreatic bypass; Author-Supplied Keyword: metronidazole effect; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91655077&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Stone-Dorshow, Tanni AU - Levitt, Michael D. T1 - Gaseous response to ingestion of a poorly absorbed fructo-oligosaccharide sweetener. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 46 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 61 EP - 65 SN - 00029165 AB - Fructo-oligosaccharides are naturally occurring sweet substances that are poorly absorbed and have the potential to be clinically useful nonnutritive sweeteners. Because most nonabsorbed carbohydrates are fermented yielding gas, we assessed flatulent symptoms and H2 excretion during ingestion of fructo-oligosaccharide (5 g tid) for 12 d. Ten subjects had significantly greater flatulence while taking the oligosaccharide than did five subjects taking sucrose (5 g tid). Breath H2 after 10 g fructo-oligosaccharide was similar to that of 10 g lactulose, suggesting near total malabsorption of the fructo-oligosaccharide. Although previous studies found a marked diminution in breath H2 after prolonged exposure to lactulose, breath H2 response increased by 50% after a 12-d period on the oligosaccharide and gaseous symptoms did not improve. We conclude that adaptation of colonic bacteria to carbohydrate malabsorption is variable and may depend upon quantity or nature of the carbohydrate. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Fructooligosaccharides KW - Oligosaccharides KW - Carbohydrates KW - Flatulence KW - Sucrose KW - carbohydrate KW - fructo-oligosaccharide KW - gas KW - H2 N1 - Accession Number: 91731555; Stone-Dorshow, Tanni 1,2; Levitt, Michael D. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center; 2: Department of Medicine, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; Issue Info: Jul1987, Vol. 46 Issue 1, p61; Subject Term: Fructooligosaccharides; Subject Term: Oligosaccharides; Subject Term: Carbohydrates; Subject Term: Flatulence; Subject Term: Sucrose; Author-Supplied Keyword: carbohydrate; Author-Supplied Keyword: fructo-oligosaccharide; Author-Supplied Keyword: gas; Author-Supplied Keyword: H2; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91731555&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dempsey, Daniel T. AU - Mullen, James L. T1 - Parenteral (glucose or glucose-lipid) vs enteral repletion in malnourished primates: a controlled crossover study. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1987/06// VL - 45 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 1526 EP - 1532 SN - 00029165 AB - Nutritional repletion with glucose-based total parenteral nutrition (TPN), mixed-substrate (58% lipid, 42% glucose) TPN, and mixed-substrate total enteral nutrition (TEN) was studied in four adult male chair-adapted primates using a crossover design. After 10 d nutritional depletion animals were repleted for 10 d with one of three isocaloric isonitrogenous diets. TPN Diets I and II were identical except that I provided all nonprotein calories as glucose while II provided 58% nonprotein calories as lipid and 42% as glucose. Animals were randomized to I or II as their first repletion treatment. The 20-d depletion-repletion cycle was repeated with the other TPN diet after a 30-d rest period of caged free-feeding. After another 30-d rest period, animals underwent a third 10-d depletion and were repleted with 10 d of TEN (Diet III, identical to II in composition). The three diets resulted in similar weight gain, positive nitrogen balance and fluid balance, and increase in total iron-binding capacity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Primates KW - Mammals KW - Parenteral feeding KW - Blood sugar KW - Hexoses KW - calorie sources KW - enteral nutrition KW - nitrogen balance KW - Parenteral nutrition KW - primates KW - repletion N1 - Accession Number: 91550207; Dempsey, Daniel T. 1; Mullen, James L. 1; Affiliations: 1: Philadelphia Veterans Administration Medical Research Service and the Department of Surgery, University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine, Philadelphia, PA; Issue Info: Jun1987, Vol. 45 Issue 6, p1526; Thesaurus Term: Primates; Thesaurus Term: Mammals; Subject Term: Parenteral feeding; Subject Term: Blood sugar; Subject Term: Hexoses; Author-Supplied Keyword: calorie sources; Author-Supplied Keyword: enteral nutrition; Author-Supplied Keyword: nitrogen balance; Author-Supplied Keyword: Parenteral nutrition; Author-Supplied Keyword: primates; Author-Supplied Keyword: repletion; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91550207&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rabbani, Parviz I. AU - Prasad, Ananda S. AU - Tsai, Rita AU - Harland, Barbara F. AU - Fox, M. R. Spivey T1 - Dietary model for production of experimental zinc deficiency in man. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1987/06// VL - 45 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 1514 EP - 1525 SN - 00029165 AB - A semipurified diet based on soy protein was developed to induce mild zinc deficiency in five male volunteers. Each of seven daily menus provided (mean ± SD) 2248 ± 128 kcal, S6.6 ± 5.7 g protein, 261 ± 30 g carbohydrate, 110 ± 21 g fat, 8.5 ± 1.4 g fiber, and 4.8 ± 1.3 mg zinc. The analytical value for phytate:zinc molar ratio was 21 ± 9. One subject, who received five of the menus for 28 wk, lost ~200 mg body zinc and 7% weight; zinc concentration declined 25% in plasma, 30% in lymphocytes, and 55% in neutrophils. This dietary model allowed simple formulation of new menus for subjects in diverse states of health. It caused no ill effects after prolonged consumption, and all deficiency symptoms were reversed by zinc supplementation of 30 mg/d for 20 wk. With simple manipulation, this dietary model may be used safely for gradual induction of zinc and/or other micTonutrient deficiencies in humans. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Dietaries KW - Zinc deficiency diseases KW - Lymphocytes KW - Neutrophils KW - Carbohydrates KW - Dietary model KW - textured soy protein KW - zinc deficiency in humans N1 - Accession Number: 91550206; Rabbani, Parviz I. 1,2; Prasad, Ananda S. 2,3; Tsai, Rita 2,3; Harland, Barbara F. 4; Fox, M. R. Spivey 4; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Allen Park, MI; 2: Harper-Grace Hospital and Wayne State University School) of Medicine, Detroit, MI; 3: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Allen Park, Ml; 4: Division of Nutrition, Food and Drug Administration, Washington, DC; Issue Info: Jun1987, Vol. 45 Issue 6, p1514; Subject Term: Dietaries; Subject Term: Zinc deficiency diseases; Subject Term: Lymphocytes; Subject Term: Neutrophils; Subject Term: Carbohydrates; Author-Supplied Keyword: Dietary model; Author-Supplied Keyword: textured soy protein; Author-Supplied Keyword: zinc deficiency in humans; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91550206&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Feller, Axel G. AU - Rudman, Daniel AU - Erve, Peter R. AU - Johnson, Robert C. AU - Boswell, Jane AU - Jackson, Daniel L. AU - Mattson, Dale E. T1 - Subnormal concentrations of serum selenium and plasma carnitine in chronically tube-fed patients. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1987/02// VL - 45 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 476 EP - 483 SN - 00029165 AB - Forty-seven tube-fed nursing home patients were investigated with regard to serum or plasma selenium (Se), carnitine, and red blood cell (RBC) glutathione peroxidase (GSH-Px). Thirty-six patients were tube fed with Isocal®, and 11 were tube fed with Compleat B®, an L-carnitine-containing formula. Eighteen elderly nursing home patients and 10 young adults served as controls. Serum Se and plasma carnitine were lowest (p <0.05) in the Isocal patients. In all 36 Isocal® subjects, Se was below normal, and in 26% of Isocal® patients RBC GSH-Px was also below normal. Free and total carnitine were below normal in most Isocal subjects. All 11 Compleat B® patientshad subnormal serum Se, but most had normal carnitine concentrations. These data suggest that enteral formulae in nursing homes should contain > 100 μg Se and on the order of a mmol carnitine/1600 kcal. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Selenium in the body KW - Blood plasma KW - Carnitine KW - Erythrocytes KW - Glutathione peroxidase KW - carnitine KW - nursing home KW - Selenium KW - tube feeding N1 - Accession Number: 91095378; Feller, Axel G. 1,2; Rudman, Daniel 1,2; Erve, Peter R. 1; Johnson, Robert C. 3; Boswell, Jane 1; Jackson, Daniel L. 1; Mattson, Dale E. 4; Affiliations: 1: Medical, Laboratory and Nutritional Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, North Chicago, IL; 2: Department of Medicine, University of Health Sciences/Chicago Medical School, North Chicago, IL; 3: Travenol Laboratories, Round Lake, IL; 4: Epidemiology-Biometry Program, University of Illinois School of Public Health, Chicago, IL; Issue Info: Feb1987, Vol. 45 Issue 2, p476; Subject Term: Selenium in the body; Subject Term: Blood plasma; Subject Term: Carnitine; Subject Term: Erythrocytes; Subject Term: Glutathione peroxidase; Author-Supplied Keyword: carnitine; Author-Supplied Keyword: nursing home; Author-Supplied Keyword: Selenium; Author-Supplied Keyword: tube feeding; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91095378&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wilson, Helen D. AU - Schedl, Harold P. T1 - Resection of rat small intestine: calcium, phosphorus, and fat balances and 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1987/02// VL - 45 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 437 EP - 442 SN - 00029165 AB - In rat with massive resection of mid-small intestine, calcium transport per segment, measured by in vivo perfusion 10 days after surgery, is decreased in duodenum and ileum but is the same in cecum and colon as compared with controls with transection and reanastomosis of mid-small intestine. To extend these findings, we measured balances of calcium, phosphorus, and fat from the 5th to 10th day after surgery and serum concentration of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol on the 10th day after surgery in this experimental model. We found steatorrhea in the resected group, but balances of calcium and phosphorus and serum levels of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol were the same in resected and control groups. We conclude that decreased transport defined by direct examination of membrane function may be undetectable when net transport is measured by balance. Calcium balance during early post-resection period provides no evidence for future calcium deficiency in this experimental model. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Phosphorus KW - Calcium-binding proteins KW - Small intestine KW - Dihydroxycholecalciferols KW - Serum KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - Calcium KW - intestinal resection KW - phosphorus N1 - Accession Number: 91095373; Wilson, Helen D. 1; Schedl, Harold P. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center and Gastroenterology-Hepatology Research Labs, Iowa City, IA; Issue Info: Feb1987, Vol. 45 Issue 2, p437; Thesaurus Term: Phosphorus; Subject Term: Calcium-binding proteins; Subject Term: Small intestine; Subject Term: Dihydroxycholecalciferols; Subject Term: Serum; Author-Supplied Keyword: 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol; Author-Supplied Keyword: Calcium; Author-Supplied Keyword: intestinal resection; Author-Supplied Keyword: phosphorus; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91095373&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Martini, Margaret C. AU - Bollweg, George L. AU - Levitt, Michael D. AU - Savaiano, Dennis A. T1 - Lactose digestion by yogurt β-galactosidase: influence of pH and microbial cell integrity. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1987/02// VL - 45 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 432 EP - 436 SN - 00029165 AB - Lactase-deficient subjects more effectively digest lactose in yogurt than lactose in other dairy products, apparently due to yogurt microbial β-galactosidase (β-gal) which is active in the GI tract. We evaluated the effects of buffering capacity of yogurt, gastric pH, and microbial cell disruption on β-gal activity and lactose digestion. Three times more acid was required to acidify yogurt than to acidify milk. Yogurt β-gal was stable at pH 4.0 but inactivated at lower pH. When yogurt was sonicated to disrupt microbial cell structure, only 20% activity remained after incubation at pH 4.0 for 60 mm. In vivo gastric pH remained > 2.7 for 3 h after ingestion of yogurt. Acidified milk alone or with disrupted yogurt microorganisms caused twice as much lactose malabsorption as did acidified milk containing intact yogurt microorganisms. The results provide a possible explanation for the survival of β-gal activity from yogurt in the GI tract. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Lactose KW - Digestion KW - Galactosidases KW - Microbial cells KW - Dairy products KW - β-galactosidase KW - gastric pH KW - Lactose digestion KW - yogurt N1 - Accession Number: 91095372; Martini, Margaret C. 1; Bollweg, George L. 1; Levitt, Michael D. 2,3; Savaiano, Dennis A. 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Food Science and Nutrition, University of Minnesota, St Paul and Minneapolis, MN; 2: Department of Medicine, University of Minnesota, St Paul and Minneapolis, MN; 3: Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN; Issue Info: Feb1987, Vol. 45 Issue 2, p432; Subject Term: Lactose; Subject Term: Digestion; Subject Term: Galactosidases; Subject Term: Microbial cells; Subject Term: Dairy products; Author-Supplied Keyword: β-galactosidase; Author-Supplied Keyword: gastric pH; Author-Supplied Keyword: Lactose digestion; Author-Supplied Keyword: yogurt; NAICS/Industry Codes: 311514 Dry, Condensed, and Evaporated Dairy Product Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 413120 Dairy and milk products merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 445299 All Other Specialty Food Stores; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424430 Dairy Product (except Dried or Canned) Merchant Wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 311515 Butter, cheese, and dry and condensed dairy product manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91095372&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Krezowski, Phillip A. AU - Nuttall, Frank Q. AU - Gannon, Mary C. AU - Bartosh, Nancy H. T1 - The effect of protein ingestion on the metabolic response to oral glucose in normal individuals. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1986/12// VL - 44 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 847 EP - 856 SN - 00029165 AB - Eight normal subjects were given 50 g protein, 50 g glucose, or 50 g protein + 50 g glucose. Plasma glucose, insulin, C-peptide, glucagon, α-amino nitrogen (AAN), and nonesterified fatty acid (NEFA) responses were then determined over 4 h. Protein stimulated only a modest insulin rise and the area above fasting baseline was only 28% of that after glucose. The sum of the serum insulin area following protein ingestion and that following glucose ingestion was 100.4% of the combination meal. C-peptide changes confirmed the insulin response. The addition of glucose to the protein meal resulted in a 60 mm delay in glucagon and AAN rise compared to the protein meal alone. Subsequently AAN and glucagon increased to levels greater than or equal to those observed after protein ingestion alone. In summary, protein is a much less potent secretagogue for insulin than is glucose in normal individuals, and the effect on insulin secretion is not synergistic. Addition of glucose to a protein meal results in a delayed rise in AAN and glucagon concentrations in normal subjects. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Proteins KW - Glucose KW - Ingestion KW - Phagocytosis KW - Aldoses KW - a-amino nitrogen KW - free fatty acids KW - glucagon KW - insulin secretion KW - Protein meal N1 - Accession Number: 90726564; Krezowski, Phillip A. 1,2; Nuttall, Frank Q. 1,2; Gannon, Mary C. 1,2; Bartosh, Nancy H. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Section of Endocrinology and Metabolism, Minneapolis Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN; 2: Department of Medicine, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; Issue Info: Dec1986, Vol. 44 Issue 6, p847; Subject Term: Proteins; Subject Term: Glucose; Subject Term: Ingestion; Subject Term: Phagocytosis; Subject Term: Aldoses; Author-Supplied Keyword: a-amino nitrogen; Author-Supplied Keyword: free fatty acids; Author-Supplied Keyword: glucagon; Author-Supplied Keyword: insulin secretion; Author-Supplied Keyword: Protein meal; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=90726564&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Grundy, Scott M. AU - Anastasia, Jack V. AU - Kesaniemi, Y. Antero AU - Abrams, Jeffrey T1 - Influence of sucrose polyester on plasma lipoproteins, and cholesterol metabolism in obese patients with and without diabetes mellitus. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1986/11// VL - 44 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 620 EP - 629 SN - 00029165 AB - Sucrose polyester (SPE) is a nonabsorbable substitute for fat. This study examined its effects in 10 obese patients, 6 with diabetes mellitus. Three diabetics had hypertriglyceridemia. Most patients were studied in three periods: weight maintenance, caloric restriction + SPE, and caloric restriction without SPE. Nondiabetics generally tolerated SPE better than diabetics. In nondiabetic patients caloric restriction + SPE produced a decrease in total cholesterol and in LDL-cholesterol of 20% and 26%, respectively. In normotriglyceridemic diabetic patients caloric restriction + SPE had an effect on plasma lipoproteins similar to that of nondiabetics. In diabetics with hypertriglyceridemia caloric restriction (with or without SPE) caused a marked reduction in plasma triglycerides. In all patients caloric restriction reduced cholesterol balance and presumably cholesterol synthesis. The feeding of SPE caused increased outputs of fecal neutral steroids suggestive of decreased absorption of cholesterol; SPE also frequently caused a mild increase in fecal acidic steroids (bile acids). [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Blood lipoproteins KW - Sucrose KW - Blood lipids KW - Disaccharides KW - Diabetes KW - cholesterol metabolism KW - diabetes mellitus KW - obesity KW - Sucrose polyester N1 - Accession Number: 91271455; Grundy, Scott M. 1,2; Anastasia, Jack V. 3; Kesaniemi, Y. Antero 1; Abrams, Jeffrey 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of California, San Diego, CA; 2: Center for Human Nutrition, University of Texas Health Science Center, Dallas, TX; 3: Procter and Gamble Company, Cincinnati, OH; Issue Info: Nov1986, Vol. 44 Issue 5, p620; Subject Term: Blood lipoproteins; Subject Term: Sucrose; Subject Term: Blood lipids; Subject Term: Disaccharides; Subject Term: Diabetes; Author-Supplied Keyword: cholesterol metabolism; Author-Supplied Keyword: diabetes mellitus; Author-Supplied Keyword: obesity; Author-Supplied Keyword: Sucrose polyester; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91271455&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Singh, Manjit T1 - Effect of niacin and niacin-tryptophan deficiency on pancreatic acinar cell function in rats in vitro. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1986/10// VL - 44 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 512 EP - 518 SN - 00029165 AB - To determine the effect of niacin deficiency on pancreas, rats were fed a standard rat chow ad libitum or an equal amount of a niacin-deficient or niacin-sufficient diet in the first experiment, or of a niacin-tryptophan-deficient or niacin-tryptophan-sufficient diet in the second experiment. Niacin deficiency decreased tissue chymotrypsinogen and trypsinogen content; amylase, chymotrypsinogen, and trypsinogen concentration; and basal secretion of total protein. Niacin-tryptophan deficiency decreased body weight, pancreas weight, and content of DNA, protein, amylase, lipase, chymotrypsinogen, and trypsinogen. Secretion of amylase and trypsinogen was increased. These studies indicate that niacin and niacin-tryptophan deficiency alter digestive-enzyme content and secretion, probably due to metabolic abberrations that result in an altered redox state of the acinar cell. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Organic cyclic compounds KW - Niacin KW - Tryptophan KW - Pyridine KW - Cell physiology KW - alcoholism KW - amylase KW - lipase KW - niacin deficiency KW - Pancreas KW - pellagra KW - proteases N1 - Accession Number: 91251618; Singh, Manjit 1; Affiliations: 1: Pancreatic Research Laboratory and Medical Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center (Downtown Division) and the Department of Medicine, Medical College of Georgia, Augusta, GA; Issue Info: Oct1986, Vol. 44 Issue 4, p512; Thesaurus Term: Organic cyclic compounds; Subject Term: Niacin; Subject Term: Tryptophan; Subject Term: Pyridine; Subject Term: Cell physiology; Author-Supplied Keyword: alcoholism; Author-Supplied Keyword: amylase; Author-Supplied Keyword: lipase; Author-Supplied Keyword: niacin deficiency; Author-Supplied Keyword: Pancreas; Author-Supplied Keyword: pellagra; Author-Supplied Keyword: proteases; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91251618&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kauffman, Carol A. AU - Jones, Paula G. AU - Kiuger, Matthew J. T1 - Fever and malnutrition: endogenous pyrogen/interleukin-1 in malnourished patients. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1986/10// VL - 44 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 449 EP - 452 SN - 00029165 AB - The effect of protein-calorie malnutrition on the release of endogenous pyrogen/ interleukin-l (EP/IL-1), the protein responsible for the induction of fever, was investigated in 18 hospitalized patients with chronic malnutrition. Monocytes from the 18 patients and from 19 healthy controls were cultured overnight after stimulation with Staphylococcus epidermidis. The presence of EP/IL-1 was tested by injecting culture supernatants into rabbits and measuring the maximum febrile response (ΕTmax). Malnourished patients produced significantly less EP/IL-l than controls (ΕTmax = 0.27 ± 0.04°C for patients vs 0.49 ± 0.03°C for controls, p <0.001). The poor febrile response in the malnourished patients was related to low serum albumin and retinol-binding protein, but not to thyroxine-binding albumin or lymphocyte number. This abnormality may help explain the poor febrile response often noted in hospitalized debilitated patients. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Fever KW - Malnutrition KW - Body temperature KW - Nutrition disorders KW - Interleukin-1 KW - Endogenous pyrogen KW - febrile response KW - fever KW - interleukin-1 KW - malnutrition N1 - Accession Number: 91251609; Kauffman, Carol A. 1,2; Jones, Paula G. 1,2; Kiuger, Matthew J. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Division of Infectious Diseases, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Ann Arbor, MI; 2: Departments of Internal Medicine and Physiology, University of Michigan Medical School, Ann Arbor, MI; Issue Info: Oct1986, Vol. 44 Issue 4, p449; Subject Term: Fever; Subject Term: Malnutrition; Subject Term: Body temperature; Subject Term: Nutrition disorders; Subject Term: Interleukin-1; Author-Supplied Keyword: Endogenous pyrogen; Author-Supplied Keyword: febrile response; Author-Supplied Keyword: fever; Author-Supplied Keyword: interleukin-1; Author-Supplied Keyword: malnutrition; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91251609&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Flaim, Evelyn AU - Williford, William O. AU - Mullen, James L. AU - Buzby, Gordon P. AU - Crosby, Lon O. T1 - The relationship of serum cholesterol and vitamin A in hospitalized patients with and without cancer. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1986/09// VL - 44 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 370 EP - 378 SN - 00029165 AB - Interrelationships among circulating levels of cholesterol, vitamin A, and selected transport proteins, as well as other nutritional variables were examined in a large population of hospitalized cancer (CA, n = 94) and noncancer (NONCA, n = 432) patients in order to help clarify a relationship between serum cholesterol and vitamin A. Serum cholesterol and vitamin A levels were positively correlated (r = 0.39; p < 0.001) in both CA and NONCA groups. One hypothesis that might explain such a relationship was investigated. Results suggest that serum-transport protein levels and nutritional status are important factors that lead to a correlation between serum cholesterol and vitamin A by virtue of their mutual associations with both substances. Results suggest also that NONCA patients may have a more complex relationship of variates to serum-vitamin A levels than CA patients and that low levels of both cholesterol and vitamin A in CA patients may be related more to nutritional status than to the presence of cancer. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Blood cholesterol KW - Hospital patients KW - Cancer KW - Tumors KW - Blood plasma KW - cancer KW - nutritional status KW - Serum cholesterol KW - serum vitamin A KW - serum-transport proteins N1 - Accession Number: 91271436; Flaim, Evelyn 1,2; Williford, William O. 1,2; Mullen, James L. 1,2; Buzby, Gordon P. 1,2; Crosby, Lon O. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Department of Surgery, University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine, and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Philadelphia, PA; 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Perry Point, MD; Issue Info: Sep1986, Vol. 44 Issue 3, p370; Subject Term: Blood cholesterol; Subject Term: Hospital patients; Subject Term: Cancer; Subject Term: Tumors; Subject Term: Blood plasma; Author-Supplied Keyword: cancer; Author-Supplied Keyword: nutritional status; Author-Supplied Keyword: Serum cholesterol; Author-Supplied Keyword: serum vitamin A; Author-Supplied Keyword: serum-transport proteins; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91271436&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Madar, Zecharia AU - Olefsky, Jerrold T1 - Effect of the α-glucosidase inhibitor Bay-O-1248 on the metabolic response of nondiabetic and diabetic rats to a high-carbohydrate diet. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1986/08// VL - 44 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 206 EP - 211 SN - 00029165 AB - The metabolic consequences of the addition of a new a-glucosidase inhibitor (BAY-O-1248) to a high carbohydrate diet (67% by calories) in which the carbohydrate comprised equal quantities (50% wt/wt) of wheat starch and sucrose (Diet A) or 100% glucose (Diet B) was studied in diabetic and nondiabetic rats. BAY-O-1248 led to a significant reduction in daily food intake and weight gain in rats fed Diet A but not Diet B. In diabetic rats fed Diet A with BAY-O-1248, daily urinary glucose was significantly diminished (6820 ± 402 vs 3796 ±210 mg), while the postprandial plasma glucose excursions were similar. In nondiabetic rats, the addition of BAY-O-1248 decreased the postprandial plasma glucose level with no change in urine glucose. In summary, addition of an a-glucosidase inhibitor to a starch plus sucrose containing diet led to reductions in glycosuria (diabetic rats) and serum glucose levels (normal rats). [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - High-carbohydrate diet KW - Diet therapy KW - Diabetes KW - Endocrine diseases KW - Rats as laboratory animals KW - α-glucosidase inhibitor KW - diabetics KW - glycosuria N1 - Accession Number: 91253821; Madar, Zecharia 1,2; Olefsky, Jerrold 1,2; Affiliations: 1: University of California, San Diego, Department of Medicine, La Jolla, CA; 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Department of Medicine, San Diego, CA; Issue Info: Aug1986, Vol. 44 Issue 2, p206; Subject Term: High-carbohydrate diet; Subject Term: Diet therapy; Subject Term: Diabetes; Subject Term: Endocrine diseases; Subject Term: Rats as laboratory animals; Author-Supplied Keyword: α-glucosidase inhibitor; Author-Supplied Keyword: diabetics; Author-Supplied Keyword: glycosuria; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91253821&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Offenbacher, Esther G. AU - Spencer, Herta AU - Dowling, Hillary J. AU - Pi-Sunyer, F. Xavier T1 - Metabolic chromium balances in men. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1986/07// VL - 44 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 77 EP - 82 SN - 00029165 AB - A chromium (Cr) balance study was conducted on a metabolic unit for 12 days in two normal males, ages 62 and 66, ingesting a nutritionally adequate, constant diet. Complete urine and stool collections were obtained daily. The diet, stool, and urine were analyzed for chromium by Zeeman atomic absorption spectrometry. On dietary Cr intakes of 36.9 and 36.7 fraction of the ingested Cr, 0.9 Most of the dietary Cr, 36.0 36.2 µg/day, was excreted in the stool. Urinary Cr was constant from day to day with a mean of 0.30 µg/day ± 0.03 SD and 0.28 µg/day ± 0.05 SD. The Cr balances (apparent net retention) were positive, 0.6 and 0.2 µg/day, indicating equilibrium. The average apparent net absorption of Cr for the two subjects was 1.8%. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - NUTRITION KW - Chromium KW - Nutrition KW - Men KW - Food habits KW - Zeeman effect KW - REQUIREMENTS KW - chromium absorption KW - chromium balance KW - chromium excretion KW - Chromium intake KW - trace elements N1 - Accession Number: 91253812; Offenbacher, Esther G. 1,2; Spencer, Herta 1,2; Dowling, Hillary J. 1,2; Pi-Sunyer, F. Xavier 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine, St Luke's-Roosevelt Hospital Center, Columbia University, New York; 2: Metabolic Section, Veterans' Administration Hospital, Hines, IL; Issue Info: Jul1986, Vol. 44 Issue 1, p77; Thesaurus Term: NUTRITION; Thesaurus Term: Chromium; Thesaurus Term: Nutrition; Subject Term: Men; Subject Term: Food habits; Subject Term: Zeeman effect; Subject Term: REQUIREMENTS; Author-Supplied Keyword: chromium absorption; Author-Supplied Keyword: chromium balance; Author-Supplied Keyword: chromium excretion; Author-Supplied Keyword: Chromium intake; Author-Supplied Keyword: trace elements; NAICS/Industry Codes: 212299 All Other Metal Ore Mining; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91253812&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Keshavarzian, Ali AU - Iber, Frank L. AU - Dangleis, Mary D. AU - Cornish, Rebecca T1 - Intestinal-transit and lactose intolerance in chronic alcoholics. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1986/07// VL - 44 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 70 EP - 76 SN - 00029165 AB - Intestinal transit time of lactulose and malabsorption of lactose were measured by hydrogen excretion in breath following ingestion of 20 g lactulose or 25 g lactose. Patients were 20 recently drinking adequately nourished, chronic, male alcoholics. Many (65%) complained of diarrhea while drinking actively. Small bowel transit was significantly shorter in alcoholics with diarrhea (62 ± 8.6 mm) than in normal controls (93 ± 10.4 mm, p <0.05). It increased significantly after 8-10 days abstinence, to a value of 101.5 ± 11 mm, not significantly different from normal controls. Following lactulose 75% of alcoholics developed diarrhea after 1-2 days compared with only 15% after 8-10 days of abstinence; 40% had diarrhea after lactose in the initial study, whereas no subjects had diarrhea from the same dose after a period of sobriety. These data suggest that drinking alcoholics have an increased sensitivity to osmotic loads, which is associated with diarrhea, shortened transit time, and lactose intolerance. Abnormalities disappeared 8-10 days following cessation of drinking and normal diet. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DISEASES KW - Alcoholism -- Complications KW - Alcoholics KW - Defecation KW - Lactulose KW - Lactose KW - breath-hydrogen KW - Intestinal-transit KW - lactose intolerance N1 - Accession Number: 91253811; Keshavarzian, Ali 1; Iber, Frank L. 1; Dangleis, Mary D. 1; Cornish, Rebecca 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine, Gastroenterology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Baltimore, MD; Issue Info: Jul1986, Vol. 44 Issue 1, p70; Thesaurus Term: DISEASES; Subject Term: Alcoholism -- Complications; Subject Term: Alcoholics; Subject Term: Defecation; Subject Term: Lactulose; Subject Term: Lactose; Author-Supplied Keyword: breath-hydrogen; Author-Supplied Keyword: Intestinal-transit; Author-Supplied Keyword: lactose intolerance; NAICS/Industry Codes: 311514 Dry, Condensed, and Evaporated Dairy Product Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 311515 Butter, cheese, and dry and condensed dairy product manufacturing; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91253811&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Spurr, G. B. AU - Reina, J. C. AU - Barac-Nieto, M. T1 - Marginal malnutrition in school-aged Colombian boys: metabolic rate and estimated daily energy expenditure. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1986/07// VL - 44 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 113 EP - 126 SN - 00029165 AB - Total daily energy expenditure (IDEE) and energy expenditure in activity (EAc) were estimated in 114 free-ranging, nutritionally normal, and undernourished boys 6-16 yr of age by measuring basal and resting metabolic rates, average daily heart rate while awake, and oxygen consumption and heart rate during exercise on a treadmill. Mean daily heart rates were in the range of exercising heart rates and gave reasonable estimates of TDEE and EAc. IDEE increased with age (p <0.001) and was reduced in undernourished boys (p = 0.011). Results indicate that nutritional group differences in TDEE were due to differences in body size. EAc increased with age but did not show significant differences between nutritional groups, indicating that in the marginal malnutrition of school-aged children, reduced growth and associated economy of energy expenditure in locomotion is sufficient physiological adaptation. Peer pressure in school and play activities may interfere with the protective mechanism of reduced activity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Energy consumption KW - HEALTH KW - Boys KW - Malnutrition KW - Nutrition disorders KW - Metabolism KW - activity KW - basal metabolism KW - body size KW - children KW - effort KW - energy expenditure KW - Energy metabolism KW - growth KW - heart rate KW - malnutrition KW - nutritional status N1 - Accession Number: 91253794; Spurr, G. B. 1,2,3,4; Reina, J. C. 1,2,3,4; Barac-Nieto, M. 1,2,3,4; Affiliations: 1: Department of Physiology, Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, WI; 2: Research Service, Zablocki Veterans Administration Medical Center, Milwaukee, WI; 3: Departments of Pediatrics and Physiological Sciences, Universidad del Vale, Cali, Colombia; 4: Department of Physiology, University of Rochester, Rochester, NY; Issue Info: Jul1986, Vol. 44 Issue 1, p113; Thesaurus Term: Energy consumption; Thesaurus Term: HEALTH; Subject Term: Boys; Subject Term: Malnutrition; Subject Term: Nutrition disorders; Subject Term: Metabolism; Author-Supplied Keyword: activity; Author-Supplied Keyword: basal metabolism; Author-Supplied Keyword: body size; Author-Supplied Keyword: children; Author-Supplied Keyword: effort; Author-Supplied Keyword: energy expenditure; Author-Supplied Keyword: Energy metabolism; Author-Supplied Keyword: growth; Author-Supplied Keyword: heart rate; Author-Supplied Keyword: malnutrition; Author-Supplied Keyword: nutritional status; Number of Pages: 14p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91253794&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Carvounis, Christos P. AU - Carvounis, Georgia AU - May-Hung Hung T1 - Nutritional status of maintenance hemodialysis patients. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1986/06// VL - 43 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 946 EP - 954 SN - 00029165 AB - Fat and fat-free tissues were determined in hemodialysis patients using either anthropometric measurements or indirectly from total body water (TBW) determined from urea kinetics. A very close correlation between the two methods in determining either fat or fat-free tissue(r> 0.8, n = 43) was shown. Twenty-two patients were followed for 2 yr. We found that fat increased while fat-free tissue decreased over that period of time. The latter appears to reflect methodological problems since both fat-free determinations depend upon TBW rather than somatic proteins. This was further confirmed by finding a proportional decrease in TBW with time, while creatinine appearance rate remained unaffected. Adherence to prescribed diet was monitored through diet records and periodic determination of urea N appearance rate during interdialysis periods. Our present studies determined body composition of hemodialysis patients and examined the relative validity of the commonly used methods. We demonstrate that no malnutrition occurs with time in patients adhering to their prescribed diet. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Urea KW - Hemodialysis KW - Therapeutics KW - Care of the sick KW - Medical care KW - body fat KW - fat-free tissue KW - hemodialysis KW - Nutrition KW - somatic protein KW - total body water KW - visceral protein N1 - Accession Number: 91253782; Carvounis, Christos P. 1,2; Carvounis, Georgia 1; May-Hung Hung 1; Affiliations: 1: Division of Nephrology and Hypertension, State University of New York at Stony Brook, Stony Brook, NY; 2: Chief, Nephrology Section, Veterans Administration Med Ctr, 800 Irving Ave, Syracuse, NY 13210; Issue Info: Jun1986, Vol. 43 Issue 6, p946; Thesaurus Term: Urea; Subject Term: Hemodialysis; Subject Term: Therapeutics; Subject Term: Care of the sick; Subject Term: Medical care; Author-Supplied Keyword: body fat; Author-Supplied Keyword: fat-free tissue; Author-Supplied Keyword: hemodialysis; Author-Supplied Keyword: Nutrition; Author-Supplied Keyword: somatic protein; Author-Supplied Keyword: total body water; Author-Supplied Keyword: visceral protein; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621492 Kidney Dialysis Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325313 Chemical fertilizer (except potash) manufacturing; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91253782&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Spencer, Herta AU - Kramer, Lois AU - Rubio, Nunilo AU - Osis, Dace T1 - The effect of phosphorus on endogenous fecal calcium excretion in man. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1986/05// VL - 43 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 844 EP - 851 SN - 00029165 AB - The effect of phosphorus on the endogenous fecal calcium excretion was investigated in man by administering tracer doses of 47Ca intravenously in control studies and during phosphorus supplementation. The phosphorus intake was ~800 mg/day in control studies and 2000 mg during phosphorus supplementation of the constant diet The studies were carried out during different calcium intake levels of ~200,800, 1300, 2000, and 2600 mg/day. Following the dose of 47CaCl2, the values of the plasma levels, urinary, and fecal excretions of 47Ca were used to calculate the endogenous fecal calcium. None of these values differed significantly during phosphorus supplementation from those in corresponding control studies, irrespective of the calcium intake. During addition of phosphorus to the different calcium intakes, a consistent finding was a significant decrease of the urinary calcium and a slight, but not significant increase of the fecal calcium except during the 800 mg calcium intake. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RESEARCH KW - Phosphorus KW - PHYSIOLOGICAL effect KW - Fecal contamination KW - Calcium KW - Calcium metabolism KW - Excretion KW - calcium KW - calcium balance KW - Endogenous fecal calcium KW - phosphorus KW - phosphorus balance N1 - Accession Number: 90668004; Spencer, Herta 1; Kramer, Lois 1; Rubio, Nunilo 1; Osis, Dace 1; Affiliations: 1: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, IL; Issue Info: May1986, Vol. 43 Issue 5, p844; Thesaurus Term: RESEARCH; Subject Term: Phosphorus; Subject Term: PHYSIOLOGICAL effect; Subject Term: Fecal contamination; Subject Term: Calcium; Subject Term: Calcium metabolism; Subject Term: Excretion; Author-Supplied Keyword: calcium; Author-Supplied Keyword: calcium balance; Author-Supplied Keyword: Endogenous fecal calcium; Author-Supplied Keyword: phosphorus; Author-Supplied Keyword: phosphorus balance; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=90668004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Middleton III, Henry M. T1 - Intestinal hydrolysis of pyridoxal 5'-phosphate in vitro and in vivo in the rat: effect of ethanol. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1986/03// VL - 43 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 374 EP - 381 SN - 00029165 AB - The effect of ethanol on intestinal hydrolysis of pyridoxal 5'-phosphate (PLP), the first step in PLP absorption, was evaluated in the rat. Models included PLP decay during in vitro incubation and PLP luminal disappearance during in vivo perfusion of jejunal segments. Ethanol inhibited PLP in vitro decay (pH = 7.4 and 3.0) and in vivo disappearance (pH = 7.4) in a concentration-dependent manner (1-4% w/v). At pH = 7.4, 4% w/v ethanol inhibited in vitro PLP decay by 48% (p <0.001) and in vivo PLP disappearance by 55% (p <0.001). This inhibition was reproduced in vitro with other alcohols but not with osmotic controls, paralleled in vitro changes in phosphatase activity in the presence of ethanol, and was completely reversed in vivo after ethanol was removed from the perfusing solution. The inhibition of intestinal PLP hydrolysis may possibly be one of the mechanisms by which a high percentage of alcoholics become biochemically vitamin B6 deficient. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Hydrolysis KW - Ethanol KW - Dehydration (Chemistry) KW - Solvolysis KW - TATP (Chemical) KW - ethanol KW - intestinal absorption KW - Pyridoxal 5 B6 KW - rat N1 - Accession Number: 91095350; Middleton III, Henry M. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Gastroenterology Research Laboratories, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Downtown Division, Augusta, GA; 2: Medical College of Georgia, Augusta, GA; Issue Info: Mar1986, Vol. 43 Issue 3, p374; Thesaurus Term: Hydrolysis; Thesaurus Term: Ethanol; Subject Term: Dehydration (Chemistry); Subject Term: Solvolysis; Subject Term: TATP (Chemical); Author-Supplied Keyword: ethanol; Author-Supplied Keyword: intestinal absorption; Author-Supplied Keyword: Pyridoxal 5 B6; Author-Supplied Keyword: rat; NAICS/Industry Codes: 312140 Distilleries; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325193 Ethyl Alcohol Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91095350&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lowy, Sherry L. AU - Fisler, Janis S. AU - Drenick, Ernst J. AU - Hunt, Isabelle F. AU - Swendseid, Marian E. T1 - Zinc and copper nutriture in obese men receiving very low calorie diets of soy or collagen protein. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1986/02// VL - 43 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 272 EP - 287 SN - 00029165 AB - Balance studies for Zn and Cu were conducted over 40 days in 10 obese men housed in a metabolic balance unit. Two weight reduction diets providing 400 kcal and 100 g protein daily were administered; to five subjects, a collagen diet which was severely deficient in both Zn and Cu, and to another five subjects, a soy diet which provided a marginal intake of Zn and an adequate intake of Cu. Zn and Cu content ofdiets, plasma, red blood cells, urine, and feces were determined during eight 5-day periods. Balances were corrected for lean tissue catabolism or deposition. Holter ECG monitoring and measurement of the QTc interval were dome on days 0 and 40. Both diets resulted in elevated plasma and red blood cell concentrations of Zn and Cu and in high urinary and fecal losses of Zn. By day 40, 6 of 10 subjects were in negative Zn balance. Urinary Zn was inversely correlated with measures of lean tissue catabolism. During each period, Cu balance was markedly positive in the soy-diet group and negative in the collagen-diet group. Shortening of prolonged QTc intervals was related to the Cu but not Zn status of the individual. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Food -- Caloric content KW - Obesity KW - Body weight KW - Collagen KW - Connective tissues KW - cardiac rhythm KW - copper KW - Diet KW - reducing KW - zinc N1 - Accession Number: 90667978; Lowy, Sherry L. 1,2; Fisler, Janis S. 1,2; Drenick, Ernst J. 1,2; Hunt, Isabelle F. 1,2; Swendseid, Marian E. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Medical and Research Services, West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wadsworth Division, Los Angeles, CA; 2: School of Public Health, University of California, Los Angeles, CA; Issue Info: Feb1986, Vol. 43 Issue 2, p272; Subject Term: Food -- Caloric content; Subject Term: Obesity; Subject Term: Body weight; Subject Term: Collagen; Subject Term: Connective tissues; Author-Supplied Keyword: cardiac rhythm; Author-Supplied Keyword: copper; Author-Supplied Keyword: Diet; Author-Supplied Keyword: reducing; Author-Supplied Keyword: zinc; Number of Pages: 16p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=90667978&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wilson, Helen D. AU - Miller, Tim AU - Ogesen, Bruce AU - Schedl, Harold P. AU - Failla, Mark L. AU - Loven, Dean P. T1 - Adaptation of the duodenum and ileum of the rat to mid-gut resection: enzyme activity and trace metal status. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1986/02// VL - 43 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 185 EP - 193 SN - 00029165 AB - Activities of the enzymes lactase, sucrase, maltese, alkaline phosphatase, and superoxide dismutase (SOD) were measured in mucosa of duodenum and ileum of the rat after 70% resection of mid-small intestine or sham operation (transection). We also measured the concentrations of zinc, copper, and manganese in several tissues to assess trace metal homeostasis postresection. Resection resulted in decreased specific activities of disaccharidases and alkaline phosphatase in duodenum, while specific activities remained unchanged in ileum. Specific activity of total SOD (the sum of Cu-Zn and Mn SOD) and Mn SOD was the same in duodenum after resection but was markedly increased in ileum. Tissue trace metal concentrations changed minimally. Because of post-resection mucosal growth, total segmental activity of clisaccharidases and alkaline phosphatase was the same in duodenum and increased in ileum of resectul compared to transected rats. Segmental activity of total SOD and Mn SOD doubled in duodenum and trebled in ileum of resected as compared to transected rats Thus, total segmental enzyme activity is maintained or increased postresection by increased enterocyte proliferation rate and mucosal growth. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Enzymes KW - Superoxide dismutase KW - Mesoappendix KW - Small intestine KW - Ileum KW - copper KW - disaccharidases KW - Intestinal resection KW - manganese KW - superoxide dismutase KW - zinc N1 - Accession Number: 90667967; Wilson, Helen D. 1,2; Miller, Tim 1,2; Ogesen, Bruce 1,2; Schedl, Harold P. 1,2; Failla, Mark L. 3; Loven, Dean P. 4; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, IA; 2: Gastroenterology-Hepatology Research Laboratory, and Radiation Biology Research Laboratory, University of Iowa, Iowa City, IA; 3: Department of Biochemistry and Nutrition, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, Blacksburg, VA; 4: Division of Radiation Biology and Oncology, Eastern Carolina University, School of Medicine, Greenville, NC; Issue Info: Feb1986, Vol. 43 Issue 2, p185; Subject Term: Enzymes; Subject Term: Superoxide dismutase; Subject Term: Mesoappendix; Subject Term: Small intestine; Subject Term: Ileum; Author-Supplied Keyword: copper; Author-Supplied Keyword: disaccharidases; Author-Supplied Keyword: Intestinal resection; Author-Supplied Keyword: manganese; Author-Supplied Keyword: superoxide dismutase; Author-Supplied Keyword: zinc; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=90667967&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kesaniemi, Y. Antero AU - Grundy, Scott M. T1 - Effects of dietary polyenylphosphatidylcholine on metabolism of cholesterol and triglycerides in hypertriglyceridemic patients. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1986/01// VL - 43 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 98 EP - 107 SN - 00029165 AB - This study was carried out primarily to determine whether the feeding of lecithin (polyenylphosphatidylcholine) has systemic effects on metabolism ofcholesterol and triglycerides in patients with endogenous hypertriglyceridemia (type 4 hyperlipoproteinemia). Ten patients were studied during control periods and lecithin feeding. In the former period, 7 g of safflower oil were added to the diet to balance the addition of 10 g of lecithin in the latter period. Lecithin feeding had no influence on levels of plasma cholesterol and triglycerides, or lipoprotein-cholesterol, transport of VLDL-triglycerides, or total steroid balance. However, lecithin feeding did significantly increase the molar percent of bile acids and decrease the molar percent lecithin in gallbladder bile suggesting that it has a systemic effect. In addition, it had a small but significant inhibitory effect on intestinal absorption of cholesterol. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Cholesterol KW - Metabolic regulation KW - Blood lipoproteins KW - Glycerides KW - Triglycerides KW - biliary lipids KW - cholesterol KW - Lecithin KW - lipids KW - lipoprotein KW - phospholipids KW - sterol balance KW - triglyceride N1 - Accession Number: 90669069; Kesaniemi, Y. Antero 1,2; Grundy, Scott M. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of California, San Diego, CA; 2: Center for Human Nutrition, University of Texas Health Science Center, Dallas, TX; Issue Info: Jan1986, Vol. 43 Issue 1, p98; Subject Term: Cholesterol; Subject Term: Metabolic regulation; Subject Term: Blood lipoproteins; Subject Term: Glycerides; Subject Term: Triglycerides; Author-Supplied Keyword: biliary lipids; Author-Supplied Keyword: cholesterol; Author-Supplied Keyword: Lecithin; Author-Supplied Keyword: lipids; Author-Supplied Keyword: lipoprotein; Author-Supplied Keyword: phospholipids; Author-Supplied Keyword: sterol balance; Author-Supplied Keyword: triglyceride; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=90669069&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bhaihena, Sam J. AU - Recant, Lillian AU - Voyles, Nancy R. AU - Timmers, Kim I. AU - Reiser, Sheldon AU - Smith Jr., J. Cecil AU - Powell, Andrea S. T1 - Decreased plasma enkephalins in copper deficiency in man. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1986/01// VL - 43 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 42 EP - 46 SN - 00029165 AB - Twenty-four male subjects participated in a study in which the effect of feeding diets low in copper (1.03 mg/day) on plasma opiates was determined. The subjects were fed a low-copper diet for 11 wk with either starch or fructose as a major source of carbohydrate. Feeding low-copper diet decreased serum copper level significantly. In addition, plasma Ieu- and met-enkephalins decreased significantly while β-endorphin levels rose. On repletion with copper (3 mg/day) for 3 wk, plasma enkephalins increased while β-endorphin levels decreased to pretest values. These results suggest that feeding low copper decreases plasma enkephalins, which may reflect a copper-dependent process affecting enkephalin biosynthesis and/or release. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Enkephalins KW - Opioid peptides KW - Mineral deficiency KW - Copper deficiency KW - Neuropeptides KW - β-endorphin KW - Copper KW - leu-enkephalin KW - met-enkephalin N1 - Accession Number: 90669060; Bhaihena, Sam J. 1,2; Recant, Lillian 1,2; Voyles, Nancy R. 1,2; Timmers, Kim I. 1,2; Reiser, Sheldon 1,2; Smith Jr., J. Cecil 1,2; Powell, Andrea S. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Carbohydrate Nutrition and Vitamin and Mineral Nutrition Laboratories, Beltsville Human Nutrition Research Center, Agricultural Research Service, US Department of Agriculture, Beltsville, MD; 2: Diabetes Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, DC; Issue Info: Jan1986, Vol. 43 Issue 1, p42; Subject Term: Enkephalins; Subject Term: Opioid peptides; Subject Term: Mineral deficiency; Subject Term: Copper deficiency; Subject Term: Neuropeptides; Author-Supplied Keyword: β-endorphin; Author-Supplied Keyword: Copper; Author-Supplied Keyword: leu-enkephalin; Author-Supplied Keyword: met-enkephalin; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=90669060&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hollenbeck, Clarie B. AU - Coulston, Ann M. AU - Reaven, Gerald M. T1 - To what extent does increased dietary fiber improve glucose and lipid metabolism in patients with noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM). JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1986/01// VL - 43 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 16 EP - 24 SN - 00029165 AB - The present study assesses the impact of variations in the amount of fiber in high carbohydrate diets on carbohydrate and lipid metabolism in NIDDM. The amount and source of carbohydrate, and source of dietary fiber, were held constant. Two 4-wk diet periods were randomly assigned and all subjects completed both dietary periods. Diets were identical in the proportion of carbohydrate, fat, protein, P/S ratio, and cholesterol. The normal fiber diet contained 11 g/1000 kcal, while the high fiber diet contained 27 g/1000 kcal. The results showed no significant difference in fasting plasma glucose and insulin, day-long glucose and insulin, fasting hemoglobin A1c urinary glucose. Fasting plasma triglyceride and VLDL-triglyceride, as well as fasting plasma cholesterol, LDL-cholesterol, and HDL-cholesterol were also unchanged. In conclusion, an increase in the fiber content from 11 to 27 g/1000 kcal did not lead to measurable improvements in overall plasma glucose, insulin, or lipid metabolism. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Lipid metabolism KW - Glucokinase KW - Glycogenolysis KW - Diabetes KW - Metabolic disorders KW - Dietary fiber KW - glucose response KW - insulin response KW - lipid metabolism KW - NIDDM N1 - Accession Number: 90669052; Hollenbeck, Clarie B. 1; Coulston, Ann M. 1; Reaven, Gerald M. 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine, Stanford University School of Medicine, and Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, CA; Issue Info: Jan1986, Vol. 43 Issue 1, p16; Subject Term: Lipid metabolism; Subject Term: Glucokinase; Subject Term: Glycogenolysis; Subject Term: Diabetes; Subject Term: Metabolic disorders; Author-Supplied Keyword: Dietary fiber; Author-Supplied Keyword: glucose response; Author-Supplied Keyword: insulin response; Author-Supplied Keyword: lipid metabolism; Author-Supplied Keyword: NIDDM; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=90669052&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Smith, Theresa M. AU - Kolars, Joseph C. AU - Savaiano, Dennis A. AU - Levitt, Michael D. T1 - Absorption of calcium from milk and yogurt. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1985/12// VL - 42 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 1197 EP - 1200 SN - 00029165 AB - An increased prevalence of osteoporosis has been observed in lactase-deficient subjects. This association has been attributed to an avoidance of calcium-containing dairy products by lactase-deficient subjects and/or an adverse affect of lactose malabsorption on calcium absorption. Because the lactose in yogurt can be digested and absorbed by hypolactasic subjects, we tested the ability of lactase-deficient subjects and controls to absorb calcium from milk and yogurt. Subjects ingested 270 mg of Ca plus 45Ca in 250 g of milk or 147 g of commercial, unfavored yogurt, and blood radioactivity was assessed at intervals over 24 h. Based on the areas under the blood radioactivity curves, lactase-deficient subjects and controls absorbed calcium equally well from yogurt and milk. Lactase-deficient subjects absorbed 45Ca from both sources at least as well as did the controls. While we found no evidence to indicate that calcium in yogurt is better absorbed than calcium in milk, yogurt remains an excellent source of calcium because this fermented product is well tolerated by lactase-deficient subjects. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - High-calcium diet KW - Milk -- Calcium content KW - Yogurt KW - Osteoporosis KW - Lactose KW - Calcium KW - lactase-deficiency KW - lactose KW - osteoporosis N1 - Accession Number: 90668307; Smith, Theresa M. 1,2; Kolars, Joseph C. 1,2; Savaiano, Dennis A. 1,2; Levitt, Michael D. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN; 2: Department of Medicine, Food Science and Nutrition, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis and St. Paul, MN; Issue Info: Dec1985, Vol. 42 Issue 6, p1197; Thesaurus Term: High-calcium diet; Subject Term: Milk -- Calcium content; Subject Term: Yogurt; Subject Term: Osteoporosis; Subject Term: Lactose; Author-Supplied Keyword: Calcium; Author-Supplied Keyword: lactase-deficiency; Author-Supplied Keyword: lactose; Author-Supplied Keyword: osteoporosis; NAICS/Industry Codes: 311515 Butter, cheese, and dry and condensed dairy product manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 311514 Dry, Condensed, and Evaporated Dairy Product Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 413120 Dairy and milk products merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 311511 Fluid Milk Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424430 Dairy Product (except Dried or Canned) Merchant Wholesalers; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=90668307&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Woods, Stephen C. AU - Porte Jr, Daniel AU - Bobbioni, Elisabetta AU - lonescu, Elisabeta AU - Sawer, Jean-Francois AU - Rohner-Jeanrenaud, Francoise AU - Jeanrenaud, Bernard T1 - Insulin: its relationship to the central nervous system and to the control of food intake and body weight. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1985/11// VL - 42 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 1063 EP - 1071 SN - 00029165 AB - This article describes the close relationship among the hormone insulin, the central nervous system, and the regulation of food intake and body adiposity. The initial section documents the control of insulin output from the pancreas by the central nervous system, and a later section describes the relationship of insulin levels in the blood to the degree of adiposity. Another section documents the ability of insulin to gain access to the brain and to elicit responses there. Finally, the behavioral effects of insulin added to the brain, and especially its ability to reduce food intake and body weight, is discussed. The implications to obesity are stressed throughout. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Food consumption KW - Insulin KW - Body weight KW - Central nervous system KW - Pancreatic secretions KW - adiposity KW - central nervous system KW - cerebrospinal fluid KW - food intake KW - vagus nerve N1 - Accession Number: 90624252; Woods, Stephen C. 1,2; Porte Jr, Daniel 1,2; Bobbioni, Elisabetta 1,2; lonescu, Elisabeta 1,2; Sawer, Jean-Francois 1,2; Rohner-Jeanrenaud, Francoise 1,2; Jeanrenaud, Bernard 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Departments of Psychology and of Medicine, University of Washington, Seattle, WA; the Seattle Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, WA; 2: Laboratoires de Recherches Metaboliques, Université de Genè ve, Genève, Switzerland; Issue Info: Nov1985, Vol. 42 Issue 5, p1063; Thesaurus Term: Food consumption; Subject Term: Insulin; Subject Term: Body weight; Subject Term: Central nervous system; Subject Term: Pancreatic secretions; Author-Supplied Keyword: adiposity; Author-Supplied Keyword: central nervous system; Author-Supplied Keyword: cerebrospinal fluid; Author-Supplied Keyword: food intake; Author-Supplied Keyword: vagus nerve; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=90624252&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Feldman, Jerome M. AU - Lee, Ellen M. T1 - Serotonin content of foods: effect on urinary excretion of 5-hydroxyindoleacetic acid. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1985/10// VL - 42 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 639 EP - 643 SN - 00029165 AB - Using a highly specific radioenzymatic assay we determined the serotonin concentration in 80 types of foods. The following fruits had a high serotonin concentration (mean ± SEM) expressed in ± 7.5; pineapple 17.0 ± 5.1; banana 15.0 ± 2.4; Kiwi fruit 5.8 ± 0.9; plums 4.7 ± 0.8; and tomatoes 3.2 ± 0.6. Only nuts in the walnut or hickory family had a high serotonin concentration expressed in ± 46; English walnuts 87 ± 20; shagbark hickory nuts 143 ± 23; mockernut hickory nuts 67 ± 13; pecans 29 ± 4; and sweet pignuts 25 ± 8. Ingestion of these fruits and nuts resulted in an increase in urinary 5-hydroxyindoleacetic acid excretion with no change in platelet serotonin concentration. The above foods should not be eaten while a urine is being collected for 5-hydroxyindoleacetic acid analysis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Physiology KW - Tryptamine KW - Serotonin KW - Neurotransmitters KW - Secretion KW - 5-hydroxyindoleacetic acid KW - carcinoid syndrome KW - fruits KW - nuts KW - urine tests N1 - Accession Number: 91548484; Feldman, Jerome M. 1; Lee, Ellen M. 1; Affiliations: 1: Durham Veterans Administration Medical Center, Department of Medicine, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, NC; Issue Info: Oct1985, Vol. 42 Issue 4, p639; Thesaurus Term: Physiology; Subject Term: Tryptamine; Subject Term: Serotonin; Subject Term: Neurotransmitters; Subject Term: Secretion; Author-Supplied Keyword: 5-hydroxyindoleacetic acid; Author-Supplied Keyword: carcinoid syndrome; Author-Supplied Keyword: fruits; Author-Supplied Keyword: nuts; Author-Supplied Keyword: urine tests; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91548484&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mackler, Bradley P. AU - Herbert, Victor T1 - The effect of raw wheat bran, alfalfa meal and alpha-cellulose on iron ascorbate chelate and ferric chloride in three binding solutions. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1985/10// VL - 42 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 618 EP - 628 SN - 00029165 AB - Iron ascorbate chelate was prepared and purified with iron and ascorbate combined in a 1:1 molar ratio. Some iron dissociated from the chelate and bound to raw wheat bran and alfalfa meal, indicating something in these fiber sources produced the dissociation. The chelate bound intact to alpha-cellulose in bicarbonate and phosphate buffer. More iron as ferric chloride bound to the three fiber sources than did iron as chelate. Iron became more soluble in bicarbonate buffer in the presence of raw wheat bran and alfalfa meal, but became less soluble in phosphate buffer in the presence of these fiber sources. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Chelates KW - Chlorides KW - Bicarbonate ions KW - Ferric chloride KW - Bran KW - alfalfa meal KW - alpha-cellulose KW - binding KW - Iron ascorbate chelate KW - raw wheat bran N1 - Accession Number: 91548482; Mackler, Bradley P. 1,2,3; Herbert, Victor 1,2,3; Affiliations: 1: General Medical Research Service, Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, NY; 2: Departments of Medicine, SUNY Downstate Medical Center, Brooklyn, NY; 3: Hahnemann University, Philadelphia, PA; Issue Info: Oct1985, Vol. 42 Issue 4, p618; Thesaurus Term: Chelates; Thesaurus Term: Chlorides; Thesaurus Term: Bicarbonate ions; Subject Term: Ferric chloride; Subject Term: Bran; Author-Supplied Keyword: alfalfa meal; Author-Supplied Keyword: alpha-cellulose; Author-Supplied Keyword: binding; Author-Supplied Keyword: Iron ascorbate chelate; Author-Supplied Keyword: raw wheat bran; NAICS/Industry Codes: 311212 Rice Milling; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325189 All other basic inorganic chemical manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325180 Other Basic Inorganic Chemical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91548482&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chawla, Rajender K. AU - Berry, Carol J. AU - Rudman, Daniel AU - Kutner, Michael H. T1 - Plasma concentrations of transsulfuration pathway products during nasoenteral and intravenous hyperalimentation of malnourished patients. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1985/10// VL - 42 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 577 EP - 584 SN - 00029165 AB - We have monitored the plasma concentrations of products of the transsulfuration pathway in 11 undernourished noncirrhotic patients, and in 10 cachectic cirrhotic subjects, before and during nasoenteral nutrition with Vivonex (Norwich-Eaton Pharmaceuticals, Norwich, NY) or total parenteral nutrition (TPN) with FreAmine III (American McGaw, Irvine, CA). In the cirrhotic cases eating a mixed diet, levels of taurine, cysteine, plasma glutathione, and free choline were subnormal. During nasoenteral hyperalimentation, methionine was elevated while cysteine, glutathione, and free choline levels remained depressed. During TPN, levels of taurine, cysteine, protein-bound cysteine, glutathione, free choline, and phosphatidyl choline were depressed and methionine was elevated. In the noncirrhotic cases eating a mixed diet, only the free choline concentration was low. During nasoenteral hyperalimentation, the plasma levels of both free choline and total carnitine were depressed. During TPN, plasma levels of cystine, protein-bound cysteine, total carnitine, free choline, and phosphatidyl choline were subnormal. These data suggest that biosynthesis of several products of the transsulfuration pathway may be inadequate in both cirrhotic and noncirrhotic patients during TPN with FreAmine III. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Enteral feeding KW - Medical care KW - Care of the sick KW - Choline KW - Biogenic amines KW - carnitine KW - choline KW - cysteine KW - glutathione KW - Hyperalimentation KW - transsulfuration pathway N1 - Accession Number: 91548478; Chawla, Rajender K. 1,2,3; Berry, Carol J. 1,2,3; Rudman, Daniel 1,2,3; Kutner, Michael H. 1,2,3; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine, Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta, GA; 2: Department of Biometry, Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta, GA; 3: Program in Geriatric Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, North Chicago, IL; Issue Info: Oct1985, Vol. 42 Issue 4, p577; Subject Term: Enteral feeding; Subject Term: Medical care; Subject Term: Care of the sick; Subject Term: Choline; Subject Term: Biogenic amines; Author-Supplied Keyword: carnitine; Author-Supplied Keyword: choline; Author-Supplied Keyword: cysteine; Author-Supplied Keyword: glutathione; Author-Supplied Keyword: Hyperalimentation; Author-Supplied Keyword: transsulfuration pathway; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91548478&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dempsey, Daniel T. AU - Lusk, Edward AU - Crosby, Lon O. AU - Buzby, Gordon P. AU - Mullen, James L. T1 - Interval nitrogen excretion and maintenance nitrogen requirements for parenteral nutrition in primates. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1985/09// VL - 42 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 485 EP - 494 SN - 00029165 AB - This paper discusses a regression technique for determining maintenance nitrogen requirements in well-nourished primates (M fascicularis) on total parenteral nutrition. Animals were administered a continuous glucose infusion, and parenteral nitrogen intake was varied at constant time intervals in a random order (from 0 to 1 g nitrogen/kg/day). Interval nitrogen balance (intake minus urinary nitrogen output) was plotted against interval nitrogen intake. The x-intercept was defined as the maintenance nitrogen requirement. First, 24-h intervals were used at a nonprotein caloric intake of 85 kcal/kg/day („ 175% of primate resting energy expenditure) and the nutritional adequacy of the estimated requirement evaluated prospectively. Next, 8-h balance intervals were used and the maintenance nitrogen requirements predicted by this abbreviated technique were compared to those obtained using the longer method. Finally, the short-interval technique was repeated at two other levels of continuous glucose infusion (60 kcal/kg/day and 8 kcal/kg/day) and the effect on predicted nitrogen requirement examined. Maintenance parenteral nitrogen requirements for primates may be determined in 48 h using the abbreviated techniques. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Primates KW - Nutrition KW - Physiology KW - Health KW - Nitrogen excretion KW - amino acid requirements KW - nitrogen balance KW - Nitrogen requirements KW - total parenteral nutrition N1 - Accession Number: 91912238; Dempsey, Daniel T. 1; Lusk, Edward 1,2,3,4; Crosby, Lon O. 1,2,3,5; Buzby, Gordon P. 1,2,3,6; Mullen, James L. 1,2,3,7; Affiliations: 1: Department of Surgery, University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine, and the Philadelphia Veterans Administration Medical Center, Philadelphia, PA; 2: Department of Surgery, University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine; 3: Philadelphia Veterans Administration Medical Center, Philadelphia, PA; 4: Associate Professor of Biostatistics; 5: Research Associate in Surgery; 6: Assistant Professor of Surgery; 7: Associate Professor of Surgery; Issue Info: Sep1985, Vol. 42 Issue 3, p485; Thesaurus Term: Primates; Thesaurus Term: Nutrition; Thesaurus Term: Physiology; Thesaurus Term: Health; Subject Term: Nitrogen excretion; Author-Supplied Keyword: amino acid requirements; Author-Supplied Keyword: nitrogen balance; Author-Supplied Keyword: Nitrogen requirements; Author-Supplied Keyword: total parenteral nutrition; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91912238&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Spritz, Norton T1 - Review of the evidence linking alcohol consumption with liver disease and atherosclerotic disease. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1979/12// VL - 32 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 2734 EP - 2738 SN - 00029165 N1 - Accession Number: 94366252; Spritz, Norton 1; Affiliations: 1: Chief of the Medical Service and Professor of Medicine, Medical Service, Manhattan Veterans Administration Hospital, and the Department of Medicine, School of Medicine, New York University, New York, New York 10016; Issue Info: Dec1979, Vol. 32 Issue 12, p2734; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=94366252&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kern Jr., Fred AU - Birkner, Herman J. AU - Ostrower, Victor S. T1 - Binding of bile acids by dietary fiber. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1978/10// VL - 31 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - S175 EP - S179 SN - 00029165 AB - Binding of bile salts to food residue was studied in vitro and in vivo. In the in vitro experiments, residues of a number of foods were incubated with each of several bile salts at different concentrations and pHs. All food residues tested adsorbed more dihydroxy than trihydroxy bile salts. Bile salt binding increased as bile salt concentration increased and was greater at a low pH. The extent of bile salt adsorption to some food residues could be clinically important. In patients with short ileal resections, we compared the rates of fecal excretion of labelled cholic and chenodeoxycholic acids and of a nonabsorable marker during ingestion of an ordinary diet (approximately 5 g of fiber) and a residue-free liquid diet. Coefficients of bile salt adsorption were calculated. Both bile acids were absorbed more efficiently during the liquid diet. Chenodeoxycholic acid was preferentially bound to the particulate matter of stools of patients eating the fibercontaining diet. It seems possible that dietary fiber could affect the enterohepatic circulation of bile salts in certain patients with ileal resection. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Biochemical markers KW - Fiber in human nutrition KW - Enterohepatic circulation KW - Bile acids KW - Bile salts N1 - Accession Number: 85588627; Kern Jr., Fred; Birkner, Herman J.; Ostrower, Victor S. 1; Affiliations: 1: Audie Murphy Veterans Administration Hospital, San Antonio, Texas; Issue Info: Oct1978, Vol. 31 Issue 10, pS175; Thesaurus Term: Biochemical markers; Subject Term: Fiber in human nutrition; Subject Term: Enterohepatic circulation; Subject Term: Bile acids; Subject Term: Bile salts; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 1 Chart, 6 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85588627&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bond, John H. AU - Levitt, Michael D. T1 - Effect of dietary fiber on intestinal gas production and small bowel transit time in man. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1978/10// VL - 31 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - S169 EP - S174 SN - 00029165 AB - The influence of dietary fiber on intestinal gas production and on small bowel transit time was studied in eight healthy subjects using breath H2 excretion as an indicator of colonic gas production. Hydrogen excretion following ingestion of bran was substantially less than that following ingestion of lactulose, a nonabsorbable fermentable sugar. Likewise, human fecal homogenates produced only about 10% as much H2 and CO2 during incubation with bran as with glucose or lactulose. Thus, the polysaccharides in bran appear to be relatively poor substrate for colonic bacterial gas production, and reported gas-related symptoms after bran ingestion may be due to some other mechanism. The small bowel transit time of bran was greater than that of lactulose; however, addition of bran to lactulose did not slow lactulose transit. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Fecal microbiota transplantation KW - Fiber in human nutrition KW - Gastrointestinal gas KW - Hydrogen in the body KW - Blood sugar N1 - Accession Number: 85588580; Bond, John H. 1; Levitt, Michael D. 2; Affiliations: 1: Chief, Gastroenterology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital; 2: Staff physician in Gastroenterology Section, University of Minnesota Hospital; Issue Info: Oct1978, Vol. 31 Issue 10, pS169; Subject Term: Fecal microbiota transplantation; Subject Term: Fiber in human nutrition; Subject Term: Gastrointestinal gas; Subject Term: Hydrogen in the body; Subject Term: Blood sugar; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Chart, 5 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85588580&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Blumenkrantz, Michael J. AU - Kopple, Joel D. AU - Koffler, Alan AU - Kamdar, Anjana K. AU - Healy, Michael D. AU - Feinstein, Eben I. AU - Massry, Shaul G. T1 - Total parenteral nutrition in the management of acute renal failure. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1978/10// VL - 31 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 1831 EP - 1840 SN - 00029165 AB - Malnutrition is frequently present in patients with acute renal failure and may affect morbidity and mortality in this condition. When adequate nourishment cannot be given through the gastrointestinal tract, total parenteral nutrition with amino acids and hypertonic glucose may have beneficial results. Total parenteral nutrition has been reported to stabilize or reduce serum urea nitrogen, potassium and phosphorus levels, improve wound healing, enhance survival from acute renal failure, and possibly increase the rate of recovery of renal function. The optimal composition of the total parenteral nutrition infusate is unknown. Preliminary results of a double-blind study are reported in which one man received hypertonic glucose alone, two received glucose with essential amino acids (21 g/day), and three received glucose with essential (21 g/day) and nonessential (2 1 g/day) amino acids. All infusates were isocaloric. No differences were observed in serum urea nitrogen levels, serum urea nitrogen/creatinine ratios or urea appearance rates. Nitrogen balance was negative in all patients. The ratio of essential amino acids/nonessential amino acids were higher and the tyrosine/phenylalanine ratios were lower in plasma in the two patients receiving glucose with essential amino acids. No patient survived the hospitalization. In view of the markedly negative nitrogen balance frequently observed in these and earlier studies, the use of a different composition or quantity of amino acids, a higher energy intake, and anabolic hormones deserve further investigation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Uremia -- Treatment KW - Uremia -- Patients KW - Essential amino acids KW - Nitrogen in the body KW - Gastrointestinal system N1 - Accession Number: 85588579; Blumenkrantz, Michael J. 1; Kopple, Joel D. 1; Koffler, Alan 2; Kamdar, Anjana K. 1; Healy, Michael D. 2; Feinstein, Eben I. 2; Massry, Shaul G. 2; Affiliations: 1: Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center and Schools of Medicine and Public Health, University of California at Los Angeles, California 90024; 2: School of Medicine, University of Southem California, Los Angeles, California 90007; Issue Info: Oct1978, Vol. 31 Issue 10, p1831; Subject Term: Uremia -- Treatment; Subject Term: Uremia -- Patients; Subject Term: Essential amino acids; Subject Term: Nitrogen in the body; Subject Term: Gastrointestinal system; Number of Pages: 10p; Illustrations: 3 Diagrams, 3 Charts, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85588579&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - GASSON, JUDITH C. AU - WEISBART, RICHARD H. AU - KAUFMAN, SUSAN E. AU - CLARK, STEVEN C. AU - HEWICK, RODNEY M. AU - WONG, GORDON G. AU - GOLDE, DAVID W. T1 - Purffied Human Granulocyte-Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor: Direct Action on Neutrophils. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1984/12/14/ VL - 226 IS - 4680 M3 - Article SP - 1339 EP - 1342 SN - 00368075 AB - Neutrophil migration inhibition factorfrom T lymphocytes (NIF-T) is a lymphokine that acts to localize granulocytes. Medium conditioned by the Mo human T-lymphoblast cell line was used to purify NIF-T, a glycoprotein with a molecular weight of 22,000. The NIF-T wasfound to potently stimulate the growth of granulocyte and macrophage colonies from human bone marrow and colony formation by the KG-I myeloid leukemia cell line. Thus a human lymphokine (NIF-T) that modulates the activities of mature neutrophilic granulocytes is also a colonystimulating factor acting on precursors to induce growth and differentiation of new effector cells. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 84692147; GASSON, JUDITH C. 1; WEISBART, RICHARD H. 2; KAUFMAN, SUSAN E. 3; CLARK, STEVEN C. 4; HEWICK, RODNEY M. 4; WONG, GORDON G. 4; GOLDE, DAVID W. 3; Affiliations: 1: Division of Hematology-Oncology, Department of Medicine, University of California School of Medicine, Los Angeles 90024; 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, California 91343; 3: Division of Hematology-Oncology, University of California School of Medicine, Los Angeles 90024; 4: Genetics Institute, 225 Longwood Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 02115; Issue Info: 12/14/1984, Vol. 226 Issue 4680, p1339; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=84692147&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Barondes, Samuel H. T1 - Soluble Lectins: A New Class of Extracellular Proteins. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1984/03/23/ VL - 223 IS - 4642 M3 - Article SP - 1259 EP - 1264 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 84672124; Barondes, Samuel H. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Professor, Department of Psychiatry, University of California, San Diego, La Jolla 92093; 2: Staff, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego 92161; Issue Info: 3/23/1984, Vol. 223 Issue 4642, p1259; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=84672124&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - VALLERA, DANIEL A. AU - ASH, ROBERT C. AU - ZANJANI, ESMAIL D. AU - KERSEY, JOHN H. AU - LEBIEN, TUCKER W. AU - BEVERLEY, PETER C. L. AU - NEVILLE JR., DAVID M. AU - YOULE, RICHARD J. T1 - Anti-T-Cell Reagents for Human Bone Marrow Transplantation: Ricin Linked to Three Monoclonal Antibodies. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1983/11/04/ VL - 222 IS - 4623 M3 - Article SP - 512 EP - 515 SN - 00368075 AB - Three new reagents that react against human T cells were synthesized by covalently linking the toxin ricin to monoclonal antibodies recognizing differentiation antigens on the surface of T lymphocytes. Each of these immunotoxins selectively inhibited T-cell proliferation when the cells were incubated in the presence of lactose. Multipotent human stem cells were inhibited only at much higher concentrations. Mixtures of all three immunotoxins were more effective than any one alone. These reagents have the potential for preventing graft-versus-host disease in man. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 84671775; VALLERA, DANIEL A. 1; ASH, ROBERT C. 2; ZANJANI, ESMAIL D. 2; KERSEY, JOHN H. 3; LEBIEN, TUCKER W. 4; BEVERLEY, PETER C. L. 5; NEVILLE JR., DAVID M. 6; YOULE, RICHARD J. 6; Affiliations: 1: Department of Therapeutic Radiology and Laboratory MedicinelPathology, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis 55455; 2: Veterans Administration, Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55406; 3: Department of Laboratory Medicinel Pathology and Pediatrics, University of Minnesota; 4: Department of Laboratory Medicine! Pathology, University of Minnesota; 5: ICRF Human Tumour Immunology Group, University College Hospital Medical School, London, England; 6: Section on Biophysical Chemistry, Laboratory of Neurochemistry, National Institute of Mental Health, Bethesda, Maryland 20205; Issue Info: 11/ 4/1983, Vol. 222 Issue 4623, p512; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=84671775&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - VAN KAMMEN, DANIEL P. AU - MANN, LEE S. AU - STERNBERG, DAVID E. AU - SCHEININ, MIKA AU - NINAN, PHILIP T. AU - MARDER, STEPHEN R. AU - VAN KAMMEN, WELMOET B. AU - RIEDER, RONALD O. AU - LINNOILA, MARKKU T1 - Dopamine-β-Hydroxylase Activity and Homovanillic Acid in Spinal Fluid of Schizophrenics with Brain Atrophy. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1983/05/27/ VL - 220 IS - 4600 M3 - Article SP - 974 EP - 977 SN - 00368075 AB - Schizophrenic patients with high ventricle brain ratios and cortical brain atrophy, as shown by computerized tomography, had decreased spinal fluid concentrations of homovanillic acid and dopamine-β-hydroxylase activity. These decreased cerebral spinal fluid concentrations in patients with brain atrophy support the proposal of disturbed noradrenaline and dopamine neurotransmission in a subgroup of schizophrenic patients. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 84713360; VAN KAMMEN, DANIEL P. 1; MANN, LEE S. 2; STERNBERG, DAVID E. 3; SCHEININ, MIKA 4; NINAN, PHILIP T. 5; MARDER, STEPHEN R. 6; VAN KAMMEN, WELMOET B. 7; RIEDER, RONALD O. 8; LINNOILA, MARKKU 4; Affiliations: 1: Western Psychiatric Institute and Clinic, University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15213; 2: Laboratory of Psychopathology, National Institute of Mental Health, Bethesda, Maryland 20205; 3: Yale University Medical School and Connecticut Mental Health Center, New Haven, Connecticut 06508; 4: Clinical Psychobiology Branch, National Institute of Mental Health; 5: Biological Psychiatry Branch, National Institute of Mental Health; 6: University of California and Brentwood Veterans Administration, Los Angeles 90093; 7: Western Psychiatric Institute and Clinic; 8: New York State Psychiatric Institute and Columbia University, New York 10032; Issue Info: 5/27/1983, Vol. 220 Issue 4600, p974; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=84713360&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - GELMANN, EDWARD P. AU - POPOVIC, MIKULAS AU - BLAYNEY, DOUGLAS AU - MASUR, HENRY AU - SIDHU, GURDIP AU - STAHL, ROSALYN E. AU - GALLO, ROBERT C. T1 - Proviral DNA of a Retrovirus, Human T-Cell Leukemia Virus, in Two Patients with AIDS. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1983/05/20/ VL - 220 IS - 4599 M3 - Article SP - 862 EP - 865 SN - 00368075 AB - The acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS) is characterized by Tlymphocyte dysfunction and is frequently accompanied by opportunistic infections and Kaposi's sarcoma. Human T-cell leukemia virus (HTLY-) is associated with Tcell malignancies and can transform T lymphocytes in vitro. In an attempt to find evidence of HTLV infection in patients with AIDS, DNA from samples of peripheral blood lymphocytes from 33 AIDS patients was analyzed by Southern blot-hybridization with a radiolabeled cloned HTLV DNA probe. Analysis ofDNA from both the fresh (uncultured) lymphocytes and from T cells cultured with T-cell growth factor revealed the presence of integrated HTLV proviral sequences in lymphocytes from two of the patients, both of whom had antibody to HTLV. The proviral sequences could not be detected in blood samples obtained from these individuals at a later date, consistent with the possibility that the population of infected cells had become depleted. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 84713319; GELMANN, EDWARD P. 1; POPOVIC, MIKULAS 1; BLAYNEY, DOUGLAS 2; MASUR, HENRY 3; SIDHU, GURDIP 4; STAHL, ROSALYN E. 5; GALLO, ROBERT C. 6; Affiliations: 1: Laboratory of Tumor Cell Biology, National Cancer Institute, Bethesda, Maryland 20205; 2: Epidemiology Branch, National Cancer Institute; 3: Critical Care Medicine Department, Clinical Center, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Maryland 20205; 4: Department of Pathology, New York University Medical Center, New York 10010; 5: Department of Pathology, New York Veterans Administration Hospital, New York 10010; 6: Laboratory of Tumor Cell Biology, National Cancer Institute; Issue Info: 5/20/1983, Vol. 220 Issue 4599, p862; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=84713319&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - PENDERY, MARY L. AU - MALTZMAN, IRVING M. AU - WEST, L. JOLYON T1 - Controlled Drinking by Alcoholics? New Findings and a Reevaluation of a Major Affirmative Study. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1982/07/09/ VL - 217 IS - 4555 M3 - Article SP - 169 EP - 175 SN - 00368075 AB - Controlled drinking has recently become a controversial alternatise to abstinence as an appropriate treatment goal for alcoholics. In this study we reexamine the evidence underlying a sidely cited report by Sobell a(nd Sobell of successfiul controlled drinking by a substantial proportion of gamma (physically dependent) alcoholic subjects in a behavior therapy experiment. A review of the evidence, including official records and nest' interviews, reveals that most subjects trained to do controlled drinking failed from the outtset to drink safely. The mnajor-it! wtere rehospitalized for alcoholism treatment within a year after their dischargefiom the research project. A 10-yearfoIlow-up (extended through 1981) of the original 20 experimental subjects shows that only one, sho apparently h(ad not experienced physical *sithdrawal symptoms, maintained a pattern of controlled drinking; eight continued to drink excessively-regutlarly or inte-rmittently-despite repeated daimnaging consequences; six abandoned their effor-ts to engage in controlled drinking amld became abstinent; four diedfiom alcohol-related causes; and one, cer-tified abolut a year after discharge from the research project as gravely disabled because of drinking, was missing. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 88017056; PENDERY, MARY L. 1; MALTZMAN, IRVING M. 2; WEST, L. JOLYON 3; Affiliations: 1: San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego, California 92161, and Department of Psychiatry, School of Medicine, University of California, San Diego 92161; 2: Department of Psychology, University of California, Los Angeles 90024; 3: Department of Psychiatry and Biobehavioral Science, UCLA School of Medicine, Los Angeles 90024; Issue Info: 7/ 9/1982, Vol. 217 Issue 4555, p169; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=88017056&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - HAASE, A. T. AU - VENTURA, P. AU - GIBBS JR., C. J. AU - TOURTELLOTTE, W. W. T1 - Measles Virus Nucleotide Sequences: Detection by Hybridization in situ. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1981/05/08/ VL - 212 IS - 4495 M3 - Article SP - 672 EP - 675 SN - 00368075 AB - A tritium-labeled probe that detects measles virus nucleotide sequences was hybridized in situ to cells infected with measles virus and to sections of brain tissue from patients with subacute sclerosing panencephalitis and from patients with multiple sclerosis. The measles virus genome was detected in many cells in subacute sclerosing panencephalitis where this virus would have been missed by methods such as immunofluorescence. Measles virus sequences were also found in two foci in one of four cases of multiple sclerosis. This refined method of hybridization in situ, which can be useful in the search for covert virus infections of man, provides evidence that viruses may be involved in multiple sclerosis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 88003424; HAASE, A. T. 1; VENTURA, P. 1; GIBBS JR., C. J. 2; TOURTELLOTTE, W. W. 3,4; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of California, San Francisco 94121; 2: National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Maryland 20205; 3: Neurology and Research Services, Veterans Administration, Wadsworth Medical Center, Los Angeles, California 90073; 4: Department of Neurology, University of California, Los Angeles 90073; Issue Info: 5/ 8/1981, Vol. 212 Issue 4495, p672; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=88003424&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - COHEN, NEAL J. AU - SQUIRE, LARRY R. T1 - Preserved Learning and Retention of Pattern-Analyzing Skill in Amnesia: Dissociation of Knowing How and Knowing That. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1980/10/10/ VL - 210 IS - 4466 M3 - Article SP - 207 EP - 210 SN - 00368075 AB - Amnesic patients acquired a mirror-reading skill at a rate equivalent to that of matched control subjects and retained it for at least 3 months. The results indicate that the class of preserved learning skills in amnesia is broader than previously reported. Amnesia seems to spare information that is based on rules or procedures, as contrasted with information that is data-based or declarative -"knowing how" rather than "knowing that." The results support the hypothesis that such a distinction is honored by the nervous system. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85266600; COHEN, NEAL J. 1; SQUIRE, LARRY R. 2,3; Affiliations: 1: Department of Neurosciences, University of California, San Diego, La Jolla 92093; 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego, California 92161; 3: Department of Psychiatry, University of California, San Diego; Issue Info: 10/10/1980, Vol. 210 Issue 4466, p207; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85266600&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - KOENIG, HAROLD AU - GOLDSTONE, ALFRED AU - BLUME, GARY AU - Lu, CHUNG Y. T1 - Testosterone-Mediated Sexual Dimorphism of Mitochondria and Lysosomes in Mouse Kidney Proximal Tubules. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1980/08/29/ VL - 209 IS - 4460 M3 - Article SP - 1023 EP - 1026 SN - 00368075 AB - In kidney proximal tubules of male mice the mitochondria are larger and more electron-lucent, autophagic vacuoles and lysosomes (predominantly myeloid bodies) more numerous and voluminous, and exocytosed intraluminal myeloid bodies more common than in females. Males also have higher kidney activities of mitochondrial cytochrome c oxidase and lysosomal hydrolases, and excrete larger quantities of hydrolases and protein in the urine. Orchiectomy evokes thefeminine pattern whereas testosterone administration induces the male pattern. Endogenous testosterone modulates mitochondrial structure andfunction and enhances the activity of the lysosomal-vacuolar system in proximal tubule cells. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85196545; KOENIG, HAROLD 1; GOLDSTONE, ALFRED 1; BLUME, GARY 1; Lu, CHUNG Y. 1; Affiliations: 1: Neurology Service, Veterans Administration Lakeside Medical Center, and Departments of Neurology and Biochemistry, Northwestern University Medical School, Chicago, Illinois 60611; Issue Info: 8/29/1980, Vol. 209 Issue 4460, p1023; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85196545&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - ULLRICH, AXEL AU - DULL, THOMAS J. AU - GRAY, ALANE AU - BROSIUS, JURGEN AU - SURES, IRMI T1 - Genetic Variation in the Human Insulin Gene. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1980/08//8/ 1/1980 VL - 209 IS - 4456 M3 - Article SP - 612 EP - 615 SN - 00368075 AB - Four recombinant lambda phages containing nucleotide sequences complementary to a cloned human preproinsulin DNA probe have been isolated from human DNA. Restriction analyses in conjunction with Southern hybridizations reveal two types of gene sequences. One isolate of each type was subjected to complete nucleotide sequence determination. The sequences contain the entire preproinsulin messenger RNA region, two intervening sequences, 260 nucleotides upstream from the messenger RNA capping site, and 35 nucleotides beyond the polyadenylate attachment site. Our results strongly suggest that these two gene types are allelic variants of a single insulin gene. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85196375; ULLRICH, AXEL 1; DULL, THOMAS J. 1; GRAY, ALANE 1; BROSIUS, JURGEN 2; SURES, IRMI 3; Affiliations: 1: Genentech, Inc., South San Francisco, California 94080; 2: Thimann Laboratories, Division of Natural Sciences, University of California, Santa Cruz 95064; 3: Stanford University, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, California 94304; Issue Info: 8/ 1/1980, Vol. 209 Issue 4456, p612; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85196375&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Riddiough, Michael A. AU - Willems, Jane Sisk T1 - Federal Policies Affecting Vaccine Research and Production. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1980/08//8/ 1/1980 VL - 209 IS - 4456 M3 - Article SP - 563 EP - 566 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85196340; Riddiough, Michael A. 1; Willems, Jane Sisk 2; Affiliations: 1: Senior Analysts, Health Program, Office of Technology Assessment, U.S. Congress, Washington, D.C. 20510; 2: Scholar, Veterans Administration in Washington, D.C.; Issue Info: 8/ 1/1980, Vol. 209 Issue 4456, p563; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85196340&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mlyasaki, Kenneth T. AU - Bodeau, Amy L. AU - Selsted, Michael E. AU - Ganz, Tomas AU - Lehrer, Robert I. T1 - Killing of oral, gram-negative, facultative bacteria by the rabbit defensin, NP-1. JO - Oral Microbiology & Immunology JF - Oral Microbiology & Immunology Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 5 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 315 EP - 319 SN - 09020055 AB - Oral, gram-negative, facultative bacteria, including Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans, Eikenella corrodens, and Capnocytophaga spp. have been associated with destructive periodontal infection. Neutrophils play a critical role in defending the periodontium against destructive infection. Defensins are antimicrobial peptides that have been isolated in human, rabbit, guinea pig. and rat leukocytes that may constitute an important nonoxidative mechanism of killing. The purpose of this study was to examine the sensitivity of a battery of oral, gram-negative. facultative bacteria to the bactericidal effects of the isolated rabbit peptide NP-1. All species tested were killed by NP-1: however, there was strain-to-strain variation in sensitivity. The bactericidal effect was not dependent on net bacterial growth, although metabolic activity was evident as assessed by bacterial oxygen consumption. We conclude that bacteria are sensitive to the cidal mechanism involved in defensin-mediated bacterial killing and that the conditions of this assay system support the killing of bacteria by the defensin peptides. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Oral Microbiology & Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RESEARCH KW - Bacterial diseases in animals KW - Bacterial diseases KW - Rabbits KW - Peptides KW - Periodontium KW - Actinobacillus KW - Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans KW - Capnocytophage KW - Eikenella corrodens KW - rabbit defensin N1 - Accession Number: 12592432; Mlyasaki, Kenneth T. 1; Bodeau, Amy L. 1; Selsted, Michael E. 2; Ganz, Tomas 3; Lehrer, Robert I. 4,5; Affiliations: 1: Section of Oral Biology, UCLA School of Dentistry, Center for the Health Sciences, Los Angeles.; 2: UC Irvine School of Medicine. Department of Pathology, Irvine.; 3: Will Rogers Institute Pulmonary Research Laboratory, UCLA School of Medicine, Los Angeles. California, USA.; 4: Division of Hematology-Oncology, UCLA Department of Medicine, Center for the Health Sciences, Los Angeles. California, USA.; 5: Department of Medicine, Wadsworth Veterans Administration Hospital, Los Angeles. California, USA.; Issue Info: Dec1990, Vol. 5 Issue 6, p315; Thesaurus Term: RESEARCH; Thesaurus Term: Bacterial diseases in animals; Thesaurus Term: Bacterial diseases; Subject Term: Rabbits; Subject Term: Peptides; Subject Term: Periodontium; Subject Term: Actinobacillus; Author-Supplied Keyword: Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans; Author-Supplied Keyword: Capnocytophage; Author-Supplied Keyword: Eikenella corrodens; Author-Supplied Keyword: rabbit defensin; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112930 Fur-Bearing Animal and Rabbit Production; NAICS/Industry Codes: 311615 Poultry Processing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1399-302X.ep12592432 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=12592432&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Yalow, Rosalyn S. T1 - Radioactivity in the Service of Man. JO - BioScience JF - BioScience Y1 - 1981/01// VL - 31 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 23 EP - 28 SN - 00063568 AB - The article focuses on the use of radioisotopes in clinical medicine. It reports that the earlier studies on radioisotopes focused only on their use in cancer treatment and mentions the book of Nobel laureate George de Hevesy, on the use of radioactive indicators in chemical processes. It mentions the studies done on radioisotopes including their use in the treatment of hyperthyroidism and in measuring the body compartments' sizes. It discusses the principle and uses of radioimmunoassays (RIA) tests in investigative and clinical endocrinology. It also mentions the application of RIA in identifying hypothyroidism of the newborns, in studying the chemical forms and localization of peptides like cholecystokinin, in the central nervous system. Also mentioned are the future uses of RIA. KW - Nuclear medicine KW - Radioisotopes in medical diagnosis KW - Radioisotopes in research KW - Hyperthyroidism -- Treatment KW - Immunoassay KW - Endocrine diseases KW - Cholecystokinin KW - Central nervous system KW - De Hevesy, George N1 - Accession Number: 28051046; Yalow, Rosalyn S. 1,2; Affiliations: 1 : Chairman, Department of Clinical Sciences, Albert Einstein College of Medicine at Montefiore Hospital and Medical Center, 111 East 210th Street. Bronx, NY 10467; 2 : Senior medical investigator, Solomon A. Berson Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, NY 10468; Source Info: Jan1981, Vol. 31 Issue 1, p23; Subject Term: Nuclear medicine; Subject Term: Radioisotopes in medical diagnosis; Subject Term: Radioisotopes in research; Subject Term: Hyperthyroidism -- Treatment; Subject Term: Immunoassay; Subject Term: Endocrine diseases; Subject Term: Cholecystokinin; Subject Term: Central nervous system; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4672 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=8gh&AN=28051046&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - 8gh ER - TY - JOUR AU - COOK, MARILYN AU - FREETHY, MARGERY T1 - The Use of Music as a Positive Reinforcer to Eliminate Complaining Behavior. JO - Journal of Music Therapy JF - Journal of Music Therapy Y1 - 1973///Winter1973 VL - 10 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 213 EP - 216 SN - 00222917 AB - The article focuses on the study to determine the effectiveness of music as a positive reinforcer to reduce complaining behavior in human being. It mentions that the reinforcement was based on the differential reinforcement of low rates (DRL) shedule. It states that frequency of behavior in patients decrease when they were instructed about the contingencies. KW - MUSIC therapy KW - HUMAN behavior KW - PATIENTS KW - CONTINGENCY (Philosophy) KW - REINFORCEMENT (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 61020164; COOK, MARILYN 1; FREETHY, MARGERY 2; Affiliations: 1 : Music therapist, Kalamazoo State Hospital, Kalamazoo, Michigan.; 2 : Music therapist, Veterans Administration Hospital, Battle Creek, Michigan.; Source Info: Winter1973, Vol. 10 Issue 4, p213; Subject Term: MUSIC therapy; Subject Term: HUMAN behavior; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: CONTINGENCY (Philosophy); Subject Term: REINFORCEMENT (Psychology); Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=mah&AN=61020164&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - mah ER - TY - JOUR AU - VAN STONE, WILLIAM W. T1 - Peer Groups and Drug Rehabilitation. JO - Journal of Music Therapy JF - Journal of Music Therapy Y1 - 1973///Spring1973 VL - 10 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 7 EP - 12 SN - 00222917 AB - The article discusses a research paper on drug prevention program, which was partly reprinted in the "The American Journal of Psychiatry." The program sponsored by Palo Alto Veterans Administration Hospital, consists of 40 patients who needed help in tackling drug abuse, alcoholism, gambling, sexual deviation and include mental health professionals who treat them. A treatment approach that describe the five ways to motivates patients to change their habit is mentioned. KW - REPRINTS (Publications) KW - DRUG abuse -- Prevention KW - HEALTH programs KW - DRUG abuse -- Treatment KW - HOSPITALS KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - MENTAL health personnel KW - AMERICAN Journal of Psychiatry (Periodical) N1 - Accession Number: 61020125; VAN STONE, WILLIAM W. 1,2; Affiliations: 1 : Assistant Chief of Psychiatry, Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California.; 2 : Department of Psychiatry, Stanford University Medical School.; Source Info: Spring1973, Vol. 10 Issue 1, p7; Subject Term: REPRINTS (Publications); Subject Term: DRUG abuse -- Prevention; Subject Term: HEALTH programs; Subject Term: DRUG abuse -- Treatment; Subject Term: HOSPITALS; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: MENTAL health personnel; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=mah&AN=61020125&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - mah ER - TY - JOUR AU - O'Connell, Walter E. T1 - CREATIVITY IN HUMOR. JO - Journal of Social Psychology JF - Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1969/08// VL - 78 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 237 EP - 241 SN - 00224545 AB - This study was designed to test the hypotheses of Freud pertaining to a close relationship between humor appreciation and production, extrapunitive aggression and hostile wit, and impunitive handling of aggression and humor appreciation and creation. The Wit and Humor Appreciation Test (WHAT) was used to gather scores on attraction for wit and humor. Rosenzweig's Picture-Frustration (P-F) Test gave scores on the direction of aggression and the ability to create wit and humor. Direction was scored on all 24 items, but only the five judged to have greatest stressor and the five least stressor were made available for humor and wit judging. Judges rated the responses of 58 college students to the 10 P-F items for hostile wit, humor, and nonsense wit. Reliability of the latter was so low that it was dropped from the study. Results suggest that the ability to produce wit and humor was not closely related to its appreciation. Humor appreciation, not creation, was correlated with impunitiveness. There was no relationship between wit creation or appreciation and extrapunitiveness. Males favored hostile wit. There was a slight tendency for female preference for nonsense wit. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Social Psychology is the property of Taylor & Francis Ltd and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CREATIVE ability KW - WIT & humor KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - AGGRESSION (Psychology) KW - COLLEGE students KW - Psychological factors affecting tension KW - TENSION AND CONFLICT N1 - Accession Number: 16487836; O'Connell, Walter E. 1; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, Texas.; Source Info: Aug1969, Vol. 78 Issue 2, p237; Subject Term: CREATIVE ability; Subject Term: WIT & humor; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: AGGRESSION (Psychology); Subject Term: COLLEGE students; Author-Supplied Keyword: Psychological factors affecting tension; Author-Supplied Keyword: TENSION AND CONFLICT; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=24h&AN=16487836&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - 24h ER - TY - JOUR AU - Harford, Thomas AU - Solomon, Leonard T1 - "Reformed sinner" and "lapsed saint" strategies in the Prisoner's Dilemma game. JO - Journal of Conflict Resolution JF - Journal of Conflict Resolution Y1 - 1967/03// VL - 11 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 104 SN - 00220027 AB - The article focuses on an experiment that use Prisoner's Dilemma game. Recent experiments using the Prisoner's Dilemma (PD) have been equivocal with regard to how variations in the strategy of the other player affect the development of mutual cooperation. In an experiment the effects of two simulated strategies were compared in which there were systematic variations in the number and sequence of cooperative runs. The first strategy progressed through 40 trials with 95 percent cooperation, 20 trials with 50 percent cooperation, 80 trials with five percent cooperation, 20 trials with 50 percent cooperation, and 40 trials of 95 percent cooperation. The second strategy, while retaining the same sequence of runs, inverted the order of cooperation (5, 50, 95, 50, and 5 percent). The purpose was to determine in what way the changes in progressions from descending to ascending levels of cooperation would affect the subjects' game behavior. The results indicated that the ascending levels of cooperation (5, 50, 95 percent) elicited a significant increase in the simulated strategies level of cooperative response. KW - PRISONER'S dilemma game KW - GAME theory KW - COOPERATIVENESS KW - DILEMMA KW - CHOICE (Psychology) KW - SOCIAL psychology KW - Administrative Processes and Organizational Variables KW - METHODS AND MISCELLANEOUS N1 - Accession Number: 4563370; Harford, Thomas 1; Solomon, Leonard 2; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration Hospital, Brockton, Massachusetts.; 2 : Department of Psychology, Boston University.; Source Info: Mar67, Vol. 11 Issue 1, p104; Subject Term: PRISONER'S dilemma game; Subject Term: GAME theory; Subject Term: COOPERATIVENESS; Subject Term: DILEMMA; Subject Term: CHOICE (Psychology); Subject Term: SOCIAL psychology; Author-Supplied Keyword: Administrative Processes and Organizational Variables; Author-Supplied Keyword: METHODS AND MISCELLANEOUS; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Chart, 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=24h&AN=4563370&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - 24h ER - TY - JOUR AU - Goodmonson, Courtney AU - Glaudin, Vincent T1 - The Relationship of Commitment-Free Behavior and Commitment Behavior: A Study of Attitude Toward Organ Transplantation. JO - Journal of Social Issues JF - Journal of Social Issues Y1 - 1971/12// VL - 27 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 171 EP - 183 SN - 00224537 AB - A highly reliable Likert-type summated rating scale was constructed to measure attitude toward organ transplantation, judged to be a contemporary topic with ambiguous normative guidelines. Subsequently, a sample of subjects was presented the opportunity to sign a legal document providing for posthumous donation of their organs. Responses to the criterion situation provided an eight-point Guttman scale of commitment behavior. There was a substantial relationship between attitude scores and criterion behavior as expressed in a Pearson correlation coefficient of .58. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Social Issues is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - COMMITMENT (Psychology) KW - TRANSPLANTATION of organs, tissues, etc. KW - CHOICE (Psychology) KW - MOTIVATION (Psychology) KW - RESPONSIBILITY KW - HUMAN behavior KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - METHODS AND MISCELLANEOUS N1 - Accession Number: 19070780; Goodmonson, Courtney 1; Glaudin, Vincent 2; Affiliations: 1 : University of Oregon; 2 : Veterans Administration Hospital, Portland, Oregon; Source Info: Dec1971, Vol. 27 Issue 4, p171; Subject Term: COMMITMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: TRANSPLANTATION of organs, tissues, etc.; Subject Term: CHOICE (Psychology); Subject Term: MOTIVATION (Psychology); Subject Term: RESPONSIBILITY; Subject Term: HUMAN behavior; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Author-Supplied Keyword: METHODS AND MISCELLANEOUS; Number of Pages: 13p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=24h&AN=19070780&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - 24h ER - TY - JOUR AU - Singer, David L. AU - Gollob, Harry F. AU - Levine, Jacob T1 - Mobilization of inhibitions and the enjoyment of aggressive humor. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1967/12// VL - 35 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 562 EP - 569 SN - 00223506 AB - The article focuses on mobilization of inhibitions and the enjoyment of aggressive humor. Internalized prohibitions against the free expression of certain needs, motives, and impulses have long been assigned a central role in the dynamics of humor by psychoanalytic theorists. In the study reported here, some notions about the role of such inhibitions in the appreciation of aggressive humor were subjected to experimental investigation. According to sociologist S. Freud, aggressive humor can be regarded as one form of tendentious humor that is jokes, which serve some sexual or aggressive purpose. While in all forms of humor some of the pleasure is derived from the mental processes involved in tendentious humor the expression and partial gratification of impulses which are barred from more direct expression provide a supplementary source of pleasure. Freud proposed that aggressive or hostile humor is a veiled form of attack, which satisfies an aggressive motive of its author. Cartoons, jokes, and anecdotes, which derogate an object or emphasize themes of its destruction or suffering all fall under this rubric. KW - INHIBITION KW - PROHIBITION KW - WIT & humor KW - SELF-control KW - IMPULSE (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Research KW - Psychological factors affecting tension KW - TENSION AND CONFLICT N1 - Accession Number: 8934538; Singer, David L. 1; Gollob, Harry F. 2; Levine, Jacob 3; Affiliations: 1 : Duke University.; 2 : University of Michigan.; 3 : West Haven Veterans Administration Hospital.; Source Info: Dec67, Vol. 35 Issue 4, p562; Subject Term: INHIBITION; Subject Term: PROHIBITION; Subject Term: WIT & humor; Subject Term: SELF-control; Subject Term: IMPULSE (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Research; Author-Supplied Keyword: Psychological factors affecting tension; Author-Supplied Keyword: TENSION AND CONFLICT; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep8934538 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=24h&AN=8934538&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - 24h ER - TY - JOUR AU - Adelson, Joseph AU - O'Neil, Robert P. T1 - GROWTH OF POLITICAL IDEAS IN ADOLESCENCE: THE SENSE OF COMMUNITY. JO - Journal of Personality & Social Psychology JF - Journal of Personality & Social Psychology Y1 - 1966/09// VL - 4 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 295 EP - 306 SN - 00223514 AB - This paper traces the growth of the sense of community during the course of adolescence. Depth interviews were conducted with 120 Ss, 30 each at the ages of 11, 13, 15, and 18. Findings were: (a) Before the age of 13, youngsters are rarely able to transcend personalized modes of discourse in the political realm-they find it hard to imagine the social consequences of political action; (b) younger children, particularly those below 15, find it difficult to conceive the community as a whole-they conceptualize government in terms of specific and tangible services; (c) the idea of the future is in- completely developed in the early years of adolescence-hence it is only in the later period that youngsters can take into account the long-range effects of political action; (d) younger adolescents are usually insensitive to individual liberties and opt for authoritarian solutions to political problems-at the same time, they are unable to achieve a differentiated view of the social order, and thus cannot grasp the legitimate claims of the community upon the citizen; (e) there is a gradual increase with age in the use of philosophical principles for making political judgments. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Personality & Social Psychology is the property of American Psychological Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ADOLESCENCE KW - LIBERTY KW - JUDGMENT (Psychology) KW - COMMUNITIES KW - POLITICAL participation KW - ADOLESCENT psychology KW - TENSION AND CONFLICT N1 - Accession Number: 16666797; Adelson, Joseph 1; O'Neil, Robert P. 2; Affiliations: 1 : University of Michigan.; 2 : Dearborn Veterans Administration Hospital Michigan.; Source Info: Sep66, Vol. 4 Issue 3, p295; Subject Term: ADOLESCENCE; Subject Term: LIBERTY; Subject Term: JUDGMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: COMMUNITIES; Subject Term: POLITICAL participation; Subject Term: ADOLESCENT psychology; Author-Supplied Keyword: TENSION AND CONFLICT; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=24h&AN=16666797&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - 24h ER - TY - JOUR AU - Frederiksen, Lee W. AU - Peterson, Gerald L. T1 - Schedule-Induced Aggression in Humans and Animals: A Comparative Parametric Review. JO - Aggressive Behavior JF - Aggressive Behavior Y1 - 1977/03// VL - 3 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 57 EP - 75 SN - 0096140X AB - Studies of animal and human aggression induced by schedules of reinforcement are reviewed. Parameters reviewed include: schedules; characterizations of induced aggression; subject variables, target variables, and the control or modification of schedule-induced aggression. With the exception of temporal locus of schedule-induced attack, the parameters identified with animal subjects are remarkably similar to those identified with human subjects. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Aggressive Behavior is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AGONISTIC behavior in animals KW - AGGRESSIVE behavior in animals KW - SCHEDULING KW - REINFORCEMENT (Psychology) KW - HUMAN behavior KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - AGGRESSION (Psychology) KW - ANIMAL behavior KW - ANIMAL psychology KW - adjunctive KW - aggression KW - animals KW - humans KW - Psychological factors affecting tension KW - schedule-induced KW - TENSION AND CONFLICT N1 - Accession Number: 12004300; Frederiksen, Lee W. 1; Peterson, Gerald L. 1; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration Center, and University of Mississippi Medical Center; Source Info: 1977, Vol. 3 Issue 1, p57; Subject Term: AGONISTIC behavior in animals; Subject Term: AGGRESSIVE behavior in animals; Subject Term: SCHEDULING; Subject Term: REINFORCEMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: HUMAN behavior; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: AGGRESSION (Psychology); Subject Term: ANIMAL behavior; Subject Term: ANIMAL psychology; Author-Supplied Keyword: adjunctive; Author-Supplied Keyword: aggression; Author-Supplied Keyword: animals; Author-Supplied Keyword: humans; Author-Supplied Keyword: Psychological factors affecting tension; Author-Supplied Keyword: schedule-induced; Author-Supplied Keyword: TENSION AND CONFLICT; Number of Pages: 19p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=24h&AN=12004300&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - 24h ER - TY - JOUR ID - 108181526 T1 - A commonly overlooked diagnosis leads to neurologic consequences. AU - Shettigar, U R Y1 - 1988/08// N1 - Accession Number: 108181526. Language: English. Entry Date: 20120504. Revision Date: 20150712. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Blind Peer Reviewed; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 2985102R. KW - Intracranial Embolism and Thrombosis -- Etiology KW - Mitral Valve Stenosis -- Complications KW - Nervous System Diseases -- Etiology KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and Over KW - Dementia -- Etiology KW - Intracranial Embolism and Thrombosis -- Diagnosis KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Mitral Valve Stenosis -- Diagnosis KW - Risk Factors SP - 85 EP - 89 JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics JA - GERIATRICS VL - 43 IS - 8 CY - North Olmsted, Ohio PB - Advanstar Communications Inc. SN - 0016-867X AD - Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wilmington, DE. U2 - PMID: 3402739. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=108181526&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 108181488 T1 - Aging and the kidney: adjusting treatment to physiologic change. AU - Lonergan, E T Y1 - 1988/03// N1 - Accession Number: 108181488. Language: English. Entry Date: 20120504. Revision Date: 20150712. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Blind Peer Reviewed; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 2985102R. KW - Aging -- Physiology KW - Kidney -- Physiology KW - Kidney Diseases -- Therapy KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Aging KW - Body Composition KW - Creatinine -- Blood KW - Female KW - Glomerular Filtration Rate KW - Hyponatremia -- Etiology KW - Kidney -- Metabolism KW - Kidney -- Pathology KW - Kidney Diseases -- Blood KW - Kidney Diseases -- Physiopathology KW - Kidney Glomerulus -- Metabolism KW - Male KW - Renal Circulation KW - Risk Factors SP - 27 EP - 33 JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics JA - GERIATRICS VL - 43 IS - 3 CY - North Olmsted, Ohio PB - Advanstar Communications Inc. SN - 0016-867X AD - Geriatric Section, San Francisco Veterans Administration Medical Center. U2 - PMID: 3277889. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=108181488&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Samler, Joseph T1 - The School and Self-Understanding. JO - Harvard Educational Review JF - Harvard Educational Review Y1 - 1965///Winter1965 VL - 35 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 55 EP - 70 SN - 00178055 AB - The author proposes that self-understanding as the goal of guidance programs in schools be sought and taught with the greater use of cognitive techniques. The examination of one's own motives, the deliberate judgment of these motives against social values, the stimulation of search for and awareness of self, the use of self-records in the form of journals, and the interpretation of dreams are suggested as techniques possible in the schools. KW - MENTAL health KW - MENTAL health promotion KW - EDUCATIONAL programs KW - EDUCATIONAL counseling KW - LEARNING KW - COGNITIVE analysis KW - EDUCATION -- United States KW - EDUCATION -- Research KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - EDUCATION KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 21435528; Samler, Joseph 1; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration; Source Info: Winter1965, Vol. 35 Issue 1, p55; Historical Period: 1965; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: MENTAL health promotion; Subject Term: EDUCATIONAL programs; Subject Term: EDUCATIONAL counseling; Subject Term: LEARNING; Subject Term: COGNITIVE analysis; Subject Term: EDUCATION -- United States; Subject Term: EDUCATION -- Research; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: EDUCATION; Subject: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 16p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ahl&AN=21435528&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ahl ER - TY - JOUR AU - Baker, Nome AU - Boolootian, Richard A. AU - Dutton, Wilbur T1 - An experience in conducting seminars and laboratory sessions in Biochemistry Zoology and Physiology for gifted children. JO - BioScience JF - BioScience Y1 - 1964/03// VL - 14 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 24 EP - 27 SN - 00063568 AB - The article presents information on the significance of continuing programs of education related to modern science for fourth-grade gifted children. The program covered discussions related to several sectors including biochemistry, zoology, physiology and cell biology. It is stated that at the beginning of the program, a preliminary attempt was made by the instructor to conduct a summer class in biochemistry for fourth grade students in the Beverly Hills Unified School District. The classes were stated to have been conducted by active research scientists, assisted by experienced laboratory workers. Several field trips to a variety of habitats were also conducted as part of the program. KW - Nature study KW - Gifted children -- Education KW - Special education KW - Education KW - Zoology -- Study & teaching KW - Biochemistry -- Study & teaching KW - Physiology -- Study & teaching KW - Cytology -- Study & teaching KW - Beverly Hills (Calif.) KW - California N1 - Accession Number: 31966324; Baker, Nome 1,2; Boolootian, Richard A. 1,2; Dutton, Wilbur 1,2; Affiliations: 1 : Radioisotope Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Center, University of California, Los Angeles, California.; 2 : Departments of Biological Chemistry (School of Medicine), Zoology, and Education, University of California, Los Angeles, California.; Source Info: Mar1964, Vol. 14 Issue 3, p24; Thesaurus Term: Nature study; Subject Term: Gifted children -- Education; Subject Term: Special education; Subject Term: Education; Subject Term: Zoology -- Study & teaching; Subject Term: Biochemistry -- Study & teaching; Subject Term: Physiology -- Study & teaching; Subject Term: Cytology -- Study & teaching; Subject: Beverly Hills (Calif.); Subject: California; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=8gh&AN=31966324&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - 8gh ER - TY - AU - Samler, Joseph1 T1 - The Counseling Service in the Administrative Setting: Problems and Possible Solutions. JO - Personnel & Guidance Journal JF - Personnel & Guidance Journal J1 - Personnel & Guidance Journal PY - 1966/03// Y1 - 1966/03// VL - 44 IS - 7 CP - 7 M3 - Article SP - 715 EP - 722 SN - 00315737 AB - Friction between counseling personnel and administrators affects the work of each. Background reasons for difficulties in working together are explored. Four areas offering possible remedial measures are examined; the nature of compromise, problems in communication, emotional health, and a framework for understanding behavior. Aspects of a program model are provided. Suggestions are made for specific areas in which data are needed and proposals for method are offered. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] KW - Counseling KW - Helping behavior KW - Employees KW - Human behavior KW - Mental health KW - Health N1 - Accession Number: 14908800; Authors: Samler, Joseph 1; Affiliations: 1: Chairman of the Vocational Rehabilitation Board of the Veterans Administration, Washington, D. C.; Subject: Counseling; Subject: Helping behavior; Subject: Employees; Subject: Human behavior; Subject: Mental health; Subject: Health; Number of Pages: 8p; Record Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=14908800&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - AU - Shear, Howard J.1 T1 - Defects in Accepting Another Person's Reactions. JO - Personnel & Guidance Journal JF - Personnel & Guidance Journal J1 - Personnel & Guidance Journal PY - 1965/06// Y1 - 1965/06// VL - 43 IS - 10 CP - 10 M3 - Article SP - 1006 EP - 1010 SN - 00315737 AB - The hypothesis that there is a relationship between a person's being psychologically unable and unwilling to live with something in himself and being defective in his psychologically living with the same thing in other people is presented to explain frequently observed clients' reactions The meaning of the concept of acceptance and the interpersonal and interpersonal dynamics of the defect are discussed. Four case abstracts and one example from the experiences of a psychotherapist are described as a way of giving the hypothesis and discussion additional meaning. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] KW - Interpersonal relations KW - Social psychology KW - Philosophy KW - Psychology KW - Sociology KW - Social sciences N1 - Accession Number: 14800561; Authors: Shear, Howard J. 1; Affiliations: 1: Mental Hygiene Clinic, Veterans Administration Hospital, Wilmington, Delaware.; Subject: Interpersonal relations; Subject: Social psychology; Subject: Philosophy; Subject: Psychology; Subject: Sociology; Subject: Social sciences; Number of Pages: 5p; Record Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=14800561&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - AU - Harris, Daniel H.1 T1 - Questionnaire and Interview in Neuropsychiatric Screening. JO - Journal of Applied Psychology JF - Journal of Applied Psychology J1 - Journal of Applied Psychology PY - 1946/12// Y1 - 1946/12// VL - 30 IS - 6 CP - 6 M3 - Article SP - 644 EP - 648 SN - 00219010 AB - The article presents a study on the use of questionnaire and interview in a neuropsychiatric (NP) screening that involves large groups. The subjects used in the study were 2,081 Construction Battalion (Seabee) recruits who were received for training at the Naval Construction Training Center in Davisville, Rhode Island. The study revealed that 63 of the subjects became NP casualties and 75% of them were screened out by a 5-minute group questionnaire administered upon arrival at the training center. It also showed that only 2 of the 203 Seabee recruits screened out by the combination of a questionnaire and an interview became NP casualties during training. The author asserts that the combination of screening questionnaire and interview is valuable for almost any kind of selection. KW - Questionnaires KW - Medical screening KW - Neuropsychiatry KW - Psychology -- Research KW - Neuropsychological tests KW - Interviewing in psychiatry KW - Clinical neuropsychology KW - Clinical psychology KW - Applied psychology N1 - Accession Number: 24668574; Authors: Harris, Daniel H. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration, New York City; Subject: Medical screening; Subject: Neuropsychiatry; Subject: Psychology -- Research; Subject: Neuropsychological tests; Subject: Questionnaires; Subject: Interviewing in psychiatry; Subject: Clinical neuropsychology; Subject: Clinical psychology; Subject: Applied psychology; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Record Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=24668574&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - AU - Davis, John E.1 T1 - Relationships of Physical Education to Mental Health. JO - Review of Educational Research JF - Review of Educational Research J1 - Review of Educational Research PY - 1946/12// Y1 - 1946/12// VL - 16 IS - 5 CP - 5 M3 - Article SP - 461 EP - 464 SN - 00346543 AB - This article focuses on the relationships of physical education to mental health. The increased interest in mental health during war years has led to extensive discussion of the relationships of physical education to mental health but not to experimental work and clinical studies conducted under research methods. It is but useful to review the ways in which physical education activities have been used to contribute to mental health as preventive aids, as a therapeutic agent with particular attention to psychiatric concepts of play and as adjuvant to medical treatment. KW - Physical education KW - Mental health KW - Exercise KW - Therapeutics KW - Psychiatry KW - Medical care KW - Health N1 - Accession Number: 18810933; Authors: Davis, John E. 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine and Surgery, Veterans Administration, Washington, D. C.; Subject: Physical education; Subject: Mental health; Subject: Exercise; Subject: Therapeutics; Subject: Psychiatry; Subject: Medical care; Subject: Health; Number of Pages: 4p; Record Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=18810933&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - AU - Orgel, Sidney A.1 AU - Hassenfeld, Irwin N.2 T1 - Psychotherapy Referrals by Educators: Use and Misuse. JO - Journal of Higher Education JF - Journal of Higher Education J1 - Journal of Higher Education PY - 1964/03// Y1 - 1964/03// VL - 35 IS - 3 CP - 3 M3 - Article SP - 144 EP - 149 SN - 00221546 AB - The article reports on the psychotherapy referrals by educators in the United States. Through the years, there is an increasing involvement of psychiatry in education. Psychologists and psychiatrists help in promoting mental health in elementary schools. They also play an important role in universities and colleges. However, there is a problem in the involvement of psychotherapy in education. Oftentimes, there is a misuse of psychotherapy in education. There are times when educators will put the load of rehabilitating students that have bad academic standings to psychotherapy. Psychotherapy referral can only be effective if the therapists are acting for the patients. KW - Education KW - Educators -- United States KW - Psychotherapy KW - Higher education -- United States KW - Psychiatry KW - Psychiatrists KW - Psychologists KW - Universities & colleges -- United States KW - Mental health KW - Elementary schools KW - United States N1 - Accession Number: 21500926; Authors: Orgel, Sidney A. 1; Hassenfeld, Irwin N. 2; Affiliations: 1: Assistant chief psychologist at the Syracuse Veterans Administration Hospital and assistant professor in the Department of Psychiatry at the Upstate Medical Center, State University of New York; 2: Department of Psychiatry at the Upstate Medical Center, State University of New York; Subject: Educators -- United States; Subject: Psychotherapy; Subject: Higher education -- United States; Subject: Psychiatry; Subject: Psychiatrists; Subject: Psychologists; Subject: Universities & colleges -- United States; Subject: Education; Subject: Mental health; Subject: Elementary schools; Subject: United States; Number of Pages: 6p; Record Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=21500926&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - AU - Harmon, Lindsey R.1 AU - Wiener, Daniel N.1 T1 - Use of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory in Vocational Advisement. JO - Journal of Applied Psychology JF - Journal of Applied Psychology J1 - Journal of Applied Psychology PY - 1945/04// Y1 - 1945/04// VL - 29 IS - 2 CP - 2 M3 - Article SP - 132 EP - 141 SN - 00219010 AB - The article provides information on the use of Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory as part of the extensive test battery conducted by the Advisement and Guidance Subdivision of the U.S. Veterans Administration. The Minnesota Inventory was used in vocational diagnosis of disabled veterans applying for rehabilitation and it has been proven to be an instrument of prime utility. It reveals some personality characteristics that were not previously recognized and offers quantitative confirmation of the clinical impressions of a case history and interview. In the advisement process, the Multiphasic Inventory was found to be very significant in testing for vocational aptitudes, mental ability, and vocational interests of the veterans. KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Personality tests KW - Disabled veterans -- Rehabilitation KW - Vocational rehabilitation KW - Vocational guidance KW - Veterans -- Psychology KW - Age & intelligence KW - United States. Veterans Administration KW - United States N1 - Accession Number: 24634305; Authors: Harmon, Lindsey R. 1; Wiener, Daniel N. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration, Minneapolis, Minnesota; Subject: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject: Personality tests; Subject: Disabled veterans -- Rehabilitation; Subject: Vocational rehabilitation; Subject: Vocational guidance; Subject: Veterans -- Psychology; Subject: Age & intelligence; Subject: United States. Veterans Administration; Subject: United States; Number of Pages: 10p; Record Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=24634305&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - AU - Manson, Morse P.1 T1 - Vocational Objectives Selected by Paraplegics. JO - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal JF - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal J1 - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal PY - 1950/03// Y1 - 1950/03// VL - 28 IS - 6 CP - 6 M3 - Article SP - 370 EP - 375 SN - 21645841 AB - The article presents a study on the vocational objectives for paraplegics in the U.S. Medical specialists believed that the physical rehabilitation of the paraplegic needed to be supplemented with vocational counseling and training for work. The research which dealt with 115 male paraplegic veterans showed that 57.4% remained vocationally inactive while 42.6% enrolled in schools or entered training programs after completing occupational advisement. KW - Paraplegics KW - Occupational training KW - Vocational guidance KW - Career education KW - United States N1 - Accession Number: 25064961; Authors: Manson, Morse P. 1; Affiliations: 1: Birmingham Veterans Administration Hospital, Van Nuys, California; Subject: Paraplegics; Subject: Occupational training; Subject: Vocational guidance; Subject: Career education; Subject: United States; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 4 Charts; Record Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=25064961&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - AU - Phillips, John C.1 AU - Mella, Hugo2 T1 - Vocational Rehabilitation of Neuropsychiatric Patients. JO - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal JF - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal J1 - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal PY - 1950/02// Y1 - 1950/02// VL - 28 IS - 5 CP - 5 M3 - Article SP - 311 EP - 314 SN - 21645841 AB - The article presents a method of vocational rehabilitation of neuropsychiatric patients in Pennsylvania. An effort made by Coatesville VA hospital to give patients the best possible chance to return to a suitable working situation is described. It is claimed that vocational rehabilitation of the neuropsychiatric patient can be furthered through close teamwork on the part of the hospital staff and bringing representatives of business and industry into the hospital. KW - Vocational rehabilitation KW - Neuropsychiatry KW - Psychotherapy patients KW - Return to work programs KW - Hospitals KW - Pennsylvania N1 - Accession Number: 25089607; Authors: Phillips, John C. 1; Mella, Hugo 2; Affiliations: 1: Chief, Vocational Rehabilitation and Education Section, Coatesville, Pennsylvania; 2: Manager, Veterans Administration Hospital, Coatesville, Pennsylvania; Subject: Vocational rehabilitation; Subject: Neuropsychiatry; Subject: Psychotherapy patients; Subject: Return to work programs; Subject: Hospitals; Subject: Pennsylvania; Number of Pages: 4p; Record Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=25089607&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - AU - Brown, Manuel N.1 T1 - Client Evaluation of Kuder Ratings. JO - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal JF - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal J1 - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal PY - 1950/01// Y1 - 1950/01// VL - 28 IS - 4 CP - 4 M3 - Article SP - 225 EP - 229 SN - 21645841 AB - The article evaluates the use of the Kuder Preference Record in a vocational counseling in the U.S. Here, a client found that all scale ratings did not always seem to give a true picture of individual instances. It was felt that the client might throw some light on such discrepant scores, whether or not a supplementary inventory were administered. KW - Kuder preference record KW - Vocational guidance KW - Educational counseling KW - Vocational interests KW - United States N1 - Accession Number: 25129356; Authors: Brown, Manuel N. 1; Affiliations: 1: Vocational Rehabilitation and Education Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Vancouver, Washington; Subject: Kuder preference record; Subject: Vocational guidance; Subject: Educational counseling; Subject: Vocational interests; Subject: United States; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Record Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=25129356&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - AU - Beardsley, Seymour W.1 T1 - The Ideal Vocational Counselor. JO - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal JF - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal J1 - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal PY - 1948/05// Y1 - 1948/05// VL - 26 IS - 8 CP - 8 M3 - Article SP - 528 EP - 531 SN - 21645841 AB - The article describes the qualities of an ideal vocational counselor. The author explains these qualities based on his own counseling experience and upon intimate association with other counselors and their work. He states that an ideal counselor must be interested in people, interested in the scientific study of personality, well-adjusted, mature and well-rounded, and socially adaptable. KW - Counselors KW - Vocational guidance KW - Counseling KW - Interpersonal relations KW - Personality KW - Adjustment (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 25190422; Authors: Beardsley, Seymour W. 1; Affiliations: 1: Director, Veterans Administration Guidance Center, The Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Subject: Counselors; Subject: Vocational guidance; Subject: Counseling; Subject: Interpersonal relations; Subject: Personality; Subject: Adjustment (Psychology); Number of Pages: 4p; Record Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=25190422&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - AU - Miller, Leonard M.1 AU - Hunter, Grace O.1 T1 - Medical Terms Used in Counseling the Handicapped. JO - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal JF - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal J1 - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal PY - 1948/03// Y1 - 1948/03// VL - 26 IS - 6 CP - 6 M3 - Article SP - 351 EP - 358 SN - 21645841 AB - The article discusses the study which describes the extensive range of handicaps of veterans counseled at the Veterans Guidance Center at Temple University in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. The study provides medical terms and types of disabilities that the vocational counselor has encountered in more than 1,600 advisement cases. Through a careful review of the medical reports in these cases, the authors have made a glossary of medical terms and divided them into disability families. KW - Disability studies KW - Disabled veterans KW - Disabilities KW - Counselors KW - Temple University KW - Philadelphia (Pa.) KW - Pennsylvania N1 - Accession Number: 25076035; Authors: Miller, Leonard M. 1; Hunter, Grace O. 1; Affiliations: 1: Director and Appraiser, Respectively, Temple University, Department of Psychology, Veterans Administration Guidance Center; Subject: Disability studies; Subject: Disabled veterans; Subject: Disabilities; Subject: Counselors; Subject: Temple University; Subject: Philadelphia (Pa.); Subject: Pennsylvania; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Record Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=25076035&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - AU - Kosiak, Paul T.1 T1 - Counselors! Use Part IV, D. O. T! JO - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal JF - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal J1 - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal PY - 1948/01// Y1 - 1948/01// VL - 26 IS - 4 CP - 4 M3 - Article SP - 224 EP - 227 SN - 21645841 AB - The article discusses the significance of applying the Part IV of the "Dictionary of Occupational Titles" (DOT) by vocational counselors. According to the author, Part IV DOT is used in the classification of applicants when entering into a kind of work which they have not gained the qualifying experience needed. He states that most of the counselors find difficulty in utilizing the DOT concept properly. He emphasizes that one of the best counseling tool is the Part IV DOT code. KW - Vocational guidance KW - Counselors KW - New employees KW - Job classification KW - Employee selection KW - Employment practices N1 - Accession Number: 25129248; Authors: Kosiak, Paul T. 1; Affiliations: 1: Acting Chief, Personnel Training Division, Advisement and Guidance Service, Veterans Administration, Washington, D. C.; Subject: Vocational guidance; Subject: Counselors; Subject: New employees; Subject: Job classification; Subject: Employee selection; Subject: Employment practices; Number of Pages: 4p; Record Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=25129248&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - AU - Brown, Milton T.1 T1 - The Veterans Report One Year Later. JO - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal JF - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal J1 - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal PY - 1947/01// Y1 - 1947/01// VL - 25 IS - 4 CP - 4 M3 - Article SP - 209 EP - 212 SN - 21645841 AB - The article cites a study that explores the objectives selected by veterans at university guidance centers, to identify the reasons for non-completion of training, and to examine the success of training centers in placing those who have completed their vocational education in the U.S. The study showed that the number of veterans declined towards the completion of the training and the main reasons for discontinuing the training include family responsibilities and disability aggravation. KW - Vocational guidance KW - Occupational retraining of veterans KW - Counseling in adult education KW - Veterans -- Education KW - Counseling in vocational education KW - United States N1 - Accession Number: 25140436; Authors: Brown, Milton T. 1; Affiliations: 1: Executive Officer, Veterans Administration Guidance Center, Department of Psychology, University of Pennsylvania; Subject: Vocational guidance; Subject: Occupational retraining of veterans; Subject: Counseling in adult education; Subject: Veterans -- Education; Subject: Counseling in vocational education; Subject: United States; Number of Pages: 4p; Record Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=25140436&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - AU - Schneidler, Gwendolen1 T1 - Opportunities in the Veterans Administration for Professional Counselors. JO - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal JF - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal J1 - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal PY - 1946/05// Y1 - 1946/05// VL - 24 IS - 8 CP - 8 M3 - Article SP - 491 EP - 497 SN - 21645841 AB - The article reports that U.S. Veterans Administration is in need of at least 2,500 professionally trained vocational advisers in its counseling program for veterans applying for education and training. The agency has arranged for the immediate release or discharge of any officer or enlisted person to whom it offered a position. Moreover, despite the shortage of qualified persons, an effort has been made by Central Office of Veterans Administration to maintain its high professional standards. KW - Counselors KW - Educational counseling KW - Veterans KW - United States. Veterans Administration KW - United States N1 - Accession Number: 25028842; Authors: Schneidler, Gwendolen 1; Affiliations: 1: Advisement and Guidance Service, Veterans Administration, Washington, D. C.; Subject: Counselors; Subject: Educational counseling; Subject: Veterans; Subject: United States. Veterans Administration; Subject: United States; Number of Pages: 7p; Record Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=25028842&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - AU - Bell, Hugh M.1 T1 - An Opportunity to Do a Professional Job. JO - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal JF - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal J1 - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal PY - 1946/05// Y1 - 1946/05// VL - 24 IS - 8 CP - 8 M3 - Article SP - 485 EP - 490 SN - 21645841 AB - The article discusses the vocational rehabilitation provisions of Public Law 16, and the educational benefits under Public Law 346 have provided the U.S. Veterans Administration. The laws offered the agency with a unique opportunity to do a professional job of counseling veterans. It also provides adequate financial support for the extensive counseling program. KW - Vocational rehabilitation KW - Vocational guidance -- Law & legislation KW - Educational counseling KW - Veterans' benefits KW - United States. Veterans Administration KW - United States N1 - Accession Number: 25028841; Authors: Bell, Hugh M. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration, Washington, D. C.; Subject: Vocational rehabilitation; Subject: Vocational guidance -- Law & legislation; Subject: Educational counseling; Subject: Veterans' benefits; Subject: United States. Veterans Administration; Subject: United States; Number of Pages: 6p; Record Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=25028841&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bean, Kenneth L. AU - Moore, Jack R. T1 - MUSIC THERAPY FRONT AUDITORY INK BLOTS. JO - Journal of Music Therapy JF - Journal of Music Therapy Y1 - 1964/12// VL - 1 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 143 EP - 147 SN - 00222917 AB - The article discusses the criteria and procedures on how to treat hospitalized mental patients using music therapy in the U.S. Music therapists highly recommended the importance of music experiences and listening to it in developing oneself self-esteem, socialization and community participation. Based on psychological investigations, the effects of the approach would minimize the auditory hallucinations, overcome unbearable threats and improve visual perception. KW - MUSIC therapy KW - SELF-esteem KW - SOCIALIZATION KW - MUSIC therapists KW - MENTALLY ill KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 59803903; Bean, Kenneth L. 1; Moore, Jack R. 1; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration Hospital, Knoxville, Iowa; Source Info: Dec1964, Vol. 1 Issue 4, p143; Subject Term: MUSIC therapy; Subject Term: SELF-esteem; Subject Term: SOCIALIZATION; Subject Term: MUSIC therapists; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=mah&AN=59803903&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - mah ER - TY - GEN AU - Stanford, George A. T1 - ORCHESTRATION OF THE NEW MENTAL HOSPITAL THEME. JO - Journal of Music Therapy JF - Journal of Music Therapy Y1 - 1964/12// VL - 1 IS - 4 M3 - Speech SP - 124 EP - 128 SN - 00222917 AB - The article presents a speech by George A. Stanford, Chief of Staff, the Veterans Administration Hospital, Knoxville, Iowa, entitled "Orchestration of the New Mental Hospital Theme," presented at the 12th Annual Conference of the Mid-Western Regional Chapter of the National Association for Music Therapy, Knoxville, Iowa, April 17-18, 1964, about the goals and practices of mental hospital, its missions, and the new discoveries in medicine. KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospitals KW - PSYCHIATRIC drugs KW - COMMUNITY mental health services KW - HEALTH service areas KW - STANFORD, George N1 - Accession Number: 59803898; Stanford, George A. 1; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration Hospital, Knoxville, Iowa; Source Info: Dec1964, Vol. 1 Issue 4, p124; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC hospitals; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC drugs; Subject Term: COMMUNITY mental health services; Subject Term: HEALTH service areas; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Speech UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=mah&AN=59803898&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - mah ER - TY - JOUR AU - Manis, Melvin AU - Blake, Joan B. T1 - INTERPRETATION OF PERSUASIVE MESSAGES AS A FUNCTION OF PRIOR IMMUNIZATION. JO - Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology JF - Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology Y1 - 1963/03// VL - 66 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 225 EP - 230 SN - 0096851X AB - 2 experiments were conducted in which passive immunization was achieved by providing Ss with counterarguments against persuasive messages to which they were later exposed. In both studies, this procedure produced a significant tendency to displace the perceived content of the ‘change’ message toward the stand advocated in the immunization message. These results were tentatively attributed to the Ss' attempts to minimize the discrepancy between the opposing statements, both of which appeared to emanate from prestigeful sources. Judgments were not affected by active immunization, a procedure in which Ss attempted to refute (in writing) weakened versions of the change message to which they were later exposed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology is the property of American Psychological Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PSYCHOANALYTIC interpretation KW - PERSUASION (Psychology) KW - ASSIMILATION (Sociology) KW - COMMUNICATION in psychology KW - DATA analysis KW - INFORMATION resources KW - COMMUNICATION KW - CASE studies KW - DECISION MAKING AND COMMUNICATIONS KW - Patterns of opinion spread and opinion change N1 - Accession Number: 24079155; Manis, Melvin 1; Blake, Joan B. 1; Affiliations: 1 : University of Michigan and Veterans Administration Hospital, Ann Arbor, Michigan; Source Info: Mar1963, Vol. 66 Issue 3, p225; Subject Term: PSYCHOANALYTIC interpretation; Subject Term: PERSUASION (Psychology); Subject Term: ASSIMILATION (Sociology); Subject Term: COMMUNICATION in psychology; Subject Term: DATA analysis; Subject Term: INFORMATION resources; Subject Term: COMMUNICATION; Subject Term: CASE studies; Author-Supplied Keyword: DECISION MAKING AND COMMUNICATIONS; Author-Supplied Keyword: Patterns of opinion spread and opinion change; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Chart, 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=24h&AN=24079155&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - 24h ER - TY - JOUR AU - Manis, Melvin T1 - THE INTERPRETATION OF OPINION STATEMENTS AS A FUNCTION OF RECIPIENT ATTITUDE AND SOURCE PRESTIGE. JO - Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology JF - Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology Y1 - 1961/07// VL - 63 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 82 EP - 86 SN - 0096851X AB - The article presents a study which examines the hypothesis that message distortion results from the attempts of the recipient to reduce the influence potential of the communicator. Three groups of college students who have different attitudes toward fraternities participated in the study and they were presented with short passages concerning fraternity from 2 different sources, the high and low prestige sources. In the messages from high prestige source, subjects tend to displace the communicators toward the end of the scale that they favored, while in the messages from low prestige sources, no consistent relationship between the attitude of the subject and the interpretations of the messages were found. KW - RESEARCH KW - INTERPRETATION (Philosophy) KW - INFLUENCE (Psychology) KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - PRESTIGE KW - SOCIAL influence KW - GREEK letter societies KW - COLLEGE students KW - UNIVERSITIES & colleges KW - METHODS AND MISCELLANEOUS KW - Social and Cultural Factors Affection Tension N1 - Accession Number: 23913003; Manis, Melvin 1,2; Affiliations: 1 : University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan; 2 : Veterans Administration Hospital, Ann Arbor, Michigan; Source Info: Jul1961, Vol. 63 Issue 1, p82; Subject Term: RESEARCH; Subject Term: INTERPRETATION (Philosophy); Subject Term: INFLUENCE (Psychology); Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject Term: PRESTIGE; Subject Term: SOCIAL influence; Subject Term: GREEK letter societies; Subject Term: COLLEGE students; Subject Term: UNIVERSITIES & colleges; Author-Supplied Keyword: METHODS AND MISCELLANEOUS; Author-Supplied Keyword: Social and Cultural Factors Affection Tension; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 2 Charts, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=24h&AN=23913003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - 24h ER - TY - JOUR AU - Manis, Melvin T1 - THE INTERPRETATION OF OPINION STATEMENTS AS A FUNCTION OF RECIPIENT ATTITUDE. JO - Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology JF - Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology Y1 - 1960/05// VL - 60 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 340 EP - 344 SN - 0096851X AB - The article discusses a study which attempted to obtain additional data pertaining to the effect of recipient attitude on message interpretation and scale constriction. Study subjects are undergraduate students who were asked to write anonymous statements explaining their views on college fraternities. Study findings suggest that in responding to the neutral messages, the relationship between attitude and judgment was linear. Subjects who favored fraternities felt that the neutral communicators were more profraternity than did the subjects who opposed them. KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOANALYTIC interpretation KW - SOCIAL perception KW - GREEK letter societies KW - SOCIAL psychology KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Research KW - METHODS AND MISCELLANEOUS N1 - Accession Number: 24489340; Manis, Melvin 1; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration Hospital, Ann Arbor, Michigan; Source Info: May1960, Vol. 60 Issue 3, p340; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOANALYTIC interpretation; Subject Term: SOCIAL perception; Subject Term: GREEK letter societies; Subject Term: SOCIAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Research; Author-Supplied Keyword: METHODS AND MISCELLANEOUS; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=24h&AN=24489340&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - 24h ER - TY - JOUR AU - Towbin, Alan P. T1 - HOSTILITY IN RORSCHACH CONTENT AND OVERT AGGRESSIVE BEHAVIOR. JO - Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology JF - Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology Y1 - 1959/05// VL - 58 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 312 EP - 316 SN - 0096851X AB - The article discusses a study on hostility in Rorschach content and overt aggressive behavior. Subjects were male patients from the population of a large mental hospital diagnosed with schizophrenic reaction. Test records were scored for aggressive content as well as two other types of hostile content and it was predicted that there is a positive correlation between the behavioral and test measures of aggression, and that the test measure is influenced by the experimentally varied power and status of the examiner. KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Research KW - RORSCHACH Test KW - HOSTILITY (Psychology) KW - AGGRESSION (Psychology) KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - SOCIAL psychology KW - Psychological factors affecting tension KW - TENSION AND CONFLICT N1 - Accession Number: 24425268; Towbin, Alan P. 1,2; Affiliations: 1 : West Haven Veterans Administration Hospital; 2 : Yale University; Source Info: May1959, Vol. 58 Issue 3, p312; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Research; Subject Term: RORSCHACH Test; Subject Term: HOSTILITY (Psychology); Subject Term: AGGRESSION (Psychology); Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: SOCIAL psychology; Author-Supplied Keyword: Psychological factors affecting tension; Author-Supplied Keyword: TENSION AND CONFLICT; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=24h&AN=24425268&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - 24h ER - TY - JOUR AU - Luchins, Abraham S. T1 - RIGIDITY AND ETHNOCENTRISM: A CRITIQUE. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1949/06// VL - 17 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 449 SN - 00223506 AB - The relationships between personality and the phenomenon of prejudice have been the concern of several recent investigations. To study ethnocentrism the investigator employed the California Ethnocentrism Scale for adult subjects and the California Attitude Scale for children. It was assumed in the study that a score on these attitude scales gave "a measure of the extent of a subject's ethnocentrism." This implied that the responses were accepted at their face value. Overlooked were the possibilities that, in spite of the anonymity which was guaranteed, subjects might not have responded truthfully on the paper-and-pencil questionnaire, particularly since highly controversial issues were involved, or that the answers given depended on the subject's interpretations of his task and of the questions, or that they were due to momentary sets or other conditions particular to the time and place of responding. It was stated that a "high ethnocentrism score represents prejudice and a low score represents lack of prejudice." KW - ETHNOCENTRISM KW - CULTURAL relativism KW - PERSONALITY KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PERSONALITY assessment KW - IDEOLOGY AND ISSUES N1 - Accession Number: 8926814; Luchins, Abraham S. 1,2; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration, NYRO.; 2 : Yeshiva University.; Source Info: Jun49, Vol. 17 Issue 4, p449; Subject Term: ETHNOCENTRISM; Subject Term: CULTURAL relativism; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PERSONALITY assessment; Author-Supplied Keyword: IDEOLOGY AND ISSUES; Number of Pages: 18p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep8926814 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=24h&AN=8926814&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - 24h ER - TY - JOUR AU - Manis, Melvin T1 - IMMUNIZATION, DELAY, AND THE INTERPRETATION OF PERSUASIVE MESSAGES. JO - Journal of Personality & Social Psychology JF - Journal of Personality & Social Psychology Y1 - 1965/06// VL - 1 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 541 EP - 550 SN - 00223514 AB - 3 experiments were conducted in which Ss judged the favorability of persuasive messages under 3 main conditions: (a) immunization, a condition in which S was first exposed to counterarguments against the message to be judged later; (b) immunization + delay, a condition in which several days elapsed between the 2 opposing messages; and (c) no immunization. The results indicated that immunization with no delay led to contrast effects; i.e., the 2nd of the opposing messages was displaced away from the 1st. When, however, a 2-5 day interval separated the 2 messages, assimilation was obtained. These results were discussed in terms of several distinct theoretical models. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Personality & Social Psychology is the property of American Psychological Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNIZATION KW - IMMUNOTHERAPY KW - IMMUNITY KW - ASSIMILATION (Sociology) KW - ANTHROPOLOGY KW - SOCIALIZATION KW - DECISION MAKING AND COMMUNICATIONS KW - Patterns of opinion spread and opinion change KW - Psychological factors affecting tension KW - Social and Cultural Factors Affection Tension N1 - Accession Number: 16643900; Manis, Melvin 1; Affiliations: 1 : University of Michigan and Veterans Administration Hospital, Ann Arbor.; Source Info: Jun65, Vol. 1 Issue 6, p541; Subject Term: IMMUNIZATION; Subject Term: IMMUNOTHERAPY; Subject Term: IMMUNITY; Subject Term: ASSIMILATION (Sociology); Subject Term: ANTHROPOLOGY; Subject Term: SOCIALIZATION; Author-Supplied Keyword: DECISION MAKING AND COMMUNICATIONS; Author-Supplied Keyword: Patterns of opinion spread and opinion change; Author-Supplied Keyword: Psychological factors affecting tension; Author-Supplied Keyword: Social and Cultural Factors Affection Tension; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=24h&AN=16643900&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - 24h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Social resources and social function in comorbid eating and substance disorder: a matched-pairs study. AU - Westermeyer, Joseph AU - Specker, Sheila AU - Westermeyer, J AU - Specker, S JO - American Journal on Addictions JF - American Journal on Addictions Y1 - 1999/10// VL - 8 IS - 4 SP - 332 EP - 336 SN - 10550496 N1 - Accession Number: 3847748; Author: Westermeyer, Joseph Author: Specker, Sheila Author: Westermeyer, J: 1 Author: Specker, S ; Author Affiliation: 1 Department of Psychiatry, Minneapolis Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minn. 55417, USA; No. of Pages: 5; Language: English; Publication Type: journal article; Update Code: 20001211 N2 - Objective: To assess social resources and function among patients with comorbid Eating Disorder (ED) and substance abuse/dependence, referred to here as Substance Related Disorder (SRD).Design: Descriptive, cross-sectional, comparative.Settings: A university medical center with an Alcohol-Drug Program located within a Department of Psychiatry.Subjects: 70 patients with Substance Related Disorder and Eating Disorder (SRD-ED), matched for gender, age, and race-ethnicity with 70 SRD-only patients.Methods: A research associate assessed current social resources and social function based on data obtained from patients and collateral sources while blind to the ED status of the patient. Addiction psychiatrists made the diagnoses of SRD and ED and conducted assessments for axis 4 psychosocial stressors and axis 5 psychosocial function.Results: SRD-ED patients had more advantageous social resources than SRD-only patients, including residence with family or friends, more education, higher socioeconomic status, and larger social networks. However, SRD-ED patients manifested martial status, employment, stressors, and coping levels similar to SRD-only patients.Conclusions: Several alternative explanations exist for these expected though unusual findings. Further analyses will be required to understand this lack of articulation between social resources and social function across two diagnostic groups. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *EATING disorders KW - *PATIENTS KW - *SUBSTANCE abuse KW - SOCIAL groups KW - SOCIAL aspects UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=3847748&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Amplitude criteria and anticipatory saccades during smooth pursuit eye movements in schizophrenia. AU - Ross, Randal G. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1999/07// VL - 36 IS - 4 SP - 464 EP - 468 SN - 00485772 N1 - Accession Number: 2358967; Author: Ross, Randal G.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Department of Psychiatry, University of Colorado Health Sciences Center, Denver, USADenver Veterans Administration Medical Center, Denver, CO, USASeattle Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, WA, USA; No. of Pages: 5; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 19991011 N2 - Increased frequency of anticipatory saccades during smooth pursuit eye movements is a potential marker of genetic risk for schizophrenia even in the absence of clinical symptomology. The operational definition of anticipatory saccades has often included an amplitude criterion; however, these amplitude criteria have often differed across studies. This study reports on the effect of varying amplitude criteria on the effect size in a comparison of 29 schizophrenic adults and 29 normal subjects during a 16.7°/s constant velocity task. The inclusion of small amplitude anticipatory saccades, with amplitudes of 1–4°, consistently increased effect size (largest effect size = 1.61). The inclusion of large anticipatory saccades, with amplitudes of 4° or greater, had an inconsistent impact on effect size. The separation of anticipatory saccades into leading saccades (anticipatory saccades with amplitude 1–4°) and large anticipatory saccades (amplitude >4°) deserves further exploration. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *EYE -- Movements KW - *SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - *SYMPTOMS KW - SACCADIC eye movements KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder KW - Eye movements KW - Saccades KW - Schizophrenia KW - Smooth pursuit UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=2358967&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Neuropsychological deficits in withdrawn cocaine-dependent males. AU - Smelson, David A. AU - Roy, Alec AU - Santana, Sandra AU - Engelhart, Charles JO - American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse JF - American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse Y1 - 1999/05// VL - 25 IS - 2 SP - 377 SN - 00952990 N1 - Accession Number: 1911711; Author: Smelson, David A.: 1 Author: Roy, Alec: 1 Author: Santana, Sandra: 1 Author: Engelhart, Charles: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 New Jersey Veterans Administration Medical Center Robert Wood Johnson Medical School Department of Psychiatry.; No. of Pages: 5; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20021004 N2 - Previous research suggests that cocaine abuse may result in neuropsychological deficits. To examine this further, we compared cocaine-withdrawn patients (N = 35) to normal controls (N = [7) on tasks of attention, concentration, perceptual-motor speed, and cognitive flexibility. The withdrawn cocaine patients performed significantly worse on Arithmetic, Grooved Peg Board Dominant and Non-Dominant, and Trails B tests. These findings suggest that with- drawn cocaine-dependent patients have more neuropsychological impairment than normal controls. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *DRUG abuse KW - *COCAINE KW - *NARCOTICS KW - *COCAINE abuse KW - *CRACK cocaine KW - TROPANES UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=1911711&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - THEORETICAL FRAMEWORKS: Family Systems Issues Affecting Athletic Performance in Youth. AU - Stainback, Robert D. AU - La Marche, Judith A. AU - Hays, Kate F. JO - Integrating Exercise, Sports, Movement & Mind JF - Integrating Exercise, Sports, Movement & Mind Y1 - 1998/06// VL - 10 IS - 3/4 SP - 5 EP - 20 SN - 9780789003843 N1 - Accession Number: 21713281; Author: Stainback, Robert D.: 1 Author: La Marche, Judith A.: 2 Author: Hays, Kate F.: 3,4 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Veterans Administration Medical Center, Birmingham, AL: 2 University of Alabama School of Medicine, Birmingham, AL: 3 Fellow, American Psychological Association: 4 Certified Consultant, Association for the Advancement of Applied Sport Psychology; No. of Pages: 16; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20060728 N2 - Applying family systems constructs when working with the developmental young athlete provides a comprehensive, interactive framework that integrates multiple issues into a unifying theoretical model for understanding behavior and enhancing performance. This article describes basic family systems constructs, discusses the relevance to sport, and incorporates illustrative case examples, The family "system" is defined broadly, referring to all individuals who influence the athlete, including the spheres of family (parents, siblings, and blended family members); sport (coaches, trainers, and team members); and school (teachers and social peers). Tile systems paradigm offers another perspective for the therapist to understand, evaluate, and treat the young athlete. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *SPORTS KW - *ATHLETES KW - FAMILY systems theory KW - FAMILIES KW - PARENTS UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=21713281&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Lingle, J. S.; T1 - Case presentation: role of nonpharmacological treatment alternatives CT - Case presentation: role of nonpharmacological treatment alternatives JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1996/12/01/ VL - 31 IS - Dec SP - PI EP - 23 AD - Maryland Veterans Administration Health Care System, Perry Point Division, Psychiatry Service 116A, Perry Point, MD 21902, USA Internet: Lingle.Jami@Baltimore,va.gov N1 - Accession Number: 33-13590; Language: English; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Drug Evaluations N2 - There are many times when pharmacologic intervention is necessary in the treatment of maladaptive behaviors in patients with dementia. However, pharmacologic intervention should not always be the first course of action. In some cases, the most appropriate therapeutic intervention is the reduction or elimination of medications. Maladaptive behaviors may serve a specific function for the individual. Although medications may temporarily alter the behavior, if the underlying function is not addressed, it is likely that the behavior will ultimately continue or a replacement maladaptive behavior may surface. As clinical practitioners, it is our responsibility to be able to identify situations where medication may not be indicated, or may actually be contributing to the behavior or symptoms in patients with dementia. Learning objectives: 1. Describe the role of the clinical pharmacist in suggesting alternative therapies (e.g. psychological evaluations, behavior modification programs) for patients with dementia. 2. Describe the features of a maladaptive behavior that support the idea that behavioral intervention may be required before pharmacological intervention is attempted. 3. List three behaviors associated with dementia that may also be behavioral side effects of the commonly used medications to treat dementia. Self-assessment questions: True or False: 1. Given in low doses (\LT/2mg/day), Haldol is not likely to induce akathisia in patients with dementia. 2. When a patient with dementia is wandering the hallways at night, the first intervention should be to give them a benzodiazepine to help them sleep. 3. On a health care treatment team, the clinical pharmacist may be the best professional to suggest behavioral therapy before pharmacologic therapy in a patient who is exhibiting maladaptive behaviors. Answers: 1. F; 2. F; 3. T. KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--dementia; KW - Geriatrics--dementia--behavior therapy; KW - Toxicity--antipsychotic agents--geriatrics; KW - Behavior therapy--dementia--geriatrics; KW - Antipsychotic agents--toxicity--geriatrics; KW - Dementia--geriatrics--behavior therapy; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=33-13590&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Facial EMG Responses to Combat-Related Visual Stimuli in Veterans With and Without Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. AU - Carlson, John G. AU - Singelis, Theodeore M. AU - Chemtob, Claude M. JO - Applied Psychophysiology & Biofeedback JF - Applied Psychophysiology & Biofeedback Y1 - 1997/12// VL - 22 IS - 4 SP - 247 EP - 259 SN - 10900586 N1 - Accession Number: 11305241; Author: Carlson, John G.: 1 Author: Singelis, Theodeore M.: 2 Author: Chemtob, Claude M.: 3 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Department of Psychology, University of Hawaii, 2430 Campus Road, Honolulu, Hawaii 96822: 2 California State University at Chico, Chico, California 95926: 3 Veterans Administration Medical Center, Honolulu, Hawaii; No. of Pages: 13; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20031107 N2 - Veterans with ( n = 10) and without ( n = 10) posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) participated in an exploratory study of facial reactivity to neutral slides and to slides depicting unpleasant combat-related material that were previously determined to be emotionally evocative. It was found that the zygomaticus major (cheek), masseter (jaw), and lateral frontalis (forehead) muscles were especially reactive to the combat slides in the veterans with PTSD, suggesting the importance of facial emotional expression in this disorder. The PTSD participants' self-reports of overall distress paralleled these effects. However, autonomic reactivity did not reflect general arousal effects due to the visual stimuli, showing both the sensitivity of facial muscle assessment in this context and the need for further research on the relationship between stimulus modality and physiological trauma reactions. Additional directions for research in this area are discussed including efforts to correlate subjective and physiological reactions. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *FACIAL expression KW - *POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - *ELECTROMYOGRAPHY KW - *MENTAL health KW - CONDITIONED response KW - VETERANS KW - combat PTSD KW - EMG KW - facial expression UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=11305241&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Is Dispersion of Ventricular Repolarization Rate Dependent? AU - Zabel, Markus AU - Woosley, Raymond L. AU - Franz, Michael R. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1997/10// VL - 20 IS - 10P1 SP - 2405 EP - 2411 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17522245; Author: Zabel, Markus: 1 Author: Woosley, Raymond L.: 1 Author: Franz, Michael R.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Georgetown University and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, DC; No. of Pages: 7; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050707 N2 - QT dispersion has been adopted as a new index for the noninvasive assessment of the inhomogeneity of repolarization and has been evaluated in several clinical studies as an index of arrhythmia propensity. In most of these studies, indices of dispersion of repolarization were rate corrected by the Bazett formula calculating QT dispersion as QTcmax-QTcmin or JT dispersion as JTcmax-JTcmin, implying that dispersion of repolarization also changes with heart rate. This study aimed to determine in the electrically paced isolated heart whether dispersion of ventricular repolarization is rate dependent. Multiple (5–7) monophasic action potentials (MAPs) were recorded simultaneously from the epicardium and endocardium of both ventricles in 18 isolated Langendorff-perfused rabbit hearts. Hearts were paced from a right ventricular site at basic cycle lengths (CL) between 1,200 and 300 ms in 100-ms decrements. Action potential duration was measured at 90% repolarization (APD90), and recovery time (RT) was defined as the sum of APD90 and activation time in each of the simultaneous MAP recordings. The dispersion of APD90 and RT, respectively, were calculated as the maximal difference among all recordings. APD90 and RT shortened continuously throughout the range of paced steady-state CLs from 1,200 to 300 ms. APD90 was 197.6 ± 6.1 ms at a CL of 1,200 ms and decreased to 148.5 ± 2.5 ms at a CL of 300 ms (P < 0.0001). RT was 228.2 ± 6.2 ms at a CL of 1,000 ms and decreased to 175.9 ± 2.9 at a CL of 300 ms (P < 0.0001). In contrast, dispersion of APD90 and RT did not change significantly. Dispersion of APD90 was 24.8 ± 2.3 ms at a CL of 1,200 ms, 26.1 ± 1.9 msec at a CL of 1,000 ms, and 21.6 ± 2.1 at a CL of 300 ms (NS). Dispersion of RT was 29.7 ± 3.4 ms at a CL of 1,200 ms, 29.0 ± 3.0 ms at a CL of 1,000 ms, and 32.7 ± 3.2 ms at a CL of 300 ms (NS). In contrast to the duration of the QT interval, dispersion of ventricular repolarization does not change significantly with pacing induced changes in CL. Assuming that the rate-dependent behavior of action potential duration is similar between the rabbit and human heart, a rate correction of parameters of dispersion of repolarization is probably unnecessary. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *ARRHYTHMIA KW - *HEART KW - *HEART beat KW - *HEART ventricles KW - *PERFUSION (Physiology) KW - ENDOCARDIUM KW - dispersion of repolarization KW - QT dispersion KW - rate dependence UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17522245&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR AU - Eagly, Alice H. AU - Manis, Melvin T1 - EVALUATION OF MESSAGE AND COMMUNICATOR AS A FUNCTION OF INVOLVEMENT. JO - Journal of Personality & Social Psychology JF - Journal of Personality & Social Psychology Y1 - 1966/04// VL - 3 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 483 EP - 485 SN - 00223514 AB - This study investigated the effects of ego involvement (a) on the individual's evaluation of a persuasive message, and (b) on his evaluation of the message source (or communicator). Variations in involvement were produced by having Ss of both sexes respond to 2 messages: one message was constructed to be relatively involving for male Ss but not for females, and the other was constructed to be relatively involving for female Ss but not for males. The results indicated that involved Ss were more negative in their evaluations of messages and communicators than were noninvolved Ss. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Personality & Social Psychology is the property of American Psychological Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Self-perception KW - Demography KW - Self-evaluation KW - Gender KW - Gender studies KW - Gender inequality KW - DECISION MAKING AND COMMUNICATIONS KW - Patterns of opinion spread and opinion change KW - Psychological factors affecting tension N1 - Accession Number: 16644442; Eagly, Alice H. 1; Manis, Melvin 1,2; Affiliations: 1: University of Michigan; 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Ann Arbor; Issue Info: Apr66, Vol. 3 Issue 4, p483; Thesaurus Term: Self-perception; Thesaurus Term: Demography; Subject Term: Self-evaluation; Subject Term: Gender; Subject Term: Gender studies; Subject Term: Gender inequality; Author-Supplied Keyword: DECISION MAKING AND COMMUNICATIONS; Author-Supplied Keyword: Patterns of opinion spread and opinion change; Author-Supplied Keyword: Psychological factors affecting tension; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ufh&AN=16644442&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ufh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Interactions Between Transvenous Nonthoracotomy Cardioverter Defibriliator Systems and Permanent Transvenous Endocardial Pacemakers. AU - Geiger, Mary J. AU - O'Neill, Padraig AU - Sharma, Arjun AU - Skadsen, Anne AU - Zimerman, Leandro AU - Greenfield, Ruth Ann AU - Newby, Keith H. AU - Wharton, J. Marcus AU - Kent, Virginia AU - Natale, Andrea JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1997/03// VL - 20 IS - 3P1 SP - 624 EP - 630 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17429431; Author: Geiger, Mary J.: 1 Author: O'Neill, Padraig: 2 Author: Sharma, Arjun: 2 Author: Skadsen, Anne: 2 Author: Zimerman, Leandro Author: Greenfield, Ruth Ann: 1 Author: Newby, Keith H.: 1 Author: Wharton, J. Marcus: 1 Author: Kent, Virginia: 1 Author: Natale, Andrea: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Department of Cardiology, Duke University Medical Center and Durham Veterans Administration Medical Center, Durham, North Carolina.: 2 University of California, Davis, Sacramento, California.; No. of Pages: 7; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050627 N2 - Limited information is available regarding potential adverse interactions between transvenous nonthoracotomy cardioverter defibrillators and pacemakers. We describe our experience with 37 patients who have undergone successful implantation of both a transvenous defibrillator and pacemaker. The patients' mean age was 64 ± 12.9 years. Thirty-three were male and four were female. The mean LVEF was 30.8% ± 11.8%. The indications for pacemaker implantation included sick sinus syndrome in 13 patients, complete heart block in 15 patients, sinus bradycardia secondary to medications in 8 patients, and neurocardiogenic syncope in 1 patient. The indications for insertion of a defibrillator included medically refractory VT in 27 patients and sudden cardiac death in 10 patients. Twenty-three patients received an Endotak lead and 14 patients received a Transvene lead. Eighteen patients had a pacemaker prior to an ICD, 14 patients had an ICD prior to a pacemaker, and 4 patients had both devices placed simultaneously. Interaction was evaluated at implant of the second device and 1-3 days after both devices were placed. Detection of VF/VT was analyzed during asynchronous pacing (DOO/VOO) with maximum pacing output. In addition, in six patients, DFT was determined before and after pacemaker implantation. In 14 patients (38%), device interactions that could not always be optimally corrected were observed. In five patients, the pacemaker was reset to the "noise reversion" mode after high energy ICD discharge. Oversensing of atrial pacemaker stimuli resulted in inappropriate ICD firings in four patients. This was observed only with a specific device and could not be prevented by atrial lead repositioning in two of them, but required reprogramming of the pacemaker to the VVI mode. An increase in DFT was observed in five patients who had a pacemaker implanted after an ICD. Compared with previously published studies, a greater frequency of transvenous ICD and pacemaker interactions were observed. Considering that almost 50% of the patients already have a pacemaker at the time of ICD implant, the availability of defibrillators with dual chamber pacing capability will not eliminate the potential for this problem. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *DEFIBRILLATORS KW - *PATIENTS KW - *ARTIFICIAL implants KW - *ARRHYTHMIA KW - SICK sinus syndrome KW - malfunction KW - pacemaker KW - transvenous defibrillator UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17429431&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The Retropectoral Transaxillary Permanent Pacemaker: Description of a Technique for Percutaneous Implantation of an "Invisible" Device. AU - Shefer, Arie AU - Lewis, Basil S. AU - Gang, Eli S. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1996/11// VL - 19 IS - 11P1 SP - 1646 EP - 1651 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17549443; Author: Shefer, Arie: 1 Author: Lewis, Basil S.: 2 Author: Gang, Eli S.: 3 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Cardiology Department , Ichilov Medical Center, Tel-Aviv, Israel: 2 Cardiology Section, The Veterans Administration Hospital at Wadsworth, Los Angeles: 3 Cedars-Sinai Medical Center, Los Angeles, California; No. of Pages: 6; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050712 N2 - This report describes a percutaneous, transaxillary approach for implanting permanent pacemakers in the retropectoral space. This approach was used in 17 patients; indications for the procedure included the need to find a new implantation site in patients with infections and multiple previous pacemaker pocket sites (2 patients), emaciation and absence of sufficient adipose tissue (4 patients), and cosmetic considerations (11 patients). No complications were encountered during the implantation and the results were uniformly excellent in all patients. The pacemaker was ‘invisible’ in each case. We conclude that a percutaneous approach for implanting permanent pacemakers in the retropectoral region is safe and feasible. This approach is likely to be applicable to the implantation of transvenous antitachycardia devices. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *LEANNESS KW - *PATIENTS KW - *ADIPOSE tissues KW - *TACHYCARDIA KW - *CARDIOLOGY KW - automatic defibrillators KW - pacemaker KW - retropectoral implantation UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17549443&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Psychiatric Morbidity, Illicit Drug Use and Adherence to Zidovudine (AZT) Among Injection Drug Users with HIV Disease. AU - Ferrando, Stephen J. AU - Wall, Tamara L. AU - Batki, Steven L. AU - Sorensen, James L. JO - American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse JF - American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse Y1 - 1996/11// VL - 22 IS - 4 SP - 475 EP - 487 SN - 00952990 N1 - Accession Number: 9702171192; Author: Ferrando, Stephen J.: 1 Author: Wall, Tamara L.: 2 Author: Batki, Steven L.: 3 Author: Sorensen, James L.: 3 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Department of Psychiatry, Cornell Univeristy Medical College, New York, New York.: 2 Department of Psychiatry, San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of California, San Diego.: 3 Department of Psychiatry, San Francisco General Hospital, University of California, San Francisco.; No. of Pages: 13; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050912 N2 - This study describes the relationship between the need for psychiatric consultation, illicit drug use, and zidovudine (AZT) adherence in HIV-infected injection drug users (IDUs) in methadone maintenance treatment (MMT). The treatment records of 57 IDUs in MMT who had been prescribed AZT between May and August of 1991 were reviewed. Those who required psychiatric consultation (P+, N = 46, 81%) were compared with those who did not require psychiatric consultation (P-, N = 11, 19%) on adherence to AZT treatment (using the mean corpuscular volume [MCV] as a biological marker), on recent illicit drug use, and on CD4 lymphocyte (T cell) count changes from the beginning to the end of AZT treatment. The P+ subjects were less likely than P- subjects to adhere to AZT treatment: fewer in the P+ group had an MCV outside of the normal range, and P+ subjects had a lower average monthly increase in MCV since the beginning of AZT treatment. Recent illicit drug use and CD4 lymphocyte count changes from the beginning to the end of AZT treatment did not show group differences. Psychiatric morbidity among HIV-infected IDUs in MMT is common, and may contribute to poor adherence to AZT treatment. Psychiatric screening and adherence-enhancing interventions should be targeted to IDUs entering drug treatment programs. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *DRUG abuse -- Treatment KW - *HIV-positive persons KW - METHADONE treatment programs KW - PSYCHIATRIC consultation KW - AZT (Drug) KW - BIOCHEMICAL markers UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=9702171192&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Implantable Transvenous Cardioverter Defibrillator Leads: The Dark Side. AU - Lawton, Jennifer S. AU - Wood, Mark A. AU - Gilligan, David M. AU - Stambler, Bruce S. AU - Damiano Jr., Ralph J. AU - Ellenbogen, Kenneth A. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1996/09// VL - 19 IS - 9 SP - 1273 EP - 1278 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17419759; Author: Lawton, Jennifer S.: 1 Author: Wood, Mark A.: 1 Author: Gilligan, David M.: 1 Author: Stambler, Bruce S.: 1 Author: Damiano Jr., Ralph J.: 1 Author: Ellenbogen, Kenneth A.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Departments of Cardiothoracic Surgery and Cardiology, Medical College of Virginia, and McGuire Veterans Administration Medical Center, Richmond, Virginia; No. of Pages: 6; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050628 N2 - Focuses on the disadvantages of implantable cardioverter defibrillators (ICDs) in patients with ventricular tachyarrhythmias. Improvement of mortality in patients with ICDs; Discussion on the long-term performance of transvenous defibrillation leads; Incidence of endocardial sensing lead. KW - *IMPLANTABLE cardioverter-defibrillators KW - *IMPLANTED cardiovascular instruments KW - *DEFIBRILLATORS KW - *VENTRICULAR tachycardia KW - *TACHYCARDIA KW - MEDICAL equipment UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17419759&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparison of Bipolar Atrial Electrogram Amplitude in Sinus Rhythm, Atrial Fibrillation, and Atrial Flutter. AU - Wood, Mark A. AU - Moskovljevic, Predrag AU - Stambler, Bruce S. AU - Ellenbogen, Kenneth A. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1996/02// VL - 19 IS - 2 SP - 150 EP - 156 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17510565; Author: Wood, Mark A.: 1 Author: Moskovljevic, Predrag: 1 Author: Stambler, Bruce S.: 1 Author: Ellenbogen, Kenneth A.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Department of Medicine, Division of Cardiology, Medical College of Virginia, and McGuire Veterans Administration Medical Center, Richmond, Virginia.; No. of Pages: 7; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050707 N2 - Automatic mode switching pacemakers revert to non-atrial tracking modes in response to sensed atrial tachyarrhythmias. It is unclear how atrial electrogram amplitudes in sinus rhythm compare to those during atrial tachyarrhythmias. In this study, peak-to-peak bipolar atrial electrogram amplitudes were measured during sinus rhythm and either atrial fibrillation or atrial flutter in 69patients. The mean atrial electrogram amplitudes were 1.59 ± 1.36 mV during sinus rhythm and 0.77 ± 0.58 mV during atrial fibrillation (P < 0.0001) for 25 patients with atrial fibrillation and 1.81 ± 2.07 mV during sinus and 1.5 ± 1.81 mV (P < 0.0001) for 44 patients with atrial flutter. The mean electrogram amplitudes during both atrial fibrillation and flutter correlated significantly with amplitudes during sinus rhythm (B = 0.79, R = 0.94. respectively, both P ± 0.0001). The coefficient of variance of individual electrogram amplitudes was greater in atrial fibrillation than sinus (P ± 0.0001). By comparing 20th percentile electrogram amplitudes in atrial fibrillation and flutter to mean sinus amplitudes, intermittent very low electrogram amplitudes (± 0.3 mV) were more likely during atrial fibrillation and flutter if the mean sinus electrogram amplitudes were ± 1.5 mV and ± 0.5 mV, respectively (P ± 0.01). Eightieth percentile electrogram amplitude values in atrial fibrillation and flutter were equally likely to exceed mean sinus amplitude values in respective patients. In conclusion, mean atrial electrogram amplitudes during atrial fibrillation and flutter are less than but correlated to sinus rhythm electrogram amplitudes. Very low amplitude individual electrograms during these atrial arrhythmias are associated with low mean sinus rhythm electrogram amplitudes. These findings may have implications for the programming of permanent dual chamber pacemakers in patients with paroxysmal atrial fibrillation and flutter. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *ATRIAL fibrillation KW - *ATRIAL arrhythmias KW - *PATIENTS KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *ARRHYTHMIA KW - ATRIAL flutter KW - a trial electrograms KW - atrial fibrillation KW - mode switching UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17510565&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Reliability of Paper-Pencil Assessment of Drug Use Severity. AU - Heithoff, Kim A. AU - Wiseman, Eve J. JO - American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse JF - American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse Y1 - 1996/02// VL - 22 IS - 1 SP - 109 EP - 122 SN - 00952990 N1 - Accession Number: 9603280441; Author: Heithoff, Kim A.: 1 Author: Wiseman, Eve J.: 2,3 ; Author Affiliation: 1 The MEDSTAT Group, Washington, DC.: 2 Assistant Professor, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences.: 3 Chief, Special Treatment Section, John L. McClellan Memorial Veterans Administration, Little Rock, Arkansas.; No. of Pages: 14; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050912 N2 - This research examines whether sell-reported information about drug use severity can be obtained as reliably using a paper/pencil format as the traditional interviewer format. A sample of 67 patients seeking treatment for substance use disorders was recruited from a Veterans Administration Medical Center. Subjects sell-reported information related to drug use severity using both paper/pencil and interview formats. The results of comparisons of the two approaches indicate that method of test administration does not affect the test-retest reliability for most questions tested. Test-retest reliability estimates for these relatively brief indicators of drug use severity generally ranged from good to excellent. Although assessing drug use severity using a paper/pencil format is certainly not appropriate for all individuals with substance use disorders, for many individuals and situations it may prove to be a cost-effective alternative to the interview format. Further research is required to determine if parallel paper/pencil versions of widely used interviews can be developed. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *DRUG abuse KW - *SUBSTANCE abuse KW - *ALCOHOLISM KW - *MEDICAL centers KW - VICTIMLESS crimes KW - COST effectiveness UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=9603280441&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tallent, Norman AU - Reiss, William J. T1 - A Note on an Unusually High Rate of Returns for a Mail Questionnaire. JO - Public Opinion Quarterly JF - Public Opinion Quarterly Y1 - 1959///Winter59/60 VL - 23 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 579 EP - 581 SN - 0033362X AB - Those who utilize the questionnaire method for gathering technical data or polling opinion recognize the importance of obtaining a high percentage of returns. Briefly discussed here is a study in which there was a remarkable rate of return of completed questionnaires. The reasons for a high percentage of returns might be sought among the following points. The subject of the questionnaire was in an area in which the members of the three disciplines polled demonstrate much professional concern. Since all the respondents were employees of the Veterans Administration, some measure of identification with that agency may have helped in motivating a response. The increase in returns after the second follow-up letter may be related to the enclosure of a duplicate questionnaire in the event the first form was misplaced or not received at all. The leveling off of returns after the second follow-up is not surprising, since by the tenth week close to too per cent of the psychologists and social workers had re plied. Although the over-all rate of returns for psychiatrists was very good, the lower percentage of replies as compared to the other two groups may, among other reasons, be related to a phenomenon observed by Deutscher that he calls "resistentialism." KW - Public opinion polls KW - Questionnaires KW - Questioning KW - Respondents KW - Psychologists KW - Social workers N1 - Accession Number: 11951215; Tallent, Norman 1,2; Reiss, William J. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Kecoughtan, Virginia.; 2: George Washington University.; Issue Info: Winter59/60, Vol. 23 Issue 4, p579; Thesaurus Term: Public opinion polls; Thesaurus Term: Questionnaires; Thesaurus Term: Questioning; Subject Term: Respondents; Subject Term: Psychologists; Subject Term: Social workers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541910 Marketing Research and Public Opinion Polling; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ufh&AN=11951215&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ufh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Thermistor Guided Radiofrequency Ablation of Atrial Insertion Sites in Patients with Accessory Pathways. AU - Tracy, Cynthia M. AU - Moore, Hans J. AU - Solomon, Allen J. AU - Rodak, David J. AU - Fletcher, Ross D. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1995/11// VL - 18 IS - 11 SP - 2001 EP - 2007 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17475782; Author: Tracy, Cynthia M.: 1 Author: Moore, Hans J.: 1 Author: Solomon, Allen J.: 1 Author: Rodak, David J.: 1 Author: Fletcher, Ross D.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Georgetown University Hospital, and the Washington Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, DC.; No. of Pages: 7; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050630 N2 - Radiofrequency ablation has gained acceptance in the treatment of patients with symptomatic Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome. The purpose of this study was to characterize the relation between temperature and other electroconductive parameters in patients undergoing a trial insertion accessory path way ablation utilizing a thermistor equipped catheter. The mean temperature and power at sites of atrial insertion ablation are lower than has been previously associated with creation of radiofrequency lesions in the ventricle. While high cavity blood flow in the atrium may result in cooling, the thinner atrial tissue may require less energy to achieve adequate heating than ventricular myocardium. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *PATIENTS KW - *THERAPEUTICS KW - *BLOOD flow KW - *HEART ventricles KW - RADIO frequency KW - CATHETER ablation KW - oblation KW - thermistor KW - Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17475782&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Computer Analysis of Monophasic Action Potentials: Manual Validation and Clinically Pertinent Applications. AU - Franz, Michael R. AU - Kirchhof, Paulus F. AU - Fabritz, C. Larissa AU - Zabel, Markus JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1995/09// VL - 18 IS - 9P1 SP - 1666 EP - 1678 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17482289; Author: Franz, Michael R.: 1 Author: Kirchhof, Paulus F.: 1 Author: Fabritz, C. Larissa: 1 Author: Zabel, Markus: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Division of Cardiology, Veterans Administration and Georgetown University Medical Center, Washington, DC.; No. of Pages: 13; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050630 N2 - Monophasic action potential (MAP) recordings are increasingly being used in a variety of clinical and experimental situations but their man vol measurement is cumbersome, especially when hundreds or thousands of beats must be analyzed to monitor the exact time course of action potential duration (APD) changes following heart rate alterations, during surveillance of APD alternans, or during the onset and stabilization of Class III drug effects. To facilitate this task we developed a computer program that automates programmed electrical stimulation, digitizes at 1-kHz sampling frequency MAP recordings up to 8 channels simultaneously, analyzes all APDs at repolarization levels from 10% -90% in 10% decrements (APD10-90), and automatically outputs the analyzed numerical data into spreadsheets for graphical display or statistical analysis. To validate the computer algorithm, two independent observers manually analyzed 585 concurrent MAP recordings at a paper speed of 100 mm/s. Cycle length measurements by the computer were precise to 0.4 ± 0.5 ms as compared to the computer determined paced cycle length. computer measurements of APD20, 50, and 90 differed from manual measurements by 2.0 ± 8.8 ms, 0.7 ± 7.9 ms, and 0.2 ± 8.5 ms, respectively, for observer 1; and by 12.2 ± 8.3 ms, 5.8 ± 7.5 ms, and 1.4 ± 10.1 ms, respectively, for observer 2. lnter-observer variability (IOV) was 10.3 ± 11.1 ms (APD20), 5.1 ± 9.0 ms (APD50), and 1.2 ± 7.8 ms (APD90), which was similar to computer/observer-2 differences and significantly greater (0.001) than computer/observer-1 differences. This indicates that the computer analysis was at least as precise as manual measurements when compared to IOV, and more precise when comparing computer/observer-1 differences to IOV. While providing equal or greater precision, computer-aided analysis of 100 MAP signals took approximately 1 minute while manual analysis of the same data set took between 2.5 and 4 hours. The pacing and analysis software was subsequently applied to experiments that mimic clinically pertinent examples of MAP recordings: (1) automatic generation, analysis, and graphical display of electrical restitution curves at multiple ventricular sites simultaneously; (2) evaluation of myocardial pharmacokinetics by monitoring the progression of Class III antiarrhythmic drug effects by continuous MAP recordings, and displaying differences in drug action between multiple sites; (3) depiction of the adaptation time course of APD to abrupt changes in paced cycle length; and (4) quantitative analysis of APD alternans during myocardial ischemia. The results show that our computerized algorithm greatly facilitates the generation of cardiac electrophysiological, and clinically important, data. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *HEART beat KW - *DRUGS -- Physiological effect KW - *MYOCARDIAL infarction KW - *MYOCARDIAL depressants KW - *CARDIOVASCULAR agents KW - EFFECT of drugs on the heart KW - computer analysis KW - monophasic action potential KW - programmed stimulation KW - repolarization UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17482289&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of sound intensity on a midlatency evoked response to repeated auditory stimuli in schizophrenic and normal subjects. AU - Griffith, Jay AU - Hoffer, Lee D. AU - Adler, Lawrence E. AU - Zerbe, Gary O. AU - Freedman, Robert JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1995/09// VL - 32 IS - 5 SP - 460 EP - 466 SN - 00485772 N1 - Accession Number: 11062162; Author: Griffith, Jay: 1 Author: Hoffer, Lee D.: 1 Author: Adler, Lawrence E.: 1 Author: Zerbe, Gary O.: 2 Author: Freedman, Robert: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Departments of Psychiatry and Pharmacology, Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Colorado Health Science Center, Denver, USA.: 2 Department of Preventive Medicine and Biostatistics, Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Colorado Health Science Center, Denver, USA.; No. of Pages: 7; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20040119 N2 - Inhibitory gating of response to repeated stimuli is demonstrated by several event-related potentials, including the auditory P50 wave. The present study examined the effects of variation in sound intensity on this phenomenon in schizophrenics and normal subjects. Paired clicks, 500 ms apart, were presented 50 dB above threshold to 10 normal subjects and 10 schizophrenics. The normal subjects demonstrated significantly more decrement of response to the second stimulus than did the schizophrenics. When the sounds were noticeably louder(70 dB above threshold), no such difference was observed. Rather, both groups had similarly diminished gating of response. A significant difference between schizophrenics and normal subjects was also observed when the sounds were 30dB above threshold, but the difference was smaller than that at 50 dB. At any stimulus intensity, concomitant eye movements led to loss of gating of P50 in the normal subjects. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - *AUDITORY perception KW - *EYE -- Movements KW - SOUND KW - THRESHOLD (Perception) KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - Auditory event-related potentials KW - Auditory threshold UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=11062162&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Double-Blind Comparison of Bromocriptine and Placebo in Cocaine Withdrawal. AU - Eiler, Kathryn AU - Schaefer, Melodle R. AU - Salstrom, Daniel AU - Lowery, Rebecca JO - American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse JF - American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse Y1 - 1995/02// VL - 21 IS - 1 SP - 65 EP - 79 SN - 00952990 N1 - Accession Number: 9505022966; Author: Eiler, Kathryn: 1,2 Author: Schaefer, Melodle R.: 3 Author: Salstrom, Daniel: 4 Author: Lowery, Rebecca: 5 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Consultation-Liaison Section Psychiatry Service Department of Veteran Affairs The Edward Hines, Jr. Hospital Hines, Illinois 60141: 2 Department of Psychiatry Loyola University Maywood, Illinois 60153.: 3 DVA Outpatient Clinic Cocaine Abuse Program Psychology Service Los Angeles, California 90012-3328.: 4 Substance Abuse Treatment Program Department of Psychiatry Milwaukee Veterans Administration Medical Center 5000 West National Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53295.: 5 D. S. Howard Chicago, Illinois.; No. of Pages: 15; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050912 N2 - Twenty-nine cocaine-dependent male veterans without other drug dependence completed a double-blind controlled, randomly-assigned study examining the efficacy of bromocriptine versus placebo in the management of cocaine abstinence symptomatology. Serum prolactin (PL) and growth hormone (GH) levels were obtained prior to and after the study was completed. Patients were seen daily and completed several self-report questionnaires, including the Symptom Checklist-90-Revised, the Beck Depression Inventory, and a Cocaine Craving Report, The patients were also asked to rate a variety of cocaine withdrawal symptoms. Overall, there did not appear to be any advantage lo receiving bromocriptine versus placebo during the first 3 weeks following cocaine use cessation with the possible exception of changes in activity and appetite level. The placebo group showed a statistically significant increase in activity level during the first week in treatment and a significant increase in appetite throughout the study. Patients in both groups showed significant improvement in the other areas assessed, with improvement appearing to progress according to length of treatment, Hyperprolactinemia or abnormal GH levels were not found in this patient sample as a group. Thirty-four of the original 63 patients dropped out of the study. Seventeen received bromocriptine, and 17 received placebo. There was no significant difference between drug groups in incidence of retaining patients in treatment. The high dropout rate may reflect the difficulty incurred In retaining cocaine-dependent patients in treatment. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *COCAINE abuse KW - *DRUG withdrawal symptoms KW - *DRUG addiction KW - *COCAINE KW - *MENTAL depression KW - *DIAGNOSIS KW - BECK Depression Inventory UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=9505022966&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Modification of Atrioventricular Conduction Using a Combined Laser-Electrode Catheter. AU - Curtis, Anne B. AU - Mansour, Michael AU - Friedl, Stephan E. AU - Tomaru, Takanobu AU - Barbeau, Gerald R. AU - Normann, Sigurd J. AU - Abela, George S. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1994/03// VL - 17 IS - 3P1 SP - 337 EP - 348 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17479336; Author: Curtis, Anne B.: 1 Author: Mansour, Michael: 1 Author: Friedl, Stephan E.: 2 Author: Tomaru, Takanobu: 3 Author: Barbeau, Gerald R.: 4 Author: Normann, Sigurd J.: 1 Author: Abela, George S.: 2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Departments of Medicine and Pathology, University of Florida, andGainesville Veterans Administration Medical Center, Gainesville, Florida: 2 Department of Medicine, Harvard Medical School and the Deaconess Hospital. Boston. Massachusetts: 3 Second Department of Medicine, University of Tokyo, Tokyo, Japan: 4 Department of Medicine, Laval University, Quebec, Canada; No. of Pages: 14; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050701 N2 - Ablation of the AV junction is an accepted technique for the management of selected supraventricular tachyarrhythmias. Radiofrequency ablation appears to be safe and effective for AV junction ablation in most patients, but the need for firm tissuecontact may make it less effective for ventricular tachycardia and certain ectopic atrial tachycardias. Laser energy can also be delivered through a catheter, and thus it may be an attractive alternative energy source for ablation. A new laser-electrode catheter was developed for modification of conduction through the AV node as a model for ablation of an arrhythmia substrate. A window for delivery of continuous-wave Nd:YAG laser energy was placed between the two electrodes of a bipolar electrode catheter. In vitro studies using a matrix of power versus time were performed to determine the energy that would create lesions of the appropriate size in vivo. Using this information, advanced AV block was successfully created in 16 of 17 dogs (94%) with the laser-electrode catheter. Advanced AV block was successfully created in all four dogs in the chronic study, and it persisted for 1-24 weeks of follow-up until sacrifice of the animals. Histologic examination demonstrated discrete thermal damage at the AV junction with no instances of septal perforation in the acute studies or progressive necrosis in chronically maintained dogs. Advanced AV block may be produced consistently and safely in dogs using a combined laser-electrode catheter. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *VENTRICULAR tachycardia KW - *TACHYCARDIA KW - TACHYARRHYTHMIAS KW - CATHETER ablation KW - ND-YAG lasers KW - LASERS in medicine KW - ablation KW - atrioventricular node KW - laser KW - supraventricular tachycardia UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17479336&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - GEN AU - Banick, C R T1 - Equipping the clinical neuroteam: the literature of neurology, neurosurgery, neurological nursing, and allied electro-diagnostic and rehabilitative services JO - Science & Technology Libraries JF - Science & Technology Libraries Y1 - 1993///Spr-Sum 1993 VL - 13 IS - 3/4 M3 - Article SP - 109 EP - 150 SN - 0194262X AB - This article identifies reliable library sources that are of assistance to clinical neurologists. Types of serious neurological impairments are listed, and community hospitals and larger teaching hospitals are discussed. Research materials such as books, journals and medical school journal collections, are included. KW - Biomedicine KW - Diagnosis KW - Healthcare KW - Information sources N1 - Accession Number: ISTA2803085; Banick, C R 1; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration Medical Center, Providence, RI; Source Info: Spr-Sum 1993, Vol. 13 Issue 3/4, p109; Note: Update Code: 2800; Author-Supplied Keyword: Biomedicine; Author-Supplied Keyword: Diagnosis; Author-Supplied Keyword: Healthcare; Author-Supplied Keyword: Information sources; Number of Pages: 42p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lih&AN=ISTA2803085&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lih ER - TY - GEN AU - Jachna, J S AU - Miller, P L T1 - Augmenting GRATEFUL MED with the UMLS metathesaurus. An initial evaluation JO - Bulletin of the Medical Library Association JF - Bulletin of the Medical Library Association Y1 - 1993/01// VL - 81 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 20 EP - 28 SN - 00257338 AB - Clinicians in patient care settings must be able to locate relevant recent medical literature quickly. Computer literacy is increasing, but many clinicians remain ill at ease with search strategies for online bibliographic databases. As part of an ongoing project to simplify the translation of clinical questions into effective searches, a Unified Medical Language System (UMLS) Metathesaurus tool was designed. The authors compared bibliographic searches by relatively inexperienced users employing only GRATEFUL MED to searches done using GRATEFUL MED augmented with this tool. The users were clinicians examining questions related to a test set of clinical cases. Their problems and successes were monitored; the results suggest that the addition of a thesaurus helps resolve some problems in citation retrieval that trouble the novice user. By helping the user understand indexing terms in context and by reducing typing errors, a thesaurus can help provide an intelligent solution to lexical mismatches in bibliographic retrieval. KW - BIBLIOGRAPHIC databases KW - INDEXING KW - Healthcare KW - Medical terms N1 - Accession Number: ISTA2800849; Jachna, J S 1; Miller, P L; Affiliations: 1 : Univ. of Arizona Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tucson, AZ; Source Info: Jan 1993, Vol. 81 Issue 1, p20; Note: Update Code: 2800; Subject Term: BIBLIOGRAPHIC databases; Subject Term: INDEXING; Author-Supplied Keyword: Healthcare; Author-Supplied Keyword: Medical terms; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lih&AN=ISTA2800849&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lih ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107091599 T1 - Unusual presentation of a ring injury in a psychiatric patient. AU - Balakrishnan C AU - Nyitray J Y1 - 1999/12//1999 Dec N1 - Accession Number: 107091599. Language: English. Entry Date: 20000301. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study; CEU; exam questions; pictorial. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8200911. KW - Jewelry -- Adverse Effects KW - Finger Injuries -- Etiology KW - Finger Injuries -- Complications KW - Education, Continuing (Credit) SP - 37 EP - 40 JO - Journal of Psychosocial Nursing & Mental Health Services JF - Journal of Psychosocial Nursing & Mental Health Services JA - J PSYCHOSOC NURS MENT HEALTH SERV VL - 37 IS - 12 CY - Thorofare, New Jersey PB - SLACK Incorporated AB - A ring embedded in the digits may result in erosion of the skin, tendons, and bones. This type of injury may be prevented by removing the ring at the time of the injury. All constricting bands should be carefully monitered and, if necessary, removed from fingers to prevent chronic erosion especially in people with a physical or mental disability. SN - 0279-3695 AD - Department of Plastic Surgery, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4646 John R, Detroit, MI 4820; e-mail: cbalakri@med.wayne.edu U2 - PMID: 10618776. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107091599&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Can Amiodarone Pulmonary Toxicity Be Predicted in Patients Undergoing Implantable Cardioverter Defibrillator Implantation? AU - Hawthorne, Harry R. AU - Wood, Mark A. AU - Stambler, Bruce S. AU - Damiano, Ralph J. AU - Ellenbogen, Kenneth A. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1993/12// VL - 16 IS - 12 SP - 2241 EP - 2249 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17490221; Author: Hawthorne, Harry R.: 1 Author: Wood, Mark A.: 1 Author: Stambler, Bruce S.: 1 Author: Damiano, Ralph J.: 2 Author: Ellenbogen, Kenneth A.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Department of Medicine (Cardiology), Medical College of Virginia and McGuire Veterans Administration Medical Center, Richmond, Virginia: 2 Department of Surgery, Medical College of Virginia and McGuire Veterans Administration Medical Center, Richmond, Virginia; No. of Pages: 9; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20061128 N2 - Implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD) implantation is rapidly becoming accepted as primary therapy/or malignant ventricular arrhythmias. Many patients undergoing ICD implantation are on concomitant antiarrhythmic drugs to decrease shock frequency, slow tachycardia rate, and suppress supraventricular arrhythmias. Amiodarone is a potent antiarrhythmic agent that is also frequently used in the treatment of patients with refractory ventricular arrhythmias. Ten to forty percent of patients undergoing ICD implantation will also be taking amiodarone. It has been reported to cause pulmonary toxicity in about 5% of patients per year. Acute amiodarone toxicity presenting as adult respiratory distress syndrome has been reported much less frequently. Although perioperative morbidity due to amiodarone has been described, the risk, predictability, and consequences of acute pulmonary toxicity from amiodarone in patients undergoing ICD implantation have not been previously described. We reviewed the records of 99 consecutive patients undergoing ICD implantation at our institution from October 1987 to April 1992. Thirty-nine patients were taking 480 ± 230 mg of amiodarone (median 400 mg, lower 20th percentile 400 mg, upper 80th percentile 800 mg) for 291 ± 554 days prior to ICD implantation. Ten patients taking amiodarone developed acute pulmonary toxicity clinically manifesting as diffuse pulmonary infiltrates on chest radiography and adult respiratory distress syndrome with hypoxia (arterial pO2 < 60 mmHg) without evidence of pneumonia or elevated pulmonary capillary wedge pressure (PCW < 15 mmHg). Of the 60 patients not taking amiodarone none developed adult respiratory distress syndrome. There was no relationship between the clinical variables of age, type of anesthesia, ejection fraction, dose or duration of amiodarone use, number of intraoperative ICD test shocks, operative time, or intraoperative FIO2. Compared to patients on amiodarone who did not develop toxicity, patients with amiodarone pulmonary toxicity had prolonged intensive care unit stays (17.1 ± 16.9 days vs 3.5 ± 1.5 days, P < 0.001), as well as prolonged ventilator dependence (9.1 ± 18.7 days vs 0.9 ± 1.1 days. P = 0.02). Acute amiodarone pulmonary toxicity resulted in a widely variable clinical syndrome that occurred 1-5 days after surgery. In conclusion, pulmonary toxicity was not predicted by clinical or hemodynamic variables, results in markedly prolonged ventilator dependence and intensive care unit stays, and may result in death. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *IMPLANTABLE cardioverter-defibrillators KW - *IMPLANTED cardiovascular instruments KW - *ARRHYTHMIA KW - *VENTRICULAR fibrillation KW - *DRUGS KW - *TOXICOLOGY KW - AMIODARONE KW - adult respiratory distresssyndrome KW - amiodarone KW - implantable cardioverter defibrillator KW - pulmonary toxicity UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17490221&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Electrophysiological Evaluation of Moricizine in Patients with Sustained Ventricular Tachyarrhythmias: Low Efficacy and High Incidence of Proarrhythmia. AU - Bhandari, Anil K. AU - Lerman, Robert AU - Ehrlich, Steven AU - Sager, Philip AU - Leon, Cheryl AU - Widerhorn, Joseph AU - Cannom, David S. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1993/09// VL - 16 IS - 9 SP - 1853 EP - 1861 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17505453; Author: Bhandari, Anil K.: 1 Author: Lerman, Robert: 1 Author: Ehrlich, Steven: 1 Author: Sager, Philip: 2 Author: Leon, Cheryl: 1 Author: Widerhorn, Joseph: 3 Author: Cannom, David S.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Heart Institute, Hospital of the Good Samaritan: 2 Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Wadsworth, Los Angeles, California: 3 Department of Medicine, Los Angeles County, University of Southern California School of Medicine; No. of Pages: 9; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050705 N2 - In patients with history of sustained ventricular tachyarrhythmias, the efficacy and safety of moricizine have not been systematically evaluated by electrophysiological studies. We performed electrophysiological testing in these patients in the drug-free state and then after moricizine loading, and evaluated the safety profile of moricizine during in-hospital loading and follow-up. The study population comprised of 31 patients with clinically sustained ventricular tachyarrhythmia. The underlying heart disease was coronary in 25 patients, cardiomyopathy in 5 patients, and none in 1 patient. The left ventricular (LV) ejection fraction ranged from I5%-69% (mean 39 ± 15%). During the baseline drug-free electrophysiological testing, sustained ventricular tachycardia was inducible in 27 patients, ventricular fibrillation in 1 patient, and reproducible, nonsustained ventricular tachycardia (15-25 sec) in 3 patients. All 31 patients received moricizine to the maximum tolerated dose (851 ± 185 mg) over a period of 2-7 days. Six patients developed ventricular proarrhythmia within the first 4 days. Proarrhythmia required multiple cardioversions in three patients, was not associated with QT prolongation, and spontaneously resolved 6-24 hours after withdrawal of moricizine. Of the remaining 25 patients, 24 underwent electrophysioiogical testing on moricizine and 4 patients (16%) were rendered noninducible. The VT cycle length in the other 20 patients slowed from 243 ± 30 msec to 299 ± 60 msec (P < 0.09). Four noninducible patients, two patients with inducible but slowed VT and one patient who had refused further testing were discharged on moricizine. Among these seven patients, recurrent arrhythmic events occurred in two patients, ventricular proarrhythmia in one patient, complete AV block in one patient, and severe disabling headache in one patient. Only two patients have continued to take moricizine without side effects or recurrent arrhythmic events during a follow-up of 4 months and 9 months, respectively. Moricizine is only rarely effective for long-term treatment of patients with spontaneous sustained ventricular tachyarrhythmias, It renders ventricular tachyarrhythmias noninducible in a small minority (16%) and is associated with a high incidence (23%) of ventricular proarrhythmias. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *VENTRICULAR tachycardia KW - *TACHYCARDIA KW - *ARRHYTHMIA KW - *ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY KW - TACHYARRHYTHMIAS KW - moricizine KW - sustained ventricular tachyarrhythmias UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17505453&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The NASPE /BPEG Defibrillator Code. AU - Bernstein, Alan D. AU - Camm, A. John AU - Fisher, John D. AU - Fletcher, Ross D. AU - Mead, R. Hardwin AU - Nathan, Anthony W. AU - Parsonnet, Victor AU - Rickards, Anthony F. AU - Smyth, Nicholas P. D. AU - Sutton, Richard AU - Tarjan, Peter P. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1993/09// VL - 16 IS - 9 SP - 1776 EP - 1780 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17505441; Author: Bernstein, Alan D.: 1 Author: Camm, A. John: 2 Author: Fisher, John D.: 3 Author: Fletcher, Ross D.: 4 Author: Mead, R. Hardwin: 5 Author: Nathan, Anthony W.: 6 Author: Parsonnet, Victor: 1 Author: Rickards, Anthony F.: 7 Author: Smyth, Nicholas P. D. Author: Sutton, Richard: 8 Author: Tarjan, Peter P.: 9 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Newark Beth Israel Medical Center, Newark, New Jersey: 2 St. George's Hospital, United Kingdom: 3 Montefiore Medical Center, Bronx, New York: 4 Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, D.C.: 5 Sequoia Hospital, Redwood City, California: 6 St. Bartholomew's Hospital, United Kingdom: 7 Royal Brompton National Heart and Lung Hospital, United Kingdom: 8 Westminster Hospital, United Kingdom: 9 University of Miami, Coral Gables, Florida; No. of Pages: 5; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050705 N2 - A new generic code, patterned after and compatible with the NASPE/BPEG Generic Pacemaker Code (NBG Code] was adopted by the NASPE Board of Trustees on January 23. 1993. It was developed by the NASPE Mode Code Committee, including members of the North American Society of Pacing and Electrophysiology (NASPE) and the British Pacing and Electrophysiology Croup (BPECJ. It is abbreviated as the NBD (for NASPE/BPEC Defibrillator Code. It is intended for describing the capabilities and operation of implanted cardioverter defibrillators (ICDs) in conversation, record keeping, and device labeling, and incorporates four positions designating: (1) shocck location; (2) antitachycardia pacing location; (3) means of tachycardia detection; and (4) antibradycardia pacing location. An additional Short Form, intended only for use in conversation, was defined as a concise means of distinguishing devices capable of shock alone, shock plus antibradycardia pacing, and shock plus antitachycardia and antibradycardia pacing ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *DEFIBRILLATORS KW - *ELECTRONICS in cardiology KW - *IMPLANTABLE cardioverter-defibrillators KW - *CARDIAC pacing KW - *ARRHYTHMIA -- Treatment KW - ELECTRIC countershock KW - BPEG KW - code KW - defibrillator KW - mode KW - NASPE KW - NBD Code KW - pacemaker UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17505441&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intermodal selective attention: Evidence for processing in tonotopic auditory fields. AU - Woods, David L. AU - Alho, Kimmo AU - Algazi, Alain JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1993/05// VL - 30 IS - 3 SP - 287 EP - 295 SN - 00485772 N1 - Accession Number: 11656937; Author: Woods, David L.: 1 Author: Alho, Kimmo: 2 Author: Algazi, Alain: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Clinical Neurophysiology Laboratory, Department of Neurology, University of California-Davis, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, CA: 2 Department of Psychology, University of Helsinki, Helsini, Finland; No. of Pages: 9; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20040127 N2 - Auditory event-related brain potentials (ERPs) were recorded for 250- and 4,000-Hz tone bursts in an intermodal selective attention task. Tonotopic changes were evident in the scalp distribution of the rising phase of the auditory Nl (mean peak latency 116 ms); the Nl was more frontally distributed following the 4,000-Hz than following the 250-Hz tone bursts, and it included a eontralateral Pg0 component that was absent following 250-Hz tones. ERPs related to intermodal selective attention were isolated as negative and positive auditory difference waves (Nd[suba]s and Pd[suba]s). Neither the Nd[suba] nor the Pd[suba] showed changes in distribution with tone frequency, but both showed Ear x Frequency changes in distribution. ERPs for deviant tones included mismatch negativities (MMNs) and, in attend auditory conditions, N2b and P3 components. These components did not change in scalp distribution with tone frequency. One possible explanation is that tonotopic displacements of ERP distributions on the scalp surface depend on angular displacements in generator fields on gyral convexities. The results are consistent with the possibility that auditory processing radiates outward with increasing latency from tonotopic fields on Heschl's gyri to more gyrus-free regions of the planun temporale and anterior superior temporal plane. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *BRAIN KW - *ATTENTION KW - *PSYCHOLOGY KW - *ADAPTATION (Physiology) KW - AUDITORY adaptation KW - CHANGE KW - attention KW - auditory KW - cortex. KW - event-related potential KW - intermodal KW - tonotopic UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=11656937&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - GEN AU - Gartland, Henry J T1 - New trends in medical libraries in hospitals JO - Bulletin of the Medical Library Association JF - Bulletin of the Medical Library Association Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 59 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 330 EP - 334 SN - 00257338 AB - External and internal forces affecting medical library services are examined. Public law 89-239, the heart, cancer, and stroke amendments of 1965, which was extended by public law assistance act of 1965, which was extended by public law 91-212, have an impact on medical libraries. The veterans administration relationships with primary beneficiaries of these laws are explained. Internally, effort has been expended through automation networking, and extension of resources by amalgamation of books and audiovisuals to evolve responsive concepts with emphasis on independence through interdependence. The veterans administration library service plans and accomplishments in these areas are reviwed. N1 - Accession Number: ISTA0700038; Gartland, Henry J 1; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration, Washington, D.c.; Source Info: April 1971, Vol. 59 Issue 2, p330; Note: Update Code: 0700; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lih&AN=ISTA0700038&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lih ER - TY - GEN AU - Williams, T T1 - Microcomputer applications in a hospital library JO - Bulletin of the Medical Library Association JF - Bulletin of the Medical Library Association Y1 - 1985/04// VL - 73 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 207 EP - 210 SN - 00257338 AB - This paper describes the planning, selection and implementation of a computer system to automate basic managerial and operational functions at the Veterans Administration Medical Center library in New York City. The use of the TRS-80 system at the library is described. KW - COMPUTER systems KW - LIBRARIES -- Automation KW - MEDICAL libraries KW - Hospitals N1 - Accession Number: ISTA2201264; Williams, T 1; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration Medical Center, NY, NY; Source Info: Apr 1985, Vol. 73 Issue 2, p207; Note: Update Code: 2200; Subject Term: COMPUTER systems; Subject Term: LIBRARIES -- Automation; Subject Term: MEDICAL libraries; Author-Supplied Keyword: Hospitals; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lih&AN=ISTA2201264&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lih ER - TY - GEN AU - Sanders, Erhard T1 - Indexing an annotated bibliography: step-by-step procedure JO - Special Libraries JF - Special Libraries Y1 - 1973/02// VL - 64 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 86 EP - 90 SN - 00386723 AB - The preparation of the subject index for a scientific bibliography is described in detail. N1 - Accession Number: ISTA0801471; Sanders, Erhard 1; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois.; Source Info: February 1973, Vol. 64 Issue 2, p86; Note: Update Code: 0800; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lih&AN=ISTA0801471&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lih ER - TY - GEN AU - Roth, Britain G T1 - Health information for patients: the hospital library's role JO - Bulletin of the Medical Library Association JF - Bulletin of the Medical Library Association Y1 - 1978/01// VL - 66 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 14 EP - 18 SN - 00257338 AB - Libraries today, including most hospital-based patients' libraries, are involved only peripherally in providing patient health science information. Hospital libraries should collaborate with health professionals in getting health information to patients-along with the library's more traditional roles of providing recreational reading for patients and serving the informational needs of the physician and medical staff. The library should act as the center for educational materials and programs within the hospital. Many health agencies, health educators, physicians, and librarians have been discussing the needs for patient health education, but there are few effectively organized or established education centers. This paper discusses an overview of patient health education and intellectual freedom, proposes a new role for the existing hospital library in patient health education, and suggests guidelines for establishing a patient education center. N1 - Accession Number: ISTA1403520; Roth, Britain G 1; Affiliations: 1 : Library Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Miami, Florida; Source Info: January 1978, Vol. 66 Issue 1, p14; Note: Update Code: 1400; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lih&AN=ISTA1403520&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lih ER - TY - GEN AU - Holland, G J AU - Foxman, D S T1 - A checklist for planning and designing audiovisual facilities in health sciences JO - Bulletin of the Medical Library Association JF - Bulletin of the Medical Library Association Y1 - 1984/10// VL - 72 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 362 EP - 369 SN - 00257338 AB - Developed by an MLA/HeSCA (Health Sciences Communications Association) joint committee, this checklist is intended to serve as a conceptual framework for planning a new or renovated audiovisual facility in a health sciences library. Emphasis is placed on the philosophical and organizational decisions that must be made about an audiovisual facility before the technical or spatial decisions can be wisely made. The first section focuses on health sciences library settings. A bibliography relating to all aspects of audiovisual facilities planning and design is included with references to specific sections of the checklist. KW - Audio-visual aids KW - Facilities KW - Health sciences N1 - Accession Number: ISTA2201171; Holland, G J 1; Foxman, D S; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration Medical Center, Birmingham, AL; Source Info: Oct 1984, Vol. 72 Issue 4, p362; Note: Update Code: 2200; Author-Supplied Keyword: Audio-visual aids; Author-Supplied Keyword: Facilities; Author-Supplied Keyword: Health sciences; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lih&AN=ISTA2201171&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lih ER - TY - GEN AU - Davidson, R S AU - Bremser, R F T1 - Applications of the microprocessor in the behavioral medicine laboratory JO - Behavior Research Methods & Instrumentation JF - Behavior Research Methods & Instrumentation Y1 - 1981/08// VL - 13 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 546 EP - 549 SN - 00057878 AB - Applications of the microprocessor for use within a behavioral medicine laboratory, are reviewed. Current uses include clinical assessment (test administration, scoring, and interpretation), patient data file creation, data storage and retrieval, word processing of manuscripts and reference lists, data reduction, statistical analysis, and computer-assited therapy. Instrumentation and software in use and under development are described, as well as future prospects. N1 - Accession Number: ISTA1800653; Davidson, R S 1; Bremser, R F; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami, Fl; Source Info: Aug. 1981, Vol. 13 Issue 4, p546; Note: Update Code: 1800; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lih&AN=ISTA1800653&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lih ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107163245 T1 - Heparin-induced skin necrosis: nurses beware. AU - Sanchez MN AU - Barker C AU - Brosnan J Y1 - 1998/12//1998 Dec N1 - Accession Number: 107163245. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990201. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study; pictorial. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9011113. KW - Skin Diseases -- Etiology KW - Necrosis -- Chemically Induced KW - Heparin -- Adverse Effects KW - Heparin -- Administration and Dosage KW - Risk Factors KW - Wound Care KW - Wound Healing KW - Male KW - Middle Age SP - 419 EP - 429 JO - Dermatology Nursing JF - Dermatology Nursing JA - DERMATOL NURS VL - 10 IS - 6 CY - Pitman, New Jersey PB - Jannetti Publications, Inc. AB - As the prophylactic use of heparin continues to increase, nurses must be aware that heparin use may cause heparin-induced skin necrosis--a rare but serious complication. Although even more severe complications may occur from heparin use, this discussion will focus on skin necrosis caused by subcutaneous heparin. Should heparin-induced skin necrosis develop, heparin therapy must be discontinued immediately. This case presentation illustrates one patient's reaction to this complication. SN - 1060-3441 AD - Nurse Manager, Inpatient Acute Rehabilitation Ward, West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA U2 - PMID: 10670317. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107163245&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107156929 T1 - Use of vacuum-assisted wound closure in three chronic wounds. AU - Hartnett JM Y1 - 1998/11//1998 Nov N1 - Accession Number: 107156929. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990101. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study; pictorial. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9435679. KW - Wound Care -- Methods KW - Pressure Ulcer -- Therapy KW - Chronic Disease KW - Wound Care -- Contraindications KW - Wound Care -- Economics KW - Wound Infection KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Wound Healing KW - Odors KW - Pressure Ulcer -- Complications KW - Osteomyelitis KW - Aged, 80 and Over SP - 281 EP - 290 JO - Journal of Wound, Ostomy & Continence Nursing JF - Journal of Wound, Ostomy & Continence Nursing JA - J WOCN VL - 25 IS - 6 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Vacuum-assisted wound closure has been reported to promote the healing of chronic wounds by increasing the vascularity and oxygenation of the wound bed, maintaining a moist environment, and removing exudate through negative pressure. The results of vacuum-assisted wound closure for 3 patients with chronic wounds are presented. SN - 1071-5754 AD - Clinical Nurse Specialist, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN U2 - PMID: 9919143. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107156929&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107297418 T1 - The failing flap in facial plastic and reconstructive surgery: role of the medicinal leech. AU - Utley DS AU - Koch J AU - Goode RL Y1 - 1998/08// N1 - Accession Number: 107297418. Language: English. Entry Date: 19981101. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study; pictorial. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8607378. KW - Face -- Surgery KW - Leeches KW - Surgical Flaps KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Aged KW - Surgery, Otorhinolaryngologic -- Methods KW - Surgery, Reconstructive -- Methods SP - 1129 EP - 1135 JO - Laryngoscope JF - Laryngoscope JA - LARYNGOSCOPE VL - 108 IS - 8 CY - Malden, Massachusetts PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 0023-852X AD - Division of Otolaryngology/Head and Neck Surgery, Facial Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, Stanford University Medical Center, Palo Alto Veterans Administration Health Care System, Palo Alto, California UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107297418&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 108181491 T1 - Diagnosing vitamin B12 deficiency, a common geriatric disorder. AU - Carethers, M Y1 - 1988/03// N1 - Accession Number: 108181491. Language: English. Entry Date: 20120504. Revision Date: 20150712. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Blind Peer Reviewed; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 2985102R. KW - Avitaminosis -- Diagnosis KW - Aged KW - Aging KW - Diagnosis, Differential KW - False Negative Results KW - False Positive Results KW - Folic Acid Deficiency -- Diagnosis KW - Middle Age KW - Schilling Test -- Methods KW - Vitamin B12 -- Blood KW - Vitamin B12 -- Therapeutic Use KW - Avitaminosis -- Etiology KW - Avitaminosis -- Metabolism KW - Avitaminosis -- Therapy SP - 89 EP - 112 JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics JA - GERIATRICS VL - 43 IS - 3 CY - North Olmsted, Ohio PB - Advanstar Communications Inc. SN - 0016-867X AD - Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle. U2 - PMID: 3277892. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=108181491&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - TU Alternans, Long QTU, and Torsade de Pointes: Clinical and Experimental Observations. AU - Habbab, Mohammad A. AU - El-Sherif, Nabil JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1992/06// VL - 15 IS - 6 SP - 916 EP - 931 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17478991; Author: Habbab, Mohammad A.: 1 Author: El-Sherif, Nabil: 2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Cardiology Division, Department of Medicine, State University of New York.: 2 Health Science Center and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brooklyn, New York.; No. of Pages: 16; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050630 N2 - T or U wave alternans in association with long QTU and torsade de pointes (TdP) is uncommon and its mechanism(s) is unknown. We studied three patients with TU alternans, long QTU, and TdP: patient 1 was a newborn with congenital long QTU; patient 2 had marked hypokalemia and hypomagnesemia; and patient 3 was receiving procainamide. In the three patients, TU alternans was tachycardia dependent and preceded the onset of TdP. In the patient on procainamide, TU alternans and TdP occurred at long cardiac cycles. In this patient, endocardial monophasic action potential (MAP) recordings showed that TU alternans was associated with alternation of the duration of the plateau. A deflection consistent with early afterdepolarization (EAD) arose at a constant time interval from phase 0 but alternated from high and low levels of phase 3. The first ectopic heat of TdP arose on the descending limb of the EAD. TU alternans was investigated by MAP recordings in six normal dogs, following the administration of anthopleurin-A (AP-A), a drug shown to delay sodium inactivation and to induce bradycardia dependent long QTU, EADs, and TdP. In two dogs TU alternans was associated with 2:1 recordings of EAD and nearly constant plateau duration. In three dogs, TU alternans was associated with EAD that occurred in consecutive beats at constant time intervals from phase 0, but alternated from high and low phase 3 because of alternation of the duration of the plateau. In one dog, alternation of EAD and plateau duration occurred. In 36 separate episodes of TdP that were analyzed in the six dogs, 32 were bradycardia dependent but four developed on abrupt shortening of the cardiac cycle associated with alternation of action potential duration. Our results suggest: (1) TU alternans may be due to 2:1 propagation of an EAD or to alternation of the recovery kinetics of u repolarization current; (2) The constant occurrence of EAD in relation to phase 0 in spite of alternation of plateau duration suggests an ionic mechanism synchronized to depolarization; (3) Tachycardia dependent TdP in clinical and experimental examples of long QTU seems to be characteristically associated with TU alternans. Dispersion of repolarization may underlie the increased ventricular electrical instability in these cases. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *TACHYCARDIA KW - *HYPOKALEMIA KW - *PATIENTS KW - *HEART beat KW - *DOGS KW - GRASS tetany KW - dispersion of repolarization KW - early afterdepolarization KW - long QTU syndrome KW - torsade de pointes KW - TU alternans UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17478991&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107235059 T1 - Recognition and management of toxoplasmosis. AU - Heitman BB AU - Irizarry AF Y1 - 1997/09//1997 Sep N1 - Accession Number: 107235059. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980101. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study; consumer/patient teaching materials; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7603663. KW - Toxoplasmosis -- Diagnosis KW - Toxoplasmosis -- Drug Therapy KW - Toxoplasmosis -- Epidemiology KW - Toxoplasmosis -- Physiopathology KW - Toxoplasmosis -- In Infancy and Childhood KW - Toxoplasmosis -- Prevention and Control KW - Immunocompromised Host KW - Lung Diseases -- Etiology KW - Brain Diseases -- Etiology KW - Eye Diseases -- Etiology KW - Diagnosis, Differential KW - Serologic Tests KW - AIDS-Related Opportunistic Infections KW - Antibiotics -- Administration and Dosage KW - Antiprotozoal Agents -- Administration and Dosage KW - Trimethoprim-Sulfamethoxazole Combination KW - Infant, Newborn KW - Adult KW - Pregnancy KW - Male KW - Female KW - Fetus SP - 75 EP - 86 JO - Nurse Practitioner JF - Nurse Practitioner JA - NURSE PRACT VL - 22 IS - 9 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Toxoplasma gondii is a frequent cause of subclinical latent human infection and an important opportunistic pathogen that may cause severe disease in immunocompromised patients. Patients with AIDS who have antibodies to T. gondii should be considered at high risk for development of clinical disease (toxoplasmosis). Reactivation of latent infection in the central nervous system is a common HIV/AIDS-related complication in these patients. Typical presenting symptoms are headache, confusion, fever, and focal neurologic deficits. Routine serologic tests cannot distinguish active from latent infection. Neuroradiologic studies may be highly suggestive of toxoplasmic encephalitis, but the definitive diagnosis can be made only by demonstration of toxoplasma in brain tissue. The unique pathogenesis of toxoplasmic encephalitis in patients with AIDS necessitates intensive primary therapy followed by life long suppressive therapy. Clinical and radiographic improvement is usually rapid with appropriate treatment. SN - 0361-1817 AD - Adult Day Health Care Program, Miami Veterans Administration Medical Center U2 - PMID: 9314166. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107235059&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107258854 T1 - Myositis ossificans of the foot... including commentary by Berlin SF. AU - De Maeseneer M AU - Jaovisidha S AU - Lenchik L AU - Vaughan LM AU - Russack V AU - Sartoris DJ AU - Resnick D Y1 - 1997/07//1997 Jul-Aug N1 - Accession Number: 107258854. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980501. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study; CEU; commentary; diagnostic images; exam questions; pictorial. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: Supported in part by Veterans Administration Grant SA 310. NLM UID: 9308427. KW - Myositis Ossificans -- Diagnosis KW - Myositis Ossificans -- Radiography KW - Diagnosis, Differential KW - Magnetic Resonance Imaging KW - Tomography, X-Ray Computed KW - Adult KW - Female KW - Funding Source KW - Education, Continuing (Credit) SP - 290 EP - 333 JO - Journal of Foot & Ankle Surgery JF - Journal of Foot & Ankle Surgery JA - J FOOT ANKLE SURG VL - 36 IS - 4 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - W B Saunders AB - A 37-year-old woman with myositis ossificans of the left foot is reported. A faint density was seen on foot radiographs, whereas computed tomography images showed a rim of mineralization inferior to the second and third metatarsal bones. On short tau inversion recovery-weighted magnetic resonance images, a hyperintense lesion was demonstrated with hyperintensity extending to the surrounding soft tissues. The rim of ossification appeared hypointense. Other non-neoplastic soft tissue processes with bone formation such as pseudomalignant osseous tumor of soft tissues, florid reactive periostitis, and bizarre parosteal osteochondromatous proliferation occur more commonly in the foot than myositis ossificans. A differential diagnosis of these lesions including periosteal and parosteal osteosarcoma, periosteal chondroma, and osteomyelitis is discussed. SN - 1067-2516 AD - Department of Osteoradiology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3350 La Jolla Village Dr, San Diego, CA U2 - PMID: 9298445. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107258854&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107343656 T1 - Peroneal subluxation: a comprehensive review of the literature with case presentations. AU - Niemi WJ AU - Savidakis J Jr. AU - DeJesus JM Y1 - 1997/03//1997 Mar-Apr N1 - Accession Number: 107343656. Language: English. Entry Date: 19971101. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study; CEU; exam questions; pictorial. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9308427. KW - Subluxation KW - Tendon Injuries KW - Subluxation -- Diagnosis KW - Subluxation -- Therapy KW - Ankle Injuries -- Complications KW - Subluxation -- Surgery KW - Education, Continuing (Credit) KW - Adult KW - Male SP - 141 EP - 163 JO - Journal of Foot & Ankle Surgery JF - Journal of Foot & Ankle Surgery JA - J FOOT ANKLE SURG VL - 36 IS - 2 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - W B Saunders AB - Subluxation of the peroneal tendons is a rare injury that is often misdiagnosed. This injury is usually related to and often accompanied by lateral ankle ligament sprains. A comprehensive review of the literature, as well as two cases of surgically treated subluxing peroneal tendons will be presented. Anatomy, etiology, and diagnosis will be discussed. Both conservative and surgical treatment methodology will be discussed in detail. SN - 1067-2516 AD - Veterans Administration Connecticut Health Care Systems, West Haven Campus, Yale University School of Medicine Clinical Campus, West Haven, Connecticut U2 - PMID: 9127219. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107343656&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107341855 T1 - Progressive maxillary sinus swelling that causes epiphora. AU - Schoeman RJ AU - Aghaloo TL AU - Sherkat N Y1 - 1997/03//1997 Mar N1 - Accession Number: 107341855. Language: English. Entry Date: 19971001. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study; diagnostic images; pictorial. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 101576782. KW - Paranasal Sinus Diseases -- Diagnosis KW - Head and Neck Neoplasms -- Diagnosis KW - Paranasal Sinus Diseases -- Radiography KW - Hematologic Diseases -- Diagnosis KW - Head and Neck Neoplasms -- Radiotherapy KW - Diagnosis, Differential KW - Middle Age KW - Male SP - 310 EP - 313 JO - Oral Surgery, Oral Medicine, Oral Pathology, Oral Radiology & Endodontology JF - Oral Surgery, Oral Medicine, Oral Pathology, Oral Radiology & Endodontology JA - ORAL SURG ORAL MED ORAL PATHOL ORAL RADIOL ENDO VL - 83 IS - 3 CY - New York, New York PB - Elsevier Science SN - 1079-2104 AD - Chief, Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Los Angeles, CA U2 - PMID: 9084190. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107341855&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of Antiarrhythmic Drug Therapy on the Incidence of Shocks in Patients who Receive an Implantable Cardioverter Defibrillator after a Single Episode of Sustained Ventricular Tachycardia/Fibrillation. AU - Kou, William H. AU - Kirsh, Marvin M. AU - Bolling, Steve F. AU - Stirling, Mack AU - Kadish, Alan H. AU - De Buitleir, Michael AU - Calkins, Hugh AU - Lewis, Ruth R. R. AU - Morady, Fred JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1991/11// VL - 14 IS - 11P1 SP - 1586 EP - 1592 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17127921; Author: Kou, William H.: 1 Author: Kirsh, Marvin M.: 2 Author: Bolling, Steve F.: 2 Author: Stirling, Mack: 1 Author: Kadish, Alan H.: 3 Author: De Buitleir, Michael: 3 Author: Calkins, Hugh: 3 Author: Lewis, Ruth R. R.: 3 Author: Morady, Fred: 3 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Medical Center: 2 Division of Thoracic Surgery, Department of Surgery, University of Michigan Hospital, Ann Arbor, Michigan: 3 Division of Cardiology, Department of Internal Medicine, University of Michigan Hospital, Ann Arbor, Michigan; No. of Pages: 7; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050526 N2 - Seventy-four patients (16 women, 58 men, age 58 ± 11 years, mean ± standard deviation) who received an implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD) after experiencing a single episode of ventricular tachycardia or ventricular fibrillation were followed to determine if antiarrhythmic drug therapy affects the incidence of ICD discharges. Thirty-three patients (group A) were treated with an antiarrhythmic drug that was either untested or previously demonstrated during electropharmacological testing to be ineffective in suppressing the induction of ventricular tachycardia. Forty-one patients (group B) were not treated with an antiarrhythmic drug. There were no significant differences between the two groups in regards to age, sex, incidence of coronary artery disease, left ventricular function or the type of ICD pulse generator used. During a mean follow-up of 14 months for the entire cohort, 15 patients (46%) in group A and 18 patients [44%) in group B experienced at least one ICD shock. The time to the first appropriate shock (5 ± 5 months in both groups) and the frequency of ICD shocks (0.3 ± 0.2/month in group A vs 0.4 ± 0.5/month in group B) were similar in both groups. The incidence of syncope at the time of lCD discharge was higher in group A than group B patients (31% vs 5%, P < 0.05). In conclusion, antiarrhythmic drugs that are untested or have failed electropharmacological testing do not appear to reduce the probability of ICD discharge over a short-term (mean 14 months) follow-up in patients who have had only one clinical episode of VT/VF and may increase the risk of syncope during ICD discharge. Studies with a larger sample size and longer follow-up period will be needed to confirm these findings. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *IMPLANTABLE cardioverter-defibrillators KW - *IMPLANTED cardiovascular instruments KW - *DEFIBRILLATORS KW - *MYOCARDIAL depressants KW - *TACHYCARDIA KW - implantable cardioverter defibrillator UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17127921&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR AU - Brown, Laurel L. AU - Tomarken, Andrew J. AU - Orth, David N. AU - Loosen, Peter T. AU - Kalin, Ned H. AU - Davidson, Richard J. T1 - Individual Differences in Repressive-Defensiveness Predict Basal Salivary Cortisol Levels. JO - Journal of Personality & Social Psychology JF - Journal of Personality & Social Psychology Y1 - 1996/02// VL - 70 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 362 EP - 371 SN - 00223514 AB - Prior studies assessing the relation between negative affective traits and cortisol have yielded inconsistent results. Two studies assessed the relation between individual differences in repressive-defensiveness and basal salivary cortisol levels. Experiment 1 assessed midafternoon salivary cortisol levels in men classified as repressors, high-anxious, or low-anxious. In Experiment 2, more rigorous controls were applied as salivary cortisol levels in women and men were assessed at 3 times of day on 3 separate days. In both studies, as hypothesized, repressors and high-anxious participants demonstrated higher basal cortisol levels than low-anxious participants. These findings suggest that both heightened distress and the inhibition of distress may be independently linked to relative elevations in cortisol. Also discussed is the possible mediational role of individual differences in responsivity to, or mobilization for, uncertainty or change. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Personality & Social Psychology is the property of American Psychological Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - INDIVIDUAL differences KW - PERSONALITY KW - HYDROCORTISONE KW - ANXIETY KW - PERSONALITY assessment N1 - Accession Number: 9603122967; Brown, Laurel L. 1; Tomarken, Andrew J. 1; Orth, David N. 1; Loosen, Peter T. 2; Kalin, Ned H. 3; Davidson, Richard J. 3; Affiliations: 1: Vanderbilt University; 2: Vanderbilt University and Nashville Veterans, Administration Medical Center; 3: University of Wisconsin--Madison; Issue Info: Feb96, Vol. 70 Issue 2, p362; Subject Term: INDIVIDUAL differences; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: HYDROCORTISONE; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: PERSONALITY assessment; Number of Pages: 10p; Illustrations: 2 Charts, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=9603122967&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Biernat, Monica AU - Manis, Melvin AU - Nelson, Thomas E. T1 - Stereotypes and Standards of Judgment. JO - Journal of Personality & Social Psychology JF - Journal of Personality & Social Psychology Y1 - 1991/04// VL - 60 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 485 EP - 499 SN - 00223514 AB - People routinely adjust their subjective judgment standards as they evaluate members of stereotyped social groups. Such shifts are less likely to occur, however, when judgments are made on stable, "objective" response scales. In 3 studies, subjects judged a series of targets with respect to a number of gender-relevant attributes (e.g., height, weight, and income), using either subjective (Likert-type) or objective response scales (e.g., inches, pounds, and dollars). Objective judgments were consistently influenced by sex stereotypes; subjective judgments were not. Results were also consistent with the expectation that when a judgment attribute is unrelated to gender, male and female targets evoke the same judgment standards. A schematic model of how stereotyped mental representations are expressed on subjectively defined rating scales is presented, and implications for the study of person perception are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Personality & Social Psychology is the property of American Psychological Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - JUDGMENT (Psychology) KW - SOCIAL groups KW - STEREOTYPES (Social psychology) KW - GENDER stereotypes KW - GENDER N1 - Accession Number: 9104222440; Biernat, Monica 1; Manis, Melvin 2; Nelson, Thomas E. 3; Affiliations: 1: University of Florida; 2: University of Michigan; 3: Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Medical Center; Issue Info: Apr91, Vol. 60 Issue 4, p485; Subject Term: JUDGMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: SOCIAL groups; Subject Term: STEREOTYPES (Social psychology); Subject Term: GENDER stereotypes; Subject Term: GENDER; Number of Pages: 15p; Illustrations: 2 Diagrams, 10 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=9104222440&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Keeler, Theodore E. AU - Teh-Wei Hu AU - Barnett, Paul G. AU - Manning, Willard G. AU - Hai-Yen Sung T1 - Do cigarette producers price-discriminate by state?: An empirical analysis of local cigarette pricing and taxation. JO - Journal of Health Economics JF - Journal of Health Economics Y1 - 1996/08// VL - 15 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 499 EP - 512 SN - 01676296 AB - This study analyzes the interactive effects of oligopoly pricing, state taxation, and anti-smoking regulations on retail cigarette prices by state, using panel data for the 50 US states between 1960 and 1990. The results indicate that cigarette producers do price-discriminate by state, though the effect is not large relative to the final retail price. There are two further results: (1) state taxes are more than passed on - a 1-cent state tax increase results in a price increase of 1.11 cents, and (2) sellers offset state and local anti-smoking laws with lower prices, thereby blunting effects of the regulations. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Health Economics is the property of Elsevier Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - OLIGOPOLIES KW - STATE taxation KW - PRICES KW - SMOKING -- Law & legislation KW - CIGARETTES KW - UNITED States KW - Cigarettes KW - Oligopoly KW - Taxation KW - Tobacco N1 - Accession Number: 11895786; Keeler, Theodore E. 1; Teh-Wei Hu 2; Barnett, Paul G. 3; Manning, Willard G. 4; Hai-Yen Sung 5; Affiliations: 1: Department of Economics, University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720-3880, USA.; 2: School of Public Health, University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720-7360, USA.; 3: Center, Health Care Evaluation, US Department of Veterans Administration Medical Center, Menlo Park, CA, USA.; 4: School of Public Health, Division of Health Science Research and Policy, University of Minnesota , Minnesota, MN 55455-0392, USA.; 5: Permanente Medical Group, Department of Quality and Utilization, Oakland, CA, USA.; Issue Info: Aug1996, Vol. 15 Issue 4, p499; Thesaurus Term: OLIGOPOLIES; Thesaurus Term: STATE taxation; Thesaurus Term: PRICES; Subject Term: SMOKING -- Law & legislation; Subject Term: CIGARETTES; Subject: UNITED States; Author-Supplied Keyword: Cigarettes; Author-Supplied Keyword: Oligopoly; Author-Supplied Keyword: Taxation; Author-Supplied Keyword: Tobacco; NAICS/Industry Codes: 453999 All other miscellaneous store retailers (except beer and wine-making supplies stores); NAICS/Industry Codes: 453991 Tobacco Stores; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424940 Tobacco and Tobacco Product Merchant Wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 312220 Tobacco product manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 312230 Tobacco Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 413310 Cigarette and tobacco product merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 921130 Public Finance Activities; Number of Pages: 14p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=11895786&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Segerstrom, Suzanne C. AU - McCarthy, William J. AU - Caskey, Nicholas H. AU - Gross, Todd M. AU - Jarvik, Murray E. T1 - Optimistic Bias Among Cigarette Smokers. JO - Journal of Applied Social Psychology JF - Journal of Applied Social Psychology Y1 - 1993/10//10/1/93 VL - 23 IS - 19 M3 - Article SP - 1606 EP - 1618 SN - 00219029 AB - The article presents a study using Adult Use of Tobacco Survey (AUTS) data to demonstrate that smokers, while acknowledging increased risk for illness, still show evidence of an optimistic bias in their perception of the risk of their usual brand of cigarette. The survey was conducted by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services in 1990. The AUTS sample was drawn from the noninstitutionalized civilian population of the United States, including Hawaii and Alaska. It is opined that if the majority of a group claim that their chances of a negative outcome are less than average, it provides evidence for an optimistic bias in the assessment of risk. It was found that cigarette smokers are optimistic both about the general health of their usual brand of cigarette and its content of a primary carcinogen, tar. Smokers do not evidence an optimistic bias regarding their health risks relative to nonsmokers because of pervasive public health information, not because they cannot find a self-charitable way to think about smoking. KW - SMOKING KW - SOCIAL surveys KW - CIGARETTE smokers KW - OPTIMISM KW - TOBACCO use KW - SUBSTANCE abuse N1 - Accession Number: 9410121353; Segerstrom, Suzanne C. 1; McCarthy, William J. 1; Caskey, Nicholas H. 2,3; Gross, Todd M. 1; Jarvik, Murray E. 3,4; Affiliations: 1: University of California, Los Angeles.; 2: Department of Psychiatry and Biobehavioral Sciences, University of California, Los Angeles.; 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Los Angeles.; 4: Department of Psychiatry and Biobehavioral Sciences University of California, Los Angeles.; Issue Info: 10/1/93, Vol. 23 Issue 19, p1606; Subject Term: SMOKING; Subject Term: SOCIAL surveys; Subject Term: CIGARETTE smokers; Subject Term: OPTIMISM; Subject Term: TOBACCO use; Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse; Number of Pages: 13p; Illustrations: 4 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=9410121353&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Burgess Jr., James F. AU - Harmon, Oskar R. T1 - Specification Tests in Hedonic Models. JO - Journal of Real Estate Finance & Economics JF - Journal of Real Estate Finance & Economics Y1 - 1991/12// VL - 4 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 375 EP - 393 SN - 08955638 AB - Specification testing can be an effective method for addressing the considerable econometric problems present in hedonic models. In this article, we suggest the use of three different Hausman-type specification tests-tests for the hedonic price equation, each preference equation, and a system of equations-as a way of isolating the sources of misspecification in a hedonic model. Using a national data sample as an example, we illustrate the use of these tests to guide model specification in a simultaneous setting. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Real Estate Finance & Economics is the property of Springer Science & Business Media B.V. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ECONOMETRICS KW - CONSUMPTION (Economics) -- Mathematical models KW - MATHEMATICAL economics KW - ECONOMETRIC models KW - MATHEMATICAL models KW - ECONOMICS KW - Hedonic simultaneous equation molels KW - Specification tests N1 - Accession Number: 17324142; Burgess Jr., James F. 1,2; Harmon, Oskar R. 3; Affiliations: 1: Graduate Management Institute, Union College, Schenectady, New York 12308.; 2: U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, Management Science Group, Bldg. 12, 200 Springs Road, Bedford, MA 01730.; 3: Department of Economics, University of Connecticut, Scofieldtown Road, Stamford, CT 06903.; Issue Info: Dec1991, Vol. 4 Issue 4, p375; Thesaurus Term: ECONOMETRICS; Thesaurus Term: CONSUMPTION (Economics) -- Mathematical models; Thesaurus Term: MATHEMATICAL economics; Thesaurus Term: ECONOMETRIC models; Thesaurus Term: MATHEMATICAL models; Thesaurus Term: ECONOMICS; Author-Supplied Keyword: Hedonic simultaneous equation molels; Author-Supplied Keyword: Specification tests; Number of Pages: 19p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=17324142&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Carey, Kathleen T1 - Stochastic Demand for Hospitals and Optimizing "Excess" Bed Capacity. JO - Journal of Regulatory Economics JF - Journal of Regulatory Economics Y1 - 1998/09// VL - 14 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 165 EP - 187 SN - 0922680X AB - This paper addresses the issue of hospital bed capacity by considering the stochastic demand for United States hospitals. An equilibrium condition for the optimal number of "excess" beds is derived and applied using a cost function estimated with a panel data model for the period 1987-1992. Results indicate that it may be difficult to justify the costliness of existing levels of empty hospital beds. The Department of Justice and the Federal Trade Commission should be cognizant of the potential effects of hospital mergers on undesirable excess bed capacity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Regulatory Economics is the property of Springer Science & Business Media B.V. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HOSPITALS KW - HEALTH care industry KW - HOSPITAL size KW - UNITED States KW - UNITED States. Dept. of Justice KW - UNITED States. Federal Trade Commission N1 - Accession Number: 16912392; Carey, Kathleen 1; Email Address: Carey.Kathleen@bedford.va.gov; Affiliations: 1: U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, Management Science Group, 200 Springs Road, Bedford, MA 01730; Issue Info: Sep1998, Vol. 14 Issue 2, p165; Thesaurus Term: HOSPITALS; Thesaurus Term: HEALTH care industry; Subject Term: HOSPITAL size; Subject: UNITED States ; Company/Entity: UNITED States. Dept. of Justice ; Company/Entity: UNITED States. Federal Trade Commission; NAICS/Industry Codes: 926110 Administration of General Economic Programs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622110 General Medical and Surgical Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622111 General (except paediatric) hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 446199 All Other Health and Personal Care Stores; Number of Pages: 23p; Illustrations: 8 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=16912392&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Burgess Jr., James F. AU - Wilson, Paul W. T1 - Decomposing Hospital Productivity Changes, 1985-1988: A Nonparametric Malmquist Approach. JO - Journal of Productivity Analysis JF - Journal of Productivity Analysis Y1 - 1995/12// VL - 6 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 343 EP - 363 SN - 0895562X AB - Annual data on U.S. hospitals from 1985-1988 are evaluated by ownership type--profit, nonprofit, state and local government, and U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (VA)--for changes in hospital productivity over time. Distance functions are used to measure Malmquist indices of productivity change, which are then decomposed into indices of efficiency change and technology change. In contrast to previous studies using this approach, we allow for variable returns to scale and use both input and output orientations. We find that changes in technology dominate changes in inefficiency in determining changes in productivity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Productivity Analysis is the property of Springer Science & Business Media B.V. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HOSPITALS KW - PROFIT KW - TECHNOLOGICAL innovations KW - INDUSTRIAL efficiency KW - LOCAL government KW - ORGANIZATIONAL effectiveness N1 - Accession Number: 16850675; Burgess Jr., James F. 1; Wilson, Paul W. 2; Affiliations: 1: Management Science Group, U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, Bedford, MA 01730.; 2: Department of Economics, University of Texas, Austin, TX 78712.; Issue Info: Dec1995, Vol. 6 Issue 4, p343; Thesaurus Term: HOSPITALS; Thesaurus Term: PROFIT; Thesaurus Term: TECHNOLOGICAL innovations; Thesaurus Term: INDUSTRIAL efficiency; Thesaurus Term: LOCAL government; Thesaurus Term: ORGANIZATIONAL effectiveness; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622110 General Medical and Surgical Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622111 General (except paediatric) hospitals; Number of Pages: 21p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=16850675&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Koop, Gary AU - Carey, Kathleen T1 - Using Seminonparametric Methods to Model Hospital Cost Functions: The Multi-Product Asymptotically Ideal Model. JO - Journal of Productivity Analysis JF - Journal of Productivity Analysis Y1 - 1994/06// VL - 5 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 141 EP - 159 SN - 0895562X AB - The article develops a multi-product extension of the asymptotically ideal model which has several advantages over traditional cost functions. The AIM cost function has greater flexibility and allows for economic theory to be imposed via parametric restrictions alone. In addition, the AIM cost function is superior to other seminon-parametric approaches as it is unlikely to suffer from overfitting problems. The multi-product AIM cost function is estimated using hospital data from 137 VA hospitals. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Productivity Analysis is the property of Springer Science & Business Media B.V. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HOSPITALS KW - ECONOMICS KW - COST analysis KW - COST effectiveness KW - HEALTH facilities KW - EXTENSION (Logic) N1 - Accession Number: 16830814; Koop, Gary 1; Carey, Kathleen 2; Affiliations: 1: Department of Economics, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, M5S 1A1; 2: Management Science Group, U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, 200 Springs Road, Bedford, MA 01730; Issue Info: Jun1994, Vol. 5 Issue 2, p141; Thesaurus Term: HOSPITALS; Thesaurus Term: ECONOMICS; Thesaurus Term: COST analysis; Thesaurus Term: COST effectiveness; Thesaurus Term: HEALTH facilities; Subject Term: EXTENSION (Logic); NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622111 General (except paediatric) hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622110 General Medical and Surgical Hospitals; Number of Pages: 19p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=16830814&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The Implantable Cardioverter-Defibrillator: Clinical Results. AU - Palatianos, George M. AU - Thurer, Richard J. AU - Cooper, Deborah K. AU - Georgakakis, George E. AU - Tucker, Robert L. AU - Fernandez, Pedro AU - Interian Jr., Alberto AU - Myerburg, Robert J. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1991/02/15/ VL - 14 IS - 2P2 SP - 297 EP - 301 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17121854; Author: Palatianos, George M.: 1 Author: Thurer, Richard J.: 1 Author: Cooper, Deborah K.: 1 Author: Georgakakis, George E.: 1 Author: Tucker, Robert L.: 1 Author: Fernandez, Pedro: 1 Author: Interian Jr., Alberto: 1 Author: Myerburg, Robert J.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Divisions of Thoracic and Cardiovascular Surgery and Cardiology, University of Miami School of Medicine/ Jackson Memorial and Veterans Administration Medical Centers, Miami, Florida; No. of Pages: 5; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050524 N2 - To evaluate the effectiveness of the automatic implantable cardioverter-defibrillator (AICD), a 7-year experience, from 1983-1990, was reviewed. A total of 111 patients received an AICD device. Their ages ranged between 8 and 83 years. Mean age was 63.9 years. There were 91 men and 20 women. Eighty of the patients received the AICD following an out-of-hospital cardiac arrest, while 31 were suffering from intermittent symptomatic ventricular tachycardia. The underlying etiology in 97 patients (87%) was ischemic coronary artery disease, in 11 patients (10%) dilated cardiomyopathy, and in 3 patients (3%) idiopathic ventricular fibrillation. Mean ejection fraction was 33.2%. Implantation of the AICD was performed via a left thoracotomy in 39 patients, median sternotomy in 49 patients and subxiphoid-subcostal approach in 23 patients. In-hospital mortality occurred in one patient who suffered an acute myocardial infarction 4 hours postoperatively. Out-of-hospital mortality was observed in 19 patients. There were two arrhythmic deaths. Follow-up was available for 107 patients. Mean follow-up was 33.1 months. Sixty-six patients (62%) had AICD shocks. The initial appropriate shocks occurred during the first postimplantation year in 91% of the patients. In 53 of the survivors, initial AICD shocks took place within 4.4 ± 4.7 months from implantation. Thirteen of the 20 patients who died had received appropriate AICD shocks. In these patients, the time between implantation and first shock was 2.7 ± 3.6 months whereas the time between implantation and death was 11.3 ± 10.3 months (NS). We conclude that the AICD is effective in converting ventricular tachyarrhythmias and prolongs survival. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *IMPLANTABLE cardioverter-defibrillators KW - *IMPLANTED cardiovascular instruments KW - *DEFIBRILLATORS KW - *HEART failure KW - *CORONARY heart disease KW - *ARRHYTHMIA KW - *TACHYCARDIA KW - automatic implantable defibrillator KW - sudden cardiac death UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17121854&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR AU - Nelson, Thomas E. AU - Biernat, Monica R. AU - Manis, Melvin T1 - Everyday Base Rates (Sex Stereotypes): Potent and Resilient. JO - Journal of Personality & Social Psychology JF - Journal of Personality & Social Psychology Y1 - 1990/10// VL - 59 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 661 EP - 675 SN - 00223514 AB - Undergraduate Ss studied photographs of students and estimated the heights of the pictured models. Contrary to reports of base-rate neglect, sex stereotypes regarding height (the implicit recognition that men are normally taller than women) significantly affected these estimates, even when the targets' actual height was statistically controlled. Base rates were especially influential when information about targets was ambiguous, that is when targets were pictured seated. These base-rate effects were robust, remaining significant and substantial despite efforts to lessen their magnitude. Attempts to reduce base-rate effects by encouraging Ss to strive for accuracy, discouraging their reliance on the target's sex (as a cue), or offering cash rewards for accuracy did not succeed. Informing Ss that for the sample to be judged, sex would not predict targets' heights attenuated the base-rate effect, although it remained highly significant. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Personality & Social Psychology is the property of American Psychological Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PHOTOGRAPHS KW - STEREOTYPES (Social psychology) KW - COLLEGE students KW - SEX differences (Biology) KW - STATURE KW - HUMAN sexuality N1 - Accession Number: 9103042325; Nelson, Thomas E. 1; Biernat, Monica R. 1; Manis, Melvin 1; Affiliations: 1: University of Michigan and Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Medical Center; Issue Info: Oct90, Vol. 59 Issue 4, p661; Subject Term: PHOTOGRAPHS; Subject Term: STEREOTYPES (Social psychology); Subject Term: COLLEGE students; Subject Term: SEX differences (Biology); Subject Term: STATURE; Subject Term: HUMAN sexuality; Number of Pages: 14p; Illustrations: 2 Diagrams, 2 Charts, 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=9103042325&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Major, Brenda AU - Cozzarelli, Catherine AU - Sciacchitano, Anne Marie AU - Cooper, M. Lynne AU - Testa, Maria AU - Mueller, Pallas M. T1 - Perceived Social Support, Self-Efficacy, and Adjustment to Abortion. JO - Journal of Personality & Social Psychology JF - Journal of Personality & Social Psychology Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 59 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 452 EP - 463 SN - 00223514 AB - Prior to their having a 1st trimester abortion, women's perceptions of social support from their partner, family, and friends and self-efficacy for coping were assessed. Depression, mood, physical complaints, and anticipation of negative consequences were measured after the 30-min recovery period. As predicted, perceived social support enhanced adjustment indirectly through its effects on self-efficacy. Women who perceived high support from their family; friends, and partners had higher self-efficacy for coping. Higher self-efficacy, in turn, predicted better adjustment on the psychological measures but not on the physical complaint measure. No direct path between social support and adjustment was observed. In addition, women who told close others of their abortion but perceived them as less than completely' supportive had poorer postabortion psychological adjustment than either women who did not tell or women who told and perceived complete support. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Personality & Social Psychology is the property of American Psychological Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ABORTION KW - PERCEPTION KW - SOCIAL support KW - FAMILIES KW - SELF-efficacy KW - ADJUSTMENT (Psychology) KW - WOMEN N1 - Accession Number: 9103042308; Major, Brenda 1; Cozzarelli, Catherine 1; Sciacchitano, Anne Marie 1; Cooper, M. Lynne 1; Testa, Maria 1; Mueller, Pallas M. 2; Affiliations: 1: State University of New York at Buffalo; 2: Readjustment Counseling Service, Veterans Administration, Salem, Oregon; Issue Info: Sep90, Vol. 59 Issue 3, p452; Subject Term: ABORTION; Subject Term: PERCEPTION; Subject Term: SOCIAL support; Subject Term: FAMILIES; Subject Term: SELF-efficacy; Subject Term: ADJUSTMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: WOMEN; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 12p; Illustrations: 2 Diagrams, 3 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=9103042308&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Taub, Harvey A. AU - Abrams, Charles T1 - EFFECTS OF TARGET VALUE AND EXPOSURE DURATION ON RECALL IN A VISUAL SEARCH TASK. JO - Journal of Applied Psychology JF - Journal of Applied Psychology Y1 - 1971/08// VL - 55 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 393 EP - 398 SN - 00219010 AB - The present study was designed to investigate the effects of exposure duration (.5, .75, 1.0, 2.0, and 3.0 sec. per slide) and ratio of value (16:1 and 2:1) on the recall of high- and low-value letters in a visual search task. The results indicated that although Ss' strategies tended to favor reports of the high-value over the low-value stimuli, differences in performance varied directly with both ratio and length of exposure. These results were discussed in terms of their general implications and were related to the inconsistencies in the findings reported in the previous literature. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Applied Psychology is the property of American Psychological Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - QUESTIONNAIRES KW - LITERATURE KW - ALPHABETS KW - VISUAL fields KW - MEMORY KW - RECOGNITION (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 12359413; Taub, Harvey A. 1; Abrams, Charles 2; Affiliations: 1: Syracuse Veterans Administration Hospital.; 2: Human Factors Research, Incorporated Santa Barbara, California.; Issue Info: Aug71, Vol. 55 Issue 4, p393; Thesaurus Term: QUESTIONNAIRES; Subject Term: LITERATURE; Subject Term: ALPHABETS; Subject Term: VISUAL fields; Subject Term: MEMORY; Subject Term: RECOGNITION (Psychology); Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=12359413&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fozard, James L. AU - Nuttall, Ronald L. T1 - GENERAL APTITUDE TEST BATTERY SCORES FOR MEN DIFFERING IN AGE AND SOCIOECONOMIC STATUS. JO - Journal of Applied Psychology JF - Journal of Applied Psychology Y1 - 1971/08// VL - 55 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 372 EP - 379 SN - 00219010 AB - The General Aptitude Test Battery (GATB) was administered to 1,146 employed and retired men ranging in age from 28-83 yr. They were above average in physical health. Descriptive statistics, representing four socioeconomic status (SES) groups, and six age levels were presented. Analyses of both the aptitude and subtest scores indicated significant declines with increased age and lower SELS groups. There were no statistically significant interactions between age and SES effects; those abilities most affected by age were least affected by SES and vice versa. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Applied Psychology is the property of American Psychological Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MATHEMATICS KW - STATISTICS KW - SOCIAL status KW - ABILITY testing KW - PUBLIC health KW - AGE distribution (Demography) N1 - Accession Number: 12359409; Fozard, James L. 1; Nuttall, Ronald L. 2; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, and Harvard Medical School, Boston.; 2: Institute of human Sciences, Boston College.; Issue Info: Aug71, Vol. 55 Issue 4, p372; Thesaurus Term: MATHEMATICS; Thesaurus Term: STATISTICS; Subject Term: SOCIAL status; Subject Term: ABILITY testing; Subject Term: PUBLIC health; Subject Term: AGE distribution (Demography); NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=12359409&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rhinehart, J. B. AU - Barrell, R. P. AU - Dewolfe, A. S. AU - Griffin, J. E. AU - Spaner, F. E. T1 - COMPARATIVE STUDY OF NEED SATISFACTIONS IN GOVERNMENTAL AND BUSINESS HIERARCHIES. JO - Journal of Applied Psychology JF - Journal of Applied Psychology Y1 - 1969/06//Jun69 Part1 VL - 53 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 230 EP - 235 SN - 00219010 AB - Two thousand twenty-six questionnaires from managers (supervisors) of a government agency, Veterans Administration, Department of Medicine and Surgery (VA-DM&S), were evaluated and compared with Porter's (1962) Business and Industry (B&I) sample. Satisfaction decreased from top- to lower-management levels and the greatest satisfaction deficit at all levels was in autonomy and self-actualization for both DM&S and B&I Ss. Dissatisfaction for DM&S was markedly greater than for B&I, confirming the study of Paine, Carroll, and Leete (1966) who found 95 government managers less satisfied than B&I Ss. Government's lag in the human relations area contrasted with B&I's growing people-centered orientation is offered as a possible explanation for the need-satisfaction differences between the two groups. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Applied Psychology is the property of American Psychological Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - INDUSTRIAL management KW - GOVERNMENT agencies KW - VETERANS -- Loans KW - EXECUTIVES -- Attitudes KW - SELF-actualization (Psychology) KW - MENTAL health N1 - Accession Number: 12359299; Rhinehart, J. B. 1; Barrell, R. P. 1; Dewolfe, A. S. 1; Griffin, J. E. 1; Spaner, F. E. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Coatesville, Pennsylvania.; Issue Info: Jun69 Part1, Vol. 53 Issue 3, p230; Thesaurus Term: INDUSTRIAL management; Thesaurus Term: GOVERNMENT agencies; Thesaurus Term: VETERANS -- Loans; Thesaurus Term: EXECUTIVES -- Attitudes; Subject Term: SELF-actualization (Psychology); Subject Term: MENTAL health; NAICS/Industry Codes: 921190 Other General Government Support; NAICS/Industry Codes: 913910 Other local, municipal and regional public administration; NAICS/Industry Codes: 912910 Other provincial and territorial public administration; NAICS/Industry Codes: 911910 Other federal government public administration; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=12359299&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Taub, Harvey A. AU - Osborne, Francis H. T1 - EFFECTS OF SIGNAL AND STIMULUS RATES ON VIGILANCE PERFORMANCE. JO - Journal of Applied Psychology JF - Journal of Applied Psychology Y1 - 1968/04// VL - 52 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 133 EP - 138 SN - 00219010 AB - 2 experiments investigated the relative effects of critical signal rate, normal noncritical signal rate, and critical signal probability on detection in a visual vigilance task. In all conditions Ss had to monitor a clock display for a period of 54 min. The results of both experiments suggested that normal signal rate may be of greater importance in a vigilance situation than either critical signal rate or critical signal probability. In general, both percentage of detections and percentage of stimuli falsely responded to were inversely related to normal signal presentation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Applied Psychology is the property of American Psychological Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - STIMULUS satiation KW - SIGNAL detection (Psychology) KW - VIGILANCE (Psychology) KW - APPLIED psychology KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - PERCEPTION N1 - Accession Number: 12361471; Taub, Harvey A. 1; Osborne, Francis H. 2; Affiliations: 1: State University of New York, Upstate Medical Center, Syracuse.; 2: Syracuse Veterans Administration Hospital.; Issue Info: Apr68, Vol. 52 Issue 2, p133; Subject Term: STIMULUS satiation; Subject Term: SIGNAL detection (Psychology); Subject Term: VIGILANCE (Psychology); Subject Term: APPLIED psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: PERCEPTION; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=12361471&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Buttiglieri, Matthew W. AU - Guenette, Marie T1 - DRIVING RECORD OF NETJROPSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Applied Psychology JF - Journal of Applied Psychology Y1 - 1967/04// VL - 51 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 96 EP - 100 SN - 00219010 AB - The driving records were obtained from the California Department of Motor Vehicles for all patients admitted to the neuropsychiatric wards of the Sepulveda (California) Veterans Administration Hospital with active driver's licenses in their possession. The 165-patient sample had accident and violation records which did not differ significantly from the California male driving population. 80% of the ⅔ sample had no accidents and more than 1 driving of the sample had no more than 1 driving violation during the 3 yr. preceding hospitalization. There was no clear-cut difference in negligent-operator point count between the patient group and the California male driving population except at the high end of the point-count distribution for a very small proportion of patients. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Applied Psychology is the property of American Psychological Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - NEUROPSYCHIATRY KW - AUTOMOBILE drivers' records KW - TRAFFIC regulations KW - TRAFFIC accidents KW - TRAFFIC violations KW - CALIFORNIA KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 12428389; Buttiglieri, Matthew W. 1; Guenette, Marie 2; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, California.; 2: Institute Of Transportation And Traffic Engineering, University Of California, Los Angeles.; Issue Info: Apr67, Vol. 51 Issue 2, p96; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: AUTOMOBILE drivers' records; Subject Term: TRAFFIC regulations; Subject Term: TRAFFIC accidents; Subject Term: TRAFFIC violations; Subject: CALIFORNIA; Subject: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=12428389&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Holmstrom, Valerie L. AU - Beach, Lee Roy T1 - Subjective Expected Utility and Career Preferences. JO - Organizational Behavior & Human Performance JF - Organizational Behavior & Human Performance Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 10 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 201 EP - 207 SN - 00305073 AB - Undergraduate psychology majors rated the relative preferability of eight psychological occupations, the probabilities that each occupation would lead to satisfactory levels of each of 18 kinds of outcomes, and the utilities of the outcomes. The probabilities and utilities were used to compute subjective expected utilities (SEUs) for each of the occupations. Then, for each subject, the relative magnitudes of the SEU's were correlated with the relative preferability of the psychological occupations; the mean correlation was .83. Differences in utilities for subjects who preferred different psychological occupations also were examined. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Organizational Behavior & Human Performance is the property of Academic Press Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DEMAND (Economic theory) KW - EXPECTED returns KW - UTILITY theory KW - CORRELATION (Statistics) KW - PROBABILITY theory KW - EXPECTED utility N1 - Accession Number: 7604343; Holmstrom, Valerie L. 1; Beach, Lee Roy 2; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Brockton, Massachusetts.; 2: University of Washington.; Issue Info: Oct73, Vol. 10 Issue 2, p201; Thesaurus Term: DEMAND (Economic theory); Thesaurus Term: EXPECTED returns; Thesaurus Term: UTILITY theory; Thesaurus Term: CORRELATION (Statistics); Thesaurus Term: PROBABILITY theory; Subject Term: EXPECTED utility; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=7604343&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lavan, Helen AU - Welsch, Harold P. AU - Full, James M. T1 - A Contingency Approach to Organization Development Based on Differentiated Roles. JO - Group & Organization Studies JF - Group & Organization Studies Y1 - 1981/06// VL - 6 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 176 EP - 189 SN - 03641082 AB - As a logical extension of the principle of individual differences, it is suggested that there are various differentiated groups within organizations that may require customized interventions. Administrators and professionals are two such groups represented in most organizations. Focusing on job satisfaction as the dependent variable in a health-care organization, the results indicate that a contingency perspective is warranted. Overall, the theory predicted accurately and significantly in sixty-five of a possible 136 relationships for the professionals and in only forty-four of the relationships for the administrators. This result indicates that differential-intervention strategies should be utilized for the two groups, even in the same organization. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Group & Organization Studies is the property of Sage Publications Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ORGANIZATIONAL change KW - HEALTH services administrators KW - MEDICAL personnel KW - JOB satisfaction KW - MANAGEMENT KW - INDIVIDUAL differences KW - STRESS (Physiology) N1 - Accession Number: 6551674; Lavan, Helen 1; Welsch, Harold P. 1; Full, James M. 2; Affiliations: 1: Associate professor of management, DePaul University-Chicago; 2: Medical social worker for the Veterans Administration; Issue Info: Jun81, Vol. 6 Issue 2, p176; Thesaurus Term: ORGANIZATIONAL change; Thesaurus Term: HEALTH services administrators; Thesaurus Term: MEDICAL personnel; Thesaurus Term: JOB satisfaction; Thesaurus Term: MANAGEMENT; Subject Term: INDIVIDUAL differences; Subject Term: STRESS (Physiology); Number of Pages: 14p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=6551674&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tate, Merle W. AU - Hyer, Leon A. T1 - Inaccuracy of the X [sup2] Test of Goodness of Fit When Expected Frequencies Are Small. JO - Journal of the American Statistical Association JF - Journal of the American Statistical Association Y1 - 1973/12// VL - 68 IS - 344 M3 - Article SP - 836 SN - 01621459 AB - In applied statistics there is an increasing tendency toward leniency regarding minimum expectation prerequisite to Pearson's chi[sup 2] test for goodness of fit, based on various empirical studies of the distribution of chi[sup 2] in sampling from multinomial populations with given parameters. In this study it is shown that the chi-square probabilities of chi[sup 2] may differ markedly from the exact cumulative multinomial probabilities. Contrary to prevailing opinion, the approximation did not improve, when samples were small, as expectation increased nor as the number of categories or degrees of freedom increased. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of the American Statistical Association is the property of Taylor & Francis Ltd and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - STATISTICS KW - ESTIMATION theory KW - CORRELATION (Statistics) KW - PROBABILITY theory KW - SAMPLING (Statistics) KW - GOODNESS-of-fit tests KW - CHI-squared test N1 - Accession Number: 4603274; Tate, Merle W. 1; Hyer, Leon A. 2; Affiliations: 1: Professor, Department of Education, Lehigh University, Bethlehem, Penn. 18015.; 2: Staff Psychologist, Veterans' Administration Hospital, Lyons, New Jersey 07939.; Issue Info: Dec73, Vol. 68 Issue 344, p836; Thesaurus Term: STATISTICS; Thesaurus Term: ESTIMATION theory; Thesaurus Term: CORRELATION (Statistics); Thesaurus Term: PROBABILITY theory; Thesaurus Term: SAMPLING (Statistics); Subject Term: GOODNESS-of-fit tests; Subject Term: CHI-squared test; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541910 Marketing Research and Public Opinion Polling; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=4603274&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mabel, Sanford AU - Rosenfeld, Howard M. T1 - Relationship of Self-concept to the Experience of Imbalance in p-o-x Situations. JO - Human Relations JF - Human Relations Y1 - 1966/11// VL - 19 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 381 EP - 389 SN - 00187267 AB - The article presents a study on the relationship between self-concept and reaction to structural imbalance. The subjects of the study were ninety-three male and ninety-seven female university students from classes in introductory psychology. The Tennessee Department of Mental Health Self-concept Scale was used to assess the self-concept of the subjects. Each subject had to answer true or false to 100 self-referent items in the measure that applied to him in varying degrees. A lower self-concept score is earned by a subject who attributes a greater preponderance of culturally undesirable properties to himself. KW - SELF-perception KW - SOCIAL interaction KW - AWARENESS KW - SOCIAL perception KW - COLLEGE students KW - ATTRIBUTION (Social psychology) KW - SOCIAL psychology KW - TENNESSEE self concept scale KW - PERSONALITY tests N1 - Accession Number: 4963216; Mabel, Sanford 1; Rosenfeld, Howard M. 2,3; Affiliations: 1: Employed, Veterans Administration Hospital, Rosenburg, Oregon.; 2: Assistant Professor, Department of Psychology, University of Kansas.; 3: Research Associate, Bureau of Child Research, University of Kansas.; Issue Info: Nov66, Vol. 19 Issue 4, p381; Subject Term: SELF-perception; Subject Term: SOCIAL interaction; Subject Term: AWARENESS; Subject Term: SOCIAL perception; Subject Term: COLLEGE students; Subject Term: ATTRIBUTION (Social psychology); Subject Term: SOCIAL psychology; Subject Term: TENNESSEE self concept scale; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Number of Pages: 9p; Illustrations: 6 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=4963216&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107428994 T1 - Topical silastic gel sheeting for treating and controlling hypertrophic and keloid scars: case study. AU - Ahlering PA Y1 - 1995/10//1995 Oct N1 - Accession Number: 107428994. Language: English. Entry Date: 19951201. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9011113. KW - Keloid -- Therapy KW - Silicones -- Therapeutic Use KW - Gels -- Therapeutic Use KW - Burns -- Complications KW - Wound Healing KW - Patient Education KW - Wound Care -- Economics KW - Male SP - 295 EP - 322 JO - Dermatology Nursing JF - Dermatology Nursing JA - DERMATOL NURS VL - 7 IS - 5 CY - Pitman, New Jersey PB - Jannetti Publications, Inc. AB - Hypertrophic and keloid scars form in a healed skin wound by the overgrowth of fibrous tissue after injury or surgery. In this case study the treatment and control of hypertrophic and keloid scars in an adult Chinese male with third degree burns is presented, emphasizing the use of topical silastic gel for scar treatment and control. SN - 1060-3441 AD - Ambulatory Care, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, CA U2 - PMID: 8695320. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107428994&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107363045 T1 - Helping the irascible patient in long term care: towards a theoretical and practice design. AU - Lerer G Y1 - 1995/06// N1 - Accession Number: 107363045. Language: English. Entry Date: 19960301. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7903311. KW - Problem Patients KW - Long Term Care KW - Social Work -- Utilization KW - Veterans KW - Stress, Occupational KW - Social Isolation KW - Defense Mechanisms KW - Professional-Patient Relations KW - Collaboration KW - Life History Review KW - Patient Attitudes KW - Attitude of Health Personnel KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and Over KW - Inpatients KW - Male SP - 169 EP - 184 JO - Journal of Gerontological Social Work JF - Journal of Gerontological Social Work JA - J GERONTOL SOC WORK VL - 24 IS - 1/2 PB - Taylor & Francis Ltd AB - Many patients in long term care institutions have inordinate emotional needs which the staff's provision of standard treatment, comfort and personal hygiene cannot meet. This clash between their compelling needs and the staff's reasonable responses produces the irascible patient who is frustrating and discouraging to even the most committed caregivers. To understand and treat these patients' problems, common developmental histories were examined and treatment undertaken that went beyond the supportive endeavors usually considered all that can be done for this patient population. To help these individuals recover a sense of their lost competence and identity, the social worker reviewed their work experiences with them and elicited the capabilities they used when they lived independently. Although this process did not make them compliant, contented patients, useful memories were revived and dimmed identities rediscovered. They were able to develop more trust in their caregivers and set more reasonable expectations for their care. While the emphasis of this article is on these interventions, they are presented as an additional treatment effort, not as a substitute for evaluating and improving how caregiving staff is trained and supported so that they can interact more effectively and humanely with emotionally difficult and needy residents. SN - 0163-4372 AD - St Albans Extended Care Center, 179-02 Linden Blvd, St Albans, NY 11425, part of the Brooklyn Veterans Administration Medical Center UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107363045&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107419353 T1 - Nurse educator. A self-paced case study approach to continuing education. AU - Benware SN Y1 - 1995/06//1995 Jun N1 - Accession Number: 107419353. Language: English. Entry Date: 19950901. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study; pictorial. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7605913. KW - Staff Development KW - Teaching Methods KW - Emergency Nursing -- Education KW - Self Directed Learning KW - Bulletin Boards -- Utilization SP - 258 EP - 261 JO - JEN: Journal of Emergency Nursing JF - JEN: Journal of Emergency Nursing JA - J EMERG NURS VL - 21 IS - 3 CY - New York, New York PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0099-1767 AD - Ambulatory/Emergency Care, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Durham, North Carolina U2 - PMID: 7543169. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107419353&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107411630 T1 - Hypothyroidism: common complaints, perplexing diagnosis. AU - Heitman B AU - Irizarry A Y1 - 1995/03//1995 Mar N1 - Accession Number: 107411630. Language: English. Entry Date: 19950701. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7603663. KW - Hypothyroidism -- Diagnosis KW - Thyroid Hormones -- Drug Effects KW - Thyroid Function Tests KW - Thyroxine KW - Thyroiditis, Autoimmune KW - Patient Education KW - Hypothyroidism -- Etiology KW - Hypothyroidism -- Physiopathology KW - Hypothyroidism -- Drug Therapy KW - Infant KW - Adolescence KW - Adult KW - Middle Age KW - Male KW - Female SP - 54 EP - 60 JO - Nurse Practitioner JF - Nurse Practitioner JA - NURSE PRACT VL - 20 IS - 3 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Hypothyroidism, the most common disorder of thyroid function is especially common in the adult female population. The disease affects every major organ system and metabolic process. The diagnosis of primary hypothyroidism can be perplexing to the clinician because of its insidious onset and wide array of nonspecific manifestations. Complaints of fatigue, muscle weakness, lethargy, and weight gain are often at first attributed to emotional or other health problems. Additionally, patients may not seek medical care because they are unaware that they are ill. Clinicians need to be familiar with the signs and symptoms of hypothyroidism so that a timely diagnosis and treatment can be initiated. This article reviews the etiology, pathophysiology and clinical manifestations of hypothyroidism as well as the methods of diagnosis and treatment. Elements of patient education are described with particular emphasis on the chronic nature of hypothyroidism and the need for life long treatment. SN - 0361-1817 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami, Florida U2 - PMID: 7761041. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107411630&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - GEN AU - McCarthy, William J. AU - Caskey, Nicholas H. AU - Jarvik, Murray E. T1 - Ethnic Differences in Nicotine Exposure. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1992/08// VL - 82 IS - 8 M3 - Letter SP - 1171 EP - 1172 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - A letter to the editor is presented in response to an editorial by J. E. Henningfield et al. on nicotine dependence, and on the articles it addresses by E. J. Pérez et al., A. D. McNeill et al., and L. E. Wagenknecht et al., in the September 1990 issue. KW - Letters to the editor KW - Nicotine addiction N1 - Accession Number: 20671882; McCarthy, William J. 1; Caskey, Nicholas H. 2,3; Jarvik, Murray E. 2,3; Affiliations: 1: UCLA Division of Cancer Control, Los Angeles, Calif.; 2: Brentwood Veterans Administration Hospital, Los Angeles, Calif.; 3: UCLA Department of Psychiatry, Los Angeles, Calif.; Issue Info: Aug1992, Vol. 82 Issue 8, p1171; Subject Term: Letters to the editor; Subject Term: Nicotine addiction; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=20671882&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The Signal Averaged Electrocardiogram and Programmed Stimulation in Patients with Complex Ventricular Arrhythmias. AU - Turitto, Gioia AU - El-Sherif, Nabil JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1990/12/15/ VL - 13 IS - 12P2 SP - 2156 EP - 2159 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17481675; Author: Turitto, Gioia: 1 Author: El-Sherif, Nabil: 2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Wichita Institute for Clinical Research, Wichita, Kansas, and San Camillo Hospital, Roma, Italy.: 2 State University of New York, Health Science Center and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brooklyn, New York.; No. of Pages: 4; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050630 N2 - The signal averaged electrocardiogram (SA-ECG), programmed electrical stimulation (PES), and left ventricular ejection fraction (EF) studies were utilized for risk stratification and management of patients with complex ventricular arrhythmias and nonsustained ventricular tachycardia (VT). The study population included 90 patients (63 with coronary artery disease and 27 with dilated cardiomyopathy). Sustained monomorphic VT was induced in 22 cases (24%), ventricular fibrillation (VF) in 10 (11%), and no sustained VT/VF in 58 (64%). An abnormal SA-ECG was recorded in 23 patients (26%) and was more common in patients with than in those without induced sustained VT (68% vs 12%, P < 0.0001). None of 33 patients with normal SA-ECG and EF ≥ 40% had induced VT. Patients were followed-up for 2.5 ± 0.8 years off antiarrhythmic therapy, unless they had induced sustained VT. The 3-year sudden death rate was 19% in the group with induced sustained VT, 0 in that with induced VF, and 9% in that without induced VT/VF (P = NS). The 3-year total cardiac mortality was higher in patients with than in those without EF < 40% (27% vs 7%, P < 0.05). It is concluded that patients with organic heart disease and spontaneous nonsustained VT may not need PES or antiarrhythmic therapy if SA-ECG is normal and EF is ≥ 40%, since their risk of induced VT and sudden death is low. On the other hand, patients with abnormal SA-ECG and/or EF < 40% may require PES, since their risk for induced VT is high. Antiarrhythmic therapy may also be considered in these patients. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY KW - *THERAPEUTICS KW - *ARRHYTHMIA KW - *MORTALITY KW - *CORONARY heart disease KW - *CARDIOMYOPATHIES KW - programmed stimulation KW - signal averaged electrocardiogram KW - ventricular tachycardia UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17481675&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Application of Beat-to-Beat Techniques. AU - Flowers, Nancy C. AU - Horan, Leo G. AU - Weiqun Yang JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1990/12/15/ VL - 13 IS - 12P2 SP - 2148 EP - 2155 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17481657; Author: Flowers, Nancy C.: 1 Author: Horan, Leo G.: 1 Author: Weiqun Yang: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Section of Cardiology. Medical College of Georgia and the Veterans Administration Medical Center, Angusta, Georgia.; No. of Pages: 8; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050630 N2 - The focus of this report is to describe a system for recording surface His-Purkinje and ventricular late potentials on a beat-by-beat basis outside of a shielded environment. An AC magnetic field monitoring device was designed for improved site selection, orientation, and quality control of the acquisition. His-Purkinje signals are detected utilizing spatial averaging and specific channel selection algorithms applied to discriminate random noise from signal. Beat-by-beat vectormagnitude complexes were generated from pairs of X, Y, and Z leads. Both infinite impulse response (IIR) filters, modified for beat-by-beat approaches, and finite impulse response (FIR) filters were utilized. Using the IIR filter, beat-by-beat recordings from test subjects were compared to the signal averaged electrocardiogram (SAECG). Measurement parameters from normal test subjects fell within the previously specified normal range for the SAECG. The IIR filter applied to beat-by-beat recordings exhibited sharp frequency response and a precisely defined cutoff frequency allowing maximal attenuation of the low frequency components in the ST segment. While filter ringing was eliminated, discontinuity and distortion of the filtered waveform resulted. The FIR filter with linear phase response retained the integrity and morphology of the complex but because of its flat frequency response, the ST segment was not as well attenuated and it was more difficult to isolate late potentials. A high order FIR filter should be used if the desire is to match the frequency response of the four-pole IIR filter, since the frequency response of the FIR filter is primarily determined by the order of the filter. With the FIR filter the waveform will be widened on both sides in time and therefore a trade-off results between the order of the filter and the cutoff frequency. A low order and a high cutoff frequency were necessary to attenuate the low frequency components of the ST segment without significantly widening the QRS. To record high resolution ECGs without noticeable 60-Hz noise, the magnetic field of 60 Hz should be smaller than 6.6 × 10-8 Tesla. This study indicates that real-time analysis of both His-Purkinje potentials and late potentials in an unshielded environment is possible. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY KW - *CARDIOMYOPATHIES KW - MEDICAL equipment KW - MAGNETIC fields KW - ALGORITHMS KW - QUALITY control KW - beat-by-beat techniques KW - electrocardiography KW - high resolution KW - late potentials KW - surface His potential UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17481657&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Electrophysiological Basis of Ventricular Late Potentials. AU - El-Sherif, Nabil AU - Cough, William B. AU - Restivo, Mark AU - Craelius, William AU - Henkin, Raphael AU - Caref, Edward B. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1990/12/15/ VL - 13 IS - 12P2 SP - 2140 EP - 2147 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17481645; Author: El-Sherif, Nabil: 1 Author: Cough, William B.: 1 Author: Restivo, Mark: 1 Author: Craelius, William: 1 Author: Henkin, Raphael: 1 Author: Caref, Edward B.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Cardiology Division, Department of Medicine, State University of New York Health Science Center and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brooklyn, New York.; No. of Pages: 8; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050630 N2 - The presence of late potentials on the body surface recording was correlated with ventricular activation maps of reentrant circuits in the postinfarction canine model of reentrant excitation. Late potentials were found to correlate with delayed myocardial activation. However, during a reentrant rhythm complete diastolic activity on the body surface could not be detected if the mass of electrically active cells was too small and/or if very slow conduction in part of the reentrant circuit generated low amplitude extracellular potentials. Myocardial zones responsible for late potentials during a basic rhythm (e.g., sinus rhythm) may not necessarily be part of the critical zone of slow conduction during reentrant activation. Dynamic changes in late potentials are not amenable to temporal signal averaging techniques but could be detected by a high resolution beat-to-beat recording. A thorough understanding of the electrophysiological limitations of late potentials in the signal-averaged ECG could result in better utilization of the technique in clinical practice as well as in the development of new approaches for the detection of the arrhythmogenic substrate. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY KW - *MYOCARDIAL infarction KW - *HEART KW - *ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY KW - *CORONARY heart disease KW - ELECTRIC properties KW - ELECTRODIAGNOSIS KW - high resolution EGG KW - kite potentials KW - mapping. KW - myocardial infarction KW - signal-averaged EGG KW - ventricular tachycardia UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17481645&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - AN INTERACTIONAL APPROACH TO ATTRIBUTIONAL DIMENSIONS IN DYSPHORIA. AU - Eschen, Janet E. AU - Glenwick, David S. JO - Social Behavior & Personality: an international journal JF - Social Behavior & Personality: an international journal Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 18 IS - 2 SP - 267 EP - 278 SN - 03012212 N1 - Accession Number: 12998353; Author: Eschen, Janet E.: 1 Author: Glenwick, David S.: 2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Veterans Administration Medical Center, Northport, New York: 2 Fordham University; No. of Pages: 11; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20040505 N2 - To investigate the possible contributions to dysphoria of interactions among attributional dimensions, 105 freshmen and sophomores were administered the Attributional Style Questionnaire and the Beck Depression Inventory. Analyses examined the relationship to dysphoria of (a) the traditional composite score; (b) multiple regression analyses including interactions among the various dimensions; and (c) indices of behavioral self blame, characterological self-blame, and external blame. The results provided modest support for the specific hypothesized interactional model and, to a large extent, appeared to support the validity of the standard manner in which dysphoric attributional style is viewed. Refinements of' the traditional model are suggested, involving the self- blame construct, the possible role of the stability dimension, and the relationship between controllability and positive event attributions. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *SOCIAL psychology KW - *MENTAL depression KW - ATTRIBUTION (Social psychology) KW - PSYCHOSEXUAL disorders KW - REGRESSION analysis KW - BLAME UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=12998353&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Alternate Methods for the Determination of Atrial Capture Threshold Utilizing the Telemetered Intracardiac Electrogram. AU - Feuer, Joshua M. AU - Florio, Joseph AU - Shandling, Adrian H. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1990/10// VL - 13 IS - 10 SP - 1254 EP - 1260 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17477963; Author: Feuer, Joshua M.: 1,2 Author: Florio, Joseph: 3 Author: Shandling, Adrian H.: 1,2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Department of Cardiology, Long Beach Veterans Administration Medical Center: 2 Long Beach Memorial Medical Center Long Beach, California: 3 Pacesetter Systems, California.; No. of Pages: 7; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050630 N2 - Periodic determination of pacemaker capture threshold is important to ensure appropriate pacemaker function. During dual chamber pacing, it is sometimes difficult to identify evidence of atrial depolarization on surface electrocardiography (ECG), and this can interfere with the ability to ascertain atrial capture. We describe new methods for determining atrial capture threshold using a standard telemetered endocardial atrial electrogram (AEGM). For the first method, the atrial output is decremented until loss of atrial capture is demonstrated by the appearance of native P wave activity on the AEGM, The atrial capture threshold can then he accurately determined as the point at which a stepwise increase in atrial output results in extinction of the native P wave activity. The second method uses the direct visualization of the AEGM recorded between the ring electrode and pacemaker generator during unipolar (lead tip electrode) pacing. This requires the presence of a bipolar lead. Using this method of recording, it is possible to identify a signal after the atrial pacing stimulus artifact during atrial capture, which disappears with loss of capture. This signal is consistent with a paced "evoked atrial potential" and allows verification of atrial capture. After validating the methods in two sets of test patients with clearly identifiable atrial depolarization on surface ECG, one method was successfully applied to a patient in whom atrial depolarization could not he reliably ascertained on surface ECG. These methods promise to he useful in selected patients in whom confirmation of atrial capture would otherwise be difficult. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *CARDIAC pacing KW - *ARRHYTHMIA -- Treatment KW - *ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY KW - *PATIENTS KW - MEDICAL equipment KW - atrial capture KW - atrial threshold KW - electrogram KW - evoked potential. KW - pacemaker UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17477963&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - STRESSFUL LIFE CIRCUMSTANCES: CONCEPTS AND MEASURES. AU - Moos, Rudolf H. AU - Swindle Jr., Ralph W. JO - Stress Medicine JF - Stress Medicine Y1 - 1990/07//Jul/Sep90 VL - 6 IS - 3 SP - 171 EP - 178 SN - 07488386 N1 - Accession Number: 12057415; Author: Moos, Rudolf H.: 1 Author: Swindle Jr., Ralph W.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Far West Health Services Field Program and Social Ecology Laboratory, Veterans, Administration and Stanford University Medical Centers, Palo Alto, California, USA; No. of Pages: 8; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20040127 N2 - Conceptualization of the role of life stressors in health and well-being typically emphasize stressful events and tend to neglect the ongoing context in which events occur. We suggest that stress and coping theory will contribute more to research and clinical practice when stressful circumstances are conceptualized in terms of a person's life context, and assessed by examining chronic stressors and life events in specific life domains. We exemplify this broader perspective by presenting a new way to measure ongoing stressors, discrete life events, and social resources in multiple life domains, and by some relevant research on alcoholism and depression. Finally, we describe some application, of this approach to diagnosis and treatment, and to program planning and evaluation. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *HEALTH KW - *WELL-being KW - *STRESS (Psychology) KW - *ALCOHOLISM KW - *MENTAL depression KW - LIFE change events KW - ADJUSTMENT (Psychology) KW - PREDICTION (Psychology) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=12057415&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of Stimulus Repetition, Duration, and Rise Time on Startle Blink and Automatically Elicited P300. AU - Putnam, L. E. AU - Rothl, W. T. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1990/05// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 275 EP - 297 SN - 00485772 N1 - Accession Number: 11030616; Author: Putnam, L. E.: 1,2 Author: Rothl, W. T.: 2,3 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Columbia University Department of Psychology, New York, New York.: 2 Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Stanford University Medical Center, Stanford, California.: 3 Psychiatry Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, California.; No. of Pages: 23; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20040122 N2 - Intense auditory stimuli of sudden onset evoke not only startle blinks but also an event-related potential component resembling classic P300, even when subjects have no assigned task. To more closely examine the relationship of this P300 to startle, event-related potentials and eyeblink were recorded from 16 young adults in three paradigms designed to produce wide variation in startle amplitude: an Habituation series of 30-ms, 105dBA white , a Duration paradigm which presented 105dB noise bursts for 3, 10, 30, or 90 ms, and a Rise Time paradigm which varied the rise/fall times (3, 15, 30, and 45 ms) of 110dBA, 1000-Hz tone bursts. Subjects received two runs of each paradigm. Only on the final Duration and Rise Time runs were stimuli explicitly task relevant: on those runs subjects rated verbally, midway in each 8.4-s interstimulus interval, the disturbingness of the prior sound. Although even the briefest noise bursts evoked parietal P300 as well as startle blink. P300 did not behave like startle. P300 habituated more slowly than did blink amplitude, was more responsive to sustained noise than were blink, N110, and P190, and most importantly, did not show the sensitivity to stimulus rise time manifested by these measures. These findings suggest that the amplitude of automatically elicited P300 is not governed by the same mechanisms as startle amplitude, but behaves more like a defense response. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *EVOKED potentials (Electrophysiology) KW - *NOISE KW - *PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY KW - STARTLE reaction KW - HABITUATION (Neuropsychology) KW - STIMULUS intensity KW - Blink KW - Defense response KW - Event-related potentials KW - Startle KW - Stimulus duration. KW - Stimulus rise time UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=11030616&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The Cerebral Laterality of Mental Image Generation in Normal Subjects. AU - Biggins, Christie A. AU - Turetsky, Bruce AU - Fuin, George JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 27 IS - 1 SP - 57 EP - 67 SN - 00485772 N1 - Accession Number: 11028196; Author: Biggins, Christie A.: 1 Author: Turetsky, Bruce: 1 Author: Fuin, George: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 University of California, San Francisco, and Veterans Administration Medical Center.; No. of Pages: 11; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20031229 N2 - This research was an attempt to replicate and extend a published study that reported a left hemispheric locus for the generation of mental images. Several methodological problems were addressed, the stability of effects was assessed by repeating the experiment, and P300 latency was measured. A lateralized visual choice reaction time task was performed twice, once without the use of imagery and once with imagery. In each visual field, the use of imagery produced a speeding of reaction times when the target stimuli matched the image generated by the subject. A similar effect was present for P300 latency, and was still present in the reaction time data after partialling out the P300 latency effect. These results indicate that mental imagery can speed both stimulus evaluation and response processing. There was no difference in the amount of speeding for images in the two hemifields, providing no evidence for a preferential locus of mental image generation in either cerebral hemisphere. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CEREBRAL dominance KW - *REACTION time KW - *PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY KW - *CEREBRAL hemispheres KW - Cerebral laterality KW - Reaction time. KW - Visual imagery UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=11028196&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Methodological Guidelines for Impedance Cardiography. AU - Sherwood, Andrew AU - Allen, Michael T. AU - Fahrenberg, Jochen AU - Kelsey, Robert M. AU - Lovallo, William R. AU - van Doornen, Lorenz J. P. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 27 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 23 SN - 00485772 N1 - Accession Number: 11028142; Author: Sherwood, Andrew: 1 Author: Allen, Michael T.: 2 Author: Fahrenberg, Jochen: 3 Author: Kelsey, Robert M.: 4 Author: Lovallo, William R.: 5 Author: van Doornen, Lorenz J. P.: 6 ; Author Affiliation: 1 University of North Carolina.: 2 University of Southern Mississippi.: 3 University of Freiburg FRG.: 4 State University of New York at Buffalo.: 5 Oklahoma City Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center.: 6 Free University of Amsterdam.; No. of Pages: 23; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20031229 N2 - Impedance cardiography was introduced over 20 years ago as a noninvasive and unobtrusive technique for measuring systolic time intervals and cardiac output. Although our understanding of the physiological events reflected in the impedance cardiogram has become more refined, the technique's theoretical basis remains somewhat controversial and acceptance of its validity has relied heavily upon empirical validation. Largely as a consequence of this status, there have been inadequate grounds on which to develop sound methodological standardization. Currently, the methodological approaches that have been most frequently adopted may be viewed as representing the standard. The various aspects of impedance methodology are discussed, and alternative approaches described, with the objective of providing an informed basis for choosing among these methodological alternatives. It is recommended that studies utilizing impedance cardiography should be reported with clear and detailed methodological description. This should help clarify the extent to which methodological differences may underlie any discrepant research observations, as well as facilitate the emergence of improved methodological standards. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CARDIOGRAPHY KW - *PLETHYSMOGRAPHY KW - *CARDIAC output KW - *CARDIAC contraction KW - Heather Index. KW - Impedance cardiography KW - Impedance plethysmography KW - Left-ventricnlar ejection time KW - Pre-ejection period KW - Stroke volume UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=11028142&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR AU - Palacios, May Husni AU - Newberry, Lawrence A. AU - Bootzin, Richard R. T1 - PREDICTIVE VALIDITY OF THE INTERVIEW. JO - Journal of Applied Psychology JF - Journal of Applied Psychology Y1 - 1966/02// VL - 50 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 67 EP - 72 SN - 00219010 AB - This paper describes the use of the interview technique as a valid and reliable instrument for predicting job placement and vocational success. The interviews of 144 blind adults were objectively and quantitatively scored, making full use of all responses elicited by the S. The results indicated that job success and vocational placement are significantly related to a number of variables tapped by the interview, such as perception of blindness, learned ways of dealing with tension, interpersonal interaction, and employment potential. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Applied Psychology is the property of American Psychological Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - INTERVIEWING KW - EMPLOYMENT (Economic theory) KW - VISION disorders KW - PERCEPTION KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - APPLIED psychology N1 - Accession Number: 12424347; Palacios, May Husni 1; Newberry, Lawrence A. 2; Bootzin, Richard R. 2; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Marion, Indiana.; 2: Purdue University; Issue Info: Feb66, Vol. 50 Issue 1, p67; Thesaurus Term: INTERVIEWING; Thesaurus Term: EMPLOYMENT (Economic theory); Subject Term: VISION disorders; Subject Term: PERCEPTION; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: APPLIED psychology; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=12424347&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rothaus, Paul AU - Morton, Robert B. AU - Hanson, Philip G. T1 - PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL AND PSYCHOLOGICAL DISTANCE. JO - Journal of Applied Psychology JF - Journal of Applied Psychology Y1 - 1965/02// VL - 49 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 48 EP - 54 SN - 00219010 AB - This study investigated the rating attitudes of supervisors and subordinates and their reactions during public- and private-performance evaluations. 84-women nursing administrators were assigned roles as supervisors and subordinates and given instructions for subordinate-evaluation interviews. 24 interviews were conducted, 6 in private and 18 in public, with observers randomly selected from the nursing administrators. The results clearly indicated that supervisors were more negative in their initial subordinate-appraisal ratings than subordinates. In addition, observers were more negative in their ratings than participants. Finally, when evaluative interviews were conducted publicly, the subordinates experienced a number of negative reactions that were not evident in private interviews. The concepts of psychological distance and role stereotypes were discussed in explaining these results. Additional research should determine whether generalization is possible from these role-playing interactions to work situation dynamics. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Applied Psychology is the property of American Psychological Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EMPLOYEES -- Rating of KW - SUPERVISORS KW - PERFORMANCE KW - EVALUATION KW - NURSE administrators KW - INTERVIEWS KW - STEREOTYPES (Social psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 12422814; Rothaus, Paul 1; Morton, Robert B. 2; Hanson, Philip G. 2; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston and Baylor University College of Medicine.; 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston.; Issue Info: Feb65, Vol. 49 Issue 1, p48; Thesaurus Term: EMPLOYEES -- Rating of; Thesaurus Term: SUPERVISORS; Subject Term: PERFORMANCE; Subject Term: EVALUATION; Subject Term: NURSE administrators; Subject Term: INTERVIEWS; Subject Term: STEREOTYPES (Social psychology); Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=12422814&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - GAUDET, FREDERICK J. AU - CARLI, A. RALPH T1 - Why Executives Fail. JO - Personnel Psychology JF - Personnel Psychology Y1 - 1957/03// VL - 10 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 7 EP - 21 SN - 00315826 AB - Summary When an expensive piece of factory machinery fails to do its job efficiently, no time is lost sending a crew of mechanics to repair it as quickly as possible. When a machine breaks down repeatedly, it is usually discarded, with a resultant loss to the plant of perhaps tens of thousands of dollars in investment, spoilage of raw material and time lost. When a man in a responsible position fails to do his job efficiently, no crew of mechanics can rush to the scene, repair kits in hand, to restore his efficiency. When his failures continue over a period of time, the man, too, like the machine, must be discarded with a resultant loss to the plant of perhaps tens of thousands of dollars invested in his training for the responsibility of an executive position. No wonder industry today is gravely concerned over the failure of men who have been placed in management positions and whose failure, after a period of time, has cost the company heavily. At the beginning of this study, questionnaires were sent to 300 major executives in American industry asking each executive to consider one man whom he had appointed to a management position and who had failed in that position. The items in the questionnaire were roughly grouped into two categories. Results of analysis of the responses indicated that 'personality factors' were more important as causes of executive failures, in comparison to 'knowledge lacks,' in ratios of two to one in terms of frequency of checked items as well as in terms of weighted ranks; and in ratio of eleven to one when the respondents were asked directly which was more important. In general, the findings are similar to earlier studies of the causes of failure of lower level employees-clerical, and semi-skilled workers. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Personnel Psychology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EXECUTIVES -- Psychology KW - RESEARCH KW - BUSINESS failures KW - QUESTIONNAIRES KW - SEMISKILLED labor KW - SENIOR leadership teams KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests N1 - Accession Number: 63116598; GAUDET, FREDERICK J. 1; CARLI, A. RALPH 2; Affiliations: 1: Steuens Institute of Technology; 2: Veterans Administration; Issue Info: Mar1957, Vol. 10 Issue 1, p7; Thesaurus Term: EXECUTIVES -- Psychology; Thesaurus Term: RESEARCH; Thesaurus Term: BUSINESS failures; Thesaurus Term: QUESTIONNAIRES; Thesaurus Term: SEMISKILLED labor; Thesaurus Term: SENIOR leadership teams; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Number of Pages: 15p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/j.1744-6570.1957.tb00761.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=63116598&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107404779 T1 - Aesthetic facial reconstruction: blending human perception and the facial subunit theory. AU - Thompson S AU - Menick FJ Y1 - 1994///1994 Winter N1 - Accession Number: 107404779. Language: English. Entry Date: 19950401. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study; CEU; exam questions; pictorial; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8403490. KW - Surgery, Reconstructive KW - Face -- Surgery KW - Esthetics KW - Personal Appearance KW - Education, Continuing (Credit) KW - Male KW - Female SP - 211 EP - 230 JO - Plastic Surgical Nursing JF - Plastic Surgical Nursing JA - PLAST SURG NURS VL - 14 IS - 4 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Facial reconstructive surgical results play a key role in how an individual accepts themselves and how society accepts the individual. Surgeons must strive to create the most aesthetic results, which includes reestablishing the expected contours, highlights, and landmarks. By understanding the subunits theory, plastic surgical nurses can provide patients with knowledgeable preoperative teaching, and can better anticipate the scope and necessary equipment for each reconstruction. SN - 0741-5206 AD - Tucson Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tucson, AZ U2 - PMID: 7732101. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107404779&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06557-010 AN - 2006-06557-010 AU - Lipkin, John O. T1 - Psychopharmacology of Psychiatric Disorders. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1981/10// VL - 26 IS - 10 SP - 756 EP - 757 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06557-010. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lipkin, John O.; Mental Health and Behavioral Sciences Service of the Veterans Administration, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 20061120. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Diagnosis; Drug Therapy; Mental Disorders; Psychiatry; Psychopharmacology. Minor Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Schizophrenia. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Klein, Donald F.; Gittelman, Rachel; Quitkin, Frederic; Rifkin, Arthur. Diagnosis and Drug Treatment of Psychiatric Disorders: Adults and Children. 2nd ed=Baltimore, Md.: Williams & Wilkins, 1980 881 pp $42.00; 1980. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1981. KW - psychiatric disorders KW - personality disorders KW - affective disorders KW - treatment strategies KW - anxiety states KW - drug treatment KW - 1981 KW - Diagnosis KW - Drug Therapy KW - Mental Disorders KW - Psychiatry KW - Psychopharmacology KW - Affective Disorders KW - Schizophrenia U2 - Klein, Donald F.; Gittelman, Rachel; Quitkin, Frederic; Rifkin, Arthur. (1980); Diagnosis and Drug Treatment of Psychiatric Disorders: Adults and Children. 2nd ed; Baltimore, Md.: Williams & Wilkins, 1980 881 pp $42.00 DO - 10.1037/019687 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06557-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06528-048 AN - 2006-06528-048 AU - Theiner, Eric C. T1 - Practicing Medicine . . . Behaviorally. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1983/04// VL - 28 IS - 4 SP - 317 EP - 318 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06528-048. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Theiner, Eric C.; Biofeedback Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Memphis, TN, US. Release Date: 20061120. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biofeedback; Health Care Psychology; Intervention; Personality Processes. Classification: Health Psychology & Medicine (3360). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Pinkerton, Susan S.; Hughes, Howard; Wenrich, W. W. Behavioral Medicine: Clinical Applications. Wiley Series on Personality Processes=New York: Wiley, 1982. 390 pp. $28.95; 1982. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1983. KW - behavioral medicine KW - clinical applications KW - personality processes KW - intervention strategies KW - biofeedback KW - 1983 KW - Biofeedback KW - Health Care Psychology KW - Intervention KW - Personality Processes U2 - Pinkerton, Susan S.; Hughes, Howard; Wenrich, W. W. (1982); Behavioral Medicine: Clinical Applications. Wiley Series on Personality Processes; New York: Wiley, 1982. 390 pp. $28.95 DO - 10.1037/021966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06528-048&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06527-001 AN - 2006-06527-001 AU - Pearlman, Chester T1 - Nocturnal Cognition in Childhood. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1983/05// VL - 28 IS - 5 SP - 341 EP - 342 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06527-001. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pearlman, Chester; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Center, MA, US. Release Date: 20061120. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Childhood Development; Cognitive Processes; Dreaming. Minor Descriptor: Cognitions. Classification: Cognitive & Perceptual Development (2820). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Foulkes, David. Children's Dreams: Longitudinal Studies=New York: Wiley, 1982. 488 pp. $32.50; 1982. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: May, 1983. KW - nocturnal cognition KW - children dreams KW - cognitive mechanisms KW - childhood development KW - 1983 KW - Childhood Development KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Dreaming KW - Cognitions U2 - Foulkes, David. (1982); Children's Dreams: Longitudinal Studies; New York: Wiley, 1982. 488 pp. $32.50 DO - 10.1037/021994 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06527-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06524-041 AN - 2006-06524-041 AU - Kokes, Ronald F. AU - Mooney, Horace B. T1 - Rehabilitation: Knowns and Unknowns. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1983/08// VL - 28 IS - 8 SP - 632 EP - 633 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06524-041. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kokes, Ronald F.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Fresno, CA, US. Release Date: 20061120. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Disorders; Psychiatry; Psychosocial Rehabilitation; Rehabilitation. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Wing, John K. (Ed); Morris, Brenda (Ed). Handbook of Psychiatric Rehabilitation Practice=Oxford, England: Oxford University Press, 1981. 198 pp. $13.95; 1981. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1983. KW - psychiatric rehabilitation practice KW - rehabilitation program KW - mentally ill patients KW - rehabilitation treatment KW - social disablement KW - 1983 KW - Mental Disorders KW - Psychiatry KW - Psychosocial Rehabilitation KW - Rehabilitation U2 - Wing, John K. (Ed); Morris, Brenda (Ed). (1981); Handbook of Psychiatric Rehabilitation Practice; Oxford, England: Oxford University Press, 1981. 198 pp. $13.95 DO - 10.1037/022253 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06524-041&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06499-061 AN - 2006-06499-061 AU - Cox, W. Miles T1 - Confronting Denial in Alcoholism Counseling. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 34 IS - 7 SP - 702 EP - 703 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06499-061. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cox, W. Miles; Veterans Administration Medical Center, North Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 20061211. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Counseling; Family. Minor Descriptor: Diagnosis; Interviewing. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Metzger, Lawrence. From Denial to Recovery: Counseling Problem Drinkers, Alcoholics, and Their Families=San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, 1988. 307 pp $22.95; 1988. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. KW - counseling KW - drinkers KW - alcoholics KW - families KW - diagnosis KW - diagnostic interviewing KW - 1989 KW - Alcoholism KW - Counseling KW - Family KW - Diagnosis KW - Interviewing U2 - Metzger, Lawrence. (1988); From Denial to Recovery: Counseling Problem Drinkers, Alcoholics, and Their Families; San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, 1988. 307 pp $22.95; 1-55542-063-X. DO - 10.1037/030945 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06499-061&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06495-038 AN - 2006-06495-038 AU - Delis, Dean C. AU - Cullum, C. Munro T1 - The Making of a Clinical Neuropsychologist. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 34 IS - 2 SP - 168 EP - 169 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06495-038. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Delis, Dean C.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neuropsychological Assessment; Neuropsychology; Psychometrics. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Hartlage, Lawrence C. (Ed); Asken, Michael J. (Ed); Hornsby, J. Larry (Ed). Essentials of Neuropsychological Assessment=New York: Springer Publishing, 1987. 237 pp. $29.95; 1987. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1989. KW - neuropsychology KW - neuropsychological assessment KW - clinical neuropsychologist KW - 1989 KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Neuropsychology KW - Psychometrics U2 - Hartlage, Lawrence C. (Ed); Asken, Michael J. (Ed); Hornsby, J. Larry (Ed). (1987); Essentials of Neuropsychological Assessment; New York: Springer Publishing, 1987. 237 pp. $29.95; 0-8261-4470-5. DO - 10.1037/027668 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06495-038&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06494-056 AN - 2006-06494-056 AU - Horton, Arthur MacNeill Jr. T1 - A Text on Clinical Gerontology. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 64 EP - 65 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06494-056. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Horton, Arthur MacNeill Jr.; Neuropsychology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Baltimore, MD, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Family Therapy; Gerontology; Intervention; Measurement. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Brink, T. L. (Ed). Clinical Gerontology: A Guide to Assessment and Intervention=New York: Haworth Press, 1986. 517 pp. $49.95 (accompanied by instructor's manual); 1986. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. KW - clinical gerontology KW - assessment KW - intervention KW - family therapy KW - 1989 KW - Family Therapy KW - Gerontology KW - Intervention KW - Measurement U2 - Brink, T. L. (Ed). (1986); Clinical Gerontology: A Guide to Assessment and Intervention; New York: Haworth Press, 1986. 517 pp. $49.95 (accompanied by instructor's manual); 0-86656-536-1. DO - 10.1037/027568 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06494-056&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06493-049 AN - 2006-06493-049 AU - Presti, David E. T1 - Pseudoscience on the Chopping Block. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 34 IS - 12 SP - 1132 EP - 1133 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06493-049. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Presti, David E.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, CA, US. Release Date: 20061211. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Astrology; Parapsychological Phenomena; Sciences. Classification: Parapsychology (2390). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Hines, Terence. Pseudoscience and the Paranormal: A Critical Examination of the Evidence=Buffalo, NY: Prometheus Books, 1988. 372 pp. $17.95; 1988. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. KW - pseudoscience KW - paranormal KW - psychic phenomena KW - astrology KW - 1989 KW - Astrology KW - Parapsychological Phenomena KW - Sciences U2 - Hines, Terence. (1988); Pseudoscience and the Paranormal: A Critical Examination of the Evidence; Buffalo, NY: Prometheus Books, 1988. 372 pp. $17.95; 0-87975-419-2 (Paperback). DO - 10.1037/030847 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06493-049&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06450-057 AN - 2006-06450-057 AU - Simon, Werner T1 - Is Suicide Preventable? JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 32 IS - 7 SP - 667 EP - 668 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06450-057. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Simon, Werner; Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Suicide; Suicide Prevention. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Roy, Alec (Ed). Suicide=Baltimore, MD: Williams & Wilkins, 1986. 205 pp. $29.50; 1986. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1987. KW - suicide KW - suicide prevention KW - 1987 KW - Suicide KW - Suicide Prevention U2 - Roy, Alec (Ed). (1986); Suicide; Baltimore, MD: Williams & Wilkins, 1986. 205 pp. $29.50; 0-683-07395-8. DO - 10.1037/027343 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06450-057&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06450-053 AN - 2006-06450-053 AU - Houlihan, John P. T1 - A Doubly Underserved Population. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 32 IS - 7 SP - 664 EP - 665 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06450-053. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Houlihan, John P.; Portland Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Caregivers; Chronic Mental Illness; Geriatric Patients; Psychiatric Patients. Minor Descriptor: Geriatrics; Health Care Delivery; Personality Development. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Abramson, Nancy S. (Ed); Quam, Jean K. (Ed); Wasow, Mona (Ed). The Elderly and Chronic Mental Illness=San Francisco. Jossey-Bass, 1986. 101 pp. $9.95; 1986. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1987. KW - chronically mentally ill KW - elderly KW - personality development KW - service delivery KW - caregiver support services KW - 1987 KW - Caregivers KW - Chronic Mental Illness KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Geriatrics KW - Health Care Delivery KW - Personality Development U2 - Abramson, Nancy S. (Ed); Quam, Jean K. (Ed); Wasow, Mona (Ed). (1986); The Elderly and Chronic Mental Illness; San Francisco. Jossey-Bass, 1986. 101 pp. $9.95; 0-87589-723-1 (Paperback). DO - 10.1037/027339 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06450-053&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06444-010 AN - 2006-06444-010 AU - Sutker, Patricia B. T1 - Behavioral Technology for Adult Problems: Simple Phobia to Schizophrenia. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 32 IS - 1 SP - 21 EP - 22 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06444-010. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sutker, Patricia B.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Orleans, LA, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Mental Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Behavior Modification; Psychopathology. Classification: Behavior Therapy & Behavior Modification (3312). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Hersen, Michel (Ed); Bellack, Alan S. (Ed). Handbook of Clinical Behavior Therapy with Adults=New York: Plenum Press, 1985. 749 pp. $75.00; 1985. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1987. KW - behavioral technology KW - adult problems KW - phobia KW - schizophrenia KW - clinical behavior therapy KW - 1987 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Mental Disorders KW - Behavior Modification KW - Psychopathology U2 - Hersen, Michel (Ed); Bellack, Alan S. (Ed). (1985); Handbook of Clinical Behavior Therapy with Adults; New York: Plenum Press, 1985. 749 pp. $75.00 DO - 10.1037/026648 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06444-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06441-021 AN - 2006-06441-021 AU - Zeiss, Antonette M. T1 - Divorce and the Dilemma of Adult Development. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 32 IS - 10 SP - 877 EP - 878 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06441-021. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zeiss, Antonette M.; Interdisciplinary Team Training, Geriatrics Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Divorce; Mental Health Services; Spouses. Minor Descriptor: Mental Health. Classification: Divorce & Remarriage (2953). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Rice, Joy K.; Rice, David G. Living Through Divorce: A Developmental Approach to Divorce Therapy=New York: Guilford Press, 1986. 303 pp. $26.95; 1986. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1987. KW - developmental approach KW - divorce therapy KW - anecdotal experience KW - mental health care providers KW - couples KW - adult development KW - 1987 KW - Divorce KW - Mental Health Services KW - Spouses KW - Mental Health U2 - Rice, Joy K.; Rice, David G. (1986); Living Through Divorce: A Developmental Approach to Divorce Therapy; New York: Guilford Press, 1986. 303 pp. $26.95; 0-89862-061-9. DO - 10.1037/026431 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06441-021&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06439-023 AN - 2006-06439-023 AU - Sutker, Patricia B. AU - Malow, Robert M. T1 - Disordered Personality: According to Millon. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1986/08// VL - 31 IS - 8 SP - 594 EP - 595 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06439-023. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sutker, Patricia B.; Psychology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, New Orleans, LA, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Disorders; Psychopathology. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Millon, Theodore; Everly, George S. Personality and its Disorders: A Biosocial Learning Approach=New York: Wiley, 1985. 301 pp. $14.95 paperback; 1985. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1986. KW - personality disorders KW - psychopathology KW - 1986 KW - Personality Disorders KW - Psychopathology U2 - Millon, Theodore; Everly, George S. (1985); Personality and its Disorders: A Biosocial Learning Approach; New York: Wiley, 1985. 301 pp. $14.95 paperback DO - 10.1037/024956 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06439-023&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06439-018 AN - 2006-06439-018 AU - Keane, Terence M. AU - Lyons, Judith A. AU - Gerardi, Robert J. T1 - PTSD Comes of Age. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1986/08// VL - 31 IS - 8 SP - 588 EP - 589 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06439-018. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Keane, Terence M.; Psychology Service, Boston Veterans Administration Medical Center, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; War. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Kelly, William E. (Ed). Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder and the War Veteran Patient=New York: Brunner/Mazel, 1985. 362 pp. $30.00; 1985. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1986. KW - post-traumatic stress disorder KW - war veteran patients KW - psychological trauma KW - 1986 KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - War U2 - Kelly, William E. (Ed). (1985); Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder and the War Veteran Patient; New York: Brunner/Mazel, 1985. 362 pp. $30.00 DO - 10.1037/024951 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06439-018&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06429-059 AN - 2006-06429-059 AU - Feifel, Herman T1 - To Be--That is the Answer. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1986/10// VL - 31 IS - 10 SP - 813 EP - 814 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06429-059. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feifel, Herman; Los Angeles Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Creativity; Rebelliousness. Minor Descriptor: Spirituality. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Shoham, S. Giora. Rebellion, Creativity and Revelation=New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books, 1985. 292 pp. $29.95; 1985. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1986. KW - creativity KW - rebellion KW - revelation KW - spirituality KW - 1986 KW - Creativity KW - Rebelliousness KW - Spirituality U2 - Shoham, S. Giora. (1985); Rebellion, Creativity and Revelation; New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books, 1985. 292 pp. $29.95 DO - 10.1037/024174 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06429-059&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06411-024 AN - 2006-06411-024 AU - Gummow, Linda J. T1 - You Can't Judge a Book by its Cover. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1984/04// VL - 29 IS - 4 SP - 311 EP - 312 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06411-024. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gummow, Linda J.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Salt Lake City, UT, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Cognition; Cognitive Psychology; Neuropsychology. Classification: Cognitive Processes (2340); Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Malatesha, R. N. (Ed); Hartlage, L. C. (Ed). Neuropsychology and Cognition, Vol. 1: Proceedings of the NATO Advanced Study Institute on Neuropsychology and Cognition, Augusta, Georgia, U.S.A., September 8-18, 1980=The Hague, The Netherlands: Martinus Nijhoff, 1982. 229 pp. $135.00 (two-volume set); 1982. Malatesha, R. N. (Ed); Hartlage, L. C. (Ed). Neuropsychology and Cognition, Vol. 2: Proceedings of the NATO Advanced Study Institute on Neuropsychology and Cognition, Augusta, Georgia, U.S.A., September 8-18, 1980=The Hague, The Netherlands: Martinus Nijhoff, 1982. 737 pp. $135.00 (two-volume set); 1982. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1984. KW - neuropsychology KW - cognition KW - cognitive psychology KW - attention KW - 1984 KW - Attention KW - Cognition KW - Cognitive Psychology KW - Neuropsychology U2 - Malatesha, R. N. (Ed); Hartlage, L. C. (Ed). (1982); Neuropsychology and Cognition, Vol. 1: Proceedings of the NATO Advanced Study Institute on Neuropsychology and Cognition, Augusta, Georgia, U.S.A., September 8-18, 1980; The Hague, The Netherlands: Martinus Nijhoff, 1982. 229 pp. $135.00 (two-volume set) U2 - Malatesha, R. N. (Ed); Hartlage, L. C. (Ed). (1982); Neuropsychology and Cognition, Vol. 2: Proceedings of the NATO Advanced Study Institute on Neuropsychology and Cognition, Augusta, Georgia, U.S.A., September 8-18, 1980; The Hague, The Netherlands: Martinus Nijhoff, 1982. 737 pp. $135.00 (two-volume set) DO - 10.1037/022788 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06411-024&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06409-041 AN - 2006-06409-041 AU - Zubin, Joseph T1 - Inkblots do not a Test Make! JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1984/02// VL - 29 IS - 2 SP - 153 EP - 154 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06409-041. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zubin, Joseph; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Content Analysis (Test); Perception; Rorschach Test. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223); Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Aronow, Edward; Reznikoff, Marvin. A Rorschach Introduction: Content and Perceptual Approaches=New York: Grune & Stratton, 1983. 146 pp. $15.00; 1983. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1984. KW - Rorschach technique KW - perceptual approaches KW - content analysis KW - 1984 KW - Content Analysis (Test) KW - Perception KW - Rorschach Test U2 - Aronow, Edward; Reznikoff, Marvin. (1983); A Rorschach Introduction: Content and Perceptual Approaches; New York: Grune & Stratton, 1983. 146 pp. $15.00 DO - 10.1037/022657 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06409-041&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06283-011 AN - 2006-06283-011 AU - Meltzoff, Julian T1 - Science of the Art of Psychotherapy. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1976/02// VL - 21 IS - 2 SP - 111 EP - 112 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06283-011. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Meltzoff, Julian; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Brooklyn, NY, US. Release Date: 20061113. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Patient History; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Therapeutic Alliance; Therapeutic Processes; Therapists. Minor Descriptor: Experiences (Events); Individual Psychotherapy. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Orlinsky, David E.; Howard, Kenneth I. Varieties of Psychotherapeutic Experience: Multivariate Analyses of Patients' and Therapists' Reports=New York: Teachers College Press, 1975. Pp. xxiv + 284. $15.00 cloth; $8.95 paper; 1975. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1976. KW - psychotherapeutic experience KW - art of psychotherapy KW - subjective experiences KW - multivariate analyses KW - patient reports KW - therapist reports KW - 1976 KW - Patient History KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Therapeutic Alliance KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - Therapists KW - Experiences (Events) KW - Individual Psychotherapy U2 - Orlinsky, David E.; Howard, Kenneth I. (1975); Varieties of Psychotherapeutic Experience: Multivariate Analyses of Patients' and Therapists' Reports; New York: Teachers College Press, 1975. Pp. xxiv + 284. $15.00 cloth; $8.95 paper DO - 10.1037/014933 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06283-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06251-018 AN - 2006-06251-018 AU - Feifel, Herman T1 - The Community Decides to Be. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 18 IS - 6 SP - 284 EP - 285 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06251-018. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feifel, Herman; Veterans Administration Output Clinic, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 20061106. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Communities; Psychodynamics; Religion; Suicide. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Lester, Gene; Lester, David. Suicide: The Gamble with Death=Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1971. Pp. ix + 176. $5.95; 1971. Zusman, Jack (Ed); Davidson, David L. (Ed). Organizing the Community to Prevent Suicide=Springfield, Ill.: Thomas, 1971. Pp. xiv + 97. 6.25; 1971. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. KW - suicidal patient KW - spiritual crisis KW - psychodynamic concept KW - 1973 KW - Communities KW - Psychodynamics KW - Religion KW - Suicide U2 - Lester, Gene; Lester, David. (1971); Suicide: The Gamble with Death; Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1971. Pp. ix + 176. $5.95 U2 - Zusman, Jack (Ed); Davidson, David L. (Ed). (1971); Organizing the Community to Prevent Suicide; Springfield, Ill.: Thomas, 1971. Pp. xiv + 97. 6.25 DO - 10.1037/0012084 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06251-018&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06144-026 AN - 2006-06144-026 AU - Farberow, Norman L. T1 - Self-Destruction in Perspective. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1972/12// VL - 17 IS - 12 SP - 674 EP - 675 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06144-026. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Farberow, Norman L.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Central Research Unit, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 20061106. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Self-Destructive Behavior; Suicide; Suicide Prevention. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Choron, Jacques. Suicide=New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1972. Pp. 182. $6.95; 1972. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1972. KW - suicide KW - suicide prevention KW - self-destruction KW - 1972 KW - Self-Destructive Behavior KW - Suicide KW - Suicide Prevention U2 - Choron, Jacques. (1972); Suicide; New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1972. Pp. 182. $6.95 DO - 10.1037/0011497 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06144-026&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06117-015 AN - 2006-06117-015 AU - Levine, Jacob T1 - Nonintegrated Roots. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 16 IS - 10 SP - 650 EP - 651 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06117-015. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levine, Jacob; Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 20061106. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Abnormal Psychology; Psychopathology. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Suinn, Richard M. Fundamentals of Behavior Pathology=New York: Wiley, 1970. Pp. x + 518. $9.95; 1970. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1971. KW - behavior pathology KW - abnormal psychology KW - psychopathology KW - 1971 KW - Abnormal Psychology KW - Psychopathology U2 - Suinn, Richard M. (1970); Fundamentals of Behavior Pathology; New York: Wiley, 1970. Pp. x + 518. $9.95 DO - 10.1037/0010868 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06117-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06102-015 AN - 2006-06102-015 AU - Lorr, Maurice T1 - Patients and Semantics. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1967/07// VL - 12 IS - 7 SP - 356 EP - 357 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06102-015. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorr, Maurice; Veterans Administration Hospital, US. Release Date: 20061030. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotions; Psychiatric Patients; Semantic Differential. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Marks, I. M. Patterns of Meaning in Psychiatric Patients: Semantic Differential Responses in Obsessives and Psychopaths=(Institute of Psychiatry Maudsley Monographs #13) New York: Oxford University Press, 1965. Pp. xvi + 142. 55s net; 1965. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1967. KW - psychiatric patients KW - semantic differential responses KW - emotional areas KW - behavior patterns KW - 1967 KW - Emotions KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Semantic Differential U2 - Marks, I. M. (1965); Patterns of Meaning in Psychiatric Patients: Semantic Differential Responses in Obsessives and Psychopaths; (Institute of Psychiatry Maudsley Monographs #13) New York: Oxford University Press, 1965. Pp. xvi + 142. 55s net DO - 10.1037/009193 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06102-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06100-035 AN - 2006-06100-035 AU - Stieper, Donald R. AU - Wiener, Daniel N. T1 - Lieberman taken to task. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1967/03// VL - 12 IS - 3 SP - 170 EP - 171 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06100-035. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stieper, Donald R.; Veterans Administration, St Paul, University of Minnesota, St Paul, MN, US. Release Date: 20061030. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychotherapy; Therapeutic Processes; Therapists. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1967. KW - interpersonal setting KW - apparent ignorance KW - psychotherapy KW - therapeutic processes KW - 1967 KW - Psychotherapy KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - Therapists DO - 10.1037/009099 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06100-035&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06072-017 AN - 2006-06072-017 AU - Gurel, Lee T1 - Through Facts to Substance. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1967/05// VL - 12 IS - 5 SP - 270 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06072-017. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gurel, Lee; Psychiatric Program Evaluation Staff of the Veterans Administration, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 20061030. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Mental Health. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Schwartz, Morris S.; Schwartz, Charlotte Green. Social Approaches to Mental Patient Care=New York: Columbia University Press, 1964. Pp. x + 341. $8.75; 1964. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: May, 1967. KW - mental health KW - mental patient care KW - 1967 KW - Mental Disorders KW - Mental Health U2 - Schwartz, Morris S.; Schwartz, Charlotte Green. (1964); Social Approaches to Mental Patient Care; New York: Columbia University Press, 1964. Pp. x + 341. $8.75 DO - 10.1037/008011 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06072-017&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05467-013 AN - 2006-05467-013 AU - West, Jeffrey A. AU - Sutker, Patricia B. T1 - Integrating Perspectives on Motivation and Alcohol Abuse. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 33 IS - 11 SP - 959 EP - 960 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05467-013. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: West, Jeffrey A.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, New Orleans, LA, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Motivation. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Rivers, P. Clayton (Ed). Alcohol and Addictive Behavior: Nebraska Symposium on Motivation 1986=Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1987. 346 pp. $29.95 hardcover; $15.95 paperback; 1987. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. KW - motivation KW - alcohol abuse KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Motivation U2 - Rivers, P. Clayton (Ed). (1987); Alcohol and Addictive Behavior: Nebraska Symposium on Motivation 1986; Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1987. 346 pp. $29.95 hardcover; $15.95 paperback; 0-8032-3880-0 (Hardcover); 0-8032-8925-1 (Paperback). DO - 10.1037/026208 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-05467-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05465-056 AN - 2006-05465-056 AU - Varney, Nils AU - Bartlett, Kerry T1 - Learning the art of science. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 33 IS - 9 SP - 808 EP - 809 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05465-056. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Varney, Nils; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Intelligence Measures. Minor Descriptor: Brain Damage. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223); Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Gregory, Robert J. Adult Intellectual Assessment=Boston: Allyn & Bacon, 1987. 319 pp. $41.00; 1987. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1988. KW - neuropsychology KW - intellectual functioning KW - intellectual assessment KW - brain dysfunction KW - 1988 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Brain Damage U2 - Gregory, Robert J. (1987); Adult Intellectual Assessment; Boston: Allyn & Bacon, 1987. 319 pp. $41.00; 0-205-10463-0. DO - 10.1037/026019 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-05465-056&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05456-053 AN - 2006-05456-053 AU - Dawley, Harold H. Jr. T1 - Smoker motivation: Psychological explanations. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 33 IS - 1 SP - 74 EP - 75 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05456-053. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dawley, Harold H. Jr.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, New Orleans, LA, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Motivation; Psychosocial Factors; Tobacco Smoking. Minor Descriptor: Habits; Social Environments. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Usage (Legal) (2990). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Wetterer, Angelika; von Troschke, Jurgen. Smoker Motivation: A Review of Contemporary Literature=Berlin, Federal Republic of Germany: Springer-Verlag Berlin, 1986. 164 pp. (Springer-Verlag Berlin); (Springer-Verlag New York). $38.00; 1986. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1988. KW - smoker motivation KW - psychosocial benefits KW - habit KW - social environment KW - 1988 KW - Motivation KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Habits KW - Social Environments U2 - Wetterer, Angelika; von Troschke, Jurgen. (1986); Smoker Motivation: A Review of Contemporary Literature; Berlin, Federal Republic of Germany: Springer-Verlag Berlin, 1986. 164 pp. (Springer-Verlag Berlin); (Springer-Verlag New York). $38.00; 3-540-16751-X; 0-387-16751-X. DO - 10.1037/025317 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-05456-053&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06545-079 AN - 2006-06545-079 AU - Golden, Charles J. AU - Moses, James A. Jr. AU - Osmon, David C. AU - Berg, Richard A. T1 - Goals revisited: A rebuttal to Lezak's reviews. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1982/10// VL - 27 IS - 10 SP - 827 EP - 828 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06545-079. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Golden, Charles J.; Nebraska Psychtatric Institute, NE, US. Release Date: 20061120. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Halstead Reitan Neuropsychological Battery. Minor Descriptor: Attention Deficit Disorder; Neuropsychological Assessment; Neuropsychology; Rhythm; Test Battery. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1982. KW - Halstead-Rettan Neuropsychological Test Battery KW - attentional deficit KW - 1982 KW - Halstead Reitan Neuropsychological Battery KW - Attention Deficit Disorder KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Neuropsychology KW - Rhythm KW - Test Battery DO - 10.1037/020741 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06545-079&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06543-034 AN - 2006-06543-034 AU - Feifel, Herman T1 - A Phoenix for Psychology. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1982/12// VL - 27 IS - 12 SP - 970 EP - 971 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06543-034. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feifel, Herman; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 20061120. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ethnic Identity; Judaism; Psychoanalysis. Classification: Religion (2920). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Ostow, Mortimer. Judaism and Psychoanalysis=New York: KTAV, 1982 314 pp. $20 00; 1982. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1982. KW - Judaism KW - psychoanalysis KW - Jewish identity KW - 1982 KW - Ethnic Identity KW - Judaism KW - Psychoanalysis U2 - Ostow, Mortimer. (1982); Judaism and Psychoanalysis; New York: KTAV, 1982 314 pp. $20 00 DO - 10.1037/020875 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06543-034&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06535-074 AN - 2006-06535-074 AU - Golden, Charles J. AU - Moses, James A. Jr. AU - Osmon, David C. AU - Berg, Richard A. T1 - Whose goals do we meet. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1982/08// VL - 27 IS - 8 SP - 662 EP - 663 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06535-074. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Golden, Charles J.; University of Nebraska Medical Center, Omaha, NE, US. Release Date: 20061120. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Halstead Reitan Neuropsychological Battery; Test Interpretation. Minor Descriptor: Test Battery. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1982. KW - Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery KW - test interpretation KW - 1982 KW - Halstead Reitan Neuropsychological Battery KW - Test Interpretation KW - Test Battery DO - 10.1037/021437 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06535-074&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06533-027 AN - 2006-06533-027 AU - Lynch, Kathleen T1 - 'Uptown/Downtown': Where are We? JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1983/11// VL - 28 IS - 11 SP - 855 EP - 856 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06533-027. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lynch, Kathleen; Psychology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Roxbury, MA, US. Release Date: 20061120. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Dependency; Health Care Services; Rehabilitation; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Counselors; Drug Therapy. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Beschner, George M. (Ed); Reed, Beth Glover (Ed); Mondanaro, Josette (Ed). Treatment Services for Drug Dependent Women, Vol. 1. DHHS Publication No. (ADM) 81-1177=Rockville, MD.: National Institute on Drug Abuse, 1981. 513 pp. $7.50; 1981. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1983. KW - treatment services KW - drug dependent women KW - rehabilitation services KW - service delivery KW - theoretical relationships KW - 1983 KW - Drug Dependency KW - Health Care Services KW - Rehabilitation KW - Treatment KW - Counselors KW - Drug Therapy U2 - Beschner, George M. (Ed); Reed, Beth Glover (Ed); Mondanaro, Josette (Ed). (1981); Treatment Services for Drug Dependent Women, Vol. 1. DHHS Publication No. (ADM) 81-1177; Rockville, MD.: National Institute on Drug Abuse, 1981. 513 pp. $7.50 DO - 10.1037/021719 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06533-027&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06530-042 AN - 2006-06530-042 AU - Robinowitz, Ralph T1 - Drug Abuse: What Can Psychology Offer? JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1983/02// VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 150 EP - 151 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06530-042. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Robinowitz, Ralph; Drug Dependence Treatment Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, TX, US. Release Date: 20061120. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Pharmacology. Minor Descriptor: Mental Health Personnel; Social Workers. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233); Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Schlaadt, Richard G.; Shannon, Peter T. Drugs of Choice: Current Perspectives on Drug Use=Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1982. 319 pp. $15.95 paper; 1982. Thompson, Travis (Ed); Johanson, Chris E. (Ed). Behavioral Pharmacology of Human Drug Dependence: NIDA Research Monograph 37, July 1981=Rockville, Md.: National Institute on Drug Abuse, 1981. 306 pp. $6.50; 1981. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1983. KW - mental health professional KW - drug abuse KW - behavioral pharmacology KW - drug dependence KW - 1983 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Pharmacology KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Social Workers U2 - Schlaadt, Richard G.; Shannon, Peter T. (1982); Drugs of Choice: Current Perspectives on Drug Use; Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1982. 319 pp. $15.95 paper U2 - Thompson, Travis (Ed); Johanson, Chris E. (Ed). (1981); Behavioral Pharmacology of Human Drug Dependence: NIDA Research Monograph 37, July 1981; Rockville, Md.: National Institute on Drug Abuse, 1981. 306 pp. $6.50 DO - 10.1037/021819 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06530-042&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06530-027 AN - 2006-06530-027 AU - Shipley, Robert H. T1 - Potpourri for Interns. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1983/02// VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 135 EP - 136 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06530-027. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shipley, Robert H.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 20061120. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Mental Health Personnel. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Walker, C. Eugene (Ed). Clinical Practice of Psychology: A Guide for Mental Health Professionals=New York: Pergamon Press, 1981. 474 pp. $39.50 cloth; $16.50 paper; 1981. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1983. KW - clinical psychology KW - mental health professionals KW - 1983 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Mental Health Personnel U2 - Walker, C. Eugene (Ed). (1981); Clinical Practice of Psychology: A Guide for Mental Health Professionals; New York: Pergamon Press, 1981. 474 pp. $39.50 cloth; $16.50 paper DO - 10.1037/021804 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06530-027&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06529-022 AN - 2006-06529-022 AU - Cleveland, Sidney E. T1 - Between a Boulder and a Soft Psy.D. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1983/03// VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 208 EP - 209 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06529-022. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cleveland, Sidney E.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Houston, TX, US. Release Date: 20061120. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychologists; Psychology Education. Minor Descriptor: College Students. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: McNamara, J. Regis (Ed); Barclay, Allan G. (Ed). Critical Issues, Developments, and Trends in Professional Psychology=New York: Praeger, 1982. 321 pp. $20.95; 1982. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1983. KW - professional psychology KW - selfadministered tests KW - psychologists KW - 1983 KW - Psychologists KW - Psychology Education KW - College Students U2 - McNamara, J. Regis (Ed); Barclay, Allan G. (Ed). (1982); Critical Issues, Developments, and Trends in Professional Psychology; New York: Praeger, 1982. 321 pp. $20.95 DO - 10.1037/021862 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06529-022&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06522-047 AN - 2006-06522-047 AU - Keane, Terence M. AU - Kelley, Mary Lou T1 - Future Arenas for Research in Behavior Therapy. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1982/09// VL - 27 IS - 9 SP - 733 EP - 734 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06522-047. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Keane, Terence M.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Jackson, MS, US. Release Date: 20061120. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Modification; Behavior Therapy; Future. Classification: Behavior Therapy & Behavior Modification (3312). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Michelson, Larry; Hersen, Michel; Turner, Samuel M. Future Perspectives in Behavior Therapy=New York: Plenum Press, 1981. 366 pp. $29.50; 1981. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1982. KW - future perspectives KW - behavior therapy KW - behavioral research KW - 1982 KW - Behavior Modification KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Future U2 - Michelson, Larry; Hersen, Michel; Turner, Samuel M. (1981); Future Perspectives in Behavior Therapy; New York: Plenum Press, 1981. 366 pp. $29.50 DO - 10.1037/021485 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06522-047&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06494-040 AN - 2006-06494-040 AU - Moses, James A. Jr. T1 - Remediation-Oriented Developmental Neuropsychological Assessment. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 50 EP - 51 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06494-040. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moses, James A. Jr.; Psychological Assessment Unit, Psychology Service, Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Center, CA, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavioral Assessment; Neuropsychological Assessment; Treatment. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Rourke, Byron P.; Fisk, John L.; Strang, John D. Neuropsychological Assessment of Children: A Treatment-Oriented Approach=New York: Guilford Press, 1986. 285 pp. $30.00; 1986. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. KW - neuropsychological assessment KW - treatment-oriented approach KW - adaptive behavioral analysis KW - 1989 KW - Behavioral Assessment KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Treatment U2 - Rourke, Byron P.; Fisk, John L.; Strang, John D. (1986); Neuropsychological Assessment of Children: A Treatment-Oriented Approach; New York: Guilford Press, 1986. 285 pp. $30.00; 0-89862-676-5. DO - 10.1037/027552 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06494-040&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06494-015 AN - 2006-06494-015 AU - Johnson, Judith L. AU - Sutker, Patricia B. T1 - Changing Perspectives in Neuropsychology of Alcoholism Research. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 24 EP - 25 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06494-015. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Johnson, Judith L.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, New Orleans, LA, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Diagnosis; Neuropsychology; Treatment. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Parsons, Oscar A. (Ed); Butters, Nelson (Ed); Nathan, Peter E. (Ed). Neuropsychology of Alcoholism: Implications for Diagnosis and Treatment=New York: Guilford Press, 1987. 414 pp. $40.00; 1987. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. KW - neuropsychology KW - alcoholism KW - diagnosis KW - treatment KW - 1989 KW - Alcoholism KW - Diagnosis KW - Neuropsychology KW - Treatment U2 - Parsons, Oscar A. (Ed); Butters, Nelson (Ed); Nathan, Peter E. (Ed). (1987); Neuropsychology of Alcoholism: Implications for Diagnosis and Treatment; New York: Guilford Press, 1987. 414 pp. $40.00; 0-89862-696-X. DO - 10.1037/027527 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06494-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06436-012 AN - 2006-06436-012 AU - Levine, Jacob T1 - Is Psychotherapy the Treatment of Choice for Schizophrenia? JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1986/05// VL - 31 IS - 5 SP - 342 EP - 343 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06436-012. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levine, Jacob; Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychotherapy; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Therapists. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Karon, Bertram P.; VandenBos, Gary R. Psychotherapy of Schizophrenia: The Treatment of Choice=New York: Jason Aronson, 1981. 519 pp. $30.00; 1981. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: May, 1986. KW - schizophrenic patients KW - psychotherapy KW - 1986 KW - Psychotherapy KW - Schizophrenia KW - Therapists U2 - Karon, Bertram P.; VandenBos, Gary R. (1981); Psychotherapy of Schizophrenia: The Treatment of Choice; New York: Jason Aronson, 1981. 519 pp. $30.00 DO - 10.1037/024737 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06436-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06433-057 AN - 2006-06433-057 AU - Cannon, Dale T1 - Busy Fingers. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1986/02// VL - 31 IS - 2 SP - 151 EP - 152 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06433-057. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cannon, Dale; Dallas Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, TX, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Intelligence; Nail Biting; Personality. Minor Descriptor: Sociology; Symptoms. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Hadley, Norman H. Fingernail Biting: Theory, Research and Treatment=New York: SP Medical & Scientific Books, 1984. 189 pp. $20.00; 1984. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1986. KW - fingernail biting KW - age differences KW - sex difference KW - personality KW - intelligence KW - sociology KW - 1986 KW - Age Differences KW - Intelligence KW - Nail Biting KW - Personality KW - Sociology KW - Symptoms U2 - Hadley, Norman H. (1984); Fingernail Biting: Theory, Research and Treatment; New York: SP Medical & Scientific Books, 1984. 189 pp. $20.00 DO - 10.1037/024534 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06433-057&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06427-038 AN - 2006-06427-038 AU - Perlmuter, Lawrence C. T1 - Toward a Psychology of Aging. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1985/08// VL - 30 IS - 8 SP - 643 EP - 644 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06427-038. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Perlmuter, Lawrence C.; Harvard School of Dental Medicine, Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Gerontology; Memory; Physiological Aging; Problem Solving; Stereotyped Attitudes. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Botwinick, Jack. Aging and Behavior: A Comprehensive Integration of Research Findings. 3rd ed. (Updated and Expanded)=New York: Springer Publishing, 1984. 445 pp. $24.95; 1984. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1985. KW - psychological factors KW - social factors KW - problem solving KW - aging KW - 1985 KW - Gerontology KW - Memory KW - Physiological Aging KW - Problem Solving KW - Stereotyped Attitudes U2 - Botwinick, Jack. (1984); Aging and Behavior: A Comprehensive Integration of Research Findings. 3rd ed. (Updated and Expanded); New York: Springer Publishing, 1984. 445 pp. $24.95 DO - 10.1037/024006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06427-038&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06423-023 AN - 2006-06423-023 AU - Shapiro, Rodney J. T1 - Help for Battered Women. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1985/04// VL - 30 IS - 4 SP - 296 EP - 297 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06423-023. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shapiro, Rodney J.; Family Therapy program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, CA, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Battered Females; Family Members; Intervention; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Wives. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Roberts, Albert R. (Ed). Battered Women and Their Families: Intervention Strategies and Treatment Programs=New York: Springer Publishing, 1984. 220 pp. $22.95; 1984. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1985. KW - battered women KW - intervention strategies KW - family violence KW - treatment programs KW - family members KW - 1985 KW - Battered Females KW - Family Members KW - Intervention KW - Treatment KW - Wives U2 - Roberts, Albert R. (Ed). (1984); Battered Women and Their Families: Intervention Strategies and Treatment Programs; New York: Springer Publishing, 1984. 220 pp. $22.95 DO - 10.1037/023712 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06423-023&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06418-032 AN - 2006-06418-032 AU - Erickson, Richard C. T1 - Death or Apparent Death? JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1985/11// VL - 30 IS - 11 SP - 896 EP - 897 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06418-032. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Erickson, Richard C.; Portland Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Near Death Experiences. Minor Descriptor: Death and Dying; Terminally Ill Patients. Classification: Parapsychology (2390). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Greyson, Bruce (Ed); Flynn, Charles P. (Ed). The Near-Death Experience: Problems, Prospects, Perspectives=Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas, 1984. 302 pp. $29.75; 1984. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1985. KW - near death experiences KW - humane treatment KW - 1985 KW - Near Death Experiences KW - Death and Dying KW - Terminally Ill Patients U2 - Greyson, Bruce (Ed); Flynn, Charles P. (Ed). (1984); The Near-Death Experience: Problems, Prospects, Perspectives; Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas, 1984. 302 pp. $29.75 DO - 10.1037/023341 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06418-032&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06415-022 AN - 2006-06415-022 AU - Moos, Rudolf H. T1 - The Greening of Behavioral Medicine. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1984/08// VL - 29 IS - 8 SP - 647 EP - 648 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06415-022. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moos, Rudolf H.; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chronic Illness; Coping Behavior; Health Care Psychology; Social Psychology; Behavioral Medicine. Minor Descriptor: Adaptation; Biopsychosocial Approach; Cognitive Processes. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Burish, Thomas G. (Ed); Bradley, Laurence A. (Ed). Coping with Chronic Disease: Research and Applications=New York: Academic Press, 1983. 530 pp. $42.00; 1983. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1984. KW - chronic disease KW - social psychological factors KW - coping process KW - behavioral medicine KW - 1984 KW - Chronic Illness KW - Coping Behavior KW - Health Care Psychology KW - Social Psychology KW - Behavioral Medicine KW - Adaptation KW - Biopsychosocial Approach KW - Cognitive Processes U2 - Burish, Thomas G. (Ed); Bradley, Laurence A. (Ed). (1983); Coping with Chronic Disease: Research and Applications; New York: Academic Press, 1983. 530 pp. $42.00 DO - 10.1037/023109 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06415-022&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06411-060 AN - 2006-06411-060 AU - Starker, Steven T1 - Revenge of the Ostracized. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1984/04// VL - 29 IS - 4 SP - 347 EP - 348 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06411-060. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Starker, Steven; Portland Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dualism; Holistic Health; Imagery; Psychotherapy; Stress. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Korn, Errol R.; Johnson, Karen. Visualization: The Uses of Imagery in the Health Professions=Homewood, IL: Dow Jones-Irwin, 1983. 230 pp. $29.50; 1983. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1984. KW - visualizations KW - health professions KW - mind body interactions KW - stress KW - pain control KW - psychotherapy KW - holistic health KW - imagery KW - 1984 KW - Dualism KW - Holistic Health KW - Imagery KW - Psychotherapy KW - Stress U2 - Korn, Errol R.; Johnson, Karen. (1983); Visualization: The Uses of Imagery in the Health Professions; Homewood, IL: Dow Jones-Irwin, 1983. 230 pp. $29.50 DO - 10.1037/022824 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06411-060&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06411-042 AN - 2006-06411-042 AU - Wincze, John P. T1 - How to Avoid the Mismanagement of Sexual Dysfunction Cases. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1984/04// VL - 29 IS - 4 SP - 331 EP - 332 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06411-042. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wincze, John P.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Providence, RI, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Sexual Function Disturbances. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Kaplan, Helen Singer. The Evaluation of Sexual Disorders: Psychological and Medical Aspects=New York: Brunner/Mazel, 1983. 304 pp. $32.50; 1983. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1984. KW - sexual disorders KW - psychosexual dysfunctions KW - 1984 KW - Sexual Function Disturbances U2 - Kaplan, Helen Singer. (1983); The Evaluation of Sexual Disorders: Psychological and Medical Aspects; New York: Brunner/Mazel, 1983. 304 pp. $32.50 DO - 10.1037/022806 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06411-042&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06393-027 AN - 2006-06393-027 AU - Apfeldorf, Max T1 - A Guide Through the Maze of Alcoholism Measures. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1978/04// VL - 23 IS - 4 SP - 263 EP - 264 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06393-027. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Apfeldorf, Max; Veterans Administration Center, Martinsburg, WV, US. Release Date: 20061120. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Diagnosis; Measurement. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Jacobson, George R. The Alcoholisms: Detection, Assessment, and Diagnosis=New York: Human Sciences Press, 1976. Pp. 414. $19.95; 1976. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1978. KW - alcoholisms KW - detection KW - assessment KW - diagnosis KW - alcoholism measures KW - alcoholics KW - 1978 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Diagnosis KW - Measurement U2 - Jacobson, George R. (1976); The Alcoholisms: Detection, Assessment, and Diagnosis; New York: Human Sciences Press, 1976. Pp. 414. $19.95 DO - 10.1037/017094 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06393-027&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06289-054 AN - 2006-06289-054 AU - Nehrke, Milton F. T1 - Death Anxiety: The Psychological Virus. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1976/08// VL - 21 IS - 8 SP - 584 EP - 585 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06289-054. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Nehrke, Milton F.; Veterans Administration Center, Bath, NY, US. Release Date: 20061113. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Death Anxiety; Neurosis; Philosophies. Minor Descriptor: Death and Dying. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Meyer, Joachim E. Death and Neurosis=New York: International Universities Press, 1975. Pp. xii + 147. $8.50; 1975. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1976. KW - death anxiety KW - neurosis KW - philosophies KW - 1976 KW - Death Anxiety KW - Neurosis KW - Philosophies KW - Death and Dying U2 - Meyer, Joachim E. (1975); Death and Neurosis; New York: International Universities Press, 1975. Pp. xii + 147. $8.50 DO - 10.1037/015357 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06289-054&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05468-008 AN - 2006-05468-008 AU - McCown, William G. AU - Sutker, Patricia B. T1 - Alcohol and Stress: Interactions and Relations. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 33 IS - 12 SP - 1039 EP - 1040 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05468-008. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McCown, William G.; Tulane University Medical Center, Slidell, LA, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Addiction; Alcoholism; Social Stress. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Gottheil, Edward (Ed); Druley, Keith A. (Ed); Pashko, Steven (Ed); Weinstein, Stephen P. (Ed). Stress and Addiction=New York: Brunner/Mazel, 1987. 327 pp. $40.00; 1987. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. KW - psychosocial stress responses KW - addictions KW - psychopathology KW - alcohol addiction KW - 1988 KW - Addiction KW - Alcoholism KW - Social Stress U2 - Gottheil, Edward (Ed); Druley, Keith A. (Ed); Pashko, Steven (Ed); Weinstein, Stephen P. (Ed). (1987); Stress and Addiction; New York: Brunner/Mazel, 1987. 327 pp. $40.00; 0-87630-463-3. DO - 10.1037/026306 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-05468-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - AU - Cornford, E M TI - Regional modulations in tegumental glucose transporter kinetics in the rat tapeworm JO - Experimental Parasitology PY - 1991/01/01/ VL - 73 IS - 4 SP - 489 EP - 499 SN - 00144894 N1 - Note: Record Source: This record is provided from the MEDLINE database of the National Library of Medicine (NLM), United States. The index terms may have been modified to conform with terminology used throughout the database; CAS Registry Number: 0; IY9XDZ35W2; Contract Number: NS 25554/NS/NINDS NIH HHS. Database Contributor: MEDLINE. Database Contributor ID: 1959575. Database Subset: AFRICAN HEALTHLINE. Language: English. Accession Number: 1959575. Author Affiliation: Southwest Regional Veterans Administration Epilepsy Center, Veterans Administration West Los Angeles Medical Center, California 90073 1; AB - MEDLINE Abstract: Comparisons of glucose transporter kinetics in 8-day (Km = 0.34 mM, Vmax = 14 nmole.min-1.g-1), 10-day (Km = 0.46 mM, Vmax = 18 nmole.min-1.g-1), the first quartile of 17-day (Km = 0.51 mM, Vmax = 21 nmole.min-1.g-1), and the first quartile of 32-day (Km = 0.33 mM, Vmax = 39 nmole.min-1.g-1) rat tapeworms (Hymenolepis diminuta) suggest maximal velocities may vary with age. A gradient in glucose transporter density is suggested in the rat tapeworm by changes in the estimated transporter Vmax in the first through fourth quartiles. Alterations in the physiological efficiency (as indicated by the Vmax/Km ratio) and permeability (indicated by the unsaturated permeability-area product) of the glucose transporter were determined to be significantly greater in the first quartile than in other quartiles of 17-day hymenolepids. A similar trend was apparent in older (32-day) worms. In tapeworms maintained for 30 min in glucose-free medium, maximal velocities were highest in the anterior (first) quartile, and reductions were seen in successive second, third, and fourth quartiles. When worms were maintained in a medium containing 11 mM glucose, maximal velocities were about twofold greater, but the Vmax increased in each successive quartile. The apparent half-saturation constants, which indicate that concentration of external glucose at which half of the glucose transporter proteins are occupied, are reduced approximately 50% in tapeworms maintained in glucose-free medium. These studies demonstrate that regional differences exist in the glucose transporter of the rat tapeworm, analogous to the intestinal glucose gradient. Furthermore, substrate-induced modulations in the transporter may also exhibit independent regional variability UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=awn&AN=1959575&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - awn ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hogan, Andrew J. AU - Morris, James G. AU - Thompson, Howard E. T1 - REPLY TO PROFESSORS CHARNES AND COOPER CONCERNING THEIR RESPONSE TO "DECISION PROBLEMS UNDER RISK AND CHANCE CONSTRAINED PROGRAMMING" JO - Management Science JF - Management Science Y1 - 1984/02// VL - 30 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 258 EP - 259 PB - INFORMS: Institute for Operations Research SN - 00251909 AB - We show in this reply that the response by Charnes and Cooper to our paper is aimed at an issue that is only tangential to our analysis and does not affect our conclusions. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Management Science is the property of INFORMS: Institute for Operations Research and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - STATISTICAL decision making KW - THEORY of constraints (Management) KW - MANAGEMENT science KW - MANAGEMENT KW - RISK management in business KW - SIMULATION methods & models KW - DECISION making KW - DECISION theory KW - COMPUTATIONAL complexity KW - CHARNES, A. KW - COOPER, W. W. KW - MANAGEMENT Science (Periodical) N1 - Accession Number: 7360862; Hogan, Andrew J. 1; Morris, James G. 2; Thompson, Howard E. 2; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration and School of Public Health, University of Michigan.; 2: University of Wisconsin, Madison; Issue Info: Feb1984, Vol. 30 Issue 2, p258; Thesaurus Term: STATISTICAL decision making; Thesaurus Term: THEORY of constraints (Management); Thesaurus Term: MANAGEMENT science; Thesaurus Term: MANAGEMENT; Thesaurus Term: RISK management in business; Thesaurus Term: SIMULATION methods & models; Thesaurus Term: DECISION making; Thesaurus Term: DECISION theory; Subject Term: COMPUTATIONAL complexity; Reviews & Products: MANAGEMENT Science (Periodical); People: CHARNES, A.; People: COOPER, W. W.; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ent&AN=7360862&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ent ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bauer, Richard L. AU - Diehl, AndrewK. AU - Barton, Sara A. AU - Brender, Jean AU - Deyo, Richard A. T1 - Risk of Postmenopausal Hip Fracture in Mexican Women. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1986/08// VL - 76 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 1020 EP - 1021 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: To assess the risk of hip fracture in Mexican Americans, the ethnicity of 80 women aged 50 years and over admitted with hip fractures to a Texas hospital was compared with that of age-matched women hospitalized for other reasons. The risk of fracture for Mexican Americans was only 35 per ¢ that of Whites (95% CI = 19 per ¢, 65 per ¢). This finding was confirmed in a chart survey performed in a second hospital population. These results suggest that Mexican American women may receive less potential benefit from preventive measures for hip fracture than Whites. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Health risk assessment KW - DISEASES KW - WOUNDS & injuries KW - Risk management in business KW - Fractures -- Risk factors KW - Fractures in old age KW - Hip joint KW - Bones KW - Osteoporosis in women KW - Women KW - Older Mexican American women N1 - Accession Number: 4686230; Bauer, Richard L. 1; Diehl, AndrewK. 1; Barton, Sara A. 2; Brender, Jean 3; Deyo, Richard A. 1; Affiliations: 1: Division of General Medicine, Department of Medicine, University of Texas Health Science Center, San Antonio, TX 78284.; 2: Center for Demographic and Population Genetics, University of Texas Health Science Center, Houston.; 3: Research Health Scientist, Audie Murphy Veterans Administration Hospital, San Antonio.; Issue Info: Aug1986, Vol. 76 Issue 8, p1020; Thesaurus Term: Health risk assessment; Thesaurus Term: DISEASES; Thesaurus Term: WOUNDS & injuries; Subject Term: Risk management in business; Subject Term: Fractures -- Risk factors; Subject Term: Fractures in old age; Subject Term: Hip joint; Subject Term: Bones; Subject Term: Osteoporosis in women; Subject Term: Women; Subject Term: Older Mexican American women; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923120 Administration of Public Health Programs; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4686230&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rich, Charles L. AU - Young, Deborah AU - Fowler, Richard C. AU - Rosenfeld, S. K. S. T1 - The Difference between Date of Suicidal Act and Recorded Death Certificate Date in 204 Consecutive Suicides. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1985/07// VL - 75 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 778 EP - 779 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: The date of death recorded on death certificates (DCD) was compared to the date of the suicidal act (DA) in a consecutive series of 204 suicides. The DA was known to be the same as the DCD in only 46 per ¢ of the cases. The DA was different from the DCD in 22 per ¢ of the cases. The difference between the DA and DCD should be taken into consideration in the analysis of temporal trends. (Am J Public Health 1985; 75:778-779.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Death certificates KW - Death -- Proof & certification KW - Death -- Time of KW - Suicide KW - Mortality -- Statistics KW - Mortality -- Tables KW - Death -- Causes KW - Suicidal behavior KW - United States N1 - Accession Number: 4949248; Rich, Charles L. 1,2; Young, Deborah 3; Fowler, Richard C. 4; Rosenfeld, S. K. S. 4; Affiliations: 1: Inpatient Psychiatry Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, 3350 La Jolla Village Driven, San Diego, CA 92161.; 2: Assistant Professor of Psychiatry, University of California School of Medicine, San Diego.; 3: Assistant Professor of Psychiatry, UCSD School of Medicine, and Staff psychiatrist , SDVAMC.; 4: Associate Clinical Professor of Psychiatry, UCSDSM.; Issue Info: Jul1985, Vol. 75 Issue 7, p778; Subject Term: Death certificates; Subject Term: Death -- Proof & certification; Subject Term: Death -- Time of; Subject Term: Suicide; Subject Term: Mortality -- Statistics; Subject Term: Mortality -- Tables; Subject Term: Death -- Causes; Subject Term: Suicidal behavior; Subject: United States; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4949248&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gee, Susan C. AU - Page, William Frank T1 - The Use of Comparability Ratios to Adjust Hospital Trend Data. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1985/01// VL - 75 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 81 EP - 82 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: Hospital trend data may be affected by changes in diagnostic coding schemes We studied the change from ICDA-8 (18) to ICD-9-CM (1-9) in a sample of roughly, 13.600 double coded Veterans Administration hospital diagnoses Comparability ratios were computed and used to adjust trend data which overlap the lime period when the shift from 1-8 to 1-9 occurred. With Ibis adjustment for change in diagnostic coding scheme, apparent diagnostic trends, are substantially altered. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Hospital records KW - Medical records KW - Diagnostic services KW - Medical care of veterans KW - Veterans' hospitals KW - Services for older people KW - Veterans -- Services for KW - Diagnosis KW - Preventive health services N1 - Accession Number: 4949539; Gee, Susan C. 1; Page, William Frank 1; Affiliations: 1: Biometrics Division, Veterans Administration.; Issue Info: Jan1985, Vol. 75 Issue 1, p81; Subject Term: Hospital records; Subject Term: Medical records; Subject Term: Diagnostic services; Subject Term: Medical care of veterans; Subject Term: Veterans' hospitals; Subject Term: Services for older people; Subject Term: Veterans -- Services for; Subject Term: Diagnosis; Subject Term: Preventive health services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 813311 Human Rights Organizations; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624120 Services for the Elderly and Persons with Disabilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621999 All Other Miscellaneous Ambulatory Health Care Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622111 General (except paediatric) hospitals; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4949539&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bailey, Gloria A. AU - Koepsell, Thomas D. AU - Belcher, Donald W. T1 - Reliability of Two Measures of Life Stress Among Outpatients at a Veterans Hospital. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1984/07// VL - 74 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 723 EP - 724 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - To measure test-retest reliability, 38 Veterans Administration clinic patient completed a modification of the Sarason Life Experience Survey (LES) twice within several weeks. Summary scores were found to be more reliable than scores on individual questions. Patients attending the Mental Hygiene Clinic responded less reliably than other patients. The "stress ladder" -- a simple summary score measure -- was found to be the most reliable measure of all. (Am J Public Health 1984; 74:723-724.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Public health KW - Stress (Psychology) KW - Patients KW - Hospitals KW - Mental health KW - Outpatient medical care KW - Life change events KW - Mental health services KW - Mental health facilities N1 - Accession Number: 4953889; Bailey, Gloria A. 1,2; Koepsell, Thomas D. 1,2; Belcher, Donald W. 2,3; Affiliations: 1: Department of Epidemiology, University of Washington, Seattle, WA 98195.; 2: Northwest Health Health Services Research and Development Program, Seattle Veterans Administration Medical Center.; 3: Department of Medicine, University of Washington.; Issue Info: Jul1984, Vol. 74 Issue 7, p723; Thesaurus Term: Public health; Subject Term: Stress (Psychology); Subject Term: Patients; Subject Term: Hospitals; Subject Term: Mental health; Subject Term: Outpatient medical care; Subject Term: Life change events; Subject Term: Mental health services; Subject Term: Mental health facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621494 Community health centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621499 All other out-patient care centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622110 General Medical and Surgical Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622111 General (except paediatric) hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621112 Offices of Physicians, Mental Health Specialists; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621420 Outpatient Mental Health and Substance Abuse Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4953889&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Koff, Raymond S. AU - Connelly, Lorna J. D. T1 - Failure to Detect Hepatitis B Surface Antigen (HBsubSAg) in Certified Shellfish From New England. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1976/02// VL - 66 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 174 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - In this study, hard- and soft-shell clams harvested during a one-year period from state approved (certified) clam beds in Maine, Massachusetts, and Rhode Island were tested for HBsAg by radioimmunoassay, HBsAg could not be detected in clam viscera. The role of bivalve mollusk ingestion in transmission of Hepatitis B remains speculative. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Oysters KW - Viruses KW - Clams KW - Mollusks KW - Communicable diseases -- Transmission KW - Hepatitis KW - Hepatitis B KW - Cell surface antigens KW - United States N1 - Accession Number: 5666043; Koff, Raymond S. 1; Connelly, Lorna J. D. 1; Affiliations: 1: Hepatology Section, Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Boston University School of Medicine, Boston, Ma 02130.; Issue Info: Feb1976, Vol. 66 Issue 2, p174; Thesaurus Term: Oysters; Thesaurus Term: Viruses; Thesaurus Term: Clams; Thesaurus Term: Mollusks; Thesaurus Term: Communicable diseases -- Transmission; Thesaurus Term: Hepatitis; Subject Term: Hepatitis B; Subject Term: Cell surface antigens; Subject: United States; NAICS/Industry Codes: 114113 Salt water fishing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112512 Shellfish Farming; NAICS/Industry Codes: 413140 Fish and seafood product merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112510 Aquaculture; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=5666043&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Simel, David L. AU - Feussner, John R. T1 - Blood Alcohol Measurements in the Emergency Department: Who Needs Them? JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 78 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 1478 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: We surveyed North Carolina emergency physicians to determine current medical practices regarding the use of blood alcohol concentrations using a hypothetical scenario. Most physicians (88 per ¢) would not have obtained blood alcohol concentrations in a patient who had alcohol on his breath but was coherent and cooperative. For marginally impaired patients, more liberal use of blood alcohol concentrations and explicit instructions to avoid driving while impaired might improve patient care and promote highway safety. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Blood alcohol -- Analysis KW - Alcohol in the body KW - Drunk driving KW - Patients KW - Physician practice patterns KW - Medical offices KW - Emergency medical services KW - Medical care KW - North Carolina N1 - Accession Number: 4690867; Simel, David L. 1; Feussner, John R. 1; Affiliations: 1: Ambulatory Care Service and Health Services Research Field Program, Durham Veterans Administration Medical Center, Division of General Internal Medicine, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, NC; Issue Info: Nov88, Vol. 78 Issue 11, p1478; Subject Term: Blood alcohol -- Analysis; Subject Term: Alcohol in the body; Subject Term: Drunk driving; Subject Term: Patients; Subject Term: Physician practice patterns; Subject Term: Medical offices; Subject Term: Emergency medical services; Subject Term: Medical care; Subject: North Carolina; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624230 Emergency and Other Relief Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 913130 Municipal police services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621491 HMO Medical Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621112 Offices of Physicians, Mental Health Specialists; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621111 Offices of Physicians (except Mental Health Specialists); NAICS/Industry Codes: 621399 Offices of All Other Miscellaneous Health Practitioners; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621390 Offices of all other health practitioners; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621110 Offices of physicians; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 561110 Office Administrative Services; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4690867&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Feussner, John R. AU - McFall, Stephanie L. AU - Cockrell III, Willis E. T1 - Patient Characteristics and Eligibility in a Veterans Administration Ambulatory Care Triage Clinic. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 78 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 1224 EP - 1225 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - We surveyed 5,225 consecutive patients presenting to a Veterans Administration (VA) Ambulatory Care Triage Clinic to ascertain the characteristics of patients and to assess the role of eligibility in determining disposition from triage. Most patients (66 per cent) had non-service connected (low eligibility) conditions and had no health insurance (64 per cent). Lack of service connected priority (high eligibility) did not influence access to hospitalization (8.3 per cent) or longitudinal outpatient care (24.5 per cent). The study suggests that veterans with no health insurance, with low eligibility for VA service, use the VA triage clinic for episodic medical care. (Am J Public Health 1988; 78:1224-1225.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Medical care of veterans KW - Outpatient medical care KW - Medical care KW - Triage (Medicine) KW - Emergency medical services KW - Mass casualties KW - Medical screening KW - Clinics KW - Health insurance N1 - Accession Number: 4686216; Feussner, John R. 1; McFall, Stephanie L. 1; Cockrell III, Willis E. 1; Affiliations: 1: Ambulatory Care Service, Health Services Research Field Program, Durham Veterans Administration Medical Center (VAMC), Departments of Medicine and of Community and Family Medicine, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, NC; Issue Info: Sep88, Vol. 78 Issue 9, p1224; Subject Term: Medical care of veterans; Subject Term: Outpatient medical care; Subject Term: Medical care; Subject Term: Triage (Medicine); Subject Term: Emergency medical services; Subject Term: Mass casualties; Subject Term: Medical screening; Subject Term: Clinics; Subject Term: Health insurance; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621494 Community health centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621499 All other out-patient care centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621110 Offices of physicians; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624230 Emergency and Other Relief Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 913130 Municipal police services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 524112 Direct group life, health and medical insurance carriers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 524111 Direct individual life, health and medical insurance carriers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621999 All Other Miscellaneous Ambulatory Health Care Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4686216&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - GEN AU - Schwartz, B. D. AU - Murray, L. AU - Alexander, B. AU - Kauders, F. R. AU - Gallant, D. M. T1 - Changing Patterns of Drug Abuse in a Seaport: New Orleans, 1975-85. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 78 IS - 6 M3 - Letter SP - 720 EP - 721 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - A letter to the editor is presented in response to investigation of drug use patterns in 1975 and 1980 of all patients admitted to the New Orleans Veterans Administration Medical Center. KW - Letters to the editor KW - Drug abuse N1 - Accession Number: 21084775; Schwartz, B. D. 1; Murray, L. 1; Alexander, B. 1; Kauders, F. R. 1; Gallant, D. M. 1; Affiliations: 1: Tulane University School of Medicine, and Veterans Administration Medical Center, New Orleans, LA; Issue Info: Jun88, Vol. 78 Issue 6, p720; Subject Term: Letters to the editor; Subject Term: Drug abuse; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=21084775&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06038-022 AN - 2006-06038-022 AU - Misch, Robert C. T1 - Awakening from Schizophrenia. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1962/09// VL - 7 IS - 9 SP - 344 EP - 345 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06038-022. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Misch, Robert C.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 20061023. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Attitudes; Narratives; Psychosis; Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Bateson, Gregory (Ed). Perceval's Narrative: A Patient's Account of his Psychosis, 1830-1832=Stanford, Calif: Stanford University Press, 1961. Pp. xxii + 331. $6.75; 1961. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1962. KW - schizophrenia KW - endogenous processes KW - patient narratives KW - psychosis KW - 1962 KW - Client Attitudes KW - Narratives KW - Psychosis KW - Schizophrenia U2 - Bateson, Gregory (Ed). (1961); Perceval's Narrative: A Patient's Account of his Psychosis, 1830-1832; Stanford, Calif: Stanford University Press, 1961. Pp. xxii + 331. $6.75 DO - 10.1037/007010 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06038-022&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06028-006 AN - 2006-06028-006 AU - Siple, Howard L. T1 - One Clinician's Practices. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1962/10// VL - 7 IS - 10 SP - 368 EP - 369 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06028-006. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Siple, Howard L.; Mental Health Clinic, Veterans' Administration Regional Office, San Francisco, CA, US. Release Date: 20061023. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Clinicians; Patients; Private Practice; Therapists. Minor Descriptor: Practice. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Harrower, Molly. The Practice of Clinical Psychology=Springfield, Illinois: Charles C. Thomas, 1961. Pp. xiv + 321. $12.00; 1961. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1962. KW - clinicians practices KW - clinical psychology KW - therapists KW - patients KW - 1962 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Clinicians KW - Patients KW - Private Practice KW - Therapists KW - Practice U2 - Harrower, Molly. (1961); The Practice of Clinical Psychology; Springfield, Illinois: Charles C. Thomas, 1961. Pp. xiv + 321. $12.00 DO - 10.1037/006748 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06028-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05975-010 AN - 2006-05975-010 AU - Stubbins, Joseph T1 - Counseling for Vocational Rehabilitation. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1959/03// VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 84 EP - 85 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05975-010. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stubbins, Joseph; Veterans Administration Hospital, Montrose, NY, US. Release Date: 20061023. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotional Disturbances; Rehabilitation Counseling; Vocational Rehabilitation. Classification: Occupational & Vocational Rehabilitation (3384). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Patterson, C. H. Counseling the Emotionally Disturbed=New York: Harper & Brothers, 1958. Pp. xvii + 458. $6.00; 1958. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1959. KW - vocational rehabilitation KW - counseling KW - emotionally disturbed KW - 1959 KW - Emotional Disturbances KW - Rehabilitation Counseling KW - Vocational Rehabilitation U2 - Patterson, C. H. (1958); Counseling the Emotionally Disturbed; New York: Harper & Brothers, 1958. Pp. xvii + 458. $6.00 DO - 10.1037/006014 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-05975-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05950-011 AN - 2006-05950-011 AU - Brown, Clinton C. T1 - Head Hunters. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1957/02// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 47 EP - 48 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05950-011. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brown, Clinton C.; Veterans Administration Hospital at Perry Point, Perry Point, MD, US. Release Date: 20061023. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Kinesthetic Perception; Mental Disorders; Neurodegenerative Diseases. Minor Descriptor: Epilepsy. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Lewis, Nolan D. C. (Ed); Landis, Carney (Ed); King, H. E. (Ed). Studies in Topectomy=New York: Grune & Stratton, 1956. Pp. viii + 248. $6.75; 1956. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1957. KW - topectomy KW - vestibular function KW - mental disease KW - autokinetic phenomena KW - 1957 KW - Kinesthetic Perception KW - Mental Disorders KW - Neurodegenerative Diseases KW - Epilepsy U2 - Lewis, Nolan D. C. (Ed); Landis, Carney (Ed); King, H. E. (Ed). (1956); Studies in Topectomy; New York: Grune & Stratton, 1956. Pp. viii + 248. $6.75 DO - 10.1037/005476 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-05950-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06014-026 AN - 2006-06014-026 AU - Peters, Henry N. T1 - The Oldest Psychological Test. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1960/09// VL - 5 IS - 9 SP - 308 EP - 309 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06014-026. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Peters, Henry N.; Neuropsychiatric Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Jefferson Barracks, MO, US. Release Date: 20061023. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Mazes; Psychometrics. Minor Descriptor: Test Validity. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Porteus, Stanley D. The Maze Test and Clinical Psychology=Palo Alto, Calif.: Pacific Books, 1959. Pp. 203. $5.50; 1959. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1960. KW - clinical psychology KW - maze test KW - test validity KW - test record KW - psychological test KW - 1960 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Mazes KW - Psychometrics KW - Test Validity U2 - Porteus, Stanley D. (1959); The Maze Test and Clinical Psychology; Palo Alto, Calif.: Pacific Books, 1959. Pp. 203. $5.50 DO - 10.1037/006391 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06014-026&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05971-018 AN - 2006-05971-018 AU - Shneidman, Edwin S. T1 - Conversation about Suicide. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1959/10// VL - 4 IS - 10 SP - 329 EP - 330 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05971-018. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shneidman, Edwin S.; Central Research Unit, Veterans Administration at Los Angeles, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 20061023. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Childhood Development; Fantasy; Gestures; Loneliness; Suicide. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Bosselman, Beulah Chamberlain. Self-Destruction: A Study of the Suicidal Impulse=Springfield, Ill.: Charles C. Thomas, 1958. Pp. xii + 94. $4.75; 1958. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1959. KW - death fantasies KW - self destructive infant KW - faint praise KW - suicide KW - childhood development KW - 1959 KW - Childhood Development KW - Fantasy KW - Gestures KW - Loneliness KW - Suicide U2 - Bosselman, Beulah Chamberlain. (1958); Self-Destruction: A Study of the Suicidal Impulse; Springfield, Ill.: Charles C. Thomas, 1958. Pp. xii + 94. $4.75 DO - 10.1037/005940 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-05971-018&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05964-009 AN - 2006-05964-009 AU - Pugh, Roderick W. T1 - The Magic of the Dance. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1958/04// VL - 3 IS - 4 SP - 102 EP - 103 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05964-009. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pugh, Roderick W.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, IL, US. Release Date: 20061023. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dance Therapy; Psychosis; Psychotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Client Attitudes; Dance. Classification: Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Rosen, Elizabeth. Dance in Psychotherapy=New York: Bureau of Publications, Teachers College, Columbia University, 1957. Pp. xx + 178. $4.50; 1957. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1958. KW - dance KW - psychotherapy KW - psychotic patients KW - patient behavior KW - 1958 KW - Dance Therapy KW - Psychosis KW - Psychotherapy KW - Client Attitudes KW - Dance U2 - Rosen, Elizabeth. (1957); Dance in Psychotherapy; New York: Bureau of Publications, Teachers College, Columbia University, 1957. Pp. xx + 178. $4.50 DO - 10.1037/005788 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-05964-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107345840 T1 - Fusing roles: the ambulatory care nurse as case manager. AU - Browne R AU - Biancolillo K Y1 - 1997/09// N1 - Accession Number: 107345840. Language: English. Entry Date: 19971101. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Blind Peer Reviewed; Core Nursing; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8219243. KW - Ambulatory Care Nursing -- Methods KW - Case Management KW - Work Redesign KW - Nursing Role KW - Discharge Planning KW - Multidisciplinary Care Team SP - 30 EP - 31 JO - Nursing Management JF - Nursing Management JA - NURS MANAGE VL - 28 IS - 9 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Most pathways concentrate on reducing the patient's length of stay. One multidisciplinary pathway team aims for a broader approach-promoting wellness as a means to avert hospitalization. Primary treatment teams provide and direct care for a group of patients, resulting in an outpatient system that is accessible and comprehensive. SN - 0744-6314 AD - Ambulatory Care, Brooklyn Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brooklyn, New York U2 - PMID: 9335836. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107345840&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107324250 T1 - Tools for a successful interview. AU - Lindaman C Y1 - 1997/04// N1 - Accession Number: 107324250. Language: English. Entry Date: 19970601. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Blind Peer Reviewed; Core Nursing; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8219243. KW - Job Interviews KW - Personnel Selection KW - Job Experience -- Evaluation KW - Open-Ended Questionnaires KW - Interview Guides KW - Staff Nurses KW - Structured Interview KW - Staff Development SP - 32B EP - 32D JO - Nursing Management JF - Nursing Management JA - NURS MANAGE VL - 28 IS - 4 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Using a group interview tool encourages objective data. Guidelines make certain that the legal process is being followed. Tools for a successful interview process are provided. SN - 0744-6314 AD - Utilization Management Coordinator, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, Iowa U2 - PMID: 9287776. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107324250&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hines, Frank T. T1 - JO - Congressional Digest JF - Congressional Digest J1 - Congressional Digest PY - 1944/03// Y1 - 1944/03// VL - 23 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 87 EP - 90 SN - 00105899 AB - The article presents arguments against the bill (S. 1509) by U.S. Senator Claude Pepper, Democrat of Florida. The Service Men's Education and Training Act of 1944 (S. 1509) was reported out of Committee in a form which essentially nullifies the stated purpose of the Act. By the inclusion of two amendments proposed and accepted by the majority of the Committee, and by the retention of the "six months" active duty qualification for benefits in the original bill, the Committee has voted to deprive the large majority of the most deserving young men of the opportunities of education and training for the resumption of civilian life after this war. KW - VETERANS -- Education KW - PEPPER, Claude, 1900-1989 KW - FEDERAL aid KW - LEGISLATIVE bills KW - EDUCATION -- United States KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 12015446; Source Information: Mar1944, Vol. 23 Issue 3, p87; Subject Term: VETERANS -- Education; Subject Term: PEPPER, Claude, 1900-1989; Subject Term: FEDERAL aid; Subject Term: LEGISLATIVE bills; Subject Term: EDUCATION -- United States; Subject Term: ; Geographic Subject: UNITED States; Geographic Subject: ; Number of Pages: 4p; ; Document Type: Article; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=mth&AN=12015446&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - mth ER - TY - JOUR AU - COLLINS, MICHAEL A. AU - NUM, WILLIAM P. AU - BORGE, GEORGE F. AU - TEAS, GREGORY AU - GOLDFARB, CLARA T1 - Dopamine-Related Tetrahydroisoquinolines: Significant Urinary Excretion by Alcoholics After Alcohol Consumption. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1979/12/07/ VL - 206 IS - 4423 M3 - Article SP - 1184 EP - 1186 SN - 00368075 AB - Concentrations of dopamine-related tetrahydroisoquinolines (salsolinol and O-methylated salsolinol) were significantly higher in the daily urine samples of alcoholic subjects admitted for alcohol detoxification than in the daily urine samples of nonalcoholic control subjects. Salsolinol concentrations in alcoholic subjects appeared to drop to trace (control) values 2 to 3 days after admission, following the disappearance of ethanol and its reactive metabolite acetaldehyde from the blood. These results indicate that physiologically active tetrahydroisoquinolines increase in humans during long-term alcohol consumption, presumably because of acetaldehyde's direct condensation with catecholamines. The presence of these or similar condensation products in the urine could be useful as clinical indicators of prior blood acetaldehyde concentrations in chronic alcoholics. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85269291; COLLINS, MICHAEL A. 1; NUM, WILLIAM P. 1; BORGE, GEORGE F. 2; TEAS, GREGORY 2; GOLDFARB, CLARA 2; Affiliations: 1: Department of Biochemistry and Biophysics, Loyola Stritch School of Medicine, Maywood, Illinois 60153; 2: Psychiatry Service, Hines Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois 60141; Issue Info: 12/ 7/1979, Vol. 206 Issue 4423, p1184; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85269291&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - FULLERTON, DWIGHT S. AU - YOSHIOKA, KouICHI AU - ROHRER, DOUGLAS C. AU - FROM, ARTHUR H. L. AU - AHMED, KHALIL T1 - Digitalis Genin Activity: Side-Group Carbonyl Oxygen Position Is a Major Determinant. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1979/08/31/ VL - 205 IS - 4409 M3 - Article SP - 917 EP - 919 SN - 00368075 AB - The Na+,K+-adenosine triphosphatase-inhibiting activity of digitalis genins and their analogs is afunction of side-group carbonyl (C=0) oxygen position. For each 2.2 angstroms that this oxygen is displaced from its position in digitoxigenin, activity drops by one order of magnitude. This quantitative relation resolves previously proposed models which have attempted to describe the molecular basis of genin activity. A multidisciplinary (crystallographic, conformational energy, synthetic, biological) approach to structure-activity relations is described. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85269159; FULLERTON, DWIGHT S. 1; YOSHIOKA, KouICHI 1; ROHRER, DOUGLAS C. 2; FROM, ARTHUR H. L. 3; AHMED, KHALIL 4; Affiliations: 1: School of Pharmacy, Oregon State University, Corvallis 97331; 2: Medical Foundation of Buffalo, Inc., Buffalo, New York 14203; 3: Cardiovascular Division, Veterans Administration Medical Center, and University of Minnesota, Minneapolis 55455; 4: Department of Laboratory Medicine and Pathology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, and University of Minnesota; Issue Info: 8/31/1979, Vol. 205 Issue 4409, p917; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85269159&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - CHANDLER, MARY E. AU - KEDES, LAURENCE H. AU - COHN, RONALD H. AU - YUNIS, JORGE J. T1 - Genes Coding for Histone Proteins in Man Are Located on the Distal End of the Long Arm of Chromosome 7. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1979/08/31/ VL - 205 IS - 4409 M3 - Article SP - 908 EP - 910 SN - 00368075 AB - Tritium-labeled complementary RNA's to two cloned sea urchin DNA sequences, one coding for histones HI, H2B, and H4 and the other for H2A and H3, were hybridized in situ to high resolution human chromosomes. Evidence is presented showing that the histone genes in man are localized in bands q32-36 on the long arm of chromosome 7. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85269155; CHANDLER, MARY E. 1; KEDES, LAURENCE H. 2; COHN, RONALD H. 2; YUNIS, JORGE J. 3; Affiliations: 1: Medical Genetics Division, Department of Laboratory Medicine and Pathology, University of Mininesota Medical School, Minneapolis 55455; 2: Howard Hughes Medical Inistituite Laboratories and Department of Medicine, Stanford University School of Medicine, and Veterans Administration Medic al Center, Palo Alto, California 94304; 3: Medical Genetics Division, Department of Laborator Medic ine and Pathology, University of Minnesota Medical School; Issue Info: 8/31/1979, Vol. 205 Issue 4409, p908; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85269155&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - SABA, HUSSAIN I. AU - SABA, SABIHA R. AU - BLACKBURN, CYNTHIA A. AU - HARTMANN, ROBERT C. AU - MASON, REGINALD G. T1 - Heparin Neutralization of PGI2: Effects upon Platelets. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1979/08/03/ VL - 205 IS - 4405 M3 - Article SP - 499 EP - 501 SN - 00368075 AB - Heparin neutralizes the inhibitory effect of prostacyclin (PGI2) on platelet aggregation. The PGI2-induced enhancement of platelet cyclic adenosine monophosphate levels is also inhibited. The mechanism appears to involve a direct interaction in which heparin neutralizes the inhibitory effects of PGI2 on platelet aggregation but, at the same time, does not lose its own anticoagulant activity. These findings may explain instances in which heparin infusions have been reported to produce hyperaggregation of platelets, thrombotic episodes, and thrombocytopenia in patients. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85361519; SABA, HUSSAIN I. 1; SABA, SABIHA R. 1; BLACKBURN, CYNTHIA A. 1; HARTMANN, ROBERT C. 1; MASON, REGINALD G. 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine, Division of Hematology, and Department of Pathology, University of South Florida, College of Medicine, and James A. Haley Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tampa 33612; Issue Info: 8/ 3/1979, Vol. 205 Issue 4405, p499; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85361519&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - PRINEAS, JOHN W. T1 - Multiple Sclerosis: Presence of Lymphatic Capillaries and Lymphoid Tissue in the Brain and Spinal Cord. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1979/03/16/ VL - 203 IS - 4385 M3 - Article SP - 1123 EP - 1125 SN - 00368075 AB - Thin-walled channels resembling lymphatic capillaries and containing lymphocytes were observed in perivascular spaces throughout the central nervous system of patients with various neurological disorders. This suggests that immunological surveillance in the central nervous system may normally involve lymphocyte circulation through the perivascular compartment. In some old multiple sclerosis plaques, perivascular lymphoid tissue was found which was organized in a manner similar to the antibody.producing medullary region of lymph nodes, This may indicate continuous processing of the putative multiple sclerosis antigen in such lesions. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85199490; PRINEAS, JOHN W. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Neurology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, East Orange, New Jersey 07019; 2: Department of Neurosciences, College of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey-New Jersey Medical School, Newark 07103; Issue Info: 3/16/1979, Vol. 203 Issue 4385, p1123; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85199490&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - POLLACK, ALAN AU - BAGWELL, C. BRUCE AU - IRVIN III, GEORGE L. T1 - Radiation from Tritiated Thymidine Perturbs the Cell Cycle Progression of Stimulated Lymphocytes. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1979/03/09/ VL - 203 IS - 4384 M3 - Article SP - 1025 EP - 1027 SN - 00368075 AB - Tritiated thymidine was found to affect the cell cycle progression of phytohemagglutinin- stimulated human lymphocytes. By means off low cytometry a statistically significant increase in the G2 and Mphases of the cell cycle was observed in cultures with low concentrations of tritiated thymidine added 18 hours before the cultures were harvested. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85199439; POLLACK, ALAN 1; BAGWELL, C. BRUCE 1; IRVIN III, GEORGE L. 1; Affiliations: 1: Surgical Immunology Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, and Departments of Microbiology and Surgery, University of Miami, Miami, Florida 33125; Issue Info: 3/ 9/1979, Vol. 203 Issue 4384, p1025; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85199439&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - MCENTEE, WILLIAM J. AU - MAIR, ROBERT G. T1 - Memory Impairment in Korsakoff's Psychosis: A Correlation with Brain Noradrenergic Activity. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1978/11/24/ VL - 202 IS - 4370 M3 - Article SP - 905 EP - 907 SN - 00368075 AB - The concentration of the primary brain metabolite of norepinephrine is diminished in the lumbar spinal fluid of patients with Korsakoff's syndrome. The extent of its reduction is significantly correlated with measures of memory impairment for individual patients. These data suggest that the memory disorder of Korsakoff's syndrome may result from damage to ascending noradrenergic pathways by the diencephalic and brainstem lesions associated with this disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85268641; MCENTEE, WILLIAM J. 1; MAIR, ROBERT G. 1; Affiliations: 1: Neurology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Providence, Rhode Island 02908; Issue Info: 11/24/1978, Vol. 202 Issue 4370, p905; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85268641&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - CREEL, DONNELL AU - O'DONNELL, JR., FRANK E. AU - WITKOP, JR., CARL J. T1 - Visual System Anomalies in Human Ocular Albinos. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1978/09/08/ VL - 201 IS - 4359 M3 - Article SP - 931 EP - 933 SN - 00368075 AB - Visually evoked potentials recorded from two types of human ocular albinos demonstrated significant hemispheric asymmetry following monocular stimulation. The asymmetry is indicative of disorganization of retinogeniculostriate projections similar to that reported for mammals with total albinism. Abnormal optic projections are associated with lack of ocular pigment and are not associated with any specific generalized pigment defect. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87546857; CREEL, DONNELL 1,2; O'DONNELL, JR., FRANK E. 3; WITKOP, JR., CARL J. 4; Affiliations: 1: Neuropsychology Research. Veterans Administration Hospital, Salt Lake City, Utah 84148; 2: Department of Psychology, University of Utah, Salt Lake City 84112; 3: Wilmer Ophthalmological Institute, Johns Hopkins Medical Institutions, Baltimore, Maryland 21205; 4: Division of Human and Oral Genetics, School of Dentistry, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis 55455; Issue Info: 9/8/1978, Vol. 201 Issue 4359, p931; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87546857&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - RILEY, JOSEPH N. AU - WALKER51, DON W. T1 - Morphological Alterations in Hippocampus After Long-Term Alcohol Consumption in Mice. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1978/08/18/ VL - 201 IS - 4356 M3 - Article SP - 646 EP - 648 SN - 00368075 AB - Golgi methods were used to examine the hippocampus of laboratory mice that received alcohol-containing or control diets for 4 months followed by a 2- month alcohol-free period. Long-term alcohol consumption resulted in a significant loss of dendritic spines on hippocampal pyramidal cells and dentate granule cells. This study provides evidence that long-term alcohol consumption, in the absence of malnutrition, produces morphological damage to the central nervous system. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87437192; RILEY, JOSEPH N. 1; WALKER51, DON W.; Affiliations: 1: Department ofNeuroscience, University ofFlorida, College of Medicine, Gainesville 32610, and Veterans Administration Hospital, Medical Research-151, Gainesville 32602; Issue Info: 8/18/1978, Vol. 201 Issue 4356, p646; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87437192&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - SELINGER, DANIEL S. AU - JULIE, NEIL AU - REED, WILLIAM P. AU - WILLIAMS, JR., RALPH C. T1 - Adherence of Group A Streptococci to Pharyngeal Cells: A Role in the Pathogenesis of Rheumatic Fever. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1978/08/04/ VL - 201 IS - 4354 M3 - Article SP - 455 EP - 457 SN - 00368075 AB - We used an assay in vitro to investigate the possible role of streptococcal adherence to human pharyngeal cells in the pathogenesis of acute rheumatic fever. There was no difference in adherence of rheumatic fever-associated and nonassociated strains of group A streptococci to pooled pharyngeal cells of normal people. Likewise, streptococci not associated with rheumatic fever adhered equally well to cells taken from normal people and from patients with rheumatic heart disease. However, the pharyngeal cells of all nine rheumatic heart disease patients tested had increased avidity for adherence for a rheumatic fever-associated strain of streptococcus compared to the pharyngeal cells obtained from age- and sex-matched controls. Increased streptococcal adherence to pharyngeal cells of rheumatic fever-prone patients may play a role in the pathogenesis of rheumatic fever. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87461090; SELINGER, DANIEL S. 1; JULIE, NEIL 1; REED, WILLIAM P. 1; WILLIAMS, JR., RALPH C. 1; Affiliations: 1: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, and Bernalillo County Medical Center, University of New Mexico School of Medicine, Albuquerque 87108; Issue Info: 8/4/1978, Vol. 201 Issue 4354, p455; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87461090&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - DAVIS, KENNETH L. AU - MOHS, RICHARD C. AU - TINKLENBERG, JARED R. AU - PFEFFERBAUM, ADOLF AU - HOLLISTER, LEO E. AU - KOPELL, BERT S. T1 - Physostigmine: Improvement of Long-Term Memory Processes in Normal Humans. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1978/07/21/ VL - 201 IS - 4352 M3 - Article SP - 272 EP - 274 SN - 00368075 AB - Nineteen normal male subjects received 1.0 milligram of physostigmine or 1.0 milligram of saline by a slow intravenous infusion on two nonconsecutive days. Physostigmine significantly enhanced storage of information into long-term memory. Retrieval of information from long-term memory was also improved. Short-term memory processes were not significantly altered by physostigmine. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87460992; DAVIS, KENNETH L. 1; MOHS, RICHARD C. 1; TINKLENBERG, JARED R. 1; PFEFFERBAUM, ADOLF 1; HOLLISTER, LEO E. 1; KOPELL, BERT S. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, 3801 Miranda Avenue, Palo Alto, California 94304; Issue Info: 7/21/1978, Vol. 201 Issue 4352, p272; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87460992&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - WILLMORE, L. JAMES AU - SYPERT, GEORGE W. AU - MUNSON, JOHN B. AU - HURD, RUSSELL W. T1 - Chronic Focal Epileptiform Discharges Induced by Injection of Iron into Rat and Cat Cortex. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1978/06/30/ VL - 200 IS - 4349 M3 - Article SP - 1501 EP - 1503 SN - 00368075 AB - A single injection of 5 or 10 microliters of ferrous or ferric chloride into rat or cat sensorimotor cortex resulted in chronic recurrent focal paroxysmal electroencephalographic discharges as well as behavioral convulsions and electrical seizures. Recurrent focal epileptic form discharge caused by cortical injection of iron salts suggests that the development of human posttraumatic epilepsy may depend, in part, on the neurochemical alterations induced by the principal metallic ions found in whole blood. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87460284; WILLMORE, L. JAMES 1; SYPERT, GEORGE W. 2; MUNSON, JOHN B. 3; HURD, RUSSELL W. 3; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Gainesville, Florida 32602, and Departments ofNeurology and Neuroscience, University ofFlorida, Gainesville 32610; 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Gainesville, and Departments of Surgery and Neuroscience, University of Florida, Gainesville; 3: Department of Neuroscience, University of Florida, Gainesville; Issue Info: 6/30/1978, Vol. 200 Issue 4349, p1501; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87460284&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - SCHWARTZ, CHARLES C. AU - HALLORAN, L. GREGG AU - VLAHCEVIC, Z. RENO AU - GREGORY, DANIEL H. AU - SWELL, LEON T1 - Preferential Utilization of Free Cholesterol from High-Density Lipoproteins for Biliary Cholesterol Secretion in Man. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1978/04/07/ VL - 200 IS - 4337 M3 - Article SP - 62 EP - 64 SN - 00368075 AB - High- and low-density lipoproteins carrying free cholesterol labeled with 3H or 14C were administered to a patient with a bile fistula. The free cholesterol from high-density lipoproteins was more rapidly incorporated into biliary cholesterol than the free cholesterol from low-density lipoproteins. These findings show that the liver in man selectively utilizes and secretes the free cholesterol from a particular lipoprotein. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87437094; SCHWARTZ, CHARLES C. 1; HALLORAN, L. GREGG 1; VLAHCEVIC, Z. RENO 1; GREGORY, DANIEL H. 1; SWELL, LEON 1; Affiliations: 1: Division of Gastroenterology, Departments ofMedicine and Surgery, Veterans Administration Hospital, Richmond, and Medical College of Virginia, Richmond 23249; Issue Info: 4/7/1978, Vol. 200 Issue 4337, p62; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87437094&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - PACOLD, S. T. AU - KIRSTEINS, L. AU - HOJVAT, S. AU - LAWRENCE, A. M. AU - HAGEN, T. C. T1 - Biologically Active Pituitary Hormones in the Rat Brain Amygdaloid Nucleus. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1978/02/17/ VL - 199 IS - 4330 M3 - Article SP - 804 EP - 806 SN - 00368075 AB - While an attempt was being made to identify the source of the growth hormone releasing factor present in cerebral spinal fluid of man, it was discovered that cells of the rat amygdaloid nucleus, grown in tissue culture, produce a material that is immunologically and chromatographically identical to growth hormonefound in the pituitary. Immunoperoxidase staining revealed dense accumulation of the peroxidase- antibody to growth hormone complex in amygdala cells. Significant amounts of growth hormone and adrenocorticotropin could be extracted from this limbic structure. Extracts containing immunoequivalent amounts of growth hormone were measured by bioassay in hypophysectomized rats. Stimulation of the growth of epiphyseal cartilage by extracts of the amygdala was comparable to the stimulation by extracts of anterior pituitary glands. The stimulatory effect of amygdala extracts on adrenal and gonadal size and weight and on growth of thyroid follicular epithelium was also comparable to that of pituitary extracts. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87460790; PACOLD, S. T. 1; KIRSTEINS, L. 1; HOJVAT, S. 1; LAWRENCE, A. M. 1; HAGEN, T. C. 2; Affiliations: 1: Research and Medical Services, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois 60141; 2: Medical Service, Wood Veterans Administration Center, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53193; Issue Info: 2/17/1978, Vol. 199 Issue 4330, p804; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87460790&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - WICKHAM, M. GARY AU - RUDOLPH, ROSS AU - ABRAHAM, JERROLD L. T1 - Silicon Identification in Prosthesis-Associated Fibrous Capsules. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1978/01/27/ VL - 199 IS - 4327 M3 - Article SP - 437 EP - 439 SN - 00368075 AB - The use of correlated microscopic techniques, including the scanning electron microscopic modes of backscattered electron imaging and energy dispersive x-ray analysis, aid in defining the process of dispersion of silicon-containing material around silicone rubber (polydimethylsiloxane) prosthetic devices. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87460154; WICKHAM, M. GARY 1,2; RUDOLPH, ROSS 1,2; ABRAHAM, JERROLD L. 3; Affiliations: 1: Research Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, University of California, San Diego 92161; 2: Department of Surgery, University of California, San Diego 92161; 3: Department of Pathology, University ofC alifornia, San Diego 92093; Issue Info: 1/27/1978, Vol. 199 Issue 4327, p437; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87460154&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - MILES, L. E. M. AU - RAYNAL, D. M. AU - WILSON, M. A. T1 - Blind Man Living in Normal Society Has Circadian Rhythms of 24.9 Hours. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1977/10/28/ VL - 198 IS - 4315 M3 - Article SP - 421 EP - 423 SN - 00368075 AB - A psychologically normal blind man, living and working in normal society, suffered from a severe cyclic sleep-wake disorder. Investigations showed that he had circadian rhythms of body temperature, alertness, performance, cortisol secretion, and urinary electrolyte excretion which were desynchronized from the 24-hour societal schedule. These rhythms all had periods which were longer than 24 hours and indistinguishable from the period of the lunar day. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87460640; MILES, L. E. M. 1; RAYNAL, D. M. 1; WILSON, M. A. 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine and Sleep Research Center, Stanford University School ofMedicine, and Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California 94305; Issue Info: 10/28/1977, Vol. 198 Issue 4315, p421; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87460640&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - BAKER, THEODORE L. AU - MCGINTY, DENNIS J. T1 - Reversal of Cardiopulmonary Failure During Active Sleep in Hypoxic Kittens: Implications for Sudden Infant Death. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1977/10/28/ VL - 198 IS - 4315 M3 - Article SP - 419 EP - 421 SN - 00368075 AB - Experimentally induced hypoxia in kittens precipitated episodes of depressed respiration and irregular cardiac function during quiet sleep, waking, and transitional states. The onset ofactive sleep stimulated both breathing and heart rate and decreased abnormal variability in these functions. However, hypoxia markedly reduced the proportion of active sleep. These data suggest that active sleep protects against respiratory and cardiac abnormalities in infants. Chronic hypoxemia or other factors that reduce active sleep in infants, including the normal developmental decrement in this state, may increase the risk of cardiopulmonary failure and death. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87460622; BAKER, THEODORE L. 1; MCGINTY, DENNIS J. 2; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, California 91343, Departments of Neuroscience and Anatomy, University of California, Los Angeles 90024; 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, Departments of Anatomy and Psychology, University of California, Los Angeles; Issue Info: 10/28/1977, Vol. 198 Issue 4315, p419; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87460622&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - JOHN W. HOLADAY AU - HUGO M. MARTINEZ AU - BENJAMIN H. NATELSON T1 - Synchronized Ultradian Cortisol Rhythms in Monkeys: Persistence During Corticotropin Infusion. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1977/10/07/ VL - 198 IS - 4312 M3 - Article SP - 56 EP - 58 SN - 00368075 AB - A highly synchronized ultradian cortisol rhythm with a predominant periodicity of 85 to 90 minutes was observed in eight isolated monkeys; this rhythm may be harmonically related to the circadian rhythm. The persistence of this synchronized rhythm during supramaximal infusions of adrenocorticotropin not only suggests that feedback is not causative but also challenges the classic concept that bursts of cortisol secretion are dependent upon an immediately preceding release of adrenocorticotropin. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87459968; JOHN W. HOLADAY 1; HUGO M. MARTINEZ 2; BENJAMIN H. NATELSON 3; Affiliations: 1: Department of Neuroscience, Walter Reed Army Institute of Research, Washington, D.C. 20012; 2: Department of Biochemistry, University of California, San Francisco 94142; 3: Veterans Administration Hospital and Department of Neuroscience, New Jersey Medical School, East Orange 07018; Issue Info: 10/7/1977, Vol. 198 Issue 4312, p56; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87459968&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - WONG, GLENDA LYN AU - LUBEN, RICHARD A. AU - COHN, DAVID V. T1 - 1,25-Dihydroxycholecalciferol and Parathormone: Effects on Isolated Osteoclast-Like and Osteoblast-Like Cells. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1977/08/12/ VL - 197 IS - 4304 M3 - Article SP - 663 EP - 665 SN - 00368075 AB - The actions of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol [1,25-(OH)2D3] and parathormone, both effective bone-resorptive agents in vivo and in vitro, were tested on CT (osteoclast-like) and PT (osteoblast-like) bone cells maintained in culture. Both agents stimulated acid phosphatase activity and hyaluronate synthesis in the CT cells and decreased alkaline phosphatase, citrate decarboxylation, and collagen synthesis in the PT cells. Calcitonin inhibited the changes induced in the CT but not in the PT cells. The activity of 1,25-(OH)2D3 differedfrom that ofparathormone in one key respect: it did not increase cellular cyclic adenosine monophosphate, whereas parathormone did. Prior incubation of the bone cells with 1,25-(OH)2D3 for 6 to 24 hours made the cells refractory to the effect of parathormone on cyclic adenosine monophosphate formation. These data suggest that 1 ,25-(OH)2D3 and parathormone induce bone resorption by affecting the same cell types (osteoblasts and osteoclasts) although at different cellular sites. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87476567; WONG, GLENDA LYN 1,2,3; LUBEN, RICHARD A. 1,2,3; COHN, DAVID V. 1,2,3; Affiliations: 1: Calcium Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Kansas City, Missouri 64128; 2: University of Kansas School of Medicine, Kansas City 66103; 3: University of Missouri-Kansas City School of Dentistry, Kansas City, Missouri 64108; Issue Info: 8/12/1977, Vol. 197 Issue 4304, p663; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87476567&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - WALZER, PETER D. AU - SCHNELLE, VERA AU - ARMSTRONG, DONALD AU - ROSEN, P. PETER T1 - Nude Mouse: A New Experimental Model for Pneumocystis carinii Infection. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1977/07/08/ VL - 197 IS - 4299 M3 - Article SP - 177 EP - 179 SN - 00368075 AB - Experimental infection with both human- and rat-derived Pneumocystis carinii has been produced in nude mice by intrapulmonary injection of lung homogenates that contained P. carinii and by environmental transmission. Most infected mice did not appear ill, and their lungs exhibited a mild and nonspecific inflammatory response. Thus, P. carinii can be transmitted from one animal species to another, and this result suggests that a defect in thymic-dependent lymphocytes is important in the development of the infection. Experimental work with P. carinii in the nude mouse should be performed in isolators because of the communicability of the organism. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87465366; WALZER, PETER D. 1,2; SCHNELLE, VERA 1; ARMSTRONG, DONALD 1; ROSEN, P. PETER 1; Affiliations: 1: Infectious Disease Service, Department of Medicine, and Department of Pathology, Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, and Cornell University Medical College, New York 10021; 2: Division of Infectious Diseases, Department of Medicine, University of Kentucky Medical Center, Veterans Administration Hospital, Lexington; Issue Info: 7/8/1977, Vol. 197 Issue 4299, p177; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87465366&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - LEMANSKI, LARRY F. AU - MARX, BARRY S. AU - HILL, CRAIG S. T1 - Evidence for Abnormal Heart Induction in Cardiac-Mutant Salamanders (Ambystoma mexicanum). JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1977/05/20/ VL - 196 IS - 4292 M3 - Article SP - 894 EP - 896 SN - 00368075 AB - Homozygosity for simple recessive gene c in axolotl embryos results in the absence of a heartbeat. Gene c alters the morphology of the mutant anterior endoderm-the primary heart inductor. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87436326; LEMANSKI, LARRY F. 1,2; MARX, BARRY S. 1,2; HILL, CRAIG S. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Department of Anatomy, School of Medicine, University ofCalifornia Medical Center, San Francisco 94143; 2: Cell Biology and Cardiology Research Sections, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco 94121; Issue Info: 5/20/1977, Vol. 196 Issue 4292, p894; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87436326&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - SIEGEL, JEROME M. AU - MCGINTY, DENNIS J. T1 - Pontine Reticular Formation Neurons: Relationship of Discharge to Motor Activity. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1977/05/06/ VL - 196 IS - 4290 M3 - Article SP - 678 EP - 680 SN - 00368075 AB - The discharge correlates of pontine reticular formation units were investigated in unrestrained cats. In agreement with previous investigations using immobilized preparations. we found that these cells had high rates of activity in rapid eye movement sleep, and responded in waking to somatic, auditory, and vestibular stimuli at short latencies, many having polysensory responses and exhibiting rapid "habituation." However, despite the sensory responses of these cells, most unit activity could not be explained by the presence of sensory stimuli. Intense firing occurred in associption with specific movements. Units deprived of their adequate somatic, vestibular, and auditory stimuli showed undiminished discharge rates during motor activity. Discrete sensory stimuli evoked sustained unit firing only when they also evoked a motor response. We conclude that activity in pontine reticular formation neurons is more closely related to motor output than to sensory input. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85199279; SIEGEL, JEROME M. 1,2; MCGINTY, DENNIS J. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Neurophysiology Research, Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, California 91343; 2: Brain Research Institute and Department of Psychology, University of California, Los Angeles; Issue Info: 5/ 6/1977, Vol. 196 Issue 4290, p678; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85199279&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - LOLLEY, RICHARD N. AU - FARBER, DEBORA B. AU - RAYBORN, MARY E. AU - HOLLYFIELD, JOE G. T1 - Cyclic GMP Accumulation Causes Degeneration of Photoreceptor Cells: Simulation of an Inherited Disease. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1977/05/06/ VL - 196 IS - 4290 M3 - Article SP - 664 EP - 666 SN - 00368075 AB - Guanosine 3',5'-monophosphate (cyclic GMP) metabolism in developing eye rudiments of Xenopus laevis embryos in culture is disrupted by the phosphodiesterase inhibitor isobutylmethylxanthine. At low concentrations of inhibitor the rudiments develop normally, but at higher concentrations of the inhibitor, cyclic GMP accumulates in the rudiments and the retinalphotoreceptor cells degenerate selectively. The isobutylmethylxanthine-induced photoreceptor degeneration is associated with an accumulation of cyclic GMP and, in this respect, it simulates an early biochemical defect in the inherited degenerative disease of rd mice. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85199274; LOLLEY, RICHARD N. 1,2; FARBER, DEBORA B. 1,2; RAYBORN, MARY E. 3; HOLLYFIELD, JOE G. 3; Affiliations: 1: Developmental Neurology Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, California 91343; 2: Department of Anatomy, University of California School of Medicine, Los Angeles 90024; 3: Departments of Anatomy and Ophthalmology, College of Physicians and Surgeons, Columbia University, New York 10032; Issue Info: 5/ 6/1977, Vol. 196 Issue 4290, p664; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85199274&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - WALKER, J. MICHAEL AU - BERNTSON, GARY G. AU - SANDMAN, CURT A. AU - COY, DAVID H. AU - SCHALLY, ANDREW V. AU - KASTIN, ABBA J. T1 - An Analog of Enkephalin Having Prolonged Opiate-Like Effects in vivo. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1977/04//4/ 1/1977 VL - 196 IS - 4285 M3 - Article SP - 85 EP - 87 SN - 00368075 AB - Intraventricular administration of the enkephalin analog, [D-Ala2]-Metenkephalin, induces profound and long-lasting analgesia, as well as other opiate-like behavioral effects in the rat. This analgesia was highly dose dependent, of much greater magnitude, and about 30 times longer lasting than that produced by the naturally occurring peptide, methionine-enkephalin. The behavioral effects of the [DAla2] Analog could be completely reversed by the opiate antagonist, naloxone, suggesting that these effects were mediated by opiate receptors. Systemic administration of naloxone alone resulted in a significant increase in pain sensitivity. These;findings support the view that endogenous opiate systems may play an important role in modulating pain sensitivity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85199062; WALKER, J. MICHAEL 1; BERNTSON, GARY G. 1; SANDMAN, CURT A. 1; COY, DAVID H. 2; SCHALLY, ANDREW V. 2; KASTIN, ABBA J. 2; Affiliations: 1: Department of Psychology, Ohio State University, Columbus 43210; 2: Tulane University School of Medicine and Veterans Administration Hospital, New Orleans, Louisiana 70112; Issue Info: 4/ 1/1977, Vol. 196 Issue 4285, p85; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85199062&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - MARTINEZ-HERNANDEZ, ANTONIO AU - BELL, KATHERINE P. AU - NORENBERG, MICHAEL D. T1 - Glutamine Synthetase: Glial Localization in Brain. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1977/03/25/ VL - 195 IS - 4284 M3 - Article SP - 1356 EP - 1358 SN - 00368075 AB - Light microscopy immunohistochemical techniques were used to examine the distribution of glutamine synthetase in rat brain. Glutamine synthetase wasfound to be localized in the glial cells. Neuronal cell bodies, endothelial cells, and choroid epithelium contained no enzyme. The findings indicate that glia have a crucial role in glutamic acid, γ-aminobutyric acid, and ammonia metabolism in brain. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85199002; MARTINEZ-HERNANDEZ, ANTONIO 1; BELL, KATHERINE P. 2; NORENBERG, MICHAEL D. 2; Affiliations: 1: Department of Pathology, University of Colorado Medical Center, Denver 80220; 2: Laboratory Service, Denver Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver 80220 and Department of Pathology, University of Colorado Medical Center; Issue Info: 3/25/1977, Vol. 195 Issue 4284, p1356; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85199002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - O'BRIEN, CHARLES P. AU - TESTA, THOMAS AU - O'BRIEN, THOMAS J. AU - BRADY, JOHN PAUL AU - WELLS, BARBARA T1 - Conditioned Narcotic Withdrawal in Humans. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1977/03/11/ VL - 195 IS - 4282 M3 - Article SP - 1000 EP - 1002 SN - 00368075 AB - Subjective and physiological manifestations of the narcotic withdrawal syndrome were produced as a conditioned response. Withdrawal reactions precipitated by the narcotic antagonist naloxone in methadone-dependent volunteers were the unconditioned response. These data support clinical anecdotes of withdrawal symptoms occurring informer addicts when they return to their drug-related environment. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85198916; O'BRIEN, CHARLES P. 1; TESTA, THOMAS 1; O'BRIEN, THOMAS J. 1; BRADY, JOHN PAUL 1; WELLS, BARBARA 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Psychiatry, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 19104, and Veterans Administration Hospital, Philadelphia 19104; Issue Info: 3/11/1977, Vol. 195 Issue 4282, p1000; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85198916&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - BARKLEY, DAVID S. AU - HARDIWIDJAJA, STEVEN AU - MENKES, JOHN H. T1 - Huntington's Disease: Delayed Hypersensitivity in vitro to Human Central Nervous System Antigens. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1977/01/21/ VL - 195 IS - 4275 M3 - Article SP - 314 EP - 316 SN - 00368075 AB - Huntington's disease is a hereditary, chronic, degenerative disease of the brain which is transmitted by an autosomal dominant gene. We have discovered that lymphocytes from patients with Huntington's disease respond to the presence of brain tissue from patients with the disease by producing migration inhibition factor, a correlate of the cellular immune response. Lymphocytes from donors without the disease do not respond to the diseased brain tissue, and lymphocytes from patients with Huntington's disease respond only rarely to brain tissue from donors without the disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85218290; BARKLEY, DAVID S. 1,2; HARDIWIDJAJA, STEVEN 1,2; MENKES, JOHN H. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Departments of Pathology, Anatomy, Psychiatry, and Pediatrics, University of California, Los Angeles; 2: Center for the Health Sciences, Los Angeles; Cedars-Sinai Medical Center, Los Angeles; and Brentwood Veterans Administration Hospital, Los Angeles; Issue Info: 1/21/1977, Vol. 195 Issue 4275, p314; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85218290&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - HAASE, ASHLEY T. AU - STOWRING, LINDA AU - NARAYAN, OPENDRA AU - GRIFFIN, DIANNE AU - PRICE, DONALD T1 - Slow Persistent Infection Caused by Visna Virus: Role of Host Restriction. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1977/01/14/ VL - 195 IS - 4274 M3 - Article SP - 175 EP - 177 SN - 00368075 AB - Proviral DNA has been demonstrated by in situ hybridization in foci of cells of a lamb infected with the RNA slow virus visna. Afew of these cells also contain the major virion structural antigen p30. This restriction in virus gene expression in the infected animal provides a mechanism for persistence of virus in this chronic infection. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85361432; HAASE, ASHLEY T. 1; STOWRING, LINDA 1; NARAYAN, OPENDRA 2; GRIFFIN, DIANNE 3; PRICE, DONALD 4; Affiliations: 1: Infectious Disease Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, and Departments of Medicine and Microbiology, University of California, San Francisco 94121; 2: Department of Neurology and Animal Medicine, Johns Hopkins University, School of Medicine, Baltimore, Maryland 21205; 3: Department of Medicine and Neurology, Johns Hopkins University; 4: Department of Neurology and Pathology, Johns Hopkins University; Issue Info: 1/14/1977, Vol. 195 Issue 4274, p175; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85361432&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - HRUBY, SARKA AU - ALVORD JR., ELLSWORTH C. AU - SEIL, FREDRICK J. T1 - Synthetic Galactocerebrosides Evoke Myelination-Inhibiting Antibodies. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1977/01/14/ VL - 195 IS - 4274 M3 - Article SP - 173 EP - 175 SN - 00368075 AB - Synthetic galactodihydrocerebrosides with widely different fatty acid components can evoke myelination-inhibiting antibodies in rabbits. Whether these are the only such hap tens involved in experimental immunizations of other species or in spontaneous human diseases is not yet known. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85361431; HRUBY, SARKA 1; ALVORD JR., ELLSWORTH C. 1; SEIL, FREDRICK J. 2; Affiliations: 1: Laboratory of Neuropathology, Department of Pathology, University of Washington Medical School, Seattle 98195; 2: Department of Neurology, Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California 94304; Issue Info: 1/14/1977, Vol. 195 Issue 4274, p173; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85361431&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - ALLISON, TRUETT AU - CICCHETTI, DOMENIC V. T1 - Sleep in Mammals: Ecological and Constitutional Correlates. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1976/11/12/ VL - 194 IS - 4266 M3 - Article SP - 732 EP - 734 SN - 00368075 AB - The interrelationships between sleep, ecological, and constitutional variables were assessed statistically for 39 mammalian species. Slow-wave sleep is negatively associated with a factor related to body size, which suggests that large amounts of this sleep phase are disadvantageous in large species. Paradoxical sleep is associated with a factor related to predatory danger, which suggests that large amounts of this sleep phase are disadvantageous in prey species. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85218246; ALLISON, TRUETT 1,2; CICCHETTI, DOMENIC V. 3,4; Affiliations: 1: Neuropsychology Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, Connecticut 06516; 2: Departments of Neurology and Psychology, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06510; 3: Psychology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven; 4: Department of Psychiatry, Yale University School of Medicine; Issue Info: 11/12/1976, Vol. 194 Issue 4266, p732; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85218246&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - DERUBERTIS, FREDERICK R. AU - CRAVEN, PATRICIA A. T1 - Calcium-Independent Modulation of Cyclic GMP and Activation of Guanylate Cyclase by Nitrosamines. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1976/09/03/ VL - 193 IS - 4256 M3 - Article SP - 897 EP - 899 SN - 00368075 AB - Nitrosamines markedly increase concentrations of guanosine 3',5'- monophosphate (cyclic GMP) in several tissues from the rat and in human colonic mucosa. These agents are effective in the absence of extracellular calcium and enhance guanylate cyclase activity in tissue homogenates. Stimulation of cyclic GMP was greatest in liver, where the carcinogenic activity of nitrosamines is also most pronounced. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 88003133; DERUBERTIS, FREDERICK R. 1; CRAVEN, PATRICIA A. 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, and University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15240; Issue Info: 9/ 3/1976, Vol. 193 Issue 4256, p897; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=88003133&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - SMITH JR., J. CECIL AU - ZELLER, JACK A. AU - BROWN, ELLEN D. AU - ONG, S. C. T1 - Elevated Plasma Zinc: A Heritable Anomaly. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1976/08/06/ VL - 193 IS - 4252 M3 - Article SP - 496 EP - 498 SN - 00368075 AB - An extremely high concentration of zinc in the plasma (hyperzincemia) was found in five out of seven members of one family and in two out of three secondgeneration individuals, an indication that the condition is heritable. The excess zinc in the plasma appears to be bound to serum proteins, with no apparent clinical symptoms or abnormalities. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85220040; SMITH JR., J. CECIL 1; ZELLER, JACK A. 1; BROWN, ELLEN D. 1; ONG, S. C. 1; Affiliations: 1: Trace Element Research Laboratory, Laboratory and Psychiatry Services, Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D.C. 20422; Issue Info: 8/ 6/1976, Vol. 193 Issue 4252, p496; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85220040&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - CHERKIN, ARTHUR AU - ECKARDT, MICHAEL J. AU - GERBRANDT, LAUREN K. T1 - Memory: Proline Induces Retrograde Amnesia in Chicks. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1976/07/16/ VL - 193 IS - 4249 M3 - Article SP - 242 EP - 244 SN - 00368075 AB - Intracerebral injection of L-proline, I minute after one-trial avoidance training of chicks, impaired memory 24 hours later. Chicks inject'ed with proline I or 4 hours after training and controls injected with 'L-isoleucine at intervals after training, showed no impairment of memory 24 hours after training. The retrograde impairment of long-term memory induced by proline occurred without the convulsions or electrographic events usually associated with retrograde amnesic treatments. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 88003098; CHERKIN, ARTHUR 1; ECKARDT, MICHAEL J. 2; GERBRANDT, LAUREN K. 3; Affiliations: 1: Psychobiology Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, California 01343 and Departments of Anesthesiology and Psychiatry, Univetsity of California School of Medicine, Los Angeles 90024; 2: Psychobiology Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda; 3: Department of Psychology, California State University, Northridge 91324; Issue Info: 7/16/1976, Vol. 193 Issue 4249, p242; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=88003098&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - SIEGEL, JEROME M. AU - MCGINTY, DENNIS J. T1 - Brainstem Neurons Without Spontaneous Unit Discharge. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1976/07/16/ VL - 193 IS - 4249 M3 - Article SP - 240 EP - 242 SN - 00368075 AB - A new class of single neurons showing no spontaneous activity in waking, rapid eye movement sleep, and slow-wave sleep, was found in the brainstem of unrestrained cats. Systematic testing showed that these cells discharge only in response to specific stimuli and remain silent for as long as 40 minutes in the absence of stimulation. Silent cells were widely distributed in the pons and midbrain and constituted a major percentage of observed neurons. The economy of discharge shown by these cells contrasts with the spontaneous activity of virtually all other neurons that have been observed in the brains of unrestrained animals and suggests the widespread existence of specialized neural systems that show only phasic activity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 88003097; SIEGEL, JEROME M. 1; MCGINTY, DENNIS J. 2; Affiliations: 1: Neurophysiology Research, Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, California 91343, and Department of Anatomy, University of California, Los Angeles 90024; 2: Neurophysiology Research, Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, and Department of Psychology, University of California, Los Angeles; Issue Info: 7/16/1976, Vol. 193 Issue 4249, p240; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=88003097&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - ERTEL, NORMAN H. AU - MITTLER, JAMES C. AU - AKGUN, SUAT AU - WALLACE, STANLEY L. T1 - Radioimmunoassay for Colchicine in Plasma and Urine. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1976/07/16/ VL - 193 IS - 4249 M3 - Article SP - 233 EP - 235 SN - 00368075 AB - A radioimmunoassay for the measurement of colchicine (in quantities as small as 0.05 nanogram) in plasma and urine was developed with the use of an antibody from immunized rabbits. After the intravenous injection of 2 milligrams of colchicine in seven subjects, the calculated zero-time concentration in the plasma was 2.9 ± 1.5 micrograms per deciliter, and the mean half-time in the plasma was 58 ± 20 minutes. Declining, but measurable, amounts of colchicine could be detected in urine up to day 9 after the drug was administered. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 88003093; ERTEL, NORMAN H. 1; MITTLER, JAMES C. 1; AKGUN, SUAT 1; WALLACE, STANLEY L. 2; Affiliations: 1: Departments of Medicine and Endocrinology, Veterans Administration Hospital, East Orange, New Jersey 07019, and CMDNJ-New Jersey Medical School, Newark 07103; 2: Department of Medicine, Jewish Hospital and Medical Center, Brooklyn, New York 11238; Issue Info: 7/16/1976, Vol. 193 Issue 4249, p233; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=88003093&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - LA CRUZ, ANTONIO DE AU - COY, DAVID H. AU - VILCHEZ-MARTINEZ, JESus A. AU - ARIMURA, AKIRA AU - SCHALLY, ANDREW V. T1 - Blockade of Ovulation in Rats by Inhibitory Analogs of Luteinizing Hormone-Releasing Hormone. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1976/01/16/ VL - 191 IS - 4223 M3 - Article SP - 195 EP - 197 SN - 00368075 AB - An antagonist of luteinizing hormone-releasing hormone (LH-RH), [DPhe²- Phe³-D-Phe6]-LH-RH (Phe, phenylalanine), suppressed luteinizing hormone (LH) andfollicle-stimulating hormone (FSH) release in male rats in response to LH-RH for at least 4 hours. Three subcutaneous injections of 1 milligram of this antagonist into rats during proestrus completely suppressed ovulation, while a single injection of 1.5 milligrams per rat inhibited 95.3 percent of the preovulatory surge of LH, 84.2 percent of the FSH surge, and suppressed ovulation by 86.4 percent. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 88002990; LA CRUZ, ANTONIO DE 1; COY, DAVID H. 1; VILCHEZ-MARTINEZ, JESus A. 1; ARIMURA, AKIRA 1; SCHALLY, ANDREW V. 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine, Tulane University School of Medicine, and Endocrine and Polypeptide Laboratories, Veterans Administration Hospital, New Orleans, Louisiana 70146; Issue Info: 1/16/1976, Vol. 191 Issue 4223, p195; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=88002990&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - STRAUS, EUGENE AU - YALOW, ROSALYN S. AU - GAINER, HAROLD T1 - Molluscan Gastrin: Concentration and Molecular Forms. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1975/11/14/ VL - 190 IS - 4215 M3 - Article SP - 687 EP - 689 SN - 00368075 AB - Blood and gastrointestinal tissues of the sea hare Aplysia californica and the land snail Otala lactea contain immunoreactive gastrin in heterogeneous forms similar to those of mammals. The observation that blood concentrations in terms of a porcine gastrin standard are comparable to those of pig, man, and dog suggests significant homology between the structures of molluscan and mammalian gastrins. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 88002840; STRAUS, EUGENE 1,2; YALOW, ROSALYN S. 1,2; GAINER, HAROLD 3; Affiliations: 1: Solomon A. Berson Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, New York 10468; 2: Mt. Sinai School of Medicine, City University of New York, New York; 3: Behavioral Biology Branch, National Institute of Child Health and Development, Bethesda, Maryland 20014; Issue Info: 11/14/1975, Vol. 190 Issue 4215, p687; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=88002840&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - HUGHES, MARK R. AU - BRUMBAUGH, PETER F. AU - HAUSSLER, MARK R. AU - WERGEDAL, JON E. AU - BAYLINK, DAVID J. T1 - Regulation of Serum lα,25-Dihydroxyvitamin D3 by Calcium and Phosphate in the Rat. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1975/11/07/ VL - 190 IS - 4214 M3 - Article SP - 578 EP - 580 SN - 00368075 AB - A new radioreceptor assay was used to quantify changes in serum concentration of 1 α,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 in rats with low calcium or low phosphate diets. Low availability of either ion elicits a fivefold increase in the circulating concentration of 1 α,25-dihydroxyvitamin Dα. The enhancement of 1 α,25-dihydroxyvitamin Dα concentration in response to calcium deficiency is dependent on the presence of the parathyroid or thyroid glands (or both), suggesting that this effect is mediated by parathyroid hormone. In contrast, the response to phosphate deficiency is independent of these glands and may result from an action of low serum phosphate concentration or some factor associated with phosphate depletion on the renal synthesis of the 1 α,25-dihydroxyvitamin Dα hormone. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 88002812; HUGHES, MARK R. 1; BRUMBAUGH, PETER F. 1; HAUSSLER, MARK R. 1; WERGEDAL, JON E. 2; BAYLINK, DAVID J. 2; Affiliations: 1: Department of Biochemistry, College of Medicine, University of Arizona, Tucson 85724; 2: Department of Medicine, University of Washington, and Veterans Administration Hospital, Seattle 98108; Issue Info: 11/ 7/1975, Vol. 190 Issue 4214, p578; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=88002812&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - KLEINBERG, DAVID L. T1 - Human α-Lactalbumin: Measurement in Serum and in Breast Cancer Organ Cultures by Radioimmunoassay. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1975/10/17/ VL - 190 IS - 4211 M3 - Article SP - 276 EP - 278 SN - 00368075 AB - A sensitive and specific radioimmunoassay for human a-lactalbumin, a major milk protein, is described. Some normal men and women have detectable levels of alactalbumin in their blood. High values are found in nursing mothers and many patients with galactorrhea. a-Lactalbumin is found in some breast cancer organ cultures. In addition, a-lactalbumin output was stimulated by ovine prolactin in 2 of the 19 tumors studied. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 88002746; KLEINBERG, DAVID L. 1; Affiliations: 1: Departments of Medicine, New York Veterans Administration Hospital, and New York University Medical Center, New York 10010; Issue Info: 10/17/1975, Vol. 190 Issue 4211, p276; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=88002746&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - ARIMURA, AKIRA AU - SATO, HARUKO AU - DUPONT, ANDRE AU - NISHI, NOZOMU AU - SCHALLY, ANDREW V. T1 - Somatostatin: Abundance of Immunoreactive Hormone in Rat Stomach and Pancreas. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1975/09/19/ VL - 189 IS - 4207 M3 - Article SP - 1007 EP - 1009 SN - 00368075 AB - Growth hormone release-inhibiting hormone (somatostatin), a hypothalamic peptide that inhibits the release of growth hormone and also the secretion of insulin, glucagon, and gastrin, was found in the rat stomach and pancreas in a concentration similar to that in the hypothalamus, as measured by radioimmunoassay. Somatostatin was also found in the duodenum and jejunum, but in a smaller concentration. Gelfiltration of the extracts of the pancreas and stomach on Sephadex G-25 yielded two immunoreactive peaks, one corresponding in each case to the somatostatin tetradecapeptide. The hormone was not detected in other viscera or the ovaries. The results imply that somatostatin may be synthesized in the pancreas and the stomach in addition to the brain, and may be involved in local regulatory mechanisms for pancreatic and gastric secretion as well as secretion of growth hormone. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85136643; ARIMURA, AKIRA 1; SATO, HARUKO 1; DUPONT, ANDRE 1; NISHI, NOZOMU 1; SCHALLY, ANDREW V. 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine, Tulane University School of Medicine, and Endocrine and Polypeptide Laboratories, Veterans Administration Hospital, New Orleans, Louisiana 70112; Issue Info: 9/19/1975, Vol. 189 Issue 4207, p1007; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85136643&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - HASUMURA, YASUSHI AU - TESCHKE, ROLF AU - LIEBER, CHARLES S. T1 - Acetaldehyde Oxidation by Hepatic Mitochondria: Decrease After Chronic Ethanol Consumption. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1975/08/29/ VL - 189 IS - 4204 M3 - Article SP - 727 EP - 729 SN - 00368075 AB - Prolonged consumption of ethanol significantly reduces the capacity of rat liver mitochondria to oxidize acetaldehyde. This is associated with decreased mitochondrial respiration with acetaldehyde as substrate. The reduced ability of mitochondria to metabolize acetaldehyde may explain the high levels of acetaldehyde in the blood of alcoholics, which in turn could promote the perpetuation of liver injury. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85136530; HASUMURA, YASUSHI; TESCHKE, ROLF; LIEBER, CHARLES S. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Section of Liver Disease and Nutrition, Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, New York 10468; 2: Department of Medicine, Mount Sinai School of Medicine of City University of New York, New York 10029; Issue Info: 8/29/1975, Vol. 189 Issue 4204, p727; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85136530&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - SPRING-MILLS, ELINOR AU - ELIAS, JOEL J. T1 - Cell Surface Differences in Ducts from Cancerous and Noncancerous Human Breasts. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1975/05/30/ VL - 188 IS - 4191 M3 - Article SP - 947 EP - 949 SN - 00368075 AB - The scanning electron microscope reveals structural differences between the apical microvilli of duct cells from cancerous and noncancerous human breasts. The alterations in the microvilli from carcinomatous breasts appear to be highly specific, to extend throughout the affected breast, and may be pathognomonic for this condition. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85119079; SPRING-MILLS, ELINOR 1,2; ELIAS, JOEL J. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Cell Biology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, California 94121; 2: Anatomy Department, University of California Medical Center, San Francisco 94143; Issue Info: 5/30/1975, Vol. 188 Issue 4191, p947; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85119079&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - TALAL, NORMAN AU - GREY, HOWARD M. AU - ZVAIFLER, NATHAN AU - MICHALSKI, JOSEPH P. AU - DANIELS, TROY E. T1 - Elevated Salivary and Synovial Fluid β2-Microglobulin in Sjogren's Syndrome and Rheumatoid Arthritis. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1975/03/28/ VL - 187 IS - 4182 M3 - Article SP - 1196 EP - 1198 SN - 00368075 AB - β2-Microglobulin is normally present in low concentrations in serum and other bodily fluids. By use of a radioimmznunoassay, elevated concentrations of β2-microglobulin were found in saliva and synovial fluid from patients with Sjogren's syndrome and rheumatoid arthritis, autoimmune inflammatory diseases that attack and destroy the salivary glands and articular tissues, respectively. Elevated β2-Microglobulin concentrations decreased in the saliva of two patients who simultaneously showed a clinical response to systemic treatment. Measurement of β2-microglobulin in inflammatory fluids may offer a simple method of quantifying local activity in autoimmune states. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85118757; TALAL, NORMAN 1,2; GREY, HOWARD M. 3; ZVAIFLER, NATHAN 4; MICHALSKI, JOSEPH P. 5; DANIELS, TROY E. 6; Affiliations: 1: Immunology and Arthritis Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, California 94121; 2: Department of Medicine, University of California, San Francisco 94122; 3: National Jewish Hospital and Research Center, Denver, Colorado 80206; 4: Department of Medicine, University of California, San Diego 92037; 5: Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco; 6: Department of Oral Biology, University of Californiia, San Francisco; Issue Info: 3/28/1975, Vol. 187 Issue 4182, p1196; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85118757&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - SEIL, FREDRICK J. AU - SMITH, MARION E. AU - LEIMAN, ARNOLD L. AU - KELLY III, JAMES M. T1 - Myelination Inhibiting and Neuroelectric Blocking Factors in Experimental Allergic Encephalomyelitis. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1975/03/14/ VL - 187 IS - 4180 M3 - Article SP - 951 EP - 953 SN - 00368075 AB - Sensitization of Lewis rats with whole central nervous system tissue or with purified myelin induced both experimental allergic encephalomyelitis (EAE) and a serum factor which inhibited myelin formation in vitro. Sensitization with the encephalitogenic factor, myelin basic protein, induced EAE, but not the myelination inhibition factor. Sensitization with cerebroside induced neither EAE nor myelination inhibition factor. The serums from control animals without EAE as well as from animals sensitized with all of the above antigens blocked evoked electrical responses in vitro. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85118680; SEIL, FREDRICK J. 1; SMITH, MARION E. 1; LEIMAN, ARNOLD L. 2; KELLY III, JAMES M. 3; Affiliations: 1: Department of Neurology, Veterans Administration Hospital, and Stanford University School of Medicine, Palo Alto, California 94304; 2: Department of Psychology, University of California, Berkeley 94720; 3: Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California 94304; Issue Info: 3/14/1975, Vol. 187 Issue 4180, p951; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85118680&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - DOBBS, R. AU - SAKURAI, H. AU - SASAKI, H. AU - FALOONA, G. AU - VALVERDE, I. AU - BAETENS, D. AU - ORCI, L. AU - UNGER, R. T1 - Glucagon: Role in the Hyperglycemia of Diabetes Mellitus. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1975/02/14/ VL - 187 IS - 4176 M3 - Article SP - 554 EP - 556 SN - 00368075 AB - Glucagon suppression by somatostatin reduces or abolishes hyperglycemia in dogs made insulin-deficient by somatostatin, alloxan, or total pancreatectomy. This suggests that the development of severe diabetic hyperglycemia requires the presence of glucagon, whether secreted by pancreatic or newly identified gastrointestinal A cells, as well as a lack of insulin. Glucagon suppression could improve therapeutic glucoregulation in diabetes. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85118531; DOBBS, R. 1; SAKURAI, H. 2; SASAKI, H. 2; FALOONA, G. 3; VALVERDE, I. 4; BAETENS, D. 5; ORCI, L. 5; UNGER, R. 6; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, and Department of Physiology, University of Texas Southwestern Medical School, Dallas 75216; 2: Department of Internal Medicine, University of Texas Southwestern Medical School; 3: Veterans Administration Hospital, and Department of Biochemistry, University of Texas Southwestern Medical School; 4: Hormone Laboratory, Fundacion Jimenez Diaz, Ciudad Universitaria, Madrid. Spain; 5: Institut d'Histologie et Embryologie, Ecole de Medecine, Universite de Geneve, Geneva, Switzerland; 6: Veterans Administration Hospital, and Department of Internal Medicine, University of Texas Southwestern Medical School; Issue Info: 2/14/1975, Vol. 187 Issue 4176, p554; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85118531&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - SQUIRE, LARRY R. AU - SLATER, PAMELA C. AU - CHACE, PAUL M. T1 - Retrograde Amnesia: Temporal Gradient in Very Long Term Memory following Electroconvulsive Therapy. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1975/01/10/ VL - 187 IS - 4171 M3 - Article SP - 77 EP - 79 SN - 00368075 AB - A newly designed remnote nteentory test has bee/i used to assess the tetlnporal dimnenisioni of prolonged retrogracle ain/lesia. Patients giveni a course of electroconvulsive treatmzents for relief of depressive illness exhibited a temlporal gradient of retrograde amtnesia after five treatzne/its. Memtories acquiired utp to about 3 years before treatment wvere imn paired, but ne/niories acquiired 4 to 17 years before treat/ne/it were not afjected. The results sluggest that the neural substrate of memory gradually chianges with the passage of timne after learning and that resistance to amniiiesic treatment cani co/itinlue to develop for years. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85118360; SQUIRE, LARRY R. 1; SLATER, PAMELA C. 1; CHACE, PAUL M. 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Psychiatry, Veterans Administration Hospital, University of California School of Medicine, San Diego 92161; Issue Info: 1/10/1975, Vol. 187 Issue 4171, p77; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85118360&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - TANAPATCHAIYAPONG, PRASERT AU - ZOLLA, SUSAN T1 - Humoral Immunosuppressive Substance in Mice Bearing Plasmacytomas. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1974/11/22/ VL - 186 IS - 4165 M3 - Article SP - 748 EP - 750 SN - 00368075 AB - The mechanism by which plasmacytomas (PC) depress the primary immune response to sheep red cells was investigated by determining the ability of normal spleen cells to produce antibody when enclosed in Millipore chambers and implanted in PC-bearing mice. Chamber-enclosed normal spleen cells implanted in PC-bearing mice responded poorly to the sheep red cells when compared to similar cells enclosed in chambers and implanted in normal mice or in mice with other lymphoid and nonlymphoid tumors. The data suggest that PC-induced immune suppression is mediated by a humoral factor. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85118165; TANAPATCHAIYAPONG, PRASERT 1; ZOLLA, SUSAN 1; Affiliations: 1: Departments of Pathology, Manhattan Veterans Administration Hospital, and New York University Medical School, New York 10010; Issue Info: 11/22/1974, Vol. 186 Issue 4165, p748; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85118165&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - IRIE, KENJI AU - IRIE, REIKO F. AU - MORTON, DONALD L. T1 - Evidence for in vivo Reaction of Antibody and Complement to Surface Antigens of Human Cancer Cells. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1974/11//11/ 1/1974 VL - 186 IS - 4162 M3 - Article SP - 454 EP - 456 SN - 00368075 AB - The immune adherence test was used to determine whether antibody and comiplement in cancer patients are fixed in vivo to tumor cells. Human erythrocytes adhered in vitro to the surface of human cancer cells obtained from autopsy and biopsy. Adherence was enhanced by further addition of the C2 and C3 components of complement, and was diminished by preliminary treatment with antibody to C3 (that is, to β1C-globulin). The results suggest that tumor associated membrane antigens form complexes in vivo with antibodies and complement. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85118097; IRIE, KENJI 1,2; IRIE, REIKO F. 1,2; MORTON, DONALD L. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Division of Oncology, Department of Surgery, Center for Health Sciences, Los Angeles, California 90024; 2: Surgical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, California 91343; Issue Info: 11/ 1/1974, Vol. 186 Issue 4162, p454; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85118097&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - SAID, SAMI I. AU - YOSHIDA, TAKERO AU - KITAMURA, SATOSHI AU - VREIM, CAROL T1 - Pulmonary Alveolar Hypoxia: Release of Prostaglandins and Other Humoral Mediators. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1974/09/27/ VL - 185 IS - 4157 M3 - Article SP - 1181 EP - 1183 SN - 00368075 AB - Hypoxic ventilation of isolated perfused cat lungs caused the frequent appearance in pulmonary perfusates of biologically active substances, which included prostaglandins or prostaglandin-like compounds. In anesthetized cats, inhibition of prostaglandin biosynthesis with infusions of aspirin (more than 50 milligrams per kilogram) reduced the pulmonary vasoconstrictor and bronchoconstrictor responses to hypoxic breathing. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85117922; SAID, SAMI I. 1; YOSHIDA, TAKERO 1; KITAMURA, SATOSHI 1; VREIM, CAROL 1; Affiliations: 1: Departments of Internal Medicine and Pharmacology, University of Texas Southwestern Medical School, and Veterans Administration Hospital, Dallas; Issue Info: 9/27/1974, Vol. 185 Issue 4157, p1181; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85117922&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - LIBBIN, RICHARD M. AU - PERSON, PHILIP AU - GORDON, ALBERT S. T1 - Renal Lysosomes: Role in Biogenesis of Erythropoietin. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1974/09/27/ VL - 185 IS - 4157 M3 - Article SP - 1174 EP - 1176 SN - 00368075 AB - The "light" mitochondrial pellet obtained from the kidneys of rats previously treated with Triton WR-1339 and rendered hypoxic was separated into subcellular component fractions by sucrose density gradient centrifugation in a zonal rotor. Selected fractions were pooled, disrupted by osmotic lysis and repeated freeze-thawing, and incubated in the presence and absence of normal rat serum. The incubation mixtures were assayed for erythropoiesis-stimulating activity (erythropoietin). High specific activity was identified only in fractions rich in lysosomes. Biochemical analysis of reference enzymes for the identification of lysosomes and mitochondria, supplemented by electron microscopic examination of the various separated fractions, supports the observed requirement for lysosomal constituents in the formation of erythropoietin by the kidney. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85117919; LIBBIN, RICHARD M. 1; PERSON, PHILIP 2; GORDON, ALBERT S.; Affiliations: 1: Department of Biology, Gradutate School of Arts and Science, New York University, New York 10003; 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, New York 11209; Issue Info: 9/27/1974, Vol. 185 Issue 4157, p1174; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85117919&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - TIMMERMANS, GRETCHEN AU - STERNBACH, RIcHARD A. T1 - Factors of Human Chronic Pain: An Analysis of Personality and Pain Reaction Variables. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1974/05/17/ VL - 184 IS - 4138 M3 - Article SP - 806 EP - 808 SN - 00368075 AB - Factor analyzed data obtained from 119 patients with chronic pain syndromes, including MMPI scores, estimates of pain intensity, a health index, and a tourniquet pain test. 7 factors emerged, 4 composed of personality measures, 2 involving different psychophysical pain measures, and 1 sex-related factor. The major factors, accounting for more than 50% of the variance, are Interpersonal Alienation and Manipulativeness, Clinical Pain Intensity, and Pain Endurance. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85345592; TIMMERMANS, GRETCHEN 1; STERNBACH, RIcHARD A. 2; Affiliations: 1: Pain Unit, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Diego, California 92161; 2: Department of Psychiatry, University of California, San Diego, La Jolla 92037, and Pain Unit, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Diego; Issue Info: 5/17/1974, Vol. 184 Issue 4138, p806; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85345592&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - HAKALA, THOMAS R. AU - LANGE, PAUL H. T1 - Serum Induced Lymphoid Cell Mediated Cytotoxicity to Human Transitional Cell Carcinomas of the Genitourinary Tract. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1974/05/17/ VL - 184 IS - 4138 M3 - Article SP - 795 EP - 797 SN - 00368075 AB - In some serums of patients with transitional cell carcinoma (TCC), a factor is present which induces lymphocytes from nmost donors with or without TCC to become cytotoxic against TCC-derived target cells. The induced cytotoxicity was directed against target cells derived from TCC's of the renal pelvis, ureter, and urinary bladder, but not against cells derived from normal kidney, bladder, testis, or skin or from renal cell carcinomza. Cytotoxicity occuirred without complement but did not occur without effector cells. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85345588; HAKALA, THOMAS R. 1; LANGE, PAUL H. 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Surgery/ Urology, Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55417, and Department of Urologic Surgery, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis 55455; Issue Info: 5/17/1974, Vol. 184 Issue 4138, p795; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85345588&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - FLAKEI, ALAN W. AU - HARRISON, MICHAEL R. AU - ADZICK, N. SCOTT AU - ZANJANI, ESMAIL D. T1 - Transplantation of Fetal Hematopoietic Stem Cells in Utero: The Creation of Hematopoietic Chimeras. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1986/08/15/ VL - 233 IS - 4765 M3 - Article SP - 776 EP - 778 SN - 00368075 AB - Transplantation of normal, immature, fetal hematopoictic cells into a preimmune fetal recipient with a congenital hemoglobinopathy may allow partial reconstitution of normal hemoglobin production without the complications associated with postnatal bone marrow transplantation (immunosuppression and the occurrence of graft versus host disease). In order to test this hypothesis the naturally occurring polymorphism at the β-hemoglobin locus of the sheep was used as a marker for engraftment and hematopoietic chimerism. Intraperitoneal injection of allogeneic fetal stem cells into normal fetal lambs resulted in hematopoietic chimerism in three of four surviving recipients. This chimerism has been sustained for 6 months after birth and 9 months after engraftment, without evidence of graft versus host disease, and without the use of immunosuppressive therapy. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 84692369; FLAKEI, ALAN W. 1; HARRISON, MICHAEL R. 1; ADZICK, N. SCOTT 1; ZANJANI, ESMAIL D. 2; Affiliations: 1: University of California, Department of Surgery, HSE 585, San Francisco, CA 94143; 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN 55417; Issue Info: 8/15/1986, Vol. 233 Issue 4765, p776; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=84692369&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - JALKANEN, S. AU - STEERE, A. C. AU - FOX, R. I. AU - BUTCHER, E. C. T1 - A Distinct Endothelial Cell Recognition System That Controls Lymphocyte Traffic into Inflamed Synovium. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1986/08//8/1/1986 VL - 233 IS - 4763 M3 - Article SP - 556 EP - 558 SN - 00368075 AB - Lymphocytes are essential mediators of normal tissue inflammatory reactions and of pathologic tissue damage in, for example, rheumatoid arthritis and other autoimmune diseases. In a study of the mechanisms controlling lymphocyte entry into sites of inflammation from the blood, the function and specificity of lymphocyte-endothelial interactions were examined in inflamed joint tissue (synovium) from patients with rheumatoid arthritis. Synovial high endothelial venules (HEV) supported the binding of normal peripheral blood lymphocytes in vitro. The characteristics of this binding, which were similar to those of lymphocyte-HEV interactions controlling lymphocyte migration into organized lymphoid tissues, induded a requirement for calcium ions, a dependence on metabolic activity, and a preferential adherence of circulating lymphocytes as opposed to immature thymocytes. However, the binding of lymphocytes to synovial HEV was not inhibited by a monoclonal antibody to lymphocyte receptors for lymph node HEV, and synovial B1EV failed to bind either lymph node HEV-specific or mucosal 11EV-specific B lymphoblastoid cells. The results suggest that a lymphocyte- endothelial cell recognition system that is distinct from such systems in organized lymphoid tissues directs the extravasation ofnormal lymphocytes as well as pathologically important effector cells into inflamed synovium. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87519500; JALKANEN, S. 1,2; STEERE, A. C. 3; FOX, R. I. 4; BUTCHER, E. C. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Department of Pathology, Stanford University Medical Center, Stanford, CA 94305; 2: Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, CA 94304; 3: Department of Internal Medicine, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, CT 06510; 4: Department of Basic and Clinical Research, Scripps Clinic and Research Foundation, La Jolla, CA 92037; Issue Info: 8/1/1986, Vol. 233 Issue 4763, p556; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87519500&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - STASTNY, PETER T1 - HL-A Antigens in Mummified Pre-Columbian Tissues. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1974/03//3/ 1/1974 VL - 183 IS - 4127 M3 - Article SP - 864 EP - 866 SN - 00368075 AB - Tissue extracts of pre-Columbian mummies, from 500 to 2000 years old, were found to inhibit specific antibodies to HL-A. Two-thirds of the specimens tested gave positive results. Patterns of reactions obtained with different antiserums detecting the same antigen were concordant and consistent with known relations between HL-A antigens. The distribution of antigens found was similar to that observed in present-day descendants of the ancient populations studied. Although artifacts due to contaminating substances could have occurred, the reactions resembled in many respects those of HL-A antigens rather than those of nonspecific cross-reacting inhibitors. Development of a technique for HL-A typing of mummified remains may open new possibilities for anthropologic studies. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85345151; STASTNY, PETER 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Internal Medicine, University of Texas Health Science Center, Dallas 75235, and Dallas Veterans Administration Hospital, Dallas 75235; Issue Info: 3/ 1/1974, Vol. 183 Issue 4127, p864; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85345151&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - KORENMAN, STANLEY G. AU - BHALLA, RAMESH C. AU - SANBORN, BARBARA M. AU - STEVENS, REGGiE H. T1 - Protein Kinase Translocation as an Early Event in the Hormonal Control of Uterine Contraction. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1974/02//2/ 1/1974 VL - 183 IS - 4123 M3 - Article SP - 430 EP - 432 SN - 00368075 AB - β-Adrenergic stimnulation with isoproterenol inhibits contractility, increases cyclic adenosine monophosphate (AMP) concentration, decreases the concentration of unsaturated cyclic AMP receptor sites, and increases cyclic AMPindependent kinase in the uterus of ovariectomized rats. The total soluble kinase activity is reduced. The protein kinase activity lost from the cytosol was translocated to the microsolnal fraction mostly in a cyclic AMP-independent form, suggesting a particulate substrate for the activated enzzymle. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85344983; KORENMAN, STANLEY G. 1; BHALLA, RAMESH C. 2; SANBORN, BARBARA M. 3; STEVENS, REGGiE H. 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Internal Medicine, University of Iowa, Veterans Administration Hospital, Iowa City 52240; 2: Department of Anatomy, University of Iowa College of Medicine, Iowa City; 3: Department of Reproductive Medicine, University of Texas School of Medicine, Houston; Issue Info: 2/ 1/1974, Vol. 183 Issue 4123, p430; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85344983&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - DONTA, SAM T. AU - MOON, HARLEY W. AU - WHIPP, SHANNON C. T1 - Detection of Heat-Labile Escherichia coli Enterotoxin with the Use of Adrenal Cells in Tissue Culture. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1974/01/25/ VL - 183 IS - 4122 M3 - Article SP - 334 EP - 336 SN - 00368075 AB - Cell-free culture filtrates of heat-labile enterotoxin-producing strains of Escherichia coli are capable of inducing morphological changes and steroidogenesis in monolayer cultures of adrenal cells. These tissue culture changes are similar to those induced by cholera enterotoxin and cannot be effected by culture filtrates of other enterotoxigenic or enteropathogenic types of bacteria. The results of the tissue culture studies correlated well with those done in the standard intestinal- loop systems and suggest that this tissue culture system could be used to significantly aid epidemiological and molecular studies with heat-labile Escherichia coli enterotoxin. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85158830; DONTA, SAM T. 1; MOON, HARLEY W. 2; WHIPP, SHANNON C. 2; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine, University of Iowa Hospital and Veterans Administration Hospital, Iowa City 52240; 2: National Animal Disease Laboratory, Ames, Iowa 50010; Issue Info: 1/25/1974, Vol. 183 Issue 4122, p334; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85158830&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - WALKER, DON W. AU - FREUND, GERHARD T1 - Impairment of Timing Behavior after Prolonged Alcohol Consumption in Rats. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1973/11/09/ VL - 182 IS - 4112 M3 - Article SP - 597 EP - 599 SN - 00368075 AB - Prolonged alcohol consumption (5 months) concomitant with adequate nutrition was found to impair the acquisition and performance of timing behavior. Alcohol was administered in the form of a liquid diet containing 35 percent ethanol-derived calories as the only source of fluid and calories. One control group received the identical liquid diet with isocaloric substitution of sucrose for ethanol, and another control group received laboratory chow and water without restriction. Thirty days after ethanol was discontinued in the diet, the alcohol-consuming rats were severely impaired in acquisition and performance of timing behavior as compared to controls. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85117567; WALKER, DON W. 1; FREUND, GERHARD 2; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital and Departments of Neuroscience and Psychology, University of Florida, Gainesville 32610; 2: Veterans Administration Hospital and Department of Medicine, University of Florida; Issue Info: 11/ 9/1973, Vol. 182 Issue 4112, p597; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85117567&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - GUILLEMINAULT, CHRISTIAN AU - ELDRIDGE, FREDERIC L. AU - DEMENT, WILLIAM C. T1 - Insomnia with Sleep Apnea: A New Syndrome. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1973/08/31/ VL - 181 IS - 4102 M3 - Article SP - 856 EP - 858 SN - 00368075 AB - A new clinical syndrome, sleep apnea associated with insomnia, has been characterized. Repeated episodes of apnea occur during sleep. Onset of respiration is associated with general arousal and often complete awakening with a resultant loss of sleep. An important clinical implication is that patients complaining only of insomnia mlay be sujfering from this syndrome. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85117226; GUILLEMINAULT, CHRISTIAN 1; ELDRIDGE, FREDERIC L. 2; DEMENT, WILLIAM C. 3; Affiliations: 1: Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, California 94305; 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California 94304, Stanford University School of Medicine; 3: Stanford University School of Medicine; Issue Info: 8/31/1973, Vol. 181 Issue 4102, p856; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85117226&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - KATZMAN, RICHARD L. AU - KANG, ANDREW H. AU - BEACHEY, EDWIN H. T1 - Collagen-Induced Platelet Aggregation: Involvement of an Active Glycopeptide Fragment (α1-CB5). JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1973/08/17/ VL - 181 IS - 4100 M3 - Article SP - 670 EP - 672 SN - 00368075 AB - It is widely held that the tertiary structure of collagen is essential for induction of platelet aggregation. However, we have found that the purified a1 chain prepared from denatured chick skin collagen aggregates platelets. This activity appears to be confined to a distinct region of the molecule representing less than 4 percent of the length of the a1 chain. Of all of the cyanogen bromide peptides of the a1 chain tested, only one (a1-CB5) was active. This glycopeptide, devoid of any ordered tertiary structure, contains only 36 amino acids and one residue of O-a-D-glucopyranosyl-(1 ? 2)-O-ß-D-galactopyranosyloxy-(1 ? 5)-lysine (Glc-Gal-Hyl). Blocking experiments strongly suggest that the Glc-Gal-Hyl is one of the structural determinants involved in collagen-induced platelet aggregation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85363067; KATZMAN, RICHARD L. 1; KANG, ANDREW H. 1; BEACHEY, EDWIN H. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital and Departments of Biochemistry and Medicine, University of Tennessee, Memphis 38104; Issue Info: 8/17/1973, Vol. 181 Issue 4100, p670; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85363067&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - HIBBS JR., JOHN B. T1 - Macrophage Nonimmunologic Recognition: Target Cell Factors Related to Contact Inhibition. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1973/05/25/ VL - 180 IS - 4088 M3 - Article SP - 868 EP - 870 SN - 00368075 AB - Activated mouse macrophages were not cytotoxic to contact-inhibited nontumorigenic 3T3 fibroblasts, but caused marked destruction to non-contactinhibited, tumorigenic 3T12 and simian virus 40-transformed fibroblasts. Nonimmunologic recognition and destruction of target cells by activated macrophages is independent of altered morphology, abnormal karyotype, and ability for continuous multiplication in vitro-all characteristics of 3T3 fibroblasts. A modification of the target cell surface that results in a high in vitro saturation density, agglutinability by plant lectins, and tumorigenicity appears to evoke a cytotoxic response by activated macrophages. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85158562; HIBBS JR., JOHN B. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital and Department of Medicine, Division of Infectious Diseases, University of Utah Medical Center, Salt Lake City 84112; Issue Info: 5/25/1973, Vol. 180 Issue 4088, p868; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85158562&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - OLDENDORF, W. H. AU - HYMAN, S. AU - BRAUN, L. AU - OLDENDORF, S. Z. T1 - Blood-Brain Barrier: Penetration of Morphine, Codeine, Heroin, and Methadone after Carotid Injection. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1972/12//12/ 1/1972 VL - 178 IS - 4064 M3 - Article SP - 984 EP - 986 SN - 00368075 AB - Labeled morphine, codeine, heroin, or methadone was injected as a bolus into the common carotid artery of the rat, and the rat was decapitated 15 seconds later. The brain uptake of the drug was calculated by measurement of the brain content of the drug as a percentage of a labeled, highly diffusible reference substance simultaneously injected. The uptake of morphine was below measurability; the uptake of codeine was 24 percent; heroin, 68 percent; and methadone, 42 percent. Brain uptakes of morphine and codeine were also studied after intravenous injection and correlated well with uptakes after carotid injection; the uptake of codeine being nearly complete by 30 seconds. These studies indicate that brain uptake of certain of these drugs is very rapid and that uptake of heroin injected intravenously is probably limited by the regional flow of blood in the brain. The possible relation of this rapid penetration of the blood-brain barrier by heroin to its strongly addictive properties is discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85138667; OLDENDORF, W. H. 1,2; HYMAN, S. 1,2; BRAUN, L. 1,2; OLDENDORF, S. Z. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Department of Neurology, Reed Neurological Research Center, School of Medicine, University of California, Los Angeles 90024; 2: Neurology and Research Services, Veterans Administration, Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, California 90024; Issue Info: 12/ 1/1972, Vol. 178 Issue 4064, p984; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85138667&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - ANAST, CONSTANTINE S. AU - MOHS, JAMES M. AU - KAPLAN, SHELDON L. AU - BURNS, THOMAS W. T1 - Evidence for Parathyroid Failure in Magnesium Deficiency. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1972/08/18/ VL - 177 IS - 4049 M3 - Article SP - 606 EP - 608 SN - 00368075 AB - Serum immunoreactive parathyroid hormone (IPTH) was low to nondetectable in spite of hypocalcemia in a patient with chronic magnesium deficiency. The administration of magnesium led to parallel increases in serum IPTH, serum calcium, and renal phosphate clearance. These findings support the view that magnesium depletion may result in impaired synthesis or release of parathyroid hormone in man, or both. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85116860; ANAST, CONSTANTINE S. 1; MOHS, JAMES M. 1; KAPLAN, SHELDON L. 1; BURNS, THOMAS W. 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Pediatrics and Medicine, University of Missouri, Veterans Administration Hospital, Columbia, Missouri 65201; Issue Info: 8/18/1972, Vol. 177 Issue 4049, p606; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85116860&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - ADAMS III, J. G. AU - WINTER, W. P. AU - RUCKNAGEL, D. L. AU - SPENCER, H. H. T1 - Biosynthesis of Hemoglobin Ann Arbor: Evidence for Catabolic and Feedback Regulation. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1972/06/30/ VL - 176 IS - 4042 M3 - Article SP - 1427 EP - 1429 SN - 00368075 AB - Hemoglobin Ann Arbor, in which arginine replaces leucine in position 80 of the α chain, occurs in aflected individuals in low proportion to hemoglobin A. Biosynthetic studies were perforined on reticulocytes of a patient heterozygous for this hemoglobin. These studies suggested that the low percentage of hemoglobin Ann Arbor is prinlarily due to preferential destruction of the abnormal component. The reduced -oncentration of a Ann Arbor chains was also reflected in a decreased synthesis of normal β chains [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85158094; ADAMS III, J. G. 1; WINTER, W. P. 1; RUCKNAGEL, D. L. 1; SPENCER, H. H. 2; Affiliations: 1: Department of Human Genetics, University of Michigan Medical School, Ann Arbor 48104; 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48104; Issue Info: 6/30/1972, Vol. 176 Issue 4042, p1427; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85158094&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - BURGER, DENIS R. AU - VETTO, R. MARK AU - MALLEY, ARTHUR T1 - Transfer Factor from Guinea Pigs Sensitive to Dinitrochlorobenzene: Absence of Superantigen Properties. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1972/03/31/ VL - 175 IS - 4029 M3 - Article SP - 1473 EP - 1475 SN - 00368075 AB - Transfer factor from guinea pigs sensitive to dinitrochlorobenzene was not bound to an immunoadsorbent column that is specific for the dinitrophenyl determinant. The absence of the dinitrophenyl determinant on transfer factor suggested that the factor does not function as superantigen. The duration of the adoptive sensitivity, the small molecular weight, and the polypeptide or polynucleotide (or a combination) composition of the transfer factor are consistent with a derepressor function of the molecule. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85160067; BURGER, DENIS R. 1; VETTO, R. MARK 1; MALLEY, ARTHUR 2; Affiliations: 1: Surgical Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, and Department of Microbiology and Surgery, UJniversity of Oregon Medical School, Portland 97207; 2: Department of Immunology, Oregon Regional Primate Research Center, Beaverton 97005; Issue Info: 3/31/1972, Vol. 175 Issue 4029, p1473; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85160067&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - VAN HOESEN, GARY W. AU - PANDYA, DEEPAK N. AU - BUTTERS, NELSON T1 - Cortical Afferents to the Entorhinal Cortex of the Rhesus Monkey. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1972/03/31/ VL - 175 IS - 4029 M3 - Article SP - 1471 EP - 1473 SN - 00368075 AB - Although the entorhinal cortex is a major contributor of afferents to the hippocampus and dentate gyrus, knowledge of its own afferents has been vague. Regions of both the frontal and temporal lobes were found to contribute atafferents to this region of the brain. These afferents form probable multisynaptic links in pathways connecting the classical sensory areas of the cortex and the limbic system. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85160066; VAN HOESEN, GARY W. 1; PANDYA, DEEPAK N. 1; BUTTERS, NELSON 2,3; Affiliations: 1: Harvard Neurological Unit, Boston City Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts 02118; 2: Department of Neurology, Boston University School of Medicine, Boston 02118; 3: Psychology Service, Boston Veterans Administration Hospital, Boston 02130; Issue Info: 3/31/1972, Vol. 175 Issue 4029, p1471; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85160066&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - MENDELS, J. AU - FRAZER, A. AU - FITZGERALD, R. G. AU - RAMSEY, T. A. AU - STOKES, J. W. T1 - Biogenic Amine Metabolites in Cerebrospinal Fluid of Depressed and Manic Patients. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1972/03/24/ VL - 175 IS - 4028 M3 - Article SP - 1380 EP - 1382 SN - 00368075 AB - A reduction in 5-hydroxyindoleacetic acid in cerebrospinal fluid was found in depressed and manic patients both while they were symptomatic and also after treatment. The concentration of homovanillic acid was initially reduced and then tended to increase after treatment. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85437471; MENDELS, J. 1; FRAZER, A. 1; FITZGERALD, R. G. 1; RAMSEY, T. A. 1; STOKES, J. W. 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Psychiatry and Pharmacology, University of Pennsylvania, and Veterans Administration Hospital, Philadelphia; Issue Info: 3/24/1972, Vol. 175 Issue 4028, p1380; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85437471&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - FRIEDMAN, M. H. AU - MCCALLY, R. L. AU - BRESLER, E. H. AU - MASON, E. A. AU - WENDT, R. P. T1 - Sieving Behavior of a Series Membrane System. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1972/02/04/ VL - 175 IS - 4021 M3 - Article SP - 556 EP - 558 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85116746; FRIEDMAN, M. H. 1; MCCALLY, R. L. 1; BRESLER, E. H. 2; MASON, E. A. 3; WENDT, R. P. 4; Affiliations: 1: Johns Hopkins University Applied Physics Laboratory, Silver Spring, Maryland 20910; 2: Veterans Administration Hospital and Tulane University School of Medicine, New Orleans, Louisiana 70140; 3: Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island 02912; 4: Loyola University, New Orleans, Louisiana 70118; Issue Info: 2/ 4/1972, Vol. 175 Issue 4021, p556; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85116746&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - DAVIDOFF, ROBERT A. T1 - Gamma-Aminobutyric Acid Antagonism and Presynaptic Inhibition in the Frog Spinal Cord. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1972/01/21/ VL - 175 IS - 4019 M3 - Article SP - 331 EP - 333 SN - 00368075 AB - The convulsant alkaloid bicuculline blocked presynaptic inhibition, dorsal root potentials, primary afferent depolarization, and depolarizing effects of gamma-aminobutyric acid on dorsal root terminals of the amphibian spinal cord, but did not block effects of other putative amino acid transmitters. These actions of bicuculline suggest that gamma-aminobutyric acid may be the transmitter involved in spinal presynaptic inhibition. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87615482; DAVIDOFF, ROBERT A. 1; Affiliations: 1: Neurology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, and Department of Neurology, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida 33152; Issue Info: 1972, Vol. 175 Issue 4019, p331; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87615482&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - SCHWARZ, KLAUS AU - MILNE, DAVID B. T1 - Growth Effects of Vanadium in the Rat. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1971/10/22/ VL - 174 IS - 4007 M3 - Article SP - 426 EP - 428 SN - 00368075 AB - Vanadium is necessary for growing rats raised inside trace elementcontrolled, all plastic isolators on a highly purified amino acid diet. Addifion of vanadium to the diet enhances growth by over 40 percent. A nearly optimumn effect is obtained with 10 micrograms of vanadium per 100 grams of diet in (0.1 part per million), supplied in the form of sodium orthovanadate, as seen from series of tests with levels ranging from 1 to 5 micrograms per 100 grams of diet. Different vanadium compounds show different potencies: sodium orthovanadate was effective, metavanadate less active, and pyrovanadate without activity. Tetravalent vanadium, supplied as vanadyl sulfate or acetate, was utilized but produced smaller responses. The amounts of vanadium required are those normally found in tissues and nutrients. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 88002601; SCHWARZ, KLAUS 1; MILNE, DAVID B. 1; Affiliations: 1: Laboratory of Experimental Metabolic Diseases, Veterans Administration Hospital, Long Beach, California 90801, and Department of Biological Chemistry, School of Medicine, University of California, Los Angeles; Issue Info: 10/22/1971, Vol. 174 Issue 4007, p426; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=88002601&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - BARBEZAT, GILBERT O. AU - GROSSMAN, MORTON I. T1 - Intestinal Secretion: Stimulation by Peptides. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1971/10/22/ VL - 174 IS - 4007 M3 - Article SP - 422 EP - 424 SN - 00368075 AB - Two peptides isolated from intestinal mucosa, vasoactive intestinal peptide, and gastric inhibitory peptide, stimulate small intestinal secretion in conscious dogs. Glucagon and pentagastrin also stimulate, but secretin and the octapetide of cholecystokinin do not. The stimulants may participate in regulation of intestinal secretion in health and in diseases with excessive secretion. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 88002599; BARBEZAT, GILBERT O. 1; GROSSMAN, MORTON I. 1; Affiliations: 1: Wadsworth Hospital, Veterans Administration, Los Angeles, California 90073; Issue Info: 10/22/1971, Vol. 174 Issue 4007, p422; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=88002599&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - MORRELL, LENORE K. AU - SALAMY, JOSEPH G. T1 - Hemispheric Asymmetry of Electrocortical Responses to Speech Stimuli. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1971/10/08/ VL - 174 IS - 4005 M3 - Article SP - 164 EP - 166 SN - 00368075 AB - In a group of normal adults, averaged cortical evoked responses to natural speech stimuli were recorded from scalp electrodes placed symmetrically over the two cerebral hemispheres at frontal, Rolandic, and temporoparietal leads. The amplitude of the most prominent component was consistently larger in left hemisphere derivations, with the major hemisphere diflerence observed in the temporoparietal records. These electrophysiological measures may be sensitive indicators of hemispheric specialization of function. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 88002563; MORRELL, LENORE K. 1; SALAMY, JOSEPH G. 2; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, California 94305, and Neuropsychology Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California 94304; 2: Department of Psychiatry, University of California Medical Center, San Francisco 94122, and Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California 94304; Issue Info: 10/ 8/1971, Vol. 174 Issue 4005, p164; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=88002563&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - SCHALLY, A. V. AU - ARIMURA, A. AU - KASTIN, A. J. AU - MATSUO, H. AU - BABA, Y. AU - REDDING, T. W. AU - NAIR, R. M. G. AU - DLEBELJUK, L. AU - WHITE, W. F. T1 - Gonadotropin-Releasing Hormone: One Polypeptide Regulates Secretion of Luteinizing and Follicle-Stimulating Hormones. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1971/09/10/ VL - 173 IS - 4001 M3 - Article SP - 1036 EP - 1038 SN - 00368075 AB - A polypeptide isolated from porcine hypothalami stimulates the release of both luteinizing hormone and follicle-stimulating hormone from the pituitaries of several species. This polypeptide has been structurally identified as (pyro)Glu-His-Trp-Ser-Tyr-Gly-Leu-Arg-Pro-Gly-NH2 and synthesized. The natural and synthetic materials share biological properties. It appears that this peptide represents the hypothalamic hormone regulating the secretion of both luteinizing hormone and follicle-stimulating hormone. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87615556; SCHALLY, A. V. 1; ARIMURA, A. 1; KASTIN, A. J. 1; MATSUO, H. 1; BABA, Y. 1; REDDING, T. W. 1; NAIR, R. M. G. 1; DLEBELJUK, L. 1; WHITE, W. F. 2; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital and Tulane University School of Medicine, New Orleans., Louisiana 70140; 2: Abhott Laboratories, North Chicago, Illinois; Issue Info: 9/10/1971, Vol. 173 Issue 4001, p1036; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87615556&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - LEMBERGER, LOUIS AU - TAMARKIN, NORMAN R. AU - AXELROD, JULIUS AU - KOPIN, IRWIN J. T1 - Delta-9-Tetrahydrocannabinol: Metabolism and Disposition in Long-Term Marihuana Smokers. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1971/07/02/ VL - 173 IS - 3991 M3 - Article SP - 72 EP - 74 SN - 00368075 AB - Radioactively labeled delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (δ9THC) administered intravenously to chronic marihuana smokers disappeared from the blood plasma with a half-life of 28 hours as compared to 57 hours for nonusers of marihuana. Apparent volumes of distribution did not significantly difler between the two groups. Within 10 minutes after administration of δ9THC, 11-hydroxy- δ9THC is present in the plasma of nonusers and chronic users. This metabolite was also present in urine and feces of nonusers and long-term marihuana smokers. In addition, polar metabolites were excreted in urine and feces of both groups for more than 1 week. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85159761; LEMBERGER, LOUIS 1; TAMARKIN, NORMAN R. 2; AXELROD, JULIUS 3; KOPIN, IRWIN J. 3; Affiliations: 1: Lahoratory of Clinical Science, National lmtitute of Mental Health, Bethesda, Maryland 20014. and Pharmacology-Toxicology Program. National lmtitute of General A1edical Sciences, Bethesda; 2: Division of Drug Treatment and Research, Veterans Administration Hospital Washington, D.C. 20422; 3: Lahoratory of Clinical Science, National Institute of Mental Health; Issue Info: 7/ 2/1971, Vol. 173 Issue 3991, p72; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85159761&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - RIEGE, WALTER H. AU - CHERKIN, ARTHUR T1 - One-Trial Learning and Biphasic Time Course of Performance in the Goldfish. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1971/05/28/ VL - 172 IS - 3986 M3 - Article SP - 966 EP - 968 SN - 00368075 AB - Goldfish (N = 408) spontaneously swam against flowing water into a calm-water well. After a single trial punished by brief electric shock, the fish avoided the well, as indexed by increased latencies of reentry. Avoidance declined during the first minute after shock, then rose to a peak 1 hour later. The biphasic time course is compatible with the two-store theory of memory formation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85268397; RIEGE, WALTER H. 1; CHERKIN, ARTHUR 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Psychobiology Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, California 91343; 2: Division of Anesthesia, University of California School of Medicine, Los Angeles 90024; Issue Info: 5/28/1971, Vol. 172 Issue 3986, p966; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85268397&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - SEEVERS, MAURICE H. AU - DAVIS, VIRGINIA E. AU - WALSH, MICHAEL J. T1 - Morphine and Ethanol Physical Dependence: A Critique of a Hypothesis. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1970/12/04/ VL - 170 IS - 3962 M3 - Article SP - 1113 EP - 1115 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85104154; SEEVERS, MAURICE H. 1; DAVIS, VIRGINIA E. 2; WALSH, MICHAEL J. 2; Affiliations: 1: Department of Pharmacology, University of Michigan Medical School, Ann Arbor 48105; 2: Metabolic Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, Texas 77031; Issue Info: 12/ 4/1970, Vol. 170 Issue 3962, p1113; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85104154&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Grundy, Scott M. AU - Vega, Gloria Lena T1 - Plasma cholesterol responsiveness to saturated fatty acids. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 47 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 822 EP - 824 SN - 00029165 AB - The variability in responsiveness to saturated fatty acids has not been studied systematically. For this reason data from three dietary studies carried out in our laboratory were pooled and used to evaluate how individuals vary in their responses in plasma concentrations of total cholesterol and low-density-lipoprotein cholesterol to the substitution of saturated fatty acids for unsaturated fatty acids. The data showed a marked variability in response. Some patients demonstrated a striking rise in cholesterol levels whereas others had more modest increases. This finding points to the need for further investigation on this issue. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Saturated fatty acids KW - Cholesterol KW - Low density lipoproteins KW - Unsaturated fatty acids KW - Diet N1 - Accession Number: 91711222; Grundy, Scott M. 1,2,3; Vega, Gloria Lena 1,2,3; Affiliations: 1: University of Texas Health Science Center, Dallas, TX; 2: Center for Human Nutrition, Dallas, TX; 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, TX; Issue Info: May1988, Vol. 47 Issue 5, p822; Subject Term: Saturated fatty acids; Subject Term: Cholesterol; Subject Term: Low density lipoproteins; Subject Term: Unsaturated fatty acids; Subject Term: Diet; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91711222&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Coulston, Ann M. AU - Hollenbeck, Claire B. AU - Reaven, Gerald M. T1 - Utility of studies measuring glucose and insulin responses to various carbohydrate-containing foods. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1984/01// VL - 39 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 163 EP - 165 SN - 00029165 N1 - Accession Number: 95598708; Coulston, Ann M. 1; Hollenbeck, Claire B. 1; Reaven, Gerald M. 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine, Stanford University School of Medicine, Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, CA 94304; Issue Info: Jan1984, Vol. 39 Issue 1, p163; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=95598708&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hall, Charles A. T1 - The luxus vitamins--A and B12: reply to McLaren. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1982/04// VL - 35 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 772 EP - 774 SN - 00029165 N1 - Accession Number: 94418522; Hall, Charles A. 1; Affiliations: 1: Director, Nutrition Laboratory for Clinical Assessment and Research, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albany, NY 12208; Issue Info: Apr1982, Vol. 35 Issue 4, p772; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Graph; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=94418522&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Solomons, Noel W. AU - Russell, Robert M. T1 - The interaction of zinc and vitamin A: on the logic of supplementing the adequately-nourished. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1981/05// VL - 34 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 968 EP - 970 SN - 00029165 N1 - Accession Number: 94381450; Solomons, Noel W. 1,2; Russell, Robert M. 3; Affiliations: 1: Department of Nutrition and Food Science, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts; 2: Division of Human Nutrition and Biology, Institute of Nutrition of Cental America and Panama, Guatemala City; 3: The University of Maryland School of Medicine and Nutrition Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Baltimore, Maryland; Issue Info: May1981, Vol. 34 Issue 5, p968; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=94381450&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - STONE, PHILLIP J. AU - CALORE, JAMES D. AU - MCGOWAN, STEPHEN E. AU - BERNARDO, JOHN AU - SNIDER, GORDON L. AU - FRANZBLAU, CARL T1 - Functional α1-Protease Inhibitor in the Lower Respiratory Tract of Cigarette Smokers Is Not Decreased. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1983/09/16/ VL - 221 IS - 4616 M3 - Article SP - 1187 EP - 1189 SN - 00368075 AB - Cigarette smoking is the major risk factor for the development of pulmonary emphysema, a disorder that may result from an imbalance between the elastase and antielastase levels in the lungs. Decreased functional a,-protease inhibitor, an inhibitor of neutrophil elastase, might render smokers susceptible to elastase-catalyzed destruction of pulmonary elastic fibers and the development of emphysema. Binding and inactivation of isotopically labeled porcine pancreatic elastase and human neutrop/iil elastase by α1-protease inhibitor were measured in fluid obtained by bronchoalveolar lavage of volunteers. The inhibition of elastasecatalyzed solubilization of elastin and a tripeptide substrate were also determined. The mean level of functional a,-protease inhibitor in the bronchoalveolar lavagefluid of smokers was found to be equal to or greater than that of nonsmokers, contradicting reports by other investigators. Increased elastase derived from pulmonary neutrophils, rather than decreased functional ac-protease inhibitor, appears to be the main factor in the genesis of emphysema in smokers. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 84673276; STONE, PHILLIP J. 1; CALORE, JAMES D. 1; MCGOWAN, STEPHEN E. 2; BERNARDO, JOHN 3; SNIDER, GORDON L. 4,5; FRANZBLAU, CARL 6; Affiliations: 1: Biochemistry Department, Boston University School of Medicine, Boston, Massachusetts 02118; 2: Minneapolis Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55417; 3: Pulmonary Medicine Section, Boston University School of Medicine; 4: Biochemistry Department and Pulmonary Medicine Section, Boston University School of Medicine, Boston 02118; 5: Boston Veterans Administration Medical Center, Boston 02130; 6: Biochemistry Department, Boston University School of Medicine; Issue Info: 9/16/1983, Vol. 221 Issue 4616, p1187; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=84673276&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - GRAYSON, STEPHEN AU - JOHNSON-WINEGAR, ANNA D. AU - ELIAS, PETER M. T1 - Isolation of Lamellar Bodies from Neonatal Mouse Epidermis by Selective Sequential Filtration. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1983/09/02/ VL - 221 IS - 4614 M3 - Article SP - 962 EP - 964 SN - 00368075 AB - Isolation of epidermal lamellar bodies has presented a challenge because pressures required to homogenize keratinocytes can destroy these organelles and because the lamellar body readily releases its contents during prolonged isolation procedures. In an attempt to isolate lamellar bodies, sheets of intact stratum corneum and stratum granulosum were obtained from neonatal mice with highly purified staphylococcal epidermolytic toxin, disrupted, and passed through a series offilters. The final filtrate was rich in intact lamellar bodies and contained variable amounts of ribosomes and other vesicular structures. Availability of a highly purified lamellar body preparation from postnatal epidermis should help to clarify the role of this organelle in epidermal function. The technique of selective, sequential filtration represents a new approach to cell fractionation that may have wide applications in cell biology and biochemistry. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 84673195; GRAYSON, STEPHEN 1; JOHNSON-WINEGAR, ANNA D. 2; ELIAS, PETER M. 3; Affiliations: 1: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, and Department of Dermatology, University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco 94121; 2: Pathology Division, U.S. Army Medical Research Institute of Infectious Diseases, Fort Detrick, Maryland 21701; 3: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, and Department of Dermatology, University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco; Issue Info: 9/ 2/1983, Vol. 221 Issue 4614, p962; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=84673195&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - CASEY, KENNETH L. AU - MORROW, THOMAS J. T1 - Ventral Posterior Thalamic Neurons Differentially Responsive to Noxious Stimulation of the Awake Monkey. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1983/08/12/ VL - 221 IS - 4611 M3 - Article SP - 675 EP - 677 SN - 00368075 AB - Of 76 cutaneously activated neurons recorded from the ventral posterior thalamus of awake, behaving monkeys, nine were weakly excited by innocuous skin stimulation and responded maximally only when noxious mechanical cutaneous stimuli were delivered within small, contralateral receptivefields. These results show that neurons capable of encoding the spatial and temporal features of noxious stimuli are located in the ventral posterior thalamus of the awake primate. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85483668; CASEY, KENNETH L. 1; MORROW, THOMAS J. 1; Affiliations: 1: Neurology Research Laboratories, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105; Issue Info: 8/12/1983, Vol. 221 Issue 4611, p675; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85483668&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - WEINGARTNER, HERBERT AU - GRAFMAN, JORDAN AU - BOUTELLE, WILLIAM AU - KAYE, WALTER AU - MARTIN, PETER R. T1 - Forms of Memory Failure. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1983/07/22/ VL - 221 IS - 4608 M3 - Article SP - 380 EP - 382 SN - 00368075 AB - Memory may fail in a variety of ways. Patients with Korsakoff's syndrome demonstrate global memory deficits similar to those seen in patients with early progressive dementia. Korsakoff's patients, however, may recall rules and principles for organizing information and can gain access to their previously acquired knowledge (semantic memory), whereas recent memory may be grossly impaired. In contrast, dementia patients may have little access to previously acquired knowledge and therefore have great difficulty in organizing and encoding ongoing events. These contrasting forms of memory failure have implications for understanding the structure and mechanisms of memory and learning, particularly the relationship between episodic and semantic memory, as well as the development of therapeutic strategies for cognitive impairments. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 84672983; WEINGARTNER, HERBERT 1; GRAFMAN, JORDAN 2; BOUTELLE, WILLIAM 3; KAYE, WALTER 4; MARTIN, PETER R. 5; Affiliations: 1: National Institute of Mental Health, Bethesda, Maryland 20205; 2: Walter Reed Army Medical Center, Washington, D.C. 20307; 3: Veterans Administration Hospital, Northampton, Massachusetts 01060; 4: National Institute of Mental Health; 5: National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, Bethesda, Maryland 20205; Issue Info: 7/22/1983, Vol. 221 Issue 4608, p380; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=84672983&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - KARACAN, ISMET AU - ASLAN, CENGIZ AU - HIRSHKOWITZ, MAX T1 - Erectile Mechanisms in Man. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1983/06/03/ VL - 220 IS - 4601 M3 - Article SP - 1080 EP - 1082 SN - 00368075 AB - Increases in penile circumference during sleep-related erections in human subjects closely reflected increases in penile blood flow, and bursts of activity in the bulbocavernosus and ischiocavernosus muscles were temporally related to these increases. The penile arterial system and the perineal muscles appear to have important coordinated roles in human penile erection. Monitoring sleep-related erections and penile blood flow holds promise for the study of erectile mechanisms and dysfunction and for screening of drugs. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 84713410; KARACAN, ISMET 1; ASLAN, CENGIZ 1; HIRSHKOWITZ, MAX 1; Affiliations: 1: Sleep Disorders and Research Center, Department of Psychiatry, Baylor College of Medicine, and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Houston, Texas 77030; Issue Info: 6/ 3/1983, Vol. 220 Issue 4601, p1080; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=84713410&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - GALLO, ROBERT C. AU - SARIN, PREM S. AU - GELMANN, E. P. AU - ROBERT-GUROFF, MARJORIE AU - RICHARDSON, ERSELL AU - KALYANARAMAN, V. S. AU - MANN, DEAN AU - SIDHU, GURDIP D. AU - STAHL, ROSALYN E. AU - ZOLLA-PAZNER, SUSAN AU - LEIBOWITCH, JACQUE AU - POPOVIC, MIKULAS T1 - Isolation of Human T-Cell Leukemia Virus in Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS). JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1983/05/20/ VL - 220 IS - 4599 M3 - Article SP - 866 EP - 868 SN - 00368075 AB - Several isolates of a human type-C retrovirus belonging to one group, known as human T-cell leukemia virus (HTLV), have previously been obtained from patients with adult T-cell leukemia or lymphoma. The T-cell tropism of HTLV and its prevalence in the Caribbean basin prompted a search for it in patients with the epidemic T-cell immune deficiency disorder known as AIDS. Peripheral blood lymphocytes from one patient in the United States and two in France were cultured with T-cell growth factor (TCGF) an shown to express HTLV antigens. Virus from the U.S. patient was isolated and characterized and shown to be related to HTLV subgroup I. The virus was also transmitted into normal human T cells from umbilical cord blood of a newborn. Whether or not HTLV-I or other retroviruses of this family with T-cell tropism cause AIDS, it is possible that patients from whom the virus can be isolated can also transmit it to others. If the target cell of AIDS is the mature T cell as suspected, the methods used in these studies may prove useful for the long-term growth of these cells and for the identification of antigens specific for the etiological agent of AIDS. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 84713320; GALLO, ROBERT C. 1; SARIN, PREM S. 1; GELMANN, E. P. 1; ROBERT-GUROFF, MARJORIE 1; RICHARDSON, ERSELL 1; KALYANARAMAN, V. S. 2; MANN, DEAN 3; SIDHU, GURDIP D. 4; STAHL, ROSALYN E. 4; ZOLLA-PAZNER, SUSAN 4; LEIBOWITCH, JACQUE 5; POPOVIC, MIKULAS 6; Affiliations: 1: Laboratory of Tumor Cell Biology, National Cancer Institute, Bethesda, Maryland 20205; 2: Department of Cell Biology, Litton Bionetics, Inc., Kensington, Maryland; 3: Laboratory of Human Carcinogenesis, National Cancer Institute; 4: Department of Pathology, New York Veterans Administration Hospital, New York 10010; 5: Department of Immunologie, Hôpital Raymond Poincaré, 92380 Garches, France; 6: Laboratory of Tumor Cell Biology, National Cancer Institute; Issue Info: 5/20/1983, Vol. 220 Issue 4599, p866; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=84713320&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - TAGGART, R. THOMAS AU - SAMLOFF, I. MICHAEL T1 - Stable Antibody-Producing Murine Hybridomas. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1983/03/11/ VL - 219 IS - 4589 M3 - Article SP - 1228 EP - 1230 SN - 00368075 AB - A method is described for obtaining antibody-producing hybridomas that are preferentially retained in cultures of fused mouse spleen and myeloma cells. Hybridomas are produced by fusing mouse myeloma cells that are deficient in adenosine phosphoribosyltransferase (APRT) with mouse spleen cells containing Robertsonian 8.12 translocation chromosomes. The cellfusion mixtures are exposed to a culture medium that can be utilized only by APRT-positive cells, which results in the elimination of both unfused APRT-deficient myeloma cells and non-antibodyproducing APRT-deficient hybridomas that arise by segregation of the 8.12 translocation chromosomes containing the APRT genes and the active heavy chain immunoglobulin gene. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 84712847; TAGGART, R. THOMAS 1,2; SAMLOFF, I. MICHAEL 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Research Service (1SIM), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, California 91343; 2: Department of Medicine, Center for Ulcer Research and Education, University of California, School of Medicine, Los Angeles, 90073; Issue Info: 3/11/1983, Vol. 219 Issue 4589, p1228; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=84712847&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - ZOLA-MORGAN, STUART AU - SQUIRE, LARRY R. AU - MISHKIN, MORTIMER T1 - The Neuroanatomy of Amnesia: Amygdala-Hippocampus versus Temporal Stem. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1982/12/24/ VL - 218 IS - 4579 M3 - Article SP - 1337 EP - 1339 SN - 00368075 AB - Using a task known to be sensitive to human amnesia, we have evaluated two current hypotheses about which brain regions must be damaged to produce the disorder. Monkeys with bilateral transections of the white matter of the temporal stem were unimpaired, but monkeys with conjoint amygdala-hippocampal lesions exhibited a severe memory deficit. The results indicate that the hippocampus, amygdala, or both, but not the temporal stem, are involved in memory in the monkey and suggest that a rapprochement between the findings for the human and the nonhuman primate may be close at hand. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 84712474; ZOLA-MORGAN, STUART 1,2; SQUIRE, LARRY R. 1,2; MISHKIN, MORTIMER 3; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego, California 92161; 2: Department of Psychiatry, University of California, San Diego; 3: Laboratory of Neuropsychology, National Institute of Mental Health, Bethesda, Maryland 20014; Issue Info: 12/24/1982, Vol. 218 Issue 4579, p1337; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=84712474&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - ADAMS III, JUNIUS G. AU - MORRISON, W. TULLY AU - STEINBERG, MARTIN H. T1 - Hemoglobin Parchman: Double Crossover Within a Single Human Gene. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1982/10/15/ VL - 218 IS - 4569 M3 - Article SP - 291 EP - 293 SN - 00368075 AB - Structural analysis of a new variant hemoglobin revealed tryptic peptides with the amino acid composition of normal δ-globin, except for two internal peptides, which had the compositions of normal β-globin. The most likely explanation for these findings is that a double, nonhomologous crossover between the δ- and β-globin genes had occurred. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 84706079; ADAMS III, JUNIUS G. 1; MORRISON, W. TULLY 1; STEINBERG, MARTIN H. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Mississippi School of Medicine, Jackson 39216; Issue Info: 10/15/1982, Vol. 218 Issue 4569, p291; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=84706079&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - NEKOLA, M. V. AU - HORVATH, A. AU - GE, L.-J. AU - COY, D. H. AU - SCHALLY, A. V. T1 - Suppression of Ovulation in the Rat by an Orally Active Antagonist of Luteinizing Hormone-Releasing Hormone. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1982/10/08/ VL - 218 IS - 4568 M3 - Article SP - 160 EP - 162 SN - 00368075 AB - A synthetic antagonist of luteinizing hormone-releasing hormone blocked ovulation in rats in a dose-dependent manner when given by gavage on the afternoon ofproestrus. Ovulation was delayed for at least 1 day in all animals given 2 milligrams of antagonist and in some of the animals treated with 1 or 0.5 milligram. Oral administration of 2 milligrams also blocked the preovulatory surge ofluteinizing hormone. This demonstration that antagonists of luteinizing hormone-releasing hormone can have oral antiovulatory activity clearly enhances their therapeutic potential. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 84706028; NEKOLA, M. V. 1; HORVATH, A. 1; GE, L.-J. 1; COY, D. H. 1; SCHALLY, A. V. 1; Affiliations: 1: Tulane University School of Medicine and Veterans Administration Medical Center, New Orleans, Louisiana 70112; Issue Info: 10/ 8/1982, Vol. 218 Issue 4568, p160; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=84706028&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - LEVIN, BARRY E. T1 - Presynaptic Location and Axonal Transport of β1-Adrenoreceptors in the Rat Brain. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1982/08/06/ VL - 217 IS - 4559 M3 - Article SP - 555 EP - 557 SN - 00368075 AB - Interruption of the ascending noradrenergic neurons of the locus coeruleus in the rat forebrain with 6-hydroxydopamine produced a progressive accumulation, proximal to the lesion, of tritiated dihydroalprenolol binding activity over 2 days. This accumulation could be blocked by interrupting the neurons closer to their cell bodies. Competitive binding studies with the β2agonist Zinterol suggested that the accumulated β-receptors were primarily of the PI subtype. These results suggest that, in the rat brain, some β1-adrenoreceptors are located in presynaptic, noradrenergic locus coeruleus neurons and are transported in their axons. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 84705859; LEVIN, BARRY E. 1; Affiliations: 1: Neurology Service (127), Veterans Administration Medical Center, East Orange, New Jersey 07019, Department of Neurosciences, University of Medicine, Dentistry of New Jersey, New Jersey Medical School, Newark 07019; Issue Info: 8/ 6/1982, Vol. 217 Issue 4559, p555; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=84705859&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - MILLS, DAVID E. AU - BUCKMAN, MAIRE T. AU - PEAKE, GLENN T. T1 - Neonatal Treatment with Antiserum to Prolactin Lowers Blood Pressure in Rats. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1982/07/09/ VL - 217 IS - 4555 M3 - Article SP - 162 EP - 164 SN - 00368075 AB - Prolactin administration reportedly increases blood pressure in rats and rabbits. To study the effects of prolactin deficiency on blood pressure, rats were given saline, normal rabbit serum, or rabbit antiserum to rat prolactin on postnatal days 2 to 5. Both males and females given antiserum had significantly lower blood pressure at 14 weeks than rats given saline or normal rabbit serum. Blood pressure differences between females given antiserum and females given saline disappeared during and following pregnancy. The antiserum also lowered the concentration of prolactin in plasma 49 percent in males and decreased the prolactin response to ether stress in both sexes. These results suggest that endogenous prolactin is involved in blood pressure regulation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 88017053; MILLS, DAVID E. 1; BUCKMAN, MAIRE T. 1; PEAKE, GLENN T. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center and Department of Medicine, University of Neuw Mexico School of Medicine, Albluquerque 87131; Issue Info: 7/ 9/1982, Vol. 217 Issue 4555, p162; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=88017053&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - GORDON, E. R. AU - ROCHMAN, J. AU - ARAI, M. AU - LIEBER, C. S. T1 - Lack of Correlation Between Hepatic Mitochondrial Membrane Structure and Functions in Ethanol-Fed Rats. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1982/06/18/ VL - 216 IS - 4552 M3 - Article SP - 1319 EP - 1321 SN - 00368075 AB - A current hypothesis suggests that alterations in the chemical compositionand the subsequent changes in the structure of the membrane could account for the functional derangements observed in the hepatic mitochondria of animals fed ethanol for extended periods. An examination of this hypothesis reveals that the liver mitochondria of ethanol-fed rats show a dissociation between the respiratory functions and the lipid composition and microviscosity of the membranes. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 84705721; GORDON, E. R. 1; ROCHMAN, J. 1; ARAI, M. 1; LIEBER, C. S. 1; Affiliations: 1: Alcohol Research and Treatment Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, New York 10468, and Mount Sinai School of Medicine, New York 10029; Issue Info: 6/18/1982, Vol. 216 Issue 4552, p1319; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=84705721&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - FEINBERG, I. AU - FEIN, G. AU - FLOYD, T. C. T1 - Computer-Detected Patterns of Electroencephalographic Delta Activity During and After Extended Sleep. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1982/02/26/ VL - 215 IS - 4536 M3 - Article SP - 1131 EP - 1133 SN - 00368075 AB - Delta (0.5 to 3 hertz) waves are the electroencephalographic hallmark of human sleep. We measured their rate of production during and following an extended night of sleep. On the extended night, we confirmed previous observations of a linear decline in delta wave production across thefirstfour periods of non-rapideye- movement (non-REM) sleep. An asymptote was reached in the fifth non-REM period, perhaps signifying that sleep processes reached completion. On the day after the extended night, subjects were allowed to remain awake 3.6 hours less than normal. During the next sleep session, amplitude and number of delta waves in non- REM periods 1 and 3 were significantly reduced. These findings illustrate the value of computer analysis of electroencephalographic waveforms in sleep. Systematic measurement of the amount and distribution of these waveforms as a function of preceding waking duration should provide clues to the kinetics of the metabolic processes underlying sleep. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 88003706; FEINBERG, I. 1; FEIN, G. 1; FLOYD, T. C. 2; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, California 94121 and Department of Psychiatry, University of California, San Francisco 94143; 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco; Issue Info: 2/26/1982, Vol. 215 Issue 4536, p1131; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=88003706&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - PIROZZOLO, FRANCIS J. AU - HANSCH, EDWARD C. T1 - Oculomotor Reaction Time in Dementia Reflects Degree of Cerebral Dysfunction. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1981/10/16/ VL - 214 IS - 4518 M3 - Article SP - 349 EP - 351 SN - 00368075 AB - The effects of diffuse cerebral dysfunction on oculomotor reaction time were assessed in patients with dementia of presumed Alzheimer's etiology and in normal age-matched control subjects. Patients were classified into mild, moderate, and severe groups on the basis of independent neurological, neuropsychological, and neuroradiological ratings for disease severity. Saccadic latencies to targets appearing in parafoveal and near peripheral vision showed significant increases from the normal controls to dementia groups, with each severity subdivision clearly differentiated from the others in terms of mean oculomotor reaction time. These data offer strong evidence for a direct relationship between degree of cortical structural integrity and simple oculomotor reaction time and suggest a higher cortical regulatory role in sensory-motor-integration. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87477606; PIROZZOLO, FRANCIS J. 1,2; HANSCH, EDWARD C. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Geriatric Research, Education, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55417; 2: Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55417; Issue Info: 10/16/1981, Vol. 214 Issue 4518, p349; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87477606&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - MALENKA, ROBERT C. AU - KOCSIS, JEFFERY D. AU - RANSOM, BRUCE R. AU - WAXMAN, STEPHEN G. T1 - Modulation of Parallel Fiber Excitability by Postsynaptically Mediated Changes in Extracellular Potassium. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1981/10/16/ VL - 214 IS - 4518 M3 - Article SP - 339 EP - 341 SN - 00368075 AB - Field potentials and extracellular potassium concentration ([K+]o) were simultaneously monitored in the molecular layer of the rat cerebellar cortex during stimulation of the parallel fibers. The synaptic field potential elicited by stimulation was reduced by several methods. Reduction of synaptic field potentials was accompanied by a marked increase in the excitability of the parallel fibers. This change in excitability was related to the degree of extracellular K+ accumulation associated with parallel fiber stimulation. These findings support the proposal that increases in [K+]o associated with activity in postsynaptic elements can modulate the excitability of presynaptic afferent fibers. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87477597; MALENKA, ROBERT C. 1,2; KOCSIS, JEFFERY D. 1,2; RANSOM, BRUCE R. 1,2; WAXMAN, STEPHEN G. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Department of Neurology, Stanford University School of Medicine, Palo Alto, California 94304; 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, California 94304; Issue Info: 10/16/1981, Vol. 214 Issue 4518, p339; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87477597&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - KIM, H. D. AU - ZEIDLER, R. B. AU - SALLIS, J. D. AU - NICHOL, S. C. AU - ISAACKS, R. E. T1 - Adenosine Triphosphate-Deficient Erythrocytes of the Egg-Laying Mammal, Echidna (Tachyglossus aculeatus). JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1981/09/25/ VL - 213 IS - 4515 M3 - Article SP - 1517 EP - 1519 SN - 00368075 AB - The erythrocytes of the short-beaked echidna (Tachyglossus aculeatus), an egg-laying mammal, were examined for the presence of phosphorylated compounds. The erythrocytes contained only 0.03 ± 0.01 micromoles of adenosine 5'- triphosphate per milliliter of cells. This amount is two orders of magnitude less than that in human cells. Although the echidna erythrocytes had an abundance of 2,3- diphosphoglycerate and other glycolytic intermediates, no other energy-rich pyridine and purine compounds were detected. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85483622; KIM, H. D. 1; ZEIDLER, R. B. 1; SALLIS, J. D. 2; NICHOL, S. C. 3; ISAACKS, R. E. 4; Affiliations: 1: Department of Pharmacology, University of Alabama, Birmingham 35294; 2: Department of Biochemistry, University of Tasmania, Hobart, Australia 7001; 3: Department of Physiology, University of Tasmania; 4: Research Laboratories, Veterans Administration Medical Center, and Department of Medicine, University of Miami, Miami, Florida 33100; Issue Info: 9/25/1981, Vol. 213 Issue 4515, p1517; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85483622&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - CORNFORD, EAIN M. AU - HUOT, MARIE E. T1 - Glucose Transfer from Male to Female Schistosomes. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1981/09/11/ VL - 213 IS - 4513 M3 - Article SP - 1269 EP - 1271 SN - 00368075 AB - The rate of glucose assimilation by male and female Schistosoma mansoni was significantly greater in copulating than separated flukes, especially in copulating females. In the three medically important schistosome species, glycogen content was greater in unpaired males than in copulating males, suggesting that the female depletes glycogen stored in the male. Transfer of['4CJglucose from the male to the copulatingfemale was demonstrated over a period of minutes. A considerable portion of the glucose utilized by the female during her life may be supplied by the male. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85483536; CORNFORD, EAIN M. 1; HUOT, MARIE E. 1; Affiliations: 1: Southwest Regional VA Epilepsy Center 691-127, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Los Angeles, California 90073, Department of Neurology, University of California, Los Angeles 90024; Issue Info: 9/11/1981, Vol. 213 Issue 4513, p1269; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85483536&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - HARPER, R. M. AU - LEAKE, B. AU - HOFFMAN, H. AU - WALTER, D. 0. AU - HOPPENBROUWERS, T. AU - HODGMAN, J. AU - STERMAN, M. B. T1 - Periodicity of Sleep States Is Altered in Infants at Risk for the Sudden Infant Death Syndrome. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1981/08/28/ VL - 213 IS - 4511 M3 - Article SP - 1030 EP - 1032 SN - 00368075 AB - The normal succession of sleep and waking states through a night is disturbed in infants at risk for the sudden infant death syndrome. Compared with normal infants, siblings of the sudden infant death syndrome victims have longer intervals between active sleep epochs at particular times during the night in the newborn period and a decreased tendency to enter short waking periods at 2 and 3 months of age. The latterfinding is interpreted as an increased tendency to remain asleep, or a relative failure to arouse from sleep in infants at risk. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 84691786; HARPER, R. M. 1; LEAKE, B. 1; HOFFMAN, H. 2; WALTER, D. 0. 3; HOPPENBROUWERS, T. 4; HODGMAN, J. 4; STERMAN, M. B. 5; Affiliations: 1: Department of Anatomy and Brain Research Institute, University of California, Los Angeles 90024; 2: Biometry Branch, National Institute of Child Health and Human Development, Bethesda, Maryland 20205; 3: Brain Research Institute, University of California; 4: Department of Pediatrics and Newborn Service, Los Angeles County- University of Southern California Medical Center, Los Angeles 90033; 5: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, California 91343; Issue Info: 8/28/1981, Vol. 213 Issue 4511, p1030; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=84691786&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - KEWLEY, C. F. AU - MILLAR, R. P. AU - BERMAN, M. C. AU - SCHALLY, A. V. T1 - Depolarization- and lonophore-Induced Release of Octacosa Somatostatin from Stalk Median Eminence Synaptosomes. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1981/08/21/ VL - 213 IS - 4510 M3 - Article SP - 913 EP - 915 SN - 00368075 AB - Species of somatostatin of higher molecular weight were present in the nerve terminals (synaptosomes) of ovine stalk median eminences and were released by depolarizing stimuli. One of these species was identified as the biologically active molecule octacosa somatostatin. Octacosa somatostatin appears therefore to be secreted into the hypothalamic-hypophyseal system, supporting the concept of a role for this peptide in regulating pituitary hormone secretion. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 84691741; KEWLEY, C. F. 1; MILLAR, R. P. 1; BERMAN, M. C. 1; SCHALLY, A. V. 2; Affiliations: 1: Medical Research Council Biomembrane Unit, Department of Chemical Pathology, University of Cape Town, Observatory 7925, South Africa; 2: Endocrine and Polypeptide Laboratories, Veterans Administration Hospital, New Orleans, Louisiana 70112; Issue Info: 8/21/1981, Vol. 213 Issue 4510, p913; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=84691741&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - JACOBS, J. W. AU - GOODMAN, R. H. AU - CHIN, W. W. AU - DEE, P. C. AU - HABENER, J. F. AU - BELL, N. H. AU - POTTS JR., J. T. T1 - Calcitonin Messenger RNA Encodes Multiple Polypeptides in a Single Precursor. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1981/07/24/ VL - 213 IS - 4506 M3 - Article SP - 457 EP - 459 SN - 00368075 AB - Recombinant DNA techniques were used to analyze the structure of the messenger RNA encoding a precursor of calcitonin, a small calcium-regulating hormone of 32 amino acids. Analyses of the nucleotide sequences of cloned complementary DNA's comprising the entire coding sequence of the messenger RNA revealed that calcitonin is flanked at both its amino and carboxyl termini by peptide extensions linked to the hormone by short sequences of basic amino acids. The location of glycine next to the carboxyl terminal prolinamide of calcitonin is consistent with indications that glycine is required for the enzymatic amidation of proline to the prolinamide. During cellular bioysnthesis, calcitonin arises from a large precursor protein by cleavages at both amino and carboxyl terminal residues of the hormone. These findings raise questions concerning the regulation of these cleavages and the potential biologicalfunctions of the precursor extensions derived from these cleavages. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 84691599; JACOBS, J. W. 1; GOODMAN, R. H. 1; CHIN, W. W. 1; DEE, P. C. 1; HABENER, J. F. 1; BELL, N. H. 2; POTTS JR., J. T. 3; Affiliations: 1: Laboratory of Molecular Endocrinology, Massachusetts General Hospital, and Howard Hughes Medical Institute Laboratories, Harvard Medical School, Boston 02114; 2: Medical University of South Carolina, and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Charleston 29403; 3: Department of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, and Endocrine Unit, Massachusetts General Hospital; Issue Info: 7/24/1981, Vol. 213 Issue 4506, p457; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=84691599&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - COLMAN, NEVILLE AU - HETTIARACHCHY, NAVAGNANA AU - HERBERT, VICTOR T1 - Detection of a Milk Factor That Facilitates Folate Uptake by Intestinal Cells. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1981/03/27/ VL - 211 IS - 4489 M3 - Article SP - 1427 EP - 1429 SN - 00368075 AB - Folate binding proteins in milk were tested for their effect on folate absorption. The uptake of boundfolate by isolated mucosal cells from the rat small intestine was twice that of freefolate and differed from it in being more effective with progression down the small intestine, in not being affected by glucose or Dilantin, in having a higher pH optimum, and in being affected by calcium concentration. This milk factor may enhance folate absorption in infants, whose risk offolate deficiency is high. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 88003298; COLMAN, NEVILLE 1; HETTIARACHCHY, NAVAGNANA 2; HERBERT, VICTOR 3; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, New York 10468, and Department of Pathology, Mount Sinai School of Medicine, New York 10029; 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, and Department of Biochemistry, Peradeniya University School of Medicine, Peradeniya, Sri Lanka; 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, and Department of Medicine, State University of New York Downstate Medical Center, Brooklyn 11203; Issue Info: 3/27/1981, Vol. 211 Issue 4489, p1427; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=88003298&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - KLEINSCHMIDT-DEMASTERS, B. K. AU - NORENBERG, MICHAEL D. T1 - Rapid Correction of Hyponatremia Causes Demyelination: Relation to Central Pontine Myelinolysis. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1981/03/06/ VL - 211 IS - 4486 M3 - Article SP - 1068 EP - 1070 SN - 00368075 AB - The human demyelinative disorder central pontine myelinolysis may be an iatrogenic disease caused by a rapid rise in serum sodium, usually when hyponatremia is corrected. Rats treated with hypertonic saline after 3 days of vasopressininduced hyponatremia had demyelinative lesions in the corpus striatum, lateral hemispheric white matter, cerebral cortex, hippocampal fimbria, anterior commissure, thalamus, brainstem tegmentum, and cerebellum. Thus, rapid correction of hyponatremia can lead to demyelinative lesions and may be the cause of central pontine myelinolysis in man. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 88017613; KLEINSCHMIDT-DEMASTERS, B. K. 1; NORENBERG, MICHAEL D. 1; Affiliations: 1: Laboratory of Neuropathology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, and Department of Pathology, University of Colorado Health Sciences Center, Denver 80220; Issue Info: 3/ 6/1981, Vol. 211 Issue 4486, p1068; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=88017613&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - LAKE, C. R. AU - GULLNER, H. G. AU - POLINSKY, R. J. AU - EBERT, M. H. AU - ZIEGLER, M. G. AU - BARTTER, F. C. T1 - Essential Hypertension: Central and Peripheral Norepinephrine. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1981/02/27/ VL - 211 IS - 4485 M3 - Article SP - 955 EP - 957 SN - 00368075 AB - The concentration of norepinephrine in cerebrospinalfluidfrom patients with essential hypertension is higher than that from healthy normal volunteers, but the concentrations of norepinephrine in plasma from these groups are similar. This finding indicates that central nervous system noradrenergic hyperactivity occurs in essential hypertension but apparently is not reflected in abnormal function of the peripheral sympathetic nervous system in these patients. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 84948157; LAKE, C. R. 1; GULLNER, H. G. 2; POLINSKY, R. J. 3; EBERT, M. H. 3; ZIEGLER, M. G. 4; BARTTER, F. C. 5; Affiliations: 1: Departments of Psychiatry and Pharmacology, Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences, School of Medicine, Bethesda, Maryland 20014; 2: National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute, Bethesda, Maryland 20205; 3: Section of Experimental Therapeutics, Laboratory of Clinical Science, National Institute of Mental Health, Bethesda, Maryland 20205; 4: Department of Medicine, University of San Diego, La Jolla, California 92037; 5: Audie Murphy Veterans Administration Hospital, San Antonio, Texas 78284; Issue Info: 2/27/1981, Vol. 211 Issue 4485, p955; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=84948157&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - FOSTER, ROBERT E. AU - WHALEN, CHRISTOPHER C. AU - WAXMAN, STEPHEN G. T1 - Reorganization of the Axon Membrane in Demyelinated Peripheral Nerve Fibers: Morphological Evidence. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1980/11/07/ VL - 210 IS - 4470 M3 - Article SP - 661 EP - 663 SN - 00368075 AB - Cytochemical staining of demyelinated peripheral axons revealed two types of axon membrane organization, one of which suggests that the demyelinated axolemma acquires a high density of sodium channels. Ferric ion-ferrocyanide stain was confined to a restricted region of axon membrane at the beginning of a demyelinated segment or was distributed throughout the demyelinated segment of axon. The latter pattern represents one possible morphological correlate of continuous conduction through a demyelinated segment and suggests a reorganization of the axolemma after demyelination. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85266728; FOSTER, ROBERT E. 1; WHALEN, CHRISTOPHER C. 1; WAXMAN, STEPHEN G. 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Neurology, Stanford University School of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, California 94304; Issue Info: 11/ 7/1980, Vol. 210 Issue 4470, p661; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85266728&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - DIAMOND, MARIAN C. AU - CONNOR JR., JAMES R. AU - ORENBERG, ELAINE K. AU - BISSELL, MICHAEL AU - YOST, MICHAEL AU - KRUEGER, ALBERT T1 - Environmental Influences on Serotonin and Cyclic Nucleotides in Rat Cerebral Cortex. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1980/11/07/ VL - 210 IS - 4470 M3 - Article SP - 652 EP - 654 SN - 00368075 AB - The response to different environmental conditions and negative air ions was investigated on cerebral cortical serotonin and cyclic nucleotides. The results indicated that negative air ions alter the weight of the cerebral cortex and that concentrations of serotonin and cyclic nucleotides can be altered both by different environments and by negative air ions. The data stress the importance of the role of the environment when studying the structure and chemistry of the cerebral cortex. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85266724; DIAMOND, MARIAN C. 1; CONNOR JR., JAMES R. 1; ORENBERG, ELAINE K. 2; BISSELL, MICHAEL 3; YOST, MICHAEL 4; KRUEGER, ALBERT 4; Affiliations: 1: Department of Physiology-Anatomy, University of California, Berkeley 94720; 2: Department of Dermatology, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, California 94305; 3: Laboratory Service, University of California-Davis, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez 94553; 4: School of Public Health, University of California, Berkeley; Issue Info: 11/ 7/1980, Vol. 210 Issue 4470, p652; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85266724&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - STERLING, KENNETH AU - BRENNER, MILTON A. AU - SAKURADA, TOSHIRO T1 - Rapid Effect of Triiodothyronine on the Mitochondrial Pathway in Rat Liver in vivo. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1980/10/17/ VL - 210 IS - 4467 M3 - Article SP - 340 EP - 342 SN - 00368075 AB - Intravenous injections of minute doses of triiodothyronine were administered to thyroidectomized rats 30 minutes before they were killed. Hepatic mitochondria were isolated rapidly and formation of adenosine triphosphate and consumption of oxygen were assessed by a 2-minute incubation. Hormone injection enhanced formation of adenosine triphosphate 114 to 217 percent over control values, with a proportionate increase in consumption of oxygen. The ratio of phosphate to oxygen was about 2.0, signifying tightly coupled oxidative phosphorylation. Stimulation was not abolished by injection of cycloheximide, puromycin, actinomycin D, or chloramphenicol I hour before the rats were killed. This signifies direct mitochondrial stimulation by triiodothyronine in the absence of protein synthesis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85361691; STERLING, KENNETH 1; BRENNER, MILTON A. 1; SAKURADA, TOSHIRO 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine, Columbia University College of Physicians and Surgeons, and Protein Research Laboratory, Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, New York 10468; Issue Info: 10/17/1980, Vol. 210 Issue 4467, p340; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85361691&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - HOLICK, M. F. AU - MACLAUGHLIN, J. A. AU - CLARK, M. B. AU - HOLICK, S. A. AU - POTTS JR., J. T. AU - ANDERSON, R. R. AU - BLANK, I. H. AU - PARRISH, J. A. AU - ELIAS, P. T1 - Photosynthesis of Previtamin D3 in Human Skin and the Physiologic Consequences. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1980/10/10/ VL - 210 IS - 4466 M3 - Article SP - 203 EP - 205 SN - 00368075 AB - Photosynthesis of previtamin D3 can occur throughout the epidermis and in the dermis when hypopigmented Caucasian skin is exposed to solar ultraviolet radiation. Once previtamin D3 is formed in the skin, it undergoes a temperaturedependent thermal isomerization that takes at least 3 days to complete. The vitamin D-binding protein preferentially translocates the thermal product, vitamin D3, into the circulation. These processes suggest a unique mechanism for the synthesis, storage, and slow, steady release of vitamin D3 from the skin into the circulation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85266598; HOLICK, M. F. 1; MACLAUGHLIN, J. A. 1; CLARK, M. B. 1; HOLICK, S. A. 1; POTTS JR., J. T. 1; ANDERSON, R. R. 2; BLANK, I. H. 2; PARRISH, J. A. 2; ELIAS, P. 3; Affiliations: 1: Endocrine Unit, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts 02114; 2: Photomedicine Unit, Massachusetts General Hospital; 3: Dermatology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, California 94121; Issue Info: 10/10/1980, Vol. 210 Issue 4466, p203; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85266598&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - MORLEY, JOHN E. AU - LEVINE, ALLEN S. T1 - Stress-Induced Eating Is Mediated Through Endogenous Opiates. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1980/09/12/ VL - 209 IS - 4462 M3 - Article SP - 1259 EP - 1261 SN - 00368075 AB - The interaction of endogenous opiates and stress-induced eating in rats was evaluated by pharmacological manipulation. Eating induced by the tail-pinch method was inhibited by the opiate antagonist naloxone; after being repeatedly stressed over a 10-day period and then given naloxone, the rats behaved in a manner indistinguishable from the "wet-dog" shakes of opiate withdrawal. Thus endogenous opiates may have a role in the control of stress-related eating, a finding that may have therapeutic implications for humans. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85266562; MORLEY, JOHN E. 1; LEVINE, ALLEN S. 1; Affiliations: 1: Neuroendocrine Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center and Departments of Medicine and Nutrition, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis 55417; Issue Info: 9/12/1980, Vol. 209 Issue 4462, p1259; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85266562&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - CREEL, DONNELL AU - GARBER, SHARON R. AU - KING, RICHARD A. AU - WITKOP JR., CARL J. T1 - Auditory Brainstem Anomalies in Human Albinos. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1980/09/12/ VL - 209 IS - 4462 M3 - Article SP - 1253 EP - 1255 SN - 00368075 AB - Brainstem auditory evoked potentials recorded from human albinos indicate significant hemispheric asymmetry. The asymmetry is symptomatic of differences between decussated and nondecussated auditory pathways in albino and pigmented humans at approximately the level of the superior olivary nuclei. Abnormal decussation of auditory pathways in albinos probably coincides with known visual system anomalies. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85266559; CREEL, DONNELL 1; GARBER, SHARON R. 2; KING, RICHARD A. 2; WITKOP JR., CARL J. 2; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1SJA, Salt Lake City, Utah 84148, and Departments of Psychology and Ophthalmology, University of Utah, Salt Lake City 84112; 2: Department of Oral Pathology and Genetics, School of Dentistry, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis 55455; Issue Info: 9/12/1980, Vol. 209 Issue 4462, p1253; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85266559&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - WALKER, DON W. AU - BARNES, DAVID E. AU - ZORNETZER, STEVEN F. AU - HUNTER, BRUCE E. AU - KUBANIS, PATRICIA T1 - Neuronal Loss in Hippocampus Induced by Prolonged Ethanol Consumption in Rats. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1980/08/08/ VL - 209 IS - 4457 M3 - Article SP - 711 EP - 713 SN - 00368075 AB - Quantitative neurohistological techniques were used to examine the hippocampal complex of laboratory rats maintained on ethanol-containing or control diets for 5 months followed by a 2-month alcohol-free period. Chronic ethanol consumption resulted in a significant loss of hippocampal pyramidal and dentate gyrus granule cells. This study provides direct evidence that long-term ethanol consumption, in the absence of malnutrition, produces neuronal loss in the central nervous system. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85196414; WALKER, DON W. 1; BARNES, DAVID E. 1; ZORNETZER, STEVEN F. 1; HUNTER, BRUCE E. 1; KUBANIS, PATRICIA 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center and Department of Neuroscience, University of Florida College of Medicine, Gainesville 32610; Issue Info: 8/ 8/1980, Vol. 209 Issue 4457, p711; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85196414&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - GOLDENBERG, DAVID M. AU - KIM, EDMUND E. AU - DELAND, FRANK H. AU - VAN NAGELL Jr., JOHN R. AU - JAVADPOUR, NASSER T1 - Clinical Radioimmunodetection of Cancer with Radioactive Antibodies to Human Chorionic Gonadotropin. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1980/06/13/ VL - 208 IS - 4449 M3 - Article SP - 1284 EP - 1286 SN - 00368075 AB - Injection of iodine-131 -labeled goat immunoglobulin G antibody to human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG) into patients with hCG-secreting trophoblastic and germinal tumors permitted tumor detection and location by external gamma-ray scintigraphy. Excision of one of the metastatic tumors located by this method indicated a tumorlnontumor ratio of 39.29. The method appears to offer a new clinical tool for precisely locating hCG-producing tumors in the body, even when tumor identification by other clinical methods has failed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85437683; GOLDENBERG, DAVID M. 1,2; KIM, EDMUND E. 3,4; DELAND, FRANK H. 3,4; VAN NAGELL Jr., JOHN R. 5; JAVADPOUR, NASSER 6; Affiliations: 1: Division of Experimental Pathology, Department of Pathology, University of Kentucky, Lexington 40536; 2: Immunology Branch, National Cancer Institute, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Maryland 20205; 3: Division of Nuclear Medicine, Department of Radiation Medicine, University of Kentucky; 4: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Lexington, Kentucky 40536; 5: Division of Gynecologic Oncology, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of Kentucky Medical Center; 6: Surgery Branch, National Cancer Institute, National Institutes of Health; Issue Info: 6/13/1980, Vol. 208 Issue 4449, p1284; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85437683&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - RENSTON, RICHARD H. AU - JONES, ALBERT L. AU - CHRISTIANSEN, WILLIAM D. AU - HRADEK, GARY T. AU - UNDERDOWN, BRIAN J. T1 - Evidence for a Vesicular Transport Mechanism in Hepatocytes for Biliary Secretion of Immunoglobulin A. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1980/06/13/ VL - 208 IS - 4449 M3 - Article SP - 1276 EP - 1278 SN - 00368075 AB - Quantitative electron microscopic autoradiography and diaminobenzidine cytochemistry provide evidence for an uptake and vesicular transport mechanism for iodine-125-labeled immunoglobulin Afrom plasma to bile by hepatocytes in vivo. The data confirm the existence of a hepatobiliary pathway for secrection of immunoglobulin A into the intestine and are consistent with a vesicular transport mechanism for biliary proteins within liver parenchymail cells. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85437679; RENSTON, RICHARD H. 1,2,3,4; JONES, ALBERT L. 1,2,3,4; CHRISTIANSEN, WILLIAM D. 1,2,3,4; HRADEK, GARY T. 1,2,3,4; UNDERDOWN, BRIAN J. 5; Affiliations: 1: Cell Biology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, California 94121; 2: Departments of Anatomy, University of California, San Francisco 94143; 3: Departments of Medicine, University of California, San Francisco 94143; 4: Departments of Liver Center, University of California, San Francisco 94143; 5: Department of Medical Genetics, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5S 1A8; Issue Info: 6/13/1980, Vol. 208 Issue 4449, p1276; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85437679&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - PARSONS, C. LOWELL AU - STAUFFER, CHARLES AU - SCHMIDT, JOSEPH D. T1 - Bladder-Surface Glycosaminoglycans: An Efficient Mechanism of Environmental Adaptation. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1980/05/09/ VL - 208 IS - 4444 M3 - Article SP - 605 EP - 607 SN - 00368075 AB - The transitional epithelium of the urinary bladder secretes and binds to its surface a glycosaminoglycan than inhibits the adherence of bacteria. Synthetic sulfonated glycosaminoglycans instilled intraluminally into bladders whose natural mucin layer has been removed are as effective as the natural mucin in preventing bacterial adherence. It also appears that adherence of calcium and protein is reduced in the presence of both the natural mucin layer and the synthetic sulfonated glycosaminoglycan sodium pentosanpolysulfate, suggesting that the antiadherence activity of both natural and synthetic surface glycosaminoglycans in the bladder extends to the molecular and ionic levels. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85159261; PARSONS, C. LOWELL 1,2; STAUFFER, CHARLES 1,2; SCHMIDT, JOSEPH D. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Urology Section, San Diego Veterans Administration Hospital, La Jolla, California 92161; 2: Division of Urology, Department of Surgery, University of California Medical Center, San Diego 92103; Issue Info: 5/ 9/1980, Vol. 208 Issue 4444, p605; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85159261&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - PARKER, KEITH K. AU - NORENBERG, MICHAEL D. AU - VERNADAKIS, ANTONIA T1 - "Transdifferentiation" of C6 Glial Cells in Culture. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1980/04/11/ VL - 208 IS - 4440 M3 - Article SP - 179 EP - 181 SN - 00368075 AB - The activities of cyclic nucleotide phosphohydrolase, an enzyme marker for oligodendrocytes, and glutamine synthetase, an enzyme marker for astrocytes, were studied at early (21 to 26) and late (82 to 88) cell passages. The activity of cyclic nucleotide phosphohydrolase was markedly high and that of glutamine synthetase was low in the early passages, but this relation was reversed in the late passages. These findings suggest a "transdifferentiation" of C6 glial cells with passage in culture. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85159098; PARKER, KEITH K. 1; NORENBERG, MICHAEL D. 2,3; VERNADAKIS, ANTONIA 4; Affiliations: 1: Department of Pharmacology, University of Colorado School of Medicine, Denver 80262; 2: Laboratory Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Denver 80220; 3: Department of Pathology, University of Colorado School of Medicine; 4: Departments of Psychiatry and Pharmacology, University of Colorado School of Medicine; Issue Info: 4/11/1980, Vol. 208 Issue 4440, p179; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85159098&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - LANGE, D. G. AU - ROERIG, S. C. AU - FUJIMOTO, J. M. AU - WANG, R. I. H. T1 - Absence of Cross-Tolerance to Heroin in Morphine-Tolerant Mice. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1980/04/04/ VL - 208 IS - 4439 M3 - Article SP - 72 EP - 74 SN - 00368075 AB - Mice implanted with morphine pellets demonstrated a 30-fold increase in tolerance to subcutaneously administered morphine but showed no cross-tolerance to subcutaneously administered heroin. When given morphine intracerebroventricularly, the mice showed no tolerance to morphine or cross-tolerance to heroin. These observations depended on the presence of the morphine pellet. If the pellets were removed prior to determinations of potency, the expected responses - tolerance to morphine and cross-tolerance to heroin -were obtained. The bloodbrain barrier may be a prime sitefor the expression of morphine tolerance in mice. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85136774; LANGE, D. G. 1; ROERIG, S. C. 1; FUJIMOTO, J. M. 1; WANG, R. I. H. 2; Affiliations: 1: Department of Pharmacology and Toxicology, Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee 53226; 2: Department of Clinical Pharmacology, Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wisconsin 53193; Issue Info: 4/ 4/1980, Vol. 208 Issue 4439, p72; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85136774&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - SURES, IRMI AU - GOEDDEL, DAVID V. AU - GRAY, ALANE AU - ULLRICH, AXEL T1 - Nucleotide Sequence of Human Preproinsulin Complementary DNA. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1980/04/04/ VL - 208 IS - 4439 M3 - Article SP - 57 EP - 59 SN - 00368075 AB - Recombinant bacterial plasmids that contain DNA complementary to human preproinsulin messenger RNA have been constructed. One clone contains the entire preproinsulin coding region, as well as the 3' untranslated region of the messenger RNA and eight nucleotides of the 5' untranslated region. Additional sequence information for the 5' untranslated region was obtained with the use of insulinoma messenger RNA in conjunction with specific primers from the cloned DNA for enzymatic chain termination sequence analysis. The results confirm the amino acid sequence of human proinsulin previously determined, and predict the amino acid sequence of the human preproinsulin signal peptide. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85136768; SURES, IRMI 1; GOEDDEL, DAVID V. 2; GRAY, ALANE 2; ULLRICH, AXEL 2; Affiliations: 1: Stanford University, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, California 94304; 2: Genentech, Inc., 460 Point San Bruno Boulevard, South San Francisco, California 94080; Issue Info: 4/ 4/1980, Vol. 208 Issue 4439, p57; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85136768&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - SCHUSDZIARRA, V. AU - ZYZNAR, E. AU - ROUILLER, D. AU - BODEN, G. AU - BROWN, J. C. AU - ARIMURA, A. AU - UNGER, R. H. T1 - Splanchnic Somatostatin: A Hormonal Regulator of Nutrient Homeostasis. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1980/02//2/ 1/1980 VL - 207 IS - 4430 M3 - Article SP - 530 EP - 532 SN - 00368075 AB - Free (~ 1600 daltons) somatostatin-like immunoreactivity was identified in arterjdl plasma of dogs that had received a test meal. Neutralization of circulating somatostatin while the dogs were consuming a fatty meal increased the plasma concentrations of triglycerides, gastrin, pancreatic polypeptide, and insulin after the meal. It is concluded that, in the dog, somatostatin is a true hormone that regulates the movement of nutrients from the gut to the internal environment. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85266302; SCHUSDZIARRA, V. 1; ZYZNAR, E. 1; ROUILLER, D. 1; BODEN, G. 2; BROWN, J. C. 3; ARIMURA, A. 4; UNGER, R. H. 5; Affiliations: 1: University of Texas Southwestern Medical School and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas 75216; 2: Temple University Health Science Center Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19140; 3: University of Vancouver, Vancouver, British Columbia V6T I W5; 4: Tulane University and Veterans Administration Medical Center, News Orleans, Louisiana 70146; 5: University of Texas Southivestern Medical School and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas; Issue Info: 2/ 1/1980, Vol. 207 Issue 4430, p530; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85266302&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104718974 T1 - Risk factors accelerating cerebral degenerative changes, cognitive decline and dementia. AU - Meyer, J S AU - Rauch, G M AU - Crawford, K AU - Rauch, R A AU - Konno, S AU - Akiyama, H AU - Terayama, Y AU - Haque, A Y1 - 1999/12// N1 - Accession Number: 104718974. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Europe; Peer Reviewed; UK & Ireland. NLM UID: 8710629. KW - Brain -- Blood Supply KW - Cognition Disorders -- Etiology KW - Dementia -- Etiology KW - Neurodegenerative Diseases -- Etiology KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Brain -- Pathology KW - Cognition Disorders KW - Prospective Studies KW - Dementia -- Pathology KW - Female KW - Human KW - Hyperlipidemia -- Complications KW - Hypertension -- Complications KW - Cerebral Ischemia, Transient -- Complications KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Neurodegenerative Diseases -- Epidemiology KW - Neurodegenerative Diseases -- Pathology KW - Risk Factors KW - Sex Factors KW - Smoking KW - Survival Analysis KW - Texas SP - 1050 EP - 1061 JO - International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry JF - International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry JA - INT J GERIATR PSYCHIATRY VL - 14 IS - 12 CY - Hoboken, New Jersey PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. AB - Factors accelerating cerebral degenerative changes represent potentially modifiable risks for cognitive decline. Putative risk factors accelerating subtle cognitive decline and dementia were correlated with repeated measures of cerebral atrophy, CT densitometry, perfusions and cognitive testing among neurologically and cognitively normative ageing volunteers. Two hundred and twenty-four normative subjects at increased risk for cognitive decline were admitted to the study. Mean entry age was 59. 5+/-15.8 years. Mean follow-up is 4.3+/-3.1 years. At follow-up, 22 developed subtle cognitive decline (deltaCCSE>/=-3), 19 became demented, eight with vascular type (VAD) and 11 with Alzheimer's type (DAT) and 183 remain cognitively unchanged. Standardized questionnaires, medical, neuropsychological, neurological and blood work examinations were obtained. Cerebral atrophy, tissue densities and perfusions were measured by xenon-enhanced CT. After age 60, cerebral atrophy, ventricular enlargement, polio- and leuko-araiosis geometrically increased as perfusions declined. Risk factors accelerating perfusional decline, cerebral atrophy, polio-araiosis and leuko-araiosis (thinning of grey-white matter densities) were: transient ischaemic attacks (TIAs), hypertension, smoking, hyperlipidemia, male gender. At age 71.5+/-11.9, subtle cognitive decline began, accelerated by TIAs, hypertension and heart disease. Leuko-araiosis began before cognitive decline. TIAs, hypertension and hyperlipidemia correlated with VAD. Excessive cortical perfusional decreases and cerebral atrophy correlated with cognitive decline. Family history of neurodegenerative disease correlated with DAT. TIAs, hypertension, hyperlipidemia, smoking and male gender accelerate cerebral degenerative changes, cognitive decline and dementia. SN - 0885-6230 AD - Cerebral Blood Flow Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Houston, TX 77030, USA. jmeyer@bcm.tmc.edu U2 - PMID: 10607973. DO - 10.1002/(SICI)1099-1166(199912)14:12<1050::AID-GPS56>3.0.CO;2-Z UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104718974&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107097897 T1 - Evaluation of prognostic criteria for determining hospice eligibility in patients with advanced lung, heart, or liver disease. SUPPORT Investigators. Study to Understand Prognoses and Preferences for Outcomes and Risks of Treatments. AU - Fox E AU - Landrum-McNiff K AU - Zhong Z AU - Dawson NV AU - Wu AW AU - Lynn J AU - Fox, E AU - Landrum-McNiff, K AU - Zhong, Z AU - Dawson, N V AU - Wu, A W AU - Lynn, J Y1 - 1999/11/03/ N1 - Accession Number: 107097897. Language: English. Entry Date: 20000301. Revision Date: 20161112. Publication Type: journal article; research; tables/charts. Commentary: Simpson D A. Prognostic criteria for hospice eligibility. (JAMA) 5/17/2000; 283 (19): 2527-2527. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: Robert Wood Johnson Foundation. NLM UID: 7501160. KW - Hospice Care KW - Prognosis -- Evaluation KW - Heart Failure -- Prognosis KW - Lung Diseases, Obstructive -- Prognosis KW - Liver Failure -- Prognosis KW - Validation Studies KW - P-Value KW - Funding Source KW - Middle Age KW - Aged KW - Inpatients KW - Male KW - Female KW - Human SP - 1638 EP - 1645 JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JA - JAMA VL - 282 IS - 17 CY - Chicago, Illinois PB - American Medical Association AB - Context: Many individuals involved with care of the dying advocate expanding access to hospice care for persons with advanced lung, heart, or liver disease. However, to be eligible, these patients generally must have a prognosis for survival of less than 6 months.Objective: To test the ability of currently available criteria to identify a population with a survival prognosis of 6 months or less among seriously ill hospitalized patients with 1 of 3 commonly fatal chronic diseases.Design: Validation study using data from the Study to Understand Prognoses and Preferences for Outcomes and Risks of Treatments (SUPPORT) phase 1 (June 1989-June 1991) and phase 2 (January 1992-January 1994), with a 6-month follow-up.Setting and Patients: Consecutive sample of 2607 seriously ill patients from 5 US medical centers who were hospitalized with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, congestive heart failure, or end-stage liver disease, and who survived to hospital discharge.Main Outcome Measures: Descriptive and operating characteristics of 5 general and 2 disease-specific clinical criteria for identifying patients with a survival prognosis of 6 months or less, and 3 sets of combination criteria (broad, intermediate, and narrow inclusion) aimed at providing low, medium, and high thresholds for hospice eligibility based on National Hospice Organization guidelines.Results: Seventy-five percent of the sample survived more than 6 months after hospital discharge; 44% expressed a preference for palliative care. Broad inclusion criteria identified 923 patients eligible for hospice care, of whom 70% survived longer than 6 months. Intermediate inclusion criteria identified 300 patients, of whom 65% survived longer than 6 months. Narrow inclusion criteria identified 19 patients, of whom 53% survived longer than 6 months. Sensitivities and specificities of the combination criteria were 41.7% and 66.7% (broad inclusion), 16.2% and 90.1 % (intermediate inclusion), and 1.4% and 99.5% (narrow inclusion), respectively.Conclusions: These data indicate that for seriously ill hospitalized patients with advanced chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, congestive heart failure, or end-stage liver disease, recommended clinical prediction criteria are not effective in identifying a population with a survival prognosis of 6 months or less. SN - 0098-7484 AD - Center to Improve Care of the Dying, George Washington University School of Medicine and Health Sciences, Department of Veterans Affairs, Washington, DC 20420, USA AD - National Ethics Center (10AE), Veterans Health Administration, 810 Vermont Ave NW, Washington, DC 20420; e-mail: ellen.fox@mail.va.gov U2 - PMID: 10553790. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107097897&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107148385 T1 - Patterns of stiffness during clinical examination of the glenohumeral joint. AU - McQuade KJ AU - Shelley I AU - Cvitkovic J Y1 - 1999/11//1999 Nov N1 - Accession Number: 107148385. Language: English. Entry Date: 20001201. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; pictorial; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Europe; Peer Reviewed; UK & Ireland. Grant Information: American Physical Therapy Association, Orthopaedic Section. NLM UID: 8611877. KW - Glenohumeral Joint KW - Joint Instability KW - Clinical Assessment Tools KW - Instrument Construction KW - United States KW - In Vivo Studies KW - Comparative Studies KW - Biomechanics KW - Biophysiological Methods KW - Pliability -- Evaluation KW - Rotation KW - Physical Examination -- Methods KW - Range of Motion -- Evaluation KW - Muscle Strength -- Evaluation KW - Kinematics KW - Analysis of Variance KW - Repeated Measures KW - Regression KW - Male KW - Female KW - Adult KW - Descriptive Statistics KW - Body Weights and Measures KW - Funding Source KW - Human SP - 620 EP - 627 JO - Clinical Biomechanics JF - Clinical Biomechanics JA - CLIN BIOMECH VL - 14 IS - 9 CY - New York, New York PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0268-0033 AD - Department of Physiotherapy, School of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Maryland, 100 Penn Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21201-1082. E-mail address: kmcquade@physio.umaryland.edu U2 - PMID: 10521645. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107148385&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107129725 T1 - Penetrating eye injury in war. AU - Biehl JW AU - Valdez J AU - Hemady RK AU - Steidl SM AU - Bourke DL Y1 - 1999/11//1999 Nov N1 - Accession Number: 107129725. Language: English. Entry Date: 20000901. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 2984771R. KW - War KW - Eye Injuries -- Etiology KW - Wounds, Penetrating -- Etiology KW - Eye Injuries -- Epidemiology KW - Eye Injuries -- Surgery KW - Eye Protective Devices KW - Male KW - Female KW - Child KW - Adult KW - Military Personnel KW - Middle East KW - United States SP - 780 EP - 784 JO - Military Medicine JF - Military Medicine JA - MILIT MED VL - 164 IS - 11 CY - Bethesda, Maryland PB - AMSUS AB - The percentage of penetrating eye injuries in war has increased significantly in this century compared with the total number of combat injuries. With the increasing use of fragmentation weapons and possibly laser weapons on the battle-field in the future, the rate of eye injuries may exceed the 13% of the total military injuries found in Operations Desert Storm/Shield. During the Iran-Iraq War (1980-1988), eye injuries revealed that retained foreign bodies and posterior segment injuries have an improved prognosis in future military ophthalmic surgery as a result of modern diagnostic and treatment modalities. Compared with the increasing penetrating eye injuries on the battlefield, advances in ophthalmic surgery are insignificant. Eye armor, such as visors that flip up and down and protect the eyes from laser injury, needs to be developed. Similar eye protection is being developed in civilian sportswear. Penetrating eye injury in the civilian sector is becoming much closer to the military model and is now comparable for several reasons. SN - 0026-4075 AD - Anesthesia Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Baltimore, MD U2 - PMID: 10578588. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107129725&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107088521 T1 - Underlying structure of the National Institutes of Health Stroke Scale: results of a factor analysis. NINDS tPA Stroke Trial Investigators. AU - Lyden P AU - Lu M AU - Jackson C AU - Marler J AU - Kothari R AU - Brott T AU - Zivin J AU - Lyden, P AU - Lu, M AU - Jackson, C AU - Marler, J AU - Kothari, R AU - Brott, T AU - Zivin, J Y1 - 1999/11//1999 Nov N1 - Accession Number: 107088521. Corporate Author: National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke t-PA Stroke Study Group. Language: English. Entry Date: 20000201. Revision Date: 20161126. Publication Type: journal article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. Instrumentation: NIH Stroke Scale; Barthel Index; Rankin Scale; Glasgow Outcome Scale. Grant Information: National Stroke Association, the NINDS (N01-NS02382, N01-NS02374, N01-NS02377, N01-NS02381, N01-NS02379, N01-NS02373, N01-NS02376, N01-NS02378, N01-NS02380), and the Veterans Affairs Research Service. NLM UID: 0235266. KW - Stroke -- Drug Therapy KW - NIH Stroke Scale KW - Instrument Validation KW - Glasgow Coma Scale KW - Tissue Plasminogen Activator -- Therapeutic Use KW - Neuropsychological Tests KW - Psychometrics KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Stroke -- Physiopathology KW - Brain -- Physiopathology KW - Predictive Value of Tests KW - Clinical Assessment Tools KW - Barthel Index KW - Factor Analysis KW - Funding Source KW - Human SP - 2347 EP - 2354 JO - Stroke (00392499) JF - Stroke (00392499) JA - STROKE VL - 30 IS - 11 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Background and Purpose: No stroke scale has been validated as an outcome measure using data from a clinical trial demonstrating a positive therapeutic effect. Therefore, we proposed to use data from the National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke (NINDS) tPA Stroke Trial to determine whether the National Institutes of Health Stroke Scale (NIHSS) was valid in patients treated with tissue plasminogen activator (tPA) and to explore the underlying clinimetric structure of the NIHSS.Methods: We performed an exploratory factor analysis of NIHSS data from Part 1 (n=291) of the NINDS tPA Stroke Trial to derive a hypothesized underlying factor structure. We then performed a confirmatory factor analysis of this structure using NIHSS data from Part 2 of the same trial (n=333). We then tested whether this final factor structure could be found in tPA- and placebo-treated patients serially over time after stroke treatment. Using 3-month outcome data, we tested for an association between the NIHSS and other measures of stroke outcome.Results: The exploratory analysis suggested that there were 2 factors underlying the NIHSS, representing left and right brain function, confirming the content validity of the scale. An alternative structure composed of 4 factors could be derived, with a better goodness of fit: the first 2 factors could represent left brain cortical and motor function, respectively, and the second 2 factors could represent right brain cortical and motor function, respectively. The same factor structures were then found in tPA and placebo patient groups studied serially over time, confirming the exploratory analysis. All 3-month clinical outcomes were associated with each other at subsequent time points, confirming predictive validity.Conclusions: This is the first study of the validity of a stroke scale in patients treated with effective stroke therapy. The NIHSS appeared to be valid in patients with acute stroke and for finding treatment-related differences. The scale was valid when used serially over time after stroke, up to 3 months, and showed good agreement with other measures of outcome. SN - 0039-2499 AD - Department of Neurology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of California at San Diego School of Medicine, USA AD - Dept of Neurology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego, CA U2 - PMID: 10548669. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107088521&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107222010 T1 - Bactericidal effect of 0.95-mW helium-neon and 5-mW indium-gallium-aluminum-phosphate laser irradiation at exposure times of 30, 60, and 120 seconds on photosensitized Staphylococcus aureus and Pseudomonas aeruginosa in vitro [corrected] [published erratum appears in PHYS THER 1999 Nov; 79(11): 1082]. AU - DeSimone NA AU - Christiansen C AU - Dore D Y1 - 1999/09// N1 - Accession Number: 107222010. Language: English. Entry Date: 19991101. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0022623. KW - Colony Count, Microbial KW - Lasers KW - Staphylococcus Aureus KW - Pseudomonas KW - Microbiological Techniques KW - Light KW - In Vitro Studies KW - Human SP - 839 EP - 846 JO - Physical Therapy JF - Physical Therapy JA - PHYS THER VL - 79 IS - 9 CY - Alexandria, Virginia PB - American Physical Therapy Association AB - BACKGROUND AND PURPOSE: Studies have demonstrated a bactericidal effect of laser irradiation when lasers with power outputs of (6 mW are directed toward pathogenic or opportunistic bacteria previously treated with a photosensitizing agent. The purpose of this study was to determine the bactericidal capabilities of irradiation from lasers with power outputs of less than 6 mW on photosensitized microorganisms. METHODS: Two bacteria that commonly infect skin lesions, Staphylococcus aureus and Pseudomonas aeruginosa, were used. The 2 lasers used, the 0.95-mW helium -neon laser and the 5-mW indium-gallium-aluminum-phosphate laser, emit light at a wavelength close to the absorption maxima of the sensitizing agent chosen, toluidine blue O. This agent was used because of its proven effectiveness in sensitizing bacteria. For each bacterial strain, toluidine blue O was added to a 108 cells/mL solution until a 0.01% weight/volume ratio was obtained. These mixtures were spread on agar-coated petri dishes, which were then exposed to 1 of the 2 lasers for 30, 60, and 120 seconds. The cultures were then grown overnight and examined for one or more visible zones of inhibition. The areas surrounding the irradiated zone provided a control for the effects of toluidine blue O alone. To determine the effects of laser irradiation without prior toluidine blue O sensitization, separate plates were established using unsensitized bacteria. RESULTS: Although inconsistencies between plates were noted, both lasers produced at least one zone of inhibition in both bacterial species at all 3 time periods. The 5-mW laser, however, produced a greater number of these zones. CONCLUSION AND DISCUSSION: Laser-induced microbial killing of photosensitized organisms could have clinical applications in the treatment of infected skin lesions, pending in vivo studies. SN - 0031-9023 AD - Physical Therapist, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 507 Fulton St, Durham, NC 27705; e-mail: noelledes@aol.com U2 - PMID: 10479784. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107222010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107108009 T1 - The Work Behavior Inventory: prediction of future work success of people with schizophrenia. AU - Bryson G AU - Bell MD AU - Greig T AU - Kaplan E Y1 - 1999///Fall1999 N1 - Accession Number: 107108009. Language: English. Entry Date: 20000501. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. Instrumentation: Work Behavior Inventory (Bryson et al). Grant Information: Rehabilitation Research and Development Service of the Veterans Administration. NLM UID: 9601800. KW - Instrument Validation KW - Veterans KW - Mental Disorders, Chronic KW - Job Performance KW - Funding Source KW - Predictive Validity KW - P-Value KW - DSM KW - Analysis of Variance KW - Descriptive Statistics KW - Behavior Rating Scales KW - Coefficient Alpha KW - Internal Consistency KW - Regression KW - Chi Square Test KW - Human SP - 113 EP - 117 JO - Psychiatric Rehabilitation Journal JF - Psychiatric Rehabilitation Journal JA - PSYCHIATR REHABIL J VL - 23 IS - 2 CY - Washington, District of Columbia PB - American Psychological Association AB - This study investigated the predictive validity of the Work Behavior Inventory (WBI), an instrument for the assessment of works functioning for people with severe mental illness. WBI scores for 67 veterans were used to determine the relationship between work performance in Week 3 of a rehabilitation program with the total number of hours worked in the program. Also, WBI scores from the final evaluations of the program were used to predict the hours worked and money earned in the 6 months following program completion. Finally, the relationship between WBI composite scores and different types of post program work activity were analyzed. Results indicate that WBI scores can predict future performance in the rehabilitation program. Also, final WBI scores are related to hours worked and earnings in the 6 month period after completion of the rehabilitation program. WBI composite scores were able to discriminate between participants who subsequently participated in work activity from those who had no post program work activity. The WBI's predictive validity supports its use by rehabilitation specialists wanting to evaluate and address work behaviors that affect outcomes. SN - 1095-158X AD - Project Director, Work Rehabilitation Studies Program, Veterans Administration Connecticut Healthcare System, West Haven, Connecticut UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107108009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107231422 T1 - Use of meta-analytic results to facilitate shared decision making. AU - Lenert LA AU - Cher DJ AU - Lenert, L A AU - Cher, D J Y1 - 1999/09// N1 - Accession Number: 107231422. Language: English. Entry Date: 19991201. Revision Date: 20161113. Publication Type: journal article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Blind Peer Reviewed; Computer/Information Science; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: AR46127/AR/NIAMS NIH HHS/United States. NLM UID: 9430800. KW - Decision Making, Patient KW - Prostatic Hypertrophy -- Drug Therapy KW - Therapy, Computer Assisted KW - Software KW - Internet KW - Meta Analysis KW - Adrenergic Alpha-Antagonists -- Therapeutic Use KW - Funding Source KW - Human SP - 412 EP - 419 JO - Journal of the American Medical Informatics Association JF - Journal of the American Medical Informatics Association JA - J AM MED INFORM ASSOC VL - 6 IS - 5 PB - Oxford University Press / USA AB - Objectives: Describe and evaluate an Internet-based approach to patient decision support using mathematical models that predict the probability of successful treatment on the basis of meta-analytic summaries of the mean and standard deviation of symptom response.Design: An Internet-based decision support tool was developed to help patients with benign prostatic hypertrophy (BPH) determine whether they wanted to use alpha blockers. The Internet site incorporates a meta-analytic model of the results of randomized trials of the alpha blocker terazosin. The site describes alternative treatments for BPH and potential adverse effects of alpha blockers. The site then measures patients' current symptoms and desired level of symptom reduction. In response, the site computes and displays the probability of a patient's achieving his objective by means of terazosin or placebo treatment.Setting: Self-identified BPH patients accessing the site over the Internet.Main Outcome Measures: Patients' perceptions of the usefulness of information.Results: Over a three-month period, 191 patients who were over 50 years of age and who reported that they have BPH used the decision support tool. Respondents had a mean American Urological Association (AUA) score of 18.8 and a desired drop in symptoms of 10.1 AUA points. Patients had a 40 percent chance of achieving treatment goals with terazosin and a 20 percent chance with placebo. Patients found the information useful (93 percent), and most (71 percent) believed this type of information should be discussed before prescribing medications.Conclusions: Interactive meta-analytic summary models of the effects of pharmacologic treatments can help patients determine whether a treatment offers sufficient benefits to offset its risks. SN - 1067-5027 AD - Health Services Research and Development, San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Center and the University of California-San Diego, 92161, USA AD - Health Services Research and Development 111N1, Veterans Affairs Health System, San Diego, 3350 La Jolla Village Dr., San Diego, CA 92161; e-mail: llenert@ucsd.edu U2 - PMID: 10495100. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107231422&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107227447 T1 - Patient satisfaction and administrative measures as indicators of the quality of mental health care. AU - Druss BG AU - Rosenheck RA AU - Stolar M Y1 - 1999/08// N1 - Accession Number: 107227447. Language: English. Entry Date: 19991201. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: National Alliance for Research on Schizophrenia and Depression and the Donaghue Medical Foundation. NLM UID: 9502838. KW - Community Mental Health Services -- Administration KW - Community Mental Health Services -- Standards KW - Quality of Health Care KW - Patient Satisfaction KW - Psychiatric Units -- Standards KW - Clinical Indicators KW - After Care -- Standards KW - Guest Relations KW - Length of Stay KW - Hospitals, Veterans -- Standards KW - Quality Assurance KW - Veterans -- Psychosocial Factors KW - Funding Source KW - Questionnaires KW - Regression KW - Cross Sectional Studies KW - Coefficient Alpha KW - Internal Consistency KW - P-Value KW - Human SP - 1053 EP - 1058 JO - Psychiatric Services JF - Psychiatric Services JA - PSYCHIATR SERV VL - 50 IS - 8 CY - Arlington, Virginia PB - American Psychiatric Publishing, Inc. AB - OBJECTIVE: Although measures of consumer satisfaction are increasingly used to supplement administrative measures in assessing quality of care, little is known about the association between these two types of indicators. This study examined the association between these measures at both an individual and a hospital level. METHODS: A satisfaction questionnaire was mailed to veterans discharged during a three-month period from 121 Veterans Administration inpatient psychiatric units; 5,542 responded, for a 37 percent response rate. These data were merged with data from administrative utilization files. Random regression analysis was used to determine the association between satisfaction and administrative measures of quality for subsequent outpatient follow-up. RESULTS: At the patient level, satisfaction with several aspects of service delivery was associated with fewer readmissions and fewer days readmitted. Better alliance with inpatient staff was associated with higher administrative measures of rates of follow-up, promptness of follow-up, and continuity of outpatient care, as well as with longer stay for the initial hospitalization. At the hospital level, only one association between satisfaction and administrative measures was statistically significant. Hospitals where patients expressed greater satisfaction with their alliance with outpatient staff had higher scores on administrative measures of promptness and continuity of follow-up. CONCLUSIONS: The associations between patient satisfaction and administrative measures of quality at the individual level support the idea that these measures address a common underlying construct. The attenuation of the associations at the hospital level suggests that neither type can stand alone as a measure of quality across institutions. SN - 1075-2730 AD - Veterans Administration Northeast Program Evaluation Center, 950 Campbell Avenue, West Haven, Connecticut 06516; e-mail: benjamin.druss@yale.edu U2 - PMID: 10445654. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107227447&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107132044 T1 - The health status of Gulf War veterans: lessons learned from the Department of Veterans Affairs health registry. AU - Murphy FM AU - Kang H AU - Dalager NA AU - Lee KY AU - Allen RE AU - Mather SH AU - Kizer KW Y1 - 1999/05//1999 May N1 - Accession Number: 107132044. Language: English. Entry Date: 20000901. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 2984771R. KW - Health Status KW - Veterans KW - Morbidity KW - Databases KW - Male KW - Female KW - Adult KW - Diagnosis-Related Groups KW - Prevalence KW - War KW - United States KW - Middle East KW - Descriptive Statistics KW - Record Review KW - Human SP - 327 EP - 331 JO - Military Medicine JF - Military Medicine JA - MILIT MED VL - 164 IS - 5 CY - Bethesda, Maryland PB - AMSUS AB - OBJECTIVE: To describe the demographic characteristics and postwar health status of U.S. Gulf War veterans who participated in the Department of Veterans Affairs health examination registry program. DESIGN: Case records of 52,835 veterans who participated in a standardized health examination program were reviewed. SETTING: Participants volunteered for physical examinations at a Department of Veterans Affairs medical treatment facility from August 1992 to September 1996. SUBJECTS: U.S. Gulf War veterans deployed to southwest Asia between August 1990 and 1996. MAIN OUTCOME MEASURE: Demographic, military, symptom, and International Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision, Clinical Modification, diagnostic categories. RESULTS: A wide variety of symptoms and diagnoses were reported without apparent internal variation by military characteristics (branch and service component). The frequency of symptoms (fatigue, skin rash, headache, muscle and joint pain, and memory loss) reported increased over time, whereas the proportion of individuals with physician-diagnosed illnesses remained fairly constant. No single category of disease increased or decreased substantially over time. CONCLUSIONS: Veterans have experienced a wide variety of health problems since their Gulf War service. These problems, in aggregate, are different from what has been seen in other armed conflicts. The Department of Veterans Affairs registry is a very large case series and has failed to identify a single, unique syndrome or new illness after Gulf War service. An epidemiologic study would better define the prevalence of specific symptoms and medical conditions among Gulf War veterans and to what extent any of the conditions identified are associated with Gulf War military service. The knowledge provided by such studies would be important to development of preventive measures and future deployment medical surveillance planning. SN - 0026-4075 AD - Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Administration, Office of Public Health and Environmental Health Hazards, Washington, DC 20420 U2 - PMID: 10332170. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107132044&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107199202 T1 - Prevalence, incidence, and prediction of pressure ulcers on a rehabilitation unit...including commentary by Whitney JD AU - Schue RM AU - Langemo DK Y1 - 1999/05//1999 May N1 - Accession Number: 107199202. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990701. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; commentary; forms; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. Instrumentation: Braden Scale for Predicting Pressure Sore Risk. Grant Information: Supported in part by the Fargo, North Dakota, Veterans Administration Hospital. NLM UID: 9435679. KW - Pressure Ulcer -- Epidemiology KW - Rehabilitation Patients KW - Scales KW - Funding Source KW - Retrospective Design KW - Record Review KW - Male KW - Risk Factors KW - Prevalence KW - Incidence KW - Odds Ratio KW - Rehabilitation Centers KW - Hospitals, Veterans KW - Descriptive Statistics KW - Multiple Regression KW - Adult KW - Middle Age KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and Over KW - Braden Scale for Predicting Pressure Sore Risk KW - Risk Assessment KW - Serum Albumin -- Analysis KW - Hypotension KW - Incontinence KW - Edema KW - Human SP - 121 EP - 129 JO - Journal of Wound, Ostomy & Continence Nursing JF - Journal of Wound, Ostomy & Continence Nursing JA - J WOCN VL - 26 IS - 3 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Objective: This retrospective chart review study was conducted to determine the prevalence and incidence of pressure ulcers, and the contribution of known risk factors toward the predicted occurrence of pressure ulcers in a long-term rehabilitation setting. Subjects and Setting: A continuous series of 170 adult men with a mean age of 69.2 years were studied during a 1-year period. Methods: Patient charts were reviewed retrospectively for risk factors and documentation of pressure ulcer development by 1 researcher on a data recording form. Results: The pressure ulcer prevalence was 12% and the incidence over the 1-year observation period 6%. Using the odds ratio test, significant risk factors in the sample were identified as hypoalbuminemia (odds ratio = 11:1), low diastolic blood pressure (odds ratio = 4.6:1), stool and urine incontinence (odds ratio = 1.5:1), and peripheral edema (odds ratio = 3.5:1). Conclusion: Specific characteristics in this sample of patients in a long-term rehabilitation center contributed to the increased risk for pressure ulcer development. Risk assessment based on knowledge of specific risk factors, prevention, and early intervention is crucial to lowering the prevalence and incidence of pressure ulcers in this setting. SN - 1071-5754 AD - Unit Manager, Restorative Care, Veterans Administration Hospital, Fargo, North Dakota U2 - PMID: 10711121. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107199202&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107209636 T1 - Managing established rheumatoid arthritis. AU - Blackburn WD Y1 - 1999/04//1999 Apr N1 - Accession Number: 107209636. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990901. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8608119. KW - Arthritis, Rheumatoid -- Drug Therapy KW - Antirheumatic Agents -- Therapeutic Use KW - Antiinflammatory Agents, Non-Steroidal -- Therapeutic Use KW - Adrenal Cortex Hormones -- Therapeutic Use KW - Antiinflammatory Agents, Non-Steroidal -- Pharmacodynamics KW - Adrenal Cortex Hormones -- Pharmacodynamics KW - Antirheumatic Agents -- Pharmacodynamics KW - Chronic Disease SP - 213 EP - 220 JO - Journal of Musculoskeletal Medicine JF - Journal of Musculoskeletal Medicine JA - J MUSCULOSKELETAL MED VL - 16 IS - 4 CY - Framingham, Massachusetts PB - United Business Media AB - Established rheumatoid arthritis can be challenging to manage, often requiring prescription of several potent drugs. Early intervention is critical to limiting joint damage and preserving function. Education and exercise are nonpharmacologic mainstays. Drug therapy consists primarily of NSAIDs for symptomatic relief, corticosteroids to reduce inflammation, and disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs (DMARDs) to achieve and/or prolong remission. Methotrexate and, to a lesser degree, hydroxychloroquine are prescribed more often than other DMARDs. Supplementing methotrexate with folic acid can reduce toxicity. Patients who do not respond to methotrexate monotherapy are candidates for combination DMARDs. Adding hydroxychloroquine and sulfasalazine or cyclosporin A appears to give more effective control than that obtained with methotrexate alone. SN - 0899-2517 AD - Associate Chief of Staff, Birmingham Veterans Administration Medical Center, Alabama UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107209636&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107222409 T1 - Associations of smoking with hospital-based care and quality of life in patients with obstructive airway disease. AU - Sippel JM AU - Pedula KL AU - Vollmer WM AU - Buist AS AU - Osborne ML Y1 - 1999/03//1999 Mar N1 - Accession Number: 107222409. Language: English. Entry Date: 19991101. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. Instrumentation: Asthma Quality-of-Life Questionnaire (AQLQ); International Union Against Tuberculosis and Lung Disease Bronchial Symptoms Questionnaire; SF-36 Health Status Questionnaire; American Thoracic Society-DLD 1978 Respiratory Symptoms Questionnaire. Grant Information: NIH grant HL 48237. NLM UID: 0231335. KW - Asthma KW - Hospitals -- Utilization KW - Quality of Life KW - Smoking KW - Passive Smoking KW - Relative Risk KW - Confidence Intervals KW - Data Analysis Software KW - Multiple Linear Regression KW - Clinical Assessment Tools KW - Health Maintenance Organizations KW - Oregon KW - Prospective Studies KW - Funding Source KW - Questionnaires KW - Adolescence KW - Adult KW - Middle Age KW - Male KW - Female KW - Human SP - 691 EP - 696 JO - CHEST JF - CHEST JA - CHEST VL - 115 IS - 3 CY - Glenview, Illinois PB - American College of Chest Physicians AB - STUDY OBJECTIVES: To investigate the relationship between direct or environmental tobacco smoke (ETS) exposure and both hospital-based care (HBC) and quality of life (QOL) among subjects with asthma. STUDY DESIGN: We report baseline cross-sectional data on 619 subjects with asthma, including direct or ETS exposure and QOL, and prospective longitudinal data on HBC using administrative databases for 30 months following baseline evaluation. SETTING AND PATIENTS: Participants were health maintenance organization members with physician-diagnosed asthma involved in a longitudinal study of risk factors for hospital-based asthma care. MEASUREMENTS: Demographic characteristics and QOL were assessed with administered questionnaires, including the Marks Asthma Quality-of-Life (AQLQ) and SF-36 questionnaires. HBC was defined as episodes per person-year of hospital-based asthma care, which included emergency department and urgency care visits, and hospitalizations for asthma. RESULTS: Current smokers reported significantly worse QOL than never-smokers in two of five domains of the AQLQ (p < 0.05). Subjects with ETS exposure also reported significantly worse QOL than those without ETS exposure in two domains (p < 0.05). On the SF-36, current smokers reported significantly worse QOL than never-smokers in five of nine domains (p < 0.05). Subjects with ETS exposure reported significantly worse QOL than those without ETS exposure in three domains (p < 0.05). Current smokers used significantly more hospital-based asthma care than never-smokers (adjusted relative risk [RR], 1.40; 95% confidence interval [CI], 1.01 to 1.95) while ex-smokers did not exhibit increased risk compared with nonsmokers (adjusted RR, 0.94; 95% CI, 0.7 to 1.3). Also, subjects with ETS exposure used significantly more hospital-based asthma care than those without ETS exposure (RR, 2.34; 95% CI, 1.80 to 3.05). CONCLUSIONS: Direct or environmental tobacco exposure prospectively predicted increased health-care utilization for asthma and reduced QOL in patients with asthma. These findings add to our existing knowledge of the detrimental effects of tobacco smoke and are of relevance specifically to patients with asthma. SN - 0012-3692 AD - Division of Pulmonary and Critical Care Medicine, Portland Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, OR U2 - PMID: 10084477. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107222409&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107222406 T1 - Nocturnal asthma: effect of salmeterol on quality of life and clinical outcomes. AU - Lockey RF AU - DuBuske LM AU - Friedman B AU - Petrocella V AU - Cox F AU - Rickard K Y1 - 1999/03//1999 Mar N1 - Accession Number: 107222406. Language: English. Entry Date: 19991101. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; clinical trial; research; tables/charts. Commentary: Shaughnessy A. Does regular use of salmeterol (Serevent) improve quality of life and clinical outcomes in patients with significant symptoms of nighttime asthma? (EVID BASED PRACT) 1999 Jun; 2 (6): 1-2 insert. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. Instrumentation: Asthma Quality of Life Questionnaire (AQLQ). Grant Information: Glaxo Wellcome Inc, Research Triangle Park, NC. NLM UID: 0231335. KW - Salmeterol -- Therapeutic Use KW - Asthma -- Drug Therapy KW - Quality of Life KW - T-Tests KW - Fisher's Exact Test KW - Asthma -- Physiopathology KW - Double-Blind Studies KW - Respiratory Function Tests KW - Funding Source KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Questionnaires KW - Child KW - Adolescence KW - Adult KW - Middle Age KW - Aged KW - Male KW - Female KW - Human SP - 666 EP - 673 JO - CHEST JF - CHEST JA - CHEST VL - 115 IS - 3 CY - Glenview, Illinois PB - American College of Chest Physicians AB - OBJECTIVE: To evaluate the effect of salmeterol on asthma-specific quality of life in patients experiencing significant nocturnal symptoms. DESIGN: Randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, multicenter clinical trial. SETTING: Allergy/respiratory care clinics. PATIENTS: Nonsmokers > or = 12 years of age with nocturnal asthma symptoms on at least 6 of 14 days during screening and > or = 15% decrease in peak expiratory flow (PEF) from baseline on nocturnal awakening at least once during screening. INTERVENTIONS: Salmeterol, 42 microg, or placebo twice daily. Patients were allowed to continue theophylline, inhaled corticosteroids, and 'as-needed' albuterol. MEASUREMENTS AND RESULTS: Outcome measures included Asthma Quality of Life Questionnaire (AQLQ) global and individual domain scores, FEV1, PEF, nighttime awakenings, asthma symptoms, and supplemental albuterol use. Mean change from baseline for the global and domain AQLQ scores was significantly greater (p < or = 0.005) with salmeterol compared with placebo. At week 12, salmeterol significantly (p < 0.001 compared with placebo) increased mean change from baseline in FEV1, morning and evening PEF, percentage of symptom-free days, percentage of nights with no awakenings due to asthma, and the percentage of days and nights with no supplemental albuterol use. Significant improvements in PEF were observed after treatment with salmeterol regardless of concomitant treatment with theophylline (p < 0.05). CONCLUSIONS: These results provide evidence that validates the role of salmeterol in improving quality of life in patients with moderate persistent asthma who exhibited nocturnal asthma symptoms and supports the efficacy of salmeterol compared with that of placebo (ie, 'as-needed' albuterol). SN - 0012-3692 AD - Division of Allergy and Immunology, University of South Florida College of Medicine, c/o Veterans Administration Hospital, 13000 B.B. Downs Blvd., Tampa, FL 33612 U2 - PMID: 10084473. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107222406&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107213194 T1 - Exercise effect with the wheelchair aerobic fitness trainer on conditioning and metabolic function in disabled persons: a pilot study. AU - Midha M AU - Schmitt JK AU - Sclater M Y1 - 1999/03//1999 Mar N1 - Accession Number: 107213194. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990901. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 2985158R. KW - Disabled KW - Wheelchairs KW - Sports Equipment and Supplies KW - Aerobic Exercises KW - Exercise Physiology KW - Energy Metabolism -- Physiology KW - Blood Glucose -- Metabolism KW - Cholesterol -- Blood KW - Pilot Studies KW - Female KW - Male KW - Adult KW - Middle Age KW - Body Weights and Measures KW - T-Tests KW - Descriptive Statistics KW - Psychological Well-Being KW - Body Weight KW - Thyroxine -- Blood KW - Heart Rate KW - Blood Pressure KW - Oxygen Consumption KW - Skinfold Thickness KW - Human SP - 258 EP - 261 JO - Archives of Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation JF - Archives of Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation JA - ARCH PHYS MED REHABIL VL - 80 IS - 3 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - W B Saunders AB - OBJECTIVE: To determine the effect of exercise with the wheelchair aerobic fitness trainer (WAFT) on anthropometric indices, conditioning, and endocrine and metabolic parameters in persons with lower extremity disability. DESIGN: Exercise sessions with the WAFT lasted 20 to 30 minutes for two to three sessions. SETTING: Tertiary-care Veterans Administration medical center. PARTICIPANTS: Twelve subjects (3 with quadriplegia, 7 with paraplegia, 1 with cerebrovascular accident, 1 with bilateral above-knee amputation). MAIN OUTCOME MEASURES: Anthropometric indices (heart rate, blood pressure, weight, oxygen utilization, body mass index, upper arm and abdominal circumference, arm power) and endocrine and metabolic parameters (fasting serum glucose, lipids, and thyroid function) were determined before and after 10 weeks of exercise with the WAFT. RESULTS: All patients noted improved feelings of well-being after training. Mean resting heart rate, upper arm fat area, and fasting serum cholesterol level decreased significantly. Peak oxygen consumption, midarm circumference, and free thyroxine index increased significantly with training. CONCLUSIONS: WAFT improves quality of life, conditioning, and endocrine-metabolic parameters in disabled persons. Copyright (c) 1999 by the American Congress of Rehabilitation Medicine and the American Academy of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation SN - 0003-9993 AD - Chief, Spinal Cord Injury Service, Hunter Holmes McGuire Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1201 Broad Rock Blvd, Richmond, VA 23249 U2 - PMID: 10084432. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107213194&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107176219 T1 - Short communications. Using the transtheoretical model in guiding smoking cessation. AU - Coward R Y1 - 1999/02//1999 Feb N1 - Accession Number: 107176219. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990401. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7603663. KW - Models, Theoretical KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Behavioral Changes SP - 146 EP - 150 JO - Nurse Practitioner JF - Nurse Practitioner JA - NURSE PRACT VL - 24 IS - 2 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0361-1817 AD - Butler Veterans Administration Medical Center, Butler, Pa U2 - PMID: 10048087. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107176219&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107164983 T1 - Total parenteral nutrition increases serum leptin concentration in hospitalized, undernourished patients. AU - LeGall-Salmon E AU - Stevens WD AU - Levy JR AU - LeGall-Salmon, E AU - Stevens, W D AU - Levy, J R Y1 - 1999/01// N1 - Accession Number: 107164983. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990201. Revision Date: 20170223. Publication Type: journal article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7804134. KW - Leptin -- Physiology KW - Total Parenteral Nutrition KW - Nutrition Disorders KW - Inpatients KW - Middle Age KW - Aged KW - Male KW - Human SP - 38 EP - 42 JO - JPEN Journal of Parenteral & Enteral Nutrition JF - JPEN Journal of Parenteral & Enteral Nutrition JA - JPEN J PARENTER ENTERAL NUTR VL - 23 IS - 1 CY - Thousand Oaks, California PB - Sage Publications Inc. AB - Background: The hormone leptin has putative roles in both body weight homeostasis (chronic) and satiety (acute). To determine if this dual regulation is observed in hospitalized, undernourished patients, serum leptin concentration was measured before and during total parenteral nutrition (TPN) infusion.Methods: Six consecutive patients were considered undernourished, as assessed by an independent multidisciplinary nutrition team, and TPN was prescribed at an initial rate of between 5023.2 and 7333.2 kJ in the first 24 hours. Serum leptin, insulin, and glucose were measured before the infusion and at 3 and 22 hours after initiation of TPN.Results: Baseline serum leptin concentrations correlated well with the patient's body mass index (BMI; r2 = .85, p<.05). Three hours of TPN infusion produced only modest changes in circulating leptin. However, after 22 hours, leptin concentrations increased by 1.8+/-0.5-fold (p<.05), and this increase was independent of any change in body weight.Conclusions: Basal leptin concentrations correlate well with BMI. TPN induces a rise in leptin concentration independent of body weight. Leptin secretion is dually regulated in hospitalized, undernourished patients. SN - 0148-6071 AD - Section of Pharmacy, McGuire Veterans Administration Medical Center, Richmond, VA 23249, USA AD - Sections of Pharmacy and Endocrinology and Metabolism, McGuire Veterans Administration Medical Center, Richmond, VA U2 - PMID: 9888416. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107164983&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107185725 T1 - Risk factor modification in stroke prevention: the experience of a stroke clinic. AU - Joseph LN AU - Babikian VL AU - Allen NC AU - Winter MR AU - Joseph, L N AU - Babikian, V L AU - Allen, N C AU - Winter, M R Y1 - 1999/01//1999 Jan N1 - Accession Number: 107185725. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990501. Revision Date: 20161126. Publication Type: journal article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0235266. KW - Stroke -- Prevention and Control KW - Life Style KW - Health Promotion KW - Blood Glucose KW - Blood Pressure KW - Body Weight KW - Cholesterol KW - Risk Factors KW - Adult KW - Middle Age KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and Over KW - Female KW - Male KW - Human SP - 16 EP - 20 JO - Stroke (00392499) JF - Stroke (00392499) JA - STROKE VL - 30 IS - 1 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Background and Purpose: [corrected] We reviewed Stroke Clinic data to determine the extent of risk factor modification achieved in patients with cerebrovascular disease over 2 years.Methods: Visits to the Stroke Clinic of a tertiary medical center from July 1, 1994, through June 30, 1996, were reviewed. Obesity, smoking, hypertension, hyperlipidemia, hyperglycemia, and lifestyle changes were noted in patients with >/=2 visits (n=61) and measures (number varied) of these parameters.Results: Fifty-six patients (92%) had primary care physicians. In the 49 patients with >/=2 weight measurements, 33 (67%) were moderately or severely overweight by weight-height correlation. Forty-four patients (90%) remained in the same weight category. Of the 60 patients with available blood pressure data, 50 (83%) were hypertensive. At their last visits, 43 of the 50 (86%) were receiving medications, and 22 of the 43 treated (51%) were controlled. Serum glucose remained elevated in 14 of 47 patients (30%) and in 11 of 16 diabetic patients (69%). Thirty-six of 47 patients (55%) had elevated lipid measurements. None of the 21 smokers quit during the study period. Few patients modified dietary and exercise practices. Of 61 patients, 29 (48%) sustained vascular events during the study, with 17 of these 29 patients (59%) having strokes or transient ischemic attacks.Conclusions: Although most patients were asked to quit smoking, received advice regarding diet and exercise, and were medicated for hypertension, elevated glucose, and cholesterol levels, their risk factor profiles showed little improvement during the 2-year period. More effective methods of controlling stroke risk factors are needed. SN - 0039-2499 AD - Departments of Neurology, Boston University School of Medicine and Boston Veterans Administration Medical Center, Mass 02130, USA AD - Departments of Neurology, Boston University School of Medicine, Boston, MA U2 - PMID: 9880382. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107185725&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107175555 T1 - Dyspnea in patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease: does dyspnea worsen longitudinally in the presence of declining lung function? AU - Lareau SC AU - Meek PM AU - Press D AU - Anholm JD AU - Roos PJ Y1 - 1999/01//1999 Jan-Feb N1 - Accession Number: 107175555. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990401. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. Instrumentation: Pulmonary Functional Status and Dyspnea Questionnaire (PFSDQ). NLM UID: 0330057. KW - Pulmonary Disease, Chronic Obstructive -- Complications KW - Dyspnea KW - Respiratory Function Tests KW - Functional Status KW - Research Instruments KW - Analysis of Variance KW - Questionnaires KW - Self Report KW - T-Tests KW - Paired T-Tests KW - Outpatients KW - Male KW - Human SP - 65 EP - 73 JO - Heart & Lung JF - Heart & Lung JA - HEART LUNG VL - 28 IS - 1 CY - New York, New York PB - Elsevier Science AB - OBJECTIVE: To determine the direction and rate of change in the symptom of dyspnea in patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) whose lung function has worsened over time. DESIGN: Secondary analysis of a longitudinal data set. SETTING: Outpatient clinic. PATIENTS: Thirty-four medically stable male subjects with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease studied for 5.3 +/- 3.5 years, with a mean reduction in FEV1 over the period studied of 330.9 +/- 288.0 mL. Subjects were 63.3 +/- 5.5 years of age at entry into the study.Outcome Measures: Dyspnea and functional status scores were obtained using the Pulmonary Functional Status and Dyspnea Questionnaire. RESULTS: There was no significant difference in reports of dyspnea from the beginning to the end of the study, despite significant reductions in lung function. Of all activities studied, dyspnea when raising arms overhead was the only activity showing a relationship to the slope of change in FEV1 %. CONCLUSION: These findings suggest that, although patients with chronic lung disease experience varying degrees of deterioration in lung function longitudinally, there is no evidence that they report worsening of dyspnea in tandem with these physiologic changes. In this study, patient ratings of dyspnea longitudinally were not directly linked to changes in lung impairment. SN - 0147-9563 AD - Pulmonary Clinical Nurse Specialist, Jerry L. Pettis Veterans Administration Medical Center, 11201 Benton St., Loma Linda, CA 92357 U2 - PMID: 9915932. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107175555&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107171752 T1 - Elective colostomy in the patient with a spinal cord injury: an ET nurse's perspective. AU - Edgar LV Y1 - 1999/01//1999 Jan N1 - Accession Number: 107171752. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990301. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9435679. KW - Spinal Cord Injuries -- Complications KW - Surgery, Elective KW - Colostomy KW - Bowel and Bladder Management KW - Digestive System Physiology KW - Enterostomal Therapy Nursing KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Patient Selection KW - Quality of Life KW - Preoperative Care KW - Postoperative Care KW - Fecal Incontinence -- Etiology KW - Constipation -- Etiology KW - Ostomy Care -- Education KW - Patient Education SP - 18 EP - 24 JO - Journal of Wound, Ostomy & Continence Nursing JF - Journal of Wound, Ostomy & Continence Nursing JA - J WOCN VL - 26 IS - 1 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - The patient with a spinal cord injury presents significant challenges to the nurse seeking to promote an optimal state of physical wellness and maximum independence with self-care. This article describes the nature of spinal cord injuries and their long-term effects on the gastrointestinal system. The preoperative and postoperative needs that the WOC nurse must consider when designing a care plan for the patient with a spinal cord injury and a colostomy are discussed, as well as the indications and efficacy of elective colostomy surgery as a management alternative for the neuropathic bowel. SN - 1071-5754 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, 5901 E. 7th St (118), Long Beach, CA 90822 U2 - PMID: 10036420. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107171752&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107201483 T1 - A computerized model for home glucose monitoring proficiency testing: efficacy of an innovative testing program. AU - Schrot RJ AU - Foulis PR AU - Morrison AD AU - Farese RV Y1 - 1999/01//Jan/Feb1999 N1 - Accession Number: 107201483. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990801. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Health Promotion/Education; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7701401. KW - Blood Glucose Self-Monitoring -- Evaluation KW - Diagnosis, Computer Assisted KW - Hospitals, Veterans KW - Florida KW - Blood Glucose Self-Monitoring -- Standards KW - Equipment Reliability KW - Blood Glucose Monitoring -- Equipment and Supplies KW - Data Analysis, Computer Assisted KW - Human SP - 48 EP - 55 JO - Diabetes Educator JF - Diabetes Educator JA - DIABETES EDUC VL - 25 IS - 1 CY - Thousand Oaks, California PB - Sage Publications Inc. AB - PURPOSE: A newly instituted computerized system for proficiency testing of home glucose monitoring was evaluated comparing accuracy of patient determination of glucose with serum values measured in the laboratory. METHODS: Patients returning for routine blood glucose testing ordered by their care provider brought their glucose monitoring equipment to the laboratory. They performed a finger-stick glucose check in the laboratory while the laboratory phlebotomist drew blood for glucose determination; both results were computer analyzed. Patients with a 25% or less variation from the laboratory were considered proficient, while those with greater than 25% variation were defined as nonproficient. RESULTS: Over a 19-month period, 300 of the 3208 patients notified about the study completed proficiency testing at least once. Using the defined proficiency of 25% variation or less, 12% of the participants were nonproficient. Using a variation of 15% or less, 31% of patients were nonproficient. CONCLUSIONS: An annual methodology evaluation such as the one in this study should become a standard of care to identify patients for remedial classes to correct the source of error. The goal must be to meet or exceed the American Diabetes Association standard of 15% total error in home glucose monitoring. SN - 0145-7217 AD - Department of Family Medicine, James A. Haley Veterans Administration Hospital, 13000 Bruce B. Downs Blvd., Ambulatory Care Section (11c), Tampa, FL 33612 U2 - PMID: 10232180. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107201483&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107230802 T1 - Long-term functional outcome after intensive care. AU - Roche VML AU - Kramer A AU - Hester E AU - Welsh CH Y1 - 1999/01//1/ 1/1999 N1 - Accession Number: 107230802. Language: English. Entry Date: 19991201. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. Instrumentation: Acute Physiology and Chronic Health Evaluation II (APACHE II); Acute Physiology Score (APS); Zubrod Scoring System. Grant Information: Health Sciences Research and Development Grant awarded by the Research Service, Denver VA Medical Center, and the Center on Aging, Division of Geriatrics, Department of Medicine, University of Colorado Health Sciences Center. NLM UID: 7503062. KW - Activities of Daily Living KW - Geriatric Functional Assessment KW - Outcomes (Health Care) KW - Apache KW - Multiple Regression KW - Logistic Regression KW - Descriptive Statistics KW - Chi Square Test KW - Analysis of Variance KW - Kruskal-Wallis Test KW - Data Analysis Software KW - Clinical Assessment Tools KW - T-Tests KW - Age Factors KW - Diagnosis-Related Groups KW - Predictive Value of Tests KW - Prospective Studies KW - Funding Source KW - Survival Analysis KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Critical Care KW - Adult KW - Middle Age KW - Aged KW - Male KW - Female KW - Human SP - 18 EP - 24 JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J AM GERIATR SOC CY - Malden, Massachusetts PB - Wiley-Blackwell AB - OBJECTIVE: Although age-related mortality after intensive care unit (ICU) admission has been studied, functional recovery for different age groups following ICU admission is not well characterized. We hypothesized that compared with younger age groups, fewer patients older than age 65 admitted to an ICU would regain their full prehospitalization functional ability and that their recovery would be slower than that of younger patients. DESIGN: A prospective observational cohort study with convenience sampling. SETTING: Intensive care units of an urban university-affiliated Veterans Administration Medical Center. PARTICIPANTS: A total of 222 patients during the first 72 hours after entry to a medical or surgical ICU at the Denver Veteran's Administration Medical Center between September 1991 and July 1992. MEASUREMENTS: We collected baseline data on patient demographics and on the severity of acute illness using the Acute Physiology and Chronic Health Evaluation (APACHE II), Acute Physiology Score (APS), and functional status (highest level of physical activity level 1 month before admission). We recorded survival and patient-perceived global functional status at 6 weeks and 6 months after admission. Post-ICU function was adjusted for baseline function, age, APACHE II, and APS using multiple regression. RESULTS: Average patient age was 62+/-.74 years (mean +/- SEM). Fifty-two percent of the entire cohort returned to baseline function at 6 months. Although baseline function was better for younger people, there was no difference in recovery at 6 weeks in older compared with younger patients. Most functional recovery occurred by 6 weeks, with maintenance of this recovery at 6 months. Baseline function was the major determinant of both 6 week recovery (P < .001) and 6 month recovery (P = .002), whereas APACHE II was not (P = .3). Age predicted recovery significantly (P = .04) at 6 months but not at 6 weeks (P = .26). APACHE II (P < .001) and baseline function (P = .03) predicted mortality. CONCLUSIONS: Older people had worse functional ability at ICU admission, but the proportion of older people who recovered and their rate of recovery was the same as for younger people. Baseline functional status, rather than abnormal physiologic status (as measured by APACHE II) on admission, was the major determinant of recovery, whereas APACHE II was the main correlate of mortality. Together, baseline function and physiologic status provide valuable complementary information for clinically relevant outcomes following an ICU admission. SN - 0002-8614 AD - Department of Medicine, Denver Veterans Administration Medical Center, Denver, CO U2 - PMID: 9920225. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107230802&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 105846795 T1 - Erythropoietin upregulates angiotensin receptors in cultured rat vascular smooth muscle cells. AU - Barrett JD AU - Zhang Z AU - Zhu JH AU - Lee DB AU - Ward HJ AU - Jamgotchian N AU - Hu MS AU - Fredal A AU - Giordani M AU - Eggena P Y1 - 1998/12// N1 - Accession Number: 105846795. Language: English. Entry Date: 20080314. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8306882. KW - Biochemical Phenomena -- Drug Effects KW - Erythropoietin -- Pharmacodynamics KW - Muscle, Smooth -- Drug Effects KW - Receptors, Cell Surface KW - Animals KW - Aorta, Thoracic KW - Cells KW - Muscle, Smooth KW - Rats KW - RNA SP - 1749 EP - 1757 JO - Journal of Hypertension JF - Journal of Hypertension JA - J HYPERTENS VL - 16 IS - 12 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - OBJECTIVE: Plasma renin is not elevated in recombinant human erythropoietin (rhEPO)-induced hypertension but angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors reduce blood pressure in both human and animal studies. Since rhEPO elevates renin and angiotensinogen messenger RNAs in angiotensin II target tissues such as the aorta, we explored the actions of rhEPO on renin-angiotensin system-related gene transcription of cultured rat vascular smooth muscle cells. DESIGN AND METHODS: To separate direct actions of rhEPO from those mediated secondarily by potential activation of the renin-angiotensin system, vascular smooth muscle cells were cultured with rhEPO and enalapril to inhibit the angiotensin converting enzyme and losartan to inhibit angiotensin II type 1 receptors. RESULTS: Vascular smooth muscle cells cultured with rhEPO (6-8 units/ml) demonstrated elevations (40-120%) in messenger RNAs of the renin-angiotensin system (renin, angiotensinogen, angiotensin receptor types 1 and 2) and increased levels of several messenger RNAs known to respond to angiotensin II (transforming growth factor-beta, insulin-like growth factor-II, epidermal growth factor, c-fos and platelet-derived growth factor). In contrast, cells cultured in the presence of rhEPO and enalapril or losartan showed elevations of messenger RNA for only the two types of angiotensin II receptor. This increase was higher than that obtained when cells were cultured with rhEPO or either antagonist alone. The increase in specific binding of angiotensin II to cells cultured in the presence of rhEPO and enalapril or rhEPO and losartan paralleled the changes in receptor messenger RNA. CONCLUSIONS: rhEPO exerts its primary action on vascular smooth muscle cells via an increase in angiotensin receptor messenger RNA, resulting in a parallel increase in angiotensin II receptor expression. We suggest that increased receptor expression secondarily mediates the expression of other renin-angiotensin system messenger RNAs, which leads to angiotensin II-responsive gene transcription. The elevation in angiotensin II receptors, as observed in response to rhEPO, may provide a mechanism by which other forms of renin-dependent hypertension are initiated. SN - 0263-6352 AD - Veterans Administration Greater Los Angeles Health Care System, Sepulveda, California 91343, USA. U2 - PMID: 9869008. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=105846795&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107180072 T1 - Energy requirements of middle-aged men are modifiable by physical activity...including commentary by Poehlman ET AU - Bunyard LB AU - Katzel LI AU - Busby-Whitehead MJ AU - Wu Z AU - Goldberg AP Y1 - 1998/11// N1 - Accession Number: 107180072. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990401. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; commentary; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: Supported by a Johns Hopkins Academic Teaching Nursing Home Award (P01AG04402, NIH grants R01 AG07660 and K07 AG00608, NIA clinical investigator awards 5K08AG00497 and 5K08AG0D383, a General Clinical Research Center Grant (M01 RR02719-06), and Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center, Department of Veterans Affairs. NLM UID: 0376027. KW - Energy Intake -- In Middle Age KW - Physical Activity KW - Middle Age KW - Aerobic Exercises KW - Weight Loss KW - Exercise Physiology KW - Oxygen Consumption KW - Body Composition KW - Data Analysis Software KW - Paired T-Tests KW - Analysis of Variance KW - Pearson's Correlation Coefficient KW - Multiple Regression KW - Two-Tailed Test KW - Funding Source KW - Human SP - 1136 EP - 998 JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JA - AM J CLIN NUTR VL - 68 IS - 5 CY - Bethesda, Maryland PB - American Society for Nutrition AB - BACKGROUND: Energy requirements for weight maintenance decrease with age. Often, this decline is not proportionately matched by reduced energy intake, resulting in weight gain. OBJECTIVE: We hypothesized that energy requirements for total daily weight maintenance in healthy, sedentary, middle-aged men would increase after regular aerobic exercise or aerobic exercise plus weight loss to levels comparable with those in middle-aged athletes. DESIGN: Weight-maintenance energy requirements were determined during weight stability (+/- 0.25 kg) in 14 lean, sedentary (LS) men; 18 obese, sedentary (OS) men; and 10 male athletes of comparable ages (x +/- SEM: 58 +/- 1 y). Studies were done at baseline and after 6 mo of aerobic exercise (LS men) or aerobic exercise plus weight loss (OS men) or 3 mo of deconditioning (athletes). RESULTS: The interventions raised maximal oxygen uptake (VO2max) by 15% in the LS men and by 13% in the OS men and decreased it by 14% in athletes (all P < 0.01), eliminating the differences among groups at baseline. Body fat was reduced significantly in LS and OS men; fat-free mass decreased in OS men. Average daily energy requirements increased by 8% in LS men and by 5% in OS men (both P < 0.01) to levels comparable with the baseline requirements of athletes and correlated with VO2max (r2 = 0.22, P < 0.0001) and fat-free mass (r2 = 0.05, P < 0.02) across the range of VO2max achieved by all subjects. CONCLUSIONS: Under free-living conditions, aerobic exercise eliminated the difference in weight-maintenance energy requirements between middle-aged sedentary and athletic men, suggesting that energy requirements of healthy, middle-aged men are modifiable by regular physical activity. Copyright (c) 1998 American Society for Clinical Nutrition SN - 0002-9165 AD - Baltimore Veterans Administration Medical Center, GRECC (BT/18/GR), 10 North Greene Street, Baltimore, MD 21201-1524. E-mail: lbunyard@umaryland.edu U2 - PMID: 9808234. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107180072&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107168048 T1 - Chemistry. The lack of diagnostic utility of lactate dehydrogenase isoenzymes. AU - Cower SE AU - Lopez MA AU - Foulis PR Y1 - 1998/10//1998 Oct N1 - Accession Number: 107168048. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990301. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0250641. KW - Myocardial Infarction -- Diagnosis KW - Lactate Dehydrogenase Isoenzymes -- Diagnostic Use KW - Creatine Kinase -- Diagnostic Use KW - Biological Markers KW - Diagnosis, Laboratory KW - Retrospective Design KW - Human SP - 629 EP - 632 JO - Laboratory Medicine JF - Laboratory Medicine JA - LAB MED VL - 29 IS - 10 PB - Oxford University Press / USA AB - This retrospective study evaluated 178 clinically diagnosed acute myocardial infarctions (AMIs) in which creatine kinase (CK-MB) and lactate dehydrogenase (LD) isoenzyme levels were studied. An LD 'flip' (LD1/LD2 > 1. 0) was not demonstrated in 69.1% of the events. Of the AMIs manifesting an LDflip, only 13% (7155) were negative for CK-MB isoenzyme elevations, and 5 out of 7 of these had already been diagnosed as an AMI at another institution. The remaining two events were characterized by diagnostic clinical and electrocardiographic changes that alone would have sufficed for the diagnosis of AMI. We conclude that LD isoenzyme levels were of no clinical benefit in any AMI case studied. SN - 0007-5027 AD - Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine, James A. Haley Veterans' Administration Medical Center, University of South Florida College of Medicine, Tampa, Fla UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107168048&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107192292 T1 - Bowel management in children and adolescents with spinal cord injury. AU - Goetz LL AU - Hurvitz EA AU - Nelson VS AU - Waring W III Y1 - 1998/10//1998 Oct N1 - Accession Number: 107192292. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990601. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9504452. KW - Bowel and Bladder Management -- In Infancy and Childhood KW - Bowel and Bladder Management -- In Adolescence KW - Spinal Cord Injuries -- Complications -- In Infancy and Childhood KW - Spinal Cord Injuries -- Complications -- In Adolescence KW - Bladder, Neurogenic -- In Infancy and Childhood KW - Bladder, Neurogenic -- In Adolescence KW - Surveys KW - Two-Tailed Test KW - Fisher's Exact Test KW - Infant KW - Child, Preschool KW - Child KW - Adolescence KW - Female KW - Male KW - Human SP - 335 EP - 341 JO - Journal of Spinal Cord Medicine JF - Journal of Spinal Cord Medicine JA - J SPINAL CORD MED VL - 21 IS - 4 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - Taylor & Francis Ltd AB - There is little in the literature regarding bowel management in children and adolescents with spinal cord injuries (SCI). This study was undertaken to examine specific patterns of bowel care, individual levels of satisfaction with bowel management, the incidence of incontinence in this population, and effects on lifestyle because of time commitment and dependence in bowel management. Surveys were sent to all persons (n = 45) under age 19 with a diagnosis of SCI who had received care at our medical center since 1985. Thirty-one subjects (69 percent) returned the surveys. The average age at injury was 8.1 years, with an average follow-up period of 3.9 years. Fifty-five percent were individuals with tetraplegia and 77 percent had a complete injury (ASIA Class A). A bowel management program, including medications or manual manipulation, was required for 81 percent of the subjects; only two were independent in their bowel management. Over half of the subjects performed evening bowel care and over half performed their care daily. Digital stimulation tended to be used more commonly by younger children. Medications, either oral, rectal, or both, were used by 88 percent. Sixty percent of the subjects reported they were completely or very satisfied with their bowel management. About half the subjects had limited freedom because of their bowel programs, which caused some dissatisfaction. Sixty-eight percent reported occasional or frequent interference with school activities because of their bowel programs. No correlation was found between bowel accidents and satisfaction with bowel management, despite the fact that almost 84 percent of the children reported at least rare accidents. Lifestyle limitations, bowel accidents, dependence in bowel management, and subject and family dissatisfaction continue to be significant problems for children and adolescents with SCI. SN - 1079-0268 AD - Veterans Administration North Texas Health Care System, SCI (128), 4500 S. Lancaster Rd., Dallas, TX 75216 U2 - PMID: 10096046. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107192292&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107180195 T1 - Hospice: what gets in the way of appropriate and timely access. AU - Johnson CB Y1 - 1998/10//1998 Oct N1 - Accession Number: 107180195. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990401. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Blind Peer Reviewed; Core Nursing; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8702105. KW - Hospice Care KW - Health Services Accessibility KW - Hospice Care -- History KW - Insurance, Health, Reimbursement -- Legislation and Jurisprudence KW - Medicare KW - Home Nursing KW - Terminal Care KW - Survival KW - Culture KW - Blacks KW - Hispanics KW - Pediatric Care KW - Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome KW - Dementia KW - Physician Attitudes KW - American Medical Association KW - Quality of Health Care KW - Community Networks KW - Child KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and Over SP - 8 EP - 21 JO - Holistic Nursing Practice JF - Holistic Nursing Practice JA - HOLISTIC NURS PRACT VL - 13 IS - 1 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Although hospice is viewed as highly effective in managing a good death, this service remains on the fringe of traditional medical care and is underutilized in the United States today. The same reimbursement criteria that facilitate access to hospice care for many also create barriers for others or exclude them altogether. The article examines who is and who is not receiving hospice care and why. Interventions and corrective actions are proposed. Copyright (c) 1998 by Aspen Publishers, Inc. SN - 0887-9311 AD - QI/UM Coordinator, Transitional Care, Coatesville Veterans Administration Medical Center, Coatesville, PA U2 - PMID: 10196889. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107180195&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107190217 T1 - The receipt of prevention services by veterans using VA versus non-VA facilities. AU - Rabiner DJ AU - Branch LG AU - Sullivan RJ Jr. Y1 - 1998/09//1998 Sep-Oct N1 - Accession Number: 107190217. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990501. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0322116. KW - Hospitals, Veterans KW - Preventive Health Care KW - Random Sample KW - Data Analysis, Statistical KW - Descriptive Statistics KW - Mail KW - Questionnaires KW - Survey Research KW - Male KW - Female KW - Human SP - 690 EP - 696 JO - Preventive Medicine JF - Preventive Medicine JA - PREV MED VL - 27 IS - 5 part 1 CY - Burlington, Massachusetts PB - Academic Press Inc. AB - OBJECTIVES: This paper compares the health promotion/disease prevention services received by veterans who reported receiving 90%+ of their care inside Veterans Health Administration (VA) facilities with counterparts who reported receiving 90%+ of their care outside VA facilities. Results are compared with the U.S. Healthy People 2000 goals. METHODS: Random samples were drawn of 300 men and 150 women visiting primary care clinics in six VA facilities. A 66% adjusted response rate was achieved after two mailings (n = 1,703). For this analysis, those veterans who reported receiving 90%+ of their care inside VA facilities (n = 909) were compared with veterans who reported receiving 90%+ of their care outside VA facilities (n = 185). RESULTS: Of the 13 health promotiondisease prevention services, 6 were significantly influenced by source of care. Five of the significant differences reflected statistically higher prevalence rates for those receiving 90%+ of their care inside the VA (mammograms and counseling for alcohol, nutrition, exercise, and seatbelt use). One reflected a higher prevalence rate for those receiving 90%+ of their care outside the VA system (tetanus boosters). CONCLUSIONS: Veterans receiving 90%+ of their care in VA facilities obtained more preventive services than counterparts using non-VA providers. Assessment and counseling services need to be targeted to more veterans to comply more fully with U.S. Preventive Services Task Force recommendations and Healthy People 2000 objectives. Copyright 1998 American Health Foundation and Academic Press. SN - 0091-7435 AD - National Center for Health Promotion, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 508 Fulton St, Durham, North Carolina 27705 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107190217&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107089780 T1 - Usefulness of isometric hand grip exercise in detecting coronary artery disease during dobutamine atropine stress echocardiography in patients with either stable angina pectoris or another type of positive stress test. AU - Afridi I AU - Main ML AU - Parrish DL AU - Kizilbash A AU - Levine BD AU - Grayburn PA Y1 - 1998/09//09/01/98 N1 - Accession Number: 107089780. Language: English. Entry Date: 20000201. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0207277. KW - Coronary Disease -- Diagnosis KW - Pharmacologic Stress Testing -- Methods KW - Atropine -- Diagnostic Use KW - Dobutamine -- Diagnostic Use KW - Isometric Contraction KW - Exercise Test, Cardiopulmonary -- Methods KW - Grip Strength KW - Coronary Disease -- Physiopathology KW - Hemodynamics -- Drug Effects KW - Oxygen Consumption -- Drug Effects KW - Echocardiography KW - Coronary Angiography KW - Image Processing, Computer Assisted KW - McNemar's Test KW - Human SP - 564 EP - 568 JO - American Journal of Cardiology JF - American Journal of Cardiology JA - AM J CARDIOL VL - 82 IS - 5 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - Elsevier Inc. SN - 0002-9149 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Section of Cardiology (111-A), 4500 South Lancaster Road, Dallas, Texas 75216 U2 - PMID: 9732880. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107089780&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107300682 T1 - Expanding nurse practitioner scope of practice within the Veterans Affairs Palo Alto Health Care System. AU - Mohler KL AU - Quaglietti SE AU - Broden K AU - Jennings AF AU - Knox SC AU - Logan M AU - Macy ML AU - Manning SK AU - Mendoza DC AU - Nejedly MP AU - Thrailkill AM Y1 - 1998/09//1998 Sep N1 - Accession Number: 107300682. Language: English. Entry Date: 19981201. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Blind Peer Reviewed; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9816180. KW - Nurse Practitioners -- Trends KW - Scope of Nursing Practice -- Trends KW - Hospitals, Veterans KW - Attitude SP - 263 EP - 269 JO - Clinical Excellence for Nurse Practitioners JF - Clinical Excellence for Nurse Practitioners JA - CLIN EXCELLENCE NURSE PRACT VL - 2 IS - 5 CY - New York, New York PB - Springer Publishing Company, Inc. AB - Healthcare priorities and use have changed dramatically over the last several years. Expansion of the nurse practitioner (NP) role has been a hallmark of the restructuring efforts, which have emphasized primary care and the use of nonphysician specialists. NPs are practicing in a wider range of settings than ever before, including acute hospital settings, outpatient clinics, and specialty services. While the Veterans Health Administration (VHA) has employed NPs since the early 1970s, their practice has been limited at many VHA medical centers. Such was the case at the Veterans Affairs Palo Alto Health Care System (VAPAHCS), when physicians produced a scope of practice (SOP) for NPs that was practice limiting. This article highlights the historical progress of NPs in defining their practice, discusses barriers to NP practice at the VAPAHCS, outlines strategies to overcome barriers, and discusses future possibilities for advanced practice nursing within the VA. SN - 1085-2360 AD - Veterans Administration Palo Alto Health Care System, 795 Willow Rd., Menlo Park, CA 94025 U2 - PMID: 10455573. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107300682&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107175058 T1 - Implementation of the Americans With Disabilities Act into physical therapy programs. AU - Hendrickson S AU - Lyden S AU - Tarter C AU - Banaitis D AU - Cicirello N Y1 - 1998///1998 Fall N1 - Accession Number: 107175058. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990401. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9306054. KW - School Policies KW - Americans with Disabilities Act KW - Students, Physical Therapy KW - Education, Physical Therapy KW - Disabled KW - Architectural Accessibility KW - Questionnaires KW - Surveys KW - Job Characteristics KW - Job Performance KW - Human SP - 9 EP - 15 JO - Journal of Physical Therapy Education JF - Journal of Physical Therapy Education JA - J PHYS THER EDUC VL - 12 IS - 2 CY - Alexandria, Virginia PB - American Physical Therapy Association, Education Section AB - Since the enactment of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, a number of physical therapy programs have taken steps necessary to integrate this law into their programs. This study examined the areas of essential functions and reasonable accommodations as they relate to physical therapy programs' admission and accommodation practices. A survey questionnaire was designed and mailed to 70 randomly selected physical therapy programs. From the survey instruments returned, it was determined that a small number of students with disabilities were enrolled in physical therapy programs during the academic years 1990-1997. These students' disabilities most often became apparent to the institution post-admission or when classes began. Of the institutions surveyed, 35% had a list of essential functions. In most cases, this list was distributed with the application materials. All of the accommodations for students with mobility, hearing, and visual impairments listed in the survey instrument were considered reasonable by the majority of the respondents. Almost all of the accommodations listed had been provided in at least one instance. SN - 0899-1855 AD - Staff Physical Therapist, Veterans Administration, Iowa City, IA 52245 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107175058&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107287340 T1 - Wartime stressors and health outcomes: women in the Persian Gulf War. AU - Bell EA AU - Roth M AU - Weed G Y1 - 1998/08//1998 Aug N1 - Accession Number: 107287340. Language: English. Entry Date: 19981001. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; CEU; exam questions; research. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. Instrumentation: Women's Wartime Stressor Scale (WWSS); Ft. Devon ODS Reunion Survey (Wolfe). NLM UID: 8200911. KW - War KW - Military Personnel -- Psychosocial Factors KW - Stress, Psychological KW - Gender Role KW - Vulnerability KW - Questionnaires KW - Descriptive Statistics KW - Descriptive Research KW - Correlational Studies KW - Sexual Harassment KW - Mental Status KW - Health Status KW - Stress Disorders, Post-Traumatic -- Etiology KW - Role Conflict KW - Factor Analysis KW - Step-Wise Multiple Regression KW - Social Isolation KW - T-Tests KW - Education, Continuing (Credit) KW - Human SP - 19 EP - 39 JO - Journal of Psychosocial Nursing & Mental Health Services JF - Journal of Psychosocial Nursing & Mental Health Services JA - J PSYCHOSOC NURS MENT HEALTH SERV VL - 36 IS - 8 CY - Thorofare, New Jersey PB - SLACK Incorporated AB - Increasing numbers of women in the military have stimulated research about wartime experiences and the impact on physical and psychological health. Women serving in the Persian Gulf (68% of study participants) report on negative changes in their health status upon return from wartime exposure. Sexual harassment was a frequent occurrence for military women as 60% reported either verbal or physical harassment. There was a significant relationship between sexual harassment and mental and physical health problems. Nurses must understand the effect of isolation and discrimination on women in high stress situations. Understanding the scope of the problem can strengthen the nurse's role in prevention and intervention. SN - 0279-3695 AD - Nurse Consultant, Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Savannah, GA U2 - PMID: 9726082. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107287340&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104798949 T1 - Wallerian degeneration and hyperalgesia after peripheral nerve injury are glutathione-dependent. AU - Wagner, R AU - Heckman, H M AU - Myers, R R Y1 - 1998/08//1998 Aug N1 - Accession Number: 104798949. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20161127. Publication Type: journal article; research. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Continental Europe; Europe; Peer Reviewed. Grant Information: F32-NS10071-02/NS/NINDS NIH HHS/United States. NLM UID: 7508686. KW - Glutathione -- Metabolism KW - Hyperalgesia -- Physiopathology KW - Nerve Degeneration -- Physiopathology KW - Sciatic Nerve -- Injuries KW - Acetylcysteine -- Pharmacodynamics KW - Animal Studies KW - Antibodies KW - Female KW - Heat KW - Hyperalgesia -- Metabolism KW - Nerve Degeneration -- Metabolism KW - Nerve Fibers KW - Nerve Fibers -- Metabolism KW - Nociceptors -- Drug Effects KW - Nociceptors -- Physiology KW - Oxidative Stress -- Physiology KW - Oxidoreductases KW - Oxidoreductases -- Analysis KW - Oxidoreductases -- Immunology KW - Oxidoreductases -- Metabolism KW - Pain Measurement KW - Rats KW - Reaction Time -- Physiology KW - Sciatic Nerve -- Metabolism KW - Sciatic Nerve -- Physiopathology SP - 173 EP - 179 JO - Pain (03043959) JF - Pain (03043959) JA - PAIN VL - 77 IS - 2 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Experimental inflammatory compression injury to the sciatic nerve (chronic constriction injury, CCI) induces Wallerian degeneration of axons and damages non-neuronal cells at the injury site in association with the development of exaggerated pain-like behavior, or hyperalgesia, to noxious thermal stimuli in the affected anatomical area. We examined whether glutathione, one of whose many functions is an important endogenous antioxidant, influenced resulting neuropathology and hyperalgesia following CCI. Dietary supplementation of the amino acid N-acetyl-cysteine (NAC), a rate-limiting component of glutathione production, beginning 1 day prior to CCI significantly diminished both Wallerian degeneration, measured by quantitative morphometry of myelinated fibers, and thermal hyperalgesia. NAC treatment raised nerve glutathione levels compared to untreated nerves, as indicated using hemeoxygenase-1 (hsp32) immunoreactivity as a marker of glutathione depletion. Because NAC is also known to have antioxidant abilities, studies simultaneously inhibited glutathione synthesis, and results demonstrated no significant reduction in resulting neuropathology or hyperalgesia. Delaying NAC administration to post-injury times consistently decreased hyperalgesia, although not significantly. This study identifies glutathione levels, and presumably oxidative stress, as important determinants of the neuropathological and behavioral consequences of nerve injury, and suggests that dietary supplementation of NAC constitutes an effective pre-emptive therapeutic strategy for situations involving painful nerve injury, such as occurs during surgery. SN - 0304-3959 AD - Department of Anesthesiology at the Veterans Administration Medical Center and the University of California San Diego, La Jolla 92093-0629, USA. rowagner@ucsd.edu U2 - PMID: 9766835. DO - 10.1016/S0304-3959(98)00091-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104798949&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107285954 T1 - Perioperative thirst: a patient perspective. AU - Madsen M AU - Brosnan J AU - Nagy VT Y1 - 1998/08//1998 Aug N1 - Accession Number: 107285954. Language: English. Entry Date: 19981001. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9610507. KW - Thirst KW - Surgical Patients KW - Perioperative Care KW - Fasting KW - Surgery, Elective KW - Convenience Sample KW - Structured Questionnaires KW - Interviews KW - Summated Rating Scaling KW - Descriptive Statistics KW - Patient Attitudes -- Evaluation KW - Adult KW - Middle Age KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and Over KW - Male KW - Female KW - Human SP - 225 EP - 228 JO - Journal of PeriAnesthesia Nursing JF - Journal of PeriAnesthesia Nursing JA - J PERIANESTH NURS VL - 13 IS - 4 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - W B Saunders AB - Many institutions continue to require surgery patients to take nothing by mouth after midnight despite current research that supports allowing most patients to drink fluids up to 3 hours before surgery. This study of 50 elective surgery patients describes their perceptions of discomfort caused by thirst. Results show that thirst caused significantly more discomfort to the patient than not being able to eat or sleep or worrying about the surgery itself. Given these results, nurses are urged to work within their institutions to change the current practice regarding preoperative fluid restriction. This is a US government work. There are no restrictions on its use. SN - 1089-9472 AD - Surgical Intensive Care Unit, Loma Linda Veterans Administration Medical Center, Loma Linda, CA U2 - PMID: 9814292. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107285954&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107187023 T1 - Prevention services received by veterans visiting VHA facilities. AU - Branch LG AU - Rabiner DJ AU - Patterson P AU - Sullivan RJ Jr. Y1 - 1998/07//1998 Jul-Aug N1 - Accession Number: 107187023. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990501. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. Instrumentation: Veterans Health Survey. NLM UID: 0322116. KW - Preventive Health Care KW - Hospitals, Veterans KW - Random Sample KW - Descriptive Statistics KW - Questionnaires KW - Mail KW - Surveys KW - Data Analysis, Statistical KW - Male KW - Female KW - Human SP - 604 EP - 610 JO - Preventive Medicine JF - Preventive Medicine JA - PREV MED VL - 27 IS - 4 CY - Burlington, Massachusetts PB - Academic Press Inc. AB - OBJECTIVES: This paper presents rates with which veterans report receiving 13 recommended health promotion and disease prevention services. Results were compared with the U.S. Healthy People 2000 goals. METHODS: Random samples of 300 men and 150 women visiting primary care clinics in six Veterans Health Affairs facilities were drawn. A 66% adjusted response rate was achieved after two mailings (n = 1,703). Weighted averages for each prevention service were calculated. RESULTS: For preventive services targeted to all age groups, both male and female veterans currently exceed the Year 2000 goal in hypertension detection and tobacco counseling. Female veterans also exceed the Year 2000 goal in 'almost always' using seat belts. For prevention services targeted to specific age-gender subgroups, both male and female veterans currently exceed the Year 2000 goals for four of the six primary and secondary prevention services. CONCLUSIONS: Both male and female veterans exceed Year 2000 goals for the receipt of nearly half of the preventive services. Nevertheless, additional screening and counseling services should be made available to veterans of all age categories. SN - 0091-7435 AD - National Center for Health Promotion, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 508 Fulton Street, Durham, North Carolina 27705 U2 - PMID: 9672955. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107187023&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107946661 T1 - Elements of the Art of Practice in Mental Health. AU - Weinstein, Emily Y1 - 1998/07//Jul/Aug1998 N1 - Accession Number: 107946661. Language: English. Entry Date: 20130603. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; research. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7705978. KW - Occupational Therapists KW - Mental Health KW - Occupational Therapy Practice KW - Rehabilitation, Psychosocial KW - Professional Competence KW - Professional-Patient Relations KW - Qualitative Studies KW - Interviews KW - Thematic Analysis KW - Human SP - 579 EP - 585 JO - American Journal of Occupational Therapy JF - American Journal of Occupational Therapy JA - AM J OCCUP THER VL - 52 IS - 7 CY - Bethesda, Maryland PB - American Occupational Therapy Association AB - Objective. This qualitative study explored elements of artful practice of therapists practicing in mental health treatment settings. Method. In-depth interviews were conducted with three occupational therapists practicing in mental health who were considered exemplars of artful practice. Themes pertaining to their perspectives and approaches to practice were synthesized from interview data. Results. The prevailing themes--therapeutic work as a vehicle for healing, collaborative guidance, and the Zen of therapy--are seen as elements forged by the therapist's compassion and unique personal style into a dynamic therapist--client interplay that creates a space for growth and healing to occur. Results affirmed the view of the art of practice in mental health as an intricate interplay of personal traits, interpersonal skills, and skilled use of meaningful activities within the context of a client's environment. Conclusion. The art of practice is a fluid, experiential process that takes place on a developmental continuum. The therapist's inner awareness of the subtlety of a multi-layered healing process is an important basis of artful practice. One's practice art can be informed by knowledge of specific elements that contribute to artful practice and can be developed through education, self-reflection, personal growth, and the maturation process. SN - 0272-9490 AD - Clinical Psychiatric Specialist, Brooklyn Veterans Administration Medical Center, Veterans Health Care Center, 25 Chapel Street, Brooklyn, New York 11201 U2 - PMID: 9693704. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107946661&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107288663 T1 - SHEA position paper. Vancomycin-resistant enterococci in long-term-care facilities. AU - Crossley K Y1 - 1998/07//1998 Jul N1 - Accession Number: 107288663. Corporate Author: Long-Term-Care Committee of the Society for Healthcare Epidemiology of America. Language: English. Entry Date: 19981001. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; standards; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8804099. KW - Nursing Homes -- Standards KW - Vancomycin KW - Drug Resistance, Microbial KW - Infection Control KW - Patient Isolation -- Standards KW - Enterococcal Infections -- Epidemiology KW - Professional Organizations -- Standards KW - Practice Guidelines KW - Cross Infection -- Prevention and Control KW - Epidemiology KW - Long Term Care KW - Inpatients SP - 521 EP - 525 JO - Infection Control & Hospital Epidemiology JF - Infection Control & Hospital Epidemiology JA - INFECT CONTROL HOSP EPIDEMIOL VL - 19 IS - 7 PB - Cambridge University Press SN - 0899-823X AD - Associate Chief of Staff for Education, Veterans' Administration Medical Center, Education Service (142), 1 Veterans Dr., Minneapolis, MN 55417 U2 - PMID: 9702580. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107288663&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107173121 T1 - Osteoarthritis: treatment strategies. AU - Guerrero ETB AU - Hahn TJ AU - Fang MA Y1 - 1998/06//1998 Jun N1 - Accession Number: 107173121. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990301. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; CEU; exam questions; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9716897. KW - Osteoarthritis -- In Old Age KW - Gerontologic Care KW - Education, Continuing (Credit) KW - Osteoarthritis -- Symptoms -- In Old Age KW - Osteoarthritis -- Diagnosis -- In Old Age KW - Osteoarthritis -- Therapy -- In Old Age KW - Osteoarthritis -- Drug Therapy -- In Old Age KW - Patient Education KW - Therapeutic Exercise KW - Heat -- Therapeutic Use KW - Cold -- Therapeutic Use KW - Foot Orthoses KW - Antiinflammatory Agents, Non-Steroidal -- Therapeutic Use -- In Old Age KW - Narcotics -- Therapeutic Use -- In Old Age KW - Osteoarthritis -- Surgery -- In Old Age KW - Aged SP - 61 EP - 70 JO - Clinical Geriatrics JF - Clinical Geriatrics JA - CLIN GERIATR VL - 6 IS - 7 CY - New York, New York PB - American Geriatrics Society AB - Osteoarthritis, the most common form of arthritis, affects millions of older Americans and is considered an aging-related disorder. A chronic illness, osteoarthritis may remain stable for years or may be progressive with waxing and waning of symptoms. The authors first provide a definition of osteoarthritis, followed by a discussion of its clinical features, diagnosis, and treatment. They comment on the role of such nonpharmacological measures as education, exercise, and thermal techniques, among others, as well as discuss pharmacological and surgical options. Finally, they provide a strategy for the successful management of this potentially disabling illness. SN - 1070-1389 AD - Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center, Veterans Health Administration Medical Center, West Los Angeles, CA UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107173121&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107268901 T1 - Non-surgical alternatives to continuous positive airway pressure... Sleep-disordered breathing -- part II... the proceedings of a conference held in Cancun, Mexico, October 17-19, 1997. AU - Epstein LJ Y1 - 1998/05//1998 May N1 - Accession Number: 107268901. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980701. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Blind Peer Reviewed; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7510357. KW - Sleep Apnea Syndromes -- Therapy KW - Continuous Positive Airway Pressure KW - Sleep Apnea Syndromes KW - Electric Stimulation KW - Patient Compliance KW - Equipment and Supplies KW - Weight Loss KW - Congresses and Conferences -- Mexico KW - Supine Position KW - Mexico KW - Oxygen Therapy KW - Progesterone KW - Antidepressive Agents SP - 370 EP - 381 JO - Respiratory Care JF - Respiratory Care JA - RESPIR CARE VL - 43 IS - 5 CY - Irving, Texas PB - Daedalus Enterprises, Inc. SN - 0020-1324 AD - Director of the Sleep Medicine Laboratory, Brockton-West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Roxbury, MA UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107268901&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104799664 T1 - Demand management: another marketing tool or a way to quality care? AU - Mohler, M J AU - Harris Jr, J M Y1 - 1998/05// N1 - Accession Number: 104799664. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Blind Peer Reviewed; Europe; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; Public Health; UK & Ireland. NLM UID: 9609066. KW - Health Services Needs and Demand -- Administration KW - Managed Care Programs -- Administration KW - Cost Control -- Trends KW - Disease Management KW - Health Services Needs and Demand -- Economics KW - Managed Care Programs -- Economics KW - Managed Care Programs -- Standards KW - Patient Attitudes KW - Practice Guidelines KW - Program Evaluation KW - Quality Assurance KW - Software -- Standards KW - Telecommunications -- Administration KW - Triage -- Administration KW - United States KW - Utilization Review -- Administration SP - 103 EP - 111 JO - Journal of Evaluation in Clinical Practice JF - Journal of Evaluation in Clinical Practice JA - J EVAL CLIN PRACT VL - 4 IS - 2 CY - Malden, Massachusetts PB - Wiley-Blackwell AB - Demand management tools are population-based strategies used to control costs and improve utilization of services by assisting health consumers in maintaining their health and seeking appropriate health care. These tools are increasingly used by health care delivery systems and, in the US, by fiscal intermediaries, such as insurance companies. If these tools are not properly applied, there is a clear possibility that their use may lead a reduction of health care services with no improvement in clinical, humanistic, or economic outcomes. Demand management effectiveness has not been rigorously examined by the medical industry or academia. Before adopting or purchasing demand management technologies, health care systems should examine them carefully to determine how the tools were developed and who they were intended to serve. Once implemented, careful tracking of population outcomes is as necessary with these technologies as with any other technologies that can affect health care. SN - 1356-1294 AD - Health Services Research Center, Tucson Veterans Administration Medical Center, AZ, USA. U2 - PMID: 9839636. DO - 10.1111/j.1365-2753.1998.00004.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104799664&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107279400 T1 - Development and testing of the modified version of the Pulmonary Functional Status and Dyspnea Questionnaire (PFSDQ-M) AU - Lareau SC AU - Meek PM AU - Roos PJ Y1 - 1998/05//1998 May-Jun N1 - Accession Number: 107279400. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980901. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; questionnaire/scale; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0330057. KW - Lung Diseases, Obstructive -- Diagnosis KW - Questionnaires KW - Instrument Construction KW - Clinical Assessment Tools KW - Functional Assessment KW - Dyspnea -- Diagnosis KW - Symptoms KW - Internal Consistency KW - Criterion-Related Validity KW - Test-Retest Reliability KW - Discriminant Validity KW - Construct Validity KW - Factor Analysis KW - Spirometry KW - Outpatients KW - Male KW - Human SP - 159 EP - 168 JO - Heart & Lung JF - Heart & Lung JA - HEART LUNG VL - 27 IS - 3 CY - New York, New York PB - Elsevier Science AB - OBJECTIVE: Describe the process of development and testing to reduce the Pulmonary Functional Status and Dyspnea Questionnaire (PFSDQ) from 164 items to a modified questionnaire (the PFSDQ-M) consisting of 40 items. DESIGN: Instrument development and testing for reliability, validity, and practicality. SETTING: Hospital-based outpatients. PATIENTS: Testing was done on three groups of clinically stable patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease: a secondary analysis of 131 subjects for item selection, reliability, and validity; 50 additional subjects evaluating the PFSDQ-M for internal consistency, test-retest correlations, and construct validity; and 34 subjects from a longitudinal study for responsiveness. OUTCOME MEASURES: PFSDQ, PFSDQ-M, and spirometry. RESULTS: The practicality of the PFSDQ-M was supported by its sixth- to seventh-grade reading level, ease of reading (Flesch-Kincaid 69.5), self-administration, brief period for testing (7 minutes initially, 6 minutes on repeated testing), and limited missing data (< 8%). Reliability of the three components was supported by internal consistency alpha: = 0.93 for change experienced by the patient with activities (CA), 0.95 for dyspnea with activities (DA), and 0.95 for fatigue with activities (FA). Good stability of the PFSDQ-M was demonstrated on test-retest; r = 0.70 for change, 0.83 for dyspnea, and 0.79 for fatigue (with activities). The usefulness of the PFSDQ-M in discriminating between dyspnea scores in patients based on their rate of deterioration in lung function was demonstrated. CONCLUSIONS: The PFSDQ was modified by reducing the number of activities evaluated, standardizing scaling formats, and adding a fatigue component. Findings suggest that the PFSDQ-M demonstrates initial reliability; good validity estimates, as seen with the factor analysis, and the dyspnea and activity scores appear responsive to physiologic changes in lung function over time. SN - 0147-9563 AD - Jerry L. Pettis Veterans Administration Medical Center, Pulmonary Section, Department of Medicine, Loma Linda University, Loma Linda, CA U2 - PMID: 9622402. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107279400&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107166860 T1 - Pain relief produced by sphenopalatine ganglion block in a heterogeneous population of chronic pain patients. AU - Yee J AU - Leo RJ AU - Karuza J AU - Calkins E Y1 - 1998/04//1998 Apr N1 - Accession Number: 107166860. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990201. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; clinical trial; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. Instrumentation: Bradburn Affect Balance Scale. NLM UID: 9209692. KW - Chronic Pain -- Therapy KW - Nerve Block KW - Ganglia KW - Double-Blind Studies KW - Crossover Design KW - Pain Measurement KW - Random Assignment KW - Research Subject Recruitment KW - Lidocaine -- Administration and Dosage KW - Normal Saline -- Administration and Dosage KW - Data Analysis, Statistical KW - Diaries KW - Research Instruments KW - Quality of Life KW - Adult KW - Middle Age KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and Over KW - Male KW - Female KW - Human SP - 44 EP - 48 JO - American Journal of Pain Management JF - American Journal of Pain Management JA - AM J PAIN MANAGE VL - 8 IS - 2 CY - Sonora, California PB - American Academy of Pain Management AB - A double-blind, randomized, crossover study was conducted to assess the effectiveness of sphenopalatine ganglion (SPG) blockade in pain management. Pain intensity (PI) and quality of life measures were obtained at baseline and following each of two treatment phases. Thirty-four subjects (mean age = 55 years) who suffered from pain due to a variety of causes, were randomly assigned to the initial treatment or placebo groups and followed for two weeks. The conditions were crossed-over, and subjects were followed for an additional two weeks. Lidocaine hydrochloride and saline placebo were applied to the pterygopalatine fossa by means of wire pledgets. A 2 x 5 multivariate analysis of variance was performed with treatment condition (between-subjects factor) and PI indices (within subject factor). PI was significantly reduced post-lidocaine treatment as compared to baseline (p < 0.001) and placebo (p < 0.001). PI was significantly decreased among patients with arthritis (p < 0.01), back pain (p < 0.05) and post-herpetic neuralgia (p < 0.05). However, no significant improvements were found on quality of life measures. Mixed support for the effectiveness of lidocaine-induced SPG blockade was found. Further research on the SPG block as a potentially viable analgesic strategy is warranted. SN - 1059-1494 AD - Department of Psychiatry, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Big Springs, Texas UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107166860&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107267320 T1 - Consequences of sleep-disordered breathing.. proceedings of a conference held in Cancun, Mexico, October 17-19, 1997. AU - Strohl KP Y1 - 1998/04//1998 Apr N1 - Accession Number: 107267320. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980701. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; glossary; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Blind Peer Reviewed; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: Supported in part by a SCOR in Cardiopulmonary Disorders of Sleep (HL-42215). NLM UID: 7510357. KW - Sleep Apnea Syndromes -- Complications KW - Funding Source KW - Mexico KW - Congresses and Conferences -- Mexico KW - Accidents, Traffic KW - Respiratory System -- Physiopathology KW - Cardiovascular System -- Physiopathology KW - Morbidity KW - Sleep Apnea Syndromes -- Mortality KW - Cognition SP - 277 EP - 287 JO - Respiratory Care JF - Respiratory Care JA - RESPIR CARE VL - 43 IS - 4 CY - Irving, Texas PB - Daedalus Enterprises, Inc. SN - 0020-1324 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital and the Medical School of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107267320&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107283517 T1 - The reliability of a self-reported measure of disease, impairment, and function in persons with spinal cord dysfunction. AU - Hoenig H AU - McIntyre L AU - Sloane R AU - Branch LG AU - Truncali A AU - Horner RD Y1 - 1998/04//1998 Apr N1 - Accession Number: 107283517. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980901. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; questionnaire/scale; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. Instrumentation: Self-Reported Version of the Functional Independence Measure (SRFM). Grant Information: Supported in part by the National Institutes of Health, National Institute on Aging. Claude D. Pepper Older Americans Independence Center, grant 5 P60 AG 11268, and by grants from the Paralyzed Veterans of America and the Veterans Health Administration Health Services Research and Development Service. NLM UID: 2985158R. KW - Functional Assessment KW - Instrument Validation KW - Spinal Cord Injuries -- Rehabilitation KW - Spinal Cord Diseases -- Rehabilitation KW - Self Assessment KW - Wilcoxon Rank Sum Test KW - T-Tests KW - Chi Square Test KW - Funding Source KW - Convenience Sample KW - Test-Retest Reliability KW - Self Report KW - Research Instruments KW - Instrument Construction KW - Validation Studies KW - Kappa Statistic KW - Intraclass Correlation Coefficient KW - McNemar's Test KW - Human SP - 378 EP - 387 JO - Archives of Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation JF - Archives of Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation JA - ARCH PHYS MED REHABIL VL - 79 IS - 4 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - W B Saunders AB - OBJECTIVE: To develop a self-report instrument that would provide information about the different levels of the disablement process, and that (1) was suitable for persons with spinal cord disease (SCD), (2) could be completed quickly, (3) could be mailed, (4) had acceptable reliability, and (5) would be clinically useful. STUDY DESIGN: Test-retest using a convenience sample. METHODS: Review of the literature and an expert panel were used to develop the instrument. It was mailed to 49,458 individuals in June 1995 and a second mailing was done in August 1995. A subset of 725 individuals who responded to both mailings was used to examine the instrument's test-retest reliability. RESULTS: The instrument has a 4th grade reading level and has questions on causal disease, disease severity, impairment, activities of daily living (including a self-reported version of the Functional Independence Measure, the SRFM), and resource utilization. Individual item test-retest reliability was high for a mailed questionnaire; all kappa coefficients were near or above .60 and most were over .70. Intraclass correlation coefficient for the SRFM was .90 and internal consistency (Chronbach's alpha) was .96. CONCLUSION: This instrument provides a new, rapid way to obtain information relative to the differing levels of the disablement process. Copyright (c) 1998 by the American Congress of Rehabilitation Medicine and the American Academy of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation SN - 0003-9993 AD - Durham Veterans Administration Medical Center, Durham, NC U2 - PMID: 9552102. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107283517&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107279886 T1 - A randomized controlled trial evaluating nutrition counseling with or without oral supplementation in malnourished HIV-infected patients. AU - Rabeneck L AU - Palmer A AU - Knowles JB AU - Seidehamel RJ AU - Harris CL AU - Merkel KL AU - Risser JMH AU - Akrabawi SS Y1 - 1998/04// N1 - Accession Number: 107279886. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980901. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts; randomized controlled trial. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. Instrumentation: Buschke Selective Reminding Test. Grant Information: Mead Johnson Nutritional Group, Evansville, Ind. NLM UID: 7503061. KW - Nutritional Counseling KW - HIV Infections -- Therapy KW - Nutritional Support KW - Nutrition Education KW - Funding Source KW - Analysis of Covariance KW - Fisher's Exact Test KW - Analysis of Variance KW - Wilcoxon Rank Sum Test KW - Quality of Life KW - Cognition KW - Body Composition KW - Grip Strength KW - Male KW - Clinical Trials KW - Neuropsychological Tests KW - Human SP - 434 EP - 438 JO - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JF - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JA - J AM DIET ASSOC VL - 98 IS - 4 CY - New York, New York PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0002-8223 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center (111D), 2002 Holcombe Blvd, Houston, TX 77030 U2 - PMID: 9550167. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107279886&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 88362902 T1 - Randomized comparison of cisplatin and etoposide and either bleomycin or ifosfamide in treatment of advanced disseminated germ cell tumors: an Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group, Southwest Oncology Group, and Cancer and Leukemia Group B Study. AU - Nichols, Craig R. AU - Catalano, Paul J. AU - Crawford, E. David AU - Vogelzang, Nicholas J. AU - Einhorn, Lawrence H. AU - Loehrer, Patrick J. AU - Nichols, C R AU - Catalano, P J AU - Crawford, E D AU - Vogelzang, N J AU - Einhorn, L H AU - Loehrer, P J Y1 - 1998/04// N1 - Accession Number: 88362902. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980601. Revision Date: 20161120. Publication Type: journal article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8309333. KW - Antineoplastic Agents, Combined -- Therapeutic Use KW - Germinoma -- Drug Therapy KW - Cisplatin -- Therapeutic Use KW - Etoposide -- Adverse Effects KW - Cisplatin -- Adverse Effects KW - Human KW - Male KW - Bleomycins -- Adverse Effects KW - Germinoma -- Classification KW - Bleomycins -- Therapeutic Use KW - Germinoma -- Pathology KW - Survival Analysis KW - Ifosfamide -- Adverse Effects KW - Ifosfamide -- Therapeutic Use KW - Adult KW - Etoposide -- Therapeutic Use KW - Clinical Trials KW - Validation Studies KW - Comparative Studies KW - Evaluation Research KW - Multicenter Studies KW - Randomized Controlled Trials SP - 1287 EP - 1293 JO - Journal of Clinical Oncology JF - Journal of Clinical Oncology JA - J CLIN ONCOL VL - 16 IS - 4 CY - Alexandria, Virginia PB - American Society of Clinical Oncology AB - Purpose: To compare standard therapy with bleomycin, etoposide, and cisplatin (BEP) to experimental therapy with etoposide, ifosfamide, and cisplatin (VIP) as primary treatment of men with advanced, disseminated germ cell tumors.Patients and Methods: A total of 304 men with advanced disseminated germ cell tumors were randomly allocated to receive four courses of BEP or VIP. Two hundred ninety-nine patients were assessable for toxicity and 286 were assessable for response. Complete response rates, favorable response (complete remission, surgical free of disease, continuous partial remission for 2+ years), time to treatment failure, and overall survival were assessed.Results: Overall complete remission rate (VIP, 37%; BEP, 31%), favorable response rate (VIP, 63%; BEP, 60%), failure-free at 2 years (VIP, 64%; BEP, 60%), and 2-year overall survival (VIP, 74%; BEP, 71%) were not significantly different between the two treatments. Grade 3 or worse toxicity, particularly hematologic and genitourinary toxicity, was significantly more common in patients who received VIP.Conclusion: BEP and VIP produce comparable favorable response rate and survival in patients with poor-risk germ cell tumors. The substitution of ifosfamide for bleomycin, however, was associated with significantly greater toxicity. Four courses of BEP remain the standard treatment for advanced disseminated germ cell tumors. SN - 0732-183X AD - Indiana University Medical Center and Indianapolis Veterans Administration Hospital, Indianapolis, IN AD - Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Boston, MA AD - University of Colorado, Denver, CO AD - University of Chicago, Chicago, IL AD - Indiana University Medical Center, Indianapolis, USA U2 - PMID: 9552027. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=88362902&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107274447 T1 - Centralization of low back pain and perceived functional outcome. AU - Sufka A AU - Hauger B AU - Trenary M AU - Bishop B AU - Hagen A AU - Lozon R AU - Martens B Y1 - 1998/03//1998 Mar N1 - Accession Number: 107274447. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980801. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. Instrumentation: Oswestry Low Back Pain Disability Questionnaire; Performance Assessment and Capacity Testing Spinal Function Sort (SFS). NLM UID: 7908150. KW - Low Back Pain -- Rehabilitation KW - Low Back Pain -- Physiopathology KW - Physical Therapy -- Methods KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Functional Status KW - Pain Measurement KW - Range of Motion KW - Clinical Assessment Tools KW - Comparative Studies KW - Interrater Reliability KW - T-Tests KW - One-Way Analysis of Variance KW - Pearson's Correlation Coefficient KW - Test-Retest Reliability KW - Adult KW - Middle Age KW - Female KW - Male KW - Human SP - 205 EP - 212 JO - Journal of Orthopaedic & Sports Physical Therapy JF - Journal of Orthopaedic & Sports Physical Therapy JA - J ORTHOP SPORTS PHYS THER VL - 27 IS - 3 CY - La Crosse, Wisconsin PB - American Physical Therapy Association, Orthopaedic Section AB - McKenzie's methods for evaluating and treating low back pain are used often but studied little. When using the McKenzie system, it is important to observe signs of symptom movement to a central location (centralization). This study investigated the relationships between centralization of low back pain and/or radiculopathy and the subjects' rating of functional outcome. Thirty-six subjects with low back pain volunteered to participate and were evaluated and treated by six researchers. Subjects were tested initially and again 14 days after initiation of treatment using the Oswestry Low Back Pain Disability Questionnaire and the Performance Assessment and Capacity Testing Spinal Function Sort (SFS). Symptoms were monitored for the occurrence of 'complete centralization.' Of the 36 subjects, 25 showed complete centralization within 14 days. The SFS score changes were significantly higher for subjects who completely centralized (p = 0.015). The results supported the hypothesis that subjects who centralize will have improved functional outcome and, thus, quality of life. However, shorter time to occurrence of complete centralization does not necessarily correlate with improved outcome. SN - 0190-6011 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Cloud, MN U2 - PMID: 9513866. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107274447&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107177396 T1 - Retrospective analysis of silastic implant arthroplasty of the first metatarsophalangeal joint...including commentary by Vanore JV AU - Bonet J AU - Taylor DT AU - Lam AT AU - Williams E AU - Keane LA Y1 - 1998/03//1998 Mar-Apr N1 - Accession Number: 107177396. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990401. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; CEU; commentary; diagnostic images; exam questions; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9308427. KW - Joint Prosthesis KW - Arthroplasty, Replacement KW - Metatarsophalangeal Joint -- Surgery KW - Joint Diseases -- Surgery KW - Patient Satisfaction KW - Silicones KW - Time Factors KW - Metatarsophalangeal Joint -- Radiography KW - Retrospective Design KW - Questionnaires KW - Descriptive Statistics KW - Middle Age KW - Aged KW - Female KW - Male KW - Education, Continuing (Credit) KW - Human SP - 128 EP - 177 JO - Journal of Foot & Ankle Surgery JF - Journal of Foot & Ankle Surgery JA - J FOOT ANKLE SURG VL - 37 IS - 2 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - W B Saunders AB - The purpose of this study was to evaluate the outcome of implant arthroplasty according to subjective, biomechanic, and radiographic parameters over a long period of time. Implants in 40 feet (27 patients) were analyzed at an average follow-up time of 8.25 years and a mean patient age of 63. The results were consistent with the subjective findings of previous studies that demonstrated that most patients were satisfied with the procedure. Ninety-six percent of the patients in this study confirmed they would undergo the procedure a second time. The radiographic results did not demonstrate a high incidence of implant fracture as previously reported. This review suggests that implants can be effective when used with patients who are carefully selected according to age, activity level, and diagnosis. SN - 1067-2516 AD - Hines Veterans Administration Medical Center, Hines, IL U2 - PMID: 9571460. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107177396&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107260179 T1 - Diabetes prevalence and hospital and pharmacy use in the Veterans Health Administration (1994): use of an ambulatory care pharmacy-derived database. AU - Pogach LM AU - Hawley G AU - Weinstock R AU - Sawin C AU - Schiebe H AU - Cutler F AU - Zieve F AU - Bates M AU - Repke D Y1 - 1998/03// N1 - Accession Number: 107260179. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980501. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7805975. KW - Diabetes Mellitus -- Epidemiology KW - Health Resource Utilization KW - Veterans KW - Diabetes Mellitus -- Economics KW - Cross Sectional Studies KW - Resource Databases, Health KW - Economics, Pharmaceutical KW - Hospitalization KW - Sensitivity and Specificity KW - International Classification of Diseases KW - Adult KW - Middle Age KW - Aged KW - Outpatients KW - Male KW - Female KW - Human SP - 368 EP - 373 JO - Diabetes Care JF - Diabetes Care JA - DIABETES CARE VL - 21 IS - 3 CY - Alexandria, Virginia PB - American Diabetes Association AB - OBJECTIVE: To develop a diabetes registry from an outpatient pharmacy database to systematically analyze the prevalence of diabetes, patterns of glycemic medication and glucose monitoring, pharmacy costs, and hospital use related to diabetes care in the Veterans Health Administration (VHA) in fiscal year (FY) 1994. RESEARCH DESIGN AND METHODS: Veterans with diabetes were identified using a software program that extracted the social security number (SSN) of patients receiving insulin, sulfonylurea agents, or glucose-monitoring supplies. The cumulative FY94 cost for a drug was calculated by multiplying the units dispensed times the unit cost for each fill, using the actual drug cost that was in effect at the time of dispensing. Admission data were obtained by crossmatching the SSN registry with the VHA Austin Mainframe Patient Treatment Files to retrieve associated diagnosis-related groups (DRG), Physicians' Current Procedural Terminology (CPT), and International Classification of Diseases, 9th revision, Clinical Modification (1CD-9-CM) codes. RESULTS: From among 1,180,260 unique patients, 139,646 veterans with diabetes receiving insulin, oral agents, or glucose-monitoring strips were identified, accounting for a prevalence of 11.83% from 62 Veterans Administration medical centers. There were 63,078 individuals (52%) who received oral agents, of whom 26.3% also received blood glucose-monitoring supplies; 46,664 individuals (39%) received insulin, of whom 53.2% received blood glucose-monitoring supplies; and 9,440 individuals (8%) received both oral agents and insulin during FY94, with 64.4% receiving blood glucose-monitoring supplies. Only 1,482 (1.2%) individuals received monitoring supplies alone, and 129 patients (0.1%) were provided with an insulin pump. Using an adjusted data set, 12% of veterans accounted for 24% of all outpatient pharmacy costs, with an average expenditure of $622 for veterans with diabetes compared with $276 for veterans without diabetes. There was $454 (73%) for non-diabetes-specific prescriptions and $168 (27%) for prescriptions related to glycemic control. Of pharmacy expenditures for glycemic control, $101 (60.1%) was attributed to insulin, oral agents, and supplies, while $67 (39.9%) was attributable to glucose monitoring. Veterans with diabetes were admitted 1.6 times as frequently as veterans without diabetes. CONCLUSIONS: This study demonstrates the feasibility of using a pharmacy-based electronic diabetes database in a payor system that can track both claims and individual classes of medication based on a unique identifier number. While the prevalence of diabetes in the VHA is high relative to other health care systems and the general population, patterns of medication usage, pharmacy costs, and relative admission frequency are comparable to results from the private sector. SN - 0149-5992 AD - Medical Service, East Orange Veterans Administration Medical Center, East Orange, New Jersey U2 - PMID: 9540017. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107260179&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107250980 T1 - Flannel board stories: an innovative method of teaching sun protection. AU - Ahlering PA Y1 - 1998/02//1998 Feb N1 - Accession Number: 107250980. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980401. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; pictorial. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9011113. KW - Skin Neoplasms -- Prevention and Control KW - Teaching Methods KW - Health Education -- In Infancy and Childhood KW - Sunlight -- Education KW - Teaching Materials KW - Child KW - Skin Neoplasms -- Epidemiology KW - Storytelling SP - 40 EP - 44 JO - Dermatology Nursing JF - Dermatology Nursing JA - DERMATOL NURS VL - 10 IS - 1 CY - Pitman, New Jersey PB - Jannetti Publications, Inc. AB - Using sunscreen daily should be as natural for children as brushing their teeth. Flannel board stories can make this happen by serving as an innovative technique for educating children about sun protection. SN - 1060-3441 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, CA U2 - PMID: 9526322. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107250980&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107261514 T1 - Nosocomial legionnaires' disease discovered in community hospitals following cultures of the water system: seek and ye shall find. AU - Goetz AM AU - Stout JE AU - Jacobs SL AU - Fisher MA AU - Ponzer RE AU - Drenning S AU - Yu VL Y1 - 1998/02//1998 Feb N1 - Accession Number: 107261514. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980601. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8004854. KW - Legionnaires' Disease -- Prevention and Control KW - Hospitals, Community -- Pennsylvania KW - Environmental Monitoring KW - Epidemiological Research KW - Prospective Studies KW - Disease Surveillance KW - Microbiological Techniques KW - Microbial Culture and Sensitivity Tests KW - Descriptive Statistics KW - Disease Surveillance -- Standards KW - Risk Factors KW - Public Health KW - Sterilization and Disinfection KW - Pneumonia KW - Pennsylvania KW - Adult KW - Middle Age KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and Over KW - Inpatients KW - Male KW - Female KW - Human SP - 8 EP - 11 JO - American Journal of Infection Control JF - American Journal of Infection Control JA - AM J INFECT CONTROL VL - 26 IS - 1 CY - New York, New York PB - Elsevier Science AB - BACKGROUND: The reservoir for hospital-acquired legionnaires' disease is the water distribution system. The Allegheny County (Pa.) Health Department recommended environmental cultures for all health care facilities for the prevention of hospital-acquired Legionella infection including facilities with no known cases of legionnaires' disease. METHODS: Environmental cultures of hot water tanks, faucets, and showerheads were performed in six health care facilities according to health department guidelines. If hot water tanks, faucets, or showerheads yielded Legionella, monitoring with Legionella culture and urinary antigen was performed for all cases of nosocomial pneumonia. RESULTS: Legionella was isolated from the water distribution system in 83% (five of six) of facilities. Three facilities dropped out of the study; two decided to disinfect the water and one had no Legionella in the water system. The other three facilities all discovered cases of legionnaires' disease during the 1-year study period after introduction of Legionella testing. L. pneumophilia, serogroups 1, 3, and 5, caused 12 cases of hospital-acquired legionnaires' disease. Positive diagnostic tests included: 10 of 12 (83%) urinary antigen, 6 of 8 (75%) respiratory cultures, and 2 of 5 (40%) serology. Molecular typing confirmed that the source of infection was the water supply in two hospitals. CONCLUSION: Routine environmental cultures for Legionella in the water distribution system are recommended even if the hospital had not previously recognized cases of hospital acquired legionnaires' disease. The Allegheny County Health Department guidelines were inexpensive to implement and resulted in the discovery of cases that would have otherwise been undiagnosed. SN - 0196-6553 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center and Legionella Study Group, Pittsburgh U2 - PMID: 9503106. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107261514&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107259731 T1 - Hospitalization and mortality of diabetes in older adults: a 3-year prospective study. AU - Rosenthal MJ AU - Fajardo M AU - Gilmore S AU - Morley JE AU - Naliboff BD Y1 - 1998/02// N1 - Accession Number: 107259731. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980501. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. Instrumentation: Yesavage Depression Inventory. NLM UID: 7805975. KW - Diabetes Mellitus -- Mortality -- In Old Age KW - Hospital Mortality -- In Old Age KW - Prospective Studies KW - Interviews KW - Record Review KW - Psychological Tests KW - Univariate Statistics KW - Step-Wise Multiple Regression KW - Odds Ratio KW - Multiple Logistic Regression KW - Confidence Intervals KW - Chi Square Test KW - Data Analysis Software KW - P-Value KW - Depression -- Epidemiology -- In Old Age KW - Middle Age KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and Over KW - Male KW - Female KW - Human SP - 231 EP - 235 JO - Diabetes Care JF - Diabetes Care JA - DIABETES CARE VL - 21 IS - 2 CY - Alexandria, Virginia PB - American Diabetes Association AB - OBJECTIVE: In light of increased fatality from acute events and the increased frequency of chronic complications, life expectancy might well be shortened in older patients with diabetes. The current studies investigated factors affecting the likelihood of dying or being hospitalized in older patients with diabetes. RESEARCH DESIGN AND METHODS: A total of 135 older patients with diabetes were followed for 3 years after predictive factors were evaluated and compared with a cohort of patients without diabetes. RESULTS: Mortality was only 3,250 per 100,000 patient-years, similar to that for patients without diabetes, but the frequency of hospitalizations was more than twice as high in patients with diabetes. Five factors predicted hospitalization and death. Of these, the geriatric depression score was the best predictor of these poor outcomes. CONCLUSIONS: Older patients with diabetes were hospitalized more often than those without diabetes, but mortality was similar. Dysphoria is a major predictor of poor outcomes in older patients with diabetes. SN - 0149-5992 AD - Geriatric Research, Education, and Clinical Center (11E), Sepulveda Veterans Health Administration Medical Center, 16111 Plummer St., Sepulveda, CA 91343 U2 - PMID: 9539987. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107259731&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107241635 T1 - Reliability of closed double helix electrode for functional electrical stimulation. AU - Kagaya H AU - Sharma M AU - Polando G AU - Marsolais EB Y1 - 1998/01//1998 Jan N1 - Accession Number: 107241635. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980201. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: Supported by the merit review RB 651-B and National Institutes of Health RO-1 33287. NLM UID: 0075674. KW - Electrodes, Implanted KW - Equipment Reliability KW - Electric Stimulation KW - Chi Square Test KW - Life Table Method KW - Funding Source KW - Human SP - 215 EP - 222 JO - Clinical Orthopaedics & Related Research JF - Clinical Orthopaedics & Related Research JA - CLIN ORTHOP RELATED RES VL - 346 CY - , PB - Springer Science & Business Media B.V. SN - 0009-921X AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cleveland, OH UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107241635&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107272406 T1 - Fibroblast senescence in pressure ulcers. AU - Vande Berg JS AU - Rudolph R AU - Hollan C AU - Haywood-Reid PL Y1 - 1998/01// N1 - Accession Number: 107272406. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980701. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; pictorial; research. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: Supported in part by the Medical Research Service, Department of Veteran's Affairs, San Diego, CA. NLM UID: 9310939. KW - Pressure Ulcer -- Physiopathology KW - Fibroblasts KW - Wound Healing -- Physiology KW - Cell Aging KW - Biopsy KW - Microscopy, Electron KW - Staining and Labeling KW - Analysis of Variance KW - Funding Source KW - Human SP - 38 EP - 49 JO - Wound Repair & Regeneration JF - Wound Repair & Regeneration JA - WOUND REPAIR REGENERATION VL - 6 IS - 1 CY - Malden, Massachusetts PB - Wiley-Blackwell AB - Pressure ulcers appear as localized chronic wounds in the middle of normal functioning skin. This study focuses on pressure ulcer fibroblasts cultured from the ulcer bed, ulcer margin, and normal, nonulcerated skin adjacent to the wound. From these areas we show that pressure ulcer fibroblasts become prematurely senescent. Verification of senescence was based on failure of cell populations to undergo a 0.5 population doubling after 1 week in culture, light micro-scopic appearance of late-passage senescent cells in culture, light microscopic verification of senescence in vivo and in vitro by anti-terminin staining, and ultrastructural identification of senescent fibroblasts by anti-terminin colloidal gold labeling. Although not all ulcer fibroblasts are senescent, there is a range of proliferative ability. The senescent phenotype of ulcer fibroblasts remains intact in vitro as these cells remain viable but are unable to complete DNA synthesis. Fibroblast senescence is not uniform in chronic wounds but varies within areas of the ulcer bed and from patient to patient. Although ulcer fibroblasts exhibit limited proliferative ability, fibroblasts from the ulcer margin and adjacent normal skin show a continued ability to divide. However, in all areas of the wound, the mean generation time of the fibroblast population is longer than commonly observed for cultured human diploid fibroblasts. At first passage, the mean generation time for fibroblasts from all patients is significantly different (p = .001, analysis of variance) among fibroblasts from the ulcer bed (4.2 +/- 2.2 days), ulcer margin (2.9 ± 1.3 days), and adjacent normal skin (1.9 +/- 0.6 days). Analysis of the three cell groups by the post hoc Tukey test, using corrected p values shows that the difference between mean generation times among fibroblast populations from adjacent normal skin and ulcer bed are significantly different (p < 0.05), whereas the difference between fibroblasts from adjacent normal skin and ulcer margin and ulcer margin and ulcer bed are not significantly different (p > 0.05). These data may help to explain the poor response of certain pressure sores to aggressive medical treatment. SN - 1067-1927 AD - Research Service, V-151, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, CA 92161 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107272406&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107238892 T1 - Susan J. Quaal: the global and local impact of a transformational leader. AU - Finlay LD Y1 - 1998/01//1998 Jan N1 - Accession Number: 107238892. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980201. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; anecdote. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8703516. KW - Nursing Leaders KW - Clinical Nurse Specialists KW - Mentorship KW - Nurse Consultants KW - Female SP - 88 EP - 93 JO - Journal of Cardiovascular Nursing JF - Journal of Cardiovascular Nursing JA - J CARDIOVASC NURS VL - 12 IS - 2 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - To be a transformational leader in nursing, one must have forever changed the course of our practice. This article highlights the qualities of a great leader, Susan J. Quaal, PhD, APRN, CVS, CCRN. Described are examples of Susan's incredible clinical expertise and also the attributes that make her such a dynamic leader in all domains of the clinical nurse specialist role: Practitioner, educator/mentor, consultant, leader/administrator, and researcher. Interwoven in this article, you will also find the threads of humility and charity that make Susan such an extraordinary human being and a blessing to all the lives she touches. Copyright (c) 1998, by Aspen Publishers, Inc. SN - 0889-4655 AD - Cardiovascular Nurse Practitioner, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Salt Lake City, Utah U2 - PMID: 9429119. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107238892&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107256067 T1 - Motivational interviewing in substance abuse treatment: negotiating roadblocks. AU - Moyers TB AU - Yahne CE Y1 - 1998/01// N1 - Accession Number: 107256067. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980501. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Europe; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; UK & Ireland. NLM UID: 9604389. KW - Substance Abuse -- Therapy KW - Counseling SP - 30 EP - 33 JO - Journal of Substance Misuse: For Nursing, Health & Social Care JF - Journal of Substance Misuse: For Nursing, Health & Social Care JA - J SUBST MISUSE NURS HEALTH SOC CARE VL - 3 IS - 1 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - Taylor & Francis Ltd AB - Some students of motivational interviewing have found aspects of the technique and/or underlying philosophy problematic. Six such concerns are described: (1) that the technique seems too passive; (2) that it appears to collaborate with the user's denial; (3) that it may take too much time; (4) that it seems to support the status quo; (5) that interviewers who use it appear naive; and (6) that it may be presented as the right thing for all people at all times. Alternative views to these six concerns are offered. These alternative views may allow practitioners to feel more comfortable adding motivational interviewing to their collection of counseling skills for use with individuals who abuse substances. SN - 1357-5007 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, 2100 Ridgecrest Dr, SE, Albuquerque, NM 87110 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107256067&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107244398 T1 - Pressure ulcer prevalence and incidence and a modification of the Braden Scale for a rehabilitation unit. AU - Schue RM AU - Langemo DK Y1 - 1998/01//1998 Jan N1 - Accession Number: 107244398. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980301. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. Instrumentation: Braden Scale for Predicting Pressure Sore Risk. Grant Information: Supported in part by the Fargo Veterans' Administration Hospital. NLM UID: 9435679. KW - Pressure Ulcer -- Epidemiology KW - Rehabilitation Patients KW - Braden Scale for Predicting Pressure Sore Risk KW - Clinical Assessment Tools KW - Male KW - Adult KW - Middle Age KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and Over KW - Retrospective Design KW - Record Review KW - Incidence KW - Prevalence KW - Multiple Logistic Regression KW - Sensitivity and Specificity KW - Inpatients KW - Hospital Units KW - T-Tests KW - Descriptive Statistics KW - Pressure Ulcer -- Prevention and Control KW - Funding Source KW - Human SP - 36 EP - 43 JO - Journal of Wound, Ostomy & Continence Nursing JF - Journal of Wound, Ostomy & Continence Nursing JA - J WOCN VL - 25 IS - 1 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Purpose. We examined pressure ulcer incidence and prevalence, the cutoff score for risk for skin breakdown, and the contribution of each of the subscale risk factors of the Braden pressure ulcer risk-assessment tool in an inpatient rehabilitation unit. Subjects and Setting. One hundred seventy adult men hospitalized on a rehabilitation unit during 1 calendar year were included in the research. Subject ages ranged from 35 to 99 years (M = 69). Instruments. Pressure ulcer risk was assessed using the Braden Scale. Methods: A retrospective chart review of a continuous series of 170 adult male patients hospitalized during a 1-year period on a 50-bed rehabilitation unit was conducted. Data were documented on a standardized researcher-designed form. Results. A total of 46 pressure ulcers occurred, with the sacrum the most common location (46%), followed closely by the heel-ankle area (44%, n = 20). Most pressure ulcers (57%) were stage II, 24% were stage I, 15% stage III, and 4% stage IV. When using a cutoff score of 16, the Braden Scale demonstrated limited usefulness in predicting pressure ulcer development on our inpatient rehabilitation unit. Further calculations were completed, and a cutoff score of 18 or higher was found to provide better predictive value. With use of multiple logistic regression analysis, three of the six risk factors from the Braden Scale were found to significantly contribute to risk for pressure ulcer development in this sample: moisture, nutrition, and friction and shear. Therefore a modified Braden Scale was developed, with a possible range of scores from 3 to 11; the cutoff score was 8, sensitivity was 52%, and specificity 66%. Conclusions. The mean prevalence rate of 12% was comparable, and the incidence rate of 6% for this unit was lower compared with other skilled care and rehabilitation settings reported in the literature. The proactive, interdisciplinary approach to skin integrity on this unit likely contributed to the lower incidence rate. Risk factors most predictive of pressure ulcer development in this sample were moisture, nutrition, and friction and shear. Predicting risk for skin breakdown with use of a consistent risk-assessment tool is essential for all rehabilitation patients. Assessing risk with the Braden Scale merits further research. SN - 1071-5754 AD - Restorative Care, Veterans Administration Hospital, Fargo, North Dakota U2 - PMID: 9481286. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107244398&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - AU - Kavkewitz, Henry1 T1 - THE USE OF CLINICAL TECHNIQUES IN VOCATIONAL COUNSELING WITH HOSPITALIZED PATIENTS. JO - Personnel & Guidance Journal JF - Personnel & Guidance Journal J1 - Personnel & Guidance Journal PY - 1965/05// Y1 - 1965/05// VL - 43 IS - 9 CP - 9 M3 - Article SP - 873 EP - 875 SN - 00315737 AB - Hospital-counselees, unlike student-counselees, are generally more proximal to entry into an occupation, usually older, and have patterns of reaction more deeply engrained. They also have more faintly responsibilities, greater economic problems, more work experience, and are potentially qualified for a wider range of occupational choices. Under this set of circumstances, the selective use of projective techniques expands the clinical method so requisite for the critical vocational counseling process with hospitalized individuals to make their post-hospital adjustment durable. The focus on the intimate, complicated relationship between personality functioning and the occupational role of the patient is sharpened by these techniques. They stroke in the many interiorities of the patient's portrait, and in conjunction with other appraisal methods, permits the achievement of more valid vocational plans and outcomes. Some brief indications of the use of clinical techniques in the vocational counseling of hospital patients are indicated. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] KW - Counseling KW - Vocational guidance KW - Career development KW - Hospital patients KW - Psychological tests KW - Counselors N1 - Accession Number: 14813346; Authors: Kavkewitz, Henry 1; Affiliations: 1: Chief of Psychological Services, Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, New York.; Subject: Counseling; Subject: Vocational guidance; Subject: Career development; Subject: Hospital patients; Subject: Psychological tests; Subject: Counselors; Number of Pages: 3p; Record Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=14813346&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - AU - Lindley, Lyde J.1 T1 - Problems of Legislation And Licensing Studied. JO - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal JF - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal J1 - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal PY - 1951/05// Y1 - 1951/05// VL - 29 IS - 8 CP - 8 M3 - Proceeding SP - 642 EP - 644 SN - 21645841 AB - Information about the paper discussed at the first meeting of the Division on Professional Training and Certification is presented. They have focused on the study concerning the problems of legislation and licensing for counselors. Among the speakers include J. Wendell Yeo, Clifford Houston, and Cloyd S. Steinmetz. KW - Conferences & conventions KW - Associations, institutions, etc. -- Congresses KW - Licenses KW - Certification KW - Counselors KW - Yeo, J. Wendell KW - Houston, Clifford KW - Steinmetz, Cloyd S. N1 - Accession Number: 25129422; Authors: Lindley, Lyde J. 1; Affiliations: 1: Special Assistant to Chief, Psychiatry and Neurology, Department of Medicine and Surgery, Veterans Administration; Subject: Conferences & conventions; Subject: Associations, institutions, etc. -- Congresses; Subject: Licenses; Subject: Certification; Subject: Counselors; Subject: Yeo, J. Wendell; Subject: Houston, Clifford; Subject: Steinmetz, Cloyd S.; Number of Pages: 3p; Record Type: Proceeding UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=25129422&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - AU - Argetsinger, Glenn D.1 T1 - High School Seniors at a V.A. Guidance Center. JO - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal JF - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal J1 - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal PY - 1948/12// Y1 - 1948/12// VL - 27 IS - 3 CP - 3 M3 - Article SP - 181 EP - 183 SN - 21645841 AB - The article reports on a feasibility study about the establishment of a Veterans Administration Guidance Center in Minneapolis, Minnesota. The study was sponsored and staffed by public schools in the area which sought to determine the necessary elements in the establishment of the said center by working on 102 high school seniors. Moreover, results indicated that the establishment of a center is feasible and an overview on the recommendations of the researchers is presented. KW - Educational counseling KW - Counseling in secondary education KW - Youth -- Services for KW - Feasibility studies KW - Minneapolis (Minn.) KW - Minnesota N1 - Accession Number: 25028877; Authors: Argetsinger, Glenn D. 1; Affiliations: 1: Counselor, Veterans Administration Guidance Center, Minneapolis Public Schools, Minneapolis, Minnesota; Subject: Educational counseling; Subject: Counseling in secondary education; Subject: Youth -- Services for; Subject: Feasibility studies; Subject: Minneapolis (Minn.); Subject: Minnesota; Number of Pages: 3p; Record Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=25028877&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - AU - Recktenwald, Lester Nicholas1 T1 - Homogeneity of Items in Cleeton's Classification. JO - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal JF - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal J1 - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal PY - 1947/02// Y1 - 1947/02// VL - 25 IS - 5 CP - 5 M3 - Article SP - 275 EP - 277 SN - 21645841 AB - The article focuses on the homogeneity of items in the Cleeton Vocational Interest Inventory in Wisconsin and the connection of three groupings on vocational interests with one another. The three categories include Group A for occupational titles, Group B for background factors and Group C as miscellany. People who get along with others, health conscious and are not peculiar to one or any group of occupations have traits that may be fitted to each category. KW - Vocational interests KW - Vocational guidance KW - Vocational evaluation KW - Social interaction KW - Wisconsin N1 - Accession Number: 25077263; Authors: Recktenwald, Lester Nicholas 1; Affiliations: 1: Marquette University Center, Veterans Administration, Milwaukee, Wis.; Subject: Vocational interests; Subject: Vocational guidance; Subject: Vocational evaluation; Subject: Social interaction; Subject: Wisconsin; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Record Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=25077263&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - AU - Recktenwald, Lester Nicholas1 T1 - Grouping of Occupations in the Cleeton Vocational Interest Inventory. JO - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal JF - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal J1 - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal PY - 1945/12// Y1 - 1945/12// VL - 24 IS - 3 CP - 3 M3 - Article SP - 162 EP - 164 SN - 21645841 AB - The article presents a study which analyzes the grouping of occupations listed in the Cleeton Vocational Interest Inventory among twelfth grade boys in the U.S. It seeks to find a justification for grouping the occupations and identify the relationship among the occupations within one group which justifies their being placed together rather than with the occupations of another group. It is suggested that the items should be arranged in random order rather than in recognizable groups. KW - Vocational interests -- Testing KW - Job classification KW - Job analysis KW - Job descriptions KW - Twelfth grade (Education) KW - Vocational guidance KW - United States N1 - Accession Number: 25232826; Authors: Recktenwald, Lester Nicholas 1; Affiliations: 1: Vocational Appraiser, Veterans Administration Unit, College of the City of New York; Subject: Vocational interests -- Testing; Subject: Job classification; Subject: Job analysis; Subject: Job descriptions; Subject: Twelfth grade (Education); Subject: Vocational guidance; Subject: United States; Number of Pages: 3p; Record Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=25232826&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - JOUR AU - Licetenstein, Edward AU - Quinn, Rorert P. AU - Hover, Gerald L. T1 - CRITIQUE AND NOTES DOGMATISM AND ACQUIESCENT RESPONSE SET. JO - Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology JF - Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology Y1 - 1961/11// VL - 63 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 636 EP - 638 SN - 0096851X AB - The article presents a study which is designed to test the hypothesis in measuring individual differences in openness or closedness of belief systems. Dogmatism scale, a scale that is structurally identical to the F Scale and California F Scale, a scale that is similarly vulnerable to acquiescent response bias were used as major instruments of the study. This study administered and developed about two measures of acquiescent along with Dogmatism and F scale, as well as a measure of verbal intelligence among 40 adults with mental illness. Both acquiescence measures were assessed to have a positive response related to both Dogmatism and F scale while Dogmatism measure is found to contain acquiescent response set variance. KW - SCIENTIFIC method KW - DIFFERENTIAL psychology KW - BELIEF & doubt KW - DOGMATISM KW - CALIFORNIA F-scale KW - SCALE analysis (Psychology) KW - PERSONALITY KW - MENTAL illness KW - MENTAL health KW - METHODS AND MISCELLANEOUS N1 - Accession Number: 23933904; Licetenstein, Edward 1; Quinn, Rorert P. 1; Hover, Gerald L. 2; Affiliations: 1 : University of Michigan; 2 : Veterans Administration Hospital, Ann Arbor, Michigan; Source Info: Nov1961, Vol. 63 Issue 3, p636; Subject Term: SCIENTIFIC method; Subject Term: DIFFERENTIAL psychology; Subject Term: BELIEF & doubt; Subject Term: DOGMATISM; Subject Term: CALIFORNIA F-scale; Subject Term: SCALE analysis (Psychology); Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: MENTAL illness; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Author-Supplied Keyword: METHODS AND MISCELLANEOUS; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=24h&AN=23933904&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - 24h ER - TY - JOUR AU - Whitmyre, John W. AU - Diggory, James C. AU - Cohen, David T1 - THE EFFECTS OF PERSONAL LIKING, PERCEIVED ABILITY, AND VALUE OF PRIZE ON CHOICE OF PARTNERS FOR A COMPETITION. JO - Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology JF - Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology Y1 - 1961/07// VL - 63 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 198 EP - 200 SN - 0096851X AB - The article cites a study that varies the subject's own alleged ability in task, the perceived ability of possible partners, degree of relative liking for the possible partners, and the value of prizes which might be won in pairwise competitions. Data on each subject's choices, an index of whether they were purely on the basis of liking, purely on the basis of perceived ability, or represented a compromise between liking and perceived ability, were collected. Results show that subjects of low presumed ability chose their partners on the basis of liking regardless of the value of the prize. Subjects of high presumed ability, on other hand, chose their partners increasingly on a pure ability basis as the value of the prize increased. KW - CHOICE (Psychology) KW - COMPETITION (Psychology) KW - REWARD (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Research KW - INTERPERSONAL relations KW - MOTIVATION (Psychology) KW - TOKEN economy (Psychology) KW - REINFORCEMENT (Psychology) KW - SOCIAL psychology KW - METHODS AND MISCELLANEOUS KW - Psychological factors affecting tension KW - Social and Cultural Factors Affection Tension N1 - Accession Number: 23913021; Whitmyre, John W. 1; Diggory, James C. 2; Cohen, David 1; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration Hospital, Coatesville, Pennsylvania; 2 : University of Pennsylvania; Source Info: Jul1961, Vol. 63 Issue 1, p198; Subject Term: CHOICE (Psychology); Subject Term: COMPETITION (Psychology); Subject Term: REWARD (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Research; Subject Term: INTERPERSONAL relations; Subject Term: MOTIVATION (Psychology); Subject Term: TOKEN economy (Psychology); Subject Term: REINFORCEMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: SOCIAL psychology; Author-Supplied Keyword: METHODS AND MISCELLANEOUS; Author-Supplied Keyword: Psychological factors affecting tension; Author-Supplied Keyword: Social and Cultural Factors Affection Tension; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Graph; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=24h&AN=23913021&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - 24h ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104752701 T1 - Chlorpromazine-induced immunopathy: progressive increase in serum IgM. AU - Zucker, S AU - Zarrabi, H M AU - Schubach, W H AU - Varma, A AU - Derman, R AU - Lysik, R M AU - Habicht, G AU - Seitz, P M Y1 - 1990/03//1990 Mar N1 - Accession Number: 104752701. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study; research. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 2985248R. KW - Chlorpromazine -- Adverse Effects KW - Immunoglobulins -- Analysis KW - Autoantibodies -- Analysis KW - Genes -- Drug Effects KW - Genes KW - Human KW - Immunologic Techniques KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Prospective Studies SP - 92 EP - 100 JO - Medicine JF - Medicine JA - MEDICINE VL - 69 IS - 2 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Long-term chlorpromazine therapy has been associated with the asymptomatic development of a high incidence of antinuclear antibodies, coagulation inhibitors, and increased serum levels of IgM. The purpose of this study has been to characterize the natural history of this chlorpromazine-induced (CPZ) immunopathy. To this end we carried out a prospective study of schizophrenic patients with the immunopathy to compare the effect of continuing CPZ versus switching to haloperidol therapy. Although no marked differences were noted between the 2 groups at the end of 5 years, 6 of 29 patients who continued to receive CPZ, as compared to none of 14 patients on haloperidol, had progressive elevations of serum IgM. In spite of a high incidence of antinuclear antibodies, none of the patients developed a lupus-like syndrome. One patient, however, who had been maintained on CPZ for more than 15 years, developed Waldenström macroglobulinemia, as characterized by an IgM monoclonal gammopathy and a lymphocyte immunoglobulin heavy and kappa light chain gene rearrangement. Another CPZ-treated patient developed immune thrombocytopenia. Based on the potential serious sequelae of prolonged stimulation of the immune system by CPZ, we recommend that patients who develop an increase in serum IgM while on CPZ be switched to other types of anti-psychotic medications. SN - 0025-7974 AD - Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Northport, NY 11768. U2 - PMID: 2319941. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104752701&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107245326 T1 - The prevalence of impotence after radical prostatectomy. AU - Harris J Y1 - 1997/12//1997 Dec N1 - Accession Number: 107245326. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980301. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8812256. KW - Impotence -- Epidemiology KW - Prostatectomy -- Adverse Effects KW - Penile Erection -- Physiology KW - Impotence -- Diagnosis KW - Impotence -- Nursing KW - Urologic Nursing KW - Prostatectomy -- Methods KW - Adult KW - Middle Age KW - Aged SP - 142 EP - 145 JO - Urologic Nursing JF - Urologic Nursing JA - UROL NURS VL - 17 IS - 4 CY - Pitman, New Jersey PB - Society of Urologic Nurses & Associates, Inc. SN - 1053-816X AD - Urology Department, San Francisco Veterans Administration, San Francisco, California U2 - PMID: 9451242. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107245326&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107299228 T1 - The 'new VA': delivering health care value through integrated service networks. AU - Kizer KW AU - Pane GA Y1 - 1997/12//1997 Dec N1 - Accession Number: 107299228. Language: English. Entry Date: 19981201. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8002646. KW - United States Department of Veterans Affairs -- Administration KW - Organizational Objectives SP - 804 EP - 807 JO - Annals of Emergency Medicine JF - Annals of Emergency Medicine JA - ANN EMERG MED VL - 30 IS - 6 CY - New York, New York PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0196-0644 AD - Undersecretary for Health, Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Administration, 810 Vermont Ave NW, Washington DC U2 - PMID: 9398778. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107299228&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107237447 T1 - Congestive heart failure in elderly patients. The treatment goal is improved quality, not quantity, of life. AU - Buchanan A AU - Tan RS AU - Buchanan, A AU - Tan, R S Y1 - 1997/10// N1 - Accession Number: 107237447. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980101. Revision Date: 20161118. Publication Type: journal article; CEU; exam questions. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0401147. KW - Heart Failure -- In Old Age KW - Heart Failure -- Drug Therapy -- In Old Age KW - Heart Failure -- Etiology KW - Heart Failure -- Diagnosis -- In Old Age KW - Education, Continuing (Credit) KW - Aged SP - 207 EP - 214 JO - Postgraduate Medicine JF - Postgraduate Medicine JA - POSTGRAD MED VL - 102 IS - 4 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - Taylor & Francis Ltd AB - Primary care physicians who see elderly patients are likely to see cases of congestive heart failure, since this condition is typically the result of long-standing hypertension or coronary artery disease. Recognizing the condition in elderly patients may not be easy, though, because clinical signs can be distorted by accompanying symptoms. In this article, the authors discuss pathophysiologic, diagnostic, and pharmacokinetic issues. They also describe therapy with diuretics, angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors, and digoxin and outline special considerations in the elderly. SN - 0032-5481 AD - Department of geriatrics and extended care, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Amarillo, TX 79106, USA U2 - PMID: 9336607. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107237447&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107251689 T1 - Metered-dose inhalers or nebulizers? AU - Fink JB Y1 - 1997/10//1997 Oct-Nov N1 - Accession Number: 107251689. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980401. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9305390. KW - Nebulizers and Vaporizers KW - Product Evaluation KW - Patient Education SP - 45 EP - 49 JO - RT: The Journal for Respiratory Care Practitioners JF - RT: The Journal for Respiratory Care Practitioners JA - RT VL - 10 IS - 6 CY - Overland Park, Kansas PB - Allied Media LLC AB - Either way, patient education is the key to proper care. SN - 1040-6050 AD - Program Analyst, Respiratory Care, Edward Hines Jr Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, IL UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107251689&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107300640 T1 - Evaluation of health-related quality of life in individuals with vestibular disease using disease-specific and general outcome measures. AU - Enloe LJ AU - Shields RK Y1 - 1997/09// N1 - Accession Number: 107300640. Language: English. Entry Date: 19981201. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Peer Reviewed; USA. Instrumentation: Medical Outcomes Study 36-item Short-Form Health Survey (SF-36); Dizziness Handicap Inventory (DHI). Grant Information: This study was supported in part by The University of Iowa Physical Therapy Clinical Research Center, which was originally funded by the Foundation for Physical Therapy Inc.. NLM UID: 0022623. KW - Vestibular Diseases KW - Quality of Life -- Evaluation KW - Questionnaires KW - Instrument Validation KW - Funding Source KW - Algorithms KW - Test-Retest Reliability KW - Pearson's Correlation Coefficient KW - T-Tests KW - Outcomes (Health Care) KW - Iowa KW - Health Status KW - Descriptive Statistics KW - Confidence Intervals KW - Human SP - 890 EP - 903 JO - Physical Therapy JF - Physical Therapy JA - PHYS THER VL - 77 IS - 9 CY - Alexandria, Virginia PB - American Physical Therapy Association AB - BACKGROUND AND PURPOSE: The Dizziness Handicap Inventory (DHI) is a condition-specific health status measure for persons with vestibular disease, and the Medical Outcomes Study 36-Item Short-Form Health Survey (SF-36) is a generic health status assessment. The purposes of this study were (1) to describe the relationship between the DHI and the SF-36, (2) to examine the reliability and responsiveness of these measures for persons in a vestibular rehabilitation program, and (3) to compare health-related quality of life between individuals with vestibular disease and the general population. SUBJECTS: Ninety-five patients, aged 25 to 88 years (mean = 57.0, SD = 14.9), were assessed. METHODS: To determine reliability, 20 subjects completed both questionnaires twice, 24 to 48 hours apart. Thirty-one subjects completed both questionnaires before and after 6 to 8 weeks of vestibular rehabilitation to establish responsiveness. To establish the relationship between the two assessment tools, 95 subjects completed both questionnaires. RESULTS: Each test was moderately to highly reliable (intraclass correlation coefficients [2, 1] = .64-.95), but the tests were poorly to moderately correlated to each other (r = .11-.71). The DHI was more responsive to change than the SF-36. The SF-36 scores of individuals were lower than scores of the general population. CONCLUSION AND DISCUSSION: The DHI and the SF-36 provide reliable and responsive measurements, but they appear to provide different information about the health status of patients with vestibular disease. Compared with the general population, patients with vestibular disease had lower scores for health-related quality of life, but these scores improved after 6 to 8 weeks of treatment. Future studies should clarify whether this improved health status is due to vestibular rehabilitation. SN - 0031-9023 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, Iowa U2 - PMID: 9291947. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107300640&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107249060 T1 - Organization design of integrated delivery systems. AU - Charns MP Y1 - 1997///Fall97 N1 - Accession Number: 107249060. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980301. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Health Services Administration; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7611540. KW - Health Care Delivery, Integrated KW - Organizational Structure KW - United States Department of Veterans Affairs KW - Multiinstitutional Systems KW - Physicians KW - United States SP - 411 EP - 432 JO - Hospital & Health Services Administration JF - Hospital & Health Services Administration JA - HOSP HEALTH SERV ADM VL - 42 IS - 3 CY - Chicago, Illinois PB - Health Administration Press SN - 8750-3735 AD - Management Decision & Research Center (152-M) Veterans Health Administration, Boston, MA 02130 U2 - PMID: 10169295. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107249060&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 105822957 T1 - Effect of administered potassium on the renin-aldosterone axis in young blacks compared with whites. AU - Pratt JH AU - Manatunga AK AU - Hanna MP AU - Ambrosius WT Y1 - 1997/08//1997 Aug N1 - Accession Number: 105822957. Language: English. Entry Date: 20080307. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; clinical trial; research. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8306882. KW - Blacks KW - Potassium -- Pharmacodynamics KW - Renin-Angiotensin System -- Drug Effects KW - Whites KW - Adolescence KW - Aldosterone -- Blood KW - Aldosterone -- Urine KW - Blood Pressure -- Drug Effects KW - Crossover Design KW - Double-Blind Studies KW - Food, Fortified KW - Prospective Studies KW - Reproduction KW - Time Factors KW - Human SP - 877 EP - 883 JO - Journal of Hypertension JF - Journal of Hypertension JA - J HYPERTENS VL - 15 IS - 8 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - BACKGROUND: We had observed previously that the aldosterone excretion rate and plasma aldosterone concentration were lower for black children than they were for white children. We did not know whether this was secondary to a lower intake of potassium or to suppression of the renin-angiotensin system in blacks. OBJECTIVE: To test the hypothesis that the secretion of aldosterone in response to potassium would be different in blacks than in a control group of whites. DESIGN: Black and white subjects were selected on the basis of their having aldosterone excretion rates that were in the lowest quartile for the entire original cohort. Since the blacks typically had lower aldosterone excretion rates than did the whites, the black participants were represented primarily by those with average rates of aldosterone production among blacks, whereas the whites were represented by those with the lowest aldosterone production rates among whites. The protocol consisted of a placebo-controlled, randomized cross-over study design. METHODS: Twelve blacks and 12 whites, aged 14.1 +/- 1.6 (mean +/- SD) and 15.4 +/- 2.1 years, respectively, were allocated randomly to double-blind treatment either with placebo or with 40 mmol/day potassium chloride for 7 days and then the alternate treatment Measurements of the plasma renin activity (PRA), plasma aldosterone concentration, and urinary aldosterone excretion were performed in an inpatient research unit at the end of the treatment. The blood pressure was monitored for 24 h. RESULTS: Treatment with potassium increased the plasma aldosterone concentration (P = 0.0006) and the urinary excretion of aldosterone (P = 0.0002) significantly both for blacks and for whites. There was no significant racial difference in the response to potassium. The PRA was overall 1.605-fold lower in the blacks than it was in the whites (P = 0.0124). The lowest PRA levels, such as those in the blacks when they were supine, tended to be increased with the potassium treatment. The blood pressure did not change significantly with the potassium supplement for either racial group. CONCLUSIONS: After we had supplemented the intake of potassium, aldosterone production increased in the blacks and in the control group of whites to the same extent The potassium treatment appeared to increase lower PRA levels. A lower intake of potassium could at least partially account for the suppression of the renin-aldosterone system in blacks. SN - 0263-6352 AD - Department of Medicine, Indiana University School of Medicine and the Veterans Administration Medical Center, Indianapolis, USA. U2 - PMID: 9280211. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=105822957&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107334775 T1 - Graduate student scholarship. Treatment of postprostatectomy urinary incontinence with behavioral methods. AU - Harris JL Y1 - 1997/07//1997 Jul N1 - Accession Number: 107334775. Language: English. Entry Date: 19970901. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8709115. KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Prostatectomy -- Adverse Effects KW - Postoperative Complications KW - Postoperative Complications -- Therapy KW - Urinary Incontinence -- Therapy KW - Urinary Incontinence -- Physiopathology KW - Biofeedback KW - Kegel Exercises KW - Urinary Incontinence -- Epidemiology KW - Urinary Incontinence -- Etiology KW - Advanced Practice Nurses KW - Bladder KW - Postoperative Complications -- Nursing KW - Male SP - 159 EP - 166 JO - Clinical Nurse Specialist: The Journal for Advanced Nursing Practice JF - Clinical Nurse Specialist: The Journal for Advanced Nursing Practice JA - CLIN NURSE SPEC VL - 11 IS - 4 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Prostate cancer is the most commonly diagnosed cancer in men. The radical prostatectomy is the treatment of choice for localized cancer; however, this surgery carries with it the potential complication of urinary incontinence postoperatively. The increasing number of radical prostatectomies each year will thus lead to a growing number of patients suffering from postprostatectomy urinary incontinence. According to the medical literature, the treatment of postprostatectomy incontinence is almost always limited to pharmacological or surgical therapy. Because of the failure of the standard treatment options, many men are left to live with their incontinence. The guidelines for the treatment of urinary incontinence recommend the use of behavioral methods as first-line treatment for stress and urge incontinence. The potential treatment of postprostatectomy incontinence with the use of behavioral methods has a promising future for the advanced practice nurse and for the men who are affected. SN - 0887-6274 AD - San Francisco Veterans Administration Medical Center, California U2 - PMID: 9274154. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107334775&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107338320 T1 - Is the Addiction Severity Index a reliable and valid assessment instrument among clients with severe and persistent mental illness and substance abuse disorders? AU - Zanis DA AU - McLellan AT AU - Corse S Y1 - 1997/06// N1 - Accession Number: 107338320. Language: English. Entry Date: 19971001. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Continental Europe; Europe; Peer Reviewed. Instrumentation: Addiction Severity Index (ASI); structured Clinical Interview for DsM-III-R (SCID). Grant Information: National Institute of Drug Abuse. NLM UID: 0005735. KW - Research Instruments KW - Reliability and Validity KW - Diagnosis, Dual (Psychiatry) KW - Semi-Structured Interview KW - Funding Source KW - Coefficient Alpha KW - Pearson's Correlation Coefficient KW - Interrater Reliability KW - Spearman's Rank Correlation Coefficient KW - Test-Retest Reliability KW - Urinalysis KW - Concurrent Validity KW - Community Mental Health Services KW - Schizophrenia KW - Functional Assessment KW - Severity of Illness KW - Adult KW - Male KW - Female KW - Human SP - 213 EP - 227 JO - Community Mental Health Journal JF - Community Mental Health Journal JA - COMMUNITY MENT HEALTH J VL - 33 IS - 3 CY - , PB - Springer Science & Business Media B.V. AB - OBJECTIVE: This study examined aspects of reliability, validity and utility of Addiction Severity Index (ASI) data as administered to clients with severe and persistent mental illness (SMI) and concurrent substance abuse disorders enrolled in a publicly-funded community mental health center. METHODS: A total of 62 clients with SMI volunteered to participate in an interobserver and test-retest reliability study of the ASI. Spearman-Brown and Pearson correlation coefficients were calculated to examine the extent of agreement among client responses. RESULTS: Overall 16% of the composite scores could not be calculated due to missing data and 31% of the clients misunderstood or confused items in at least one of the seven ASI domains. As a whole, the interobserver reliability of the ASI composite scores for those subjects where sufficient data were available was satisfactory. However, there was more variance in the stability of client responses, with four composite scores producing test-retest reliability coefficients below .65. CONCLUSION: Evidence from this study suggests that the ASI has a number of limitations in assessing the problems of clients with severe and persistent mental illness, and it is likely that other similar instruments based on the self-reports of persons with severe and persistent mental illness would also encounter these limitations. SN - 0010-3853 AD - Philadelphia Veterans Administration Medical Center, Building #7, Mail Code 116-D, University and Woodlands Avenues, Philadelphia, PA 19104 U2 - PMID: 9211041. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107338320&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 105820249 T1 - What is the role of timing in the surgical and rehabilitative care of community-dwelling older persons with acute hip fracture? AU - Hoenig H AU - Rubenstein LV AU - Sloane R AU - Horner R AU - Kahn K Y1 - 1997/03/10/ N1 - Accession Number: 105820249. Language: English. Entry Date: 20080307. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0372440. KW - Hip Fractures -- Rehabilitation KW - Hip Fractures -- Surgery KW - Acute Disease KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and Over KW - Early Ambulation KW - Female KW - Fracture Fixation -- Mortality KW - Hip Fractures -- Complications KW - Hip Fractures -- Mortality KW - Length of Stay KW - Male KW - Medical Records KW - Multivariate Analysis KW - Occupational Therapy KW - Odds Ratio KW - Physical Therapy KW - Residence Characteristics KW - Retrospective Design KW - Time Factors KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Human SP - 513 EP - 520 JO - Archives of Internal Medicine JF - Archives of Internal Medicine JA - ARCH INTERN MED VL - 157 IS - 5 CY - Chicago, Illinois PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-9926 AD - Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service, Durham Veterans Administration Medical Center, NC, USA. U2 - PMID: 9066455. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=105820249&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107235030 T1 - Hospice organizations' role in health care improvement... co-published simultaneously in Ethics in Hospice Care: Challenges to Hospice Values in a Changing Health Care Environment (ed: Bruce Jennings) AU - Goodlin SJ Y1 - 1997/03// N1 - Accession Number: 107235030. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980101. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8505218. KW - Hospice Care KW - Quality of Health Care KW - Quality Improvement KW - Health Care Delivery KW - Process Assessment (Health Care) SP - 71 EP - 80 JO - Hospice Journal JF - Hospice Journal JA - HOSP J VL - 12 IS - 2 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - Taylor & Francis Ltd AB - Hospice organizations must understand and plan for their position in the proposed and ongoing changes in health care delivery in the United States. This paper proposes that hospice organizations shift their thinking about their role in the health care system. Hospices may view their work as processes which are impacted by many entities within the system of care; measure the outcomes of this work against the needs of patients, families and health care providers; and work to continually improve care. Aspects of this approach, and its implications for hospice organizations, are described. Using this new understanding, hospice organizations can both broaden their impact on care for larger numbers of dying patients, and position themselves to move forward within that system as the financial base and structure of health care change. SN - 0742-969X AD - Geriatrics and Extended Care (11B), White River Junction Veterans Administration Medical Center, White River Junction, VT 05009 U2 - PMID: 9248400. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107235030&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107194975 T1 - Teaching total quality management: developing and deploying education throughout a healthcare system. AU - Kleeb TE Y1 - 1997/03//1997 Mar-Apr N1 - Accession Number: 107194975. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990601. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; algorithm; forms; questionnaire/scale; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Health Services Administration; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9202994. KW - Quality Improvement KW - Hospital Programs KW - Program Development KW - Program Implementation SP - 17 EP - 26 JO - Journal for Healthcare Quality: Promoting Excellence in Healthcare JF - Journal for Healthcare Quality: Promoting Excellence in Healthcare JA - J HEALTHC QUAL VL - 19 IS - 2 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 1062-2551 AD - Executive Administrator for Ambulatory Care, Omaha Veterans Administration Medical Center, Omaha, NE U2 - PMID: 10166009. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107194975&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107325392 T1 - Reconceptualization of the nursing diagnosis decreased cardiac output. AU - Dougherty CM Y1 - 1997/01//1997 Jan-Mar N1 - Accession Number: 107325392. Language: English. Entry Date: 19970601. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9101481. KW - Decreased Cardiac Output (NANDA) KW - Cardiac Output -- Physiology KW - Heart Diseases -- Physiopathology KW - Models, Theoretical KW - Hemodynamics -- Physiology KW - Defining Characteristics (NANDA) KW - Heart Rate KW - Stroke Volume KW - Myocardial Contraction KW - Afterload SP - 29 EP - 36 JO - Nursing Diagnosis JF - Nursing Diagnosis JA - NURS DIAGN VL - 8 IS - 1 CY - Malden, Massachusetts PB - Wiley-Blackwell AB - TOPIC. The parameters of the diagnoses decreased cardiac output. PURPOSE. To propose an alternative conceptual structure for cardiac output that links conceptual parameters with clinical and hemodynamic data. SOURCE. Past discussions and research investigations. CONCLUSION. Careful analysis illustrates several diagnoses are contained within cardiac output at differing levels of abstraction. Testing of the model, including linking diagnoses with nursing interventions and outcomes, is suggested. SN - 1046-7459 AD - Veterans Administration Puget Sound Medical Center, Seattle, WA U2 - PMID: 9110745. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107325392&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - AU - Cook, R T TI - Alcohol abuse, alcoholism, and damage to the immune system: a review JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research PY - 1998/01/01/ VL - 22 IS - 9 SP - 1927 EP - 1942 SN - 01456008 N1 - Note: Record Source: This record is provided from the MEDLINE database of the National Library of Medicine (NLM), United States. The index terms may have been modified to conform with terminology used throughout the database; CAS Registry Number: 0; Contract Number: AA09598/AA/NIAAA NIH HHS; AA10906/AA/NIAAA NIH HHS. Database Contributor: MEDLINE. Database Contributor ID: 9884135. Database Subset: AFRICAN HEALTHLINE. Language: English. Accession Number: 9884135. Author Affiliation: Department of Pathology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, and the University of Iowa, Iowa City 52246, USA 1; AB - MEDLINE Abstract: Chronic alcohol abuse exacts a major social and medical toll in the United States and other Western countries. One of the least appreciated medical complications of alcohol abuse is altered immune regulation leading to immunodeficiency and autoimmunity. The consequences of the immunodeficiency include increased susceptibility to bacterial pneumonia, tuberculosis, and other infectious diseases. In addition, the chronic alcoholic often has circulating autoantibodies, and recent investigations indicate that the most destructive complications of alcoholism, such as liver disease and liver failure, may have a component of autoimmunity. Current research on altered cytokine balance produced by alcohol is leading to new insights on the regulation of the immune system in the chronic alcoholic. There is also recent development of exciting new techniques designed to improve or restore immune function by manipulation of cytokine balance. Although much remains to be learned, both in the abnormalities produced by alcohol and in the techniques to reverse those abnormalities, current progress reflects a rapidly improving understanding of the basic immune disorders of the alcoholic UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=awn&AN=9884135&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - awn ER - TY - JOUR AU - Halley-Boyce, Jamesetta A. AU - Dulin, Joann T1 - Actualizing Empowerment. JO - Nursing Management JF - Nursing Management Y1 - 1996/01// VL - 27 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 47 EP - 48 PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 07446314 AB - A three-hour "think tank" session and continual revision have led to a creative reorganization of admissions procedures that successfully addressed a growing problem of "boarders". This has resulted in providing more comprehensive patient care, increased satisfaction for both family and caregivers and significant cost reductions. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Nursing Management is the property of Lippincott Williams & Wilkins and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RESEARCH institutes KW - EMPLOYEE empowerment KW - CORPORATE reorganizations KW - INDUSTRIAL costs KW - CAREGIVERS N1 - Accession Number: 6662427; Halley-Boyce, Jamesetta A. 1; Dulin, Joann 2; Affiliations: 1: Assistant Vice President and Director of Nursing Services, SUNY-Health Science Center, Brooklyn, New York; 2: Special Staff Assistant to the Chief, Nursing Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brooklyn, New York; Issue Info: Jan96, Vol. 27 Issue 1, p47; Thesaurus Term: RESEARCH institutes; Thesaurus Term: EMPLOYEE empowerment; Thesaurus Term: CORPORATE reorganizations; Thesaurus Term: INDUSTRIAL costs; Subject Term: CAREGIVERS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541711 Research and Development in Biotechnology; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541712 Research and Development in the Physical, Engineering, and Life Sciences (except Biotechnology); NAICS/Industry Codes: 541720 Research and Development in the Social Sciences and Humanities; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=6662427&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107311720 T1 - Surveillance of vascular incisions: outcomes of a four-year unit-based quality-improvement program... presented... at the 14th Annual Conference of the Society for Vascular Nursing, June 1996, New Orleans, Louisiana. AU - McLeod JA Y1 - 1996/12//1996 Dec N1 - Accession Number: 107311720. Language: English. Entry Date: 19970201. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9014475. KW - Quality Improvement KW - Vascular Surgery KW - Wound Healing KW - Data Collection Methods KW - Surgical Wound Infection -- Epidemiology KW - Surgical Wound Infection -- Prevention and Control KW - Patient Education KW - Human SP - 85 EP - 90 JO - Journal of Vascular Nursing JF - Journal of Vascular Nursing JA - J VASC NURS VL - 14 IS - 4 CY - New York, New York PB - Elsevier Science AB - In a health care climate that emphasizes improving patient outcomes as well as reducing costs of care, the quality improvement process can be an effective tool to identify changes in practice that affect both of these factors in positive directions. Nursing staff members on our vascular surgical ward recognized incisional healing as critical to both cost of care and outcome. Infections and non-healing vascular incisions were problems that resulted in lengthy hospitalizations, the use of expensive antibiotics, and many readmissions. Beginning in fiscal year 1992, nurses began monitoring incisional healing in vascular patients as part of the unit-based quality-improvement program. For 3 years nurses collected and analyzed data related to incisional healing in patients with postoperative groin, leg, and amputation incisions. They communicated with interdisciplinary colleagues about ways to improve outcomes, and identified and implemented changes in practice that resulted in improvements. A formalized research program is underway to increase knowledge related to incisional healing and factors that affect healing in this specialty population. SN - 1062-0303 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Gainesville, Florida U2 - PMID: 9258021. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107311720&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107308833 T1 - A patient-focused pathway for ambulatory anticoagulation care. AU - Brosnan J Y1 - 1996/12//1996 Dec N1 - Accession Number: 107308833. Language: English. Entry Date: 19970201. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; critical path; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9200672. KW - Anticoagulants -- Administration and Dosage KW - Ambulatory Care KW - Critical Path KW - Ambulatory Care Nursing KW - Patient Education KW - Warfarin -- Administration and Dosage KW - Outpatients SP - 41 EP - 53 JO - Journal of Nursing Care Quality JF - Journal of Nursing Care Quality JA - J NURS CARE QUAL VL - 11 IS - 2 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Careful monitoring of ambulatory patients on anticoagulation medication is essential to prevent serious complications such as hemorrhages or blood clots. Nurse-run clinics developed in the 1980s provided some of the assistance necessary for chronic maintenance. These clinics had systems problems, however, that were frustrating for both the nurse and the patient. The article describes how multidisciplinary involvement at one medical center helped develop an anticoagulation pathway that improved service to patients and clarified and strengthened the nurse's role in the pathway. (c) 1996 Aspen Publishers, Inc. SN - 1057-3631 AD - Dept of Nursing, West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Center, Los Angeles, California U2 - PMID: 8987317. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107308833&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107326485 T1 - Hypothesis: potential utility of pyridoxal 5'-phosphate (vitamin B6) and levamisole in immune modulation and HIV-1 infection. AU - Salhany JM AU - Stevenson M Y1 - 1996/12// N1 - Accession Number: 107326485. Language: English. Entry Date: 19970601. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9607225. KW - Immune System -- Physiology KW - Pyridoxine KW - CD4 Lymphocyte Count KW - Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome -- Therapy KW - HIV Infections -- Therapy SP - 353 EP - 356 JO - AIDS Patient Care & STDs JF - AIDS Patient Care & STDs JA - AIDS PATIENT CARE STDS VL - 10 IS - 6 CY - New Rochelle, New York PB - Mary Ann Liebert, Inc. SN - 1087-2914 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center and the Departments of Internal Medicine and Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, University of Nebraska Center, Omaha, NE U2 - PMID: 11361551. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107326485&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107318068 T1 - Focus: bone marrow. Needle aspiration and biopsy in the diagnosis and monitoring of bone marrow diseases. AU - Hodges A AU - Koury MJ Y1 - 1996/11//1996 Nov-Dec N1 - Accession Number: 107318068. Language: English. Entry Date: 19970401. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; CEU; exam questions; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Blind Peer Reviewed; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8806547. KW - Bone Marrow Examination KW - Biopsy, Needle KW - Biopsy KW - Technology, Medical KW - Education, Continuing (Credit) KW - Hematologic Diseases -- Diagnosis KW - Biopsy, Needle -- Equipment and Supplies KW - Specimen Handling SP - 349 EP - 365 JO - Clinical Laboratory Science JF - Clinical Laboratory Science JA - CLIN LAB SCI VL - 9 IS - 6 CY - Tysons Corner, Virginia PB - American Society for Clinical Laboratory Science AB - OBJECTIVE: To review the procedures required to perform and evaluate needle aspiration and biopsy of bone marrow. DATA SOURCES: Journal articles, monographs and authors' experience. DATA SYNTHESIS: The performance of bone marrow needle aspiration and biopsy requires close cooperation between the physician and the clinical laboratory scientist (CLS). Several tests require special handling when obtaining and processing bone marrow samples. Serial bone marrow aspiration and biopsy studies can help in the management of some bone marrow diseases. This article reviews the procedures required to obtain and to process bone marrow aspirates and biopsies. It also reviews the interpretation of light microscopic studies of bone marrow samples. CONCLUSION: Current procedures for obtaining and procuring bone marrow needle aspirates and biopsies require close interaction between the CLS and the physician. Multiple specialized assays require special handling at the time marrow samples are obtained. Serial bone marrow needle aspirates and biopsies can be very useful in guiding the clinical care of certain patients. SN - 0894-959X AD - Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Division of Hematology, Vanderbilt University, Nashville, TN U2 - PMID: 10165116. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107318068&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107345008 T1 - Coagulation and fibrinolytic profiles in patients with severe pulmonary hypertension. AU - Welsh CH AU - Hassell KL AU - Badesch DB AU - Kressin DC AU - Marlar RA Y1 - 1996/09//1996 Sep N1 - Accession Number: 107345008. Language: English. Entry Date: 19971101. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; algorithm; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: Supported in part by a grant from the Department of Veterans Affairs (MERIT Review Grant to Dr. Marlar) and in part by the Pulmonary Hypertension Center at the University of Colorado Health Sciences Center. NLM UID: 0231335. KW - Blood Coagulation Factors -- Analysis KW - Blood Coagulation KW - Fibrinolysis KW - Hypertension, Pulmonary -- Physiopathology KW - T-Tests KW - Blood Pressure KW - Cross Sectional Studies KW - Hemodynamics KW - Liver Function Tests KW - Pulmonary Artery -- Physiopathology KW - Respiration KW - Funding Source KW - Adult KW - Middle Age KW - Male KW - Female KW - Human SP - 710 EP - 717 JO - CHEST JF - CHEST JA - CHEST VL - 110 IS - 3 CY - Glenview, Illinois PB - American College of Chest Physicians AB - STUDY OBJECTIVES: Although in situ thrombosis is a prominent finding in lung vessels from patients with primary and secondary pulmonary hypertension, to our knowledge, plasma coagulation factors that might contribute to a hypercoagulable state have not been fully investigated. We hypothesized that the local coagulation environment in the lung vasculature is important to progression if not initiation of pulmonary hypertension. DESIGN: Quasi-experimental cross-sectional design with concurrent controls. SETTING: Referral clinics and inpatient services of a University Hospital and a Veterans Administration Medical Center. PARTICIPANTS: To investigate the role of plasma coagulation factors in severe pulmonary hypertension, we sampled plasma from patients with primary pulmonary hypertension, patients with pulmonary hypertension secondary to a discernible etiology, and normal adult control subjects. RESULTS: We detected abnormalities of the thrombomodulin/protein C anticoagulant system, evidenced by a decrease in soluble thrombomodulin, in patients with primary pulmonary hypertension. In the patients with primary pulmonary hypertension, we found impaired fibrinolytic activity, with a rise in the fibrinolytic inhibitor plasminogen activator 1 and elevated euglobulin lysis time. Lower fibrinolytic activity correlated with high mean pulmonary artery pressure. In contrast, in patients with secondary pulmonary hypertension, von Willebrand factor antigen and fibrinogen levels were increased, and fibrinolytic activity decreased. CONCLUSIONS: Different patterns of coagulation and fibrinolytic abnormalities are apparent in plasma from patients with primary and secondary pulmonary hypertension. Although we are unable to address causality with this study, we speculate that abnormalities of these coagulation mechanisms may initiate or play a role in perpetuation of pulmonary hypertension. SN - 0012-3692 AD - Denver Veterans Administration Medical Center, Department of Medicine U2 - PMID: 8797416. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107345008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107387341 T1 - The advanced practice nurse in an acute care setting: the nurse practitioner in adult cardiac surgery care. AU - Callahan M Y1 - 1996/09//1996 Sep N1 - Accession Number: 107387341. Language: English. Entry Date: 19961101. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0042033. KW - Acute Care Nurse Practitioners KW - Critical Care Nursing KW - Advanced Nursing Practice KW - Prescriptive Authority KW - Nursing Role SP - 487 EP - 493 JO - Nursing Clinics of North America JF - Nursing Clinics of North America JA - NURS CLIN NORTH AM VL - 31 IS - 3 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - W B Saunders AB - Growing numbers of nurse practitioners are shifting practice to the acute care setting. Nurse practitioners are responding to the demand by hospitals for more efficient, cost effective, and safe patient care. An Adult Cardiac Surgery program in New York City uses acute care nurse practitioners in providing patient care through the hospital course. This article explores one such practice. Copyright (c) 1996 W.B. Saunders Company SN - 0029-6465 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Nashville, Tennessee U2 - PMID: 8751782. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107387341&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107385754 T1 - Development of a tool to measure therapeutic factors in group process. AU - Hastings-Vertino K AU - Getty C AU - Wooldridge P Y1 - 1996/08//1996 Aug N1 - Accession Number: 107385754. Language: English. Entry Date: 19961001. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; forms. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8708535. KW - Group Processes -- Evaluation KW - Instrument Construction KW - Psychological Theory KW - Observational Methods KW - Conceptual Framework KW - Instrument Validation KW - Interrater Reliability KW - Construct Validity KW - Correlation Coefficient KW - Pilot Studies KW - Face Validity SP - 221 EP - 228 JO - Archives of Psychiatric Nursing JF - Archives of Psychiatric Nursing JA - ARCH PSYCHIATR NURS VL - 10 IS - 4 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - Elsevier Inc. AB - A tool, the Therapeutic Group Interaction Factors Scale (TGIF), was developed for systematically and objectively measuring the extent to which therapeutic factors defined by Yalom are present or absent in group process. Preliminary findings suggest that the TGIF is relatively easy to learn and use by coders who are familiar with Yalom's work. Once this tool has been further developed and tested, it will permit nurses and other therapists who lead/facilitate therapeutic groups to study the relationship between Yalom's factors and therapeutic outcomes objectively, rather than by asking patients to evaluate the contribution of each factor subjectively. Copyright (c) 1996 by W.B. Saunders Company SN - 0883-9417 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3495 Bailey Ave, Buffalo, NY 14214 U2 - PMID: 8799048. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107385754&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 106578848 T1 - Opioid analgesic drugs in the elderly. AU - Forman WB Y1 - 1996/08//1996 Aug N1 - Accession Number: 106578848. Language: English. Entry Date: 20050211. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8603766. KW - Analgesics, Opioid -- Therapeutic Use -- In Old Age KW - Pain -- Drug Therapy KW - Aged KW - Analgesics, Opioid -- Administration and Dosage KW - Analgesics, Opioid -- Adverse Effects KW - Analgesics, Opioid -- Classification KW - Analgesics, Opioid -- Pharmacodynamics KW - Analgesics, Opioid -- Pharmacokinetics KW - Health Beliefs SP - 489 EP - 500 JO - Clinics in Geriatric Medicine JF - Clinics in Geriatric Medicine JA - CLIN GERIATR MED VL - 12 IS - 3 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - W B Saunders AB - Much is known about opioid metabolism, which is critical in administering these agents to the elderly. Fear of addiction and tolerance are the major barriers to their use among patients as well as health-care professionals. Addressing these issues early in the initiation opioid therapy will help to alleviate these concerns. Once therapy with an opioid is initiated, the role of renal function is critical. Because many metabolites of the opioids are renally cleared and have activity either in analgesia or as undesired side effects, it is critical to be aware of the creatinine clearance (not just serum creatinine) in the elderly. The initiating doses of the opioids can be equal to that of younger patients, but the clinician should anticipate using a longer frequency of dosing interval or smaller doses during the course of therapy. Methadone, propoxyphene, and meperidine are not recommended for use in elderly people, because of the toxicity of their metabolites. Of all the unwanted effects of the opioids, the most difficult to deal with is that of constipation. Here, an aggressive approach using bowel stimulating laxatives is critical in order to prevent this problem. It is anticipated that a variety of newly formulated opioids will shortly be available for clinical use. Finally, as a better understanding of the neurophysiology of pain is gained, the clinician can anticipate having more analgesic opioids that target their receptors without agonist or antagonist effect on other opioid receptors. This will allow the clinician to better relieve pain with a minimum of unwanted side effects. Copyright © 1996 by W.B. Saunders Company SN - 0749-0690 AD - Albuquerque Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albuquerque, NM U2 - PMID: 8853941. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=106578848&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107203299 T1 - Promoting sun awareness: evaluation of an educational children's book. AU - Thornton CM AU - Piacquadio DJ Y1 - 1996/07// N1 - Accession Number: 107203299. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990801. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0376422. KW - Skin Diseases -- Prevention and Control KW - School Health Education KW - Health Knowledge -- Evaluation KW - Ultraviolet Rays -- Adverse Effects KW - Knowledge -- Evaluation KW - Textbooks KW - Students, Elementary KW - Pretest-Posttest Design KW - Questionnaires KW - Data Analysis Software KW - Paired T-Tests KW - Child KW - Female KW - Male KW - Human SP - 52 EP - 55 JO - Pediatrics JF - Pediatrics JA - PEDIATRICS VL - 98 IS - 1 CY - Chicago, Illinois PB - American Academy of Pediatrics SN - 0031-4005 AD - Dermatology Clinical Research, Division of Dermatology, University of California, San Diego School of Medicine and Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego U2 - PMID: 8668412. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107203299&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107387311 T1 - Implementation of computerized social work data base/assessments. AU - Breeding W AU - Grishman MH AU - Moreland M Y1 - 1996/07// N1 - Accession Number: 107387311. Language: English. Entry Date: 19961101. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Blind Peer Reviewed; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7603729. KW - Databases, Health -- Utilization KW - Patient Record Systems KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Pennsylvania KW - Veterans KW - Social Work Service KW - Attitude of Health Personnel KW - Staff Development KW - Inpatients SP - 81 EP - 98 JO - Social Work in Health Care JF - Social Work in Health Care JA - SOC WORK HEALTH CARE VL - 23 IS - 2 CY - Oxfordshire, PB - Routledge AB - The Department of Veterans Affairs, Social Work Service has designed, developed and implemented the Social Work Information Management System (SWIMS) which provides for the collection and reporting of both administrative and clinical information. This paper describes the implementation of one component of SWIMS, the automated Social Work Data Base/Assessment. The discussion details the implementation process and discusses issues encountered in the implementation of a computerized documentation system. SN - 0098-1389 AD - Social Work Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Danville, IL U2 - PMID: 8858783. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107387311&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107352386 T1 - Who'll benefit from endoscopic sinus surgery? AU - Davidson TM AU - Hudgins PA AU - Kennedy DW Y1 - 1996/06/15/ N1 - Accession Number: 107352386. Language: English. Entry Date: 19971201. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; diagnostic images; pictorial; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0246161. KW - Sinusitis -- Surgery KW - Paranasal Sinuses -- Surgery KW - Surgery, Otorhinolaryngologic KW - Endoscopy KW - Chronic Disease KW - Paranasal Sinuses -- Anatomy and Histology KW - Surgery, Otorhinolaryngologic -- Adverse Effects KW - Sinusitis -- Diagnosis KW - Sinusitis -- Radiography KW - Sinusitis -- Classification KW - Mucociliary Clearance KW - Tomography, X-Ray Computed KW - Postoperative Complications KW - Treatment Outcomes SP - 178 EP - 192 JO - Patient Care JF - Patient Care JA - PATIENT CARE VL - 30 IS - 11 CY - North Olmsted, Ohio PB - Advanstar Communications Inc. AB - Endoscopic surgery has supplanted external approaches. Does it deserve its central role in treating chronic, intractable sinusitis? Which of your patients are the most likely candidates? SN - 0031-305X AD - Head and Neck Surgery, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107352386&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107315199 T1 - Suicide among Hispanic elderly: Cuban Americans in Dade County, Florida 1990-1993. AU - Llorente MD AU - Eisdorfer C AU - Loewenstein DA AU - Zarate YA Y1 - 1996///1996 Summer-Fall N1 - Accession Number: 107315199. Language: English. Entry Date: 19970301. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Supplement Title: 1996 Summer-Fall. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9604101. KW - Suicide -- In Old Age -- Florida KW - Hispanics -- In Old Age -- Florida KW - Florida KW - Cuba KW - Record Review KW - Data Analysis, Statistical KW - Convenience Sample KW - Descriptive Statistics KW - Aged KW - Male KW - Female KW - Human SP - 79 EP - 87 JO - Journal of Mental Health & Aging JF - Journal of Mental Health & Aging JA - J MENT HEALTH AGING VL - 2 IS - 2 CY - New York, New York PB - Springer Publishing Company, Inc. AB - While suicide rates remain highest among the elderly, little is known about suicide in elderly Hispanics. The purpose of this study was to examine suicide among elderly Cuban-Americans and compare known risk factors for suicide with an American-born group that also committed suicide. Files of persons aged 65 and older and determined by the Medical Examiner to have committed suicide were reviewed; data was analyzed and using chi-square and ANOVA. Rates of suicide per 100,000 were as follows: Cuban males 66; American males 39.6; Cuban females 9.0; American females 6.2. The Cubans differed with respect to lower educational level, greater presence of support system and equal likelihood of hanging or gunshot wound as method of choice. Elderly Cuban males had a rate of suicide 1.67 times that of older Americans. Better recognition of and prompt referral for treatment of depression may be an important intervention in preventing suicides in older Hispanics. SN - 1078-4470 AD - Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Miami Veterans' Administration Medical Center, 116A14, 1201 NW 16th St, Miami, FL 33125 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107315199&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104790509 T1 - Metabolic abnormalities in offspring of NIDDM patients with a family history of diabetes mellitus. AU - Migdalis, I N AU - Zachariadis, D AU - Kalogeropoulou, K AU - Nounopoulos, C AU - Bouloukos, A AU - Samartzis, M Y1 - 1996/05//1996 May N1 - Accession Number: 104790509. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Europe; Peer Reviewed; UK & Ireland. NLM UID: 8500858. KW - Blood Glucose -- Metabolism KW - C-Peptide -- Blood KW - Diabetes Mellitus, Type 2 KW - Insulin -- Blood KW - Lipids -- Blood KW - Adolescence KW - Adult KW - Analysis of Variance KW - Blood Pressure KW - Cholesterol -- Blood KW - Lipoproteins, HDL Cholesterol -- Blood KW - Confidence Intervals KW - Diabetes Mellitus, Type 2 -- Blood KW - Erythrocytes -- Metabolism KW - Fasting KW - Female KW - Glucose Tolerance Test KW - Human KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Nuclear Family KW - Receptors, Cell Surface -- Analysis KW - Reference Values KW - Triglycerides -- Blood SP - 434 EP - 440 JO - Diabetic Medicine JF - Diabetic Medicine JA - DIABETIC MED VL - 13 IS - 5 CY - Malden, Massachusetts PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 0742-3071 AD - Department of Diabetes and Medicine, NIMTS Veterans Administration Hospital, Athens, Greece. U2 - PMID: 8737025. DO - 10.1002/(SICI)1096-9136(199605)13:5<434::AID-DIA102>3.0.CO;2-R UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104790509&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107374683 T1 - Diagnostic blood analysis using point-of-care technology. AU - Dirks JL Y1 - 1996/05//1996 May N1 - Accession Number: 107374683. Language: English. Entry Date: 19960701. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9508191. KW - Point-of-Care Testing KW - Blood Gas Analysis KW - Electrolytes -- Analysis KW - Point-of-Care Testing -- Equipment and Supplies KW - Critically Ill Patients KW - Critical Care Nursing KW - Inpatients SP - 249 EP - 259 JO - AACN Clinical Issues: Advanced Practice in Acute & Critical Care JF - AACN Clinical Issues: Advanced Practice in Acute & Critical Care JA - AACN CLIN ISSUES ADV PRACT ACUTE CRIT CARE VL - 7 IS - 2 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Rapid analysis of selected laboratory tests is essential in the management of critically ill patients. These tests facilitate accurate diagnosis of clinical problems and the initiation and evaluation of appropriate therapeutic interventions. Instruments are now available to perform analysis at a site near the patient, or 'point-of-care' testing. These instruments incorporate electrochemical and optical sensors capable of providing information on multiple analytes from a small sample of whole blood. In this article, the author explores the technologies behind point-of-care testing, as well as the advantages and disadvantages of in vitro, in vivo, and ex vivo modalities. SN - 1079-0713 AD - Palo Alto Veterans Administration Health Care System, Palo Alto, California U2 - PMID: 8718387. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107374683&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107394333 T1 - Risk factors for diabetes and cardiovascular disease in young Australian aborigines: a 5-year follow-up study. AU - Braun B AU - Zimmermann MB AU - Kretchmer N AU - Spargo RM AU - Smith RM AU - Gracey M Y1 - 1996/05// N1 - Accession Number: 107394333. Language: English. Entry Date: 19961201. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: Supported in part by grants from the University of California's Pacific Rim Initiative Program, the Monsanto Corporation, and the NutraSweet Company. Partial support for B.B. and M.B.Z. was provided by National Institutes of Health Training Grant in Human Nutrition 5-T32-HD07255-05. NLM UID: 7805975. KW - Risk Factors -- In Infancy and Childhood KW - Diabetes Mellitus, Type 2 -- Ethnology KW - Cardiovascular Risk Factors -- In Infancy and Childhood KW - Aborigines KW - Funding Source KW - Australia KW - Body Mass Index -- In Infancy and Childhood KW - Blood Glucose -- Analysis -- In Infancy and Childhood KW - Insulin -- Analysis -- In Infancy and Childhood KW - Lipoproteins, HDL Cholesterol -- Analysis -- In Infancy and Childhood KW - Lipoproteins, LDL Cholesterol -- Analysis -- In Infancy and Childhood KW - Triglycerides -- Analysis -- In Infancy and Childhood KW - Prospective Studies KW - Sampling Methods KW - Data Analysis Software KW - Paired T-Tests KW - Analysis of Variance KW - Mann-Whitney U Test KW - Child KW - Adolescence KW - Male KW - Female KW - Human SP - 472 EP - 479 JO - Diabetes Care JF - Diabetes Care JA - DIABETES CARE VL - 19 IS - 5 CY - Alexandria, Virginia PB - American Diabetes Association AB - OBJECTIVE--To test the hypothesis that hyperinsulinemia and glucose intolerance are present at an early age in Australian aborigines and can be used to predict the eventual development of NIDDM. RESEARCH DESIGN AND METHODS--Baseline anthropometric, pubertal stage, and blood pressure data were collected for 100 Australian aboriginal children and adolescents in 1989. Plasma concentrations of glucose, insulin, C-peptide, triglycerides, and LDL, HDL, and total cholesterol were measured before and during an oral glucose tolerance test. All measurements were repeated in 74 individuals from the original study population in 1994. Results were compared among hyperinsulinemic and normoinsulinemic subjects, and subjects with normal or abnormal glucose tolerance. RESULTS--The percentage of subjects who were overweight increased from 2.7% at baseline to 17.6% 5 years later. At a mean age of 18.5 years, 8.1% of the population had impaired glucose tolerance (IGT), 2.7% had diabetes, and 21.6% had elevated cholesterol concentrations in plasma. Dyslipidemia was particularly prevalent among male subjects in the population: 34.4% had elevated plasma cholesterol and 21.9% had elevated LDL cholesterol values. Of the eight subjects who had diabetes or IGT in 1994, four were classified as hyperinsulinemic in 1989 and four were not. CONCLUSIONS--The major finding of this study is the high prevalence of risk factors for NIDDM and cardiovascular disease in this population of aboriginal children and adolescents. Abnormalities of carbohydrate and lipid metabolism were well established by late in the second decade of life. Although many subjects had high insulin levels and there was evidence of insulin resistance in the population, hyperinsulinemia did not predict the development of abnormal glucose tolerance 5 years later. SN - 0149-5992 AD - Depts of Endocrinology, Geriatrics and Metabolism, Stanford University School of Medicine, GRECC 2B1, Veterans Administration Health Care System, 3801 Miranda Ave, Palo Alto, CA 94304 U2 - PMID: 8732712. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107394333&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107383047 T1 - Functional status instruments: outcome measure in the evaluation of patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. AU - Lareau SC AU - Breslin EH AU - Meek PM Y1 - 1996/05//1996 May-Jun N1 - Accession Number: 107383047. Language: English. Entry Date: 19960901. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. Instrumentation: Sickness Impact Profile (SIP); Additive Activities Profile Test (ADAPT); Karnofsky Performance Status Scale (KPS); Index of ADL; Quality of Well-Being Scale; Medical Outcomes Study; Pulmonary Functional Status and Dyspnea Questionnaire (PFSDQ); Pulmonary Functional Status Scale (PFSS); St. George's Respiratory Disease Questionnaire. NLM UID: 0330057. KW - Rehabilitation, Pulmonary KW - Pulmonary Disease, Chronic Obstructive -- Diagnosis KW - Questionnaires -- Evaluation KW - Functional Assessment KW - Activities of Daily Living -- Evaluation KW - Clinical Assessment Tools -- Evaluation KW - Reliability and Validity KW - Internal Consistency KW - Test-Retest Reliability KW - Sickness Impact Profile KW - Scales KW - Coefficient Alpha KW - Health -- Evaluation SP - 212 EP - 224 JO - Heart & Lung JF - Heart & Lung JA - HEART LUNG VL - 25 IS - 3 CY - New York, New York PB - Elsevier Science AB - The purpose of this article is to review the instruments developed to measure functional status in patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. Because the ability to carry out day-to-day activities is of primary importance to patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, it is necessary for clinicians to understand which instruments provide the best measures of patient activity levels. Furthermore, as a critical outcome in managed care services, pulmonary critical pathways, and patient disability, the measurement of functional status in clinical practice assumes greater relevance. Functional status instruments in this review will refer to questionnaires measuring the day-to-day activities of patients. Questionnaires reviewed will include those that provide measures of general health status with activity-specific items, as well as questionnaires specifically designed to evaluate patients with pulmonary disease. The psychometric strengths, reliability and validity, and clinical utility of the instruments will be presented. SN - 0147-9563 AD - Jerry L Pettis Veterans Administration Medical Center, Pulmonary Section (111-P), 11201 Benton St, Loma Linda, CA 92357 U2 - PMID: 8635922. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107383047&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107380892 T1 - Chemistry III: immunoassays: tools for sensitive, specific, and accurate test results. AU - Slagle KM AU - Ghosn SJ Y1 - 1996/03//1996 Mar N1 - Accession Number: 107380892. Language: English. Entry Date: 19960901. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; CEU; glossary; pictorial; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0250641. KW - Immunoassay -- Equipment and Supplies KW - Education, Continuing (Credit) KW - Immunoassay -- Classification SP - 177 EP - 183 JO - Laboratory Medicine JF - Laboratory Medicine JA - LAB MED VL - 27 IS - 3 PB - Oxford University Press / USA AB - Immunoassays are popular in the clinical laboratory because they can quickly and easily provide precise and accurate test results. We review the principles of immunoassays with emphasis on the advantages of the two basic types (competitive vs noncompetitive). We address the methods for distinguishing bound from unbound fractions (homogeneous vs heterogeneous immunoassays) and discuss specific labels for signal generation and detection. Special cases of immunoassays not requiring specific labels are reviewed briefly. Finally, examples and illustrations of commonly used automated immunoassays are provided. This is the third part of a continuing education series on chemistry. Other articles focus on rapid immunoassays, immunosensors and prostate-specific antigen. After reading this article, participants should be able to distinguish competitive from noncompetitive immunoassays, understand the differences between homogeneous and heterogeneous immunoassays, and identify popular, automated immunoassays. SN - 0007-5027 AD - Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cincinnati OH UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107380892&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107391346 T1 - Question and answer. Tuberculosis in the elderly. AU - Pettit J Y1 - 1996/03// N1 - Accession Number: 107391346. Language: English. Entry Date: 19961201. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8916634. KW - Tuberculosis -- In Old Age KW - Risk Factors KW - Tuberculosis -- Epidemiology -- In Old Age KW - Tuberculosis -- Prevention and Control -- In Old Age KW - Tuberculosis -- Drug Therapy -- In Old Age KW - Nurse Practitioners KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and Over SP - 131 EP - 134 JO - Journal of the American Academy of Nurse Practitioners JF - Journal of the American Academy of Nurse Practitioners JA - J AM ACAD NURSE PRACT VL - 8 IS - 3 CY - Malden, Massachusetts PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 1041-2972 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Milwaukee, WI U2 - PMID: 8788726. DO - 10.1111/j.1745-7599.1996.tb00643.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107391346&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107325723 T1 - Effects of improvements of poorly fitting dentures and new dentures on masticatory performance. AU - Garrett NR AU - Perez P AU - Elbert C AU - Kapur KK Y1 - 1996/03//1996 Mar N1 - Accession Number: 107325723. Language: English. Entry Date: 19970601. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: Supported by Department of Veterans Affairs Medical Research and National Institute of Dental Research grant No. R01DE06638. NLM UID: 0376364. KW - Prosthodontics KW - Dentures KW - Mastication KW - Hospitals, Military KW - California KW - Funding Source KW - Prospective Studies KW - Summated Rating Scaling KW - Aged KW - Middle Age KW - Questionnaires KW - Research Protocols KW - Case Control Studies KW - Paired T-Tests KW - Descriptive Statistics KW - P-Value KW - Time Factors KW - Vegetables KW - Legumes KW - Dental Occlusion KW - Adaptation, Psychological KW - Prosthetic Fitting KW - Human SP - 269 EP - 275 JO - Journal of Prosthetic Dentistry JF - Journal of Prosthetic Dentistry JA - J PROSTHET DENT VL - 75 IS - 3 CY - New York, New York PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0022-3913 AD - Oral Biology Research, Building 220, Room 122, West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Center, 11301 Wilshire Blvd., Los Angeles, CA 90073 U2 - PMID: 8648573. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107325723&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107371494 T1 - Management and care of mentally ill mothers of young children: an innovative program. AU - Mohit DL Y1 - 1996/02//1996 Feb N1 - Accession Number: 107371494. Language: English. Entry Date: 19960601. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; questionnaire/scale; research. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. Instrumentation: Parenting Assessment Guide. NLM UID: 8708535. KW - Mental Disorders -- Nursing KW - Mothers -- Psychosocial Factors KW - Role Stress -- Prevention and Control KW - Maternal Role -- Nursing KW - Special Populations KW - Psychiatric Nursing KW - Cognitive Therapy KW - Clinical Assessment Tools KW - Hospital Programs KW - Community Mental Health Services KW - Clinical Nurse Specialists KW - Case Management KW - Home Visits KW - Readmission KW - Hospitals, Veterans KW - Program Development KW - Parenting -- Nursing KW - Human SP - 49 EP - 54 JO - Archives of Psychiatric Nursing JF - Archives of Psychiatric Nursing JA - ARCH PSYCHIATR NURS VL - 10 IS - 1 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - Elsevier Inc. AB - The literature identifies seriously mentally ill (SMI) mothers of young children as being at-risk for frequent psychiatric hospitalization because of preexisting impairment in adjustment and coping compounded by the additional strains of motherhood. Economic hardship, lack of information, and social isolation are some factors that may cause stress in relation to parenting. This article discusses the nature and extent of parenting problems experienced by SMI mothers of young children receiving treatment in a hospital-based, community-focused case management program. Intervention strategies are described that focus on reducing rehospitalization by decreasing the intensity and duration of maternal role strain. (Copyright 1996 by W.B. Saunders Company) SN - 0883-9417 AD - Nursing Dept, Bronx Veterans Administration Hospital, 130 W Kingsbridge Rd, Bronx, NY 10468 U2 - PMID: 8904035. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107371494&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107351596 T1 - Medical management of stable angina and unstable angina in the elderly with coronary artery disease. AU - Olson HG AU - Aronow WS Y1 - 1996/02//1996 Feb N1 - Accession Number: 107351596. Language: English. Entry Date: 19971201. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8603766. KW - Coronary Disease -- Drug Therapy KW - Angina, Stable -- Drug Therapy KW - Angina, Unstable -- Drug Therapy KW - Angina, Stable -- Physiopathology KW - Coronary Disease -- Symptoms KW - Coronary Disease -- Physiopathology KW - Nitrates -- Therapeutic Use KW - Adrenergic Beta-Antagonists -- Therapeutic Use KW - Calcium Channel Blockers -- Therapeutic Use KW - Drug Therapy, Combination KW - Aged SP - 121 EP - 140 JO - Clinics in Geriatric Medicine JF - Clinics in Geriatric Medicine JA - CLIN GERIATR MED VL - 12 IS - 1 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - W B Saunders SN - 0749-0690 AD - Cardiology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 5901 East Seventh Street, Long Beach, CA 90822 U2 - PMID: 8653654. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107351596&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107363234 T1 - A new collaborative practice: critical care and hematology/oncology -- altering the misconceptions. AU - Rohaly-Davis J AU - Johnston K Y1 - 1996/02//1996 Feb N1 - Accession Number: 107363234. Language: English. Entry Date: 19960301. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8704517. KW - Critical Care Nursing KW - Nurse Attitudes KW - Collaboration KW - Oncologic Nursing KW - Intraprofessional Relations KW - Inpatients KW - Intensive Care Units KW - Cancer Patients SP - 61 EP - 65 JO - Critical Care Nursing Quarterly JF - Critical Care Nursing Quarterly JA - CRIT CARE NURS Q VL - 18 IS - 4 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - For the two decades of development, intensive care units and hematology/oncology units have been separate entities, very territorial over their patient populations and precise in their expertise. The interactions between these units were minimal, and, therefore, many misconceptions have developed through the years. Some of these views have truth, and others are challengeable. A competitive rivalry has often developed between these two areas of expertise. However, with new technologies and therapies being investigated, these two units are interfacing to benefit patient care. Misconceptions can lead to fragmented care of the patient; poor communication between staff, units, patients and family members; and an increased stress level. The intent of this article is to define some of the most common misconceptions between these two disciplines and increase an understanding of each discipline's contribution to the well-being of the patient. SN - 0887-9303 AD - Edward J. Hines Jr. Veterans Administration Hospital, Department of Veterans Affairs, Hines, Illinois U2 - PMID: 8689454. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107363234&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107363232 T1 - An introduction to music therapy: helping the oncology patient in the ICU. AU - Johnston K AU - Rohaly-Davis J Y1 - 1996/02//1996 Feb N1 - Accession Number: 107363232. Language: English. Entry Date: 19960301. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; care plan; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8704517. KW - Music Therapy KW - Cancer Patients KW - Critical Care KW - Inpatients KW - Intensive Care Units KW - Music Therapy -- Evaluation KW - Pain -- Prevention and Control KW - Anxiety -- Prevention and Control KW - Research KW - Critically Ill Patients KW - Critical Care Nursing SP - 54 EP - 60 JO - Critical Care Nursing Quarterly JF - Critical Care Nursing Quarterly JA - CRIT CARE NURS Q VL - 18 IS - 4 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Oncology and critical care patients have unique and complex problems. With the explosion of technology and advances in medicine, many intensive care units are seeing an increase in oncology patients. Intensive care units are stressful and frightening; music therapy is a noninvasive holistic approach to bridging the gap between oncology patients and intensive care units. SN - 0887-9303 AD - Department of Nursing, Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Hospital, Ann Arbor, Michigan U2 - PMID: 8689453. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107363232&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107363230 T1 - Hematologic emergencies in the intensive care unit. AU - Rohaly-Davis J AU - Johnston K Y1 - 1996/02//1996 Feb N1 - Accession Number: 107363230. Language: English. Entry Date: 19960301. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8704517. KW - Inappropriate ADH Syndrome KW - Hypercalcemia KW - Tumor Lysis Syndrome KW - Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation KW - Critical Care Nursing KW - Emergencies KW - Neoplasms -- Complications KW - Inpatients KW - Cancer Patients KW - Oncologic Nursing KW - Inappropriate ADH Syndrome -- Symptoms KW - Inappropriate ADH Syndrome -- Nursing KW - Inappropriate ADH Syndrome -- Therapy KW - Hypercalcemia -- Symptoms KW - Hypercalcemia -- Therapy KW - Hypercalcemia -- Nursing KW - Tumor Lysis Syndrome -- Symptoms KW - Tumor Lysis Syndrome -- Nursing KW - Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation -- Symptoms KW - Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation -- Nursing KW - Neoplasm Metastasis -- Complications KW - Chemotherapy, Cancer -- Adverse Effects SP - 35 EP - 43 JO - Critical Care Nursing Quarterly JF - Critical Care Nursing Quarterly JA - CRIT CARE NURS Q VL - 18 IS - 4 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Hematologic emergencies in the oncology population may require an admission to the intensive care unit (ICU). Syndrome of inappropnate antidiuretic hormone, hypercalcemia, tumor lysis syndrome, and disseminated intravascular coagulation are diseases defined in this article. These are common conditions in oncology patients that are reduced or prevented with close monitoring and accurate assessments. The purpose of this article is to introduce intensive care nurses to these disease entities so they will have a better understanding of the care involved with an oncology patient in the ICU unit. SN - 0887-9303 AD - Department of Nursing, Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Hospital, Ann Arbor, Michigan U2 - PMID: 8689451. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107363230&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107363229 T1 - Oncology emergencies. AU - Uaje C AU - Kahsen K AU - Parish L Y1 - 1996/02//1996 Feb N1 - Accession Number: 107363229. Language: English. Entry Date: 19960301. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8704517. KW - Emergencies KW - Neoplasms -- Complications KW - Pleural Effusion KW - Cardiac Tamponade KW - Superior Vena Cava Syndrome KW - Critical Care Nursing KW - Pleural Effusion -- Physiopathology KW - Pleural Effusion -- Therapy KW - Pleural Effusion -- Nursing KW - Cardiac Tamponade -- Physiopathology KW - Cardiac Tamponade -- Therapy KW - Cardiac Tamponade -- Nursing KW - Superior Vena Cava Syndrome -- Physiopathology KW - Superior Vena Cava Syndrome -- Therapy KW - Inpatients KW - Cancer Patients KW - Neoplasm Metastasis -- Complications KW - Oncologic Nursing KW - Superior Vena Cava Syndrome -- Nursing SP - 26 EP - 34 JO - Critical Care Nursing Quarterly JF - Critical Care Nursing Quarterly JA - CRIT CARE NURS Q VL - 18 IS - 4 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Oncology patients have numerous complications that are life threatening and may require an admission into the intensive care unit (ICU). Most ICU nurses have a limited understanding of how to assess and treat this type of patient population. Three of the most common oncologic emergencies that can be seen in an ICU are malignant pleural effusion, cardiac tamponade, and superior vena cava syndrome. Each of these disease entities will be defined to introduce the ICU nurse to oncologic emergencies. SN - 0887-9303 AD - Edward J. Hines Jr. Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois U2 - PMID: 8689450. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107363229&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107363227 T1 - Antineoplastic agents. AU - Carlson PA Y1 - 1996/02//1996 Feb N1 - Accession Number: 107363227. Language: English. Entry Date: 19960301. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; pictorial; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8704517. KW - Antineoplastic Agents KW - Antineoplastic Agents -- Classification KW - Nitrogen Mustard Compounds KW - Antimetabolites, Antineoplastic KW - Antibiotics, Antineoplastic KW - Podophyllin KW - Antineoplastic Agents, Hormonal KW - Critical Care Nursing KW - Antineoplastic Agents -- Adverse Effects SP - 1 EP - 15 JO - Critical Care Nursing Quarterly JF - Critical Care Nursing Quarterly JA - CRIT CARE NURS Q VL - 18 IS - 4 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Advances in the field of oncology have led to the development of many antineoplastic agents for the treatment of cancer. Combination with other agents and modalities, along with dose intensification, has resulted in more toxicities, often requiring careful management and monitoring in the critical care setting. Critical care nurses must meet this challenge by expanding their knowledge of antineoplastic therapy in order to skillfully care for these patients. The six major categories of antineoplastics, mechanism of action, indications for use, common route of administration, and major side effects are discussed. SN - 0887-9303 AD - Hematology/Oncology Veterans Administration Medical Center, Ann Arbor, Michigan U2 - PMID: 8689448. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107363227&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107384527 T1 - Total quality improvement: an example of an effective team. AU - Miller D AU - Smith DJ AU - Brophy M AU - Mollman M AU - Owen J AU - Smith G AU - More C Y1 - 1996/01//1996 Jan-Feb N1 - Accession Number: 107384527. Language: English. Entry Date: 19961001. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Health Services Administration; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9202994. KW - Quality Improvement KW - Teamwork KW - Bedding and Linens -- Utilization KW - Hospitals, Veterans -- Arizona KW - Problem Solving KW - Arizona KW - Costs and Cost Analysis SP - 20 EP - 23 JO - Journal for Healthcare Quality: Promoting Excellence in Healthcare JF - Journal for Healthcare Quality: Promoting Excellence in Healthcare JA - J HEALTHC QUAL VL - 18 IS - 1 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 1062-2551 AD - Prescott Veterans Administration Medical Center, Prescott, AZ U2 - PMID: 10153768. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107384527&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107371452 T1 - Rehabilitation after hip fracture -- equal opportunity for all? AU - Hoenig H AU - Rubenstein L AU - Kahn K Y1 - 1996/01//1996 Jan N1 - Accession Number: 107371452. Language: English. Entry Date: 19960601. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: Supported in part by the National Institute of Health, National Institute on Aging, Geriatric Research and Training Centers, national grant 1 P30 AG08463, and the Claude D Pepper Older Americans Independence Center, grant 5 P60 AG11268; and also by cooperative agreement 18-C-98853/9-03 issued by the Health Care Financing Administration of the US Department of Health and Human Services. NLM UID: 2985158R. KW - Hip Injuries KW - Fractures -- Rehabilitation KW - Physical Therapy Service -- Utilization KW - Occupational Therapy Service -- Utilization KW - Medicare KW - Health Resource Allocation KW - Funding Source KW - Retrospective Design KW - United States KW - Record Review KW - Data Analysis, Statistical KW - Socioeconomic Factors KW - Race Factors KW - Blacks KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and Over KW - Male KW - Female SP - 58 EP - 63 JO - Archives of Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation JF - Archives of Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation JA - ARCH PHYS MED REHABIL VL - 77 IS - 1 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - W B Saunders AB - Objectives: To determine whether factors unrelated to clinical appropriateness affect use of physical and occupational therapy (PT/OT) in elderly Medicare patients with acute hip fracture. Design: Bivariate and multivariate analysis of detailed clinical data retrospectively gathered from medical records and of nonclinical variables obtained through linkage with the American Hospital Association data base. Setting: 297 randomly selected hospitals from 5 states. Patients: 2,762 elderly Medicare patients hospitalized with a primary diagnosis of acute hip fracture who were hospitalized during 1981-1982 or 1985-1986. Interventions: Observational study. Main Outcome Measures: Initiation and intensity of PT/OT while in the acute hospital. Results: We found evidence that factors not relevant to clinical appropriateness, such as race, hospital size, and state, significantly affect whether patients receive any PT/OT after acute fracture, as well as the intensity of PT/OT. For example, after controlling for patient clinical characteristics, we found that 63% of African-American patients received low-intensity PT/OT in comparison to 43% among non-African-Americans, and we found threefold differences among states both in initiation of PT/OT and in the intensity of its use. Overall, clinical characteristics had relatively greater influence on whether patients started PT/OT, whereas factors not relevant to clinical appropriateness had relatively greater influence on how much rehabilitation was provided. Conclusion: There are significant disparities in use of rehabilitation after hip fracture, only partially explained by patient clinical characteristics. Factors without obvious relevance to the clinical appropriateness of PT/OT exert a significant influence on use of rehabilitation services, particularly on the intensity of their use. (c) 1996 by the American Congress of Rehabilitation Medicine and the American Academy of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation SN - 0003-9993 AD - Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service (117), Durham Veterans Administration Medical Center, 508 Fulton St, Durham, NC 27705 U2 - PMID: 8554475. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107371452&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Right Side Implant of the Unipolar Single Lead Defibrillation System. AU - Natale, Andrea AU - Sra, Jasbir AU - Geiger, Mary Jane AU - Newby, Keith AU - Akhtar, Masood AU - Pacifico, Antonio JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1997/08// VL - 20 IS - 8P1 SP - 1910 EP - 1912 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17425857; Author: Natale, Andrea: 1 Author: Sra, Jasbir: 2 Author: Geiger, Mary Jane: 1 Author: Newby, Keith: 1 Author: Akhtar, Masood: 2 Author: Pacifico, Antonio: 3 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Department of Cardiology, Duke University Medical Center and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Durham, North Carolina.: 2 Electrophysiology Laboratory, Sinai Samaritan Medical Center/St. Luke's Hospital, University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee Clinical Campus, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.: 3 Methodist Hospital, Houston, Texas.; No. of Pages: 3; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050627 N2 - The active can defibrillator has been designed for implantation in the left prepectoral region. Whether this system can be successfully implanted on the right side is unknown. We describe six cases in which placement of the unipolar single lead defibrillation system was successfully attempted in the right prepectoral region due to impediments on the left side. The mean age of the patients was 62 ± 12 years. Five patients had ischemic heart disease and one idiopathic dilated cardiomyopathy. The endocardial defibrillation electrode was placed in the right ventricle through the right subclavian vein and positioned at the apex in two patients and in the septal position in four patients. Defibrillation threshold testing was performed using a step-up/step-down protocol beginning at 12 J with 3-J increments or decrements. Defibrillation threshold was defined as the lowest energy of the first shock able to terminate ventricular fibrillation. The generator models used were the Medtronic 7218C in 1 patient, the Medtronic 7219C in 3 patients, and the Ventritex Cadet 115 AC in 2 patients. The mean defibrillation threshold was 15 ± 3 J. The defibrillation thresholds were retested at 1, 3, and 6 months, and showed no significant change in five patients but decreased from 15 J to 12 J in one patient. The presence of impediments on the left side should not preclude attempts to place the unipolar active can system in the right prepectoral region. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *DEFIBRILLATORS KW - *CORONARY heart disease KW - *ISCHEMIA KW - *CARDIOMYOPATHIES KW - *CARDIAC arrest KW - RIGHT heart ventricle KW - active can KW - defibrillation KW - implantation UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17425857&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR AU - Zaza, Anthony S. AU - Barké, Charles R. T1 - A Review of the Clinical Analysis Questionnaire. JO - Journal of Counseling & Development JF - Journal of Counseling & Development Y1 - 1986/02// VL - 64 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 413 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 07489633 AB - The article presents the Clinical Analysis Questionnaire (CAQ), designed by the Institute for Personality and Ability Testing, to simultaneously measure both normal and pathological traits of individuals, thereby providing a comprehensive, multidimensional profile of the person. Its development is based on previous research and development of another clinical instrument , the 16 Personality factor questionnaire (16PF), in use for over a decade. The normal personality scales of the CAQ purport to measure characteristics of the individual that are hypnotized to apply to normal functioning, and the extent of pathological characteristics of individuals in distress. Although comprehensive in nature, the scales and traits represented are efficiently reviewed. The manual that accompanies the CAQ is generally clear, concise, and descriptive. In terms of reliability, the clinical scales of the CAQ are found more reliable than the normal scales. CAQ, also, has some drawbacks which should be taken care of while using it. But despite such limitations, the CAQ is an admirable effort to provide a comprehensive portrait of the individual. KW - QUESTIONNAIRES KW - DATA analysis KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PERSONALITY assessment KW - PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS KW - KRUG, S. E. N1 - Accession Number: 4965280; Zaza, Anthony S. 1; Barké, Charles R. 2; Affiliations: 1: Staff Psychologist, Veterans Administration medical Center, Topeka, Kansas.; 2: Assistant Professor of Psychology and Counseling, Bal State University, Muncie, Indiana.; Issue Info: Feb86, Vol. 64 Issue 6, p413; Thesaurus Term: QUESTIONNAIRES; Thesaurus Term: DATA analysis; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PERSONALITY assessment; Subject Term: PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS; People: KRUG, S. E.; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=4965280&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Miller, Thomas W. T1 - THE EFFECTS OF CORE FACILITATIVE CONDITIONS IN MOTHER ON ADOLESCENT SELF-ESTEEM. JO - Journal of Social Psychology JF - Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1976/10// VL - 100 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 147 PB - Taylor & Francis Ltd SN - 00224545 AB - Rogers has theorized that such conditions as empathy, genuineness, and positive regard are essential and sufficient components in effective interpersonal functioning. Carkhuff has investigated these facilitative conditions and found them to be relevant in exploring the effectiveness of relationships between both adults and adolescents. The purpose of the present study was to assess the core facilitative conditions of mother as emphasized by Rogers and how they relate to self-esteem in the adolescent. It was hypothesized that mothers who are more empathic, genuine, and possessing positive regard had adolescents with higher levels of self-esteem than those mothers who were lacking in empathy, genuineness, and positive regard. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Social Psychology is the property of Taylor & Francis Ltd and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - TEENAGERS KW - SOCIAL psychology KW - MOTHERS KW - EMPATHY KW - CARING KW - SELF-esteem N1 - Accession Number: 5393794; Miller, Thomas W. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Buffalo, New York.; Issue Info: Oct1976, Vol. 100 Issue 1, p147; Subject Term: TEENAGERS; Subject Term: SOCIAL psychology; Subject Term: MOTHERS; Subject Term: EMPATHY; Subject Term: CARING; Subject Term: SELF-esteem; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=5393794&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107394811 T1 - Cytokine gene regulation by viral gene products. AU - Geist LJ AU - Hunninghake GW Y1 - 1995/12//1995 Dec N1 - Accession Number: 107394811. Language: English. Entry Date: 19961201. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0375375. KW - Cytokines KW - Genes KW - Cytomegaloviruses KW - Tumor Necrosis Factor KW - Interleukin 2 SP - 517 EP - 520 JO - Journal of Laboratory & Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory & Clinical Medicine JA - J LAB CLIN MED VL - 126 IS - 6 CY - New York, New York PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0022-2143 AD - Department of Medicine, University of Iowa College of Medicine and Iowa City Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, Iowa U2 - PMID: 7490510. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107394811&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107392018 T1 - Assessment of serum antibodies in patients with rapidly progressive sensorineural hearing loss and Meniere's disease... presented, in part, at the Fourth International Academic Conference on Immunobiology on Otology, Rhinology and Laryngology, Oita, Japan, April 4-7, 1994. AU - Gottschlich S AU - Billings PB AU - Keithley EM AU - Weisman MH AU - Harris JP Y1 - 1995/12// N1 - Accession Number: 107392018. Language: English. Entry Date: 19961201. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: Supported by grant DC00193 from the National Institutes of Health and by the Research Service of the Veterans Administration, La Jolla, Calif. NLM UID: 8607378. KW - Hearing Loss, Sensorineural KW - Meniere's Disease KW - Antibodies KW - Immunoassay -- Methods KW - Immunoassay -- Equipment and Supplies KW - Autoimmune Diseases KW - Antigen-Antibody Reactions KW - Biological Markers KW - Animals KW - Academic Medical Centers KW - Hospitals, Military KW - California KW - Comparative Studies KW - Chi Square Test KW - P-Value KW - Sensitivity and Specificity KW - Child KW - Adolescence KW - Adult KW - Middle Age KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and Over KW - Male KW - Female KW - Funding Source KW - Human SP - 1347 EP - 1352 JO - Laryngoscope JF - Laryngoscope JA - LARYNGOSCOPE VL - 105 IS - 12 CY - Malden, Massachusetts PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 0023-852X AD - Division of Head and Neck Surgery, University of California, San Diego, and the Research Service of the Veterans Administration, La Jolla, Calif U2 - PMID: 8523990. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107392018&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107308715 T1 - Nursing home infections (special clinical and therapeutic considerations) AU - Norman D Y1 - 1995/12//1995 Dec N1 - Accession Number: 107308715. Language: English. Entry Date: 19970101. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Canada; Peer Reviewed. NLM UID: 9507615. KW - Nursing Homes KW - Cross Infection KW - Infection Control -- In Old Age KW - Age Factors KW - Adult KW - Aged SP - 12 EP - 18 JO - Canadian Nursing Home JF - Canadian Nursing Home JA - CAN NURS HOME VL - 6 IS - 4 CY - Surrey, British Columbia PB - Health Media Inc. AB - Any acute infection in the nursing home resident may present in a non-classic manner, with the resident exhibiting subtle, even minimal signs or symptoms. Often, no signs are present to even point to an involved organ system. However, special clinical and therapeutic considerations may help clinicians/resident care givers to consider other possibilities that could point to the presence of an infection in the nursing home setting. SN - 0847-5520 AD - Clinical Director, Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center, West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Center UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107308715&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107361054 T1 - Psychosocial outcomes of HIV illness in male and female African American clients. AU - Linn JG AU - Poku KA AU - Cain VA AU - Holzapfel KM AU - Crawford DF Y1 - 1995/12// N1 - Accession Number: 107361054. Language: English. Entry Date: 19960301. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Blind Peer Reviewed; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. Instrumentation: Center for Epidemiologic Studies Depression Scale (CES-D); Anxiety Scale (Lewis et al); Perceived Coherence Scale (Lewis and Gallison). Grant Information: NIH MBRS Grant No. S-6RR08092 and NIH RCMI Grant 2GR12RR03033. NLM UID: 7603729. KW - Blacks KW - HIV Infections -- Psychosocial Factors KW - Adaptation, Psychological KW - Tennessee KW - Funding Source KW - Cross Sectional Studies KW - Exploratory Research KW - Questionnaires KW - Multiple Regression KW - Reliability KW - Dependent Variable KW - Path Analysis KW - Sex Factors KW - Depression KW - Anxiety KW - Attitude to AIDS KW - Support, Psychosocial KW - Helplessness, Learned KW - Conceptual Framework KW - Life Purpose KW - Severity of Illness KW - Adult KW - Male KW - Female KW - Human SP - 43 EP - 60 JO - Social Work in Health Care JF - Social Work in Health Care JA - SOC WORK HEALTH CARE VL - 21 IS - 3 CY - Oxfordshire, PB - Routledge AB - With the rapid growth of HIV infection among African Americans, the issue of how medical problems relate to psychological functioning in the black community population has acquired new meaning and urgency for health care policy. To develop effective strategies to meet the mental health needs of infected African Americans we need a better understanding of the pattern of association between HIV and psychological distress. The objective of this study is to test several hypotheses that predict depression and anxiety in black adults infected with HIV. Our conceptual model is derived from learned helplessness theory (Seligman, 1975), the concept of perceived coherence (Antonovsky, 1980; Lewis & Gallison, 1989), and social support theory (Cohen & Willis, 1985). Instruments used in the study include: The Center for Epidemiological Studies-Depression (CES-D) Scale (Radloff, 1977), the Anxiety Scale (Lewis, Firsich, and Parsell, 1979), and the Perceived Coherence Scale (Lewis, 1989). Data were obtained from 255 HIV infected black males and females (age > or = 18) who sought support, counseling, and maintenance services from one of three HIV care and referral centers in the Mid-South. The results of the study emphasize the relative importance of perceived physical symptoms over stage of illness for psychological functioning among African American adults with HIV. Further, the findings also demonstrate the potential importance of perceived coherence for psychological functioning. Black clients who reported higher perceived coherence, regardless of the stage of illness or level of HIV symptoms, had lower anxiety and depression. Significant gender differences in depression are also observed and implications are drawn for strategies to address HIV related mental health care needs of African Americans. SN - 0098-1389 AD - Tennessee State University, Veterans Administration, Murfreesboro, TN U2 - PMID: 8560363. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107361054&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107356230 T1 - Psychophysiological responses after sudden cardiac arrest during hospitalization. AU - Dougherty CM AU - Shaver JF Y1 - 1995/11//1995 Nov N1 - Accession Number: 107356230. Language: English. Entry Date: 19960101. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. Instrumentation: Profile of Mood States (POMS); Mishel Uncertainty in Illness Scale (MUIS); Trailmaking Tests A and B. NLM UID: 8901557. KW - Heart Arrest -- Psychosocial Factors KW - Survivors -- Psychosocial Factors KW - Recovery KW - Emotions KW - Interviews KW - Exploratory Research KW - Descriptive Research KW - Repeated Measures KW - Convenience Sample KW - Two-Way Analysis of Variance KW - Spearman's Rank Correlation Coefficient KW - Glasgow Coma Scale KW - Ways of Coping Questionnaire KW - Record Review KW - Arrhythmia KW - Descriptive Statistics KW - Research Instruments KW - Cardiac Patients KW - Cognition -- Evaluation KW - Adult KW - Middle Age KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and Over KW - Inpatients KW - Human SP - 160 EP - 168 JO - Applied Nursing Research JF - Applied Nursing Research JA - APPL NURS RES VL - 8 IS - 4 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - Elsevier Inc. AB - A sample of 21 sudden cardiac arrest (SCA) survivors were interviewed every 48 hours during hospitalization to determine emotional, cognitive, and physiological parameters of recovery. On the average, SCA survivors were not excessively anxious, depressed, angry, or confused during hospitalization, but they did report high levels of denial and uncertainty. The two most predominant cognitive impairments at the time of hospital discharge were loss of short-term memory and construction ability. Both the number of cardiac arrhythmias and the types of interventions used to manage them decreased as hospital discharge approached. Copyright (c) 1995 by W.B. Saunders Company SN - 0897-1897 AD - Seattle Veterans Administration Medical Center (111), 1660 S Columbian Way, Seattle, WA 98108 U2 - PMID: 8579348. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107356230&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107364925 T1 - Walking cadence effect on plantar pressures. AU - Zhu H AU - Wertsch JJ AU - Harris GF AU - Alba HM Y1 - 1995/11//1995 Nov N1 - Accession Number: 107364925. Language: English. Entry Date: 19960401. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: VA Rehabilitation Research and Development. NLM UID: 2985158R. KW - Foot -- Physiology KW - Gait -- Physiology KW - Walking -- Physiology KW - Biomechanics KW - Descriptive Statistics KW - Funding Source KW - Male KW - Nonrandomized Trials KW - Pressure KW - Human SP - 1000 EP - 1005 JO - Archives of Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation JF - Archives of Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation JA - ARCH PHYS MED REHABIL VL - 76 IS - 11 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - W B Saunders SN - 0003-9993 AD - Rehabilitation Medicine Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Milwaukee, WI U2 - PMID: 7487445. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107364925&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107427061 T1 - Patient perceptions of self-induced water intoxication. AU - May DL Y1 - 1995/10//1995 Oct N1 - Accession Number: 107427061. Language: English. Entry Date: 19951101. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8708535. KW - Water Intoxication -- Psychosocial Factors KW - Patient Attitudes KW - Affective Symptoms KW - Nursing Home Patients KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Drinking Behavior -- Evaluation KW - Convenience Sample KW - Questionnaires KW - Internal Consistency KW - Concept Analysis KW - Vomiting KW - Anger KW - Seizures KW - Smoking KW - Correlation Coefficient KW - Anxiety KW - Water Intoxication -- Etiology KW - Adult KW - Middle Age KW - Male KW - Female KW - Human SP - 295 EP - 304 JO - Archives of Psychiatric Nursing JF - Archives of Psychiatric Nursing JA - ARCH PSYCHIATR NURS VL - 9 IS - 5 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - Elsevier Inc. AB - This study comprehensively examines self-induced water intoxication (SIWI) from a patient perspective including demographics, reasons for seeking fluids, patterns/behaviors of fluid seeking, and symptoms frequently experienced while in a state of SIWI. The subjects were 45 of an original convenience sample of 62 individuals with a serious mental illness (SMI), hospitalized in a long-term state psychiatric facility, who engaged in self-induced water intoxication. All participants were interviewed in a structured format to complete a 40-item Likert-type questionnaire developed for the study, titled the Self-induced Water Intoxication Questionnaire (SIWIQ). In the study, the majority of participants were smokers, and reported no past problem with alcohol. SIWI occurred more in males than females, and was more predominant in those participants who had longer hospital stays. Anger and vomiting were found to be the two most predominant symptoms experienced when excess fluid consumption occurred. Behaviors of drinking from the shower, the toilet, and one's own urine are consistent with findings of previous studies and illustrate the difficulty in keeping individuals with SIWI from fluids. Data show that participants with SIWI experience considerable anxiety and cognitive difficulties and express these as reasons for engaging in excess fluid consumption. Boredom, obtaining a high, and sad mood were also predominant reasons identified for excess fluid drinking. Significant relationships were found and discussed. The findings provide support for the position that SIWI represents an attempt at treatment by the dysfunctional individual and is pursued for anxiolytic effects and alleviation of boredom. The data support the idea of approaching the problem from a dysfunctional coping framework, realizing that SIWI is a very complex problem, needing examination and intervention at multiple levels, beyond exclusive focus on fluid control. Copyright (c) 1995 by W.B. Saunders Company SN - 0883-9417 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, 2601 Cold Springs Rd, Indianapolis, IN 46222 U2 - PMID: 7487171. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107427061&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107428946 T1 - Least restrictive measures: alternatives to four-point restraints and seclusion. AU - Morales E AU - Duphorne PL Y1 - 1995/10//1995 Oct N1 - Accession Number: 107428946. Language: English. Entry Date: 19951201. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; CEU; exam questions. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8200911. KW - Restraint, Physical KW - Socioenvironmental Therapy KW - Patient Seclusion KW - Aggression -- Prevention and Control KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Staff Development KW - Acting Out -- Prevention and Control KW - Early Intervention KW - Education, Continuing (Credit) KW - Control (Psychology) SP - 13 EP - 43 JO - Journal of Psychosocial Nursing & Mental Health Services JF - Journal of Psychosocial Nursing & Mental Health Services JA - J PSYCHOSOC NURS MENT HEALTH SERV VL - 33 IS - 10 CY - Thorofare, New Jersey PB - SLACK Incorporated AB - 'Least restrictive' measures implies early recognition and intervention in acting-out or aggressive behaviors. Staff inservices can provide increased knowledge of alternative measures and lead to increased comfort in offering patients choices to regain control of their behavior. The most effective interventions in this educational program were the use of verbal interaction, limit-setting, as-needed medication, and 'quiet time.' Offering alternative measures significantly reduces the use of restraints and seclusion. SN - 0279-3695 AD - Veterans Administration Center U2 - PMID: 8847668. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107428946&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104788949 T1 - Insulin-like growth factor-I and IGF-I receptors in diabetic patients with neuropathy. AU - Migdalis, I N AU - Kalogeropoulou, K AU - Kalantzis, L AU - Nounopoulos, C AU - Bouloukos, A AU - Samartzis, M Y1 - 1995/09// N1 - Accession Number: 104788949. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Europe; Peer Reviewed; UK & Ireland. NLM UID: 8500858. KW - Diabetes Mellitus, Type 2 -- Metabolism KW - Diabetic Neuropathies -- Metabolism KW - Somatomedins -- Metabolism KW - Aged KW - Case Control Studies KW - Evaluation Research KW - Female KW - Human KW - Male KW - Middle Age SP - 823 EP - 827 JO - Diabetic Medicine JF - Diabetic Medicine JA - DIABETIC MED VL - 12 IS - 9 CY - Malden, Massachusetts PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 0742-3071 AD - Department of Diabetes, NIMTS Veterans Administration Hospital, Athens, Greece. U2 - PMID: 8542744. DO - 10.1111/j.1464-5491.1995.tb02086.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104788949&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 105715127 T1 - Computer analysis of monophasic action potentials: manual validation and clinically pertinent applications. AU - Franz MR AU - Kirchhof PF AU - Fabritz CL AU - Zabel M Y1 - 1995/09// N1 - Accession Number: 105715127. Language: English. Entry Date: 20081212. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7803944. KW - Action Potentials KW - Heart -- Physiology KW - Signal Processing, Computer Assisted KW - Algorithms KW - Animals KW - Antiarrhythmia Agents -- Classification KW - Antiarrhythmia Agents -- Pharmacokinetics KW - Antiarrhythmia Agents -- Therapeutic Use KW - Arrhythmia -- Drug Therapy KW - Arrhythmia -- Physiopathology KW - Arrhythmia -- Therapy KW - Cardiac Pacing, Artificial KW - Cardiovascular System Physiology KW - Computers and Computerization KW - Data Display KW - Electric Stimulation KW - Electrocardiography KW - Heart Rate -- Drug Effects KW - Microcomputers KW - Myocardial Ischemia -- Physiopathology KW - Myocardium -- Metabolism KW - Observer Bias KW - Rabbits KW - Reproducibility of Results KW - Software KW - Animal Studies SP - 1666 EP - 1678 JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JA - PACING CLIN ELECTROPHYSIOL VL - 18 IS - 9P1 CY - Malden, Massachusetts PB - Wiley-Blackwell AB - Monophasic action potential (MAP) recordings are increasingly being used in a variety of clinical and experimental situations but their manual measurement is cumbersome, especially when hundreds or thousands of beats must be analyzed to monitor the exact time course of action potential duration (APD) changes following heart rate alterations, during surveillance of APD alternans, or during the onset and stabilization of Class III drug effects. To facilitate this task we developed a computer program that automates programmed electrical stimulation, digitizes at 1-kHz sampling frequency MAP recordings up to 8 channels simultaneously, analyzes all APDs at repolarization levels from 10%-90% in 10% decrements (APD10-90), and automatically outputs the analyzed numerical data into spreadsheets for graphical display or statistical analysis. To validate the computer algorithm, two independent observers manually analyzed 585 concurrent MAP recordings at a paper speed of 100 mm/s. Cycle length measurements by the computer were precise to 0.4 +/- 0.5 ms as compared to the computer determined paced cycle length. Computer measurements of APD20, 50, and 90 differed from manual measurements by 2.0 +/- 8.8 ms, 0.7 +/- 7.9 ms, and 0.2 +/- 8.5 ms, respectively, for observer 1; and by 12.2 +/- 8.3 ms, 5.8 +/- 7.5 ms, and 1.4 +/- 10.1 ms, respectively, for observer 2. Inter-observer variability (IOV) was 10.3 +/- 11.1 (APD20), 5.1 +/- 9.0 ms (APD50), and 1.2 +/- 7.8 ms (APD90), which was similar to computer/observer-2 differences and significantly greater (0.001) than computer/observer-1 differences. This indicates that the computer analysis was at least as precise as manual measurements when compared to IOV, and more precise when comparing computer/observer-1 differences to IOV. While providing equal or greater precision, computer-aided analysis of 100 MAP signals took approximately 1 minute while manual analysis of the same data set took between 2.5 and 4 hours. The pacing and analysis software was subsequently applied to experiments that mimic clinically pertinent examples of MAP recordings: (1) automatic generation, analysis, and graphical display of electrical restitution curves at multiple ventricular sites simultaneously; (2) evaluation of myocardial pharmacokinetics by monitoring the progression of Class III antiarrhythmic drug effects by continuous MAP recordings, and displaying differences in drug action between multiple sites; (3) depiction of the adaptation time course of APD to abrupt changes in paced cycle length; and (4) quantitative analysis of APD alternans during myocardial ischemia. The results show that our computerized algorithm greatly facilitates the generation of cardiac electrophysiological, and clinically important, data. SN - 0147-8389 AD - Division of Cardiology, Veterans Administration, Medical Center, Washington, DC 20422, USA. U2 - PMID: 7491310. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=105715127&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107394846 T1 - Comparison of latex antigens from surgical gloves, ammoniated and nonammoniated latex: effect of ammonia treatment on natural rubber latex proteins. AU - Lu L AU - Kurup VP AU - Fink JN AU - Kelly KJ Y1 - 1995/08//1995 Aug N1 - Accession Number: 107394846. Language: English. Entry Date: 19961201. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; pictorial; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: Supported in part by Ansell International, Melbourne, Australia, and by the US Department of Veterans Affairs, Medical Research Division. NLM UID: 0375375. KW - Latex KW - Antigens KW - Gloves KW - Ammonia KW - Latex Hypersensitivity KW - Proteins KW - Funding Source KW - Electrophoresis KW - Rubber KW - Animal Studies KW - Rabbits KW - Antibodies SP - 161 EP - 168 JO - Journal of Laboratory & Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory & Clinical Medicine JA - J LAB CLIN MED VL - 126 IS - 2 CY - New York, New York PB - Elsevier Science AB - Immediate hypersensitivity to latex proteins from contact with natural rubber latex gloves has been increasingly reported, especially in health care workers. Proteins in the latex responsible for these reactions may potentially be extractable, adsorbed on glove powder, or remain unextractable. Because these gloves are manufactured from ammoniated natural rubber latex, our knowledge on the effect of ammonia on latex proteins is incomplete. Therefore, we have investigated the effect of ammoniation on the protein profile and antigenicity or allergenicity of natural rubber latex proteins (NAL). Results indicate that ammonia treatment leads to breakdown and even precipitation of certain latex proteins. However, the antigenicity or allergenicity of NAL is preserved in the degraded proteins that present as extractable latex antigens of gloves. In addition to the proteins present in glove extract and proteins adsorbed to glove powder, certain latex proteins (23, 10, and 8 kd) remain firmly bound to glove film as 'unextractable' latex antigens that cannot be removed by washing. The unextractable latex antigens may represent the antigens precipitated by ammonia treatment and may be associated with latex allergy. SN - 0022-2143 AD - Departments of Medicine and Pediatrics, Medical College of Wisconsin, and Zablocki Veterans Administration Medical Center, Milwaukee, Wisconsin U2 - PMID: 7636389. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107394846&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107223204 T1 - Academia and clinic. Medical resources on the Internet. AU - Glowniak JV Y1 - 1995/07/15/ N1 - Accession Number: 107223204. Language: English. Entry Date: 19991101. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts; website. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0372351. KW - Internet KW - Health Information KW - Internet Connections SP - 123 EP - 131 JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine JA - ANN INTERN MED VL - 123 IS - 2 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - American College of Physicians SN - 0003-4819 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, Oregon U2 - PMID: 7778825. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107223204&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107370400 T1 - Incorporation of dietary n-3 fatty acids into the fatty acids of human adipose tissue and plasma lipid classes. AU - Leaf DA AU - Connor WE AU - Barstad L AU - Sexton G Y1 - 1995/07// N1 - Accession Number: 107370400. Language: English. Entry Date: 19960501. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0376027. KW - Fish Oils KW - Fatty Acids KW - Adipose Tissue KW - Prospective Studies KW - Descriptive Statistics KW - Data Analysis Software KW - Data Analysis, Statistical KW - Diagnosis, Laboratory KW - Triglycerides KW - Cholesterol KW - Phospholipids KW - Male KW - Female KW - Human SP - 68 EP - 73 JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JA - AM J CLIN NUTR VL - 62 IS - 1 CY - Bethesda, Maryland PB - American Society for Nutrition SN - 0002-9165 AD - Division of General Internal Medicine 691/11G, West Los Angeles Veterans Administration, Medical Center, Wilshire and Sawtelle Boulevards, Los Angeles, CA 90073 U2 - PMID: 7598068. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107370400&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107419140 T1 - Screening for balance and mobility impairment in elderly individuals living in residential care facilities. AU - Harada N AU - Chiu V AU - Damron-Rodriguez J AU - Fowler E AU - Siu A AU - Reuben DB Y1 - 1995/06// N1 - Accession Number: 107419140. Language: English. Entry Date: 19950901. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Peer Reviewed; USA. Instrumentation: Berg Balance Scale; Folstein Mini Mental State Examination; Tinetti Performance-Oriented Mobility Assessment (POMA); Tinetti Fall Efficacy Scale. Grant Information: Supported by the UCLA Older Americans Independence Center, Grant 5 P60 AG10415-02, and the UCLA/MEDTEP Outcomes Research Center for Asians and Pacific Islanders, Grant HS07370. NLM UID: 0022623. KW - Balance, Postural -- Evaluation -- In Old Age KW - Psychomotor Performance -- Evaluation -- In Old Age KW - Disability Evaluation -- In Old Age KW - Funding Source KW - Convenience Sample KW - Interviews KW - Reliability and Validity KW - Gait Analysis -- In Old Age KW - Clinical Assessment Tools KW - Aged KW - Male KW - Female KW - Human SP - 462 EP - 469 JO - Physical Therapy JF - Physical Therapy JA - PHYS THER VL - 75 IS - 6 CY - Alexandria, Virginia PB - American Physical Therapy Association AB - Background and Purpose. The rapid growth of the elderly population has resulted in a corresponding rise in the number of elderly individuals who experience disability during their lifetimes. The purpose of this study was to test the usefulness of four established clinical measures of balance, gait, and subjective perceptions of fear of falling as screening methods for referring community-dwelling elderly individuals living in residential care facilities for detailed physical therapy evaluation and possible intervention. Subjects. The subjects were a convenience sample of 53 elderly individuals living in two residential care facilities for the elderly. Methods. Subjects were tested on each of four clinical measures of balance and mobility. Their performance on these measures was compared with a physical therapist's brief evaluation of disability and appropriateness for more detailed evaluation. The usefulness of these tools as screening methods was determined by calculating sensitivity and specificity levels using the physical therapist's evaluation as a standard. Results. The sensitivity and specificity levels of the four clinical measures in their application as screening tests for referral to physical therapy were as follows: Berg Balance Scale, 84% and 78%; balance subscale of the Tinetti Performance-Oriented Mobility Assessment, 68% and 78%; gait speed, 80% and 89%; and Tinetti Fall Efficacy Scale, 59% and 82%. The combination of two tests, Berg Balance Scale and gait speed, yielded the highest sensitivity of 91% and the highest specificity of 70% when a subject tested positive on at least one test. Conclusion and Discussion. These findings indicate the feasibility of developing screening methods for referring community-dwelling elderly individuals for a detailed physical therapy evaluation based on established clinical assessment measures, with a combination of tests measuring balance and gait demonstrating the most promising results. SN - 0031-9023 AD - Geriatric Research, Education, and Clinical Center (11G), Veterans Administration Medical Center-West Los Angeles U2 - PMID: 7770493. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107419140&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107418669 T1 - Gait training and falls in the elderly. AU - Galindo-Ciocon DJ AU - Ciocon JO AU - Galindo DJ Y1 - 1995/06//1995 Jun N1 - Accession Number: 107418669. Language: English. Entry Date: 19950901. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; CEU; exam questions; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. Instrumentation: Tinetti Scale. NLM UID: 7510258. KW - Gait Training -- Evaluation -- In Old Age KW - Accidental Falls -- Prevention and Control -- In Old Age KW - Analysis of Variance KW - Pearson's Correlation Coefficient KW - Clinical Assessment Tools KW - Nursing Role KW - Gerontologic Nursing KW - Education, Continuing (Credit) KW - Aged KW - Outpatients KW - Human SP - 10 EP - 55 JO - Journal of Gerontological Nursing JF - Journal of Gerontological Nursing JA - J GERONTOL NURS VL - 21 IS - 6 CY - Thorofare, New Jersey PB - SLACK Incorporated AB - Patients with gait and balance disorder, as measured by the Tinetti Mobility Scale, can benefit from physical therapist-assisted gait training. Score in the Tinetti Mobility Scale negatively correlates with the number of recurrences of falls. The nurse's role includes identification of those who are at risk for falls, assessment of their response to training in preventing recurrence of fulls, and the effect of training in their mobility and independence. SN - 0098-9134 AD - GRECC Miami Veterans Administration Medical Center U2 - PMID: 7782573. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107418669&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107357385 T1 - Informal caregivers of persons with AIDS. AU - Clipp EC AU - Adinolfi AJ AU - Forrest L AU - Bennett C Y1 - 1995///1995 Summer N1 - Accession Number: 107357385. Language: English. Entry Date: 19960201. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Canada; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed. Instrumentation: Caregiver Burden Scale (CBS); Appraisal of Caregiving Scale (ACS). NLM UID: 8610345. KW - Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome KW - Caregiver Burden KW - Home Nursing KW - Stress, Psychological KW - Internal Consistency KW - Coefficient Alpha KW - Pearson's Correlation Coefficient KW - Spearman's Rank Correlation Coefficient KW - T-Tests KW - Demography KW - Family KW - Psychological Tests KW - Sexual Partners KW - Summated Rating Scaling KW - Descriptive Statistics KW - Adult KW - Middle Age KW - Aged KW - Male KW - Female KW - Convenience Sample KW - Human SP - 10 EP - 18 JO - Journal of Palliative Care JF - Journal of Palliative Care JA - J PALLIAT CARE VL - 11 IS - 2 CY - Thousand Oaks, California PB - Sage Publications Inc. SN - 0825-8597 AD - Dept Medicine, Veterans Administration and Duke University Medical Centers, Durham, North Carolina U2 - PMID: 7595809. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107357385&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107420677 T1 - Color vision testing of healthcare personnel. AU - Spencer LN Y1 - 1995/05//May/Jun1995 N1 - Accession Number: 107420677. Language: English. Entry Date: 19950901. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; research. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Health Promotion/Education; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7701401. KW - Color Perception Tests KW - Nursing Staff, Hospital KW - Blood Glucose Monitoring KW - Health Personnel KW - Human SP - 219 EP - 222 JO - Diabetes Educator JF - Diabetes Educator JA - DIABETES EDUC VL - 21 IS - 3 CY - Thousand Oaks, California PB - Sage Publications Inc. AB - The purpose of the study was to identify and describe color vision testing of healthcare personnel who do glucose monitoring within a hospital. The subjects were 359 members of a nursing staff. Data were collected from nurses participating in a certification program for blood glucose monitoring. The Ishihara plates were used to screen for a color vision deficiency. The results offered no evidence that screening of staff provided any benefit for patient care. SN - 0145-7217 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4801 Linwood Blvd, Kansas City, MO 64128 U2 - PMID: 7758390. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107420677&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107371881 T1 - The effect of hyperglycemia on glomerular function in obese Zucker rats. AU - Park SK AU - Meyer TW Y1 - 1995/04//1995 Apr N1 - Accession Number: 107371881. Language: English. Entry Date: 19960601. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: Supported by the Baxter Extramural Grant Program, National Institutes of Health (grant DK 42093), and the Research Service of the Veterans Administration. NLM UID: 0375375. KW - Hyperglycemia -- Physiopathology KW - Diabetes Mellitus, Type 2 KW - Kidney Diseases -- Physiopathology KW - Obesity -- Physiopathology KW - Insulin Resistance KW - Animal Studies KW - Rats KW - Data Analysis, Statistical KW - Blood Glucose -- Analysis KW - Funding Source SP - 501 EP - 507 JO - Journal of Laboratory & Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory & Clinical Medicine JA - J LAB CLIN MED VL - 125 IS - 4 CY - New York, New York PB - Elsevier Science AB - Studies were carried out in two groups of obese male Zucker rats with hereditary insulin resistance. Group 1 rats were made hyperglycemic by reducing beta-cell reserve with streptozotocin. Group 2 rats served as controls. Group 1 rats exhibited hyperglycemia (blood glucose concentration, 263 +/- 14 mg/dl) whereas insulin levels remained greater than those observed in lean rats (plasma insulin concentrations: group 1, 508 +/- 89 mU/ml; lean rats, 91 +/- 23 mU/ml). In group 2 rats more marked hyperinsulinemia (plasma insulin concentration, 1096 +/- 234 mU/ml) maintained normoglycemia (blood glucose concentration, 75 +/- 4 mg/dl). Studies at 5 weeks showed that hyperglycemic group 1 rats exhibited increases in kidney weight (group 1, 2.78 +/- 0.11 gm; group 2, 2.16 +/- 0.07 gm; p < 0.05) and glomerular filtration rate (GFR) (group 1, 1.83 +/- 0.08 ml/min; group 2, 1.55 +/- 0.10 ml/min; p < 0.05). Micropuncture revealed that the increase in GFR in hyperglycemic rats was attributable to increases in the single-nephron plasma flow rate (group 1, 225 +/- 16 nl/min; group 2, 172 +/- 14 nl/min; p < 0.05) and the glomerular ultrafiltration coefficient (group 1, 2.49 +/- 0.17 nl/min/mm Hg; group 2, 2.02 +/- 0.14 nl/min/mm Hg; p < 0.05), which were not accompanied by an increase in glomerular transcapillary hydraulic pressure (group 1, 49 +/- 1 mm Hg; group 2, 48 +/- 1 mm Hg). Morphologic studies revealed that the increase in GFR in group 1 was associated with an increase in glomerular volume (group 1, 3.46 +/- 0.15 x 10(6) m3; group 2, 2.99 +/- 0.14 x 10(6) m3, p < 0.05). These results indicate that development of hyperglycemia in the setting of insulin resistance can cause glomerular hyperfiltration and hypertrophy without increasing glomerual capillary pressure. SN - 0022-2143 AD - Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Center, Nephrology Section (111R), 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94304 U2 - PMID: 7706906. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107371881&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107426698 T1 - Safety and effect of transforming growth factor-beta2 for treatment of venous stasis ulcers. AU - Robson MC AU - Phillip LG AU - Cooper DM AU - Lyle WG AU - Robson LE AU - Odom L AU - Hill DP AU - Hanham AF AU - Ksander GA Y1 - 1995/04// N1 - Accession Number: 107426698. Language: English. Entry Date: 19951101. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; pictorial; research. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9310939. KW - Proteins KW - Growth Substances KW - Leg Ulcer -- Drug Therapy KW - Wound Healing -- Drug Effects KW - Transforming Growth Factor beta KW - Clinical Research KW - Placebos KW - Wilcoxon Rank Sum Test KW - Mann-Whitney U Test KW - Kruskal-Wallis Test KW - T-Tests KW - Two-Tailed Test KW - Male KW - Female KW - Human SP - 157 EP - 167 JO - Wound Repair & Regeneration JF - Wound Repair & Regeneration JA - WOUND REPAIR REGENERATION VL - 3 IS - 2 CY - Malden, Massachusetts PB - Wiley-Blackwell AB - Transforming growth factor-beta2 promotes healing in a variety of animal models and exhibits clinical effects thought to be mediated by connective tissue formation. Two clinical trials were conducted to evaluate the safety and effect of transforming growth factor-beta2 purified from bovine bone and delivered topically to venous stasis ulcers three times per week for up to 6 weeks by means of a lyophilized collagen vehicle. The first was an open-label trial comparing transforming growth factor-beta2 purified from bovine bone (0.5 microg/cm2) with a placebo consisting of lyophilized collagen vehicle without active drug. After no safety issues arose in that trial, a prospectively randomized, closes-labeled, observer-blinded, three-armed trial was conducted to compare bovine transforming growth factor-beta2 (2.5 microg/cm2) with the collagen matrix placebo vehicle and with a standard dressing. Standardized elastic compression was applied to all test extremities. The rate of reduction of ulcer area as measured by planimetry was the primary measure of effect. No serious safety-related events occurred in either trial. Clinical evaluation suggested that improvement in the quality and quantity of granulation tissue appeared to precede epithelialization of ulcers treated with bovine transforming growth factor-beta2. In both studies, treatment with bovine transforming growth factor-beta2 appeared to have a positive effect on the rate of ulcer closure, whereas ulcers in the control groups continued to exhibit impaired healing. In the open-label study, the mean rate of closure of ulcers treated with bovine transforming growth factor-beta2 was significantly greater than that of ulcers treated with placebo. There was likewise enhanced reduction in ulcer area in the ulcers treated with bovine transforming growth factor-beta2 in the second trial. However, because of a higher variability in patient response and a greater placebo effect, the difference was not significant. The placebo was not worse than the standard care arm, thereby showing that the vehicle is not injurious to healing. The combined results of the two trials suggest that, at doses of 0.5 to 2.5 microg/cm2, bovine transforming growth factor-beta2 is safe as a topically applied agent in a collagen matrix vehicle and can have a positive effect on closure of venous stasis ulcers. Large multicenter trials appear to be indicated to evaluate fully the potential utility of transforming growth factor-beta2 in accelerating closure of chronic dermal ulcers. SN - 1067-1927 AD - Surgical Service (112), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bay Pines, FL 33504 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107426698&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107052724 T1 - Dynamic cardiomyoplasty: perspectives on nursing care and collaborative management. AU - Vollman MW Y1 - 1995///1995 Spring N1 - Accession Number: 107052724. Language: English. Entry Date: 20010921. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; pictorial. Journal Subset: Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8704064. KW - Heart Failure -- Surgery KW - Cardiomyoplasty KW - Cardiovascular Nursing KW - Muscles KW - Cardiomyoplasty -- Nursing KW - Preoperative Care KW - Postoperative Care KW - Collaboration KW - Patient Selection KW - Cardiac Patients -- Psychosocial Factors SP - 15 EP - 22 JO - Progress in Cardiovascular Nursing JF - Progress in Cardiovascular Nursing JA - PROG CARDIOVASC NURS VL - 10 IS - 2 CY - Malden, Massachusetts PB - Wiley-Blackwell AB - Historically, heart transplantation has served as the definitive treatment of choice for patients with end-stage heart failure. Unfortunately, heart transplantation is not available to all patients because of the scarcity of donor allografts and strict patient selection criteria. Dynamic cardiomyoplasty is an experimental alternative to heart transplantation for the treatment of severe congestive heart failure and dilated cardiomyopathy. The procedure involves the use of an autologous latissimus dorsi muscle graft that is wrapped around the ventricles by pericardial attachment. The muscle graft is then stimulated by specialized synchronous train impulses from a cardiomyostimulator; the resultant muscle graft contractions provide support for ventricular function. This article describes collaborative, preoperative, immediate postoperative, and long-term management of patients receiving dynamic cardiomyoplasty. As members of the health care team, nurses are in a unique position to develop care standards and facilitate multidisciplinary collaboration for the care of this complex patient population. SN - 0889-7204 AD - Staff Nurse, Surgical Intensive Care Unit, Veterans Administration Medical Center, St Louis, Missouri U2 - PMID: 7651945. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107052724&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 105855845 T1 - A practical approach to dizziness. Questions to bring vertigo and other causes into focus. AU - Ruckenstein MJ Y1 - 1995/03// N1 - Accession Number: 105855845. Language: English. Entry Date: 20080314. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0401147. KW - Dizziness -- Diagnosis KW - Vertigo -- Diagnosis KW - Dizziness -- Etiology KW - Time Factors KW - Vertigo -- Etiology SP - 70 EP - 81 JO - Postgraduate Medicine JF - Postgraduate Medicine JA - POSTGRAD MED VL - 97 IS - 3 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - Taylor & Francis Ltd AB - Evaluation of a patient presenting with dizziness begins with and largely depends on the patient's history. The diagnosis often can be accurately determined in a primary care setting when a stepwise algorithmic approach is used. The first step is getting a detailed account of precisely what the patient means by 'dizziness.' This helps determine whether the cause is vertigo or another condition, such as orthostatic hypotension. Establishing whether the vertigo is central or peripheral in origin and, if peripheral, how long episodes last further focuses the investigation. Certain clues on physical examination and appropriate use of diagnostic tests help support the diagnosis. Referral should be contemplated when significant central disease is suspected and when vertigo of peripheral origin is persistent or atypical. SN - 0032-5481 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Division of Head and Neck Surgery, San Diego, CA 92161-9112. U2 - PMID: 7877930. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=105855845&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107403670 T1 - Functional impairment among elderly women with osteoporotic vertebral fractures. AU - Galindo-Ciocon D AU - Ciocon JO AU - Galindo D Y1 - 1995/03//1995 Mar-Apr N1 - Accession Number: 107403670. Language: English. Entry Date: 19950401. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; CEU; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Blind Peer Reviewed; Core Nursing; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. Instrumentation: Katz Index of Activities of Daily Living. NLM UID: 8104825. KW - Spinal Injuries -- Etiology -- In Old Age KW - Osteoporosis -- Complications KW - Fractures -- Epidemiology -- In Old Age KW - Back Pain -- Etiology -- In Old Age KW - Geriatric Functional Assessment KW - Education, Continuing (Credit) KW - Descriptive Research KW - T-Tests KW - Research Instruments KW - Activities of Daily Living KW - Osteoporosis -- Radiography KW - Pain KW - Pain -- Prevention and Control KW - Pain -- Nursing KW - Pain Measurement KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and Over KW - Male KW - Human SP - 79 EP - 130 JO - Rehabilitation Nursing JF - Rehabilitation Nursing JA - REHABIL NURS VL - 20 IS - 2 CY - Malden, Massachusetts PB - Wiley-Blackwell AB - Back pain is a significant cause of functional impairment in elderly women with vertebral fractures. To determine the degree of functional impairment due to painful osteoporotic vertebral fractures, investigators compared 75 white women with a mean age of 77 (+ or - 7.2) years who had a mean number of 2.8 (+ or - 0.87) vertebral fractures with 83 white women with a mean age of 74 (+ or - 6.5) years who had no vertebral fractures. These patients were seen within a 2-year period. The Katz Activities of Daily Living scale was used to assess the patients' functional status. All patients underwent a comprehensive evaluation that included a detailed history and a physical examination. Bone density was evaluated in most of the patients and the evaluation revealed osteoporosis in all of the patients with vertebral fractures. The women with vertebral fractures were found to be more significantly dependent in the following activities of daily living: bathing, toileting, dressing, transfer, and continence. These findings have important nursing implications for rehabilitation of the elderly with this condition. SN - 0278-4807 AD - Miami Geriatric Research Education Clinical Center (11GRC), Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Miami School of Nursing, 1201 NW 16th St, Miami, FL 33125 U2 - PMID: 7709048. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107403670&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107404342 T1 - Staff development. Cross-training across acuity levels. AU - Dirks JL AU - Lough ME AU - Moungey SJ Y1 - 1995/02//1995 Feb N1 - Accession Number: 107404342. Language: English. Entry Date: 19950401. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; algorithm. Journal Subset: Blind Peer Reviewed; Core Nursing; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8207799. KW - Program Development KW - Staff Development KW - Multiskilled Health Practitioners -- Education KW - Cardiovascular Nursing -- Education KW - Nomenclature KW - Course Content KW - Program Implementation KW - Teaching Methods KW - Program Evaluation SP - 68 EP - 74 JO - Critical Care Nurse JF - Critical Care Nurse JA - CRIT CARE NURSE VL - 15 IS - 1 CY - Alisa Veijo, California PB - American Association of Critical-Care Nurses AB - Cross-training across acuity levels. SN - 0279-5442 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, Calif U2 - PMID: 7712821. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107404342&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - AU - Pettit, J TI - Tuberculosis in the elderly JO - American Academy of Nurse Practitioners. Journal PY - 1996/01/01/ VL - 8 IS - 3 SP - 131 EP - 134 SN - 10412972 N1 - Note: Record Source: This record is provided from the MEDLINE database of the National Library of Medicine (NLM), United States. The index terms may have been modified to conform with terminology used throughout the database. Database Contributor: MEDLINE. Database Contributor ID: 8788726. Database Subset: AFRICAN HEALTHLINE. Language: English. Accession Number: 8788726. Author Affiliation: Veterans Administration Hospital, Milwaukee, WI, USA 1; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=awn&AN=8788726&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - awn ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Torsades de Pointes from Terfenadine and Sotalol Given in Combination. AU - Feroze, Hamid AU - Suri, Ranjit AU - Silverman, David I. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1996/10// VL - 19 IS - 10 SP - 1519 EP - 1521 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17424997; Author: Feroze, Hamid: 1 Author: Suri, Ranjit: 1 Author: Silverman, David I.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Cardiology Division, John Dempsey Hospital, University of Connecticut Health Center, Farmington, and the Newington Veterans Administration Medical Center Newington, Connecticut.; No. of Pages: 3; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050628 N2 - A patient receiving sotalol developed recurrent torsades de pointes following the addition of terfenadine (Seldane) to her medical regimen. A 71-year-old woman with a history of atrial fibrillation successfully suppressed with sotalol, 80 mg bid, was started on terfenadine, 60 mg bid. Eight days later, she developed repeated self-terminating episodes of torsades de pointes. Sotalol and terfenadine were discontinued, and no further arrhythmia was observed after 72 hours of temporary pacing was discontinued. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *VENTRICULAR fibrillation KW - *ARRHYTHMIA KW - *HEART diseases KW - *ATRIAL arrhythmias KW - *EXTRASYSTOLE KW - ELECTRIC countershock KW - QT interval KW - sotalol KW - terfenidine KW - torsades de pointes UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17424997&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107399892 T1 - Incorporation of continuous quality improvement in a hospital dietary department's quality management program. AU - Letort NR AU - Boudreaux J Y1 - 1994/12// N1 - Accession Number: 107399892. Language: English. Entry Date: 19950301. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7503061. KW - Quality Improvement KW - Food Service Department -- Administration SP - 1404 EP - 1408 JO - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JF - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JA - J AM DIET ASSOC VL - 94 IS - 12 CY - New York, New York PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0002-8223 AD - Dietetic Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Biloxi, Miss U2 - PMID: 7963191. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107399892&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107400150 T1 - Superficial heat and cold: how to maximize the benefits. AU - Kaul MP AU - Herring SA Y1 - 1994/12// N1 - Accession Number: 107400150. Language: English. Entry Date: 19950301. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0427461. KW - Heat-Cold Application KW - Athletic Injuries -- Therapy SP - 65 EP - 74 JO - Physician & Sportsmedicine JF - Physician & Sportsmedicine JA - PHYSICIAN SPORTSMED VL - 22 IS - 12 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - Taylor & Francis Ltd SN - 0091-3847 AD - Department of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, Oregon UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107400150&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107424738 T1 - Nocturnal nasal continuous positive airway pressure in patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease: influence on waking respiratory muscle function. AU - Mezzanotte WS AU - Tangel DJ AU - Fox AM AU - Ballard RD AU - White DP Y1 - 1994/10//1994 Oct N1 - Accession Number: 107424738. Language: English. Entry Date: 19951101. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: Supported by Healthdyne Technologies, Inc., National Institutes of Health, grant HL48531, and VA Merit Review Funding. NLM UID: 0231335. KW - Exercise Tolerance -- Physiology KW - Pulmonary Disease, Chronic Obstructive -- Physiopathology KW - Continuous Positive Airway Pressure KW - Respiratory Muscles -- Physiopathology KW - Pulmonary Disease, Chronic Obstructive -- Therapy KW - Polysomnography KW - Sleep -- Physiology KW - Wakefulness -- Physiology KW - Work of Breathing -- Physiology KW - Funding Source KW - Middle Age KW - Male KW - Human SP - 1100 EP - 1108 JO - CHEST JF - CHEST JA - CHEST VL - 106 IS - 4 CY - Glenview, Illinois PB - American College of Chest Physicians AB - Patients with COPD often have reduced inspiratory muscle strength and endurance as well as poor exercise tolerance. Increased inspiratory work during sleep (probably due to increased upper airway resistance) may further strain these compromised respiratory muscles in COPD patients. We hypothesized that nasal continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) might reduce respiratory work during sleep in COPD patients and thereby improve waking inspiratory muscle function. To test this hypothesis, eight male COPD patients were treated with sustained nocturnal nasal CPAP. Inspiratory muscle strength (maximum inspiratory pressure) and endurance (sustained inspiratory pressure) as well as clinical performance (12-min walk) were assessed before and after therapy. We observed that compared with matched controls, COPD patients treated with nocturnal nasal CPAP had significant and substantial improvement in inspiratory muscle strength and endurance as well as functional ability as assessed by the 12-min walk. In addition, CPAP did not significantly alter sleep quality or oxygenation in the patients studied. We conclude that nocturnal nasal CPAP improves inspiratory muscle performance during wakefulness in COPD patients, which is very likely a product of the reduced work of breathing during sleep while these individuals received CPAP. SN - 0012-3692 AD - Pulmonary Division, Department of Medicine Denver Veterans Administration Medical Center, Denver U2 - PMID: 7924480. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107424738&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107406211 T1 - HIV illness and mental distress in female clients of AIDS care and referral centers. AU - Linn JG AU - Anema MG AU - Estrada JJ AU - Cain VA AU - Usoh DM Y1 - 1994/10//1994 Oct N1 - Accession Number: 107406211. Language: English. Entry Date: 19950501. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. Instrumentation: Center for Epidemiologic Studies Depression Scale (CES-D); Anxiety Scale; Perceived Coherence Scale. Grant Information: NIH MBRS Grant No. S-6RR08092 and NIH RCMI Grant 2GR12RR03033. NLM UID: 8710781. KW - Women's Health KW - HIV Infections -- Psychosocial Factors KW - Depression KW - Anxiety KW - AIDS Patients KW - Conceptual Framework KW - Models, Theoretical KW - Coefficient Alpha KW - Path Analysis KW - Multitrait-Multimethod KW - Convenience Sample KW - Symptoms KW - Support, Psychosocial KW - Cross Sectional Studies KW - HIV Infections -- Classification KW - Scales KW - AIDS-Related Complex KW - Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome KW - Funding Source KW - Adult KW - Female KW - Human SP - 254 EP - 259 JO - AIDS Patient Care JF - AIDS Patient Care JA - AIDS PATIENT CARE VL - 8 IS - 5 CY - New Rochelle, New York PB - Mary Ann Liebert, Inc. SN - 0893-5068 AD - A.C. York Veterans Administration Medical Center, Murfreesboro, TN UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107406211&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107393280 T1 - Interdisciplinary collaboration in the special care unit -- part II. AU - McKeown M AU - Claflin N Y1 - 1994/09//1994 Sep-Oct N1 - Accession Number: 107393280. Language: English. Entry Date: 19961201. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; CEU; exam questions; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Health Services Administration; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9202994. KW - Multidisciplinary Care Team KW - Collaboration KW - Patient Care KW - Respiration, Artificial KW - Education, Continuing (Credit) KW - Intensive Care Units KW - Data Analysis Software KW - Quality Improvement SP - 15 EP - 18 JO - Journal for Healthcare Quality: Promoting Excellence in Healthcare JF - Journal for Healthcare Quality: Promoting Excellence in Healthcare JA - J HEALTHC QUAL VL - 16 IS - 5 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 1062-2551 AD - Medical Intensive Care Unit/Coronary Care Unit, Carl T. Hayden Veterans Administration Medical Center, Phoenix, AZ U2 - PMID: 10136702. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107393280&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107410440 T1 - Updating a measure of dental anxiety: reliability, validity, and norms. AU - Ronis DL Y1 - 1994/09//1994 Sep-Oct N1 - Accession Number: 107410440. Language: English. Entry Date: 19950601. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8902616. KW - Patient Attitudes -- Evaluation -- Michigan KW - Dental Care KW - Scales KW - Anxiety KW - Two-Tailed Test KW - Criterion-Related Validity KW - Construct Validity KW - Michigan KW - Oral Health KW - Patient Assessment KW - Patient Compliance KW - Professional-Patient Relations KW - Research Methodology KW - Case Management KW - Interviews KW - Cluster Sample KW - Coefficient Alpha KW - Validity KW - Summated Rating Scaling KW - Pilot Studies KW - Pearson's Correlation Coefficient KW - Statistical Significance KW - Human SP - 228 EP - 233 JO - Journal of Dental Hygiene JF - Journal of Dental Hygiene JA - J DENT HYG VL - 68 IS - 5 CY - Chicago, Illinois PB - American Dental Hygienists Association AB - Purpose. The Corah Dental Anxiety Scale was introduced in 1969. Since then, changes in dental practice and language usage have dated the scale. The purposes of this study were to (1) slightly modify the scale, (2) assess its reliability and validity, and (3) develop norms for the revised version. The scale modifications recognized the roles of dental hygienists and female dentists in the dental office. Two variations of the first item also were constructed. One asked about going to the dentist 'for a checkup;' the other asked about going 'because of a toothache.' Methods. The revised instrument was included in face-to-face interviews with 662 dentate adults living in the Detroit, Michigan, area. Reliability was estimated by Cronbach's alpha. Validity was examined by correlating the revised scale with another measure of dental anxiety and with measures of conceptually related variables. Results. Cronbach's alpha coefficient was 0.82 for the checkup version of the scale, 0.79 for the toothache version, and 0.82 for a scale including both variations of the first item, indicating adequate reliability. Dental anxiety correlated positively with history of dental problems (r = .13, .09, and .10 for the checkup, toothache, and combined versions, respectively), negatively with frequency of preventive dental visits (r = -.28, -.22, and -.25), and positively with another measure of dental anxiety (r = .61, .59, and .62), supporting the validity of the scales. Conclusions. The checkup version of the revised scale is recommended for future use. The Dental Anxiety Scale as modified continues to be a reliable and valid instrument 20 years after its introduction. SN - 1043-254X AD - Health Services Research and Development Program, U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, Ann Arbor, Michigan U2 - PMID: 8632195. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107410440&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107401671 T1 - Interdisciplinary collaboration in the special care unit -- part I. AU - Claflin N Y1 - 1994/07//1994 Jul-Aug N1 - Accession Number: 107401671. Language: English. Entry Date: 19950301. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; CEU; exam questions; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Health Services Administration; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9202994. KW - Multidisciplinary Care Team KW - Collaboration KW - Committees -- Methods KW - Quality Improvement KW - Education, Continuing (Credit) SP - 23 EP - 47 JO - Journal for Healthcare Quality: Promoting Excellence in Healthcare JF - Journal for Healthcare Quality: Promoting Excellence in Healthcare JA - J HEALTHC QUAL VL - 16 IS - 4 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 1062-2551 AD - Nursing Quality Management Coordinator, Carl T Hayden Veterans Administration Medical Center, Phoenix, AZ U2 - PMID: 10135292. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107401671&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107399979 T1 - Principles of a therapeutic milieu: an overview. AU - Walker M Y1 - 1994/07// N1 - Accession Number: 107399979. Language: English. Entry Date: 19950301. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0401133. KW - Socioenvironmental Therapy KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Patient Care KW - Health Facility Environment KW - Inpatients SP - 5 EP - 8 JO - Perspectives in Psychiatric Care JF - Perspectives in Psychiatric Care JA - PERSPECT PSYCHIATR CARE VL - 30 IS - 3 CY - Malden, Massachusetts PB - Wiley-Blackwell AB - The author provides a concise overview of how the milieu functions of structure, involvement, containment, support, and validation can be used to create a positive treatment environment. Examples of an unhealthy milieu are contrasted with these therapeutic principles. SN - 0031-5990 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Knoxville, IA U2 - PMID: 7862519. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107399979&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107392248 T1 - Magnesium homeostasis: conservation mechanism in lactating women consuming a controlled-magnesium diet. AU - Dengel JL AU - Mangels AR AU - Moser-Veillon PB Y1 - 1994/05// N1 - Accession Number: 107392248. Language: English. Entry Date: 19961201. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: Supported by the Maryland Agriculture Experiment Station (project number MD-Y-23) and the US Department of Agriculture (specific cooperative agreement 58-32U4-6-167). NLM UID: 0376027. KW - Magnesium KW - Homeostasis KW - Lactation KW - Milk, Human KW - Diet KW - Experimental Studies KW - Urinalysis KW - Milk, Human -- Analysis KW - Feces -- Analysis KW - Analysis of Variance KW - Analysis of Covariance KW - Chi Square Test KW - Adult KW - Pregnancy KW - Female KW - Funding Source KW - Human SP - 990 EP - 994 JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JA - AM J CLIN NUTR VL - 59 IS - 5 CY - Bethesda, Maryland PB - American Society for Nutrition AB - This study was undertaken to determine whether lactating women consuming a low-magnesium diet compensate for magnesium secreted into breast milk by decreasing urinary magnesium losses. Six lactating (L) women, six nonlactating (NL) women (75 +/- 5 and 61 +/- 5 d postpartum, respectively), and seven never-pregnant (NP) women were studied while consuming a constant magnesium intake of 8.97 +/- 0.01 mmol/d for 20 d. After a 5-d stabilization period on the controlled diet, 24-h urine and fecal samples were collected for the next 15 d. The L women excreted significantly less (P < 0.01) urinary magnesium (2.10 +/- 0.35 mmol/d) than the NP women (3.45 +/- 0.37 mmol/d). No significant differences were detected in mean apparent magnesium absorption among the three groups of women, because of large individual variations of fecal magnesium and small sample size. L women apparently compensated for magnesium losses in breast milk (1.04 +/- 0.06 mmol/d) by reducing urinary magnesium losses (1.38 mmol/d) when consuming 8.97 mmol Mg/d. SN - 0002-9165 AD - Baltimore Veterans Administration, Baltimore, MD U2 - PMID: 8172106. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107392248&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 105851243 T1 - Oral Candida colonizes the stomach and gastrostomy feeding tubes. AU - Gottlieb K AU - Iber FL AU - Livak A AU - Leya J AU - Mobarhan S AU - Gottlieb, K AU - Iber, F L AU - Livak, A AU - Leya, J AU - Mobarhan, S Y1 - 1994/05// N1 - Accession Number: 105851243. Language: English. Entry Date: 20080314. Revision Date: 20170223. Publication Type: journal article. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7804134. KW - Candida KW - Equipment Contamination KW - Intubation, Gastrointestinal -- Equipment and Supplies KW - Mouth -- Microbiology KW - Aged KW - Endoscopy KW - Gastrostomy KW - Middle Age KW - Nutrition Disorders -- Therapy KW - Stomach -- Microbiology SP - 264 EP - 267 JO - JPEN Journal of Parenteral & Enteral Nutrition JF - JPEN Journal of Parenteral & Enteral Nutrition JA - JPEN J PARENTER ENTERAL NUTR VL - 18 IS - 3 CY - Thousand Oaks, California PB - Sage Publications Inc. AB - The lumen of gastrostomy tubes is frequently colonized with Candida. To investigate the source of this contamination, 20 consecutive malnourished patients undergoing placement of a percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy tube and ten ambulatory controls having routine upper endoscopy performed had both their oral cavity and gastric antrum swabbed and cultured. Percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy tube recipients who after several weeks were still under our care (9 of 20) had the lumen of their tubes cultured. Fungi were isolated from the stomach in 13 (65%) of 20 patients undergoing percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy tube placement but in only 1 of 10 ambulatory patients (p < .01). The species isolated from the oral cavity, the stomach, and later the gastrostomy tube were identical in most cases. We conclude that gastrostomy tubes are probably colonized by oral organisms that have made their way into the stomach. SN - 0148-6071 AD - Edward Hines Jr. Veterans Administration Hospital, Section of Gastroenterology, Hines, Illinois AD - Edward Hines Jr. Veterans Administration Hospital, Section of Gastroenterology, Hines, Illinois. U2 - PMID: 8065003. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=105851243&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 108018047 T1 - Helping Factors in a Peer-Developed Support Group for Persons With Head Injury, Part 2: Survivor Interview Perspective. AU - Schulz, Celia H. Y1 - 1994/04// N1 - Accession Number: 108018047. Language: English. Entry Date: 20130521. Revision Date: 20150712. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7705978. KW - Head Injuries -- Rehabilitation KW - Support Groups KW - Prospective Studies KW - Audiorecording KW - Interviews KW - Content Analysis KW - Convenience Sample KW - Peer Group KW - Adult KW - Middle Age KW - Male KW - Female KW - Human SP - 305 EP - 309 JO - American Journal of Occupational Therapy JF - American Journal of Occupational Therapy JA - AM J OCCUP THER VL - 48 IS - 4 CY - Bethesda, Maryland PB - American Occupational Therapy Association SN - 0272-9490 AD - Staff Occupational Therapist, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brockton, Massachusetts U2 - PMID: 8059863. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=108018047&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107402077 T1 - Strategies for increasing third-party reimbursement for nutrition counseling. AU - Bolonda KL AU - Lacagnina S AU - Dahl L AU - Murphy M AU - Hunt IF Y1 - 1994/04// N1 - Accession Number: 107402077. Language: English. Entry Date: 19950301. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; research. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7503061. KW - Nutritional Counseling KW - Insurance, Health, Reimbursement KW - Case Control Studies KW - Questionnaires KW - Surveys KW - Outcomes (Health Care) KW - Ambulatory Care KW - California KW - Human SP - 390 EP - 393 JO - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JF - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JA - J AM DIET ASSOC VL - 94 IS - 4 CY - New York, New York PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0002-8223 AD - Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, CA 91351 U2 - PMID: 8144805. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107402077&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107189866 T1 - Functional importance of myocardial relaxation in patients with congestive heart failure. AU - Eichhorn EJ AU - Hatfield B AU - Marcoux L AU - Risser RC Y1 - 1994/03//1994 Mar N1 - Accession Number: 107189866. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990501. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: Supported in part by National Health, Lung, and Blood Institute Ischemic Specialized Centers of Research grant HL-17669 from the National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD. NLM UID: 9442138. KW - Hemodynamics KW - Myocardial Diseases -- Physiopathology KW - Heart Failure -- Physiopathology KW - Myocardium -- Physiopathology KW - P-Value KW - Confidence Intervals KW - Regression KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Adult KW - Funding Source KW - Human SP - 45 EP - 56 JO - Journal of Cardiac Failure JF - Journal of Cardiac Failure JA - J CARD FAIL VL - 1 IS - 1 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - W B Saunders SN - 1071-9164 AD - Director, Cardiac Catheterization Laboratory (IIIA2), University of Texas Southwestern and Dallas Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4500 South Lancaster, Dallas, TX 75216 U2 - PMID: 9420632. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107189866&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107326089 T1 - Medical grand rounds. Poststroke seizures. AU - Saver JL Y1 - 1994///1994 Spring N1 - Accession Number: 107326089. Language: English. Entry Date: 19970601. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; protocol; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9439750. KW - Stroke -- Complications KW - Seizures KW - Seizures -- Etiology KW - Cerebrovascular Disorders -- Complications KW - Seizures -- Classification KW - Diagnosis, Differential KW - Seizures -- Drug Therapy KW - Status Epilepticus KW - Anticonvulsants -- Therapeutic Use KW - Seizures -- Complications SP - 109 EP - 130 JO - Topics in Stroke Rehabilitation JF - Topics in Stroke Rehabilitation JA - TOP STROKE REHABIL VL - 1 IS - 1 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - Taylor & Francis Ltd SN - 1074-9357 AD - Stroke Program, Dept of Neurology, Northwestern Memorial Hospital and Lakeside Veterans Administration Hospital, Northwestern University Medical School, Chicago, IL UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107326089&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107393547 T1 - Metabolic and behavioral covariates of high-density lipoprotein cholesterol and triglyceride concentrations in postmenopausal women. AU - Laws A AU - King AC AU - Haskell WL AU - Reaven GM Y1 - 1993/12//12/ 1/1993 N1 - Accession Number: 107393547. Language: English. Entry Date: 19961201. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: Supported in part by NIH Research Grants HL-36272 (National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute) and AG-00440 (National Institute of Aging). A.L. was supported by a Mentor-Based Postdoctoral Fellowship from the American Diabetes Association. NLM UID: 7503062. KW - Lipoproteins, HDL Cholesterol KW - Postmenopause -- Physiology KW - Triglycerides KW - Alcohol Drinking KW - Blood Glucose -- Analysis KW - Cross Sectional Studies KW - Insulin KW - Obesity -- Physiopathology KW - Oxygen Consumption KW - Regression KW - Smoking KW - Funding Source KW - Middle Age KW - Female KW - Human SP - 1289 EP - 1294 JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J AM GERIATR SOC CY - Malden, Massachusetts PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 0002-8614 AD - GRECC 182B, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3801 Miranda Ave, Palo Alto, CA 94304 U2 - PMID: 8227909. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107393547&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107101889 T1 - Reverse mismatched ventilation-perfusion pulmonary imaging with accumulation of technetium-99m-DTPA in a mucous plug in a main bronchus: a case report. AU - Shih W AU - Bognar B Y1 - 1999/12// N1 - Accession Number: 107101889. Language: English. Entry Date: 20000401. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study; diagnostic images. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0430303. KW - Bronchi -- Radiography KW - Lung -- Radiography KW - Radiopharmaceuticals -- Diagnostic Use KW - Ventilation-Perfusion Ratio KW - Technetium Compounds -- Diagnostic Use KW - Mucus -- Radiography KW - Pulmonary Atelectasis -- Radiography KW - Lung Injury SP - 303 EP - 305 JO - Journal of Nuclear Medicine Technology JF - Journal of Nuclear Medicine Technology JA - J NUCL MED TECHNOL VL - 27 IS - 4 CY - Reston, Virginia PB - Society of Nuclear Medicine AB - The phenomenon of reverse mismatched ventilation-perfusion on pulmonary scintigraphy is a fairly common occurrence. We present a patient who was experiencing decreasing oxygen saturation and had a reverse mismatched ventilation-perfusion imaging pattern associated with radiotracer retention in a main bronchus. Technetium-99m-DTPA aerosol lung imaging showed tracer retention in the trachea and right main bronchus, absent ventilation in the right lung, and normal ventilation in the left lung. Technetium-99m-MAA perfusion lung images showed normal perfusion of the left lung and some perfusion in the right lung. These findings represented a reverse ventilation-perfusion mismatch. Reverse mismatched ventilation-perfusion, or totally absent ventilation with preservation of some perfusion in the right lung, resulted in functional intrapulmonary shunting, which explained the decreasing oxygen saturation observed in this patient. A concurrent portable chest radiograph showed elevation of the right hemidiaphragm, a shift of the mediastinum to the right, deviation of the endotracheal tube, narrowing of the intercostal space of the right thorax, and collapse of the right lower lobe. The radiographic findings of underventilation of the right lung with atelectasis of the right lower lobe were due to mucous plugging the right main bronchus. SN - 0091-4916 AD - Nuclear Medicine and Radiology Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Lexington, KY 40511 U2 - PMID: 10646552. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107101889&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104785872 T1 - The use of expected value as an aid to decisions regarding anticoagulation in patients with atrial fibrillation. AU - Nadeau, S E Y1 - 1993/12//1993 Dec N1 - Accession Number: 104785872. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20161126. Publication Type: journal article. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0235266. KW - Anticoagulants -- Therapeutic Use KW - Atrial Fibrillation -- Complications KW - Cerebrovascular Disorders -- Prevention and Control KW - Anticoagulants -- Adverse Effects KW - Cerebral Hemorrhage -- Etiology KW - Cerebral Hemorrhage -- Prevention and Control KW - Infarction -- Etiology KW - Infarction -- Prevention and Control KW - Decision Trees KW - Cerebral Ischemia, Transient -- Prevention and Control KW - Recurrence KW - Risk Factors SP - 2128 EP - 2134 JO - Stroke (00392499) JF - Stroke (00392499) JA - STROKE VL - 24 IS - 12 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Background: The method described provides a rational means for determining whether to institute chronic anticoagulation to prevent stroke in patients with chronic atrial fibrillation under a variety of clinical circumstances.Summary Of Comment: The concept of expected value is used in conjunction with data from clinical studies to define the net value of anticoagulation to the patient. A full year of anticoagulation is warranted in patients with recent stroke or transient ischemic attack thought to be due to cardiogenic embolism who feel that stroke is a very serious event with nearly as much disvalue as death. If stroke has a lesser degree of negative value to the patient, or it is uncertain whether the stroke was in a large-vessel distribution, or it is uncertain whether a large-vessel distribution stroke was due to cardiogenic embolism, 6 months or less of anticoagulation may be warranted. Indefinite anticoagulation is justifiable in most patients with chronic atrial fibrillation without a history of stroke or transient ischemic attack but may be contraindicated in certain patients at extremely low risk for embolism and in patients who place a low value on stroke relative to death and who have a modest increase in risk for fatal hemorrhage.Conclusions: The method described provides a means readily usable by clinicians to make anticoagulation decisions in patients with chronic atrial fibrillation that will address risk-benefit tradeoffs with somewhat greater precision than current approaches. SN - 0039-2499 AD - Geriatric Research, Education, and Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Gainesville, FL 32608-1197. U2 - PMID: 8249000. DO - 10.1161/01.STR.24.12.2128 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104785872&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 108008348 T1 - Workstation Robotics: A Pilot Study of a Desktop Vocational Assistant Robot. AU - Taylor, Barry AU - Cupo, Mary E. AU - Sheredos, Saleem J. Y1 - 1993/11// N1 - Accession Number: 108008348. Language: English. Entry Date: 20130417. Revision Date: 20150712. Publication Type: Journal Article; pictorial; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7705978. KW - Robotics -- Evaluation KW - Assistive Technology -- Evaluation KW - Computer Systems -- Evaluation KW - Human KW - Pilot Studies KW - Computer Environment KW - Equipment Maintenance KW - Quadriplegia KW - Rehabilitation, Vocational KW - Voice Recognition Systems KW - Disabled KW - Evaluation Research KW - Adult KW - Middle Age KW - Computer Literacy KW - Maryland KW - United States Department of Veterans Affairs KW - Virginia KW - Hospitals, Veterans SP - 1009 EP - 1013 JO - American Journal of Occupational Therapy JF - American Journal of Occupational Therapy JA - AM J OCCUP THER VL - 47 IS - 11 CY - Bethesda, Maryland PB - American Occupational Therapy Association SN - 0272-9490 AD - Health Science Specialist, Technology Transfer Sections, Veterans Administration Rehabilitation Research & Development Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1201 Broad Rock Road, Richmond, Virginia AD - Health Science Specialist, Technology Transfer Section, Veterans Administration Rehabilitation Research & Development Service, Baltimore, Maryland AD - Program Manager, Technology Transfer Section, Veterans Administration Rehabilitation Research & Development Service, Baltimore, Maryland U2 - PMID: 8279495. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=108008348&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107432318 T1 - Acute autonomic responses to postural change, valsalva maneuver, and paced breathing in older type II diabetic men. AU - Naliboff BD AU - Gilmore SL AU - Rosenthal MJ Y1 - 1993/06//6/ 1/1993 N1 - Accession Number: 107432318. Language: English. Entry Date: 19951201. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: Supported by the Department of Veterans Affairs Medical Research Service. NLM UID: 7503062. KW - Autonomic Nervous System -- Physiopathology KW - Diabetes Mellitus, Type 2 -- Physiopathology KW - Posture KW - Respiration -- Physiology KW - Valsalva's Maneuver KW - Age Factors KW - Blood Pressure -- Physiology KW - Skin Physiology KW - Hemoglobin A, Glycosylated -- Analysis KW - Monitoring, Physiologic KW - Funding Source KW - Valsalva's Maneuver -- Physiology KW - Heart Rate -- Physiology KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and Over KW - Male KW - Human SP - 648 EP - 653 JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J AM GERIATR SOC CY - Malden, Massachusetts PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 0002-8614 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, CA 91343 U2 - PMID: 8505463. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107432318&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107358835 T1 - Action stat! Bowel obstruction. AU - Cumbie B AU - Clement S Y1 - 1996/01// N1 - Accession Number: 107358835. Language: English. Entry Date: 20050712. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7600137. KW - Emergency Nursing KW - Intestinal Obstruction -- Diagnosis KW - Intestinal Obstruction -- Therapy KW - Emergency Care KW - Nursing Assessment KW - Aged KW - Inpatients KW - Male SP - 33 EP - 33 JO - Nursing JF - Nursing JA - NURSING VL - 26 IS - 1 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0360-4039 AD - Outpatient Satellite Clinics, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Salem, Va U2 - PMID: 8632849. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107358835&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Regeneration of Pacemaker Battery After Explantation. AU - Das, Gopal JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1994/10// VL - 17 IS - 10 SP - 1632 EP - 1634 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17487693; Author: Das, Gopal: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Veterans Administration Medical Center, Las Vegas, Nevada.; No. of Pages: 3; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050630 N2 - In an effort to evaluate changes in voltage output of a pulse generator after explantation, the output of 33 pulse generators was measured at the time of explant and following 3 days of rest (not pacing). Twenty generators were removed secondary to elective replacement indicators (EM) and 13 for other causes. The output of ERI generators significantly increased, from 2.62 volts at explant, to 3.17 volts, 3 days later. The non-ERI generators on the other hand, showed no significant change in their output. These observations are important when dealing with battery depletion. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *IMPLANTED cardiovascular instruments KW - *CARDIAC pacing KW - *CARDIOVASCULAR system KW - PULSE generators KW - MEDICAL equipment KW - battery depletion KW - battery regeneration KW - pacemakers UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17487693&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - AU - Thomas, P A., Jr TI - A thoracoscopic peek: what did Jacobaeus see JO - The Annals of Thoracic Surgery PY - 1994/01/01/ VL - 57 IS - 3 SP - 770 EP - 771 SN - 00034975 N1 - Note: Record Source: This record is provided from the MEDLINE database of the National Library of Medicine (NLM), United States. The index terms may have been modified to conform with terminology used throughout the database; Named Person: Jacobaeus. Database Contributor: MEDLINE. Database Contributor ID: 8147665. Database Subset: AFRICAN HEALTHLINE. Language: English. Accession Number: 8147665. Author Affiliation: Veterans Administration West Side Medical Center, Chicago, Illinois 60612 1; AB - MEDLINE Abstract: More than 80 years ago, Jacobaeus inserted a cystoscope into the pleural space of patients with pleural diseases to visually examine the pathology. Subsequently, he courageously inserted a galvanocautery instrument into the pleural space through a separate entry site to divide adhesions between the lung and chest wall under direct vision. This was done to establish therapeutic pneumothorax for patients with pulmonary tuberculosis. The discovery of effective antituberculosis chemotherapy eliminated the need for lung collapse therapy, and thoracoscopy was discarded as no longer useful. Today, the enthusiasm for thoracoscopic surgical intervention, both diagnostic and therapeutic, is a result of applied technologic innovations. Rediscovery of thoracoscopy is exciting and expands the vision for both diagnostic and therapeutic applications predicted by Jacobaeus UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=awn&AN=8147665&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - awn ER - AU - Morris, J F TI - Physiological changes due to age. Implications for respiratory drug therapy JO - Drugs & Aging PY - 1994/01/01/ VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 207 EP - 220 SN - 1170229X N1 - Note: Record Source: This record is provided from the MEDLINE database of the National Library of Medicine (NLM), United States. The index terms may have been modified to conform with terminology used throughout the database. Database Contributor: MEDLINE. Database Contributor ID: 8199395. Database Subset: AFRICAN HEALTHLINE. Language: English. Accession Number: 8199395. Author Affiliation: Veterans Administration Medical Centre, Portland, Oregon 1; AB - MEDLINE Abstract: The pulmonary system is modified in various ways over time and it is particularly vulnerable to environmental insults. Of particular interest are the implications of aging for therapy of respiratory illnesses. The changes in pulmonary structure and function due simply to aging, and changes due to diseases, should be distinguished from each other. The great reserve function of the lung permits reasonable physical capacity in healthy individuals despite aging changes. In principle, loss of function equivalent to more than one lung is necessary to impair aerobic capacity at any age. Elderly people are subject to the same respiratory diseases as younger adults but may manifest them differently. They may present in atypical ways such as in bacterial pneumonia, tuberculosis, and asthma, all modified by anatomical alterations or deterioration of immunological defence mechanisms. Accumulation of toxic substances over time such as cigarette smoke or environmental pollutants may give rise to chronic bronchitis, emphysema, bronchogenic carcinoma and interstitial lung disease. Changes in the number or function of airway receptors modulate responses to bronchodilator drugs. Chronic inflammation of the bronchial wall has blurred the distinction between traditional asthma and chronic bronchitis and emphysema, and similar drug therapy can be useful for all. Adverse reactions to respiratory drugs such as theophylline, oral corticosteroids, and isoniazid increase with age. As more data accumulate, drug therapy of respiratory diseases in older patients will become more effective and safer UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=awn&AN=8199395&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - awn ER - AU - Davis, L E TI - Danger of corticosteroid administration in meningitis due to misdiagnosed agent JO - Pediatric Neurology PY - 1994/01/01/ VL - 10 IS - 4 SP - 338 EP - 339 SN - 08878994 N1 - Note: Record Source: This record is provided from the MEDLINE database of the National Library of Medicine (NLM), United States. The index terms may have been modified to conform with terminology used throughout the database; CAS Registry Number: 66974FR9Q1; 7C782967RD; 7S5I7G3JQL. Database Contributor: MEDLINE. Database Contributor ID: 8068165. Database Subset: AFRICAN HEALTHLINE. Language: English. Accession Number: 8068165. Author Affiliation: Neurology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Albuquerque, New Mexico 87108 1; AB - MEDLINE Abstract: A 3 1/2-year-old child with acute tuberculous meningitis was misdiagnosed as having "partially treated" meningitis and was treated with ampicillin, chloramphenicol, and dexamethasone. She developed obstructive hydrocephalus and miliary spread of tuberculosis which led to death. It is likely that failure to consider alternative diagnoses promptly and the use of corticosteroids along with ineffective antibiotics contributed to the outcome. Although they may lessen some complications of bacterial meningitis, the indiscriminate use of corticosteroids in misdiagnosed bacterial meningitis may be detrimental UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=awn&AN=8068165&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - awn ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107160417 T1 - Streptococcus pneumoniae transmission in chronic-care facilities: description of an outbreak and review of management strategies. AU - Sheppard DC AU - Bartlett KA AU - Lampiris HW Y1 - 1998/11//1998 Nov N1 - Accession Number: 107160417. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990201. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8804099. KW - Pneumococcal Infections -- Transmission KW - Disease Outbreaks KW - Infection Control KW - Disease Surveillance KW - Epidemiological Research KW - Fisher's Exact Test KW - Two-Tailed Test KW - Microbial Culture and Sensitivity Tests KW - Nursing Homes KW - Pneumonia, Bacterial KW - Pneumococcal Vaccine KW - Antibiotics -- Therapeutic Use KW - Cross Infection KW - Inpatients KW - Human SP - 851 EP - 853 JO - Infection Control & Hospital Epidemiology JF - Infection Control & Hospital Epidemiology JA - INFECT CONTROL HOSP EPIDEMIOL VL - 19 IS - 11 PB - Cambridge University Press AB - We report an outbreak of invasive Streptococcus pneumoniae disease in a chronic-care facility with a documented immunization rate of only 2.5%. We describe and discuss the infection control strategies used in prevention and management of such outbreaks, highlighting the role of immunization and presumptive chemotherapy. SN - 0899-823X AD - Department of Medicine, Division of Infectious Diseases, San Francisco Veterans' Administration Medical Center, University of California, San Francisco, California U2 - PMID: 9831942. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107160417&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104735365 T1 - Effect of diabetes mellitus on flow-mediated and endothelium-dependent dilatation of the rat basilar artery. AU - Fujii, K AU - Heistad, D D AU - Faraci, F M Y1 - 1992/10//1992 Oct N1 - Accession Number: 104735365. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20161125. Publication Type: journal article; research. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0235266. KW - Basilar Artery -- Drug Effects KW - Diabetes Mellitus -- Physiopathology KW - Endothelium -- Physiopathology KW - Acetylcholine -- Pharmacodynamics KW - Animal Studies KW - Arginine -- Metabolism KW - Blood Flow Velocity KW - Blood Glucose KW - Endothelium -- Drug Effects KW - Male KW - Nitroprusside -- Pharmacodynamics KW - Pathological Conditions, Anatomical KW - Rats KW - Vasodilation -- Drug Effects SP - 1494 EP - 1498 JO - Stroke (00392499) JF - Stroke (00392499) JA - STROKE VL - 23 IS - 10 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Background and Purpose: Diabetes mellitus may impair endothelium-dependent responses in cerebral arterioles. The basilar artery dilates in response to increases in blood flow. The goal of this study was to examine effects of diabetes mellitus on "flow-mediated" and endothelium-dependent dilatation of the basilar artery.Methods: Diabetes was induced in rats with 50 mg/kg streptozotocin. Six months later, vessel diameter and velocity of blood flow through the basilar artery were measured using a cranial window in anesthetized rats under baseline conditions and during occlusion of the carotid arteries. Changes in vessel diameter were also measured during topical application of acetylcholine and sodium nitroprusside.Results: With aortic pressure maintained at baseline levels, blood flow velocity through the basilar artery increased similarly in control and diabetic rats during unilateral common carotid artery occlusion and during bilateral occlusion. In control and diabetic rats, diameter of the basilar artery increased by 10 +/- 2% and 10 +/- 4% during unilateral occlusion and by 27 +/- 5% and 31 +/- 4% during bilateral occlusion, respectively. Thus, diabetes did not impair flow-mediated dilatation of the basilar artery. In contrast, dilatation in response to 10(-5) M topical acetylcholine was less in diabetic rats (13 +/- 2%) than in control rats (45 +/- 8%) (p less than 0.05). Dilator responses to nitroprusside were not impaired by diabetes.Conclusions: The findings suggest that diabetes produces impairment of endothelium-dependent responses to acetylcholine, but not flow-mediated dilatation, in the basilar artery. SN - 0039-2499 AD - Department of Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center Iowa City, Iowa. U2 - PMID: 1412587. DO - 10.1161/01.STR.23.10.1494 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104735365&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Joynt, John B. T1 - Control Charts and Factory Management. JO - ILR Review JF - ILR Review Y1 - 1949/01// VL - 2 IS - 2 M3 - Book Review SP - 300 EP - 301 PB - Sage Publications Inc. SN - 00197939 AB - The article reviews the book "Control Charts and Factory Management," by William B. Rice. KW - FACTORY management KW - NONFICTION KW - RICE, William B. KW - CONTROL Charts & Factory Management (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 6450071; Joynt, John B. 1; Affiliations: 1: Formerly Director, Organization and Methods, Veterans Administration; Issue Info: Jan49, Vol. 2 Issue 2, p300; Thesaurus Term: FACTORY management; Subject Term: NONFICTION; Reviews & Products: CONTROL Charts & Factory Management (Book); People: RICE, William B.; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=6450071&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107345691 T1 - View box. Embolization of a lacerated artery after percutaneous drainage of a pelvic abscess. AU - Sawhney R Y1 - 1997/09//1997 Sep N1 - Accession Number: 107345691. Language: English. Entry Date: 19971101. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study; diagnostic images. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9014475. KW - Pelvic Abscess -- Therapy KW - Drainage -- Adverse Effects KW - Arteries -- Injuries KW - Embolization, Therapeutic -- Methods KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Pelvic Abscess -- Radiography KW - Tomography, X-Ray Computed KW - Angiography SP - 104 EP - 106 JO - Journal of Vascular Nursing JF - Journal of Vascular Nursing JA - J VASC NURS VL - 15 IS - 3 CY - New York, New York PB - Elsevier Science SN - 1062-0303 AD - San Francisco Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement St, San Francisco, CA 94121 U2 - PMID: 9362841. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107345691&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104746839 T1 - Assessment of erectile dysfunction in diabetic men: the clinical relevance of self-reported sexual functioning. AU - Ackerman, M D AU - D'Attilio, J P AU - Antoni, M H AU - Campbell, B M Y1 - 1991/09// N1 - Accession Number: 104746839. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research. Journal Subset: Biomedical; USA. NLM UID: 7502387. KW - Impotence -- Diagnosis KW - Patient History Taking -- Standards KW - Questionnaires -- Standards KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Impotence -- Epidemiology KW - Impotence -- Etiology KW - Evaluation Research KW - Human KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Monitoring, Physiologic KW - Penile Erection KW - Predictive Value of Tests SP - 191 EP - 202 JO - Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy JF - Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy JA - J SEX MARITAL THER VL - 17 IS - 3 CY - Oxfordshire, PB - Routledge SN - 0092-623X AD - Behavioral Medicine Section, Miami Veterans Administration Medical Center, FL 33125. U2 - PMID: 1758002. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104746839&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104748174 T1 - Oxidized low density lipoproteins: a role in the pathogenesis of atherosclerosis in diabetes? AU - Lyons, T J Y1 - 1991/06// N1 - Accession Number: 104748174. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Europe; Peer Reviewed; UK & Ireland. NLM UID: 8500858. KW - Arteriosclerosis -- Etiology KW - Diabetic Angiopathies -- Blood KW - Lipid Peroxidation KW - Lipoproteins, LDL -- Blood KW - Arteriosclerosis -- Blood KW - Free Radical Scavengers KW - Models, Biological SP - 411 EP - 419 JO - Diabetic Medicine JF - Diabetic Medicine JA - DIABETIC MED VL - 8 IS - 5 CY - Malden, Massachusetts PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 0742-3071 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Charleston, South Carolina. U2 - PMID: 1830524. DO - 10.1111/j.1464-5491.1991.tb01624.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104748174&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104750477 T1 - Effect of atherosclerosis on cerebral vascular responses to activation of leukocytes and platelets in monkeys. AU - Faraci, F M AU - Lopez, A G AU - Breese, K AU - Armstrong, M L AU - Heistad, D D Y1 - 1991/06//1991 Jun N1 - Accession Number: 104750477. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20161125. Publication Type: journal article; research. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0235266. KW - Arteriosclerosis -- Physiopathology KW - Cerebral Arteries -- Physiopathology KW - Cerebrovascular Circulation KW - Leukocytes -- Physiology KW - Platelet Activation KW - Animal Studies KW - Blood Circulation KW - Blood Pressure KW - Primates KW - Retina -- Physiopathology KW - Uvea -- Blood Supply KW - Vascular Resistance SP - 790 EP - 796 JO - Stroke (00392499) JF - Stroke (00392499) JA - STROKE VL - 22 IS - 6 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - The goal of this study was to test the hypothesis that atherosclerosis alters responses of cerebral arteries and the ocular circulation to the activation in vivo of leukocytes and platelets. We measured blood flow to the brain and eye using microspheres and pressure in the cerebral microvessels of normal and atherosclerotic monkeys. The intracarotid injection of 10(-7) M N-formyl-L-methionyl-L-leucyl-L-phenylalanine to activate leukocytes did not alter cerebral blood flow in 11 normal or 10 atherosclerotic monkeys but increased the resistance of large cerebral arteries by 46 +/- 11% (mean +/- SEM) in the atherosclerotic animals. The injection of N-formyl-L-methionyl-L-leucyl-L-phenylalanine did not alter blood flow to the eye in 10 normal monkeys but decreased blood flow to the choroid by 38 +/- 9% in 11 atherosclerotic monkeys. The intracarotid injection of 3 x 10(-9) M prostaglandin E2, a leukocyte product, produced an increase in the resistance of large cerebral arteries in five atherosclerotic but not in six normal monkeys. Prostaglandin E2 reduced blood flow to the retina and choroid in the atherosclerotic monkeys by 62 +/- 22% and 65 +/- 17%, respectively. The intracarotid infusion of 25 micrograms/min collagen to activate platelets increased cerebral blood flow by 21 +/- 5% in 10 normal monkeys but did not alter it in 11 atherosclerotic monkeys. Collagen did not alter blood flow to the choroid in 10 normal monkeys but decreased it by 29 +/- 8% in 11 atherosclerotic monkeys.(ABSTRACT TRUNCATED AT 250 WORDS) SN - 0039-2499 AD - Department of Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, Iowa. U2 - PMID: 2057980. DO - 10.1161/01.STR.22.6.790 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104750477&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104749119 T1 - Role of the basilar artery in regulation of blood flow to the brain stem in rats. AU - Fujii, K AU - Heistad, D D AU - Faraci, F M Y1 - 1991/06//1991 Jun N1 - Accession Number: 104749119. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20161125. Publication Type: journal article; research. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0235266. KW - Basilar Artery -- Physiology KW - Brain Stem -- Blood Supply KW - Animal Studies KW - Basilar Artery -- Drug Effects KW - Blood Circulation KW - Brain Stem -- Drug Effects KW - Cerebrovascular Circulation -- Drug Effects KW - Male KW - Nitroglycerin -- Pharmacodynamics KW - Rats KW - Serotonin -- Pharmacodynamics KW - Vasopressins -- Pharmacodynamics SP - 763 EP - 767 JO - Stroke (00392499) JF - Stroke (00392499) JA - STROKE VL - 22 IS - 6 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Large arteries contribute to the regulation of cerebral blood flow. The goal of this study was to examine the effects of changes in diameter of the basilar artery on blood flow to the brain stem. We measured blood flow with laser-Doppler flowmetry in anesthetized rats. The topical application of 10(-6) M serotonin, which selectively constricts large arteries, reduced diameter of the basilar artery by 47 +/- 5% (mean +/- SEM, n = 6) but did not alter blood flow to the ventral brain stem (change in blood flow -2 +/- 5%). The topical application of 10(-8) M vasopressin, which affects both large and small vessels, decreased blood flow by 33 +/- 4% (n = 6). In rats with spontaneous vasomotion, the basilar artery showed rhythmic changes in diameter at a frequency of 4.0 +/- 0.1 cycles/min and an amplitude of 20 +/- 1% of mean diameter (n = 6). Blood flow to the ventral brain stem cycled at the same frequency as and in phase with changes in diameter of the basilar artery, with an amplitude of 15 +/- 1%. We conclude that constriction of the basilar artery may occur with no change in brain stem perfusion. The distinct changes in blood flow during spontaneous vasomotion suggest that vasomotion occurs in intraparenchymal arterioles as well as in the basilar artery. SN - 0039-2499 AD - Department of Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, Iowa. U2 - PMID: 1905428. DO - 10.1161/01.STR.22.6.763 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104749119&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104748197 T1 - Prevalence, onset, and risk of psychiatric disorders in men with chronic low back pain: a controlled study. AU - Atkinson, J H AU - Slater, M A AU - Patterson, T L AU - Grant, I AU - Garfin, S R Y1 - 1991/05//1991 May N1 - Accession Number: 104748197. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; clinical trial; research. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Continental Europe; Europe; Peer Reviewed. NLM UID: 7508686. KW - Back Pain -- Psychosocial Factors KW - Mental Disorders -- Psychosocial Factors KW - Adult KW - Alcoholism -- Complications KW - Alcoholism -- Physiopathology KW - Alcoholism -- Psychosocial Factors KW - Back Pain -- Complications KW - Back Pain -- Epidemiology KW - Back Pain -- Physiopathology KW - Chronic Disease KW - Human KW - Male KW - Mental Disorders -- Complications KW - Mental Disorders -- Epidemiology KW - Mental Disorders -- Physiopathology KW - Middle Age KW - Prevalence KW - Psychological Tests KW - Risk Factors KW - Clinical Trials SP - 111 EP - 121 JO - Pain (03043959) JF - Pain (03043959) JA - PAIN VL - 45 IS - 2 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0304-3959 AD - Psychiatry Service, San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Center, CA 92161. U2 - PMID: 1831555. DO - 10.1016/0304-3959(91)90175-W UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104748197&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Etiology and pathogenesis of airway disease in children and adults from rural communities. AU - Schwartz, D. A. A2 - Dearry, A. A2 - Collman, G. JO - Environmental Health Perspectives JF - Environmental Health Perspectives Y1 - 1999/// VL - 107 IS - suppl.3 SP - 393 EP - 401 SN - 0091-6765 AD - Schwartz, D. A.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, Iowa, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 20002009958. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 150 ref. N2 - A comparison of urban and rural children suggests that the aetiology of airway disease is multifactorial and that unique exposures and genetic factors contribute to the development of asthma in both settings. The most important environmental exposure that distinguishes the rural environment and is known to cause asthma is the organic dusts. However, animal-derived proteins, common allergens, and low concentrations of irritants also contribute to the development of airway disease in children and adults living in rural communities. A fundamental unanswered question regarding asthma is why only a minority of children who wheeze at an early age develop persistent airway disease that continues throughout their life. Although genetic factors are important in the development of asthma, recurrent airway inflammation, presumably mediated by environmental exposures, may result in persistent airway hyperresponsiveness and the development of chronic airway disease. Increasing evidence indicates that control of the acute inflammatory response substantially improves airflow and reduces chronic airway remodelling. Reducing exposure to agricultural dusts and treatment with anti-inflammatory medication is indicated in most cases of childhood asthma. In addition, children with asthma from rural (in comparison to urban) USA face multiple barriers that adversely affect their health e.g., more poverty, geographic barriers to health care, less health insurance, and poorer access to health care providers. These unique problems must be considered in developing interventions that effectively reduce the morbidity and mortality of asthma in children from rural communities. KW - aetiology KW - asthma KW - children KW - chronic course KW - clinical aspects KW - drug therapy KW - human diseases KW - pathogenesis KW - respiratory diseases KW - reviews KW - rural areas KW - rural communities KW - USA KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - causal agents KW - chemotherapy KW - clinical picture KW - etiology KW - lung diseases KW - United States of America KW - Non-communicable Human Diseases and Injuries (VV600) KW - Human Health and the Environment (VV500) KW - Pollution and Degradation (PP600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=20002009958&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The penetration of ceftibuten into the respiratory tract. AU - Krumpe, P. AU - Lin ChinChung AU - Radwanski, E. AU - Cayen, M. N. AU - Affrime, M. B. JO - Chest JF - Chest Y1 - 1999/// VL - 116 IS - 2 SP - 369 EP - 374 SN - 0012-3692 AD - Krumpe, P.: Department of Pulmonary Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1000 Locust Street, Reno, NV 89520, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 20002005963. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 97519-39-6. N2 - The penetration of ceftibuten into various respiratory tissues and fluids was examined in a single-dose, open-label, pharmacokinetic study at a Veterans Administration Medical Center in Reno, NV, USA. Subjects were 12 hospitalized men aged 34 to 75 years with a variety of noninfectious pulmonary symptoms/diseases. Patients received a single oral dose of ceftibuten, 200 mg, prior to undergoing diagnostic fiberoptic bronchoscopy. Plasma samples for the determination of ceftibuten concentrations were collected pretreatment and up to 12 h postdosing. Nasal secretions, tracheal secretions, BAL fluid, and lung tissue from a biopsy were obtained at bronchoscopy from 2 to 7 h postdosing. Mean pharmacokinetic parameters for ceftibuten in plasma were the following: maximum observed plasma concentration (Cmax), 8.77 µg/ml; time to reach Cmax, 2.2 h; area under the plasma concentration-time curve extrapolated to infinity, 49.21 µg/h/ml; and terminal elimination half-life, 3.17 h. These parameters were similar to those obtained in studies using healthy volunteers. Mean penetration of ceftibuten into nasal, tracheal, and bronchial secretions was 47%, 50%, and 30%, respectively. Mean penetration into BAL fluid was 81%, whereas penetration into lung tissue was 39%. No patient experienced any adverse effects related to ceftibuten. It is concluded that ceftibuten penetrates well into various tissues and fluids of the upper and lower respiratory tracts. The results support the activity of ceftibuten in the treatment of upper and lower respiratory tract infections. KW - ceftibuten KW - cephalosporins KW - half life KW - human diseases KW - lungs KW - pharmacokinetics KW - respiratory diseases KW - respiratory system KW - tissues KW - USA KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - lung diseases KW - United States of America KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Non-communicable Human Diseases and Injuries (VV600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=20002005963&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cellular import of cobalamin (vitamin B-12). AU - Seetharam, B. AU - Bose, S. AU - Li, N. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1999/// VL - 129 IS - 10 SP - 1761 EP - 1764 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Seetharam, B.: Division of Gastroenterology and Hepatology, Department of Medicine, Medical College of Wisconsin and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Milwaukee, WI 53226, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 20001417119. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Recent studies have isolated and characterized human gastric intrinsic factor (IF) and transcobalamin II (TC II) genes, whose products mediate the import of cobalamin (Cb1; Vitamin B-12) across cellular plasma membranes. Analyses of cDNA and genomic clones of IF and TC II have provided some important insights into their sites of expression, structure and function. IF and TC II genes contain the same number, size and position of exons, and four of their eight intron-exon boundaries are identical. In addition, they share high homology in certain regions that are localized to different exons, indicating that IF and TC II may have evolved from a common ancestral gene. Both IF and TC II mediate transmembrane transport of Cb1 via their respective receptors that function as oligomers in the plasma membrane. IF-mediated import of Cb1 is limited to the apical membranes of epithelial cells; it occurs via a multipurpose receptor recently termed "cubilin", and the imported Cb1 is usually exported out of these cells bound to endogenous TC II. On the other hand, TC II-mediated Cb1 import occurs in all cells, including epithelial cells via a specific receptor, and the Cb1 imported is usually retained, converted to its coenzyme forms, methyl-Cb1 and 5'-deoxyadenosyl-Cb1, and utilized. KW - cyanocobalamin KW - metabolism KW - reviews KW - transport KW - vitamin B12 KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cobalamin KW - transportation KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=20001417119&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Ascorbic acid prevents cigarette smoke injury to endothelium-dependent arterial relaxation. AU - Mays, B. W. AU - Freischlag, J. A. AU - Eginton, M. T. AU - Cambria, R. A. AU - Seabrook, G. R. AU - Towne, J. B. JO - Journal of Surgical Research JF - Journal of Surgical Research Y1 - 1999/// VL - 84 IS - 1 SP - 35 EP - 39 SN - 0022-4804 AD - Mays, B. W.: Division of Vascular Surgery, Medical College of Wisconsin, and Zablocki Veterans Administration, Medical Center, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 20001407715. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 50-81-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - arteries KW - ascorbic acid KW - endothelium KW - tobacco smoking KW - trauma KW - vasodilation KW - rabbits KW - Leporidae KW - Lagomorpha KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - traumas KW - vitamin C KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=20001407715&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Efficacy of the triazole SCH 56592 against Leishmania amazonensis and Leishmania donovani in experimental murine cutaneous and visceral leishmaniases. AU - Al-Abdely, H. M. AU - Graybill, J. R. AU - Loebenberg, D. AU - Melby, P. C. JO - Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy JF - Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy Y1 - 1999/// VL - 43 IS - 12 SP - 2910 EP - 2914 SN - 0066-4804 AD - Al-Abdely, H. M.: Medical Service, Audie Murphy Veterans Administration Hospital, San Antonio, TX 78284, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 20000805719. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 1397-89-3. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - BALB/c mice were infected in the ear pinna and tail with Leishmania amazonensis promastigotes and were treated with oral SCH 56592, an investigational triazole antifungal agent, or intraperitoneal amphotericin B for 21 days. At doses of 60 and 30 mg/kg daily, SCH 56592 was highly efficacious in treating cutaneous disease, and at a dose of 60 mg/kg daily, it was superior to amphotericin B at a dose of 1 mg/kg daily. The means of tail lesion sizes were 0.32±0.12, 0.11±0.06, 0.17±0.07, and 0.19±0.08 mm for controls, SCH 56592 at 60 and 30 mg/kg daily, and amphotericin B recipients, respectively (P=0.0003, 0.005 and 0.01, respectively). Parasite burden in draining lymph nodes confirmed these efficacy findings. In visceral leishmaniasis due to L. donovani infection, mice treated with SCH 56592 showed a 0.5- to 1-log-unit reduction in parasite burdens in the liver and spleen compared to untreated mice. Amphotericin B at 1 mg/kg daily was superior to SCH 56592 in the treatment of visceral infection, with a 2-log-unit reduction in parasite burdens in both the liver and spleen. It is concluded that SCH 56592 has a very good activity against cutaneous leishmaniasis due to L. amazonensis infection, and to a lesser degree, against visceral leishmaniasis due to L. donovani infection in susceptible BALB/c mice. KW - amphotericin B KW - antiprotozoal agents KW - cutaneous leishmaniasis KW - drug therapy KW - experimental infections KW - human diseases KW - laboratory animals KW - new drugs KW - novel antiprotozoal agents KW - parasites KW - triazoles KW - visceral leishmaniasis KW - Leishmania amazonensis KW - Leishmania donovani KW - mice KW - protozoa KW - Leishmania KW - Trypanosomatidae KW - Kinetoplastida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - chemotherapy KW - SCH 56592 KW - Pesticides and Drugs; Control (HH405) (New March 2000) KW - Animal Models of Human Diseases (VV400) (New March 2000) KW - Animal and in-vitro Models for Pharmaceuticals (VV450) (New March 2000) KW - Protozoan, Helminth and Arthropod Parasites of Humans (VV220) (New March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=20000805719&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The consumer and indoor aeroallergen control. AU - Lockey, R. F. AU - Codina, R. JO - Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology JF - Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology Y1 - 1999/// VL - 104 IS - 5 SP - 914 EP - 916 SN - 0091-6749 AD - Lockey, R. F.: Division of Allergy and Immunology, Department of Medicine, University of South Florida College of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bruce B. Down Blvd (111D), Tampa, FL 33612-4799, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 20000504719. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Entomology N2 - A discussion of devices available to the consumer for the reduction of indoor allergen exposure (namely from Dermatophagoides farinae, D. pteronyssinus, Blattella germanica, Periplaneta americana, cats and dogs) is given. It is noted that methods of mite control are often marketed without providing data to support their claims. A method of assisting consumers with indoor environmental control by establishing standards is proposed. KW - allergens KW - environmental control KW - environmental management KW - house dust mites KW - Acari KW - Blattaria KW - Blattella germanica KW - cats KW - Dermatophagoides farinae KW - Dermatophagoides pteronyssinus KW - dogs KW - mites KW - Periplaneta americana KW - Arachnida KW - arthropods KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Blattaria KW - Dictyoptera KW - insects KW - Hexapoda KW - Blattella KW - Blattellidae KW - Felis KW - Felidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Dermatophagoides KW - Pyroglyphidae KW - Astigmata KW - mites KW - Acari KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Periplaneta KW - Blattidae KW - American cockroach KW - Blattodea KW - German cockroach KW - house dust mite KW - house-dust mites KW - housedust mites KW - Environmental Pest Management (HH200) KW - Public Health Pests, Vectors and Intermediate Hosts (VV230) (New March 2000) KW - Human Immunology and Allergology (VV055) (New March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=20000504719&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hepatitis C and liver transplantation. AU - Berenguer, M. AU - Wright, T. L. JO - Gut JF - Gut Y1 - 1999/// VL - 45 IS - 2 SP - 159 EP - 163 SN - 0017-5749 AD - Berenguer, M.: Veterans Administration Medical Centre, GI Unit 111B, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19992011656. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 52 ref. KW - disease transmission KW - hepatitis C KW - human diseases KW - liver KW - liver transplant KW - reviews KW - transplantation KW - viral diseases KW - hepatitis C virus KW - man KW - Hepacivirus KW - Flaviviridae KW - positive-sense ssRNA viruses KW - ssRNA viruses KW - RNA viruses KW - viruses KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - viral infections KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19992011656&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Prospective comparison of whole-blood- and plasma-based hepatitis C virus RNA detection systems: improved detection using whole blood as the source of viral RNA. AU - Stapleton, J. T. AU - Klinzman, D. AU - Schmidt, W. N. AU - Pfaller, M. A. AU - Wu Ping AU - Labrecque, D. R. AU - Han JianQiu AU - Phillips, M. J. P. AU - Woolson, R. AU - Alden, B. JO - Journal of Clinical Microbiology JF - Journal of Clinical Microbiology Y1 - 1999/// VL - 37 IS - 3 SP - 484 EP - 489 SN - 0095-1137 AD - Stapleton, J. T.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, Iowa 52246, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19992003403. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 44 ref. Registry Number: 63231-63-0. Subject Subsets: Public Health N2 - To validate a whole-blood-based hepatitis C virus (HCV) RNA detection method, a prospective comparison of HCV RNA detection in whole blood and plasma from 50 patients with chronic liver disease attending hospital in Iowa, USA, was undertaken. Whole-blood and plasma aliquots were independently tested for HCV RNA by reverse transcriptase (RT) PCR assay, and plasma was tested by the Roche Amplicor assay. HCV RNA was detected in 35 of 50 (70%) whole-blood samples by RT-PCR but in only 26 of 50 (52%) plasma samples tested by the Amplicor assay (P<0.01). HCV RNA was detected in 85% of HCV antibody-positive patients by the whole-blood method compared with 74% of plasma samples by the Amplicor method. The 5 HCV antibody-positive subjects who were negative by whole-blood-based RT-PCR assay were all receiving interferon therapy and had normal transaminases at the time of testing. HCV RNA was detected in 38% of HCV antibody-negative subjects by the whole-blood-based RT-PCR assay compared with 6.25% of these patients by the Amplicor assay (P<0.05). There were 9 samples in which HCV RNA was detected in whole blood but the Amplicor test was negative. Eight of the 9 RNAs prepared from these whole-blood samples tested positive in the Amplicor assay, thus confirming the specificity of the results. This study demonstrates that whole-blood-based HCV RNA detection is more sensitive than currently available commercial tests and that whole-blood RNA is suitable for use in commercial assays. KW - analytical methods KW - blood KW - chronic infections KW - detection KW - hepatitis C KW - human diseases KW - laboratory methods KW - RNA KW - Iowa KW - USA KW - hepatitis C virus KW - man KW - Hepacivirus KW - Flaviviridae KW - positive-sense ssRNA viruses KW - ssRNA viruses KW - RNA viruses KW - viruses KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Corn Belt States of USA KW - North Central States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - West North Central States of USA KW - analytical techniques KW - laboratory techniques KW - ribonucleic acid KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Treatment and Diagnosis (Non-drug) (VV700) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19992003403&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cross-sectional and longitudinal analysis of age-associated changes in body composition of male Brown Norway rats: association of serum leptin levels with peripheral adiposity. AU - Wolden-Hanson, T. AU - Marck, B. T. AU - Smith, L. AU - Matsumoto, A. M. JO - Journals of Gerontology. Series A, Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences JF - Journals of Gerontology. Series A, Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences Y1 - 1999/// VL - 54 IS - 3 SP - B99 EP - B107 AD - Wolden-Hanson, T.: Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Puget Sound Health Care System, 1660 South Colombian Way, Seattle, WA 98108-1595, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19991415462. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 62 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8, 169494-85-3, 315-37-7, 57-85-2, 5721-91-5, 58-22-0, 1255-69-8, 15262-86-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of aging on body composition and the association with serum levels of leptin, insulin, and testosterone were examined in male Brown Norway rats. Body composition was assessed cross-sectionally in male rats (3, 8, 17 and 29 months) by a combination of dual energy x-ray absorptiometry (DEXA) and dissection of specific muscles and adipose depots. Longitudinal changes in body composition were quantified by DEXA before and after 3 months of ad-libitum feeding. Body weight, lean mass, absolute and percentage fat increased with age, whereas percentage of lean mass decreased. Leptin and insulin levels increased with age in proportion to adiposity; the increase in leptin with age was related to increased total and peripheral, but not visceral, fat. Testosterone decreased with age and was associated with decreased lean and skeletal muscle mass. It is concluded that alterations in body composition with age may be due to decreased trophic and increased lipogenic hormones. Relative to other rodent models, Brown Norway rats undergo shifts in body composition and in the hormonal milieu that are consistent with changes seen in man, and as such is a good model in which to further investigate the mechanisms underlying age-related alterations in the regulation of body composition. KW - adipose tissue KW - aging KW - body composition KW - body lean mass KW - body weight KW - composition KW - hormones KW - insulin KW - leptin KW - models KW - muscles KW - skeletal muscle KW - testosterone KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ageing KW - lean body mass KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Animal Physiology and Biochemistry (Excluding Nutrition) (LL600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19991415462&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Receptor-mediated endocytosis of cobalamin (vitamin B12). AU - Seetharam, B. JO - Annual Review of Nutrition JF - Annual Review of Nutrition Y1 - 1999/// VL - 19 SP - 173 EP - 195 SN - 0199-9885 AD - Seetharam, B.: Division of Gastroenterology and Hepatology, Department of Medicine and Biochemistry, Medical College of Wisconsin and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53226, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19991415001. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 93 ref. Registry Number: 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A review. KW - cyanocobalamin KW - endocytosis KW - receptors KW - reviews KW - vitamin B12 KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cobalamin KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19991415001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Lipoprotein modification and atherosclerosis in aging. AU - Reaven, P. D. AU - Napoli, C. AU - Merat, S. AU - Witztum, J. L. JO - Experimental Gerontology JF - Experimental Gerontology Y1 - 1999/// VL - 34 IS - 4 SP - 527 EP - 537 SN - 0531-5565 AD - Reaven, P. D.: Division of Endocrinology and Metabolism, Department of Medicine, Carl T. Hayden Veterans Administration Medical Center, Phoenix, AZ, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19991414232. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 59 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - This article reviews how the aging process may enhance lipoprotein modification and atherosclerosis. Modifications of lipoproteins, resulting from oxidative stress, glycoxidation, formation of AGE or other processes are discussed. KW - aging KW - atherosclerosis KW - lipoproteins KW - old age KW - oxidation KW - reviews KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ageing KW - arteriosclerosis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19991414232&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intestinal absorption of vitamins. AU - Said, H. M. AU - Chandira Kumar JO - Current Opinion in Gastroenterology JF - Current Opinion in Gastroenterology Y1 - 1999/// VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 172 EP - 176 SN - 0267-1379 AD - Said, H. M.: UCI-Long Beach Medical Program, Medical Research Service (151), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 5901 East Seventh Street, Long Beach, CA 90822-5201, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19991413511. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A short review. KW - absorption KW - intestinal absorption KW - reviews KW - vitamins KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19991413511&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Impaired aerobic capacity in hypercholesterolemic mice: partial reversal by exercise training. AU - Niebauer, J. AU - Maxwell, A. J. AU - Lin, P. S. AU - Tsao, P. S. AU - Kosek, J. AU - Bernstein, D. AU - Cooke, J. P. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1999/// VL - 276 IS - 4 SP - H1346 EP - H1354 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Niebauer, J.: Section of Vascular Medicine, Division of Cardiovascular Medicine, Stanford University, Veterans Administration Hospital, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19991408697. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5, 10102-43-9, 7782-44-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - 72 8-week-old female C57BL/6J wild-type (E+, n=42) and apolipoprotein E-deficient (E-, n=30) mice were assigned to 8 interventions: normal chow, sedentary (E+, n=17; E-, n=8) or exercised (E+ex, n=13; E-ex, n=7) and high-fat chow, sedentary (E+chol, n=6; E-chol, n=8) or exercised (E+chol-ex, n=6; E-chol-ex, n=7). Mice were trained on a treadmill 2 × 1 h/day, 6 days a week for 4 weeks. Cholesterol levels correlated inversely with maximum oxygen uptake (r=-0.35; P<0.02), which was blunted in all hypercholesterolaemic sedentary groups (all P<0.05). Maximum oxygen uptake improved in all training groups but failed to match E+ex (all P<0.05). Vascular reactivity and nitric oxide (NO) synthesis correlated with anaerobic threshold (r=0.36; P<0.025) and maximal distance run (r=0.59; P<0.007). It is concluded that genetically induced hypercholesterolaemia impairs aerobic capacity. This adverse impact of hypercholesterolaemia on aerobic capacity may be related to its impairment of vascular NO synthesis and/or vascular smooth muscle sensitivity to nitro vasodilators. Aerobic capacity is improved to the same degree by exercise training in normal and genetically hypercholesterolaemic mice, although there remains a persistent difference between these groups after training. KW - blood chemistry KW - blood lipids KW - cholesterol KW - diet KW - exercise KW - hypercholesterolaemia KW - lipids KW - lipoproteins KW - lung function KW - nitric oxide KW - oxygen KW - oxygen consumption KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hypercholesterinemia KW - hypercholesterolemia KW - lipins KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19991408697&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Recent advances in brain cholesterol dynamics: transport, domains, and Alzheimer's disease. AU - Wood, W. G. AU - Schroeder, F. AU - Avdulov, N. A. AU - Chochina, S. V. AU - Igbavboa, U. JO - Lipids JF - Lipids Y1 - 1999/// VL - 34 IS - 3 SP - 225 EP - 234 SN - 0024-4201 AD - Wood, W. G.: Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center and the Department of Pharmacology, University of Minnesota School of Medicine, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19991407970. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 113 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - This review examines recent contributions to the understanding of brain cholesterol dynamics, focusing on extracellular and intracellular lipid carrier proteins, membrane cholesterol domains, and emerging evidence linking an association between cholesterol dynamics and Alzheimer's disease. KW - Alzheimer's disease KW - binding proteins KW - brain KW - cholesterol KW - cholesterol metabolism KW - membranes KW - neurology KW - physiopathology KW - reviews KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - carrier proteins KW - cerebrum KW - pathophysiology KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19991407970&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Arcuate NPY neurons and energy homeostasis in diet-induced obese and resistant rats. AU - Levin, B. E. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1999/// VL - 276 IS - 2 SP - R382 EP - R387 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Levin, B. E.: Neurology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, East Orange 07018, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19991406359. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 57-50-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Both outbred and inbred strains of rats that develop diet-induced obesity (DIO) or are diet resistant (DR) when fed a diet relatively high in energy, fat, and sucrose content (HE diet) were used to study arcuate neuropeptide Y (NPY) mRNA expression during long-term changes in energy balance. Outbred, chow-fed obesity-prone rats had 59% higher NPY levels than obesity-resistant rats. After 14 weeks on HE diet, DIO rats had 17% lower NPY levels than DR rats made comparably obese on a highly palatable diet. When switched to chow, obese DR rats spontaneously reduced their intake and their body weights fell to control levels in association with a 10% decrease in NPY levels. DIO rats lost weight only with energy restriction associated with a 21% increase in their NPY levels. When again fed ad libitum, the weight and NPY levels in the rats returned to those of unrestricted DIO rats. Chow-fed, inbred DIO rats weigh more and are fatter than age-matched inbred DR rats. As with outbred DIO rats fed the HE diet, inbred DIO rats had 20% lower NPY levels than DR rats. Thus pre-obese, outbred DIO rats have high levels of NPY message that are not susceptible to metabolic regulation. When obesity develops in both inbred and outbred rats, the levels of NPY mRNA fall but become responsive to alterations in energy availability. KW - body weight KW - diet KW - energy intake KW - energy metabolism KW - fat KW - messenger RNA KW - neurons KW - neuropeptides KW - obesity KW - sucrose KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - mRNA KW - nerve cells KW - neurones KW - saccharose KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19991406359&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Total parenteral nutrition increases serum leptin concentration in hospitalized, undernourished patients. AU - LeGall-Salmon, E. AU - Stevens, W. D. AU - Levy, J. R. JO - Journal of Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition JF - Journal of Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition Y1 - 1999/// VL - 23 IS - 1 SP - 38 EP - 42 SN - 0148-6071 AD - LeGall-Salmon, E.: Section of Pharmacy, McGuire Veterans Administration Medical Center, Richmond, VA 23249, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19991401337. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Registry Number: 169494-85-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Serum leptin concentration was measured before and during total parenteral nutrition (TPN) infusion in 6 undernourished hospitalized patients (aged 66±7 years) at a hospital in Richmond, Virginia, USA. TPN was prescribed at an initial rate of between 5023.2 and 7333.2 kJ in the first 24 h. Serum leptin, insulin and glucose were measured before the infusion and at 3 and 22 h after initiation of TPN. Baseline serum leptin concentrations correlated well with the patient's BMI (r² = 0.85, P<0.05). Three hours of TPN infusion produced only modest changes in circulating leptin. However, after 22 h, leptin concentrations increased by 1.8±0.5-fold (P<0.05), and this increase was independent of any change in body weight. It is concluded that basal leptin concentrations correlate well with BMI, that TPN induces an increase in leptin concentration independent of body weight and that leptin secretion is dually regulated in hospitalized, undernourished patients. KW - body weight KW - leptin KW - parenteral feeding KW - undernutrition KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - malnuutrition KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19991401337&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Genes influencing resistance to Coccidioides immitis and the interleukin-10 response map to chromosomes 4 and 6 in mice. AU - Fierer, J. AU - Walls, L. AU - Wright, F. AU - Kirkland, T. N. JO - Infection and Immunity JF - Infection and Immunity Y1 - 1999/// VL - 67 IS - 6 SP - 2916 EP - 2919 SN - 0019-9567 AD - Fierer, J.: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration San Diego Healthcare System, San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19991201885. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology; Agricultural Biotechnology N2 - Mice were infected by intraperitoneal inoculation and 15 days later the numbers of viable C. immitis in their lungs and spleens were enumerated. The amounts of interleukin-10 mRNA made in the infected lungs were also determined. These 3 phenotypes were mapped as quantitative traits by using the 26 available lines of recombinant inbred mice derived from a cross between B6 and DBA/2 mice. The best associations were those between the regions near the Lv locus on chromosome 4 and the Tnfr1 locus on chromosome 6. Backcross mice ((B6 × DBA/2) × B6) were infected and these associations were confirmed; 14 of 16 (87%) mice that were heterozygous at both Lv and Tnfr1 were resistant to infection, whereas only 4 of 16 (25%) mice that were homozygous B6 at both loci were resistant. It is concluded that these are the first genetic loci to be associated with susceptibility to C. immitis, but there may be additional genes involved in murine resistance to this infection. KW - biotechnology KW - chromosomes KW - coccidioidomycosis KW - experimental infections KW - genes KW - immune response KW - infections KW - interleukins KW - lungs KW - phenotypes KW - Coccidioides immitis KW - mice KW - Coccidioides KW - Onygenaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - coccidiomycosis KW - fungus KW - immunity reactions KW - immunological reactions KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Host Resistance and Immunity (HH600) KW - Biotechnology (General) (WW000) (Revised June 2002) [Formerly Biotechnology] UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19991201885&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - An alternative animal model for comparison of treatments for cryptococcal meningitis. AU - Najvar, L. K. AU - Bocanegra, R. AU - Graybill, J. R. JO - Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy JF - Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy Y1 - 1999/// VL - 43 IS - 2 SP - 413 EP - 414 SN - 0066-4804 AD - Najvar, L. K.: Veterans Administration Hospital, San Antonio, TX, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19991200646. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Weanling outbred rats were infected with Cryptococcus neoformans by direct percranial puncture and inoculation into the cranium. A lethal infection developed. Treatment with LY295337, a depsipeptide with antifungal activity, was effective in prolonging survival and reducing fungal counts in brain tissue. It is concluded that weanling rats are an acceptable model for the study of central nervous system infection with C. neoformans. KW - antifungal agents KW - central nervous system KW - cryptococcosis KW - disease models KW - drug therapy KW - experimental infections KW - meningitis KW - techniques KW - Cryptococcus neoformans KW - rats KW - Cryptococcus (Fungi) KW - Tremellaceae KW - Tremellales KW - Tremellomycetes KW - Agaricomycotina KW - Basidiomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - chemotherapy KW - CNS KW - european blastomycosis KW - fungistats KW - fungus KW - LY295337 KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19991200646&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - AU - Cornford, E M TI - Transport of neurotransmitter precursors in a syncytial epithelium JO - Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology. Part C: Comparative Pharmacology & Toxicology PY - 1992/01/01/ VL - 102 IS - 3 SP - 451 EP - 454 SN - 07428413 N1 - Note: Record Source: This record is provided from the MEDLINE database of the National Library of Medicine (NLM), United States. The index terms may have been modified to conform with terminology used throughout the database; CAS Registry Number: 8DUH1N11BX; N91BDP6H0X; Contract Number: NS 25554/NS/NINDS NIH HHS. Database Contributor: MEDLINE. Database Contributor ID: 1360353. Database Subset: AFRICAN HEALTHLINE. Language: English. Accession Number: 1360353. Author Affiliation: S.W. Regional V.A. Epilepsy Center, Veterans Administration West Los Angeles Medical Center, CA 90073 1; AB - MEDLINE Abstract: 1. Tegumental transport of choline at concentrations ranging from 0.005-5.0 mM provided no evidence for saturable, carrier-mediated entry of this amine in the tegument of the rat tapeworm (Hymenolepis diminuta). 2. In contrast, the large neutral amino acid tryptophan appears to be taken up via a high-affinity transporter. In the 1st quartile of 17-day-old tapeworms (Km = 0.033 mM, Vmax = 0.7 nmol.min-1.g-1), in the 2nd quartile (Km = 0.015 mM, Vmax = 0.3 nmol.min-1.g-1), in the 3rd quartile (Km = 0.022 mM, Vmax = 0.5 nmol.min-1.g-1) and in the 4th quartile (Km = 0.025 mM, Vmax = 0.5 nmol.min-1.g-1) saturable tryptophan transport was kinetically characterized. 3. The non-saturable diffusion component (Kd) for tryptophan transport ranged from 3.8-10.2 microliters.min-1.g-1. 4. These studies suggest choline does not appear to be transported across the tapeworm tegument. Saturable transport of tryptophan via a high-affinity carrier is reported, and no regional variations in indole amino acid uptake were detected UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=awn&AN=1360353&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - awn ER - AU - Worthington, C TI - An examination of factors influencing the diagnosis and treatment of black patients in the mental health system JO - Archives of Psychiatric Nursing PY - 1992/01/01/ VL - 6 IS - 3 SP - 195 EP - 204 SN - 08839417 N1 - Note: Record Source: This record is provided from the MEDLINE database of the National Library of Medicine (NLM), United States. The index terms may have been modified to conform with terminology used throughout the database. Database Contributor: MEDLINE. Database Contributor ID: 1622297. Database Subset: AFRICAN HEALTHLINE. Language: English. Accession Number: 1622297. Author Affiliation: Psychiatric In-Patient Unit, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, CA 1; AB - MEDLINE Abstract: The Civil Rights Movement, which began in the 1950s and lasted through the mid 1970s played a major role improving the quality of life for black Americans. Although much has changed since the 1950s the roots of racism are deep and change occurs slowly. Race exerts an overwhelming influence on popular ideology and medical thinking. Many researchers have speculated that a strong association exists between race and diagnosis. Understanding the sociocultural background of the patient would aid in the distinguishing culturally bound behavior from behavior that reflects actual psychopathology. This review examines the professional literature on racial and ethnic factors as they pertain to the diagnosis and treatment of black patients in the mental health system UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=awn&AN=1622297&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - awn ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107308843 T1 - ST-T segment changes in a patient with ECG evidence that suggests stenosis of the proximal left anterior descending artery. AU - Wu K AU - Baker-Carpenter K Y1 - 1996/12//1996 Dec N1 - Accession Number: 107308843. Language: English. Entry Date: 19970201. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study; diagnostic images; tracings. Journal Subset: Blind Peer Reviewed; Core Nursing; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8207799. KW - ST Segment KW - Myocardial Ischemia -- Diagnosis KW - Inpatients KW - Adult KW - Male KW - Angina, Unstable -- Diagnosis KW - Myocardial Infarction -- Diagnosis SP - 56 EP - 58 JO - Critical Care Nurse JF - Critical Care Nurse JA - CRIT CARE NURSE VL - 16 IS - 6 CY - Alisa Veijo, California PB - American Association of Critical-Care Nurses AB - This case study illustrates atypical ECG patterns that may occur in patients with stenosis of the proximal left anterior descending artery. SN - 0279-5442 AD - Staff Cardiologist, Carl T Hayden Veterans Administration Medical Center, Phoenix, Ariz U2 - PMID: 9004601. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107308843&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Clinical and microbiological assessment of Mycobacterium simiae isolates from a single laboratory in southern Arizona. AU - Rynkiewicz, D. L. AU - Cage, G. D. AU - Butler, W. R. AU - Ampel, N. M. JO - Clinical Infectious Diseases JF - Clinical Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1998/// VL - 26 IS - 3 SP - 625 EP - 630 SN - 1058-4838 AD - Rynkiewicz, D. L.: Medical Service of the Tucson Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tucson, AZ 85723, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19992006475. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. N2 - A total of 33 M. simiae isolates from 25 patients were identified in a single clinical laboratory in Tucson, Arizona, USA, during January 1994-December 1995. The isolation of M. simiae was considered clinically significant for only 2 of 23 evaluable patients. None of 5 HIV-positive patients had clinical disease associated with M. simiae. 20 isolates were available for detailed study. All but one of the 20 isolates were niacin-negative, and 11 were nonphotochromogenic. All 20 isolates had a triple-cluster pattern consistent with M. simiae by HPLC, and restriction fragment patterns were identical for 16 isolates. Analysis of 16S rDNA confirmed the identity of all the tested isolates as M. simiae. It is concluded that, in this study, M. simiae was a frequent clinical isolate but was rarely associated with disease. The organisms isolated were confirmed to be M. simiae but appeared to be phenotypically distinct strains of low virulence. KW - genotypes KW - hospitals KW - human diseases KW - infections KW - isolation KW - mycobacterial diseases KW - pathogenicity KW - Arizona KW - USA KW - man KW - Mycobacterium KW - Mycobacterium simiae KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Mycobacteriaceae KW - Corynebacterineae KW - Actinomycetales KW - Actinobacteridae KW - Actinobacteria KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - Mycobacterium KW - Mountain States of USA KW - Western States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - Southwestern States of USA KW - bacterium KW - mycobacterial infections KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19992006475&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Occupationally acquired infections and the healthcare worker. AU - Cloeren, M. AU - Perl, T. M. A2 - Burke, J. P. JO - Current Opinion in Infectious Diseases JF - Current Opinion in Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1998/// VL - 11 IS - 4 SP - 475 EP - 482 SN - 0951-7375 AD - Cloeren, M.: Veterans Administration, Maryland Health Care System and University of Maryland, Maryland, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19992002492. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 97 ref. KW - disease prevention KW - health care workers KW - hepatitis C KW - human diseases KW - infectious diseases KW - influenza KW - influenza viruses KW - occupational hazards KW - pertussis KW - tuberculosis KW - viral hepatitis KW - Bordetella pertussis KW - hepatitis G virus KW - Human herpesvirus 3 KW - man KW - Mycobacterium tuberculosis KW - Staphylococcus aureus KW - Bordetella KW - Alcaligenaceae KW - Burkholderiales KW - Betaproteobacteria KW - Proteobacteria KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - Flaviviridae KW - positive-sense ssRNA viruses KW - ssRNA viruses KW - RNA viruses KW - viruses KW - Herpesviridae KW - dsDNA viruses KW - DNA viruses KW - Varicellovirus KW - Alphaherpesvirinae KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Mycobacterium KW - Mycobacteriaceae KW - Corynebacterineae KW - Actinomycetales KW - Actinobacteridae KW - Actinobacteria KW - Staphylococcus KW - Staphylococcaceae KW - Bacillales KW - Bacilli KW - Firmicutes KW - Orthomyxoviridae KW - negative-sense ssRNA viruses KW - bacterium KW - communicable diseases KW - flu KW - Influenzavirus KW - Varicella-Zoster virus KW - whooping cough KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Occupational Health and Safety (VV900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19992002492&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Green tea polyphenols block endotoxin-induced tumor necrosis factor-production and lethality in a murine model. AU - Yang FaJun AU - Villiers, W. J. S. de AU - McClain, C. J. AU - Varilek, G. W. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1998/// VL - 128 IS - 12 SP - 2334 EP - 2340 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Yang FaJun: Graduate Program in Nutritional Sciences, University of Kentucky and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Lexington, KY 40536, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19991413959. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 308079-78-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Green tea polyphenols are potent antioxidants. They have both anti-cancer and anti-inflammatory effects. However, their mechanisms of actions remain unclear. In inflammation, tumor necrosis factor-α(TNFα) plays a pivotal role. NF-κB, an oxidative stress -sensitive nuclear transcription factor, controls the expression of many genes including the TNFα gene. This study postulated that green tea polyphenols regulate TNFα gene expression by modulating NF-κB activation through their antioxidant properties. In the macrophage cell line, RAW264.7, (-)-epigallocatechin gallate (EGCG), the major green tea polyphenol, decreased lipopolysaccharide (LPS)-induced TNFα production in a dose-dependent fashion (50% inhibition at 100 mmol/L), EGCG also inhibited LPS-induced TNFα mRNA expression and nuclear NF-κB-binding activity in RAW264.7 cells (30-40% inhibition at 100 mmol/L). Similarly, EGCG inhibited LPS-induced TNFα production in elicited mouse peritoneal macrophages. In male BALB/c mice, green tea polyphenols (given by oral gavage 2 h prior to an i.p. injection of 40 mg LPS/kg body wt) decreased LPS-induced TNFα production in serum in a dose-responsive fashion. At a dose of 0.5 g green tea polyphenols/kg body wt, serum TNFα was reduced by 80% of control. Moreover, 0.5 g green tea polyphenols/kg body wt completely inhibited LPS-induced lethality in male BALB/c mice. It is concluded that the anti-inflammatory mechanism of green tea polyphenols is mediated at least in part through down-regulation of TNFα gene expression by blocking NF-κB activation. These findings suggest that green tea polyphenols may be effective therapy for a variety of inflammatory processes. KW - antineoplastic agents KW - antioxidants KW - cell lines KW - endotoxins KW - gene expression KW - genes KW - green tea KW - inflammation KW - inhibition KW - lipopolysaccharides KW - macrophages KW - messenger RNA KW - models KW - polyphenols KW - production KW - properties KW - stress KW - tea KW - toxicity KW - transcription KW - transcription factors KW - tumour necrosis factor KW - Camellia sinensis KW - man KW - mice KW - Camellia KW - Theaceae KW - Theales KW - dicotyledons KW - angiosperms KW - Spermatophyta KW - plants KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - cachectin KW - cachexin KW - cytotoxic agents KW - DNA transcription KW - mRNA KW - tumor necrosis factor KW - Crop Produce (QQ050) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19991413959&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Riboflavin transport by rabbit renal basolateral membrane vesicles. AU - Yanagawa, N. AU - Jo, O. D. AU - Said, H. M. JO - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, Biomembranes JF - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, Biomembranes Y1 - 1998/// VL - 1415 IS - 1 SP - 56 EP - 62 SN - 0005-2736 AD - Yanagawa, N.: Division of Nephrology (111R), Medical and Research Services, Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, 16111 Plummer Street, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19991411581. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Registry Number: 83-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The study examined riboflavin (RF) uptake by isolated rabbit renal basolateral membrane (BLM). RF uptake was linear during the initial 10 seconds and levelled off thereafter with longer incubation. Studies on RF uptake as a function of incubation medium osmolarity indicated that the BLM RF uptake was the results of transport (~45%) into the intravesicular space as well as binding (~55%) to membrane surfaces. The RF binding to BLM was Na+-dependent so that replacement of Na+ by other cations eliminated the binding component of RF uptake. The process of BLM RF uptake was saturable as a function of substrate concentration and was significantly inhibited by cis-addition of its structural analogs, lumiflavin and lumichrome, indicating the involvement of a carrier-mediated process. The BLM RF uptake was affected by changes in extravesicular pH so that, as compared to pH 7.5, RF uptake was lower at pH 6.5 and higher at pH 8.5. The effect of extravesicular pH persisted when the transmembrane H+ gradient was dissipated by FCCP, indicating the direct effect of pH on BLM RF uptake. The BLM RF uptake was not affected by alterations of the transmembrane electrical potential, induced by either the presence of anions with different membrane permeability (Cl- = NO-3 > SO-4 > gluconate-) or using nigericin (10 µg/mg protein) with an outwardly or inwardly directed transmembrane K+ gradient. The BLM RF uptake was, however, inhibited by probenecid and p-aminohippurate, and was enhanced by trans-RF. In summary, these results demonstrate the existence of a Na+-dependent BLM binding of RF and a membrane-associated carrier system for RF uptake by renal BLM. KW - kidneys KW - membranes KW - riboflavin KW - transport KW - vesicles KW - rabbits KW - Leporidae KW - Lagomorpha KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - transportation KW - vitamin B2 KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19991411581&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Antioxidant function of metallothioneins. AU - Kiningham, K. AU - Kasarskis, E. JO - Journal of Trace Elements in Experimental Medicine JF - Journal of Trace Elements in Experimental Medicine Y1 - 1998/// VL - 11 IS - 2/3 SP - 219 EP - 226 SN - 0896-548X AD - Kiningham, K.: Department of Neurology, Graduate Center for Toxicology, Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19991407038. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 42 ref. Registry Number: 7440-43-9, 7439-97-6, 9038-94-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In vitro and in vivo evidence suggesting that metallothionein may play a role as a free radical scavenger is reviewed. KW - antioxidants KW - cadmium KW - detoxification KW - free radicals KW - heavy metals KW - mercury KW - metabolism KW - metalloproteins KW - metallothionein KW - protein KW - regulation KW - reviews KW - trace elements KW - microelements KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19991407038&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Induction of cytochrome P4503A by taxol in primary cultures of human hepatocytes. AU - Kostrubsky, V. E. AU - Lewis, L. D. AU - Strom, S. C. AU - Wood, S. G. AU - Schuetz, E. G. AU - Schuetz, J. D. AU - Sinclair, P. R. AU - Wrighton, S. A. AU - Sinclair, J. F. JO - Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics JF - Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics Y1 - 1998/// VL - 355 IS - 2 SP - 131 EP - 136 SN - 0003-9861 AD - Kostrubsky, V. E.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, White River Junction, Vermont 05009, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19990306391. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Registry Number: 33069-62-4. Subject Subsets: Horticultural Science N2 - Taxol (paclitaxel) induced immunoreactive cytochrome P4503A (CYP3A; involved in drug metabolism) in primary hepatocyte cultures. Generally, exposure to increasing taxol concentrations in the range 0.2 to 10 µM resulted in increases in immunoreactive CYP3A, but the magnitude of the response varied in 5 different cultures. Taxol increased the concentration of CYP3A mRNA; these increases were correlated with increases in immunoreactive CYP3A. The clinical significance of these results is discussed. KW - cell cultures KW - cytochromes KW - diterpenoid alkaloids KW - in vitro KW - induction KW - liver cells KW - messenger RNA KW - metabolism KW - paclitaxel KW - phytochemicals KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hepatocytes KW - mRNA KW - taxol KW - Non-food/Non-feed Plant Products (SS200) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Non-wood Forest Products (KK540) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19990306391&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Antiretroviral chemotherapy. AU - Saag, M. S. AU - Schooley, R. T. JO - Current Clinical Topics in Infectious Diseases JF - Current Clinical Topics in Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1998/// VL - 18 SP - 154 EP - 179 AD - Saag, M. S.: Division of Infectious Diseases, University of Alabama at Birmingham, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Birmingham, Alabama, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19982015085. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 77 ref. Registry Number: 69655-05-6, 7841-89-2, 30516-87-1, 136470-78-5, 136817-59-9, 150378-17-9, 134678-17-4, 159989-64-7, 129618-40-2, 155213-67-5, 127779-20-8, 3056-17-5. KW - abacavir KW - analogues KW - antiviral agents KW - delavirdine KW - didanosine KW - dideoxycytidine KW - drug resistance KW - drug therapy KW - human diseases KW - human immunodeficiency viruses KW - indinavir KW - lamivudine KW - nelfinavir KW - nevirapine KW - nucleoside analogues KW - nucleosides KW - pathogenesis KW - proteinase inhibitors KW - regimens KW - reviews KW - ritonavir KW - saquinavir KW - stavudine KW - viral diseases KW - zidovudine KW - Human immunodeficiency virus 1 KW - man KW - human immunodeficiency viruses KW - Lentivirus KW - Orthoretrovirinae KW - Retroviridae KW - RNA Reverse Transcribing Viruses KW - viruses KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - analogs KW - AZT KW - chemotherapy KW - dideoxyinosine KW - DMP-266 KW - human immunodeficiency virus KW - human immunodeficiency virus type 1 KW - nucleoside analogs KW - protease inhibitors KW - viral infections KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19982015085&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Enterococcus faecalis endocarditis presenting as meningitis. AU - Lin, D. P. AU - Wada, S. AU - Jimenez-Lucho, V. E. JO - Infection JF - Infection Y1 - 1998/// VL - 26 IS - 5 SP - 304 EP - 305 SN - 0300-8126 AD - Lin, D. P.: Medical Service and Div. of Infectious Diseases, Northport Veterans Administration Medical Center, Northport, NY, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19982014672. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Subject Subsets: Public Health N2 - A case of E. faecalis endocarditis presenting as meningitis in a 74-year-old diabetic man on chronic haemodialysis is reported. A review of the literature showed that the association of enterococcal meningitis and endocarditis has rarely been reported. It is suggested that this clinical association may be more common than previously recognized and that echocardiography be considered for all patients with enterococcal haematogenous meningitis in order to rule out endocarditis. KW - bacterial diseases KW - bacterial endocarditis KW - bacterial meningitis KW - case reports KW - clinical aspects KW - endocarditis KW - human diseases KW - meningitis KW - New York KW - USA KW - Enterococcus KW - Enterococcus faecalis KW - man KW - Enterococcaceae KW - Lactobacillales KW - Bacilli KW - Firmicutes KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - Enterococcus KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Middle Atlantic States of USA KW - Northeastern States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - bacterial infections KW - bacterioses KW - bacterium KW - clinical picture KW - Streptococcus faecalis KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19982014672&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Post-traumatic stress disorder following needle-stick contaminated with suspected HIV-positive blood. AU - Howsepian, A. A. T2 - General Hospital Psychiatry JO - General Hospital Psychiatry JF - General Hospital Psychiatry Y1 - 1998/// VL - 20 IS - 2 SP - 123 EP - 124 AD - Howsepian, A. A.: Department of Psychiatry, University of California, San Francisco-Fresno, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Fresno, CA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19982008452. Publication Type: Correspondence. Language: English. Number of References: 6 ref. KW - accidental infection KW - case reports KW - contamination KW - health care workers KW - human diseases KW - human immunodeficiency viruses KW - needlestick injuries KW - psychosocial aspects KW - stress KW - man KW - Lentivirus KW - Orthoretrovirinae KW - Retroviridae KW - RNA Reverse Transcribing Viruses KW - viruses KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - human immunodeficiency virus KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19982008452&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A randomized controlled trial evaluating nutrition counseling with or without oral supplementation in malnourished HIV-infected patients. AU - Rabeneck, L. AU - Palmer, A. AU - Knowles, J. B. AU - Seidehamel, R. J. AU - Harris, C. L. AU - Merkel, K. L. AU - Risser, J. M. H. AU - Akrabawi, S. S. JO - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JF - Journal of the American Dietetic Association Y1 - 1998/// VL - 98 IS - 4 SP - 434 EP - 438 SN - 0002-8223 AD - Rabeneck, L.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (111D), 2002 Holcombe Blvd., Houston, TX 77030, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19982007204. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - 118 HIV-infected men who were less than 90% of usual weight for height or who had lost more than 10% of body weight were included in this trial. Nutrition counselling alone (control group) vs nutrition counselling plus enteral supplementation (supplement group) was provided for 6 weeks. All patients were instructed to consume a diet that exceeded estimated total energy expenditure by 960 kcal/day. 99 men completed at least 4 weeks of treatment, 49 in the supplement group and 50 in the control group. Half the patients in each treatment group achieved at least 80% of their energy target. No differences in weight, skinfold thickness measurements, or quality of life were observed. Compared with the control group, the supplement group had larger increases in fat-free mass and grip strength, although the differences did not reach statistical significance. It is concluded that in the short term, nutrition counselling with or without oral supplementation can achieve a substantial increase in energy intake in about 50% of malnourished HIV-infected patients. Although further study is needed to evaluate long-term effects, these findings suggest that nutrition counselling has an important role in the management of malnourished HIV-infected patients. KW - counselling KW - diets KW - human immunodeficiency viruses KW - malnutrition KW - nutrition KW - patients KW - supplementary feeding KW - treatment KW - weight losses KW - Lentivirus KW - Orthoretrovirinae KW - Retroviridae KW - RNA Reverse Transcribing Viruses KW - viruses KW - counseling KW - human immunodeficiency virus KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19982007204&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Unintegrated circular HIV-1 DNA in the peripheral mononuclear cells of HIV-1-infected subjects: association with high levels of plasma HIV-1 RNA, rapid decline in CD4 count, and clinical progression to AIDS. AU - Panther, L. A. AU - Coombs, R. W. AU - Zeh, J. E. AU - Collier, A. C. AU - Corey, L. JO - Journal of Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndromes and Human Retrovirology JF - Journal of Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndromes and Human Retrovirology Y1 - 1998/// VL - 17 IS - 4 SP - 303 EP - 313 AD - Panther, L. A.: Harvard Medical School, West Roxbury Veterans' Administration Hospital, 1400 V. F. W. Parkway, Mailcode 11A, West Roxbury, MA 02132, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19982005647. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 62 ref. Registry Number: 9007-49-2, 63231-63-0. N2 - Thirty six HIV-infected patients were observed to evaluate whether the presence of tandem 2-long terminal repeat circular unintegrated HIV-1 DNA (2-LTR) in peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) at baseline was associated with acceleration of HIV disease. Detection of 2-LTR at baseline correlated with high plasma HIV-1 RNA levels (P<0.01), recovery of culturable HIV-1 from plasma (P = 0.02), and progression to AIDS during follow-up (P = 0.01). More patients with 2-LTR (68%) than without 2-LTR (31%) had a decline in CD4+ cell levels of >50 cells/µl over the first 18 months of follow-up (P = 0.04), and the average annual CD4+ cell decline was 35% in patients with 2-LTR compared with 16% in those without 2-LTR (P = 0.06). Detection of 2-LTR in PBMCs at baseline was an independent predictor of high plasma HIV-1 RNA levels and subsequent CD4+ cell decline in this cohort of patients with predominantly non-syncytium-inducing isolates at baseline. The presence of 2-LTR in PBMCs appears to be reflective of ongoing HIV-1 replication, as measured by plasma HIV-1 RNA levels, and identifies persons at risk for immunological and clinical decline. KW - acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - blood plasma KW - CD4+ lymphocytes KW - disease course KW - disease markers KW - DNA KW - human diseases KW - human immunodeficiency viruses KW - leukocyte count KW - replication KW - RNA KW - viral replication KW - Human immunodeficiency virus 1 KW - man KW - viruses KW - human immunodeficiency viruses KW - Lentivirus KW - Orthoretrovirinae KW - Retroviridae KW - RNA Reverse Transcribing Viruses KW - viruses KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - AIDS KW - CD4+ cells KW - cell count KW - deoxyribonucleic acid KW - disease progression KW - human immunodeficiency virus KW - human immunodeficiency virus type 1 KW - plasma (blood) KW - ribonucleic acid KW - T4 lymphocytes KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19982005647&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Indinavir-associated hepatitis in patients with advanced HIV infection. AU - Vergis, E. AU - Paterson, D. L. AU - Singh, N. JO - International Journal of STD & AIDS JF - International Journal of STD & AIDS Y1 - 1998/// VL - 9 IS - 1 SP - 53 EP - 53 SN - 0956-4624 AD - Vergis, E.: Infectious Disease Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, University Drive C, Pittsburgh, PA 15240, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19982004372. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 3 ref. Registry Number: 150378-17-9. KW - acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - adverse effects KW - antiviral agents KW - case reports KW - hepatitis KW - HIV infections KW - human diseases KW - human immunodeficiency viruses KW - indinavir KW - proteinase inhibitors KW - treatment KW - man KW - Lentivirus KW - Orthoretrovirinae KW - Retroviridae KW - RNA Reverse Transcribing Viruses KW - viruses KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - adverse reactions KW - AIDS KW - human immunodeficiency virus KW - human immunodeficiency virus infections KW - protease inhibitors KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19982004372&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Glutamine enhances gut glutathione production. AU - Cao YiHong AU - Feng ZuLiang AU - Hoos, A. AU - Klimberg, V. S. JO - Journal of Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition JF - Journal of Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition Y1 - 1998/// VL - 22 IS - 4 SP - 224 EP - 227 SN - 0148-6071 AD - Cao YiHong: University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences, John L. McClellan Veterans' Administration Hospital, Department of Surgery, Division of Surgical Oncology, Little Rock, Arkansas, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19981412515. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 56-85-9, 70-18-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - This study examined gut glutathione (GSH) extraction and the effect of supplemental oral glutamine (GLN) on gut GSH fractional release. Healthy female Fisher-344 rats weighing approximately 150 to 200 g were pair-fed on a standard laboratory diet and supplemented by gavage with GLN 1 g/kg daily or an isonitrogenous amount of Freamine (McGaw, St Louis, MO). Rats were sacrificed at 6 weeks. Arterial and portal blood was assayed for GLN and GSH content. Gut GLN and GSH extractions were also calculated. The gut GLN fractional uptake was increased by ~50% and there was a near 3-fold increase in gut GSH fractional release in the GLN-supplemented group. It was concluded that the discovery of gut's role as a major producer of GSH may give insight into why feeding via the gut rather than by the venous route is so important. Supplemental oral GLN further enhanced GLN extraction as well as GSH fractional release in the gut. KW - amino acids KW - glutamine KW - glutathione KW - intestines KW - metabolism KW - production KW - supplements KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19981412515&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of short-term calcium depletion and repletion on biochemical markers of bone turnover in young adult women. AU - Akesson, K. AU - Lau, K. H. W. AU - Johnston, P. AU - Imperio, E. AU - Baylink, D. J. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1998/// VL - 83 IS - 6 SP - 1921 EP - 1927 SN - 0021-972X AD - Akesson, K.: Mineral Metabolism, Jerry L. Pettis Memorial Veterans Administration Medical Center, Loma Linda, California 92357, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19981411801. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3, 7440-70-2, 9002-64-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - 15 Caucasian women aged 21-30 years took part in a study consisting of 3 phases: 5 days of a regular diet containing >Ca 800 mg/day to establish baseline values (baseline phase), 22 days of a restricted diet containing <Ca 300 mg/day (depletion phase) and 7 days of a normal diet containing >Ca 800 mg/day (repletion phase). Serum and urine samples were obtained from each subject during the baseline phase; on the first, second and last days of the depletion phase; and on the third and last days of the repletion phase. Serum levels of Ca, parathyrin (PTH), 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3, osteocalcin and C-terminal type I procollagen peptide (PICP) and urinary levels of Ca and deoxypyridinoline were determined. Serum and urinary Ca levels were significantly reduced, and serum PTH and 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 levels were markedly increased during depletion. These changes were completely reversed after 1 week of repletion. Depletion also rapidly and significantly increased the urinary deoxypyridinoline level, indicating increased bone resorption. The increase also returned rapidly to baseline upon repletion. Ca depletion had contrasting effects on bone formation markers; whereas depletion significantly reduced the serum PICP level, it significantly increased serum osteocalcin level. Past histomorphometric studies in rodents indicated that the number of mature but inactive osteoblasts was increased during depletion despite an inhibition of bone formation. Thus, it is speculated that although the reduction in serum PICP reflected the depletion-associated inhibition of bone formation, the increase in serum osteocalcin could represent this depletion-related increase in osteoblast number. During repletion, serum osteocalcin remained elevated above baseline. PICP recovered from its depressed level and increased above baseline, a finding consistent with past histomorphometric findings of increased bone formation during repletion. It is concluded that the skeletal responses to Ca depletion/repletion in young women may be similar to those in rodents. KW - biochemical markers KW - bones KW - calcitriol KW - calcium KW - depletion KW - intake KW - metabolism KW - minerals KW - nutritional state KW - parathyrin KW - turnover KW - women KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - biomarkers KW - nutritional status KW - parathyroid hormone KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19981411801&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Stable phenotypic resistance of Candida species to amphotericin B conferred by preexposure to subinhibitory levels of azoles. AU - Vazquez, J. A. AU - Arganoza, M. T. AU - Boikov, D. AU - Yoon, S. AU - Sobel, J. D. AU - Akins, R. A. JO - Journal of Clinical Microbiology JF - Journal of Clinical Microbiology Y1 - 1998/// VL - 36 IS - 9 SP - 2690 EP - 2695 SN - 0095-1137 AD - Vazquez, J. A.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Detroit, MI, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19981202524. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Registry Number: 1397-89-3, 86386-73-4, 84625-61-6. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - The fungicidal activity of amphotericin B (AmB) was quantified for C. albicans, C. krusei, C. lusitaniae, C. parapsilosis, C. tropicalis and C. glabrata [Torulopsis glabrata]. C. albicans and C. tropicalis were consistently susceptible to AmB, with <1% survivors after 6 h of exposure to AmB. C. parapsilosis and variants of C. lusitaniae and C. guilliermondii were the most resistant, demonstrating 50-90% survivors in this time period and as high as 1% survival after a 24-h exposure time. All Candida spp. were killed (<1% survivors) after 24 h of exposure to AmB. In contrast, overnight exposure to either fluconazole or itraconazole resulted in pronounced increases in resistance to subsequent exposures to AmB. Most dramatically, C. albicans was able to grow in AmB cultures after azole preexposure. Several other Candida species did not grow in AmB but showed little or no reduction in viability after up to 24 h in AmB. Depending on the growth conditions, Candida cells preexposed to azoles may retain AmB resistance for days after the azoles have been removed. If this in vitro antagonism applies to the clinical setting, treatment of patients with certain antifungal combinations may not be beneficial. The ability of some Candida isolates to survive transient exposures to AmB was not reflected in the in vitro susceptibility changes as measured by standard minimum inhibitory concentration assays. This finding should be considered in studies attempting to correlate patient outcome with in vitro susceptibilities of clinical fungal isolates. It is suggested that patients who fail to respond to AmB may be infected with isolates that are classified as susceptible by standard in vitro assays but that may be resistant to transient antifungal exposures which may be more relevant in the clinical setting. KW - amphotericin B KW - antifungal agents KW - antifungal properties KW - azoles KW - drug resistance KW - fluconazole KW - itraconazole KW - susceptibility KW - Candida acidothermophilum KW - Candida albicans KW - Candida glabrata KW - Candida lusitaniae KW - Candida parapsilosis KW - Candida tropicalis KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Torulopsis KW - Pezizomycotina KW - anti-fungal properties KW - Candida krusei KW - fungicidal properties KW - fungistats KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - Torulopsis glabrata KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Pesticide and Drug Resistance (HH410) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19981202524&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Regional differences in the cellular immune response to experimental cutaneous or visceral infection with Leishmania donovani. AU - Melby, P. C. AU - Yang YanZhu AU - Cheng Jun AU - Zhao WeiGuo JO - Infection and Immunity JF - Infection and Immunity Y1 - 1998/// VL - 66 IS - 1 SP - 18 EP - 27 SN - 0019-9567 AD - Melby, P. C.: Medical Service, Audie L. Murphy Veterans Administration Hospital, University of Texas Health Science Center, San Antonio, TX 78284-7881, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19980805319. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 43 ref. Registry Number: 9008-11-1, 130068-27-8, 207137-56-2. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - The host cellular immune response to cutaneous or visceral Leishmania donovani infection was investigated in BALB/c mice. Mice infected in the skin developed no detectable visceral parasitism, but intravenous inoculation resulted in hepatosplenomegaly and an increasing visceral parasite burden. Spleen cells from mice with locally controlled cutaneous infection showed strong parasite-specific proliferative and gamma interferon (IFN-γ) responses (as did those lymph node cells which were not already producing IFN-γ prior to stimulation), but those from systemically infected mice were unresponsive to parasite antigens. The in situ expression of IFN-γ, interleukin-4 (IL-4), IL-10, IL-12, and inducible nitric oxide synthase (iNOS) mRNAs was determined in the spleen, draining lymph node (LN), and cutaneous site of inoculation. There was considerably greater expression of IFN-γ and IL-12 p40 mRNAs in the LN draining a locally controlled cutaneous infection than in the spleen following systemic infection. Similarly, there was a high level of IFN-γ production by LN cells following subcutaneous infection but no IFN-γ production by spleen cells following systemic infection. Splenic IL-4 expression was transiently increased soon after systemic infection, but splenic IL-10 transcripts increased throughout the course of the infection. IL-4 and IL-10 mRNAs were also increased in the LN following cutaneous infection. iNOS mRNA was detected earlier in the LN draining a cutaneous site of infection than in the spleen following systemic challenge. Thus, locally controlled cutaneous infection was associated with antigen-specific spleen cell responsiveness and markedly increased levels of IFN-γ, IL-12, and iNOS mRNA in the draining LN. Progressive splenic parasitism was associated with an early IL-4 response, markedly increased IL-10 but minimal IL-12 expression, and delayed expression of iNOS. KW - animal diseases KW - cutaneous leishmaniasis KW - cytokines KW - experimental infections KW - human diseases KW - immune response KW - immunity KW - interferon KW - interleukin 10 KW - interleukin 12 KW - interleukin 4 KW - interleukins KW - laboratory animals KW - laboratory mammals KW - leishmaniasis KW - lymph nodes KW - messenger RNA KW - parasites KW - spleen cells KW - visceral leishmaniasis KW - Leishmania donovani KW - mice KW - protozoa KW - Leishmania KW - Trypanosomatidae KW - Kinetoplastida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - immunity reactions KW - immunological reactions KW - leishmaniosis KW - mRNA KW - nitric oxide synthase KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Animals (LL820) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Animal Physiology and Biochemistry (Excluding Nutrition) (LL600) KW - Host Resistance and Immunity (HH600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19980805319&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Identification of three species of Borrelia burgdorferi sensu lato (B. burgdorferi sensu stricto, B. garinii, and B. afzelii) among isolates from acrodermatitis chronica atrophicans lesions. AU - Picken, R. N. AU - Strle, F. AU - Picken, M. M. AU - Ruzic-Sabljic, E. AU - Maraspin, V. AU - Lotric-Furlan, S. AU - Cimperman, J. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1998/// VL - 110 IS - 3 SP - 211 EP - 214 SN - 0022-202X AD - Picken, R. N.: Research Service, Hines Veterans' Administration Hospital, Maywood, IL, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19980504022. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Entomology N2 - In Europe, at least 3 species of Borrelia are known to be causative agents of Lyme disease: B. burgdorferi s.s., B. garinii, and B. afzelii. Observable differences in the molecular characteristics of the 3 species have led to speculation that they may also differ in their pathogenic potential and/or tissue tropisms. Several studies have found an association between the chronic skin manifestation of Lyme disease, acrodermatitis chronica atrophicans, and infection by B. afzelii. Such a correlation was further investigated by studying the genetic profiles of 22 strains of B. burgdorferi s.l. derived from 21 patients who presented to the University Medical Center, Ljubljana, Slovenia, between 1992 and 1995. Strains were isolated in culture from skin biopsies of acrodermatitis chronica atrophicans lesions; in the case of one patient two separate acrodermatitis chronica atrophicans lesions were cultured. All 21 patients had clinically typical lesions with "classic" histopathology and high IgG antibody titres to B. burgdorferi s.l. Strains were characterized and typed by 16S ribosomal RNA-specific polymerase chain reaction and determination of their large restriction fragment patterns using pulsed-field gel electrophoresis of MluI-digested genomic DNA. Of the 22 isolates studied, 17 possessed the highly conserved MLa1 pattern characteristic of B. afzelii. The remaining 5 isolates possessed large restriction fragment patterns that were typical of B. garinii (MLg2, 4 isolates from 3 patients) and B. burgdorferi s.s. (MLb2, one isolate). The results of 16S ribosomal RNA-specific polymerase chain reaction agreed with these species designations. These data show that B. afzelii is the predominant, but not the exclusive, aetiologic agent of acrodermatitis chronica atrophicans. KW - acrodermatitis chronica atrophicans KW - lesions KW - Lyme disease KW - skin diseases KW - symptoms KW - Slovenia KW - Borrelia afzelii KW - Borrelia burgdorferi KW - Borrelia garinii KW - man KW - Borrelia KW - Spirochaetaceae KW - Spirochaetales KW - Spirochaetes KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Balkans KW - Southern Europe KW - Europe KW - Central Europe KW - Developed Countries KW - European Union Countries KW - Mediterranean Region KW - bacterium KW - dermatoses KW - lyme borreliosis KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19980504022&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN AU - Smith, V K AU - Ting, S C T1 - Automating Veterans Administration Libraries. II. Implementation at the Kansas City Medical Center Library JO - Bulletin of the Medical Library Association JF - Bulletin of the Medical Library Association Y1 - 1987/04// VL - 75 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 125 EP - 127 SN - 00257338 AB - This paper discusses the benefits of the online BiblioTech package. It also demonstrates how VA FILEMAN can be used successfully in the libraries within the Veterans Administration system. Most importantly, this project set a precedent for the place of the library within the hospital's main computer system and for the integration and offsite use of its files by others in the medical center. In addition, the library staff established itself as a user trainer for online information systems. KW - LIBRARIES -- Automation KW - MEDICAL libraries KW - Library administration KW - Online systems N1 - Accession Number: ISTA2201698; Smith, V K 1; Ting, S C; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration Medical Center, Kansas City, MO; Source Info: Apr 1987, Vol. 75 Issue 2, p125; Note: Update Code: 2200; Subject Term: LIBRARIES -- Automation; Subject Term: MEDICAL libraries; Author-Supplied Keyword: Library administration; Author-Supplied Keyword: Online systems; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lih&AN=ISTA2201698&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lih ER - TY - GEN AU - McVoy, J M AU - Hunter, J W AU - Leredu, M B T1 - Automating Veterans Administration Libraries. II. Implementation at the Kansas City Medical Center Library JO - Bulletin of the Medical Library Association JF - Bulletin of the Medical Library Association Y1 - 1987/04// VL - 75 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 122 EP - 124 SN - 00257338 AB - This paper examines the Veterans Administration's policy for decentralized automation planning, budgeting and operations. The Library Special Interest Users Group (SIUG) was established to identify VALNET (Veterans Administration Library Network) automation priorities, and to help the Information Systems Centers design appropriate software. The continuous interaction among Library SIUG members, other VALNET librarians, Library Division staff, and the ISC staff has resulted in an ILL (interlibrary loan) module, a serials control module, and an online ADP directory file. KW - LIBRARIES -- Automation KW - MEDICAL libraries KW - Library administration KW - Online systems N1 - Accession Number: ISTA2201853; McVoy, J M 1; Hunter, J W; Leredu, M B; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration Central Office, Washington, DC; Source Info: Apr 1987, Vol. 75 Issue 2, p122; Note: Update Code: 2200; Subject Term: LIBRARIES -- Automation; Subject Term: MEDICAL libraries; Author-Supplied Keyword: Library administration; Author-Supplied Keyword: Online systems; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lih&AN=ISTA2201853&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lih ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1999-01568-012 AN - 1999-01568-012 AU - Karel, Michele J. AU - Molinari, Victor AU - Gallagher-Thompson, Dolores AU - Hillman, Stephany L. T1 - Postdoctoral training in professional geropsychology: A survey of fellowship graduates. JF - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice JO - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice Y1 - 1999/12// VL - 30 IS - 6 SP - 617 EP - 622 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7028 SN - 1939-1323 N1 - Accession Number: 1999-01568-012. Other Journal Title: Professional Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Karel, Michele J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr of Brockton, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20090907. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Gerontology; Geropsychology; Postgraduate Training; Professional Competence; Psychologist Attitudes. Minor Descriptor: Professional Development. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1999. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jun 7, 1999; Revised Date: Mar 25, 1999; First Submitted Date: Apr 24, 1998. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Have psychologists who have pursued postdoctoral training in geropsychology viewed such training as a worthwhile professional investment? As the population is aging, psychologists are increasingly working with older adults. For many psychologists, competent practice with the elderly will require some continuing education, whereas other psychologists may choose to secure specialty-level training in the field. A survey of psychologists who completed such specialized postdoctoral training found a high level of satisfaction with the training and a sense of professional competence in most of the geropsychology competency areas set forth by the American Psychological Association. The need for increased opportunities for both proficiency and specialty-level training in applied geropsychology is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - satisfaction with postdoctoral training in geropsychology & sense of professional competence KW - psychologists KW - 1999 KW - Gerontology KW - Geropsychology KW - Postgraduate Training KW - Professional Competence KW - Psychologist Attitudes KW - Professional Development DO - 10.1037/0735-7028.30.6.617 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1999-01568-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2001-00147-002 AN - 2001-00147-002 AU - Bryson, Gary AU - Bell, Morris D. AU - Greig, Tamasine AU - Kaplan, Edward T1 - The Work Behavior Inventory: Prediction of future work success of people with schizophrenia. JF - Psychiatric Rehabilitation Journal JO - Psychiatric Rehabilitation Journal Y1 - 1999///Fal 1999 VL - 23 IS - 2 SP - 113 EP - 117 CY - US PB - International Association of Psychosocial Rehabilitation Services and Department of Rehabilitation Counseling, Sargent College of Health and Rehabilitation Services, Boston University SN - 1095-158X SN - 1559-3126 N1 - Accession Number: 2001-00147-002. Other Journal Title: Psychosocial Rehabilitation Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bryson, Gary; Veterans Administration Connecticut Healthcare System, Work Rehabilitation Studies Program, West Haven, CT, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; International Association of Psychosocial Rehabilitation Services and Department of Rehabilitation Counseling, Sargent College of Allied Health Professions, Boston University. Release Date: 20130429. Correction Date: 20151005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Income (Economic); Measurement; Schizophrenia; Statistical Validity; Work Load. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans; Schizoaffective Disorder. Classification: Occupational & Vocational Rehabilitation (3384); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1999. AB - This study investigated the predictive validity of the Work Behavior Inventory (WBI), an instrument for the assessment of work functioning for people with severe mental illness. WBI scores for 67 veterans with diagnoses of schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder were used to determine the relationship between work performance in Week 3 of a rehabilitation program with the total number of hours worked in the program. Also, WBI scores from the final evaluation of the program were used to predict the hours worked and money earned in the 6 months following program completion. Finally, the relationship between WBI composite scores and different types of post-program work activity were analyzed. Results indicate that WBI scores can predict future performance in the rehabilitation program. Also, final WBI scores are related to hours worked and earnings in the 6 month period after completion of the rehabilitation program. WBI composite scores were able to discriminate between participants who subsequently participated in work activity from those who had no post-program work activity. The WBI's predictive validity supports its use by rehabilitation specialists wanting to evaluate and address work behaviors that affect outcomes. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hours worked & money earned & predictive validity of Work Behavior Inventory KW - veterans with diagnoses of schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder KW - 1999 KW - Income (Economic) KW - Measurement KW - Schizophrenia KW - Statistical Validity KW - Work Load KW - Military Veterans KW - Schizoaffective Disorder DO - 10.1037/h0095181 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2001-00147-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1999-00903-006 AN - 1999-00903-006 AU - Robertson, Lynn C. T1 - Spatial frequencies as a medium for guiding attention: Comment on Lamb, Yund, and Pond (1999). JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology: General JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology: General Y1 - 1999/03// VL - 128 IS - 1 SP - 95 EP - 98 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-3445 SN - 1939-2222 N1 - Accession Number: 1999-00903-006. PMID: 10100394 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Robertson, Lynn C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Martinez, CA, US. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20090817. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Spatial Frequency; Stimulus Parameters. Minor Descriptor: Selective Attention; Visual Stimulation. Classification: Attention (2346). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340). Methodology: Empirical Study; Experimental Replication. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1999. Publication History: Accepted Date: May 15, 1998; Revised Date: May 15, 1998; First Submitted Date: Feb 4, 1998. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - M. R. Lamb, E. W. Yund, and H. M. Pond (see record [rid]1999-00903-005[/rid]) question the author's earlier arguments that attention can be guided by spatial frequencies when searching for a target in complex visual patterns (L. C. Robertson; see record [rid]1996-05632-001[/rid]). The 2 major findings they report that are used to argue against the author's conclusions are discussed and found inadequate for the purposes of abandoning this hypothesis. Instead, findings reported in the accompanying article in combination with previous findings reported by 2 of the same authors (M. R. Lamb & E. W. Yund, 1996) provide converging evidence to support spatial frequency as a medium for guiding attention. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - broadband & contrast balanced stimuli KW - spatial frequency & attentional selection between global & local forms KW - 18–39 yr olds KW - comment KW - 1999 KW - Attention KW - Spatial Frequency KW - Stimulus Parameters KW - Selective Attention KW - Visual Stimulation DO - 10.1037/0096-3445.128.1.95 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1999-00903-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107176472 T1 - Assessment: use it to establish an outpatient clinic. AU - Adame HL AU - Peralta LW Y1 - 1999/01//1999 Jan N1 - Accession Number: 107176472. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990401. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; pictorial; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9206988. KW - Ambulatory Care Facilities -- Administration KW - Urologic Care KW - Surgicenters -- Administration KW - Program Development KW - Collaboration KW - Interdepartmental Relations KW - Patient Education KW - Staff Development SP - 34 EP - 41 JO - Seminars in Perioperative Nursing JF - Seminars in Perioperative Nursing JA - SEMIN PERIOPER NURS VL - 8 IS - 1 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - W B Saunders AB - If faced with the task of establishing an adult genitourinary outpatient clinic in an already existing ambulatory surgery setting, would you know where to begin? Careful, considered assessment is crucial to a successful outcome. This is a US government work. There are no restrictions on its use. SN - 1056-8670 AD - Urology Coordinator, Veterans' Administration, Veteran's Administration Outpatient Clinic, El Paso, TX 79930 U2 - PMID: 10476202. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107176472&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107391312 T1 - Specialty corner. A protocol for rapid and safe alcohol detoxification. AU - Compton PK Y1 - 1996/01// N1 - Accession Number: 107391312. Language: English. Entry Date: 19961201. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study; protocol; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9513102. KW - Alcoholic Intoxication -- Drug Therapy KW - Diazepam -- Therapeutic Use KW - Alcohol Withdrawal Delirium KW - Middle Age KW - Male SP - 77 EP - 81 JO - JAAPA: Journal of the American Academy of Physician Assistants (Haymarket Media, Inc.) JF - JAAPA: Journal of the American Academy of Physician Assistants (Haymarket Media, Inc.) JA - JAAPA J AM ACAD PHYSICIAN ASSIST VL - 9 IS - 1 CY - New York, New York PB - Haymarket Media, Inc. SN - 1547-1896 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Lexington, Ky UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107391312&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107504653 T1 - Catheter-induced tricuspid regurgitation. Incidence and clinical significance. AU - Stewart D AU - Leman RB AU - Kaiser J AU - Mann DL AU - Stewart, D AU - Leman, R B AU - Kaiser, J AU - Mann, D L Y1 - 1991/03//1991 Mar N1 - Accession Number: 107504653. Language: English. Entry Date: 19910801. Revision Date: 20170308. Publication Type: journal article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0231335. KW - Heart Catheterization -- Adverse Effects KW - Catheters, Vascular -- Adverse Effects KW - Tricuspid Valve Diseases -- Etiology KW - Cardiac Output Determination KW - Prospective Studies KW - Echocardiography KW - Hemodynamics -- Evaluation KW - Middle Age KW - Male SP - 651 EP - 655 JO - CHEST JF - CHEST JA - CHEST VL - 99 IS - 3 CY - Glenview, Illinois PB - American College of Chest Physicians AB - The incidence and severity of catheter-induced tricuspid regurgitation has not been studied extensively. Given the frequency with which right heart catheters are employed to measure cardiac output, it is important to know whether the severity of catheter-induced tricuspid regurgitation is sufficient to invalidate the measurement of thermodilution cardiac output. Accordingly, the purpose of the present prospective study was to determine the incidence and severity of catheter-induced tricuspid regurgitation in 25 men (mean age, 58.1 +/- 1.4 years) using Doppler ultrasound. The tricuspid valve was interrogated from two orthogonal views using pulsed-wave and color flow Doppler, either in the presence or absence of a 7-French catheter across the tricuspid valve. The severity of catheter-induced tricuspid regurgitation was graded semiquantitatively using a validated scoring system. Pulsed-wave Doppler studies showed that the incidence of catheter-induced tricuspid regurgitation was 48 percent, and that the average tricuspid regurgitation score increased from 0.41 +/- 0.16 to 0.61 +/- 0.17 (p less than 0.01). Color flow Doppler studies showed similar findings. Further, the incidence of catheter-induced tricuspid regurgitation was not related to the patient's underlying hemodynamic status or right ventricular geometry. In conclusion, this study shows for the first time that the quantitative extent of catheter-induced tricuspid regurgitation is small, and is therefore unlikely to be important clinically, particularly with regard to the assessment of thermodilution cardiac output. SN - 0012-3692 AD - Cardiac Ultrasound Laboratory Charleston Veterans Administration Medical Center, SC U2 - PMID: 1995220. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107504653&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104749058 T1 - Responses of rat basilar artery to acetylcholine and platelet products in vivo. AU - Faraci, F M AU - Mayhan, W G AU - Heistad, D D Y1 - 1991/01//1991 Jan N1 - Accession Number: 104749058. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20161125. Publication Type: journal article; research. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0235266. KW - Acetylcholine -- Pharmacodynamics KW - Basilar Artery -- Drug Effects KW - Blood Platelets -- Metabolism KW - Nucleotides -- Pharmacodynamics KW - Animals KW - Dose-Response Relationship, Drug KW - Male KW - Nitroglycerin -- Pharmacodynamics KW - Prostaglandins -- Pharmacodynamics KW - Rats KW - Serotonin -- Pharmacodynamics KW - Vasodilation SP - 56 EP - 60 JO - Stroke (00392499) JF - Stroke (00392499) JA - STROKE VL - 22 IS - 1 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Studies in vitro suggest that the basilar artery has distinctive responses to endothelium-dependent stimuli. Our first goal was to examine the effects of acetylcholine on diameter of the basilar artery in vivo. Because aggregating platelets may have important effects on cerebral arteries, our second goal was to examine the effects on the basilar artery of products that are released by platelets (thromboxane, serotonin, and adenosine 5'-diphosphate). Diameter of the basilar artery was measured through a cranial window in anesthetized rats (n = 25). Baseline diameter of the basilar artery was 247 +/- 10 microns mean +/- SEM. Topical application of acetylcholine at 10(-6) and 10(-5) M dilated the basilar artery by 13 +/- 2% and 19 +/- 2%, respectively. The thromboxane analogue U46619 at 10(-8) and 10(-7) M reduced the diameter of the basilar artery by 18 +/- 5% and 29 +/- 4%, respectively. At 10(-8) and 10(-7) M, serotonin had little effect on pial arterioles on the cerebrum but constricted the basilar artery by 18 +/- 2% and 29 +/- 4%, respectively. At 10(-6) and 10(-5) M, adenosine 5'-diphosphate produced marked dilatation of pial arterioles on the cerebrum (9 +/- 2% and 20 +/- 3%, respectively) but had little effect on the basilar artery (increased diameter by 4 +/- 2% and 6 +/- 2%, respectively). Thus, in contrast to some studies of the basilar artery in vitro, acetylcholine produces dilatation of the basilar artery in vivo. Potent constrictor responses to thromboxane and serotonin, in combination with the minimal dilator effect of adenosine 5'-diphosphate, suggest that release of these products during platelet aggregation would favor constriction of the basilar artery. SN - 0039-2499 AD - Department of Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, Iowa. U2 - PMID: 1898995. DO - 10.1161/01.STR.22.1.56 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104749058&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cahoon, D. D. AU - Peterson, Lars P. AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - RELATIVE EFFECTIVENESS OF PROGRAMMED TEXT AND TEACHING MACHINE AS A FUNCTION OF MEASURED INTERESTS. JO - Journal of Applied Psychology JF - Journal of Applied Psychology Y1 - 1968/12//Dec68 Part1 VL - 52 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 454 EP - 456 SN - 00219010 AB - A study was designed to determine whether the effectiveness of programmed material presented by teaching machine and programmed text varies with Kuder interest pattern. Specifically, 30 introductory psychology students with high mechanical and low literary interest and 30 low mechanical and high literary interest students learned 2 programs. ½ of each group learned the programs via teaching machine while the remaining halves were instructed by programmed text. While no interest patterns or mode of presentation effects were uncovered, a significant Interests × Mode interaction appeared for the longer of the 2 programs. The implications of the results for educational and industrial training programs are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Applied Psychology is the property of American Psychological Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - OCCUPATIONAL training KW - EDUCATIONAL technology KW - TEACHING aids & devices KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - STUDENTS KW - EFFECTIVE teaching KW - KUDER preference record N1 - Accession Number: 12359370; Cahoon, D. D. 1; Peterson, Lars P. 2; Watson, Charles G. 2; Affiliations: 1: Auburn University.; 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Issue Info: Dec68 Part1, Vol. 52 Issue 6, p454; Thesaurus Term: OCCUPATIONAL training; Subject Term: EDUCATIONAL technology; Subject Term: TEACHING aids & devices; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: STUDENTS; Subject Term: EFFECTIVE teaching; Subject Term: KUDER preference record; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624310 Vocational Rehabilitation Services; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=12359370&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tosch, Thomas J. AU - Holmes, Paul T. T1 - A Bivariate Failure Model. JO - Journal of the American Statistical Association JF - Journal of the American Statistical Association Y1 - 1980/06// VL - 75 IS - 370 M3 - Article SP - 415 SN - 01621459 AB - A bivariate failure model is proposed in which the residual lifetime of one component is dependent on the working status of the other. General properties of the model are discussed, and the maximum likelihood estimates of the parameters are found in a bivariate exponential-life special case. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of the American Statistical Association is the property of Taylor & Francis Ltd and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ESTIMATION theory KW - DISTRIBUTION (Probability theory) KW - STATISTICS KW - PARAMETER estimation KW - MATHEMATICAL statistics KW - STOCHASTIC processes KW - EXPONENTIAL families (Statistics) KW - Bivariate exponential distribution KW - Bivariate failure model KW - Maximum likelihood estimation. N1 - Accession Number: 4604347; Tosch, Thomas J. 1; Holmes, Paul T. 2; Affiliations: 1: Biostatistician, Edward Hines, Jr., Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, IL 60141.; 2: Professor, Department of Mathematical Sciences, Clemson University, Clemson, SC 29631.; Issue Info: Jun80, Vol. 75 Issue 370, p415; Thesaurus Term: ESTIMATION theory; Thesaurus Term: DISTRIBUTION (Probability theory); Thesaurus Term: STATISTICS; Thesaurus Term: PARAMETER estimation; Thesaurus Term: MATHEMATICAL statistics; Thesaurus Term: STOCHASTIC processes; Subject Term: EXPONENTIAL families (Statistics); Author-Supplied Keyword: Bivariate exponential distribution; Author-Supplied Keyword: Bivariate failure model; Author-Supplied Keyword: Maximum likelihood estimation.; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=4604347&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dixon, W. J. T1 - Comment. JO - Journal of the American Statistical Association JF - Journal of the American Statistical Association Y1 - 1978/03// VL - 73 IS - 361 M3 - Article SP - 80 SN - 01621459 AB - The author in the article comments on two separate surveys of the user's guides for BMDP and SPSS statistical computational software, conducted by Mervin E. Muller, Kenneth N Berk and Ivors Francis. According to the author, the reviewers have approached the manuals mindful of the needs of users trying to solve problems. The author adds that comments from these reviewers and from many others are the basis for continuing improvements in the programs and the manuals. The author clarifies few points in the reviews, like one of the review expresses concern about the lack of tests for multivariate procedures. For many multivariate procedures the associated tests are not very robust. As a result, statisticians have frequently avoided tests that are likely to do the user more harm than good. In factor analysis, tests for the number of factors frequently encourage the user to choose more factors than are practical. However, canonical correlation analysis can be helped by a statistical test for the number of canonical variables since other methods are not available or, at least, not widely known. KW - COMPUTER software KW - TECHNICAL manuals KW - MATHEMATICAL statistics KW - STATISTICAL software N1 - Accession Number: 4609391; Dixon, W. J. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Director, Health Sciences Computing Facility, School of Medicine, University of California, Los Angeles, CA 90024.; 2: Chief, Statistical Research Unit, Veterans Administration Hospital, Brentwood, CA 90073.; Issue Info: Mar1978, Vol. 73 Issue 361, p80; Thesaurus Term: COMPUTER software; Thesaurus Term: TECHNICAL manuals; Thesaurus Term: MATHEMATICAL statistics; Subject Term: STATISTICAL software; NAICS/Industry Codes: 417310 Computer, computer peripheral and pre-packaged software merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 423430 Computer and Computer Peripheral Equipment and Software Merchant Wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 511211 Software publishers (except video game publishers); NAICS/Industry Codes: 443144 Computer and software stores; NAICS/Industry Codes: 323119 Other printing; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=4609391&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107160122 T1 - Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors: how safe are they? AU - Kuszmar TJ AU - Blasiole D AU - Schwartz K Y1 - 1998/11//1998 Nov N1 - Accession Number: 107160122. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990201. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8403486. KW - Serotonin Uptake Inhibitors KW - Serotonin Uptake Inhibitors -- Adverse Effects KW - Drug Interactions KW - Fluoxetine KW - Paroxetine KW - Syndrome -- Prevention and Control KW - Syndrome -- Symptoms KW - Depression SP - 47 EP - 54 JO - Physician Assistant JF - Physician Assistant JA - PHYSICIAN ASSIST VL - 22 IS - 11 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Since the introduction of fluoxetine--the first selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI)--in 1988, this class of drug has been widely accepted. Clinicians and patients appreciate its safety, tolerability, and proven efficacy, which are greater than for other classes of antidepressants. The low side effect profile and ease of prescription have made these drugs welcome in nonpsychiatric settings for treating depression and other mental disorders. Compared with the older tricyclic antidepressants and monoamine oxidase inhibitors, the SSRIs are safer but still produce side effects, drug-drug interactions, and a potentially fatal syndrome (SSRI-induced serotonin syndrome). Although SSRIs are considered safer than other antidepressants, caution is imperative. SN - 8750-7544 AD - Psychiatric Admissions and Triage Officer, Veterans Administration Maryland Health Care System, Primary Care Manager Domiciliary, Veterans Medical Center, Perry Point, MD UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107160122&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107285201 T1 - Continuing education. Hungry bone syndrome following parathyroidectomy. AU - Headley CM Y1 - 1998/06//1998 Jun N1 - Accession Number: 107285201. Language: English. Entry Date: 19981001. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study; CEU; exam questions; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8411466. KW - Calcium -- Therapeutic Use KW - Parathyroid Glands -- Surgery KW - Hypocalcemia -- Drug Therapy KW - Postoperative Complications KW - Hypocalcemia KW - Hypocalcemia -- Nursing KW - Postoperative Care KW - Education, Continuing (Credit) KW - Kidney Failure, Chronic -- Complications KW - Perioperative Care KW - Nursing Role KW - Calcium -- Analysis KW - Adult KW - Middle Age KW - Inpatients KW - Male SP - 283 EP - 291 JO - ANNA Journal JF - ANNA Journal JA - ANNA J VL - 25 IS - 3 CY - Pitman, New Jersey PB - American Nephrology Nurses' Association AB - Hyperparathyroid-associated bone disease is known to affect quality of life and contribute to premature morbidity in the end stage renal disease (ESRD) population. Failure to adequately suppress parathyroid hormone secretion with medical management often warrants parathyroidectomy. Hypocalcemia frequently occurs after parathyroidectromy. A state of marked and prolonged hypocalcemia is termed 'hungry bone syndrome.' Biochemical and clinical criteria associated with development of hungry bone syndrome assist with identification of those at risk and facilitates postoperative management. SN - 8750-0779 AD - Nephrology Division, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Memphis, TN U2 - PMID: 9801484. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107285201&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104750930 T1 - Incidence of cerebral hemorrhage after treatment with tissue plasminogen activator or streptokinase following embolic stroke in rabbits [corrected]. AU - Lyden, P D AU - Madden, K P AU - Clark, W M AU - Sasse, K C AU - Zivin, J A Y1 - 1990/11//1990 Nov N1 - Accession Number: 104750930. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20161125. Publication Type: journal article; research. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: NS23814/NS/NINDS NIH HHS/United States. NLM UID: 0235266. KW - Cerebral Hemorrhage -- Etiology KW - Cerebrovascular Disorders -- Drug Therapy KW - Streptokinase -- Adverse Effects KW - Streptokinase -- Therapeutic Use KW - Thrombolytic Therapy -- Adverse Effects KW - Tissue Plasminogen Activator -- Adverse Effects KW - Animals KW - Cerebral Hemorrhage -- Physiopathology KW - Models, Biological KW - Intracranial Embolism and Thrombosis -- Physiopathology KW - Male KW - Rabbits KW - Risk Factors KW - Tissue Plasminogen Activator -- Therapeutic Use SP - 1589 EP - 1593 JO - Stroke (00392499) JF - Stroke (00392499) JA - STROKE VL - 21 IS - 11 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - We studied thrombolysis in an animal model of embolic stroke to determine the safety of tissue plasminogen activator and streptokinase. We occluded the middle cerebral arteries of 137 rabbits with radiolabeled blood clots and administered tissue plasminogen activator (n = 49), streptokinase (n = 40), or saline (n = 48) at various times after embolization. We assessed the rate of thrombolysis and cerebral hemorrhage 24 hours later. Both drugs were very effective in producing thrombolysis. Compared with saline, streptokinase caused a significant increase in the rate of cerebral hemorrhage (p less than 0.05), but tissue plasminogen activator did not. We conclude that thrombolytic therapy for acute stroke should be safer with tissue plasminogen activator than with streptokinase. SN - 0039-2499 AD - Department of Neurology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego, CA 92161. U2 - PMID: 2122552. DO - 10.1161/01.STR.21.11.1589 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104750930&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104752794 T1 - Elevated plasma homocyst(e)ine concentration as a possible independent risk factor for stroke. AU - Coull, B M AU - Malinow, M R AU - Beamer, N AU - Sexton, G AU - Nordt, F AU - de Garmo, P Y1 - 1990/04//1990 Apr N1 - Accession Number: 104752794. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20161126. Publication Type: journal article; research. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: NS17493/NS/NINDS NIH HHS/United States. NLM UID: 0235266. KW - Cerebrovascular Disorders -- Etiology KW - Homocysteine -- Blood KW - Cerebrovascular Disorders -- Blood KW - Cerebral Ischemia, Transient -- Blood KW - Osmolar Concentration KW - Risk Factors KW - Sex Factors SP - 572 EP - 576 JO - Stroke (00392499) JF - Stroke (00392499) JA - STROKE VL - 21 IS - 4 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Homocyst(e)ine refers to the sulfur-containing amino acids homocysteine, homocystine, and homocysteine-cysteine mixed disulfide, which normally exist in plasma in both the free and protein-bound forms. Marked hyperhomocyst(e)inemia is associated with well-recognized complications of occlusive thrombotic events and a characteristic syndrome. It is less clear whether mild to moderate elevations in plasma homocyst(e)ine concentrations (i.e., 1.5-5-fold increases) also represent a risk factor for stroke and, if so, whether it is independent of other recognized risk factors. To examine these questions we compared the plasma homocyst(e)ine levels in 41 patients with acute strokes, 27 patients with transient ischemic attacks, 31 patients with recognized risk factors for but no recent symptoms of cerebrovascular disease, and 31 normal volunteers (controls). Plasma homocyst(e)ine concentration was moderately but significantly higher in the patients than in the controls (p less than 0.0001). Approximately 30% of the patients had homocyst(e)ine levels higher than the controls. No relation was found between homocyst(e)ine concentration and other recognized stroke risk factors or stroke type; however, a positive correlation was found between serum uric acid and plasma homocyst(e)ine levels. These data suggest that a moderately elevated plasma homocyst(e)ine concentration may be an independent risk factor for cerebrovascular disease. SN - 0039-2499 AD - Department of Neurology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, OR 97207. U2 - PMID: 2326839. DO - 10.1161/01.STR.21.4.572 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104752794&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107504749 T1 - An analysis of decision making in discharge planning. AU - Weaver FM AU - Bryant FB AU - Weaver, F M AU - Bryant, F B Y1 - 1990/03//3/ 1/1990 N1 - Accession Number: 107504749. Language: English. Entry Date: 19910801. Revision Date: 20170223. Publication Type: journal article; research. Journal Subset: Health Services Administration; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7805992. KW - Decision Making -- Evaluation KW - Discharge Planning -- Evaluation KW - Patient Classification KW - Multivariate Analysis KW - Functional Assessment KW - Patient Compliance -- Evaluation KW - Caregivers -- Evaluation KW - Day Care -- Evaluation KW - Long Term Care -- Evaluation KW - Ambulatory Care -- Evaluation KW - Inpatients KW - Male KW - Human SP - 121 EP - 142 JO - Evaluation & the Health Professions JF - Evaluation & the Health Professions JA - EVAL HEALTH PROF VL - 13 IS - 1 CY - Thousand Oaks, California PB - Sage Publications Inc. AB - A repeated-measures design was used to examine medical professionals' discharge planning strategies. Physicians, residents, nurses, and social workers were presented with 16 hypothetical case scenarios and asked to: (1) rate the appropriateness of four discharge options (nursing home, community nursing, adult day, and outpatient clinic care), and (2) select the most appropriate discharge plan for each case. Four within-group variables were included in the scenarios: physical impairment, caregiver availability, follow-up required, and patient compliance. Decisions were greatly influenced by caregiver availability. When a caregiver was available, respondents preferred community-based options (i.e., community nursing care or outpatient clinic); if the case involved complications (i.e., severe physical impairment, heavy follow-up, noncompliant patient), they considered community nursing care more appropriate than outpatient clinic. When a caregiver was unavailable, respondents preferred institution-based options (i.e., nursing home or adult daycare); if there were complications, they considered nursing home more appropriate than adult daycare. SN - 0163-2787 AD - Hines Veterans Administration Hospital, IL 60141 U2 - PMID: 10128556. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107504749&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104750765 T1 - Dimethylthiourea, a hydroxyl radical scavenger, impedes the inactivation of methionine synthase by nitrous oxide in mice. AU - Koblin, D D AU - Tomerson, B W Y1 - 1990/02// N1 - Accession Number: 104750765. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20161125. Publication Type: journal article; research. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Europe; Peer Reviewed; UK & Ireland. Grant Information: P01 AG3104/AG/NIA NIH HHS/United States. NLM UID: 0372541. KW - Transferases -- Antagonists and Inhibitors KW - Nitrous Oxide -- Antagonists and Inhibitors KW - Indicators and Reagents KW - Transferases -- Metabolism KW - Animals KW - Brain KW - Dose-Response Relationship, Drug KW - Kidney KW - Liver KW - Male KW - Mice KW - Time Factors SP - 214 EP - 223 JO - BJA: The British Journal of Anaesthesia JF - BJA: The British Journal of Anaesthesia JA - BR J ANAESTH VL - 64 IS - 2 PB - Oxford University Press / USA AB - Dimethylthiourea (DMTU), a potent scavenger of hydroxyl radicals, was studied to see if it attenuated the inactivation of methionine synthase produced by nitrous oxide in mice. Mice were given i.p. injections of DMTU 0.5-4.0 mg g-1 or saline and, 1 h after injection, were exposed to 66% nitrous oxide in oxygen for periods of 0.5-8 h. At given times after nitrous oxide exposure, higher methionine synthase activities were found in the livers, kidneys and brains of mice injected with DMTU than in the saline-injected animals. These higher methionine synthase activities in the DMTU-treated animals represented a delay in the enzyme inactivation produced by nitrous oxide, as the difference in activities between the DMTU-injected and saline-injected mice decreased with increasing duration of exposure to nitrous oxide. Greater differences in methionine synthase activities between the DMTU- and saline-injected animals were observed with increasing doses of DMTU. The rate of enzyme inactivation following exposure to nitrous oxide was greater in liver and least in brain, and the difference in activities between the two groups varied with the organ examined. DMTU exhibited its greatest effect in the kidney, where methionine synthase activities were nearly doubled in the DMTU 2.0 mg g-1-injected compared with the saline-injected mice after 1-h exposure to 66% nitrous oxide. Following a marked inactivation of methionine synthase by exposing mice to 66% nitrous oxide for 4 h, injection of DMTU 2.0 mg g-1 at the end of exposure to nitrous oxide did not enhance, but impaired, the recovery of enzyme activity. The findings are consistent with the hypothesis that nitrous oxide combines with the vitamin B12 molecule of methionine synthase to form a hydroxyl radical that reacts with an inactivates the enzyme, and that DMTU slows this inactivation by scavenging hydroxyl radicals. SN - 0007-0912 AD - Department of Anesthesia, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, CA 94121. U2 - PMID: 2107864. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104750765&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104752484 T1 - Transient monocular visual loss patterns and associated vascular abnormalities. AU - Bruno, A AU - Corbett, J J AU - Biller, J AU - Adams Jr, H P AU - Qualls, C AU - Adams, H P Jr Y1 - 1990/01//1990 Jan N1 - Accession Number: 104752484. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20161126. Publication Type: journal article; research. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0235266. KW - Vascular Diseases -- Complications KW - Vision Disorders -- Complications KW - Vision KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and Over KW - Altitude KW - Blindness -- Complications KW - Carotid Artery Diseases -- Complications KW - Constriction, Pathologic KW - Female KW - Heart Diseases -- Complications KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Vision Disorders -- Physiopathology KW - Visual Fields SP - 34 EP - 39 JO - Stroke (00392499) JF - Stroke (00392499) JA - STROKE VL - 21 IS - 1 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - To determine if certain transient monocular visual loss patterns predict the associated vascular abnormalities, we prospectively evaluated 100 consecutive patients. Each patient had hematologic tests, a carotid artery study (arteriography in 74, duplex ultrasonography in the remaining 26), and an ophthalmologic examination. Patients with altitudinal or lateralized transient monocular visual loss were more likely to have carotid artery stenosis, carotid artery ulceration, cardiac sources of emboli, or visible retinal emboli than patients with other visual loss patterns. Our findings suggest that altitudinal or lateralized transient monocular visual loss is primarily caused by embolism but that other visual loss patterns are usually caused by nonembolic mechanisms. SN - 0039-2499 AD - Neurology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albuquerque, NM 87108. U2 - PMID: 2300989. DO - 10.1161/01.STR.21.1.34 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104752484&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of enteral versus parenteral nutrition on leptin gene expression and release into the circulation. AU - Levy, J. R. AU - LeGall-Salmon, E. AU - Santos, M. AU - Pandak, W. M. AU - Stevens, W. JO - Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications JF - Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications Y1 - 1997/// VL - 237 IS - 1 SP - 98 EP - 102 SN - 0006-291X AD - Levy, J. R.: McGuire Veterans' Administration Medical Center 111-P, 1201 Broad Rock Boulevard, Richmond, VA 23249, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19991414098. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 169494-85-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - enteral feeding KW - gene expression KW - glucose KW - hormone secretion KW - leptin KW - messenger RNA KW - parenteral feeding KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - endocrine secretion KW - mRNA KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19991414098&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Riboflavin transport by rabbit renal brush border membrane vesicles. AU - Yanagawa, N. AU - Jo, O. D. AU - Said, H. M. JO - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, Biomembranes JF - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, Biomembranes Y1 - 1997/// VL - 1330 IS - 2 SP - 172 EP - 178 SN - 0005-2736 AD - Yanagawa, N.: Division of Nephrology (111R), Medical and Research Services, Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, 16111 Plummer Street, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19991405321. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 83-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - cell membranes KW - kidneys KW - riboflavin KW - transport KW - uptake KW - rabbits KW - Leporidae KW - Lagomorpha KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - brush border membranes KW - transportation KW - vitamin B2 KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19991405321&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hantavirus pulmonary syndrome. AU - Simpson, S. Q. JO - Heart & Lung JF - Heart & Lung Y1 - 1997/// VL - 27 IS - 1 SP - 51 EP - 57 SN - 0147-9563 AD - Simpson, S. Q.: Albuquerque Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, New Mexico, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19982011952. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 36 ref. N2 - This review covers the natural history of hantavirus pulmonary syndrome (HPS); the hantaviruses as a genus and the syndromes they cause; Sin Nombre virus and the clinical symptoms of HPS; and laboratory findings, radiographic findings, diagnosis, clinical course, haemodynamics and treatment of HPS. KW - clinical aspects KW - diagnosis KW - disease course KW - hantavirus pulmonary syndrome KW - human diseases KW - medical treatment KW - prognosis KW - radiography KW - respiratory diseases KW - reviews KW - symptoms KW - therapy KW - viral diseases KW - USA KW - Hantavirus KW - man KW - sin nombre virus KW - Bunyaviridae KW - negative-sense ssRNA viruses KW - ssRNA viruses KW - RNA viruses KW - viruses KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Hantavirus KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - clinical picture KW - disease progression KW - lung diseases KW - therapeutics KW - United States of America KW - viral infections KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Treatment and Diagnosis (Non-drug) (VV700) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19982011952&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae endocarditis: clinical features of an occupational disease. AU - Hill, D. C. AU - Ghassemian, J. N. JO - Southern Medical Journal JF - Southern Medical Journal Y1 - 1997/// VL - 90 IS - 11 SP - 1147 EP - 1148 SN - 0038-4348 AD - Hill, D. C.: Fayetteville Veterans Administration Medical Center, Fayetteville, NC 28301, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19982002956. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 5 ref. Subject Subsets: Public Health KW - bacterial endocarditis KW - case reports KW - clinical aspects KW - disease transmission KW - endocarditis KW - human diseases KW - occupational hazards KW - occupational health KW - occupational transmission KW - zoonoses KW - North Carolina KW - USA KW - Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae KW - man KW - pigs KW - Erysipelothrix KW - Erysipelotrichaceae KW - Mollicutes KW - Firmicutes KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Sus scrofa KW - Sus KW - Suidae KW - Suiformes KW - Artiodactyla KW - Appalachian States of USA KW - Southern States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - South Atlantic States of USA KW - bacterium KW - clinical picture KW - hogs KW - swine KW - United States of America KW - zoonotic infections KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Occupational Health and Safety (VV900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19982002956&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Meningitis caused by Yersinia enterocolitica: case report and review. AU - Bin-Sagheer, S. AU - Myers, J. AU - Lapham, C. AU - Sarubbi, F. A. JO - Infectious Diseases in Clinical Practice JF - Infectious Diseases in Clinical Practice Y1 - 1997/// VL - 6 IS - 3 SP - 198 EP - 200 SN - 1056-9103 AD - Bin-Sagheer, S.: Department of Internal Medicine, James H. Quillen College of Medicine and Mountain Home Veterans Administration Medical Centre, Johnson City, Tennessee, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19982001797. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Subject Subsets: Public Health KW - bacterial diseases KW - bacterial meningitis KW - case reports KW - clinical aspects KW - human diseases KW - meningitis KW - reviews KW - man KW - Yersinia enterocolitica KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Yersinia (Bacteria) KW - Enterobacteriaceae KW - Enterobacteriales KW - Gammaproteobacteria KW - Proteobacteria KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - bacterial infections KW - bacterioses KW - bacterium KW - clinical picture KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19982001797&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Human immunodeficiency virus infection and hepatitis: biosafety in radiology. AU - Wall, S. D. AU - Howe, J. M. AU - Sawhney, R. JO - Radiology JF - Radiology Y1 - 1997/// VL - 205 IS - 3 SP - 619 EP - 628 SN - 0033-8419 AD - Wall, S. D.: Department of Radiology, University of California-San Francisco, San Francisco Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement St., San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19982001258. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 50 ref. N2 - A number of resources were made available in early 1997 for easy access to the most current data regarding occupational transmission of HIV or hepatitis. For instance, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention has a World Wide Web site (http://www.cdc.gov) and a facsimile information service through the Hospital Infections Program directory (telephone 404-332-4565). Also, the National AIDS Clearinghouse can be reached by telephone (800-458-5231), as can the HIV/AIDS Treatment Information Service (800-448-0440). The postexposure prophylaxis protocol used at the University of California, San Francisco, can be reviewed by visiting its World Wide Web site at http://epi-center.ucsf.edu. Up-to-date information is available to both Veterans Administration and other health care staff worldwide by J. Michael Howe, MSLS, of the AIDS Information Center, a service of the VA HIV/AIDS National Training Program, located at the Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, University of California, San Francisco (hivinfo@itsa.ucsf.edu). KW - acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - databases KW - directories KW - health care KW - health care workers KW - hepatitis KW - hospitals KW - human diseases KW - human immunodeficiency viruses KW - infection KW - infections KW - information KW - nosocomial infections KW - prophylaxis KW - safety KW - transmission KW - treatment KW - world KW - California KW - USA KW - man KW - viruses KW - Lentivirus KW - Orthoretrovirinae KW - Retroviridae KW - RNA Reverse Transcribing Viruses KW - viruses KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Pacific States of USA KW - Western States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - AIDS KW - data banks KW - hospital infections KW - human immunodeficiency virus KW - protocols KW - United States of America KW - worldwide KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Health Services (UU350) KW - Pathogen, Pest, Parasite and Weed Management (General) (HH000) KW - Information and Documentation (CC300) KW - Occupational Health and Safety (VV900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19982001258&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Interactions between Tat of HIV-2 and transcription factor Sp1. AU - Pagtakhan, A. S. AU - Tong-Starksen, S. E. JO - Virology (New York) JF - Virology (New York) Y1 - 1997/// VL - 238 IS - 2 SP - 221 EP - 230 SN - 0042-6822 AD - Pagtakhan, A. S.: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of California at San Francisco, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19982000294. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 45 ref. Registry Number: 63231-63-0, 9014-24-8, 9026-28-2. N2 - Tat of HIV-2 (Tat-2) requires host cellular factors for optimal function. This study shows that transactivation by Tat-2 of the HIV promoter requires cis-acting binding sites for Sp1 or Sp1 brought to the promoter via a heterologous system. An activation domain in Tat-2 consists of one of two potential α-helices in the amino-terminal region, the cysteine-rich region, and the core region and this independent activation domain requires cis-acting Sp1-binding sites for function. Tat-2 interacts with Sp1 in in vitro binding assays, and these interactions require basic residues outside of the Tat-2 activation domain. The regions in Sp1 sufficient for functional synergy with Tat are the Sp1 activation domains, while the DNA-binding region is dispensable. Substitution mutations of a glutamine-rich region in one Sp1 activation domain, which eliminate interactions with a TATA-binding protein-associated factor, also significantly decrease synergy with Tat. Thus, the functional synergy between Tat-2 and Sp1 localizes to domains in each activator that interact with components of the transcription complex. It is suggested that these interactions, rather than direct Tat/Sp1 binding, result in highly processive RNA polymerase II complexes and full-length viral transcripts. KW - HIV-2 infections KW - hosts KW - human diseases KW - human immunodeficiency viruses KW - in vitro KW - interactions KW - mutations KW - promoters KW - residues KW - RNA KW - RNA polymerase KW - Tat protein KW - transactivation KW - transcription KW - transcription factors KW - Human immunodeficiency virus 2 KW - human immunodeficiency viruses KW - Lentivirus KW - Orthoretrovirinae KW - Retroviridae KW - RNA Reverse Transcribing Viruses KW - viruses KW - DNA transcription KW - human immunodeficiency virus KW - human immunodeficiency virus type 2 KW - promoter region KW - promoter sequences KW - ribonucleic acid KW - RNA nucleotidyltransferase KW - transcriptional activation KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19982000294&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Thoracic actinomycosis and human immunodeficiency virus infection. AU - Ossorio, M. A. AU - Fields, C. L. AU - Byrd, R. P., Jr. AU - Roy, T. M. JO - Southern Medical Journal JF - Southern Medical Journal Y1 - 1997/// VL - 90 IS - 11 SP - 1136 EP - 1138 SN - 0038-4348 AD - Ossorio, M. A.: Department of Internal Medicine, Mountain Home Veterans Administration Medical Center, Mountain Home, TN 37684, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19981201001. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A case is reported in a 41-year-old HIV-positive man from Tennessee, USA, who presented with bilateral infiltrates in the middle lung zones as demonstrated by chest radiography. Computed tomography of the chest showed numerous nodular densities <5 mm in diam. Bronchoalveolar lavage and transbronchial brushings were obtained from the right middle lobe and contained sulfur granules and branching filaments characteristic of Actinomyces. Symptoms resolved after antibiotic therapy. KW - actinomycosis KW - antibiotics KW - case reports KW - HIV infections KW - human diseases KW - human immunodeficiency viruses KW - immunocompromised hosts KW - infections KW - lungs KW - men KW - opportunistic infections KW - Tennessee KW - USA KW - Actinomyces KW - man KW - Actinomycetaceae KW - Actinomycineae KW - Actinomycetales KW - Actinobacteridae KW - Actinobacteria KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - Lentivirus KW - Orthoretrovirinae KW - Retroviridae KW - RNA Reverse Transcribing Viruses KW - viruses KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Appalachian States of USA KW - Southern States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - East South Central States of USA KW - bacterium KW - human immunodeficiency virus KW - human immunodeficiency virus infections KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19981201001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A two year prospective study to compare culture and polymerase chain reaction amplification for the detection and diagnosis of Lyme borreliosis. AU - Picken, M. M. AU - Picken, R. N. AU - Han, D. AU - Cheng Y AU - Ruzic-Sabljic, E. AU - Cimperman, J. AU - Maraspin, V. AU - Lotric-Furlan, S. AU - Strle, F. JO - Journal of Clinical Pathology : Molecular Pathology JF - Journal of Clinical Pathology : Molecular Pathology Y1 - 1997/// VL - 50 IS - 4 SP - 186 EP - 193 AD - Picken, M. M.: Department of Pathology, Room 2242, Building 110, Loyola University Medical Center and Hines Veterans' Administration Hospital, 2160 South First Avenue, Maywood, IL 60153, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19980500036. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Registry Number: 9007-49-2. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Entomology; Public Health N2 - In Slovenia, to compare polymerase chain reaction (PCR) amplification of borrelial DNA and culture isolation of spirochaetes for the diagnosis of Lyme borreliosis by direct detection of Borrelia burgdorferi s.l. in patients with erythema migrans (EM) and acrodermatitis chronica atrophicans (ACA) lesions, skin biopsy specimens from EM and ACA lesions were subdivided and tested by PCR amplification assay and culture using 2 artificial growth media, Barbour-Stoenner-Kelly II (BSK II) and modified Kelly-Pettenkofer (MKP). Five classes of lesions were studied: typical EM, spontaneously resolved EM, atypical/partially treated EM, typical ACA and atypical/partially treated ACA. For both EM and ACA lesions, the most sensitive detection method was MKP culture. PCR was less sensitive than MKP culture, but more sensitive than BSK II culture. Results for 758 typical EM specimens showed positivity rates of 36% for MKP, 25% for PCR, and 24% for BSK II. Differences were statistically significant. The overall positivity rate for all 3 methods combined was 54%, but few specimens (6%) were positive by all 3 methods. Examination of multiple EM lesions from the same patient increased the diagnostic yield. These findings, and similar results for ACA lesions, suggested that the distribution of spirochaetes in skin biopsies is not homogeneous. Although possessing the potential to provide a rapid diagnosis, PCR is not more sensitive than culture for the direct detection of borreliae. Spirochaetes appear to be unevenly distributed throughout biopsy specimens, suggesting that diagnosis of Lyme borreliosis by direct detection of the causative agent in skin lesions is vulnerable to sample bias. KW - acrodermatitis chronica atrophicans KW - cell culture KW - culture media KW - detection KW - diagnosis KW - diagnostic techniques KW - DNA KW - erythema migrans KW - human diseases KW - lesions KW - Lyme disease KW - polymerase chain reaction KW - skin diseases KW - Slovenia KW - Borrelia burgdorferi KW - man KW - spirochaetes KW - Borrelia KW - Spirochaetaceae KW - Spirochaetales KW - Spirochaetes KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Balkans KW - Southern Europe KW - Europe KW - Central Europe KW - Developed Countries KW - European Union Countries KW - Mediterranean Region KW - bacterium KW - deoxyribonucleic acid KW - dermatoses KW - lyme borreliosis KW - PCR KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Treatment and Diagnosis (Non-drug) (VV700) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19980500036&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - In vitro synthesis of Alternaria allergens and their recognition by murine monoclonal and human IgE antibodies. AU - Bush, R. K. AU - Sanchez, H. JO - Annals of Allergy, Asthma, & Immunology JF - Annals of Allergy, Asthma, & Immunology Y1 - 1997/// VL - 78 IS - 3 SP - 287 EP - 292 AD - Bush, R. K.: William S. Middleton Memorial Veterans Administration Hospital, Madison, WI 53705-2286, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19971201203. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 37341-29-0. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - The development of techniques that will lead to the molecular cloning of Alternaria allergens is described. The poly (A)+-messenger RNA was isolated from Alternaria and proteins were produced in vitro and probed for binding to murine monoclonal antibodies directed against Alternaria. In addition, the ability of the translated proteins to bind IgE from the sera of Alternaria-sensitive individuals was studied. At least 20 proteins were synthesized, ranging from 2 to 90 kDa using in vitro techniques. The translated proteins were detected by both murine monoclonal and human IgE antibodies. It is concluded that Alternaria allergens can be synthesized in vitro by molecular biology techniques and that these techniques could be used in the development of cDNA libraries for the production of Alternaria allergens by recombinant DNA methods. KW - allergens KW - antibodies KW - ige KW - immunology KW - monoclonal antibodies KW - synthesis KW - Alternaria KW - Pleosporaceae KW - Pleosporales KW - Dothideomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - reagin KW - reaginic antibodies KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Host Resistance and Immunity (HH600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19971201203&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of micellar β-sitosterol on cholesterol metabolism in CaCo-2 cells. AU - Field, F. J. AU - Born, E. AU - Mathur, S. N. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1997/// VL - 38 IS - 2 SP - 348 EP - 360 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Field, F. J.: Department of Internal Medicine, University of Iowa and Veterans Administration, Iowa City, IA 52242, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19971404223. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 42 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - CaCo-2 cells were used to address the effect of the plant sterol, β-sitosterol, on cholesterol trafficking, cholesterol metabolism and apoB secretion. Compared to cells incubated with micelles (taurocholate 5 mM and oleic acid 250 µM) containing cholesterol, which increased (compared with micelle only incubated cells (control), P<0.05) the influx of plasma membrane cholesterol to the endoplasmic reticulum and increased (P<0.05) the secretion of cholesteryl esters derived from the plasma membrane, β-sitosterol did not alter cholesterol trafficking or cholesteryl ester secretion. Including β-sitosterol in the micelle with cholesterol attenuated the influx of plasma membrane cholesterol and prevented the secretion of cholesteryl esters derived from the plasma membrane. Stigmasterol and campesterol had effects similar to β-sitosterol, although campesterol did promote a modest influx of plasma membrane cholesterol (P<0.05). Including β-sitosterol in the micelle with cholesterol decreased the uptake of cholesterol. Compared to cholesterol, 60% less β-sitosterol was taken up by CaCo-2 cells (P<0.05). No observable esterification of β-sitosterol occurred and the transport of β-sitosterol to the basolateral medium was negligible. Cholesterol synthesis and 3-hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl coenzyme A (HMGCoA) reductase activities were decreased in cells incubated with β-sitosterol (P<0.05 vs. control). This was associated with a decrease in HMGCoA reductase mass and mRNA levels. Cholesteryl ester synthesis and acylcoenzyme A: cholesterol acyltransferase (ACAT) activities were unaltered by β-sitosterol. Stigmasterol and campesterol decreased reductase activity, but only campesterol increased ACAT activity (all P<0.05 vs. control). β-Sitosterol did not affect the secretion of apoB mass. The results suggest that β-sitosterol does not promote cholesterol trafficking from the plasma membrane to the endoplasmic reticulum. β-sitosterol interferes with the uptake of micellar cholesterol causing less plasma membrane cholesterol to influx and less cholesteryl ester to be secreted. Despite its lack of effect on cholesterol trafficking, β-sitosterol decreases cholesterol synthesis at the level of HMG-CoA reductase gene expression. KW - apolipoproteins KW - cell cultures KW - cholesterol KW - cholesterol metabolism KW - cholesteryl esters KW - endoplasmic reticulum KW - enzymes KW - esterification KW - intestines KW - messenger rna KW - phytosterols KW - plasma membranes KW - secretion KW - synthesis KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cell membrane KW - cholesterol esters KW - mRNA KW - plasmalemma KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19971404223&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Changes in facilitative glucose transporter messenger ribonucleic acid levels in the diabetic rat kidney. AU - Chin, E. AU - Zamah, A. M. AU - Landau, D. AU - Grønbæk, H. AU - Flyvbjerg, A. AU - Leroith, D. AU - Bondy, C. A. JO - Endocrinology (Philadelphia) JF - Endocrinology (Philadelphia) Y1 - 1997/// VL - 138 IS - 3 SP - 1267 EP - 1275 SN - 0013-7227 AD - Chin, E.: Division of Endocrinology, University of Alabama at Birmingham, and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Birmingham, Alabama, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19971406101. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - diabetes KW - gene expression KW - glucose KW - insulin KW - kidneys KW - messenger rna KW - transporters KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - implement trailers KW - implement transporters KW - mRNA KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19971406101&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Experimental esophagitis affects intracellular calcium stores in the cat lower esophageal sphincter. AU - Rich, H. AU - Sohn UyDong AU - Behar, J. AU - Kim NaYoung AU - Biancani, P. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1997/// VL - 272 IS - 6 SP - G1523 EP - G1529 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Rich, H.: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brown University School of Medicine, Providence, Rhode Island 02903, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19971410331. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 77107-46-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - It has been shown that lower oesophageal sphincter (LES) tone depends on spontaneous production of inositol 1,4,5-trisphosphate (IP3) and release of intracellular Ca2+ and that acute experimental oesophagitis reduces LES tone and IP3 production, suggesting damage to mechanisms responsible for release of Ca2+ from intracellular stores. In this study the possibility that mechanisms responsible for Ca2+ storage or uptake may also be damaged was examined. LES circular muscle cells were isolated by enzymatic digestion from cats. Contraction was measured in response to IP3 and thapsigargin, which enhances release of Ca2+ from intracellular stores, and in response to calmodulin and to diacylglycerol. In addition, normal cells were incubated in thapsigargin to assess the effect of depletion of intracellular Ca2+ stores on contractile response. Contraction in response to IP3 and thapsigargin was reduced in experimental oesophagitis, but contraction in response to calmodulin or diacylglycerol was not. Acetylcholine (ACh)-induced contraction of normal cells was inhibited by the calmodulin antagonist CGS-9343B but not by 1-(5-isoquinolinesulfonyl)-2-methyl-piperazine dihydrochloride (H-7). In contrast, in cells from animals with oesophagitis or in thapsigargin-treated cells from normal cats, ACh-induced contraction was inhibited by H-7 and not by CGS-9343B. It is concluded that experimental oesophagitis may damage intracellular Ca2+ stores in the LES and change the intracellular contractile pathways activated by ACh from calmodulin dependent in normal cells to protein kinase C dependent in oesophagitis. KW - calcium KW - calmodulin KW - inositol phosphates KW - minerals KW - mobilization KW - oesophageal sphincter KW - oesophagitis KW - oesophagus KW - stores KW - terpenoids KW - cats KW - Felis KW - Felidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - esophageal sphincter KW - esophagitis KW - esophagus KW - storage structures KW - storehouses KW - terpenes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19971410331&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Why do we eat? A neural systems approach. AU - Levine, A. S. AU - Billington, C. J. JO - Annual Review of Nutrition JF - Annual Review of Nutrition Y1 - 1997/// VL - 17 SP - 597 EP - 619 SN - 0199-9885 AD - Levine, A. S.: Minnesota Obesity Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19971411024. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 139 ref. Registry Number: 9015-71-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Neuroregulation of eating is reviewed under the headings: Why do we eat?; Energy deficit-induced feeding; Hedonic-induced feeding; Stress-induced feeding; Integrated energy management system; Site- and stimulus-specific regulation; and Distributed interconnected network. KW - corticoliberin KW - energy KW - energy exchange KW - food intake KW - nervous system KW - opioids KW - reviews KW - systems KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - corticotropin releasing factor KW - corticotropin releasing hormone KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19971411024&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Monthly calendars as a tool for improving dietary record keeping. AU - Murphy, P. A. AU - Boté, E. AU - Orloff, S. AU - Ottosen, W. J. AU - Rothschild, R. L. JO - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JF - Journal of the American Dietetic Association Y1 - 1997/// VL - 97 IS - 5 SP - 536 EP - 538 SN - 0002-8223 AD - Murphy, P. A.: Polyp Prevention Trial, Edward Hines Jr Veterans Administration Hospital (151F), HInes, IL 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19971411052. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 5 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - diet study techniques KW - record keeping KW - USA KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - United States of America KW - Diet Studies (VV110) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19971411052&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Role of cytology in the intraoperative diagnosis of HIV-positive patients undergoing stereotactic brain biopsy. AU - Cajulis, R. S. AU - Hayden, R. AU - Frias-Hidvegi, D. AU - Brody, B. A. AU - Yu, G. H. AU - Levy, R. JO - Acta Cytologica JF - Acta Cytologica Y1 - 1997/// VL - 41 IS - 2 SP - 481 EP - 486 SN - 0001-5547 AD - Cajulis, R. S.: Department of Pathology, Northwestern University and Veterans Administration Lakeside Medical Center, Chicago, IL 60611, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19972005299. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. N2 - To determine the accuracy of cytology in the intraoperative diagnosis of central nervous system (CNS) lesions in HIV-positive patients, 75 cases of computed tomography or magnetic resonance imaging-guided brain biopsies performed with stereotactic instrumentation and a Nashold biopsy cannula during 1988-93, were retrospectively analysed. Biopsy samples were sent for both frozen section and immediate cytological evaluation. Crush preparations (Papanicolaou and Diff-Quik stained) were used for cytological assessment. There were 23 cases of progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy (PML), 8 of toxoplasmosis (toxo), 3 of herpes simplex virus, 26 of lymphoma, 3 of HIV encephalitis, 1 of melanoma, 1 of hamartoma and 10 of nonspecific changes (paraffin section). Using permanent haematoxylin and eosin-stained histological sections as the "gold standard", frozen section had a sensitivity of 78% and a specificity of 90%, while cytology had a sensitivity of 88% and specificity of 90%. Most of the false negative cases in cytology and frozen section were due to the predominance of necrosis and/or gliosis, present in 6 cases of toxo. Two of the false positive cases in frozen section (diagnosed as lymphoma) showed toxoplasmosis, while 2 false positive cases in cytology (diagnosed as PML) showed only gliosis with negative immunoperoxidase staining for PML in the permanent sections. It is concluded that cytology had higher sensitivity than frozen section, and that cytology provided faster results in most instances, primarily due to the nature of specimen preparation. Most misdiagnoses occurred in infectious diseases, especially toxoplasmosis; which should be considered when nonspecific changes with an atypical lymphocytic infiltrate are seen. Cytology could be an alternative to frozen section for the intra-operative diagnosis of CNS lesions in HIV-positive patients. KW - biopsy KW - brain KW - central nervous system KW - clinical aspects KW - cytology KW - diagnosis KW - false negative results KW - false positive results KW - herpes simplex KW - hiv infections KW - human diseases KW - human immunodeficiency viruses KW - immunoperoxidase technique KW - lesions KW - necrosis KW - nervous system KW - patients KW - progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy KW - staining KW - toxoplasmosis KW - Lentivirus KW - Orthoretrovirinae KW - Retroviridae KW - RNA Reverse Transcribing Viruses KW - viruses KW - cerebrum KW - clinical picture KW - CNS KW - human immunodeficiency virus KW - human immunodeficiency virus infections KW - peroxidase-labelled antibody technique KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Treatment and Diagnosis (Non-drug) (VV700) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19972005299&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hepatitis B virus infection and liver transplantation. AU - Terrault, N. A. AU - Wright, T. L. JO - Gut JF - Gut Y1 - 1997/// VL - 40 IS - 5 SP - 568 EP - 571 SN - 0017-5749 AD - Terrault, N. A.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19972005790. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 47 ref. Subject Subsets: Public Health N2 - The natural history of post-transplantation hepatitis B infection, pathology and pathogenesis, and treatment strategies, including patient selection, modification of immunosuppression, passive immunoprophylaxis, and antiviral treatments, are discussed. KW - antiviral agents KW - drug therapy KW - hepatitis B KW - human diseases KW - immunosuppression KW - immunotherapy KW - liver transplant KW - pathogenesis KW - pathology KW - reviews KW - therapy KW - transplantation KW - viral diseases KW - viral hepatitis KW - hepatitis B virus KW - man KW - Hepadnaviridae KW - DNA Reverse Transcribing Viruses KW - viruses KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - chemotherapy KW - therapeutics KW - viral infections KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Treatment and Diagnosis (Non-drug) (VV700) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19972005790&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Mycobacterium szulgai infection of the lung: case report and review of an unusual pathogen. AU - Benator, D. A. AU - Kan, V. AU - Gordin, F. M. JO - American Journal of the Medical Sciences JF - American Journal of the Medical Sciences Y1 - 1997/// VL - 313 IS - 6 SP - 346 EP - 351 SN - 0002-9629 AD - Benator, D. A.: Division of Infectious Diseases, Washington DC Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, DC 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19972009532. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Subject Subsets: Public Health N2 - A case is reported in a 57-year-old man from the USA who developed M. szulgai pulmonary infection 30 years after an episode of pulmonary tuberculosis. After successful therapy for M. szulgai infection the patient suffered chronic pulmonary Histoplasma capsulatum infection. 25 years of clinical experience with this mycobacterium are reviewed; with particular emphasis on the presentation and treatment of this infection. KW - case reports KW - clinical aspects KW - human diseases KW - infections KW - lungs KW - reviews KW - North America KW - USA KW - man KW - Mycobacterium KW - Mycobacterium szulgai KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Mycobacteriaceae KW - Corynebacterineae KW - Actinomycetales KW - Actinobacteridae KW - Actinobacteria KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - Mycobacterium KW - America KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - OECD Countries KW - bacterium KW - clinical picture KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19972009532&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - AU - Patterson, C. H.1 T1 - The Classroom Teacher and the Emotional Problems of Children. JO - Education Digest JF - Education Digest J1 - Education Digest PY - 1952/10// Y1 - 1952/10// VL - 18 IS - 2 CP - 2 M3 - Article SP - 15 EP - 17 SN - 0013127X AB - This article provides information on how to handle an emotionally disturbed student. It is being accepted that the classroom teacher is responsible for more than the academic development of the child. A classroom teacher is also responsible for the emotional aspect of the child. It is true that academic progress of the child is affected by his emotions or feelings. As background in dealing with emotional maladjustment, it is essential that the teacher understand what emotionally disturbed child is like. The most important element of handling emotional disturbances is acceptance including the negative attitude, hostility and aggression, destructiveness, etc. KW - Students KW - Education KW - Child development KW - Child psychology KW - Mentally ill children KW - Teachers N1 - Accession Number: 19101603; Authors: Patterson, C. H. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration at Ft. Snelling, St. Paul, Minnesota; Subject: Child development; Subject: Child psychology; Subject: Mentally ill children; Subject: Teachers; Subject: Students; Subject: Education; Number of Pages: 3p; Record Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=19101603&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - AU - Jordan, Thomas F.1 T1 - How Many Wrongs Make a GI Bill of Rights? JO - Education Digest JF - Education Digest J1 - Education Digest PY - 1948/12// Y1 - 1948/12// VL - 14 IS - 4 CP - 4 M3 - Article SP - 29 EP - 31 SN - 0013127X AB - The article reports focuses on the educational and training benefits section of the "GI Bill of Rights" in the United States. Only ten percent of the GI Bill trainees obtained counseling through the Veterans Administration. One important cause of many terminations of GI Bill training is the veteran's lack of special abilities, aptitudes or personality traits essential to success in the training program. Another consequence of the unlimited freedom of election allowed will be an imbalance between the number trained in certain occupational areas and the need for their services. KW - Education KW - Training KW - Veterans -- Loans KW - Occupational training KW - Educational law & legislation -- United States KW - Public law KW - Legislation KW - Government lending KW - Law N1 - Accession Number: 19021136; Authors: Jordan, Thomas F. 1; Affiliations: 1: Official, Advisement and Guidance Service, Veterans Administration; Subject: Veterans -- Loans; Subject: Occupational training; Subject: Educational law & legislation -- United States; Subject: Public law; Subject: Legislation; Subject: Government lending; Subject: Law; Subject: Education; Subject: Training; Number of Pages: 3p; Record Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=19021136&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-11146-002 AN - 1998-11146-002 AU - Heaton, Kristin J. AU - Hill, Clara E. AU - Hess, Shirley A. AU - Leotta, Carol AU - Hoffman, Mary Ann T1 - Assimilation in therapy involving interpretation of recurrent and nonrecurrent dreams. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training Y1 - 1998///Sum 1998 VL - 35 IS - 2 SP - 147 EP - 162 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 SN - 1939-1536 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-11146-002. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Heaton, Kristin J.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Boston Environmental Hazards Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Assimilation (Cognitive Process); Brief Psychotherapy; Dream Analysis; Psychotherapeutic Processes. Minor Descriptor: Dreaming. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study; Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial. References Available: Y. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1998. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1998. AB - We studied the process and outcome of one case of successful, brief (20 sessions), dream interpretation-focused psychotherapy with a dissociative client. During the therapy, a recurrent dream and 3 nonrecurrent dreams were explored using Hill's (1996) cognitive-experimental dream interpretation model. To explore the process of therapy, the Assimilation of Problematic Experiences Scale (APES; Stiles, Meshot, Anderson, & Sloan, 1992) was used to track changes across treatment in the client's level of assimilation of the core theme of her recurrent dream. This analysis revealed that level of assimilation increased over treatment, with most changes in assimilation occurring during sessions involving the interpretation of the recurrent dream. Use of the Hill model of dream interpretation with recurrent dreams and with dissociative clients is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - outcome of brief psychotherapy focused on interpretation of recurrent dream & assimilation of key themes in dream KW - 19 yr old female KW - 1998 KW - Assimilation (Cognitive Process) KW - Brief Psychotherapy KW - Dream Analysis KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Dreaming DO - 10.1037/h0087784 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1998-11146-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-01925-006 AN - 1998-01925-006 AU - Oliveto, Alison H. AU - Rosen, Marc I. AU - Kosten, Therese A. AU - Hameedi, Faiq AU - Woods, Scott W. AU - Kosten, Thomas R. T1 - Hydromorphone-naloxone combinations in opioid-dependent humans under naloxone novel-response discrimination procedure. JF - Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology JO - Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology Y1 - 1998/05// VL - 6 IS - 2 SP - 169 EP - 178 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1064-1297 SN - 1936-2293 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-01925-006. PMID: 9608349 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Oliveto, Alison H.; Connecticut Veterans Administration Healthcare System, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20100208. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Dependency; Drug Discrimination; Methadone Maintenance; Naloxone; Opiates. Minor Descriptor: Drug Dosages. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: May, 1998. Publication History: Accepted Date: Oct 27, 1997; Revised Date: Oct 20, 1997; First Submitted Date: May 19, 1997. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1998. AB - Naloxone-hydromorphone combinations were tested in participants trained to discriminate naloxone from placebo under a novel-response drug discrimination procedure while maintained on methadone. Naloxone alone produced dose-related increases in naloxone appropriate responding, little or no "novel"-appropriate responding, and increases in opioid antagonist adjective ratings (n = 5). Hydromorphone alone produced dose-related increases in novel-appropriate responding, little or no naloxone-appropriate responding, and increases in opioid agonist adjective ratings (n = 6). When combined with naloxone, hydromorphone produced dose-related decreases in naloxone-appropriate responding and antagonist adjective ratings (n = 6). These findings are consistent with nonhuman data and suggest that this procedure may be useful as a human laboratory model of opioid withdrawal. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - naloxone &/or hydromorphone KW - dose related naloxone- & novel appropriate responding & opioid agonist & antagonist adjective ratings KW - 26–38 yr olds maintained on methadone KW - 1998 KW - Drug Dependency KW - Drug Discrimination KW - Methadone Maintenance KW - Naloxone KW - Opiates KW - Drug Dosages DO - 10.1037/1064-1297.6.2.169 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1998-01925-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-17074-001 AN - 2013-17074-001 AU - Cooper, Roger F. AU - Scherer, Robert F. AU - Peterson, Frederick L. T1 - Training organizational assessment and consultation skills. JF - The Psychologist-Manager Journal JO - The Psychologist-Manager Journal Y1 - 1998/// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 59 EP - 66 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 1088-7156 SN - 1550-3461 AD - Scherer, Robert F., College of Business & Administration, Wright State University, 120 Rike Hall, Dayton, OH, US, 45435 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-17074-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cooper, Roger F.; U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 20130527. Correction Date: 20140609. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Evaluation; Military Veterans; Organizational Development; Professional Consultation; Training. Minor Descriptor: Organizational Effectiveness; Teams. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Tests & Measures: Survey of Organizations. Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1998. Copyright Statement: Society of Psychologists in Management. 1998. AB - This article describes a two-term interdisciplinary-team-taught course focusing on the development of organizational assessment and consultation skills relevant for organizational managers and consultants. The approach blended theory and practice emphasizing self responsibility for learning, colloquial collaboration, and active engagement with a “live” organizational client, a Veterans Affair Medical Center (VAMC). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2014 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - training KW - organizational assessment & consultation skills KW - interdisciplinary-team-taught course KW - Veterans Affairs Medical Center KW - 1998 KW - Evaluation KW - Military Veterans KW - Organizational Development KW - Professional Consultation KW - Training KW - Organizational Effectiveness KW - Teams DO - 10.1037/h0095849 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-17074-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - rscherer@wright.edu DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-06156-005 AN - 1997-06156-005 AU - Reber, Paul J. AU - Kotovsky, Kenneth T1 - Implicit learning in problem solving: The role of working memory capacity. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology: General JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology: General Y1 - 1997/06// VL - 126 IS - 2 SP - 178 EP - 203 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-3445 SN - 1939-2222 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-06156-005. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reber, Paul J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20090817. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Information Storage; Implicit Learning; Learning; Problem Solving; Short Term Memory. Classification: Learning & Memory (2343). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 26. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1997. Publication History: Accepted Date: Aug 14, 1996; Revised Date: Mar 12, 1996; First Submitted Date: Oct 30, 1995. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1997. AB - Participants solving the Balls and Boxes puzzle for the first time were slowed in proportion to the level of working memory (WM) reduction resulting from a concurrent secondary task. On a second and still challenging solution of the same puzzle, performance was greatly improved, and the same WM load did not impair problem-solving efficiency. Thus, the effect of WM capacity reduction was selective for the first solution of the puzzle, indicating that learning to solve the puzzle, a vital part of the first solution, is slowed by the secondary WM-loading task. Retrospective verbal reports, tests of specific puzzle knowledge, and a recognition test of potential strategies all indicated that participants were unaware of their knowledge of the puzzle, suggesting that it had been learned implicitly. Concurrent protocols collected from participants supported this conclusion and further suggested that participants were not aware of learning to solve the puzzle as this learning occurred. These results provide evidence that implicit learning depends on WM capacity and that implicit memory can play an important role in problem solving. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - working memory capacity KW - implicit learning in problem solving KW - college students KW - 1997 KW - Human Information Storage KW - Implicit Learning KW - Learning KW - Problem Solving KW - Short Term Memory DO - 10.1037/0096-3445.126.2.178 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1997-06156-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107273975 T1 - Traumatic fracture of the tarsal cuboid: a review of the literature and case presentation. AU - DosRemedios ET AU - Niemi WJ AU - D'Onofrio DD AU - Gorecki GA Y1 - 1997/12//1997 Dec N1 - Accession Number: 107273975. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980801. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study; diagnostic images. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9431860. KW - Tarsal Bones -- Injuries KW - Fractures KW - Calcaneus -- Injuries KW - Tarsal Bones -- Radiography KW - Fractures -- Diagnosis KW - Aged KW - Male SP - 109 EP - 112 JO - Lower Extremity JF - Lower Extremity JA - LOWER EXTREMITY VL - 4 IS - 2 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - W B Saunders SN - 1068-6991 AD - Department of Podiatric Surgery, Veterans' Administration Connecticut Healthcare System, 950 Campbell Ave, West Haven, CT 06516 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107273975&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107299652 T1 - Rehabilitation R&D progress reports 1996. Section I. Section progress report. AU - Goldschmidt JW AU - Sowell TT AU - McAleer N Y1 - 1997/05//1997 May N1 - Accession Number: 107299652. Language: English. Entry Date: 19981201. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8703862. KW - Disabled KW - Rehabilitation KW - Assistive Technology KW - Prostheses and Implants KW - Spinal Cord Injuries -- Rehabilitation KW - Assistive Technology Devices KW - Spinal Cord Injuries -- Physiopathology KW - Prosthesis Design KW - Electrical Stimulation, Functional KW - Functional Assessment KW - Gait SP - 1 EP - 330 JO - Rehabilitation R&D Progress Reports JF - Rehabilitation R&D Progress Reports JA - REHABIL R D PROG REP VL - 34 CY - Washington DC, Maryland PB - US Veterans Administration, Rehabilitation R & D Service SN - 0882-7753 AD - Director, Rehabilitation Research and Development Service, Veterans Health Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107299652&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 105160778 T1 - Regional versus general anesthesia. AU - Christopherson R AU - Norris EJ Y1 - 1997/03//1997 Mar N1 - Accession Number: 105160778. Language: English. Entry Date: 20100409. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8810131. KW - Anesthesia, Conduction KW - Anesthesia, General KW - Cardiovascular Diseases -- Surgery KW - Cardiovascular Diseases -- Mortality KW - Clinical Trials KW - Postoperative Complications -- Prevention and Control KW - Surgery, Operative SP - 37 EP - 47 JO - Anesthesiology Clinics of North America JF - Anesthesiology Clinics of North America JA - ANESTHESIOL CLIN NORTH AM VL - 15 IS - 1 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - W B Saunders AB - Over the last decade medical care has been driven by two dominant forces: pressures to reduce use of medical resources and improvements in quality of patient care. Improvements in patient outcome and reduced use of resources have been suggested to result from using regional techniques as compared with general anesthesia alone for high-risk patients undergoing significant operative procedures. Other proposed advantages of regional anesthesia techniques include decrease in the neuroendocrine 'stress' response, improved postoperative pulmonary function, reduced thrombotic complications, and reduced perioperative cardiac morbidity. Patients with cardiac disease undergoing noncardiac surgery represent a significant management challenge to the anesthesiologist. Unlike patients presenting for cardiac surgery, these patients frequently do not have extensive work-ups directed at the cardiovascular system, have not been as aggressively medically managed, and are not expected, based upon their surgical procedure, to need cardiac monitoring or intervention after surgery. Outcome research comparing regional with general anesthesia over the last decade has been focused primarily on the high-risk patient undergoing noncardiac vascular surgery. Vascular surgery patients have been shown to be at higher risk of perioperative cardiac morbidity than patients having other types of surgery,9 and patients with peripheral vascular disease have a higher rate of mortality overall than those without it.5 Patients who are at high risk for cardiovascular morbidity can be expected to have an increased rate of morbidity regardless of their anesthetic. Thus, trials performed upon a relatively small number of patients can have a large enough number of adverse outcomes to establish whether one type of anesthetic is more dangerous than another. Options for regional anesthesia for patients with cardiovascular disease include use of subarachnoid or epidural local anesthetics or narcotics, regional anesthesia for carotid artery endarterectomy, use of interscalene or axillary block for placement of fistulas in the arm for renal dialysis, and intercostal blockade as an adjunct for upper abdominal surgery. Several recent prospective clinical trials have examined the use of epidural or spinal anesthesia either as an adjunct or as the sole anesthetic for procedures, including thoracic surgery, aortic surgery, and lower extremity vascular surgery. Non-neuraxial regional anesthesia has not been studied with the same intensity. It does not involve as great a physiologic trespass because it does not cause sympathectomy, which may be accompanied by hypotension. It is also appropriate for less major surgery, such as eye surgery or arteriovenous fistula formation, for patients with renal failure. Even though patients having these procedures often have cardiac disease, these surgical procedures are not associated with high rates of perioperative cardiovascular complications. Therefore, this article focuses upon neuraxial anesthesia rather than upon other types of regional anesthesia. Copyright © 1997 by W.B. Saunders Company SN - 0889-8537 AD - Portland Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, Oregon UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=105160778&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Bilateral fungal bezoars in the renal pelvis. AU - Patel, B. AU - Khosla, A. AU - Chenoweth, J. L. JO - British Journal of Urology JF - British Journal of Urology Y1 - 1996/// VL - 78 IS - 4 SP - 651 EP - 652 SN - 0007-1331 AD - Patel, B.: Department of Radiology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, St Louis, MO 63106, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19971201022. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 3 ref. Registry Number: 1397-89-3, 86386-73-4. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A case is reported in a 66-year-old immunocompromised man from Missouri, USA, with bilateral fungal bezoar presenting as an obstructing mass in the renal pelvis and calyces, with associated pyelonephritis on ultrasonography confirmed by ureteroscopy and supported by histology. Tissue extracted from the renal pelvis via percutaneous nephrostomy demonstrated the presence of necrotic debris, blood cells and Candida albicans. The patient was treated with intravenous amphotericin B for 6 weeks followed by percutaneous extraction of fungal masses twice and fluconazole for 6 months. KW - amphotericin B KW - candidosis KW - case reports KW - fluconazole KW - hosts KW - human diseases KW - infections KW - men KW - urinary tract KW - Missouri KW - USA KW - Candida albicans KW - man KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - Corn Belt States of USA KW - North Central States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - West North Central States of USA KW - candidiasis KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Human Treatment and Diagnosis (Non-drug) (VV700) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19971201022&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Risk factors for diabetes and cardiovascular disease in young Australian aborigines. AU - Braun, B. AU - Zimmermann, M. B. AU - Kretchmer, N. AU - Spargo, R. M. AU - Smith, R. M. AU - Gracey, M. JO - Diabetes Care JF - Diabetes Care Y1 - 1996/// VL - 19 IS - 5 SP - 472 EP - 479 SN - 0149-5992 AD - Braun, B.: Department of Endocrinoloogy, Stranford University School of Medicine, GRECC 2B1m Veterans Administration Health Care System, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19971403834. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Registry Number: 59112-80-0, 50-99-7, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - This study tested the hypothesis that hyperinsulinaemia and glucose intolerance are present at an early age in Australian aborigines and can be used to predict the eventual development of non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM). Baseline anthropometric, pubertal stage and blood pressure data were collected for 100 Australian aboriginal children and adolescents (7-18 years old) in 1989. Plasma concentrations of glucose, insulin, C-peptide, triglycerides, and LDL, HDL, and total cholesterol were measured before and during an oral glucose tolerance test. All measurements were repeated in 74 individuals from the original study population in 1994. Results were compared among hyperinsulinaemic and normoinsulinaemic subjects, and subjects with normal or abnormal glucose tolerance. The percentage of subjects who were overweight increased from 2.7% at baseline to 17.6% 5 years later. At a mean age of 18.5 years, 8.1% of the population had impaired glucose tolerance (IGT), 2.7% has diabetes and 21.6% had elevated cholesterol concentrations in plasma. Dyslipaemia was particularly prevalent among male subjects in the population: 34.4% had elevated plasma cholesterol and 21.9% had elevated LDL cholesterol values. Of the 8 subjects who had diabetes or IGT in 1994, 4 were classified as hyperinsulinaemic in 1989 and 4 were not. The major finding of this study is the high prevalence of risk factors for NIDDM and cardiovascular disease in this population of aboriginal children and adolescents. Abnormalities of carbohydrate and lipid metabolism were well established by late in the second decade of life. Although many subjects had high insulin levels and there was evidence of insulin resistance in the population, hyperinsulinaemia did not predict the development of abnormal glucose tolerance 5 years later. KW - blood lipids KW - blood pressure KW - c-peptide KW - cardiovascular diseases KW - diabetes KW - ethnic groups KW - glucose KW - glucose tolerance KW - insulin KW - risk factors KW - triacylglycerols KW - Australia KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - APEC countries KW - Australasia KW - Oceania KW - Commonwealth of Nations KW - Developed Countries KW - OECD Countries KW - blood sugar tolerance KW - dextrose KW - proinsulin C-peptide KW - triglycerides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Social Structure (UU480) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19971403834&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Peptides in regulation of energy metabolism and body weight. AU - Levine, A. S. AU - Billington, C. J. A2 - Bouchard, C. A2 - Bray, G. A. T2 - Regulation of body weight: biological and behavioral mechanisms. Y1 - 1996/// CY - Chichester; UK PB - John Wiley & Sons Ltd SN - 0471963739 AD - Levine, A. S.: Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Minnesota, One Veterans Drive, Minneapolis, MN 55417-2399, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19971407758. Publication Type: Conference paper; Book chapter. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Registry Number: 9011-97-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - This chapter reviews the overall status of knowledge about peptidergic regulation of body weight and energy metabolism. The cases of neuropeptide Y in the paraventricular hypothalamic nucleus (PVN), opioids in the PVN and the nucleus of the solitary tract and cholecystokinin in the gut are considered in detail. The effects of several other peptides on body weight parameters are also discussed. KW - body weight KW - energy metabolism KW - neuropeptides KW - opioids KW - pancreozymin KW - peptides KW - regulation KW - reviews KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cholecystokinin KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19971407758&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Potential utility of pyridoxal 5′-phosphate (vitamin B6) and levamisole in immune modulation and HIV-1 infection. AU - Salhany, J. M. AU - Stevenson, M. JO - Aids Patient Care and STD's JF - Aids Patient Care and STD's Y1 - 1996/// VL - 10 IS - 6 SP - 353 EP - 356 AD - Salhany, J. M.: Veterans Administration Medical Center and Department of Internal Medicine, University of Nebraska Center, Omaha, NE, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19972002296. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Registry Number: 65-23-6. N2 - Evidence is presented which suggests that serum vitamin B6 (PLP) may have a dual benefit in the HIV-1-infected patient: (a) to function as an immune stimulator by increasing CD4+ T-cell counts and by directly stimulating the immune system, and (b) to protect uninfected CD4+ T cells from infection by HIV-1. This dual effect of PLP could result in increased CD4+/CD8+ ratios and in improved immune response in the HIV-1 seropositive individual. Some of the caveats associated with such an approach are discussed and a method through which to increase serum PLP to levels that may be antiviral is suggested. KW - CD4 antigens KW - CD4+ lymphocytes KW - HIV infections KW - HIV-1 infections KW - hosts KW - human diseases KW - immune response KW - immunocompromised hosts KW - immunomodulators KW - infection KW - infections KW - modulation KW - mycoses KW - opportunistic infections KW - pneumocystosis KW - predisposition KW - pyridoxine KW - responses KW - T lymphocytes KW - thyroid gland KW - treatment KW - Irish Republic KW - fungi KW - Human immunodeficiency virus 1 KW - man KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystis carinii KW - eukaryotes KW - human immunodeficiency viruses KW - Lentivirus KW - Orthoretrovirinae KW - Retroviridae KW - RNA Reverse Transcribing Viruses KW - viruses KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystidomycetes KW - Taphrinomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - Pneumocystis KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - British Isles KW - Western Europe KW - Europe KW - Developed Countries KW - European Union Countries KW - OECD Countries KW - CD4 KW - CD4+ cells KW - Eire KW - fungus KW - human immunodeficiency virus infections KW - human immunodeficiency virus type 1 KW - immunity reactions KW - immunological reactions KW - T cells KW - T4 lymphocytes KW - thyroid KW - Host Resistance and Immunity (HH600) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19972002296&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Neuroimmunology of human immunodeficiency virus infection. AU - Houff, S. A. A2 - Berger, J. R. A2 - Levy, R. M. T2 - AIDS and the nervous system. JO - AIDS and the nervous system. JF - AIDS and the nervous system. Y1 - 1996/// IS - Ed. 2 SP - 77 EP - 122 CY - Philadelphia; USA PB - Lippincott-Raven Publishers SN - 0781703093 AD - Houff, S. A.: Neurology Service, Washington Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington DC 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19972007315. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Number of References: 296 refs. KW - acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - HIV infections KW - human diseases KW - human immunodeficiency viruses KW - immune response KW - immunology KW - nervous system diseases KW - pathogenesis KW - man KW - Lentivirus KW - Orthoretrovirinae KW - Retroviridae KW - RNA Reverse Transcribing Viruses KW - viruses KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - AIDS KW - human immunodeficiency virus KW - human immunodeficiency virus infections KW - immunity reactions KW - immunological reactions KW - neuropathy KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Host Resistance and Immunity (HH600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19972007315&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Neurodiagnostic testing in human immunodeficiency virus infection (cerebrospinal fluid). AU - Singer, E. J. AU - Syndulko, K. AU - Tourtellotte, W. W. A2 - Berger, J. R. A2 - Levy, R. M. T2 - AIDS and the nervous system. JO - AIDS and the nervous system. JF - AIDS and the nervous system. Y1 - 1996/// IS - Ed. 2 SP - 255 EP - 278 CY - Philadelphia; USA PB - Lippincott-Raven Publishers SN - 0781703093 AD - Singer, E. J.: Department of Neurology, University of California Los Angeles Medical Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center West Los Angeles, Los Angeles, California 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19972007321. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Number of References: 241 refs. KW - acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - cerebrospinal fluid KW - diagnosis KW - HIV infections KW - human diseases KW - human immunodeficiency viruses KW - nervous system diseases KW - pathogenesis KW - man KW - Lentivirus KW - Orthoretrovirinae KW - Retroviridae KW - RNA Reverse Transcribing Viruses KW - viruses KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - AIDS KW - human immunodeficiency virus KW - human immunodeficiency virus infections KW - neuropathy KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19972007321&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Sutterella wadsworthensis gen. nov., sp. nov., bile-resistant microaerophilic Campylobacter gracilis-like clinical isolates. AU - Wexler, H. M. AU - Reeves, D. AU - Summanen, P. H. AU - Molitoris, E. AU - McTeague, M. AU - Duncan, J. AU - Wilson, K. H. AU - Finegold, S. M. JO - International Journal of Systematic Bacteriology JF - International Journal of Systematic Bacteriology Y1 - 1996/// VL - 46 IS - 1 SP - 252 EP - 258 SN - 0020-7713 AD - Wexler, H. M.: Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Los Angeles, Wadsworth Division, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19972007385. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. N2 - C. gracilis (formerly Bacteroides gracilis) is an asaccharolytic, nitrate-positive, urease-negative organism that requires formate and fumarate or hydrogen as a growth additive and may pit agar media. Clinical isolates that were obtained primarily from appendiceal and peritoneal fluid specimens from patients in the USA and initially were identified as B. gracilis were later found to include "unusual" strains that could be distinguished by biochemical and genetic criteria. These unusual C. gracilis strains were bile resistant, could not reduce tetrazolium chloride under aerobic conditions if formate and fumarate were added to the medium, and could grow in the presence of 2 or 6% oxygen if no blood was added to the medium. C. gracilis, other campylobacters and the unusual strains produced distinctive dehydrogenase patterns when gels were incubated anaerobically. A cellular fatty acid analysis revealed that the cluster formed by the unusual organisms was distinct from the (separate) clusters formed by C. gracilis, B. ureolyticus and other Campylobacter spp. 16S rRNA sequence data indicated that these organisms are not related phylogenetically to either C. gracilis or other Campylobacter spp.; the most closely related taxa as determined by rRNA sequence analysis were unrelated aerobes (members of the genera Bordetella, Alcaligenes, Rhodocyclus and Comamonas). DNA homology data confirmed that these taxa are separate groups. It is concluded that the unusual organisms are members of a new genus and new species, for which the name Sutterella wadsworthensis is proposed. The type strain of S. wadsworthensis is strain WAL 9799 (= ATCC 51579). KW - appendix KW - human diseases KW - identification KW - microbiology KW - new species KW - peritoneum KW - taxonomy KW - USA KW - campylobacter gracilis KW - man KW - sutterella wadsworthensis KW - Campylobacter KW - Campylobacteraceae KW - Campylobacterales KW - Epsilonproteobacteria KW - Proteobacteria KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Sutterella KW - Alcaligenaceae KW - Burkholderiales KW - Betaproteobacteria KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - bacterium KW - bacteroides gracilis KW - systematics KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Taxonomy and Evolution (ZZ380) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19972007385&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Salivary lipid profiles of the leech (Hirudo medicinalis). AU - Rabinowitz, J. L. JO - Lipids JF - Lipids Y1 - 1996/// VL - 31 IS - 8 SP - 887 EP - 888 SN - 0024-4201 AD - Rabinowitz, J. L.: Veterans Administration Hospital, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19960805964. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Subject Subsets: Helminthology KW - biochemistry KW - chromatography KW - lipids KW - parasites KW - saliva KW - Hirudinea KW - Hirudo medicinalis KW - Annelida KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Hirudo KW - Hirudidae KW - Hirudinea KW - lipins KW - salivary secretions KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Animal Physiology and Biochemistry (Excluding Nutrition) (LL600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19960805964&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparison of three methods for recovery of yeasts from hands of health-care workers. AU - Strausbaugh, L. J. AU - Sewell, D. L. AU - Tjoelker, R. C. AU - Heitzman, T. AU - Webster, T. AU - Ward, T. T. AU - Pfaller, M. A. JO - Journal of Clinical Microbiology JF - Journal of Clinical Microbiology Y1 - 1996/// VL - 34 IS - 2 SP - 471 EP - 473 SN - 0095-1137 AD - Strausbaugh, L. J.: Infectious Diseases Section, Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, School of Medicine, Oregon Health Sciences University, Portland, OR, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19961200307. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Three methods were compared for the detection of yeasts on the hands of 30 nurses: direct finger impressions on inhibitory mould agar plates, bag washes in brain heart infusion broth, and bag washes in brain heart infusion broth supplemented with gentamicin and vancomycin. Yeasts were detected on the hands of 80% of the nurses studied, including Candida spp. from 63%. The antimicrobial agent-supplemented bag wash method identified the greatest number of yeast carriers and yielded the most yeast isolates, especially non-albicansCandida spp. KW - detection KW - hands KW - isolation KW - techniques KW - yeasts KW - Candida KW - man KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19961200307&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Abdominal actinomycosis. Report of two cases and review of the literature. AU - Cintron, J. R. AU - Pino, A. del AU - Duarte, B. AU - Wood, D. JO - Diseases of the Colon and Rectum JF - Diseases of the Colon and Rectum Y1 - 1996/// VL - 39 IS - 1 SP - 105 EP - 108 SN - 0012-3706 AD - Cintron, J. R.: Department of Surgery, West Side Veterans Administration Medical Center, Chicago, IL 60612, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19961200799. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Cases are reported in 28- and 61-yr-old men from Illinois, USA, who developed abdominal actinomycosis affecting the sigmoid colon and the retroperitoneum, respectively. Both patients underwent exploratory laparotomy with resection for suspected malignancy. Histological examination of resected specimens demonstrated sulfur granules, consistent with Actinomyces in both cases. Following surgery both patients were successfully treated with penicillin. Previously reported cases of abdominal actinomycosis are discussed. KW - abdomen KW - actinomycosis KW - case reports KW - hosts KW - human diseases KW - infections KW - surgery KW - Illinois KW - USA KW - Actinomyces KW - man KW - Actinomycetaceae KW - Actinomycineae KW - Actinomycetales KW - Actinobacteridae KW - Actinobacteria KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Corn Belt States of USA KW - North Central States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - East North Central States of USA KW - bacterium KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19961200799&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Deep dermatophytosis caused by Trichophyton rubrum in a patient with AIDS. AU - Tsang, P. AU - Hopkins, T. AU - Jimenez-Lucho, V. JO - Journal of the American Academy of Dermatology JF - Journal of the American Academy of Dermatology Y1 - 1996/// VL - 34 IS - 6 SP - 1090 EP - 1091 SN - 0190-9622 AD - Tsang, P.: Department of Medicine, Division of Infectious Diseases, State University of New York at Stony Brook/Northport Veterans Administration Medical Center, Northport, NY 11768, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19961201616. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Registry Number: 86386-73-4. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A case is reported in a 42-yr-old HIV-positive man from New York, USA, who presented with a 6-wk history of multiple noduloulcerative lesions in the lower extremities. Examination revealed several papulonodular lesions on the inner aspect of the thighs in a sporotrichoid pattern; one nodule had a punched-out central ulcer with a granulating base and seropurulent discharge. KOH examination of the discharge revealed fungal elements and silver and periodic acid-Schiff-staining of a biopsy sample demonstrated septate hyphae. Cultures grew T. rubrum. The lesions resolved after treatment with oral fluconazole (100 mg/d). KW - acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - case reports KW - dermatomycoses KW - dermatophytes KW - fluconazole KW - hiv infections KW - hosts KW - human diseases KW - human immunodeficiency viruses KW - immunocompromised hosts KW - infections KW - opportunistic infections KW - predisposition KW - New York KW - USA KW - Arthrodermataceae KW - man KW - Onygenales KW - Trichophyton rubrum KW - Lentivirus KW - Orthoretrovirinae KW - Retroviridae KW - RNA Reverse Transcribing Viruses KW - viruses KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Trichophyton KW - Arthrodermataceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - Middle Atlantic States of USA KW - Northeastern States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - AIDS KW - dermatophytoses KW - fungus KW - human immunodeficiency virus KW - human immunodeficiency virus infections KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19961201616&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hepatic transport and secretion of unesterified cholesterol in the rat is traced by the plant sterol, sitostanol. AU - Robins, S. J. AU - Fasulo, J. M. AU - Pritzker, C. R. AU - Patton, G. M. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1996/// VL - 37 IS - 1 SP - 15 EP - 21 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Robins, S. J.: Lipid Metabolism Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Department of Medicine, Boston University School of Medicine, Boston, MA 02130, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19961402221. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Hepatic uptake, transport and secretion into bile of unesterified cholesterol cannot be directly quantitated because of extensive exchange and equilibration between different pools of unesterified cholesterol. Plant sterols are structurally similar to cholesterol but because of poor intestinal absorption are ordinarily not present in the liver. To quantitate hepatic sterol uptake and transport in the absence of exchange with endogenous sterols, isolated Sprague-Dawley rat livers were perfused with the plant sterol, sitostanol, incorporated in phosphatidylcholine liposomes. Appreciable amounts of sitostanol were taken up by the liver and uptake was independent of the presence of bile salt. In contrast, like unesterified cholesterol, the secretion of sitostanol in bile required bile salt. Sitostanol was detected in bile within 5 min after a perfusion was begun and reached a plateau by about 20 min. The rate of appearance of sitostanol in bile was precisely the same as unesterified cholesterol when both sterols were perfused together. Furthermore, the output of sitostanol in bile was directly proportional to the output of cholesterol. At the peak of biliary sitostanol secretion, the amount of sitostanol relative to unesterified cholesterol was much greater in bile (40-50% of sterols) than in the whole liver (11% of sterols). Selective biliary secretion of sitostanol was associated with much greater concentrations of sitostanol in canalicular membranes than in the interior membranes of the hepatocyte and in newly secreted HDLs compared to newly secreted very LDLs. Results indicate that sitostanol parallels the secretion from and distribution of unesterified cholesterol in the liver and suggest that sitostanol can be used as a physiologic analogue of unesterified cholesterol to trace the transport of sterols through the liver. KW - bile KW - bile acids KW - cholesterol KW - liver KW - secretion KW - sterols KW - transport KW - plants KW - rats KW - eukaryotes KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - gall KW - transportation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19961402221&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hyperhomocysteinemia following a methionine load in patients with non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus and macrovascular disease. AU - Munshi, M. N. AU - Stone, A. AU - Fink, L. AU - Fonseca, V. JO - Metabolism, Clinical and Experimental JF - Metabolism, Clinical and Experimental Y1 - 1996/// VL - 45 IS - 1 SP - 133 EP - 135 SN - 0026-0495 AD - Munshi, M. N.: Division of Endocrinology and Metabolism, Division of Pathology, John L. McClellan Veterans Administration Hospital, University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences, Little Rock, AR, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19961402506. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Registry Number: 6027-13-0, 63-68-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In the setting of an outpatient diabetic clinic, it was determined whether macrovascular disease in patients with diabetes mellitus is associated with hyperhomocysteinaemia (elevated plasma homocysteine (H(e)) concentrations) following a methionine load. Methionine-load tests were performed in 18 healthy controls, 11 diabetics without vascular disease (5 insulin-dependent (IDDM) and 6 non-insulin-dependent (NIDDM)) and 17 diabetics with vascular disease (5 IDDM and 12 NIDDM). All subjects were male, and there was no significant difference in mean age among the 3 groups. Plasma H(e) concentrations were measured before and 2, 4, 6, 8 and 24 h after an oral methionine load. Hyperhomocysteinaemia (peak plasma H(e) concentration > control mean ± 2 s.d.) occurred with significantly greater frequency (7 of 18, 39%) in patients with NIDDM as compared with age-matched controls (7%), being more common in those with macrovascular disease (5 of 12, 41%). The area under the curve (AUC) over 24 h, reflecting the total period of exposure to H(e), was also elevated with greater frequency in patients with NIDDM and macrovascular disease (33%) as compared with controls (0%). It is concluded that hyperhomocysteinaemia is associated with macrovascular disease in a significant proportion of patients with NIDDM. Further investigation of this association may determine whether hyperhomocysteinemia contributes to the increased frequency and accelerated clinical course of vascular disease in patients with diabetes mellitus. KW - blood KW - diabetes KW - homocysteine KW - methionine KW - vascular diseases KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood vessel disorders KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19961402506&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Phosphatidylcholine increases the secretion of triacylglycerol-rich lipoproteins by CaCo-2 cells. AU - Mathur, S. N. AU - Born, E. AU - Murthy, S. AU - Field, F. J. JO - Biochemical Journal (London) JF - Biochemical Journal (London) Y1 - 1996/// VL - 314 IS - 2 SP - 569 EP - 575 SN - 0264-6021 AD - Mathur, S. N.: University of Iowa, Department of Internal medicine and the Veterans Administration, Iowa City, IA 52242, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19961405275. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The regulation of lipid synthesis and secretion by phosphatidylcholine was investigated in CaCo-2 cells grown on semi-permeable filters. In cells incubated with 1 mM taurocholate and 100-500 µM phosphatidylcholine, cholesteryl ester synthesis was decreased, triacylglycerol synthesis was increased modestly, whereas phospholipid synthesis was unaffected. Acyl-CoA-cholesterol acyltransferase activity was decreased secondary to a decrease in the substrate (cholesterol) supply. The basolateral secretion of newly synthesized triacylglycerol and triacylglycerol mass was significantly increased by phosphatidylcholine, whereas cellular triacylglycerol mass decreased. This effect was not specific for phosphatidylcholine as phosphatidylethanolamine and phosphatidylserine also increased the secretion of newly synthesized triacylglycerols. Dioleoylphosphatidylcholine was as effective as egg phosphatidylcholine in increasing triacylglycerol transport. Dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine, in contrast, was without effect. Phosphatidylcholine also increased the basolateral secretion of apolipoprotein B (apoB) mass without altering apoB mRNA levels. Disruption of the Golgi apparatus by monensin or brefeldin A prevented the increase in apoB secretion by phosphatidylcholine. Compared with microsomes prepared from control cells, those from cells incubated with phosphatidylcholine contained more newly synthesized apoB. The percentage of new synthesized apoB isolated from the lumen of microsomes (as an estimate of apoB destined for secretion), however, was similar in the two preparations. Thus in CaCo-2 cells incubated with phosphatidylcholine, the transport of apoB and triacylglycerols is increased whereas cholesteryl ester synthesis and secretion are decreased. A normally functioning secretory pathway is required for phosphatidylcholine to increase triacylglycerol-rich lipoprotein secretion. KW - cell lines KW - lipoproteins KW - phosphatidylcholines KW - secretion KW - triacylglycerols KW - lecithins KW - triglycerides KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19961405275&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Glutamine:fructose-6-phosphate amidotransferase activity in cultured human skeletal muscle cells. Relationship to glucose disposal rate in control and non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus subjects and regulation by glucose and insulin. AU - Daniels, M. C. AU - Ciaraldi, T. P. AU - Nikoulina, S. AU - Henry, R. R. AU - McClain, D. A. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1996/// VL - 97 IS - 5 SP - 1235 EP - 1241 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Daniels, M. C.: Veterans Administration Medical Center and Department of Medicine, University of Mississippi Medical Center, Jackson, Mississippi 39216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19961405987. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The activity of the rate-limiting enzyme for hexosamine synthesis, glutamine:fructose-6-phosphate amidotransferase (GFA), was examined in human skeletal muscle cultures (HSMC), from 17 nondiabetic control and 13 subjects with non-insulin-dependent diabetes. GFA activity was assayed from HSMC treated with low (5 mM) or high (20 mM) glucose and low (22 pM) or high (30 µM) concentrations of insulin. In control subjects, GFA activity decreased with increasing glucose disposal rate (r = -0.68, P<0.025). In contrast, a positive correlation existed between GFA and glucose disposal in diabetics (r = 0.86, P<0.005). Increased GFA activity was also correlated with body mass index in controls but not diabetics. GFA activity was significantly stimulated by high glucose (22%), high insulin (43%), and their combination (61%). GFA activity and its regulation by glucose and insulin were not significantly different in diabetic HSMC. It is concluded that glucose and insulin regulate GFA activity in skeletal muscle. More importantly, the results are consistent with a regulatory role for the hexosamine pathway in human glucose homeostasis. KW - activity KW - cell cultures KW - diabetes KW - enzymes KW - glucose KW - hexosamines KW - insulin KW - metabolism KW - skeletal muscle KW - synthesis KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - glutamine:fructose-6-phosphate amidotransferase KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19961405987&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Aging and bone metabolism in African American and Caucasian women. AU - Perry, H., III AU - Horowitz, M. AU - Morley, J. E. AU - Fleming, S. AU - Jensen, J. AU - Caccione, P. AU - Miller, D. K. AU - Kaiser, F. E. AU - Sundarum, M. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1996/// VL - 81 IS - 3 SP - 1108 EP - 1117 SN - 0021-972X AD - Perry, H., III: Geriatric Research, Education, and Clinical Center, St. Louis Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Louis, Missouri 63104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19961406078. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 49 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 67-97-0, 50-28-2, 53-43-0, 315-37-7, 57-85-2, 5721-91-5, 58-22-0, 1255-69-8, 15262-86-9, 1406-16-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A cross-sectional study of 54 African American females (AAF) and 39 Caucasian females (CF), 20-90 years, was undertaken to quantify femoral and lumbar bone mineral density, total body calcium, as well as the potential determinants of bone density. Bone mineral density (BMD) decreased with age in all sites after age 40 years in both racial groups. Bone density was greater in AAF than in CF, although there was considerable overlap between the 2 groups. There was no significant difference in the rate of age-related bone loss between the 2 groups. At the femoral neck, BMD was below the fracture threshold in 28% of the postmenopausal AAF compared to 47% of postmenopausal CF. L1-L4 BMD was below the fracture threshold in 8% of postmenopausal AAF and 11% of postmenopausal CF. Serum-25 hydroxyvitamin D (25OHD) was inversely related to age in both ethnic groups and lower (P<0.05) in premenopausal AAF than CF. 24% of AAF and 22% of CF had serum 25OHD levels of 8 ng/litre or less. Serum PTH was directly related to age and 25OHD was inversely related to age. PTH was higher (P<0.05) in postmenopausal AAF than in CF. Serum testosterone was greater in AAF than in CF (P<0.05). Serum estradiol was greater in premenopausal AAF than in CF. Serum dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate was inversely related to age. Serum osteocalcin was related to age in AAF but not in CF. There was also a trend for an increase in urinary dipyridinoline with age. Lean and fat mass were major determinants of femoral neck BMD in AAF. Femoral BMD was directly related to body weight and body mass index in both races. Serum 25OHD and dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate approached significance as independent predictors of femoral BMD in AAF. It is concluded that: in AAF bone density is higher than in CF, but there is a significant risk of fracture in a substantial number of subjects on the basis of BMD; there is no difference in rates of age-related bone loss compared to those in CF; lean and fat mass are significant determinants of bone density; serum estradiol and testosterone were higher than those in CF; and aging is associated with increased bone turnover, 25OHD deficiency, and secondary hyperparathyroidism in both races. KW - age KW - bone density KW - calcium KW - cholecalciferol KW - estradiol KW - ethnic groups KW - hyperparathyroidism KW - menopause KW - minerals KW - osteoporosis KW - prasterone KW - testosterone KW - vitamin D KW - vitamins KW - women KW - USA KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - dehydroepiandrosterone KW - oestradiol KW - United States of America KW - vitamin D3 KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) KW - Social Psychology and Culture (UU490) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19961406078&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of 24 hours of starvation on plasma glucose and insulin concentrations in subjects with untreated non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. AU - Gannon, M. C. AU - Nuttall, F. Q. AU - Lane, J. T. AU - Fang, S. AU - Gupta, V. AU - Sandhofer, C. R. JO - Metabolism, Clinical and Experimental JF - Metabolism, Clinical and Experimental Y1 - 1996/// VL - 45 IS - 4 SP - 492 EP - 497 SN - 0026-0495 AD - Gannon, M. C.: Metabolic Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19961408719. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 44 ref. Registry Number: 7727-37-9, 59112-80-0, 9005-79-2, 9004-10-8, 57-13-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of a 24-h fast on plasma glucose, insulin and C-peptide concentrations was investigated in 7 men (56-78 years old) with untreated non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM). Men were studied after an 11-h overnight fast. For the subsequent 24-h period, men were given only water. Blood glucose, insulin, C-peptide, triacylglycerols, non-esterified fatty acids (NEFA) α-amino acid nitrogen, urea nitrogen and glucagon were examined at hourly intervals for 24 h beginning at 08.00 h. The amount of glycogen degraded was calculated based on the potassium balance. Plasma glucose decreased from 158 mg/100 ml at 08.00 h to a nadir of 104 mg/100 ml at 19.00 h. It then increased by 30 mg/100 ml. There were corresponding changes in insulin and C-peptide. Serum glucagon remained unchanged. Serum α-amino acid nitrogen and urea nitrogen decreased. Triacylglycerols and NEFA increased. It was estimated that about 167 g of glycogen were utilized over this period. This would provide approximately 700 kcal energy. Results indicate that increased blood glucose concentrations in mild to moderately severe untreated NIDDM men was normalized following short-term fasting. Plasma insulin concentrations also decreased to within normal limits. These decreases were highly significant. It was concluded that glycogenolysis is an important source of fuel during this period. KW - amino acids KW - blood KW - blood sugar KW - C-peptide KW - diabetes KW - fasting KW - fatty acids KW - glycogen KW - glycogenolysis KW - insulin KW - men KW - metabolism KW - nitrogen KW - starvation KW - triacylglycerols KW - urea KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood glucose KW - glucose in blood KW - proinsulin C-peptide KW - triglycerides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Non-communicable Human Diseases and Injuries (VV600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19961408719&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Invasive disease due to Haemophilus influenzae serotype f: clinical and epidemiologic characteristics in the H. influenzae serotype b vaccine era. AU - Urwin, G. AU - Krohn, J. A. AU - Deaver-Robinson, K. AU - Wenger, J. D. AU - Farley, M. M. JO - Clinical Infectious Diseases JF - Clinical Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1996/// VL - 22 IS - 6 SP - 1069 EP - 1076 SN - 1058-4838 AD - Urwin, G.: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Emory University School of Medicine, Medical Research Service No. 151, 1670 Clairmont Road, Decatur, Georgia 30033, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19962006982. Publication Type: Journal Article. Corporate Author: USA, Haemophilus influenzae Study Group Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Public Health N2 - With the decline in the rate of infections caused by Haemophilus influenzae serotype b, H. influenzae serotype f (Hif) is becoming a relatively important cause of invasive disease due to H. influenzae. 91 cases of invasive Hif infections were identified in a multistate area of the USA over a 6-year period. The incidence of invasive Hif disease was 0.5 cases per 1 000 000 population in 1989 and 1.9 cases per 1 000 000 population in 1994. The proportion of all invasive H. influenzae disease caused by Hif rose from 1% in 1989 to 17% in 1994. 72% of cases occurred in adults, and 26% of cases occurred in children younger than 5 years of age. Respiratory tract infections accounted for 82% of adult cases, and most adults had significant underlying diseases. In children, pneumonia and meningitis each accounted for 40% of cases, respectively. Overall mortality was 30% among adults and 21% among children. Molecular typing demonstrated limited overall diversity in Hif isolates. Continued surveillance is warranted to evaluate the trend toward the increasing incidence of Hif disease that was noted in this study. KW - adults KW - children KW - clinical aspects KW - epidemiology KW - human diseases KW - incidence KW - infections KW - trends KW - North America KW - USA KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - America KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - OECD Countries KW - clinical picture KW - Haemophilus influenzae type f KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19962006982&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Case reports: trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole-induced meningitis in patients with HIV infection. AU - Jurado, R. AU - Carpenter, S. L. AU - Rimland, D. JO - American Journal of the Medical Sciences JF - American Journal of the Medical Sciences Y1 - 1996/// VL - 312 IS - 1 SP - 27 EP - 29 SN - 0002-9629 AD - Jurado, R.: Department of Medicine, Atlanta Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1670 Clairmont Road, Decatur, GA 30033, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19962007924. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 723-46-6, 738-70-5. KW - antiprotozoal agents KW - case reports KW - drug therapy KW - HIV infections KW - human diseases KW - human immunodeficiency viruses KW - meningitis KW - sulfamethoxazole KW - trimethoprim KW - Georgia KW - USA KW - Lentivirus KW - Orthoretrovirinae KW - Retroviridae KW - RNA Reverse Transcribing Viruses KW - viruses KW - South Atlantic States of USA KW - Southern States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - Southeastern States of USA KW - chemotherapy KW - human immunodeficiency virus KW - human immunodeficiency virus infections KW - sulphamethoxazole KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19962007924&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - CHAP AU - Ainslie, George AD - Veterans Administration, Coatesville, PA A2 - Elster, Jon A2 - Skog, Ole-Jorgen T1 - The Dangers of Willpower T2 - Getting hooked: Rationality and addiction PB - Cambridge; New York and Melbourne: PB - Cambridge University Press Y1 - 1999/// SP - 65 EP - 92 N1 - Accession Number: 0567348; Reviewed Book ISBN: 0-521-64008-3; ; Publication Type: Collective Volume Article; Update Code: 200107 KW - Consumer Economics: Theory D11 KW - Health Production I12 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ecn&AN=0567348&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ecn ER - AU - Conn, H O TI - Propranolol-induced reduction in recurrent variceal hemorrhage in schistosomiasis JO - Hepatology PY - 1990/01/01/ VL - 11 IS - 6 SP - 1090 EP - 1092 SN - 02709139 N1 - Note: Record Source: This record is provided from the MEDLINE database of the National Library of Medicine (NLM), United States. The index terms may have been modified to conform with terminology used throughout the database; CAS Registry Number: 9Y8NXQ24VQ. Database Contributor: MEDLINE. Database Contributor ID: 2365288. Database Subset: AFRICAN HEALTHLINE. Language: English. Accession Number: 2365288. Author Affiliation: West Haven Veterans Administration Medical Center, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, Connecticut 06510 1; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=awn&AN=2365288&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - awn ER - AU - McAllister, C T TI - Helminth parasites of unisexual and bisexual whiptail lizards [Teiidae] in North America. II. The New Mexico whiptail [Cnemidophorus neomexicanus] JO - Journal of Wildlife Diseases PY - 1990/01/01/ VL - 26 IS - 3 SP - 403 EP - 406 SN - 00903558 N1 - Note: Record Source: This record is provided from the MEDLINE database of the National Library of Medicine (NLM), United States. The index terms may have been modified to conform with terminology used throughout the database. Database Contributor: MEDLINE. Database Contributor ID: 2388364. Database Subset: AFRICAN HEALTHLINE. Language: English. Accession Number: 2388364. Author Affiliation: Renal-Metabolic Lab, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, Texas 75216 1; AB - MEDLINE Abstract: Twelve of 61 (20%) unisexual New Mexico whiptails (Cnemidophorus neomexicanus) from three counties of central New Mexico (USA) and two counties of extreme southwestern Texas (USA) were found to be infected with one or more endoparasites. These included a linstowiid cestode (Oochoristica bivitellobata) in seven (11%), a larval spirurid nematode (Physaloptera sp.) in three (5%), an oxyurid nematode (Pharyngodon warneri) in two (3%) and an unidentified acanthocephalan cystacanth in a single (2%) lizard. This report constitutes the first record of helminths from C. neomexicanus UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=awn&AN=2388364&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - awn ER - AU - McAllister, C T TI - Helminth parasites of unisexual and bisexual whiptail lizards [Teiidae] in North America. III. The Chihuahuan spotted whiptail [Cnemidophorus exsanguis] JO - Journal of Wildlife Diseases PY - 1990/01/01/ VL - 26 IS - 4 SP - 544 EP - 546 SN - 00903558 N1 - Note: Record Source: This record is provided from the MEDLINE database of the National Library of Medicine (NLM), United States. The index terms may have been modified to conform with terminology used throughout the database. Database Contributor: MEDLINE. Database Contributor ID: 2250333. Database Subset: AFRICAN HEALTHLINE. Language: English. Accession Number: 2250333. Author Affiliation: Renal-Metabolic Lab, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, Texas 75216 1; AB - MEDLINE Abstract: Twenty-four of 87 (28%) parthenogenetic Chihuahuan spotted whiptails (Cnemidophorus exsanguis) from nine counties of New Mexico and seven counties of Texas were infected with one or more endoparasites. These included a linstowiid cestode (Oochoristica bivitellobata) in seven (8%), a larval spirurid nematode (Physaloptera sp.) in nine (10%) and an oxyurid nematode (Pharyngodon warneri) in 10 (11%). This note, the third in a series of reports on helminths of Cnemidophorus spp., documents parasites in C. exsanguis for the first time UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=awn&AN=2250333&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - awn ER - AU - McAllister, C T TI - Helminth parasites of unisexual and bisexual whiptail lizards [Teiidae] in North America. I. The Colorado checkered whiptail [Cnemidophorus tesselatus] JO - Journal of Wildlife Diseases PY - 1990/01/01/ VL - 26 IS - 1 SP - 139 EP - 142 SN - 00903558 N1 - Note: Record Source: This record is provided from the MEDLINE database of the National Library of Medicine (NLM), United States. The index terms may have been modified to conform with terminology used throughout the database. Database Contributor: MEDLINE. Database Contributor ID: 2304197. Database Subset: AFRICAN HEALTHLINE. Language: English. Accession Number: 2304197. Author Affiliation: Renal-Metabolic Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, Texas 75216 1; AB - MEDLINE Abstract: Eleven of 27 (41%) parthenogenetic Colorado checkered whiptails (Cnemidophorus tesselatus) from four counties of western and southwestern Texas were infected with one or more helminths. These included a linstowiid cestode (Oochoristica sp.), a larval spirurid nematode (Physaloptera sp.) and two species of oxyurid nematodes (Parathelandros texanus and Pharyngodon warneri). This note, the first in a series of reports on helminths of Cnemidophorus spp., represents the first record of parasites from C. tesselatus UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=awn&AN=2304197&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - awn ER - AU - Cornford, E M TI - Glucose utilization rates are linked to the internal free glucose gradient in the rat tapeworm JO - Experimental Parasitology PY - 1990/01/01/ VL - 70 IS - 1 SP - 25 EP - 34 SN - 00144894 N1 - Note: Record Source: This record is provided from the MEDLINE database of the National Library of Medicine (NLM), United States. The index terms may have been modified to conform with terminology used throughout the database; CAS Registry Number: IY9XDZ35W2; Contract Number: AI 15692/AI/NIAID NIH HHS. Database Contributor: MEDLINE. Database Contributor ID: 2295324. Database Subset: AFRICAN HEALTHLINE. Language: English. Accession Number: 2295324. Author Affiliation: Southwest Regional Veterans Administration Epilepsy Center, Neurology Service, Los Angeles, California 90073 1; AB - MEDLINE Abstract: Hymenolepis diminuta is able to acquire plasma-borne glucose 3-O-[14C]methylglucose in vivo. Free glucose concentrations estimated for this helminth in vivo are comparable to that of the host intestine. Both in vivo and in vitro examinations indicate that the scolex-neck regions (first quartile) of this tapeworm have the highest glucose content, and an anterior-posterior gradient along the second, third, and fourth quartiles was observed. Substrate concentration was rate affecting for glucose utilization rates (measured as substrate depletion from the medium in vitro). Glucose utilization per minute exceeds glucose content by a factor of more than 5. The half-life of glucose was about 10 sec, emphasizing that sugar metabolism is a very rapid process. In addition, utilization was highest in the first quartile and decreased in succession in the second, third, and fourth quartiles. It is concluded that while the exogenous glucose concentration remains stable, regional differences in glucose utilization rates are linked (R = 0.98; P less than 0.01) to free glucose content in H. diminuta UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=awn&AN=2295324&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - awn ER - AU - Blaser, M J TI - Epidemiology and pathophysiology of Campylobacter pylori infections JO - Reviews of Infectious Diseases PY - 1990/01/01/ VL - 12 Su IS - 1 SP - S99 EP - S106 SN - 01620886 N1 - Note: Record Source: This record is provided from the MEDLINE database of the National Library of Medicine (NLM), United States. The index terms may have been modified to conform with terminology used throughout the database. Database Contributor: MEDLINE. Database Contributor ID: 2406864. Database Subset: AFRICAN HEALTHLINE. Language: English. Accession Number: 2406864. Author Affiliation: Infectious Disease Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Denver, Colorado 1; AB - MEDLINE Abstract: Since the first isolation of Campylobacter pylori in Australia in 1982, this bacterium has been isolated from persons in all parts of the world. Although initially recognized in patients with gastrointestinal symptoms, C. pylori can also be isolated from apparently asymptomatic persons. C. pylori infection is infrequent in young children in developed countries; during adulthood C. pylori infection becomes progressively more frequent, a phenomenon that parallels the age distribution of type B gastritis. In developing countries infection is more common and begins earlier. Infection, once acquired, appears to persist, possibly for life, but the mode of transmission to humans is unknown. C. pylori is well adapted for survival in the gastric milieu, but whether C. pylori plays a causative role in gastritis is of critical importance. Favoring this hypothesis are the results of inoculation studies in volunteers and animals in which challenge with C. pylori resulted in persistent infection and histologic lesions. Treatment studies with antimicrobial agents indicate that removal of C. pylori is associated with improvement in histologic appearance of affected tissues and that when infection recurs the histologic appearance worsens. The mechanisms by which C. pylori infection may cause gastritis are unknown but possibilities include production of cytotoxin, degradation of physiologic defenses against acid-pepsin damage, and adherence to epithelial cells UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=awn&AN=2406864&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - awn ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107390397 T1 - Risk factors for impaired wound healing at the saphenous venectomy site after coronary artery bypass graft surgery. AU - DeSisto MG AU - Sexton DL Y1 - 1996/11//1996 Nov-Dec N1 - Accession Number: 107390397. Language: English. Entry Date: 19961201. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0004704. KW - Wound Healing KW - Surgical Wound Infection KW - Saphenous Vein -- Surgery KW - Coronary Artery Bypass -- Adverse Effects KW - Cardiac Patients KW - Surgical Patients KW - Convenience Sample KW - Telephone KW - Surveys KW - Research Instruments KW - Descriptive Statistics KW - Length of Stay KW - Yates' Continuity Correction KW - Risk Factors KW - Middle Age KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and Over KW - Male KW - Female KW - Human SP - 37 EP - 41 JO - Cardiovascular Nursing JF - Cardiovascular Nursing JA - CARDIOVASC NURS VL - 32 IS - 6 CY - Dallas, Texas PB - American Heart Association SN - 0008-6355 AD - Veterans' Administration Medical Center, West Roxbury, Massachusetts U2 - PMID: 8949195. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107390397&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107306923 T1 - Medical management issues of patients on clozapine. AU - Kuszmar RJ AU - Frock JW AU - Peszke MA Y1 - 1996/09//1996 Sep N1 - Accession Number: 107306923. Language: English. Entry Date: 19970101. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8403486. KW - Clozapine KW - Schizophrenia -- Drug Therapy KW - Clozapine -- Contraindications KW - Clozapine -- Adverse Effects KW - Clozapine -- Pharmacodynamics KW - Clozapine -- Administration and Dosage KW - Chlorpromazine -- Pharmacodynamics KW - Haloperidol -- Pharmacodynamics KW - Clinical Assessment Tools SP - 52 EP - 59 JO - Physician Assistant JF - Physician Assistant JA - PHYSICIAN ASSIST VL - 20 IS - 9 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Clozapine is a second-generation neuroleptic indicated for use in schizophrenic patients whose disease is poorly controlled with at least two other antipsychotic agents over 2 months of usage. The drug offers the clinician an alternative to psychotrophic agents that are ineffective or cause unacceptable side effects. Clozapine's notable side effects (especially agranulocytosis and grand mal seizure) behoove careful selection of patients and adherence to stringent patient monitoring (including weekly white blood cell counts). SN - 8750-7544 AD - Dept of Psychiatry, Veterans Administration Hospital, Perry Point, Maryland UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107306923&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107325412 T1 - Dimensions of clinical practice. TB or not TB: the Tuberculosis Index of Suspicion nursing assessment tool. AU - Sibilano H Y1 - 1996/08//1996 Aug N1 - Accession Number: 107325412. Language: English. Entry Date: 19970601. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; forms. Journal Subset: Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9421080. KW - Tuberculosis, Pulmonary -- Diagnosis KW - Clinical Assessment Tools KW - Checklists KW - Tuberculin Test KW - Sputum -- Analysis KW - Tuberculosis, Pulmonary -- Prevention and Control KW - Radiography, Thoracic SP - 1 EP - 5 JO - Perspectives in Respiratory Nursing JF - Perspectives in Respiratory Nursing JA - PERSPECT RESPIR NURS VL - 7 IS - 3 PB - Respiratory Nursing Society SN - 1075-5756 AD - West Side Veterans Administration Hospital, Chicago U2 - PMID: 8900739. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107325412&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107304748 T1 - Home care for venous leg ulcers. AU - Troyer-Caudle J AU - Harris AH Y1 - 1996/05//1996 May-Jun N1 - Accession Number: 107304748. Language: English. Entry Date: 19970101. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; CEU; exam questions; pictorial. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9605410. KW - Leg Ulcer -- Therapy KW - Venous Insufficiency KW - Home Nursing, Professional KW - Education, Continuing (Credit) KW - Leg Ulcer -- Physiopathology KW - Risk Factors KW - Compression Garments KW - Bandages and Dressings KW - Wound Care SP - 119 EP - 130 JO - Home Care Provider JF - Home Care Provider JA - HOME CARE PROVIDER VL - 1 IS - 3 CY - New York, New York PB - Elsevier Science AB - More than a quarter of the adult population in the United States is afflicted with lower extremity venous insufficiency, and 1 in 100 have had, or now have, stasis ulcers. Most of these patients will be treated on an outpatient basis, with many of them requiring home health care. The cost to treat venous ulcers alone has alone has been estimated at $750 million to $1 billion a year. Understanding the pathogenesis and treatment of the problem is imperative as home health care nurses move into an era of cost containment and demographic shift toward an increasingly larger elderly population. SN - 1084-628X AD - Veterans' Administration Medical Center, 4801 Linwood Blvd, Kansas City, MO 64128 U2 - PMID: 9216259. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107304748&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107319561 T1 - Drug watch. The psychedelic trip. AU - Walker JH AU - Hahn DG Y1 - 1996/05//1996 May N1 - Accession Number: 107319561. Language: English. Entry Date: 19970401. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; pictorial; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7910894. KW - Hallucinogens KW - Substance Abuse KW - Street Drugs KW - Hallucinogens -- Adverse Effects KW - Hallucinogens -- Pharmacodynamics SP - 18 EP - 25 JO - Emergency (01625942) JF - Emergency (01625942) JA - EMERGENCY (01625942) VL - 28 IS - 5 CY - Torrance, California PB - Bobit Publishing SN - 0162-5942 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107319561&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Developmentally regulated expression of a novel 59-kDa product of the major surface protease (Msp or gp63) gene family of Leishmania chagasi. AU - Roberts, S. C. AU - Wilson, M. E. AU - Donelson, J. E. JO - Journal of Biological Chemistry JF - Journal of Biological Chemistry Y1 - 1995/// VL - 270 IS - 15 SP - 8884 EP - 8892 SN - 0021-9258 AD - Roberts, S. C.: Department of Biochemistry, University of Iowa, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, Iowa 52242, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19960802410. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 40 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - The msp (major surface protease) gene family in Leishmania infantum chagasi contains 3 classes of genes whose mRNAs are differentially expressed during parasite growth. Logarithmic phase (low infectivity) promastigotes express only 63 000 MW versions of msp, whereas stationary phase (high infectivity) promastigotes express both 63 000 and 59 000 MW msps. The different migrations of the 59 000 and 63 000 MW proteins on acrylamide gels are not due to differences in N-linked glycosylation or the membrane anchor. Plasmid transfections of Leishmania demonstrate that mspS2 of the stationary gene class encodes a 59 000 MW protein. Expression of the 59 000 MW protein in stationary phase promastigotes ceases after about 12 weeks of in vitro cultivation when the parasites become attenuated. Attenuated parasites can be stimulated to re-express the 59 000 MW msp by passage through mice followed by several in vitro passages of recovered promastigotes. Amastigotes express yet another subset of Msp proteins. Thus, the 59 000 MW product of mspS2 is expressed only in stationary phase promastigotes and only after recent exposure to environmental changes encountered in the mammalian host cell. KW - enzymes KW - gene expression KW - genes KW - glycoproteins KW - leishmaniasis KW - molecular genetics KW - parasites KW - proteinases KW - Leishmania infantum chagasi KW - protozoa KW - Leishmania infantum KW - Leishmania KW - Trypanosomatidae KW - Kinetoplastida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - biochemical genetics KW - leishmaniosis KW - major surface protease KW - proteases KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Animals (LL820) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19960802410&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Oxidation of low density lipoprotein by iron or copper at acidic pH. AU - Morgan, J. AU - Leake, D. S. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1995/// VL - 36 IS - 12 SP - 2504 EP - 2512 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Morgan, J.: Rheumatology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19961401756. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 57 ref. Registry Number: 7440-50-8, 7439-89-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Oxidized LDL may play a significant role in atherosclerosis. The effect of pH on the oxidation of LDL by iron or copper was investigated. When LDL was oxidized by iron in the presence of cysteine in Hanks' balanced salt solution (HBSS) or Ham's F-10 medium, an acidic pH greatly decreased the lag period and increased the rate of formation of hydroperoxides and thiobarbituric acid-reactive substances (TBARS) and increased its uptake by macrophages. There was a dose-dependent increase of LDL oxidation at acidic pH in the presence of increasing concentrations of cysteine. When LDL was oxidized by copper in HBSS, an acidic pH increased the lag phase before the rapid formation of conjugated dienes, hydroperoxides, and TBARS, but increased its uptake by macrophages. Similar results were obtained using Ham's F-10 medium. Cysteine (100 μM) inhibited the modification of LDL by copper in HBSS at both pH 7.4 and 5.5. As atherosclerotic lesions may be acidic, these observations may help to explain why LDL oxidation occurs locally at these sites. KW - atherosclerosis KW - copper KW - iron KW - lipid peroxides KW - low density lipoprotein KW - oxidation KW - pH KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - arteriosclerosis KW - hydrogen ion concentration KW - potential of hydrogen KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19961401756&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Triacylglycerol-rich lipoprotein cholesterol is derived from the plasma membrane in Caco-2 cells. AU - Field, F. J. AU - Born, E. AU - Mathur, S. N. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1995/// VL - 36 IS - 12 SP - 2651 EP - 2660 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Field, F. J.: Department of Internal Medicine, University of Iowa and the Veterans Administration, Iowa City, IA 52242, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19961401964. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The source for triacylglycerol-rich lipoprotein cholesterol was investigated in Caco-2 cells grown on filters separating an upper and a lower well. Oleic acid, a fatty acid that promotes triacylglycerol-rich lipoprotein synthesis and secretion in Caco-2 cells, increased the vesicular-mediated influx of plasma membrane cholesterol to the endoplasmic reticulum. Unesterified and esterified cholesterol derived from the plasma membrane were increased in triacylglycerol-rich lipoproteins secreted by cells incubated with oleic acid. Fatty acids, which increased the number of lipoprotein particles secreted (increased apoB secretion), increased plasma membrane cholesterol influx and secretion. Oleic acid caused a modest increase in the synthesis of cholesterol and a 2-fold increase in cholesteryl esters. The amount of newly synthesized cholesterol secreted in lipoproteins of density <1.006 g/ml represented a small fraction of that present within the cell; however, oleic acid did increase the amount of newly synthesized cholesterol and cholesteryl esters in triacylglycerol-rich lipoproteins. Oleic acid did not affect the fraction of newly synthesized cholesterol trafficking to the plasma membrane. Compared to cholesterol delivered to cells in micelles, plasma membrane cholesterol was the much preferred substrate for acyl-CoA:cholesterol acyltransferase. Micellar cholesterol displaced cholesterol from the plasma membrane causing more of it to influx intracellularly for esterification and secretion. It is proposed that plasma membrane cholesterol is the major source for triacylglycerol-rich lipoprotein cholesterol in Caco-2 cells. Micellar cholesterol and newly synthesised cholesterol replenish the plasma membrane cholesterol that is being used for the transport of lipids. KW - cell cultures KW - cholesterol KW - intestines KW - lipoproteins KW - triacylglycerols KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - triglycerides KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19961401964&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A noninvasive stable-isotope method to simultaneously assess pancreatic exocrine function and small bowel absorption. AU - Deutsch, J. C. AU - Santhosh-Kumar, C. R. AU - Kolli, V. R. JO - American Journal of Gastroenterology JF - American Journal of Gastroenterology Y1 - 1995/// VL - 90 IS - 12 SP - 2182 EP - 2185 SN - 0002-9270 AD - Deutsch, J. C.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver, Colorado, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19961403597. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 150-13-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - 40 normal subjects, 18 adults with cystic fibrosis and 4 adults with coeliac sprue ingested a liquid test meal along with bentiromide, [13C6]-para-aminobenzoic acid (PABA) and xylose (PABAX test). Serum was collected at 1 h and analysed for PABA, [13C6]PABA and xylose by stable isotope dilution methods using gas chromatography mass spectrometry. All subjects with cystic fibrosis had abnormal pancreatic function test results, whereas 3 of 4 adults with sprue had normal pancreatic function. All subjects with sprue had abnormal small bowel absorption tests, whereas all adults with cystic fibrosis had apparently normal intestinal function. The one-step, 1-h PABAX test can reliably separate normal subjects from those with maldigestion or malabsorption and can also separate subjects with maldigestion from those with malabsorption. KW - analytical methods KW - coeliac syndrome KW - cystic fibrosis KW - digestive disorders KW - intestinal absorption KW - malabsorption KW - p-aminobenzoic acid KW - pancreas KW - USA KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - analytical techniques KW - celiac disease KW - celiac syndrome KW - coeliac disease KW - function KW - gluten allergy KW - malabsorption syndrome KW - PABA KW - sprue KW - United States of America KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Non-communicable Human Diseases and Injuries (VV600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19961403597&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Malignant mesothelioma and duration of asbestos exposure: correlation with tissue mineral fibre content. AU - Roggli, V. L. JO - Annals of Occupational Hygiene JF - Annals of Occupational Hygiene Y1 - 1995/// VL - 39 IS - 3 SP - 363 EP - 374 SN - 0003-4878 AD - Roggli, V. L.: Department of Pathology, Durham Veterans Administration and Duke University Medical Center, Durham, NC 27710, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19962000987. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 1332-21-4. Subject Subsets: Public Health N2 - Among 441 cases of malignant mesothelioma in the author's files (in North Carolina, USA) there were 324 for whom reliable information was available regarding the duration of exposure to asbestos. Included were 298 pleural and 26 peritoneal mesotheliomas. The mean duration of exposure to asbestos was 23 ± 14 years for all cases, and was not different for the pleural and peritoneal groups. Lung tissue was available for analysis of mineral fibre content in 94 cases. Linear regression analysis showed a significant correlation between duration of exposure and asbestos bodies per gram of wet lung as determined by light microscopy, and between duration of exposure and total uncoated fibres (5 μm or greater in length) as well as commercial amphibole fibres per gram as determined by scanning electron microscopy (P <0.05). Individuals with direct exposures had on average higher asbestos contents than patients with indirect exposures. Furthermore, for each duration of exposure, shipyard workers had on average higher asbestos contents than non-shipyard workers (P <0.05). Mesotheliomas are associated with a wide range of durations of exposure to asbestos and pulmonary asbestos burdens, and there is a rough correlation between duration of exposure and pulmonary commercial amphibole content. KW - asbestos KW - epidemiology KW - exposure KW - human diseases KW - mesothelioma KW - neoplasms KW - toxicology KW - North America KW - North Carolina KW - USA KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - America KW - Appalachian States of USA KW - Southern States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - OECD Countries KW - South Atlantic States of USA KW - cancers KW - United States of America KW - Non-communicable Human Diseases and Injuries (VV600) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Occupational Health and Safety (VV900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19962000987&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Impact of basic research on tomorrow's medicine: applications and limitations of polymerase chain reaction amplification. AU - Ma, T. S. JO - Chest JF - Chest Y1 - 1995/// VL - 108 IS - 5 SP - 1393 EP - 1404 SN - 0012-3692 AD - Ma, T. S.: Section of Cardiology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Baylor College of Medicine, 2002 Holcomb Blvd, Houston, TX 77030, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19962001431. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 112 ref. Subject Subsets: Public Health N2 - A review. KW - diagnosis KW - human diseases KW - polymerase chain reaction KW - reviews KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - PCR KW - Human Treatment and Diagnosis (Non-drug) (VV700) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19962001431&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Function of exon 2 in optimal trans-activation by Tat of HIV type 2. AU - Pagtakhan, A. S. AU - Tong-Starksen, S. E. JO - AIDS Research and Human Retroviruses JF - AIDS Research and Human Retroviruses Y1 - 1995/// VL - 11 IS - 11 SP - 1367 EP - 1372 SN - 0889-2229 AD - Pagtakhan, A. S.: Correspondence address: S. E. Tong-Starksen, Veterans Administration Medical Center (111R), 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19962001980. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 52 ref. KW - exons KW - gene expression KW - HIV-2 infections KW - human diseases KW - Tat protein KW - transactivation KW - Human immunodeficiency virus 2 KW - human immunodeficiency viruses KW - Lentivirus KW - Orthoretrovirinae KW - Retroviridae KW - RNA Reverse Transcribing Viruses KW - viruses KW - human immunodeficiency virus type 2 KW - long terminal repeat KW - transcriptional activation KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19962001980&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Determinants of longitudinal changes in spirometric function among swine confinement operators and farmers. AU - Schwartz, D. A. AU - Donham, K. J. AU - Olenchock, S. A. AU - Popendorf, W. J. AU - Fossen, D. S. van AU - Burmeister, L. F. AU - Merchant, J. A. JO - American Journal of Respiratory and Critical Care Medicine JF - American Journal of Respiratory and Critical Care Medicine Y1 - 1995/// VL - 151 IS - 1 SP - 47 EP - 53 SN - 1073-449X AD - Schwartz, D. A.: Division of Occupational and Environmental Health, Department of Preventive Medicine, U.S. Department of Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, Iowa. N1 - Accession Number: 19962205152. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 51 ref. Subject Subsets: Veterinary Science; Pig Science KW - epidemiology KW - occupational hazards KW - pig housing KW - respiratory diseases KW - USA KW - man KW - pigs KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Sus scrofa KW - Sus KW - Suidae KW - Suiformes KW - Artiodactyla KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - hogs KW - lung diseases KW - piggeries KW - sties KW - swine KW - swine housing KW - United States of America KW - Meat Producing Animals (LL120) KW - Occupational Health and Safety (VV900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19962205152&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Ascariasis. AU - O'Hanley, P. AU - Pool, T. A2 - Farthing, M. J. G. A2 - Keusch, G. T. A2 - Wakelin, D. T2 - Enteric infection 2: intestinal helminths. JO - Enteric infection 2: intestinal helminths. JF - Enteric infection 2: intestinal helminths. Y1 - 1995/// SP - 117 EP - 128 CY - London; UK PB - Chapman & Hall Ltd SN - 0412391406 AD - O'Hanley, P.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Albo, CA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19950807179. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Number of References: 36 ref. KW - ascariasis KW - helminthoses KW - helminths KW - human diseases KW - reviews KW - Ascaris KW - man KW - Ascarididae KW - Rhabditida KW - Chromadoria KW - Chromadorea KW - Nematoda KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Ascaridida KW - ascariosis KW - general account KW - nematodes KW - parasitic worms KW - Secernentea KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19950807179&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fluconazole, D0870, and flucytosine treatment of disseminated Candida tropicalis infections in mice. AU - Graybill, J. R. AU - Najvar, L. K. AU - Holmberg, J. D. AU - Luther, M. F. JO - Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy JF - Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy Y1 - 1995/// VL - 39 IS - 4 SP - 924 EP - 929 SN - 0066-4804 AD - Graybill, J. R.: University of Texas Health Science Center, Audie Murphy Veterans Administration Hospital, San Antonio, TX 78284, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19951202396. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Registry Number: 86386-73-4, 2022-85-7. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - The efficacy of D0870, alone and combined with flucytosine, was evaluated in a murine model of disseminated C. tropicalis infection. Four isolates of C. tropicalis were used: 2 highly susceptible in vitro to fluconazole and 2 resistant to fluconazole. All were highly susceptible to flucytosine and D0870. Animals were pretreated with 5-fluorouracil 1 d before infection because C. tropicalis has reduced virulence in immunocompetent mice. This was done to render them neutropenic for >10 d. Mice were infected intravenously and treated orally with D0870 or fluconazole, alone or combined with flucytosine. Survival and tissue burden of the spleen and kidneys were used to evaluate the efficacy of antifungal therapy. Fluconazole was less effective for treatment of resistant C. tropicalis than susceptible C. tropicalis. D0870 was more potent than fluconazole and was effective in fluconazole-resistant isolates. Flucytosine was consistently effective when used alone but did not consistently add to the benefit of D0870 or fluconazole. It is concluded that D0870 has potential in treatment of candidosis caused by C. tropicalis, including fluconazole-resistant isolates. KW - antifungal agents KW - candidosis KW - drug therapy KW - experimental infections KW - fluconazole KW - flucytosine KW - generalized infections KW - infections KW - therapy KW - Candida tropicalis KW - mice KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - 5-fluorocytosine KW - candidiasis KW - chemotherapy KW - D0870 KW - fungistats KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - therapeutics KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19951202396&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Women and men with hypercholesterolemia respond similarly to an American Heart Association step 1 diet. AU - Geil, P. B. AU - Anderson, J. W. AU - Gustafson, N. J. JO - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JF - Journal of the American Dietetic Association Y1 - 1995/// VL - 95 IS - 4 SP - 436 EP - 441 SN - 0002-8223 AD - Geil, P. B.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Medical Services 111C, Leestown Rd, Lexington, KY 40511, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19951406079. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 48 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A study was conducted to compare serum lipid level responses of 63 women and 99 men with hypercholesterolaemia to an American Heart Association (AHA) step 1 diet. Subjects (30 to 70 years old; 80 to 130% ideal body weight) were followed up on a biweekly basis with individual visits and group classes for 8 weeks. Subjects followed an AHA step 1 diet (30% of energy from fat, 50 to 60% of energy from carbohydrate, 10 to 20% of energy from protein and cholesterol <300 mg daily) for 8 weeks. Subjects were divided into 3 groups according to initial serum cholesterol values (mild = 5.17 to 6.17; moderate = 6.20 to 6.95; severe = ≥6.98 mmol/litre). Within-individual changes in nutrient intakes, body weights and serum lipid values were analysed. All subjects tolerated the diet well and average dietary adherence was good, as assessed by a food frequency questionnaire and analysis of 3-day diet records. Serum total cholesterol decreased 9.2% overall for women (P<0.0010) and 7.2% for men (P<.001); serum LDL cholesterol values decreased 9.2% for women and 9.8% for men; and serum HDL cholesterol values decreased 3.6% for women and 2.8% for men. Mean serum triglyceride values decreased significantly for women but not for men. No significant differences were found in the responses of women and men in the corresponding groups. Women and men with higher initial serum cholesterol values showed significantly greater hypocholesterolaemic responses to diet than those with lower initial serum cholesterol values. Findings confirm the beneficial role of dietary intervention for reducing atherogenic serum lipid values in women and men. KW - blood lipids KW - diets KW - hypercholesterolaemia KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hypercholesterinemia KW - hypercholesterolemia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19951406079&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Lecithin:cholesterol acyltransferase deficiency: identification of two defective alleles in fibroblast cDNA. AU - Miller, M. AU - Zeller, K. AU - Kwiterovich, P. C. AU - Albers, J. J. AU - Feulner, G. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1995/// VL - 36 IS - 5 SP - 931 EP - 938 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Miller, M.: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Baltimore, MD 21201, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19951407975. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Registry Number: 9031-14-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Previous mutations associated with lecithin:cholesterol acyltransferase (LCAT) deficiency have been identified using genomic DNA. To facilitate mutation analysis, cDNA from cultured fibroblasts which were shown to express LCAT mRNA were used. Using reverse-transcriptase PCR, LCAT cDNA was obtained from a 13-year-old boy with complete LCAT deficiency, characterized by low HDL-C (3 mg/100 ml), nondetectable initial cholesterol esterification rate, LCAT activity, and minimal LCAT mass (0.16 vs. 5-7.5 µg/ml). Sequencing of LCAT cDNA clones identified 2 mutations. A novel frameshift mutation caused by deletion at the third nucleotide position of amino acid 168 (exon 5) predicts a disrupted protein catalytic site by converting Ser181->Ala and creates a Pvu-II restriction site prior to premature truncation at amino acid 238. A C->T transition results in a substitution of methionine for threonine at amino acid position 321 and creates an Nla-III restriction site on the maternal allele. Expression studies of mutant LCAT cDNA confirmed the virtual absence of LCAT activity in transfected COS-1 cells. The molecular defect in a young male with complete LCAT deficiency was identified using fibroblast cDNA. KW - alleles KW - complementary dna KW - deficiency KW - fibroblasts KW - genetic disorders KW - identification KW - phosphatidylcholine-sterol acyltransferase KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cDNA KW - genetic defects KW - hereditary defects KW - lecithin-cholesterol acyltransferase KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19951407975&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Incorporation of dietary n-3 fatty acids into the fatty acids of human adipose tissue and plasma lipid classes. AU - Leaf, D. A. AU - Connor, W. E. AU - Barstad, L. AU - Sexton, G. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1995/// VL - 62 IS - 1 SP - 68 EP - 73 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Leaf, D. A.: Department of Medicine, West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Center and School of Medicine, University of California, Los Angeles, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19951409528. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The consumption of n-3 fatty acids from seafood has been related to a lower incidence of coronary artery disease. Adipose tissue composition has served as a biological marker of chronic ingestion of many dietary polyunsaturated fatty acids. However, the incorporation of n-3 fatty acids from fish oil for >12 months resulted in significantly greater 20:5n-3, 22:5n-3 and 22:6n-3 concentrations in fatty acids of adipose tissue, and a greater 20:5n-3 fatty acid content in plasma lipid classes (cholesterol esters, phospholipids and free fatty acids) of supplemented subjects (n=12) compared with nonsupplemented controls (n=5). Combined values for all subjects indicated that fatty acid concentrations of n-3 plasma lipid classes, including 20:5n-3, 22:5n-3, 22:6n-3 and total n-3, significantly correlated with corresponding concentrations of fatty acids in adipose tissue. These findings indicate that the long-term ingestion of large amounts of n-3 fatty acids in man resulted in their incorporation into the adipose tissue fatty acids. Incorporation of the fatty acids into adipose tissue warrants consideration for use in clinical studies requiring precise documentation of long-term n-3 fatty acid consumption. KW - adipose tissue KW - blood KW - composition KW - fatty acids KW - polyenoic fatty acids KW - supplements KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - polyunsaturated fatty acids KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19951409528&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effects of recombinant human insulin-like growth factor-I and growth hormone on body composition in elderly women. AU - Thompson, J. L. AU - Butterfield, G. E. AU - Marcus, R. AU - Hintz, R. L. AU - Loan, M. van AU - Ghiron, L. AU - Hoffman, A. R. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1995/// VL - 80 IS - 6 SP - 1845 EP - 1852 SN - 0021-972X AD - Thompson, J. L.: Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Center, Geriatric Research, Education, and Clinical Center, 182B, 3801 Miranda Avenue, Palo Alto, California 94303, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19951409757. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Registry Number: 61912-98-9, 9002-72-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of recombinant human GH (rhGH; 0.025 mg/kg daily) and 1 of 2 doses of recombinant human insulin-like growth factor-I (rhIGF-I; 0.015 and 0.060 mg/kg, twice daily) on body composition was investigated in 16 elderly women (71.9±1.3 years old). Women were randomly assigned to receive rhGH (GH; n=5), low dose rhIGF-I (n=6) or high dose rhIGF-I (n=5). A 2-week predrug baseline period was followed by 4 weeks of hormone treatment, with a standardized diet fed throughout. All groups experienced a significant increase in serum IGF-I and IGFBP-3 levels over the treatment period, accompanied by decreases in IGF-II (P<0.05). Fat mass decreased in all groups, with significant increase in lean body mass and nitrogen retention occurring in the high dose IGF and GH groups. Total body water did not change, whereas increases in lean body mass and nitrogen retention occurring in the high dose IGF and GH groups. Total body water did not change, whereas increases observed intracellular fluid approached significance (P=0.06). These anabolic changes were accompanied by numerous negative side-effects in the GH and high dose IGF groups, including headaches, lethargy, joint swelling/pain and bloatedness. The low IGF dose was well tolerated. Results demonstrate that the administration of rhGH and rhIGF-I for 4 weeks results in anabolic changes in body composition in elderly women. KW - body composition KW - elderly KW - insulin-like growth factor KW - old age KW - somatotropin KW - women KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aged KW - elderly people KW - growth hormone KW - older adults KW - senior citizens KW - somatomedin C KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19951409757&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Mechanisms of injury by viral infections of the lower respiratory tract. AU - Shanley, J. D. JO - Reviews in Medical Virology JF - Reviews in Medical Virology Y1 - 1995/// VL - 5 IS - 1 SP - 41 EP - 50 SN - 1052-9276 AD - Shanley, J. D.: Division of Infectious Diseases, Department of Medicine, Newington Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Connecticut Health Center, Farmington, CT, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19952006456. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 134 ref. Subject Subsets: Public Health N2 - In this review, the mechanisms leading to viral injury to the LRT will be examined. Where possible, work describing mechanisms in specific viral infections of the lung will be described. In addition, examples of viral diseases affecting other tissues will be used to speculate on potential mechanisms of injury which might occur in the lung. KW - human diseases KW - respiratory diseases KW - reviews KW - trauma KW - viral diseases KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - lung diseases KW - traumas KW - viral infections KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19952006456&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1996-05632-001 AN - 1996-05632-001 AU - Robertson, Lynn C. T1 - Attentional persistence for features of hierarchical patterns. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology: General JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology: General Y1 - 1996/09// VL - 125 IS - 3 SP - 227 EP - 249 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-3445 SN - 1939-2222 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-05632-001. PMID: 8751819 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Robertson, Lynn C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Service 127, Martinez, CA, US. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20090921. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Pattern Discrimination; Priming; Stimulus Parameters; Visual Perception. Minor Descriptor: Color; Intertrial Interval; Spatial Frequency; Spatial Memory; Visual Contrast; Visual Field. Classification: Visual Perception (2323). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 23. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1996. Publication History: Accepted Date: Nov 28, 1995; Revised Date: Oct 11, 1995; First Submitted Date: Jun 12, 1995. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1996. AB - Priming for perceptual wholes and parts was examined in 4 experiments involving patterns arranged in a spatial hierarchy (D. Navon, see record [rid]1978-11488-001[/rid]). Previous studies have demonstrated "level-specific priming" across successive trials for these patterns (L. C. Robertson et al, see record 80:40200; L. M. Ward, see record 69:02582), and studies in neuropsychology have shown an absence of this priming effect in patient groups with parietal damage (R. Rafal & L. M. Robertson, 1995). The present experiments demonstrate that level-specific priming is linked to the spatial frequency differences between global and local forms in hierarchical patterns. They also show that level-specific priming is present even when the stimulus as a whole changes location. The effects last for up to 3 sec without diminution and are not affected by changes in color, polarity, or contrast. These findings are discussed as they relate to spatial attention, object perception, and memory. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - stimulus location & intertrial interval & spatial frequency & polarity & contrast & color in hierarchical patterns KW - attentional persistence & level specific priming in visual tasks KW - college students KW - 1996 KW - Attention KW - Pattern Discrimination KW - Priming KW - Stimulus Parameters KW - Visual Perception KW - Color KW - Intertrial Interval KW - Spatial Frequency KW - Spatial Memory KW - Visual Contrast KW - Visual Field DO - 10.1037/0096-3445.125.3.227 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1996-05632-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Sensor-Modulated Dual Chamber Cardiac Pacing: Too Much of a Good Thing Too Fast? AU - Feuer, Joshua M. AU - Shandling, Adrian H. AU - Ellestad, Myrvin H. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 13 IS - 6 SP - 816 EP - 818 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17453032; Author: Feuer, Joshua M.: 1 Author: Shandling, Adrian H.: 1 Author: Ellestad, Myrvin H.: 2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Department of Cardiology, Long Beach Veterans Administration Medical Center, Long Beach, California.: 2 Department of Cardiology, Long Beach Memorial Medical Center, Long Beach, California.; No. of Pages: 3; Language: English; Publication Type: Editorial; Update Code: 20050630 N2 - This article focuses on the dual chamber, sensor-modulated (DDDR) pacemakers, which has been hailed as a major step toward optimal patient management. The improved cardiac output found with dual versus single chamber ventricular pacing at rest has been previously demonstrated, and a sensor-modulated rate response will further increase cardiac output with exercise in patients with inadequate sinus node responsiveness. However, a theoretical concern associated with the use of the DDDR mode is the issue of atrial competition and its potential for inducing atrial fibrillation. During DDDR pacing, when the sensor-modulated pacing interval decreases to the point where it approaches being exceeded, or is exceeded by the total atrial refractory period, the potential for atrial pacing during atrial repolarization exists. KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *IMPLANTED cardiovascular instruments KW - *ATRIAL fibrillation KW - *ATRIAL arrhythmias KW - DETECTORS KW - SINOATRIAL node UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17453032&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Feingold, K. R.; T1 - Update on diagnosis of diabetes mellitus and review of recent clinical trials CT - Update on diagnosis of diabetes mellitus and review of recent clinical trials JO - ASHP Annual Meeting JF - ASHP Annual Meeting Y1 - 1999/06/01/ VL - 56 IS - Jun SP - PI EP - 38 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA N1 - Accession Number: 36-05158; Language: English; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Drug Evaluations N2 - Diabetes is a very common disorder that increases with age and obesity. Prevalence is increased in minority groups including Blacks, Hispanics, Native Americans, and Asians. Diabetes is diagnosed by a fasting plasma glucose \GE/126 mg/dl or a 2 hour glucose \GT/200 mg/dl on an oral glucose tolerance test. Patients over the age of 45 or at high risk should be screened for diabetes. Recent studies have clearly demonstrated that tight metabolic control reduces the complications of diabetes. The ADA currently recommends \LT/HbAlc goal of 7% or less. Learning objectives: 1. Know the current criteria for the diagnosis of diabetes and who to screen for diabetes. 2. Understand the reasons why we treat diabetes. 3. Know the current ADA guidelines for glycemia control and the evidence that supports this recommendation. Self-assessment questions: True or False: 1. A 58-year-old male with a fasting plasma glucose of 128 and 137 mg/dl meets the diagnostic criteria for diabetes. 2. A 37-year-old male who is obese and dyslipidemic should not be screened for diabetes 3. A 62-year-old female with a HbAlc of 8.3% has reached the therapeutic goals of therapy. Answers: 1. T; 2. F; 3. F. KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--diabetes mellitus, diagnosis; KW - Diabetes mellitus--diagnosis--clinical studies; KW - Diagnosis--diabetes mellitus--clinical studies; KW - Clinical studies--diabetes mellitus--diagnosis; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=36-05158&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Dewan, N. A.; T1 - Patient evaluation profiles for acute exacerbations of chronic bronchitis CT - Patient evaluation profiles for acute exacerbations of chronic bronchitis JO - Drug Benefit Trends JF - Drug Benefit Trends Y1 - 1999/02/01/ VL - 10 IS - Feb Suppl A SP - 21 EP - 31 SN - 10805826 AD - Omaha Veterans Administration Med. Ctr., Omaha, NE, USA N1 - Accession Number: 37-01629; Language: English; References: 24; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Elizabeth G. Rudnic N2 - The use of patient degree of illness to predict the outcome of a patient with an exacerbation of chronic bronchitis, including gains in antibiotic selection, minimizing emergence of antibiotic-resistant pathogens, and providing more cost-effective therapy, is presented. KW - Bronchitis--patients--outcomes; KW - Outcomes--clinical--bronchitis; KW - Antibiotics--bronchitis--selection; KW - Resistance--antibiotics--bronchitis; KW - Pharmacoeconomics--antibiotics--bronchitis; KW - Drugs--selection--antibiotics; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=37-01629&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107325850 T1 - The future of medicine. Angiotensin I-converting enzyme inhibition and diabetes mellitus. AU - Richardson S Y1 - 1995/12//1995 Dec N1 - Accession Number: 107325850. Language: English. Entry Date: 19970601. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9431860. KW - Angiotensin-Converting Enzyme Inhibitors -- Therapeutic Use KW - Diabetes Mellitus SP - 293 EP - 297 JO - Lower Extremity JF - Lower Extremity JA - LOWER EXTREMITY VL - 2 IS - 4 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - W B Saunders SN - 1068-6991 AD - Departments of Medicine, Veterans Administration and New York University Medical Centers, New York, New York UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107325850&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107367041 T1 - Hepatitis C infection in the transplant recipient. AU - Terrault NA AU - Wright TL AU - Pereira BJG Y1 - 1995/12//1995 Dec N1 - Accession Number: 107367041. Language: English. Entry Date: 19960401. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8804508. KW - Hepatitis C -- Epidemiology KW - Liver Transplantation KW - Kidney Transplantation KW - Epidemiological Research SP - 943 EP - 964 JO - Infectious Disease Clinics JF - Infectious Disease Clinics JA - INFECT DIS CLIN NORTH AM VL - 9 IS - 4 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - W B Saunders SN - 0891-5520 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121 U2 - PMID: 8747774. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107367041&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107333287 T1 - Clinical pathways and continuous quality improvement in ambulatory care for patients with advanced breast cancer. AU - Engstrom CA Y1 - 1995/10//1995 Oct N1 - Accession Number: 107333287. Language: English. Entry Date: 19970801. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; CEU; critical path; exam questions. Journal Subset: Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9889728. KW - Critical Path KW - Breast Neoplasms -- Therapy KW - Ambulatory Care KW - Education, Continuing (Credit) KW - Oncologic Care KW - Quality Improvement SP - 41 EP - 40 JO - Innovations in Breast Cancer Care JF - Innovations in Breast Cancer Care JA - INNOV BREAST CANCER CARE VL - 1 IS - 2 PB - Meniscus Educational Institute SN - 1082-1341 AD - Baltimore Veterans Administration Medical Center, Baltimore, MD UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107333287&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107419156 T1 - Relationship of local IV complications and the method of intermittent IV access. AU - Hunter ES AU - Bell E AU - Staub MA AU - Coyle G Y1 - 1995/07//1995 Jul-Aug N1 - Accession Number: 107419156. Language: English. Entry Date: 19950901. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; forms; research. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8804311. KW - Infusion Devices, Intermittent KW - Infusions, Intravenous KW - Needles -- Utilization KW - Intensive Care Units KW - Chi Square Test KW - Needlestick Injuries KW - Needlestick Injuries -- Prevention and Control KW - Risk Factors KW - Middle Age KW - Aged KW - Male KW - Human SP - 202 EP - 206 JO - Journal of Intravenous Nursing JF - Journal of Intravenous Nursing JA - J INTRAVENOUS NURS VL - 18 IS - 4 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Infiltration, infection, phlebitis, and thrombophlebitis are considered the most frequent complications of IV therapy. The purpose of our study was to determine if a difference existed in incidence of complications during IV infusions depending on whether the IV tubing is directly connected to the infusion device or the tubing is connected to the latex port of an IV lock using a needle. Background information, method followed, and results obtained in the study are discussed. SN - 0896-5846 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania U2 - PMID: 7629641. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107419156&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107423794 T1 - The nurse as an educator. AU - Bailey K AU - Hoeppner M AU - Jeska S AU - Schneller S AU - Wolohan C Y1 - 1995/07//1995 Jul-Aug N1 - Accession Number: 107423794. Language: English. Entry Date: 19951001. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8601288. KW - Curriculum Development KW - Staff Development KW - Clinical Competence KW - Program Implementation KW - Nursing Staff, Hospital -- Education KW - Consortia KW - Faculty Development KW - Benner's Professional Advancement Model SP - 205 EP - 209 JO - Journal of Nursing Staff Development JF - Journal of Nursing Staff Development JA - J NURS STAFF DEV VL - 11 IS - 4 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - The rapidly changing healthcare system offers challenges and opportunities for nurse educators. Increasing evidence of health promotion/consumer empowerment, cost containment, increase in chronic illness, and the continued expansion of medical technology requires nurses with broad educational competencies. These competencies include preceptoring, patient education, and formal presentation skills. In this article, the authors describe the development and implementation of a multifaceted staff development curriculum designed to support the nurse as an educator. SN - 0882-0627 AD - Nursing Services for Education, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minnesota U2 - PMID: 7643230. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107423794&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107431164 T1 - Subungual osseous pathology. AU - Lieb DA Y1 - 1995/04//1995 Apr N1 - Accession Number: 107431164. Language: English. Entry Date: 19951201. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8604974. KW - Nail Diseases -- Diagnosis KW - Neoplasms -- Diagnosis KW - Foot Diseases -- Diagnosis KW - Bone Diseases -- Diagnosis KW - Carcinoma -- Diagnosis KW - Cysts -- Diagnosis KW - Diagnosis, Differential SP - 299 EP - 308 JO - Clinics in Podiatric Medicine & Surgery JF - Clinics in Podiatric Medicine & Surgery JA - CLIN PODIATR MED SURG VL - 12 IS - 2 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - W B Saunders SN - 0891-8422 AD - Baltimore Veterans Administration Hospital, Baltimore, Maryland U2 - PMID: 7600504. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107431164&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107431159 T1 - Neoplasia in the toes and toenail areas. AU - Potter GK Y1 - 1995/04//1995 Apr N1 - Accession Number: 107431159. Language: English. Entry Date: 19951201. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8604974. KW - Foot Diseases -- Pathology KW - Nail Diseases -- Pathology KW - Skin Neoplasms -- Pathology KW - Toes -- Pathology KW - Bone Neoplasms KW - Keratosis -- Pathology KW - Lymphoma -- Pathology SP - 287 EP - 297 JO - Clinics in Podiatric Medicine & Surgery JF - Clinics in Podiatric Medicine & Surgery JA - CLIN PODIATR MED SURG VL - 12 IS - 2 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - W B Saunders SN - 0891-8422 AD - Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hospital, Montrose, New York U2 - PMID: 7600503. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107431159&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107407260 T1 - Working smart: a professional practice forum. Seizing the opportunity for a paperless record. AU - Flejter J AU - Juran G Y1 - 1995/03//1995 Mar N1 - Accession Number: 107407260. Language: English. Entry Date: 19950501. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Blind Peer Reviewed; Computer/Information Science; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9202024. KW - Electronic Health Records KW - Computers and Computerization KW - Florida KW - Hospitals, Veterans SP - 30 EP - 36 JO - Journal of AHIMA JF - Journal of AHIMA JA - J AHIMA VL - 66 IS - 3 CY - Chicago, Illinois PB - American Health Information Management Association SN - 1060-5487 AD - Veterans' Administration Medical Center, Palm Beach Gardens, FL U2 - PMID: 10140608. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107407260&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - GEN AU - Cawley, James F. AU - Combs, Glen E. AU - Weiner, Jonathan P. AU - Steinwachs, Donald M. AU - Williamson, John W. AU - Humble, Charles G. AU - Samet, Jonathan M. AU - Ruiz, Jorge AU - Kleinman, Joel C. AU - Zemach, Rita AU - Pernick, Martin S. AU - Murray, Dennis L. AU - Cleveland, Ronald P. AU - Keefe, Carole AU - Block, Alan B. AU - Snider Jr., Dixie E. T1 - Non-Physician Providers. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1986/11// VL - 76 IS - 11 M3 - Letter SP - 1360 EP - 1360 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - A letter to the editor is presented in response to the article on the issues related to health manpower supply and demand of nurse practitioner. KW - Letters to the editor KW - Nurse practitioners N1 - Accession Number: 4687124; Cawley, James F. 1; Combs, Glen E.; Weiner, Jonathan P. 2; Steinwachs, Donald M. 2; Williamson, John W. 3; Humble, Charles G. 4; Samet, Jonathan M. 5; Ruiz, Jorge 6; Kleinman, Joel C. 7; Zemach, Rita 8; Pernick, Martin S. 9; Murray, Dennis L. 10; Cleveland, Ronald P. 10; Keefe, Carole 10; Block, Alan B. 11; Snider Jr., Dixie E. 12; Affiliations: 1: Associate Professor, Department of Health Care Sciences, George Washington University Medical Center, Washington, DC 20037.; 2: Johns Hopkins University, Health Services Research and Development Center, 624 N. Broadway, Baltimore, MD 21205.; 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Salt Lake City, UT.; 4: Epidemiology Section Manager, University of New Mexico Medical Center, Albuquerque, NM 87131.; 5: Associate Professor of Medicine, University of New Mexico Medical Center, Albuquerque, NM 87131.; 6: Health Services, Management Unit, University of Manchester, Booth St West, Manchester M156PB, England.; 7: Director, Division of Analysis, National Center for Health Statistics, FCB No.2, Rm, 2-27, 3700 East West Highway, Hyattsville, MD 20782.; 8: Emergency Medical Services, Bureau of Health Facilities.; 9: Associate Professor, Department of History, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mi 48109-1045.; 10: Department of Pediatrics and Human Development and Office of Medical Education, College of Human Medicine, Michigan State University, East Lansing, MI 48824.; 11: Chief, Statistics and Analysis Section, Program Services Branch, Division of Tuberculosis Control, Center for Prevention Services CDC, Atlanta.; 12: Director, Division of Tuberculosis Control, Center for Prevention Services CDC, Atlanta.; Issue Info: Nov86, Vol. 76 Issue 11, p1360; Subject Term: Letters to the editor; Subject Term: Nurse practitioners; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4687124&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - GEN AU - Fink, Daniel J. T1 - Caution Urged in Extrapolating Data. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1981/05// VL - 71 IS - 5 M3 - Letter SP - 538 EP - 538 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - A letter to the editor is presented in response to the article "High Prevalence of Cervical Dysplasia in STD Clinic Patients Warrants Routine Cytologic Screening" by R. M. Briggs in a 1980 issue. KW - Letters to the editor KW - Dysplasia N1 - Accession Number: 22492734; Fink, Daniel J. 1; Affiliations: 1: Assistant Chief of Medicine, Ambulatory Care, Veterans Administration, Medical Center, 5901 E. Seventh Street, Long Beach, CA 90822; Issue Info: May81, Vol. 71 Issue 5, p538; Subject Term: Letters to the editor; Subject Term: Dysplasia; Number of Pages: 1/2p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=22492734&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - GEN AU - Dicker, Barbara G. AU - Cherkin, Dan AU - Egilman, David AU - Feldman, Robert H. L. AU - Grazzini, Grazia AU - Cecchiai, Silvia AU - Bartoli, Dusca AU - Ciatto, Stefano AU - Schade, Charles P. AU - Lambert, Elizabeth Y. AU - Harkess, John R. AU - Jelliffe, Derrick B. AU - Jelliffe, E. F. Patrice AU - Garn, Stanley M. T1 - Risk of AIDS among Lesbians. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 79 IS - 11 M3 - Letter SP - 1569 EP - 1569 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - A letter to the editor is presented regarding the risk of AIDS (acquired immunodeficiency syndrome) in the female homosexual community. INSET: Small Copayment Reduced Primary Care Office Visits in HMO. KW - AIDS (Disease) KW - Letters to the editor KW - RISK factors N1 - Accession Number: 4690740; Dicker, Barbara G. 1; Cherkin, Dan 2; Egilman, David 3; Feldman, Robert H. L. 4; Grazzini, Grazia 5; Cecchiai, Silvia 6; Bartoli, Dusca 5; Ciatto, Stefano 5; Schade, Charles P. 7; Lambert, Elizabeth Y. 8; Harkess, John R. 9; Jelliffe, Derrick B. 10; Jelliffe, E. F. Patrice 11; Garn, Stanley M. 12,13,14; Affiliations: 1: Research Fellow, Health Services Research and Development (152), Seattle Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1660 South Columbia Way, Seattle, WA 98108.; 2: Center for Health Studies, Group Health Cooperative of Puget Sound, 521 Wall Street, Seattle, WA 98121.; 3: Training Exchange, 90 West Street, Foxboro, MA 02035.; 4: Director, Program in Health Behavior; 5: Associate Professor of Health Education, University of Maryland, Suite 2387 PERH Bldg., College Park, MD 20742.; 6: Oncologist, Centro per lo Studio e la Prevenzione Oncologica, Viale A. Volta 171, Firenze, I-50131, Italia.; 7: American Public Health Association, 1015 15th St, NW, Washington, DC 20005.; 8: National Institute on Drug Abuse, Parklawn Building, 5600 Fishers Lane, Rockville, MD 20857.; 9: Epidemiology Service, Oklahoma State Department of Health, Box 53551, Oklahoma City, OK 73152.; 10: Professor of Public Health and Pediatrics, UCLA.; 11: Researcher and Lecturer in Public Health, University of California, Los Angeles, School of Public Health, 10833 Le Conte Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90024-1772.; 12: Fellow, Center for Human Growth and Development, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI 8109-0406.; 13: Professor of Anthropology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI 8109-0406.; 14: Professor of Nutrition, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI 8109-0406.; Issue Info: Nov89, Vol. 79 Issue 11, p1569; Thesaurus Term: AIDS (Disease); Subject Term: Letters to the editor; Subject Term: RISK factors; Number of Pages: 2/3p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4690740&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - GEN AU - Stankaitis, Joseph A. AU - Bigos, John P. AU - Rivas, Priscilla AU - Braveman, Poula AU - Mora, Fernando AU - Kinde, Mark R. AU - Yankauer, Alfred AU - Ayiomamitis, Anthony AU - Bairagi, Radheshyam AU - Edmonston, Barry AU - Mills, James L. AU - Poole, Charles T1 - Screening for HIV Exposure. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 77 IS - 10 M3 - Letter SP - 1354 EP - 1354 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - A response to a letter to the editor concerning the situation surrounding human immunodeficiency virus screening is presented. KW - HIV (Viruses) KW - Letters to the editor N1 - Accession Number: 4949858; Stankaitis, Joseph A. 1; Bigos, John P. 2; Rivas, Priscilla; Braveman, Poula 3; Mora, Fernando 4; Kinde, Mark R. 5; Yankauer, Alfred; Ayiomamitis, Anthony; Bairagi, Radheshyam 6; Edmonston, Barry 7; Mills, James L. 8; Poole, Charles 9; Affiliations: 1: State University of New York at Buffalo, School of Medicine, Health Care Plan, 900 Guaranty Bldg., Buffalo, NY 14202.; 2: Veterans Administration Medical Outpatient Department, Boston, MA.; 3: Division of Family and Community Medicine, School of Medicine, University of California, San Francisco, CA 94143.; 4: Director, Division de Ciencias Biologicas y de la Salud, Universidad Autonoma Metropolitana-Xochimilcho, Mexico, D.F.; 5: Epidemiologist, Division of Diseases Control, North Dakota State Health Department, Bismarck, ND 58505.; 6: Population Studies Unit, Indian Statistical Institute, 203, Barrackpore Trunk Road, Calcutta, 700 035, India.; 7: Life Insurance Marketing and Research Association P.O. Box 208, Hartford, CT 06141, USA.; 8: Senior Investigator, Epidemiology Branch, PRP/NICHD/NIH, Landow Building, Room 8A04, Bethesda, MD 20892.; 9: Associate Epidemiologist, Epidemiology Resources Inc., P.O. Box 57, Chestnut Hill, MA 02167.; Issue Info: Oct87, Vol. 77 Issue 10, p1354; Thesaurus Term: HIV (Viruses); Subject Term: Letters to the editor; Number of Pages: 2/3p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=4949858&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR T1 - In vitro synergism of concentrated Allium sativum extract and amphotericin B against Cryptococcus neoformans. AU - Davis, L. E. AU - Shen, J. AU - Royer, R. E. JO - Planta Medica JF - Planta Medica Y1 - 1994/// VL - 60 IS - 6 SP - 546 EP - 549 SN - 0032-0943 AD - Davis, L. E.: Neurology Service (127), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 2100 Ridgecrest Drive, S.E. Albuquerque, NM 87108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19950311808. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Registry Number: 1397-89-3. Subject Subsets: Botanical Pesticides; Horticultural Science; Aromatic & Medicinal Plants; Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A. sativum (garlic) preparations are used alone or in combination with amphotericin B to treat human systemic fungal infections and cryptococcal meningitis in Asia. In a study on the antifungal properties of allicin-derived compounds, a concentrated extract of garlic bulbs, composed of 34% allicin, 44% total thiosulfinates and 20% vinyldithiins, exhibited potent in vitro fungistatic and fungicidal activities against 3 isolates of Cryptococcus neoformans, with MIC values against 1 × 105 organisms of C. neoformans ranging from 6-12 µg/ml. In addition, in vitro synergistic fungistatic activity with amphotericin B was demonstrated against all isolates of C. neoformans. These results support the value of concentrated garlic extracts in the treatment of cryptococcal infections. KW - amphotericin b KW - antifungal agents KW - antifungal plants KW - antifungal properties KW - bulbs KW - cryptococcal meningitis KW - drug synergy KW - fungicides KW - garlic KW - medicinal plants KW - medicinal properties KW - organic sulfur compounds KW - plant composition KW - plant extracts KW - synergism KW - Asia KW - Alliaceae KW - Allium KW - Allium sativum KW - Cryptococcus neoformans KW - man KW - plants KW - Liliales KW - monocotyledons KW - angiosperms KW - Spermatophyta KW - plants KW - eukaryotes KW - Alliaceae KW - Liliaceae KW - Allium KW - Cryptococcus (Fungi) KW - Tremellaceae KW - Tremellales KW - Tremellomycetes KW - Agaricomycotina KW - Basidiomycota KW - fungi KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - anti-fungal properties KW - chemical constituents of plants KW - drug plants KW - fungicidal plants KW - fungicidal properties KW - fungistats KW - fungus KW - medicinal herbs KW - meningeal cryptococcosis KW - officinal plants KW - organic sulphur compounds KW - organosulphur compounds KW - synergy KW - Plant Composition (FF040) KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19950311808&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nutritional modulation of behavior and immunocompetence. AU - Morley, J. E. JO - Nutrition Reviews JF - Nutrition Reviews Y1 - 1994/// VL - 52 IS - 8 Pt 2 SP - s6 EP - s8 SN - 0029-6643 AD - Morley, J. E.: Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center, St. Louis Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Louis 60125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19951400205. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of nutritional state on the immune system and behaviour in old age is reviewed. KW - behaviour KW - immunity KW - nutrition KW - nutritional state KW - old age KW - reviews KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - behavior KW - nutritional status KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19951400205&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cholesterol secretion from hepatocytes induced by triacylglycerol and apolipoprotein E. AU - Quarfordt, S. H. AU - Landis, B. A. AU - Farouk, M. O. AU - Oswald, B. S. JO - Lipids JF - Lipids Y1 - 1994/// VL - 29 IS - 6 SP - 405 EP - 410 SN - 0024-4201 AD - Quarfordt, S. H.: Departments of Medicine and Surgery, Durham Veterans Administration and Duke University Medical Center, Durham, North Carolina 27705, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19951400246. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The mechanism for the increase in plasma cholesterol in cholesterol-fed male Sprague-Dawley rats following chylomicron transport was investigated in intact rats, in isolated perfused liver and in hepatocytes in monolayer cultures. Intravenous administration of egg phosphatidylcholine in amounts greater than those required to cause a plasma cholesterol response when given as chylomicrons was without effect. This makes it unlikely that increased plasma cholesterol values resulted from the recruitment of tissue cholesterol by the plasma chylomicron phospholipids that persisted in the plasma after triacylglycerol clearance. The hepatic origin of the increased plasma cholesterol values was directly confirmed by 2 hepatic perfusion experiments. When cholesterol-fed rats received intravenous chylomicrons prior to isolated hepatic perfusion, more cholesterol was secreted by the liver than when the rats were injected intravenously with buffer. Perfusion of apolipoprotein E (apo E)-rich triacylglycerol emulsions through the livers also enhanced cholesterol secretion. The increase in hepatocyte cholesterol secretion seen with cholesterol-fed rats was also noted in monolayer cultures following incubation with apo E rich-triacylglycerol emulsions. The apolipoprotein or the emulsion alone or apo E-rich phosphatidylcholine liposomes, had no effect. The data confirm that the liver is the source of cholesterol that appears in plasma following transport of chylomicrons or following a lipid-rich meal in cholesterol-fed rats. The data also re-emphasize the importance of providing apo E with triacylglycerol emulsions to initiate secretion of lower density lipoproteins by the liver. KW - apoproteins KW - cell cultures KW - cholesterol KW - cholesterol metabolism KW - chylomicron lipids KW - liver KW - liver cells KW - secretion KW - triacylglycerols KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - chylomicrons KW - hepatocytes KW - triglycerides KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19951400246&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nutritional implications of recombinant human erythropoietin therapy in renal disease. AU - Sanders, H. N. AU - Rabb, H. A. AU - Bittle, P. AU - Ramirez, G. JO - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JF - Journal of the American Dietetic Association Y1 - 1994/// VL - 94 IS - 9 SP - 1023 EP - 1029 SN - 0002-8223 AD - Sanders, H. N.: James A. Haley Veterans Administration Hospital in Tampa, FL, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19951400254. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 94 ref. Registry Number: 11096-26-7, 9007-73-2, 7439-89-6, 11096-37-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - This review discusses the pathogenesis of the anaemia in renal failure and the biology of erythropoietin. Causes of poor response to recombinant human erythropoietin (r-HuEPO) therapy are outlined, and the importance of adequate available iron is highlighted. Parameters used to measure Fe adequacy include serum Fe values, transferrin saturation and ferritin values. Other nutritional deficiencies, such as folic acid and vitamin B12, can also impair r-HuEPO response. Clearly, the advent of r-HuEPO treatment for patients with renal failure and anaemia has brought another dimension to the care of these patients. Optimal nutrition management is critical for the success of this new agent. KW - anaemia KW - erythropoietin KW - ferritin KW - iron KW - minerals KW - renal failure KW - reviews KW - transferrin KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - anemia KW - kidney failure KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Non-communicable Human Diseases and Injuries (VV600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19951400254&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Altered gene expression for tumor necrosis factor-α and its receptors during drug and dietary modulation of insulin resistance. AU - Hofmann, C. AU - Lorenz, K. AU - Braithwaite, S. S. AU - Colca, J. R. AU - Palazuk, B. J. AU - Hotamisligil, G. S. AU - Spiegelman, B. M. JO - Endocrinology (Philadelphia) JF - Endocrinology (Philadelphia) Y1 - 1994/// VL - 134 IS - 1 SP - 264 EP - 270 SN - 0013-7227 AD - Hofmann, C.: Research Service, Hines Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19951401200. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 55 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8, 308079-78-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - As obesity is a major risk factor for noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus, adipose tissue may generate a mediator that influences the activity of insulin on various target tissues. Recent evidence suggests that a cytokine, tumour necrosis factor-α (TNFα), may serve this role. It was investigated whether the expression of TNFα and its receptors is modulated during drug treatment to reduce insulin resistance. The effects of moderate weight loss by dietary restriction were also examined. An induction of TNFα mRNA occured in adipose tissues from a mouse model of obesity-linked diabetes (KKAy) compared to that in nondiabetic mice (C57). Likewise, RNA transcripts encoding TNF R2 receptors (p75) were significantly increased in fat tissues of the obese diabetic mice. In muscle from these diabetic mice, RNA transcripts encoding both TNF R1 (p55) and R2 were significantly elevated, although R2 transcript abundance was less elevated than in fat. It was found that the overexpression of mRNA for TNFα and both of its receptors could be at least partly normalized by treatment of the diabetic mice with the insulin-sensitizing agent pioglitazone. Treating of the obese diabetic mice by food restriction reduced the expression of mRNA for TNF R2 in muscle, but not fat. Results indicate that gene expression for the TNF systems can be regulated by an insulin-sensitizing drug and reduction of body weight. Such findings support a role for this cytokine in the insulin-resistant diabetic state and show its modulation by therapies that reverse the disorder. KW - diabetes KW - food restriction KW - gene expression KW - insulin KW - obesity KW - receptors KW - tumour necrosis factor KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cachectin KW - cachexin KW - fatness KW - tumor necrosis factor KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19951401200&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Strategies for increasing third-party reimbursement for nutrition counseling. AU - Bolonda, K. L. AU - Lacagnina, S. AU - Dahl, L. AU - Murphy, M. AU - Hunt, I. F. JO - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JF - Journal of the American Dietetic Association Y1 - 1994/// VL - 94 IS - 4 SP - 390 EP - 393 SN - 0002-8223 AD - Bolonda, K. L.: Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, CA 91351, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19951401404. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - costs KW - dietitians KW - nutrition education KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - costings KW - Diet Studies (VV110) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19951401404&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - GLUT-4 degradation rate: reduction in rat adipocytes in fasting and streptozotocin-induced diabetes. AU - Kim, S. S. AU - Bae, J. W. AU - Jung, C. Y. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1994/// VL - 267 IS - 1,1 SP - E132 EP - E139 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Kim, S. S.: Biophysical Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York 14215, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19951406704. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - With the use of [³H]leucine pulse-chase and immunoprecipitation methods, the rate of GLUT-4 degradation in rat adipocytes in the steady state at 37°C was investigated. The relation of the reduced GLUT-4 levels observed in fasted and streptozotocin (STZ)-induced diabetic rats on degradation was also studied. GLUT-4 degradation was a simple, first-order decay process. The decay was describable by a single, first-order rate constant (k). A k value of 0.061/h was estimated in control rat adipocytes. In the adipocytes of fasted and STZ-induced diabetic rats, cellular GLUT-4 contents were reduced to 36 and 43% of the control, respectively. The rates of GLUT-4 degradation were also reduced significantly, with k values of 0.038 and 0.041/h, respectively. These changes were reversible; the decreased values returned to control values when GLUT-4 contents were normalized by refeeding and insulin injection. Findings demonstrate the presence of a posttranslational mechanism in rat adipocytes that reduces the GLUT-4 degradation rate constant when the cellular GLUT-4 level is reduced by a pretranslational defect. KW - adipocytes KW - diabetes KW - fasting KW - glucose KW - metabolism KW - transport KW - dextrose KW - fat cells KW - transportation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19951406704&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Regulation of glucose transport by pioglitazone in cultured muscle cells. AU - El-Kebbi, I. M. AU - Roser, S. AU - Pollet, R. J. JO - Metabolism, Clinical and Experimental JF - Metabolism, Clinical and Experimental Y1 - 1994/// VL - 43 IS - 8 SP - 953 EP - 958 SN - 0026-0495 AD - El-Kebbi, I. M.: Department of Medicine, Atlanta Veterans Administration Medical Center (151), 1670 Clairmont Rd, Decatur, GA 30033, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19951410128. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - cell lines KW - diabetes KW - glucose KW - hypoglycaemic agents KW - insulin KW - metabolism KW - transport KW - antidiabetics KW - dextrose KW - hypoglycemic agents KW - transportation KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19951410128&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparison of the effects of salbutamol and clenbuterol on skeletal muscle mass and carcass composition in senescent rats. AU - Carter, W. J. AU - Lynch, M. E. JO - Metabolism, Clinical and Experimental JF - Metabolism, Clinical and Experimental Y1 - 1994/// VL - 43 IS - 9 SP - 1119 EP - 1125 SN - 0026-0495 AD - Carter, W. J.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences, Little Rock, AR, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19951410301. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 46 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Aging decreases skeletal muscle mass and strength, making elderly subjects particularly vulnerable to catabolic effects of age-related diseases. Clenbuterol, a muscle anabolic β2-adrenergic agonist, has reduced or restored skeletal muscle losses in experimental catabolic states. However, the doses of clenbuterol used to prevent or reverse muscle wasting in most animal models have exceeded the estimated safe dose in man. Recently, another β2-adrenergic agonist, salbutamol (albuterol), was shown to increase muscle weight and protein content in young rats at a dose similar to that used clinically. In contrast to clenbuterol, salbutamol is currently approved for human use as a bronchodilator in the USA. This study compared the muscle and protein anabolic effects of salbutamol at a clinically relevant dose with those of clenbuterol at a dose typically used in animal models of muscle wasting. Salbutamol and clenbuterol were administered by implanted osmotic minipumps to Fischer-344 rats 3 and 24 months old at doses of 1.03 mg and 600 µg/kg daily for 3 weeks. The weights of 5 hindlimb muscles, as well as carcass protein and fat content, were estimated. Salbutamol and clenbuterol increased combined hindlimb muscle weight 19 and 28% in young rats, with 19 and 25% increases in old rats. Similarly, these drugs increased gastrocnemius weight and protein content 19 and 24% in young rats, with 19 and 23% increases in old rats. Salbutamol and clenbuterol increased carcass protein content 20 and 30% in young rats, with 12 and 21% increases in old rats. Both agents increased carcass skeletal muscle protein content as calculated from carcass creatine content at both ages. In contrast, these agents reduced carcass fat content 12 and 26% in young rats, with 39 and 33% reductions in old rats. At the doses tested, salbutamol caused similar increases in muscle weight and protein content but smaller increases in carcass protein content compared with clenbuterol. In addition, both agents appeared to stimulate recovery of muscle protein lost following the stress of pump implantation in senescent rats. It is suggested that salbutamol, as well as clenbuterol, may be useful in stimulating muscle growth in elderly subjects with muscle wasting. Because it is currently approved for human use, salbutamol may be more readily available for human trial. KW - composition KW - drugs KW - growth KW - old age KW - skeletal muscle KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - medicines KW - pharmaceuticals KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19951410301&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Vitamin D and enterocyte brush border membrane calcium transport and fluidity in the rat. AU - Schedl, H. P. AU - Ronnenberg, W. AU - Christensen, K. K. AU - Hollis, B. W. JO - Metabolism, Clinical and Experimental JF - Metabolism, Clinical and Experimental Y1 - 1994/// VL - 43 IS - 9 SP - 1093 EP - 1103 SN - 0026-0495 AD - Schedl, H. P.: Department of Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Iowa College of Medicine, Iowa City, IA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19951410302. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 1406-16-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Calcium uptake and fluidity response of intestinal brush border vesicles to vitamin D by treatment with 1α,25-dihydroxy-24,24-difluorocholecalciferol (24,24-F-1,25-(OH)2 D3) was investigated. Treatment responses were estimated by effects on: saturable and nonsaturable initial uptake rates of Ca by rat proximal small intestinal brush border membrane vesicles; transmucosal Ca transport by everted duodenal sac; and fluorescence anisotropy. Treatment of vitamin D-depleted weanlings increased the Vmax by 50% (P<0.05) in vesicles from the proximal 12 cm of small intestine from rats injected with disodium ethane-1-hydroxy-1,1-diphosphonate (EHDP), but there was no response in rats not injected with EHDP or in vesicles from the proximal 30 cm of small intestine. Vitamin D-depleted weanlings were D-deficient based on serum 25-hydroxycalciferol (25-OH-D) concentration, but to produce 1α,25-dihydroxycalciferol [1,25-(OH)2D] depletion, EHDP injection was required. Treatment of vitamin D-replete adult rats caused a 20% (P<0.05) increase in Vmax. Treatment did not affect Ca concentration at half-Vmax (KT), the rate constant for nonsaturable uptake (KD), or vesicle fluidity estimated as fluorescence anisotropy. Contrasting with these minimal effects of treatment on brush border Vmax, treatment increased transmucosal Ca transport by everted duodenal sac almost 3-fold in vitamin D-depleted weanlings administered EHDP. Thus, vitamin D actions on enterocyte Ca transport at the brush border increase saturable but not nonsaturable uptake, and produce the major transport response distal to the brush border. Despite previously described changes in membrane lipid, brush border fluidity is unaffected by vitamin D treatment. KW - calcium KW - transport KW - vitamin D KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - transportation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19951410302&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - 1,25-Dihydroxyvitamin D3 potentiates the keratinocyte response to calcium. AU - Su, M. J. AU - Bikle, D. D. AU - Mancianti, M. L. AU - Pillai, S. JO - Journal of Biological Chemistry JF - Journal of Biological Chemistry Y1 - 1994/// VL - 269 IS - 20 SP - 14723 EP - 14729 SN - 0021-9258 AD - Su, M. J.: Departments of Medicine and Dermatology, University of California, San Francisco and Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, California 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19951413344. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 44 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3, 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Extracellular (Caο) stimulates the differentiation of keratinocytes; calcitriol does likewise. Since calcitriol regulates calcium flux in other cells, it was hypothesized that calcitriol acted through and promoted the effects of Ca on keratinocyte differentiation. To test this hypothesis, the effects of Ca and calcitriol alone and in combination on the mRNA and protein levels of involucrin and transglutaminase in neonatal human keratinocytes was investigated. Caο alone increased these mRNA levels in a dose-dependent fashion (0.03 to 1.2 mM) over 24 h. This increase in mRNA levels was associated with a stimulation by Ca of involucrin and transglutaminase gene transcription. However, by 72 h, mRNA levels of involucrin and transglutaminase decreased. At 0.03 mM Caο, calcitriol showed a dose-dependent stimulation of involucrin and transglutaminase mRNA for up to 4 h and potentiated the initial (4-h) stimulation by Caο of involucrin and transglutaminase mRNA. As for Ca alone, this increase in mRNA was associated with an increase in transcription of the involucrin and transglutaminase genes. However, by 24 h of exposure to both Ca and calcitriol, a dose-dependent fall in mRNA levels was seen. The mRNA levels of involucrin and transglutaminase were stable for 24 h when neonatal human keratinocytes were grown in serum-free keratinocyte growth medium containing 0.03 or 1.2 mM Caο alone. However, the mRNAs of both genes underwent rapid degradation when neonatal human keratinocytes were treated with calcitriol, especially in high Caο. Calcitriol and Caο increased the protein levels of involucrin and transglutaminase activity in a synergistic fashion throughout the 48-h time course. These data support the hypothesis that calcitriol promotes Ca-induced differentiation at the level of both gene expression and mRNA stability. KW - calcitriol KW - calcium KW - cell cultures KW - cell differentiation KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - cytodifferentiation KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19951413344&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Quality of care in public and private primary health care facilities: structural comparisons in Jamaica. AU - Peabody, J. W. AU - Rahman, O. AU - Fox, K. AU - Gertler, P. JO - Bulletin of the Pan American Health Organization JF - Bulletin of the Pan American Health Organization Y1 - 1994/// VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 122 EP - 141 SN - 0085-4638 AD - Peabody, J. W.: General Internal Medicine Division, Veterans' Administration Hospital, West Los Angeles, California, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19952000789. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Subject Subsets: Tropical Diseases N2 - This article examines the quality of care provided by Jamaican primary health care clinics by comparing various structural quality indexes derived from a nationwide 1990 survey of 366 public clinics and 189 private clinics. This comparison points up important differences in the quality of care being provided by public versus private and urban versus rural facilities that might not have been anticipated. Among other things, the study found that the public clinics provided better prenatal diagnosis and counselling and more family planning services than the private clinics. However, the private clinics tended to be in better condition, better equipped and supplied, and better able to provide certain laboratory test results in a timely manner. Comparison of urban and rural public clinics indicated that the urban clinics were somewhat better provisioned with equipment, supplies, and pharmaceuticals. However, the rural clinics appeared to be in better repair. Comparison of basic and higher-level public clinics showed the basic clinics to be in better condition and more fully staffed than the higher-level clinics while having similar perinatal diagnostic capabilities. However, the higher-level public clinics tended to have an overall profile more resembling that of the private clinics, being better equipped and supplied than the basic clinics. While structural measures of quality such as those employed here tend to poorly estimate health outcomes, they do serve as good indicators of access to services where resources are severely constrained. For policy-makers, the results presented here could prove useful in guiding concrete interventions, summarizing the structural elements of health care quality at different types of facilities, and providing a method for less costly evaluation of programmes designed to improve services at primary health care clinics. KW - comparisons KW - health care KW - health services KW - private ownership KW - public ownership KW - quality KW - rural areas KW - urban areas KW - Caribbean KW - Jamaica KW - America KW - ACP Countries KW - Caribbean Community KW - Commonwealth of Nations KW - Developing Countries KW - Greater Antilles KW - Antilles KW - Caribbean KW - Threshold Countries KW - state ownership KW - West Indies KW - Health Services (UU350) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19952000789&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nosocomial transmission of disease caused by nontypeable strains of Haemophilus influenzae. AU - Goetz, M. B AU - O'Brien, H. AU - Musser, J. M. AU - Ward, J. I. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1994/// VL - 96 IS - 4 SP - 342 EP - 347 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Goetz, M. B: Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, 16111 Plummer Street, Sepulveda, California 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19952001880. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Public Health N2 - The authors evaluated a geographic and temporal cluster of lower respiratory tract infections (8 patients at a nursing home and 3 in an adjacent acute care hospital in California, USA) due to unencapsulated (serologically nontypeable) Haemophilus influenzae to determine whether this event represented the transmission of a single clone. Laboratory data indicated that 7 of the 8 patients in the nursing home carried a single clone of unencapsulated H. influenzae. Laboratory and epidemiological data also demonstrated the presence and possible nosocomial transmission of a second clone of unencapsulated H. influenzae in a physically separate area of the hospital. KW - infections KW - nosocomial infections KW - California KW - North America KW - USA KW - Haemophilus influenzae KW - Haemophilus KW - Pasteurellaceae KW - Pasteurellales KW - Gammaproteobacteria KW - Proteobacteria KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - Pacific States of USA KW - Western States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - bacterium KW - hospital infections KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19952001880&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Quantitation of hepatitis C virus RNA in liver transplant recipients. AU - Chazouilleres, O. AU - Kim, M. AU - Combs, C. AU - Ferrell, L. AU - Bacchetti, P. AU - Roberts, J. AU - Ascher, N. L. AU - Neuwald, P. AU - Wilber, J. AU - Urdea, M. AU - Quan, S. AU - Sanchez-Pescador, R. AU - Wright, T. L. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1994/// VL - 106 IS - 4 SP - 994 EP - 999 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Chazouilleres, O.: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of California, San Francisco, California, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19952002005. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 63231-63-0. Subject Subsets: Public Health N2 - Hepatitis C virus (HCV) infection is common in liver transplant recipients, yet the effects of immunosuppression on HCV RNA levels and the relationship of HCV RNA levels to hepatic damage have not been studied. To explore these issues, the authors measured HCV RNA in serum by polymerase chain reaction amplification and branched DNA assay from 100 HCV-infected patients undergoing liver transplantation. Mean posttransplant levels were 16-fold higher than pretransplant values (7 935 000 and 496 000 Eq/ml, respectively; n = 65; P <0.0001). Patients with high pretransplant levels had higher mean posttransplant levels than those with low pretransplant levels (17 119 000 and 6 504 000 Eq/ml, respectively; P = 0.064). Posttransplant levels were similar in patients with recurrent and acquired infection and were independent of time of sampling. Fifty percent of patients with HCV infection had normal liver biopsy specimens, and there was no strong relationship between level of viraemia and degree of hepatic damage. HCV RNA levels increase markedly following liver transplantation. The frequent finding of viraemia in the absence of histological hepatitis suggests that a "carrier state" is common. Absence of allograft damage in some (despite high levels of viral RNA) suggests that in immunosuppressed patients, HCV infection may be tolerated without direct hepatic damage. KW - liver transplant KW - quantitative analysis KW - RNA KW - California KW - North America KW - USA KW - hepatitis C virus KW - Hepacivirus KW - Flaviviridae KW - positive-sense ssRNA viruses KW - ssRNA viruses KW - RNA viruses KW - viruses KW - Pacific States of USA KW - Western States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - ribonucleic acid KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Treatment and Diagnosis (Non-drug) (VV700) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19952002005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Clarithromycin therapy for Mycobacterium avium-complex infections in HIV-infected patients. AU - Pelletier, L. L. Jr AU - Sweet, D. AU - Harrison, D. AU - Thiessen, K. AU - Gagnon, S. AU - Parenti, D. M. JO - Infectious Diseases in Clinical Practice JF - Infectious Diseases in Clinical Practice Y1 - 1994/// VL - 3 IS - 6 SP - 434 EP - 438 SN - 1056-9103 AD - Pelletier, L. L. Jr: Medical Services [111], Wichita, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 5500 East Kellogg, Wichita, KS 67218, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19952002317. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 7 ref. Registry Number: 81103-11-9. KW - acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - clarithromycin KW - HIV infections KW - human diseases KW - opportunistic infections KW - treatment KW - Mycobacterium KW - Mycobacterium avium complex KW - Mycobacteriaceae KW - Corynebacterineae KW - Actinomycetales KW - Actinobacteridae KW - Actinobacteria KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - Mycobacterium KW - AIDS KW - bacterium KW - human immunodeficiency virus infections KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19952002317&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Toward a vaccine for AIDS: the emergence of immunobiology-based vaccine development. AU - Cease, K. B. AU - Berzofsky, J. A. JO - Annual Review of Immunology JF - Annual Review of Immunology Y1 - 1994/// VL - 12 SP - 923 EP - 989 SN - 0732-0582 AD - Cease, K. B.: Division of Hematology-Oncology, Department of Internal Medicine, University of Michigan and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Ann Arbor, MI 48109-0724, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19952003345. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 470 ref. KW - acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - development KW - HIV infections KW - human diseases KW - immune response KW - research KW - vaccines KW - AIDS KW - human immunodeficiency virus infections KW - immunity reactions KW - immunological reactions KW - studies KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Host Resistance and Immunity (HH600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19952003345&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The 10 most common questions about Hantavirus. AU - Palmer, D. L. JO - Infectious Diseases in Clinical Practice JF - Infectious Diseases in Clinical Practice Y1 - 1994/// VL - 3 IS - 5 SP - 378 EP - 380 SN - 1056-9103 AD - Palmer, D. L.: Department of Medicine, Infectious Disease Division, University of New Mexico School of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 2100 Ridgecrest Drive SE, Albuquerque, NM 87108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19952008492. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Public Health; Tropical Diseases KW - clinical aspects KW - diagnosis KW - epidemiology KW - human diseases KW - infections KW - reviews KW - hantavirus KW - man KW - Bunyaviridae KW - negative-sense ssRNA viruses KW - ssRNA viruses KW - RNA viruses KW - viruses KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - clinical picture KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19952008492&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Vibrio cholerae O139 synonym Bengal is closely related to Vibrio cholerae El Tor but has important differences. AU - Johnson, J. A. AU - Salles, C. A. AU - Panigrahi, P. AU - Albert, M. J. AU - Wright, A. C. AU - Johnson, R. J. AU - Morris, J. G., Jr. JO - Infection and Immunity JF - Infection and Immunity Y1 - 1994/// VL - 62 IS - 5 SP - 2108 EP - 2110 SN - 0019-9567 AD - Johnson, J. A.: Veterans Administration Medical Center of Baltimore, Baltimore, Maryland, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19952010764. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. N2 - Although Vibrio cholerae O139 synonym Bengal strains, from the current epidemics in India and Bangladesh, are closely related to 7th-pandemic strains, as shown by multilocus enzyme electrophoresis, Bengal strains are encapsulated and portions of the O1 antigen biosynthetic complex genes found in O1 strains are altered or lacking. Encapsulated Bengal strains showed resistance to killing by normal human serum. The presence of the capsule suggests the potential for bloodstream invasion in susceptible hosts and has profound implications for vaccine development. KW - human diseases KW - infections KW - strains KW - Bangladesh KW - India KW - man KW - Vibrio cholerae KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Vibrio KW - Vibrionaceae KW - Vibrionales KW - Gammaproteobacteria KW - Proteobacteria KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - Commonwealth of Nations KW - Least Developed Countries KW - Developing Countries KW - South Asia KW - Asia KW - bacterium KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19952010764&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Treatment of murine cryptosporidiosis with anticryptosporidial immune rat bile. AU - Albert, M. M. AU - Rusnak, J. AU - Luther, M. F. AU - Graybill, J. R. JO - American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene JF - American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene Y1 - 1994/// VL - 50 IS - 1 SP - 112 EP - 119 SN - 0002-9637 AD - Albert, M. M.: Departments of Medicine and Research, Audie L. Murphy Memorial Veterans Administration Hospital, 7400 Mertom Minter Boulevard, San Antonio, TX 78284, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19940805011. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology; Tropical Diseases N2 - Persistent cryptosporidiosis was established in nu/nu BALB/c mice by oral inoculation with Cryptosporidium parvum oocysts. The model was used to determine the impact of anticryptosporidial immune rat bile on the resolution of the disease. Presence of C. parvum-specific IgA in the immune rat bile was determined by ELISA. Infection of mice was verified by stool analysis for oocysts and by haematoxylin and eosin-stained intestinal sections from control mice (infected but untreated). Efficacy of treatment was determined in control and treated mice by analysis of identical, haematoxylin and eosin-stained sections of the small intestine and caecum. Semi-quantitative comparisons were made by determining the percent of crypts infected with Cryptosporidium organisms. The scores of treated mice were significantly lower than controls. Microscopic analysis of intestinal sections showed less villus atrophy, crypt hyperplasia, and fewer organisms per crypt in the immune bile-treated mice than in controls. The results support a role for humoral immunity in the eradication of cryptosporidiosis. KW - cryptosporidiosis KW - experimental infections KW - immunotherapy KW - laboratory animals KW - parasites KW - Apicomplexa KW - Cryptosporidiidae KW - Cryptosporidium parvum KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - protozoa KW - rodents KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Eucoccidiorida KW - Apicomplexa KW - Cryptosporidium KW - Cryptosporidiidae KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - immune rat bile KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Treatment and Diagnosis (Non-drug) (VV700) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19940805011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Aflatoxin B1-adduct formation in rat and human small bowel enterocytes. AU - Kolars, J. C. AU - Benedict, P. AU - Schmiedlin-Ren, P. AU - Watkins, P. B. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1994/// VL - 106 IS - 2 SP - 433 EP - 439 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Kolars, J. C.: Department of Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Ann Arbor, MI, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19941200318. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Registry Number: 9007-49-2. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - The ability of small bowel tissue to form intracellular aflatoxin B1 (AFB1) adducts was investigated. Immunohistochemistry using an antibody to the stable AFB1-DNA adduct was performed on small bowel sections obtained from rats orally gavaged with AFB1 and on human small bowel biopsy specimens maintained in explant culture. ³H-AFB1 was instilled into a loop of small bowel of untreated rats and rats pretreated with the liver enzyme CYP3A inducer dexamethasone during vivisection. DNA was isolated from the loop 2 h later and assayed for specific activity. In both rats and humans, AFB1-adducts were detected only in mature enterocytes in a pattern similar to the distribution of CYP3A enzymes. Induction of enterocyte CYP3A in rats resulted in an increase in enterocyte immunoreactive AFB1 adducts and in a 1.8-fold increase in ³H-AFB1-nucleic acid adducts (P=0.01). It is concluded that intracellular AFB1 adducts are formed in the small intestine and that this reflects the catalytic activity of CYP3A enzymes. It is suggested that because these AFB1 adducts should ultimately pass in stool, enterocyte CYP3A may represent a regulatable barrier to dietary aflatoxins. KW - aflatoxins KW - binding KW - DNA KW - metabolism KW - mycotoxins KW - poisoning KW - small intestine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - deoxyribonucleic acid KW - fungal toxins KW - toxicosis KW - Plant Composition (FF040) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19941200318&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Is there a correlation between serum antifungal drug concentration and clinical outcome? AU - Graybill, J. R. JO - Journal of Infection JF - Journal of Infection Y1 - 1994/// VL - 28 IS - Suppl. 1 SP - 17 EP - 24 SN - 0163-4453 AD - Graybill, J. R.: Infectious Diseases Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Antonio, TX 78284, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19941200854. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 43 ref. Registry Number: 1397-89-3. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - The treatment of fungal infections with intravenous amphotericin B and azoles, and clinical studies investigating the relationship between drug serum concn and clinical outcome are reviewed. While there does appear to be a loose correlation of clinical response with the detection of a 'threshold' amount of drug in the bloodstream, it is concluded that there is no impetus for achieving a given concn in the blood to improve chances of a good outcome. KW - amphotericin B KW - azoles KW - drug therapy KW - mycoses KW - pharmacokinetics KW - therapy KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - chemotherapy KW - therapeutics KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19941200854&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Strains of Cryptococcus neoformans with defined capsular phenotypes. AU - Jacobson, E. S. AU - Tingler, M. J. JO - Journal of Medical and Veterinary Mycology JF - Journal of Medical and Veterinary Mycology Y1 - 1994/// VL - 32 IS - 5 SP - 401 EP - 404 SN - 0268-1218 AD - Jacobson, E. S.: Research Service (151), McGuire Veterans Administration Medical Center, Richmond, VA 23249, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19941201891. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - The construction of new strains of C. neoformans that exhibited defined capsular phenotypes, including wild-type, acapsular and hypercapsular traits, is described. Evidence of dominant and recessive genes in capsular and acapsular strains is discussed. KW - genetics KW - phenotypes KW - Cryptococcus neoformans KW - Cryptococcus (Fungi) KW - Tremellaceae KW - Tremellales KW - Tremellomycetes KW - Agaricomycotina KW - Basidiomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - capsule KW - fungus KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19941201891&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Changes in the lipid content of rat lymph after ingestion of [14C] long-chain fatty acids. AU - Rabinowitz, J. L. AU - Myerson, R. M. JO - Life Sciences JF - Life Sciences Y1 - 1994/// VL - 54 IS - 8 SP - 555 EP - 559 SN - 0024-3205 AD - Rabinowitz, J. L.: Veterans Administration Center, University of Pennsylvania School of Dental Medicine, Philadelphia, PA 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19941406410. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats were orally administered separately 1 dose of 3 labelled long-chain fatty acids: [1-14C]oleic, [1-14C]palmitic or [1-14C]stearic. Samples of lymph were obtained from previously cannulated thoracic ducts and analysed for the composition and content of labelled fatty acids. Most of the newly recovered and labelled fatty acids were qualitatively and quantitatively similar regardless of which 14C-fatty acid had been administered. Over 20% of the administered fat was interconverted in 6 h. The results suggested that the mucosa of the small intestine, the first site of fatty acid absorption, was also one of the sites of various metabolic processes such as β-oxidation and synthesis which are responsible for some of the changes observed. These processes indicated that by shortening or lengthening the fatty acid composition, the content of the lymph became approximately the same regardless of the precursor fatty acid. The intestinal mucosa proved to be the primary tissue in the maintainance of lipid homeostasis in the rat. KW - intake KW - lipids KW - long chain fatty acids KW - lymph KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - lipins KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19941406410&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - 1,25-Dihydroxyvitamin D3 and phorbol myristate acetate synergistically increase carbonic anhydrase-II expression in a human myelomonocytic cell line. AU - Biskobing, D. M. AU - Nanes, M. S. AU - Rubin, J. JO - Endocrinology (Philadelphia) JF - Endocrinology (Philadelphia) Y1 - 1994/// VL - 134 IS - 3 SP - 1493 EP - 1498 SN - 0013-7227 AD - Biskobing, D. M.: Department of Medicine, Emory University School of Medicine and Medical Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Atlanta, Georgia 30033, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19941412481. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 9001-03-0, 32222-06-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The control of carbonic anhydrase-II (CA-II) expression in the human HL-60 cell was studied to better understand the signal transduction systems involved in progression to the osteoclast phenotype. Calcitriol 10 nM and phorbol myristate acetate (10 ng/ml), doses that cause monocytic differentiation of the HL-60 cell, induced small increases in CA-II mRNA and CA-II protein, as measured by Northern analysis and Western immunoblotting, respectively. The maximal response was seen at 3 days. Treatment of HL-60 cells with both agents resulted in synergistic increases in CA-II mRNA (80-fold) and protein. The large increase in CA-II mRNA allowed assessment of the dose dependence of both agents, with ED50 values of 1 nM for calcitriol and 1 ng/ml for phorbol myristate acetate. In addition, it was shown that this synergistic response was completely inhibited by a potent inhibitor of protein kinase-C activity, staurosporine (0.1 µM), which has not previously been demonstrated in other cell systems. Staurosporine did not inhibit calcitriol induction of nonspecific esterase. Thus, calcitriol synergistically interacts with protein kinase-C-activated systems to cause a myelomonocytic precursor to express CA-II, a marker of the osteoclast phenotype. KW - calcitriol KW - carbonate dehydratase KW - cell lines KW - gene expression KW - poultry KW - species differences KW - fowls KW - Gallus gallus KW - Gallus KW - Phasianidae KW - Galliformes KW - birds KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - carbonic anhydrase KW - chickens KW - domesticated birds KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19941412481&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Regulation of apolipoprotein B secretion by biliary lipids in CaCo-2 cells. AU - Field, F. J. AU - Born, E. AU - Chen, H. AU - Murthy, S. AU - Mathur, S. N. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1994/// VL - 35 IS - 5 SP - 749 EP - 762 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Field, F. J.: Department of Internal Medicine, University of Iowa and Veterans Administration, Iowa City, IA 52242, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19941412870. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 40 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - apolipoproteins KW - bile KW - bile acids KW - cell cultures KW - cholesterol KW - lipids KW - phospholipids KW - secretion KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gall KW - lipins KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19941412870&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Protection from Fas-mediated apoptosis by a soluble form of the Fas molecule. AU - Cheng, J. AU - Zhou, T. AU - et al. AU - Liu, C. ( JO - Science, USA JF - Science, USA Y1 - 1994/// VL - 263 IS - Mar. 25 SP - 1759 EP - 1762 AD - Cheng, J.: (J.D. Mountz) University of Alabama at Birmingham and the Birmingham Veterans Administration, Medical Center, 473 LHR Building, Birmingham, AL 35294, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19942007096. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. KW - Apoptosis KW - Autoimmunity KW - HIV infections KW - Pathogenesis KW - CD95 KW - human immunodeficiency virus infections KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Host Resistance and Immunity (HH600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19942007096&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - HIV-1 infection despite immediate combination antiviral therapy after infusion of contaminated white cells. AU - Palmer, D. L. AU - Hjelle, B. L. AU - Wiley, C. A. AU - Allen, S. AU - Wachsman, W. AU - Mills, R. G. AU - Davis, L. E. AU - Merlin, T. L. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1994/// VL - 97 IS - 3 SP - 289 EP - 295 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Palmer, D. L.: (111), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 2100 Ridgecrest Drive SE, Albuquerque, NM 87108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19942050732. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 30516-87-1. KW - blood products KW - HIV infections KW - prophylaxis KW - transmission KW - zidovudine KW - AZT KW - human immunodeficiency virus infections KW - interferon-alphadidanosine KW - post mortem examinations KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19942050732&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-10629-001 AN - 2007-10629-001 AU - Auerbach, John S. T1 - Review of Shame and the self. JF - Psychoanalytic Psychology JO - Psychoanalytic Psychology Y1 - 1995///Win 1995 VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 159 EP - 163 PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. SN - 0736-9735 SN - 1939-1331 AD - Auerbach, John S., Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center, Psychology Service (116B), 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, NY, US, 10468 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-10629-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Auerbach, John S.; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, NY, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070713. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Developmental Psychology; Narcissism; Psychoanalytic Theory; Self Concept; Shame. Minor Descriptor: Darwinism; Psychoanalysis. Classification: Psychoanalytic Theory (3143). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Broucek, Francis J. Shame and the self=New York: Guilford Press, 1991, xx + 168 pp., $26.95; 1991. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Win 1995. Copyright Statement: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. 1995. AB - Reviews the book, Shame and the self by Francis J. Broucek (see record [rid]1991-97963-000[/rid]). Broucek's Shame and the Self synthesizes ideas from psychoanalysis, neo-Darwinian affect theory, developmental psychology, existential phenomenology, and cultural theory in explaining the connections among shame, the self, and narcissism. In this review, Auerbach details Broucek's revision of the problem of narcissism and the self. Narcissism, whether normal or pathological, is a relational concept that refers to a propensity to treat others primarily as objects (i.e., as narcissistic extensions of oneself) and not as subjects (i.e., not as selves with their own desires and needs). It is additionally, in Broucek's formulation, a representational concept that entails reflexive self-awareness. Broucek similarly overreaches himself in discussing the narcissistic elements of the psychotherapeutic process and of modern culture. Nevertheless, his discussion of these issues is always intriguing. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - shame KW - self KW - developmental psychology KW - narcissism KW - self awareness KW - 1995 KW - Developmental Psychology KW - Narcissism KW - Psychoanalytic Theory KW - Self Concept KW - Shame KW - Darwinism KW - Psychoanalysis U2 - Broucek, Francis J. (1991); Shame and the self; New York: Guilford Press, 1991, xx + 168 pp., $26.95 DO - 10.1037/h0085193 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2007-10629-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2014-08961-001 AN - 2014-08961-001 AU - Holmes, Douglas S. AU - Tinnin, Louis W. T1 - The problem of auditory hallucinations in combat PTSD. JF - Traumatology JO - Traumatology Y1 - 1995/06// VL - 1 IS - 2 CY - US PB - Green Cross Project SN - 1534-7656 SN - 1085-9373 AD - Tinnin, Louis W., WVU School of Medicine, 930 Chestnut Ridge Road, Morgantown, WV, US, 26505 N1 - Accession Number: 2014-08961-001. Other Journal Title: Traumatology: An International Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Holmes, Douglas S.; Louis A. Johnson Veterans Administration Medical Center, Clarksburg, WV, US. Other Publishers: Academy of Traumatology; Educational Publishing Foundation; Sage Publications. Release Date: 20150427. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Hallucinations; Combat Experience; Intervention; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Dissociation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Outpatient (60). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Symptom Checklist-45; Dissociative Experiences Scale DOI: 10.1037/t07472-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Qualitative Study. References Available: Y. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1995. Copyright Statement: Traumatology Forum. 1995. AB - In a study of 115 combat veterans with post-traumatic stress disorder, the majority (65%) reported hearing voices. These dissociative voices included command hallucinations to which the individuals responded with a feeling of automatic obedience. We describe an evolving series of psychological interventions that appear to diminish dissociation. These techniques teach the patient to objectively clarify, to conduct a dialogue with, and to negotiate with their voices. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - auditory hallucinations KW - combat veterans KW - command hallucinations KW - dissociative voices KW - post-traumatic stress disorder KW - psychological interventions KW - 1995 KW - Auditory Hallucinations KW - Combat Experience KW - Intervention KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Dissociation DO - 10.1177/153476569500100201 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2014-08961-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - tinnin.louis@consult.hsc.wvu.edu DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1999-00183-001 AN - 1999-00183-001 AU - Alarcón, Renato D. AU - Foulks, Edward F. T1 - Personality disorders and culture: Contemporary clinical views (Part B). JF - Cultural Diversity and Mental Health JO - Cultural Diversity and Mental Health Y1 - 1995/// VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 79 EP - 91 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 1077-341X N1 - Accession Number: 1999-00183-001. PMID: 9225550 Other Journal Title: Cultural Diversity and Ethnic Minority Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Alarcón, Renato D.; Emory U, School of Medicine, Atlanta Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Atlanta, GA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20061215. Correction Date: 20090817. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Culture (Anthropological); Personality Disorders; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1995. Copyright Statement: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1995. AB - This article reviews the basic concepts surrounding the clinical relationships between culture and personality disorders (PDs). Herein, culture's role as a diagnostic/nosological factor is discussed through the use of measurement instruments and the cultural formulation included in Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-IV (DSM-IV). In addition to these three roles, some authors would also consider a therapeutic/protective function for culture in PDs. Following a critique of the biological perspective, a research model based on the definition of the cultural profile and the estimation of the cultural distance between clinical examiners and populations is proposed. It is important to reject both biological reductionism and the extremes of cultural determinism, in order to better assess the intraethnic distribution of psychopathology, and interethnic variations represented by the notion of cultural relativism. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - culture as a diagnostic factor for personality disorders KW - 1995 KW - Culture (Anthropological) KW - Personality Disorders KW - Psychodiagnosis DO - 10.1037/1099-9809.1.2.79 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1999-00183-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Canale, B.; AU - Glosner, S. E.; AU - Henning, T.; AU - Pitcherella, R.; T1 - Review of antidepressants in a veterans administration facility CT - Review of antidepressants in a veterans administration facility JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1998/12/01/ VL - 33 IS - Dec SP - P EP - E AD - Coatesville Veterans Administration Hospital, Pharmacy Department (119), 1400 Blackhorse Hill Road, Coatesville, PA 19320, USA N1 - Accession Number: 35-12806; Language: English; Chemical Name: Fluoxetine--54910-89-3 Paroxetine--61869-08-7 Sertraline--79617-96-2; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Institutional Pharmacy Practice; Drug EvaluationsSociology, Economics and Ethics N2 - This study evaluated selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI) use at a veterans administration hospital. Percent medication distribution, average daily dosing/frequency, tablet splitting utilization, switch rates, and potential cost savings were evaluated. The data was gathered retrospectively year to date from a pharmacy report and imported into an EXCEL spreadsheet. Concomitant disease states and medications were assumed equal throughout all groups in the review. Twenty-eight percent were on fluoxetine, 15.4% were on paroxetine and 56.8% were on sertraline. The average daily doses were 27.1 mg with fluoxetine, 25.6 mg for paroxetine and 91 mg with sertraline. The switch rates were 7.0% for fluoxetine, 6.5% with paroxetine and 3.85% with sertraline. Over $11,000 could be saved by dosage optimization and tablet splitting with the different SSRIs. KW - Fluoxetine--utilization-; KW - Paroxetine--utilization-; KW - Sertraline--utilization-; KW - Practice Interest Areas--Psychopharmacy/Neurology--meeting presentations; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--serotonin reuptake inhibitors utilization; KW - Drug utilization--evaluation--serotonin reuptake inhibitors; KW - Pharmacy, institutional, hospital--serotonin reuptake inhibitors--DUE; KW - Protocols--serotonin reuptake inhibitors--DUE; KW - Rational therapy--serotonin reuptake inhibitors--DUE; KW - Antidepressants--serotonin reuptake inhibitors--DUE; KW - Dosage--serotonin reuptake inhibitors--DUE; KW - Dosage schedules--serotonin reuptake inhibitors--DUE; KW - Economics--cost benefit analysis--serotonin reuptake inhibitors DUE; KW - Costs--serotonin reuptake inhibitors--DUE; KW - Rational therapy--serotonin reuptake inhibitors--DUE; KW - Depression--serotonin reuptake inhibitors--DUE; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=35-12806&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1995-01839-001 AN - 1995-01839-001 AU - Davies, Ruth M. AU - Sieber, Kimberly O. AU - Hunt, Sandra L. T1 - Age-cohort differences in treating symptoms of mental illness: A process approach. JF - Psychology and Aging JO - Psychology and Aging Y1 - 1994/09// VL - 9 IS - 3 SP - 446 EP - 453 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0882-7974 SN - 1939-1498 N1 - Accession Number: 1995-01839-001. PMID: 7999329 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davies, Ruth M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, St. Louis, MO, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Aging; Classification (Cognitive Process); Major Depression; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Health Care Utilization; Symptoms. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1994. Publication History: Accepted Date: Feb 24, 1994; Revised Date: Jan 3, 1994; First Submitted Date: Oct 16, 1992. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1994. AB - Examines age-cohort differences in conceptually organizing, observing, and responding to unclustered symptoms of mental illness. Older (M = 70.8) and younger (M = 19.9) adults sorted symptoms of depression, schizophrenia, and age-associated changes into similarity groupings. Hierarchical cluster analysis showed that both older and younger adults sorted the statements similarly, although labels given for depressive symptoms differed across groups. Participants then reported which symptoms they had observed within their families and listed what actions were taken. Age groups showed significant differences in symptom reporting, with older individuals observing depressive symptoms less frequently. There were small differences in the kinds of actions reported. These results suggest that differences in help-seeking behavior for mental illness may be explained by differences in the way symptoms are observed by younger and older cohorts. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - conceptual organization & observation of & response to symptoms of schizophrenia vs depression vs aging KW - 18–25 vs 60–80 yr olds KW - 1994 KW - Age Differences KW - Aging KW - Classification (Cognitive Process) KW - Major Depression KW - Schizophrenia KW - Health Care Utilization KW - Symptoms DO - 10.1037/0882-7974.9.3.446 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1995-01839-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-01507-000 AN - 9999-01507-000 AU - Brown, Sandra A. AU - Christiansen, Bruce A. AU - Goldman, Mark S. T1 - Alcohol Expectancy Questionnaire, Revised JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1994/// AD - Brown, Sandra A., 9500 Gilman Drive (0109), San Diego, California, United States, 92093-0109 AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-01507-000. Other Names: Alcohol Expectancy Questionnaire (Adult). Acronyms: AEQ. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brown, Sandra A.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego, California, United States. Release Date: 20120910. Correction Date: 20160613. Instrument Type: Inventory/Questionnaire. Test Format: AEQ items are rated on a 5-point scale as follows: 1 = 'Disagree Strongly,' 2 = 'Disagree Somewhat,' 3 = 'Uncertain,' 4 = 'Agree Somewhat,' and 5 = 'Agree Strongly.' Scoring: There are 120 items but usually 90 are scored. Scale scoring equals number of items answered affirmatively.. Language: English; German; Spanish. Constructs: Alcohol Expectancies; Attitudes toward Alcohol; Classification: Addiction, Gambling, and Substance Abuse/Use (5000). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Alcohol Expectancy Questionnaire (Adult) is to assess adults' anticipated experiences associated with alcohol use. AB - Description: The Alcohol Expectancy Questionnaire, Revised (AEQ; Brown, Christiansen, & Goldman, 1987, 1994) is a later variant of the Adult version of an empirically derived self-report form assessing diverse anticipated experiences associated with alcohol use. The AEQ is a refined compilation of 120 verbatim statements (90 scored) of adult men (53 percent) and women (47 percent) ages 15 to 60 years, with diverse ethnic backgrounds and drinking histories (from nondrinkers to chronic alcoholics). The adult version is designed to assess the domain of alcohol reinforcement expectancies and consists of 6 factor-analytically derived subscales: 1. Positive Global Changes in Experience, 2. Sexual Enhancement, 3. Social and Physical Pleasure, 4. Assertiveness, 5. Relaxation/Tension Reduction, and 6. Arousal/Interpersonal Power. The AEQ has been evaluated in clinical and nonclinical populations, and a number of research-specific derivations have been developed. The AEQ total score and subscale scores are predictive of current and future drinking practices, persistence and participation in treatment, and relapse following treatment. Test-retest reliability, internal consistency, as well as content, criterion, and construct validity have all been established. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Alcohol Expectancy Questionnaire KW - Revised KW - Test Development KW - Internal Consistency KW - Test-Retest Reliability KW - Criterion Validity KW - Cross-Cultural Validity KW - Discriminant Validity U5 - Alcohol Expectancy Questionnaire, Revised (AEQ) [Test Development]The Alcohol Expectancy Questionnaire: An instrument for the assessment of adolescent and adult alcohol expectancies. (AN: 1988-28300-001 from PsycINFO) Brown, Sandra A.; Christiansen, Bruce A.; Goldman, Mark S.; Sep, 1987. Source: Journal of Studies on Alcohol. 48(5), Alcohol Research Documentation, US; Sep, 1987; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs), Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Sample: Adult and Adolescent Problem/Non-Problem Drinkers Keywords: Alcohol Expectancy Questionnaire, Revised; Test Development; Internal Consistency; Test-Retest Reliability; Criterion Validity; Cross-Cultural Validity; Discriminant Validity; Subjects: Alcohol Drinking Attitudes; Expectations; Questionnaires; Test Construction; Test Forms; Test Reliability; Test Validity; DO - 10.1037/t01507-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999901507_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-01507-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - sandrabrown@ucsd.edu DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-18490-000 AN - 9999-18490-000 AU - Axelrod, Bradley N. AU - Millis, Scott R. T1 - Modified Cognitive Estimation Test JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1994/// AD - Axelrod, Bradley N. AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-18490-000. Acronyms: CET. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Axelrod, Bradley N.; Department of Veterans Affairs Medical Center, Allen Park, Michigan, United States. Release Date: 20130211. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Test. Test Format: Participants reply to each question with a numerical answer.. Language: English. Constructs: Cognitive Estimation; Executive Functioning; Classification: Cognitive Processes, Memory, and Decision Making (5400). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of this test is to examine individuals' ability to select and regulate working hypothetical responses to specific questions, an essential component of executive functioning. AB - Description: A modification of the Cognitive Estimation Test (CET) by Shallice and Evans (1978) was developed by Axelrod and Millis (1994) to assist in the scoring and interpretation of this measure of problem solving. Participants in the research were normal adults and a sample with severe traumatic brain injury. The CET requires subjects to respond to questions that do not have readily apparent answers (e.g., 'How fast do race horses gallop?'). The original CET is not used routinely, not only because of the potential imprecision in scoring items that do not require a specific numeric response, but also because of a relative lack of appropriate normative data. The modified CET eliminates items requiring nonnumeric responses, provides a standardized scoring method, and presents preliminary normative data. The 10 items in the test were chosen by selecting items from three previous CETs that required numerical responses and were anticipated to have a normal response distribution. Deviation scores were derived separately for each CET item. The total deviation score was computed by summing item deviation scores for all 10 CET items. Thus, higher deviation scores would imply more impaired performance. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Clinical Utility KW - Executive Functioning KW - Modified Cognitive Estimation Test KW - Problem Solving KW - Test Development KW - Test Standardization KW - Brain-Injured Patients U5 - Modified Cognitive Estimation Test (CET) [Test Development]Preliminary standardization of the Cognitive Estimation Test. (AN: 1995-11970-001 from PsycINFO) Axelrod, Bradley N.; Millis, Scott R.; Sep, 1994. Source: Assessment. 1(3), Sage Publications, US; Sep, 1994; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Samples: Employed Adults, Severe Traumatic Brain Injury Groups, and Medical Outpatients Keywords: Clinical Utility; Executive Functioning; Modified Cognitive Estimation Test; Problem Solving; Test Development; Test Standardization; Brain-Injured Patients; Subjects: Cognitive Ability; Executive Function; Problem Solving; Test Construction; Test Standardization; Traumatic Brain Injury; DO - 10.1037/t18490-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999918490_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-18490-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - Bradley.Axelrod@va.gov DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107243618 T1 - Treating respiratory infections in the elderly: current strategies and considerations... based on the proceedings of a symposium held August 23, 1996, in La Jolla, CA. AU - Norman DC AU - Bradley SF AU - Dorinsky PM AU - Verghese A Y1 - 1997/01/02/Jan1997 Supplement 1 N1 - Accession Number: 107243618. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980201. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; abstract; bibliography; proceedings; tables/charts. Supplement Title: Jan1997 Supplement 1. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Blind Peer Reviewed; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 2985102R. KW - Antibiotics -- Therapeutic Use KW - Respiratory Tract Infections -- Drug Therapy KW - Acute Disease KW - Ambulatory Care KW - Antibiotics -- Administration and Dosage KW - Bronchitis -- Complications KW - Bronchitis -- Diagnosis KW - Bronchitis -- Drug Therapy KW - Bronchitis -- Microbiology KW - Drug Resistance, Microbial KW - Health Facilities KW - Lung Diseases, Obstructive -- Complications KW - Pneumonia, Bacterial -- Diagnosis KW - Pneumonia, Bacterial -- Drug Therapy KW - Pneumonia, Bacterial -- Etiology KW - Risk Factors KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and Over SP - S1 EP - 28 JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics JA - GERIATRICS VL - 52 CY - North Olmsted, Ohio PB - Advanstar Communications Inc. SN - 0016-867X AD - Chief Medical Officer, West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA U2 - PMID: 9033432. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107243618&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Uptake of riboflavin across the brush border membrane of rat intestine: regulation by dietary vitamin levels. AU - Said, H. M. AU - Mohammadkhani, R. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1993/// VL - 105 IS - 5 SP - 1294 EP - 1298 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Said, H. M.: Medical Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Long Beach, California, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19951406171. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 83-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Animal Nutrition N2 - Possible regulation of riboflavin (RF) intestinal uptake process by dietary substrate level is not known and was examined in this study. RF uptake was examined using intestinal brush border membrane vesicles (BBMV). Oversupplementation with RF caused significant decrease (P < 0.05; down-regulation) in the uptake of 3 µmol/litre RF compared with control. This effect was not due to differences in the relative purity of the intestinal BBMV preparations and appeared to be specific for RF. This down-regulation was mediated through a significant (P < 0.01) decrease in the Vmax of the RF uptake process with no significant change in the apparent Michaelis constant (Km). In contrast, RF deficiency caused a significant (P < 0.01) enhancement (up-regulation) in the uptake of 3 µmol/litre RF compared with pair-fed control. Again the enhancement was not due to differences in the relative purity of the BBMV preparations and appeared to be specific for RF. This up-regulation was mediated via a significant (P < 0.01) increase in the Vmax of the RF uptake process with no significant change in the apparent Km. These findings show that the RF intestinal uptake process is regulated by the level of the vitamin in the diet (and/or body stores) and that the regulation is mediated via changes in the number (and/or activity) of the RF uptake carriers with no change in their affinity. KW - diet KW - intake KW - intestinal mucosa KW - intestines KW - membranes KW - regulation KW - riboflavin KW - uptake KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - intestine epithelium KW - vitamin B2 KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19951406171&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Demonstration of estrogen and vitamin D receptors in bone marrow-derived stromal cells: up-regulation of the estrogen receptor by 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin-D3. AU - Bellido, T. AU - Girasole, G. AU - Passeri, G. AU - Yu, X. P. AU - Mocharla, H. AU - Jilka, R. L. AU - Notides, A. AU - Manolagas, S. C. JO - Endocrinology (Philadelphia) JF - Endocrinology (Philadelphia) Y1 - 1993/// VL - 133 IS - 2 SP - 553 EP - 562 SN - 0013-7227 AD - Bellido, T.: Section of Endocrinology and Metabolism, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Department of Medicine, Indiana University, Indianapolis, Indiana 46202, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19951406321. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 51 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3, 1406-16-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - 17β-Oestradiol inhibits cytokine-induced interleukin-6 (IL-6) production by bone marrow-derived stromal cells as well as osteoblasts, 2 types of cells with a critical influence on osteoclast development, and that ovariectomy causes an IL-6-mediated up-regulation of osteoclastogenesis in mice. Prompted by this, the presence of oestrogen receptors (ORs) was examined in 2 murine bone marrow-derived stromal cell lines, +/+ LDA11 and MBA 13.2, and the osteoblast-like cell line MC3T3-E1. All 3 cell lines exhibited high affinity saturable binding for [125I]17β-oestradiol with a dissociation constant of approximately 10-10M and concentration of binding sites of 260 ± 30, 170 ± 10, and 90 ± 10 sites per cell, respectively. In addition, complementary DNA from the stromal cell lines was amplified by polymerase chain reaction using oligonucleotide primers flanking the DNA binding domain of the murine uterine OR. The amplified product showed an identical nucleotide sequence to the DNA binding domain of the murine uterine receptor. Consistent with the functionality of the OR in stromal cells, and specifically its role in the regulation of IL-6 by 17β-oestradiol, the pure oestrogen antagonist ICI 164,384 completely prevented the effect of 17β-oestradiol on IL-6. All 3 cell lines also expressed receptors for 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin-D3 [1,25(OH)2D3] (dissociation constant, ˜10-10M), with a concentration of binding sites of 490 ± 20, 920 ± 20, and 1110 ± 70 sites per cell, respectively. 1,25(OH)2D3 treatment of the stromal cells caused a 2-fold increase in the concentration of ORs and a decrease in cell proliferation. These data establish that bone marrow-derived stromal cells express functional oestrogen as well as vitamin D receptors, which serve to mediate actions of their respective ligands on the synthetic activity of these cells and presumably the effects of these 2 steroid hormones on osteoclastogenesis. KW - bone marrow KW - calcitriol KW - cell cultures KW - oestrogens KW - receptors KW - regulation KW - vitamin D KW - vitamins KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - estrogens KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19951406321&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of ethanol on the pancreatic duct sphincter of Oddi. AU - Goff, J. S. JO - American Journal of Gastroenterology JF - American Journal of Gastroenterology Y1 - 1993/// VL - 88 IS - 5 SP - 656 EP - 660 SN - 0002-9270 AD - Goff, J. S.: University of Colorado Health Sciences Center and the Denver Veterans Administration Medical Center, Denver, Colorado, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19951409957. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - alcoholism KW - ethanol KW - intake KW - pancreas KW - pancreatitis KW - secretion KW - sphincters KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Non-communicable Human Diseases and Injuries (VV600) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19951409957&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of iron deficiency and the -88 C -> T mutation on HbA2 levels in β-thalassemia. AU - Steinberg, M. H. JO - American Journal of the Medical Sciences JF - American Journal of the Medical Sciences Y1 - 1993/// VL - 305 IS - 5 SP - 312 EP - 313 SN - 0002-9629 AD - Steinberg, M. H.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Jackson, Mississippi, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19951410095. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 7 ref. Registry Number: 7439-89-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - deficiency KW - haemoglobin KW - haemolytic anaemia KW - iron KW - thalassaemia KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hemoglobin KW - hemolytic anemia KW - thalassemia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19951410095&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intestinal magnesium absorption. AU - Kayne, L. H. AU - Lee, D. B. N. JO - Mineral and Electrolyte Metabolism JF - Mineral and Electrolyte Metabolism Y1 - 1993/// VL - 19 IS - 4/5 SP - 210 EP - 217 SN - 0378-0392 AD - Kayne, L. H.: Division of Nephrology and Medical Research Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, Calif., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19951412241. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 7439-95-4. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition KW - absorption KW - intestinal absorption KW - intestines KW - magnesium KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19951412241&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Testosterone increases TRH biosynthesis in epididymis but not heart of zinc-deficient rats. AU - Pekary, A. E. AU - Lukaski, H. C. AU - Mena, I. AU - Smith, S. M. AU - Bhasin, S. AU - Hershman, J. M. JO - Peptides JF - Peptides Y1 - 1993/// VL - 14 IS - 2 SP - 315 EP - 324 SN - 0196-9781 AD - Pekary, A. E.: Endocrinology Research Laboratory, Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19951412281. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Registry Number: 315-37-7, 57-85-2, 5721-91-5, 58-22-0, 1255-69-8, 15262-86-9, 24305-27-9, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Animal Nutrition N2 - Enzymes responsible for the posttranslational processing of precursor proteins to form α-amidated peptide hormones require the availability of several cofactors, including zinc, copper and ascorbic acid. For this reason, the effects of 6 weeks of a zinc-deficient diet (ZD1; Zn 1 µg per g diet), pair-feeding (PF), and marginal zinc deficiency (ZD6; Zn 6 µg per g diet) compared to a control diet (Zn 36 µg/g Zn) on the conversion of prepro-TRH to TRH in epididymides, testes, prostate, pancreas, and heart of young adult, male Sprague-Dawley rats were investigated. In the epididymis, severe Zn deficiency (ZD1 diet) reduced TRH and TRH-like peptides to undetectable levels. In ZD6 rats, TRH was selectively inhibited 80%, while pair-feeding increased all of these peptide levels compared to controls. A similar effect of Zn deficiency on the TRH precursor peptides was observed. A quantitative loss of TRH from the testes of ZD1 was also observed. Zn deficiency results in a substantial reduction in body weight and testosterone production in male rats. Exogenous testosterone (T) supplementation of ZD1 rats resulted in a selective increase in the TRH concentration of the epididymis but not of the heart. The change in steady-state levels of TRH precursor peptides in the hearts of the ZD1 + T rats was consistent with a reduction in the activity of the Zn-dependent carboxypeptidase H enzyme. It is concluded that severe Zn deficiency inhibits TRH biosynthesis in reproductive tissues of the male rat due to the combined effects of hypogonadism and inhibition of the Zn-dependent carboxypeptidase H. KW - deficiency KW - epididymis KW - heart KW - synthesis KW - testosterone KW - thyrotropin releasing hormone KW - zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - protirelin KW - thyroliberin KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19951412281&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Detection of hepatitis C virus antibody by first and second generation assays and polymerase chain reaction in patients with autoimmune chronic active hepatitis types I, II, and III. AU - Mitchel, L. S. AU - Jeffers, L. J. AU - Reddy, K. R. AU - Cheinquer, H. AU - Coelho-Little, E. AU - Moreda, R. AU - Parker, T. AU - Silva, M. AU - Li. X. M. AU - Medina, M. de AU - Coelho-Borges, S. AU - Hill, M. AU - Altman, R. AU - Manns, M. P. AU - Schiff, E. R. JO - American Journal of Gastroenterology JF - American Journal of Gastroenterology Y1 - 1993/// VL - 88 IS - 7 SP - 1027 EP - 1034 SN - 0002-9270 AD - Mitchel, L. S.: University of Miami School of Medicine and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami, FL 33125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19952006610. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 40 ref. N2 - In this study the authors have attempted to classify a group of North American patients with autoimmune chronic hepatitis into types I, II, and III according to the class of autoantibody present in serum, and determine the prevalence and significance of antibody to hepatitis C virus (anti-HCV). A total of 62 patients (type I, 51; type II, 3; type III, 8) were tested with first-generation enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA)-1. Seropositive patients were assessed by second-generation recombinant immunoblot assay (RIBA)-2 and polymerase chain reaction (PCR). The authors' results demonstrate that 12 (19%) of the 62 patients with autoimmune hepatitis were anti-HCV ELISA-1 positive (type I, 9; type II, 1; type III, 2). Only 1 patient with type II autoimmune hepatitis was reactive by RIBA-2 and PCR. Eight of the 12 seropositive patients entered remission after corticosteroid therapy and 7 of them became seronegative by ELISA-1. The RIBA-2 and PCR reactive patient did not respond to immunosuppressive therapy and remained seropositive. The authors conclude that there is a low prevalence of anti-HCV antibody in autoimmune hepatitis. Results based only on ELISA-1 anti-HCV testing can be misleading, and second-generation testing is necessary to recognize the presence of HCV infection. The fact that the only RIBA-2 reactive patient had type II autoimmune hepatitis may suggest a role for HCV infection in the pathogenesis of this condition. Nevertheless, corticosteroid therapy remains effective in those patients who are ELISA-1 seropositive, but RIBA-2 and PCR non-reactive. KW - hepatitis C KW - human diseases KW - polymerase chain reaction KW - North America KW - hepatitis C virus KW - man KW - Hepacivirus KW - Flaviviridae KW - positive-sense ssRNA viruses KW - ssRNA viruses KW - RNA viruses KW - viruses KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - America KW - PCR KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19952006610&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Superficial and deep candidosis. AU - Thomas, I. JO - International Journal of Dermatology JF - International Journal of Dermatology Y1 - 1993/// VL - 32 IS - 11 SP - 778 EP - 783 SN - 0011-9059 AD - Thomas, I.: East Orange Veterans Administration Medical Center, East Orange, NJ, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19941200862. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 41 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - The aetiology, pathogenesis, clinical manifestations, diagnosis, therapy, indications and prophylaxis of superficial Candida infections, chronic mucocutaneous candidosis and disseminated candidosis are reviewed. KW - candidosis KW - human diseases KW - reviews KW - Candida KW - man KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - candidiasis KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19941200862&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The influence of food on the absorption and metabolism of drugs. AU - Williams, L. AU - Davis, J. A. AU - Lowenthal, D. T. JO - Medical Clinics of North America JF - Medical Clinics of North America Y1 - 1993/// VL - 77 IS - 4 SP - 815 EP - 829 SN - 0025-7125 AD - Williams, L.: Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Florida, Gainesville, FL, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19941401099. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 67 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A review. Food has varied influences on many drugs by altering pharmacokinetic parameters that determine the concentration of a drug at the receptor site. Food-drug interactions are complex, demonstrate inter-individual and inter-drug variability, and are not always predictable. The majority of food-drug interactions produce a reduction in drug bioavailability but can also affect drug metabolism. The result of their interactions can be adverse drug reactions, manifested by a loss in therapeutic efficacy or toxic effects. When adverse drug reactions are identified, the possibility of a food-drug interaction should be considered by clinicians. KW - drug metabolism KW - drugs KW - foods KW - interactions KW - intestinal absorption KW - reviews KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - medicines KW - pharmaceuticals KW - Food Science and Food Products (Human) (QQ000) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19941401099&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Relation of symptoms to impaired stomach, small bowel, and colon motility in long-standing diabetes. AU - Iber, F. L. AU - Parveen, S. AU - Vandrunen, M. AU - Sood, K. B. AU - Reza, F. AU - Serlovsky, R. AU - Reddy, S. JO - Digestive Diseases and Sciences JF - Digestive Diseases and Sciences Y1 - 1993/// VL - 38 IS - 1 SP - 45 EP - 50 SN - 0163-2116 AD - Iber, F. L.: Division of Gastroenterology, Veterans Administration, Edward Hines Jr. Hospital, 111D3-Gastroenterology Service, Hines, Illinois 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19941402304. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A study examining stomach-to-anus transit in male diabetics is described and relates abnormal findings to symptoms. An assessment of the importance of symptoms and their management is also undertaken. KW - colon KW - diabetes KW - digestive disorders KW - intestinal motility KW - small intestine KW - stomach motility KW - symptoms KW - transit time KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19941402304&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Glucose modulation of the disposal of an acute potassium load in patients with end-stage renal disease. AU - Allon, M. AU - Dansby, L. AU - Shanklin, N. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1993/// VL - 94 IS - 5 SP - 475 EP - 482 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Allon, M.: Nephrology Research and Training Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Birmingham, Alabama, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19941403803. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 7440-09-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - 8 haemodialysis patients (37-64 years old) and 8 normal control subjects (36-53 years old) were studied after an overnight fast. Each subject received an oral load of potassium chloride elixir (0.25 mmol/kg). Plasma K was measured at baseline and at 30-min intervals for 3 h. On a separate study day, subjects underwent the identical protocol, with addition of glucose 50 g to the K load to stimulate endogenous insulin release. The identical 2 experimental protocols were repeated in each subject during concomitant β blockade with propranolol. The maximal increase in plasma K after K load was significantly greater in haemodialysis patients than in controls (0.93±0.08 vs. 0.52±0.04 mmol/litre, P<0.001). Concomitant oral glucose markedly blunted the maximal increase in K values in both experimental groups (0.40±0.09 and 0.22±0.07 mmol/litre, respectively, P<0.005 vs. K alone). With concomitant β blockade, the maximal increase in plasma K after the K load was greater in haemodialysis patients than in controls (1.11±0.12 vs. 0.72±0.09 mmol/litre, P=0.02). Concomitant oral glucose again markedly blunted the maximal increase in K in both groups (0.72±0.09 and 0.39±0.06 mmol/litre, respectively, P<0.01 vs. K alone). The K load in the absence of glucose did not produce changes in plasma insulin values in either group. The K load in combination with oral glucose load produced more sustained hyperinsulinaemia in the dialysis patients than in the controls. KW - dialysis KW - excretion KW - glucose KW - intake KW - kidney diseases KW - potassium KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - kidney disorders KW - nephropathy KW - renal diseases KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19941403803&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Adaptation to increased dietary salt intake in the rat. Role of endogenous nitric oxide. AU - Shultz, P. J. AU - Tolins, J. P. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1993/// VL - 91 IS - 2 SP - 642 EP - 650 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Shultz, P. J.: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center Renal Section 111-J, 1 Veterans Drive, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19941403852. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 44 ref. Registry Number: 10102-43-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - It was studied whether the effects of nitric oxide synthase inhibition on renal function are direct or due to increased renal perfusion pressure (RPP) and whether stimulation of endogenous NO activity plays a role in adaptation to increased dietary salt intake in Sprague-Dawley rats. Intrarenal arterial infusion of the NO synthase inhibitor NG-monomethyl-L-arginine (L-NMMA) in control rats resulted in decreased glomerular filtration rate, renal vasoconstriction, natriuresis and proteinuria. When RPP was held at basal values with a suprarenal aortic snare (experimental group), L-NMMA had similar haemodynamic effects but decreased Na excretion and did not induce proteinuria. Exposure to rats to high salt intake (1% NaCl drinking water) for 2 weeks induced increased serum concentration and urinary excretion of the NO decomposition products, NO2 + NO3. Urinary NO2 + NO3 and Na excretion were significantly correlated. Compared with controls, chronically salt-loaded rats also demonstrated increased renal haemodynamic responses to NO synthase inhibition. It is concluded that the endogenous NO system directly modulates renal haemodynamics and Na handling and participates in the renal adaptation to increased dietary salt intake. Enhanced NO synthesis in response to increased salt intake may facilitate Na excretion and allow maintenance of normal blood pressure. KW - adaptation KW - excretion KW - haemodynamics KW - inhibition KW - intake KW - kidneys KW - nitric oxide KW - salt KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hemodynamics KW - nitric oxide synthase KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19941403852&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hepatic cholesterol synthesis and the secretion of newly synthesized cholesterol in bile. AU - Robins, S. J. AU - Fasulo, J. M. AU - Lessard, P. D. AU - Patton, G. M. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1993/// VL - 264 IS - 1, 2 SP - 41 EP - 44 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Robins, S. J.: Lipid Metabolism Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Boston, MA 021130, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19941404178. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5, 11041-12-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To examine the effect of increased hepatic cholesterol synthesis on the secretion of newly synthesized cholesterol in bile, male Sprague-Dawley rats were given for 14 to 21 days a diet without or with 3% colestyramine, a bile-acid-binding resin that increases the number of hepatocytes that synthesize cholesterol. Cholesterol synthesis was estimated 15 min after [³H]water injection to avoid appreciable exchange between liver and serum of newly synthesized cholesterol that accumulates in serum in studies of several hours duration. At 15 min after [³H]water injection, specific radioactivity of cholesterol in liver and hepatic microsomes was greater in rats given resin than in controls. With resin, the specific radioactivity of newly synthesized cholesterol that was secreted in bile was the same as for controls. At 15 min after [³H]water injection, specific radioactivity of serum cholesterol was minimally increased and not different in resin and control groups. In studies that were longer than 60 min, newly synthesized cholesterol in serum was appreciably increased in rats given resin, and newly synthesized cholesterol in bile was also greater than in controls. Thus, when appreciable cholesterol exchange is avoided, an increase in hepatic cholesterol synthesis and the number of hepatocytes that synthesized cholesterol does not result in an increase in newly synthesized cholesterol in bile. The results suggest that newly synthesized cholesterol is secreted in bile from a fixed subpopulation of hepatocytes. From a comparison of the specific radioactivity of newly synthesized cholesterol in whole liver and bile, it can be estimated that this subpopulation of hepatocytes represents about 20% of the total hepatocyte mass. KW - bile KW - cholesterol KW - cholesterol metabolism KW - colestyramine KW - liver KW - secretion KW - synthesis KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cholestyramine KW - gall KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19941404178&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Clinical nutrition: parenteral nutrition. AU - Rombeau, J. L. AU - Caldwell, M. D. T2 - Clinical nutrition: parenteral nutrition. Y1 - 1993/// IS - Ed. 2 CY - Philadelphia; USA PB - W.B. Saunders Company SN - 0721636004 AD - Rombeau, J. L.: Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia Veterans Administration Medical Center, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19941406884. Publication Type: Book. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - This book aims to provide the highest quality clinical and research information concerning parenteral nutrition. This edition contains 44 chapters of which 8 are new. The new chapters cover molecular biology, growth factors (anabolic steroids, insulin, growth hormone, insulin-like growth factor 1, epidermal growth factor, neurotensin), special fuels (fructose, sorbitol, xylitol, glutamine, arginine, medium and short chain fatty acids, monoacetoacetin and triacetin), metabolic assessment, pulmonary disease, diabetes and the particular problems of immunosuppressed patients, especially those with acquired immune deficiency syndrome, and finally a discussion of the management of the terminally ill patient. KW - parenteral feeding KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19941406884&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of lovastatin on the secretion of very low density lipoprotein lipids and apolipoprotein B in the hypertriglyceridemic Zucker obese rat. AU - Kasim, S. E. AU - Elovson, J. AU - Khilnani, S. AU - Almario, R. U. AU - Jen, K. L. C. JO - Atherosclerosis JF - Atherosclerosis Y1 - 1993/// VL - 104 SP - 147 EP - 152 SN - 0021-9150 AD - Kasim, S. E.: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Allen Park, MI, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19941409388. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of lovastatin on the secretion rate of VLDL-apolipoprotein (apo) B and on the composition of VLDL in the Zucker obese rat was investigated - a model for genetic hypertriglyceridaemia. Lovastatin treatment (4 mg/kg daily for 13 days), compared with placebo, decreased concentrations of fasting plasma triacylglycerol (1740±170 vs. 3130±790 µg/ml) and VLDL-triacylglycerol (1379±59 vs. 3082±715 µg/ml). There was a small but non-significant decrease in VLDL-apo B (19±2 vs. 26±7 µg/ml). Thus, lovastatin significantly decreased the ratio of triacylglycerol to apo B in VLDL (76 in lovastatin vs. 124 in placebo group). Secretion rates of VLDL-lipids and VLDL-apo B were measured after intravenous injection of Triton WR-1339. Lovastatin, compared with placebo, decreased the secretion rates of plasma triacylglycerol (78 vs. 123) and VLDL-triacylglycerol (102 vs. 167) significantly, but not of VLDL-phospholipid (11 vs. 14), VLDL-free cholesterol (5.3 vs. 6.6) or VLDL-apo B (1.1 vs. 1.0 µg ml-1 min-1). Consequently newly-secreted VLDL particles had a significantly smaller ratio of triacylglycerol to apo B (91 vs. 184) and smaller estimated particle sizes (46 + 2.4 vs. 58 + 2.6 nm in diameter). It was demonstrated that, in the hypertriglyceridaemic state, lovastatin interfered with the secretion of VLDL-triacylglycerol but not of VLDL-apo B, resulting in the production of smaller, triacylglycerol-depleted VLDL particles. KW - apolipoproteins KW - hypertriglyceridaemia KW - lipid metabolism KW - obesity KW - secretion KW - very low density lipoprotein KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fat metabolism KW - fatness KW - hypertriglyceridemia KW - lovastatin KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Non-Communicable Diseases and Injuries of Animals (LL860) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19941409388&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Muscle group-specific regulation of GLUT 4 glucose transporters in control, diabetic, and insulin-treated diabetic rats. AU - Hardin, D. S. AU - Dominguez, J. H. AU - Garvey, W. T. JO - Metabolism, Clinical and Experimental JF - Metabolism, Clinical and Experimental Y1 - 1993/// VL - 42 IS - 10 SP - 1310 EP - 1315 SN - 0026-0495 AD - Hardin, D. S.: Endocrinology and Nephrology, Indianapolis Veterans Administration Medical Center, Indianapolis, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19941411174. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - diabetes KW - glucose KW - muscles KW - nutritional disorders KW - transporters KW - dextrose KW - implement trailers KW - implement transporters KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Non-Communicable Diseases and Injuries of Animals (LL860) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19941411174&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cholesterol and sphingomyelin syntheses are regulated independently in cultured human intestinal cells, CaCo-2: role of membrane cholesterol and sphingomyelin content. AU - Chen, H. AU - Born, E. AU - Mathur, S. N. AU - Field, F. J. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1993/// VL - 34 IS - 12 SP - 2159 EP - 2167 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Chen, H.: Department of Internal Medicine, University of Iowa and the Veterans Administration, Iowa City, IA 52242, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19941412201. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - There is a presumed association between cellular cholesterol and sphingomyelin metabolism. To study this relation in the intestine, the activity of the rate controlling enzyme of sphingolipid synthesis, serine palmitoyltransferase (SPT) and the biosynthesis of long-chain bases were characterized in cultured human intestinal cells, CaCo-2. Cells were then incubated with substances known to alter cholesterol biosynthesis, and the effect of these mediators on SPT activity and long-chain base synthesis was determined compared with their effects on HMG-CoA reductase activity and cholesterol synthesis. The polar sterol, 25-hydroxycholesterol, the squalene epoxide inhibitor, U18666A and the inhibitor of HMG-CoA reductase, lovastatin, all significantly inhibited the synthesis of cholesterol without altering SPT activity or long-chain base synthesis. Mevalonate, which increased cholesterol production 3-fold, also had no effect on SPT activity or sphingoid base synthesis. Serine, which significantly increased the synthesis of long-chain bases, did not alter cholesterol biosynthesis. Moreover, the suicide inhibitors of SPT, β-chloroalanine and cycloserine, did not alter cholesterol synthesis while decreasing long chain base synthesis. Cells were incubated with palmitic (PA), oleic (OA), linoleic (LA) and eicosapentaenoic acids (EA). Only PA, the preferred substrate for SPT, increased the production of long-chain bases. Both PA and OA acids, however, increased the synthesis of cholesterol. Cells enriched in sphingomyelin had higher rates of synthesis of both cholesterol and long-chain bases compared to their controls. In contrast, cholesterol and long-chain base syntheses were significantly decreased in cells enriched in cholesterol. Control cells incubated with phospholipid liposomes alone had higher rates of synthesis of both lipids. Results suggest that SPT and HMG-CoA reductase activities and cholesterol and long-chain base syntheses are regulated independently when the synthesis of cholesterol or sphingomyelin is altered acutely. However, when membrane cholesterol or sphingomyelin mass are altered parallel changes occur in the rates of synthesis of these 2 lipids. SPT activity in human small intestinal mucosa is also documented. KW - cell cultures KW - cholesterol KW - intestines KW - lipid metabolism KW - sphingolipids KW - synthesis KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fat metabolism KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19941412201&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hepatitis B vaccination and booster in predialysis patients: a 4-year analysis. AU - Dukes, C. S. AU - Street, A. C. AU - Starling, J. F. AU - Hamilton, J. D. JO - Vaccine JF - Vaccine Y1 - 1993/// VL - 11 IS - 12 SP - 1229 EP - 1232 SN - 0264-410X AD - Dukes, C. S.: Division of Infectious Diseases, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 508 Fulton Street, Durham, NC, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19942025377. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Public Health N2 - Patients undergoing chronic haemodialysis are at increased risk for infection with hepatitis B virus (HBV), but response to currently available vaccines is suboptimal. [The authors] undertook a 4-year prospective study of the efficacy of hepatitis B vaccine in patients with renal insufficiency, who were not yet dialysis-dependent. A booster dose of Recombivax HB was given at 3 or 4 years to those whose antibody levels fell below a predetermined point. Progression to dialysis was associated with poorer initial response to vaccination compared with those remaining dialysis-independent, but response to booster immunization was favourable in both groups. It is concluded that immunization of predialysis patients and subsequent booster vaccine results in a more favourable antibody response than has been seen historically in haemodialysis patients. Local endemicity and cost of vaccine should be considered when determining the best strategy for HBV immunization of patients with chronic renal failure. AS KW - antibodies KW - Hepatitis B KW - vaccination KW - booster doses KW - haemodialysis patients KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19942025377&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Enhanced susceptibility of blood monocytes from patients with pulmonary tuberculosis to productive infection with human immunodeficiency virus type 1. AU - Toossi, Z. AU - Sierra-Madero, J. G. AU - Blinkhorn, R. A. AU - Mettler, M. A. AU - Rich, E. A. JO - Journal of Experimental Medicine JF - Journal of Experimental Medicine Y1 - 1993/// VL - 177 IS - 5 SP - 1511 EP - 1516 SN - 0022-1007 AD - Toossi, Z.: Department of Medicine, Case Western Reserve University, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cleveland, Ohio 44106, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19942026439. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Public Health N2 - Blood monocytes from patients in the USA with active pulmonary tuberculosis were infected in vitro with HIV-1JR-FL. The maximum levels (and maximum increments in levels) of p24 antigen in culture supernatants at 10-20 days were significantly higher than for healthy cell donors reactive to PPD. However, entry of HIV and initiation of reverse transcription was variable and low for infected monocytes from both groups of donors and the proportion of infected cells was similar for the 2 groups. The authors conclude that enhanced HIV entry and a higher frequency of HIV-infected cells are apparently not the causes of the highly productive infection with HIV-1 that can develop in blood monocytes from patients with active tuberculosis. The activated state of the monocytes from the patients is postulated to be the reason for the cells' increased susceptibility to HIV. Carolyn A. Brown KW - blood cells KW - lungs KW - Opportunistic infections KW - Tuberculosis KW - Human immunodeficiency virus 1 KW - human immunodeficiency viruses KW - Lentivirus KW - Orthoretrovirinae KW - Retroviridae KW - RNA Reverse Transcribing Viruses KW - viruses KW - HUMAN IMMUNODEFICIENCY VIRUS TYPE 1 KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19942026439&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Measurement of the lactate dehydrogenase activity of Plasmodium falciparum as an assessment of parasitemia. AU - Makler, M. T. AU - Hinrichs, D. J. JO - American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene JF - American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene Y1 - 1993/// VL - 48 IS - 2 SP - 205 EP - 210 SN - 0002-9637 AD - Makler, M. T.: Clinical Pathology and Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, OR 97207, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19930805153. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 6 ref. Registry Number: 9001-60-9. Subject Subsets: Protozoology; Tropical Diseases N2 - An enzyme assay for the detection of P. falciparum is described. The assay is based on the observation that the lactate dehydrogenase (LDH) enzyme of P. falciparum has the ability to rapidly use 3-acetyl pyridine NAD (APAD) as a coenzyme in the reaction leading to the formation of pyruvate from lactate. Human red blood cell LDH carries out this reaction at a very slow rate in the presence of APAD. The development of APADH was measured and it was found that the formation of this product could establish the basis of an assay that detected the presence of P. falciparum from in vitro cultures at parasitaemia levels of 0.02%. This assay was also used with clinical samples. A correlation was found between levels of parasitaemia and the activity of parasite LDH. Parasite LDH (pLDH) activity could be measured in blood haemolysates and in plasma and serum from patients with malaria. The serum assay was used for pLDH and the level of pLDH was followed in a patient with cerebral malaria prior to antimalarial treatment and during the recovery period. It is concluded that the measurement of pLDH has a correlation with parasitaemia and may offer a method that can be developed into a simple test for the detection of Plasmodium parasitaemia.\From AS<new para>ADDITIONAL ABSTRACT:<new para>An enzyme assay for the detection of P. falciparum is described. The assay is based on the observation that the lactate dehydrogenase (LDH) enzyme of P. falciparum has the ability to rapidly use 3-acetyl pyridine NAD (APAD) as a coenzyme in the reaction leading to the formation of pyruvate from lactate. Human red blood cell LDH carries out this reaction at a very slow rate in the presence of APAD. The development of APADH was measured and it was found that the formation of this product could establish the basis of an assay that detected the presence of P. falciparum from in vitro cultures at parasitaemia levels of 0.02%. This assay was also used with clinical samples. A correlation was found between levels of parasitaemia and the activity of parasite LDH. Parasite LDH (pLDH) activity could be measured in blood haemolysates and in plasma and serum from patients with malaria. The serum assay was used for pLDH and the level of pLDH was followed in a patient with cerebral malaria prior to antimalarial treatment and during the recovery period. It is concluded that the measurement of pLDH has a correlation with parasitaemia and may offer a method that can be developed into a simple test for the detection of Plasmodium parasitaemia. KW - Biochemistry KW - detection KW - enzymes KW - Human diseases KW - Lactate dehydrogenase KW - parasites KW - Techniques KW - Apicomplexa KW - Plasmodiidae KW - Plasmodium falciparum KW - protozoa KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Haemospororida KW - Apicomplexa KW - Plasmodium KW - Plasmodiidae KW - lactate dehydrogenase activity KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19930805153&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hemoglobin catabolism and host-parasite heme balance in chloroquine-sensitive and chloroquine-resistant Plasmodium berghei infections. AU - Wood, P. A. AU - Eaton, J. W. JO - American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene JF - American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene Y1 - 1993/// VL - 48 IS - 4 SP - 465 EP - 472 SN - 0002-9637 AD - Wood, P. A.: Medical Oncology, Stratton Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albany, NY, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19930806463. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Registry Number: 50-63-8, 54-05-7, 132-73-0. Subject Subsets: Protozoology; Tropical Diseases N2 - ... To better understand the disposition of haem within the host-parasite complex, the balance of haemoglobin and haem in Plasmodium berghei infected reticulocytes was studied in the rat and compared in chloroquine-sensitive (CS) and chloroquine-resistant (CR) parasites. It was found that CS P. berghei parasites have 1.5-fold more haem than CR parasites, and that CS P. berghei-infected reticulocytes accumulate more chloroquine than CR P. berghei-infected reticulocytes. Despite these differences in parasite haem content, the decrease in host cell haemoglobin content and the rate of free amino acid generation within the host-parasite complex is similar in CS and CR P. berghei-infected rat reticulocytes. The haem content of the infected reticulocyte-parasite complex decreases with increasing parasitaemia but to a lesser extent than expected for the decrease in haemoglobin. The decrease in host-parasite haem is accelerated in the CR P. berghei infection compared with the CS P. berghei infection. Therefore, haemoglobin catabolism by malaria parasites is associated with the overall loss of haem from the host-parasite complex and with variable deposition of haem within parasites. In the CR P. berghei infection, this balance shifts with decreased haem deposition within the parasite and increased loss of haem from the host-parasite complex, which is not explicable on the basis of changes in parasite haemoglobin proteolysis.\AS<new para>ADDITIONAL ABSTRACT:<new para>To better understand the disposition of haem within the host-parasite complex, the balance of haemoglobin and haem in Plasmodium berghei infected reticulocytes was studied in the rat and compared in chloroquine-sensitive (CS) and chloroquine-resistant (CR) parasites. It was found that CS P. berghei parasites have 1.5-fold more haem than CR parasites, and that CS P. berghei-infected reticulocytes accumulate more chloroquine than CR P. berghei-infected reticulocytes. Despite these differences in parasite haem content, the decrease in host cell haemoglobin content and the rate of free amino acid generation within the host-parasite complex is similar in CS and CR P. berghei-infected rat reticulocytes. The haem content of the infected reticulocyte-parasite complex decreases with increasing parasitaemia but to a lesser extent than expected for the decrease in haemoglobin. The decrease in host-parasite haem is accelerated in the CR P. berghei infection compared with the CS P. berghei infection. Therefore, haemoglobin catabolism by malaria parasites is associated with the overall loss of haem from the host-parasite complex and with variable deposition of haem within parasites. In the CR P. berghei infection, this balance shifts with decreased haem deposition within the parasite and increased loss of haem from the host-parasite complex, which is not explicable on the basis of changes in parasite haemoglobin proteolysis. KW - Biochemistry KW - chloroquine KW - drug resistance KW - Experimental infections KW - Laboratory animals KW - parasites KW - resistance KW - Resistance mechanisms KW - Apicomplexa KW - Muridae KW - Plasmodiidae KW - Plasmodium KW - Plasmodium berghei KW - protozoa KW - rats KW - Rodents KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Haemospororida KW - Apicomplexa KW - Plasmodiidae KW - Plasmodium KW - Muridae KW - berghei malaria KW - haemoglobin catabolism KW - hostminusparasite haem balance KW - sensitive KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Pesticide and Drug Resistance (HH410) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Animals (LL820) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19930806463&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cyst acquisition rate for Giardia lamblia in backcountry travelers to Desolation Wilderness, Lake Tahoe. AU - Zell, S. C. AU - Sorenson, S. K. JO - Journal of Wilderness Medicine JF - Journal of Wilderness Medicine Y1 - 1993/// VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 147 EP - 154 SN - 0953-9859 AD - Zell, S. C.: Department of Internal Medicine, University of Nevada School of Medicine and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Reno, Nevada, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19930807937. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 7732-18-5. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - The incidence of Giardia lamblia [G. duodenalis] acquisition in travellers to Desolation Wilderness, California, USA, in the summer of 1988-1990 was investigated. Longitudinal follow-up on the incidence of symptomatic gastrointestinal illness was provided and the information was related to Giardia cyst concentrations in water samples from a high-use area. In a prospective cohort non-interventional study, 375 stool specimens were collected from 41 subjects (aged 19-71 years), although only 35 participants provided at least one complete set of post-trip specimens and questionnaire. 15 consumed untreated water and the remaining 20 utilized filtration, boiling or halogenation for water disinfection. Using a MAb for G. lamblia cyst detection, only 2 individuals (5.7%) were positive one week post-trip and were asymptomatic during a 6 month follow-up. 6 individuals reported episodes of gastrointestinal illness, which were short-lived and self-limiting in 5 cases. The remaining individual was treated with metronidazole, despite negative stool analysis, and symptoms resolved within 24 h. Water sampling from 3 sites at Meek's Creek revealed cyst contamination at low levels with a range of 0-25 cysts obtained from 100 gallons filtered. The findings suggest that G. lamblia may not be the sole aetiological agent responsible for gastrointestinal illness in backcountry travellers. KW - backpacking KW - developmental stages KW - epidemiology KW - hiking KW - human diseases KW - National Parks KW - parasites KW - transmission KW - water KW - California KW - North America KW - USA KW - Giardia duodenalis KW - Hexamitidae KW - man KW - protozoa KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Giardia KW - Hexamitidae KW - Diplomonadida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Pacific States of USA KW - Western States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - growth phase KW - prevalence KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Land Resources (PP300) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19930807937&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Alternaria: a sinonasal pathogen of immunocompromised hosts. AU - Morrison, V. A. AU - Weisdorf, D. J. JO - Clinical Infectious Diseases JF - Clinical Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1993/// VL - 16 IS - 2 SP - 265 EP - 270 SN - 1058-4838 AD - Morrison, V. A.: Divisions of Medical Oncology and Hematology, Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19931214085. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A 16-yr consecutive series of bone marrow transplant recipients was reviewed and the presentation, treatment approach and outcome of 6 cases of localized invasive sinonasal infection caused by Alternaria sp. are reported. At presentation, minimal or no symptoms were present, and nasal lesions of suspicious origin were often an incidental finding in evaluation of unexplained fever. Findings of sinus roentgenograms were normal and infection occurred prior to white blood cell recovery in 5 of 6 cases. All infections were localized to the sinonasal region without evidence of dissemination. Treatment included systemic antifungal therapy (amphotericin B in all cases, plus rifampin [rifampicin] and flucytosine in 2 cases) and surgical debridement in all patients; granulocyte transfusions were performed for 4 cases. The infections resolved without sequelae in all but 1 patient who died of postoperative complications. KW - bone marrow transplant KW - hosts KW - infections KW - nose KW - predisposition KW - sinuses KW - USA KW - Alternaria KW - man KW - Pleosporaceae KW - Pleosporales KW - Dothideomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19931214085&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of administration of diethylcarbamazine with and without fluconazole on experimental fungal infections in mice. AU - Kitchen, L. W. AU - Ross, J. A. AU - Hernandez, J. E. AU - Zarraga, A. L. AU - Mather, F. J. JO - International Journal of Antimicrobial Agents JF - International Journal of Antimicrobial Agents Y1 - 1993/// VL - 2 IS - 4 SP - 237 EP - 246 SN - 0924-8579 AD - Kitchen, L. W.: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Huntington, WV 25704, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19931214901. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Registry Number: 90-89-1, 1642-54-2, 86386-73-4. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology; Helminthology N2 - Diethylcarbamazine treatment was associated with lower brain fungal burden in fluconazole-treated mice following intravenous injection of Aspergillus fumigatus or increasing numbers of Cryptococcus neoformans, and lower brain and kidney levels of Candida albicans following intravenous injection of increasing numbers of C. albicans. KW - Anthelmintics KW - Antifungal agents KW - diethylcarbamazine KW - Fluconazole KW - helminths KW - infections KW - Laboratory animals KW - parasites KW - synergism KW - therapy KW - Aspergillus fumigatus KW - Candida albicans KW - Cryptococcus neoformans KW - Mice KW - Muridae KW - Rodents KW - Aspergillus KW - Trichocomaceae KW - Eurotiales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Cryptococcus (Fungi) KW - Tremellaceae KW - Tremellales KW - Tremellomycetes KW - Agaricomycotina KW - Basidiomycota KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - fungistats KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - parasitic worms KW - synergy KW - therapeutics KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19931214901&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Zinc protects against tumor necrosis factor-induced disruption of porcine endothelial cell monolayer integrity. AU - Hennig, B. AU - Wang, Y. AU - Ramasamy, S. AU - McClain, C. J. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1993/// VL - 123 IS - 6 SP - 1003 EP - 1009 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Hennig, B.: Department of Nutrition and Food Science, Graduate Center for Toxicology, Graduate Faculty of Nutrition, University of Kentucky and Lexington Veterans' Administration Medical Center, Lexington, KY 40506, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19931465446. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Some nutrients influence the metabolic response of cytokines such as tumour necrosis factor (TNF). Inadequate amounts of the essential trace element zinc may play a role in TNF-induced disruption of the vascular endothelial barrier function. To test this hypothesis, endothelial cells cultured on polycarbonate filters or culture plates were exposed to 6 different treatments for 3 days: medium 199 enriched with 5% foetal bovine serum (control), control + 2 levels of supplemental Zn (7.7 and 12.3 µmol/litre medium), TNF (5 × 105 U/litre) and TNF + the 2 levels of Zn as noted previously. Endothelial barrier function, expressed as albumin transfer across cultured endothelial monolayers, was not affected by Zn enrichment alone. TNF treatment significantly increased albumin transfer compared with control cultures. The lower concentration of Zn partly, and the higher concentation totally, prevented the TNF-induced increase in albumin transfer. The increase in cytosolic release of [³H]adenine (marker of cell injury) induced by TNF was prevented by added Zn. TNF treatment significantly decreased angiotensin-converting enzyme activity, and TNF also decreased activities of 2 other membrane-bound enzymes, total ATPase and Ca2+-ATPase. All these activities were restored by Zn enrichment. TNF treatment caused a decrease in cellular Zn concentration, which was prevented when the culture media were enriched with Zn. The data suggest that an important relationship exists between Zn status and TNF-induced endothelial cell dysfunction. KW - cell cultures KW - cytokines KW - endothelium KW - protection KW - zinc KW - pigs KW - Sus scrofa KW - Sus KW - Suidae KW - Suiformes KW - Artiodactyla KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hogs KW - swine KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19931465446&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of diabetes on myocardial glucose transport system in rats: implications for diabetic cardiomyopathy. AU - Garvey, W. T. AU - Hardin, D. AU - Juhaszova, M. AU - Dominguez, J. H. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1993/// VL - 264 IS - 3, II SP - H837 EP - H844 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Garvey, W. T.: Section of Endocrinology, Indianapolis Veterans Administration Medical Center, Indianapolis, Indiana 46202, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19931467515. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 50 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Studies of sarcolemmal vesicles (SL) in control, streptozotocin-induced diabetic (D), and insulin-treated diabetic (Tx) rats showed that 3-O-methylglucose transport rates were decreased 53% in D rats and were normalized by insulin therapy. Immunoblot analyses of SL revealed that GLUT4 glucose transporters were decreased in D and were normal in Tx rats. Thus, diminished transport rates could be fully explained by reduced numbers of SL GLUT4 with normal functional activity. To assess whether SL GLUT4 were decreased due to tissue depletion or abnormal subcellular distribution, GLUT4 was measured in total membranes (SL plus intracellular fractions). Total GLUT4 (per mg membrane protein or per DNA) was decreased 45-51% in D (half time = 3.5 days after streptozotocin) and these values were restored to normal in Tx rats. Also, diabetes decreased GLUT4 mRNA by 43%, and this effect was reversed by insulin therapy. It is concluded that, in diabetes, impaired myocardial glucose utilization is the result of a decrease in glucose transport activity and transport rates are reduced due to pretranslational suppression of GLUT4 gene expression and can be corrected by insulin therapy. GLUT4 depletion could limit glucose availability under conditions of increased workload and anoxia and could cause myocardial dysfunction. KW - cardiomyopathy KW - Diabetes KW - glucose KW - Heart diseases KW - Insulin KW - myocardium KW - transport KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cardiac muscle KW - coronary diseases KW - dextrose KW - heart muscle KW - transportation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19931467515&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Genetic conservation of hlyA determinants and serological conservation of HlyA: basis for developing a broadly cross-reactive subunit Escherichia coli alpha-hemolysin vaccine. AU - O'Hanley, P. AU - Marcus, R. AU - Baek, K. H. AU - Denich, K. AU - Ji, G. E. JO - Infection and Immunity JF - Infection and Immunity Y1 - 1993/// VL - 61 IS - 3 SP - 1091 EP - 1097 SN - 0019-9567 AD - O'Hanley, P.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, CA 94306, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19932022626. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Public Health N2 - The HlyA determinant among Escherichia coli isolates from patients with symptomatic urinary tract infection was compared in this report with a prototype HlyA encoded by pSF4000 by DNA-DNA hybridization tests with 20-base synthetic oligonucleotides and monoclonal antibody binding and neutralization assays. Hybridization results demonstrated that 349 (98%) of 357 definitive reactions among 54 hemolytic strains shared homology with seven DNA probes spanning many HlyA regions corresponding to residues (R) 41 to 47, 55 to 61, 248 to 254, 306 to 312, 336 to 343, 402 to 408, and 929 to 935. Genetic divergence was identified by lack of hybridization signals among 17 to 76% of the hemolytic strains within the distal portion of a predicted hydrophobic region corresponding to R491 to 319 and within a predicted hydrophilic region corresponding to R491 to 497 and R532 to 538. Serological studies demonstrated that 26 (81%) culture supernatants of 32 hemolytic strains were bound by all 12 monoclonal anti-HlyA antibodies. Among five of six remaining strains, the culture supernatants were bound by 3 to 11 monoclonal antibody preparations. There was only one hemolytic culture supernatant that failed to be bound by any monoclonal antibody, although the strain hybridized with nine hemolysin DNA probes. In addition, hemolytic activity of all 24 different culture supernatants tested was reduced by at least twofold by one monoclonal antibody specific for R2-161. These data extend and support previous views that the HlyA determined is conserved among Esch. coli strains and suggest that a broadly cross-reactive HlyA subunit vaccine can be developed.AS KW - strains KW - urinary tract KW - Escherichia coli KW - Escherichia KW - Enterobacteriaceae KW - Enterobacteriales KW - Gammaproteobacteria KW - Proteobacteria KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - alpha-haemolysin conservation KW - bacterium KW - E. coli KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19932022626&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107432289 T1 - Nutrition and wound healing. AU - Johnson LJ Y1 - 1993/10//1993 Oct N1 - Accession Number: 107432289. Language: English. Entry Date: 19951201. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9206988. KW - Nutritional Assessment KW - Wound Healing KW - Nutrition Disorders -- Prevention and Control KW - Wounds and Injuries -- Diagnosis KW - Risk Factors KW - Nutritional Requirements SP - 238 EP - 242 JO - Seminars in Perioperative Nursing JF - Seminars in Perioperative Nursing JA - SEMIN PERIOPER NURS VL - 2 IS - 4 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - W B Saunders AB - Wound healing is a complex process following injury that ideally will end in complete restoration of the damaged tissue and function. Nutrition is one of the most important determinants in successful wound healing. Proper identification of nutritional deficiencies and rapid intervention will increase the chances of successful wound closure. Copyright (c) 1994 by W.B. Saunders Company SN - 1056-8670 AD - Dietetic Service, Audie L Murphy Memorial Veterans Administration Hospital, 7400 Merton Minter Blvd, San Antonio, TX 78284 U2 - PMID: 8054949. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107432289&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107383935 T1 - Eating behaviors of nursing home residents who display agitation. AU - Kline N AU - Sexton DL Y1 - 1996/09// N1 - Accession Number: 107383935. Language: English. Entry Date: 19961001. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Blind Peer Reviewed; Core Nursing; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. Instrumentation: Mini-Mental Status Examination (MMSE) (Folstein et al); Eating Behavior Observation Scale (EBOS); Cohen-Mansfield Agitation Inventory (CMAI). NLM UID: 8219243. KW - Nursing Home Patients KW - Geriatric Nutrition KW - Eating Behavior -- Evaluation -- In Old Age KW - Agitation -- Diagnosis -- In Old Age KW - Cognition -- Evaluation -- In Old Age KW - Agitation -- Classification KW - Repeated Measures KW - Psychological Tests KW - Content Validity KW - Chi Square Test KW - Observational Methods KW - Aggression -- In Old Age KW - Aged KW - Male KW - Female SP - 32JJ EP - PP JO - Nursing Management JF - Nursing Management JA - NURS MANAGE VL - 27 IS - 9 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - To determine if cognitive level and agitation affect eating behavior, 33 females and four males in a 210-bed nursing home were studied. The researcher inconspicuously observed the evening meal for subjects on three occasions. Nearly 80% of the subjects showed a high frequency of agitation and 84% exhibited cognitive impairment. More than one-half were independent in feeding, with caregivers neither touching nor encouraging subjects during more than half the 110 meals observed. No significant relationships were demonstrated between level of agitation and eating behavior or between cognitive level and eating behavior. SN - 0744-6314 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, Connecticut U2 - PMID: 8850954. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107383935&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107231244 T1 - Comparison based on age of baseline electrocardiographic abnormalities in non-Q-wave myocardial infarction. AU - Stratmann HG AU - Kleiger RE AU - Ferry DR AU - Zoble RG AU - Chow BK AU - Lavori PW AU - Boden WE Y1 - 1999/07//7/ 1/1999 N1 - Accession Number: 107231244. Language: English. Entry Date: 19991201. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: Department of Veterans Affairs Cooperative Studies Program; Hoechst Marion Roussel, Inc.. NLM UID: 7503062. KW - Electrocardiography KW - Hypertrophy, Left Ventricular -- Complications KW - Hypertrophy, Left Ventricular -- Diagnosis KW - Myocardial Infarction -- Diagnosis KW - Myocardial Infarction -- Etiology KW - Age Factors KW - Chi Square Test KW - Comparative Studies KW - Hospitals, Veterans KW - Incidence KW - Predictive Value of Tests KW - Prognosis KW - Retrospective Design KW - Risk Factors KW - Funding Source KW - United States KW - United States Department of Veterans Affairs KW - Middle Age KW - Aged KW - Human SP - 870 EP - 872 JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J AM GERIATR SOC CY - Malden, Massachusetts PB - Wiley-Blackwell AB - OBJECTIVE: To compare the incidence of electrocardiographic abnormalities between older (age > or = 70 years) and younger patients presenting with acute non-Q-wave myocardial infarction. DESIGN: Retrospective review of qualifying electrocardiograms in 918 patients enrolled in the multicenter Veterans Affairs Non-Q-Wave Infarction Strategies In-Hospital (VANQWISH) study. SETTING: Seventeen Department of Veterans Affairs medical centers. PARTICIPANTS: A total of 918 patients (224 > or = 70 years old) with acute non-Q-wave myocardial infarction. MEASUREMENTS: Comparison of electrocardiograms in patients aged > or = 70 years and younger patients for presence of left ventriculary hypertrophy, widened QRS complex, ST and T wave abnormalities, rhythm other than sinus, heart rate > or = 80 beats/minute, and location of acute non-Q-wave myocardial infarction. RESULTS: Left ventricular hypertrophy and ST depression > or = 1 mm were significantly more frequent in older than in younger patients. CONCLUSIONS: Older patients presenting with non-Q-wave myocardial infarction have a greater incidence of left ventricular hypertrophy and ST depression on their electrocardiograms than younger patients. Both of these electrocardiographic findings have previously been associated with increased risk of death and recurrent myocardial infarction and may help account for the worse prognosis of non-Q-wave myocardial infarction in older patients. SN - 0002-8614 AD - Department of Cardiology, 111A-JC, St. Louis Veterans Administration Medical Center, 915 N. Grant, St. Louis, MO 63106 U2 - PMID: 10404934. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107231244&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107358850 T1 - How to collaborate with nurse practitioners. AU - El-Sherif C Y1 - 1996/01// N1 - Accession Number: 107358850. Language: English. Entry Date: 20050712. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7600137. KW - Collaboration KW - Nurse Practitioners KW - Nursing Staff, Hospital KW - Intraprofessional Relations SP - 64 EP - 64 JO - Nursing JF - Nursing JA - NURSING VL - 26 IS - 1 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0360-4039 AD - Geriatric Evaluation and Management Team, Veterans Administration, Medical Center, Castle Point, NY U2 - PMID: 8632857. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107358850&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Treatment of severe falciparum malaria during pregnancy with quinidine and exchange transfusion. AU - Wong, R. D. AU - Murthy, A. R. K. AU - Mathisen, G. E. AU - Glover, N. AU - Thornton, P. J. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1992/// VL - 92 IS - 5 SP - 561 EP - 562 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Wong, R. D.: Department of Medicine, Infectious Diseases Section, Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, California, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19940804330. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Registry Number: 50-54-4, 56-54-2, 6591-63-5. Subject Subsets: Protozoology; Tropical Diseases N2 - A 21-year-old primigravida Liberian woman who had arrived in California, USA, 2 weeks previously, presented with a 2-day history of fever, chills and vomiting. Her past history included 2 previously treated episodes of malaria. She was found to have high-grade (greater than 12%) parasitaemia with Plasmodium falciparum. The patient was treated initially with chloroquine (1 g orally), but when she developed bilateral pulmonary infiltrates and premature labour, treatment was changed to intravenous quinidine (10 mg base/kg over 2 hours followed by a continuous infusion of 0.02 mg/kg/min with pulmonary artery catheter monitoring) and exchange blood transfusion. This resulted in a decreased parasitaemia and clinical improvement. Caesarean section was undertaken and a healthy infant was delivered. It is suggested that in selected cases of severe, complicated malaria in pregnancy, intravenous quinidine in combination with exchange transfusion and careful monitoring should be considered.<new para>ADDITIONAL ABSTRACT:<new para>... This article reports the case of a 21-year-old primigravida Liberian women who presented with high-grade (greater than 12%) parasitemia with Plasmodium falciparum. The patient was initially treated with chloroquine; however, she developed bilateral pulmonary infiltrates and premature labor, and her condition appeared to clinically deteriorate. Therapy was changed to intravenous quinidine, and red blood cell exchange transfusion was instituted. This resulted in a decreased parasitemia and clinical improvement. The patient underwent a Cesarean section, and a healthy child was delivered. Although most cases of malaria may be managed with conventional chemotherapy, the use of intravenous quinidine in combination with exchange transfusion with careful monitoring should be considered in selected cases of severe, complicated malaria in pregnant women. AS KW - antimalarials KW - antiprotozoal agents KW - blood transfusion KW - case reports KW - drug therapy KW - exchange transfusion KW - human diseases KW - imported infections KW - malaria KW - parasites KW - pregnancy KW - quinidine KW - treatment KW - women KW - Africa KW - California KW - Liberia KW - North America KW - USA KW - Apicomplexa KW - man KW - Plasmodiidae KW - Plasmodium falciparum KW - protozoa KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Haemospororida KW - Apicomplexa KW - Plasmodium KW - Plasmodiidae KW - Pacific States of USA KW - Western States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - ACP Countries KW - Anglophone Africa KW - Africa KW - Least Developed Countries KW - Developing Countries KW - West Africa KW - Africa South of Sahara KW - chemotherapy KW - falciparum malaria KW - gestation KW - quinidine and exchange transfusion KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Women (UU500) KW - Human Reproduction and Development (VV060) KW - Pathogen, Pest, Parasite and Weed Management (General) (HH000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19940804330&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Further studies of the effect of zinc on intestinal absorption of calcium in man. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Norris, C. AU - Osis, D. JO - Journal of the American College of Nutrition JF - Journal of the American College of Nutrition Y1 - 1992/// VL - 11 IS - 5 SP - 561 EP - 566 SN - 0731-5724 AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Research, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, IL 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19941400074. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of zinc supplements on intestinal calcium absorption was investigated in 9 men in 11 studies. Zn 100 mg as ZnSO4, was given daily during a low Ca intake (230 mg/day) in 6 studies and Zn 140 mg as ZnSO4 was given during a Ca intake of 500 mg/day in 5 studies. Intestinal absorption of Ca was estimated with tracer doses of 47CaCl2 in control and in supplementation studies. Zn 100 mg/day during a low Ca intake (230 mg/day) did not inhibit Ca absorption and Zn 140 mg given during the Ca 500 mg intake also did not affect Ca absorption. KW - calcium KW - calcium absorption KW - intestinal absorption KW - intestines KW - men KW - supplements KW - zinc KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19941400074&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Elderly veterans at risk for nutrition-related cardiovascular disease. AU - Moran, M. B. AU - Naughton, B. J. AU - Hughes, S. L. JO - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JF - Journal of the American Dietetic Association Y1 - 1992/// VL - 92 IS - 7 SP - 863 EP - 865 SN - 0002-8223 AD - Moran, M. B.: Veterans Administration Lakeside Medical Center, Chicago, IL 60611, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19941400216. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Veterans ≥70 years old who attended a new Veterans Administration (VA) outpatient facility underwent a physical examination, medical history interview and laboratory tests. 5 risk factors for cardiovascular disease in elderly men were selected based on analysis of data from the Framingham Heart Study: systolic blood pressure ≥120 mm Hg; total serum cholesterol level ≥5.2 mmol/l; Metropolitan relative weight (MRW) ≥110%; cigarette smoking; and blood glucose value ≥6.9 mmol/litre. Results indicated that unmet needs exist among elderly mean when they initially seek care in VA outpatient facilities, which much be addressed through nutrition intervention programmes. AV facilities should periodically assess and revise resource allocation and treatment strategies to respond to the needs of the growing population of elderly veterans. Treatment strategies should be tested to determine their effect on the risk factor of interest and on overall nutritional state. KW - cardiovascular diseases KW - evaluation KW - health care KW - men KW - nutrition education KW - old age KW - risk KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Diet Studies (VV110) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19941400216&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Role of body fat distribution in the decline in insulin sensitivity and glucose tolerance with age. AU - Coon, P. J. AU - Rogus, E. M. AU - Drinkwater, D. AU - Muller, D. C. AU - Goldberg, A. P. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1992/// VL - 75 IS - 4 SP - 1125 EP - 1132 SN - 0021-972X AD - Coon, P. J.: Geriatrics Service, Baltimore Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3900 Loch Raven Avenue, Baltimore, Maryland 21218, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19941403774. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 54 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The relation of body composition and physical fitness (maximal aerobic capacity (VO2max)) to the decline in insulin sensitivity with age was examined in healthy men (n=13, 19 to 36 years old; n=36, 47 to 73 years old). In 18 older men with normal glucose tolerance (oral glucose tolerance test; OGTT), glucose disposal rates (M) during hyperinsulinaemic euglycaemic clamps correlated negatively with waist to hip ratio (WHR; r = -0.77; P<0.001) and percent body fat (r = 0.46; P<0.05) and positively with VO2max (r = 0.54; P<0.05), but not with age. Similar relations existed in 36 older men with a spectrum of OGTT responses; however, only WHR was independently related to M (r² = 0.32; P<0.01). In older men with normal OGTT, M (7.88±0.43 mg kg fat-free mass-1 min-1) was not different from that in young men (8.56±0.47; P=not significant). In older and young men with normal OGTT matched for WHR, percent fat or VO2max, glucose disposal was comparable at sequential 15-min intervals during the clamp and in its relation to insulin concentration at tissue level Despite higher steady state plasma insulin during the clamp, M was significantly lower in older men with a higher WHR, greater percent fat, lower VO2max or impaired OGTT. Thus, in healthy older men up to 73 years old, insulin sensitivity and glucose tolerance are affected primarily by regional body fat distribution, not age, obesity or VO2max. KW - abdominal fat KW - age KW - body fat KW - body measurements KW - distribution KW - glucose tolerance KW - insulin KW - men KW - obesity KW - physical fitness KW - responses KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood sugar tolerance KW - fatness KW - keep fit KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Human Health and Hygiene (General) (VV000) (Revised June 2002) [formerly Human Health and Hygiene (General) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Diet Studies (VV110) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19941403774&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Biotin transport in human liver basolateral membrane vesicles: a carrier-mediated, Na+ gradient-dependent process. AU - Said, H. M. AU - Hoefs, J. AU - Mohammadkhani, R. AU - Horne, D. W. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1992/// VL - 102 IS - 6 SP - 2120 EP - 2125 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Said, H. M.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Long Beach, CA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19941403980. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 58-85-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The characteristics of biotin transport into human liver were examined using purified liver basolateral membrane vesicle (BLMV) preparations. Biotin uptake by BLMVs was mostly due to transport of biotin into the inside of vesicles. In the presence of a Na+ gradient (out > in), biotin transport with time was significantly higher than that in the presence of a K+ gradient and showed transient accumulation (overshoot). High concentrations of unlabelled biotin and related compounds caused significant cis inhibition in biotin transport in the presence of a Na+ (but not a K+) gradient. Transport of biotin as a function of concentration in the presence of a Na+ gradient included a saturable component, while it was lower and linear in the presence of a K+ gradient. Apparent Km and Vmax of the saturable Na+ gradient-dependent component were 1.22 µmol/litre and 4.76 pmol mg protein-1 10 s-1, respectively. Induction of a negative or positive intravascular potential using valinomycin-K diffusion methodology did not affect biotin transport into BLMVs. Also, neither the anion-exchange inhibitor 4,4′-diisothiocyanatostilbene-2,2′-disulfonic acid nor 4-acetamido-4-isothiocyanostilbene-2,2′-disulfonic acid caused significant inhibition in biotin transport. Results indicate that biotin transport into human liver occurs via a specialized, carrier-mediated transport system. This system is Na+ gradient dependent and transports biotin via an electroneutral process. KW - biotin KW - cell cultures KW - liver KW - transport KW - vitamins KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - transportation KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19941403980&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Correlation of Pneumocystis carinii cyst density with mortality in patients with acquired immunodeficiency syndrome and pneumocystis pneumonia. AU - Blumenfeld, W. AU - Miller, C. N. AU - Chew, K. L. AU - Mayall, B. H. AU - Griffiss, J. M. JO - Human Pathology JF - Human Pathology Y1 - 1992/// VL - 23 IS - 6 SP - 612 EP - 618 SN - 0046-8177 AD - Blumenfeld, W.: Center for Immunochemistry, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Departments of Laboratory Medicine and Pathology, University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19930882926. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - Fifteen to 20% of patients with AIDS and Pneumocystis carinii pneumonia (PCP) do poorly despite early intervention. It is not known what distinguishes those who die, despite early intervention and aggressive therapy, from those who readily respond to therapy. Image analysis was used to determine the relative abundance of cysts within aggregates of P. carinii found in induced sputum (21 patients) and bronchoalveolar lavage specimens (14 patients) from 35 patients with PCP. Six patients died within 2 weeks of diagnosis, and the mean cyst density for those who died was 9.7 ± 3.9 (range, 5 to 15 × 10-3/µm²). The 29 patients who survived beyond 2 weeks had a mean cyst density of 18.4 ± 8.7 (range, 5 to 35 × 10-3/ µm²). It is concluded that cyst density determinations alone should not be used to predict outcome for individuals with PCP until further studies are completed. However, it is suggested that a low cyst density specimen (which may indirectly indicate a greater proportion of trophozoites) may be associated with an unfavourable outcome in AIDS-related PCP. KW - ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME KW - human diseases KW - human immunodeficiency viruses KW - immunocompromised hosts KW - mortality KW - opportunistic infections KW - parasites KW - prognosis KW - California KW - North America KW - USA KW - man KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystis carinii KW - protozoa KW - Lentivirus KW - Orthoretrovirinae KW - Retroviridae KW - RNA Reverse Transcribing Viruses KW - viruses KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Pneumocystis KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystidomycetes KW - Taphrinomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - invertebrates KW - Pacific States of USA KW - Western States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - AIDS KW - death rate KW - fungus KW - human immunodeficiency virus KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19930882926&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Influence of alkaline pH on the direct lethal action of miconazole against Candida albicans. AU - Beggs, W. H. JO - Mycopathologia JF - Mycopathologia Y1 - 1992/// VL - 120 IS - 1 SP - 11 EP - 13 SN - 0301-486X AD - Beggs, W. H.: General Medical Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19931213625. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 4 ref. Registry Number: 22916-47-8. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Miconazole is subject to protonation (pKa ~6.5). It is suggested that the direct lethal action (DLA) of miconazole against C. albicans required non-protonated drug molecules. DLA declined in intensity as pH was decreased from 6.0. At pH >6.5 most molecules of miconazole exist in the non-protonated state, but drug also becomes less soluble. Viability studies were designed to assess DLA in relation to alkaline pH. DLA was clearly inhibited with increasing as well as decreasing pH (i.e. pH <6.0 and >7.0), indicating that non-protonated neutral drug molecules must be in solution or in extremely small aggregates to elicit DLA, and that the non-protonated species itself is more soluble at pH 6.0-7.0 than under more alkaline conditions. KW - antifungal agents KW - antifungal properties KW - Miconazole KW - Candida albicans KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - anti-fungal properties KW - fungicidal properties KW - fungistats KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19931213625&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Glycosaminoglycans inhibit Candida albicans adherence to extracellular matrix proteins. AU - Klotz, S. A. AU - Smith, R. L. JO - FEMS Microbiology Letters JF - FEMS Microbiology Letters Y1 - 1992/// VL - 99 IS - 2-3 SP - 205 EP - 208 SN - 0378-1097 AD - Klotz, S. A.: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Kansas City, Missouri, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19931213651. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - The influence of glycosaminoglycans (GAGS), including heparin, heparan sulfate and dextran sulfate, on C. albicans adherence to subendothelial extracellular matrix (ECM) and ECM proteins was studied. GAGS inhibited C. albicans adherence to ECM and ECM proteins. It is suggested that this possibly occurred by the GAGS binding to the ECM proteins and, in so doing, masking a preferred ligand for C. albicans adherence. KW - adhesion KW - glycosaminoglycans KW - inhibition KW - proteins KW - Candida albicans KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19931213651&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cholecystokinin receptor antagonist MK-329 blocks intestinal fat-induced inhibition of meal-stimulated gastric acid secretion. AU - Lloyd, K. C. K. AU - Maxwell, V. AU - Kovacs, T. O. G. AU - Miller, J. AU - Walsh, J. H. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1992/// VL - 102 IS - 1 SP - 131 EP - 138 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Lloyd, K. C. K.: Department of Veterans Affairs/Center for Ulcer Research and Education, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Building 115, Room 115, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19931454703. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 46 ref. Registry Number: 9011-97-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - MK-329, a selective type A cholecystokinin (CCK) receptor antagonist, was given to dogs to test the hypothesis that CCK is one of the principal physiological enterogastrones mediating fat-induced decreases in gastric acid secretion. Gastric acid secretion in response to 300 ml of 8% peptone meals was measured by intragastric titration of pH 5.5 in 6 awake dogs with chronic gastric, duodenal and jejunal fistulae. Gastric emptying was measured by a dye-dilution technique. During the last hour of peptone stimulation, the intestine was perfused with control solution or 20% lipid (Intralipid; Kabi Vitrum, Alamedo, California) intraduodenally or intrajejunally. Compared with control perfusions, mean gastric acid outputs were decreased significantly after lipid perfusion of the duodenum (47% of control) and jejunum (24% of control). Similarly, mean gastric emptying rates were significantly less after lipid perfusion of the duodenum (56%) and jejunum (26%). Oral pretreatment with MK-329 (1 mg/kg) significantly reversed the inhibition of gastric acid output caused by lipid perfusion of the duodenum and jejunum, but fat-induced inhibition of gastric emptying was not significantly affected. The studies provide evidence for an important inhibitory role for CCK as an enterogastrone, but do not implicate CCK as being important in fat-induced delayed gastric emptying of a liquid meal in dogs. KW - antagonists KW - Gastric acid KW - Hydrochloric acid secretion KW - infusion KW - lipids KW - pancreozymin KW - secretion KW - small intestine KW - Stomach emptying KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cholecystokinin KW - lipins KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19931454703&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Role of affect and personality in gastric acid secretion and serum gastrin concentration. Comparative studies in normal men and in male duodenal ulcer patients. AU - Feldman, M. AU - Walker, P. AU - Goldschmiedt, M. AU - Cannon, D. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1992/// VL - 102 IS - 1 SP - 175 EP - 180 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Feldman, M.: Dallas Veterans Administration Medical Center (111), 4500 South Lancaster Road, Dallas, TX 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19931454704. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Registry Number: 9002-76-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The role of mood state (affect) and personality on basal acid secretion and basal serum gastrin concentrations were examined in 7 healthy men and 8 patients with duodenal ulcer. In each subject, gastric secretion and affect were assessed simultaneously on 5 separate days. None of 10 self-reported affect variables correlated with daily fluctuations in basal acid secretion in either group. Three variables (tension, conflict and anxiety) correlated significantly with serum gastrin fluctuations in normal subjects, but these relationships were not present in ulcer patients, who were hypergastrinaemic regardless of their affective state. The degree to which serum gastrin fluctuated was unrelated to personality, as assessed by Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory. On the other hand, several Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory scales correlated with the degree of variability in basal acid secretion, including scales that measured impulsivity and social isolation/alienation. The studies indicate that serum gastrin concentrations are related to affective state in normal men, that this relationship is altered in men with duodenal ulcer, and that certain personality traits, such as impulsivity and social isolation, are associated with more labile basal acid secretion rates. KW - blood KW - Gastric acid KW - Gastrin KW - Hydrochloric acid secretion KW - psychology KW - secretion KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - duodenal ulcer KW - psychological factors KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19931454704&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Glutathione effects on vitamin D metabolism in control and streptozotocin diabetic rat. AU - Schedl, H. P. AU - Wilson, H. D. AU - Horst, R. L. AU - Christensen, K. AU - Brown, K. JO - Nutrition Research JF - Nutrition Research Y1 - 1992/// VL - 12 IS - 12 SP - 1541 EP - 1547 SN - 0271-5317 AD - Schedl, H. P.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Gastroenterology-Hepatology Research Laboratories, University of Iowa College of Medicine, Iowa City, IA 52242, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19931457607. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 70-18-8, 1406-16-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Enterally administered glutathione increased circulating calcitriol and decreased 25-hydroxycholecalciferol in control (non-diabetic) and diabetic rats. These results suggest that exogenous glutathione increases 25 hydroxycholecalciferol 1α-hydroxylation both under basal conditions in the normal rat and in diabetes-induced depression of hydroxylation. KW - Diabetes KW - enteral feeding KW - glutathione KW - metabolism KW - vitamin D KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19931457607&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Role of cAMP in mediating effects of fasting on dephosphorylation of insulin receptor. AU - Begum, N. AU - Graham, A. L. AU - Sussman, K. E. AU - Draznin, B. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1992/// VL - 262 IS - 2, I SP - E142 EP - E149 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Begum, N.: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Denver, CO 80220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19931458010. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 54 ref. Registry Number: 60-92-4, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of fasting on phosphotyrosine phosphatase (PTPase) activities in particulate (PF) and cytosolic (CF) fractions of rat adipocytes and liver was studied. PTPase activity was assessed using [32P]tyrosine insulin receptor (IR). In adipocytes, 48 h of fasting significantly inhibited PTPase activity. Dephosphorylation of IR by PF and CF PTPases was reduced by 80 and 65%, respectively. Similar reductions of lesser magnitude were observed in fasted rat livers. The effect of fasting was completely reversed by either refeeding or by incubating fasted adipocytes for 2 h in tissue culture medium containing 5 mM glucose. Neither 20 mM glucose nor the presence of insulin influenced phosphatase activity. Because fasting is accompanied by elevated protein kinase C (PKC) and cAMP levels, their influence on adipocyte PTPases was studied. Neither activation (1 µM 12-O-tetradecanoylphorbol-13-acetate) nor inhibition (20 µM sphingosine) of PKC affected PTPase activity. In contrast, cAMP (2 mM) significantly inhibited PTPase activity (80% inhibition at 2 h), and its effect was prevented by a cAMP antagonist RpcAMP. Fasting- and cAMP-induced inhibition of PTPase activity was restored by incubating PF with trypsin (4 µg/ml for 5 min), which separated the putative inhibitors from the phosphatases. It was concluded that fasting-induced inhibition of PTPases is mediated by elevated cAMP levels, most probably by activating phosphatase inhibitors. KW - activity KW - adipocytes KW - c-AMP KW - fasting KW - Insulin KW - liver KW - receptors KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cyclic adenosine monophosphate KW - cyclic AMP KW - dephosphorylation KW - fat cells KW - Phosphotyrosine phosphatase KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19931458010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Altered proximal tubule glucose metabolism in X-linked hypohosphatemic mice. AU - Capparelli, A. W. AU - Roh, D. AU - Dhiman, J. K. AU - Jo, O. D. AU - Yanagawa, N. JO - Endocrinology (Philadelphia) JF - Endocrinology (Philadelphia) Y1 - 1992/// VL - 130 IS - 1 SP - 328 EP - 334 SN - 0013-7227 AD - Capparelli, A. W.: Division of Nephrology, Medical and Research Services, Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19931458659. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The proximal kidney tubules of genetically hypophosphataemic (Hyp/Y) mice showed a higher rate of glucose production, when using glutamine or α-ketoglutarate as a substrate, than their normal (+/Y) littermates. The glucose production rate was not, however, different when using malate or fructose as the substrate. Parathyrin (PTH) stimulated glucose production in +/Y, but not Hyp/Y, proximal tubules. The PTH resistance in Hyp/Y mice involved steps at and beyond cAMP formation, because in Hyp/Y proximal tubules, PTH caused a lesser stimulation of cAMP generation, and addition of 8-bromo-cAMP failed to increase the glucose production rate. The rate of glucose utilization as a whole was not different in the 2 groups, but the rate of glucose metabolized through the pentose cycle (PC) pathway was markedly lower in Hyp/Y proximal tubules. The lower PC activity in Hyp/Y proximal tubules did not result from a defect of PC enzymes, because both glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase and 6-phosphogluconate dehydrogenase activities were intact, and phenazine methosulphate was able to stimulate PC activity. The higher rate of glucose production and the lower rate of PC activity persisted in the in vitro cultured Hyp/Y proximal tubular cells. These results suggest that the altered glucose metabolism in the Hyp/Y mouse proximal tubule is not maintained by external influences, and may be an abnormality intrinsic to these cells. KW - genetics KW - Glucose KW - hypophosphataemia KW - kidneys KW - metabolism KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - hypophosphatemia KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19931458659&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of calcitonin on 3',5'-cyclic adenosine monophosphate and calcium second messenger generation and osteoblast function in UMR 106-06 osteoblast-like cells. AU - Iida-Klein, A. AU - Yee, D. C. AU - Brandli, D. W. AU - Mirikitani, E. J. M. AU - Hahn, T. J. JO - Endocrinology (Philadelphia) JF - Endocrinology (Philadelphia) Y1 - 1992/// VL - 130 IS - 1 SP - 381 EP - 388 SN - 0013-7227 AD - Iida-Klein, A.: Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center, Wadsworth Veterans Administration Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19931458660. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 36 ref. Registry Number: 60-92-4, 9007-12-9, 7440-70-2, 9007-49-2, 9002-64-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The UMR 106-06 rat osteosarcoma osteoblast-like cell line possesses calcitonin (CT) receptors in addition to expressing parathyrin (PTH) receptors and a highly osteoblast-like phenotype, and may represent an intermediate developmental stage between early osteoblast precursors and mature osteoblasts. Therefore, the effects of CT and PTH on 2nd messenger generation and osteoblastic function in these cells were studied. In UMR-106-06 cells, 10-1000 nM CT produced a dose-dependent stimulation of intracellular free calcium concentration ([Ca2+]i), which reached a plateau in 2-3 min. This stimulatory effect was abolished in the absence of extracellular Ca2+ ([Ca2+]o) and was mimicked for forskolin and dibutyryl cAMP. 100 nM CT also produced a slight but significant increase in inositol triphosphate production (13%, P<0.05), but did not produce a rapid, transient increase in [Ca2+]i. In contrast, PTH produced a rapid transient increase in [Ca2+]i, which reached a maximum within 30 s. This stimulatory effect of PTH on the [Ca2+]i signal was dose-dependent and accompanied by a parallel stimulation of inositol triphosphate production. PTH, forskolin and dibutyryl cAMP all produced a marked dose-related suppression of both DNA and collagen synthesis, which paralleled their stimulatory effects on intracellular cAMP levels. In marked contrast, CT only minimally reduced DNA and collagen synthesis despite producing comparable increases in intracellular cAMP. 100 nM CT also stimulated alkaline phosphatase specific activity by 33% (P<0.05). Thus, CT stimulates cAMP, [Ca2+]i, and inositol phosphate 2nd messengers in UMR 106-06 cells. However, in contrast to other agents which elevate intracellular cAMP levels, CT does not suppress DNA synthesis. These results suggest that the linkage of CT receptor 2nd messengers to effects on cell function differ from those of PTH and/or that CT may produce additional 2nd messenger(s) which antagonize the antiproliferative effect of increased cAMP levels in UMR-106-06 cells. KW - bones KW - C-AMP KW - calcitonin KW - Calcium KW - cell cultures KW - cells KW - DNA KW - Inositol phosphates KW - parathyrin KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cyclic adenosine monophosphate KW - cyclic AMP KW - deoxyribonucleic acid KW - parathyroid hormone KW - thyrocalcitonin KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19931458660&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Anorexic contribution to increased linoleate mobilization and oxidation in lymphoma-bearing mice. AU - Kannan, R. AU - Gan-Elepano, M. AU - Baker, N. JO - Lipids JF - Lipids Y1 - 1992/// VL - 27 IS - 2 SP - 117 EP - 123 SN - 0024-4201 AD - Kannan, R.: Liver Research Laboratory, Medical Research Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19931459676. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 60-33-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To test for a regulatory defect in adipose triacylglycerol (essential) fatty acid mobilization in lymphoma-bearing mice, free [1-14C]linoleic acid/mouse serum albumin was injected intravenously into lymphoma-bearing and control mice, adapted to a reversed light cycle, and studied in 3 dietary states in the dark period. Mean daily food intake decreased in mice with small and large tumour burdens. Plasma free fatty acid (FFA) oxidation rates, which approximate FFA mobilization rates, were estimated by multicompartmental analysis. Oxidation of linoleate to CO2 was reduced significantly (85%) in ad libitum-fed as compared with briefly fasted control mice, but not in fed compared with fasted mice with large or small tumour burdens. However, plasma FFA oxidation rates to CO2 did not differ in briefly fasted tumour-bearing and pair-fed control mice. When re-fed a 250-mg test meal, briefly fasted mice with small tumours suppressed plasma free linoleic acid oxidation, as did controls. During simulated night, mildly anorexic, tumour-bearing mice with small tumour burdens mobilized essential fatty acids much faster than controls. This could explain body fat loss. The abnormally rapid rates of FFA (free linoleic acid) mobilization at night probably resulted from anorexia rather than from inability of food to suppress fat mobilization. KW - Anorexia KW - fasting KW - fatty acids KW - food intake KW - Linoleic acid KW - Lymphoma KW - oxidation KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - inappetence KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19931459676&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Sphingomyelin content of intestinal cell membranes regulates cholesterol absorption. Evidence for pancreatic and intestinal cell sphingomyelinase activity. AU - Chen, H. AU - Born, E. AU - Mathur, S. N. AU - Johlin, F. C., Jr. AU - Field, F. J. JO - Biochemical Journal (London) JF - Biochemical Journal (London) Y1 - 1992/// VL - 286 IS - 3 SP - 771 EP - 777 SN - 0264-6021 AD - Chen, H.: Department of Internal Medicine, University of Iowa and the Veterans Administration, Iowa City, IA 52242, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19931461023. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Micellar cholesterol uptake and secretion were investigated in the human intestinal cell line CaCo-2 following depletion of apical membrane sphingomyelin. The addition of exogenous sphingomyelinase, which hydrolysed 60% of prelabelled sphingomyelin, resulted in a 50% decrease in the uptake of cholesterol from bile salt micelles. The flux of membrane cholesterol into the cell by the hydrolysis of membrane sphingomyelin decreased the rate of cholesterol synthesis by 43% and inhibited hydroxymethylglutaryl coenzyme A reductase activity by 54%. Moreover, the rate of cholesterol esterification was increased 4-fold. Total cellular cholesterol mass was unchanged by the addition of sphingomyelinase; however, cholesteryl esters increased by 50%, and the amount of unesterified cholesterol decreased significantly. The basolateral secretion of cholesterol mass was also decreased following sphingomyelin hydrolysis. Human pancreatic juice was found to contain neutral sphingomyelinase activity which required taurocholate for full expression. The presence of neutral sphingomyelinase activity was also documented in membranes prepared from CaCo-2 cells and in whole homogenates from human duodenal biopsies. The data suggest that the amount of sphingomyelin present in the apical membrane of the intestinal absorptive cell regulates cholesterol uptake from bile salt micelles. Sphingomyelinase activity within intestinal cells and in pancreatic juice could alter the sphingomyelin content of brush-border membranes of small intestinal absorptive cells, and thus regulate the amount of cholesterol absorbed by the gut. KW - bile salts KW - cell cultures KW - Cholesterol KW - Intestinal absorption KW - micelles KW - secretion KW - sphingolipids KW - uptake KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - sphingomyelinase KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19931461023&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The role of short-chain fatty acid metabolism in colonic disorders. AU - Rabassa, A. A. AU - Rogers, A. I. JO - American Journal of Gastroenterology JF - American Journal of Gastroenterology Y1 - 1992/// VL - 87 IS - 4 SP - 419 EP - 423 SN - 0002-9270 AD - Rabassa, A. A.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1201 NW 16th Street, Miami, FL 33125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19931463102. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 53 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Studies investigating the potential role of short-chain fatty acid metabolism in the development of colonic disorders such a ulcerative colitis and of postoperative complications of colonic surgery such as ileal pouchitis and diversion colitis are reviewed. KW - Colon KW - metabolism KW - reviews KW - short chain fatty acids KW - trauma KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - traumas KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19931463102&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Weight reduction decreases the circulating concentration of the N-terminus of the ANF prohormone. AU - McMurray, R. W. AU - Vesely, D. L. JO - American Journal of the Medical Sciences JF - American Journal of the Medical Sciences Y1 - 1992/// VL - 303 IS - 1 SP - 2 EP - 8 SN - 0002-9629 AD - McMurray, R. W.: Department of Medicine, James A. Haley Veterans Administration Medical Center-151, 13000 Bruce B. Downs Blvd., Tampa, FL 33612, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19931465677. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 52-39-1, 9015-94-5, 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The N-terminus of the atrial natriuretic factor (ANF) prohormone (ie, proANF 1-98) contains 2 vasodilatory peptides consisting of amino acids (aa): aa 1-30 (ie, proANF 1-30) and aa 31-67 (ie, proANF 31-67) of the 126 aa prohormone. The relation of this N-terminus to the renin-aldosterone axis and blood pressure reduction was investigated in 18 obese subjects (5 hypertensive and 13 normotensive) placed on a 12-week, low sodium (40 mmol), weight-reducing diet. The N-terminus of the ANF prohormone and proANF 31-67, which circulates as a distinct entity after being proteolytically cleaved from the N-terminus, were higher (P<0.001) (767±1.01 and 816±135 fmol/ml) in the obese hypertensive group compared with the obese normotensive group (377±24 and 356±17 fmol/ml, respectively) prior to beginning the weight reduction programme. There was a dramatic decrease in the N-terminus and in proANF 31-67 after 1 week of weight reduction in both obese groups, which correlated with the decrease in mean arterial pressure during the first week and throughout the 12 weeks of weight reduction (r = 0.54, P<0.001 and r = 0.59, P<0.001, respectively). ProANF 1-98 had an inverse (P<0.01) correlation with plasma renin in both obese groups. ProANF 31-67, likewise, had an inverse correlation with plasma renin in the hypertensive (P<0.002), as well as the normotensive (P<0.03) subjects. ProANF 31-67 did not significantly correlate with aldosterone in either group. ProANF 1-98 had an inverse correlation with aldosterone only in the normotensive group (r = 0.33, P<0.01), but not in the hypertensive group. The results demonstrate that weight loss while ingesting a controlled low Na diet is accompanied by changes in the N-terminus of the ANF prohormone and proANF 31-67, which correlate with changes in blood pressure and inversely correlate with changes in plasma renin activity. ProANF 1-98 and proANF 31-67 did not correlate with plasma aldosterone concentration in either group, as ANF has been shown to do previously. The findings reflect recent in vitro data that proANF 1-30 and proANF 31-67 have different mechanisms of action at the cellular level because they do not inhibit angiotensin I-stimulated aldosterone production while ANF does inhibit this secretion. KW - Aldosterone KW - blood KW - derivatives KW - intake KW - Obesity KW - Renin KW - sodium KW - weight reduction KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - atrial natriuretic factor KW - fatness KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19931465677&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Vitamin E in the treatment of chemotherapy-induced mucositis. AU - Wadleigh, R. G. AU - Redman, R. S. AU - Graham, M. L. AU - Krasnow, S. H. AU - Anderson, A. AU - Cohen, M. H. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1992/// VL - 92 IS - 5 SP - 481 EP - 484 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Wadleigh, R. G.: Division of Medical Oncology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, D. C., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19931466620. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Registry Number: 1406-18-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A study to evaluate the efficacy of topically applied vitamin E (400 mg/ml) in the treatment of oral mucositis in 9 patients receiving chemotherapy for various malignancies was conducted. 9 patients receiving a placebo of coconut and soyabean oil containing vitamin E 1 mg/ml were also studied. 6 vitamin E-treated patients had complete resolution of their oral lesions. In 8 placebo patients, complete resolution of oral lesions was not observed (P=0.025). No toxicity of the treatment was observed. Results suggest that vitamin E may be an effective therapy in patients with chemotherapy-induced mucositis. KW - carcinoma KW - drug therapy KW - lesions KW - mouth diseases KW - mucosa KW - nutritional state KW - topical application KW - vitamin E KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - chemotherapy KW - mucous membrane KW - nutritional status KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19931466620&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Regulation of intestinal lactase in adult hypolactasia. AU - Lloyd, M. AU - Mevissen, G. AU - Fischer, M. AU - Olsen, W. AU - Goodspeed, D. AU - Genini, M. AU - Boll, W. AU - Semenza, G. AU - Mantei, N. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1992/// VL - 89 IS - 2 SP - 524 EP - 529 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Lloyd, M.: Gastroenterology Research Laboratory, Middleton Veterans Administration Hospital, 2500 Overlook Terrace, Madison, WI 53705, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19920450757. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 9031-11-2, 9007-49-2. Subject Subsets: Dairy Science; Human Nutrition N2 - Relative deficiency of intestinal lactase activity during adulthood, adult hypolactasia, is a common condition world wide. The regulation of lactase-phlorizin hydrolase in normal and adult hypolactasic subjects was studied by correlating transcript abundance in intestinal biopsies with relative synthetic rates for the protein in cultured intestinal explants. After metabolic labelling studies in 6 subjects, precursor lactase-phlorizin hydrolase was identified in amounts directly proportional to the enzyme-specific activity, suggesting that levels of intestinal lactase are regulated by synthetic rate. Total intestinal RNA was extracted from biopsies of these subjects and 3 hypolactasic adults who had participated in previous biosynthesis studies. Transcript levels were markedly reduced in deficient subjects who demonstrated diminished lactase-phlorizin hydrolase synthesis. The sequence of 1 kbase of 5′-flanking region of the lactase-phlorizin hydrolase gene was determined in 2 hypolactasic subjects and 2 controls. No sequence variability was identified to account for differences in mRNA levels or biosynthetic rates between the 2 groups. A single hypolactasic subject, previously characterized as demonstrating delayed post-translational processing, showed message levels intermediate between other deficients and controls. These results suggest that, in the majority of these subjects, pretranslational mechanisms account for the predominant regulatory control of lactase-phlorizin hydrolase expression in the proximal intestine. KW - beta-galactosidase KW - DNA KW - Enzymes KW - gene expression KW - Genetics KW - intestines KW - lactase deficiency KW - messenger RNA KW - Nucleic acids KW - MAN KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - beta-D-galactosidase deficiency KW - deoxyribonucleic acid KW - mRNA KW - Food Composition and Quality (QQ500) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19920450757&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Parasitic infections of the pleural space. AU - Skerrett, S. J. AU - Plorde, J. J. JO - Seminars in Respiratory Medicine JF - Seminars in Respiratory Medicine Y1 - 1992/// VL - 13 IS - 3 SP - 242 EP - 258 SN - 0192-9755 AD - Skerrett, S. J.: Departments of Medicine and Laboratory Medicine, University of Washington School of Medicine, and Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, WA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19920800529. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 129 ref. Subject Subsets: Helminthology; Protozoology N2 - The life cycle, epidemiology, pathogenesis, thoracic complications, pleural manifestations, diagnosis, management and prognosis of amoebiasis, paragonimiasis and echinococcosis are reviewed. Other parasitic infections (pneumocystosis, trichomoniasis, intestinal nematodes, toxocariasis, anisakiasis, filariasis, cysticercosis, schistosomiasis and myiasis) causing pleural disease are also discussed. KW - Developmental stages KW - Helminths KW - Human diseases KW - Lungs KW - metacestodes KW - parasites KW - Pleura KW - reviews KW - Cestoda KW - Digenea KW - Echinococcus granulosus KW - Endamoebidae KW - Entamoeba histolytica KW - man KW - Paragonimidae KW - Paragonimus KW - protozoa KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Taeniidae KW - Trematoda KW - Platyhelminthes KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Trematoda KW - Echinococcus KW - Taeniidae KW - Eucestoda KW - Cestoda KW - Amoebida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Protozoa KW - Entamoeba KW - Endamoebidae KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Digenea KW - Paragonimidae KW - growth phase KW - parasitic worms KW - Plagiorchiida KW - pleural disease KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19920800529&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Correlation of morphologic diagnosis of Pneumocystis carinii with the presence of Pneumocystis DNA amplified by the polymerase chain reaction. AU - Blumenfeld, W. AU - McCook, O. AU - Holodniy, M. AU - Katzenstein, D. A JO - Modern Pathology JF - Modern Pathology Y1 - 1992/// VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 103 EP - 106 SN - 0893-3952 AD - Blumenfeld, W.: Department of Pathology and Center for Immunochemistry, Department of Laboratory Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of California, San Francisco, CA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19920800530. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - The presence of P. carinii in clinical specimens from bronchoalveolar lavages obtained from patients from California, USA, as detected by standard cytomorphological techniques, was compared with amplification of P. carinii-specific DNA by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR). Results correlated in 33 of 37 instances: 9 specimens were positive by both PCR and morphology; 24 specimens were negative by both techniques. Two specimens from one patient were obtained 3 days apart. The first specimen was both cytologically and PCR negative, while the 2nd specimen was both cytologically and PCR positive for P. carinii. At least in some instances, therefore, PCR is no more sensitive than morphology, and other factors such as specimen adequacy are more important. 12 of the 24 negative specimens were from patients with prior histories of P. carinii pneumonia, and it is suggested that recurrent disease may be from reacquisition of organisms in previously exposed individuals, rather than reactivation of latent organisms. Discrepant results included 3 morphologically negative specimens that were positive by PCR. It remains to be determined whether the increased sensitivity of PCR in these cases is real or artifactual. One morphologically positive specimen was negative by PCR. It is concluded that PCR correlates well with cytomorphological diagnosis of P. carinii pneumonia and may be a valuable diagnostic and epidemiological tool. KW - diagnosis KW - DNA amplification KW - Human diseases KW - immunocompromised hosts KW - Opportunistic infections KW - parasites KW - Polymerase chain reaction KW - California KW - North America KW - USA KW - man KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystis carinii KW - protozoa KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Pneumocystis KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystidomycetes KW - Taphrinomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - invertebrates KW - Pacific States of USA KW - Western States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - fungus KW - PCR KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19920800530&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Glucose-induced modulation of nutrient influx in Schistosoma mansoni. AU - Cornford, E. M. AU - Fitzpatrick, A. M. JO - Journal of Parasitology JF - Journal of Parasitology Y1 - 1992/// VL - 78 IS - 2 SP - 266 EP - 270 SN - 0022-3395 AD - Cornford, E. M.: Comprehensive Epilepsy Program, Research and Neurology Services, Veterans Administration West Los Angeles Medical Center, UCLA School of Medicine, Los Angeles, CA 90024, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19920879759. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Helminthology; Tropical Diseases N2 - The tegumental influx of adenine, adenosine, arginine, choline, histidine, and lysine was measured in mated and separated male and female S. mansoni (Puerto Rican strain) 7-10 weeks pi in Swiss-Webster mice. Tissue uptake indices were measured after a brief rinse in either 5 mM glucose or glucose-free saline. Data indicated that schistosomes responded rapidly to this 2-3 second exposure to glucose-free medium, and lowered uptake rates were observed. Similar studies, measuring cytosine and lysine uptake in S. japonicum indicated that, in this species also, reduced nutrient influx is seen after a transient exposure to glucose-free medium. It is proposed that these metabolites are not taken up by active transport processes, but rather the effect observed is the consequence of a rapid change in glucose metabolism.<new para>ADDITIONAL ABSTRACT:<new para>Transient exposure (2-3 seconds) of Schistosoma mansoni and S. japonicum worms to glucose-free medium resulted in a lower tegumental influx of certain radiolabelled nutrients (measured as a tissue uptake index) than in worms rinsed in glucose-containing saline. The effect of glucose deprivation was noted in both mated and separated schistosomes of either sex.Carolyn A. Brown KW - Biochemistry KW - Glucose KW - helminths KW - Human diseases KW - metabolism KW - nutrient uptake KW - parasites KW - Physiology KW - Digenea KW - Schistosoma KW - Schistosoma mansoni KW - Schistosomatidae KW - Trematoda KW - Trematoda KW - Platyhelminthes KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Schistosomatidae KW - Digenea KW - Schistosoma KW - dextrose KW - glucose activity KW - parasitic worms KW - Strigeida KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19920879759&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fluorescent microscope objective. AU - Makler, M. T. JO - Transactions of the Royal Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene JF - Transactions of the Royal Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene Y1 - 1992/// VL - 86 IS - 1 SP - 108 EP - 108 SN - 0035-9203 AD - Makler, M. T.: Laboratory Service 113C, Portland, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, OR 97201, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19920879846. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 2 ref. Subject Subsets: Helminthology; Protozoology; Tropical Diseases N2 - A prototype objective for fluorescence microscopy suitable for use in the field and small clinics is described. The efficacy of stained blood film examination and the fluorescent technique were compared. In one experiment, 5 µl aliquots of a culture of Plasmodium falciparum were spread thinly on glass slides: one slide was then overlaid with 5 µl of the fluorochrome benziothiocarboxypurine (BCP) for fluorescence microscopy and the other was stained with Wright's Giemsa after methanol fixation and examined using a conventional oil immersion objective. In a 2nd experiment, blood films which had been stained with Wright's Giemsa stain were decolourized with methanol, restained with BCP and then re-examined using the fluorescence objective. The correlation between the results obtained with Wright's Giemsa stain and the fluorescence objective with BCP was excellent. BCP-staining was also used to visualize Wuchereria bancrofti. The entire system costs about one fifth to one tenth of that of other fluorescent systems.<new para>ADDITIONAL ABSTRACT:<new para>A prototype objective for fluorescence microscopy suitable for use in the field and small clinics is described. The efficacy of stained blood film examination and the fluorescent technique were compared. In one experiment, 5 µl aliquots of a culture of Plasmodium falciparum were spread thinly on glass slides: one slide was then overlaid with 5 µl of the fluorochrome benzothiocarboxypurine (BCP) for fluorescence microscopy and the other was stained with Wright's Giemsa after methanol fixation and examined using a conventional oil immersion objective. In a 2nd experiment, blood films which had been stained with Wright's Giemsa stain were decolourized with methanol, restained with BCP and then re-examined using the fluorescence objective. The correlation between the results obtained with Wright's Giemsa stain and the fluorescence objective with BCP was excellent. BCP-staining was also used to visualize Wuchereria bancrofti. The entire system costs about one fifth to one tenth of that of other fluorescent systems. KW - fluorescence microscopy KW - helminths KW - Human diseases KW - laboratory methods KW - parasites KW - Techniques KW - Apicomplexa KW - Nematoda KW - Onchocercidae KW - Plasmodiidae KW - Plasmodium falciparum KW - protozoa KW - Wuchereria bancrofti KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Rhabditida KW - Chromadoria KW - Chromadorea KW - Nematoda KW - Haemospororida KW - Apicomplexa KW - Plasmodium KW - Plasmodiidae KW - Wuchereria KW - Onchocercidae KW - laboratory techniques KW - nematodes KW - parasitic worms KW - Secernentea KW - Spirurida KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Human Health and Hygiene (General) (VV000) (Revised June 2002) [formerly Human Health and Hygiene (General) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19920879846&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Coccidioidomycosis: changes in clinical expression, serological diagnosis, and therapeutic options. AU - Galgiani, J. N. JO - Clinical Infectious Diseases JF - Clinical Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1992/// VL - 14 IS - Suppl. 1 SP - S100 EP - S105 SN - 1058-4838 AD - Galgiani, J. N.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tucson, AZ 85723, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921212096. Publication Type: Journal Article; Conference paper; Journal article. Language: English. Number of References: 57 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - This review of Coccidioides immitis infection includes discussion of the changing demographics of coccidioidomycosis caused by the AIDS epidemic, the increasing interest in more-sensitive methods for early diagnosis and the antifungal drugs that may be useful in treating the disease. KW - acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - diagnosis KW - infections KW - predisposition KW - therapy KW - Coccidioides immitis KW - Man KW - Coccidioides KW - Onygenaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - AIDS KW - Focus on fungal infections, an update on diagnosis and treatment KW - fungus KW - therapeutics KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921212096&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Disseminated sporotrichosis in a patient infected with human immunodeficiency virus. AU - Oscherwitz, S. L. AU - Rinaldi, M. G. T2 - Clinical Infectious Diseases JO - Clinical Infectious Diseases JF - Clinical Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1992/// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 568 EP - 569 SN - 1058-4838 AD - Oscherwitz, S. L.: Audie L. Murphy Memorial Veterans Administration Hospital, San Antonio, Texas, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921213312. Publication Type: Correspondence. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Registry Number: 84625-61-6. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A case of disseminated sporotrichosis is reported in a 38-yr-old HIV-positive man who presented with arthralgias, rash and subcutaneous lesions. Culture of an aspirate of the left elbow joint fluid yielded Sporothrix schenckii. Treatment with oral itraconazole (2 × 800 mg doses and 400 mg/d thereafter) was successful. After 1 month of therapy decreases in tendon sheath swelling and tenderness were noted and after 3 months, all cutaneous and systemic manifestations of disease were absent. The patient continued to have excellent tolerance for daily doses of itraconazole. KW - acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - generalized infections KW - HIV infections KW - hosts KW - infections KW - Itraconazole KW - mycoses KW - Opportunistic infections KW - predisposition KW - Sporotrichosis KW - Treatment KW - USA KW - man KW - Sporothrix schenckii KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Sporothrix KW - Ophiostomataceae KW - Ophiostomatales KW - Sordariomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - AIDS KW - Arthralgia KW - fungus KW - human immunodeficiency virus infections KW - Hyphomycetes KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pathogen, Pest, Parasite and Weed Management (General) (HH000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921213312&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Potentiation of acute acetaminophen lethality by selenium and vitamin E deficiency in mice. AU - Peterson, F. J. AU - Lindemann, N. J. AU - Duquette, P. H. AU - Holtzman, J. L. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1992/// VL - 122 IS - 1 SP - 74 EP - 81 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Peterson, F. J.: Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921444720. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 103-90-2, 7782-49-2, 1406-18-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of selenium, vitamin E and DL-methionine deficiency on the acute lethality and hepatotoxicity of acetaminophen in male CD-1 mice were studied. Vitamin E and Se deficiencies increased acute lethality of acetaminophen, with a decrease in the LD50 from 376 to 84 mg/kg. These dietary deficiencies impaired the inducibility of the hepatic microsomal mixed function oxidase system by phenobarbital, but on the basis of the covalent binding of acetaminophen to microsomes, these treatments did not alter the activation of acetaminophen to a reactive intermediate by this system. Addition of methionine to the deficient diet restored hepatic glutathione content to control values but did little to protect against the acute lethality of acetaminophen. In methionine-supplemented mice, the addition of Se or vitamin E increased the LD50 of acetaminophen to 167 and 200 mg/kg, respectively. Administration of a sublethal, toxic dose of acetaminophen (LD30) to the methionine-supplemented and Se- and vitamin E-deficient mice did not produce any hepatic damage as evidenced by a lack of plasma aminotransferase elevation. In view of the known antioxidant effects of vitamin E and Se, these data suggest the involvement of a reactive radical in the acute lethality of acetaminophen and further suggest that death from acute acetaminophen overdose in chronic Se and vitamin E-deficient mice may be unrelated to liver necrosis. KW - Acetaminophen KW - deficiency KW - selenium KW - toxicity KW - vitamin E KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - paracetamol KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921444720&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Boatwright, D. E.; T1 - Legal aspects of expanded prescriptive authority for pharmacists CT - Legal aspects of expanded prescriptive authority for pharmacists JO - ASHP Annual Meeting JF - ASHP Annual Meeting Y1 - 1997/06/01/ VL - 54 IS - Jun SP - LC EP - -3 AD - San Francisco Veterans Administration Medical Center, Office of Regional Counsel (02), 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA N1 - Accession Number: 34-05593; Language: English; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Legislation, Laws and Regulations; Pharmacy Practice N2 - The purpose of this presentation is to examine the potential for liability involved in an increased clinical role for pharmacists, specifically considering the clinical function of prescriptive authority, and to propose a uniform approach to the problem. Several states already allow pharmacists to initiate or modify drug therapy, either independently or dependently, i.e., in collaboration with a physician. In the federal health care system, the majority of clinical pharmacy specialists have already assumed this authority. With greater authority comes greater potential liability. Pharmacists' functions are evolving from a narrow tradition of technical proficiency into the broader frontier of medical legal responsibility. The pharmacist clinician will need greater caution, appreciation of the patient as an entity, and an awareness of a new standard of care. It is recommended that pharmacy school curricula be enhanced to better prepare the new pharmacist clinician for potential lega pitfalls that they might encounter. Failing this, the negative reaction from the patients, the legal community, and the physician community will be substantial. KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--pharmacists prescribing, legal issues; KW - Pharmacists--prescribing--legal issues; KW - Prescribing--pharmacists--legal issues; KW - Liability--pharmacists--prescribing; KW - States--laws--pharmacists prescribing; KW - Schools--pharmacy--curriculum; KW - Curriculum--education, pharmaceutical--pharmacists prescribing; KW - Laws--states--pharmacists prescribing; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=34-05593&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107420304 T1 - Intraoperative advances: laparoscopic cholecystectomy. AU - Beal KL AU - Dues GA Y1 - 1992/10//1992 Oct N1 - Accession Number: 107420304. Language: English. Entry Date: 19950901. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; pictorial. Journal Subset: Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9206988. KW - Cholecystectomy, Laparoscopic -- Nursing KW - Perioperative Nursing KW - Cholecystectomy, Laparoscopic -- Equipment and Supplies KW - Intraoperative Care KW - Postoperative Complications -- Nursing KW - Preoperative Care SP - 196 EP - 202 JO - Seminars in Perioperative Nursing JF - Seminars in Perioperative Nursing JA - SEMIN PERIOPER NURS VL - 1 IS - 4 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - W B Saunders AB - The introduction of laparoscopic cholecystectomy in general surgery is an exciting technology because of the success that has been produced using the procedure. The noninvasive surgical approach was introduced at a time when medicine needed a new advancement in the plan of care for the surgical patient. The less invasive procedure, shorter hospital stay, and faster recovery are just a few of the reasons why laparoscopic cholecystectomy is a procedure that is now gaining popularity in the ambulatory surgery setting. (Copyright 1992 W.B. Saunders Company) SN - 1056-8670 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dayton, OH 45428 U2 - PMID: 1301882. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107420304&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107426505 T1 - Heeding that 'inner voice'... pacemaker failure to capture. AU - Pulice C Y1 - 1995/10// N1 - Accession Number: 107426505. Language: English. Entry Date: 20050712. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; anecdote. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7600137. KW - Pacemaker, Artificial -- Nursing KW - Equipment Failure -- Adverse Effects KW - Cardiac Pacing, Artificial KW - Critical Care Nursing KW - Preoperative Care KW - Aged KW - Inpatients KW - Male SP - 66 EP - 66 JO - Nursing JF - Nursing JA - NURSING VL - 25 IS - 10 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0360-4039 AD - Intensive Care Unit, Louis A. Johnson Veterans Administration, Medical Center, Clarksburg, West Virginia U2 - PMID: 7566729. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107426505&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107289063 T1 - The uses and misuses of skepticism: epidemiology and its critics. AU - Ozonoff D Y1 - 1998/07//Jul/Aug98 N1 - Accession Number: 107289063. Language: English. Entry Date: 19981001. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; commentary. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; Public Health; USA. NLM UID: 9716844. KW - Epidemiology KW - Epidemiological Research KW - United States Environmental Protection Agency KW - Water Supply KW - Chlorine -- Adverse Effects KW - Carcinogens, Environmental KW - Public Health SP - 321 EP - 323 JO - Public Health Reports JF - Public Health Reports JA - PUBLIC HEALTH REP VL - 113 IS - 4 PB - Sage Publications Inc. SN - 0033-3549 AD - Environmental Hazards Center, Boston Veterans Administration Medical Center. E-mail: dozonoff@bu.edu U2 - PMID: 9672569. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107289063&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107277195 T1 - Pharmacologic management of depression in the elderly. AU - Davis KM AU - Mathew E Y1 - 1998/06//1998 Jun N1 - Accession Number: 107277195. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980801. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; algorithm; CEU; exam questions; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7603663. KW - Depression -- Drug Therapy -- In Old Age KW - Antidepressive Agents -- Administration and Dosage -- In Old Age KW - Education, Continuing (Credit) KW - Antidepressive Agents, Tricyclic -- Administration and Dosage -- In Old Age KW - Antidepressive Agents, Tricyclic -- Adverse Effects -- In Old Age KW - Serotonin Uptake Inhibitors -- Administration and Dosage -- In Old Age KW - Serotonin Uptake Inhibitors -- Adverse Effects -- In Old Age KW - Antidepressive Agents -- Pharmacodynamics KW - Drug Therapy -- Nursing -- In Old Age KW - Nurse Practitioners KW - Aged SP - 16 EP - 26 JO - Nurse Practitioner JF - Nurse Practitioner JA - NURSE PRACT VL - 23 IS - 6 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Depression, the most common geriatric psychiatric disorder, is a disabling mood disorder that impairs one's well-being and may even threaten a sufferer's life. Severely depressed elderly persons are more likely to kill themselves than individuals in any other age group. However, geriatric depression is, for the most part, a treatable and manageable illness. Antidepressant medication can be very effective in treating major depressive disorder (MDD). Because age-related physical changes in the elderly produce pharmacokinetics that are often different than that experienced by younger adults, different doses are often necessary. This article summarizes recommendations for selecting and initiating appropriate antidepressant therapy in elderly persons suffering from MDD. The benefits and drawbacks of tricyclic antidepressant agents, and other atypical antidepressant agents are discussed. Phases of treatment, drug selection, dosing, and educational tips for pharmacotherapy are presented. SN - 0361-1817 AD - Adult Nurse Practitioner in Ambulatory Care, Veterans Administration New Jersey Health Care System, Lyons, New Jersey U2 - PMID: 9656258. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107277195&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107409936 T1 - Latex hypersensitivity... keeping the airway open. AU - Gritter M Y1 - 1995/05// N1 - Accession Number: 107409936. Language: English. Entry Date: 20050712. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; brief item. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7600137. KW - Latex -- Adverse Effects KW - Anaphylaxis -- Chemically Induced KW - Anaphylaxis -- Therapy KW - Emergencies KW - Gloves SP - 33 EP - 33 JO - Nursing JF - Nursing JA - NURSING VL - 25 IS - 5 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0360-4039 AD - Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, Calif U2 - PMID: 7746535. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107409936&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107273947 T1 - Tips from the clinical experts. Serum turbidity assessment. AU - Dufour DR Y1 - 1998/04// N1 - Accession Number: 107273947. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980801. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; brief item. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0225602. KW - Hematologic Tests KW - Blood Chemical Analysis KW - Triglycerides SP - 10 EP - 13 JO - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JF - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JA - MLO VL - 30 IS - 4 CY - Sarasota, Florida PB - NP Communications, LLC SN - 0580-7247 AD - Department of Pathology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, DC UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107273947&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Methionine recycling as a target for antiprotozoal drug development. AU - Riscoe, M. K. AU - Tower, P. A. AU - Peyton, D. H. AU - Ferro, A. J. AU - Fitchen, J. H. A2 - Coombs, G. H. A2 - North, M.J. T2 - Biochemical protozoology. JO - Biochemical protozoology. JF - Biochemical protozoology. Y1 - 1991/// SP - 450 EP - 457 CY - London; UK PB - Taylor & Francis Ltd SN - 0748400001 AD - Riscoe, M. K.: Medical Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, OR, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19950806715. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 63-68-3. KW - antiprotozoal agents KW - biochemistry KW - methionine KW - mode of action KW - protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Animal Physiology and Biochemistry (Excluding Nutrition) (LL600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19950806715&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gamma interferon suppresses acute and chronic Trypanosoma cruzi infection in cyclosporin-treated mice. AU - McCabe, R. AU - Meagher, S. AU - Mullins, B. JO - Infection and Immunity JF - Infection and Immunity Y1 - 1991/// VL - 59 IS - 5 SP - 1633 EP - 1638 SN - 0019-9567 AD - McCabe, R.: Medical Service, Martinez Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19930805890. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Registry Number: 59865-13-3, 9008-11-1. Subject Subsets: Protozoology; Tropical Diseases N2 - To determine if exogenous gamma interferon (IFN-γ) is effective in immunosuppressed mice infected with Trypanosoma cruzi, recombinant murine IFN-γ was administered to cyclosporin-treated mice with either acute (Swiss Webster mice) or chronic (C3H/HEN mice) T. cruzi infection. IFN-γ significantly decreased parasitaemia and prevented death in acutely infected mice. Parasitaemias and mortality of mice treated with both IFN-γ and cyclosporin were similar to those of immunocompetent controls. In chronically infected mice, cyclosporin treatment produced significantly more organ explant cultures positive for T. cruzi. Fewer positive cultures, particularly for spleen and heart, were obtained from cyclosporin-treated mice when they also received IFN-γ. Ketoconazole treatment of mice resulted in no positive cultures. Cyclosporin treatment did not prevent activation of peritoneal macrophages by parenteral IFN-γ, nor did it have a consistent effect on serum titres of α/β or IFN-γ in response to a 2nd challenge inoculum of T. cruzi. These data indicate that exogenous IFN-γ suppresses acute and chronic T. cruzi infection in cyclosporin-treated mice but that IFN-γ is not as effective as the relatively specific antimicrobial ketoconazole. IFN-γ activates macrophages despite cyclosporin treatment, and its effects appear to be tissue specific. KW - animal models KW - ciclosporin KW - Cytokines KW - Experimental infections KW - Human diseases KW - immune response KW - Immunocompromised hosts KW - Immunosuppression KW - Immunosuppressive agents KW - immunotherapy KW - Interferon KW - Laboratory animals KW - parasites KW - treatment KW - trypanosomiasis KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - protozoa KW - Rodents KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Trypanosoma cruzi KW - Trypanosomatidae KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - invertebrates KW - Protozoa KW - Trypanosoma KW - Trypanosomatidae KW - Kinetoplastida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - cyclosporin KW - gamma KW - gamma interferon KW - immunity reactions KW - immunological reactions KW - immunosuppressants KW - trypanosomosis KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Animals (LL820) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Host Resistance and Immunity (HH600) KW - Pathogen, Pest, Parasite and Weed Management (General) (HH000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19930805890&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - 1,25-Dihydroxyvitamin D3 and muscle strength in the elderly: a randomized controlled trial. AU - Grady, D. AU - Halloran, B. AU - Cummings, S. AU - Leveille, S. AU - Wells, L. AU - Black, D. AU - Byl, N. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1991/// VL - 73 IS - 5 SP - 1111 EP - 1117 SN - 0021-972X AD - Grady, D.: Department of Epidemiology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19931453992. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 43 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To test the hypothesis that weakness associated with aging is in part due to inadequate serum concentrations of 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 (calcitriol) a randomized, controlled, double blind trial in volunteers (45 men, 53 women, >69 years old) was conducted. Treatment was calcitriol 0.25 µg orally, twice per day or identical placebo for 6 months. Leg muscle strength of the quadriceps was measured with an isokinetic dynamometer. No difference between groups occurred at 1 week, 1 month, or 6 months of treatment in any of the measures of muscle strength. It is concluded that oral administration of calcitriol 0.5 µg/day does not improve muscle strength in older persons. KW - calcitriol KW - muscles KW - Old age KW - strength KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Diet Studies (VV110) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19931453992&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hospitalized dialysis patients have lower nutrient intakes on renal diet than on regular diet. AU - Sanders, H. N. AU - Narvarte, J. AU - Bittle, P. A. AU - Ramirez, G. JO - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JF - Journal of the American Dietetic Association Y1 - 1991/// VL - 91 IS - 10 SP - 1278 EP - 1280 SN - 0002-8223 AD - Sanders, H. N.: Division of Nephrology and Hypertension, James A. Haley Veterans Administration Hospital, Tampa, FL 33612, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19931454394. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A comparison of the dietary intakes of hospitalized chronic dialysis (CD) patients receiving a renal compared with a regular diet was conducted. For 2 weeks, 11 patients (10 male, 1 female; mean age 56.0±3.0 years) received the renal diet, whilst 11 control patients (10 male, 1 female; mean age 54.0±4.0 years) consumed a regular hospital diet. CD patients consumed only part of the available nutrients regardless of diet prescribed, but control patients had higher intakes than renal diet patients. Patients on both diets consumed inadequate amounts of energy, protein and calcium. Sodium and potassium intake were less than is usually prescribed for CD patients. It is concluded that prevention of poor nutritional status in CD patients should receive high priority and recommendations for development and implementation of optimal menus be followed, to ensure adequate nutritional intake among hospitalized CD patients. KW - Dialysis KW - food intake KW - nutritional state KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - nutritional status KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19931454394&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Long-term enteral feeding: a retrospective comparison of delivery via percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy and nasoenteric tubes. AU - Fay, D. E. AU - Poplausky, M. AU - Gruber, M. AU - Lance, P. JO - American Journal of Gastroenterology JF - American Journal of Gastroenterology Y1 - 1991/// VL - 86 IS - 11 SP - 1604 EP - 1609 SN - 0002-9270 AD - Fay, D. E.: Division of Gastroenterology, Hepatology and Nutrition, Department of Medicine, State University of New York School of Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Buffalo, NY, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19931455207. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The use of percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy (PEG) tubes for enteral feeding is widespread, although their superiority to other feeding devices, such as nasoenteric tubes (NET), has not been substantiated. A retrospective comparison was undertaken between the clinical outcomes in patients who received enteral feeding via PEG (80) or NET (29) from 1984 to 1988. Mean follow-up was 192 days in the PEG group and 141 in the NET group. Changes in nutritional and performance status were similar in both groups. Aspiration pneumonia occurred within 14 days of tube placement in 6% and 24% (P = 0.01) of the PEG and NET patients, respectively. With the exception of tube replacement, cumulative rates of minor and major complications (including aspiration pneumonia) were similar in both groups during follow-up. None of the clinical variables that were assessed correlated with the development of aspiration pneumonia. Mortality was similar in both groups. The results suggest that, for long-term enteral feeding, PEG offers no substantial advantages over NET with respect to patient nutrition, performance or survival. The reasons for the observed difference in short-term aspiration pneumonia rates are unknown, and must be investigated prospectively. KW - comparisons KW - Complications KW - Enteral feeding KW - methodology KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - methods KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19931455207&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Calcium citrate markedly enhances aluminum absorption from aluminum hydroxide. AU - Coburn, J. W. AU - Mischel, M. G. AU - Goodman, W. G. AU - Salusky, I. B. JO - American Journal of Kidney Diseases JF - American Journal of Kidney Diseases Y1 - 1991/// VL - 17 IS - 6 SP - 708 EP - 711 SN - 0272-6386 AD - Coburn, J. W.: Nephrology Section (W111L), West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Center, Wilshire and Sawtelle Blvds, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19931457298. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 7429-90-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of calcium citrate on intestinal aluminum absorption, assessed by the increment in urinary Al excretion, was evaluated in 8 normal men 32 to 54 years old. Baseline urinary Al excretion was estimated for 2 days; thereafter, subjects ingested aluminum hydroxide for 3 days. In a cross-over study, subjects were given either calcium citrate, 950 mg 4 times a day, or placebo during the 3 days of aluminum hydroxide ingestion (2.4 g/day). Plasma Al was estimated on the second control day and the third day of aluminum hydroxide ingestion. Baseline urinary Al excretion was 0.02 ± 0.004 (6.5 ± 1.1 µg/g creatinine) and 0.03 ± 0.005 µmol/mmol creatinine (7.4 ± 1.3 µg/g creatinine). These values increases during aluminum hydroxide treatment, but values were much greater when calcium citrate was ingested with aluminum hydroxide. On 3 consecutive days, urinary Al excretion was 11.1 ± 3.23, 8.8 ± 2.9 and 5.3 ± 0.7 times greater during the administration of calcium citrate with aluminum hydroxide than with aluminum hydroxide alone. Plasma Al values did not differ in the 2 treatment groups. Thus, calcium citrate markedly enhances the absorption of Al from aluminum hydroxide and the 2 must not be prescribed together in patients with renal failure. KW - absorption KW - Aluminium KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aluminum KW - calcium citrate KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19931457298&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Measurement of serum TSH level by ultrasensitive method in inhabitants of endemic goiter area supplied with iodized salt for 25 years. AU - Ouyang, A. AU - Su, T. S. AU - Pang, X. P. JO - Chinese Medical Journal JF - Chinese Medical Journal Y1 - 1991/// VL - 104 IS - 12 SP - 971 EP - 974 SN - 0366-6999 AD - Ouyang, A.: Endocrine Research Laboratory, Wadsworth Veterans Administration Medical Center, UCLA School of Medicine, Los Angeles, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19931458985. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Registry Number: 9034-48-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Thyroid function and thyrotropin (TSH) concentration of villagers were studied in an endemic goitre area in China where iodized salt had been supplied for 25 years. Serum free triiodothyronine and TSH estimated with immunoradiometric analysis were higher and free thyroxine (FT4) was lower than that of the controls. Inhabitants of the endemic goitre area had subclinical hypothyroidism based on the "ultrasensitive" method for TSH assay. It is suggested that the best biochemical techniques for monitoring the iodized salt prophylaxis programme and the physiological response of the villagers to iodine should be the periodical estimation of serum TSH using ultrasensitive assay and estimation of FT4. KW - blood KW - Endemic goitre KW - iodized salt KW - thyrotropin KW - China KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - APEC countries KW - Developing Countries KW - East Asia KW - Asia KW - endemic goiter KW - People's Republic of China KW - thyroid-stimulating hormone KW - thyrotropic hormone KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19931458985&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Clinical and anthropometric correlates of bone mineral acquisition in healthy adolescent girls. AU - Katzman, D. K. AU - Bachrach, L. K. AU - Carter, D. R. AU - Marcus, R. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1991/// VL - 73 IS - 6 SP - 1332 EP - 1339 SN - 0021-972X AD - Katzman, D. K.: Musculoskeletal Research Laboratory, Geriatric Research, Education, and Clinical Center, 182-B, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, California 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19931459278. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The acquisition of bone mineral in 45 healthy prepubertal and pubertal girls (9-21 years old) and related changes in bone mass to age, body mass, pubertal status, calcium intake, and exercise was studied. A subgroup of 12 girls was followed longitudinally. Bone mineral content (BCM) of the lumbar spine, whole body, and femoral neck was measured by dual energy x-ray absorptiometry and at the mid-radius by single photon absorptiometry. For comparison, spine and whole body mineral contents were measured by dual photon absorptiometry. Bone mass was expressed in terms of BMC and area density (BMD). Since bone size increases during adolescence, a new expression, bone mineral apparent density (BMAD) is presented, which is BMC normalized to a derived bone reference volume. The term minimizes the effect of bone geometry and allows comparisons of mineral status among bones of similar shape but different size. BMC increased with age at all sites. The increases were most rapid in early teens and plateaued after 16 years of age. When bone mineral values at all sites were regressed against age, height, weight, or pubertal stage, consistent relationships emerged, in which BMC was most strongly correlated, BMD was correlated to an intermediate degree, and BMAD correlated only modestly or non-significantly. Dietary Ca and exercise level did not correlate significantly with bone mass. From these relationships, 50% of pubertal increase in spine mineral and 99% of change in whole body mineral is attributed to bone expansion rather that an increase in bone mineral per unit volume. In multiple regressions, pubertal stage most consistently predicted mineral status. This study emphasizes the importance of pubertal development and body size as determinants of bone acquisition in girls. KW - Adolescents KW - Age KW - anthropometric dimensions KW - bone mineralization KW - Calcium KW - children KW - Diet KW - Exercise KW - Puberty KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - anthropometric measurements KW - teenagers KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Diet Studies (VV110) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19931459278&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Colonic motor activity in acute colitis in conscious dogs. AU - Sethi, A. K. AU - Sarna, S. K. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1991/// VL - 100 IS - 4 SP - 954 EP - 963 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Sethi, A. K.: Zablocki Veterans Administration Medical Center, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19931463745. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Changes in motor activity of the colon during acute experimental colitis were investigated in 6 conscious dogs. The results showed that experimental colitis induced by exposure of the colonic mucosa to acetic acid resulted in symptoms similar to those observed in human ulcerative colitis. The total incidence of contractile activity decreased during colitis, but the incidence of giant migrating contractions (GMC) was significantly increased. The GMCs were associated with urgency, tenesmus and passing of faeces, mucus and gas. The motor activity of the colon was still decreased and the cycle length of the colonic migrating motor complexes prolonged 21 days after induction of colitis. However, at this time the colonic mucosa and incidence of GMCs were normal and the dogs asymptomatic. The diarrhoea produced in colitis may primarily be attributable to the large number of GMCs in the middle and the distal colon. KW - Colitis KW - colon KW - Digestive tract motility KW - Models KW - motility KW - Ulcerative colitis KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gastrointestinal motility KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19931463745&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Pulmonary strongyloidiasis in patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. AU - Smith, R. AU - Berk, S. AU - Sarubbi, F. JO - Southern Medical Journal JF - Southern Medical Journal Y1 - 1991/// VL - 84 IS - 9 SP - 2S EP - 12 SN - 0038-4348 AD - Smith, R.: Veterans Administration Medical Center and James H. Quillen College of Medicine, Johnson City, TN, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19920877562. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Helminthology KW - Case reports KW - helminths KW - Human diseases KW - Lungs KW - parasites KW - Strongyloidiasis KW - North America KW - Tennessee KW - USA KW - man KW - Nematoda KW - Rhabditida KW - Strongyloides stercoralis KW - Strongyloididae KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - invertebrates KW - Strongyloides KW - Strongyloididae KW - Rhabditida KW - Chromadoria KW - Chromadorea KW - Nematoda KW - America KW - Appalachian States of USA KW - Southern States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - OECD Countries KW - East South Central States of USA KW - nematodes KW - parasitic worms KW - Pulmonary diseases KW - Secernentea KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19920877562&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Identification of cyclic AMP-dependent protein kinase activity in Acanthamoeba. AU - Achar, S. B. JO - Reviews of Infectious Diseases JF - Reviews of Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1991/// VL - 13 SP - S393 EP - S393 AD - Achar, S. B.: Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 151C, 3001 Greenbay Road, North Chicago, IL 60064, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19920881598. Publication Type: Journal Article; Conference paper; Journal article. Language: English. Number of References: 2 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - Whether cAMP acts through the enzyme cyclic AMP-dependent protein kinase (cAMP-PK) in exerting its regulatory influence during formation of cysts was examined. cAMP-PK was fully activated by 12 h. The events during mature cyst formation seem to be an activation of adenylate cyclases and formation of cAMP by 6-8 h, activation of cAMP-PK by 12 h, probable covalent modification and activation of cellulose synthase by phosphorylation by 12-16 h, and secretion of cellulose by 24-48 h. KW - biochemistry KW - encystment KW - enzymes KW - eyes KW - human diseases KW - parasites KW - North America KW - USA KW - Acanthamoeba KW - acanthamoebidae KW - protozoa KW - sarcomastigophora KW - Acanthamoebidae KW - Amoebida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - America KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - OECD Countries KW - cysts KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19920881598&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nonhealing extraction site due to Actinomyces naeslundii in patient with AIDS. AU - Watkins, K. V. AU - Richmond, A. S. AU - Langstein, I. M. JO - Oral Surgery, Oral Medicine and Oral Pathology JF - Oral Surgery, Oral Medicine and Oral Pathology Y1 - 1991/// VL - 71 IS - 6 SP - 675 EP - 677 SN - 0030-4220 AD - Watkins, K. V.: Dental Service 160, Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York, NY 10010, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921210908. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 8 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A case of a non-healing tooth extraction site is reported in a 29-yr-old man with AIDS. Histological and microbiological evaluation of bony spicules obtained during site debridement determined the causative agent to be A. naeslundii. The patient was treated with a 6-month regimen of penicillin. KW - acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - bones KW - cervicofacial actinomycosis KW - hosts KW - infections KW - predisposition KW - USA KW - Actinomyces naeslundii KW - man KW - Actinomyces KW - Actinomycetaceae KW - Actinomycineae KW - Actinomycetales KW - Actinobacteridae KW - Actinobacteria KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - AIDS KW - bacterium KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921210908&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Diagnosis of histoplasmosis in bronchoalveolar lavage fluid by intracytoplasmic localization of silver-positive yeast. AU - Blumenfeld, W. AU - Gan, G. L. JO - Acta Cytologica JF - Acta Cytologica Y1 - 1991/// VL - 35 IS - 6 SP - 710 EP - 712 SN - 0001-5547 AD - Blumenfeld, W.: Deparment of Anatomic Pathology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921211144. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 4 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology; Protozoology N2 - A case of histoplasmosis is reported in a 33-yr-old man with AIDS. As well as Pneumocystis carinii, intracytoplasmic organisms were found in Diff-Quik- and Papanicolaou-stained bronchoalveolar lavage fluid sediment. Budding yeasts were found in the silver methenamine-stained material. Initially the yeasts were thought to represent another infecting organism, in view of the patient's history of oesophageal Candida infection. When the silver stained material was counterstained with haematoxylin and eosin, simultaneous demonstration of cytological detail and silver positivity showed that the silver-positive yeasts were intracellular, confirming that they were Histoplasma capsulatum. It is concluded that counterstaining with haematoxylin and eosin allows localization of argyrophilic organisms to either intracellular or extracellular sites and is technically simple to perform and that it is useful in patients and other immunocompromised hosts, in whom multiple organisms are often found. KW - Acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - cytology KW - diagnosis KW - hosts KW - Human diseases KW - human immunodeficiency viruses KW - Immunocompromised hosts KW - infections KW - lungs KW - Opportunistic infections KW - parasites KW - California KW - USA KW - Histoplasma capsulatum KW - man KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystis carinii KW - protozoa KW - Ajellomyces KW - Ajellomycetaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Histoplasma KW - Lentivirus KW - Orthoretrovirinae KW - Retroviridae KW - RNA Reverse Transcribing Viruses KW - viruses KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - Pneumocystis KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystidomycetes KW - Taphrinomycotina KW - invertebrates KW - Pacific States of USA KW - Western States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - AIDS KW - Ajellomyces capsulatus KW - fungus KW - human immunodeficiency virus KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921211144&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Endoscopic visualization of aspergilloma. AU - Rohatgi, P. K. AU - Chasse, R. T. JO - Respiration JF - Respiration Y1 - 1991/// VL - 58 IS - 2 SP - 112 EP - 114 SN - 0025-7931 AD - Rohatgi, P. K.: Pulmonary Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, DC 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921211378. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 8 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Two cases of pulmonary aspergilloma are reported in 65- and 66-yr-old men in whom the fungus balls were visualized by fibreoptic bronchoscopy. Biopsy of the lesion in one patient showed dichotomously branching septate hyphae and cultures of bronchoalveolar lavage fluid grew Aspergillus flavus. The latter patient underwent right thoracotomy and A. fumigatus was cultured from cavity contents. KW - aspergilloma KW - bronchoscopy KW - diagnosis KW - hosts KW - infections KW - lungs KW - pathology KW - USA KW - Aspergillus flavus KW - Aspergillus fumigatus KW - man KW - Aspergillus KW - Trichocomaceae KW - Eurotiales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921211378&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Direct lethal action of clotrimazole. AU - Beggs, W. H. JO - Current Therapeutic Research JF - Current Therapeutic Research Y1 - 1991/// VL - 50 IS - 1 SP - 45 EP - 49 SN - 0011-393X AD - Beggs, W. H.: General Medical Research Service (151), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921211358. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 8 ref. Registry Number: 23593-75-1, 22916-47-8. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Concentration- and growth-phase-dependent direct lethal action of clotrimazole was investigated. Although clotrimazole at 4.0 × 10-5 mol and 8.0 × 10-5 mol rapidly killed Candida albicans cells in early logarithmic phase, it did not kill at the rate seen with only 2.0 × 10-5 mol miconazole. Furthermore, clotrimazole killed only after a lag period of 0.5-1.5 h. The direct lethal action of clotrimazole (pKa=6.3), like that of miconazole, was blocked at acid pH. It is suggested that this reflects cell damage requiring non-protonated drug molecules. KW - antifungal agents KW - antifungal properties KW - clotrimazole KW - miconazole KW - Candida albicans KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - anti-fungal properties KW - fungicidal properties KW - fungistats KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921211358&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hypersensitivity pneumonitis. AU - Shellito, J. E. JO - Seminars in Respiratory Medicine JF - Seminars in Respiratory Medicine Y1 - 1991/// VL - 12 IS - 3 SP - 196 EP - 203 SN - 0192-9755 AD - Shellito, J. E.: Respiratory Care Section, Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, CA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921211392. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 74 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Causative agents, pathogenesis, clinical presentations, laboratory features, diagnosis, prognosis and therapy of hypersensitivity pneumonitis are reviewed, with an emphasis on data from recent studies in both animals and man. KW - reviews KW - Hypersensitivity pneumonitis KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921211392&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Chronic amphotericin B nephrotoxicity in the rat: protective effect of calcium channel blockade. AU - Tolins, J. P. AU - Raij, L. JO - Journal of the American Society of Nephrology JF - Journal of the American Society of Nephrology Y1 - 1991/// VL - 2 IS - 1 SP - 98 EP - 102 SN - 1046-6673 AD - Tolins, J. P.: Renal Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921211398. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 1397-89-3. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - The effect of co-treatment with diltiazem on nephrotoxicity during chronic daily amphotericin therapy was studied in rats. Animals were given diltiazem (45 mg/kg, 1 h before and 1 h after amphotericin) or vehicle by gastric tube and amphotericin B (5 mg/kg daily intraperitoneally) for 10 d. Control rats received corresponding vehicles by gastric tube and daily intraperitoneal injection. Renal function was determined 24 h after the last dose of amphotericin or vehicle. Serum creatinine rose significantly in rats receiving amphotericin alone (initial vs. final, 0.50±0.07 vs. 1.09±0.20 mg/dl; P<0.05) but not with amphotericin plus diltiazem (0.54±0.11 vs. 0.84±0.23 mg/dl; P not significant). Amphotericin rats had a marked decrease in glomerular filtration rate (amphotericin vs. control, 0.28±0.04 vs. 1.23±0.08 ml/min per g kidney wt; P<0.05) and renal plasma flow (1.63±0.19 vs. 3.50±0.40 ml/min per g kidney wt; P<0.05). These adverse renal haemodynamic effects were prevented by co-treatment with diltiazem (amphotericin plus diltiazem; glomerular filtration rate, 0.82±0.18 ml/min per g kidney wt; P<0.05 vs. amphotericin; P not significant vs. control; renal plasma flow, 3.24±0.63 ml/min per g kidney wt; P<0.05 vs. amphotericin; P not significant vs. control). Co-treatment with diltiazem ameliorated amphotericin B-induced rise in creatinine, fall in glomerular filtration rate and fall in renal plasma flow. It is concluded that calcium channel blockade preserves renal function during chronic daily amphotericin B therapy in the rat. KW - Amphotericin B KW - Antifungal agents KW - control KW - kidneys KW - toxicity KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - diltiazem KW - fungistats KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921211398&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Grossly visible fungal colonization of a Tenckhoff catheter a case report and literature review. AU - Sekkarie, M. AU - Holmes, C. AU - Ranjit, U. AU - Kauffman, C. A. JO - Peritoneal Dialysis International JF - Peritoneal Dialysis International Y1 - 1991/// VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 85 EP - 87 SN - 0896-8608 AD - Sekkarie, M.: Department of Internal Medicine, Division of Nephrology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Michigan Medical School, Ann Arbour, MI, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921211652. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 6 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A case is reported in a 59-yr-old man undergoing continuous cyclic peritoneal dialysis via a Tenckhoff catheter. The main presentation was visible particles lining the inner wall of the transfer set tubing. Culture of these particles yielded Helminthosporium sp. Following removal of the catheter, haemodialysis, therapy with intravenous amphotericin B (250 mg) and replacement with a new catheter 2 wks later, continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis was resumed without problems. KW - catheters KW - hosts KW - isolation KW - predisposition KW - USA KW - Helminthosporium KW - man KW - Massarinaceae KW - Pleosporales KW - Dothideomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - peritoneal dialysis KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921211652&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hepatosplenic candidiasis: successful treatment with fluconazole. AU - Kauffman, C. A. AU - Bradley, S. F. AU - Ross, S. C. AU - Weber, D. R. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1991/// VL - 91 IS - 2 SP - 137 EP - 141 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Kauffman, C. A.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921213482. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Registry Number: 86386-73-4. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Six patients (aged 3 to 44 yrs) with acute leukaemia and hepatosplenic Candida infections, who did not respond to prior antifungal therapy were treated with fluconazole. All 6 patients had fever and 3 had nausea and vomiting; CT scan showed lucencies in the liver in 6, in the spleen in 5 and in the kidneys in 3. Prior therapy with 1.6-4.0 g of amphotericin B in the 5 adults and 526 mg of amphotericin B in the child (with the addition of flucytosine in 4) failed to improve clinical symptoms or lucencies in the liver, spleen and kidneys seen on CT scan. Fluconazole was given at a dose of 200-400 mg/d (70-100 mg in the child) for 2-14 months. All patients had resolution of fever and other symptoms in 3-8 wks. Improvement of the lesions noted on CT scan was seen in 4-8 wks in all patients. Total resolution of lesions noted on CT scan occurred by 4 wks in 2 patients, but took 4-5 months for 3 patients and 13 months for 1 patient. Three patients had relapse of their acute leukaemia and 2 died, presumably cured of their candidosis. Two patients underwent successful bone marrow transplantation without relapse of their candidosis. It is concluded that fluconazole appears to be useful in the treatment of hepatosplenic candidosis that has not resolved with amphotericin B and flucytosine therapy. KW - Antifungal agents KW - fluconazole KW - hosts KW - infections KW - liver KW - spleen KW - therapy KW - USA KW - Candida KW - man KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - fungistats KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - therapeutics KW - United States of America KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921213482&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Current issues in fructose metabolism. AU - Henry, R. R. AU - Crapo, P. A. AU - Thorburn, A. W. JO - Annual Review of Nutrition JF - Annual Review of Nutrition Y1 - 1991/// VL - 11 SP - 21 EP - 39 SN - 0199-9885 AD - Henry, R. R.: San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Center and the Department of Medicine, University of California, San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921440004. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 110 ref. Registry Number: 57-48-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Metabolic and nutritional aspects of fructose and its potential adverse effects are reviewed. There is little evidence that small amounts of fructose have detrimental effects on carbohydrate and lipid metabolism in non-diabetic or non-insulin-dependent diabetic subjects or that its use is particularly advantageous compared to that of other sugars. Fructose can cause insulin and triacylglycerols to increase excessively and hence be potentially harmful in diabetics who have concomitant pronounced hypertriglyceridaemia. Large doses of fructose should be avoided by subjects with gout. Fructose does not seem to have any advantage over glucose in regard to exercise endurance. There is no conclusive evidence that physiologic amounts of dietary fructose exacerbate copper deficiency or aid in weight control. KW - Fructose KW - reviews KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fruit sugar KW - ketohexose KW - laevulose KW - levulose KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921440004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Utilization of different fatty acids for hepatic and biliary phosphatidylcholine formation and the effect of changes in phosphatidylcholine molecular species on biliary lipid secretion. AU - Robins, S. J. AU - Fasulo, J. M. AU - Robins, V. F. AU - Patton, G. M. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1991/// VL - 32 IS - 6 SP - 985 EP - 992 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Robins, S. J.: Lipid Metabolism Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Boston, MA 02130, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921440594. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 45 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Livers from male Sprague-Dawley rats with bile duct cannulas were perfused with a recirculating medium, taurocholate (40 µmol/h) and albumin-bound 16:1, 17:1, 18:1, 20:1, 18:2, 20:4 or 20:5 fatty acid (90 µmol/h) for 2 h. Biliary lipid secretion was estimated and bile and liver phosphatidylcholine (PC) compositions were compared at the start and end of perfusion. There was greater utilization of shorter chain than longer chain fatty acids for bile PC formation. Fatty acid utilization for liver PC formation did not show a similar pattern. There was greater incorporation of fatty acids into bile PCs than into liver PCs when perfused fatty acids were used for esterification at sn-1 and sn-2 positions of PC. Biliary secretion of cholesterol relative to PC was increased only when the population of PCs that was newly formed included more hydrophilic molecular species of PC than are present in native bile. Changes in biliary PC secretion or cholesterol/PC secretion occurred independently of any change in bile salt secretion. KW - bile KW - fatty acids KW - liver KW - Phosphatidylcholines KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gall KW - lecithins KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921440594&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - An Na+-dependent and an Na+-independent system for glutamine transport in rat liver basolateral membrane vesicles. AU - Said, H. M. AU - Hollander, D. AU - Khorchid, S. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1991/// VL - 101 IS - 4 SP - 1094 EP - 1101 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Said, H. M.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Medical Research Service 151, Room 107, Building 138, Long Beach, CA 90822, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921442322. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Registry Number: 56-85-9, 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Transport of glutamine across rat liver basolateral membrane was examined with special emphasis on the existence of a sodium ion-independent system and on the characteristics of the Na+-dependent system with respect to stoichiometry of glutamine to Na+. Transport of glutamine with time was Na+ gradient dependent (out > in) with a distinct "overshoot" phenomenon. Replacing Na+ with an equivalent concentration of potassium ions, ammonium ions, choline or mannitol caused significant inhibition of the initial rate of glutamine transport; on the other hand, lithium ions could partly substitute for Na+. Initial rate of transport of glutamine as a function of concentration (0.05 to 12 mmol/litre) was saturable in the presence and absence of an inwardly directed Na+ gradient. Apparent Km values of 2.95 and 3.35 mmol/litre and Vmax values of 11 565 and 6663 pmol mg protein-1 10 s-1 were calculated in the presence and absence of an Na+ gradient, respectively. Both in the presence and absence of an Na+ gradient (out > in), transport of [³H]glutamine was significantly inhibited by addition to the incubation medium of unlabelled glutamine as well as histidine, asparagine and serine. Transport of glutamine by the Na+-dependent process was inhibited or stimulated, respectively, by inducing a relatively positive or negative intravesicular space. Glutamine transport by the Na+-independent process was not affected by changes in transmembrane electrical potential. Using the "activation method", the stoichiometry of glutamine Na+ transport was 1:1. KW - Glutamine KW - liver KW - sodium KW - transport KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - transportation KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921442322&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Vitamin B12 and folate status in rats after chronic administration of ethanol and acute exposure to nitrous oxide. AU - Koblin, D. D. AU - Everman, B. W. JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research Y1 - 1991/// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 543 EP - 548 SN - 0145-6008 AD - Koblin, D. D.: Anaesthesiology Service (129), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921442769. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 40 ref. Registry Number: 68-19-9, 64-17-5, 59-30-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The chronic administration of ethanol or brief exposure to nitrous oxide (N2O) decreases the activity of hepatic methionine synthase and disrupts normal metabolic processes that require folate and vitamin B12. This combination of drugs has clinical relevance since alcoholic patients often require surgery and receive N2O as a component of their anaesthetic. To assess this clinical problem, male Sprague-Dawley rats were given a liquid ethanol diet (35% of energy as ethanol) and control rats were pair-fed a liquid diet with carbohydrate substituting for the energy content of ethanol. After receiving liquid diets for 6 weeks, rats were exposed to N2O 60%/O2 40% for 6 h. Urinary excretion of formic acid and formiminoglutamic acid (FIGLU) were used as indirect markers of folate status. In both the ethanol-fed and control groups, excretion of formic acid and FIGLU increased the first day after N2O and returned towards background values by the second day after N2O exposure. Ethanol treatment alone reduced methionine synthase activities in liver, but not kidney or brain. Exposure to N2O further reduced methionine synthase activities, and recovery of methionine synthase activity after N2O exposure occurred in 4 days at the same rate in both the ethanol-fed and control groups. Ethanol treatment for 6 weeks combined with acute exposure to N2O did not deplete the rats of vitamin B12 in blood, liver, kidney or brain. It is concluded that in a rat model, chronic treatment with ethanol does not exacerbate the disturbances in folate/vitamin B12 metabolism caused by brief exposure to N2O. KW - anaesthesia KW - cyanocobalamin KW - ethanol KW - Folic acid KW - intake KW - nutritional state KW - Vitamin B12 KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - anesthesia KW - cobalamin KW - ethyl alcohol KW - folacin KW - folate KW - nutritional status KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921442769&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Alcoholism and associated malnutrition in the elderly. AU - Klein, S. AU - Iber, F. L. JO - Nutrition (Burbank) JF - Nutrition (Burbank) Y1 - 1991/// VL - 7 IS - 2 SP - 75 EP - 79 SN - 0899-9007 AD - Klein, S.: F. L. Iber, Edward Hines Jr. Veterans Administration Hospital, 111D3 Gastroenterology Service, Hines, IL 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921442807. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The association between alcoholism and malnutrition in the elderly is reviewed. Although most free-living people over 55 years old use alcohol occasionally, both the fraction of people drinking and the magnitude of individual alcohol consumption decrease with every decade of age. Overall, about 5% of drinkers over 55 years old use alcohol at excessive levels, i.e. sufficient to interfere with health or social functioning. As age increases, the fraction of drinkers with alcohol-caused central nervous system disease and cirrhosis increases, indicating increased sensitivity to alcohol injury. After 70 years old, new-onset alcoholism is more common than long-standing alcoholism. Malnutrition in the elderly alcoholic person is rare; it usually is caused by multiple factors including alcohol displacing nutrient-rich diet factors, disease, limited availability of food, or altered metabolism increasing nutrient requirement. The recognition of alcohol and malnutrition problems in the elderly is more difficult than in younger people. KW - alcoholism KW - malnutrition KW - Old age KW - reviews KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921442807&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of oat bran muffins on calcium absorption and calcium, phosphorus, magnesium and zinc balance in men. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Norris, C. AU - Derler, J. AU - Osis, D. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1991/// VL - 121 IS - 12 SP - 1976 EP - 1983 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Research, Veterans' Administration Hospital, Hines, IL 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921443128. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 7439-95-4, 7723-14-0, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Metabolic balance studies were made in 11 men 38 to 73 years old to investigate the effect of oat bran on the nitrogen, calcium, phosphorus, magnesium and zinc balance, on the intestinal absorption of Ca and on endogenous faecal Ca, using 47CaCl2 as tracer. A 40-day control period preceded a 32-day experimental period in which subjects consumed 4 oat bran muffins daily as part of a constant metabolic diet. No significant changes in Ca, Mg or Zn balances were observed, but N and P balances increased. The net or apparent absorption of N, Mg and P expressed per mg of intake increased significantly in the oat bran period due to the added content of these nutrients in oat bran muffins. Intake of oat bran muffins led to a significant increase in urinary P and decreases in urinary Ca and 47Ca excretions. The intestinal absorption of Ca, estimated with 47Ca, did not change, whereas the endogenous faecal Ca increased slightly but significantly. KW - bakery products KW - bran KW - Calcium KW - Magnesium KW - metabolism KW - oats KW - Phosphorus KW - Zinc KW - Avena sativa KW - Man KW - Avena KW - Poaceae KW - Cyperales KW - monocotyledons KW - angiosperms KW - Spermatophyta KW - plants KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - baked goods KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921443128&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Rapid and quantitative separation of nicotinamide and its N1-methylated metabolite by Dowex AG50-X4 chromatography. AU - Kuykendall, J. R. AU - Cox, R. JO - Journal of Chromatography JF - Journal of Chromatography Y1 - 1991/// VL - 585 IS - 2 SP - 322 EP - 323 SN - 0021-9673 AD - Kuykendall, J. R.: Cancer Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1030 Jefferson Avenue, Memphis, TN 38104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921443150. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 7 ref. Registry Number: 98-92-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The use of column chromatography with Dowex AG50-X4 resin allowed the quantitative separation of nicotinamide from its primary metabolite, N1-methylnicotinamide. Although the sensitivity was similar to earlier high-performance liquid chromatographic methods, this procedure allowed multiple assays to be carried out simultaneously in 5 minutes. It is concluded that this method is useful in studying nicotinamide methyltransferase activity in whole cells or extracts, and is particularly well suited to screen column fractions for enzyme purification purposes. KW - analytical methods KW - Nicotinamide KW - analytical techniques KW - niacinamide KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921443150&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Dose-response characteristics of impaired glucose oxidation in non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. AU - Henry, R. R. AU - Thorburn, A. W. AU - Beerdsen, P. AU - Gumbiner, B. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1991/// VL - 261 IS - 1, I SP - E132 EP - E140 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Henry, R. R.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (V-111G), 3350 La Jolla Village Dr., San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921444368. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To determine the dose-response characteristics of impaired glucose oxidation in noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM), 8 healthy men and 8 men with NIDDM underwent indirect calorimetry during the basal state and during 3 glucose clamps at insulin infusion rates of 150, 300 and 1500 pmol/m² min. Hyperglycaemia was used to achieve matched rates of glucose uptake and at each insulin infusion. Glucose uptake in the basal state was greater in NIDDM [3.75±0.23 vs. 2.50±0.10 mg/kg fat-free mass (FFM) min, P<0.005] but was similar at about 8, 12 and 26 mg/kg FFM min at each insulin infusion. Basal protein oxidation, fat oxidation and plasma free fatty acids were similar and equally sensitive to suppression by insulin in both groups. Glucose oxidation was reduced 20 to 26% and circulating lactate increased 50 to 90% at physiological but not at pharmacological insulin concentrations in NIDDM. The dose-response relation between serum insulin and glucose oxidation was right-shifted in NIDDM with half-maximal activation at 368±91 vs. 179±27 pM in controls (P<0.05). KW - Diabetes KW - glucose KW - oxidation KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921444368&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of hyperkalemia on insulin secretion. AU - Martinez, R. AU - Rietberg, B. AU - Skyler, J. AU - Oster, J. R. AU - Perez, G. O. JO - Experientia JF - Experientia Y1 - 1991/// VL - 47 IS - 3 SP - 270 EP - 272 SN - 0014-4754 AD - Martinez, R.: G. O. Perez, Dialysis Unit (III C), Veterans Administration Medical Centre, 1201 N.W. 16th Street, Miami, FL 33125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921444513. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For 100 min 16 dogs weighing 18 to 22 kg had KCl infused at 1 ml/min in amounts calculated to deliver potassium 0.2 mEq kg body weight-1 h-1. Mean maximum increase in peripheral plasma K was 0.68±0.20 mEq/litre. There was no significant increase in portal or peripheral insulin values. In 6 additional dogs, an infusion rate of 0.5 MEq kg-1 h-1 was used to increase peripheral vein K values by at least 2.0 mEq/litre, portal insulin values increased 5-fold (P<0.05). KW - hyperkalaemia KW - Insulin secretion KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hyperkalemia KW - hyperkaliaemia KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921444513&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Urinary albumin, transferrin and iron excretion in diabetic patients. AU - Howard, R. L. AU - Buddington, B. AU - Alfrey, A. C. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1991/// VL - 40 IS - 5 SP - 923 EP - 926 SN - 0085-2538 AD - Howard, R. L.: Department of Medicine, Renal Division, University of Colorado Medical School and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Denver, CO, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921449613. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 7439-89-6, 11096-37-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In diabetic patients with varying degrees of proteinuria, a highly significant correlation was found between urinary albumin and transferrin excretion over a wide range of urinary albumin excretion (0.005 to 18 g/g creatine; r = 0.972). The urine/serum ratio of transferrin and albumin were identical, indicating a similar glomerular leak and tubule handling for these 2 proteins. In contrast to the above correlation, there was no correlation between iron and either of these proteins until nephrotic range proteinuria had occurred, and even at that time the correlation was much weaker than that found between the proteins (r = 0.680). Urinary iron excretion increased early in the course of diabetic renal disease, being increased in 3 of 11 patients without proteinuria and in 8 of 10 patients with mild proteinuria. All patients with nephrotic range proteinuria had markedly increased urinary iron excretion (150±166 vs. 6.4±0.7 µg/g creatine in healthy controls) and decreased serum iron levels (592±189 vs. 979±394 µg/litre in the control group). The iron/transferrin ratio in urine was consistently greater than the iron/transferrin ratio in plasma at all stages of proteinuria. In patients with both subnephrotic and nephrotic range proteinuria, about 35 to 40 µg Fe/g creatinine was present in the urine, with an excess of transferrin. It was concluded that urinary iron excretion is increased early in the course of diabetic renal disease. The fact that iron is present in the urine in marked excess over transferrin further suggests that either iron is dissociated from transferrin in the tubule fluid with transferrin being reabsorbed, or that iron is added to the tubule fluid by means other than filtration without transferrin. This finding suggests that iron could be present in tubule fluid in a form which would catalyse the Haber-Weiss reaction, with the formation of free radicals resulting in tubulointerstitial injury. KW - albumins KW - Diabetes KW - excretion KW - iron KW - transferrin KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921449613&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Dietary NaCl modulates Na+-H+ antiporter activity in renal cortical apical membrane vesicles. AU - Moe, O. W. AU - Tejedor, A. AU - Levi, M. AU - Seldin, D. W. AU - Preisig, P. A. AU - Alpern, R. J. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1991/// VL - 260 IS - 1, II SP - F130 EP - F137 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Moe, O. W.: Department of Internal Medicine, University of Texas Southwestern, and Veterans Administration Medical Centers, Dallas, TX 75235, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921450440. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 12408-02-5, 7647-14-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - An apical membrane Na+-H+ antiporter mediates proximal tubule NaCl and NaHCO3 reabsorption. The present studies examined whether chronic changes in dietary NaCl intake lead to an adaptation of the Na+-H+ antiporter. Rats were maintained on a low-salt (LS, 0% NaCl) or a high salt (HS, 2% NaCl) diet for 4 days. Na+-H+ antiporter was assayed using the acridine orange fluorescence method in apical membrane vesicles prepared by Mg2+ aggregation. Rats on LS diet exhibited a higher maximal activity (Vmax) for antiporter activity (0.109±0.008 s-1) compared with rats on HS diet (0.090±0.008 s-1; P<0.01), whereas Na activity (KNa) was similar (13.1±1.5 and 14.2±0.8 mM in HS and LS groups, respectively). The modulation of Na+-H+ antiporter activity was amiloride sensitive. Proton permeability, Na+-dependent [³H]glucose uptake and vesicle enrichments were similar in both groups. In addition, the dietary protocols were not associated with any systemic acid-base disturbances, K+ deficiency or hyperfiltration, conditions that have previously been demonstrated to alter Na+-H+ antiporter activity. Acute differences in extracellular fluid volume, induced by 10% body weight isohydric expansion, failed to affect Na+-H+ antiporter activity. Thus, chronic alterations in dietary NaCl intake alter the Vmax of the Na+-H+ antiporter. This adaptation may contribute to decreased NaCl reabsorption in extracellular fluid volume expansion, enhanced NaCl reabsorption in extracellular fluid volume depletion, and enhanced NaHCO3 reabsorption in chronic metabolic alkalosis associated with volume contraction. KW - Hydrogen ions KW - intake KW - ion transport KW - Kidneys KW - sodium chloride KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - NaCl KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921450440&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Prospective randomized evaluation of two regimens for converting from continuous to intermittent feedings in patients with feeding gastrostomies. AU - Powers, T. AU - Cowan, G. S. M., Jr. AU - Deckard, M. AU - Stark, N. JO - Journal of Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition JF - Journal of Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition Y1 - 1991/// VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 405 EP - 407 SN - 0148-6071 AD - Powers, T.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1030 Jefferson Avenue, Memphis, TN 38104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921451981. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 7 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - 40 male patients receiving long-term enteral feeding were randomized to 1 of 2 regimens designed to determine the better means of converting them from continuous to intermittent enteral feedings. All patients received a nutritionally complete iso-osmolal 1 kcal/ml formula containing nitrogen 6 g/litre beginning on the 2nd-postgastrostomy day. Half of the patients (20) were randomized to a discontinuous regimen abruptly changing from continuous to gradually increasing intermittent feedings until reaching their nutritional goals. Intravenous fluids were given to maintain normal fluid balance. The other 20 patients were randomized to an overlapping regimen, receiving continuous feedings at a decreasing rate while intermittent feedings were progressively increased. Intravenous fluids were used during the first 3 stages only. There were no significant differences in major diagnosis, type of gastrostomy, age, weight, height, admission or discharge serum albumin concentration, calculated basal energy expenditure (BEE), or nutrient goals (1.5×BEE, 1.5 g of protein/kg per day). The overlapping regimen resulted in a significant reduction in the total hospital stay measured in days (10.4±2.45 vs. 15.76±3.9) (P<0.05). The overlapping regimen-managed patients maintained nutritional goals for a significantly greater percentage of the total hospital stay (65.35±10.22 vs. 31.85±18.2%) (P<0.05), had a significantly higher nitrogen balance (3.17±0.56 vs. 2.63±0.55 g per 24 h) (P<0.05), had fewer days of intravenous fluids (3.1±0.46 vs. 10.35±3.33) (P<0.05), and had less diarrhoeal episodes (3 vs. 9) (P<0.05), aspiration (0 vs. 1) (P<0.05), and vomiting (0 vs. 4) (P<0.05) compared with discontinuous regimen-managed patients. It is concluded that the use of an overlapping regimen is nutritionally and economically more efficient than a discontinuous one. KW - Aspiration KW - Diarrhoea KW - enteral feeding KW - frequency KW - Lungs KW - Nitrogen balance KW - Vomiting KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - diarrhea KW - scouring KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Animals (LL820) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921451981&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Regulation of rat antral gastrin and somatostatin gene expression during starvation and after refeeding. AU - Wu, V. AU - Sumii, K. AU - Tari, A. AU - Sumii, M. AU - Walsh, J. H. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1991/// VL - 101 IS - 6 SP - 1552 EP - 1558 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Wu, V.: Center for Ulcer Research and Education, West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Center and UCLA School of Medicine, Los Angeles, CA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921453286. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Registry Number: 9002-76-0, 51110-01-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For starvation experiments, rats received drinking water but no food for 12 to 96 h. During refeeding, various liquid meals in a fixed volume of 2.5 ml were injected via orogastric tube into the stomach of rats previously fasted for 48 h. During starvation, gastrin values decreased by up to 8-fold and gastrin mRNA by up to 6-fold. Somatostatin mRNA increased by up to 1.5-fold. After refeeding with peptone, phenylalanine or olive oil liquid meals, gastrin content increased by 106% (peptone), 68% (phenylalanine) and 32% (olive oil). These nutrients also increased gastrin mRNA values by 45% (peptone), 31% (phenylalanine) and 13% (olive oil). Somatostatin mRNA values were reduced by 30% (peptone), 28% (phenylalanine) and 21% (olive oil). Glucose or saline did not alter any of these parameters. The results suggest that antral gastrin and somatostatin genes are regulated in opposite directions, in a coordinate manner, by specific gastric nutrients that stimulate gastrin release. KW - Gastrin KW - gene expression KW - refeeding KW - Somatostatin KW - starvation KW - stomach KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921453286&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Colonic motor response to a meal in acute colitis. AU - Sethi, A. K. AU - Sarna, S. K. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1991/// VL - 101 IS - 6 SP - 1537 EP - 1546 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Sethi, A. K.: Surgical Research 151, Zablocki Veterans Administration Medical Center, 5000 West National Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53295, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921453287. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The motor correlates of the symptoms of inflammatory disorders of the colon were investigated in a canine model of acute colitis. 6 healthy dogs received solid food (1300 kcal) 2 days after induction of colitis. The colon was cleansed on day 3. On day 4, a 4-h recording was made of the cleansed colon in the fasting state, then the dogs received another 1300-kcal meal. Postprandial recordings were made for 8 h. On day 5, a 4-h recording was made of the uncleansed colon in the fasting state, then the dogs received another 1300-kcal meal. Postprandial recordings were again made for 8 h. There was no significant increase in motor activity after a meal in any of the postprandial periods in either the cleansed or uncleansed colon. However, there was a significant increase in the incidence of giant migrating contractions in the fasted state. The ingestion of a meal increased this frequency 3-fold in the uncleansed colon during the late postprandial period. This increase was related to an increase in defaecation frequency. In control dogs, the meals increased this frequency 3-fold in the uncleansed colon during the late postprandial period. This increase was related to an increase in defaecation frequency. In control dogs, the meals increased contractile activity in the early and late postprandial periods. It is concluded that the motor response of the colon to a meal is absent in acute colitis. KW - Colitis KW - colon KW - meals KW - motility KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921453287&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Delusional parasitosis in geriatric patients. AU - May, W. W. AU - Terpenning, M. S. JO - Psychosomatics (Washington, D.C.) JF - Psychosomatics (Washington, D.C.) Y1 - 1991/// VL - 32 IS - 1 SP - 88 EP - 94 SN - 0033-3182 AD - May, W. W.: M.S. Terpenning, Infectious Disease Division, Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Medical Center, 2215 Fuller Road, Ann Arbor, MI 48105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19910507667. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Entomology; Helminthology; Protozoology N2 - Brief reports are given of 7 cases of delusional parasitosis seen at the Turner Geriatric Clinic of the University of Michigan or at an outbreak clinic, part of the Turner Geriatrics Services. The cases included an 89-year-old man complaining of "bugs" in his sputum and stomach, and 6 women, aged 50 to 79, with evident delusions of infection or infestation with pinworm, unspecified parasites, "echinococcal infection of the intestines", acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS), "lice", and "black bugs". Psychiatric, clinical and other pertinent details are also given. Precipitating and associated factors are discussed in general terms, and since these delusions often seem to serve to prevent more severe ego disintegration and psychotic decomposition, case management generally needs to include a sympathetic and non-judgemental attitude towards the patient. KW - Acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - case reports KW - Delusory parasitoses KW - Diagnosis KW - Ectoparasitoses KW - Geriatrics KW - helminths KW - Mental disorders KW - parasites KW - Parasitoses KW - Psychoses KW - therapy KW - Treatment KW - Michigan KW - North America KW - USA KW - Man KW - Phthiraptera KW - protozoa KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - insects KW - Hexapoda KW - arthropods KW - invertebrates KW - East North Central States of USA KW - North Central States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - Lake States of USA KW - AIDS KW - gerontology KW - mental illness KW - parasitic diseases KW - parasitic infestations KW - parasitic worms KW - parasitosis KW - psychiatric disorders KW - psychotic disorders KW - therapeutics KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pathogen, Pest, Parasite and Weed Management (General) (HH000) KW - Non-communicable Human Diseases and Injuries (VV600) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Animals (LL820) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19910507667&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - In vitro model of attachment of Giardia intestinalis trophozoites to IEC-6 cells, an intestinal cell line. AU - McCabe, R. E. AU - Yu, G. S. M. AU - Conteas, C. AU - Morrill, P. R. AU - McMorrow, B. JO - Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy JF - Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy Y1 - 1991/// VL - 35 IS - 1 SP - 29 EP - 35 SN - 0066-4804 AD - McCabe, R. E.: Medical Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19910873380. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - An assay for attachment of radiolabelled G. intestinalis [G. lamblia] (WB strain) trophozoites to IEC-6 cells which can be performed in microtitre trays, is described. Attachment was confirmed by scanning and transmission electron microscopy. Trophozoites remained attached to the IEC-6 cells for 24 h with little evidence of damage to the IEC-6 cells. Preincubation of trophozoites with cytochalasins A, B and D reduced attachment to approximately 20% of that of controls, whereas colchicine had no effect. Chelation of divalent cations with EDTA and EGTA [ethylene glycol-bis(β-aminoethyl ether)-N,N,N,′,N′-tetraacetic acid] reduced attachment to 24 and 26% of control values, respectively, and incubation at 4°C reduced attachment to 7% of the value for controls incubated at 37°C. Glutaraldehyde fixation of trophozoites or IEC-6 cells resulted in significantly diminished attachment to the live substrate (17 and 40% of control values, respectively). Coincubation of IEC-6 cells and trophozoites on a rotary shaker resulted in detachment of 40% of trophozoites, but EDTA, EGTA, glutaraldehyde fixation of trophozoites, and low temperature diminished attachment markedly and significantly. Similar results were obtained in experiments with Portland-1 and N-0728 strains of Giardia. KW - host parasite relationships KW - Human diseases KW - parasites KW - trophozoites KW - Giardia duodenalis KW - protozoa KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Giardia KW - Hexamitidae KW - Diplomonadida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cell attachment KW - Giardia lamblia KW - parasite host relationships KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19910873380&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hepatobiliary cryptosporidiosis and cytomegalovirus infection mimicking metastatic cancer to the liver. AU - Hasan, F. A. AU - Jeffers, L. J. AU - Dickinson, G. AU - Otrakji, C. L. AU - Greer, P. J. AU - Reddy, K. R. AU - Schiff, E. R. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1991/// VL - 100 IS - 6 SP - 1743 EP - 1748 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Hasan, F. A.: E. R. Schiff, Division of Hepatology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1201 Northwest 16 Street, Miami, FL 33125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19910881187. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - The case of a 41-year-old homosexual man with AIDS in Florida, USA, who presented with abdominal pain, diarrhoea, fever, and cholestasis is reported. A percutaneous transhepatic cholangiogram showed that the extrahepatic and right-sided intrahepatic ducts were normal. Computerized tomography of the abdomen showed multiple hypodense lesions in the liver. Guided needle biopsies of several of these lesions showed severe confluent necrotizing pericholangitis with cytomegalovirus-infected cells. Numerous cryptosporidia were seen attached to biliary epithelium. The unique histopathological and radiographic features of this case should be added to the spectrum of hepatobiliary manifestations of the acquired immunodeficiency syndrome. KW - ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME KW - case reports KW - human diseases KW - human immunodeficiency viruses KW - immunocompromised hosts KW - liver KW - neoplasms KW - opportunistic infections KW - parasites KW - pathology KW - Florida KW - North America KW - USA KW - Apicomplexa KW - Cryptosporidium KW - cytomegalovirus KW - man KW - protozoa KW - viruses KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Cryptosporidiidae KW - Eucoccidiorida KW - Apicomplexa KW - Betaherpesvirinae KW - Herpesviridae KW - dsDNA viruses KW - DNA viruses KW - viruses KW - Lentivirus KW - Orthoretrovirinae KW - Retroviridae KW - RNA Reverse Transcribing Viruses KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Gulf States of USA KW - Southern States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - South Atlantic States of USA KW - Southeastern States of USA KW - AIDS KW - cancers KW - CMV KW - human immunodeficiency virus KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19910881187&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Trichinella spiralis infection alters small bowel motor activity in the fed state. AU - Cowles, V. E. AU - Sarna, S. K. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1991/// VL - 101 IS - 3 SP - 664 EP - 669 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Cowles, V. E.: S. K. Sarna, Surgical Research 151, Zablocki Veterans Administration Medical Center, Milwaukee, WI 53292, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19910881909. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - The effect of T. spiralis infection on small intestinal transit and motor activity in the fed state during the intestinal phase of infection was studied in 6 experimentally infected dogs. Contractions were recorded by strain gauge transducers, and mean transit time was measured by marker dilution technique. The mean amplitude and area of individual phasic contractions decreased, but no change occurred in their mean duration during trichinosis. The total amplitude and area of phasic contractions also decreased; this was caused by a decrease in the frequency of contractions as well as a decrease in the mean parameters. The reduction in the total duration was entirely caused by the decrease in frequency. The reduction in the total parameters of all contractions was the result of a reduction in the same parameters for both propagating and nonpropagating contractions. However, the decrease in the parameters of propagating contractions was much greater. Also, there was a decrease in the distance of propagation of phasic contractions. The transit time as a result of phasic contractions increased during T. spiralis infection. Additionally, T. spiralis infection induced giant migrating contractions in the fed state that were never observed during control. Chyme was propelled very rapidly and effectively by giant migrating contractions. These findings suggest that during diarrhoea induced by T. spiralis infection, the phasic contractions may act to decrease transit and, hence, allow more contact time for absorption of water and nutrients.However, this response may be counter-balanced by giant migrating contractions that rapidly propel chyme into the colon and compound the diarrhoea associated with T. spiralis infection. KW - diarrhoea KW - DIGESTA KW - experimental infections KW - helminths KW - intestines KW - parasites KW - pathology KW - transit time KW - carnivores KW - dogs KW - Enoplida KW - Nematoda KW - Trichinella spiralis KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - invertebrates KW - Trichinella KW - Trichinellidae KW - Trichinellida KW - Dorylaimia KW - Enoplea KW - Nematoda KW - Enoplia KW - Adenophorea KW - diarrhea KW - digestive tract contents KW - nematodes KW - parasitic worms KW - scouring KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Animals (LL820) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19910881909&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Interaction of human peripheral blood mononuclear cells with Coccidioides immitis arthroconidia. AU - Ampel, N. M. AU - Galgiani, J. N. JO - Cellular Immunology JF - Cellular Immunology Y1 - 1991/// VL - 133 IS - 1 SP - 253 EP - 262 SN - 0008-8749 AD - Ampel, N. M.: Medical and Research Services, Tucson Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tucson, Arizona 85723, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911208699. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - The in vitro interaction of human peripheral blood mononuclear cells with the arthroconidial stage of C. immitis was investigated. Fresh peripheral blood monocytes in an adherent monolayer were capable of ingesting C. immitis. Further, peripheral blood monocytes from either skin-test-positive or skin-test-negative donors significantly decreased the in vitro growth of C. immitis when coccidioidal arthroconidia were incubated with monocytes. Peripheral blood mononuclear cells also reduced fungal incorporation of the chitin precursor N-acetyl glucosamine. Cell fractions consisting predominantly of monocytes were significantly more active in this regard than fractions containing predominantly lymphocytes. Moreover, this activity was independent of the coccidioidal skin-test status of the donor. It is concluded that human peripheral blood mononuclear cells are able to phagocytize C. immitis arthroconidia and have the ability to inhibit its growth in vitro. Also, that these abilities are independent of the immune status of the donor indicates that the peripheral blood monocyte may contribute to the early defence against initial coccidioidal infection. KW - immunology KW - monocytes KW - Coccidioides immitis KW - Coccidioides KW - Onygenaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - fungus KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911208699&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Multiple verrucous skin lesions. AU - Leet, N. A. AU - Parker, C. M. JO - Archives of Dermatology JF - Archives of Dermatology Y1 - 1991/// VL - 127 IS - 5 SP - 721 EP - 726 SN - 0003-987X AD - Leet, N. A.: Indiana University and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Indianapolis, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911209717. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 6 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A case of Blastomyces dermatitidis infection is reported in a 30-yr-old man who presented with a 3-month history of multiple skin lesions and a left testicular mass of 1 month's duration. Histopathological examination of a punch biopsy from a forearm lesion revealed rare yeast forms with broad-based buds. The patient was treated with ketoconazole (400 mg/d) for 6 months and the verrucous plaques resolved. Seven months after ketoconazole had been discontinued, enlargement of the prostate gland was noted and urine cultures were positive for blastomycosis. A 2-month course of amphotericin B (total dose 2800 mg) resulted in resolution of the genitourinary symptoms. KW - hosts KW - infections KW - prostate KW - skin KW - Indiana KW - USA KW - Blastomyces dermatitidis KW - man KW - Blastomyces KW - Ajellomycetaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - Corn Belt States of USA KW - North Central States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - East North Central States of USA KW - dermis KW - fungus KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911209717&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - New serologic tests for early detection of coccidioidomycosis. AU - Galgiani, J. N. AU - Grace, G. M. AU - Lundergan, L. L. JO - Journal of Infectious Diseases JF - Journal of Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1991/// VL - 163 IS - 3 SP - 671 EP - 674 SN - 0022-1899 AD - Galgiani, J. N.: Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tucson, AZ 85723, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911210512. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology; Public Health N2 - Patients suspected of having recently acquired coccidioidomycosis were tested for anti-coccidioidal antibodies and circulating fungal antigens using conventional antibody detection methods and new ELISA procedures. Of 233 patients with compatible symptoms, 26 had anti-coccidioidal antibodies detected by conventional tests. ELISA detected antibodies in sera from 20 of these patients and also from another 25 patients. Patients with antibodies detected by either conventional or ELISA procedures were significantly more likely to have abnormal chest radiographs, elevated erythrocyte sedimentation rates or absent upper respiratory symptoms than were other patients. Circulating antigen was found in sera from 35 patients, 33 of whom had no detectable anti-coccidioidal antibodies at that time. Detectable antigen was noted frequently in sera obtained within the first month after the onset of symptoms and was infrequently detected later when more patients exhibited antibodies. It is concluded that these results indicate the feasibility of developing ELISA procedures using spherule-derived antigens for earlier detection of coccidioidal infections.<new para>ADDITIONAL ABSTRACT:<new para>Arizona college students suspected of having recently acquired coccidioidomycosis were tested for anticoccidioidal antibodies and circulating fungal antigens using conventional antibody detection methods and new ELISA procedures. Of 233 patients with compatible symptoms, 26 had anticoccidioidal antibodies detected by conventional tests. ELISA detected antibodies in sera from 20 of these patients and also another 25 patients. Patients with antibodies detected by either conventional or ELISA procedures were significantly more likely to have abnormal chest radiographs, elevated erythrocyte sedimentation rates, or absent upper respiratory symptoms than were other patients. Circulating antigen was found in sera from 35 patients, 33 of whom had no detectable anticoccidioidal antibodies at that time. Detectable antigen was noted frequently in sera obtained within the first month after the onset of symptoms and was infrequently detected later when more patients exhibited antibodies. These results indicate the feasibility of developing ELISA procedures using spherule-derived antigens for earlier detection of coccidioidal infections.AS KW - Coccidioidomycosis KW - diagnosis KW - ELISA KW - hosts KW - Immunodiagnosis KW - immunological techniques KW - infections KW - Arizona KW - USA KW - Coccidioides immitis KW - man KW - Coccidioides KW - Onygenaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - Mountain States of USA KW - Western States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - Southwestern States of USA KW - coccidiomycosis KW - enzyme linked immunosorbent assay KW - fungus KW - serological diagnosis KW - serological techniques KW - United States of America KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911210512&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ponterotto, Joseph G. AU - Pace, Terry M. AU - Kavan, Michale G. T1 - A Counselor's Guide to the Assessment of Depression. JO - Journal of Counseling & Development JF - Journal of Counseling & Development Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 67 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 301 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 07489633 AB - This article discusses various methods and procedures for assessing depression in clients. The following eight clinician rating and client self-report measures of depression are reviewed on the basis of their psychometric properties and applied pragmatic utility: the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression, the Beck Depression Inventory, the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory-Scale 2 (Depression), the Depression Adjective Checklists, the Multiple Affect Adjective Checklist, the Zung Self-Rating Depression Scale, the Hopkins Symptom Checklist-90, and the Children's Depression Inventory. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Counseling & Development is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MENTAL depression -- Diagnosis KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - BECK Depression Inventory KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - MEASURES of Psychosocial Development KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 4962239; Ponterotto, Joseph G. 1 Pace, Terry M. 2 Kavan, Michale G. 3; Affiliation: 1: Assistant Professor, Division of Psychological and Education Services, Graduate School of Education, Fordham University, Lincoln Center, New York, NY 10023-7478. 2: Completing Predoctoral Internship in Counseling Psychology, Minneapolis, Minnesota Veterans Administration Hospital. 3: Director of Behavioral sciences, Department of Family Practice, School of Medicine, Creighton University, Omaha, Nebraska.; Source Info: Jan89, Vol. 67 Issue 5, p301; Subject Term: MENTAL depression -- Diagnosis; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: BECK Depression Inventory; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: MEASURES of Psychosocial Development; Subject Term: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 10p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4962239&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kongstvedt, Sheryl J. T1 - Cognitive Approaches to Pain Control: Common Factors Underlying Their Effectiveness. JO - Journal of Counseling & Development JF - Journal of Counseling & Development Y1 - 1987/06// VL - 65 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 538 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 07489633 AB - The author reviews the cognitive approaches to pain control and discusses how expectancy of success in general and self-efficacy in particular mediate successful outcomes.
In this article I review the cognitive approaches to pain control, focusing particularly on what makes one approach more likely to be effective than another, and bring together the common factors that may influence successful I treatment of chronic pain. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Counseling & Development is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CHRONIC pain KW - SELF-efficacy KW - COGNITION KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - ANALGESICS KW - CONDITIONED response N1 - Accession Number: 4979707; Kongstvedt, Sheryl J. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: PHD Candidate, University of Nebraska-Lincoln. 2: Clinical Psychology intern, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Pittsburgh.; Source Info: Jun87, Vol. 65 Issue 10, p538; Subject Term: CHRONIC pain; Subject Term: SELF-efficacy; Subject Term: COGNITION; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: ANALGESICS; Subject Term: CONDITIONED response; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4979707&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Powell, Louisa Feldman T1 - The Effect of Extra Stimulation and Maternal Involvement on the Development of Low-Birth-Weight Infants and on Maternal Behavior. JO - Child Development JF - Child Development Y1 - 1974/03// VL - 45 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 106 EP - 113 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00093920 N1 - Accession Number: 12265485; Powell, Louisa Feldman 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Newington, Connecticut.; Source Info: Mar1974, Vol. 45 Issue 1, p106; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-8624.ep12265485 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12265485&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gardner, Howard T1 - Metaphors and Modalities: How Children Project Polar Adjectives onto Diverse Domains. JO - Child Development JF - Child Development Y1 - 1974/03// VL - 45 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 84 EP - 91 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00093920 N1 - Accession Number: 12265479; Gardner, Howard 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Harvard University. 2: Boston Veterans Administration Hospital.; Source Info: Mar1974, Vol. 45 Issue 1, p84; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-8624.ep12265479 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12265479&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lezak, Muriel D. T1 - The Problem of Assessing Executive Functions. JO - International Journal of Psychology JF - International Journal of Psychology Y1 - 1982/01// VL - 17 IS - 1-4 M3 - Article SP - 281 EP - 297 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00207594 N1 - Accession Number: 76014284; Lezak, Muriel D. 1; Affiliation: 1: Oregon Health Sciences University and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, OR, 97201, USA; Source Info: Jan1982, Vol. 17 Issue 1-4, p281; Number of Pages: 17p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1080/00207598208247445 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=76014284&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dixit, Saryu N. AU - Seyer, Jerome M. AU - Kang, Andrew H. T1 - Covalent Structure of Collagen: Amino-Acid Sequence of Chymotryptic Peptides from the Carboxyl-Terminal Region of α2-CB3 of Chick-Skin Collagen. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1977/12/15/ VL - 81 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 599 EP - 607 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - The amino acid sequence of chymotryptic peptides C4 and C5 which together make up 206 COOH-terminal residues of α2-CB3 of chick skin collagen is described. Thus in combination with the sequence of 132 residues from the amino-terminal region published earlier [Dixit. Seyer. and Kang (1977) Eur. d. Biochem. 73, 213-221] completes the total amino acid sequence of the large CNBr peptide, α2-CB3 of chick skin collagen. The amino acid sequence was determined by automated Edman degradation of intact peptides C4 and C5 and their respective tryptic and maleylated tryptic peptides, and thermolytic peptides of C4. The comparison of the sequence with the homologous segment of αl(l) chain showed striking variance of over 51 % within the same species. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AMINO acids KW - PEPTIDES KW - COLLAGEN KW - AMINO acid sequence KW - PROTEINS -- Analysis KW - BIOCHEMISTRY N1 - Accession Number: 13602055; Dixit, Saryu N. 1 Seyer, Jerome M. 1 Kang, Andrew H. 1; Affiliation: 1: Connective Tissue Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Memphis, and Departments of Biochemistry and Medicine, University of Tennessee Center for the Health Sciences, Memphis, Tennessee; Source Info: 12/15/77, Vol. 81 Issue 3, p599; Subject Term: AMINO acids; Subject Term: PEPTIDES; Subject Term: COLLAGEN; Subject Term: AMINO acid sequence; Subject Term: PROTEINS -- Analysis; Subject Term: BIOCHEMISTRY; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13602055&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Harkness, Donald R. AU - Isaacks, Russell E. AU - Roth, Sandra C. T1 - Purification and Properties of 2,3-Bisphosphoglycerate Phosphatase-Mutase from Erythrocytes of Day-Old Chicks. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1977/09//9/1/77 VL - 78 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 343 EP - 351 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - 1. Large quantities of 2,3-bisphosphoglycerate accumulate in the red blood cells of the chick embryo during the week prior to hatching; the 2,3-bisphosphoglycerate then abruptly decreases to very small amounts within a few days after hatching. 2. The enzyme 2,3-bisphosphoglycerate phosphatase was purified from the red blood cells of the day old chick. The elution profiles for bisphosphoglycerate phosphatase and 2,3-bisphosphoglycerate mutase were identical upon gradient elution from columns of hydroxylapatite and diethylamino-ethylcellulose and by gel filtration on Sephadex G-100. At each stage of purification the ratio of phosphatase to mutase activity was the same. It was concluded that, just as in the human erythrocyte, both bisphosphoglycerate phosphatase and 2,3-bisphosphoglycerate mutase activities in chick erythrocytes reside on one protein. 3. Bisphosphoglycerate phosphatase has a pH of optimal activity of 7.0. Its activity is stimulated by 2-phosphoglycolate, phosphoenolpyruvate, bisulfite and dithionite and is inhibited by 2-phosphoglycerate, 3-phosphoglycerate, inorganic pyrophosphate and phytic acid. These properties are very similar to those described for bisphosphoglycerate phosphatase purified from human erythrocytes. 4. The purified bisphosphoglycerate phosphatase-mutase contained 3-phosphoglycerate mutase activity. Although the 2,3-bisphosphoglycerate mutase and 3-phosphoglycerate mutase activities were nearly equal in the purified enzyme, this protein accounts for a maximum of only 6% of the 3-phosphoglycerate mutase activity in these cells. 5. The total activity of the bisphosphoglycerate phosphatase in the erythrocytes was measured at intervals during development of the embryo, in the young chick, and in the mature chicken. Its activity increases during the time of 2,3-bisphosphoglycerate accumulation. The enzyme activity decreases gradually from its maximum in the two-day-old chick (1.67 µmol h-1 g hemoglobin... [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ERYTHROCYTES KW - DIPHOSPHONATES KW - PHOSPHATASES KW - CHICKENS -- Hatcheries KW - EGGS -- Incubation N1 - Accession Number: 13886801; Harkness, Donald R. 1 Isaacks, Russell E. 1 Roth, Sandra C. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Department of Medicine. University of Miami School of Medicine; Source Info: 9/1/77, Vol. 78 Issue 2, p343; Subject Term: ERYTHROCYTES; Subject Term: DIPHOSPHONATES; Subject Term: PHOSPHATASES; Subject Term: CHICKENS -- Hatcheries; Subject Term: EGGS -- Incubation; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112310 Chicken Egg Production; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112340 Poultry Hatcheries; NAICS/Industry Codes: 311615 Poultry Processing; Number of Pages: 9p; Illustrations: 3 Charts, 5 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13886801&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Isaacks, Russell AU - Harkness, Donald AU - Sampsell, Ronald AU - Adler, Janet AU - Roth, Sandra AU - Chang Kim AU - Goldman, Phllis T1 - Studies on Avian Erythrocyte Metabolism. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1977/08//8/1/77 VL - 77 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 567 EP - 574 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - The erythrocyte count of the adult ostrich (≈ 2.0 × 106/mm³) is about 40% of that of man (≈ 5.0 × 106/mm³) but the red blood cell is approximately three times larger (220 µm³). The total phosphate content per cm³ red blood cell is 37.7 µmol. Inositol tetrakisphosphate (inositol-P4), a compound not previously reported in the erythrocytes of any species of animal, is the major organic phosphate in erythrocytes of the adult ostrich, accounting for 35% of the total phosphate. Inositol pentakisphosphate (inositol-P5), the major phosphorylated compound in the erythrocytes of most mature species of birds, is also present but in amounts approximately half that of inositol-P4. The effects of adenosine triphosphate, 2,3-bisphosphoglyceric acid (P2-glycerate), inositol-P4, inositol- P5, and inositol hexakisphosphate (inositol-P6) on the oxygen affinity of whole 'stripped' hemoglobin, hemoglobin A (major component), and hemoglobin D (minor component) isolated from erythrocytes of the mature ostrich have been determined. All five compounds cause a right shift in the oxygen dissociation curve of each hemoglobin and their relative effectiveness in decreasing the oxygen affinity is ATP < P2-glycerate < inositol-P4 < inositol-P5 < inositol-P6. No preferential interaction of inositol-P4 or inositol-P5 with either hemoglobin A or hemoglobin D was observed. The unique organic phosphate composition of the erythrocyte of the ostrich probably explains the relatively high whole blood oxygen affinity (P50 = 24.5 torr) of these birds. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BLOOD cells KW - INOSITOL KW - VITAMIN B complex KW - ALCOHOLS (Chemical class) KW - HEMOGLOBIN KW - ADENINE nucleotides N1 - Accession Number: 13746201; Isaacks, Russell 1 Harkness, Donald 1 Sampsell, Ronald 1 Adler, Janet 1 Roth, Sandra 1 Chang Kim 1 Goldman, Phllis 1; Affiliation: 1: Research Laboratories of the Veterans Administration Hospital and the Department of Medicine, University of Miami School of Medicine, Florida; Source Info: 8/1/77, Vol. 77 Issue 3, p567; Subject Term: BLOOD cells; Subject Term: INOSITOL; Subject Term: VITAMIN B complex; Subject Term: ALCOHOLS (Chemical class); Subject Term: HEMOGLOBIN; Subject Term: ADENINE nucleotides; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325193 Ethyl Alcohol Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13746201&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Zakim, David AU - Vessey, Donald A. T1 - Regulation of Microsomal UPD-glucuronyltransferase by Metal Ions. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1976/05//May76 Part 1 VL - 64 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 459 EP - 463 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - Mn2+ activates UDP-glucuronyltransferase (assayed with p-nitrophenol as aglycone) in assays of the forward reaction. The kinetic mechanism of this activation is an increase in activity at V. The rate of the reverse reaction catalyzed by UDP-glucuronyltransferase (UDP-dependent hydrolysis of p-nitrophenylglucuronic acid) is inhibited by Mn2+. The basis for this inhibition is an increase in KUDP, and a small increase in KNphG1cUA. Mn2+ appears to have no effect of the activity of the reverse reaction at saturating concentrations of both substrates. The differential effects of divalent metal ions on rates of the forward and reverse reactions catalyzed by UDP-gtucuronyltransferase are due in part to differences in the affinities of UDP-glucuronic acid and UDP for metals. Keq for the formation of UDP-Mn2+ is 8.6× 103; Keq for the formation of UDP-glucuronic acid-Mn2+ is 4.8× 102. High concentrations of UDP thus can compete for metal ions bound to UDP-glucuronyltransferase, but UDP-glucuronic acid is less likely to do so. This competition for metal ions between the enzyme and substrates accounts for the failure of Mn2+ to increase the activity at V of the reverse reaction. Mn2+-induced inhibition of the reverse reaction, due to an increase of KUDP, reflects that the affinity of the affinity of the enzyme for UDP is greater than that for UDP-Mn2+. On the other hand, formation of a complex between UDP-glucuronic and Mn2+ does not alter the affinity of UDP-glueuronyltransferase for this nucleotide derivative. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IONS KW - ELECTRONS KW - METALLURGY KW - ENZYMES KW - HYDROLYSIS KW - METAL ions N1 - Accession Number: 13488772; Zakim, David 1,2 Vessey, Donald A. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Molecular Biology Division and Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, California 2: Department of Midecine and Biochemistry and Biophysics, University of California Medical Center, San Francisco, California; Source Info: May76 Part 1, Vol. 64 Issue 2, p459; Subject Term: IONS; Subject Term: ELECTRONS; Subject Term: METALLURGY; Subject Term: ENZYMES; Subject Term: HYDROLYSIS; Subject Term: METAL ions; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13488772&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Vessey, Donald A. AU - Zakim, David T1 - Characterization of the Reaction of GDP-Mannose with Dolichol Phosphate in Liver Membranes. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1975/05//May75 Part 1 VL - 53 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 499 EP - 504 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - The Mn2+-dependent mannosyl transfer reaction between GDP-[14C]mannose and dolichol phosphate, which is catalyzed by liver membranes, could not be followed accurately with the existing assay systems. Thus, GDP-[14C]mannose is hydrolyzed rapidly by a pyrophosphatase present in microsornal and Golgi fractions from liver cells. The rate of the hydrolysis is rapid enough to limit the extent of incorporation of [14C]mannose into endogenous acceptors. AMP was an effective inhibitor of the pyrophosphatase in Golgi membranes, and protected GDP-mannose from metabolism in alternative pathways. In the presence of AMP it was possible accurately to follow the time course of synthesis of dolichol phosphate [14C]mannose over short time periods. Even though the time course of the reaction was measured over 2 s intervals, no linear portion could be detected in plots of product formed versus time. The kinetics of synthesis did, however, fit an equation for a first-order kinetic process. The basis for the first-order kinetics seems related to the very small amounts of dolichol phosphate in membranes. The values of the first-order rate constant is dependent on the concentrations of GDP-mannose and Mn2+ added to the assays. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RHYNCHOSIA KW - MANNOSE KW - MONOSACCHARIDES KW - PHOSPHATES KW - LIVER cells KW - SACCHARIDES KW - LEGUMES N1 - Accession Number: 15805334; Vessey, Donald A. 1 Zakim, David 1; Affiliation: 1: Molecular Biology Division and Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, and the Departments of Biochemistry and Medicine, University of California Medical Center, San Francisco,; Source Info: May75 Part 1, Vol. 53 Issue 2, p499; Subject Term: RHYNCHOSIA; Subject Term: MANNOSE; Subject Term: MONOSACCHARIDES; Subject Term: PHOSPHATES; Subject Term: LIVER cells; Subject Term: SACCHARIDES; Subject Term: LEGUMES; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15805334&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kenney, William C. AU - Edmondson, Dale E. AU - Singer, Thomas P. T1 - The Covalently Bound Flavin of Chromatium Cytochrome c552. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1974/10/15/Oct74 Part 2 VL - 48 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 449 EP - 453 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - The previous paper in this series described the isolation of tryptic-chymotryptic and peptic flavin peptides from Chromatium cytochrome c552 in homogeneous form and presented evidence that the FAD component is covalently linked to a cysteinyl residue via a hemiacetal linkage to the 8α position of the isoalloxazine ring. The amino acid sequence of the peptic and tryptic-chymotryptic flavin peptides were found to be Tyr-Thr-Cys(FAD)-Tyr and Thr-Cys(FAD)-Tyr. respectively. However, the presence of the NH2-tyrosyl residue in the former, imparts markedly greater stability to the cysteinyl flavin linkage, and even results in essentially quenched fluorescence of the flavin after performic acid oxidation of the sulfur moiety. Osidatlon at 40°C, which destroys tyrosine, results in the same level of fluorescence as found when the tryptic-chymotryptic peptide is oxidized at 0 C. Removal of this tyrosyl residue from the peptic peptide, oxidized at 0°C, by aminopeptidase M also leads to an increase in fluorescence. Evidence for a tyrosyl-flavin interaction has been further obtained from CD spectra. The peptic peptide has a broad, positive Cotton effect with a maximum at 484 to 490 nm, which is enhanced after treatment with pyrophosphatase and phosphatase and negative bands at 305 and 375 nm. The tryptic-chymotryptic peptide, on the other hand. has a positive band at 340 nm, as m FAD. but only a small negative band at 380 nm. Thus the tyrosyl-flavin interaction appears to be responsible for the stabilization of the thiohemiacetal bond in the peptide and perhaps also in the protein. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - FLAVINS KW - FLAVOPROTEINS KW - AMINO acid sequence KW - MOLECULAR association KW - CHEMICAL structure KW - CHEMICAL bonds N1 - Accession Number: 12905356; Kenney, William C. 1 Edmondson, Dale E. 1 Singer, Thomas P. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Molecular Biology, Veterans Administration Hospital and Department of Biochemistry and Biophysics, University of California, San Francisco, California; Source Info: Oct74 Part 2, Vol. 48 Issue 2, p449; Subject Term: FLAVINS; Subject Term: FLAVOPROTEINS; Subject Term: AMINO acid sequence; Subject Term: MOLECULAR association; Subject Term: CHEMICAL structure; Subject Term: CHEMICAL bonds; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12905356&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Walker, Wolfram H. AU - Kenney, William C. AU - Edmondson, Dale E. AU - Singer, Thomas P. AU - Cronin, John R. AU - Hendriks, R. T1 - The Covalently Bound Flavin of Chromatium Cytochrome c552. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1974/10/15/Oct74 Part 2 VL - 48 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 439 EP - 448 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - Reports in the literature indicate that the flavin prosthetic group of Chromatium cytochrome c552 is not acid-extractable but is dissociated from the protein by various treatments, including prolonged incubation with urea solution, which are not expected to break covalent bonds. In the present paper it is established by isolation of peptic and of tryptic-chymotryptic flavin peptides that the flavin component is covalently linked to the protein. The peptide chain is attached to the 8α group of the FAD, as in other enzymes containing covalently bound flavin, as evidenced by a hypochromic shift of the near ultraviolet absorption maximum, the characteristics of the hyperfine EPR spectrum, and the release of 8-carboxy-FMN from the cytochrome on oxidation with cold performic acid with concomitant hydrolysis of the pyrophosphate linkage. The fluorescence of the flavin peptides, at the FAD, FMN and riboflavin level, is extensively quenched, with less than 1% of the quantum yield of fluorescence, compared with riboflavin, in the peptic peptide. On oxidation of the tryptic-chymotryptic peptide with performic acid the fluorescence increases to 50% of that given by an equimolar concentration of riboflavin. This increase is accompanied by a further hypochromic shift of the near ultraviolet absorption maximum. This behavior, the tendency of the flavin peptide to undergo autooxidation, and the positive chloroplatinic acid test resemble the properties of cysteinylflavin thioether and its peptides and suggest that the flavin is bonded to a cysteine residue, as in monoamine oxidase. The presence of cysteine in both flavin peptides from cytochrome c552 has been verified by the liberation of cysteine on acid hydrolysis. Despite these similarities to peptides containing a cysteinyl flavin thioether. the peptic and tryptic-chymotryptic peptides from cytochrome c552 show several properties which preclude a thioether linkage. Evidence is summarized to indicate that the flavin is linked via a thiohemiacetal bond to a cysteinyl residue in the polypeptide chain. Thus, the flavin released from the peptides by acid hydrolysis is in every respect identical to 8-formylriboflavin. Further, two flavin components were detected on high voltage electrophoresis after aminopeptidase M digestion of the peptic peptide, which had mobilities expected for the aminoacylflavin and a thiazolidine derivative. A thiohemiacetal structure also ac-counts for the much greater lability of the flavin peptide linkage than that found for monoamine oxidase. Thus from the evidence presented, it is concluded that the structure of the covalently bound flavin in Chromatium cytochrome c552 is 8α-S-cysteinyl-8α-hydroxy-FAD. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - FLAVINS KW - FLAVOPROTEINS KW - CYTOCHROME c KW - PEPTIDES KW - OXIDATION-reduction reaction KW - MOLECULAR structure N1 - Accession Number: 12905342; Walker, Wolfram H. 1 Kenney, William C. 1 Edmondson, Dale E. 1 Singer, Thomas P. 1 Cronin, John R. 2 Hendriks, R.; Affiliation: 1: Division of Molecular Biology, Veterans Administration Hospital and Department of Biochemistry and Biophysics, University of California, San Francisco, California 2: Department of Chemistry, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona; Source Info: Oct74 Part 2, Vol. 48 Issue 2, p439; Subject Term: FLAVINS; Subject Term: FLAVOPROTEINS; Subject Term: CYTOCHROME c; Subject Term: PEPTIDES; Subject Term: OXIDATION-reduction reaction; Subject Term: MOLECULAR structure; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12905342&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Zakim, David AU - Goldenberg, Jovita AU - Vessey, Donald A. T1 - Influence of Membrane Lipids on the Regulatory Properties of UDP-Glucuronyltransferase. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1973/09// VL - 38 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 59 EP - 63 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - The maximal potential activity of UDP-glucuronyltransferase is constrained by the structure of the phospholipid environment in intact microsomal membranes. This constraint can be relieved by treatment of microsomes with phospholipase A. As shown by the data in this paper, however, relief of constraint is associated with a loss of specificity in the binding of UDP-sugars at the UDP-glucuronic acid site of UDP-glucuronyltransferase. As a result, several UDP-sugars which have no effect on the activity of the untreated enzyme act as inhibitors of the unconstrained, phospholipase A-treated form of UDP-glucuronyltransferase. In addition to the loss of specificity of substrate binding, the phospholipase-A-treated form of UDP-glucuronyltransfease cannot be activated by UDP-N-acetylglucosamine, which is a positive K-type of allosteric effector for the untreated form of the enzyme. UDP-N-acetylglucosamine, in fact, is an inhibitor of the phospholipase-A-treated form of the enzyme. In contrast to the effects of other UDP-sugars, inhibition by UDP-N-acetylglucosamine seems to result from the binding of UDP-N-acetylglucosamine at an allosteric site rather than the active site. Inhibition of the phospholipase-A-treated form of UDP-glucuronyltransferase by UDP-N-acetylglucosamine and other UDP-sugars is additive. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MEMBRANE lipids KW - GLUCURONOSYLTRANSFERASE KW - BIOLOGICAL membranes KW - ENZYMES KW - BINDING sites (Biochemistry) KW - BIOCHEMISTRY N1 - Accession Number: 13658448; Zakim, David 1 Goldenberg, Jovita 1 Vessey, Donald A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Division of Molecular Biology, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, California and the Departments of Medicine and Biochemistry and Biophysics, University of California Medical Center, San Francisco, California; Source Info: 1973, Vol. 38 Issue 1, p59; Subject Term: MEMBRANE lipids; Subject Term: GLUCURONOSYLTRANSFERASE; Subject Term: BIOLOGICAL membranes; Subject Term: ENZYMES; Subject Term: BINDING sites (Biochemistry); Subject Term: BIOCHEMISTRY; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13658448&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Baskin, Frankie K. AU - Kitabchi, Abbas E. AU - Bobal, Mary A. T1 - Substrate Studies for Insulin-Specific Protease. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1973/08/15/ VL - 37 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 489 EP - 496 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - Insulin-specific protease, a soluble cellular enzyme from rat skeletal muscle which has been purified recently as a single enzyme, has been studied in regard to its substrate specificity, using various immunoreactive and biologically active insulin and proinsulin intermediates. The rate of degradation of pork insulin taken as 100% was compared to other insulin and proinsulin derivatives. Porcine proinsulin intermediates consisting of cleaved proinsulin, desdipeptide, desnonapeptide and destridecapeptide-proinsulin, as well as desalanine, monoarginine and diarginine-iusulin, were degraded at 19.8, 25.6, 63.5, 73.7, 101.5, 98 and 98% of the activity of insulin, respectively. Rates of degradation of beef proinsulin, and intermediates I and II were 6, 20.8 and 5.9% of that of insulin with insulin-specific protease, respectively. Studies of Km and V determinations of pork insulin and proinsulin and their intermediates revealed that all the substrates had similar V values (1.0 pmol/min); whereas the Km values (nM) were as follows: insulin, 22.2 ; desalanine-insulin, 15.8; monoarginine-insulin, 24.4; diarginine-insulin, 24.4; proinsulin, 857.2; cleaved proinsulin, 234.2; desdipeptide-proinsulin, 176.0; desnonapeptide.proinsulin, 55; and destridecapeptideproinsulin, 44. Reduced proinsulin, labeled with iodo[14C]acetamidc, did not show increased degradability by insulin-specific protease as compared to native proinsulin. These studies suggest that one requirement for optimal substrate activity may be the deblocking of the amino end of the A chain of insulin. The blocking of the amino end, which is present in proinsulin or proinsulin intermediate, will reduce degradability of these substrates by insulin-specific protease. The fact that the cleavage of disulfide bonds of proinsulin resulted in no further activation of proinsulin supports the above and indicates that steric hindrance may have a lesser role in the proinsulin molecule's inability to be degraded by insulin.specific protease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - INSULIN KW - PANCREATIC secretions KW - INSULIN receptors KW - PROTEOLYTIC enzymes KW - HYDROLASES KW - PORCINE somatotropin N1 - Accession Number: 13657887; Baskin, Frankie K. 1 Kitabchi, Abbas E. 1 Bobal, Mary A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Laboratories of Endocrinology and Metabolism, Research Service, Veterans Administration Hospital and Departments of Biochemistry and Medicine University of Tennessee Medical Units, Memphis, Tennessee; Source Info: 1973, Vol. 37 Issue 3, p489; Subject Term: INSULIN; Subject Term: PANCREATIC secretions; Subject Term: INSULIN receptors; Subject Term: PROTEOLYTIC enzymes; Subject Term: HYDROLASES; Subject Term: PORCINE somatotropin; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13657887&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sharma, Rameshwar K. T1 - Metabolic Regulation of Steroidogenesis in Adrenocortical Carcinoma Cells of Rat. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1973/02// VL - 32 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 506 EP - 512 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - The effect of adrenocorticotropin and cyclic AMP on the transformation of pregnenolone to corticosterone has been studied in adrenocortical carcinoma and isolated normal adrenal cells of rat. Tins has been carried out using both chemical and double labeling techniques. Adrenocorticotropin or cyclic AMP did not shown any effect on the corticosteroidogenesis produced from pregnenolone in the isolated adrenal cells whereas the synthesis of deoxycorticosterone and corticosterone was inhibited by adrenocorticotropin in adrenal tumor cells. A similar inhibitory effect of adrenocorticotropin was observed when progesterone was used as a precursor for corticosteroido-genesis in tumor cells but the incorporation of deoxycorticosterone into corticosterone was not inhibited by this substance. These studies, therefore, suggest that the site of inhibition of adrenocorticotropin on corticosterone synthesis in the tumor lies between progesterone and deoxy- corticosterone. Cyclic AMP also inhibited the synthesis of corticosterone from pregnenolone but no inhibition of deoxycorticosterone synthesis was observed Similar results were obtained with N6,2'-O-dibutyryl adenosine 3' :5'-monophosphate. It is suggested that the mechanism of inhibition of corticosteroidogenesis by adrenocorticotropin in the tumor may be different from that of cyclic AMP. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - METABOLIC regulation KW - LABORATORY animals KW - CELLS KW - ACTH (Hormone) KW - PREGNENOLONE KW - CORTICOSTERONE KW - PROGESTERONE N1 - Accession Number: 13596802; Sharma, Rameshwar K. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Laboratories of Endocrinology and Metabolism, Veterans Administration Hospital, Memphis, Tennessee. 2: Department of Biochemistry, University of Tennessee, Medical Units, Memphis, Tennessee.; Source Info: 1973, Vol. 32 Issue 3, p506; Subject Term: METABOLIC regulation; Subject Term: LABORATORY animals; Subject Term: CELLS; Subject Term: ACTH (Hormone); Subject Term: PREGNENOLONE; Subject Term: CORTICOSTERONE; Subject Term: PROGESTERONE; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112999 All other miscellaneous animal production; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13596802&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kenney, William C. AU - Zakim, David AU - Hogue, Patricia K. AU - Singer, Thomas P. T1 - Multiplicity and Origin of Isoenzymes of Lipoyl Dehydrogenase. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1972/07// VL - 28 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 253 EP - 260 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - Reports in the literature on the number of isoenzymes of lipoyl dehydrogenase in mammalian heart mitochondria vary from 2 to 13 and one report claims that no isoenzymes occur in vivo. The present paper provides evidence that 6 main isoenzymes and 2 minor ones of lipoyl dehydrogenase occur in beef and pig heart, 3 of the main components being associated with 2-oxoglutarate dehydrogenase, 3 with pyruvate dehydrogenase. Failure to detect these in some previous studies has been explained in terms of the experimental conditions used. Heart and liver mitochondria from several mammalian species present the same isoenzyme pattern. Evidence is presented that "free" (uncomplexed) lipoyl dehydrogenase detected in extracts of mitochondria by several investigators originates largely from the pyruvate dehydrogenase complex. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DEHYDROGENASES KW - ISOENZYMES KW - MITOCHONDRIA KW - HEART KW - MAMMALS KW - ENZYMES N1 - Accession Number: 12514038; Kenney, William C. 1 Zakim, David 1 Hogue, Patricia K. 1 Singer, Thomas P. 1; Affiliation: 1: Division of Molecular Biology, Veterans Administration Hospital, California; Source Info: 1972, Vol. 28 Issue 2, p253; Subject Term: DEHYDROGENASES; Subject Term: ISOENZYMES; Subject Term: MITOCHONDRIA; Subject Term: HEART; Subject Term: MAMMALS; Subject Term: ENZYMES; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12514038&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Walker, Wolfram H. AU - Singer, Thomas P. AU - Ghisla, Sandro AU - Hemmerich, Peter T1 - Studies on Succinate Dehydrogenase 8α-Histidyl-FAD as the Active Center of Succinate Dehydrogenase. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1972/03// VL - 26 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 279 EP - 289 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - Succinate dehydrogenase flavocoenzyme (‘SD-flavin’), previously shown to be an 8α-substituted riboflavin derivative containing a tertiary nitrogen homoconjugated to the flavin nucleus, was subjected to further hydrolysis and to reduction under acid conditions. Both conditions resulted in the liberation of 1 mole of histidine per mole of flavin. This proves histidine to be the covalent link between flavin and peptide backbone in succinate dehydrogenase and imidazole to be the tertiary nitrogen function homoconjugated to the flavin. 8α-Histidyl-riboflavin has been synthesized starting from riboflavin chemically and shown to be completely identical with the natural product in optical, ESR and NMR spectra, pH-fluorescence curve and behavior on thin-layer and paper chromatography, as well as paper electrophoresis. [This equation cannot be represented into ASCII Text] 3. Both the natural compound isolated by acid hydrolysis of flavin peptide and the synthetic one contain two isomers, which may be separated by high voltage electrophoresis. The isomers appear to be the N(1)- and N(3)-imidazole substituted compounds. Digestion of the flavin peptide with aminopeptidase M yields only one isomer but on treatment with 6-N HCl this is gradually converted to a mixture of the two isomers. The absolute assignment of the natural isomer is suggested as 8α-[N(3)-histidyl]-riboflavin on the basis of imidazole quaternization with CH3I, reductive cleavage of the flavin-imidazole bond and identification of the methyl-histidine liberated as 1-methyl-histidine. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SUCCINATE dehydrogenase KW - FLAVINS KW - VITAMIN B2 KW - HYDROLYSIS KW - PAPER chromatography KW - ELECTROPHORESIS N1 - Accession Number: 12462295; Walker, Wolfram H. 1 Singer, Thomas P. 1 Ghisla, Sandro 2 Hemmerich, Peter 2; Affiliation: 1: Division of Molecular Biology, Veterans Administration Hospital, and Department of Biochemistry and Biophysics, University of California, San Francisco 2: Fachbereich Biologie der Universität Konstanz; Source Info: 1972, Vol. 26 Issue 2, p279; Subject Term: SUCCINATE dehydrogenase; Subject Term: FLAVINS; Subject Term: VITAMIN B2; Subject Term: HYDROLYSIS; Subject Term: PAPER chromatography; Subject Term: ELECTROPHORESIS; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12462295&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Salach, Jim AU - Walker, Wolfram H. AU - Singer, Thomas P. AU - Ehrenberg, Anders AU - Hemmerich, Peter AU - Ghisla, Sandro AU - Hartmann, Ursula T1 - Studies on Succinate Dehydrogenase Site of Attachment of the Covalently-Bound Flavin to the Peptide Chain. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1972/03// VL - 26 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 267 EP - 278 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - Improved methods have been devised for the isolation in μmole quantities of a pure flavin pentapeptide and its acid-hydrolysis product (SD-flavin) from inner-membrane preparations of heart mitochondria and from soluble, purified succinate dehydrogenase. SD-flavin differs from riboflavin in still having an amino acid covalently linked to the isoalloxazine ring system. SD-flavin may be compared with riboflavin and with various 8α-substituted synthetic flavins by optical spectrophotometry in the neutral and cationic states and by ESR and ENDOR spectrometry in the cationic radical state. On the basis of these experiments is was concluded that the FAD prosthetic group of mitochondrial succinate dehydrogenase is covalently linked through the 8α-position to the peptide backbone of the protein. This conclusion is in accord with the acid stability of the natural product and its tendency to yield riboflavin under reductive conditions. The unusual ph-fluorescence spectrum of the flavin strongly suggests that the 8α-methylene group is linked to an amino acid through a tertiary nitrogen group. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - FLAVINS KW - MITOCHONDRIA KW - DEHYDROGENASES KW - VITAMIN B2 KW - AMINO acids KW - INORGANIC cyclic compounds N1 - Accession Number: 12462273; Salach, Jim 1 Walker, Wolfram H. 1 Singer, Thomas P. 1 Ehrenberg, Anders 2 Hemmerich, Peter 3 Ghisla, Sandro 3 Hartmann, Ursula 3; Affiliation: 1: Division of Molecular Biology, Veterans Administration Hospital and Department of Biochemistry and Biophysics, University of California, San Francisco 2: Biofysiska Institutionen, Stockholm Universitetet, and Medicinska Nobelinstitutet, Karolinska Institutet, Stockholm 3: Fachbereich Biologie, Universität Konstanz; Source Info: 1972, Vol. 26 Issue 2, p267; Subject Term: FLAVINS; Subject Term: MITOCHONDRIA; Subject Term: DEHYDROGENASES; Subject Term: VITAMIN B2; Subject Term: AMINO acids; Subject Term: INORGANIC cyclic compounds; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12462273&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Baker, Nome AU - Lynen, Feodor T1 - Factors Involved in Fatty Acyl CoA Desaturation by Fungal Microsomes. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1971/03/02/ VL - 19 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 200 EP - 210 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - 1. Microsomes were prepared from strain 74a Neurospora crassa mycelium. Gas-liquid chro-matographic analysis indicated that approximately 80% of the microsomal fatty acids contained 18 carbon atoms; 90% of the 18-carbon fatty acids were unsaturated, and of these linoleic acid was the major component. 2. Microsome suspended in 0.1 M phosphate buffer pH 7.1 could desaturate both [1-14C]- stearyl CoA and [1-14C]oleyl CoA; however, the latter Δ 12 desaturation was always an order of magnitude slower than the Δ 9 desaturation as assayed by radiogasachromatography. Attempts to solubilize the desaturase activity were unsuccessful. 3. Oxygen and a nucleotide were required for both Δ 9 and Δ 12 desaturation. The rate of desaturation was higher with NADH than with NADPH, and NADP was almost as effective as NADPH. Δ 9 desaturation in the presence of NAD was slow, and no detectable desauration at Δ 12 occurred with this oxidized nucleotide. 4. Mycelial microsomes were used to test the hypothesis that phospholipids are intermediates in Δ 9 and Δ 12 desaturation. Microsomes were incubated at 30°C with 14C-labeled acyl CoA substrates in the absence of reduced nucleotides, then washed to remove unused acyl CoA, and, finally, incubated at 30°C with NADH. No Δ 9 desaturation of stearyl CoA occurred under these conditions; however, the [14C]oleyl-labled microsomes were converted to linoleyl phospholipid at a normal rate. 5. Stearyl CoA was rapidly converted to oleyl phospholipid in the presence of NADH and to free stearic acid in the absence of NADH. 6. Oleyl CoA was much more rapidly incorporated into phospholipid than hydrolyzed to the free fatty acid, even in the absence of a reduced nucleotide. 7. Stearyl CoA, free stearic acid, and oleyl CoA were all tightly, but not covalently, bound to the microsomes. 8. The data rule out the possibility of stearyl phospholipid being an intermediate in the Δ 9 desaturation. However, these experiments are consistent with oleyl phospholipid's being an intermediate in the conversion of oleyl CoA to linoleyl phospholipid. 9. The data do not establish whether or not phospholipids are the direct substrates for Δ 12 desaturases in fungal microsomes. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MICROSOMES KW - FATTY acids KW - PHOSPHOLIPIDS KW - NEUROSPORA crassa KW - ESSENTIAL fatty acids KW - LINOLEIC acid KW - RIBOSOMES KW - FATTY-acyl-CoA N1 - Accession Number: 13465146; Baker, Nome 1 Lynen, Feodor 1; Affiliation: 1: Max-Planck-Institut für Zellchemie, München, Radioisotope Research, Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, and Department of Biological Chemistry, UCLA School of Medicine, Los Angeles, California; Source Info: 1971, Vol. 19 Issue 2, p200; Subject Term: MICROSOMES; Subject Term: FATTY acids; Subject Term: PHOSPHOLIPIDS; Subject Term: NEUROSPORA crassa; Subject Term: ESSENTIAL fatty acids; Subject Term: LINOLEIC acid; Subject Term: RIBOSOMES; Subject Term: FATTY-acyl-CoA; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13465146&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tisdale, H. AU - Hauber, J. AU - Prager, G. AU - Turini, P. AU - Singer, T. P. T1 - Studies on Succinate Dehydrogenase 15. Isolation, Molecular Properties, and Isoenzymes of Fumarate Reductase. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1968/06// VL - 4 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 472 EP - 477 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - Autolysates of brewer's yeast contain several isoenzymes of fumarate reductase. One group (Type I) has a molecular weight of 62,000 to 63,000, as determined by chromatography on Sephadex, and 5 components in the group have been detected and partially or completely separated on triethylaminoethyl cellulose. Another group (Type II) consists of at least 2 isoenzymes. The predominant component shows a molecular weight of 34,000 and the minor one 112,000 ± 10,000 on Sephadex. One of the Type I enzymes has been extensively purified until it shows a single component on gradient, centrifugation, although it appears to be heterogeneous on polyacrylamide electrophoresis. The prosthetic group is FAD and, in addition, iron and possibly, copper appear to be present. In contrast to mitochondrial succinate dehydrogenase the FAD is not covalently bound and the non heme iron is not linked to labile sulfide. Preliminary electron paramagnetic resonance data suggest, that the iron may undergo oxidation-reduction during the catalytic cycle. The absorption spectrum manifests the 450 mμ band of flavoproteins but, there is an anomalous absorption below 400 mμ and in the long wave-length region. Dithionite and succinate bleach the 450 mμ band and fumarate partially restores the color of the enzyme. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SUCCINATE dehydrogenase KW - MOLECULAR weights KW - ISOENZYMES KW - OXIDATION-reduction reaction KW - SUCCINIC acid KW - ENZYMES N1 - Accession Number: 12787451; Tisdale, H. 1 Hauber, J. 1 Prager, G. 1 Turini, P. 1 Singer, T. P. 1; Affiliation: 1: Division of Molecular Biology, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, California, and Department of Biochemistry, University of California School of Medicine, San Franciscom, California; Source Info: 1968, Vol. 4 Issue 4, p472; Subject Term: SUCCINATE dehydrogenase; Subject Term: MOLECULAR weights; Subject Term: ISOENZYMES; Subject Term: OXIDATION-reduction reaction; Subject Term: SUCCINIC acid; Subject Term: ENZYMES; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12787451&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hauber, J. AU - Singer, T. P. T1 - Studies of Succinate Dehydrogenase 14. Intracellular Distribution, Catalytic Properties and Regulation of Fumarate Reductases in Yeast. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1967/12// VL - 3 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 107 EP - 116 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - The cytoplasm of yeast contains several enzymes for the reduction of fumarate to succinate. One of these is excluded on Sephadex G-200 and in this respect as in all of its known properties, resembles mitochondrial succinate dehydrogenase in the soluble form. Another type is distinguished by the apparent inability to oxidize succinate with any of the conventional electron acceptors. This enzyme has been subdivided into two types (I and II) which may be readily separated by chromatography on hydroxylapatite. Type I and II fumarate reductases differ from mitochondrial succinate dehydrogenase in containing acid-extractable (rather than covalently bound) FAD, in their intracellular location, in being more stable and more resistant to inhibition by mercurial. The fumarate reductases also differ from the dehydrogenase in molecular weight, in lack of activation by substrate, and in having lower affinities for succinate and malonate and a higher one for fumarate. Conditions which are optimal for the development of mitochondrial succinate dehydrogenase (high O2 tension, low glucose concentration) repress the development of type I and II fumarate reductases and vice versa. ‘Petite’ mutants, which lack succinate dehydrogenase, have a normal content of these fumarate reductases. Type I and II fumarate reductases, while similar in most respects, differ in molecular weight, kinetic constants and reactivity with electron donors. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SUCCINATE dehydrogenase KW - YEAST KW - SEPHADEX KW - MITOCHONDRIA KW - ELECTRONS KW - MOLECULES N1 - Accession Number: 12762224; Hauber, J. 1 Singer, T. P. 1; Affiliation: 1: Division of Molecular Biology, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, California, and Department of Biochemistry, University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco, California; Source Info: 1967, Vol. 3 Issue 1, p107; Subject Term: SUCCINATE dehydrogenase; Subject Term: YEAST; Subject Term: SEPHADEX; Subject Term: MITOCHONDRIA; Subject Term: ELECTRONS; Subject Term: MOLECULES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 413190 Other specialty-line food merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 311999 All Other Miscellaneous Food Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 311990 All other food manufacturing; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12762224&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Eschen, Janet E. AU - Glenwick, David S. T1 - AN INTERACTIONAL APPROACH TO ATTRIBUTIONAL DIMENSIONS IN DYSPHORIA. JO - Social Behavior & Personality: an international journal JF - Social Behavior & Personality: an international journal Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 18 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 267 EP - 278 PB - Society for Personality Research SN - 03012212 AB - To investigate the possible contributions to dysphoria of interactions among attributional dimensions, 105 freshmen and sophomores were administered the Attributional Style Questionnaire and the Beck Depression Inventory. Analyses examined the relationship to dysphoria of (a) the traditional composite score; (b) multiple regression analyses including interactions among the various dimensions; and (c) indices of behavioral self blame, characterological self-blame, and external blame. The results provided modest support for the specific hypothesized interactional model and, to a large extent, appeared to support the validity of the standard manner in which dysphoric attributional style is viewed. Refinements of' the traditional model are suggested, involving the self- blame construct, the possible role of the stability dimension, and the relationship between controllability and positive event attributions. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Social Behavior & Personality: an international journal is the property of Society for Personality Research and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ATTRIBUTION (Social psychology) KW - SOCIAL psychology KW - PSYCHOSEXUAL disorders KW - MENTAL depression KW - REGRESSION analysis KW - BLAME N1 - Accession Number: 12998353; Eschen, Janet E. 1 Glenwick, David S. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Northport, New York 2: Fordham University; Source Info: 1990, Vol. 18 Issue 2, p267; Subject Term: ATTRIBUTION (Social psychology); Subject Term: SOCIAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOSEXUAL disorders; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: REGRESSION analysis; Subject Term: BLAME; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12998353&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Olejnik, Anthony B. AU - LaRue, Asenath A. T1 - AFFECT AND MORAL REASONING. JO - Social Behavior & Personality: an international journal JF - Social Behavior & Personality: an international journal Y1 - 1980/06// VL - 8 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 75 PB - Society for Personality Research SN - 03012212 N1 - Accession Number: 8652247; Olejnik, Anthony B. 1 LaRue, Asenath A. 2; Affiliation: 1: Northern Illinois University 2: Department of Psychiatry, University of California, Los Angeles; Psychogenetics Unit. Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brentwood; Source Info: 1980, Vol. 8 Issue 1, p75; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8652247&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - KNOWLES, ERIC S. AU - CUTTER, HENRY S. G. AU - WALSH, DAVID H. AU - CASEY, NANCY A. T1 - RISK-TAKING AS A PERSONALITY TRAIT. JO - Social Behavior & Personality: an international journal JF - Social Behavior & Personality: an international journal Y1 - 1973/12// VL - 1 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 123 EP - 136 PB - Society for Personality Research SN - 03012212 N1 - Accession Number: 101625740; KNOWLES, ERIC S. 1 CUTTER, HENRY S. G. 1 WALSH, DAVID H. 1 CASEY, NANCY A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Brockton, MA; Source Info: 1973, Vol. 1 Issue 2, p123; Number of Pages: 14p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.2424/sbp.1973.1.2.123 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=101625740&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Smith, A. C. AU - Wang, T.- Y. T1 - A large tumour from the gray snapper, Lutjanus griseus (L.). JO - Journal of Fish Diseases JF - Journal of Fish Diseases Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 13 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 311 EP - 316 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 01407775 AB - Using a panel of special stains employed in human histopathology and immunohistology, the authors diagnosed a tumour from the common gray snapper, Lutjanus griseus (L.), as a myoma. Only a few such tumours have been previously reported from fishes. Gray snapper are readily available and may provide a model for basic studies on this, as well as other, types of tumour. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Fish Diseases is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PATHOLOGICAL histology KW - IMMUNOHISTOCHEMISTRY KW - ONCOLOGY KW - FISH diseases KW - TUMORS KW - FISH kills KW - FISH parasites N1 - Accession Number: 15440415; Smith, A. C. 1,2 Wang, T.- Y. 3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bay Pines, Florida. 2: Department of Marine Science, University of South Florida at St Petersburg. 3: Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine, College of Medicine, University of South Florida, Tampa, Florida, USA.; Source Info: Jul1990, Vol. 13 Issue 4, p311; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL histology; Subject Term: IMMUNOHISTOCHEMISTRY; Subject Term: ONCOLOGY; Subject Term: FISH diseases; Subject Term: TUMORS; Subject Term: FISH kills; Subject Term: FISH parasites; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15440415&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Smith, Ronald E. AU - Pine, Charles J. AU - Hawley, Mark E. T1 - Social Cognitions About Adult Male Victims of Female Sexual Assault. JO - Journal of Sex Research JF - Journal of Sex Research Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 24 IS - 1-4 M3 - Article SP - 101 PB - Routledge SN - 00224499 AB - Although men are far less likely than women to be victims of hetero-sexual assault, such cases have been reported with increasing frequency in recent years. We compared social judgments about male and female victims of heterosexual and homosexual rape and tested hypotheses concerning social cognitions that are assumed to underlie a male rape mythology. In a 2 × 2 × 2 design, 77 male and 89 female subjects made a series of judgments about a sexual assault case in which sex. of victim and sex of assailants were manipulates. Consistent with the hypotheses, the male victim of sexual assault by females was judged more likely to have initiated or encouraged the sex acts, and more enjoyment and less stress were attributed to him. This pattern of results was more pronounced among male subjects. The results are discussed in relation to stereotypic beliefs concerning male sex roles, sexual motivation, and sexual functioning that ate likely to affect the social cognitions of bath observers and male victims of heterosexual assault. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Sex Research is the property of Routledge and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SOCIAL perception KW - MALE rape victims KW - HETEROSEXUALS KW - MALE rape KW - SEXISM KW - GAY people N1 - Accession Number: 5693492; Smith, Ronald E. 1 Pine, Charles J. 2,3 Hawley, Mark E. 4; Affiliation: 1: Professor, Psychology, University of Washington, Seattle. 2: Clinical Psychologist, Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center. 3: Assistant Clinical Professor, University of California, Los Angeles School of Medicine. 4: Graduate Student, Clinical Psychology Training Program, University of New Mexico.; Source Info: Jan88, Vol. 24 Issue 1-4, p101; Subject Term: SOCIAL perception; Subject Term: MALE rape victims; Subject Term: HETEROSEXUALS; Subject Term: MALE rape; Subject Term: SEXISM; Subject Term: GAY people; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5693492&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Spencer, S. Lee AU - Zeiss, Antonette M. T1 - Sex Roles and Sexual Dysfunction in College Students. JO - Journal of Sex Research JF - Journal of Sex Research Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 23 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 338 PB - Routledge SN - 00224499 AB - We conducted an assessment of the nature and prevalence of sexual dysfunctions and concerns within a nonclinical population of university students. Our hypotheses were that (a) sexual, pressures would be more positively related to manifest sexual performance dysfunctions among masculine sel-typed men than among nonmasculine sex-typed men and that (b) androgynous subjects would report fewer sexual problems and concerns than nonandrogynous subjects. A questionnaire composed of the short form of the Bem Sex-Role inventory and questions regarding actual activities concerns and dysfunctions was mailed to a stratified random sample of undergraduate and graduate students. Among the 43% of students who returned the survey, approximately 13% reported experiencing sexual performance dysfunctions. The hypothesis that sexual pressure from a partner would be more closely associated with at dysfunctioning, for masculine sex typed men than for non- masculine sex-typed men was supported. However, androgynous respondents did not report lower-levels of sexual dysfunction or concern than did nonandrogynous respondents. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Sex Research is the property of Routledge and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - GENDER role KW - PARAPHILIAS KW - GRADUATE students KW - COLLEGE students KW - HYPOTHESIS KW - SURVEYS N1 - Accession Number: 5692249; Spencer, S. Lee 1 Zeiss, Antonette M. 2; Affiliation: 1: Clinic for Sex & Maritial Therapy, New Orleans, Louisiana. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Geriatric, Research, Education and Clinical Center, Palo Alto, California.; Source Info: Aug87, Vol. 23 Issue 3, p338; Subject Term: GENDER role; Subject Term: PARAPHILIAS; Subject Term: GRADUATE students; Subject Term: COLLEGE students; Subject Term: HYPOTHESIS; Subject Term: SURVEYS; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5692249&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gilbert, Francis S. AU - Gamache, Michael P. T1 - The Sexual Opinion Survey: Structure and Use. JO - Journal of Sex Research JF - Journal of Sex Research Y1 - 1984/08// VL - 20 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 293 EP - 309 PB - Routledge SN - 00224499 N1 - Accession Number: 5691028; Gilbert, Francis S. 1,2 Gamache, Michael P. 3; Affiliation: 1: Staff Psychologist, Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center 2: Clinical Assistant Professor of Psychology, University of California, Los Angeles 3: Psychology Department, University of Missouri--Columbia; Source Info: Aug84, Vol. 20 Issue 3, p293; Number of Pages: 17p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5691028&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Greer Jr., Donald M. AU - Mohl, Paul C. AU - Sheley, Kathy A. T1 - A Technique for Foreskin Reconstruction and Some Preliminary Results. JO - Journal of Sex Research JF - Journal of Sex Research Y1 - 1982/11// VL - 18 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 324 PB - Routledge SN - 00224499 N1 - Accession Number: 5693222; Greer Jr., Donald M. 1 Mohl, Paul C. 2 Sheley, Kathy A. 3; Affiliation: 1: Associate Professor and Head, Division of Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, The University of Texas Health, Science Center at San Antonio, Texas. 2: Associate Professor of Psychiatry, The University of Texas Health Science Center at San Antonio and Chief, Psychosomatic Consultation/Liaison Section, Psychiatry Service, Audie Murphy Veterans Administration Hospital, San Antonio, Texas. 3: Director, Program Division, Clear Lake Center, Austin State Hospital, Austin, Texas.; Source Info: Nov82, Vol. 18 Issue 4, p324; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5693222&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Markowski, E.M. AU - Croake, J.W. AU - Keller, J.F. T1 - Sexual History and Present Sexual Behavior of Cohabiting and Married Couples. JO - Journal of Sex Research JF - Journal of Sex Research Y1 - 1978/02// VL - 14 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 27 PB - Routledge SN - 00224499 N1 - Accession Number: 5694958; Markowski, E.M. 1 Croake, J.W. 2 Keller, J.F. 3; Affiliation: 1: Associate Professor in the Department of Child Development and Family Relations, East Carolina University. 2: Chief Psychologist, Veterans Administration Hospital in Seattle, Washington. 3: Associate Professor, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University.; Source Info: Feb78, Vol. 14 Issue 1, p27; Number of Pages: 13p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5694958&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gunn, Rober L. AU - Pearman, H. Edgar T1 - AN ANALYSIS OF THE FUTURE OUTLOOK OF HOSPITALIZED PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1970/01// VL - 26 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 99 EP - 103 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article cites a study that was conducted to develop an instrument for assessing the future outlook of hospitalized psychiatric patients. It states that the Future Outlook Inventory was first administered to a group of 100 psychiatric patients at Sepulveda VA Hospital. Following a content analysis, the schedule was revised with non-discriminatory items being eliminated. A total of 57 items were retained in the revised schedule. The data were subjected to principal components, image and common factor analyses. The two samples were analyzed separately but since almost identical factor patterns were found, they were combined and analyzed as a single group. KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - CONTENT analysis (Communication) KW - HOSPITAL patients KW - FACTOR analysis N1 - Accession Number: 15844873; Gunn, Rober L. 1 Pearman, H. Edgar 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, California.; Source Info: Jan1970, Vol. 26 Issue 1, p99; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: CONTENT analysis (Communication); Subject Term: HOSPITAL patients; Subject Term: FACTOR analysis; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844873&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Knox, Wilma L. T1 - ATTITUDES OF PSYCHOLOGISTS TOWARD ALCOHOLISM. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1969/10// VL - 25 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 446 EP - 450 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses attitudes of psychologists toward alcoholism. Psychologists have recognized the obligation to state their position on the most appropriate ways the profession can be used to meet human need. Because the course of the law is extremely difficult to change once it has been codified the attitudes of a group of psychologists toward a shift from jail to hospital treatment are examined for consistency and to assess the manpower theoretically available for hospital treatment. Surveys of other professional groups have revealed some negative attitudes toward alcoholics or alcoholic treatment programs, but inconsistency of attitude has not been considered. KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - PROFESSIONS KW - NEED (Psychology) KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - ALCOHOLISM -- Treatment N1 - Accession Number: 15912124; Knox, Wilma L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, Biloxi, Mississippi.; Source Info: Oct1969, Vol. 25 Issue 4, p446; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: PROFESSIONS; Subject Term: NEED (Psychology); Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM -- Treatment; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 813920 Professional Organizations; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15912124&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kish, George B. AU - Donnenwerth, Gregory V. T1 - THE SIMILES PREFERENCE INVENTORY: THE UNSUCCESSFUL SEARCH FOR CONSTRUCT VALIDITY IN A CLINICAL SETTING. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1969/10// VL - 25 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 439 EP - 442 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports that there are two active ways in which people seek stimulational variety- the "active exteroceptive" and the "active interoceptive" forms. In the latter, the person seeks variety on the cognitive level in novel ideas and concepts, while in the former, stimulational variety is sought from the external environment. P.H. Pearson and S.R. Maddi developed the Similes Preference Inventory (BYE) in an attempt to objectively measure the tendency for active interoceptive variety-seeking. KW - INTEROCEPTION KW - FIGURES of speech KW - REFLEXES KW - PERCEPTION KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - PERSONALITY N1 - Accession Number: 15912122; Kish, George B. 1 Donnenwerth, Gregory V. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Fort Meade, South Dakota. 2: Black hill State College Spearfish, South Dakota.; Source Info: Oct1969, Vol. 25 Issue 4, p439; Subject Term: INTEROCEPTION; Subject Term: FIGURES of speech; Subject Term: REFLEXES; Subject Term: PERCEPTION; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15912122&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lazzaro, Thomas A. AU - Beggs, Donald L. AU - Mc Neil, Keith A. T1 - THE DEVELOPMENT AND VALIDATION OF THE SELF-REPORT TEST OF IMPULSE CONTROL. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1969/10// VL - 25 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 434 EP - 438 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses the development and validation of the Self-Report Test of impulse control. J. Messner's five impulse areas (impulse toward happiness, impulse toward liberty, sex impulse, social impulse and cognitive impulse), in addition to definitions of impulsiveness in currently used scales, are employed as the basis for adopting items for the scale. The reliability obtained on the Self-Report Test of Impulse Control (STIC) over a one-month retest interval confirmed the stability of the STIC. The coefficients were at least comparable to those presented for other scales measuring similar constructs. KW - SELF-report inventories KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - IMPULSE (Psychology) KW - HAPPINESS KW - LIBERTY KW - PLEASURE N1 - Accession Number: 15912121; Lazzaro, Thomas A. 1 Beggs, Donald L. 1 Mc Neil, Keith A. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital and State University of New York Upstate Medical Center, Syracuse, New York. 2: Southern Illinois University Carbondale, Ill.; Source Info: Oct1969, Vol. 25 Issue 4, p434; Subject Term: SELF-report inventories; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: IMPULSE (Psychology); Subject Term: HAPPINESS; Subject Term: LIBERTY; Subject Term: PLEASURE; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15912121&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Aumack, Lewis T1 - MMPI RATIONAL SUBSCALES: A QUESTION OF CLINICAL UTILITY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1969/10// VL - 25 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 414 EP - 420 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports that many of the clinical and experimental scales of the MMPI have been grouped into subscales on the basis of the content or "face" validity of the separate items. Due to the continued proliferation of such rational systems, this study compared the clinical utility of various empirical scoring systems with the more commonly used rational subscales in predicting major extra-test criteria. As a first step, a sample of 234 MMPI records was used to reduce the Harris and Lingoes Scale to a more manageable number. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - TRUTHFULNESS & falsehood KW - SPECIFICATIONS KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS N1 - Accession Number: 15912114; Aumack, Lewis 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Danville, Illinois.; Source Info: Oct1969, Vol. 25 Issue 4, p414; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: TRUTHFULNESS & falsehood; Subject Term: SPECIFICATIONS; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15912114&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Spiegel, Don T1 - AUTONOMIC REACTIVITY IN RELATION TO THE AFFECTIVE MEANING OF SUICIDE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1969/10// VL - 25 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 359 EP - 362 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses autonomic reactivity in relation to the affective meaning of suicide. It is found that suicide note writers who subsequently committed suicide were far less explicit about their suicidal intentions than those who faked suicide notes. It appeared that the truly suicidal individual might be avoiding direct psychological confrontation of the self-destructive course of action in which he was about to engage. Keith-Spiegel compared nursing notes written within 24 hours prior to suicide with nursing notes of randomly selected control patients of the same age and diagnosis and found that more dysphoric psychological states were recorded for controls than for suicides. KW - SUICIDE KW - BEHAVIOR KW - DEATH -- Causes KW - SYMPTOMS KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - SELF-destructive behavior N1 - Accession Number: 15912097; Spiegel, Don 1; Affiliation: 1: Brentwood Hospital, Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles.; Source Info: Oct1969, Vol. 25 Issue 4, p359; Subject Term: SUICIDE; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Subject Term: DEATH -- Causes; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: SELF-destructive behavior; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15912097&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Stern, Herbert AU - Grosz, Hanus J. T1 - H. S. P. Q. PERSONALITY MEASUREMENTS OF INSTITUTIONALIZED DELINQUENT GIRLS AND THEIR TEMPORAL STABILITY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1969/07// VL - 25 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 289 EP - 292 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study which aims first to provide normative information on the High School Personality Questionnaire (HSPQ) for a statewide sample of institutionalized delinquent girls, and, second, to determine the temporal stability of the HSPQ factors with this kind of population. The aims of this study were to obtain HSPQ norms for institutionalized delinquent girls; and, to determine the reliability of the RSPQ factors over time. The entire population of 287 girls confined in Indiana Girls' School between April and September 1966 was tested with the HSPQ. KW - HIGH school personality questionnaire KW - FEMALE juvenile delinquents KW - SECONDARY education KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - HIGH school students -- Psychological testing KW - JUVENILE delinquents N1 - Accession Number: 15903615; Stern, Herbert 1,2 Grosz, Hanus J. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Institute of Psychiatric Research Indiana University School of Medicine. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital Indianapolis, Indiana.; Source Info: Jul1969, Vol. 25 Issue 3, p289; Subject Term: HIGH school personality questionnaire; Subject Term: FEMALE juvenile delinquents; Subject Term: SECONDARY education; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: HIGH school students -- Psychological testing; Subject Term: JUVENILE delinquents; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611110 Elementary and Secondary Schools; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15903615&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Freed, Earl X. T1 - ACTUARIAL DATA ON BENDER-GESTALT TEST ROTATIONS BY PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1969/07// VL - 25 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 252 EP - 255 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents data on the incidence of Bender-Gestalt Test (BG) rotations within diagnostic groups with control of the intelligence variable. In a study carried out in this regard, there was a significant negative correlation between IQ and number of rotations produced for some diagnostic groups. This is understandable in terms of the impact of psychopathology and organicity upon intellectual efficiency. In this regard, rotations were tabulated for three particular types of patients: 96 alcoholics, 48 patients with convulsive disorders, and 27 post-lobotomy patients. KW - BENDER-Gestalt Test KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - INTELLECT KW - NERVOUS system -- Diseases N1 - Accession Number: 15903600; Freed, Earl X. 1; Affiliation: 1: Alcohol Research Laboratory Veterans Administration Hospital, Lyons, N. J.; Source Info: Jul1969, Vol. 25 Issue 3, p252; Subject Term: BENDER-Gestalt Test; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: INTELLECT; Subject Term: NERVOUS system -- Diseases; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15903600&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Aumack, Lewis T1 - THE PATIENT ACTIVITY CHECKLIST: AN INSTRUMENT AND AN APPROACH FOR MEASURING BEHAVIOR. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1969/04// VL - 25 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 134 EP - 137 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on the Patient Activity Checklist (PAC), which is proposed as a prototype for more objective and situation-specific measurements of behavior. The PAC includes 24 overt behavior categories ranging from inappropriate-disturbed-isolated behavior to appropriate-task-interactive behavior. Scores are based upon a series of instantaneous time-samples obtained in "free-play" hospital behavior settings. Inter-observer and inter-judge reliabilities are quite high and odd-even and test- retest measures of patients' behaviors are quite adequate. Concurrent and predictive validity are demonstrated in a series of recent experiment. KW - BEHAVIOR KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - BEHAVIORISM (Psychology) KW - PROTOTYPES KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15847292; Aumack, Lewis 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Danville, Illinois.; Source Info: Apr1969, Vol. 25 Issue 2, p134; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject Term: BEHAVIORISM (Psychology); Subject Term: PROTOTYPES; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847292&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Charles G. Watson AU - Thomas, Richard W. AU - Felling, James AU - Andersen, Dennis T1 - DIFFERENTIATION OF ORGANICS FROM SCHIZOPHRENICS WITH THE TRAIL MAKING, DYNAMOMETER, CRITICAL FLICKER FUSION, AND LIGHT-INTENSITY MATCHING TESTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1969/04// VL - 25 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 130 EP - 133 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on the differentiation of organics from schizophrenics with the trail making, dynamometer, and critical flicker fusion and light intensity matching tests. The abilities of the Trail Making, Dynamometer, Critical Flicker Fusion (CFF), and Light-intensity Matching tests to differentiate hospital organics from schizophrenics were evaluated at two chronicity levels. None of the Trail Making, CFF, or Light-intensity Matching indices showed promise of separating the groups, and there was evidence that diagnostic judgments based on some of the CFF. KW - DIFFERENTIATION (Developmental psychology) KW - MENTALLY ill KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - EVIDENCE KW - PHILOSOPHY KW - DYNAMOMETER N1 - Accession Number: 15847291; Charles G. Watson 1 Thomas, Richard W. 2 Felling, James 3 Andersen, Dennis 3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minnesota. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Coral Gables, Florida. 3: University of Colorado.; Source Info: Apr1969, Vol. 25 Issue 2, p130; Subject Term: DIFFERENTIATION (Developmental psychology); Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: EVIDENCE; Subject Term: PHILOSOPHY; Subject Term: DYNAMOMETER; NAICS/Industry Codes: 334519 Other Measuring and Controlling Device Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847291&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Crumpton, Evelyn AU - Mutalipassi, Louis R. T1 - EFFECTS OF POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE VERBAL REINFORCEMENT ON PERFORMANCE OF SCHIZOPHRENICS AND NORMALS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1969/01// VL - 25 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 30 EP - 33 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on the effects of positive and negative verbal reinforcement on performance of schizophrenics and normals. Research on differential reinforcement in schizophrenia is concerned with elucidating the complex roles of reward and punishment in changing the behavior of schizophrenics. This study is concerned with the effect of positive and negative reinforcement on the behavior of schizophrenics on a task for which there is no "wrong" response, that is, for which the "right" response is to try harder and the "wrong" response is to put out less effort. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - MENTALLY ill KW - IMMORALITY KW - BEHAVIOR KW - PSYCHOSES KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA N1 - Accession Number: 15866221; Crumpton, Evelyn 1 Mutalipassi, Louis R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Brentwood Hospital, Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles.; Source Info: Jan1969, Vol. 25 Issue 1, p30; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: IMMORALITY; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866221&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Zlotowski, Martin AU - Cohen, David T1 - EFFECTS OF ENVIRONMENTAL CHANGE UPON BEHAVIOR OF HOSPITALIZED SCHIZOPHRENIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1968/10// VL - 24 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 470 EP - 475 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The study investigates the effects of age, length of hospitalization, and levels of behavior pathology on behavior subsequent to the introduction of different degrees of change in the patients' immediate hospital environment. The study was carried out at the Coatesville, Pennsylvania V.A. Hospital--a large psychiatric hospital--at the time it was changing from the centralized administration of psychiatric wards into three self-sustaining Units, each with its own admission and discharge sertion and each providing for continuity of care and treatment. The results suggest that the patients' perception of the treatment environment is an important factor in regression and change. It is necessary to deal with these expectancies before making any radical change in a hospital system. KW - HOSPITAL care KW - MENTAL health facilities KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospitals KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOMETRICS N1 - Accession Number: 15866179; Zlotowski, Martin 1 Cohen, David 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Coatesville, Penna. 19320.; Source Info: Oct1968, Vol. 24 Issue 4, p470; Subject Term: HOSPITAL care; Subject Term: MENTAL health facilities; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC hospitals; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621112 Offices of Physicians, Mental Health Specialists; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621420 Outpatient Mental Health and Substance Abuse Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 623210 Residential Intellectual and Developmental Disability Facilities; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866179&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - PREDICTION OF LENGTH OF HOSPITAL STAY FROM MMPI SCALES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1968/10// VL - 24 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 444 EP - 447 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This study evaluates the usefulness of the original 13 Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) scales plus nine special prognostic scales as predictors of psychiatric hospital stay length using Pearson r and multiple regression analyses. Both zero-order r's and multiple regression analyses were runs. Only a chance number of significant r's appeared and, upon cross-validation, the three multiple regression formulae developed appeared to be of little practical use. However, a fourth multiple regression formula derived from the MMPI scores of the three diagnostic groups in combination showed some signs of utility. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospitals KW - MULTIVARIATE analysis N1 - Accession Number: 15866168; Watson, Charles G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Oct1968, Vol. 24 Issue 4, p444; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC hospitals; Subject Term: MULTIVARIATE analysis; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623210 Residential Intellectual and Developmental Disability Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866168&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dewolfe, Alan S. T1 - SELF-REPORTS AND CASE HISTORIES OF SCHIZOPHRENIC PATIENTS: RELIABILITY AND VALIDITY OF PHILLIPS SCALE RATINGS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1968/10// VL - 24 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 415 EP - 418 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article rates the social-heterosexual adjustment of 60 male and female schizophrenic patients with wide ranges in age, education, socio-economic status, and history of institutionalization using the Phillips scale. The findings indicate that Phillips scale rating based on the self-reports of schizophrenic patients using the General Information Questionnaire were equivalent to ratings based on selected complete case histories. The equivalence was found both for interjudge reliabilities and concurrent validity. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - CASE method (Teaching) KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - SOCIAL status KW - HETEROSEXUALS N1 - Accession Number: 15866155; Dewolfe, Alan S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Downey, Illinois.; Source Info: Oct1968, Vol. 24 Issue 4, p415; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: CASE method (Teaching); Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: SOCIAL status; Subject Term: HETEROSEXUALS; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866155&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Klett, William G. T1 - PREDICTION OF WAIS IQ'S FROM THE SHIPLEY-HARTFORD, THE ARMY GENERAL CLASSIFICATION TEST AND THE REVISED BETA EXAMINATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1968/07// VL - 24 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 338 EP - 341 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on matters related to the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS). Time limitations usually prohibit the routine use of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) as an IQ measure in most psychiatric settings and it in large part has given way to shorter group intelligence tests such as the Shipley-Hartford, the Army General Classification Test and the Revised Beta Examination. Previous research has indicated that each of these measures is capable of serving as a basis for WAIS IQ estimates. Shipley-Wechsler r's ranging from .68 to .90(2. 4-S. 10, 12) have been reported. KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - RESEARCH KW - ESTIMATES KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15844789; Watson, Charles G. 1 Klett, William G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minn.; Source Info: Jul1968, Vol. 24 Issue 3, p338; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: RESEARCH; Subject Term: ESTIMATES; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844789&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Harford, Thomas T1 - AN ITEM ANALYSIS OF THE PROGRESSIVE MATRICES TEST FOR SAMPLES OF MALE SCHIZOPHRENIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1968/04// VL - 24 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 204 EP - 207 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on an item analysis of the progressive matrices test for samples of male Schizoprenic patients. The problem of obtaining a reasonable estimate of intellectual reasoning in hospitalized psychotics is critical for many researchers. The Progressive Matrices test provides a nonverbal, nonperformance measure of intellectual reasoning and in view of its high correlations with standard intelligence tests. It appears to be eminently suited for use with hospitalized schizophrenic patients. KW - MATRICES KW - MALES KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - PATIENTS KW - HOSPITAL patients KW - INTELLIGENCE tests N1 - Accession Number: 15844753; Harford, Thomas 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Massachusetts.; Source Info: Apr1968, Vol. 24 Issue 2, p204; Subject Term: MATRICES; Subject Term: MALES; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: HOSPITAL patients; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844753&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Piety, Kenneth R. T1 - PARENT PERCEPTION AND SOCIAL ADJUSTMENT AMONG ELEMENTARY AND HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1968/04// VL - 24 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 165 EP - 171 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on parent perception and social adjustment among elementary and high school students. A parent-perception questionnaire developed originally for use with psychiatric patients was modified for use with children still living at home with their parents. Significant differences had been obtained between schizophrenic and alcoholic males and controls. The original questionnaire was subjected to an item analysis and the results cross-validated on independent samples of Ss. Significant differences were also obtained between female schizophrenics and control Ss. KW - PARENTS KW - PERCEPTION KW - SOCIAL adjustment KW - HIGH school students KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - CHILDREN N1 - Accession Number: 15844736; Piety, Kenneth R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Murfreesboro, Tenn.; Source Info: Apr1968, Vol. 24 Issue 2, p165; Subject Term: PARENTS; Subject Term: PERCEPTION; Subject Term: SOCIAL adjustment; Subject Term: HIGH school students; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: CHILDREN; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844736&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Holmes, J. Steven T1 - ACUTE PSYCHIATRIC PATIENT PERFORMANCE ON THE WAIS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1968/01// VL - 24 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 87 EP - 91 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses acute psychiatric patient performance on the WAIS. The validity of this procedure, however, has received little research attention. In order to determine what differences exist between acute psychiatric patients and the general population in terms of Wechsler Adult intelligence Scale performance, the records of 333 male VA patients were examined and compared to the WAIS standardization sample. The patient sample was divided into groupings both according to age (20-34, 35-44, 45-54, and 55 and up) and diagnosis (psychotic, neurotic, organic and character disorders). KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - MASS production KW - QUALITY control KW - SCHOOL buildings N1 - Accession Number: 15866111; Holmes, J. Steven 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Indianapolis, Indiana.; Source Info: Jan1968, Vol. 24 Issue 1, p87; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: MASS production; Subject Term: QUALITY control; Subject Term: SCHOOL buildings; NAICS/Industry Codes: 236220 Commercial and Institutional Building Construction; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866111&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Spiegel, Donald E. AU - Litrownik, Alan J. T1 - THE EFFECTS OF DEPENDENCY AND SELF-ASSERTIVENESS OF SCHIZOPHRENIC PATIENTS ON SUSCEPTIBILITY TO GROUP INFLUENCE IN PERCEPTUAL TASKS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1968/01// VL - 24 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 12 EP - 16 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses the effects of dependency and self-assertiveness of schizophrenic patients on susceptibility to group influence in perceptual tasks. In study's of the susceptibility of schizophrenic patients to group pressure, some apparently contradictory findings have been reported. Whereas Gill found schizophrenic patients less influenced by group pressure than normals, Schooler and Spohn reported that regressed schizophrenic patients were actually more responsive to their immediate social environment than normals. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - PATIENTS KW - COLONIES KW - DEPENDENCY (Imperialism) KW - LIFESTYLES KW - IMPERIALISM N1 - Accession Number: 15866087; Spiegel, Donald E. 1 Litrownik, Alan J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Brentwood Hospital, Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, University of California, Los Angeles.; Source Info: Jan1968, Vol. 24 Issue 1, p12; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: COLONIES; Subject Term: DEPENDENCY (Imperialism); Subject Term: LIFESTYLES; Subject Term: IMPERIALISM; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866087&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kogan, William S. AU - Boe, Earling E. AU - Gocka, Edward F. T1 - PERSONALITY CHANGES IN UNWED MOTHERS FOLLOWING PARTURITION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1968/01// VL - 24 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 3 EP - 11 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on the personality changes in unwed mothers following parturition. Preliminary analyses of scores on the standard scales of the checklist failed to reveal significant changes. In this study the revised interpersonal checklist was administered to 32 unwed mothers at the beginning of the third trimester and again shortly after parturition. The results were first factor analyzed by item in accordance and finally the effects of occasions and sets were evaluated by analysis of variance. KW - PERSONALITY KW - CHANGE (Psychology) KW - UNMARRIED mothers KW - WOMEN -- Social conditions KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - SOCIAL sciences N1 - Accession Number: 15866086; Kogan, William S. 1 Boe, Earling E. 2 Gocka, Edward F. 3; Affiliation: 1: Group Health Cooperative of Puget Sound. 2: University of Pennsylvania. 3: IVestern Research Support Center Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, California.; Source Info: Jan1968, Vol. 24 Issue 1, p3; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: CHANGE (Psychology); Subject Term: UNMARRIED mothers; Subject Term: WOMEN -- Social conditions; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: SOCIAL sciences; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541720 Research and Development in the Social Sciences and Humanities; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866086&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gilberstadt, Harold AU - Jancis, Maruta T1 - "ORGANIC" vs. "FUNCTIONAL" DIAGNOSES FROM 1-3 MMPI PROFILES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1967/10// VL - 23 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 480 EP - 483 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article cites a study which attempts to clarify interpretation of the 1-3 code type Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory profiles and at the same time to contrast them with other code type profiles commonly obtained from patients applying for hospital medical admission. The main observation in the present context is the high incidence of psychological symptoms in this 1-3/3-1 group of medical patients. Just as physiological instability and somatic symptoms are found with high frequency in psychiatric patients with these codes, psychological symptoms are found with high frequency in medical patients with the same codes. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - SYMPTOMS KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - MENTALLY ill KW - PERSONALITY tests N1 - Accession Number: 15866029; Gilberstadt, Harold 1 Jancis, Maruta 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, and University of Minnesota.; Source Info: Oct1967, Vol. 23 Issue 4, p480; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866029&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mc Cormack, John H. AU - Phelan, Joseph G. AU - Tang, Terry T1 - EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES OF COGNITIVE AND MOTOR SETS: AN ASPECT OF PSYCHOLOGICAL DEFICIT IN SCHIZOPHRENIA. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1967/10// VL - 23 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 443 EP - 446 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article cites a study which reports experimental studies of cognitive and motor sets. The experiment presents an aspect of psychological deficit in schizophrenia. The experiment evaluated the importance of differences in the establishment and utilization of adaptive sets among schizophrenics as compared with normals. This experiment indicates that normal persons establish sets more readily and utilize them to a greater extent than schizophrenic patients. Both groups were capable of (a) establishing adaptive set and (b) following the set procedure more frequently than could be expected by chance. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - PSYCHOSES KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder KW - MENTALLY ill KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15866015; Mc Cormack, John H. 1,2 Phelan, Joseph G. 1,2 Tang, Terry 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Sepulveda (Calif.) Veterans Administration Hospital, and California State College, Los Angeles. 2: University of California, Los Angeles.; Source Info: Oct1967, Vol. 23 Issue 4, p443; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Day, Merle E. T1 - AN EYE-MOVEMENT INDICATOR OF TYPE AND LEVEL OF ANXIETY: SOME CLINICAL OBSERVATIONS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1967/10// VL - 23 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 438 EP - 441 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article cites a study which reports on an eye-movement indicator of type and level of anxiety. On the physiological level the phenomenon may be of help in differentiating patterns of physiological activity associated with syndromes of functional anxiety. The specificity and direction of response to chemotherapeutic agents seem also issues for further investigation. In the most general sense the phenomenon may provide a basis for definition of attentional process distribution over time. There has been a recent trend to re-examine this formerly central issue in psychology, particularly in the unbalanced or impaired processes exhibited by schizophrenics. KW - ANXIETY KW - EYE KW - AGITATION (Psychology) KW - NEUROSES KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - SYMPTOMS KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15866013; Day, Merle E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Perry Point, Maryland.; Source Info: Oct1967, Vol. 23 Issue 4, p438; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: EYE; Subject Term: AGITATION (Psychology); Subject Term: NEUROSES; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Piety, Kenneth R. T1 - PATTERNS OF PARENT PERCEPTIONS AMONG NEUROPSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS AND NORMAL CONTROLS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1967/10// VL - 23 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 428 EP - 433 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article cites a study which reports on replication studies of "perceptual dissonance" utilizing an improved parent-perception questionnaire originally used to ascertain the differences between normals and psychopathological patients which was revised to incorporate the results of an item analysis and to make it suitable for female patients. The hypothesis was that psychiatric patients would have a pattern of parent perception which would be consistent with and indicative of psychosexual role confusion. Male paranoid schizophrenics, chronic undifferentiated schizophrenics, and alcoholics differed significantly from normal controls. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - QUESTIONNAIRES KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - MENTALLY ill KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY N1 - Accession Number: 15866011; Piety, Kenneth R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Murfreesboro, Tennessee.; Source Info: Oct1967, Vol. 23 Issue 4, p428; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: QUESTIONNAIRES; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Felling, James AU - Maceachern, Donald G. T1 - OBJECTIVE DRAW-A-PERSON SCALES: AN ATTEMPTED CROSS-VALIDATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1967/07// VL - 23 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 382 EP - 386 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports that the clinical psychologists' subjective Draw-A-Person (DAP) appraisals are of limited value in improving the accuracy of their diagnostic impressions. In most of these studies, psychologists have been unable to improve upon chance and, where they have, there has often been evidence that clinicians' ability to do so stemmed from age, education and for IQ differences between the psychopathological and control groups employed. Despite these unencouraging studies, N.D. Sundberg reports that the DAP continues to be a remarkably popular diagnostic too. KW - CLINICAL psychologists KW - DRAW-A-Person Test KW - PROJECTIVE techniques KW - EDUCATION KW - AGE KW - INTELLIGENCE levels KW - PSYCHIATRIC research N1 - Accession Number: 15865963; Watson, Charles G. 1 Felling, James 1 Maceachern, Donald G. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital St. Cloud, Minnesota. 2: University of Minnesota.; Source Info: Jul1967, Vol. 23 Issue 3, p382; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychologists; Subject Term: DRAW-A-Person Test; Subject Term: PROJECTIVE techniques; Subject Term: EDUCATION; Subject Term: AGE; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE levels; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC research; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611699 All Other Miscellaneous Schools and Instruction; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611710 Educational Support Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923110 Administration of Education Programs; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15865963&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Harford, Thomas T1 - AN ITEM ANALYSIS OF THE PROGRESSIVE MATRICES TEST FOR SAMPLES OF MALE SCHIZOPHRENIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1967/07// VL - 23 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 377 EP - 380 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports that the problem of obtaining a reasonable estimate of intellectual reasoning in hospitalized psychotics is a critical one for research. The Progressive Matrices (PM) test provides a non-verbal, non-performance measure of intellectual reasoning, and in view of its high correlations with standard intelligence tests, it appears to be eminently suited for use with hospitalized schizophrenic patients. A recent study has employed the PM to measure general intellectual ability of schizophrenic patients. KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - INTELLIGENCE levels KW - MATRICES KW - RESEARCH KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests N1 - Accession Number: 15865961; Harford, Thomas 1; Affiliation: 1: Brockton Veterans Administration Hospital.; Source Info: Jul1967, Vol. 23 Issue 3, p377; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE levels; Subject Term: MATRICES; Subject Term: RESEARCH; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15865961&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN CERTAIN PERSONALITY VARIABLES AND OVERINCLUSION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1967/07// VL - 23 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 327 EP - 330 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses relationships between certain personality variables and overinclusion. Two sets of psychopathological criteria- depression and psychoticisrn ratings, and Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) clinical scale scores- were employed. The ratings were made independently by the ward psychiatrist and social worker, each of whom was instructed to rate the patients on normally distributed 11-point depression and psychoticism scales. The results suggest that overinclusion is not a result of role-taking inadequacies or inadequate socialization skills, emotion interference or chronicity. KW - PERSONALITY KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - MENTAL depression KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PSYCHOSES KW - SOCIALIZATION N1 - Accession Number: 15865947; Watson, Charles G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Jul1967, Vol. 23 Issue 3, p327; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: SOCIALIZATION; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15865947&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dietze, Doris T1 - CONSISTENCY AND CHANGE IN JUDGMENT OF CRITERIA FOR MENTAL HEALTH IMPROVEMENT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1967/07// VL - 23 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 307 EP - 310 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses consistency and change in judgment of criteria for mental health improvement. Patients may learn many of the attitudes expressed in the hospital about what kinds of behavior suggest improvement. Although their progress in and out of the wards can depend on how well they are able to adopt these behaviors, search of the literature reveals little information about what patients consider as signs of improvement. Different staff groups tend to stress behavior relating to their own specialized functions in patient care, and often to minimize the importance of other behaviors considered important by other staff groups. Patients, exposed to varied messages produced by persons to whom they look for care and supervision, must form their own attitudes systematically in the face of somewhat non-coherent communications, or flounder in confusion. KW - MENTAL health KW - PATIENTS KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - BEHAVIOR KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - MEDICAL care N1 - Accession Number: 15865942; Dietze, Doris 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Seattle, Washington.; Source Info: Jul1967, Vol. 23 Issue 3, p307; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject Term: MEDICAL care; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15865942&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sturm, Israel Eli AU - Lipton, Herbert T1 - SOME SOCIAL AND VOCATIONAL PREDICTORS OF PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITALIZATION OUTCOMES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1967/07// VL - 23 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 301 EP - 307 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article some social and vocational predictors of psychiatric hospitalization outcomes. A pilot study was conducted for a prospective larger investigation of psychiatric hospitalization outcome, specifically to establish which of a group of case history predictors would prove valid in the small-scale study so as to be included in the predictive battery of the larger one. The predictors were selected on the basis of involving nonclinical social and vocational behaviors only, being objectively scorable, and being readily ascertained by questionnaire or brief interview. KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospital care KW - MENTAL health services KW - SOCIAL factors KW - QUESTIONNAIRES KW - SOCIAL sciences & psychoanalysis KW - INTERVIEWS N1 - Accession Number: 15865941; Sturm, Israel Eli 1 Lipton, Herbert 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, North port, N. Y.. 2: Boston University.; Source Info: Jul1967, Vol. 23 Issue 3, p301; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC hospital care; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; Subject Term: SOCIAL factors; Subject Term: QUESTIONNAIRES; Subject Term: SOCIAL sciences & psychoanalysis; Subject Term: INTERVIEWS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15865941&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fulton, John R. AU - Lore, Theodore W. T1 - PREDICTING LENGTH OF PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITALIZATION FROM HISTORY RECORDS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1967/04// VL - 23 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 218 EP - 221 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study in which the item response scores of the relatives of 192 nongeriatric, functional psychiatric patients were correlated with the number of weeks of continuous hospitalization in the first year after admission. This was done in order to assess the prognostic significance of a wide variety of patient biographical data. Of the 139 variables included in the analysis, 26 were significantly related to the criterion. A stepwise multiple regression analysis made it possible to identify a set of 15 predictors that yielded a multiple correlation of .68 with the criterion. The similarities of the present findings to previous research on predicting length of hospital stay were discussed, and the implications for further research were pointed out. KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - PATIENTS KW - HOSPITAL care KW - HOSPITALS -- Admission & discharge KW - MULTIPLE regression analysis KW - MEDICAL care N1 - Accession Number: 15844652; Fulton, John R. 1 Lore, Theodore W. 2; Affiliation: 1: Chief, Social Work service Veterans Administration Center, Fargo, N. D. 2: Coordinator, Centralized Studies, Program Evaluation Staff, Washington, D. C.; Source Info: Apr1967, Vol. 23 Issue 2, p218; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: HOSPITAL care; Subject Term: HOSPITALS -- Admission & discharge; Subject Term: MULTIPLE regression analysis; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844652&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weinlander, Max M. T1 - SORT RELATIONSHIPS OF ANXIETY AND AWARENESS FOR ALCOHOLICS, NEUROTICS AND PSYCHOTICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1967/04// VL - 23 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 205 EP - 209 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents the Structured-Objective Rorschach Test (SORT) study which investigates the relationship of anxiety (Fch) and awareness (F) for alcoholics, neurotics, and psychotics. The manual for the SORT reveals no significant relationships for Rorschach rationale between Fch and F in the normal population. Three groups of 100 veterans each, alcoholics, neurotics, and psychotics, were individually administered the SORT in a VA hospital. The relationship of SORT Fch and F indicates that at .001 level, anxiety reduces awareness within alcohoIics, neurotics, and psychotics. KW - STRUCTURED-objective Rorschach Test KW - PROJECTIVE techniques KW - ANXIETY KW - AWARENESS KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - NEUROTICS N1 - Accession Number: 15844649; Weinlander, Max M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Dayton, Ohio.; Source Info: Apr1967, Vol. 23 Issue 2, p205; Subject Term: STRUCTURED-objective Rorschach Test; Subject Term: PROJECTIVE techniques; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: AWARENESS; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: NEUROTICS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844649&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jernigan, A. J. T1 - ROTATION STYLE ON THE BENDER GESTALT TEST. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1967/04// VL - 23 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 176 EP - 179 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a related to the style of rotation on the Bender Gestalt Test which is introduced as a new approach in studying the phenomena of rotation. Four styles of rotation are defined, Clockwise, counter-clockwise (CC), indeterminate, and mixed. Replication of an earlier study reveals a remarkable consistency in rotation style for the general medical patient. The long-term psychiatric patient is comparable only in employment of the CC style. Age, intelligence, education, and to sonic extent, diagnosis are important variables in discriminating between rotaters and non-rotaters. Direction of rotation is influenced by these parameters. Style of rotation may be an index of chronicity and/or regression. KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - MENTAL rotation KW - PATIENTS KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - REGRESSION (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 15844640; Jernigan, A. J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Dallas, Texas.; Source Info: Apr1967, Vol. 23 Issue 2, p176; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: MENTAL rotation; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: REGRESSION (Psychology); Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844640&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gibby Sr., Robert G. AU - Gabler, Robert T1 - THE SELF-CONCEPT OF NEGRO AND WHITE CHILDREN. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1967/04// VL - 23 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 144 EP - 150 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study which investigated one facet of the self-concept in white and Negro children, that of intelligence, as measured by self-ratings on intelligence. It was hypothesized that there would be significant differences between similar groups of Negro and white children on three measures of the self-concept. The measures utilized were the California Test of Mental Maturity, Elementary-Short Form, and the Gibby Intelligence Rating Schedule. Three scores were obtained, The Reality-Discrepancy score, the Self-Discrepancy score, and the Ideal-Discrepancy score. The results of the analysis of covariance indicated that the differences between the two groups were significant for two of the three discrepancy scores. KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - SELF-evaluation KW - AFRICAN American children KW - SELF-perception KW - ANALYSIS of covariance KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests N1 - Accession Number: 15844632; Gibby Sr., Robert G. 1 Gabler, Robert 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Richmond, Virginia; Source Info: Apr1967, Vol. 23 Issue 2, p144; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: SELF-evaluation; Subject Term: AFRICAN American children; Subject Term: SELF-perception; Subject Term: ANALYSIS of covariance; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844632&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bailey, M. A. AU - Warshaw, L. T1 - DIFFERENCES IN TRAIT ATTRIBUTION BY PATIENT AND "NORMAL" GROUPS TO LINE DRAWINGS OF HUMAN FACIAL PICTURES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1967/01// VL - 23 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 104 EP - 108 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses differences in trait attribution by patient and normal groups to line drawings of human facial pictures. The Warshaw Character Evaluation Test was administered to 50 patients chosen randomly from the clinic population at the New York Regional Office and 50 "normals", equated for age, sex and education, chosen from industrial and school settings. A trait list of 38 items was presented with the test. The directions required the S to assign an affective response to each photograph in terms of like, dislike, or indifferent. KW - POPULATION KW - PICTURES KW - EDUCATION -- Evaluation KW - CHARACTER KW - LINE drawing KW - EDUCATION N1 - Accession Number: 15844569; Bailey, M. A. 1 Warshaw, L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, New York Regional Office.; Source Info: Jan1967, Vol. 23 Issue 1, p104; Subject Term: POPULATION; Subject Term: PICTURES; Subject Term: EDUCATION -- Evaluation; Subject Term: CHARACTER; Subject Term: LINE drawing; Subject Term: EDUCATION; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611710 Educational Support Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923110 Administration of Education Programs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611699 All Other Miscellaneous Schools and Instruction; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844569&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cahoon, D. D. AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - AN EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAMMED ADJUNCT TO COUNSELING: "APPLYING FOR A JOB". JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1967/01// VL - 23 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 62 EP - 67 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses an experimental programmed adjunct to counseling. There is considerable evidence that the manner in which psychiatric hospitalization is described is of importance in overcoming negative stereotypes that might otherwise negate the possibility of employment. Also, it might be assumed that certain application blank variables, such as neatness, number of relevant items on the form completed, and completeness of employment and educational history, among others, not specifically related to the fact of hospitalization, may be of importance in making a good initial impression. KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - COUNSELING KW - HOSPITAL care KW - EMPLOYMENT (Economic theory) KW - EVIDENCE KW - PSYCHIATRY N1 - Accession Number: 15844555; Cahoon, D. D. 1 Watson, Charles G. 2; Affiliation: 1: Auburn University. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Jan1967, Vol. 23 Issue 1, p62; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: COUNSELING; Subject Term: HOSPITAL care; Subject Term: EMPLOYMENT (Economic theory); Subject Term: EVIDENCE; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844555&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dietze, Doris T1 - RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN STAFF AND PATIENTS IN JUDGING CRITERIA FOR IMPROVEMENT IN MENTAL HEALTH. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1967/01// VL - 23 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 41 EP - 46 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses relationships between staff and patients in judging criteria for improvement in mental health. A preliminary study suggested that different Levels of staff, and patients with different amounts of experience, mention different kinds of behaviors when asked what a patient does that implies he is getting better. The spontaneous replies of staff were related to their specialized roles in patient care; those of patients depended on amount of hospital experience. These people, however, may have omitted certain behaviors which are very common to this kind of judgment, because they took them for granted or they didn't occur to them. Furthermore, they did not weight their responses by importance. KW - PATIENTS KW - HEALTH KW - MENTAL health KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - MEDICAL care N1 - Accession Number: 15844551; Dietze, Doris 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Seattle, Washington.; Source Info: Jan1967, Vol. 23 Issue 1, p41; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: HEALTH; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844551&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gibby Sr., Robert G. AU - Gibby Jr., Robert G. T1 - THE EFFECTS OF STRESS RESULTING FROM ACADEMIC FAILURE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1967/01// VL - 23 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 35 EP - 38 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses the effects of stress resulting from academic failure. This study explored the effects of the stress induced by an academic failure situation upon young children. First, it was hypothesized that children would react to failure in an area which was considered to be important to them by manifesting a lowered opinion of their abilities, that is, they would show a drop in the self concept. Further, it was thought that they would feel that the significant persons in their lives would think less highly of them following such a failure experience. Thus, changes would be manifested in several aspects of the child's self concept. KW - SCHOOL failure KW - CHILD psychology KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - APPLIED psychology KW - ABILITY N1 - Accession Number: 15844549; Gibby Sr., Robert G. 1 Gibby Jr., Robert G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Richmond, Virginia.; Source Info: Jan1967, Vol. 23 Issue 1, p35; Subject Term: SCHOOL failure; Subject Term: CHILD psychology; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: APPLIED psychology; Subject Term: ABILITY; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844549&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ziller, Robert C. AU - Grossman, Searles A. T1 - A DEVELOPMENTAL STUDY OF THE SELF-SOCIAL CONSTRUCTS OF NORMALS AND THE NEUROTIC PERSONALITY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1967/01// VL - 23 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 15 EP - 21 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article reports a developmental study of the self-social constructs of normals and the neurotic personality. Ninety acute male neuropsyehiatric patients from the Administration Hospital, Elsmere, Delaware, and 87 male employees of the same hospital served as Ss, the latter on a volunteer basis. Each of the samples included 10 per cent Negroes. The average years of education for the neuropsychiatric patients and normals was 11.8 and 11.6 respectively. All patients were administered the measures of self-social constructs within the first week of admission to the hospital. The hospital staff were administered the tasks during their monthly staff meetings. All Ss completed the tasks in 15 to 30 minutes. KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PERSONALITY KW - EMPLOYEES KW - PATIENTS KW - EDUCATION KW - VOLUNTEER service N1 - Accession Number: 15844544; Ziller, Robert C. 1 Grossman, Searles A. 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Oregon. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Elsmere, Delaware.; Source Info: Jan1967, Vol. 23 Issue 1, p15; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: EMPLOYEES; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: EDUCATION; Subject Term: VOLUNTEER service; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923110 Administration of Education Programs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611699 All Other Miscellaneous Schools and Instruction; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611710 Educational Support Services; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844544&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Alkire, Armand A. AU - Pearman, H. Edgar AU - Mc Carthy, Charles D. T1 - PAIRING OF PATIENT-SPONSOR TO REDUCE CONFLICT COSTS IN HOME CARE OF PATIENTS DIAGNOSED AS SCHIZOPHRENIC. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1966/10// VL - 22 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 472 EP - 476 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on the placement of neuropsychiatric patients in the home of paid sponsors in the community has steadily increased in postwar years. As of 1962 there were over 14,000 patients in this type of living arrangement in the United States. In state hospitals as well as the Veterans Administration, this form of post-hospital care has been viewed as one of the most effective types for patients who are unable to function in a completely independent living arrangement, or who because of considerable family problems are not ready to return to their own families. KW - NEUROPSYCHIATRY KW - AFTERCARE (Hospitals) KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - VETERANS KW - PUBLIC hospitals KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 15980589; Alkire, Armand A. 1 Pearman, H. Edgar 1 Mc Carthy, Charles D. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, California; Source Info: Oct1966, Vol. 22 Issue 4, p472; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: AFTERCARE (Hospitals); Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: VETERANS; Subject Term: PUBLIC hospitals; Subject Term: UNITED States; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621610 Home Health Care Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622110 General Medical and Surgical Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15980589&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mills, Mark J. T1 - The So-Called Duty to Warn: The Psychotherapeutic Duty to Protect Third Parties From Patients' Violent Acts. JO - Behavioral Sciences & the Law JF - Behavioral Sciences & the Law Y1 - 1984///Summer84 VL - 2 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 237 EP - 257 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 07353936 AB - This article discusses the much-misunderstood Tarasoff decision that requires psychotherapists to protect third parties from patients' violent acts. Through a normative approach, the paper analyzes four important issues: what to do when potential victims are unknown; what to do about the fact that the patients' potential for violence may be incorrectly perceived; the value of warning potential victims; and, the problem of discharging potentially violent patients from the hospital. The author proposes that the courts adopt a more flexible substantial departure test in most cases that involve psychiatric negligence. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Behavioral Sciences & the Law is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - MENTAL health services KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 16402976; Mills, Mark J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Chief, Psychiatry Service, West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brentwood Division and Associate Professor, Department of Psychiatry and Biobehavioral Sciences, School of Medicine, University of California at Los Angeles; Source Info: Summer84, Vol. 2 Issue 3, p237; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: UNITED States; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 21p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16402976&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lipkin, John O. AU - Scurfield, Raymond M. AU - Blank Jr., Arthur S. T1 - Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder in Vietnam Veterans: Assessment in a Forensic Setting. JO - Behavioral Sciences & the Law JF - Behavioral Sciences & the Law Y1 - 1983/07// VL - 1 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 51 EP - 67 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 07353936 AB - The recognition and proper evaluation of Vietnam veterans' demonstrating Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder syndromes is reviewed. The special problems of accurate diagnosis and assessment of former Vietnam combatants is emphasized. The forensic evaluation of Vietnam veterans' raising the Post Traumatic Stress Disorder syndrome in either civil or criminal proceedings is comprehensively discussed. The question "What are the clinical techniques necessary to accomplish a competent forensic evaluation of the Vietnam veterans?" is specifically addressed with special emphasis on legal dispositions and treatment impilcations. The relationship between the criminal acts of combat veterans and their exposure to the psychological trauma of war is explored. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Behavioral Sciences & the Law is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - WAGER of battle KW - NEUROSES KW - ANXIETY KW - VIETNAM N1 - Accession Number: 16017432; Lipkin, John O. 1 Scurfield, Raymond M. 2 Blank Jr., Arthur S. 3; Affiliation: 1: Associate Director for Psychiatry, Mental Health and Behavioral Sciences Services, Veterans Administration Central Office, Washington, D.C. 2: Assistant Director for Counseling, Veterans Administration Central Office, Washington, D.C. 3: Director, Readjustment Counseling Service, Veterans Administration Central Office, Washington, D.C.; Source Info: 1983, Vol. 1 Issue 3, p51; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: WAGER of battle; Subject Term: NEUROSES; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: VIETNAM; Number of Pages: 17p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16017432&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Marburg, Galen S. T1 - A Father's Response to the Birth and Death of a Multi-Handicapped Child. JO - Infant Mental Health Journal JF - Infant Mental Health Journal Y1 - 1985///Spring85 VL - 6 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 5 EP - 12 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 01639641 AB - The birth of a multi-handicapped child frequently creates a series of unexpected problems for the extended family constellation. This article focuses on the personal responses of a father as he discovers, experiences, and accepts the trauma associated with complex medical interventions designed to preserve the precarious existence of a handicapped child. As the medical procedures ultimately prove to be ineffectual, the impact of the child's death upon the immediate family also is traced in a highly personal manner. Throughout this chronicle, the meaning of pain and love are intertwined in a deepening understanding and appreciation of life. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Infant Mental Health Journal is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CHILDREN with disabilities KW - PARENTS of children with disabilities KW - CHILDBIRTH KW - FATHERS KW - DEATH KW - FATHER & child KW - EMOTIONAL trauma KW - FATHERHOOD KW - LIFE KW - PARENTHOOD N1 - Accession Number: 12033366; Marburg, Galen S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical center, Northampton, Massachusetts; Source Info: Spring85, Vol. 6 Issue 1, p5; Subject Term: CHILDREN with disabilities; Subject Term: PARENTS of children with disabilities; Subject Term: CHILDBIRTH; Subject Term: FATHERS; Subject Term: DEATH; Subject Term: FATHER & child; Subject Term: EMOTIONAL trauma; Subject Term: FATHERHOOD; Subject Term: LIFE; Subject Term: PARENTHOOD; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12033366&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sadow, Dolly Cohen AU - Laird, James D. T1 - 'Irrational' attributions of responsibility: Who's to blame for them? JO - European Journal of Social Psychology JF - European Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1981/12// VL - 11 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 427 EP - 430 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00462772 N1 - Accession Number: 12080295; Sadow, Dolly Cohen 1 Laird, James D. 2; Affiliation: 1: Bedford Veterans Administration Hospital. 2: Clark University.; Source Info: Dec81, Vol. 11 Issue 4, p427; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12080295&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Snyder, C. R. AU - Ingram, Rick E. AU - Handeisman, Mitchell M. AU - Wells, David S. AU - Huwieler, Robert T1 - Desire for personal feedback: Who wants it and what does it mean for psychotherapy? JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1982/09// VL - 50 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 316 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 N1 - Accession Number: 7379381; Snyder, C. R. 1 Ingram, Rick E. 1 Handeisman, Mitchell M. 1 Wells, David S. 1 Huwieler, Robert 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Kansas 2: Leavenworth Veterans Administration Medical Center; Source Info: Sep82, Vol. 50 Issue 3, p316; Number of Pages: 15p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep7379381 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=7379381&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Curran, James P. AU - Wallander, Jan L. AU - Fischetti, Mario T1 - The importance of behavioral and cognitive factors in heterosexual-social anxiety. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1980/09// VL - 48 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 285 EP - 292 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 N1 - Accession Number: 7380884; Curran, James P. 1 Wallander, Jan L. 2 Fischetti, Mario 2; Affiliation: 1: Brown Medical School/Veterans Administration Hospital. 2: Purdue University; Source Info: Sep80, Vol. 48 Issue 3, p285; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep7380884 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=7380884&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Frederiksen, Lee W. AU - Peterson, Gerald L. T1 - Schedule-Induced Aggression in Humans and Animals: A Comparative Parametric Review. JO - Aggressive Behavior JF - Aggressive Behavior Y1 - 1977/03// VL - 3 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 57 EP - 75 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 0096140X AB - Studies of animal and human aggression induced by schedules of reinforcement are reviewed. Parameters reviewed include: schedules; characterizations of induced aggression; subject variables, target variables, and the control or modification of schedule-induced aggression. With the exception of temporal locus of schedule-induced attack, the parameters identified with animal subjects are remarkably similar to those identified with human subjects. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Aggressive Behavior is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AGONISTIC behavior in animals KW - AGGRESSIVE behavior in animals KW - SCHEDULING KW - REINFORCEMENT (Psychology) KW - HUMAN behavior KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - AGGRESSION (Psychology) KW - ANIMAL behavior KW - ANIMAL psychology KW - adjunctive KW - aggression KW - animals KW - humans KW - Psychological factors affecting tension KW - schedule-induced KW - TENSION AND CONFLICT N1 - Accession Number: 12004300; Frederiksen, Lee W. 1 Peterson, Gerald L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center, and University of Mississippi Medical Center; Source Info: 1977, Vol. 3 Issue 1, p57; Subject Term: AGONISTIC behavior in animals; Subject Term: AGGRESSIVE behavior in animals; Subject Term: SCHEDULING; Subject Term: REINFORCEMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: HUMAN behavior; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: AGGRESSION (Psychology); Subject Term: ANIMAL behavior; Subject Term: ANIMAL psychology; Author-Supplied Keyword: adjunctive; Author-Supplied Keyword: aggression; Author-Supplied Keyword: animals; Author-Supplied Keyword: humans; Author-Supplied Keyword: Psychological factors affecting tension; Author-Supplied Keyword: schedule-induced; Author-Supplied Keyword: TENSION AND CONFLICT; Number of Pages: 19p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12004300&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kay, N.E. AU - Morley, J.E. AU - Allen, J.I. T1 - Interaction between endogenous opioids and IL-2 on PHA-stimulated human lymphocytes. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1990/08// VL - 70 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 485 EP - 491 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - Endogenous opioids exert a variety of extra central nervous system (CNS) functions, including modulation of some human lymphocyte functions. The latter opioid activity may result in elevation of human natural killer (NK) function (i.e. by β-endorphin), which is reversed by an opioid antagonist, Naloxone. Since recent evidence has suggested both structural and functional similarities between lymphokines known to elevate human NK function (interferon and interleukin-2) and endogenous opioids, we investigated if Naloxone could modulate lymphokine-enhanced human NK activity. Naloxone blunted, in a dose-dependent fashion, the NK-enhancing activity of peripheral blood lymphocytes or large granular lymphocytes by recombinant interferon-alpha (IFN-α) or interleukin-2 (IL-2). Naloxone decreased the uptake of radiolabelled IL-2 receptors. β-endorphin also decreased the binding of radiolabelled IL-2 or IL-2 receptor-positive human lymphocytes. Finally, labelled Naloxone was inhibited from binding to phytohaemagglutinin (PHA)-stimulated lymphocytes by either β-endorphin or IL-2. These findings strongly suggest that human lymphocyte receptors for opioid, IFN or IL-2 molecules, once occupied, have distinct influences on the alternate receptor. In addition, these data further strengthen the potential role of CNS-mediated influences on the human immune system. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - OPIOIDS KW - INTERLEUKIN-2 KW - CENTRAL nervous system KW - KILLER cells KW - IMMUNE system N1 - Accession Number: 13383251; Kay, N.E. 1 Morley, J.E. 2 Allen, J.I. 1; Affiliation: 1: Sections of Hematology and Gastroenterology, Department of Medicine, Minneapolis Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minnesota 2: Geriatric Research Education and Clinical Center, Sepulveda VA Medical Center, USA; Source Info: Aug90, Vol. 70 Issue 4, p485; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: OPIOIDS; Subject Term: INTERLEUKIN-2; Subject Term: CENTRAL nervous system; Subject Term: KILLER cells; Subject Term: IMMUNE system; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13383251&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Heyworth, M. F. AU - Ho, K. E. AU - Pappo, J. T1 - Generation and characterization of monoclonal antibodies against Giardia muris trophozoites. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 68 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 341 EP - 345 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - Mouse monoclonal antibodies (mAb) were produced against Giardia muris trophozoite surface antigens. To generate B-cell hybridomas, P3/NS1/1-Ag4-1 myeloma cells were fused with splenic lymphocytes from BALB/c mice that had been immunized parenterally with G. muris trophozoites. Hybridoma culture supernatants were screened for mAb by flow cytometry of G. muris trophozoites incubated with culture supernatant followed by fluorescein-conjugated anti-mouse IgG and IgM. Flow cytometry showed three types of trophozoite staining by mAb: (i) bright staining of >90% of trophozoites, with aggregation of the organisms; (ii) bright staining of approximately 90% of trophozoites, with little or no aggregation; (iii) dull staining of approximately 20% of trophozoites, without aggregation. Western blotting of mAb on G. muris trophozoite antigens separated by polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis showed that a mAb exhibiting the third of these flow cytometry staining patterns recognized trophozoite antigens of MW ∼31,000 and 35,000. Immunoprecipitation studies indicated that the same mAb specifically precipitated two 125I-labelled trophozoite surface antigens of MW ∼30,000. Monoclonal antibodies generated in this study may facilitate the purification and biochemical characterization of trophozoite antigens that are targets for protective intestinal antibody in G. muris-infected mice. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MONOCLONAL antibodies KW - GIARDIA KW - PROTOZOA KW - ANTIGENS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - IMMUNITY KW - FLOW cytometry N1 - Accession Number: 13354955; Heyworth, M. F. 1 Ho, K. E. 1 Pappo, J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Cell Biology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center and Department of Medicine, University of California, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Nov89, Vol. 68 Issue 3, p341; Subject Term: MONOCLONAL antibodies; Subject Term: GIARDIA; Subject Term: PROTOZOA; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: IMMUNITY; Subject Term: FLOW cytometry; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13354955&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mookerjee, B.K. AU - Chen, P.B. AU - Pauly, J.L. T1 - IL-2-induced polyclonal proliferation of human peripheral blood lymphocytes: functional and phenotypic characteristics of proliferating cells. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 66 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 176 EP - 182 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - Unstimulated human peripheral blood lymphocytes (HPBL) were found to proliferate when cultured in vitro with interleukin-2 (IL-2). In bulk long-term cultures of HPBL cultured with IL-2, cell numbers usually doubled after 8-11 days of culture, and a 10-fold increase in cell number occurred between the second and third weeks of culture. These cells retained their ability to respond to a panel of T-cell dependent antigens, phytomitogens and allogeneic cells up to Day 21 of culture. The proliferating cells predominantly expressed the T-cell antigens (CD3, CD4 and CD8), but not antigens of natural killer (NK) cells, B cells or mononuclear phagocytic cells. The proportion of cells expressing CD3 and CD4 antigens progressively increased with length of culture. Purified lymphocytes expressing either CD4 or CD8 antigens were also found to be capable of showing a proliferative response to IL-2, especially when provided with autologous accessory cells. However, purified human peripheral blood B cells expressing the Leu 12 antigen did not respond with or without autologous accessory cells. Unlike the responses to phytomitogen, soluble antigens or allogeneic cells, the proliferative responses of HPBL to IL-2 were not inhibited by a monoclonal antibody (OK-1a-1) to the non-polymorphic part of human class II histocompatibility antigens. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - BLOOD cells KW - CELL proliferation KW - INTERLEUKIN-2 KW - CELL culture KW - T cells N1 - Accession Number: 13373705; Mookerjee, B.K. 1 Chen, P.B. 2 Pauly, J.L. 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, State University of New York, Buffalo (SUNY/B), Veterans Administration Medical Center 2: Department of Oral Biology, School of Medicine and Dentistry, State University of New York, Buffalo 3: Department of Molecular Immunology, Roswell Park Memorial Institute, Buffalo, U.S.A.; Source Info: Feb89, Vol. 66 Issue 2, p176; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: BLOOD cells; Subject Term: CELL proliferation; Subject Term: INTERLEUKIN-2; Subject Term: CELL culture; Subject Term: T cells; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13373705&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Shores, E. W. AU - Pisetsky, D. S. AU - Grudier, J. AU - Eisenberg, R. A. AU - Cohen, P. L. T1 - Immunization with the Sm nuclear antigen induces anti-Sm antibodies in normal and MRL mice. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 65 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 473 EP - 478 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - The spontaneous occurrence of antibodies against the Sm nuclear antigen is a highly specific marker for the diagnois of SLE. We have previously shown that anti-Sm can be elicited by immunization of SLE-prone mice with purified Sm antigen. In the present study, this autoanfibody was induced in normal mice by a similar immunization protocol. Anti-Sm produced by normal strains was predominantly IgG1, which is similar to the isotype distribution in Sm-immunized MRL mice, but unlike the IgG2a-dominated response seen for spontaneous anti-Sm. Anti-Sm raised by immunization in most strains recognized epitopes not seen by spontaneous human and murine SLE anti-Sm; of the eleven normal strains tested, only C3H and AKR, strains from which MRL was partially derived, responded to these determinants. Further, immunoblot analysis of anti-Sm generated by immunization of MRL and normal mice revealed that the same proteins recognized by spontaneous human and murine anti-Sm were also seen by these sera. This study shows that an autoantibody highly characteristic of SLE can be produced in normal and MRL mice after appropriate immunization, and that the fine specificity of such experimentally induced antibody can be similar to that of spontaneous anti-Sm autoantibodies. The results imply a role for autoimmunization with Sm in the production of anti-Sm. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNIZATION KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - MONOCLONAL antibodies KW - ANTIGENS KW - PROTEINS KW - ANTIGENIC determinants N1 - Accession Number: 14004005; Shores, E. W. 1 Pisetsky, D. S. 2 Grudier, J. 2 Eisenberg, R. A. 1 Cohen, P. L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Division of Rheumatology/Immunology, Department of Medicine, and Department of Microbiology/Immunology, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC 27599-7280 2: Medical Research Service, Durham Veterans Administration Hospital and Division of Rheumatology and Immunology, Duke University School of Medicine, Durham, NC 27705, North Carolina, U.S.A.; Source Info: Nov88, Vol. 65 Issue 3, p473; Subject Term: IMMUNIZATION; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject Term: MONOCLONAL antibodies; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: PROTEINS; Subject Term: ANTIGENIC determinants; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14004005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Abrass, C. K. T1 - Measurement of the rates of basal pinocytosis of horseradish peroxidase and internalization of heat-aggregated IgG by macrophages from normal and streptozotocin-induced diabetic rats. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 65 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 411 EP - 415 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - The rates of basal pinocytosis and internalization of Fc receptor-bound model immune complexes by macrophages from control (Group 1, n= 9), insulin-treated non-diabetic (2, n= 9), insulin-deficient diabetic (3, n= 8) and insulin-treated diabetic (4, n= 8) rats were measured Pinocytic rates, as determined by uptake of horseradish peroxidase (HRP), were comparable for all experimental groups(1, 19.6±5.3; 2, 18.6±6.0; 3, 18.7±5.5; 4, 24.5±9.1;mean±1SD,pg per min per 106 celIs, analysis of variance P>0.05). The rates of internalization of Fc receptor-bound model immune complexes were decreased in insulin-treated non-diabetic rats (2, 411±10) and both groups of diabetic rats (3, 39.3 ± 5.6; 4, 44.6 ±6.9) compared with control animals (1, 54.4± 7.2; mean ±ISD, percentage internalized per 10 min per 106 cells, analysis of variance P <001). Under the conditions of study, comparable amounts of model immune complexes were bound by macrophages from each of the groups; thus, the amount of internalized material was decreased in all three experimental groups (2,3 and 4). These data suggest that Insulin treatment, as well as the diabetic environment, can contribute to a decreased rate of internalization of Fc receptor-bound immune complexes, and may thereby contribute to impaired phagocytosis that has been demonstrated to occur in diabetes. These changes appear to be specific to Fc receptor-mediated internalization, at no differences In the rates of basal pinocytosis were observed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PINOCYTOSIS KW - PEROXIDASE KW - MACROPHAGES KW - STREPTOZOTOCIN KW - FC receptors KW - DIABETES N1 - Accession Number: 14003930; Abrass, C. K. 1; Affiliation: 1: Division of Nephrology, Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, Washington, U.S.A.; Source Info: Nov88, Vol. 65 Issue 3, p411; Subject Term: PINOCYTOSIS; Subject Term: PEROXIDASE; Subject Term: MACROPHAGES; Subject Term: STREPTOZOTOCIN; Subject Term: FC receptors; Subject Term: DIABETES; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14003930&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Scumucker, D. L. AU - Daniels, C. K. AU - Wang, R. K. AU - Smith, K. T1 - Mucosal immune response to cholera toxin in ageing rats. I ANTIBODY AND ANTIBODY-CONTAINING CELL RESPONSE. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1988/08// VL - 64 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 691 EP - 695 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - Although ageing is accompanied by systemic immunodeficiencies, the status of the mucosal immune system in the elderly remains unresolved. The gastrointestinal mucosal immune response was evaluated in young, mature and old male rats subjected to intra-intestinal immunization with cholera toxin (CTx). Five days following secondary immunization, the α-CTx-lgA titre in the bile of immunized rats was markedly reduced, i.e. the values measured in young rats were approximately five-fold higher than those of old animals. α-CTx-IgA levels in non-immunized rats were negligible and age-related shifts in other antibody titres (α-CFx IgG and IgM) were not significant. The antibody response to CTx was not reflected in the total IgA content of the samples. The number of α-CTx antibody-containing cells (ACCs) in the small intestinal lamina propria was significantly reduced in old immunized rats in comparison with the young or mature animals. These data suggest that ageing compromises both non-immune cell (antibody transport by hepatocytes) and immune cell (number of ACCs in the gut wall) functions in response to cholera toxin immunization in this animal model. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNE response KW - AGING KW - IMMUNODEFICIENCY KW - TOXINS KW - GASTROINTESTINAL agents KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - LAMINA epithelialis N1 - Accession Number: 14007043; Scumucker, D. L. 1,2,3 Daniels, C. K. 1,2,3 Wang, R. K. 1,2 Smith, K. 1; Affiliation: 1: Cell Biology and Aging Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: Department of Anatomy, University of California, San Francisco, California, U.S.A. 3: The Liver Center, University of California, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug88, Vol. 64 Issue 4, p691; Subject Term: IMMUNE response; Subject Term: AGING; Subject Term: IMMUNODEFICIENCY; Subject Term: TOXINS; Subject Term: GASTROINTESTINAL agents; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: LAMINA epithelialis; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14007043&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pappo, J. AU - Ebersole, J. L. AU - Taubman, M. A. T1 - Phenotype of mononuclear leucocytes resident in rat major salivary and lacrimal glands. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 64 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 295 EP - 300 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - The phenotypic distribution of lymphocytes and mononuclear phagocytes resident in rat secretory glands was examined. Isolated exocrine gland mononuclear leucocyte populations contained 50- 61% W3/13+ T cells and greater proportions of W3/254 T helper cells relative to OX8+ T suppressor cells. Surface Ig+ cells (slg) constituted from 32% to 34% of the cells and their distribution was slgM > sIgA > sIgG. The macrophage populations comprised from 0.02% to 0 .1 % of the unfractionated gland cells. Fractionated secretory gland-adherent cells consisted primarily of non-specific esteraset, phagocytic and Fc receptor-bearing cells. From 35% to 79% of the macrophages in exocrine glands expressed I-A molecules. The results suggest that exocrine glands have the ability to respond locally to an antigenic challenge independently of a central mucosal immune response. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MACROPHAGES KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - MONONUCLEOSIS KW - T cells KW - CELL receptors KW - IMMUNE response KW - IMMUNOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 14009218; Pappo, J. 1 Ebersole, J. L. 2 Taubman, M. A. 3; Affiliation: 1: Cell Biology Section (151 E), Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, CA 94121, U.S.A. 2: Department of Immunology, Forsyth Dental Center, Massachusetts, U.S.A. 3: Department of Oral Medicine and Oral Pathology, Harvard School of Dental Medicine Boston, Massachusetts, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jun88, Vol. 64 Issue 2, p295; Subject Term: MACROPHAGES; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: MONONUCLEOSIS; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: CELL receptors; Subject Term: IMMUNE response; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGY; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14009218&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hernandez, A. D. AU - Cremer, M. A. AU - Townes, A. S. AU - Stuart, J. M. AU - Kang, A. H. T1 - The immune response of guinea-pigs to type II collagen: poor cross-reactivity with homologous type II collagen accounts for resistance to collagen-induced arthritis. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 63 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 619 EP - 624 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - In order to determine the susceptibility of guinea-pigs to collagen-induced arthritis (CIA), Hartley and Strain 13 guinea-pigs were immunized with heterologous or homologous type II collagen. None of the animals developed CIA. Because immunity to type II collagen plays a critical role in CIA, we characterized the guinea-pig's immune response to determine the basis for this resistance. Guinea- pigs develop cellular and humoral reactivity to heterologous type II collagen similar to that of CIA-susceptible rats. The reactions distinguish type I from type II collagen but not among several heterologous type II collagens. The cell-mediated immune (CMI) response was specific for determinants on the primary amino acid structure of collagen, whether native or denatured collagen was used for immunization; however, the humoral response was specific for the form of the molecule used for immunization. Guinea-pigs differ from CIA-susceptible rats in that immunization with homologous or heterologous type II collagen fails to induce significant cross-reactive immunity with the homologous antigen. A transient arthritis could be induced in animals immunized with heterologous type II collagen by injecting them intra-articularly with heterologous but not with homologous type II collagen. Our results show that the disparity between immunity to type II collagen and the susceptibility to develop CIA in guinea-pigs is due to their poor cross-reactive immune response to autologous type II collagen. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNE response KW - ANIMAL models in research KW - COLLAGEN KW - ARTHRITIS KW - CROSS reactions (Immunology) KW - ANTIGEN-antibody reactions N1 - Accession Number: 14023165; Hernandez, A. D. 1 Cremer, M. A. 1 Townes, A. S. 1 Stuart, J. M. 1 Kang, A. H. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center and Department of Medicine, University of Tennessee, Memphis, U.S.A.; Source Info: Apr88, Vol. 63 Issue 4, p619; Subject Term: IMMUNE response; Subject Term: ANIMAL models in research; Subject Term: COLLAGEN; Subject Term: ARTHRITIS; Subject Term: CROSS reactions (Immunology); Subject Term: ANTIGEN-antibody reactions; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14023165&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kris, R. M . AU - Yetter, R. A. AU - Cogliano, R. AU - Ramphal, R. AU - Small, P. A. T1 - Passive serum antibody causes temporary recovery from influenza virus infection of the nose, trachea and lung of nude mice. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 63 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 349 EP - 353 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - BALB/c normal and nude mice were infected with a non-lethal mouse-passaged A/PC/1/73 (H3N2) influenza virus in order to assess the role of T cells on the course of disease of the nose, trachea and lung. The tracheal epithelium of both mouse strains was desquamated by 3 days after infection. Although normal regeneration began, nude mice never completed that regeneration whereas normal mice had fully regenerated trachea by Day 14. This failure to complete the recovery was also evident from the continued virus shedding by the nude mouse. In order to assess the role of serum antibody on recovery from infection, ferret, goat or mouse antibody to H3N2 influenza virus was passively administered to nude mice after infection, it resulted in a transient decrease in virus shedding from the nose, trachea and lung, and complete but temporary regeneration of the tracheal epithelium. However, later in the course of the infection, when serum antibody levels were no longer detectable, the tracheal epithelium of these animals redesquamated and large amounts of virus were again shed from nose, trachea and lungs. We conclude that: (i) desquamation of the ciliated epithelium of the trachea is not T-cell dependent; and (ii) serum antibody can contribute to temporary recovery from infection, but by itself is insufficient for permanent recovery of the nose, trachea or lung. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - SERUM KW - INFLUENZA viruses KW - INFECTION KW - T cells KW - RESPIRATORY infections N1 - Accession Number: 14013612; Kris, R. M . 1 Yetter, R. A. 2 Cogliano, R. 3 Ramphal, R. 4 Small, P. A. 5; Affiliation: 1: Department of Immunology and Medical Microbiology, College of Medicine, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida, U.S.A. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Baltimore, Maryland. 3: Department of Natural Sciences, River Community College, Fort Pierce. 4: Department of Medicine, College of Medicine, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida, U.S.A. 5: Department of Pediatrics, College of Medicine, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida, U.S.A.; Source Info: Mar88, Vol. 63 Issue 3, p349; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: INFLUENZA viruses; Subject Term: INFECTION; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: RESPIRATORY infections; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14013612&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Yoshiyama, Y. AU - Brown, W. R. T1 - Specific antibodies to cholera toxin in rabbit milk are protective against Vibrio cholerae-induced intestinal secretion. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 61 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 543 EP - 547 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - Breast feeding helps to protect the nursing infant against infectious diarrhoeas, but the relative importance of antibodies compared with other components present in milk is unsettled. In order to aid in resolving this issue we evaluated the ability of milk, collected from rabbits not immunized or immunized enterally during pregnancy with toxinogenic, live Vibrio cholerae, to inhibit water secretion induced by V. cholerae in rat ileal loops. Non-immune milk was not inhibitory, whereas immune milk was. The inhibitory component of the immune milk was immunoglobulin by virtue of its molecular weight and absorption by an anti-rat immunoglobulin immunosorbent. In addition, the inhibitory antibodies were principally antibodies to cholera toxin because they could be removed from the milk by a cholera toxin immunosorbent but were only partially removed by incubation with whole V. cholerae. Thus, in rabbit milk, we could implicate specific antibodies in protection against intestinal water secretion induced by V. cholerae. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LACTATION KW - INFANTS -- Care KW - DIARRHEA KW - CHOLERA KW - VIBRIO infections KW - TOXINS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS N1 - Accession Number: 14010390; Yoshiyama, Y. 1 Brown, W. R. 2; Affiliation: 1: Meiji Institute of Health Science, Odawara, Japan. 2: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Colorado School of Medicine, Denver, Colorado, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug87, Vol. 61 Issue 4, p543; Subject Term: LACTATION; Subject Term: INFANTS -- Care; Subject Term: DIARRHEA; Subject Term: CHOLERA; Subject Term: VIBRIO infections; Subject Term: TOXINS; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14010390&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fidelus, R. K. AU - Tsan, M. F. T1 - Glutathione and lymphocyte activation: a function of ageing and auto-immune disease. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 61 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 503 EP - 508 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - A decline in tissue and serum of glutathione (GSH) content and GSH-metabolizing enzymes with age has been implicated in the increasing susceptibility to carcinogens, disease and drugs which occurs with advanced age. Immunological senescence has been directly associated with increased incidence of cancer and infection with age. The auto-immune diseases of rheumatoid arthritis (RA) and systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) demonstrate depressed T-cell function together with B-cell hyperactivity. In addition, RA and SLE are chronic inflammatory conditions which have been associated with low serum and erythrocyte GSH concentrations when compared to normal. We hypothesized that augmentation of intracellular GSH concentrations in lymphocytes may enhance immune function in depressed immune states. Our data, using murine animal models for ageing (C578L/6J) and the RA/SLE-like auto-immune diseases of the MRL/lpr mouse, indicate that intracellular glutathione of splenic lymphocytes does not decline with age or with a chronic inflammatory auto-immune disease. In contrast, immune responsiveness in splenic lymphocytes does decline. We can, however, augment both intracellular GSH concentrations and the immune response of splenic lymphocytes from animals of all ages as well as in those animals with the SLE-like autoimmune disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SERUM KW - GLUTATHIONE KW - ARTHRITIS KW - VASCULAR diseases KW - IMMUNE response KW - TISSUES KW - B cells KW - LYMPHOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 14010324; Fidelus, R. K. 1 Tsan, M. F. 2; Affiliation: 1: Research Service, Albany Veterans Administration Medical Centre. 2: Research Service, Department of Physiology, Albany Medical College of Union University, Albany, New York, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug87, Vol. 61 Issue 4, p503; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: GLUTATHIONE; Subject Term: ARTHRITIS; Subject Term: VASCULAR diseases; Subject Term: IMMUNE response; Subject Term: TISSUES; Subject Term: B cells; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14010324&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Karounos, D. G. AU - Pisetsky, D. S. T1 - Specificity analysis of monoclonal anti-DNA antibodies. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1987/04// VL - 60 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 497 EP - 501 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - The specificity of a panel of murine monoclonal anti-DNA antibodies for DNA antigenic determinants was evaluated by testing their relative binding to various animal and bacterial DNAs. The antibody panel consisted of six monoclonal anti-DNAs of MRL-1pr/1pr and B6-1pr/1pr origin, while the antigens tested were calf thymus (CT), salmon testes (ST), E. coil (EC) and Micrococcus (MC) DNA. While all antibodies bound to CT, ST, and EC DNA to a similar extent by direct ELISA, only one showed an equivalent level of interaction with MC DNA. The relationship of antigenic sites recognized by the antibodies was evaluated further by competition ELISA, assessing the ability of the anti-DNAs to block the interaction of a biotinylated anti-DNA with solid-phase DNA antigen. For each of the DNAs tested, two patterns of DNA interaction could be distinguished on the basis of the relative inhibitory activity of the different monoclonals. These results suggest that anti-DNA antibodies can be characterized using naturally occurring DNAs, with the observed patterns of binding suggesting recognition of unique antigenic sites, some of which are discrete and non-overlapping. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANTIGENIC determinants KW - ANTIGENS KW - DNA KW - MICROCOCCUS KW - MICROCOCCUS luteus KW - ENZYME-linked immunosorbent assay N1 - Accession Number: 14016177; Karounos, D. G. 1,2 Pisetsky, D. S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Medical Service, Durham Veterans Administration Hospital, Division of Rheumatology and Immunology, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, North Carolina, U.S.A. 2: Medical Service, Durham Veterans Administration Hospital, Division of Metabolism, Endocrinology and Genetics, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, North Carolina, U.S.A.; Source Info: Apr87, Vol. 60 Issue 4, p497; Subject Term: ANTIGENIC determinants; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: DNA; Subject Term: MICROCOCCUS; Subject Term: MICROCOCCUS luteus; Subject Term: ENZYME-linked immunosorbent assay; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14016177&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Abrass, C. K. AU - Hori, M. T. T1 - Alterations in plasma clearance and tissue localization of model immune complexes in rats with streptozotocin-induced diabetes. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 60 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 331 EP - 336 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - In order to study the in vivo clearance of model immune complexes, radiolabelled aggregated rat gamma globulin (ARU), aggregated human serum albumin (ANSA) and "Fe-tagged etythrocytes were intravenously injected into control, and insulin-deficient and insulin-treated rats with streptozotocin-induced diabetes. Plasma clearance and organ uptake were measured. The rate of plasma clearance of ARC was studied at trace (18 μg)and near-saturating(10 mg) doses. AHSA was cleared slowly from the circulation, and there were no observed differences between the study groups. At trace doses of ARC, plasma clearance was similar in the three animal groups; however, at the higher dose, clearance was significantly slowed in both insulin-deficient and insulin-treated diabetic rats as compared to control animals (P < 0.01). Organ uptake of ANSA was similar in all study groups. Hepatic uptake at 10 mm after injection of ARC was comparable in control and insulin- deficient rats; however, the rate of removal from the liver was significantly slowed in these diabetic rats. Insulin-treated diabetic rats had less hepatic-associated ARC, as compared to the other animals, throughout the study. Splenic uptake of ARC was comparable in both control and insulin-treated animals, but was significantly less in insulin-deficient diabetic animals. These alterations in plasma clearance and tissue localization of ARC in diabetic animals suggest that abnormal phagocytosis may contribute to the elevated levels of circulating immune complexes that have been demonstrated in diabetic subjects. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DIABETES KW - STREPTOZOTOCIN KW - ANTINEOPLASTIC antibiotics KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - IMMUNE system KW - RATS as laboratory animals N1 - Accession Number: 14005964; Abrass, C. K. 1 Hori, M. T. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Division of Nephrology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, Washington, U.S.A.; Source Info: Mar1987, Vol. 60 Issue 3, p331; Subject Term: DIABETES; Subject Term: STREPTOZOTOCIN; Subject Term: ANTINEOPLASTIC antibiotics; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: IMMUNE system; Subject Term: RATS as laboratory animals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14005964&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tamaru, T. AU - Brown, W. R. T1 - IgA antibodies in rat bile inhibit cholera toxin-induced secretion in ileal loops in situ. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1985/08// VL - 55 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 579 EP - 583 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - The biological actions of IgA antibodies in bile are largely undefined. We therefore tested whether biliary IgA antibodies could specifically inhibit cholera enterotoxin (CT)-induced secretion in the rat ileum. Rats were immunized by CT given orally or by injection into Peyer's patches. Bile was collected by bile duct cannulation, and anti-CF antibodies in the bile were measured by ELISA. CT plus bile from either immunized or unimmunized rats, or CT plus anti-CT-containing bile which had been absorbed by a CT immunosorbent, were instilled into in situ ileal loops in unimmunized rats: CT alone, or buffer was instilled into other loops. The bile used from the immunized rats contained IgA, but neither IgG nor IgM, anti-CT antibodies. It was found that bile containing IgA anti-CT antibodies almost totally inhibited the secretory effect of CT, and this inhibition was abrogated by absorption of the IgA anti-CT antibodies. Thus, IgA antibodies to an enterotoxin, secreted into bile, are effective against the enterotoxin in the rat intestine in vivo. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN A KW - ENTEROTOXINS KW - RATS KW - CHOLERA KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - BACTERIAL toxins N1 - Accession Number: 14002766; Tamaru, T. 1 Brown, W. R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Colorado School of Medicine, Denver, Colorado, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug85, Vol. 55 Issue 4, p579; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN A; Subject Term: ENTEROTOXINS; Subject Term: RATS; Subject Term: CHOLERA; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: BACTERIAL toxins; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14002766&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Knutson, D. W. AU - Chia, D. AU - Barnett, E. V. AU - Levy, L. T1 - Blood clearance and tissue localization of soluble aggregates of IgG in NZB/W and NZB mice. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1985/03// VL - 54 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 439 EP - 448 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - We studied the capacity of the mononuclear phagocytic system (MPS) of NZB/W and NZB mice to clear trace and saturating doses of soluble heat-aggregates of IgG (A-IgG) from the blood. Mature female NZB/W mice (aged 5–7 months) with early glomerulonephritis showed no differences in MPS clearance of A-IgG compared with younger NZB/W mice without glomerulonephritis. In contrast, mature NZB mice had a more rapid clearance of A-IgG and greater MPS localization of A-IgG than their younger counterparts. Further studies showed that older NZB/W mice (> 10 months) had a slightly more rapid clearance of A-IgG than 2–5-month-old mice (t&frac;12 = 3.34±0.27 SEM vs 3.76±0.34 SEM, P<0.01), whereas NZB mice mice older than 10 months of age had a markedly more rapid clearance than 2–5-month-old NZB mice (t½=2.84±0.15 SEM vs 3.76±0.32, P<0.005). The more rapid clearance seen in NZB mice was partly explained by greater splenic localization of A-IgG and appeared to be restricted to Fc- and/or C3b-receptor mediated clearance, in that clearance of aggregated albumin was not changed. We conclude that NZB/W mice have no impairment in MPS clearance capacity at the onset of their glomerulonephritis, and slightly increased clearance capacity late in the course of their disease. Thus, the presence of circulating immune complexes and the development of glomerulonephritis in NZB/W mice is unlikely to be due to a diminished MPS clearance capacity. NZB mice have an increase in MPS capacity to clear A-IgG as a function of age. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - MICE as laboratory animals KW - MICE KW - IMMUNOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 13991261; Knutson, D. W. 1,2 Chia, D. 3 Barnett, E. V. 3 Levy, L. 3; Affiliation: 1: University of Rochester School of Medicine and Dentistry, Rochester, New York 2: Department of Medicine and Research, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, California, U.S.A. 3: Department of Medicine, UCLA School of Medicine, Los Angeles; Source Info: Mar85, Vol. 54 Issue 3, p439; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: MICE as laboratory animals; Subject Term: MICE; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13991261&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Collisson, E. Whited AU - Andersson, B. AU - Lamon, E. W. T1 - Avidities of hapten-specific antibodies when the responses are modulated by anti-carrier antibodies. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1984/11// VL - 53 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 443 EP - 449 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - Either alone or in combination with antibodies having specificity for the carrier erythrocyte, TNP-ORBC were injected i.p. into CBA/J mice. Five days later, their spleens were removed and evaluated for TNP-specific PFC. The spleens from animals receiving 19S antibody (IgM) with carrier specificity displayed 3-A-fold more direct and indirect hapten-specific PFC than control animals receiving the TNP-erythrocyte conjugate only. Animals receiving 7S antibodies (IgG) with carrier specificity displayed very little change in their direct PFC response to the hapten. However, the indirect response to the hapten was suppressed as much as 16-fold by carrier specific IgG. Evaluation by haptenic inhibition of the relative avidity of the antibodies being secreted by these cells revealed the following: the relative avidity of antibodies secreted by indirect PFC in the spleens of animals receiving TNP-ORBC only was approximately 20-fold higher than antibodies secreted by the direct PFC. The 3-4-fold potentiation of the hapten-specific PFC response by carder-specific IgM antibody did not result in a change in relative avidity of direct or indirect PFC. IgG with carrier specificity did not change the relative avidity of the antibodies secreted by direct PFC having specificity for the hapten. However, evaluation of the remaining PFC in spleens from animals whose indirect hapten-specific PFC response had been suppressed by carrier-specific IgG revealed that the remaining PFC had a lower avidity than indirect PFC from animals receiving TNP-ORBC only. In other words, carrier-specific IgG selectively induced suppression of high avidity hapten-specific IgG antibody secreting cells. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ERYTHROCYTES KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - SPLEEN KW - HAPTENS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN M N1 - Accession Number: 13954393; Collisson, E. Whited 1,2 Andersson, B. 3 Lamon, E. W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Department of Surgery and Microbiology, Cancer Research and Traning Center, University of Alabama, Birmingham, Alabama, U.S.A. 2: Arthropod Borne Animal Diseases Research, Denver Federal Center, Colorado, U.S.A. 3: Department of Immunology, Karolinska Institutet, Stockholm, Sweden; Source Info: Nov84, Vol. 53 Issue 3, p443; Subject Term: ERYTHROCYTES; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: SPLEEN; Subject Term: HAPTENS; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN M; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13954393&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Virella, G. AU - Lopes-Virella, Maria F.L. AU - Seiuler, Carol AU - Sherwood, T. AU - Espinoza, G. A. AU - Winocour, P. AU - Colwell, J. A. T1 - Release of PAF by human polymorphonuclear leucocytes stimulated by immune complexes bound to Sepharose particles and human erythrocytes. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1983/09// VL - 50 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 43 EP - 51 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - Human polymorphonuclear leucocytes (PMN) incubated with surface-bound immune complexes (IC) release a substance that induces platelet aggregation and serotonin release. This substance was identified as platelet-activating factor (PAF) on the basis of its sensitivity to phospholipase A2 and of its purification by thin-layer chromatography in identical conditions to those used to purify zymosan-induced PAF. We used two types of substrates to absorb our IC:Sepharose particles to which we coupled human serum albumin, and which were later incubated with specific rabbit antiserum to form surface-bound immune complexes, and human erythrocytes, to which soluble IC can be passively adsorbed. Both types of surface-bound IC were found to stimulate the release of PAF by human PMN in the absence of complement. These results suggest that PMN may play a central role in the early stages of IC-induced inflammation: they recognize IC adsorbed to red cells or to any other cell able to adsorb IC, and they induce the activation of platelets and release of vasoactive amines, which leads to the increase of vascular permeability believed to be essential for extravascular IC deposition. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - NEUTROPHILS KW - IMMUNE complexes KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - SEPHAROSE KW - CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis KW - SERUM N1 - Accession Number: 13403651; Virella, G. 1 Lopes-Virella, Maria F.L. 2 Seiuler, Carol 2 Sherwood, T. 2 Espinoza, G. A. 2 Winocour, P. 2 Colwell, J. A. 3; Affiliation: 1: Dept. of Basic and Clinical Immunology and Microbiology, Medical University of South Carolina., 171 Ashley Avenue, Charleston, South Carolina 29425, U.S.A. 2: Department of Basic and Clinical Immunology and Microbiology, and Division of Endocrinology-Metabolism-Nutrition, Department of Medicine, Medical University of South Carolina. 3: The Veterans Administration Medical Center, Charleston, South Carolina, U.S.A.; Source Info: Sep83, Vol. 50 Issue 1, p43; Subject Term: NEUTROPHILS; Subject Term: IMMUNE complexes; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: SEPHAROSE; Subject Term: CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis; Subject Term: SERUM; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13403651&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Piechura, J. E. AU - Huang, Caecilia J. AU - Cohen, S. H. AU - Kidd, J. M. AU - Kurup, V. P. AU - Calvanico, N. J. T1 - Antigens of Asperigillus fumigatus II. ELECTROPHORETIC AND CLINICAL STUDIES. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1983/08// VL - 49 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 657 EP - 665 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - Cell sap (CS) and culture filtrate (CF) preparations of Aspergillus fumigatus strains Ag-507, Ag-515, and Ag-534 were analysed by two dimensional electrophoresis (2-DE; i.e., first dimension isoelectric focusing, second dimension sodium dodecyl sulphate gradient pore gel), which enabled detection of strain- and species-specific components. In CS preparations it was shown that CS2, a fraction isolated from strain Ag-507 by gel filtration, consists of the major protein components in the CS of the three A. fumigatus strains tested. Culture filtrate preparations of the three A. fumigatus strains analysed by 2-DE exhibited patterns dissimilar to the CS patterns, as well as to each other, presumably due to proteolysis. Culture filtrate preparations are therefore a less reliable source of standardized antigens than CS preparations. CS2 has a major component with a mol. wt. of approximately 150,000 and an Sapp of 6.3 S. CS2 reacts on immunoelectrophoresis, producing one major precipitin arc with aspergilloma or allergic bronchopulmonary aspergillosis (ABPA) patient sera. Antibody titres of the IgG and IgA classes to CS2, as measured by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), were demonstrated to be similar in aspergilloma and ABPA patients; IgG titres were higher than IgA. Similar titres were also obtained utilizing sera of patients that did or did not exhibit precipitating antibodies to CS2. In the diagnosis of ABPA, skin tests with CS2 were comparable in specificity to currently available commercial preparations. Importantly, CS2 is a standardized major antigenic preparation of the CS of three A. fumigatus strains which has been shown to be diagnostically useful. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ASPERGILLUS fumigatus KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - ELECTROPHORESIS KW - PROTEINS KW - PROTEOLYSIS KW - ANTIGENS N1 - Accession Number: 13523350; Piechura, J. E. 1 Huang, Caecilia J. 1 Cohen, S. H. 1 Kidd, J. M. Kurup, V. P. 1 Calvanico, N. J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, The Medical College of Wisconsin and the Immunology Section, Research Service, Wood Veterans Administration Medical Center, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug83, Vol. 49 Issue 4, p657; Subject Term: ASPERGILLUS fumigatus; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: ELECTROPHORESIS; Subject Term: PROTEINS; Subject Term: PROTEOLYSIS; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13523350&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Connie AU - Clark AU - A.P. AU - Dalmasso T1 - Delayed hypersensitivity responses to human IgG and methylated bovine serum albumin are regulated by different mechanisms. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1982/09// VL - 47 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 19 EP - 29 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - We found marked differences in in vitro and in vivo delayed hypersensitivity (DH) responses to human IgG (human γ-globulin, HGG) and methylated bovine serum albumin (MeBSA). Lymph node cells (LNC) from cyclophosphamide (CY) pretreated, antigen-adjuvant immunized mice exhibited increased HGG-induced and decreased MeBSA-induced proliferative responses in vitro compared with LNC from similarly immunized but non-CY-pretreated animals. These effects were antigen-specific. Further, treatment of CY-HGG-adjuvant immunized mice with aqueous (aq) HGG either before or after immunization markedly suppressed HGG-specific in vitro proliferation and in vivo DH responses. Therefore, induction of suppression by aqHGG did not appear to depend on CY-sensitive cells either as a possible source of suppressor cell precursors or as participants in the regulatory events. In contrast, in vivo DH reactivity to McBSA was unaffected by administration of aqMcBSA either before or after mice were immunized with CY-MeBSA-adjuvant. Our results suggest that DH responses to HGG and MeBSA are regulated by distinct mechanisms which influence the induction and the development of sensitivity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ALLERGY KW - IMMUNE response KW - IMMUNOLOGY KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - SERUM albumin KW - LYMPH nodes N1 - Accession Number: 13936255; Connie Clark 1 A.P. Dalmasso 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center and Department of Laboratory Medicine and Pathology, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota. U.S.A.; Source Info: Sep82, Vol. 47 Issue 1, p19; Subject Term: ALLERGY; Subject Term: IMMUNE response; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGY; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: SERUM albumin; Subject Term: LYMPH nodes; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13936255&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ulrich, F. T1 - In vitro generation of splenic suppressor cells by trypsin. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1982/06// VL - 46 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 369 EP - 380 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - Rat spleen cells were milogenically stimulated with concanavalin A (Con A) or sodium periodate and cultured for 14–20 hr with trypsin. When these trypsin-activated ceils were co-cultured with fresh mitogenically stimulated cells, [³H]-thymidine incorporation into the fresh ceils was suppressed. Artifactual and trivial effects of trypsin (e.g. increased release of cold thymidine, decreased cell viability, and a change in thymidine transport) could not account for the suppressor effect, Suppressor activity was not affected by removing B cells or macrophages before trypsin activation nor by treating the trypsinized cells with mitomycin C. Suppressor activity could only be generated when the spleen cells were stimulated with Con A or periodate during culture with trypsin, and supernates from the trypsin-activated cells did not have suppressor activity. The physiological significance of the results and possible mechanisms of action of the suppressor cells are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - TRYPSIN KW - BLASTOGENESIS (Embryology) KW - MACROPHAGES KW - ANTIONCOGENES KW - NEUTRAL proteinases KW - IMMUNOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 13991051; Ulrich, F. 1; Affiliation: 1: Cell Physiology Section, Surgical Research Unit, Boston Veterans Administration Medical Center, Boston, Mass. 02130 and Department of Surgery, Tufts University School of Medicine, Boston, Mass. 02111, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jun82, Vol. 46 Issue 2, p369; Subject Term: TRYPSIN; Subject Term: BLASTOGENESIS (Embryology); Subject Term: MACROPHAGES; Subject Term: ANTIONCOGENES; Subject Term: NEUTRAL proteinases; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGY; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13991051&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Arend, W. P. AU - Massoni, R. J. T1 - The effect of complement in adherent immune complexes on Fc and C3 receptor expression in human monocytes. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1981/12// VL - 44 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 717 EP - 725 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - The effect of complement in surface-bound immune complexes on the expression of Fc and C3 receptors in membranes of adherent human monocytes was examined. Monocytes were isolated from mononuclear leucocyte preparations by adherence to substrates containing fibrin, fibrin with immune complexes (containing rabbit IgG antibodies), or fibrin with immune complexes and mouse complement. Fc or C3 receptors on the top or exposed surface of the monocytes were detected by rosette formation with sheep erythrocytes coated with IgG (EA) or IgM and complement (EAC). Monocytes adherent to surface-bound immune complexes exhibited an absence of EA rosette-forming ability without any change in EAC rosettes. This specific loss of Fc receptor function was induced more easily in freshly-isolated monocytes than in cells maintained in suspension culture for up to 7 days. The presence of complement in the immune complex substrates did not reverse the decrease in Fc receptors seen with freshly-isolated or cultured monocytes. Monocytes adherent to immune complexes and complement exhibited a decrease in C3 receptor function. This decrease was more readily induced in cells cultured for three days in the presence of serum than in freshly-isolated monocytes. Experiments performed with EAC or immune complex substrates relatively enriched in C3b or C3bi indicated that C3b in the substrate induced a decrease in monocyte C3b receptors and C3bi led to a decrease in C3bi receptors. No evidence was found for C3d receptors on the human monocytes although these receptors on a subpopulation of human lymphocytes appeared to be altered in a similar fashion. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - FC receptors KW - IMMUNE complexes KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - MONOCYTES KW - CELL receptors N1 - Accession Number: 13998306; Arend, W. P. 1,2,3 Massoni, R. J. 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: Strangeways Research Laboratory, Cambridge, England. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Centre, Seattle, Washington. 3: Department of Medicine, University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, Washington, U.S.A.; Source Info: Dec81, Vol. 44 Issue 4, p717; Subject Term: FC receptors; Subject Term: IMMUNE complexes; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: MONOCYTES; Subject Term: CELL receptors; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13998306&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Morton, Jane I. AU - Weyant, Debra A. AU - Siegel, B. V. AU - Golding, B. T1 - Androgen sensitivity and autoimmune disease I. INFLUENCE OF SEX AND TESTOSTERONE ON THE HUMORAL IMMUNE RESPONSE OF AUTOIMMUNE AND NON-AUTOIMMUNE MOUSE STRAINS TO SHEEP ERYTHROCYTES. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1981/12// VL - 44 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 661 EP - 669 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - Pre and post-puberal NZB, DBA/2 and BALB/c mice showed no sex differences in primary IgM plaque-forming cell responses to sheep erythrocyte immunization. Orchiectomy increased and testosterone implants reduced antibody responses only if followed by sublethal irradiation suggesting that androgens may affect rapidly regenerating stem cells and/or their differentiating progeny. Strain differences in target organ sensitivity to androgen were not observed suggesting that NZB autoimmunity does not arise from a pathologic defect in androgen responsiveness. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases KW - IMMUNOLOGIC diseases KW - ERYTHROCYTES KW - ANDROGENS KW - TESTOSTERONE KW - IMMUNE response KW - SHEEP N1 - Accession Number: 13998160; Morton, Jane I. 1 Weyant, Debra A. 1 Siegel, B. V. 1 Golding, B. 1; Affiliation: 1: University of Oregon Health Sciences Center and the Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, Oregon, U.S.A.; Source Info: Dec81, Vol. 44 Issue 4, p661; Subject Term: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGIC diseases; Subject Term: ERYTHROCYTES; Subject Term: ANDROGENS; Subject Term: TESTOSTERONE; Subject Term: IMMUNE response; Subject Term: SHEEP; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112410 Sheep Farming; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13998160&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Geoghegan, W. D. AU - Dawson, C. A. AU - Calvanico, N. J. T1 - The effect of IgG and IgG fragments on the absorption in inhaled antigens across the air-blood barrier of isolated perfused rabbit lungs. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1981/10// VL - 44 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 331 EP - 337 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - The absorption of inhaled soluble protein antigens across the alveolocapillary membrane can be inhibited by passive immunization in isolated rabbit lungs. The present study was carried out to determine the immunoglobulin class and structural features (Fc-receptor binding, divalent antigen binding) required to effect the inhibition. Isolated rabbit lungs from unimmunized rabbits were perfused with autologous blood to which whole antiserum, IgG or IgG fragments specific for either ovalbumin (OA) or human serum albumin (HSA) was added. The lungs were insufflated with an aerosol containing 125I-OA and 131I-HSA and blood samples were analysed for 125I and 131I in trichloracetic acid (TCA)-precipitable and TCA-soluble forms for 4 hr after insufflation. Whole antiserum and the IgG immunoglobulin fraction of the whole antiserum were equally effective in inhibiting the antigen absorption, indicating that the IgG antibody is sufficient for the effect. The F(ab′)2 and Fab′ fragments of the IgG molecule were as effective as native IgG, indicating that the antigen- binding site is the only structural requirement and that Fc-receptor and divalent antigen binding are not required. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - PROTEINS KW - ANTIGENS KW - IMMUNIZATION KW - IMMUNE serums KW - SERUM albumin KW - LUNGS N1 - Accession Number: 13967970; Geoghegan, W. D. 1 Dawson, C. A. 1 Calvanico, N. J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wood, Wisconsin, The Department of Physiology and Medicine, The Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, U.S.A.; Source Info: Oct81, Vol. 44 Issue 2, p331; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject Term: PROTEINS; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: IMMUNIZATION; Subject Term: IMMUNE serums; Subject Term: SERUM albumin; Subject Term: LUNGS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13967970&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lafrenz, D. E. AU - Feldbush, T. L. T1 - Role of T cells in the development of memory B cells. Quantitative and qualitative analysis. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1981/09// VL - 44 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 177 EP - 186 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - The purpose of this investigation was to address the current controversy regarding the T-cell requirement for the generation of B-memory cells. We have circumvented the possible objection to previous experiments regarding residual T cells in T-deprived animals by examining memory cell generation in relation to the numbers of T cells participating in the immune response. Thymectomized and lethally-irradiated rats were reconstituted with foetal liver or a more mature stem cell source, neonatal liver. These animals were given graded doses of purified T cells one day before immunization with alum-precipitated DNP-BGG + Bordetella pertussis. Four weeks after priming, cell suspensions from experimental groups were adoptively transferred to carrier primed recipients and challenged with DNP-BGG in saline to assess memory cell development. The data demonstrate that in the absence of T cells only minimal memory development occurred. However, when T cells were present, the level of memory cell development increased with increasing numbers of T cells. By examining the relative affinity of the antibody produced in the primary and secondary responses, the increase in memory cell development in relation to increased numbers of T cells was shown to be due to the selective generation of high affinity memory B cells. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - T cells KW - B cells KW - CELL proliferation KW - IMMUNE response KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS N1 - Accession Number: 13958970; Lafrenz, D. E. 1 Feldbush, T. L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Microbiology and Urology, University of iowa and the Veterans Administration, Medical Center, Iowa City, Iowa, U.S.A.; Source Info: Sep81, Vol. 44 Issue 1, p177; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: B cells; Subject Term: CELL proliferation; Subject Term: IMMUNE response; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13958970&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mutchnick, M.G. AU - Keren, D.F. T1 - In vitro synthesis of antibody to specific bacterial lipopoiysaccharide by peripheral blood mononuclear cells from patients with alcoholic cirrhosis. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1981/05// VL - 43 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 177 EP - 182 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - An enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay was used to detect antibody to specific bacterial lipopolysaccharide (LPS) in serum and in pokeweed mitogen (PWM) stimulated culture supernatants of peripheral blood mononuclear cells from four patients with alcoholic cirrhosis (AC). Antibody to LPS (derived from a single strain of Escherichia coli isolated from each patient's stool), was detected in the sera of each patient to a 10-4 dilution. Only one of four control sera was positive at the 10-4 dilution, with the others positive at a 10-3 dilution. Antibody to LPS was detected in the culture supernatants in three of the four patients and in none of the control subjects. Supernatants from patient cultures pretreated with mitomycin C or harvested after 1 day of incubation did not have detectable antibody. These results indicate that we can expand, in vitro, the population of peripheral blood B lymphocytes obtained from patients with AC and cause them to synthesize antibody against specific LPS from their own gut flora. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - ENZYME-linked immunosorbent assay KW - ENDOTOXINS KW - CELL culture KW - B cells KW - ESCHERICHIA coli N1 - Accession Number: 13395966; Mutchnick, M.G. 1 Keren, D.F. 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Medicine and Pathology, University of Michigan Medical Center and Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A.; Source Info: May81, Vol. 43 Issue 1, p177; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: ENZYME-linked immunosorbent assay; Subject Term: ENDOTOXINS; Subject Term: CELL culture; Subject Term: B cells; Subject Term: ESCHERICHIA coli; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13395966&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weisbart, R. H. AU - Billing, R. T1 - Requirement for B-lymphocyte alloantigen in the production of neutrophil migration inhibition factor from T lymphocytes (NIF-T). JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1980/04// VL - 39 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 577 EP - 582 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - Neutrophil migration inhibition factor from T lymphocytes (NIF-T) is produced in response to mitogens as the result of cellular interactions between T and B lymphocytes. The requirement for B-cell altoantigen in this interaction process was indicated by (1) collaboration between peripheral blood T ceils with various B lymphoblast cell lines but not with non-B lymphoblast cells for NIF-T production. (2) inhibition of NIF-T production by treating collaborating B lymphoblasts with B-cell specific antiserum, and (3) inhibition of NIF-T production by peripheral blood lymphocytes in the presence of anti-B-cell antiserum and F(ab′)2 with anti-B-cell specificity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - NEUTROPHILS KW - T cells KW - MITOGENS KW - LYMPHOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 13971507; Weisbart, R. H. 1 Billing, R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulreda, California, and Department of Surgery, University of California School of Medicine, Los Angeles, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Apr80, Vol. 39 Issue 4, p577; Subject Term: NEUTROPHILS; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: MITOGENS; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13971507&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Boldt, D. H. AU - Lyons, Ruth D. T1 - Fractionation of human lymphocytes with plant lectins II. IDENTIFICATION CELLS REGULATING THE IN VITRO RESPONSE TO L-PHYTOHAEMAGGLUTININ. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1980/04// VL - 39 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 519 EP - 527 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - Peripheral blood lymphocytes (PBL) were separated into two subclasses by differential adherence to wheat germ agglutinin (WGA). WGA-adherent PBL differed structurally (different WGA-binding properties) and functionally from WGA-non-adherent cells. As judged by [³H]-thymidine incorporation, WGA-adherent PBL responded less well to L-phytofhaemagglutinin (L-PHA) than non-adherent cells. This difference was not due to different L-PHA dose requirements or different response kinetics, WGA-adherent and non-adherent PBL bound identical amounts of 125I-L-PHA and contained comparable percentages of T cells. B cells, and monocytes. Addition of mitomycin-C-pre-treated WGA-adherent cells to non-adherent cells caused suppression of the L-PHA response. Maximal suppression occurred at a ratio of 1 adherent: 2 non-adherent cells and on days 5–7 of culture. Under these conditions the adherent cells themselves did not proliferate indicating that active proliferation was not required for inhibition. Suppression was selective for L-PHA as it did not occur in cultures stimulated with concanavalin A, pokeweed mitogen. Less culinaris lectin, or in the mixed leucocyte reaction. Cell fractionation techniques indicated that plastic adherent cells (presumably monocytes) in the WGA-adherent subclass were critical for mediation of suppression. These data provide evidence for a specific human suppressor cell of the in vitro response to L-PHA. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BLOOD KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - AGGLUTININS KW - T cells KW - MITOMYCIN C KW - MONOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 13971045; Boldt, D. H. 1 Lyons, Ruth D. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center and Department of Hematology-Oncology, University of Kentucky College of Medicine, Lexington, Kentucky U.S.A.; Source Info: Apr80, Vol. 39 Issue 4, p519; Subject Term: BLOOD; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: AGGLUTININS; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: MITOMYCIN C; Subject Term: MONOCYTES; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13971045&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ulrich, F. T1 - Protease potentiation of thymocyte blastogenesis. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1979/12// VL - 38 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 705 EP - 715 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - When rat thymocytes were cultured with concanavalin A (con A), addition of trypsin increased the incorporation of [³H]-thymidine (³H-TdR) several fold over that observed with mitogen alone. The potentiating effect of trypsin was greatest with suboptimal concentrations of mitogen, less with optimal, and least with superoptimal concentrations. Trypsin also increased blaslogenesis and stimulated [³H]-leucine incorporation into thymocyte proteins. Thymocytes cultured with trypsin in the absence of mitogen sometimes showed increased ³H-TdR incorporation but the increase was usually small and not consistent. The potentiating action of trypsin is due to its proteolyric activity since it was completely blocked by soybean trypsin inhibitor. Elastase, α-chymotrypsin, and subtilisin also potentiated the action of con A, while papain, collagenase, thrombin, and plasmin had either very little or no effect. Trypsin potentiated ³H-TdR incorporation into thymocytes cultured in serum-free or serum-supplemented media, but its effects were usually greater in media supplemented with 5% autoIogous serum. Although heating serum at 56 for 0.5 or ... h markedly reduced stimulation by con A, the effects of trypsin were relatively greater in media supplemented with heated serum. The possible physiological significance of the results was discussed with respect to protease secretion by macrophages and lymphocyte-macrophage interactions. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BLASTOGENESIS (Embryology) KW - EMBRYOLOGY KW - PROTEOLYTIC enzymes KW - CELL differentiation KW - AMINO acids KW - TRYPSIN N1 - Accession Number: 13395107; Ulrich, F. 1; Affiliation: 1: Cell Physiology Section, Surgical Research Unit, Boston Veterans Administration Medical Center, Boston, and the Department of Surgery, Tufts University School of Medicine, Boston, MA; Source Info: Dec79, Vol. 38 Issue 4, p705; Subject Term: BLASTOGENESIS (Embryology); Subject Term: EMBRYOLOGY; Subject Term: PROTEOLYTIC enzymes; Subject Term: CELL differentiation; Subject Term: AMINO acids; Subject Term: TRYPSIN; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13395107&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Simchowitz, L. AU - Spilberg, I. T1 - Evidence for the role of superoxide radicals in neutrophil-mediated cytotoxicity. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1979/06// VL - 37 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 301 EP - 309 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - Human peripheral neutrophils became cytotoxic to chicken red blood cells (CRBC) in the presence of lectins as assessed by release of 51chromium from labelled target cells. Phytohaemagglutinin (PHA) end concanavalin A (Con A), which caused time-dependent and dose-dependent cytotoxicity over a concentration range of 25–400 μg/ml, also caused significant generation of superoxide radicals as measured by ferricytochrome C reduction. Pokeweed mitogen, which does not indus cytotoxicity over the same concentration range, was unable to promote superoxide generation by neutrophils. PHA-induced generation of superoxide paralleled and appeared to precede PHA-dependent cytotoxicity. Superoxide dismutase (SOD), which enzymatically destroys superoxide, caused moderate inhibition of PHA-dependent cytotoxicity over the concentration range of 100–500 μg/ml whereas catalytically inactive enzyme had no effect. Incubation under oxygen-depleted conditions caused a marked decrease in both PHA-induced superoxide generation and cytotoxicity relative to that obtained with neutrophils incubated aerobically. These findings suggest a central role for superoxide radicals in causing target cell damage in this model of neutrophil-mediated cytotoxicity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - NEUTROPHILS -- Immunology KW - ANTIBODY-dependent cell cytotoxicity KW - ERYTHROCYTES KW - POKEWEED mitogens KW - PLANT lectins KW - SUPEROXIDES KW - RADICALS (Chemistry) N1 - Accession Number: 13503253; Simchowitz, L. 1 Spilberg, I. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, John Cochran Veterans Administration Medical Center and Washington University School of Medicine, St. Louis, Missouri, U.S.A; Source Info: Jun79, Vol. 37 Issue 2, p301; Subject Term: NEUTROPHILS -- Immunology; Subject Term: ANTIBODY-dependent cell cytotoxicity; Subject Term: ERYTHROCYTES; Subject Term: POKEWEED mitogens; Subject Term: PLANT lectins; Subject Term: SUPEROXIDES; Subject Term: RADICALS (Chemistry); Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13503253&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Behrens, Ursula J. AU - F. Paronetto T1 - Liver-specific and shared cell membrane antigens. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1978/08// VL - 35 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 289 EP - 298 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - Liver-specific and shared saline-insoluble cell surface antigens were localized by immunofluorescence as well as by light- and electron microscopic immunoenzyme techniques. Antisera against purified mouse liver cell membranes were surface membrane but not organ-specific. Variable quantities of shared antigens were present in endoderm- and mesoderm-derived organs but not in ectodermal nerve tissue. Species crossreactivity was observed for the rat. Repeated absorption produced liver-specific antisera that reacted with antigenic sites distributed along the entire hepatocyte and sinusoidal cell surfaces. For the precise localization as well as the detection of low concentrations of both liver-specific and nonspecific antigens, the ultrastructural visualization of reactive sites proved essential. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CELL membranes KW - ANTIGENS KW - ELECTRON microscopy KW - IMMUNOENZYME technique KW - IMMUNE serums KW - LIVER cells KW - IMMUNOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 13989118; Behrens, Ursula J. 1 F. Paronetto 1; Affiliation: 1: Immunopathology Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, N.Y. 10468; Source Info: Aug78, Vol. 35 Issue 2, p289; Subject Term: CELL membranes; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: ELECTRON microscopy; Subject Term: IMMUNOENZYME technique; Subject Term: IMMUNE serums; Subject Term: LIVER cells; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13989118&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Roubinian, J.R. AU - Papoian, R. AU - Pillarisetty, R. AU - Sawada, S. AU - Talal, N. T1 - Immunological regulation of spontaneous antibodies to DNA and RNA: III EARLY EFFECTS OF NEONATAL THYMECTOMY AND SPLENECTOMY. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1977/09// VL - 33 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 399 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - Reports results of a study focused on the immunological regulation of spontaneous antibodies to DNA and RNA. Examination of the effects of neonatal thymectomy and splenectomy; Results suggesting that the newborn thymus and spleen contain regulatory cells exerting different controlling influences on spontaneous antibodies to DNA and Poly A; Indications that the male thymus exert a suppressor influence while the female thymus exerts primarily a helper effect. KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - DNA KW - THYMECTOMY KW - SPLENECTOMY KW - SUPPRESSOR cells N1 - Accession Number: 11179379; Roubinian, J.R. 1 Papoian, R. 1 Pillarisetty, R. 1 Sawada, S. 1 Talal, N. 1; Affiliation: 1: Section of Clinical Immunology, Veterans Administration Hospital and the Department of Medicine, University of California, San Francisco, California; Source Info: Sep77, Vol. 33 Issue 3, p399; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: DNA; Subject Term: THYMECTOMY; Subject Term: SPLENECTOMY; Subject Term: SUPPRESSOR cells; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11179379&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Papoian, R. AU - Pillarisetty, R. AU - Talal, N. T1 - Immunological regulation of spontaneous antibodies to DNA and RNA. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1977/01// VL - 32 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 75 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - Examines the immunological regulation of spontaneous antibodies to DNA and RNA. Use of sucrose density gradient ultracentrifugation and filter radioimmunoassay; Sequential and ordered appearance of antibodies to nucleic acids; Immunologic regulatory mechanisms. KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - DNA KW - RNA N1 - Accession Number: 11160977; Papoian, R. 1,2 Pillarisetty, R. 1,2 Talal, N. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Dept. of Pathology and Medicine, University of California in San Francisco, California 2: Clinical Immunology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital in San Francisco, California; Source Info: Jan77, Vol. 32 Issue 1, p75; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: DNA; Subject Term: RNA; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11160977&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Smith, J. W. AU - Kaijser, B. T1 - Local immune response in experimental pyelonephritis in the rabbit III. LYMPHOCYTE RESPONSIVENESS TO O AND K ANTIGENS OF ESCHERICHIA COLI. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1976/08// VL - 31 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 233 EP - 237 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - The response of circulating and infected kidney lymphocytes to the O (lipopolysaccharide) and K (polysaccharide) antigens of an Escherichia coli O6 K 13 H1 strain was determined. Both circulating and kidney lymphocytes showed significant incorporation of [³H-methyl]thymidine into DNA when incubated with the O antigen, whereas neither responded to the K antigen. The lipid moiety of the lipopolysaccharide was required for lymphocyte responsiveness. Upon sequential incubation of O antigen and fluoresceinated homologous antiserum, 24-30 per cent of kidney lymphocytes were shown to have surface receptors for O antigen, whereas none had surface receptors for K antigen. Although the K antigen is an important determinant of invasiveness of the upper urinary tract, it fails to elicit a cellular immune response or attach to lymphocytes from the infected kidney in experimental pyelonephritis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MICROBIAL polysaccharides KW - ESCHERICHIA coli KW - ANTIGEN-antibody reactions KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - CELL receptors KW - IMMUNE response N1 - Accession Number: 13373238; Smith, J. W. 1 Kaijser, B. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital; University of Texas Southwestern Medical School, Dallas, Texas, U.S.A. and Institute of Medical Microbiology, University of Goteborg, Sweden; Source Info: Aug76, Vol. 31 Issue 2, p233; Subject Term: MICROBIAL polysaccharides; Subject Term: ESCHERICHIA coli; Subject Term: ANTIGEN-antibody reactions; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: CELL receptors; Subject Term: IMMUNE response; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13373238&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Smith, J. W. T1 - Local Immune Response in Experimental Pyelonephritis in the Rabbit II. LYMPHOCYTE STIMULATION BY LIPOPOLYSACCHARIDE OF INFECTING ORGANISM. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1975/12// VL - 29 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 1077 EP - 1085 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - The response of circulating and kidney lymphocytes from rabbits with experimental haematogenous pyelonephritis to somatic (O) antigen (lipopolysaccharide) from the infecting organism was evaluated. Lymphocytes were cultured for 3 days in the presence and absence of lipopolysaccharide from the infecting organism, Escherichia coli O75 and a heterologous organism. Circulating lymphocytes showed a significant response to the homologous lipopolysaccharide by day 5 of infection, and kidney lymphocytes responded by day 19 of infection but failed to respond after day 33. The lipid moiety of somatic antigen was required for the stimulation of lymphocytes since antigen preparations in which lipid was low or absent did not activate lymphocytes. B lymphocytes from kidney were stimulated by this antigen whereas both T and B circulating lymphocytes responded. Thus, pyelonephritis in rabbits is associated with the activation of a subpopulation of circulating cells which have specific receptors for the homologous antigen. B lymphocytes that are specifically activated by the homologous or 0 antigen then localize to the infected site. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNE response KW - ENDOTOXINS KW - PYELONEPHRITIS KW - IMMUNOLOGY KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - ANTIGENS N1 - Accession Number: 13405584; Smith, J. W. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital. 2: University of Texas Southwestern Medical School, Dallas, Texas, U.S.A.; Source Info: Dec75, Vol. 29 Issue 6, p1077; Subject Term: IMMUNE response; Subject Term: ENDOTOXINS; Subject Term: PYELONEPHRITIS; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGY; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13405584&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Smith, J. W. AU - Adkins, Martha Jane AU - McCreary, Dee T1 - Local Immune Response in Experimental Pyelonephritis in the Rabbit I. MORPHOLOGICAL AND FUNCTIONAL FEATURES OF THE LYMPHOCYTIC INFILTRATE. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1975/12// VL - 29 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 1067 EP - 1076 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - The cellular activity of circulating lymphocytes and lymphocytes isolated from the infected kidney of animals with experimental haematogenous pyelonephritis was evaluated. The incorporation of [³H-methyl]thymidine into DNA by lymphocytes was studied with mitogens such as phytohaemagglutinin (PHA), pokeweed mitogen (PWM) and goat anti-rabbit IgG (GARIG). Lymphocytes from infected kidney had a high baseline DNA synthesis compared to circulating lymphocytes from days 5 to 27 of infection. Infected kidney lymphocytes failed to respond to PHA, PWM, or GARIG, whereas circulating lymphocytes did respond to these mitogens. Uropod-bearing lymphocytes, which were shown to be T lymphocytes, were present from days 5 to 77 of infection. B lymphocytes, as determined by surface immunofluorescent technique, were present by day 12, coincident with the onset of local synthesis of antibody. These studies reveal that in pyelonephritis, the cellular response goes through sequential changes and indicate a dynamic interrelationship between T and B lymphocytes at an infected site. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PYELONEPHRITIS KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - KIDNEY diseases KW - IMMUNE response KW - IMMUNOLOGY KW - MITOGENS KW - DNA N1 - Accession Number: 13405581; Smith, J. W. 1 Adkins, Martha Jane 1 McCreary, Dee 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital. 2: University of Texas Southwestern Medical School, Dallas, Texas, U.S.A.; Source Info: Dec75, Vol. 29 Issue 6, p1067; Subject Term: PYELONEPHRITIS; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: KIDNEY diseases; Subject Term: IMMUNE response; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGY; Subject Term: MITOGENS; Subject Term: DNA; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13405581&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weisbart, R.H. AU - Isaacson, Judith AU - Bluestone, R. AU - Goldberg, L.S. T1 - Human Polymorphonuclear Leucocyte Migration Inhibitory Factor. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1975/08// VL - 29 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 223 EP - 230 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - Studies were performed on human polymorphonuclear leucocyte migration inhibitory factor (PMN-MIF) to determine its antigen dependence. PMN-MIF produced by lymphocytes in response to purified protein derivative or coccidioidin was measured in an agarose gel system with buffy coat leucocytes as indicator cells. PMN-MIF activity contained in the lymphocyte supernatants uniformly disappeared when the supernatants were diluted 1:50 with medium; the inhibitory activity was only restored when the diluted supernatants were reconstituted with specific antigen. PMN-MIF isolated by polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis showed the same properties as PMN-MIF present in whole supernatants. This Factor consistently migrated in the albumin region on gel electrophoresis. These data indicate that human PMN-MIF is antigen-dependent. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - NEUTROPHILS KW - CELL migration KW - POLYACRYLAMIDE gel electrophoresis KW - ALBUMINS KW - ANTIGENS KW - LEUCOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 12902085; Weisbart, R.H. 1 Isaacson, Judith 1 Bluestone, R. 1 Goldberg, L.S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, University of California at Los Angeles School of Medicine, and Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles; Source Info: Aug75, Vol. 29 Issue 2, p223; Subject Term: NEUTROPHILS; Subject Term: CELL migration; Subject Term: POLYACRYLAMIDE gel electrophoresis; Subject Term: ALBUMINS; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: LEUCOCYTES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12902085&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Reed, W. P. T1 - Scrum Factors Capable of Opsonizing Shigella for Phagocytosis by Polymorphonuclear Neutrophils. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1975/06// VL - 28 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 1051 EP - 1059 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - Twenty-five Shigella strains were tested for their susceptibility to phagocytosis and killing by polymorphonuclear neutrophils (PMN). The studies identified several serum factors that could participate in opsonization. The strains varied remarkably in their susceptibility to killing when heat-stable opsonins were employed, but all strains were killed when exposed to heat-labile opsonins and PMN. The heat-stable opsonin was shown to be IgG, whereas IgM was ineffective in the absence of complement, and 11S IgA was never effective. Heat- labile opsonization required immunoglobulin as well as complement, but IgM was the only immunoglobulin demonstrated to participate in this reaction. The alternative C3 activating pathway is required for efficient heat-labile opsonization of Shigella, but some opsonization also appeared to occur through the C1-C4-C2 pathway of C3 activation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SHIGELLA KW - PHAGOCYTOSIS KW - NEUTROPHILS KW - OPSONINS & opsonic index KW - SERUM KW - IMMUNE response N1 - Accession Number: 13372917; Reed, W. P. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, and University of New Mexico School of Medicine, Albuquerque, New Mexico, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jun75, Vol. 28 Issue 6, p1051; Subject Term: SHIGELLA; Subject Term: PHAGOCYTOSIS; Subject Term: NEUTROPHILS; Subject Term: OPSONINS & opsonic index; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: IMMUNE response; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13372917&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Goldblum, R. AU - Pillarisetty, R. AU - Talal, N. T1 - Independent Appearance of Anti-thymocyte and Anti-RNA Antibodies in NZB/NZW F1 Mice. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1975/04// VL - 28 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 621 EP - 628 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - NZB and NZB/NZW (B/W) mice were studied for natural thymocytotoxic autoantibody (NTA) and antibody to reovirus RNA by cytotoxicity and radioimmunoassay respectively. NZB mice developed NTA by 2-3 months of age. RNA antibodies appeared later if at all. NTA and anti-RNA were present in B/W mice starting at 4-5 months and increased in frequency with age. Either activity could appear first and could be present without the other. Thus, all four possible patterns of autoantibody occurrence were found. NTA and anti-RNA in 12-month B/W sera were separable by sucrose density gradient ultracentrifugation; NTA is a 19S IgM antibody whereas anti-RNA is 7S. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - RNA KW - RADIOIMMUNOASSAY KW - MICE as laboratory animals KW - SUCROSE KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN M N1 - Accession Number: 13371304; Goldblum, R. 1 Pillarisetty, R. 1 Talal, N. 1; Affiliation: 1: Clinical Immunology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, and Department of Medicine, University of California, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Apr75, Vol. 28 Issue 4, p621; Subject Term: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject Term: RNA; Subject Term: RADIOIMMUNOASSAY; Subject Term: MICE as laboratory animals; Subject Term: SUCROSE; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN M; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13371304&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mookerjee, B.K. AU - Poulter, Lyndall T1 - Interaction of Anti-thymocyte Serum with Haematopoietic Stem Cells II. STIMULATION OF COLONY FORMATION IN VITRO. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1974/10// VL - 27 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 601 EP - 607 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - When mouse haematopoietic cells are incubated in vitro in appropriate dilutions of horse anti-mouse thymocyte serum or globulin (HAMTS or HAMTG), the number of in vitro colonies formed by such cells is increased. There was a good correlation between the immunosuppressive potency and the colony-enhancing property of a given serum preparation. Correlation between the thymocytotoxicity titre and the colony enhancing property of the sera was poor. For colony enhancement, it was found necessary to have an added source of colony stimulating factor in the medium, whether in the form of mouse serum or human urine. Unlike the effect produced by exposure of bone marrow cells to certain antigens, HAMTG or HAMTS enhanced colonies in the absence of the alpha-globulin component of mouse serum. Thymus-derived immunocompetent cells are not involved in enhancement since this effect was also observed using foetal liver cells. It appears likely that the interaction of an antibody on the surface of some cell or cells involved in vitro colony formation permits a larger fraction of the colony-forming cells to proliferate in vitro. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HEMATOPOIETIC stem cells KW - IMMUNE serums KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSION KW - IMMUNE system KW - GLOBULINS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS N1 - Accession Number: 13364296; Mookerjee, B.K. 1 Poulter, Lyndall 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, State University of New York in Buffalo, U.S.A., and The Medical Research Council Unit in Transplantation, University Hospital, Edmonton, Alberta, Canada; Source Info: Oct74, Vol. 27 Issue 4, p601; Subject Term: HEMATOPOIETIC stem cells; Subject Term: IMMUNE serums; Subject Term: IMMUNOSUPPRESSION; Subject Term: IMMUNE system; Subject Term: GLOBULINS; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13364296&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Reed, W. P. AU - Albright, Elizabeth L. T1 - Serum Factors Responsible for Killing of Shigella. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 26 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 205 EP - 215 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - Eight strains of Shigella were tested for susceptibility to killing by seven normal human sera. Although there was a wide range of susceptibility between strains of bacteria, there was surprisingly little difference in the killing activity of individual sera and no relationship between antibody titres and killing capacity. Bacteriolysis required small amounts of antibody, but as little as 0.02 mg of a 19S fraction from normal serum restored full killing capacity to 1 ml of antibody depleted serum. Neither 11S IgA nor Cohn fraction II restored the bacteriolytic ability. Both the early reacting complement sequence and the alternate C3 activating pathway appeared to participate in killing as indicated by the roles of C2 and C3PA. Killing occurred, but with reduced efficiency, when either of the two substances was missing. However, serum lacking both C2 and C3PA could no longer kill Shigella. Killing also required the presence of C3, and presumably some of the later components of complement are subsequently involved. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SHIGELLA KW - SERUM KW - BACTERIOLYSIS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - CELL death KW - BACTERIA N1 - Accession Number: 12827800; Reed, W. P. 1 Albright, Elizabeth L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, University of New Mexico School of Medicine, and Veterans Administration Hospital, Albuquerque, flew Mexico, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jan74, Vol. 26 Issue 1, p205; Subject Term: SHIGELLA; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: BACTERIOLYSIS; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: CELL death; Subject Term: BACTERIA; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12827800&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wynne-Roberts, C. Rosales T1 - The Evaluation of Hydrocortisone Antibodies Produced in Rabbits and Sheep. I. RADIOIMMUNOASSAY. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 26 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 97 EP - 113 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - In response to an albumin-hydrocortisone hemisuccinate conjugate, antisteroid hormone antibodies have been produced in rabbits and sheep. Evaluation via competitive protein binding (radioimmunoassay) yielded the specificities of the antibodies to steroids. Steroids most closely related to the hapten bound to the antibodies, namely: hydrocortisone, cortisone, prednisolone, hydrocortisone sodiumsuccinate, THE and THF; in contrast, progesterone, 17 β-oestradiol, testosterone, cholesterol, and aldosterone failed to bind. Antigenicity and binding related to the C-17 α-hydroxyl and also the side groups on the D, C, B and A rings of the steroids. Least important were the changes in molecular structure or side groups of the A-ring. Finally, radioimmunoassay proved a sensitive method of evaluating antihormone antibodies. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ALBUMINS KW - HYDROCORTISONE KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - RADIOIMMUNOASSAY KW - HORMONE antagonists KW - ALDOSTERONE N1 - Accession Number: 12827727; Wynne-Roberts, C. Rosales 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, University Drive C, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15240, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jan74, Vol. 26 Issue 1, p97; Subject Term: ALBUMINS; Subject Term: HYDROCORTISONE; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: RADIOIMMUNOASSAY; Subject Term: HORMONE antagonists; Subject Term: ALDOSTERONE; Number of Pages: 17p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12827727&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gerstl, B. AU - Uyeda, C.T. AU - Hunt, H. AU - Eng, L.F. T1 - A Physiological Mechanism Preventing Experimental Allergic Encephalitis. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1972/09// VL - 23 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 395 EP - 403 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - Autoimmunization has been assumed to be a factor in the etiology of multiple sclerosis (MS). MS, however, almost never occurs subsequent to brain injury. Thus, it was hypothesized that human serum contains a component capable of neutralizing the effect of the encephalitogenic protein (EP) when released by injury. Small amounts of human or rabbit serum added to the EP-adjuvant inoculum prevented the disease in guinea-pigs. Neither albumin, IgG, β-lipoprotein, serum lipids, including phosphatidyl-serine, pre-albumin, nor circulating antibodies, are implicated in the preventive effect of human or rabbit serum. Antigenic competition or enzymatic cleavage of the EP do not appear to be the mechanism involved. Haemocyanin, however, is capable of preventing EAE when injected together with, or separately from, the EP. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MULTIPLE sclerosis KW - AUTOIMMUNITY KW - SERUM KW - MYELIN basic protein KW - ENCEPHALITIS KW - ALLERGY N1 - Accession Number: 13383986; Gerstl, B. 1 Uyeda, C.T. 1 Hunt, H. 1 Eng, L.F. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Pathology, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, California and the Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, U.S.A.; Source Info: Sep72, Vol. 23 Issue 3, p395; Subject Term: MULTIPLE sclerosis; Subject Term: AUTOIMMUNITY; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: MYELIN basic protein; Subject Term: ENCEPHALITIS; Subject Term: ALLERGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13383986&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Werdelin, O. AU - D. H. Boehme T1 - Immunization of BSVS Mice with Heterologous and Homologous Adrenal Gland. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1969/02// VL - 16 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 205 EP - 215 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - Mice of the BSVS strain were immunized intracutaneously with bovine and intracutaneously and intraperitoneally with homologous adrenal homogenates in complete Freund's adjuvant. Immunization with bovine adrenal elicited the production of antibodies directed against an adrenal-specific antigen restricted to the bovine species as well as non-organ specific antibodies directed against the bovine species. These organ-specific antibodies were demonstrated by passive haemagglutination, gel precipitation and immunoelectrophoresis. Antisera against bovine adrenal reacted stronger with antigen extracts prepared from the cortico-medullary junction than with extracts of isolated medulla or outer cortex indicating that the adrenal antigen may be located primarily in the cortical zona reticularis. Immunization with mouse adrenal did not elicit production of anti-bodies reactive with routine or bovine adrenal, or histological lesions in the adrenal gland. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - IMMUNITY KW - IMMUNIZATION KW - ADRENAL glands KW - ANTIGENS N1 - Accession Number: 13351304; Werdelin, O. 1,2 D. H. Boehme 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Laboratory Service, United States Veterans Administration Hospital, Coatesville, Pennsylvania 2: Department of Pathology, Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; Source Info: Feb69, Vol. 16 Issue 2, p205; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: IMMUNITY; Subject Term: IMMUNIZATION; Subject Term: ADRENAL glands; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13351304&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jasin, H. E. AU - Ziff, M. T1 - Effect of Phytohaemagglutinin on the Immune Response. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1968/05// VL - 14 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 735 EP - 743 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - The effect of phytohaemagglutinin (PHA) on the immune response of mice and rats has been investigated. A marked depression of anti-sheep erythrocyte agglutinin titres was found in both species following primary immunization. The decrease in titre was due to a depression of 2-mercaptoethanol resistant antibodies. The treated rats also developed antibodies against the haemagglutinating component of PHA. PHA produced no depression of the delayed hypersensitivity response to tuberculin; nor did it suppress adjuvant arthritis in the rat. Histological examination of the lymphoid organs of PHA treated mice revealed reactive hyperplasia. Similar histological challenges were seen in mice injected at the same time with a strong antigen such as horse ferritin. The depressive effect of PHA on IgG antibody formation and the absence of an effect on IgM antibody formation, delayed hypersensitivity, and adjuvant arthritis arc discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PHYTOHEMAGGLUTININS KW - IMMUNE response KW - LABORATORY animals KW - DELAYED hypersensitivity KW - CELLULAR immunity KW - IMMUNOLOGY -- Animal models N1 - Accession Number: 13345828; Jasin, H. E. 1 Ziff, M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Rheumatic Diseases Unit, The University of Texas Southwestern Medical School and the Dallas Veterans Administration Hospital, Dallas, Texas; Source Info: May68, Vol. 14 Issue 5, p735; Subject Term: PHYTOHEMAGGLUTININS; Subject Term: IMMUNE response; Subject Term: LABORATORY animals; Subject Term: DELAYED hypersensitivity; Subject Term: CELLULAR immunity; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGY -- Animal models; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112999 All other miscellaneous animal production; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13345828&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Louie, S. AU - Krzanowski Jr., J. J. AU - Bukantz, S. C. AU - Lockey, R. F. T1 - Effects of ergometrine on airway smooth muscle contractile responses. JO - Clinical Allergy: Journal of the British Allergy Society JF - Clinical Allergy: Journal of the British Allergy Society Y1 - 1985/09// VL - 15 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 173 EP - 178 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099090 AB - A 26-year-old asthmatic female developed severe asthma within a few hours of receiving three oral doses of 0⋅4 mg ergometrine maleate for the control of postpartum haemorrhaging. This experience and two previous reports of bronchospasm in asthmatic subjects following ergometrine suggested that ergometrine altered airway smooth muscle tone. In the present investigation the effect of ergometrine was studied on canine tracheal smooth muscle strips. Ergometrine (10-9 M- 10-4 M) induced contraction of canine tracheal smooth muscle. The concentration causing 50% of maximal contraction (EC50) was 4⋅73 x 10-8 M. The acetylcholine EC50 was not altered by ergometrine (10-9 M or 10-8 M); however, acetylcholine (10-4 M and 10-3 M) induced contractions were enhanced by ergometrine (10-8 M). The data suggest that ergometrine maleate may cause broncho-constriction in some patients with asthma. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical Allergy: Journal of the British Allergy Society is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ASTHMA KW - BRONCHIAL diseases KW - ACETYLCHOLINE KW - NEUROTRANSMITTERS KW - LUNG diseases N1 - Accession Number: 16195861; Louie, S. 1 Krzanowski Jr., J. J. 1 Bukantz, S. C. 1 Lockey, R. F. 1; Affiliation: 1: The Department of Internal Medicine, Division of Allergy and Immunology and Department of Pharmacology and Therapeutics, University of South Florida College of Medicine and James A. Haley Veterans Administration Hospital. 13000 North 30th Street, Tampa, Florida 33612, U.S.A.; Source Info: Sep1985, Vol. 15 Issue 5, p173; Subject Term: ASTHMA; Subject Term: BRONCHIAL diseases; Subject Term: ACETYLCHOLINE; Subject Term: NEUROTRANSMITTERS; Subject Term: LUNG diseases; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Chart, 3 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16195861&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lutsky, I. AU - Fink, J. N. AU - Arkins, J. A. AU - Hoffman, R. AU - Morouse, Marlene T1 - Skin test reactivity to dog-derived antigens. JO - Clinical Allergy: Journal of the British Allergy Society JF - Clinical Allergy: Journal of the British Allergy Society Y1 - 1980/05// VL - 10 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 331 EP - 340 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099090 N1 - Accession Number: 16218714; Lutsky, I. 1,2,3 Fink, J. N. 1,2 Arkins, J. A. 1,2 Hoffman, R. 1,2 Morouse, Marlene 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Allergy Section, Departments of Medicine and the Department of Preventive Medicine, The Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 2: Research Service, Wood Veterans Administration Medical Center, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 3: Department of Comparative Medicine, Hebrew University School of Medicine, Jerusalem, Israel; Source Info: May1980, Vol. 10 Issue 3, p331; Number of Pages: 10p; Illustrations: 5 Charts, 3 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16218714&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Scribner, Gertrude H. AU - Barboriak, J. J. AU - Fink, J. N. T1 - Prevalence of precipitins in groups at risk of developing hypersensitivity pneumonitis. JO - Clinical Allergy: Journal of the British Allergy Society JF - Clinical Allergy: Journal of the British Allergy Society Y1 - 1980/01// VL - 10 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 91 EP - 95 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099090 N1 - Accession Number: 16991447; Scribner, Gertrude H. 1 Barboriak, J. J. 1 Fink, J. N. 1; Affiliation: 1: Research Service and Section of Allergy-Immunology, Wood Veterans Administration Medical Center, and Departments of Pharmacology and Medicine, The Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, Wisconsin; Source Info: Jan1980, Vol. 10 Issue 1, p91; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16991447&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tebo, Thomas H. AU - Moore, Vernon L. AU - Fink, Jordan N. T1 - Antigens in pigeon breeder's disease. JO - Clinical Allergy: Journal of the British Allergy Society JF - Clinical Allergy: Journal of the British Allergy Society Y1 - 1977/03// VL - 7 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 103 EP - 108 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099090 N1 - Accession Number: 16237098; Tebo, Thomas H. 1,2 Moore, Vernon L. 1,2 Fink, Jordan N. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Research Service, Veterans Administration Center, Wood (Milwaukee), Wisconsin 2: Allergy Section, Department of Medicine, The Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee; Source Info: Mar1977, Vol. 7 Issue 2, p103; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 5 Diagrams; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16237098&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Owen, George C. AU - Glassner, David M. AU - Fink, Jordan N. T1 - Allergic bronchopulmonary aspergillosis of prolonged duration. JO - Clinical Allergy: Journal of the British Allergy Society JF - Clinical Allergy: Journal of the British Allergy Society Y1 - 1974/06// VL - 4 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 141 EP - 147 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099090 N1 - Accession Number: 16218421; Owen, George C. 1,2,3 Glassner, David M. 1,2,3 Fink, Jordan N. 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: The Department of Medicine, Columbia Hospital, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 2: The Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 3: Research Service, Wood Veterans Administration Hospital, Milwaukee, Wisconsin; Source Info: Jun1974, Vol. 4 Issue 2, p141; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 6 Black and White Photographs, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16218421&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Barboriak, J. J. AU - Sosman, A. J. AU - Fink, J. N. AU - Maksud, M. G. AU - McConnell, L. H. AU - Hamilton, L. H. T1 - Metabolic changes in exercise-induced asthma. JO - Clinical Allergy: Journal of the British Allergy Society JF - Clinical Allergy: Journal of the British Allergy Society Y1 - 1973/03// VL - 3 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 83 EP - 89 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00099090 N1 - Accession Number: 16263378; Barboriak, J. J. 1,2,3 Sosman, A. J. 1,2,3 Fink, J. N. 1,2,3 Maksud, M. G. 1,2,3 McConnell, L. H. 1,2,3 Hamilton, L. H. 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Pharmacology, Medicine and Physiology, Medical College of Wisconsin 2: Department of Physical Education, University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee 3: Research Service, Wood Veterans Administration Center, Milwaukee, Wisconsin; Source Info: Mar1973, Vol. 3 Issue 1, p83; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 4 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16263378&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rounds, Kathleen A. AU - Galinsky, Maeda J. AU - Stevens, L. Sue T1 - Linking People with AIDS in Rural Communities: The Telephone Group. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1991/01// VL - 36 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 13 EP - 18 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - People with acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS) living in rural areas have difficulty obtaining needed information and support. Bringing support groups in to the homes of rural residents through telephone conference call technology is an innovative practice strategy to address this problem. The author's describe the development, implementation, and evaluation of a model program consisting of six telephone group sessions. The goals of the psychoeducational group were to increase in information and social support, reduce feelings of isolation, and enhance individual coping with living with AIDS. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Social Work is the property of Oxford University Press / USA and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AIDS patients KW - REJECTION (Psychology) KW - ISOLATION (Hospital care) KW - MENTAL disabilities KW - ADJUSTMENT (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 9103251522; Rounds, Kathleen A. 1 Galinsky, Maeda J. 2 Stevens, L. Sue 3; Affiliation: 1: Assistant Professor, School of Social Work, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC 27599 2: Professor, School of Social Work, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC 27599 3: Program Coordinator, Social Work Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Durham, NC; Source Info: Jan91, Vol. 36 Issue 1, p13; Subject Term: AIDS patients; Subject Term: REJECTION (Psychology); Subject Term: ISOLATION (Hospital care); Subject Term: MENTAL disabilities; Subject Term: ADJUSTMENT (Psychology); Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9103251522&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Slettebak, Andy AU - Watson, Margaret Arbogast AU - Gottlieb, Jody AU - Holtzman, Reva Fine AU - Kirk-sharp, E. AU - Mckinney, Corrine Muldoon AU - Patru, Eugenia AU - Gothard, Sol T1 - Letters. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 34 IS - 3 M3 - Letter SP - 283 EP - 283 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - Presents several letters to the editor referencing articles and topics discussed in previous issues. Appreciation of the article "The Affordable Housing Crisis and Social Work," by Frederick G. Reamer on the housing problem low-income American face; Account of the article "Social Work Support for Welfare Reform: The Latest Surrender in the War on Poverty," by Ann M. Nichols-Casebolt and Jesse McClure on recognition of child rearing as legitimate work; Appraisal of the article "Sudden Death and Secret Survivors: Helping Those Who Grieve Alone," by Robert W. Weinbach on the problems of partners and lovers with AIDS. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - HOUSING KW - CHILD care KW - CHILD rearing KW - AIDS (Disease) KW - SOCIAL services N1 - Accession Number: 5281680; Slettebak, Andy 1 Watson, Margaret Arbogast 2 Gottlieb, Jody 3 Holtzman, Reva Fine 4 Kirk-sharp, E. 5 Mckinney, Corrine Muldoon 6 Patru, Eugenia 7 Gothard, Sol 8; Affiliation: 1: Baltimore, MD. 2: San Francisco. 3: Marshall University Huntington, WV. 4: Hunter College School of Social Work New York, NY. 5: Norfolk State University School of Social Work Norfolk, VA Formerly, University of Western Cape Cape Town, South Africa. 6: Veterans Administration Hospital Canandiagua, NY. 7: New Orleans. 8: Fifth Circuit Court of Appeal State of Louisiana Gretna, LA.; Source Info: May89, Vol. 34 Issue 3, p283; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: HOUSING; Subject Term: CHILD care; Subject Term: CHILD rearing; Subject Term: AIDS (Disease); Subject Term: SOCIAL services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624229 Other Community Housing Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5281680&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Harkness, Laurie AU - Mulinski, Paul T1 - Performance Standards for Social Workers. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1988/07//Jul/Aug88 VL - 33 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 339 EP - 344 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - A survey of social worker attitudes about the implementation of performance standards revealed several significant differences between the views of staff social workers and supervisors. The findings are discussed and recommendations made for how supervisors can use performance standards as a management tool. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Social Work is the property of Oxford University Press / USA and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ORGANIZATIONAL effectiveness KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - EMPLOYEES -- Rating of KW - SUPERVISORS KW - PERFORMANCE standards KW - SOCIAL workers KW - SOCIAL services N1 - Accession Number: 5279871; Harkness, Laurie 1,2 Mulinski, Paul 2,3,4; Affiliation: 1: Clinical Director, Community Psychiatry Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, CT06510. 2: Assistant Clinical Professor, Yak University School of Medicine, New Haven, Connecticut. 3: Assistant Chief, Soda! Work Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center 4: Adjunct Assistant Professor, School of Social Work, New York University, New York.; Source Info: Jul/Aug88, Vol. 33 Issue 4, p339; Subject Term: ORGANIZATIONAL effectiveness; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject Term: EMPLOYEES -- Rating of; Subject Term: SUPERVISORS; Subject Term: PERFORMANCE standards; Subject Term: SOCIAL workers; Subject Term: SOCIAL services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5279871&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Buckingham, Stephan L. AU - Van Gorp, Wilfred G. T1 - Essential Knowledge about AIDS Dementia. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 33 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 112 EP - 115 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article discusses research findings on AIDS-related dementia. The unique social, emotional, and legal issues caused by AIDS-related dementia are identified, and recommendations are made for practitioners. Operationally, dementia can be defined as an acquired persistent impairment of intellectual function with compromise in at least three of the following spheres of mental activity language, memory visuo-spatial skills, emotions or personality, and cognition. Social workers can make a critical difference in the care and management of patients who have AIDS-related dementia. By remaining vigilant to signs of early central nervous system disruption and exercising caution in making a diagnosis, social workers can increase the quality of care available to AIDS patients. Once clinicians have gained a basic understanding of the common mental status changes resulting from AIDS-related dementia, they will be able to take several approaches to appropriate treatment. When an AIDS patient has been diagnosed as having dementia, a social worker can mobilize many resources to assist the patient in functioning more adequately. KW - AIDS dementia complex KW - AIDS (Disease) -- Complications KW - NEUROBEHAVIORAL disorders KW - MEDICAL personnel KW - AIDS patients KW - NEURODEGENERATION KW - COGNITIVE ability N1 - Accession Number: 5272612; Buckingham, Stephan L. 1 Van Gorp, Wilfred G. 2; Affiliation: 1: Program Director, Immune Suppressed Unit, Sherman Oaks Community Hospital, 4929 Van Nuys Boulevard, Sherman Oaks, CA 91403. 2: Chief, Neuro-psychology Assessment Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Los Angeles, Los Angeles, California.; Source Info: Mar88, Vol. 33 Issue 2, p112; Subject Term: AIDS dementia complex; Subject Term: AIDS (Disease) -- Complications; Subject Term: NEUROBEHAVIORAL disorders; Subject Term: MEDICAL personnel; Subject Term: AIDS patients; Subject Term: NEURODEGENERATION; Subject Term: COGNITIVE ability; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5272612&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Adkins, Bonnie J. AU - Taber, Julian I. AU - Russo, Angel M. T1 - The Spoken Autobiography: A Powerful Tool in Group Psychotherapy. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1985/09//Sep/Oct85 VL - 30 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 435 EP - 439 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article describes an approach that requires the writing and oral delivery of an autobiography as a tool in group psychotherapy for pathological gamblers. Writing as a therapeutic tool is hardly new. In the eighteenth century the physician Benjamin Rush asked his patients to record their symptoms and found that, through writing, the patients lowered their tensions and provided him with additional information about their problems. In the decade spanning from 1930 to 1940, therapists used personal documents to gather information for life histories and to enhance the development of the client's personality. In the next two decades, therapists continued to use writing in treatment. In a peer-group situation a common bond is quickly established via the autobiography, perhaps because the lives of the patients are filled with neglect, abuse, and early trauma. The emotional impact of hearing an autobiography that contains elements found in one's own life can be as great as that of delivering the life story. Thus, the clients' hope that life can be better is a common product of sharing the autobiography. The autobiography clearly establishes the universality not only of common disorders, such as pathological gambling, but of common life tragedies as well. KW - AUTOBIOGRAPHY KW - COMPULSIVE gamblers KW - GROUP psychotherapy KW - SUPPORT groups KW - CLINICAL sociology KW - PATIENTS KW - THERAPEUTICS N1 - Accession Number: 5270086; Adkins, Bonnie J. 1 Taber, Julian I. 2 Russo, Angel M. 3; Affiliation: 1: Clinical Social Worker, Gambling Treatment Program, Cleveland Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brecksville, Ohio. 2: Clinical Psychologist, Gambling Treatment Program, Cleveland Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brecksville, Ohio. 3: Psychology Technician, Gambling Treatment Program, Cleveland Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brecksville, Ohio.; Source Info: Sep/Oct85, Vol. 30 Issue 5, p435; Subject Term: AUTOBIOGRAPHY; Subject Term: COMPULSIVE gamblers; Subject Term: GROUP psychotherapy; Subject Term: SUPPORT groups; Subject Term: CLINICAL sociology; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624120 Services for the Elderly and Persons with Disabilities; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5270086&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dove, Henry G. AU - Schneider, Karen C. AU - Gitelson, David A. T1 - Identifying Patients Who Need Social Work Services: An Interdisciplinary Analysis. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1985/05//May/Jun85 VL - 30 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 214 EP - 218 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article presents information on a study conducted in the U.S., which addressed the issue of which patients should be referred to social work services. The authors here remark that in some institutions, social work departments have established explicit screening criteria that serve to identify those patients who must be referred to social work services because of particular diagnoses or psychosocial conditions or both. Some of the research on this subject has focused on the classification of the psychosocial problems of hospitalized patients. The outcome of social work intervention has been addressed by a number of studies. The present study of factors that influence making a decision to refer patients for social work services involved an examination of the perceptions of members of an interdisciplinary team in regard to patients' and family members's needs and whether the needs warranted referral either at admission or during the course of treatment. This examination identified areas, or variables, of agreement and disagreement between team members in regard to referrals. KW - MEDICAL referral KW - SOCIAL services KW - HEALTH care teams KW - MEDICAL cooperation KW - MEDICAL care KW - HEALTH promotion N1 - Accession Number: 5275133; Dove, Henry G. 1 Schneider, Karen C. 2 Gitelson, David A. 3; Affiliation: 1: Research Scientist, Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, Connecticut 2: Research Associate, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 3: Chief, Social Work Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, Connecticut; Source Info: May/Jun85, Vol. 30 Issue 3, p214; Subject Term: MEDICAL referral; Subject Term: SOCIAL services; Subject Term: HEALTH care teams; Subject Term: MEDICAL cooperation; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: HEALTH promotion; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 4 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5275133&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Austin, Carol D. AU - Kravetz, Diane AU - Pollock, Katherine L. T1 - Experiences of Women as Social Welfare Administrators. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1985/03//Mar/Apr85 VL - 30 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 173 EP - 179 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article focuses on a study which examined the experiences of women as social welfare administrators. By now it is almost common knowledge that women in social work, although they constitute the vast majority of practicing social workers, are poorly represented in the ranks of administrators in social welfare agencies: two-thirds of professional social workers are women, but two-thirds of social work administrators are men. These issues have received considerable attention and have been the focus of doctoral-level research as well as conference proceedings. Although the profession has a well documented understanding of the experiences of women administrators in the aggregate, the literature does not contain information about the specific experiences of subgroups of women who hold administrative positions. This article reports the findings of an interview study of a group of 57 women administrators. The other major motivational theme that emerged in these interviews was that respondents became interested in considering administrative positions because an opportunity was presented to them. In this respect, 35 percent of the respondents reported their experience was characterized by the following circumstances: a position became available and they were recruited, an administrator resigned and they were the natural replacement or their move into an administrative position evolved that is, as they grew in expertise! their job titles were upgraded to match their professional development. KW - SOCIAL services KW - SOCIAL workers KW - CAREER development KW - WOMEN KW - JOB titles KW - PUBLIC welfare KW - CHARITIES N1 - Accession Number: 5270935; Austin, Carol D. 1,2,3 Kravetz, Diane 4 Pollock, Katherine L. 5; Affiliation: 1: Deputy Director, Long Term Care Center, University of Washington, Seattle. 2: Coordinator, Resource on Aging, Northwest Regional Health Services Research and Development Field Program, American Lake Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tacoma, Washington. 3: Affiliate Associate Professor, School of Social Work, University of Washington. 4: Professor, School of Social Work, University of Wisconsin-Madison. 5: Administrator, Sentinel House, Minneapolis, Minnesota.; Source Info: Mar/Apr85, Vol. 30 Issue 2, p173; Subject Term: SOCIAL services; Subject Term: SOCIAL workers; Subject Term: CAREER development; Subject Term: WOMEN; Subject Term: JOB titles; Subject Term: PUBLIC welfare; Subject Term: CHARITIES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624310 Vocational Rehabilitation Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611430 Professional and Management Development Training; NAICS/Industry Codes: 813219 Other Grantmaking and Giving Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624230 Emergency and Other Relief Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923130 Administration of Human Resource Programs (except Education, Public Health, and Veterans' Affairs Programs); NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 4 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5270935&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Torres, Esteban E. AU - Trachtman, Richard AU - Murdach, Allison D. AU - Bluth, Howard AU - Lee King, Barbara AU - Dickman, David E. AU - Tupper, Geoffrey W. AU - Kurzman, Paul A. T1 - letters. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1984/07//Jul/Aug84 VL - 29 IS - 4 M3 - Letter SP - 413 EP - 416 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - Presents several letters to the editor related to article previously published. Commendation for publishing Ramon M. Salcido's article "Social Work Practice in Political Campaigns"; Debate on individualism versus membership; Address by social treatment for alcoholism treatment and training activities. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - SOCIAL services KW - POLITICAL campaigns KW - INDIVIDUALISM KW - MEMBERSHIP KW - ALCOHOLISM -- Treatment KW - TRAINING N1 - Accession Number: 5271271; Torres, Esteban E. 1 Trachtman, Richard Murdach, Allison D. 2 Bluth, Howard Lee King, Barbara 3 Dickman, David E. Tupper, Geoffrey W. Kurzman, Paul A. 4; Affiliation: 1: Member of Congress 34th District, California. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, California. 3: Johnson Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota. 4: World of Work Program, School of Social Work, Hunter College, New York, New York.; Source Info: Jul/Aug84, Vol. 29 Issue 4, p413; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: SOCIAL services; Subject Term: POLITICAL campaigns; Subject Term: INDIVIDUALISM; Subject Term: MEMBERSHIP; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM -- Treatment; Subject Term: TRAINING; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5271271&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rothman, Gene H. T1 - Needs of Female Patients in a Veterans Psychiatric Hospital. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1984/07//Jul/Aug84 VL - 29 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 380 EP - 385 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article elaborates a study, which examined the psychiatric and medical care of female veterans. This article presents findings of a survey of 69 female patients at a Veterans Administration (VA) psychiatric facility. The purpose of the study was to assess the satisfaction with present health and mental health services and the possible need for additional services for females. The study was conducted by a Task Force on the Status of Female Veterans at the facility under the auspices of the hospital director. At a later time, the VA national administration independently called attention to the "special needs and concerns of women veteran patients" in a "Professional Services Letter," which noted that because of the high proportion of male veterans, VA health care programs are typically oriented to male health needs. There are several reasons why female veterans are important to the field of social work at the present time. First, health care for veterans is a major component of the national health care system, and female veterans are an increasing proportion of such patients. Until 1967, law to 2 percent of enlisted strength limited female participation in the armed forces. KW - WOMEN veterans KW - MEDICAL care of veterans KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospitals KW - MENTAL health facilities KW - MENTAL health services KW - SOCIAL services KW - WOMEN patients N1 - Accession Number: 5271119; Rothman, Gene H. 1; Affiliation: 1: Social Work Researcher, Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Los Angeles, Brentwood Division, Los Angeles, California.; Source Info: Jul/Aug84, Vol. 29 Issue 4, p380; Subject Term: WOMEN veterans; Subject Term: MEDICAL care of veterans; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC hospitals; Subject Term: MENTAL health facilities; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; Subject Term: SOCIAL services; Subject Term: WOMEN patients; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621420 Outpatient Mental Health and Substance Abuse Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 621112 Offices of Physicians, Mental Health Specialists; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623210 Residential Intellectual and Developmental Disability Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5271119&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Quam, Jean K. AU - Austin, Carol D. T1 - Coverage of Women's Issues in Eight Social Work Journals, 1970-81. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1984/07//Jul/Aug84 VL - 29 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 360 EP - 365 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article deals with a study, which evaluate the coverage of women's issues during the "second wave" of feminism in social work journals from 1970 through 1981. Most social workers might assume that the amount of space given to research about women's issues has increased dramatically during the past fifteen years, a period that has been heralded as the second wave of feminism. But the social work literature has not been as responsive to the issues of feminism as might have been expected. Research has focused on the predominance of male authors in social work publications, as well as salary inequities, power differentials, and sexism within the profession. It is evident that women are not adequately represented in administration, professional leadership positions, academic positions, and authorship of the social work literature. But one would presume that the women's movement has had some impact on what is viewed as important within the profession and that women have had more opportunities to write about issues of importance to them, as programs and services have expanded and as a heightened consciousness of women-as-victims has emerged. KW - WOMEN KW - SOCIAL services KW - FEMINISM KW - SOCIAL services literature KW - SOCIAL workers KW - RESEARCH N1 - Accession Number: 5271102; Quam, Jean K. 1 Austin, Carol D. 2,3; Affiliation: 1: Assistant Professor, School of Social Work, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis. 2: Coordinator, Resource on Aging, Health Services Research and Development, Veterans Administration Medical Center, American Lake Tacoma, Washington. 3: Deputy Director, Long-Term Care Center, University of Washington, Seattle.; Source Info: Jul/Aug84, Vol. 29 Issue 4, p360; Subject Term: WOMEN; Subject Term: SOCIAL services; Subject Term: FEMINISM; Subject Term: SOCIAL services literature; Subject Term: SOCIAL workers; Subject Term: RESEARCH; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 4 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5271102&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Karger, H. Jacob AU - Kretchmer, Lettle AU - Keith-Lucas, Alan AU - Falck, Hans S. AU - Wolff, Elizabeth AU - Pilsecker, Carleton AU - Dogoloff, Lee I. AU - Imhof, John AU - Marcus, Lawrence AU - Singer, Mark AU - Smith, Thomas Edward AU - Daldin, Herman AU - Dahl, Ana S. T1 - Letters. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1984/05//May/Jun84 VL - 29 IS - 3 M3 - Letter SP - 315 EP - 320 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - Presents letters to the editor on various issues related to social sciences. Comments of sociologist William E. Gordon on a article of sociologist Joel Fischer; Praise of sociologist Stan Taubman's article "Incest in Context"; Criticism of sociologist Thomas Edward Smith's article "Reviewing Adolescent Marijuana Abuse." KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - SOCIAL services KW - HUMAN services KW - SOCIOLOGISTS KW - MARIJUANA abuse KW - MARIJUANA KW - FISCHER, Joel N1 - Accession Number: 5273885; Karger, H. Jacob 1 Kretchmer, Lettle Keith-Lucas, Alan 2 Falck, Hans S. 3 Wolff, Elizabeth Pilsecker, Carleton 4 Dogoloff, Lee I. 5 Imhof, John 6 Marcus, Lawrence Singer, Mark 7 Smith, Thomas Edward 8 Daldin, Herman 9 Dahl, Ana S.; Affiliation: 1: College of Saint Benedict, St. Joseph, Minnesota. 2: University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. 3: Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond. 4: Veterans Administration Medical Center Long Beach, California. 5: American Council for Drug Education. 6: Drug Treatment and Education Center, North Shore University Hospital Manhasset, New York. 7: Division of Adolescent Medicine, Cleveland Metropolitan General Hospital, Cleveland, Ohio. 8: School of Social Welfare, University of Wisconsin -Milwaukee. 9: Oakland County Community, Mental Health Services, Pontiac, Michigan.; Source Info: May/Jun84, Vol. 29 Issue 3, p315; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: SOCIAL services; Subject Term: HUMAN services; Subject Term: SOCIOLOGISTS; Subject Term: MARIJUANA abuse; Subject Term: MARIJUANA; NAICS/Industry Codes: 111999 All other miscellaneous crop farming; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; People: FISCHER, Joel; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5273885&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Murdach, Allison D. T1 - Skills and Tactics in Hospital Practice. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1983/07// VL - 28 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 279 EP - 284 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article describes some of the approaches of organizational skills and strategies for hospital social service. Three activities that assist hospital social workers in building their practice in hospitals are developing the work role, gaining and using influence, and cultivating support. The health service professional is often faced with numerous work responsibilities and expectations. However, the ways these responsibilities and expectations can be fulfilled are multifarious. Workers possess or have access to information that enhances their power in the eyes of others. For example, social workers have traditionally been seen as experts regarding such areas as housing, financial benefits, transportation arrangements, and so forth. Workers also by virtue of their contacts, have access to information channels needed by others. A worker may have a friend to an outside agency such as the local welfare or social security office, who may know ways to expedite requests made by hospital staff and patients. KW - HOSPITAL care KW - SOCIAL services KW - SOCIAL workers KW - MANAGEMENT science KW - SOCIAL security KW - PUBLIC welfare N1 - Accession Number: 5274625; Murdach, Allison D. 1; Affiliation: 1: Social Worker, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, California.; Source Info: Jul83, Vol. 28 Issue 4, p279; Subject Term: HOSPITAL care; Subject Term: SOCIAL services; Subject Term: SOCIAL workers; Subject Term: MANAGEMENT science; Subject Term: SOCIAL security; Subject Term: PUBLIC welfare; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923130 Administration of Human Resource Programs (except Education, Public Health, and Veterans' Affairs Programs); NAICS/Industry Codes: 624230 Emergency and Other Relief Services; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5274625&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Murdach, Allison D. T1 - A political perspective in problem solving. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1982/09// VL - 27 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 417 EP - 421 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article suggests that strategies and skills commonly used in political processes would help social workers balance the multiplicity of interests involved in clients' problems. Problem solving has emerged as a major helping method in social work, but its effectiveness is often diminished by a failure to emphasize the social context to problem. The article proposes a political approach to problem solving--an approach that takes into consideration the processes by which participants in problem solving try to order and manage their relationships in dealing with client-oriented problems. The article emphasizes such processes as negotiation, conflict resolution, and the building of support. The article reviews some deficiencies in current problem-solving theory and discusses a conceptual framework for a political approach. The study develop some general problem-solving strategies based on this framework and illustrates them with case vignettes drawn from the author's personal observations as a psychiatric social worker in a large public hospital. The article points out advantages of this approach for social work practitioners. KW - PROBLEM solving KW - SOCIAL workers KW - SOCIAL services KW - CRISIS management KW - SOCIAL sciences -- Methodology KW - SOCIAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 5272130; Murdach, Allison D. 1; Affiliation: 1: Social Worker, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, California.; Source Info: Sep82, Vol. 27 Issue 5, p417; Subject Term: PROBLEM solving; Subject Term: SOCIAL workers; Subject Term: SOCIAL services; Subject Term: CRISIS management; Subject Term: SOCIAL sciences -- Methodology; Subject Term: SOCIAL psychology; NAICS/Industry Codes: 922190 Other Justice, Public Order, and Safety Activities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541720 Research and Development in the Social Sciences and Humanities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5272130&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Monsour, Noël AU - Robb, Susanne S. T1 - Wandering behavior in old age: a psychosocial study. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1982/09// VL - 27 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 411 EP - 416 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article explores the lifestyles of elderly wanderers and non-wanderers in long-term care. Wandering refers to disoriented activities and aimless movements and unattainable goals. The study reported in this article explored the notion that the tendency of the elderly to wander is consistent with their lifelong psychosocial patterns. Geropsychiatric and gerontological practitioners believe that organic pathologies do not account for all manifestation of functional disorders or explain the causes of behavioral disturbances. The study used an ex post facto design to examine retrospectively whether there were differences in them psychosocial lifestyles between groups of male wanderers and non-wanderers. Twenty-two matched pairs of wanderers and non-wanderers were selected from a population of approximately four hundred residents in the long-term care division of Veterans Administration medical center. The study evaluated four major hypotheses using paired t-test. Paired t-tests confirmed hypotheses indicating that wanderers had engaged in a higher level of social and leisure activities and had experienced more stressful events, motoric reactions to stress, and motoric behavioral styles prior to their illness. KW - GEROPSYCHOLOGY KW - DISEASES KW - AGING KW - T-test (Statistics) KW - LIFESTYLES KW - MEDICAL centers KW - SOCIAL psychology KW - Senility N1 - Accession Number: 5272124; Monsour, Noël Robb, Susanne S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Associate Chief, Nursing Service for Research, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Pittsburgh.; Source Info: Sep82, Vol. 27 Issue 5, p411; Subject Term: GEROPSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: DISEASES; Subject Term: AGING; Subject Term: T-test (Statistics); Subject Term: LIFESTYLES; Subject Term: MEDICAL centers; Subject Term: SOCIAL psychology; Author-Supplied Keyword: Senility; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621491 HMO Medical Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5272124&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Walker, John Ingram AU - McLeod, Gail T1 - Group Therapy with Schizophrenics. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1982/07// VL - 27 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 364 EP - 367 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article comments on the use of group therapy for schizophrenics. Clinical reports indicate that the use of group therapy for schizophrenics reduces the recidivism rate and offers a more cost-effective method of treatment than does individual therapy. It is well known that at the beginning of group therapy for schizophrenics, there is a great deal of dependence on the therapist. However, this initial dependence gradually decreases as the members of the therapy group begin to interact with each other. In the process of improving interaction, the group passes through three stages: testing the leader, identification with the leader, and exploration of relationships. In group work with schizophrenics, rules and boundaries concerning what can and what cannot be done before, during and after group meetings should he clear-cut. Patients should be encouraged to have a say in making these rules. However, once the rules are made and are fully understood by the membership, they should be followed. KW - GROUP psychotherapy KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - RECIDIVISM KW - PATIENTS KW - MEMBERSHIP KW - MENTALLY ill N1 - Accession Number: 5272648; Walker, John Ingram 1 McLeod, Gail 2; Affiliation: 1: Coordinator of Group Therapy, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Durham, North Carolina. 2: Assistant Professor of Psychiatry, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, North Carolina.; Source Info: Jul82, Vol. 27 Issue 4, p364; Subject Term: GROUP psychotherapy; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: RECIDIVISM; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: MEMBERSHIP; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5272648&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Altbuch, Peter AU - Nitzberg, Harold AU - Fredricks, Gladys AU - Juvenal, Michael AU - Eisenberg, Gideon AU - Taggart, Sarah AU - Blum, Arthur AU - Dutta, Ralyan AU - Snyder, Ronald T1 - Points and Viewpoints: Washing Dirty Sheets: The Readers Comment. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1981/11// VL - 26 IS - 6 M3 - Letter SP - 522 EP - 525 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - Presents letters to the editor referencing the article "Dirty Sheets" by Henry Milller previously published in this journal. Lamentation of a trained social worker of the past, over the amateurish views regarding social work presented in the article; Bemusement over the amusing, sympatico political nature of the article; Resentment over the inclusion of such article in the journal. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - SOCIAL services KW - PUBLIC opinion KW - CRITICISM KW - PRAISE KW - READERS KW - MILLER, Henry, 1891-1980 N1 - Accession Number: 5272321; Altbuch, Peter 1 Nitzberg, Harold 2 Fredricks, Gladys Juvenal, Michael 3 Eisenberg, Gideon Taggart, Sarah Blum, Arthur 4 Dutta, Ralyan Snyder, Ronald; Affiliation: 1: Department of Human Resources, Division of Youth Services, Jersey City, New Jersey. 2: University Hospital, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sioux Falls, South Dakota. 4: School of Applied Social Sciences, Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, Ohio.; Source Info: Nov81, Vol. 26 Issue 6, p522; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: SOCIAL services; Subject Term: PUBLIC opinion; Subject Term: CRITICISM; Subject Term: PRAISE; Subject Term: READERS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; People: MILLER, Henry, 1891-1980; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5272321&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Scurfield, Raymond Monsour T1 - Clinician to administrator: difficult role transition? JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1981/11// VL - 26 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 495 EP - 501 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The author conducted a survey of social work administrators to examine the transition they made from a clinical to an administrative role. The author presents his findings, including why former clinicians choose to become administrators, which aspects of clinical practice are relevant to administration, and why administrators continue to be involved in clinical activities. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Social Work is the property of Oxford University Press / USA and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SOCIAL work administration KW - SOCIAL services KW - CLINICAL medicine KW - PHYSICIAN practice patterns KW - MEDICAL personnel KW - SOCIAL surveys N1 - Accession Number: 5272013; Scurfield, Raymond Monsour 1; Affiliation: 1: Chief, Vietnam Veterans Resocialization Unit, Social Work Service, Brentwood Veterans Administration Medical Center, Los Angeles, California.; Source Info: Nov81, Vol. 26 Issue 6, p495; Subject Term: SOCIAL work administration; Subject Term: SOCIAL services; Subject Term: CLINICAL medicine; Subject Term: PHYSICIAN practice patterns; Subject Term: MEDICAL personnel; Subject Term: SOCIAL surveys; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 7 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5272013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ewalt, Patricia L. AU - Honeyfield, Robert M. T1 - Needs of persons in long-term care. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1981/05// VL - 26 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 223 EP - 231 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - Meeting people's basic needs may be the key to preventing unnecessary or prolonged institutionalization. The authors found that when basic needs for money, housing, and medical care were met, institutionalized people would consider independent lying arrangements. The study found too that needs for personal social services were less frequently mentioned. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Social Work is the property of Oxford University Press / USA and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MEDICAL care KW - LONG-term care facilities KW - SOCIAL services KW - QUALITY of life KW - HOUSING KW - SOCIAL sciences N1 - Accession Number: 5273375; Ewalt, Patricia L. 1 Honeyfield, Robert M. 2; Affiliation: 1: Associate Dean, School of Social Welfare, University of Kansas Lawrence. 2: Director Social work Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Leavenworth, kansas.; Source Info: May81, Vol. 26 Issue 3, p223; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: LONG-term care facilities; Subject Term: SOCIAL services; Subject Term: QUALITY of life; Subject Term: HOUSING; Subject Term: SOCIAL sciences; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624229 Other Community Housing Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623311 Continuing Care Retirement Communities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623110 Nursing Care Facilities (Skilled Nursing Facilities); NAICS/Industry Codes: 541720 Research and Development in the Social Sciences and Humanities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 9p; Illustrations: 4 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5273375&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Murdach, Allison D. T1 - Bargaining and persuasion with nonvoluntary clients. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1980/11// VL - 25 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 458 EP - 461 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - Ignoring the differences between the situations of voluntary and nonvoluntary clients often frustrates both practitioner and client. This article analyzes the nonvoluntary situation and suggests substituting negotiation for traditional interventions with reluctant clients. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Social Work is the property of Oxford University Press / USA and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SOCIAL services KW - HUMAN services KW - CLIENTS KW - NEGOTIATION KW - SOCIAL systems KW - SOCIOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 5272022; Murdach, Allison D. 1; Affiliation: 1: Social Workers, Veterans Administration, medical Center, Palo alto, California.; Source Info: Nov80, Vol. 25 Issue 6, p458; Subject Term: SOCIAL services; Subject Term: HUMAN services; Subject Term: CLIENTS; Subject Term: NEGOTIATION; Subject Term: SOCIAL systems; Subject Term: SOCIOLOGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5272022&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Stead, Peter AU - Viders, Judith T1 - A 'SHARP' approach to treating alcoholism. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1979/03// VL - 24 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 144 EP - 149 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article focuses on Share-Help Alcohol Recovery Program (SHARP), a self-help program for the treatment of chronic alcoholic veterans in the U.S. The main goals of SHARP are: to support the alcoholic in his goal of attaining and maintaining total abstinence and to provide a setting in which staff and patients can plan together for each patient to reenter the community with an improved self-image, health, and a constructive discharge plan for maintaining sobriety. The SHARP program is a twenty-eight-bed, self-help, total abstinence program for veterans. The patients spend forty-five days in the hospital and afterwards become involved in the community component of the program known as Counseling, Organization, Recreation, and Knowledge. Personal relationships of alcoholics tend to be impoverished. Many are lonely and their social contacts are with other problem drinkers, which only reinforces their excessive drinking. Often, other people with whom they come into contact, including criminal justice officials, family, peers, and employers, treat the alcoholic in an atypical fashion because of his alcoholism, which intensifies any feelings of isolation he may have. KW - ALCOHOLICS -- Rehabilitation KW - ALCOHOLISM -- Treatment KW - VETERANS -- United States KW - PATIENTS KW - HOSPITALS KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 5269960; Stead, Peter 1 Viders, Judith 2; Affiliation: 1: Director, Share-Help Recovery Program, Veterans Administration Hospital, Menlo Park Division, Palo Alto, California. 2: Assistant Program Director, Satellite Clinic, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, California.; Source Info: Mar79, Vol. 24 Issue 2, p144; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS -- Rehabilitation; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM -- Treatment; Subject Term: VETERANS -- United States; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: HOSPITALS; Subject Term: UNITED States; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622111 General (except paediatric) hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622110 General Medical and Surgical Hospitals; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5269960&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pilsecker, Carleton T1 - Values: a problem for everyone. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1978/01// VL - 23 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 54 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article argues that social work students and experienced social workers must come to terms with their feelings and behavior in light of the high ideals maintained with the social work profession. The profession of skills and knowledge is not in itself sufficient to constitute a claim to the title of social worker. Certain basic values, such as a belief in the inherent dignity and worth of every human being, are considered trademarks of the true professional. Social workers cannot be nonjudgmental and they should not attempt to be so. They are merchants of morality and should acknowledge this fact openly instead of talking as if they believed that anything goes. Every individual possesses an ethical system that he or she more or less explicitly recognizes, a system that is also more or less consistent with the individual's behavior. The social worker's system of ethics circumscribes what he or she does with a client or attempts to help the client do. This does not necessarily mean social workers expect the same behavior of their clients that they expect of themselves. KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - SOCIAL services KW - SOCIAL workers KW - VALUES (Ethics) KW - JUDGMENT (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - CHARITIES N1 - Accession Number: 5269705; Pilsecker, Carleton 1; Affiliation: 1: Supervising Social Worker, Veterans Administration Hospital, Long Beach, California.; Source Info: Jan78, Vol. 23 Issue 1, p54; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject Term: SOCIAL services; Subject Term: SOCIAL workers; Subject Term: VALUES (Ethics); Subject Term: JUDGMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: CHARITIES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 813219 Other Grantmaking and Giving Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5269705&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Miller, Mark C. T1 - A program for adult foster care. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1977/07// VL - 22 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 275 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article describes the Community Care Program, a foster program for adult foster care, of the Veterans Administration Hospital in Danville, Illinois. Adult foster care in Danville, Illinois, supervised by the Veterans Administration presents an alternative to hospitalization for mental illness. The foster care provided by the Danville VA Community Care Program is of a traditional and dramatic kind and is intended only to be a post-hospitalization alternative for patients. For those many persons who have spent long years as hospital inpatients and were never exploited to new forms of pre-hospitalization care, the Danville program is an alternative to institutionalization. KW - MENTALLY ill -- Care KW - COMMUNITY health services KW - FOSTER home care KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - DANVILLE (Ill.) KW - ILLINOIS KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 5271292; Miller, Mark C. 1; Affiliation: 1: Social Worker, Veterans Administration Hospital, Danville, Illinois.; Source Info: Jul77, Vol. 22 Issue 4, p275; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill -- Care; Subject Term: COMMUNITY health services; Subject Term: FOSTER home care; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: DANVILLE (Ill.); Subject Term: ILLINOIS; Subject Term: UNITED States; NAICS/Industry Codes: 913910 Other local, municipal and regional public administration; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621494 Community health centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624110 Child and Youth Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623999 All other residential care facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623990 Other Residential Care Facilities; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5271292&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pilsecker, Carleton T1 - Help for the dying. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1975/05// VL - 20 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 190 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - This article provides ideas on the role hospital social workers should play in caring for terminally ill patients and their families. It must be recognized that in a hospital the social worker is a member of a health team and does not work in as an isolated and independent individual. At times the social worker may be performing a unique function for and with the patient and his family. Some hospitals have reported successful programs for group discussion for terminally ill patients and their families. It must be realized that these sessions with patients cannot be rigidly scheduled. This is particularly true if patients are in different stages at different times. However, group therapy has been effective with relatives of terminally ill patients who are trying to cope with the same critical illness. Dying is often accompanied by pain, weakness, and mental confusion, by tubes and catheters and respiration equipment, and by a sense of isolation in the midst of a bustling hospital ward. These are some of the factors that work against the possibility of death with dignity. Social workers cannot eliminate or mitigate all their effects. But in some instances, with some patients and with some families, social work intervention can help capitalize on whatever dignity remains. KW - DEATH KW - TERMINALLY ill KW - SOCIAL workers KW - SOCIAL services KW - GROUP psychotherapy KW - MENTAL health services KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - COUNSELING N1 - Accession Number: 5266867; Pilsecker, Carleton 1; Affiliation: 1: Social Worker and Chairperson, Hospital Thanatology Committee, Veterans Administration Hospital, Long Beach, California.; Source Info: May75, Vol. 20 Issue 3, p190; Subject Term: DEATH; Subject Term: TERMINALLY ill; Subject Term: SOCIAL workers; Subject Term: SOCIAL services; Subject Term: GROUP psychotherapy; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: COUNSELING; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5266867&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Curran, James P. AU - Lippold, Stephen T1 - The effects of physical attraction and attitude similarity on attraction in dating dyads. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1975/09// VL - 43 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 528 EP - 539 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 N1 - Accession Number: 8970355; Curran, James P. 1 Lippold, Stephen 2; Affiliation: 1: Purdue University 2: Veterans' Administration Hospital, West Lafayette, Indiana.; Source Info: Sep75, Vol. 43 Issue 3, p528; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep8970355 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8970355&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Palmer, Robert D. T1 - Parental perception and perceived locus of control in psychotherapy. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1971/09// VL - 39 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 420 EP - 431 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 N1 - Accession Number: 8933403; Palmer, Robert D. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, New York.; Source Info: Sep71, Vol. 39 Issue 3, p420; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep8933403 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8933403&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fontana, Alan F. T1 - Machiavellianism and manipulation in the mental patient role. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1971/06// VL - 39 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 252 EP - 263 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 N1 - Accession Number: 8933338; Fontana, Alan F. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, Connecticut.; Source Info: Jun71, Vol. 39 Issue 2, p252; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep8933338 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8933338&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Palmer, Robert D. AU - Broverman, Donald M. T1 - Automatization and hypochondriasis. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1969/12// VL - 37 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 592 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 N1 - Accession Number: 8934571; Palmer, Robert D. 1 Broverman, Donald M. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn. 2: Worcester State Hospital.; Source Info: Dec69, Vol. 37 Issue 4, p592; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep8934571 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8934571&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Braginsky, Benjamin M. AU - Holzberg, Jules D. AU - Ridley, Dennis AU - Braginsky, Dorothea D. T1 - Patient styles of adaptation to a mental hospital. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1968/06// VL - 36 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 283 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 N1 - Accession Number: 8935366; Braginsky, Benjamin M. 1 Holzberg, Jules D. 2 Ridley, Dennis 3 Braginsky, Dorothea D. 4; Affiliation: 1: Yale University. 2: Wesleyan University. 3: Connecticut Valley Hospital. 4: West Haven Veterans Administration Hospital.; Source Info: Jun68, Vol. 36 Issue 2, p283; Number of Pages: 16p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep8935366 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8935366&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Singer, David L. AU - Gollob, Harry F. AU - Levine, Jacob T1 - Mobilization of inhibitions and the enjoyment of aggressive humor. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1967/12// VL - 35 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 562 EP - 569 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 N1 - Accession Number: 8934538; Singer, David L. 1 Gollob, Harry F. 2 Levine, Jacob 3; Affiliation: 1: Duke University. 2: University of Michigan. 3: West Haven Veterans Administration Hospital.; Source Info: Dec67, Vol. 35 Issue 4, p562; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep8934538 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8934538&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Frommer, Martin S. AU - Ames, Jodi R. AU - Gibson, John W. AU - Davis, William N. T1 - Patterns of Symptom Change in the Short-term Group Treatment of Bulimia. JO - International Journal of Eating Disorders JF - International Journal of Eating Disorders Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 6 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 469 EP - 476 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 02763478 AB - This study examines the effect on bulimic symptomatology of short­term group treatment using a combined cognitive­behavioral and psychodynamic approach in 92 female subjects. Patterns of symptom change at the completion of a 12­week group were studied. Changes in frequency of bingeing and vomiting pre­ and post­ test were measured by means of dependent correlated t­tests. Although results indicated that, in general, there was a decrease in both bingeing and vomiting from the beginning to the end of the group, various patterns of symptom change were observed based upon presenting severity of symptomatology. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of International Journal of Eating Disorders is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SYMPTOMS KW - BULIMIA -- Treatment KW - EATING disorders KW - ANOREXIA nervosa KW - METABOLIC disorders KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - MEDICINE & psychology N1 - Accession Number: 12010436; Frommer, Martin S. 1,2,3 Ames, Jodi R. 4,5 Gibson, John W. 6 Davis, William N. 7,8; Affiliation: 1: Director, Research, Center for the Study of Anorexia and Bulimia, New York, N.Y. 2: Clinical Supervisor, Institute for Contemporary Psychotherapy, New York, N.Y. 3: Consultant, Psychology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, N.Y. 4: Research Associate, Center for tha study of Anorexia and Bulimia 5: Yeshiva University, Bronx, N.Y. 6: Columbia University School of Social Work, New York, N.Y. 7: Director, Center for the Study of Anorexia and Bulimia, New York, N.Y. 8: Supervisor, Institute for Contemporary Psychotherapy, New York, N.Y.; Source Info: Jul1987, Vol. 6 Issue 4, p469; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: BULIMIA -- Treatment; Subject Term: EATING disorders; Subject Term: ANOREXIA nervosa; Subject Term: METABOLIC disorders; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: MEDICINE & psychology; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12010436&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Small, Gary W. AU - Komanduri, Ramanujam AU - Gitlin, Michael AU - Jarvik, Lissy F. T1 - THE INFLUENCE OF AGE ON GUILT EXPRESSION IN MAJOR DEPRESSION. JO - International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry JF - International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry Y1 - 1986/10//Oct-Dec1986 VL - 1 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 121 EP - 126 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 08856230 AB - To test the hypothesis, based on clinical observation, that older depressed patients express less guilt than younger ones, the authors evaluated 39 patients with major depression aged 55 years of older (mean = 67.0) and compared them to 38 depressed patients under age 55 (mean = 35.4). The results were generally in accord with the hypothesis. On observer ratings (Hamilton Depression Scale), however, it was primarily older men who expressed guilt less frequently than younger men (p = 0.01). On self-ratings (Beck Depression Inventory), the significant differences were among women; older women employed milder expressions of guilt (p = 0.02) and fewer expressions of feelings of failure than younger women (p = 0.025). These findings suggest that age may influence the expression of guilt in patients with major depressive disorder, and that the age effect may differ in the two sexes. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DEPRESSION in old age KW - GUILT (Psychology) KW - MENTAL depression KW - BECK Depression Inventory KW - OLDER women KW - AGING KW - Age. KW - Geriatric Depression KW - Guilt N1 - Accession Number: 12071282; Small, Gary W. 1 Komanduri, Ramanujam 1 Gitlin, Michael 1 Jarvik, Lissy F. 1; Affiliation: 1: UCLA Department of Psychiatry and Biobehavioral Sciences, Section on Neuropsychogeriatrics, Affective Disorders Clinic, Neuropsychiatric Institute, and Brentwood Division, West Los Angeles Veterans Administration, Medical Center, Los Angels, California, USA.; Source Info: Oct-Dec1986, Vol. 1 Issue 2, p121; Subject Term: DEPRESSION in old age; Subject Term: GUILT (Psychology); Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: BECK Depression Inventory; Subject Term: OLDER women; Subject Term: AGING; Author-Supplied Keyword: Age.; Author-Supplied Keyword: Geriatric Depression; Author-Supplied Keyword: Guilt; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12071282&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Shulman, S. AU - Brandt, E. J. AU - Yantorno, C. T1 - Studies in Cryo-Immunology II. TISSUE AND SPECIES SPECIFICITY OF THE AUTOANTIBODY RESPONSE AND COMPARISON WITH ISO-IMMUNIZATION. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1968/02// VL - 14 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 149 EP - 158 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - Antibodies produced as a result of experimental cryosurgery were shown to be highly specific with regard to the tissue frozen and the species of origin. As a consequence of destructive freezing in the coagulating gland and seminal vesicle of the rabbit, antibody is produced which reacts with extracts of the seminal vesicle, coagulating, prostate and bulbo-urethral glands, but fails to react with rabbit serum or with extracts of testis, kidney, liver, thyroid, vagina, spleen, stomach, epididymis or synovium of the rabbit. It also fails to react with prostatic or related tissue of human, guinea-pig and rat. This spectrum of tissue and species specificity, along with the proof that this antibody is an autoantibody, indicates that the same antigenic material is responsible for this antibody response as was responsible for antibodies elicited by iso-immunization by injection of tissue extracts with complete Freund's adjuvant. Additional proof was obtained, of this identity by use of purified fractions of rabbit prostatic tissue. Only one of the fractions was active with an antiserum produced by iso-immunization, and this same fraction was active with an antiserum produced by cryo-immunization. Although the same autoantigen seems to be involved, the autoantibody response to the freezing of tissue is initiated much more quickly, and rises to a maximum in a much shorter period, than the analogous autoantibody response that follows repeated intradermal injections. The cryo-immunization response is generally at a maximum within 7–10 days, whereas stimulation by injection requires a period of many weeks of repeated injections, before a similar level of antibody is reached. KW - TISSUES KW - ANIMALS KW - CRYOSURGERY KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - IMMUNITY KW - IMMUNOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 13343308; Shulman, S. 1 Brandt, E. J. 1 Yantorno, C. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Bacteriology and Immunology, State University of New York, Buffalo, Millard Fillmore Hospital Research Institute, and Veterans Administration Hospital, Buffalo, New York; Source Info: Feb68, Vol. 14 Issue 2, p149; Subject Term: TISSUES; Subject Term: ANIMALS; Subject Term: CRYOSURGERY; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: IMMUNITY; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGY; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13343308&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Yantorno, C. AU - Soanes, W. A. AU - Gonder, M. J. AU - Shulman, S. T1 - Studies in Cryo-Immunology I. THE PRODUCTION OF ANTIBODIES TO UROGENITAL TISSUE IN CONSEQUENCE OF FREEZING TREATMENT. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1967/04// VL - 12 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 395 EP - 410 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - Experimental cryosurgery has been found to result in the formation of circulating antibodies, directed against antigenic material of the tissue frozen. These antibodies were detected by passive haemagglutination and immunodiffusion. The tissue that was subjected to destructive freezing by means of this surgical procedure was the coagulating gland and seminal vesicle of rabbit. A probe carrying liquid nitrogen and a thermocouple assembly for measuring temperature changes was utilized. Control rabbits were manipulated in the same way but with no freezing. A large number of rabbits subjected to tissue freezing exhibited the development of a rapid antibody response, achieving a maximum titre in 7–10 days, followed by a decline. This antibody response has been compared to that seen following isoimmunization by injection. As an additional comparison, several rabbits were autoimmunized by injection of homogenate from their own accessory tissue; these rabbits also produced antibodies. It was found that the time sequence in the antibody production was quite similar for auto- and isoimmunization, but was quite distinctive for cryo-stimulation. By several means of evaluation, it was shown that the antibody response to the freezing of tissue was an autoantibody. It was not, however, an antibody against serum γ-globulin. The consequences of the freezing of tissue are thus seen to simulate the effects of incorporating adjuvant. This method of producing autoantibodies and of investigating the nature of the response has been termed cryo-immnnology. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CRYOBIOLOGY KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - GENITOURINARY organs KW - LIQUID nitrogen KW - COLD therapy KW - IMMUNE response N1 - Accession Number: 13335743; Yantorno, C. 1 Soanes, W. A. 1 Gonder, M. J. 1 Shulman, S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Millard Fillmore Hospital Research Institute, Veterans Administration Hospital, and Department of Bioteriology and Immunology, State University of New York, Buffalo, Buffalo, New York; Source Info: Apr67, Vol. 12 Issue 4, p395; Subject Term: CRYOBIOLOGY; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: GENITOURINARY organs; Subject Term: LIQUID nitrogen; Subject Term: COLD therapy; Subject Term: IMMUNE response; Number of Pages: 16p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13335743&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lahners, Elaine L. AU - McCarty, C. L. T1 - Automation of the Radioisotope Accountability System. JO - Communications of the ACM JF - Communications of the ACM Y1 - 1965/02// VL - 8 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 107 EP - 110 SN - 00010782 AB - The Radioisotope Service of the Veterans Administration Hospital, Omaha, Nebraska, used a manual system of radioisotope accountability for three years. The procedure which was satisfactory but time-consuming was converted from manual to a fully automated computer system in January, 1963. The program for purchased radioisotopes is written in FORMAT FORTRAN for the IBM 1620 Computer. A second program for maintaining accountability for reactor-created radioisotopes is written in the FORCOM programming language. A minimum amount of bookkeeping is required by the reactor operating staff. The United States Atomic Energy Commission regulations specify that records be kept. This system provides detailed records for each container of radioactive material purchased and/or created in the Triga reactor indicating the amounts received, used, and/or transferred to the health physicist for disposal. Consolidated records contain total amounts received, used, and/or disposed of for any specified period of time. Purchased radioisotopes are reported in millicuries; reactor-created radioisotopes in microcuries. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Communications of the ACM is the property of Association for Computing Machinery and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - VETERANS KW - HOSPITALS KW - RADIOISOTOPES KW - PROGRAMMING languages (Electronic computers) KW - ELECTRONIC data processing KW - INDUSTRIAL engineering N1 - Accession Number: 5206663; Lahners, Elaine L. 1 McCarty, C. L.; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Omaha, Nebraska.; Source Info: Feb1965, Vol. 8 Issue 2, p107; Subject Term: VETERANS; Subject Term: HOSPITALS; Subject Term: RADIOISOTOPES; Subject Term: PROGRAMMING languages (Electronic computers); Subject Term: ELECTRONIC data processing; Subject Term: INDUSTRIAL engineering; NAICS/Industry Codes: 518210 Data Processing, Hosting, and Related Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622110 General Medical and Surgical Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622111 General (except paediatric) hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 511211 Software publishers (except video game publishers); NAICS/Industry Codes: 511210 Software Publishers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325180 Other Basic Inorganic Chemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325189 All other basic inorganic chemical manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 11 Diagrams; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1145/363744.363773 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5206663&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wilcox, Ronald M. AU - Krasnoff, Alan G. T1 - SOCIAL DESIRABILITY AND MULTIPLE CHOICE RORSCHACH RESPONSES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1966/01// VL - 22 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 61 EP - 65 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on the social desirability (SD) and multiple choice Rorschach responses. Although consistent with previous studies, the negative finding for a predicted relationship between SD and frequency of endorsement seems rather unexpected in view of the substantial relationship found between SD and the Harrower scoring key. Several additional analyses were performed in an attempt to clarify this apparent discrepancy. Since the nothing at all category in the Harrower test has been noted to be a somewhat ambiguous alternative response, the chi squares were recomputed after eliminating this response category. The results again, however, were non-significant. This analysis was also recomputed by separating the males and females in the standard administration group, but again with no change in the results. KW - SOCIAL desirability KW - GENDER KW - SOCIAL psychology KW - MOTIVATION (Psychology) KW - CHI-squared test KW - INTERPERSONAL relations N1 - Accession Number: 15844361; Wilcox, Ronald M. 1 Krasnoff, Alan G. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Louis, Mo. 2: University of Missouri, St. Louis.; Source Info: Jan1966, Vol. 22 Issue 1, p61; Subject Term: SOCIAL desirability; Subject Term: GENDER; Subject Term: SOCIAL psychology; Subject Term: MOTIVATION (Psychology); Subject Term: CHI-squared test; Subject Term: INTERPERSONAL relations; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844361&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Warshaw, Leon AU - Bailey, Mattox A. T1 - THE STIMULUS VALUES OF LINE DRAWINGS OF HUMAN FACIAL PICTURES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1966/01// VL - 22 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 56 EP - 60 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on the stimulus values of line drawings of human facial pictures. The Warshaw Character Evaluation Test with an accompanying trait list was administered to 50 patients. Patient scores on each bipolar trait across the 40 human facial pictures comprising the test were obtained. Picture scores across the 50 Ss were obtained. Correlations between the 40 pictures were computed for the individual scores obtained on each of 19 bipolar traits. Factor analysis of the correlation matrix yielded nine picture factor groups large enough for rotation. The stimulus equivalence of pictures and the ability to establish the identity of picture factor groups in. terms of bipolar trait, specific trait and associated affect were established KW - FACE KW - PICTURES KW - CHARACTER KW - VALUES (Ethics) KW - PATIENTS KW - FACTOR analysis KW - COMPARISON (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 15844360; Warshaw, Leon 1 Bailey, Mattox A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, New York Regional Office.; Source Info: Jan1966, Vol. 22 Issue 1, p56; Subject Term: FACE; Subject Term: PICTURES; Subject Term: CHARACTER; Subject Term: VALUES (Ethics); Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: FACTOR analysis; Subject Term: COMPARISON (Psychology); Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844360&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Piety, Kenneth B. T1 - PERCEPTUAL DISSONANCE AND ROLE LEARNING. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1966/01// VL - 22 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 10 EP - 14 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on the perceptual dissonance and role learning. Perception of parents as role models may be consistent with socially defined role behavior and facilitate role learning. On the other hand, these perceptions may be dissonant and inconsistent with socially defined role behavior and result in inappropriate identifications and confusion of roles. Hypothesis is that poorly adjusted persons manifest more perceptual dissonance than normals. One hundred and four hospitalized Ss in four diagnostic categories and 26 normal control Ss were administered an 80 item T or F questionnaire constructed to measure perceptions of parents and parent-child relationships. KW - COGNITIVE dissonance KW - PERCEPTION KW - THEORY of knowledge KW - LEARNING KW - BEHAVIOR KW - PARENT & child KW - HYPOTHESIS N1 - Accession Number: 15844349; Piety, Kenneth B. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Murfreesboro, Tennessee.; Source Info: Jan1966, Vol. 22 Issue 1, p10; Subject Term: COGNITIVE dissonance; Subject Term: PERCEPTION; Subject Term: THEORY of knowledge; Subject Term: LEARNING; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Subject Term: PARENT & child; Subject Term: HYPOTHESIS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844349&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - A TEST OF THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN REPRESSED HOMOSEXUALITY AND PARANOID MECHANISMS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1965/10// VL - 21 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 380 EP - 384 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a test of the relationship between repressed homosexuality and paranoid mechanisms. Although several studies have suggested that paranoids show more homosexual tendencies of some sort than normal or psychotic controls, none have tested predictions derived from S. Freud's original contention that repressed homosexuality is the etiological variable behind most paranoid schizophrenia. It was the purpose of the present project to test three hypotheses derived from this theory. All subjects were male schizophrenics under the age of 50 from the Veterans Administration Hospitals, Knoxville, Iowa, and St. Cloud, Minnesota. KW - HOMOSEXUALITY KW - PARANOID schizophrenia KW - REPRESSION (Psychology) KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - PARANOIA KW - SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder N1 - Accession Number: 15844389; Watson, Charles G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Oct1965, Vol. 21 Issue 4, p380; Subject Term: HOMOSEXUALITY; Subject Term: PARANOID schizophrenia; Subject Term: REPRESSION (Psychology); Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: PARANOIA; Subject Term: SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844389&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Goldman, Arnold R. T1 - WANTING TO LEAVE OR TO STAY IN A MENTAL HOSPITAL: INCIDENCE AND CORRELATES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1965/07// VL - 21 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 317 EP - 322 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on a study which investigated the relative incidence of positive and negative discharge attitudes among psychiatric patients, and examined the relationship between these attitudes and patients' length of continuous hospitalization, discharge rates, and test performance. A sample of 358 patients, representing approximately two-thirds of the male veterans institutionalized at a Veterans Administration hospital was obtained by a procedure in which subsamples of between 25 and 30 patients were randomly selected from each of the hospital's 14 nongeriatric wards. KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospitals -- Admission & discharge KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - MENTALLY ill KW - MENTAL health services KW - CLINICAL sociology KW - HOSPITAL wards N1 - Accession Number: 15863393; Goldman, Arnold R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Fort Meade, South Dakota.; Source Info: Jul1965, Vol. 21 Issue 3, p317; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC hospitals -- Admission & discharge; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; Subject Term: CLINICAL sociology; Subject Term: HOSPITAL wards; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15863393&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gilberstadt, Harold AU - Maley, Michael T1 - GSR, CLINICAL STATE AND PSYCHIATRIC DIAGNOSIS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1965/07// VL - 21 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 235 EP - 238 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on a study which investigates the relationship between the states of anxiety and depression and corresponding galvanic skin response activity, and the relationships between clinical states, psychogalvanic activity and psychiatric diagnoses. Data used in computations were converted from resistance to conductance units. There were four measures calculated to represent the psychogalvanic activity of each patient. Results are consistent with indications from prior research that the presence of anxiety is associated with higher levels of skin conductance and the presence of depression is associated with lower levels of skin conductance. KW - ANXIETY KW - MENTAL depression KW - GALVANIC skin response KW - ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY KW - PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis KW - PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS N1 - Accession Number: 15863356; Gilberstadt, Harold 1 Maley, Michael 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, Minn. and University of Minnesota.; Source Info: Jul1965, Vol. 21 Issue 3, p235; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: GALVANIC skin response; Subject Term: ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis; Subject Term: PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15863356&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Collier, Rex M. T1 - THE EFFECT OF VERBAL EXPLORATION OF THE AFFECTIVE-CONATIVE CONTEXT OF A CR UPON THE RATE OF EXTINCTION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1965/04// VL - 21 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 136 EP - 141 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on an experiment that is one of the first in a planned series to test hypotheses derived from the more general theory that the conscious field has a regulatory relationship to behavior. The human being retains the characteristics of Levels I and II as well as enjoying the additional degrees of freedom of action afforded by Level III. It is assumed furthermore that the processes of conditioning involve primarily Levels I and II and also, more specifically, that conditioning procedures are more relevant to these levels than for Level III. KW - HUMAN behavior KW - BEHAVIOR KW - HYPOTHESIS KW - COGNITION KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - CONSCIOUSNESS N1 - Accession Number: 15844285; Collier, Rex M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Jefferson Barracks, St. Louis, Missouri.; Source Info: Apr1965, Vol. 21 Issue 2, p136; Subject Term: HUMAN behavior; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Subject Term: HYPOTHESIS; Subject Term: COGNITION; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: CONSCIOUSNESS; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844285&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - McCarthy, Charles D. AU - Alkire, Armand A. AU - Pearman, H. Edgar T1 - FACTOR ANALYSIS OF CONFLICT AREAS OCCURRING IN HOME PLACEMENT OF PATIENTS DIAGNOSED AS SCHIZOPHRENIC. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1965/01// VL - 21 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 85 EP - 89 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a study on the factor analysis of conflict areas occurring in home placement of patients diagnosed as schizophrenic. The family care program at Sepulveda Veterans Administration Hospital was used in this study. The present investigators, the Assistant Chief of Social Work Service and the two family care social workers each contributed items of behavior which, they felt, were important in evaluating the outcome of a family care placement. The original pool of approximately 100 items was screened as to duplication, and 36 items retained. These 36 items were then presented to 10 social workers at Sepulveda VA Hospital, and also to 12 social workers at Brentwood VA Hospital where a similar family care program exists. KW - FACTOR analysis KW - PATH analysis (Statistics) KW - PATIENTS KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - SOCIAL workers KW - VETERANS' hospitals N1 - Accession Number: 15844338; McCarthy, Charles D. 1 Alkire, Armand A. 1 Pearman, H. Edgar 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, California.; Source Info: Jan1965, Vol. 21 Issue 1, p85; Subject Term: FACTOR analysis; Subject Term: PATH analysis (Statistics); Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: SOCIAL workers; Subject Term: VETERANS' hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622111 General (except paediatric) hospitals; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844338&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rotman, S. B. AU - Vestre, Norris D. T1 - THE USE OF THE MMPI IN IDENTIFYING PROBLEM DRINKERS AMONG PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1964/10// VL - 20 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 526 EP - 530 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article provides data on the validity of the scales from the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) to identify alcoholics, in differentiating psychiatric hospital admissions with alcoholic problems from those admissions without alcoholic problems. The sample included all testable patients admitted to a Veterans Administration neuropsychiatric hospital during a six month period. The criteria of problem drinking, against which the psychometric classification was compared. The mean of the alcoholic group was not significantly different from that of the nonalcoholic group on any of the three alcoholism scales. A second comparison between alcoholics and nonalcoholics using more stringent criteria of alcoholism, that is requiring all three indicators to be present, resulted in significant mean differences on two of the three scales. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - EDUCATIONAL tests & measurements KW - NEUROSES -- Diagnosis KW - PERSONALITY assessment KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - SUBSTANCE abuse KW - MINNESOTA N1 - Accession Number: 15844220; Rotman, S. B. 1 Vestre, Norris D. 2; Affiliation: 1: Chief, Psychology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Northampton, Massachusetts. 2: University of Minnesota.; Source Info: Oct1964, Vol. 20 Issue 4, p526; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: EDUCATIONAL tests & measurements; Subject Term: NEUROSES -- Diagnosis; Subject Term: PERSONALITY assessment; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse; Subject Term: MINNESOTA; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844220&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lorr, Maurice AU - Mcnair, Douglas M. T1 - CORRELATES OF LENGTH OF PSYCHOTHERAPY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1964/10// VL - 20 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 497 EP - 504 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article investigates patient clinical status, patient response, and patient personality in relation to length of therapeutic course and number of treatments received. Each of the 43 clinics collaborating in the study contributed 12, 24, or 36 cases depending on its size and case load. The sample consisted of male patients less than 56 years old who were in their current course of individual psychotherapy with the present therapist for at least 12 weeks. The correlates of duration of treatment were found to vary with the diagnostic class of patients. Neurotics exhibited most changes and these tended to occur during the second year. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient KW - PERSONALITY KW - HEALTH facilities KW - MENTALLY ill KW - NEUROTICS KW - CLINICS N1 - Accession Number: 15844213; Lorr, Maurice 1 Mcnair, Douglas M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, Washington, D. C.; Source Info: Oct1964, Vol. 20 Issue 4, p497; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: HEALTH facilities; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: NEUROTICS; Subject Term: CLINICS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621494 Community health centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621110 Offices of physicians; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621499 All other out-patient care centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844213&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lunneborg, Patricia W. AU - Lunneborg, Clifford E. T1 - THE RELATIONSHIP OF SOCIAL DESIRABILITY TO OTHER TEST-TAKING ATTITUDES IN CHILDREN. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1964/10// VL - 20 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 473 EP - 477 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on a study that was concerned with the development of a social desirability (SD) scale. The item pool in questionnaire form was administered to 165 fourth, fifth, and sixth graders with instructions to respond according to what would make them look good in others' eyes, that is in terms of fairly general cultural norms of social desirability with respect to people in general. The pattern of intercorrelations indicated that there is no single dimension of response set "defensiveness." KW - SOCIAL desirability KW - MOTIVATION (Psychology) KW - SOCIAL psychology KW - AGGRESSION (Psychology) KW - DEFENSIVENESS (Psychology) KW - ANXIETY N1 - Accession Number: 15844205; Lunneborg, Patricia W. 1 Lunneborg, Clifford E. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Seattle 2: University of Washington; Source Info: Oct1964, Vol. 20 Issue 4, p473; Subject Term: SOCIAL desirability; Subject Term: MOTIVATION (Psychology); Subject Term: SOCIAL psychology; Subject Term: AGGRESSION (Psychology); Subject Term: DEFENSIVENESS (Psychology); Subject Term: ANXIETY; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844205&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ziller, Robert C. AU - Shear, Howard J. AU - De Cencio, Dominic T1 - A PROFESSIONAL RESPONSE SET -- DOGMATISM. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1964/04// VL - 20 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 299 EP - 303 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This report describes the social response set framework of the subsequent study to clinical psychologists' response tendencies in the process of completing a psychiatric observation form and traces the experimental process through three steps of inquiry. It was hypothesized that in making judgments of a highly subjective nature within the context of their profession, professionals as opposed to trainees in the profession are more dogmatic under conditions where a comparison is implied between the performance of professionals and trainees. It was assumed that under conditions where invidious comparison between the decision-making behavior of professionals and trainees is possible, the decision to defer judgment because of insufficient information is perceived by professionals as incongruent with their professional role. KW - DOGMATISM KW - DECISION making KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - CHOICE (Psychology) KW - INTERPERSONAL relations N1 - Accession Number: 15847184; Ziller, Robert C. 1 Shear, Howard J. 2 De Cencio, Dominic 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Delaware. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Wilmington, Delaware; Source Info: Apr1964, Vol. 20 Issue 2, p299; Subject Term: DOGMATISM; Subject Term: DECISION making; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: CHOICE (Psychology); Subject Term: INTERPERSONAL relations; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847184&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - McNair, Douglas M. AU - Lorr, Maurice AU - Young, Harl H. AU - Roth, Irvin AU - Boyd, Richard W. T1 - A THREE-YEAR FOLLOW-UP OF PSYCHOTHERAPY PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1964/04// VL - 20 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 258 EP - 264 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article aims to reassess a group of patients three years after they began psychotherapy. Another purpose is to test some hypotheses explored in an earlier study by M. Lorr, D.M. McNair, W.W. Michaux and A. Raskin of the effects of treatment frequency on psychotherapy outcome. A third purpose was to identify pre-treatment characteristics that differentiate patients, who make favorable gains from those who do not. One of the major hypotheses investigated were: Three years after starting treatment, psychotherapy outpatients will manifest improvement over their pre-therapy status. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - MENTALLY ill KW - HYPOTHESIS KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - LORR, M. KW - MCNAIR, D. M. N1 - Accession Number: 15847175; McNair, Douglas M. 1 Lorr, Maurice 1 Young, Harl H. 1 Roth, Irvin 1 Boyd, Richard W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration.; Source Info: Apr1964, Vol. 20 Issue 2, p258; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: HYPOTHESIS; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; People: LORR, M.; People: MCNAIR, D. M.; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847175&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kunce, Joseph AU - Brewer, Blayne T1 - RESPONSE SET OF NEUROPSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS TO THE STRONG INTEREST INVENTORY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1964/04// VL - 20 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 247 EP - 250 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article attempts to examine the response set of chronic neuropsychiatric patients to the Strong Interest Inventory. It is the general hypothesis that a tendency to respond to items on this test with a disproportionate amount of "likes" or "dislikes" would bear a significant relationship to observable and measure able characteristics other than interest patterns. The viewpoint is in agreement with that recently expressed by J.P. Armatas and E.G. Collister who proposed that the tendency to give a majority of responses on the Strong as either "like," "indifferent," or "dislike," is indicative "of a more basic style of life." KW - STRONG Vocational Interest Blank KW - VOCATIONAL interests -- Testing KW - INTEREST inventories KW - NEUROPSYCHIATRY KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - ARMATAS, J. P. N1 - Accession Number: 15847169; Kunce, Joseph 1 Brewer, Blayne 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Jefferson Barracks, St. Louis 25, Mo.; Source Info: Apr1964, Vol. 20 Issue 2, p247; Subject Term: STRONG Vocational Interest Blank; Subject Term: VOCATIONAL interests -- Testing; Subject Term: INTEREST inventories; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; People: ARMATAS, J. P.; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847169&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Armitage, Stewart G. AU - Brown, Carl R. AU - Denny, M. Ray T1 - STEREOTYPY OF RESPONSE IN SCHIZOPHRENICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1964/04// VL - 20 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 225 EP - 230 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article aims to compare the schizophrenic with the normal on the flexibility task. Of equal importance is to assess the relation of diagnostic type and length of hospitalization to behavioral flexibility. It also aims to compare the degree to which the behavior of the various groups can be modified toward greater diversity of output through verbal instructions and whether such an effect is transient. To all of these ends, a subject is first given complete latitude for varying his behavior, then on a subsequent day he is urged to vary his responses, and finally on the next day he is once again in the free situation. KW - STEREOTYPY (Psychiatry) KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - MENTALLY ill KW - HOSPITAL care KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - BEHAVIOR N1 - Accession Number: 15847162; Armitage, Stewart G. 1 Brown, Carl R. 1 Denny, M. Ray 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Batik Creek, Michigan. 2: Michigan State University.; Source Info: Apr1964, Vol. 20 Issue 2, p225; Subject Term: STEREOTYPY (Psychiatry); Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: HOSPITAL care; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847162&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Vernallis, Francis F. AU - St. Pierre, Roderick G. T1 - VOLUNTEER WORKERS' OPINIONS ABOUT MENTAL ILLNESS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1964/01// VL - 20 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 140 EP - 143 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article relies on psychometric data for the investigation of volunteer attitudes toward mental illness. Hospital employee attitude scores were secured earlier by the same psychometric technique so there was a good opportunity to compare volunteers with staff. It is widely recognized that volunteer workers are important contributors to the care and treatment of mental patients. Most patients have direct contact with volunteers, especially through hospital recreational activities, so volunteers are important temperature setters of the patient's social climate. Clinicians want to know the attitude toward mental illness held by people who associate with patients during treatment. KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - MENTAL illness KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospitals -- Employees KW - EMPLOYEES -- Attitudes KW - VOLUNTEERS KW - MENTALLY ill N1 - Accession Number: 15847109; Vernallis, Francis F. 1 St. Pierre, Roderick G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Topeka, Kansas.; Source Info: Jan1964, Vol. 20 Issue 1, p140; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject Term: MENTAL illness; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC hospitals -- Employees; Subject Term: EMPLOYEES -- Attitudes; Subject Term: VOLUNTEERS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847109&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Silverman, Herbert T1 - COMMITMENT: ASPECTS OF A VARIABLE IN THE TRAINING AND FUNCTIONING OF THE CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGIST. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1963/10// VL - 19 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 497 EP - 501 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses various issues related to the commitment of the psychologist to his clinical work. The author refers to the training of psychology students in medical school and their internships through which students experiences the real world scenario. It helps to grow them as psychologist. The author specifically points out the responsibility of the psychologist when he come in contact with the life and death situation of his patient. KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - COMMITMENT (Psychology) KW - MEDICAL education KW - PROFESSIONAL education KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - BEHAVIORAL scientists N1 - Accession Number: 16763737; Silverman, Herbert 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Clinic, Dearborn, Michigan.; Source Info: Oct1963, Vol. 19 Issue 4, p497; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: COMMITMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: MEDICAL education; Subject Term: PROFESSIONAL education; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL scientists; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611310 Colleges, Universities, and Professional Schools; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611430 Professional and Management Development Training; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16763737&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Desroches, Harry F. AU - Larsen, Ernest R. T1 - THE CORNELL MEDICAL INDEX AS A SCREENING DEVICE IN A VA POPULATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1963/10// VL - 19 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 416 EP - 420 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study which analyzes the validity of the Cornell Medical Index in the subjects (Ss) from the U.S. Veterans Administration (VA). Three types of VA Ss were considered for the study. Ninety Ss were randomly selected from the domiciliary at VA Center, Mountain Home, Tennessee for the test. The test was conducted in small groups. KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - SMALL groups -- Research KW - TENNESSEE KW - UNITED States KW - UNITED States. Veterans Administration N1 - Accession Number: 16763518; Desroches, Harry F. 1 Larsen, Ernest R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Mountain Home, Tennessee.; Source Info: Oct1963, Vol. 19 Issue 4, p416; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: SMALL groups -- Research; Subject Term: TENNESSEE; Subject Term: UNITED States; Company/Entity: UNITED States. Veterans Administration; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16763518&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Klett, Shirley L. AU - Berger, David G. AU - Sewall, Lee G. AU - Rice, Charles E. T1 - PATIENT EVALUATION OF THE PSYCHIATRIC WARD. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1963/07// VL - 19 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 347 EP - 351 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article informs that the Ward Evaluation Scale (WES) is a 69 statement true-false inventory intended for research purposes. It is designed to obtain information and opinions about psychiatric wards from the patient. Scoring consists of summing the scale value of all statements with which the respondent agrees and adding a constant to prevent negative scores. The higher the score, the more "favorable" the overall response. Using a restricted randomized sampling procedure, 190 patients from eight wards in a state hospital were asked to complete a WES designed to measure the degree of satisfaction with ward facilities, patient management, and services. KW - MOTIVATION (Psychology) KW - HOSPITAL wards KW - PATIENTS KW - SOCIAL psychology KW - PUBLIC hospitals KW - SELF-realization N1 - Accession Number: 15846991; Klett, Shirley L. 1 Berger, David G. 1 Sewall, Lee G. 1 Rice, Charles E. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, Perry Point, Md. 2: SORO, Washington, D. C.; Source Info: Jul1963, Vol. 19 Issue 3, p347; Subject Term: MOTIVATION (Psychology); Subject Term: HOSPITAL wards; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: SOCIAL psychology; Subject Term: PUBLIC hospitals; Subject Term: SELF-realization; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622110 General Medical and Surgical Hospitals; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846991&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pearl, David T1 - PERCEPTUAL ACUITY AND SYMPATHETIC REACTIVITY IN SCHIZOPHRENIA. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1963/07// VL - 19 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 276 EP - 279 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article informs that psychologist E. Gellhorn studying autonomic nervous system excitability in animals found that perceptual acuity was related to hypothalamic stimulation. He concluded that "perceptions are quantitatively (and possibly qualitatively) altered by changes in the intensity of the hypothalamic-cortical discharge". The possible relationship of sympathetic nervous system excitability to perceptual acuity was therefore studied in a group of recently hospitalized schizophrenic patients. The hypothesis considered was that subjects exhibiting significant sympathetic excitability would demonstrate greater perceptual acuity than less reactive schizophrenics. KW - NERVOUS system KW - NEUROSCIENCES KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - HYPOTHESIS KW - MENTALLY ill N1 - Accession Number: 15846964; Pearl, David 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Battle Creek, Michigan.; Source Info: Jul1963, Vol. 19 Issue 3, p276; Subject Term: NERVOUS system; Subject Term: NEUROSCIENCES; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: HYPOTHESIS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846964&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Parsons, Oscar A. AU - Morris, Freda AU - Denny, J. Peter T1 - AGITATION, ANXIETY, BRAIN-DAMAGE AND PERCEPTUAL-MOTOR DEFICIT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1963/07// VL - 19 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 267 EP - 271 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article informs that during a series of studies devoted to clarifying the relative contributions of emotional and neurological factors to impaired performance in brain-damaged individuals, data were collected on, the effects of behavioral agitation during performance of a given task upon the quality of that performance, and the comparative effects of behavioral agitation, generalized anxiety and brain damage upon performance. This study compares performances on a perceptual-motor test by, a brains damaged group, essentially free from anxiety and agitation, two non-brain damaged psychiatric groups, one agitated and one non-agitated, and a control group. KW - CEREBROVASCULAR disease KW - ANXIETY KW - EMOTIONS (Psychology) KW - BRAIN -- Wounds & injuries KW - BRAIN diseases KW - BRAIN damage KW - PERFORMANCE N1 - Accession Number: 15846962; Parsons, Oscar A. 1 Morris, Freda 2 Denny, J. Peter 3; Affiliation: 1: University of Oklahoma School of Medicine and Oklahoma City Veterans Administration Hospital. 2: Kankakee State Hospital, Illinois. 3: University of Western Ontario, London, Canada.; Source Info: Jul1963, Vol. 19 Issue 3, p267; Subject Term: CEREBROVASCULAR disease; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: EMOTIONS (Psychology); Subject Term: BRAIN -- Wounds & injuries; Subject Term: BRAIN diseases; Subject Term: BRAIN damage; Subject Term: PERFORMANCE; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846962&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kew, John K. T1 - A COMPARISON OF THOUGHT PROCESSES IN VARIOUS NOSOLOGICAL GROUPS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1963/04// VL - 19 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 162 EP - 166 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses a comparison of thought processes in various nosological groups. The usual focus of attention in studies of conceptual thinking has been on abstractions. The so-called higher intellectual processes which embrace abstract, categorical thinking have been of primary interest for many psychologists, and the typical approach seems to have been to first examine the subjects for their ability to form abstract concepts. This study deals with the sampling and comparison of the conceptual thought processes of groups of anxiety neurotics, paranoid schizophrenics, and normal controls. Between group comparisons were made for number of responses, placement levels, and objects selected. These comparisons were made for each card and for all of the cards together using a t-test for independent groups. KW - MENTAL illness -- Classification KW - NOSOLOGY KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - BEHAVIORAL scientists KW - DISTRIBUTION (Probability theory) KW - T-test (Statistics) N1 - Accession Number: 15844152; Kew, John K. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Tuscaloosa, Alabama.; Source Info: Apr1963, Vol. 19 Issue 2, p162; Subject Term: MENTAL illness -- Classification; Subject Term: NOSOLOGY; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL scientists; Subject Term: DISTRIBUTION (Probability theory); Subject Term: T-test (Statistics); Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844152&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bailey, Mattox A. AU - Warshaw, Leon AU - Cohen, Jacob T1 - AN OBVERSE FACTOR ANALYTIC STUDY OF VALUES IN PSYCHOLOGISTS, PSYCHIATRISTS, SOCIAL WORKERS AND NURSES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1963/01// VL - 19 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 120 EP - 124 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article investigates the values for human happiness held by the three major mental health professions (psychology, psychiatry and social service) and by nurses to discover whether identifiable types emerge. The Cassel ego strength Q-sort was administered to 13 clinical psychologists, 12 psychiatric social workers, 3 male psychiatrists, and 11 nurses. This test consists of 60 items which the subjects were instructed to arrange according to how important they considered each item to be for "happiness in the human being". The pattern for arrangement was a fixed normal distribution in 11 step intervals. KW - HAPPINESS KW - MENTAL health personnel KW - EGO strength KW - PERSONALITY KW - HUMAN beings KW - SOCIAL workers KW - PSYCHIATRISTS N1 - Accession Number: 15844072; Bailey, Mattox A. 1 Warshaw, Leon 1 Cohen, Jacob 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, New York Regional Office. 2: New York University.; Source Info: Jan1963, Vol. 19 Issue 1, p120; Subject Term: HAPPINESS; Subject Term: MENTAL health personnel; Subject Term: EGO strength; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: HUMAN beings; Subject Term: SOCIAL workers; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRISTS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844072&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Stieper, Donald R. AU - Loper, Rodney G. T1 - SOME PERSONALITY CORRELATES OF BLOOD PROTEIN BOUND IODINE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1963/01// VL - 19 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 45 EP - 48 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents exploratory study to obtain the degrees of relationship between energy level as measured by the protein-bound iodine test and certain personality factors as measured by several biographical items, intelligence scores, and numerous Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory scales, of 47 male psychiatric out-patients. High energy level people appear to be brighter intellectually, to have broader cultural interests, greater tendency to introspect, greater tendency to report psychological and physical difficulties in the family history. KW - PERSONALITY KW - BLOOD proteins KW - IODINE KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients N1 - Accession Number: 15844050; Stieper, Donald R. 1 Loper, Rodney G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Clinic, St. Paul, Minnesota.; Source Info: Jan1963, Vol. 19 Issue 1, p45; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: BLOOD proteins; Subject Term: IODINE; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325180 Other Basic Inorganic Chemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325189 All other basic inorganic chemical manufacturing; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844050&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - EICHMAN, WILLIAM J. T1 - FACTORED SCALES FOR THE MMPI A Clinical and Statistical Manual. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/10// VL - 18 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 363 EP - 395 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 N1 - Accession Number: 96186995; EICHMAN, WILLIAM J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Salem, Virginia; Source Info: Oct1962, Vol. 18 Issue 4, p363; Number of Pages: 33p; Illustrations: 20 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=96186995&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Adams, Henry B. AU - Cooper, G. David T1 - THREE MEASURES OF EGO STRENGTH AND PROGNOSIS FOR PSYCHOTHERAPY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/10// VL - 18 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 490 EP - 494 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article cites a study which analyzes three measures of ego strength and progress for psychotherapy. Using items from the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI), a scale to predict responses of neurotic patients to psychotherapy was developed. Thus MMPI scale came to be known as the ego strength or Es scale. At about the same time Rorschach Prognostic Rating Scale was developed as a predictor of response to psychotherapy and as a measure of both latent and available ego strength. This study investigates the correlation of the Es scale with the two Rorschach measures of ego strength. KW - EGO (Psychology) KW - PERSONALITY KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PROGNOSIS N1 - Accession Number: 15846878; Adams, Henry B. 1 Cooper, G. David 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Richmond, Virginia; Source Info: Oct1962, Vol. 18 Issue 4, p490; Subject Term: EGO (Psychology); Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PROGNOSIS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846878&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gocka, Edward F. AU - Holloway, Hildegund T1 - A COMPOSITE MMPI INTROVERSION-EXTRAVERSION SCALE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/10// VL - 18 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 474 EP - 477 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article cites a study relating to five scales of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI). During the last several years, factor analytic studies seem to agree that the second-most powerful factor extracted from intercorrelations of MMPI scales is a variation of the Introversion-Extraversion factor. The Welsh R scale is highly loaded by this factor and was, perhaps, the first good representative of this dimension. Several other scales have appeared subsequently which are loaded strongly by this second order factor and which are composed of Introversion-Extraversion like items. Five MMPI scales were selected to form the basis of the composite Introversion-Extraversion scale. KW - EXTRAVERSION KW - INTROVERSION KW - PERSONALITY KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - MENTAL health KW - CONSCIOUSNESS N1 - Accession Number: 15846873; Gocka, Edward F. 1 Holloway, Hildegund 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, American Lake, Washington; Source Info: Oct1962, Vol. 18 Issue 4, p474; Subject Term: EXTRAVERSION; Subject Term: INTROVERSION; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: CONSCIOUSNESS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846873&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Heilizer, Fred AU - Trehub, Arnold T1 - RELATIONSHIPS OF THE EPPS NEED PROFILE AMONG EIGHT SAMPLES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/10// VL - 18 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 461 EP - 464 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents data related to Edwards Personal Preference Schedule. The data indicate an interesting area of speculation regarding the implicit measurement of pathology by psychological tests. It is difficult to conceive of a psychological test which does not reflect psychopathology in its results so that, for instance, samples of female adults and male hospitalized schizophrenics would display similar absolute scores or a similar distribution of scores within a dimension or category. The data, however, seem to ignore the very large differences in psychopathology which apparently obtain in three of the four pairs of samples. KW - CHOICE (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - MENTALLY ill N1 - Accession Number: 15846867; Heilizer, Fred 1 Trehub, Arnold 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Brockton, Man. 2: Veterans Administrat ion Hospital Northampton, Mass.; Source Info: Oct1962, Vol. 18 Issue 4, p461; Subject Term: CHOICE (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846867&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Smith, Thomas E. AU - Boyce, Ernest M. T1 - THE RELATIONSHIP OF THE TRAIL MAKING TEST TO PSYCHIATRIC SYMPTOMATOLOGY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/10// VL - 18 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 450 EP - 454 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents data on the performance of chronic undifferentiated schizophrenic patients on the Trail Making Test (TMT) and indicates relationships between the TMT and psychiatric symptomatology as measured by the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory. The results of the study suggested that the TMT did not differentiate between the brain damage subjects and the schizophrenic subjects. It was suggested that the poor performance on the TMT may be the result of some secondary symptoms which accompanied both brain damage and schizophrenia. KW - CEREBROVASCULAR disease KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - BRAIN damage KW - SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder KW - MENTALLY ill N1 - Accession Number: 15846864; Smith, Thomas E. 1 Boyce, Ernest M. 2; Affiliation: 1: Central Michigan University 2: Veterans Administration Hospital Tomah Wisconsin; Source Info: Oct1962, Vol. 18 Issue 4, p450; Subject Term: CEREBROVASCULAR disease; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: BRAIN damage; Subject Term: SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846864&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dinoff, Michael AU - Baymaker Jr., Henry AU - Morris, James B. T1 - THE RELIABILITY AND VALIDITY OF THE MINIMAL SOCIAL BEHAVIOR SCALE AND ITS USE AS A SELECTION DEVICE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/10// VL - 18 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 441 EP - 444 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses the reliability and validity of Minimal Social Behavior Scale (MSBS). MSBS was administered to every patient on a chronically regressed treatment ward to determine its reliability, relationship to diagnosis and validity as a dependent variable for future research and to have "normative" data on chronically regressed subjects. Using the Minimal Social Behavior Scale to assess regression, 162 patients were evaluated on a chronically regressed ward. The scale demonstrates that it is a valid device to select regressed patients. A test-retest reliability measure indicates highly stable and consistent results. This scale is simple to administer which suggests that little training is indicated in the employment of the MSBS to assess patients. KW - SCALING (Social sciences) KW - INTERPERSONAL relations KW - PATIENTS KW - TRUTHFULNESS & falsehood KW - SOCIAL psychology KW - RELIABILITY (Personality trait) N1 - Accession Number: 15846861; Dinoff, Michael 1 Baymaker Jr., Henry 1 Morris, James B. 2; Affiliation: 1: Tuscaloosa Veterans Administration Hospital 2: University of Alabama; Source Info: Oct1962, Vol. 18 Issue 4, p441; Subject Term: SCALING (Social sciences); Subject Term: INTERPERSONAL relations; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: TRUTHFULNESS & falsehood; Subject Term: SOCIAL psychology; Subject Term: RELIABILITY (Personality trait); Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846861&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Aumack, Lewis T1 - A SOCIAL ADJUSTMENT BEHAVIOR RATING SCALE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/10// VL - 18 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 436 EP - 441 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses the development of a social adjustment behavior rating scale (SABRS) for measuring two aspects of psychiatric patients' social adjustment, namely, work level and socialization level. Work level is defined as one's physical self-maintenance and work potential. Socialization level is one's adequacy of social interaction, ranging from complete social isolation at one extreme and maximal breadth and depth of mature social interaction at the other extreme. The SABRS appears to warrant application to a variety of service and research problems. Possible service uses would include the objectification of a patient's current status, the selection for more functionally homogeneous wards and the greater specificity of selection for group psychotherapy or other treatment programs. KW - SOCIAL adjustment KW - SOCIAL psychology KW - DEVIANT behavior KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - SOCIALIZATION KW - SOCIAL interaction N1 - Accession Number: 15846860; Aumack, Lewis 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Lebanon, Pa.; Source Info: Oct1962, Vol. 18 Issue 4, p436; Subject Term: SOCIAL adjustment; Subject Term: SOCIAL psychology; Subject Term: DEVIANT behavior; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: SOCIALIZATION; Subject Term: SOCIAL interaction; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846860&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Spiegel, Donald E. AU - Gerard, Robert M. AU - Grayson, Harry M. AU - Gengerelli, J. A. T1 - REACTIONS OF CHRONIC SCHIZOPHRENIC PATIENTS AND COLLEGE STUDENTS TO FACIAL EXPRESSIONS AND GEOMETRIC FORMS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/10// VL - 18 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 396 EP - 402 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses the reactions of chronic schizophrenic patients. The investigation was done to determine whether chronic schizophrenic patients are deviant with respect to ability to derive bipolar conceptual dimensions . A non-schizophrenic group was composed of four medical students and eight medical psychology and experimental psychology trainees. Since it seemed possible that level of performance on certain tasks of the experiment might be related to general intelligence level, to level of ability to think abstractly, or to level of intellectual impairment or deterioration, these relationships were investigated. It is conjectured that the behavior in certain situations which may seem to an observer to be confused or associated with loss of perceptual discriminability, may be causally associated in some instances with failure to grasp certain cogent meanings. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - FACIAL expression KW - HEALTH occupations students KW - MEDICAL students KW - EDUCATIONAL psychology KW - INTELLIGENCE levels N1 - Accession Number: 15846851; Spiegel, Donald E. 1 Gerard, Robert M. 1 Grayson, Harry M. 1 Gengerelli, J. A. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Neuropsychiatric Hospital, Los Angeles 2: University of California, Los Angeles; Source Info: Oct1962, Vol. 18 Issue 4, p396; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: FACIAL expression; Subject Term: HEALTH occupations students; Subject Term: MEDICAL students; Subject Term: EDUCATIONAL psychology; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE levels; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611710 Educational Support Services; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846851&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Eichman, William J. T1 - CLINICAL MANUAL -- MALE SUBJECTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/10// VL - 18 IS - 4 M3 - Table of Contents SP - 383 EP - 386 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - Presents the table of contents for the October 1962 issue of the "Journal of Clinical Psychology". KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15846850; Eichman, William J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Salem, Virginia; Source Info: Oct1962, Vol. 18 Issue 4, p383; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Table of Contents UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846850&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Starer, Emanuel AU - Harris, William AU - Whitman, James T1 - A STUDY OF SUGGESTIBILITY IN CHRONIC SCHIZOPHRENIC HOSPITALIZED PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/07// VL - 18 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 343 EP - 346 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study that investigates differences on suggestibility tests between two comparable groups of chronic schizophrenic male patients. Two groups of chronic schizophrenic patients, one having and the other not having privilege cards, were given a standardized interview and the Body Sway test and Binet Progressive Lines test. The results of the Binet Progressive Lines test showed no significant differences between the group having privilege cards and the group not possessing privilege cards. Although there was a trend for the group of patients having privilege cards to display greater suggestibility on the Body Sway test, this result was not statistically significant because of the excessive variability in both groups. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - HOSPITAL patients KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - MENTALLY ill KW - PARANOID schizophrenics KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA N1 - Accession Number: 15846819; Starer, Emanuel 1 Harris, William 1 Whitman, James 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Northport, N. Y.; Source Info: Jul1962, Vol. 18 Issue 3, p343; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: HOSPITAL patients; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: PARANOID schizophrenics; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846819&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Trehub, Arnold AU - Heilizer, Fred T1 - COMMENTS ON THE TESTING OF COMBINED RESULTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/07// VL - 18 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 328 EP - 333 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses the constitution of p-data and the conservation of data sense in the testing of combined results. procedures. It presents brief descriptions of the various methods which have been suggested, their limitations are discussed, and a new procedure for testing combined results is proposed. Four previously published methods for testing the significance of combined results are reviewed and their limitations are outlined. A procedure which is free of limitations characteristic of the previous approaches is proposed. KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL literature KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Bibliographies KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - ABILITY testing KW - HUMAN biology N1 - Accession Number: 15846815; Trehub, Arnold 1 Heilizer, Fred 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Northampton, Massachusetts.; Source Info: Jul1962, Vol. 18 Issue 3, p328; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL literature; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Bibliographies; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: ABILITY testing; Subject Term: HUMAN biology; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846815&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Johannsen, Walter J. T1 - EFFECT OF REWARD AND PUNISHMENT ON MOTOR LEARNING BY CHRONIC SCHIZOPHRENICS AND NORMALS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/04// VL - 18 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 204 EP - 207 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the report which assess the effect of reward and punishment on motor learning by chronic schizophrenics and normals. Three groups of subjects (Ss), paranoid schizophrenics, nonparanoid schizophrenics and normals, were compared on their response to three reinforcement conditions, reward, punishment, control. Each S was assigned to one of these conditions and served in that condition alone. Five trials on a letter cancellation task were administered. Scores were computed for each trial period. KW - PSYCHOLOGY of learning KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - MOTOR learning KW - PUNISHMENT KW - PSYCHOLOGY of movement KW - MENTALLY ill N1 - Accession Number: 15843974; Johannsen, Walter J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wisconsin.; Source Info: Apr1962, Vol. 18 Issue 2, p204; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY of learning; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: MOTOR learning; Subject Term: PUNISHMENT; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY of movement; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15843974&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Howard, Kenneth I. T1 - THE CONVERGENT AND DISCRIMINANT VALIDATION OF IPSATIVE RATINGS FROM THREE PROJECTIVE INSTRUMENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/04// VL - 18 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 183 EP - 188 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses the convergent and discriminant validation of ipsative ratings from three projective instruments. Previous studies have been criticized on the following points: Adequate criteria have not been made available against which to validate clinical judgments; The sample of subjects has often been too homogeneous as to pathology, thus making discrimination more difficult; The sample of clinical personnel has been too heterogeneous in respect to theoretical approaches to the understanding of personality functioning, thus making convergence of judgments more difficult; And the richness of projective protocols has had to be expressed in the form of numbers that do not allow for the assessment of the relative strengths of traits within the frames work of a single individual. KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PREVENTIVE medicine KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - APPLIED psychology KW - PATHOLOGY KW - ASSIMILATION (Sociology) N1 - Accession Number: 15843970; Howard, Kenneth I. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois and University of Chicago; Source Info: Apr1962, Vol. 18 Issue 2, p183; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PREVENTIVE medicine; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: APPLIED psychology; Subject Term: PATHOLOGY; Subject Term: ASSIMILATION (Sociology); Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15843970&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Whitmyre, John W. AU - Kurtzke, John F. T1 - THE ARCHIMEDES SPIRAL AFTEREFFECT AND IMPAIRED MENTATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/04// VL - 18 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 118 EP - 121 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses the Archimedes aftereffect and impaired mentation. Three groups of 20 subjects each were selected from the Neurology and Psychiatry Services of a Veterans Administration Hospital. The psychiatry group consisted of patients with a clear primary diagnosis of schizophrenic reaction. None had evidence of neurological abnormality on detailed examination. The patients from the Neurology Service all carried clearly established primary diagnoses involving pathology of the cerebrum. Those with mentation defects were treated separately from those without mentation defect. Mentation defect was defined as the presence of impaired memory, orientation, judgment, intelligence, or emotional control caused by or associated with brain tissue damage, such impaired function having been evaluated by ordinary clinical neurological examination. KW - NERVOUS system -- Diseases KW - MEDICINE KW - NEUROLOGY KW - NEUROPSYCHIATRY KW - MENTAL health KW - BRAIN N1 - Accession Number: 15843949; Whitmyre, John W. 1 Kurtzke, John F. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Coateaville, Pa. 2: Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia, Pa.; Source Info: Apr1962, Vol. 18 Issue 2, p118; Subject Term: NERVOUS system -- Diseases; Subject Term: MEDICINE; Subject Term: NEUROLOGY; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: BRAIN; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15843949&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - HAMLIN, ROY M. AU - NEMO, ROBERT S. T1 - SELF-ACTUALIZATION IN CHOICE SCORES OF IMPROVED SCHIZOPHRENICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/01// VL - 18 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 51 EP - 54 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 N1 - Accession Number: 96188479; HAMLIN, ROY M. 1,2 NEMO, ROBERT S. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Danville Veterans Administration Hospital 2: University of Illinois; Source Info: Jan1962, Vol. 18 Issue 1, p51; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=96188479&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Klugman, Samuel F. T1 - DIFFERENTIAL EFFECTS OF VARIOUS TRANQUILIZING DRUGS ON SPEED OF TAPPING. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/01// VL - 18 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 89 EP - 92 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on the differential effects of various tranquilizing drugs on speed of tapping. The opportunity for this study arose when 18 newly-admitted male schizophrenics at Coatesville Hospital were designated as part of the nationwide pool of subjects in Veterans Administration Cooperative Studies of Chemotherapy, Project Number 3. No attempt will be made to means for the first and last weeks of medications since the data showed such variations among the individuals in various drug groups as to make comparisons impossible with only three subjects in each drug group. KW - TRANQUILIZING drugs KW - PSYCHIATRIC drugs KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - DRUG therapy KW - MENTALLY ill N1 - Accession Number: 15828174; Klugman, Samuel F. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Coatesville, Pa.; Source Info: Jan1962, Vol. 18 Issue 1, p89; Subject Term: TRANQUILIZING drugs; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC drugs; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: DRUG therapy; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828174&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pearl, David T1 - PHENOTHIAZI NE EFFECTS IN CHRONIC SCHIZOPHRENIA. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/01// VL - 18 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 86 EP - 89 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports that tranquilizers belonging to the phenothiazine family may induce clinical improvement in schizophrenic patients, yet differ somewhat in their action on specific target symptoms. Some of these drugs have been reported as differentially depressing the excitability of the ascending reticular formation and posterior hypothalamus. To the extent that behavior is dependent on the activity of these neuro-physiological systems, various phenothiazines may effect differing changes, on components of psychological functioning. This study reports the effects of various phenothiazines on moderately chronic schizophrenic subjects' functioning in conceptual, perceptual and psychomotor functions. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - TRANQUILIZING drugs KW - PSYCHIATRIC drugs KW - ANTIPSYCHOTIC drugs KW - HYPOTHALAMUS KW - ENDOCRINE glands N1 - Accession Number: 15828173; Pearl, David 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Battle Creek, Michigan.; Source Info: Jan1962, Vol. 18 Issue 1, p86; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: TRANQUILIZING drugs; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC drugs; Subject Term: ANTIPSYCHOTIC drugs; Subject Term: HYPOTHALAMUS; Subject Term: ENDOCRINE glands; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828173&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pishkin, Vladimir T1 - CPT AND VCRT PERFORMANCES AS FUNCTIONS OF IMIPRAMINE AND NIALAMIDE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/01// VL - 18 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 83 EP - 86 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study that was undertaken in comparative evaluation of Imipramine and Nialamide with a schizophrenic population showing depressive symptoms. Recent literature places emphasis on clinical and global behavioral evaluations of psychic energizers. A variety of psychological tests have been used for evaluating the effects of psychotropic agents. Behavioral rating scales and clinical evaluations are frequently used to evaluate changes in behavior and behavioral correlates of depressive syndromes. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - MENTALLY ill KW - CHILDREN of schizophrenics KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - DEPRESSED persons KW - MENTAL depression N1 - Accession Number: 15828172; Pishkin, Vladimir 1; Affiliation: 1: Research Veterans Administration Hospital Wisconsin.; Source Info: Jan1962, Vol. 18 Issue 1, p83; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: CHILDREN of schizophrenics; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: DEPRESSED persons; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828172&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Brady, John Paul AU - Pappas, Nicholas AU - Tausig, Theodore N. AU - Thornton, Douglas R. T1 - MMPI CORRELATES OF OPERANT BEHAVIOR. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/01// VL - 18 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 67 EP - 70 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports that the experimental use of operant conditioning techniques for the study of hospitalized psychiatric patients has revealed a number of correlations between operant and clinical variables. Researchers reported an experiment in which subjects worked at a knob-pulling task for candy or cigarette reinforcements delivered after variable periods of time: He found that hospitalized psychotic patients tend to pause more frequently and longer than nonpsychotic controls. Further, researchers reported that the duration and frequency of these pauses are correlated with the degree of psychiatric disturbance as assessed by a behavior rating scales. KW - OPERANT behavior KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - CONDITIONED response KW - MENTALLY ill KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY N1 - Accession Number: 15828166; Brady, John Paul 1 Pappas, Nicholas 1 Tausig, Theodore N. 1 Thornton, Douglas R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Indiana University Medical Center and Veterans Administration Hospital, Indianapolis.; Source Info: Jan1962, Vol. 18 Issue 1, p67; Subject Term: OPERANT behavior; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: CONDITIONED response; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828166&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Starer, Emanuel AU - Tanner, Henry T1 - AN ANALYSIS OF RESPONSES OF MALE SCHIZOPHRENIC PATIENTS TO FREUDIAN-TYPE STIMULI. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/01// VL - 18 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 58 EP - 61 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports that a research was undertaken to determine the nature of the responses of schizophrenic patients to stimuli representing the psychosexual stages according to the classical Freudian concept Seven sketches, representing the oral, anal, phallic, homosexual and heterosexual stages, as well as two scenes representing the oedipal stage and castration threat, were presented to 100 schizophrenic patients. The first card depicted a mother nursing her infant. Card Two showed a young boy sitting on a toilet seat with a mother-figure standing nearby with a diaper in her hand. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - INFANTS -- Care KW - MENTALLY ill KW - CHILDREN of schizophrenics KW - PSYCHOSEXUAL development KW - DEVELOPMENTAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15828163; Starer, Emanuel 1 Tanner, Henry 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Northport, N. Y. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Northampton, Mass.; Source Info: Jan1962, Vol. 18 Issue 1, p58; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: INFANTS -- Care; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: CHILDREN of schizophrenics; Subject Term: PSYCHOSEXUAL development; Subject Term: DEVELOPMENTAL psychology; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828163&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Warshaw, Leon AU - Bailey, Mattox A. T1 - A STUDY OF Q-SORT GENERALIZATIONS IN THE FORMATION OF CONSTELLATIONS WITHIN PERSONALITIES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/01// VL - 18 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 40 EP - 43 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports that several studies have been reported dealing with the relationship between self-concept, ideal concept and concept of others. These studies have reported a positive relationship between self-concept and concept of others. Some researchers also reported a positive relationship between self-concept and ideal concept in normals. Differences between normal and patient groups have pointed up greater self-acceptance in the normal groups and a greater degree of acceptance of others Researchers reported a greater degree of discrepancy between self and ideal concept for patients responsive to psychotherapy than for those who did not respond favorably to psychotherapy. With effective psychotherapy the discrepancy between the self and ideal self became less pronounced. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - CLINICAL sociology KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - SELF-acceptance N1 - Accession Number: 15828157; Warshaw, Leon 1 Bailey, Mattox A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, New York Regional Office.; Source Info: Jan1962, Vol. 18 Issue 1, p40; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: CLINICAL sociology; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: SELF-acceptance; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828157&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - CASE AU - Wissner, Fred AU - Parsons, Thomas T1 - PARTIAL REMISSION OF GASTRIC CRISES IN A PATIENT WITH TABES DORSALIS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1961/10// VL - 17 IS - 4 M3 - Case Study SP - 421 EP - 425 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents the case study of a patient with tabes dorsalis in order to define the psychological components of gastric crises and demonstrate the beneficial effects of psychotherapy with a subsequent work program in ameliorating physical symptoms with partial social rehabilitation. The patient is a white, Catholic, male, aged 50. With psychotherapeutic intervention, manipulating transference, and supportive treatment as well as a work program, the patient steadily improved. Gastric crisis symptoms diminished, disability disappeared, the patient developed personal and work abilities, became self-supporting and was able to leave the hospital. KW - LOCOMOTOR ataxia KW - NEUROSYPHILIS KW - PATIENTS KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - REHABILITATION KW - ADJUSTMENT (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 15843945; Wissner, Fred 1 Parsons, Thomas 2; Affiliation: 1: Fairleigh-Dickinson University Rutherford, N. J. 2: Neurologist, Veterans Administration Hospital, Topeka, Kansas.; Source Info: Oct1961, Vol. 17 Issue 4, p421; Subject Term: LOCOMOTOR ataxia; Subject Term: NEUROSYPHILIS; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: REHABILITATION; Subject Term: ADJUSTMENT (Psychology); Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Case Study UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15843945&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pishkin, Vladimir AU - Olson, Lois O. AU - Jacobs, Durand F. T1 - AN OBJECTIVE ATTEMPT TO ANALYZE EMOTIONAL INTERACTIONS BETWEEN PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS AND NURSING STAFF. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1961/10// VL - 17 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 383 EP - 389 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article attempts to analyze the emotional interactions between psychiatric patients and nursing staff on various treatment buildings in a large hospital setting. It was hypothesized that the attitudes and common adjustive behaviors of nursing personnel who are in continued and constant contact with the patients on a particular building will show significantly different types of adjustive behavior. As expected, the patient population demonstrated significantly and consistently poorer emotional health than the nursing population. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - NURSES KW - INTERPERSONAL relations KW - EMOTIONS (Psychology) KW - MENTAL health KW - ADJUSTMENT (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 15843934; Pishkin, Vladimir 1 Olson, Lois O. 1 Jacobs, Durand F. 1; Affiliation: 1: Research Laboratory Veterans Administration Hospital Tomah, Wisconsin.; Source Info: Oct1961, Vol. 17 Issue 4, p383; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: NURSES; Subject Term: INTERPERSONAL relations; Subject Term: EMOTIONS (Psychology); Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: ADJUSTMENT (Psychology); NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15843934&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - GIEDT, F. HAROLD AU - DOWNING, LES T1 - AN EXTRAVERSION SCALE FOR THE MMPI. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1961/04// VL - 17 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 156 EP - 159 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 N1 - Accession Number: 96185042; GIEDT, F. HAROLD 1 DOWNING, LES 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, California 2: University of California, Los Angeles; Source Info: Apr1961, Vol. 17 Issue 2, p156; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=96185042&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ullmann, Leonard P. T1 - UNTESTABILITY OF SCHIZOPHRENICS UPON ADMISSION TO PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITALS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1961/04// VL - 17 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 199 EP - 202 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study which investigated the untestability of schizophrenics upon admission to psychiatric hospitals. 1190 psychotic patients were interviewed and administered a true-false questionnaire upon their admission to one of twelve Virginia psychiatric hospitals. Results of further study indicated that there were significant individual differences among staff psychologists in percentages of subjects found untestable; untestability was significantly associated with unfavorable hospital status 90 days after admission, but was not significantly associated with hospital status 180 days after admission. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - MENTALLY ill KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospitals KW - MENTAL health facilities KW - PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15843731; Ullmann, Leonard P. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California; Source Info: Apr1961, Vol. 17 Issue 2, p199; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC hospitals; Subject Term: MENTAL health facilities; Subject Term: PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621112 Offices of Physicians, Mental Health Specialists; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621420 Outpatient Mental Health and Substance Abuse Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623210 Residential Intellectual and Developmental Disability Facilities; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15843731&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Towbin, Alan P. T1 - THE WAY TO PROFESSIONAL MATURITY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1961/04// VL - 17 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 115 EP - 119 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents the author's views on how to attain the professional maturity in clinical psychology. A considerable, and perhaps the most important part of a clinician's effectiveness in his work develops after his formal training is over, and he is on his own. If they are left open to development in the direction of professional maturity, it would be like doing justice to them. There is little disagreement with the idea that a clinician is heading toward it, if he develops in the direction of competence and autonomy in his work. By competence I mean his effectiveness as a helping person, by autonomy his independence in thought and action. KW - CLINICAL psychologists KW - ATTITUDES toward work KW - PROFESSIONAL orientations KW - PROFESSIONALISM KW - MENTAL health personnel KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15843706; Towbin, Alan P. 1; Affiliation: 1: West Haven Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, Connecticut; Source Info: Apr1961, Vol. 17 Issue 2, p115; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychologists; Subject Term: ATTITUDES toward work; Subject Term: PROFESSIONAL orientations; Subject Term: PROFESSIONALISM; Subject Term: MENTAL health personnel; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15843706&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fine, Harold J. T1 - THE STATUS OF THE CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGIST. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1961/04// VL - 17 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 107 EP - 114 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a discussion on the status of the clinical psychologists. It discusses in detail the smugness or what is conceived to be clinical psychologists' smugness on the levels of inter-professional relations, public images, power strivings, research pose, and briefly touches upon the sociology of mental health. Clinical psychologists worship old shibboleths and slogans and ways of professional life that are not real. When reality is thrust upon them, many times they are unable to cope with it; they pass the buck, look at their growth, and say that by evolution it will be different if they are virtuous and patient, i.e., time will aid and abet the development of the profession of clinical psychology. KW - MENTAL health personnel KW - PERSONALITY KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - BEHAVIORAL scientists KW - PROFESSIONAL employees KW - MENTAL health N1 - Accession Number: 15843705; Fine, Harold J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, Bridgeport, Connecticut; Source Info: Apr1961, Vol. 17 Issue 2, p107; Subject Term: MENTAL health personnel; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL scientists; Subject Term: PROFESSIONAL employees; Subject Term: MENTAL health; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15843705&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gock, Edward F. AU - Marks, John B. T1 - SECOND-ORDER FACTORS IN THE 16 PF TEST AND MMPI INVENTORY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1961/01// VL - 17 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 32 EP - 35 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article informs that the present study is another replication with an attempt to coordinate the 16 PF factor scales with comparable MMPI factor scales and other MMPI information. The sample consisted of 84 hospitalized patients who had a former diagnosis of schizophrenia but were now at the point of being discharged. The MMPI and the 16 PF-Form C tests were given to this group as a standard discharge battery. The degree of replication with similar studies related directly to the amount of variance accounted for by each factor so that the first factor had maximum correspondence with previous findings while the fourth factor had least. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder KW - SYMPTOMS KW - PSYCHOSES KW - PATIENTS N1 - Accession Number: 15828122; Gock, Edward F. 1 Marks, John B. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital American Lake, Washington; Source Info: Jan1961, Vol. 17 Issue 1, p32; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828122&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lorr, Maurice AU - McNair, Douglas M. AU - Russell, Stanley B. T1 - CHARACTERISTICS OF PSYCHIATRIC OUTPATIENTS RECEIVING TRANQUILIZERS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1960/10// VL - 16 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 442 EP - 446 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses characteristics of psychiatric outpatients receiving tranquilizers. A survey was recently conducted in all Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Clinics to obtain data concerning the prevalence, judged benefits and effects of tranquilizer drugs in treating psychiatric outpatients. The present report represents a study of limited aspects of the larger survey. Specifically, the aims of the study were: (a) to compare clinic patients who received tranquilizers as the primary treatment with those who received psychotherapy as the primary treatment; (b) to ascertain the relation of social class level to treatment of outpatients; and (c) to summarize what physicians and psychotherapists consider the indications for and benefits of tranquilizers. KW - TRANQUILIZING drugs KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - SURVEYS KW - PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - CLINICAL medicine KW - PATIENTS KW - PSYCHOTHERAPISTS N1 - Accession Number: 15847283; Lorr, Maurice 1 McNair, Douglas M. 1 Russell, Stanley B. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, Washington, D.C.; Source Info: Oct1960, Vol. 16 Issue 4, p442; Subject Term: TRANQUILIZING drugs; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: SURVEYS; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: CLINICAL medicine; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPISTS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847283&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gocka, Edward F. T1 - THE INTROVERSION-EXTRAVERSION FACTOR AND SOCIAL DESIRABILITY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1960/10// VL - 16 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 380 EP - 383 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article investigates whether the correlation pattern of the Introversion-Extraversion constellation of Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) scales could be entirely accounted for by X-O item balance. It has been found to correlate low with Social Desirability (SD) and also have been identified as a fairly independent second order factorial dimension. The study shows that social desirability effects do enter, in a small way, into the formation of this factor by MMPI scales. These effects then, would introduce a small bias in a factor analysis by making the introversion-extraversion factor more independent of the SD factor than it probably is in nature. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - EXTRAVERSION KW - INTROVERSION KW - SOCIAL desirability KW - SOCIAL psychology KW - PERSONALITY tests N1 - Accession Number: 15847257; Gocka, Edward F. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, American Lake, Washington; Source Info: Oct1960, Vol. 16 Issue 4, p380; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: EXTRAVERSION; Subject Term: INTROVERSION; Subject Term: SOCIAL desirability; Subject Term: SOCIAL psychology; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847257&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dinoff, Michael AU - Horner, Robert F. AU - Kurpiewski, B. S. AU - Timmons, Edwin O. T1 - CONDITIONING VERBAL BEHAVIOR OF SCHIZOPHRENICS IN A GROUP THERAPY-LIKE SITUATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1960/10// VL - 16 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 367 EP - 370 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article analyzes conditioning verbal behavior of schizophrenics in a group therapy. In group psychotherapy the assumption is made that the same laws of verbal conditioning are involved as have been shown to apply in individual psychotherapy. Using a newly developed, easily scored and highly reliable scoring system, individual verbal response levels were established in a group situation with a schizophrenic population. Elicitation and verbal reinforcement were employed to condition and then counter-condition either personal or group references. KW - VERBAL behavior -- Testing KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - GROUP psychotherapy KW - VERBAL conditioning KW - MENTALLY ill KW - CONDITIONED response N1 - Accession Number: 15847253; Dinoff, Michael 1 Horner, Robert F. 1 Kurpiewski, B. S. 1 Timmons, Edwin O. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Tuscaloosa, Alabama; Source Info: Oct1960, Vol. 16 Issue 4, p367; Subject Term: VERBAL behavior -- Testing; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: GROUP psychotherapy; Subject Term: VERBAL conditioning; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: CONDITIONED response; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847253&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rickard, Henry C. AU - Dignam, Patrick J. AU - Horner, Robert F. T1 - VERBAL MANIPULATION IN A PSYCHOTHERAPEUTIC RELATIONSHIP. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1960/10// VL - 16 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 364 EP - 367 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports the manipulation of verbal behavior in a 60-year-old male who has been hospitalized continuously for over twenty years. The patient was verbose, expressing freely delusions of grandeur and persecution. A direct attempt was made to reduce a specific class of deviant verbal behavior; no attempt was made to cope with underlying attitudes, dynamics, or feelings. The results of experiment suggest that in a structured psychotherapeutic relationship a selected class of verbal behavior can be modified through reinforcement techniques. It is further indicated, however, that this modification may be quite tenuous, existing only under a high frequency of reinforcement. KW - VERBAL behavior KW - MANIPULATIVE behavior KW - VERBAL ability KW - COGNITION disorders KW - HALLUCINATIONS & illusions KW - CONDITIONED response N1 - Accession Number: 15847252; Rickard, Henry C. 1 Dignam, Patrick J. 2 Horner, Robert F. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Tuscaloosa, Alabama 2: Florida State Hospital, Hollywood, Florida.; Source Info: Oct1960, Vol. 16 Issue 4, p364; Subject Term: VERBAL behavior; Subject Term: MANIPULATIVE behavior; Subject Term: VERBAL ability; Subject Term: COGNITION disorders; Subject Term: HALLUCINATIONS & illusions; Subject Term: CONDITIONED response; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847252&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gocka, Edward F. AU - Mees, Hayden L. T1 - THE REPRESENTATION OF MMPI SCALES BY MMPI FACTOR SCALES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1960/07// VL - 16 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 291 EP - 295 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on the representation of the MMPI factor scales. In 1959, researcher H.L. Mees factored two inter-correlation matrices representing a large number of non-overlapping items from all of the MMPI clinical scales and obtained several factors. The first three of these factors were of sufficient strength and stability to justify the construction of relatively pure factor scales from the heavily loaded items. All items included in these scales had similar factor loadings both for a group of 300 heterogeneous university counseling center clients and hospitalized neuro-psychiatric patients of mixed diagnoses. KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - SYMPTOMS KW - MEDICAL care KW - UNIVERSITIES & colleges KW - PSYCHIATRY N1 - Accession Number: 15843679; Gocka, Edward F. 1 Mees, Hayden L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, American Lake, Washington; Source Info: Jul1960, Vol. 16 Issue 3, p291; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: UNIVERSITIES & colleges; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611310 Colleges, Universities, and Professional Schools; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15843679&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Crumpton, Evelyn AU - Cantor, Joel M. AU - Batiste, Curt T1 - A FACTOR ANALYTIC STUDY OF BARRON'S EGO STRENGTH SCALE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1960/07// VL - 16 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 283 EP - 291 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on a factor analytic study of the psychologist F. Barron's ego strength scale. The results of the factor analysis and the subsequent treatment of the data suggest strongly that the Barron ego strength scale is misnamed. Inspection of the content reveals that the scale takes a negative approach to the measurement of ego strength, i.e., the absence of indications of ego weakness is interpreted as ego strength. Certainly there must be positive qualities of ego strength that would separate more clearly the effective students from the non-effective patients. Clinicians are ordinarily interested in assessing the ego strength of the not-so-effective individual, not of the person who is demonstrating an adequate level of ego strength in his every day behavior. KW - PERSONALITY KW - MEDICAL personnel KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - PATIENTS KW - EGO strength KW - MEDICAL care N1 - Accession Number: 15843678; Crumpton, Evelyn 1 Cantor, Joel M. 2 Batiste, Curt 3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Neuropsychiatric Hospital and University of California Medical Center, Los Angeles 2: Veterans Administration Neuropsychiatric Hospital and College of Medical Evangelists, Los Angeles 3: University of California Medical Center, LOS Angeles; Source Info: Jul1960, Vol. 16 Issue 3, p283; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: MEDICAL personnel; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: EGO strength; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15843678&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jensen, Milton B. AU - Morris, William E. T1 - RELI ABILITY-UNRELIABILITY OF ANCILLARY PSYCHIATRIC EVALUATIONS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1960/07// VL - 16 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 248 EP - 252 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on the reliability and un-reliability of ancillary psychiatric evaluations. The application of a number of objective tests to determine motivation components is opening a new dimension in the study of attitudes. The test devices were carefully selected to fill several needs distinctive to this study. The criteria utilized in this choice were historical effectiveness as markers of motivation components, adaptability physically and psychologically to a young population, and ability to discriminate between two or more conflicting hypotheses for the identifying of the same motivation components. KW - MENTAL health services KW - ACHIEVEMENT tests KW - ADAPTABILITY (Psychology) KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - PERSONALITY N1 - Accession Number: 15843668; Jensen, Milton B. 1 Morris, William E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Salisbury, North Carolina; Source Info: Jul1960, Vol. 16 Issue 3, p248; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; Subject Term: ACHIEVEMENT tests; Subject Term: ADAPTABILITY (Psychology); Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15843668&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rogers, Lawrence S. T1 - DROP-OUT RATES AND RESULTS OF PSYCHOTHERAPY IN GOVERNMENT AIDED MENTAL HYGIENE CLINICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1960/01// VL - 16 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 89 EP - 92 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article compares the drop-out rates, the length of psychotherapy and the improvement rates of government aided mental hygiene clinics in the United States. It was found that the curve of the drop-out rate was the same general shape for all clinics and that the small differences found might be a function of the definition of a case and of treatment. The various agencies reported that only 22.9 to 48.8% of the cases referred actually entered treatment. Moreover, there appears to be a strong inverse relationship between the percentage of cases accepted for treatment and the percentage of such patients reported improved. KW - MENTALLY ill KW - PATIENTS KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - HEALTH facilities KW - MENTAL health services KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 15827996; Rogers, Lawrence S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Mental Hygiene Clinic, Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver, Colorado.; Source Info: Jan1960, Vol. 16 Issue 1, p89; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: HEALTH facilities; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; Subject Term: UNITED States; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827996&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pishkin, Vladimir AU - Bradsraw Jr., F. J. T1 - PREDICTION OF RESPONSE TO TRIAL VISIT IN A NEUROPSYCHIATRIC POPULATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1960/01// VL - 16 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 85 EP - 88 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study, which investigates the prediction of response to trial visit in a neuropsychiatric population. The investigation established determiners of trial visit success response in a neuropsychiatric population. A sample of 403 male patients was evaluated on 48 actuarial variables in relation to trial visit success or failure responses. Analysis of the data indicated that out of 48 variables, only 8 proved to be significant in differentiating success-failure groups. They were: age, placement, treatment service, area of coverage, number of prior trial visits, duration of current hospitalization, and group psychotherapy. KW - NEUROPSYCHIATRY KW - PATIENTS KW - GROUP psychotherapy KW - GROUP counseling KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - HOSPITAL care N1 - Accession Number: 15827994; Pishkin, Vladimir 1 Bradsraw Jr., F. J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Tomah, Wisconsin.; Source Info: Jan1960, Vol. 16 Issue 1, p85; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: GROUP psychotherapy; Subject Term: GROUP counseling; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: HOSPITAL care; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827994&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Yamahiro, Roy A. AU - Griffith, Richard M. T1 - VALIDITY OF TWO INDICES OF SEXUAL DEVIANCY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1960/01// VL - 16 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 21 EP - 24 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article examines the validity of two indices--Rorschach content indices and the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) Sexual Deviation Scale--to detect the sexual deviancy of normal homosexuals. Homosexuality, or voyeurism, or exhibitionism is never only a spot on an otherwise normal personality but inevitably only the visible aspect of a pervading tincture. The majority of the subjects for the present study had been living within their community, shunning hospital and evading prison and presumably maintaining a semblance of normal adjustment. The subjects in this study were found to score highly on the sexual deviancy scale of the MMPI. KW - PARAPHILIAS KW - DEVIANT behavior KW - RORSCHACH Test KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PSYCHOSEXUAL disorders KW - HOMOSEXUALITY N1 - Accession Number: 15827971; Yamahiro, Roy A. 1 Griffith, Richard M. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital. 2: University of Kentucky Lexington, Kentucky.; Source Info: Jan1960, Vol. 16 Issue 1, p21; Subject Term: PARAPHILIAS; Subject Term: DEVIANT behavior; Subject Term: RORSCHACH Test; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PSYCHOSEXUAL disorders; Subject Term: HOMOSEXUALITY; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827971&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wiener, Daniel N. T1 - THE EFFECT OF ARBITRARY TERMINATION ON RETURN TO PSYCHOTHERAPY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1959/07// VL - 15 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 335 EP - 338 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses the effect of arbitrary termination on return to psychotherapy. Many clinics and, apparently to a lesser extent because of limiting financial factors, individual practitioners, are confronted by these seemingly interminable "supportive" cases. The opportunity presented itself to test out these hypotheses when two of the resident psychiatrists at a mental hygiene clinic for veterans were about to be transferred from the clinic as part of their training rotation. Between them they were treating 60 patients who ordinarily would have been transferred to new therapists. KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - HYPOTHESIS KW - PATIENTS KW - PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient KW - HEALTH facilities KW - MENTAL health personnel N1 - Accession Number: 15795868; Wiener, Daniel N. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center, St. Paul, Minnesota.; Source Info: Jul1959, Vol. 15 Issue 3, p335; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: HYPOTHESIS; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient; Subject Term: HEALTH facilities; Subject Term: MENTAL health personnel; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15795868&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tallent, Norman AU - Reiss, William J. T1 - MULTIDISCIPLINARY VIEWS ON THE PREPARATION OF WRITTEN CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGICAL REPORTS: I. SPONTANEOUS SUGGESTIONS FOR CONTENT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1959/04// VL - 15 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 218 EP - 221 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study that focuses on multidisciplinary views on the preparation of written clinical psychological reports. Psychologists, psychiatrists and social workers were asked to supply opinions on the kinds of material which constitute proper content for psychological reports in a psychiatric setting. The findings give some suggestions concerning what members of these professions tend to consider as important topics for clinical evaluation. The data may be further interpreted as a challenge to some of the content commonly found in psychological reports. KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL report writing KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - SOCIAL workers KW - CLINICAL neuropsychology -- Authorship KW - BEHAVIORAL scientists KW - REPORT writing N1 - Accession Number: 15846049; Tallent, Norman 1 Reiss, William J. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Kecoughtan, Virginia and George Washington University. 2: Veterans Administration Center Kecoughtan, Virginia.; Source Info: Apr1959, Vol. 15 Issue 2, p218; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL report writing; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: SOCIAL workers; Subject Term: CLINICAL neuropsychology -- Authorship; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL scientists; Subject Term: REPORT writing; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846049&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Frank Whiting, J. T1 - NEEDS, VALUES, PERCEPTIONS AND THE NURSE-PATIENT RELATIONSHIP. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1959/04// VL - 15 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 146 EP - 150 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on needs, values, perceptions and the nurse-patient relationship. it reports illustrative data from a research program dealing with the relationships between personal needs, values and perceptions as they influence a particular inter-personal relationship in the modern hospital. Two sets of data are presented to illustrate the kinds of findings being made in the course of the research. The first set of data deals with a comparison of registered nurses' and patients' perceptions of various behaviors involved with the nurse's role in relation to medication, in the tuberculosis setting. The second set of data consists of a correlational matrix indicating the degree of similarity of perceptions existing between several groups of individuals in the tuberculosis, psychiatric and general hospital settings. KW - NURSE & patient KW - INTERPERSONAL relations KW - MEDICAL personnel KW - TUBERCULOSIS KW - PATIENTS KW - VALUES (Ethics) N1 - Accession Number: 15846029; Frank Whiting, J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Leech Farm Road, Pittsburgh, Pa.; Source Info: Apr1959, Vol. 15 Issue 2, p146; Subject Term: NURSE & patient; Subject Term: INTERPERSONAL relations; Subject Term: MEDICAL personnel; Subject Term: TUBERCULOSIS; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: VALUES (Ethics); Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846029&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Daston, Paul G. T1 - EFFECTS OF TWO PHENOTHIAZINE DRUGS ON CONCENTRATIVE ATTENTION SPAN OF CHRONIC SCHIZOPHRENICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1959/01// VL - 15 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 106 EP - 109 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents the findings of the study designed as an exploratory investigation of effects of chlorpromazine and promazine on concentrative attention span of chronic schizophrenics. Twenty-six chronic schizophrenics were tested for changes in concentrative attention span. There were significant phenothiazine drug groups favored both phenothiazine vs. other groups in paired associative learning. Trends favored both phenothiazine drug groups on immediate memory. It was concluded that small increments in span of concentrative attention might have been associated with these increases. KW - ANTIPSYCHOTIC drugs KW - CHLORPROMAZINE KW - PHENOTHIAZINE KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - PAIRED associate learning KW - ATTENTION N1 - Accession Number: 15845929; Daston, Paul G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Brockton, Massachusetts; Source Info: Jan1959, Vol. 15 Issue 1, p106; Subject Term: ANTIPSYCHOTIC drugs; Subject Term: CHLORPROMAZINE; Subject Term: PHENOTHIAZINE; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: PAIRED associate learning; Subject Term: ATTENTION; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845929&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Guertin, Wilson H. AU - Krugman, Arnold D. T1 - A FACTOR ANALYTICALLY DERIVED SCAI4E FOR RATING ACTIVITIES OF PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1959/01// VL - 15 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 32 EP - 36 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a factor analytically derived scale for rating activities of psychiatric patients. The scale proposed grew out of the need for evaluating changes in behavioral adjustment. Observations regarding the behavior of male mental hospital patients were made to select the scale items. The items were factor analyzed and following six major factors were found to be associated with the phenomena: deteriorated behavior, interpersonal tensions, emotional controls, resistive isolation, regressive agitation, and reality concern. KW - SCALE analysis (Psychology) KW - FACTOR analysis KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospitals KW - BEHAVIORAL assessment N1 - Accession Number: 15845906; Guertin, Wilson H. 1 Krugman, Arnold D. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Knoxville, Iowa; Source Info: Jan1959, Vol. 15 Issue 1, p32; Subject Term: SCALE analysis (Psychology); Subject Term: FACTOR analysis; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC hospitals; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL assessment; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623210 Residential Intellectual and Developmental Disability Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845906&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ullmann, Leonard P. AU - Berkman, Virginia C. T1 - JUDGMENTS OF OUTCOME OF HOME CARE PLACEMENT FROM PSYCHOLOGICAL MATERIAL. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1959/01// VL - 15 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 28 EP - 31 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study that investigates the role of personality evaluation in the selection of patients for home care placement. Clinical judgment is of value in the selection process of patients for home care placement, even if the clinician predicts the criterion less accurately than an actuarial method. The clinician need only add to the relationship between the actuarial method and the criterion. If the clinician measures an aspect of the criterion different from that measured by the actuarial method, he provides valuable information. However, findings indicate that it is difficult to specify the situations in which increased knowledge may be usefully applied. KW - HOME care services KW - PERSONALITY assessment KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - AFTERCARE (Hospitals) KW - HOME-based mental health services KW - HOME care services -- Prospective payment N1 - Accession Number: 15845905; Ullmann, Leonard P. 1 Berkman, Virginia C. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California; Source Info: Jan1959, Vol. 15 Issue 1, p28; Subject Term: HOME care services; Subject Term: PERSONALITY assessment; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: AFTERCARE (Hospitals); Subject Term: HOME-based mental health services; Subject Term: HOME care services -- Prospective payment; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621399 Offices of All Other Miscellaneous Health Practitioners; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621390 Offices of all other health practitioners; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621610 Home Health Care Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624120 Services for the Elderly and Persons with Disabilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621420 Outpatient Mental Health and Substance Abuse Centers; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845905&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mahrer, Alvin R. AU - Bernstein, Lewis T1 - A PROPOSED METHOD FOR MEASURING POTENTIAL INTELLIGENCE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1958/10// VL - 14 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 404 EP - 409 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article aims to test the concept of potential intelligence using the proposed method of measurement. Specifically, it is hypothesized that the potential intelligence score will be significantly higher than the standard intelligence score. J.B. Rotter's construct of behavior potential suggests that an individual has a large body of experiences that are directly or indirectly related to any intelligence test item. Those experiences with the higher behavior potential will be given as a response to an intelligence test question more readily than those with lower behavior potential. KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - INTELLECT KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Methodology KW - BEHAVIOR KW - ROTTER, J. B. N1 - Accession Number: 15845821; Mahrer, Alvin R. 1 Bernstein, Lewis 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver, Colorado.; Source Info: Oct1958, Vol. 14 Issue 4, p404; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: INTELLECT; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Methodology; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; People: ROTTER, J. B.; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845821&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Petrovich, Donald V. T1 - THE PAIN APPERCEPTION TEST: PSYCHOLOGICAL CORRELATES OF PAIN PERCEPTION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1958/10// VL - 14 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 367 EP - 374 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This paper studies the efficacy of the Pain Apperception Test as a research tool by investigating the consistency of individual response as to pain apperception, neuroticism, manifest anxiety, and self-appraisal. The research design involved the PAT, a medical questionnaire, Taylor Manifest Anxiety Scale, and a pain experience questionnaire. Data from responses to these instruments permitted studying the relationship of pain apperception to personality characteristics, and to subjects' ratings of their comparative past pain experience. Relationships also were examined regarding the comparative apperception of pain in the counterpart PAT pictures, thus investigating Anticipation versus Felt-Sensation. KW - PERCEPTION KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - MENTAL health KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - QUESTIONNAIRES KW - ANXIETY N1 - Accession Number: 15845810; Petrovich, Donald V. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Jefferson Barracks, Missouri.; Source Info: Oct1958, Vol. 14 Issue 4, p367; Subject Term: PERCEPTION; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: QUESTIONNAIRES; Subject Term: ANXIETY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845810&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Stauffacher, James C. T1 - RECOVERY FROM PARANOID DELUSIONS FOLLOWING HYPNOTIC UNCOVERING OF REPRESSED EPISODES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1958/07// VL - 14 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 328 EP - 331 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a case related to a patient who achieved a complete social recovery although the basic homosexual conflict was not brought to the awareness of the patient. This patient had made a satisfactory pre-service adjustment and apparently developed a paranoid schizophrenic break as a result of intense guilt associated with an airplane crash which killed many of his buddies and for which he felt responsible. The psychosis was finally precipitated by intense guilt feelings over a promiscuous episode. He apparently made no immediate therapeutic gains with electro-convulsive and insulin coma therapy. KW - PARANOID schizophrenia KW - DELUSIONS KW - HYPNOTISM KW - PSYCHOSES KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - INSULIN N1 - Accession Number: 15827925; Stauffacher, James C. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, American Lake, Washington.; Source Info: Jul1958, Vol. 14 Issue 3, p328; Subject Term: PARANOID schizophrenia; Subject Term: DELUSIONS; Subject Term: HYPNOTISM; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: INSULIN; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827925&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Peterovich, Donald V. T1 - A SURVEY OF PAINFULNESS CONCEPTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1958/07// VL - 14 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 288 EP - 291 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on a survey of painfulness concepts. A Pain Survey was devised to assess painfulness concepts by requiring each subject to list ten situations which one associates with pain; and subsequently to indicate those which have actually happened to he, and to rank order all 10 according to painfulness. The survey was administered to groups of university Students, with the subject sample consisting of 50 males and 50 females having a mean age of 20.43 years. The 1,000 responses were placed in 200 pain categories and these categories typed as physical, psychological, or blend according to the independent judgment of four clinical psychologists. KW - SURVEYS KW - PAIN KW - CONCEPTS KW - UNIVERSITIES & colleges KW - COLLEGE students KW - EDUCATION KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS N1 - Accession Number: 15827911; Peterovich, Donald V. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Jefferson Barracks, Missouri.; Source Info: Jul1958, Vol. 14 Issue 3, p288; Subject Term: SURVEYS; Subject Term: PAIN; Subject Term: CONCEPTS; Subject Term: UNIVERSITIES & colleges; Subject Term: COLLEGE students; Subject Term: EDUCATION; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611699 All Other Miscellaneous Schools and Instruction; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611710 Educational Support Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923110 Administration of Education Programs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611310 Colleges, Universities, and Professional Schools; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827911&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ullmann, Leonard P. AU - Hunrichs, William A. T1 - THE ROLE OF ANXIETY IN PSYCHODIAGNOSIS: REPLICATION AND EXTENSION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1958/07// VL - 14 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 276 EP - 279 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on the role of anxiety in psychodiagnosis. Researchers C.N. Zimet and G.A. Brackbill reported disappointing differentiations by test measures of anxiety between diagnosed neurotic, psychotic, and personality disorders at a general medical hospital. The present study replicated Zimet and Brackbill's investigation using patients at a neuropsychiatric hospital. Additional test measures of intellectual functioning were also studied. Comparisons made between patients with different diagnoses at the same type of hospital and between patients with the same diagnosis at different types of hospital led to the conclusion that there is no simple or direct relationship between tests purportedly measuring personality variables and the use of such concepts as manifested by psychiatric classification. KW - ANXIETY KW - PATIENTS KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - PROGNOSIS KW - SYMPTOMS KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15827907; Ullmann, Leonard P. 1 Hunrichs, William A. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Polo Alto, California. 2: San Diego State College, San Diego, California.; Source Info: Jul1958, Vol. 14 Issue 3, p276; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: PROGNOSIS; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827907&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Whitmyre, John W. T1 - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENT AUDIENCE REACTIONS TO TYPES OF MOTION PICTURES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1958/07// VL - 14 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 259 EP - 264 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article determines whether there is any discernable relationship between the type of movie shown a psychiatric patient audience and the degree of overt disturbance which the audience shows while viewing the picture. Also, the validity of rejecting a priori certain pictures for psychiatric patient audiences is to be evaluated. Two groups of hospitalized veteran male NP patients were studied in regard to the overt disturbed behavior demonstrated while viewing different kinds of motion pictures. The amount of disturbance was determined by observing critical scaled disturbed behaviors of the patients in the audience, and calculating an average disturbance score for each patient at each movie. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - MOTION pictures KW - THEORY of knowledge KW - BEHAVIOR KW - AUDIENCES KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 15827902; Whitmyre, John W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Salt Lake City, Utah.; Source Info: Jul1958, Vol. 14 Issue 3, p259; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: MOTION pictures; Subject Term: THEORY of knowledge; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Subject Term: AUDIENCES; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); NAICS/Industry Codes: 512110 Motion Picture and Video Production; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827902&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Feldman, Raymond AU - Lorr, Maurice AU - Russell, Stanley B. T1 - A MENTAL HYGIENE CLINIC CASE SURVEY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1958/07// VL - 14 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 245 EP - 250 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on a survey conducted in 63 Veterans Administration mental hygiene clinics to obtain information concerning the judged effects and benefits of outpatient treatment for psychiatric and neurologic disabilities. More specifically, this study sought to secure four types of data: the frequency of treatment interviews for different types of psychiatric patients; the length in minutes of the usual interview; the extent to which outpatient treatment averts hospitalization; and the extent to which different types of patients are judged to benefit from treatment. KW - SURVEYS KW - MENTAL health KW - PATIENTS KW - HEALTH facilities KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - DISABILITIES KW - INTERVIEWS N1 - Accession Number: 15827899; Feldman, Raymond 1 Lorr, Maurice 1 Russell, Stanley B. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, Washington, D. C..; Source Info: Jul1958, Vol. 14 Issue 3, p245; Subject Term: SURVEYS; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: HEALTH facilities; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: DISABILITIES; Subject Term: INTERVIEWS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827899&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Shatin, Leo T1 - THE CONSTRICTION-DILATION DIMENSION IN RORSCHACH AND TAT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1958/04// VL - 14 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 149 EP - 154 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The present article reports the results of a statistical correlational analysis of constriction-dilation as manifested in the Rorschach test and reflected in the Thematic Apperception Test (TAT). The chi-square tests of independence for each of the Rorschach categories versus all seven TAT were categorized. There were 21 associations statistically significant at the 5% level or better, from a possible maximum of 42. Twenty of these 21 were in the direction consistent with the hypothesis. These results provide emphatic evidence that constriction on the Rorsehach projective test is closely associated with constriction evinced in response to a second projective technique, the TAT. KW - THEMATIC Apperception Test KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - RORSCHACH Test KW - CHI-squared test KW - STATISTICAL hypothesis testing N1 - Accession Number: 15845707; Shatin, Leo 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital and Albany Medical College, Albany, New York.; Source Info: Apr1958, Vol. 14 Issue 2, p149; Subject Term: THEMATIC Apperception Test; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: RORSCHACH Test; Subject Term: CHI-squared test; Subject Term: STATISTICAL hypothesis testing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845707&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Schultz, Karl V. T1 - THE PSYCHOLOGICALLY HEALTHY PERSON: A STUDY IN IDENTIFICATION AND PREDICTION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1958/04// VL - 14 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 112 EP - 117 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a study on the psychologically healthy person. The basic procedures of this study were originally applied in a pilot study to a group of 15 University of Southern California graduate students in the Veterans Administration clinical psychology training program. Results were encouraging and certain refinements were made in the design and materials. The final research group was made up of 40 male graduate students enrolled in the School of Religion, University of Southern California, during the spring of 1952. Controls were imposed to maximize homogeneity with respect to age, cultural background, and social acquaintance. KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - APPLIED psychology KW - GRADUATE students KW - RESEARCH teams KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15845695; Schultz, Karl V. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Oakland, Calif.; Source Info: Apr1958, Vol. 14 Issue 2, p112; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: APPLIED psychology; Subject Term: GRADUATE students; Subject Term: RESEARCH teams; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845695&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Trehub, Arnold AU - Scherer, Isidor W. T1 - THE CLINICAL APPLICATION OF SEQUENTIAL ANALYSIS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1958/01// VL - 14 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 86 EP - 89 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses the clinical application of sequential analysis. It sates that sequential analysis is a relatively recent statistical development and appears of particular interest in the clinical setting. When sequential analysis is used in testing percentage it deals directly with the classification of individual cases. This is of particular importance in the clinical situation where the percentage of mistakes in the disposition of individuals is of prime concern. A sequential channel once computed may be used for any number of problems inquiring decisions within the same statistical limits. KW - SEQUENTIAL analysis KW - CLINICAL health psychology KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - MATHEMATICAL statistics KW - INTEREST (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Mathematical models N1 - Accession Number: 15847143; Trehub, Arnold 1 Scherer, Isidor W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Northampton, Mass.; Source Info: Jan1958, Vol. 14 Issue 1, p86; Subject Term: SEQUENTIAL analysis; Subject Term: CLINICAL health psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: MATHEMATICAL statistics; Subject Term: INTEREST (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Mathematical models; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847143&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rubinstein, Eli A. AU - Lorr, Maurice T1 - PATIENT TYPES IN OUTPATIENT PSYCHOTHERAPY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1957/10// VL - 13 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 356 EP - 361 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses patient types in outpatient psychotherapy. Seventy-two male, nonpsychotic veterans receiving intensive, individual psychotherapy at eleven Veterans Administration mental hygiene clinics were rated on the MSRPP. Each patient was rated by his own therapist at the end of the third or fourth therapeutic hour. The frequency distribution of each scale variable was dichotomized as closely as possible to the median for the entire sample, coded and punched on IBM cards. Four-fold tables of agreement between patients on traits and symptoms noted were obtained. KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PATIENTS KW - PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - THERAPEUTICS N1 - Accession Number: 15845634; Rubinstein, Eli A. 1 Lorr, Maurice 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration and Catholic University; Source Info: Oct1957, Vol. 13 Issue 4, p356; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845634&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dworin, Jack AU - Oakley T1 - AUTHORITARIAN PATTERNS IN THE MOTHERS OF SCHIZOPHRENICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1957/10// VL - 13 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 332 EP - 338 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses authoritarian patterns in the mothers of schizophrenics. The mothers of the schizophrenic patients showed an extremely domineering, smothering, close relationship with the child. In the group sessions very often they indicated where the patient was to sit, what he should talk about, and frequently they chided him on his behavior. Material brought up in the sessions indicated that when the patient left the hospital for a weekend or short visit, his mother met him at the train, attempted to plan what he should do, when he should do it, and with whom he should do things. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - MOTHERS KW - MENTALLY ill KW - PATIENTS KW - BEHAVIOR KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15845629; Dworin, Jack 1 Oakley 2; Affiliation: 1: State Hospital Torrance, Pennsylvania 2: Veterans Administration Hospital North port, New York; Source Info: Oct1957, Vol. 13 Issue 4, p332; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: MOTHERS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845629&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rubinstein, Eli A. AU - Lorr, Maurice T1 - SELF AND PEER PERSONALITY RATINGS OF PSYCHOTHERAPISTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1957/07// VL - 13 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 295 EP - 298 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on self and peer personality ratings of psychotherapists. Self and peer personality ratings on the MSRPP were obtained on a group of 67 psychotherapists in a mental hygiene clinics. These included psychiatrists, psychologists, and social workers. Analysis in terms of six previously identified factors showed no significant differences among the three disciplines on any of the factors. At the same time, there were significant differences between these therapists and a sample of patients who had also been rated on all the factors. Therapists were rated as less tense and anxious than the patients, with less hostile rebelliousness, a higher sense of personal adequacy, and more motivation for long term goals. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPISTS KW - MENTAL health personnel KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PERSONALITY assessment KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PSYCHIATRISTS KW - MOTIVATION (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 15795822; Rubinstein, Eli A. 1 Lorr, Maurice 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration 2: Catholic University of America; Source Info: Jul1957, Vol. 13 Issue 3, p295; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPISTS; Subject Term: MENTAL health personnel; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PERSONALITY assessment; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRISTS; Subject Term: MOTIVATION (Psychology); NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15795822&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Elmore, Clyde M. AU - Gorham, Donald R. T1 - MEASURING THE IMPAIRMENT OF THE ABSTRACTING FUNCTION WITH THE PROVERBS TEST. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1957/07// VL - 13 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 263 EP - 266 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the measurement of the impairment of the abstracting function with the Proverb Test. The multiple-choice Proverbs Test consists of forty items with four answers each. It is scored by stencil. An abstract (Ab) score consists of the total number of correct responses. A concrete (Co) score consists of the number of items marked from 18 "concrete" answers. The clinical manual for the test provides norms for schizophrenic and normal populations including mean scores by intelligence levels. The essential design of this study consists of matching cases for intelligence in order to compare Proverbs Test scores by sex and diagnostic group. The index of intelligence used was the Word Knowledge Test of the Airman Classification Battery. KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - INTELLIGENCE levels KW - INTELLECT KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - MENTALLY ill N1 - Accession Number: 15795814; Elmore, Clyde M. 1 Gorham, Donald R. 2; Affiliation: 1: Headquarters Firing Training Air Force Waco, Texas 2: Veterans Administration Center and Baylor University, Waco, Texas; Source Info: Jul1957, Vol. 13 Issue 3, p263; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE levels; Subject Term: INTELLECT; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15795814&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lorr, Maurice AU - O'Connor, James P. AU - Stafford, John W. T1 - CONFIRMATION OF NINE PSYCHOTIC SYMPTOM PATTERNS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1957/07// VL - 13 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 252 EP - 257 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article confirms nine psychotic symptom patterns. The analysis is prompted by the belief that identification of the basic symptom patterns of the functional disorders represents an important and possibly necessary initial phase of research in this area. Once the basic dimensions of illness are isolated and quantitatively appraised, more fundamental research into the origin and dynamics of pathological and deviant behavior can proceed with greater certainty. Dissatisfaction with current classificatory schemes is widespread. Initially achieved through acute clinical observation, a form of armchair factor analysis, diagnostic classifications are now periodically modified and "validated" by majority vote of practicing members of professional associations. KW - PSYCHOSES KW - SYMPTOMS KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - DEVIANT behavior KW - FACTOR analysis KW - CORRELATION (Statistics) N1 - Accession Number: 15795812; Lorr, Maurice 1,2 O'Connor, James P. 2 Stafford, John W. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration 2: Catholic University; Source Info: Jul1957, Vol. 13 Issue 3, p252; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: DEVIANT behavior; Subject Term: FACTOR analysis; Subject Term: CORRELATION (Statistics); Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15795812&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ellsworth, Robert B. T1 - SOME OBSERVATIONS ON PATIENT GOVERNMENT: PROBLEMS AND PARAMETERS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1956/10// VL - 12 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 353 EP - 357 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article reports on some observations on patient government. In a small way, patient government, as practiced in the Continued Treatment Service of this hospital, seems to give the chronic patient an opportunity to again become an active participant in attempting to resolve his individual needs with the demands of his environment. The patients are exposed to a situation in which they recognize and discuss problems of living together, and attempt to apply their own solutions to them. They are able to see the results of their attempts to solve their problems, and regain some of their former problem-solving skills in an institutional setting. KW - MENTAL health services KW - PATIENTS KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - CHRONIC diseases KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - APPLIED psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15827767; Ellsworth, Robert B. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Fore Douglas Division, Salt Lake City, Utah.; Source Info: Oct1956, Vol. 12 Issue 4, p353; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: CHRONIC diseases; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: APPLIED psychology; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827767&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dailey, Charles A. T1 - PSYCHOLOGIC FINDINGS FIVE YEARS AFTER HEAD INJURY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1956/10// VL - 12 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 349 EP - 353 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article reports on some psychologic findings five years after head injury. Five years after receiving a head injury sufficiently severe to produce habitual seizures 31 male veteran patients were examined with a variety of psychologic tests. The 31 patients represented all patients with post traumatic epilepsy entering the hospital during the period of the study who had sustained a head injury five years or more previously. The median age was 23, and their ages varied from 20 to 53 at the time of the original head injury. Median education was 11 grades, with a range from 4 grades to 4 years of college. KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - WOUNDS & injuries KW - HEAD KW - PATIENTS KW - EPILEPSY KW - STANDARD deviations N1 - Accession Number: 15827766; Dailey, Charles A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Louis, Mo.; Source Info: Oct1956, Vol. 12 Issue 4, p349; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: WOUNDS & injuries; Subject Term: HEAD; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: EPILEPSY; Subject Term: STANDARD deviations; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827766&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rubinstein, Eli A. AU - Lorr, Maurice T1 - A COMPARISON OF TERMINATORS AND REMAINERS IN OUTPATIENT PSYCHOTHERAPY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1956/10// VL - 12 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 345 EP - 349 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article reports on a comparison of terminators and remainers in outpatient psychotherapy. The sample consisted of 128 veteran patients from nine different VA mental hygiene clinics throughout the country. These veterans were all male, nonpsychotic patients who had been accepted for intensive treatment. They had not been hospitalized within the past year for neuropsychiatric illness and had not previously been in treatment at a mental hygiene clinic. This sample was selected from a larger group and consisted of two extreme groups in terms of length of treatment. One group of 60 patients had been in treatment for at least six months, or a total of 26 visits, since most patients are seen on a once a week basis. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - PATIENTS KW - MENTAL health KW - HEALTH KW - SANITATION KW - CLINICAL sociology N1 - Accession Number: 15827765; Rubinstein, Eli A. 1 Lorr, Maurice 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration and Catholic University.; Source Info: Oct1956, Vol. 12 Issue 4, p345; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: HEALTH; Subject Term: SANITATION; Subject Term: CLINICAL sociology; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827765&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fine, Harold J. AU - Zimet, Carl N. T1 - A QUANTITATIVE METHOD OF SCALING COMMUNICATION AND INTERACTION PROCESS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1956/07// VL - 12 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 268 EP - 271 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on a quantitative method of scaling communication and interaction process. A participation rating scale was drawn up as an adaptation and reformulation of the categories of interaction scale and theme analysis. Each participant's response, whether of a few words or a lengthy verbalization was considered a unit and evaluated in terms of the quality of its theme and this evaluation of the interaction was rated on the scale. The method of measurement described is not only a scale that rates the quality of interaction, it also identifies the process of communication in a small group setting. It attempts to assess the open or closed channels of communication operating within a theoretical framework of psychotherapy. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - CLINICAL sociology KW - SOCIAL participation KW - COMMUNICATION KW - SOCIAL interaction KW - SOCIAL psychiatry N1 - Accession Number: 15845479; Fine, Harold J. 1 Zimet, Carl N. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Bridgeport, Connecticut. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital Albany, New York.; Source Info: Jul1956, Vol. 12 Issue 3, p268; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: CLINICAL sociology; Subject Term: SOCIAL participation; Subject Term: COMMUNICATION; Subject Term: SOCIAL interaction; Subject Term: SOCIAL psychiatry; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845479&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jost, Hudson AU - Epstein, Leon J. T1 - THE RORSCHACH AS A PHYSIOLOGICAL STRESS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1956/07// VL - 12 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 259 EP - 263 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article investigates the Rorschach examination as a stress producing situation. It shows that control subjects are able to adapt to the stress to a marked degree during the testing period. The findings indicate that the Rorschach examination is a stressful one as reflected in the physiological changes associated with its administration. The subjects showed a marked increase in the reactivity as reflected in the measurements with Cards I and II and then a gradual adjustment through Card X. The facilitory effect of looking at and responding to the cards is readily seen in the different levels of physiological activity when the before and after measurements are compared to the ones obtained when the cards were held. KW - RORSCHACH Test KW - CARD games KW - STRESS (Physiology) KW - PROJECTIVE techniques KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PHYSIOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15845477; Jost, Hudson 1 Epstein, Leon J. 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Georgia. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, N. Y..; Source Info: Jul1956, Vol. 12 Issue 3, p259; Subject Term: RORSCHACH Test; Subject Term: CARD games; Subject Term: STRESS (Physiology); Subject Term: PROJECTIVE techniques; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PHYSIOLOGY; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845477&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Stotsky, Bernard A. T1 - VOCATIONAL TESTS AS MEASURES OF PERFORMANCE OF SCHIZOPHRENICS IN TWO REHABILITATION ACTIVITIES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1956/07// VL - 12 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 236 EP - 242 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on vocational tests of aptitude and interest, developed or adapted for use with a predominantly chronic group of schizophrenic patients in terms of their ability to differentiate patients rated high in performance in two rehabilitation activities from patients rated low and also in terms of their ability to predict the outcome of rehabilitation treatment. An attempt was also made to evaluate the relative importance of aptitude and interest for success in these activities. Patient performance on the aptitude tests and in the more advanced rehabilitation activities seems to be, within certain limits, a reasonably reliable indicator of future adjustment in more responsible positions either in the hospital setting or in the community outside. KW - ABILITY testing KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - REHABILITATION KW - PATIENTS KW - INTEREST (Psychology) KW - MENTALLY ill N1 - Accession Number: 15845473; Stotsky, Bernard A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Brockton, Massachusetts.; Source Info: Jul1956, Vol. 12 Issue 3, p236; Subject Term: ABILITY testing; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: REHABILITATION; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: INTEREST (Psychology); Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845473&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Zimet, Carl N. AU - Brackbill, Glen A. T1 - THE ROLE OF ANXIETY IN PSYCHODIAGNOSIS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1956/04// VL - 12 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 173 EP - 177 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The present study was undertaken to try to evaluate the role that anxiety plays in the diagnosis of the three major nosological groups: psychoneurosis, psychosis, and personality disorder. The American Psychiatric Association (APA) in its publication "Mental Disorders" points out that the chief characteristic of psychoneurotic disorders "is anxiety which may be directly felt and expressed or which may be unconsciously and automatically controlled by the utilization of various psychological mechanisms." It has been the experience in therapy and diagnosis that some cases with all the classical earmarks of the character disorder are quite obviously very anxious. Furthermore, there are probably few practicing clinicians who would still maintain that the schizophrenic has completely mastered his anxiety through the mechanism of psychosis. KW - PERSONALITY disorders KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - MENTAL illness KW - MEDICAL personnel KW - MEDICAL care N1 - Accession Number: 15845400; Zimet, Carl N. 1 Brackbill, Glen A. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Albany, New York. 2: Veterans Administration Palo Alto, California.; Source Info: Apr1956, Vol. 12 Issue 2, p173; Subject Term: PERSONALITY disorders; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: MENTAL illness; Subject Term: MEDICAL personnel; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845400&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Peters, Henry N. T1 - CIRCULAR PENCIL MAZE PERFORMANCE IN CHRONIC SCHIZOPHRENICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1956/04// VL - 12 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 170 EP - 173 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on circular pencil maze performance in chronic schizophrenics. Answers were sought to the following questions in an extensive investigation of circular pencil maze (CPM) performance of 39 chronic schizophrenics: What is the effect of sub-shock insulin on CPM solving? What is the capacity of chronic schizophrenics for CPM solving? Is maze threading a genera! function? What is the relation of CPM performance to social adjustment? Extensive study of CPM performance in chronic schizophrenics reveals no significant consistent effects of sub-shock insulin. However, this drug increases inter-patient variability; and with its removal there is a slight improvement in performance. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - MENTALLY ill KW - SOCIAL adjustment KW - SOCIAL psychology KW - HORMONES KW - CONFORMITY N1 - Accession Number: 15845399; Peters, Henry N. 1; Affiliation: 1: Jefferson Barracks Veterans Administration Hospital.; Source Info: Apr1956, Vol. 12 Issue 2, p170; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: SOCIAL adjustment; Subject Term: SOCIAL psychology; Subject Term: HORMONES; Subject Term: CONFORMITY; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845399&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cuadra, Carlos A. AU - Albaugh, William P. T1 - SOURCES OF AMBIGUITY IN PSYCHOLOGICAL REPORTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1956/04// VL - 12 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 109 EP - 115 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses the source of ambiguity in psychological reports. The psychological test report occupies a unique position among the services of psychologists in a clinical setting, and perhaps because it involves the use of professional skills not held in common with other disciplines, it is often used as the chief measure of the psychologist's contribution to the psychiatric team. The purpose of the present study was to investigate the degree and manner in which psychological reports communicate to the reader the findings and impressions of the report writer and to pinpoint problem areas so that specific recommendations could be made toward improved communication. The need for such a study was recognized as a result of problems arising in the training of psychology interns, many of whom experienced considerable difficulty in learning to write reports free from major ambiguities. KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Study & teaching KW - MOTIVATION (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - BEHAVIORAL scientists N1 - Accession Number: 15845387; Cuadra, Carlos A. 1 Albaugh, William P. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Dowy, Ill.; Source Info: Apr1956, Vol. 12 Issue 2, p109; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Study & teaching; Subject Term: MOTIVATION (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL scientists; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845387&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tallent, Norman T1 - AN APPROACH TO THE IMPROVEMENT OF CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGICAL REPORTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1956/04// VL - 12 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 103 EP - 109 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The purpose of this paper is to focus attention on the problems of report writing and to attempt to increase interest in the experimental study of clinical reports. With these objectives, the approaches to the improvement of clinical writing which have already been used will be reviewed. In the conduct of his diagnostic duties the clinical psychologist invests a substantial portion of his time in the preparation of psychological reports. Whether such investment of time, and indeed whether the time spent in diagnostic testing is justified, depends upon the effectiveness with which the psychologist is able to communicate his findings. KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - INTEREST (Psychology) KW - MENTAL health personnel KW - GOAL (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15845386; Tallent, Norman 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Kecoughtan, Virginia.; Source Info: Apr1956, Vol. 12 Issue 2, p103; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: INTEREST (Psychology); Subject Term: MENTAL health personnel; Subject Term: GOAL (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845386&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Guertin, Wilson H. AU - Jenkins, Richard L. T1 - A TRANSPOSED FACTOR ANALYSIS OF A GROUP OF SCHIZOPHRENIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1956/01// VL - 12 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 64 EP - 68 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a study on a transposed factor analysis of a group of schizophrenic patients. The present study is an effort through transposed factor analysis to examine the resemblances among a group of hospitalized schizophrenic patients for any light it may shed upon the nature and classification of schizophrenia. Twenty-nine veterans with schizophrenic psychosis were rated by one on the Multidimensional Scale for Rating Psychiatric Patients, Hospital Form. These veterans were a series admitted to a Veterans Administration hospital during February to May, 1954. The series included both first admissions and readmissions, and was essentially mute patients were excluded. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - FACTOR analysis KW - PSYCHOSES KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PSYCHOMETRICS N1 - Accession Number: 15795793; Guertin, Wilson H. 1 Jenkins, Richard L. 2; Affiliation: 1: Spring Grove State Hospital, Catonsville, Maryland 2: Chief, Psychiatric Research, Veterans Administration, Central Office, Washington, D. C.; Source Info: Jan1956, Vol. 12 Issue 1, p64; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: FACTOR analysis; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15795793&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Stotsky, Bernard A. T1 - HOW IMPORTANT IS PSYCHOTHERAPY TO THE HOSPITALIZED PSYCHIATRIC PATIENT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1956/01// VL - 12 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 32 EP - 36 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses how important is psychotherapy to the hospitalized psychiatric patient. The process of psychotherapy consists of a series of verbal communications between a therapist and a patient. This involves not only the mutual comprehension and manipulation of concepts and symbols but also the ability to utilize words as a medium for expressing emotions. Significant differences have been found between middle class and lower class subjects in preferences for verbal and motoric orientations, with middle class subjects being more verbally and conceptually oriented, while lower class subjects are more motorically inclined. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - CLINICAL sociology KW - MENTAL health services KW - PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient KW - EMOTIONS (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 15795785; Stotsky, Bernard A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Brockton, Massachusetts; Source Info: Jan1956, Vol. 12 Issue 1, p32; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: CLINICAL sociology; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient; Subject Term: EMOTIONS (Psychology); NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15795785&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pearl, David AU - Jacobs, Durand T1 - SOCIOMETRIC CHOICE AND THE SZONDI TEST. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1955/10// VL - 11 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 385 EP - 388 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on various factors determining Szondi test behavior. Forty pairs of patients with significantly similar ward sociometric choice patterns were compared in Szondi test choices to forty ward patient pairs with the most dissimilar sociometric choices. In a like manner, four clusters of patients, each similar in the sociometric patterning of its members, were compared to a control group of patients whose choice patterns were unrelated. Results support hypotheses affirming that significant differences would be found. While consistent with Szondi test theory, these results do not necessarily support such theory. Indeed, further analysis of the data discloses internal contradictions in the Szondi diagnostic framework. The results are seen as most satisfactorily explained within the framework of general perceptual theory. KW - SZONDI test KW - SOCIOMETRY KW - PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis KW - PROJECTIVE techniques KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - REASONING (Logic) N1 - Accession Number: 15827731; Pearl, David 1 Jacobs, Durand 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Battle Creek, Michigan 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Marion, Indiana.; Source Info: Oct1955, Vol. 11 Issue 4, p385; Subject Term: SZONDI test; Subject Term: SOCIOMETRY; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis; Subject Term: PROJECTIVE techniques; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: REASONING (Logic); Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827731&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Howard, Alvin R. T1 - THE PATIENT SPEAKS: PSYCHQLOGIST-PATIENT RELATIONS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1955/10// VL - 11 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 381 EP - 385 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on a study, where the recorded comments of a former mental hospital patient are presented as a means of increasing the psychologist's understanding of his role in various interpersonal relationships. The subject expresses his attitude on various issues of direct concern to psychologists and offers suggestions for improving the relations between psychologist and patient. His views reinforce the need for more critical evaluation of various functions of the psychologist. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient KW - INTERPERSONAL relations KW - HOSPITAL patients KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospitals KW - BEHAVIORAL scientists KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS N1 - Accession Number: 15827730; Howard, Alvin R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Chillicothe, Ohio.; Source Info: Oct1955, Vol. 11 Issue 4, p381; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient; Subject Term: INTERPERSONAL relations; Subject Term: HOSPITAL patients; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC hospitals; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL scientists; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623210 Residential Intellectual and Developmental Disability Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827730&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Guertin, Wilson H. T1 - A FACTOR ANALYSIS OF SCHIZOPHRENIC RATINGS ON THE HOSPITAL ADJUSTMENT SCALE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1955/01// VL - 11 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 70 EP - 73 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article informs that a factor analysis of schizophrenic ratings on the hospital adjustment scale. One hundred hospitalized schizophrenic males were employed in this study. All subjects were chronically ill, and no attempt was made to select them as representative of the hospital. Rather, they were chosen on the basis of the availability of the HAS's. The many items of the scale, 90 in all, made it necessary to restrict the analysis to a portion of them. Thirty-five items were selected from the total number so that they represented a sampling from each of the subsections of the scale and included all the items of the scale which seemed to the investigator to have uniqueness. KW - CORRELATION (Statistics) KW - FACTOR analysis KW - PATH analysis (Statistics) KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - GENDER KW - CHRONICALLY ill N1 - Accession Number: 15795754; Guertin, Wilson H. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Knoxville, Iowa; Source Info: Jan1955, Vol. 11 Issue 1, p70; Subject Term: CORRELATION (Statistics); Subject Term: FACTOR analysis; Subject Term: PATH analysis (Statistics); Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: GENDER; Subject Term: CHRONICALLY ill; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15795754&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Swensen, Clifford H. T1 - SEXUAL DIFFERENTIATION ON THE DRAW-A-PERSON TEST. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1955/01// VL - 11 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 37 EP - 41 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article informs that the differentiation, or lack of it, between the male and female figures drawn by patients in performing the Draw-A-Person Test (DAP) is suggested as indicating the degree to which the subject has adequately identified himself sexually. A drawing in which the two sexes are clearly and correctly differentiated would presumably indicate an individual whose sexual identification was mature and unimpaired, while a drawing in which there was little or no differentiation between the sexes would indicate an individual whose sexual identification was impaired. A scale for rating sexual differentiation on the DAP was constructed. Sexual differentiation, as measured by the scale does not appear to correlate significantly with another, similar, visual-motor test, the Bender-Gestalt. KW - PROJECTIVE techniques KW - GENDER differences (Psychology) KW - WEAVING KW - DRAW-A-Person Test KW - HUMAN sexuality KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15795746; Swensen, Clifford H. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Menial Hygiene Clinic, Knoxville, Tennessee.; Source Info: Jan1955, Vol. 11 Issue 1, p37; Subject Term: PROJECTIVE techniques; Subject Term: GENDER differences (Psychology); Subject Term: WEAVING; Subject Term: DRAW-A-Person Test; Subject Term: HUMAN sexuality; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 313220 Narrow Fabric Mills and Schiffli Machine Embroidery; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15795746&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Zimet, Carl N. AU - Fine, Harold J. T1 - A QUANTITATIVE METHOD OF SCORING PICTURE STORY TESTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1955/01// VL - 11 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 24 EP - 28 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on a quantitative method of scoring picture story tests. A procedure based on the phenomenological frame of reference was devised to quantitatively score and statistically manipulate story test protocols. The scoring areas that were used were three primary aspects of attitude, towards self, other adults, and children. With the exception of the latter, each of the three attitude scales was made up of six subscales each tapping a different aspect of the particular attitude pattern. Thus, there are a total of 18 scales, each based on a five point continuum by which a record is scored. KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - PHENOMENOLOGICAL sociology KW - QUANTITATIVE research KW - EXAMINATIONS KW - STATISTICS KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 15795743; Zimet, Carl N. 1 Fine, Harold J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, Palo Alto, California; Source Info: Jan1955, Vol. 11 Issue 1, p24; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: PHENOMENOLOGICAL sociology; Subject Term: QUANTITATIVE research; Subject Term: EXAMINATIONS; Subject Term: STATISTICS; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15795743&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Guertin, Wilson U. T1 - A TRANSPOSED ANALYSIS OF THE BENDER GESTALTS OF BRAIN DISEASE CASES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1954/10// VL - 10 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 366 EP - 372 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information about a transposed analysis of the Bender Gestalts of brain disease cases. Clinical psychologists and psychiatrists have been rather prone to ascribe certain signs and symptoms to those groups of patients known as "organics." The present study also employs factor analysis but investigates a transposed matrix of the performance of a group of "organic" persons on the Bender Gestalt. The study employed 27 resident male patients with a variety of diagnoses of organic brain disease. No particular attempt was made to control any of the incidental case-history variables and the duration of illness was a year or more. KW - BRAIN diseases KW - TRANSLOCATION (Genetics) KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - PSYCHOTHERAPISTS KW - MENTAL illness KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15847014; Guertin, Wilson U. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Knoxville, Iowa.; Source Info: Oct1954, Vol. 10 Issue 4, p366; Subject Term: BRAIN diseases; Subject Term: TRANSLOCATION (Genetics); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPISTS; Subject Term: MENTAL illness; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rosenberg, Selig T1 - THE RELATIONSHIP OF CERTAIN PERSONALITY FACTORS TO PROGNOSIS IN PSYCHOTHERAPY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1954/10// VL - 10 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 341 EP - 345 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information about the relationship of certain personality factors to prognosis in psychotherapy. There is no paucity of prognostic studies attempting to relate psychological test performance to eventual outcome in psychotherapy. Moreover, few studies have been made emphasizing the personality structure itself rather than the test protocol. The preponderance of research in this area derives its conclusions from test signs and scores and focuses on the quantitative aspects of the tests. This investigation stresses the evaluation of personality characteristics and uses psychological tests as tools to reflect the personality picture of the patient and not as ends in themselves. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - PERSONALITY KW - TESTING KW - PROGNOSIS KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests N1 - Accession Number: 15847009; Rosenberg, Selig 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, Brooklyn Regional Office, Brooklyn, N. Y.; Source Info: Oct1954, Vol. 10 Issue 4, p341; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: TESTING; Subject Term: PROGNOSIS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jensen, Milton B. AU - Schmid, John T1 - AN ANALYSIS OF SOME CLINICAL JUDGMENTS ON MALE BASIC AIRMEN WHO FAILED THE GROUP PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1954/10// VL - 10 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 325 EP - 332 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information about an analysis of some clinical judgments on male basic airmen who failed the group psychological tests. In this study an attempt has been made to analyze the factors involved in psychological evaluation in a clinical setting in the Air Force. The subjects evaluated were 660 male basic airmen, who failed the group psychological tests, thereby becoming eligible for discharge for failure to meet minimum mental standards for retention. Clinical evaluations supplied the basis for recommendation, either for retention in or discharge from the Air Force, a recommendation invariably followed during the period from July through October 1952 with which the study is concerned. KW - AIR forces KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - MILITARY personnel KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - TESTING KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15847006; Jensen, Milton B. 1 Schmid, John 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Salisbury, N. C. 2: Personnel and Training Research Center, Lackland Air Force Base.; Source Info: Oct1954, Vol. 10 Issue 4, p325; Subject Term: AIR forces; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: MILITARY personnel; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: TESTING; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Holsopple, James Quintar AU - Pbelan, Joseph G. T1 - THE SKILLS OF CLINICIANS IN ANALYSIS OF PROJECTIVE TESTS,. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1954/10// VL - 10 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 307 EP - 320 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information about skills of clinicians in analysis of projective tests. With the recent sudden increase in the number of psychologists engaged in clinical practice, there has arisen an interest in the selection of persons to be trained for this work and to that end an interest in the development of reliable measures of diagnostic skill. A group of the University of Michigan was interested in the possibility of demonstrating the relative and cumulative effectiveness of all available techniques as predictive of future professional success in this highly individualized specialty. In addition to paper and pencil tests of intelligence, achievement, personality, attitudes and temperament, and interviews, this group used individual and pooled ratings based on situational and real life procedures designed to reveal aptitude for effective interpersonal relationships. KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - CLINICAL medicine KW - EMPLOYEE training KW - MEDICAL personnel KW - PHYSICIAN practice patterns KW - BEHAVIORAL scientists N1 - Accession Number: 15847004; Holsopple, James Quintar 1 Pbelan, Joseph G. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, Washington, D. C. 2: Stevens Institute of Technology.; Source Info: Oct1954, Vol. 10 Issue 4, p307; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: CLINICAL medicine; Subject Term: EMPLOYEE training; Subject Term: MEDICAL personnel; Subject Term: PHYSICIAN practice patterns; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL scientists; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611430 Professional and Management Development Training; Number of Pages: 14p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fabricant, Benjamin T1 - RIGIDITY AND FLEXIBILITY ON THE RORSCHACH. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1954/07// VL - 10 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 255 EP - 261 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article investigates the use of selected Rorschach variables as a means of evaluating rigidity and flexibility as interpreted from Rorschach records. Two groups of psychoneurotic veterans received two administrations of the Rorachach at a two week interval. Group A received the same instructions each time while Group B received altered instructions prior to the second administration. Group B was then divided into two sets of sub-groups. The Rorschach factors used most frequently in the literature to evaluate rigidity and flexibility in an individual's personality structure are ineffective for this purpose. However, other Rorschach factors are available for use in differentiating between rigid and flexible groups. KW - NEUROSES KW - RIGIDITY (Psychology) KW - ADAPTABILITY (Psychology) KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - RORSCHACH Test KW - PERSONALITY tests N1 - Accession Number: 15827593; Fabricant, Benjamin 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Buffalo, N. Y.; Source Info: Jul1954, Vol. 10 Issue 3, p255; Subject Term: NEUROSES; Subject Term: RIGIDITY (Psychology); Subject Term: ADAPTABILITY (Psychology); Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: RORSCHACH Test; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827593&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Guertin, Wilson H. T1 - A TRANSPOSED FACTOR ANALYSIS OF SCHIZOPHRENIC PERFORMANCE ON THE BENDER-GESTALT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1954/07// VL - 10 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 225 EP - 228 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses a transposed factor analysis of schizophernia performance on the Bender-Gestalt. Thirty-two resident male patients with varied schizophrenic subtype diagnoses were employed. Contrary to expectancy, the intercorrelation matrix failed to reveal a large group factor which might correspond to "schizophrenia." The fairly high communality among the subjects of the study supports the arguments, first, that the Bender-Gestalt validly represents the individual's psychiatric features, and second, that it is a helpful diagnostic instrument for grouping schizophrenics. In conclusion, it is felt that this transposed analysis of Bender-Gestalt performance contributes to the available information on subtype groupings of schizophrenia. KW - SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - PSYCHOSES KW - FACTOR analysis KW - MENTALLY ill N1 - Accession Number: 15827586; Guertin, Wilson H. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Knoxville, Iowa; Source Info: Jul1954, Vol. 10 Issue 3, p225; Subject Term: SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: FACTOR analysis; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827586&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - HOWARD, ALVIN R. T1 - FURTHER VALIDATION STUDIES OF THE WECHSLER MEMORY SCALE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1954/04// VL - 10 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 164 EP - 167 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 N1 - Accession Number: 96184866; HOWARD, ALVIN R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Chillicothe, Ohio; Source Info: Apr1954, Vol. 10 Issue 2, p164; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=96184866&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Peters, H. N. AU - Murphree, O. D. T1 - THE CONDITIONED REFLEX IN THE CHRONIC SCHIZOPHRENIC. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1954/04// VL - 10 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 126 EP - 130 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses about the conditioned reflex in the chronic schizophrenic patients. The subjects used in the two studies to be reported were test and control patients in another, extended investigation of learning or problem solving in the chronic schizophrenic. The patients in this learning investigation were put through a three months program. The test patients were required to lean progressively more difficult problems with insulin stimulated hunger as a motive. If a part of chronic schizophrenia is a condition of the cortex approximating functional decortication, then a prolonged period of activity which forces the patient to use his cortex-such as the learning problems used with the test patients here should to some extent improve the functioning of the cortex. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - DECISION making KW - PROBLEM solving KW - SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder KW - PERSONALITY disorders KW - LEARNING N1 - Accession Number: 15795709; Peters, H. N. 1 Murphree, O. D. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, North Little Rock, Arkansas; Source Info: Apr1954, Vol. 10 Issue 2, p126; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: DECISION making; Subject Term: PROBLEM solving; Subject Term: SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder; Subject Term: PERSONALITY disorders; Subject Term: LEARNING; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15795709&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jenkins, Richard L. AU - Lorr, Maurice T1 - TYPE-TRACKING AMONG PSYCHOTIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1954/04// VL - 10 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 114 EP - 119 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The purpose of this article is to describe a rapid procedure for identifying patterns and to present the findings from an application of the method to data descriptive of 423 psychotic patients. The procedure to be described, called type-tracking, assumes that in a population studied, there may be found relatively stable subgroups or classes of persons each having in common a distinctive pattern of traits. Application of the method resulted in the isolation of types from which the following patterns were evolved. The pattern of normality, the pattern of resistive isolation catatonic withdrawal, the pattern of schizophrenic disorganization, schizophrenic excitement and hebephrenic disorder, the pattern of psychotic re-organization. KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Research KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - PATIENTS KW - MENTALLY ill KW - TRACKING (Psychology) KW - PERCEPTUAL-motor processes N1 - Accession Number: 15795707; Jenkins, Richard L. 1 Lorr, Maurice 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Central Office, Washington, D. C.; Source Info: Apr1954, Vol. 10 Issue 2, p114; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Research; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: TRACKING (Psychology); Subject Term: PERCEPTUAL-motor processes; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541720 Research and Development in the Social Sciences and Humanities; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15795707&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - CASE AU - Rogers, Lawrence S. AU - Taylor, James W. T1 - CASE REPORT ON A MENTAL HYGIENE CLINIC PATIENT TESTED BEFORE AND AFTER FRONTAL LOBE INJURY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1954/01// VL - 10 IS - 1 M3 - Case Study SP - 75 EP - 79 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents the case report of a mental hygiene clinic patient tested before and after frontal lobe injury. In April 1951, the patient suffered a frontal skull fracture and frontal lobe injury in an automobile accident. He was completely unconscious for several days and consciousness was regained gradually. Eight days after his injury, he was able to respond only to a slight degree. He had a complete right hemiparesis and pronounced aphasia. Seven weeks after his accident, the aphasia was gradually subsiding but it was still difficult for the patient to choose the correct words. KW - FRONTAL lobes -- Wounds & injuries KW - PATIENTS KW - MENTAL health KW - CEREBRAL cortex KW - APHASIA KW - SPEECH disorders KW - BRAIN diseases N1 - Accession Number: 15845303; Rogers, Lawrence S. 1 Taylor, James W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Regional Office, Denver, Colorado; Source Info: Jan1954, Vol. 10 Issue 1, p75; Subject Term: FRONTAL lobes -- Wounds & injuries; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: CEREBRAL cortex; Subject Term: APHASIA; Subject Term: SPEECH disorders; Subject Term: BRAIN diseases; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Case Study UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845303&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rubin, Harold T1 - A QUANTITATIVE STUDY OF THE HTP AND ITS RELATIONSHIP TO THE WECHSLER-BELLEVUE SCALE'S. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1954/01// VL - 10 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 35 EP - 38 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a quantitative study of the House-Tree-Person Test (HTP) and its relationship to the Wechsler-Bellevue Scale (W-B Scale). Although devised as a projective device aimed at appraising total personality structure, the HTP does have a carefully designed quantitative procedure, which yields a number of intelligent quotient scores. Subjects in the present study initially consisted of 135 patients admitted to a veterans hospital. With the Wechsler-Bellevue as the criterion, results revealed the HTP to be a valid measure of intelligence. KW - HOUSE-Tree-Person Technique KW - PROJECTIVE techniques KW - PATIENTS KW - PSYCHOLOGY of drawing KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - INTELLIGENCE tests N1 - Accession Number: 15845293; Rubin, Harold 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Lebanon, Pa.; Source Info: Jan1954, Vol. 10 Issue 1, p35; Subject Term: HOUSE-Tree-Person Technique; Subject Term: PROJECTIVE techniques; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY of drawing; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845293&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bubinstein, Eli A. T1 - PERSONALITY INTEGRATION AND THE PERCEPTUAL PROCESS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1954/01// VL - 10 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 23 EP - 29 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article investigates the influence of personality integration on the perceptual process by examining the relationship between personality integration, as a quantitative aspect of personality dynamics, and the perceptual process. A series of incomplete line drawings of simple objects was devised and three graded stages of ambiguity were produced by successively stripping the incomplete drawings of key parts until only the barest implication of the drawing was left. All other things being equal, the role of internal factors in the perceptual process decreases with increased structuration of stimulus. KW - PERSONALITY KW - PERCEPTUAL-motor processes KW - PERCEPTION KW - COGNITION KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests N1 - Accession Number: 15845291; Bubinstein, Eli A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, Washington, D. C.; Source Info: Jan1954, Vol. 10 Issue 1, p23; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: PERCEPTUAL-motor processes; Subject Term: PERCEPTION; Subject Term: COGNITION; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845291&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Guertin, Wilson H. T1 - A FACTOR ANALYSIS OF CURVILINEAR DISTORTIONS ON THE BENDER-GESTALT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1954/01// VL - 10 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 12 EP - 17 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a factor analysis of curvilinear distortions on the Bender Visual Motor Gestalt Test. The study sample consisted of 100 white mental patients at several hospitals, 26 females and 74 males. A total of 46 scoring variables were studied. The scoring items employed stem from distortions encountered rather frequently in the productions of hospitalized schizophrenics. This study suggests that Bender-Gestalt performance can be understood fairly well in terms of common factors, since the communality of the intercorrelation matrix is slightly greater than half the total variance of the matrix. KW - BENDER-Gestalt Test KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - FACTOR analysis KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - MENTALLY ill KW - PERSONALITY assessment N1 - Accession Number: 15845289; Guertin, Wilson H. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Knoxville, Iowa; Source Info: Jan1954, Vol. 10 Issue 1, p12; Subject Term: BENDER-Gestalt Test; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: FACTOR analysis; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: PERSONALITY assessment; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845289&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Peters, Henry N. T1 - MULTIPLE CHOICE LEARNING IN THE CHRONIC SCHIZOPHRENIC. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1953/10// VL - 9 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 328 EP - 333 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on multiple choice learning in the chronic Schizophrenic. The nine chronic schizophrenics, whose records are to be reported, were selected from the same ward. They were white males, veterans of World War II, between the ages 27 and 36. Number of months since present admission varied from 17 to 84. All had received at least one course of ECT without improvement. Time since last ECT treatment varied between one and a half months to 32 months, with only one less than 2.5 months. These patients were considered treatment failures who had for some time shown no promise of favorable progress. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - WORLD War, 1939-1945 KW - MENTALLY ill KW - PATIENTS KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15829043; Peters, Henry N. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, North Little Rock, Arkansas; Source Info: Oct1953, Vol. 9 Issue 4, p328; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: WORLD War, 1939-1945; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15829043&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Winne, John F. T1 - AN ALTERNATE FORM OF THE SERIES COMPLETION TEST. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1953/10// VL - 9 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 321 EP - 327 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on an alternate form of the Series Completion test. The Series Completion test, requires that the subject form abstractions from visually presented problems and use these abstractions to complete a series. Since practice effect on this test may play a role in repeated testing, as, for example, in follow up studies of electro-convulsive. shock or prefrontal lobotomy in which several testings may be given-an alternate form has been developed, by use of which it is hoped to tap the same abilities now measured by Series Completion I. The purpose of this paper is to describe the development of the alternate form, Series Completion II, and to present tentative norms for the evaluation of results. KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY -- Research KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - CLINICAL psychology -- Practice N1 - Accession Number: 15829042; Winne, John F. 1; Affiliation: 1: Assistant Chief Clinical Psychologist, Veterans Administration Hospital at Northampton, Massachusetts; Source Info: Oct1953, Vol. 9 Issue 4, p321; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY -- Research; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology -- Practice; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15829042&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lorr, Maurice AU - Schaefer, Earl AU - Rubinstein, Eli A. AU - Jenkins, Richard L. T1 - AN ANALYSIS OF AN OUTPATIENT RATING SCALE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1953/07// VL - 9 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 296 EP - 299 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents the findings from two factor analyses of scale variables included in the "Multidimensional Scale for Rating Psychiatric Patients" (MSRPP). MSRPP provides a quantitative description of psychiatric outpatients as seen in diagnostic or therapeutic interview, and a measure of change in clinical status. The subjects for this study consisted of 184 veteran patients receiving psychotherapy in four mental hygiene clinics. Two separate centroid analyses yielded eight identifiable oblique factors. The factors identified in the first matrix were adaptiveness, sense of personal adequacy, vigorous interests, and emotional responsiveness. The first three of these factors relate to a common parameter of adjustment, which would be a second order factor. The second matrix yielded factors that were independent maturity, conscientiousness, goal-directed control, and prudence. The factor of goal-directed control relates positively to both conscientiousness and independent maturity, but the maturity factor is practically independent of conscientiousness. KW - MULTIDIMENSIONAL scaling KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - SCALING (Social sciences) KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - CLINICAL sociology KW - CORRELATION (Statistics) N1 - Accession Number: 15795677; Lorr, Maurice Schaefer, Earl Rubinstein, Eli A. Jenkins, Richard L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Central Office, and the Washington Regional, Office, Washington; Source Info: Jul1953, Vol. 9 Issue 3, p296; Subject Term: MULTIDIMENSIONAL scaling; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: SCALING (Social sciences); Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: CLINICAL sociology; Subject Term: CORRELATION (Statistics); Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15795677&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Casner, Daniel T1 - STAFF-CENTERED CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY IN A TUBERCULOSIS HOSPITAL. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1953/04// VL - 9 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 151 EP - 155 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses a staff-centered clinical psychology in a tuberculosis hospital. From a psychological point of view, the problem of tuberculosis rests in the nature of the conditions this disease imposes on the patient and the readjustments the patient must effect to radical changes in his way of life. Such conditions are common to most chronic illnesses and are not peculiar to tuberculosis alone. The key word here is not this or that illness, but rather the chronicity of the illness. Tuberculosis is a problem worthy of psychological study because of the long, protracted periods of hospitalization it entails. KW - MYCOBACTERIAL diseases KW - LUNG diseases KW - TUBERCULOSIS KW - DISEASES KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15865908; Casner, Daniel 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Castle Point, N. Y.; Source Info: Apr1953, Vol. 9 Issue 2, p151; Subject Term: MYCOBACTERIAL diseases; Subject Term: LUNG diseases; Subject Term: TUBERCULOSIS; Subject Term: DISEASES; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15865908&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lorr, Maurice AU - Jenkins, Ricrard L. T1 - PATTERNS OF MALADJUSTMENT IN CHILDREN. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1953/01// VL - 9 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 16 EP - 19 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on patterns of maladjustment in children. The development of satisfactory concepts for groupings, classes, or types of behavior disorders in children has been slow. There have been atleast two important reasons for this. One is that the endless variety of individual yet overlapping problems does not lend itself to easy division into satisfactory groupings. Another is that the backwash of psychiatric progress from the more static and descriptive psychiatry of a researcher and his times to the more dynamic psychiatry of another researcher and recent times has resulted in a pronounced tendency to disparage all descriptive classification as "undynamic." KW - BEHAVIOR disorders in children KW - CHILD psychopathology KW - CHILD development KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - PROBLEM children KW - MEDICINE & psychology N1 - Accession Number: 16061396; Lorr, Maurice 1 Jenkins, Ricrard L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, Central Office, Washington.; Source Info: Jan1953, Vol. 9 Issue 1, p16; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR disorders in children; Subject Term: CHILD psychopathology; Subject Term: CHILD development; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: PROBLEM children; Subject Term: MEDICINE & psychology; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16061396&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Crowley, Miriam E. T1 - THE USE OF THE KENT EGY FOR THE DETECTION OF MALINGERING. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1952/10// VL - 8 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 332 EP - 337 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article states that malingering, the feigning of a disability, is important to physicians and psychologists in the armed services. It is desirable to find a means of detecting feigned feeblemindedness, which one shall henceforth designate as malingering. Researchers describe sonic differences in performance on several mental tests between feebleminded men and malingering men. The goal of the present study was to identify some specific quantitative signs, on the Kent Emergency Test, that would make possible the detection of persons who try to feign mental deficiency. KW - EDUCATIONAL tests & measurements KW - MENTAL disabilities KW - BEHAVIORAL scientists KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - DEVELOPMENTAL disabilities KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15845220; Crowley, Miriam E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Cushing Veterans Administration Hospital.; Source Info: Oct1952, Vol. 8 Issue 4, p332; Subject Term: EDUCATIONAL tests & measurements; Subject Term: MENTAL disabilities; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL scientists; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: DEVELOPMENTAL disabilities; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845220&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hecht, Irving T1 - THE DIFFERENCE IN GOAL STRIVING BEHAVIOR BETWEEN PEPTIC ULCER AND ULCERATIVE COLITIS PATIENTS AS EVALUATED BY PSYCHOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1952/07// VL - 8 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 262 EP - 265 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents the difference in goal striving behavior between peptic ulcer and ulcerative colitis patients as evaluated by psychological techniques. Numerous investigations have emphasized the important causal relationship of emotional factors in the group of illnesses called peptic ulcer and ulcerative colitis. One important aspect, which apparently differentiates between the peptic ulcer and the ulcerative colitis patient, is the manner with which each reacts in goal striving situations. The literature has emphasized this difference by describing the ulcer patient as ambitious, hard driving, and manifesting independence, self-sufficiency, and perfectionism. KW - BEHAVIORAL assessment KW - PATIENTS KW - ULCERATIVE colitis KW - PEPTIC ulcer KW - GOAL (Psychology) KW - PERFECTIONISM (Personality trait) KW - PERSONALITY N1 - Accession Number: 16061366; Hecht, Irving 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, N. Y.; Source Info: Jul1952, Vol. 8 Issue 3, p262; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL assessment; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: ULCERATIVE colitis; Subject Term: PEPTIC ulcer; Subject Term: GOAL (Psychology); Subject Term: PERFECTIONISM (Personality trait); Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16061366&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Goodman, Morris T1 - AN INDIRECT VALIDATION OF A THEMATIC APPERCEPTION TEST SCORING MANUAL. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1952/04// VL - 8 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 149 EP - 154 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents information regarding an indirect validation of a thematic appreciation test scoring manual. A recent survey has indicated that the Thematic Apperception Test (TAT) has attained a position in personality testing second only to the Rorschach Test. All of these methods have both practical and scientific advantages and disadvantages. They vary in the time required for their application, in the difficulties in obtaining good reliability of scoring, and possibly most important in the significance of the material they reveal about individual personality functioning. KW - THEMATIC Apperception Test KW - PERSONALITY KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - MENTAL health KW - COMPLEMENTARY needs KW - DOGMATISM N1 - Accession Number: 15846737; Goodman, Morris 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Unit, Lowell, Mass.; Source Info: Apr1952, Vol. 8 Issue 2, p149; Subject Term: THEMATIC Apperception Test; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: COMPLEMENTARY needs; Subject Term: DOGMATISM; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846737&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Purcell, Claire Kepler AU - Drevdahl, John AU - Purcell, Kenneth T1 - THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN ALTITUDE-- I.Q. DISCREPANCY AND ANXIETY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1952/01// VL - 8 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 82 EP - 85 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports that there has been increasing interest in the use of intra-individual test discrepancies as a measure of functioning efficiency. One of the major problems in estabhshing scatter patterns has been that of finding a suitable internal reference point. The three reference points most commonly employed are the mean or IQ, the vocabulary score, and the altitude or maximum score. Psychologists who believe that the G factor is an ability argue for the use of the IQ as a reference point while those who believe that it is a capacity use altitude as a reference point. In regarding intelligence as a capacity or potentiality rather than an ability, vocabulary and altitude proponents consider that test scores falling significantly below the potentiality indicate mental inefficiency or personality disorganization. KW - ALTITUDES KW - INTELLIGENCE levels KW - PHYSICAL geography KW - PERSONALITY KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - ANXIETY N1 - Accession Number: 15828945; Purcell, Claire Kepler 1 Drevdahl, John 1 Purcell, Kenneth 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Nebraska, Lincoln 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Lincoln; Source Info: Jan1952, Vol. 8 Issue 1, p82; Subject Term: ALTITUDES; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE levels; Subject Term: PHYSICAL geography; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828945&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Boring, R. O. AU - Deabler, H. L. T1 - A SIMPLIFIED PSYCHODRAMATIC APPROACH IN GROUP THERAPY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1951/10// VL - 7 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 371 EP - 375 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on a simplified psychodramatic approach in group therapy. Space is at a premium in most hospitals. Simplified psychodrama does not require an auditorium or large room. A ward day room or a medium sized room large enough for a group of 12 to 16 people and a small stage is sufficient to meet space requirements. Recording of psychodrama sessions is not an absolutely necessary procedure. Recording equipment is expensive! and certain disadvantages of recording may occur. The use of a play-back recorder, however, acids to psychodrama a feature that outweighs any of its disadvantages. KW - DRAMA therapy KW - GROUP psychotherapy KW - RECREATIONAL therapy KW - SOCIOMETRY KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - PUBLIC health N1 - Accession Number: 15846709; Boring, R. O. 1 Deabler, H. L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Gulport, Miss.; Source Info: Oct1951, Vol. 7 Issue 4, p371; Subject Term: DRAMA therapy; Subject Term: GROUP psychotherapy; Subject Term: RECREATIONAL therapy; Subject Term: SOCIOMETRY; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: PUBLIC health; NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846709&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Stieper, Donald R. AU - Williams, Meyer AU - Duncan, Carl P. T1 - CHANGES IN IMPERSONAL AND PERSONAL MEMORY FOLLOWING ELECTRO-CONVULSIVE THERAPY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1951/10// VL - 7 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 361 EP - 366 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on the changes in impersonal and personal memory following electro-convulsive therapy. Since the introduction of electroshock therapy, a great deal of work has been done on the occurrence of memory changes following such treatment. However, results in this area have been controversial and frequently contradictory. In post-shock patients, after a period of two or three weeks following EST, general mental efficiency appeared to be improved somewhat beyond pre-shock level. This concurs with the general conclusions of researchers. Characteristically, the post-shock patients improved in their ability to verbalize, to abstract concepts and ideas, and to deal more adequately with symbolic materials. KW - ELECTROCONVULSIVE therapy KW - COGNITIVE development KW - ERHARD seminars training KW - MENTAL illness KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - INTELLECT N1 - Accession Number: 15846707; Stieper, Donald R. 1 Williams, Meyer 1 Duncan, Carl P. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, Downey, Illinois.; Source Info: Oct1951, Vol. 7 Issue 4, p361; Subject Term: ELECTROCONVULSIVE therapy; Subject Term: COGNITIVE development; Subject Term: ERHARD seminars training; Subject Term: MENTAL illness; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: INTELLECT; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846707&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Blatt, Benjamin AU - Hecht, Irving T1 - THE PERSONALITY STRUCTURE OF THE MULTIPLE SCLEROSIS PATIENT AS EVALUATED BY THE RORSCHACH PSYCHODIAGNOSTIC TECHNIQUE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1951/10// VL - 7 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 341 EP - 344 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses on the personality structure of the multiple sclerosis patient as evaluated by the Rorschach psychodiagnostic technique. The clinical behavior of these patients to the test stimuli is characterized by a. poorly organized expenditure of energy towards a goal. These patients tend to react to each stimulus with total force. They show more egocentric affectivity because each stimulus represents a challenge to the ego instead of being part of a well integrated reactive pattern. In terms of test behavior, this is manifested by their variable reaction time, immaturity and explosive emotionality. KW - MULTIPLE sclerosis KW - RORSCHACH Test KW - MYELIN sheath -- Diseases KW - PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY KW - REACTION time KW - PATIENTS N1 - Accession Number: 15846703; Blatt, Benjamin 1 Hecht, Irving 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, N.Y.; Source Info: Oct1951, Vol. 7 Issue 4, p341; Subject Term: MULTIPLE sclerosis; Subject Term: RORSCHACH Test; Subject Term: MYELIN sheath -- Diseases; Subject Term: PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY; Subject Term: REACTION time; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846703&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mercer, Margaret AU - Hecker, Arthue O. T1 - THE USE OF TOLSEROL (MYANESIN) IN PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1951/07// VL - 7 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 263 EP - 266 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on studies that focused on the possible uses of Tolserol in psychological testing in a neuropsychiatric hospital. In the first study, effects of Tolserol on twenty-six schizophrenic patients were investigated. A second study of clinical experiences with Tolserol was made on twenty-six patients in various diagnostic categories selected for investigation because emotional factors were dominating their reactions in a fashion which blocked effective therapeutic rapport or general hospital adjustment. KW - DRUGS -- Effectiveness KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - NEUROPSYCHIATRY KW - HOSPITALS KW - EMOTIONS (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests N1 - Accession Number: 15846674; Mercer, Margaret 1 Hecker, Arthue O. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Coatesville, Pennsylvania.; Source Info: Jul1951, Vol. 7 Issue 3, p263; Subject Term: DRUGS -- Effectiveness; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: HOSPITALS; Subject Term: EMOTIONS (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622110 General Medical and Surgical Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622111 General (except paediatric) hospitals; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846674&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Calvin, James S. AU - Ward, Leo C. T1 - AN ATTEMPTED EXPERIMENTAL VALIDATION OF THE THEMATIC APPERCEPTION TEST. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1950/10// VL - 6 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 377 EP - 381 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article determines whether a characteristic of certainty or confidence can be assessed by means of the Thematic Apperception Test. Ninety subjects were asked to indicate their degree of certainty, on a five point scale, for their predictions of uncertain occurrences. More specifically, the subjects predicted, in response to various light combinations, whether a buzzer would follow. There was no basis for predictions of high certainty, inasmuch as the buzzer followed each light combination on fifty percent of the trials in random order. The ten subjects who gave the highest certainty ratings and the ten subjects who gave the lowest certainty ratings were administered the Thematic Apperception Test. Stories were analyzed by means of a Murray need analysis and were also analyzed for language usage and for desirability of outcomes of stories. KW - THEMATIC Apperception Test KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - CERTAINTY KW - CONFIDENCE KW - LANGUAGE & languages KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests N1 - Accession Number: 15828866; Calvin, James S. 1 Ward, Leo C. 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Kentucky, Campbellsville 2: Veterans Administration, Atlanta, Georgia; Source Info: Oct1950, Vol. 6 Issue 4, p377; Subject Term: THEMATIC Apperception Test; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: CERTAINTY; Subject Term: CONFIDENCE; Subject Term: LANGUAGE & languages; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828866&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mercer, Margaret AU - Gibson, R. W. T1 - RORSCHACH CONTENT IN HYPNOSIS: CHRONOLOGICAL AGE LEVEL REGRESSION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1950/10// VL - 6 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 352 EP - 358 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study related to a 26 year old male college graduate who has partially completed requirements for a master's degree in economics. The patient entered the hospital with the chief complaint of alcoholism. In the course of psychotherapeutic interviews the patient was found to be an excellent subject for hypnosis. The patient was given the Stanford-Binet Vocabulary, Good-enough Drawing and Rorschach on three successive days when regressed to six, ten, and fourteen years of age. At the close of each session, the therapist told the patient that he would have no memory for it. Later the Rorschach was given in the usual fashion. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - COLLEGE students KW - MASTER of arts degree KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - RORSCHACH Test KW - MEMORY N1 - Accession Number: 15828860; Mercer, Margaret 1 Gibson, R. W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, Coalesville, Pa.; Source Info: Oct1950, Vol. 6 Issue 4, p352; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: COLLEGE students; Subject Term: MASTER of arts degree; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: RORSCHACH Test; Subject Term: MEMORY; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828860&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rogers, Lawrence S. T1 - A COMPARATIVE EVALUATION OF THE WECHSLER - BELLEVUE MENTAL DETERIORATION INDEX FOR VARIOUS ADULT GROUPS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1950/04// VL - 6 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 199 EP - 202 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a comparative evaluation of the Wechsler-Bellevue mental deterioration index for various adult groups. In recent articles the value of the Wechsler Mental Deterioration Index (MDI) in screening patients with brain damage from normal patients has been considered. The purpose of this paper is to investigate the MDI further as a tool for differential diagnosis; that is, to determine whether a significant loss in this index is related solely to deterioration such as is found in subjects who have had organic brain injury or damage. The MDI's for the following seven groups of subjects were compared: brain injured, applicants for vocational counseling with psychoneurotic diagnoses, and with other than psychoneurotic diagnoses, mental hygiene clinic patients diagnosed as anxiety tension state, mental hygiene and hospital patients diagnosed as schizophrenic, and two groups of normals. KW - MENTAL health KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - HOSPITAL patients KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - ANXIETY N1 - Accession Number: 15828832; Rogers, Lawrence S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Unit, Denver, Colorado.; Source Info: Apr1950, Vol. 6 Issue 2, p199; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: HOSPITAL patients; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: ANXIETY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828832&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Brown, Manuel N. T1 - EVALUATING AND SCORING THE MINNESOTA MULTIPHASIC "CANNOT SAY" ITEMS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1950/04// VL - 6 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 180 EP - 184 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory. A primary place among personality inventories in clinical diagnosis and vocational counseling is being attained by the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory. Its 550 statements constitute most of the more important questions asked a patient in an initial psychiatric examination. The authors of the MMPI stress the importance of making sure that each single card is in the box, when the examinee is through working on the Inventory. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - EDUCATIONAL tests & measurements KW - PERSONALITY assessment KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - CLINICAL medicine N1 - Accession Number: 15828827; Brown, Manuel N. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Vancouver, H'ashington.; Source Info: Apr1950, Vol. 6 Issue 2, p180; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: EDUCATIONAL tests & measurements; Subject Term: PERSONALITY assessment; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: CLINICAL medicine; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828827&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Andersen, A. Lloyd AU - Hanvik, Leo J. T1 - THE PSYCHOMETRIC LOCALIZATION OF BRAIN LESIONS: THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECT OF FRONTAL AND PARIETAL LESIONS ON MMPI PROFILES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1950/04// VL - 6 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 177 EP - 180 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on the psychometric localization of brain lesions. This paper is the outgrowth of a psychometric study of patients who had suffered focal brain damage and in whom the locus of the lesion had been ascertained either by surgery, e.g., in cases of brain tumor, or, in gun shot wound cases, by x-ray demonstration of metallic foreign bodies in the brain. The analysis described herein was performed to test the hypothesis that there are no significant differences between the Minnesota multiphasic profiles of the patients with frontal lobe lesions and the profiles of those patients with lesions involving the parietal lobe. KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - BRAIN -- Wounds & injuries KW - CEREBROVASCULAR disease KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - BRAIN diseases KW - BRAIN damage KW - FRONTAL lobes N1 - Accession Number: 15828826; Andersen, A. Lloyd 1 Hanvik, Leo J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis.; Source Info: Apr1950, Vol. 6 Issue 2, p177; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: BRAIN -- Wounds & injuries; Subject Term: CEREBROVASCULAR disease; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: BRAIN diseases; Subject Term: BRAIN damage; Subject Term: FRONTAL lobes; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828826&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kotkov, Benjamin T1 - A BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR THE STUDENT OF GROUP THERAPY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1950/01// VL - 6 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 77 EP - 91 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a bibliography of books on group therapy. The names of some of the books are "Group Psychotherapy of an Army Rehabilitation Center," by J. Abrahams and L.W. McCorkle; "Preliminary Report of an Experience in the Group Psychotherapy of Schizophrenics," by J. Abrahams; "Group Therapy From the Viewpoint of a Psychiatrist," by N.W. Ackerman; "Dynamic Patterns in Group Psychotherapy," by N.W. Ackerman and "Education as Therapy," by A. Alpert. KW - GROUP psychotherapy KW - CLINICAL sociology KW - REHABILITATION centers KW - ABRAHAMS, J. KW - PRELIMINARY Report of an Experience in the Group Psychotherapy of Schizophrenics (Book) KW - GROUP Therapy From the Viewpoint of a Psychiatrist (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 15795647; Kotkov, Benjamin 1; Affiliation: 1: Chief Clinical Psychologist, Mental Hygiene Unit, Veterans Administration, Boston Regional Office; Source Info: Jan1950, Vol. 6 Issue 1, p77; Subject Term: GROUP psychotherapy; Subject Term: CLINICAL sociology; Subject Term: REHABILITATION centers; Reviews & Products: PRELIMINARY Report of an Experience in the Group Psychotherapy of Schizophrenics (Book); Reviews & Products: GROUP Therapy From the Viewpoint of a Psychiatrist (Book); NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; People: ABRAHAMS, J.; Number of Pages: 15p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15795647&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Scherer, Isidor W. T1 - THE PSYCHOLOGICAL SCORES OF MENTAL PATIENTS IN AN INDIVIDUAL AND GROUP TESTING SITUATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1949/10// VL - 5 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 405 EP - 408 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - In this article the author argues that in order to evaluate therapeutic procedures by means of psychological tests, the investigator felt that better standardization and objectivity would result if patients were tested in a group situation rather than in an individual one. Mute catatonic patients can, with the proper amount of probing, be made to talk. Fairly well-composed hysterics and severely depressed neurotics will often break down during individual testing situations. They will wring their hands, cry and ask for sympathy and help. KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - MENTALLY ill KW - MEDICAL protocols KW - INDIVIDUAL differences KW - BEHAVIORAL assessment N1 - Accession Number: 16061336; Scherer, Isidor W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Clinical Psychologist, Veterans Administration, Northampton, Mass.; Source Info: Oct1949, Vol. 5 Issue 4, p405; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: MEDICAL protocols; Subject Term: INDIVIDUAL differences; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL assessment; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16061336&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Royal, Robert E. T1 - DRAWING CHARACTERISTICS OF NEUROTIC PATIENTS USING A DRAWING-OF-A-MAN-AND-WOMAN TECHNIQUE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1949/10// VL - 5 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 392 EP - 395 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - In this article the author argues that in the past, drawings of the human figure have been used chiefly as a measure of intelligence in young children. Currently a drawing-of-a-man-and-woman technique is being used on a tentative basis in some mental hygiene clinics and veterans administration hospitals as a projective technique in the appraisal of adult personality. The drawing-of-a-man-and-woman technique when applied under standardized test conditions seems to offer a simple uninvolved task to the subject. Nevertheless the drawing of concepts so universally known and appreciated presents great individual differences evident even to cursory inspection. KW - MENTALLY ill KW - NEUROSES KW - DRAWING KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - INDIVIDUAL differences KW - PERCEPTION N1 - Accession Number: 16061333; Royal, Robert E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Mental Hygiene Clinic, Pittsburgh Regional Office Veterans Administration; Source Info: Oct1949, Vol. 5 Issue 4, p392; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: NEUROSES; Subject Term: DRAWING; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: INDIVIDUAL differences; Subject Term: PERCEPTION; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16061333&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Albee, George W. AU - Hamlin, Roy M. T1 - AN INVESTIGATION OF THE RELIABILITY AND VALIDITY OF JUDGMENTS OF ADJUSTMENT INFERRED FROM DRAWINGS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1949/10// VL - 5 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 389 EP - 392 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents an investigation of the reliability an validity of judgments of adjustment inferred from drawings. Much of the discussion of the drawings a diagnostic technique in psychotherapy has centered around the isolation and delimitation of various factors or qualities of the drawings which are purported to have diagnostic significance. Heaviness of line, continuity or lack of continuity, accentuation of various features, size, movement, omissions, clothing and other factors have been studied in an effort to show their relation to certain personality characteristics. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - JUDGMENTS (Law) KW - DRAWING KW - PERCEPTION KW - PERSONALITY N1 - Accession Number: 16061332; Albee, George W. 1 Hamlin, Roy M. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, Pittsburgh 2: University of Pittsburgh; Source Info: Oct1949, Vol. 5 Issue 4, p389; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: JUDGMENTS (Law); Subject Term: DRAWING; Subject Term: PERCEPTION; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16061332&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Brown, M. N. T1 - A CRITIQUE OF THE WECHSLER-BELLEVUE SYSTEM OF WEIGHTED SCORES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1949/04// VL - 5 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 170 EP - 173 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The purpose of this article is to point out that, at least at the top levels of subtest achievement, the Wechsler-Bellevue system of weighted scores distorts the picture of intertest variability. On only seven of the subtests is it possible to achieve the maximum weighted score of 18. Of the remaining four, two stop at 17 weighted points, one at 16, and one at 15. Verbal group suffers very little from this discrimination. If the vocabulary were used instead of the Digit Span, a substitution which the scale permits, an unusually bright subject could score 18 weighted points on each subtest. By doing equally well on all items in this group-that is, attain the maximum raw score possible on each his efforts would be truly reflected by the corresponding weighted credits he would earn. KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - VOCABULARY KW - ASSIMILATION (Sociology) N1 - Accession Number: 15782801; Brown, M. N. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Vancouver, Washington.; Source Info: Apr1949, Vol. 5 Issue 2, p170; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: VOCABULARY; Subject Term: ASSIMILATION (Sociology); Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15782801&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gibby, Robert G. T1 - A PRELIMINARY SURVEY OF CERTAIN ASPECTS OF FORM II OF THE WECHSLER-BELLEVUE SCALE AS COMPARED TO FORM I. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1949/04// VL - 5 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 165 EP - 169 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on certain aspects of Form II of the Wechsler-Bellevue scale as compared to Form I. In 1939 the directions and norms for the administration of Form I of the Wechsler-Bellevue intelligence test were published. Since that time the test has been extensively used, particularly for the examination of adult neuropsychiatric patients. In 1946 the directions and norms for the administration of a second form of this test were published in the form of a manual, which was intended to supplement the 1944 revision of the original work on Form 1. KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - INTELLECT KW - LEARNING ability KW - PERSONALITY tests N1 - Accession Number: 15782800; Gibby, Robert G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, Mental Hygiene Clinic, Detroit, Michigan.; Source Info: Apr1949, Vol. 5 Issue 2, p165; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: INTELLECT; Subject Term: LEARNING ability; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15782800&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Luchins, Abraham S. T1 - ON TRAINING CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGISTS IN PSYCHOTHERAPY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1949/04// VL - 5 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 132 EP - 137 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the training clinical psychologists in psychotherapy. It seems that a training program in therapy for psychologists must accept the premise that psychotherapy can be treated as a discipline in its own right, that it need not be viewed as necessarily an adjurict of medical training. Furthermore, the training program must recognize that while its existence as a stopgap or expediency measure can be justified by the present critical shortage of psychiatrists, any long-range, inherent justification can result only if the psychologist-therapist is prepared to make a unique contribution to the field of therapy, if he can complement the work of the psychiatrist rather than be his professional competitor. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - MENTAL health personnel KW - CLINICAL sociology KW - MENTAL health services KW - THERAPEUTICS N1 - Accession Number: 15782794; Luchins, Abraham S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Mental Hygieize Clinic, N. Y. R. O., Veterans Administration and Yeshiva University.; Source Info: Apr1949, Vol. 5 Issue 2, p132; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: MENTAL health personnel; Subject Term: CLINICAL sociology; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15782794&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sprol, Samuel J. T1 - THE OCCUPATIONAL ADJUSTMENT OF THE PSYCHONEUROTIC VETERAN. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1948/07// VL - 4 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 264 EP - 269 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on the occupational adjustment of the psychoneurotic veteran. To determine if employers generally do refuse to employ psychoneurotic veterans and to enumerate the reasons most frequently given for their refusal in those cases in which they do, a survey was made of a large number of employers in the Baltimore area. The Veterans Administration has recognized the difficulties that must be overcome in order to successfully absorb the handicapped veteran into industry. Special services have been set up for the veteran with an orthopedic disability, the deafened, the tuberculous, the cardiac, the blinded, and for the many other types of handicaps, as welt as for the psychoneurotic. KW - NEUROSES KW - VETERANS KW - CLIENT-centered psychotherapy KW - SELF-help devices for people with disabilities KW - CLINICAL sociology KW - HEALTH surveys N1 - Accession Number: 15795610; Sprol, Samuel J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Baltimore Regional Office, Veterans Administration.; Source Info: Jul1948, Vol. 4 Issue 3, p264; Subject Term: NEUROSES; Subject Term: VETERANS; Subject Term: CLIENT-centered psychotherapy; Subject Term: SELF-help devices for people with disabilities; Subject Term: CLINICAL sociology; Subject Term: HEALTH surveys; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15795610&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sisk, Henry L. T1 - A CLINICAL CASE STUDY UTILIZING THE RORSCHACH AND THE MURRAY THEMATIC APPERCEPTION TESTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1947/07// VL - 3 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 293 EP - 298 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on a clinical case study utilizing the Rorschach and the Murray Thematic Apperception Tests. The patient was single, age thirty-was in combat areas under frequent bombing for thirty-three months, landing on Leyte twenty minutes after the initial assault and was returned home in December, 1944, as a result of the armed forces rotation policy. Patient one, and had been in the army four years and one month at the time of his observation. He had gone to the South Pacific early in 1942 and served as sergeant in a group of engineers. KW - THEMATIC Apperception Test KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - EDUCATIONAL psychology KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PROJECTIVE techniques KW - ARMED Forces N1 - Accession Number: 15795453; Sisk, Henry L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Chief, Veterans Administration Guidance Center, Arizona State College, Tempe, Arizona; Source Info: Jul1947, Vol. 3 Issue 3, p293; Subject Term: THEMATIC Apperception Test; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: EDUCATIONAL psychology; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PROJECTIVE techniques; Subject Term: ARMED Forces; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611710 Educational Support Services; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15795453&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Allen, Robert M. T1 - THE TEST PERFORMANCE OF THE BRAIN INJURED. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1947/07// VL - 3 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 225 EP - 230 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the test performance of the brain injured. The fifty cases selected for this portion of the study consisted of patients on the psychiatric and neurosurgical wards of a veterans hospital. In addition to limiting this group to the brain injured other selective considerations were set up. Those suffering from psychomotor seizures, convulsive disorders, aphasic and psychotic involvements were excluded. All were given Form I of the Bellevue Intelligence Scale. The fifty subjects ranged in ages from twenty to fifty-five years with the average at twenty-eight years, three months. KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - MEDICAL care of veterans KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - MILITARY hospitals KW - MASOCHISM KW - PERSONALITY N1 - Accession Number: 15795441; Allen, Robert M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Clinical Psychologist, Veterans Administration; Source Info: Jul1947, Vol. 3 Issue 3, p225; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: MEDICAL care of veterans; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: MILITARY hospitals; Subject Term: MASOCHISM; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622111 General (except paediatric) hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15795441&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Stein, Morris I. T1 - THE USE OF A SENTENCE COMPLETION TEST FOR THE DIAGNOSIS OF PERSONALITY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1947/01// VL - 3 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 47 EP - 56 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses on the use of a sentence completion test for the diagnosis of personality. The Sentence Completion Test described in this article was developed in the Office of Strategic Services (OSS) Assessment Program. The purpose of this projective test as used in OSS was to provide interviewers with a body of data which when analyzed would yield brief descriptions of the personalities of the candidates. The Sentence Completion Test consists of two parts each of 50 incomplete sentences. The incomplete sentences were selected to contribute relevant information to one of the ten areas that were considered important for personality evaluation. KW - PERSONALITY assessment KW - SENTENCE completion tests KW - PERSONALITY KW - SYMPTOMS KW - PROJECTIVE techniques KW - COGNITION N1 - Accession Number: 15782720; Stein, Morris I. 1; Affiliation: 1: Clinical Psychologist, Mental Hygiene Service of the Ray Clinic, New York Regional Office, Veterans Administration; Source Info: Jan1947, Vol. 3 Issue 1, p47; Subject Term: PERSONALITY assessment; Subject Term: SENTENCE completion tests; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: PROJECTIVE techniques; Subject Term: COGNITION; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15782720&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Katz, Elias T1 - AUDIO-VISUAL AIDS FOR MENTAL HYGIENE AND PSYCHIATRY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1947/01// VL - 3 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 43 EP - 46 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on the audio-visual aids for mental hygiene and psychiatry. The judicious use of audio-visual aids may contribute greatly to the realization of the objectives of the mental hygiene and psychiatry programs in the Veterans Administration and in general. At this Mental Hygiene Service, a program of audio-visual aids for mental hygiene and psychiatry has been evolving in response to the need for such aids. Perhaps the most dramatic development along therapeutic lines has been the use of motion pictures in connection with group psychotherapy. KW - MENTAL health KW - AUDIOVISUAL materials KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - MEDICINE & psychology KW - GROUP psychotherapy KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15782719; Katz, Elias 1; Affiliation: 1: Clinical Psychologist, Mental Hygiene Service of the Ray Clinic, New York Regional Office. Veterans Administration; Source Info: Jan1947, Vol. 3 Issue 1, p43; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: AUDIOVISUAL materials; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: MEDICINE & psychology; Subject Term: GROUP psychotherapy; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15782719&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kelly, E. Lowell T1 - RESEARCH ON THE SELECTION OF CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGISTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1947/01// VL - 3 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 39 EP - 42 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses on research on the selection of clinical psychologists. High among the accomplishments of applied psychology has been the marked improvement in techniques for the selection of personnel. Future psychologists were selected in scores of widely separated departments, many of which had no desire to coordinate or standardize their practices with respect to selection or training. On the basis of this broad outline, the staff of the Department of Psychology of the University of Michigan developed a more detailed design for a pilot study which was carried out during the week of September 10-18, 1946. KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Study & teaching KW - BEHAVIORAL scientists KW - MENTAL health personnel KW - UNIVERSITIES & colleges KW - MEDICAL care KW - MICHIGAN N1 - Accession Number: 15782718; Kelly, E. Lowell 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Branch Chief Clinical Psychologist, Veterans Administration Branch Office No. 6 2: Professor of Psychology, University of Michigan; Source Info: Jan1947, Vol. 3 Issue 1, p39; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Study & teaching; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL scientists; Subject Term: MENTAL health personnel; Subject Term: UNIVERSITIES & colleges; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: MICHIGAN; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 611310 Colleges, Universities, and Professional Schools; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15782718&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Morgan, Jane D. T1 - TRAINING CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGISTS IN THE VETERANS ADMINISTRATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1947/01// VL - 3 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 28 EP - 33 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on training clinical psychologists in the veterans administration. Important to the success of any program as large as that of the Veterans Administration for clinical psychology is a continuing source of qualified personnel. The lack of such personnel at the present time is apparent to all those having any connection with clinical psychology, whether in universities and colleges, in state or federal institutions, or in private practice. It was determined that clinical psychologists will serve as much more than technicians or mere psychometrists, for they will carry out professional functions of responsibility comparable to the work of physicians. KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - VETERANS -- Mental health services KW - APPLIED psychology KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - MENTAL health personnel KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15782716; Morgan, Jane D. 1; Affiliation: 1: Assistant Chief Clinical Psychologist for Training and Personnel, Veterans Administration; Source Info: Jan1947, Vol. 3 Issue 1, p28; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: VETERANS -- Mental health services; Subject Term: APPLIED psychology; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: MENTAL health personnel; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15782716&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Campbell, Helen M. T1 - THE ROLE OF THE CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGIST IN A VETERANS ADMINISTRATION MENTAL HYGIENE CLINIC. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1947/01// VL - 3 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 15 EP - 21 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses on the role of the clinical psychologist in a veterans administration mental hygiene clinic. The New York Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Clinic opened on May 10, 1946. Initially, only general principles and policies were established pertaining to such matters as handling of patients and delineation of the role of the various professional groups; specific procedures and most implementing details were left to be determined pragmatically. Team relationship between psychiatric social workers, clinical psychologists, and neuropsychiatrists is emphasized as essential. KW - MENTAL health KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - MENTAL health personnel KW - VETERANS KW - SOCIAL services N1 - Accession Number: 15782714; Campbell, Helen M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Chief Psychologist, Mental Hygiene Service of the Ray Clinic, New York Regional Office, Veterans Administration; Source Info: Jan1947, Vol. 3 Issue 1, p15; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: MENTAL health personnel; Subject Term: VETERANS; Subject Term: SOCIAL services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15782714&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Adams, Donald K. T1 - REFLECTIONS FROM A BRANCH OFFICE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1947/01// VL - 3 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 10 EP - 15 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on Veterans Administration and clinical psychology. It is doubtful to what extent the problems of the Veterans Administration clinical psychology program thus far in Branch No. 5 are representative of those it sill face in other parts of the country. Psychologists who have not lived there often have the impression, that the good life, professionally, culturally and personally, is difficult or impossible in the deep South. For ultimately. as in any other organization of human effort, the effectiveness of a clinic will depend upon the personalities involved and upon their inter-personal relations. KW - VETERANS KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - APPLIED psychology KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - MEDICAL care N1 - Accession Number: 15782713; Adams, Donald K. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Chief Clinical Psychologist, Veterans Administration Branch Office No. 4 2: Professor of Psychology, Duke University; Source Info: Jan1947, Vol. 3 Issue 1, p10; Subject Term: VETERANS; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: APPLIED psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15782713&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Blain, Daniel T1 - THE PSYCHIATRIST AND THE PSYCHOLOGIST. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1947/01// VL - 3 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 4 EP - 10 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses about the two disciplines of psychiatry and psychology. The relationship of the two disciplines of psychiatry and psychology is an important matter to consider at these meetings of the "American Psychological Association," for several reasons. It is the first post-war national meeting of the profession, and it occurs at a time when the country is in greater need of what psychiatry and psychology imply than at any time in its history. Psychiatry and psychology are quite obviously like a pair of brothers with similar heritage and comparable functions in the general economy of family life. KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - MOTIVATION (Psychology) KW - MEDICINE & psychology KW - MENTAL health KW - FAMILIES N1 - Accession Number: 15782712; Blain, Daniel 1; Affiliation: 1: Chief, Neuropsychiatry Division, Veterans Administration; Source Info: Jan1947, Vol. 3 Issue 1, p4; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: MOTIVATION (Psychology); Subject Term: MEDICINE & psychology; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: FAMILIES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15782712&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Taylor, Joseph L. AU - Teicher, Arthur T1 - A CLINICAL APPROACH TO REPORTING PSYCHOLOGICAL TEST DATA. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1946/10// VL - 2 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 323 EP - 332 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article is directed toward a methodology in recording and reporting the test data of the clinical psychologist in order to achieve an expression of that wealth of material obtainable through psychological tests, which gives a sensitive, dynamic understanding of the patient and his problems. A method for reporting psychological test data in terms of the specific function of given clinical relationships, is presented in the article. It is felt that a method for psychological test reporting may be useful in communicating and interpreting clinical test data to professional associates who share in a study or treatment plan. KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PATIENTS KW - OBSERVATION (Psychology) KW - TESTING KW - METHODOLOGY KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15818698; Taylor, Joseph L. 1 Teicher, Arthur 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Regional Office, Dayton, 0. 2: Moson General Hospital Brentwood, N. Y.; Source Info: Oct1946, Vol. 2 Issue 4, p323; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: OBSERVATION (Psychology); Subject Term: TESTING; Subject Term: METHODOLOGY; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15818698&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hathaway, Starke R. AU - Harmon, Lindsey R. T1 - CLINICAL COUNSELING IN EMOTIONAL AND SOCIAL REHABILITATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1946/04// VL - 2 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 151 EP - 157 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses the role of clinical counseling in emotional and social rehabilitation. It is worth noting that vast numbers of young men in the military age range never saw service because they were neurotic or showed evidence of personality traits which would predispose them to neuroses under combat conditions. These men, screened out at induction stations, comprise only one part of our population in need of service from mental hygiene clinics. Women of the same age range, men and women younger and older are no fewer subjects to psychological difficulties than are the rejected. KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - CLINICAL psychologists KW - COUNSELING KW - REHABILITATION KW - ADJUSTMENT (Psychology) KW - RESOCIALIZATION N1 - Accession Number: 15795364; Hathaway, Starke R. 1 Harmon, Lindsey R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Neuropsychiatry and Psychology, University of Minnesota and Vocational Rehabilitation Service, U. S. Veterans Administration; Source Info: Apr1946, Vol. 2 Issue 2, p151; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychologists; Subject Term: COUNSELING; Subject Term: REHABILITATION; Subject Term: ADJUSTMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: RESOCIALIZATION; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15795364&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hernandez-Peon, R. AU - Sterman, M.B. T1 - BRAIN FUNCTIONS. JO - Annual Review of Psychology JF - Annual Review of Psychology Y1 - 1966/02// VL - 17 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 363 PB - Annual Reviews Inc. SN - 00664308 N1 - Accession Number: 11299395; Hernandez-Peon, R. 1,2,3 Sterman, M.B. 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: Instituto de Investigaciones Cerebrales in Mexico 2: Veterans Administration Hospital in Sepulveda, California 3: University of California in Los Angeles, California; Source Info: 1966, Vol. 17 Issue 1, p363; Number of Pages: 32p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11299395&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lorr, Maurice T1 - CLASSIFICATION OF THE BEHAVIOR DISORDERS. JO - Annual Review of Psychology JF - Annual Review of Psychology Y1 - 1961/02// VL - 12 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 195 EP - 216 PB - Annual Reviews Inc. SN - 00664308 N1 - Accession Number: 11290515; Lorr, Maurice 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, Washington, D C.; Source Info: 1961, Vol. 12 Issue 1, p195; Number of Pages: 22p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11290515&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Masserman, Jules H. AU - Gross, Zoltan AU - Pechtel, Curtis T1 - ABNORMALITIES OF BEHAVIOR. JO - Annual Review of Psychology JF - Annual Review of Psychology Y1 - 1954/02// VL - 5 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 263 EP - 280 PB - Annual Reviews Inc. SN - 00664308 N1 - Accession Number: 11290558; Masserman, Jules H. 1 Gross, Zoltan 1 Pechtel, Curtis 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Nervous and Mental Diseases, Northwestern University, Illinois and the Downey Veterans Administration Hospital, Illinois; Source Info: 1954, Vol. 5 Issue 1, p263; Number of Pages: 18p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11290558&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rothaus, Paul AU - Hattem, Jack V. AU - Sheer, Daniel E. T1 - Learning strategies and public failure. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1963/06// VL - 31 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 225 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 N1 - Accession Number: 8933183; Rothaus, Paul 1 Hattem, Jack V. 2 Sheer, Daniel E. 2; Affiliation: 1: Houston Veterans' Administration Hospital and the Baylor University College of Medicine. 2: The University of Houston.; Source Info: Jun63, Vol. 31 Issue 2, p225; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep8933183 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8933183&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wolfe, Raymond T1 - The role of conceptual systems in cognitive functioning at varying levels of age and intelligence. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1963/03// VL - 31 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 108 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 N1 - Accession Number: 8933024; Wolfe, Raymond 1; Affiliation: 1: Dayton Veterans Administration Center.; Source Info: Mar63, Vol. 31 Issue 1, p108; Number of Pages: 16p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep8933024 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8933024&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Klein, Edward B. T1 - Stylistic components of response as related to attitude change. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1963/03// VL - 31 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 38 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 N1 - Accession Number: 8932997; Klein, Edward B. 1; Affiliation: 1: West Haven Veterans' Administration Hospital and Yale University.; Source Info: Mar63, Vol. 31 Issue 1, p38; Number of Pages: 14p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep8932997 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8932997&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Faibish, George M. T1 - Schizophrenic response to words of multiple meaning. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1961/12// VL - 29 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 414 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 N1 - Accession Number: 8933377; Faibish, George M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, Texas.; Source Info: Dec61, Vol. 29 Issue 4, p414; Number of Pages: 15p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep8933377 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8933377&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Milgram, Norman AU - Goodglass, Harold T1 - Role style versus cognitive maturation in word associations of adults and children. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1961/06// VL - 29 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 81 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 N1 - Accession Number: 8932627; Milgram, Norman 1 Goodglass, Harold 2; Affiliation: 1: Nebraska Psychiatric Institute. 2: Boston Veterans Administration Hospital.; Source Info: Jun61, Vol. 29 Issue 2, p81; Number of Pages: 13p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep8932627 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8932627&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Levy, Lbon H. AU - Orr, Thomas B. AU - Roe, Sanford T1 - Judgments of emotion from facial expressions by college students, mental retardates, and mental hospital patients. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1960/09// VL - 28 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 342 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 N1 - Accession Number: 8931799; Levy, Lbon H. 1 Orr, Thomas B. 2 Roe, Sanford 3; Affiliation: 1: Indiana University. 2: Fort Wayne State School, Fort Wayne, Indiana. 3: Veterans Administration Hospital, Indianapolis, Indiana.; Source Info: Sep60, Vol. 28 Issue 3, p342; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep8931799 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8931799&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jentsch, Richard C. T1 - Reaction time in schizophrenia as a function of method of presentation and length of preparatory interval. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1958/12// VL - 26 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 545 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 N1 - Accession Number: 8932061; Jentsch, Richard C. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: State University of Iowa. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Knoxville, Iowa.; Source Info: Dec58, Vol. 26 Issue 4, p545; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep8932061 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8932061&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sherman, Lewis J. T1 - Retention in Psychopathic, Neurotic, and Normal Subjects. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1957/12// VL - 25 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 721 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 N1 - Accession Number: 8930928; Sherman, Lewis J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Brockton, Massachusetts.; Source Info: Dec57, Vol. 25 Issue 6, p721; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep8930928 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8930928&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pace, Robert E. T1 - Situational Therapy. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1957/09// VL - 25 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 578 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 N1 - Accession Number: 8930854; Pace, Robert E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Anthropology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Downey, Illinois.; Source Info: Sep57, Vol. 25 Issue 5, p578; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep8930854 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8930854&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Stotsky, Bernard A. T1 - Motivation and Task Complexity as Factors in the Psychomotor Responses of Schizophrenics. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1957/03// VL - 25 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 327 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 N1 - Accession Number: 8930956; Stotsky, Bernard A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Brockton, Mass.; Source Info: Mar57, Vol. 25 Issue 3, p327; Number of Pages: 17p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep8930956 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8930956&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - King, Gerald F. AU - Merrell, David W. AU - Lovinger, Edward AU - Denny, M. Ray T1 - Operant Motor Behavior in Acute Schizophrenics. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1957/03// VL - 25 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 317 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 N1 - Accession Number: 8930948; King, Gerald F. 1 Merrell, David W. 2 Lovinger, Edward 2 Denny, M. Ray 1; Affiliation: 1: Michigan State University. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Battle Creek, Michigan.; Source Info: Mar57, Vol. 25 Issue 3, p317; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep8930948 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8930948&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Johnston, Robert A. T1 - A Methodological Analysis of Several Revised Forms of the Iowa Picture Interpretation Test. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1957/03// VL - 25 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 283 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 N1 - Accession Number: 8930925; Johnston, Robert A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Coatesville, Pennsylvania.; Source Info: Mar57, Vol. 25 Issue 3, p283; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep8930925 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8930925&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Schwartz, Bernard J. T1 - An Empirical Test of Two Freudian Hypotheses concerning Castration Anxiety. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1956/03// VL - 24 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 318 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 N1 - Accession Number: 8932892; Schwartz, Bernard J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Office, Rochester, New York.; Source Info: Mar56, Vol. 24 Issue 3, p318; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep8932892 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8932892&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Schwartz, Bernard J. T1 - The Measurement of Castration Anxiety and Anxiety over Loss of Love. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1955/12// VL - 24 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 204 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 N1 - Accession Number: 8932675; Schwartz, Bernard J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Office, Rochester, New York.; Source Info: Dec55, Vol. 24 Issue 2, p204; Number of Pages: 16p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep8932675 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8932675&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Johnston, Robert A. T1 - The Effects of Achievement Imagery on Maze-Learning Performance. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1955/12// VL - 24 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 145 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 N1 - Accession Number: 8932643; Johnston, Robert A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Knoxville, Iowa.; Source Info: Dec55, Vol. 24 Issue 2, p145; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep8932643 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8932643&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lorr, Maurice AU - Lepine, Louis T. AU - Golder, Jacob V. T1 - A Factor Analysis of Some Handwriting Characteristics. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1954/03// VL - 22 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 348 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 N1 - Accession Number: 8930328; Lorr, Maurice 1 Lepine, Louis T. 2 Golder, Jacob V. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration. 2: Personnel Research Division, Army Air Force.; Source Info: Mar54, Vol. 22 Issue 3, p348; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep8930328 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8930328&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lindner, Harold T1 - Sexual Responsiveness to Perceptual Tests in a Group of Sexual Offenders. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1953/03// VL - 21 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 364 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 N1 - Accession Number: 8930316; Lindner, Harold 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Richmond, Virginia.; Source Info: Mar53, Vol. 21 Issue 3, p364; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep8930316 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8930316&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Feifel, Herman T1 - Ego Structure and Mental Deterioration. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1951/12// VL - 20 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 188 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 N1 - Accession Number: 8930318; Feifel, Herman 1; Affiliation: 1: Winter Veterans Administration Hospital.; Source Info: Dec51, Vol. 20 Issue 2, p188; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep8930318 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8930318&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Giedt, F. Harold AU - Lehner, George F. J. T1 - ASSIGNMENT OF AGES ON THE DRAW-A-PERSON TEST BY MALE NEUROPSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1951/06// VL - 19 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 440 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 N1 - Accession Number: 8930196; Giedt, F. Harold 1 Lehner, George F. J. 2; Affiliation: 1: Brentwood Veterans, Administration Hospital, Los Angeles. 2: University of California, Los Angeles.; Source Info: Jun51, Vol. 19 Issue 4, p440; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep8930196 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8930196&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fisher, Jerome T1 - THE MEMORY PROCESS AND CERTAIN PSYCHOSOCIAL ATTITUDES, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THE LAW OF PRAGNANZ. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1951/06// VL - 19 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 406 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 N1 - Accession Number: 8930193; Fisher, Jerome 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco.; Source Info: Jun51, Vol. 19 Issue 4, p406; Number of Pages: 15p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep8930193 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8930193&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Luchins, Abraham S. T1 - RIGIDITY AND ETHNOCENTRISM: A CRITIQUE. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1949/06// VL - 17 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 449 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 N1 - Accession Number: 8926814; Luchins, Abraham S. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, NYRO. 2: Yeshiva University.; Source Info: Jun49, Vol. 17 Issue 4, p449; Number of Pages: 18p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep8926814 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8926814&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hamlin, Roy M. AU - Kogan, William S. T1 - VI. OBJECTIFICATION IN RORSCHACH INTERPRETATION. JO - Journal of Personality JF - Journal of Personality Y1 - 1948/12// VL - 17 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 177 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00223506 N1 - Accession Number: 8926455; Hamlin, Roy M. 1 Kogan, William S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, Pittsburgh, Pa.; Source Info: Dec48, Vol. 17 Issue 2, p177; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-6494.ep8926455 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8926455&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Shulman, S. AU - Yantorno, C. AU - Soanes, W. A. AU - Gonder, M. J. AU - Witebsky, E. T1 - Studies on Organ Specificity XVI. UROGENITAL TISSUES AND AUTOANTIBODIES. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1966/02// VL - 10 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 99 EP - 113 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - Autoantibodies to the male accessory tissues of reproduction could be produced in rabbits by intensive isoimmunization, using saline extracts (SE) of prostate gland or of the total complex of accessory glands. Concomitant production of isoantibodies was shown to be rather improbable. Although the prostate gland was the tissue of major interest, the autoantigenic material in this tissue was found to be shared by the other accessory glands; namely, seminal vesicle, coagulating gland and bulbo-urethral gland. It was also found in seminal plasma, but evidence was collected to show that this activity resulted from admixture of fluids from the accessory tissues. This material was, however, absent from other members of the urogenital system such as kidney, bladder, testis and epididymis. It was also absent from a large variety of other rabbit tissues that were tested. The antigen can therefore be considered as an accessory glands-specific antigen. It was absent from the prostatic tissue of a number of other species, suggesting a high degree of species specificity. In some of the studies, the line of precipitation showed itself clearly double, although the two lines were always quite close together. The picture suggested that there were in fact two autoantigens. A second group of investigations was based on the use of ethanol-resistant (ER) preparations of accessory tissue. As with the SE preparations, antibodies could be elicited by isoimmunization. Although antibody levels by haemagglutination were much lower than in the SE systems, they were of significant magnitude, and the gel diffusion precipitation was at least as strong as for the SE system. The ER-anti-ER system showed two clear and well-separated lines, which were completely distinct from the anti-SE lines. Therefore, there are two additional antigens of accessory tissue that can be effective in isoimmunization. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - MALE reproductive organs KW - REPRODUCTION KW - PROSTATE KW - SEMEN KW - GENITOURINARY organs KW - ANTIGENS N1 - Accession Number: 13281592; Shulman, S. 1,2 Yantorno, C. 1,2 Soanes, W. A. 1,2 Gonder, M. J. 1,2 Witebsky, E. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Bacteriology and Immunology, School of Medicine, State University of New York, Buffalo 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Buffalo, New York; Source Info: Feb66, Vol. 10 Issue 2, p99; Subject Term: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject Term: MALE reproductive organs; Subject Term: REPRODUCTION; Subject Term: PROSTATE; Subject Term: SEMEN; Subject Term: GENITOURINARY organs; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 15p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13281592&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Thorbecke, G. Jeanette AU - Walter, Harry T1 - Experiments with Labelled Complement I. COMPLEMENT LABELLED IN VIVO. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1962/01// VL - 5 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 93 EP - 103 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00192805 AB - Guinea pigs were injected with 35S-amino acids and their sera were subsequently used as a source of labelled complement. The adsorption of radio-activity from such sera by specific immune precipitates and by insoluble, suspended, denatured proteins was studied under various experimental conditions. It was found that heat-inactivation of the serum sharply reduced the radioactivity carried down as did the addition of ethylene diamine tetraacetic acid to fresh serum. The latter effect could be overcome by the addition of calcium and magnesium ions. The addition of fresh unlabelled guinea-pig serum to heat-inactivated labelled guinea-pig serum increased the radioactivity adsorbed by the immune precipitates. This indicated that, when the heat-labile components of complement are thus supplied, the labelled heat-stable components can again be adsorbed. This effect of unlabelled complement could not be obtained with labelled serum that had been treated with hydrazine. It was also shown that the heat-stable, hydrazine-sensitive component was present in midpiece and absent from endpiece, indicating that it was not C′4, but probably a component of C′3. The adsorption of active C′1 by some heat-denatured suspended serum protein preparations was demonstrated. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - GUINEA pigs as laboratory animals KW - AMINO acids KW - COMPLEMENT (Immunology) KW - BLOOD proteins KW - RADIOACTIVITY KW - IMMUNOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 12534664; Thorbecke, G. Jeanette 1 Walter, Harry 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Pathology, New York University College of Medicine, New York City, and Radioisotope Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, New York; Source Info: Jan62, Vol. 5 Issue 1, p93; Subject Term: GUINEA pigs as laboratory animals; Subject Term: AMINO acids; Subject Term: COMPLEMENT (Immunology); Subject Term: BLOOD proteins; Subject Term: RADIOACTIVITY; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12534664&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pappas, T. N. AU - Mangel, A. W. AU - Lawson, C. T1 - Review article: evaluation of drugs in experimental gut distension models. JO - Alimentary Pharmacology & Therapeutics JF - Alimentary Pharmacology & Therapeutics Y1 - 1999/05/02/May99 Supplement VL - 13 M3 - Article SP - 54 EP - 56 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 02692813 AB - SUMMARY Distension of the gastrointestinal tract elicits abdominal pain, as well as sensations such as discomfort or fullness. Many patients with irritable bowel syndrome have been reported to show a reduced threshold to the pain or discomfort due to experimental rectal distension. This hypersensitivity of the gut may be characteristic of the irritable bowel, as well as other functional gastrointestinal disorders. Intestinal distension in animals induces a range of responses which have been used as indexes of visceral nociception. This paper reviews a recently introduced canine model used to assess the antinociceptive properties of a novel 5-HT3 receptor antagonist, alosetron. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Alimentary Pharmacology & Therapeutics is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IRRITABLE colon KW - GASTROINTESTINAL diseases KW - ABDOMINAL pain KW - VISCERAL reflex KW - RECEPTOR antibodies KW - DISEASES N1 - Accession Number: 23186154; Pappas, T. N. 1,2 Mangel, A. W. 3 Lawson, C. 2; Affiliation: 1: Duke University Medical Center, Durham 2: Durham Veterans Administration Center, Durham, North Carolina 3: Glaxo Wellcome Inc., Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, USA; Source Info: May99 Supplement, Vol. 13, p54; Subject Term: IRRITABLE colon; Subject Term: GASTROINTESTINAL diseases; Subject Term: ABDOMINAL pain; Subject Term: VISCERAL reflex; Subject Term: RECEPTOR antibodies; Subject Term: DISEASES; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=23186154&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - GREENBERG, Steven J. AU - Uimook CHOI AU - OVERTURF, Phyllis M. AU - GLENISTER, Norman AU - ROBINSON, Tara A. AU - LIS, Agnieska AU - HOHMANN, Philip AU - GOLDMAN, Barry D. AU - OSEROFF, Allen R. AU - PLUNKETT, Robert J. T1 - PLEIOTROPIC EXPRESSION OF HETEROLOGOUS CYTOKINE/RECEPTOR GENES IN HTLV-1 ASSOCIATED DISEASES: CANDIDATE TRS FOR CHIMERIC GENE THERAPY. JO - Leukemia (08876924) JF - Leukemia (08876924) Y1 - 1997/04/03/Apr97 Supplement 3 VL - 11 M3 - Article SP - 79 EP - 81 PB - Nature Publishing Group SN - 08876924 AB - DNA motifs that encode for specific transcriptional regulatory sequences (TRS) when engineered adjacent to the structural protein coding domain of a suicide enzyme can provide cell-lineage specific protein expression. The disparate up-regulation of several genes in adult T-cell leukemia (ATL) versus HTLV-I associated myelopathy/tropical spastic paraparesis (HAM/TSP), seropositive carriers (SPC) and uninfected normals may reflect events at the molecular level related to leukemogenesis or to processes maintaining the heme-oncologic phenotype. Further, the genetic transduction of cytokine and receptor genes uniquely associated with ATL may provide targets for the development of leukemia-specific gene therapies aimed at exploiting differences in the production of certain growth factors and growth factor receptors. Comparisons of the transcriptional and translational levels of interleukin-2 receptor alpha chain (IL-2Rα), transforming growth factor-β1 (TGF-β1) and intracellular adhesion molecule- 1 (ICAM-1) in ATL, HAM/TSR and SPC and in several control populations revealed selectively up-regulated expression in ATL. We evaluated the feasibility of using lymphoid-specific TRS to activate herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase (HSVtk) to achieve selective cytotoxicity in leukemias expressing terminal deoxynucleotidyl transferase (TdT). Selective and efficient leukemic cell killing was produced and suggests that similar chimeric gene constructs containing TRS elements for IL-2Rα, TGF-β1, or ICAM-1 may prove useful in designing gene therapies to treat ATL. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Leukemia (08876924) is the property of Nature Publishing Group and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CYTOKINES KW - HTLV-I (Virus) KW - GENE therapy KW - ADULT T-cell leukemia KW - LEUKEMIA -- Etiology KW - INTERLEUKIN-2 KW - HERPES simplex virus KW - THYMIDINE N1 - Accession Number: 34696102; GREENBERG, Steven J. 1,2 Uimook CHOI 1 OVERTURF, Phyllis M. 1 GLENISTER, Norman 1 ROBINSON, Tara A. 3 LIS, Agnieska 3 HOHMANN, Philip 1 GOLDMAN, Barry D. 4,5 OSEROFF, Allen R. 4,5 PLUNKETT, Robert J. 3,6; Affiliation: 1: Department of Neurology, Roswell Park Center Institute, Laboratory of Cellular Implantation and Regeneration, Buffalo, Buffalo, New York 2: Department of Neurology, State University of New York, Buffalo, Buffalo, New York 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Buffalo, Buffalo, New York 4: Department of Dermatology, Roswell Park Center Institute, Laboratory of Cellular Implantation and Regeneration, Buffalo, Buffalo, New York 5: Department of Dermatology, State University of New York, Buffalo, Buffalo, New York 6: Department of Neurosurgery, State University of New York, Buffalo, Buffalo, New York; Source Info: Apr97 Supplement 3, Vol. 11, p79; Subject Term: CYTOKINES; Subject Term: HTLV-I (Virus); Subject Term: GENE therapy; Subject Term: ADULT T-cell leukemia; Subject Term: LEUKEMIA -- Etiology; Subject Term: INTERLEUKIN-2; Subject Term: HERPES simplex virus; Subject Term: THYMIDINE; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=34696102&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wolinsky, Fredric D. AU - Fitzgerald, John F. T1 - Subsequent Hip Fracture Among Older Adults. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1994/08// VL - 84 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 1316 EP - 1316 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Subsequent hip fracture among the 368 Longitudinal Study on Aging respondents who fractured their hips from 1984 through 1991 was prospectively examined. Case-by-case review of the billing records indicated that 27 subsequent hip fractures occurred, for a rate of 1 every 33.8 person-years. Multivariable proportional hazard regression revealed that increased risks of subsequent hip fracture were associated with poor perceived health status and dizziness. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - FRACTURES in old age KW - OLDER people -- Wounds & injuries KW - OLDER people -- Health KW - MEDICAL care for the aged KW - OLDER people -- Diseases KW - DIZZINESS N1 - Accession Number: 9409062818; Wolinsky, Fredric D. 1,2 Fitzgerald, John F. 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Indiana University School of Medicine, Indianapolis, Ind. 2: Regenstrief Institute for Health Care, Indianapolis, Ind. 3: Richard Roudebush Veterans Administration Medical Center, Indianapolis; Source Info: Aug1994, Vol. 84 Issue 8, p1316; Subject Term: FRACTURES in old age; Subject Term: OLDER people -- Wounds & injuries; Subject Term: OLDER people -- Health; Subject Term: MEDICAL care for the aged; Subject Term: OLDER people -- Diseases; Subject Term: DIZZINESS; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9409062818&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Williams, Brent C. AU - Demitrack, Lucy B. AU - Fries, Brant E. T1 - The Accuracy of the National Death Index When Personal Identifiers Other Than Social Security Number Are Used. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1992/08// VL - 82 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 1145 EP - 1145 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - This study analyzed the accuracy of the National Death Index when personal identifiers were used that included or excluded Social Security number. Computerized records of the Department of Veterans Affairs were used for comparison. Different combinations of identifiers other than Social Security number correctly identified from 83 to 92 percent of dead and 92 to 99 percent of living persons. These results should prove useful in ascertaining the mortality status of patient populations without information on Social Security numbers. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MORTALITY -- Statistics KW - MORTALITY KW - PERSONAL identification numbers KW - SOCIAL security KW - UNITED States KW - UNITED States. Dept. of Veterans Affairs N1 - Accession Number: 9212140369; Williams, Brent C. 1,2 Demitrack, Lucy B. 3 Fries, Brant E. 1,3; Affiliation: 1: Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Medical Center Geriatrics Research Education and Clinical Center, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor 2: Department of Internal Medicine, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor 3: Institute of Gerontology and School of Public Health, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor; Source Info: Aug1992, Vol. 82 Issue 8, p1145; Subject Term: MORTALITY -- Statistics; Subject Term: MORTALITY; Subject Term: PERSONAL identification numbers; Subject Term: SOCIAL security; Subject Term: UNITED States; Company/Entity: UNITED States. Dept. of Veterans Affairs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9212140369&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Choca, James AU - Shanley, Luke AU - Van Denburg, Eric AU - Agresti, Albert AU - Mouton, Andrew AU - Vidger, Lila Uskokovic T1 - Personality Disorder or Personality Style: That Is the Question. JO - Journal of Counseling & Development JF - Journal of Counseling & Development Y1 - 1992/01//Jan/Feb92 VL - 70 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 429 EP - 431 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 07489633 AB - The article responds to the feature written by Theodore Millon regarding his Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory (MCMI). The main controversy surrounding the MCMI has focused on the claim that the test measures diagnostic and statistical manual (DSM)-III disorders. The data available tend to show that the concordance between the MCMI-I and the DSM-III may be poor, perhaps for both the Axis I clinical syndromes and the Axis II personality disorders. Although some of the problems may have been improved with the MCMI-II, concerns over differences between the MCMI conceptualization of the different disorders and the DSM-III-R remain. Because the items that compose the MCMI scales often do not show much concordance with the DSM-III-R criteria for the same syndrome, it may well to deemphasize the ability of the MCMI to measure the DSM-III-R disorders. The original eight basic personality scales of the MCMI-I is seen as measuring personality styles rather than personality disorders. The items that constitute those scales deal mostly with the way the participants feel about himself or herself and how she or he relates to the others, rather than the issue of how functional these feelings or relationships maybe. As a result, these scales tend to be elevated when the inventory is used with normals. It has been pointed out, in defense of the MCMI, that it was standardized with psychiatric patients and should not be used with normals. To be consistent with this posture, one would have to believe that the inventory should not be used as a screening instrument in which normals could be tested, a position that none of those using the inventory is willing to take. KW - MILLON Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PERSONALITY disorders KW - PERSONALITY KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - MILLON, Theodore N1 - Accession Number: 9202172256; Choca, James 1,2 Shanley, Luke 3 Van Denburg, Eric 3 Agresti, Albert 4 Mouton, Andrew 3 Vidger, Lila Uskokovic 3; Affiliation: 1: Chief, Psychology Service, Lakeside Medical Center, Department of Veterans Administration 2: Assistant professor, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Northwestern University Medical School, Chicago, Illinois 3: Staff psychologists, Lakeside VA, Northwestern University, Chicago, Illinois 4: Assistant professor, Department of Counseling Psychology, Loyola University of Chicago; Source Info: Jan/Feb92, Vol. 70 Issue 3, p429; Subject Term: MILLON Clinical Multiaxial Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PERSONALITY disorders; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; People: MILLON, Theodore; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2196 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9202172256&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Layne, Christopher AU - Leigh, George Gary T1 - Incentive Properties of Signals of Correctness: A Reexamination of the Developmental Theory. JO - Child Development JF - Child Development Y1 - 1979/03// VL - 50 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 257 EP - 259 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00093920 N1 - Accession Number: 12432815; Layne, Christopher 1 Leigh, George Gary 1; Affiliation: 1: Topeka Veterans Administration; Source Info: Mar1979, Vol. 50 Issue 1, p257; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1467-8624.ep12432815 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12432815&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Baer, Daniel M. AU - Belsey, Richard E. AU - Skeels, Micheal R. T1 - A Survey of State Regulation of Testing for Drugs of Abuse Outside of Licensed (accredited) Clinical Laboratories. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 80 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 713 EP - 715 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: We surveyed all 50 states to find out if testing for drugs of abuse outside of clinical laboratories was regulated. In 14 states such regulations existed or were contemplated. Eight additional states indicated that regulatory language does not restrict their oversight of Such testing. Content of the regulations is described for each of these 22 states. (Am J Public Health 1990; 80:713-715.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DRUGS of abuse KW - PSYCHIATRIC drugs KW - PATHOLOGICAL laboratories KW - DRUG laws & regulations KW - PHARMACEUTICAL policy KW - PUBLIC health laws KW - NARCOTIC laws KW - PUBLIC health KW - HEALTH KW - HUMAN services N1 - Accession Number: 4685110; Baer, Daniel M. 1 Belsey, Richard E. 2 Skeels, Micheal R. 3; Affiliation: 1: Chief, Laboratory Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3710 SW US Veterans Hospital Road, Portland, OR 97207 2: Professor of Clinical Pathology, Oregon Health Sciences University, Portland 3: Director, Oregon Public Health Laboratory, Portland; Source Info: Jun90, Vol. 80 Issue 6, p713; Subject Term: DRUGS of abuse; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC drugs; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL laboratories; Subject Term: DRUG laws & regulations; Subject Term: PHARMACEUTICAL policy; Subject Term: PUBLIC health laws; Subject Term: NARCOTIC laws; Subject Term: PUBLIC health; Subject Term: HEALTH; Subject Term: HUMAN services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325412 Pharmaceutical Preparation Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424210 Drugs and Druggists' Sundries Merchant Wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621511 Medical Laboratories; NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4685110&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Reuler, James B. T1 - Health Care for the Homeless in a National Health Program. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 79 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 1033 EP - 1035 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: To assess the impact of adoption of a national health program on homeless care in the United States, care for this group in Britain's National Health Service (NHS) was evaluated. Although hospital and medication charges are eliminated, primary care for the homeless lacks central government directive, suffers from overlap of statutory agencies and mechanistic biases, is disproportionately delivered in emergency rooms, and has relied on advocacy by the non-profit sector. Disadvantages of this void in NHS provision are marginalization of the homeless and continuation of a two-class care system. Removal of financial barriers to care by enactment of a national health program in the US would not solve all issues related to delivery of quality care for the homeless unless its structure addressed the special needs of disenfranchised groups. (Am J Public Health 1989; 79:1033-1035.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MEDICAL care KW - HOMELESS persons KW - PUBLIC health KW - PRIMARY care (Medicine) KW - FEDERAL government KW - HOSPITAL emergency services KW - NATIONAL health services KW - GREAT Britain KW - GREAT Britain. National Health Service N1 - Accession Number: 4685406; Reuler, James B. 1; Affiliation: 1: Ambulatory Care and Medical Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Division of General Medicine, Department of Medicine, Oregon Health Sciences University, Wallace Medical Concern, Portland, Oregon, USA; Source Info: Aug1989, Vol. 79 Issue 8, p1033; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: HOMELESS persons; Subject Term: PUBLIC health; Subject Term: PRIMARY care (Medicine); Subject Term: FEDERAL government; Subject Term: HOSPITAL emergency services; Subject Term: NATIONAL health services; Subject Term: GREAT Britain; Company/Entity: GREAT Britain. National Health Service; NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4685406&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Joseph, Anne T1 - Compliance with Fecal Occult Blood Testing: The Role of Restrictive Diets. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 78 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 839 EP - 841 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: In this clinical trial, 786 patients screened for colorectal cancer with fecal occult blood testing were assigned to either a "diet" or "no diet" group to examine the effect of advice to restrict intake of red meat and peroxidase-containing vegetables on patient compliance and positivity rates. Restrictive diets did not significantly decrease compliance. Interviews of patients in the "diet" group demonstrated that the majority followed instructions. Positivity rates were similar in the two groups, and clinically significant lesions were found with comparable frequency. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CLINICAL trials KW - CLINICAL medicine -- Research KW - MEDICAL research KW - FECAL incontinence KW - DEFECATION disorders KW - COLON cancer KW - DIET KW - CANCER patients KW - COMPLIANCE N1 - Accession Number: 4692650; Joseph, Anne 1; Affiliation: 1: General Medicine Section 1110, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 54th Street and 48th Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55417; Source Info: Jul1988, Vol. 78 Issue 7, p839; Subject Term: CLINICAL trials; Subject Term: CLINICAL medicine -- Research; Subject Term: MEDICAL research; Subject Term: FECAL incontinence; Subject Term: DEFECATION disorders; Subject Term: COLON cancer; Subject Term: DIET; Subject Term: CANCER patients; Subject Term: COMPLIANCE; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541712 Research and Development in the Physical, Engineering, and Life Sciences (except Biotechnology); Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4692650&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Revicki, Dennis A. AU - Israel, Richard G. T1 - Relationship between Body Mass Indices and Measures of Body Adiposity. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1986/08// VL - 76 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 992 EP - 994 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: We examined the relationship between various body mass indices (BMIs), skinfold measures, and laboratory measures of body fat in 474 males aged 20-70 years. Evaluations included height, weight, skinfold thickness, and hydrostatic measurements of adiposity. The weight-height ratio (W/H), Quetelet index (W/H&sup 2;), Khosla-Lowe index (W/H&sup 3;), and Berm index (W/H[sup P]) were calculated. The correlations among the various BMIs were high, ranging from 0.91 to 0.99, and all were strongly correlated with weight (rs = 0.81 - 0.98), while only W/H&sup 2; (r = -.03) and W/H[sup P] (r = -.01) were not correlated with height. The W/H&sup 2; and W/H[sup P] had the strongest correlation with hydrostatic and skinfold measurements, although all the BMIs were significantly correlated with these measurements. Results suggest that the Benn index and the Quetelet index are equally valid estimates of body fat in respect to their relationship with hydrostatic measures. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BODY mass index KW - OBESITY KW - HUMAN physiology KW - SKINFOLD thickness KW - BODY weight KW - FAT KW - PHYSICAL diagnosis KW - ANTHROPOMETRY KW - HUMAN body composition N1 - Accession Number: 4686104; Revicki, Dennis A. 1 Israel, Richard G. 2; Affiliation: 1: Senior Health Scientist, Health Services Research and Development Special Projects Office (152) Veterans Administration Medical Center, Perry Point, MD 21902 2: Director, Human Performance Laboratory, East Carolina University, Greenville, NC; Source Info: Aug1986, Vol. 76 Issue 8, p992; Subject Term: BODY mass index; Subject Term: OBESITY; Subject Term: HUMAN physiology; Subject Term: SKINFOLD thickness; Subject Term: BODY weight; Subject Term: FAT; Subject Term: PHYSICAL diagnosis; Subject Term: ANTHROPOMETRY; Subject Term: HUMAN body composition; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4686104&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lawrence, Charles E. AU - Reilly, Andrew A. AU - Quickenton, Phillip AU - Greenwald, Peter AU - Page, William F. AU - Kuntz, Amy J. T1 - Mortality Patterns of New York State Vietnam Veterans. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1985/03// VL - 75 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 277 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: Mortality odds ratios (MORs) comparing veterans with Vietnam service who died in New York State to veterans of the Vietnam era with no Vietnam service were estimated (N - 1.496). The most elevated M()Rs and their confidence intervals were nonmotor vehicular injuries of transport (MOR = 2.18. (l. 19. 3.96}). other accidents and burns MOR = 1.37. 10.95. l.98)), and homicide (MOR = 1.59. (0.86. 2.94). (Am J Public Health 1985; 75:277-279.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MORTALITY -- Statistics KW - DEATH -- Causes KW - ACCIDENTS KW - DIOXINS KW - HERBICIDES -- Physiological effect KW - VIETNAM veterans KW - VIETNAM War, 1961-1975 KW - PUBLIC health KW - NEW York (State) N1 - Accession Number: 4948576; Lawrence, Charles E. 1 Reilly, Andrew A. 1 Quickenton, Phillip 1 Greenwald, Peter 2 Page, William F. 3 Kuntz, Amy J. 3; Affiliation: 1: New York State Department of Health. 2: National Cancer Institute. 3: Veterans Administration.; Source Info: Mar1985, Vol. 75 Issue 3, p277; Subject Term: MORTALITY -- Statistics; Subject Term: DEATH -- Causes; Subject Term: ACCIDENTS; Subject Term: DIOXINS; Subject Term: HERBICIDES -- Physiological effect; Subject Term: VIETNAM veterans; Subject Term: VIETNAM War, 1961-1975; Subject Term: PUBLIC health; Subject Term: NEW York (State); NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4948576&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Connelly, Shirley V. AU - Connelly, Patricia A. T1 - Physicians' Patient Referrals to a Nurse Practitioner in a Primary Care Medical Clinic . JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1979/01// VL - 69 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 73 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - The article discusses the impact of the nurse practitioners (NP) role on health care delivery. In this context, the author mentioned the consumer dissatisfaction with depersonalized and crisis-oriented health care that is well documented. These studies show that NP can be utilized to manage common ailments and chronic-stabilized conditions of patients with effectiveness comparing favorably to physician management of such conditions. A Veterans Administration Hospital Primary Care Medical Clinic with a health care team had conducted these studies. KW - NURSE practitioners KW - MEDICAL care KW - NURSING -- Practice KW - MEDICAL personnel KW - HEALTH care teams KW - MEDICAL research KW - PRIMARY care (Medicine) KW - FIRST aid in illness & injury KW - MEDICAL referral N1 - Accession Number: 6008683; Connelly, Shirley V. 1 Connelly, Patricia A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Primary Care Medical Clinic, Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis.; Source Info: Jan1979, Vol. 69 Issue 1, p73; Subject Term: NURSE practitioners; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: NURSING -- Practice; Subject Term: MEDICAL personnel; Subject Term: HEALTH care teams; Subject Term: MEDICAL research; Subject Term: PRIMARY care (Medicine); Subject Term: FIRST aid in illness & injury; Subject Term: MEDICAL referral; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541712 Research and Development in the Physical, Engineering, and Life Sciences (except Biotechnology); Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=6008683&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wallace, Robert B. AU - Donta, Sam T. T1 - Antibody to Escherichia coli Enterotoxin in Meat-Packing Workers. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1978/01// VL - 68 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 68 EP - 70 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - The article focuses on antibody to Escherichia coli enterotoxin in Meat-Packing workers. It is nearly 50 years since the suggestion was made that certain strains of Escherichia coli could cause human diarrhea. It is now apparent that certain Escherichia coli strains are interopathogenIc by three mechanisms: production of heat-stable (SD or heat-labile (LT) enterotoxins or by direct invasion of the gut, similar to Shigelia species. The adrenal cell tissue culture assay for detecting heatable E. coli enterotoxin and antitoxin has been previously described. On the basis of this, briefly, the assay is based on the antibody neutralization of a standardized quantity of heat-labile enterotoxin. Absence of antibody allows the enterotoxin to alter the morphology of the adrenal cells. Statistical differences between various analytical groups within the study were determined by application of the standard t-test to the reciprocal geometric mean titers of the individual groups. KW - ESCHERICHIA coli -- Physiology KW - PACKING houses (Meat packing industry) KW - DIARRHEA KW - DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation KW - TISSUE culture KW - ENTEROTOXINS N1 - Accession Number: 5673980; Wallace, Robert B. 1 Donta, Sam T. 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Preventive Medicine and Environmental Health, University of Iowa College of Medicine. Iowa City, IA 52242. 2: Clinical Investigator, Veterans Administration.; Source Info: Jan1978, Vol. 68 Issue 1, p68; Subject Term: ESCHERICHIA coli -- Physiology; Subject Term: PACKING houses (Meat packing industry); Subject Term: DIARRHEA; Subject Term: DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation; Subject Term: TISSUE culture; Subject Term: ENTEROTOXINS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 311611 Animal (except Poultry) Slaughtering; NAICS/Industry Codes: 311612 Meat Processed from Carcasses; NAICS/Industry Codes: 311614 Rendering and meat processing from carcasses; NAICS/Industry Codes: 111421 Nursery and Tree Production; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5673980&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Penk, Walter E. AU - Robinowitz, Ralph T1 - POST-TRAUMATIC STRESS DISORDER (PTSD): ISSUES OF UTILITY, TRAUMATOGENICITY, CO-MORBIDITY, TERATOGENICITY VS. PSYCHOGENICITY, ETHNICITY, "GENDERICITY"AND CHRONICITY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 45 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 688 EP - 690 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - Focuses on issues facing post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Monograph in the history of PTSD. KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - ANXIETY KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - NEUROSES N1 - Accession Number: 15619429; Penk, Walter E. 1,2,3 Robinowitz, Ralph 4,5; Affiliation: 1: Hospital Management Division, Department of Mental Health Commonwealth of Massachusetts 2: Tufts University of School of Medicine and Geriatric Division, Tufts University School of Dental Medicine 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center Boston, Massachusetts 4: Post Oak Psychiatric Associates, Waxahachie, Texas 5: University of Texas Health Science Center Dallas, Texas; Source Info: Sep1989, Vol. 45 Issue 5, p688; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: NEUROSES; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15619429&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ryan, Joseph J. AU - Utley, Aileen P. AU - Worthen, Vaughn E. T1 - COMPARISON OF TWO IQ CONVERSION TABLES FOR THE VOCABULARY-BLOCK DESIGN SHORT FORM. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 44 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 950 EP - 952 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article compares Brooker and Cyr and Silverstein WAIS-R IQ conversion tables for the Vocabulary-Block Design combination. The Vocabulary-Block Design subtest combination from the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale-Revised (WAIS-R) frequently is employed as a cognitive screening device. To obtain a Full Scale IQ estimate, scaled scores on the two subtests are summed, and the resulting value is referred to in a table provided by Silverstein. Agreement between both short form IQ estimates and Full Scale in terms of Wechsler's seven category intelligence classification was found to be 62%. Both conversion tables yield comparable Full Scale IQ estimates. KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - CLASSIFICATION KW - INTELLIGENCE levels KW - COGNITIVE ability KW - DIAGNOSIS N1 - Accession Number: 15865722; Ryan, Joseph J. 1 Utley, Aileen P. 1 Worthen, Vaughn E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center Leavenworth, Kansas.; Source Info: Nov1988, Vol. 44 Issue 6, p950; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: CLASSIFICATION; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE levels; Subject Term: COGNITIVE ability; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15865722&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dalton, John E. AU - Pederson, Sanford L. AU - Mcentyre, Wanda L. T1 - A COMPARISON OF THE SHIPLEY VS. WAIS-R SUBTESTS IN PREDICTING WAIS-R FULL SCALE IQ. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 43 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 278 EP - 280 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on a study related to the Shipley Scale as a brief instrument to estimate Weshsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS-R) Full Scale IQ (FSIQ). There were 186 patients who had been given both the Shipley and full WAIS-R as part of a single test battery. A new regression equation was developed that used the Shipley Vocabulary score, Shipley Abstraction score, age, race and education. Education did not increase significantly the multiple correlation and was removed from the regression equation. The data for the 186 patients were evaluated to determine whether individual subtests or pairs of subtests would provide comparable or better estimates of FSIQ. KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - COGNITION KW - ABSTRACT thought KW - EDUCATION KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests N1 - Accession Number: 15846279; Dalton, John E. 1 Pederson, Sanford L. 1 Mcentyre, Wanda L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, North Chicago, Illinois.; Source Info: Mar1987, Vol. 43 Issue 2, p278; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: COGNITION; Subject Term: ABSTRACT thought; Subject Term: EDUCATION; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611710 Educational Support Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923110 Administration of Education Programs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611699 All Other Miscellaneous Schools and Instruction; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846279&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ward, L. Charles AU - Selby, Rosemary B. T1 - SUBTEST ADMINISTRATION TIMES AND SHORT FORMS OF THE WECHSLER ADULT INTELLIGENCE SCALE-REVISED. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 43 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 276 EP - 278 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on a study related to the short forms of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale-Revised (WAIS-R). The private practice sample consisted of 15 males and 15 females with a mean age of 40.23 years. Subtest times were obtained by having two experienced examiners record to the nearest minute the administration times for each subtest while otherwise they administered the WAIS-R according to standard procedures. Of major interest were the differences among subtests in administration time. The two fastest Verbal subtests for both examiners were Digit Span and Similarities, whereas the most time was consumed by Vocabulary and Comprehension. Picture Completion and Digit Symbol proved to be the fastest from the Performance Scale. KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - COGNITION KW - COMPREHENSION KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15846278; Ward, L. Charles 1,2 Selby, Rosemary B. 3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tuscaloosa, Alabama. 2: University of South Alabama School of Medicine. 3: West Augusta Psychology Center Augusta, Georgia.; Source Info: Mar1987, Vol. 43 Issue 2, p276; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: COGNITION; Subject Term: COMPREHENSION; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846278&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ryan, Joseph J. AU - Schneider, James A. T1 - FACTOR ANALYSIS OF THE WECHSLER ADULT INTELLIGENCE SCALE-REVISED (WAIS-R) IN A BRAIN-DAMAGED SAMPLE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1986/11// VL - 42 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 962 EP - 964 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on study, which presents factor analysis of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale- Revised (WAIS-R) in brain-damage sample. The present results are consistent with earlier studies that employed the 1939 and 1955 versions of Wechsler's Adult Intelligence Scale with neurologically impaired subjects. Intercorrelations of scaled scores on the 11 WAIS-R subtests were obtained and subjected to a principal factor analysis with iterations and squared multiple correlations in the diagonal. A three factor solution was specified and subjected to Varimax rotation. KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY KW - FACTOR analysis KW - NEUROLOGY KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests N1 - Accession Number: 15846363; Ryan, Joseph J. 1 Schneider, James A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center Leaven worth, Kansas.; Source Info: Nov1986, Vol. 42 Issue 6, p962; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY; Subject Term: FACTOR analysis; Subject Term: NEUROLOGY; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846363&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Levenson, Hanna AU - Olkin, Rhoda AU - Herzoff, Nancy AU - Delancy, Mary T1 - MMPI EVALUATION OF ERECTILE DYSFUNCTION: FAILURE OF ORGANIC VS. PSYCHOGENIC DECISION RULES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1986/09// VL - 42 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 752 EP - 754 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The present study examined previously published decision rules to ascertain the empirical utility of the MMPI in discriminating between organic and psychogenic erectile dysfunction. All MMPIs met traditional validity criteria. The overall mean MMPI profile for all 41 subjects revealed diffuse somatic complaints, depression, and denial. More fruitful lines of empirical inquiry may lie in examining the clinical utility of the MMPI in identifying psychopathological adjustments to chronic sexual difficulties and in predicting successful outcome of penile prosthesis surgery for erectile dysfunction regardless of its etiology. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PARAMEDICAL education KW - IMPOTENCE KW - ARTIFICIAL implants KW - PLASTIC surgery KW - DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation N1 - Accession Number: 15846314; Levenson, Hanna 1,2 Olkin, Rhoda 2 Herzoff, Nancy 2 Delancy, Mary 2; Affiliation: 1: University of California, San Francisco. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco.; Source Info: Sep1986, Vol. 42 Issue 5, p752; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PARAMEDICAL education; Subject Term: IMPOTENCE; Subject Term: ARTIFICIAL implants; Subject Term: PLASTIC surgery; Subject Term: DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation; NAICS/Industry Codes: 339113 Surgical Appliance and Supplies Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846314&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Query, William T. AU - Megran, Jim AU - Mcdonald, Gary T1 - APPLYING POSTTRAUMATIC STRESS DISORDER MMPI SUBSCALE TO WORLD WAR II POW VETERANS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1986/03// VL - 42 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 315 EP - 317 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the application of posttraumatic stress disorder Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory subscale to World War II (WWII)prisoners of war veterans. Assessing posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) with instruments that have been proven valid and reliable has been a major undertaking for a variety of reasons. Using a discriminant function analysis, investigators have found that a checklist that encompasses generalized anxiety and disgust correctly classified more than checklist that encompasses generalized anxiety and disgust correctly classified more than 90% of their subjects as showing PTSD. The question that this study addressed was whether the PTSD subscale was useful in isolating stress-produced symptoms from previous conflicts. Stress itself is similar in a variety of contexts, and the subscale should distinguish PTSD as measured by the DSM-III in Vietnam veterans and WWII veterans equally. KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - WORLD War, 1939-1945 KW - VETERANS KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - ANXIETY KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - PRISONERS of war KW - WAR victims N1 - Accession Number: 15846115; Query, William T. 1 Megran, Jim 1 Mcdonald, Gary 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Fargo, North Dakota.; Source Info: Mar1986, Vol. 42 Issue 2, p315; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: WORLD War, 1939-1945; Subject Term: VETERANS; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: PRISONERS of war; Subject Term: WAR victims; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846115&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sherer, Mark AU - Haygood, J. Martin AU - Alfano, Anthony M. T1 - STABILITY OF PSYCHOLOGICAL TEST RESULTS IN NEWLY ADMITTED ALCOHOLICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/05// VL - 40 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 855 EP - 857 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a study, which examined the stability of psychological test results in newly admitted alcoholics. It was demonstrated that a 10-day delay in testing is sufficient to obtain stable results on some psychological tests. KW - ALCOHOLICS -- Psychological testing KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - ALCOHOLISM -- Psychological aspects KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 18721366; Sherer, Mark 1 Haygood, J. Martin 2 Alfano, Anthony M. 3; Affiliation: 1: Mississippi State University 2: Bleke and Boyd, P.C. 3: Fort Lyon Veterans Administration Medical Center; Source Info: May1984, Vol. 40 Issue 3, p855; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS -- Psychological testing; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM -- Psychological aspects; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=18721366&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rosenberg, Samuel J. AU - Ryan, Joseph J. AU - Prifitera, Aurelio T1 - REY AUDITORY-VERBAL LEARNING TEST PERFORMANCE OF PATIENTS WITH AND WITHOUT MEMORY IMPAIRMENT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/05// VL - 40 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 785 EP - 787 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a study, which investigated the Rey Auditory-Verbal Learning Test (AVLT) performance of patients with and without memory impairment. The groups were comparable on age and education. Relative to the non-memory-impaired subjects, performance of the memory-impaired patients was significantly lower on all AVLT scores. The AVLT appears to hold promise as a quick screening measure for the clinical evaluation of patients with suspected verbal learning and memory impairments. KW - VERBAL learning KW - PSYCHOLOGY of learning KW - LEARNING KW - EDUCATIONAL psychology KW - MEMORY KW - PATIENTS N1 - Accession Number: 18721219; Rosenberg, Samuel J. 1 Ryan, Joseph J. 2 Prifitera, Aurelio 3; Affiliation: 1: University of Health Sciences/The Chicago Medical School North Chicago, Illinois 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, North Chicago, Illinois 3: Highland Hospital, Asheville, North Carolina; Source Info: May1984, Vol. 40 Issue 3, p785; Subject Term: VERBAL learning; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY of learning; Subject Term: LEARNING; Subject Term: EDUCATIONAL psychology; Subject Term: MEMORY; Subject Term: PATIENTS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611710 Educational Support Services; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=18721219&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Donham, Greg W. AU - Ludenia, Krista AU - Sands, Melissa M. AU - Holzer, Peter D. T1 - CROSS-VALIDATION OF THE STATE-TRAIT ANXIETY INVENTORY WITH AN ALCOHOLIC POPULATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/03// VL - 40 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 629 EP - 631 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the cross-validation of the state-trait anxiety inventory with an alcoholic population. Scores for both State- and Trait-Anxiety were compared between samples; no significant differences were found except for post-treatment Trait-Anxiety. The 1980 sample scored lower on this subscale. the findings suggest that the STAI (Form Y) is a stable instrument across time when used to assess anxiety in an alcoholic population. The need for further investigation on the correlates between observable behaviors of alcoholics and the personality construct of anxiety is discussed. KW - STATE-Trait Anger Expression Inventory KW - ANGER -- Testing KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PERSONALITY assessment KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - ALCOHOLICS N1 - Accession Number: 18720655; Donham, Greg W. 1,2 Ludenia, Krista 3 Sands, Melissa M. 1 Holzer, Peter D.; Affiliation: 1: Bay Pines Veterans Administration Medical Center 2: University of South Florida 3: St. Louis Veterans Administration Medical Center; Source Info: Mar1984, Vol. 40 Issue 2, p629; Subject Term: STATE-Trait Anger Expression Inventory; Subject Term: ANGER -- Testing; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PERSONALITY assessment; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=18720655&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ludenia, Krista AU - Donham, Greg W. AU - Holzer, Peter D. AU - Sands, Melissa M. T1 - ANXIETY IN AN ALCOHOLIC POPULATION: A NORMATIVE STUDY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/01// VL - 40 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 356 EP - 358 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article cites a study in Florida that provided State-Trait Anxiety Inventory (Form Y) (STAI-Y) scores from an alcoholic population. Pre- and post-treatment STAI-Y scores were examined from 107 males who volunteered for treatment at a Veterans Administration Medical Center Alcohol Dependence Treatment Unit. Comparison of pre-admission and post-treatment scores yielded significant differences for both state anxiety and trait anxiety. Use of the STAI-Y with alcoholic inpatients for assessing self-reported changes at both transitory anxiety and stable anxiety seemed appropriate. KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - ANXIETY KW - NEUROSES KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - APPLIED psychology KW - FLORIDA N1 - Accession Number: 18720372; Ludenia, Krista 1 Donham, Greg W. 1,2 Holzer, Peter D. 1 Sands, Melissa M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Bay Pines Veterans Administration Medical Center 2: University of South Florida; Source Info: Jan1984, Vol. 40 Issue 1, p356; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: NEUROSES; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: APPLIED psychology; Subject Term: FLORIDA; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=18720372&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ryan, Joseph J. AU - Rosenberg, Samuel J. T1 - VALIDITY OF THE VERBAL IQ AS A SHORT FORM OF THE WECHSLER ADULT INTELLIGENCE SCALE-REVISED. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/01// VL - 40 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 306 EP - 308 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article cites a study in North Chicago, Illinois that assessed the validity of the verbal Intelligence Quotient (IQ) as a short form of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale-R in a clinical population. The short form validity criteria required that: 1) correlation between the Verbal IQ and the Full Scale IQ be highly significant and account for a major portion of the variance shared by the two measures; 2) the difference between the Verbal IQ and the Full Scale IQ means must be small and fail to achieve statistical significance; and, 3) the percentage of patients whose Verbal IQ classification differs from the Full Scale IQ classification must not be so great as to preclude effective use of the short form. KW - VERBAL ability KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - NORTH Chicago (Ill.) KW - ILLINOIS N1 - Accession Number: 18720118; Ryan, Joseph J. 1 Rosenberg, Samuel J. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, North Chicago, Illinois 2: University of Health Sciences/The Chicago Medical School, North Chicago, Illinois; Source Info: Jan1984, Vol. 40 Issue 1, p306; Subject Term: VERBAL ability; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: NORTH Chicago (Ill.); Subject Term: ILLINOIS; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=18720118&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Prifitera, Aurelio AU - Ryan, Joseph J. T1 - VALIDITY OF THE NARCISSISTIC PERSONALITY INVENTORY (NPI) IN A PSYCHIATRIC SAMPLE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1984/01// VL - 40 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 140 EP - 142 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article cites a study in Chicago, Illinois that investigated the validity of the Narcissistic Personality Inventory (NPI) in a psychiatric sample. Fifty psychiatric patients were given the NPI as part of a routine psychological evaluation. Correlations between the NPI and the basic personality style scales of the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory (MCMI) were obtained. The largest correlation was between the NPI and the narcissism scale of the MCMI. When classified into the low and high narcissistic groups, there was 74 percent agreement between the NPI and narcissistic scale of the MCMI. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - NARCISSISM KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - NEUROSES -- Diagnosis KW - PERSONALITY assessment KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - CHICAGO (Ill.) KW - ILLINOIS N1 - Accession Number: 18720053; Prifitera, Aurelio 1 Ryan, Joseph J. 2; Affiliation: 1: Loyola University of Chicago 2: North Chicago Veterans Administration Medical Center; Source Info: Jan1984, Vol. 40 Issue 1, p140; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: NARCISSISM; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: NEUROSES -- Diagnosis; Subject Term: PERSONALITY assessment; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: CHICAGO (Ill.); Subject Term: ILLINOIS; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=18720053&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Query, William T. AU - Carlson, Kenneth AU - Dreyer, Steven T1 - NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL TEST PERFORMANCE AND HYPNOTIC SUSCEPTIBILITY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1983/09// VL - 39 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 804 EP - 806 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on a study conducted to evaluate Neuropsychological test performance and hypnotic susceptibility in alcoholic patients. The evidence suggests that for right handed persons, hypnotic susceptibility is probably a phenomenon of the right hemispheric spatial, imaginative specialization as opposed to the more analytic left hemisphere. According to researchers, expressive speech and comprehension by means of verbal instructions are a left hemisphere capacity, and high scores on a scale with this emphasis would be contrary to the right hemisphere nature of hypnotic susceptibility. The number of subjects, mean age, and mean susceptibility score for the counterbalanced group show significant differences in terms of age when compared with the groups that were given the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Battery and the two forms of the hypnotic scales. These results strongly suggest that hypnotic susceptibility is not clearly a hemispheric lateralization as supposed. The hypnotic experience requires a retention of general cognitive integration abilities that is bilateral. * KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - HYPNOTIC susceptibility KW - PATIENTS KW - HYPNOTISM KW - CLINICAL neuropsychology N1 - Accession Number: 19108614; Query, William T. 1 Carlson, Kenneth 2 Dreyer, Steven 3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical & Regional Office Center Fargo, North Dakota. 2: Medical Center Rehabilitation Hospital University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, North Dakota. 3: University of West Virginia Medical School Charleston, West Virginia.; Source Info: Sep1983, Vol. 39 Issue 5, p804; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: HYPNOTIC susceptibility; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: HYPNOTISM; Subject Term: CLINICAL neuropsychology; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=19108614&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Query, William T. AU - Megran, Jim T1 - AGE-RELATED NORMS FOR AVLT IN A MALE PATIENT POPULATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1983/01// VL - 39 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 136 EP - 138 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study which examined whether scores on the Auditory-Verbal Learning Tests (AVLT) are affected by the age of the patients. For AVLT no age-related norms exist for the cognitively intact population for the test. The study aimed to correct this deficiency among male, white general hospital patients and investigate the role that education and intelligence have on the test results independent of age. The sample for the study consisted of 677 male inpatients being treated for a variety of physical complaints aged 19 through 81. The results indicated that there is a steady decline in the AVLT scores as the subject's ages increased. The findings suggest that, rather than depression lowering memory potential in the elderly, there is a short term memory loss that is progressive. Education might be a way to increase recall. It is important to note that recognition is associated significantly with intelligence among older men which means that recognition as an index of memory assessment is complicated by variables such as higher IQ. KW - VERBAL behavior -- Testing KW - AGE & intelligence KW - PATIENTS KW - PSYCHOLOGY of learning KW - MENTAL depression KW - INTELLIGENCE levels N1 - Accession Number: 19103405; Query, William T. 1 Megran, Jim 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Fargo, North Dakota.; Source Info: Jan1983, Vol. 39 Issue 1, p136; Subject Term: VERBAL behavior -- Testing; Subject Term: AGE & intelligence; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY of learning; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE levels; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=19103405&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Klett, William G. AU - Kucala, Teresa AU - Nixon, Cheryl AU - Schaefer, Allan AU - Gasser, Betty T1 - PREDICTION OF THE WAIS SCORES FROM THE 1973 HENMON-NELSON REVISION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1981/10// VL - 37 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 840 EP - 842 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) IQs. They reported that the predictive abilities of some better-known short IQ tests (the Shipley-Hartford and Army General Classification Test) were disappointing when compared to those of several less commonly used measures. A large number of potential WAIS surrogates are available to psychologists unable to use the Weebsier with their clients because of its time-consuming nature. Unfortunately, the choice of which surrogate to use seems to be based on tradition and habit more often than on empirical findings that compare the predictive abilities of the available short tests. KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - BEHAVIORAL scientists KW - INTELLECT KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15845859; Watson, Charles G. 1 Klett, William G. 1 Kucala, Teresa 1 Nixon, Cheryl 1 Schaefer, Allan 1 Gasser, Betty 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Oct1981, Vol. 37 Issue 4, p840; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL scientists; Subject Term: INTELLECT; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845859&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Holland, Terrill R. AU - Levi, Mario AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - MMPI BASIC SCALES VS. TWO-POINT CODES IN THE DISCRIMINATION OF PSYCHOPATHOLOGICAL GROUPS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1981/04// VL - 37 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 394 EP - 396 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports that the current clinical usage of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) relies heavily on various coding systems by which profiles can be classified according to type. The most consistently popular of these methods has been the two-point code approach, as recently exemplified by the Missouri Actuarial System. The present study was undertaken to compare the discriminatory accuracy of MMPI basic scales vs. common two-point code types among hospitalized psychiatnc patients who had been diagnosed as brain-damaged, schizophrenic, neurotic or alcoholic. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - EDUCATIONAL tests & measurements KW - NEUROSES -- Diagnosis KW - PERSONALITY assessment N1 - Accession Number: 15845610; Holland, Terrill R. 1 Levi, Mario 1 Watson, Charles G. 2; Affiliation: 1: California Department of Corrections, Chino. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Apr1981, Vol. 37 Issue 2, p394; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: EDUCATIONAL tests & measurements; Subject Term: NEUROSES -- Diagnosis; Subject Term: PERSONALITY assessment; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845610&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ryan, Joseph J. T1 - CLINICAL UTILITY OF A WISC-R SHORT FORM. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1981/04// VL - 37 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 389 EP - 391 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article examines the validity of the Vocabulary Block Design subtest combination as an estimate of the Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children (WISC)-R Full Scale EQ in a clinical population. One hundred and twenty children with school and/or behavioral problems between the ages of 6-6 and 16-6 were administered the standard WISC-R. Based on the relationship between Vocabulary and Block Design and the magnitude of the short form IQ, predictions were made concerning the presence on the full WISC-R of subnormal intelligence, Verbal Performance IQ discrepancies and/or significant intersubtest scatter. KW - WECHSLER Intelligence Scale for Children KW - CHILDREN -- Intelligence testing KW - VOCABULARY tests KW - INTELLIGENCE levels KW - BLOCK designs KW - AGE & intelligence N1 - Accession Number: 15845608; Ryan, Joseph J. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: University of Health Sciences The Chicago Medical School, North Chicago, Illinois.; Source Info: Apr1981, Vol. 37 Issue 2, p389; Subject Term: WECHSLER Intelligence Scale for Children; Subject Term: CHILDREN -- Intelligence testing; Subject Term: VOCABULARY tests; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE levels; Subject Term: BLOCK designs; Subject Term: AGE & intelligence; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845608&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gilbride, Thomas V. AU - Hebert, John T1 - PSYCHOLOGICAL ADJUSTMENT AND ATTITUDES TOWARD SUCCESS AND FAILURE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1981/04// VL - 37 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 353 EP - 355 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on psychological adjustment and attitudes toward success and failure. Schizophrenics, as compared with normals, are relatively more motivated to avoid failure than to achieve success. The higher the difference between the success and failure items, the more the individual is relatively motivated by success attainment than by failure avoidance. Researchers discovered that D score means of their samples could be ordered in magnitude from normal through neurotics and remitted schizophrenics to active schizophrenics. KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - FAILURE (Psychology) KW - SUCCESS KW - NEUROTICS KW - FEAR of success N1 - Accession Number: 15845599; Gilbride, Thomas V. 1 Hebert, John 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, New Orleans, Louisiana.; Source Info: Apr1981, Vol. 37 Issue 2, p353; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: FAILURE (Psychology); Subject Term: SUCCESS; Subject Term: NEUROTICS; Subject Term: FEAR of success; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845599&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pishkin, Vladimir AU - Thorne, Frederick C. T1 - SOCIAL STATUS STUDY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1981/04// VL - 37 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 232 EP - 234 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on the social status study. All raw behavior occurs only in the form of psychological states, defined as momentary cross-sections of the stream of psychic life. Vladimir Pishkin developed the Integration Level Test Series which consists of eight 200-item questionnaires that sample eight hierarchical levels of factors potentially organizing integrated states which are considered as clinically significant. The purpose was to identify levels at which integrative personality difficulties may be occurring, either in the present or past. KW - SOCIAL status KW - BEHAVIOR KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - QUESTIONNAIRES KW - PERSONALITY KW - POWER (Social sciences) N1 - Accession Number: 15845581; Pishkin, Vladimir 1,2 Thorne, Frederick C.; Affiliation: 1: Oklahoma City Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center.; Source Info: Apr1981, Vol. 37 Issue 2, p232; Subject Term: SOCIAL status; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: QUESTIONNAIRES; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: POWER (Social sciences); Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845581&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Charter, Richard A. T1 - PRORATING THE WECHSLER MEMORY SCALE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1981/01// VL - 37 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 183 EP - 185 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on the Wechsler Memory Scale (WMS). While the WMS has been used in a wide range of situations and on many types of patients, it still suffers from many weaknesses. Two of its weaknesses arc the inadequate norms and the lack of standard scores for the individual subtests. Both contribute to the difficulty encountered in estimating the Memory Quotient by a prorating method when one of the subtests is missing. There are several possible reasons for a particular subtest to be missing, such as, a patient with very poor vision not being able to do the Visual Reproduction subtest. KW - WECHSLER Memory Scale KW - MEMORY testing KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Research N1 - Accession Number: 15845533; Charter, Richard A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Long Beach, California.; Source Info: Jan1981, Vol. 37 Issue 1, p183; Subject Term: WECHSLER Memory Scale; Subject Term: MEMORY testing; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Research; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541720 Research and Development in the Social Sciences and Humanities; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845533&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kendall, Philip C. AU - Moses Jr., James A. T1 - IMPULSIVITY AND PERSISTENCE IN ADULT INPATIENT "IMPULSE" OFFENDERS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1980/01// VL - 36 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 363 EP - 365 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on impulsivity and persistence in adult inpatient "impulse" offenders. The cognitive dimension of impulsivity-reflectivity has been used to describe individual differences in problem-solving approaches. Though research that used the reflection-impulsivity dimension with children has produced meaningful relationships with a variety of behaviors and has been useful in identifying a relatively homogeneous group of impulsive children for treatment research little attempt has been made to study the behavioral correlates of cognitive tempo in adults. KW - IMPULSE (Psychology) KW - CRIMINALS KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - BEHAVIOR KW - CRIMINAL behavior KW - PHILOSOPHY N1 - Accession Number: 15934198; Kendall, Philip C. 1 Moses Jr., James A. 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Minnesota. 2: Palo Alto Veterans Administration Hospital Stanford University Medical School.; Source Info: Jan1980, Vol. 36 Issue 1, p363; Subject Term: IMPULSE (Psychology); Subject Term: CRIMINALS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Subject Term: CRIMINAL behavior; Subject Term: PHILOSOPHY; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15934198&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Penk, W. E. AU - Charles, H. L. AU - van Hoose, T. A. T1 - PSYCHOLOGICAL TEST COMPARISON OF DAY HOSPITAL AND INPATIENT TREATMENT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1979/10// VL - 35 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 837 EP - 839 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article compares the effects of partial, day hospital treatment with full-time, inpatient care. Partial hospitalization is said to have several advantages. Social and vocational roles are less disrupted; family ties are more intact. Clients are expected to maintain healthier functioning. There is less of the regression common in total institutionalization. Studies that compared day hospital-inpatient care have supported such notions. However, outcome has been gauged mainly by ratings from professional interviewers. Investigators only recently have begun to assess effects by ratings from friends and relatives. KW - HOSPITAL care KW - MEDICAL care KW - INPATIENT care KW - RELATIVES KW - INSTITUTIONAL care KW - INVESTIGATIONS N1 - Accession Number: 16096592; Penk, W. E. 1 Charles, H. L. 1 van Hoose, T. A. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Dallas, Texas. 2: Terrell State Hospital, Terrell, Texas.; Source Info: Oct1979, Vol. 35 Issue 4, p837; Subject Term: HOSPITAL care; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: INPATIENT care; Subject Term: RELATIVES; Subject Term: INSTITUTIONAL care; Subject Term: INVESTIGATIONS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623990 Other Residential Care Facilities; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16096592&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Query, William T. T1 - CATEGORY TEST SCORE AS RELATED TO AGE IN TWO BRAIN-DAMAGED POPULATIONS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1979/10// VL - 35 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 802 EP - 804 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the relationship between age and the Category Test, which is alleged to measure abstract reasoning deficits among brain-damaged patients. One of the more neuropsychologically sensitive tests for brain damage (or thought to be by some clinicians) and one of the most widely researched is the Category Test from the Haistead-Reitan Battery. There remains, however, controversy about its use as a screening device when brain damage is suspected, but not conclusively shown on neurological examination. KW - BRAIN damage KW - AGE KW - PATIENTS KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGY KW - MEDICAL personnel KW - BRAIN diseases N1 - Accession Number: 16096585; Query, William T. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Fargo, North Dakota.; Source Info: Oct1979, Vol. 35 Issue 4, p802; Subject Term: BRAIN damage; Subject Term: AGE; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: MEDICAL personnel; Subject Term: BRAIN diseases; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16096585&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - McMordie, William R. AU - Swint, Emmett B. T1 - PREDICTIVE UTILITY, SEX OF RATER DIFFERENCES, AND INTERRATER RELIABILITIES OF THE NOSIE-30. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1979/10// VL - 35 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 773 EP - 775 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents information on the Nurses' Observation Scale for Inpatient Evaluation (NOSIE-30) which may have predictive utility. NOSIE-30 is a ward behavior rating scale that was developed to measure therapeutic change in schizophrenics. The scale consists of 30 items which yield three positive factors (social competence, social interest and personal neatness), three negative factors (irritability, manifest psychosis and retardation) and three summated factors (total positive factors, total negative factors and total patient assets). KW - NURSES KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - BEHAVIOR KW - MENTALLY ill KW - PSYCHOSES KW - MEDICAL personnel N1 - Accession Number: 16096578; McMordie, William R. 1 Swint, Emmett B. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Knoxville, Iowa.; Source Info: Oct1979, Vol. 35 Issue 4, p773; Subject Term: NURSES; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: MEDICAL personnel; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16096578&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Burke, Marcia AU - Plemel, Duane T1 - THE RELATIONSHIP OF PERSONALITY STYLE TO ABSTRACT THINKING DEFICITS IN SCHIZOPHRENIA. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1979/04// VL - 35 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 247 EP - 249 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article examines the relationship of personality style to abstract thinking deficits in schizophrenia. It is hypothesized that the correlation between inability to abstract and autism measures of schizophrenics would be larger after the effects of relevant personality variables were partialed out than before. The multiple correlations of these deficit measures with 15 of the Sixteen Personality Factor scales and a measure of verbosity were determined in a sample of 100 schizophrenics. The correlations between inability to abstract and autism before and after those scales that contributed significantly to the subjects had been partialed out also were calculated. The results offer no support for the view that observed differences between schizophrenic subgroups in inability to abstract and autism reflect variations in personality style rather than cognitive factors. KW - SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder KW - AUTISM KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - PERSONALITY KW - PSYCHOSES KW - DEVELOPMENTAL disabilities N1 - Accession Number: 15912136; Watson, Charles G. 1 Burke, Marcia 1 Plemel, Duane 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Apr1979, Vol. 35 Issue 2, p247; Subject Term: SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder; Subject Term: AUTISM; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: DEVELOPMENTAL disabilities; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15912136&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Herzog, Mary Alice AU - Wilson, Arthur S. T1 - PERSONALITY CHARACTERISTICS OF THE FEMALE ALCOHOLIC. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1978/10// VL - 34 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 1002 EP - 1004 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article describes a study assessing personality characteristics of female alcoholics, by using the Personal Reaction Inventory (PRI-100). According to a recent report, there is an increased awareness of the incidence of alcoholism in females in the U.S. and the most recent estimate is over 9,000,000. Forty-seven hospitalized female alcoholics and 47 females who never had been treated or hospitalized for alcoholism and who were matched individually in age, race, education and socioeconomic background participated in the research. Hospitalized female alcoholics were tested as soon after admission as possible in order to rule out the effects of hospitalization. It is claimed that the procedure, used in this study, attempts to rule out the effects of a history of drinking behavior on measures of the personality factors. Based on the findings of this study, it is argued that the PRI-100 cannot be considered a multitrait personality profile of the female alcoholic. KW - ALCOHOLICS -- Psychological testing KW - CONTROLLED drinking KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - WOMEN -- Psychology KW - DRINKING behavior KW - DRUG abuse KW - ALCOHOLISM -- Hospitals N1 - Accession Number: 15866817; Herzog, Mary Alice 1 Wilson, Arthur S. 2; Affiliation: 1: Marquette University Milwaukee, Wisconsin. 2: Veterans Administration Center Wood (Milwaukee), Wisconsin.; Source Info: Oct1978, Vol. 34 Issue 4, p1002; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS -- Psychological testing; Subject Term: CONTROLLED drinking; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: WOMEN -- Psychology; Subject Term: DRINKING behavior; Subject Term: DRUG abuse; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM -- Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866817&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - O'Leary, M. R. AU - Chaney, E. F. AU - Brown, L. S. AU - Schuckit, M. A. T1 - THE USE OF THE GOLDBERG INDICES WITH ALCOHOLICS: A CAUTIONARY NOTE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1978/10// VL - 34 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 988 EP - 990 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article describes a study, aimed to investigate the clinical utility and validity of the Goldberg Indices with alcoholic patients. The Goldberg Indices for Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) classification has been described in a Goldberg's monograph, which reported the high efficiency of his regression equation for the classification of MMPI profiles as either normal, neurotic, or psychotic. This hypothesis was utilized in the present study. A total of 173 male alcoholic veterans were used as Ss in the study who had volunteered to participate in a larger research project. All Ss were administered the MMPI and a detailed, alcohol-related life history questionnaire after they had been inpatients from 5 to 12 days. The hypothesis was not supported by results. Results also suggested that caution must be used when the Goldberg Index is employed in the classification of MMPI profiles of patients with a primary diagnosis of alcoholism. KW - ALCOHOLISM -- Diagnosis KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - VETERANS KW - SUBSTANCE abuse KW - PSYCHOSES KW - CONTROLLED drinking KW - REGRESSION analysis KW - ALCOHOL use N1 - Accession Number: 15866813; O'Leary, M. R. 1 Chaney, E. F. 1 Brown, L. S. 2 Schuckit, M. A. 3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Seattle. 3: Alcoholism and Drug Abuse Institute and University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle.; Source Info: Oct1978, Vol. 34 Issue 4, p988; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM -- Diagnosis; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: VETERANS; Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: CONTROLLED drinking; Subject Term: REGRESSION analysis; Subject Term: ALCOHOL use; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866813&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pachman, Joseph S. AU - Foy, David W. AU - van Erd, Mike T1 - GOAL CHOICE OF ALCOHOLICS: A COMPARISON OF THOSE WHO CHOOSE TOTAL ABSTINENCE VS. THOSE WHO CHOOSE RESPONSIBLE, CONTROLLED DRINKING. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1978/07// VL - 34 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 781 EP - 783 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article compares those alcoholics who choose total abstinence and those who choose controlled drinking. Standing side-by-side with the concept of a unidimensional, homogeneous alcoholic population has been the notion of a singular treatment goal, abstinence. However, an alternative treatment goal, controlled, responsible drinking, has emerged. Sixty-one inpatients who represented all consecutive admissions to the voluntary Alcohol Treatment Program at the Veterans Administration center in Jackson, Mississippi for a 4-mouth period, participated in this study. KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - CONTROLLED drinking KW - TEMPERANCE KW - DRINKING of alcoholic beverages KW - JACKSON (Miss.) KW - MISSISSIPPI N1 - Accession Number: 15858048; Pachman, Joseph S. 1 Foy, David W. 1 van Erd, Mike 1; Affiliation: 1: University of Missisisippi Medical Center and Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Mississippi.; Source Info: Jul1978, Vol. 34 Issue 3, p781; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: CONTROLLED drinking; Subject Term: TEMPERANCE; Subject Term: DRINKING of alcoholic beverages; Subject Term: JACKSON (Miss.); Subject Term: MISSISSIPPI; NAICS/Industry Codes: 722410 Drinking Places (Alcoholic Beverages); Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15858048&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hume, Nicholas AU - Goldstein, Gerald T1 - IS THERE AN ASSOCIATION BETWEEN ASTROLOGICAL DATA AND PERSONALITY? JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/07// VL - 33 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 711 EP - 713 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on adoption of the strategy of comparing individuals who were extreme in some personality characteristic with those who showed an average level of that characteristic. It was reasoned that if astrological data can predict personality variables, then some astrological dimensions should discriminate between those with the extreme characteristic and those without it. The personality measures used consisted of quantitative scores taken from the Leary system of Personality Diagnosis. Birth information which included date, exact time and place of birth were obtained, and an astrological chart was prepared for each B. In essence, the natal chart describes the position of the planets at the time and place of birth. In addition to sun signs, the position of the moon, all eight planets and the ascendant were plotted. KW - ASTROLOGY KW - PERSONALITY KW - PLANETS KW - CHILDBIRTH KW - BIRTH charts KW - HOROSCOPES N1 - Accession Number: 15845131; Hume, Nicholas 1 Goldstein, Gerald 2; Affiliation: 1: Northside Community Health Center, Roswell, Georgia 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Highland Drive, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania; Source Info: Jul1977, Vol. 33 Issue 3, p711; Subject Term: ASTROLOGY; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: PLANETS; Subject Term: CHILDBIRTH; Subject Term: BIRTH charts; Subject Term: HOROSCOPES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 812990 All Other Personal Services; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845131&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Donovan, Dennis M. AU - Radford, Linda M. AU - Chaney, Edmund F. AU - O'Leary, Michael R. T1 - PERCEIVED LOCUS OF CONTROL AS A FUNCTION OF LEVEL OF DEPRESSION AMONG ALCOHOLICS AND NONALCOHOLICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/04// VL - 33 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 582 EP - 584 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses the perceived locus of control as a function of level of depression. This contention has direct relevance in comparative studies of control orientation between alcoholics and nonalcoholics because the former group is characterized by a high incidence of clinical depression. The purpose of the present investigation was to confirm previous findings that have related depression to the I-E scale and to cross-validate evidence of the effects of a mood-response bias on a sample of alcoholics and nonalcoholic. KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - ADDICTS KW - LOCUS of control KW - PERSONALITY KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - MENTAL depression KW - RESEARCH N1 - Accession Number: 15845465; Donovan, Dennis M. 1 Radford, Linda M. 1 Chaney, Edmund F. 1 O'Leary, Michael R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Seattle and University of Washington.; Source Info: Apr1977, Vol. 33 Issue 2, p582; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: ADDICTS; Subject Term: LOCUS of control; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: RESEARCH; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845465&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Jacobs, Lyle T1 - PAIN ADAPTATION AND EMOTIONAL DEFICIT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/04// VL - 33 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 555 EP - 557 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses pain adaptation and emotional deficit. It seemed reasonable to hypothesize that these deficits could be related to rate of pain adaptation. For example, if emotional deficits arise from attempts to suppress emotional perception, pain adaptation may be exaggerated in individuals who are suffering from them. On the other hand, it seemed possible that slow pain adaptation among certain pathological groups might result in increased sensitivity to discomfort and result in withdrawal from emotional stimuli as a whole. The purpose of this investigation was to evaluate the relationships of pain adaptation to anhedonia and sensation-seeking deficit. KW - PAIN KW - ANHEDONIA KW - MASOCHISM KW - PERSONALITY disorders KW - SUFFERING KW - AFFECTIVE disorders KW - RESEARCH N1 - Accession Number: 15845458; Watson, Charles G. 1 Jacobs, Lyle 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Apr1977, Vol. 33 Issue 2, p555; Subject Term: PAIN; Subject Term: ANHEDONIA; Subject Term: MASOCHISM; Subject Term: PERSONALITY disorders; Subject Term: SUFFERING; Subject Term: AFFECTIVE disorders; Subject Term: RESEARCH; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845458&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Anderson, Roxanne AU - Schulte, David T1 - RESPONSES OF HIGH- AND LOW-EMOTIONAL DEFICIT PATIENTS TO EXCITING, GRATING, AND NEUTRAL STIMULI. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/04// VL - 33 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 552 EP - 554 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses responseness of high- and low-emotional deficit patients to exciting, grating and neural stimuli. Earlier research tends to indicate that at least two separate types of emotional deficit appear in psychopathological conditions. Anhedonia is a lack of energy, interests and the ability to have fun, it may be specific to process schizophrenia. The theory studied here is that individuals who experience one or both of these emotional deficits tend to decrease the quantity of exciting and unpleasant stimulation to which they are exposed, perhaps in an effort to check their tendencies toward hyper-arousal. KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder KW - PSYCHOSES KW - DEPERSONALIZATION KW - PERSONALITY disorders KW - RESEARCH N1 - Accession Number: 15845457; Watson, Charles G. 1 Anderson, Roxanne 1 Schulte, David 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Apr1977, Vol. 33 Issue 2, p552; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: DEPERSONALIZATION; Subject Term: PERSONALITY disorders; Subject Term: RESEARCH; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845457&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Johnson, James H. AU - Klingler, Daniel E. AU - Williams, Thomas A. T1 - AN EXTERNAL CRITERION STUDY OF THE MMPI VALIDITY INDICES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/01// VL - 33 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 154 EP - 156 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on external criterion study of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) validity indices. Recently, a new use for the validity indices has become evident: the determination of general information-giving attitudes. This use has been suggested as a result of technological changes in mental health care delivery whereby more cost and time-efficient approaches to information gathering are being implemented. The present study was undertaken to determine whether the MMPI validity indices could be used to estimate information-giving attitudes in a psychiatric population during structured interviews and, thus, to provide guidance as to whether the mental status interview should proceed. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - INDEXES KW - MENTAL health services KW - MENTAL status examination KW - MEDICAL care costs KW - PERSONALITY tests N1 - Accession Number: 15845210; Johnson, James H. 1 Klingler, Daniel E. 1 Williams, Thomas A. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Salt Lake City. 2: University of Utah College of Medicine, Salt Lake City.; Source Info: Jan1977, Vol. 33 Issue 1, p154; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: INDEXES; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; Subject Term: MENTAL status examination; Subject Term: MEDICAL care costs; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845210&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Erickson, Richard C. AU - O'Leary, Michael T1 - USING THE MMPI 168 WITH ALCOHOLICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/01// VL - 33 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 133 EP - 135 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the use of Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) 168 with male alcoholics. The MMPI 168 items were scored from the standard MMPI and converted into equivalent raw scores by use of the conversion table. Means, standard deviations and Pearson product-moment correlations were obtained from the standard MMPI and MMPI 168 by use of raw scores. The MMPI 168 and the standard MMPI show comparibility along a number of dimensions: high correlation of scale scores, comparable conclusions about profile validity and whether the profile is elevated, high correlations between individual profiles and indications that, high points are comparable in most cases. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - STANDARD deviations KW - CORRELATION (Statistics) KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - ANALYSIS of variance N1 - Accession Number: 15845204; Erickson, Richard C. 1 O'Leary, Michael 2; Affiliation: 1: Seattle Veterans Administration Hospital 2: University of Washington Medical School; Source Info: Jan1977, Vol. 33 Issue 1, p133; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: STANDARD deviations; Subject Term: CORRELATION (Statistics); Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: ANALYSIS of variance; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845204&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Apfeldorf, Max AU - Hunley, Phyllis J. T1 - EXCLUSION OF SUBJECTS WITH F SCORES AT OR ABOVE 16 IN MMPI RESEARCH ON ALCOHOLISM. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1976/04// VL - 32 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 498 EP - 500 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on MMPI research on alcoholism. The analysis of variance on each of the alcoholism scales therefore was conducted twice, once with inclusion of all Ss and once with exclusions based on MacAndrew's criterion. It also was conducted on the MMPI F scale because a number of psychologists have considered this scale to be a personality scale in its own right rather than merely a validity indicator. The correlation coefficients for the F scale and the Hampeton alcoholism scales were 448 for the disciplinary offender group and 327 for the control group, both significant coefficients. KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - DRINKING of alcoholic beverages KW - DRUG abuse KW - REGRESSION analysis KW - ANALYSIS of variance N1 - Accession Number: 15828536; Apfeldorf, Max 1 Hunley, Phyllis J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Martinsburg, W. Va.; Source Info: Apr1976, Vol. 32 Issue 2, p498; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: DRINKING of alcoholic beverages; Subject Term: DRUG abuse; Subject Term: REGRESSION analysis; Subject Term: ANALYSIS of variance; NAICS/Industry Codes: 722410 Drinking Places (Alcoholic Beverages); Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828536&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Collins, Hardin A. AU - Taylor, Gregory A. AU - Burger, Gary K. T1 - LOCUS OF CONTROL AS PREDICTIVE OF GOAL-DIRECTED BEHAVIOR. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1976/04// VL - 32 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 291 EP - 293 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on goal-directed behavior. An individual's locus of control is said to vary from an internal and an external pole. The internal pole emphasizes the individual's control of his own destiny, while the external pole connotes a feeling that, regardless of what is done, it is of little use. Participation in the Upward Mobility Program was viewed as goal-directed behavior. In the late fall of 1970, the Personnel Division talked with the Counseling Psychology staff of the hospital to determine whether an evaluation and counseling program could be developed to meet the needs of the EEO Committee within the hospital. KW - ACTION theory (Psychology) KW - COUNSELING KW - LOCUS of control KW - PERSONALITY KW - SOCIAL classes KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15828490; Collins, Hardin A. 1 Taylor, Gregory A. 2 Burger, Gary K. 3; Affiliation: 1: Saint Louis University, Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Louis, Mo. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Louis, Mo. 3: University of Missouri-St. Louis, St. Louis, Mo.; Source Info: Apr1976, Vol. 32 Issue 2, p291; Subject Term: ACTION theory (Psychology); Subject Term: COUNSELING; Subject Term: LOCUS of control; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: SOCIAL classes; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828490&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lee, Sung Ho AU - Weinlander, Max M. T1 - SUICIDAL BEHAVIOR AND CHILDHOOD ONYCHOPHAGIA IN HOSPITALIZED PSYCHIATRIC VETERANS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1976/04// VL - 32 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 228 EP - 230 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on suicidal behavior and childhood onychophagia. Recent research recommends studies on the relationship of childhood self-mutilating behavior to adult suicidal behavior. A form of self-mutilation is fingernail biting (onychophagia) which starts at age 3 and peaks by age 13 in 43.6% of all male children. Self-mutilation is called "focal suicide" because it involves only part of the body. This investigation compared suicidal and non- suicidal behavior in hospitalized psychiatric veterans with and without childhood onychophagia. KW - SELF-destructive behavior KW - SUICIDAL behavior KW - SELF-mutilation KW - OFFENSES against the person KW - ONYCHOPHORA KW - INVERTEBRATES N1 - Accession Number: 15828475; Lee, Sung Ho 1 Weinlander, Max M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Dayton.; Source Info: Apr1976, Vol. 32 Issue 2, p228; Subject Term: SELF-destructive behavior; Subject Term: SUICIDAL behavior; Subject Term: SELF-mutilation; Subject Term: OFFENSES against the person; Subject Term: ONYCHOPHORA; Subject Term: INVERTEBRATES; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828475&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - McDonald, Rita K. AU - Dewolfe, Alan S. T1 - BEHAVIORAL AND PHYSIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF EXAMINER SEX ON PROCESS AND REACTIVE SCHIZOPHRENICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1976/04// VL - 32 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 225 EP - 227 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on clinical psychology. Clinical psychologists have been concerned periodically with the effects of the E on the outcome of psychological testing. There is ample evidence to substantiate the contention that E's attributes, biases, and outcome orientation induce significant variability in S's performance. This study evaluated the effect of E's sex on the word association and concomitant state of physiological arousal of hospitalized schizophrenic Ss. The word association measures characteristically showed a highly skewed distribution. KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - MENTALLY ill N1 - Accession Number: 15828474; McDonald, Rita K. 1 Dewolfe, Alan S. 2,3; Affiliation: 1: Marquette University, Milwaukee, Wis. 2: Loyola University, Chicago, Ill. 3: Veterans Administration Hospital, Downey, Ill.; Source Info: Apr1976, Vol. 32 Issue 2, p225; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828474&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Donovan, Dennis M. AU - Smyth, Larry AU - Paige, Albert B. AU - O'Leary, Michael R. T1 - RELATIONSHIPS AMONG LOCUS OF CONTROL, SELF-CONCEPT, AND ANXIETY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1975/10// VL - 31 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 682 EP - 684 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on the relationship among locus of control, self-concept and anxiety. A number of recent studies have found Locus of Control scale to be correlated significantly with the IPAT Anxiety scale (IPAT) and the Taylor Manifest Anxiety scale (MAS). These results have been interpreted as an indication that external samples, those who perceive life events as beyond personal control, are significantly more anxious than internal samples. It was hypothesized that the observed differences between internal and external samples on the MAS and IPAT occurred because all three tests are moderated by neuroticism and/or negativism toward self. Support for this contention has been provided indirectly by the finding of high positive correlations between neuroticism and the MAS, IPAT and IE scales. KW - LOCUS of control KW - IPAT anxiety scale KW - ANXIETY -- Testing KW - SELF-control KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - PERSONALITY KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15829139; Donovan, Dennis M. 1 Smyth, Larry 1 Paige, Albert B. 1 O'Leary, Michael R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Seattle.; Source Info: Oct1975, Vol. 31 Issue 4, p682; Subject Term: LOCUS of control; Subject Term: IPAT anxiety scale; Subject Term: ANXIETY -- Testing; Subject Term: SELF-control; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15829139&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Russell, Elbert W. T1 - VALIDATION OF A BRAIN-DAMAGE VS. SCHIZOPHRENIA MMPI KEY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1975/10// VL - 31 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 659 EP - 661 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on validation of a brain damage versus schizophrenia Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) key. In the past few years, there has been increased interest in the problem, of differentiating schizophrenia from brain damage by the use of major personality measures. Neuropsychological tests and batteries designed to indicate brain damage. More traditional tests have not been much more successful. A third method that could be used to differentiate such conditions is that of a psychological key. A key is essentially an algorithm or decision tree that uses a hierarchy of rules to differentiate taxonomic categories. This paper reports on an attempt to use such a key to separate schizophrenic from organic patients. KW - BRAIN damage KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - CLINICAL neuropsychology N1 - Accession Number: 15829131; Russell, Elbert W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Miami, Fla.; Source Info: Oct1975, Vol. 31 Issue 4, p659; Subject Term: BRAIN damage; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: CLINICAL neuropsychology; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15829131&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - O'Leary, Michael R. AU - Donovan, Dennis M. AU - Kasner, Kenneth H. T1 - SHIFTS IN PERCEPTUAL DIFFERENTIATION AND DEFENSE MECHANISMS IN ALCOHOLICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1975/07// VL - 31 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 565 EP - 567 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses the shifts in perceptual differentiation and defense mechanisms in alcoholics. The construct of psychological differentiation allows the prediction of a number of cognitive, behavioral, and personality dimensions from an individual's characteristic, self-consistent style of engaging a perceptual field. Field-dependent persons are those who are unable to make accurate perceptual judgments divorced from contextual cues of the field. The present study investigated the stability of perceptual differentiation and one of its correlates, defense mechanisms, in an alcoholic sample. Defense mechanisms, found to be significantly related to the level of differentiation among alcoholics, have been shown to be relatively stable across time. KW - DEFENSE mechanisms (Psychology) KW - PERCEPTION KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - ADJUSTMENT (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOANALYSIS KW - PERSONALITY N1 - Accession Number: 15844840; O'Leary, Michael R. 1 Donovan, Dennis M. 1 Kasner, Kenneth H. 1; Affiliation: 1: University of Washington School of Medicine and Veterans Administration Hospital, Seattle, Wash.; Source Info: Jul1975, Vol. 31 Issue 3, p565; Subject Term: DEFENSE mechanisms (Psychology); Subject Term: PERCEPTION; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: ADJUSTMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOANALYSIS; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844840&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cowan, Michael A. AU - Watkins, Bruce A. AU - Davis, William E. T1 - LEVEL OF EDUCATION, DIAGNOSIS AND RACE-RELATED DIFFERENCES IN MMPI PERFORMANCE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1975/07// VL - 31 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 442 EP - 444 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on the level of education, diagnosis and race-related differences in Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) performance. The studies to date focus on group differences rather than the classification of individuals as carried out by a practicing clinician. Significant mean differences among groups of individuals do not assure that there will be variations in the correct psychiatric diagnosis. The present study investigated the power of the MMPI to make such individual discriminations between psychiatric diagnostic groups of blacks and whites when education and diagnosis are varied systematically. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - RACE discrimination KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - PERSONALITY assessment KW - PSYCHIATRY N1 - Accession Number: 15844812; Cowan, Michael A. 1 Watkins, Bruce A. 1 Davis, William E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minn.; Source Info: Jul1975, Vol. 31 Issue 3, p442; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: RACE discrimination; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: PERSONALITY assessment; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844812&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Robbins, Paul R. AU - Nugent III, J. F. T1 - PERCEIVED CONSEQUENCES OF ADDICTION: A COMPARISON BETWEEN ALCOHOLICS AND HEROIN-ADDICTED PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1975/04// VL - 31 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 367 EP - 369 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on the perceived consequences of addiction. It also presents a comparison between alcoholics and heroin-addicted patients. In order to develop a more general understanding of the problem of addiction, it seems useful to compare the personality characteristics and experiences of patients with addictions to different substances. This enables to specify factors that seem common to a variety of addiction problems. After a comparison in this study it was found that all groups reported a high incidence of psychological difficulties. The heroin inpatients tended to report higher frequencies of social, economic, and legal problems as a result of their addiction. KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - HEROIN KW - ADDICTS KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - PATIENTS N1 - Accession Number: 15829112; Robbins, Paul R. 1 Nugent III, J. F. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Washington, D. C.; Source Info: Apr1975, Vol. 31 Issue 2, p367; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: HEROIN; Subject Term: ADDICTS; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15829112&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - O'Leary, Michael R. AU - Donovan, Dennis M. AU - Hague, William H. AU - Shea, Robert A. T1 - SHIFTS IN COMPONENT FACTORS OF LOCUS OF CONTROL AS A FUNCTION OF TREATMENT IN MALE ALCOHOLICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1975/04// VL - 31 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 359 EP - 361 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on the shifts in component factors of locus of control as a function of treatment in male alcoholics. The concept of locus of control is related directly to the degree of accountability or responsibility that one perceives oneself to hive for events in one's life. Persons with an internal locus of control perceive life events and their consequences to be directly contingent upon their own behavior. In contrast, persons with an external orientation tend to see events in their lives as beyond personal control and unrelated to their actions. KW - LOCUS of control KW - PERSONALITY KW - SELF-control KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - ADDICTS KW - BEHAVIOR N1 - Accession Number: 15829109; O'Leary, Michael R. 1 Donovan, Dennis M. 1 Hague, William H. 1 Shea, Robert A. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Seattle. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, American Lake.; Source Info: Apr1975, Vol. 31 Issue 2, p359; Subject Term: LOCUS of control; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: SELF-control; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: ADDICTS; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15829109&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rybolt, Gaylord A. AU - Lambert, James A. T1 - CORRESPONDENCE OF THE MMPI AND MINI-MULT WITH PSYCHIATRIC INPATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1975/04// VL - 31 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 279 EP - 281 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on the correspondence of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) and Mini-Mult with psychiatric inpatients. The purpose of the present investigation was to extend comparisons of the Mini-Mult and the MMPI to a different population of psychiatric inpatients in order to provide additional data on the use of the Mini-Mult with severely disturbed Ss. The outcome of this investigation of state mental hospital patients, suggests that the Mini-Mult is not an appropriate substitution for the MMPI with psychiatric inpatients. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - MENTAL health services KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - MEDICAL care KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospitals KW - PSYCHIATRIC clinics N1 - Accession Number: 15829088; Rybolt, Gaylord A. 1 Lambert, James A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Chillicothe, Ohio.; Source Info: Apr1975, Vol. 31 Issue 2, p279; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC hospitals; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC clinics; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621112 Offices of Physicians, Mental Health Specialists; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623210 Residential Intellectual and Developmental Disability Facilities; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15829088&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - O'Leary, Michael B. AU - Donovan, Dennis M. AU - Hague, William H. T1 - RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN LOCUS OF CONTROL AND MMPI SCALES AMONG ALCOHOLICS: A REPLICATION AND EXTENSION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1974/07// VL - 30 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 312 EP - 314 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The primary purpose of the article was to replicate the researcher A. Goss and T.E. Morosko and researcher J. Gozali and J. Sloan studies in an attempt to clarify the ambiguity of their results. A second purpose was to investigate the relationship between MMPI scales and two sets of factor analytically derived subscales of the Locus of Control scale. Psychologist J.B. Rotter's Locus of Control scale and the MMPI were administered to 100 male alcoholic veterans. Significant positive correlations were found betwenn total IE score and the F, D, Pt and Si scales; IE was found to correlate negatively with the L and K scales. KW - ALCOHOLICS -- Psychological testing KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - LOCUS of control KW - PERSONALITY KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15844697; O'Leary, Michael B. 1 Donovan, Dennis M. 1 Hague, William H. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Seattle.; Source Info: Jul1974, Vol. 30 Issue 3, p312; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS -- Psychological testing; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: LOCUS of control; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844697&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Zarcone, Vincent AU - Zukowsky, Eugene AU - Gulevich, George AU - Dement, William AU - Hoddes, Eric T1 - RORSCHACH RESPONSES SUBSEQUENT TO REM DEPRIVATION IN SCHIZOPHRENIC AND NONSCHIZOPHRENIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1974/07// VL - 30 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 248 EP - 250 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article measures psychological changes subsequent to Rapid Eye Movement (REM) sleep deprivation in schizophrenic and control psychotic subjects. Researchers measurement technique is the Rorschach test, with the scoring schema described by researcher R.R. Holt and J.A. Havel. Rorschach responses before and after 2 nights of deprivation of REM sleep differed in 4 hospitalized schizophrenic patients compared to 5 hospitalized nonpsychotic psychiatric patients. There were differences on degree of blatancy of primary process responses. KW - RAPID eye movement sleep KW - RORSCHACH Test KW - SLEEP deprivation KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - SLEEP -- Stages N1 - Accession Number: 15844676; Zarcone, Vincent 1 Zukowsky, Eugene 1 Gulevich, George 1 Dement, William 1 Hoddes, Eric 2; Affiliation: 1: Stanford University School of Medicine. 2: Palo Alto Veterans Administration Hospital.; Source Info: Jul1974, Vol. 30 Issue 3, p248; Subject Term: RAPID eye movement sleep; Subject Term: RORSCHACH Test; Subject Term: SLEEP deprivation; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: SLEEP -- Stages; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844676&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dewolfe, Alan S. AU - Youkilis, Hildreth D. T1 - STRESS AND THE WORD ASSOCIATIONS OF PROCESS AND REACTIVE SCHIZOPHRENICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1974/04// VL - 30 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 151 EP - 153 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents information on schizophrenia. Loose associational processes long have been associated with cognitive deficit in schizophrenia. Normals have been differentiated most consistently from schizophrenics on the basis of loose associations. Comparisons of process and reactive subgroups of schizophrenics have found equivocal results. It has been predicted that the reactive and process schizophrenics would be equivalent in loose associations under high-stress condition, but that the reactives would show a significantly greater improvement than process when high- and low-stress conditions were compared. KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - PSYCHOSES KW - COGNITION disorders KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - MENTALLY ill KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS N1 - Accession Number: 15795891; Dewolfe, Alan S. 1,2 Youkilis, Hildreth D. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Downey, Ill. 2: Loyola University of Chicago.; Source Info: Apr1974, Vol. 30 Issue 2, p151; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: COGNITION disorders; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15795891&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Epstein, Leonard H. AU - Hersen, Michel T1 - BEHAVIORAL CONTROL OF HYSTERICAL GAGGING. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 30 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 102 EP - 104 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on behavior modification techniques for control and treatment of a variety of hysterical disorders with reference to a report which described an operant conditioning treatment procedure for a case of hysterical gagging. Treatment was designed to reinforce and maximize self-management in that the patient was at liberty to select his own mode of behavioral control. Throughout all phases of his treatment the patient received PRN medications for nervous stomach and sleeping disorders. While inpatient treatment required external reinforcement to motivate the patient to control his disorder, maintenance of gains during follow-up suggests that the patient was then able to generate self-control over his behavior. This case study provides clinical support for the instigation of procedures that teach patients to manage their own behavior. KW - BEHAVIOR modification KW - BEHAVIORAL assessment KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - SELF-management (Psychology) KW - SELF-control KW - HYSTERIA N1 - Accession Number: 15828287; Epstein, Leonard H. 1 Hersen, Michel 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center and University of Mississippi Medical Center, Jackson, Miss.; Source Info: Jan1974, Vol. 30 Issue 1, p102; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR modification; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL assessment; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject Term: SELF-management (Psychology); Subject Term: SELF-control; Subject Term: HYSTERIA; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828287&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mozdzierz, Gerald J. AU - Krauss, Herbert H. AU - Finch, Barbara AU - Reisinger, Curtis T1 - DISCRIMINATING BETWEEN SCHIZOPHRENICS AND NORMALS WITH THE SOCIAL ALIENATION-PERSONAL DISORGANIZATION SCALE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 30 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 85 EP - 87 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on a study which seeks to determine the usefulness of the Social Alienation-Personal Disorganization Scale (SAPDS) in differentiating between hospitalized patients diagnosed as schizophrenic and a group of normal comparable in age, socio-economic status and educational accomplishment. Forty-eight subjects participated in this investigation who were asked to describe their apperceptions of a variety of musical stimuli. An analysis of variance computed with scores on SAPDS as the dependent variable indicated significantly reliable differences between schizophrenics and normals. Neither a significant effect attributable to sex nor a sex by diagnosis interaction was noted. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - MENTALLY ill KW - ALIENATION (Social psychology) KW - SOCIAL status KW - EDUCATION KW - SOCIAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15828280; Mozdzierz, Gerald J. 1 Krauss, Herbert H. 2 Finch, Barbara 3 Reisinger, Curtis 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospilal, Hines, Illinois. 2: Hunter College of the City, University of New York. 3: University of California, Los Angeles, California,; Source Info: Jan1974, Vol. 30 Issue 1, p85; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: ALIENATION (Social psychology); Subject Term: SOCIAL status; Subject Term: EDUCATION; Subject Term: SOCIAL psychology; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923110 Administration of Education Programs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611699 All Other Miscellaneous Schools and Instruction; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611710 Educational Support Services; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828280&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Nerviano, Vincent J. T1 - THE SECOND STRATUM FACTOR STRUCTURE OF THE 16 PF FOR ALCOHOLIC MALES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 30 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 83 EP - 85 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents information about a study which sought to determine the extent to which the eight second-stratum factors of the Sixteen Personality Factor Questionnaire, were discernible for inpatient alcoholic males. All 400 subjects in this study, were voluntary admissions to a alcoholism treatment program. The mean age was 42 years. Results suggest that some behaviors exhibited by alcoholic males that seem indicative of an asocial personality disorder might be better conceived as indicative of anxiety that is part of a severely neurotic lifestyle. KW - PERSONALITY questionnaires KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - ALCOHOLISM -- Treatment KW - PERSONALITY disorders KW - ANXIETY KW - LIFESTYLES N1 - Accession Number: 15828279; Nerviano, Vincent J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Lexington and University of Kentucky.; Source Info: Jan1974, Vol. 30 Issue 1, p83; Subject Term: PERSONALITY questionnaires; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM -- Treatment; Subject Term: PERSONALITY disorders; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: LIFESTYLES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828279&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Klett, William G. T1 - ARE NONVERBAL IQ TESTS ADEQUATE SUBSTITUTES FOR THE WAIS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 30 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 55 EP - 57 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on a study which was conducted to extend the concept of pathogenesis to male delinquency. The sample consisted of five sets of parents of normal, delinquent and schizophrenic boys. Both children and parents were matched on the basis of age, sex, education and social class. "Pathogenic" scores based on ratings of TAT stories were tabulated for each member of five pairs of parents of schizophrenic, delinquent and normal male children. A pathogenic story was defined as an interaction between a dominant and dependent person in which the dominant person either did not meet the expressed needs of the dependent person or met his own needs at the expense of the dependent person. Results suggested that levels of parental pathogenesis may be related differentially to type of disordered behavior in male children. KW - CRIME KW - PATHOLOGY KW - PARENT & child KW - BEHAVIOR disorders in children KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 15828265; Watson, Charles G. 1 Klett, William G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minn.; Source Info: Jan1974, Vol. 30 Issue 1, p55; Subject Term: CRIME; Subject Term: PATHOLOGY; Subject Term: PARENT & child; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR disorders in children; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828265&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - McFarlain, Robert A. AU - Hersen, Michel T1 - CONTINUOUS MEASUREMENT OF ACTIVITY LEVEL IN PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 30 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 37 EP - 39 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a study which is related to the measurement of activity for clinical assessment and research purposes. A currently available activity measurement device is actometer. In this study, the device and its sensitivity to behavior modification and chemotherapy with two psychiatric inpatients are described. Effects of varying Lithium Carbonate and Thioridazine doses on activity levels were measured in a manic patient. In a second patient, effects of a token economy program designed to increase activity were assessed. The actometer measure correlated highly with another measure having obvious relevance for assessment of activity. The actometer was sensitive to effects of chemotherapy in a manic patient, showing the expected decrease in activity when Lithium Carbonate treatment was initiated. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - MANIA KW - DRUG therapy KW - LITHIUM KW - THIORIDAZINE KW - CARBONATES N1 - Accession Number: 15828261; McFarlain, Robert A. 1 Hersen, Michel 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center and University of Mississippi Medical Center, Jackson, Mississippi.; Source Info: Jan1974, Vol. 30 Issue 1, p37; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: MANIA; Subject Term: DRUG therapy; Subject Term: LITHIUM; Subject Term: THIORIDAZINE; Subject Term: CARBONATES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 212393 Other Chemical and Fertilizer Mineral Mining; NAICS/Industry Codes: 212398 All other non-metallic mineral mining and quarrying; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828261&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - A SIMPLE BIVARIATE SCREENING TECHNIQUE TO SEPARATE NP HOSPITAL ORGANICS FROM OTHER PSYCHIATRIC GROUPS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 29 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 448 EP - 450 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports that a bi-variate scheme that uses the Benton Visual Retention Test (BVRT) and MMPI Schizophrenia-Organicity (Sc-O) scale was developed as a screening instrument for the identification of brain-damaged patients in male psychiatric hospitals. The organics were best distinguished from process schizophrenics by the presence of high Sc-O and BVRT error scores. BVRT error scores separated organics from other psychiatric groups. KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - MEMORY KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder KW - PERSONALITY disorders N1 - Accession Number: 15844615; Watson, Charles G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minn.; Source Info: Oct1973, Vol. 29 Issue 4, p448; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: MEMORY; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder; Subject Term: PERSONALITY disorders; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844615&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Eisler, Richard M. AU - Hersen, Michel AU - Miller, Peter M. AU - Wooten, Laura S. T1 - TREATMENT EXPECTATIONS OF PSYCHIATRIC INPATIENTS AND THEIR RELATIONSHIP TO PSYCHIATRIC DIAGNOSIS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1973/04// VL - 29 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 251 EP - 253 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses treatment expectations of psychiatric inpatients and their relationship to psychiatric diagnosis. In most admissions to psychiatric hospitals, the patient's presenting symptomatology and diagnosis are emphasized in the planning of treatment. While clinical and diagnostic features are undoubtedly important aspects of every psychiatric evaluation, it is becoming increasingly apparent that patients are admitted to the hospital with a variety of treatment expectations unrelated to their manifest symptomatology. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis KW - SYMPTOMS KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospitals KW - MENTALLY ill KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY N1 - Accession Number: 15844534; Eisler, Richard M. 1 Hersen, Michel 1 Miller, Peter M. 1 Wooten, Laura S. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center and University of Mississippi Medical Center Jackson, Miss. 2: Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss.; Source Info: Apr1973, Vol. 29 Issue 2, p251; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC hospitals; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623210 Residential Intellectual and Developmental Disability Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844534&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - de Wolfe, Alan S. AU - Konieczny, Joseph A. T1 - PREMORBID ADJUSTMENT AND SHORT-TERM RECALL IN SCHIZOPHRENIA. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1973/01// VL - 29 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 14 EP - 16 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article reports on premorbid adjustment and short-term recall in schizophrenia. Memory is one of the cognitive functions often disrupted in schizophrenia. Disruption of associations generally is accepted as an important feature of schizophrenia. This investigation studied short-term memory in schizophrenic Ss sub classified as process and reactive. After this study it was found that the predictions that reactives would recall more words and show less deficit in recency than would the process group were supported. KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder KW - MEMORY KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - SHORT-term memory KW - MENTALLY ill N1 - Accession Number: 15844975; de Wolfe, Alan S. 1,2 Konieczny, Joseph A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Downey, Ill. 2: Loyola University of Chicago.; Source Info: Jan1973, Vol. 29 Issue 1, p14; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder; Subject Term: MEMORY; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: SHORT-term memory; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844975&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gordon, Norman G. T1 - THE TRAIL MAKING TEST IN NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL DIAGNOSIS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1972/04// VL - 28 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 167 EP - 169 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article highlights on the trail making test (TMT) in neuropsychological diagnosis. An investigation of the clinical utility of the TMT as a discriminant of organic and nonorganic pathology indicated that the TMT successfully discriminated the organics from the nonorganics. The cut-off score recommended in the original standardization resulted in a high false-positive rate, while one based on the current data produced correct identification of 75 per cent of the subjects in each group. KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PATHOLOGY KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - AGE KW - EDUCATION N1 - Accession Number: 15847471; Gordon, Norman G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Alien Park, Michigan.; Source Info: Apr1972, Vol. 28 Issue 2, p167; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PATHOLOGY; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: AGE; Subject Term: EDUCATION; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611699 All Other Miscellaneous Schools and Instruction; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611710 Educational Support Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923110 Administration of Education Programs; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847471&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gross, W. F. T1 - SELF-CONCEPTS OF ALCOHOLICS BEFORE AND AFTER TREATMENT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 27 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 539 EP - 541 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study, which investigates whether significant changes in self-concept, as measured by the Tennessee Self-Concept Scale, occur in male alcoholics who participate in a 60-day rehabilitation program. The Tennessee Self Concept Scale was administered to 60 alcoholic subjects before and after 56 days of treatment. Except for the Social Sell subscale, all other posttest means were in the predicted, desired direction. Both Physical Self and Personal Self reached the .01 and .05 levels. KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - ADDICTS KW - REHABILITATION KW - SELF-perception KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15847414; Gross, W. F. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Lexington, Kentucky.; Source Info: Oct1971, Vol. 27 Issue 4, p539; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: ADDICTS; Subject Term: REHABILITATION; Subject Term: SELF-perception; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847414&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Apfeldorf, Max AU - Hunley, Phyllis J. AU - Cooper, G. David T1 - DIFFERENCES BETWEEN OLDER INSTITUTIONALIZED OFFENDERS AND NONOFFENDERS ON MMPI HOSTILITY AND CONTROL SCALES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1971/07// VL - 27 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 370 EP - 372 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses the differences between older institutionalized offenders and nonoffenders on MMPI hostility and control scales. Since clinical MMPI scales such as the Psychopathic Deviate scale do not discriminate antisocial activity in older institutionalized populations, an attempt was made to discriminate older offenders from nonoffenders by a number of special MMPI scales of hostility and control. Many of these special scales were either rationally derived or based on attempts to find personality differences within the normal range, and it is possible they might discriminate in different fashion from the clinical scales originally developed to identify gross psychiatric group. KW - CRIMINALS KW - CRIMINAL behavior KW - POPULATION KW - PERSONALITY KW - FASHION KW - EVIDENCE N1 - Accession Number: 15866529; Apfeldorf, Max 1 Hunley, Phyllis J. 1 Cooper, G. David 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Martinsburg, W. Va.; Source Info: Jul1971, Vol. 27 Issue 3, p370; Subject Term: CRIMINALS; Subject Term: CRIMINAL behavior; Subject Term: POPULATION; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: FASHION; Subject Term: EVIDENCE; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866529&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Davis, William E. AU - Becker, Bruce C. AU - Dewolfe, Alan S. T1 - CATEGORIZATION OF PATIENTS WITH PERSONALITY DISORDERS AND ACUTE BRAIN TRAUMA THROUGH WAIS SUBTEST VARIATIONS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1971/07// VL - 27 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 358 EP - 360 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses categorization of patients with personality disorders and acute brain trauma. The Research designed to test many of Wechsler's hypotheses relating subtest differences to various psychiatric diagnostic categories has often been equivocal for reasons other than the inadequacies of the hypotheses. For example, factors such as retardation, cultural and educational deprivation may provide as tenable an explanation as do personality characteristics for the inferior performance of criminals and delinquents on Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) verbal scale subtests. Institutionalization and the chronicity of disorders such as brain injury may have an effect on subtest variations. KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - HYPOTHESIS KW - PERSONALITY & cognition KW - BRAIN -- Wounds & injuries KW - CRIMINALS KW - PERSONALITY disorders KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15866525; Davis, William E. 1 Becker, Bruce C. 1 Dewolfe, Alan S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Downey, Illinois.; Source Info: Jul1971, Vol. 27 Issue 3, p358; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: HYPOTHESIS; Subject Term: PERSONALITY & cognition; Subject Term: BRAIN -- Wounds & injuries; Subject Term: CRIMINALS; Subject Term: PERSONALITY disorders; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866525&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kish, George B. AU - Solberg, Kristen B. AU - Uecker, Albert E. T1 - LOCUS OF CONTROL AS A FACTOR INFLUENCING PATIENTS' PERCEPTIONS OF WARD ATMOSPHERE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 27 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 287 EP - 289 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the locus of control as a factor influence patients perceptions of ward atmosphere. Individuals differ in the degree to which they attribute the events in their lives to their own efforts or to fate, chance, or other people. Among others, a psychologist has developed the Internal-External Controls Scale to quantify this variable. Considerable research has been carried out examining the behavioral consequences and correlates of this generalized expectancy regarding the locus of control of reinforcement. In general, internals tend to be more striving and persistent in the face of frustration and more self-confident than externals. Externals tend to be more passive, apathetic, anxious, and less self-confident, feeling that they are not in control of the reinforcements they receive. KW - LOCUS of control KW - SELF-control KW - PERSONALITY KW - PATIENTS KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15866465; Kish, George B. 1 Solberg, Kristen B. 1 Uecker, Albert E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Fort Meade, South Dakota.; Source Info: Apr1971, Vol. 27 Issue 2, p287; Subject Term: LOCUS of control; Subject Term: SELF-control; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866465&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kish, George B. T1 - CPI CORRELATES OF STIMULUS-SEEKING IN MALE ALCOHOLICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 27 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 251 EP - 253 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the California Psychological Inventory (CPI) which is intended for diagnosis and evaluation of individuals with emphasis upon interpersonal behavior and dispositions relevant to social interaction. The 18 scales of the CPI do not measure specific factorially pure traits but are intended to predict specific classes of social behavior. For example, the Dominance scale, if valid, should predict ascendant behavior in social situations. These classes of social behavior do not derive from any particular theory of personality but are in a class with folk concepts. A variable such as self-control has a common-sense quality and presumably has application in a wide variety of social contexts. KW - CALIFORNIA Psychological Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - INTERPERSONAL relations KW - SOCIAL psychology KW - SOCIAL interaction KW - SELF-control N1 - Accession Number: 15866455; Kish, George B. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Fort Meade, South Dakota.; Source Info: Apr1971, Vol. 27 Issue 2, p251; Subject Term: CALIFORNIA Psychological Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: INTERPERSONAL relations; Subject Term: SOCIAL psychology; Subject Term: SOCIAL interaction; Subject Term: SELF-control; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866455&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - de Wolfe, Alan S. T1 - DIFFERENTIATION OF SCHIZOPHRENIA AND BRAIN DAMAGE WITH THE WAIS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 27 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 209 EP - 211 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article evaluates the hypothesis that the brain-damaged and chronic schizophrenic can be distinguished by the pattern of their performances on the subsets of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. The diagnoses included in the older brain-damaged group were, diffuse damage associated with cerebral arteriosclerosis, alcoholism, syphilis, and bilateral damage associated with trauma. The diagnoses in the younger brain-damaged group included diffuse damage associated with infection, that is, syphilis, alcoholism, carcinoma, epilepsy, anoxia and bilateral damage associated with Parkinsonism. KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - BRAIN damage KW - BRAIN diseases KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - ARTERIOSCLEROSIS KW - ALCOHOLISM N1 - Accession Number: 15866438; de Wolfe, Alan S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Downey, Illinois.; Source Info: Apr1971, Vol. 27 Issue 2, p209; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: BRAIN damage; Subject Term: BRAIN diseases; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: ARTERIOSCLEROSIS; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866438&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Laliberte, Michael AU - Sellers, Howard T1 - PERSONALITY CORRELATES OF DAP FACIAL EXPRESSION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1971/01// VL - 27 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 115 EP - 117 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study which evaluates the relationship between facial expression ratings and certain of the drawer's behavioral tendencies as perceived by himself and as seen by an independent rater. A study of the relationships between the facial expression ratings and symptom ratings was made to test the diagnostic utility of the former. The results were negative. Moreover, interjudge agreement on the facial expression ratings was poor, indicating they lack sufficient objectivity to warrant further use in personality appraisal. KW - FACIAL expression KW - PERSONALITY KW - OBJECTIVITY KW - POOR people KW - REALITY KW - EXPRESSION N1 - Accession Number: 15847358; Watson, Charles G. 1 Laliberte, Michael 1 Sellers, Howard 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minn. St. John's University, Collegeville, Minn.; Source Info: Jan1971, Vol. 27 Issue 1, p115; Subject Term: FACIAL expression; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: OBJECTIVITY; Subject Term: POOR people; Subject Term: REALITY; Subject Term: EXPRESSION; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847358&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rosen, Harold T1 - A COMPARISON OF TWO SCORING SYSTEMS FOR THE MEMORY-FOR-DESIGNS TEST. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1971/01// VL - 27 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 79 EP - 81 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a comparison of two scoring systems for the Memory-for-Designs Test (MFD). The Memory-for-Designs Test (MFD) (2) is used widely by clinical psychologists for detection of brain damage. Forty-nine male brain damaged patients were compared with a control group of 49 non-psychotic patients with neurologic-like symptoms on the Memory- for-Design Test (MFD). By excluding psychotics, detection of brain damage was significantly improved without any increase in the false positive rate when the cut off score was lowered. The residual MFD false negative rate was analyzed and discussed with reference to psychiatric and neurological diagnosis, as well as localization, severity, and course of brain disease. KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - BRAIN damage KW - MENTAL health personnel KW - BEHAVIORAL scientists KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - CEREBROVASCULAR disease N1 - Accession Number: 15847345; Rosen, Harold 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wisconsin 55193.; Source Info: Jan1971, Vol. 27 Issue 1, p79; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: BRAIN damage; Subject Term: MENTAL health personnel; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL scientists; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: CEREBROVASCULAR disease; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847345&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gibby, Robert G. AU - Lee, William M. T1 - THE RELATIONSHIP OF RATE OF CHANGE OF HEART RATE TO MMPI VARIABLES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1970/10// VL - 26 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 491 EP - 493 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses the relationship of rate of change of heart rate to Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) variables. Subjects characterized by being more stabile in the rate of change parameter, tend to repress conflict areas to a greater extent than do those with a more labile rate of change of heart rate. In addition, the stabile group tends to utilize more interiorized defenses, and therefore to discharge tensions through somatic behavioral reactions. Consequently, the psychoneurotic scales are more elevated in the stabile group, which scores significantly higher on the three psychoneurotic scales of hypochondriasis, depression, and hysteria. KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - HEART beat KW - HYPOCHONDRIA KW - NEUROSES KW - HYSTERIA KW - PERSONALITY tests N1 - Accession Number: 15908712; Gibby, Robert G. 1 Lee, William M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Richmond, Virginia.; Source Info: Oct1970, Vol. 26 Issue 4, p491; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: HEART beat; Subject Term: HYPOCHONDRIA; Subject Term: NEUROSES; Subject Term: HYSTERIA; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15908712&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kish, George B. T1 - ALCOHOLICS' GATB AND SHIPLEY PROFILES AND THEIR INTERRELATIONSHIPS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1970/10// VL - 26 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 482 EP - 484 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article evaluates the General Aptitude Test Battery (GATB) and Shipley profiles in alcoholic inpatients, and assesses their interrelationships. Psychologists G.B. Kish and T.M. Cheney have recently reported GATB profiles in alcoholic inpatients, which were suggestive of organic impairment. The study aimed to replicate the findings of Kish and Cheney, and to provide some confirmation of their organic interpretation by examining the Shipley profiles of a new sample of inpatient alcoholics. Since the Shipley takes 25 minutes to administer and score, while the GATB takes two to three hours, it is of some interest to determine the degree to which the scores of one test predict the scores of the other. KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - GENERAL aptitude test battery KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - DISABILITIES KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests N1 - Accession Number: 15908709; Kish, George B. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Fort Meade, South Dakota.; Source Info: Oct1970, Vol. 26 Issue 4, p482; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: GENERAL aptitude test battery; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: DISABILITIES; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15908709&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Spiegel, Don T1 - PSYCHOLOGICAL HEALTH-SICKNESS AND THE PERCEPTION OF SELF AND OTHERS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1970/07// VL - 26 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 274 EP - 376 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on perception and judgment in psychiatric patients. In spite of the large number of studies that have been done concerning misperceptions of psychiatric patients, there has been a notable lack of research dealing with the abilities of patients to perceive their own health-sickness status or the health-sickness status of other patients with whom they interact. In the present study, seventeen patients in a psychiatric ward therapy group were ranked on a dimension of psychological health-sickness by those 14 patients who were present at a particular ward meeting. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - JUDGMENT (Psychology) KW - MENTALLY ill KW - PERCEPTION KW - THOUGHT & thinking KW - HOSPITAL wards N1 - Accession Number: 15866312; Spiegel, Don 1; Affiliation: 1: Brentwood Hospital, Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles.; Source Info: Jul1970, Vol. 26 Issue 3, p274; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: JUDGMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: PERCEPTION; Subject Term: THOUGHT & thinking; Subject Term: HOSPITAL wards; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866312&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mason, Russell E. T1 - VALUE ORIENTATIONS AND SOCIAL ATTITUDES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1970/04// VL - 26 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 202 EP - 204 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on value orientations and social attitudes. Functional groupings for universal human values have been hypothesized and formulated as subscales of a Value Orientation Scale (VOS) that include Interpersonal, Activity, and Introspective Orientations. The VOS consists of 30 items that divide equally into subscales for Interpersonal Activity, and Introspective Orientations. Each item requires five-point self-ratings separately for the dimensions of Importance, Frequency, and Unpleasantness-Pleasantness. KW - VALUES (Ethics) KW - SOCIAL attitudes KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - VALUE orientations KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - HAPPINESS N1 - Accession Number: 15844902; Mason, Russell E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto.; Source Info: Apr1970, Vol. 26 Issue 2, p202; Subject Term: VALUES (Ethics); Subject Term: SOCIAL attitudes; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: VALUE orientations; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject Term: HAPPINESS; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844902&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rustad, Lynne C. T1 - Testing the Test. JO - Journal of Counseling & Development JF - Journal of Counseling & Development Y1 - 1985/12// VL - 64 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 280 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 07489633 AB - The article discusses the development of Millon Behavioral Health Inventory (MBHI), for assessing relevant personality factors and psychogenic attitudes in medical patients. The instruments commonly used in the medical setting, such as the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) had been developed to assess psychiatric patients, therefore, one could not assume that existing norms and interpretation guidelines would be valid in the assessment of medical patients. Thus, MBHI was developed to predict psychological complications associated with specific diseases and that could assess patient coping strategies and psychosocial stressors. The MBHI consists of only 150 items, can be completed by most patients in about 20 minutes, and is a self-report inventory. The items are unambiguous and seemingly relevant to the assessment of medical patients. Given the early stage of development of the MBHI, it is difficult at present to recommend the use of this inventory as a clinical instrument without serious reservations. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY change KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PATIENTS KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - SELF-report inventories N1 - Accession Number: 4965126; Rustad, Lynne C. 1; Affiliation: 1: Clinical Psychologist, Cardiology Section and Sex Dysfunction Clinic, Cleveland Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cleveland, Ohio.; Source Info: Dec85, Vol. 64 Issue 4, p280; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY change; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject Term: SELF-report inventories; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4965126&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Vestre, Norris D. AU - Klett, William G. T1 - CLASSIFICATION OF MMPI PROFILES USING THE GILBERSTADT-DUKER RULES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1969/07// VL - 25 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 284 EP - 286 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study, which aims to apply the Gilberstadt-Duker rules to the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) profiles of admissions to a Veterans Administration neuropsychiatric hospital in order to obtain data on the proportion of profiles classified. It might be noted that the Gilberstadt-Duker rules were originally derived on admissions to a Veterans Administration inpatient setting. The Gilberstadt-Duker MMPI rules were applied to the MMPI profiles of consecutive admissions to a neuropsychiatric hospital. Of the 589 profiles, 33.45% could be classified into one of the 19 Gilberstadt-Duker types. Nine of the types had a frequency of occurrence of less than 1%. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - INDIVIDUALITY KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Research N1 - Accession Number: 15903613; Vestre, Norris D. 1 Klett, William G. 2; Affiliation: 1: Indiana State University. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Jul1969, Vol. 25 Issue 3, p284; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: INDIVIDUALITY; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Research; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541720 Research and Development in the Social Sciences and Humanities; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15903613&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - AN ATTEMPT TO DEVELOP A USEFUL PROCESS-REACTIVE SCALE FOR THE MMPI. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1969/04// VL - 25 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 194 EP - 196 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on an attempt to develop a useful process-reactive scale for the Minnesota Multiphasial Personality Inventory (MMPI). A wide variety of operational definitions of the process-reactive dimension in schizophrenia have appeared. Unfortunately most of them are sufficiently time-consuming to preclude their general use by clinicians or easy application to research problems. The goal of this project was to develop and cross-validate a simply administered and scored process-reactive scale from the entory MMPI. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - PSYCHOSES KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - SCALING (Social sciences) N1 - Accession Number: 15847313; Watson, Charles G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Apr1969, Vol. 25 Issue 2, p194; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: SCALING (Social sciences); Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847313&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Herron, E. Wayne AU - Bernstein, Lewis AU - Rosen, Harold T1 - PSYCHOMETRIC ANALYSIS OF THE MULTIPLE AFFECT ADJECTIVE CHECK LIST: MAACL-TODAY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1968/10// VL - 24 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 448 EP - 450 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a correlational analysis which attempts to determine to what extent, if any, the effects of response set on Multiple Affect Adjective Check List (MAACL-Today) scores might account for a failure to obtain significant differences in anxiety level between two groups of patients who, reasonably, should have differed in anxiety level. The failure to obtain significant differences in MAACL-Today Anxiety level between a group of patients tested just prior to undergoing a surgical procedure, and a group of patients who had already recovered from such procedures, led to a correlational analysis of the internal characteristics of the three MAACL scales. KW - ANXIETY KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - ADJECTIVE Check List KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15866169; Herron, E. Wayne 1 Bernstein, Lewis 2 Rosen, Harold 3; Affiliation: 1: University of Kentucky. 2: Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wisconsin. 3: Marquette University School of Medicine, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.; Source Info: Oct1968, Vol. 24 Issue 4, p448; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: ADJECTIVE Check List; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866169&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - THE SEPARATION OF NP HOSPITAL ORGANICS FROM SCHIZOPHRENICS WITH THREE VISUAL MOTOR SCREENING TESTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1968/10// VL - 24 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 412 EP - 414 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article investigates the abilities of the Bender-Gestalt, Graham-Kendall Memory-for-Designs (MFD), and several Benton Visual Retention Test (BVRT) measures to discriminate brain damaged patients from schizophreriics. The tests were administered to 30 organics and 30 schizophrenics. The Bender and MFD measures did not separate the two groups. Although significant differences appeared on BVRT measures, they were not sufficiently discriminatory to recommend more than the most cautious application in settings serving both brain damaged and schizophrenic patients. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - BRAIN damaged patients KW - MENTALLY ill KW - MEMORY KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15866154; Watson, Charles G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Oct1968, Vol. 24 Issue 4, p412; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: BRAIN damaged patients; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: MEMORY; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866154&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gonen, Yechiel T1 - DOES VOCABULARY RESIST MENTAL DETERIORATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1968/07// VL - 24 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 341 EP - 343 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the question whether vocabulary can resist mental deterioration. There has been considerable controversy over the validity of the assumption that vocabulary performance of patients is relatively resistant to mental deterioration and, thus, may serve as a stable baseline from which to assess the degree of loss of other functions. The major counter argument was initially formulated to suggest deterioration in vocabulary performance does occur but fails to be detected because the crude pass-fail scoring systems typically used for vocabulary scales give full credit to responses of different levels of abstraction. KW - VOCABULARY KW - TRUTHFULNESS & falsehood KW - PATIENTS KW - PERFORMANCE KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15844790; Gonen, Yechiel 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Cincinnati.; Source Info: Jul1968, Vol. 24 Issue 3, p341; Subject Term: VOCABULARY; Subject Term: TRUTHFULNESS & falsehood; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: PERFORMANCE; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844790&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wilkinson, A. Earl AU - Schnadt, Frederick T1 - HUMAN FIGURE DRAWING CHARACTERISTICS: AN EMPIRICAL STUDY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1968/04// VL - 24 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 224 EP - 226 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on an empirical study of human figure drawing characteristics. A scoring sheet was devised for evaluating human figure drawings in terms of a relatively large number of drawing characteristics. These included many of those stressed by scholars which have been reported in the literature. Formal characteristics evaluated were: height, placement, profile view, shading, transparency, erasures, additional figures or objects, line quality, stance and clothing. In addition, the scoring sheet provided for ratings as to whether the following structural features were missing, disproportionality small or large, or given some other unusual emphasis in the drawings of male and female figures. KW - FIGURE drawing KW - HUMAN figure in art KW - EVALUATION KW - LITERATURE KW - QUALITY KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15844760; Wilkinson, A. Earl 1 Schnadt, Frederick 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, North Little Rock, Arkansas.; Source Info: Apr1968, Vol. 24 Issue 2, p224; Subject Term: FIGURE drawing; Subject Term: HUMAN figure in art; Subject Term: EVALUATION; Subject Term: LITERATURE; Subject Term: QUALITY; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844760&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Logue, Patrick E. T1 - A NOTE ON THE INTERJUDOE RELIABILITY OF PHILLIPS AND ELGIN SCALE RATINGS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1968/01// VL - 24 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 64 EP - 66 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a note on the Interjudge reliability of Phillips and Elgin scale ratings. On a purely rational basis, there seems to be considerable reason to suspect the interjudge reliability of Phillips and Elgin scale ratings. Both rely on social history and/or patient interview material and are highly susceptible to the defensive and psychotic distortions of schizophrenics and their relatives. Undoubtedly, these distortions are sometimes badly exacerbated by the anxiety-producing probes of the social worker or psychologist. KW - SOCIAL history KW - TECHNOLOGICAL innovations KW - MENTALLY ill KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - PUBLIC welfare KW - SOCIAL services N1 - Accession Number: 15866100; Watson, Charles G. 1 Logue, Patrick E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Jan1968, Vol. 24 Issue 1, p64; Subject Term: SOCIAL history; Subject Term: TECHNOLOGICAL innovations; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: PUBLIC welfare; Subject Term: SOCIAL services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624230 Emergency and Other Relief Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923130 Administration of Human Resource Programs (except Education, Public Health, and Veterans' Affairs Programs); NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866100&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jernigan, A. J. T1 - LARGE SCALE ASSESSMENT OF STATE MENTAL PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1967/10// VL - 23 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 504 EP - 506 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a large scale assessment of state mental patients. Psychologists in the State of Texas planned and standardized a psychological test procedure, completed a testing program, and rated the psychological assessment of 1475 psychiatric patients. Some 45 psychologists and 25 students contributed to a massive interdisciplinary project for the purpose of achieving a better understanding of the mental health needs of the state. Psychology was given an opportunity to make a contribution to this undertaking, and at the same time, test out certain assessment procedures and techniques. KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - BEHAVIORAL assessment KW - MENTAL health surveys N1 - Accession Number: 15866040; Jernigan, A. J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Dallas, Texas.; Source Info: Oct1967, Vol. 23 Issue 4, p504; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL assessment; Subject Term: MENTAL health surveys; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866040&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tamkin, Arthur S. T1 - CORRELATION BETWEEN IQ AND FACTOR B OF THE SIXTEEN PERSONALITY FACTOR TEST WITH PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1967/10// VL - 23 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 486 EP - 488 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article cites a study which reports correlation between IQ and factor B of the sixteen personality factor test with psychiatric patients. Previous studies of the relation between Factor B of the Sixteen PF Test and IQ have yielded contradictory results. This study of 24 male psychiatric outpatients found a significant total correlation between B and Verbal IQ, which vanished when the effects of education and Performance IQ were eliminated. It was concluded that Factor B is a better measure of formal education than of IQ. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PERSONALITY KW - MENTAL health KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - MENTALLY ill KW - PERSONALITY tests N1 - Accession Number: 15866031; Tamkin, Arthur S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Clinic Division, Providence, R. I.; Source Info: Oct1967, Vol. 23 Issue 4, p486; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866031&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gibby Jr., Robert G. AU - Gibby Sr., Robert G. AU - Hogan, Terrence P. T1 - RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN DOMINANCE NEEDS AND DECISION-MAKING ABILITY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1967/10// VL - 23 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 450 EP - 452 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article cites a study, which explores the relationships between decision-making ability and the dominance needs and other aspects of the dominant behavior. Tests measuring self and ideal-self perceptions of dominance needs and behavior were administered to a group of managerial personnel, along with a test of decision-making ability. The results indicated that while neither perceived nor desired dominance was related to decision-making, it was related to the degree of discrepancy between the two dominance measures. This discrepancy was discussed as being a measure of ego strength, as it indicated reality-oriented perceptiveness on the part of the subject. KW - DECISION making KW - BEHAVIOR KW - CHOICE (Psychology) KW - PROBLEM solving KW - SELF-perception KW - PERSONALITY N1 - Accession Number: 15866018; Gibby Jr., Robert G. 1 Gibby Sr., Robert G. 1 Hogan, Terrence P. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Richmond, Virginia. 2: College of Business Administration, Bradley University.; Source Info: Oct1967, Vol. 23 Issue 4, p450; Subject Term: DECISION making; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Subject Term: CHOICE (Psychology); Subject Term: PROBLEM solving; Subject Term: SELF-perception; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866018&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weinlander, Max M. T1 - PSYCHOTICS AND THE INFLUENCE OF AGE ON SORT VARIABLES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1967/07// VL - 23 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 392 EP - 393 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports that the Structured-Objective Rorschach Test (SORT) was individually administered to 100 psychotic patients in a VA Hospital and divided into two age groups, 20-38 and 39-70. It investigated the ability of the Rorschach rationale, as used in Structured-Objective Rorschach Test variables, to separate psychotic patients by chronological age. The hypothesis was tested that there is no significant difference for each of the 15 SORT variables between a younger group and an older group of psychotic patients. KW - STRUCTURED-objective Rorschach Test KW - PSYCHOSES KW - AGE groups KW - PATIENTS KW - HYPOTHESIS KW - PSYCHOANALYSIS N1 - Accession Number: 15865966; Weinlander, Max M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Dayton, Ohio.; Source Info: Jul1967, Vol. 23 Issue 3, p392; Subject Term: STRUCTURED-objective Rorschach Test; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: AGE groups; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: HYPOTHESIS; Subject Term: PSYCHOANALYSIS; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15865966&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Harford, Thomas AU - Hill, Marjorie T1 - VARIATIONS IN BEHAVIORAL STRATEGIES AND INTERPERSONAL TRUST IN A TWO-PERSON GAME WITH MALE ALCOHOLICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1967/01// VL - 23 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 33 EP - 35 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses variations in behavioral strategies and interpersonal trust in a two-person game with male alcoholics. The Ss were 21 male alcoholic patients drawn from the Alcoholism Unit at the Brockton Veterans Administration Hospital. A primary diagnosis of alcoholism in the absence of psychosis, brain damage and other organic defects and a history of at least five years of drinking problems served as the primary criteria for selection of Ss. The laboratory setting consisted of two adjoining rooms in which a small electrical switch box was set up on a table. This switch box was wired to and from a master electrical switch panel operated by the E. KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - CONTROLLED drinking KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - DRINKING of alcoholic beverages KW - CEREBROVASCULAR disease KW - BRAIN diseases N1 - Accession Number: 15844548; Harford, Thomas 1 Hill, Marjorie; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Brockton, Mass.; Source Info: Jan1967, Vol. 23 Issue 1, p33; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: CONTROLLED drinking; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: DRINKING of alcoholic beverages; Subject Term: CEREBROVASCULAR disease; Subject Term: BRAIN diseases; NAICS/Industry Codes: 722410 Drinking Places (Alcoholic Beverages); Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844548&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Klett, William G. T1 - THE EFFECT OF HISTORICALLY BASED INFERENCES ON THE BEHAVIOR OF WITHDRAWN PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1966/10// VL - 22 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 427 EP - 429 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on the effect of historically based inferences on the behavior of withdrawn psychiatric patients. Increasing emphasis is being placed upon the use of group-type processes in the treatment of psychiatric patients. This report deals with an attempt to determine the effects of a therapist's making inferences in group therapy sessions which are based on information contained in the patients case histories and clinical records. A statistically significant decrease in thinking dis-organization occurred within the inference receiving group, but predicted changes in social introversion and withdrawal on the PRP did not occur. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - GROUP psychotherapy KW - EXTRAVERSION KW - MEDICAL care N1 - Accession Number: 15980572; Klett, William G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minn.; Source Info: Oct1966, Vol. 22 Issue 4, p427; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: GROUP psychotherapy; Subject Term: EXTRAVERSION; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15980572&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cahoon, D. D. AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - AN EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAMMED INTRODUCTION TO THE VOCATIONAL COUNSELING PROCESS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1966/07// VL - 22 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 354 EP - 356 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on an experimental programmed introduction to the vocational counseling process. Many of the referrals to the counseling psychology service in a psychiatric hospital setting are not initiated by the client. Rather patients are often "sent" to see a counselor with no prior orientation concerning the purpose of the referral. The effects of this procedure can be criticized on several grounds. Most strikingly, the patient is not allowed to enter the counseling process voluntarily, i.e., of his own choice as a function of some information or knowledge about counseling. KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - MENTAL health facilities KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospitals KW - CHARITIES KW - PATIENTS KW - CARE of the sick N1 - Accession Number: 15844489; Cahoon, D. D. 1 Watson, Charles G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minnesota; Source Info: Jul1966, Vol. 22 Issue 3, p354; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: MENTAL health facilities; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC hospitals; Subject Term: CHARITIES; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: CARE of the sick; NAICS/Industry Codes: 813219 Other Grantmaking and Giving Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621112 Offices of Physicians, Mental Health Specialists; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621420 Outpatient Mental Health and Substance Abuse Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623210 Residential Intellectual and Developmental Disability Facilities; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844489&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Prado, William M. AU - Taub, Daniel V. T1 - ACCURATE PREDICTION OF INDIVIDUAL INTELLECTUAL FUNCTIONING BY THE SHIPLEY-HARTFORD. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1966/07// VL - 22 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 294 EP - 296 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on accurate prediction of individual intellectual functioning by the W.C. Shipley-Hartford. There are practical situations in everyday life in which it would be very useful to know whether or not a particular individual is of at least average intelligence. If such information could be obtained from group testing in a simple, rapid and accurate manner, it would greatly increase the efficiency of selection in diverse settings. For example, hospitals, recruitment stations, and personnel departments would benefit from a rapid initial screening of prospective candidates to determine that they have at least average intelligence before entering a period of reference collection, training, or employment. KW - INTELLECTUALS KW - EMPLOYEE recruitment KW - INTELLECT KW - HOSPITALS KW - EMPLOYEE empowerment KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - EMPLOYMENT (Economic theory) N1 - Accession Number: 15844468; Prado, William M. 1 Taub, Daniel V. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital North Little Rock, Arkansas. 2: Arkansas State Hospital, Little Rock, Arkansas.; Source Info: Jul1966, Vol. 22 Issue 3, p294; Subject Term: INTELLECTUALS; Subject Term: EMPLOYEE recruitment; Subject Term: INTELLECT; Subject Term: HOSPITALS; Subject Term: EMPLOYEE empowerment; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: EMPLOYMENT (Economic theory); NAICS/Industry Codes: 923130 Administration of Human Resource Programs (except Education, Public Health, and Veterans' Affairs Programs); NAICS/Industry Codes: 541612 Human Resources Consulting Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622110 General Medical and Surgical Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622111 General (except paediatric) hospitals; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844468&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Friel, Charles M. T1 - INTERCORRELATION OF ORGEL'S DIAGNOSTIC RATING CRITERIA WITH OTHER MEASURES OF PARANOID SCHIZOPHRENIA. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1966/07// VL - 22 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 265 EP - 267 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses the reliability of S. Orgel's Diagnostic Rating Criteria when they are used by nursing personnel as a cheek list for selecting paranoid schizophrenics. Innumerable studies are reported in the literature which employ paranoid schizophrenia as an independent variable. However, more often than not, the authors fail to define this variable operationally and frequently do not mention how the subjects were classified as belonging to this diagnostic category. A number of researchers have recently emphasized the need for describing and scaling the psychotic reaction in terms of observable behavior as opposed to more ideographic and subjective means. KW - SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - PSYCHOSES KW - NURSING KW - MENTALLY ill KW - ORGEL, S. N1 - Accession Number: 15844459; Friel, Charles M. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Montrose, N.Y. 2: Cornell University School of Medicine.; Source Info: Jul1966, Vol. 22 Issue 3, p265; Subject Term: SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: NURSING; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; People: ORGEL, S.; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844459&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Klugman, Samuel F. T1 - DIFFERENTIAL PREFERENCE PATTERNS BETWEEN SEXES FOR SCHIZOPHRENIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1966/04// VL - 22 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 170 EP - 172 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study in which Kuder Preference Record results for 100 female veteran hospitalized schizophrenics, referred for counseling, were compared with results for a comparable group of schizophrenic male veterans used in another study. The pattern of sex differences for these emotionally disturbed subjects strongly resemble that found between the sexes for a normal population, that is, the women preferred the so-called cultural activities while the men preferred the practical ones. The emotionally disturbed pattern usually found among NP males, preference for cultural or phantasy and disinclination for practical activities, was seen to exist also for females when compared with normal women. KW - KUDER preference record KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - HOSPITAL care KW - MEDICAL consultation KW - MENTALLY ill veterans KW - GENDER differences (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 15844423; Klugman, Samuel F. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Coatesville, Pennsylvania; Source Info: Apr1966, Vol. 22 Issue 2, p170; Subject Term: KUDER preference record; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: HOSPITAL care; Subject Term: MEDICAL consultation; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill veterans; Subject Term: GENDER differences (Psychology); Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844423&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Tennant, Jeffrey S. AU - McClelland, Gus AU - Oram, Rachel AU - Seymour, B. J. AU - Weed, Verne AU - Wallerstein, Florence AU - O'Leary, James E. AU - Gualtieri, Helen AU - Reed, Diana T1 - letters. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1985/03//Mar/Apr85 VL - 30 IS - 2 M3 - Letter SP - 190 EP - 192 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - Presents several letters to the editor. Use of ophthalmology in the treatment of a person; Discussion about the amount of stress in the person with visual impairment; Discussion about treatment of nearsightedness with therapy. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - SOCIAL services KW - VISION disorders KW - BLINDNESS KW - MYOPIA KW - THERAPEUTICS N1 - Accession Number: 5271016; Tennant, Jeffrey S. 1 McClelland, Gus 2 Oram, Rachel Seymour, B. J. 3 Weed, Verne Wallerstein, Florence O'Leary, James E. Gualtieri, Helen Reed, Diana 4; Affiliation: 1: President Illinois Association of Ophthalmology Chicago. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center Kansas Guy, Missouri. 3: Portland Optometric Clinic Pacific University Portland, Oregon. 4: Irene Walter Johnson Rehabilitation Institute Washington University Medical Center St. Louis, Missouri.; Source Info: Mar/Apr85, Vol. 30 Issue 2, p190; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: SOCIAL services; Subject Term: VISION disorders; Subject Term: BLINDNESS; Subject Term: MYOPIA; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5271016&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Thistle, Pamela T1 - The Therapist's Own Family: Focus of Training for Family Therapists. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1981/05// VL - 26 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 248 EP - 250 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article focuses on training for family therapists. Practitioners of family therapy are usually trained through ex post facto supervision in the form of individual or group discussions between supervisor and trainees. Although trainees generally participate in fieldwork of various kinds, few if any training programs at major universities deal with the dynamics of the students own closest relationship. The purpose of this article is to describe a model of training and supervision in the area of family therapy that is used by graduate students and psychiatric residents in the Veterans Administration teaching hospital affiliated with a noted university. This model is based on the use of a Therapist's Own Family (TOF) group; in which members study family systems theory by applying it to their own families. The overall method of coaching is based on the notion of systems concepts, which involves thinking of people in the context of their family's emotional system rather than focusing on the kind and degree of Pathology in any one member. The TOF program to be described began in 1975, when TOF groups were set up as six-month seminars. KW - FAMILY therapists KW - OCCUPATIONAL training KW - PATHOLOGY KW - FIELDWORK (Educational method) KW - COLLEGE students KW - PREVENTIVE medicine N1 - Accession Number: 5273391; Thistle, Pamela 1; Affiliation: 1: Social Work Liaison to Medical Services, Veterans Administration Outpatient clinic, Philadelphia, Outpatient Clinic, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.; Source Info: May81, Vol. 26 Issue 3, p248; Subject Term: FAMILY therapists; Subject Term: OCCUPATIONAL training; Subject Term: PATHOLOGY; Subject Term: FIELDWORK (Educational method); Subject Term: COLLEGE students; Subject Term: PREVENTIVE medicine; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624310 Vocational Rehabilitation Services; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5273391&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Levin, Sharon S. AU - Groves, Anne C. AU - Lurie, Judith D. T1 - 'Sharing the Move'--Support Groups for Relocated Women. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1980/07// VL - 25 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 323 EP - 325 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article discusses the concept of "moving" as an inherent part of life in the U.S., as support for relocated women. Despite its acceptance, however, moving has a disruptive effect upon individuals, families, and significant others. It can become a crisis in which the individual is constantly called upon to adjust and adapt, while his or her sense of identity is repeatedly threatened and challenged. An organization for women serves an area with a high density of mobile corporate families. It was discovered the newcomers, particularly the wives, were given ample audience in the new community for their positive feelings about moving. Two support groups were initiated for women who had moved to the community within the last year. A third group was held at a large corporation to help spouses of employees deal with their impending transfer out of state. Several common themes emerged from the three groups. Sadness and grieving for what was left behind were central themes that emerged early in the sessions. The grieving was not only for significant people in their lives, but also for familiar places, activities and even weather. KW - HOUSEHOLD moving KW - MARRIED women KW - WOMEN -- Social networks KW - MENTAL depression KW - SADNESS KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 5269997; Levin, Sharon S. 1 Groves, Anne C. 2 Lurie, Judith D. 3; Affiliation: 1: Counselor, Stanford Help Center, Stanford University, Stanford, California. 2: Clinical social Worker, Department of Psychosocial Services, Kaiser Permanente, San Diego, California. 3: Psychiatric Social Worker, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, California.; Source Info: Jul80, Vol. 25 Issue 4, p323; Subject Term: HOUSEHOLD moving; Subject Term: MARRIED women; Subject Term: WOMEN -- Social networks; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: SADNESS; Subject Term: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5269997&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dewane, Claudia M. T1 - Humor in Therapy. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1978/11// VL - 23 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 508 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article presents information on the use of humor in therapy. Humor, as referred to in this article, is the mental faculty of discovering, expressing, or appreciating some-thing that is or is designed to be comical or amusing. Unfortunately, not much literature can be found concerning the use of humor in social work practice. It seems that social workers take themselves very seriously and rarely write articles about anything as frivolous as humor in therapy. Throughout social work training, social workers are taught to keep an amicable distance between themselves and the client. Often they are taught that to attempt to become "close" to a client reflects the worker's need to be accepted by the client and signifies the worker's insecurity; to joke with a client shows an attempt to diminish the severity of the client's distress and demonstrates the worker's inability to handle the stress of the situation. Humor is seen, then, as an avoidance mechanism for both client and worker. This concept has merit. It is true that the inappropriate use of humor could appear to diminish the importance of the client's problem and could create a distance between client and worker. But, as with any technique, humor's appropriateness depends on the circumstances in which it is used. KW - WIT & humor in medicine KW - SOCIAL services KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - PUBLIC welfare KW - SOCIAL workers KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - ANXIETY N1 - Accession Number: 5275040; Dewane, Claudia M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Clinical Social Worker, Veterans Administration Hospital, Lebanon, Pennsylvania.; Source Info: Nov78, Vol. 23 Issue 6, p508; Subject Term: WIT & humor in medicine; Subject Term: SOCIAL services; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: PUBLIC welfare; Subject Term: SOCIAL workers; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: ANXIETY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624230 Emergency and Other Relief Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923130 Administration of Human Resource Programs (except Education, Public Health, and Veterans' Affairs Programs); Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5275040&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pilsecker, Carleton T1 - Vive la différence. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1977/11// VL - 22 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 484 EP - 486 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article focuses on the controversy over the innate behavioral differences between the sexes. Anatomical and physiological differences clearly separated the two sexes few years ago. Along with the structural contrasts between the sexes, immutable, inherent, and laudable variations in terms of abilities, interests, and behavior were presumed to exist. In the attempt to discard lifelong indoctrination concerning sexual differences, there is an inclination to fill the resulting vacuum with a hasty assertion that there are no meaningful variations. This can be especially tempting for social workers, who like to find as few inherent differences between people as possible. Early in a child's life, he or she receives clues from the environment and especially from the approval or disapproval of the parents regarding what is expected from him as a male or from her as a female. Thus begins a series of postnatal events that have a weighty import on the determination of an individual's sex-specific behavior. KW - BEHAVIORAL assessment KW - PHYSIOLOGY KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Methodology KW - FAMILIES KW - SEX differences (Biology) N1 - Accession Number: 5274781; Pilsecker, Carleton 1; Affiliation: 1: Supervising Social Worker, Veterans Administration Hospital, Long Beach, California.; Source Info: Nov77, Vol. 22 Issue 6, p484; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL assessment; Subject Term: PHYSIOLOGY; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Methodology; Subject Term: FAMILIES; Subject Term: SEX differences (Biology); Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5274781&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Freedman, Joel T1 - An Adoptee in Search of identity. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1977/05// VL - 22 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 227 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article presents a manuscript describing a case of an adoptee who was searching for his biological parents. Not long ago, a 26-year-old Vietnam veteran dropped by the office to see the author, requesting help with a situation that required counseling, collateral agency contact, and legal involvement. The author decided to conduct his own investigation, but in discussing the matter with local attorneys, caseworkers, and judges there seemed to be almost unanimous agreement that the client should learn to live with his situation, rather than try to resolve it. The author's client My client, John C. Richardson of Phelps, New York, is an adoptee. He was searching for his biological parents. It was his desire to know his origins, not out of rejection of his adoptive parents, but as a way of establishing his own identity. After having several talks, Mr. Richardson and the author attended a conference on adoption held at the Rochester institute of Technology. The author further shares his experiences on the topic. KW - COMPARISON (Psychology) KW - RESEMBLANCE (Philosophy) KW - BIRTHPARENTS KW - ATTORNEY & client KW - COURTS -- Officials & employees KW - VIETNAM N1 - Accession Number: 5270350; Freedman, Joel 1; Affiliation: 1: Social worker, Veterans Administration Hospital, Canandaigua, New York.; Source Info: May77, Vol. 22 Issue 3, p227; Subject Term: COMPARISON (Psychology); Subject Term: RESEMBLANCE (Philosophy); Subject Term: BIRTHPARENTS; Subject Term: ATTORNEY & client; Subject Term: COURTS -- Officials & employees; Subject Term: VIETNAM; NAICS/Industry Codes: 922130 Legal Counsel and Prosecution; NAICS/Industry Codes: 922110 Courts; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5270350&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Keve, Paul W. AU - Brill, Naomi AU - Walsh, Richard J. AU - Hall Jr., Robert A. AU - Lebedun, Morty AU - Weinberg, Michael H. AU - Schreiber, Meyer AU - Hoover, Michael J. AU - Bachman, Richard S. T1 - letters. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1975/09// VL - 20 IS - 5 M3 - Letter SP - 421 EP - 423 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - Presents several letters to the editor relating to articles published in previous issues of the journal "Social Work." Comments on the article "Not with My Daughter, You Don't!" by Dale G. Hardman; Response to the article on Mental Health System by Jeffrey R. Solomon; Discusses the article "A Political View of the United Way" by Stanley Wenocur. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - MENTAL health KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - PERIODICALS KW - SOCIAL services KW - WENOCUR, Stanley N1 - Accession Number: 5267100; Keve, Paul W. 1 Brill, Naomi Walsh, Richard J. 2 Hall Jr., Robert A. 3 Lebedun, Morty 4 Weinberg, Michael H. 5 Schreiber, Meyer 6 Hoover, Michael J. 7 Bachman, Richard S. 8; Affiliation: 1: Department of Corrections, Smyrna, Delaware. 2: St. Joseph Catholic Orphan Home Louisville, Kentucky. 3: Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. 4: Tri-County Community Mental Health Center, North Kansas City, Missouri. 5: Veterans Administration Center, Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, California. 6: Kean College, Union, New Jersey. 7: Medical Social Services, Washoe Medical Center, Reno, Nevada. 8: Community Services of Pennsylvania, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania.; Source Info: Sep75, Vol. 20 Issue 5, p421; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: PERIODICALS; Subject Term: SOCIAL services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 414420 Book, periodical and newspaper merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 323119 Other printing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424920 Book, Periodical, and Newspaper Merchant Wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 451310 Book stores and news dealers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 451212 News Dealers and Newsstands; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; People: WENOCUR, Stanley; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5267100&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Nickols, John T1 - SCHIZOPHRENIC DEFICIT AS A FUNCTION OF THE TEST MATERIALS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1966/01// VL - 22 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 77 EP - 79 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on the schizophrenic deficit as a function of the test materials. Impairment at the impression phase of learning was defined as Wechsler less Benton, plus Wechsler less Stencils, performances. Significant impairment was observed for a group of 32 chronic schizophrenics, but not for a group of 39 child and adult outpatients. Although such impairment might vary greatly from subject to subject according to the nature of the materials employed in different tests, a deficit in observing clear and coherent impressions of visual stimuli seemed indicated for the majority of the schizophrenics studied. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - MENTALLY ill KW - LEARNING KW - DISABILITIES KW - CHILDREN KW - PERFORMANCE N1 - Accession Number: 15844366; Nickols, John 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Lexington, Ky.; Source Info: Jan1966, Vol. 22 Issue 1, p77; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: LEARNING; Subject Term: DISABILITIES; Subject Term: CHILDREN; Subject Term: PERFORMANCE; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844366&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Prado, William M. AU - Schnadt, Frederick T1 - DIFFERENCES IN WAIS--WB FUNCTIONING OF THREE PSYCHIATRIC GROUPS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1965/04// VL - 21 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 184 EP - 186 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article cites that conflicting results have been reported regarding the relative difficulty of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) and the Wechslere-Bellevue (WB). Some studies report the WAIS scores to be significantly higher for Information, Comprehension, Arithmetic, and Digit Span; and the WB scores to be significantly higher for Digit Symbol, Picture Completion, Block Design, Performance IQ, and Full Scale IQ. However, other studies report no significant differences for Information, Comprehension, Similarities, Vocabulary, and Verbal scores; nor when analyzing factor structures among the tests. KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - COMPREHENSION KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - VOCABULARY KW - ANXIETY N1 - Accession Number: 15844295; Prado, William M. 1 Schnadt, Frederick 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, North Little Rock.; Source Info: Apr1965, Vol. 21 Issue 2, p184; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: COMPREHENSION; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: VOCABULARY; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844295&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bookbinder, Lawrence J. AU - Gusman, Lawrence J. T1 - SOCIAL ATTAINMENT, PREMORBID ADJUSTMENT, AND PARTICIPATION IN INPATIENT PSYCHIATRIC TREATMENT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1964/10// VL - 20 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 513 EP - 515 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on a study that determines the relationships between two similar scales. The subjects were 63 white, male patients on a three-ward, 80-bed, acute, intensive psychiatric treatment service in the 470-bed Veterans Administration general medical and surgical hospital at Ann Arbor, Michigan. This study sought to determine whether (a) the scores of psychiatric inpatients on the Phillips Social Attainment Scale would be significantly related to a measure of premorbid adjustment and (b) each of these scales would be significantly related to the patients' degree of participation in their treatment program. Analyses of the subscales of both scales revealed that attainment in either occupation, education or social relations predicted participation in treatment, whereas sex-marriage attainment did not predict participation. KW - HOSPITAL wards KW - INPATIENT care KW - HOSPITAL care KW - MENTAL health services KW - VETERANS KW - MICHIGAN N1 - Accession Number: 15844216; Bookbinder, Lawrence J. 1 Gusman, Lawrence J. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Ann Arbor, Michigan 2: University of Michigan; Source Info: Oct1964, Vol. 20 Issue 4, p513; Subject Term: HOSPITAL wards; Subject Term: INPATIENT care; Subject Term: HOSPITAL care; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; Subject Term: VETERANS; Subject Term: MICHIGAN; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844216&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dworin, Jack AU - Green, James A. AU - Young, Harl H. T1 - A FOLLOW-UP STUDY OF RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN DISTANCE FROM THE CLINIC, DEGREE OF DISABILITY, AND REQUESTS FOR PSYCHIATRIC TREATMENT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1964/07// VL - 20 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 393 EP - 395 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on the relationship between distance from the clinic, degree of disability and requests for psychiatric treatment. Data from 2,130 psychiatrically diagnosed veterans were examined in order to obtain an accurate estimate of the relationships between distance from the clinic, and degree of disability, with the criterion of requesting treatment or not. Distance was correlated with coming .46; the corresponding value for degree of disability was .33. When these two values were combined into a multiple correlation to predict the criterion the resulting value was .52. KW - PEOPLE with disabilities KW - VETERANS -- Mental health KW - VALUES (Ethics) KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - CLINICS KW - THERAPEUTICS N1 - Accession Number: 15847243; Dworin, Jack 1 Green, James A. 1 Young, Harl H. 1; Affiliation: 1: Mental Hygiene Clinic, Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver, Colorado.; Source Info: Jul1964, Vol. 20 Issue 3, p393; Subject Term: PEOPLE with disabilities; Subject Term: VETERANS -- Mental health; Subject Term: VALUES (Ethics); Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: CLINICS; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621494 Community health centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621499 All other out-patient care centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621110 Offices of physicians; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847243&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Desroches, Harry F. AU - Larsen, Ernest R. T1 - THE RORSCHACH TEST AS AN INDEX OF WILLINGNESS AND/OR ABILITY TO COMMUNICATE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1964/07// VL - 20 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 384 EP - 386 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article explores the Rorschach test as an index of the willingness of clinical to communicate information about themselves. Three institutional groups were selected, which were judged to differ in their willingness to communicate about personal problems. It was predicted that medical-surgical subjects (Ss) would communicate more than psychiatric Ss, who would in turn communicate more than domiciliary Ss. Experimental evidence suggests that both the number of Rorschach responses and kinds of determinants are related to the willingness of Ss to reveal themselves. Furthermore, Rorschach productivity has been found to be inversely associated with guardedness in behavior, uncooperativeness, apathy, and the degree of overall symptomatology in psychiatric Ss. KW - RORSCHACH Test KW - BEHAVIOR KW - SYMPTOMS KW - PROJECTIVE techniques KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - APATHY N1 - Accession Number: 15847238; Desroches, Harry F. 1 Larsen, Ernest R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Mountain Home, Tennessee.; Source Info: Jul1964, Vol. 20 Issue 3, p384; Subject Term: RORSCHACH Test; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: PROJECTIVE techniques; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: APATHY; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847238&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Desroches, Harry F. AU - Kaiman, Bernard D. T1 - THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN DREAM RECALL AND SYMPTOMS OF EMOTIONAL INSTABILITY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1964/07// VL - 20 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 350 EP - 352 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents information on the relationship between dream recall and symptoms of emotional instability. The results of studies relating the frequency of recall of dreams with various measures of anxiety have been ambiguous. Recall of dreams has been found to be negatively associated with test measures of ego strength positively associated with test measures of anxiety but not associated with test measures of maladjustment. Test measures of anxiety are not necessarily correlated with maladjustment, especially in college students. KW - RECALL (Information retrieval) KW - DREAMS KW - SLEEP disorders KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - SUBCONSCIOUSNESS KW - COLLEGE students N1 - Accession Number: 15847225; Desroches, Harry F. 1 Kaiman, Bernard D. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Mountain Home, Tennessee.; Source Info: Jul1964, Vol. 20 Issue 3, p350; Subject Term: RECALL (Information retrieval); Subject Term: DREAMS; Subject Term: SLEEP disorders; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: SUBCONSCIOUSNESS; Subject Term: COLLEGE students; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847225&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Desroches, Harry F. AU - Larsen, Ernest R. AU - Carman, Philip M. T1 - ALTERNATION LEARNING AND DAILY ACTIVITIES IN A VA DOMICILIARY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1964/04// VL - 20 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 304 EP - 306 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This study assesses the relationship between the Hunter-Pascal Concept Formation test (alternation learning) and the daily activities of domiciliary members. The relationship between alternation learning and daily activities was explored in a Virginia domiciliary. It was found that low (good) scorers on alternation learning were consistently more active than moderate and high (poor) scorers on alternation learning. Although it was concluded that alternation learning measured some significant aspect of human functioning, it was felt that the test has limitations as a diagnostic instrument. KW - CONCEPTS KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - ABILITY testing KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - LEARNING KW - VIRGINIA N1 - Accession Number: 15847185; Desroches, Harry F. 1 Larsen, Ernest R. 1 Carman, Philip M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Mountain Home, Tennessee.; Source Info: Apr1964, Vol. 20 Issue 2, p304; Subject Term: CONCEPTS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: ABILITY testing; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: LEARNING; Subject Term: VIRGINIA; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847185&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Edwards, Allen L. AU - Gocka, Edward F. AU - Holloway, Hildegund T1 - THE DEVELOPMENT OF AN MMPI ACQUIESCENCE SCALE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1964/01// VL - 20 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 148 EP - 150 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on the development of an Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) acquiescence scale. Several attempts have been made to develop scales consisting of MMPI items which, when answered True, would measure acquiescence. The basis of item selection was that the items be of relatively high controversiality. An item of high controversiality was defined as one for which the probability of a True response was approximately equal to the probability of a False response. Psychologists have also developed an MMPI acquiescence scale, called the American Lake Acquiescence scale. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - ACQUIESCENCE (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - PROBABILITY theory KW - PERSONALITY assessment N1 - Accession Number: 15847113; Edwards, Allen L. 1 Gocka, Edward F. 2 Holloway, Hildegund 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Washington. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, American Lake, Washington.; Source Info: Jan1964, Vol. 20 Issue 1, p148; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: ACQUIESCENCE (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: PROBABILITY theory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY assessment; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847113&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Giovannoni, Jeanne M. AU - Ullmann, Leonard P. T1 - CONCEPTIONS OF MENTAL HEALTH HELD BY PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1963/10// VL - 19 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 398 EP - 400 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents information on a study to investigate the attitude of male psychiatric patients regarding mental illness. The six concepts used in this study were "Average Man," "Neurotic Man," "Insane Man," "Psychiatrist," "Father," and "Me." The study found that the hospitalized mental patients attitude towards the mentally ill were negative. They were found to be no better informed than the rest. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - MENTALLY ill KW - MENTAL health KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - MENTAL health services N1 - Accession Number: 16763488; Giovannoni, Jeanne M. 1 Ullmann, Leonard P. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California.; Source Info: Oct1963, Vol. 19 Issue 4, p398; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16763488&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Heckel, R. V. AU - Wiggins, S. L. AU - Salzberg, H. C. T1 - JOINING, ENCOURAGING, AND INTERVENTION AS MEANS OF EXTINGUISHING A DELUSIONAL SYSTEM. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1963/07// VL - 19 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 344 EP - 346 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This study attempted to determine whether it is possible to decrease delusional content in a patient by joining his delusional system, then further reduce delusions through encouraging non-delusional material and by intervening in delusional material with the suggestion that something more relevant be discussed. Two severely delusional patients were selected as Ss for this study. Each had been in the hospital for seven years. Both were of above average intelligence and their delusional systems were highly elaborated. An attempt was made to test the value of joining, encouraging and intervention as means of reducing delusional content. KW - COGNITION disorders KW - DELUSIONS KW - HALLUCINATIONS & illusions KW - PATIENTS KW - INTELLECT KW - ABILITY KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15846989; Heckel, R. V. 1 Wiggins, S. L. 1 Salzberg, H. C. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Augusta, Ga.; Source Info: Jul1963, Vol. 19 Issue 3, p344; Subject Term: COGNITION disorders; Subject Term: DELUSIONS; Subject Term: HALLUCINATIONS & illusions; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: INTELLECT; Subject Term: ABILITY; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846989&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mogel, Steve AU - Satz, Paul T1 - ABBREVIATION OF THE WAIS FOR CLINICAL USE: AN ATTEMPT AT VALIDATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1963/07// VL - 19 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 298 EP - 300 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article informs that in a recent study, psychologist P. Satz and S. Mogel constructed an abbreviated form of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) in which all scales and subtests were represented. The attempt was to obviate a shortcoming in previous abbreviated forms which used only those combinations of subtests (usually four) that provided maximal correlations with Full Scale IQ. In the present abbreviated form, wherein less than 50% of the standard WAIS items are used, factors such as fatigue, set, time, and change in the continuity of item difficulty could have obvious effects on performance. This study represents a further attempt to validate an abbreviated form of the WAIS previously designed by the present authors for clinical use. KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - FATIGUE KW - REST KW - CHILDREN -- Intelligence testing KW - INTELLIGENCE tests N1 - Accession Number: 15846971; Mogel, Steve 1 Satz, Paul 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Lexington, Kentucky.; Source Info: Jul1963, Vol. 19 Issue 3, p298; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: FATIGUE; Subject Term: REST; Subject Term: CHILDREN -- Intelligence testing; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846971&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gocka, Edward F. AU - Burk, Harold W. T1 - MMPI TEST TAKING TIME AND SOCIAL DESIRABILITY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1963/01// VL - 19 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 111 EP - 113 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) test taking time and social desirability. MMPI intake records and corresponding MMPI discharge records for 191 neuropsychiatric male patients passing through a Veterans Administration hospital were analyzed for change effects. Differences between MMPI test behavior at intake and discharge were investigated for a neuropsychiatric population. Patients tend to answer items in a more socially desirable direction at discharge and to complete testing in a shorter time. Testing times and social desirability scores do not correlate. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - SOCIAL desirability KW - SOCIAL psychology KW - MOTIVATION (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - HOSPITALS N1 - Accession Number: 15844069; Gocka, Edward F. 1 Burk, Harold W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, American Lake, Washington.; Source Info: Jan1963, Vol. 19 Issue 1, p111; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: SOCIAL desirability; Subject Term: SOCIAL psychology; Subject Term: MOTIVATION (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: HOSPITALS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622110 General Medical and Surgical Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622111 General (except paediatric) hospitals; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844069&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Acker, Charles W. AU - Nakamura, Charles Y. T1 - PERFORMANCE OF CHRONIC SCHIZOPHRENICS ON INVENTORY MEASURES OF OVER-CONTROLLED AND UNDER-CONTROLLED BEHAVIOR. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/10// VL - 18 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 488 EP - 490 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article cites a study on chronic schizophernics. Fifty-nine male schizophrenics were administered the Taylor Manifest Anxiety Scale, the K scale from the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory and four ego control scales devised by Block. A comparison of the intercorrelations of the resulting scores with those of four none hospitalized groups provided substantial support for the stability of most of the scales across various populations. However, it was found that the scales of Neurotic Over-Control and Under-Control are more highly correlated with each other in the schizophrenic group than in the non-hospitalized groups, and accordingly may not be considered in this group as independent contributors to the variance in the Taylor Manifest Anxiety Scale, with which they each are highly correlated. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - ANXIETY KW - MENTALLY ill KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - BEHAVIOR KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15846877; Acker, Charles W. 1 Nakamura, Charles Y. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Neuropsychiatric Hospital Los Angeles 2: University of California, Los Angeles; Source Info: Oct1962, Vol. 18 Issue 4, p488; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846877&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rapaport, Gerald M. AU - Marshall, Robert T. T1 - THE PREDICTION OF REHABILITATIVE POTENTIAL OF STOCKADE PRISONERS USING CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/10// VL - 18 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 444 EP - 446 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article describes an Army Stockade Psychological Testing Program designed to test the validity of predictions of rehabilitative potential derived from clinical psychological tests. The program was undertaken as part of the Fort Dix Mental Hygiene Consultation Service's activities at the Post stockade. An attempt was made to study the validity of predictions about rehabilitative potential which were derived from clinical psychological tests. The eventual aim of this testing program was to provide clinical data which would help the psychiatric staff in their recommendations to stockade personnel regarding disposition of prisoners. KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - MENTAL health KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PRISONERS KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Methodology KW - ABILITY testing N1 - Accession Number: 15846862; Rapaport, Gerald M. Marshall, Robert T. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Montrose, N. Y.; Source Info: Oct1962, Vol. 18 Issue 4, p444; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PRISONERS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Methodology; Subject Term: ABILITY testing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846862&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Desroches, Harry F. AU - Larsen, Ernest R. AU - Carman, Philip M. T1 - ALTERNATION LEARNING AND DOMICILIARY STATUS: PARAMETERS INFLUENCING PERFORMANCE ON THE HUNTER-PASCAL CONCEPT FORMATION TEST. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/07// VL - 18 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 338 EP - 340 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study that explores the influences of status, age, intelligence, and education on alternation learning in a domiciliary population. The main findings were all subjects made relatively poor scores on alternation learning, higher status groups performed better on alternation learning than lower status groups, there was no relationship between alternation learning and age, and there was a small but significant positive correlation between alternation learning and intelligence, and between alternation learning and education. The results were interpreted as supporting the hypothesis that alternation learning measures some significant aspect of the adequacy of human functioning. KW - AGE & intelligence KW - LEARNING KW - HYPOTHESIS KW - REASONING (Logic) KW - DOMICILE KW - EDUCATION N1 - Accession Number: 15846817; Desroches, Harry F. 1 Larsen, Ernest R. 1 Carman, Philip M. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center Mountain Home, Tennessee. 2: Area Chief Psychologist, Veterans Administration Area Office, Columbus, Ohio.; Source Info: Jul1962, Vol. 18 Issue 3, p338; Subject Term: AGE & intelligence; Subject Term: LEARNING; Subject Term: HYPOTHESIS; Subject Term: REASONING (Logic); Subject Term: DOMICILE; Subject Term: EDUCATION; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923110 Administration of Education Programs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611699 All Other Miscellaneous Schools and Instruction; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611710 Educational Support Services; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846817&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Brady, John Paul AU - Thornton, Douglas R. AU - Pappas, Nicholas AU - Tausig, Theodore N. T1 - EDWARDS PERSONAL PREFERENCE SCHEDULE CORRELATES OF OPERANT BEHAVIOR. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/04// VL - 18 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 224 EP - 226 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on Edwards Personal Preference schedule which correlates of operant behavior. The subjects were 11 male in-patients in a Veterans Administration hospital with the diagnosis of acute schizophrenic reaction. The experimental procedure has been described in detail previously but a summary follows. Psychiatric patients are tested for hour-long sessions in small cubicles. Equipment which automatically programs the various experimental contingencies and records the patients' responses is housed in an adjoining room. Subjects are reinforced for button-pressing responses on one of four schedules of reinforcement which occur in sequence. KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - PATIENTS KW - CONDITIONED response KW - OPERANT behavior KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15843980; Brady, John Paul 1 Thornton, Douglas R. 1 Pappas, Nicholas 1 Tausig, Theodore N. 1; Affiliation: 1: Indiana University Medical Center and Veterans Administration Hospital, Indianapolis, Indiana.; Source Info: Apr1962, Vol. 18 Issue 2, p224; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: CONDITIONED response; Subject Term: OPERANT behavior; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15843980&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Salzberg, H. C. AU - Clarke, J. R. AU - Drennen, W. T. AU - Hamilton, J. W. AU - Heckel, R. V. AU - Long, T. E. AU - Marr, M. J. T1 - THE EFFECTS OF MULTIPLE THERAPISTS IN RELINQUISHING A DELUSIONAL SYSTEM. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/04// VL - 18 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 218 EP - 220 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses the effects of multiple therapists in relinquishing a delusional system. A severely delusional patient was selected for this study. He had been in the hospital seven years and had previously been a physician, a specialist in internal medicine. He was of high intelligence and his delusional system was highly elaborated. In prior interviews, whenever personal problems were approached, he became almost one hundred percent delusional. Five psychologists were therapists in the study while a sixth experimenter administered the pre- and post tests of the patient. KW - PATIENTS KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient KW - PHYSICIANS KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - INTERVIEWS N1 - Accession Number: 15843978; Salzberg, H. C. 1 Clarke, J. R. 1 Drennen, W. T. 1 Hamilton, J. W. 1 Heckel, R. V. 1 Long, T. E. 1 Marr, M. J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Augusta, Georgia; Source Info: Apr1962, Vol. 18 Issue 2, p218; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient; Subject Term: PHYSICIANS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: INTERVIEWS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621110 Offices of physicians; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621111 Offices of Physicians (except Mental Health Specialists); Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15843978&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jickols Jr., John E. T1 - INTELLIGENCE, INSIGHT, AND THE ARROW-DOT TEST. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/04// VL - 18 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 164 EP - 166 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses intelligence, insight and the Arrow-Dot test. The Arrow-Dot test is one among four Id, Ego and Super Ego techniques recommended for evaluating personality according to psychoanalytic theory. The test consists of 23 simple diagrams. S is asked to follow simple rules and to draw the shortest line between the arrow head and the dot, which are separated by various kinds of lines in each diagram. He is left to his own devices to achieve insight into the permeable structure of fourteen diagrams: relatively thin dashed-lines separate the arrow and the dot in nine items, and very thick gapped-bars serve as similar barriers in five items. KW - PSYCHOANALYSIS KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - GRAPHIC methods KW - PERSONALITY KW - INSIGHT KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15843963; Jickols Jr., John E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Lexington, Ky.; Source Info: Apr1962, Vol. 18 Issue 2, p164; Subject Term: PSYCHOANALYSIS; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: GRAPHIC methods; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: INSIGHT; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15843963&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Satz, Paul AU - Mogel, Steve T1 - AN ABBREVIATION OF THE WAIS FOR CLINICAL USE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/01// VL - 18 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 77 EP - 79 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports that the investigation of abbreviated forms for the Wechsler scales is extensive in the literature. The emphasis generally has been to effect a considerable saving of time by using only those combinations of subtests which provide maximal correlations with Full Scale IQ. Such procedures, however, are naturally limited, except for research application, by virtue of their emphasis on single IQ indices. The result has been a sacrifice of those very functions which are so helpful in interpreting the breadth of intellectual performance from the WAIS. The usefulness of such an instrument seems apparent. Instead of dealing with selected subtests, all mental functions sampled in the WAIS are represented and without increasing the number of items above those used in other short forms. KW - WECHSLER Intelligence Scale for Children KW - INTELLIGENCE levels KW - PHILOLOGY KW - CONDUCT of life KW - INTELLECT KW - INTELLECTUALS N1 - Accession Number: 15828169; Satz, Paul 1 Mogel, Steve 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Lexington, Kentucky.; Source Info: Jan1962, Vol. 18 Issue 1, p77; Subject Term: WECHSLER Intelligence Scale for Children; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE levels; Subject Term: PHILOLOGY; Subject Term: CONDUCT of life; Subject Term: INTELLECT; Subject Term: INTELLECTUALS; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828169&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Shear, Howard J. AU - Marks, Edward S. T1 - MEASURING SELF-CONFINING BEHAVIOR PATTERNS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/01// VL - 18 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 26 EP - 28 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports that psychology staff has become increasingly sensitive to a "passive," self-confining quality in the behavior of all our patients regardless of their diagnosis. Several studies have presented some clinical description of passive behavior patterns. Clinically, it appeared to that the more "serious" the diagnosis, the more of this "passive" quality exists. This behavior appears passive and self-confining in the sense that there is a sort of compulsion to react in ways which apparently maintain equilibrium, concept of self, and "control" of reality, although such behavior may actually be uncomfortable, self-limiting, self-defeating, and destructive. Psychiatric patients experience that they "must" passively react. KW - BEHAVIOR KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PASSIVITY (Psychology) KW - HUMAN biology KW - SOCIAL sciences N1 - Accession Number: 15828153; Shear, Howard J. 1 Marks, Edward S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Wilmington, Del.; Source Info: Jan1962, Vol. 18 Issue 1, p26; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: PASSIVITY (Psychology); Subject Term: HUMAN biology; Subject Term: SOCIAL sciences; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541720 Research and Development in the Social Sciences and Humanities; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828153&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - ADAMS, HENRY B. AU - COOPER, G. DAVID T1 - RORSCHACH RESPONSE PRODUCTIVITY AND OVERT PSYCHIATRIC SYMPTOMATOLOGY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1961/10// VL - 17 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 355 EP - 357 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 N1 - Accession Number: 96184981; ADAMS, HENRY B. 1 COOPER, G. DAVID 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Richmond, Virginia; Source Info: Oct1961, Vol. 17 Issue 4, p355; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=96184981&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Diener, Robert G. AU - Young, Harl H. T1 - FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO REQUESTS FOR MENTAL HYGIENE CLINIC TREATMENT BY VETERANS WITH PSYCHIATRIC DISORDERS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1961/10// VL - 17 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 397 EP - 399 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article attempts to determine how veterans who apply for outpatient treatment differ from veterans who do not, as indicated by certain variables which showed promise of predicting requests for clinic treatment. The variables studied were role in the family, rated percent of psychiatric disability, degree of urbanization, and decreased disability benefits. These results strongly indicate that rated percent of disability is the critical factor of those studied in identifying clinic corners, whereas the other variables appear to gain in importance mainly by virtue of their interaction with the disability dimension. KW - MENTAL illness -- Treatment KW - VETERANS' benefits KW - MENTAL health KW - MENTAL health services KW - MEDICAL care KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY N1 - Accession Number: 15843937; Diener, Robert G. 1 Young, Harl H. 1; Affiliation: 1: Mental Hygiene Clinic, Veterans Administration Hospital Denver, Colorado; Source Info: Oct1961, Vol. 17 Issue 4, p397; Subject Term: MENTAL illness -- Treatment; Subject Term: VETERANS' benefits; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15843937&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dollin, Adelaide AU - Frank, Irving H. T1 - A RATING SCALE FOR PSYCHOLOGICAL HEALTH. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1961/10// VL - 17 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 358 EP - 360 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article attempts to determine whether or not a group of individuals could reliably rate each other on a complex variable, psychological health. Nineteen college girls were asked to rate themselves and each other on a five-point scale of psychological health. The subjects had known each other at least four months. It was found that college students could reliably rate each other on a complex variable, psychological health, using a rating scale developed by the authors. It was concluded that, with the use of this scale, individuals could with reasonable confidence be separated into groups of the more and less healthy. KW - PSYCHIATRIC rating scales KW - PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS KW - MENTAL health KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - COLLEGE students KW - UNIVERSITIES & colleges N1 - Accession Number: 15843927; Dollin, Adelaide 1 Frank, Irving H. 2; Affiliation: 1: Institute of living, Hartford, Connecticut. 2: Veterans Administration Regional Office, Hartford, Connecticut.; Source Info: Oct1961, Vol. 17 Issue 4, p358; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC rating scales; Subject Term: PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: COLLEGE students; Subject Term: UNIVERSITIES & colleges; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 611310 Colleges, Universities, and Professional Schools; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15843927&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Snyder, Rebecca T1 - PROBLEMS OF PSYCHOLOGICAL DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS ASSOCIATED WITH HYPOTHYROIDISM: A CASE STUDY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1961/07// VL - 17 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 232 EP - 234 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study that investigated differences between the various tests over a wide range. The following sources of variation are considered: test difficulty in terms of overall differentiation between tests; nature of test in terms of a Performance Verbal test dimension; intelligence level in terms of five grades maximally varying as to IQ; and, finally, kind of intelligence level in terms of three level criteria varying along a Performance/Verbal dimension. KW - EDUCATIONAL psychology KW - INTELLIGENCE levels KW - SPECIFICATIONS KW - NATURE KW - CHILD psychology KW - ABILITY grouping (Education) N1 - Accession Number: 15843816; Snyder, Rebecca 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital East Orange, New Jersey; Source Info: Jul1961, Vol. 17 Issue 3, p232; Subject Term: EDUCATIONAL psychology; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE levels; Subject Term: SPECIFICATIONS; Subject Term: NATURE; Subject Term: CHILD psychology; Subject Term: ABILITY grouping (Education); NAICS/Industry Codes: 611710 Educational Support Services; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15843816&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - KINGSLEY, LEONARD T1 - A COMPARISON OF THE SENTENCE COMPLETION RESPONSES OF PSYCHOPATHS AND PRISONERS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1961/04// VL - 17 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 183 EP - 185 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 N1 - Accession Number: 96185045; KINGSLEY, LEONARD 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, N. Y.; Source Info: Apr1961, Vol. 17 Issue 2, p183; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=96185045&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - JENSEN, MILTON B. AU - GARRET H. YANAGI, GARRET H. YANAGI T1 - DIRECTIVE TREATMENT OF LONG-TERM CLOSED WARD SCHIZOPHRENICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1961/04// VL - 17 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 139 EP - 141 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 N1 - Accession Number: 96185036; JENSEN, MILTON B. 1 GARRET H. YANAGI, GARRET H. YANAGI 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Hot Springs, South Dakota 2: University of Tennessee; Source Info: Apr1961, Vol. 17 Issue 2, p139; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=96185036&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wohl, Julian AU - Williams, Milton T1 - EXPRESSED VALUES IN TWO CLINICAL POPULATIONS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1961/01// VL - 17 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 92 EP - 94 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article informs that the clinical psychologist in a Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene C link setting works with clients who differ in many ways from those the management consulting firm counsels. Veterans Administration group members are manifestly emotionally disturbed. Their symptoms vary from the outright psychotic variety to mildly neurotic phenomena. Many of these are World War II veterans who have been making only a marginal social and economic adjustment for much of the postwar period. A large portion of them live at, or close to, a bare subsistence level. The data were obtained in the course of individual testing and interviewing in each of the two work settings. The total group of 40 subjects is composed of 20 each from business firms and the Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Clinic. KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - MENTAL health KW - SANITATION KW - MENTAL health personnel KW - CONSULTING firms KW - SERVICE industries N1 - Accession Number: 15828143; Wohl, Julian 1 Williams, Milton; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Clinic, Detroit; Source Info: Jan1961, Vol. 17 Issue 1, p92; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: SANITATION; Subject Term: MENTAL health personnel; Subject Term: CONSULTING firms; Subject Term: SERVICE industries; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541611 Administrative Management and General Management Consulting Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541618 Other Management Consulting Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541613 Marketing Consulting Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 423850 Service Establishment Equipment and Supplies Merchant Wholesalers; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828143&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lachmann, F. M. AU - Bailey, M. A. AU - Berrick, M. E. T1 - THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MANIFEST ANXIETY AND CLINICIANS' EVALUATIONS OF PROJECTIVE TEST RESPONSES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1961/01// VL - 17 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 11 EP - 13 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article informs that attempts to relate overt manifestations of anxiety to inferences about the presence of anxiety based on projective test responses have received an impetus through the development of the Taylor Manifest Anxiety Scale (MAS). Though the scale was not constructed to investigate anxiety but to study the role of drive in learning situations, efforts have been made to relate MAS scores with signs of anxiety on a variety of projective and objective tests. The present study investigated the relationship between self reports of manifest anxiety and clinicians judgments of manifest anxiety based on Bender-Gestalt and Draw-a-Person test. KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - ANXIETY KW - WORRY KW - LEARNING KW - STRUGGLE KW - ACHIEVEMENT tests N1 - Accession Number: 15828116; Lachmann, F. M. 1 Bailey, M. A. 1 Berrick, M. E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, New York Regional Office; Source Info: Jan1961, Vol. 17 Issue 1, p11; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: WORRY; Subject Term: LEARNING; Subject Term: STRUGGLE; Subject Term: ACHIEVEMENT tests; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828116&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mitcbell, Lonnie E. AU - Zax, Melvin T1 - PSYCHOLOGICAL RESPONSE TO CHLORPROMAZINE IN A GROUP OF PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1960/10// VL - 16 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 440 EP - 442 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses psychological response to chlorpromazine in a group of psychiatric patients. Clinical observations suggest that the dramatic behavioral changes often brought about by ataractic drugs are the result of modifications of the affective state of the patient rather than personality reorganization. The purpose of this study is to assemble a battery of psychological tests with which to measure both some relatively superficial affective states as well as more enduring features of personality and to administer it to a group of hospital patients before and after a course of chlorpromazine treatment. KW - CHLORPROMAZINE KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - TRANQUILIZING drugs KW - TESTING KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PERSONALITY KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15847282; Mitcbell, Lonnie E. 1 Zax, Melvin 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene clinic, Washington, D.C. 2: University of Rochester.; Source Info: Oct1960, Vol. 16 Issue 4, p440; Subject Term: CHLORPROMAZINE; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: TRANQUILIZING drugs; Subject Term: TESTING; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847282&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Starer, Emanuel T1 - THE EFFECTS OF TWO SIMULTANEOUS COGNITIVE AND AFFECTIVE STIMULI ON A GROUP OF CHRONIC SCHIZOPHRENIC PATIENTS WITH SUICIDAL IDEATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1960/07// VL - 16 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 341 EP - 343 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on the effects of two simultaneous cognitive and affective stimuli on a group of chronic schizophrenic patients with suicidal ideation. This investigation is an exploratory attempt to study the effects of affective stimulation on psychomotor performance employing a group of chronic schizophrenic patients with suicidal ideation or overt suicidal activity. A control group consisted of 24 chronic schizophrenic patients, mean age of 36.8 years with a sigma of 6.8 years. No previous history of suicidal ideation or tendency appeared in this group. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - COGNITION KW - SUICIDAL behavior KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - INFORMATION processing KW - PATIENTS N1 - Accession Number: 15843697; Starer, Emanuel 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Northport, New York; Source Info: Jul1960, Vol. 16 Issue 3, p341; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: COGNITION; Subject Term: SUICIDAL behavior; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: INFORMATION processing; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15843697&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pishkin, Vladimir T1 - PSYCHOSEXUAL DEVELOPMENT IN TERMS OF OBJECT AND ROLE PREFERENCES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1960/07// VL - 16 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 238 EP - 240 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on psychosexual development in terms of object and role preferences. An important problem in psychosexual development is the distinction between sexual object and sexual role preferences arising constantly in interpretation of protective findings, as well as in understanding of sexual factors in personality development and psychotherapy. It is accepted that the nature of psychosexual development is influenced by parent-child interactions. There is evidence that culture provides a relatively greater number of reinforcing situations for masculine behavior. KW - PSYCHOSEXUAL development KW - CHILD development KW - GUARDIAN & ward KW - PERSONALITY development KW - CHILD psychology KW - CLINICAL sociology N1 - Accession Number: 15843665; Pishkin, Vladimir 1; Affiliation: 1: Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital Tomah, Wisconsin; Source Info: Jul1960, Vol. 16 Issue 3, p238; Subject Term: PSYCHOSEXUAL development; Subject Term: CHILD development; Subject Term: GUARDIAN & ward; Subject Term: PERSONALITY development; Subject Term: CHILD psychology; Subject Term: CLINICAL sociology; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15843665&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Eeilizer, Fred T1 - SOME CAUTIONS CONCERNING THE USE OF CHANGE SCORES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1959/10// VL - 15 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 447 EP - 449 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses some cautions concerning the use of change scores. The use of initial scores as a control variable or selection device is a proper and useful statistical technique. The use of change scores to indicate improvement or deterioration of performance is also a proper and useful statistical technique. The simultaneous use of these techniques, however, is neither proper nor useful. Therefore, utilizing variables with equated means and variances most properly indicates the uses and limitations of a particular correlation. KW - TALLIES KW - STATISTICS KW - VARIABLES (Mathematics) KW - CORRELATION (Statistics) KW - VARIANCES KW - SOCIOLOGY -- Statistical methods N1 - Accession Number: 15847212; Eeilizer, Fred 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Northampton, Mass.; Source Info: Oct1959, Vol. 15 Issue 4, p447; Subject Term: TALLIES; Subject Term: STATISTICS; Subject Term: VARIABLES (Mathematics); Subject Term: CORRELATION (Statistics); Subject Term: VARIANCES; Subject Term: SOCIOLOGY -- Statistical methods; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847212&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Norman Tallent AU - Wllllkm I Reiss T1 - MULTIDISCIPLINARY VIEWS ON THE PREPARATION OF WRITTEN CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGICAL REPORTS: III. THE TROUBLE WITH PSYCHOLOGICAL REPORTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1959/10// VL - 15 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 444 EP - 446 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents multidisciplinary views on the preparation of written clinical psychological reports. Many clinical psychologists and their colleagues on the psychiatric team appear to share a feeling that the psychologist's written clinical evaluation is often not as effective a contribution to patient care as it might be. To the end of determining what improvements should perhaps be made, an extensive survey of opinion about the negative features of current psychological reports was conducted. KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - SURVEYS KW - MENTAL health personnel KW - MEDICAL care KW - BEHAVIORAL scientists N1 - Accession Number: 15847211; Norman Tallent 1 Wllllkm I Reiss 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center, The George Washington University. 2: Veterans Administration Center.; Source Info: Oct1959, Vol. 15 Issue 4, p444; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: SURVEYS; Subject Term: MENTAL health personnel; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL scientists; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847211&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bailey, M. A. AU - Wabshaw, L. AU - Eichler, R. M. T1 - A STUDY OF FACTORS RELATED TO LENGTH OF STAY IN PSYCHOTHERAPY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1959/10// VL - 15 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 442 EP - 444 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses a study of factors related to length of stay in psychotherapy. A previous investigation revealed that the patients applying for treatment in the Mental Hygiene Clinic of the New York Regional Office are representative of the veteran population in the greater New York area for most demographic characteristics. However, assignment to psychotherapy was found to be related to normative data indicative of high socio-economic status, intrapyschic complaints, youth, and expressed desire for psychotherapy, recommendations from psychological test evaluation and previous treatment. The present investigation is designed to determine whether the above and other demographic criteria for assignment are related to length of stay in psychotherapy or in psychosomatic treatment. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - PSYCHOSOMATIC medicine KW - MENTAL health KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - CLINICAL sociology KW - THERAPEUTICS N1 - Accession Number: 15847210; Bailey, M. A. 1 Wabshaw, L. 1 Eichler, R. M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, New York Regional Office.; Source Info: Oct1959, Vol. 15 Issue 4, p442; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: PSYCHOSOMATIC medicine; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: CLINICAL sociology; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847210&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Efron, Herman Y. T1 - CHANGES IN RECOGNITION THRESHOLDS ASSOCIATED WITH CHLORPROMAZINE, PROMAZINE AND PHENOBARBITAL. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1959/10// VL - 15 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 431 EP - 433 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses changes in recognition thresholds associated with chlorpromazine, promazine and Phenobarbital. This study attempts to determine whether for schizophrenic patients there would be any consistent changes in recognition threshold of tachistoscopically presented simple stimuli as a result of treatment with two phenothiazines (chlorpromazine and promazine) and Phenobarbital. It was found that with normal subjects using the Continuous Performance Test there was a significant decrement following administration of chlorpromazine. Furthermore, using three dosage levels (100, 200, and 400 mg.), it was found that higher dosages led to greater impairment than lower dosages. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - CHLORPROMAZINE KW - CONNERS' Continuous Performance Test KW - DOSAGE of drugs KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - MENTAL health KW - PSYCHIATRISTS N1 - Accession Number: 15847206; Efron, Herman Y. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Lyons, New Jersey.; Source Info: Oct1959, Vol. 15 Issue 4, p431; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: CHLORPROMAZINE; Subject Term: CONNERS' Continuous Performance Test; Subject Term: DOSAGE of drugs; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRISTS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847206&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Petrovich, Donald V. T1 - THE PAIN APPERCEPTION TEST: AN APPLICATION TO SEX DIFFERENCES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1959/10// VL - 15 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 412 EP - 414 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information about pain apperception test, with regard to sex differences. The experimental literature reporting sex differences for pain thresholds and experiences is concerned primarily with traditional psychophysical measurements. While there is tacit recognition that apperceptive factors are important in the experience of pain, little has been done to bring in this potentially rich background for more comprehensive studies. In order to initiate assessments of this apperceptive background, the Pain Apperception Test was developed. Thus far, its application has been directed mainly to demonstrating its efficacy as a research tool through assessing its relationship to some indicators of anxiety and neuroticism, and by examining the elements of anticipatory pain responses. Experimental literature on sex differences and pain is meager and inconclusive. KW - PAIN perception KW - GENDER differences (Psychology) KW - PERCEPTION KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - PAIN KW - SEX differences (Biology) N1 - Accession Number: 15847198; Petrovich, Donald V. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Jefferson Barracks, Missouri.; Source Info: Oct1959, Vol. 15 Issue 4, p412; Subject Term: PAIN perception; Subject Term: GENDER differences (Psychology); Subject Term: PERCEPTION; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: PAIN; Subject Term: SEX differences (Biology); Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847198&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Thorp, Thomas R. AU - Mahrer, Alvin R. T1 - PREDICTING POTENTIAL INTELLIGENCE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1959/07// VL - 15 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 286 EP - 288 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on predicting potential intelligence. Many techniques have been proposed to estimate a potential intelligence score from the profile of subtest scores on the Wechsler-Bellevue (W-B) test. Recently, a method has been proposed as a useful measure of potential intelligence, yielding a "potential I.Q. score", and described elsewhere. Briefly, after the standard administration of the W-B, the S is asked to give a number of additional answers to those questions in which he did not obtain full credit. A potential I.Q. score is then calculated based on the highest credit for each item regardless of whether the highest credit answer was given on the standard administration or on the additional testing. KW - CLINICAL psychologists KW - INTELLIGENCE levels KW - MENTAL health personnel KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - APPLIED psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15795849; Thorp, Thomas R. 1 Mahrer, Alvin R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Denver, Colorado.; Source Info: Jul1959, Vol. 15 Issue 3, p286; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychologists; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE levels; Subject Term: MENTAL health personnel; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: APPLIED psychology; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15795849&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hovey, H. Birney T1 - THE QUESTIONABLE VALIDITY OF SOME ASSUMED ANTECEDENTS OF MENTAL ILLNESS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1959/07// VL - 15 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 270 EP - 272 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses the questionable validity of some assumed antecedents of mental illness. The current study is primarily concerned with 74 items which failed to significantly discriminate in either of the former experiments. Professional judges were to appraise each of these items in terms of their probability of being related to neuro- psychiatric conditions and their judgments were to be compared with empirical results obtained from the above procedures. It was desired to locate those items which probably would not be more characteristic of either NP or control cases. KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - JUDGMENTS (Law) KW - TRUTHFULNESS & falsehood KW - MENTAL health KW - MENTAL illness KW - PSYCHIATRY N1 - Accession Number: 15795845; Hovey, H. Birney 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, Salt Lake City, Utah.; Source Info: Jul1959, Vol. 15 Issue 3, p270; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: JUDGMENTS (Law); Subject Term: TRUTHFULNESS & falsehood; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: MENTAL illness; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15795845&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Peters, Henry N. T1 - A MULTIPLE CHOICE SUPRAORDINALITY TEST. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1958/10// VL - 14 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 416 EP - 418 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article uses a multiple choice method of testing supraordinate associations with several groups of varying educational levels, including a group of hospitalized mental patients who were the least educated. The following conclusions are supported by the results: (a) There is a greater tendency toward subordinality of associations in the multiple choice form of the test than in the free association method; (b) a positive relationship between education and supraordinality of association predominates in the multiple choice method; (c) within groups of homogeneous educational level, there is a positive relationship between supraordinality and maladjustment. KW - FREE association (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - EDUCATION KW - MENTALLY ill KW - HOSPITAL patients KW - PSYCHOANALYSIS N1 - Accession Number: 15845824; Peters, Henry N. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Jefferson Barracks, Mo.; Source Info: Oct1958, Vol. 14 Issue 4, p416; Subject Term: FREE association (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: EDUCATION; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: HOSPITAL patients; Subject Term: PSYCHOANALYSIS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923110 Administration of Education Programs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611699 All Other Miscellaneous Schools and Instruction; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611710 Educational Support Services; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845824&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rogers, Lawrence S. T1 - COMPARISON OF THREE METHODS OF HANDLING MENTAL HYGIENE CLINIC STATISTICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1958/07// VL - 14 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 251 EP - 253 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article compares three methods of handling mental hygiene clinic statistics. The purpose of this article is to contribute to this area in two-fold manner: First, to compare findings obtained by three different methods of collecting clinic statistics, and secondly, to report the experience of one clinic in evaluating treatment in terms of success, as well as number of treatment interviews. One major reason for the dearth of statistics is the difficulty in reaching agreement, whether it be in defining the terms used, in categorizing the procedures employed, and in classifying the results obtained. The closed case method and follow-up method gave almost identical results as to the number of improved patients and the number of interviews. KW - MENTAL health KW - STATISTICS KW - MEDICAL centers KW - PATIENTS KW - CASE method (Teaching) KW - INTERVIEWS N1 - Accession Number: 15827900; Rogers, Lawrence S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Mental Hygiene Clinic, Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver, Colo.; Source Info: Jul1958, Vol. 14 Issue 3, p251; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: STATISTICS; Subject Term: MEDICAL centers; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: CASE method (Teaching); Subject Term: INTERVIEWS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621491 HMO Medical Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827900&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Whitmyre, John W. AU - Pishkin, Vladimir T1 - THE ABBREVIATED WECHSLER ADULT INTELLIGENCE SCALE IN A PSYCHIATRIC POPULATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1958/04// VL - 14 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 189 EP - 191 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the estimation of Wechsler adult intelligence scale (WAIS). The Doppelt and simple prorating methods were used to estimate WAIS full scale weighted score on the basis of four subtests. One hundred unselected cases of male admissions were used. The correlations between estimated and actual scores were found to be .95 in the first case and .94 in the second. No pats tern of the four subtests was discernable which would enable one to predict whether a given case is an overestimate or an underestimate of the full scale weighted score. Rather, the 54 psychiatric patients used in this part of the study tended to do better on the two verbal subtests than on the two performance subtests, regardless of whether their four subtest scores led to over- or underestimations of full scale score. KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - APPLIED psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15845736; Whitmyre, John W. 1 Pishkin, Vladimir 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Salt Lake City, Utah.; Source Info: Apr1958, Vol. 14 Issue 2, p189; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: APPLIED psychology; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845736&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lair, Charles V. T1 - EMPATHY AND ITS RELATION TO STIMULUS MEANING. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1958/04// VL - 14 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 175 EP - 177 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a study on empathy and its relation to stimulus meaning. For this study, undergraduate male and female college students of psychology were divided into two groups of 15 subjects each. The second group, Group II, was used as a replication to verify the results obtained from Group I. Both sections were given separately a group administration of the 35-mm Rorschach slides. The slides were administered in standard order in a semi-darkened classroom using a Kodak slide projector with time controlled exposures. The subjects were presented mimeographed answer sheets which provided space for a response to each of the ten inkblots and a space to check either mother or father. KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PROJECTIVE techniques KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - SOCIAL psychology KW - COLLEGE students N1 - Accession Number: 15845726; Lair, Charles V. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Fayetteville, Arkansas.; Source Info: Apr1958, Vol. 14 Issue 2, p175; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PROJECTIVE techniques; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: SOCIAL psychology; Subject Term: COLLEGE students; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845726&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rubin, Harold AU - Townsend, Alan H. T1 - THE TAYLOR MANIFEST ANXIETY SCALE IN DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1958/01// VL - 14 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 81 EP - 84 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article cites a study, which attempts to explore the hypotheses in evaluating the use of the Taylor Manifest Anxiety Scale (MAS) in the differential psychiatric diagnoses. Subjects were 239 hospitalized psychiatric patients of whom 82 were diagnosed as psychoneurotic and 157 as schizophrenic. Results seemed to indicate that although the MAS made some contribution to the psychiatric evaluation of these patients, it was limited in its ability to discriminate between patients carrying different diagnostic labels, including anxiety reaction. KW - TAYLOR Manifest Anxiety Scale KW - TAYLOR-Johnson Temperament Analysis KW - PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - SYMPTOMS KW - ANXIETY N1 - Accession Number: 15847141; Rubin, Harold 1 Townsend, Alan H. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Lebanon, Pennsylvania 2: University of Michigan; Source Info: Jan1958, Vol. 14 Issue 1, p81; Subject Term: TAYLOR Manifest Anxiety Scale; Subject Term: TAYLOR-Johnson Temperament Analysis; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847141&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Armitage, Stewart G. AU - Pearl, David T1 - WECHSLER BELLEVUE CHANGES OVER TIME. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1958/01// VL - 14 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 22 EP - 24 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article cites a study, which investigates the concept of process as applied to intellectual functioning in the instance of schizophrenic and non-schizophrenic, non-brain damaged subjects using the Wechsler-Bellevue Intelligence Scale. In this study, 162 rehospitalized neuropsychiatric patients diagnosed similarly on both hospital admissions as either paranoid or unclassified schizophrenics or non-psychotic were retested with the Wechsler-Bellevue scale. The results revealed that no differences were found between the three diagnostic groups with respect to changes on various Wechsler-Bellevue measures. KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - HEAD injuries KW - NEUROPSYCHIATRY KW - INTELLECT KW - MENTALLY ill KW - INTELLIGENCE tests N1 - Accession Number: 15847124; Armitage, Stewart G. 1 Pearl, David 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Battle Creek, Michigan; Source Info: Jan1958, Vol. 14 Issue 1, p22; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: HEAD injuries; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: INTELLECT; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847124&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Arnhoff, Franklyn N. T1 - A CASE OF ANOREXIA NERVOSA IN A 16 YEAR OLD GIRL. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1957/04// VL - 13 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 194 EP - 196 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a case history of anorexia nervosa with psychological test findings compares with previously reported test findings of five other cases. While psychological test results on a total of six patients certainly cannot be construed as a conclusive or a representative sample of patients in this or any diagnostic group, the dissimilarity of test findings and the similarity of life situations and conflict areas is certainly not unique. The clinical syndrome is consistent with the literature, the psychological tests were as dissimilar from the previously reported five cases as they were from each other, giving further evidence for the contention that anorexia nervosa does not represent a psychological entity. KW - ANOREXIA nervosa KW - EATING disorders KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - PSYCHIATRY N1 - Accession Number: 15827819; Arnhoff, Franklyn N. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Salisbury, N. C.; Source Info: Apr1957, Vol. 13 Issue 2, p194; Subject Term: ANOREXIA nervosa; Subject Term: EATING disorders; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827819&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Orgel, Sidney A. T1 - DIFFERENTIAL CLASSIFICATION OF HEBEPHRENIC AND PARANOID SCHIZOPERENICS FROM CASE MATERIAL. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1957/04// VL - 13 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 159 EP - 161 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article outlines a behavioral rating scheme for the selection of hebephrenic and paranoid schizophrenic patients. Clinicians in designing research involving diagnostic groups are frequently faced with the problem of the unreliability of clinical nosology. Although this problem seems less acute in selecting broad groupings of patients, when the task is to employ subgroupings of schizophrenic individuals unreliability of diagnostic labeling becomes critical. Rater reliability of this scale proved high. Interjudge tetrachoric r's were > .95. Since the diagnostic criteria scheme is closely derived from the traditional and generally accepted descriptive nosology of psychiatric literature, it has generality of application while its nondependence on face-to-face patient contact has obvious practical advantages. KW - BEHAVIORAL assessment KW - PARANOID schizophrenia KW - NOSOLOGY KW - MENTAL illness -- Classification KW - MENTALLY ill KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15827807; Orgel, Sidney A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Syracuse, N.Y.; Source Info: Apr1957, Vol. 13 Issue 2, p159; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL assessment; Subject Term: PARANOID schizophrenia; Subject Term: NOSOLOGY; Subject Term: MENTAL illness -- Classification; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827807&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tamkin, Arthur S. T1 - AN EVALUATION OF THE CONSTRUCT VALIDITY OF BARRON'S EGO- STRENGTH SCALE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1957/04// VL - 13 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 156 EP - 158 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents an evaluation of the construct validity of Baron's ego-strength scale. In order to evaluate the construct validity of Barron's Ego-Strength Scale as a measure of ego strength, its correlation with other reputed measures of ego strength and general psychopathology was explored, as well as its ability to differentiate degree of pathology determined by psychiatric diagnosis. Subjects consisted of 30 hospitalized psychiatric patients divided on the basis of diagnosis into a group of 15 psychotics and 15 psychoneurotics and personality disorders. The measures of ego strength compared with the Es Scale were F+% and the Bender-Gestalt, and the measures of psychopathology were the F and Critical Item Scales of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory. KW - EGO (Psychology) KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - NEUROSES KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis N1 - Accession Number: 15827806; Tamkin, Arthur S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Northampton, Massachusetts; Source Info: Apr1957, Vol. 13 Issue 2, p156; Subject Term: EGO (Psychology); Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: NEUROSES; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827806&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gordon, M. H. AU - Lindley, S. B. AU - May, R. B. T1 - A CRITERION MEASURE OF WITHIN-HOSPITAL CHANGE IN PSYCHIATRIC I LLNESS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1957/04// VL - 13 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 145 EP - 147 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on measurement of within hospital change in psychiatric illness. A composite ranking of wards at a hospital has resulted in a device for helping to evaluate change in psychiatric illness within a chronic patient setting. The scale is evidently based on judgments having acceptable objectivity, stability, and "face" relevance to the local hospital setting. The scale is shown to be clearly relevant to what is assessed by the Lorr scale's morbidity scores. The relatively modest level of this relevance, though statistically highly significant, suggests that the two scales might be usefully combined, each contributing different information in a multiple criterion. KW - MENTAL illness KW - HOSPITAL wards KW - MENTALLY ill KW - DISEASES KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - HOSPITALS N1 - Accession Number: 15827802; Gordon, M. H. 1 Lindley, S. B. 1 May, R. B. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Knoxville, Iowa; Source Info: Apr1957, Vol. 13 Issue 2, p145; Subject Term: MENTAL illness; Subject Term: HOSPITAL wards; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: DISEASES; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: HOSPITALS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622110 General Medical and Surgical Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622111 General (except paediatric) hospitals; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827802&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ellsworth, Robert B. AU - Clark, Lincoln D. T1 - PREDICTION OF THE RESPONSE OF CHRONIC SCHIZOPHRENICS TO DRUG THERAPY: A PRELIMINARY REPORT ON THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN PALMAR SWEAT AND THE BEHAVIORIAL EFFECTS OF TRANQUILIZING DRUGS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1957/01// VL - 13 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 59 EP - 61 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a report of the relationship between pre-drug palmar sweat patterns and the behavioral response of chronic schizophrenics to tranquilizing drugs. It was carried out in conjunction with a study of the differential effects of reserpine, chlorpromazine and a combination of these drugs on the behavior of regressed schizophrenic patients. It attempts to identify individual characteristics, within a randomly selected patient group, which are related to a particular individual's response to these drugs. It is generally accepted that palmar sweating is related to anxiety. The obtained sweat print was analyzed with the densitometer. A reading of 24 milliamps indicated more perspiration than a reading of 27 milliamps. No relationship was found between the amount of palmar sweating and temperature. The relationship between relative humidity and palmar sweating was also studied. The finding that many patients with low sweat variability do improve behaviorally when treated with the combination is of interest. It was not possible to say whether these results should be ascribed to the particular effectiveness of the drug combination per se on such patients. The findings with palmar sweat used as an indicator of anxiety are generally consistent with clinical reports on the prognosis for treatment in schizophrenics. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - SWEATING-sickness KW - SWEAT glands -- Diseases KW - TRANQUILIZING drugs KW - CHLORPROMAZINE KW - MENTALLY ill KW - HUMIDITY N1 - Accession Number: 15845554; Ellsworth, Robert B. 1 Clark, Lincoln D. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Ft. Douglas Division, Salt Lake City. 2: University of Utah College of Medicine.; Source Info: Jan1957, Vol. 13 Issue 1, p59; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: SWEATING-sickness; Subject Term: SWEAT glands -- Diseases; Subject Term: TRANQUILIZING drugs; Subject Term: CHLORPROMAZINE; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: HUMIDITY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845554&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lorr, Maurice AU - Holsopple, James Q. AU - Turk, Elizabeth T1 - A MEASURE OF SEVERITY OF ILLNESS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1956/10// VL - 12 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 384 EP - 386 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses how to measure severity of illness. Previous research concerned with the development of objectified rating scales had indicated that clinicians could make complex judgments at acceptable levels of interjudge reliability. Furthermore, these judgments could be used to explore and identify the dimensions of mental illness. It was from this base that the investigators set as their task the development of a measure of severity of mental illness derived from clinical judgments based on interview observations and inferences. Psychotherapists in an east coast Veterans Administration mental hygiene clinic were asked to identify any male patients undergoing psychotherapy whom they would regard as among either the least ill or as among the most severely ill of patients seen in the clinic. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient KW - DISEASES KW - PATIENTS KW - JUDGMENT (Psychology) KW - MENTAL health KW - PSYCHIATRY N1 - Accession Number: 15827776; Lorr, Maurice 1 Holsopple, James Q. 1 Turk, Elizabeth 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, Veterans Benefits Office, Washington, D. C.; Source Info: Oct1956, Vol. 12 Issue 4, p384; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient; Subject Term: DISEASES; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: JUDGMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827776&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lung, Gerald F. T1 - WITHDRAWAL AS A DIMENSION OF SCHIZOPHRENIA: AN EXPLORATORY STUDY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1956/10// VL - 12 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 373 EP - 375 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents an explanatory study on withdrawal as a medium dimension of schizophrenia. The patient population of a small locked ward in a VA neuropsychiatric hospital served as the subjects. The ward was designated for young, acute schizophrenics recently admitted to the hospital. A variety of symptoms and behavioral patterns were displayed by the patients, and a wide range in terms of severity of illness was represented. An attempt was made to devise separate measures of interpersonal, and thing-withdrawal based on the different hospital activities scheduled for the ward. A total of three measures were obtained in this way, and a fourth was provided by another study being conducted on the ward. KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - PATIENTS KW - SYMPTOMS KW - DISEASES KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHIATRY N1 - Accession Number: 15827772; Lung, Gerald F. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Battle Creek, Michigan.; Source Info: Oct1956, Vol. 12 Issue 4, p373; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: DISEASES; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827772&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rubin, Harold AU - Hallow, William C. AU - Schneiderman, Leo AU - Jones, Robert J. T1 - MANIFEST ANXIETY IN PSYCHOTICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1956/01// VL - 12 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 94 EP - 96 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article present study is an attempt to evaluate manifest anxiety in psychotics in terms of its relationship to level of hospital adjustment. Forty-five chronic, hospitalized, functional psychotic patients, largely World War II veterans, were used as subjects. These subjects are part of a research project on reserpine to be reported at a future date. The MAS was administered individually to each subject as part of a psychological test battery. The hospital adjustment scale ratings were made for all patients by a psychiatric aide of the ward who had observed them for at least a three month period. KW - PSYCHOSES KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - ANXIETY KW - PSYCHIATRIC nursing KW - PATIENTS N1 - Accession Number: 15795802; Rubin, Harold 1 Hallow, William C. 1 Schneiderman, Leo 1 Jones, Robert J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Lebanon, Pa.; Source Info: Jan1956, Vol. 12 Issue 1, p94; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC nursing; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15795802&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lepine, Louis T. AU - Chodorkoff, Bernard T1 - GOAL SETTING BEHAVIOR, EXPRESSED FEELINGS OF ADEQUACY, AND THE CORRESPONDENCE BETWEEN THE PERCEIVED AND IDEAL SELF. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1955/10// VL - 11 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 395 EP - 397 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study, which attempted to establish interrelationship between goal setting be- behavior, expressed feelings of adequacy, and the correspondence between the perceived and ideal self. It was found that the more an individual tended to express feelings of adequacy, the greater was the correspondence between his perceived and ideal self, and the less dependent upon environmental evaluation of his past performance was his goal setting behavior, when environmental evaluation indicated sequential change in adequacy of performance. KW - GOAL (Philosophy) KW - MOTIVATION (Psychology) KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - BEHAVIORISM (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL factors KW - SOCIAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15827734; Lepine, Louis T. 1 Chodorkoff, Bernard 2; Affiliation: 1: Catholic University of America 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Dearborn, Michigan; Source Info: Oct1955, Vol. 11 Issue 4, p395; Subject Term: GOAL (Philosophy); Subject Term: MOTIVATION (Psychology); Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject Term: BEHAVIORISM (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL factors; Subject Term: SOCIAL psychology; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827734&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Vernallis, Francis F. T1 - TEETH-GRINDING: SOME RELATIONSHIPS TO ANXIETY, HOSTILITY, AND HYPERACTIVITY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1955/10// VL - 11 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 388 EP - 391 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports that teeth grinding is recognized among dentists as a pathological dental syndrome designated as "bruxism." There is some dispute as to whether its etiology is psychological or systemic and mechanical. The subjects were 40 teeth-grinders and their controls drawn from the student body of The Pennsylvania State University. Teeth-grinders were identified by means of a questionnaire and personal interview. Psychometric examination suggests a positive relationship between bruxism and the personality factors given in the title. KW - BRUXISM KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - ORAL habits KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PERSONALITY KW - DENTISTRY N1 - Accession Number: 15827732; Vernallis, Francis F. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, Pittsburgh, Pa.; Source Info: Oct1955, Vol. 11 Issue 4, p388; Subject Term: BRUXISM; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: ORAL habits; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: DENTISTRY; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827732&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - King, Gerald F. T1 - RORSCHACH AND LEVY MOVEMENT RESPONSES: A RESEARCH NOTE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1955/04// VL - 11 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 193 EP - 195 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study, where data were presented in regard to whether or not the Rorschach and Levy Movement Blots measure the same psychological function. No relationship was found between the perception of M on the Rorsehach and Levy Movement Blots. The difference in the instructions of the two tests was emphasized as the contributing factor. KW - PERCEPTION KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - MOVEMENT sequences KW - COGNITION KW - PERCEPTUAL-motor processes KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15827653; King, Gerald F. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Battle Creek, Michigan; Source Info: Apr1955, Vol. 11 Issue 2, p193; Subject Term: PERCEPTION; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: MOVEMENT sequences; Subject Term: COGNITION; Subject Term: PERCEPTUAL-motor processes; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827653&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cowden, Richard C. T1 - EMPATHY OR PROJECTION? JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1955/04// VL - 11 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 188 EP - 190 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study related to empathy and projective techniques. The study consisted of having twenty-nine married couples answer a personality inventory for themselves and also one in which they attempted to predict how their marital partner would answer the questions. The degree of accuracy of prediction was considered a measure of empathy. Also, the amount of projection was determined. In general, the males were far superior to the females in ability to predict and showed greater insight than the females. The males also did more projection. These results suggest that empathy and projection are not necessarily contradictory and tend to coexist. KW - EMPATHY KW - PROJECTIVE techniques KW - SOCIAL psychology KW - GENDER KW - COMPASSION KW - EMOTIONS (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 15827651; Cowden, Richard C. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Gulfport, Miss.; Source Info: Apr1955, Vol. 11 Issue 2, p188; Subject Term: EMPATHY; Subject Term: PROJECTIVE techniques; Subject Term: SOCIAL psychology; Subject Term: GENDER; Subject Term: COMPASSION; Subject Term: EMOTIONS (Psychology); Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827651&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - ABRAMS, ELIAS N. T1 - PREDICTION OF INTELLIGENCE FROM CERTAIN RORSCHACH FACTORS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1955/01// VL - 11 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 81 EP - 83 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 N1 - Accession Number: 96184923; ABRAMS, ELIAS N. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Regional Office, Brooklyn, New York; Source Info: Jan1955, Vol. 11 Issue 1, p81; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=96184923&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Winder, Alvin E. AU - Hersko, Marvin T1 - THE EFFECT OF SOCIAL CLASS ON THE LENGTH AND TYPE OF PSYCHOTHERAPY IN A VETERANS ADMINISTRATION MENTAL HYGIENE CLINIC. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1955/01// VL - 11 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 77 EP - 79 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article informs that in recent years, American social scientists have become increasingly sensitive to social class differences. This area is presently being explored by the most recent discipline of social psychiatry. Most recently, a large scale research on social structure and psychiatric treatment was carried out by the department of psychiatry and sociology at Yale University. A 100 patient sample from a Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Clinic was analyzed with respect to social class, duration of psychotherapy, and psychotherapeutic approach. It was found that, approximately half of the patients were members of the lower class. KW - SOCIAL classes KW - CLINICAL sociology KW - MENTAL health KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - SOCIAL psychiatry KW - SOCIOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15795756; Winder, Alvin E. 1 Hersko, Marvin 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Menial Hygiene Clinic Miami, Florida; Source Info: Jan1955, Vol. 11 Issue 1, p77; Subject Term: SOCIAL classes; Subject Term: CLINICAL sociology; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: SOCIAL psychiatry; Subject Term: SOCIOLOGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15795756&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Boisen, Anton AU - Jenkins, Richard L. AU - Lorr, Maurice T1 - SCHIZOPHRENIC IDEATION AS STRIVING TOWARD THE SOLUTION OF CONFLICT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1954/10// VL - 10 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 389 EP - 391 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information about schizophrenic ideation as striving toward the solution of conflict. If, as seems probable, schizophrenia may best be understood as a functional breakdown of the adaptive process related to intolerable inner conflict, then a careful study of the ideas presented by acute schizophrenics might be expected to shed some light on the nature of those conflicts, and on the means by which the patient deals with them. This article presents a factorial study of the ideation of a series of 78 male psychotic patients of non-organic type, most of them schizophrenic, who were received at Elgin State Hospital during the summer of 1949. KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - MENTALLY ill KW - PATIENTS KW - PUBLIC hospitals KW - MENTAL illness N1 - Accession Number: 15847019; Boisen, Anton 1 Jenkins, Richard L. 2 Lorr, Maurice 3; Affiliation: 1: Elgin State Hospital. 2: Veterans Administration Central Office. 3: Veterans Administration Veterans Benefits Office.; Source Info: Oct1954, Vol. 10 Issue 4, p389; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: PUBLIC hospitals; Subject Term: MENTAL illness; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622110 General Medical and Surgical Hospitals; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847019&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lodge, George T. T1 - HOW TO WRITE A PSYCHOLOGICAL REPORT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1953/10// VL - 9 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 400 EP - 402 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses how to write a psychological report. The following job breakdown is intended to help the beginner in psychological report writing who has trouble "getting started", and is patterned after one provided by the Industrial Training Service of the San Francisco Unified School District. It is to be hoped that the trainee will shortly outgrow the need for this kind of a crutch. But experience has shown us that at least some beginning students can be aided materially by such a step-by-step guide until they have had sufficient opportunity to develop their own methods and standards for reporting interviews in the field situation. KW - REPORT writing KW - STUDENTS KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - EDUCATION KW - INTERVIEWS N1 - Accession Number: 15829064; Lodge, George T. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Lebanon, Pennsylvania; Source Info: Oct1953, Vol. 9 Issue 4, p400; Subject Term: REPORT writing; Subject Term: STUDENTS; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: EDUCATION; Subject Term: INTERVIEWS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923110 Administration of Education Programs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611699 All Other Miscellaneous Schools and Instruction; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611710 Educational Support Services; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15829064&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Winfield, Don L. AU - Sparer, P. J. T1 - PRELIMINARY REPORT OF THE ROSENZWEIG P-F STUDY IN ATTEMPTED SUICIDES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1953/10// VL - 9 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 379 EP - 381 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the preliminary report of the Rosenzweig Picture-Frustration (P-F) study of 26 patients who attempted suicide. The suicidal attempt was the precipitating factor of hospital admission to the psychiatric section for 18 of these patients. The purpose of this study is to compare the responses of a group of suicidal pa- tients with a normative group in order to establish any significant differences on the P-F categories, especially the intropunitive category. It is hypothesized that patients who have attempted suicide would have a significantly higher score on the intropunitive category of the Rosenzweig Picture-Frustration study than a group of "normals." KW - SUICIDE KW - PATIENTS KW - FRUSTRATION KW - SUICIDAL behavior KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests N1 - Accession Number: 15829055; Winfield, Don L. 1 Sparer, P. J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Memphis, Tennessee; Source Info: Oct1953, Vol. 9 Issue 4, p379; Subject Term: SUICIDE; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: FRUSTRATION; Subject Term: SUICIDAL behavior; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15829055&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Berman, Sidney AU - Layfal, Julius T1 - BODY TYPE AND FIGURE DRAWING. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1953/10// VL - 9 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 368 EP - 370 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses body type and figure drawing. In the battery of projective tests, the figure drawings ordinarily play a role as a complementary technique, providing support for findings by other tests, and suggesting new areas for study. It is common to refer to the figure drawings as related in some manner to "body image." According to one concept, the body image is a dynamic, acquired, continuously-changing structuralization to which the entire perceptual-motility apparatus, and its parallel in the libidinous and emotional fields, contribute to build up an inner postural model of the body. KW - FIGURE drawing KW - HUMAN body KW - IMAGERY (Psychology) KW - PERSONALITY KW - BODY dysmorphic disorder KW - BODY image N1 - Accession Number: 15829052; Berman, Sidney 1 Layfal, Julius 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, Conn.; Source Info: Oct1953, Vol. 9 Issue 4, p368; Subject Term: FIGURE drawing; Subject Term: HUMAN body; Subject Term: IMAGERY (Psychology); Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: BODY dysmorphic disorder; Subject Term: BODY image; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15829052&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Goodman, Morris AU - Kotkov, Benjamin T1 - PREDICTION OF TRAIT RANKS FROM DRAW-A-PERSON MEASUREMENTS OF OBESE AND NON-OBESE WOMEN. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1953/10// VL - 9 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 365 EP - 367 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the prediction of trait ranks from Draw-A-Person Measurements of obese and non-obese woman. Four drawings were selected from the ideal weight group. Each drawing had none, one, two, or three of the seven signs respectively. Likewise, four drawings from the obese group were chosen. Each drawing had four, five, six, and all of the seven signs respectively. Each of the drawings were ranked by the senior author in terms of their relative score on each of six Draw-A-Person measurements. The rankings of each judge were correlated with the rankings on the Draw-A-Person measurements. KW - DRAW-A-Person Test KW - PROJECTIVE techniques KW - OVERWEIGHT women KW - HEALTH KW - BODY weight KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15829051; Goodman, Morris 1 Kotkov, Benjamin 2; Affiliation: 1: Newark Mental Hygiene Unit, Veterans Administration 2: Mental Hygiene Clinics of Delaware; Source Info: Oct1953, Vol. 9 Issue 4, p365; Subject Term: DRAW-A-Person Test; Subject Term: PROJECTIVE techniques; Subject Term: OVERWEIGHT women; Subject Term: HEALTH; Subject Term: BODY weight; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15829051&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kotkov, Benjamin AU - Goodman, Morris T1 - THE DRAW-A-PERSON TESTS OF OBESE WOMEN. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1953/10// VL - 9 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 362 EP - 364 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses the personality of the adult obese woman. The general purpose of the overall project is the formulation of personality indices which would distinguish overweight women from ideal weight women. Obesity was defined as an excess of weight over the ideal expected for height, sex, and build between the ages of 25 and 30. Ten per cent above and below the average was allowed. Desirable weights were obtained from tables issued by the Metropolitan Life Insurance Company. The subjects were volunteers in a Boston experiment sponsored by the Chronic Disease Division of the United States Public Health Service in cooperation with the Massachusetts State Health Department. KW - OVERWEIGHT women KW - PERSONALITY KW - HEALTH KW - METABOLIC disorders KW - BODY weight KW - CHRONIC diseases N1 - Accession Number: 15829050; Kotkov, Benjamin 1 Goodman, Morris 2; Affiliation: 1: Mental Hygiene Clinics of Delaware 2: Newark Mental Hygiene Unit, Veterans Administration; Source Info: Oct1953, Vol. 9 Issue 4, p362; Subject Term: OVERWEIGHT women; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: HEALTH; Subject Term: METABOLIC disorders; Subject Term: BODY weight; Subject Term: CHRONIC diseases; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15829050&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hovey, H. Birnet AU - Stauffacher, James C. T1 - INTUITIVE VERSUS OBJECTIVE PREDICTION FROM A TEST. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1953/10// VL - 9 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 349 EP - 351 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses intuitive versus objective prediction from a test. A corollary purpose of the study was to evaluate the efficiency of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) for predicting personality characteristics of discrete, healthy individuals. In a former group study by one of the authors, some relationships were found between high and low scores on the various MMPI scales and traits, as observed by supervisors of student nurses in practicum training at a neuropsychiatric hospital. Approximately 35 rated traits such as "participates actively in group discussions," "aggressive," "conscientious," were found to be significantly associated with one or more MMPI scales for two samples of students containing 40 and 97 subjects each. KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - NURSING students KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - MEDICAL personnel KW - DISCUSSION N1 - Accession Number: 15829047; Hovey, H. Birnet 1 Stauffacher, James C. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Fort Douglas Station, Salt Lake City, Utah 2: Veterans Administration Hospital American take, Washington; Source Info: Oct1953, Vol. 9 Issue 4, p349; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: NURSING students; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: MEDICAL personnel; Subject Term: DISCUSSION; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15829047&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Robinson, Nancy Mayer T1 - BENDER-GESTALT PERFORMANCES OF SCHIZOPHRENICS AND PARETICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1953/07// VL - 9 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 291 EP - 293 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article compares the performance of schizophrenics and paretics on the Bender-Gestalt Test as scored by the Pascal and Suttell technique, proposed by psychologists G. Pascal and B. Suttell. Clinical psychology interns following the instructions of Pascal and Suttell administered the Bender-Gestalt Test. Two other interns who had fulfilled the self-training program presented by Pascal and Suttell scored the test protocols independently. Neither administrators nor scorers were informed of the diagnosis. Findings suggest that the Bender-Gestalt Test significantly discriminates psychotics from normal subjects. KW - BENDER-Gestalt Test KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15795675; Robinson, Nancy Mayer 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, Palo Alto 2: Stanford University; Source Info: Jul1953, Vol. 9 Issue 3, p291; Subject Term: BENDER-Gestalt Test; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15795675&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Smith, Elgie T1 - A STUDY OF SEX DIFFERENTIATION IN DRAWINGS AND VERBALIZATIONS OF SCHIZOPHRENICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1953/04// VL - 9 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 183 EP - 185 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on a study of sex differentiation in drawings and verbalizations of schizophrenics. The subjects for the study consisted of forty unselected schizophrenic patients, mainly paranoid, from a Veterans Administration neuropsychiatric hospital and forty patients from a Veterans Administration general medical and surgical hospital. The latter group was judged to be free of illness, in the psychiatric sense, by the attending physicians and psychiatrists. Both groups were made up of male veterans of World War II, who, as later tabulations divulged, were matched for age and intelligence. KW - MENTALLY ill KW - GENDER differences (Psychology) KW - MENTALLY ill veterans KW - AGE & intelligence KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - SEX chromosomes N1 - Accession Number: 15865915; Smith, Elgie 1; Affiliation: 1: University of Kentucky and Veterans Administration Hospital Lexington, Kentucky.; Source Info: Apr1953, Vol. 9 Issue 2, p183; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: GENDER differences (Psychology); Subject Term: MENTALLY ill veterans; Subject Term: AGE & intelligence; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: SEX chromosomes; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15865915&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Abrams, Elias N. T1 - A COMPARISON OF NORMALS AND NEUROPSYCHIATRIC VETERANS ON THE ROSENZWEIG PICTURE-FRUSTRATION STUDY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1953/01// VL - 9 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 24 EP - 26 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on a comparison of normals and neuro-psychiatric veterans on the S. Rosenzweig picture-frustration study. This investigation emerged as a byproduct of a major research project in connection with the assessment of veterans' neuropsychiatric disabilities. Although the P-F Study reflects individual differences in reactions to frustration and variations in the character of these responses, one wonders if the instrument does not lend itself to wider use. Two fundamental assumptions have to be made: that at the core of neurosis lie difficulties in interpersonal relationships, and that the P-F Study in representing the responses of individuals to frustrating situations catches the essence of these difficulties. KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Study & teaching KW - EMOTIONS (Psychology) KW - INTERPERSONAL relations KW - SOCIAL psychology KW - DIFFERENTIAL psychology KW - INDIVIDUAL differences KW - ROSENZWEIG, S. N1 - Accession Number: 16061398; Abrams, Elias N. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Regional Office, Brooklyn, New York.; Source Info: Jan1953, Vol. 9 Issue 1, p24; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Study & teaching; Subject Term: EMOTIONS (Psychology); Subject Term: INTERPERSONAL relations; Subject Term: SOCIAL psychology; Subject Term: DIFFERENTIAL psychology; Subject Term: INDIVIDUAL differences; People: ROSENZWEIG, S.; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16061398&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Starer, Emanuel T1 - AGGRESSIVE REACTIONS AND SOURCES OF FRUSTRATION IN ANXIETY NEUROTICS AND PARANOID SCHIZOPHRENICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1952/07// VL - 8 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 307 EP - 309 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article determines whether reliable differences exist in the type and direction of aggression and the sources of frustration as shown by the results of the Rosenzweig Picture-Frustration Study, Rorschach findings, and case history material for a group of anxiety neurotic patients and a group of paranoid schizophrenic patients. Aspects of the main problem which were investigated included the following: a comparison of the responses on the Rosenzweig Picture-Frustration Study of the anxiety neurotic group and the paranoid schizophrenic group with those of normal persons and a comparison of the time necessary to complete the Picture-Frustration Study for the anxiety neurotic group and the paranoid schizophrenic group. KW - AGGRESSION (Psychology) KW - ROSENZWEIG picture-frustration test KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - FRUSTRATION KW - RORSCHACH Test KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - NEUROSES KW - PARANOID schizophrenics N1 - Accession Number: 16061375; Starer, Emanuel 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Coatesville, Penna.; Source Info: Jul1952, Vol. 8 Issue 3, p307; Subject Term: AGGRESSION (Psychology); Subject Term: ROSENZWEIG picture-frustration test; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: FRUSTRATION; Subject Term: RORSCHACH Test; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: NEUROSES; Subject Term: PARANOID schizophrenics; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16061375&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Winfield, Don L. T1 - AN INVESTIGATION OF THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN INTELLIGENCE AND THE STATISTICAL RELIABILITY OF THE MINNESOTA MULTIPHASIC PERSONALITY INVENTORY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1952/04// VL - 8 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 146 EP - 148 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents an investigation of the relationship between intelligence and the statistical reliability of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI). Personality tests are widely used and certain conclusions and assumptions are frequently drawn from these tests without any experimental justification for them. In spite of their widespread use, there have been relatively few attempts to establish experimentally various factors which may have a direct effect upon the reliability of these instruments. Odd-even reliability coefficients were computed, based upon MMPI records of 175 white male veterans with neuropsychiatric disabilities. Groupings based upon various combination of Wechsler Scale IQ's were treated statistically. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - EDUCATIONAL tests & measurements KW - PRODUCT management KW - PERSONALITY assessment N1 - Accession Number: 15846736; Winfield, Don L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Kennedy Hospital, Veterans Administration; Source Info: Apr1952, Vol. 8 Issue 2, p146; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: EDUCATIONAL tests & measurements; Subject Term: PRODUCT management; Subject Term: PERSONALITY assessment; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846736&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Albee, George W. AU - Hamlin, Roy M. T1 - JUDGMENT OF ADJUSTMENT FROM DRAWINGS: THE APPLICABILITY OF RATING SCALE METHODS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1950/10// VL - 6 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 363 EP - 365 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study which indicates that the use of a criterion scale as an aid to judgment of adjustment inferred from drawings lends encouraging reliability to judgment. Findings suggest that this method is effective in differentiating a normal group from two groups of neuropsychiatric out-patients. One possible explanation for the lack of difference between the neurotic group and the schizophrenic group may lie in the actual lack of difference in level of adjustment for the groups. The "schizophrenic" group, as was suggested above, was composed of out-patients, many of them in fair remission and holding jobs. It is likely that selection of a more "maladjusted" group of schizophrenics would improve the discriminative value of the criterion scale. KW - ADJUSTMENT (Psychology) KW - DRAWING KW - CRITERION (Theory of knowledge) KW - JUDGMENTS (Law) KW - NEUROPSYCHIATRY KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA N1 - Accession Number: 15828862; Albee, George W. 1 Hamlin, Roy M. 2; Affiliation: 1: The University of Pittsburgh, Western Psychiatric institute and Clinic. 2: Veterans Administration Pittsburgh, Pa., and the University of Pittsburgh.; Source Info: Oct1950, Vol. 6 Issue 4, p363; Subject Term: ADJUSTMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: DRAWING; Subject Term: CRITERION (Theory of knowledge); Subject Term: JUDGMENTS (Law); Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828862&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pearson, John S. T1 - PREDICTION OF THE RESPONSE OF SCHIZOPHRENIC PATIENTS TO ELECTRO-CONVULSIVE THERAPY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1950/07// VL - 6 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 285 EP - 287 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on a study regarding the value of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) in predicting the response of psychiatric patients to electro-narcosis therapy. Attempts were made to discover factors in the MMPI profiles which might enable the prediction of the result of the shock therapy. The pre-treatment MMPI records of 29 male psychiatric patients were analyzed with respect to psychiatrists' estimates of the patients' responses to electric shock therapy. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - NEUROSES -- Diagnosis KW - PERSONALITY assessment KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - MENTALLY ill KW - SHOCK therapy N1 - Accession Number: 15845085; Pearson, John S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Minncapolis, Minnesota; Source Info: Jul1950, Vol. 6 Issue 3, p285; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: NEUROSES -- Diagnosis; Subject Term: PERSONALITY assessment; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: SHOCK therapy; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845085&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Garfield, Sol L. T1 - A NOTE ON PATTERSON'S ARTICLE, "THE WECHSLER-BELLEVUE SCALE AS AND AID IN PSYCHIATRIC DIAGNOSIS". JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1947/04// VL - 3 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 198 EP - 200 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article emphasis on the practicality of psychological test data as well as the contribution they may make in the future to the clinical study of personality disorders. A dominant focus is made on the diagnostic efficiency of the Wechsler-Bellevue Scale of Adult Intelligence. It was concluded that the agreement between the test diagnoses and psychiatric diagnoses is considerably less than 78 per cent. Therefore, in terms of the data presented there is no scientific support for the authors' conclusion that in practical situations the Wechsler-Bellevue Scale can be of considerable assistance to the psychiatrist in reaching a diagnosis in borderline and mixed cases of mental disease. KW - PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis KW - PERSONALITY disorders KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - MENTAL health services KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15795425; Garfield, Sol L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Mendota, Wisconsint; Source Info: Apr1947, Vol. 3 Issue 2, p198; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis; Subject Term: PERSONALITY disorders; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15795425&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Miller, James G. T1 - THE VETERANS ADMINISTRATION AND CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1947/01// VL - 3 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 1 EP - 3 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on the veterans administration and clinical psychology. Establishment of the program of clinical psychology in the Veterans Administration is involved in two sorts of rapid evolution which may almost be called professional revolutions. These are the great expansion and strengthening of medical services to veterans and the reorientation of standards and practice in the psychological clinical field. Clinical psychologists of the Veterans Administration serve in either mental hygiene clinics or hospitals. KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - APPLIED psychology KW - MENTAL health KW - HEALTH facilities N1 - Accession Number: 15782711; Miller, James G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Chief, Clinical Psychology Section, Neuropsychiatry Division, Veterans Administration; Source Info: Jan1947, Vol. 3 Issue 1, p1; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: APPLIED psychology; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: HEALTH facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15782711&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hawley, Paul R. T1 - PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES IN THE VETERANS ADMINISTRATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1946/04// VL - 2 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 107 EP - 109 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information about a program developed for the utilization of psychologists in the rehabilitation of war veterans of the U.S. Army. This program calls for the use of clinical psychologists in connection with the diagnosis and study of veterans needing medical care. Psychologists are also being employed in connection with the vocational rehabilitation activities as vocational advisors. The plan of operation provides for the establishment of Mental Hygiene Clinics at thirty-two Regional Offices of the U.S. Veterans Administration where outpatient neuropsychiatric treatment will be given, for Readjustment Centers in nineteen General Hospitals. KW - MEDICAL care of veterans KW - RETIRED military personnel KW - NEUROPSYCHIATRY KW - VOCATIONAL rehabilitation KW - OCCUPATIONAL therapy KW - MENTAL health services KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 15795356; Hawley, Paul R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Acting Surgeon General, United States Veterans Administration; Source Info: Apr1946, Vol. 2 Issue 2, p107; Subject Term: MEDICAL care of veterans; Subject Term: RETIRED military personnel; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: VOCATIONAL rehabilitation; Subject Term: OCCUPATIONAL therapy; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; Subject Term: UNITED States; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624310 Vocational Rehabilitation Services; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15795356&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Fry, Arthur E. AU - Rivers, James battle AU - Griffith, F. B. AU - Kellogg, Royal S. AU - Smith, Francis C. AU - Kerr, Charles R. AU - Hayes, W. AU - Cleaver, J. L. AU - Weston, Harry E. AU - Morrison, Paul F. AU - Jeffrey, E. J. T1 - LETTERS TO THE EDITORS. JO - Saturday Evening Post JF - Saturday Evening Post Y1 - 1948/10/02/ VL - 221 IS - 14 M3 - Letter SP - 4 EP - 8 PB - Saturday Evening Post Society, Inc.. SN - 00489239 AB - Several letters to the editor are presented in response to articles in previous issues, including "The Riddle of the Kensington Stone," by Thomas R. Henry in the August 21, 1948 issue, "The Claws of Death," by Hal G. Evarts in the July 31, 1948 issue, and "Savannah," by George Sessions Perry in the July 17, 1948 issue. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - KENSINGTON Rune Stone KW - STONE KW - DEATH KW - CITIES & towns N1 - Accession Number: 19720048; Fry, Arthur E. Rivers, James battle Griffith, F. B. Kellogg, Royal S. Smith, Francis C. Kerr, Charles R. Hayes, W. 1 Cleaver, J. L. Weston, Harry E. 2 Morrison, Paul F. 3 Jeffrey, E. J. 4; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Legion, Tex. 2: Associate Secretary-Treasurer, The American Pupl & Paper Mill Superintendents Assn., Inc. Chicago, Ill. 3: President, Valdosta Junior, Chamber of Commerce, Valdosta, Ga. 4: Navy Department Ships' Editorial Assn., Washington, D. C.; Source Info: 10/2/1948, Vol. 221 Issue 14, p4; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: KENSINGTON Rune Stone; Subject Term: STONE; Subject Term: DEATH; Subject Term: CITIES & towns; NAICS/Industry Codes: 423320 Brick, Stone, and Related Construction Material Merchant Wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 327991 Cut Stone and Stone Product Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 444190 Other Building Material Dealers; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=19720048&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Baskerville, W. H. AU - Kaufman, Warren R. AU - Simmons, Jane H. AU - Rumball, J. M AU - Divinia, L. M. AU - Chegwidden, Maud AU - Hearn, Catherine Julia AU - Walter, Helen Siebold AU - Wright, Paul A. AU - Hinsey, Joseph C. AU - Bragdon, Marshall AU - Warriner, Benjamin R. T1 - LETTERS TO THE EDITOR. JO - Saturday Evening Post JF - Saturday Evening Post Y1 - 1948/03/20/ VL - 220 IS - 38 M3 - Letter SP - 4 EP - 8 PB - Saturday Evening Post Society, Inc.. SN - 00489239 AB - Several letters to the editor are presented in response to articles in previous issues of the "Saturday Evening Post" including "I Have a Scar on My Heart," by W. A. P. John and "The Cities of America," by Charles B. Driscoll from the February 21, 1948 issue and "The Color Line in Medicine," in the January 24, 1948 issue. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - HEART diseases KW - CITIES & towns KW - MEDICINE KW - PERIODICALS KW - SATURDAY Evening Post, The (Periodical) N1 - Accession Number: 19730074; Baskerville, W. H. Kaufman, Warren R. Simmons, Jane H. Rumball, J. M 1 Divinia, L. M. 2 Chegwidden, Maud Hearn, Catherine Julia Walter, Helen Siebold Wright, Paul A. Hinsey, Joseph C. 3 Bragdon, Marshall 4 Warriner, Benjamin R.; Affiliation: 1: Chief of Medicine, Veterans' Administration Hospital, Coral Gables, Fla. 2: Executive Assistant to the Vice-Pres. and Gen. Mgr., Wichita Division Boeing Airplane Company, Wichita, Kan. 3: Dean, Cornell University, Medical College, New York, N.Y. 4: Executive Secretary, The Mayor's Friendly Relations Committee, Cincinnati, Ohio; Source Info: 3/20/1948, Vol. 220 Issue 38, p4; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: HEART diseases; Subject Term: CITIES & towns; Subject Term: MEDICINE; Subject Term: PERIODICALS; Reviews & Products: SATURDAY Evening Post, The (Periodical); NAICS/Industry Codes: 451212 News Dealers and Newsstands; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424920 Book, Periodical, and Newspaper Merchant Wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414420 Book, periodical and newspaper merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 323119 Other printing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 451310 Book stores and news dealers; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=19730074&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lutz, Gabriele K. AU - Butzlaff, Martin E. AU - Atlas, Steven J. AU - Keller, Robert B. AU - Singer, Daniel E. AU - Deyo, Richard A. AU - Lutz, G K AU - Butzlaff, M E AU - Atlas, S J AU - Keller, R B AU - Singer, D E AU - Deyo, R A T1 - The relation between expectations and outcomes in surgery for sciatica. JO - JGIM: Journal of General Internal Medicine JF - JGIM: Journal of General Internal Medicine Y1 - 1999/12// VL - 14 IS - 12 M3 - journal article SP - 740 EP - 744 SN - 08848734 AB - Objective: To describe the expectations that patients and their physicians have for outcomes after surgical treatment for sciatica and to examine the associations between expectations and outcomes.Design: Prospective cohort study.Setting/patients: We recruited 273 patients, from the offices of orthopedic surgeons, neurosurgeons, and occupational medicine physicians in Maine, who had diskectomy for sciatica.Measurements and Main Results: Patients' and physicians' expectations were measured before surgery. Satisfaction with care and changes in symptoms and functional status were measured 12 months after surgery. More patients who expected a shorter recovery tJgie after surgery were "delighted," "pleased," or "mostly satisfied" with their outcomes 12 months after surgery than patients who expected a longer recovery tJgie (odds ratio [OR] 2.2; 95% confidence interval [CI] 1.1, 4.4). Also, more patients who preferred surgery after learning that sciatica could get better without surgery had good symptom scores 12 months after surgery than patients who did not prefer surgery (OR 2.9; 95% CI 1.2, 7.0). When physicians predicted a "great deal of Jgiprovement" after surgery, 39% of patients were not satisfied with their outcomes and 25% said their symptoms had not Jgiproved.Conclusions: More patients with favorable expectations about surgery had good outcomes than patients with unfavorable expectations. Physicians' expectations were overly optJgiistic. Patient expectations appear to be Jgiportant predictors of outcomes, and eliciting them may help physicians identify patients more likely to benefit from diskectomy for sciatica. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of JGIM: Journal of General Internal Medicine is the property of Springer Science & Business Media B.V. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SCIATICA -- Treatment KW - SURGERY KW - diskectomy KW - patient expectations KW - physician expectations KW - sciatica N1 - Accession Number: 5527839; Lutz, Gabriele K. Butzlaff, Martin E. 1 Atlas, Steven J. 2 Keller, Robert B. 3 Singer, Daniel E. 2 Deyo, Richard A. 4 Lutz, G K 5 Butzlaff, M E Atlas, S J Keller, R B Singer, D E Deyo, R A; Affiliation: 1: North West Health Services Field Program, Veterans Administration Puget Sound Health Care System, and Division of General Internal Medicine, University of Washington, Seattle, Wash 2: Medical Practices Evaluation Center and the General Medicine Division, Massachusetts General Hospital, Harvard Medical School, Boston, Mass 3: Maine Medical Assessment Foundation, Maine 4: Departments of Medicine and Health Services, and the Center for Cost and Outcomes Research, University of Washington, Seattle, Wash 5: North West Health Sciences Field Program, Veterans Administration Puget Sound Health, University of Washington, Seatle; Source Info: Dec1999, Vol. 14 Issue 12, p740; Subject Term: SCIATICA -- Treatment; Subject Term: SURGERY; Author-Supplied Keyword: diskectomy; Author-Supplied Keyword: patient expectations; Author-Supplied Keyword: physician expectations; Author-Supplied Keyword: sciatica; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: journal article L3 - 10.1046/j.1525-1497.1999.10417.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5527839&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Stern, David T. AU - Caldicott, Catherine V. T1 - Turfing. JO - JGIM: Journal of General Internal Medicine JF - JGIM: Journal of General Internal Medicine Y1 - 1999/04// VL - 14 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 243 EP - 248 SN - 08848734 AB - OBJECTIVE: To examine the language of “turfing,” a ubiquitous term applied to some transfers of patients between physicians, in order to reveal aspects of the ideology of internal medicine residency. SETTING: Academic internal medicine training program. MEASUREMENTS: Using direct observation and a focus group, we collected audiotapes of medical residents’ discussions of turfing. These data were analyzed using interpretive and conversation analytic methods. The focus group was used both to validate and to further elaborate a schematic conceptual framework for turfing. MAIN RESULTS: The decision to call a patient “turfed” depends on the balance of the values of effectiveness of therapy, continuity of care, and power. For example, if the receiving physician cannot provide a more effective therapy than can the transferring physician, medical residents consider the transfer inappropriate, and call the patient a turf. With appropriate transfers, these residents see their service as honorable, but with turfs, residents talk about the irresponsibility of transferring physicians, burdens of service, abuse, and powerlessness. CONCLUSIONS: Internal medicine residents can feel angry and frustrated about receiving patients perceived to be rejected by other doctors, and powerless to prevent the transfer of those patients for whom they may have no effective treatment or continuous relationship. This study has implications for further exploration of how the relationships between physicians may uphold or conflict with the underlying moral tenets of the medical profession. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of JGIM: Journal of General Internal Medicine is the property of Springer Science & Business Media B.V. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PHYSICIANS KW - PATIENTS KW - patient transfers KW - professional relationships KW - professional values KW - residency KW - turfing N1 - Accession Number: 5527774; Stern, David T. 1 Caldicott, Catherine V. 1; Affiliation: 1: Division of General Internal Medicine, Department of Internal Medicine, Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Hospital, and The Robert Wood Johnson Clinical Scholars Program, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich; Source Info: Apr1999, Vol. 14 Issue 4, p243; Subject Term: PHYSICIANS; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Author-Supplied Keyword: patient transfers; Author-Supplied Keyword: professional relationships; Author-Supplied Keyword: professional values; Author-Supplied Keyword: residency; Author-Supplied Keyword: turfing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621110 Offices of physicians; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621111 Offices of Physicians (except Mental Health Specialists); Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1046/j.1525-1497.1999.00325.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5527774&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ross, Randal G. T1 - Amplitude criteria and anticipatory saccades during smooth pursuit eye movements in schizophrenia. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1999/07// VL - 36 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 464 EP - 468 SN - 00485772 AB - Increased frequency of anticipatory saccades during smooth pursuit eye movements is a potential marker of genetic risk for schizophrenia even in the absence of clinical symptomology. The operational definition of anticipatory saccades has often included an amplitude criterion; however, these amplitude criteria have often differed across studies. This study reports on the effect of varying amplitude criteria on the effect size in a comparison of 29 schizophrenic adults and 29 normal subjects during a 16.7°/s constant velocity task. The inclusion of small amplitude anticipatory saccades, with amplitudes of 1–4°, consistently increased effect size (largest effect size = 1.61). The inclusion of large anticipatory saccades, with amplitudes of 4° or greater, had an inconsistent impact on effect size. The separation of anticipatory saccades into leading saccades (anticipatory saccades with amplitude 1–4°) and large anticipatory saccades (amplitude >4°) deserves further exploration. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Psychophysiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EYE -- Movements KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - SACCADIC eye movements KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder KW - SYMPTOMS KW - Eye movements KW - Saccades KW - Schizophrenia KW - Smooth pursuit N1 - Accession Number: 2358967; Ross, Randal G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Psychiatry, University of Colorado Health Sciences Center, Denver, USADenver Veterans Administration Medical Center, Denver, CO, USASeattle Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, WA, USA; Source Info: Jul1999, Vol. 36 Issue 4, p464; Subject Term: EYE -- Movements; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: SACCADIC eye movements; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: SCHIZOTYPAL personality disorder; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Author-Supplied Keyword: Eye movements; Author-Supplied Keyword: Saccades; Author-Supplied Keyword: Schizophrenia; Author-Supplied Keyword: Smooth pursuit; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1469-8986.3640464 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=2358967&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Griffith, Jay AU - Hoffer, Lee D. AU - Adler, Lawrence E. AU - Zerbe, Gary O. AU - Freedman, Robert T1 - Effects of sound intensity on a midlatency evoked response to repeated auditory stimuli in schizophrenic and normal subjects. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1995/09// VL - 32 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 460 EP - 466 SN - 00485772 AB - Inhibitory gating of response to repeated stimuli is demonstrated by several event-related potentials, including the auditory P50 wave. The present study examined the effects of variation in sound intensity on this phenomenon in schizophrenics and normal subjects. Paired clicks, 500 ms apart, were presented 50 dB above threshold to 10 normal subjects and 10 schizophrenics. The normal subjects demonstrated significantly more decrement of response to the second stimulus than did the schizophrenics. When the sounds were noticeably louder(70 dB above threshold), no such difference was observed. Rather, both groups had similarly diminished gating of response. A significant difference between schizophrenics and normal subjects was also observed when the sounds were 30dB above threshold, but the difference was smaller than that at 50 dB. At any stimulus intensity, concomitant eye movements led to loss of gating of P50 in the normal subjects. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Psychophysiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - SOUND KW - THRESHOLD (Perception) KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - AUDITORY perception KW - EYE -- Movements KW - Auditory event-related potentials KW - Auditory threshold N1 - Accession Number: 11062162; Griffith, Jay 1 Hoffer, Lee D. 1 Adler, Lawrence E. 1 Zerbe, Gary O. 2 Freedman, Robert 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Psychiatry and Pharmacology, Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Colorado Health Science Center, Denver, USA. 2: Department of Preventive Medicine and Biostatistics, Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Colorado Health Science Center, Denver, USA.; Source Info: Sep1995, Vol. 32 Issue 5, p460; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: SOUND; Subject Term: THRESHOLD (Perception); Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: AUDITORY perception; Subject Term: EYE -- Movements; Author-Supplied Keyword: Auditory event-related potentials; Author-Supplied Keyword: Auditory threshold; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1469-8986.ep11062162 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11062162&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Woods, David L. AU - Alho, Kimmo AU - Algazi, Alain T1 - Intermodal selective attention: Evidence for processing in tonotopic auditory fields. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1993/05// VL - 30 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 287 EP - 295 SN - 00485772 AB - Auditory event-related brain potentials (ERPs) were recorded for 250- and 4,000-Hz tone bursts in an intermodal selective attention task. Tonotopic changes were evident in the scalp distribution of the rising phase of the auditory Nl (mean peak latency 116 ms); the Nl was more frontally distributed following the 4,000-Hz than following the 250-Hz tone bursts, and it included a eontralateral Pg0 component that was absent following 250-Hz tones. ERPs related to intermodal selective attention were isolated as negative and positive auditory difference waves (Nd[suba]s and Pd[suba]s). Neither the Nd[suba] nor the Pd[suba] showed changes in distribution with tone frequency, but both showed Ear x Frequency changes in distribution. ERPs for deviant tones included mismatch negativities (MMNs) and, in attend auditory conditions, N2b and P3 components. These components did not change in scalp distribution with tone frequency. One possible explanation is that tonotopic displacements of ERP distributions on the scalp surface depend on angular displacements in generator fields on gyral convexities. The results are consistent with the possibility that auditory processing radiates outward with increasing latency from tonotopic fields on Heschl's gyri to more gyrus-free regions of the planun temporale and anterior superior temporal plane. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Psychophysiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AUDITORY adaptation KW - BRAIN KW - CHANGE KW - ATTENTION KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - ADAPTATION (Physiology) KW - attention KW - auditory KW - cortex. KW - event-related potential KW - intermodal KW - tonotopic N1 - Accession Number: 11656937; Woods, David L. 1 Alho, Kimmo 2 Algazi, Alain 1; Affiliation: 1: Clinical Neurophysiology Laboratory, Department of Neurology, University of California-Davis, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, CA 2: Department of Psychology, University of Helsinki, Helsini, Finland; Source Info: May1993, Vol. 30 Issue 3, p287; Subject Term: AUDITORY adaptation; Subject Term: BRAIN; Subject Term: CHANGE; Subject Term: ATTENTION; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: ADAPTATION (Physiology); Author-Supplied Keyword: attention; Author-Supplied Keyword: auditory; Author-Supplied Keyword: cortex.; Author-Supplied Keyword: event-related potential; Author-Supplied Keyword: intermodal; Author-Supplied Keyword: tonotopic; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1469-8986.ep11656937 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11656937&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Finlay, William AU - Mutran, Elizabeth J. AU - Zeitler, Rodney R. AU - Randall, Christina S. T1 - Experience, Attitudes, and Plans. JO - Work & Occupations JF - Work & Occupations Y1 - 1991/11// VL - 18 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 447 EP - 458 SN - 07308884 AB - This article examines the performance of medical students, interns, residents, and practicing physicians. The productivity of professional employees, such as medical residents, is an under-researched area. Case studies have suggested that administrators and managers are concerned about professional productivity for example, in a study of salaried physicians in a large medical group, he revealed that administrators attempted to specify the number of hours physicians worked and the number of patients per hour seen by physicians, yet hard data on this topic are lacking. Another problem is that it is difficult to interpret physician productivity, a highly regarded physician with a large practice may see more patients than a less renowned physician, even though the two are equally quick workers. In this study, fortunately, they have a setting which enables them to assess physician productivity directly. In the primary care clinic, patients form a line and are seen by whichever resident is available; each resident works the same hours. The number of patients a resident sees, therefore, is a direct result of the speed at which he or she works. KW - MEDICAL students KW - INTERNS (Medicine) KW - HOSPITAL medical staff KW - PHYSICIANS (General practice) KW - MEDICAL care KW - PATIENTS N1 - Accession Number: 9705311057; Finlay, William 1 Mutran, Elizabeth J. 2 Zeitler, Rodney R. 3 Randall, Christina S. 4; Affiliation: 1: University of Georgia. 2: University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City. 4: University of Iowa.; Source Info: Nov91, Vol. 18 Issue 4, p447; Subject Term: MEDICAL students; Subject Term: INTERNS (Medicine); Subject Term: HOSPITAL medical staff; Subject Term: PHYSICIANS (General practice); Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Number of Pages: 12p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4026 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9705311057&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Craig, Thomas AU - Bromet, Evelyn AU - Jandorf, Lina AU - Fennig, Shmuel AU - Tanenberg-Karant, Marsha AU - Ram, Ranganathan AU - Rosen, Bruce T1 - Diagnosis, Treatment, and Six-Month Outcome Status in First-Admission Psychosis. JO - Annals of Clinical Psychiatry (Springer Science & Business Media B.V.) JF - Annals of Clinical Psychiatry (Springer Science & Business Media B.V.) Y1 - 1997/06// VL - 9 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 89 EP - 97 SN - 10401237 AB - Six-month outcome status was examined in 202 first-admission inpatients with DSM-III-R schizophrenia spectrum ( N = 96), psychotic bipolar disorder ( N = 64), and psychotic depression ( N = 42) drawn from 10 facilities in Suffolk County, New York. Schizophrenics fared significantly worse on all outcome variables except rehospitalization, which ranged from 17.7 to 23.4%. Bipolars had good psychosocial outcomes regardless of clinical outcome, while the two outcome domains were uncorrelated among schizophrenics and psychotic depressed. Schizophreniform patients had significantly better outcome than those with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder. Posthospital treatment was generally unrelated to outcome except that fewer rehospitalized schizophrenics received continuous treatment, and patients with psychotic depression with poorer psychosocial outcome received medication less frequently. These findings highlight the different treatment needs of these diagnostic groups, especially as regards the provision of more intensive rehabilitation for schizophrenic patients and the “poor-outcome” psychotic depressed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Annals of Clinical Psychiatry (Springer Science & Business Media B.V.) is the property of Springer Science & Business Media B.V. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - bipolar KW - depression KW - epidemiology KW - outcome KW - psychosis KW - Schizophrenia N1 - Accession Number: 50246885; Craig, Thomas 1 Bromet, Evelyn 2 Jandorf, Lina 2 Fennig, Shmuel 3 Tanenberg-Karant, Marsha 2 Ram, Ranganathan 4 Rosen, Bruce 5; Affiliation: 1: Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx 2: Department of Psychiatry and Behavior Science, State University of New York at Stony Brook, Stony Brook 11794-8790 3: Shelvata Hospital, Tel Aviv Israel 4: University of Maryland, Baltimore 5: St. Johns Episcopal Hospital, Smithtown; Source Info: Jun1997, Vol. 9 Issue 2, p89; Author-Supplied Keyword: bipolar; Author-Supplied Keyword: depression; Author-Supplied Keyword: epidemiology; Author-Supplied Keyword: outcome; Author-Supplied Keyword: psychosis; Author-Supplied Keyword: Schizophrenia; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1023/A:1026205319204 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=50246885&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cerhan, James R. AU - Folsom, Aaron R. AU - Mortimer, James A. AU - Shahar, Eyal AU - Knopman, David S. AU - McGovern, Paul G. AU - Hays, Melissa A. AU - Crum, Larry D. AU - Heiss, Gerardo T1 - Correlates of Cognitive Function in Middle-Aged Adults. JO - Gerontology JF - Gerontology Y1 - 1998/03// VL - 44 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 95 EP - 105 SN - 0304324X AB - The Atherosclerosis Risk in Communities Study administered cognitive function tests to more than 14,000 middle-aged adults in 1990–1992. The battery included the Delayed Word Recall test, the Digit Symbol Subtest of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale-Revised, and the Controlled Oral Word Association (Word Fluency) test. Test performance was correlated positively with education level, negatively with age, was better in women than in men, and better in managers/professionals compared with other occupations. After controlling for these factors, race and community, the findings most consistent for both sexes were that Delayed Word Recall was negatively associated with depressive symptoms, diabetes, and fibrinogen level; the Digit Symbol Subtest was associated with marital status, negatively associated with depressive symptoms, smoking status, fibrinogen level, and carotid intima-media thickness, and positively associated with alcohol drinking and FEV[sub 1] ; and the Word Fluency test was positively associated with marital status, alcohol drinking, sports participation, and FEV[sub 1] . Most of these cross-sectional results were in the predicted direction and have biologic plausibility, but mean differences between extreme categories were small (generally on the order of 0.1 to 0.2 of a standard deviation). Longitudinal study is warranted to evaluate whether small differences in middle-age lead to larger, clinically meaningful deficits with aging. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Gerontology is the property of Karger AG and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - COGNITIVE ability KW - MIDDLE age KW - COGNITION disorders KW - DEMENTIA KW - DISEASES -- Risk factors KW - Cognitive disorders KW - Dementia KW - Risk factors N1 - Accession Number: 11373292; Cerhan, James R. 1 Folsom, Aaron R. 1; Email Address: folsom@epivax.epi.umn.edu Mortimer, James A. 1,2,3 Shahar, Eyal 1 Knopman, David S. 3 McGovern, Paul G. 1 Hays, Melissa A. 4 Crum, Larry D. 4 Heiss, Gerardo 5; Affiliation: 1: Division of Epidemiology, School of Public Health, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn., USA 2: Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center (11G), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minn., USA 3: Department of Neurology, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn., USA 4: Collaborative Studies Coordinating Center, School of Public Health, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N.C., USA 5: Department of Epidemiology, School of Public Health, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N.C., USA; Source Info: 1998, Vol. 44 Issue 2, p95; Subject Term: COGNITIVE ability; Subject Term: MIDDLE age; Subject Term: COGNITION disorders; Subject Term: DEMENTIA; Subject Term: DISEASES -- Risk factors; Author-Supplied Keyword: Cognitive disorders; Author-Supplied Keyword: Dementia; Author-Supplied Keyword: Risk factors; Number of Pages: 11p; Illustrations: 2 Charts, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1159/000021991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11373292&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Segal, Nancy L. AU - Russell, Jean T1 - IQ Similarity in Monozygotic and Dizygotic Twin Children: Effects of the Same versus Different Examiners: A Research Note. JO - Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry & Allied Disciplines JF - Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry & Allied Disciplines Y1 - 1991/05// VL - 32 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 703 EP - 708 SN - 00219630 AB - The Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children -- Revised was administered to two independently identified samples of monozygotic (MZ) and dizygotic (DZ) twin children. Co-twins in the first sample were tested by the same examiner, while co-twins in the second sample were tested by different examiners. IQ intraclass correlations were similar for the two MZ twin samples (.84 and .88), and identical for the two DZ twin samples (.54). The implications of this analysis are discussed with reference to twin study methodology, research on IQ similarity and replication of child development research. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry & Allied Disciplines is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CHILDREN -- Intelligence testing KW - TWINS KW - CHILD development KW - CORRELATION (Statistics) KW - dizygotic. KW - IQ monozygotic KW - Twins N1 - Accession Number: 11645658; Segal, Nancy L. 1 Russell, Jean 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Minnesota, Department of Psychology, 75 East River Road, Elliott Hall, Minneapolis, MN 55455, U.S.A. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Department of Psychiatry, Geriatric Research Education and Clinical Center, Minneapolis, Minnesota, U.S.A.; Source Info: May1991, Vol. 32 Issue 4, p703; Subject Term: CHILDREN -- Intelligence testing; Subject Term: TWINS; Subject Term: CHILD development; Subject Term: CORRELATION (Statistics); Author-Supplied Keyword: dizygotic.; Author-Supplied Keyword: IQ monozygotic; Author-Supplied Keyword: Twins; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1469-7610.ep11645658 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11645658&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Brown, Laurel L. AU - Tomarken, Andrew J. AU - Orth, David N. AU - Loosen, Peter T. AU - Kalin, Ned H. AU - Davidson, Richard J. T1 - Individual Differences in Repressive-Defensiveness Predict Basal Salivary Cortisol Levels. JO - Journal of Personality & Social Psychology JF - Journal of Personality & Social Psychology Y1 - 1996/02// VL - 70 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 362 EP - 371 SN - 00223514 AB - Prior studies assessing the relation between negative affective traits and cortisol have yielded inconsistent results. Two studies assessed the relation between individual differences in repressive-defensiveness and basal salivary cortisol levels. Experiment 1 assessed midafternoon salivary cortisol levels in men classified as repressors, high-anxious, or low-anxious. In Experiment 2, more rigorous controls were applied as salivary cortisol levels in women and men were assessed at 3 times of day on 3 separate days. In both studies, as hypothesized, repressors and high-anxious participants demonstrated higher basal cortisol levels than low-anxious participants. These findings suggest that both heightened distress and the inhibition of distress may be independently linked to relative elevations in cortisol. Also discussed is the possible mediational role of individual differences in responsivity to, or mobilization for, uncertainty or change. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Personality & Social Psychology is the property of American Psychological Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - INDIVIDUAL differences KW - PERSONALITY KW - HYDROCORTISONE KW - ANXIETY KW - PERSONALITY assessment N1 - Accession Number: 9603122967; Brown, Laurel L. 1 Tomarken, Andrew J. 1 Orth, David N. 1 Loosen, Peter T. 2 Kalin, Ned H. 3 Davidson, Richard J. 3; Affiliation: 1: Vanderbilt University 2: Vanderbilt University and Nashville Veterans, Administration Medical Center 3: University of Wisconsin--Madison; Source Info: Feb96, Vol. 70 Issue 2, p362; Subject Term: INDIVIDUAL differences; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: HYDROCORTISONE; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: PERSONALITY assessment; Number of Pages: 10p; Illustrations: 2 Charts, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9603122967&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Biernat, Monica AU - Manis, Melvin AU - Nelson, Thomas E. T1 - Stereotypes and Standards of Judgment. JO - Journal of Personality & Social Psychology JF - Journal of Personality & Social Psychology Y1 - 1991/04// VL - 60 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 485 EP - 499 SN - 00223514 AB - People routinely adjust their subjective judgment standards as they evaluate members of stereotyped social groups. Such shifts are less likely to occur, however, when judgments are made on stable, "objective" response scales. In 3 studies, subjects judged a series of targets with respect to a number of gender-relevant attributes (e.g., height, weight, and income), using either subjective (Likert-type) or objective response scales (e.g., inches, pounds, and dollars). Objective judgments were consistently influenced by sex stereotypes; subjective judgments were not. Results were also consistent with the expectation that when a judgment attribute is unrelated to gender, male and female targets evoke the same judgment standards. A schematic model of how stereotyped mental representations are expressed on subjectively defined rating scales is presented, and implications for the study of person perception are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Personality & Social Psychology is the property of American Psychological Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - JUDGMENT (Psychology) KW - SOCIAL groups KW - STEREOTYPES (Social psychology) KW - GENDER stereotypes KW - GENDER N1 - Accession Number: 9104222440; Biernat, Monica 1 Manis, Melvin 2 Nelson, Thomas E. 3; Affiliation: 1: University of Florida 2: University of Michigan 3: Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Medical Center; Source Info: Apr91, Vol. 60 Issue 4, p485; Subject Term: JUDGMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: SOCIAL groups; Subject Term: STEREOTYPES (Social psychology); Subject Term: GENDER stereotypes; Subject Term: GENDER; Number of Pages: 15p; Illustrations: 2 Diagrams, 10 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9104222440&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kendall-Tackett, Kathleen A. AU - Marshall, Roberta T1 - VICTIMIZATION AND DIABETES: AN EXPLORATORY STUDY. JO - Child Abuse & Neglect JF - Child Abuse & Neglect Y1 - 1999/06// VL - 23 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 593 EP - 596 SN - 01452134 AB - The article focuses on a study which considers diabetes and symptoms of diabetes in patients with a past history of victimization. Diabetes is the seventh leading cause of death in the U.S., and is responsible for a number of life-threatening complications including blindness, kidney disease, neuropathy, amputations, heart disease and stroke. In the study, although only four people identified themselves as having diabetes, this number should be interpreted in the broader context of incidence of diabetes in the general population. One intriguing finding was that three of the diabetic patients were victims of domestic abuse alone, and the fourth was a victim of both child and domestic abuse. It is possible that diabetes risk increases with a more proximal stressor. There were several limitations to the study. First, the question about child abuse does not differentiate between physical and sexual abuse. Second, for both abuse questions, we do not know the identity of the perpetrator, the type and severity of abuse that occurred, the frequency and duration of the abuse experience and whether force was involved. Even with these limitations, the present study suggests that past victimization may put people at risk for a wide variety of future health problems. By anticipating the potential influence effects of past abuse, practitioners can educate patients who have been abused about possible health consequences they might face and empower them to seek appropriate levels of care. KW - DIABETES KW - DIABETICS KW - VICTIMS of crimes KW - CHILD abuse KW - CHILD sexual abuse KW - Childhood abuse KW - Diabetes KW - Victimization N1 - Accession Number: 2150039; Kendall-Tackett, Kathleen A. 1 Marshall, Roberta 2; Affiliation: 1: Family Research Laboratory, University of New Hampshire, Durham, NH, USA 2: Veterans Administration Hospitals, West Palm Beach, FL, USA; Source Info: Jun99, Vol. 23 Issue 6, p593; Subject Term: DIABETES; Subject Term: DIABETICS; Subject Term: VICTIMS of crimes; Subject Term: CHILD abuse; Subject Term: CHILD sexual abuse; Author-Supplied Keyword: Childhood abuse; Author-Supplied Keyword: Diabetes; Author-Supplied Keyword: Victimization; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=2150039&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Deroma, Virginia M. AU - Hansen, David J. AU - Tishelman, Amy C. AU - D'Amico, Peter T1 - INFLUENCE OF INFORMATION RELATED TO CHILD PHYSICAL ABUSE ON PROFESSIONAL RATINGS OF ADJUSTMENT AND PROGNOSIS. JO - Child Abuse & Neglect JF - Child Abuse & Neglect Y1 - 1997/03// VL - 21 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 295 EP - 308 SN - 01452134 AB - The study investigates the influence of access to information of a history of physical maltreatment on the evaluative responding of social service and clinical psychology professionals. Written vignettes were used in a 2 x 2 x 2 factorial design to manipulate the: (a) presence/absence of abuse history; (b) presence/absence of behavior problems; and (c) gender of the child. Professionals rated children presented in 12 case vignettes along five treatment-related dimensions: (a) overall adjustment; (b) predicted 6 month temporal stability of behavior; (c) likelihood of treatment referral; (d) expected home intervention success; and (e) expected school intervention success. Four dimensions related to social functioning were also rated, including likelihood of the child being: (a) recommended to serve as assistant to teacher; (b) elected as a school activity team leader; (c) elected as a class officer; and (d) nominated as a candidate for successful completion of a summer camp program. The findings verified the influence of information related to a history of maltreatment on professional judgments, despite matched vignette content for all factors other than maltreatment status. The results suggests a possible failure to recognize that some children have been buffered from the negative effects of abuse and point to the risk of erroneous judgments that may be directed toward maltreated children. (English) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - En este estudio se investiga la influencia del acceso a información sobre la historia de maltrato físico en las valoraciones realizadas por profesionales de los servicios sociales y de la psicología clínica. Se utilizaron una serie de viñetas escritas en un diseño factorial 2 X 2 X 2 con el objetivo de manipular: (1) la presencia/ausencia de una historia de maltrato, (2) la presencia/ausencia de problemas de conducta, y (3) el género del niño. Los profesionales evaluaron en cinco dimensiones relacionadas con el tratamiento a una serie de niños presentados en 12 viñetas de casos. Las cinco dimensiones eran: (1) adaptación general, (2) predicción a seis meses de la estabilidad temporal de la conducta, (3) probabilidad de derivación a tratamiento, (4) expectativas de éxito en la intervención domiciliaria, y (5) expectativas de éxito en la intervención escolar. Fueron también puntuadas cuatro dimensiones relacionadas con el funcionamiento social del niño, incluyendo la posibilidad de que sea: (1) recomendado para servir como ayudante del profesor, (2) elegido como responsable de equipo en una actividad escolar, (3) elegido como delegado de la clase, y (4) nominado como candidato por la realización con éxito de un programa de campamento de verano. Los resultados verificaron la influencia de la información relacionada con la historia de maltrato en las valoraciones realizadas por los profesionales, a pesar de que el contenido de las viñetas quedó emparejado en todos los factores excepto en la existencia del maltrato. Los resultados sugieren la existencia de una cierta dificultad para reconocer que algunos niños han podido superar los efectos negativos del maltrato y señalan el riesgo de realizar juicios erróneos que pueden ir dirigidos especialmente a los niños maltratados. (Spanish) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Child Abuse & Neglect is the property of Pergamon Press - An Imprint of Elsevier Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SOCIAL background KW - CHILD abuse KW - CHILD welfare KW - CHILDREN -- Crimes against KW - SOCIAL workers KW - CLINICAL psychologists KW - Adjustment KW - Children KW - Influence of physical abuse N1 - Accession Number: 9709060823; Deroma, Virginia M. 1 Hansen, David J. 2 Tishelman, Amy C. 3 D'Amico, Peter 4; Affiliation: 1: Department of Psychology, Gulfport Veterans Administration Medical Center, Gulfport, MS, USA 2: Department of Psychology, University of Nebraska-Lincoln, Lincoln, NE, USA 3: Boston Children's Hospital, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA, USA 4: Department of Psychology, State University of New York at Binghamton, Binghamton, NY, USA; Source Info: Mar1997, Vol. 21 Issue 3, p295; Subject Term: SOCIAL background; Subject Term: CHILD abuse; Subject Term: CHILD welfare; Subject Term: CHILDREN -- Crimes against; Subject Term: SOCIAL workers; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychologists; Author-Supplied Keyword: Adjustment; Author-Supplied Keyword: Children; Author-Supplied Keyword: Influence of physical abuse; Number of Pages: 14p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9709060823&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chisholm, Marie A. AU - Mulloy, Anthony L. AU - Singh, Jasvir T1 - Management of Postmenopausal Osteoporosis. JO - Journal of Geriatric Drug Therapy JF - Journal of Geriatric Drug Therapy Y1 - 1999/09// VL - 12 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 3 SN - 87564629 AB - Osteoporosis, a reduction in bone mass density, is the most common skeletal disorder of the elderly. This crippling disease causes greater than 1.5 million fractures each year, with annual costs to the U.S. health care system of approximately $14 billion. Osteoporotic fractures cause pain, disability, and, in some cases, death. Although osteoporosis is a preventable and treatable condition, many postmenopausal women with osteoporosis are unaware of their fragile skeletal condition until fractures occur. Early diagnosis of osteoporosis is possible by measuring bone density and by targeting those at greatest risk of developing osteoporotic fractures. Treatment with calcium, estrogen, raloxifene, calcitonin, or alendronate stabilizes bone density in the elderly and reduces the risk of fractures. This article reviews the current strategies for evaluation, diagnosis, and management of osteoporosis. [ABSTRACT FROM PUBLISHER] AB - Copyright of Journal of Geriatric Drug Therapy is the property of Taylor & Francis Ltd and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - OSTEOPOROSIS in women KW - WOMEN -- Diseases KW - OSTEOPOROSIS KW - OLDER people -- Diseases KW - BONES -- Diseases KW - eldcrly KW - elderly KW - pharmacotherapy of postmenopausal osteoporosis KW - postmenopausal osteoporosis N1 - Accession Number: 27708296; Chisholm, Marie A. 1,2 Mulloy, Anthony L. 3,4,5 Singh, Jasvir 6; Affiliation: 1: Assistant Professor, University of Georgia College of Pharmacy, Department of Clinical & Administrative Sciences, Athens, GA. 2: Clinical Assistant Professor, Department of Medicine, Medical College of Georgia School of Medicine, Augusta, GA 30912-2450. 3: Executive, Specialty Care Service Line, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, GA. 4: Director of the Metabolic Bone Disease Center, Medical College of Georgia. 5: Associate Professor, Department of Medicine, Medical College of Georgia, Augusta, GA 30912. 6: Fellow, University of Georgia College of Pharmacy, Department of Clinical & Administrative Sciences, Athens, GA 30602.; Source Info: 1999, Vol. 12 Issue 4, p3; Subject Term: OSTEOPOROSIS in women; Subject Term: WOMEN -- Diseases; Subject Term: OSTEOPOROSIS; Subject Term: OLDER people -- Diseases; Subject Term: BONES -- Diseases; Author-Supplied Keyword: eldcrly; Author-Supplied Keyword: elderly; Author-Supplied Keyword: pharmacotherapy of postmenopausal osteoporosis; Author-Supplied Keyword: postmenopausal osteoporosis; Number of Pages: 18p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=27708296&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Davis, Stephen N. AU - Brown, Jeri B. T1 - Insulin Use in the Elderly. JO - Journal of Geriatric Drug Therapy JF - Journal of Geriatric Drug Therapy Y1 - 1999/03// VL - 12 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 61 EP - 81 SN - 87564629 AB - Recent evidence has shown that near-euglycemic control can reduce macrovascular and microvascular complications in individuals with insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (type I) and non-insulindependent diabetes mellitus (type 2). Large numbers of elderly type 2 patients progress to insulin therapy after oral agent failure. This review outlines treatment goals and age-related considerations for insulin use in the elderly with type 1 and type 2 diabetes. Good glycemic control is a goal of diabetes therapy in the elderly; unfortunately, incidence of severe hypoglycemia increases with tighter control. Reduced counterregulatory responses and awareness to hypoglycemia and advanced atherosclerosis place the elderly at increased risk for morbidity and mortality from hypoglycemia. Consideration must be given to altered drug utilization and use of multiple medications in the geriatric population. Comorbidities, functional impairment, nutritional issues, and age-related learning characteristics present therapeutic challenges. This review describes pharmacodynamics and physiologic effects of available insulin preparations and their application for clinical use in the elderly. Finally, advantages and disadvantages of various regimens used in the elderly with type 1 and type 2 diabetes are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM PUBLISHER] AB - Copyright of Journal of Geriatric Drug Therapy is the property of Taylor & Francis Ltd and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - INSULIN KW - OLDER people KW - HYPOGLYCEMIA KW - DIABETES in old age KW - ENDOCRINE diseases KW - aged KW - hypoglycemia KW - insulin N1 - Accession Number: 28032593; Davis, Stephen N. 1,2 Brown, Jeri B. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Division of Diabetes and Endocrinology, Vanderbilt University Medical School, Nashville, TN 37221 2: Nashville VA/JDFI Diabetes Research Center, Nashville Veterans Administration Medical Center, Nashville, TN 37212; Source Info: 1999, Vol. 12 Issue 2, p61; Subject Term: INSULIN; Subject Term: OLDER people; Subject Term: HYPOGLYCEMIA; Subject Term: DIABETES in old age; Subject Term: ENDOCRINE diseases; Author-Supplied Keyword: aged; Author-Supplied Keyword: hypoglycemia; Author-Supplied Keyword: insulin; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 21p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=28032593&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lerer, Gertie T1 - Helping the Irascible Patient in Long Term Care: Towards a Theoretical and Practice Design. JO - Journal of Gerontological Social Work JF - Journal of Gerontological Social Work Y1 - 1995/06// VL - 24 IS - 1/2 M3 - Article SP - 169 EP - 184 SN - 01634372 AB - Many patients in long term care institutions have inordinate emotional needs which the staff's provision of standard treatment, comfort and personal hygiene cannot meet. This clash between their compelling needs and the staff's reasonable responses produces the irascible patient who is frustrating and discouraging to even the most committed caregivers. To understand and treat these patients' problems, common developmental histories were examined and treatment undertaken that went beyond the supportive endeavors usually considered all that can be done for this patient population. To help these individuals recover a sense of their lost competence and identity, the social worker reviewed their work experiences with them and elicited the capabilities they used when they lived independently. Although this process did not make them compliant, contented patients, useful memories were revived and dimmed identities rediscovered. They were able to develop more trust in their caregivers and set more reasonable expectations for their care. While the emphasis of this article is on these interventions, they are presented as an additional treatment effort, not as a substitute for evaluating and improving how caregiving staff is trained and supported so that they can interact more effectively and humanely with emotionally difficult and needy residents. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Gerontological Social Work is the property of Taylor & Francis Ltd and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LONG-term care of the sick KW - CAREGIVERS KW - CARE of people KW - ADULT care services KW - LONG-term care facilities KW - INSTITUTIONAL AND NONINSTITUTIONAL CARE KW - Institutionalization and Long-Term Care KW - REMINISCENCE N1 - Accession Number: 9511065618; Lerer, Gertie 1; Affiliation: 1: Social Worker, St. Albans Extended Care Center, 179-02 Linden Boulevard, St. Albans, NY 11425, part of the Brooklyn Veterans Administration Medical Center; Source Info: 1995, Vol. 24 Issue 1/2, p169; Subject Term: LONG-term care of the sick; Subject Term: CAREGIVERS; Subject Term: CARE of people; Subject Term: ADULT care services; Subject Term: LONG-term care facilities; Author-Supplied Keyword: INSTITUTIONAL AND NONINSTITUTIONAL CARE; Author-Supplied Keyword: Institutionalization and Long-Term Care; Author-Supplied Keyword: REMINISCENCE; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623311 Continuing Care Retirement Communities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623110 Nursing Care Facilities (Skilled Nursing Facilities); Number of Pages: 16p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9511065618&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kramer, Betty J. AU - Vitaliano, Peter P. T1 - Coping: A Review of the Theoretical Frameworks and the Measures Used Among Caregivers of Individuals with Dementia. JO - Journal of Gerontological Social Work JF - Journal of Gerontological Social Work Y1 - 1994/10// VL - 23 IS - 1/2 M3 - Article SP - 151 EP - 174 SN - 01634372 AB - Gerontological social workers are often called upon to evaluate how family members are coping with caring for older adults with dementia. This paper examines the ways in which coping has been conceptualized and measured among caregivers. This review is intended to assist social workers in understanding the issues relevant to the assessment of caregiver coping given current theoretical formulations, to identify some of the gaps in the research conducted to date, and to help practitioners in deciding how to choose a comprehensive measure of coping. This review thereby compares and evaluates the conceptual and theoretical frameworks of 16 studies and examines the psychometric properties of the eight measures they have used to assess the coping of caregivers of older adults with dementia. Conclusions and implications for social work research and practice are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Gerontological Social Work is the property of Taylor & Francis Ltd and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SOCIAL workers KW - CAREGIVERS KW - ADJUSTMENT (Psychology) KW - SOCIAL services KW - MEDICAL care for the aged KW - PSYCHOSES KW - GERONTOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 9506150009; Kramer, Betty J. 1,2 Vitaliano, Peter P. 3; Affiliation: 1: Assistant Professor, University of Wisconsin-Madison, School of Social Work 2: Health Services Researcher, Madison Geriatric Research Education and Clinical Center (GRECC), Veterans Administration Medical Center 3: Professor, University of Washington in the Department of Psychiatry & Behavioral Sciences; Source Info: 1994, Vol. 23 Issue 1/2, p151; Subject Term: SOCIAL workers; Subject Term: CAREGIVERS; Subject Term: ADJUSTMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: SOCIAL services; Subject Term: MEDICAL care for the aged; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: GERONTOLOGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 24p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9506150009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Eversole, L. R. AU - Fleischmann, J. AU - Baldwin, G. C. AU - Sapp, J. P. T1 - The effects of human immunodeficiency virus infection on macrophage phagocytosis of Candida. JO - Oral Microbiology & Immunology JF - Oral Microbiology & Immunology Y1 - 1994/02// VL - 9 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 55 EP - 59 SN - 09020055 AB - The effects of infection by human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) on phagocytic function towards Candida pseudotropicalis were tested using monocytotropic and nonmonocytotropic HIV strains on peripheral blood monocytes. There were no differences in either quantitative phagocytic activity or efficacy between the two infected and control mock-infected monocytes. Immunofluorescence for cytoplasmic p24 antigen and in situ hybridization for detection of HIV-specific RNA sequences revealed that very few cells (10-4) exhibit productive infection. Occasional cells with active infection as defined by microscopically detectable fluorescence labelling contained phagocytized yeasts. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Oral Microbiology & Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MACROPHAGES KW - PHAGOCYTOSIS KW - HIV infections KW - VIRUS diseases KW - MONOCYTES KW - ANTIGENS KW - candidiasis KW - HIV infection KW - phagocytosis N1 - Accession Number: 12557743; Eversole, L. R. 1 Fleischmann, J. 1,2 Baldwin, G. C. 3 Sapp, J. P. 1; Affiliation: 1: Section of Diagnostic Sciences, UCLA School of Dentistry. 2: Infectious Diseases Section, Wadsworth Veterans Administration Medical Center, Los Angeles, California, USA. 3: Division of Hematology-Oncology, UCLA School of Medicine and Jonsson Comprehensive Cancer Center, Los Angeles, California, USA.; Source Info: Feb1994, Vol. 9 Issue 1, p55; Subject Term: MACROPHAGES; Subject Term: PHAGOCYTOSIS; Subject Term: HIV infections; Subject Term: VIRUS diseases; Subject Term: MONOCYTES; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Author-Supplied Keyword: candidiasis; Author-Supplied Keyword: HIV infection; Author-Supplied Keyword: phagocytosis; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1399-302X.ep12557743 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12557743&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sturrock, A. AU - Franklin, K. F. AU - Wu, S.-Q. AU - Hoidal, J. R. T1 - Characterization and localization of the genes for mouse proteinase-3 (Prtn3) and neutrophil elastase (Ela2). JO - Cytogenetics & Cell Genetics JF - Cytogenetics & Cell Genetics Y1 - 1998/10// VL - 83 IS - 1/2 M3 - Article SP - 104 EP - 108 SN - 03010171 AB - Proteinase-3 (PR-3) and neutrophil elastase (NE) are polymorphonuclear leukocyte serine proteinases that degrade extracellular matrix proteins including elastin and appear to be involved in the pathogenesis of several diseases characterized by tissue destruction most notably emphysema and Wegener’s granulomatosis. In this report we characterize and compare the mouse PR-3 and NE genes and establish by FISH analysis a common location on mouse chromosome 10C2. Each gene consists of five exons and four introns conserving the typical granule-associated serine proteinase gene structure. The mouse PR-3 gene (Prtn3 ) is approximately 3.7 kb and is within 2.2 kb of the smaller (1.7 kb) NE gene (Ela2 ). The larger size of Prtn3 is accounted for by differences in intron sizes. A comparison between the mouse and human PR-3 cDNA reveals 73% homology, however, this drops to 60% when the amino acid sequences are compared. Homology between the mouse and human NE cDNA is 77% for both the cDNA and amino acid sequences. The catalytic triad and its placement are conserved among the four genes. The proximal promoter of mouse Prtn3 contains a TATA box, c-myb and an ets transcriptional site. As these are functional elements in the mouse Ela2 promoter they may also be important in the expression of Prtn3 . [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Cytogenetics & Cell Genetics is the property of Karger AG and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PROTEINASES KW - LEUCOCYTE elastase KW - EXTRACELLULAR matrix proteins KW - ANIMAL genetics KW - EXONS (Genetics) KW - INTRONS KW - MICE N1 - Accession Number: 12184317; Sturrock, A. 1 Franklin, K. F. 1 Wu, S.-Q. 2 Hoidal, J. R. 1; Email Address: jhoidal@med.utah.edu; Affiliation: 1: Department of Internal Medicine, Division of Respiratory, Critical Care and Occupational Medicine, Salt Lake City Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah, USA.. 2: University of Wisconsin Comprehensive Cancer Center, University of Wisconsin Medical School, Madison, Wisconsin (USA).; Source Info: Oct98, Vol. 83 Issue 1/2, p104; Subject Term: PROTEINASES; Subject Term: LEUCOCYTE elastase; Subject Term: EXTRACELLULAR matrix proteins; Subject Term: ANIMAL genetics; Subject Term: EXONS (Genetics); Subject Term: INTRONS; Subject Term: MICE; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1159/000015144 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12184317&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ahmed, I. AU - Piepkorn, M. AU - Goldgar, D. E. AU - Cannon-Albright, L. A. AU - Meyer, L. J. AU - Skolnick, M. H. AU - Zone, J. J. T1 - HMB-45 staining of dysplastic melanocytic nevi in melanoma risk groups. JO - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology JF - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology Y1 - 1991/08// VL - 18 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 257 EP - 260 SN - 03036987 AB - To evaluate the hypothesis that reactivity of the intradermal component of melanocytic nevi to the monoclonal antibody HMB-45 correlates with melanoma risk, dysplastic compound melanocytic nevi were examined for expression of the HMB-45 epitope in three subject groups differing in epidemiological risk for melanoma. The study groups consisted of 10 subjects with dysplastic nevi and a personal history of melanoma, 25 subjects with dysplastic nevi and a history of melanoma in one or more first degree relatives, and 15 population control subjects with sporadic dysplastic new. For each case, sections from one lesion, immunohistochemically processed for HMB-45 binding, were evaluated by two pathologists without knowledge of the clinical data. Of all dysplastic nevi, 98% showed diffusely positive cytoplasmic staining of the junctional nevomelanocytes and 90% had such positive staining of those cells within the superficial dermis. Nevus cells within the deeper dermis did not stain positively in any case. Furthermore, the data showed no differences in frequency, pattern, or intensity of HMB-45 reactivity between the subject groups. These observations indicate that evaluation of dysplastic nevi with the monoclonal antibody HMB-45, an apparent marker of proliferative or otherwise stimulated melanocytes, has no discriminating value for identifying subjects at increased historical risk for melanoma. The data, however, support the concept that so-called dysplasia within nevi, as defined by histologic criteria, actually represents the active or proliferative phase of melanocytic nevi. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Cutaneous Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BASAL cell nevus syndrome KW - MELANOMA KW - CANCER KW - DISEASES -- Risk factors KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - WOUNDS & injuries N1 - Accession Number: 11898067; Ahmed, I. 1 Piepkorn, M. 1,2 Goldgar, D. E. 3 Cannon-Albright, L. A. 3 Meyer, L. J. 2,4 Skolnick, M. H. 3 Zone, J. J. 2,4; Affiliation: 1: Department of Pathology, University of Utah, School of Medicine, Utah, U.S.A. 2: Department of Medicine (Dermatology), University of Utah, School of Medicine, Utah, U.S.A. 3: Department of Medical Informatics, University of Utah, School of Medicine, Utah, U.S.A. 4: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Salt Lake City, Utah, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug91, Vol. 18 Issue 4, p257; Subject Term: BASAL cell nevus syndrome; Subject Term: MELANOMA; Subject Term: CANCER; Subject Term: DISEASES -- Risk factors; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: WOUNDS & injuries; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0560.ep11898067 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11898067&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gerrity, Martha S. AU - Cole, Steven A. AU - Dietrich, Allen J. AU - Barrett, James E. T1 - Improving the Recognition and Management of Depression.Is There a Role for Physician Education? JO - Journal of Family Practice JF - Journal of Family Practice Y1 - 1999/12// VL - 48 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 949 EP - 957 SN - 00943509 AB - BACKGROUND. Many patients who visit primary care physicians suffer from depression, but physicians may miss the diagnosis or undertreat these patients. Improving physicians' communication skills pertaining to diagnosing and managing depression may lead to better outcomes. METHODS. We performed a randomized controlled trial involving 49 primary care physicians to determine the effect of the Depression Education Program on their knowledge of depression and their behavior toward depressed patients. After randomization, physicians in the intervention group completed the Depression Education Program, which consists of 2 4-hour interactive workshops that combine lectures, discussion, audiotape review, and role-playing. Between sessions, physicians audiotaped an interview with one of their patients. Two to 6 weeks following the intervention program, physicians completed a knowledge test and received office visits from 2 unannounced people acting as standardized patients with major depression. These "patients" completed a checklist and scales. Logistic and linear regression were used to control for sex, specialty, and suspicion that the patient was a standardized patient. RESULTS. For both standardized patients, more intervention physicians than control physicians asked about stresses at home, and they also scored higher on the Participatory Decision-Making scale. During the office visits of one of the standardized patients, more intervention physicians asked about at least 5 criteria for major depression (82% and 38%, P = .006), discussed the possibility of depression (96% and 65%, P = .049), scheduled a return visit within 2 weeks (67% and 33%, P = .004), and scored higher than control physicians on the Patient Satisfaction scale (40.3 and 35.5, P = .014). CONCLUSIONS. The Depression Education Program changed physicians' behavior and may be an important component in the efforts to improve the care of depressed patients. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Family Practice is the property of Frontline Medical Communications and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MENTAL depression -- Diagnosis KW - PHYSICIANS KW - MEDICAL education KW - PHYSICIAN practice patterns KW - MEDICAL care -- Evaluation KW - PRIMARY care (Medicine) KW - communication KW - communication. KW - Depression KW - education N1 - Accession Number: 2661687; Gerrity, Martha S. 1,2; Email Address: gerritym@OHSU.edu Cole, Steven A. 3 Dietrich, Allen J. 4,5 Barrett, James E. 4,5; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Oregon Health Sciences University, Portland 2: Portland Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland 3: Department of Psychiatry, Long Island Jewish Medical Center and Care Management Group of Greater New York, Inc, New Hyde Park 4: Department of Community, Dartmouth Medical School, Hanover 5: Department of Family Medicine, Dartmouth Medical School, Hanover; Source Info: Dec1999, Vol. 48 Issue 12, p949; Subject Term: MENTAL depression -- Diagnosis; Subject Term: PHYSICIANS; Subject Term: MEDICAL education; Subject Term: PHYSICIAN practice patterns; Subject Term: MEDICAL care -- Evaluation; Subject Term: PRIMARY care (Medicine); Author-Supplied Keyword: communication; Author-Supplied Keyword: communication.; Author-Supplied Keyword: Depression; Author-Supplied Keyword: education; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611310 Colleges, Universities, and Professional Schools; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621111 Offices of Physicians (except Mental Health Specialists); NAICS/Industry Codes: 621110 Offices of physicians; Number of Pages: 9p; Illustrations: 4 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=2661687&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Barry, Kristen Lawton AU - Fleming, Michael F. AU - Manwell, Linda Baier AU - Copeland, Laurel A. T1 - Conduct Disorder and Antisocial Personality in Adult Primaey Care Patients. JO - Journal of Family Practice JF - Journal of Family Practice Y1 - 1997/08// VL - 45 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 151 EP - 158 SN - 00943509 AB - BACKGROUND. Conduct disorder has been linked to substance use disorders in clinical populations. This study examined the relationships of conduct disorder and antisocial personality (ASP) disorder to substance use, substance abuse problems, depression, and demographic factors in primary care settings. METHODS. As part of a larger clinical trial, a survey of 1898 patients in the offices of 64 primary care physicians was conducted using a self-administered health habits questionnaire. Childhood conduct disorder and adult antisocial personality disorder were assessed using criteria from the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Third Edition, Revised. RESULTS. Eight percent of men and 3.1% of women met criteria for a diagnosis of ASP disorder. The frequency of a history of childhood conduct disorders was higher, with 13.4% for men and 4% for women. Antisocial personality disorder was predicted by male sex, being unmarried (single, separated, divorced), lifetime history of depression, binge drinking, self-reported history of drug problems, current smoking, and younger age. The predictors of a history of child conduct disorder were similar to those of ASP. CONCLUSIONS. Primary care physicians treat many patients who have personality disorders and other conditions such as alcohol problems and depression. These patients need to be identified because of the high potential for comorbidity and the barriers to treatment inherent in these disorders. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Family Practice is the property of Frontline Medical Communications and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CONDUCT disorders in adolescence KW - ADOLESCENT psychopathology KW - BEHAVIOR disorders KW - ANTISOCIAL personality disorders KW - PRIMARY care (Medicine) KW - antisocial personality disorder KW - Child behavior disorders KW - family KW - physicians KW - physicians, family KW - substance abuse N1 - Accession Number: 9709251619; Barry, Kristen Lawton 1,2 Fleming, Michael F. 3 Manwell, Linda Baier 3 Copeland, Laurel A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, Serious Mental Illness Treatment Research and Evaluation Center, Ann Arbor, Michigan 2: University of Michigan, Department of Psychiatry, Alcohol Research Center, Ann Arbor, Michigan 3: Center for Addiction Research and Education, University of Wisconsin--Madison, Madison, Wisconsin; Source Info: Aug1997, Vol. 45 Issue 2, p151; Subject Term: CONDUCT disorders in adolescence; Subject Term: ADOLESCENT psychopathology; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR disorders; Subject Term: ANTISOCIAL personality disorders; Subject Term: PRIMARY care (Medicine); Author-Supplied Keyword: antisocial personality disorder; Author-Supplied Keyword: Child behavior disorders; Author-Supplied Keyword: family; Author-Supplied Keyword: physicians; Author-Supplied Keyword: physicians, family; Author-Supplied Keyword: substance abuse; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9709251619&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Halpern, Samuel AU - Tarburton, John AU - Sudora, Eve AU - Hagan, Phillip T1 - Alterations in an indium-111 Fab′ under conditions of utilization. JO - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine JF - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine Y1 - 1992/06// VL - 19 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 387 EP - 393 SN - 03406997 N1 - Accession Number: 71144731; Halpern, Samuel Tarburton, John 1 Sudora, Eve 2 Hagan, Phillip 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3350 La Jolla Village Drive 92161 San Diego USA 2: University of California, 3350 La Jolla Village Drive 92161 San Diego USA; Source Info: Jun1992, Vol. 19 Issue 6, p387; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1007/BF00177364 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=71144731&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Singh, Bramah N. AU - Lilleberg, Jyrki AU - Sandell, Esa-Pekka AU - Ylönen, Vesa AU - Lehtonen, Lasse AU - Toivonen, Lauri T1 - Effects of Levosimendan on Cardiac Arrhythmia: Electrophysiologic and Ambulatory Electrocardiographic Findings in Phase II and Phase III Clinical Studies in Cardiac Failure. JO - American Journal of Cardiology JF - American Journal of Cardiology Y1 - 1999/06/24/ VL - 83 IS - 12B M3 - Article SP - 16 EP - 20 SN - 00029149 AB - Levosimendan is o novel inotropic and vasodilating agent that enhances the calcium sensitivity of myofilaments by binding to troponin C. Unlike other calcium sensitizers, it is highly dependent on the intracellular concentration of calcium. As a result of this unique properly, levosimendan might be expected to increase cardiac contractile force without significantly impairing ventricular relaxation. The electrophysiologic effects of intravenously infused levosimendan were examined in healthy volunteers, and its effects on the surface electrocardiogram and on arrhythmia were recorded on 24-hour Holter recorders in patients with heart failure. Levosimendan had no significant effects on heart rate when data were pooled from the 24-hour electrocardiograms of patients receiving various dose levels, although increases were noted at high doses. The uncorrected QT interval remained unchanged, but the rate-corrected QT interval (QTc) was modestly prolonged at doses severalfold higher than that required for therapeutic effect. Atrial and ventricular effective refractory periods in patients with normal heart function were slightly shortened, although the average effect on the ventricles was only 2-5 msec at different pacing rates. No increase in the frequency of nonsustained ventricular tochycardia (VT) was found from the analysis of ambulatory electrocardiograph data from a total of 792 1-day recordings pooled from 10 studies, which included data from 386 heart failure patients. There was no evidence of any increase in the development of new supraventricular or ventricular tachyarrhythmias, including torsade de pointes, in patients who did not exhibit these abnormalities at baseline. The electrophysiologic actions of levosimendan in healthy volunteers and the effects of the drug on the QT interval of the electrocardiogram and on arrhythmia recorded during its intravenous use in patients with severe heart failure demonstrated little potential for the drug to provoke life-threatening proarrhythmic reactions. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Cardiology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CONGESTIVE heart failure -- Treatment KW - CALCIUM KW - HEART failure KW - HEART diseases KW - CARDIOLOGY KW - CYTOPLASMIC filaments KW - ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 12977740; Singh, Bramah N. 1 Lilleberg, Jyrki 1 Sandell, Esa-Pekka 1 Ylönen, Vesa 1 Lehtonen, Lasse 1 Toivonen, Lauri 1; Affiliation: 1: University of California, Cardiology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center of West Los Angeles, California, USA; Department of Medicine, Division of Cardiology, Helsinki University Central Hospital, Helsinki, Finland; and Orion Research Center, Espoo, Finland; Source Info: 06/24/99, Vol. 83 Issue 12B, p16; Subject Term: CONGESTIVE heart failure -- Treatment; Subject Term: CALCIUM; Subject Term: HEART failure; Subject Term: HEART diseases; Subject Term: CARDIOLOGY; Subject Term: CYTOPLASMIC filaments; Subject Term: ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 1 Chart, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12977740&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Estes III, N.A. Mark AU - Michaud, Greg AU - Zipes, Douglas P. AU - El-Sherif, Nabil AU - Venditti, Ferdinand J. AU - Rosenbaum, David S. AU - Albrecht, Paul AU - Wang, Paul J. AU - Cohen, Richard J. T1 - Electrical Alternans During Rest and Exercise as Predictors of Vulnerability to Ventricular Arrhythmias. JO - American Journal of Cardiology JF - American Journal of Cardiology Y1 - 1997/11/15/ VL - 80 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 1314 EP - 1318 SN - 00029149 AB - This investigation was performed to evaluate the feasibility of detecting repolarization alternans with the heart rate elevated with a bicycle exercise protocol. Sensitive spectral signal-processing techniques are able to detect beat-to-beat alternation of the amplitude of the T wave, which is not visible on standard electrocardiogram. Previous animal and human investigations using atrial or ventricular pacing have demonstrated that T-wave alternans is a marker of vulnerability to ventricular arrhythmias. Using a spectral analysis technique incorporating noise reduction signal-processing software, we evaluated electrical alternans at rest and with the heart rate elevated during a bicycle exercise protocol. In this study we defined optimal criteria for electrical alternans to separate patients from those without inducible arrhythmias. Alternans and signal-averaged electrocardiographic results were compared with the results of vulnerability to ventricular arrhythmias as defined by induction of sustained ventricular tachycardia or fibrillation at electrophysiologic evaluation. In 27 patients alternans recorded at rest and with exercise had a sensitivity of 89%, specificity of 75%, and overall clinical accuracy of 80% (p <0.003). In this patient population the signal-averaged electrocardiogram was not a significant predictor of arrhythmia vulnerability. This is the first study to report that repolarization alternans can be detected with heart rate elevated with a bicycle exercise protocol. Alternans measured using this technique is an accurate predictor of arrhythmia inducibility. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Cardiology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CONGESTIVE heart failure KW - HEART failure KW - HEART diseases KW - CARDIOMYOPATHIES KW - ARRHYTHMIA KW - ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY KW - ELECTRODIAGNOSIS N1 - Accession Number: 13001595; Estes III, N.A. Mark 1 Michaud, Greg 2 Zipes, Douglas P. 3 El-Sherif, Nabil 4 Venditti, Ferdinand J. 5 Rosenbaum, David S. 6 Albrecht, Paul 1 Wang, Paul J. 1 Cohen, Richard J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Division of Cardiology, New England Medical Center Hospital, Tufts University School of Medicine, Boston 2: Krannert Institute, University of Indiana 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, State University of New York Health Science Center 4: Lahey-Hitchcock Clinic 5: University Hospital, Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, Ohio 6: Cambridge Heart, Inc., Bedford Massachusetts; and Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts; Source Info: 11/15/97, Vol. 80 Issue 10, p1314; Subject Term: CONGESTIVE heart failure; Subject Term: HEART failure; Subject Term: HEART diseases; Subject Term: CARDIOMYOPATHIES; Subject Term: ARRHYTHMIA; Subject Term: ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY; Subject Term: ELECTRODIAGNOSIS; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 2 Diagrams, 1 Chart, 4 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13001595&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rubin, Raymond A. AU - Kowalski, Thomas E. AU - Khandelwal, Mukul AU - Malet, Peter F. T1 - Ursodiol for Hepatobiliary Disorders. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1994/08//8/1/94 VL - 121 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 207 EP - 208 SN - 00034819 AB - Purpose: To explain the rationale supporting the use of ursodiol (ursodeoxycholic acid) for the treatment of patients with cholesterol gallstones and chronic liver diseases and to describe the results obtained in clinical trials. Data Sources: Personal databases of the authors and MEDLINE were used to identify relevant English-language articles. Study Selection: Randomized controlled trials evaluating ursodiol for the treatment of patients with cholesterol gallstones and chronic liver diseases were emphasized. Data Synthesis: Ursodiol is at least as effective as chenodiol (chenodeoxycholic acid) for the dissolution of cholesterol gallstones and is associated with fewer adverse effects. Ursodiol desaturates bile, solubilizing cholesterol from the stone surface. The diameter of the largest stone is the most important determinant of successful dissolution. Dissolution with ursodiol is effective for approximately 30% to 50% of stones smaller than 20 mm in diameter, with the best results for small, buoyant stones. A meta-analysis of randomized trials with ursodiol found that the dissolution rate was 37% for patients treated with ursodiol at doses of more than 7 mg/kg per day or of more than 500 mg/d for at least 6 months. Maintenance therapy is effective for prevention of gallstone recurrence. Ursodiol also improves biochemical markers of cholestasis and inflammation when used to treat cholestatic liver diseases. By displacing potentially hepatotoxic bile salts, it appears to interrupt the cycle of cholestatic injury. It may also exert hepato-protective membrane-stabilizing or immunomodulatory effects (or both). Improvements in laboratory variables are limited to the treatment period, with relapses after withdrawal of therapy. Pruritus may be markedly relieved in individual patients treated with ursodiol. Conclusions: Ursodiol is a safe and effective therapy for the treatment of patients with cholesterol gallstones. Although treatment with ursodiol leads to improvement in biochemical markers for cholestatic liver diseases, whether it alters the natural history of these disorders is the subject of ongoing trials. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Annals of Internal Medicine is the property of American College of Physicians and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - URSODEOXYCHOLIC acid KW - GALLSTONES KW - LIVER diseases N1 - Accession Number: 6977586; Rubin, Raymond A. 1 Kowalski, Thomas E. 2 Khandelwal, Mukul 3 Malet, Peter F. 4; Affiliation: 1: Thomas Jefferson University Hospital, Division of Gastroenterology and Hepatology 2: Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania, Division of Gastroenterology 3: Wellesley Hospital, Endoscopy Unit 4: Philadelphia Veterans Administration Medical Center, Division of Gastroenterology; Source Info: 8/1/94, Vol. 121 Issue 3, p207; Subject Term: URSODEOXYCHOLIC acid; Subject Term: GALLSTONES; Subject Term: LIVER diseases; Number of Pages: 12p; Illustrations: 2 Diagrams, 3 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 11024 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=6977586&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ozawa, Shogo AU - Shimizu, Makiko AU - Katoh, Takahiko AU - Miyajima, Atsuko AU - Ohno, Yasuo AU - Matsumoto, Yoshiaki AU - Fukuoka, Masamichi AU - Tang, Yong-Ming AU - Lang, Nicholas P. AU - Kadlubar, Fred F. T1 - Sulfating-Activity and Stability of cDNA-Expressed Allozymes of Human Phenol Sulfotransferase, ST1A3*1 (213Arg) and ST1A3*2 (213His), Both of Which Exist in Japanese as Well as Caucasians1. JO - Journal of Biochemistry JF - Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1999/01/08/ VL - 126 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 271 EP - 277 SN - 0021924X N1 - Accession Number: 80085812; Ozawa, Shogo 1 Shimizu, Makiko 1,2 Katoh, Takahiko 3 Miyajima, Atsuko 1 Ohno, Yasuo 1 Matsumoto, Yoshiaki 2 Fukuoka, Masamichi 2 Tang, Yong-Ming 4 Lang, Nicholas P. 5,6 Kadlubar, Fred F. 4; Affiliation: 1: Division of Pharmacology, National Institute of Health Sciences 1-18-1 Kamiyoga, Setagaya-ku, Tokyo 158-8501 2: Department of Clinical Pharmacology and Toxicology, Showa College of Pharmaceutical Sciences 3-3165 Higashitamagawagakuen, Machida, Tokyo 194-8543 3: Department of Health Science Information, School of Health Sciences, University of Occupational and Environmental Health Kitakyushu 807 4: Division of Molecular Epidemiology (HFT-100), National Center for Toxicological Research Jefferson, AR 72079, USA 5: John L. McCleUan, Veterans Administration Hospital Little Rock, AR 72205, USA 6: Arkansas Cancer Research Center Little Rock, AR 72205, USA; Source Info: 1999, Vol. 126 Issue 2, p271; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=80085812&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Suda, Yasuo AU - Mori, Keiji AU - Bird, Karyn AU - Marques, Dalila AU - Ormsby, Julie AU - Tanaka, Satoshi AU - Koshida, Shuhei AU - Nakamura, Megumi AU - Kusumoto, Shoichi AU - Sobel, Michael T1 - A Novel Crosslinking Reagent and Its Application for the Detection and Isolation of Heparin-Binding Protein(s) on the Platelet Surface. JO - Journal of Biochemistry JF - Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1999/01/06/ VL - 125 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 1011 EP - 1015 SN - 0021924X N1 - Accession Number: 80085912; Suda, Yasuo 1 Mori, Keiji 2 Bird, Karyn 3 Marques, Dalila 4 Ormsby, Julie 4 Tanaka, Satoshi 1 Koshida, Shuhei 1 Nakamura, Megumi 1 Kusumoto, Shoichi 1 Sobel, Michael 4; Affiliation: 1: Department of Chemistry, Graduate School of Science, Osaka University Toyonaka, Osaka 560-0043 2: Division of SG, Fuji Photo Film Co. Ltd. Minato-ku, Tokyo 106-8620 3: Department of Biomedical Sciences, College of Veterinary Medicine, Oregon State University Corvallis, Oregon 97331-4802, USA 4: Department of Surgery, Syracuse Veterans Administration and Health Science Center, State University of New York Syracuse, NY 13210, USA; Source Info: 1999, Vol. 125 Issue 6, p1011; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=80085912&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kang, Kefei AU - Gilliam, Anita C. AU - Chen, Guofen AU - Tootell, Elena AU - Cooper, Kevin D. T1 - In Human Skin, UVB Initiates Early Induction of IL‐10 Over IL‐12 Preferentially in the Expanding Dermal Monocytic/Macrophagic Population. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1998/07// VL - 111 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 31 EP - 38 SN - 0022202X AB - In contrast to Langerhans cells, which make interleukin (IL)‐12, differentiated macrophages that infiltrate the epidermis 72 h after ultraviolet B (UV) irradiation potently produce IL‐10 mRNA and secrete IL‐10 protein. We asked whether differentiated UV macrophages in the epidermis acquired their activated, IL‐10hi status as a result of entering the epidermis or as a result of encountering UV‐induced changes in the dermal microenvironment. In this study, sequential section immunostaining directly showed dynamic and reciprocal changes of infiltrating CD11b+ macrophages and CD1a+ Langerhans cell loss in human epidermis and dermis after in vivo UV exposure in relation to the microanatomic localization of newly appearing dermal cells that stain for IL‐10 mRNA by in situ hybridization. Using quantitative reverse transcriptase polymerase chain reaction on purified dermal cell subsets, the first significant rise in IL‐10 mRNA occurred 6 h after UV in the dermal CD11b+ (CD1– , 3– , 24– , 56– ) monocytic/macrophagic population. Significant induction of IL‐10 mRNA 24 h post‐UV was limited to the CD11b+ CD1– subset (p = 0.006). The fold increase of IL‐10 mRNA relative to 0 h by the CD11b+ dermal monocytic/macrophagic population peaked at 24–48 h and tapered thereafter. Intense IL‐10 production by macrophages in the epidermis appeared to follow dermal changes, with maximum production at 72 h, indicating migration/activation of this population from the dermis, and the remainder of dermal cells, depleted of monocyte/macrophages and Langerhans cell‐like antigen‐presenting cells, showed no increase in IL‐10 at any time point post‐UV. IL‐10 protein‐producing CD11b+ macrophages in the dermis... [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ULTRAVIOLET radiation KW - INTERLEUKINS KW - MONOCYTES KW - MACROPHAGES N1 - Accession Number: 5661580; Kang, Kefei 1 Gilliam, Anita C. 1 Chen, Guofen 1 Tootell, Elena 1 Cooper, Kevin D. 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, Case Western Reserve University and University Hospitals of Cleveland, Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A.; 2: *Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jul98, Vol. 111 Issue 1, p31; Subject Term: ULTRAVIOLET radiation; Subject Term: INTERLEUKINS; Subject Term: MONOCYTES; Subject Term: MACROPHAGES; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 9 Color Photographs, 3 Black and White Photographs, 3 Charts, 9 Graphs; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1046/j.1523-1747.1998.00121.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5661580&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Marinkovich, M. Peter AU - Tran, Hoang H. AU - Rao, Sudha K. AU - Giudice, George J. AU - Balding, Shawn AU - Jonkman, Marcel F. AU - Pas, Hendri H. AU - McGuire, Joseph S. AU - Herron, G. Scott AU - Bruckner-Tuderman, Leena T1 - LAD-1 Is Absent in a Subset of Junctional Epidermolysis Bullosa Patients. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1997/09// VL - 109 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 356 EP - 359 SN - 0022202X AB - The anchoring filament protein LAD-1 has been recently identified as the target of autoantibodies in the acquired blistering disorder linear IgA bullous dermatosis. Because this protein appears to be involved in the process of dermal-epidermal cohesion, this study sought to determine the involvement of LAD-i in the pathology of junctional epidermolysis bullosa (JEB). To this end, 44 patients with a variety of subtypes of JEB were analyzed by indirect immunofluorescence microscopy with antibodies to LAD-1, BP180, and laminin-5. We found that only patients with generalized atrophic benign epidermolysis bullosa (GABEB) contained LAD-1 defects. Of the 16 GABEB patients studied, 13 showed absent or greatly reduced expression of LAD-1 (including 2 patients with a peculiar interrupted staining pattern) and 3 patients showed defects of laminin-5 expression with normal LAD-1 expression. Patients who showed LAD-1 defects also showed abnormal expression of BP180. Keratinocytes were cultured from the skin of two GABEB patients and analyzed by indirect immunofluorescent microscopy. One culture demonstrated defects of BP180 and LAD-1 expression (which was also verified by radioimmunoprecipitation assay), and one culture showed decreased laminin-5 expression but normal BP150 and LAD-1 expression. Thus, these studies demonstrate that: (i) LAD-1 and BP180 are normally expressed in all subtypes of JEB except GABEB, (ii) the majority of GABEB patients show absent or near absent expression of both LAD-1 and BP 180 but normal expression of laminin-5, and (iii) a smaller subset of GABEB patients show normal LAD-1 and BP180 expression but express persistent but reduced levels of laminin-5. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EPIDERMOLYSIS bullosa KW - PROTEINS KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - PATHOLOGY KW - IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - anchoring filament KW - basement membrane KW - blister KW - keratinocyte KW - lamina lucida N1 - Accession Number: 12336033; Marinkovich, M. Peter 1,2 Tran, Hoang H. 2 Rao, Sudha K. 2 Giudice, George J. 3 Balding, Shawn 3 Jonkman, Marcel F. 4 Pas, Hendri H. 4 McGuire, Joseph S. 2 Herron, G. Scott 2 Bruckner-Tuderman, Leena 5; Affiliation: 1: Division of Dermatology, Veterans Administration Palo Alto Health Care System, Stanford, California. 2: Department of Dermatology at Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, California. 3: Department of Dermatology, Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, U.S.A. 4: Department of Dermatology, Groningen University Hospital, Groningen, the Netherlands. 5: Department of Dermatology, University of Munster, Munster, Germany.; Source Info: Sep97, Vol. 109 Issue 3, p356; Subject Term: EPIDERMOLYSIS bullosa; Subject Term: PROTEINS; Subject Term: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject Term: PATHOLOGY; Subject Term: IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Author-Supplied Keyword: anchoring filament; Author-Supplied Keyword: basement membrane; Author-Supplied Keyword: blister; Author-Supplied Keyword: keratinocyte; Author-Supplied Keyword: lamina lucida; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12336033 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12336033&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Haratake, Akinori AU - Uchida, Yoshikazu AU - Schmuth, Matthias AU - Tanno, Osamu AU - Yasuda, Rie AU - Epstein, John H. AU - Elias, Peter M. AU - Holleran, Walter M. T1 - UVB-Induced Alterations in Permeability Barrier Function: Roles for Epidermal Hyperproliferation and Thymocyte-Mediated Response. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1997/05// VL - 108 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 769 EP - 775 SN - 0022202X AB - UV irradiation induces a variety of cutaneous responses, including disruption of epidermal permeability barrier function, the basis for which is not known. Herein, we investigated the separate roles of hyperproliferation and inflammation in the pathogenesis of UVB-induced barrier disruption. Adult hairless mice were exposed to increasing doses of UVB (1.5-7.5 MED), and transepidermal water loss (TEWL) was monitored daily for up to 7 d. The extent of TEWL increase was dependent on the UVB dose, but with all doses, the increase began after ≥48 h and peaked at 96 h, decreasing by 120 h. Epidermal [³H]thymidine incorporation increased at 24 h and peaked at 48 h (570%), preceding the maximal increase in TEWL. Cyclosporin A, methotrexate, 5-fluorouracil, or arabinosylcytosine significantly diminished the UVB-induced TEWL increase. Athymic nude mice also displayed a markedly diminished response to UVB, and DNA synthesis did not increased at 48 h. Transplantation of athymic mice with T-cell- enriched mixed immune cells significantly restored sensitivity to both the UVB-induced hyperproliferation and the barrier defect. Finally, although UVB exposure increased PGE2 levels in whole skin samples (2- to 3-fold within 1-3 h; p < 0.005), this increase was completely blocked by topical indomethacin, and neither topical indomethacin nor topical glucocorticoids blocked development of the barrier abnormality. These results show that (i) UVB produces delayed alteration in barrier function and (ii) both an epidermal proliferative response and thymocyte-mediated events (but not PGE2 production and nonspecific inflammation) appear to contribute to UVB-induced abrogation of the permeability barrier. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ULTRAVIOLET radiation KW - SKIN KW - INFLAMMATION KW - DOSAGE of drugs KW - CYCLOSPORINE KW - DNA KW - athymic KW - DNA synthesis KW - epidermal permeability barrier KW - T cells N1 - Accession Number: 12292163; Haratake, Akinori 1 Uchida, Yoshikazu 1,2,3 Schmuth, Matthias 2,3 Tanno, Osamu 1 Yasuda, Rie 1 Epstein, John H. 2,3 Elias, Peter M. 2,3 Holleran, Walter M. 2,3; Affiliation: 1: Cosmetics Laboratory, Kanebo Limited, Odawara-shi, Kanagawa, Japan 2: Department of Dermatology, University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco, California, U.S.A. 3: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: May97, Vol. 108 Issue 5, p769; Subject Term: ULTRAVIOLET radiation; Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: INFLAMMATION; Subject Term: DOSAGE of drugs; Subject Term: CYCLOSPORINE; Subject Term: DNA; Author-Supplied Keyword: athymic; Author-Supplied Keyword: DNA synthesis; Author-Supplied Keyword: epidermal permeability barrier; Author-Supplied Keyword: T cells; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12292163 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12292163&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Haratake, Akinori AU - Uchida, Yoshikazu AU - Mimura, Kunio AU - Elias, Peter M. AU - Holleran, Walter M. T1 - Intrinsically Aged Epidermis Displays Diminished UVB-Induced Alterations in Barrier Function Associated with decreased Proliferation. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1997/03// VL - 108 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 319 EP - 323 SN - 0022202X AB - Ultraviolet (UV) irradiation of the skin induces a variety of responses in the epidermis, including sunburn cell Formation, epidermal hyperplasia, and a dose-dependent permeability barrier abnormality, an effect that appears to be dependent upon both UVB induced hyperplasia and T-cell activation. Since intrinsically aged epidermis displays decreased epidermal turnover, diminished inflammatory response to various stimuli, including UVR, and impaired immune Function, we investigated the effects of UVB on both epidermal barrier Function and proliferation in hairless mice of increasing chronologic age (27, 61, and 90 wk). After a single UVB exposure (0.15J/cm2 7.5 MED), a barrier abnormality developed (i.e., increased transepidermal water loss; TEWL), after a delay of ≥48 h, regardless of age. In young mice (27 wk old), TEWL levels peaked at 72-96 h (9.9-fold over untreated controls), whereas increased epidermal [3H]thymidine incorporation preceded the peak TEWL increase (i.e., ≈ 570% increase over controls at 48 h). In contrast, the UVB-induced increased in both TEWL and DNA synthesis were significantly diminished, with decreased epidermal hyperplasia evident, in intrinsically aged versus young mouse epidermis. Baseline epidermal thickness decreased with animal age (i.e., 16.8 ± 3.1 vs. 27.9 ± 0.7 μm for 90- vs. 27-wk-old animals, respectively; p < 0.02), suggesting that the diminished barrier response with aging reflects an attenuation of events subsequent to initial UVB exposure, rather than an increase in the UV dose delivered. These results demonstrate that (i) murine epidermis becomes less sensitive to UVB-induced barrier alterations with age and (ii) decreased DNA synthesis after UVB correlates with the age-related decrease in barrier dysfunction. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SKIN KW - ULTRAVIOLET radiation KW - IRRADIATION KW - EPIDERMIS KW - SUNBURN KW - DNA synthesis KW - PYRIMIDINE nucleotides KW - HYPERPLASIA KW - aging KW - DNA synthesis KW - epidermal hyperplasia KW - epidermal permeability barrier N1 - Accession Number: 12286474; Haratake, Akinori 1 Uchida, Yoshikazu 1,2 Mimura, Kunio 1 Elias, Peter M. 2 Holleran, Walter M. 2; Affiliation: 1: Cosmetics Laboratory, Kanebo Ltd., Odawara-shi, Kanagawa, Japan 2: Department of Dermatology, University of California School of Medicine, and Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Mar1997, Vol. 108 Issue 3, p319; Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: ULTRAVIOLET radiation; Subject Term: IRRADIATION; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: SUNBURN; Subject Term: DNA synthesis; Subject Term: PYRIMIDINE nucleotides; Subject Term: HYPERPLASIA; Author-Supplied Keyword: aging; Author-Supplied Keyword: DNA synthesis; Author-Supplied Keyword: epidermal hyperplasia; Author-Supplied Keyword: epidermal permeability barrier; NAICS/Industry Codes: 334517 Irradiation Apparatus Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12286474 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12286474&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Liou, Amelie AU - Elias, Peter M. AU - Grunfeld, Carl AU - Feingold, Kenneth R. AU - Wood, Ladonna C. T1 - Amphiregulin and Nerve Growth Factor Expression Are Regulated by Barrier Status in Murine Epidermis. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1997/01// VL - 108 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 73 EP - 77 SN - 0022202X AB - Disruption of the murine permeability barrier by solvents or tape stripping stimulates a homeostatic repair response that includes increased epidermal DNA synthesis. To identify potential mediators of the increase in DNA synthesis, we have measured epidermal levels of mRNAs encoding various growth factors after acute barrier disruption. In this study, mRNAs for amphiregulin and nerve growth factor were each shown to increase over controls at 30 mm, reach peak levels of 12- to 30-fold at 1-2 h and return to control levels by 6 h after tape stripping. A similar time course for the increase of amphiregulin and nerve growth factor mRNAs was observed after an unrelated form of barrier disruption, i.e., acetone treatment. Furthermore, artificial restoration of the barrier by Latex occlusion, immediately following barrier disruption by acetone treatment, inhibited the increase in epidermal amphiregulin and nerve growth factor mRNA levels, indicating that barrier status regulates the production of these growth factors. In contrast, mRNA levels of transforming growth factor-β1, an inhibitory growth factor, were unchanged at early times and decreased by 53% (p < 0.02) 6 h after tape stripping, whereas mRNA levels of transforming growth factor-α remained unchanged at all times after acute barrier disruption. These results suggest that barrier disruption stimulates the expression of amphiregulin and nerve growth factor. Together, these regulators of keratinocyte growth and differentiation may be responsible for the increased proliferative response that is associated with barrier disruption. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DNA KW - EPIDERMIS KW - SOLVENTS KW - NERVE Growth Factor KW - GROWTH factors KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - cutaneous permeability barrier. KW - occlusion KW - transforming growth factor N1 - Accession Number: 12285638; Liou, Amelie 1 Elias, Peter M. 2 Grunfeld, Carl 2 Feingold, Kenneth R. 2 Wood, Ladonna C. 2; Affiliation: 1: Clinical Pharmacy, University Paris XI, Paris, France. 2: Dermatology and Medical Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center and Department of Dermatology and Medicine, University of California, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jan1997, Vol. 108 Issue 1, p73; Subject Term: DNA; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: SOLVENTS; Subject Term: NERVE Growth Factor; Subject Term: GROWTH factors; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Author-Supplied Keyword: cutaneous permeability barrier.; Author-Supplied Keyword: occlusion; Author-Supplied Keyword: transforming growth factor; NAICS/Industry Codes: 324110 Petroleum Refineries; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12285638 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12285638&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ghadially, Ruby AU - Reed, Jeffrey T. AU - Elias, Peter M. T1 - Stratum Corneum Structure and Function Correlates with Phenotype in Psoriasis. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1996/10// VL - 107 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 558 EP - 564 SN - 0022202X AB - Psoriatic epidermis demonstrates a defective program of growth and differentiation, including an abnormal permeability barrier. Despite the fact that damage to the epidermis often initiates the disease, psoriasis is commonly viewed as triggered by aberrant immune phenomena in deeper skin layers. Permeability barrier homeostasis requires the formation and secretion of lamellar body contents, as well as the extracellular processing of lamellar body contents into lamellar bilayers. To address the hypothesis that psoriasis is triggered by exogenous rather than internal factors, we assessed permeability barrier function, lamellar body structure, and extracellular lamellar bilayer formation In untreated patients with different psoriatic phenotypes. Subjects with erythro-derma and active plaque phenotypes displayed elevated transepidermal water loss levels, increased numbers of epidermal lamellar bodies (many of which failed to be secreted); i.e., corneocytes displayed retained cytosolic lamellar bodies, and extracellular domains largely devoid of lamellae. In contrast, patients with chronic plaque psoriasis and sebopsoriasis displayed a lesser increase in transepidermal water loss, normal numbers of lamellar bodies with only few retained organelles, and abundant extracellular lamellar material (although a normal unit bilayer pattern did not form.) Thus, both functionally and structurally, permeability barriers homeostasis was more disrupted in erythrodermic and active plaque psoriasis than in chronic plaque psoriasis and sebopsoriasis; i.e., the extent of defective barrier function correlation barrier function correlated with abnormalities in the known mechanisms of barrier repair, including lamellar body produciton and extracelular bilayer formation. These findings are consistent with the hypothesis that both the initial appearance of psoriasis and changes in disease phenotype are driven by alterations in barrier function. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EPIDERMIS KW - PSORIASIS KW - SKIN KW - HOMEOSTASIS KW - BIOLOGICAL control systems KW - PHENOTYPE KW - barrier KW - function KW - lamellar bodies. KW - ultrastructure N1 - Accession Number: 12582813; Ghadially, Ruby 1,2 Reed, Jeffrey T. 1,2 Elias, Peter M. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco 2: Department of Dermatology, University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco, California, U .S. A.; Source Info: Oct96, Vol. 107 Issue 4, p558; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: PSORIASIS; Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: HOMEOSTASIS; Subject Term: BIOLOGICAL control systems; Subject Term: PHENOTYPE; Author-Supplied Keyword: barrier; Author-Supplied Keyword: function; Author-Supplied Keyword: lamellar bodies.; Author-Supplied Keyword: ultrastructure; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12582813 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12582813&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Herbold, Kyle W. AU - Zhou, Jing AU - Haggerty, John G. AU - Milstone, Leonard M. T1 - CD44 Expression on Epidermal Melanocytes. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1996/06// VL - 106 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 1230 EP - 1235 SN - 0022202X AB - We examined CD44 expression on melanocytes to begin to understand what role CD44 might have in the normal behavior of melanocytes and to provide a basis for comparing CD44 expression in melanoma cells. CD44 was expressed on the entire surface of melanocytes and accentuated at the tips of dendritic processes. Two predominant forms of CD44 are expressed on cultured human foreskin melanocytes. One form has the covalent addition of chondroitin sulfate, whereas the other form has no chondroitin sulfate. Both use the hematopoietic, or CD44H, core protein. Using polymerase chain reaction primers that span the site where alternative splicing of CD44 occurs, we found only the cDNA coding CD44H. 12-O-.Tetradecanoylphorbol 13-acetate increases the size of the chondroitin sulfate chain(s) attached to CD44 but not the proportion of CD44 molecules that carry chondroitin sulfate. Ninety percent of proteoglycans on melanocytes are chondroitin sulfate proteoglycans, and the CD44 chondroitin sulfate proteoglycan represented 10% of that total. These data show that CD44H is expressed as a "part-time" chondroitin sulfate proteoglycan on normal cultured melanocytes. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PROTEOGLYCANS KW - ADHESION KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - MELANOCYTES KW - MELANOMA KW - POLYMERASE chain reaction KW - adhesion KW - keratinocyte KW - phorbol acetate (TPA) KW - proteoglycan KW - tetradecanoyl N1 - Accession Number: 12348871; Herbold, Kyle W. 1,2 Zhou, Jing 1,2 Haggerty, John G. 1,2 Milstone, Leonard M. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, Connecticut 06520 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, Connecticut 06516.; Source Info: Jun96, Vol. 106 Issue 6, p1230; Subject Term: PROTEOGLYCANS; Subject Term: ADHESION; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: MELANOCYTES; Subject Term: MELANOMA; Subject Term: POLYMERASE chain reaction; Author-Supplied Keyword: adhesion; Author-Supplied Keyword: keratinocyte; Author-Supplied Keyword: phorbol acetate (TPA); Author-Supplied Keyword: proteoglycan; Author-Supplied Keyword: tetradecanoyl; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12348871 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12348871&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mao-Qiang, Man AU - Feingold, Kenneth R. AU - Thornfeldt, Carl R. AU - Elias, Peter M. T1 - Optimization of Physiological Lipid Mixtures for Barrier Repair. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1996/05// VL - 106 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 1096 EP - 1101 SN - 0022202X AB - Three stratum corneum lipids, ceramides, cholesterol (CHOL), and free fatty acids (FA), are required for permeability barrier homeostasis. Recent studies have shown that application of one or two of these lipids to perturbed skin delays barrier recovery; only equimolar mixtures allow normal recovery. We asked here whether any physiological lipid mixtures improve barrier repair, as assessed by transepidermal water loss. Whereas an equimolar ratio of ceramides, CHOL, and FA (either the essential fatty acid, linoleic acid, or the nonessential FAs, palmitic or stearic acids) allows normal repair, further acceleration of barrier repair occurs as the ratio of any of these ingredients is increased up to 3-fold. Similar preliminary results were obtained in damaged human skin. Likewise, while acylceramides alone delay barrier recovery, acylceramides:CHOL mixtures within a specific range of molar rations dramatically improve barrier repair. Furthermore, glycosyl ceramides, sphingomyelin, and triglycerides substitute effectively for ceramides and FA, respectively, but neither phospholipids nor cholesterol esters substitute for FA and CHOL, respectively. These studies show the specific requirements of selected stratum corneum lipid mixtures for optimized barrier repair in murine skin, with further validation in human skin. Utilization of physiologic lipids according to these parameters could lead to new forms of topical therapy for dermatoses (e.g., psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, and irritant dermatitis) triggered by abnormal barrier function. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LIPIDS KW - HOMEOSTASIS KW - CERAMIDES KW - CHOLESTEROL KW - FATTY acids KW - BIOMOLECULES KW - barrier function KW - epidermal lipids KW - epidermal ultrastructure. KW - stratum corneum KW - transepidermal water loss N1 - Accession Number: 12340135; Mao-Qiang, Man 1,2 Feingold, Kenneth R. 1,2 Thornfeldt, Carl R. 3 Elias, Peter M. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology and Medical Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, California 94121, U.S.A. 2: Departments of Dermatology and Medicine, University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco, California 94121, U.S.A. 3: Cellegy Pharmaceutical Corporation, Novato, California 94949, U.S.A.; Source Info: May96, Vol. 106 Issue 5, p1096; Subject Term: LIPIDS; Subject Term: HOMEOSTASIS; Subject Term: CERAMIDES; Subject Term: CHOLESTEROL; Subject Term: FATTY acids; Subject Term: BIOMOLECULES; Author-Supplied Keyword: barrier function; Author-Supplied Keyword: epidermal lipids; Author-Supplied Keyword: epidermal ultrastructure.; Author-Supplied Keyword: stratum corneum; Author-Supplied Keyword: transepidermal water loss; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12340135 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12340135&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wood, Ladonna C. AU - Elias, Peter M. AU - Calhoun, Cornelia AU - Tsai, Janice C. AU - Grunfeld, Carl AU - Feingold, Kenneth R. T1 - Barrier Disruption Stimulates Interleukin-1α Expression and Release from a Pre-Formed Pool in Murine Epidermis. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1996/03// VL - 106 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 397 EP - 403 SN - 0022202X AB - Previous studies have shown that barrier disruption increases epidermal mRNA levels of interleukin-1α (IL-1α). We used immunohistochemistry to examine IL-1α expression in hairless mouse skin under basal conditions and following barrier abrogation. In untreated mice, IL-1α was present in the dermis and nucleated epidermal layers in a diffuse, generalized pattern. In essential fatty acid deficient mice IL-1α was present in all epidermal layers and the dermis, with prominent staining in the stratum corneum. After acute barrier disruption with tape-stripping, IL-1α increased in the epidermis and dermis within 10 mm, remained elevated at 2 and 4 h, and decreased to near basal levels by 24 h. Moreover, intense, perinuclear, basal cell staining appeared at 10 mm, persisting until 4 h after barrier disruption. Since the increase in IL-1α immunostaining after acute barrier abrogation precedes the increase in mRNA, we hypothesized that the IL-1α might derive from a prefonned pool. Prolonged occlusion of normal skin, a treatment that specifically reduces epidermal mRNA levels of IL-1α, decreased basal immunostaining for IL-1α and blunted the increase in IL-1α usually seen following barrier disruption. Moreover, tape-stripping of skin, maintained ex vivo at 4°C, resulted in increased IL-1α immunostaining within the upper nucleated epidermal layers, as well as release of mature IL-1α into the medium, as measured by Western blotting and enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay. In addition, the stratum corneum attached to the tape contained IL-1α. These studies show that acute barrier disruption induces both the immediate release and dispersion of IL-1α from a pre-formed, epidermal pool, as well as increased IL-1α synthesis; both mechanisms are consistent with a role for IL-1α in the regulation of proinflammatory and homeostatic processes in the skin. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ESSENTIAL fatty acids KW - CYTOKINES KW - TUMOR necrosis factor KW - MESSENGER RNA KW - IMMUNOHISTOCHEMISTRY KW - INTERLEUKIN-1 KW - cytokines KW - essential fatty acid deficiency KW - immunolocalization KW - tumor necrosis factor. N1 - Accession Number: 12343392; Wood, Ladonna C. 1,2 Elias, Peter M. 1,2 Calhoun, Cornelia 1,2 Tsai, Janice C. 1,2 Grunfeld, Carl 1,2 Feingold, Kenneth R. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology and Medical Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, California, U.S.A. 2: Departments of Dermatology and Medicine, University of California, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Mar1996, Vol. 106 Issue 3, p397; Subject Term: ESSENTIAL fatty acids; Subject Term: CYTOKINES; Subject Term: TUMOR necrosis factor; Subject Term: MESSENGER RNA; Subject Term: IMMUNOHISTOCHEMISTRY; Subject Term: INTERLEUKIN-1; Author-Supplied Keyword: cytokines; Author-Supplied Keyword: essential fatty acid deficiency; Author-Supplied Keyword: immunolocalization; Author-Supplied Keyword: tumor necrosis factor.; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12343392 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12343392&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gibson, David F.C. AU - Ratnam, Anita V. AU - Bikle, Daniel D. T1 - Evidence for Separate Control Mechanisms at the Message, Protein, and Enzyme Activation Levels for Transglutaminase During Calcium-Induced Differentiation of Normal and Transformed Human Keratinocytes. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1996/01// VL - 106 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 154 EP - 161 SN - 0022202X AB - We analyzed the effects of three different calcium concentrations on the RNA and functional protein levels of transglutaminase (TGase) and involucrin (INV) over time in culture. We compared the results in normal human keratinocytes with those in a squamous cell carcinoma, SCC4. The highest calcium concentration (1.2 mM) induced the greatest levels of INV and TGase message, INV protein and rates of CE formation, but not maximal levels of TGase protein. By examining cytosol and membrane fractions of keratinocytes, we found that after synthesis, TGase protein shifts, under the influence of calcium (both 0.1 mM and 1.2 mM), from the cytosol into the membrane in postconfluent cells. However, only 1.2 mM calcium induced significant amounts of TGase activity. These data indicate that elevated calcium (1.2 mM) achieves the expected induction in keratinocyte differentiation by regulation of not only INV and TGase message levels, but also the translation and activation of TGase protein. Our data suggest that this calcium-induced activation of TGase protein occurs while the protein is anchored in the membrane. In contrast, despite ample INV and TGase message levels within SCC4 cells, these RNA levels are not regulated by calcium or translated into protein, suggesting that the transformed phenotype of SCC4 cells results not only in a failure of calcium to regulate gene transcription, but also in a defect within the translation machinery of these differentiation-specific proteins. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PROTEINS KW - ENZYMES KW - TRANSGLUTAMINASES KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - CANCER KW - CYTOSOL KW - calcium KW - differentiation KW - keratinocyte KW - transglutaminase. N1 - Accession Number: 12329856; Gibson, David F.C. 1 Ratnam, Anita V. 1 Bikle, Daniel D. 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Medicine and Dermatology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of California, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jan1996, Vol. 106 Issue 1, p154; Subject Term: PROTEINS; Subject Term: ENZYMES; Subject Term: TRANSGLUTAMINASES; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: CANCER; Subject Term: CYTOSOL; Author-Supplied Keyword: calcium; Author-Supplied Keyword: differentiation; Author-Supplied Keyword: keratinocyte; Author-Supplied Keyword: transglutaminase.; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12329856 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12329856&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fleming, Matthew G. AU - Rauber, Thomas W. T1 - Multiparametric Image Cytometry in Mycosis Fungoides. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1996/01// VL - 106 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 129 EP - 134 SN - 0022202X AB - Eighteen cases of early mycosis fungoides were compared with 18 cases of eczematous dermatitis by multiparametric image cytometry. A minimum of 100 lymphocytes was measured in each case. A large number of measurements was acquired for each lymphocyte, characterizing nuclear DNA content, area, shape, and texture. There were significant differences between the two groups, especially in nuclear DNA content and texture. These differences allowed the two groups of nuclei to be distinguished with 78% accuracy. The two groups of lesions were distinguished with 94% accuracy, using neural network analysis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MYCOSIS fungoides KW - IMAGE analysis KW - CYTOMETRY KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - DNA KW - NEURAL networks (Computer science) KW - chromatin texture KW - DNA-neoplasm KW - image analysis. KW - lymphoma N1 - Accession Number: 12329620; Fleming, Matthew G. 1 Rauber, Thomas W. 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, Medical College of Wisconsin and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, U.S.A. 2: New University of Lisbon, Faculty of Sciences and Technology and UNINOVA-Intelligent Robotics Center, Quinta da Torre, Monte de Caparica, Portugal.; Source Info: Jan1996, Vol. 106 Issue 1, p129; Subject Term: MYCOSIS fungoides; Subject Term: IMAGE analysis; Subject Term: CYTOMETRY; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: DNA; Subject Term: NEURAL networks (Computer science); Author-Supplied Keyword: chromatin texture; Author-Supplied Keyword: DNA-neoplasm; Author-Supplied Keyword: image analysis.; Author-Supplied Keyword: lymphoma; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12329620 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12329620&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Meng, Hong AU - Marchese, Mary J. AU - Garlick, Jonathan A. AU - Jelaska, Ante AU - Korn, Joseph H. AU - Gailit, James AU - Clark, Richard A. F. AU - Gruber, Barry L. T1 - Mast Cells Induce T-Cell Adhesion to Human Fibroblasts by Regulating Intercellular Adhesion Molecule-1 and Vascular Cell Adhesion with Expression. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1995/12// VL - 105 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 789 EP - 796 SN - 0022202X AB - The capacity of mast cell products to mediate T-cell adhesion to fibroblasts was explored using heterotypic coculture systems or by exposing fibroblasts to mast-cell-conditioned media (MCCM), prepared by degranulating mast cells with calcium ionophore. Experimental results indicated that fibroblasts exposed to MCCM for 24 h bound fivefold more T cells than control fibroblastis. Binding was inhibited with intercellular adhesion molecule-1(ICAM-1) or vascular cell adhesion molecule-1 (VCAM-1) neutralizing antibodies. Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay and fluorescence-activated cell sorter analysis revealed that fibroblasts exposed to MCCM markedly increased ICAM-1 and VCAM-1 surface expression by 4 h, with levels maximal at 16 h and returning toward baseline by 48 h. A dose-dependent response of ICAM-1 and VCAM-1 expression was noted using serial dilutions of MCCM or by altering the ratio of degranulated mast cells cocultured with fibroblasts. Similar results were obtained using human fibroblasts derived from the dermis, synovium, and lung, although lung fibroblasts were generally less responsive. Northern analysis confirmed that MCCM regulated ICAM-1 and VCAM-1 expression at the mRNA level. In summary, mast cell products stimulated fibroblast surface expression, steady-state mRNA levels, and functional expression of ICAM-1 and VCAM-1. Experimental data suggest that mast-cell-derived tumor necrosis factor-α may be in large part responsible for these observations, although further studies using human mast cells will be required. Using a skin-equivalent organotypic coculture model with fibroblasts admixed with mast cells, we observed increased ICAM-1 expression in both keratinocytes and fibroblasts after activation of the mast cells. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SKIN -- Inflammation KW - MAST cells KW - T cells KW - CELL adhesion KW - FIBROBLASTS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - adhesion molecule KW - inflammuation. KW - lymphocyte KW - mast cell degranulation N1 - Accession Number: 12326075; Meng, Hong 1 Marchese, Mary J. 1 Garlick, Jonathan A. 2,3,4 Jelaska, Ante 5,6 Korn, Joseph H. 5,6 Gailit, James 1 Clark, Richard A. F. 1 Gruber, Barry L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine Dermatology, School of Medicine 2: Department of Medicine Oral Biology and Pathology, School of Medicine 3: School of Dental Medicine, SUNY at Stony Brook, Stony Brook, New York 4: Department of Veterans Affairs Medical Center, Northport, New York 5: Arthritis Center, Department of Medicine, Boston University Medical Center 6: Boston Veterans Administration, Boston, Massachusetts, U.S.A.; Source Info: Dec95, Vol. 105 Issue 6, p789; Subject Term: SKIN -- Inflammation; Subject Term: MAST cells; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: CELL adhesion; Subject Term: FIBROBLASTS; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Author-Supplied Keyword: adhesion molecule; Author-Supplied Keyword: inflammuation.; Author-Supplied Keyword: lymphocyte; Author-Supplied Keyword: mast cell degranulation; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12326075 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12326075&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Shibaki, Akihiko AU - Ohkawara, Akira AU - Cooper, Kevin D. T1 - Differential Extracellular Signaling Via FcγR and FMLP in Functionally Distinct Antigen-Presenting Cell Subsets: Ultraviolet-Induced Epidermal Macrophages Versus Langerhans Cells. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1995/09// VL - 105 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 383 EP - 387 SN - 0022202X AB - Sunburned skin is characterized by expanded numbers of macrophages (ultraviolet [UV]-MPH), and these UV-MPH differ from Langerhans cells (LC) in their abilities to initiate T-cell-mediated immune reactions. UV-MPH and LC may themselves be differentially responsive to the surrounding milieu, which may in turn modulate their immunoregulatory activity. We asked whether immunologic signal responsiveness, as assessed by cytosolic calcium mobilization, differed among normal human LC, UV- MPH, and normal blood monocytes. LC from normal skin and UV-MPH from UV-exposed skin were distinguished from keratinocytes in epidermal cell suspensions by labeling with anti-HLA-DR. Intracellular calcium content was monitored in real time with the calcium indicator, indo-1, after cross-linking FcγRI, FcγRII, CD11b, CD11c, or CD18 molecules, or addition of interleukin-lα, IL-β, interferon-γ, bradykinin, substance P, or FMLP. Using flow cytometric analysis of cell suspensions, UV-MPH and blood monocytes were triggered by cross-linking FcγRII (flux of 6.05 and 12.2, respectively). UV-MPH could also be triggered by FcγRI crosslinking and FMLP (flux of 6.41 and 15.54, respectively). By contrast, none of these inflammatory stimuli could cause cytosolic calcium mobilization in normal LC (Flux of -0.2 by FcRII, and 0.18 by FMLP). Because LC calcium flux may be dependent upon extracellular attachments, LC were anchored onto fibronectin-coated coverslips and then their FcγRII was crosslinked in a continuous flow chamber. However, image analysis also failed to detect calcium flux. Neither population responded to interleukin-1, interferon-γ, bradykinin, substance P, or β2 integrin crosslinking. These results indicate that blood monocytes infiltrating macrophages differ substantially from LC in their responses to immune complexes and chemoattractants. Differential responsiveness to the inflammatory milieu may influence the antigen presenting of effector capabilities of these populations. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SKIN KW - MACROPHAGES KW - ULTRAVIOLET radiation KW - LANGERHANS cells KW - T cells KW - ANTIGENS KW - calcium KW - signal transduction N1 - Accession Number: 12320971; Shibaki, Akihiko 1,2 Ohkawara, Akira 2 Cooper, Kevin D. 3; Affiliation: 1: Immunodermatology Unit, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A. 2: Department of Dermatology, Hokkaido University School of Medicine, Sapporo, Japan. 3: Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Hospital, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A.; Source Info: Sep95, Vol. 105 Issue 3, p383; Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: MACROPHAGES; Subject Term: ULTRAVIOLET radiation; Subject Term: LANGERHANS cells; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Author-Supplied Keyword: calcium; Author-Supplied Keyword: signal transduction; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12320971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12320971&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bata-Csorgo, Zsuzsanna AU - Hammerberg, Craig AU - Voorhees, John J. AU - Cooper, Kevin D. T1 - Intralesional T-Lymphocyte Activation as a Mediator of Psoriatic Epidermal Hyperplasia. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1995/07/15/Jul95 Supplement VL - 105 M3 - Article SP - 89S EP - 94S SN - 0022202X AB - An early cellular event in the development of psoriatic lesions is infiltration of target tissue by macrophages and activated T lymphocytes. Lesional psoriatic skin contains activated memory T lymphocytes with production of mRNA for lymphokins such as interleukin-2, interferon-γ, and tumor necrosis factor-α that is elevated relative to normal or uninvolved psoriatic skin. That the T-cell activation and cellular lymphokine production have a crucial role of immunosuppressive agents in the treatment of psoriasis (cyclosporin A, FK506, anti-CD3, anti-CD4). A link between immune activation and psoriasis is also indicated by immunogenetic associations in this disease. Also, psoritic keratinocytes appear to have been modulated by T-cell lymphokins in vivo, because they abnormally express molecules uniquely induced on keratinocytes by the T-cell product interferon-γ. Indeed, T cells producing interferon-γ have been cloned from psoriatic lesions, and they are able to induce keratinocyte class II major histocompatibility complex and intercellular adhesion molecule expression. These lesion-derived T-cell clones can induce growth of keratinocytes, and specifically lesional psoriatic T cells produce factors that induce increased keratinocyte colony formation, as well as increased cell cycle entry of the normally quiescent stem cell population. Interferon-γ, although a growth inhibitor on its own, acts cooperatively with other T-cell-produced growth factors to cause keratinocyte growth induction. Furthermore, relative to normal stem cells, keratinocyte stem cells (β1 integrin+ K1/K10-) in psoriatic uninvolved epidermis are significantly hyperresponsive to the growth-stimulatory lymphokine milieu created by lesional T lymphocytes. Whether such abnormalities in responsiveness are associated with new genetic linkages reported in families of psoriasis patients is unknown. As the epidermis of lesional psoriatic skin can be demonstrated to produce elevated levels of factors that can further potentiate T-cell activation, a self-sustaining cycle can be constructed of T-cell recruitment, intralesional activation, release of factors that preferentially stimulate psoriatic epidermal stem cells to proliferate, and further epidermal potentiation of the T-cell-mediated lesions. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - MACROPHAGES KW - HYPERPLASIA KW - INTERLEUKIN-2 KW - TUMOR necrosis factor KW - SKIN diseases N1 - Accession Number: 12316121; Bata-Csorgo, Zsuzsanna 1 Hammerberg, Craig 1 Voorhees, John J. 1 Cooper, Kevin D. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of Michigan, and The Veterans Administration Hospital, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jul95 Supplement, Vol. 105, p89S; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: MACROPHAGES; Subject Term: HYPERPLASIA; Subject Term: INTERLEUKIN-2; Subject Term: TUMOR necrosis factor; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12316121 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12316121&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Shibaki, Akihiko AU - Meunier, Laurent AU - Ra, Chisei AU - Shimada, Shinji AU - Ohkawara, Akira AU - D. Cooper, Kevin T1 - Differential Responsiveness of Langerhans Cell Subsets of Varying Phenotypic States in Normal Human Epidermis. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1995/01// VL - 104 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 42 EP - 46 SN - 0022202X AB - Epidermal Langerhans cell heterogeneity is poorly understood with regard to phenotypic characteristics, such as the expression of human leukocyte antigen (HLA)-DR, integrin, and Fe receptor molecules, as well as functional characteristics, such as the ability to process and present antigens or produce cytokines during various phases of immigration and maturation. Technical limitations of Langerhans cell number have limited functional assays on putative Langerhans cell subsets in in vivo epidermis. Therefore, we used flow cytometry for simultaneous phenotypic and functional assessment at the single-cell level within the Langerhans cell population. Freshly isolated human epidermal cell suspensions were stained with a battery of monoclonal antibodies, including anti-HLA-DR, -CD1a, -CD1c, -CD11c, -FcγRII, and -Fc∊RI. Two distinct Langerhans cell subsets were identified by their different levels of HLA-DR expression. The DRHi subset expressed higher amounts of CD11c and exhibited greater cytoplasmic complexity and higher baseline calcium than the DRLo subset (p ⩽ 0.03 for each). Some subjects also expressed high levels of Fc∊RI in the DRHi, CD11cHi subset. To determine whether these phenotypic subsets may exhibit differential signal- transduction functional properties, Langerhans cells were partially enriched over Ficoll-Hypaque and their cytosolic calcium mobilization after the addition of ionomycin was analyzed using the calcium indicator, indo-1, in conjunction with quantitative analysis of HLA-DR expression. By tins real-time flow cytometric analysis, a new subpopulation was revealed within the DRLo Langerhans cell subset. This subset increased its cytosolic calcium concentration much more than the other two subsets (change in indo-1 blueviolet emission ratio of 37.33 ± 2.34 in the Hi Flux DRLo subset versus 13.23 ± 0.29 in the Lo Flux DRLo subset, and versus 7.6 ± 2.99 in the Lo Flux DRHi subset). These data indicate that functional, as well as phenotypic, subsets of Langerhans cells exist within normal human epidermis. Their responses to physiologic stimuli may relate to maturational stage or the level of in vivo activation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LANGERHANS cells KW - EPIDERMIS KW - FLOW cytometry KW - MONOCLONAL antibodies KW - CYTOPLASM KW - CYTOSOL KW - calcium KW - HLA-DR antigens KW - IgE. KW - signal transduction N1 - Accession Number: 12613476; Shibaki, Akihiko 1,2 Meunier, Laurent 1,3 Ra, Chisei 4 Shimada, Shinji 5 Ohkawara, Akira 2 D. Cooper, Kevin 1,6; Affiliation: 1: Immunodermatology Unit, Department of Dermatology, University of Michigan Medical School, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A. 2: Department Dermatology, Hokkaido University School of Medicine, Sapporo, Japan 3: Department of Dermatology, St Charles Hospital, University of Montpellier France 4: Department of Immunology, Juntendo University School of Medicine, Tokyo, Japan 5: Department of Dermatology, Tokyo University Branch Hospital, Tokyo, Japan 6: Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Medical Center, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jan1995, Vol. 104 Issue 1, p42; Subject Term: LANGERHANS cells; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: FLOW cytometry; Subject Term: MONOCLONAL antibodies; Subject Term: CYTOPLASM; Subject Term: CYTOSOL; Author-Supplied Keyword: calcium; Author-Supplied Keyword: HLA-DR antigens; Author-Supplied Keyword: IgE.; Author-Supplied Keyword: signal transduction; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12613476 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12613476&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - RPRT AU - Ohmen, Jeffrey D. AU - Moy, Ronald L. AU - Zovich, Daniel AU - Lieberman, Amara AU - Wyzykowski, Richard J. AU - Sullivan, Laura AU - Modlin, Robert L. AU - Uyemura, Koichi T1 - Selective Accumulation of T Cells According to T-Cell Receptor Vβ Gene Usage in Skin Cancer. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1994/12// VL - 103 IS - 6 M3 - Report SP - 751 EP - 757 SN - 0022202X AB - To investigate whether specific T-cell populations are overrepresented in tumor-infiltrating lymphocytes (TIL) in skin cancer, we determined the T-cell receptor (TCR) diversity in biopsy specimens of basal cell carcinoma and squamous cell carcinoma. Immunostaining of tissue sections indicated that the majority of T cells expressed αβ TCRs. To assess diversity of the TCR β chain, RNA was isolated directly from the tumor specimens and peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) from the same patient, cDNA was synthesized, and variable (V) β chain gene usage was determined by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR). In each basal cell (n = 11) and squamous cell (n = 7) carcinoma studied, several Vβ families were overrepresented in TIL versus PBMC, in that they accounted for greater than 5% of the repertoire in TIL and were at least 2% higher in TIL than in PBMC. The predominant Vβ gene segments overrepresented in TIL generally differed from individual to individual. Simultaneous comparison of the Vβ repertoire of TIL to that of uninvolved skin and PBMC from the same individual revealed preferential expression of Vβ families within the TIL in three of five basal cell and four of four squamous cell carcinomas. Again, the predominant Vβs differed from individual to individual. Comparison of the TCR repertoire in uninvolved skin versus PBMC did indicate that some Vβ families were over-expressed in the resident T-cell compartment in skin, although the overrepresented families were not constant from individual to individual. These data indicate the selective concentration of T cells bearing specific αβ TCRs in the local immune response to basal cell and squamous cell carcinomas. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SKIN -- Cancer KW - T cell receptors KW - BASAL cell carcinoma KW - IMMUNE response KW - RNA KW - DNA KW - antigen receptor KW - polymerase chain reaction KW - repertoire N1 - Accession Number: 12412288; Ohmen, Jeffrey D. 1 Moy, Ronald L. 1,2,3 Zovich, Daniel 1 Lieberman, Amara 1 Wyzykowski, Richard J. 1 Sullivan, Laura 1 Modlin, Robert L. 1,4 Uyemura, Koichi 1; Affiliation: 1: Division of Dermatology, University of California Los Angeles School of Medicine. 2: Veterans Administration-West Los Angeles Medical Center. 3: University of California Los Angeles Jonsson Comprehensive Cancer Center, Los Angeles, California, U.S.A. 4: Department of Microbiology and Immunology, University of California Los Angeles School of Medicine.; Source Info: Dec94, Vol. 103 Issue 6, p751; Subject Term: SKIN -- Cancer; Subject Term: T cell receptors; Subject Term: BASAL cell carcinoma; Subject Term: IMMUNE response; Subject Term: RNA; Subject Term: DNA; Author-Supplied Keyword: antigen receptor; Author-Supplied Keyword: polymerase chain reaction; Author-Supplied Keyword: repertoire; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Report L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12412288 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12412288&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Harley, John B. AU - Sheldon, Peter AU - Neas, Barbara AU - Murphy, Steve AU - Wallace, Daniel J. AU - Scofield, R. Hal AU - Shaver, Timothy S. AU - Moser, Kathy L. T1 - Systemic Lupus Erythematosus: Considerations for a Genetic Approach. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1994/11/15/Nov94 Supplement VL - 103 M3 - Article SP - 144S EP - 149S SN - 0022202X AB - There is powerful evidence suggesting that etiology and pathogenesis of systemic lupus erythematosus has both genetic and environmental components. Unfortunately, understanding the genetics of lupus has been impeded by knowing the pattern of inheritance. Indeed, a complex mode of inheritance for the lupus disease phenotype is suggested by the known characteristics of this disorder. Twenty-five multiplex pedigrees for lupus have been enrolled and have been used to evaluate power to reveal linkage. The power to find linkage in these pedigrees is greater for autosomal recessive than for autosomal dominant modes of inheritance. Once 100 similar pedigrees are available for analysis our results predict that linkage is likely to be present for genetic models with relatively relaxed requirements. At loci operating by autosomal recessive inheritance linkage should be detectable despite genetic homogeneity as low as 40% and penetrance as low as 50%. For loci operating by autosomal dominant inheritance genetic homogeneity must be 60% or more when penetrance is as low as 50% to be able to establish linkage. Available preliminary data are also consistent with a possible genetic linkage of FcgammaRIIIPMN with lupus in American Black pedigrees multiplex for lupus. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus KW - SKIN diseases KW - GENETICS KW - DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation KW - PATHOLOGY KW - GENEALOGY N1 - Accession Number: 12399472; Harley, John B. 1 Sheldon, Peter 1 Neas, Barbara 1 Murphy, Steve 1 Wallace, Daniel J. 2 Scofield, R. Hal 1 Shaver, Timothy S. 1 Moser, Kathy L. 1; Affiliation: 1: University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Oklahoma Medical Research Foundation, and U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs Medical Center, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. 2: University of California at Los Angeles and Cedars-Sinai Medical Center, Los Angeles, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Nov94 Supplement, Vol. 103, p144S; Subject Term: SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Subject Term: GENETICS; Subject Term: DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation; Subject Term: PATHOLOGY; Subject Term: GENEALOGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 812990 All Other Personal Services; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12399472 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12399472&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Duraiswamy, Nandini AU - Tse, Yardy AU - Hammerberg, Craig AU - Kang, Sewon AU - Cooper, Kevin D. T1 - Distinction of Class II MHC+ Langerhans Cell-Like Interstitial Dendritic Antigen-Presenting Cells in Murine Dermis from Dermal Macrophages. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1994/11// VL - 103 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 678 EP - 683 SN - 0022202X AB - Dermal cells are capable of initiating contact-hypersensitivity responses but the precise identification of the antigen-presenting cell within murine dermis is lacking. Class II major histocompatibility complex (MHC)+ cells with dendritic shape and lacking endothelial factor VIII but expressing the dendritic antigen-presenting cell marker NLDC-145 were observed in the perivascular and interstitial dermis of BALB/c and C3H/HeN skin. The heterogeneous class II MHC+ cells could be divided into two subsets: each was class II MHC+ CD45+ (bone marrow derived) GR-1- (non-neutrophil/macrophage) CD3- (non T), but one subset was CD 11b+ (β2 integrin) and the other was CD11b-. Ultrastructural examination of class II MHC+ cells revealed the presence of a Langerhans cell -- like/ indeterminant cell subset with indented nuclei, dendritic morphology, active cytoplasm, and dense intermediate filaments. Phagolysomes and Birbeck granules were not observed in such cells, indicating these were distinct from dermal macrophages and from classical epidermal Langerhans cells, respectively. Cells with a monocyte/macrophage ultrastructural appearance were also noted, likely representing the class II MHC subset expressing CD11b and Ly6c (monocyte/endothelial antigen). Dermal cells in suspension were capable of processing and presenting large protein antigens to antigen-specific T-cell hybridomas; dermal cells also induced the syngeneic mixed lymphocyte reaction. The dermal antigen-presentation activities were totally abrogated by removal of class II MHC+ cells, but not by removal of CD11b+ cells or Ly6c+ cells, indicating that potent antigen-presenting cell activity was restricted to the class II MHC+ CD11b- Ly6c- subset (Langerhans cell-like/indeterminant cells). In conclusion, within a complex array of dermal leukocytes a murine dermal class II MHC+ cell population expressing a Langerhans cell-like/dendritic antigen-presenting cell phenotype and exhibiting potent antigen processing and presenting activity can be identified. The positioning of potent interstitial dendritic antigen-presenting cells at the interface of the vaculature with the dermal interstitium provides rapid access to an antigen-presenting cell as T cells first egress into the skin. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LANGERHANS cells KW - DENDRITIC cells KW - ANTIGEN presenting cells KW - DERMIS KW - MACROPHAGES KW - EPIDERMIS KW - IMMUNOCOMPETENT cells N1 - Accession Number: 12398513; Duraiswamy, Nandini 1 Tse, Yardy Hammerberg, Craig 1 Kang, Sewon Cooper, Kevin D. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Immunodermatology Unit, Department of Dermatology, University of Michigan, U.S.A. 2: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A.; Source Info: Nov94, Vol. 103 Issue 5, p678; Subject Term: LANGERHANS cells; Subject Term: DENDRITIC cells; Subject Term: ANTIGEN presenting cells; Subject Term: DERMIS; Subject Term: MACROPHAGES; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: IMMUNOCOMPETENT cells; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12398513 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12398513&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Olague-Alcala, Monica AU - Giudice, George J. AU - Diaz, Luis A. T1 - Pemphigus Foliaceus Sera Recognize an N-Terminal Fragment of Bovine Desmoglein 1. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1994/06// VL - 102 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 882 EP - 885 SN - 0022202X AB - It has previously been demonstrated that sera from endemic and nonendemic pemphigus foliaceus patients recognize three immunoreactive fragments of 80, 62, and 45 kilodaltons (kD) from extracts of the envelope fraction of human and bovine epidermis. These polypeptides are also immunoprecipitated by approximately 50% of pemphigus vulgaris sera, but are unreactive with sera from bullous pemphigoid patients or normal controls. The 80-kD antigen has been shown to be a glycoprotein with N-linked oligosaccharides. Complete removal of the carbohydrate moieties produced a 76-kD polypeptide that continued to react with pemphigus foliaceus autoantibodies in a Ca++-dependent manner. To further characterize this antigen/antibody system, the 80-kD pemphigus foliaceus antigen solubilized from a bovine epidermal envelope extract was purified by affinity chromatography using a pemphigus foliaceus patient's immunoglobulin (Ig)G immobilized on agarose. After elution with 0.2 M glycine/HCl, pH 2.8, 5 mM ethylene diaminetetraacetic acid, the polypeptide was mixed with a small amount of 125I-labeled 80-kD antigen, added as a tracer, fractionated by sodium dodecylsulfate - polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, and electrotransferred onto a polyvinylidene difluoride membrane. The 80-kD band detected by amido black staining and autoradiography was excised and characterized by amino acid sequence analysis. The resulting sequence, EXIKFAAAXREGEXNSKRNPIA, matched perfectly with the N-terminal 22 amino acids of the mature form of bovine desmoglein 1. These findings demonstrate that the 80-kD bovine autoantibody-reactive polypeptide is the glycosylated ectodomain of desmoglein 1, which may contain epitopes recognized by pathogenic autoantibodies. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PEMPHIGUS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - GLYCOPROTEINS KW - AMINO acids KW - EPITHELIUM KW - POLYMERS KW - autoimmunity KW - cadherins KW - desmogleins KW - desmosomes N1 - Accession Number: 12382794; Olague-Alcala, Monica 1,2 Giudice, George J. 1,2 Diaz, Luis A. 1,3; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Dermatology, Medical College of Wisconsin, U.S.A. 2: Departments of Biochemistry, Medical College of Wisconsin, U.S.A. 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jun94, Vol. 102 Issue 6, p882; Subject Term: PEMPHIGUS; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: GLYCOPROTEINS; Subject Term: AMINO acids; Subject Term: EPITHELIUM; Subject Term: POLYMERS; Author-Supplied Keyword: autoimmunity; Author-Supplied Keyword: cadherins; Author-Supplied Keyword: desmogleins; Author-Supplied Keyword: desmosomes; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12382794 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12382794&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Giudice, George J. AU - Wilske, Kendell C. AU - Anhalt, Grant J. AU - Fairley, Janet A. AU - Taylor, Ann F. AU - Emery, Daryl J. AU - Hoffman, Raymond G. AU - Diaz, Luis A. T1 - Development of an ELISA to Detect Anti-BP180 Autoantibodies in Bullous Pemphigoid and Herpes Gestationis. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1994/06// VL - 102 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 878 EP - 881 SN - 0022202X AB - Autoantibodies associated with the subepidermal blistering disorders bullous pemphigoid and herpes gestationis react with a 180-kD transmembrane hemidesmosomal protein, designated BP180. The BP180 ectodomain is composed of a series of interrupted collagen triple helical domains. Located on one of the noncollagenous extracellular segments of this protein is an immunodominant epitope, designated MCW-1, recognized by patient autoantibodies. In this investigation we have developed an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay system to detect antibody reactivity against the MCW-1 epitope with the use of a bacterial fusion protein containing the BP180 autoantibody-reactive site. The following sera were assayed for reactivity with this recombinant protein: bullous pemphigoid (n = 62), herpes gestationis (n = 28), endemic pemphigus foliaceus (n = 17), lupus erythematosus (n = 15), and normal human sera (n = 22). This enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay - based protocol was shown to be highly specific (98.3%) in detecting autoantibody activity in bullous pemphigoid and herpes gestationis patients. Fifty-three percent of bullous pemphigoid and 71% of herpes gestationis sera, but none of the control sera, yielded positive results in this assay. Of the patient sera that were known to react with full-length BP180, almost all showed reactivity with the MCW-1 antigenic site of this protein. Autoantibodies detected in this assay were predominantly of the immunoglobulin G class. The results presented here lend support to the hypothesis that this well-defined antigen/antibody system may be relevant in pathogenesis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - PROTEINS KW - ANTIGENIC determinants KW - HYPOTHESIS KW - BLISTERS KW - SKIN diseases KW - autoimmunity KW - basement membrane KW - collagen KW - hemidesmosome KW - skin N1 - Accession Number: 12382738; Giudice, George J. 1,2 Wilske, Kendell C. 1 Anhalt, Grant J. 3 Fairley, Janet A. 1,4 Taylor, Ann F. 1 Emery, Daryl J. 1 Hoffman, Raymond G. 5 Diaz, Luis A. 1,4; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Dermatology, Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, Wisconsin. 2: Departments of Biochemistry, Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, Wisconsin. 3: Department of Dermatology, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, Baltimore, Maryland. 4: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, U.S.A. 5: Departments of Biostatistics and Clinical Epidemiology, Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.; Source Info: Jun94, Vol. 102 Issue 6, p878; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: PROTEINS; Subject Term: ANTIGENIC determinants; Subject Term: HYPOTHESIS; Subject Term: BLISTERS; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Author-Supplied Keyword: autoimmunity; Author-Supplied Keyword: basement membrane; Author-Supplied Keyword: collagen; Author-Supplied Keyword: hemidesmosome; Author-Supplied Keyword: skin; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12382738 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12382738&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Menon, Gopinathan K. AU - Price, Lisa F. AU - Bommannan, Bommi AU - Elias, Peter M. AU - Feingold, Kenneth R. T1 - Selective Obliteration of the Epidermal Calcium Gradient Leads to Enhanced Lamellar Body Secretion. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1994/05// VL - 102 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 789 EP - 795 SN - 0022202X AB - The epidermal permeability barrier is formed by lipids delivered to the intercellular spaces through the secretion of lamellar bodies. Prior studies have shown that the rate of lamellar body secretion appears to be regulated by the extracellular calcium content of the upper epidermis, which is altered following permeability barrier disruption. To determine directly whether changes in extracellular calcium content in the upper epidermis versus disruption of the barrier regulate lamellar body secretion, we experimentally manipulated the Ca++ content of the upper epidermis by sonophoresis of aqueous solutions containing physiologic Ca++ (and K++) versus ion-free solutions across hairless mouse stratum corneum. Sonophoresis at 15 MHz did not alter barrier function, but in the absence of Ca++ the extracellular calcium content of the outer epidermis, as revealed by ion capture cytochemistry, was displaced downward toward the basal layer and dermis. In contrast, following sonophoresis of Ca++.containing solutions, the extracellular Ca++ gradient became obscured by excess Ca++ in the cytosol at all levels of the epidermis. These changes in the extracellular calcium content lead, in turn, to accelerated lamellar body secretion (with low Ca++), or basal rates of lamellar body secretion (with normal Can). These results demonstrate that the epidermal extracellular calcium content in the upper epidermis can be manipulated by sonophoresis without prior barrier disruption, and that changes in the Ca++ gradient induce lamellar body secretion, independent of barrier disruption. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EPIDERMAL growth factor KW - PERMEABILITY KW - LIPIDS KW - EPIDERMIS KW - EXTRACELLULAR space KW - CYTOSOL KW - calcium KW - cytochemistry KW - epidermal differentiation KW - lamellar bodies. KW - permeability barrier KW - ultrastructure N1 - Accession Number: 12377921; Menon, Gopinathan K. 1,2 Price, Lisa F. 1,2 Bommannan, Bommi 1,2 Elias, Peter M. 1,2 Feingold, Kenneth R. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology and Medical Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Departments of Dermatology and Medicine, University of California, San Francisco. 2: Cygnus Therapeutics, Redwood City, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: May94, Vol. 102 Issue 5, p789; Subject Term: EPIDERMAL growth factor; Subject Term: PERMEABILITY; Subject Term: LIPIDS; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: EXTRACELLULAR space; Subject Term: CYTOSOL; Author-Supplied Keyword: calcium; Author-Supplied Keyword: cytochemistry; Author-Supplied Keyword: epidermal differentiation; Author-Supplied Keyword: lamellar bodies.; Author-Supplied Keyword: permeability barrier; Author-Supplied Keyword: ultrastructure; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12377921 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12377921&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cooper, Kevin D. T1 - Atopic Dermatitis: Recent Trends in Pathogenesis and Therapy. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1994/01// VL - 102 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 128 EP - 137 SN - 0022202X AB - Emerging concepts in the areas related to the pathogenesis and treatment of atopic dermatitis are reviewed. In particular, recent findings have revealed several key steps in the maintenance of a vicious circle of spongiotic dermatitis associated with elevated T-lymphocyte activation, hyperstimulatory Langerhans cells, defective cell-mediated immunity, and B-cell IgE overproduction. The discovery of specific IgE-binding structures on Langerhans cells provides a mechanism for Langerhans cells to capture and present IgE-targeted allergens to allergen-specific T cells. Furthermore, certain microbial allergens that tend to preferentially elicit IgE-type responses also elicit a T-cell response dominated by the IgE-inducing lymphokine interleukin 4. Repeated stimulation by activated Langerhans cells appears to induce just such a response. Abnormal biochemical responsiveness and mediator release by AD monocytes, mast cells, and eosinophils also participate in the sustainment or initiation of such a vicious circle, and contribute directly to the dermatitis as well. Developments in the areas of neuropeptides, genetics, microbial superantigens, and cytokine networks in the skin also appear to have promise in providing a rational link between immune defects and the inflammatory events in AD. Conventional therapy remains the mainstay of atopic dermatitis management; however, new therapies based upon the above concepts are being tested in clinical trials. Although the difficulty of objectively grading AD lesional activity and the high placebo response of AD patients hampers the interpretation of many reports, several types of approaches are coming into focus. The effectiveness of cyclosporin A, which targets T-cell activation and antigen presentation, indicates that additional agents with such activity should be effective, and verifies the criticality of these cells in AD pathogenesis. Therapy with biologic response modifiers, such as interferon gamma or thymopentin, is oriented toward normalization of imbalanced immune responsiveness, rather than direct supression of the immune system. The mechanism of action of and toxicities of Chinese herbal mixtures require further investigation, but may reveal hitherto unconsidered avenues. Other recent therapeutic trials have focused on reduction of trigger factors, such as house dust mite exposure, foods, and the abnormal epidermal lipid barrier to irritation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ATOPIC dermatitis KW - SKIN -- Inflammation KW - ALLERGY KW - T cells KW - ALLERGENS KW - LANGERHANS cells KW - Antigens KW - IgE. KW - Immunology KW - T lymphocytes N1 - Accession Number: 12371746; Cooper, Kevin D. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Immunodermatology Unit, Department of Dermatology, University of Michigan Medical School. 2: Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Medical Center, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jan1994, Vol. 102 Issue 1, p128; Subject Term: ATOPIC dermatitis; Subject Term: SKIN -- Inflammation; Subject Term: ALLERGY; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: ALLERGENS; Subject Term: LANGERHANS cells; Author-Supplied Keyword: Antigens; Author-Supplied Keyword: IgE.; Author-Supplied Keyword: Immunology; Author-Supplied Keyword: T lymphocytes; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12371746 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12371746&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mao-Qiang, Man AU - Feingold, Kenneth R. AU - Elias, Peter M. T1 - Inhibition of Cholesterol and Sphingolipid Synthesis Causes Paradoxical Effects on Permeability Barrier Homeostasis. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1993/08// VL - 101 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 185 EP - 190 SN - 0022202X AB - Cholesterol, fatty acid, and sphingolipid synthesis are required for barrier homeostasis, as demonstrated by studies where synthesis of these species is stimulated in parallel with barrier repair. Moreover, blockade of synthesis of these lipids with inhibitors of two of the rate-limiting enzymes, HMGCoA reductase (lovastatin, fluvastatin) and serine palmitoyl transferase (β-chloroalanine), alters the kinetics of barrier repair. Whereas these studies demonstrated a requirement for these lipids individually, we asked here whether these lipids are required in either an additive or cooperative fashion. We applied each class of inhibitor alone or the two classes of inhibitors together to acetone-treated skin, or each class separately to essential fatty acid deficient murine skin. When fluvastatin or β-chloroalanine was applied individually to acetone-treated skin, each caused a delay in the early or late stages of barrier recovery, respectively (assessed as trans-epidermal water loss). However, when applied together they caused no further worsening at the early time point and a paradoxical improvement at the later time points. This improvement correlated with an accelerated return of sphingo- lipids, which was perhaps due to a global stimulation of lipid synthesis induced by HMGCoA reductase inhibitors. In essential fatty acid deficient animals, inhibition of HMGCoA reductase caused drastic worsening of both clinical appearance and barrier function, but β-chloroalanine caused a paradoxical improvement, which correlated with a significant reduction in epidermal sphingolipids. These results are consistent with a requirement for both cholesterol and sphingolipids for barrier homeostasis, and also with the suggestion that both of these lipids must be present (with free fatty acids) for optimal barrier function. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CHOLESTEROL KW - SPHINGOLIPIDS KW - HOMEOSTASIS KW - ISOPENTENOIDS KW - SPHINGOSINE KW - FATTY acids KW - 3-Chloroalanine N1 - Accession Number: 12363729; Mao-Qiang, Man 1 Feingold, Kenneth R. 1,2,3 Elias, Peter M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Service and Metabolism Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: Department of Dermatology, School of Medicine, San Francisco, California, U.S.A. 3: Department of Medicine University of California, School of Medicine, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug93, Vol. 101 Issue 2, p185; Subject Term: CHOLESTEROL; Subject Term: SPHINGOLIPIDS; Subject Term: HOMEOSTASIS; Subject Term: ISOPENTENOIDS; Subject Term: SPHINGOSINE; Subject Term: FATTY acids; Subject Term: 3-Chloroalanine; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12363729 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12363729&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Boyce, Steven T. AU - Williams, Mary L. T1 - Lipid Supplemented Medium Induces Lamellar Bodies and Precursors of Barrier Lipids in Cultured Analogues of Human Skin. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1993/08// VL - 101 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 180 EP - 184 SN - 0022202X AB - Barrier function of cultured skin substitutes (CSS) is required for their effective use in clinical treatment of skin wounds, and for percutaneous absorption in vitro. Arachidonic, palmitic, oleic, and linoleic free fatty acids, in conjunction with the antioxidant alpha-tocopherol acetate (lipid supplements, "LS"), were added to nutrient media of CSS to provide precursors of epidermal barrier lipids. CSS were composed of human keratinocytes (HK), fibroblasts (HF), and collagen- glycosaminoglycan substrates, and were incubated for 14 d submerged or lifted to the air-liquid interface in media based on MCDB 153 ± LS. Duplicate samples (30 cm²) were harvested and the epidermal analogue was analyzed for total protein, total DNA, total lipid, lipid fractions including acylglucosylceramide (AGC), and presence of lamellar bodies. Significant increases (p <0.05) were detected between CSS incubated in + LS medium for total lipid, total DNA, ceramide, glucosylceramide, triglycerides, and diglycerides. AGC and lamellar bodies were detected only in epithelia of CSS incubated in + LS medium. These data show that free fatty acids, vitamin E, and lifting of CSS promote increased epithelial morphogenesis compared to CSS cultured submerged without lipid supplements. Presence of lamellar bodies and AGC suggests enhanced production in vitro of barrier-associated epidermal lipids. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SKIN -- Wounds & injuries KW - LIPIDS KW - FATTY acids KW - ANTIOXIDANTS KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - FIBROBLASTS KW - GLYCOSAMINOGLYCANS N1 - Accession Number: 12363678; Boyce, Steven T. 1 Williams, Mary L. 2,3; Affiliation: 1: Shriners Burns Institute and Department of Surgery, University of Cincinnati. 2: Department of Dermatology, Veterans Administration Medical Center. 3: University of California San Francisco, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug93, Vol. 101 Issue 2, p180; Subject Term: SKIN -- Wounds & injuries; Subject Term: LIPIDS; Subject Term: FATTY acids; Subject Term: ANTIOXIDANTS; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: FIBROBLASTS; Subject Term: GLYCOSAMINOGLYCANS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12363678 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12363678&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cooper, Kevin D. AU - Duraiswamy, Nandini AU - Hammerberg, Craig AU - Allen, Ed AU - Kimbrough-Green, Candance AU - Dillon, William AU - Thomas, David T1 - Neutrophils, Differentiated Macrophages, and Monocyte/Macrophage Antigen Presenting Cells Infiltrate Murine Epidermis After UV Injury. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1993/08// VL - 101 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 155 EP - 163 SN - 0022202X AB - We asked whether, as in humans, a population of antigen-presenting macrophages infiltrates the epidermis of ultraviolet (UV)-exposed BALB/c mice. Using three-color flow cytometry on cell suspensions plus in situ immunofluorescence microscopy, the phenotype of normal Langerhans cells was class II major histocompatibility complex (MHC+), CD11b+, NLDC-145+, BM8+ CD45+ and homogeneous. By contrast, in epidermal cells harvested 3 d following UV (UV-EC), there were two subsets of class II MHC+ cells: 1) class II MHChi CD11b+ and 2) class II MHClo CD11b-. Neither expressed the Langerhans cell markers BM8 and NLDC-145. In addition, there were two major populations of class II MHC- CD11b+ cells; half of these expressed the GR-1 neutrophil marker. Langerhans and dendritic epidermal T cells were markedly reduced after UV injury. By electron microscopy, immunomagnetic bead-purified CD11b+ cells in UV-EC were comprised of neutrophils, differentiated macrophages, and mononuclear cells with prominent lysosomes, but no Birbeck granules; the class II MHC+ subset resembled a monocytic cell in between differentiated macrophages and indeterminate dendritic cells. Functionally, immediately following in vivo UV exposure, the allogeneic antigen-presenting cell capacity of UV-EC was reduced to 21 ± 6% of control epidermal cells (C-EC); by 3 d, antigen-presenting cell activity of UV-EC had recovered to 59 ± 11% of C-EC, although at this time NLDC-145+ Langerhans cells had reached their lowest number. The recovered antigen-presenting cell activity was critically dependent upon the class II MHChiCD11b+ cells. Sensitization of BALB/c mice through skin that contained these antigen-presenting cells (3 d after UV) resulted in tolerance to dinitrofluorobenzene. By contrast, sensitization through UV-exposed skin immediately after the exposure resulted in unresponsiveness without tolerance, demonstrating temporal association of tolerance with leukocytic ifiltration. In summary, murine epidermis responds to an acute UV injury in vivo with an initial aborgation of antigen-presenting activity followed by epidermal infiltration with neutrophils, differentiated macrophages, and monocytic antigen-presenting cells that are distinct from Langerhans cells with regard to the expression of Langerhans cell markers and ultrastructure. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EPIDERMIS -- Diseases KW - NEUTROPHILS KW - GRANULOCYTES KW - MACROPHAGES KW - CONNECTIVE tissue cells KW - MONOCYTES KW - MICE KW - antigen-presenting cells KW - contact sensitivity. KW - macrophages KW - UV N1 - Accession Number: 12363639; Cooper, Kevin D. 1,2 Duraiswamy, Nandini 1 Hammerberg, Craig 1 Allen, Ed 2 Kimbrough-Green, Candance 1 Dillon, William 1 Thomas, David 3; Affiliation: 1: Immunodermatology Unit, Department of Dermatology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. 2: Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Hospital, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A. 3: Department of Microbiology and Immunology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug93, Vol. 101 Issue 2, p155; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS -- Diseases; Subject Term: NEUTROPHILS; Subject Term: GRANULOCYTES; Subject Term: MACROPHAGES; Subject Term: CONNECTIVE tissue cells; Subject Term: MONOCYTES; Subject Term: MICE; Author-Supplied Keyword: antigen-presenting cells; Author-Supplied Keyword: contact sensitivity.; Author-Supplied Keyword: macrophages; Author-Supplied Keyword: UV; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12363639 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12363639&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rico, M. Joyce AU - White, LaDonna S. AU - Hall III, Russell P. T1 - Expression of Cross-Reactive Idiotypes at the Basement Membrane Zone in Patients with Bullous Pemphigoid. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1993/06// VL - 100 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 766 EP - 770 SN - 0022202X AB - The purpose of the present study was to determine whether tissue-bound anti - basement membrane zone (BMZ) autoantibodies in patients with bullous pemphigoid (BP) express a cross-reactive idiotype. We assayed 34 skin biopsies from 26 patients with BP and nine biopsies from control subjects, including normal subjects and patients with epidermolysis bullosa acquisita for the presence of a cross-reactive idiotype at the BMZ. Perilesional split-skin biopsies were assayed for the presence of immunoreactants, immunoglobulin G, and complement and for reactivity with a monoclonal anti-idiotypic antibody specific for a circulating anti-BMZ antibody, anti-Id 3-17. Anti-Id 3-17 bound in a linear band to the BMZ in 12 of 26 patients with BP (46%) and in 0 of 9 control subjects. In serial biopsy specimens, the presence or absence of cross-reactive idiotype at the BMZ in six patients was stable during the disease course. This cross-reactive idiotype has been previously identified in the serum of 36% of patients with BP; however, in this study, no correlation was noted between the presence of the cross-reactive idiotype in skin and serum of individual patients. Because cross-reactive idiotypes occur as a consequence of restricted variable-region gene utilization, the demonstration of a cross-reactive idiotype at the BMZ previously identified in the serum of patients with BP supports the hypothesis that circulating and tissue-bound autoantibodies in this disease arise from a common genetic origin. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - BLOOD plasma KW - BIOPSY KW - ANTIGENS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G N1 - Accession Number: 12476347; Rico, M. Joyce 1,2 White, LaDonna S. 1,2 Hall III, Russell P. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Division of Dermatology, Duke University Medical Center. 2: Durham Veterans Administration Medical Center, Durham, North Carolina, U.S.A..; Source Info: Jun93, Vol. 100 Issue 6, p766; Subject Term: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: BLOOD plasma; Subject Term: BIOPSY; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12476347 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12476347&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Allen, Elizabeth M. AU - Giudice, George J. AU - Diaz, Luis A. T1 - Subclass Reactivity of Pemphigus Foliaceus Autoantibodies with Recombinant Human Desmoglein. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1993/05// VL - 100 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 685 EP - 691 SN - 0022202X AB - Pemphigus foliaceus (PF) and its endemic form, Fogo Selvagem (FS), are autoimmune disorders characterized by subcorneal vesicles and IgG4 subclass autoantibodies that recognize a surface antigen of normal epidermal cells. FS and PF autoantibodies have been shown to bind desmoglein (DGI), a desmosomal glycoprotein classified as a member of the cadherin family of calcium-dependent cell adhesion molecules. In the present study we report the isolation of three overlapping cDNA clones representing greater than 90% of the extracellular domain of human DGI. Recombinant proteins encoded by these clones, designated DGI- 1, DGI-2, and DGI-3, were produced in bacteria and analyzed for immunoblot (IB) reactivity with a panel of FS, PF, and control sera. FS and PF autoantibodies possessing reactivity with each of the three recombinant fusion proteins (Fps) were identified. FP DGI-3 (containing 123 amino acids of the membrane proximal region of the DGI ectodomain) showed reactivity with the largest number of patient sera--seven FS and one PF. IB reactivity with the DGI-1 FP (encoding 205 amino acids of the N-terminal region of DGI) could be eliminated by truncation of the C-terminal portion of this protein, indicating that autoantibodies were not binding the R-A-L motif. Autoantibodies reactive with two of the three Fps were predominantly restricted to IgG4, the subclass shown to be pathogenic in the passive transfer mouse model. The findings of this study demonstrate that the extracellular domain of DGI contains at least three antigenic sites recognized by FS and PF autoantibodies. The region near the membrane-spanning domain of DGI appears to contain an immunodominant site. This study is the first to document immunoblot reactivity of FS and PF autoantibodies with recombinant forms of DGI. The use of such molecular tools should facilitate the identification and characterization of relevant antigen/antibody systems in FS and PF. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - AUTOIMMUNITY KW - GLYCOPROTEINS KW - DERMATOLOGY KW - SKIN diseases N1 - Accession Number: 12472348; Allen, Elizabeth M. Giudice, George J. 1 Diaz, Luis A. 2; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Dermatology and Biochemistry, Medical College of Wisconsin. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, U.S.A.; Source Info: May93, Vol. 100 Issue 5, p685; Subject Term: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: AUTOIMMUNITY; Subject Term: GLYCOPROTEINS; Subject Term: DERMATOLOGY; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12472348 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12472348&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hansen, Erik R. AU - Vejlsgaard, Gunhild L. AU - Cooper, Kevin D. AU - Heidenheim, Michael AU - Larsen, Jørgen K. AU - Ho, Vincent C. AU - Ross, Charles W. AU - Fox, David A. AU - Thomsen, Kristian AU - Baadsgaard, Ole T1 - Leukemic T Cells from Patients with Cutaneous T-Cell Lymphoma Demonstrate Enhanced Activation Through CDw60, CD2, and CD28 Relative to Activation Through the T-Cell Antigen Receptor Complex. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1993/05// VL - 100 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 667 EP - 673 SN - 0022202X AB - Antigen-dependent activation of T cells occurs through the T-cell antigen-receptor complex (TCR/CD3). Antigen-independent T-cell activation may occur through the surface molecules CDw60, CD2, and CD28. We wished to determine whether these antigen-independent T-cell- activation pathways could be involved in proliferation of leukemic T cells from patients with cutaneous T-cell lymphoma (CTCL). Whereas CDw60 was only expressed on 28% ± 7% (mean ± SEM) of blood T cells obtained from healthy control subjects (n = 4), CDw60 was expressed on 94% ± 3% of blood T cells obtained from patients with CTCL (n = 4). Dual color immunofluorescence microscopy of the T-cell infiltrate in involved skin of these patients demonstrated that almost 100% of the T cells expressed CDw60. Not only did T cells in the patients with CTCL express CDw60, but triggering of the T cells with anti-CDw60 resulted in enhanced proliferation relative to anti-TCR/CD3 and mitogenic lectins. Other antigen-independent pathways also appeared highly active in the T cells from patients with CTCL because enhanced proliferation relative to anti-TCR/CD3 or mitogenic lectins was found when anti-CD2 or anti-CD28 plus phorbol ester was used as stimulant. Despite the brisk proliferation induced by anti-CDw60, anti-CD2, or anti-CD28, T cells from the patients did not produce detectable amounts of γ- interferon. The inability to produce γ-interferon correlates with our finding of absent (n = 3) or weak (n = 1) intercellular adhesion molecule-1 expression in the lesional keratinocytes in these patients. In conclusion, T cells of patients with CTCL demonstrate elevated expression of a T-cell-independent signaling molecule CDw60 and respond to antigen-independent activating signals. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - T cells KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - ANTIGENS KW - LEUKEMIA KW - ANEMIA KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE N1 - Accession Number: 12472333; Hansen, Erik R. 1 Vejlsgaard, Gunhild L. 2 Cooper, Kevin D. 3 Heidenheim, Michael 4 Larsen, Jørgen K. Ho, Vincent C. 3 Ross, Charles W. 5 Fox, David A. 5,6 Thomsen, Kristian 2 Baadsgaard, Ole 1; Affiliation: 1: Gentofte Hospital, University of Copenhagen, Copenhagen, Denmark. 2: Department of Dermatology, University of Copenhagen, Copenhagen, Denmark. 3: Department of Pathology, University of Michigan. 4: Department of Dermatology, University of Michigan. 5: Division of Rheumatology, University of Michigan. 6: Veterans Administration Hospital, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A.; Source Info: May93, Vol. 100 Issue 5, p667; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: LEUKEMIA; Subject Term: ANEMIA; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12472333 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12472333&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Toshitani, Akito AU - Ansel, John C. AU - Chan, Sai C. AU - Shi-Hua Li AU - Hanifin, Jon M. T1 - Increased Interleukin 6 Production by T Cells Derived from Patients with Atopic Dermatitis. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1993/03// VL - 100 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 299 EP - 304 SN - 0022202X AB - Many immunologic aspects of atopic dermatitis have been studied, but basic pathobiologic mechanisms of this disease remain unknown. In this study, we measured the production of interleukin-6 (IL-6) by peripheral blood T cells and ocytes from patients with atopic dermatitis in comparison to normal control subjects and patients with chronic psoriasis. We found that peripheral blood T cells isolated from patients with atopic dermatitis produced significantly higher levels of IL-6 (36.1 ± 5.1 units/ml, n = 22) than T cells derived from either normal subjects (12.6 ± 1.9 units/ml, n = 22) or patients with chronic psoriasis (26.7 ± 4.1 units/mI, n = 7). T-cell activation was also measured in the patients with atopic dermatitis by soluble serum IL-2 receptor levels and were found to be significantly higher (623.7 ± 8.1 units/ml, n = 8) than normal subjects (357.2 ± 26.0 units/ml, n = 8). In contrast to the increased production of IL-6 by T cells in atopic dermatitis, there was no significant difference in the IL-6 production by peripheral blood monocytes derived from patients with atopic dermatitis compared to normal subjects. Thus, peripheral blood T cells derived from patients with AD spontaneously produce increased amounts of IL-6 compared to T cells from normal subjects, which may reflect the increased activation state of T cells in atopic dermatitis. These data support the concept that activated T cells or subsets of T cells may be important effector cells in mediating inflammatory activity in atopic disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ATOPIC dermatitis KW - T cells KW - INTERLEUKIN-6 KW - PATIENTS KW - SKIN -- Inflammation KW - PSORIASIS N1 - Accession Number: 12469875; Toshitani, Akito 1 Ansel, John C. 2 Chan, Sai C. 1 Shi-Hua Li 1 Hanifin, Jon M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, Oregon Health Sciences University. 2: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, Oregon, U.S.A.; Source Info: Mar1993, Vol. 100 Issue 3, p299; Subject Term: ATOPIC dermatitis; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: INTERLEUKIN-6; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: SKIN -- Inflammation; Subject Term: PSORIASIS; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12469875 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12469875&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ghadially, Ruby AU - Williams, Mary L. AU - Hou, Sui Yuen E. AU - Elias, Peter M. T1 - Membrane Structural Abnormalities in the Stratum Corneum of the Autosomal Recessive Ichthyoses. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1992/12// VL - 99 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 755 EP - 763 SN - 0022202X AB - Congenital ichthyosiform erythroderma (CIE) and classic lamellar ichthyosis (LI) are autosomal recessive disorders of cornification (DOC), distinguished previously by clinical, histologic, ultrastructural, and cell kinetic criteria. whether there is further heterogeneity within the CIE group is uncertain. To address the issue of genetic heterogeneity, and to study the pathogenesis of these DOC, skin biopsies from eight CIE, three LI, and six normal subjects were assessed by electron microscopy, including ruthenium tetroxide post-fixation with optical diffraction, to visualize and quantitate intercellular membrane domains. We found abnormal lamellar bodies in CIE and distinctive alterations in intercellular lamellar bilayer architecture among patients with CIE and three patients with LI. Two biopsies from two patients at different sites demonstrated the consistency of these findings. Moreover, in both CIE and the three LI patients, desmosomes persisted throughout the outer layers of the SC, indicative of impaired degradation. Our ultrastructural observations support the previously reported phenotypic distinction between CIE and LI, and the further likelihood of genetic heterogeneity within CIE. However, these studies do not support the division of the autosomal recessive ichthyoses into three subgroups based upon cytosolic structural abnormalities. Finally, these studies provide new insights into the pathogenesis of the autosomal recessive DOC. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ICHTHYOSIS KW - GENETICS KW - SKIN diseases KW - HISTOLOGY KW - DERMATOLOGY KW - CELL membranes N1 - Accession Number: 12614489; Ghadially, Ruby 1,2 Williams, Mary L. 1,2 Hou, Sui Yuen E. 1,2 Elias, Peter M. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, U.S.A. 2: Department of Dermatology, University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Dec92, Vol. 99 Issue 6, p755; Subject Term: ICHTHYOSIS; Subject Term: GENETICS; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Subject Term: HISTOLOGY; Subject Term: DERMATOLOGY; Subject Term: CELL membranes; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12614489 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12614489&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - David-Bajar, Kathleen M. AU - Bennion, Scott D. AU - DeSpain, John D. AU - Golitz, Loren E. AU - Lee, Lela A. T1 - Clinical, Histologic, and Immunofluorescent Distinctions Between Subacute Cutaneous Lupus Erythematosus and Discoid Lupus Erythematosus. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1992/09// VL - 99 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 251 EP - 257 SN - 0022202X AB - Subacute cutaneous lupus erythematosus (SCLE) was originally described and distinguished from discoid lupus erythematosus (DLE) on the basis of clinical examination of the skin, but subsequent reports have questioned the concept of SCLE as a marker of a unique subset of LE patient. We classified 27 lupus patients, on the basis of cutaneous exam, having discoid lupus skin lesion, subacute cutaneous skin lesions, or systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) without DLE or SCLE lesions. Clinical features most characteristic of SCLE rather than DLE were superficial, non-indurated, non-scarring lesions, and photosensitivity, with lack of induration being the single most helpful finding. Histologic examination of lesional skin showed a relatively sparse, superficial infiltrate in SCLE and a denser, deeper infiltrate in DLE. A distinctive pattern of staining with direct immunofluorescence, particulate epidermal IgG deposition, was found in seven of seven SCLE patients (all anti-Ro/SSA positive) and none of the other patient. This distinctive pattern can be reproduced experimentally when anti-Ro/SSA autoantibodies are infused into human skin-grafted mice. Particulate dermal-epidermal junctional staining was the pattern seen in the patients who did not have SCLE. Clinically defining SCLE as a superficial inflammatory form of cutaneous lupus (i.e., considering lesions to be DLE if they are indurated) results in a meaningful segregation of SCLE and DLE patient groups. The epidermal IgG deposits unique to SCLE provide independent evidence that the clinical findings that were used to identify the patient groups actually identify distinctive cutaneous lupus subsets. The observation that antibodies are present in a different location in the skin in SCLE than in DLE indicates that SCLE and DLE are likely to have different pathomechanisms. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LUPUS erythematosus KW - SKIN diseases KW - SKIN tests KW - PHOTOSENSITIVITY disorders KW - FLUORESCENT antibody technique KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS N1 - Accession Number: 12616582; David-Bajar, Kathleen M. 1 Bennion, Scott D. 2 DeSpain, John D. 1 Golitz, Loren E. 1,3,4 Lee, Lela A. 1,5; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of Colorado School of Medicine 2: Dermatology Service, Fitzsimons Army Medical Center, Denver General Hospital 3: Department of Pathology, University of Colorado School of Medicine 4: Denver Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver, Colorado, U.S.A. 5: Department of Medicine, University of Colorado School of Medicine; Source Info: Sep92, Vol. 99 Issue 3, p251; Subject Term: LUPUS erythematosus; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Subject Term: SKIN tests; Subject Term: PHOTOSENSITIVITY disorders; Subject Term: FLUORESCENT antibody technique; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12616582 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12616582&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Giudice, George J. AU - Emery, Daryl J. AU - Diaz, Luis A. T1 - Cloning and Primary Structural Analysis of the Bullous Pemphigoid Autoantigen BP180. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1992/09// VL - 99 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 243 EP - 250 SN - 0022202X AB - Bullous pemphigoid (BP) is an autoimmune skin disease that is characterized by the presence of subepidermal blisters resulting from a disruption of the adhesive interactions between basal keratinocytes and the cutaneous basement membrane. Autoantibodies from patients suffering from this disorder recognize two epidermal antigens, BP180 and BP230, both of which have been localized to the hemidesmosome, a transmembrane structure of stratified, squamous epithelia that functions in cell-matrix adhesion. In the present study we report the primary structural analysis of BP180 based on the sequence of a series of overlapping cDNA clones encompassing 4,669 bases of the BP180 transcript. A polymerase chain reaction-based protocol was used to confirm the contiguity of the cDNA segments. This cloned portion of the BP180 transcript was found to contain one long open reacting frame (ORF) 4,596 bases in length. This ORF encodes a polypeptide of 155,000 Daltons with an isoelectric point of 9.7. The carboxyl-terminal half of BP180, a stretch of 916 amino acids, consists of 15 collagen domains of variable length (15 to 242 amino acids) that are separated from one another by short stretches of non-collagen sequences. Located 76 amino acids upstream of the collagenous region is a putative transmembrane domain, a structural feature that distinguishes BP180 from all of the well-characterized members of the collagen family. This membrane-spanning domain is predicted to function as a signal-anchor sequence, directing the C-terminal collagenous segment of this protein to the exterior of the cell. The putative intracellular domain is highly basic with an isoelectric point of 10.37. This molecular analysis predicts that the BP180 antigen is an integral membrane protein of the hemi-desmosome that contains a long extracellular collagenous tail. This combination of structural features suggests that BP180 may function as a cell-matrix adhesion molecule, with the collagenous region acting as a potential site of interaction with basement membrane components. Autoantibody-mediated disruption of such an adhesive interaction may play a critical role in the development of sub-epidermal blisters in BP patients. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SKIN diseases KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases KW - MOLECULAR cloning KW - ANTIGENS KW - HEMIDESMOSOMES KW - KERATINOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 12616580; Giudice, George J. 1 Emery, Daryl J. 1 Diaz, Luis A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, Medical College of Wisconsin, and the Veterans Administration Medical Center, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, U.S.A.; Source Info: Sep92, Vol. 99 Issue 3, p243; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Subject Term: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Subject Term: MOLECULAR cloning; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: HEMIDESMOSOMES; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12616580 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12616580&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Proksch, Ehrhardt AU - Feingold, Kenneth R. AU - Elias, Peter M. T1 - Epidermal HMG CoA Reductase Activity in Essential Fatty Acid Deficiency: Barrier Requirements Rather Than Eicosanoid Generation Regulate Cholesterol Synthesis. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1992/08// VL - 99 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 216 EP - 220 SN - 0022202X AB - We showed previously that the activity of 3-hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl coenzyme A (HMG CoA) reductase, the rate-limiting enzyme of cholesterol biosynthesis, increases after both barrier disruption with organic solvents and in essential fatty acid deficiency (EFAD). Here, we treated EFAD hairless mice with linoleic acid, columbinic acid (C 18: 3, n-6, trans; not metabolizable to known regulatory eicosanoids), prostaglandin E2 (PGE2), or latex occlusion, and determined transepidermal water loss (TEWL), epidermal protein content, and epidermal HMG CoA reductase activity. Increased TEWL rates in EFAD were accompanied by increased HMG CoA reductase activity (+ 130%, n = 6, p <0.01) and protein content (+ 69%; n = 6, p <0.025). Artificial restoration of the barrier by occlusion reduced the increase in enzyme activity and protein content toward normal, but barrier function, measured immediately after removal of the latex wrap, deteriorated further (TEWL: two-fold greater than EFAD unoccluded; p <0.01). Topical applications of either linoleate or columbinate (but not PGE2), normalized barrier function, HMG CoA reductase activity, and protein content. These results show that a) barrier function modulates HMG CoA reductase activity; b) reduction of cholesterol synthesis with occlusion results in a further deterioration in barrier function, suggesting that increased synthesis is a protective homeostatic response; and c) the barrier abnormality reflects a requirement for specific fatty acids for the barrier rather than resulting from epidermal hyperplasia or decreased prostaglandin generation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - FATTY acids KW - EICOSANOIDS KW - CHOLESTEROL KW - LINOLEIC acid KW - MICE KW - HYPERPLASIA N1 - Accession Number: 12650440; Proksch, Ehrhardt 1 Feingold, Kenneth R. 2 Elias, Peter M. 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of Kiel, Germany 2: Dermatology and Medical Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, School of Medicine, University of California, San Francisco, California, U.S.A. 3: Department of Dermatology, School of Medicine, University of California, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug92, Vol. 99 Issue 2, p216; Subject Term: FATTY acids; Subject Term: EICOSANOIDS; Subject Term: CHOLESTEROL; Subject Term: LINOLEIC acid; Subject Term: MICE; Subject Term: HYPERPLASIA; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12650440 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12650440&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Giro, M. Gabrjella AU - Duvic, Madeleine AU - Smith, Lynne T. AU - Kennedy, Rita AU - Rapini, Ronald AU - Arnett, Frank C. AU - Davidson, Jeffrey M. T1 - Buschke-Ollendorff Syndrome Associated with Elevated Elastin Production by Affected Skin Fibroblasts in Culture. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1992/08// VL - 99 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 129 EP - 137 SN - 0022202X AB - Buschke-Ollendorff syndrome (BOS; McKusick 16670) is an autosomal dominant connective-tissue disorder characterized by uneven osseous formation in bone (osteopoikilosis) and fibrous skin papules (dermatofibrosis lenticularis disseminata). We describe two patients in whom BOS occurred in an autosomal dominant inheritance pattern. The connective tissue of the skin lesions showed both collagen and elastin abnormalities by electron microscopy. Cultured fibroblasts from both patients produced 2-8 times more tropoelastin than normal skin fibroblasts in the presence of 10% calf serum. Involved skin flbroblasts of one patient produced up to eight times normal levels, whereas apparently uninvolved skin was also elevated more than threefold. In a second patient, whose involvement was nearly complete, elastin production was high in involved areas and less so in completely involved skin. Transforming growth factor-β1 (TGFβ1), a powerful stimulus for elastin production, brought about similar relative increases in normal and BOS strains. Basic fibroblast growth factor, an antagonist of TGFβ1-stimulated elastin production, was able to reduce elastin production in basal and TGFβ1 stimulated BOS strains. Elastin mRNA levels were elevated in all patient strains, suggesting that Buschke-Ollendorff syndrome may result, at least in part, from abnormal regulation of extracellular matrix metabolism that leads to increased steady-state levels of elastin mRNA and elastin accumulation in the dermis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ELASTIN KW - SKIN KW - FIBROBLASTS KW - CONNECTIVE tissues -- Diseases KW - COLLAGEN KW - DERMIS N1 - Accession Number: 12616769; Giro, M. Gabrjella 1 Duvic, Madeleine 2 Smith, Lynne T. 3 Kennedy, Rita 1 Rapini, Ronald 2 Arnett, Frank C. 2 Davidson, Jeffrey M. 4; Affiliation: 1: Department of Pathology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Nashville, Tennessee. 2: Departments of Dermatology, University of Texas, Medical School, Houston, Texas. 3: Department of Biological Structure, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington, U.S.A. 4: Department of Pathology, Vanderbilt University School of Medicine and Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Nashville, Tennessee.; Source Info: Aug92, Vol. 99 Issue 2, p129; Subject Term: ELASTIN; Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: FIBROBLASTS; Subject Term: CONNECTIVE tissues -- Diseases; Subject Term: COLLAGEN; Subject Term: DERMIS; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12616769 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12616769&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tseng, Carroll AU - Hoffman, Benjamin AU - Kurimoto, Iwao AU - Shimizu, Tadamichi AU - Schmieder, George J. AU - Taylor, J. Richard AU - Streilein, J. Wayne T1 - Analysis of Effects of Ultraviolet B Radiation on Induction of Primary Allergic Reactions. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1992/06// VL - 98 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 871 EP - 875 SN - 0022202X AB - Acute, low-dose exposure to UVB light reveals a genetic polymorphism in humans with respect to the ability of irradiated skin to support the induction of contact hypersensitivity (CH) to dinitrochlorobenzene (DNCB). In healthy adult caucasians, as well as in humans with deeply pigmented skin, approximately 45% fail to develop CH when DNCB is painted on UVB-irradiated skin; these individuals are termed "UVB susceptible" (UVB-S), whereas those who develop CH at the challenge site are termed "UVB resistant" (UVB-R). The UVB-S trait is characteristic of virtually all patients with biopsy-proved basal/squamous cell cancer, and may therefore be a risk factor for this disease. We have investigated the effects of UVB on expression of primary allergic reactions (PAR) in healthy caucasian and black-skinned adults, as well as patients with skin cancer. Among UVB-R caucasians, very few (< 25%) developed PAR at sites exposed to UVB, whereas among black-skinned UVB-R subjects, all displayed a PAR at the UVB irradiated site. To determine whether the lack of PAR in UVB-R caucasian subjects was systemic or local in origin, DNCB was applied to UVE-exposed buttock skin, and each individual was then challenged with dilute DNCB on forearm skin twice: 11 and 30 d thereafter. When inflammatory responses were evaluated at the original hapten application site, as well as both challenge sites, complete concordance was observed between positive challenge reactions at 30 d (UVB-R) and positive challenge reactions at 11 d, whereas only one caucasian subject displayed a PAR at 12 d. Thus, UVB-R caucasians can display CH as early as 11 d following hapten application to UVB-treated skin, indicating that their failure to display PAR is a local, rather than a systemic, effect of UVB. Because UVB-induced phototoxicity was significantly greater in caucasian than in deeply pigmented skin, it is anticipated that phototoxicity leads to rapid hapten "washout" from UVB-exposed caucasian skin. We propose that PAR usually do not occur in UVB-treated caucasian skin because insufficient hapten remains at the site to trigger a spontaneous inflammation when systemic hapten-specific immunity emerges. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ULTRAVIOLET radiation KW - ALLERGY KW - GENETIC polymorphisms KW - CONTACT dermatitis KW - IRRADIATION KW - SKIN -- Cancer N1 - Accession Number: 12457913; Tseng, Carroll 1 Hoffman, Benjamin 1 Kurimoto, Iwao 1 Shimizu, Tadamichi 1 Schmieder, George J. 2 Taylor, J. Richard 2,3 Streilein, J. Wayne 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Microbiology and Immunology, Florida, U.S.A. 2: Departments of Dermatology and Cutaneous Surgery, University of Miami School of Medicine, Florida, U.S.A. 3: Veterans Administration Hospital of Miami, Miami, Florida, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jun92, Vol. 98 Issue 6, p871; Subject Term: ULTRAVIOLET radiation; Subject Term: ALLERGY; Subject Term: GENETIC polymorphisms; Subject Term: CONTACT dermatitis; Subject Term: IRRADIATION; Subject Term: SKIN -- Cancer; NAICS/Industry Codes: 334517 Irradiation Apparatus Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12457913 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12457913&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Berman, Brian AU - Wietzerbin, Juana AU - Sanceau, Josianne AU - Merlin, Gilles AU - Duncan, Matthew R. T1 - Pentoxifylline Inhibits Certain Constitutive and Tumor Necrosis Factor-α-Induced Activities of Human Normal Dermal Fibroblasts. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1992/05// VL - 98 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 706 EP - 712 SN - 0022202X AB - Pentoxifylline (PFN), an analog of theobromine, which phenotypically and functionally alters various cell types including dermal fibroblasts, has been reported to inhibit tumor necrosis factor-α (TNFα activation of neutrophils. We investigated the ability of PFN to alter constitutive and TNFα induced biosynthetic activities of human normal dermal fibroblasts. The sixteenfold increase over constitutive intracellular 2'-5' oligo-adenylate synthetase (2'-5' A synthetase) activity induced by TNFα (400 U/ml) failed to occur when PFN (1 mg/ml) was added prior to cytokine treatment. This loss of biologic activity paralleled a reduction in 2'-5' A synthetase proteins and 2'-5'. A synthetase-specific m-RNA. PFN failed to inhibit constitutive or TNFα-induced IL-6 hybridoma proliferative activity, IL-6 protein, or IL-6-specific m-RNA levels. The presence of PFN (1 mg/ml) in fibroblast cultures reduced constitutive synthesis of collagen and glycosaminogylcan (GAG) by 87% and 45%, respectively, and blocked induction of their synthesis by TNFα (104 U/ml). Total non-collagenous protein synthesis was not inhibited following PFN treatment (1 mg/ml). PFN did not inhibit TNFα induction of only those biosynthetic activities also susceptible to PFN in the constitutive state, with PFN failing to reduce constitutive collagenolytic activity but reducing TNFα-induced enhanced collagenolytic activity by 26% and collagenase m-RNA by 51%. Furthermore, PFN did inhibit, by 98%, TNFα-dependent murine and human fibroblast cytotoxicity. The selective nature of PFN inhibition of certain TNFα activities, the failure of PFN (1 mg/ml) to alter constitutive and TNFα-induced levels of type 1 and 2 TNFα receptor m-RNA, and the finding that PFN-treated fibroblasts express a similar number of receptors, of similar molecular weight and high affinity for TNFα as control, untreated cells, suggest that inhibitory activities of PFN are mediated at a locus other than receptors for TNFα. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PENTOXIFYLLINE KW - ANTI-infective agents KW - TUMOR necrosis factor KW - MACROPHAGES KW - FIBROBLASTS KW - RNA N1 - Accession Number: 12499916; Berman, Brian 1,2 Wietzerbin, Juana 3 Sanceau, Josianne 3 Merlin, Gilles 3 Duncan, Matthew R. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of California, Davis School of Medicine, Davis, California 2: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, California, U.S.A. 3: INSERM Unit 196, Paris, France; Source Info: May92, Vol. 98 Issue 5, p706; Subject Term: PENTOXIFYLLINE; Subject Term: ANTI-infective agents; Subject Term: TUMOR necrosis factor; Subject Term: MACROPHAGES; Subject Term: FIBROBLASTS; Subject Term: RNA; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12499916 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12499916&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Menon, Gopinathan K. AU - Feingold, Kenneth R. AU - Elias, Peter M. T1 - Lamellar Body Secretory Response to Barrier Disruption. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1992/03// VL - 98 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 279 EP - 289 SN - 0022202X AB - Abundant evidence points to an important role for epidermal lamellar body secretion in permeability barrier maintenance, However, the response of the lamellar body secretory system to barrier disruption has not been examined. Hence, we examined amined the lamellar body secretory response at various points after acetone induced barrier abrogation in hairless mice in air exposed animals and those occluded with impermeable versus vapor permeable membranes, Tape stripped animals served as a control for chemical toxicity. Barrier perturbation with either acetone or tape stripping was followed by rapid secretion of lamellar body contents from the uppermost granular cell layer, leaving the cytosol largely devoid of lamellar bodies. The newly secreted lamellar body contents comprised pleated sheets (not "discs," as previously thought), which unfurled in the intercellular spaces at the granular cornified cell interface. At this time (15-30 min) the basic unit structure of the lamellar bilayers in the mid to upper stratum corneum appeared disorganized an interspersed with large lacunae reflection solvent extraction Nascent lamellar bodies began to reappear in the granular cell cytosol by 30 min and by 360 min, the cells displayed a full complement of normal appearing lamellar bodies. Between 60 and 360 min, the density of lamellar body sheets at the granular cornified cell interface increased, whereas the membrane bilayer of the outer stratum corneum remained disorganized. New lamellar bilayer units first appeared in the lower stratum corneum between 60 and 180 min, as a result of the transformation of secreted lamellar body sheets and over time these lamellae appeared at more apical locations. Occlusion with a water vapor - impermeable but not a vapor-permeable membrane resulted in a) decreased quantities of lamellar bodies and lamellar body - derived intercellular products; b) formation of lamellar bodies with abnormal internal contents; c) inhibition of lamellar body secretion; and d)inhibition of transformation of lamellar body - derived sheets into lamellar bilayer units. These results demonstrate the central role of the lamellar body - secretory system in barrier repair and homeostasis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HOMEOSTASIS KW - EPIDERMIS KW - ACETONE KW - FLUIDS KW - PERMEABILITY KW - SOLVENTS N1 - Accession Number: 12497866; Menon, Gopinathan K. 1,2 Feingold, Kenneth R. 1,2 Elias, Peter M. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology and Medical Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: Department of Dermatology and Medicine, University of California School of medicine, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Mar1992, Vol. 98 Issue 3, p279; Subject Term: HOMEOSTASIS; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: ACETONE; Subject Term: FLUIDS; Subject Term: PERMEABILITY; Subject Term: SOLVENTS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325194 Cyclic Crude, Intermediate, and Gum and Wood Chemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 324110 Petroleum Refineries; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12497866 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12497866&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Menon, Gopinathan K. AU - Feingold, Kenneth R. AU - Mao-Qiang, Man AU - Schaude, Michael AU - Elias, Peter M. T1 - Structural Basis for the Barrier Abnormality Following Inhibition of HMG CoA Reductase in Murine Epidermis. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1992/02// VL - 98 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 209 EP - 219 SN - 0022202X AB - Recent studies have shown that increased epidermal 3-hydroxy-3-methyl-glutaryl coenzyme A (HMG CoA) reductase activity is crucial for the barrier recovery response that follows solvent-induced barrier perturbation. Upregulation of this enzyme leads to increased cholesterologenesis, formation and secretion of cholesterol-enriched lamellar bodies, and barrier repair. Topical lovastatin-induced inhibition of HMG CoA reductase activity both delays the acute barrier-repair response, as well as leading to a chronic barrier abnormality when applied repeatedly to intact skin. Presently, we assessed the effects of repeated topical applications of two different specific inhibitors of HMG CoA reductase on barrier function, the lamellar body-secretory system, and stratum corneum intercellular domains, with functional and morphologic parameters. Once-daily applications of lovastatin or fluindostatin (XU62-320; Sandoz) for 4-8 d to intact hairless mouse epidermis produced a progressive abnormality in barrier function (transepidermal water loss > 2.0-5.0 in treated versus < 0.25 mg/cm²/h for weakly active analogues or vehicle controls). The barrier defect was preceded by alterations in lamellar body internal structure and a partial failure of lamellar body secretion into the stratum corneum interstices, further confirmed by enzyme cytochemistry. Moreover, the deposition of abnormal lamellar body contents resulted in the formation of clefts in the intercellular spaces at the stratum granulosum - stratum corneum interface, resulting in increased permeability through these domains shown by lanthanum perfusion. Applications of irritants, even when producing a barrier abnormality, did not alter the lamellar body secretory system. Co-applications of cholesterol with the inhibitors reversed both the barrier abnormality and the abnormalities in the lamellar body secretory system that occur with the inhibitor alone. These studies provide further evidence that the inhibitor-induced defect in barrier function a) is initiated by inhibition of HMG CoA reductase; b) can be attributed to defects in both lamellar body structure and deposition with resultant abnormalitites in intercellular membrane domains in the lower stratum corneum; and c) is further enhanced by permissive effects of the vehicle on the permeability of the outer stratum corneum. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EPIDERMIS -- Diseases KW - SECRETION -- Regulation KW - ENZYMES -- Analysis KW - FLUIDS KW - RETROFITTING KW - COBALT N1 - Accession Number: 12555880; Menon, Gopinathan K. 1,2,3,4 Feingold, Kenneth R. 1,2,3,4 Mao-Qiang, Man 1,2,3,4 Schaude, Michael 1,2,3,4 Elias, Peter M. 1,2,3,4; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology and Medical Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco, California, U.S.A. 2: Department of Dermatology, University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco, California, U.S.A. 3: Department of Medicine, University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco, California, U.S.A. 4: Sandoz Forschungsinstitut, Vienna, Austria; Source Info: Feb92, Vol. 98 Issue 2, p209; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS -- Diseases; Subject Term: SECRETION -- Regulation; Subject Term: ENZYMES -- Analysis; Subject Term: FLUIDS; Subject Term: RETROFITTING; Subject Term: COBALT; NAICS/Industry Codes: 212299 All Other Metal Ore Mining; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12555880 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12555880&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Heng, Madalene C. Y. AU - Levine, Scott AU - Fine, Harriet AU - Allen, Suni G. AU - Heng, Ming K. T1 - Expression of the L-Fucose Moiety on Infrainfundibular Follicular Keratinocytes of Terminal Follicles, Its Decreased Expression on Vellus and Indeterminate Follicles of Androgenetic Alopecia, and Re-Expression in Drug-Induced Hair Regrowth. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1992/01// VL - 98 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 73 EP - 78 SN - 0022202X AB - The distribution of various glycoprotein molecules on the surface of follicular keratinocytes was studied with a panel of lectins with specificity for various sugar moieties on biopsy specimens from both bald/balding scalp and normal occipital scalp, of 23 patients with androgenetic alopecia as well as on biopsies of normal forearm skin of four patients. The most significant differences between bald and normal scalp biopsy were noted with Ulex europaeus agglutinin I (UEA I). We noted an increased (91.8% ± 3.1; mean ± SE) expression of UEA I binding sites on the infra-infundibular follicular keratinocytes in anagen terminal scalp hairs, compared to 28.5% ± 5.2 in the indeterminate (anagen) hairs of balding scalps, and 23.2% ± 6.3 in the anagen follicles of vellus forearm hairs. By contrast, the telogen hairs demonstrated minimal UEA I staining: 4.0% ± 0.8, mean ± SE in telogen scalp hairs, 1.8% ± 0.5 in telogen hairs of balding scalps (0% in completely bald scalps, in which all the hairs were in the telogen phase), and 1.9% ± 0.2 in telogen forearm hairs. The percentage of UEA I staining correlated with the length of the infrainfundibular follicles in all cases studied. In three cases of hair regrowth after hair growth promotors, the UEA. I staining increased to 80.6% ± 6.1 in anagen hairs and correlated with increased length of infraindundibular follicles. Our data indicate that there are 1) marked differences between anagen and telogen follicles in UEA I binding to infraindundibular follicular keratinocytes; 2) the percentage of UEA I staining reflects the size (length) of the infraindundibular hair follicle; and 3) the anagen follicles of balding scalps (indeterminate hairs) show UEA I staining resembling that exhibited by anagen follicles of vellus hairs. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - ANDROGENESIS KW - HAIR follicles KW - BALDNESS KW - GENE expression KW - GORSE N1 - Accession Number: 12495536; Heng, Madalene C. Y. 1 Levine, Scott 1 Fine, Harriet 1 Allen, Suni G. 1 Heng, Ming K. 1; Affiliation: 1: Division of Dermatology, Department of Medicine, UCLA San Fernando Valley Internal Medicine Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jan1992, Vol. 98 Issue 1, p73; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: ANDROGENESIS; Subject Term: HAIR follicles; Subject Term: BALDNESS; Subject Term: GENE expression; Subject Term: GORSE; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12495536 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12495536&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Vermeer, Martin AU - Schmieder, George J. AU - Yoshikawa, Takeshi AU - van den Berg, Jan-Willem AU - Metzman, Michael S. AU - Taylor, J. Richard AU - Streilein, J. Wayne T1 - Effects of Ultraviolet B Light on Cutaneous Immune Responses of Humans with Deeply Pigmented Skin. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1991/10// VL - 97 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 729 EP - 734 SN - 0022202X AB - The incidence of skin cancers of the basal and squamous cell types is extremely low among genetically black-skinned human beings, whereas these types of skin cancers are common among Caucasians, especially those who live in geographic areas of high sun exposure. Ultraviolet B light (UVB) is thought to be the primary oncogenic agent in sunlight. We have recently demonstrated that acute, low-dose exposure of Caucasian skin to UVB impairs the inducting of contact hypersensitivity to dinitrochlorobenzene (DNCB) in approximately 40% of normal individuals. Importantly, this trait -- termed UVB susceptibility--was found to be characteristic of virtually 100% of patients with a history of biopsy-proved skin cancer, implying that UVB susceptibility may be a risk factor for this disease. Because melanin pigment is thought to he protective of some of the deleterious effects Of UVB radiation, we have examined the capacity of a low-dose regimen of UVB to alter induction of contact hypersensitivity in individuals with genetically melanized or heavily tanned skin. Our results indicate that UVB radiation depletes heavily pigmented skin of Langerhans cells, just as it does in Caucasian skin. Moreover, UVB-susceptibility exists as a polymorphic trait in individuals with genetically determined black skin, as well as in individuals with heavily tanned skin, and the incidence of this trait is similar to that found among normal Caucasian subjects. Thus, melanin does not appear to protect against the deleterious effects of an acute, low-dose regimen of UVB on induction of cutaneous immunity, and the UVB susceptibility trait is equally well-represented in both black- and Caucasian-skinned individuals. We conclude that although UVB susceptibility may function as a risk factor for skin cancer in Caucasians, it does not function similarly in black-skinned human beings, probably because melanin effectively protects against the mutagenic properties of UVB radiation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SKIN -- Cancer KW - ULTRAVIOLET radiation KW - IMMUNE response KW - SUNSHINE KW - SUNTAN KW - EPIDERMIS N1 - Accession Number: 12484259; Vermeer, Martin 1 Schmieder, George J. 2 Yoshikawa, Takeshi 1 van den Berg, Jan-Willem 1 Metzman, Michael S. Taylor, J. Richard 2,3 Streilein, J. Wayne 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Microbiology and Immunology, University of Miami School of Medicine. 2: Department of Dermatology and Cutaneous Surgery, University of Miami School of Medicine. 3: Veterans Administration Hospital of Miami, Miami, Florida, U.S.A..; Source Info: Oct91, Vol. 97 Issue 4, p729; Subject Term: SKIN -- Cancer; Subject Term: ULTRAVIOLET radiation; Subject Term: IMMUNE response; Subject Term: SUNSHINE; Subject Term: SUNTAN; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12484259 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12484259&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Blacker, Kerry L. AU - Olson, Eric AU - Vessey, Donald A. AU - Boyer, Thomas D. T1 - Characterization of Glutathione S-Transferase in Cultured Human Keratinocytes. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1991/09// VL - 97 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 442 EP - 446 SN - 0022202X AB - The glutathione S-transferase activity and isozymic composition of cultured human keratinocytes were characterized. Keratinocytes were grown in culture and harvested at different stages of differentiation. Glutathione S-transferase activity was found in the soluble cell fraction but not in the microsomal cell fraction. The glutathione S-transferase specific activity of the soluble cell fraction was found to increase as the keratinocytes differentiated in culture. All of the enzymatic activity was found to reside with a single isozymic form that was concluded to be the pi form of the enzyme based on substrate specificity, sensitivity to inhibitors, molecular weight, and reactivity towards antibodies raised to alpha, mu, and pi forms of the enzyme. It is concluded that all of the isozymic forms of glutathione S-transferase noted in whole skin, with the exception of pi, are of extra-keratinocyte origin. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - TRANSFERASES KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - ENZYMES KW - MOLECULAR weights KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - SKIN N1 - Accession Number: 12481276; Blacker, Kerry L. 1,2 Olson, Eric 1 Vessey, Donald A. 1,3,4 Boyer, Thomas D. 5; Affiliation: 1: The Liver Studies Unit, Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of California, San Francisco, California, U.S.A. 2: Dermatology, University of California, San Francisco, California, U.S.A. 3: Departments of Medicine, University of California, San Francisco, California, U.S.A. 4: Pharmacology, University of California, San Francisco, California, U.S.A. 5: Division of Digestive Diseases, Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta, Georgia, U.S.A.; Source Info: Sep91, Vol. 97 Issue 3, p442; Subject Term: TRANSFERASES; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: ENZYMES; Subject Term: MOLECULAR weights; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: SKIN; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12481276 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12481276&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hammerberg, Craig AU - Fisher, Gary J. AU - Voorhees, John J. AU - Cooper, Kevin D. T1 - Elevated Thymidine Phosphorylase Activity in Psoriatic Lesions Accounts for the Apparent Presence of an Epidermal "Growth Inhibitor," But Is Not in Itself Growth Inhibitory. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1991/08// VL - 97 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 286 EP - 290 SN - 0022202X AB - An apparent tissue-specific growth inhibitor, or chalone, obtained from psoriatic lesions was tentatively identified in the 100-kDa fraction based upon inhibition of DNA synthesis, as measured by [3H]-thymidine uptake by a squamous cell carcinoma cell line, SCC 38. This fraction, however, failed to inhibit SCC 38 cell growth when assessed directly in a neutral red uptake assay. Characterization of the inhibitor of [3H]-thymidine uptake revealed it to have biochemical properties identical to thymidine phosphorylase: 1) molecular weight close to 100 kDa, 2) isoelectric point of 4.2, and 3) thymidine phosphorylase enzyme activity. Thus, we conclude that its ability to inhibit [3H]-thymidine uptake was due to thymidine catabolism rather than inhibition of DNA synthesis or growth inhibition. Examination of thymidine phosphorylase activity in keratome biopsies from psoriatic and normal skin demonstrated a twentyfold increase in activity in psoriatic lesions relative to non-lesional or normal skin. This increase in metabolism of thymidine was due to thymidine phosphorylase rather than uridine phosphorylase activity. The correlation between increased thymidine phosphorylase activity and increased keratinocyte proliferation in vitro (cultured) and in vivo (psoriasis), suggests that this enzyme may play a critical role in providing the thymidine necessary for keratinocyte proliferation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PHOSPHORYLASES KW - PYRIMIDINE nucleotides KW - CHALONES KW - DNA synthesis KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - SKIN diseases N1 - Accession Number: 12480547; Hammerberg, Craig 1 Fisher, Gary J. 1 Voorhees, John J. 1 Cooper, Kevin D. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of Michigan Medical School, and the Veterans Administration Hospital (KDC), Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug91, Vol. 97 Issue 2, p286; Subject Term: PHOSPHORYLASES; Subject Term: PYRIMIDINE nucleotides; Subject Term: CHALONES; Subject Term: DNA synthesis; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12480547 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12480547&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ito, Masaaki AU - Ikeda, Kazuto AU - Yokoyama, Hiroyuki AU - Motoyoshi, Katsuhiro AU - Sato, Yoshio AU - Hashimoto, Ken T1 - Stereographic and Stereometric Study of Sebaceous Gland Hyperplasia in Rabbit Pinnas Induced by Topically Applied Substances. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1991/07// VL - 97 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 85 EP - 90 SN - 0022202X AB - Tetradecane (TD), testosterone (TS), and dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) were separately inuncted on rabbit pinnas once a day; the pinnas were biopsied on days 1, 3, 7, and 28. Untreated pinnas and squalane-treated pinnas were used as controls. Three-dimensional images of sebaceous glands were reconstructed from their serial histologic sections using a computer-image analysis system. By stereometry, the sebaceous gland volumes gradually increased during the course of treatments with TS and DMSO, whereas the volumes of TD-treated sebaceous glands increased, reached the maximum on day 7, and then decreased. The acinus number was increased by all the substances, the DMSO-treated sebaceous glands on day 28 showing the largest number of acini. The volumes of individual acini increased until day 28 with TS treatment, whereas with TD and DMSO treatments they increased, reached the maximum on day 7, and then decreased. Stereographically, each untreated control sebaceous gland was composed of 20-30 pear-shaped acini. On day 28, acini of TS-treated sebaceous glands were swollen and ovoid in shape, DMSO-treated sebaceous glands resembled a bunch of grapes, and acini of TD-treated sebaceous glands were widely scattered and showed globular swelling arising from an elongated tube. Hyperplastic responses of sebaceous glands are quite different according to substances applied topically. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HYPERPLASIA KW - DIMETHYL sulfoxide KW - TESTOSTERONE KW - GLANDS -- Physiology KW - IMAGE analysis KW - CELLULAR pathology N1 - Accession Number: 12478342; Ito, Masaaki 1 Ikeda, Kazuto 1 Yokoyama, Hiroyuki 1 Motoyoshi, Katsuhiro 1 Sato, Yoshio 1 Hashimoto, Ken 2,3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, Niigata University School of Medicine, Niigata, Japan 2: Wayne State University School of Medicine, Detroit 3: Veterans Administration Center, Allen Park, Michigan, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jul91, Vol. 97 Issue 1, p85; Subject Term: HYPERPLASIA; Subject Term: DIMETHYL sulfoxide; Subject Term: TESTOSTERONE; Subject Term: GLANDS -- Physiology; Subject Term: IMAGE analysis; Subject Term: CELLULAR pathology; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12478342 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12478342&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Demidem, Aicha AU - Taylor, J. Richard AU - Grammer, Susan F. AU - Streilein, J. Wayne T1 - Comparison of Effects of Transforming Growth Factor-Beta and Cyclosporin A on Antigen-Presenting Cells of Blood and Epidermis. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1991/04// VL - 96 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 401 EP - 407 SN - 0022202X AB - The antigen-processing and -presenting functions of freshly obtained epidermal Langerhans cells (fresh LC) and 72-h Cultured Langerhans cells (cultured LC) differ remarkably. It as been proposed that the disparate functional programs revealed in vitro may correspond directly with distinct in vivo physiologic functions - fresh LC are the in vitro equivalent of intraepidermal LC and cultured LC are equivalent to LC that have migrated from skin to the draining lymph node. As an approach to studying this proposal, we have compared the effects of two immunosuppressive agents, cyclosporin A (CsA) and transforming growth factor-beta (TGFβ), on the alloantigen-presenting capabilities of fresh LC, cultured LC, and peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC). CsA pretreatment (1 and 10 μ/ml X 2 h) profoundly inhibited alloantigen presentation by fresh LC, cultured LC, and PBMC. By contrast, TGFβ pretreatment (1 and 10 ng/ml X 2 h) inhibited presentation by PBMC and cultured LC, but not by fresh LC. The resistance of fresh LC to the deleterious effects of TGFβ is discussed in terms of the possibility that TGFβ may inhibit antigen processing following conventional endocytosis. We suggest that fresh, but not cultured, LC escape TGFβ effects because they possess an "alternative" endocytic pathway, marked by the presence of Birbeck granules. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CYCLOSPORINE KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents KW - LANGERHANS cells KW - DENDRITIC cells KW - LYMPH nodes KW - PEPTIDES N1 - Accession Number: 12469761; Demidem, Aicha 1 Taylor, J. Richard 2,3 Grammer, Susan F. 1 Streilein, J. Wayne 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Microbiology and Immunology, University of Miami, School of Medicine, Florida, USA. 2: Department of Dermatology and Cutaneous Surgery, University of Miami, School of Medicine, Florida, USA. 3: Veterans Administration Hospital at Miami, Florida, USA.; Source Info: Apr91, Vol. 96 Issue 4, p401; Subject Term: CYCLOSPORINE; Subject Term: IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents; Subject Term: LANGERHANS cells; Subject Term: DENDRITIC cells; Subject Term: LYMPH nodes; Subject Term: PEPTIDES; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12469761 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12469761&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weyermann, Andrea G. AU - Norris, Fran H. AU - Hyer, Lee A. T1 - Examining Comorbidity and Posttraumatic Stress Disorder in a Vietnam Veteran Population Using the MMPI-2. JO - Journal of Traumatic Stress JF - Journal of Traumatic Stress Y1 - 1996/04// VL - 9 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 353 EP - 360 SN - 08949867 AB - Examined the discriminant validity of the MMPI-2 in assessing comorbidity in a posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) Vietnam veteran population. The Structured Clinical Interview for the DSM-III-R (SCID) was used to diagnose veterans and to classify them into four groups: PTSD Only, PTSD with mood disorders, PTSD with other anxiety disorders, and PTSD with mood and anxiety disorders. All groups had clinical elevations on scales F, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 0, PK, and PS, with peak elevations on scales 8, 7, and 2. The PTSD Only group's MMPI-2 scores were not significantly lower than other groups' scores. The PTSD+Mood/Anxiety group was significantly more elevated on scales 2 and 7 than the PTSD Only and PTSD+Anxiety group but did not otherwise show significantly higher scale elevations than other groups. No significant differences existed between groups on scales F, L, K, PK, and PS. Implications of these results for PTSD and the current diagnostic system are explored. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Traumatic Stress is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - COMORBIDITY KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - ANXIETY KW - VIETNAM veterans KW - comorbidity KW - MMPI-2 KW - PTSD KW - veterans N1 - Accession Number: 9605213107; Weyermann, Andrea G. 1 Norris, Fran H. 2 Hyer, Lee A. 3; Affiliation: 1: Augusta College and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, Georgia 30904 2: Georgia State University, Atlanta, Georgia 30303 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Medical College of Georgia, Augusta, Georgia 30904; Source Info: Apr96, Vol. 9 Issue 2, p353; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: COMORBIDITY; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: VIETNAM veterans; Author-Supplied Keyword: comorbidity; Author-Supplied Keyword: MMPI-2; Author-Supplied Keyword: PTSD; Author-Supplied Keyword: veterans; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 1 Chart, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9605213107&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Breeding, William AU - Grishman, Melanie H. AU - Moreland, Michael T1 - Implementation of Computerized Social Work Data Base/Assessments. JO - Social Work in Health Care JF - Social Work in Health Care Y1 - 1996/07// VL - 23 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 81 EP - 98 SN - 00981389 AB - The Department of Veterans Affairs, Social Work Service has designed, developed and implemented the Social Work Information Management System (SWIMS) which provides for the collection and reporting of both administrative and clinical information. This paper describes the implementation of one component of SWIMS, the automated Social Work Data Base/Assessment. The discussion details the implementation process and discusses issues encountered in the implementation of a computerized documentation system. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Social Work in Health Care is the property of Routledge and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - INFORMATION resources management KW - RECORDS management KW - AUTOMATIC data collection systems KW - MANAGEMENT KW - DATABASE management KW - VETERANS affairs offices KW - SOCIAL work with older people KW - OFFICE practice -- Automation KW - UNITED States KW - UNITED States. Dept. of Veterans Affairs N1 - Accession Number: 28323110; Breeding, William 1 Grishman, Melanie H. 2 Moreland, Michael 3; Affiliation: 1: Chief, Social Work Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, IL 2: Chief, Program Management, Social Work Service, Department of Veterans Affairs, Washington, DC 3: Associate Director, Veterans Administration Medical Center, PA; Source Info: 1996, Vol. 23 Issue 2, p81; Subject Term: INFORMATION resources management; Subject Term: RECORDS management; Subject Term: AUTOMATIC data collection systems; Subject Term: MANAGEMENT; Subject Term: DATABASE management; Subject Term: VETERANS affairs offices; Subject Term: SOCIAL work with older people; Subject Term: OFFICE practice -- Automation; Subject Term: UNITED States; Company/Entity: UNITED States. Dept. of Veterans Affairs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 518210 Data Processing, Hosting, and Related Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 519190 All Other Information Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541514 Computer systems design and related services (except video game design and development); NAICS/Industry Codes: 541512 Computer Systems Design Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 561490 Other business support services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 18p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=28323110&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Linn, J. Gary AU - Poku, Kwabena A. AU - Cain, Van A. AU - Holzapfel, Kristen M. AU - Crawford, Donna F. T1 - Psychosocial Outcomes of HIV Illness in Male and Female African American Clients. JO - Social Work in Health Care JF - Social Work in Health Care Y1 - 1995/12// VL - 21 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 43 EP - 60 SN - 00981389 AB - With the rapid growth of HIV infection among African Americans, the issue of how medical problems relate to psychological functioning in the black community population has acquired new meaning and urgency for health care policy. To develop effective strategies to meet the mental health needs of infected African Americans we need a better understanding of the pattern of association between HIV and psychological distress. The objective of this study is to test several hypotheses that predict depression and anxiety in black adults infected with HIV. Our conceptual model is derived from learned helplessness theory (Seligman, 1975), the concept of perceived coherence (Antonovsky, 1980; Lewis & Gallison, 1989), and social support theory (Cohen & Willis, 1985). Instruments used in the study include: The Center for Epidemiological Studies-Depression (CES-D) Scale (Radloff, 1977), the Anxiety Scale (Lewis, Firsich, and Parsell, 1979), and the Perceived Coherence Scale (Lewis, 1989). Data were obtained from 255 HIV infected black males and females (age ≥ 18) who sought support, counseling, and maintenance services from one of three HIV care and referral centers in the Mid-South. The results of the study emphasize the relative importance of perceived physical symptoms over stage of illness for psychological functioning among African American adults with HIV. Further, the findings also demonstrate the potential importance of perceived coherence for psychological functioning. Black clients who reported higher perceived coherence, regardless of the stage of illness or level of HIV symptoms, had lower anxiety and depression. Significant gender differences in depression are also observed and implications are drawn for strategies to address HIV related mental health care needs of African Americans. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Social Work in Health Care is the property of Routledge and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HIV infections KW - EPIDEMIOLOGY KW - AFRICAN Americans KW - MEDICAL policy KW - DISTRESS (Psychology) KW - MENTAL health N1 - Accession Number: 9512220572; Linn, J. Gary 1 Poku, Kwabena A. 2 Cain, Van A. 3 Holzapfel, Kristen M. 1 Crawford, Donna F. 3; Affiliation: 1: Tennessee State University and Veterans Administration, Murfreesboro, TN 2: Meharry Medical College 3: Tennessee State University; Source Info: 1995, Vol. 21 Issue 3, p43; Subject Term: HIV infections; Subject Term: EPIDEMIOLOGY; Subject Term: AFRICAN Americans; Subject Term: MEDICAL policy; Subject Term: DISTRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: MENTAL health; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923120 Administration of Public Health Programs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 18p; Illustrations: 2 Diagrams, 2 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9512220572&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Whitbeck, Catherine AU - Barreto, Mark AU - Horan, Patrick AU - Levin, Sheila S. AU - Levin, Robert M. T1 - Rabbit versus Rat Urinary Bladder: Effects of in vitro Hypoxia. JO - Pharmacology JF - Pharmacology Y1 - 1999/09// VL - 59 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 156 EP - 164 SN - 00317012 AB - Purpose: Studies indicate that bladder hypoxia may be an etiological factor for lower urinary tract dysfunction. Rat and rabbit are two species of experimental animals used frequently to study lower urinary tract function and dysfunction. The objective of this study was to compare directly effects of in vitro hypoxia on contractile responses of rat and rabbit urinary bladder to different forms of stimulation. Methods: Sexually mature male New Zealand White rabbits and Sprague-Dawley rats were compared. Each bladder was excised while the animal was anesthetized, and longitudinal bladder strips were cut, then mounted in organ baths. A tension of 2 g was placed on all strips. Effects of 1, 2, 3 and 4 h hypoxia followed by 1 h of reoxygenation on contractile responses of bladder strips to field stimulation (FS), carbachol (100 μmol/l), ATP (1 mmol/l) and KCl (120 mmol/l) were determined. Results: Contractility, per unit tissue mass, of rat bladder strips was significantly greater than that of rabbit bladder strips in response to FS (all frequencies), carbachol, KCl and ATP. Hypoxia (followed by reoxygenation) resulted in time-dependent progressive reduction in contractile responses of bladder strips to all stimuli. Rat bladder was significantly more sensitive to hypoxia than rabbit bladder in response to FS and carbachol. Hypoxia induced similar effects on rat and rabbit bladder responses to ATP and KCl. Conclusion: Rat bladder neurogenic and cholinergic responses are significantly more sensitive to hypoxia than are those of rabbit bladder, which may be due to the rat bladder’s greater contractile force generation and previously reported higher Ca[sup 2+] -ATPase activity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Pharmacology is the property of Karger AG and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - URINARY organs KW - BLADDER KW - LABORATORY animals KW - Bladder KW - Contraction KW - Hypoxia KW - Neurogenic contraction KW - Rabbit N1 - Accession Number: 11334087; Whitbeck, Catherine 1 Barreto, Mark 2 Horan, Patrick 3 Levin, Sheila S. 1 Levin, Robert M. 1,3,4; Affiliation: 1: Division of Basic and Pharmaceutical Sciences, Albany College of Pharmacy 2: St. Rose College 3: Stratton Veterans Administration Medical Center 4: Division of Urology, Albany Medical College, Albany, N.Y., USA; Source Info: Sep99, Vol. 59 Issue 3, p156; Subject Term: URINARY organs; Subject Term: BLADDER; Subject Term: LABORATORY animals; Author-Supplied Keyword: Bladder; Author-Supplied Keyword: Contraction; Author-Supplied Keyword: Hypoxia; Author-Supplied Keyword: Neurogenic contraction; Author-Supplied Keyword: Rabbit; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112999 All other miscellaneous animal production; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 9p; Illustrations: 5 Graphs; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1159/000028316 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11334087&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kalish, Richard S. AU - Wood, Jonathan A. AU - Siegel, Daniel M. AU - Kaye, Valda N. AU - Brooks, Norman A. T1 - Experimental Rationale for Treatment of High-Risk Human Melanoma with Zinc Chloride Fixative Paste. JO - Dermatologic Surgery JF - Dermatologic Surgery Y1 - 1998/09// VL - 24 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 1021 EP - 1025 SN - 10760512 AB - BACKGROUND. Fixed-tissue micrographic surgery (Mobs) of melanoma has been shown by retrospective analysis to improve 5-year survival. OBJECTIVES. To determine whether zinc chloride fixative paste acts as an immune adjuvant to increase host resistance to melanoma. METHODS. We performed a murine study using the poorly immunogenic B16 melanoma of C57B1/6J mice, and the more immunogenic K1735p melanoma of C3H/HeN mice. Tumors were treated with zinc chloride paste and excised 24 hours later (Group 1), or simply excised (Group 2). Mice were challenged 7 days later with injection of melanoma cells at a distant site, and tumor growth in this second site was followed. RESULTS. K1735p melanomas developed at the challenge site in 69% of mice treated with excision versus 32% of mice treated with zinc chloride fixation (P < 0.025). Development of B16 melanoma was not altered by zinc chloride fixation. CONCLUSION. Zinc chloride fixation of the more immunogenic K1735p melanoma increased resistance to subsequent tumor challenge, suggesting that zinc chloride fixative paste acts as an immune adjuvant. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Dermatologic Surgery is the property of Lippincott Williams & Wilkins and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MELANOMA KW - NEUROENDOCRINE tumors KW - IMMUNOLOGICAL adjuvants KW - ONCOLOGY KW - CYSTS (Pathology) KW - NATURAL immunity N1 - Accession Number: 12862347; Kalish, Richard S. 1,2 Wood, Jonathan A. 1 Siegel, Daniel M. 1 Kaye, Valda N. 3 Brooks, Norman A. 4; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, State University of New York, Stony Brook, New York 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Northport, New York 3: Department of Dermatology, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota 4: Department of Dermatology, University of California, Los Angeles, California; Source Info: Sep1998, Vol. 24 Issue 9, p1021; Subject Term: MELANOMA; Subject Term: NEUROENDOCRINE tumors; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGICAL adjuvants; Subject Term: ONCOLOGY; Subject Term: CYSTS (Pathology); Subject Term: NATURAL immunity; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12862347&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Newman, Nathan AU - Newman, Armand AU - Moy, Lawrence S. AU - Babapour, Reza AU - Harris, Alan G. AU - Moy, Ronald L. T1 - Clinical Improvement of Photoaged Skin with 50% Glycolic Acid. JO - Dermatologic Surgery JF - Dermatologic Surgery Y1 - 1996/05// VL - 22 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 455 EP - 460 SN - 10760512 AB - The purpose of this study was to determine whether 50% glycolic acid can improve photoaged skin and to study the histological basis for this improvement. Photoaging refers to skin changes or skin damage that is caused by prolonged exposure to ultraviolet light. Glycolic acid has been found to be useful for the treatment of photoaging and for other skin conditions. At this time, this study is the first blinded-controlled scientific study to demonstrate that glycolic acid peels are advantageous in treating sun-damaged skin conditions. The peels are easy to apply and are quickly effective. Excellent patient compliance was noted in all 34 patients. KW - SKIN -- Aging -- Treatment KW - ALPHA hydroxy acids KW - PHOTOSENSITIVITY disorders KW - ULTRAVIOLET radiation KW - CHEMICAL peel KW - DERMATOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 12795993; Newman, Nathan 1 Newman, Armand 1 Moy, Lawrence S. 1,2 Babapour, Reza 1 Harris, Alan G. 3 Moy, Ronald L. 1,2,4; Affiliation: 1: Division of Dermatology, University of California at Los Angeles. 2: Division of Veterans Administration West Los Angeles 3: Division of Clinical Pharmacology, Los Angeles, California. 4: Cedars Sinai Medical Center, Los Angeles, California.; Source Info: May1996, Vol. 22 Issue 5, p455; Subject Term: SKIN -- Aging -- Treatment; Subject Term: ALPHA hydroxy acids; Subject Term: PHOTOSENSITIVITY disorders; Subject Term: ULTRAVIOLET radiation; Subject Term: CHEMICAL peel; Subject Term: DERMATOLOGY; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1524-4725.ep12795993 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12795993&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Glass, L. Frank AU - Fenske, Neil A. AU - Messina, Jane L. AU - Cruse, C. Wayne AU - Rapaport, David P. AU - Berman, Claudia AU - Puleo, C. A. AU - Heller, Richard AU - Miliotes, G. AU - Albertini, J. AU - Reintgen, Douglas S. T1 - The Role of Selective Lymphadenectomy in the Management of Patients with Malignant Melanoma. JO - Dermatologic Surgery JF - Dermatologic Surgery Y1 - 1995/11// VL - 21 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 979 EP - 983 SN - 10760512 AB - BACKGROUND. A novel surgical technique based on selective lymphadenectomy was used to stage 132 patients with intermediate and thick cutaneous malignant melanoma. Preoperative and intraoperative lymph node mapping techniques were used to ascertain regional lymph node basins at risk for metastasis, and to identify the first node(s) the afferent lymphatics encounter in the basin, defined as the "sentinel" node(s). It has been shown that the histology of the sentinel node reflects the histology of the rest of the nodal basin, and according to preliminary studies using this technique, the likelihood of bypassing the sentinel node(s) to "higher" level nodes is less than 20%. Epidemiologic studies indicate that the long-term survival of patients with melanomas of intermediate thickness or greater is significantly compromised if regional lymph nodes are involved. Yet, the utility of performing lymph node dissections for the purposes of staging only is controversial, not only because of the morbidity and expense of the procedure, but the lack of proven survival benefit. OBJECTIVE. in the present study, we performed preoperative and intraoperative lymphatic mapping, harvested clinically normal sentinel nodes, and examined them for micrometastasis by light microscopy. Both conventional stains and immunocytochemistry for S-100 protein and HMB-45 antibodies were performed, and only those patients with documented micrometastasis received complete lymph node dissections. RESULTS. The sentinel node(s) was identified in each of the patients. Micrometastatic disease was detected in 31 (23%) of the patients by selective lymphadenectomy, and the sentinel node(s) was the only node involved in 83% of the cases upon subsequent complete nodal dissection. CONCLUSION. Our preliminary results suggest that selective lymphadenectomy following lymphatic mapping is an effective procedure for staging melanoma patients with lesions of intermediate thickness or greater. Our results indicate that sentinel lymph nodes may be successfully identified and harvested in the majority of patients, and that they may be examined for the first evidence of micrometastasis without the need of a complete nodal dissection. Information as to whether micrometastases are present in the sentinel node would be valuable in staging patients, and identifying candidates of complete nodal dissections. We are participating in an national Cancer Institute-sponsored multicenter trial to ascertain whether this surgical approach can impact on the recurrence rate and survival of patients with stage 1 and 2 melanoma. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Dermatologic Surgery is the property of Lippincott Williams & Wilkins and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MANAGEMENT KW - PATIENTS KW - MELANOMA KW - LYMPH nodes KW - METASTASIS KW - LYMPHATICS N1 - Accession Number: 12854820; Glass, L. Frank 1 Fenske, Neil A. 1 Messina, Jane L. 2 Cruse, C. Wayne 3 Rapaport, David P. 3 Berman, Claudia 4 Puleo, C. A. 5 Heller, Richard 6 Miliotes, G. 3 Albertini, J. 3 Reintgen, Douglas S. 3; Affiliation: 1: Division of Dermatology and Cutaneous Surgery, University of South Florida College of Medicine, Tampa, Florida. 2: Department of Pathology, University of South Florida College of Medicine, Tampa, Florida. 3: Department of Surgery, University of South Florida College of Medicine, Tampa, Florida. 4: Department of Radiology, University of South Florida College of Medicine, Tampa, Florida. 5: James A. Haley Veterans Administration Hospital, University of South Florida College of Medicine, Tampa, Florida. 6: H. Lee Moffitt Cancer Center and Research Institute, University of South Florida College of Medicine, Tampa, Florida.; Source Info: Nov1995, Vol. 21 Issue 11, p979; Subject Term: MANAGEMENT; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: MELANOMA; Subject Term: LYMPH nodes; Subject Term: METASTASIS; Subject Term: LYMPHATICS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1524-4725.ep12854820 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12854820&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Conrad, Kendon J. AU - Matters, Michael D. AU - Hanrahan, Patricia AU - Luchins, Daniel J. AU - Savage, Courtenay AU - Daugherty, Betty AU - Shinderman, Marc T1 - Representative Payee for Individuals with Severe Mental Illness at Community Counseling Centers of Chicago. JO - Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly JF - Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly Y1 - 1999/08/12/ VL - 17 IS - 1/2 M3 - Article SP - 169 EP - 186 SN - 07347324 AB - This paper describes a representative payee (RP) program at Community Counseling Centers of Chicago (C4). This program features a mental health agency bank that works with clients and case managers (CMs) to ensure the financial stability of clients. After reviewing the literature on money management services, the chapter discusses the history, context, and target population of the program. It then describes the logic and functioning of representative payeeship and concludes with a discussion of the advantages and challenges involved in implementing an agency RP program with a central banking system. [ABSTRACT FROM PUBLISHER] AB - Copyright of Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly is the property of Taylor & Francis Ltd and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 75316587; Conrad, Kendon J. 1,2; Email Address: KJConrad@uic.edu Matters, Michael D. 3 Hanrahan, Patricia 4,5 Luchins, Daniel J. 4,5 Savage, Courtenay 5 Daugherty, Betty 6 Shinderman, Marc 7; Affiliation: 1: Health Policy and Administration, University of Illinois at Chicago, Chicago, IL, USA 2: Midwest Center for Health Services and Policy Research, Hines Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, IL, USA 3: Health Policy and Administration, University of Illinois at Chicago, Chicago, IL, 60612, USA 4: Illinois Department of Human Services, Chicago, IL, USA 5: Department of Psychiatry, University of Chicago, Chicago, IL, USA 6: Community Counseling Centers of Chicago, Chicago, IL, USA 7: Center for Addictive Problems, Chicago, IL, USA; Source Info: Aug1999, Vol. 17 Issue 1/2, p169; Number of Pages: 18p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1300/J020v17n01_10 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=75316587&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rodell, Daniel E. AU - Benda, Brent B. T1 - Alcohol and Crime Among Religious Youth. JO - Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly JF - Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly Y1 - 1999/04// VL - 17 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 53 EP - 66 SN - 07347324 AB - This is a study of 528 adolescents who regularly attend churches affiliated with primary Protestant denominations in a Midwestern state. The purpose is to determine if the delinquency syndrome argument has more validity in a religious sample than noted in the general population of youth. The findings support the delinquency syndrome argument in this sample of religious youth, and show that religiosity is relevant to alcohol use and not to crime. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly is the property of Taylor & Francis Ltd and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - TEENAGERS KW - PROTESTANT youth KW - JUVENILE delinquency KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - RELIGION KW - alcohol use KW - crime KW - Religion KW - youth N1 - Accession Number: 3099559; Rodell, Daniel E. 1 Benda, Brent B. 2; Affiliation: 1: Researcher and Social Worker, Veterans' Administration Medical Center, North Little Rock, AR 2: Professor, School of Social Work, University of Arkansas at Little Rock, Little Rock, AR 72204; Source Info: 1999, Vol. 17 Issue 4, p53; Subject Term: TEENAGERS; Subject Term: PROTESTANT youth; Subject Term: JUVENILE delinquency; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: RELIGION; Author-Supplied Keyword: alcohol use; Author-Supplied Keyword: crime; Author-Supplied Keyword: Religion; Author-Supplied Keyword: youth; Number of Pages: 14p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=3099559&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Shalanski, John J. T1 - Personal Practice Models for the Treatment of Alcohol Problems. JO - Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly JF - Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly Y1 - 1995/09// VL - 13 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 59 EP - 68 SN - 07347324 AB - Theories of the etiology of alcoholism have implications for treatment intervention. Theories generate hypotheses which are tested by research and, in turn, develop knowledge to guide treatment and practice. This article discusses the Alcohol Problems Model and integrates it with the concept of Personal Practice Models. The important treatment implications are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly is the property of Taylor & Francis Ltd and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ALCOHOLISM -- Treatment KW - DRINKING of alcoholic beverages KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - MEDICINE -- Practice KW - THERAPEUTICS N1 - Accession Number: 9504202519; Shalanski, John J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Aftercare Worker for the Substance Abuse Treatment Program, Wilkes-Barre (PA) Veterans Administration Medical Center; Source Info: 1995, Vol. 13 Issue 1, p59; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM -- Treatment; Subject Term: DRINKING of alcoholic beverages; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: MEDICINE -- Practice; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 722410 Drinking Places (Alcoholic Beverages); Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9504202519&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Miller, Norman S. T1 - Pharmacotherapy in Alcoholism. JO - Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly JF - Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly Y1 - 1995/02// VL - 12 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 129 EP - 152 SN - 07347324 AB - The pharmacological agents contained in the pharmacotherapies for alcoholism (and other drug addictions) can be classified according to these major categories: (1) Intoxication--agents that reverse the pharmacological effects of alcohol (2) Withdrawal--agents that suppress the pharmacological withdrawal from alcohol (3) Desire and Compulsion--agents that block the preoccupation with acquiring alcohol, the desire to use or continue to use alcohol (4) Psychiatric complications--agents that treat or ameliorate the psychiatric symptoms induced by alcohol and other drugs (5) Psychiatric Disorders--agents that are used in patients who have additional independent psychiatric disorders (6) Concurrent Drug Addiction--agents used in drug addictions in addition to alcoholism (7) Conclusions for Clinical Practice and Directions for Research. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly is the property of Taylor & Francis Ltd and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DRUGS KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - SUBSTANCE abuse KW - DRUG abuse KW - ALCOHOL KW - MENTAL illness KW - PSYCHIATRY N1 - Accession Number: 9501181779; Miller, Norman S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Associate Professor of Psychiatry, Chief, Division for Addiction Programs, Department of Psychiatry, Associate Professor of Neurology, Department of Neurology, University of Illinois at Chicago, College of Medicine, West Side Veterans Administration Medical Center, Chicago, IL; Source Info: 1995, Vol. 12 Issue 2, p129; Subject Term: DRUGS; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse; Subject Term: DRUG abuse; Subject Term: ALCOHOL; Subject Term: MENTAL illness; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325193 Ethyl Alcohol Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424210 Drugs and Druggists' Sundries Merchant Wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 24p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9501181779&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Miller, Norman S. T1 - Psychiatric Diagnosis in Drugs and Alcohol Addiction. JO - Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly JF - Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly Y1 - 1995/02// VL - 12 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 75 EP - 92 SN - 07347324 AB - Significant error remains in how to diagnose psychiatric disorders in the presence of addictive disorders. Central to the confusion is the persistent belief that addicts self-medicate an underlying psychiatric disorder. Clarity is possible if both the psychiatric and addictive disorders are allowed independent status and an understanding of the interactions between them is achieved. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly is the property of Taylor & Francis Ltd and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MENTAL illness KW - ADDICTS KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - MENTAL health KW - DIAGNOSIS N1 - Accession Number: 9501181771; Miller, Norman S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Associate Professor of Psychiatry, Chief, Division for Addiction Programs, Department of Psychiatry, Associate Professor of Neurology, Department of Neurology, University of Illinois at Chicago, College of Medicine, West Side Veterans Administration Medical Center, Chicago, IL; Source Info: 1995, Vol. 12 Issue 2, p75; Subject Term: MENTAL illness; Subject Term: ADDICTS; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 18p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9501181771&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Miller, Norman S. T1 - Addiction Treatment in Psychiatric Settings. JO - Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly JF - Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly Y1 - 1995/02// VL - 12 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 57 EP - 74 SN - 07347324 AB - We have had dichotomous systems for the treatment of addictive and psychiatric disorders. While there has been some movement on each side, the progress toward combined treatment for addictive and psychiatric disorders has been slow. As a result, the treatment for the chronic mentally ill remains limited. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly is the property of Taylor & Francis Ltd and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MENTAL illness KW - MENTALLY ill KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - MENTAL health services KW - THERAPEUTICS N1 - Accession Number: 9501181769; Miller, Norman S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Associate Professor of Psychiatry, Chief, Division for Addiction Programs, Department of Psychiatry, Associate Professor of Neurology, Department of Neurology, University of Illinois at Chicago, College of Medicine, West Side Veterans Administration Medical Center, Chicago, IL; Source Info: 1995, Vol. 12 Issue 2, p57; Subject Term: MENTAL illness; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; Number of Pages: 18p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9501181769&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Miller, Norman S. AU - Hoffmann, Norman G. T1 - Addictions Treatment Outcomes. JO - Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly JF - Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly Y1 - 1995/02// VL - 12 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 41 EP - 55 SN - 07347324 AB - The abstinence-based method of addictions treatment is the dominant form of clinical treatment for alcohol and drug addictions. Controlled and large scale evaluation studies have shown the abstinence-based methods to be effective in promoting abstinence, improved psychosocial and medical status. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly is the property of Taylor & Francis Ltd and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - SUBSTANCE abuse KW - ALCOHOL KW - MEDICAL care KW - THERAPEUTICS N1 - Accession Number: 9501181767; Miller, Norman S. 1 Hoffmann, Norman G. 2; Affiliation: 1: Associate Professor of Psychiatry, Chief, Division of Addiction Programs, Department of Psychiatry, Associate Professor of Neurology, Department of Neurology, University of Illinois at Chicago, College of Medicine, West Side Veterans Administration Medical Center, Chicago, IL 2: Vice President, New Standards, Inc., 1080 Montreal Avenue, Suite 300, St. Paul, MN 55116; Source Info: 1995, Vol. 12 Issue 2, p41; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse; Subject Term: ALCOHOL; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325193 Ethyl Alcohol Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 15p; Illustrations: 6 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9501181767&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Miller, Norman S. T1 - History and Review of Contemporary Addiction Treatment. JO - Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly JF - Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly Y1 - 1995/02// VL - 12 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 1 EP - 22 SN - 07347324 AB - The history of the dominant form of clinical addictions treatment, namely, the abstinence-based method has not been well recorded in the literature. While the experimental forms of addictions treatment have been documented in the studies, their clinical applications have been limited. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly is the property of Taylor & Francis Ltd and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - SUBSTANCE abuse KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - METHODOLOGY KW - EXPERIMENTAL design N1 - Accession Number: 9501181762; Miller, Norman S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Associate Professor of Psychiatry, Chief, Division for Addiction Programs, Department of Psychiatry, Associate Professor of Neurology, Department of Neurology, University of Illinois at Chicago, College of Medicine, West Side Veterans Administration Medical Center, Chicago, IL; Source Info: 1995, Vol. 12 Issue 2, p1; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: METHODOLOGY; Subject Term: EXPERIMENTAL design; Number of Pages: 22p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9501181762&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jaimes, Edgar A. AU - Galceran, Josep Maria AU - Raij, Leopoldo T1 - Angiotensin II induces superoxide anion production by mesangial cells. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1998/09// VL - 54 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 775 EP - 784 SN - 00852538 AB - Angiotensin II induces superoxide anion production by mesangial cells. Background. The recognized role of angiotensin II (Ang II) in the pathogenesis of the progression of renal disease cannot be solely attributed to Ang II's hemodynamic effects. Indeed, growth stimulating signals driven by Ang II promote mesangial cell (MC) hypertrophy and extracellular matrix production, prominent features of progressive glomerular injury. Superoxide anion (O2- ) avidly interacts with nitric oxide, an endogenous vasodilator that inhibits growth factor stimulated MC growth and matrix production. In addition, O2- acting as an intracellular signal is linked to growth related responses such as activation of mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinases. The studies reported herein were designed to investigate: (a ) whether Ang II induces MC O2- production and (b ) if increased O2- production elicits growth responses in MC. Methods. MC were exposed to Ang II for 24 or 48 hours. In some experiments, in addition to Ang II, MC were exposed to: diphenylenieodonium (DPI), an inhibitor of the flavin containing NADH/NADPH oxidase; losartan (LOS), an Ang II type 1 (AT1) receptor blocker; PD 98059, a MAP kinases inhibitor; the protein kinase C inhibitors Calphostin C or H-7; and the tyrosine kinase inhibitors, herbymycin A or genistein. Results. Ang II (10-5 M to 10-8 M) dose dependently increased MC O2- production up to 125% above control (ED 50 5 × 10-7 M). LOS as well as DPI, and the PKC inhibitors blocked Ang II stimulated MC O2- production. Ang II dose dependently increased MC 3 H-leucine incorporation, and MC protein content, two markers of MC hypertrophy, as well as 3 H-thymidine incorporation, a marker of MC hyperplasia. PD98059, a specific inhibitor of MAP kinases prevented Ang II induced MC... [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Kidney International is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SUPEROXIDES KW - HEMODYNAMICS KW - MITOGENS KW - PROTEIN kinases KW - angiotensin II KW - hyperplasia KW - hypertrophy KW - mesangium KW - NADPH oxidase KW - nitric oxide KW - superoxide N1 - Accession Number: 5878393; Jaimes, Edgar A. 1 Galceran, Josep Maria 1 Raij, Leopoldo 1; Affiliation: 1: Nephrology and Hypertension Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota, USA; Source Info: Sep1998, Vol. 54 Issue 3, p775; Subject Term: SUPEROXIDES; Subject Term: HEMODYNAMICS; Subject Term: MITOGENS; Subject Term: PROTEIN kinases; Author-Supplied Keyword: angiotensin II; Author-Supplied Keyword: hyperplasia; Author-Supplied Keyword: hypertrophy; Author-Supplied Keyword: mesangium; Author-Supplied Keyword: NADPH oxidase; Author-Supplied Keyword: nitric oxide; Author-Supplied Keyword: superoxide; Number of Pages: 10p; Illustrations: 9 Graphs; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1046/j.1523-1755.1998.00068.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5878393&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ueda, Norishi AU - Kaushal, Gur P. AU - Hong, Xiaoman AU - Shah, Sudhir V. AU - Ueda, N AU - Kaushal, G P AU - Hong, X AU - Shah, S V T1 - Role of enhanced ceramide generation in DNA damage and cell death in chemical hypoxic injury to LLC-PK1 cells. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1998/08// VL - 54 IS - 2 M3 - journal article SP - 399 EP - 406 SN - 00852538 AB - Background: Ceramide has been implicated to be a second messenger in the cell signaling pathway involved in cell growth, proliferation, and apoptotic cell death. However, there is little information of a role of ceramide in DNA damage and cell death in hypoxic injury known to induce necrotic cell death.Methods: Ceramide generation was measured in LLC-PK1 cells exposed to chemical hypoxia with a mitochondrial electron transport inhibitor, antimycin A and glucose deprivation. The effect of inhibition of ceramide generation on chemical hypoxia-induced DNA damage and cell death and the effect of exogenous ceramide on cellular injury were also determined.Results: Chemical hypoxia resulted in a rapid increase in ceramide production prior to any evidence of DNA damage and cell death in LLC-PK1 cells. The inhibitor of ceramide synthase, fumonisin B1, provided a marked protection against chemical hypoxia-induced DNA strand breaks, DNA fragmentation and cell death. Fumonisin B1 did not affect adenosine triphosphate (ATP) depletion induced by antimycin A, suggesting that fumonisin B1 does not alter cellular uptake of antimycin A. We confirmed the ability of ceramide synthase inhibitor, fumonisin B1, to suppress chemical hypoxia-induced ceramide generation. Exposure of LLC-PK1 cells to synthetic ceramide, C2- and C6-ceramide, but not C2-dihydroceramide, the structural analog of C2-ceramide, resulted in DNA strand breaks, DNA fragmentation and cell death in a dose- and time-dependent manner similar to the effect of chemical hypoxia.Conclusions: Our data indicate that ceramide is a key modulator for DNA damage and cell death in chemical hypoxia to renal tubular epithelial cells. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Kidney International is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DNA KW - CELLS KW - ceramide KW - Ceramide synthase KW - endonuclease KW - fumonisin B1 KW - hypoxia KW - LLC-PK N1 - Accession Number: 5881734; Ueda, Norishi 1 Kaushal, Gur P. 1 Hong, Xiaoman 1 Shah, Sudhir V. 1 Ueda, N 2 Kaushal, G P Hong, X Shah, S V; Affiliation: 1: Division of Nephrology, University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences, and John L. McClellan Memorial Veterans Administration Hospital, Little Rock, Arkansas, USA 2: Division of Nephrology, University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences, Little Rock, USA; Source Info: Aug1998, Vol. 54 Issue 2, p399; Subject Term: DNA; Subject Term: CELLS; Author-Supplied Keyword: ceramide; Author-Supplied Keyword: Ceramide synthase; Author-Supplied Keyword: endonuclease; Author-Supplied Keyword: fumonisin B1; Author-Supplied Keyword: hypoxia; Author-Supplied Keyword: LLC-PK; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 1 Diagram, 8 Graphs; Document Type: journal article L3 - 10.1046/j.1523-1755.1998.00008.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5881734&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kelly, Carolyn J. AU - Frishberg, Yaacov AU - Gold, Daniel P. T1 - An appraisal of T cell subsets and the potential for autoimmune injury. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1998/06// VL - 53 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 1574 EP - 1584 SN - 00852538 AB - Examines the potential of T cell subsets for autoimmune injury. Initiation of T cell dependent immune responses; Activation of signal transduction pathways; Role of cytokines on defined immune responses. KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases KW - T cells KW - CYTOKINES KW - antigen presenting cells KW - cytokines KW - glycoproteins KW - immune response KW - inflammation KW - receptor ligand KW - signal transduction KW - Th1-Th2 KW - transcription factors N1 - Accession Number: 5878514; Kelly, Carolyn J. 1,2,3 Frishberg, Yaacov 1,2,3 Gold, Daniel P. 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: University of California San Diego and the San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego, California, USA, 2: the Shaare Zedek Medical Center, Jerusalem, Israel, 3: The Sidney Kimmel Cancer Center, San Diego, California, USA; Source Info: Jun1998, Vol. 53 Issue 6, p1574; Subject Term: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: CYTOKINES; Author-Supplied Keyword: antigen presenting cells; Author-Supplied Keyword: cytokines; Author-Supplied Keyword: glycoproteins; Author-Supplied Keyword: immune response; Author-Supplied Keyword: inflammation; Author-Supplied Keyword: receptor ligand; Author-Supplied Keyword: signal transduction; Author-Supplied Keyword: Th1-Th2; Author-Supplied Keyword: transcription factors; Number of Pages: 11p; Illustrations: 1 Diagram; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1046/j.1523-1755.1998.00917.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5878514&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Berg-Weger, Marla AU - Gockel, Jane AU - Rubio, Doris McGartland AU - Douglas, Rachelle T1 - Triage Services: A Profile of High Utilization. JO - Social Work in Health Care JF - Social Work in Health Care Y1 - 1998/03// VL - 27 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 15 EP - 31 SN - 00981389 AB - With challenges continuing to be presented to health care delivery, inappropriate out-patient service utilization is of utmost concern to all health care service providers. This study is an examination of the utilization patterns of 189 veterans in an urban Veterans Administration Medical Center (VAMC). Factors found to be related to high utilization of ambulatory care triage clinic services for veterans who had presented for at least two unscheduled visits in the past six months include: patient perception of health status; number of prescription medications; and social needs. Implications for social work practice, program development and research are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Social Work in Health Care is the property of Routledge and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - OUTPATIENT medical care KW - MEDICAL care of veterans KW - PERCEPTION KW - DRUGS KW - SOCIAL services KW - MEDICAL centers N1 - Accession Number: 562877; Berg-Weger, Marla 1; Email Address: bergwm@sluvca.slu.edu Gockel, Jane 2 Rubio, Doris McGartland 3 Douglas, Rachelle 4; Affiliation: 1: Assistant Professor and Director of Practicum, Saint Louis University School of Social Service, 3550 Lindell Boulevard, St. Louis, MO 63103 2: Social Worker Supervisor, St. Louis Veterans Administration Medical Center, 915 North Grand, 122/JC, St. Louis, MO 63106. 3: Assistant Professor, Department of Research Methodology, Saint Louis University, 3663 Lindell Boulevard, St. Louis, MO 63108 4: St. Louis Veterans Administration Medical Center, 915 North Grand, 122/JC, St. Louis, MO 63103; Source Info: 1998, Vol. 27 Issue 1, p15; Subject Term: OUTPATIENT medical care; Subject Term: MEDICAL care of veterans; Subject Term: PERCEPTION; Subject Term: DRUGS; Subject Term: SOCIAL services; Subject Term: MEDICAL centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621499 All other out-patient care centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621494 Community health centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424210 Drugs and Druggists' Sundries Merchant Wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621491 HMO Medical Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 17p; Illustrations: 4 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=562877&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Reidelberger, Roger D. T1 - Cholecystokinin and Control of Food Intake. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1994/08/02/Aug94 Supplement VL - 124 M3 - Article SP - 1327S EP - 1333S SN - 00223166 AB - Two mechanisms have been suggested for the inhibitory effect of cholecystokinin on food intake: a central action of brain cholecystokinin on the brain feeding system, and a peripheral, presumably hormonal, action of gut cholecystokinin mediated by abdominal vagal afferent nerves. Existing evidence suggests that 1) endogenous cholecystokinin contributes to the production of satiety, 2) this satiety effect is primarily mediated by the type A receptor subtype, which is predominantly located in the periphery, but also found in discrete regions of the central nervous system, 3) postprandial increases in circulating cholecystokinin are neither sufficient nor necessary for normal satiety to occur, and 4) activation of abdominal vagal afferent neurons is not the only means by which endogenous cholecystokinin produces satiety. It remains to be determined whether endogenous cholecystokinin acts centrally and (or) peripherally by endocrine, paracrine, or neurocrine mechanisms to produce satiety. Peripheral actions of cholecystokinin that may contribute directly or indirectly to the production of satiety include inhibition of gastric emptying, activation of visceral sensory nerves, stimulation of the exocrine pancreas and gallbladder to facilitate digestion and absorption of ingested nutrients, and stimulation of insulin secretion. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CHOLECYSTOKININ KW - ENDOCRINE glands KW - CENTRAL nervous system KW - PARACRINE mechanisms KW - CELLULAR control mechanisms KW - INSULIN KW - SECRETION KW - INGESTION KW - NUTRITION KW - cholecystokinin KW - endocrine KW - neurocrine KW - paracrine KW - satiety N1 - Accession Number: 22587278; Reidelberger, Roger D. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Omaha, NE 68105 2: Department of Biomedical Sciences, Creighton University School of Medicine, Omaha, NE 68178; Source Info: Aug94 Supplement, Vol. 124, p1327S; Subject Term: CHOLECYSTOKININ; Subject Term: ENDOCRINE glands; Subject Term: CENTRAL nervous system; Subject Term: PARACRINE mechanisms; Subject Term: CELLULAR control mechanisms; Subject Term: INSULIN; Subject Term: SECRETION; Subject Term: INGESTION; Subject Term: NUTRITION; Author-Supplied Keyword: cholecystokinin; Author-Supplied Keyword: endocrine; Author-Supplied Keyword: neurocrine; Author-Supplied Keyword: paracrine; Author-Supplied Keyword: satiety; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 2 Diagrams, 3 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=22587278&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Shoemaker, Scott D. AU - Ryan, Allen F. AU - Lieber, Richard L. T1 - Transcript-Specific mRNA Trafficking Based on the Distribution of Coexpressed Myosin Isoforms. JO - Cells Tissues Organs JF - Cells Tissues Organs Y1 - 1999/07// VL - 165 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 10 EP - 15 SN - 14226405 AB - mRNAs encoding four myosin heavy chain (MHC) isoforms were localized in rat skeletal muscle fibers by in situ hybridization. The ratio of MHC transcript signal in the fiber core compared to the fiber periphery was quantified using image analysis. Two distinct patterns of subcellular localization were observed. Type 1 (β-cardiac) and type 2A MHC mRNAs were located preferentially in the muscle fiber periphery, while type 2B and type 2X mRNAs were distributed homogeneously across the fiber cross section. Since most normal muscle fibers express only a single MHC isoform, this difference in mRNA distribution could reflect either variation in the localization of the synthetic apparatus across different fiber types or differences in the trafficking of different MHC transcripts. To examine the basis for the observed differential distribution in normal muscles, mRNA distribution was assessed in muscle fibers that coexpressed multiple isoforms of the fast MHCs (i.e. types 2A, 2X and 2B), which occurred either in the combination type 2A/2X or type 2X/2B. The quantitative mRNA distribution seen in muscle fibers expressing a single isoform was not significantly different compared to that observed for mRNAs coexpressed in the same fiber (p > 0.6). Given the size similarity and homology of our riboprobes, these data suggest that their subcellular localization may be determined by relatively small differences in the sequences of the mRNAs, perhaps by differential binding of RNA sequence motifs to cytoskeletal elements. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Cells Tissues Organs is the property of Karger AG and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MESSENGER RNA KW - IN situ hybridization KW - MYOSIN KW - HOMOLOGY (Biology) KW - RATS as laboratory animals KW - Homology analysis KW - Hybridization, in situ KW - Morphometric analysis KW - mRNA trafficking KW - Myosin heavy chain KW - Skeletal muscle fiber N1 - Accession Number: 11374742; Shoemaker, Scott D. 1 Ryan, Allen F. 1 Lieber, Richard L. 2; Email Address: rlieber@ucsd.edu; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Orthopaedics, Bioengineering and Surgery/Otolaryngology, University of California and Veterans Administration Medical Centers, San Diego, Calif., USA 2: Department of Orthopaedics (9151) UC San Diego School of Medicine and VA Medical Center 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, CA 92161 (USA); Source Info: 1999, Vol. 165 Issue 1, p10; Subject Term: MESSENGER RNA; Subject Term: IN situ hybridization; Subject Term: MYOSIN; Subject Term: HOMOLOGY (Biology); Subject Term: RATS as laboratory animals; Author-Supplied Keyword: Homology analysis; Author-Supplied Keyword: Hybridization, in situ; Author-Supplied Keyword: Morphometric analysis; Author-Supplied Keyword: mRNA trafficking; Author-Supplied Keyword: Myosin heavy chain; Author-Supplied Keyword: Skeletal muscle fiber; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Black and White Photograph, 2 Diagrams, 1 Chart, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1159/000016668 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11374742&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Shortz, Joianne L. AU - Worthington Jr., Everett L. AU - McCullough, Michael E. AU - Kurusu, Taro AU - Bryant, Wanda AU - DeVries, Helen T1 - IS THERE MORE TO COUNTING THAN WHAT MEETS THE EYE? COMMENT ON SNYDER AND RICE. JO - Journal of Marital & Family Therapy JF - Journal of Marital & Family Therapy Y1 - 1994/04// VL - 20 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 197 EP - 202 SN - 0194472X AB - Snyder and Rice (1994) comment that Shortz, Worthington, McCullough, DeVries, and Morrow (1994)failed to use sophisticated methods in their identification of prolific authors, institutions, and journals within the field of mari-tal therapy. This article is a response to Snyder and Rice. We argue that Snyder and Rice's suggested methods emphasize a different research question than our original question. We investigated productivity of authors and institutions, not im-pact of scholars on the field of marital therapy. Furthermore, we demonstrate that the results obtained from Snyder and Rice's suggested methodologies are not appreciably different from our original results. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Marital & Family Therapy is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AUTHORS KW - PERIODICALS KW - MARITAL psychotherapy KW - FAMILY psychotherapy KW - MARRIAGE counseling N1 - Accession Number: 9406201439; Shortz, Joianne L. 1 Worthington Jr., Everett L. 1 McCullough, Michael E. 1 Kurusu, Taro 1 Bryant, Wanda 1 DeVries, Helen 2; Affiliation: 1: Virginia Commonwealth University 2: McGuire Veterans Administration Medical Center, Richmond, Virginia; Source Info: Apr94, Vol. 20 Issue 2, p197; Subject Term: AUTHORS; Subject Term: PERIODICALS; Subject Term: MARITAL psychotherapy; Subject Term: FAMILY psychotherapy; Subject Term: MARRIAGE counseling; NAICS/Industry Codes: 711510 Independent Artists, Writers, and Performers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 711513 Independent writers and authors; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 451212 News Dealers and Newsstands; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424920 Book, Periodical, and Newspaper Merchant Wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414420 Book, periodical and newspaper merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 323119 Other printing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 451310 Book stores and news dealers; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9406201439&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Segerstrom, Suzanne C. AU - McCarthy, William J. AU - Caskey, Nicholas H. AU - Gross, Todd M. AU - Jarvik, Murray E. T1 - Optimistic Bias Among Cigarette Smokers. JO - Journal of Applied Social Psychology JF - Journal of Applied Social Psychology Y1 - 1993/10//10/1/93 VL - 23 IS - 19 M3 - Article SP - 1606 EP - 1618 SN - 00219029 AB - The article presents a study using Adult Use of Tobacco Survey (AUTS) data to demonstrate that smokers, while acknowledging increased risk for illness, still show evidence of an optimistic bias in their perception of the risk of their usual brand of cigarette. The survey was conducted by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services in 1990. The AUTS sample was drawn from the noninstitutionalized civilian population of the United States, including Hawaii and Alaska. It is opined that if the majority of a group claim that their chances of a negative outcome are less than average, it provides evidence for an optimistic bias in the assessment of risk. It was found that cigarette smokers are optimistic both about the general health of their usual brand of cigarette and its content of a primary carcinogen, tar. Smokers do not evidence an optimistic bias regarding their health risks relative to nonsmokers because of pervasive public health information, not because they cannot find a self-charitable way to think about smoking. KW - SMOKING KW - SOCIAL surveys KW - CIGARETTE smokers KW - OPTIMISM KW - TOBACCO use KW - SUBSTANCE abuse N1 - Accession Number: 9410121353; Segerstrom, Suzanne C. 1 McCarthy, William J. 1 Caskey, Nicholas H. 2,3 Gross, Todd M. 1 Jarvik, Murray E. 3,4; Affiliation: 1: University of California, Los Angeles. 2: Department of Psychiatry and Biobehavioral Sciences, University of California, Los Angeles. 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Los Angeles. 4: Department of Psychiatry and Biobehavioral Sciences University of California, Los Angeles.; Source Info: 10/1/93, Vol. 23 Issue 19, p1606; Subject Term: SMOKING; Subject Term: SOCIAL surveys; Subject Term: CIGARETTE smokers; Subject Term: OPTIMISM; Subject Term: TOBACCO use; Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse; Number of Pages: 13p; Illustrations: 4 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9410121353&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tarnawski, A. AU - Pai, R. AU - Itani, R. AU - Wyle, F. A. T1 - The Antacid Talcid Adsorbs and Neutralizes All Proteins Secreted by H. pylori Including VacA Cytotoxin: A New Mechanism for Its Ulcer-Healing Action? JO - Digestion JF - Digestion Y1 - 1999/07// VL - 60 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 449 EP - 455 SN - 00122823 AB - Background and Aim:Helicobacter pylori culture supernatant containing VacA cytotoxin significantly inhibits gastric cell proliferation and delays healing of experimental gastric ulcers. Since cell proliferation is crucial for ulcer healing, the removal of inhibitory effects of H. pylori secreted cytotoxin would have a beneficial effect on the healing process. In this study, we determined whether the antacid Talcid can adsorb, remove, or neutralize H. pylori derived VacA cytotoxin responsible for the above deleterious actions. Methods: Supernatants of viable H. pylori isogenic strains producing VacA cytotoxin [VacA(+)] and with disrupted cytotoxin gene not producing cytotoxin [VacA(–)] were incubated with either placebo, Talcid 10 mg/ml, omeprazole 10 mg/ml (positive control) for 1–24 h. Treated supernatants were analyzed using sodium dodecyl sulfate-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis to evaluate proteins. We also studied the effect of supernatants on epidermal growth factor stimulated Kato III cell proliferation using BrdU labeling. Results: Talcid very effectively removed from the H. pylori culture supernatant the ∼90 kD VacA(+) cytotoxin at 3 and 24 h (99.5% removal vs. placebo-treated control; p < 0.001). It also removed all other proteins, including 66-kD urease and 58-kD heat shock protein, secreted by both VacA(+) and VacA(–) H. pylori strains. Omeprazole was completely ineffective in this regard. Preincubation with Talcid completely abolished the inhibitory effect of VacA(+) H. pylori culture supernatant on epidermal growth factor stimulated Kato III cell proliferation. Conclusion: Adsorption and neutralization by Talcid of all H. pylori secreted proteins may explain, at least in part, the ulcer-healing action of this drug. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Digestion is the property of Karger AG and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANTACIDS KW - HELICOBACTER pylori KW - UREASE KW - HEAT shock proteins KW - ADSORPTION KW - Adsorption KW - Antacid KW - Cytotoxin KW - Heat shock protein KW - Hydrotalcite KW - Urease N1 - Accession Number: 11373009; Tarnawski, A. 1; Email Address: atarnawski@pop.long-beach.va.gov Pai, R. 1,2 Itani, R. 1 Wyle, F. A. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Long Beach, Calif., USA 2: University of California, Irvine, Calif., USA; Source Info: 1999, Vol. 60 Issue 5, p449; Subject Term: ANTACIDS; Subject Term: HELICOBACTER pylori; Subject Term: UREASE; Subject Term: HEAT shock proteins; Subject Term: ADSORPTION; Author-Supplied Keyword: Adsorption; Author-Supplied Keyword: Antacid; Author-Supplied Keyword: Cytotoxin; Author-Supplied Keyword: Heat shock protein; Author-Supplied Keyword: Hydrotalcite; Author-Supplied Keyword: Urease; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 4 Diagrams, 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1159/000007690 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11373009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ferris, Daron G. AU - Krumholz, Burton A. AU - Jester, David M. AU - Crosby, John H. AU - Hanly, Mark G. AU - Messing, Mark J. T1 - Atypical Glandular Cells of Undetermined Significance and Adenocarcinoma In Situ: Summoning Colposcopic Expertise? JO - Journal of Family Practice JF - Journal of Family Practice Y1 - 1996/08// VL - 43 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 181 EP - 187 SN - 00943509 AB - In comparison with cervical squamous neoplasia, glandular cell neoplasia is uncommon. The evaluation of a patient with atypical glandular cells of undetermined significance is challenging because subtle colposcopic signs are frequently inaccessible to view and cytologic interpretations are extremely challenging for many cytopathologists. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Family Practice is the property of Frontline Medical Communications and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CANCER KW - GLANDS KW - COLPOSCOPY KW - CELLULAR pathology KW - WOMEN -- Health KW - adenocarcinoma KW - cervical intraepithelial neoplasia KW - colposcopy KW - Vaginal smears N1 - Accession Number: 9703201483; Ferris, Daron G. 1,2 Krumholz, Burton A. 3 Jester, David M. 2 Crosby, John H. 4 Hanly, Mark G. 5 Messing, Mark J. 6; Affiliation: 1: Medical Effectiveness Education and Research Program, The Medical College of Georgia 2: Department of Family Medicine, The Medical College of Georgia 3: Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Albert Einstein College of Medicine, Long Island Jewish Medical Center, New Hyde Park, New York 4: Pathology and Laboratory Medicine Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, Georgia 5: Department of Pathology, The Medical College of Georgia 6: Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, The Medical College of Georgia; Source Info: Aug1996, Vol. 43 Issue 2, p181; Subject Term: CANCER; Subject Term: GLANDS; Subject Term: COLPOSCOPY; Subject Term: CELLULAR pathology; Subject Term: WOMEN -- Health; Author-Supplied Keyword: adenocarcinoma; Author-Supplied Keyword: cervical intraepithelial neoplasia; Author-Supplied Keyword: colposcopy; Author-Supplied Keyword: Vaginal smears; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 3 Color Photographs, 2 Diagrams; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9703201483&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ferris, Daron G. AU - Messing, Mark J. AU - Crosby, John H. T1 - Vaginal intraepithelial neoplasia III detected after hysterectomy for benign conditions. JO - Journal of Family Practice JF - Journal of Family Practice Y1 - 1995/01// VL - 40 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 81 EP - 85 SN - 00943509 AB - Because primary vaginal cancer is rare, many experts discourage routine cytologic sampling of the vaginal vault following hysterectomy for benign circumstances. The following report describes a case of vaginal intraepithelial neoplasia III (VAIN III) detected by a vaginal vault Papanicolaou smear obtained from an asymptomatic 57-year-old woman 23 years after she had a total abdominal hysterectomy for a benign condition. As VAIN III is a true vaginal cancer precursor, the innocent disregard of recommended screening practices averted significant morbidity and possibility mortality for this otherwise healthy woman. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Family Practice is the property of Frontline Medical Communications and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - VAGINAL cancer KW - CYTOLOGY KW - HYSTERECTOMY KW - STERILIZATION of women KW - PAP test KW - Vaginal diseases KW - vaginal neoplasia KW - vaginal smears N1 - Accession Number: 9503012775; Ferris, Daron G. 1 Messing, Mark J. 2 Crosby, John H. 3; Affiliation: 1: Medical Effectiveness Education and Research Program, Department of Family Medicine, Medical College of Georgia 2: Medical Effectiveness Education and Research Program, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Medical College of Georgia 3: Pathology and Laboratory Medicine Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, Georgia; Source Info: Jan1995, Vol. 40 Issue 1, p81; Subject Term: VAGINAL cancer; Subject Term: CYTOLOGY; Subject Term: HYSTERECTOMY; Subject Term: STERILIZATION of women; Subject Term: PAP test; Author-Supplied Keyword: Vaginal diseases; Author-Supplied Keyword: vaginal neoplasia; Author-Supplied Keyword: vaginal smears; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 2 Color Photographs, 2 Black and White Photographs, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9503012775&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chodosh, Sanford T1 - Use of Quinolones for the Treatment of Acute Exacerbations of Chronic Bronchitis. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1991/12/30/ VL - 91 IS - 6A M3 - Article SP - 93S EP - 100S SN - 00029343 AB - Studies the use of quinolone antibacterial agents in the treatment of acute bacterial exacerbations (ABE) of chronic bronchitis. Principles of evaluating antimicrobial therapy for ABE; Clinical experience with quinolones; Drug properties; Effectiveness of treatment. KW - QUINOLONE antibacterial agents KW - BRONCHITIS -- Treatment N1 - Accession Number: 10867192; Chodosh, Sanford 1; Affiliation: 1: Boston University School of Medicine and Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic; Source Info: 12/30/91, Vol. 91 Issue 6A, p93S; Subject Term: QUINOLONE antibacterial agents; Subject Term: BRONCHITIS -- Treatment; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10867192&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chodosh, Sanford T1 - Treatment of Acute Exacerbations of Chronic Bronchitis: State of the Art. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1991/12/30/ VL - 91 IS - 6A M3 - Article SP - 87S EP - 92S SN - 00029343 AB - Studies the treatment of acute bacterial exacerbations (ABE) of chronic bronchitis. Pathophysiology; Clinical and laboratory indicators; Bacterial species observed in ABE; Background therapy for ABE. KW - BACTERIAL diseases -- Treatment KW - BRONCHITIS -- Treatment N1 - Accession Number: 10867191; Chodosh, Sanford 1; Affiliation: 1: Boston University School of Medicine, and Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic; Source Info: 12/30/91, Vol. 91 Issue 6A, p87S; Subject Term: BACTERIAL diseases -- Treatment; Subject Term: BRONCHITIS -- Treatment; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10867191&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Nichol, Kristin L. T1 - Improving influenza vaccination rates for high-risk inpatients. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1991/12// VL - 91 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 584 EP - 588 SN - 00029343 AB - Examines the effectiveness of the inpatient influenza vaccination program for aged patients at the Minneapolis Veterans Affairs Medical Center in Minneapolis, Minnesota. Influenza vaccination rates within high-risk groups; Risk characteristics of patients; National health objective for influenza immunization. KW - INFLUENZA -- Vaccination KW - MEDICAL care for the aged KW - MEDICAL centers KW - MINNEAPOLIS (Minn.) KW - MINNESOTA KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 10949348; Nichol, Kristin L. 1; Affiliation: 1: General Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minnesota; Source Info: Nov91, Vol. 91 Issue 5, p584; Subject Term: INFLUENZA -- Vaccination; Subject Term: MEDICAL care for the aged; Subject Term: MEDICAL centers; Subject Term: MINNEAPOLIS (Minn.); Subject Term: MINNESOTA; Subject Term: UNITED States; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621491 HMO Medical Centers; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 3 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10949348&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Niewoehner, Dennis E. T1 - What Lies Ahead? Future Research and Treatment for Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1991/10/21/ VL - 91 IS - 4A M3 - Article SP - 41S EP - 46S SN - 00029343 AB - Explores logical strategies for controlling the development of emphysema. Techniques to prevent influx of phagocyte-borne elastases into the lung; Attempts to fortify the antiprotease shield of the lower airways. KW - PULMONARY emphysema KW - OBSTRUCTIVE lung diseases N1 - Accession Number: 10867174; Niewoehner, Dennis E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center and the Department of Medicine, University of Minnesota; Source Info: 10/21/91, Vol. 91 Issue 4A, p41S; Subject Term: PULMONARY emphysema; Subject Term: OBSTRUCTIVE lung diseases; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 2 Black and White Photographs, 1 Diagram, 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10867174&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Schaberg, Dennis R. AU - Culver, David H. AU - Gaynes, Robert P. T1 - Major Trends in the Microbial Etiology of Nosocomial Infection. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1991/09/16/ VL - 91 IS - 3B M3 - Article SP - 72S EP - 75S SN - 00029343 AB - Analyzes surveillance data on the microbiology of documented nosocomial infection reported to the National Nosocomial Infections Surveillance System and from the University of Michigan Hospital in Ann Arbor, to determine trends in the microbial etiology of nosocomial infections in the 1980s. Review of antimicrobial susceptibility data on selected pathogens; Challenges posed by the ability of nosocomial bacterial pathogens to persist in the hospital environment despite new therapies. KW - NOSOCOMIAL infections KW - MICROBIOLOGY KW - DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation KW - UNIVERSITY hospitals KW - MICHIGAN KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 10939485; Schaberg, Dennis R. 1 Culver, David H. 2 Gaynes, Robert P. 2; Affiliation: 1: Division of Infectious Diseases, Department of Internal Medicine, and Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Michigan Medical Center 2: Hospital Infections Program, Centers for Disease Control, Georgia; Source Info: 9/16/91, Vol. 91 Issue 3B, p72S; Subject Term: NOSOCOMIAL infections; Subject Term: MICROBIOLOGY; Subject Term: DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation; Subject Term: UNIVERSITY hospitals; Subject Term: MICHIGAN; Subject Term: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 1 Chart, 6 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10939485&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dark, Diana T1 - Multicenter Evaluation of Azithromycin and Cefaclor in Acute Lower Respiratory Tract Infections. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1991/09/12/ VL - 91 IS - 3A M3 - Article SP - 31s EP - 35s SN - 00029343 AB - Compares the effectiveness of azithromycin and cefaclor in the treatment of acute lower respiratory tract infections. Clinical cure and improvement rate; Bacteriologic eradication; Drug tolerability; Incidence of side-effects; Drug dosage. KW - RESPIRATORY infections KW - AZITHROMYCIN KW - CEFACLOR KW - DRUGS -- Effectiveness KW - TREATMENT N1 - Accession Number: 10977021; Dark, Diana 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Medical Services Office; Source Info: 9/12/91, Vol. 91 Issue 3A, p31s; Subject Term: RESPIRATORY infections; Subject Term: AZITHROMYCIN; Subject Term: CEFACLOR; Subject Term: DRUGS -- Effectiveness; Subject Term: TREATMENT; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 4 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10977021&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sanders Jr., W. Eugene AU - Morris, James F. AU - Alessi, Paul AU - Makris, Alex T. AU - McCloskey, Richard V. AU - Trenholme, Gordon M. AU - Iannini, Paul AU - Bittner, Marvin J. T1 - Oral Ofloxacin for the Treatment of Acute Bacterial Pneumonia: Use of a Nontraditional Protocol to Compare Experimental Therapy with "Usual Care" in a Multicenter Clinical Trial. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1991/09// VL - 91 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 261 EP - 266 SN - 00029343 AB - Compares an exclusively oral regmen with 'usual care' in patients hospitalized with acute bacterial pneumonia. Substitution of the exclusively oral regimen ofloxacin for parenteral therapy in selected patients with pneumonia; Analysis of pertinent topics and relevant issues; Implications on medicine. KW - PNEUMONIA -- Treatment KW - PARENTERAL therapy KW - MEDICINE N1 - Accession Number: 10868213; Sanders Jr., W. Eugene 1 Morris, James F. 2 Alessi, Paul 3 Makris, Alex T. 3 McCloskey, Richard V. 4 Trenholme, Gordon M. 5 Iannini, Paul 6 Bittner, Marvin J. 7; Affiliation: 1: Creighton University School of Medicine, Nebraska 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Oregon 3: Our Lady of Lourdes Hospital, New Jersey 4: Presbyterian-University of Pennsylvania Medical Center 5: Rush-Presbyterian-St. Luke's Medical center, Illinois 6: Danbury Hospital, Connecticut 7: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Nebraska; Source Info: Sep91, Vol. 91 Issue 3, p261; Subject Term: PNEUMONIA -- Treatment; Subject Term: PARENTERAL therapy; Subject Term: MEDICINE; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 4 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10868213&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ito, Matthew K. AU - O'Connor, Daniel T. T1 - Skin Pretreatment and the Use of Transdermal Clonidine. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1991/07/18/ VL - 91 IS - 1A M3 - Article SP - 42S EP - 49S SN - 00029343 AB - Examines the effect of dermal pretreatment with hydrocortisone cream and an antacid on the pharmacokinetics of transdermal clonidine. Treatment of hypertension; Maximum plasma concentration; Clonidine dosage; Blood pressure and pulse rates; Systemic side-effects; Pharmacodynamics; Hemodynamics. KW - CLONIDINE KW - PHARMACOKINETICS KW - HYDROCORTISONE KW - ANTACIDS KW - HYPERTENSION -- Treatment N1 - Accession Number: 10974659; Ito, Matthew K. 1,2 O'Connor, Daniel T. 2,3; Affiliation: 1: University of the Pacific School of Pharmacy, Stockton, California 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego, California 3: University of California San Diego School of Medicine; Source Info: 7/18/91, Vol. 91 Issue 1A, p42S; Subject Term: CLONIDINE; Subject Term: PHARMACOKINETICS; Subject Term: HYDROCORTISONE; Subject Term: ANTACIDS; Subject Term: HYPERTENSION -- Treatment; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 4 Charts, 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10974659&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weber, Michael A. AU - Smith, David H.G. AU - Neutel, Joel M. AU - Graettinger, William F. T1 - Cardiovascular and Metabolic Characteristics of Hypertension. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1991/07/18/ VL - 91 IS - 1A M3 - Article SP - 4S EP - 10S SN - 00029343 AB - Discusses cardiovascular and metabolic features associated with hypertension. Blood pressure characteristics; Lipid profile; Abnormal insulin and glucose metabolism; Early renal changes; Effects of hypertension on the left ventricle; Changes in arteria structure and circulation; Changes in arterial compliance. KW - HYPERTENSION KW - BLOOD pressure KW - BLOOD lipids KW - INSULIN KW - BLOOD sugar N1 - Accession Number: 10974654; Weber, Michael A. 1 Smith, David H.G. 1 Neutel, Joel M. 1 Graettinger, William F. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, University of California Irvine School of Medicine, and the Veterans Administration Medical Center, Long Beach, California; Source Info: 7/18/91, Vol. 91 Issue 1A, p4S; Subject Term: HYPERTENSION; Subject Term: BLOOD pressure; Subject Term: BLOOD lipids; Subject Term: INSULIN; Subject Term: BLOOD sugar; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 1 Chart, 7 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10974654&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Colwell, John A. T1 - Pathophysiology of Vascular Disease in Diabetes: Effects of Gliclazide. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1991/06/24/ VL - 90 IS - 6A M3 - Article SP - 50S EP - 54S SN - 00029343 AB - Investigates the pathogenesis of macrovascular disease in diabetes mellitus and its therapeutic implications for gliclazide treatment. Endothelial injury; Macrophage adherence and uptake of lipids to produce a fatty streak; Platelet adherence, aggregation, and release of thromboxane and platelet-derived growth factors; Effect of gliclazide on platelet function and fibrinolysis. KW - DIABETES -- Complications KW - CARDIOVASCULAR diseases KW - GLICLAZIDE KW - HYPOGLYCEMIC sulfonylureas N1 - Accession Number: 10974670; Colwell, John A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Medical University of South Carolina and Charleston Veterans Administration Medical Center, Charleston, South Carolina; Source Info: 6/24/91, Vol. 90 Issue 6A, p50S; Subject Term: DIABETES -- Complications; Subject Term: CARDIOVASCULAR diseases; Subject Term: GLICLAZIDE; Subject Term: HYPOGLYCEMIC sulfonylureas; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10974670&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Albrecht, Mary Nies AU - Cook, Jeanette E. AU - Riley, Marvel Jean AU - Andreoni, Vicki T1 - Factors influencing staff nurses' decisions for non-documentation of patient response to analgesia administration. JO - Journal of Clinical Nursing JF - Journal of Clinical Nursing Y1 - 1992/09// VL - 1 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 243 EP - 251 SN - 09621067 AB - • The purpose of this descriptive field study is to determine what factors influence staff nurses' decisions for non-documentation of patients' response to analgesic administration. • The study, based on Herbert Simon's descriptive model of decision making, has two components: (a) to determine staff nurses' perceptions of the factors that influence their documentation as well as how frequently they document analgesic administration and (b) to determine the actual frequency of nurses' documentation. • Data collected from 67 staff nurses using a questionnaire designed for this study and through an audit of 65 patients' charts allowed comparison of nurses' perceptions with their actual practice. • Analysis involved both quantitative and qualitative approaches. • The results of the study have implications for nurse educators and nurse administrators. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Nursing is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANALGESIA KW - ADMINISTRATION of drugs KW - DECISION making KW - NURSE & patient KW - NURSES' aides KW - NURSE administrators KW - DOCUMENTATION KW - analgesia administration KW - decision making KW - documentation KW - outcomes. N1 - Accession Number: 11512254; Albrecht, Mary Nies 1 Cook, Jeanette E. 2 Riley, Marvel Jean 3 Andreoni, Vicki 4; Affiliation: 1: Postdoctoral Research Fellow, University of Michigan. Center for Nursing Research, Ann Arbor, M I, USA. 2: Director of Nursing, Research and Support, Elmhurst Memorial Hospital, Elmhurst, IL, USA. 3: Clinical Nurse Educator, Extended Care, Hines Veterans Administration, Hines , IL, USA. 4: Clinical Specialist, Pediatric Oncology, University of Chicago Hospitals, Chicago. IL. USA.; Source Info: Sep92, Vol. 1 Issue 5, p243; Subject Term: ANALGESIA; Subject Term: ADMINISTRATION of drugs; Subject Term: DECISION making; Subject Term: NURSE & patient; Subject Term: NURSES' aides; Subject Term: NURSE administrators; Subject Term: DOCUMENTATION; Author-Supplied Keyword: analgesia administration; Author-Supplied Keyword: decision making; Author-Supplied Keyword: documentation; Author-Supplied Keyword: outcomes.; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2702.ep11512254 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11512254&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Franzblau, Alfred AU - Rock, Cheryl L. AU - Werner, Robert A. AU - Albers, James W. AU - Kelly, Matthew P. AU - Johnston, Elizabeth C. T1 - The Relationship of Vitamin B6 Status to Median Nerve Function and Carpal Tunnel Syndrome Among Active Industrial Workers. JO - Journal of Occupational Medicine JF - Journal of Occupational Medicine Y1 - 1996/05// M3 - Article SP - 485 EP - 491 SN - 00961736 AB - Case reports and small case series suggest that vitamin B6 deficiency is an important etiologic factor in carpal tunnel syndrome (CTS). This hypothesis has never been examined in a randomly selected study population, particularly among active workers. We examined 125 randomly selected active workers from two industrial plants. Each worker completed a self-administered symptom questionnaire and underwent electrodiagnostic testing of the median and ulnar sensory nerves. Laboratory biochemical analyses of vitamin B6 status were also performed using the erythrocyte glutamic pyruvic transaminase assay, and quantification of plasma pyridoxal-5' phosphate. Measurements of vitamin B6 status were unrelated to self-reported symptoms potentially consistent with CTS, electrophysiologically determined median or ulnar nerve function, and CTS defined on the basis of self-reported symptoms and electrophysiologic measurements. These results suggest that CTS among active industrial workers is unrelated to vitamin B6 status. Furthermore, in our opinion, empiric prescription of vitamin B6 to patients with CTS is unwarranted and potentially hazardous. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Occupational Medicine is the property of Lippincott Williams & Wilkins and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 113379605; Franzblau, Alfred 1 Rock, Cheryl L. 1 Werner, Robert A. 1 Albers, James W. 1 Kelly, Matthew P. 1 Johnston, Elizabeth C. 1; Affiliation: 1: From the Department of Environmental and Industrial Health (Dr Franzblau, Dr Werner, Dr Albers, and Ms Johnston) and the Program in Human Nutrition (Dr Rock, Mr Kelly), the University of Michigan School of Public Health, Ann Arbor, Michigan; the Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, and the Department of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, University of Michigan School of Medicine, Ann Arbor, Michigan (Dr Werner); and the Department of Neurology, University of Michigan School of Medicine, Ann Arbor, Michigan (Dr Albers). The contents of this study are solely the responsibility of the authors and do not necessarily represent the official views of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health.; Source Info: May1996, p485; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4285 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=113379605&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watanabe, Kevin K. AU - Kang, Han K. T1 - Mortality Patterns among Vietnam Veterans. JO - Journal of Occupational Medicine JF - Journal of Occupational Medicine Y1 - 1996/03// M3 - Article SP - 272 EP - 278 SN - 00961736 AB - The mortality experience of 33,833 US Army and Marine Corps Vietnam veterans who died during 1965-1988 was compared with that of 36, 797 deceased non-Vietnam veterans using proportionate mortality ratios (PMRs). Military service information was abstracted from military personnel records and cause of death information recorded from death certificates.Army Vietnam veterans had statistically significant excesses of deaths from laryngeal cancer (PMR = 1.38) and lung cancer (PMR = 1.08). There was an excess of external causes (PMR = 1.03), including motor vehicle accidents (PMR = 1.03) and accidental poisonings (PMR = 1.17). In contrast to Army Vietnam veterans, the results for Marine Vietnam veterans varied according to the referent population used. When compared with non-Vietnam veterans, Marine Vietnam veterans had significantly elevated PMRs for lung cancer (PMR = 1.17) and skin cancer (PMR = 1.33). There was also a significant excess of external causes of death (PMR = 1.06), accidental poisonings (PMR = 1.19), and homicides (PMR = 1.16) compared with all non-Vietnam veterans. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Occupational Medicine is the property of Lippincott Williams & Wilkins and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 113379732; Watanabe, Kevin K. 1 Kang, Han K. 1; Affiliation: 1: From the Environmental Epidemiology Service, Veterans Health Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs, Washington, DC.; Source Info: Mar1996, p272; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3223 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=113379732&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wu, Xiayun AU - Liu, Hongmei AU - Xia, Hongling AU - Conway, Joan A. AU - Hunter, Eric AU - Kappes, John C. T1 - Functional RT and IN incorporated into HIV-1 particles independently of the Gag/Pol precursor protein. JO - EMBO Journal JF - EMBO Journal Y1 - 1997/08/15/ VL - 16 IS - 16 M3 - Article SP - 5113 EP - 5122 SN - 02614189 AB - The expression and incorporation of retroviral enzymes into virions in the form of Gag/Pol precursor poly-proteins is believed to be important for the assembly of infectious viral particles. HIV-1 encodes a 160 kDa Gag/Pol precursor that includes Gag, protease (PR), reverse transcriptase (RT) and integrase (IN). We have developed the use of HIV accessory proteins (Vpr and Vpx) as vehicles to incorporate protein of both viral and non-viral origin into virions by expression in trans as heterologous fusion proteins (Wu et al., 1995, 1996a). To analyze the role of Gag/Pol in the formation of infectious virions, we incorporated RT and IN into HIV-1 particles in trans, as fusion partners of viral protein R (Vpr). Virions derived from an RT and IN minus proviral clone were infectious and replicated through a complete cycle of infection when RT and IN proteins were provided in trans. These results demonstrate that functional RT and IN proteins can be provided in trans, and that their expression and incorporation into virions as components of Gag/Pol are not required for the formation of infectious virions. Thus, for the first time, we have demonstrated for a human pathogenic retrovirus that processes of assembly and the function of critical viral enzymes can be unlinked. This finding will provide unique opportunities to explore retroviral RT/IN function and the role of Gag/Pol in the formation of infectious virions in the context of a replicating virus (in vivo). [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of EMBO Journal is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ENZYMES KW - RETROVIRUSES KW - REVERSE transcriptase KW - VIRAL proteins KW - assembly KW - hiv-1 KW - integrase KW - reverse transcriptase KW - vpr N1 - Accession Number: 13005667; Wu, Xiayun 1 Liu, Hongmei 1 Xia, Hongling 1 Conway, Joan A. 1 Hunter, Eric 2 Kappes, John C. 1,2,3; Email Address: hema021@uabdpo.dpo.uab.edu; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, University of Alabama at Birmingham, 701 South 19th Street, LHRB 639, Birmingham, AL 35294 2: Department of Microbiology University of Alabama at Birmingham, 701 South 19th Street, LHRB 639, Birmingham, AL 35294 3: Birmingham Veterans Administration Medical Center, Research Service, Birmingham, AL 35233, USA; Source Info: 8/15/97, Vol. 16 Issue 16, p5113; Subject Term: ENZYMES; Subject Term: RETROVIRUSES; Subject Term: REVERSE transcriptase; Subject Term: VIRAL proteins; Author-Supplied Keyword: assembly; Author-Supplied Keyword: hiv-1; Author-Supplied Keyword: integrase; Author-Supplied Keyword: reverse transcriptase; Author-Supplied Keyword: vpr; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1093/emboj/16.16.5113 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13005667&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Yeoman, R. R. AU - Crews, L. M. AU - Zimmer, D. B. AU - Dahl, K. D. AU - Rizk, B. AU - Abee, C. R. T1 - Elevated ovarian expression and serum concentration of α inhibin in the luteal phase during follicular development in the squirrel monkey (Saimiri boliviensis ) compared to the human. JO - American Journal of Primatology JF - American Journal of Primatology Y1 - 1999/02// VL - 47 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 165 EP - 179 SN - 02752565 AB - The goal of the present investigation was to determine in the squirrel monkey the source and pattern of inhibin, a hormone known to effect reproductive steroid levels via pituitary and ovarian mechanisms. Since this seasonally polyestrous species is known to have elevated serum levels of reproductive steroids compared to other primates, the levels of ovarian alpha subunit mRNA expression and serum total alpha inhibin, estradiol, progesterone, and luteinizing hormone were measured and compared to human levels. Expression of the alpha subunit was robust in monkey luteal tissue compared to expression in human luteal tissue. Squirrel monkey serum inhibin peaked 4 days after the luteinizing hormone surge and correlated with progesterone changes. These luteal serum levels of inhibin were greater than 12 times higher than the human levels yet bio-LH activities were less than in the human during the luteal phase. Inhibin concentrations during the non-breeding season were generally half the levels measured in the breeding season and undetectable in ovariectomized animals. However, exogenous FSH stimulation induced a marked rise in inhibin, which correlated with an estradiol rise. In conclusion, abundant alpha inhibin subunit expression in the luteal ovary of the squirrel monkey and loss of serum delectability in ovariectomized animals indicates that the principle source of inhibin in the squirrel monkey is the ovary. Elevated serum inhibin levels during the luteal phase concurrent with ovulatory-size follicular development is unique among species studied thus far. Possible simultaneous inhibin production from both follicular and luteal tissue may be responsible for the exceptionally high inhibin levels. Am. J. Primatol. 47:165–179, 1999. © 1999 Wiley-Liss, Inc. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Primatology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SQUIRREL monkeys KW - ANIMAL experimentation KW - PRIMATES KW - RESEARCH KW - INHIBIN KW - MENSTRUAL cycle KW - MESSENGER RNA KW - OVULATION N1 - Accession Number: 12214747; Yeoman, R. R. 1 Crews, L. M. 2 Zimmer, D. B. 3 Dahl, K. D. 4 Rizk, B. 1 Abee, C. R. 5; Affiliation: 1: Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of South Alabama, Mobile 2: College of Medicine, University of South Alabama, Mobile 3: Department of Pharmacology University of South Alabama, Mobile 4: Department of Medicine, University of Washington, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle 5: Department of Comparative Medicine, University of South Alabama, Mobile; Source Info: Feb99, Vol. 47 Issue 2, p165; Subject Term: SQUIRREL monkeys; Subject Term: ANIMAL experimentation; Subject Term: PRIMATES; Subject Term: RESEARCH; Subject Term: INHIBIN; Subject Term: MENSTRUAL cycle; Subject Term: MESSENGER RNA; Subject Term: OVULATION; Number of Pages: 15p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12214747&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weindruch, Richard AU - Marriott, Bernadette M. AU - Conway, Joan AU - Knapka, Joseph J. AU - Lane, Mark A. AU - Cutler, Richard G. AU - Roth, George S. AU - Ingram, Donald K. T1 - Measures of Body Size and Growth in Rhesus and Squirrel Monkeys Subjected to Long-Term Dietary Restriction. JO - American Journal of Primatology JF - American Journal of Primatology Y1 - 1995/03// VL - 35 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 207 EP - 228 SN - 02752565 AB - Although many studies have reported the robust effects of dietary restriction (DR) in retarding numerous aging processes in rodents, little is known about the outcomes of reducing caloric intake of a nutritious diet on aging in primates. Most primate studies have concerned the effects of malnutrition. We hypothesized that DR influences aging processes in primate species as it does in rodents. In the present study, 24 male rhesus (Macaca mulatta) monkeys (ages 0.6-5 years) and 25 male squirrel (Saimiri sp.) monkeys (ages 0.3-10 years) were provided diets formulated differently for each species but both fortified with vitamins and minerals (40% above recommended levels) as controls (approximating ad libitum levels) or experimentals (about 30% below the level of diet provided controls of comparable age and body weight). The results reported here concern the hypothesis that DR imposed during various developmental stages in these two primate species would affect morphometric parameters obtained at different occasions during the first 5 years of the study. Groups of older monkeys (rhesus: 18-25 years, n = 3; squirrel: 10-15 years, n = 4) were also included as controls for comparative purposes. Among groups of rhesus monkeys begun on DR prior to 6 years of age, growth in body weight and crown-rump length was reduced about 10-20% beginning after 1 year on the diet, with estimated food intake being reduced about 30-35% over this period. Measures of skin-fold thickness and various body circumference measures were also reduced in experimental groups of rhesus monkeys. In contrast, the DR regimen involving a different diet produced little impact on comparable measures in squirrel monkeys, with the estimated food intake being reduced only about 20-25% over this period. However, evidence of divergence in some morphometric parameters in squirrel monkeys was beginning to emerge in young groups (<5 years) after 3 years on the diet. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Primatology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RHESUS monkey KW - SQUIRREL monkeys KW - BODY size KW - GROWTH KW - FOOD -- Caloric content KW - DIET KW - NUTRITION N1 - Accession Number: 12316679; Weindruch, Richard 1 Marriott, Bernadette M. 2 Conway, Joan 3 Knapka, Joseph J. 4 Lane, Mark A. 5 Cutler, Richard G. 5 Roth, George S. Ingram, Donald K. 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, University of Wisconsin School of Medicine and Geriatric Research, Education, and Clinical Center, William Middleton Veterans' Administration Hospital, Madison, Wisconsin 2: Food and Nutrition Board, National Academy of Sciences, Washington, DC 3: Energy and Protein Nutrition Laboratory, Beltsville Human Nutrition Research Center, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Beltsville 4: National Center for Research Resoruces, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda 5: Molecular Physiology and Genetics Section, Gerontology Research Center, National Institute on Aging, National Institutes of Health, Hopkins Bayview Medical Center, Baltimore, Maryland; Source Info: 1995, Vol. 35 Issue 3, p207; Subject Term: RHESUS monkey; Subject Term: SQUIRREL monkeys; Subject Term: BODY size; Subject Term: GROWTH; Subject Term: FOOD -- Caloric content; Subject Term: DIET; Subject Term: NUTRITION; Number of Pages: 22p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12316679&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - McGuire, Michael T. AU - Raleigh, Michael J. AU - Pollack, Deborah B. T1 - Personality Features in Vervet Monkeys: The Effects of Sex, Age, Social Status, and Group Composition. JO - American Journal of Primatology JF - American Journal of Primatology Y1 - 1994/05// VL - 33 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 1 EP - 13 SN - 02752565 AB - Personality ratings were completed in 97 socially living vervet monkeys (Cercopithecus aethiops sabaeus) ranging in age from 19 months to 14 years. Monkeys were rated on 17 distinct items on three separate occasions over a 14 month period. For each rating session, factor analysis resulted in similar factors: socially competent, playful/curious, and opportunistic, which are provisionally labeled as personality features. Individuals' scores on the three factors were linked to the subjects' social status, age, and sex. Relative to subordinate animals, dominant individuals had higher scores on the socially competent and lower scores on the opportunistic factors. Juvenile and subadult animals scored higher on playful/curious and opportunistic factors than adults. Females had higher scores on the opportunistic factor than males. Scores on the three factors changed during maturation, which suggests that some aspects of personality are age- and context-dependent. When group composition and social status were unaltered, intraindividual differences in factor scores were as consistent over time as were the rates of social grooming, being in proximity to others, resting, and other overt behaviors. Alterations in social status, group composition, and group membership were associated with changes in factor scores among some, but not all animals. These observations suggest that studies assessing personality can supplement ethological investigations of nonhuman primate behavior, and support the view that nonhuman primates can serve as models for important features of human behavior. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Primatology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CERCOPITHECUS aethiops -- Behavior KW - SOCIAL behavior in animals KW - SOCIAL hierarchy in animals KW - ANIMAL behavior KW - PRIMATE behavior KW - MONKEYS as laboratory animals KW - individual differences KW - personality KW - sex differences KW - social competence KW - social status. KW - traits KW - vervet monkeys N1 - Accession Number: 12334370; McGuire, Michael T. 1,2,3 Raleigh, Michael J. 1,2,3,4 Pollack, Deborah B. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Psychiatry and Biobehavioral Sciences, Neuropsychiatric Institute, School of Medicine, University of California at Los Angeles. 2: Nonhuman Primate Laboratory Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, California. 3: Brain Research Institute, University of California at Los Angelge. 4: Neurobiochemistry Laboratory, Brentwood Veterans Administration Hospital, Los Angeles, California.; Source Info: 1994, Vol. 33 Issue 1, p1; Subject Term: CERCOPITHECUS aethiops -- Behavior; Subject Term: SOCIAL behavior in animals; Subject Term: SOCIAL hierarchy in animals; Subject Term: ANIMAL behavior; Subject Term: PRIMATE behavior; Subject Term: MONKEYS as laboratory animals; Author-Supplied Keyword: individual differences; Author-Supplied Keyword: personality; Author-Supplied Keyword: sex differences; Author-Supplied Keyword: social competence; Author-Supplied Keyword: social status.; Author-Supplied Keyword: traits; Author-Supplied Keyword: vervet monkeys; Number of Pages: 13p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12334370&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sapolsky, Robert M. AU - Share, Lisa J. T1 - Rank-Related Differences in Cardiovascular Function Among Wild Baboons: Role of Sensitivity to Glucocorticoids. JO - American Journal of Primatology JF - American Journal of Primatology Y1 - 1994/04// VL - 32 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 261 EP - 275 SN - 02752565 AB - In a population of wild baboons living in East Africa, we have observed endocrine differences among individuals as a function of dominance rank. Among these differences, we previously observed indirect evidence for dominant males being more responsive to sympathetic catecholamines than were subordinate males. The present report tests this explicitly. Male baboons of known rank were anesthetized, and sympathetic and parasympathetic activity was pharmacologically inhibited. In experiment I, males were challenged with epinephrine; over a wide dose range, dominant males had the largest and fastest rises in systolic pressure, the greatest peak systolic pressure, and the most rapid recovery from the epinephrine challenge. Similar rank-related differences in heart rate response to epinephrine also occurred. Experiment II showed that this phenomenon probably reflects rank-related differences at both the heart and vasculature. As evidence, the same rank differences in systolic blood pressure responsiveness occurred when males were challenged with the alpha receptor agonist phenylephrine (which predominantly constricts systemic veins and arterioles), while the same rank differences in heart rate responses occurred following stimulation with the beta receptor agonist isoproterenol (which selectively works at the heart). These data were obtained from animals stressed by anesthetization, known to cause considerable glucocorticoid secretion in this population. Such steroids are well known for their capacity to augment catecholamine action. In experiment III, we blocked endogenous glucocorticoid secretion with the steroidogenesis inhibitor metyrapone, and repeated the epinephrine challenge. Under these conditions, the rank differences in epinephrine responsiveness were eliminated. Thus, dominant males are not so much preferentially sensitive to catecholamine action, as much as to the potentiating effects of glucocorticoids upon such action. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Primatology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BABOONS KW - GLUCOCORTICOIDS KW - CATECHOLAMINES KW - BLOOD pressure KW - SYMPATHETIC nervous system KW - ADRENALINE KW - EAST Africa KW - blood pressure KW - cardiovascular function KW - catecholamines KW - cortisol KW - glucocorticoids KW - olive baboons KW - social dominance KW - stress KW - sympathetic nervous system. N1 - Accession Number: 12336447; Sapolsky, Robert M. 1,2 Share, Lisa J. 1,3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Biological Sciences, Stanford University, Stanford, California. 2: Institute of Primate Research, National Museums of Kenya, Karen, Nairobi. 3: Neuropsychology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, California.; Source Info: 1994, Vol. 32 Issue 4, p261; Subject Term: BABOONS; Subject Term: GLUCOCORTICOIDS; Subject Term: CATECHOLAMINES; Subject Term: BLOOD pressure; Subject Term: SYMPATHETIC nervous system; Subject Term: ADRENALINE; Subject Term: EAST Africa; Author-Supplied Keyword: blood pressure; Author-Supplied Keyword: cardiovascular function; Author-Supplied Keyword: catecholamines; Author-Supplied Keyword: cortisol; Author-Supplied Keyword: glucocorticoids; Author-Supplied Keyword: olive baboons; Author-Supplied Keyword: social dominance; Author-Supplied Keyword: stress; Author-Supplied Keyword: sympathetic nervous system.; Number of Pages: 15p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12336447&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pollack, Deborah B. AU - Raleigh, Michael J. T1 - Twinning in a Colony of Vervet Monkeys (Cercopithecus aethiops sabaeus). JO - American Journal of Primatology JF - American Journal of Primatology Y1 - 1994/01// VL - 32 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 57 EP - 60 SN - 02752565 AB - From 1975 through 1991, three sets of twins were born from a total of 693 live and stillborn births (0.43%) at the UCLA/Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center Nonhuman Primate Research Laboratory, CA. None of the twin's mothers were related. Positive patrilineal relationships have not been established; however, a brother (not a twin) of the first set of twins may have fathered the third set. All twins were born to multiparous females and, in each case, only one infant survived beyond 4 days. One set of twins was dizygotic; the genetic status of the others is unknown. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Primatology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - TWINS KW - MONKEYS KW - CERCOPITHECUS aethiops KW - CHILDBIRTH KW - MULTIPLE birth KW - MAMMALS -- Population biology KW - birth rate KW - twinning KW - vervet monkeys N1 - Accession Number: 12304450; Pollack, Deborah B. 1,2 Raleigh, Michael J. 1,2,3,4; Affiliation: 1: Department of Psychiatry and Biobehavioral Sciences, School of Medicine, University of California at Los Angeles 2: Nonhuman Primate Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, California 3: Neurobiochemistry Laboratory, Brentwood Veterans Administration Medical Center, Los Angeles 4: Brain Research Institute, University of California at Los Angeles; Source Info: 1994, Vol. 32 Issue 1, p57; Subject Term: TWINS; Subject Term: MONKEYS; Subject Term: CERCOPITHECUS aethiops; Subject Term: CHILDBIRTH; Subject Term: MULTIPLE birth; Subject Term: MAMMALS -- Population biology; Author-Supplied Keyword: birth rate; Author-Supplied Keyword: twinning; Author-Supplied Keyword: vervet monkeys; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12304450&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Schuster, Richard AU - Raleigh, Michael J. AU - McGuire, Michael T. AU - Torigoe, David T1 - Rank, Relationships, and Responses to Intruders Among Adult Male Vervet Monkeys. JO - American Journal of Primatology JF - American Journal of Primatology Y1 - 1993/10// VL - 31 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 111 EP - 127 SN - 02752565 AB - We examined the influences of dyadic relationships among captive adult male vet-vet monkeys (Cercopithecus aethiops sabaeus) on behavior directed toward caged "intruder" males placed inside subjects' enclosures. Subjects were all 9 adult male residents from three stable social groups, each of which contained 3 adult males, at least 3 adult females, and their immature offspring. Every male was observed in two 3-hour sessions, each time with one of the 2 other adult males from his group. Observation sessions consisted of six consecutive 30-mm stages in which group composition and the presence of the intruder were manipulated. All groups exhibited a stable, linear male dominance hierarchy prior to and throughout the study. In each group, there was one pair of males, when together, in which each member exhibited higher rates of intruder-directed approach and aggressive behaviors than when either animal was paired with the third male of his social group. Such pairs were also distinguished by high levels of within-pair agonistic interactions. The higher-ranking member of each dyad was the most aggressive male toward the intruder in his social group, although only one of these animals was the dominant male of his group. Mutual facilitation of aggression against intruding males is interpreted as cooperative behavior benefitting both males by increasing the likelihood of repelling a potential competitor for resident females. Such cooperation provides further evidence in nonhuman primates for cohesive male-male dyads between animals whose social interactions are characterized by agonism. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Primatology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SOCIAL hierarchy in animals KW - AGGRESSIVE behavior in animals KW - XENOPHOBIA KW - PRIMATE behavior KW - CERCOPITHECUS aethiops KW - SOCIAL behavior in animals KW - aggression KW - cooperation KW - hierarchy KW - vervet monkey (Cercepithecus aethiops sabaeus) KW - xenophobia. N1 - Accession Number: 12323298; Schuster, Richard 1,2,3 Raleigh, Michael J. 2,3,4 McGuire, Michael T. 2,3,4 Torigoe, David 2,3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Psychology, University of Haifa, Haifa, Israel. 2: Nonhuman Primate Laboratory, Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, California. 3: Department of Psychiatry and Biobehavioral Sciences, School of Medicine, University of California at Los Angeles, Los Angeles. 4: Brain Research Institute, School of Medicine, University of California at Los Angeles, Los Angeles.; Source Info: 1993, Vol. 31 Issue 2, p111; Subject Term: SOCIAL hierarchy in animals; Subject Term: AGGRESSIVE behavior in animals; Subject Term: XENOPHOBIA; Subject Term: PRIMATE behavior; Subject Term: CERCOPITHECUS aethiops; Subject Term: SOCIAL behavior in animals; Author-Supplied Keyword: aggression; Author-Supplied Keyword: cooperation; Author-Supplied Keyword: hierarchy; Author-Supplied Keyword: vervet monkey (Cercepithecus aethiops sabaeus); Author-Supplied Keyword: xenophobia.; Number of Pages: 17p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12323298&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fairbanks, Lynn A. AU - McGuire, Michael T. T1 - Maternal Protectiveness and Response to the Unfamiliar in Vervet Monkeys. JO - American Journal of Primatology JF - American Journal of Primatology Y1 - 1993/06// VL - 30 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 119 EP - 129 SN - 02752565 AB - Vervet monkeys (Cercopithecus aethiops sabaeus) show individual differences in approach-avoidance behavior when faced with an unfamiliar and potentially threatening situation. Prior research from our colony demonstrated that juveniles who had experienced high levels of early maternal protectiveness were more cautious in response to novelty, compared to juveniles who had had less protective mothers. The research reported here was designed to verify this result in a paradigm that experimentally varied maternal protectiveness through the introduction of new breeding adult males. Mothers responded to the presence of new males by increased maternal protectiveness toward infants born in the year following the introductions. Individual differences in response to the unfamiliar were later evaluated, by measuring the latency to approach within t m of novel food containers placed into the home enclosure of four naturally composed social groups. Infants approached with the same latency and in the same order as their mothers. Juveniles approached sooner than, and independent of, their mother's current behavior, but their latency to approach could be predicted by the experimentally induced variation in maternal protectiveness they had experienced as infants. Immatures who had been born in New Male years, when maternal protectiveness was high, were more cautious and had significantly longer latencies to approach the novel stimulus compared to immatures who had been born in Resident Male years. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Primatology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CERCOPITHECUS aethiops KW - MONKEYS -- Behavior KW - ANIMAL behavior KW - PRIMATES KW - PARENTAL behavior in animals KW - TEMPERAMENT KW - ANIMAL young KW - FAMILIAL behavior in animals KW - INDIVIDUAL differences KW - individual differences KW - maternal behavior KW - maternal style N1 - Accession Number: 12319954; Fairbanks, Lynn A. 1,2 McGuire, Michael T. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Psychiatry and Biobehavioral Sciences, University of California, Los Angeles 2: Department of Psychiatry, Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, California; Source Info: 1993, Vol. 30 Issue 2, p119; Subject Term: CERCOPITHECUS aethiops; Subject Term: MONKEYS -- Behavior; Subject Term: ANIMAL behavior; Subject Term: PRIMATES; Subject Term: PARENTAL behavior in animals; Subject Term: TEMPERAMENT; Subject Term: ANIMAL young; Subject Term: FAMILIAL behavior in animals; Subject Term: INDIVIDUAL differences; Author-Supplied Keyword: individual differences; Author-Supplied Keyword: maternal behavior; Author-Supplied Keyword: maternal style; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12319954&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jacobs, Bob AU - Harris, Gregory C. AU - Allada, Vivekanand AU - Chugani, Harry T. AU - Pollack, Deborah B. AU - Raleigh, Michael J. T1 - Midazolam as an Effective Intravenous Adjuvant to Prolonged Ketamine Sedation in Young Rhesus (Macaca mulatta) and Vervet (Cercopithecus aethiops sabaeus) Monkeys: A Preliminary Report. JO - American Journal of Primatology JF - American Journal of Primatology Y1 - 1993/04// VL - 29 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 291 EP - 298 SN - 02752565 AB - The present study investigated a recently developed benzodiazepine, midazolam, as an intravenous adjuvant to ketamine in infant monkeys undergoing prolonged sedation during positron emission tomography of the brain and heart. Subjects were two rhesus macaque (Macaca mulatta) and ten vervet monkeys. (Cercopithecus aethiops sabaeus) ranging in age from 26 to 260 days. Midazolam was an effective intravenous adjuvant to ketamine. This treatment regime resulted in complete immobilization of the animals. Ketamine infusion rates did not vary significantly with age for either species. Sensitivity to midazolam appeared to b age-dependent in vervets because significantly lower dose rates were sufficient to maintain anesthesia in older animals. For rhesus monkeys, midazolam dose rates decreased until approximately 4 months of age, and increased gradually thereafter. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Primatology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PRIMATES KW - RHESUS monkey KW - CERCOPITHECUS aethiops KW - BENZODIAZEPINES KW - KETAMINE KW - ANIMAL behavior KW - anesthesia KW - benzodiazepines KW - positron emission tomography N1 - Accession Number: 12355244; Jacobs, Bob 1,2,3 Harris, Gregory C. 1 Allada, Vivekanand 4 Chugani, Harry T. 1,2,3 Pollack, Deborah B. 5,6 Raleigh, Michael J. 3,5,6; Affiliation: 1: Department of Radiologic Sciences, Division of Nuclear Medicine and Biophysics 2: Department of Neurology, University of California 3: Brain Research Institute, University of California 4: Department of Pediatrics, University of California 5: Department of Psychiatry and Biobehavioral Sciences, School of Medicine, University of California 6: Nonhuman Primate Laboratory, Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center; Source Info: 1992, Vol. 29 Issue 4, p291; Subject Term: PRIMATES; Subject Term: RHESUS monkey; Subject Term: CERCOPITHECUS aethiops; Subject Term: BENZODIAZEPINES; Subject Term: KETAMINE; Subject Term: ANIMAL behavior; Author-Supplied Keyword: anesthesia; Author-Supplied Keyword: benzodiazepines; Author-Supplied Keyword: positron emission tomography; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12355244&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hector, Anne Keddy AU - Raleigh, Michael J. T1 - The Effects of Temporary Removal of the Alpha Male on the Behavior of Subordinate Male Vervet Monkeys. JO - American Journal of Primatology JF - American Journal of Primatology Y1 - 1992/02// VL - 26 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 77 EP - 87 SN - 02752565 AB - The effects of temporary removal of the alpha male on the behavior of subordinate adult male vervet monkeys were evaluated. Twelve subordinate males from six captive multimale, multifemale vervet monkey groups were observed in two conditions: when all group members were present and when the alpha male was temporarily removed from each group. In the absence of the alpha male, subordinate males initiated more affiliative behavior and increased the amount of time spent in proximity to females but their rates of aggression were unaltered. Increased affiliative behavior was selectively directed to high-ranking females and their off- spring. Under removal conditions, subordinate male behavior did not resemble that of alpha males in intact conditions: they differed in their proximity to and affiliative behavior towards other group members. In the absence of the alpha male, females increased their aggression towards subordinate males. These observations suggest that the presence of alpha males strongly inhibits subordinate males' behavior. When the constraints of the alpha male's presence are removed, subordinate males rapidly engage in behavior that may enhance theft likelihood of attaining high rank. In combination with prior studies, the data also indicate that the behaviors involved in the maintenance of high rank by alpha males differ from those subordinates use to acquire dominance. Finally the current study supports the view that aggression by female vervets may be highly influential in determining male ascendency to dominant rank. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Primatology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CERCOPITHECUS aethiops KW - ANIMAL behavior KW - SOCIAL hierarchy in animals KW - AGGRESSION (Psychology) KW - MONKEYS as laboratory animals KW - SEX differences (Biology) KW - affiliative behavior KW - behavioral inhibition KW - dominance rank N1 - Accession Number: 12329503; Hector, Anne Keddy 1,2 Raleigh, Michael J. 2,3,4; Affiliation: 1: Department of Zoology and Psychology, University of Texas at Austin, Austin. 2: Nonhuman Primate Research Laboratory, Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepuleda, California. 3: Department of Psychiatry and Biobehavioral Sciences, UCLA School of Medicine, Los Angeles, California. 4: Brain Research Institute, UCLA School of Medicine, Los Angeles, California.; Source Info: 1992, Vol. 26 Issue 2, p77; Subject Term: CERCOPITHECUS aethiops; Subject Term: ANIMAL behavior; Subject Term: SOCIAL hierarchy in animals; Subject Term: AGGRESSION (Psychology); Subject Term: MONKEYS as laboratory animals; Subject Term: SEX differences (Biology); Author-Supplied Keyword: affiliative behavior; Author-Supplied Keyword: behavioral inhibition; Author-Supplied Keyword: dominance rank; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12329503&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Keeler, Theodore E. AU - Teh-Wei Hu AU - Barnett, Paul G. AU - Manning, Willard G. AU - Hai-Yen Sung T1 - Do cigarette producers price-discriminate by state?: An empirical analysis of local cigarette pricing and taxation. JO - Journal of Health Economics JF - Journal of Health Economics Y1 - 1996/08// VL - 15 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 499 EP - 512 SN - 01676296 AB - This study analyzes the interactive effects of oligopoly pricing, state taxation, and anti-smoking regulations on retail cigarette prices by state, using panel data for the 50 US states between 1960 and 1990. The results indicate that cigarette producers do price-discriminate by state, though the effect is not large relative to the final retail price. There are two further results: (1) state taxes are more than passed on - a 1-cent state tax increase results in a price increase of 1.11 cents, and (2) sellers offset state and local anti-smoking laws with lower prices, thereby blunting effects of the regulations. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Health Economics is the property of Elsevier Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - OLIGOPOLIES KW - STATE taxation KW - SMOKING -- Law & legislation KW - CIGARETTES KW - PRICES KW - UNITED States KW - Cigarettes KW - Oligopoly KW - Taxation KW - Tobacco N1 - Accession Number: 11895786; Keeler, Theodore E. 1 Teh-Wei Hu 2 Barnett, Paul G. 3 Manning, Willard G. 4 Hai-Yen Sung 5; Affiliation: 1: Department of Economics, University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720-3880, USA. 2: School of Public Health, University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720-7360, USA. 3: Center, Health Care Evaluation, US Department of Veterans Administration Medical Center, Menlo Park, CA, USA. 4: School of Public Health, Division of Health Science Research and Policy, University of Minnesota , Minnesota, MN 55455-0392, USA. 5: Permanente Medical Group, Department of Quality and Utilization, Oakland, CA, USA.; Source Info: Aug1996, Vol. 15 Issue 4, p499; Subject Term: OLIGOPOLIES; Subject Term: STATE taxation; Subject Term: SMOKING -- Law & legislation; Subject Term: CIGARETTES; Subject Term: PRICES; Subject Term: UNITED States; Author-Supplied Keyword: Cigarettes; Author-Supplied Keyword: Oligopoly; Author-Supplied Keyword: Taxation; Author-Supplied Keyword: Tobacco; NAICS/Industry Codes: 453999 All other miscellaneous store retailers (except beer and wine-making supplies stores); NAICS/Industry Codes: 453991 Tobacco Stores; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424940 Tobacco and Tobacco Product Merchant Wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 312220 Tobacco product manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 312230 Tobacco Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 413310 Cigarette and tobacco product merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 921130 Public Finance Activities; Number of Pages: 14p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11895786&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kleinman, Dushanka V. AU - Swango, Philip A. AU - Niessen, Linda C. T1 - Epidmiologic studies of oral mucosal conditions - methodologic issues. JO - Community Dentistry & Oral Epidemiology JF - Community Dentistry & Oral Epidemiology Y1 - 1991/06// VL - 19 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 129 EP - 140 SN - 03015661 AB - The methods used in the international English-language literature of epidemiological investigations of oral mucosal conditions were reviewed. Methods used to study leukoplakia, lichen planus, recurrent herpes Labials, recurrent aphthous ulcers, geographic tongue and candidiasis are highlighted. In addition, studies of the full range of pathologics documented in a population were reviewed. The methodologic issues raised by the epidemiologic literature as well as those to be considered for future studies of oral mucosal conditions are presented. Emphasis is placed on study population selection. diagnostic criteria development, type and training of examiners, risk factor assessment and issues related to data collection, analysis and reporting. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Community Dentistry & Oral Epidemiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ORAL mucosa KW - EPIDEMIOLOGY KW - LEUKOPLAKIA KW - LICHEN planus KW - HERPESVIRUS diseases KW - ULCERS KW - RISK assessment KW - epidemiology KW - methodology KW - oral incidence KW - oral mucosal lesions KW - prevalence N1 - Accession Number: 12032290; Kleinman, Dushanka V. 1 Swango, Philip A. 1 Niessen, Linda C. 2; Affiliation: 1: Epidemiology and Oral Disease Prevention Program, National Institute of Dental Research, Bethesda, USA. 2: Geriatric Dental Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Perry Point, Maryland, USA.; Source Info: Jun1991, Vol. 19 Issue 3, p129; Subject Term: ORAL mucosa; Subject Term: EPIDEMIOLOGY; Subject Term: LEUKOPLAKIA; Subject Term: LICHEN planus; Subject Term: HERPESVIRUS diseases; Subject Term: ULCERS; Subject Term: RISK assessment; Author-Supplied Keyword: epidemiology; Author-Supplied Keyword: methodology; Author-Supplied Keyword: oral incidence; Author-Supplied Keyword: oral mucosal lesions; Author-Supplied Keyword: prevalence; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0528.ep12032290 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12032290&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wolfe, Gary Robert AU - Stewart, James Edmund AU - Hartz, Gary William T1 - Relationship of dental coping beliefs and oral hygiene. JO - Community Dentistry & Oral Epidemiology JF - Community Dentistry & Oral Epidemiology Y1 - 1991/04// VL - 19 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 112 EP - 115 SN - 03015661 AB - Previous research has found varying relationships between dental beliefs and oral hygiene. In this study a recently developed questionnaire, the Dental Coping Beliefs Scale (DCBS), was used to study the relationship between plaque index and dental beliefs. The DCBS was administered to 99 subjects; at the same time, the standard of oral hygiene was determined by the use of the Plaque Index scoring system. The rating dentist had an established test-retest reliability of 0.91 in estimating plaque index. Correlations were obtained between each of the DCBS's 44 items and plaque index scores. Ten items were significantly correlated with plaque index, with r's from -0.19 (P<0.05) to -0.33 (P<0.001). The DCBS data was then analyzed by performing an oblique principal component cluster analysis to determine the major health belief composing the DCBS. Four clusters explained 38% of the total variance. The clusters were labeled Internal Locus of Control (15 items), External Locus of Control (15 items), Self Efficacy (8 items), and Oral Health Beliefs (6 items). Nine of the 10 items significantly correlated with plaque index were members of the External Locus of Control component. Thus, beliefs relating to increased external locus of control were related to higher plaque index. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Community Dentistry & Oral Epidemiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ORAL hygiene KW - BELIEF & doubt KW - DENTAL care KW - DENTAL plaque KW - SELF-efficacy KW - LOCUS of control KW - CLUSTER analysis (Statistics) KW - dental beliefs KW - locus of control KW - oral health KW - plaque KW - self efficacy N1 - Accession Number: 12032260; Wolfe, Gary Robert 1,2 Stewart, James Edmund 1,2 Hartz, Gary William 3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Los Angeles, California, USA. 2: Section of Preventive Dentistry, University of California, Los Angeles, California, USA. 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, California, USA.; Source Info: Apr1991, Vol. 19 Issue 2, p112; Subject Term: ORAL hygiene; Subject Term: BELIEF & doubt; Subject Term: DENTAL care; Subject Term: DENTAL plaque; Subject Term: SELF-efficacy; Subject Term: LOCUS of control; Subject Term: CLUSTER analysis (Statistics); Author-Supplied Keyword: dental beliefs; Author-Supplied Keyword: locus of control; Author-Supplied Keyword: oral health; Author-Supplied Keyword: plaque; Author-Supplied Keyword: self efficacy; NAICS/Industry Codes: 339114 Dental Equipment and Supplies Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 339116 Dental Laboratories; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621210 Offices of Dentists; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0528.ep12032260 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12032260&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pike, Cathy King AU - Hudson, Walter W. AU - Murphy, Douglas L. AU - McCuan, Eloise Rathbone T1 - Using Second-Order Factor Analysis in Examining Multiple Problems of Clients. JO - Research on Social Work Practice JF - Research on Social Work Practice Y1 - 1998/03// VL - 8 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 200 EP - 211 SN - 10497315 AB - This article assesses the potential of second-order factor analysis in examining, interpreting, and directing person-environment interventions with an array of different but related individual and environmental problem. Factor analysis is used often in developing instruments designed to measure client problems, aptitudes, or attitudes. Researchers use factor analysis to examine the items of their instruments and provide information about the content and construct validity of a new instrument. The most common rationale for undertaking studies of higher-order factor analysis of instruments has been to determine whether a more parsimonious explanation of the primary factor structures of instruments can be obtained. Higher-order factor studies can be used in social work to describe the general needs of client populations and to develop knowledge about those populations served by social work. This study reports the use of second-order factor analysis as a tool for examining an array of client data from a multidimensional tool. KW - CORRELATION (Statistics) KW - FACTOR analysis KW - PATH analysis (Statistics) KW - PROBLEM solving KW - SOCIAL services KW - RESEARCH N1 - Accession Number: 305053; Pike, Cathy King 1 Hudson, Walter W. 2 Murphy, Douglas L. 3 McCuan, Eloise Rathbone 3; Affiliation: 1: University of South Carolina. 2: Florida State University. 3: Comery-O'Neil Veterans Administration Medical Center.; Source Info: Mar98, Vol. 8 Issue 2, p200; Subject Term: CORRELATION (Statistics); Subject Term: FACTOR analysis; Subject Term: PATH analysis (Statistics); Subject Term: PROBLEM solving; Subject Term: SOCIAL services; Subject Term: RESEARCH; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 12p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4263 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=305053&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Anthony Jr., Dominic J. T1 - A Retrospective Evaluation of Factors Influencing Successful Outcomes on an Inpatient Psychiatric Crisis Unit. JO - Research on Social Work Practice JF - Research on Social Work Practice Y1 - 1992/01// VL - 2 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 56 EP - 64 SN - 10497315 AB - This retrospective chart review conducted by a Veterans Administration Medical Center social worker examined 69 records from inpatients receiving services at a short-term crisis intervention unit (CIU) between July 1985 and March 1986. The purpose of this study was to examine the characteristics of CIU patients successfully discharged to the community (n = 41) versus those requiring a transfer to a long-term care unit (n = 28). Treatment compliance and family support were found to be significant factors associated with successful program completion. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Research on Social Work Practice is the property of Sage Publications Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CRISIS intervention (Mental health services) KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PATIENT compliance KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY -- Evaluation KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY -- Outcome assessment N1 - Accession Number: 9609115802; Anthony Jr., Dominic J. 1; Affiliation: 1: West Haven Veterans Administration Medical Center; Source Info: Jan92, Vol. 2 Issue 1, p56; Subject Term: CRISIS intervention (Mental health services); Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: PATIENT compliance; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY -- Evaluation; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY -- Outcome assessment; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 9p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3036 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9609115802&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fals-Stewart, William AU - Schafer, John AU - Birchier, Gary R. T1 - An Empirical Typology of Distressed Couples That Is Based on the Areas of Change Questionnaire. JO - Journal of Family Psychology JF - Journal of Family Psychology Y1 - 1993/12// VL - 7 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 307 EP - 321 SN - 08933200 AB - Two hundred fifty-seven distressed couples seeking marital therapy completed the Areas of Change Questionnaire. Cluster-analytic procedures were used and identified 5 distinct types of couples (i.e., high conflict, disengaged, husband domestic dropout, wife with- drawn, and mildly distressed). The resulting cluster solution was successfully replicated with a separate sample. A description of each couple type and implications for marital therapy interventions and future research are discussed in terms of additional measures of personal and marital distress. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Family Psychology is the property of American Psychological Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - TYPOLOGY (Psychology) KW - DISTRESS (Psychology) KW - COUPLES KW - MARRIED people KW - INTERPERSONAL relations KW - FAMILIES -- Psychological aspects KW - MARITAL psychotherapy KW - OPERANT behavior KW - CLUSTER analysis (Statistics) N1 - Accession Number: 24570713; Fals-Stewart, William 1 Schafer, John 2 Birchier, Gary R. 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Psychiatry, University of California, San Diego 2: Joint Doctoral Program in Clinical Psychology of San Diego State University and University of California, San Diego 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego, California, and University of California, San Diego; Source Info: Dec93, Vol. 7 Issue 3, p307; Subject Term: TYPOLOGY (Psychology); Subject Term: DISTRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: COUPLES; Subject Term: MARRIED people; Subject Term: INTERPERSONAL relations; Subject Term: FAMILIES -- Psychological aspects; Subject Term: MARITAL psychotherapy; Subject Term: OPERANT behavior; Subject Term: CLUSTER analysis (Statistics); Number of Pages: 15p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=24570713&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gondoli, Dawn M. AU - Jacob, Theodore T1 - Factor Structure Within and Across Three Family-Assessment Procedures. JO - Journal of Family Psychology JF - Journal of Family Psychology Y1 - 1993/03// VL - 6 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 278 EP - 289 SN - 08933200 AB - Higher order factor structures within and across the Family Environment Scale (FES), Family Assessment Measure (EAM), and Family Adaptability and Cohesion Evaluation Scales III were examined. A sample of 138 families was obtained; separate analyses were conducted for mothers, fathers, and their adolescent children. Factor structures were assessed with exploratory and confirmatory procedures. The FES exhibited 3 factors consistent with the domains of its underlying model, whereas the FAM exhibited a single factor pertaining to affect. When combined, the instruments exhibited 3 factors pertaining to affect-cohesion, family activities, and control. Correspondence across the instruments was confined to the affect-cohesion and control dimensions. Although results were generally consistent across family members, some differences were noted; most important, mothers had more differentiated factor structures than did fathers or children. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Family Psychology is the property of American Psychological Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - FAMILY assessment KW - FAMILIES KW - FACTOR structure KW - BEHAVIORAL assessment KW - MOTHERS KW - FATHERS KW - TEENAGERS N1 - Accession Number: 24738587; Gondoli, Dawn M. 1 Jacob, Theodore 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Arizona 2: Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, California; Source Info: Mar93, Vol. 6 Issue 3, p278; Subject Term: FAMILY assessment; Subject Term: FAMILIES; Subject Term: FACTOR structure; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL assessment; Subject Term: MOTHERS; Subject Term: FATHERS; Subject Term: TEENAGERS; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=24738587&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Scott, G. A. AU - Cassidy, L. AU - Tran, H. AU - Rao, S. K. AU - Marinkovich, M. P. T1 - Melanocytes adhere to and synthesize laminin-5 in vitro. JO - Experimental Dermatology JF - Experimental Dermatology Y1 - 1999/06// VL - 8 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 212 EP - 221 SN - 09066705 AB - Melanocytes arise from the neural crest, migrate to the skin, and can be detected in the basal layer of the epidermis in skin biopsies of human fetuses as early as 11 weeks gestational age. During post-natal life, melanocytes reside at the basal layer of the epidermis, but the ligands to which they attach are unknown. Laminin-5 is a component of anchoring filaments of the lamina lucida of the epidermal basement membrane. In this report we show that human melanocytes adhere to purified laminin-5 to a level comparable with normal human keratinocytes. Blocking antibodies to the 165 kDa subunit of laminin-5 significantly inhibited fetal and neonatal melanocyte attachment to the surface of salt-split skin, which exposes laminin-5 on its surface, suggesting that laminin-5 is a ligand for melanocyte attachment to the basement membrane in vivo. Western blotting of concentrated culture supernatant of fetal and neonatal melanocytes with anti-laminin-5 antibodies demonstrated a single immunoreactive band of the expected size of laminin-5. In contrast, 3 human metastatic melanoma cell lines did not produce laminin-5. Immunofluorescence microscopy with antibodies to each of the three chains of laminin-5 confirmed the presence of laminin-5 in a peri-cellular distribution around melanocytes, but not melanoma cells. Our results suggest that laminin-5 may be a ligand for normal human melanocytes in the basement membrane, and that loss of laminin-5 production by melanoma cells may be a marker for malignant transformation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Experimental Dermatology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MELANOCYTES KW - EPIDERMIS KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - WESTERN immunoblotting KW - THERAPEUTIC use KW - basement membrane KW - Melanoma KW - pigment cells. N1 - Accession Number: 11909116; Scott, G. A. 1 Cassidy, L. 1 Tran, H. 2 Rao, S. K. 2 Marinkovich, M. P. 2,3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of Rochester Medical Center, Rochester, NY, USA. 2: Department of Dermatology, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, CA, USA. 3: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Health Care System, Palo Alto, CA, USA.; Source Info: Jun99, Vol. 8 Issue 3, p212; Subject Term: MELANOCYTES; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: WESTERN immunoblotting; Subject Term: THERAPEUTIC use; Author-Supplied Keyword: basement membrane; Author-Supplied Keyword: Melanoma; Author-Supplied Keyword: pigment cells.; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11909116&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gibson, D.F.C. AU - Bikle, D.D AU - Harris, J. AU - Goldberg, C. S. T1 - The expression of the gap junctional protein Cx43 is restricted to proliferating and non differentiated normal and transformed keratinocytes. JO - Experimental Dermatology JF - Experimental Dermatology Y1 - 1997/08// VL - 6 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 167 EP - 174 SN - 09066705 AB - The passage of specific growth modulating signals through gap junctions may regulate the proliferation and differentiation of human keratinocytes. To investigate this, we correlated the proliferation of normal human keratinocytes and a transformed squamous cell carcinoma cell line. SCC4, with the expression of the gap junctional proteins Cx43, 31 and 31.1, known to be expressed by keratinocytes. Prolifiration was confined to preconfluent and confluent cultures of normal keratinocytes, falling to undetectable levels once postconfluency was achieved. Cx43, at both the message and protein levels, paralleled these changes. being elevated predominantly in preconfluent and confluent cultures, and downregulated in postconfluency. Similar results were found for Cx31 and 31.1 at the message level. In contrast, the prolileration of SCC4 cells cultured in media supplemented with 5.0% FCS was maintained at a substantial level from preconfluency through 2 weeks postconfluency. Cx43, 31 and 31.1. RNA and Cx43 protein expression mirrored the levels of proliferation within SCC4 cultures. Cx26 and 32 were not found in normal keratinocytes or SCC4 cells at any stage of differentiation. These data, illustrating a tight correlation between proliferation and Cx43, 31 and 31.1 expression, suggest that these connexins may represent proliferation-specific gap junctions within keratinocytes and may therefore transmit signals that control keratinocyte division. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Experimental Dermatology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - CANCER KW - GAP junctions (Cell biology) KW - CELLS KW - PROTEINS KW - CELL junctions N1 - Accession Number: 11755798; Gibson, D.F.C. 1,2,3; Email Address: dgibson@inetworld.net Bikle, D.D 1,2 Harris, J. 2 Goldberg, C. S. 4; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Dermatology Administration Medical Center. University of California. San Francisco. CA 94121. 2: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center. University of California. San Francisco. CA 94121. 3: Galderma Research. Inc. 3099 Science Park Road. Suite 250. San Diego. CA 92121, USA . 4: Department of Biological Sciences. State University of New York at Buffalo. Buffalo. NY 14260.; Source Info: Aug97, Vol. 6 Issue 4, p167; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: CANCER; Subject Term: GAP junctions (Cell biology); Subject Term: CELLS; Subject Term: PROTEINS; Subject Term: CELL junctions; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0625.ep11755798 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11755798&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wood, Ladonna C. AU - Feingold, Kenneth R. AU - Sequeira-Martin, Sandy M. AU - Elias, Peter M. AU - Crunfeld, Carl T1 - Barrier function coordinately regulates epidermal IL-1 and IL-1 receptor antagonist mRNA levels. JO - Experimental Dermatology JF - Experimental Dermatology Y1 - 1994/04// VL - 3 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 56 EP - 60 SN - 09066705 AB - Disruption of the cutaneous permeability barrier increases mRNA levels for TNF, GM-CSF, IL-1 beta in the epidermis. We have hypothesized that the cytokines mediate the changes in lipid and DNA synthesis which occur following barrier disruption. To further characterize the cytokine response to barrier abrogation, we examined the levels of epidermal IL-1ra mRNA in two acute models and one chronic model in the hairless mouse. IL-1ra mRNA levels increased shortly after treatment, and returned to control levels by 8h. These changes in mRNA levels parallel those which occur for IL-1 alpha and beta. Furthermore. IL-1ra mRNA levels were elevated 5-fold and 4-fold, at 2.5h and 4 h. respectively, following tape-stripping, a second acute model of barriers disruption. Finally, IL-1ra mRNA levels were elevated 2.5-fold in the epidermis of EFAD mice, which have a chronic barrier defect. Thus, the cutaneous response to barrier disruption includes mechanisms which increase IL-1 and IL-1ra mRNA levels in a coordinate manner. The net result provides a regulatory mechanism for controlling the biological effects of increased IL-1 production. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Experimental Dermatology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ESSENTIAL fatty acid deficiency KW - EPIDERMIS KW - CYTOKINES KW - EPITHELIUM KW - MESSENGER RNA KW - DEFICIENCY diseases KW - VITAMIN deficiency KW - epidermis KW - essential fatty acid deficiency KW - water loss N1 - Accession Number: 11697493; Wood, Ladonna C. 1 Feingold, Kenneth R. 1 Sequeira-Martin, Sandy M. 1 Elias, Peter M. 1 Crunfeld, Carl 1; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology and Medical Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center and Departments of Dermatology and Medicine, University ot California, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Apr94, Vol. 3 Issue 2, p56; Subject Term: ESSENTIAL fatty acid deficiency; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: CYTOKINES; Subject Term: EPITHELIUM; Subject Term: MESSENGER RNA; Subject Term: DEFICIENCY diseases; Subject Term: VITAMIN deficiency; Author-Supplied Keyword: epidermis; Author-Supplied Keyword: essential fatty acid deficiency; Author-Supplied Keyword: water loss; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0625.ep11697493 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11697493&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ferrando, Stephen J. AU - Wall, Tamara L. AU - Batki, Steven L. AU - Sorensen, James L. T1 - Psychiatric Morbidity, Illicit Drug Use and Adherence to Zidovudine (AZT) Among Injection Drug Users with HIV Disease. JO - American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse JF - American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse Y1 - 1996/11// VL - 22 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 475 EP - 487 SN - 00952990 AB - This study describes the relationship between the need for psychiatric consultation, illicit drug use, and zidovudine (AZT) adherence in HIV-infected injection drug users (IDUs) in methadone maintenance treatment (MMT). The treatment records of 57 IDUs in MMT who had been prescribed AZT between May and August of 1991 were reviewed. Those who required psychiatric consultation (P+, N = 46, 81%) were compared with those who did not require psychiatric consultation (P-, N = 11, 19%) on adherence to AZT treatment (using the mean corpuscular volume [MCV] as a biological marker), on recent illicit drug use, and on CD4 lymphocyte (T cell) count changes from the beginning to the end of AZT treatment. The P+ subjects were less likely than P- subjects to adhere to AZT treatment: fewer in the P+ group had an MCV outside of the normal range, and P+ subjects had a lower average monthly increase in MCV since the beginning of AZT treatment. Recent illicit drug use and CD4 lymphocyte count changes from the beginning to the end of AZT treatment did not show group differences. Psychiatric morbidity among HIV-infected IDUs in MMT is common, and may contribute to poor adherence to AZT treatment. Psychiatric screening and adherence-enhancing interventions should be targeted to IDUs entering drug treatment programs. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse is the property of Taylor & Francis Ltd and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DRUG abuse -- Treatment KW - HIV-positive persons KW - METHADONE treatment programs KW - PSYCHIATRIC consultation KW - AZT (Drug) KW - BIOCHEMICAL markers N1 - Accession Number: 9702171192; Ferrando, Stephen J. 1 Wall, Tamara L. 2 Batki, Steven L. 3 Sorensen, James L. 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Psychiatry, Cornell Univeristy Medical College, New York, New York. 2: Department of Psychiatry, San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of California, San Diego. 3: Department of Psychiatry, San Francisco General Hospital, University of California, San Francisco.; Source Info: Nov96, Vol. 22 Issue 4, p475; Subject Term: DRUG abuse -- Treatment; Subject Term: HIV-positive persons; Subject Term: METHADONE treatment programs; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC consultation; Subject Term: AZT (Drug); Subject Term: BIOCHEMICAL markers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 13p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9702171192&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Heithoff, Kim A. AU - Wiseman, Eve J. T1 - Reliability of Paper-Pencil Assessment of Drug Use Severity. JO - American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse JF - American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse Y1 - 1996/02// VL - 22 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 109 EP - 122 SN - 00952990 AB - This research examines whether sell-reported information about drug use severity can be obtained as reliably using a paper/pencil format as the traditional interviewer format. A sample of 67 patients seeking treatment for substance use disorders was recruited from a Veterans Administration Medical Center. Subjects sell-reported information related to drug use severity using both paper/pencil and interview formats. The results of comparisons of the two approaches indicate that method of test administration does not affect the test-retest reliability for most questions tested. Test-retest reliability estimates for these relatively brief indicators of drug use severity generally ranged from good to excellent. Although assessing drug use severity using a paper/pencil format is certainly not appropriate for all individuals with substance use disorders, for many individuals and situations it may prove to be a cost-effective alternative to the interview format. Further research is required to determine if parallel paper/pencil versions of widely used interviews can be developed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse is the property of Taylor & Francis Ltd and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DRUG abuse KW - VICTIMLESS crimes KW - SUBSTANCE abuse KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - COST effectiveness KW - MEDICAL centers N1 - Accession Number: 9603280441; Heithoff, Kim A. 1 Wiseman, Eve J. 2,3; Affiliation: 1: The MEDSTAT Group, Washington, DC. 2: Assistant Professor, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences. 3: Chief, Special Treatment Section, John L. McClellan Memorial Veterans Administration, Little Rock, Arkansas.; Source Info: Feb96, Vol. 22 Issue 1, p109; Subject Term: DRUG abuse; Subject Term: VICTIMLESS crimes; Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: COST effectiveness; Subject Term: MEDICAL centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621491 HMO Medical Centers; Number of Pages: 14p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9603280441&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Eiler, Kathryn AU - Schaefer, Melodle R. AU - Salstrom, Daniel AU - Lowery, Rebecca T1 - Double-Blind Comparison of Bromocriptine and Placebo in Cocaine Withdrawal. JO - American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse JF - American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse Y1 - 1995/02// VL - 21 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 65 EP - 79 SN - 00952990 AB - Twenty-nine cocaine-dependent male veterans without other drug dependence completed a double-blind controlled, randomly-assigned study examining the efficacy of bromocriptine versus placebo in the management of cocaine abstinence symptomatology. Serum prolactin (PL) and growth hormone (GH) levels were obtained prior to and after the study was completed. Patients were seen daily and completed several self-report questionnaires, including the Symptom Checklist-90-Revised, the Beck Depression Inventory, and a Cocaine Craving Report, The patients were also asked to rate a variety of cocaine withdrawal symptoms. Overall, there did not appear to be any advantage lo receiving bromocriptine versus placebo during the first 3 weeks following cocaine use cessation with the possible exception of changes in activity and appetite level. The placebo group showed a statistically significant increase in activity level during the first week in treatment and a significant increase in appetite throughout the study. Patients in both groups showed significant improvement in the other areas assessed, with improvement appearing to progress according to length of treatment, Hyperprolactinemia or abnormal GH levels were not found in this patient sample as a group. Thirty-four of the original 63 patients dropped out of the study. Seventeen received bromocriptine, and 17 received placebo. There was no significant difference between drug groups in incidence of retaining patients in treatment. The high dropout rate may reflect the difficulty incurred In retaining cocaine-dependent patients in treatment. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse is the property of Taylor & Francis Ltd and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - COCAINE abuse KW - DRUG withdrawal symptoms KW - BECK Depression Inventory KW - DRUG addiction KW - COCAINE KW - MENTAL depression -- Diagnosis N1 - Accession Number: 9505022966; Eiler, Kathryn 1,2 Schaefer, Melodle R. 3 Salstrom, Daniel 4 Lowery, Rebecca 5; Affiliation: 1: Consultation-Liaison Section Psychiatry Service Department of Veteran Affairs The Edward Hines, Jr. Hospital Hines, Illinois 60141 2: Department of Psychiatry Loyola University Maywood, Illinois 60153. 3: DVA Outpatient Clinic Cocaine Abuse Program Psychology Service Los Angeles, California 90012-3328. 4: Substance Abuse Treatment Program Department of Psychiatry Milwaukee Veterans Administration Medical Center 5000 West National Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53295. 5: D. S. Howard Chicago, Illinois.; Source Info: Feb95, Vol. 21 Issue 1, p65; Subject Term: COCAINE abuse; Subject Term: DRUG withdrawal symptoms; Subject Term: BECK Depression Inventory; Subject Term: DRUG addiction; Subject Term: COCAINE; Subject Term: MENTAL depression -- Diagnosis; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 15p; Illustrations: 3 Charts, 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9505022966&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Brannock, JoAnn C. AU - Schandler, Steven L. AU - Oncley Jr., Philip R. T1 - Cross-Cultural and Cognitive Factors Examined in Groups of Adolescent Drinkers. JO - Journal of Drug Issues JF - Journal of Drug Issues Y1 - 1990///Summer90 VL - 20 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 427 EP - 442 SN - 00220426 AB - The purpose of this study was to examine the relationship between ethnicity, cognitive level, gender, drug use, and adolescent alcohol abuse. A sample of 194 white, black and Hispanic students from two high schools and one college participated in the study. The results indicated that whites report drinking more often; using alcohol more often to relieve tension; and experiencing more peer influence to drink than blacks or Hispanics. There was a significant correlation between cognitive development and degree of alcohol abuse for females, but not for males. There was no difference between high school seniors and college freshmen on drinking behavior or drinking due to stress, but there were differences between these students and high school freshmen. Peer pressure to drink was significantly greater for high school seniors than for college freshmen. While this study was exploratory, the findings offer plausible and potentially useful contributions to identifying and treating the adolescent drinker. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Drug Issues is the property of Sage Publications Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DRINKING of alcoholic beverages KW - TEENAGERS -- United States KW - COGNITIVE development KW - COGNITION KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 9012031092; Brannock, JoAnn C. 1,2 Schandler, Steven L. 3,4 Oncley Jr., Philip R. 5; Affiliation: 1: Assistant professor of Psychology, Chapman College, Orange, CA 2: Assistant professor of Psychology, Fullerton College, Fullerton, CA 3: Professor of Psychology, Chapman College, Orange, CA 4: Chief of Addiction Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Long Beach, CA 5: Fuller Graduate School of Psychology, Pasadena, CA; Source Info: Summer90, Vol. 20 Issue 3, p427; Subject Term: DRINKING of alcoholic beverages; Subject Term: TEENAGERS -- United States; Subject Term: COGNITIVE development; Subject Term: COGNITION; Subject Term: UNITED States; NAICS/Industry Codes: 722410 Drinking Places (Alcoholic Beverages); Number of Pages: 16p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 5006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9012031092&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cole, Gary W. AU - Shimomaye, Susan AU - Goodman, Matthew T1 - The effect of topical cyclosporin A on the elicitation phase of allergic contact dermatitis. JO - Contact Dermatitis (01051873) JF - Contact Dermatitis (01051873) Y1 - 1988/08// VL - 19 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 129 EP - 132 SN - 01051873 AB - The effect of cyclosporin A (CSA) on the elicitation phase of allergic contact dermatitis was investigated. Initially, the ability of CSA to penetrate normal human cadaver skin was determined using 3 different vehicles. 10% CSA in Labrafil was found to be the most effective combination at achieving skin penetration (0.33%). Patients with known contact sensitivities to a variety of allergens were selected. After a 48-h pretreatment with 10% CSA in Labrafil, skin sites were exposed to the appropriate contact allergen. 72 h later, the development of an eczematous patch test reaction was evaluated. Only 1 of 10 patients showed unequivocal signs of suppression of allergic contact dermatitis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Contact Dermatitis (01051873) is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SKIN -- Inflammation KW - CYCLOSPORINE KW - ALLERGY KW - SKIN KW - ALLERGENS KW - PATIENTS KW - allergic contact dermatitis KW - patch test suppression KW - skin penetration KW - topical cyclosporin A KW - vehicles N1 - Accession Number: 12055767; Cole, Gary W. 1,2 Shimomaye, Susan 1,2 Goodman, Matthew 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of California Irvine, Irvine. 2: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center Long Beach, California.; Source Info: Aug88, Vol. 19 Issue 2, p129; Subject Term: SKIN -- Inflammation; Subject Term: CYCLOSPORINE; Subject Term: ALLERGY; Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: ALLERGENS; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Author-Supplied Keyword: allergic contact dermatitis; Author-Supplied Keyword: patch test suppression; Author-Supplied Keyword: skin penetration; Author-Supplied Keyword: topical cyclosporin A; Author-Supplied Keyword: vehicles; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0536.ep12055767 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12055767&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cole, Gary W. AU - Stone, Orville AU - Gates, Duane AU - Culver, Dwight T1 - Chloracne from pentachlorphenol-preserved wood. JO - Contact Dermatitis (01051873) JF - Contact Dermatitis (01051873) Y1 - 1986/08// VL - 15 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 164 EP - 168 SN - 01051873 AB - A patient is presented who developed chloracne after exposure to lumber which was pressure-treated with pentachlorophenol (PCP). It was presumed that his disease arose via percutaneous absorption of polychlorinated aromatic compounds (dioxins and furans) which are known to contaminate technical grade PCP. The patient's condition improved after treatment with oral isotretinoin. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Contact Dermatitis (01051873) is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PENTACHLOROPHENOL KW - WOOD KW - WOOD preservatives KW - ISOTRETINOIN KW - AROMATIC compounds KW - PATIENTS KW - choracne KW - isotretinoin KW - occupational KW - Pentachlorophenol KW - preservatives KW - wood N1 - Accession Number: 12124945; Cole, Gary W. 1,2 Stone, Orville 1,2 Gates, Duane 1,2 Culver, Dwight 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, and Southern Occupational Health Center, University of California, Irvine. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Long Beach, California, USA.; Source Info: 1986, Vol. 15 Issue 3, p164; Subject Term: PENTACHLOROPHENOL; Subject Term: WOOD; Subject Term: WOOD preservatives; Subject Term: ISOTRETINOIN; Subject Term: AROMATIC compounds; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Author-Supplied Keyword: choracne; Author-Supplied Keyword: isotretinoin; Author-Supplied Keyword: occupational; Author-Supplied Keyword: Pentachlorophenol; Author-Supplied Keyword: preservatives; Author-Supplied Keyword: wood; NAICS/Industry Codes: 418410 Chemical (except agricultural) and allied product merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325110 Petrochemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325194 Cyclic Crude, Intermediate, and Gum and Wood Chemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 321114 Wood Preservation; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0536.ep12124945 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12124945&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Putnam, L. E. AU - Rothl, W. T. T1 - Effects of Stimulus Repetition, Duration, and Rise Time on Startle Blink and Automatically Elicited P300. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1990/05// VL - 27 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 275 EP - 297 SN - 00485772 AB - Intense auditory stimuli of sudden onset evoke not only startle blinks but also an event-related potential component resembling classic P300, even when subjects have no assigned task. To more closely examine the relationship of this P300 to startle, event-related potentials and eyeblink were recorded from 16 young adults in three paradigms designed to produce wide variation in startle amplitude: an Habituation series of 30-ms, 105dBA white , a Duration paradigm which presented 105dB noise bursts for 3, 10, 30, or 90 ms, and a Rise Time paradigm which varied the rise/fall times (3, 15, 30, and 45 ms) of 110dBA, 1000-Hz tone bursts. Subjects received two runs of each paradigm. Only on the final Duration and Rise Time runs were stimuli explicitly task relevant: on those runs subjects rated verbally, midway in each 8.4-s interstimulus interval, the disturbingness of the prior sound. Although even the briefest noise bursts evoked parietal P300 as well as startle blink. P300 did not behave like startle. P300 habituated more slowly than did blink amplitude, was more responsive to sustained noise than were blink, N110, and P190, and most importantly, did not show the sensitivity to stimulus rise time manifested by these measures. These findings suggest that the amplitude of automatically elicited P300 is not governed by the same mechanisms as startle amplitude, but behaves more like a defense response. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Psychophysiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EVOKED potentials (Electrophysiology) KW - STARTLE reaction KW - NOISE KW - HABITUATION (Neuropsychology) KW - STIMULUS intensity KW - PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY KW - Blink KW - Defense response KW - Event-related potentials KW - Startle KW - Stimulus duration. KW - Stimulus rise time N1 - Accession Number: 11030616; Putnam, L. E. 1,2 Rothl, W. T. 2,3; Affiliation: 1: Columbia University Department of Psychology, New York, New York. 2: Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Stanford University Medical Center, Stanford, California. 3: Psychiatry Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, California.; Source Info: May1990, Vol. 27 Issue 3, p275; Subject Term: EVOKED potentials (Electrophysiology); Subject Term: STARTLE reaction; Subject Term: NOISE; Subject Term: HABITUATION (Neuropsychology); Subject Term: STIMULUS intensity; Subject Term: PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY; Author-Supplied Keyword: Blink; Author-Supplied Keyword: Defense response; Author-Supplied Keyword: Event-related potentials; Author-Supplied Keyword: Startle; Author-Supplied Keyword: Stimulus duration.; Author-Supplied Keyword: Stimulus rise time; Number of Pages: 23p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1469-8986.ep11030616 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11030616&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Biggins, Christie A. AU - Turetsky, Bruce AU - Fuin, George T1 - The Cerebral Laterality of Mental Image Generation in Normal Subjects. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 27 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 57 EP - 67 SN - 00485772 AB - This research was an attempt to replicate and extend a published study that reported a left hemispheric locus for the generation of mental images. Several methodological problems were addressed, the stability of effects was assessed by repeating the experiment, and P300 latency was measured. A lateralized visual choice reaction time task was performed twice, once without the use of imagery and once with imagery. In each visual field, the use of imagery produced a speeding of reaction times when the target stimuli matched the image generated by the subject. A similar effect was present for P300 latency, and was still present in the reaction time data after partialling out the P300 latency effect. These results indicate that mental imagery can speed both stimulus evaluation and response processing. There was no difference in the amount of speeding for images in the two hemifields, providing no evidence for a preferential locus of mental image generation in either cerebral hemisphere. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Psychophysiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CEREBRAL dominance KW - REACTION time KW - PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY KW - CEREBRAL hemispheres KW - Cerebral laterality KW - Reaction time. KW - Visual imagery N1 - Accession Number: 11028196; Biggins, Christie A. 1 Turetsky, Bruce 1 Fuin, George 1; Affiliation: 1: University of California, San Francisco, and Veterans Administration Medical Center.; Source Info: Jan1990, Vol. 27 Issue 1, p57; Subject Term: CEREBRAL dominance; Subject Term: REACTION time; Subject Term: PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY; Subject Term: CEREBRAL hemispheres; Author-Supplied Keyword: Cerebral laterality; Author-Supplied Keyword: Reaction time.; Author-Supplied Keyword: Visual imagery; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1469-8986.ep11028196 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11028196&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sherwood, Andrew AU - Allen, Michael T. AU - Fahrenberg, Jochen AU - Kelsey, Robert M. AU - Lovallo, William R. AU - van Doornen, Lorenz J. P. T1 - Methodological Guidelines for Impedance Cardiography. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 27 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 1 EP - 23 SN - 00485772 AB - Impedance cardiography was introduced over 20 years ago as a noninvasive and unobtrusive technique for measuring systolic time intervals and cardiac output. Although our understanding of the physiological events reflected in the impedance cardiogram has become more refined, the technique's theoretical basis remains somewhat controversial and acceptance of its validity has relied heavily upon empirical validation. Largely as a consequence of this status, there have been inadequate grounds on which to develop sound methodological standardization. Currently, the methodological approaches that have been most frequently adopted may be viewed as representing the standard. The various aspects of impedance methodology are discussed, and alternative approaches described, with the objective of providing an informed basis for choosing among these methodological alternatives. It is recommended that studies utilizing impedance cardiography should be reported with clear and detailed methodological description. This should help clarify the extent to which methodological differences may underlie any discrepant research observations, as well as facilitate the emergence of improved methodological standards. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Psychophysiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CARDIOGRAPHY KW - PLETHYSMOGRAPHY KW - CARDIAC output KW - CARDIAC contraction KW - Heather Index. KW - Impedance cardiography KW - Impedance plethysmography KW - Left-ventricnlar ejection time KW - Pre-ejection period KW - Stroke volume N1 - Accession Number: 11028142; Sherwood, Andrew 1 Allen, Michael T. 2 Fahrenberg, Jochen 3 Kelsey, Robert M. 4 Lovallo, William R. 5 van Doornen, Lorenz J. P. 6; Affiliation: 1: University of North Carolina. 2: University of Southern Mississippi. 3: University of Freiburg FRG. 4: State University of New York at Buffalo. 5: Oklahoma City Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center. 6: Free University of Amsterdam.; Source Info: Jan1990, Vol. 27 Issue 1, p1; Subject Term: CARDIOGRAPHY; Subject Term: PLETHYSMOGRAPHY; Subject Term: CARDIAC output; Subject Term: CARDIAC contraction; Author-Supplied Keyword: Heather Index.; Author-Supplied Keyword: Impedance cardiography; Author-Supplied Keyword: Impedance plethysmography; Author-Supplied Keyword: Left-ventricnlar ejection time; Author-Supplied Keyword: Pre-ejection period; Author-Supplied Keyword: Stroke volume; Number of Pages: 23p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1469-8986.ep11028142 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11028142&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Turetsky, Bruce I. AU - Raz, Jonathan AU - Fein, George T1 - Estimation of Trial-to-Trial Variation in Evoked Potential Signals by Smoothing Across Trials. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 26 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 700 EP - 712 SN - 00485772 AB - Averaging single trial evoked potential data to produce an estimate of the underlying signal obscures trial-to-trial variation in the response. We describe a method for estimating slow changes in the evoked potential signal by smoothing the data over trials. We discuss the crucial issue of deciding how much to smooth and suggest that an appropriate smoothing parameter is one that minimizes the estimated mean average square error of the smoothed data. Equations to estimate the mean average square error for a one-dimensional local linear regression smoother are presented. Performance of the method is assessed using simulated evoked potential data with several different models of a changing signal and different values of the signal-to-noise ratio. We find that the method rarely imputes trial-to-trial variation to data sets that have an unchanging signal, while it almost always produces less error than averaging when estimating a varying signal. The ability of the method to reveal signal heterogeneity is hampered by very low signal-to-noise ratios. When applied to real auditory evoked potential data from a sample of elderly subjects, the method indicated a changing signal in 35% of all subjects and in 56% of subjects with signal-to-noise ratios above 0.6. Consistent patterns of variation in the auditory evoked potential were present in this sample. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Psychophysiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CONDITIONED response KW - BEHAVIORISM (Psychology) KW - ESTIMATION theory KW - ARITHMETIC mean KW - REGRESSION (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY KW - signal estimation. KW - signal heterogeneity KW - single-trial evoked potentials KW - smoothing parameter N1 - Accession Number: 11034648; Turetsky, Bruce I. 1 Raz, Jonathan 2 Fein, George; Affiliation: 1: University of California, San Francisco 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, California; Source Info: Nov1989, Vol. 26 Issue 6, p700; Subject Term: CONDITIONED response; Subject Term: BEHAVIORISM (Psychology); Subject Term: ESTIMATION theory; Subject Term: ARITHMETIC mean; Subject Term: REGRESSION (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY; Author-Supplied Keyword: signal estimation.; Author-Supplied Keyword: signal heterogeneity; Author-Supplied Keyword: single-trial evoked potentials; Author-Supplied Keyword: smoothing parameter; Number of Pages: 13p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1469-8986.ep11034648 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11034648&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sirota, Alan D. AU - Schwartz, Gary E. AU - Kristeller, Jean L. T1 - Facial Muscle Activity During Induced Mood States: Differential Growth and Carry-Over of Elated Versus Depressed Patterns. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1987/11// VL - 24 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 691 EP - 699 SN - 00485772 AB - Two groups of 14 women volunteers each read a standard set of 40 self-referent statements and engaged in imagery designed to induce moods of either elation or depression. Subjective ratings of emotion and facial muscle activity constituted the dependent measures. Feelings of depression as well as anger and sadness grew over time for Depression subjects, while feelings or happiness increased for Elation subjects. Elation led to increased zygomatic muscle activity while depression led to enhanced corrugator activity and slightly decreased zygomatic activity. Facial muscle activity was correlated with subjective ratings primarily for Depression subjects. For these subjects, corrugator activity grew over time and carried over into non-imagery rest periods. In contrast, the increased zygomatic activity of Elation subjects returned to baseline during rest periods. The differential growth and carry-over effects of the two mood states are discussed in terms of a positive psychobiological feedback loop which may serve to perpetuate depressive patterns of cognitive as well as somatic activity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Psychophysiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - FACIAL muscles KW - MENTAL depression KW - EMOTIONS (Psychology) KW - ELATION KW - REST periods KW - PSYCHOBIOLOGY KW - Electromyography KW - Emotion KW - Facial muscles KW - Imagery. KW - Mood states N1 - Accession Number: 12320966; Sirota, Alan D. 1 Schwartz, Gary E. 2 Kristeller, Jean L. 3; Affiliation: 1: Brown University Program in Medicine/Veterans Administration medical Center, Providence, Rhode Island. 2: Yale University. 3: University of Massachusens Medical Center.; Source Info: Nov1987, Vol. 24 Issue 6, p691; Subject Term: FACIAL muscles; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: EMOTIONS (Psychology); Subject Term: ELATION; Subject Term: REST periods; Subject Term: PSYCHOBIOLOGY; Author-Supplied Keyword: Electromyography; Author-Supplied Keyword: Emotion; Author-Supplied Keyword: Facial muscles; Author-Supplied Keyword: Imagery.; Author-Supplied Keyword: Mood states; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1469-8986.ep12320966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12320966&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lovallo, William R. AU - Pincomb, Gwendolyn A. AU - Wilson, Michael F. T1 - Heart Rate Reactivity and Type A Behavior as Modifiers of Physiological Response to Active and Passive Coping. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1986/01// VL - 23 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 105 EP - 112 SN - 00485772 AB - We examined the long term predictivity of heart rate reactivity (HRR) and its relation to cardiovascular and biochemical activity during rest and during tasks requiring active and passive coping. HRR was determined in 28 young men by measuring peak heart rate change to cold pressor one year after performing tasks eliciting active and passive coping. Heart rate change to cold pressor was significantly correlated with change to active coping (r = .65, p<.01) and to passive coping (r = .53, p<.01). Responses to the tasks were equivalent for Type A and B subjects. On the other hand, high HRRs were significantly more reactive than low HRRs with the effect being most apparent during active coping. HRR appeared to be a trait stable over one year which predicted enhanced cardiac, neuroendocrine, and neuromuscular response. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Psychophysiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HEART -- Psychophysiology KW - TYPE A behavior KW - LIFE skills KW - PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 11026232; Lovallo, William R. 1 Pincomb, Gwendolyn A. 1 Wilson, Michael F. 1; Affiliation: 1: Oklahoma City Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center; Source Info: Jan1986, Vol. 23 Issue 1, p105; Subject Term: HEART -- Psychophysiology; Subject Term: TYPE A behavior; Subject Term: LIFE skills; Subject Term: PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11026232&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lovallo, William R. AU - Wilson, Michael F. AU - Pincomb, Gwendolyn A. AU - Edwards, Gary L. AU - Tompkins, Paul AU - Brackett, Daniel J. T1 - Activation Patterns to Aversive Stimulation in Man: Passive Exposure Versus Effort to Control. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1985/05// VL - 22 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 283 EP - 291 SN - 00485772 AB - The present study contrasted physiological response patterns occurring when subjects coped passively and actively with aversive stimuli. In one condition, 29 healthy young men were exposed to unpredictable noise (115dBA) and shock (3.5 mA) with no means of control, and in the other they attempted to avoid the noise and shock with rapid keypresses. Both tasks were characterized by maximal uncertainty as to locus of presentation, chance of occurrence, and type of stimulus to occur next in sequence. Dependent variables included: reports of moods, reaction times, muscle tension, plasma concentrations of free fatty acids, cortisol and catecholamines, heart rate, blood pressures, systolic time intervals, cardiac output, systemic vascular resistance, and an index of myocardial contractility. Both experimental conditions produced significant neuroendocrine, lipid, and cardiovascular changes from baseline. The active avoidance procedure produced further increases in cardiac function which were related to control efforts as indexed by muscle tension and task performance. The results point toward the effects of effort in the face of uncertainty in determining the patterns of response to aversive stimulation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Psychophysiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - STRESS (Physiology) KW - CARDIOGRAPHY KW - STIMULUS satiation KW - CATECHOLAMINES KW - CONDITIONED response KW - RESPONSE set KW - active and passive coping KW - cardiovascular response KW - catecholamines KW - impedance cardiography KW - stress N1 - Accession Number: 11027777; Lovallo, William R. 1 Wilson, Michael F. 1 Pincomb, Gwendolyn A. 1 Edwards, Gary L. 1 Tompkins, Paul 1 Brackett, Daniel J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Oklahoma City Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Oklahoma Health Science Center.; Source Info: May1985, Vol. 22 Issue 3, p283; Subject Term: STRESS (Physiology); Subject Term: CARDIOGRAPHY; Subject Term: STIMULUS satiation; Subject Term: CATECHOLAMINES; Subject Term: CONDITIONED response; Subject Term: RESPONSE set; Author-Supplied Keyword: active and passive coping; Author-Supplied Keyword: cardiovascular response; Author-Supplied Keyword: catecholamines; Author-Supplied Keyword: impedance cardiography; Author-Supplied Keyword: stress; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1469-8986.ep11027777 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11027777&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fein, G. AU - Floyd, T. C. AU - Feinberg, I. T1 - Computer Measures of Sleep EEG Reliably Sort Visual Stage 2 Epochs by NREM Period of Origin. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1981/11// VL - 18 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 686 EP - 693 SN - 00485772 AB - Computer measures of sleep EEG were employed to test the hypothesis that waveforms in visually scored epochs of stage 2 differ systematically according to their NREM Period (NREMP) of origin. The subjects were two groups of young adult males. Three waveform measures for each of five frequency bands were applied to 20-sec epochs of visually scored stage 2. The raw data were converted to standard scores, eliminating differences in means and variances, thus highlighting the trends across NREMPs. Discriminant analysis revealed systematic differences in waveform pattern according to whether the visually scored stage 2 epochs originated from NREMPs 1-4. The discriminant functions were validated by successful prediction of NREMP of origin in the second sample. This result provides further evidence that change rather than constancy characterizes the EEG of human sleep. These data also illustrate the limitations of visual sleep stage scoring, which lumps together epochs of EEG which are reliably different. We suggest that the methods employed here will prove fruitful in the investigation of sleep as a function of age and in different clinical conditions. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Psychophysiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DISCRIMINANT analysis KW - SLEEP KW - ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY KW - PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY KW - Discriminant analysis. KW - Sleep KW - Stage 2 KW - Waveform analysis N1 - Accession Number: 11182601; Fein, G. 1,2 Floyd, T. C. 1,2 Feinberg, I. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: San Francisco Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: University of California, San Francisco.; Source Info: Nov1981, Vol. 18 Issue 6, p686; Subject Term: DISCRIMINANT analysis; Subject Term: SLEEP; Subject Term: ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY; Subject Term: PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY; Author-Supplied Keyword: Discriminant analysis.; Author-Supplied Keyword: Sleep; Author-Supplied Keyword: Stage 2; Author-Supplied Keyword: Waveform analysis; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1469-8986.ep11182601 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11182601&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cooper, Kristina AU - Chassin, Laurie AU - Braver, Sanford AU - Zeiss, Antonette AU - Khavari, Katherine Akhtar T1 - Correlates of Mood and Marital Satisfaction Among Dual-Worker and Single-Worker Couples. JO - Social Psychology Quarterly JF - Social Psychology Quarterly Y1 - 1986/12// VL - 49 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 322 EP - 329 SN - 01902725 AB - The study investigated whether previously identified determinants of marital satisfaction were unique to dual-worker couples or were predictive of marital success in general for both dual and single-worker couples. The results showed considerable similarity in the predictors of success for dual-worker and for single-worker couples. However, the effects of husbands' characteristics varied with both wives' employment status and with the number of preschool children in the family. Husbands' expressive and nurturant characteristics were most important to their wives' satisfaction when the wife was employed and when there vere multiple preschool children in the family. Implications of these findings for studying dual-worker couples and for person-environment fit theories are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Social Psychology Quarterly is the property of Sage Publications Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MOOD (Psychology) KW - EMOTIONS (Psychology) KW - MARITAL satisfaction KW - HUSBAND & wife KW - CHARACTERS & characteristics KW - MARITAL relations N1 - Accession Number: 13613236; Cooper, Kristina 1 Chassin, Laurie 2 Braver, Sanford 2 Zeiss, Antonette 3 Khavari, Katherine Akhtar 2; Affiliation: 1: Good Samaritan Medical Center. 2: Arizona State University. 3: Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Center.; Source Info: Dec86, Vol. 49 Issue 4, p322; Subject Term: MOOD (Psychology); Subject Term: EMOTIONS (Psychology); Subject Term: MARITAL satisfaction; Subject Term: HUSBAND & wife; Subject Term: CHARACTERS & characteristics; Subject Term: MARITAL relations; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13613236&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Solano, Cecilia H. AU - Dunnam, Mina T1 - Two's Company: Self-Disclosure and Reciprocity in Triads Versus Dyads. JO - Social Psychology Quarterly JF - Social Psychology Quarterly Y1 - 1985/06// VL - 48 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 183 EP - 187 SN - 01902725 AB - This study hypothesizes that self-disclosure is affected by the social context of the disclosure, specifically the size of the group. Thirty-three male and female undergraduates were assigned to converse in same-sex groups of either two, three, or four persons. Both subjective measures (perceived willingness to disclose) and objective measures (duration of disclosure, intimacy of disclosure, nonverbal involvement, reciprocity of disclosure) were obtained. It was found that dyads (as contrasted with larger groups) reported a greater willingness to disclose intimate information, actually disclosed more intimate information, and showed more nonverbal involvement in the conversations. In addition, a sex-by-size-of-group effect has found in the reciprocity-of-disclosure data, with female subjects displaying less reciprocity in dyads and male subjects displaying less reciprocity in larger groups. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Social Psychology Quarterly is the property of Sage Publications Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SELF-disclosure KW - INTERPERSONAL communication KW - SELF-presentation KW - RECIPROCITY (Commerce) KW - BODY language KW - SOCIAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 13566169; Solano, Cecilia H. 1 Dunnam, Mina 2; Affiliation: 1: Wake Forest University. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tuscaloosa, Alabama.; Source Info: Jun85, Vol. 48 Issue 2, p183; Subject Term: SELF-disclosure; Subject Term: INTERPERSONAL communication; Subject Term: SELF-presentation; Subject Term: RECIPROCITY (Commerce); Subject Term: BODY language; Subject Term: SOCIAL psychology; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13566169&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Moriarty, John D. AU - Scheitler, Lawrence E. AU - Hutchens Jr., L. H. AU - Delong, Elizabeth R. T1 - Inter-examiner reproducibility of probing pocket depths in molar furcation sites. JO - Journal of Clinical Periodontology JF - Journal of Clinical Periodontology Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 15 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 68 EP - 72 SN - 03036979 AB - This investigation was designed to determine the reproducibility of probing pocket depths in maxillary facial and mandibular facial and lingual grade II and III molar furcation sites. 80 untreated molar teeth with 102 furcation invasions due to periodontitis were probed with a pressure-sensitive periodontal probe by 3 examiners. 8 sites per furcation were measured by each examiner at a single examination. The sequence of examiner probing was rotated in order to evaluate the effect of sequential probing. Tracings were made from radiographs of the inter-root separations in order to classify the interradicular space and to determine the effect of root separation on reproducibility. Data was analyzed by regression analysis, Pearson correlations, intraclass correlations, and the Student-Newman-Keuls test. Analysis indicated a high reproducibility of the maxillary facial and mandibular facial and lingual furcation sites in this untreated adult sample. No effect was due to probing sequence. The mid-root prominences, the line angles, and the internal surface sites of the furcation roots were recordable and reproducible, while the horizontal measurements were not consistently recordable. The reproducibility of the facial and lingual furcation sites that were probed decreased with an increase in probing pocket depth and an increased degree of root separation. (English) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Cette investigation a été entreprise pour déterminer la reproduction des profondeurs de poche au sondage de furcations types II et III au niveau vestibulaire de molaires supérieures, et vestibulaire et lingual de molaires inférieures. Quatre-vingts molaires non-traitées avec 102 furcations dues à la parodontite ont été mesurées avec une sonde parodontale à pression constante par trois examinateurs. Huit sites par fucation ont été mesurés par chaque examinateur lors d'un seul examen. La séquence du sondage alternait afin d'évaleur l'effet du sondage répété. Des marques ont été faites à partir de radiographies des séparations interradiculaires afin de classifier l'espace interradiculaire et pour déterminer l'effet de la séparation radiculaire sur la reproduction. Les données ont été examinées par l'analyse de régression, les corrélations de Pearson, les corrélations intraclasses et le test de Student-Newman-Keuls. L'analyse a indiqué une grande reproduction de toutes les mesures effectuées dans ces furcations non-traitées. Aucun effet n'était dû à la séquence de sondage. Les éminences mi-radiculaires, les lignes d'intersection et les sites de surface interne des furcations étaient enregistrables et reproductives tandis que les mesures horizontales ne l'étaient pas toujours. La reproduction des mesures des sites de furcation vestibulaires et linguaux diminuait avec la profondeur et avec un plus grand degré de séparation radiculaire. (French) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Diese Untersuchung wurde konzipiert, um die Reproduzierbarkeit der Sondierungsresultate von Taschentiefen an den Fazialflächen von Wurzelteilungsstellen mit Komplikationsgraden II und III, bei Oberkiefermolaren und an den fazialen und lingualen Wurzelteilungsstellen von Unterkiefermolaren festzustellen. Die bei 80 unbehandelten Molaren durch Parodontitis entstandenen 102 Furkationsdefekte wurden Von 3 Untersuchenden mit einer druckempfindlichen Parodontalsonde sondiert. Von jedem der 3 Untersuchenden wurden bei einer einzigen Untersuchung 8 Stellen (Seiten) an einer jeden Wurzelteilungsstelle vermessen. Die Folge der sondierenden Untersucher wurde gewechselt, um den Effekt der Sondierungsfolge beurteilen zu können. Röntgenbilder der Abstände zwischen den Wurzeln wurden durchgezeichnet um den Zwischenwurzelabstand zu klassifizieren und den Effekt der Wurzelabweichung auf die Wiederholbarkeit der Messungen festzustellen. Die Daten wurden mit der Regressionsanalyse, mit den Pearson'schen Korrelationen, mit der Zwischenklassenkorrelation und mit dem Student-Newman-Keuls Test analysiert. Die Analyse zeigte bei dieser unbehandelten Erwachsenenauswahl eine hohe Reproduzierbarkeit der Sondierungsergebnisse an den fazialen Oberkieferfurkationen und an den fazialen und lingualen Wurzelteilungsstellen der Unterkiefermolaren. Die Sondierungsfolge beeinflusste die Ergebnisse nicht. Die Prominenzen der Wurzelmitte, der Verlaufswinkel und die inneren Oberflächenseiten der Wurzeln der Teilungsstellen konnten registriert und die Messungen konnten reproduziert werden, während die horizontalen Messungen nicht immer registrierbar waren. Die Wiederholbarkeit der Messungen an den fazialen und lingualen Wurzelteilungsstellen wurde bei vertieften Taschen und bei erhöhter Deviation geringer. (German) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Periodontology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MOLARS KW - MANDIBLE KW - REGRESSION analysis KW - CORRELATION (Statistics) KW - JAWS KW - TEETH KW - Furcations KW - molars. KW - periodontal probing KW - reproducibility N1 - Accession Number: 13476986; Moriarty, John D. 1 Scheitler, Lawrence E. 2 Hutchens Jr., L. H. Delong, Elizabeth R. 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Periodontics, University of North Carolina, School of Dentistry, Chapel Hill, North Carolina, USA. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Durham, North Carolina, USA.; Source Info: Jan1988, Vol. 15 Issue 1, p68; Subject Term: MOLARS; Subject Term: MANDIBLE; Subject Term: REGRESSION analysis; Subject Term: CORRELATION (Statistics); Subject Term: JAWS; Subject Term: TEETH; Author-Supplied Keyword: Furcations; Author-Supplied Keyword: molars.; Author-Supplied Keyword: periodontal probing; Author-Supplied Keyword: reproducibility; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-051X.ep13476986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13476986&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Smith, B. AU - Caffesse, R. AU - Nasjleti, C. AU - Kon, S. AU - Castelli, W. T1 - Effects of citric acid and fibronectin and laminin application in treating periodontitis. JO - Journal of Clinical Periodontology JF - Journal of Clinical Periodontology Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 14 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 396 EP - 402 SN - 03036979 AB - To determine the effect on new connective tissue attachment of citric acid conditioning and fibronectin-laminin application in treating naturally occurring periodontitis, all 4 quadrants in each of 2 Beagle dogs were used. Each quadrant included: P2, P3, P4 and M1 teeth. 2 treatment modalities were employed and comparatively analyzed for differences in histological healing responses at 120 days after surgery. The treatments were: (1) surgery (mucoperiosteal flaps) plus citric acid; (2) surgery plus citric acid followed by fibronectin-laminin application. After scaling and root planing, coronal and root surface reference notches were placed for histometric measurements. Following each of the randomly assigned treatments, flaps were sutured. After sacrifice, tissue blocks of treated areas were decalcified and serially cut, obtaining bucco-lingual and mesio-distal sections. Using a Filar micrometer, 5 distances were masured on the buccal aspect: (1) from root surface notch to alveolar bone crest, (2) from root surface notch to coronal extent of the cementum; (3) from root surface notch to apical extent of the junctional epithelium; 84) from free gingival margin to apical extent of junctional epithelium; (5) from the coronal notch to the alveolar bone crest. Results showed no differences among the 5 measurements between the 2 treatments tested. On mesio-distal sections, surface area determinations were made in the furcations, evaluating the space occupied by new connective tissue, with or without bone, or by epithelium. For this, images were digitized using a Zeiss IBAS Image analysis system with a 4mB of array processor memory coupled to a Newvicon TV camera and a microcomputer. Significant differences were found, with increased values for both regenerative connective tissue and bone when surgery plus citric acid was followed by fibronectin-laminin application. Often, these tissues filled completely furcation areas above root surface reference notches. (English) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - La réalisation d'une nouvelle attache conjonctive suite à l'utilisation d'acide citrique et à application de fibronectine-laminine dans le traitement de la parodontite naturelle a été étudiée au niveau des quatre quadrants de deux chiens briquet. Chaque quadrant contenait les dents P2, P3, P4 et M1. La guérison histologique a été comparée 120 jours après la chirurgie utilisant deux modalités de traitement. Ces traitements étaient: 1) chirurgie (lambeaux mucopériostés) avec acide citrique et 2) chirurgie avec acide citrique puis application de fibronectine-laminine. Après détartrage et lissage radiculaire, des encoches coronaires et radiculaires de référence ont été taillées pour les mesures histométriques ultérieures. A la suite de ces traitements les lambeaux ont été suturés. Après sacrifice, des biopsies complètes des zones traitées ont été décalcifiées et coupées en série pour obtenir des coupes vestibulo-linguales et mésio-distales. En utilisant un micromètre filar, cinq distances ont été mesurées en vestibulaire: (1) de l'encoche radiculaire à la crête osseuse alvéolaire; (2) de l'encoche radiculaire à la limite coronaire du cément; (3) de l'encoche radiculaire à la limite apicale de l'épithélium de jonction; (4) de la gencive marginale à la limite apicale de l'épithélium de jonction; (5) de l'encoche coronaire à la crête osseuse alvéolaire. Les résultats n'ont montré aucune différence quant à ces cinq mesures entre les deux traitements testés. Sur les coupes mésio-distales l'estimation des différentes surfaces a été effectuée dans les furcations, évaluant l'espace occupé par le tissu conjonctif, avec ou sans os, ou par l'épithélium. Ces images ont été chiffrées avec un système d'analyse d'image IBAS Zeiss avec mémoire, caméra et microordinateur. Des différences significatives ont été trouvées avec augmentation des valeurs pour le nouveau tissu conjonctif et l'os lorsque la chirurgie avec acide critique était suivie d'une application de fibronectine-laminine. Souvent ces tissus remplissaient complétement les zones de la furcation au-dessus des encoches radiculaires de référence. (French) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Zur Bestimmung des Effektes der Imprägnierung mit Zitronensäure, wie auch der Fibronektin-Lamininapplikation auf die Neubildung bindegeweblichen Attachments bei der Behandlung natürlich vorkommender Parodontitis, wurden an allen 4 Quadranten bei 2 Beagles-Hunden Versuche vorgenommen. Jeder Quadrant enthielt die Zähne: P2, P3, P4 und M1. Zwei Behandlungsformen wurden angewendet und dann, 120 Tage nach dem chirurgischen Eingriff, hinsichtlich ihrer Unterschiede bei der histologischen Heilung vergleichend analysiert. Folgende Behandlungsformen wurden miteinander verglichen: (1) Chirurgie (Schleimhautperiostlappen) mit Zitronensäurebehandlung; und (2) Chirurgie mit Zitronensäurebehandlung sowie daran anschliessend die Applikation von Fibronektin-Laminin. Zur histometrischen Auswertung wurden nach Zahnsteinentfernung und Wurzelglättung koronale Kerben angebracht. Nach jeder der, in der Reihenfolge zufällig bestimmten. Behandlungsmodifikationen wurden die Lappen suturiert. Nach dem Opfern der Versuchstiere wurden Gewebeblöcke der behandelten Regionen entkalkt und Serienschnitte so angefertigt, dass bukkale und mesio-distale Sektionen entstanden. Mit einem Filar-Mikrometer wurden in bukkalem Aspekt 5 Abstände vermessen (1) Von der Wurzeloberflächenkerbe bis zur alveolaren Knochenleiste; (2) von der Wurzeloberflächenkerbe bis zum koronalen Beginn des Wurzelzementes; (3) Von der Wurzeloberflächenkerbe bis zur apikalen Begrenzung des Saumepithels; (4) vom freien Zahnfleischsaum bis zu der apikalen Begrenzung des Saumepithels; (5) von der koronalen Kerbe bis zu der alveolaren Knochenleiste. Die Resultate zeigten keine Unterschiede zwischen den 5 Messstrecken der hier getesteten alternativen Behandlungsformen. Bei mesio-distalen Sektionen wurden die Bestimmungen in den Furkationen (Wurzelteilungsstellen) vorgenommen und hierbei der Zwischenraum beurteilt, der von dem neugebildeten Bindegewebe ausgefüllt wurde - mit oder ohne Knochen, oder auch durch Epithel. Technisch wurden Bilder mit dem Zeiss IBAS Bildanalysesystem digitalisiert - mit einem 4mB Kollektorgedächtnis an eine Newvicon TV-Kamera und an einen Mikrokomputor angeschlossen. Es wurden signifikante Unterschiede mit erhöhten Werten für regeneriertes Bindegewebe und Knochen dann konstatiert, wenn der chirurgische Eingriff und die Imprägnierung der Wurzeln mit Zitronensäure durch die Applikation von Fibronektin-Laminin vervollständigt worden war. Oft füllten die regenerierten Gewebe die Furkationsregionen bis oberhalb der Referenzkerben in den Wurzeloberflächen völlig aus. (German) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Periodontology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PERIODONTITIS KW - CITRIC acid KW - FIBRONECTINS KW - CONNECTIVE tissues KW - CEMENTUM KW - EPITHELIUM KW - TREATMENT KW - Citric acid KW - fibronectin KW - laminin. N1 - Accession Number: 13471263; Smith, B. 1 Caffesse, R. 1 Nasjleti, C. 2 Kon, S. 3 Castelli, W. 4; Affiliation: 1: Department of Periodontics, University of Michigan School of Dentistry, Ann Arbor, Michigan, USA. 2: Dental Research Programs, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Ann Arbor, Michigan, USA. 3: Boston University, School of Graduate Dentistry, Boston, Mass, USA. 4: Department of Anatomy, University of Michigan Medical School, Ann Arbor, Michigan, USA.; Source Info: Aug1987, Vol. 14 Issue 7, p396; Subject Term: PERIODONTITIS; Subject Term: CITRIC acid; Subject Term: FIBRONECTINS; Subject Term: CONNECTIVE tissues; Subject Term: CEMENTUM; Subject Term: EPITHELIUM; Subject Term: TREATMENT; Author-Supplied Keyword: Citric acid; Author-Supplied Keyword: fibronectin; Author-Supplied Keyword: laminin.; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-051X.ep13471263 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13471263&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kennedy, James E. AU - Bird, William C. AU - Palcanis, Kent G. AU - Dorfman, Howard S. T1 - A longitudinal evaluation of varying widths of attached gingiva. JO - Journal of Clinical Periodontology JF - Journal of Clinical Periodontology Y1 - 1985/09// VL - 12 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 667 EP - 675 SN - 03036979 AB - 32 patients with bilateral areas of inadequate attached gingiva on the facial surface of homologous contralateral teeth have been followed for 6 years. Treatment consisted of scaling, root planing, oral hygiene and maintenance at 3- to 6-month intervals or as needed to control inflammation. A free gingiva graft was placed on one side (experimental), while the other side served as the unoperated control. Areas of inadequate attached gingiva on control sides, to include those with recession and no attached gingiva, did not demonstrate additional recession or further loss of attachment. Gingival inflammation and plaque were significantly reduced. On experimental sides, the dimension of keratinized and attached gingiva increased and was stable over 6 years. Areas which began with recession and no attached gingiva exhibited a reduction in recession and gain in clinical attachment following the placement of a gingival graft. Examination of patients who had discontinued participation in the study for a period of 5 years revealed a re-establishment of gingival inflammation on the control sides associated with additional recession. Similar changes were not observed in areas treated by a free graft. The findings demonstrate that it is possible to maintain periodontal health and attachment through control of gingival inflammation despite the absence of attached gingiva. (English) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Chez 32 patients présentant des zones bilatérales d'insuffisance de la gencive attachée, au niveau de dents homologues controlatérales, les observations ont été poursuivies pendant 6 ans. Le traitement comportait; détartrage, surfaçage radiculaire, instruction d'hygiène bucco-dentaire et séance de soins de maintien à des intervalles de 3 à 6 mois, ou suivant les besoins afin de maîtriser l'inflammation. Une greffe gingivale libre a été pratiquée sur l'un des côtés, l'autre côté servant de témoin sans opération. Du côté témoin, dans les zones d'insuffisance de la gencive attachée, y compris les zones avec récession et sans gencive attachée, on n'a pas constaté de récession supplémentaire ou d'augmentation de la perte d'attache. L'inflammation gingivale et la plaque étaient significativement réduites. Du côté expérimental, les dimensions de la gencive kératinisée et attachée ont augmenté et sont restées stables pendant 6 ans. Dans les zones qui, au début, présentaient une récession et une absence de gencive attachée, on constatait une diminution de la récession et un gain d'attache clinique à la suite de la greffe gingivale pratiquée. L'examen de patients ayant interrompu leur participation pendant une période de 5 ans a mis en évidence du côté témoin un retour à l'inflammation gingivale, en même temps qu'une progression de la récession gingivale. Dans les zones traitées par greffe libre, on n'a pas pas observé de changements similaires. Les résultats de cette étude mettent en évidence qu'il est possible de maintenir la santé parodontale et le niveau de l'attache en assurant le contrôle de l'inflammation gingivale, même en l'absence de gencive attachée. (French) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - 32 Patienten, bei denen die von fester Gingiva bedeckten Flächen an fazialen Oberflächen homologer kollateraler Zähne in bilateralen Regionen nicht ausreichend war, sind 6 Jahre lang nachuntersucht worden. In 3-6 monatlichen Intervallen oder in Zeitabschnitten, die sich durch die Notwendigkeit der Kontrolle entzündlicher Vorgänge ergaben, bestand die Behandlung aus scaling (Entfernung harter und weicher Beläge), Wurzelglättung oder oralen Hygienemassnahmen. Auf der einen Seite (Versuchsseite) wurde ein freies Zahnfleischtransplantat eingepflanzt, während die andere Seite die nicht-operierte Kontrollsituation veranschaulichte. Die Regionen mit nicht ausreichender F1äche fester Gingiva an den Kontrollseiten waren keiner zusätzlichen Rezession oder weitergehendem Attachmentverlust ausgesetzt. Die Entzündung des Zahnfleisches, wie auch die Plaquebeläge waren signifikant reduziert. Auf dec Versuchssseite vergrösserte sich die Ausdehnung der Region mit keratinisierter, fester Gingiva and verblieb auch 6 Jahre lang stabil. In Regionen mit beginnender Rezession, bei gleichzeitig völligem Mangel an fester Gingiva, wurde nach dem Anbringen des Zahnfleischtransplantates die Reduktion der Rezession und ein günstigeres Niveau des klinisch beobachteten Attachments gesehen. Bei der Nachuntersuchung von Patienten, die ihre Teilnahme an dem Versuch nach 5 Jahren abgebrochen hatten, zeigte es sich, dass die Kontrollseiten sich erneut entzündet und dass sich erneute Rezessionen eingestellt hatten. An den mit freien Transplantaten behandelten Versuchseiten wurden solche Veränderungen nicht beobachtet. Die Resultate zeigen, dass es trotz dem Fehlen fester Gingiva möglich ist, die parodontale Gesundheit aufrecht zu erhalten. (German) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Periodontology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - GUMS KW - ORAL hygiene KW - INFLAMMATION KW - TEETH -- Roots -- Planing KW - TRANSPLANTATION of organs, tissues, etc. KW - DENTISTRY KW - Attached gingival KW - free gingival grafts. KW - longitudinal evaluation N1 - Accession Number: 13488135; Kennedy, James E. 1 Bird, William C. 2 Palcanis, Kent G. 1 Dorfman, Howard S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Periodontics, Medical College of Virginia, Virginia Commonwealth University, Virginia, USA. 2: McGuire Veterans Administration Hospital Richmond, Virginia, USA.; Source Info: Sep1985, Vol. 12 Issue 8, p667; Subject Term: GUMS; Subject Term: ORAL hygiene; Subject Term: INFLAMMATION; Subject Term: TEETH -- Roots -- Planing; Subject Term: TRANSPLANTATION of organs, tissues, etc.; Subject Term: DENTISTRY; Author-Supplied Keyword: Attached gingival; Author-Supplied Keyword: free gingival grafts.; Author-Supplied Keyword: longitudinal evaluation; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-051X.ep13488135 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13488135&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Caffesse, Raul G. AU - Holden, Michael J. AU - Kon, Simao AU - Nasileti, Carlos E. T1 - The effect of citric acid and fibronectin application on healing following surgical treatment of naturally occurring periodontal disease in beagle dogs. JO - Journal of Clinical Periodontology JF - Journal of Clinical Periodontology Y1 - 1985/08// VL - 12 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 578 EP - 590 SN - 03036979 AB - It has recently been suggested that following the exposure of root surface collagen with citric acid, the addition of topically applied fibronectin might promote healing with a fibrous re-attachment. The purpose of this study was to determine the benefit of citric acid dcmineralization and fibronectin application in the surgical treatment of severe, naturally occurring periodontal disease in Beagle dogs. The 4 treatment modalities employed were: (1) surgery alone (mucoperiosteal flaps); (2) surgery plus fibronectin, (3) surgery plus citric acid: (4) surgery plus citric acid followed by fibronectin application. Coronal and root surface notches were used as biometric and histometric reference points. Final clinical measurements were recorded 6 weeks post surgically, on the day of sacrifice. Significantly increased amounts of connective tissue reattachment were observed in the areas treated with the citric acid/fibronectin combination, Fibrous re-attachment was enhanced at the expense of epithelial downgrowth and occurred directly to both new and old cementum and exposed dentin, often in a functional manner. i.e., perpendicular to the root surface, Areas treated with the surgery and citric acid technique attained moderate amounts of fibrous re-attachment while the other treatment modalities were associated with a long junctional epithelium. The enhanced fibrous re- attachment may be the product of an accelerated coalescing of exposed soil tissue and root surface collagen fibrils. while under the mediating effect of fibronectin. (English) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Aprés la mise à nu du collagène de la surface radiculaire par de l'acide citrique, l'addition de fibronectine topique pourraut amóliorer la guérison par réattache fibreuse. Le but de cette étude a été d'évaluer le bénéfice apporté par une déminéralisation à l'acide citrique et par une application de fibronectine dans le traitement de la parodontite naturelle sétére chez le chien briquet. Les 4 modalités de traitement ont été les suivantes: (1) chirurgie à lambeau. (2) chirurgie pus fibronectine, (3) chirurgie plus acide citrique et (4) chirurgie plus acide citrique et fibronectine. Des encoches au niveau de la couronne et de la racine ont été utilisées comme points de référence biométriques et histométriques. Les dernières mesures cliniques ont été effectuées 6 semaines après l'opération, le jour du sacrifice. Des quantitiés significativement supérieures d'attache conjonctuve ont été obsenvées dans les zones traitées par la combinaison acide citrique - fibronectine. Une réattache fibreuse a été favorisée aux dépens de la migration épithélie apicale et s'effectuait sur la dentine exposée. le nouveau et l'ancien cément, souvent perpendiculairement à la surfacc radiculaire. Les zones traitées par chirurgie et acidc citrique avaient quelque réattache fibreuse tandis quc les autres modaltés de traitement étaient suivies d'un long épithélium de jonction. La plus grande attache fibreuse a peut-être été obtenue par une union plus rapide entre les tissus mous exposés et les fibrilles du collagène de la surface radiculaire grace a l'effet médiateur de la fibronectine. (French) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Kürzlich wurde erwähnt, dass der Zusaiz von lokal angebrachtem Fibronectin nach Zitronensäureexposition des Kollagens der Wurzetoberfläche, möglicherweise eine Heilung durch fibröses Reattachment fördern könnte. Hier wurde beabsichtigt, minds dieser Studie die günstige Wirkung der Demineralisation durch Zitronensüure und der Applikation von Fibronectin bei chirurgischer Behandlung weit fortgeschrittcner. natürlich entstandener. Parodontal-krarkheit bei Beagles-Hunden zu untersuchen. 4 Behandlungsvarianten wurden angewendet (1) ausschiesslich chirurgische Behandlung (Mukoperiostlappen): (2) chirurgische Behandlung + Fibronectin; (3) chirurgische Behandlung+Zitronensäure und danach Fibronectinapplikation. Einkerbungen in die Wurzeloberfläche und die Zahnkronen wurden als biometrische und histometrische Referenzpunkte angewendet. Die ahschliessenden klinischen Registrierungen wurden 6 Wochen nach dem Eingriff, am Tage der Opferung der Versuchstiere, vorgenommen. In den mit der Kombination von Zitronensäure/Fibronectin behandelten Regionen wurde signifikant erhöhte Bildung bindegeweblichen Reattachments gefunden. Das fibräse Reattachment war auf Kosten des epithelialen Tiefenwachstumes verbessert und hatte sich direkt an sowohl altes wie junges Zement, als auch exponiertem Dentin angelegt - oft strukturell durch funktionelle Kräfte beeinflusst - also im rechten Winkel zur Wurzeloberfläche. An mit chirurgischer und Zitronensäuretechnik behandelten Regionen wurden nur mässige Mengen fibrösen Attachments beobachtet, während bei den anderen Behandlungsvarianten ein langer Epithelansatz cntstand. Das erhöhte Vorkommen fibrösen Reattachments kann als die Folge verstörkten Verwachsens von exponiertem Weichgewebc mit Fibrillen der Wurzeloberfläche betrachtet werden - ein Vorgang. der durch Vermittlung des Fibronectin zustande gekommen ist. (German) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Periodontology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PERIODONTAL disease KW - CITRIC acid KW - FIBRONECTINS KW - PERIODONTIUM KW - PERIODONTICS KW - BIOMETRY KW - citric acid KW - fibronectin KW - Periodontal surgery KW - wound healing N1 - Accession Number: 13488743; Caffesse, Raul G. 1 Holden, Michael J. 2 Kon, Simao 1 Nasileti, Carlos E. 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Periodontics, University of Michigan School of Dentistry, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48109, USA. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105, USA.; Source Info: Aug1985, Vol. 12 Issue 7, p578; Subject Term: PERIODONTAL disease; Subject Term: CITRIC acid; Subject Term: FIBRONECTINS; Subject Term: PERIODONTIUM; Subject Term: PERIODONTICS; Subject Term: BIOMETRY; Author-Supplied Keyword: citric acid; Author-Supplied Keyword: fibronectin; Author-Supplied Keyword: Periodontal surgery; Author-Supplied Keyword: wound healing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 13p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-051X.ep13488743 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13488743&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Feldman, Roy S. AU - Szeto, Betty AU - Chauncey, Howard H. AU - Godhaber, Paul T1 - Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs in the reduction of human alveolar bone loss. JO - Journal of Clinical Periodontology JF - Journal of Clinical Periodontology Y1 - 1983/04// VL - 10 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 131 EP - 136 SN - 03036979 AB - Aspirin (ASA) and indomethacin are inhibitors of prostaglandin synthesis and reduce bone resorption in tissue culture stimulated by preparations obtained from human gingival tissue. In a retrospective study, we attempted to determine whether ASA or ASA plus indomethacin exert a bone resorption inhibiting effect on human alveolar bone. Dental radiographs of 75 patients with a history of arthritis and long-term ingestion (>5 years) of ASA were compared with dental radiographs of 75 healthy male volunteers from the VA Dental Longitudinal Study (DLS). Proximal bone loss was measured using a Schei Ruler graded on a 10-point scale. The data indicated that the ASA population presented with significantly fewer sites of 10% or greater mesial and distal bone loss than the healthy control population (P<0.05). Mean percentage bone loss for the entire dentition was also lower in the ASA group, although the difference was not statistically significant. As there is no evidence to suggest that inhibition of alveolar bone loss is a natural concomitant of the arthritic process, we conclude that the inhibition of bone loss found in this study was due to the chronic ingestion of ASA or ASA and indomethacin. (English) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - L'aspirine (ASA) et l'indométacine sont des inhibiteurs de la synthèse des prostaglandines et réduisent la résorption osseuse dans des cultures de tissus stimulés par des préparations obtenues à partir de tissues gingivaux humains. Dans une étude rétrospective, nous avons essayé de déterminer si ASA ou ASA + indométacine possèdent une action inhibitrice sur la résorption osseuse au noveau de l'os alvéolaire humain. Les radiographies dentaires de 75 participants ayant des antécedents d'arthrite avec ingestion prolongée (lt;5 années) d'ASA (groupe ASA) ont été comparées avec les radiographies dentaires de 75 hommes en bonne santé, participants volontaires de la "VA Dental Longitudinal Study" (groupe DLS). L' alvéolyse interproximale a été measurée à l'aide d'une règle graduée de Schei à 10 divisions. Les résultats obtenus indiquaient que le nombre de localizations mésiales et distales présentant une alvéolyse d'au moins 10% était significativement moins élevé dans la population ASA que dans la population témoin en bonne santé (P>0.05). Pour l'ensemble de la denture, la moyenne de l'alvéolyse en pourcentage était de même moins grande dans le groupe ASA que dans le groupe DLS, mais la différence n'était pas statistiquement significative. Etant donné que rien ne semblc indiquer quc l'inhibition de l'alvéolyse accompagne par nature le processus arthritique, nous estimons que l'inhibition de la perte osscuse constatée dans cette étude était due à l'ingestion prolongée d'ASA ou d'ASA + indométacine. (French) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Aspirin (ASA) und Indomethacin verhindern die Prostaglandinsynthese und reduzieren den Konchenabbau in Gewebekulturen, wie an humanen Zahnfleischgewebepräparationen bestätigt wurde. In einer rückschauenden Studie versuchten wir herauszufinden, ob ASA order ASA und Indomethacin einen Knochenabbau verhindernden Effekt auf humanen Zahnfachknochen haben. Zahnröntgenbilder von 75 Patienten mit einer Vorgeschichte von Arthritis und langjähriger Verabreichung (gt;5 Jahre) von ASA wurden mit den Röntgenbildern von 75 gesunden männlichen Freiwilligen der "VA Dental Longitudinal Study" (DLS) gerglichen. Die Knochenverluste der Zahnzwichenräume wurden mit einer ScheiLehre auf einer Skala bis zu 10 Punkten gemessen. Die Daten weisen darauf hin, dass sich die ASA Gruppe durch bedeutend weniger Fälle von 10- order höherprozentigem mesialen und distalen Zahnfachknochenverlust auszeichnete ais die gesunde Vergleichsgruppe (P0.005). Der mittlere prozentuale Zahnfachkonchenverlust f¨ das gesamte Gebiss warebenfalls niedriger in der ASA Gruppe, obwohl der Unterschied statistisch nicht abgesichert war. Weil es keinen Hinweis daf¨ gibt, dass der Zannfachknochenverlust eine natürliche Folge der Arthritis ist, folgern wir, dass der von uns in dieser Studie gefundene Knochenverlust eine Folge de chronischen Einnahme von ASA oder ASA und Indomethacin ist. (German) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Periodontology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DRUGS KW - BONES KW - TISSUES KW - ARTHRITIS KW - DENTITION (Tooth development) KW - MEDICAL sciences KW - Arthritis KW - aspirin KW - bone loss KW - indomethacin KW - periodontitis. N1 - Accession Number: 13501302; Feldman, Roy S. 1,2 Szeto, Betty 1 Chauncey, Howard H. 1,2 Godhaber, Paul 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, MA, U.S.A. 2: Harvard School of Dental Medicine, Boston, MA, U.S.A.; Source Info: Apr1983, Vol. 10 Issue 2, p131; Subject Term: DRUGS; Subject Term: BONES; Subject Term: TISSUES; Subject Term: ARTHRITIS; Subject Term: DENTITION (Tooth development); Subject Term: MEDICAL sciences; Author-Supplied Keyword: Arthritis; Author-Supplied Keyword: aspirin; Author-Supplied Keyword: bone loss; Author-Supplied Keyword: indomethacin; Author-Supplied Keyword: periodontitis.; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424210 Drugs and Druggists' Sundries Merchant Wholesalers; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-051X.ep13501302 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13501302&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lovallo, William R. AU - Vladimir Pishkin, William R. T1 - A Psychophysiological Comparison of Type A and B Men Exposed to Failure and Uncontrollable Noise. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1980/01// VL - 17 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 29 EP - 36 SN - 00485772 AB - The present study examined resting levels of and stress-related changes in blood pressure, peripheral vasomotor activity, heart rate, heart rate variability, electrodermal activity, and serum lipids in young men classified as Type A (coronary prone) or Type B (non-prone) by a structured interview method. Stress was induced during two preliminary tasks by the occurrence of noise alone, failure alone, or noise plus failure. The results showed that during rest the groups differed only in vasomotor activity, the A's being more constricted than the B's. During work on the tasks, the groups were substantially the same in heart rate and blood pressure; however, the A's showed greater sympathetic arousal than B's in skin conductance level and spontaneous response rate. Extreme A's showed higher serum cholesterol than B's both before and after testing, and also showed a larger effect of noise on triglyceride levels than did B's. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Psychophysiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BEHAVIORAL assessment KW - PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS KW - FAILURE (Psychology) KW - NOISE KW - BLOOD pressure KW - HEART beat KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - Coronary-prone behavior pattern KW - Failure KW - Stress. KW - Type A KW - Uncontrollable noise N1 - Accession Number: 12682906; Lovallo, William R. 1 Vladimir Pishkin, William R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Oklahoma City; Source Info: Jan1980, Vol. 17 Issue 1, p29; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL assessment; Subject Term: PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS; Subject Term: FAILURE (Psychology); Subject Term: NOISE; Subject Term: BLOOD pressure; Subject Term: HEART beat; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Author-Supplied Keyword: Coronary-prone behavior pattern; Author-Supplied Keyword: Failure; Author-Supplied Keyword: Stress.; Author-Supplied Keyword: Type A; Author-Supplied Keyword: Uncontrollable noise; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1469-8986.ep12682906 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12682906&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Friedman, Howard AU - Taub, Harvey A. T1 - THE TRANSCEPHALIC DC POTENTIAL AND REACTION TIME PERFORMANCE. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1969/03// VL - 5 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 504 EP - 509 SN - 00485772 AB - The relationship between transcephalic DC potential changes and simple serial reaction time performance was investigated with the hypothesis that Ss exhibiting more positive TCDC shift would be slower in RT performance than Ss with less positive (or negative) shift. In two experiments, measurements of shift in DC from an initial pre-performance reading to points just before, during, and following RT performance were made. Equal division into groups based on those Ss with most shift in a positive direction versus those with least positive (or negative) shift provided two groups of 12 male Ss in Experiment I, which used constant intertrial interval, and two groups of 11 Ss each in Experiment II, which used random intertrial intervals. The differences in performance between the groups were consistently in the direction expected by the hypothesis. In Experiment I, analysis of variance revealed significant interactions between groups and RT performance blocks over time. Significant differences between groups as well as significant interaction effects were found in Experiment II. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Psychophysiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - REACTION time KW - PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY KW - SLEEP -- Physiological aspects KW - STIMULUS satiation KW - DC potentials KW - Reaction time. (H. Friedman) N1 - Accession Number: 11237633; Friedman, Howard 1 Taub, Harvey A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital and Upstate Medical Center, Syracuse.; Source Info: Mar1969, Vol. 5 Issue 5, p504; Subject Term: REACTION time; Subject Term: PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY; Subject Term: SLEEP -- Physiological aspects; Subject Term: STIMULUS satiation; Author-Supplied Keyword: DC potentials; Author-Supplied Keyword: Reaction time. (H. Friedman); Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11237633&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sadler, Timothy G. AU - Mefferd Jr., Roy B. AU - Wieland, Betty A. AU - Benton, Richard G. AU - McDaniel, C. Douglas T1 - PHYSIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF COMBINATIONS OF PAINFUL AND COGNITIVE STIMULI. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1969/01// VL - 5 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 370 EP - 375 SN - 00485772 AB - Sympathetic activity (SA) was reduced when a cognitive task was imposed during an ongoing response to cold pressor. However, this reduction effect was not obtained when CP was imposed 40-sec after the onset of a cognitive task. Rather the response level appeared to be about that which would have been obtained from cold pressor alone. These results suggest that the reduction found in the former situation is not the result of distraction due to cognitive activity per se, as we had previously proposed, but it is the initial SA resulting from presentation of the cognitive task that causes the interaction. This suggests that the competition occurs at a level below that of cognition. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Psychophysiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - COGNITION KW - READING KW - PAIN KW - ORIENTING reflex KW - HEART beat KW - GALVANIC skin response KW - SYMPATHETIC nervous system KW - audition KW - cognitive activity KW - cold pressor KW - gsr KW - heart rate KW - heart rate variability KW - orienting response KW - pain KW - reading KW - respiration rate KW - respiration rate variability. KW - sympathetic activity N1 - Accession Number: 11236858; Sadler, Timothy G. 1 Mefferd Jr., Roy B. 2 Wieland, Betty A. 1 Benton, Richard G. 3 McDaniel, C. Douglas 4; Affiliation: 1: University of Houston, Houston, Texas 2: Baylor University College of Medicine, Houston, Texas 3: University of Texas Medical Branch, Galveston, Texas 77551 4: Psychiatric and Psychosomatic Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, Texas; Source Info: Jan1969, Vol. 5 Issue 4, p370; Subject Term: COGNITION; Subject Term: READING; Subject Term: PAIN; Subject Term: ORIENTING reflex; Subject Term: HEART beat; Subject Term: GALVANIC skin response; Subject Term: SYMPATHETIC nervous system; Author-Supplied Keyword: audition; Author-Supplied Keyword: cognitive activity; Author-Supplied Keyword: cold pressor; Author-Supplied Keyword: gsr; Author-Supplied Keyword: heart rate; Author-Supplied Keyword: heart rate variability; Author-Supplied Keyword: orienting response; Author-Supplied Keyword: pain; Author-Supplied Keyword: reading; Author-Supplied Keyword: respiration rate; Author-Supplied Keyword: respiration rate variability.; Author-Supplied Keyword: sympathetic activity; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11236858&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Grings, William W. AU - Uno, Tadao T1 - COUNTERCONDITIONING: FEAR AND RELAXATION. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1968/04// VL - 4 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 479 EP - 485 SN - 00485772 AB - Counterconditioning of autonomic responses was evaluated by means of a compound stimulus transfer paradigm. During three sessions on different days Ss were conditioned to give a GSR to a visual stimulus (colored light) and further trained to relax on presentation of a visually projected stimulus word. After training on both experiences had progressed, test trials were introduced to assess the magnitude of response to the fear cue alone and to the compound stimulus created by simultaneous presentation of both cues (the word superimposed on the colored light background). Significant inhibitory transfer effects were observed with the GSR. On the last test trials the digital pulse volume showed less constriction to the compound of fear and relaxation stimuli than to the fear stimulus alone. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Psychophysiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - GALVANIC skin response KW - REFLEXES KW - ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY KW - NEUROLOGIC examination KW - COLORED light KW - CONDITIONED response KW - Compound stimulus transfer KW - Conditioning KW - Counterconditioning KW - Digital pulse volume KW - Galvanic skin response N1 - Accession Number: 11236566; Grings, William W. 1 Uno, Tadao 1; Affiliation: 1: University of Southern California, and Long Beach Veterans Administration Hospital.; Source Info: Apr1968, Vol. 4 Issue 4, p479; Subject Term: GALVANIC skin response; Subject Term: REFLEXES; Subject Term: ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY; Subject Term: NEUROLOGIC examination; Subject Term: COLORED light; Subject Term: CONDITIONED response; Author-Supplied Keyword: Compound stimulus transfer; Author-Supplied Keyword: Conditioning; Author-Supplied Keyword: Counterconditioning; Author-Supplied Keyword: Digital pulse volume; Author-Supplied Keyword: Galvanic skin response; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11236566&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Murpuree, Oddist D. AU - Dykman, Roscoe A. AU - Peters, John E. T1 - OPERANT CONDITIONING OF TWO STRAINS OF THE POINTER DOG. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1967/04// VL - 3 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 414 EP - 417 SN - 00485772 AB - Within the pointer breed of dog two strains have been developed by selective mating and line breeding. The goal is that of producing behaviorally distinct stable and unstable (nervous) strains to measure hereditary effects including dominance and sex Unkage, if present, Some behavioral difference emerged early. Measures of operant conditioning and other behavioral tests have little overlap. We conclude that genetic controls are important for behavioral research, even within a single breed, and that temperamental variables have strong genetic factors as well ss environmental ones. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Psychophysiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - POINTER (Dog breed) KW - BEHAVIOR genetics KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - GENETICS KW - BREEDING KW - NERVOUS system KW - Behavioral genetics KW - Dog conditioning KW - Unstable offspring N1 - Accession Number: 11102762; Murpuree, Oddist D. 1 Dykman, Roscoe A. 1 Peters, John E.; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, North Little Rock, Arkansas, and Department of Psychiatry, University of Arkansas Medical Center, Little Rock, Arkansas.; Source Info: Apr1967, Vol. 3 Issue 4, p414; Subject Term: POINTER (Dog breed); Subject Term: BEHAVIOR genetics; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: GENETICS; Subject Term: BREEDING; Subject Term: NERVOUS system; Author-Supplied Keyword: Behavioral genetics; Author-Supplied Keyword: Dog conditioning; Author-Supplied Keyword: Unstable offspring; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11102762&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cowen, Murray A. T1 - ELEMENTARY FUNCTIONAL CORRELATES OF THE TRANSCEPHALIC DC CIRCUIT. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1967/01// VL - 3 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 262 EP - 272 SN - 00485772 AB - A brief general theory is proposed linking the transcephalic DC potential, which is recorded on the midline surface of the head over the frontal and occipital emissary veins, with a certain functional organization of the brain. From this it is proposed that interoceptive or protopathic afferents--carotid sinus, carotid body, vestibular, and visceral---should produce a positive frontal deflection, while exteroceptive or epicritic afferents--tactile, auditory, proprioceptive, gustatory, visual, and olfactory--should produce a negative frontal DC shift. It is proposed that hunger promotes a negative frontal base line, satiety a positive one, and anxiety increases the base-line variance of a group. A relationship is proposed between frontal negativity and body metabolic peaks. It is proposed that a noxious exteroceptive stimulus produces a positive frontal shift, despite its cortical projection. The hypotheses were tested using normal adult male Ss and good agreement between results and predictions was found. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Psychophysiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ORIENTING reflex KW - ORIENTATION KW - VEINS KW - BRAIN KW - AFFERENT pathways KW - CAROTID sinus KW - DC potentials KW - Orienting reflex KW - Perception N1 - Accession Number: 11076830; Cowen, Murray A. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Psychiatry Service, Syracuse Veterans Administration Hospital. 2: Department of Psychiatry, Upstate New York Medical Center, Syracuse, New York.; Source Info: Jan1967, Vol. 3 Issue 3, p262; Subject Term: ORIENTING reflex; Subject Term: ORIENTATION; Subject Term: VEINS; Subject Term: BRAIN; Subject Term: AFFERENT pathways; Subject Term: CAROTID sinus; Author-Supplied Keyword: DC potentials; Author-Supplied Keyword: Orienting reflex; Author-Supplied Keyword: Perception; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11076830&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hohmann, George W. T1 - SOME EFFECTS OF SPINAL CORD LESIONS ON EXPERIENCED EMOTIONAL FEELINGS. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1966/10// VL - 3 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 143 EP - 156 SN - 00485772 AB - In structured interviews, 25 adult males with spinal cord lesions at varying levels were asked to compare certain of their emotional feelings before and after injury. The investigator, himself a paraplegic, knew all subjects well. The major findings follow. 1. Significant decreases in experienced feelings of anger, sexual excitement, fear, and an over-all estimate of change were found. 2. A significant increase in feelings of sentimentality was reported. 3. Although spinal cord lesions decrease some emotional feelings, overt emotional behavior may continue to be displayed. 4. Support was offered for the belief that disruption of the autonomic nervous system and its afferent return causes notable changes in experienced emotional feelings. A trend was noted which suggests that the more extensive the disruption, the greater the decrease in some emotional feelings. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Psychophysiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SPINAL cord -- Diseases KW - EMOTIONS (Psychology) KW - SPINAL cord -- Wounds & injuries KW - BEHAVIOR KW - PARAPLEGICS KW - PARALYTICS KW - ANS: Feelings KW - Emotions KW - Spinal Cord Injuries KW - Theory of imation N1 - Accession Number: 11076557; Hohmann, George W. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Psychology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Tucson, Arizona 2: Lecturer in Psychology, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona; Source Info: Oct1966, Vol. 3 Issue 2, p143; Subject Term: SPINAL cord -- Diseases; Subject Term: EMOTIONS (Psychology); Subject Term: SPINAL cord -- Wounds & injuries; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Subject Term: PARAPLEGICS; Subject Term: PARALYTICS; Author-Supplied Keyword: ANS: Feelings; Author-Supplied Keyword: Emotions; Author-Supplied Keyword: Spinal Cord Injuries; Author-Supplied Keyword: Theory of imation; Number of Pages: 14p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11076557&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sterman, M. B. AU - Clemens, T. L. AU - Wenger, M. A. T1 - AUTONOMIC AND CLINICAL CORRELATES OF DIFFERENTIAL ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAM RESPONSE TO COLD PRESSOR STIMULATION. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1966/04// VL - 2 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 327 EP - 337 SN - 00485772 AB - Two psychiatric patient subgroups, defined on the basis of an extremely brief or an extremely prolonged electroencephalogram (EEG) response to cold pressor stimulation, also differ with regard to several aspects of autonomic response. The patients showing only a brief EEG desynchronization, with recovery during stimulation, also show a relatively brief autonomic response with recovery beginning during stimulation. They are specifically characterized by elevated levels of skin conductance throughout the measurement period. On the other hand, patients with prolonged EEG response show more prolonged autonomic response and are distinguished as a group by high heart rate levels. Clinical comparisons disclosed no diagnostic correlations. The rapid EEG and visceral recovery observed is discussed in terms of recently described neurophysiological mechanisms of homeostasis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Psychophysiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - RESPIRATION KW - PHYSIOLOGY KW - ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY KW - Cold pressor KW - EEG KW - HR KW - Psychiatry. (M. B. Sterman) KW - Respiration KW - Skin resistance N1 - Accession Number: 11047197; Sterman, M. B. 1 Clemens, T. L. 1 Wenger, M. A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, California, and the Departments of Anatomy and Psychology, University of California at Los Angeles, Los Angeles, California.; Source Info: Apr1966, Vol. 2 Issue 4, p327; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: RESPIRATION; Subject Term: PHYSIOLOGY; Subject Term: ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY; Author-Supplied Keyword: Cold pressor; Author-Supplied Keyword: EEG; Author-Supplied Keyword: HR; Author-Supplied Keyword: Psychiatry. (M. B. Sterman); Author-Supplied Keyword: Respiration; Author-Supplied Keyword: Skin resistance; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11047197&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Nelson, Thomas E. AU - Biernat, Monica R. AU - Manis, Melvin T1 - Everyday Base Rates (Sex Stereotypes): Potent and Resilient. JO - Journal of Personality & Social Psychology JF - Journal of Personality & Social Psychology Y1 - 1990/10// VL - 59 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 661 EP - 675 SN - 00223514 AB - Undergraduate Ss studied photographs of students and estimated the heights of the pictured models. Contrary to reports of base-rate neglect, sex stereotypes regarding height (the implicit recognition that men are normally taller than women) significantly affected these estimates, even when the targets' actual height was statistically controlled. Base rates were especially influential when information about targets was ambiguous, that is when targets were pictured seated. These base-rate effects were robust, remaining significant and substantial despite efforts to lessen their magnitude. Attempts to reduce base-rate effects by encouraging Ss to strive for accuracy, discouraging their reliance on the target's sex (as a cue), or offering cash rewards for accuracy did not succeed. Informing Ss that for the sample to be judged, sex would not predict targets' heights attenuated the base-rate effect, although it remained highly significant. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Personality & Social Psychology is the property of American Psychological Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PHOTOGRAPHS KW - STEREOTYPES (Social psychology) KW - COLLEGE students KW - STATURE KW - HUMAN sexuality KW - SEX differences (Biology) N1 - Accession Number: 9103042325; Nelson, Thomas E. 1 Biernat, Monica R. 1 Manis, Melvin 1; Affiliation: 1: University of Michigan and Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Medical Center; Source Info: Oct90, Vol. 59 Issue 4, p661; Subject Term: PHOTOGRAPHS; Subject Term: STEREOTYPES (Social psychology); Subject Term: COLLEGE students; Subject Term: STATURE; Subject Term: HUMAN sexuality; Subject Term: SEX differences (Biology); Number of Pages: 14p; Illustrations: 2 Diagrams, 2 Charts, 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9103042325&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Major, Brenda AU - Cozzarelli, Catherine AU - Sciacchitano, Anne Marie AU - Cooper, M. Lynne AU - Testa, Maria AU - Mueller, Pallas M. T1 - Perceived Social Support, Self-Efficacy, and Adjustment to Abortion. JO - Journal of Personality & Social Psychology JF - Journal of Personality & Social Psychology Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 59 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 452 EP - 463 SN - 00223514 AB - Prior to their having a 1st trimester abortion, women's perceptions of social support from their partner, family, and friends and self-efficacy for coping were assessed. Depression, mood, physical complaints, and anticipation of negative consequences were measured after the 30-min recovery period. As predicted, perceived social support enhanced adjustment indirectly through its effects on self-efficacy. Women who perceived high support from their family; friends, and partners had higher self-efficacy for coping. Higher self-efficacy, in turn, predicted better adjustment on the psychological measures but not on the physical complaint measure. No direct path between social support and adjustment was observed. In addition, women who told close others of their abortion but perceived them as less than completely' supportive had poorer postabortion psychological adjustment than either women who did not tell or women who told and perceived complete support. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Personality & Social Psychology is the property of American Psychological Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ABORTION KW - PERCEPTION KW - SOCIAL support KW - FAMILIES KW - SELF-efficacy KW - ADJUSTMENT (Psychology) KW - WOMEN N1 - Accession Number: 9103042308; Major, Brenda 1 Cozzarelli, Catherine 1 Sciacchitano, Anne Marie 1 Cooper, M. Lynne 1 Testa, Maria 1 Mueller, Pallas M. 2; Affiliation: 1: State University of New York at Buffalo 2: Readjustment Counseling Service, Veterans Administration, Salem, Oregon; Source Info: Sep90, Vol. 59 Issue 3, p452; Subject Term: ABORTION; Subject Term: PERCEPTION; Subject Term: SOCIAL support; Subject Term: FAMILIES; Subject Term: SELF-efficacy; Subject Term: ADJUSTMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: WOMEN; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 12p; Illustrations: 2 Diagrams, 3 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9103042308&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hine, Louis K. AU - Laird, Nan M. AU - Hewitt, Peg AU - Chalmers, Thomas C. T1 - Meta-analysis of Empirical Long-term Antiarrhythmic Therapy After Myocardial Infarction. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/12//12/1/89 VL - 262 IS - 21 M3 - Article SP - 3037 EP - 3040 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a meta-analysis of empirical long-term antiarrhythmic therapy after myocardial infarction. Clinical characteristics of people who become victims of sudden cardiac death; Risk factors for increased mortality after myocardial infarction; Statistical methods used for summarizing data from individual studies concerning the condition. KW - ARRHYTHMIA -- Treatment KW - MYOCARDIAL infarction KW - CARDIAC arrest N1 - Accession Number: 10982449; Hine, Louis K. 1 Laird, Nan M. 2 Hewitt, Peg 1 Chalmers, Thomas C. 1,3,4; Affiliation: 1: Department of Health Policy and Management, Harvard School of Public Health, Mass 2: Department of Biostatistics, Harvard School of Public Health, Mass 3: Boston Veterans Administration Medical Center 4: Mount Sinai School of Medicine, New York; Source Info: 12/1/89, Vol. 262 Issue 21, p3037; Subject Term: ARRHYTHMIA -- Treatment; Subject Term: MYOCARDIAL infarction; Subject Term: CARDIAC arrest; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10982449&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Davidson, Kent W. AU - Hackler, Chris AU - Caradine, Delbra R. AU - McCord, Ronald S. T1 - Physicians' Attitudes on Advance Directives. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/11/03/ VL - 262 IS - 17 M3 - Article SP - 2415 EP - 2419 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents study findings about the attitudes of physicians from Arkansas on advance directives. Benefits of such directives acknowledged by the phsycians; Percentage of the respondents who expressed a negative attitude on the topic. KW - ADVANCE directives (Medical care) KW - PHYSICIAN & patient KW - PATIENT advocacy N1 - Accession Number: 10975634; Davidson, Kent W. 1 Hackler, Chris 2 Caradine, Delbra R. 3 McCord, Ronald S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Family and Community Medicine, University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences 2: Division of Medical Humanities, University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences 3: Geriatrics Section, Department of Medicine, John L. McClellan Veterans Administration Medical Center, Little Rock, Ark.; Source Info: 11/3/89, Vol. 262 Issue 17, p2415; Subject Term: ADVANCE directives (Medical care); Subject Term: PHYSICIAN & patient; Subject Term: PATIENT advocacy; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10975634&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Adrogue, Horacio J. AU - Barrero, Jorge AU - Eknoyan, Garabed T1 - Salutary Effects of Modest Fluid Replacement in the Treatment of Adults With Diabetic Ketoacidosis. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/10/20/ VL - 262 IS - 15 M3 - Article SP - 2108 EP - 2113 SN - 00987484 AB - Focuses on the salutary effects of modest fluid replacement in the treatment of adults with diabetic ketoacidosis. Release of counterregulatory hormones which contributes to morbidity and mortality; Reduction in the overall cost of medical therapy; Rates of saline infusion. KW - FLUID therapy KW - DIABETIC acidosis KW - SALINE injections KW - MORTALITY N1 - Accession Number: 10981422; Adrogue, Horacio J. 1,2 Barrero, Jorge 2 Eknoyan, Garabed 2; Affiliation: 1: Renal, Section, Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center 2: Baylor College of Medicine; Source Info: 10/20/89, Vol. 262 Issue 15, p2108; Subject Term: FLUID therapy; Subject Term: DIABETIC acidosis; Subject Term: SALINE injections; Subject Term: MORTALITY; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10981422&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - del Regato, Juan A. AU - del Regato, J A T1 - The unfolding of therapeutic radiology. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/10/13/ VL - 262 IS - 14 M3 - journal article SP - 1998 EP - 2001 SN - 00987484 AB - Focuses on the medical field of therapeutic radiology. Author's teaching of courses of roentgentherapy; Effectiveness of radium dosage for brachytherapy of superficial tumors; Benefits of the author's work with Henri Coutard, head of the roentgentherapy department in the Saint Antoine Hospital; Clinical radiotherapy in the United States. KW - MEDICAL radiology KW - RADIUM -- Therapeutic use KW - UNITED States KW - COUTARD, Henri N1 - Accession Number: 10981322; del Regato, Juan A. 1,2,3 del Regato, J A 4; Affiliation: 1: University of South Florida, College of Medicine, Tampa 2: Veterans Administration 3: American Institute of Radiology, Reston, Va. 4: University of South Florida College of Medicine, Tampa; Source Info: 10/13/89, Vol. 262 Issue 14, p1998; Subject Term: MEDICAL radiology; Subject Term: RADIUM -- Therapeutic use; Subject Term: UNITED States; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621512 Diagnostic Imaging Centers; People: COUTARD, Henri; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: journal article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10981322&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cornell, Joseph J. AU - Callaghan, James T. AU - Kohn, Gary M. AU - Hensler, Eugene C. AU - Rogers, Robert M. T1 - In-flight Medical Emergencies. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/09/22/ VL - 262 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 1653 EP - 1656 SN - 00987484 AB - Reports on trends pertaining to in-flight medical emergencies for commercial U.S. aircraft. Requirement for aircrafts to carry an enhanced medical emergency kit; Types of in-flight medical emergencies; Effectiveness and benefits from medical kits; Aspects of giving medical care to passengers. KW - AIRCRAFT survival equipment KW - MEDICAL emergencies KW - MEDICAL care KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 10976187; Cornell, Joseph J. 1,2,3 Callaghan, James T. 1 Kohn, Gary M. 4 Hensler, Eugene C. 4 Rogers, Robert M. 5; Affiliation: 1: University of Illinois College of Medicine 2: Section of Pulmonary Medicine, University of Pittsburgh 3: Oakland Veterans Administration Medical Center 4: Medical Department, United Airlines 5: Division of Pulmonary Medicine, University of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania; Source Info: 9/22/89, Vol. 262 Issue 12, p1653; Subject Term: AIRCRAFT survival equipment; Subject Term: MEDICAL emergencies; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10976187&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Breakey, William R. AU - Fischer, Pamela J. AU - Kramer, Morton AU - Nestadt, Gerald AU - Romanoski, Alan J. AU - Ross, Alan AU - Royall, Richard M. AU - Stine, Oscar C. T1 - Health and Mental Health Problems of Homeless Men and Women in Baltimore. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/09/08/ VL - 262 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 1352 EP - 1357 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a study of homeless people in Baltimore, Maryland which focuses on their health and other characteristics emphasizing their needs for service. Collection of data on sociodemographics and health for both men and women; Revelation of the disaffiliation of the homeless and drug abuse prevalence; Existence of mental illnesses and physical disorders; Need for mental health and substance abuse services. KW - HOMELESS persons KW - HEALTH surveys KW - DEMOGRAPHY KW - DRUG abuse KW - MEDICAL care N1 - Accession Number: 10940974; Breakey, William R. 1 Fischer, Pamela J. 1 Kramer, Morton 2 Nestadt, Gerald 1 Romanoski, Alan J. 1 Ross, Alan 3 Royall, Richard M. 3 Stine, Oscar C. 4; Affiliation: 1: Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, The Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine 2: Department of Mental Hygiene, The Johns Hopkins University School of Hygiene and Public Health 3: Department of Biostatistics, The Johns Hopkins University School of Hygiene and Public Health 4: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinsburg, WVa; Source Info: 9/8/89, Vol. 262 Issue 10, p1352; Subject Term: HOMELESS persons; Subject Term: HEALTH surveys; Subject Term: DEMOGRAPHY; Subject Term: DRUG abuse; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 7 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10940974&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cramer, Joyce A. AU - Mattson, Richard H. AU - Prevey, Mary L. AU - Scheyer, Richard D. AU - Ouellette, Valinda L. T1 - How Often Is Medication Taken as Prescribed? JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/06/09/ VL - 261 IS - 22 M3 - Article SP - 3273 EP - 3277 SN - 00987484 AB - Assesses the compliance with long-term medications among newly treated and long-term epilepsy patients. No significant relationship found between the coefficients of variation of drug serum concentrations and compliance rates; Increased overestimation of compliance by pill counts as compliance with the prescribed regimen declined. KW - EPILEPSY KW - BRAIN diseases N1 - Accession Number: 10982508; Cramer, Joyce A. 1,2 Mattson, Richard H. 1,2 Prevey, Mary L. 1,3 Scheyer, Richard D. 1,2 Ouellette, Valinda L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Epilepsy Center 2: Departments of Neurology 3: Psychology, Yale University School of Medicine; Source Info: 6/9/89, Vol. 261 Issue 22, p3273; Subject Term: EPILEPSY; Subject Term: BRAIN diseases; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10982508&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Howard, Janice E. AU - Davies, Janet L. AU - Roghmann, Klaus J. T1 - Respiratory teaching of patients: how effective is it? JO - Journal of Advanced Nursing JF - Journal of Advanced Nursing Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 12 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 207 EP - 214 SN - 03092402 AB - In order to evaluate the effectiveness of a structured respiratory teaching programme, clients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease who were hospitalized in a 13-month period both prior to and following the implementation of the programme were compared on several parameters to assess changes in their ability to manage their disabilities. The study demonstrated that clients who participated in the teaching sessions had fewer hospital admissions, shorter lengths of hospital stay, and longer stays in the community. A sub-group of clients who were or had been in at-risk occupations was identified as representing the `revolving door' client with shorter hospital and community stays. The teaching programme is described as well as specific elements that can be used for a shorter teaching experience to respond to time constraints when necessary. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Advanced Nursing is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - COMMUNITY health services KW - OBSTRUCTIVE lung diseases KW - HOSPITALS -- Admission & discharge KW - DISABILITIES KW - DISABILITY studies KW - RESPIRATORY infections N1 - Accession Number: 13104871; Howard, Janice E. 1 Davies, Janet L. 2 Roghmann, Klaus J. 3; Affiliation: 1: Head Nurse, Respiratory Unit, Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: Assistant Chief Nursing Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Batavia, New York. 3: Professor of Paediatrics, School of Medicine and Dentistry, University of Rochester, Rochester, New York, USA.; Source Info: Mar1987, Vol. 12 Issue 2, p207; Subject Term: COMMUNITY health services; Subject Term: OBSTRUCTIVE lung diseases; Subject Term: HOSPITALS -- Admission & discharge; Subject Term: DISABILITIES; Subject Term: DISABILITY studies; Subject Term: RESPIRATORY infections; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621494 Community health centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 913910 Other local, municipal and regional public administration; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2648.ep13104871 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13104871&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Messner, Roberta AU - Smith, Martha Neff T1 - Neurofibromatosis: relinquishing the masks; a quest for quality of life. JO - Journal of Advanced Nursing JF - Journal of Advanced Nursing Y1 - 1986/07// VL - 11 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 459 EP - 464 SN - 03092402 AB - Neurofibromatosis (NF)or von Recklinghausen's disease is mankind's most common neurologic genetic disorder, occurring in one of every 3000 live births. While many individuals with NF suffer disfiguring, disabling, or life-threatening complications, NF is extremely variable in its symptoms, intensity, and progression. For many of its victims, NF is a pseudonym for uncertainty and physical and psychosocial havoc. John Merrick, 'The Elephant Man', endured one of the most severe cases of NF ever recorded. Merrick's rejection by post-Dickensian England forced him to become a sideshow circus attraction just to survive. The essence of nursing intervention with NF patients and their families engaged in the quest for quality of life is to restore them to optimal physical and psychosocial functioning, and, ideally, to help them utilize the experience for growth. Many individuals respond to the frustration of NF and society's reactions to the disorder by the wearing of psychological masks. Likewise, nurses may wear emotional masks as a defence against their own discomfort and fears concerning the disorder. Comprehensive nursing management of NF is realized only as nurses and patients relinquish their respective masks. This article examines the nurse's role in genetic disorders with special considerations presented by NF. Adaptation to NF involves coping with NF and its accompanying sequelae and coping with life as it is affected by NF. The concepts of 'chromosomal coping', 'genetophobia', 'genetic guilt, and 'genetic overload syndrome' are presented and analyzed utilizing the theoretical nursing frameworks of Imogene King and Sister Callista Roy. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Advanced Nursing is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - NEUROFIBROMATOSIS KW - GENETIC disorders KW - QUALITY of life KW - NURSES KW - NURSING KW - NEUROFIBROMA N1 - Accession Number: 13116289; Messner, Roberta 1 Smith, Martha Neff 2; Affiliation: 1: Infection Control Nurse, Veterans Administration Medical Centre, Huntington. 2: Professor, Graduate Academic Unit, West Virginia University, Morgan town, West Virginia, USA.; Source Info: Jul86, Vol. 11 Issue 4, p459; Subject Term: NEUROFIBROMATOSIS; Subject Term: GENETIC disorders; Subject Term: QUALITY of life; Subject Term: NURSES; Subject Term: NURSING; Subject Term: NEUROFIBROMA; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2648.ep13116289 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13116289&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Davis, Marcella Z. T1 - Nursing and the chronically ill patient in the acute-care hospital. JO - Journal of Advanced Nursing JF - Journal of Advanced Nursing Y1 - 1984/05// VL - 9 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 257 EP - 266 SN - 03092402 AB - The purpose of this exploratory interview study was to delineate the experience of nurses in a large acute-care/teaching hospital who provided nursing care to patients whose condition is characterized by: (a) chronicity, (b) severe functional debilitation, (c) whose care needs require maximum staff effort, and (d) whose potential for improvement was minimal. These patients are of significance for nurses because their predominant care needs are nursing, yet most nurses in the acute setting find the experience of providing care to these patients to be burdensome and discouraging. However, based on the data to be reported on here, there were nurses in the study who found the experience to be both challenging and rewarding. Discussion is on the experience of nurses who found a challenge and reward in the experience and focuses on (a) what they found in the nursing care of these patients to be a challenge and rewarding and why, (b) how their expectations for the patient and their perspective on the patient's progress enhanced provision of care to these patients, and (c) their impact on the ward vis-à-vis their peers. Implications for nursing practice are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Advanced Nursing is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - NURSING KW - CARE of the sick KW - HOSPITALS KW - HEALTH facilities KW - NURSE & patient KW - MEDICAL teaching personnel N1 - Accession Number: 14365081; Davis, Marcella Z. 1; Affiliation: 1: Associate Chief Nursing Service for Research, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, CaIifornia 92161, USA.; Source Info: May84, Vol. 9 Issue 3, p257; Subject Term: NURSING; Subject Term: CARE of the sick; Subject Term: HOSPITALS; Subject Term: HEALTH facilities; Subject Term: NURSE & patient; Subject Term: MEDICAL teaching personnel; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622110 General Medical and Surgical Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622111 General (except paediatric) hospitals; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2648.ep14365081 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14365081&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chenitz, W. Carole AU - Swanson, Janice M. T1 - Surfacing nursing process: a method for generating nursing theory from practice. JO - Journal of Advanced Nursing JF - Journal of Advanced Nursing Y1 - 1984/03// VL - 9 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 205 EP - 215 SN - 03092402 AB - The process dimension in nursing is far more complex than currently recognized. Lack of knowledge about process in nursing has consequences for professional development and nursing theory. A method for generating theory from systematic observation, description, identification and analysis of nursing practice is presented. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Advanced Nursing is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - NURSING -- Study & teaching KW - CONTINUING education KW - PROFESSIONAL education KW - NURSING informatics KW - NURSING audit KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 14366648; Chenitz, W. Carole 1,2 Swanson, Janice M. 3; Affiliation: 1: Associate Chief Nursing, Service Research, San Francisco Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121. 2: Assistant Clinical Professor, Department of Mental Health and Community Nursing, University of California, San Francisco, School of Nursing. 3: Assistant Professor, Community Health Nursing, University of San Francisco, School of Nursing.; Source Info: Mar1984, Vol. 9 Issue 2, p205; Subject Term: NURSING -- Study & teaching; Subject Term: CONTINUING education; Subject Term: PROFESSIONAL education; Subject Term: NURSING informatics; Subject Term: NURSING audit; Subject Term: UNITED States; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611430 Professional and Management Development Training; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611310 Colleges, Universities, and Professional Schools; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2648.ep14366648 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14366648&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Holmstrom, Valerie L. AU - Beach, Lee Roy T1 - Subjective Expected Utility and Career Preferences. JO - Organizational Behavior & Human Performance JF - Organizational Behavior & Human Performance Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 10 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 201 EP - 207 SN - 00305073 AB - Undergraduate psychology majors rated the relative preferability of eight psychological occupations, the probabilities that each occupation would lead to satisfactory levels of each of 18 kinds of outcomes, and the utilities of the outcomes. The probabilities and utilities were used to compute subjective expected utilities (SEUs) for each of the occupations. Then, for each subject, the relative magnitudes of the SEU's were correlated with the relative preferability of the psychological occupations; the mean correlation was .83. Differences in utilities for subjects who preferred different psychological occupations also were examined. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Organizational Behavior & Human Performance is the property of Academic Press Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DEMAND (Economic theory) KW - EXPECTED returns KW - UTILITY theory KW - CORRELATION (Statistics) KW - EXPECTED utility KW - PROBABILITY theory N1 - Accession Number: 7604343; Holmstrom, Valerie L. 1 Beach, Lee Roy 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Brockton, Massachusetts. 2: University of Washington.; Source Info: Oct73, Vol. 10 Issue 2, p201; Subject Term: DEMAND (Economic theory); Subject Term: EXPECTED returns; Subject Term: UTILITY theory; Subject Term: CORRELATION (Statistics); Subject Term: EXPECTED utility; Subject Term: PROBABILITY theory; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=7604343&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mlyasaki, Kenneth T. AU - Bodeau, Amy L. AU - Selsted, Michael E. AU - Ganz, Tomas AU - Lehrer, Robert I. T1 - Killing of oral, gram-negative, facultative bacteria by the rabbit defensin, NP-1. JO - Oral Microbiology & Immunology JF - Oral Microbiology & Immunology Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 5 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 315 EP - 319 SN - 09020055 AB - Oral, gram-negative, facultative bacteria, including Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans, Eikenella corrodens, and Capnocytophaga spp. have been associated with destructive periodontal infection. Neutrophils play a critical role in defending the periodontium against destructive infection. Defensins are antimicrobial peptides that have been isolated in human, rabbit, guinea pig. and rat leukocytes that may constitute an important nonoxidative mechanism of killing. The purpose of this study was to examine the sensitivity of a battery of oral, gram-negative. facultative bacteria to the bactericidal effects of the isolated rabbit peptide NP-1. All species tested were killed by NP-1: however, there was strain-to-strain variation in sensitivity. The bactericidal effect was not dependent on net bacterial growth, although metabolic activity was evident as assessed by bacterial oxygen consumption. We conclude that bacteria are sensitive to the cidal mechanism involved in defensin-mediated bacterial killing and that the conditions of this assay system support the killing of bacteria by the defensin peptides. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Oral Microbiology & Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RABBITS KW - RESEARCH KW - BACTERIAL diseases in animals KW - PEPTIDES KW - PERIODONTIUM KW - ACTINOBACILLUS KW - BACTERIAL diseases KW - Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans KW - Capnocytophage KW - Eikenella corrodens KW - rabbit defensin N1 - Accession Number: 12592432; Mlyasaki, Kenneth T. 1 Bodeau, Amy L. 1 Selsted, Michael E. 2 Ganz, Tomas 3 Lehrer, Robert I. 4,5; Affiliation: 1: Section of Oral Biology, UCLA School of Dentistry, Center for the Health Sciences, Los Angeles. 2: UC Irvine School of Medicine. Department of Pathology, Irvine. 3: Will Rogers Institute Pulmonary Research Laboratory, UCLA School of Medicine, Los Angeles. California, USA. 4: Division of Hematology-Oncology, UCLA Department of Medicine, Center for the Health Sciences, Los Angeles. California, USA. 5: Department of Medicine, Wadsworth Veterans Administration Hospital, Los Angeles. California, USA.; Source Info: Dec1990, Vol. 5 Issue 6, p315; Subject Term: RABBITS; Subject Term: RESEARCH; Subject Term: BACTERIAL diseases in animals; Subject Term: PEPTIDES; Subject Term: PERIODONTIUM; Subject Term: ACTINOBACILLUS; Subject Term: BACTERIAL diseases; Author-Supplied Keyword: Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans; Author-Supplied Keyword: Capnocytophage; Author-Supplied Keyword: Eikenella corrodens; Author-Supplied Keyword: rabbit defensin; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112930 Fur-Bearing Animal and Rabbit Production; NAICS/Industry Codes: 311615 Poultry Processing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1399-302X.ep12592432 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12592432&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jorizzo, J. L. AU - McNeely, M. C. AU - Baughn, R. E. AU - Cavallo, T. AU - Solomon, A. R. AU - Smith, E. B. T1 - Rabbit model of disseminated syphilis: immunoblot and immunohistologic evidence for a role of specific immune complexes in lesion pathogenesis. JO - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology JF - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 15 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 150 EP - 160 SN - 03036987 AB - Circulating immune complexes (CIC) containing Treponema pallidum proteins have been preliminarily implicated as inducers of a neutrophilic vascular reaction in early human cutaneous lesions of secondary syphilis. To clarify the role of specific GIG in producing cutaneous and renal lesions, 12 rabbits were studied at the following intervals after induction of disseminated syphilis: 20 days (4 rabbits: biopsies of normal and lesional skin for direct immunofluorescence (IMF) for (IgG, IgM, IgA, Clq, C[sub3], C[sub4]), fibrin, and T. pallidum proteins; routine histology; and immunoblots of serum for CIC containing T. pallidum proteins); 21 days (4 rabbits: as at 20 days without IMF for T. pallidum protein); 23 days (4 rabbits: as at 20 days without IMF); 30 days (same 12 rabbits restudied with routine histology of normal and lesional skin; kidneys from 4 rabbits removed for routine, IMF, and electron microscopy (EM). Treponemal polypeptide antigen (MW-87kd) was demonstrated in CIC from rabbits. Routine cutaneous histology showed evolution of lesions from an early neutrophilic vascular reaction to the typical lymphoplasmacytic reaction. IMF showed vessel-based immunoreactants in 3 of the 4 rabbits tested at 20 days and 1of 4 at 21 days, and T. pallidum proteins in 3 of 4 rabbits at 20 days. Routine histology, IMF, and EM studies of glomeruli showed glomerular abnormalities, but no evidence of immune deposits containing specific T. pallidum protein. Skin and kidney studies of 4 controls were all negative. These data indicate a role for specific immune complexes in the pathogenesis of cutaneous lesions in this rabbit model. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Cutaneous Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SYPHILIS KW - SEXUALLY transmitted diseases KW - IMMUNE complexes KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - TREPONEMA pallidum KW - IMMUNOHISTOCHEMISTRY N1 - Accession Number: 11823831; Jorizzo, J. L. 1 McNeely, M. C. 2 Baughn, R. E. 3 Cavallo, T. 4 Solomon, A. R. 2,5 Smith, E. B. 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Winston-Salem, North Carolina. 2: Departments of Dermatology, University of Texas Medical Branch, Galveston, U.S.A. 3: Syphilis Research Laboratory, Baylor College of Medicine, Veterans Administration & Medical Center, Houston. 4: Departments of Renal Immunopathology, University of Texas Medical Branch, Galveston, U.S.A. 5: Departments of Pathology, University of Texas Medical Branch, Galveston, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jun88, Vol. 15 Issue 3, p150; Subject Term: SYPHILIS; Subject Term: SEXUALLY transmitted diseases; Subject Term: IMMUNE complexes; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: TREPONEMA pallidum; Subject Term: IMMUNOHISTOCHEMISTRY; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0560.ep11823831 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11823831&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Nadjem, M. A. AU - Graham, J. H. AU - Johnson, F. B. T1 - Lycopodium granuloma. JO - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology JF - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 15 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 120 EP - 123 SN - 03036987 AB - The spores of Lycopodium (L) clavatum were used as a component of a dusting powder in many hospitals during the 1920's and 1930's. When L spores enter surgical wounds a lesion clinically resembling tuberculosis or neoplasia may develop months or even years later. We recently encountered a case of L granuloma occurring in a patient 50 years after an appendectomy. Three additional cases found in the files of the AFIP are also reported. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Cutaneous Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CLUB mosses KW - LYCOPODIALES KW - GRANULOMA KW - INFLAMMATION KW - POWDERS KW - CLINICAL indications N1 - Accession Number: 11823816; Nadjem, M. A. 1 Graham, J. H. 1 Johnson, F. B. 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Dermatopathology and Chemical Pathology, AFIP, and the Veterans Administration Special Reference Laboratory at the AFIP, Washington, D.C., U.S.A.; Source Info: Apr88, Vol. 15 Issue 2, p120; Subject Term: CLUB mosses; Subject Term: LYCOPODIALES; Subject Term: GRANULOMA; Subject Term: INFLAMMATION; Subject Term: POWDERS; Subject Term: CLINICAL indications; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0560.ep11823816 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11823816&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kao, G. F. AU - Helwig, E. B. AU - Graham, J. H. T1 - Aggressive digital papillary adenoma and adenocarcinoma. A clinicopathological study of 57 patients, with histochemical, immunopathological, and ultrastructural observations. JO - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology JF - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology Y1 - 1987/06// VL - 14 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 129 EP - 146 SN - 03036987 AB - Fifty-seven examples of a rare eccrine sweat gland tumor (aggressive digital papillary adenoma and adenocarcinoma) were studied by means of light microscopy, electron microscopy, and immunoperoxidase techniques. The neoplasm occurred as a single, painless mass, almost exclusively on the fingers, toes, and adjacent skin of the palms and soles. Microscopic features were distinct from those of other eccrine sweat gland tumors and of- ten led to the diagnosis of such metastatic carcinoma as that of the breast. The characteristic histologic features included tubuloalveolar and ductal structures with areas of papillary projections protruding into cystic lumina. The stroma varied from thin, fibrous septae to areas of dense, hyalinized collagen. Forty tumors were classified as adenoma (ADPA) and 17 as adenocarcinoma (ADPAca). Histologically, ADPAca was distinguished from ADPA by its poor glandular differentiation and by necrosis, cellular atypia and pleomorphism, invasion of soft tissue and bone, and invasion of blood vessels. Eighteen (50%) patients with ADPA and 8 (47.0%) who had ADPAca developed recurrent lesions (2 months to 9 years) after surgical removal of' the tumor. Seven (41.2%) patients with ADPAca developed metastases, of which 5 involved the lung. Three patients died of metastasis, 5 to 20 years after surgical treatment of the primary tumor. The histologic malignant features in ADPAca are indicative of potential for distant metastasis and fatality. The recognition of aggressive digital papillary adenoma and adenocarcinoma as a distinct clinicopathological eccrine sweat gland neoplasm is important because of the potential for aggressive local growth and distant metastasis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Cutaneous Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SWEAT glands KW - TUMORS KW - BONE metastasis KW - ADENOCARCINOMA KW - ADENOMA KW - HISTOCHEMISTRY N1 - Accession Number: 11840148; Kao, G. F. 1 Helwig, E. B. 1 Graham, J. H. 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Dermatopathology and Gastrointestinal Pathology, Armed Forces Institute of Pathology (AFIP), and Veterans Administration Special Reference Laboratory at the AFIP, Washington D.C., USA.; Source Info: Jun87, Vol. 14 Issue 3, p129; Subject Term: SWEAT glands; Subject Term: TUMORS; Subject Term: BONE metastasis; Subject Term: ADENOCARCINOMA; Subject Term: ADENOMA; Subject Term: HISTOCHEMISTRY; Number of Pages: 18p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0560.ep11840148 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11840148&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Swanson, P. E. AU - Cherwitz, D. L. AU - Neumann, M. P. AU - Wick, M. R. T1 - Eccrine sweat gland carcinoma: an histologic and immunohistochemical study of 32 cases. JO - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology JF - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology Y1 - 1987/04// VL - 14 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 65 EP - 86 SN - 03036987 AB - In an attempt to characterize the immunocytochemical attributes of eccrine sweat gland carcinoma, we studied 32 examples of this tumor with antibodies to epithelial membrane antigen (EMA), cytokcratin(CK), carcinoembryonic antigen, Sl00 protein, alpha-lactalbumin, salivary amylase, blood group isoantigens, beta-2-microglobulin, and Leu MI. All cases expressed EMA and CK, and 28 of 32 cases also displayed at least 2 of the 6 remaining antigens. No significant variations were noted in the immunophenotypes of histologic subtypes of eccrine carcinoma. These results provide an objective means of diagnostic separation between sweat gland carcinoma and other primary malignant cutaneous tumors. However, they do not appear to correlate with the degree of tumoral differentiation, and are of no assistance in the separation of benign and malignant sudorifcrous neoplasms. The ability of immunocytochemical techniques to distinguish between primary malignant adnexal cutaneous tumors and metastases to the skin appears unlikely, but remains to be studied further. Also, the use of immunostaining panels is advised in the study of adnexal carcinomas, since no single determinant in isolation is specific for these neoplasms. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Cutaneous Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CANCER KW - SWEAT glands KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - METASTASIS KW - TUMORS KW - SKIN N1 - Accession Number: 11839961; Swanson, P. E. 1 Cherwitz, D. L. 2 Neumann, M. P. 1 Wick, M. R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Laboratory Medicine and Pathology, University of Minnesota School of Medicine. 2: Minneapolis Veterans' Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minnesota, USA.; Source Info: Apr87, Vol. 14 Issue 2, p65; Subject Term: CANCER; Subject Term: SWEAT glands; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: METASTASIS; Subject Term: TUMORS; Subject Term: SKIN; Number of Pages: 22p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0560.ep11839961 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11839961&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mrak, R. E. AU - Baker, C. F. T1 - Granular cell basal cell carcinoma. JO - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology JF - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology Y1 - 1987/02// VL - 14 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 37 EP - 42 SN - 03036987 AB - Granular cell basal cell carcinoma (BCC) is a rare histologic variant of BCC. In this, the third reported case, the tumor consisted almost entirely of granular cells. By electron microscopy, these cells were filled with pleomorphic lysosome-like granules lined by unit membranes and containing homogeneous or granular electron-dense bodies, membranous debris and amorphous material. The epithelial origin of the tumor was suggested by the characteristic light microscopic appearance of tumor cell islands with some areas of peripheral palisading, and was confirmed by electron microscopic features of numerous well-formed pentalaminate desmosome junctions and sparse cytoplasmic tonofilament bundles, some of which showed attachments to the desmosomes. Histochemical immunoperoxidase stains for lysozyme showed no cytoplasmic lysozyme activity, in common with other granular cell tumors, but ultrastructural examination did not reveal angulate bodies, in contrast to findings in non-epithelial granular cell tumors. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Cutaneous Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BASAL cell carcinoma KW - DESMOSOMES KW - EPITHELIAL cells KW - TUMORS KW - IMMUNOENZYME technique KW - LYSOZYMES N1 - Accession Number: 11839796; Mrak, R. E. 1 Baker, C. F. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Pathology, University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences and John L. McClellan Memorial Veterans Administration Medical Center, Little Rock, Arkansas, U.S.A.; Source Info: Feb87, Vol. 14 Issue 1, p37; Subject Term: BASAL cell carcinoma; Subject Term: DESMOSOMES; Subject Term: EPITHELIAL cells; Subject Term: TUMORS; Subject Term: IMMUNOENZYME technique; Subject Term: LYSOZYMES; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0560.ep11839796 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11839796&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Barr, R. J. AU - Young Jr., E. M. AU - King, D. F. T1 - Non-polarizable collagen in dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans: a useful diagnostic aid. JO - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology JF - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology Y1 - 1986/10// VL - 13 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 339 EP - 346 SN - 03036987 AB - The stroma in dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans (DFSP) stains with trichrome. but is not polarizable (birefringent, doubly refractile). The usefulness of polarizing neoplastic stroma as a diagnostic aid in distinguishing DFSP from dermatofibroma and fibromatosis was evaluated. Forty cases of dermatofibroma of all types, 12 cases of dermal fibromatosis, and 15 cases of DFSP were examined. None of the DFSPS contained polarizable collagen, whereas 11 of the 12 (92%) fibromatoses and 35 of the 40 (88%) dermatofibromas did. Of the 5 dermatofibromas that did not polarize. all were composed primarily of round to polyhedral histiocytic cells, including foam cells, frequently surrounding small obliterated capillaries. Although not pathognomonic, the presence of nonpolarizable collagen appears to be an additional histological marker useful in differentiating DFSP from dermatofibroma and fibromatosis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Cutaneous Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DERMATOFIBROMA KW - DERMIS -- Tumors KW - COLLAGEN KW - EXTRACELLULAR matrix proteins KW - CLINICAL indications KW - CELLS N1 - Accession Number: 11867763; Barr, R. J. 1 Young Jr., E. M. 2 King, D. F. 3; Affiliation: 1: Section of Dermal Pathology and Histochemistry, University of California, Irvine. 2: Department of Dermatology, University of California, Davis. 3: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Long Beach, U.S.A.; Source Info: Oct86, Vol. 13 Issue 5, p339; Subject Term: DERMATOFIBROMA; Subject Term: DERMIS -- Tumors; Subject Term: COLLAGEN; Subject Term: EXTRACELLULAR matrix proteins; Subject Term: CLINICAL indications; Subject Term: CELLS; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0560.ep11867763 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11867763&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Barr, R. J. AU - Young Jr., E. M. AU - Liao, S.-Y. T1 - Giant cell fibroblastoma: an immunohistochemical study. JO - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology JF - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology Y1 - 1986/08// VL - 13 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 301 EP - 307 SN - 03036987 AB - Giant cell fibroblastoma is a rare, benign soft tissue tumor occurring in childhood. A 34-year-old woman presented with a giant cell fibroblastoma involving the chest wall. Histologic features include an infiltrating spindle-cell tumor involving the dermis and subcutaneous fat containing characteristic sinusoidal spaces rimmed by spindle cells and multinucleate giant cells. Immunohistochemical studies support a fibrohistiocytic differentiation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Cutaneous Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - GIANT cell tumors KW - TUMORS KW - IMMUNOHISTOCHEMISTRY KW - IMMUNOCHEMISTRY KW - DERMIS KW - MACROPHAGES N1 - Accession Number: 11867522; Barr, R. J. 1,2,3 Young Jr., E. M. 1,3 Liao, S.-Y. 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of California, Irvine 2: Department of Pathology, University of California, Irvine 3: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Long Beach, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug86, Vol. 13 Issue 4, p301; Subject Term: GIANT cell tumors; Subject Term: TUMORS; Subject Term: IMMUNOHISTOCHEMISTRY; Subject Term: IMMUNOCHEMISTRY; Subject Term: DERMIS; Subject Term: MACROPHAGES; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0560.ep11867522 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11867522&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Von Kuster, L. C. AU - Liwnicz, B. H. AU - Ward, D. E. T1 - Concanavalin A and Lens culinaris agglutinin binding patterns in normal and neoplastic sebaceous epithelium. JO - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology JF - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology Y1 - 1986/08// VL - 13 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 274 EP - 284 SN - 03036987 AB - Formalin-fixed, paraffin-embedded tissue sections of normal skin, sebaceous hyperplasia. nevus sebaceous, sebaceous adenoma. and sebaceous carcinoma were studied by means of biotinylated and FITC conjugated concanavalin A (Con A) and Lens culinaris agglutinin (LCA). At relatively high concentrations of these lectins, all cutaneous epithelial cells were stained. As the concentration of LCA was lowered, there was a corresponding decrease in the intensity of staining of all epithelial cells. With lowered concentrations of Con A. staining of sebaceous epithelium remained strongly positive, while staining of other epithelia decreased in a manner similar to that seen for LCA. These staining patterns were seen in normal and neoplastic tissues. Both Con A and LCA are known to bind to α-D-mannopyranosyl and α-D-glucopyranosyl residues of glycoproteins and glycolipids. The difference in staining of sebaceous epithelial cells by Con A and LCA suggests that the binding of these lectins is not determined strictly by the presence of α-D-mannopyranosyl or &alpha-D-glucopyranosyl residues, but is modified by side-chain substitution on the monosaccharides and/or by the oligosaccharide which contains the particular monosaccharide. Whichever event is operative, a saccharide moiety is present on the surface of mature sebaceous cells which has a strong affinity for Con A. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Cutaneous Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EPITHELIUM KW - SEBACEOUS glands KW - AGGLUTININS KW - AGGLUTINATION KW - LENTILS KW - LENS (Plants) KW - HYPERPLASIA N1 - Accession Number: 11867449; Von Kuster, L. C. 1,2 Liwnicz, B. H. 1,2 Ward, D. E. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Pathology, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cincinnati, Ohio, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug86, Vol. 13 Issue 4, p274; Subject Term: EPITHELIUM; Subject Term: SEBACEOUS glands; Subject Term: AGGLUTININS; Subject Term: AGGLUTINATION; Subject Term: LENTILS; Subject Term: LENS (Plants); Subject Term: HYPERPLASIA; NAICS/Industry Codes: 111130 Dry Pea and Bean Farming; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0560.ep11867449 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11867449&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kao, G. F. AU - Graham, J. H. AU - Helwig, E. B. T1 - Paget's disease of the ectopic breast with an underlying intraductal carcinoma: report of a case. JO - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology JF - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology Y1 - 1986/02// VL - 13 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 59 EP - 66 SN - 03036987 AB - Paget's disease may occur at mammary and extramammary sites. Mammary Paget's disease typically involves the nipple and adjacent skin. Almost all such cases arc associated with an underlying ductal carcinoma of the breast. A case of Paget's disease occurring at the site of an ectopic breast adjacent to a supernumerary nipple and associated with an underlying intraductal carcinoma is described. A search of the literature revealed no previous report of such cases. Detailed clinical history and histopathologic, histochemical, and follow-up information on this case are presented. The literature on mammary and extramammary Paget 's disease is reviewed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Cutaneous Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - OSTEITIS deformans KW - MAMMARY glands KW - BREAST cancer KW - PATHOLOGICAL histology KW - HISTOCHEMISTRY KW - CASE studies N1 - Accession Number: 11839428; Kao, G. F. 1 Graham, J. H. 1 Helwig, E. B. 2; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Dermatopathology, Armed Forces Institute of pathology (AFIP), Washington DC, the Veterans Administration Special Reference Laboratory for pathology at the AFIP 2: Departments of Gastrointestinal Pathology, Armed Forces Institute of pathology(AFIP), Washington DC, School of Medicine, Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences, Bethesda, Maryland, USA.; Source Info: Feb86, Vol. 13 Issue 1, p59; Subject Term: OSTEITIS deformans; Subject Term: MAMMARY glands; Subject Term: BREAST cancer; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL histology; Subject Term: HISTOCHEMISTRY; Subject Term: CASE studies; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0560.ep11839428 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11839428&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Aronson, P. J. AU - Fretzin, D. F. AU - Potter, B. S. T1 - Neurothekeoma of Gallager and Helwig (dermal nerve sheath myxoma variant): report of a case with electron microscopic and immunohistochemical studies. JO - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology JF - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology Y1 - 1985/12// VL - 12 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 506 EP - 519 SN - 03036987 AB - A patient presented with a frontal nodule of the scalp. Histopathological examination revealed a myxomatous multilobulate tumor composed of epithelioid cells with variable pleomorphism. Perineurium-like structures were seen but only around isolated lobules located at the tumor periphery. Electron microscopy revealed polygonal cells and cells with elongated cytoplasmic processes. Many cells had myelinoid figures. A basement membrane-like lamina was noted around some cells. Some of the tumor cells were immunoreactive for myelin basic protein. This finding suggests that the tumor cells are of schwannian type. Neurothekeoma of Gallager and Helwig is a rare, probably benign tumor with fairly distinctive histopathologic characteristics. It appears to be a variant of dermal nerve-sheath myxoma. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Cutaneous Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MYXOMA KW - TUMORS KW - ELECTRON microscopy KW - IMMUNOHISTOCHEMISTRY KW - EPITHELIAL cells KW - MICROSCOPY N1 - Accession Number: 11866834; Aronson, P. J. 1 Fretzin, D. F. 2 Potter, B. S. 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Allen Park. 2: Department of Pathology and Medicine (Dermatology), Michael Reese Hospital and Medical Center, Chicago. 3: Department of Dermatology, College of Medicine, University of Illinois at Chicago, U.S.A.; Source Info: Dec85, Vol. 12 Issue 6, p506; Subject Term: MYXOMA; Subject Term: TUMORS; Subject Term: ELECTRON microscopy; Subject Term: IMMUNOHISTOCHEMISTRY; Subject Term: EPITHELIAL cells; Subject Term: MICROSCOPY; Number of Pages: 14p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0560.ep11866834 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11866834&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Young Jr., E. M. AU - Barr, R. J. T1 - Sclerosing dermatoses. JO - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology JF - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology Y1 - 1985/10// VL - 12 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 426 EP - 441 SN - 03036987 AB - Sclerosing dermatoses include a variety of conditions characterized clinically by firm, hard skin and histologically by alterations in collagen and/or fibroblasts. Sclerosis refers to increased collagen in altered arrangement having a homogeneous, eosinophilic, hyalinized appearance with a decreased number of fibroblasts. Sclerosis sometimes, but not always, represents old fibrosis. Fibrosis describes increased collagen in altered arrangement, with an increased number of fibroblasts. Desmoplasia refers to the formation and development of increased amounts of collagen and/or fibroblasts which encase or bind adjacent tissue, resulting in fibrosis, fibromatosis, or scar formation. KW - SKIN diseases KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - HISTOLOGY KW - FIBROBLASTS KW - COLLAGEN KW - EOSINOPHILS KW - SCARS N1 - Accession Number: 11866303; Young Jr., E. M. 1 Barr, R. J. 2; Affiliation: 1: Section of Dermal Pathology and Histochemistry, Department of Dermatology, University of California, Irvine, U.S.A. 2: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Long Beach, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Oct85, Vol. 12 Issue 5, p426; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: HISTOLOGY; Subject Term: FIBROBLASTS; Subject Term: COLLAGEN; Subject Term: EOSINOPHILS; Subject Term: SCARS; Number of Pages: 16p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0560.ep11866303 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11866303&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Barr, R. J. AU - Young Jr., E. M. T1 - Psoriasiform and related papulosquamous disorders. JO - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology JF - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology Y1 - 1985/10// VL - 12 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 412 EP - 425 SN - 03036987 AB - Psoriasiform dermatitis, as the name implies, includes those disorders which mimic psoriasis either clinically or histologically. It is this parakeratosis which is responsible for the clinical scale which is, responsible for a clinical appearance mimicking psoriasis feature. The parakeratosis is accompanied by a variable amount of hyperkeratosis, acanthosis, papillomatosis and a moderate superficial perivascular inflammatory filtrate. Because these changes are nonspecific, a very strong clinicopathologic correlation is often necessary in order to make a definitive diagnosis. The stage of development of the lesion is also an extremely significant fact to be taken into consideration. KW - PSORIASIS KW - SKIN diseases KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - HISTOLOGY KW - KERATOSIS KW - PRECANCEROUS conditions N1 - Accession Number: 11866287; Barr, R. J. 1 Young Jr., E. M. 2; Affiliation: 1: Section of Dermal Pathology and Histochemistry, Department of Dermatology, University of California, Irvine, USA. 2: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Long Beach, California, USA.; Source Info: Oct85, Vol. 12 Issue 5, p412; Subject Term: PSORIASIS; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: HISTOLOGY; Subject Term: KERATOSIS; Subject Term: PRECANCEROUS conditions; Number of Pages: 14p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0560.ep11866287 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11866287&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hashimoto, K. T1 - Diseases of amyloid, colloid, and hyalin. JO - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology JF - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology Y1 - 1985/06//Jun/Aug85 VL - 12 IS - 3/4 M3 - Article SP - 322 EP - 333 SN - 03036987 AB - Despite significant chemical variations, all "amyloids" have 2 common denominators, positive Congo red slain which shows greenish birefringence (dichroism) and 6-10 nm straight, non-branching filaments. In systemic primary amyloidosis patients seem to have no other diseases, whereas sonic of them eventually develop multiple myeloma, that is, myeloma-associaied amyloidosis. Hyalinosis cutis et mucosae (lipoid proteinosis) is an autosomal recessive disorder of mucopolysaccharide metabolism, possibly related to lysosomal hexuronic acid. KW - AMYLOID KW - HYALINE membrane disease KW - MYELOMA proteins KW - DOUBLE refraction KW - MUCOPOLYSACCHARIDES KW - PATIENTS N1 - Accession Number: 11866083; Hashimoto, K. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology and Syphilology, Wayne State University School of Medicine, Detroit and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Allen Park, USA.; Source Info: Jun/Aug85, Vol. 12 Issue 3/4, p322; Subject Term: AMYLOID; Subject Term: HYALINE membrane disease; Subject Term: MYELOMA proteins; Subject Term: DOUBLE refraction; Subject Term: MUCOPOLYSACCHARIDES; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0560.ep11866083 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11866083&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hashimoto, K. AU - Takahashi, S. AU - Freilich, I. T1 - Bullous congenital ichthyosiform erythroderma masquerading as dystrophic epidermolysis bullosa. JO - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology JF - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology Y1 - 1985/04// VL - 12 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 130 EP - 141 SN - 03036987 AB - A black baby, born at full term of a normal healthy mother, showed multiple erosions and ulcers. No history of skin diseases was known in the family. A skin biopsy taken shortly after birth from an arm lesion showed subepidermal edema and cavity formation. Electron microscopy showed clumping of microfibrils and anchoring fibril-like fibers at the dermo-epidermal junction. In more severely affected areas, absence of anchoring fibrils and collagenolysis were found and the diagnosis of dystrophic epidermolysis bullosa was made. Two weeks later, the lesions healed without leaving scars and a second biopsy from the chest area revealed typical histopathology of epidermolytic hyperkeratosis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Cutaneous Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - NEWBORN infants -- Diseases KW - ULCERS KW - SKIN diseases -- Diagnosis KW - BIOPSY KW - MICROFIBRILS KW - PATHOLOGICAL histology N1 - Accession Number: 11865249; Hashimoto, K. 1 Takahashi, S. 1 Freilich, I. 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology and Syphilology, Wayne State University School of Medicine, Detroit, USA. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Allen Park, Michigan, USA.; Source Info: Apr85, Vol. 12 Issue 2, p130; Subject Term: NEWBORN infants -- Diseases; Subject Term: ULCERS; Subject Term: SKIN diseases -- Diagnosis; Subject Term: BIOPSY; Subject Term: MICROFIBRILS; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL histology; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0560.ep11865249 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11865249&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ito, M. AU - Hashimoto, K. AU - Yorder, F. W. T1 - Monilethrix: an ultrastructural study. JO - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology JF - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology Y1 - 1984/12// VL - 11 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 513 EP - 521 SN - 03036987 AB - Characteristic moniliform hairs of monilethrix were ultrastructurally examined. By scanning electron microscope, nodes and internodes were seen alternating on the affected hair; the nodes were normal in apparance and thickness, while the internodes were thin and showed ridges and flutes. By transmission electron microscope, the cross sections of the internodes revealed wrinkling of the hair cuticular cells and a reduced number of the cortical cells. Cross sections of the cortical cells per se showed a similar size and a normal keratin pattern in both nodes and internodes, compared with those of control hairs from normal individuals. From these findings, the internodes seemed to be the pathological portions of the moniliform hair, and such abnormal thinning of hair shaft might be caused by a periodical dysfunction of the hair matrix, especially in the hair cortex. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Cutaneous Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HAIR KW - ELECTRON microscopes KW - PATHOLOGY KW - KERATIN KW - CELLS N1 - Accession Number: 11909662; Ito, M. 1 Hashimoto, K. 2 Yorder, F. W. 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, Niigata University School of Medicine, Japan. 2: Department of Dermatology, Wayne State University School of Medicine, and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Allen park, U.S.A. 3: Department of Dermatology, Wayne State University School of Medicine, and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Westerville, U.S.A.; Source Info: Dec84, Vol. 11 Issue 6, p513; Subject Term: HAIR; Subject Term: ELECTRON microscopes; Subject Term: PATHOLOGY; Subject Term: KERATIN; Subject Term: CELLS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 334516 Analytical Laboratory Instrument Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0560.ep11909662 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11909662&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Stern, J. B. AU - Sobel, H. J. AU - Rotchford, J. P. T1 - Wells' syndrome: is there collagen damage in the flame figures? JO - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology JF - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology Y1 - 1984/12// VL - 11 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 501 EP - 505 SN - 03036987 AB - Flame figures are a characteristic histologic feature of Wells' syndrome (eosinophilic cellulitis). In this light and electron microscopic study, the ultrastructure of flame figures is described. Collagen fibers were encrusted with free eosinophil granules. No collagen damage was found. Flame figures most probably represent a transient result of unusual eosinophil activity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Cutaneous Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - COLLAGEN KW - EXTRACELLULAR matrix proteins KW - HISTOLOGY KW - ELECTRON microscopy KW - EOSINOPHIL disorders KW - CELLULITIS N1 - Accession Number: 11909653; Stern, J. B. 1 Sobel, H. J. 2 Rotchford, J. P.; Affiliation: 1: Bethesda Dermatopathology Laboratory, Maryland. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, East Orange, New Jersey.; Source Info: Dec84, Vol. 11 Issue 6, p501; Subject Term: COLLAGEN; Subject Term: EXTRACELLULAR matrix proteins; Subject Term: HISTOLOGY; Subject Term: ELECTRON microscopy; Subject Term: EOSINOPHIL disorders; Subject Term: CELLULITIS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0560.ep11909653 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11909653&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bhawan, J. AU - Mehregan, A. H. AU - Jung-Legg, Y. AU - Gellis, S. E. T1 - Pigmented basal cell carcinoma and superficial spreading malignant melanoma: an unusual combination. JO - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology JF - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology Y1 - 1984/12// VL - 11 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 471 EP - 475 SN - 03036987 AB - We report pigmented lesions in 2 white male patients, which were clinically diagnosed as superficial spreading malignant melanoma and histologically showed combined features of superficial spreading malignant melanoma in suit and pigmented basal cell carcinoma. The significance of this association is not known but is most likely very rare. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Cutaneous Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BASAL cell carcinoma KW - SKIN -- Cancer KW - MELANOMA KW - HISTOLOGY KW - ANATOMY N1 - Accession Number: 11909621; Bhawan, J. 1 Mehregan, A. H. 2 Jung-Legg, Y. 3 Gellis, S. E. 4; Affiliation: 1: Department of Pathology and Medicine University of Massachusetts Medical School. Worcester. 2: Department of Dermatology, Wayne State University School of Medicine. 3: Department of Pathology, Veterans Administration Hospital, USA. 4: Department of Dermatology, New England Medical Center and Tufts University, Boston, USA.; Source Info: Dec84, Vol. 11 Issue 6, p471; Subject Term: BASAL cell carcinoma; Subject Term: SKIN -- Cancer; Subject Term: MELANOMA; Subject Term: HISTOLOGY; Subject Term: ANATOMY; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0560.ep11909621 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11909621&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Barr, Ronald J. AU - Valdes, Emilita R. AU - Buck, Janis E. T1 - Plastic embedding of cutaneous specimens: an important diagnostic aid in mycosis fungoides. JO - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology JF - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology Y1 - 1982/02// VL - 9 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 19 EP - 24 SN - 03036987 AB - A technique for primary plastic embedding for light microscopy was utilized in evaluating plaque lesions in four patients with mycosis fungoides and compared to tissues from the same patients embedded in paraffin. Standard 3 mm punch biopsies were utilized. Specimens were fixed in B-5 and embedded in araldite epoxy resin. In specimens from all four patients, the cytological details of the mycosis cells were superior in the plastic embedded tissues. This practical and relatively inexpensive method may prove to he a sensitive indicator of mycosis cells in early lesions. This technique also permits the use of a variety of special stains, immunoperoxidase and electron microscopic analyses. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Cutaneous Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MYCOSIS fungoides KW - ALKANES KW - BIOPSY KW - IMMUNOENZYME technique KW - ELECTRON microscopy KW - CELLS N1 - Accession Number: 11853828; Barr, Ronald J. 1,2 Valdes, Emilita R. 1,2 Buck, Janis E. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Section of Dermal Pathology and Histochemistry, Department of Dermatology, University of California, Irvine, Irvine, California. 2: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Long Beach, California USA.; Source Info: Feb82, Vol. 9 Issue 1, p19; Subject Term: MYCOSIS fungoides; Subject Term: ALKANES; Subject Term: BIOPSY; Subject Term: IMMUNOENZYME technique; Subject Term: ELECTRON microscopy; Subject Term: CELLS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325110 Petrochemical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0560.ep11853828 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11853828&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hashimoto, Ken AU - Craig, Ruffin S. T1 - Acrosclerosis Associated with Vibration: an Electron Microscopic Study. JO - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology JF - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology Y1 - 1980/12// VL - 7 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 373 EP - 386 SN - 03036987 AB - A case of typical vibration-induced acrosclerosis was studied with the electron microscope. In addition to increased collagenization of the dermis, vascular wall and perivascular spaces, a severe vacuolization and an increased number of lysosomes in the vascular endothelial cells were observed. In many peripheral nerves, axonal degeneration, demyelination and an extensive collagenization of peri- and endoneurium were observed. These changes appeared to be the organic basis for sclerosis and neuropathies of this condition. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Cutaneous Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - VASCULAR diseases KW - ELECTRON microscopy KW - LYSOSOMES KW - DERMIS KW - PERIPHERAL nervous system KW - DEMYELINATION N1 - Accession Number: 11805357; Hashimoto, Ken 1 Craig, Ruffin S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Section, Veterans Administration Center and Wright State University School of Medicine, Dayton, Ohio, U.S.A.; Source Info: 1980, Vol. 7 Issue 6, p373; Subject Term: VASCULAR diseases; Subject Term: ELECTRON microscopy; Subject Term: LYSOSOMES; Subject Term: DERMIS; Subject Term: PERIPHERAL nervous system; Subject Term: DEMYELINATION; Number of Pages: 14p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0560.ep11805357 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11805357&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Klima, M. AU - Kurtis, B. AU - Jordan Jr., P. H. T1 - Verrucous Carcinoma of Skin. JO - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology JF - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology Y1 - 1980/04// VL - 7 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 88 EP - 98 SN - 03036987 AB - Five different cases of verrucous proliferative lesions of skin are described and discussed. One of each developed in a chronic ulcer on a heel, in a scar on a lower leg, and on the penis, and two appeared in the region of the buttock in relation to chronic inflammatory sinuses. All these lesions showed morphological and clinical features of verrucous carcinoma which are described. It has been concluded that the variously named verrucous lesions in the literature (epithelioma cuniculatum, florid papillomatosis, giant cutaneous papilloma and papillomatosis cutis carcinoides), as well as our five cases represent a verrucous carcinoma which is a particular type of squamous cell carcinoma. This tumor develops typically in moist areas which are frequently sites of chronic inflammation. Despite the favorable prognosis, it is a potentially invasive tumor. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Cutaneous Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SKIN -- Cancer KW - TUMORS KW - PAPILLOMA KW - PROGNOSIS KW - PATHOLOGY KW - CASE studies N1 - Accession Number: 11801350; Klima, M. 1 Kurtis, B. 2 Jordan Jr., P. H.; Affiliation: 1: Laboratory Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Houston, Texas, U.S.A. 2: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Houston, Texas, U.S.A.; Source Info: 1980, Vol. 7 Issue 2, p88; Subject Term: SKIN -- Cancer; Subject Term: TUMORS; Subject Term: PAPILLOMA; Subject Term: PROGNOSIS; Subject Term: PATHOLOGY; Subject Term: CASE studies; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0560.ep11801350 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11801350&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cannon, Joe R. AU - Piťha, Jan V. AU - Everett, Mark Allen T1 - Subcutaneous Fat Necrosis in pancreatitis. JO - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology JF - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology Y1 - 1979/12// VL - 6 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 501 EP - 506 SN - 03036987 AB - A case of subcutaneous fat necrosis as the initial manifestation of an attack of acute pancreatitis is presented. The accompanying features of respiratory distress syndrome, leukemoid reaction, shock, pleural effusions, and arthritis due to necrosis of periarticular fat are described. Autopsy findings are pancreatic pseudocyst, serofibrinous peritonitis, pleuritis, and pericarditis and fat necrosis not only in the subcutaneous fat but also in the pericardial, pleural, mediastinal, mesenteric, retroperitoneal, and pericalyceal fat. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Cutaneous Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - FAT necrosis KW - PANCREATITIS KW - RESPIRATORY distress syndrome KW - SHOCK (Pathology) KW - PLEURAL effusions KW - ARTHRITIS KW - AUTOPSY KW - PERICARDITIS N1 - Accession Number: 11917350; Cannon, Joe R. 1 Piťha, Jan V. 1 Everett, Mark Allen 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Dermatology and Pathology, University of Oklahoma Health Science Center, Departments of Dermatology and Laboratory Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, U.S.A.; Source Info: Dec79, Vol. 6 Issue 6, p501; Subject Term: FAT necrosis; Subject Term: PANCREATITIS; Subject Term: RESPIRATORY distress syndrome; Subject Term: SHOCK (Pathology); Subject Term: PLEURAL effusions; Subject Term: ARTHRITIS; Subject Term: AUTOPSY; Subject Term: PERICARDITIS; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0560.ep11917350 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11917350&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ueda, Keiichi AU - Hashimoto, Ken AU - Kumakiri, Masanobu AU - Mihara, Motoyuki T1 - Membrane-Limited Granules in Sinus Hair Gelatinous Membrane in Mice. JO - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology JF - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology Y1 - 1978/10// VL - 5 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 254 EP - 259 SN - 03036987 AB - Electron dense membrane limited granules were observed in basal cells of the outer root sheath and in connective tissue sheath of the anagen sinus hair of mice. These granules were oval or round in configuration, and were 150-l80 nm in size. They were considered to represent structures related to collagenolytic activity to accelerate elongation of anagen hair. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Cutaneous Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - WHISKERS KW - CYTOPLASMIC granules KW - HAIR KW - PLASMA sheaths KW - BASAL cell carcinoma KW - CONNECTIVE tissues N1 - Accession Number: 11902853; Ueda, Keiichi 1 Hashimoto, Ken 1 Kumakiri, Masanobu 1 Mihara, Motoyuki 1; Affiliation: 1: Section of Dermatology, Veterans Administration Center and Wright State University School of Medicine, Dayton, Ohio, U.S.A.; Source Info: Oct78, Vol. 5 Issue 5, p254; Subject Term: WHISKERS; Subject Term: CYTOPLASMIC granules; Subject Term: HAIR; Subject Term: PLASMA sheaths; Subject Term: BASAL cell carcinoma; Subject Term: CONNECTIVE tissues; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0560.ep11902853 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11902853&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - ABST AU - Kumakiri, Masanobu AU - Hashimoto, Ken T1 - Ultrastructural Resemblance of Basal Cell Epithelioma to Primary Epithelial Germ. JO - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology JF - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology Y1 - 1978/04// VL - 5 IS - 2 M3 - Abstract SP - 53 EP - 67 SN - 03036987 AB - Six examples of basal cell epithelioma were compared to fetal and adult skin. Five parameters were used in this study: abnormally large aggregates of melanosomes in epithelial cells; the paucity of half-desmosomes; the increase of microfilaments in the cell periphery; clustered membrane-limited granules; and desmosome-like structures of stromal fibroblasts. All of these indicators were positive in both basal cell epithelioma and fetal hair follicle; but they were negative in both fetal and adult epidermis. Therefore, it was concluded that basal cell epithelioma seems to mimic fetal primary epithelial germ. Interestingly, stromal fibroblasts of basal cell epithelioma phagocytize collagen fibers, and membrane-limited granules were found both inside and outside the tumor cells facing the digested collagen stroma. In view of the collagenolytic activity of the homogenate of basal cell epithelioma, membrane-limited granules might represent zymogen granules for collagenases. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Cutaneous Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BASAL cell carcinoma KW - ULTRASTRUCTURE (Biology) KW - EPITHELIAL cells KW - SKIN KW - DESMOSOMES KW - CYTOPLASMIC filaments N1 - Accession Number: 11819236; Kumakiri, Masanobu 1 Hashimoto, Ken; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center and Group in Dermatology, Department of Medicine, Wright State University School of Medicine, Dayton, Ohio, U.S.A.; Source Info: 1978, Vol. 5 Issue 2, p53; Subject Term: BASAL cell carcinoma; Subject Term: ULTRASTRUCTURE (Biology); Subject Term: EPITHELIAL cells; Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: DESMOSOMES; Subject Term: CYTOPLASMIC filaments; Number of Pages: 15p; Document Type: Abstract L3 - 10.1111/1600-0560.ep11819236 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11819236&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kanzaki, Tamotsu AU - Hashimoto, Ken T1 - Transient Acantholytic Dermatosis with Involvement of Oral Mucosa. JO - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology JF - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology Y1 - 1978/02// VL - 5 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 23 EP - 30 SN - 03036987 AB - Histologic, immunologic and electron microscopic studies were performed in a patient with transient acantholytic dermatosis which involved oral mucosa. Histologic and electron microscopic findings were almost identical in both cutaneous and mucous membrane lesions and these were similar to pemphigus vulgaris; suprabasilar separation with acantholytic cells. Desmosome-desmosome complexes were separated without disruption of cell membranes and cytoplasmic structures were well-preserved without dyskeratosis. Lamina lucida, however, was often separated in mucous membrane lesions, in contrast to the normal lamina lucida in cutaneous lesions of such cases or in pemphigus vulgaris. Direct and indirect immunofluorescence studies for pemphigus were repeatedly negative. This study shows that transient acantholytic dermatosis may involve mucous membrane and may resemble pemphigus vulgaris histologically and ultrastructurally except for the widened lamina lucida of the mucous membrane. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Cutaneous Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ORAL mucosa KW - MUCOUS membrane KW - CELL membranes KW - IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE KW - ELECTRON microscopes KW - PEMPHIGUS N1 - Accession Number: 11911318; Kanzaki, Tamotsu 1 Hashimoto, Ken 1; Affiliation: 1: Division of Dermatology, Department of Medicine, University of Tennessee Center for the Health Sciences and the Veterans Administration Hospital, Memphis, Tennessee.; Source Info: 1978, Vol. 5 Issue 1, p23; Subject Term: ORAL mucosa; Subject Term: MUCOUS membrane; Subject Term: CELL membranes; Subject Term: IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE; Subject Term: ELECTRON microscopes; Subject Term: PEMPHIGUS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 334516 Analytical Laboratory Instrument Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0560.ep11911318 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11911318&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weigand, Dennis Allen T1 - Transfollicular Extrusion of Sebaceous Glands: Natural Phenomenon or Artifact? A Case Report. JO - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology JF - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology Y1 - 1976/10// VL - 3 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 239 EP - 243 SN - 03036987 AB - A sebaceous gland tumor on the back of a 28-year-old man underwent periodic exudation of yellowish material in association with local irritation. Pathological examination revealed entire sebaceous gland lobes lying subcorneally in the orifices of sebaceous follicles. This case appears to represent transfollicular extrusion of sebaceous gland lobes as a natural phenomenon rather than as an artifact. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Cutaneous Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SEBACEOUS glands KW - EXOCRINE glands KW - SKIN KW - CUTANEOUS glands KW - PATHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 11814908; Weigand, Dennis Allen 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans' Administration Hospital and Department of Dermatology, University of Oklahoma Health Science Center, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, U.S.A.; Source Info: 1976, Vol. 3 Issue 5, p239; Subject Term: SEBACEOUS glands; Subject Term: EXOCRINE glands; Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: CUTANEOUS glands; Subject Term: PATHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0560.ep11814908 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11814908&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weigand, Dennis Allen T1 - Subepidermal Calcified Nodule. JO - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology JF - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology Y1 - 1976/04// VL - 3 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 109 EP - 115 SN - 03036987 AB - A subepidermal calcified nodule occurred on the face of a 15-year-old Negro boy. Histological examination revealed its apparent origin in mature and immature hair follicles. Previous reports suggest that subepidermal calcified nodules may arise in nevi or in sweat glands. An additional finding in this case was transepidermal elimination of calcium. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Cutaneous Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HAIR follicles KW - EPIDERMIS -- Diseases KW - EPITHELIUM KW - CALCIUM KW - HISTOLOGY KW - TISSUES N1 - Accession Number: 11813703; Weigand, Dennis Allen 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology and Veterans' Administration Hospital, University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, U.S.A.; Source Info: 1976, Vol. 3 Issue 2, p109; Subject Term: HAIR follicles; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS -- Diseases; Subject Term: EPITHELIUM; Subject Term: CALCIUM; Subject Term: HISTOLOGY; Subject Term: TISSUES; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0560.ep11813703 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11813703&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Eng, Ana M. AU - Kolton, Bruce T1 - Generalized Eruptive Porkoeratosis of Mibelli with Associated Psoriasis. JO - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology JF - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology Y1 - 1975/08// VL - 2 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 203 EP - 213 SN - 03036987 AB - A case of eruptive porokeratosis of Mibelli with diverse morphologic features, including circinate macular, circinate plaque and verrucous varieties is presented. No matter how variable the clinical presentation may be, the histologic hallmark of porokeratosis, the cornoid lamellae, is always present. The cornoid lameilne vary in height in relation to how prominent the thready ridge of the clinical lesion appears. Our patient also had psoriasis which initially masked the porokeratotic lesions both clinically and histologically. Awareness of the various clinical expressions of porokeratosis of Mibelli would 1) make unnecessary the segregation of certain forms of porokeratosis into separate entities, and 2) help in the recognition of less classical forms of porokeratosis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Cutaneous Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EXANTHEMATA KW - PSORIASIS KW - CORNEA KW - KERATOSIS N1 - Accession Number: 11799906; Eng, Ana M. 1,2 Kolton, Bruce 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of Illinois Medical Center, Chicago, Illinois. 2: Departments of Pathology and Dermatology, Loyola University Medical Center, May- wood, Illinois and Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois. 3: Department of Dermatology, University of Illinois Medical Center, Chicago, Illinois, U.S.A.; Source Info: 1975, Vol. 2 Issue 4, p203; Subject Term: EXANTHEMATA; Subject Term: PSORIASIS; Subject Term: CORNEA; Subject Term: KERATOSIS; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0560.ep11799906 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11799906&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Eng, Ana M. AU - Reyes, Cesar T1 - Porocarcinoma Associated with Extramammary Paget's Disease. JO - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology JF - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology Y1 - 1974/12// VL - 1 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 249 EP - 255 SN - 03036987 AB - The coexistence of two tumors, porocarcinoma and extramammary Paget's disease (EMP) in one tissue section, facilitates a subtle but distinct differentiation of the two cell types. The adjacent occurrence of the two tumors perhaps indicates a common origin in their benign form. The biologic mechanism of the Pagetoid phenomenon is demonstrated. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Cutaneous Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - TUMORS KW - BONES -- Diseases KW - TISSUES -- Analysis KW - CELLS KW - TISSUES KW - CANCER N1 - Accession Number: 11796328; Eng, Ana M. 1,2 Reyes, Cesar 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Pathology and Dermatology, Loyola University Medical Center, Maywood, Illinois 2: Hines Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois 3: Department of Pathology, Hines Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois, U.S.A.; Source Info: 1974, Vol. 1 Issue 6, p249; Subject Term: TUMORS; Subject Term: BONES -- Diseases; Subject Term: TISSUES -- Analysis; Subject Term: CELLS; Subject Term: TISSUES; Subject Term: CANCER; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0560.ep11796328 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11796328&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Finlay, William AU - Mutran, Elizabeth J. AU - Zeitler, Rodney R. AU - Randall, Christina S. T1 - Queues and Care: How Medical Residents Organize Their Work in a Busy Clinic. JO - Journal of Health & Social Behavior JF - Journal of Health & Social Behavior Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 31 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 292 EP - 305 SN - 00221465 AB - How do medical residents organize their work in settings where queue demands are heavy and resources are limited? Under such conditions, a queue theory would predict the delivery of care that is indifferent to clients' needs or that gets rid of clients as quickly as possible. In an exploratory case study of medical residents in a Veterans Administration outpatient clinic, we found instead that the medical residents' work was characterized by a high level of professional commitment: they provided thorough medical examinations and attempted to expedite patient care in other ways. We attribute the residents' professional ethos to opportunities provided in the VA hospital to learn the craft of routine medicine and to be directly responsible for patient care; such opportunities were not available in other settings. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Health & Social Behavior is the property of Sage Publications Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - QUEUING theory KW - RESIDENTS (Medicine) KW - RESOURCE allocation KW - PHYSICIAN & patient KW - MEDICAL care KW - HEALTH facilities KW - WORK ethic N1 - Accession Number: 12919360; Finlay, William 1 Mutran, Elizabeth J. 2 Zeitler, Rodney R. 3 Randall, Christina S. 4; Affiliation: 1: University of Georgia 2: University of North Carolina 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center Iowa City 4: University of Iowa; Source Info: Sep1990, Vol. 31 Issue 3, p292; Subject Term: QUEUING theory; Subject Term: RESIDENTS (Medicine); Subject Term: RESOURCE allocation; Subject Term: PHYSICIAN & patient; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: HEALTH facilities; Subject Term: WORK ethic; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; Number of Pages: 14p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12919360&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wolinsky, Fredrico D. AU - Mosely II, Ray R. AU - Coe, Rodney M. T1 - A Cohort Analysis of the Use of Health Services by Elderly Americans. JO - Journal of Health & Social Behavior JF - Journal of Health & Social Behavior Y1 - 1986/09// VL - 27 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 209 EP - 219 SN - 00221465 AB - This paper presents a cohort analysis of the use of health services by elderly Americans. Standard cohort tables are constructed using data on approximately 50,000 individuals from the 1972, 1976, and 1980 Health Interview Surveys. Six 4-year age cohorts are tracked: the youngest, 56-59 years old in 1972: the oldest, 84-87 years old in 1980. Significant age and period effects on physician and hospital contact have been detected; for example the aging effect reflects an increase in the percentage of individuals who either saw a physician on an outpatient basis or were hospitalized in the previous year. Analysis of the volume of physician visits reveals an inverse J-curve relationship with age, with the pivotal point occurring at or about age 80. Consideration of nine alternative explanations of the J-curve phenomenon shows that three are plausible on either conceptual or empirical grounds. Two of these explanations suggest the substitution of either (1) hospital-based services for ambulatory-based services or (2) social supports (especially in the form of older children as care givers) for physicians' services: the third explanation focuses on the involuntary severance of patient-practitioner relationships. resulting from the retirement or death of longstanding family physicians. Finally, competing policy implications of these explanations are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Health & Social Behavior is the property of Sage Publications Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MEDICAL care KW - OLDER people KW - COHORT analysis KW - PHYSICIANS KW - HOSPITALS KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 12819594; Wolinsky, Fredrico D. 1 Mosely II, Ray R. 2 Coe, Rodney M. 3; Affiliation: 1: Texas A & M University 2: Southern Illinois University 3: St. Louis University Medical Center and Veterans Administration Medical Center; Source Info: Sep1986, Vol. 27 Issue 3, p209; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: OLDER people; Subject Term: COHORT analysis; Subject Term: PHYSICIANS; Subject Term: HOSPITALS; Subject Term: UNITED States; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622110 General Medical and Surgical Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622111 General (except paediatric) hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621111 Offices of Physicians (except Mental Health Specialists); NAICS/Industry Codes: 621110 Offices of physicians; Number of Pages: 11p; Illustrations: 4 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12819594&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Abdel-Nabi, Hani AU - Ortman-Nabi, Judith AU - See, William AU - Lee, John AU - Ireton, Robert AU - Boileau, Michael AU - Unger, Michael AU - Halverson, Craig T1 - Clinical experience with intra lymphatic administration ofIn-labelled monoclonal antibody PAY 276 for the detection of pelvic nodal metastases in prostatic carcinoma. JO - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine JF - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 16 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 149 EP - 156 SN - 03406997 N1 - Accession Number: 71143734; Abdel-Nabi, Hani Ortman-Nabi, Judith 1 See, William 2 Lee, John 3 Ireton, Robert 2 Boileau, Michael 2 Unger, Michael 4 Halverson, Craig 4; Affiliation: 1: Department of Nuclear Medicine,Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Washington, Seattle Washington USA 2: Urology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Washington, Seattle Washington USA 3: Radiology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Washington, Seattle Washington USA 4: Hybritech Inc., San Diego USA; Source Info: Mar1990, Vol. 16 Issue 3, p149; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1007/BF01146853 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=71143734&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Herbst, Charles AU - Dormer, Kenneth AU - Brackett, Daniel AU - Wilson, Michael AU - Barkan, Brian AU - Burow, Robert T1 - Digitizing and signal averaging of left ventricular pressure signals using a dedicated radionuclide imaging system. JO - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine JF - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 13 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 338 EP - 342 SN - 03406997 N1 - Accession Number: 71143389; Herbst, Charles 1 Dormer, Kenneth 2 Brackett, Daniel 2 Wilson, Michael 2 Barkan, Brian 2 Burow, Robert 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Biophysics (G68), University of the Orange Free State, 9300 Bloemfontein South Africa 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Oklahoma City USA; Source Info: Oct1987, Vol. 13 Issue 7, p338; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1007/BF00252991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=71143389&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Russell, Charles T1 - Estimation of glomerular filtration rate using Tc-DTPA and the gamma camera. JO - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine JF - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine Y1 - 1987/02// VL - 12 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 548 EP - 552 SN - 03406997 N1 - Accession Number: 71143231; Russell, Charles 1; Affiliation: 1: University of Alabama medical Center and Birmingham Veterans Administration Medical Center, Birmingham USA; Source Info: Feb1987, Vol. 12 Issue 11, p548; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1007/BF00296095 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=71143231&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ackerman, Leo AU - Freeman, Maynard AU - Pacold, Ivan AU - Barnes, W. AU - Johnson, Bruce AU - Reid, Ralston AU - Loeb, Henry AU - Kaplan, Ervin T1 - Effect of acute postinfusion lipemia and free fatty acids on myocardial contractility: Assessment with radionuclide ventriculography. JO - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine JF - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine Y1 - 1986/08// VL - 12 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 201 EP - 204 SN - 03406997 N1 - Accession Number: 71143114; Ackerman, Leo 1 Freeman, Maynard 1 Pacold, Ivan 2 Barnes, W. 1 Johnson, Bruce 3 Reid, Ralston 4 Loeb, Henry 2 Kaplan, Ervin 1; Affiliation: 1: Nuclear Medicine Service, Hines Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines USA 2: Section of Cardiology, Hines Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines USA 3: Loyola University Medical Center, Maywood USA 4: Laboratory Service, Hines Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines USA; Source Info: Aug1986, Vol. 12 Issue 4, p201; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1007/BF00256922 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=71143114&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gelezunas, Vincent AU - Lyons, Kenneth AU - Karlsberg, Ronald T1 - Silicon avalanche radiation detectors: The basis for a new in vivo radiation detection probe. JO - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine JF - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine Y1 - 1983/10// VL - 8 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 421 EP - 424 SN - 03406997 N1 - Accession Number: 71142698; Gelezunas, Vincent 1 Lyons, Kenneth 1 Karlsberg, Ronald 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 5901 E. 7th Street Long Beach USA; Source Info: Oct1983, Vol. 8 Issue 10, p421; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1007/BF00252939 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=71142698&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Morganroth, Greg S. AU - Chan, Lawrence S. AU - Weinstein, Gerald D. AU - Voorhees, John J. AU - Cooper, Kevin D. T1 - Proliferating Cells in Psoriatic Dermis Are Comprised Primarily of T Cells, Endothelial Cells, and Factor XIIIa+ Perivascular Dendritic Cells. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1991/03// VL - 96 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 333 EP - 340 SN - 0022202X AB - Determination of the cell types proliferating in the dermis of patients with psoriasis should identify those cells experiencing activation or responding to growth factors in the psoriatic dermal milieu. Toward that end, sections of formalin-fixed biopsies obtained from ³H-deoxyuridine (³H-dU)-injected skin of eight psoriatic patients were immunostained, followed by autoradiography. Proliferating dermal cells exhibit silver grains from tritium emissions. The identity of the proliferating cells could then be determined by simultaneous visualization with antibodies specific for various cell types. UCHL1+ (CD45RO+) T cells (recall antigen-reactive helper T-cell subset) constituted 36.6 ± 3.1% (mean ± SEM, n = 6) of the proliferating dermal cells in involved skin, whereas Leu 18+ (CD45RA+) T cells (recall antigen naive T-cell subsets) comprised only 8.7 ± 1.5% (n = 6). The Factor XIIIa+ dermal perivascular dendritic cell subset (24.9 ± 1.5% of proliferating dermal cells, n = 6) and Factor VIII+ endothelial cells (23.0 ± 2.3%, n = 6) represented the two other major proliferating populations in lesional psoriatic dermis. Differentiated tissue macrophages, identified by phase microscopy as melanophages or by immunostaining with antibodies to Leu M1 (CD15) or myeloid histiocyte antigen, comprised less than 5% of the proliferating population in either skin type. In addition to calculating the relative proportions of these cells to each other as percent, we also determined the density of cells, in cells/mm² of tissue. The density of proliferating cells within these populations was increased in involved versus uninvolved skin: UCHL1+, 9.0 ± 1.7 cells/mm² versus 1.8 ± 0.6 cells/mm², p < 0.01; Factor XIIIa+. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CELLS KW - PATIENTS KW - PSORIASIS KW - SKIN diseases KW - ANTIGENS KW - MICROSCOPY N1 - Accession Number: 12465237; Morganroth, Greg S. 1 Chan, Lawrence S. 1 Weinstein, Gerald D. 2 Voorhees, John J. 1 Cooper, Kevin D. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology , University of Michigan Medical School and the Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Hospital, Ann Arbor Michigan 2: Department of Dermatology , The University of California College of Medicine, Irvine, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Mar1991, Vol. 96 Issue 3, p333; Subject Term: CELLS; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: PSORIASIS; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: MICROSCOPY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12465237 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12465237&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sui Yuen E. Hou AU - Mitra, Alok K. AU - White, Stephen H. AU - Menon, Gopinathan K. AU - Ghadially, Ruby AU - Elias, Peter M. T1 - Membrane Structures in Normal and Essential Fatty Acid-Deficient Stratum Corneum: Characterization by Ruthenium Tetroxide Staining and X-Ray Diffraction. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1991/02// VL - 96 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 215 EP - 223 SN - 0022202X AB - Despite the importance of intercellular lamellar bilayers for stratum corneum (SC) barrier function, knowledge about the structure of these bilayers is limited due to their poor visualization and/or retention. Whereas substitution of ruthenium tetroxide (RuO4) for osmium tetroxide fixation provides clear images of these bilayers, the usefulness of RuO4 has been limited by its slow penetration and cytotoxicity. Utilizing a new fixation protocol for RuO4, we obtained clear images of lamellar domains at all levels of murine SC. Computer-aided image reconstructions demonstrated a lamellar spacing of 129 ± 2 Å, which agreed with x-ray diffraction data from parallel, unfixed samples (131 ± 2 Å), a spacing not affected by hydration. Furthermore, novel structures were seen in the intercellular spaces of normal SC. Finally, in murine essential fatty acid deficiency (EFAD), the overall lamellar spacing is comparable to normal [127 ± 7 Å by computer transform vs. 131.9 ± 2 Å (hydrated) and 129.6 ± 2.2 Å (dry) by x-ray diffraction]. Yet, these domains are structurally abnormal, displaying regions with either an excess or absence of lamellae. The new RuO4 protocol provides quantitative information about SC lamellar dimensions and morphologic abnormalities in bilayer distribution and substructure in EFAD stratum corneum that are not detected by either x-ray diffraction or computer-aided image reconstruction. Thus, the barrier abnormality in EFAD stratum corneum can be ascribed either to focal depletion of lamellae or abnormalities in lamellar substructure. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RUTHENIUM KW - OSMIUM KW - X-ray diffraction KW - FATTY acids KW - MORPHOLOGY KW - CELL-mediated cytotoxicity N1 - Accession Number: 12461361; Sui Yuen E. Hou 1,2 Mitra, Alok K. 3 White, Stephen H. 4 Menon, Gopinathan K. 2 Ghadially, Ruby 2 Elias, Peter M. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Service ,Veterans Administration Medical Center 2: Departments of Dermatology 3: Biochemistry Biophysics , School of Medicine, University of California San Francisco 4: Department of Physiology and Biophysics , College of Medicine, University of California, Irvine, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Feb91, Vol. 96 Issue 2, p215; Subject Term: RUTHENIUM; Subject Term: OSMIUM; Subject Term: X-ray diffraction; Subject Term: FATTY acids; Subject Term: MORPHOLOGY; Subject Term: CELL-mediated cytotoxicity; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 212299 All Other Metal Ore Mining; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12461361 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12461361&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Feingold, Kenneth R. AU - Mao-Qiang, Man AU - Proksch, Ehrhardt AU - Menon, Gopinathan K. AU - Brown, Barbara E. AU - Elias, Peter M. T1 - The Lovastatin-Treated Rodent: A New Model of Barrier Disruption and Epidermal Hyperplasia. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1991/02// VL - 96 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 201 EP - 209 SN - 0022202X AB - Recent studies have linked epidermal cholesterol synthesis with maintenance of the permeability barrier. To assess directly the importance of cholesterol synthesis, we applied lovastatin, a potent inhibitor of cholesterol synthesis, to hairless mouse skin. Transepidermal water loss (TEWL) began to increase after four to six daily applications. Co-application of cholesterol blocked the expected increase in TEWL, demonstrating the importance of cholesterol for development of the lesion. The histology of lovastatin-treated skin revealed epidermal hyperplasia, accompanied by accelerated DNA synthesis. Whereas cholesterol synthesis initially was reduced in lovastatin-treated epidermis, with further treatment cholesterol synthesis normalized, while fatty acid synthesis accelerated greatly. Although the total free sterol content of lovastatin-treated epidermis remained normal, the fatty acid content increased coincident with barrier disruption. Finally, morphologic abnormalities of both lamellar body structure and their deposited, intercellular contents occurred coincident with the emerging biochemical abnormalities. Thus, the abnormal barrier function in this model can be ascribed to an initial inhibition of epidermal sterol synthesis followed by an alteration in cholesterol and fatty acid synthesis, leading to an imbalance in stratum corneum lipid composition and abnormal membrane bilayer structure. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CHOLESTEROL KW - SKIN diseases KW - FATTY acids KW - EPIDERMIS KW - MORPHOLOGY KW - HYPERPLASIA N1 - Accession Number: 12461153; Feingold, Kenneth R. Mao-Qiang, Man 1 Proksch, Ehrhardt 1 Menon, Gopinathan K. 1 Brown, Barbara E. 1 Elias, Peter M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology and Medical Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, and the Departments of Dermatology and Medicine, University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Feb91, Vol. 96 Issue 2, p201; Subject Term: CHOLESTEROL; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Subject Term: FATTY acids; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: MORPHOLOGY; Subject Term: HYPERPLASIA; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12461153 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12461153&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bennion, Scott D. AU - Ferris, Charles AU - Lieu, Tsu-San AU - Reimer, Charles B. AU - Lee, Lela A. T1 - IgG Subclasses in the Serum and Skin in Subacute Cutaneous Lupus Erythematosus and Neonatal Lupus Erythematosus. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 95 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 643 EP - 646 SN - 0022202X AB - lgG subclasses differ in their biologic and chemical properties, such as complement fixation, protein and cellular binding, and placental transfer. In this study, IgG subclasses of anti-Ro/SSA antibodies in subacute cutaneous lupus (SCLE) and neonatal lupus (NLE) are examined in the serum and in the skin. IgG subclasses in NLE beginning in utero (NLE- heart disease) are compared to subclasses in NLE beginning after birth (NLE-skin disease). Human skin was grafted onto athymic mice, mice were injected with one of eight anti-Ro/ SSA maternal NLE sera (four heart block, four skin disease) or seven anti-Ro/SSA SCLE sera, and grafts were examined for lgG subclasses using monoclonal anti-human IgG subclass reagents in an immunofluorescent technique. Lesional skin was examined from four SCLE patients. IgG1 was the only IgG subclass detected in the grafts and skin lesions. IgG1 was the predominant anti-Ro/SSA IgG subclass detected in SCLE and NLE sera in an ELISA using a synthetic Ro/SSA polypeptide. These studies show that the maternal anti-Ro/SSA autoantibodies in NLE-heart disease sera are predominantly IgG1 and are therefore likely to be present in the fetus at the time of gestation, when heart block usually develops. Second, differences in the clinical presentations of NLE (in utero vs. postnatal disease) cannot be attributed to differences in anti-Ro/SSA IgG subclasses. Finally, the subclass bound in the skin in SCLE is IgG1, a subclass capable of mediating tissue injury via complement or cellular effectors. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SERUM KW - LUPUS erythematosus KW - NEONATAL infections KW - HEART diseases KW - COMPLEMENT fixation KW - AUTOANTIBODIES N1 - Accession Number: 12514311; Bennion, Scott D. 1 Ferris, Charles 2 Lieu, Tsu-San Reimer, Charles B. 3 Lee, Lela A. 4; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Service, Fitzsimons Army Medical Center, Aurora, Colorado. 2: Department of Clinical Investigations, Fitzsimons Army Medical Center, Aurora, Colorado. 3: Division of Host Factors, center for Infectious Diseases, Centers for Disease Control, Atlanta, Georgia. 4: Departments of Dermatology and Medicine, university of Colorado School of Medicine and Denver Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver, Colorado, U.S.A.; Source Info: Dec90, Vol. 95 Issue 6, p643; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: LUPUS erythematosus; Subject Term: NEONATAL infections; Subject Term: HEART diseases; Subject Term: COMPLEMENT fixation; Subject Term: AUTOANTIBODIES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12514311 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12514311&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Yoshikawa, Takeshi AU - Rae, Virginia AU - Bruins-Slot, Warner AU - van den Berg, Jan-Willem AU - Taylor, J. Richard AU - Streilein, J. Wayne T1 - Susceptibility to Effects of UVB Radiation on Induction of Contact Hypersensitivity as a Risk Factor for Skin Cancer in Humans. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 95 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 530 EP - 536 SN - 0022202X AB - Normal, healthy human volunteers and patients with proved history of non-melanoma skin cancer have been tested for their capacity to develop contact hypersensitivity to dinitrochlorobenzene (DNCB) following exposure of buttock skin to acute, low-dose ultraviolet B (UVB) radiation. Using a radiation protocol that achieves virtually complete depletion of normal-appearing Langerhans cells from irradiated skin, it was learned that approximately 60% of healthy volunteers developed vigorous contact hypersensitivity (CH) when 2000 μg DNCB was painted on the irradiated site. These individuals were designated UVB-resistant, and were distinguished from other individuals, designated UVB-susceptible, who failed to develop contact hypersensitivity following an identical treatment protocol. It was then discovered that virtually all (92%) skin cancer patients exposed to UVB and DNCB failed to develop CH, i.e., were UVB-susceptible. In subsequent experiments, epicutaneous application of 2000 μg DNCB to unirradiated skin of UVB-susceptible individuals revealed a further distinction between normal persons and skin cancer patients. Approximately 45%ot the latter (and none of the former) remained unresponsive (failed to develop contact hypersensitivity following this second attempt at sensitization), implying that they had been rendered immunologically tolerant. These tolerant individuals responded normally to the unrelated hapten, diphencyprone. We conclude that human beings resemble inbred strains of laboratory mice in that some individuals are UVB- susceptible, whereas others are UVB-resistant. Because the incidence of UVB-susceptibility was significantly higher in skin cancer patients, and as specific unresponsiveness could be demonstrated only in these patients, we propose that UVB- susceptibility, as we define it in this hapten system, may be a risk factor for the development of skin cancer. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SKIN -- Cancer KW - CONTACT dermatitis KW - ULTRAVIOLET radiation KW - DINITROCHLOROBENZENE KW - LANGERHANS cells KW - IMMUNOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 12504877; Yoshikawa, Takeshi 1 Rae, Virginia 2 Bruins-Slot, Warner 1 van den Berg, Jan-Willem 1 Taylor, J. Richard 3 Streilein, J. Wayne 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Microbiology and Immunology, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, U.S.A. 2: Dermatology and Cutaneous Surgery, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, U.S.A. 3: Veterans Administration Hospital at Miami, Miami, Florida, U.S.A.; Source Info: Nov90, Vol. 95 Issue 5, p530; Subject Term: SKIN -- Cancer; Subject Term: CONTACT dermatitis; Subject Term: ULTRAVIOLET radiation; Subject Term: DINITROCHLOROBENZENE; Subject Term: LANGERHANS cells; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGY; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12504877 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12504877&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lee, Peter Y.P. AU - Charley, Michael AU - Tharp, Michael AU - Jegasothy, Brian V. AU - Deng, Jau-Shyong T1 - Possible Role of Epstein-Barr Virus Infection in Cutaneous T-Cell Lymphomas. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 95 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 309 EP - 312 SN - 0022202X AB - Although cutaneous T-cell lymphoma (CTCL) is a neoplastic helper T-cell disorder of unknown etiology, prolonged antigenic stimulation has been postulated to contribute to the development of this disease. Because Epstein-Barr Virus (EBV) infection has been associated with several different lymphomas, the sera of 21 CTCL patients were examined for antibodies to EBV antigens. By using complement immuno- fluorescence (CIF) techniques, 13 of 21 CTCL patients had detectable antibodies to Epstein-Barr Nuclear Antigens (EBNA), whereas only five of 20 control psoriatic patients were CIF positive. When immunoblot analysis was employed, all 21 of the CTCL patients had antibodies to the EBV antigens, EBNA, whereas only 12 of the control patients had detectable antibodies to these antigens. In addition, three of 21 CTCL patients had antibodies to the EBV-associated antigen, rheumatoid arthritis nuclear antigen (RANA), as determined by double immunodiffusion, whereas none of the control sera contained anti-RANA antibodies. These results indicate that antibodies against EBV antigens are found with a higher frequency and concentration in patients with CTCL when compared to controls and suggest that EBV products might serve as a possible stimulus for the development of this malignant disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - LYMPHOMAS KW - ANTIGENS KW - IMMUNITY KW - VIRUS diseases KW - BLOOD plasma N1 - Accession Number: 12485017; Lee, Peter Y.P. 1 Charley, Michael 1 Tharp, Michael 1 Jegasothy, Brian V. 1 Deng, Jau-Shyong 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, School of Medicine, University of Pittsburgh and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, U.S.A.; Source Info: Sep90, Vol. 95 Issue 3, p309; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: LYMPHOMAS; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: IMMUNITY; Subject Term: VIRUS diseases; Subject Term: BLOOD plasma; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12485017 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12485017&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Baadsgaard, Ole AU - Tong, Peggy AU - Elder, James T. AU - Hansen, Erik R. AU - Ho, Vincent AU - Hammerberg, Craig AU - Lange-Vejlsgaard, Gunhild AU - Fox, David A. AU - Fisher, Gary AU - Chan, Lawrence S. AU - Voorhees, John J. AU - Cooper, Kevin D. T1 - UM4D4+ (CDw60) T Cells Are Compartmentalized into Psoriatic Skin and Release Lymphokines That Induce a Keratinocyte Phenotype Expressed in Psoriatic Lesions. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 95 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 275 EP - 282 SN - 0022202X AB - UM4D4 (CDw60), the surface molecule of a novel antigen- independent T-cell activation pathway, was found to be highly expressed on lesional psoriatic T cells. To examine whether UM4D4 represents a T-cell activation pathway for psoriatic T cells, a T-cell line was initiated from an acute skin lesion and cloned by limiting dilution. Clonality was verified by analysis of T-cell receptor gene rearrangement. All T-cell clones tested, whether CD4+2H4+CD8-,CD4+2H4-CD8-, or CD4-CD8+CD11b-, expressed UM4D4 and were activated by the monoclonal antibody anti-UM4D4. Lesional psoriatic T-cell clones were heterogeneous in the degree of anti-UM4D4 - induced proliferation and in their production of IL-2 and gamma-interferon. Lymphokines released by anti-UM4D4 activation were capable of inducing ICAM-1 and HLA-DR expression on cultured normal keratinocytes. Thus, the high expression of UM4D4 on T-cells in psoriatic skin provides an alternative mechanism for T-cell activation that may be operative in the psoriatic lesional milieu. Indeed, activation of lesional T-cells through the UM4D4 molecule resulted in release of lymphokines that directly induced keratinocytes to express a phenotype displayed in psoriatic skin lesions. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - CELLS KW - CYTOKINES KW - GENOTYPE-environment interaction KW - CELL culture KW - CELL receptors N1 - Accession Number: 12484908; Baadsgaard, Ole 1 Tong, Peggy 1 Elder, James T. 1,2 Hansen, Erik R. 3 Ho, Vincent 1 Hammerberg, Craig 1 Lange-Vejlsgaard, Gunhild 3 Fox, David A. 4 Fisher, Gary 1 Chan, Lawrence S. 1 Voorhees, John J. 1 Cooper, Kevin D. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of Michigan School of Medicine, Ann Arbor, Michigan 2: Dermatology Service, Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Hospital, Ann Arbor, Michigan 3: Department of Dermatology, Bispebjerg Hospital, Copenhagen, Denmark 4: Department of Internal Medicine and the Mutlipurpose Arthritis Center, University of Michigan School of Medicine, Ann Arbor, Michigan; Source Info: Sep90, Vol. 95 Issue 3, p275; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: CELLS; Subject Term: CYTOKINES; Subject Term: GENOTYPE-environment interaction; Subject Term: CELL culture; Subject Term: CELL receptors; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12484908 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12484908&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rehfeld, Selwyn J. AU - Plachy, William Z. AU - Hou, Sui Yuen E. AU - Elias, Peter M. T1 - Localization of Lipid Microdomains and Thermal Phenomena in Murine Stratum Corneum and Isolated Membrane Complexes: An Electron Spin Resonance Study. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1990/08// VL - 95 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 217 EP - 223 SN - 0022202X AB - The intercellular region of the stratum corneum can be isolated in the form of membrane complexes (intercellular lipids and adjacent cornified envelopes) which are devoid of the cytoplasmic components. In this study the temperature induced phase transitions and corresponding lipid domain reorganization in isolated stratum corneum (SC) sheets and SC membrane complexes (SCM) were determined using the electron spin resonance (ESR) spin probe technique. The spin probe perdeuterated di-tert-butyl nitroxide (pdDTBN) in SC and SCM revealed less well-defined physiologic phase transitions in the SCM and a more polar lipid domain in SC. However, the ESR results show the coexistence of highly ordered domains (immobilized spin probe) and less viscous domains in intact SC, which persist in SCM. Above ≈ 20°C the spin probe is dissolved in a highly disordered (isotropic) lipid domain in both SC and SCM. In both solvent extracted SC and SCM, the spin probe is dissolved in a highly ordered lipophilic domain associated with the lipids complexed to the corneocyte envelope and exhibiting no thermal transitions between -23° to 60° C. Further, the amount of mobile spin probe is related to the amount of residual lipid. An unexpected finding was the apparent reduction of the spin probe in solvent extracted SCM, suggesting the presence of a previously unrecognized free radical reducing mechanism in these sites. The mobilities of the spin probe when dissolved in model lipids, non-hydroxy, and hydroxy containing ceramides and cholesteryl oleate, differed significantly from those observed in sc or SCM. These studies demonstrate the usefulness of ESR for the localization and characterization of lipid microenvironments in the stratum corneum. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MULTIENZYME complexes KW - LIPIDS KW - DOMAIN structure KW - CELL membranes KW - MOLECULAR biology KW - ELECTRON paramagnetic resonance spectroscopy N1 - Accession Number: 12478052; Rehfeld, Selwyn J. 1 Plachy, William Z. 2 Hou, Sui Yuen E. Elias, Peter M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of California, San Francisco, California, U.S.A. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, and Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry, San Francisco State University, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug90, Vol. 95 Issue 2, p217; Subject Term: MULTIENZYME complexes; Subject Term: LIPIDS; Subject Term: DOMAIN structure; Subject Term: CELL membranes; Subject Term: MOLECULAR biology; Subject Term: ELECTRON paramagnetic resonance spectroscopy; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12478052 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12478052&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ito, Masaaki AU - Hashimoto, Ken AU - Katsuumi, Kaoru AU - Sato, Yoshio T1 - Pathogenesis of Monilethrix: Computer Stereography and Electron Microscopy. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1990/08// VL - 95 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 186 EP - 194 SN - 0022202X AB - The plucked hairs and biopsied hair follicles of the scalp were obtained from a female patient with monilethrix. By scanning electron microscopy, the plucked hairs showed a typical moniliform feature composed of alternated nodes and inter- nodes. By computer stereography, reconstructed three-dimensional models of in vivo hair structures showed that the diameter of hair shaft was partially reduced in the keratogenous zone and that the reduction was severe in the hair cortex and cuticle layers but mild in the inner root sheath. By transmission electron microscopy, a significant degeneration of hair matrix cells was found, and a zig-zag disarray of cortical tonofibrils and invaginations of the hair cuticle cells into the cortex were noticed in the suprabulbar portion. In some hairs, the hair bulbs showed no degeneration, but a degeneration of cortical cells and invaginations of hair cuticle were seen in some portions in the developing zone of the cortex. This suggests that not every hair matrix is damaged in a synchronized fashion, but individual hairs are affected independently. Furthermore, in all the hair and hair follicles examined, cytoplasmic vacuolations were always seen in the various layers, and abnormal formation of tonofibrils was often observed in the cortex. In monilethrix, a cell abnormality may inherently be present in the hair tissue and, when such abnormality occurs severely, the cortical cells are particularly affected in the hair matrix. This seems to result in. a decrease in number of cortical cells and thinning of the hair shaft. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HAIR cells KW - BIOTRANSFORMATION (Metabolism) KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - CYTOPLASMIC filaments KW - SCANNING electron microscopy KW - TRANSMISSION electron microscopy KW - DEGENERATION (Pathology) N1 - Accession Number: 12477967; Ito, Masaaki 1 Hashimoto, Ken 2 Katsuumi, Kaoru 1 Sato, Yoshio 1; Affiliation: 1: Ontario Cancer Institute, Departments of Medical Biophysics and Immunology, University of Toronto, Ontario, Canada 2: Department of Dermatology, Wayne State University School of Medicine and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Allen Park, Michigan, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug90, Vol. 95 Issue 2, p186; Subject Term: HAIR cells; Subject Term: BIOTRANSFORMATION (Metabolism); Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: CYTOPLASMIC filaments; Subject Term: SCANNING electron microscopy; Subject Term: TRANSMISSION electron microscopy; Subject Term: DEGENERATION (Pathology); Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12477967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12477967&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - He, Dan AU - Esquenazi-Behar, Susana AU - Soter, Nicholas A. AU - Lim, Henry W. T1 - Mast-Cell Heterogeneity: Functional Comparison of Purified Mouse Cutaneous and Peritoneal Mast Cells. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1990/08// VL - 95 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 178 EP - 185 SN - 0022202X AB - To investigate the functional heterogeneity of mouse mast cells, we extracted and purified cutaneous and peritoneal mast cells from 10- to 18-week-old BALB/c mice and compared their responses to secretagogues. Cutaneous mast cells (CMC) were extracted from mouse ears after digestion with hyaluronidase and collagenase in MEM containing 25% fetal calf serum and purified on a discontinuous Percoll gradient. The histamine content of cells obtained from the 30/40% interface was 1.0 ± 0.1 pg/cell (mean ± SE), with a mast- cell purity of 68.6 ± 4.4% and a viability of >93%. Peritoneal mast cells (PMC) were obtained by lavage with modified Tyrode's buffer followed by purification on 22.5% and 3-9% metrizamide gradients. The histamine content of cells was 12.2 ± 0.8 pg/cell, with a mast-cell purity of 95.9 ± 0.6% and a viability of > 95%. Histamine release induced by A23187 from CMC peaked at 3.0 μM A23187 (19.1 ± 4.2%), at 3.0 min (22.3 ± 2.3%), and at 30°C (17.6 ± 2.6%). In contrast, histamine release from PMC peaked at 8.0 μM of A23187 (49.4 ± 12.1%) and at 15.0 min (48.5 ± t2.2%). Release of histamine from PMC was observed at all the temperatures tested from 22 to 45°C. Histamine released from CMC and PMC induced by A23187 was calcium dependent. Histamine release induced by compound 48/80 from CMC peaked at 0.5 μg/ml of compound 48/80 (23.0 ± 7.4%) and at 5.0 min. incubation (16.3 ± 2.0%) whereas release from PMC peaked at 10.0 μg/ml (31.9 ± 2.6%); release from PMC was similar at all the time points examined (1 -15 min). Histamine release induced by substance P (SP) from both CMC and PMC peaked at 5.0 μM (18.8 ± 6.6% and 12.6 ± 3.7%, respectively); however, the maximal release from CMC occurred at 3.0 min (18.2 ± 3.2%) and from PMC at 30.0 min (11.4 ± 2.0%). SP-induced histamine release from CMC was calcium dependent, whereas release from PMC was only partially inhibited by EDTA. This study demonstrated that functional heterogeneity exists between these two populations of mast cells. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MAST cells -- Immunology KW - METRIZAMIDE KW - HISTAMINE KW - SKIN diseases KW - GASTRIC diseases KW - HETEROGENEITY N1 - Accession Number: 12477951; He, Dan Esquenazi-Behar, Susana 1 Soter, Nicholas A. 1 Lim, Henry W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Service, New York Veterans Administration Medical Center, Department of Dermatology, New York University School of Medicine, New York, New York, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug90, Vol. 95 Issue 2, p178; Subject Term: MAST cells -- Immunology; Subject Term: METRIZAMIDE; Subject Term: HISTAMINE; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Subject Term: GASTRIC diseases; Subject Term: HETEROGENEITY; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12477951 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12477951&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ho, Vincent C. AU - Baadsgaard, Ole AU - Elder, James T. AU - Hansen, Erik R. AU - Hanson, Curtis A. AU - Vejlsgaard, Gunhild L. AU - Cooper, Kevin D. T1 - Genotypic Analysis of T-Cell Clones Derived from Cutaneous T-Cell Lymphoma Lesions Demonstrates Selective Growth of Tumor-Infiltrating Lymphocytes. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 95 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 4 EP - 8 SN - 0022202X AB - The nature of T cells contained within cutaneous lesions of cutaneous T-cell lymphoma (CTCL) has not been studied at the clonal level. T cells extracted from skin lesions of two CTCL patients were cloned by limiting dilution and propagated in interleukin-2 (IL-2) containing medium with periodic lectin stimulation. Twelve T-cell clones were derived from each patient. In both cases, genotypic analysis of the T-cell clones revealed that these clones had T-cell receptor (TCR) β- and γ-chain gene rearrangements distinct from the predominant, presumably malignant, clone present in the skin, lymph nodes, or blood. This suggests that they were derived from presumably reactive (non-malignant) T cells. Furthermore, these clones had gene rearrangements different from each other, indicating their multiple clonal origins. The failure to propagate in vitro the CTCL T-cell clone suggests that CTCL cells may have growth requirements different from normal T cells. Thus, conventional T-cell culturing methods using IL-2 and lectins as mitogen may selectively propagate the presumably reactive T cells contained within the skin lesions. The ability to selectively grow these reactive lesional T cells (so-called tumor infiltrating lymphocytes) raises the possibility that these cells could be used in adoptive immunotherapy of CTCL. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOMAS KW - T cells KW - T-cell receptor genes KW - RETICULO-endothelial system -- Tumors KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - LECTINS N1 - Accession Number: 12872650; Ho, Vincent C. 1 Baadsgaard, Ole 1 Elder, James T. 1,2 Hansen, Erik R. 3 Hanson, Curtis A. 4 Vejlsgaard, Gunhild L. 3 Cooper, Kevin D. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A. 2: Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Hospital, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A. 3: Department of Dermatology, Bispebjerg Hospital, University of Copenhagen, Copenhagen, Denmark. 4: Department of Pathology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jul90, Vol. 95 Issue 1, p4; Subject Term: LYMPHOMAS; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: T-cell receptor genes; Subject Term: RETICULO-endothelial system -- Tumors; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: LECTINS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12872650 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12872650&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ansel, John AU - Perry, Patricia AU - Brown, Jeffrey AU - Damm, David AU - Phan, Tuan AU - Hart, Charles AU - Luger, Thomas AU - Hefeneider, Stephen T1 - Cytokine Modulation of Keratinocyte Cytokines. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1990/06/15/Jun90 Supplement VL - 94 M3 - Article SP - 101s EP - 107s SN - 0022202X AB - There is increasing evidence that epidermal cytokines may have an important role in mediating inflammatory and immune responses in the skin. A number of cell types in the epidermis are capable of secreting cytokines including keratinocytes, Langerhans cells, melanocytic cells, and even Merkle cells. Keratinocytes are the major source of cytokines in the epidermis and have been reported to secrete IL-1, IL-3, IL-6, IL-8, CSF, TNFα, TGFα;, TGFβ, and PDGF. Normally these cytokines are not actively secreted by keratinocytes; however, a number of agents are capable of mediating keratinocyte cytokine production, including cytokines themselves. We examined the effect of a number of cytokines on keratinocyte IL-1, IL-6, GM-CSF, and PDGF production. It was found that these keratinocyte cytokines are all modulated by one or more cytokines, including several that keratinocytes themselves secrete. These effects appear to be mediated by high-affinity cytokine receptors on keratinocytes. We are only beginning to understand the molecular mechanisms underlying the production, regulation, and precise role of keratinocyte cytokines in normal and diseased skin; how- ever, recent studies suggest that cytokines secreted by epidermal cells and lymphoid cells may be important modulators of keratinocyte cytokine production. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CYTOKINES KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - EPIDERMIS KW - INFLAMMATION -- Immunological aspects KW - IMMUNE response KW - SKIN -- Inflammation N1 - Accession Number: 12876053; Ansel, John 1 Perry, Patricia 1 Brown, Jeffrey 1 Damm, David 1 Phan, Tuan 1 Hart, Charles 2 Luger, Thomas 3 Hefeneider, Stephen 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center and Oregon Health Sciences University, Portland, Oregon. 2: Zymogenetics Corp., Seattle, Washington. 3: Second Department of Dermatology, University of Vienna, Vienna, Austria.; Source Info: Jun90 Supplement, Vol. 94, p101s; Subject Term: CYTOKINES; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: INFLAMMATION -- Immunological aspects; Subject Term: IMMUNE response; Subject Term: SKIN -- Inflammation; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12876053 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12876053&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cooper, Kevin D. AU - Androphy, Elliot J. AU - Lowy, Douglas AU - Katz, Stephen I. T1 - Antigen Presentation and T-Cell Activation in Epidermodysplasia Verruciformis. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 94 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 769 EP - 776 SN - 0022202X AB - Aberrant immune responses may play a role in the susceptibility of patients with epidermodysplasia verruciformis to human papilloma virus (HPV). We examined the stimulatory capacity of antigen-presenting cells from HPV-infected skin and peripheral blood T-cell responses of patients with epidermodysplasia verruciformis. The percentage of Langerhans cells in relation to total epidermal cells in suspension was slightly reduced in HPV-infected lesions, relative to apparently clinically uninfected epidermis. In addition, the morphologic appearance of Langerhans cells was altered in lesional epidermal sheets. Despite these abnormalities, Langerhans cells were functionally intact in their capacity to present alloantigens to T cells and, in fact, the epidermis of HPV-infected lesions demonstrated enhanced antigen- presenting activity in three of four patients tested. The antigen-presenting activity was entirely abrogated by removal of Langerhans cells and was not associated with increased activity of cytokines with stimulatory activity for the thymocyte co-stimulation assay. Although epidermodysplasia verruciformis T cells were unresponsive to autologous HPV-infected epidermis, they responded well to mitogens, allogeneic mononuclear leukocytes, and allogeneic epidermal cells. Epidermodysplasia verruciformis T cells were inhibited in their capacity to respond to allogeneic epidermal cells when they were simultaneously exposed to autologous epidermal cells from HPV-infected lesional epidermis, but not to normal-appearing epidermis. Thus, although Langerhans cell activity is intact in epidermodysplasia verruciformis, these individuals fail to respond to autologous papillomas, which may, at least in part, be explained by an interaction between papillomal epidermal cells and autologous T cells that results in an inhibited response. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNE response KW - PAPILLOMAVIRUSES KW - ANTIGENS KW - T cells KW - LANGERHANS cells KW - EPIDERMIS N1 - Accession Number: 12874631; Cooper, Kevin D. 1,2 Androphy, Elliot J. 3 Lowy, Douglas 4 Katz, Stephen I. 4; Affiliation: 1: Immunodermatology Unit, Department of Dermatology, University of Michigan Medical School, Ann Arbor, Michigan. 2: Dermatology Service, Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Hospital, Ann Arbor, Michigan 3: Tufts New England Medical Center, Boston, Massachusetts, U.S.A. 4: National Cancer Institute, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Maryland.; Source Info: Jun90, Vol. 94 Issue 6, p769; Subject Term: IMMUNE response; Subject Term: PAPILLOMAVIRUSES; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: LANGERHANS cells; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12874631 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12874631&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cooper, Kevin D. AU - Baadsgaard, Ole AU - Ellis, Charles N. AU - Duell, Elizabeth AU - Voorhees, John J. T1 - Mechanisms of Cyclosporine A Inhibition of Antigen-Presenting Activity in Uninvolved and Lesional Psoriatic Epidermis. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1990/05// VL - 94 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 649 EP - 656 SN - 0022202X AB - To elucidate how cyclosporine A affects antigen-presenting cell subsets and their function in human skin, we studied patients with psoriasis undergoing a therapeutic trial of cyclosporine A. Immunologic parameters abnormal in psoriatic epidermis were evaluated before and early in the course of therapy. We quantitated function and numbers of skin biopsy-derived epidermal cells with potential antigen- presenting cell (APC) activity. The antigen-presenting capacity of epidermal cells from normal-appearing skin to activate allogeneic T cells was profoundly inhibited (81% decrease) 7 d after the onset of therapy (p < 0.05). Thus, cyclosporine A therapy inhibited T-cell activation mediated by Langerhans cells in uninvolved skin. By contrast, in lesional skin epidermal allo-antigen presenting activity was only partially inhibited at this early time point (55 ± 7% decrease) (p <0.01, n = 8). The percentage decrease in allo-antigen-presenting cell activity correlated with reduced clinical activity of the lesions, r = 0.84. In three patients also examined at 14 d, we found an additional 42 ± 5% decrease between day 7 and day 14. Decreased allo-antigen-presenting activity in lesional skin was not associated with a decrease in the number of CD1+ Langerhans cells or epidermal cell release of detectable amounts of cyclosporine A or other soluble factors that abrogate T-cell alloreactivity. The time course and degree of inhibition of antigen-presenting capacity within involved psoriatic skin correlated best with a significant (p <0.01) reduction in non-Langerhans cell DR+ leukocytes (from 3.0 ± 1.2% to 1.0 ± 0.6% at day 7) (r = 0.71). Cyclosporine A therapy was associated with a rapid and complete loss of HLe1-DR+ keratinocytes (94% decrease at 7 d) in lesional skin despite the skin still being quite involved with psoriasis at this point and antigen-presenting cell activity being only 60% reduced. In conclusion, cyclosporine A interferes with T-cell activation by human epidermis through at least two mechanisms: 1) in uninvolved skin, rapid inhibition of Langerhans cell-mediated activation of T cells, and 2) in lesional skin, delayed inhibition of antigen-presenting activity which appears to correlate with the time course and level of reductions in non-Langerhans cell DR+ leukocytes. The antigen-presenting activity of the latter cells appears to be cyclosporine A resistant. In psoriatic lesions, early and complete loss of DR expression on lesional keratinocytes during cyclosporine A therapy is likely due to decreased lesional T-cell lymphokine production critical for keratinocyte DR expression. Concomitantly, decreased recruitment and retention of infiltrating leukocytes by T-cell lymphokines may result in the depletion of non-Langerhans antigen-presenting leukocytes from lesional epidermis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PSORIASIS KW - CYCLOSPORINE KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents KW - ANTIGEN presenting cells KW - IMMUNOCOMPETENT cells KW - SKIN diseases KW - EPIDERMIS N1 - Accession Number: 12876222; Cooper, Kevin D. 1 Baadsgaard, Ole 1 Ellis, Charles N. 1 Duell, Elizabeth 1 Voorhees, John J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, The University of Michigan Medical School and the Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Hospital, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A.; Source Info: May90, Vol. 94 Issue 5, p649; Subject Term: PSORIASIS; Subject Term: CYCLOSPORINE; Subject Term: IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents; Subject Term: ANTIGEN presenting cells; Subject Term: IMMUNOCOMPETENT cells; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12876222 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12876222&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tse, Yardy AU - Cooper, Kevin D. T1 - Cutaneous Dermal Ia+ Cells Are Capable of Initiating Delayed Type Hypersensitivity Responses. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 94 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 267 EP - 272 SN - 0022202X AB - The presence of Langerhans cells (LC) within the epidermis has been shown to be critical for inducing T-cell-mediated immune responses in the skin. The purpose of this study was to assess whether cells in the dermis can initiate T-cell-mediated delayed-type hypersensitivity responses in vivo. Initially, back skins from C3H mice were trypsinized to remove the epidermis. The dermis was enzymatically dispersed and filtered to obtain a cell suspension. However, dermal cells exposed to trypsin were contaminated with numerous disaggregated hair follicles. These hair follicles contained Ia+ cells (presumably LC), and upon haptenation in vitro with trinitrophenyl, initiated contact hypersensitivity reactions in vivo. We therefore used dispase in place of trypsin to prevent follicular disaggregation and to allow preparation of dermal cell suspensions free of hair follicles. These hair follicle-free dermal cells were haptenated with trinitrophenyl and injected intradermally. Elicitation of contact hypersensitivity by epicutaneous painting 6 d later revealed the mean ± SEM incremental ear-swelling response to be 53 ± 8 mm × 10-3. In contrast, mice sensitized by injection with dermal cells depleted of Ia+ cells demonstrated only 10 ± 1 mm × 10-3 of ear swelling. Thus, like dendritic LC of the epidermis, perivascular dendritic Ia+ cells of the dermis are capable of initiating T-cell-mediated contact hypersensitivity in vivo and may be highly relevant for presentation of antigen to T cells trafficking through the dermis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LANGERHANS cells KW - EPIDERMIS KW - T cells KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - ALLERGY KW - DERMIS N1 - Accession Number: 12874114; Tse, Yardy 1 Cooper, Kevin D. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of Michigan Medical Center, and Veterans Administration Hospital, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A.; Source Info: Mar1990, Vol. 94 Issue 3, p267; Subject Term: LANGERHANS cells; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: ALLERGY; Subject Term: DERMIS; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12874114 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12874114&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Athar, Mohammad AU - Raza, Haider AU - Bickers, David R. AU - Mukhtar, Hasan T1 - Inhibition of Benzoyl Peroxide-Mediated Tumor Promotion in 7,12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene-Initiated Skin of Sencar Mice by Antoxidants Nordihydroguiaretic Acid and Diallyl Sulfide. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1990/02// VL - 94 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 162 EP - 165 SN - 0022202X AB - Benzoyl peroxide (BPO), a free radical generating compound, is widely used in topical medications prescribed for acne vulgaris and in cosmetic products. It has been shown to possess tumor-promoting activity in murine skin initiated with chemical carcinogens such as 7,12-dimethylbenz(a)anthracene (DMBA). In the present study we assessed the effect of the antioxidants nordihydroguaiaretic acid (NDGA) and diallyl sulfide (DAS) against BPO-mediated tumor promotion in murine skin. Pretreatment of Sencar mice with NDGA and DAS prior to skin application of BPO resulted in a time- and dose-dependent inhibition of epidermal ODC induction caused by BPO. Tumor initiation was achieved by a single topical application of DMBA (10 μg/animal) to Sencar mice. Ten days later tumor promotion was begun by twice-weekly topical application of BPO (20 mg/animal). The anticarcinogenic effects of NDGA (25 μmol/mouse) and DAS (20 μmol/mouse) were evaluated by administering these agents topically 60 min prior to each BPO application. After 26 weeks on test, the number of benign papillomas/mouse were 0.10 ± 0.07 and 2.15 ± 0.30 in the NDGA and DAS pretreated group of animals as compared to 4.40 ± 1.14 in animals receiving BPO alone. After 51 weeks on test, the number of squamous cell carcinomas/mouse were 0.00 ± 0.00, 0.35 ± 0.10 in the NDGA and DAS pretreated group of animals as compared to 0.65 ± 0.12 in animals receiving BPO alone. From these data we suggest that the antioxidants NDGA and DAS can abrogate the tumor-promoting effects of BPO in murine skin and that NDGA is substantially more effective than DAS in this regard. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DRUGS KW - CARCINOGENS KW - ANTIOXIDANTS KW - COCARCINOGENS KW - MEDICAL research KW - COSMETICS N1 - Accession Number: 12874431; Athar, Mohammad 1 Raza, Haider 1 Bickers, David R. 1 Mukhtar, Hasan 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, Skin Disease Research Center, University Hospitals of Cleveland, Case Western Reserve University and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A.; Source Info: Feb90, Vol. 94 Issue 2, p162; Subject Term: DRUGS; Subject Term: CARCINOGENS; Subject Term: ANTIOXIDANTS; Subject Term: COCARCINOGENS; Subject Term: MEDICAL research; Subject Term: COSMETICS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 446120 Cosmetics, Beauty Supplies, and Perfume Stores; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424210 Drugs and Druggists' Sundries Merchant Wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414520 Toiletries, cosmetics and sundries merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325620 Toilet Preparation Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541712 Research and Development in the Physical, Engineering, and Life Sciences (except Biotechnology); Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12874431 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12874431&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Piepkorn, Michael AU - Fleckman, Philip AU - Carney, Helen AU - Hovingh, Peter AU - Linker, Alfred T1 - The Distinctive Pattern of Proteoglycan and Glycosaminoglycan Free Chain Synthesis by Cultured Human Epidermal Keratinocytes. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 94 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 107 EP - 113 SN - 0022202X AB - The in vitro synthesis of proteoglycans and glycosaminoglycan free chains was studied in human epidermal keratinocytes. Preconfluent and confluent cultures established on 3T3 feeders were steady state labeled with [35S]-sulfate and [⊃3H]-glucosamine after removal of the 3T3 cells. Products in nonionic detergent extracts of keratinocytes and in the medium were analyzed in the presence of protease inhibitors. Glycosaminoglycans as proteoglycans and as free chains were defined by susceptibility or resistance, respectively, to alkaline borohydride reduction. Products associated with the cells were ∼30% proteoglycans and ∼70% glycosaminoglycan free chains, whereas in the medium virtually all was proteoglycan. The heparan and chondroitin sulfate proteoglycans were small compared to those of many other cell types. Their Kav on Sepharose CL-4B was 0.56 (estimated 50 kDa), whereas the free chain Kav was 0.74 (estimated 12 kDa). Relative amounts of the sulfated products varied with confluence and differentiation; heparan and chondroitin sulfates were equally represented within the free chains and proteoglycans of the cells in preconfluent, proliferating cultures, whereas in postconfluent, differentiated cultures the major labeling was in the heparan sulfate products, consistent with our prior reports (J Invest Dermatol 88:215-9, 1987 and 91:492-8, 1988). The cellular localization of the products was probed with glycosaminoglycan degrading enzymes added to isotopically prelabeled cultures. The proteoglycans appeared to be located on the external surface of plasma membranes, whereas the glycosaminoglycan free chains resisted digestion and are either intracellular or membrane associated, but otherwise inaccessible. These data establish the distinctive pattern of low Mr proteoglycans and abundant cell-associated glycosaminoglycan free chains synthesized by keratinocytes. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PROTEOGLYCANS KW - GLYCOSAMINOGLYCANS KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - EPIDERMIS KW - PROTEASE inhibitors KW - GLUCOSAMINE N1 - Accession Number: 12873970; Piepkorn, Michael 1,2 Fleckman, Philip 3 Carney, Helen Hovingh, Peter 1 Linker, Alfred 2,4,5; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, University of Utah School of Medicine, Salt Lake City, Utah, U.S.A. 2: Department of Pathology, University of Utah School of Medicine, Salt Lake City, Utah, U.S.A. 3: Department of Medicine, University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, Washington, U.S.A. 4: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Salt Lake City, Utah. 5: Department of Biochemistry, University of Utah School of Medicine, Salt Lake City, Utah, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jan1990, Vol. 94 Issue 1, p107; Subject Term: PROTEOGLYCANS; Subject Term: GLYCOSAMINOGLYCANS; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: PROTEASE inhibitors; Subject Term: GLUCOSAMINE; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12873970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12873970&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Furukawa, Fukumi AU - Kashihara-Sawami, Mari AU - Lyons, Martin B. AU - Norris, David A. T1 - Binding of Antibodies to the Extractable Nuclear Antigens SS-A/Ro and SS-B/La Is Induced on the Surface of Human Keratinocytes by Ultraviolet Light (UVL): Implications for the Pathogenesis of Photosensitive Cutaneous Lupus. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 94 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 77 EP - 85 SN - 0022202X AB - Autoantibodies to the non-histone nucleoprotein antigens SS-A/Ro, SS-B/La, and RNP are highly associated with photosensitive cutaneous lupus erythematosus (LE). In order to better understand the potential mechanisms of ultraviolet (UV) light on photosensitivity in patients with cutaneous LE, we designed immunopathologic in vitro and in vivo experiments to evaluate the effects of UV on the binding of such autoantibodies to the surface of human keratinocytes, one major target of immunologic damage in photosensitive LE. Short-term 2% paraformaldehyde fixation of suspensions of cultured human keratinocytes previously incubated with monospecific antiserum probes enabled the detection of ENA expression on the cell surface by flow-cytometry analysis. UVB light (280-320 nm) induced the binding of monospecific antibody probes for SS-A/Ro and SS-B/La on keratinocytes in a dose-dependent pattern with maximal induction observed at the dose of 200 mJ/cm2 UVB. Binding of SS-A/ Ro, SS-B/La, and RNP antibody was augmented strongly, but binding of anti-Sm was very weak. In contrast, UVA (320-400 nm) light had no effect on the induction of binding of these antibody probes. Identical results were seen by standard immunofluorescence techniques. Hydroxyurea-treated keratinocytes showed similar induction of those antigens by UVB irradiation, which suggested that ENA expression on cultured keratinocytes by UVB were cell-cycle independent. Tunicamycin, an inhibitor of glycosylation of proteins, reduced UVB light effect on the SS-A/Ro and SS-B/La antigen's expression. These in vitro FACS analyses revealed that ENA augmentation on the keratinocyte cell surface was dose dependent, UVB dependent, glycosylation dependent, and cell-cycle independent. In vivo ENA augmentation on the keratinocyte surface was examined in suction blister epidermal roofs. Specific antibody probes for SS-A/Ro, SS-B/La, RNP, and Sm bound to human keratinocytes in intact suction blister epidermis following UVL irradiation in vivo. Using three different protocols, we have demonstrated that antibodies to SS-A/Ro, SS-B/La, and U1RNP bind to UVL-irradiated human keratinocytes. We speculate that this antibody binding is an important inducer of antibody dependent keratinocyte damage in photosensitive cutaneous lupus. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - ANTIGENS KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - LUPUS erythematosus KW - NUCLEOPROTEINS KW - IMMUNOPATHOLOGY KW - ULTRAVIOLET radiation N1 - Accession Number: 12873930; Furukawa, Fukumi 1 Kashihara-Sawami, Mari 1 Lyons, Martin B. 1 Norris, David A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of Colorado School of Medicine, and Denver Veterans Administration Medical Center, Denver, Colorado. U.S.A.; Source Info: Jan1990, Vol. 94 Issue 1, p77; Subject Term: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: LUPUS erythematosus; Subject Term: NUCLEOPROTEINS; Subject Term: IMMUNOPATHOLOGY; Subject Term: ULTRAVIOLET radiation; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12873930 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12873930&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Margolis, Randall J. AU - Sherwood, Margaret AU - Maytum, Dan J. AU - Granstein, Richard D. AU - Weinstock, Martin A. AU - Parrish, John A. AU - Gange, Richard W. T1 - Longwave Ultraviolet Radiation (UVA, 320-400 nm)- Induced Tan Protects Human Skin Against Further UVA Injury. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 93 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 713 EP - 718 SN - 0022202X AB - The protective effect of a UVA (320-400 nm) induced tan against cutaneous injury by further UVA-irradiation was studied by evaluating the histopathologic changes in tanned and untanned normal human buttock skin 24 h after exposure to 2 and 4 minimal erythema doses of UVA. In each subject there were fewer polymorphonuclear leukocytes and less endothelial cell prominence and vessel wall necrosis in the UVA tanned control and tanned UVA-irradiated skin there was a prominent mononuclear cell inflammatory infiltrate that was much greater than in untanned skin. In immunoperoxidase stained tissue sections, the mononuclear cells were predominantly T cells, and in all of the specimens the number of phenotypic helper/inducer cells exceeded the phenotypic cytotoxic/suppressor cells. This demonstrates that a UVA tan provides photoprotection against acute UVA exposure. In addition, tanning, with or without further UVA-irradiation, was associated with a mononuclear cell inflammatory infiltrate. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IRRADIATION KW - ULTRAVIOLET radiation KW - RADIATION KW - SUNTAN KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - NEUTROPHILS KW - NECROSIS KW - SUPPRESSOR cells N1 - Accession Number: 12284390; Margolis, Randall J. 1 Sherwood, Margaret 1 Maytum, Dan J. 1 Granstein, Richard D. 1 Weinstock, Martin A. 2 Parrish, John A. 1 Gange, Richard W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Wellman Laboratories of Photomedicine, Department of Dermatology, Massachusetts General Hospital and Harvard Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts 2: Departments of Medicine (Dermatology), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Roger Williams General Hospital and Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island, U.S.A.; Source Info: Dec89, Vol. 93 Issue 6, p713; Subject Term: IRRADIATION; Subject Term: ULTRAVIOLET radiation; Subject Term: RADIATION; Subject Term: SUNTAN; Subject Term: LEUCOCYTES; Subject Term: NEUTROPHILS; Subject Term: NECROSIS; Subject Term: SUPPRESSOR cells; NAICS/Industry Codes: 334517 Irradiation Apparatus Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12284390 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12284390&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Green, Floyd A. T1 - Generation and Metabolism of Lipoxygenase Products in Normal and Membrane-Damaged Cultured Human Keratinocytes. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1989/10// VL - 93 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 486 EP - 491 SN - 0022202X AB - The production and metabolism of lipoxygenase eicosanoids were studied in cultured human keratinocytes. The identity of these eicosanoid structures was established by a variety of chromatographic and analytical techniques. Normal cultured keratinocytes did not produce lipoxygenase eicosanoids either spontaneously or when given arachidonic acid in the presence of permeabilizing concentrations of ethanol or dimethyl sulfoxide. Freeze-thawing of human neonatal and adult keratinocytes resulted in a rapid release of linoleic and arachidonic acids over time. Activation of a latent 15-lipoxygenase was demonstrated by the synthesis of 15-hydroryeicosatetraenoic acid (15-HETE) and 13-hydroxyoctadecadienoic acid, and both these products were greatly increased in amount when the corresponding fatty acid precursor was added. Eicosanoid production by cells of newborn and adult origin was indistinguishable. Rapid metabolism of exogenous 15-HETE by normal keratinocytes was observed. Measurable quantities of esterified 15-HETE were found after 1 min, but by 18-20 h all the esterified 15-HETE was degraded to the extent that 80% of the recovered radioactivity was found in water-soluble form. In contrast, when labeled or unlabeled 5-HETE was used a much larger fraction was esterified intact (30% as opposed to 10%) and at the end of 18-20 hours a substantial peak of esterified 5-HETE remained. Intact esterified [3H] HETE were recovered only in the triacylglycerol fraction. The key findings that ω-6 lipoxygenase products are generated but not esterified by membrane-damaged keratinocytes, whereas these products are esterified but not generated by normal keratinocytes, may be of importance in transcellular metabolic control. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - METABOLISM KW - EICOSANOIDS KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis KW - ARACHIDONIC acid KW - ETHANES KW - CELLS KW - FATTY acids N1 - Accession Number: 12284046; Green, Floyd A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine and Microbiology, State University of New York at Buffalo and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Buffalo, New York, U.S.A.; Source Info: Oct89, Vol. 93 Issue 4, p486; Subject Term: METABOLISM; Subject Term: EICOSANOIDS; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis; Subject Term: ARACHIDONIC acid; Subject Term: ETHANES; Subject Term: CELLS; Subject Term: FATTY acids; NAICS/Industry Codes: 211112 Natural Gas Liquid Extraction; NAICS/Industry Codes: 211113 Conventional oil and gas extraction; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325110 Petrochemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12284046 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12284046&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mukhtar, Hasan AU - Bik, Daniel P. AU - Ruzicka, Thomas AU - Merk, Hans F. AU - Bickers, David R. T1 - Cytochrome P-450-Dependent Omega-Oxidation of Leukotriene B4 in Rodent and Human Epidermis. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 93 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 231 EP - 235 SN - 0022202X AB - Leukotriene B4 (LTB4, 5-12-dihydroxy 6,8,10,14-eicosatetraenoic acid), an enzyme-catalyzed oxidation product of arachidonic acid, is a major inflammatory mediator. Human polymorphonuclar leukocytes and rodent hepatic microsomes catabolize LTB4 to 20-OH-LTB4 and 20-COOH-LTB4, which is mediated by a cytochrome P-450 catalyzed reaction termed the LTB4 ω-hydroxylase. In this study we investigated the catabolism of LTB4 in rat, guinea pig, and human epidermis. The incubation of ³H-LTB4 (9 μM) for 60 mm in the presence of oxygen, NADPH, and epidermal microsomes prepared from neonatal rat (3.0 mg) or adult guinea pig (2.6 mg) resulted in the formation of 20-OH-LTB4 and 20-COOH-LTB4. Metabolite identification was based on co-chromatography on high pressure liquid chromatography with highly purified reference standards. The formation of 20-OH-LTB4 and 20-COOH-LTB4 was accompanied by the disappearance of LTB4. The rate of formation of 20-OH-LTB4 was 9-12-fold higher than that of 20-COOH-LTB4. Product formation was negligible with boiled microsomes, required NADPH and oxygen, was linear with respect to incubation time and protein, and was maximal at pH 7.4. LTB4-ω-hydroxylase activity was inhibited (>90%) by carbon monoxide or 2-diethylaminoethyl-2,2-diphenylvalerate hydrochloride (SKF-525A) (1 mM), whereas α-naphthoflavone produced only moderate (13%) or no effects. Topical application of 3-methylcholanthrene and other conventional inducers of epidermal monooxygenase activities to neonatal rats (100 mg/kg, single treatment) did not result in an increase in epidermal LTB4-ω-hydroxylase activity. The addition of 3H-LTB4 (30 nmoles) to primary human keratinocytes followed by incubation at 37°C resulted in time-dependent disappearance of LTB4 and appearence of 20-OH-LTB4 and 20-COOH-LTB4 in the medium. These reusults suggest that LTB4 is catabolized by the cytochrome P-450-dependent enzyme system in rodent and human skin and that this may participate in modulating the effects of this proinflammatory lipid in this tissue [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CYTOCHROME P-450 KW - EPIDERMIS KW - MONOOXYGENASES KW - ARACHIDONIC acid KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - RODENTS -- Diseases N1 - Accession Number: 12277578; Mukhtar, Hasan 1 Bik, Daniel P. 1 Ruzicka, Thomas 2 Merk, Hans F. 3 Bickers, David R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University Hospitals of Cleveland, Case Western Reserve University, and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A. 2: Department of Dermatology, University of Munich, Munich. 3: Department of Dermatology, University of KoIn, Koln, Federal Republic of Germany.; Source Info: Aug89, Vol. 93 Issue 2, p231; Subject Term: CYTOCHROME P-450; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: MONOOXYGENASES; Subject Term: ARACHIDONIC acid; Subject Term: LEUCOCYTES; Subject Term: RODENTS -- Diseases; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112999 All other miscellaneous animal production; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12277578 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12277578&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sephel, Gregory C. AU - Byers, Peter H. AU - Holbrook, Karen A. AU - Davidson, Jeffrey M. T1 - Heterogeneity of Elastin Expression in Cutis Laxa Fibroblast Strains. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 93 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 147 EP - 153 SN - 0022202X AB - Cutis laxa is a genetically heterogeneous connective tissue disease that occurs in both inherited and acquired forms. The most apparent defect is loose, redundant, nonresilient skin, but systemic connective tissue abnormalities exist, especially in conjunction with the early onset or autosomal recessive variety. The elastic fiber shows morphologic alterations. We studied dermal skin biopsies and cultured skin fibroblasts from 6 patients with congenital forms of cutis laxa in an effort to correlate alterations in elastin morphology and metabolism. In general, ultrastructural analysis revealed occasional variance in collagen fiber diameter, whereas elastic tissue varied in content, appearance, and the proportion and manner by which elastin and microfibrillar component associated. Fibroblast cell lines comprised of normal donors from a similar age group produced an average of 35 ± 10 X 10³ tropoelastin molecular equivalents per cell per hour, as measured by an ELISA. Three of six cutis laxa cell strains were markedly (5-20-fold) reduced in tropoelastin production. Two of these cell strains had specifically reduced levels of tropoelastin production relative to total protein synthesis. Analysis of elastin specific messenger RNA levels indicated this reduced expression of tropoelastin was regulated at a pretranslational level. In other strains, diminished production of elastin did not appear to be the primary defect, underscoring the heterogeneous nature of cutis laxa at both the biochemical and ultrastructural levels. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ELASTIN KW - FIBROBLASTS KW - SKIN diseases KW - METABOLISM KW - ULTRASTRUCTURE (Biology) KW - MORPHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 12277389; Sephel, Gregory C. 1,2 Byers, Peter H. 3 Holbrook, Karen A. 4 Davidson, Jeffrey M. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administrtion Medical Center and Department of Pathology, University of Utah School of Medicine, Salt Lake City, Utah 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center and Department of Pathology, Vanderbilt University School of Medicine, Nashville, Tennessee, U.S.A. 3: Departments of Pathology and Medicine, Center for Inherited Disease 4: Department of Biological Structure, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington; Source Info: Jul89, Vol. 93 Issue 1, p147; Subject Term: ELASTIN; Subject Term: FIBROBLASTS; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Subject Term: METABOLISM; Subject Term: ULTRASTRUCTURE (Biology); Subject Term: MORPHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12277389 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12277389&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Michie, Sara A. AU - Abel, Elizabeth A. AU - Hoppe, Richard T. AU - Warnke, Roger A. AU - Wood, Gary S. T1 - Expression of T-Cell Receptor Antigens in Mycosis Fungoides and Inflammatory Skin Lesions. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 93 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 116 EP - 120 SN - 0022202X AB - Using immunohistologic methods, we studied the expression of the T-cell receptor (TCR)-associated antigens CD3, TCR-β, and TCR-δ by cutaneous T cells in mycosis fungoides (MF) (36 patients) and a variety of inflammatory diseases (16 patients). Most T cells in the inflammatory diseases and patch/plaque mycosis fungoides expressed the immunophenotype characteristic of the vast majority of mature peripheral T cells: CD3+ TCR-β+ TCR-δ. In contrast, abnormal CD3/TCR-β antigen expression was seen in 3 of 6 cases (50%) of tumor stage mycosis fungoides. Furthermore, we were able to document its evolution from the normal pattern present in earlier patch/plaque lesions of the two cases in which serial biopsies were available for study. Divergence of epidermal versus dermal CD3/TCR-β antigen expression was seen in 2 of 34 (6%) of biopsies of patch/plaque mycosis fungoides but not in inflammatory controls. The TCR-δ cells were generally rare regardless of diagnosis. We conclude that inflammatory skin diseases and most patch/plaque mycosis fungoides are typically composed of T lymphocytes that resemble mature peripheral T cells in regard to their expression of TCR-associated antigens. In contrast, aberrant patterns of TCR-associated antigen expression can be seen in tumor stage MF, and, more rarely in patch/plaque MF. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - T cells KW - CELL receptors KW - MYCOSIS fungoides KW - INFLAMMATION KW - ANTIGENS KW - SKIN diseases N1 - Accession Number: 12277376; Michie, Sara A. 1,2 Abel, Elizabeth A. 3 Hoppe, Richard T. 4 Warnke, Roger A. 1 Wood, Gary S. 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Pathology, Stanford University Medical Center, Stanford 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California, U.S.A. 3: Department of Dermatology, Stanford University Medical Center, Stanford 4: Department of Therapeutic Radiology, Stanford University Medical Center, Stanford; Source Info: Jul89, Vol. 93 Issue 1, p116; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: CELL receptors; Subject Term: MYCOSIS fungoides; Subject Term: INFLAMMATION; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12277376 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12277376&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Khan, Wasiuddin A. AU - Park, Sang S. AU - Gelboin, Harry V. AU - Bickers, David R. AU - Mukhtar, Hasan T1 - Monoclonal Antibodies Directed Characterization of Epidermal and Hepatic Cytochrome P-450 Isozymes Induced by Skin Application of Therapeutic Crude Coal Tar. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 93 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 40 EP - 45 SN - 0022202X AB - A single application of crude coal tar (CCT) solution (USP) to the skin of neonatal rats was shown to induce epidermal and hepatic cytochrome P-450(P-450)-dependent monooxygenase activities. To further characterize the induction response, in this study we have utilized highly specific monoclonal antibodies (MoAb) 1-7-1, 2-66-3, and 1-98-1 directed against highly purified rat liver P-450s induced by 3-methylcholanthrene, phenobarbital and ethanol, respectively. Sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis of hepatic microsomes prepared from CCT-treated animals showed a significant increase in the commassie blue stainable proteins in the P-450 region; however, this was not evident in epidermal microsomes. Immunoblot analysis of epidermal and hepatic microsomes with MoAb 1-7-1 revealed strong immunoprecipitin brands in both tissues. MoAb 2-66-3 showed significant immunoreactivity only with hepatic microsomes. Interestingly, CCT treatment resulted in suppression of immunoreactivity with MoAb 1-98-1 in hepatic microsomes. MoAb 1-7-1 and 2-66-3 exhibited concentration-dependent inhibitory effects in aryl hydrocarbon hydroxylase and 7-ethoxycoumarin-O-deethylase activities induced by CCT application. MoAb 1-7-1 was substantially more effective in this respect. Epidermal and hepatic mocrosomes prepared from CCT-treated rats showed significantly greater metabolism of benzo(a)pyrene (BP). MoAb 1-7-1 and MoAb 2-66-3 inhibited BP metabolism in both the tissues. However, MoAb 1-7-1 was more inhibitory in this regard as compared to MoAb2-66-3. These studies indicate that topical application of therapeutic CCT to the skin of neonatal rats results in induction of P-450 isozyme c in epidermis and isozymes b and c in liver, and that this induction is associated with the suppression of P-450 isozyme J in liver. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MONOCLONAL antibodies KW - CYTOCHROMES KW - EPIDERMIS KW - OXYGENASES KW - ISOENZYMES KW - GEL electrophoresis N1 - Accession Number: 12277342; Khan, Wasiuddin A. 1 Park, Sang S. 2 Gelboin, Harry V. 2 Bickers, David R. 1 Mukhtar, Hasan 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University Hospital of Cleveland, Case Western Reserve University and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cleveland, Ohio 2: Laboratory of Molecular Carcinogenesis, National Cancer Institute, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Maryland, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jul89, Vol. 93 Issue 1, p40; Subject Term: MONOCLONAL antibodies; Subject Term: CYTOCHROMES; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: OXYGENASES; Subject Term: ISOENZYMES; Subject Term: GEL electrophoresis; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12277342 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12277342&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fine, Jo-David AU - Horiguchi, Yuji AU - Jester, Joy AU - Couchman, John R. T1 - Detection and Partial Characterization o f A Midlamina Lucida-Hemidesmosome-Associated Antigen (19-DEJ-1) Present Within Human Skin. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 92 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 825 EP - 830 SN - 0022202X AB - A murine anti-human monoclonal antibody (19-DEJ-1) has been produced that binds to basement membranes (BMs) of the dermoepidermal junction and arrector pili muscles but not to either dermal glandular or vascular BMs. 19-DEJ-1 also recognizes BMs underneath epithelia of buccal mucosa, tongue, esophagus, cervix, and cornea, and BMs surrounding smooth muscle in medium-sized vessels, placenta, uterus, and esophagus. when 16 human fetal skins (aged 54 - 142 gestational days) were examined, the antigen was first detected at 81 days. Using immunoperoxidase and immunogold staining techniques, indirect immunoelectron microscopy demonstrated localization of 19-DEJ-1 to the level of the midlamina lucida, directly underneath hemidesmosomes; absent staining was noted beneath melanocytes. 19-DEJ-1 antigen was detectable in unfixed A431 cells grown on coverslips. After radioincorporation of 35S-methionine into A431 cells, 19-DEJ-1 monoclonal antibody specifically precipitated 2.75% of the total radiolabeled proteoglycans produced in culture supernatant and isolated by anion exchange chromatography. On the basis of our present findings, we conclude that 19-DEJ-1 monoclonal antibody defines a unique primate-specific proteoglycan that is present within BMs along the epithelial-connective tissue interface and around smooth muscle in skin and other selected organs. Its unique ultra-structural localization suggests the possibility that 19-DEJ-1 may recognize an antigenic epitope of either anchoring filaments or alternatively, the subbasal dense plate. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANTIGENS KW - MOUSE leukemia complex KW - MONOCLONAL antibodies KW - BASAL lamina KW - EPIDERMIS KW - EPITHELIUM N1 - Accession Number: 12696839; Fine, Jo-David 1,2,3 Horiguchi, Yuji 1 Jester, Joy 4 Couchman, John R. 5; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of Colorado School of Medicine, Denver, Colorado, USA. 2: Institute of Dental Research, University of Colorado School of Medicine, Denver, Colorado, USA. 3: University of Alabama at Birmingham School of Medicine; Dermatology Section 4: Medical Service, Birmingham Veterans Administration Medical Center, Birmingham, Alabama; and Department of Dermatology. 5: Department of Cell Biology and Anatomy, University of Colorado School of Medicine, Denver, Colorado, USA.; Source Info: Jun89, Vol. 92 Issue 6, p825; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: MOUSE leukemia complex; Subject Term: MONOCLONAL antibodies; Subject Term: BASAL lamina; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: EPITHELIUM; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12696839 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12696839&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Duncan, Matthew R. AU - Berman, Brian T1 - Differential Regulation of Collagen, Glycosaminoglycan, Fibronectin, and Collagenase Activity Production in Cultured Human Adult Dermal Fibroblasts by Interleukin 1-Alpha and Beta and Tumor Necrosis Factor-Alpha and Beta. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 92 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 699 EP - 706 SN - 0022202X AB - In order to clarify the role played by immunologically derived cytokines in derived connective tissue synthesis and degradation, we investigated the effect of human recombinant (hu-r) interleukin (IL) 1-alpha and beta, hu-r tumor necrosis factor (TNF)-alpha and beta, hu-r IL 2, and hu-r granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor (GM- CSF) on the production of collagen, glycosaminoglycan, fibronectin, and collagenase activity by three lines of cultured human adult dermal fibroblasts. Our results show that 24-72 h treatment of confluent fibroblast cultures with IL 1-alpha or beta or TNF-alpha or beta causes concentration (1 to 1 × 104 U/ml) dependent increases in collagen, glycosami-noglycan, and collagenase activity production, but decreases in fibronectin production. In contrast, treatment with IL 2 and GM-CSF had no effect on fibroblast functions. The data show that JL 1-alpha and beta and TNF-alpha and beta differentially regulate fibroblast functions, and that increases in catabolic functions like collagenase activity production are more than tenfold greater than increases in anabolic functions like collagen production. When these results are considered along with other reports, they suggest that IL 1 and TNF may play predominately a catabolic role in situ during dermal fibrotic responses by directly inhibiting fibronectin production and indirectly causing the degradation of collagen and glycosaminoglycan by significantly increasing dermal fibroblast elaboration of collagenase and proteoglycanase activities. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - COLLAGEN KW - GLYCOSAMINOGLYCANS KW - FIBROBLASTS KW - INTERLEUKIN-1 KW - NECROSIS KW - CYTOKINES N1 - Accession Number: 12696891; Duncan, Matthew R. 1,2 Berman, Brian 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of California, Davis School of Medicine, Davis, California, U.S.A. 2: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: May89, Vol. 92 Issue 5, p699; Subject Term: COLLAGEN; Subject Term: GLYCOSAMINOGLYCANS; Subject Term: FIBROBLASTS; Subject Term: INTERLEUKIN-1; Subject Term: NECROSIS; Subject Term: CYTOKINES; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12696891 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12696891&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Norris, David A. AU - Huff, S. Clark AU - Weston, William L. T1 - The State of Research in Cutaneous Biology: A Perspective in the 50th Anniversary Year of the Society for Investigative Dermatology and The Journal of Investigative Dermatology. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1989/04/15/ VL - 92 M3 - Article SP - 179S EP - 197S SN - 0022202X AB - The purpose of this paper is to examine the state of research in cutaneous biology in 1988 by presenting how the modern tools of molecular and cellular biology are being applied to the study of the skin, and to demonstrate how this scientific foundation has provided the basis for modem therapeutics. In 1988, the investigators involved in research in cutaneous biology brought a wide range of training and different experimental approaches to their areas of investigation: the molecular biologist analyzing the subcellular details of keratinocyte differentiation, of collagen synthesis, or of the synthesis and secretion of the extracellular matrix; the cell biologist studying signal transduction or membrane function; the cellular immunologist dissecting the complex interactions of the immune response in the skin; the experimental pathologist studying wound healing; and cellular and systemic effects of ultraviolet light. The historical term "investigative dermatology" has surely evolved to include all aspects of cutaneous biology. KW - CUTANEOUS glands KW - MOLECULAR biology KW - CYTOLOGY KW - COLLAGEN KW - WOUND healing KW - ULTRAVIOLET radiation -- Therapeutic use KW - SKIN diseases N1 - Accession Number: 13075548; Norris, David A. 1 Huff, S. Clark 1 Weston, William L. 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of Colorado School of Medicine, Denver, Colorado, U.S.A. 2: Denver Veterans Administration Medical Center, Denver, Colorado, U.S.A.; Source Info: Apr89Supplement, Vol. 92, p179S; Subject Term: CUTANEOUS glands; Subject Term: MOLECULAR biology; Subject Term: CYTOLOGY; Subject Term: COLLAGEN; Subject Term: WOUND healing; Subject Term: ULTRAVIOLET radiation -- Therapeutic use; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Number of Pages: 19p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep13075548 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13075548&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bibel, Debra Jan AU - Miller, Stanley J. AU - Brown, Barbara E. AU - Pandey, Braj B. AU - Elias, Peter M. AU - Shinefield, Henry R. AU - Aly, Raza T1 - Antimicrobial Activity of Stratum Corneum Lipids from Normal and Essential Fatty Acid-Deficient Mice. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 92 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 632 EP - 638 SN - 0022202X AB - Among the cutaneous effects of an essential fatty acid deficient (EFAD) diet are hyperdesquamation, increased trans-epidermal water loss (TEWL), and altered lipid profiles, characteristics also common to inflammatory dermatoses. Because fatty acids are antimicrobial, we examined the indigenous skin flora of normal and EFAD hairless mice, and compared the antimicrobial efficacy of lipids extracted from their stratum corneum. EFAD mice supported 100-fold more bacteria than normal mice, and were the only group from which staphylococcus aureus were routinely isolated. Despite this greater carriage, in vitro experiments demonstrated that EFAD lipids are more lethal than normal lipids against Streptococcus pyogenes, S. aureus, S. epidermidis, Micrococcus sp., and a coryneform. Skin fungi were equally susceptible to both extracts. After thin layer chromatography, the most active fractions were found to be glycophingolipids and phsopholipids. EFAD extracts had 35% more free fatty acids and 75% more glycophingolipids; normal extracts had more triglycerides and phospholipids. S. aureus strain 502A survived equally well on EFAD as on normal mice, normal lipids applied on EFAD mice had no additional effect, but EFAD lipids on normal mice brought about a 35% reduction of the inoculated bacteria. If the mice were pretreated with alcohol, carriage of strain 502A was reduced by 71%. If instead the mice were previously washed with acetone to increase TEWL, a 97% reduction of the staphylococcus occurred. The application of normal flora to such acetone-washed mice decreased the efficacy to 76%. EFAD and normal lipids on human subjects were equally ineffective in eliminating strain 502A. Results suggest that in vivo the normal flora regulates the killing of pathogenic microorganisms by potent EFAD skin lipids. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LIPIDS KW - FATTY acids KW - STAPHYLOCOCCUS aureus KW - THIN layer chromatography KW - BIOMOLECULES KW - CARBOXYLIC acids N1 - Accession Number: 12712202; Bibel, Debra Jan 1 Miller, Stanley J. 1 Brown, Barbara E. 2 Pandey, Braj B. 1 Elias, Peter M. 2 Shinefield, Henry R. 3 Aly, Raza 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of California School of Medicine. 2: Dermatology service Veterans, Administration Medical Center. 3: Department of Pediatrics, Kaiser/Permanente Medical Center, San Francisco, California, USA.; Source Info: Apr89, Vol. 92 Issue 4, p632; Subject Term: LIPIDS; Subject Term: FATTY acids; Subject Term: STAPHYLOCOCCUS aureus; Subject Term: THIN layer chromatography; Subject Term: BIOMOLECULES; Subject Term: CARBOXYLIC acids; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12712202 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12712202&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Berman, Brian AU - Duncan, Matthew R T1 - Pentoxifylline Inhibits Normal Human Dermal Fibroblast In Vitro Proliferation, Collagen, Glycosaminoglycan, and Fibronectin Production, and Increases Collagenase Activity. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 92 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 605 EP - 610 SN - 0022202X AB - Fibroblasts from normal human adult skin were cultured in vitro in the presence and absence of different concentrations of pentoxifylline or a pentoxifylline analog, A81-3138 (10-1 - 10³ μg/ml). Similar concentration dependent reductions in normal proliferation of fibroblasts in fetal calf serum-driven subconfluent cultures were detected following treatment with pentoxifylline or A81-3138. Fibroblasts assayed as confluent cultures produced sub-normal amounts of collagen, glycosaminoglycans (GAGs), and fibronectin in a fashion dependent upon the concentration of pentoxifylline. In contrast, fibroblasts exposed to pentoxifylline elaborated double the collagense activity produced by normal, untreated fibroblasts. The reduced proliferation and reduced synthetic activities were not due to a lethal toxic effect on fibroblasts by pentoxifylline and A81-3138, nor was the reduction in collagen synthesis simply due to an inability to secrete newly synthesized intracellular collagen, Unlike pentoxifylline induced inhibition of collagen and fibronectin production, which was detected only in cultures supplemented with serum, pentoxifylline inhibits, to a similar degree, both constitutive and serum-driven production of GAGs. The addition of IL1 beta (2.5 and 10.0 U/ml) to serum-driven fibroblast cultures resulted in greater proliferation, which was inhibitable by the presence of pentoxifylline. These findings may form the rationale for using pentoxifylline and A81-3138 as anti-fibrotic agents in certain disorders of fibrosis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PENTOXIFYLLINE KW - FIBROBLASTS KW - COLLAGENASES KW - GLYCOSAMINOGLYCANS KW - ANTI-infective agents KW - CONNECTIVE tissue cells N1 - Accession Number: 12712140; Berman, Brian 1 Duncan, Matthew R 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of California, Davis School of Medicine, Davis. 2: Dermatology service, Veterans, Administration, Medical Center, Martinez, California, USA.; Source Info: Apr89, Vol. 92 Issue 4, p605; Subject Term: PENTOXIFYLLINE; Subject Term: FIBROBLASTS; Subject Term: COLLAGENASES; Subject Term: GLYCOSAMINOGLYCANS; Subject Term: ANTI-infective agents; Subject Term: CONNECTIVE tissue cells; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12712140 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12712140&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weiss, Lawrence M. AU - Wood, Gary L AU - Hu, Eddie AU - Abel, Elizabeth A. AU - Hoppe, Richard T. AU - Sklar, Jeffrey T1 - Detection of Clonal T-Cell Receptor Gene Rearrangements in the Peripheral Blood of Patients with Mycosis Fungoides/Sezary Syndrome. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 92 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 601 EP - 604 SN - 0022202X AB - Involvement of the peripheral blood in mycosis fungoides/Sezary syndrome (MF/SS) has a significant impact upon prognosis, but it is often difficult to distinguish circulating cells of MF/SS from atypical reactive lymphocytes. We compared the standard morphologic method of identifying leukemic cells, the Sezary preparation, to a genotypic method using Southern blot analysis of T-cell receptor gene rearangements in concurrent blood samples. We studied 26 MF/SS patients, five of them in remission, together with five controls from cases of various non-MF/SS skin disease. Six 26 MF/SS patients had morphologically atypical circulating leukocytes (3%, 4%, 5%m 14%, 16%, 19%). Seven of 26 MF/SS patients had clonal T-cell receptor gene rearrangements, including the four patients with the greatest percentages of atypical cells and three patients lacking atypical cells. Six of seven patients had skin disease at the time of sampling, including three with erythroderma, two with generalized thick plaques, and one with generalized patches, while one patient was in clinical remission. All five controls lacked morphologic and genotypic evidence of atypical or clonal T-Cells. Relative to genotyping, in our series the Sezary preparation was less sensitive and less specific. There were three apparent false negative results in the Sezary preparations, and two potential false positive (patients with 3% and 4% atypical leukocytes); however, there was agreement between the two techniques in most cases. We conclude that gene rearrangement studies may provide an effective rest with which to assess the peripheral blood of MF/SS patients. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MYCOSIS fungoides KW - T-cell receptor genes KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - BLOOD KW - LYMPHOPROLIFERATIVE disorders KW - GENES N1 - Accession Number: 12712131; Weiss, Lawrence M. 1 Wood, Gary L 1,2 Hu, Eddie Abel, Elizabeth A. 2 Hoppe, Richard T. 3 Sklar, Jeffrey 4; Affiliation: 1: Department of Pathology, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford California. 2: Department of Dermatology, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford California. 3: Department of Therapeutic Radiology, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford California. 4: The Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, California, USA.; Source Info: Apr89, Vol. 92 Issue 4, p601; Subject Term: MYCOSIS fungoides; Subject Term: T-cell receptor genes; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: BLOOD; Subject Term: LYMPHOPROLIFERATIVE disorders; Subject Term: GENES; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12712131 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12712131&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Stoscheck, Christa M. AU - Friedman, David B. AU - King Jr., Lloyd E. T1 - Identification of a Phosphotyrosyl-protein Phosphatase in Mouse Epidermis. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 92 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 379 EP - 384 SN - 0022202X AB - Binding of epidermal growth factor (EGF) stimulates tyrosyl protein kinase activity of its receptor in the epidermis. This tyrosine residue phosphorylation is thought to be one mechanism by which EGF mediates its effects such as growth stimulation. To modulate a cellular response to EGF, an enzyme which dephosphorylates phosphotyrosyl residues should be present to oppose the effect of the tyrosyl kinase activity of the EGF receptor. We have identified an enzyme in the neonatal mouse epidermis which has the ability to dephosphorylate tyrosyl residues in vitro on EGF receptors. This phosphatase is a soluble protein with a molecular weight greater than 10,000 daltons and shows optimum activity at neutral pH. This epidermal tyrosyl protein phosphatase is not inhibited by tartrate, ATP, and micromolar levels of zinc, but is inhibited by millimolar levels of zinc, magnesium, manganese, and fluoride. Unlike other well-known phosphotyrosyl phosphatases, alkaline phosphatase, and calcineurin, this enzyme is not inhibited by EDTA. Thus, we have identified and partially characterized a possibly unique phosphotyrosyl phosphatase from the epidermis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EPIDERMAL growth factor KW - PROTEIN kinases KW - EPIDERMIS KW - TYROSINE KW - PHOSPHORYLATION KW - PROTEINS N1 - Accession Number: 12277221; Stoscheck, Christa M. 1,2 Friedman, David B. 1,2 King Jr., Lloyd E. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Research Service, Nashville, Tennessee. 2: Department of Medicine, Division of Dermatology, Vanderbilt University Medical Center, Nashville, Tennessee, U.S.A.; Source Info: Mar1989, Vol. 92 Issue 3, p379; Subject Term: EPIDERMAL growth factor; Subject Term: PROTEIN kinases; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: TYROSINE; Subject Term: PHOSPHORYLATION; Subject Term: PROTEINS; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12277221 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12277221&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Schürer, Nanna Y. AU - Monger, Daniel J. AU - Hincenbergs, Mara AU - Williams, Mary L. T1 - Fatty Acid Metabolism in Human Keratinocytes Cultivated at an Air-Medium Interface. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 92 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 196 EP - 202 SN - 0022202X AB - Stratum corneum lipids, which provide the mammalian permeability barrier, display a distinctive fatty acid profile with a predominance of long chain, saturated fatty acids. In addition, linoleic acid (18:2) is present in substantial quantities, implying that it is an important structural component. To investigate selectivity of fatty acid incorporation into epidermal lipids, we examined the metabolism of exogenous fatty acids in cultured human keratinocytes, grown at the air-medium interface to enhance differentiation. Keratinocytes were pulsed with [3H] oleic, [14C] stearic, [14C] palmitic, or [14C] linoleic acids; lipids were extracted and fractionated by thin layer chromatography. All fatty acids were taken up and incorporated into complex lipids in a dose-dependent manner that was linear over the first 60 min. These fatty acids were incorporated predominantly into phospholipids and triacylglycerols; their incorporation could be rank ordered: linoleic > oleic ≥ palmitic > stearic acid. Less than 2% of each fatty acid taken up by keratinocytes was oxidized to CO2; therefore, these differences in utilization cannot be ascribed to differences in rates of β-oxidation. In pulse-chase studies fatty acids incorporated initially into triacylglycerols, subsequently chased into phospholipids. [14C]Palmitic acid and [14C] acetate were incorporated into sphingolipids more efficiently than the other fatty acids studied. These studies demonstrate that 1) keratinocytes have the ability to incorporate exogenous fatty acids preferentially into complex lipids; 2) triacylglycerols provide a pool of fatty acids for phospholipid :synthesis; and 3) palmitate and de novo synthesized fatty acid are preferably utilized for sphingolipid synthesis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - FATTY acids KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis KW - PALMITIC acid KW - LINOLEIC acid KW - CARBOXYLIC acids N1 - Accession Number: 12276723; Schürer, Nanna Y. 1 Monger, Daniel J. 1 Hincenbergs, Mara 1 Williams, Mary L. 2; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, and Department of Dermatology, University of California Medical School, San Francisco, California, U.S.A. 2: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, and Departments of Dermatology and Pediatrics, University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Feb89, Vol. 92 Issue 2, p196; Subject Term: FATTY acids; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis; Subject Term: PALMITIC acid; Subject Term: LINOLEIC acid; Subject Term: CARBOXYLIC acids; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12276723 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12276723&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Baadsgaard, Ole AU - Gupta, Aditya K. AU - Taylor, R. Stanley AU - Ellis, Charles N. AU - Voorhees, John J. AU - Cooper, Kevin D. T1 - Psoriatic Epidermal Cells Demonstrate Increased Numbers and Function of Non-Langerhans Antigen-presenting Cells. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 92 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 190 EP - 195 SN - 0022202X AB - The recent findings that the immunosuppressant cyclosporine A (CsA) improves psoriasis raises the possibility that cellular immune processes play a major role in the pathogenesis of psoriasis. We therefore investigated the phenotype and function of cells within psoriatic epidermis that can play a role in cellular immunologic reactivity. Double fluorescence microscopic studies with monoclonal antibodies of epidermal cells in suspension (EC) and of histologic sections demonstrated that involved psoriatic skin contained a significantly increased number of non-Langerhans cell T6-DR+ EC (4.9 + 2.1%) relative to uninvolved (0.3 ±0.1%), p < 0.01. This non-Langerhans cell population was comprised of DR+ monocytes, DR+ activated T lymphocytes, a few DR+RFD1+ antigen-presenting cells (APC), and DR[SUP+] keratinocytes. Langerhans cell (LC) levels in EC suspension were not different between involved and uninvolved psoriatic epidermis. Functional studies demonstrated that involved psoriatic epidermal cells had an increased capacity to induce T-cell activation and proliferation relative to uninvolved EC (p < 0.04). This increased APC activity was due to the nonLC T6-DR+HLe1+ APC population and not to DR+ keratinocytes. These results demonstrate that involved psoriatic epidermal cells contain both an increased number and function of antigen-presenting cells. The pathogenetic mechanisms in psoriasis may be related to ongoing cellular immune responses in the skin, and the effect of CsA may be mediated through a suppressive effect on the enhanced antigenpresenting cell activity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents KW - CYCLOSPORINE KW - PSORIASIS KW - MONOCLONAL antibodies KW - LANGERHANS cells KW - KERATINOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 12276718; Baadsgaard, Ole 1 Gupta, Aditya K. 1 Taylor, R. Stanley 1 Ellis, Charles N. 1 Voorhees, John J. 1 Cooper, Kevin D. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of Michigan Medical Center, and Veterans Administration Hospital, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A.; Source Info: Feb89, Vol. 92 Issue 2, p190; Subject Term: IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents; Subject Term: CYCLOSPORINE; Subject Term: PSORIASIS; Subject Term: MONOCLONAL antibodies; Subject Term: LANGERHANS cells; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12276718 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12276718&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Waldman, James S. AU - Marcus, Aaron J. AU - Soter, Nicholas A. AU - Lim, Henry W. T1 - Cutaneous Inflammation: Effects of Hydroxy Acids and Eicosanoid Pathway Inhibitors on Vascular Permeability. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 92 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 112 EP - 116 SN - 0022202X AB - Four metabolic products of arachidonic acid lipoxygenation, 5-hydroxyeicosatetraenoate (5-HETE), 12-HETE, 15- HETE, 5(S),12(S)-DiHETE, were injected intradermally into depilated dorsae of albino guinea pigs. The presence of intravenously injected 125I-bovine serum albumin (10uCi/kg) in 13-mm punch biopsy specimens served as a market for altered vascular response; histologic changes were evaluated at 6 and 24 h after the injection in 1-µm-thick sections. Thirty minutes after the injections of 15 nanomoles and 60 nanomoles of 5-HETE, the ratios of radioactivity in HETE-injected to that in buffer-injected sites were 1.35 ± 0.06 (mean ± SE) and 2.80 ± 0.27, respectively. Corresponding effects of 15-HETE were 1.39 ± 0.17 and 1.63 ± 0.21, respectively. Values for 60 nanomoles of 12-HETE and 5,12- DiHETE were intermediate in comparison with the above eicosanoids. The most notable histologic changes were a neutrophilic infiltrate induced by 12-HETE at 6 and 24 h, and neutrophilic and eosinophilic infiltrates in response to 5,12-DiHETE injection at 6 and 24 h. Effects of topically applied eicosanoid pathway inhibitors were also evaluated, using intradermally injected sodium arachidonate (AA) as agonist. Three mixed cyclooxygenase/lipoxygenase inhibitors, BW755C, phenidone, and nordihydroguaiaretic acid, suppressed vascular response by 9%, 9%, and 6% for 150 nmol of AA, and by 9%, 13%, and 12% for 300 nmol of AA, respectively. The cyclooxygenase inhibitor, indomethacin, induced suppressions of 39% for 150 nmol AA and 22% for 300 nmol AA, respectively. These data demonstrate that metabolites of both cyclooxygenase and lipoxygenase eicosanoid pathways are involved in alteration in vascular response accompanying cutaneous inflammation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SKIN -- Inflammation KW - HYDROXY acids KW - EICOSANOIDS KW - PERMEABILITY KW - ARACHIDONIC acid KW - SERUM albumin N1 - Accession Number: 13071322; Waldman, James S. 1,2,3 Marcus, Aaron J. 1,2,3 Soter, Nicholas A. 1,2,3 Lim, Henry W. 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Service and Hematology/Oncology Section, New York Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: Department of Dermatology, New York University School of Medicine. 3: Department of Medicine, Cornell University Medical College, New York, New York, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jan1989, Vol. 92 Issue 1, p112; Subject Term: SKIN -- Inflammation; Subject Term: HYDROXY acids; Subject Term: EICOSANOIDS; Subject Term: PERMEABILITY; Subject Term: ARACHIDONIC acid; Subject Term: SERUM albumin; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep13071322 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13071322&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fine, Jo-David AU - Tyring, Stephen AU - Gammon, W. Ray T1 - The Presence of Intra-lamina Lucida Blister Formation in Epidermolysis Bullosa Acquisita: Possible Role of Leukocytes. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 92 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 27 EP - 32 SN - 0022202X AB - In evaluating patients we have noted disparity between the locations of bound immunoreactants and the level of blistering in epidermolysis bullosa acquisita (EBA). We examined 10 consecutive EBA patients by routine histology, direct (DIF) and indirect (IIF; intact and NaCl-split skin) immunofluorescence, immunofluorescence mapping (IM), and/or direct immunoelectron microscopy (DIEM). DIF was positive in each. IIF was positive in 3/8 and 6/7 patients when intact and split skin were used as substrates. DIEM revealed immunoreactants within the lamina densa (LD) in 6/10, sub-LD in 1/10, and both LD and sub-LD in 3/10 patients. In contrast, by DIEM and IM, blister formation was noted within the lamina lucida (LL) in 7/9 and 8/10, sub-LD in 1/9 and 1/10, and within both LL and sub-LD in 1/9 and 1/10, respectively. In the presence of neutrophils within the upper dermis (n = 6), cleavage occurred within the LL in 5 specimens; in one additional specimen containing predominantly neutrophils, cleavage occurred within both LL and sub-LD. In the presence of mononuclear cells (n = 2), intra-LL cleavage occurred. In the presence of eosinophils, cleavage occurred within both LL and sub-LD. In the one specimen lacking any infiltrate, the cleavage plane was exclusively sub-LD. Intra-LL cleavage planes arc more common than sub-LD ones in at least early cases of EBA. These findings likely represent the intra-LL-separating effect of leukocyte-derived proteolytic enzymes. when such cells are chemoattracted to the dermoepidermal junction by bound immunoreactants. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BLISTERS KW - EPIDERMOLYSIS bullosa KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - ELECTRON microscopy N1 - Accession Number: 13070463; Fine, Jo-David 1 Tyring, Stephen 2 Gammon, W. Ray 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of Alabama, Birmingham. 2: Birmingham Veterans Administration Medical Center, Birmingham, Alabama. 3: Department of Dermatology, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, North Carolina, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jan1989, Vol. 92 Issue 1, p27; Subject Term: BLISTERS; Subject Term: EPIDERMOLYSIS bullosa; Subject Term: LEUCOCYTES; Subject Term: IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: ELECTRON microscopy; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep13070463 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13070463&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rehfeld, Selwyn J. AU - Plachy, William Z. AU - Williams, Mary L. AU - Elias, Peter M. T1 - Calorimetric and Electron Spin Resonance Examination of Lipid Phase Transitions in Human Stratum Corneum: Molecular Basis for Normal Cohesion and Abnormal Desquamation in Recessive X-Linke Ichthyosis. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 91 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 499 EP - 505 SN - 0022202X AB - Lipids appear to play a critical role as regulators of stratum corneum desquamation. In this study, we observed discrete lipid phase transitions at physiologic temperatures in both normal human scale (NHS) and in lipid extracts of NHS by differential scanning calorimetry. In contrast, such thermal transitions were not observed in recessive x-linked ichthyosis scale (RXLIS). To gain further insight into the molecular basis of the lipid phase transitions in NHS vs. RXLIS, comparable samples were evaluated by electron spin resonance, utilizing the perdeuterated probe, di-t-butyl nitroxide. Upon electron spin resonance analysis, both NHS and RXLIS demonstrated thermal phase transitions in the physiologic range; however, the nature of the lipid environments in each type varied. Whereas the environment of the spin probe was more polar in NHS than in RXLIS, the spin probe partitioned into a more "fluid" environment in RXLIS; i.e., the spin probe was more mobile in RXLIS titan in NHS lipid matrices. Because an alteration in the cholesteryl sulfate : cholesterol ratio is the primary lipid abnormality in RXLIS, model cholesterol-fatty acid-cholesteryl sulfate mixtures were prepared in proportion to the lipid composition of NHS and RXLIS. Differences were observed in both thermal transitions and in lipid microenvironments in these mixtures that paralleled those observed in scale samples. Based on these results, a model is proposed that invokes abnormal hydrogen bonding, due to increased cholesteryl sulfate, as the mechanism for the abnormal desquamation in recessive X-linked ichthyosis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RESONANCE KW - FATTY acids KW - ICHTHYOSIS KW - ELECTRON paramagnetic resonance KW - ISOPENTENOIDS KW - STEROLS N1 - Accession Number: 12476654; Rehfeld, Selwyn J. 1,2 Plachy, William Z. 3 Williams, Mary L. 1,2 Elias, Peter M. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of California, San Francisco. 2: Department of Dermatology, University of California, San Francisco. 3: Department of Chemistry, San Francisco State University, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Nov88, Vol. 91 Issue 5, p499; Subject Term: RESONANCE; Subject Term: FATTY acids; Subject Term: ICHTHYOSIS; Subject Term: ELECTRON paramagnetic resonance; Subject Term: ISOPENTENOIDS; Subject Term: STEROLS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12476654 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12476654&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Piepkorn, Michael AU - Fleckman, Philip AU - Carney, Helen AU - Linker, Alfred T1 - Glycosaminoglycan Synthesis by Human Keratinocytes: Cell Growth and Medium Calcium Effects. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 91 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 492 EP - 498 SN - 0022202X AB - The influences of cell density, differentiation, and medium calcium levels on glycosaminoglycan biosynthesis were evaluated in cultured human epidermal keratinocytes. Following metabolic labeling with [35S]-sulfate and [³H]-glucosamine under steady state conditions in "high" medium calcium (> 1.0 mMol), the majority of sulfated glycosaminoglycans remained associated with the cell layers, whereas hyaluronic acid, which was present in smaller amounts than the sulfated products, was about equally distributed between the medium and the cell layers. Of the sulfated glycosaminoglycans, heparan sulfate and chondroitin &frac46;-sulfate were the major species and were present in roughly comparable amounts, whereas dermatan sulfate was quantitatively the lesser of the products. The effects of "low" medium calcium (0.3 and 0.025 mM) were complex, although a consistent decrease in the incorporation of the [³H]-glucosamine precursor was found at high cell density, probably reflecting a decrease in its intracellular specific activity. In "high" calcium cultures, there was a strong inverse correlation (r = -0.92) between keratinocyte cell number and cellular production of sulfated glycosaminoglycans, whereas no such relationship was evident in cultures grown in "low" calcium medium at comparable cell density. Because keratinocyte differentiation is inhibited in the low calcium conditions, the results suggest that the decrease in production of sulfated glycosaminoglycans by confluent keratinocytes may actually correlate with differentiation rather than with cell number. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - GLYCOSAMINOGLYCANS KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - GLUCOSAMINE KW - BIOCHEMICAL engineering KW - ORGANIC acids KW - CELLS N1 - Accession Number: 12476644; Piepkorn, Michael 1,2 Fleckman, Philip 3 Carney, Helen 4 Linker, Alfred 2,4,5; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine (Dermatology), 2: Department of Pathology, University of Utah School of Medicine, Salt Lake City, Utah, U.S.A. 3: Department of Medicine (Dermatology), University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, Washington, U.S.A. 4: Department of Biochemistry, University of Utah School of Medicine. 5: Veterans Administration Hospital, Salt Lake City, Utah.; Source Info: Nov88, Vol. 91 Issue 5, p492; Subject Term: GLYCOSAMINOGLYCANS; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: GLUCOSAMINE; Subject Term: BIOCHEMICAL engineering; Subject Term: ORGANIC acids; Subject Term: CELLS; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12476644 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12476644&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fine, Jo-David AU - Eady, Robin A. J. AU - Levy, Moise L. AU - Hejtmancik, J. Fielding AU - Courtney, Kristine B. AU - Carpenter, Robert J. AU - Holbrook, Karen A. AU - Hawkins, Hal K. T1 - Prenatal Diagnosis of Dominant and Recessive Dystrophic Epidermolysis Bullosa: Application and Limitations in the Use of KF-1 and LH 7:2 Monoclonal Antibodies and Immunofluorescence Mapping Technique. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 91 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 465 EP - 471 SN - 0022202X AB - Prenatal diagnosis is now possible for functional and recessive dystrophic forms of epidermolysis bullosa (EB); however, there is no similar published experience for dominant dystrophic EB, although data with KF-1 monoclonal antibody suggests that both forms of dystrophic EB can be identified at least postnatally with this unique probe. We now report our experience with light microscopy, electron microscopy, immunofluorescence mapping, and KF-1 and LH 7:2 monoclonal antibodies, in both a mother with dominant dystrophic EB and her fetus at risk, and in a fetus previously shown to be affected with recessive dystrophic EB. KF-1 and LH 7:2 antigens were absent in recessive dystrophic EB fetal skin, identical to findings observed postnatally. LH 7:2 was normally expressed in a mother with dominant dystrophic EB and in her fetus at risk for this disease. In contrast, while KF-1 antigen was abnormally expressed in the affected mother, it was normally expressed in only &frac17; fetal biopsies despite the fact that this fetus was shown by light and electron microscopy and immunofluorescence mapping to be unaffected with dominant dystrophic EB. We conclude that 1) transmission electron microscopy can be used to prenatally exclude the diagnosis of dominant dystrophic EB (Cockayne-Touraine variety), 2) immunofluorescence mapping is an accurate technique for prenatal as well as postnatal diagnosis of EB, and 3) KF-1 cannot by itself be used as an accurate probe for the prenatal diagnosis of dominant dystrophic EB, due to the apparent variability in the time for the normal expression of KF-1 in fetal skin during the second trimester. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PRENATAL diagnosis KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - MICROSCOPY KW - IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE KW - IMMUNOCYTOCHEMISTRY KW - ELECTRON microscopy N1 - Accession Number: 12476604; Fine, Jo-David 1,2 Eady, Robin A. J. 3 Levy, Moise L. 4 Hejtmancik, J. Fielding 5 Courtney, Kristine B. 5 Carpenter, Robert J. 6 Holbrook, Karen A. 7 Hawkins, Hal K. 8; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of Alabama, Birmingham School of Medicine, 2: Dermatology Section, Medical Service, Birmingham Veterans Administration Medical Center, Birmingham, Alabama. 3: Department of Electron Microscopy and Cell Pathology, Institute of Dermatology, University of London, London, England. 4: Departments of Dermatology and Pediatrics, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, Texas. 5: Institute of Molecular Genetics, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, Texas. 6: Departments of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, Texas. 7: Departments of Biological Structure and Medicine (Dermatology), University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, Washington, U.S.A. 8: Department of Pathology, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, Texas.; Source Info: Nov88, Vol. 91 Issue 5, p465; Subject Term: PRENATAL diagnosis; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: MICROSCOPY; Subject Term: IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE; Subject Term: IMMUNOCYTOCHEMISTRY; Subject Term: ELECTRON microscopy; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12476604 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12476604&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Williams, Mary L. AU - Hincenbergs, Mara AU - Holbrook, Karen A. T1 - Skin Lipid Content During Early Fetal Development. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 91 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 263 EP - 268 SN - 0022202X AB - Although little is known about changes in the lipid composition of the skin during fetal development, information regarding the developmental sequence of fetal skin lipid content could be important for understanding the emergence of epidermal barrier function, as well as providing baseline criteria for prenatal diagnosis of certain inherited disorders of cornification. in these studies, epidermis was separated from dermis in fetal skin samples ranging from 50 to 140 d, estimated gestational ages (EGA), and its lipid composition was analyzed by quartz rod microchromatography/flame-ionization and thin layer chromatography. Lipid biochemical data were correlated with developmental milestones observed by electron microscopy (morphologic studies). The lipid composition of epidermal and dermal fractions from skin samples between 50 and 110 d EGA was similar, with both tissues exhibiting a predominance of free sterols an phospholipids. After 110 d EGA dermis became enriched in triglycerides, corresponding to the progressive development of adipocytes after this time. EGA epidermis after 110 d was enriched not only in triglycerides, but also sterol esters. Moreover, ceramides and glycosphingolipids also became increasingly prominent, changes that were greatest in epidermis from older fetuses and from cephalad region. These changes in epidermal lipid composition corresponded morphologically to the progressive emergence of both folliculocentric epidermal cornification and sebaceous gland development. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SKIN KW - LIPIDS KW - FETAL development KW - GLYCERIDES KW - TISSUES KW - ELECTRON microscopy N1 - Accession Number: 12470400; Williams, Mary L. 1 Hincenbergs, Mara 1 Holbrook, Karen A. 2; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Departments of Dermatology and Pediatrics, University of California. San Francisco. 2: Department of Biological Structure, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington, U. S. A.; Source Info: Sep88, Vol. 91 Issue 3, p263; Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: LIPIDS; Subject Term: FETAL development; Subject Term: GLYCERIDES; Subject Term: TISSUES; Subject Term: ELECTRON microscopy; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12470400 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12470400&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hahn, Beth L. AU - Sohnle, Peter G. T1 - Characteristics of Dermal Invasion in Experimental Cutaneous Candidiasis Leucopenic Mice. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 91 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 233 EP - 237 SN - 0022202X AB - The course of experimental cutaneous Candida albicans infections produced in mice made leucopenic by the administration of cyclophosphamide was compared to that in untreated animals. In the latter, neutrophils characteristically infiltrated the area of infection and the organisms were virtually always confined to the epidermis. However, even thought many fewer foci of infection were associated with neutrophils in the cyclophosphamide-treated animals, a majority of these foci were also unable to penetrate past the epidermis. although Candida yeast proliferated relatively poorly when cultured in homogenates of skin lacking the epidermis, Candida pseudohyphae could invade into the dermis if inoculated skin was isolated form normal animals and cultured in vitro or if the epidermis was removed by gentle scraping prior to inoculation with Candida yeast onto the remaining skin of leucopenic animals. Therefore, in the absence of neutrophil contact and killing of Candida pseudohyphae in the epidermis, other cutaneous defense mechanisms appear to be capable of preventing invasion of a majority organisms into the dermis. These findings may help to explain why deep Candida infections are rare in patients who have extensive superficial candidiasis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SKIN KW - CANDIDA albicans KW - INFECTION KW - MICE as laboratory animals KW - NEUTROPHILS KW - DERMIS N1 - Accession Number: 12470359; Hahn, Beth L. 1 Sohnle, Peter G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Medical College of Wisconsin, Medical and Research, service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, U. S. A.; Source Info: Sep88, Vol. 91 Issue 3, p233; Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: CANDIDA albicans; Subject Term: INFECTION; Subject Term: MICE as laboratory animals; Subject Term: NEUTROPHILS; Subject Term: DERMIS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12470359 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12470359&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Williams, Mary L. AU - Rutherford, Suzanne L. AU - Ponec, Maria AU - Hincenbergs, Mara AU - Placzek, Donna R. AU - Elias, Peter M. T1 - Density-Dependent Variations in the Lipid Content and Metabolism of Cultured Human Keratinocytes. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 91 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 86 EP - 91 SN - 0022202X AB - Cultured human foreskin keratinocytes have been utilized extensively to study modulations in protein content during epidermal differentiation. In this study we examined their usefulness as a model system for differentiation-linked changes in lipid content and metabolism. First-to-third passage keratinocytes were grown in 10% fetal calf serum on a mitomycin-treated 3T3 feeder layer and harvested at intervals before, during, and after reaching confluence for determination of lipid, protein, and DNA content. Lipid synthesis, determined as acetate incorporation into lipid, was most active in pre-confluent cultures and at all times closely paralleled the growth activity of the cultures. Post-confluent cultures were characterized by an increase in total lipid content and by increased triglyceride content and synthesis. Pulse-chase studies demonstrated that labeling of the triglyceride pol was labile and suggested that even in post-confluent cultures, triglyceride provide a fatty acid reservoir for phospholipid biosynthesis. A novel band, which co-migrated with monoalkyldiacylglycerol in tow solvents systems was in pre-confluent cultures. Sphingolipids constituted less than 10% of total lipid at all stages of growth, and cholesterol sulfate was present only in small quantities. These studies illustrate the relationship of lipid synthesis to growth and demonstrate that human foreskin keratinocytes, cultured under standard conditions, reproduce incompletely the lipid composition of epidermis in vivo. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LIPIDS KW - METABOLISM KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - PROTEINS KW - EPIDERMIS KW - DNA N1 - Accession Number: 12463297; Williams, Mary L. 1,2,3 Rutherford, Suzanne L. 1,2,3 Ponec, Maria 1,2,3 Hincenbergs, Mara 1,2,3 Placzek, Donna R. 1,2,3 Elias, Peter M. 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, California, U.S.A. 2: Departments of Dermatology and Pediatrics, University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco, California, U.S.A. 3: Department of Dermatology, University Hospital, Leiden, The Netherlands; Source Info: Jul88, Vol. 91 Issue 1, p86; Subject Term: LIPIDS; Subject Term: METABOLISM; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: PROTEINS; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: DNA; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12463297 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12463297&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Elias, Peter M. AU - Menon, Gopinathan K. AU - Grayson, Stephen AU - Brown, Barbara E. T1 - Membrane Structural Alterations in Murine Stratum Corneum: Relationship to the Localization of Polar Lipids and Phospholipases. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 91 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 3 EP - 10 SN - 0022202X AB - During the formation of the mammalian epidermal permeability barrier, lipids are sequestered in the stratum corneum intercellular spaces, transforming from a relatively polar lipid mixture to predominantly nonpolar species. Certain lipid catabolic enzymes, which co-localize with these lipids, may regulate this process. In order to localize the sites within the outer epidermis where polar lipid are cotabolized, and their relationship to the alterations in membrane structure that occur in these layers, were compared the biochemical localization of polar lipids, the ultrastructure, and freeze-fracture morphology, as well as the localization of phospholipases within the outer epidermis. Both histochemical staining of frozen sections and biochemical studies of protease- and tape-stripped whole stratum conreum demonstrated small amounts of polar lipids in the stratum compactum, while in contrast, the stratum disjunctum was devoid of both phospholipids and glycosphingolipids. Phospholipase activity was present within lamellar bodies, among secreted lamellar body disks at the granular-cornified layer interface,and within the intercellular spaces of the stratum compactum. Both the depletion of polar lipids from the stratum compactum and deletion of these substances from the stratum dusjunctum correlated with sequential changes in membrane structure observed by transmission electron microscopy and freeze-fracture. Thus, a phospholipase- mediated attack on phosphoplipase (with a parallel assault by other lipid catabolic enzymes on other polar species), may induce both the initial fusion and elongation of lamellar body disks and the subsequent formation of the hydrophobic membrane bilayers found in the mid-to-outer stratum corneum. These studies also may require modification of traditional views of the stratum corneum as a metabolically inert issue, revealing its intercellular lipid domains to be partially in an active state of flux. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LIPIDS KW - PHOSPHOLIPASES KW - BIOLOGICAL membranes KW - ENZYMES KW - EPIDERMIS KW - MORPHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 12463279; Elias, Peter M. 1,2 Menon, Gopinathan K. 1,2 Grayson, Stephen 1,2 Brown, Barbara E. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, California, U.S.A. 2: Department of Dermatology, University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jul88, Vol. 91 Issue 1, p3; Subject Term: LIPIDS; Subject Term: PHOSPHOLIPASES; Subject Term: BIOLOGICAL membranes; Subject Term: ENZYMES; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: MORPHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12463279 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12463279&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Athar, Mohammad AU - Mukhtar, Hasan AU - Bickers, David R. T1 - Differential Role of Reactive Oxygen Intermediates in Photofrin-I- and Photofrin-II-Mediated Photoenhancement of Lipid Peroxidation in Epidermal Microsomal Membranes. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 90 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 652 EP - 657 SN - 0022202X AB - Photoradiation therapy with porphyrins and light offers an alternative approach to the management of certain types of cancer. The mechanism of tissue destruction mediated by this modality is poorly understood. In this study, epidermal microsomes incubated in vitro with Photofrin-I (Pf-I) and Photofrin-II (Pf-II) followed by exposure to radiation (∼400 nm) resulted in increased (180%) NADPH-supported (enzymatic) as well as ADP/iron-supported (140%) (nonenzymatic) lipid peroxidative damage as measured by malondialdehyde formation. Lipid peroxidation by Pf-I and Pf-II was found to be differentially affected by quenchers of singlet oxygen (2,5-dimethylfuran, histidine, β-carotene, ascorbic acid, and sodium azide), superoxide anion (superoxide dismutase), and the hydroxyl radical (sodium benzoate, mannitol, and ethanol). Catalase, a quencher of hydrogen peroxide, afforded significant protection only against Pf-II-enhanced lipid peroxidative damage while it had little effect against the Pf-I-mediated reaction. Deuterium oxide, which is known to increase the half-life of singlet oxygen, was found to enhance Pf-I-mediated lipid peroxidation but produced insignificant effects upon Pf-II-mediated photosensitization. Our results indicate that Pf-I and Pf-II, which are employed for the photodynamic therapy of malignant tumors, evoke membrane damage by generating different reactive oxygen species. The Pf-I-mediated photodestruction mainly involves a type II mechanism via singlet oxygen formation, whereas Pf-II-mediated photodestruction preferentially involves a type I mechanism by generating superoxide anions and hydroxyl radicals. Our data indicate that tumor necrosis evoked by porphyrins and light is likely due to the generation of reactive oxygen species. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CANCER KW - PORPHYRINS KW - RADIATION KW - ACTIVE oxygen KW - INTERMEDIATES (Chemistry) KW - LIPIDS KW - PEROXIDATION N1 - Accession Number: 12560814; Athar, Mohammad 1 Mukhtar, Hasan 1 Bickers, David R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Dermatology, University Hospitals of Cleveland, Case Western Reserve University, and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A.; Source Info: May88, Vol. 90 Issue 5, p652; Subject Term: CANCER; Subject Term: PORPHYRINS; Subject Term: RADIATION; Subject Term: ACTIVE oxygen; Subject Term: INTERMEDIATES (Chemistry); Subject Term: LIPIDS; Subject Term: PEROXIDATION; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12560814 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12560814&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sephel, Gregory C. AU - Sturrock, Anne AU - Giro, Maria Gabriella AU - Davidson, Jeffrey M. T1 - Increased Elastin Production by Progeria Skin Fibroblasts is Controlled by the Steady-State Levels of Elastin mRNA. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 90 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 643 EP - 647 SN - 0022202X AB - Hutchinson-Gilford progeria is a unique, rare disease with markedly accelerated aging. The average lifespan of affected individuals is 12 years. Although the biochemical basis of the syndrome is unknown, its influence appears to be primarily upon mesodermal tissues. Characteristics such as the altered appearance of the skin and the extensive and fatal involvement of the cardiovascular system led us to study elastin production in cultured skin fibroblasts from three progeroid individuals. We found tropoelastin production by progeroid cells was elevated six- to nine-fold at the protein and mRNA levels, while relative collagen synthesis was similar to control strains. There was little difference between progeroid and normal cells in expression of total protein or in total cellular mRNA content. Western blot analysis of tropoelastin from progeroid fibroblasts confirmed increased production of elastin but revealed no gross changes in the molecular mass. The significant increase in tropoelastin expression lends support to the concept that progeria results from a mesenchymal dysplasia, and offers a possible biochemical marker for the phenotype. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PROGERIA KW - AGING KW - ELASTIN KW - FIBROBLASTS KW - MESODERM KW - TISSUES KW - CARDIOVASCULAR system N1 - Accession Number: 12560800; Sephel, Gregory C. 1,2,3 Sturrock, Anne 1,2,4 Giro, Maria Gabriella 1,2,5 Davidson, Jeffrey M. 1,2,6; Affiliation: 1: Department of Pathology, Vanderbilt University School of Medicine and Research Service, VA Medical Center, Nashville, Tennessee. 2: Department of Pathology, University of Utah School of Medicine, and Research Service, VA Medical Center, Salt Lake City, Utah, U.S.A. 3: Laboratory of Developmental Biology and Anomalies, National Institute of Dental Research, Bethesda, MD 20892. 4: Department of Pathology, University of Utah School of Medicine, Salt Lake City, UT 84132. 5: Istituto di Istologia, Università di Padova, Padova, Italy. 6: Department of Pathology, Vanderbilt University School of Medicine, and Research Service (151), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Nashville, TN 37212.; Source Info: May88, Vol. 90 Issue 5, p643; Subject Term: PROGERIA; Subject Term: AGING; Subject Term: ELASTIN; Subject Term: FIBROBLASTS; Subject Term: MESODERM; Subject Term: TISSUES; Subject Term: CARDIOVASCULAR system; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12560800 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12560800&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Aronson, Peter J. AU - Ito, Kaoru AU - Fukaya, Toru AU - Hashimoto, Ken AU - Mehregan, Amir H. T1 - Monoclonal Antibody (AFH1) Immunoreactive on Morphologically Abnormal Basal Melanocytes Within Dysplastic Nevi, Nevocellular Nevus Nests, and Melanoma. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 90 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 452 EP - 458 SN - 0022202X AB - The mouse monoclonal antibody AFH1 was produced using formalin - fixed, sham paraffin-embedded human melanoma cell culture line A375 as immunogen. Reactivity of this antibody was assessed by immunohistochemical techniques against formalin- or acid alcohol-fixed paraffin-embedded tissue as well as formalin- or acid alcohol-fixed unembedded lesions. Ninety-seven nevomelanocytic lesions, neurofibromas, epithelial lesions, and a plasmacellular infiltrate were evaluated. AFH1 was immunoreactive on 54 of 55 nevocytic lesions (98.2%), 15 of 16 primary melanomas (93.7%), a lentigo maligna, and nests in 21 of 21 dysplastic nevi (100%). Of 100 consecutive basal melanocytes of intraepidermal melanoma cells counted in each lesion, mean AFHI immunoreactivity for nonnested basal melanocytes in nevocellular nevi was 3.8%; for dysplastic nevi, 13.8%; and for intraepidermal melanoma cells, 78.0%. When nonnested basal melanocytes were subdivided into cytologically normal and abnormal cell groups, AFH1 immunoreactivity was 9.4% and 72.6%, respectively. AFH1 recognition of the lentiginous portion of dysplastic nevi corresponds statistically to the appearance of abnormal melanocyte cytology, nest formation, or both. Using 50% immunoreactive nonnested melanocytes as the criterion, AFH1 seems to distinguish primary melanoma from dysplastic nevi with a sensitivity of 93.8% and a specificity of 95.8%. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MONOCLONAL antibodies KW - MELANOMA KW - MELANOCYTES KW - MOLECULAR probes KW - NEUROENDOCRINE tumors KW - EPITHELIAL cells N1 - Accession Number: 12460896; Aronson, Peter J. 1,2 Ito, Kaoru 1,2 Fukaya, Toru 1,2 Hashimoto, Ken 1,2 Mehregan, Amir H. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology and Syphilology, Wayne State University School of Medicine, Detroit, Michigan, U.S.A. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Allen Park, Michigan, U.S.A.; Source Info: Apr88, Vol. 90 Issue 4, p452; Subject Term: MONOCLONAL antibodies; Subject Term: MELANOMA; Subject Term: MELANOCYTES; Subject Term: MOLECULAR probes; Subject Term: NEUROENDOCRINE tumors; Subject Term: EPITHELIAL cells; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12460896 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12460896&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Grayson, Stephen AU - Elias, Peter M. T1 - Human Epidermal Proteolipids: Isolation, Partial Characterization, and Subcellular Localization. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 90 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 185 EP - 192 SN - 0022202X AB - Since the first description of organic-soluble proteins (i.e., proteolipids), much attention has focused on the isolation, purification, characterization, localization, and function of these intrinsic membrane proteins in a variety of different tissues. Using a rapid purification scheme, which allowed the transfer of organic-soluble proteolipids to aqueous phases, we have isolated proteolipids from cultured human keratinocytes and human epidermis for the first time. A partial characterization of these proteolipids, including molecular-weight determination by sodium dodecyl sulfate-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE), amino acid composition, and an N-terminal sequencing revealed a preponderance of hydrophobic amino acids (> 60% overall and > 78% in N-terminal sequence), typical of other proteolipids. The composition of fatty acids, covalently bound to whole purified apoprotein fractions, displayed a predominance of palmitic > oleic > stearic acids. Comparison of the molecular species of proteolipids isolated from whole epidermis with those obtained from keratinocyte cultures by SDS-PAGE revealed a comparable spectrum of apoprotein species. Finally, subcellular fractionation of cultured keratinocytes, used to localize proteolipids to specific cellular compartments, suggested that one of the major apoprotein species (30 kD) is present in mitochondira, whereas the lower molecular weight species are localized in plasma membrane-enriched fractions. Although evidence is lacking for a specific function(s) of this class of molecules in the epidermis, the hypothesis that it plays a role in epidermal differentiation, for example, as constituents of calcium and/or proton pumps, is discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PROTEINS KW - BIOLOGICAL membranes KW - TISSUES KW - EPIDERMIS KW - AMINO acids KW - LIPIDS N1 - Accession Number: 12462203; Grayson, Stephen 1 Elias, Peter M. 2; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, California, U.S.A. 2: Department of Dermatology, University of California, School of Medicine, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Feb88, Vol. 90 Issue 2, p185; Subject Term: PROTEINS; Subject Term: BIOLOGICAL membranes; Subject Term: TISSUES; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: AMINO acids; Subject Term: LIPIDS; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12462203 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12462203&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Schwartz, Pauline M. AU - Kugelman, Lisa C. AU - Coifman, Yael AU - Hough, Lynne M. AU - Milstone, Leonard M. T1 - Human Keratinocytes Catabolize Thymidine. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 90 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 8 EP - 12 SN - 0022202X AB - Human neonatal foreskin keratinocytes incorporate exogenous thymidine into DNA and proliferate in vitro even after reaching confluence. Keratinocytes also catabolize thymidine, as reported for the first time below. Stratified cultures of keratinocytes reduced the amount of thymidine in the medium by more than 90% within 2 to 4 h. Consequently, the rate of incorporation of thymidine (0.2 μM, 4 μCi/ml) into DNA was linear for no more than 2 h. Linear incorporation of thymidine into DNA for at least 12 h could be achieved by continual addition of fresh radioactive thymidine to the culture medium. Different tissues have widely differing abilities to catabolize thymidine. Cutaneous catabolism of thymidine shows striking species differences. Soluble extracts from human neonatal foreskin and adult skin, as well as from cultivated human keratinocytes, actively catabolize thymidine. Soluble extracts of skin from mouse, rabbit, or guinea pig do not catabolize thymidine. Extracts from cultivated human fibroblasts and melanocytes have little or no ability to catabolize thymidine. Catabolism of thymidine by keratinocytes has important implications for the use of [³H]thymidine in studies of keratinocyte proliferation and for the use of thymidine analogs in therapy of cutaneous disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SKIN diseases KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - EPIDERMIS KW - THYMIDINE KW - CELL metabolism KW - DNA KW - THERAPEUTICS N1 - Accession Number: 12462412; Schwartz, Pauline M. 1,2 Kugelman, Lisa C. 1,2 Coifman, Yael 1,2 Hough, Lynne M. 1,2 Milstone, Leonard M. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, Connecticut 2: Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, Connecticut, U.S.A; Source Info: Jan1988, Vol. 90 Issue 1, p8; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: THYMIDINE; Subject Term: CELL metabolism; Subject Term: DNA; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12462412 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12462412&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Raugi, Gregory J. AU - Olerud, John E. AU - Gown, Allen M. T1 - Thrombospondin in Early Human Wound Tissue. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 89 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 551 EP - 554 SN - 0022202X AB - We examined partial thickness incised human wounds of 2, 3, 5, 7, and 14 days of age for the presence of thrombospondin by immunostaining and light microscopy. At 2, 3, 5, and 7 days after wounding, thrombospondin is present primarily at the cut edges of the lateral and deep margins of the wound. It appears to be cleared from these extracellular matrix sites, and is no longer detectable in those sites in most 14-day-old wounds. Thrombospondin staining is present, however, in increased amounts around the vascular channels within and adjacent to the 7- and 14- day wounds in increased amounts relative to vascular channels distant from the wound. Our observations are consistent with known in vitro data regarding the binding of thrombospondin to fibrin and components of the extracellular matrix, as well as with data showing that proliferating endothelial cells secrete more thrombospondin than quiescent endothelial cells. These data support the hypothesis that thrombospondin plays a role in the early organization of the extracellular matrix of wounds. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - THROMBOSPONDINS KW - GLYCOPROTEINS KW - WOUNDS & injuries KW - FIBRIN KW - ENDOTHELIAL seeding KW - TISSUE culture N1 - Accession Number: 12461198; Raugi, Gregory J. 1 Olerud, John E. 2 Gown, Allen M. 3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center and Department of Medicine (Dermatology), University of Washington, Seattle, Washington. 2: Department of Medicine (Dermatology) and Orthopaedics (Sports Medicine), University of Washington, Seattle, Washington. 3: Department of Pathology, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington, U.S.A.; Source Info: Dec87, Vol. 89 Issue 6, p551; Subject Term: THROMBOSPONDINS; Subject Term: GLYCOPROTEINS; Subject Term: WOUNDS & injuries; Subject Term: FIBRIN; Subject Term: ENDOTHELIAL seeding; Subject Term: TISSUE culture; NAICS/Industry Codes: 111421 Nursery and Tree Production; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12461198 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12461198&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Blacker, Kerry L. AU - Williams, Mary L. AU - Goldyne, Marc T1 - Mitomycin C-Treated 3T3 Fibroblasts Used as Feeder Layers for Human Keratinocyte Culture Retain the Capacity to Generate Eicosanoids. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 89 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 536 EP - 539 SN - 0022202X AB - Murine 3T3 fibroblasts, treated with mitomycin C in order to inhibit their proliferation, have been extensively used as feeder layers to enhance the cultivation of human keratinocytes in vitro. In order to identify possible factors responsible for this enhancing effect, studies were undertaken to determine whether eicosanoid generation by 3T3 cells was preserved following mitomycin C treatment. Accordingly, both untreated and mitomycin C-treated 3T3 cells were incubated with [1 - 14C]arachidonic acid and their qualitative generation of [1 - 14C]labeled eicosanoids assessed by thin layer chromatography. Levels of endogenously generated eicosanoids were quantitatively determined by specific radioimmunoassays performed on culture supernatants obtained from incubations of both treated and untreated cells. Results of these studies demonstrate that mitomycin C treatment, although preventing the proliferation of 3T3 cells, failed to alter their generation of prostaglandin E2 or 6-keto-prostaglandin F1α. Furthermore, in parallel cultures, the untreated 3T3 cells stopped generating eicosanoids upon reaching confluence, whereas the mitomycin C-treated 3T3 cells that did not proliferate continued to generate eicosanoids. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MITOMYCIN C KW - FIBROBLASTS KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - EICOSANOIDS KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents KW - CULTURES (Biology) N1 - Accession Number: 12461169; Blacker, Kerry L. 1 Williams, Mary L. 2 Goldyne, Marc 3; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Dermatology, University of California San Francisco, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, California, U.S.A. 2: Departments of Pediatrics, University of California San Francisco, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, California, U.S.A. 3: Departments of Medicine, University of California San Francisco, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Dec87, Vol. 89 Issue 6, p536; Subject Term: MITOMYCIN C; Subject Term: FIBROBLASTS; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: EICOSANOIDS; Subject Term: IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents; Subject Term: CULTURES (Biology); Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12461169 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12461169&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mommaas-Kienhuis, Anne-Marieke AU - Grayson, Stephen AU - Wijsman, Marian C. AU - Vermeer, Bert J. AU - Elias, Peter M. T1 - Low Density Lipoprotein Receptor Expression on Keratinocytes in Normal and Psoriatic Epidermis. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1987/11// VL - 89 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 513 EP - 517 SN - 0022202X AB - Biochemical and morphologic studies on the interaction of low density lipoprotein (LDL) with cultured normal keratinocytes and squamous carcinoma cells have shown a negative correlation between LDL receptor activity and terminal differentiation of the epidermal cells [Ponec M et al, J Invest Dermatol 83:436-440, 1984 and Vermeer, BJ et al, J Invest Dermatol 86:195-200, 1986]. Whether such in vitro studies pertain to the epidermis in vivo is not known. To obtain information on the distribution of LDL receptors in the epidermis in situ, morphologic studies were performed using LDL-gold as an ultrastructural marker. When freshly isolated mouse and human epidermal cells were incubated with LDL-gold complexes, only keratinocytes with the morphologic characteristics of basal cells showed binding and uptake of LDL-gold. No LDL receptor activity was found on Langerhans cells, melanocytes or highly differentiated keratinocytes. Since cell separation techniques can destroy receptors, the staphylococcal epidermolytic toxin was utilized to produce intercellular and intra-epithelial splitting of the epidermis. In preparations of both normal mouse and human epidermis, LDL-gold binding was restricted to basal cells and a few suprabasal keratinocytes. In contrast, in psoriatic epidermis, and to a lesser extent, essential fatty acid-deficient mouse epidermis, cells in the stratum spinosum showed abundant LDL-gold binding. Thus LDL-gold may be a useful marker for epidermal differentiation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LOW density lipoproteins KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - EPIDERMIS KW - LANGERHANS cells KW - MELANOCYTES KW - FATTY acids N1 - Accession Number: 12461024; Mommaas-Kienhuis, Anne-Marieke 1,2 Grayson, Stephen 1,2 Wijsman, Marian C. 1,2 Vermeer, Bert J. 1,2 Elias, Peter M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology and Electron Microscopy, University Medical Center, Leiden, The Netherlands. 2: Department of Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center (SG, BJV), San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Nov87, Vol. 89 Issue 5, p513; Subject Term: LOW density lipoproteins; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: LANGERHANS cells; Subject Term: MELANOCYTES; Subject Term: FATTY acids; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12461024 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12461024&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ito, Kaoru AU - Hashimoto, Ken AU - Kambe, Naoto AU - Van, Shirley T1 - Roles of Immunoglobulins in Amyloidogenesis in Cutaneous Nodular Amyloidosis. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 89 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 415 EP - 418 SN - 0022202X AB - Immunoglobulin heavy and light chains and C&sub3; were detected on amyloid deposits in cutaneous nodular amyloidosis (NA) by a direct immunofluorescence method. These immunoglobulin chains and C&sub3; could be removed except &lamda; (lambda) light chain alter treating sections with 0.05% Tween 20 solution, 0.1 M glycine buffer pH 7.4 or 0.5% Triton X solution. Lambda light chain was detected consistently after these treatments. Amyloid filaments were not altered with these treatments. Immunoelectron microscopy demonstrated persistent antigenicity of &lamda; light chain on amyloid filaments. It was suggested that &lamda; light chain is an inherent component of amyloid filaments in NA, whereas other chains and complement represent nonessential absorption on amyloid material. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AMYLOID KW - AMYLOIDOSIS KW - ABSORPTION (Physiology) KW - GLYCINE KW - IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE KW - MICROSCOPY N1 - Accession Number: 12471778; Ito, Kaoru 1 Hashimoto, Ken 1 Kambe, Naoto 1 Van, Shirley 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology and Syphilology, Wayne State University School of Medicine, Detroit, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Allen Park, Michigan 2: Department of Dermatology, University of California, San Francisco, California, U.S.A; Source Info: Oct87, Vol. 89 Issue 4, p415; Subject Term: AMYLOID; Subject Term: AMYLOIDOSIS; Subject Term: ABSORPTION (Physiology); Subject Term: GLYCINE; Subject Term: IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE; Subject Term: MICROSCOPY; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12471778 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12471778&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sherertz, Elizabeth F. AU - Sloan, Kenneth B. AU - McTiernan, Raquel G. T1 - Effect of Skin Pretreatment With Vehicle Alone or Drug in Vehicle on Flux of a Subsequently Applied Drug: Results of Hairless Mouse Skin and Diffusion Cell Studies. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 89 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 249 EP - 252 SN - 0022202X AB - Clinical and in vitro evidence suggest that pretreatment of skin with a drug or vehicle can influence topical drug delivery. In this study, hairless mouse skin in diffusion cells was treated for 48 h with topical applications of vehicle alone (oleic acid (OA), isopropyl myristate, octanol (OCT), dimethylformamide, propylene glycol (PG), ethylene glycol (EG), formamide), or mixtures OA and PG, or with 5-fluorouracil (5-EU) suspensions in each of these vehicles. Twenty-four hours after removing the initially applied agent, a standard suspension of theophylline in PG was applied to the skin surface and the flux of theophylline was determined over the next 48 h. Skin pretreatment with vehicle alone increased theophylline flux 1.6- (EG) to 122-fold (OCT) over control experiments in which the skins were not pre- treated. Pretreatment with nonpolar vehicles with lower solubility parameters (OA, OCT, or mixed vehicles containing one of these) had the greatest effect on subsequent theophylline flux. Pretreatment with 5-FU in various vehicles caused a sub- sequent increased theophylline flux similar to the effect of vehicle alone, except for pretreatment with 5-FU in vehicles which did not have much effect themselves. In those instances, theophylline fluxes up to 16-fold over the effect of those vehicles alone were observed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ALKALOIDS KW - METHYLXANTHINES KW - THEOPHYLLINE KW - BRONCHODILATOR agents KW - OLEIC acid KW - ANTINEOPLASTIC agents N1 - Accession Number: 12471168; Sherertz, Elizabeth F. 1 Sloan, Kenneth B. 2 McTiernan, Raquel G. 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine (Dermatology), Veterans Administration Medical Center and the University of Florida College of Medicine, Gainesville, Florida, U.S.A. 2: Department of Medicinal Chemistry, University of Florida College of Pharmacy, Gainesville, Florida, U.S.A. 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Gainesville, Florida, U.S.A.; Source Info: Sep87, Vol. 89 Issue 3, p249; Subject Term: ALKALOIDS; Subject Term: METHYLXANTHINES; Subject Term: THEOPHYLLINE; Subject Term: BRONCHODILATOR agents; Subject Term: OLEIC acid; Subject Term: ANTINEOPLASTIC agents; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12471168 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12471168&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wilkin, Jonathan K. T1 - Cutaneous Reactive Hyperemia: Viscoelasticity Determines Response. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 89 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 197 EP - 200 SN - 0022202X AB - Two theories, myogenic and metabolic, have been proposed for reactive hyperemia. Since the metabolic theory implies that the changes in flow rate during reactive hyperemia must be explained in terms of changes in concentration of a vasodilator metabolite produced during anoxia, the rate of rise to peak reactive hyperemic flow should discriminate between these two possible mechanisms. Accordingly, changes in human cutaneous blood flow were monitored during postocolusive reactive hyperemia. The absolute values of both the rate of rise from zero blood flow to peak reactive hyperemic flow and the rate of recovery from peak reactive hyperemic flow to resting levels decrease with increasing durations of arterial occlusion. The time-dependent decrease in both rates is compatible with viscoelastic characteristics of the wall of resistance vessels and is not consistent with changes in concentration of a hypothesized vasodilator metabolite produced during occlusion. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HYPEREMIA KW - VISCOELASTICITY KW - ANOXEMIA KW - BLOOD circulation KW - ARTERIES KW - METABOLISM N1 - Accession Number: 12470560; Wilkin, Jonathan K. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Pharmacology and Dermatology, Medical College of Virginia. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Richmond, Virginia, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug87, Vol. 89 Issue 2, p197; Subject Term: HYPEREMIA; Subject Term: VISCOELASTICITY; Subject Term: ANOXEMIA; Subject Term: BLOOD circulation; Subject Term: ARTERIES; Subject Term: METABOLISM; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12470560 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12470560&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Heng, Madalene C. Y. AU - Heng, Julia A. AU - Allen, Suni G. T1 - Electron Microscopic Features in Generalized Pustular Psoriasis. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 89 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 187 EP - 191 SN - 0022202X AB - Basal keratinocyte herniations (BKH) have been used as markers of psoriatic activity. Abnormal multipolypoid forms herniating through large gaps in the basal Iamina have been found to characterize biopsies from psoriatic patients with concomitant alpha1-antitrypsin deficiency, and appear to be a marker of excessive proteolytic activity. The finding of similar multipolypoid BKH in patients with generalized pustular psoriasis of the von Zumbusch variety (but not in patients with psoriasis vulgaris), in the absence of concomitant alpha1-antitrypsin deficiency, would support the concept of the presence of large amounts of proteolytic enzymes in the dermis of patients with this syndrome. The large proportion of BKH directly associated with dermal neutrophils, and the presence of clusters of high-density BKH overlying collections of dermal neutrophils, suggests that neutrophilic proteases are largely responsible for BKH formation in patients with this syndrome. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - PSORIASIS KW - TRYPSIN inhibitors KW - ENZYMES KW - DERMIS KW - PSORIATIC arthritis N1 - Accession Number: 12470558; Heng, Madalene C. Y. 1 Heng, Julia A. 1 Allen, Suni G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Division of Dermatology, Department of Medicine, UCLA San Fernando Valley Internal Medicine Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug87, Vol. 89 Issue 2, p187; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: PSORIASIS; Subject Term: TRYPSIN inhibitors; Subject Term: ENZYMES; Subject Term: DERMIS; Subject Term: PSORIATIC arthritis; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12470558 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12470558&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sherertz, Elizabeth F. AU - Sloan, Kenneth B. AU - McTiernan, Rapid G. T1 - Use of Theoretical Partition Coefficients Determined From Solubility Parameters to Predict Permeability Coefficients for 5-Fluorouracil. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 89 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 147 EP - 151 SN - 0022202X AB - Values for experimental permeability coefficients of 5-fluorouracil (5-FU) in 7 single- and 4 two-component vehicles were determined from flux measurements through hairless mouse skin in diffusion cells and from solubility data. Theoretical partition coefficients of 5-FU between vehicle and skin were determined from solubility parameters of drug, vehicle, and skin, and from this theoretical permeability coefficients were estimated. Comparison of theoretical with experimental values for the permeability coefficients showed a good correlation for vehicles with solubility parameters between 12-18 (cal/cm³)½. For vehicles or mixtures of vehicles with solubility parameters in the range of 8-12 (cal/cm³)½, increases in flux and permeability coefficients were seen compared with theoretical predictions, possibly due to the similarity in solubility parameters of the vehicles to that of skin (10 cal/cm³)½. There was an inverse relationship between 5-FU solubility in the vehicles and flux or permeability coefficients, with a minimum in flux and permeability coefficient that corresponded approximately to the point where the solubility parameters of drug and vehicle were the same. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SKIN -- Permeability KW - FLUOROURACIL KW - CELLS KW - DIFFUSION KW - SOLUBILITY KW - ADSORPTION N1 - Accession Number: 12470550; Sherertz, Elizabeth F. 1,2 Sloan, Kenneth B. 3 McTiernan, Rapid G. 4; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine (Dermatology), Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: University of Florida College of Medicine, Gainesville. 3: Department of Medicinal Chemistry, University of Florida College of Pharmacy, Gainesville. 4: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Gainesville, Florida, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug87, Vol. 89 Issue 2, p147; Subject Term: SKIN -- Permeability; Subject Term: FLUOROURACIL; Subject Term: CELLS; Subject Term: DIFFUSION; Subject Term: SOLUBILITY; Subject Term: ADSORPTION; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12470550 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12470550&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Norris, David A. AU - Osborn, Roberta AU - Robinson, William AU - Tonnesen, Marcia G. T1 - Isotretinoin Produces Significant Inhibition of Monocyte and Neutrophil Chemotaxis In Vivo in Patients With Cystic Acne. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 89 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 38 EP - 43 SN - 0022202X AB - The effect of oral isotretinoin (13-cis-retinoic acid) on in vivo chemotactic responses was studied longitudinally in 7 patients with cystic acne. As measured in a microchamber chemotaxis assay, both monocyte and neutrophil chemo- taxis were inhibited 98% (p < 0.001) during isotretinoin treatment. In vivo chemotactic responses returned to normal within 2 months of cessation of treatment. Biopsies of skin chamber sites from patients on isotretinoin showed no significant dermal or epidermal leukocytic accumulation in response to autologous zymosan-activated serum, whereas chambers from controls showed extensive neutrophilic infiltrates even in the epidermis. In contrast, in vitro chemotactic responses of neutrophils and monocytes from patients on isotretinoin were not diminished. Sera and plasma from patients on isotretinoin contained no inhibitors of chemotaxis, and activated sera from these patients were excellent attractants for normal monocytes. We postulate that isotretinoin produces significant anti-inflammatory effects by inhibition of monocyte and neutrophil chemotaxis across intact biologic barriers in vivo. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ISOTRETINOIN KW - MONOCYTES KW - NEUTROPHILS KW - CHEMOTAXIS KW - ACNE KW - TRETINOIN KW - LEUCOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 12580370; Norris, David A. 1,2 Osborn, Roberta 1,2 Robinson, William 1,2 Tonnesen, Marcia G. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Dermatology, University of Colorado School of Medicine arid Veterans Administration Medical Center, Denver, Colorado, U.S.A. 2: Department of Medicine, University of Colorado School of Medicine, Denver, Colorado, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jul87, Vol. 89 Issue 1, p38; Subject Term: ISOTRETINOIN; Subject Term: MONOCYTES; Subject Term: NEUTROPHILS; Subject Term: CHEMOTAXIS; Subject Term: ACNE; Subject Term: TRETINOIN; Subject Term: LEUCOCYTES; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12580370 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12580370&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ansel, John C. AU - Luger, Thomas A. AU - Green, Ira T1 - Fever and Increased Serum IL-1 Activity As a Systemic Manifestation of Acute Phototoxicity in New Zealand White Rabbits. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 89 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 32 EP - 37 SN - 0022202X AB - Ultraviolet (UV) radiation is a significant environmental hazard for humans and animals. Although the clinical effect of an acute UV exposure such as cutaneous inflammation, malaise, somnolence, chills, and fever have been appreciated for many years, the underlying mechanisms mediating these effects are poorly understood. Since chills and fever are the most dramatic systemic sequelae after a prolonged exposure to UV, we specifically examined the effect of whole-body UV irradiation on core body temperature and serum endogenous pyrogen activity of New Zealand White rabbits, correlating this with serum interleukin I (IL-1) activity and alterations of serum divalent cation levels. We found that an acute dose of UV irradiation (Westinghouse FS-40 lamps, 0.2 mJ/cm2/s × 8 h) resulted in a significant increase in the core body temperature 2 h post UV (0.8°C), peaking 5 h post UV (1.8°C), and returning to normal 24 h post UV. Likewise, the sera from the UV-irradiated rabbits had significant endogenous pyrogen activity when transferred into naive recipient animals, causing an increase in core body temperature within 45 min (0.65 ± 0.12°C), decreasing over the next 2 h, and returning to normal 6 h post injection. No endotoxin contamination was detected in any serum samples. This post-UV febrile response was accompanied by a prolonged increase in serum IL-1 activity (5-10 X ) and a significant alteration in serum divalent cation levels, with the rabbits becoming euthermic even as the serum IL-I levels remained elevated. These findings provide new information concerning the pathogenesis and kinetics of these systemic effects after an acute dose of UV irradiation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SERUM KW - INTERLEUKIN-1 KW - ULTRAVIOLET radiation KW - SKIN -- Inflammation KW - ENDOTOXINS KW - BODY temperature N1 - Accession Number: 12580362; Ansel, John C. 1 Luger, Thomas A. 2 Green, Ira 3; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Dermatology, Veterans Administration Medical Center and The Oregon Health Sciences University, Portland, Oregon, U.S.A. 2: Department of Dermatology, Ludvig Bolstsmnan Institute for Dermatovenerological Serodiagnosis, Laboratory for Cell Biology, University of Vienna, Vienna, Austria. 3: Laboratory of Immunology, National Institute of Allergy amid Infectious Diseases, Bethesda, Maryland, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jul87, Vol. 89 Issue 1, p32; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: INTERLEUKIN-1; Subject Term: ULTRAVIOLET radiation; Subject Term: SKIN -- Inflammation; Subject Term: ENDOTOXINS; Subject Term: BODY temperature; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12580362 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12580362&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sephel, Gregory C. AU - Buckley, Anne AU - Davidson, Jeffrey M. T1 - Developmental Initiation of Elastin Gene Expression by Human Fetal Skin Fibroblasts. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1987/06// VL - 88 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 732 EP - 735 SN - 0022202X AB - Elastin synthesis is initiated in many organs during the latter part of fetal development. By birth, accumulation of elastin in elastic fibers accounts in large part for the integrity and resilience of skin, blood vessels, and lungs. Developmental studies in several connective tissues of nonhuman vertebrates indicate that elastin synthesis is rapidly initiated during fetal life and that its expression is largely controlled by the abundance of its mRNA. Previous evidence for elastin synthesis in the developing human fetus has been derived from either histologic inference or studies of net accumulation. We now report that the developmental induction of cutaneous elastin synthesis appears to be stably reflected in cell culture. Production of elastin by human skin fibroblasts increased 7- to 14-fold between 17 and 19 weeks of gestation, reaching the levels found in neonatal skin fibroblasts. Consistent with other developmental studies, elastin synthesis was found to be under pretranslational control with relative mRNA levels increasing 6- to 15-fold by 19 weeks of gestation. Under the same circumstances, collagen expression and total protein synthesis were relatively constant among all strains examined. Human skin fibroblasts may thus be a useful system for examining developmentally regulated elastin gene expression. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ELASTIN KW - GENE expression KW - FIBROBLASTS KW - BIOSYNTHESIS KW - MESSENGER RNA KW - EXTRACELLULAR matrix proteins KW - GENETIC regulation N1 - Accession Number: 12470403; Sephel, Gregory C. 1 Buckley, Anne 2 Davidson, Jeffrey M. 2; Affiliation: 1: Laboratory of Developmental Biology and Craniofacial Abnormalities, National Institute of Dental Research, Bethesda, Maryland 20892. 2: Department of Pathology. Vanderbilt University School of Medicine, and Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Nashville, Tennessee 37203.; Source Info: Jun87, Vol. 88 Issue 6, p732; Subject Term: ELASTIN; Subject Term: GENE expression; Subject Term: FIBROBLASTS; Subject Term: BIOSYNTHESIS; Subject Term: MESSENGER RNA; Subject Term: EXTRACELLULAR matrix proteins; Subject Term: GENETIC regulation; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12470403 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12470403&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Miyauchi, Shunji AU - Hashimoto, Ken T1 - Epidermal Langerhans Cells Undergo Mitosis During the Early Recovery Phase After Ultraviolet-B Irradiation. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1987/06// VL - 88 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 703 EP - 708 SN - 0022202X AB - We studied the recovery phase of immune response-associated (Ia)-positive or ATPase-positive epidermal Langerhans cells (ELCs) after ultraviolet B (UVB)- induced depletion by using mouse ear epidermal sheets. An area 3 mm in diameter was irradiated with 300 nm UVB light (40 mJ/cm²). A time sequence study was carried out to 56 days. During this period the Ia-positive ELC population increased stepwise, i.e., first a rapid increase between day 7 and day 14, which we called the early recovery phase, and next a gradual increase between day 42 and day 56, which we called the late recovery phase. During the early recovery phase, we found polymorphous ELCs in the irradiated area which were giant or normal in size, dendritic or round in shape, and single or paired in distribution. Electron microscopy revealed some of round and some of paired ATPase-positive ELCs to be in metaphase or telophase of mitotic division. Within the entire observation period of our study, there was no evidence suggesting migration of ELCs from hair follicles or from the nonirradiated epidermis. These findings indicated that mitosis of ELCs contribute to their repopulation during the early recovery phase. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LANGERHANS cells KW - MITOSIS KW - ULTRAVIOLET radiation KW - IMMUNE response KW - ELECTRON microscopy KW - CELL cycle N1 - Accession Number: 12470379; Miyauchi, Shunji 1,2 Hashimoto, Ken 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology and Syphilology, Wayne State University School of Medicine, Detroit, Michigan, U.S.A. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Allen Park, Michigan, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jun87, Vol. 88 Issue 6, p703; Subject Term: LANGERHANS cells; Subject Term: MITOSIS; Subject Term: ULTRAVIOLET radiation; Subject Term: IMMUNE response; Subject Term: ELECTRON microscopy; Subject Term: CELL cycle; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12470379 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12470379&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Olerud, John E. AU - O'Brien Jr., William AU - Riederer-Henderson, Mary Ann AU - Steiger, Diane AU - Forster, Fred K. AU - Daly, Colin AU - Ketterer, Deborah J. AU - Odland, George F. T1 - Ultrasonic Assessment of Skin and Wounds With the Scanning Laser Acoustic Microscope. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 88 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 615 EP - 623 SN - 0022202X AB - The aim of the present study was to test the hypothesis that ultrasonic propagation properties in skin and wound tissue would correlate with material properties such as collagen content, water content, and tensile strength of those tissues. Both ultrasonic speed and ultrasonic attenuation coefficient were directly correlated with tissue collagen content, [r = 0.80 and r = 0.56, respectively (p < 0.001)]. In addition, ultrasonic speed and attenuation coefficient were inversely correlated with tissue water content, [r = -0.57 and r = -0.73, respectively (p < 0.001)]. Tensile strength also correlated very significantly with ultrasonic speed (r = 0.90, p < 0.001), and significantly with attenuation coefficient (r = 0.58, p < 0.001). The results demonstrate the feasibility of using ultrasound for noninvasively determining the material properties of biologic tissues including healing cutaneous wounds. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SKIN KW - TISSUES KW - COLLAGEN KW - HEALING KW - WOUNDS & injuries KW - ULTRASONICS N1 - Accession Number: 12470221; Olerud, John E. 1,2 O'Brien Jr., William 3 Riederer-Henderson, Mary Ann 4 Steiger, Diane 3 Forster, Fred K. 5 Daly, Colin 5 Ketterer, Deborah J. 4 Odland, George F. 1,6; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Medicine (Dermatology), University of Washington, Seattle, Washington. 2: Orthopaedics (Sports Medicine), University of Washington, Seattle, Washington. 3: Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering, University of Illinois, Urbana, Illinois, U.S.A. 4: Department of Orthopaedics, University of Washington and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, Washington. 5: Mechanical Engineering, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington. 6: Biological Structure, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington.; Source Info: May87, Vol. 88 Issue 5, p615; Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: TISSUES; Subject Term: COLLAGEN; Subject Term: HEALING; Subject Term: WOUNDS & injuries; Subject Term: ULTRASONICS; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12470221 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12470221&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Meyer, Laurence J. AU - Carioto, Linda AU - Zone, John J. T1 - Dermatitis Herpetiformis: Extraction of Intact IgA From Granular Deposits in Dermal Papillae. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 88 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 559 EP - 563 SN - 0022202X AB - Dermatitis herpetiformis (DH) is characterized by the granular deposition of IgA in the dermal papillary tips. The source and antigenic specificity of this IgA are unknown, largely because of the previous inability to isolate it for study. These granular IgA deposits, pathognomonic of DH, have been specifically isolated from 4-mm punch biopsies. Specific isolation was achieved by removing contaminating serum IgA by a combination of washes in saline and sodium dodecyl sulfate without a reducing agent present and mechanical isolation of papillary dermis. The tissue IgA was then solubilized by a buffer containing 1% sodium dodecyl sulfate and 0.2 mM dithiothreitol, a reducing agent. Immunoreactive alpha chains were recovered in eluates of DH skin in 6-fold greater amounts than in eluates of normal skin, coincident with disappearance of immunofluorescent-staining granular deposits of IgA. Extracted specific IgA was recovered in sufficient quantity for detection by immunoenzymatic stain, was partially composed of a native (165Kd) molecular mass, and had alpha and kappa staining material, all indicating that the extracted immunoglobulin was in part intact. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SKIN -- Inflammation KW - BIOPSY KW - SERUM KW - DERMIS KW - TISSUES KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS N1 - Accession Number: 12470158; Meyer, Laurence J. 1 Carioto, Linda 1 Zone, John J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Division of Dermatology, Department of Internal Medicine, University of Utah School of Medicine and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Salt Lake City, Utah, U.S.A.; Source Info: May87, Vol. 88 Issue 5, p559; Subject Term: SKIN -- Inflammation; Subject Term: BIOPSY; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: DERMIS; Subject Term: TISSUES; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12470158 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12470158&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kerdel, Francisco A. AU - Soter, Nicholas A. AU - Lim, Henry W. T1 - In Vivo Mediator Release and Degranulation of Mast Cells in Hematoporphyrin Derivative-Induced Phototoxicity in Mice. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 88 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 277 EP - 280 SN - 0022202X AB - This study was designed to assess the role of the mast cell in the early phase of hematoporphyrin derivative (HPD)-induced phototoxicity. BALB/c mice were rendered phototoxic by i.p. injection of hematoporphyrin derivative, followed by exposure to 13.6 kJ/m² of 400-410 nm radiation. The phototoxic response was quantified by measurement of ear thickness immediately before the irradiation, and at 0, 0.5, 1, 1.5, and 2 h after. At these time-points, determinations of serum histamine and plasma leukotriene C4 levels and histologic examination of the ears were undertaken. Mice injected i.p. with buffered saline and subsequently irradiated served as controls. In mice exposed to HPD and radiation, a maximal peak increased ear-thickness of 125.7 ± 14.4% (mean ± SEM) was noted at 2 h; this was associated with a net increased serum histamine of over 120% and histologic evidence of mast cell degranulation. In addition, moderate increases in plasma levels of leukotriene C4 were observed at 0 h and 1.5 h in the HPD- and irradiation-treated animals. These data provide direct evidence for the participation of mast cells in the early phase of HPD-induced phototoxicity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MAST cells KW - HEMATOPORPHYRIN KW - LEUKOTRIENES KW - IRRADIATION KW - CONNECTIVE tissue cells KW - MICE N1 - Accession Number: 12466135; Kerdel, Francisco A. 1 Soter, Nicholas A. 1 Lim, Henry W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Section, New York Veterans Administration Medical Center and Department of Dermatology, New York University School of Medicine, New York, New York, U.S.A.; Source Info: Mar1987, Vol. 88 Issue 3, p277; Subject Term: MAST cells; Subject Term: HEMATOPORPHYRIN; Subject Term: LEUKOTRIENES; Subject Term: IRRADIATION; Subject Term: CONNECTIVE tissue cells; Subject Term: MICE; NAICS/Industry Codes: 334517 Irradiation Apparatus Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12466135 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12466135&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kambe, Naoto AU - Hashimoto, Ken T1 - Anti-Elastofibril Monoclonal Antibody NKH-1: Production and Application. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 88 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 253 EP - 258 SN - 0022202X AB - A new monoclonal antibody NKH-1 was developed using human subepidermal basement membrane zone substances as immunogen. NKH-1, IgG1 kappa light chain, labeled proteins in the subbasement membrane zone in a linear fashion. It also labeled oxytalan fibers and elaunin fibers in the papillary dermis. Mature elastic fibers were labeled only in their peripheral microfibrils (elastofibrils) and the center core of elastin was nonreactive. Basal lamina itself was not decorated with NKH-1 even at the immunoelectron microscopic level. Skin appendages such as eccrine and apocrine glands, arrector pili muscle, hair follicle, and sebaceous gland were surrounded with NKH-1 -positive substances. This substance was in linear fashion closely associated with the basal lamina but deposited linearly outside of it. Species specificity tests were performed only in nonprimates: mouse and guinea pig skins were nonreactive with NKH-1. NKH-1 seems to recognize a new substance in the sub- basal lamina region (subbasal lamina proteins) which cross-react with elastic fiber microfibrils. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MONOCLONAL antibodies KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - MOLECULAR cloning KW - IMMUNOGENETICS KW - DERMIS KW - SKIN N1 - Accession Number: 12465471; Kambe, Naoto 1 Hashimoto, Ken 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology and Syphilology, Wayne State University School of Medicine, Detroit, Michigan. 2: The Veterans Administration Medical Center, Allen Park, Michigan, U.S.A.; Source Info: Mar1987, Vol. 88 Issue 3, p253; Subject Term: MONOCLONAL antibodies; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: MOLECULAR cloning; Subject Term: IMMUNOGENETICS; Subject Term: DERMIS; Subject Term: SKIN; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12465471 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12465471&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Piepkorn, Michael AU - Flackman, Philip AU - Carney, Helen AU - Linker, Alfred T1 - Glycosaminoglycan Synthesis by Proliferating and Differentiated Human Keratinocytes in Culture. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1987/02// VL - 88 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 215 EP - 219 SN - 0022202X AB - Glycosaminoglycan (GAG) synthesis and compartmentalization were studied in populations of human neonatal keratinocytes under conditions of proliferation and terminal differentiation in vitro. Following isotopic labeling with the precursors [³H]glucosamine and [35S]sulfate, GAGs were extracted from the keratinocytes into several operationally created compartments associated with the cells and extracellular matrix. Chondroitin sulfate and heparan sulfate accounted for the majority of the incorporated label in all preparations. Although total sulfated GAGs per culture increased from proliferative to differentiated conditions, GAG content normalized to the DNA content of the cultures demonstrated the reverse trend. This was particularly evident for the chondroitin sulfates, which declined 60-70% in the differentiated cultures. Furthermore, label incorporation into chondroitin and heparan sulfates revealed a relative compartmental shift to a trypsin-accessible site upon keratinocyte differentiation. An analysis of heparan sulfate structure by characterization of the oligosaccharide products resulting from low pH nitrous acid deaminative degradation provided evidence that the parent material from differentiated keratinocytes contains a larger region of N-sulfated glucosamine residues unassociated with ester sulfate groups. The correlation of variations in GAG content and compartmentalization with the growth condition of human keratinocytes constitutes evidence that this heterogeneous group of cell surface-associated carbohydrates is involved in some aspect of cell function associated with growth control or differentiation. Furthermore, the apparent differences in heparan sulfate primary structure indicate the there is structure-function specificity to this association. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - GLYCOSAMINOGLYCANS KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - CELL membranes KW - EXTRACELLULAR matrix KW - MUCOPOLYSACCHARIDES KW - CELLS N1 - Accession Number: 12525377; Piepkorn, Michael 1,2 Flackman, Philip 3 Carney, Helen 4 Linker, Alfred 2,4,5; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine (Dermatology), University of of Utah School of Medicine, Slat Lake City, Utah. 2: Department of Pathology, University of of Utah School of Medicine, Slat Lake City, Utah. 3: Department of Medicine (Dermatology), University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, Washington, U.S.A. 4: Veterans Administration Hospital, Salt Lake City, Utah. 5: Department of Biochemistry, University of of Utah School of Medicine, Slat Lake City, Utah.; Source Info: Feb87, Vol. 88 Issue 2, p215; Subject Term: GLYCOSAMINOGLYCANS; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: CELL membranes; Subject Term: EXTRACELLULAR matrix; Subject Term: MUCOPOLYSACCHARIDES; Subject Term: CELLS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12525377 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12525377&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ochs, Matthew E. AU - Postlethwaite, Arnold E. AU - Kang, Andrew H. T1 - Identification of a Protein in Sera of Normal Humans That Inhibits Fibroblast Chemotactic and Random Migration In Vitro. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1987/02// VL - 88 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 183 EP - 190 SN - 0022202X AB - Normal human serum contains a 230,000 M, protein that inhibits fibroblast chemotactic and random migration. This serum inhibitor of fibroblast migration (SIFM) is a heat-table, trypsin-sensitive protein with a pl of 4.8 that reversibly inhibits the random and chemotactic migration of fibroblasts in vitro. Although SIFM effectively inhibits the chemotaxis of fibroblasts to interstitial collagens, fibronectin, lymphocyte-derived chemotactic factor for fibroblasts, and serum-derived chemotactic factor, it does not alter the chemotactic migration of human peripheral blood neutrophils or monocytes, and does not act as a cytotoxin to human dermal fibroblasts. The SIFM appears to act through a cell-directed mechanism to alter the fibroblast's ability to migrate. Serum inhibitor of fibroblast migration may function in vivo to modulate migration under physiologic and pathologic conditions. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PROTEINS KW - FIBROBLASTS KW - SERUM KW - CHEMOTAXIS KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - COLLAGEN N1 - Accession Number: 12525325; Ochs, Matthew E. 1,2 Postlethwaite, Arnold E. 1,2 Kang, Andrew H. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Laboratory of cellular Immunology and Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Tennessee-Memphis, Memphis, Tennessee, U.S.A. 2: Division of Connective Tissue Diseases, Department of Medicine and Biochemistry, University of Tennessee-Memphis, Memphis, Tennessee, U.S.A.; Source Info: Feb87, Vol. 88 Issue 2, p183; Subject Term: PROTEINS; Subject Term: FIBROBLASTS; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: CHEMOTAXIS; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: COLLAGEN; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12525325 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12525325&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Merk, Hans F. AU - Mukhtar, Hasan AU - Kaufmann, Irene AU - Das, Mukul AU - Bickers, David R. T1 - Human Hair Follicle Benzo[a]pyrene and Benzo[a]pyrene 7,8-diol Metabolism: Effect of Exposure to a Coal Tar-Containing Shampoo. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 88 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 71 EP - 76 SN - 0022202X AB - Assay systems for the evaluation of carcinogen interaction with human tissues are essential for assessing cancer risk. Hair follicles are a readily available source of human epithelial tissue and offer an excellent system with which to study carcinogen metabolism in human populations. In this study freshly plucked human hair follicles were employed to measure the metabolism of benzo[a]pyrene (BP), benzo[a]pyrene-7,8-diol (BP 7,8-diol), and the enzymemediated binding of [³H]-BP to DNA. The effect of human exposure to a curde coal tar (CCT)-containing shampoo, a preparation rich in polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs), on these parameters was also evaluated. Twelve healthy volunteers were studied before and after shampooing their hair daily for 4 days with the CCT-containing shampoo. Wide interindividual variation was obseved in basal cytochrome P-450-dependent aryl hydrocarbon hydroxylase (AHH) activity whcih ranged from 0.6-17.6 fmol water-soluble BP metabolites/h/hair follicle (mean ± SE of 32 individuals was 9.7 ± 0.9). After use of the shampoo for 4 days AHH activity increased in 10 of the 12 volunteers (150-148%) and enhancement of enzyme-mediated binding of BP to DNA was detected in most subjects. Hair follicles were shown to convert BP to several metabolic species including BP 7,8-diol, a major precursor of the ultimate carcinogenic metabolite of BP. Benzo[a]pyrene-7,8-fiol itself was also metabolized by the human hair follicles in this system. Clotrimazole, a known inhibitor of the metabolism of BP as well as the carcinogenicity of the hydrocarbon in rodent skin, was found to inhibit AHH and the in vitro metabolism of BP and BP 7,8-diol in human hair follicles.Oral administration of a similar antifungal imidazole, ketoconazole at a dose of 200 mg daily for 5 days , to healthy volunteers also resulted in >90% inhibition of hair follicle AHH activity. These studies indicate that hair follicles represent an accessible tissue suitable for assessing the extent of PAH carcinogen metabolism in human subjects. Furthermore, enzyme activity critical to cancer induction by PAHs was shown to be inducible following the use of a CCT-containing shampoo. This carcinogen-activating enzyme system was substanitally inhibited by imidazole compounds, suggesting that they may prove effective as anticarcinogens in human populations. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HAIR follicles KW - BENZOPYRENE KW - COAL-tar colors KW - SHAMPOOS KW - EPITHELIUM KW - METABOLISM KW - HYDROCARBONS N1 - Accession Number: 12465053; Merk, Hans F. 1 Mukhtar, Hasan 2 Kaufmann, Irene 1 Das, Mukul 2 Bickers, David R. 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of Cologne, Cologne, F.R.G.. 2: Department of Dermatology, University Hospitals of Cleveland. 3: Case Western Reserve University, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A..; Source Info: Jan1987, Vol. 88 Issue 1, p71; Subject Term: HAIR follicles; Subject Term: BENZOPYRENE; Subject Term: COAL-tar colors; Subject Term: SHAMPOOS; Subject Term: EPITHELIUM; Subject Term: METABOLISM; Subject Term: HYDROCARBONS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 211112 Natural Gas Liquid Extraction; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414520 Toiletries, cosmetics and sundries merchant wholesalers; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12465053 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12465053&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gates, Ronald E. AU - Mayfield, Cynthia AU - Allred, Lawrence E. T1 - Human Neonatal Keratinocytes Have Very High Levels of Cellular Vitamin A-Binding Proteins. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 88 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 37 EP - 41 SN - 0022202X AB - Since cellular retinol- and retinoic acid-binding proteins (CRBP and CRABP) mediate the effects of vitamin A on epidermal differentiation, the levels of these binding proteins were measured in the epidermal and dermal layers of newborn, human foreskin as well as in primary cultures of keratinocytes and fibroblasts from these layers. ligand binding assays w3ith saturating concentrations of all trans-[³H]retinol or of all trans-[11-³H]retinoic acid were used to quantitate amounts of binding proteins in cytosols prepared form these skin layers or cultured cells. The epidermal levels of CRABP and CRBP ( 60.9 ± 14.4 and 7.3 ± 1.7 pmol per mg cytosol protein, respectively) were markedly higher than that reported for adult epidermis but wer comparable to levels in keratinocytes cultured from neonatal foreskin epidermis ( 61.8 ± 7.8 and 10.7 ± 2.5, respectively). The levels of CRABP were much lower in the foreskin dermis than in the epidermis and the levels measured in the fibroblasts cultured form this dermis were consistent with the dermal levels. however, CRBP levels in cultured dermal fibroblasts were very low and could not account for the dermal CRBP levels, suggesting that another dermal cell type has high levels of CRBP. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - VITAMIN A KW - PROTEIN binding KW - EPIDERMIS KW - FIBROBLASTS KW - TRETINOIN N1 - Accession Number: 12464844; Gates, Ronald E. 1 Mayfield, Cynthia 2 Allred, Lawrence E. 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine (Dermatology) and Research Service, Vanderbilt University. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Centers, Nashville, Tennessee. 3: Department of Dermal Research, S. C. Johnson and Son, Racine, Wisconsin, U.S.A..; Source Info: Jan1987, Vol. 88 Issue 1, p37; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: VITAMIN A; Subject Term: PROTEIN binding; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: FIBROBLASTS; Subject Term: TRETINOIN; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12464844 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12464844&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Katayama, Hiroshi AU - Itami, Satoshi AU - Koizumi, Hiroko AU - Tsutsui, Masato T1 - Epidermal Cell Culture Using Sephadex Beads Coated With Denatured Collagen (Cytodex 3). JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 88 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 33 EP - 36 SN - 0022202X AB - Epidermal cell culture using microcarriers of Sephadex beads coated with denatured collagen (cytodex 3) was performed. Epidermal basal cells (above 95%) obtained from human skin by trypsinization were cultivated statically on the beads in 96-well culture plates. Proliferation was rapid and great in synchronous waves during 2-7 days after inoculation. The growth rate depended on the inoculation cell population densities. When cells were inoculated at 7.75 ×104/well, the maximum increase was 3.6-fold and at 1.69 × 104/well and 0.32 × 104/well, 2.5-fold and 2.1-fold, respectively. Differentiation was assessed visually on a hemocytometer.The percentage of basal cells of the total cells present in each well was reduced from 98% (on inoculation) to approximately 25% in a week and thereafter. In 1 month after inoculation, cells with keratohyaline-like granules were observed at 12%. The attachment of cells to the beads was rather loose. Cells were supposed to be attached to denatured collagen on the beads via fibronectin contained in the serum of the medium, because denatured collagen had the property to bind strongly to fibronectin. loose attachment made it possible to harvest intact cells without the such new characteristics will be a useful tool for studying epidermal cell biology and biochemistry. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EPIDERMIS KW - SEPHADEX KW - COLLAGEN KW - CELL populations KW - HEMOCYTOMETERS KW - CELL proliferation KW - BIOCHEMISTRY N1 - Accession Number: 12464838; Katayama, Hiroshi 1 Itami, Satoshi 1 Koizumi, Hiroko 1 Tsutsui, Masato 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami, Florida, U.S.A..; Source Info: Jan1987, Vol. 88 Issue 1, p33; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: SEPHADEX; Subject Term: COLLAGEN; Subject Term: CELL populations; Subject Term: HEMOCYTOMETERS; Subject Term: CELL proliferation; Subject Term: BIOCHEMISTRY; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12464838 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12464838&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wood, Gary S. AU - Volterra, Angelica S. AU - Abel, Elizabeth A. AU - Nickoloff, Brian J. AU - Adams, Robert M. T1 - Allergic Contact Dermatitis: Novel Immunohistologic Features. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1986/12// VL - 87 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 688 EP - 693 SN - 0022202X AB - Leu-8 is a novel antigen expressed by the majority of mature T cells and certain other cells. Recent studies of the allogeneic mixed leukocyte reaction indicate that both Leu- 8+ and Leu-8- subsets of Leu-3+ T cells have important functions in cell-mediated immunity in vitro. In order to determine whether Leu-3+8+ and/or Leu-3+8- T cells are present in cell-mediated immune reactions in vivo, we studied the immunohistology of allergic contact dermatitis in 8 biopsies from 8 patients with positive patch tests and 3 biopsies from 2 patients with Rhus dermatitis. Both Leu-3+8+ and Leu-3+8- T cells were present in each biopsy. Only 1 case had a definite minority of the Leu-3+8+ subset. These results suggest that, analogous to in vitro systems, both Leu-8+ and Leu-8- subsets of Leu-3+ T cells are involved in cell-mediated immunity in vivo. HLA-DR+ keratinocytes were present in only 3 of 11 biopsies at days 3-7. No HLA-DQ+ keratinocytes were identified. We also confirmed prior findings that Leu-3+ cells are the predominant T-cell population, Langerhans cells are increased, and B cells and NK cells are rare. Furthermore, Tac and Ki-67 expression by T cells and Leu-3 expression by Langerhans cells tended to increase over time. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SKIN -- Inflammation KW - T cells KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - LANGERHANS cells KW - IMMUNOHISTOCHEMISTRY N1 - Accession Number: 12456614; Wood, Gary S. 1,2,3 Volterra, Angelica S. 1 Abel, Elizabeth A. 1 Nickoloff, Brian J. 1,2 Adams, Robert M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Dermatology, Stanford University Medical Center, Stanford, California, U.S.A. 2: Department of Pathology, Stanford University Medical Center, Stanford, California, U.S.A. 3: Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Dec86, Vol. 87 Issue 6, p688; Subject Term: SKIN -- Inflammation; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: LEUCOCYTES; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: LANGERHANS cells; Subject Term: IMMUNOHISTOCHEMISTRY; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12456614 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12456614&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hernandez, Alfred D. AU - Reece, Ronald E. AU - Zucker, Albert H. T1 - Trichophyton mentagrophytes Spores Differ From Mycelia in Their Ability to Induce Pustules and Activate Complement. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1986/12// VL - 87 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 683 EP - 687 SN - 0022202X AB - To determine whether the morphology of dermatophytes plays a role in the clinical manifestation of dermatophytosis, we isolated spores and mycelia from colonies of killed Trichophyton mentagrophytes and tested their ability to induce gross and microscopic cutaneous changes when applied to guinea pig skin. The skin of normal guinea pigs failed to develop any cutaneous changes after inoculation with either dead spores or mycelia. In contrast, guinea pigs that had recovered from a T. mentagrophytes infection reacted to topically applied spores by producing pustules but failed to develop pustules either grossly or microscopically when inoculated with mycelia. Because differences in the activation of C' and the subsequent generation of the polymorphonuclear leukocyte (PMN) chemoattractant, C5a, might account for our in vivo findings, we measured the amount of C5a activated in vitro when serum was incubated with equivalent amounts of spores or mycelia. Spores consistently activated more C' to C5a than mycelia, although each could activate serum C'. The results support previous studies that show a direct correlation between the clinical manifestations ofa dermatophytic infection and the development of immunity against the dermatophyte. Furthermore, the data suggest that a dermatophyte's predominant morphology during an infection may play a critical role in producing pustules by activating C' and chemoattrading PMNs into the fungus-laden stratum corneum. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DERMATOPHYTES KW - TRICHOPHYTON KW - NEUTROPHILS KW - PATHOGENIC fungi KW - GUINEA pigs KW - INJECTIONS N1 - Accession Number: 12456603; Hernandez, Alfred D. 1 Reece, Ronald E. Zucker, Albert H. 1; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center and Department of of Medicine, University of Tennessee Center for the Health Sciences, Memphis, Tennessee, U.S.A.; Source Info: Dec86, Vol. 87 Issue 6, p683; Subject Term: DERMATOPHYTES; Subject Term: TRICHOPHYTON; Subject Term: NEUTROPHILS; Subject Term: PATHOGENIC fungi; Subject Term: GUINEA pigs; Subject Term: INJECTIONS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112999 All other miscellaneous animal production; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12456603 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12456603&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Feingold, Kenneth R. AU - Brown, Barbara E. AU - Lear, Steven R. AU - Moser, Arthur H. AU - Elias, Peter M. T1 - Effect of Essential Fatty Acid Deficiency on Cutaneous Sterol Synthesis. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1986/11// VL - 87 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 588 EP - 591 SN - 0022202X AB - The fact that the skin is a major site of total body sterologensis, coupled both with the apparent absence of low density lipoprotein receptors on keratinocytes and with the lack of influence of serum cholesterol on epidermal sterologensis, has created the impression that epidermal lipid synthesis might be autonomous, i.e. nonregulatable. Recent studies have shown, however, that disruption of cutaneous barrier function with acetone or detergents stimulates epidermal sterologensis (J Lipid Res 26:418-427, 1985). To correlate further sterologenesis with barrier function, we measured de novo synthesis of cholesterol and total nonsaponifiable lipids in essential fatty acid-deficient (EFAD) hairless mice. Animals with defective barrier function, manifested by abnormal transepidermal water loss, demonstrated a 2-fold increase in epidermal cholesterol and total nonsaponifiable lipid synthesis over controls while synthesis in the dermis was unchanged. Epidermal sterologenesis in EFAd animals, repleted with linoleic acid either systematically or topically, returned toward normal as barrier function improved. Moreover, plastic occlusion of EFAD mouse skin normalized epidermal sterologensis at 1 and 3 days. These results provide further evidence that epidermal sterologenesis is not entirely autonomous, and can be regulated by water barrier requirements. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ESSENTIAL fatty acid deficiency KW - STEROLS KW - EPIDERMIS KW - LIPOPROTEINS KW - LIPID synthesis KW - FATTY acids N1 - Accession Number: 12455835; Feingold, Kenneth R. 1,2 Brown, Barbara E. 1,2 Lear, Steven R. 1,2 Moser, Arthur H. 1,2 Elias, Peter M. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Metabolism Section and Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, California, U.S.A. 2: Department of Dermatology and Medicine, University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Nov86, Vol. 87 Issue 5, p588; Subject Term: ESSENTIAL fatty acid deficiency; Subject Term: STEROLS; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: LIPOPROTEINS; Subject Term: LIPID synthesis; Subject Term: FATTY acids; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12455835 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12455835&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Swerlick, Robert A. AU - Cunningham, Madeleine W. AU - Hall, Nancy K. T1 - Monoclonal Antibodies Cross-Reactive with Group A Streptococci and Normal and Psoriatic Human Skin. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1986/09// VL - 87 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 367 EP - 371 SN - 0022202X AB - Infection with group A streptococci has been implicated as a factor capable of exacerbating psoriasis. In order to explore the possibility of cross-reactivity between streptococcal antigens and human skin in this phenomenon, skin from psoriatic patients and control subjects was reacted with 3 monoclonal antibodies against group A streptococci and antibody binding was estimated by the indirect immunofluorecence technique. Monoclonal antibody 54.2.8 stained the nuclei and cytoplasm of cells within the epidermis and epidermal appendages, as well as cells scattered throughout the dermis. In contrast, monoclonal antibodies 49.8.2 and 36.2.2 labeled the cytoplasm of epidermal cells and epidermal appendages but did not react with nuclei. No difference in the staining patterns of control skin and uninvolved skin from patients with psoriasis was observed. However, skin from psoriatic lesions contained large amounts of cross-reactive skin component(s). Sera from patients with guttate psoriasis did not react differently with normal or psoriatic skin when compared with normal sera. Western immunoblots of skin extracts demonstrated that monoclonal antibody 54.2.8 reacted with a family of proteins in the molecular weight range of 60-70K. The results indicate that component(s) in human skin share cross-reactive epitopes with group A streptococci. Immunologic cross-reactions between group A streptococci and human skin may play an important role in the exacerbation of certain skin disorders following streptococcal infections. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - CELL nuclei KW - CELLS KW - STREPTOCOCCUS KW - MOLECULAR cloning KW - MONOCLONAL antibodies N1 - Accession Number: 12524838; Swerlick, Robert A. 1,2,3 Cunningham, Madeleine W. 3,4 Hall, Nancy K. 2,3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Oklahoma City Oklahoma, U.S.A. 2: Department of Pathology, University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Oklahoma City Oklahoma, U.S.A. 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Oklahoma City Oklahoma, U.S.A. 4: Department of Microbiology and Immunology, University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Oklahoma City Oklahoma, U.S.A.; Source Info: Sep86, Vol. 87 Issue 3, p367; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: CELL nuclei; Subject Term: CELLS; Subject Term: STREPTOCOCCUS; Subject Term: MOLECULAR cloning; Subject Term: MONOCLONAL antibodies; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12524838 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12524838&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Heng, Madalene C. Y. AU - Kloss, Suni G. AU - Kuehn, Craig S. AU - Chase, David G. T1 - Significance and Pathogenesis of Basal Keratinocyte Herniations in Psoriasis. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1986/09// VL - 87 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 362 EP - 366 SN - 0022202X AB - Using transmission electron microscopy, we studied, quantitatively, basal keratinocyte herniations (BKH) in relation to the other basement membrane zone changes in psoriatic lesions of varying clinical activity, and in psoriasiform skin diseases. BKH appears to correlate with disease activity. They do not occur passively as a result of the formation of gaps in the basal lamina. BKH in active psoriasis are associated with electron-lucent areas suggestive of proteolytic enzyme release. Their apparent association with Langerhans cells, neutrophils, macrophages, and endothelial cells may point to these cells as the source of proteolytic enzymes in psoriasis. BKH may prove to be a useful marker for clinical psoriasis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SKIN diseases KW - CELLS KW - ELECTRON microscopy KW - PARTICLES (Nuclear physics) KW - PROTEOLYTIC enzymes KW - ENZYMES N1 - Accession Number: 12524814; Heng, Madalene C. Y. 1 Kloss, Suni G. 1 Kuehn, Craig S. 1 Chase, David G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Division of Dermatology, UCLA San Fernando Valley Internal Medicine Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Sep86, Vol. 87 Issue 3, p362; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Subject Term: CELLS; Subject Term: ELECTRON microscopy; Subject Term: PARTICLES (Nuclear physics); Subject Term: PROTEOLYTIC enzymes; Subject Term: ENZYMES; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12524814 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12524814&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mukhtar, Hasan AU - DelTito Jr., Benjamin J. AU - Matgouranis, Peter M. AU - Das, Mukul AU - Asokan, Parathasarathy AU - Bickers, David R. T1 - Additive Effects of Ultraviolet B and Crude Coal Tar on Cutaneous Carcinogen Metabolism: Possible Relevance to the Tumorigenicity of the Goeckerman Regimen. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1986/09// VL - 87 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 348 EP - 353 SN - 0022202X AB - The effect of cutaneous exposure to ultraviolet B (UVB.) radiation alone, to crude coal tar (CCT) alone, and to the combination of UVB and CCT on the inducibility of the microsomal cytochrome P-450-dependent carcinogen- metabolizing enzyme aryl hydrocarbon hydroxylase (AHH) and other monooxygenases such as 7-ethoxyresorufin O-deethylase (ERD) and 7-ethoxycoumarin O-deethylase (ECD) activities in the skin of neonatal rats was studied. Exposure of the animals to UVB (400-1600 mJ/cm2) alone resulted in a dose-dependent increase in cutaneous enzyme activities. At a UVB dose of 1200 mJ/cm2 increases in AHH, ECD, and ERI) were 194%, 115%, and 244%, respectively. A single topical application of CCT (10 mI/kg) 24 h before sacrifice resulted in significant induction of AHH (350%), ECD) (921%), and ERD (796%) activities. Treatment of animals with the same dose of CCT followed by UVB exposure resulted in additive and/or synergistic effects on AHH (858%), ECD (1229%), and ERD (1166%) activities in tile skin. In contrast, exposure of animals to UVB prior to CCT application had effects no different from those of CCT alone. Epoxide hydrolase and glutathione S-transferase activities in skin from all experimental groups were not. different from those of controls High-pressure liquid chromatographic analysis of the metabolism of benzo[a]pyrene (BP) by cutaneous microsomes prepared from animals treated with UVB alone, CCT alone, and the combination of UVB and CCT revealed increased formation of all the metabolite in each experimental group. The largest increase in metabolite formation occurred in animals receiving CCT followed by UVB exposure. The inducibility of trans-7,8-dioI formation by UVB alone and CCT alone was 203% and 435%, respectively, whereas with CCT followed by UVB it was 1065%. The differential responses in AHH activity were found to parallel the capacity of skin microsomal enzymes to enhance the binding of [3H]-BP to DNA. These studies indicate that the sequence of exposure to the components of the Goeckerman regimen in rodents greatly influences matabolic activity in skin. When applied in the same sequence employed in the Goeckerman regimen (CCT followed by UVB exposure) the additive effect upon catalytic activity essential for cancer initiation suggests a possible mechanism for the enhancement of human skin cancer in individuals exposed to this therapeutic regimen. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ENZYMES KW - MONOOXYGENASES KW - CYTOCHROME P-450 KW - METALLOENZYMES KW - AROMATASE KW - HAZARDOUS substances N1 - Accession Number: 12524446; Mukhtar, Hasan 1,2 DelTito Jr., Benjamin J. 1,2 Matgouranis, Peter M. 1,2 Das, Mukul 1,2 Asokan, Parathasarathy 1,2 Bickers, David R. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Dermatology, University Hospitals of Cleveland, Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A.; Source Info: Sep86, Vol. 87 Issue 3, p348; Subject Term: ENZYMES; Subject Term: MONOOXYGENASES; Subject Term: CYTOCHROME P-450; Subject Term: METALLOENZYMES; Subject Term: AROMATASE; Subject Term: HAZARDOUS substances; NAICS/Industry Codes: 562112 Hazardous Waste Collection; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12524446 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12524446&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Koone, Mark D. AU - Black, Homer S. T1 - A Mode of Action for Butylated Hydroxytoluene-Mediated Photoprotection. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1986/09// VL - 87 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 343 EP - 347 SN - 0022202X AB - Dietarily administered butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) has previously been shown to inhibit UV radiation induction of carcinogenesis, erythema, and ornithine decarboxylase (ODC) activity. Butylated hydroxytoluene feeding also resulted in significant increases in epidermal absorption and it was suggested that BHT's photoprotective properties might be attributable to a diminution of UV radiation dose reaching respective target sites. To explore this possibility, the contribution of stratum corneum to BHT's photoprotective action was examined. SKH-Hr-1 hairless mice were fed diets containing 0.5% (w/w) BHT for 2 weeks prior to experimentation. Control animals received the unsupplemented ration. Stratum corneum from both groups was isolated and spectral transmission recorded. Transmission, between 280-320 nm, was approximately 65% greater through stratum corneum obtained from control animals compared with that of BHT-treated animals. Further evidence of the biologic significance of this BHT effect upon stratum corneum absorption was obtained when stratum corneum was first removed by tape-stripping, the animals irradiated with 0.45 J/cm2 of UVB, and epidermal ODC activity determined. BHT provided the usual inhibition of ODC activity induction in nonstripped animals, but ODC activity induction in BHT -treated, tape-stripped animals was restored to levels that did not significantly differ from controls. The protective effect exhibited by the stratum corneum could not be attributed to BHT-induced alteration of physical dimension, as neither the thickness of stratum corneum nor the number of stratum corneum layers, as determined from measurement of NaOH-distended frozen sections, differed from controls. Although the mechanism remains obscure, these data support in diminished levels of UV radiation reaching potential epidermal target sites and delimits a large component of the photoprotective effect to the stratum corneum. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ABSORPTION KW - ULTRAVIOLET radiation KW - PERSONNEL management KW - ORGANIC compounds KW - ENZYMES KW - MICE N1 - Accession Number: 12524440; Koone, Mark D. 1 Black, Homer S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Photobiology Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center and Department of Dermatology, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, Texas, U.S.A.; Source Info: Sep86, Vol. 87 Issue 3, p343; Subject Term: ABSORPTION; Subject Term: ULTRAVIOLET radiation; Subject Term: PERSONNEL management; Subject Term: ORGANIC compounds; Subject Term: ENZYMES; Subject Term: MICE; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541612 Human Resources Consulting Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923130 Administration of Human Resource Programs (except Education, Public Health, and Veterans' Affairs Programs); Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12524440 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12524440&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Matsumoto, Mitsuhiro AU - Hashimoto, Ken T1 - Blister Fluid from Epidermolysis Bullosa Letalis Induces Dermal-Epidermal Separation In Vitro. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1986/07// VL - 87 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 117 EP - 121 SN - 0022202X AB - Normal human skin was cultured with blister fluid (BF) from 2 patients with epidermolysis bullosa letalis (EB letalis). After 12-24 h incubation, initial separation was observed at the dermal-epidermal junction. Complete separation was seen after 48-72 h incubation. Epidermal and dermal structures themselves were well preserved up to 72 h. Electron microscopy revealed that the separation took place through the lamina lucida. These findings corresponded to in vivo histologic pictures of the skin lesions. The activity in BF was lost by lowering (pH 4) or elevating (pH 9) pH of the media or by prolonged autoclaving (5 h). Boiling and dialization did not affect the activity of BF. Certain protease inhibitors, such as α2-macroglobulin, aprotinin (trasylol), soybean trypsin inhibitor, phenylme-thylsulfonylfluoride, or 50% fetal bovine serum, inhibited or depressed the separation, while triamcinolone acetonide, n-ethylmaleimide, or EDTA did nor. Patient's serum (case 2) and normal human sera partially inhibited cleft formation. It was proposed that in EB letalis some factors in BF, probably protease(s), play an important role in the induction and/or spread of blister. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EPIDERMOLYSIS bullosa KW - BLISTERS KW - SKIN diseases KW - EPIDERMIS KW - ELECTRON microscopy N1 - Accession Number: 12523617; Matsumoto, Mitsuhiro 1 Hashimoto, Ken 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology and Syphilology, Wayne State University School of Medicine, Detroit 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Allen Park, Michigan, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jul86, Vol. 87 Issue 1, p117; Subject Term: EPIDERMOLYSIS bullosa; Subject Term: BLISTERS; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: ELECTRON microscopy; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12523617 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12523617&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Heng, Madalene C. Y. AU - Kloss, Suni G. T1 - Electron Microscopic Features in Psoriatic Patients with α1 Antitrypsin Deficiency. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1986/07// VL - 87 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 59 EP - 64 SN - 0022202X AB - We studied the electron microscopic features of 7 psoriatic patients with α1-antitrypsin deficiency and 14 psoriatic controls. We found a statistically significant difference in frequency of basal keratinocyte herniations (BKH) as well as of BKH with abnormal configuration (broad-based BKH, herniating through wide gaps in the basal lamina; and multipolypoid BKH) in the α1-antitrypsin deficient group. The differences were more marked in the MZ phenotype than in the MS/SS phenotypes. These findings may reflect the changes resulting from defective inhibition of proteolytic enzyme activity in the psoriatic patients with α1-antitrypsin deficiency, and support the concept that proteolytic enzyme release and activity may play a role in BKH formation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PSORIASIS KW - ELECTRON microscopy KW - TRYPSIN inhibitors KW - MICROSCOPY KW - SKIN diseases KW - ENZYME inhibitors KW - PATIENTS N1 - Accession Number: 12523568; Heng, Madalene C. Y. 1 Kloss, Suni G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Division of Dermatology, Department of Medicine, UCLA San Fernando Valley Internal Medicine Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, California U.S.A.; Source Info: Jul86, Vol. 87 Issue 1, p59; Subject Term: PSORIASIS; Subject Term: ELECTRON microscopy; Subject Term: TRYPSIN inhibitors; Subject Term: MICROSCOPY; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Subject Term: ENZYME inhibitors; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12523568 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12523568&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Das, Mukul AU - Mukhtar, Hasan AU - DelTito Jr., Benjamin J. AU - Marcelo, Cynthia L. AU - Bickers, David R. T1 - Clotrimazole, an Inhibitor of Benzo[a]pyrene Metabolism and Its Subsequent Glucuronidation, Sulfation, and Macromolecular Binding in BALB/c Mouse Cultured Keratinocytes. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1986/07// VL - 87 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 4 EP - 10 SN - 0022202X AB - The effect of the antifungal imidazole compound, clotrimazole, on the metabolism of benzo[a]pyrene (BP) was studied in cultured keratinocytes prepared from BALB/c mouse epidermis. Varying concentrations of clotrimazole added to the cultured keratinocytes resulted in a dose- dependent inhibition of the activities of the microsomal cytochrome P-450-dependent monooxygenases aryl hydrocarbon hydroxylase and 7-ethoxycoumarin O-deethylase. The major organic solvent-soluble metabolites of BP identified in the cultured cells were trans-7,8-dihydro-7,8-dihydroxybenzo[a]pyrene (BP-7,8-diol), 9-hydroxybenzo[a]pyrene (9-OH-BP), and 3-hydroxybenzo[a]pyrene (3-OH-BP), although small amounts of trans-4,5-dihydro-4,5-dihydroxybenzo[a]pyrene, BP-quinoncs, and trans-9, 10-dihydroxybenzo[a]pyrene were also present. The major organic solvent-extractable metabolites of BP found in the extracellular culture medium were primarily the diols with smaller quantities of phenols and quinones. The major water-soluble metabolites of BP present both intracellularly and extracellularly were glucuronide conjugates of 3- OH-BP, 9-OH-BP, and benzo[a]pyrene-3,6-dione and to a lesser extent sulfate conjugates (primarily of the BP-7,8- diol). Clotrimazole inhibited the generation of organic solvent-soluble and water-soluble conjugates in a dose-dependent manner. The in vitro metabolism of BP by microsomes prepared from control and benz[a]anthracene (BA)-induced cultured keratinocytes was also inhibited by clotrimazole with greater inhibitory effect on BA-induced keratinocytes especially with respect to the formation of diols and quinones. The enzyme-mediated covalent binding of BP to mouse keratinocyte DNA and protein was also substantially diminished by clotrimazole in a dose-dependent fashion. These results indicate that clotrimazole, a widely used drug for the management of a variety of superficial dermatophyte infections of the skin, is a potent inhibitor of cytochrome P-450-dependent transformation of poly-cyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in cultured murine keratinocytes. This system offers a convenient approach for studies as inhibitors of carcinogen metabolism in the epidermis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMIDAZOLES KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - ANTIFUNGAL agents KW - MICE KW - METABOLISM KW - EPIDERMIS N1 - Accession Number: 12523369; Das, Mukul 1 Mukhtar, Hasan 1 DelTito Jr., Benjamin J. 1 Marcelo, Cynthia L. 2 Bickers, David R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Dermatology, Case Western Reserve University and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cleveland, Ohio 2: Department of Dermatology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jul86, Vol. 87 Issue 1, p4; Subject Term: IMIDAZOLES; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: ANTIFUNGAL agents; Subject Term: MICE; Subject Term: METABOLISM; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12523369 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12523369&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Katayama, Hiroshi AU - Kino, Jun AU - Itami, Satoshi AU - Tsutsui, Masato AU - Koizumi, Hiroko AU - Halprin, Kenneth M. AU - Adachi, Kenji T1 - A Cell-Spreading Inhibitor Exists in Serum and in Epidermal Basal Cells. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1986/06// VL - 86 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 694 EP - 699 SN - 0022202X AB - A unique monoclonal antibody was obtained by immunizing mice with complement-inactivated fetal bovine serum (FBS). This antibody, named SI-1, stained epidermal basal cells of humans, pig, guinea pig, and rat by an indirect immunofluorescence technique after pretreatment of cryostat sections with alkali buffer (pH 9.6). After dissociating pig epidermal cells by trypsin, the SI-1 antibody stained exclusively and strongly one type of uniquely shaped cells. They were small and hanging-bell or columnar in shape with one convoluted side on the base, consisting of less than 2.8% of the dissociated epidermal cell population. The antigen contained in FBS was partially purified by affinity chromatography using the SI-1 antibody. The affinity-purified antigen inhibited the spreading of PAM cells, a spontaneously transformed murine keratinocyte line, in serum free medium in a dose-dependent manner at concentrations of 10-5 to 10 ng/ml. The antigen also inhibited the spreading of trypsinized pig epidermal cells in the range of 10-2 to 10-3 ng/ml in the presence of 0.05% FBS. Although there have been a few reports indicating that serum inhibited both spreading and attachment, a specific factor inhibited both spreading and attachment, a specific factor in serum has not been purified before. This is, to our knowledge, the first presentation of a cell-spreading inhibitor contained in serum. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SERUM KW - MONOCLONAL antibodies KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE KW - CRYOSTATS KW - TRYPSIN N1 - Accession Number: 12276305; Katayama, Hiroshi 1 Kino, Jun 1 Itami, Satoshi 1 Tsutsui, Masato 1 Koizumi, Hiroko 1 Halprin, Kenneth M. 1 Adachi, Kenji 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Dermatology, University of Miami School of Medicine and Miami Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami, Florida, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jun86, Vol. 86 Issue 6, p694; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: MONOCLONAL antibodies; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE; Subject Term: CRYOSTATS; Subject Term: TRYPSIN; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12276305 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12276305&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Menon, Gopinathan K. AU - Grayson, Stephen AU - Elias, Peter M. T1 - Cytochemical and Biochemical Localization of Lipase and Sphingomyelinase Activity in Mammalian Epidermis. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1986/05// VL - 86 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 591 EP - 597 SN - 0022202X AB - Despite a wealth of new information on epidermal lipids and their role in permeability barrier function and desquamation, little is known about the location of the enzymes that regulate their catabolism. In this study we have localized lipase (triacylglycerol hydrolase) and sphingomyelinase in the outer epidermis simultaneously by cytochemical and cell fractionation techniques. Aldehyde-fixed tissues (100-μm slices) incubated in either Tween 85 or triolein plus taurocholate/calcium chloride-containing buffer, pH 7.2 or 4.5, were then exposed to lead to form insoluble soaps, and processed for electron microscopy. Simultaneously, cell homogenates and isolated lamellar body fractions were incubated with methylumbilliferyl oleate under similar conditions, with released, free methylumbelliferone serving as an index of lipase activity. On electron microscopy and cell fractionation, both lipase and sphingomyelinase were localized primarily to intercellular domains in the stratum corneum. In the stratum granulosum lipases were found, both ultrastructurally and biochemically, in lamellar bodies and ultrastructurally in both the perinuclear cistern and mitochondria. In summary, these studies: (1) by demonstrating lipid-catabolic enzymes in the intercellular domains of the stratum corneum, lend further support to the 2-compartment model of the stratum corneum; (2) provide new information about the location of lipid-catabolic enzymes in differentiating epidermis; and (3) provide insights about how lipids are processed during permeability barrier formation and desquamation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LIPIDS KW - EPIDERMIS -- Diseases KW - ENZYMES KW - CYTOCHEMICAL bioassay KW - LIPASES KW - MITOCHONDRIA N1 - Accession Number: 12355263; Menon, Gopinathan K. 1 Grayson, Stephen 2 Elias, Peter M. 2; Affiliation: 1: M. S. University, Baroda, India. 2: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, and Department of Dermatology, University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: May86, Vol. 86 Issue 5, p591; Subject Term: LIPIDS; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS -- Diseases; Subject Term: ENZYMES; Subject Term: CYTOCHEMICAL bioassay; Subject Term: LIPASES; Subject Term: MITOCHONDRIA; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12355263 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12355263&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sohnle, Peter G. AU - Collins-Lech, Cathleen AU - Hahn, Beth T1 - Effect of Hair Growth Cycles on Experimental Cutaneous Candidiasis in Mice. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1986/05// VL - 86 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 556 EP - 559 SN - 0022202X AB - Experimental cutaneous Candida albicans infections were produced in mice by inoculating the organisms onto areas of shaved flank skin where the hair follicles were in either the anagen (growing) or telogen (resting) phase of the growth cycle. Infection with Candida occurred in a majority of animals inoculated on either anagen or telogen skin, and the rate of clearance of the organisms was equivalent for infections on the 2 types of skin. Some of the animals inoculated on anagen skin developed foci of Candida infection in the well-developed hair follicles, below the skin surface. Deep foci of infection were not found after inoculation of the telogen areas. The infections resulted in increases in epidermal thickness and sensitization of the animals to Candida antigens, but these responses were not different between animals inoculated on the 2 types of skin. The results of these experiments indicate that although Candida albicans can infect skin containing either active or resting hair follicles, foci of infection below the skin surface occur only when well-developed hair follicles are present. These findings may have relevance to the consequences of human cutaneous candidacies. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CANDIDA albicans KW - MICE as laboratory animals KW - CANDIDIASIS KW - HAIR follicles KW - EPIDERMIS -- Diseases KW - MYCOSES N1 - Accession Number: 12355026; Sohnle, Peter G. 1 Collins-Lech, Cathleen 1 Hahn, Beth 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, and the Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, U.S. A.; Source Info: May86, Vol. 86 Issue 5, p556; Subject Term: CANDIDA albicans; Subject Term: MICE as laboratory animals; Subject Term: CANDIDIASIS; Subject Term: HAIR follicles; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS -- Diseases; Subject Term: MYCOSES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12355026 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12355026&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Richmond, Ann AU - Fine, Robert AU - Murray, Douglas AU - Lawson, David H. AU - Priest, Jean H. T1 - Growth Factor and Cytogenetic Abnormalities in Cultured Nevi and Malignant Melanomas. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1986/03// VL - 86 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 295 EP - 302 SN - 0022202X AB - It has been proposed that benign nevi that fail to differentiate normally may undergo stepwise growth and morphologic changes resulting in progression toward dysplastic nevi, which in some cases progress into malignant melanoma. In this study, we sought to determine the relationship between production of endogenous growth factors and the appearance of chromosomal abnormalities in cultured nevi and melanomas. Newly established cultures from 8 nevi with benign histology and 6 malignant melanomas, anti 2 malignant melanoma cell lines were studied. Assays for mitogenic growth factors were based on stimulation of [³H]thymidine incorporation into DNA in Hs0294 malignant melanoma cells, produced by serum-free conditioned medium from nevus or melanoma cultures. Karyotypes were examined in cultures of an equivalent passage. Three of the 8 nevus cultures were mitogen-negative and displayed normal karyotypes; one nevus culture was mitogen-positive and had a normal karyotype, although the biopsied tissue demonstrated histologic evidence of benign melanocytic proliferation; one was mitogen-negative initially, but had an extra chromosome 8 in 2 of 50 cells; 3 were mitogen-positive and chromosomally abnormal. Each of the cultures in this latter group exhibited reciprocal translocation (rcpt) as the only identifiable abnormality [rcpt(6;15), rcpt(10;15), rcpt(15;20)], or a constitutional rcpt(4;5). Thus, there was direct correlation between growth factor production and chromosome abnormality in 6 of 8 benign nevus cultures. In the newly established melanoma cultures there was also concordance between growth factor and chromosomal status; conditioned media from 4 of 6 were mitogen-positive by at least one assay, and all 4 of the mitogen-positive cultures had chromosomally abnormal cell populations. Of the 2 melanoma cultures negative for growth factors, one was also negative for chromosome abnormality; the other had chromosomal change consisting of increased polyploidy. Both melanoma cell lines had abnormal karyotypes and were mitogen-positive. Though numerous chromosome changes were noted in the karyotypically abnormal melanoma cells, 6 of the 8 cultures exhibited abnormalities in chromosomes 1,6, and/or 7. These data suggest that steps in the progression from benign nevi toward dysplastic nevi or malignant melanoma include: (1) proliferation resulting from altered production of endogenous mitogenic growth facotrs; and (2) development of specific chromosomal abnormalities. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - GROWTH factors KW - MORPHOLOGY KW - CYTOGENETICS KW - MELANOMA KW - THYMIDINE KW - CHROMOSOMES KW - CYTOKINES KW - GENETICS N1 - Accession Number: 12285452; Richmond, Ann 1 Fine, Robert 1 Murray, Douglas 2 Lawson, David H. 1,3 Priest, Jean H. 4; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Atlanta, Georgia, U.S.A. 2: Departments of Surgery, Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia, U.S.A. 3: Departments of Medicine, Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia, U.S.A. 4: Pediatrics-Medical Genetics, Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia, U.S.A.; Source Info: Mar1986, Vol. 86 Issue 3, p295; Subject Term: GROWTH factors; Subject Term: MORPHOLOGY; Subject Term: CYTOGENETICS; Subject Term: MELANOMA; Subject Term: THYMIDINE; Subject Term: CHROMOSOMES; Subject Term: CYTOKINES; Subject Term: GENETICS; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12285452 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12285452&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fine, Jo-David AU - Gay, Steffen T1 - LDA-1: A Ubiquitous Noncollagenous Lamina Densa Component of Basement Membrane Detected by Monoclonal Antibody Technique. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1986/03// VL - 86 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 286 EP - 289 SN - 0022202X AB - Using monoclonal antibody technology, a new basement membrane antigen, designated as LDA-1, has been identified. This antigen is expressed in all human tissues thus far examined; within skin it is detectable not only within the dermal-epidermal junction but also within dermal vascular and appendageal basement membranes. In addition to human skin, LDA-1 is also detectable within rabbit but not monkey, rat, mouse, guinea pig, or cow skin. This antigen has been ultrastructurally localized to the lamina densa and to a much lesser extent, the adjacent sublamina densa region. ELISA (enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay) revealed no cross-reactivity between LDA-1 and type IV collagen, laminin, fibronectin, and heparan sulfate proteoglycan. In vitro enzymatic studies suggest that LDA-1 is noncollagenous in nature. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MONOCLONAL antibodies KW - BASAL lamina KW - ANTIGENS KW - FIBRONECTINS KW - PROTEOGLYCANS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS N1 - Accession Number: 12285437; Fine, Jo-David 1,2,3 Gay, Steffen 2,4; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Dermatology, University of Alabama at Birmingham School of Medicine, Birmingham, Alabama, U.S.A. 2: LM-EM Histochemistry Unit, Institute of Dental Research, University of Alabama at Birmingham School of Medicine, Birmingham, Alabama, U.S.A. 3: Dermatology Service, Birmingham Veterans Administration Medical Center, Birmingham, Alabama, U.S.A. 4: Departments of Medicine, University of Alabama at Birmingham School of Medicine, Birmingham, Alabama, U.S.A.; Source Info: Mar1986, Vol. 86 Issue 3, p286; Subject Term: MONOCLONAL antibodies; Subject Term: BASAL lamina; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: FIBRONECTINS; Subject Term: PROTEOGLYCANS; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12285437 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12285437&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sephel, Gregory C. AU - Davidson, Jeffrey M. T1 - Elastin Production in Human Skin Fibroblast Cultures and Its Decline with Age. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1986/03// VL - 86 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 279 EP - 285 SN - 0022202X AB - Recent studies have established that cultured human skin fibroblasts secrete the soluble precursor of elastin, tropoelastin (TE). The present studies evaluate, by an enzymelinked immunosorbent assay, the stability of the TE phenotype and the effect of culture conditions and donor age on TE accumulation by human skin fibroblasts. Tropoelastin was maximally produced by 2 control fibroblast strains at early confluency (32-49 × 10³ molecules/cell/h), and its serum-dependent accumulation in the medium was linear for at least 72 h. Inhibition of cross-linking had no effect on the rate of elastin production. Optimum serum concentrations for TE production differed for fibroblast cell strains derived from foreskin and trunk skin fibroblasts. Production of TE by human skin fibroblasts was stable through nearly 30 population doublings after which there was a greater than 2-fold decline in the rate of accumulation. In a cohort of donor strains, TE production appeared to decline at donor ages ≥ 70 years. Under standard culture conditions, cell strains from normal donors of various ages produced TE at rates ranging from 25-69 × 10³ molecules/cell/h. Rates of TE accumulation in medium were not significantly altered by degradation of TE, as a variety of cell strains tested exhibited minimal cell-associated elastolytic activity. Based on the demonstration of a stable elastin phenotype, skin fibroblast cultures provide a new system for studying regulation of elastin biosynthesis and evaluating potential defects in elastin metabolism associated with certain connective tissue disorders. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - FIBROBLASTS KW - ELASTIN KW - SERUM KW - BIOSYNTHESIS KW - CONNECTIVE tissues KW - CELLS N1 - Accession Number: 12285424; Sephel, Gregory C. 1 Davidson, Jeffrey M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Pathology, University of Utah School of Medicine, and Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Salt Lake City, Utah, U.S.A.; Source Info: Mar1986, Vol. 86 Issue 3, p279; Subject Term: FIBROBLASTS; Subject Term: ELASTIN; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: BIOSYNTHESIS; Subject Term: CONNECTIVE tissues; Subject Term: CELLS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12285424 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12285424&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Nanney, Lillian B. AU - Stoscheck, Christa M. AU - Magid, Morgan AU - King Jr., Lloyd E. T1 - Altered [125I] Epidermal Growth Factor Binding and Receptor Distribution in Psoriasis. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1986/03// VL - 86 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 260 EP - 265 SN - 0022202X AB - Stimulation of growth and differentiation of human epidermis by epidermal growth factor (EGF) is mediated by its binding to specific receptors. Whether EGF receptors primarily mediate cell division or differentiation in hyper proliferative disease such as psoriasis vulgaris is unclear. To study the pathogenesis of psoriasis, 4-mm² punch biopsy specimens of normal, uninvolved, and involved psoriatic skin were assayed for EGF receptors by autoradiographic, immunohistochemical, and biochemical methods. Using autoradiographic and immunohistochemical methods, basal keratinocytes were found to contain the greatest number of EGF binding sites and immunoreactive receptors as compared to the upper layers of the epidermis in both normal epidermis and psoriatic skin. No EGF receptor differences between normal and psoriatic epidermis were observed in this layer. In the upper layers of the epidermis, a 2-fold increase in EGF binding capacity was observed in psoriatic skin as compared with normal thin or thick skin. Biochemical methods indicated that [125I]EGF binding was increased in psoriatic epidermis as compared with similar thickness normal epidermis when measured on a protein basis. Epidermal growth factor was shown to increase phosphorylation of the EGF receptor in skin. EGF receptors retained in the nonmitotic stratum spinosum and parakeratotic stratum corneum may reflect the incomplete, abnormal differentiation that occurs in active psoriatic lesions. Alternatively, retained EGF receptors may play a direct role in inhibiting cellular differentiation in the suprabasal layers. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EPIDERMAL growth factor KW - PSORIASIS KW - CELL division (Biology) KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - CELL receptors KW - GROWTH factors N1 - Accession Number: 12285389; Nanney, Lillian B. 1 Stoscheck, Christa M. 1 Magid, Morgan 1 King Jr., Lloyd E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Plastic Surgery, Cell Biology and Medicine (Dermatology), Vanderbilt University and Veterans Administration Medical Centers, Nashville, Tennessee, U.S.A.; Source Info: Mar1986, Vol. 86 Issue 3, p260; Subject Term: EPIDERMAL growth factor; Subject Term: PSORIASIS; Subject Term: CELL division (Biology); Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: CELL receptors; Subject Term: GROWTH factors; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12285389 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12285389&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Merot, Yves AU - Margolis, Randall J. AU - Dahl, Doris AU - Saurat, Jean-H. AU - Mihm Jr., Martin C. T1 - Coexpression of Neurofilament and Keratin Proteins in Cutaneous Neuroendocrine Carcinoma Cells. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1986/01// VL - 86 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 74 EP - 77 SN - 0022202X AB - Four cases of neuroendocrine carcinomas (NECA) of the skin were studied by indirect immunofluorescence, using a monoclonal antikeratin antibody and a polyclonal antineurofilament antibody. Fifty to ninety percent and 80 to >95% of the NECA cells stained with the antineurofilament antibody and the antikeratin antibody, respectively. Using double-labeling indirect immunofluorescence could also demonstrate that, in 3 cases studied, some of the NECA cells, but not all, stained with both antikeratin and antineurofilament antibodies. These results, together with the recent knowledge of the intermediate filament protein type of normal Merkel cells (MC), tend to support the hypothesis that NECA cells do not originate from epithelial MC but from dermal neuroendocrine cells. A dual concept of intraepithelial MC and extraepithelial intradermal neuroendocrine cells, "from possible distinct origin," is proposed. Such a system has already been suggested for the neuroendocrinc cells of the appendix and bronchial mucosae. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - NEUROENDOCRINE tumors KW - IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - MONOCLONAL antibodies KW - PARANEURONS KW - FLUORESCENCE N1 - Accession Number: 12283862; Merot, Yves 1 Margolis, Randall J. 1 Dahl, Doris 2 Saurat, Jean-H. 3 Mihm Jr., Martin C. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Pathology, Division of Dermatopathology, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts, U.S.A. 2: Spinal Cord Injury Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Harvard Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts, U.S.A. 3: Clinique de Dermatologie, Hôpital Cantonal Universitaire, Geneva, Switzerland.; Source Info: Jan1986, Vol. 86 Issue 1, p74; Subject Term: NEUROENDOCRINE tumors; Subject Term: IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: MONOCLONAL antibodies; Subject Term: PARANEURONS; Subject Term: FLUORESCENCE; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12283862 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12283862&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tonnesen, Marcia G. AU - Jenkins, Donald AU - Siegal, Scott L. AU - Lee, Lela A. AU - Huff, J. Clark AU - Clark, Richard A. F. T1 - Expression of Fibronectin, Laminin, and Factor VIII-Related Antigen During Development of the Human Cutaneous Microvasculature. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1985/12// VL - 85 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 564 EP - 568 SN - 0022202X AB - The regulation of angiogenesis during human skin development is poorly understood. Since fibronectin is involved in cell movement and organization during embryogenesis and morphogenesis in a variety of species, we investigated the expression of fibronectin and factor VIII-related antigen, a marker for endothelial cells, at various stages in the development of the human cutaneous microvasculature. Skin specimens were obtained from 4 human fetuses during the second trimester (14-18 weeks), from newborn foreskins, and from consenting normal adults. Cryostat sections were stained with both fluorescein-conjugated rabbit antihuman fibronectin and rhodamine-conjugated goat antihuman factor VIII-related antigen. Expression of fibronectin in the microvasculature was striking in fetal skin but became progressively less prominent with maturation. Fibronectin appeared in fetal blood vessels as a bright continuous linear array, in neonatal blood vessels as a bright interrupted linear and speckled array, and in adult blood vessels as a sparse interrupted linear and speckled array. In contrast, expression of factor VIII-related antigen by the endothelium became more prominent with the degree of maturation of the microvasculature. Granular factor VIII-related antigen staining was scant in the newly forming blood vessels of fetal skin, bright but focal in the microvasculature of newborn skin, and intense and almost confluent in the blood vessels of adult skin. Although expression of fibronectin and factor VIII-related antigen changed, expression of laminin was consistent throughout development. Staining of the same skin specimens with fluorescein-conjugated sheep antihuman laminin produced a bright continuous linear pattern in all blood vessels. The reciprocal relationship manifested by intense fibronection staining during human blood vessel development and prominent factor VIII-related antigen staining in mature blood vessels supports the hypothesis that fibronectin plays a role in human blood vessel modulation and morphogenesis, and that factor VIII-related antigen is a marker for endothelial cell differentiation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - NEOVASCULARIZATION KW - FIBRONECTINS KW - MORPHOGENESIS KW - ANTIGENS KW - BIOCHEMICAL markers KW - BLOOD-vessels N1 - Accession Number: 12277410; Tonnesen, Marcia G. 1,2 Jenkins, Donald 3 Siegal, Scott L. 1 Lee, Lela A. 1 Huff, J. Clark 1 Clark, Richard A. F. 1,3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of Colorado School of Medicine, Denver, Colorado, U.S.A. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Denver, Colorado, U.S.A. 3: Department of Medicine, National Jewish Hospital and Research Center, Denver, Colorado, U.S.A.; Source Info: Dec85, Vol. 85 Issue 6, p564; Subject Term: NEOVASCULARIZATION; Subject Term: FIBRONECTINS; Subject Term: MORPHOGENESIS; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: BIOCHEMICAL markers; Subject Term: BLOOD-vessels; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12277410 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12277410&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hernandez, Alfred D. AU - Hibbs, Margaret S. AU - Postlethwaite, Arnold E. T1 - Establishment of Basal Cell Carcinoma in Culture: Evidence for a Basal Cell Carcinoma-Derived Factor(s) Which Stimulates Fibroblasts to Proliferative and Release Collagenase. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1985/11// VL - 85 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 470 EP - 475 SN - 0022202X AB - The connective tissue adjacent to basal cell carcinomas (BCC) is frequently abnormal and contains increased numbers of fibroblasts and increased extractable collagenase. To determine whether BCC could produce these alterations by releasing mediators that regulated fibroblast function, we established BCC in culture and tested the ability of their culture supernatants to alter fibroblast proliferation and production of collagenase. Using tissue culture plates coated with type IV collagen and containing x-irradiated 3T3 feeder cells, we established epithelial colonies from 47% of the BCC cultured. The BCC-derived colonies differed from normal epidermal cell colonies in their morphology, growth rate, and keratin production. Culture supernatants from 4 out of 5 confluent BCC-derived colonies contained factors that stimulated fibroblasts to proliferate and release collagenase. These findings show that BCC-derived epidermal cell colonies release mediators which alter fibroblast functions and suggest that some of the connective tissue changes associated with BCC in vivo are the result of BCC-fibroblast interactions. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CONNECTIVE tissues KW - BASAL cell carcinoma KW - FIBROBLASTS KW - COLLAGENASES KW - CELLS KW - TISSUES N1 - Accession Number: 12277201; Hernandez, Alfred D. 1 Hibbs, Margaret S. 2 Postlethwaite, Arnold E. 3; Affiliation: 1: Medicine and Research Services, Department of Medicine, University of Tennessee Center for the Health Sciences, Memphis, Tennessee, U.S.A. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Department of Medicine, University of Tennessee Center for the Health Sciences, Memphis, Tennessee, U.S.A. 3: Divisions of Dermatology and Connective Tissue Diseases, Department of Medicine, University of Tennessee Center for the Health Sciences, Memphis, Tennessee, U.S.A.; Source Info: Nov85, Vol. 85 Issue 5, p470; Subject Term: CONNECTIVE tissues; Subject Term: BASAL cell carcinoma; Subject Term: FIBROBLASTS; Subject Term: COLLAGENASES; Subject Term: CELLS; Subject Term: TISSUES; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12277201 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12277201&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hori, Keiichiro AU - Hashimoto, Ken AU - Eto, Hikaru AU - Dekio, Satoshi T1 - Keratin Type Intermediate Filaments in Sweat Gland Myoepithelial Cells. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1985/11// VL - 85 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 453 EP - 459 SN - 0022202X AB - A study was undertaken to clarify the origin of sweat gland myoepithelial cells using monoclonal antibodies EKH1, EKH4, and AN3. EKH1 recognizes all classes of intermediate filaments. EKH4 and AN3 recognize keratin type intermediate filaments. Since within the skin, only epithelial cells of ectodermal origin contain keratin, EKH4 and AN3 could be used as ectodermal markers within the skin. Sweat gland myoepithelial cells were labeled by all three antibodies. In contrast, arrector pili muscle and vascular smooth muscle were recognized only by EKH1, but not by EKH4 and AN3. This study demonstrated that myoepithelial cells of sweat glands contain keratin type intermediate filaments and suggested their ectodermal origin. On the other hand, arrector pili muscle and vascular smooth muscle did not contain keratin type intermediate filaments, despite their ultrastructural similarity to myoepithelial cells. Electron microscopic studies using human fetal and adult skin revealed that myoepithelial cells are developed from basal cells of the coiled tip of fetal gland and not from mesenchymal cells. In order to determine the time of appearance of myoepithelial cells during fetal development, embryonic and newborn mouse skin was also examined. It was found that sweat gland myoepithelial cells first appear around 20 weeks of gestation in humans and after birth in mice. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SWEAT glands KW - CELLS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - KERATIN KW - MUSCLES KW - ELECTRON microscopes N1 - Accession Number: 12277180; Hori, Keiichiro 1,2 Hashimoto, Ken 1,2 Eto, Hikaru 1,2 Dekio, Satoshi 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology and Syphilology, Wayne State University School of Medicine, Detroit, Michigan. 2: Department of Veterans Administration Medical Center, Allen Park, Michigan, U.S.A.; Source Info: Nov85, Vol. 85 Issue 5, p453; Subject Term: SWEAT glands; Subject Term: CELLS; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: KERATIN; Subject Term: MUSCLES; Subject Term: ELECTRON microscopes; NAICS/Industry Codes: 334516 Analytical Laboratory Instrument Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12277180 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12277180&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - RPRT AU - Grayson, Stephen AU - Johnson-Winegar, Anna G. AU - Wintroub, Bruce U. AU - Isseroff, Rivkah R. AU - Epstein Jr., Ervin H. AU - Elias, Peter M. T1 - Lamellar Body-Enriched Fractions from Neonatal Mice: Preparative Techniques and Partial Characterization. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1985/10// VL - 85 IS - 4 M3 - Report SP - 289 EP - 294 SN - 0022202X AB - Several problems have frustrated the isolation of lamellar bodies (LB) from mammalian epidermis. We obtained pellets enriched in intact LB by utilizing the staphylococcal epidermolytic toxin to provide intact, outer epidermal sheets, by controlled homogenization in a cell disrupter, and by passage of homogenates through a graded series of nuclepore filters (Science 221:962, 1983). Such preparations contained more intact LB than did fractions prepared by a variety of differential or sucrose/metrizamide discontinuous centrifugation methods. Initial characterization of the enzymatic content of this fraction revealed it to be enriched in certain hydrolytic enzymes (acid phosphatase, carboxypeptidase, cathepsin B, acid lipase, sphingomyelinase, and phospholipase A), but strikingly depleted in all sulfatases, β-glucuronidase, and the non-lysosomal protease, plasminogen activator. Thus, LB show some properties of lysosomes, although certain characteristic lysosomal enzymes are strikingly absent. Lamellar body fractions contained 2-3 times more lipid per unit weight than did homogenates, and were enriched in phospholipids, free sterols, and glycosphingolipids, but not in other neutral lipids or ceramides. In summary, whereas some of the enzymes in LB could participate in the metabolism of LB lipid precursors to hydrophobic barrier constituents, others may attack intercellular constituents, ultimately resulting in desquamation. The lipid profile of these organelles suggests that they deliver precursors of permeability barrier lipids to intercellular domains. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SUBCELLULAR fractionation KW - EPIDERMIS KW - CELL organelles KW - LABORATORY techniques KW - PERMEABILITY KW - LIPIDS N1 - Accession Number: 12276826; Grayson, Stephen 1,2 Johnson-Winegar, Anna G. 1,2 Wintroub, Bruce U. 1,2 Isseroff, Rivkah R. 1,2 Epstein Jr., Ervin H. 1,2 Elias, Peter M. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, Dermatology Unit, San Francisco General Hospital, San Francisco and Davis, California, USA. 2: Department of Dermatology, University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco and Davis, California, USA.; Source Info: Oct85, Vol. 85 Issue 4, p289; Subject Term: SUBCELLULAR fractionation; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: CELL organelles; Subject Term: LABORATORY techniques; Subject Term: PERMEABILITY; Subject Term: LIPIDS; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Report L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12276826 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12276826&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gates, Ronald E. AU - King Jr., Lloyd E. T1 - Cytoplasmic Vitamin A Binding Proteins in Chick Embryo Dermis and Epidermis. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1985/09// VL - 85 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 279 EP - 283 SN - 0022202X AB - Excess vitamin A has striking morphologic and developmental effects on chick embryo skin. While cytoplasmic retinoic acid-binding protein (CRABP) was known to be abundant in chick embryo skin, neither quantitative values nor the distribution between dermis and epidermis have been established. We determined CRABP levels in collagenase-separated dermis and epidermis from 8-day-old embryos using specific binding of all-trans-[11-3H] retinoic acid in cytosols prepared from gram quantities of these tissues. The level of CRABP in dermis was twice the level in epidermis whether calculated on the basis of wet weight, cytosol protein, or DNA. When averaged over many preparations, 3 times as much dermis as epidermis was recovered from a single piece of skin. Therefore, the dermis contained 85% of the extremely high CRABP levels found in collagenase-treated skin, while epidermis contributed only 15%. Cytoplasmic retinol binding protein (CRBP) was also detected in chick embryo skin, but the binding was low and the levels in epidermis and dermis were not significantly different. The amount of CRABP in chick embryo skin (1600 pmol/g wet weight or 100 pmol/mg cytosol protein) is the highest level reported in any tissue and suggests an important role for vitamin A in the normal development and maturation of skin. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CYTOPLASM KW - VITAMIN A KW - PROTEINS KW - EMBRYOS KW - EPIDERMIS KW - CYTOSOL N1 - Accession Number: 12276766; Gates, Ronald E. 1 King Jr., Lloyd E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine (Dermatology) and the Research Service, Vanderbilt University and Veterans Administration Medical Centers, Nashville, Tennessee, U.S.A.; Source Info: Sep85, Vol. 85 Issue 3, p279; Subject Term: CYTOPLASM; Subject Term: VITAMIN A; Subject Term: PROTEINS; Subject Term: EMBRYOS; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: CYTOSOL; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12276766 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12276766&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Das, Mukul AU - Bickers, David R. AU - Santella, Regina M. AU - Mukhtar, Hasan T1 - Altered Patterns of Cutaneous Xenobiotic Metabolism in UVB-Induced Squamous Cell Carcinoma in SKH-1 Hairless Mice. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1985/06// VL - 84 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 532 EP - 536 SN - 0022202X AB - Cutaneous xenobiotic metabolizing enzymes including aryl hydrocarbon hydroxylase (AHH), 7-ethoxycoumarin O-deethylase (ECD), epoxide hydrolase (EH) and glutathione S-transferase (GST) activities were examined in SXH hairless mice chronically irradiated with UVB to induce squamous cell carcinoma (SCC). Enzyme activities in irradiated tumor-bearing skin were compared to those present in the skin of nonirradiated control animals as well as in unirradiated non-tumor bearing skin sites of the SCC-bearing mice. The inducibility of skin AHH and ECD in each set of animals was assessed following a single topical application of coal tar (1 ml/ 100 g). Enzyme-mediated binding of[3H]benzo(a)pyrene (BP) and its metabolite 7β,8α-dihydroxy-9α,10α-epoxy- 7,8,9, 10-tetrahydrobenzo(a)pyrene (BPDE-I) to epidermal DNA was also evaluated. Basal AHH and ECD activities in microsomes from UVB-irradiated SCC-bearing dorsal skin were 4.6- and 4.8-fold lower than those in dorsal skin of nonirradiated control animals. Enzyme activities in non-tumor bearing ventral skin from the UVB-irradiated SCC-bearing mice also were 2.2 to 2.8- fold lower as compared to activities in the nonirradiated control animals. The reduction in AHH activity paralleled the levels of enzyme-mediated binding of radiolabeled BP metabolites and of BPDE-I to epidermal DNA. GST activity was found to be increased (173%) in non-tumor bearing ventral skin of UVB-irradiated mice whereas no difference in activity between SCC-bearing dorsal skin and dorsal skin of control animals could be detected. EH activity was unchanged in each group of animals. Treatment with topically applied coal tar resulted in higher inducibility of AHH and ECD in both SCC-bearing (13-fold) as well as in non-tumor skin sites (6-fold) of UVB-irradiated mice than in skin of control animals (3-fold). Coal tar application also increased the covalent binding of [3H]BP and of the metabolite BPDE- I to skin DNA. This was greater in SCC-bearing dorsal skin (119-129%) than in nonirradiated skin of control animals (48-62%). Our studies suggest that the metabolism of BP by cutaneous cytochrome P-450 dependent monooxygenases is impaired in skin of mice irradiated chronically with UVB. The higher inducibility of these monooxygenases by topically applied coal tar and the enhancement of the associated enzyme-mediated covalent binding of BP metabolites and BPDE-I to epidermal DNA indicate that repetetive exposure of mammalian skin to UVB radiation can profoundly alter the activity and the inducibility of drug and carcinogen metabolizing enzymes. These studies also illustrate the complex interrelationships that exist in target tissue simultaneously exposed to chemical and physical oncogens in the environment. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SQUAMOUS cell carcinoma KW - METABOLISM KW - ENZYMES KW - ULTRAVIOLET radiation KW - METABOLITES KW - DNA N1 - Accession Number: 12273527; Das, Mukul 1 Bickers, David R. 1 Santella, Regina M. 2 Mukhtar, Hasan 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Dermatology, Case Western Reserve University and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A. 2: Division of Environmental Sciences, Columbia University College of Physicians and Surgeons, New York, New York, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jun85, Vol. 84 Issue 6, p532; Subject Term: SQUAMOUS cell carcinoma; Subject Term: METABOLISM; Subject Term: ENZYMES; Subject Term: ULTRAVIOLET radiation; Subject Term: METABOLITES; Subject Term: DNA; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12273527 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12273527&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Menon, Gopinathan K. AU - Grayson, Stephen AU - Elias, Peter M. T1 - Ionic Calcium Reservoirs in Mammalian Epidermis: Ultrastructural Localization by Ion-Capture Cytochemistry. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1985/06// VL - 84 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 508 EP - 512 SN - 0022202X AB - Although calcium ions have been shown to regulate the differentiation of keratinocytes in vitro, the role of divalent cations in vivo is not known. Prior attempts to localize divalent cations in epithelial tissues have been impeded by a lack of specificity of ultrastructural techniques, as well as translocation of precipitates within tissues. The availability of an improved cytochemical method (oxalate-pyroantimonate technique) has facilitated more precise, reliable localization of calcium. When this technique (± 10 mM EGTA) was applied to neonatal mouse epidermis, Ca++-containing precipitates localized primarily within the cytosol, mitochondria, and nuclear chromatin of some basal and spinous cells, suggesting a possible relationship of Ca++ with the cell cycle. In the lower granular layer, progressively more Ca++ precipitates appeared intercellularly, with the only intracellular Ca++ localized within mitochondria and lamellar bodies (limiting membranes and discs). The most apical granular cells always demonstrated dense extracellular deposits, and high intracellular Ca++, free in the cytosol. The extruded contents of lamellar bodies, at the granular-cornified layer interface, also demonstrated significant amounts of Ca++-containing precipitates between the lamellar discs. Although some corneocytes in the lower stratum corneum demonstrated intracellular precipitates, most were deviod of Ca++. The striking intercellular Ca++ accumulation in the mid granular layer, coupled with Ca++ influx in the upper granular layer, supports the view that changes in intracellular Ca++ may regulate epidermal differentiation. Finally, the association of Ca++ with lamellar body disc membranes and contents suggests that divalent cations may contribute to both lamellar body secretion and to the formation of intercorneocyte membrane bilayers. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CALCIUM ions KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - EPIDERMIS KW - CYTOCHEMISTRY KW - CELL cycle KW - MITOCHONDRIA N1 - Accession Number: 12273485; Menon, Gopinathan K. 1 Grayson, Stephen 1 Elias, Peter M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, and Department of Dermatology, University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jun85, Vol. 84 Issue 6, p508; Subject Term: CALCIUM ions; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: CYTOCHEMISTRY; Subject Term: CELL cycle; Subject Term: MITOCHONDRIA; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12273485 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12273485&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Milstone, Leonard M. AU - LaVigne, Jane F. T1 - Heterogeneity of Basal Keratinocytes: Nonrandom Distribution of Thymidine-Labeled Basal Cells in Confluent Cultures Is Not a Technical Artifact. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1985/06// VL - 84 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 504 EP - 507 SN - 0022202X AB - Basal surface autoradiography of [3H]dThd-labeled, confluent, keratinocyte cultures reveals that proliferating cells have a nonrandom, patterned distribution. Unlabeled cells, likewise, appear nonrandomly in clusters. We show here that failure to detect DNA synthesis in some basal cells in culture is not an artifact caused either by physical separation of the labeled nuclei from the radiographic emulsion or by a diffusion barrier that would prevent [3H]dThd from reaching basal cells. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AUTORADIOGRAPHY KW - CELL culture KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - CELL proliferation KW - DNA KW - THYMIDINE N1 - Accession Number: 12273479; Milstone, Leonard M. 1 LaVigne, Jane F. 1; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, and yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, Connecticut, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jun85, Vol. 84 Issue 6, p504; Subject Term: AUTORADIOGRAPHY; Subject Term: CELL culture; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: CELL proliferation; Subject Term: DNA; Subject Term: THYMIDINE; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12273479 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12273479&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Eto, Hikaru AU - Hashimoto, Ken AU - Kobayashi, Hitoshi AU - Matsumoto, Mitsuhiro AU - Kanzaki, Tamotsu AU - Mehregan, Amir H. AU - Weiss, Robert A. T1 - Monoclonal Antikeratin Antibody: Production, Characterization, and Immunohistochemical Application. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1985/05// VL - 84 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 404 EP - 409 SN - 0022202X AB - A monoclonal antikeratin antibody, EKH4, was produced from a hybridoma cell line which was established by fusing P3X63SAg8 mouse myeloma cells with spleen cells of mice immunized with human trichilemmoma cells. Immunoblot analysis showed that EKH4 antibody reacts predominantly with 50 kilodalton keratin polypeptide in normal epidermis. By indirect immunofluorescence and immunoperoxidase techniques, EKH4 antibody reacted with the lower 2-3 cell layers of the epidermis as well as most cells of pilosebaceous follicle of human and animal skin. Tumor cells of human basal cell epitheliomas and squamous cell carcinomas were also stained with this antibody. The staining was much more regular and intense compared with an available monoclonal antikeratin antibody, AE1. In the lesion of epidermal proliferative disorders, such as psoriasis and actinic keratosis, the entire epidermis instead of the lower layers was stained with EKH4 antibody. Normal skin overlying or adjacent to epithelial tumors also showed positive staining in the entire epidermis. By using indirect immunoperoxidase technique, EKH4 also stained alcohol-fixed, paraffin-embedded tissue sections. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MONOCLONAL antibodies KW - CELL lines KW - SPLEEN KW - MICE as laboratory animals KW - IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE KW - SQUAMOUS cell carcinoma KW - BASAL cell carcinoma KW - PSORIASIS N1 - Accession Number: 12265506; Eto, Hikaru 1,2 Hashimoto, Ken 1,2 Kobayashi, Hitoshi 1,2 Matsumoto, Mitsuhiro 1,2 Kanzaki, Tamotsu 1,2 Mehregan, Amir H. 1,2 Weiss, Robert A. 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology and Syphilology, Wayne State University School of Medicine, Detroit, Michigan, U.S.A. 2: Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Allen Park, Michigan, U.S.A. 3: Dermatology Branch of the National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Maryland, U.S.A.; Source Info: May85, Vol. 84 Issue 5, p404; Subject Term: MONOCLONAL antibodies; Subject Term: CELL lines; Subject Term: SPLEEN; Subject Term: MICE as laboratory animals; Subject Term: IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE; Subject Term: SQUAMOUS cell carcinoma; Subject Term: BASAL cell carcinoma; Subject Term: PSORIASIS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12265506 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12265506&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Deng, Jau-Shyong AU - Tan, Eng M. T1 - Effect of Actinomycin D on the Expression of Nuclear Antigen SS-B/La. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1985/03// VL - 84 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 225 EP - 228 SN - 0022202X AB - The nuclear autoantigen SS-B/La, which is recognized by antibodies in certain autoimmune diseases, is complexed with distinct cellular RNAs and the complex of antigen-RNA profile remains constant throughout the cell cycle. This antigen is prominent in the nucleolus during G1/S phase of the cell cycle. Actinomycin D at a concentration of 0.0005 μg/ml is capable of abolishing the appearance of SS-B/La in the nucleolus. The amount of immune-precipitable SS-B/La-associated RNAs is reduced by 0.005 μg/ml actinomycin D treatment. The mechanism for these findings is suggested to be related to inhibition of the synthesis of messenger RNA coding for SS-B/La. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ACTINOMYCIN KW - ANTIGENS KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases KW - MESSENGER RNA KW - NUCLEOLUS KW - CELL cycle N1 - Accession Number: 12265236; Deng, Jau-Shyong 1,2 Tan, Eng M. 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Pittsburgh, Pennylvania, U.S.A. 2: W. M. Keck Autoimmune Disease Center, Scripps Clinic and Research Foundation, La Jolla, California, U.S.A. 3: Department of Cell Biology, New York University Medical Center, New York, New York, U.S.A; Source Info: Mar1985, Vol. 84 Issue 3, p225; Subject Term: ACTINOMYCIN; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Subject Term: MESSENGER RNA; Subject Term: NUCLEOLUS; Subject Term: CELL cycle; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12265236 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12265236&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - RPRT AU - Deng, Jau-Shyong AU - Sontheimer, Richard D. AU - Gilliam, James N. T1 - Molecular Characteristics of SS-B/La and SS-A/Ro Cellular Antigens. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1985/02// VL - 84 IS - 2 M3 - Report SP - 86 EP - 90 SN - 0022202X AB - Anti-SS-B/La and anti-SS-A/Ro antibodies coexist in certain patients with connective tissue diseases such as systemic lupus erythematosus or Sjögren's syndrome. The respective antigenic structures with which these autoantibodies bind have not been fully characterized. The present study was conducted to better define these two different cellular antigens. WiL2 cell extracts were used to obtain partially purified SS-B/La and SS-A/Re antigens, Both were found to be present in most fractions obtained after sequential purification with ammonium sulfate salt precipitation, G-200 gel filtration. DE-52 ion exchange chromatography, and preparative slab gel electrophoresis. However, SS-B/La antigenic activity was also found to be present in some fractions that did not contain detectable SS-A/Re activity. These findings suggested the existence of two different forms of SS-B/La antigen: one containing the SS-B/La antigen only and the other containing both the SS-B/La and SS-A/Re antigens. The RNA and protein components of these two ribonuclear protein particles were further defined by immunoprecipitation experiments using 32P-labeled WiL2 cell extract. The SS-B/La antigen was found to be associated with several RNAs while the SS-A/Re antigen was associated with several other distinct RNAs. Both antibodies precipitated a common 43K molecular weight phosphoprotein. The antigenic peptides of these 2 antibodies were analyzed using an immunoblot system, The SS-B/La antigen was present on a 43K peptide which was unstable and could be degraded to several peptides of lower molecular weight (40K, 38K, 30K), while the SS-A/Ro antigen occurred on a peptide having a molecular weight of about 60K. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - ERYTHEMA KW - LUPUS erythematosus KW - SYNDROMES KW - ANTIGENS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS N1 - Accession Number: 12274950; Deng, Jau-Shyong 1,2 Sontheimer, Richard D. 1,3 Gilliam, James N. 1,3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of Texas Health Science Center at Dallas, Southwestern Medical School, Dallas, Texas, U.S.A. 2: Section of Dermatology, Veterans Administration Hospital, University Drive, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15240. 3: Department of Internal Medicine, University of Texas Health Science Center at Dallas, Southwestern Medical School, Dallas, Texas, U.S.A.; Source Info: Feb85, Vol. 84 Issue 2, p86; Subject Term: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject Term: ERYTHEMA; Subject Term: LUPUS erythematosus; Subject Term: SYNDROMES; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Report L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12274950 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12274950&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Nanney, Lillian B. AU - Magid, Morgan AU - Stoscheck, Christa M. AU - King Jr., Lloyd E. T1 - Comparison of Epidermal Growth Factor Binding and Receptor Distribution in Normal Human Epidermis and Epidermal Appendages. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1984/11// VL - 83 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 385 EP - 393 SN - 0022202X AB - To localize epidermal growth factor (EGF) receptors in normal human epidermis and other skin structures, two different light microscopic methods were used, EGF binding ([125I]EGF/R) to the extracellular portion of the EGF receptor was studied by incubating intact skin samples with [125I]EGF, sectioning the tissues, and performing autoradiography. Immunoreactive EGF receptor molecules (IR-EGF/R) were localized with a monospecific anti-EGF receptor antibody using a 2-step indirect immunocytoehemical method (horseradish peroxidase) and detergent permeabilized tissues. This latter method measured the total pool of EGF receptors: occupied and/or internalized forms, precursor forms, and partially degraded forms of the EGF receptor that retain immunoreactivity. Both the [125I]EGF/R and IR-EGF/R localization studies indicated that EGF receptors were present in basal epidermal keratinocytes, sebocytes, outer root sheath cells in hair follicles, smooth muscle cells of arrector pili muscles, and dermal arteries. The highest levels of [125I]EGF/R and IR-EGF/R were found in the dermal ducts of eccrine sweat glands. The distribution of both [125I]EGF/R and IR-EGF/R was not consistent with the concept that EGF exclusively is involved in cellular division and proliferation in normal human epidermis and its appendages, i.e., EGF receptors were also found in tissues that do not undergo rapid proliferation. The present study indicates that EGF may have a more complex regulatory role in the skin than was previously thought. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EPIDERMAL growth factor KW - EPIDERMIS KW - AUTORADIOGRAPHY KW - CELL proliferation KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - SWEAT glands N1 - Accession Number: 12264708; Nanney, Lillian B. 1 Magid, Morgan 1 Stoscheck, Christa M. 2 King Jr., Lloyd E. 2; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Plastic Surgery and Anatomy, Vanderbilt University and Veterans Administration Medical Centers, Nashville, Tennessee, U.S.A. 2: Division of Dermatology, Vanderbilt University and Veterans Administration Medical Centers, Nashville, Tennessee, U.S.A.; Source Info: Nov84, Vol. 83 Issue 5, p385; Subject Term: EPIDERMAL growth factor; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: AUTORADIOGRAPHY; Subject Term: CELL proliferation; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: SWEAT glands; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12264708 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12264708&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Duncan, Mathew R. AU - Perlish, Jerome S. AU - Fleischmajer, Raul T1 - Lymphokine/Monokine Inhibition of Fibroblast Proliferation and Collagen Production: Role in Progressive Systemic Sclerosis (PSS). JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1984/11// VL - 83 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 377 EP - 384 SN - 0022202X AB - A normal fibrotic response to inflammatory stimuli appears to be dependent on the balanced production of a number of stimulatory and inhibitory fibroblast-regulatory mediators by activated mononuclear cells (MNL). To investigate whether altered mediator production contributes to the fibrosis observed in progressive systemic sclerosis (PSS), we stimulated human peripheral blood MNL with concanavalin A (Con A) and lipopolysaccharide (LPS) to produce macromolecular mediators that inhibit the proliferation and the collagen production of cultured normal human fibroblasts. The two Con A-induced mediators were lymphokines (LK) as they were exclusively produced by activated T cells and they coeluted from a Sephacryl S-200 column with a Mr of 50,000. In contrast, the two LPS-induced mediators were monokines (MK) as they were exclusively produced by activated monocytes, and they coeluted in the Mr 20,000 range. Each pair of inhibition LK and MK may also be distinct as inhibitions of collagen production still occurred in proliferatively quiescent cultures. A quantitative comparison of the levels of fibroblast-inhibitory LK/MK produced by normal volunteers and long-term PSS patients revealed that although PSS MNL produced normal levels of both collagen production inhibitory mediators, they were aberrant producers of both proliferation inhibitory mediators, being hypo-producers (-49%) of the LK and hyperproducers (+ 196%) of the MK. These results suggest that reduced production of proliferation inhibitory LK may allow stimulatory mediators to induce the unrestricted fibroblast proliferation observed in early active PSS, which then may be stabilized in long-term PSS by the increased production of proliferation inhibitory MK. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SYSTEMIC scleroderma KW - LYMPHOKINES KW - MONOKINES KW - FIBROBLASTS KW - POLYSACCHARIDES KW - COLLAGEN N1 - Accession Number: 12264686; Duncan, Mathew R. 1,2 Perlish, Jerome S. 1,2 Fleischmajer, Raul 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, Mount Sinai School of Medicine, New York, New York 2: Department of Dermatology, Martinez Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of California, Davis, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Nov84, Vol. 83 Issue 5, p377; Subject Term: SYSTEMIC scleroderma; Subject Term: LYMPHOKINES; Subject Term: MONOKINES; Subject Term: FIBROBLASTS; Subject Term: POLYSACCHARIDES; Subject Term: COLLAGEN; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12264686 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12264686&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wintroub, Bruce U. AU - Schechter, Norman B. AU - Lazarus, Gerald S. AU - Kaempfer, Carol E. AU - Schwartz, Lawrence B. T1 - Angiotensin I Conversion by Human and Rat Chymotryptic Proteinases. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1984/11// VL - 83 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 336 EP - 339 SN - 0022202X AB - Human skin chymotrypsin-like proteinase, human neutrophil cathepsin G, rat mast cell chymase, and rat salivary gland tonin are cell-derived serine proteinases of similar size with specificity for amino acids of aromatic residues. Each enzyme was examined for its ability to convert angiotensin I to angiotensin II and to cleave a panel of synthetic substrates. Skin chymotryptic proteinase, cathepsin G, and tonin cleaved the phe8- his9 bond of angiotensin I and converted angiotensin I to angiotensin II without further degradation. In contrast, chymase formed relatively small amounts of angiotensin II because it preferentially cleaved the tyr4-ile5 bond of angiotensin I. The rank order of angiotensin I converting activity was skin ehymotryptic proteinase > tonin > cathepsin G > chymase. The Km and Kcat for angiotensin I conversion by the human skin enzyme were 6.6 × 10-5 M and 50 s-1, respectively. The angiotensin I converting activity of human skin chymotryptic proteinase is equal to or greater than the peptidyl dicarboxypeptidase angiotensin-converting enzyme. Substrate specificities of each enzyme were further distinguished by use of benzoyl-L-tyrosine ethyl ester. A limited immunologic characterization of each enzyme was performed with monospecific goat antiserum to cathepsin G and chymase by Ochterlony gel diffusion. Each antiserum gave a precipitin line against its respective immunogen without evidence of cross-reactivity against the other enzymes. Human skin chymotryptic proteinase, cathepsin G, and tonin provide unique pathways for the generation of angiotensin II in tissue and may be of significance in regulation of biologic processes of the tissue microenvironment. The kinetic constants of the human skin chymotryptic proteinase for angiotensin I conversion, are consistent with the potential to carry out a reaction of physiologic importance. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANGIOTENSINS KW - CHYMOTRYPSIN KW - PROTEINASES KW - NEUTROPHILS KW - AMINO acids KW - RATS N1 - Accession Number: 12264144; Wintroub, Bruce U. 1 Schechter, Norman B. 2 Lazarus, Gerald S. 2 Kaempfer, Carol E. 1 Schwartz, Lawrence B. 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of California, San Francisco and Veterans Administration Medical Center,San Francisco, California, U.S.A. 2: Department of Dermatology, University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, U.S.A. 3: Section of Allergy and Immunology, Division of Immunologic and Connective Tissue Diseases, Department of Medicine, Medical College of Virginia, Richmond, Virginia, U.S.A.; Source Info: Nov84, Vol. 83 Issue 5, p336; Subject Term: ANGIOTENSINS; Subject Term: CHYMOTRYPSIN; Subject Term: PROTEINASES; Subject Term: NEUTROPHILS; Subject Term: AMINO acids; Subject Term: RATS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12264144 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12264144&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rees, Riley S. AU - Nanney, Lillian B. AU - Yates, Ruth Ann AU - King Jr., Lloyd E. T1 - Interaction of Brown Recluse Spider Venom on Cell Membranes: The Inciting Mechanism? JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1984/10// VL - 83 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 270 EP - 275 SN - 0022202X AB - The venom from the brown recluse spider, Loxosceles reclusa, contains one or more factors which produce skin necrosis. A dermonecrotic factor with sphingomyelinase D activity was purified from the spider's venom sacs which produced skin necrosis when injected intradermally in rabbits. Adsorption of the dermonecrotic activity occurred following incubation with isolated membranes from different cell types or different species in a dose-responsive fashion. Since injection of the complex in rabbits produced skin necrosis, a specific antibody that inhibits the dermonecrotic activity and sphingomyelinase activity was used to identify the venom fraction on the plasma membrane of erythrocytes with electron microscopy. Initiation of cutaneous inflammatory reaction may result from high-affinity interaction of a venom component in the brown recluse spider venom and cell membranes. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SPIDER venom KW - CELL membranes KW - BROWN recluse spider KW - NECROSIS KW - INFLAMMATION KW - BIOLOGICAL membranes KW - GANGRENE N1 - Accession Number: 12340340; Rees, Riley S. 1 Nanney, Lillian B. 1 Yates, Ruth Ann 1 King Jr., Lloyd E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Plastic Surgery and Dermatology, Veterans Administration and Vanderbilt University Medical Centers, Nashville, Tennessee, U.S.A.; Source Info: Oct84, Vol. 83 Issue 4, p270; Subject Term: SPIDER venom; Subject Term: CELL membranes; Subject Term: BROWN recluse spider; Subject Term: NECROSIS; Subject Term: INFLAMMATION; Subject Term: BIOLOGICAL membranes; Subject Term: GANGRENE; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12340340 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12340340&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Koizumi, Hiroko AU - Adachi, Kenji AU - Tsutsui, Masato AU - Itami, Satoshi AU - Katayama, Hiroshi AU - Halprin, Kenneth M. T1 - Calcium-Activated, Phospholipid-Dependent Protein Kinase in Pig Epidermis. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1984/10// VL - 83 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 261 EP - 264 SN - 0022202X AB - We investigated calcium-activated, phospholipid-dependent protein kinase in pig epidermis. Pig epidermal homogenates were centrifuged at 30,000 g for 30 min, and the supernatant was applied on a DEAE-cellulose column for purification. The partially purified enzyme was stimulated by simultaneous addition of Ca2+ and phospholipid. Successive addition of small amounts of diolein further activated the enzyme activity. The calcium-activated phospholipid-dependent protein kinase preferentially phosphorylated serine residues and its endogenous substrate protein in the pig epidermis has a molecular weight of about 97,000. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CALCIUM KW - PHOSPHOLIPIDS KW - PROTEIN kinases KW - EPIDERMIS KW - CELLULOSE KW - LIPIDS KW - PHOSPHOTRANSFERASES N1 - Accession Number: 12340330; Koizumi, Hiroko 1 Adachi, Kenji 1 Tsutsui, Masato 1 Itami, Satoshi 1 Katayama, Hiroshi 1 Halprin, Kenneth M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami, and Department of Dermatology, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, U.S.A.; Source Info: Oct84, Vol. 83 Issue 4, p261; Subject Term: CALCIUM; Subject Term: PHOSPHOLIPIDS; Subject Term: PROTEIN kinases; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: CELLULOSE; Subject Term: LIPIDS; Subject Term: PHOSPHOTRANSFERASES; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12340330 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12340330&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Maloney, Mary E. AU - Williams, Mary L. AU - Epstein Jr., Ervin H. AU - Law, Michael Y. L. AU - Fritsch, Peter O. AU - Elias, Peter M. T1 - Lipids in the Pathogenesis of Ichthyosis: Topical Cholesterol Sulfate-Induced Scaling in Hairless Mice. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1984/10// VL - 83 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 252 EP - 256 SN - 0022202X AB - Although several abnormalities of lipid metabolism have been associated with abnormal cornification in humans, evidence that these lipids directly provoke abnormal scale is lacking. One recently described example of a lipid abnormality in ichthyosis is absence of the enzyme steroid sulfatase in recessive X-linked ichthyosis (RXLI). This enzyme normally desulfates cholesterol sulfate (CS) and sulfated steroid hormones, including dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate (DHEAS). As a result of this enzyme deficiency, patients with RXLI accumulate CS in their blood and skin. To detemine whether sulfated sterols are the specific cause of increased scale, we applied CS, DHEAS, cholesterol, or vehicle alone to the backs of hairless mice. In animals treated with CS, but not with DHEAS or with vehicle, visible scale without erythema appeared after 1 week, peaked at 2 weeks, and then diminished. When the dose of CS was doubled, abnormal scale reappeared and then decreased again. CS-induced scale was reversible, clearing within 3 days of discontinuation of treatment. Because there was no acanthosis, dermal inflammation, abnormal transepidermal water loss, or increased labeling index, it appears that the 3-fold increase in thickness of the stratum corneum in CS-treated animals is due to a direct effect on this layer. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LIPIDS KW - ICHTHYOSIS KW - CHOLESTEROL KW - DEHYDROEPIANDROSTERONE KW - STEROID hormones KW - ENZYMES KW - KERATOSIS N1 - Accession Number: 12340321; Maloney, Mary E. 1,2 Williams, Mary L. 1,2 Epstein Jr., Ervin H. 1,2 Law, Michael Y. L. 1,2 Fritsch, Peter O. 1,2 Elias, Peter M. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, and Department of Dermatology, University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco, California, U.S.A. 2: Department of Dermatology, University of lnnsbruck, Innsbruck, Austria.; Source Info: Oct84, Vol. 83 Issue 4, p252; Subject Term: LIPIDS; Subject Term: ICHTHYOSIS; Subject Term: CHOLESTEROL; Subject Term: DEHYDROEPIANDROSTERONE; Subject Term: STEROID hormones; Subject Term: ENZYMES; Subject Term: KERATOSIS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12340321 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12340321&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sunwen Chou T1 - Advances in Antiviral Therapy. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1984/07/15/Jul84 Supplement VL - 83 M3 - Article SP - 116s EP - 120s SN - 0022202X AB - Recent developments have increased the options for treatment of viral infections. Vidarabine, an agent originally released for herpes simplex encephalitis, has more recently been shown to be of benefit in neonatal herpes simplex infection and in varicella-zoster infections in immunocompromised hosts. The introduction of acyclovir represents a major advance in antiviral therapy because of its low host toxicity and marked selectivity for herpes simplex and varicella-zoster viruses. Extensive controlled clinical trials demonstrate efficacy in the treatment of infections caused by these viruses in the immunocompromised host and in genital herpes simplex infections in normal hosts. The use of recombinant DNA technology has increased the purity, variety, and availability of interferons for clinical trial. Earlier experience with natural buffy coat-derived alpha interferon showed efficacy in the treatment of varicella-zoster infections in the immunocompromised host, as well as prophylaxis of herpes virus infections in high-risk populations. These results have to be confirmed using the newer interferon preparations. Under development are a variety of new drugs with broadened viral spectrum and improved pharmacokinetic properties. These include nucleoside analogues and novel interferons with modified amino acid sequences. One or more of these agents, used singly or in combination, may prove useful in the more difficult therapeutic problems, such as cytomegalovirus and hepatitis B infections. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HERPES simplex virus KW - ENCEPHALITIS KW - VARICELLA-zoster virus KW - HERPES genitalis KW - HEPATITIS B KW - DNA KW - INTERFERONS N1 - Accession Number: 12281839; Sunwen Chou 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Infectious Disease Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, Oregon 2: Division of Infectious Diseases, Oregon Health Sciences University, Portland, Oregon, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jul84 Supplement, Vol. 83, p116s; Subject Term: HERPES simplex virus; Subject Term: ENCEPHALITIS; Subject Term: VARICELLA-zoster virus; Subject Term: HERPES genitalis; Subject Term: HEPATITIS B; Subject Term: DNA; Subject Term: INTERFERONS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12281839 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12281839&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gelb, Lawrence AU - Dohner, Dennis T1 - Varicella-Zoster Virus-Induced Transformation of Mammalian Cells in Vitro. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1984/07/15/Jul84 Supplement VL - 83 M3 - Article SP - 77s EP - 81s SN - 0022202X AB - A mixture of varicella-zoster virus-infected human embryonic lung fibroblasts and hamster embryo cells produced foci of morphologically transformed cells after several weeks of incubation. These transformed cells exhibited virus-specific antigens by immunofluorescence and developed surface Fe receptors. They induced aggressive fibrosarcomas when injected back into inbred hamsters. Cells derived from hamster tumor tissue exhibited similar properties. The tumor-bearing hamsters develop antibodies specific for varicella-zoster virus (VZV) antigens. Cell lines derived from both the original transformants and explanted hamster tumor tissue have varying growth properties. All maintain indefinite growth. All eventually lose varicella-zoster virus-specific immunofluorescence. None retain VZV-specific DNA sequences as determined by dot blot and Southern blot hybridization using radiolabeled whole VZV DNA and cloned VZV DNA fragments as a probe. A few transformed and tumor cell lines frozen relatively soon after isolation and stored in liquid nitrogen were also thawed, replicated to mass culture, and analyzed for VZV-specific DNA sequences. Hybridization with radiolabeled whole VZV DNA initially suggested that some of these cell lines did contain virus-specific DNA sequences. However, hybridization with cloned VZV DNA fragments radiolabeled in vitro and representing greater than 95% of the virus genome was negative. Karyotyping of these "positive" transformed cells indicated that they are of human and not hamster origin. The positive hybridization with whole VZV DNA therefore most likely represented contamination of the probe by host DNA sequences. The cells that survived freezing then were predominantly transformants of human origin. Attempts to repeat the transformation of hamster embryo and baby hamster kidney cells with laboratory-passaged VZV strains have been unsuccessful. Similarly, we have been unable to transform cells with whole VZV DNA or cloned VZV DNA fragments, although whole VZV DNA is demonstrably infectious. Apparently, transformation of cells by the varicella-zoster virus is a very rare event and one that may require a recent clinical isolate. Fresh clinical isolates of varicella-zoster virus are seemingly able to transform mammalian cells in vitro. The transformed cells have malignant properties and are capable of indefinite growth. Although VZV gene function can be detected early after transformation, there is no evidence that a VZV-specific protein product is required. Transformation of mammalian cells by varicella-zoster virus apparently occurs through a "hit-and-run" mechanism. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - VARICELLA-zoster virus KW - NUCLEOTIDE sequence KW - FIBROBLASTS KW - CELL lines KW - TUMORS KW - ANTIGENS KW - HYBRIDIZATION N1 - Accession Number: 12281388; Gelb, Lawrence 1,2 Dohner, Dennis 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Division of Infectious Diseases, Veterans Administration Medical Centre, St. Louis, Missouri, U.S.A. 2: Departments of Medicine, Microbiology and Immunology, Washington University, St. Louis, Missouri, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jul84 Supplement, Vol. 83, p77s; Subject Term: VARICELLA-zoster virus; Subject Term: NUCLEOTIDE sequence; Subject Term: FIBROBLASTS; Subject Term: CELL lines; Subject Term: TUMORS; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: HYBRIDIZATION; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12281388 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12281388&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bickers, David R. AU - Mukhtar, Hasan AU - Dutta-Choudhury, Tapu AU - Marcelo, Cynthia L. AU - Voorhees, John J. T1 - Aryl Hydrocarbon Hydroxylase, Epoxide Hydrolase, and Benzo[a]pyrene Metabolism in Human Epidermis: Comparative Studies in Normal Subjects and Patients with Psoriasis. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1984/07// VL - 83 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 51 EP - 56 SN - 0022202X AB - Prior studies have shown that human skin possesses a cytochrome P-450-dependent microsomal enzyme that is capable of metabolizing drugs and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon (PAH) carcinogens. This study characterized benzo[a]pyrene (BP) metabolism in human epidermis of normal and psoriatic individuals. The basal level of the cytochrome P-450-dependent microsomal enzyme aryl hydrocarbon hydroxylase (AHH) and epoxide hydrolase (EH) were measured in freshly keratomed epidermis from 12 normal individuals and from uninvolved skin sites of 12 patients with psoriasis. The induction response of AHH following the in vitro addition of the PAH benz[A]anthracene (BA) was also assessed. The basal activity (mean ± SE) of AHH in normal epidermis was 62.1 ± 5.6 units (fmol 3-hydroxybenzo[a]pyrene, 3-OH-BP/min/mg protein) whereas the activity in uninvolved skin of psoriatic individuals was 62.9 ± 5.1 units (NS), Epoxide hydrolase activity was 25.1 ± 1.1 (pmol BP 4,5-diol/min/mg protein) units in normal epidermis and 24.8 ± 2.1 units in epidermis from patients with psoriasis (NS). Following addition of BA (100μM), in vitro, AHH activity in normal epidermis increased by a mean value of 165% whereas activity in nonlesional epidermis of psoriatic individuals increased 320%. Kinetic studies in normal epidermis revealed that the AHH reaction was linear up to 60 min and to 50 μg protein, had a pH optimum of 7.4, and the Km for BP was 0.62 MM. High-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) confirmed that the pattern of metabolism of BP was quite similar in epidermal microsomes prepared from normal and psoriatic individuals, insofar as the formation of diols, phenols, and quinones was concerned. These studies indicate that human epidermis is capable of metabolizing BP and that there is no significant difference between normal individuals and patients with psoriasis insofar as basal AHH activity or total BP metabolism is concerned. Furthermore, the epidermal enzyme system in patients with psoriasis has a greater responsiveness to environmental PAH than does that of normal individuals. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BENZOPYRENE KW - EPIDERMIS KW - SKIN diseases KW - PSORIASIS KW - METABOLISM KW - COMPARATIVE studies N1 - Accession Number: 12261680; Bickers, David R. 1 Mukhtar, Hasan 1 Dutta-Choudhury, Tapu 1 Marcelo, Cynthia L. 2 Voorhees, John J. 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, Case Western Reserve University, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cleveland, Ohio. 2: University of Michigan Medical School, Ann Arbor, Michigan, USA.; Source Info: Jul84, Vol. 83 Issue 1, p51; Subject Term: BENZOPYRENE; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Subject Term: PSORIASIS; Subject Term: METABOLISM; Subject Term: COMPARATIVE studies; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12261680 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12261680&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ito, Masaaki AU - Ito, Kaoru AU - Hashimoto, Ken T1 - Pathogenesis in Trichorrhexis Invaginata (Bamboo Hair). JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1984/07// VL - 83 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 1 EP - 6 SN - 0022202X AB - The mechanism of formation of trichorrhexis invaginata, which is one of the characteristic hair anomalies seen in Nether ton's syndrome, was studied using plucked hairs obtained from 3 patients with the typical clinical features. The biopsy specimens used to examine the hair root were obtained from the scalp of one of the patients and the eyebrow area of the other. The scanning electron microscopic observation of plucked hairs showed trichorrhexis invaginata, tortion nodule, pili torti, and trichorrhexis nodosa. The light microscopic sections of nodules of plucked hairs revealed invaginated hair cuticle into the cortex. Transmission electron microscopy revealed cleavages and electron-dense depositions in the cortex of plucked hair nodules; such changes were not seen in newly formed nodules in follicles in biopsy specimens. In the keratogenous zone, a zigzag pattern of cortical fibers and invaginations of hair cuticle cells into the cortex were observed. Histochemical staining for -SH groups and S-S linkages using N-(7-dimethylamino-4-methyl-3-coumarinyl)maleimide (DACM) was performed on frozen sections of plucked hairs from patients and normal controls. Keratinized cortical cells of patients possessed more -SH groups than the controls and a strong fluorescence for -SH was sometimes seen in the cortex of nodules. It is concluded that the invagination of affected hairs is caused by softness of the cortex in the keratogenous zone, which may result from an incomplete conversion from -SH to S-S in proteins in cortical fibers. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SYNDROMES KW - BIOPSY KW - FIBERS KW - ELECTRON microscopy KW - PROTEINS KW - OPERATIVE surgery N1 - Accession Number: 12261618; Ito, Masaaki 1 Ito, Kaoru 1 Hashimoto, Ken 2,3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, Niigata University School of Medicine, Niigata, Japan. 2: Department of Dermatology, Wayne State University School of Medicine, Detroit, Allen Park, Michigan, U.S.A.. 3: Veterans Administration Center, Allen Park, Michigan, U.S.A..; Source Info: Jul84, Vol. 83 Issue 1, p1; Subject Term: SYNDROMES; Subject Term: BIOPSY; Subject Term: FIBERS; Subject Term: ELECTRON microscopy; Subject Term: PROTEINS; Subject Term: OPERATIVE surgery; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12261618 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12261618&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kawana, Seiji AU - Janson, Marlene AU - Jordon, Robert E. T1 - Complement Fixation by Pemphigus Antibody. I. In Vitro Fixation to Organ and Tissue Culture Skin. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1984/05// VL - 82 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 506 EP - 510 SN - 0022202X AB - Although complement is often detected in the intercellular substance of pemphigus skin lesions, the ability of pemphigus antibodies to fix complement in vitro is controversial. The purpose of this study was to test in vitro complement fixation abilities of pemphigus antibodies further using organ and tissue culture methods. Epidermal cell monolayers from mouse tail were incubated with the purified IgG fraction of pemphigus serum followed by purified Clq. Binding of Clq, as well as IgG was demonstrated by immunofluorescence methods. When purified Clq was replaced with normal human serum as a complement source, positive C3 and C4 staining were also evident. When purified IgG of normal human serum was used in place of pemphigus IgG, similar immunofluorescence staining was not observed. Further evidence for complement fixation in vitro by pemphigus antibodies was obtained using organ cultures. Organ culture of normal human skin and monkey esophageal mucosa cultured in purified pemphigus IgG showed intercellular substance binding of lgG. No binding was observed when normal IgG was substituted for pemphigus IgG. Additional organ culture sections were then treated with complement (fresh normal human serum) and tested by in vitro complement staining. Fixation of Clq, C4, and C3 was noted in intercellular substance areas of organ cultured skin and mucosa incubated with pemphigus IgG but not those incubated with normal IgG. Prior treatment of pemphigus IgG organ cultured skin sections with unlabeled anti-C3, blocked positive C3 staining. These results suggest that some pemphigus antibodies are capable of activating complement in vitro. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - COMPLEMENT fixation KW - ANTIGEN-antibody reactions KW - IMMUNODIAGNOSIS KW - PEMPHIGUS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - TISSUE culture N1 - Accession Number: 12261058; Kawana, Seiji 1,2,3 Janson, Marlene 1,2,3 Jordon, Robert E. 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: Cutaneous Immunopathology Unit, University of Texas Health Science Center, Houston, Texas, 2: Department of Dermatology, University of Texas Health Science Center, Houston, Texas, 3: Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wood (Milwaukee), Wisconsin, U.S.A..; Source Info: May84, Vol. 82 Issue 5, p506; Subject Term: COMPLEMENT fixation; Subject Term: ANTIGEN-antibody reactions; Subject Term: IMMUNODIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: PEMPHIGUS; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: TISSUE culture; NAICS/Industry Codes: 111421 Nursery and Tree Production; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12261058 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12261058&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gates, Ronald E. AU - King, Jr., Lloyd E. T1 - Surface Iodination of Epidermal Growth Factor Receptors in Intact Cells. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1984/04// VL - 82 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 372 EP - 377 SN - 0022202X AB - The membranes from epidermoid carcinoma cells (A-431) that were surface iodinated while intact using catalysis by lactoperoxidase and 125I as iodide contain one major labeled protein of Mr = 180,000. This protein is clearly iodinated on the outside of the intact cell because it is not the major protein labeled when isolated membranes are iodinated. This major surface-iodinated protein is almost certainly the epidermal growth factor (EGF) receptor, since both have the same Mr and have identical sensitivity to proteases. Both are nearly quantitatively converted from an Mr = 180,000 form to an Mr = 160,000 form by an endogenous calcium-activated neutral protease when cells are broken in the presence of calcium. Both are degraded by trypsin only if trypsin has access to the inside of the cell. This latter finding implies that the surface-iodinated EGF receptor spans the plasma membrane. Since the EGF receptor is an autophosphorylating kinase whose activity is enhanced in the presence of EGF, the receptor was labeled and identified using [γ-32P] ATP. While both iodination and EGF-enhanced phosphorylation occur on tyrosine residues, peptide mapping of the iodinated or phosphorylated Mr = 180,000 band showed that different peptides were being labeled. Since the EGF receptor-kinase spans the plasma membrane, the peptide iodinated on the surface of the intact cell must be different from the peptides that are probably autophosphorylated on the cytoplasmic side of the membrane. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EPIDERMAL growth factor KW - CELL membranes KW - PROTEINS KW - PROTEOLYTIC enzymes KW - NEUTRAL proteinases KW - TRYPSIN N1 - Accession Number: 12260713; Gates, Ronald E. 1 King, Jr., Lloyd E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine (Dermatology) and the Research Service, Vanderbilt University and Veterans Administration Medical Centers, Nashville, Tennessee, U.S.A.; Source Info: Apr84, Vol. 82 Issue 4, p372; Subject Term: EPIDERMAL growth factor; Subject Term: CELL membranes; Subject Term: PROTEINS; Subject Term: PROTEOLYTIC enzymes; Subject Term: NEUTRAL proteinases; Subject Term: TRYPSIN; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12260713 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12260713&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Goldgeier, Mark H. AU - Klein, Lawrence E AU - Klein-Angerer, Sigrid AU - Moellmann, Gisela AU - Nordlund, James J T1 - The Distribution of Melanocytes in the Leptomeninges of the Human Brain. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1984/03// VL - 82 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 235 EP - 238 SN - 0022202X AB - The purpose of this study was to determine the qualitative and quantitative distribution of melanocytes in human leptomeninges by histochemical and ultrastructural techniques and to search for melanocytes in the mesothelial linings of the pleural and peritoneal cavities. Knowledge of the extracutaneous distribution of pigment cells will facilitate the interpretation of systemic symptoms in depigmentation disorders, such as vitiligo and the Vogt-Koyanagi-Harada syndrome. In 15 brains examined, leptomeningeal pigment cells were found principally over the ventrolateral surfaces of the medulla oblongata. Only isolated pigment-containing cells were found in the meninges covering other parts of the brain. The mean number of pigment cells in the medullary meninges of 5 brains was 325/mm² ± 96. The presence of melanosomes as single, membrane- bound granules in all stages of melanization confirms that the melanin-containing dendritic cells of the leptomeninges are melanocytes and not macrophages. No pigmented cells were observed in the pleural or peritoneal samples examined. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MELANOCYTES KW - BRAIN KW - CHROMATOPHORES KW - PIGMENTATION disorders KW - SKIN diseases KW - MEDULLA oblongata N1 - Accession Number: 12260111; Goldgeier, Mark H. 1 Klein, Lawrence E 2 Klein-Angerer, Sigrid 3 Moellmann, Gisela 3 Nordlund, James J 2,3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Dermatology Unit, University of Rochester Medical Center, Rochester, New York 14642. 2: Department of Dermatology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, Connecticut, U.S.A. 3: Department of Dermatology, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, Connecticut, U.S.A.; Source Info: Mar1984, Vol. 82 Issue 3, p235; Subject Term: MELANOCYTES; Subject Term: BRAIN; Subject Term: CHROMATOPHORES; Subject Term: PIGMENTATION disorders; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Subject Term: MEDULLA oblongata; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12260111 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12260111&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Thiers, Bruce H. AU - Maize, John C. AU - Spicer, Samuel S. AU - Cantor, Alan B T1 - The Effect of Aging and Chronic Sun Exposure on Human Langerhans Cell Populations. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1984/03// VL - 82 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 223 EP - 226 SN - 0022202X AB - ATPase histochemistry was used to examine Langerhans cell (LC) populations in the skin of young persons with no evidence of solar damage and older adults with chronic actinically damaged skin. The number of LC was significantly decreased in the older age group. Significantly fewer LC were observed in exposed vs covered skin in the older individuals; no such disparity was noted in the younger subjects. Morphologic alterations in ATPase-positive cells were noted in some specimens, most of which were taken from the exposed skin of elderly persons. The results suggest an independent, although possibly additive, quantitative and qualitative influence of aging and chronic sun exposure on the LC population. Decreased numbers of LC in the sun-damaged skin of elderly individuals may play a critical permissive role in the development of cutaneous carcinoma. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SKIN diseases KW - LANGERHANS cells KW - OLDER people KW - ADENOSINE triphosphatase KW - HISTOCHEMISTRY KW - CANCER N1 - Accession Number: 12260055; Thiers, Bruce H. 1,2,3,4 Maize, John C. 1,2,3,4 Spicer, Samuel S. 1,2,3,4 Cantor, Alan B 1,2,3,4; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, Medical University of South Carolina, U.S.A. 2: Department of Pathology, Medical University of South Carolina, U.S.A. 3: Department of Biometry, Medical University of South Carolina, U.S.A. 4: Division of Dermatology, Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Charleston, South Carolina, U.S.A.; Source Info: Mar1984, Vol. 82 Issue 3, p223; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Subject Term: LANGERHANS cells; Subject Term: OLDER people; Subject Term: ADENOSINE triphosphatase; Subject Term: HISTOCHEMISTRY; Subject Term: CANCER; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12260055 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12260055&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Nanney, Lillian B. AU - Mckanna, James A. AU - Stoscheck, Christa M. AU - Carpenter, Graham AU - King, Lloyd E. T1 - Visualization of Epidermal Growth Factor Receptors in Human Epidermis. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1984/02// VL - 82 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 165 EP - 169 SN - 0022202X AB - The localization of epidermal growth factor (EGF) receptors in normal human epidermis was examined with two independent experimental methods. The distribution of EGF receptor sites was studied using light microscopic autoradiography with [125I]EGF and direct immunocytochemical techniques with EGF receptor antibodies and protein A-colloidal gold complexes. Direct visualization by autoradiography indicated that the concentration of EGF receptors was greatest in the lower epidermal layers. Ultrastructural morphometric analysis of protein A-gold complexes showed that EGF receptors were primarily associated with the plasma membranes although intranuclear and cytoplasmic localization was also evident. This postembedment immunolocalization method also confirmed the relative differences in the number of EGF receptors found in individual epidermal layers (basalis > spinosum > granulosum corneum layers). This inverse relationship between numbers of EGF receptors and the degree of epidermal differentiation and/or keratinization may suggest a physiologic role for EGF in these processes in human epidermis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EPIDERMAL growth factor KW - COLLOIDAL gold KW - AUTORADIOGRAPHY KW - IMMUNOCYTOCHEMISTRY KW - COLLOIDS KW - CELL membranes KW - CYTOPLASM N1 - Accession Number: 12259731; Nanney, Lillian B. 1 Mckanna, James A. 1 Stoscheck, Christa M. Carpenter, Graham 1 King, Lloyd E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Plastic Surgery, Anatomy, Biochemistry, and Dermatology, Vanderbilt University and Veterans Administration Medical Centers. Nashville, Tennessee, USA.; Source Info: Feb84, Vol. 82 Issue 2, p165; Subject Term: EPIDERMAL growth factor; Subject Term: COLLOIDAL gold; Subject Term: AUTORADIOGRAPHY; Subject Term: IMMUNOCYTOCHEMISTRY; Subject Term: COLLOIDS; Subject Term: CELL membranes; Subject Term: CYTOPLASM; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12259731 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12259731&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Halprin, Kenneth M. AU - Taylor, J. Richard AU - Levine, Victor AU - Woodyard, Clyde AU - Adachi, Kenji AU - Comerford, Mary T1 - Agents that Activate Cyclic AMP-Dependent Protein Kinase Inhibit Explant Culture Growth and Mitotic Activity. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1983/12// VL - 81 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 553 EP - 557 SN - 0022202X AB - Epidermal cells contain 4 separate surface receptors which are linked to adenylate cyclase. Activation of any one of these receptors leads to the accumulation of cAMP within the cell which in turn leads to the activation of cAMP-dependent protein kinase. The levels of cAMP accumulation within the cell caused by the 4 activators are not the same. Epinephrine, histamine, adenosine, and prostaglandins of the "E" series cause easily measurable concentrations of cAMP within 5 mm of exposure. Prostaglandin F2α causes only a small nonsignificant increase. Similarly, 2 phosphodiesterase inhibitors, which inhibit the breakdown of cAMP formed within the cell, differ in their ability to accumulate cAMP when cells are exposed to these agents alone. Isobutylmethylxanthine causes a measurable increase in cAMP, while theophylline, a weak inhibitor of phosphodiesterase, gives a nonsignificant increase in cAMP. Recently, experiments have shown that agents that give only slight increases in cAMP by biochemical measurements, that is, prostaglandins F2α and theophylline, are equally able to activate protein kinase within the cell. Since activation of protein kinase is the only mechanism for an increase in cAMP to have a physiologic effect, all of these agents that do activate protein kinase should cause physiologic effects. Using an explant culture system, we show in this paper that this supposition is correct and that all agents that activate protein kinase do result in inhibition of mitotic activity regardless of whether or not they are able to raise cAMP to a level that can be biochemically measured as being significantly different from the baseline value. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PROTEIN kinases KW - CYCLIC adenylic acid KW - CELLS KW - PROSTAGLANDINS KW - PROSTANOIDS KW - METHYLXANTHINES N1 - Accession Number: 12523200; Halprin, Kenneth M. 1,2 Taylor, J. Richard 1,2 Levine, Victor 1,2 Woodyard, Clyde 1,2 Adachi, Kenji 1,2 Comerford, Mary 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami. 2: Department of Dermatology, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, U.S.A.; Source Info: Dec83, Vol. 81 Issue 6, p553; Subject Term: PROTEIN kinases; Subject Term: CYCLIC adenylic acid; Subject Term: CELLS; Subject Term: PROSTAGLANDINS; Subject Term: PROSTANOIDS; Subject Term: METHYLXANTHINES; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12523200 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12523200&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dixit, Rakesh AU - Mukhtar, Hasan AU - Bickers, David R. T1 - Studies on the Role of Reactive Oxygen Species in Mediating Lipid Peroxide Formation in Epidermal Microsomes of Rat Skin. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1983/10// VL - 81 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 369 EP - 375 SN - 0022202X AB - The role of superoxide, hydrogen peroxide, and singlet oxygen in mediating nonenzymic and NADPH-supported enzymic lipid peroxidation in skin microsomes was investigated. Incubation of skin microsomes with NADPH and/or Fe+3-ADP or ascorbate resulted in the formation of lipid peroxides. The epidermis was the major target site for microsomal lipid peroxide formation in skin. Enzymic peroxidation of epidermal microsomes required NADPH and was oxygen-dependent. Addition of the nonenzymic catalysts, Fe+3 and ADP, to the enzymic peroxidation system had an additive effect on the generation of lipid peroxide in epidermal microsomes. Epidermal microsomal lipid peroxidation was inhibited by singlet oxygen quenchers such as dimethylfuran, histidine, and β-carotene. Hydroxyl ion scavengers such as mannitol, benzoate, or ethyl alcohol and the enzymic scavenger of superoxide, superoxide dismutase, were all ineffective in this respect. Addition of EDTA, Mn+2, cytoehrome c+3, and catalase to the NADPH-supported enzymic peroxidation system resulted in strong inhibition of lipid peroxide formation in skin. Glutathione or epidermal cytosol added alone or in combination to the NADPH-supported incubation system enhanced peroxidation of microsomal lipids. Vitamin E (α-tocopherol) inhibited lipid peroxidation. These results indicate that singlet oxygen may mediate lipid peroxide formation in epidermal microsomes. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - OXYGEN KW - MICROSOMES KW - SUPEROXIDES KW - LIPIDS KW - CATALYSTS KW - RATS as laboratory animals N1 - Accession Number: 12519980; Dixit, Rakesh 1 Mukhtar, Hasan 1 Bickers, David R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, Case Western Reserve University, and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A.; Source Info: Oct83, Vol. 81 Issue 4, p369; Subject Term: OXYGEN; Subject Term: MICROSOMES; Subject Term: SUPEROXIDES; Subject Term: LIPIDS; Subject Term: CATALYSTS; Subject Term: RATS as laboratory animals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325120 Industrial Gas Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12519980 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12519980&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Feingold, Kenneth R. AU - Brown, Barbara E. AU - Lear, Steven R. AU - Moser, Arthur H. AU - Elias, Peter M. T1 - Localization of De Novo Sterologenesis in Mammalian Skin. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1983/10// VL - 81 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 365 EP - 369 SN - 0022202X AB - Previous studies have demonstrated that the skin is an important site of de novo sterol synthesis and that there is a sex difference in cutaneous sterologenesis with male animals synthesizing more sterols than females. The aim of the present study was to localize the major sites of sterol synthesis within the skin and to determine which of these sites accounted for the sex differences in sterologenesis. In male and female rats whose dermal and epidermal layers are separated by dithiothreitol treatment, the dermis is the major site of skin sterologenesis (males 86% of total, females 82% of total). Moreover, the sex difference in skin sterol synthesis is quantitatively localized primarily within the dermal layer (∼ 2.5-fold greater in the dermis of males). Sterol synthesis is also increased in the epidermis of males. To rule out the possibility that sebaceous gland production accounted for our observations, we treated animals with isotretinoin (13-cis-retinoic acid), a drug that suppresses sebaceous gland sebum production. Sterol synthesis in the skin of both male and female rats is not significantly altered by isotretinoin administration and the sex difference in skin sterologenesis is unaffected. To further localize the sites of sterol synthesis within the skin, studies of hairless mice whose skin was split by DTT were initiated. In hairless mice, DTT separates the epidermis into upper (stratum corneum and granulosum) and lower (basal and spinous cells) strata. The basal layer was separated from the dermis by gentle scraping. As in rats, the dermis is the chief site of sterol synthesis in the skin. In addition, the lower layer of the epidermis (basal and spinous cells) is also a very active site of sterologenesis, accounting for 20% of total skin nonsaponifiable lipid synthesis. The upper epidermis accounted for only a small portion of total skin synthesis. It is highly likely that the bulk of cutaneous sterol synthesis occurs in the pilosebaceous epithelium. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - STEROLS KW - SKIN KW - DERMIS KW - ISOTRETINOIN KW - RATS as laboratory animals KW - SEX differences (Biology) N1 - Accession Number: 12519974; Feingold, Kenneth R. 1,2 Brown, Barbara E. 1,2 Lear, Steven R. 1,2 Moser, Arthur H. 1,2 Elias, Peter M. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, and Dermatology, University of California, San Francisco. 2: Metabolism and Dermatology Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Oct83, Vol. 81 Issue 4, p365; Subject Term: STEROLS; Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: DERMIS; Subject Term: ISOTRETINOIN; Subject Term: RATS as laboratory animals; Subject Term: SEX differences (Biology); NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12519974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12519974&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Takeda, Junji AU - Adachi, Kenji AU - Halprin, Kenneth M. AU - Nemoto, Osamu AU - Levine, Victor AU - Woodyard, Clyde T1 - "Leaky" Epidermal Cells Contain a Complete Receptor-Mediated Adenylate Cyclase System with an Accessible GTP Regulatory Protein. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1983/09// VL - 81 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 241 EP - 245 SN - 0022202X AB - Hormone sensitivity to epinephrine or histamine of the adenylate cyclase system in pig skin is very labile to homogenization. We have developed a new adenylate cyclase receptor-mediated assay system with trypsinized epidermal cells which are treated with hypotonic shock. This new assay system maintained the hormonal sensitivity, as both epinephrine and histamine clearly stimulated cyclic AMP production. Moreover, the Ka for each hormone on this system was similar to that obtained from the floating pig skin slice system. Receptor-adenylate cyclase unit (coupling) in this assay system is therefore preserved as it occurs in intact tissue or cells. Because of the "leaky" nature of our preparation, phosphorylated compounds such as GTP and its analogue and NaF can penetrate the cell membrane and stimulate cyclic AMP production. In this system refractoriness is still maintained to subsequent stimulation by a receptor activator, and cholera toxin can be shown to dramatically increase the activity of GTP on the GYP binding protein, presumably by preventing GTP hydrolysis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HORMONES KW - ADRENALINE KW - HISTAMINE KW - ADENYLATE cyclase KW - CARRIER proteins KW - SYMPATHOMIMETIC agents N1 - Accession Number: 12518232; Takeda, Junji 1,2 Adachi, Kenji 1,2 Halprin, Kenneth M. 1,2 Nemoto, Osamu 1,2 Levine, Victor 1,2 Woodyard, Clyde 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami. 2: Department of Dermatology, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, U.S.A.; Source Info: Sep83, Vol. 81 Issue 3, p241; Subject Term: HORMONES; Subject Term: ADRENALINE; Subject Term: HISTAMINE; Subject Term: ADENYLATE cyclase; Subject Term: CARRIER proteins; Subject Term: SYMPATHOMIMETIC agents; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12518232 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12518232&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Takeda, Junji AU - Adachi, Kenji AU - Halprin, Kenneth M. AU - Itami, Satoshi AU - Levine, Victor AU - Woodyard, Clyde T1 - Forskolin Activates Adenylate Cyclase Activity and Inhibits Mitosis in In Vitro in Pig Epidermis. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1983/09// VL - 81 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 236 EP - 240 SN - 0022202X AB - The novel adenylate cyclase activator forskolin caused rapid and high intracellular accumulation of cyclic AMP in a floating skin (epidermal) slice system. Increased cAMP levels were also detected in the media. Addition of a phosphodiesterase inhibitor to forskolin-containing medium caused only a slight increase in the intracellular cAMP level and forskolin itself did not inhibit phosphodiesterase activity. Ka of forskolin for epidermal adenylate cyclase was about 2-3 × 10-5 M. This forskolin activation was rapidly reversed after washing. The forskolin stimulation (Ka 5 × 10-5 M) was also found when tested with an epidermal membrane preparation which contained the catalytic unit of adenylate cyclase but lacked either the GTP or receptor stimulation. With the epidermal slice system, the combination of forskolin and epinephrine (or histamine) stimulated adenylate cyclase synergistically. The data suggest that forskolin activates not only the catalytic unit but also the nucleotide regulatory protein or the receptor--regulatory protein complex of the adenylate cyclase system. The cAMP accumulation caused by forskolin produced a dose-dependent mitotic inhibition of epidermal cells in an in vitro outgrowth system. This inhibitory effect was reversible 48 h after washing out the forskolin. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - FORSKOLIN KW - ANTIHYPERTENSIVE agents KW - ADENYLATE cyclase KW - MITOSIS KW - EPIDERMIS KW - PHOSPHODIESTERASES N1 - Accession Number: 12518219; Takeda, Junji 1,2 Adachi, Kenji 1,2 Halprin, Kenneth M. 1,2 Itami, Satoshi 1,2 Levine, Victor 1,2 Woodyard, Clyde 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami, Florida, U.S.A. 2: Department of Dermatology, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, U.S.A.; Source Info: Sep83, Vol. 81 Issue 3, p236; Subject Term: FORSKOLIN; Subject Term: ANTIHYPERTENSIVE agents; Subject Term: ADENYLATE cyclase; Subject Term: MITOSIS; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: PHOSPHODIESTERASES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12518219 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12518219&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Center, David M. AU - Wintroub, Bruce U. AU - Austen, K. Frank T1 - Identification of Chemoattractant Activity for Lymphocytes in Blister Fluid of Patients with Bullous Pemphigoid: Evidence for the Presence of a Lymphokine. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1983/09// VL - 81 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 204 EP - 208 SN - 0022202X AB - Bullous pemphigoid is characterized by the dermal infiltration of lymphocytes, which precedes the striking influx of eosinophils as the lesion evolves into the bullous phase. This finding prompted a search for chemoattractant activity for lymphocytes in the blister fluid of untreated individuals with bullous pemphigoid. We found such activity in the bullous fluids of 6 consecutive patients but not in a patient with pemphigus vulgaris. This lymphocyte chemoattractant activity separates into 4 peaks upon Sephadex G-100 chromatography and the peak of 56,000 daltons was further evaluated. Upon quaternary aminoethyl Sephadex-anion exchange chromatography this peak elutes at 4-8 ms and with preparative isoelectric focusing it demonstrates an isoelectric point of 8.6-9.0. This activity was susceptible to degradation by trypsin and neuraminidase, but was stable upon heating to 56°C for 30 min. Its chemoattractant activity is predominantly chemokinetic by checkerboard analysis. As defined by chromatography, stability, and functional characteristics, this activity is similar to a recently described human lymphocyte chemoattractant lymphokine. This finding suggests that products of activated lymphocytes are present in blister fluids of patients with bullous pemphigoid and may contribute to the early influx of lymphocytes in this disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - EOSINOPHILS KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - NEURAMINIDASE KW - TRYPSIN KW - CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis N1 - Accession Number: 12517976; Center, David M. 1,2,3 Wintroub, Bruce U. 1,2,3,4 Austen, K. Frank 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: Division of Pulmonary Medicine, Evans Memorial Department of Clinical Research, Boston University Medical Center, Boston. 2: Departments of Medicine and Dermatology, Harvard Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts, U.S.A. 3: Department of Rheumatology and Immunology, Brigham and Women's Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts, U.S.A. 4: Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, California 94121.; Source Info: Sep83, Vol. 81 Issue 3, p204; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: EOSINOPHILS; Subject Term: LEUCOCYTES; Subject Term: NEURAMINIDASE; Subject Term: TRYPSIN; Subject Term: CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12517976 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12517976&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Takeda, Junji AU - Adachi, Kenji AU - Halprin, Kenneth M. AU - Levine, Victor AU - Woodyard, Clyde T1 - Adenylate Cyclase Activation by Cholera Toxin in Pig Epidermis: An Obligatory Role of the GTP-Regulatory Protein. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1983/08// VL - 81 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 131 EP - 136 SN - 0022202X AB - Cholera toxin (CT) stimulates the epidermal adenylate cyclase system in vitro. This stimulation was demonstrated in the skin (slice) floating system and the homogenate (membrane) assay system. With the floating system, the addition of CT to the incubation medium caused a marked accumulation of cAMP intracellularly, which was both dose- and time-dependent. A 1-h lag time was present before activation started. Pretreatment of the skin with CT changed the nature of the stimulatory effect caused by epinephrine and histamine, i.e., the transient accumulation of cAMP (a peak at 5 min and subsequent decrease) was no longer observed but the stimulation became persistent. With the membrane assay system in which the receptor components had been uncoupled, adenylate cyclase activities were markedly stimulated by CT (with guanosine-5'-triphosphate, GTP), guanylyl-β,γ-imidodiphosphate (GTP-analog, Gpp[NH]p), or sodium fluoride. The stimulation was both dose- and time-dependent without an initial time lag. Either CT or Gpp[NH]p could fully activate adenylate cyclase, and the simultaneous addition of both did not cause further additive stimulation. These data are consistent with the view that the GTP-regulatory protein plays a key role in the activation of adenylate cyclase, and that CT both activates the catalytic unit and modifies the response to receptor hormones through its action on this protein. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ADENYLATE cyclase KW - EPIDERMIS KW - ADRENALINE KW - HISTAMINE KW - SODIUM fluoride KW - LYASES N1 - Accession Number: 12543336; Takeda, Junji 1,2 Adachi, Kenji 1,2 Halprin, Kenneth M. 1,2 Levine, Victor 1,2 Woodyard, Clyde 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami, Florida, U.S.A. 2: Department of Dermatology, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug83, Vol. 81 Issue 2, p131; Subject Term: ADENYLATE cyclase; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: ADRENALINE; Subject Term: HISTAMINE; Subject Term: SODIUM fluoride; Subject Term: LYASES; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12543336 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12543336&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Elias, Peter M. AU - Chung, Jay-Chaur AU - Orozco-Topete, Rocio AU - Nemanic, Michael K. T1 - Membrane Glycoconjugate Visualization and Biosynthesis in Normal and Retinoid-Treated Epidermis. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1983/07/15/Jul83 Supplement VL - 81 M3 - Article SP - 81s EP - 85s SN - 0022202X AB - Cell-membrane glycoconjugates can be visualized for ultrastructural and fluorescence studies with certain surface markers, such as lectins and antisaccharide antibodies. When frozen sections of mammalian epidermis are treated with a battery of rhodamine-conjugated lectins, the cell membranes display a pattern of increased sugar complexity during keratinocyte maturation. Although this vectorial sequence is disrupted following retinoid treatment, these changes occur only at high doses and late in the course of treatment, suggesting that retinoid-induced alterations may be secondary. Seemingly as a result of specific glycosidase activity within the cytosol of both granular and cornified cells, lectin staining suddenly disappears from stratum corneum cell membranes. Although lectins stain membrane glycoconjugates of cultured human keratinocytes, quantitative techniques are required to recognize differences in proliferating versus postmitotic cells and in cultures supplemented with various growth factors. Whereas retinoids consistently depress glycoprotein synthesis in cultured keratinocytes, in organ culture they stimulate epidermal glycoprotein, and particularly glycolipid, biosynthesis. These studies suggest (1) that visualization of membrane glycoconjugates with lectins can reveal important variations in normal and pathologic epidermal differentiation, (2) that lectins may reveal subtle quantitative alterations in differentiation in vitro, (3) that retinoid stimulation of glycoconjugate biosynthesis either displays important species differences or requires a higher level of organization than occurs in cell culture, and (4) that the retinoid effect on glycoconjugate biosynthesis in organ culture may provide another useful bioassay for retinoid potency. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EPIDERMIS KW - RETINOIDS KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - CELLS KW - SKIN KW - DITERPENES N1 - Accession Number: 12540746; Elias, Peter M. 1,2 Chung, Jay-Chaur Orozco-Topete, Rocio 1,2 Nemanic, Michael K. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, California, USA. 2: Department of Dermatology, University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco, California, USA.; Source Info: Jul83 Supplement, Vol. 81, p81s; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: RETINOIDS; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: CELLS; Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: DITERPENES; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12540746 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12540746&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Milstone, Leonard M. T1 - Population Dynamics in Cultures of Stratified Squamous Epithelia. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1983/07/15/Jul83 Supplement VL - 81 M3 - Article SP - 69s EP - 74s SN - 0022202X AB - Stratified squamous epithelia, such as those covering the skin, esophagus, and cervix, are normally in a dynamic steady state: production of new cells (proliferation) is matched by loss of terminally differentiated cells into the environment (desquamation). The parameters that describe population dynamics in stratified epithelia-number of dividing cells, number of cell layers, transit time, and rate of desquamation-can be closely monitored in cultures of stratified epithelial cells. Analysis of these data show that cultures of stratified epithelial cells can be maintained in a dynamic steady state for at least 1 month and thus have a dynamic behavior similar to stratified epithelia in viva. Although this in vitro behavior may be intuitively reasonable based on the in vivo behavior of these cells, it is remarkable in that it is contrary to the general experience with other normal cell types in culture. The usefulness of measuring population dynamics in cultures is demonstrated by an analysis of the actions of retinoids on human keratinocytes, In addition, we show that because of favorable geometry and ease of manipulation, these cultures are well-suited to the analysis of heterogeneity in the proliferating population of cells. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SKIN KW - EPITHELIAL cells KW - KERATIN KW - RETINOIDS KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - HUMAN anatomy N1 - Accession Number: 12540629; Milstone, Leonard M. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, Yale University School of Medicine, West Haven, Connecticut, U S A. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, Connecticut, U S A.; Source Info: Jul83 Supplement, Vol. 81, p69s; Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: EPITHELIAL cells; Subject Term: KERATIN; Subject Term: RETINOIDS; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: HUMAN anatomy; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12540629 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12540629&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Nordlund, James J. AU - Askenase, Philip W. T1 - The Effect of Histamine, Antihistamines, and a Mast Cell Stabilizer on the Growth of Cloudman Melanoma Cells in DBA/2 Mice. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1983/07// VL - 81 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 28 EP - 31 SN - 0022202X AB - The growth rate of Cloudman S91 melanoma cells was compared in groups of normal and immunologically compromised DBA/2 mice that had undergone thymectomy and treatment with antilymphocyte serum. Tumor growth was markedly accelerated in the immunosuppressed animals. Other groups of normal and immunosuppressed animals were treated with daily injections of either histamine, the H-2 antihistamine cimetidine, the H1 antihistamine pyrilamine; or the mast cell stabilizer proxicromil. Histamine treatment accelerated tumor growth, but only in normal animals and had little effect on tumor growth in immunocompromised hosts, Cimetidine treatment tended to increase tumor growth in normal hosts but this was statistically significant in only 1 of 3 experiments. In contrast, treatment with cimetidine, pyrilamine, or proxicromil always resulted in significant retardation of tumor growth in immunosuppressed animals. These data are consistent with the notion that thymectomy and treatment with antilymphocyte serum results in enhanced tumor growth that is in part due to activation of histamine-dependent suppressor cells. In this system, histamine activation of suppressor cells may be reversed by treatment with either antihistamines or proxicromil, a drug that prevents mast cell release of histamine. However, since the effects of these drugs seem to depend on. the immune status of the host, thorough evaluation of immunoregulatory function and careful testing to determine whether histamine blockers reduce or promote tumor growth would seem indicated when immunomodulatory treatment with these drugs is contemplated. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MELANOMA KW - HISTAMINE KW - ANTIHISTAMINES KW - THYMECTOMY KW - ANTILYMPHOCYTIC serum KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSION N1 - Accession Number: 12538356; Nordlund, James J. 1 Askenase, Philip W. 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, West Haven Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, Connecticut. 2: Department of Medicine, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, Connecticut, USA.; Source Info: Jul83, Vol. 81 Issue 1, p28; Subject Term: MELANOMA; Subject Term: HISTAMINE; Subject Term: ANTIHISTAMINES; Subject Term: THYMECTOMY; Subject Term: ANTILYMPHOCYTIC serum; Subject Term: IMMUNOSUPPRESSION; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12538356 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12538356&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Elias, Peter M. T1 - Epidermal Lipids, Barrier Function, and Desquamation. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1983/06/15/Jun83 Supplement VL - 80 M3 - Article SP - 44s EP - 49s SN - 0022202X AB - Based on recent morphologic, histochemical, and biochemical data, we propose a heterogeneous two-compartment model of the stratum corneum that ascribes a special role for intercellular lipids in the regulation of stratum corneum barrier function and desquamation. The evidence in favor of the model and several predictions based on the model are surveyed in this review. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EPIDERMIS KW - LIPIDS KW - SKIN KW - STEROIDS KW - BIOMOLECULES KW - HISTOCHEMISTRY N1 - Accession Number: 12537108; Elias, Peter M. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, California, U.S.A. 2: Department of Dermatology, University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jun83 Supplement, Vol. 80, p44s; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: LIPIDS; Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: STEROIDS; Subject Term: BIOMOLECULES; Subject Term: HISTOCHEMISTRY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12537108 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12537108&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Nemoto, Osamu AU - Takeda, Junji AU - Adachi, Kenji AU - Halprin, Kenneth M. AU - Woodyard, Clyde W. AU - Levine, Victor T1 - Reversal of β-Agonist-Induced Refractoriness in Skin by Tetracaine and Mepacrine. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1983/04// VL - 80 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 237 EP - 240 SN - 0022202X AB - We previously reported that in skin slices stimulated by a β-adrenergic agonist, the intracellular cyclic AMP level increased transiently. The level returned to a low steady state in 2040 mm and further stimulation by the agonist did not increase the cyclic AMP level, This state of "refractoriness" was found to be specific to the initial stimulator, i.e., histamine but not epinephrine could restimulate the cyclic AMP system after an initial exposure to epinephrine (Biochim Biophys Acta 497:428-436, 1977). We now report that incubation of skin with mepacrine or tetracaine after β-adrenergic stimulation caused partial recovery from the refractoriness. Neither the simultaneous incubation of skin with epinephrine plus mepacrine (or tetracaine) nor preincubation of skin with mepacrine (or tetracaine) before the β-adrenergic stimulation prevented the development of the refractoriness, Mepacrine inhibited the skin adenylate cyclase catalytic (or the complex of GTP-regulatory protein and catalytic) unit. The available data suggest that mepacrine and tetracaine interacted with the agonist-receptor complex at the cell membrane. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CHEMICAL agonists KW - SKIN KW - QUINACRINE KW - HISTAMINE KW - ADRENALINE KW - CELL membranes KW - ANTIMALARIALS N1 - Accession Number: 12534532; Nemoto, Osamu 1,2 Takeda, Junji 1,2 Adachi, Kenji 1,2 Halprin, Kenneth M. 1,2 Woodyard, Clyde W. 1,2 Levine, Victor 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami, Florida, U.S.A. 2: Department of Dermatology, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, U.S.A.; Source Info: Apr83, Vol. 80 Issue 4, p237; Subject Term: CHEMICAL agonists; Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: QUINACRINE; Subject Term: HISTAMINE; Subject Term: ADRENALINE; Subject Term: CELL membranes; Subject Term: ANTIMALARIALS; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12534532 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12534532&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Grekin, Roy C. AU - Ellis, Charles N. AU - Goldstein, Nancy G. AU - Swanson, Neil A. AU - Anderson, Thomas F. AU - Duell, Elizabeth A. AU - Voorhees, John J. T1 - Decreased Urinary Polyamines in Patients with Psoriasis Treated with Etretinate. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1983/03// VL - 80 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 181 EP - 184 SN - 0022202X AB - Oral administration of the aromatic retinoid etretinate is effective therapy for psoriasis and other epidermal hyperproliferative disorders. Since polyamine metabolism is known to be important in cell growth and differentiation, we measured urinary levels of the polyamines putrescine, spermidine, and spermine as a reflection of cutaneous polyamine metabolism in 19 psoriatic patients treated with etretinate for 16 weeks. Using thin-layer chromatography, polyamine determinations were performed on urine collected pretherapy, during therapy, and 8 weeks after therapy was concluded. Good to excellent clearing of psoriasis occurred in 18 of 19 patients. All urinary polyamines showed a downward trend in the first week of therapy, prior to significant clinical improvement. At week 16 of therapy, the greatest reduction in mean urinary polyamine content occurred. Mean putrescine levels decreased from pretherapy to week 16 by 27% (p < 0.001), mean spermidine values fell by 34% (p < 0.001), and mean spermine levels declined by 37% (p = 0.005). These data are consistent with the hypothesis that etretinate inhibits polyamine biosynthesis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PSORIASIS -- Treatment KW - POLYAMINES KW - BIOSYNTHESIS KW - ETRETINATE KW - SPERMIDINE KW - ALIPHATIC compounds N1 - Accession Number: 12533435; Grekin, Roy C. 1 Ellis, Charles N. 2 Goldstein, Nancy G. 1 Swanson, Neil A. 1 Anderson, Thomas F. 2 Duell, Elizabeth A. 1 Voorhees, John J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of Michigan Medical School, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A. 2: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A.; Source Info: Mar1983, Vol. 80 Issue 3, p181; Subject Term: PSORIASIS -- Treatment; Subject Term: POLYAMINES; Subject Term: BIOSYNTHESIS; Subject Term: ETRETINATE; Subject Term: SPERMIDINE; Subject Term: ALIPHATIC compounds; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12533435 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12533435&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Nemoto, Osamu AU - Adachi, Kenji AU - Takeda, Junji AU - Yoshikawa, Kunihiko AU - Halprin, Kenneth M. AU - Levine, Victor AU - Woodyard, Clyde T1 - Cyclic AMP-Dependent Protein Kinase Isozymes of Pig Skin and Human Skin from Normal and Psoriatic Subjects. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1983/02// VL - 80 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 111 EP - 115 SN - 0022202X AB - Cyclic AMP-dependent protein kinase isozymes of pig and human skin (epidermis) were separated by DEAE- cellulose column chromatography after micromodification for small biopsy samples. Clear-cut separations of type I and type II isozymes, winch were of about equal amounts, could be obtained only when the ischemia effect was avoided by in vivo freezing of skin and homogenization for less than 10 s. Intradermal injections of epinephrine caused dose-dependent activation of type I isozyme, but not of type 11. Injections of other skin adenylate cyclase stimulators such as histamine, adenosine, and prostaglandin E2 elevated the local cyclic AMP levels to not more than 5 pmol/mg protein and also stimulated only the type I isozyme. Incubation of keratome-sliced pig skin under various conditions caused both activation by dissociation and inactivation by dissociation of the subunits, which appeared to be dependent on the cyclic AMP content. Epinephrine added to the incubation medium led to complete activation of both type I and type II isozymes (the intraepidermal cyclic AMP contents ranged from 20-50 pmol/mg protein). The isozymes of normal skin and involved skin of psoriatics showed identical peaks of type I and type II Isozymes of equal amounts. The data indicate that protein kinase in the involved skin is not in an activated (by cyclic AMP) state. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CYCLIC adenylic acid KW - PROTEIN kinases KW - ISOENZYMES KW - EPIDERMIS KW - PSORIASIS KW - CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis N1 - Accession Number: 12531734; Nemoto, Osamu 1 Adachi, Kenji 1 Takeda, Junji 1 Yoshikawa, Kunihiko 1 Halprin, Kenneth M. 1 Levine, Victor 1 Woodyard, Clyde 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami and Department of Dermatology, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, U.S.A.; Source Info: Feb83, Vol. 80 Issue 2, p111; Subject Term: CYCLIC adenylic acid; Subject Term: PROTEIN kinases; Subject Term: ISOENZYMES; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: PSORIASIS; Subject Term: CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12531734 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12531734&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Yoshikawa, Kunihiko AU - Takeda, Junji AU - Nemoto, Osamu AU - Ito, Takao AU - Halprin, Kenneth M. AU - Adachi, Kenji T1 - Phosphorylation of Pig Epidermal Soluble Protein by Endogenous cAMP-Dependent Protein Kinase. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1983/02// VL - 80 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 108 EP - 111 SN - 0022202X AB - The distribution of adenosine 3',5'-monophosphate (cAMP)-dependent protein kinase and its substrate proteins was analyzed using soluble and particulate fractions of pig epidermal homogenates. When histone was used as a substrate for this enzyme reaction, protein kinase activity was distributed almost equally between the soluble and particulate fractions. However, the effect of exogenously added cAMP was confined almost exclusively to the soluble enzyme. Endogenous protein phosphorylation in the absence of exogenous histone was higher in the particulate fraction than in the soluble fraction, but the stimulating effect of cAMP was observed only in the soluble fraction. These results indicate that cAMP-dependent protein kinase is predominantly localized in the soluble fraction and phosphorylates soluble epidermal proteins. The particulate fraction contains protein kinase which is cAMP-independent and phosphorylates particulate-bound proteins as well as histone, Based on these observations, the soluble fraction was incubated with [γ-32P]-ATP in the presence or absence of cAMP, and phosphorylated protein was analyzed by SDS disc- or slab-gel electrophoresis followed by autoradiography. Among many proteins whose phosphorylation was slightly increased by cAMP, a protein with M, ∼45,000 was found which was markedly phosphorylated in the presence of cAMP. Although this protein corresponds to one of the richest proteins in the epidermal soluble fraction, an important physiologic role for this phosphorylation has not been clarified. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PHOSPHORYLATION KW - PROTEINS KW - ADENYLIC acid KW - HISTONES KW - GEL electrophoresis KW - SWINE N1 - Accession Number: 12531722; Yoshikawa, Kunihiko Takeda, Junji 1 Nemoto, Osamu 1 Ito, Takao 2 Halprin, Kenneth M. 1 Adachi, Kenji 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of Miami School of Medicine and Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami, Florida, U. S. A. 2: Central Research Laboratory, Maenad Cosmetics Ltd., Nagoya, Japan.; Source Info: Feb83, Vol. 80 Issue 2, p108; Subject Term: PHOSPHORYLATION; Subject Term: PROTEINS; Subject Term: ADENYLIC acid; Subject Term: HISTONES; Subject Term: GEL electrophoresis; Subject Term: SWINE; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424520 Livestock Merchant Wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 411110 Live animal merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112210 Hog and Pig Farming; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12531722 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12531722&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sohnle, Peter G. AU - Collins-Lech, Cathleen T1 - Activation of Complement by Pityrosporum orbiculare. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1983/02// VL - 80 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 93 EP - 97 SN - 0022202X AB - The ability to activate complement in human serum was evaluated for the two yeast-like organisms Pityrosporum orbiculare, the presumed etiologic agent of tinea versicolor, and Candida albicans. Complement activation was measured by: (a) using inhibition of rabbit red blood cell lysis by human serum after incubation with the organisms, and (b) quantitation of the amount of C3 deposited on the surface of the yeast by an enzyme-linked immunoadsorbent assay. It was found that both organisms had approximately equal ability to activate complement in normal serum or serum having only the alternative pathway intact, even though extracts of C. albicans contained significantly greater amounts of both carbohydrate and antigenic material capable of combining with the antibody present in normal human serum. The marked difference in inflammation in the cutaneous lesions produced by these two organisms does not appear to be related to their complement-activating ability and is more likely due to some other factor such as differences in invasiveness or in ability to elicit other immunologic reactions. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MALASSEZIA KW - SERUM KW - CANDIDA albicans KW - RABBITS as laboratory animals KW - ENZYME-linked immunosorbent assay KW - IMMUNOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 12531644; Sohnle, Peter G. 1 Collins-Lech, Cathleen 1; Affiliation: 1: Section of Infectious Diseases, Department of Medicine, Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee and Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wood (Milwaukee), Wisconsin, U.S.A.; Source Info: Feb83, Vol. 80 Issue 2, p93; Subject Term: MALASSEZIA; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: CANDIDA albicans; Subject Term: RABBITS as laboratory animals; Subject Term: ENZYME-linked immunosorbent assay; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12531644 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12531644&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ito, Masaaki AU - Hashimoto, Ken T1 - Trichohyaline Granules in Hair Cortex. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1982/12// VL - 79 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 392 EP - 398 SN - 0022202X AB - A granular structure was found in the keratogenous zone of the cortex in human hair follicles. This granule was a round, relatively electron-dense, homogeneous structure 0.1-0.3 μm in diameter and not membrane-limited. It appeared in cortical cells in the keratogenous zone, fused to the tonofilaments, and disappeared before the complete keratinization of the cortex. Thus, this granule was considered to be a trichohyaline granule. Similar granules were found in the nuclei of cortical cells in the keratogenous zone. A comprehensive survey of various human hairs confirmed tins observation, Trichohyaline granules were also present in the cortical cells of guinea pig hair in the keratogenous zone. however, a similar survey on mouse hair cortex did not reveal trichohyaline granules in this species. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CYTOPLASMIC granules KW - HAIR follicles KW - EPITHELIUM KW - CYTOPLASMIC filaments KW - EPIDERMIS KW - CELL nuclei N1 - Accession Number: 12530236; Ito, Masaaki 1 Hashimoto, Ken 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology and Syphilology, Wayne State University School of Medicine, Detroit 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Allen Park, Michigan, USA.; Source Info: Dec82, Vol. 79 Issue 6, p392; Subject Term: CYTOPLASMIC granules; Subject Term: HAIR follicles; Subject Term: EPITHELIUM; Subject Term: CYTOPLASMIC filaments; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: CELL nuclei; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12530236 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12530236&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Moellmann, Gisela AU - Klein-Angerer, Sigrid AU - Scollay, David A. AU - Nordlund, James J. AU - Lerner, Aaron B. T1 - Extracellular Granular Material and Degeneration of Keratinocytes in the Normally Pigmented Epidermis of Patients with Vitiligo. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1982/11// VL - 79 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 321 EP - 330 SN - 0022202X AB - Multiple biopsy specimens from the skin of 28 patients with common vitiligo were examined by light and electron microscopy. The patients were grouped according to the activity of their disease: progressing, stable, repigmenting, and resistant to treatment with psoralen plus sunlight. Three biopsy sites were sampled from each patient: (W) a white spot; (I) the pigmented and white interface; and (P) normally pigmented skin 1-15 cm away from I. Control specimens were obtained from 17 persons without vitiligo. Two microscopic abnormalities were observed in the epidermis of the patients with vitiligo: deposits of extracellular granular material, and foci of vacuolar degeneration of basal and parabasal keratinocytes. The extracellular granular material appeared to be derived from the cytoplasm of vacuolated keratinocytes. The abnormalities were observed in greatest abundance in the normally pigmented skin of patients with rapidly progressing or stable disease. They were absent from repigmenting skin and from the skin of healthy controls. Epidermal infiltrates of mononuclear leukocytes were seen only in the normally pigmented skin of the 2 patients whose vitiligo was resistant to treatment. Our observations indicate that cellular degeneration and the generation of debris in vitiligo are not limited to melanocytes but include keratinocytes and probably whole epidermal melanin units. Our findings also indicate that the fine structure of the epidermis in normal-appearing skin is markedly altered by the disease process in patients with vitiligo. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CYTOPLASM KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - BLOOD cells KW - MELANOCYTES KW - EPITHELIAL cells N1 - Accession Number: 12500086; Moellmann, Gisela 1 Klein-Angerer, Sigrid 1 Scollay, David A. 1 Nordlund, James J. 2 Lerner, Aaron B. 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Dermatology, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven. 2: West Haven Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, Connecticut, U.S.A.; Source Info: Nov82, Vol. 79 Issue 5, p321; Subject Term: CYTOPLASM; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: LEUCOCYTES; Subject Term: BLOOD cells; Subject Term: MELANOCYTES; Subject Term: EPITHELIAL cells; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12500086 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12500086&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - KEROACK, MARK AU - FIELDS, BERNARD N. T1 - Viral Shedding and Transmission Between Hosts Determined by Reovirus L2 Gene. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1986/06/27/ VL - 232 IS - 4758 M3 - Article SP - 1635 EP - 1638 SN - 00368075 AB - Two reovirus isolates (type 1 Lang and type 3 Dearing) differ in their transmissibility between littermates ofnewborn mice. They also differ in the amounts ofvirus excreted by the gastrointestinal tract. With the use of reassortant viruses, these properties were mapped to the L2 gene. Thus environmental spread of reovirus is a genetic property. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87519479; KEROACK, MARK 1,2 FIELDS, BERNARD N. 1,3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Microbiology and Molecular Genetics, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA 02115 2: West Roxbury Veterans Administration Hospital, West Roxbury, MA 02132 3: Department of Medicine (Infectious Disease), Brigham and Women's Hospital, and the Shipley Institute of Medicine, Boston, MA 02115; Source Info: 6/27/1986, Vol. 232 Issue 4758, p1635; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=87519479&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - GASSON, JUDITH C. AU - WEISBART, RICHARD H. AU - KAUFMAN, SUSAN E. AU - CLARK, STEVEN C. AU - HEWICK, RODNEY M. AU - WONG, GORDON G. AU - GOLDE, DAVID W. T1 - Purffied Human Granulocyte-Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor: Direct Action on Neutrophils. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1984/12/14/ VL - 226 IS - 4680 M3 - Article SP - 1339 EP - 1342 SN - 00368075 AB - Neutrophil migration inhibition factorfrom T lymphocytes (NIF-T) is a lymphokine that acts to localize granulocytes. Medium conditioned by the Mo human T-lymphoblast cell line was used to purify NIF-T, a glycoprotein with a molecular weight of 22,000. The NIF-T wasfound to potently stimulate the growth of granulocyte and macrophage colonies from human bone marrow and colony formation by the KG-I myeloid leukemia cell line. Thus a human lymphokine (NIF-T) that modulates the activities of mature neutrophilic granulocytes is also a colonystimulating factor acting on precursors to induce growth and differentiation of new effector cells. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 84692147; GASSON, JUDITH C. 1 WEISBART, RICHARD H. 2 KAUFMAN, SUSAN E. 3 CLARK, STEVEN C. 4 HEWICK, RODNEY M. 4 WONG, GORDON G. 4 GOLDE, DAVID W. 3; Affiliation: 1: Division of Hematology-Oncology, Department of Medicine, University of California School of Medicine, Los Angeles 90024 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, California 91343 3: Division of Hematology-Oncology, University of California School of Medicine, Los Angeles 90024 4: Genetics Institute, 225 Longwood Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 02115; Source Info: 12/14/1984, Vol. 226 Issue 4680, p1339; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=84692147&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Barondes, Samuel H. T1 - Soluble Lectins: A New Class of Extracellular Proteins. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1984/03/23/ VL - 223 IS - 4642 M3 - Article SP - 1259 EP - 1264 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 84672124; Barondes, Samuel H. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Professor, Department of Psychiatry, University of California, San Diego, La Jolla 92093 2: Staff, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego 92161; Source Info: 3/23/1984, Vol. 223 Issue 4642, p1259; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=84672124&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mazza, John E. AU - Newman, Michael G. AU - Sims, Thomas N. T1 - Clinical and antimicrobial effect of stannous fluoride on periodontitis. JO - Journal of Clinical Periodontology JF - Journal of Clinical Periodontology Y1 - 1981/06// VL - 8 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 203 EP - 212 SN - 03036979 AB - The antimicrobial effect of stannous fluoride (SnF2) on suspected pathogenic morphotypes of bacterial plaque in chronic periodontal disease was assessed. Alterations in morphological groups of subgingival and supragingival plaque bacteria from three diseased sites and one periodontally healthy site were determined by darkfield microscopy in 10 male patients with advanced periodontitis. In addition, clinical indices were also measured. The three diseased sites received either 1.64% SnF2, 0.4% SnF2 or sterile saline by subgingival irrigation. The healthy site received sterile saline only. The patients were seen weekly over a 10-week period and at each appointment bacterial sampling and clinical indices were measured. Results indicated that 1.64% SnF2 caused a dramatic and sustained decrease of subgingival motile bacteria and spirochetes following irrigation. By the sixth week these bacteria returned to 50% of their original concentration. Bleeding index scores, which were significantly reduced, correlated positively to the reduction in motile bacteria and spirochetes. Sites irrigated with 0.4% SnF2 also demonstrated a similar pattern of reduction of motile bacteria and spirochetes but without their total elimination and a more rapid return to original levels. In the diseased sites receiving sterile saline there was a decrease in motile bacteria and spirochetes, corresponding with saline irrigation, which rapidly returned to baseline levels. The healthy control sites were unchanged. Supragingival plaque index scores did not correlate with the bleeding index, motile bacteria and spirochetes, or with subgingival irrigation. (English) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - On a dans cette étude essayé d'évaluer l'action antimicrobienne du fluorure stanneux sur les types morphologiques supposés pathogènes dans la plaque bactérienne de cas de parodontopathies chroniques. L'étude a porté sur 10 sujets du sexe masculine présentant une parodontite à un stade avancé. Les altérations prenant place dans les groupes morphologiques des bactéries de la plaque subgingivale et supragingivale provenant de 3 localisations pathologiques et d'une localization au parodonte sain ont été constatées par examen microscopique en fond noir. De plus, les indices cliniques ont aussi été étables. Les trios sites pathologiques ont re¸e;u soit du fluorure stanneux (SnF2) à 0,4 %, soit une solution saline stérile, en irrigations sous-gingivales. La localization saine a reçu uniquement la solution saline stérile. Les patients ont été observés une fois par semaine pendant une période de 10 semaines: à chacune de ces visites, on a période de 10 semaines: à chacune de ces visites, on a procédé à un prélèvement bactérien et déterminé les indices cliniques. Il resort des résultats que SnF2 à 1,64% provoquait une diminution spectaculaire et persistante du nombre de bactéries mobiles et de spirochètes dans la flore subgingivale après irrigiation. A la sixième semaine, la concentration de ces bactéries revenait à 50% de leur concentration initiale. Les scores de l'indice de saignement, qui avaient diminué de façon significative, étaient en corrélation positive avec la réduction des bactéries mobiles et spirochètes. Les localizations ayant reçu des irrigations au SnF2 à 0,4% présentaient aussi de façon analogue une diminution des bactéries mobiles et spirochètes, mais sans élimination totale, et avec un retour plus rapide aux niveaux initiaux. Dans les localizations pathologiques traitées par la solution saline stérile, on constatait une diminution des bactéries mobilies et spirochètes, correspondant à l'irrigation de solution, et revenant rapidement aux niveaux initiaux. Les localizations saines témoins restaient inchangées. Les indices de la plaque supragingivale n'étaient en corrélation ni avec les indices du saignement, ni avec les bactéries mobiles et spirochètes, ni avec l'irrigation sous-gingivale. (French) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - In der vorliegenden Studie wurde der antimikrobielle Effekt von Zinfluorid (SnF,2) auf vermutete pathogene Morphotypen bakterieller Plaque bei chronischer Parodontalkrankheit untersucht. Bei 10 erwachsenen Patienten mit fortgeschrittener Parodontitis wurde, an 3 erkrankten und einer parodontal gesunden Region entnommene, supra- und subgingivale Plaque im Dunkelfeldmikroskop auf Veränderungen morphologischer Gruppen untersucht. Weiterhin wurden klinische Indizes beurteilt. Die 3 erkrankten Regionen wurden sodann mit entweder 1,64%-igem SnF2, 0,4%-igem SnF2 oder nur mit steriler Kochsalzlösung subgingival irrigiert. Die gesunde Region wurde lediglich mit steriler Kochsalzlösung gespült. Die Patienten wurden während einer Versuchsperiode von 10 Wochen einmal wöchentlich einbestellt. Bei jedem Besuch wurden bakterielle Abstriche entnommen und klinische Indizes ausgewertet. Die Resultate zeigen, dass SnF2 in einer Konzentration von 1,64% nach der Spülung eine dramatische und andauernde Verminderung motiler Bakterien und Spirochaeten erreichte. In der sechsten Woche kamen dann diese Bakterien auf 50 % ihrer ursprünglichen Konzentration zurück. Die signifikant reduzierten Bewertungseinheiten (scores) des Blutungsindex korrelierten positiv mit der Reduktion motiler Bakterien und Spirochaeten. Bei Regionen, die mit 0,4%-igem SnF2 irrigiert worden waren, lag eine ähnliche Reduktion motiler Bakterien und Spirochaeten vor, jedoch ohne dass es zur totalen Elimintion der Mikroorganismen kam. Ausserdem wurde das ursprüngliche bakterielle Konzentrationsniveau Schneller erreicht. An den erkrankten Regionen, die mit steriler Kochsalzlösung gespült worden waren, kam es direct nach der Irrigation zur Verminderung der motilen Bakterien und der Spirochaeten, deren Konzentrationen jedoch schneller wieder die Ausgangswerte erreichten. Die gesunden Kontrollregionen blieben unverädert. Die supragingivalen Plaqueindex-scores waren sowohl vom Blutungsindex, von den motilen Bakterien und Spirochaeten als auch von der subgingivalen Irrigation unabhängig. (German) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Periodontology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANTI-infective agents KW - FLUORIDES KW - DENTAL plaque KW - PERIODONTAL disease KW - ORAL irrigators KW - SPIROCHETES KW - advanced periodontitis KW - antimicrobial KW - Stannous fluoride N1 - Accession Number: 13489483; Mazza, John E. 1 Newman, Michael G. 2 Sims, Thomas N. 1; Affiliation: 1: Periodontics Section, Dental Service, Veterans Administration, Wadsworth Medical Center. 2: Section of Periodontics, UCLA School of Dentistry, Los Angeles, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jun1981, Vol. 8 Issue 3, p203; Subject Term: ANTI-infective agents; Subject Term: FLUORIDES; Subject Term: DENTAL plaque; Subject Term: PERIODONTAL disease; Subject Term: ORAL irrigators; Subject Term: SPIROCHETES; Author-Supplied Keyword: advanced periodontitis; Author-Supplied Keyword: antimicrobial; Author-Supplied Keyword: Stannous fluoride; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-051X.ep13489483 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13489483&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dorfman, Howan S. AU - Kennedy, James E. AU - Bird, William C. T1 - Longitudinal evaluation of free autogenous gingival grafts. JO - Journal of Clinical Periodontology JF - Journal of Clinical Periodontology Y1 - 1980/08// VL - 7 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 316 EP - 324 SN - 03036979 AB - This study was designed to determine the necessity for and effectiveness of the free autogenous gingival graft in maintaining the periodontal attachment to teeth Ninety- two patients with bilateral facial surfaces of inadequate keratinized gingiva had a free autogenous gingival graft placed on one of the facial surfaces (experimental side) while the contralateral side served as the control Measurements were recorded from the CEJ to the 1) free gingival margin, 2) base of the gingival sulcus, and 3) mucogingival junction on the mid-facial of selected teeth. The Gingival Index and Plaque Index (Löe 1967) were also evaluated. A total of 107 grafts were performed and followed from 6 months to 2 years post grafting Patients were recalled (scaling, root planing, plaque control instruction) and clinical parameters such as pocket depth, recession and attachment level were measured at 3- and 6-month intervals. Both experimental (grafted) and control (unoperaled) sides showed marked reduction in the Gingnal Index and Plaque Index. Neither side demonstrated further attachment loss. It would appear that minimizing inflammation is sufficient to maintain attachment levels despite the width of keratinized attached gingiva. (English) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Cette étude a été conçue dans le but d'établir si les greffes gingivales libres autogènes sont nécessaires et quelle est leur efficacité pour le maintien de l'attache parodontate. Chez 92 patients qui, des deux côtés, présentaient une insuffisance de la gencive kératinisée au niveau de faces vestibulaires, une greffe guigivale libre autogène a été faite au niveau d'une des faces vestibulaires (côté expérimental), tandis que le côté controlatéral servait de témoin. Les enregistrerments ont porté sur la distance entre la jonction cément-émail et 1) le rebord de la gencive libre, 2) le fond du sillon gingival et 3) la jonction muco-gingivale au milieu de la face vestibulaire des dents sélectionnées. L'Indice Gingival et l'Indice de Plaque (Loe, 1967) ont également été évaluées. Cent sept greffes ont ainsi été pratiquées, avec contrôle ultérieur allant de six mois à deux ans après la greffe. Les patients ont été convoqués (détartrage, polissage des raciness, instruction d'hygiène pour assurer l'éliminationde la plaque), et les paramètres cliniques, tells que la profondeur des culs-de-sac, la rétraction gingivale et le niveau de l'attachement ont été mesurés à des intervalles de trios mois et de six mois. On a constaté une réduction marquée de l'Indice Gingival et de l'Indice Plaque, tant du côté expérimental (avec greffe) que du côté témoin (non opéré). Ni d'un côté ni de l'autre on n'a constatéde perte ultérieure de l'attachement. Il semblerait que le fait de réduire l'inflammation à un minimum soit suffisant pour maintenir les niveaux de l'attachement, indépendamment de la profondeur de la gencive attachée kératinisée. (French) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Diese Studie wurde geplant um Zweckmässigkeit und Effizienz freier gingivaler Autotransplantate zur Beibehaltung und Wiederherstellung parodontalen Attachmentniveaus festzustellen. Bei zwiundneunzig Patienten mit unvollusänding keratinisierter Gingiva an bilateralen fazialen Oberflächen wurde an einer dieser Oberflächen (Versuchsseite) ein freies gingivales Autotransplantat eingeheilt, während die kontralaterale Seite der Kontrolle diente. Die Messungen wurden von der CEJ (schmelzzementgrenze) ausgehend, bis 1. zum freien Gingivalrand, 2. bis zum Boden des gingivalen Sulkus und 3. bis zum mukogingivalen übergang in der Mitte der fazialen Region der zum Versuch ausgewählten Zähne hin, vorgenommen. Der Gingivalindex und Plaqueindex (Löe, 1967) wurde ebenfalls bestimmt. Einhundertsieben Transplantationen wurden vorgenommen und vom 6. Monat bis zum zweiten Jahr nach der Transplantation begutachtet. Die Patienten wurden in drei- und sechsmontlichen Intervallen nachuntersucht und Zahnsteinentfernung, Wurzelglättung und Instruktion zur Durchführung der Plaquekontrolle vorgenommen. Klinische Parameter wie Taschentiefen, Rezessionen und Attachmentniveaus wurden registriert. Sowohl an der operierten Versuchs- als auch an der nicht behandelten Kontrollseite wurden reduzierte Gingival- und Plaqueindizes festgestellt. Ein weiterer Attachmentverlust trat an keiner der beiden Seiten ein. Scheinbar reicht die Herabsetzung entzündlicher Veräderungen bereits aus um das Attachmentniveau zu erhalten. Die Breite der keratinisierten angewachsenen Gingiva scheint dabei belanglos zu sein. (German) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Clinical Periodontology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EVALUATION KW - DESIGN KW - PERIODONTICS KW - TEETH KW - PATIENTS KW - INFLAMMATION KW - Free grafts KW - gingival grafts KW - longitudinal N1 - Accession Number: 13481749; Dorfman, Howan S. 1 Kennedy, James E. 1 Bird, William C. 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Periodontics, Medical College of Virginia, Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond, Virginia. 2: McGuire Veterans Administration Hospital, Richmond, Virginia, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug1980, Vol. 7 Issue 4, p316; Subject Term: EVALUATION; Subject Term: DESIGN; Subject Term: PERIODONTICS; Subject Term: TEETH; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: INFLAMMATION; Author-Supplied Keyword: Free grafts; Author-Supplied Keyword: gingival grafts; Author-Supplied Keyword: longitudinal; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-051X.ep13481749 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13481749&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Shellhase, Leslie J. AU - Ritter, Susan Craft T1 - Experiential Research by Disabled Students Into the Social and Emotional Components Of Disabling Illness. JO - Journal of Education for Social Work JF - Journal of Education for Social Work Y1 - 1980///Spring1980 VL - 16 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 7 EP - 13 SN - 00220612 AB - The opportunity to conduct research into an area of personal disability provides the graduate student additional maturation and in creased self-realization. The student is thereby able to contribute significantly to the corporate knowledge of the disability through integration of past personal experience with the knowledge and techniques gained through professional education. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Education for Social Work is the property of Council on Social Work Education and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DISABILITIES KW - RESEARCH KW - COLLEGE students KW - ETHICS KW - CONTINUING education KW - SELF-realization KW - PROFESSIONAL education N1 - Accession Number: 14894579; Shellhase, Leslie J. 1 Ritter, Susan Craft 2; Affiliation: 1: Professor in the School of Social Work at the University of Alabama. 2: Psychiatric social worker in the Alcohol Dependency Treatment Program at the Veterans Administration Medical Center, Birmingham, Alabama.; Source Info: Spring1980, Vol. 16 Issue 2, p7; Subject Term: DISABILITIES; Subject Term: RESEARCH; Subject Term: COLLEGE students; Subject Term: ETHICS; Subject Term: CONTINUING education; Subject Term: SELF-realization; Subject Term: PROFESSIONAL education; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611430 Professional and Management Development Training; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611310 Colleges, Universities, and Professional Schools; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14894579&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Berkey, Catherine S. AU - Douglass, Chester W. AU - Valachovic, Richard W. AU - Chauncey, Howard H. T1 - Longitudinal radiographic analysis of carious lesion progression. JO - Community Dentistry & Oral Epidemiology JF - Community Dentistry & Oral Epidemiology Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 16 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 83 EP - 90 SN - 03015661 AB - Information on the rate at which carious lesions progress through the enamel of human teeth in an adult population was obtained from dental radiographs taken at 3-yr intervals, over a 10-yr period on 602 men. Clinical measures of calculus deposition, plaque accumulation, gingival inflammation, tooth mobility, periodontal pocket depth, and gingival recession were studied to find predictors that might be of value to the clinician for determining how frequently radiographs should be taken. We estimate that 50% of the enamel lesions on mesial and distal surfaces, if left untreated, would not progress into the dentin until 73 months had elapsed after the lesion was initiated. Significant differences in the progression rate were associated with the arch and tooth type. Patient age, number of decayed or filled surfaces, degree of gingival inflammation, amount of recession, and plaque accumulation were positively associated with more rapid caries progression. while greater numbers of teeth present were predictive of slower disease progression. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Community Dentistry & Oral Epidemiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MEDICAL radiography KW - ENAMEL & enameling KW - DENTAL care KW - MEDICAL care KW - TEETH KW - dental caries KW - dental radiograpbs KW - disease progression KW - enamel lesion progression time KW - longitudinal data N1 - Accession Number: 12015292; Berkey, Catherine S. 1 Douglass, Chester W. 1 Valachovic, Richard W. 2 Chauncey, Howard H. 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dental Care Administration, Harvard School of Dental Medicine and Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Massachusetts, USA. 2: Department of Oral Diagnosis and Oral Radiology, Division of Dentistry, Brigham and women's Hospital, Harvard School of Dental Medicine and Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Massachusetts, USA. 3: Department of Oral Medicine and Oral Pathology, Harvard School of Dental Medicine and Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Massachusetts, USA.; Source Info: Apr1988, Vol. 16 Issue 2, p83; Subject Term: MEDICAL radiography; Subject Term: ENAMEL & enameling; Subject Term: DENTAL care; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: TEETH; Author-Supplied Keyword: dental caries; Author-Supplied Keyword: dental radiograpbs; Author-Supplied Keyword: disease progression; Author-Supplied Keyword: enamel lesion progression time; Author-Supplied Keyword: longitudinal data; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621210 Offices of Dentists; NAICS/Industry Codes: 339114 Dental Equipment and Supplies Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 339116 Dental Laboratories; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621512 Diagnostic Imaging Centers; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0528.ep12015292 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12015292&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fleiss, J. L. AU - Park, M. H. AU - Chilton, N. W. AU - Alman, J. E. AU - Feldman, R. S. AU - Chauncey, H. H. T1 - Representativeness of the "Ramfjord teeth" for epidemiologic studies of gingivitis and periodontitis. JO - Community Dentistry & Oral Epidemiology JF - Community Dentistry & Oral Epidemiology Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 15 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 221 EP - 224 SN - 03015661 AB - Data from the Veterans Administration Dental Longitudinal Study of 736 men each examined four times were analyzed to determine how representative the six "Ramfjord Teeth" (RT) were of the rest of the dentition for epidemiologic studies of gingivitis and periodontitis. Correlation coefficients were calculated between scores for gingival inflammation generated by the RT and scores for the teeth in the rest of the mouth; the correlation coefficients between the two scores tended to be high. Sensitivity, specificity and predictive values were calculated for periodontal pathology classified on the basis of the pocket depths of the six RT. Reliance on the RT resulted in systematic underestimation of the prevalence and incidence of deep periodontal pockets. The RT are more than adequately representative of the rest of the dentition for epidemiologic studies of gingivitis, but are inadequate surrogates of the rest of the mouth for epidemiologic studies of periodontitis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Community Dentistry & Oral Epidemiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - GINGIVITIS KW - PERIODONTITIS KW - EPIDEMIOLOGY KW - PERIODONTAL pockets KW - DENTITION (Tooth development) KW - DENTAL surveys KW - epidemiology KW - gingivitis KW - oral KW - periodontitis KW - statistics N1 - Accession Number: 12014437; Fleiss, J. L. 1 Park, M. H. 1 Chilton, N. W. 1 Alman, J. E. 2 Feldman, R. S. 3 Chauncey, H. H. 2; Affiliation: 1: Division of Biostatistics, School of Public Health, Columbia University, New York City, NY 2: Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, MA 3: Dental Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Philadelphia, PA, USA; Source Info: Aug1987, Vol. 15 Issue 4, p221; Subject Term: GINGIVITIS; Subject Term: PERIODONTITIS; Subject Term: EPIDEMIOLOGY; Subject Term: PERIODONTAL pockets; Subject Term: DENTITION (Tooth development); Subject Term: DENTAL surveys; Author-Supplied Keyword: epidemiology; Author-Supplied Keyword: gingivitis; Author-Supplied Keyword: oral; Author-Supplied Keyword: periodontitis; Author-Supplied Keyword: statistics; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0528.ep12014437 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12014437&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Alman, John E. T1 - Statistical and ethical considerations in clinical trials. JO - Community Dentistry & Oral Epidemiology JF - Community Dentistry & Oral Epidemiology Y1 - 1980/08/05/Aug1980 Extra Issue VL - 8 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 276 EP - 272 SN - 03015661 AB - The article focuses on the statistical and ethical considerations in clinical trials. Ethical concentrations in the planning and execution of clinical trials have witnessed a substantial increase in public concern for human rights in the conduct of clinical research in the medical care setting. In American universities and other research institutions, the formation of a committee on investigations involving human subjects was mandated by the U.S. Public Health Service in 1966, after recommendations along these lines had appeared a year earlier. KW - CLINICAL trials KW - ETHICS KW - CLINICAL medicine -- Research KW - MEDICAL experimentation on humans KW - HEALTH products KW - UNITED States KW - UNITED States. Public Health Service N1 - Accession Number: 12058426; Alman, John E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Forsyth Dental Center, and Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug1980 Extra Issue, Vol. 8 Issue 5, p276; Subject Term: CLINICAL trials; Subject Term: ETHICS; Subject Term: CLINICAL medicine -- Research; Subject Term: MEDICAL experimentation on humans; Subject Term: HEALTH products; Subject Term: UNITED States; Company/Entity: UNITED States. Public Health Service; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541712 Research and Development in the Physical, Engineering, and Life Sciences (except Biotechnology); NAICS/Industry Codes: 446191 Food (Health) Supplement Stores; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424210 Drugs and Druggists' Sundries Merchant Wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 446110 Pharmacies and Drug Stores; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923120 Administration of Public Health Programs; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0528.ep12058426 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12058426&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Shannon, Ira L. AU - Edmonds, Eleanor J. T1 - Enamel solubility reduction by acidulated phosphate-fluoride (APF) treatment. JO - Community Dentistry & Oral Epidemiology JF - Community Dentistry & Oral Epidemiology Y1 - 1978/02// VL - 6 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 12 EP - 16 SN - 03015661 AB - The enamel solubility reducing (ESR) potential of acidulated phosphate-fluoride (APF) solutions containing varying amounts of F was studied. Commercial APF (1.23% F, pH 3.0) reduced solubility by about 80%. Fivefold dilutions of this APF were made with either phosphoric acid or water without significant effect on ESR potential. Further dilution to 0.12 % F significantly decreased effectiveness. Commercially available APF products (1.23 %) can be diluted several-fold with distilled water in the dental office without significant loss of ability to reduce the solubility of enamel. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Community Dentistry & Oral Epidemiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DENTAL enamel KW - FLUORIDES KW - PHOSPHORIC acid KW - DILUTION KW - DENTAL technology KW - MEDICAL care N1 - Accession Number: 12103512; Shannon, Ira L. 1 Edmonds, Eleanor J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Oral Disease Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital and University of Texas Dental Branch, Houston, Texas, U.S.A.; Source Info: Feb1978, Vol. 6 Issue 1, p12; Subject Term: DENTAL enamel; Subject Term: FLUORIDES; Subject Term: PHOSPHORIC acid; Subject Term: DILUTION; Subject Term: DENTAL technology; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325312 Phosphatic Fertilizer Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325313 Chemical fertilizer (except potash) manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0528.ep12103512 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12103512&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Shannon, Ira L. T1 - Saliva and urine fluoride responses to daily doses of fluoride. JO - Community Dentistry & Oral Epidemiology JF - Community Dentistry & Oral Epidemiology Y1 - 1974/10// VL - 2 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 214 EP - 218 SN - 03015661 AB - Five subjects were administered 28 consecutive daily oral doses of 10 lug fluoride as NaF. Placebo weeks preceded and followed the dosage period. Urine arid stimulated parotid saliva were collected on a Monday through Friday pattern. Fluoride concentration in both urine and saliva was determined by specific ion electrode. Fluoride dosage brought about a 13-fold increase in urinary F excretion. Urinary F excretion accounted for 35.3 % of the 10 mg daily dose. There was no pattern suggesting a significant antecedent dosage effect on F excretion. Salivary F levels responded rapidly and reproducibly from week to week while dosage continued. As with the urine, there was no significant indication of an effect of antecedent dosage on the salivary response curve. At 3 hours after F dosage, the salivary F mean was about four times that for the placebo week. Even at 24 hours after dosage, the mean for salivary F was approximately three times the placebo level. Thus, there is a residual 24-hour effect of the F dosage pattern utilized in the present study. Whether or not these persistent low-level increases are protective to the continuously bathed tooth surfaces over a long period of time is under study. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Community Dentistry & Oral Epidemiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - FLUORIDES KW - SALIVA KW - URINALYSIS KW - ELECTRODES KW - PLACEBOS (Medicine) KW - CASE studies N1 - Accession Number: 12101858; Shannon, Ira L. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Oral Disease Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital 2: University of Texas Dental Branch and Graduate School of Biomedical Sciences, Houston, Texas, U.S.A.; Source Info: Oct1974, Vol. 2 Issue 5, p214; Subject Term: FLUORIDES; Subject Term: SALIVA; Subject Term: URINALYSIS; Subject Term: ELECTRODES; Subject Term: PLACEBOS (Medicine); Subject Term: CASE studies; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0528.ep12101858 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12101858&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - McSherry, Elisabeth T1 - Spiritual Resources in Older Hospitalized Men. JO - Social Compass JF - Social Compass Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 34 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 515 EP - 537 SN - 00377686 AB - This article looks at the role of U.S. churches in equipping the individual spiritual resources of middle aged and older men as seen when impacted by the adversity of hospitalization. Of the majority of the older men who did attend church regularly, the church did not resource them well. Of the 57% very regularly churched persons, the great majority acquired little spiritual resources, beyond very primitive personal intercessory prayer similar to their childhood range of prayers. Of the 5 type of prayers: praise, gratitude, confession, personal intercessory and other-person intercessory, a very child-like personal intercessory was the only type generally reported. A resourcing church group would have exposed the individuals to theological levels of development whereby fear is met with praise and gratitude is first in all life events or conditions. It was shown that other resources such as mature prayer concepts, mature concepts of God, scriptual resource, small groups for faith development and spiritual development such that service was a key element of faith expression, were not widely present in U.S. people. All these elements provide a more powerful resource structure for the individual to face life events. KW - INTERCESSORY prayer KW - CHURCH buildings KW - OLDER men KW - HOSPITAL care KW - CHURCH attendance KW - FAITH development KW - CHURCH group work with men KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 14899829; McSherry, Elisabeth 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Coordinator, National Veterans Administration Management Control System Project, West Roxbury VA Medical Center, Harvard 2: Associate Professor of Economics, Community and Family Medicine Department of Dartmouth Medical School; Source Info: 1987, Vol. 34 Issue 4, p515; Subject Term: INTERCESSORY prayer; Subject Term: CHURCH buildings; Subject Term: OLDER men; Subject Term: HOSPITAL care; Subject Term: CHURCH attendance; Subject Term: FAITH development; Subject Term: CHURCH group work with men; Subject Term: UNITED States; NAICS/Industry Codes: 236220 Commercial and Institutional Building Construction; Number of Pages: 23p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14899829&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - SAGAR, S. M. AU - SHARP, F. R. AU - CURRAN, T. T1 - Expression of c-fos Protein in Brain: Metabolic Mapping at the Cellular Level. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1988/06/03/ VL - 240 IS - 4857 M3 - Article SP - 1328 EP - 1331 SN - 00368075 AB - The proto-oncogene c-fos is expressed in neurons in response to direct stimulation by growth factors and neurotransmitters. In order to determine whether the c-fos protein (Fos) and Fos-related proteins can be induced in response to polysynaptic activation, rat hindlimb motor/sensory cortex was stimulated electrically and Fos expression examined immunohistochemically. Three hours after the onset of stimulation, focal nuclear Fos staining was seen in motor and sensory thalamus, pontine nuclei, globus pallidus, and cerebellum. Moreover, 24-hour water deprivation resulted in Fos expression in paraventricular and supraoptic nuclei. Fos immunobistochemistry therefore provides a cellular method to label polysynaptically activated neurons and thereby map fimctional pathways. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87460485; SAGAR, S. M. 1 SHARP, F. R. 2 CURRAN, T. 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Neurology, University of California, and Neurology Service, Veterans Administration (VA) Medical Center, San Francisco, CA 94121 2: Departments of Neurology and Physiology, University of California, and Neurology Service, VA Medical Center, San Francisco, CA 94121 3: Department of Molecular Oncology, Roche Institute of Molecular Biology, Roche Research Center, Nudey, NJ 07110; Source Info: 6/3/1988, Vol. 240 Issue 4857, p1328; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=87460485&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Barker, Chris AU - Lemle, Russell T1 - Informal Helping in Partner and Stranger Dyads. JO - Journal of Marriage & Family JF - Journal of Marriage & Family Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 49 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 541 SN - 00222445 AB - The helping interactions of partners in close relationships and of strangers were compared in this study. Ninety-two participants (from 46 couples) completed a semistructured helping task with their partner and with an opposite-sex stranger. Partners were less empathic and used fewer acknowledgements and more behavioral advisements, interpretations, and self-disclosures than strangers. There were no differences in perceived helpfulness between partners and strangers. Results are discussed in terms of the general effects of familiarity on communication, and of the specific dynamics of informal helping in close relationships. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Marriage & Family is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SMALL groups KW - SELF-disclosure KW - INTERPERSONAL communication KW - DYADS KW - EMPATHY KW - INFORMAL organization N1 - Accession Number: 5274047; Barker, Chris 1 Lemle, Russell 2; Affiliation: 1: University of College Hospital, London. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco.; Source Info: Aug87, Vol. 49 Issue 3, p541; Subject Term: SMALL groups; Subject Term: SELF-disclosure; Subject Term: INTERPERSONAL communication; Subject Term: DYADS; Subject Term: EMPATHY; Subject Term: INFORMAL organization; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5274047&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Margulis, Lynn AU - Chase, David AU - Guerrero, Ricardo T1 - Microbial Communities. (Cover story) JO - BioScience JF - BioScience Y1 - 1986/03// VL - 36 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 160 EP - 170 SN - 00063568 AB - Focuses on microbes, which are often studied as disease `germs' are not generally considered in context as normal components of ecosystems. How community ecologists usually lack training in microscopic methods. Recent work by a growing number of scientists who call themselves microbial ecologists is starting to change this picture. KW - MICROORGANISMS KW - MICROBIAL ecology KW - BIOTIC communities KW - BACTERIA N1 - Accession Number: 8600008435; Margulis, Lynn 1 Chase, David 2,3 Guerrero, Ricardo 4; Affiliation: 1: Professor in the Department of Biology, Boston University, Boston, MA 02215 2: Director of the electron microscope facility, Cell Biology Laboratory, Sepulveda Veterans Administration Hospital, 151B5, Sepulveda, CA 91320 3: Adjunct professor of anatomy, University of Southern California School of Medicine 4: Professor of microbiology and director of the Departmento de Microbiología at the Universidad Autónoma de Barcelona, Bellaterra (Barcelona), Spain; Source Info: Mar1986, Vol. 36 Issue 3, p160; Subject Term: MICROORGANISMS; Subject Term: MICROBIAL ecology; Subject Term: BIOTIC communities; Subject Term: BACTERIA; Number of Pages: 11p; Illustrations: 12 Black and White Photographs, 1 Chart, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8600008435&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bickers, David R. AU - Mukhtar, Hasan AU - Molica Jr., S. J. AU - Pathak, Madhu A. T1 - The Effect of Psoralens on Hepatic and Cutaneous Drug Metabolizing Enzymes and Cytochrome P-450. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1982/09// VL - 79 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 201 EP - 205 SN - 0022202X AB - Psoralens are tricyclic furocoumarins with potent photosensitizing properties in the skin and are now widely used in the treatment of several dermatologic diseases. In this study the effect of 3 different psoralens 8-methoxypsoralen (8-MOP), 4,5',8-trimethylpsoralen (TMP) and isopsoralen on hepatic microsomal drug-metabolizing enzymes and cytochrome P-450 has been assessed in mice and rats. 8-MOP administered orally to CD-1 mice daily for 6 days caused 2-3 fold increases in hepatic aryl hydrocarbon hydroxylase (AHH), ethylmorphine N-demethylase and cytochrome P-450. The absorbance maximum of the induced cytochrome was at 450 nm. Aniline hydroxylase activity was unchanged. Chronic administration of 8-MOP, to hairless mice caused significant enhancement of hepatic ethylmorphine N-demethylase and cytochrome P-450 but had no effect on AHH; whereas chronically administered TMP had no significant effect on any of these parameters. Isopsoralen and TMP administered orally to CD-1 mice daily for 6 days had no effect on any of these liver enzymes or on hepatic drug-metabolizing enzymes and cytochrome P-450 to a lesser extent than do the barbituaes and suggest that this drug could influence the rate of biotransformation of concomitantly administered drugs in patients undergoing PUVA therapy. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DRUG metabolism KW - ENZYMES KW - CYTOCHROME P-450 KW - MICE N1 - Accession Number: 12500057; Bickers, David R. 1,2 Mukhtar, Hasan 1,2 Molica Jr., S. J. 1,3 Pathak, Madhu A. 1,3; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Section, Cleveland Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: Department of Dermatology, University Hospitals of Cleveland and Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, Ohio. 3: Department of Dermatology, Harvard Medical School and Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts, U.S.A..; Source Info: Sep82, Vol. 79 Issue 3, p201; Subject Term: DRUG metabolism; Subject Term: ENZYMES; Subject Term: CYTOCHROME P-450; Subject Term: MICE; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12500057 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12500057&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sandberg, Lawrence B. AU - Soskel, Norman T. AU - Wolt, Terril B. T1 - Structure of the Elastic Fiber: An Overview. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1982/07/15/ VL - 79 M3 - Article SP - 128s EP - 132s SN - 0022202X AB - Intense research efforts over the past 18 yr have probed deeply into the structure of the elastic fiber. This began with the elucidation of the demosine crosslinks in elastin and the description of the elastin precursor, tropoelastin, derived from copper-deficient animals. Characterization of the precursor material indicates that it is a single polypeptide chain of approximately 800 amino acid residues containing lysine residues in clusters destined to form the desmosine crosslinks. The molecule contains large areas of hydrophobic sequence interspersed with shorter stretches of polyalanine and the lysines. The shorter structures may be folded into alpha-helices, the larger hydrophobic areas appear to form a unique structure known as the beta spiral which possesses elastometric properties. Inside the hydrophobic areas repeating sequences such as the pentapeptide pro-gly-val-gly-val have been observed the exact significance of which is not appreciated, but it appears to be well-conserved between species. Recent studies in the molecular biology of this protein have indicated that it is synthesized on the rough ER with a short leader sequence of about 25 residues. This is lost before the tropoelastin is exported. Diversity in sequence studies in these leaders suggest that there may be two elastins, type A and B, which vary with the maturation of the animal. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ELASTIN KW - AMINO acids KW - PEPTIDES KW - EXTRACELLULAR matrix proteins KW - GLYCOPROTEINS KW - PROTEINS N1 - Accession Number: 12546005; Sandberg, Lawrence B. 1 Soskel, Norman T. 2 Wolt, Terril B. 3; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Pathology, University of Utah College of Medicine, Salt Lake City, Utah, U. S. A. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Salt Lake City, Utah, U. S. A. 3: Division of Respiratory, Critical Care and Occupational Medicine, Salt Lake City, Utah, U. S. A.; Source Info: Jul82Supplement, Vol. 79, p128s; Subject Term: ELASTIN; Subject Term: AMINO acids; Subject Term: PEPTIDES; Subject Term: EXTRACELLULAR matrix proteins; Subject Term: GLYCOPROTEINS; Subject Term: PROTEINS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12546005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12546005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Stuart, John M. AU - Townes, Alexander S. AU - Kang, Andrew H. T1 - The Role of Collagen Autoimmunity in Animal Models and Human Diseases. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1982/07/15/ VL - 79 M3 - Article SP - 121s EP - 127s SN - 0022202X AB - Although immune reactions to collagen have been described in several diseases, the pathophysiologic consequences of collagen autoimmunity remain obscure. We have recently described an animal model of polyarthritis which can be induced in susceptible rats or mice by immunization with native type II collagen. Arthritis develops in animals which have high levels of both cellular and humoral immunity to collagen. In rats, arthritis can be passively transferred with purified IgG antinative type II collagen antibodies. There is circumstantial evidence that antibodies are also important for the initiation of arthritis in susceptible mice. Circulating immune complexes do not appear to be involved and we believe the arthritis is caused by binding of antibodies to autologous collagen. There are a number of similarities between collagen-induced arthritis and human rheumatoid arthritis (RA). Many histopathologic changes are similar including synovitis which progresses to pannus formation, development of marginal erosions and eventual cartilage destruction. Both diseases are associated with collagen autoimmunity which appears to be genetically linked to the major histocompatibility locus. However, there are also significant differences. In particular, the antibody reactivity usually found in RA is primarily directed against covalent structural determinants on collagen and not against the conformation-dependent determinants on type II collagen critical to the development of collagen-induced arthritis. Immunity to collagen has also been described in other animal models of disease and in other human diseases but its relevance to their pathophysiology is unknown. By further characterizing the specific reactions involved including the nature of the immune response, its specificity and the genetic factors important in the host; insight may be gained into the role of collagen autoimmunity in human disease. While significant progress has been made in all of these areas during the last several years, much remains to be learned before the relevance of collagen autoimmunity to any human disease is established. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - COLLAGEN KW - AUTOIMMUNITY KW - ARTHRITIS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - EXTRACELLULAR matrix proteins KW - DISEASES N1 - Accession Number: 12545958; Stuart, John M. 1 Townes, Alexander S. 1 Kang, Andrew H. 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Medicine and Biochemistry of University of Tennessee Center for Health Sciences and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Memphis, Tennessee, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jul82Supplement, Vol. 79, p121s; Subject Term: COLLAGEN; Subject Term: AUTOIMMUNITY; Subject Term: ARTHRITIS; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: EXTRACELLULAR matrix proteins; Subject Term: DISEASES; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12545958 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12545958&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Silbert, Jeremiah E. T1 - Structure and Metabolism of Proteoglycans and Glycosaminoglycans. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1982/07/15/ VL - 79 M3 - Article SP - 31s EP - 37s SN - 0022202X AB - Proteoglycans and glycosaminoglycans have the common structural characteristics of linear polysaccharide chains consisting of a hexosamine alternating with an-another sugar. They play an important role in skin as part of the support matrix of connective tissue, and may be related to cell-cell, and cell-matrix interactions. In general the polysaccharide chains are covalently linked to protein and may contain varying amounts of sulfate resulting in a strong negative charge. Biosynthesis consists of the formation of the protein core followed by the sequential addition of sugars and sulfate to the nonreducing ends of growing chains. The synthetic process is highly organized with the final polysaccharide polymerization and sulfation taking place in the Golgi. Degradation of the proteoglycans is less well understood but probably involves endoglycosidases, exoglycosidases, and proteases which work in concert to degrade these substances. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PROTEOGLYCANS KW - GLYCOSAMINOGLYCANS KW - AMINES KW - GLYCOPROTEINS KW - MUCOPOLYSACCHARIDES KW - POLYSACCHARIDES N1 - Accession Number: 12545094; Silbert, Jeremiah E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Connective Tissue-Aging Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Massachusetts, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jul82Supplement, Vol. 79, p31s; Subject Term: PROTEOGLYCANS; Subject Term: GLYCOSAMINOGLYCANS; Subject Term: AMINES; Subject Term: GLYCOPROTEINS; Subject Term: MUCOPOLYSACCHARIDES; Subject Term: POLYSACCHARIDES; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12545094 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12545094&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ito, Masaaki AU - Hashimoto, Ken AU - Organisciak, Daniel T. T1 - Ultrastructural, Histochemical and Biochemical Studies of the Melanin Metabolism in Eye and Skin of Pallid Mice. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1982/05// VL - 78 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 414 EP - 424 SN - 0022202X AB - The hair follicles and the eyes of pallid mice and those of black mice were examined ultrastructurally, histochemically, and biochemically to determine the cause of pigment dilution. The pigment cells in the hair follicles and the eyes of pallid mice have less mature melanosomes than those of black mice. In the hair follicles the pallid melanosomes were transferred into keratinocytes and became aggregated. In the eyes they were already aggregated within the pigment cells and were digested in acid phosphatase-positive lysosomes. The activity of acid phosphatase, a marker of lysosomal enzymes, was significantly higher in pallid hair follicles and eyes than in black hair follicles and eyes. Dopa reactions at light and electron microscopical levels indicated that the pigment cells in each tissue produced a large amount of Dopa oxidase when compared with those in each black ocunterpart. However, the rate of hydroxylation of L-tyrosine-3,5-3H was significantly lower in the pallid eyes than in black eyes, while this rate was significantly higher in pallid hair follicles than in black hair follicles. Immediate digestion of melanosomes within the pigment cells, i.e. autophagocytosis, seemed to explain the low activity in the pallid eyes. The diluted coat and eye colors of pallid mice are, therefore, not related to low Dopa oxidase activity but to immaturity of melanosomes and high activities of lysosomal enzymes; these enzymes seem to digest many of these immature melanosomes and contribute to the diluted coat and eye colors of pallid mice. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HAIR follicles KW - MICE KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - CELLS KW - LYSOSOMES KW - CELL organelles N1 - Accession Number: 12507677; Ito, Masaaki 1 Hashimoto, Ken 1 Organisciak, Daniel T. 2; Affiliation: 1: Wayne State University School of Medicine, Department of Dermatology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Allen Park, Michigan. 2: Biological Chemistry Program, Wright State University School of Medicine, Dayton, Ohio U.S.A..; Source Info: May82, Vol. 78 Issue 5, p414; Subject Term: HAIR follicles; Subject Term: MICE; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: CELLS; Subject Term: LYSOSOMES; Subject Term: CELL organelles; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12507677 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12507677&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hammar, Hans AU - Halprin, Kenneth T1 - The Explant Culture of Pig Skin after Corneocyte Layer Stripping in Vivo. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1982/04// VL - 78 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 300 EP - 304 SN - 0022202X AB - Adult pig skin was stripped of its horny layer by cellophane tape. At intervals over the next 4 days explant cultures were prepared from such areas. Growth displayed an initial rapid and secondary slower phase. Plating of explants immediately following the stripping gave rise to an increased rate of migration of cells from the explants during the first growth phase but a decreased second or proliferative growth phase. This was not present when plating was delayed 1 to 4 days after stripping. The growth fraction in cells of the stripped skin explant cultures was similar to that of unstripped controls. The diminished growth rate of the cells was due to prolongation of the mean cell cycle time. Thus, the hyperproliferative state induced in vivo after stripping did not maintain itself when transferred in vitro. This result is of importance concerning animal models for psoriasis and the influence a transfer to in vitro conditions may have on the hyperproliferative psoriatic epidermis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SWINE KW - EPIDERMIS KW - CELLULAR growth KW - CELL proliferation KW - BIOLOGICAL rhythms KW - SKIN N1 - Accession Number: 12507369; Hammar, Hans 1 Halprin, Kenneth 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital and Department of Dermatology, University of Miami, School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, U.S.A. 2: Department of Dermatology, Karolinska sjukhuset, Karolinslea Institute, Stockholm, Sweden.; Source Info: Apr82, Vol. 78 Issue 4, p300; Subject Term: SWINE; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: CELLULAR growth; Subject Term: CELL proliferation; Subject Term: BIOLOGICAL rhythms; Subject Term: SKIN; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424520 Livestock Merchant Wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 411110 Live animal merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112210 Hog and Pig Farming; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12507369 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12507369&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weiss, Virginia C. AU - van Den Broek, Hans AU - Barrett, Shari AU - West, Dennis P. T1 - Immunopathology of Psoriasis: A Comparison with Other Parakeratotic Lesions. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1982/03// VL - 78 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 256 EP - 260 SN - 0022202X AB - Characteristic in vivo binding of IgG and C3 to the stratum corneum of psoriatic lesions has been implicated as a significant event in the pathogenesis of the disease. Immunofluorescent findings of psoriatic lesions are compared with other parakeratotic and nonparakeratotic lesions. Parakeratotic lesions studied include verrucae vulgares in patients with psoriasis, verrucae vulgares in patients without psoriasis, actinic keratoses and lichen simplex chronicus. Psoriatic lesions and other parakeratotic lesions demonstrate similar immunopathological phenomena within the involved stratum corneum: (1) A high percentage of the lesions stain positively with one or more of the immunoglobulins (IgG, IgM and IgA). (2) No predominance of any immunoglobulin class is found. (3) The predominant sites of immunoglobulin deposition are within the regions of parakeratosis. (4) C3 deposition is found in a high percentage of the lesions and is present at the sites of immunoglobulin binding. By contrast only a small percentage of nonparakeratotic lesions display stratum corneum fluorescence. These data are consistent with macromolecular leakage through the lesional microvasculature and high affinity binding of immunoglobulins by parakeratotic stratum corneum. Similar immunofluorescent findings in psoriatic lesions and nonpsoriatic parakeratotic lesions suggest that immunoglobulin binding in psoriatic lesional stratum corneum is not a significant event in the pathogenesis of psoriatic lesions. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - ANTIBODY diversity KW - PSORIASIS KW - BLOOD proteins KW - SKIN diseases KW - IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE N1 - Accession Number: 12506623; Weiss, Virginia C. 1 van Den Broek, Hans 2 Barrett, Shari 1 West, Dennis P. 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Dermatology, University of Illinois at the Medical Center, Chicago, Illinois. 2: Hines Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois, U.S.A.; Source Info: Mar1982, Vol. 78 Issue 3, p256; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: ANTIBODY diversity; Subject Term: PSORIASIS; Subject Term: BLOOD proteins; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Subject Term: IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12506623 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12506623&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Grayson, Stephen AU - Elias, Peter M. T1 - Isolation and Lipid Biochemical Characterization of Stratum Corneum Membrane Complexes: Implications for the Cutaneous Permeability Barrier. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1982/02// VL - 78 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 128 EP - 135 SN - 0022202X AB - Despite substantial histochemical and ultrastructural evidence suggesting that mammalian stratum corneum is a heterogenous tissue composed of lipid-depleted corneocytes embedded in a neutral lipid-enriched matrix, controversy remains about the distribution of lipids in this layer. In this study we attempted to resolve this issue by cell fractionation and lipid biochemistry of isolated stratum corneum membrane complexes. Intact homogeneous sheets of stratum corneum were obtained from neonatal mice by treatment first with the staphylococcal epidermolytic toxin and then by removal of residual granular cells with trypsin. The resultant sheets were pooled, pulverized at - 196°C and homogenized at 20-30,000 psi in a Stansted cell disrupter. Treatment with 0.005% Subtilisin (protease-type VIII) in Tris-HCl buffer, pH 8.8, for 60 min at 25°C stripped keratin filaments from beneath the plasma membrane. The resulting homogeneous population of apposed membrane complexes revealed trapped intercellular lipid bilayers when it was examined ultrastructurally. Whereas whole stratum corneum sheets contained 10% lipid/total lipid + protein weight, purified membrane complexes contained about 50% lipid, a 5-fold concentration of lipid in membrane fractions over whole cells. From available quantitative data stratum corneum cytoplasmic domains contained less than 3% lipid, while membrane complexes accounted for over 80% of the total stratum corneum lipid. Moreover, freeze-fracture replicas of isolated membrane complexes revealed intercellular membrane bilayers that were: (a) identical to those encountered in whole stratum corneum and (b) removed by lipid solvent extraction. Finally, thin-layer chromatography of lipids extracted from membrane complexes revealed a similar spectrum and weight distribution of lipids as encountered in extracts from whole sheets. These results provide direct evidence that stratum corneum cell membrane regions are preferentially enriched in lipids over whole tissue, confirming earlier morphological studies that lipids are progressively segregated in membrane domains during cornification. This heterogeneous structural/chemical organization has profound implications for skin barrier function, stratum corneum cohesion, and for avenues of percutaneous transport. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LIPIDS KW - KERATIN KW - CELL fractionation KW - BIOCHEMISTRY KW - BIOLOGICAL membranes KW - MICE N1 - Accession Number: 12505953; Grayson, Stephen 1 Elias, Peter M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of California School of Medicine and Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, U.S.A.; Source Info: Feb82, Vol. 78 Issue 2, p128; Subject Term: LIPIDS; Subject Term: KERATIN; Subject Term: CELL fractionation; Subject Term: BIOCHEMISTRY; Subject Term: BIOLOGICAL membranes; Subject Term: MICE; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12505953 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12505953&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Yoshikawa, Kunihiko AU - Takeda, Junji AU - Nemoto, Osamu AU - Halprin, Kenneth M. AU - Adachi, Kenji T1 - Activation of cAMP-dependent Protein Kinase in Epidermis by the Compounds which Increase Epidermal cAMP. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1981/11// VL - 77 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 397 EP - 401 SN - 0022202X AB - Pig epidermal slices were incubated with various com- pounds which increased epidermal cAMP (adenosine 3',5'-monophosphate), and the change in cAMP-dependent protein kinase activity ratio was studied by the method of Cherrington et al (J Biol Chem 25:5209-5218, 1976) with modification. Epinephrine (5 × 10-5 M), histamine (10-4 M) and adenosine (10-3M), potent agonists of epidermal adenyl cyclase, fully activated the protein kinase (PK) during an incubation of 30 to 45 seconds, that was much shorter than that required for maximal cAMP accumulation under the same conditions (5 min). With such a brief stimulus, the epidermal cAMP-PK system did not become refractory and responded to repeated stimuli. Prostaglandin E2 (PGE2) and isobuthylmethylxanthine (IBMX) and ethanol only partially activated the enzyme. Prostaglandin F2α. (PGF2α) and theophylline which were much less effective in increasing epidermal cAMP, activated the enzyme to the same extent as PGE2 and IBMX respectively. These results suggest that protein kinase activation takes place in response to a cAMP increase in small locus of the cell. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EPIDERMIS KW - ENZYME activation KW - ADENINE nucleotides KW - PROTEIN kinases KW - PROSTAGLANDINS KW - ALCOHOL N1 - Accession Number: 12494579; Yoshikawa, Kunihiko 1,2 Takeda, Junji 1,2 Nemoto, Osamu 1,2 Halprin, Kenneth M. 1,2 Adachi, Kenji 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami, Florida. 2: Department of Dermatology, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, U.S.A.; Source Info: Nov81, Vol. 77 Issue 5, p397; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: ENZYME activation; Subject Term: ADENINE nucleotides; Subject Term: PROTEIN kinases; Subject Term: PROSTAGLANDINS; Subject Term: ALCOHOL; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325193 Ethyl Alcohol Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12494579 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12494579&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fritsch, Peter O. AU - Pohlin, Grete AU - Längle, Udo AU - Elias, Peter M. T1 - Response of Epidermal Cell Proliferation to Orally Administered Aromatic Retinoid. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1981/09// VL - 77 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 287 EP - 291 SN - 0022202X AB - Hairless albino mice were fed aromatic retinoid in daily doses ranging from 1 to 50 mg/kg body weight. In animals receiving 1, 5, and 10 mg/kg, the thickness of the epidermis (vertical epidermal cross sectional areas) and the 3H-thymidine labeling indices were determined throughout a 3-week observation period. The following additional parameters were determined for animals fed 5 mg/kg; individual and cumulative cross sectional areas of epidermal cell nuclei and cytoplasms, nuclear-cytoplasm ratios, mean epidermal cell volume and mean number of epidermal cells. In animals fed 5 mg/kg for 7 days, an analysis of the cell kinetic parameters was performed including determination of duration of S and G2 phases, mean generation time and the proportion of noncycling (Go) cells. The changes induced by the aromatic retinoid were found to be dose dependent and consisted of a transitory cellular hypertrophy and a persistent numerical hyperplasia linked to increased labeling indices. The mean basal cell generation time was found to be greatly accelerated owing to a shortening of all cell cycle phases investigated. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EPIDERMIS KW - CELL proliferation KW - RETINOIDS KW - ANIMALS KW - BODY weight KW - SKIN KW - HYPERPLASIA N1 - Accession Number: 12482459; Fritsch, Peter O. 1 Pohlin, Grete 1 Längle, Udo 1 Elias, Peter M. 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of Innsbruck, Austria. 2: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, U.S.A.; Source Info: Sep81, Vol. 77 Issue 3, p287; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: CELL proliferation; Subject Term: RETINOIDS; Subject Term: ANIMALS; Subject Term: BODY weight; Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: HYPERPLASIA; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12482459 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12482459&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - RPRT AU - Wheeler, Larry A. AU - Saperstein, Mark D. AU - Lowe, Nicholas J. T1 - Mutagenicity of Urine from Psoriatic Patients Undergoing Treatment with Coal Tar and Ultraviolet Light. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1981/08// VL - 77 IS - 2 M3 - Report SP - 181 EP - 185 SN - 0022202X AB - The possible percutaneous absorption of mutagens from patients receiving crude coal tar (CCT) and ultraviolet light was investigated. Urine samples were collected from nonsmoking volunteers, smoking, and nonsmoking psoriatic patients. Patients were treated with 1% CCT U.S.P. or 1 to 10% CCT in petrolatum in the evening. The following morning, patients received coal tar baths and then ultraviolet light (mainly 290-320 nm, UVB). Nonpolar organics in urine samples were extracted by adsorption onto XAD-2 resin and the extracted organics assayed in the Ames Salmonella/Microsome test. TA98 was the most sensitive bacterial strain to detect mutagenicity. Except for smoking psoriatic patients, the addition of liver homogenate was necessary to see mutagenicity. No increase in the number of revertants was observed when B-glucuronidase was added to the assay. Of 14 patients studied 12 had at least one mutagenic urine sample. Typical values for nonsmoking psoriatics treated with CCT ranged from 42 to 496 his +/20 ml of urine after the subtraction of spontaneous his + counts (26 ± 6). Two nonsmoking normal volunteers were found to excrete mutagenic urines. Smoking psoriatic patients ranged from 213 to 1,100 his +/20 ml urine. This study demonstrates the percutaneous absorption of mutagens from CCT and indicates that its effects may not be limited to the skin. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - COAL tar KW - PSORIASIS -- Treatment KW - ULTRAVIOLET radiation KW - PHYSICAL therapy KW - SALMONELLA KW - MUTAGENS KW - THERAPEUTIC use N1 - Accession Number: 12479796; Wheeler, Larry A. 1 Saperstein, Mark D. 2 Lowe, Nicholas J. 3; Affiliation: 1: Research Pharmacy Unit, Veterans Administration, Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, California, U.S.A. 2: Department of Pharmacology, UCLA School of Medicine Los Angeles, California, U.S.A. 3: Combined UCLA-VA Wadsworth Dermatology Program, Los Angeles, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug81, Vol. 77 Issue 2, p181; Subject Term: COAL tar; Subject Term: PSORIASIS -- Treatment; Subject Term: ULTRAVIOLET radiation; Subject Term: PHYSICAL therapy; Subject Term: SALMONELLA; Subject Term: MUTAGENS; Subject Term: THERAPEUTIC use; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Report L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12479796 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12479796&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Patel, Harish AU - Marcelo, Cynthia AU - Voorhees, John J. AU - Diaz, Luis A. T1 - In Vitro Alterations of Epidermal Cell Adhesion Induced by Temperature, Substrate, and Cations. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1981/06// VL - 76 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 474 EP - 479 SN - 0022202X AB - Epidermal cell-to-cell or basal cell-to-substrate adhesion in vitro, involves as yet, unknown mechanisms. The rate of attachment of newly dissociated neonatal mouse epidermal cells and the rate of keratinocyte detachment from preformed epidermal monolayers was investigated under a variety of experimental conditions. In the present investigation, we obtained the following results: (1) variables such as temperature, nature of substrate, and presence of cations in the growth medium were important in the initial cell-to-substrate attachment; (2) removal of Ca++ and Mg++ from the growth medium was associated with a very low attachment rate (<5% at 24 hr and 48 hr); (3) the initial cell-to-substrate attachment of epidermal cells decreased about 50% when maintained in medium deficient in either Mg++ or Ca++ indicating that both cations are important in the cell-to-substrate attachment; (4) keratinocyte-detachment from preformed monolayers increased in medium deficient in Ca++, Mg++ as well as in medium only deficient in Ca++. However, detachment in cultures maintained in Mg++ deficient medium was similar to controls. In conclusion, Ca++ is one factor that may regulate epidermal cell-to-cell and cell-to-substrate interactions in vitro. Mg++ appears to influence also in the initial attachment process of epidermal basal cells. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CELL adhesion KW - EPIDERMIS KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - TEMPERATURE effect KW - MAGNESIUM ions KW - CATIONS N1 - Accession Number: 12521148; Patel, Harish 1 Marcelo, Cynthia 1 Voorhees, John J. 1 Diaz, Luis A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Immunodermatology Unit, Department of Dermatology, Veterans Administration Medical Genie,; Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A..; Source Info: Jun81, Vol. 76 Issue 6, p474; Subject Term: CELL adhesion; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: TEMPERATURE effect; Subject Term: MAGNESIUM ions; Subject Term: CATIONS; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12521148 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12521148&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Elias, Peter M. AU - Cooper, Eugene R. AU - Korc, Antoinette AU - Brown, Barbara E. T1 - Percutaneous Transport in Relation to Stratum Corneum Structure and Lipid Composition. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1981/04// VL - 76 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 297 EP - 301 SN - 0022202X AB - Despite the acknowledged importance of the stratum corneum in limiting water loss and in controlling skin corneum in limiting water loss and in controlling skin permeability, the basis for these functions remains unknown. To pinpoint those factor(s) of importance for cutaneous barrier function, we correlated the thickness, number of cell layers, and lipid composition of leg vs. abdominal stratum corneum samples with penetration of ³H-water and 14C-salicylic acid across the same tissue sample. Viable upper epidermal sheets were obtained by incubating fresh autopsy or amputation full-thickness skin with staphylococcal exfoliatin. Each sheet was divided into 3 portions. The first piece was mounted in a diffusion cell for penetration studies. The second stratum corneum sample was frozen sectioned, stained with the fluorochrome, ANS, and measured with a micrometer eyepiece. The 3rd piece was pooled with other leg (n =6) and abdomen (n = 15) specimens for determination of lipid weight percent. In all cases, leg stratum corneum was ≅ 2 times more permeable than abdominal stratum corneum to water and slightly more permeable to salicylic acid, as well. Penetration of both substances correlated inversely with lipid weight % of leg (mean = 3.0%) vs. abdomen (mean = 6.8%), but neither the penetration of water nor of salicylic acid was influenced by the number of cell layers or the thickness of the stratum corneum. We conclude that: differences in the thickness and the number of cell layers in the stratum corneum are insufficient to account for differences in percutaneous transport across leg and abdomen and that total lipid concentration may be the critical factor governing skin permeability. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LIPIDS KW - SKIN KW - WATER KW - PERMEABILITY KW - SALICYLIC acid KW - TISSUES N1 - Accession Number: 12526137; Elias, Peter M. 1,2,3 Cooper, Eugene R. 1,2,3 Korc, Antoinette 1,2,3 Brown, Barbara E. 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of California San Francisco. 2: School of Medicine and Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco. 3: Miami Valley Laboratories, Procter & Gamble Co., Cincinnati, Ohio, U.S.A.; Source Info: Apr81, Vol. 76 Issue 4, p297; Subject Term: LIPIDS; Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: WATER; Subject Term: PERMEABILITY; Subject Term: SALICYLIC acid; Subject Term: TISSUES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12526137 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12526137&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - DiGiovanna, John J. AU - Aoyagi, Takashi AU - Taylor, J. Richard AU - Halprin, Kenneth M. T1 - Inhibition of Epidermal Adenyl Cyclase by Lithium Carbonate. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1981/04// VL - 76 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 259 EP - 263 SN - 0022202X AB - An in vitro floating system was used to investigate the effect of lithium carbonate (Li2CO3) on the activity of adenyl cyclase in normal pig epidermis. Li2CO3 decreased the responsiveness of adenyl cyclase to stimulation by histamine, adenosine monophosphate (AMP) and epinephrine. This abnormality is similar but not identical to the previously described impaired responsiveness of adenyl cyclase to epinephrine and PGE2 in psoriatic plaques compared to normal adjacent skin. Involved and uninvolved skin from a psoriatic on lithium therapy demonstrated decreased responsiveness to in vitro stimulation by epinephrine, histamine and adenosine when compared to skin from psoriatics who were not on lithium therapy. These results are consistent with the observation that lithium therapy worsens psoriatic lesions. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EPIDERMIS KW - ADENYLATE cyclase KW - CARBONATES KW - SWINE KW - HISTAMINE KW - ADENYLIC acid N1 - Accession Number: 12526094; DiGiovanna, John J. 1 Aoyagi, Takashi 1 Taylor, J. Richard 1 Halprin, Kenneth M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, and Department of Dermatology, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, U.S.A.; Source Info: Apr81, Vol. 76 Issue 4, p259; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: ADENYLATE cyclase; Subject Term: CARBONATES; Subject Term: SWINE; Subject Term: HISTAMINE; Subject Term: ADENYLIC acid; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424520 Livestock Merchant Wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 411110 Live animal merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112210 Hog and Pig Farming; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12526094 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12526094&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jegasothy, Brian V. AU - Humeniuk, John M. T1 - Darier's Disease: A Partially Immunodeficient State. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1981/02// VL - 76 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 129 EP - 132 SN - 0022202X AB - Darier's disease (Keratosis follicularis) a dominantly inherited keratinizing disorder of the skin, is associated with the development of severe, progressive viral and bacterial skin infections. We investigated the possibility that an inadequacy of the immune system might be responsible for this tendency. Seven of our 8 patients with Darier's disease showed complete anergy to common skin test antigens and their peripheral blood lymphocytes failed to produce the lymphokine, leukocyte inhibitory factor (LIF) in vitro when stimulated with the same antigens. One Darier's patient and 6 controls showed positivity to at least one skin test antigen and produced lymphokine in vitro to the appropriate antigen. All patients had normal leukocyte and differential counts and normal numbers of circulating T and B cells. All 8 patients with Darier's disease demonstrated no proliferative response to optimal doses of the T cell mitogen Con A while showing normal responses to the T cell stimulant PHA and the T cell dependent B cell stimulant PWM. This previously unreported finding suggests a subtle abnormality of T cells in Darier's and might be a marker for these patients. Serum from 2 patients with Darier's disease did not suppress the in vitro immunologic activity of lymphocytes from normals. Finally, 13-Cis-retinoic acid in dosages adequate to clear their skin disease did not alter the in vivo or in vitro immunologic functions in 3 Darier's patients, suggesting that the immune dysfunction is not a secondary phenomenon. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - KERATOSIS follicularis KW - SKIN diseases -- Genetic aspects KW - T cells KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - ISOTRETINOIN KW - SKIN -- Infections N1 - Accession Number: 12525466; Jegasothy, Brian V. 1 Humeniuk, John M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Division of Dermatology, Department of Medicine, Duke University Medical Center and the Veterans Administration Medical Center, Durham, North Carolina.; Source Info: Feb81, Vol. 76 Issue 2, p129; Subject Term: KERATOSIS follicularis; Subject Term: SKIN diseases -- Genetic aspects; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: ISOTRETINOIN; Subject Term: SKIN -- Infections; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12525466 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12525466&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Monroe, Eugene W. AU - Schulz, Caryn I. AU - Maize, John C. AU - Jordon, Robert E. T1 - Vasculitis in Chronic Urticaria: An Immunopathologic Study. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1981/02// VL - 76 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 103 EP - 107 SN - 0022202X AB - Forty-five patients with chronic urticaria were studied to determine: (1) the histolgic incidence of leukocytoclastic vasculitis and (2) the clinical, laboratory and immunopathologic parameters that characterized this patient group. By histopathologic examination a spectrum of changes were noted as 9 patients showed leukocytoclastic vasculitis, 15 a dense perivascular infiltrate. Both the vasculitis and the dense infiltrate groups had an increased incidence of circulating immune complexes, as detected by Clq binding and monoclonal rheumatoid factor inhibition radioassays. Direct immonofluorrescence showed blood vessel deposition of immunoglobulins, complement, and/or fibrin in 33% of the vasculitis group, 13% of the dense infiltrate group, and 9% of the sparse infiltrate group. These studies suggest that a meaningful number of patients with chronic urticaria have histologic and immunopathologic findings of vasculitis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - VASCULITIS KW - URTICARIA KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - ANTIBODY diversity KW - RHEUMATOID arthritis KW - LEUCOCYTOSIS KW - ANTIGENS N1 - Accession Number: 12525403; Monroe, Eugene W. 1 Schulz, Caryn I. 2 Maize, John C. 3 Jordon, Robert E. 4; Affiliation: 1: The Cutaneous Immunopathology Unit, Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wood (Milwaukee,), Wisconsin.. 2: Dermatology Section, Department of Medicine, the Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee Wisconsin. 3: Milwaukee Medical Clinic, S. C., Milwaukee, Wisconsin. 4: Department of Dermatology, State University of New York, Buffalo, Buffalo, New York, USA.; Source Info: Feb81, Vol. 76 Issue 2, p103; Subject Term: VASCULITIS; Subject Term: URTICARIA; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: ANTIBODY diversity; Subject Term: RHEUMATOID arthritis; Subject Term: LEUCOCYTOSIS; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12525403 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12525403&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Aoyagi, Takashi AU - Adachi, Kenji AU - Halprin, Kenneth M. AU - Levine, Victor AU - Woodyard, Clyde W. T1 - The Effect of Histamine on Epidermal Outgrowth: Its Possible Dual Role as an Inhibitor and Stimulator. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1981/01// VL - 76 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 24 EP - 27 SN - 0022202X AB - We have investigated the effect of histamine on pig epidermal cell outgrowths in vitro. Histamine inhibited the epidermal cell outgrowths (and also mitosis). This inhibition was partially counteracted by a specific H2 antagonist, cimetidine Inhibition was maximal at a histamine concentration of 10-4 M. and was less at 10-3 M. These histamine concentrations respectively coincide with the optimal concentrations for accumulating intra- cellular cyclic AMP (via H2 receptors) and cyclic GMP (via H1 receptors) in the same pig epidermal slice system. 4-Methyl-histamine, a pure H2 agonist, which only increased the intracellular cyclic AMP level but not the cyclic GMP level, caused a maximal outgrowth inhibition at 10-3 M. Attempts to counteract the histamine effects due to cyclic GMP accumulation by various H1 antagonists (so that 10-3 M histamine would have caused maximal outgrowth inhibition) were unsuccessful, since the addition of each H1 antagonist alone strongly inhibited the outgrowth. These data strongly suggest a dual role of histamine through the cyclic nucleotide system; i.e., histamine inhibits epidermal cell growth by elevating the intracellular cyclic AMP level via an H22 receptor, while histamine at high concentrations (10 -3 M) partially counteracts the inhibition by increasing cyclic GMP via an Hn receptor. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HISTAMINE KW - EPIDERMAL growth factor KW - CYCLIC adenylic acid KW - CYCLIC guanylic acid KW - GROWTH factors KW - MITOSIS N1 - Accession Number: 12524488; Aoyagi, Takashi 1 Adachi, Kenji 1 Halprin, Kenneth M. 1 Levine, Victor 1 Woodyard, Clyde W. 2; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Miami, Florida, U.S.A. 2: Department of Dermatology, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jan1981, Vol. 76 Issue 1, p24; Subject Term: HISTAMINE; Subject Term: EPIDERMAL growth factor; Subject Term: CYCLIC adenylic acid; Subject Term: CYCLIC guanylic acid; Subject Term: GROWTH factors; Subject Term: MITOSIS; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12524488 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12524488&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - RPRT AU - Lee, Chang W. AU - Jordon, Robert E. T1 - The Complement System in Bullous Pemphigoid: VII. Fixation of the Regulatory Protein β1H Globulin by Pemphigoid Antibody. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1980/12// VL - 75 IS - 6 M3 - Report SP - 465 EP - 469 SN - 0022202X AB - Using in vitro complement immunofluorescent staining methods, serum samples from 5 active cases of bullous pemphigoid,with pemphigoid antibody titers of 320 or greater, were tested for their ability to fix the regulatory protein β1H globulin in addition to C4 and C3. All 5 samples yielded positive C3, C4 and β1H staining reactions in a linear fashion along the basement membrane zone. Heat inactivation or treatment of the complement source (fresh normal human serum) with EDTA, Mg2 EGTA abolished all 3 staining reactions. Substitution of C2-deficient serum as the source of complement inhibited both C3 and β1H staining but had no effect on C4 staining. Use of serum devoid of β1H (Rβ1H) minimally enhanced C3 staining while no β1H staining was observed. The addition of β1H to RΒ1H restored positive β1H staining. Skin biopsies of perilesional skin from 6 patients with bullous pemphigoid demonstrated heavy in vivo deposition of β1H in addition to C3. These studies suggest that pemphigoid antibodies will fix the regulatory protein β1H in addition to other complement components, a phenomenon which requires activation of the classical complement pathway and generation of the C3b amplification convertase. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BLOOD proteins KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - SERUM KW - EPITHELIUM KW - GLOBULINS KW - TISSUES N1 - Accession Number: 12524224; Lee, Chang W. 1,2 Jordon, Robert E. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: From the Cutaneous Immunopathology Unit, Research Service, Wood Veterans Administration Medical Center, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, U.S.A. 2: Dermatology Section, Department of Medicine, The Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, U.S.A.; Source Info: Dec80, Vol. 75 Issue 6, p465; Subject Term: BLOOD proteins; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: EPITHELIUM; Subject Term: GLOBULINS; Subject Term: TISSUES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Report L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12524224 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12524224&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Taneda, Akio AU - Ogawa, Hideoki AU - Hashimoto, Ken T1 - The Histochemical Demonstration of Protein-bound Sulfhydryl Groups and Disulfide Bonds in Human Hair by a New Staining Method (DACM Staining). JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1980/10// VL - 75 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 365 EP - 369 SN - 0022202X AB - A new fluorogenic maleimide DACM, i.e., N(7-dimethyl amino-4-methyl coumarinyl) maleimide, does not fluoresce by itself. It is specifically combined with -SR groups and becomes fluorescent (λ: ex: 400 nm, λ: em: 485 nm). At this range of excitation the frozen skin section has no native fluorescence because the emission maximum of DACM does not overlap with any of aromatic residues of proteins such as tryptophane. S-S groups can be demonstrated with DACM by inhibiting native -SH and then reducing SS to -SH. -SB was generally abundant at the bulb region. -SH of hair cortex was more concentrated at keratogenous zone. Further up in the follicle, -SN of hair cortex was gradually decreased, although at the region of isthmus, -SH reaction of the hair cortex was still moderately strong. Outer root sheath had -SH from the upper bulb to the surface of the epidermis. On the other hand, no S-S was demon- strable at the bulb region. At the level of keratogenous zone, however, S-S linkages of hair cortex and inner root sheath began to appear and further up in the follicle S-S linkages were increased gradually. Outer root sheath had no S-S linkages by DACM staining up until it is keratinized along the hair canal in the upper follicle. The concentration of -SH and S-S thus seemed to be reciprocal; -SN is found in non-keratinized tissues, whereas S-S is abundant in keratinized areas, These findings are at some variance with conventional data, which suggest, for example, that -SB groups disappear suddenly above the keratogenous zone. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PROTEINS KW - HAIR KW - FLUORESCENCE KW - EPIDERMIS KW - HAIR follicles KW - TRYPTOPHAN N1 - Accession Number: 12531243; Taneda, Akio 1 Ogawa, Hideoki 1 Hashimoto, Ken 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, Juntendo University School of Medicine, Tokyo, Japan. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center Dayton, Ohio, U.S.A..; Source Info: Oct80, Vol. 75 Issue 4, p365; Subject Term: PROTEINS; Subject Term: HAIR; Subject Term: FLUORESCENCE; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: HAIR follicles; Subject Term: TRYPTOPHAN; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12531243 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12531243&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Aoyagi, Takashi AU - Adachi, Kenji AU - Halprin, Kenneth M. AU - Levine, Victor T1 - Stimulation of Protein Phosphorylation by Epidermal Growth Factor in Pig Skin (Epidermis). JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1980/06// VL - 74 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 421 EP - 424 SN - 0022202X AB - Incorporation of 32P-orthophosphoric acid into pig epidermal proteins was analyzed by sodium dodecyl sulfate-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. The incorporation was observed in 2 major and 2 minor peaks with approximate molecular weights of 52,000 and 27,000, 17,000, and 12,000 respectively. Treatment with epidermal growth factor (EGF) consistently increased 32P incorporation into all 4 peaks. The stimulation was both time- and dose-dependent, and was not inhibited by the simultaneous addition of cycloheximide. In our previous study (submitted to J Invest Dermatol), we observed that EGF increased the cyclic GMP level in the same pig skin (epidermal) system. The possibility that the increased cyclic GMP leads to the protein phosphorylation observed in the present study was considered but ruled out because (1) the addition of cyclic GMP does not mimic the EGF treatment, (2) simultaneous addition of EGF and cyclic GMP stimulate phosphorylation to the same degree as the addition of EGF alone and (3) EGF stimulates phosphorylation in 20 min whereas the EGF induced increase in the cyclic GMP level takes 60 min. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PROTEINS KW - PHOSPHORYLATION KW - EPIDERMAL growth factor KW - EPIDERMIS KW - PHOSPHORIC acid KW - POLYACRYLAMIDE gel electrophoresis KW - CYTOKINES N1 - Accession Number: 12544582; Aoyagi, Takashi 1 Adachi, Kenji 1 Halprin, Kenneth M. 1 Levine, Victor 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital and Department of Dermatology, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida U.S.A.; Source Info: Jun80, Vol. 74 Issue 6, p421; Subject Term: PROTEINS; Subject Term: PHOSPHORYLATION; Subject Term: EPIDERMAL growth factor; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: PHOSPHORIC acid; Subject Term: POLYACRYLAMIDE gel electrophoresis; Subject Term: CYTOKINES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325313 Chemical fertilizer (except potash) manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325312 Phosphatic Fertilizer Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12544582 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12544582&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gomez, Edward C. AU - Moskowitz, Richard J. T1 - Effect of 13-cis-Retinoic Acid on the Hamster Flank Organ. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1980/06// VL - 74 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 392 EP - 397 SN - 0022202X AB - Administration of 13-cis-retinoic acid subcutaneously to mature male hamsters produced a marked decrease in the size of the sebaceous glands of the flank organ, without diminution of other hormonally dependent structures of the flank organs. Subcutaneous administration of 13-cis-retinoic acid to female hamsters treated simultaneously with injections of testosterone enanthate prevented the androgen-induced growth of the flank organ sebaceous glands but did not prevent the growth of other hormonally dependent structures such as the dermal pigment cells and large pigmented hair follicles. The sebaceous gland progressively decreased during 3 weeks of treatment and the effect persisted at least 3 weeks after cessation of treatment but was completely reversed by 6 mos after treatment. In vitro studies of testosterone metabolism by hamster flank organ indicated the lack of inhibition of 5a-reduction by 13-cis- retinoic acid. It seems likely that systemically administered 13-cis-retinoic acid, unlike antiandrogens, exerts a specific extrahormonal effect on the sebaceous glands of the hamster flank organ without affecting other androgen dependent cells. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - TRETINOIN KW - HAMSTERS KW - SEBACEOUS glands KW - TESTOSTERONE KW - BIOLOGICAL pigments KW - PIGMENT Cell Research (Periodical) N1 - Accession Number: 12544474; Gomez, Edward C. 1 Moskowitz, Richard J. 2; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York, New York. 2: Department of Dermatology, New York University School of Medicine, New York, New York, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jun80, Vol. 74 Issue 6, p392; Subject Term: TRETINOIN; Subject Term: HAMSTERS; Subject Term: SEBACEOUS glands; Subject Term: TESTOSTERONE; Subject Term: BIOLOGICAL pigments; Reviews & Products: PIGMENT Cell Research (Periodical); NAICS/Industry Codes: 112999 All other miscellaneous animal production; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12544474 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12544474&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Berman, Brian AU - France, Dennis S. T1 - Establishment of a Cell Line Retaining Langerhans Cell Characteristics. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1980/05// VL - 74 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 323 EP - 327 SN - 0022202X AB - A discontinuous gradient of polyethylene glycol (PEG) with dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) was used to induce fusion between guinea pig epidermal cells (GPEC) enriched in Langerhans cells (LC) and cells of a human fibrosarcoma line (T-1080) deficient in hypoxanthine phosphoribosyl transferase (HPRT). The rapidly proliferating carrier T-1080 cells lack plasma membrane ATPase activity, Fc receptors, C3b receptors, guinea pig Ia-antigens, and nonspecific esterase activity, all characteristic of LC, and absent on other guinea pig epidermal cells. GPE/T-1080 hybrid cells were selected in hypoxanthine/ aminopterin/thymidine (HAT) medium and by C3b and Fc rosette formation. A resultant continuous cell line was characterized karyotypically, histochemically, ultrastructurally and immunologically. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LANGERHANS cells KW - POLYETHYLENE glycol KW - DIMETHYL sulfoxide KW - CELL hybridization KW - CELL membranes KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS N1 - Accession Number: 12543566; Berman, Brian 1 France, Dennis S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Research Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, New York, New York, U.S.A.; Source Info: May80, Vol. 74 Issue 5, p323; Subject Term: LANGERHANS cells; Subject Term: POLYETHYLENE glycol; Subject Term: DIMETHYL sulfoxide; Subject Term: CELL hybridization; Subject Term: CELL membranes; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12543566 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12543566&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jegasothy, Brian V. AU - Battles, Donald R. T1 - Immunosuppressive Lymphocyte Factors: Characterization of the IDS-Producing Cell in the Experimental Model of Antigenic Competition. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1980/05// VL - 74 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 272 EP - 275 SN - 0022202X AB - Inhibitor of DNA synthesis, is a soluble, protein lymphocyte factor which nonspecifically suppresses in vitro lymphocyte responses to antigens or mitogens. It is secreted in large amounts in vivo in some experimentally induced immunological paralysis. Here, we have defined the cell secreting IDS in one experimental model of non-specific immune-suppression, ie., that of antigenic competition. Lymphocytes of rats injected with a large dose of ovalbumin intravenously, show no immunologic response to the same or other antigens or mitogens 24 hr later. At this time, spleen cells of these rats secrete large amounts of the inhibitor into culture supernatants. However spleen cell supernates of T-depleted rats do not contain the activity. Further, maximal inhibitor concentrations are obtained in the first 2 days of culture when more than 65% of cultured cells are large blasts actively synthesizing protein. As the number of actively metabolizing blast cells decrease in subsequent days of culture inhibitor concentration falls. Finally thymocytes of rats pretreated with hydrocortisone acetate, to deplete thymus cortex cells are unable to secrete inhibitor in culture. These findings reveal that the cells producing inhibitory DNA synthesis in an animal made tolerant with a supra-optimal dose of antigen is an active blast transformed T cell (present in the spleen and thymus). In the thymus the cell making inhibitor appears to reside in the thymus cortex. Previous experiments have confirmed that an identical cell causes nonspecific immune-suppression in vitro. We suggest that this cell produces in vivo tolerance in antigenic competition through the release of inhibitor to DNA synthesis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents KW - LYMPHOKINES KW - ANTIGENS KW - DNA synthesis KW - MITOGENS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS N1 - Accession Number: 12543361; Jegasothy, Brian V. 1 Battles, Donald R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Division of Dermatology, Duke University Medical Center and the Veterans Administration Medical Center, Durham, North Carolina, U.S.A.; Source Info: May80, Vol. 74 Issue 5, p272; Subject Term: IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents; Subject Term: LYMPHOKINES; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: DNA synthesis; Subject Term: MITOGENS; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12543361 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12543361&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Aoyagi, Takashi AU - Adachi, Kenji AU - Halprin, Kenneth M. AU - Levine, Victor T1 - The Effects of Epidermal Growth Factor on the Cyclic Nucleotide System in Pig Epidermis. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1980/04// VL - 74 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 238 EP - 241 SN - 0022202X AB - Incubation of pig skin slices with epidermal growth factor (EGF) caused an increase in intracellular cyclic GMP concentration. A significant increase was found after 1 hr of incubation and reached a peak by 6 hr. EGF caused no change in the cyclic AMP level nor did it affect epinephrine-induced cyclic AMP responses. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EPIDERMAL growth factor KW - NUCLEOTIDES KW - EPIDERMIS KW - ADRENALINE KW - CYCLIC adenylic acid KW - GROWTH factors N1 - Accession Number: 12541796; Aoyagi, Takashi 1 Adachi, Kenji 1 Halprin, Kenneth M. 1 Levine, Victor 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital and Department of Dermatology, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, U.S.A.; Source Info: Apr80, Vol. 74 Issue 4, p238; Subject Term: EPIDERMAL growth factor; Subject Term: NUCLEOTIDES; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: ADRENALINE; Subject Term: CYCLIC adenylic acid; Subject Term: GROWTH factors; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12541796 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12541796&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Elias, Peter M. AU - Brown, Barbara E. AU - Ziboh, Vincent A. T1 - The Permeability Barrier in Essential Fatty Acid Deficiency: Evidence for a Direct Role for Linoleic Acid in Barrier Function. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1980/04// VL - 74 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 230 EP - 233 SN - 0022202X AB - Essential fatty acid (EFA) deficient rodents demonstrate abnormal epidermal permeability barrier function and differentiation, defects which can be corrected by either topical or systemic administration of linoleic acid. Since linoleic acid is a precursor of prostaglandins, correction of the defect in barrier function may either reflect a prostaglandin-mediated return toward normal epidermal differentiation, or, instead, a direct effect of linoleic acid. To test these possibilities severely EFA-deficient mice were pretreated daily with indomethacin and/or 5,8,11,14-eicosatetrayeonic acid, and then placed on normal (linoleic acid-supplemented) diets. Endogenous formation of prostaglandin E2 was determined by thin-layer chromatography after transformation into prostaglandin B2 with ethanolic-hydrochloric acid. Animals treated with both indomethacin and TYA demonstrated substantial reductions in prostaglandin E2 levels in liver and skin. Animals replenished with linoleic acid invariably demonstrated a rapid return of barrier function toward normal whether or not they were blockaded, while non-replenished animals, with or without inhibition of prostaglandin biosynthesis, demonstrated continued deterioration in barrier function. In other experiments, topically applied linoleic acid rapidly reversed the defect in barrier function at the sites of application prior to systemic correction of the EFA deficient state. These results suggest that: (1) defective cutaneous barrier function in EFA deficiency can be corrected locally without prior systemic reversal of the deficiency state; and (2) that linoleic acid may play a direct role in the epidermal permeability barrier independent of its role in prostaglandin metabolism. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LINOLEIC acid KW - FATTY acids KW - NUTRITION KW - PROSTAGLANDINS KW - INFLAMMATION -- Mediators KW - CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis N1 - Accession Number: 12541775; Elias, Peter M. 1 Brown, Barbara E. 1 Ziboh, Vincent A. 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of California School of Medicine, and Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, California, U.S.A. 2: Department of Dermatology, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, U.S.A.; Source Info: Apr80, Vol. 74 Issue 4, p230; Subject Term: LINOLEIC acid; Subject Term: FATTY acids; Subject Term: NUTRITION; Subject Term: PROSTAGLANDINS; Subject Term: INFLAMMATION -- Mediators; Subject Term: CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12541775 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12541775&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Taylor, J. Richard AU - Halprin, Kenneth M. AU - Levine, Victor T1 - Inhibitors of Epidermal Cell DNA Synthesis in Surviving Pig Skin in Vitro. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1980/03// VL - 74 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 125 EP - 130 SN - 0022202X AB - Keratome slices of domestic pig skin were used to study the DNA synthesis phase of epidermal cell DNA synthesis. Cyclic AMP and agents which elevate intracellular concentrations of cyclic AMP have no direct effect on the "S" phase of DNA synthesis. Theophylline, isobutyl-methylxanthine, and adenosine inhibit DNA synthesis immediately by a mechanism which is reversible and is not dependent on cyclic AMP. This inhibition is not associated with an increase in intracellular thymidine phosphates. Hydroxyurea, however, inhibits DNA synthesis immediately and does produce an elevated pool of thymidine phosphates. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EPIDERMIS KW - DNA KW - BIOSYNTHESIS KW - THEOPHYLLINE KW - ADENOSINE KW - THYMIDINE N1 - Accession Number: 12535021; Taylor, J. Richard 1 Halprin, Kenneth M. 1 Levine, Victor 1; Affiliation: 1: Division of Dermatology, Miami Veterans Administration Medical Center and Department of Dermatology, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida. U.S.A.; Source Info: Mar1980, Vol. 74 Issue 3, p125; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: DNA; Subject Term: BIOSYNTHESIS; Subject Term: THEOPHYLLINE; Subject Term: ADENOSINE; Subject Term: THYMIDINE; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12535021 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12535021&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sud, Inder Jit AU - Feingold, David S. T1 - Detection of 3-Hydroxy Fatty Acids at Picogram Levels in Biologic Specimens. A Chemical Method for the Detection of Neisseria gonorrhoeae? JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1979/12// VL - 73 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 521 EP - 526 SN - 0022202X AB - A method for the detection of 3-hydroxy dodecanoic acid at low picogram levels is described. The procedure involves preparation of a heptafluorobutryl derivative of the butyl ester of the fatty acid and its detection by gas-liquid chromatography using an electron capture detector. The method was adapted for use with biological specimens. Potential of the method for screening for gonococcal infection is discussed. Limitations of the method are that about 105 Neisseria gonorrhoeae cells are required for detection and that interfering substances are a major problem working at maximum sensitivity of the electron capture detector necessitating complex purification procedures. The method eliminates the need to maintain the viability of cells in specimens, thus. facilitating collection and transport of specimens. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - NEISSERIA gonorrhoeae KW - FATTY acids KW - GAS chromatography KW - ESTERS KW - BIOLOGICAL specimens KW - CELLS N1 - Accession Number: 12541386; Sud, Inder Jit 1 Feingold, David S. 2; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Dermatology and Medicine, Boston University School of Medicine, Boston, Massachusetts, U.S.A. 2: Veterans' Administration Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts, U.S.A.; Source Info: Dec79, Vol. 73 Issue 6, p521; Subject Term: NEISSERIA gonorrhoeae; Subject Term: FATTY acids; Subject Term: GAS chromatography; Subject Term: ESTERS; Subject Term: BIOLOGICAL specimens; Subject Term: CELLS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12541386 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12541386&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mackel, Susan E. AU - Kozin, Franklin AU - Ryan, Lawrence M. AU - Sheth, Kumudchandra J. AU - Jordon, Robert E. T1 - Concurrent Linear Scleroderma and Systemic Lupus Erythematosus: A Report of Two Cases. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1979/11// VL - 73 IS - 5 Part 1 M3 - Article SP - 368 EP - 372 SN - 0022202X AB - Two patients with linear scleroderma (en coup de sabre) developed systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE). This association has been well documented in only one previous case. The presence of high titer antibodies to ribonucleoprotein (RNP) initially led to the diagnosis of the mixed connective tissue disease. Development of more serious clinical involvement and antibodies to Sm (case 1) or native deoxyribonucleic acid (nDNA) (case 2) helped establish a diagnosis of SLE. Use of these studies in the differential diagnosis of systemic rheumatic diseases is discussed briefly. The presence of anti-RNP antibodies in patients with localized scleroderma may herald a more serious rheumatic disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SCLERODERMA (Disease) KW - LUPUS erythematosus KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases KW - VASCULAR diseases KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - RHEUMATOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 12550429; Mackel, Susan E. 1,2 Kozin, Franklin 1,2 Ryan, Lawrence M. 1,2 Sheth, Kumudchandra J. 1,2 Jordon, Robert E. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: The Cutaneous Immunopathology Unit, Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wood (Milwaukee), Wisconsin, U.S.A. 2: Dermatology and Rheumatology Sections and the Rheumatology Laboratory, The Medical College of Wisconsin and Milwaukee Children's Hospital, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, U.S.A.; Source Info: Nov79, Vol. 73 Issue 5 Part 1, p368; Subject Term: SCLERODERMA (Disease); Subject Term: LUPUS erythematosus; Subject Term: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Subject Term: VASCULAR diseases; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: RHEUMATOLOGY; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12550429 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12550429&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Halprin, Kenneth M. AU - Taylor, J. Richard AU - Levine, Victor AU - Adachi, Kenji T1 - A Combined Alkali Extraction--Ethidium Bromide Technique for the Measurement of DNA in Small Pieces of Tissue. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1979/11// VL - 73 IS - 5 Part 1 M3 - Article SP - 359 EP - 363 SN - 0022202X AB - Alkaline solutions (0.1-0.5 N NaOH) at elevated temperatures can be used to extract DNA from small pieces of tissue. RNA is destroyed by the treatment. In tissues which have been previously exposed to tritiated thymidine, aliquots from the extracting solution can be used directly for the determination of DNA by ethidium bromide fluorescence and radioactivity in both DNA and the nucleotide pool. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DNA KW - NUCLEAR reactions KW - RNA KW - THYMIDINE KW - BROMIDES KW - RADIOACTIVITY N1 - Accession Number: 12550415; Halprin, Kenneth M. 1 Taylor, J. Richard 1 Levine, Victor 1 Adachi, Kenji 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, Veterans Administration Hospital, Miami, Florida, and the University of Miami School of Medicine, Department of Dermatology, U.SA.; Source Info: Nov79, Vol. 73 Issue 5 Part 1, p359; Subject Term: DNA; Subject Term: NUCLEAR reactions; Subject Term: RNA; Subject Term: THYMIDINE; Subject Term: BROMIDES; Subject Term: RADIOACTIVITY; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12550415 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12550415&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Elias, Peter M. AU - Brown, Barbara E. AU - Fritsch, Peter AU - Goerke, Jon AU - Gray, G. Maurice AU - White, Richard J. T1 - Localization and Composition of Lipids in Neonatal Mouse Stratum Granulosum and Stratum Corneum. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1979/11// VL - 73 IS - 5 Part 1 M3 - Article SP - 339 EP - 348 SN - 0022202X AB - Recent cytochemical and freeze-fracture experiments indicate that intercellular lipids, derived from the secreted contents of epidermal lamellar bodies, may be important for the permeability barrier in skin. During keratinization extensive changes occur in the morphology and histochemistry of intercellular lamellae that coincide with profound alterations in the lipid composition of the stratum granulosum and stratum corneum. In the present study we have separated stratum granulosum from stratum corneum and measured their lipid compositions. In the stratum granulosum polar and neutral lipids are almost equally abundant, and are found cytochemically both between and within cells. Lamellar bodies examined by cytochemical techniques contain free sterols and neutral sugars, suggesting the presence of glycosphingolipids, but little phospholipid. On the other hand, the stratum corneum contains predominantly neutral lipids and sphingolipids which are found primarily in cell membrane regions. Based upon these data, we suggest that lamellar bodies secrete glycolipids and free sterols, which are then extensively metabolized to free fatty acids, ceramides, and sterol esters. Together with some remaining free sterols these coalesce to form the broad bilayers of the stratum corneum interstices. These hydrophobic lipids are thus ideally situated and suited to function as the principal epidermal permeability barrier. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LIPIDS KW - EXTRACELLULAR matrix KW - KERATINIZATION KW - GLYCOSPHINGOLIPIDS KW - SPHINGOLIPIDS KW - CELL membranes N1 - Accession Number: 12550377; Elias, Peter M. 1 Brown, Barbara E. 2 Fritsch, Peter 3 Goerke, Jon 4 Gray, G. Maurice 5 White, Richard J. 6; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, California, USA. 2: Department of Dermatology, University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco, California, USA. 3: Department of Physiology, University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco, California, USA. 4: Cardiovascular Research Institute, University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco, California, USA. 5: M.R.C. Unit on Experimental Pathology of Skin, University of Birmingham, United Kingdom 6: University Skin Clinic for Dermatology and Syphilology, Innsbruck, Austria; Source Info: Nov79, Vol. 73 Issue 5 Part 1, p339; Subject Term: LIPIDS; Subject Term: EXTRACELLULAR matrix; Subject Term: KERATINIZATION; Subject Term: GLYCOSPHINGOLIPIDS; Subject Term: SPHINGOLIPIDS; Subject Term: CELL membranes; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12550377 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12550377&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mihara, Motoyuki AU - Hashimoto, Ken AU - Ueda, Keiichi AU - Kumakiri, Masanobu T1 - The Specialized Junctions between Merkel Cell and Neurite: An Electron Microscopic Study. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1979/11// VL - 73 IS - 5 Part 1 M3 - Article SP - 325 EP - 334 SN - 0022202X AB - Longitudinal serial sections of one half of the entire sinus hair of a mouse were examined by the electron microscope. Three neurites entering the outer root sheath from the perifollicular blood sinus were encountered. These were separate nerve trunks from those connected with perifollicular tactile nerve endings and exclusively innervated intrafollicular Merkel cells. Two types of specialized junctions were observed at the contact regions between Merkel cell plasma membrane and neurite plasma membrane: (i) desmosome-like structures in which small clear vesicles and/or the large cored vesicles of neurite and thicker membrane (post-synaptic?) of apposed Merkel cell were found and (ii) synapse-like structures in which Merkel cell granules were concentrated near the plasma membrane and the membrane of the apposed neurite was usually thicker (post-synaptic?). In some of the synapse-like junctions the limiting membrane of Merkel cell granules fused with the Merkel cell plasma membrane and its content seemed to be discharged into the intercellular space. This suggested actual exocytotic secretion of Merkel cell granules. Juxtaposition of 2 types of junctions, i.e. (i) and (ii) above, was also found. This suggested the possibility that the reciprocal synapse would be present between Merkel cells and afferent neurites. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MERKEL cells KW - ELECTRON microscopy KW - CELL membranes KW - EPITHELIAL cells KW - NERVOUS system KW - BIOLOGICAL transport N1 - Accession Number: 12550322; Mihara, Motoyuki 1 Hashimoto, Ken 1 Ueda, Keiichi 1 Kumakiri, Masanobu 1; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Section, Veterans Administration Center and Wright State University School of Medicine, Dayton, Ohio, U.S.A.; Source Info: Nov79, Vol. 73 Issue 5 Part 1, p325; Subject Term: MERKEL cells; Subject Term: ELECTRON microscopy; Subject Term: CELL membranes; Subject Term: EPITHELIAL cells; Subject Term: NERVOUS system; Subject Term: BIOLOGICAL transport; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12550322 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12550322&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Iizuka, Hajime AU - Adachi, Kenji AU - Aoyagi, Takashi AU - Halprin, Kenneth M. AU - Levine, Victor T1 - Cyclic GMP System in Epidermis: II. Histamine Stimulates Cyclic GMP Formation. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1979/11// VL - 73 IS - 5 Part 1 M3 - Article SP - 313 EP - 316 SN - 0022202X AB - In search of hormones and drugs which might elevate the intracellular level of cyclic GMP in pig epidermis, we have tested the effects of carbachol, concanavalin A, prostaglandin F2α, insulin, epinephrine, Vitamin A acid and histamine. Only histamine was found to cause consistent activation of the cyclic GMP system. Epidermal slices incubated in Hank's balanced salt solution with histamine exhibited 2- to 4-fold increases in intracellular cyclic GMP concentrations. Histamine's effect on cyclic GMP was not due to contamination by the 1000-fold higher level of cyclic AMP. The time course after histamine addition showed maximal response for cyclic GMP at 1 min and for cyclic AMP at 5 min. Leakage of cyclic GMP into the media was much more marked than that of cyclic AMP. Maximal histamine activation of the cyclic GMP system required a 1 mM concentration, whereas that for the cyclic AMP system required only a 100 μM final concentration. 3-Isobutyl, 1-methylxanthine (IBMX) highly potentiated the effect of histamine on both cyclic nucleotides, but the synergistic effect was more marked in relation to cyclic GMP accumulation. Histamine activation of the cyclic AMP system was specifically inhibited by an (H2) inhibitor. Although both (H1) and (H2) inhibitors significantly reduced histamine activation of the cyclic GMP system, the inhibition by the (H1) inhibitor was predominant. These results indicate that the pig epidermis has a weak but distinct histamine-guanylate cyclase system. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CYCLIC guanylic acid KW - EPIDERMIS -- Diseases KW - HISTAMINE KW - HORMONES KW - ADRENALINE KW - VITAMIN A N1 - Accession Number: 12549695; Iizuka, Hajime 1 Adachi, Kenji 1 Aoyagi, Takashi 1 Halprin, Kenneth M. 1 Levine, Victor 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Dermatology Service, and University of Miami School of Medicine, Department of Dermatology, Miami, Florida, U.SA.; Source Info: Nov79, Vol. 73 Issue 5 Part 1, p313; Subject Term: CYCLIC guanylic acid; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS -- Diseases; Subject Term: HISTAMINE; Subject Term: HORMONES; Subject Term: ADRENALINE; Subject Term: VITAMIN A; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12549695 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12549695&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Iizuka, Hajime AU - Adachi, Kenji AU - Halprin, Kenneth M. AU - Levine, Victor T1 - Cyclic GMP System in Epidermis: I. Effect of Ischemia. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1979/09// VL - 73 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 220 EP - 223 SN - 0022202X AB - When keratome-sliced pig epidermis was floated on Hank's balanced salt solution, we observed a rapid decrease in the intracellular level of cyclic GMP. A portion of the lost cyclic GMP was detected in the incubation medium. When the epidermis was kept in air at room temperature, the cyclic GMP level also decreased rapidly but to a lesser degree. Incubating the epidermal slice at 37°C in Hank's balanced salt solution with the addition of 3-isobutyl-1-methyl xanthine (IBMX) prevented the decrease. Also, after the cyclic GMP level had fallen, it could be raised to the in vitro level by the addition of IBMX. Increased amounts of cyclic GMP were detectable in the medium in this case. These data indicate that the decrease in cyclic GMP in ischemic epidermis is due to sudden activation of epidermal cyclic GMP-phosphodiesterase and also in part due to leakage of cyclic GMP extracellularly. In contrast to the rapid decline in the cyclic GMP level, isehemia caused a rapid and transient increase in epidermal cyclic AMP. This confirms previous data by ourselves and by others (Br J Dermatol 92: 249-254, 1975; ,J invest Dermatol 68:125-127, 1977). These "ischemic effects" must be avoided in order to measure the "in vivo level" of cyclic nucleotides in epidermis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ISCHEMIA KW - NUCLEOTIDES KW - EPIDERMIS KW - CELLS KW - SWINE KW - SOLUTION (Chemistry) N1 - Accession Number: 12514256; Iizuka, Hajime 1,2 Adachi, Kenji 1,2 Halprin, Kenneth M. 1,2 Levine, Victor 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Service, Miami Veterans Administration Hospital 2: Department of Dermatology, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, U.S.A.; Source Info: Sep79, Vol. 73 Issue 3, p220; Subject Term: ISCHEMIA; Subject Term: NUCLEOTIDES; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: CELLS; Subject Term: SWINE; Subject Term: SOLUTION (Chemistry); NAICS/Industry Codes: 424520 Livestock Merchant Wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 411110 Live animal merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112210 Hog and Pig Farming; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12514256 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12514256&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kumakiri, Masanobu AU - Hashimoto, Ken T1 - Histogenesis of Primary Localized Cutaneous Amyloidosis: Sequential Change of Epidermal Keratinocytes to Amyloid via Filamentous Degeneration. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1979/08// VL - 73 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 150 EP - 162 SN - 0022202X AB - Two cases of lichen amyloidosus and 8 cases of macular amyloidosis were examined by electron microscopy. Epidermal keratinocytes showed variable degrees of focal degeneration in the basal or lower Malpighian layer. The primary change was seen in cells which contain fibrillar (30 nm in thickness) cytoplasmic inclusion. The following developments seemed to lead to filamentous degeneration (colloid bodies): (1) aggregation of tonofilaments within the granular or fibrillar cytoplasm, (2) filamentous cells, which are composed of bundles of 7-nm thick filaments surrounded by cell membrane and desmosomes, and (3) filamentous masses composed of bundles or whorls of tightly packed 7-nm thick filaments in the intercellular spaces. At the dermo-epidermal junction, some of the filamentous masses were surrounded by the basal lamina of the epidermis and others were dropping into the dermis. Occasionally, loosened filaments (similar to amyloid filaments) were about to drop into the dermis. Early formation of amyloid islands consisted of electron-dense and electron-light parts. They were located directly beneath the epidermis. In the deeper portion of the papillary dermis and in the upper reticular dermis, the majority were electron-light masses. Electron dense parts were the densely packed 7-nm thick filaments, whereas electron-light parts were the typical straight amyloid filaments. Small tubular filaments were seen in common in the filamentous cells, filamentous masses, and amyloid islands. It is concluded that some of the amyloid substance in primary localized forms of cutaneous amyloidoses derive from the epidermal cells through filamentous degeneration. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AMYLOIDOSIS KW - PROTEIN metabolism disorders KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - AMYLOID KW - EPIDERMIS KW - CELL membranes N1 - Accession Number: 12581609; Kumakiri, Masanobu 1 Hashimoto, Ken 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center and Wright State University School of Medicine, Dayton, Ohio, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug79, Vol. 73 Issue 2, p150; Subject Term: AMYLOIDOSIS; Subject Term: PROTEIN metabolism disorders; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: AMYLOID; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: CELL membranes; Number of Pages: 13p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12581609 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12581609&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kay, Marguerite M.B. T1 - The Thymus: Clock for Immunologic Aging? JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1979/07// VL - 73 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 29 EP - 38 SN - 0022202X AB - A brief overview of the effects of age on T cell function is presented. Normal immune functions can begin to decline shortly after an individual reaches sexual maturity. Foremost among the cellular changes are those in the stem cells as reflected in their growth properties and the availability of precursor T cells, and in the T cells, in which a shift in subpopulations may be occurring. Present evidence indicates that thymic involution precedes, and therefore may be responsible for, the age-dependent decline in the ability of the immune system to generate functional T cells. It now appears that the primary effect of thymic involution is on a T cell differentiation pathway; the more mature T cells are affected first, the less mature T cells only later. Thus, the thymus may be the aging clock for the immune system. Current studies are centered on processes regulating growth and atrophy of the thymus, and methods for restoring the impaired immune function of elderly individuals. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AGING KW - IMMUNE system KW - THYMUS KW - STEM cells KW - NON-insulin-dependent diabetes KW - T cells N1 - Accession Number: 12532756; Kay, Marguerite M.B. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, University of California, Los Angeles, California, U.S.A. 2: Molecular and Clinical Immunology Laboratory, Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center (GRECC 69I/11G), Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Los Angeles, California.; Source Info: Jul79, Vol. 73 Issue 1, p29; Subject Term: AGING; Subject Term: IMMUNE system; Subject Term: THYMUS; Subject Term: STEM cells; Subject Term: NON-insulin-dependent diabetes; Subject Term: T cells; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12532756 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12532756&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hashimoto, Ken AU - Kumakiri, Masanobu T1 - Colloid-amyloid Bodies in PUVA-treated Human Psoriatic Patients. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1979/02// VL - 72 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 70 EP - 80 SN - 0022202X AB - In 4 cases of PUVA-treated psoriatic patients a number of colloid bodies and amyloid-like deposits were seen at the dermo-epidermal junction, in a very similar fashion the colloid bodies and the amyloid substances are deposited in lichen planus and in primary cutaneous amyloidoses respectively. In some instances such deposition was found within the epidermis and contained remnants of cellular debris. Serial sections revealed that a part of the intraepidermal deposit is located in the dermis. Some deposition is partially composed of typical amyloid filaments and partially of nonamyloidal filaments. The latter were identical to those found in colloid or Civatte bodies of lichen planus and other conditions. Follow-up biopsies done in 1 patient several months after the cessation of the treatment still showed these substances. It was suggested that the amyloid-like substances are the product of special degeneration (apoptosis) of epidermal cells as colloid substances: Initially these cells undergo filamentous or colloid degeneration and they drop off into the dermis; where some of the characteristics of filaments are modified and connective tissue elements are added to produce such filamentous and amorphous components as seen in the amyloid island, whereas others remain as colloid bodies. Absorption or elimination of these substances seem to be extremely slow. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PSORIASIS KW - AMYLOIDOSIS KW - COLLOIDS KW - SKIN -- Biopsy KW - APOPTOSIS KW - LICHEN planus N1 - Accession Number: 12530290; Hashimoto, Ken 1 Kumakiri, Masanobu 1; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Section Veterans Administration Center, and Wright State University School of Medicine, Dayton, Ohio, U.S.A.; Source Info: Feb79, Vol. 72 Issue 2, p70; Subject Term: PSORIASIS; Subject Term: AMYLOIDOSIS; Subject Term: COLLOIDS; Subject Term: SKIN -- Biopsy; Subject Term: APOPTOSIS; Subject Term: LICHEN planus; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12530290 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12530290&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bergstresser, Paul R. AU - Pariser, Robert J. AU - Taylor, J. Richard T1 - COUNTING AND SIZING OF EPIDERMAL CELLS IN NORMAL HUMAN SKIN. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1978/05// VL - 70 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 280 EP - 284 SN - 0022202X AB - During keratinocyte maturation, individual cells undergo an orderly succession of biochemical and structural changes. In certain skin disorders alterations in keratinocyte numbers, volumes, and epidermal skin thickness occur. To assess such alterations and to provide base line values for normal human epidermis, a computer assisted histologic technique was developed. Skin biopsies were taken from normal skin on the forearm, back and thigh of 6 adult men. Whole specimens of epidermis were separated from the dermis with collagenase, fixed, stained, and mounted for microscopic examination. From the three dimensional coordinates of epidermal nuclei, epidermal cell volumes, surface density of epidermal cells, and epidermal thickness were determined. Measurement of cell volumes in this way compared favorably with electronic cell sizing of disaggregated epidermal cells in matched samples. The mean densities of nucleated cells per 104μ² surface area were 452, 483, and 487 for the forearm, back and thigh respectively. This technique will be used to make similar assessments in disorders of abnormal keratinocyte maturation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - HISTOLOGY -- Technique KW - EPIDERMIS KW - DIAGNOSTIC specimens KW - SKIN diseases KW - HUMAN anatomy N1 - Accession Number: 12541516; Bergstresser, Paul R. 1 Pariser, Robert J. 2,3 Taylor, J. Richard 2,3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, University of Texas Health Science Center, Dallas, Dallas, Texas. 2: Department of Dermatology, University of Miami School of Medicine and Miami, U.S.A.. 3: Veterans Administration Hospital, Miami, Florida, U.S.A..; Source Info: May78, Vol. 70 Issue 5, p280; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: HISTOLOGY -- Technique; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: DIAGNOSTIC specimens; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Subject Term: HUMAN anatomy; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12541516 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12541516&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Iizuka, Hajime AU - Adachi, Kenji AU - Halprin, Kenneth M. AU - Levine, Victor T1 - CYCLIC AMP ACCUMULATION IN PSORIATIC SKIN: DIFFERENTIAL RESPONSES TO HISTAMINE, AMP, AND EPINEPHRINE BY THE UNINVOLVED AND INVOLVED EPIDERMIS. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1978/05// VL - 70 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 250 EP - 253 SN - 0022202X AB - Using the uninvolved and involved skin from psoriatic patients, we investigated the effects of histamine and AMP (or adenosine) in vitro on the intracellular cyclic AMP levels. Both agents activated adenylate cyclase of the uninvolved and involved resulting in the accumulation of cyclic AMP. Without a cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterase (PDE) inhibitor, these responses were biphasic and the maximal accumulation was observed in 5 min. With the PDE inhibitor both responses were markedly potentiated and high levels of cyclic AMP were observed for more than 20 mm. The response to histamine by the involved skin was much greater than that by the uninvolved. The degree of the response to adenosine was approximately equal. In accordance with our previous work, the response to epinephrine by the involved skin was much less than that by the uninvolved. Thus adenylate cyclases of involved skin from psoriatic patients exhibit a markedly diminished response to epinephrine while at the same time exhibiting a markedly enhanced response to histamine. This precludes the possibility that the unresponsiveness to epinephrine can be due to a generalized inability of the epidermal psoriatic plaque cell to make a functioning cell membrane. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CYCLIC nucleotide phosphodiesterases KW - ADENYLIC acid KW - HISTAMINE KW - PSORIASIS KW - CELL membranes KW - EPIDERMIS N1 - Accession Number: 12541392; Iizuka, Hajime 1 Adachi, Kenji 1 Halprin, Kenneth M. 1 Levine, Victor 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital and Department of Dermatology, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, U.S.A..; Source Info: May78, Vol. 70 Issue 5, p250; Subject Term: CYCLIC nucleotide phosphodiesterases; Subject Term: ADENYLIC acid; Subject Term: HISTAMINE; Subject Term: PSORIASIS; Subject Term: CELL membranes; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12541392 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12541392&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Iizuka, Hajime AU - Adachi, Kenji AU - Halprin, Kenneth M. AU - Levine, Victor T1 - CYCLIC NUCLEOTIDE-PHOSPHODIESTERASE IN THE UNINVOLVED AND INVOLVED SKIN OF PSORIASIS. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1978/05// VL - 70 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 246 EP - 249 SN - 0022202X AB - In the present study we have compared cyclic nucleotide-phosphodiesterase activities and affinity of phosphodiesterase for substrates (Km) in enzyme preparations obtained from the involved and uninvolved skin of psoriatic patients. With crude skin homogenates we consistently obtained two Km values (high and low) for both the involved and uninvolved, and both Km values were nearly identical between the involved and uninvolved. The same conclusion is also drawn from the Km determinations with partially purified preparations. Cyclic AMP-phosphodiesterase activities with crude homogenates showed no statistically significant differences between the involved and the uninvolved skin. However, when cyclic AMP- and cyclic GMP-phosphodiesterase activities were compared with a highly sensitive assay method in "pure" epidermal samples, which were microdissected free from stratum corneum, dermis and skin appendages, the involved skin contained 40% more activity of the low Kin enzyme and 100% more of the high Km enzyme of both cyclic AMP- and cyclic GMP- phosphodiesterase. It is suggested that this may be due to a higher proportion of germinative cells in the lesional epidermis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CYCLIC nucleotide phosphodiesterases KW - ENZYME synthesis KW - PSORIASIS KW - PATIENTS KW - SKIN diseases KW - EPIDERMIS KW - PHOSPHATASES N1 - Accession Number: 12541389; Iizuka, Hajime 1,2 Adachi, Kenji 1,2 Halprin, Kenneth M. 1,2 Levine, Victor 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Miami, Florida, U. S. A.. 2: Department of Dermatology, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, U. S. A..; Source Info: May78, Vol. 70 Issue 5, p246; Subject Term: CYCLIC nucleotide phosphodiesterases; Subject Term: ENZYME synthesis; Subject Term: PSORIASIS; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: PHOSPHATASES; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12541389 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12541389&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kumakiri, Masanobu AU - Hashimoto, Ken T1 - CUTANEOUS NERVE STIMULATION BY PSORALEN-ULTRAVIOLET A THERAPY: AN ULTRASTRUCTURAL STUDY. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1978/04// VL - 70 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 163 EP - 172 SN - 0022202X AB - Proliferation of intra-epidermal and dermal free nerve endings was studied in 7 psoriatic white patients before and after psoralen-ultraviolet A (PUVA) treatment. Many free nerve endings were observed in contact with epidermal basal cells. Two distinct types of nerve terminals were found in the epidermis: One was a naked axon terminal surrounded by keratinocytes instead of Schwann cell sheath. The second, a bulbous terminal partly covered by Schwann cell sheath. Melanocyte-nerve contacts were also found in 3 of 7 psoriatic patients. In the dermis, sometimes immediately below the epidermis, there were many free nerve endings which were partly denuded. Polyaxonal Schwann cells containing several unmyelinated nerves were in the vicinity of the epidermis. An increase of amorphous material was observed around these Schwann cells. Although a total of three intra-epidermal axon terminals were found in pretreatment psoriatic lesions in 2 cases out of 7, we found a total of 24 nerves in the same 7 cases after PUVA therapy, including at least one intra-epidermal nerve in each case. PUVA therapy is suggested to stimulate the cutaneous nerves and cause a neural invasion into the epidermis. The majority of melanocytes after treatment showed signs of hyperactivity. Contacts of nerve endings to melanocytes are possibly related to this biological hyperactivation of melanocytes. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SKIN -- Innervation KW - NEURAL stimulation KW - EPITHELIUM KW - PSORALENS KW - PSORIASIS KW - EPIDERMIS KW - KERATINOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 12541285; Kumakiri, Masanobu 1 Hashimoto, Ken 2; Affiliation: 1: Division of Dermatology, Department of Medicine, The University of Tennessee Center for the Health Sciences, Memphis, Tennessee, U.S.A. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Memphis, Tennessee, U.S.A.; Source Info: Apr78, Vol. 70 Issue 4, p163; Subject Term: SKIN -- Innervation; Subject Term: NEURAL stimulation; Subject Term: EPITHELIUM; Subject Term: PSORALENS; Subject Term: PSORIASIS; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12541285 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12541285&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sohnle, Peter G. AU - Kirkpatrick, Charles H. T1 - EPIDERMAL PROLIFERATION IN THE DEFENSE AGAINST EXPERIMENTAL CUTANEOUS CANDIDIASIS. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1978/03// VL - 70 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 130 EP - 133 SN - 0022202X AB - In previous studies we implicated scaling of the stratum corneum as being important in the clearance of experimental cutaneous Candida infections in guinea pigs. In this model the scaling response appeared to be intensified by delayed hypersensitivity reactions to Candida antigens and to be responsible for the more rapid clearance of infecting organisms by immune animals. The present studies were undertaken to quantitate the degree of epidermal proliferation in such Candida infections and to relate it to delayed hypersensitivity reactions as well as other types of inflammation. The two parameters of epidermal proliferation studied were incorporation of tritiated thymidine by basal cells and thickening of the malpighian layer; both were increased markedly in Candida-infected skin of immune animals and also to a lesser extent in Candida-infected skin of nonimmune animals. Positive delayed skin test responses to Candida antigens were associated with increased basal cell thymidine incorporation, but negative delayed responses were not. Inflammation caused by intradermal injection of irritants was also associated with increased basal cell thymidine incorporation. These results indicate that delayed hypersensitivity reactions in experimental cutaneous Candida infections act to increase the rate of basal cell turnover, primarily by producing increased inflammation in the lesions. The role of delayed hypersensitivity appears to be nonspecific, since other forms of inflammation are also capable of causing increased epidermal proliferation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CANDIDIASIS KW - EPIDERMIS KW - INFECTION KW - DELAYED hypersensitivity KW - INFLAMMATION KW - GUINEA pigs as laboratory animals N1 - Accession Number: 12258536; Sohnle, Peter G. 1,2 Kirkpatrick, Charles H. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: The Department of Medicine, Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, Wisconsin; The Infectious Disease Section, Medial Service, Veterans Administration Center, Wood (Milwaukee), Wisconsin 2: Laboratory of Clinical Investigation, National Institue of Allergy and Infectious Disease, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Maryland, U.S.A; Source Info: Mar1978, Vol. 70 Issue 3, p130; Subject Term: CANDIDIASIS; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: INFECTION; Subject Term: DELAYED hypersensitivity; Subject Term: INFLAMMATION; Subject Term: GUINEA pigs as laboratory animals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12258536 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12258536&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - RPRT AU - Iizuka, H. AU - Adachi, K. AU - Halprin, K. M. AU - Levine, V. T1 - EPINEPHRINE ACTIVATION OF PIG SKIN ADENYLATE CYCLASE IN VIVO AND SUBSEQUENT REFRACTORINESS TO ACTIVATION. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1978/03// VL - 70 IS - 3 M3 - Report SP - 119 EP - 122 SN - 0022202X AB - Epinephrine injected intradermally activated pig skin adenylate cyclase and increased the epidermal cyclic AMP level in vivo. This biphasic response reached a maximum in 5 min and gradually decreased thereafter. The simultaneous injection of a cyclic AMP phosphodiesterase inhibitor, isobutyl methyl xanthin (IBMX) potentiated the increase. The simultaneous injection of a specific β-adrenergic receptor inhibitor, propranolol, inhibited this accumulation of cyclic AMP. After the first activation by epinephrine in vivo, there was a marked refractoriness of the skin (epidermal) adenylate cyclase to subsequent epinephrine stimulation in vivo and in vitro. This refractoriness was specific for catecholamine stimulation as responses to histamine were normal. Recovery from refractoriness started at 48 hr and was completed at 1 week after the injection of epinephrine. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ADRENALINE KW - BIOTRANSFORMATION (Metabolism) KW - SKIN KW - LANGERHANS cells KW - NEURAL stimulation KW - EXPERIMENTAL dermatology N1 - Accession Number: 12258523; Iizuka, H. 1 Adachi, K. 1 Halprin, K. M. 1 Levine, V. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital and Department of Dermatology, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, U.S.A; Source Info: Mar1978, Vol. 70 Issue 3, p119; Subject Term: ADRENALINE; Subject Term: BIOTRANSFORMATION (Metabolism); Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: LANGERHANS cells; Subject Term: NEURAL stimulation; Subject Term: EXPERIMENTAL dermatology; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Report L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12258523 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12258523&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Elias, Peter M. AU - Goerke, Jon AU - Friend, Daniel S. T1 - MAMMALIAN EPIDERMAL BARRIER LAYER LIPIDS: COMPOSITION AND INFLUENCE ON STRUCTURE. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1977/12// VL - 69 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 535 EP - 546 SN - 0022202X AB - The outer layers of the mammalian epidermis protect the organism from water loss and external injury. The bather as visualized with tracers has been shown to develop initially in the stratum granulosum concurrent with the intercellular deposition of extruded lamellar-body contents. This lamellar material greatly expands the intercellular compartment, and following cornification appears to form broad sheets which freeze fracture like lipids, deviating the fracture-plane from the hydrophobic interior of the membrane to the apparently more hydrophobic material in the intercellular space. Isolated upper epidermal sheets were first obtained from neonatal mice with staphylococcal exfoliatin, and then were treated with lipid solvents in order both to identify membrane structures formerly obscured by intercellular lipid and to characterize lipids contributing to barrier function. Histochemical stains were also used to localize phospholipid and neutral lipid deposits in barrier layers. After solvent treatment, the fracture plane reverted from the intercellular space to the plasma membrane, revealing sparse membrane particles low in the stratum corneum and particle-free fracture faces in mid-to-upper regions. Extracted upper epidermal sheets contained 3-4% lipid, almost equally distributed between polar and nonpolar substances, with unexpectedly large quantities of glycolipid, hydrocarbons, and free fatty acids. Gas liquid chromatography demonstrated unusually large quantities of long-chain fatty acids (C24:0 and C26:0) in all polar lipid fractions and in free fatty acids. Histochemical stains demonstrated neutral lipids in stratum corneum intercellular spaces, phospholipids within granular cells, and PAS-positive material both within and between granular cells. These combined histochemical and biochemical studies confirm earlier reports demonstrating a shift from polar to neutral lipid during cornification. They also indicate that within the stratum corneum lipids are segregated in the intercellular spaces, a pattern consistent with electron microscopic images. Furthermore, they suggest that granular layer polar lipid, through as yet undefined mechanisms, may be transformed into the neutral lipids of the cornified layer. Finally, the observed admixture of lipids with long-chain, highly saturated fatty acid chains, as well as the sterols are ideally suited (and situated) to function as the epidermal permeability barrier. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MAMMALIAN artificial chromosomes KW - EPIDERMIS -- Diseases KW - LIPIDS KW - WOUNDS & injuries KW - STAPHYLOCOCCAL diseases KW - HISTOCHEMISTRY N1 - Accession Number: 12687968; Elias, Peter M. 1 Goerke, Jon 1 Friend, Daniel S. 2; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, California 2: Departments of Dermatology, Physiology and Pathology, and the Cardiovascular Research Institute, University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Dec77, Vol. 69 Issue 6, p535; Subject Term: MAMMALIAN artificial chromosomes; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS -- Diseases; Subject Term: LIPIDS; Subject Term: WOUNDS & injuries; Subject Term: STAPHYLOCOCCAL diseases; Subject Term: HISTOCHEMISTRY; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12687968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12687968&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Iizuka, Hajime AU - Adachi, Kenji AU - Halprin, Kenneth M. AU - Levine, Victor T1 - EPIDERMAL ADENYLATE CYCLASE: STIMULATION OF THE HISTAMINE (H2) RECEPTOR BY TOLAZOLINE. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1977/11// VL - 69 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 442 EP - 445 SN - 0022202X AB - Tolazoline (2-benzyl-2-imidazoline) activated adenylate cyclase in pig epidermal slices resulting in the accumulation of cyclic AMP. This effect was highly potentiated by the addition of the cyclic AMP-phosphodiesterase inhibitor, theophylline. Specific histamine (H2) receptor inhibitors (metiamide and cimetidine) completely blocked the tolazoline activation of adenylate cyclase. At low concentrations (10-100 μM), a histamine (H1) receptor inhibitor (diphenhydramine) and a β-adrenergic blocker (propranoIol) did not inhibit this effect. The stimulation of cyclic AMP formation by the combination of tolazoline and histamine was about the same as the stimulation by histamine alone (nonadditive). whereas the stimulatory effects by tolazoline and epinephrine were additive. These data suggest that tolazoline, an β-adrenergic blocker, also activates adenylate cyclase at the histamine (H2) receptor site which is distinct from the β-adrenergic receptor site. Another a-adrenergic blocker, phentolamine, did not have this effect. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ADENYLATE cyclase KW - HISTAMINE receptors KW - HISTAMINE KW - ADRENALINE KW - LYASES KW - BRONCHODILATOR agents N1 - Accession Number: 12510874; Iizuka, Hajime 1 Adachi, Kenji 1 Halprin, Kenneth M. 1 Levine, Victor 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Department of Dermatology, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, U. S. A..; Source Info: Nov77, Vol. 69 Issue 5, p442; Subject Term: ADENYLATE cyclase; Subject Term: HISTAMINE receptors; Subject Term: HISTAMINE; Subject Term: ADRENALINE; Subject Term: LYASES; Subject Term: BRONCHODILATOR agents; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12510874 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12510874&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kumakiri, Masanobu AU - Hashimoto, Ken AU - Willis, Isaac T1 - BIOLOGIC CHANGES DUE TO LONG-WAVE ULTRAVIOLET IRRADIATION ON HUMAN SKIN: ULTRASTRUCTURAL STUDY. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1977/10// VL - 69 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 392 EP - 400 SN - 0022202X AB - Alteration of the skin induced by single and repeated long-wave ultraviolet UVA) exposures was studied. Following a single exposure to relatively large doses of UVA, pronounced dermal damage was observed. In the papillary dermis, superficial dermal vessels showed widely open endothelial gaps and extravasation of blood cells. Marked changes of fibroblasts were also seen in the superficial dermis. In the reticular dermis, extravascular fibrin deposition was seen. After repeated exposures to UVA the formation of cross-banded filamentous aggregations ("Zebra bodies") was observed in the superficial and reticular dermis. These were often found in amorphous masses surrounding the blood vessels. These striking dermal alterations were absent in skin irradiated by solar stimulating radiation and in control skin. Dyskeratotic "sunburn cells" were occasionally seen in the epidermis after single as well as repeated exposures to UVA. The number of these cells was less than that seen after a single exposure to solar simulating radiation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IRRADIATION KW - ULTRAVIOLET radiation KW - FIBRIN KW - DERMIS KW - SKIN KW - SOLAR radiation N1 - Accession Number: 12510322; Kumakiri, Masanobu 1,2 Hashimoto, Ken 1,2 Willis, Isaac 1,2; Affiliation: 1: The Veterans Administration Hospital and Division of Dermatology, Department of Medicine, The University of Tennessee Center for the Health Sciences, Memphis, Tennessee. 2: Division of Dermatology, Department of Medicine, The Veterans Administration Hospital (Atlanta), Decatur, Georgia, U. S. A.; Source Info: Oct77, Vol. 69 Issue 4, p392; Subject Term: IRRADIATION; Subject Term: ULTRAVIOLET radiation; Subject Term: FIBRIN; Subject Term: DERMIS; Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: SOLAR radiation; NAICS/Industry Codes: 334517 Irradiation Apparatus Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12510322 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12510322&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - RPRT AU - Uzuka, M. AU - Adachi, K. AU - Iizuka, H. AU - Halprin, K. M. AU - Levine, V. T1 - EPIDERMAL ADENYLATE CYCLASE SYSTEMS: THE RETENTION OF HORMONE RESPONSIVENESS AFTER ENZYMATIC SEPARATION OF PURE EPIDERMIS. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1977/08// VL - 69 IS - 2 M3 - Report SP - 194 EP - 197 SN - 0022202X AB - Although it has been shown that keratome-sliced skin contains active adenylate cyclase systems which respond to various hormones and drugs, unequivocal proof that the epidermis contains these hormone-responsive systems is still lacking. We demonstrate in this study that "pure" epidermis obtained after either collagenase or trypsin treatment does contain the hormone-sensitive adenylate cyclase systems. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ADENYLATE cyclase KW - EPIDERMIS KW - HORMONES KW - DRUGS KW - TRYPSIN KW - COLLAGENASES N1 - Accession Number: 12506287; Uzuka, M. 1 Adachi, K. 2 Iizuka, H. 2 Halprin, K. M. 2 Levine, V. 2; Affiliation: 1: Shiseido Laboratories, Nippa-cho, Kohoku-ku, Yokohama, Japan. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital and Department of Dermatology, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug77, Vol. 69 Issue 2, p194; Subject Term: ADENYLATE cyclase; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: HORMONES; Subject Term: DRUGS; Subject Term: TRYPSIN; Subject Term: COLLAGENASES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424210 Drugs and Druggists' Sundries Merchant Wholesalers; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Report L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12506287 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12506287&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Halprin, Kenneth M. T1 - CYCLIC NUCLEOTIDES AND EPIDERMAL CELL PROLIFERATION. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1976/06// VL - 66 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 339 EP - 343 SN - 0022202X AB - This article focuses on cyclic nucleotides and epidermal cell proliferation. The cyclic nucleotides, cyclic 3' ,5'-adenosine monophosphate and cyclic 3' ,5'-guanosine monophosphates are small molecules formed intercellularity and broken down or metabolized interacellularity. Changes in the concentrations of theses cyclic nucleotides are an important controlling influence in most cellular activities, including cell proliferation. The most studied systems with regard to cyclic nucleotides and cell proliferation are the mouse fibroblast in tissue culture, the lymphocytes and the rodent salivary gland KW - CELL proliferation KW - CELL division (Biology) KW - NUCLEOTIDES KW - CYCLIC nucleotides KW - FIBROBLASTS KW - LYMPHOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 12482898; Halprin, Kenneth M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Dermatology, University of Miami School of Medicine and Veterans Administration Hospital, Miami, Florida, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jun76, Vol. 66 Issue 6, p339; Subject Term: CELL proliferation; Subject Term: CELL division (Biology); Subject Term: NUCLEOTIDES; Subject Term: CYCLIC nucleotides; Subject Term: FIBROBLASTS; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12482898 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12482898&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lupulescu, Aurel P. AU - Birmingham, Donald J. T1 - EFFECT OF LIPID SOLVENTS ON PROTEIN, DNA, AND COLLAGEN SYNTHESIS IN HUMAN SKIN: AN ELECTRON MICROSCOPIC AUTORADIOGRAPHIC STUDY. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1975/11// VL - 65 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 419 EP - 422 SN - 0022202X AB - The effect of acetone and kerosene on the synthesis of protein, DNA, and collagen was studied by electron microscopic autoradiography using [³H]leucine, [³H]thymidine, and [³H]proline as tracers in human skin. Quantitative analyses following concomitant administration of tritiated leucine and acetone or kerosene demonstrated, at 90 min, a marked decrease in silver grains as compared to control or nonexposed areas. Incorporation of tritiated thymidine is moderately stimulated only by acetone, whereas radioactive proline distribution is not significantly affected. Electron microscopic autoradiograms revealed that tritiated leucine is distributed over all epidermal cells, mostly in the stratum spinosum of control epidermis; a marked decrease of silver grains from [³H]leucine followed both lipid solvent exposures. The autoradiographic reaction is specifically located over cytoplasmic organelles, such as polysomes, endoplasmic reticulum, and especially tonofilaments. Tritiated thymidine resulted in silver grains mostly over nuclear chromatin and these were moderately increased after acetone application, whereas the incorporation of radioactive proline in the fibroblasts and collagen fibrils were not significantly influenced. These investigations indicate a dissociated effect of lipid solvents on protein, DNA, and collagen synthesis in human skin. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ACETONE KW - ETHANES KW - KETONES KW - KEROSENE KW - ELECTRON microscopes KW - LEUCINE KW - CELL organelles N1 - Accession Number: 12607986; Lupulescu, Aurel P. 1,2 Birmingham, Donald J. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, Wayne State University School of Medicine, Detroit. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Allen Park, Michigan.; Source Info: Nov75, Vol. 65 Issue 5, p419; Subject Term: ACETONE; Subject Term: ETHANES; Subject Term: KETONES; Subject Term: KEROSENE; Subject Term: ELECTRON microscopes; Subject Term: LEUCINE; Subject Term: CELL organelles; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325194 Cyclic Crude, Intermediate, and Gum and Wood Chemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 334516 Analytical Laboratory Instrument Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325110 Petrochemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 211112 Natural Gas Liquid Extraction; NAICS/Industry Codes: 211113 Conventional oil and gas extraction; NAICS/Industry Codes: 412110 Petroleum and petroleum products merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 324110 Petroleum Refineries; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12607986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12607986&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Halprin, Kenneth M. AU - Adachi, Kenji AU - Yoshikawa, Kunihiko AU - Levine, Victor AU - Mui, Mei Mei AU - Hsia, S. L. T1 - CYCLIC AMP AND PSORIASIS. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1975/07// VL - 65 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 170 EP - 178 SN - 0022202X AB - Evidence that an adenyl cyclase system is present in all mammalian epidermis is reviewed. This adenyl cyclase is stimulated by at least two separate types of chemicals: catecholamines, which act at a β-adrenergic receptor site, and prostaglandins oft he E series, which act at a separate site. In the psoriatic lesion, the response to these stimulators. especially to the catecholamines, is reduced. Despite this lack of response to external agents which elevate cyclic AMP, the concentration of cyclic AMP within the epidermis of the psoriatic lesion is no lower than in noninvolved skin. How cyclic nucleotides act to control cell proliferation and cell differentiation remains unclear. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SKIN diseases KW - EPIDERMIS KW - CATECHOLAMINES KW - ADRENERGIC receptors KW - INFLAMMATION -- Mediators KW - CELL proliferation N1 - Accession Number: 12598119; Halprin, Kenneth M. 1 Adachi, Kenji 1 Yoshikawa, Kunihiko 1 Levine, Victor Mui, Mei Mei 1 Hsia, S. L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Miami Veterans Administration Hospital and Department of Dermatology of the University of Miami, Miami, Florida; Source Info: Jul75, Vol. 65 Issue 1, p170; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: CATECHOLAMINES; Subject Term: ADRENERGIC receptors; Subject Term: INFLAMMATION -- Mediators; Subject Term: CELL proliferation; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12598119 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12598119&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - King, L. E. AU - Solomon, S. S. AU - Hashimoto, K. T1 - CYCLIC 3',5'-NUCLEOTIDE PHOSPHODIESTERASE IN RAT SKIN II. BIOCHEMICAL CHARACTERIZATION. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1975/06// VL - 64 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 390 EP - 396 SN - 0022202X AB - The biochemical characteristics of cyclic 3'5'-nucleotide phosphodiesterase were studied in homogenates of male albino rat skin using preparations which were predominantly epidermal. Enzymatic activity was detected in both the particulate and soluble fractions of these skin homogenates. Two kinetically distinct phosphodiesterase (PDE) activities were detected in the soluble fraction (100,000 X g supernatant). This 100,000 X g supernatant contains at least two distinct protein bands that hydrolyze cyclic AMP as demonstrated by gel electrophoresis. Divalent cations (Mg++ or Mn++) and 2-mercaptoethanol were required for maximal enzymatic activity. Epinephrine, dibutyryl cyclic AMP, and methylxanthines inhibited while imidazole and histamine phosphate stimulated the cyclic AMP phosphodiesterase activity at high and low cyclic AMP concentrations. Cyclic GMP competitvely inhibited hydrolysis of low, but not high, concentrations of cyclic AMP. Hydrocortisone phosphate in pharmacologic concentrations blocked PDE denaturation by heat. These studies indicate that there are complex interrelationships between cyclic nucleotides and PDE in rat skin. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - NUCLEOTIDES KW - NUCLEIC acids KW - SKIN KW - PHOSPHODIESTERASES KW - RATS KW - ALBINOS & albinism N1 - Accession Number: 12512325; King, L. E. 1 Solomon, S. S. 2 Hashimoto, K. 3; Affiliation: 1: Divisions of Dermatology and Endocrinology, Veterans Administration Hospital 2: Departments of Medicine and Anatomy, Veterans Administration Hospital 3: University of Tennessee, Memphis, Tennessee; Source Info: Jun75, Vol. 64 Issue 6, p390; Subject Term: NUCLEOTIDES; Subject Term: NUCLEIC acids; Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: PHOSPHODIESTERASES; Subject Term: RATS; Subject Term: ALBINOS & albinism; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12512325 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12512325&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - King Jr., L. E. AU - Florendo, N. T. AU - Solomon, S. S. AU - Hashimoto, K. T1 - CYCLIC 3', 5'-NUCLEOTIDE PHOSPHODIESTERASE I. HISTOCHEMICAL LOCALIZATION IN RAT SKIN. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1974/05// VL - 62 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 485 EP - 492 SN - 0022202X AB - The distribution of cyclic 3' ,5'-nucleotide phosphodiesterase activity in albino rat skin was studied by histochemical methods. The demonstrable enzymatic activity was found on or near the plasma membranes of mast cells, dermal fibroblasts, epidermal keratinocytes, and basal dendritic cells. Plasma membranes of endothelial cells and intravascular erythrocytes and leukocytes also were labeled, but the enzymatic activity of the plasma itself may have produced this labeling. Theophylline. a phosphodiesterase inhibitor, blocked the formation of demonstrable enzymatic products from exogenous cyclic AMP in rat skin. These histochemical studies show that cyclic AMP phosphodiesterase occurs in most, if not all, skin cell types. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CYCLIC nucleotide phosphodiesterases KW - NUCLEOTIDES KW - NUCLEIC acids KW - BLOOD plasma KW - ERYTHROCYTES KW - LEUCOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 12681001; King Jr., L. E. 1 Florendo, N. T. Solomon, S. S. 2 Hashimoto, K. 3; Affiliation: 1: Advanced Specially Training Program in Dermatology and Research Funds, Veterans Administration 2: NIAMD, National Institutes of Health 3: Medical Investigator Award and Research Funds, Veterans Administration; Source Info: May74, Vol. 62 Issue 5, p485; Subject Term: CYCLIC nucleotide phosphodiesterases; Subject Term: NUCLEOTIDES; Subject Term: NUCLEIC acids; Subject Term: BLOOD plasma; Subject Term: ERYTHROCYTES; Subject Term: LEUCOCYTES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12681001 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12681001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Adachi, Kenji T1 - RECEPTOR PROTEINS FOR ANDROGEN IN HAMSTER SEBACEOUS GLANDS. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1974/03// VL - 62 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 217 EP - 223 SN - 0022202X AB - Chromatographic and ultracentrifugal techniques demonstrate that receptor proteins in hamster sebaceous glands play important biologic roles such as recognition, transfer, retention, and protection of the tissue-active androgen dihydrotestosterone. Since this is the first step of androgen action, any interference of the binding causes a loss of subsequent biologic sequellae, such as the stimulation of energy metabolism. Both the synthesis and degradation of the receptor proteins are highly dependent on dihydrotestosterone levels. The short half lives of the receptor proteins and of the messenger RNA for the receptors further contribute to the essential role of androgen receptors in controlling the dynamic actions of androgen in hamster sebaceous glands. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SEBACEOUS glands KW - PROTEINS KW - ANDROGENS KW - CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis KW - RNA KW - METABOLISM N1 - Accession Number: 12676787; Adachi, Kenji 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Dermotology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Miami, Florida 2: University of Miami, Miami, Florida; Source Info: Mar1974, Vol. 62 Issue 3, p217; Subject Term: SEBACEOUS glands; Subject Term: PROTEINS; Subject Term: ANDROGENS; Subject Term: CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis; Subject Term: RNA; Subject Term: METABOLISM; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12676787 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12676787&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Scholnick, Perry L. AU - Epstein, John AU - Marver, Harvey S. T1 - THE MOLECULAR BASIS OF THE ACTION OF CHLOROQUINE IN PORPHYRIA CUTANEA TARDA. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 61 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 226 EP - 232 SN - 0022202X AB - A single therapeutic dose of chloroquine. a 4 aminoquinoline, administered to patients with porphyria cutanea tarda (PCT) results in a massive porphvrinuria with subsequent remission at the disease. In the present investigation, an experimental animal model of porphyria was utilized to elucidate the initial biochemical events involved in the therapeutic response of patients with PCT to chloroquine. Rats were made chemically porphyria by treatment with 3.5 dicarbethoxy 1.4 dihydro 2,4,6, trimethyl pyridine (DDC) and subsequently treated with chloroquine. As in patients with PCT, chloroquine caused a massive porphyrinuria in the experimental animals. The increased excretion of porphyrin was associated with a marked decrease in hepatic porphyrin content without changing the activity of δ-aminoleyulinic acid synthetase. the rate controlling enzyme of porphyrin biosynthesis. In addition, there was no biochemical evidence of hepatotoxicity in the experimentally porphyric animals during chloroquine treatment. The validity of the present model system for the study of the effects of chloroquine in PCT is supported by the similarity of the response of the chemically porphyric animals and PCT patients to primaquine. an 8-aminoquinoline. In both instances, primaquine has no effect on porphyrin excretion. In vitro data based on spectrophotometric and gel filtration studies demonstrated that porphyrins form a unique molecular complex with chloroquine. Further equilibrium dialysis studies demonstrate that chloroquine causes the release of tissue-bound prophyrins. The in vitro studies, in association with the results from the animal model, suggest that the initial event following chloroquine administration to patients with PCT is a release of bound hepatic porphyrin and its rapid elimination. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CHLOROQUINE KW - PORPHYRINURIA KW - ANTIMALARIALS KW - PORPHYRIA KW - BIOSYNTHESIS KW - THERAPEUTICS N1 - Accession Number: 12676478; Scholnick, Perry L. 1 Epstein, John 2 Marver, Harvey S. 2; Affiliation: 1: The Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, California 94122 2: Department of Dermatology and Medicine, The University of California, San Francisco; Source Info: Oct73, Vol. 61 Issue 4, p226; Subject Term: CHLOROQUINE; Subject Term: PORPHYRINURIA; Subject Term: ANTIMALARIALS; Subject Term: PORPHYRIA; Subject Term: BIOSYNTHESIS; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12676478 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12676478&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Milstein, Howard G. AU - Cornell, Roger C. AU - Stoughton, Richard B. T1 - URINE OROTIC ACID-OROTIDINE LEVELS IN AZARIBINE-TREATED PATIENTS WITH PSORIASIS. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1973/09// VL - 61 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 183 EP - 187 SN - 0022202X AB - Azaribine, as a pyrimidine analog, blocks the decarboxylase conversion of orotidylic acid to uridine monophosphate with a resultant excretion of accumulated orotic acid and orotidine in the urine. Patients treated with azaribine may develop transitory, severe central nervous system symptoms of depression, lethargy, and ataxia. These side effects are not predictable from oral dosage, and blood levels of the drug are very difficult to determine. All of our psoriatic patients treated with azaribine excreted large but variable amounts of orotic acid-orotidine in the urine. Spot urine ratios of orotic acid-orotidine:creatinine correlated very well with measured 24-hr urine output of orotic acid-orotidine. Patients with central nervous system symptoms were found to have very high urine levels of orotic acid orotidine. These symptoms can be prevented by monitoring the urinary orotic acid-orotidine:creatinine ratio levels and keeping them within a range which is still compatible with successful management of the psoriatic lesions. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SKIN diseases KW - PSORIASIS KW - OROTIC acid KW - URINE KW - DRUGS -- Side effects KW - CENTRAL nervous system N1 - Accession Number: 12676272; Milstein, Howard G. 1 Cornell, Roger C. 2 Stoughton, Richard B. 1; Affiliation: 1: Division of Dermatology, Scripps Clinic and Research Foundation, La Jolla, California. 2: The Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Diego, California.; Source Info: Sep73, Vol. 61 Issue 3, p183; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Subject Term: PSORIASIS; Subject Term: OROTIC acid; Subject Term: URINE; Subject Term: DRUGS -- Side effects; Subject Term: CENTRAL nervous system; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12676272 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12676272&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Nieland, Michael L. T1 - EPIDERMAL INTERCELLULAR STAINING WITH FLUORESCEIN-CONJUGATED PHYTOHEMAGGLUTININS. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1973/02// VL - 60 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 61 EP - 66 SN - 0022202X AB - Fluorescein-conjugated phytohemagglutinins, Concanavalin A and Phytohemagglutinin P were used to stain frozen-cut sections of human skin to determine the presence and distribution of carbohydrate-containing substances in the epidermis. An intercellular staining pattern was observed which appeared identical to that found in various forms of pemphigus. The intercellular staining could be inhibited, or abolished, by α-methyl-D-mannopyranoside or α-methyI-D-glucopyranoside in the case of Concanavalin A, and by N-acetyl-D-galactosamine in the case of Phytohemagglutinin P, but not by a variety of other monosaccharides tested. A similar pattern of staining could be produced in vivo in mouse and guinea-pig skin by intradermal injection of fluorescein-conjugated Concanavalin A. Staining with fluorescein isothiocyanate alone produced a staining pattern which was a negative image of that seen with the fluorescein-conjugated phytohemagglutinins, namely cytoplasmic staining, but absent intercellular staining. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PHYTOHEMAGGLUTININS KW - PLANT lectins KW - HEMAGGLUTININ KW - MUCOPROTEINS KW - EPIDERMIS KW - MONOSACCHARIDES N1 - Accession Number: 12724137; Nieland, Michael L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, University Drive C, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15240, The Division of Dermatology, University of Pittsburgh, School of Medicine, and the Veterans Administration Hospital, Memphis, Tennessee.; Source Info: Feb73, Vol. 60 Issue 2, p61; Subject Term: PHYTOHEMAGGLUTININS; Subject Term: PLANT lectins; Subject Term: HEMAGGLUTININ; Subject Term: MUCOPROTEINS; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: MONOSACCHARIDES; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12724137 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12724137&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lupuleseu, Aurel P. AU - Birmingham, Donald I. AU - Pinkus, Hermann T1 - AN ELECTRON MICROSCOPIC STUDY OF HUMAN EPIDERMIS AFTER ACETONE AND KEROSENE ADMINISTRATION. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1973/01// VL - 60 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 33 EP - 45 SN - 0022202X AB - An electron microscopic study has been done on normal human skin exposed either 30 or 90 minutes to two lipid solvents (acetone and kerosene) commonly encountered in occupational situations. After topical corneum and stratum spinosum. Keratinized cells, keratohyalin cells, spinous cells, and their nuclear and cell envelopes were affected in somewhat different ways by the two solvents. Marked intracellular edema of keratinized cells and vacuolation of spinous cells were seen after exposure to acetone, while large lacunae and disappearance of the keratin pattern in keratinized cells and evidence of cytolysis of spinous cells were found only after kerosene exposure. These cytoplasmic and nuclear degenerative changes were more pronounced after 90 minutes' than after 30 minutes' exposure. Many cell membranes were ruptured and ruthenium red localization showed that desmosomes and other functional complexes were often disrupted. Seventy-two hours after discontinuation of the solvent application, a high degree of restoration of the normal ultrastructural pattern was observed in superficial layers, while residual evidence of cell degeneration and evidence of early reactive changes were found in the viable portions of the epidermis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ELECTRON microscopy KW - EPIDERMIS KW - ACETONE KW - KEROSENE KW - CYTOPLASM KW - RUTHENIUM N1 - Accession Number: 13069780; Lupuleseu, Aurel P. 1,2,3 Birmingham, Donald I. 1,2,3 Pinkus, Hermann 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Dermatology, Wayne State University School of Medicine, Detroit. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Allen Park, Michigan. 3: Detroit General Hospital.; Source Info: Jan73, Vol. 60 Issue 1, p33; Subject Term: ELECTRON microscopy; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: ACETONE; Subject Term: KEROSENE; Subject Term: CYTOPLASM; Subject Term: RUTHENIUM; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325194 Cyclic Crude, Intermediate, and Gum and Wood Chemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 412110 Petroleum and petroleum products merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 324110 Petroleum Refineries; Number of Pages: 13p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep13069780 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13069780&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hashimoto, Ken T1 - FINE STRUCTURE OF THE MEISSNER CORPUSCLE OF HUMAN PALMAR SKIN. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1973/01// VL - 60 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 20 EP - 28 SN - 0022202X AB - Meissner corpuscles of human palmar skin were investigated with the electron microscope. The upper margin of the corpuscle was in direct contact with the epidermal basal cells without interposition of the basal lamina. Although no specialized junctions were formed, axon terminals and accompanying laminar cells were interdigitated with the basal cells. Axons, both those in contact with the epidermis and those terminated within the corpuscle, contained a number of mitochondria, microvesicles similar to synaptic vesicles, and myelinated dense bodies. Some axon terminals contained dense granules identical to those of the Merkel cell or chromaffin cells. Axon cylinders were enveloped with single or multiple layers of laminar cells and their processes which produced desmosome-like junctions between them. Laminar cell nuclei tended to localize at the periphery of the corpuscle and their cytoplasm extended unipolarly. Slender cytoplasmic processes often produced desmosome-like junctions between themselves, contained numerous pinocytotic vesicles, and were surrounded with a basal lamina in many areas. The laminar cell was considered to be a modified Schwann cell. Spaces between laminar cells and their processes were filled with an interlaminar substance which was composed of an admixture of basal lamina materials, microfilaments, and collagen fibrils. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ELECTRON microscopes KW - EPIDERMAL growth factor KW - SKIN -- Cancer KW - BASAL lamina KW - CHROMAFFIN cells KW - ADRENAL glands N1 - Accession Number: 13069657; Hashimoto, Ken 1; Affiliation: 1: Memphis Veterans Administration Hospital and Division of Dermatology, Department of Medicine, University of Tennessee College of Medicine, Memphis, Tennessee 38101.; Source Info: Jan73, Vol. 60 Issue 1, p20; Subject Term: ELECTRON microscopes; Subject Term: EPIDERMAL growth factor; Subject Term: SKIN -- Cancer; Subject Term: BASAL lamina; Subject Term: CHROMAFFIN cells; Subject Term: ADRENAL glands; NAICS/Industry Codes: 334516 Analytical Laboratory Instrument Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep13069657 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13069657&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hashimoto, Ken T1 - FINE STRUCTURE OF PERIFOLLICULAR NERVE ENDINGS IN HUMAN HAIR. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1972/12// VL - 59 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 432 EP - 441 SN - 0022202X AB - Perifollicular nerve endings of the human lanugo hairs have been studied with the electron microscope. The endorgans are arranged in palisade along the periphery of the follicle and are composed of an axon and an enveloping Schwann sheath. Spaces between the endorgan are largely free from collagen and cellular elements. This arrangement of endorgans perpendicular to the follicle may be most efficient to detect the movement of the follicle, and the empty spaces between the organs permit a maximum deformation of the terminal axon. The axon produces a subcytomembrane dense layer at the follicular end but is, with rare exceptions, separated from the external root sheath cells by the basal lamina. The endorgan can attach to any portion of the follicle including the cellular junctions, indicating that there is no specialization on the follicular side at the site of attachment. In fact, half-desmosomes and subbasal dense plaques are regularly seen on the basal surface of the follicular basal cells. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - COLLAGEN KW - HAIR follicles KW - ELECTRON microscopes KW - AXONS KW - NEURONS KW - BASAL cell carcinoma N1 - Accession Number: 12627604; Hashimoto, Ken 1; Affiliation: 1: Memphis Veterans Administration Hospital and Division of Dermatology, Department of Medicine, The University of Tennessee, College of Medicine, Memphis, Tennessee.; Source Info: Dec72, Vol. 59 Issue 6, p432; Subject Term: COLLAGEN; Subject Term: HAIR follicles; Subject Term: ELECTRON microscopes; Subject Term: AXONS; Subject Term: NEURONS; Subject Term: BASAL cell carcinoma; NAICS/Industry Codes: 334516 Analytical Laboratory Instrument Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12627604 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12627604&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Maricq, Hildegard Rand T1 - THE EFFECT OF STRIPPING ON SWEAT DUCTS OBSERVED BY INTRAVITAL MICROSCOPY. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1972/11// VL - 59 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 375 EP - 379 SN - 0022202X AB - The effect of stripping on the intraepidermal sweat duct has been studied by intravital microscopy on the fingers of 22 subjects. The results demonstrate that superficial stripping can block sweat delivery in some ducts by filling them with air. The technique used also makes it possible to distinguish sweat droplets from tissue fluid lost by the skin surface after complete stripping of stratum corneum. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SWEAT glands KW - PERSPIRATION KW - MICROSCOPY KW - BODY fluids KW - TISSUES KW - SKIN N1 - Accession Number: 12627500; Maricq, Hildegard Rand 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Rutgers Medical School, Department of Psychiatry, New Brunswick, New Jersey. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Lyons, New Jersey 07939; Source Info: Nov72, Vol. 59 Issue 5, p375; Subject Term: SWEAT glands; Subject Term: PERSPIRATION; Subject Term: MICROSCOPY; Subject Term: BODY fluids; Subject Term: TISSUES; Subject Term: SKIN; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12627500 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12627500&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Goodman, Thomas F. T1 - FINE STRUCTURE OF THE CELLS OF THE SUQUET-HOYER CANAL. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1972/11// VL - 59 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 363 EP - 369 SN - 0022202X AB - Cutaneous arteriovenous anastomoses from the human toe were examined electron microscopically. The main anastomotic vessel (Suquet-Hover canal) was found to possess a thick cellular wall and a small, endothelial-lined lumen. There was no elastic lamina. The cells of the wall had the ultrastructural features of vascular smooth muscle. The vessel was surrounded by numerous small nerve endings with synaptic vesicles. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ARTERIOVENOUS anastomosis KW - BLOOD-vessels KW - ARTERIOVENOUS fistula KW - SMOOTH muscle KW - CELLS KW - ELECTRON microscopy N1 - Accession Number: 12627480; Goodman, Thomas F. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital (FHD) and the Department of Dermatology, Medical College of Georgia.; Source Info: Nov72, Vol. 59 Issue 5, p363; Subject Term: ARTERIOVENOUS anastomosis; Subject Term: BLOOD-vessels; Subject Term: ARTERIOVENOUS fistula; Subject Term: SMOOTH muscle; Subject Term: CELLS; Subject Term: ELECTRON microscopy; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12627480 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12627480&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hsia, S. L. AU - Wright, Reba AU - Mandy, Stephen H. AU - Halprin, Kenneth M. T1 - ADENYL CYCLASE IN NORMAL AND PSORIATIC SKIN. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1972/07// VL - 59 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 109 EP - 113 SN - 0022202X AB - After the incubation of slices of human skin with adenine-2,8-³H in the presence of theophylline, ³H was found in cAMP, indicating the presence of adenyl cyclase in human skin. This activity was stimulated by epinephrine and NaF. Specimens of psoriatic skin were significantly less effective in incorporating adenine-2,8-³H into camp, less responsive to the stimulation of epinephrine and unresponsive to NaF. The unaffected skin of the psoriatic patients had normal activity and normal responses to epinephrine and NaF. The 650 × g pellets from homogenates of unaffected skin and affected skin from apsoriatic patient were prepared and incubated with 2 mM ATP-α-32P. The amounts of cAMP-32P formed were compared. The preparation from the unaffected skin produced 7.5 pmoles of cAMP per min per mg protein, while the affected skin had approximately half the capability. These results suggest deficiency and defects of adenyl cyclase in psoriatic skin. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PSORIASIS KW - ADENYLATE cyclase KW - LYASES KW - SKIN diseases KW - THEOPHYLLINE KW - ANTIASTHMATIC agents N1 - Accession Number: 12625877; Hsia, S. L. 1,2 Wright, Reba 1,2 Mandy, Stephen H. 3 Halprin, Kenneth M. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Dermatology and Biochemistry, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami Florida 33136. 2: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Miami, Florida 33136. 3: USAF Medical Center, Keesler Air Force Base, Biloxi, Mississippi 39534.; Source Info: Jul72, Vol. 59 Issue 1, p109; Subject Term: PSORIASIS; Subject Term: ADENYLATE cyclase; Subject Term: LYASES; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Subject Term: THEOPHYLLINE; Subject Term: ANTIASTHMATIC agents; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12625877 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12625877&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hashimoto, Ken T1 - FINE STRUCTURE OF MERKEL CELL IN HUMAN ORAL MUCOSA. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1972/06// VL - 58 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 381 EP - 387 SN - 0022202X AB - Merkel cells identical to those described in the skin were found in the gingival mucosa and in the vermilion border of the lip. They were often clustered in rete ridges but also found individually in the basal layer. Unmyelinated axons (neurites) of presumably a sensory afferent nerve surrounded the basal half of these cells within the epithelium. Occasional desmosomes connected the Merkel cell to the neighboring keratinocytes, but neither desmosomes nor other junctional devices were found between the Merkel cell and the neurite. The Merkel cell is characterized by membrane-surrounded dense granules, measuring between 800 and 2000 A, which seemed to derive from Golgi saccules. Some Merkel cells contained lysosome-like dense bodies and transferred melanosomes. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MUCOUS membrane KW - MERKEL cells KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - LYSOSOMES KW - DESMOSOMES KW - MECHANORECEPTORS N1 - Accession Number: 12540607; Hashimoto, Ken 1; Affiliation: 1: The Veterans Administration Hospital, and the Department of Medicine, The University of Tennessee College of Medicine, Memphis, Tennessee 38104.; Source Info: Jun72, Vol. 58 Issue 6, p381; Subject Term: MUCOUS membrane; Subject Term: MERKEL cells; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: LYSOSOMES; Subject Term: DESMOSOMES; Subject Term: MECHANORECEPTORS; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12540607 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12540607&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fine, Albert S. AU - Stahl, S. AU - Kopac, M. J. T1 - EFFECT OF DIMETHYL SULFOXIDE AND FICOLL ON RAT SKIN. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 58 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 269 EP - 273 SN - 0022202X AB - The cytochrome oxidase of skin has been characterized biochemically in the presence of DMSO and Ficoll. The pH optimum for the oxidation of ferrocytochrome c was found to be very sensitive to changes in ionic strength of the phosphate buffer. Maxima were observed at pH 7.0 in constant molarity (0.033 M and 0.05 M) buffers. There was no apparent pH optima above 6.0 in constant ionic strength (I -= 0.07, 0.11) buffers. Kinetic analysis revealed that the apparent maximal reaction rate (Vmax) and the (Kmax) for cytochrome c were greater in the presence of Ficoll than DMSO. These reagents did not inhibit or activate the enzymatic activity at the concentrations utilized in the study. Cytochrome oxidase was inhibited by cyanide and azide in a classical fashion. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DIMETHYL sulfoxide KW - FICOLL KW - RATS KW - SKIN KW - OXIDASES KW - CYTOCHROMES N1 - Accession Number: 12540270; Fine, Albert S. 1,2,3 Stahl, S. 4 Kopac, M. J. 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dental Research, Veterans Administration Hospitals, New York 10010. 2: Department of Dental Research, Veterans Administration Hospitals, Brooklyn 11209. 3: Department of Biology, Graduate School of Arts and Sciences, New York University, New York University, New York 10003. 4: Department of Periodontics, New York University College of Dentistry, New York 10010.; Source Info: May72, Vol. 58 Issue 5, p269; Subject Term: DIMETHYL sulfoxide; Subject Term: FICOLL; Subject Term: RATS; Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: OXIDASES; Subject Term: CYTOCHROMES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12540270 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12540270&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Solomon, Lawrence M. AU - Esterly, Nancy B. AU - Medenica, Maria T1 - HEREDITARY TRICHODYSPLASIA: MARIE UNNA'S HYPOTRICHOSIS. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1971/12// VL - 57 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 389 EP - 400 SN - 0022202X AB - This is a study of eight members of one family with Marie Unna hypotrichosis occurring in five generations. All affected individuals were born with widespread facial "milia", sparse scalp hair and decreased body hair. Laboratory studies including urinary amino acids and plasma testosterone were normal. On histologic examination the hair follicles of the scalp showed proliferation of the internal root sheath and horn pearl formation in the lower third of the follicle. Abnormal hairs were flat and ribbon-like and twisted at irregular intervals. Extensive peeling of the cuticle was demonstrated by scanning electron microscopy. Electron microscopy of the hair shafts revealed intracellular fractures of the cuticular cells, increased interfibrillar matrix and fractures of the cortical cell fibrils and fractures of the medullary cells. X-ray diffraction studies were normal. On amino acid analysis of affected hairs a small decrease in cysteine-cystine and an increase in methionine content was noted. Since the hair shafts are clearly abnormal in this disorder, the name hereditary trichodysplasia is suggested. The condition is inherited as an autosomal dominant trait. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SCALP KW - HAIR KW - HAIR follicles KW - AMINO acids KW - CELLS KW - ELECTRON microscopy KW - X-rays KW - OPTICAL diffraction N1 - Accession Number: 12293186; Solomon, Lawrence M. 1,2 Esterly, Nancy B. 1 Medenica, Maria 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology of the Abraham Lincoln School of Medicine and Hines Veterans Administration Hospital. 2: Center for Cranio-facial Anomalies of the University of Illinois.; Source Info: Dec71, Vol. 57 Issue 6, p389; Subject Term: SCALP; Subject Term: HAIR; Subject Term: HAIR follicles; Subject Term: AMINO acids; Subject Term: CELLS; Subject Term: ELECTRON microscopy; Subject Term: X-rays; Subject Term: OPTICAL diffraction; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12293186 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12293186&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Marks, R. AU - Halprin, K. AU - Fukui, K. AU - Graff, Denise T1 - TOPICALLY APPLIED TRIAMCINOLONE AND MACROMOLECULAR SYNTHESIS BY HUMAN EPIDERMIS. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1971/06// VL - 56 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 470 EP - 473 SN - 0022202X AB - The effects of 0.5% triamcinolone under occlusion on adult human epidermis for short periods of time has been examined in 10 subjects. An in vitro method was used employing thin sheets of skin removed with a Castroviejo keratotome. Treated skin was found to have a decreased uptake of tritiated thymidine but no consistent effect was found on cytidine, proline or histidine incorporation although occlusion by itself might cause increased cytidine incorporation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - TRIAMCINOLONE KW - EPIDERMIS KW - BIOSYNTHESIS KW - THYMIDINE KW - SKIN KW - OCCLUSION (Dentistry) N1 - Accession Number: 12261404; Marks, R. 1 Halprin, K. 2 Fukui, K. 3 Graff, Denise 2; Affiliation: 1: St. John's Hospital for Diseases of the Skin London. 2: Department of Dermatology, University of Miami and the Dermatology Service of the Miami Veterans Administration Hospital. 3: Department of Dermatology, University of Sapporo, Japan.; Source Info: Jun71, Vol. 56 Issue 6, p470; Subject Term: TRIAMCINOLONE; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: BIOSYNTHESIS; Subject Term: THYMIDINE; Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: OCCLUSION (Dentistry); Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12261404 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12261404&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Black, Homer S. AU - Rauschkolb, Elizabeth W. T1 - EFFECTS OF LIGHT ON SKIN LIPID METABOLISM. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1971/05// VL - 56 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 387 EP - 391 SN - 0022202X AB - The effects of light on in vitro skin lipid metabolism were examined. Fresh Human skin specimens were irradiated with a Xenon lamp at a level equivalent to 10 x the minimal erythema dose. After irradiation the skin specimens were incubated 6 hours in the presence of 14C-acetate. Total lipids were extracted and the levels of acetate incorporation determined. The total lipid free sterol, neutrol fat, and phospholipid fractions exhibited lower levels of incorporation in irradiated skin than did those from nonirradiated controls. Parallel studies on skin obtained from swine indicated that reduced levels of incorporation of acetate into the various classed of lipids were the results of altered synthesis and not due to reduced isotope uptake, increased lipid breakdown, or direct effects of light per se, on the lipid moieties. Further studies with human skin demonstrated that the light susceptible site of sterol synthesis lies along the biosynthetic pathway between acetate and meyalonate. The data suggest that light interferes with sterol synthesis prior to acetyl CoA and probably involves acetate activation or the availability of substantia, acetyl CoA pools. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LIPID metabolism KW - SKIN KW - IRRADIATION KW - ERYTHEMA KW - ACETATES KW - STEROLS N1 - Accession Number: 12261276; Black, Homer S. 1 Rauschkolb, Elizabeth W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital and Baylor College of Medicine, Departments of Dermatology and Biochemistry, Houston, Texas, 77031.; Source Info: May71, Vol. 56 Issue 5, p387; Subject Term: LIPID metabolism; Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: IRRADIATION; Subject Term: ERYTHEMA; Subject Term: ACETATES; Subject Term: STEROLS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 334517 Irradiation Apparatus Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12261276 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12261276&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Medenica, Maria AU - Rostenberg Jr., Adolph T1 - A COMPARATIVE LIGHT AND ELECTRON MICROSCOPIC STUDY OF PRIMARY IRRITANT CONTACT DERMATITIS AND ALLERGIC CONTACT DERMATITIS. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 56 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 259 EP - 271 SN - 0022202X AB - A detailed sequential study of the early phases of primary irritant and allergic contact dermatitis by means of both light and electron microscopy was undertaken in a search for possible differences not previously appreciated. A primary irritant contact dermatitis was induced in the skin of albino guinea pigs by paintings with 10%, 5% and 1% solutions of 1 chloro 2:4 dinitro benzene (DNCB) in acetone. Allergic contact dermatitis was elicited by application of 0.1% DNCB solution to the skin of animals previously sensitized to this compound. Biopsy specimens were taken from reaction sites at 1, 3, 6, 8, 12, 24 and 48 hours after DNCB application. In primary irritant contact dermatitis, regardless of the irritant concentration used (10%, 5%, 1%), epidermo-dermal separation in the plane between cell membrane and basal, lamina, necrosis of the epidermal cells and dermal polymorphonuclear leukocytic infiltration were regularly observed. Spongiosis and secondary lysosomes were lacking in the separated epidermis but were noted in the epidermis as it regenerated. In allergic contact dermatitis the was no epidermo-dermal separation or cell necrosis but rather the epidermis regularly showed spongiosis and secondary lysosomes. The dermal infiltrate contained numerous basophils which if observed only in H&E stained sections might have been mistaken for eosinophils. Monocytes and lymphocytes appeared simultaneously in the dermis and epidermis and these two cell types frequently were in contact with each other. Macrophages appeared later in the allergic reaction and were filled with secondary lysosomes. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CONTACT dermatitis KW - ALLERGY KW - SKIN -- Inflammation KW - ELECTRON microscopy KW - MICROSCOPY KW - IMMUNOLOGIC diseases N1 - Accession Number: 12260992; Medenica, Maria 1 Rostenberg Jr., Adolph 2; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Section, Research and Education Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois. 2: Department of Dermatology, Abraham Lincoln School of Medicine, University of Illinois.; Source Info: Apr71, Vol. 56 Issue 4, p259; Subject Term: CONTACT dermatitis; Subject Term: ALLERGY; Subject Term: SKIN -- Inflammation; Subject Term: ELECTRON microscopy; Subject Term: MICROSCOPY; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGIC diseases; Number of Pages: 13p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12260992 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12260992&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fine, Albert S. AU - Stahl, S. S. T1 - STABILIZATION OF CYTOCHROME OXIDASE ACTIVITY OF RAT SKIN AND GINGIVA BY DIMETHYL SULFOXIDE AND FICOLL. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1970/10// VL - 55 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 260 EP - 264 SN - 0022202X AB - The cytochrome oxidase activity of skin and gingival homogenates was found to be very labile upon standing at 0° C. The enzymatic activity was stabilized for 1½-4 hours in the presence of (1-2)% Ficoll, (1-2)% DMSO, or 1% combinations of Ficoll and DMSO in a phosphate-buffered system. These agents were found to be ineffective as stabilizers in the presence of Tris-maleate buffer. The specific activity values of stabilized homogenates declined towards those of the non-stabilized controls alter the stabilizing effect was dissipated. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CYTOCHROME oxidase KW - SKIN KW - ENZYME activation KW - DIMETHYL sulfoxide KW - FICOLL KW - BUFFER solutions N1 - Accession Number: 12259961; Fine, Albert S. 1 Stahl, S. S. 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dental Research, Veterans Administration Hospital, New York, N.Y. 10010. 2: Department of Periodontology, University of Southern California Dental School. Los Angeles, California.; Source Info: Oct70, Vol. 55 Issue 4, p260; Subject Term: CYTOCHROME oxidase; Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: ENZYME activation; Subject Term: DIMETHYL sulfoxide; Subject Term: FICOLL; Subject Term: BUFFER solutions; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12259961 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12259961&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fukui, Kiyomi AU - Halprin, Kenneth M. T1 - ENZYMES OF THE URONIC ACID PATHWAY IN THE HUMAN EPIDERMIS. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1970/09// VL - 55 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 179 EP - 183 SN - 0022202X AB - Evidence has been obtained for the presence of four of the enzymes of the uronic acid pathway of carbohydrate metabolism in homogenates of human epidermis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EPIDERMIS KW - URONIC acids KW - ENZYMES KW - CARBOHYDRATE metabolism KW - NUCLEOTIDES KW - HISTOCHEMISTRY N1 - Accession Number: 12280682; Fukui, Kiyomi 1 Halprin, Kenneth M. 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Miami Department of Dermatology, Miami, Florida. 2: Dermatology Service of the Veterans Administration Hospital, 1201 Northwest 16th Street, Miami, Florida 33125.; Source Info: Sep70, Vol. 55 Issue 3, p179; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: URONIC acids; Subject Term: ENZYMES; Subject Term: CARBOHYDRATE metabolism; Subject Term: NUCLEOTIDES; Subject Term: HISTOCHEMISTRY; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12280682 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12280682&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Zackheim, M.D., Herschel S. T1 - EFFECT OF CASTRATION ON THE INDUCTION OF EPIDERMAL NEOPLASMS IN MALE MICE BY TOPICAL METHYLCHOLANTHRENE. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1970/06// VL - 54 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 479 EP - 482 SN - 0022202X AB - Fifty normal (sham operated) and 48 castrated male Swiss mice were painted with methylcholanthrene solution for 16 weeks resulting in warty papules and squamous cell carcinomas. A comparison was made between the two groups as to the median neoplastic surface area involved, the number of mice developing papules of at least 2 mm in diameter, and the mean number of tumors per mouse. The castrated group had lower values for all three comparisons, although only the comparison of numbers of mice developing papules was statistically significant (P < 5% at 15 weeks, and P < 20% at 16 weeks). [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CASTRATION KW - TUMORS KW - MICE KW - METHYL groups KW - ONCOLOGY KW - CANCER N1 - Accession Number: 12259296; Zackheim, M.D., Herschel S. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Dermatology, Stanford University School of Medicine. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California, 94305.; Source Info: Jun70, Vol. 54 Issue 6, p479; Subject Term: CASTRATION; Subject Term: TUMORS; Subject Term: MICE; Subject Term: METHYL groups; Subject Term: ONCOLOGY; Subject Term: CANCER; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12259296 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12259296&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sepsi Jr., Victor J. T1 - Girl Recidivists. JO - Journal of Research in Crime & Delinquency JF - Journal of Research in Crime & Delinquency Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 11 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 70 EP - 79 SN - 00224278 AB - The purpose of this study was to investigate statistically the relationships between personal variables which distinguish between female juvenile recidivists and nonrecidivists. From data obtained solely from institutional records, 104 variables were selected on the basis of availability and objectivity. The 210 subjects of this study consisted of 105 recidivists and 105 nonrecidivists from an Ohio girls' training school. Results suggest that early age at the onset of delinquency, less formal education, and family relationships are significantly associated with recidivism among girls. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Research in Crime & Delinquency is the property of Sage Publications Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RECIDIVISTS KW - WOMEN criminals KW - JUVENILE delinquents KW - CRIMINALS KW - YOUTH KW - JUVENILE delinquency KW - RECIDIVISM N1 - Accession Number: 5542328; Sepsi Jr., Victor J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Staff Psychologist, Veterans Administration Center, Martinsburg, W. Va.; Source Info: Jan74, Vol. 11 Issue 1, p70; Subject Term: RECIDIVISTS; Subject Term: WOMEN criminals; Subject Term: JUVENILE delinquents; Subject Term: CRIMINALS; Subject Term: YOUTH; Subject Term: JUVENILE delinquency; Subject Term: RECIDIVISM; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5542328&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Shiley, C.A. AU - Brammer, G.L. AU - Kaplan, J.R. AU - Raleigh, M.J. AU - Manuck, S.B. T1 - The Complex Relationship Between Behavioral Attributes, Social Status, and Whole Blood Serotonin in Male Macaca fascicularis. JO - American Journal of Primatology JF - American Journal of Primatology Y1 - 1991/02// VL - 23 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 99 EP - 112 SN - 02752565 AB - Among group-housed male Cercopithecus aethiops, dominant animals have higher concentrations of whole blood serotonin (WBS) than their subordinate counterparts. In contrast, there appears to be no relationship between social status and WBS in Macaca nemestrina. We report here the relationship between social status and WBS among 29 male Macaca fascicularis housed in groups of five. Membership in these groups was disrupted periodically (20 times in 26 months) with the reorganization manipulation. Concentrations of WBS were assessed just prior to the 20th (final) social reorganization and at 1, 2, and 5 weeks following that reorganization. Correlations between these repeated samples were high, indicating considerable intraindividual stability in WBS. Overall, there were no persistent differences in WBS between clearly dominant (ranked 1 or 2) and subordinate (ranked 3, 4, or 5) monkeys, despite the substantial behavioral differences between such animals and the stability of social status across time. A multivariate analysis indicated that WBS was best predicted by a model that included a positive relationship with the interaction between rate of grooming and social status (P < 0.002), a negative relationship with extreme aggressiveness (P = 0.03), and a positive relationship with time spent alone (P < 0.04). Further analysis of the social status by grooming rate interaction revealed that WBS was higher in dominants than subordinates, but only if the dominants also initiated grooming frequently. These differences in the relationship between WBS and social status in C. aethiops and M. fascicularis may reflect differences in the behavioral dynamics underlying the dominance hierarchies in small groups of these two species. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Primatology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - KRA KW - SOCIAL status KW - SEROTONIN KW - SOCIAL behavior in animals KW - ANIMAL psychology KW - GROOMING behavior in animals KW - aggressiveness KW - dominance KW - grooming N1 - Accession Number: 12358286; Shiley, C.A. 1 Brammer, G.L. 2 Kaplan, J.R. 1 Raleigh, M.J. 3 Manuck, S.B. 4; Affiliation: 1: Department of Comparative Medicine, Bowman Gray School of Medicine 2: Neurobiochemistry Research, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Los Angeles 3: Department of Psychiatry, School of Medicine, University of California 4: Department of Psychology, University of Pittsburgh; Source Info: 1991, Vol. 23 Issue 2, p99; Subject Term: KRA; Subject Term: SOCIAL status; Subject Term: SEROTONIN; Subject Term: SOCIAL behavior in animals; Subject Term: ANIMAL psychology; Subject Term: GROOMING behavior in animals; Author-Supplied Keyword: aggressiveness; Author-Supplied Keyword: dominance; Author-Supplied Keyword: grooming; Number of Pages: 14p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12358286&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bowden, Douglas M. AU - Brammer, Gary L. AU - Fredrickson, Timm AU - Raleigh, Michael J. AU - Dougherty, Amy AU - Short, Robert A. AU - Williams, Darrell D. T1 - Relations Among Whole Blood Serotonin and Sex, Age, Diet, and Social Status in Macaca nemestrina. JO - American Journal of Primatology JF - American Journal of Primatology Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 18 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 221 EP - 230 SN - 02752565 AB - Whole blood serotonin (WBS) determinations were made in 56 pigtailed macaques (Macaca nemestrina) with approximately equal numbers in three age groups: young-adult (4-5 years), middle-aged (13-14 years), and old (over 18 years). The animals were housed in ten living groups with one female and male of each age group in each living group. Half of the groups were fed a diet high in lipid, cholesterol, simple sugars, and sodium; the other half received a restricted diet. Three determinations per animal showed WBS levels to be stable at tow times of day and at a 1-week interval, and individual differences were stable over several months' time. The mean WBS concentrations in M. nemestrina were found to be considerably higher than those reported for other species. The mean levels in females were almost 25% higher than in males. No significant effects of age, diet, or dominance status were detected. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Primatology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PIG-tailed macaque KW - MACAQUES KW - CERCOPITHECIDAE KW - SEROTONIN KW - ANIMAL behavior KW - ANIMAL psychology KW - dominance KW - macaque KW - SPECIES COMPARISONS N1 - Accession Number: 12313885; Bowden, Douglas M. 1,2 Brammer, Gary L. 3,4 Fredrickson, Timm 2 Raleigh, Michael J. 3,4 Dougherty, Amy 2 Short, Robert A. 2 Williams, Darrell D. 2; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Psychiatry & Behavioral Sciences and Pharmacology 2: Regional Primate Research Center, University of Washington, Seattle 3: Department of Psychiatry & Biobehavioral Sciences, School of Medicine, University of California, Los Angeles 4: Nonhuman Primate Laboratory, Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, California; Source Info: 1989, Vol. 18 Issue 3, p221; Subject Term: PIG-tailed macaque; Subject Term: MACAQUES; Subject Term: CERCOPITHECIDAE; Subject Term: SEROTONIN; Subject Term: ANIMAL behavior; Subject Term: ANIMAL psychology; Author-Supplied Keyword: dominance; Author-Supplied Keyword: macaque; Author-Supplied Keyword: SPECIES COMPARISONS; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12313885&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Adams, John S. AU - Gacad, Mercedes A. AU - Rude, Robert K. AU - Deseran, Mark AU - Endres, David B. AU - Mallete, Lawrence E. T1 - Immunoreactive Parathyroid Hormone Levels in Platyrrhini and Catarrhini: A Comparative Analysis With Three Different Assays. JO - American Journal of Primatology JF - American Journal of Primatology Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 13 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 425 EP - 433 SN - 02752565 AB - Serum concentrations of the hormonal form of vitamin D3-1,25-dihydroxy-vitamin D3 [1,25-(OH)2-D3]-are elevated in many genera of platyrrhines when compared to catarrhines; this elevation is presumed to result from a decrease in the ability of the target cell receptor effectively to recognize 1,25(OH)2-D3. The activity of the renal 25-hydroxyvitamin D3-1α-hydroxylase, the mammalian enzyme which synthesizes the majority of the circulating 1,25(OH)2-D3, is accelerated by parathyroid hormone (PTH). In order to determine whether the elevated serum concentrations of 1,25(OH)2-D3 in platyrrhines were the result of relative hyperparathyroidism, we measured serum levels of immunoreactive parathyroid hormone (iPTH) in normocalcetnic platynhines, catarrhines, and human subjects with assays that recognize different domains of the human PTH molecule. Antisera directed against the biologically active, aminoterminus of PTH yielded comparable mean values for iPTH among three test groups. The mean concentration of iPTH as assessed by a "proximal" midregion assay was significantly reduced in platyrrhine serum when compared to either human or catarrhine serum. A "distal" midregion assay yielded a reduced mean value for IPTH in both platyrrhine and catarrhine serum when compared to human serum. These data suggest that 1) high circulating levels of 1,25(OH)2-D3 in New World primates are not the result of hyperparathyroidism; and 2) structural homology between human and primate PTH diminishes progressively as one moves toward the carboxyterminus of the molecule and is lost more rapidly in the platyrrhine than in the catarrhine hormone. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Primatology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PARATHYROID hormone KW - FUNGUS weevils KW - SERUM KW - CELL receptors KW - HYPERPARATHYROIDISM KW - BIOLOGICAL assay KW - Catarrhini. KW - parathyroid hormone KW - Platyrrhini KW - Vitamin D N1 - Accession Number: 12365556; Adams, John S. 1 Gacad, Mercedes A. 1 Rude, Robert K. 1 Deseran, Mark 1 Endres, David B. 2 Mallete, Lawrence E. 3; Affiliation: 1: Orthopaedic Hospital/University of Southern California Bone and Connective Tussue Research Laboratory, Department of Medicine. 2: Department of Pathology, University of Southern Califonia School of Medicine, Los Angeles. 3: Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Department of Medicine, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston.; Source Info: 1987, Vol. 13 Issue 4, p425; Subject Term: PARATHYROID hormone; Subject Term: FUNGUS weevils; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: CELL receptors; Subject Term: HYPERPARATHYROIDISM; Subject Term: BIOLOGICAL assay; Author-Supplied Keyword: Catarrhini.; Author-Supplied Keyword: parathyroid hormone; Author-Supplied Keyword: Platyrrhini; Author-Supplied Keyword: Vitamin D; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12365556&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Steklis, Horst D. AU - Raleigh, Michael J. AU - Kling, Arthur S. AU - Tachiki, Ken T1 - Biochemical and Hormonal Correlates of Dominance and Social Behavior in All-Male Groups of Squirrel Monkeys (Saimiri sciureus). JO - American Journal of Primatology JF - American Journal of Primatology Y1 - 1986/09// VL - 11 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 133 EP - 145 SN - 02752565 AB - This study examined the relationship between dominance rank and several physiological and behavioral measures in stable, captive, all-male squirrel monkey groups. Four groups, each containing three males, were observed for 12 weeks during the breeding season. Relative dominance ranking among males in each group was based on the direction of agonistic behaviors displayed. For each subject, whole blood serotonin (WBS), plasma testosterone (T), and cortisol (C) were sampled 4 to 6 times over the course of the study. Samples were separated by 1- to 2-week intervals. Each group had a stable linear dominance hierarchy. WBS had small intraanimal variance and was positively related to dominance rank. In contrast, T and C were highly variable within subjects and were unrelated to dominance rank. Among alpha males, concentrations of T and C were positively correlated, and WBS and C were negatively correlated. The effect of dominance rank on the relationship between within-animal fluctuations in WBS, T, and C and behavior was also assessed. In dominant, but not subordinate subjects, intraanimal fluctuations in WBS correlated with agonistic behavior initiated, and fluctuations in C and T correlated with huddling. In beta and gamma males, C was related to agonism received, and in gamma males to food stealing received. Dominance status also affected endocrine response to the stress of capture but not the rate of sneezing. Sneezing was positively correlated with T concentrations irrespective of dominance rank. These results extend the association between WBS and dominance rank previously reported in Old World monkeys to a New World monkey species, support previous suggestions that mean T and C titers are not reflective of dominance rank in well-established groups, and indicate that dominance rank affects adrenocortical response to the stress associated with capture and anesthesia. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Primatology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SQUIRREL monkeys KW - MONKEYS KW - SOCIAL behavior in animals KW - MOLECULAR evolution KW - SEROTONIN KW - MOLECULAR biology KW - TESTOSTERONE KW - HYDROCORTISONE KW - CEBIDAE KW - PRIMATES KW - cortisol KW - dominance KW - testosterone KW - whole blood serotonin N1 - Accession Number: 12259384; Steklis, Horst D. 1 Raleigh, Michael J. 2,3 Kling, Arthur S. 2,3 Tachiki, Ken 2,3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Anthropology, Douglass College, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jersey 2: Department of Psychiatry and Biobehavioral Sciences, UCLA School of Medicine, Los Angeles 3: Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, California; Source Info: 1986, Vol. 11 Issue 2, p133; Subject Term: SQUIRREL monkeys; Subject Term: MONKEYS; Subject Term: SOCIAL behavior in animals; Subject Term: MOLECULAR evolution; Subject Term: SEROTONIN; Subject Term: MOLECULAR biology; Subject Term: TESTOSTERONE; Subject Term: HYDROCORTISONE; Subject Term: CEBIDAE; Subject Term: PRIMATES; Author-Supplied Keyword: cortisol; Author-Supplied Keyword: dominance; Author-Supplied Keyword: testosterone; Author-Supplied Keyword: whole blood serotonin; Number of Pages: 13p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12259384&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Nadler, Ronald D. AU - Graham, Charles E AU - Gosselin, Robert E AU - Collins, Delwood C. T1 - Serum Levels of Gonadotropins and Gonadal Steroids, Including Testosterone, During the Menstrual Cycle of the Chimpanzee (Pan troglodytes). JO - American Journal of Primatology JF - American Journal of Primatology Y1 - 1985/12// VL - 9 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 273 EP - 284 SN - 02752565 AB - The objective of this study was to expand the data on menstrual cycle serum hormone patterns in female common chimpanzees, both in terms of the number of cycles analyzed and by the addition of data on testosterone levels. Samples were obtained from 11 unanesthetized animals trained for conscious blood withdrawal. LH, FSH, 17β-estradiol (E2), progesterone (P), and testosterone (T) were measured by radioimmunoassay, genital swelling was recorded, and menstrual blood was noted. Concurrent midcycle elevations in LH and FSH and luteal phase elevations in progesterone suggested that the cycles were ovulatory. Detumescence of genital swelling occurred about 3 days after the midcycle LH peak, 1 day after the luteal phase nadir in E2, and 1 day after P levels exceeded 5 ag/mI. These relationships provide further support for the use of genital swelling in monitoring progress of the menstrual cycle. The hormone patterns in the chimpanzees closely resembled those of the human females, but E2 and T levels were higher. The levels of E2 and T were higher and the midcycle elevation in 1' was broader in the chimpanzee than in gorillas and orangutans. This is of interest because E2 and T are implicated in the regulation of mating, and chimpanzees mate over a greater portion of the cycle than the other apes. These data indicate the need for further study of hormonal contributions to the different patterns of mating in the great apes. They also support the use of the female common chimpanzee as a model for the human female in endocrine studies of the menstrual cycle. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Primatology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CHIMPANZEES KW - PHYSIOLOGY KW - MENSTRUAL cycle KW - GONADOTROPIN KW - TESTOSTERONE KW - PROGESTERONE KW - LUTEAL phase KW - RADIOIMMUNOASSAY KW - chimpanzee KW - female hormones. gonadotropins KW - steroids. menstrual cycle. Pan troglodytes. N1 - Accession Number: 12376658; Nadler, Ronald D. 1 Graham, Charles E 2 Gosselin, Robert E 2 Collins, Delwood C. 3; Affiliation: 1: Yerkes Regional Primate Research Center, Emery University, Atlanta, Georgia. 2: Promote Research Institute, New Mexico State University, Holloman AFB, New Mexico. 3: veterans, Administration, Medical Center, Decatur, Georgia.; Source Info: 1985, Vol. 9 Issue 4, p273; Subject Term: CHIMPANZEES; Subject Term: PHYSIOLOGY; Subject Term: MENSTRUAL cycle; Subject Term: GONADOTROPIN; Subject Term: TESTOSTERONE; Subject Term: PROGESTERONE; Subject Term: LUTEAL phase; Subject Term: RADIOIMMUNOASSAY; Author-Supplied Keyword: chimpanzee; Author-Supplied Keyword: female hormones. gonadotropins; Author-Supplied Keyword: steroids. menstrual cycle. Pan troglodytes.; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12376658&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Becker, Kenneth L. AU - Snider, Richard H. AU - Moore, Charles F. AU - Silva, Omega L. T1 - Pulmonary Immunoreactive Calcitonin in the African Green Monkey (Cercopithecus aethiops): Anatomic Distribution. JO - American Journal of Primatology JF - American Journal of Primatology Y1 - 1985/01// VL - 8 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 69 EP - 75 SN - 02752565 AB - The hormone calcitonin, which occurs predominantly within the C cells of the mammalian thyroid gland, is also found within the pulmonary endocrine cells of the epithelium of the tracheobronchial tree. A study was made of" the distribution of immunoreactive calcitonin (iCT) in the African green monkey. Using two different region-specific antisera, the total respiratory iCT comprised 2.5% and 5.8% of the total thyroid iCT. The mean concentration of iCT in the right lung exceeded that in the left, and the mean concentration of the right middle or right upper lobe exceeded that of all other lobes. Embryologically, the ultimobranchial bodies contribute their iCT-producing C cell primordia to the thyroid gland near the level of the primitive laryngotracheal cleft and shortly after the early arborization of the bronchial tree. In monkeys and most other mammals, the right main stem bronchus is larger and develops earlier than the left. The data suggest an early migration of cells from the ultimobranchial bodies to the bronchi, eventually giving rise to the iCT-containing pulmonary endocrine cells. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Primatology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CALCITONIN KW - CERCOPITHECUS aethiops KW - THYROID hormones KW - CERCOPITHECUS KW - EXPERIMENTAL physiology KW - MONKEYS KW - ANATOMY KW - PRIMATES KW - AFRICA N1 - Accession Number: 12268587; Becker, Kenneth L. 1,2,3 Snider, Richard H. 1 Moore, Charles F. 1 Silva, Omega L. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Section of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center 2: Department of Medicine, George Washington University, Washington, DC 3: Department of Physiology, George Washington University, Washington, DC; Source Info: 1985, Vol. 8 Issue 1, p69; Subject Term: CALCITONIN; Subject Term: CERCOPITHECUS aethiops; Subject Term: THYROID hormones; Subject Term: CERCOPITHECUS; Subject Term: EXPERIMENTAL physiology; Subject Term: MONKEYS; Subject Term: ANATOMY; Subject Term: PRIMATES; Subject Term: AFRICA; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12268587&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fairbanks, Lynn A. AU - McGuire, Michael T. T1 - Determinants of Fecundity and Reproductive Success in Captive Vervet Monkeys. JO - American Journal of Primatology JF - American Journal of Primatology Y1 - 1984/07// VL - 7 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 27 EP - 38 SN - 02752565 AB - Between 1975 and 1983, adult female vervet monkeys (Cercopithecus aethiops sabaeus) over 3.5 years of age, living in two undisturbed social groups in a captive colony in Sepulveda, California, have averaged 1.0 births per female year with a mean interbirth interval of 10.7 months. Increased fecundity did not result in decreased survival rates of offspring in this population. Fecundity was influenced by the mother's age and dominance rank. The primary factor in the age-fecundity relationship was the age at first birth, which varied from three to five years. High-ranking females contributed the most to the high rate of fecundity, with significantly shorter interbirth intervals, more births per female year, and more surviving infants compared to low-ranking females. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Primatology is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CERCOPITHECUS aethiops KW - MONKEYS KW - AGE KW - SEXUAL behavior in animals KW - MORTALITY KW - FERTILITY KW - PRIMATES KW - CALIFORNIA KW - SEPULVEDA (Calif.) KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 12264090; Fairbanks, Lynn A. 1 McGuire, Michael T. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Psychiatry and Biobehavioral Sciences, School of Medicine, University of California, Los Angeles 2: Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical center, Sepulveda, California; Source Info: 1984, Vol. 7 Issue 1, p27; Subject Term: CERCOPITHECUS aethiops; Subject Term: MONKEYS; Subject Term: AGE; Subject Term: SEXUAL behavior in animals; Subject Term: MORTALITY; Subject Term: FERTILITY; Subject Term: PRIMATES; Subject Term: CALIFORNIA; Subject Term: SEPULVEDA (Calif.); Subject Term: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12264090&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hirsch, H.Z. AU - Tarkowski, A. AU - Miller, E.J. AU - Gay, S. AU - Koopman, W.J. AU - Mestecky, J. T1 - Autoimmunity to collagen in adult periodontal disease. JO - Journal of Oral Pathology JF - Journal of Oral Pathology Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 17 IS - 9/10 M3 - Article SP - 456 EP - 459 SN - 03009777 AB - Although it has been documented that exogenous antigens of microbial origin are involved in the induction of the local inflammatory responses in human adult periodontitis (AP), endogeneous antigens may contribute to the chronicity of this common disease. In this study, we used the enzyme-linked immunospot (ELISPOT) test to enumerate antibody-secreting cells to human collagen Types I-VI by cells isolated from the gingivae and peripheral blood of AP patients. Analyses of dissociated cells from gingivae of 39 AP patients revealed the presence of high numbers of cells that secrete antibodies to Type I collagen, and to a lesser extent, Type III. Although the majority of such cells produced specific antibodies of the IgG class, IgA- and IgM- anti-collagen -secreting cells were also detected. When compared to the total antibody-producing cells, the numbers of cells forming specific antibodies to collagen Type I were surprisingly high. In contrast, anti-collagen antibody-producing cells were rarely detected in the peripheral blood of patients with adult periodontal disease and only low levels of anti-collagen antibodies were present in the serum. The finding of local production of anti-collagen antibodies in AP suggests that autoimmunity may contribute to the pathogenesis of this common disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Oral Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PERIODONTAL disease KW - AUTOIMMUNITY KW - COLLAGEN N1 - Accession Number: 11478236; Hirsch, H.Z. 1 Tarkowski, A. 1 Miller, E.J. 2 Gay, S. 3 Koopman, W.J. 3 Mestecky, J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Microbiology 2: Biochemistry 3: Medicine and Research Center for Oral Biology, University of Alabama at Birmingham, and the Veterans Administration Hospital, Birmingham, U.S.A.; Source Info: Nov88, Vol. 17 Issue 9/10, p456; Subject Term: PERIODONTAL disease; Subject Term: AUTOIMMUNITY; Subject Term: COLLAGEN; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0714.ep11478236 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11478236&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Engström, C. AU - Jennings, J. AU - Lundy, M. AU - Baylink, O. J. T1 - Effect of bone matrix-derived growth factors on skull and tibia in the growing rat. JO - Journal of Oral Pathology JF - Journal of Oral Pathology Y1 - 1988/08// VL - 17 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 334 EP - 340 SN - 03009777 AB - Aberration in cranial skeletal morphology during growth due to metabolic bone diseases associated with hypocalcemia is related to abnormalities in cranial suture growth. It was found in previous experimental studies that a changed cranial growth pattern induced by hypocalcemia nnd secondary hyperparathyroidism was dependent on a decreased none apposition in viscerocranial growth sites. Of interest was the observation that obliterative osteogenesis occurred with this disturbance. In vitro studies have shown that when bone resorption is stimulated by parathyroid hormone, mitogenic factors for bone cells are released from the matrix. The aim of the current study was to elucidate a possible local regulatory mechanism for bone growth especially with regard to cranial growth. Two groups of young rats were injected daily with 150 μg and 750 μg respectively of bone matrix-derived growth factor preparation (BMDGF) for 2 weeks. By using cephalometric analysis, the BMDGF administration was shown to alter skull morphology during growth. Since the high doses of BMDGF caused markedly more changes than the low dose, the overall effect on craniofacial growth seemed to be dose dependent. The high region, as well as in the diaphysis of the tibia. Also a change in position of the viscerocranium in relation to the cranial base was found in the BMDGF-treated rats: the flexure between the viscerocranium and the cranial base being greater compared with the normal skull. This change in relationship seemed to be related to the enhanced bone apposition found in the viscerocranial sutures of BMDGF-treated rats. In as much as the preparation used was a crude preparation it is not possible to attribute the observed effects to any specific protein. However, the observations are consistent with the current knowledge on bone matrix-derived factors. It is of interest that the skull morphology in the BMDGF-treated rats were similar to the previous reports on rats with hyperparathyroidism in which obliterative osteogenesis in cranial sutures was observed. The altered viscerocranial morphology might thus be due to more differentiated cell functions in the suture as opposed to cortical bone. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Oral Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SKULL KW - GROWTH KW - HYPOCALCEMIA KW - TIBIA KW - BONE growth KW - PARATHYROID hormone N1 - Accession Number: 11506424; Engström, C. 1 Jennings, J. 1 Lundy, M. 1 Baylink, O. J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Mineral Metabolism Unit, Jerry L. Pettis Memonal, Veterans Administration Hospital Loma Linda, California.; Source Info: Aug88, Vol. 17 Issue 7, p334; Subject Term: SKULL; Subject Term: GROWTH; Subject Term: HYPOCALCEMIA; Subject Term: TIBIA; Subject Term: BONE growth; Subject Term: PARATHYROID hormone; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0714.ep11506424 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11506424&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Stanley, H. R. AU - Alattar, M. AU - Collett, W. K. AU - Stringfellow Jr., H. R. AU - Spiegel, E. H. T1 - Pathological sequelae of "neglected" impacted third molars. JO - Journal of Oral Pathology JF - Journal of Oral Pathology Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 17 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 113 EP - 117 SN - 03009777 AB - An NIH conference on "Removal of Third Molars" debated the need for removal of asymptomatic impacted teeth with no evidence of pathology but stressed the need for long-range studies. The assumption is that "neglected" impacted third molars (ITMs) will sometime cause serious pathology. Examination of panoramic radiographs of 11,598 patients revealed 1,756 patients with 3,702 impacted teeth; average age 47 years, and an average retention period approximately 27 years. Dentigerous cystic changes occurred in about 30 ITMs (0.81%), internal resorption in 16 (0.43%), periodontal ligament damage and bone loss distal to the 2nd molar 166 times (4.48%), and pressure resorption of the 2nd molar 113 times (3.05%). No great surge in pathology occurred with increasing age. Some type of pathological change can be expected eventually in approximately 12.0% of an impacted 3rd molar population and 1.82% of the general population. A reappraisal of routine removal of ITMs might be indicated. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Oral Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - THIRD molars KW - PATHOLOGY KW - TEETH KW - MOLARS N1 - Accession Number: 11658877; Stanley, H. R. 1 Alattar, M. Collett, W. K. 1 Stringfellow Jr., H. R. 2 Spiegel, E. H. 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Oral Diagnostic Sciences, University of Florida, Gainesville 2: Department of Dental Education, University of Florida, Gainesville 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Gainesville; Source Info: Mar88, Vol. 17 Issue 3, p113; Subject Term: THIRD molars; Subject Term: PATHOLOGY; Subject Term: TEETH; Subject Term: MOLARS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11658877&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hull, M. T. AU - Eble, J. N. AU - Warfel, K. A. T1 - Extrapulmonary oat-cell carcinoma of the tongue: an electron-microscopic study. JO - Journal of Oral Pathology JF - Journal of Oral Pathology Y1 - 1984/10// VL - 13 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 489 EP - 496 SN - 03009777 AB - An extrapulmonary oat-cell carcinoma arose in the tongue of a 62-year-old man who had a long history of cigarette smoking and ethanol ingestion. At presentation, he had the primary tongue lesion and cervical lymph-node metastases only, and search for a pulmonary primary was negative. Ten months later he died with metastases to liver, cerebrum, ribs, vertebrae, calvarium, and clavicle. Electron microscopy demonstrated cells with cytoplasmic processes and many dense-core neurosecretory granules that had a tendency to concentrate in the processes. Cells were linked by desmosomes. Electron microscopy is necessary for definitive diagnosis of extrapulmonary oat-cell carcinomas. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Oral Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CANCER KW - TONGUE cancer KW - SMOKING KW - METASTASIS KW - DESMOSOMES N1 - Accession Number: 11505794; Hull, M. T. 1 Eble, J. N. 1 Warfel, K. A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Pathology, and Experimental Oncology, Indiana University School of Medicine, and Laboratory Service, The Richard L. Roudebush Veterans Administration Medical Center, Indianapolis, USA.; Source Info: Oct84, Vol. 13 Issue 5, p489; Subject Term: CANCER; Subject Term: TONGUE cancer; Subject Term: SMOKING; Subject Term: METASTASIS; Subject Term: DESMOSOMES; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0714.ep11505794 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11505794&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Stanley, H.R. AU - Pereira, J.C. AU - Spiegel, E. AU - Broom, C. AU - Schultz, M. T1 - The detection and prevalence of reactive and physiologic sclerotic dentin, reparative dentin and dead tracts beneath various types of dental lesions according to tooth surface and age. JO - Journal of Oral Pathology JF - Journal of Oral Pathology Y1 - 1983/08// VL - 12 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 257 EP - 289 SN - 03009777 AB - The pulpo-dentinal complex responds to external injuries with dentin sclerosis (DS), dead tracts (DT), or reparative dentin (RD). This investigation correlates the prevalence of these responses with age, sex, type and surface location of tooth lesions (caries, restorations, attrition, abrasion and erosion) utilizing ground sections, microradiographs and decalcified paraffin-embedded tooth sections treated with the Pollak trichrome stains (270 teeth from 113 patients). The main response to caries, restorations and erosion was DS, followed by RD and DT. DS, RD and DT occurred equally in any tooth, on any tooth surface and even beneath the same lesion. DS did not necessarily prevent RD. Root and furcation DS and RD in the floor of the pulp chamber and root canals were unrelated to particular lesions but did relate to increasing age. Root DS extended from apical to cervical area with increasing age. Beneath caries and restorations DS and RD were more prevalent in males, but DT was more prevalent in females. Pollak staining of decalcified paraffin sections for DS was approximately 80% as accurate as ground sections and microradiography. In pulp studies, where the result is contrary to previous experience, the Pollak stains reveal whether DS has decreased dentin permeability. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Oral Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DENTIN KW - TEETH N1 - Accession Number: 11391806; Stanley, H.R. 1 Pereira, J.C. 2 Spiegel, E. 3 Broom, C. 3 Schultz, M. 4; Affiliation: 1: Department of Oral Medicine, Florida University College of Dentistry 2: Department of Operative Dentistry, Bauru College of Dentistry, São Paulo University, Brazil 3: Veterans Administration Hospital, Gainesville, Florida, U.S.A. 4: Florida University, Dental Student; Source Info: Aug83, Vol. 12 Issue 4, p257; Subject Term: DENTIN; Subject Term: TEETH; Number of Pages: 33p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11391806&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Stanley, Harold R. AU - Broom, Carol A. AU - Spiegel, Eugene H. AU - Schulfz, Michael S. T1 - Detecting dentinal sclerosis in decalcified sections with the Pollak trichrome connective tissue stain. JO - Journal of Oral Pathology JF - Journal of Oral Pathology Y1 - 1980/11// VL - 9 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 359 EP - 371 SN - 03009777 AB - The supply of young human teeth for controlled human pulp studies is inadequate, Dentinal sclerosis in older teeth modifies the expected pulpal responses, Decalcification. necessary to interpret pulpal responses, destroys the primary evidence of sclerosis, At present we are unable to detect the degree of sclerosis and the pulp response in the same preparation, Valid interpretations on older teeth cannot be accomplished until this problem is resolved, Fifty-seven teeth, normal and carious, representing a wide age span were fixed, embedded in Bioplastic and sectioned with the Bronwill Model #77 through the middle of the M-D plane on the labio-lingual plane to obtain an undecalcified ground section for examination with reflected and transmitted light and Faxitron 805 microradiography. The remaining portions of the tooth were decalcified, processed in paraffin and subjected to a variety of histochemical reactions including the Pollak trichrome stain, The Pollak trichrome and the Pollak trichrome solution #6 modification stains provided the greatest correlations with the sclerotic areas in the radiographs of the ground sections, Areas of dentin indicative of sclerosis prior to decalcification stained orange red with the Pollak trichrome stain and deep orange with the Pollak trichrome solution #6, modification. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Oral Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - TEETH KW - STAINS & staining (Microscopy) KW - DENTAL pulp cavity KW - MICRORADIOGRAPHY N1 - Accession Number: 11534351; Stanley, Harold R. 1 Broom, Carol A. 2 Spiegel, Eugene H. 2 Schulfz, Michael S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Oral Medicine, College of Dentistry, University of Florida, Gainesville 2: Veterans Administration Hopital, Gainesville, Florida, U.S.A; Source Info: Nov80, Vol. 9 Issue 6, p359; Subject Term: TEETH; Subject Term: STAINS & staining (Microscopy); Subject Term: DENTAL pulp cavity; Subject Term: MICRORADIOGRAPHY; Number of Pages: 13p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0714.ep11534351 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11534351&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - McDonald, J. S. AU - Miller, R. L. AU - Bernstein, M. L. AU - Olson, J. W. T1 - Histiocytosis X: a clinical presentation. JO - Journal of Oral Pathology JF - Journal of Oral Pathology Y1 - 1980/11// VL - 9 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 342 EP - 349 SN - 03009777 AB - A 56-year-old male complained of chronic oral ulcers, Initial workup revealed diffuse alveolar bone destruction and other systemic disturbances including diabetes insipidus. Biopsy suggested histiocytosis X and further tests verified the diagnosis. A clinical differential diagnosis is developed, follow-up is presented and the entities comprising histiocytosis X are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Oral Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RETICULOENDOTHELIOSIS KW - SYMPTOMS KW - CARBOHYDRATE intolerance KW - BIOPSY KW - DIABETES N1 - Accession Number: 11534346; McDonald, J. S. 1,2,3 Miller, R. L. 1,2,3 Bernstein, M. L. 1,2,3 Olson, J. W. 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Otolaryngology and Maxillofacial Surgery, University of Cincinnati Medical Center, Cincinnati, Ohio 2: Oral Pathology/Pathology, School of Dentistry, University of Louisville, Kentucky, U.S.A 3: Dental Services Veterans Administration Hospital, Louisville, Kentucky, U.S.A; Source Info: Nov80, Vol. 9 Issue 6, p342; Subject Term: RETICULOENDOTHELIOSIS; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: CARBOHYDRATE intolerance; Subject Term: BIOPSY; Subject Term: DIABETES; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0714.ep11534346 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11534346&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - DeSteno, C. V. AU - Feagin, F. F. T1 - Electron microscopic appearance of dentin after decalcification and recalcification in vitro. JO - Journal of Oral Pathology JF - Journal of Oral Pathology Y1 - 1974/05// VL - 3 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 103 EP - 113 SN - 03009777 AB - Cross-sections of bovine incisor root dentin, 0.2 mm thick, were decalcified by ethylenediaminetetracetate at pH 7.4. After 2-day immersion in recalcifying solution (3.75 mM Ca, 1.67 mM P, 22 mM CO3, 155–160 mM NaCl, pH 7.2, and 28°C) the previously decalcified dentin contained 32 % of the calcium phosphate of natural adult bovine dentin. Electron micrographs showed the deposition of minerals in the previously decalcified dentin matrix after immersion in the recalcifying solution. The matrix near the cemental surface appeared recalcified. Globular appearing mineral deposits occurred in the uncalcified matrix. The mineral deposits in the intertubular matrix apparently indicate sites of nucleation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Oral Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - INCISORS KW - DENTIN KW - ETHYLENEDIAMINETETRAACETIC acid KW - HYDROGEN-ion concentration KW - CALCIUM phosphate KW - NUCLEATION N1 - Accession Number: 14891260; DeSteno, C. V. 1 Feagin, F. F. 1; Affiliation: 1: School of Dentistry, University of AUibama in Birmingham and the Veterans Administration Hospital, Birmingham, Alabama, U.S.A.; Source Info: 1974, Vol. 3 Issue 3, p103; Subject Term: INCISORS; Subject Term: DENTIN; Subject Term: ETHYLENEDIAMINETETRAACETIC acid; Subject Term: HYDROGEN-ion concentration; Subject Term: CALCIUM phosphate; Subject Term: NUCLEATION; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14891260&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jensen, Jerald L. AU - Erickson, John O. T1 - Hyaline bodies in odontogenic cysts: Electron microscopic observations. JO - Journal of Oral Pathology JF - Journal of Oral Pathology Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 3 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 1 EP - 6 SN - 03009777 AB - Hyaline bodies in odontogenic cysts were studied in the electron microscope after retrieval from paraffin blocks. Although epithelial preservation was poor, hyaline bodies appeared to be well preserved. Our observations do not support unequivocally either of the two major hypotheses of pathogenesis — epithelial cell production or hematogenous origin. Electron micrographs do, however, clearly demonstrate that hyaline bodies are not composed of keratin. Hyaline bodies in our material reveal no ultrastructural similarity to the published electron micrographs of cuticle ‘B’ which Listgarten (1966a, b) suggested corresponds to the secondary enamel cuticle. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Oral Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ODONTOGENIC cysts KW - ELECTRON microscopes KW - JAWS -- Tumors KW - ELECTRON microscopy KW - MOUTH -- Tumors KW - CYSTS (Pathology) KW - MICROSCOPY N1 - Accession Number: 14891679; Jensen, Jerald L. 1 Erickson, John O. 1; Affiliation: 1: Laboratory Service and Dental Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Long Beach, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: 1974, Vol. 3 Issue 1, p1; Subject Term: ODONTOGENIC cysts; Subject Term: ELECTRON microscopes; Subject Term: JAWS -- Tumors; Subject Term: ELECTRON microscopy; Subject Term: MOUTH -- Tumors; Subject Term: CYSTS (Pathology); Subject Term: MICROSCOPY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 334516 Analytical Laboratory Instrument Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14891679&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Berkey, Catherine S. AU - Douglass, Chester W. AU - Valachovic, Richard W. AU - Chauncey, Howard H. AU - McNeil, Barbara J. T1 - Statistical methods for comparing dental diagnostic procedures. JO - Community Dentistry & Oral Epidemiology JF - Community Dentistry & Oral Epidemiology Y1 - 1990/08// VL - 18 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 169 EP - 176 SN - 03015661 AB - In dental diagnosis, there are typically two or more clinical diagnostic procedures which may be used either independently or jointly to reach a conclusion regarding the presence of a particular disease in a patient. To determine which of these diagnostic procedures are more accurate, statistical methods may be applied to research data in which the true health status as well as the diagnosis provided by each clinical procedure are available on each observation. Results arising from this type of analysis can be of great interest to clinicians when the diagnostic procedures themselves are costly, painful, or even potentially harmful to the patient. Considered here is the special situation encountered in dental research in which each patient can have multiple concurrent cases of a certain disease such as caries, for then the statistical evaluation of diagnostic procedures is even further complicated. This report describes several statistical approaches for comparing the efficacy of diagnostic tests and illustrates their application on data from a study of diagnostic radiographs for dental caries. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Community Dentistry & Oral Epidemiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DENTISTRY KW - ORAL medicine KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - IMMUNOSPECIFICITY KW - REGRESSION analysis KW - LOGISTIC regression analysis KW - clinical diagnostic procedures KW - logistic regression KW - McNemar's test KW - regressive logistic models. KW - repeated measures logistic regression KW - sensitivity KW - specificity N1 - Accession Number: 12029588; Berkey, Catherine S. 1 Douglass, Chester W. 1 Valachovic, Richard W. 1 Chauncey, Howard H. 2 McNeil, Barbara J. 3; Affiliation: 1: Harvard School of Dental Medicine, Boston, Massachusetts, USA. 2: Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic and Harvard School of Dental Medicine, Boston, Massachusetts, USA. 3: Harvard Medical School and Brigham and Women's Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts, USA.; Source Info: Aug1990, Vol. 18 Issue 4, p169; Subject Term: DENTISTRY; Subject Term: ORAL medicine; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: IMMUNOSPECIFICITY; Subject Term: REGRESSION analysis; Subject Term: LOGISTIC regression analysis; Author-Supplied Keyword: clinical diagnostic procedures; Author-Supplied Keyword: logistic regression; Author-Supplied Keyword: McNemar's test; Author-Supplied Keyword: regressive logistic models.; Author-Supplied Keyword: repeated measures logistic regression; Author-Supplied Keyword: sensitivity; Author-Supplied Keyword: specificity; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0528.ep12029588 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12029588&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Drummond, David J. AU - Sparr, Landy F. AU - Gordon, Geoffrey H. T1 - Hospital Violence Reduction Among High-Risk Patients. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/05/05/ VL - 261 IS - 17 M3 - Article SP - 2531 SN - 00987484 AB - Describes the success of the Portland Veterans Administration Medical Center, Oregon in reducing violent behavior among a group of repetitively disruptive patients. Pilot phase during which violent incidents at the medical center were characterized by location, type and person responsible; Comparison of the number of violent incidents and the number of visits to the medical center; Approaches to the management of violent behavior. KW - VIOLENCE KW - HOSPITAL patients KW - PORTLAND (Or.) KW - OREGON KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 10811140; Drummond, David J. 1,2 Sparr, Landy F. 1,2 Gordon, Geoffrey H. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Psychology, Psychiatry and Ambulatory Care and Medical Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center 2: Departments of Medical Psychology, Psychiatry and Medicine, School of Medicine, Oregon Health Sciences University; Source Info: 5/5/89, Vol. 261 Issue 17, p2531; Subject Term: VIOLENCE; Subject Term: HOSPITAL patients; Subject Term: PORTLAND (Or.); Subject Term: OREGON; Subject Term: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10811140&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cunningham, Glenn R. AU - Cordero, Emilia AU - Thornby, Jack I. T1 - Testosterone Replacement With Transdermal Therapeutic Systems. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/05/05/ VL - 261 IS - 17 M3 - Article SP - 2525 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a study to determine the link between physiological serum testosterone and elevated dihydrotesterone levels. Transdermal administration to hypogonadal men under three protocols; Serum testosterone and dihydrotestosterone ratio; Protocol designs. KW - TESTOSTERONE KW - HYPOGONADISM KW - ANDROGENS KW - TRANSDERMAL medication N1 - Accession Number: 10811139; Cunningham, Glenn R. 1 Cordero, Emilia 1 Thornby, Jack I. 1; Affiliation: 1: Medicine and Psychiatry Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center and Baylor College of Medicine; Source Info: 5/5/89, Vol. 261 Issue 17, p2525; Subject Term: TESTOSTERONE; Subject Term: HYPOGONADISM; Subject Term: ANDROGENS; Subject Term: TRANSDERMAL medication; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 4 Charts, 3 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10811139&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Nickoloff, Brian J. AU - Griffiths, Christopher E.M. AU - Baadsgaard, Ole AU - Voohrees, John J. AU - Hanson, Curtis A. AU - Cooper, Kevin D. T1 - Markedly Diminished Epidermal Keratinocyte Expression of Intercellular Adhesion Molecule-1 (ICAM-1) in Sezary Syndrome. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/04/21/ VL - 261 IS - 15 M3 - Article SP - 2217 SN - 00987484 AB - Suggests that in mycosis fungoides, the malignant T cell express lymphocyte function-associated antigen-1, which allows them to bind to epidermal keratinocytes expressing the gamma interferon-inducible intercellular adhesion molecule-1. Characteristics of mycosis fungoides; Clinical presentation; Skin immunoperoxidase staining. KW - MYCOSIS fungoides KW - T cells KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - KERATINOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 10868289; Nickoloff, Brian J. 1 Griffiths, Christopher E.M. 1 Baadsgaard, Ole 1 Voohrees, John J. 1 Hanson, Curtis A. 1 Cooper, Kevin D. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Pathology, and Dermatology, University of Michigan Medical Center 2: Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Hospital; Source Info: 4/21/89, Vol. 261 Issue 15, p2217; Subject Term: MYCOSIS fungoides; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 4 Black and White Photographs, 3 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10868289&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kaplan, Lawrence D. AU - Abrams, Donald I. AU - Feigal, Ellen AU - McGrath, Michael AU - Kahn, James AU - Neville, Padraic AU - Ziegler, John AU - Volberding, Paul A. T1 - AIDS-Associated Non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma in San Francisco. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/02/03/ VL - 261 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 719 EP - 724 SN - 00987484 AB - Reveals the characteristics of AIDS-associated non-Hodgkin's lymphoma in patients diagnosed and treated at San Francisco General Hospital, California. Epidemiology; Histological classification; Extralymphatic disease; Virological studies; Treatment; Patient survival. KW - LYMPHOMAS KW - PATIENTS KW - AIDS (Disease) -- Complications KW - SAN Francisco (Calif.) KW - CALIFORNIA KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 10949437; Kaplan, Lawrence D. 1 Abrams, Donald I. 1 Feigal, Ellen 1 McGrath, Michael 1 Kahn, James 1 Neville, Padraic 1 Ziegler, John 2 Volberding, Paul A. 1; Affiliation: 1: San Francisco Medical Hospital 2: San Francisco Veterans Administration Medical Center; Source Info: 2/3/89, Vol. 261 Issue 5, p719; Subject Term: LYMPHOMAS; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: AIDS (Disease) -- Complications; Subject Term: SAN Francisco (Calif.); Subject Term: CALIFORNIA; Subject Term: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 4 Charts, 7 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10949437&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Brown, Barry S. AU - Flynn, William T1 - SOCIOMETRIC CHOICE IN A MENTAL HOSPITAL POPULATION. JO - Journal of Health & Human Behavior JF - Journal of Health & Human Behavior Y1 - 1966///Winter1966 VL - 7 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 309 EP - 312 SN - 00959006 AB - Judges' ratings were used to obtain groups of 24 patients showing good reality testing and 24 patients showing poor reality testing from continued-treatment wards housing 75 patients. Comparisons of sociometric performance revealed that patients with good reality testing made more selections of patients in categories of liked, disliked and patient council and knew better which patients liked them than did patients with poor reality testing. All patients selected those with good reality testing most frequently as liked and for patient council. The findings are interpreted to indicate thirst a group norm is present on continued-treatment wards. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Health & Human Behavior is the property of Sage Publications Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SOCIOMETRY KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospitals KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - MENTALLY ill KW - MEDICAL care KW - SOCIAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 14238127; Brown, Barry S. 1 Flynn, William 2; Affiliation: 1: Now in the Department of Psychology, Cleveland State Hospital. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Brecksville, Ohio.; Source Info: Winter1966, Vol. 7 Issue 4, p309; Subject Term: SOCIOMETRY; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC hospitals; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: SOCIAL psychology; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623210 Residential Intellectual and Developmental Disability Facilities; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14238127&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lamon, E. W. AU - Pollok, B. A. AU - Walia, A. S. AU - Fuson, E. W. AU - Williams, Barbara T1 - Murine T cells that lyse antibody-sensitized target cells III. CONTRIBUTION OF THY 1-BEARING CELLS TO THE LYTIC ACTIVITY OF NORMAL SPLEEN. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1981/08// VL - 43 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 643 EP - 651 SN - 00192805 AB - Murine spleen cells were analysed for their capacity to lyse 51Cr-labelled antibody-sensitized erythrocytes and a human lymphoma cell line. Incubation of spleen cells with iron powder followed by removal of iron-containing cells with a magnet significantly decreased the lytic capacity of the remaining cells against erythrocyte target cells. However, substantial cytotoxicity remained in the relatively phagocyte-depleted population. Both antibody-sensitized erythrocytes and tumour cells were lysed by phagocyte-depleted effector cells. However, more spleen cells were required to lyse nucleated target cells than were required to produce comparable lysis of the erythrocytes. Such phagocyte-depleted spleen cells were subsequently treated with three different antisera containing specificities for thymus-dependent antigens and a monoclonal IgM anti-Thy 1.2 in the presence of complement. The remaining viable cells were recovered and tested as effector cells. All four reagents in the presence of complement caused an inhibition of antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC) that was proportional to the percentage of T cells eliminated. However, the antisera also inhibited ADCC in the absence of complement, even when the cells were trypsinized following the antiserum treatment to remove attached antibodies. On the other hand, treatment of spleen cells with the monoclonal IgM anti-Thy 1.2 followed by trypsin treatment did not inhibit ADCC unless complement was added. Thus, with the latter reagent, decreased ADCC could be ascribed to elimination of T cells and not immune complex inhibition. Cells bearing Thy 1.2 accounted for approximately half of the lytic activity of phagocyte-depleted spleen cells against antibody-sensitized target cells. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - T cells KW - SPLEEN KW - ERYTHROCYTES KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - PHAGOCYTES KW - IMMUNOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 13989743; Lamon, E. W. 1,2 Pollok, B. A. 1,2 Walia, A. S. 1,2 Fuson, E. W. 1,2 Williams, Barbara 1,2; Affiliation: 1: The Birmingham Veterans Administration Hospital, Departments of Surgery and Microbiology, The University of Alabama in Birmingham, University Station, Birmingham, Alabama 2: Department of Medical Biology, University of Tennessee, Memorial Research Center, Knoxville, Tennessee, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug81, Vol. 43 Issue 4, p643; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: SPLEEN; Subject Term: ERYTHROCYTES; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: PHAGOCYTES; Subject Term: IMMUNOLOGY; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13989743&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kanoy, B. E. AU - Felton, D. A. AU - White, J. T. AU - Bayne, C. T1 - Effects of the porcelain firing sequence on the bond strengths of cements. JO - Journal of Oral Rehabilitation JF - Journal of Oral Rehabilitation Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 16 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 335 EP - 343 SN - 0305182X AB - Bond strengths for the retention of ceramic bonded to metal alloys to the tooth structure involve cavity preparation variables, cement variables and ceramic bonded to metal alloy variables. The aim of this work was to evaluate the retentive strength differences between alloy surfaces, unfired and fired, for porcelain alloys retained with different dental cement compositions. The clinical situation was simulated by using standardized tooth preparations, extracted teeth and castings cemented with zinc phosphate and polycarboxylate cements, which were debonded on an Instron. Jelenko O. Cameo, Jelstar and Genesis II alloys were compared unfired and fired to simulate porcelain application. Fired Jelenko O. casting alloy cemented with polycarboxylate cement produced the greatest bond strength (6.0±1.0 MPa). Polycarboxylate cemented castings had greater bond strengths for all alloys whether fired or not. The only effect of firing was an improvement with Jelenko O alloys produced with both cements. All of these differences were statistically significant at the P<0.01 level using Tukey's post hoc evaluation. The improvements observed were related to the oxide formation on the internal surfaces of the casting and the ability off polycarboxylate cement to adhere chemically to those layers. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Oral Rehabilitation is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DENTAL materials KW - DENTAL chemistry KW - DENTISTRY KW - DENTAL care KW - DENTAL pathology KW - MEDICAL care N1 - Accession Number: 13471922; Kanoy, B. E. 1 Felton, D. A. 1 White, J. T. 2 Bayne, C. 1; Affiliation: 1: School of Dentistry, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, North Carolina, U.S.A. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Chapel Hill, North Carolina, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jul1989, Vol. 16 Issue 4, p335; Subject Term: DENTAL materials; Subject Term: DENTAL chemistry; Subject Term: DENTISTRY; Subject Term: DENTAL care; Subject Term: DENTAL pathology; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; NAICS/Industry Codes: 339114 Dental Equipment and Supplies Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621210 Offices of Dentists; NAICS/Industry Codes: 339116 Dental Laboratories; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2842.ep13471922 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13471922&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Morris, H. AU - Farah, J. W. AU - Craig, R. G. AU - Hood, J. A. A. T1 - Stress distribution within circumferential clasp arms. JO - Journal of Oral Rehabilitation JF - Journal of Oral Rehabilitation Y1 - 1976/10// VL - 3 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 387 EP - 394 SN - 0305182X AB - An analysis of stress distributions within circumferential clasp arms with various tapers, was undertaken in an effort to (1) determine the area of maximum stress concentration in both tapered and non-tapered clasps, and (2) to compare this point of maximum stress concentration with the area of frequent clasp breakage. The non- tapered clasp showed better distribution of stresses than the tapered clasps. The less favourable stress concentrations could result in eventual failure of the clasp when coupled with other factors such as porosities. The maximum shear stresses in the non-tapered clasp also were lower than those in the tapered clasps. As the taper of the clasp became more accentuated, the magnitude of the stresses increased and shifted towards the tip of the clasp. The maximum tensile stress calculated in a replica of a chromium-cobalt-nickel clasp was in the order of 34 MN/m² which is well below the ultimate tensile strength of the alloy, This observation leads to the proposal that failure of clasps is a function not only of design but also of other variables, such as porosities, surface irregularities, and fatigue. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Oral Rehabilitation is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CLASPS KW - FINITE element method KW - NUMERICAL analysis KW - POLARISCOPE KW - OPTICAL instruments KW - ELASTICITY N1 - Accession Number: 13605789; Morris, H. 1,2 Farah, J. W. 1,2 Craig, R. G. 1,2 Hood, J. A. A. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Allen Park, Michigan. 2: University of Michigan School of Dentistry, Ann Arbor.; Source Info: Oct1976, Vol. 3 Issue 4, p387; Subject Term: CLASPS; Subject Term: FINITE element method; Subject Term: NUMERICAL analysis; Subject Term: POLARISCOPE; Subject Term: OPTICAL instruments; Subject Term: ELASTICITY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 339990 All other miscellaneous manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 811219 Other Electronic and Precision Equipment Repair and Maintenance; NAICS/Industry Codes: 333314 Optical Instrument and Lens Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 446130 Optical Goods Stores; NAICS/Industry Codes: 334516 Analytical Laboratory Instrument Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2842.ep13605789 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13605789&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Blankenship, John R. AU - Ramfjord, Sigurd P. T1 - Lateral displacement of the mandible in Rhesus monkeys. JO - Journal of Oral Rehabilitation JF - Journal of Oral Rehabilitation Y1 - 1976/01// VL - 3 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 83 EP - 99 SN - 0305182X AB - Lateral displacement of the mandible was induced experimentally in five adult male Rhesus monkeys. Following from 21 weeks to 19 months, the animals were sacrificed and examined histologically. Two of the monkeys received H³ proline 4 months prior to sacrifice and radioautographs were prepared. The lateral displacement apparently caused great discomfort because the monkeys refused to eat and lost weight rapidly for a few months. After about 12 months, the monkeys could again eat their normal diet to the extent they started to gain weight slowly. The histological and radio-autographic findings indicated almost no changes of the articular surfaces of the temporomandibular joints. However, extensive reorganization of the neck of the condyles was observed. Severe periodontal trauma and extensive movements of the teeth occurred in spite of the fact that the teeth in each jaw were splinted firmly together. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Oral Rehabilitation is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RHESUS monkey KW - NUTRITION KW - MACAQUES KW - JAWS KW - DENTISTRY KW - DENTAL care N1 - Accession Number: 13602302; Blankenship, John R. 1 Ramfjord, Sigurd P. 2; Affiliation: 1: The Veterans Administration Hospital. 2: University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan.; Source Info: Jan1976, Vol. 3 Issue 1, p83; Subject Term: RHESUS monkey; Subject Term: NUTRITION; Subject Term: MACAQUES; Subject Term: JAWS; Subject Term: DENTISTRY; Subject Term: DENTAL care; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621210 Offices of Dentists; NAICS/Industry Codes: 339116 Dental Laboratories; NAICS/Industry Codes: 339114 Dental Equipment and Supplies Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 17p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2842.ep13602302 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13602302&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Heng, M. C. Y. AU - Allen, S. G. AU - Kim, A. T1 - Tannic-acid staining material on high endothelial venules and lymphocytes in skin a peripheral lymph nodes in Staphylococcus aureus-associated erythroderma. JO - Clinical & Experimental Dermatology JF - Clinical & Experimental Dermatology Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 15 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 415 EP - 421 SN - 03076938 AB - The recognition and binding of glycoprotein receptors on lymphocytes to specific antigens present on high endothelial venules (HEV) precedes the egress of lymphocytes from the blood stream into the tissues. In this paper, we report the presence of HEVs with tannic-acid staining material (TASM[SUP+] HEVS) in Stahylococcus aureus-associated erythroderma, which allow the migration of CD8[SUP+] lymphocytes from the bloodstream into the epidermis TASM positivity is also expressed on lymphocytes within the regional lymph nodes, and by intravascular lymphocytes prior to leaving the TASM[SUP+] HEV. It is proposed that TASM positivity may represent a molecule, which may function in binding lymhocytes to HEVs prior to egress from the HEV (TASM is lost from lymphocytes after leaving the HEVS.) The expression of TASM positivity may form an essential part of the CD8[SUP+] lymhocyte-HEV recognition system, and may be the means whereby CD8[SUP+] lymphocytes generated in the regional lymph nodes by various mitogens (in this case by staphylococcal mitogens) may 'home' to specific sites with the epidermis TASM positivity on both the within the epidermis TASM positivity on both the HEVs and lymphocytes may serve as a convenient market of such a system. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Dermatology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - LYMPH nodes KW - ANTIGENS KW - STAPHYLOCOCCUS aureus KW - TANNINS N1 - Accession Number: 11519632; Heng, M. C. Y. 1 Allen, S. G. 1 Kim, A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Division of Dermatology, Department of Medicine, UCLA San Fernando Valley Internal Medicine Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA.; Source Info: Nov90, Vol. 15 Issue 6, p415; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: LYMPH nodes; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: STAPHYLOCOCCUS aureus; Subject Term: TANNINS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2230.ep11519632 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11519632&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Heng, M. C. Y. AU - Heng, H. L. AU - Allen, S. G. T1 - Basement membrane changes in psoriatic patients on long-term topical corticosteroid therapy. JO - Clinical & Experimental Dermatology JF - Clinical & Experimental Dermatology Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 15 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 83 EP - 90 SN - 03076938 AB - It has been observed that the beneficial anti-inflammatory effects of topical steroids in psoriasis are counter-acted by increasing instability of the disease, with rebound phenomena associated with the cessation of these drugs. We report the occurrence of multi-layered fragmentation and disorganization of the basal laminae in active, untreated psoriatic lesion, resolving and uninvolved, inadvertently steroid-treated psoriatic skin, as well as in a variety of non-psoriatic dermatoses treated with fluorinated topical steroids for prolonged periods. These changes, which were associated with a moderate to severe loss of dermal collagen, were not found in untreated and treated psoriatic controls, with or without concomitant α[sub1]-antitrypsin deficiency, who had not received steroids, suggesting that they were probably the consequence of prolonged fluorinated steroid use. This conclusion is supported by the observation that the largest number of layers (10-15) of fragmented basal laminae was noted in the patients who had received fluorinated steroids for 6 years or more, while those on 4 years or less of fluorinated steroid therapy exhibited only three to seven layers of fragmented basal laminae. In psoriatic lesions, the fragmentation of the basal lamina was associated with the presence of basal lamina was associated with the presence of basal keratinocyte herniations (BKH), the frequency of which has been shown to parallel clinical psoriatic activity. The persistence of these electron-microscopic markers of psoriatic activity (i.e. BKH) in psoriatic plaques treated with prolonged fluorinated steroids suggests that loss of integrity of the basement members, as indicated by the presence of multi-layered fragmentation of the basal lamina, may account for the instability of the psoriatic lesions treated with prolonged topical fluorinated steroids. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Dermatology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PSORIASIS KW - PATIENTS KW - BASAL lamina KW - ADRENOCORTICAL hormones KW - STEROIDS N1 - Accession Number: 11520960; Heng, M. C. Y. 1 Heng, H. L. 1 Allen, S. G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Division of Dermatology, Department of Medicine, UCLA, San Fernando Valley Internal medicine Program,Veterans, Administration Medical Center Sepulveda, CA, USA.; Source Info: Mar1990, Vol. 15 Issue 2, p83; Subject Term: PSORIASIS; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: BASAL lamina; Subject Term: ADRENOCORTICAL hormones; Subject Term: STEROIDS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2230.ep11520960 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11520960&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Heng, M. C. Y. AU - Allen, S. G. AU - Heng, S. Y. AU - Matsuyama, R. AU - Fazier, J. T1 - An electron microscopic study of the epidermal infiltrate in recurrent herpes simplex. JO - Clinical & Experimental Dermatology JF - Clinical & Experimental Dermatology Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 14 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 199 EP - 202 SN - 03076938 AB - Host immunity has been suspected of playing a role in recurrent herpes simplex. In this preliminary ultrastructural study of two patients with acute herpetic eruption, it was noted that the keratinocytes exhibiting the most severe damage are those adjacent to large granular lymphocytes. In contrast, many keratinocytes filled with viral particles of herpes simplex show little or no signs of keratinocyte damage. These observations suggest that in recurrent herpes simplex the epidermal damage may be due, at least in part, to ceLl-mediated host immunity as well as to the viral infection. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Dermatology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HERPES simplex KW - SKIN -- Infections KW - DISEASE relapse KW - IMMUNITY KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - ULTRASTRUCTURE (Biology) KW - ELECTRON microscopy N1 - Accession Number: 12002672; Heng, M. C. Y. 1 Allen, S. G. 1 Heng, S. Y. 1 Matsuyama, R. 1 Fazier, J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Division of Dermatology, Department of Medicine, UCLA San Fernando Valley Internal Medicine Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, California, USA; Source Info: May89, Vol. 14 Issue 3, p199; Subject Term: HERPES simplex; Subject Term: SKIN -- Infections; Subject Term: DISEASE relapse; Subject Term: IMMUNITY; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: ULTRASTRUCTURE (Biology); Subject Term: ELECTRON microscopy; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2230.ep12002672 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12002672&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sachs, G. AU - Humphries, T. J. T1 - Introduction. JO - Alimentary Pharmacology & Therapeutics JF - Alimentary Pharmacology & Therapeutics Y1 - 1999/08/02/Aug99 Supplement VL - 13 M3 - Article SP - 1 EP - 2 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 02692813 AB - The article discusses various reports published within the issue including one by S. K. Swan, A. M. Hoyump and G. J. Merritt on the pharmacokinetic profile of rabeprazole and another one by T. Ishizaki and Y. Horai on the cytochrome P450-mediated metabolism of proton pump inhibitors. KW - PREFACES & forewords KW - PHARMACOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 23186159; Sachs, G. 1 Humphries, T. J. 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Physiology and Medicine, University of California, Los Angeles, and Wadsworth Veterans Administration Hospital, Los Angeles, California, USA 2: Eisai Ltd. London, UK; Source Info: Aug99 Supplement, Vol. 13, p1; Subject Term: PREFACES & forewords; Subject Term: PHARMACOLOGY; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=23186159&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - McCarthy, William J. AU - Caskey, Nicholas H. AU - Jarvik, Murray E. T1 - Ethnic Differences in Nicotine Exposure. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1992/08// VL - 82 IS - 8 M3 - Letter SP - 1171 EP - 1172 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - A letter to the editor is presented in response to an editorial by J. E. Henningfield et al. on nicotine dependence, and on the articles it addresses by E. J. Pérez et al., A. D. McNeill et al., and L. E. Wagenknecht et al., in the September 1990 issue. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - NICOTINE addiction N1 - Accession Number: 20671882; McCarthy, William J. 1 Caskey, Nicholas H. 2,3 Jarvik, Murray E. 2,3; Affiliation: 1: UCLA Division of Cancer Control, Los Angeles, Calif. 2: Brentwood Veterans Administration Hospital, Los Angeles, Calif. 3: UCLA Department of Psychiatry, Los Angeles, Calif.; Source Info: Aug1992, Vol. 82 Issue 8, p1171; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: NICOTINE addiction; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=20671882&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Halley-Boyce, Jamesetta A. AU - Dulin, Joann T1 - Actualizing Empowerment. JO - Nursing Management JF - Nursing Management Y1 - 1996/01// VL - 27 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 47 EP - 48 PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 07446314 AB - A three-hour "think tank" session and continual revision have led to a creative reorganization of admissions procedures that successfully addressed a growing problem of "boarders". This has resulted in providing more comprehensive patient care, increased satisfaction for both family and caregivers and significant cost reductions. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Nursing Management is the property of Lippincott Williams & Wilkins and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RESEARCH institutes KW - EMPLOYEE empowerment KW - CORPORATE reorganizations KW - INDUSTRIAL costs KW - CAREGIVERS N1 - Accession Number: 6662427; Halley-Boyce, Jamesetta A. 1 Dulin, Joann 2; Affiliation: 1: Assistant Vice President and Director of Nursing Services, SUNY-Health Science Center, Brooklyn, New York 2: Special Staff Assistant to the Chief, Nursing Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brooklyn, New York; Source Info: Jan96, Vol. 27 Issue 1, p47; Subject Term: RESEARCH institutes; Subject Term: EMPLOYEE empowerment; Subject Term: CORPORATE reorganizations; Subject Term: INDUSTRIAL costs; Subject Term: CAREGIVERS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541711 Research and Development in Biotechnology; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541712 Research and Development in the Physical, Engineering, and Life Sciences (except Biotechnology); NAICS/Industry Codes: 541720 Research and Development in the Social Sciences and Humanities; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=6662427&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Royer, Fred L. T1 - THE "RESPIRATORY VASOMOTOR REFLEX" IN THE FOREHEAD AND FINGER. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1966/01// VL - 2 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 241 EP - 248 SN - 00485772 AB - The so-called respiratory vasomotor reflex, long observed in plethysmography of the extremities, was examined in seven normal Ss ranging in age from 17 to 38 years. With a photometric method, the vascular responses of the skin of the forehead and the finger were found to differ following a deep breath like a sigh. These responses were quite similar to the vascular components of the orienting reflex, i.e., vasodilation in the forehead and vasoconstriction in the hand. A polyphasic response in the forehead in some Ss followed the deliberate deep inspirations. This polyphasic response has also been observed during the orieinting reflex but without changes in respiration. This type of response appears to be associated with bradycardia, and may be related to similar vascular responses observed following cardiac arrhythmias. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Psychophysiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ORIENTING reflex KW - PLETHYSMOGRAPHY KW - VASOMOTOR conditioning KW - HEART beat KW - Cardiac Arrhythmias. KW - Orienting Reflex KW - Plethysmography KW - Respiratory Vasomotor Reflex N1 - Accession Number: 11046921; Royer, Fred L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Perry Point, Maryland.; Source Info: Jan1966, Vol. 2 Issue 3, p241; Subject Term: ORIENTING reflex; Subject Term: PLETHYSMOGRAPHY; Subject Term: VASOMOTOR conditioning; Subject Term: HEART beat; Author-Supplied Keyword: Cardiac Arrhythmias.; Author-Supplied Keyword: Orienting Reflex; Author-Supplied Keyword: Plethysmography; Author-Supplied Keyword: Respiratory Vasomotor Reflex; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11046921&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Brown, Barbara B. T1 - SPECIFICITY OF EEG PHOTIC FLICKER RESPONSES TO COLOR AS RELATED TO VISUAL IMAGERY ABILITY. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1966/01// VL - 2 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 197 EP - 207 SN - 00485772 AB - Two groups of subjects were selected from a previously studied population sample: a group of habitual visualizers, most of whom developed eye movements during recall of motion, and a group of non-visualizers, most of whom did not. EEG following responses to red photic flicker differed markedly for the two groups, being diminished in visualizers but enhanced in non-visualizers as compared to their EEG following responses to blue or green. Mental and visual imagery tasks induced significantly greater alpha blocking in visualizers than in nonvisualizers. The partial or complete desynchronization of on-going rhythmic EEG activity suggests a lower threshold for EEG desynchronization for visualizers than for non-visualizers. The augmented EEG following of non-visualizers to red flicker appears to represent a different aspect of the same response continuum. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Psychophysiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ADRENERGIC alpha blockers KW - ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY KW - VISUAL evoked response KW - FORM perception KW - Alpha blocking KW - Color KW - EEG KW - Photic flicker response KW - Visual imagery. N1 - Accession Number: 11046643; Brown, Barbara B. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Psychiatry and Human Behavior, California College of Medicine, Los Angeles, and Psychopharmacology Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, California.; Source Info: Jan1966, Vol. 2 Issue 3, p197; Subject Term: ADRENERGIC alpha blockers; Subject Term: ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY; Subject Term: VISUAL evoked response; Subject Term: FORM perception; Author-Supplied Keyword: Alpha blocking; Author-Supplied Keyword: Color; Author-Supplied Keyword: EEG; Author-Supplied Keyword: Photic flicker response; Author-Supplied Keyword: Visual imagery.; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11046643&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mefferd Jr., Roy B. AU - Wieland, Betty A. T1 - MODIFICATION IN AUTONOMICALLY MEDIATED PHYSIOLOGICAL RESPONSES TO COLD PRESSOR BY WORD ASSOCIATION. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1965/07// VL - 2 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 1 EP - 9 SN - 00485772 AB - Physiological measures-basal skin resistance (BSR), galvanic skin resistance (GSR), electrocardiogram (EKG), and skin temperatures-were made on 120 consecutive days on 3 male subjects during rest, a 20-item word association test, recovery, a cold-pressor test, a combination of cold-pressor and a second similar word-association test, and final recovery. Each stimulus alone induced increased sympathetic activity. Ongoing stress (cold pressor) responses, however, were depressed during the word-association test. Furthermore, the nature, reaction times, and commonalities of the associations were influenced by the stress. The inhibition was not due to order, threshold, adaptation, or conditioning effects. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Psychophysiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ASSOCIATION tests KW - PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY KW - REACTION time KW - STRESS (Physiology) KW - PHYSIOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 11044761; Mefferd Jr., Roy B. 1,2 Wieland, Betty A. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Psychiatric and Psychosomatic Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Baylor University College of Medicine 2: University of Houston; Source Info: Jul1965, Vol. 2 Issue 1, p1; Subject Term: ASSOCIATION tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY; Subject Term: REACTION time; Subject Term: STRESS (Physiology); Subject Term: PHYSIOLOGY; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11044761&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Uno, Tadao AU - Grings, William W. T1 - AUTONOMIC COMPONENTS OF ORIENTING BEHAVIOR. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1965/04// VL - 1 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 311 EP - 321 SN - 00485772 AB - Changes in skin conductance (GSR), skin potential (SP), heart rate (HR), finger blood volume (BV), and pulse volume (PV) were recorded in response to 2-sec bursts of white noise. Five intensity levels of sound (60, 70, 80, 90, and 100 db) were presented over 5 repetitions. Results showed that: (1) response magnitudes and latencies were directly related to stimulus intensity and inversely related to number of repetitions; (2) for BV, SP, and GSR the effect of repetition varied with stimulus intensity; (3) HR changes were primarily monophasic; and (4) BV and PV were more sensitive to stimulus intensity differences than were the electrodermal responses. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Psychophysiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SOUNDS KW - STIMULUS intensity KW - ORIENTING reflex KW - GALVANIC skin response KW - HEART beat KW - BLOOD volume KW - VASOCONSTRICTION KW - and Finger pulse volimie KW - Heart rate KW - Orienting response KW - Skin conductance KW - Skin potential KW - Vasoconstriction N1 - Accession Number: 19001926; Uno, Tadao 1 Grings, William W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Long Beach Veterans Administration Hospital, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, California; Source Info: Apr1965, Vol. 1 Issue 4, p311; Subject Term: SOUNDS; Subject Term: STIMULUS intensity; Subject Term: ORIENTING reflex; Subject Term: GALVANIC skin response; Subject Term: HEART beat; Subject Term: BLOOD volume; Subject Term: VASOCONSTRICTION; Author-Supplied Keyword: and Finger pulse volimie; Author-Supplied Keyword: Heart rate; Author-Supplied Keyword: Orienting response; Author-Supplied Keyword: Skin conductance; Author-Supplied Keyword: Skin potential; Author-Supplied Keyword: Vasoconstriction; NAICS/Industry Codes: 512290 Other Sound Recording Industries; Number of Pages: 11p; Illustrations: 2 Charts, 10 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=19001926&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Acker, Charles W. T1 - AN INVESTIGATION OF THE VARIABILITY IN REPEATED PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGICAL MEASUREMENTS IN TRANQUILIZED MENTAL PATIENTS. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1964/10// VL - 1 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 119 EP - 126 SN - 00485772 AB - This study was undertaken to determine those changes which take place in a number of psychophysiological measures as a function of time and repetition of experimental sessions. Eight male chronic schizophrenic patients served as subjects. They were seen twice weekly for a total of 12 30-mm sessions, during which continuous polygraph recordings and blood pressures at 3-min intervals were obtained. Variables analyzed for this study were blood pressure, heart and respiration rates, skin conductance, finger pulse volume, and muscle tension. The data were treated by analysis of variance for between-session (days) and within-session (intervals) effects. The hypothesis of decreasing activation was sustained only for heart rate. No other variable showed systematic changes associated with successive test sessions. Auxiliary data suggests that the variables which reflect adaptation effects depend upon the laboratory, subject population, and frequency of measurement. It is concluded that except for the particular variable which shows a session-to-session adaptation effect, individual variability and measurement error remain as the major sources of test-retest unreliability in the variables and population studied. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Psychophysiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - TRANQUILIZING drugs KW - PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY KW - MENTALLY ill KW - BLOOD pressure KW - HEART beat KW - Blood pressure KW - Finger pulse volume KW - Heart rate KW - Skin conductance. Respiration rate. N1 - Accession Number: 11044119; Acker, Charles W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Neuropsychiatric Hospital, Los Angeles, California.; Source Info: Oct+H65391964, Vol. 1 Issue 2, p119; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: TRANQUILIZING drugs; Subject Term: PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: BLOOD pressure; Subject Term: HEART beat; Author-Supplied Keyword: Blood pressure; Author-Supplied Keyword: Finger pulse volume; Author-Supplied Keyword: Heart rate; Author-Supplied Keyword: Skin conductance. Respiration rate.; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11044119&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wardwell, Waiter I. AU - Bahnson, Claus B. AU - Caron, Herbert S. T1 - SOCIAL AND PSYCHOLOGICAL FACTORS IN CORONARY HEART DISEASE. JO - Journal of Health & Human Behavior JF - Journal of Health & Human Behavior Y1 - 1963///Fall1963 VL - 4 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 154 EP - 165 SN - 00959006 AB - Sociological and personality factors in the etiology of coronary heart disease were investigated by comparing all the surviving cases of myocardial infarction occurring in one year in white males aged 35-64 with an equal-sized age-matched series of seriously in persons residing in the same county. Urban middle-class Protestants of North-western European stock were found to be the most vulnerable to the disease. Several personality and social characteristics were also found to be closely associated, with coronary heart disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Health & Human Behavior is the property of Sage Publications Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CORONARY heart disease KW - HEART diseases KW - OLD age KW - PERSONALITY KW - SOCIOLOGY KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15177640; Wardwell, Waiter I. 1 Bahnson, Claus B. 2 Caron, Herbert S. 3; Affiliation: 1: University of Connecticut, Dept. of Sociology. 2: University of Connecticut and The Jefferson Medical College. 3: The Veterans Administration and Western Reserve University.; Source Info: Fall1963, Vol. 4 Issue 3, p154; Subject Term: CORONARY heart disease; Subject Term: HEART diseases; Subject Term: OLD age; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: SOCIOLOGY; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15177640&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cleveland, Sidney E. T1 - PERSONALITY PATTERNS ASSOCIATED WITH THE PROFESSIONS OF DIETITIAN AND NURSE. JO - Journal of Health & Human Behavior JF - Journal of Health & Human Behavior Y1 - 1961///Summer1961 VL - 2 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 113 EP - 124 SN - 00959006 AB - The article discusses the personality patterns associated with the professions of dietitian and nurse. For the study, the student nurse population was drawn from classes assigned to the Houston VA Hospital in Virginia. All subject groups volunteered to take the Thematic Apperception Test. Stories were elicited using the stands and TAT series. Individual chairs with writing arms were provided and separated at sufficient distance to insure independent story production. Stories revealing neither positive nor negative feeling were omitted from the analysis. The dietetic interns exceeded student nurses in themes stressing achievement and success. Stories by both staff groups involving parental attitudes are most notable for their absence of feelings of any kind. In order to check on the degree of uniformity of the TAT scores among the different classes in each of the two professional groups, an analysis of variance test was made for two of the scoring categories. Following the TAT testing, the subjects were asked to indicate their reasons for having selected nursing or dietetics as a career. Nurses, regardless of experience level, apparently found slight appeal in the scientific aspects of nursing and medicine. KW - PERSONALITY KW - DIETITIANS KW - NURSING students KW - EMOTIONS (Psychology) KW - OCCUPATIONS KW - MEDICINE N1 - Accession Number: 15177556; Cleveland, Sidney E. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, Texas 2: Baylor University College of Medicine; Source Info: Summer1961, Vol. 2 Issue 2, p113; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: DIETITIANS; Subject Term: NURSING students; Subject Term: EMOTIONS (Psychology); Subject Term: OCCUPATIONS; Subject Term: MEDICINE; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15177556&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Brigante, Thomas R. T1 - SOME DEFENSIVE AND OFFENSIVE PATTERNS OF THE PSYCHOLOGICALLY SOPHISTICATED. JO - Journal of Health & Human Behavior JF - Journal of Health & Human Behavior Y1 - 1960///Summer1960 VL - 1 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 101 EP - 107 SN - 00959006 AB - This article focuses on a study which is related to the psychologically sophisticated people. The purpose of the study is to demonstrate some ways in which psychologically sophisticated people employ psychological knowledge to flee from personal understanding and to express, in unconscious ways, consciously unacceptable feelings towards others. The psychologically sophisticated people are seen as using these maneuvers in their relationships both with other professionals and in their interpersonal dealings with lay persons. Evaluating one's own behavior and that of others by mental health criteria is greatly complicated by the variety of conceptions regarding the nature of mental health. Many mental health workers may have one following conceptions. A person who is mentally healthy is morally excellent and if he psychologizes himself diligently, he must be healthy. They also think that mentally healthy person must be able to enjoy everything and he must be creative. Another conception is that mentally healthy person must be a beatnik and he must adjust to everything. KW - MENTAL health KW - BEHAVIOR KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - MENTAL health services KW - PROFESSIONAL employees KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15444101; Brigante, Thomas R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Brockton, Massachusetts.; Source Info: Summer1960, Vol. 1 Issue 2, p101; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; Subject Term: PROFESSIONAL employees; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15444101&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Scherer, Isidor W. T1 - The Prediction of Academic Achievement in Brain Injured Children. JO - Exceptional Children JF - Exceptional Children Y1 - 1961/10// VL - 28 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 103 EP - 106 SN - 00144029 AB - The study describes several variables that contributed to the long-range prediction of academic achievement in brain injured children in the U.S. The specific variables used in the study includes the Stanford-Binet Test, social adjustment, the Vineland Social Maturity Scale, organicity, adjustments to test and home situations and physical status. The Stanford-Binet variables was checked against the academic variables, the reading, spelling and arithmetic. Stanford-Binet was the only variable that predicts academic achievement in brain injured children. KW - CHILDREN with mental disabilities KW - ACADEMIC achievement KW - BRAIN -- Wounds & injuries KW - VINELAND social maturity scale KW - SOCIAL maturity scales KW - SOCIAL adjustment KW - STANFORD-Binet Test KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests for children KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 19706974; Scherer, Isidor W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Chief, Psychology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Northampton, Massachusetts; Source Info: Oct1961, Vol. 28 Issue 2, p103; Subject Term: CHILDREN with mental disabilities; Subject Term: ACADEMIC achievement; Subject Term: BRAIN -- Wounds & injuries; Subject Term: VINELAND social maturity scale; Subject Term: SOCIAL maturity scales; Subject Term: SOCIAL adjustment; Subject Term: STANFORD-Binet Test; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests for children; Subject Term: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=19706974&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Grace, Harry A. T1 - A SYSTEMATIC PERSPECTIVE ON HEALTH MANPOWER. JO - Journal of Health & Human Behavior JF - Journal of Health & Human Behavior Y1 - 1965///Winter1965 VL - 6 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 234 EP - 238 SN - 00959006 AB - An Illness and a Health Model for health manpower are described. The Illness Model is appropriate for emergent situations, implies a hierarchy of functions, and encourages closure between statuses. The Health Model applies to preventive and investigative functions and discourages closure between statuses. Health manpower projections depend upon the model under consideration. Viewpoints on health manpower are suggested according to the various statuses within each model. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Health & Human Behavior is the property of Sage Publications Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MEDICAL personnel KW - PUBLIC health KW - HEALTH facilities KW - MEDICAL care KW - MEDICAL model KW - MEDICALIZATION N1 - Accession Number: 15743557; Grace, Harry A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Chief, Laboratory for Applied Behavioral Science, Domiciliary, Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles.; Source Info: Winter1965, Vol. 6 Issue 4, p234; Subject Term: MEDICAL personnel; Subject Term: PUBLIC health; Subject Term: HEALTH facilities; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: MEDICAL model; Subject Term: MEDICALIZATION; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15743557&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Miller, Thomas W. T1 - THE EFFECTS OF CORE FACILITATIVE CONDITIONS IN MOTHER ON ADOLESCENT SELF-ESTEEM. JO - Journal of Social Psychology JF - Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1976/10// VL - 100 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 147 PB - Taylor & Francis Ltd SN - 00224545 N1 - Accession Number: 5393794; Miller, Thomas W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Buffalo, New York.; Source Info: Oct1976, Vol. 100 Issue 1, p147; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5393794&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chang, Wen-Rui AU - Chen, Liqing AU - Rose, John AU - Wei, Chin Hsuan AU - Abrams, Leatrice AU - Sax, Martin AU - Wang, Bi-Cheng T1 - A new crystal form of ricin-OR. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1989/03/15/ VL - 180 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 327 EP - 328 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00142956 AB - Ricin-OR, an antitumor toxin, has been crystallized in space group P2 with cell parameters a = 8.77 nm, b = 4.64 nm, c = 7.64 nm and β = 101°. There is one molecule in the asymmetric unit and the solvent content is estimated to be 48% by volume. The crystals diffract to 0.25 nm resolution which is higher than that of the previously reported C2 crystal form which had a solvent content of 65%. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RICIN KW - PLANT toxins KW - CASTOR beans KW - TOXALBUMINS KW - ANTINEOPLASTIC agents KW - BIOCHEMISTRY KW - MOLECULAR biology N1 - Accession Number: 13797855; Chang, Wen-Rui 1 Chen, Liqing 1 Rose, John 1 Wei, Chin Hsuan 2 Abrams, Leatrice 1,3 Sax, Martin 3 Wang, Bi-Cheng 1,4; Affiliation: 1: Department of Crystallography, University of Pittsburgh 2: Biology Division, Oak Ridge National Laboratory 3: Biocrystallography Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Pittsburgh 4: Department of Biological Sciences, University of Pittsburgh; Source Info: 3/15/89, Vol. 180 Issue 2, p327; Subject Term: RICIN; Subject Term: PLANT toxins; Subject Term: CASTOR beans; Subject Term: TOXALBUMINS; Subject Term: ANTINEOPLASTIC agents; Subject Term: BIOCHEMISTRY; Subject Term: MOLECULAR biology; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13797855&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Simel, David L. AU - Feussner, John R. T1 - Blood Alcohol Measurements in the Emergency Department: Who Needs Them? JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 78 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 1478 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: We surveyed North Carolina emergency physicians to determine current medical practices regarding the use of blood alcohol concentrations using a hypothetical scenario. Most physicians (88 per ¢) would not have obtained blood alcohol concentrations in a patient who had alcohol on his breath but was coherent and cooperative. For marginally impaired patients, more liberal use of blood alcohol concentrations and explicit instructions to avoid driving while impaired might improve patient care and promote highway safety. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BLOOD alcohol -- Analysis KW - ALCOHOL in the body KW - DRUNK driving KW - PATIENTS KW - PHYSICIAN practice patterns KW - MEDICAL offices KW - EMERGENCY medical services KW - MEDICAL care KW - NORTH Carolina N1 - Accession Number: 4690867; Simel, David L. 1 Feussner, John R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Ambulatory Care Service and Health Services Research Field Program, Durham Veterans Administration Medical Center, Division of General Internal Medicine, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, NC; Source Info: Nov88, Vol. 78 Issue 11, p1478; Subject Term: BLOOD alcohol -- Analysis; Subject Term: ALCOHOL in the body; Subject Term: DRUNK driving; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: PHYSICIAN practice patterns; Subject Term: MEDICAL offices; Subject Term: EMERGENCY medical services; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: NORTH Carolina; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624230 Emergency and Other Relief Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 913130 Municipal police services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621491 HMO Medical Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621112 Offices of Physicians, Mental Health Specialists; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621111 Offices of Physicians (except Mental Health Specialists); NAICS/Industry Codes: 621399 Offices of All Other Miscellaneous Health Practitioners; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621390 Offices of all other health practitioners; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621110 Offices of physicians; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 561110 Office Administrative Services; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4690867&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Feussner, John R. AU - McFall, Stephanie L. AU - Cockrell III, Willis E. T1 - Patient Characteristics and Eligibility in a Veterans Administration Ambulatory Care Triage Clinic. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 78 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 1224 EP - 1225 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - We surveyed 5,225 consecutive patients presenting to a Veterans Administration (VA) Ambulatory Care Triage Clinic to ascertain the characteristics of patients and to assess the role of eligibility in determining disposition from triage. Most patients (66 per cent) had non-service connected (low eligibility) conditions and had no health insurance (64 per cent). Lack of service connected priority (high eligibility) did not influence access to hospitalization (8.3 per cent) or longitudinal outpatient care (24.5 per cent). The study suggests that veterans with no health insurance, with low eligibility for VA service, use the VA triage clinic for episodic medical care. (Am J Public Health 1988; 78:1224-1225.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MEDICAL care of veterans KW - OUTPATIENT medical care KW - MEDICAL care KW - TRIAGE (Medicine) KW - EMERGENCY medical services KW - MASS casualties KW - MEDICAL screening KW - CLINICS KW - HEALTH insurance N1 - Accession Number: 4686216; Feussner, John R. 1 McFall, Stephanie L. 1 Cockrell III, Willis E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Ambulatory Care Service, Health Services Research Field Program, Durham Veterans Administration Medical Center (VAMC), Departments of Medicine and of Community and Family Medicine, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, NC; Source Info: Sep88, Vol. 78 Issue 9, p1224; Subject Term: MEDICAL care of veterans; Subject Term: OUTPATIENT medical care; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: TRIAGE (Medicine); Subject Term: EMERGENCY medical services; Subject Term: MASS casualties; Subject Term: MEDICAL screening; Subject Term: CLINICS; Subject Term: HEALTH insurance; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621494 Community health centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621499 All other out-patient care centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621110 Offices of physicians; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624230 Emergency and Other Relief Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 913130 Municipal police services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 524112 Direct group life, health and medical insurance carriers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 524111 Direct individual life, health and medical insurance carriers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621999 All Other Miscellaneous Ambulatory Health Care Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4686216&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Schwartz, B. D. AU - Murray, L. AU - Alexander, B. AU - Kauders, F. R. AU - Gallant, D. M. T1 - Changing Patterns of Drug Abuse in a Seaport: New Orleans, 1975-85. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 78 IS - 6 M3 - Letter SP - 720 EP - 721 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - A letter to the editor is presented in response to investigation of drug use patterns in 1975 and 1980 of all patients admitted to the New Orleans Veterans Administration Medical Center. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - DRUG abuse N1 - Accession Number: 21084775; Schwartz, B. D. 1 Murray, L. 1 Alexander, B. 1 Kauders, F. R. 1 Gallant, D. M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Tulane University School of Medicine, and Veterans Administration Medical Center, New Orleans, LA; Source Info: Jun88, Vol. 78 Issue 6, p720; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: DRUG abuse; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=21084775&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bauer, Richard L. AU - Diehl, AndrewK. AU - Barton, Sara A. AU - Brender, Jean AU - Deyo, Richard A. T1 - Risk of Postmenopausal Hip Fracture in Mexican Women. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1986/08// VL - 76 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 1020 EP - 1021 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: To assess the risk of hip fracture in Mexican Americans, the ethnicity of 80 women aged 50 years and over admitted with hip fractures to a Texas hospital was compared with that of age-matched women hospitalized for other reasons. The risk of fracture for Mexican Americans was only 35 per ¢ that of Whites (95% CI = 19 per ¢, 65 per ¢). This finding was confirmed in a chart survey performed in a second hospital population. These results suggest that Mexican American women may receive less potential benefit from preventive measures for hip fracture than Whites. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HEALTH risk assessment KW - RISK management in business KW - FRACTURES -- Risk factors KW - FRACTURES in old age KW - HIP joint -- Diseases KW - BONES -- Wounds & injuries KW - OSTEOPOROSIS in women KW - WOMEN -- Diseases KW - OLDER Mexican American women N1 - Accession Number: 4686230; Bauer, Richard L. 1 Diehl, AndrewK. 1 Barton, Sara A. 2 Brender, Jean 3 Deyo, Richard A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Division of General Medicine, Department of Medicine, University of Texas Health Science Center, San Antonio, TX 78284. 2: Center for Demographic and Population Genetics, University of Texas Health Science Center, Houston. 3: Research Health Scientist, Audie Murphy Veterans Administration Hospital, San Antonio.; Source Info: Aug1986, Vol. 76 Issue 8, p1020; Subject Term: HEALTH risk assessment; Subject Term: RISK management in business; Subject Term: FRACTURES -- Risk factors; Subject Term: FRACTURES in old age; Subject Term: HIP joint -- Diseases; Subject Term: BONES -- Wounds & injuries; Subject Term: OSTEOPOROSIS in women; Subject Term: WOMEN -- Diseases; Subject Term: OLDER Mexican American women; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923120 Administration of Public Health Programs; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4686230&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rich, Charles L. AU - Young, Deborah AU - Fowler, Richard C. AU - Rosenfeld, S. K. S. T1 - The Difference between Date of Suicidal Act and Recorded Death Certificate Date in 204 Consecutive Suicides. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1985/07// VL - 75 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 778 EP - 779 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: The date of death recorded on death certificates (DCD) was compared to the date of the suicidal act (DA) in a consecutive series of 204 suicides. The DA was known to be the same as the DCD in only 46 per ¢ of the cases. The DA was different from the DCD in 22 per ¢ of the cases. The difference between the DA and DCD should be taken into consideration in the analysis of temporal trends. (Am J Public Health 1985; 75:778-779.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DEATH certificates KW - DEATH -- Proof & certification KW - DEATH -- Time of KW - SUICIDE KW - MORTALITY -- Statistics KW - MORTALITY -- Tables KW - DEATH -- Causes KW - SUICIDAL behavior KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 4949248; Rich, Charles L. 1,2 Young, Deborah 3 Fowler, Richard C. 4 Rosenfeld, S. K. S. 4; Affiliation: 1: Inpatient Psychiatry Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, 3350 La Jolla Village Driven, San Diego, CA 92161. 2: Assistant Professor of Psychiatry, University of California School of Medicine, San Diego. 3: Assistant Professor of Psychiatry, UCSD School of Medicine, and Staff psychiatrist , SDVAMC. 4: Associate Clinical Professor of Psychiatry, UCSDSM.; Source Info: Jul1985, Vol. 75 Issue 7, p778; Subject Term: DEATH certificates; Subject Term: DEATH -- Proof & certification; Subject Term: DEATH -- Time of; Subject Term: SUICIDE; Subject Term: MORTALITY -- Statistics; Subject Term: MORTALITY -- Tables; Subject Term: DEATH -- Causes; Subject Term: SUICIDAL behavior; Subject Term: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4949248&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gee, Susan C. AU - Page, William Frank T1 - The Use of Comparability Ratios to Adjust Hospital Trend Data. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1985/01// VL - 75 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 81 EP - 82 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: Hospital trend data may be affected by changes in diagnostic coding schemes We studied the change from ICDA-8 (18) to ICD-9-CM (1-9) in a sample of roughly, 13.600 double coded Veterans Administration hospital diagnoses Comparability ratios were computed and used to adjust trend data which overlap the lime period when the shift from 1-8 to 1-9 occurred. With Ibis adjustment for change in diagnostic coding scheme, apparent diagnostic trends, are substantially altered. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HOSPITAL records KW - MEDICAL records KW - DIAGNOSTIC services KW - MEDICAL care of veterans KW - VETERANS' hospitals KW - SERVICES for older people KW - VETERANS -- Services for KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - PREVENTIVE health services N1 - Accession Number: 4949539; Gee, Susan C. 1 Page, William Frank 1; Affiliation: 1: Biometrics Division, Veterans Administration.; Source Info: Jan1985, Vol. 75 Issue 1, p81; Subject Term: HOSPITAL records; Subject Term: MEDICAL records; Subject Term: DIAGNOSTIC services; Subject Term: MEDICAL care of veterans; Subject Term: VETERANS' hospitals; Subject Term: SERVICES for older people; Subject Term: VETERANS -- Services for; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: PREVENTIVE health services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 813311 Human Rights Organizations; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624120 Services for the Elderly and Persons with Disabilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621999 All Other Miscellaneous Ambulatory Health Care Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622111 General (except paediatric) hospitals; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4949539&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bailey, Gloria A. AU - Koepsell, Thomas D. AU - Belcher, Donald W. T1 - Reliability of Two Measures of Life Stress Among Outpatients at a Veterans Hospital. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1984/07// VL - 74 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 723 EP - 724 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - To measure test-retest reliability, 38 Veterans Administration clinic patient completed a modification of the Sarason Life Experience Survey (LES) twice within several weeks. Summary scores were found to be more reliable than scores on individual questions. Patients attending the Mental Hygiene Clinic responded less reliably than other patients. The "stress ladder" -- a simple summary score measure -- was found to be the most reliable measure of all. (Am J Public Health 1984; 74:723-724.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - PATIENTS KW - HOSPITALS KW - MENTAL health KW - OUTPATIENT medical care KW - LIFE change events KW - MENTAL health services KW - MENTAL health facilities KW - PUBLIC health N1 - Accession Number: 4953889; Bailey, Gloria A. 1,2 Koepsell, Thomas D. 1,2 Belcher, Donald W. 2,3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Epidemiology, University of Washington, Seattle, WA 98195. 2: Northwest Health Health Services Research and Development Program, Seattle Veterans Administration Medical Center. 3: Department of Medicine, University of Washington.; Source Info: Jul1984, Vol. 74 Issue 7, p723; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: HOSPITALS; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: OUTPATIENT medical care; Subject Term: LIFE change events; Subject Term: MENTAL health services; Subject Term: MENTAL health facilities; Subject Term: PUBLIC health; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621494 Community health centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621499 All other out-patient care centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622111 General (except paediatric) hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622110 General Medical and Surgical Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 621112 Offices of Physicians, Mental Health Specialists; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621420 Outpatient Mental Health and Substance Abuse Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4953889&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Koff, Raymond S. AU - Connelly, Lorna J. D. T1 - Failure to Detect Hepatitis B Surface Antigen (HBsubSAg) in Certified Shellfish From New England. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1976/02// VL - 66 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 174 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - In this study, hard- and soft-shell clams harvested during a one-year period from state approved (certified) clam beds in Maine, Massachusetts, and Rhode Island were tested for HBsAg by radioimmunoassay, HBsAg could not be detected in clam viscera. The role of bivalve mollusk ingestion in transmission of Hepatitis B remains speculative. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - OYSTERS KW - HEPATITIS B KW - CELL surface antigens KW - VIRUSES KW - CLAMS KW - MOLLUSKS KW - COMMUNICABLE diseases -- Transmission KW - HEPATITIS KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 5666043; Koff, Raymond S. 1 Connelly, Lorna J. D. 1; Affiliation: 1: Hepatology Section, Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Boston University School of Medicine, Boston, Ma 02130.; Source Info: Feb1976, Vol. 66 Issue 2, p174; Subject Term: OYSTERS; Subject Term: HEPATITIS B; Subject Term: CELL surface antigens; Subject Term: VIRUSES; Subject Term: CLAMS; Subject Term: MOLLUSKS; Subject Term: COMMUNICABLE diseases -- Transmission; Subject Term: HEPATITIS; Subject Term: UNITED States; NAICS/Industry Codes: 114113 Salt water fishing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112512 Shellfish Farming; NAICS/Industry Codes: 413140 Fish and seafood product merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112510 Aquaculture; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5666043&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Vaughan, Cynthia A. AU - Reeds, Linda B. AU - Percifull, Dannie T1 - $uccess $tories. JO - Nursing Economic$ JF - Nursing Economic$ Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 8 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 426 EP - 427 PB - Jannetti Publications, Inc. SN - 07461739 AB - In February 1987, the Department of Veterans Affairs, Bay Pines, Florida, was confronted with many issues affecting the patient care delivery system. This 1,118-bed medical center, which includes a 520-bed acute care hospital, had an occupancy rate of 85%. Recruitment within the community was extremely competitive. Reserve resources for competent professional staff had been depleted. The U.S. Congress imposed budgetary cuts had precipitated a hiring freeze impeding nursing administration's ability to hire against 59 funded vacancies. Use of overtime dollars had been restricted. Subsequently, symptoms of professional burnout were evident, absenteeism had risen, morale had diminished, staff frustration had escalated and existing float teams assigned to the evening and night shifts were unable to meet increased patient care demands. KW - MEDICAL care KW - MEDICAL centers KW - MEDICAL personnel KW - HEALTH facilities KW - INTENSIVE care units KW - ABSENTEEISM (Labor) KW - BAY Pines (Fla.) KW - FLORIDA KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 12175763; Vaughan, Cynthia A. 1 Reeds, Linda B. 2 Percifull, Dannie 3; Affiliation: 1: Nursing Supervisor, Veterans Administration (VA) Medical Center, Bay Pines, FL. 2: Nursing Instructor, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bay Pines, FL. 3: Nurse Manager, Medical/Psychiatric Unit, VA Medical Center, Bay Pines, FL.; Source Info: Nov90, Vol. 8 Issue 6, p426; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: MEDICAL centers; Subject Term: MEDICAL personnel; Subject Term: HEALTH facilities; Subject Term: INTENSIVE care units; Subject Term: ABSENTEEISM (Labor); Subject Term: BAY Pines (Fla.); Subject Term: FLORIDA; Subject Term: UNITED States; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621491 HMO Medical Centers; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12175763&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Trelease, Chris T1 - A Cost-Effective Approach for Promoting Skin Healing. JO - Nursing Economic$ JF - Nursing Economic$ Y1 - 1986/09//Sep/Oct86 VL - 4 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 265 EP - 266 PB - Jannetti Publications, Inc. SN - 07461739 AB - Skin breakdown was noted to be a major problem on a general medical ward at the San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Center. Nurses were frustrated about their inability to prevent skin breakdown and to promote skin healing. Through an ad hoc quality assurance study completed in November, 1984, three basic problems were identified namely, perirectal skin breakdown in patients with incontinent diarrhea, inconsistent nursing approaches to wound/skin care and substantial nursing time spent on frequent dressing changes using numerous supplies. KW - SKIN care KW - MEDICAL centers KW - NURSES KW - HEALING KW - DIARRHEA KW - HEALTH facilities KW - WOUNDS & injuries N1 - Accession Number: 12276972; Trelease, Chris 1; Affiliation: 1: Clinical Nurse, San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego, CA.; Source Info: Sep/Oct86, Vol. 4 Issue 5, p265; Subject Term: SKIN care; Subject Term: MEDICAL centers; Subject Term: NURSES; Subject Term: HEALING; Subject Term: DIARRHEA; Subject Term: HEALTH facilities; Subject Term: WOUNDS & injuries; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621491 HMO Medical Centers; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12276972&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ward, L. Charles T1 - THE NCS MMPI-168: A CAUTIONARY NOTE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 44 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 846 EP - 847 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports that first 168 items of Form R of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI), when scored by keys from "The Psychological Corporation," have been used widely as a short form. Most Form R scoring keys from the National Computer Systems, Inc. increase the number of scored items on scales F, D, PA, and Sc of the MMPI-168. For these scales, estimates of corresponding full-scale scores should be obtained by applying the conversion equations of L.C. Ward rather than the earlier transformations of Overall and associates. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - COMPUTER systems KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - INTELLIGENCE levels KW - ELECTRONIC systems N1 - Accession Number: 15865708; Ward, L. Charles 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center Tuscaloosa, Alabama. 2: University of South Alabama College of Medicine.; Source Info: Nov1988, Vol. 44 Issue 6, p846; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: COMPUTER systems; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE levels; Subject Term: ELECTRONIC systems; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541514 Computer systems design and related services (except video game design and development); NAICS/Industry Codes: 541512 Computer Systems Design Services; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15865708&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - NEWS AU - Butters, Nelson T1 - INVITED EDITORIAL. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 44 IS - 4 M3 - Editorial SP - 623 EP - 624 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents information on the comments by the author concerning the status of research activities of clinical psychologists in the veterans administration (VA). According to the author, in comparison to their colleagues in the medical specialties, clinical psychologists in VA medical centers conduct relatively little research. The Behavioral Sciences and Mental Health Merit Review Board (Medical Research Service, VA Central Office, U.S.) receives and approves few research grants from clinical psychologists assigned to Psychology Services. KW - MENTAL health personnel KW - CLINICAL psychologists KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - BEHAVIORAL scientists KW - RESEARCH institutes KW - MEDICAL centers N1 - Accession Number: 15846390; Butters, Nelson 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of California School of Medicine, San Diego.; Source Info: Jul1988, Vol. 44 Issue 4, p623; Subject Term: MENTAL health personnel; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychologists; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL scientists; Subject Term: RESEARCH institutes; Subject Term: MEDICAL centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621491 HMO Medical Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 541712 Research and Development in the Physical, Engineering, and Life Sciences (except Biotechnology); NAICS/Industry Codes: 541720 Research and Development in the Social Sciences and Humanities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541711 Research and Development in Biotechnology; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Editorial UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846390&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Binder, Laurence M. T1 - APPROPRIATE REPORTING OF WECHSLER IQ AND SUBTEST SCORES IN ASSESSMENTS FOR DISABILITY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 43 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 144 EP - 145 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses appropriate reporting of Wechsler IQ and Subtest (WAIS) scores in assessments for disability. The WAIS-R or the WAIS is administered routinely as part of many adult neuro-psychological examinations. It is not fair to evaluate a 60-year-old disability claimant by a different yardstick than a younger counterpart because they often are competing for the same jobs. Animal figures in dreams, art work, fairy tales, and projective test responses have been interpreted as symbolic representations of significant personality themes and issues. KW - SUBCONSCIOUSNESS KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - ARCHETYPE (Psychology) KW - CONSCIOUSNESS KW - PERSONALITY KW - MENTAL health N1 - Accession Number: 15846223; Binder, Laurence M. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: Oregon Health Sciences University Portland, Oregon.; Source Info: Jan1987, Vol. 43 Issue 1, p144; Subject Term: SUBCONSCIOUSNESS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: ARCHETYPE (Psychology); Subject Term: CONSCIOUSNESS; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: MENTAL health; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846223&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ryan, Joseph J. T1 - CLINICAL UTILITY OF A WAIS-R SHORT FORM. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1983/03// VL - 39 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 261 EP - 262 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on a study which investigated the validity of the Vocabulary-Block Design subtest combination as an estimate of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) R Full Scale IQ. Subjects chosen for the study were 30 right-handed psychiatric patients consisting 29 males and 1 female. Twenty-six subjects were Caucasian, four were black. The correlation between the short form IQ and the WAIS-R Full Scale IQ was highly significant. A pairwise t-test computed between the mean IQs for the standard and short form was nonsignificant. One-half of the total subjects showed changes in intellectual classification when the short form was used. The short form should not be used in the situations when precise IQ estimates are required. However, the short form appears useful as a screening device to discriminate between patients with normal and subnormal intelligence. The study also shows that with respect to the detection of normal versus subnormal intelligence, the short form achieved a correct classification rate of 87%. KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - CAUCASIAN race KW - BLOCK designs KW - INTELLIGENCE levels KW - T-test (Statistics) N1 - Accession Number: 19103578; Ryan, Joseph J. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center North Chicago. 2: University of Health Sciences / The Chicago Medical School North Chicago, Illinois.; Source Info: Mar1983, Vol. 39 Issue 2, p261; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: CAUCASIAN race; Subject Term: BLOCK designs; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE levels; Subject Term: T-test (Statistics); Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=19103578&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - NEWS AU - Peck, Cecil P. T1 - SURRENDERING THE ROUTINE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1983/01// VL - 39 IS - 1 M3 - Editorial SP - 153 EP - 154 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on the use of computers by clinical psychologists. The psychologists should not fear that the computer will take over clinical decision-making. The computer can help in the routine data collection and data reduction processes. The intelligence of the mental health professional is the first essential in computer use and it is the users who determine the functional requirements for diagnosis and treatment. The functional requirements to use the computer are based on a patient-centered approach in carrying out diagnosis, treatment and rehabilitation in hospitals and ambulatory program. The functional requirements developed as a cooperative effort by psychiatrists and psychologists in the Veterans Administration are as follows: the automated data system must be an integrated information system, including patient and clinical-management functions, clinical users must be provided with an opportunity to provide input into the development and implementation of clinical instruments, techniques, methods, and procedures and diagnostic evaluations in Psychiatry and Psychology must include physical and mental status, laboratory examinations, cognitive and intellectual functioning, personality dynamics, organicity and brain dysfunction findings and vocational evaluation. KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - INFORMATION resources management KW - COMPUTERS in medicine KW - MENTAL health personnel KW - VOCATIONAL evaluation KW - PSYCHIATRY N1 - Accession Number: 19103443; Peck, Cecil P. 1; Affiliation: 1: Mental Health and Behavioral Sciences Service, Veterans Administration Central Office, Washington, D. C.; Source Info: Jan1983, Vol. 39 Issue 1, p153; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: INFORMATION resources management; Subject Term: COMPUTERS in medicine; Subject Term: MENTAL health personnel; Subject Term: VOCATIONAL evaluation; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 519190 All Other Information Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Editorial UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=19103443&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ryan, Joseph J. AU - Prifitera, Aurelio T1 - CONCURRENT VALIDITY OF THE LURIA-NEBRASKA MEMORY SCALE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1982/04// VL - 38 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 378 EP - 379 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses concurrent validity of the Luria-Nebraska memory scale. The Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery (LLNB) is a newly developed inventory for the assessment of brain-behavior relationships. The LNNB consists of 14 scales, one of which is designated as a measure of short-term memory. The LNNB Memory Scale consists of 13 items that purport to measure verbal, visual, and rhythmic recall abilities. It determines the relationship between the LNNB Memory Scale T-score and the Wechsler Memory Scale memory quotient (MQ) in a clinical sample; and determines whether patients classified as memory impaired by the Wechsler Memory Scale are classified similarly by the LNNB Memory Scale. KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - LURIA-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery KW - MEMORY testing KW - BRAIN KW - COGNITION KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients N1 - Accession Number: 15846933; Ryan, Joseph J. 1,2 Prifitera, Aurelio 3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center North Chicago, Illinois. 2: University of Health Sciences/ Chicago Medical School. 3: Loyola University Chicago, Illinois.; Source Info: Apr1982, Vol. 38 Issue 2, p378; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: LURIA-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery; Subject Term: MEMORY testing; Subject Term: BRAIN; Subject Term: COGNITION; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846933&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ryan, Joseph J. AU - Morris, Jeri AU - Yaffa, Sharon AU - Peterson, Linda T1 - TEST-RETEST RELIABILITY OF THE WECHSLER MEMORY SCALE, FORM. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1981/10// VL - 37 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 847 EP - 848 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the reliability of the Wechsler memory scale. The Wechsler Memory Scale, Form I (WMS) is used widely in the clinical assessment of adult memory functions. This study investigated the test!retest reliability of the WMS, Form I, in a sample of normal adults and in a sample of patients with psychiatric and neurological disorders. The specific goal was to provide the practicing clinician with reference points against which to compare clinical retest scores. The present study indicates that the WMS, Form I, possesses relatively low, but acceptable psychometric reliability in both normal and patient samples. KW - MEMORY KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - MEMORY Assessment Scales KW - PATIENTS KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - MEDICAL personnel N1 - Accession Number: 15845861; Ryan, Joseph J. 1 Morris, Jeri 2 Yaffa, Sharon 2 Peterson, Linda 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Health Sciences/Chicago Medical School North Chicago, Illinois. 2: University of Health Sciences/Chicago Medical School North Chicago, Illinois.; Source Info: Oct1981, Vol. 37 Issue 4, p847; Subject Term: MEMORY; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: MEMORY Assessment Scales; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: MEDICAL personnel; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845861&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Miller, Thomas W. AU - Paciello, Rosemary A. T1 - DISCRIMINATIVE DIMENSIONS OF THE MMPI AS A FUNCTION OF AGE AND PSYCHOPATHOLOGY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1980/07// VL - 36 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 758 EP - 759 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article reports a study investigating discriminate dimensions of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) as a function of age and psychopathology. This investigation tested whether various groups of diagnostically schizophrenic and non-schziophrenic psychiatric patients would yield some level of variation in their MMPI profiles at the two divergent levels chosen. The study was performed on a sample of 200 patients by forming four groups of 50 each. Results of the four classification groups yielded significant mean differences at the .05 level. In the young schizophrenic and young non-schizophrenic group, significant mean differences were obtained for the MMPI scales, all of which have favored the schizophrenic group. Most salient features that emerge from this study suggest that young schizophrenics when compared with young non-schizophrenics demonstrate a 9-K Code that generally reflects a power-oriented, compulsive personality. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - MENTALLY ill KW - PERSONALITY KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - DIVERGENT thinking KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15934488; Miller, Thomas W. 1 Paciello, Rosemary A. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Buffalo, New York. 2: Canisius College Buffalo, New York.; Source Info: Jul1980, Vol. 36 Issue 3, p758; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: DIVERGENT thinking; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15934488&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kling, John O. AU - Davis, William E. AU - Knost, Ellen K. T1 - HENMON-NELSON IQ SCORES AS PREDICTORS OF WAIS FULL SCALE IQ IN ALCOHOLICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1978/10// VL - 34 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 1001 EP - 1002 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article cites a study which is aimed to investigate whether the Henmon-Nelson IQ is as reliable an estimate of alcoholics' intelligence, measured by the WAIS Full Scale IQ, as indicated in prior research with mixed psychiatric populations. The study also tries to investigate the accuracy of estimating WAIS Full Scale IQ Scores from Henmon-Nelson IQ Scores utilizing a regression equation. The WAIS and the Henmon-Nelson Test of Mental Abilities were administered randomly to 41 new admissions or readmissions in the inpatient Alcohol Treatment Program at a large neuropsychiatric hospital. A linear regression that utilized the least squares criterion was calculated between the Henmon-Nelson IQ scores and the WAIS Full Scale IQ scores, and a and b weights were generated. KW - ALCOHOLICS -- Psychological testing KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - INTELLIGENCE levels KW - REGRESSION analysis KW - CORRELATION (Statistics) N1 - Accession Number: 15866816; Kling, John O. 1 Davis, William E. 1 Knost, Ellen K. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Marion, Indiana.; Source Info: Oct1978, Vol. 34 Issue 4, p1001; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS -- Psychological testing; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE levels; Subject Term: REGRESSION analysis; Subject Term: CORRELATION (Statistics); Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866816&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rhodes, Robert J. AU - Chang, Alice F. T1 - A FURTHER LOOK AT THE INSTITUTIONALIZED CHRONIC ALCOHOLIC SCALE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1978/07// VL - 34 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 779 EP - 780 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article investigates a newly developed Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory scale, the Institutionalized Chronic Alcohol Scale (ICAS), designed to separate alcoholics from neurotics. Researchers J.P. Atsaides, C. Neuringer, and K.L. Davis recently developed an 8-item scale, the ICAS, to differentiate institutionalized alcoholics from institutionalized neurotic nonalcoholics. Subjects were 75 male inpatients screened from an alcoholism treatment unit, 50 male neurotic inpatients screened to rule out alcoholism and drug problems, and 30 male heroin addicts from a drug treatment ward. KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - NEUROTICS KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - MENTALLY ill KW - NEURINGER, C. N1 - Accession Number: 15858047; Rhodes, Robert J. 1 Chang, Alice F. 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Kansas Medical Center, Kansas City, Kansas. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Kansas City, Missouri.; Source Info: Jul1978, Vol. 34 Issue 3, p779; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: NEUROTICS; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; People: NEURINGER, C.; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15858047&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rose, Gary S. AU - Powell, Barbara J. AU - Penick, Elizabete C. T1 - DETERMINANTS OF LOCUS OF CONTROL ORIENTATION IN MALE ALCOHOLICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1978/01// VL - 34 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 250 EP - 251 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses determinants of locus of control orientation in male alcoholics. Previous investigations of beliefs in internal and external control of reinforcement with alcoholic populations have yielded conflicting results. Psychologists failed to find differences in the locus of control orientation of male alcoholics and a control group matched for age and intelligence. The failure to find consistent differences between alcoholics and non-alcoholics suggests that locus of control orientation may not be related to alcoholism per se, but to other life circumstances. KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - LOCUS of control KW - SELF-control KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - ADDICTS KW - DRUG abuse N1 - Accession Number: 15828632; Rose, Gary S. 1,2 Powell, Barbara J. 1,2 Penick, Elizabete C. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital. 2: University of Kentucky Medical School.; Source Info: Jan1978, Vol. 34 Issue 1, p250; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: LOCUS of control; Subject Term: SELF-control; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: ADDICTS; Subject Term: DRUG abuse; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828632&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weinlander, Max M. AU - Lee, Sung Ho T1 - SUICIDAL AGE AND CHILDHOOD ONYCHOPHAGIA AMONG NEUROTIC VETERANS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1978/01// VL - 34 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 31 EP - 32 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents information on the relationship between the mean age of neurotic veterans hospitalized for suicidal or non-suicidal behavior and the presence or absence of childhood onychophagia. Data were obtained from the first 30 male suicidal and the first 30 male non-suicidal veterans diagnosed by a psychiatrist as neurotic. These 60 veterans were admitted in 1973, 1974, and 1975 to the psychiatric ward of Brown General Hospital, Veterans Administration Center, Dayton, Ohio. A veteran was considered suicidal when he had received medical treatment at least once for an attempt to take his own life. One week after admission, each new patient was interviewed to ascertain childhood onychophagia. KW - SUICIDAL behavior KW - SELF-destructive behavior KW - PSYCHIATRISTS KW - HOSPITAL wards KW - MEDICAL care KW - PATIENTS KW - OHIO N1 - Accession Number: 15828577; Weinlander, Max M. 1 Lee, Sung Ho 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Dayton, Ohio.; Source Info: Jan1978, Vol. 34 Issue 1, p31; Subject Term: SUICIDAL behavior; Subject Term: SELF-destructive behavior; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRISTS; Subject Term: HOSPITAL wards; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: OHIO; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828577&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ryan, Joseph J. AU - Souheaver, Gary T. T1 - FURTHER EVIDENCE THAT CONCERNS THE VALIDITY OF AN MMPI KEY FOR SEPARATION OF BRAIN-DAMAGED AND SCHIZOPHRENIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/07// VL - 33 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 753 EP - 754 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the clinical utility of neuropsychological tests to differentiate brain-damaged from schizophrenic patients. Several studies have found, however, that the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) may contribute significantly to the separation process. A researcher recently developed a psychological key approach for use with the MMPI that correctly classified 72% of brain-damaged and 80% of schizophrenic patients from a hospital sample. Such a methodology would be most useful if cross-validated because it does not require special scoring templates and is applied directly to the standard MMPI profile. The present study was conducted to discriminate successfully between brain-damaged and schizophrenic patients. KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - MENTALLY ill KW - BRAIN damage N1 - Accession Number: 15845143; Ryan, Joseph J. 1 Souheaver, Gary T. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital North Little Rock, Arkansas. 2: University of Arkansas, Fayetteville; Source Info: Jul1977, Vol. 33 Issue 3, p753; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: BRAIN damage; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845143&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chaney, Edmund F. AU - Erickson, Richard C. AU - O'Leary, Michael R. T1 - BRAIN DAMAGE AND FIVE MMPI ITEMS WITH ALCOHOLIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1977/01// VL - 33 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 307 EP - 308 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on brain damage and five Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) items with alcoholic patients. A number of significant correlations were found with measures of sychopathology, specifically a psychosomatic and neuropsychiatric symptom checklist, and MMPI subscales indicative pessimism, worry, discouragement and lack of emotional, cognitive and physical well-being. It may be that only in populations in which neurological deficit is the main factor in variations in emotional and physical well-being will be useful to discriminate patients with diagnosible brain damage from those without. KW - BRAIN damage KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - CORRELATION (Statistics) KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - CEREBROVASCULAR disease N1 - Accession Number: 15845277; Chaney, Edmund F. 1 Erickson, Richard C. 1 O'Leary, Michael R. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital 2: University of Washington School of Medicine Seattle, Washington.; Source Info: Jan1977, Vol. 33 Issue 1, p307; Subject Term: BRAIN damage; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: CORRELATION (Statistics); Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: CEREBROVASCULAR disease; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845277&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lee, Sung Ho AU - Weinlander, Max M. T1 - SUICIDAL AGE AND CHILDHOOD ONYCHOPHAGIA AMONG PSYCHOTIC VETERANS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1976/10// VL - 32 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 843 EP - 844 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on the relationship between childhood onychophagia, fingernail biting, and the suicidal and nonsuicidal mean age among 150 hospitalized psychotic veterans was investigated. The results show that the suicidal mean age is significantly younger than the nonsuicidal mean age and that the childhood onychophagia variable "focal suicide" significantly lowers the mean age of suicidal veterans, but does not significantly lower the mean age of nonsuicidal veterans. The results of hospitalized psychotic veterans parallel the findings for veterans with personality disorders. KW - NAIL-biting KW - MENTALLY ill KW - SUICIDAL behavior KW - AGE KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - NEUROSES KW - SUICIDE N1 - Accession Number: 15845054; Lee, Sung Ho 1 Weinlander, Max M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Dayton, Ohio.; Source Info: Oct1976, Vol. 32 Issue 4, p843; Subject Term: NAIL-biting; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: SUICIDAL behavior; Subject Term: AGE; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: NEUROSES; Subject Term: SUICIDE; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845054&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Davis, William E. AU - McDermott, Michael T. T1 - MMPI-WAIS RELATIONSHIPS IN ORGANIC AND SCHIZOPHRENIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1976/07// VL - 32 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 539 EP - 540 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article investigates the relationships between a wide variety of pathological states (MMPI clinical scales) and intellectual capacities (in this case, the subtests of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale) in several groups of schizophrenic and brain-damaged patients. A research report shows that there were 36 significant correlations in the schizophrenic groups and 77 among the organics. There were substantially more significant correlations in the samples than would be expected by chance at the .05 level (26.4 for the schizophrenic samples and 19.8 for the brain-injured samples). KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - MEDICAL research N1 - Accession Number: 15844925; Watson, Charles G. 1 Davis, William E. 2 McDermott, Michael T. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minn. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Marion, Ind.; Source Info: Jul1976, Vol. 32 Issue 3, p539; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: MEDICAL research; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541712 Research and Development in the Physical, Engineering, and Life Sciences (except Biotechnology); Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844925&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Palmer, Robert D. T1 - CLUSTER ANALYSIS OF PREFERENCE RATINGS OF PICTORIAL STIMULI. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1975/07// VL - 31 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 437 EP - 438 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article cites a study which attempts to develop through cluster analysis a comprehensive array of reliable pictorial scales that have relevance for the assessment of body image and of more general dimensions of personality and perception. A total of 537 hospitalized male patients were taken from the medical and psychiatric wards of the Brooklyn Veterans Administration Hospital. Patients were administered individually a "picture preference measure" that consisted of 437 pictures gleaned from the vast reservoir of excellent photographs available in the contemporary popular and technical-scientific magazine literature. KW - BODY image KW - SELF-perception KW - CLUSTER analysis (Statistics) KW - BODY dysmorphic disorder KW - IMAGERY (Psychology) KW - PERSON schemas N1 - Accession Number: 15844810; Palmer, Robert D. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, N. K.; Source Info: Jul1975, Vol. 31 Issue 3, p437; Subject Term: BODY image; Subject Term: SELF-perception; Subject Term: CLUSTER analysis (Statistics); Subject Term: BODY dysmorphic disorder; Subject Term: IMAGERY (Psychology); Subject Term: PERSON schemas; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844810&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - O'Leary, Micrael R. AU - Donovan, Dennis M. AU - Hague, William H. T1 - RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN LOCUS OF CONTROL AND DEFENSIVE STYLE AMONG ALCOHOLICS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1975/04// VL - 31 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 362 EP - 363 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on the relationship between locus of control and defensive style among alcoholics. Recent investigators have demonstrated a positive relationship between perceived locus of control and defensive style as measured by the Repression-Sensitization Scale. The results indicate that external Ss, those who perceive themselves as having little control over life events, respond to threatening stimuli with sensitizing, approach-oriented defenses such as intellectualization. The present study investigated the relationship between locus of control and defensive style as assessed by the defense mechanism inventory. KW - LOCUS of control KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - DEFENSE mechanisms (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - MENTAL health KW - PERSONALITY N1 - Accession Number: 15829110; O'Leary, Micrael R. 1 Donovan, Dennis M. 1 Hague, William H. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Seattle.; Source Info: Apr1975, Vol. 31 Issue 2, p362; Subject Term: LOCUS of control; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: DEFENSE mechanisms (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15829110&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watkins, Bruce A. AU - Cowan, Michael A. AU - Davis, William E. T1 - DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS IMBALANCE AS A RACE-RELATED PHENOMENON. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1975/04// VL - 31 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 267 EP - 268 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on differential diagnosis as a race-related phenomenon. This study examined the effect of race, both independent of and interacting with, education as a determinant of psychiatric diagnosis. Differential diagnoses were examined in equal numbers of black and white first and second admissions to a psychiatric facility. The black patients were found to have received a significantly higher proportion of schizophrenic diagnoses. This difference remained at all educational levels, which suggests that in some cases diagnosis is a function of racial group rather than purely of social class and its attendant factors. KW - PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - SYMPTOMS KW - RACING KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - PATIENTS N1 - Accession Number: 15829085; Watkins, Bruce A. 1 Cowan, Michael A. 1 Davis, William E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minn.; Source Info: Apr1975, Vol. 31 Issue 2, p267; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: RACING; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15829085&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Michael R. O'Leary AU - Donovan, Dennis M. AU - Hague, William H. T1 - RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN LOCUS OF CONTROL, SELF-REPORT AND NONOBTRUSIVE MEASURES OF ANXIETY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1974/07// VL - 30 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 372 EP - 373 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses relationship between locus of control, self-report and non-obstrusive measures of anxiety. The subjects were 52 male alcoholic veteran inpatients who had volunteered to participate in a larger research projects None of the subjects was assessed to have organic brain syndrome or other major psychiatric diagnosis. The significant positive correlation between the Rotter's Locus of Control scale and Activity Preference Questionnaire supports psychologist W.J. Ray and M. Katahn's contention that locus of control and anxiety are conceptually separate, yet correlated, variables. KW - ANXIETY KW - LOCUS of control KW - PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis KW - NEUROBEHAVIORAL disorders KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15844716; Michael R. O'Leary 1 Donovan, Dennis M. 1 Hague, William H. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Seattle.; Source Info: Jul1974, Vol. 30 Issue 3, p372; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: LOCUS of control; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis; Subject Term: NEUROBEHAVIORAL disorders; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844716&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Robbins, Paul R. T1 - METHADONE DOSE AND EMOTIONAL STATES IN DRUG-ADDICTED PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1974/07// VL - 30 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 306 EP - 307 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article determines whether there was any relationship between the dose of methadone administered patients and their self-report of emotional states. Subjects were 34 male heroin-addicted patients at the VA Hospital. Concurrent measures of emotional states were derived from a psychological diary. Mean scores for methadone dose were computed for each subject during the entire period of diary observation. In a few cases only one observation was available. Negative correlations were found between dose of methadone and reports of anxiety, interpersonal stress and positive social relationships. KW - DRUG abuse -- Treatment KW - ADDICTIONS KW - ADMINISTRATION of drugs KW - DOSAGE of drugs KW - ANXIETY KW - STRESS (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 15844694; Robbins, Paul R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D. C. Drug Treatment and Research Unit.; Source Info: Jul1974, Vol. 30 Issue 3, p306; Subject Term: DRUG abuse -- Treatment; Subject Term: ADDICTIONS; Subject Term: ADMINISTRATION of drugs; Subject Term: DOSAGE of drugs; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844694&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gross, William F. AU - Vincent J. Nerviano T1 - THE USE OF THE PERSONALITY RESEARCH FORM WITH ALCOHOLICS: EFFECTS OF AGE AND IQ. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1973/07// VL - 29 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 378 EP - 379 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the use of the Personality Research Form (PRF) with male inpatient alcoholics. This study was undertaken to test certain preliminary findings recently reported on the effects of age on the need structure of alcoholics and to develop new relevant data on the effects of intelligence on these basic dimensions of personality. The PRF scale correlates of alcoholics' estimated IQ scores suggest that the more intelligent the alcoholic, the more understanding, aggression and the less abasement he tends to demonstrate. KW - PERSONALITY & cognition KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - AGE & intelligence KW - ADDICTS KW - PERSONALITY & intelligence KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests N1 - Accession Number: 15903715; Gross, William F. 1 Vincent J. Nerviano 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Lexington, Ky. 2: University of Kentucky.; Source Info: Jul1973, Vol. 29 Issue 3, p378; Subject Term: PERSONALITY & cognition; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: AGE & intelligence; Subject Term: ADDICTS; Subject Term: PERSONALITY & intelligence; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15903715&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - CROSS-VALIDATION OF A WAIS SIGN DEVELOPED TO SEPARATE BRAIN-DAMAGED FROM SCHIZOPHRENIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1972/01// VL - 28 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 66 EP - 67 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study which aims to cross-validate DeWolfe's sign through the use of certain samples. In conjunction with two earlier studies, the author has collected Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scales on brain-damaged and schizophrenic psychiatric hospital samples. Although encouraging, the DeWolfe's sign needs cross-validation. The sign appears to be useful with elderly patients, but most referrals for brain damage testing are younger men and the signs developed for older patients may not be relevant to their cases. KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - BRAIN damage KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - INTELLIGENCE tests N1 - Accession Number: 15847439; Watson, Charles G. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital St. Cloud, Minnesota. 2: St. John's University Collegeville, Minnesota.; Source Info: Jan1972, Vol. 28 Issue 1, p66; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: BRAIN damage; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847439&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Porter, Alan L. AU - Mccarthy, Charles D. AU - Pearman, H. Edgar T1 - EFFECT OF STRESSFUL PHYSICAL ILLNESS ON FUTURE TIME PERSPECTIVE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 27 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 447 EP - 448 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study on the effect of stressful physical illness on future time perspective (FTP). In this study the hypothesis was that FTP would be shorter for persons who had undergone a myocardial infarction than for persons hospitalized for other illnesses. Patients hospitalized for pulmonary tuberculosis and for minor short term illnesses were used as comparison groups. Both direct and indirect measures of FTP were used. No significant differences were found between groups on any of these measures. There was a high correlation across all groups between actual chronological age and the estimated remaining life span. KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - DISEASES KW - TIME perspective KW - LIFE change events KW - MYOCARDIAL infarction KW - TUBERCULOSIS N1 - Accession Number: 15847379; Porter, Alan L. 1 Mccarthy, Charles D. 1 Pearman, H. Edgar 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, California.; Source Info: Oct1971, Vol. 27 Issue 4, p447; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: DISEASES; Subject Term: TIME perspective; Subject Term: LIFE change events; Subject Term: MYOCARDIAL infarction; Subject Term: TUBERCULOSIS; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847379&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Zung, William W. K. AU - Gianturco, Judith A. T1 - PERSONALITY DIMENSION AND THE SELF-RATING DEPRESSION SCALE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 27 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 247 EP - 248 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the usage of the Self-Rating Depression Scale. This has drawn attention to some of the many variables that may influence the outcome of measuring any psychopathology, especially when using self-rating scales. In addition to those factors already studied such as age, sex, marital status, educational level and income, there are personality factors that could contribute to the outcome of self-rating scales. One such personality dimension has been conceptualized as representing a continuum of behavior and a mode of adaptation and termed repression-sensitization. Psychologists have proposed methods of differentiating this personality dimension. KW - SELF-evaluation KW - MENTAL depression KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - MARITAL status KW - SOCIAL status KW - PERSONALITY N1 - Accession Number: 15866453; Zung, William W. K. 1 Gianturco, Judith A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Duke University Medical Center and Veterans Administration Hospital, Durham, North Carolina.; Source Info: Apr1971, Vol. 27 Issue 2, p247; Subject Term: SELF-evaluation; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: MARITAL status; Subject Term: SOCIAL status; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866453&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Seitz, Frank C. T1 - FIVE PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASURES OF NEUROTIC DEPRESSION: A CORRELATION STUDY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1970/10// VL - 26 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 504 EP - 505 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on the psychological measures of neurotic depression. A variety of depression measures have been cited in the literature, each with its own claims for validly tapping the relevant dimensions of depression. Different depression measures are frequently regarded as measuring the same phenomena and are assumed to be comparable. In this study, five common tests of depression were intercorrelated and correlated with psychiatric judgments to determine the degree of agreement among them. KW - NEUROSES KW - MENTAL depression KW - DIMENSIONS KW - THEORY of knowledge KW - JUDGMENT (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15908717; Seitz, Frank C. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver.; Source Info: Oct1970, Vol. 26 Issue 4, p504; Subject Term: NEUROSES; Subject Term: MENTAL depression; Subject Term: DIMENSIONS; Subject Term: THEORY of knowledge; Subject Term: JUDGMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15908717&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Zaza, Anthony S. AU - Barké, Charles R. T1 - A Review of the Clinical Analysis Questionnaire. JO - Journal of Counseling & Development JF - Journal of Counseling & Development Y1 - 1986/02// VL - 64 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 413 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 07489633 AB - The article presents the Clinical Analysis Questionnaire (CAQ), designed by the Institute for Personality and Ability Testing, to simultaneously measure both normal and pathological traits of individuals, thereby providing a comprehensive, multidimensional profile of the person. Its development is based on previous research and development of another clinical instrument , the 16 Personality factor questionnaire (16PF), in use for over a decade. The normal personality scales of the CAQ purport to measure characteristics of the individual that are hypnotized to apply to normal functioning, and the extent of pathological characteristics of individuals in distress. Although comprehensive in nature, the scales and traits represented are efficiently reviewed. The manual that accompanies the CAQ is generally clear, concise, and descriptive. In terms of reliability, the clinical scales of the CAQ are found more reliable than the normal scales. CAQ, also, has some drawbacks which should be taken care of while using it. But despite such limitations, the CAQ is an admirable effort to provide a comprehensive portrait of the individual. KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PERSONALITY assessment KW - PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS KW - QUESTIONNAIRES KW - DATA analysis KW - KRUG, S. E. N1 - Accession Number: 4965280; Zaza, Anthony S. 1 Barké, Charles R. 2; Affiliation: 1: Staff Psychologist, Veterans Administration medical Center, Topeka, Kansas. 2: Assistant Professor of Psychology and Counseling, Bal State University, Muncie, Indiana.; Source Info: Feb86, Vol. 64 Issue 6, p413; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PERSONALITY assessment; Subject Term: PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS; Subject Term: QUESTIONNAIRES; Subject Term: DATA analysis; People: KRUG, S. E.; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4965280&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bozarth, Jerold D. AU - Grace, David P. T1 - OBJECTIVE RATINGS AND CLIENT PERCEPTIONS OF THERAPEUTIC CONDITIONS WITH UNIVERSITY COUNSELING CENTER CLIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1970/01// VL - 26 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 117 EP - 118 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article cites a study that investigated the relationship between client and rater perceptions of therapeutic conditions for counselors of clients in university counseling centers. Tapes were gathered for a sample of 15 experienced counselors who had clients in university counseling centers throughout the nation. The total "Z" scores were viewed as the overall level of the relationship as perceived by the raters. The examination of the agreement between the raters' perceptions and the patients' perceptions of the therapeutic conditions in the study indicated that the two groups did not similarly perceive the relationship at the time of the fifth interview. KW - PERCEPTION KW - RATING KW - COUNSELOR & client KW - INTERPERSONAL relations KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - COUNSELING KW - INTERVIEWS N1 - Accession Number: 15844876; Bozarth, Jerold D. 1 Grace, David P. 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Arkansas Arkansas Rehabilitation Research and Training Center. 2: Jefferson Barracks Veterans Administration Hospital St. Louis, Missouri.; Source Info: Jan1970, Vol. 26 Issue 1, p117; Subject Term: PERCEPTION; Subject Term: RATING; Subject Term: COUNSELOR & client; Subject Term: INTERPERSONAL relations; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: COUNSELING; Subject Term: INTERVIEWS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844876&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Spiegel, Don AU - Keith-spiegel, Patricia T1 - OPINIONS OF MENTAL ILLNESS AMONG NURSING PERSONNEL IN A LARGE MENTAL HOSPITAL. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1969/10// VL - 25 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 451 EP - 452 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses opinions of mental illness among nursing personnel in a large mental hospital. Since the nursing personnel at the hospital represent the largest group of persons working directly with patients day and night, it is felt that their attitudes and opinions about mental patients, and about mental illness and treatment, contribute significantly to the therapeutic climate of the hospital ward, and might well vary with type of ward assignment as well as among the various levels of nursing personnel. Three levels of nursing personnel (psychiatric aides, licensed vocational nurses, and registered nurses) differed in mental illness ideology in terms of a humanistic-custodial dimension. KW - MENTALLY ill -- Care KW - PSYCHIATRIC nursing KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospitals KW - MEDICAL personnel KW - HOSPITAL wards KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15912125; Spiegel, Don 1 Keith-spiegel, Patricia 1; Affiliation: 1: Brentwood Hospital, Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles.; Source Info: Oct1969, Vol. 25 Issue 4, p451; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill -- Care; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC nursing; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC hospitals; Subject Term: MEDICAL personnel; Subject Term: HOSPITAL wards; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623210 Residential Intellectual and Developmental Disability Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15912125&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Reese, Phyllis M. AU - Webb, James T. AU - Foulks, Jimmy D. T1 - A COMPARISON OF ORAL AND BOOKLET FORMS OF THE MMPI FOR PSYCHIATRIC INPATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1968/10// VL - 24 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 436 EP - 437 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article examines reliability of oral and booklet methods with a psychiatric inpatient population. Subjects for the study were 40 randomly selected psychiatric male inpatients at the VA Hospital, Tuscaloosa, Alabama. Diagnoses included functional psychotics and personality disorders with the exceptions of depressive reactions and acute schizophrenics. These diagnostic categories were chosen because it was felt that personality changes would be more gradual, thus partially controlling test-retest differences due to rapid personality changes. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - PERSONALITY KW - MENTALLY ill KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15866164; Reese, Phyllis M. 1 Webb, James T. 1 Foulks, Jimmy D. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Tuscaloosa, Alabama.; Source Info: Oct1968, Vol. 24 Issue 4, p436; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866164&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Zung, William W. K. AU - Gianturco, Judith T1 - FURTHER VALIDATION OF THE OHIO LITERACY TEST: CORRELATION WITH THE WECHSLER ADULT INTELLIGENCE SCALE AND GRADE ACHIEVED IN SCHOOLS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1968/04// VL - 24 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 197 EP - 198 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on a correlation with the Wechler Adult Intelligence Scale and grade achieved in school. The assessment of intelligence in clinical practice or for a research protocol may be performed by using a standard psychometric test such as the Wechler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS). In the research on depressive disorders a test battery has been developed which would include a measurement of intelligence that was short and accurate, inasmuch as depressed patients already have difficulties in concentration and exhibit psychomotor retardation. KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - SCHOOLS KW - EVALUATION KW - INTELLECT KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - PATIENTS N1 - Accession Number: 15844749; Zung, William W. K. 1 Gianturco, Judith 1; Affiliation: 1: Duke University Medical Center and Veterans Administration Hospital, Durham, North Carolina.; Source Info: Apr1968, Vol. 24 Issue 2, p197; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: SCHOOLS; Subject Term: EVALUATION; Subject Term: INTELLECT; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: PATIENTS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611699 All Other Miscellaneous Schools and Instruction; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611110 Elementary and Secondary Schools; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844749&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Robertson, Ricrard J. AU - Cohen, Renee D. T1 - SEX-ROLE IDENTIFICATION AND INSTITUTIONAL DEPENDENCY AMONG VETERANS UNDERGOING SOCIAL REHABILITATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1967/10// VL - 23 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 441 EP - 442 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article cites a study which reports on sex-role identification and institutional dependency among veterans undergoing social rehabilitation. The hypothesis that institutionalized veterans with more feminine sex-role identification would tend to stay longer in social rehabilitation treatment was supported by a replication study. This finding was independent of age, length of previous hospitalization, and type of disability, thereby lending further support to the importance of taking the basic personality pattern into account in rehabilitation planning. KW - VETERANS KW - REHABILITATION KW - GENDER role KW - HYPOTHESIS KW - PERSONALITY KW - MENTAL health N1 - Accession Number: 15866014; Robertson, Ricrard J. 1 Cohen, Renee D. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Restoration Center, Hines, lllinois.; Source Info: Oct1967, Vol. 23 Issue 4, p441; Subject Term: VETERANS; Subject Term: REHABILITATION; Subject Term: GENDER role; Subject Term: HYPOTHESIS; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: MENTAL health; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tamkin, Arthur S. T1 - THE DETERMINANTS OF RORSCHACH CARD REJECTION: A REPLICATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1966/10// VL - 22 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 469 EP - 470 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on the determinants of Rorschach card rejection. Previous research has demonstrated that the level of intellectual functioning determines the psychiatric patient's tendency to reject Rorschach cards. It has also ahown that card rejection does not differentiate between psychosis and psycho- neurosis, and it has delineated the rejection rate associated with each card. The rates obtained were in general agreement with the findings of other empirical studies. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - INTELLECTUALS KW - CARD games KW - PSYCHOSES KW - NEUROSES KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15980587; Tamkin, Arthur S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Regional Office, Providence, R. I.; Source Info: Oct1966, Vol. 22 Issue 4, p469; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: INTELLECTUALS; Subject Term: CARD games; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: NEUROSES; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15980587&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Desroches, Harry F. AU - Kaiman, Bernard D. AU - Ballard, U. Ted T1 - A NOTE ON THE USE OF A SIMPLE MEASURE OF NERVOUSNESS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1966/10// VL - 22 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 429 EP - 430 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on the use of a simple measure of nervousness. Perhaps as a result of the Freudian revolution in psychological thinking, simple and direct measures have come to be mistrusted in both psychological research and clinical practice. It has been felt that the subject, or patient, is too much beset by unconscious. A simple self-rating item of nervousness (SR) was administered along with other measures of anxiety and adjustment to three samples of domiciliary veterans. The SR item appeared to be reliable and valid as evidenced by its high test-retest correlation and its correlations with other measures of anxiety and adjustment. KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Research KW - AGITATION (Psychology) KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - NEURAL transmission KW - CLINICAL medicine KW - MENTAL health N1 - Accession Number: 15980573; Desroches, Harry F. 1 Kaiman, Bernard D. 1 Ballard, U. Ted 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Mountain Home, Tennessee; Source Info: Oct1966, Vol. 22 Issue 4, p429; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Research; Subject Term: AGITATION (Psychology); Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: NEURAL transmission; Subject Term: CLINICAL medicine; Subject Term: MENTAL health; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 541720 Research and Development in the Social Sciences and Humanities; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15980573&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weinlander, Max M. T1 - THE SORT AND PSYCHOTIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1966/04// VL - 22 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 224 EP - 225 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study which determines clinical application by testing the hypothesis that there is no significant difference between a Structured-Objective Rorschach Test (SORT) norm and psychotic patients for each of the fifteen SORT variables. The results of this study reveal a significant difference for six of the fifteen SORT variables between 50 psychotic patients in a VA Hospital and a SORT norm for 200 telephone workers. The content and concurrent validity of these findings indicate which SORT variables are significantly related to psychotic thought processes, and suggest the construct validity of the SORT as a clinical instrument. KW - STRUCTURED-objective Rorschach Test KW - PSYCHOSES KW - RORSCHACH Test KW - PROJECTIVE techniques KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PATIENTS N1 - Accession Number: 15844446; Weinlander, Max M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Dayton, Ohio.; Source Info: Apr1966, Vol. 22 Issue 2, p224; Subject Term: STRUCTURED-objective Rorschach Test; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: RORSCHACH Test; Subject Term: PROJECTIVE techniques; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844446&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Stead, Peter AU - Rozynko, Vitali AU - Berman, Stephen T1 - The SHARP Carwash: A Community-Oriented Work Program for Substance Abuse Patients. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 35 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 79 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - For 6 years, a successful work program provided income and rehabilitation for alcoholic and drug patients in a small California city. The work program was a carwash run by inpatients of the Share Help and Recovery Program (SHARP), a 31-bed inpatient treatment program with a large outpatient component for substance abusers. SHARP is located at the Veterans Administration Medical Center, Menlo Park, California. SHARP is a part of Center program for chronic alcoholics and drug addicts with impoverished social relationships. This larger treatment program, which has been described previously, created a subculture of recovering alcoholics that originated in the hospital and extended into the community. In 1980, in an effort to earn spending money, 10 male SHARP patients started a carwash while on pass from the hospital. The workers displayed a street sign, "Vets Carwash," during working hours. The carwash usually was staffed with 12 line workers, three foremen, and a manager who collected the money. KW - DRUG addicts KW - SOCIAL services KW - SOCIAL groups KW - SUBSTANCE abuse KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - PERSONALITY disorders N1 - Accession Number: 6701152; Stead, Peter 1 Rozynko, Vitali 2 Berman, Stephen 2; Affiliation: 1: Program Director, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 795 Willow Road, Ward 137-1, Menlo Park CA 94025. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Menlo Park California.; Source Info: Jan90, Vol. 35 Issue 1, p79; Subject Term: DRUG addicts; Subject Term: SOCIAL services; Subject Term: SOCIAL groups; Subject Term: SUBSTANCE abuse; Subject Term: ALCOHOLICS; Subject Term: PERSONALITY disorders; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=6701152&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Murdach, Allison D. T1 - Defining from the Other End. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1981/07// VL - 26 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 339 EP - 340 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article discusses various aspects of social work. Social work is to be congratulated for its latest attempt to clarity the field's conceptual frameworks. Considering past efforts to define the field, one is now forced to conclude that social workers have not been notably successful in attempts to identify the nature and extent of their trade. But this is not surprising when you consider the way they have generally tried to construct a definition, which is to begin at the wrong end. Social workers begin by searching for a definition that makes sense to them rather than to those who actually use their services. Social workers have long been identified as people who will listen sympathetically to the troubles of others. For years social workers saw themselves as the experts on the family. Their domain has since been invaded by scores of outlanders: family therapists, counselors, nurses, psychologists; all of whom now claim a competence equal to or better than social workers in this area. When someone needs an emergency resource, there is still a tendency to assume that social workers will, if not actually provide the resource at least know where it can be found and be able to make the necessary referral. Social workers, being organizational creatures are supposed to be knowledgeable about the ins-and-outs of the organizational system. KW - SOCIAL services KW - SOCIAL workers KW - FAMILY therapists KW - COUNSELORS KW - PSYCHOTHERAPISTS KW - PUBLIC welfare N1 - Accession Number: 5273119; Murdach, Allison D. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, Medical Center, Palo Alto, California.; Source Info: Jul81, Vol. 26 Issue 4, p339; Subject Term: SOCIAL services; Subject Term: SOCIAL workers; Subject Term: FAMILY therapists; Subject Term: COUNSELORS; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPISTS; Subject Term: PUBLIC welfare; NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923130 Administration of Human Resource Programs (except Education, Public Health, and Veterans' Affairs Programs); NAICS/Industry Codes: 624230 Emergency and Other Relief Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5273119&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Shearer, Robert M. T1 - Overnight Trips for Chronic Psychiatric Patients. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1978/07// VL - 23 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 324 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article deals with a study which considered overnight trips as part of a therapeutic approach for chronic psychiatric patients in the U.S. Chronic psychiatric patients typically develop a life-style that reflects their social isolation, feelings of worthlessness, low degree of self-confidence, and a life devoid of pleasure and meaningful leisure activities. Although the concept of overnight travel trips involving psychiatric patients is not new or unique, such trips have been little used by psychiatric programs throughout the country. Cost, risk, and doubtful therapeutic value may explain why some programs discount the use of trips. However, at the Atlanta treatment center, none of these factors was found to be a significant barrier to this treatment approach. Ninety-three percent of the population in the Atlanta center suffered from a service-connected psychiatric disability and were considered permanently and totally disabled. Day treatment centers and inpatient psychiatric facilities usually provide a variety of treatment methods and activities. KW - TRAVEL -- Health aspects KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - SELF-confidence KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - MEDICAL care KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 5274556; Shearer, Robert M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Clinical Social Worker, Day Treatment Center, Veterans Administration Hospital (Atlanta), Decatur, Georgia.; Source Info: Jul78, Vol. 23 Issue 4, p324; Subject Term: TRAVEL -- Health aspects; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: SELF-confidence; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5274556&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Groves, Patricia A. AU - Shernoff, Michael AU - Bonnell, Steven D. AU - Coleman, Hertbert AU - McAllister, Loring W. AU - Adams, Sanford R. AU - Rubin, Aaron T1 - letters. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1977/11// VL - 22 IS - 6 M3 - Letter SP - 519 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - Presents letters to the editor. Appreciation of the article "An Advocate Model for Intervention With Homosexuals," by Raymond Mark Berger, which appeared in the July 1977 issue of the journal "Social Work"; Information on the book "Changing Homosexuality in the Male"; Discussion on adult adoptees' search for their natural parents. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - GAY people KW - ADOPTEES KW - BIRTHPARENTS KW - BERGER, Raymond Mark KW - CHANGING Homosexuality in the Male: Treatment for Men Troubled by Homosexuality (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 5275056; Groves, Patricia A. Shernoff, Michael Bonnell, Steven D. Coleman, Hertbert 1 McAllister, Loring W. 2 Adams, Sanford R. 3 Rubin, Aaron 4; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn New York 2: Board of Examiners and Psychologists, Minneapolis, Minnesota 3: Maine Children's Home for Little Wanderers, Waterville 4: Veterans Administration Hospital, Allen Park, Michigan; Source Info: Nov77, Vol. 22 Issue 6, p519; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: GAY people; Subject Term: ADOPTEES; Subject Term: BIRTHPARENTS; Reviews & Products: CHANGING Homosexuality in the Male: Treatment for Men Troubled by Homosexuality (Book); People: BERGER, Raymond Mark; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5275056&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Maddigan, Roger F. AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Fulton, John R. T1 - Predictions of Posthospital Success for Psychiatric Patients. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1976/07// VL - 21 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 322 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article presents a study which compared the accuracies of patients and relatives in predicting posthospital adjustment of psychiatric hospital patients. Assuming that patients and relatives can predict adjustment with at least modest accuracy, the important question then becomes which is the better predictor. The article focuses on the comparison of the accuracies of patients' and relatives' expectations independently of one another. Since patients and relatives generally communicate, it may be that patients' expectations about relationships during the posthospitalization period are partially dependent on relatives' assesements and expectations. The predictive abilities of patients and relatives were compared by contrasting the correlations of patient' and relatives predictions to each of the two outcome assessment scores from the foIlowup questionnaire as well to the number of days the patient spent in the community over the following six months. Social workers desiring accurate prognostications would do better to rely on patients' rather than relatives predictions. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PREDICTION (Psychology) KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospitals KW - MENTAL health facilities KW - MENTALLY ill KW - PATIENTS N1 - Accession Number: 5273773; Maddigan, Roger F. 1 Watson, Charles G. 2 Fulton, John R. 3; Affiliation: 1: Chief, Social Work Service, Veterans Administration Center, Fargo, North Dakota 2: Associate Chief of Staff for Research, Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minnesota 3: Chief, Social Work Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Brentwood, California; Source Info: Jul76, Vol. 21 Issue 4, p322; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: PREDICTION (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC hospitals; Subject Term: MENTAL health facilities; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: PATIENTS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621112 Offices of Physicians, Mental Health Specialists; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621420 Outpatient Mental Health and Substance Abuse Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623210 Residential Intellectual and Developmental Disability Facilities; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5273773&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Freed, Earl X. T1 - SUSCEPTIBILITY OF INDIVIDUAL BENDER-GESTALT TEST DESIGNS TO ROTATION BY PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1966/01// VL - 22 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 98 EP - 99 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on susceptibility of individual Bender-Gestalt (BG) test designs to rotation by psychiatric patients. Much recent research has focused upon BG rotations, their clinical meaning and frequency. Such rotations form the basis for researcher G.B. Fuller and J.T. Laird's Minnesota Percepto-Diagnostic Test (MPD). More specifically, the MPD was based on reports that certain of the BG figures were less stable and cohesive in terms of figure-ground relationships and thus were more likely to be rotated. Various studies have cited figures A, 1, 2, 3, 5, and 8 as most susceptible to rotation. Most of these studies dealt with children. It presents other baseline actuarial data on the frequencies of rotation of each BG figure in line with researcher F.T. Billingslea's, suggestion for research on the perceptual contributions of each design. KW - BENDER-Gestalt Test KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PROBLEM solving KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - RESEARCH N1 - Accession Number: 15844373; Freed, Earl X. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Lyons, New Jersey.; Source Info: Jan1966, Vol. 22 Issue 1, p98; Subject Term: BENDER-Gestalt Test; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: PROBLEM solving; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: RESEARCH; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844373&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - WAIS PROFILE PATTERNS OF HOSPITALIZED BRAIN-DAMAGED AND SCHIZOPHRENIC PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1965/07// VL - 21 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 294 EP - 295 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on a study which attempts at differentiating schizophrenic and brain-damaged patients at two chronicity levels. Forty schizophrenics were cerebral-lesion organics. All were males under 60 without history of lobotomy or more than 25 electro-shock treatments, hospitalized at the Veterans Administration Hospital in Knoxville, Iowa. The Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale profiles of schizophrenic and organic groups were compared at two hospitalization length levels by a Type III analysis of variance design and it was found that differences between the two diagnostic groups varied with chronicity. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - MENTALLY ill KW - BRAIN damaged patients KW - HOSPITAL care KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - INTELLIGENCE tests N1 - Accession Number: 15863380; Watson, Charles G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Source Info: Jul1965, Vol. 21 Issue 3, p294; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: BRAIN damaged patients; Subject Term: HOSPITAL care; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15863380&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Alson, Eli AU - Hastings, Kathleen T1 - THE USE OF ADJECTIVE CHECK LISTS WITH PSYCHOTIC PATIENTS: THE PROBLEM OF PSEUDO-RESPONSES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1964/10// VL - 20 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 462 EP - 463 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on a study that analyzes drug effects. The sample consisted of 94 patients on continued treatment service wards who were receiving chiorpromazine; 46 of whom were withdrawn from the drug and given a placebo. The average age of the sample was 46 years and the average length of hospitalization was 12 years. The data indicate that the adjective check-list is not an economical or appropriate measure when used with long-term institutionalized psychotic patients. When sufficient safeguards are maintained to identify some crude forms of invalidity the number of untainted protocols was reduced almost to the vanishing point. KW - DRUGS -- Physiological effect KW - HOSPITAL care KW - PLACEBOS (Medicine) KW - INSTITUTIONAL care KW - MEDICINE & psychology KW - THERAPEUTICS N1 - Accession Number: 15844202; Alson, Eli 1 Hastings, Kathleen; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Lyons, New Jersey; Source Info: Oct1964, Vol. 20 Issue 4, p462; Subject Term: DRUGS -- Physiological effect; Subject Term: HOSPITAL care; Subject Term: PLACEBOS (Medicine); Subject Term: INSTITUTIONAL care; Subject Term: MEDICINE & psychology; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623990 Other Residential Care Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844202&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Freed, Earl X. T1 - FREQUENCIES OF ROTATIONS ON GROUP AND INDIVIDUAL ADMINISTRATIONS OF THE BENDER-GESTALT TEST. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1964/01// VL - 20 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 120 EP - 121 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on frequencies of rotations on group and individual administrations of the bender-gestalt (BG) test. Rotation on the BG Test designs occurs when a design is turned 45 degrees or more on its axis. Psychologists reported actuarial data on the incidence of BG figure rotations for a neuropsychiatric hospital population, substantiating the clinical impression that rotations are more characteristic of certain diagnostic groups. However, other evidence suggests that rotations may be due to factors other than internal perceptual distortions due to pathology, namely, to external stimulus factors such as the relative orientation of the subject's paper to the design cards. KW - BENDER-Gestalt Test KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - MENTAL rotation KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PATHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15847104; Freed, Earl X. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Lyons, New Jersey.; Source Info: Jan1964, Vol. 20 Issue 1, p120; Subject Term: BENDER-Gestalt Test; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: MENTAL rotation; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: PATHOLOGY; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847104&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Boyd, Richard W. T1 - CROSS-VALIDATION OF AN OBJECTIVE RORSCHACH. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1963/07// VL - 19 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 322 EP - 323 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article informs that an objective technique for the administration and scoring of the Rorschach test, developed on an adult population by P.O. O'Reilly, consists of lists of twelve responses for each of the ten Rorschach plates from which the subjects are instructed to choose two. Responses are weighted so that a total score for the ten plates is predicted to differentiate among "normals", "neurotics" and "psychotics" among a Canadian population. This test has been applied to screening Jo applicants and, because of its ease of administration and scoring, would seem to have practical value as a quick, general diagnostic device in psychiatric institutions such as hospitals of the Veterans Administration. KW - RORSCHACH Test KW - MENTALLY ill KW - POPULATION KW - PROJECTIVE techniques KW - HOSPITALS KW - NEUROTICS N1 - Accession Number: 15846982; Boyd, Richard W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, California.; Source Info: Jul1963, Vol. 19 Issue 3, p322; Subject Term: RORSCHACH Test; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: POPULATION; Subject Term: PROJECTIVE techniques; Subject Term: HOSPITALS; Subject Term: NEUROTICS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622110 General Medical and Surgical Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622111 General (except paediatric) hospitals; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846982&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ullmann, Leonard P. AU - Weiss, Robert L. AU - Krasner, Leonard T1 - THE EFFECT OF VERBAL CONDITIONING OF EMOTIONAL WORDS ON RECOGNITION OF THREATENING STIMULI. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1963/04// VL - 19 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 182 EP - 183 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses the effect of verbal conditioning of emotional words on recognition of threatening stimuli. In line with previous work in which the verbal conditioning of emotional words had been found to have a beneficial effect on hospitalized psychiatric subjects' behavior in group therapy, it was hypothesized that verbal conditioning of emotional words would be associated with reduced defense scores. Of primary importance to psychologists studying psychotherapy is that their manipulations of the psychological environment be associated with predictable, measurable, and meaningful changes in subjects' behavior. This study adds lowered perceptual defense to improved group therapy behavior as a criterion associated with reinforcement of emotional words. Thirty-two psychiatric patients receiving reinforcement for emotional words prior to taking a perceptual defense test (PDT) composed of matched pairs of threatening and neutral words, had lower PDT scores than 32 controls who took the PDT without prior verbal conditioning. KW - CONDITIONED response KW - BEHAVIORISM (Psychology) KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - CLINICAL sociology KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - SELECTIVITY (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 15844158; Ullmann, Leonard P. 1,2 Weiss, Robert L. 1,2 Krasner, Leonard 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California. 2: Stanford University.; Source Info: Apr1963, Vol. 19 Issue 2, p182; Subject Term: CONDITIONED response; Subject Term: BEHAVIORISM (Psychology); Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: CLINICAL sociology; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: SELECTIVITY (Psychology); Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844158&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Starer, Emanuel AU - Weinberger, Julius AU - Ahbel, Gertrude T1 - AN ANALYSIS OF POLYGRAPHIC RESPONSES OF CHRONIC REGRESSED MALE SCHIZOPHRENIC PATIENTS TO FREUDIAN-TYPE STIMULI. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1963/01// VL - 19 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 43 EP - 44 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents an analysis of polygraphic responses of chronic regressed male schizophrenic patients to Freudiane type stimuli. It also determines whether polygraphic measures of galvanic skin response (GSR) and respiration would give indications of responsivity in chronic regressed schizophrenic patients to these cards. Each patient and each nursing assistant was asked to look at the stimuli cards for a period of 30 seconds. Polygraphic data on the GSR and respiration rate were recorded by Keeler polygraph, Model 6303. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - GALVANIC skin response KW - SKIN -- Physiology KW - RESPIRATION KW - STIMULUS compounding KW - REGRESSION (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 15844049; Starer, Emanuel 1 Weinberger, Julius 1 Ahbel, Gertrude 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Northport, New York.; Source Info: Jan1963, Vol. 19 Issue 1, p43; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: GALVANIC skin response; Subject Term: SKIN -- Physiology; Subject Term: RESPIRATION; Subject Term: STIMULUS compounding; Subject Term: REGRESSION (Psychology); Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844049&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Vestre, Norris D. T1 - ITEM OVERLAP WITH MMPI SCALES ITEM CONTENT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/10// VL - 18 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 366 EP - 367 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses the relationship of subjects whose verbal behavior did not change during a verbal conditioning experiment with those subjects whose verbal behavior did change. Edwards Personal Preference Schedule (EPPS) was chosen because a number of hypotheses could be generated relative to the performance of "conditionable" and "nonconditionable" subjects on these scales. Sixty schizophrenics were given the EPPS and verbal conditioning trials. These subjects were divided into a "conditionable" group and a "nonconditionable" group on the basis of their performance on the conditioning trials. The EPPS scores of these two groups were then compared. As compared to "nonconditionable" subjects, "conditionable" subjects had lower scores. KW - VERBAL behavior KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - CHOICE (Psychology) KW - CONDITIONED response KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - MENTALLY ill N1 - Accession Number: 15846885; Vestre, Norris D. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital St. Cloud, Minnesota; Source Info: Oct1962, Vol. 18 Issue 4, p366; Subject Term: VERBAL behavior; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: CHOICE (Psychology); Subject Term: CONDITIONED response; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846885&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Haywood, H. Carl AU - Hamlin, Roy M. T1 - MINIMAL SYMPTOMS OF BRAIN TUMOR: A CASE REPORT OF CLINICAL JUDGMENT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/07// VL - 18 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 358 EP - 359 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study that focuses on clinical judgment on minimal symptoms of brain tumor. It informs that when the patient was referred for psychodiagnosis and treatment of what was apparently a neurotic or behavior disorder, only his obscure reports of two isolated lapses of consciousness raised the diagnostic possibility of encephalopathy. It further informs that the psychological tests were not crucial in detecting the actual presence of a brain tumor; such detection was the result of continued clinical observation of the patient's behavior. KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - BRAIN tumors KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - SYMPTOMS KW - CONSCIOUSNESS KW - CLINICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15846828; Haywood, H. Carl 1 Hamlin, Roy M. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital and Eastern Illinois Mental health Unit Danville, Illinois. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital Danville, Illinois.; Source Info: Jul1962, Vol. 18 Issue 3, p358; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: BRAIN tumors; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: CONSCIOUSNESS; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846828&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Heckel, R. V. AU - Wiggins, S. L. AU - Salzberg, H. C. T1 - CONDITIONING AGAINST SILENCES IN GROUP THERAPY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/04// VL - 18 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 216 EP - 217 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses conditioning against silence in group therapy. The subjects for this experiment were white, male inpatients varying on each experimental day between seven and nine. An air-conditioned, soundproofed experimental room was equipped with an observational one-way mirror and two microphones for listening and recording purposes. A speaker hidden in an air conditioning vent was used for transmission of the auditory stimulus. The auditory stimulus was produced by a standard Maico audiometer and consisted of a continuous tone of 85 decibels at 4000 cycles per second. KW - GROUP psychotherapy KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Methodology KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - APPLIED psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15843977; Heckel, R. V. 1 Wiggins, S. L. 1 Salzberg, H. C. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Augusta, Georgia; Source Info: Apr1962, Vol. 18 Issue 2, p216; Subject Term: GROUP psychotherapy; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Methodology; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: APPLIED psychology; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15843977&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lair, Charles V. AU - Trapp, E. Philip T1 - THE DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSTIC VALUE OF MMPI WITH SOMATICALLY DISTURBED PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/04// VL - 18 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 146 EP - 147 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses the differential diagnostic value of Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) with somatically disturbed patients. Neurotics, psychophysiologic reactions and physically ill were divided into matched groups of 20 patients each. All patients had in common marked somatic complaints. The MMPI was administered, and the neurotic triad was evaluated. It was found that these groups were differentiated when comparing patterns based on mean group scores, which is of value for research purposes, but that the observed pronounced overlap of individual scores sharply limits the usefulness of the test in a general medical setting as an instrument differentiating "normal" organic from functional disorders. KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PATIENTS KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY KW - MENTALLY ill N1 - Accession Number: 15843958; Lair, Charles V. 1 Trapp, E. Philip 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Knoxville, Iowa. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Fayetteville, Arkansas.; Source Info: Apr1962, Vol. 18 Issue 2, p146; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15843958&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sinnett, E. Robert T1 - THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE EGO STRENGTH SCALE AND RATED IN-HOSPITAL IMPROVEMENT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1962/01// VL - 18 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 46 EP - 47 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article cites a study which was conducted in order to evaluate this possibility; specifically, the experimental hypothesis was that Es is positively related to improvement among patients receiving a program of prescribed activities. Two groups of patients who had received the MMPI on admission to the hospital were used. Both groups were comprised of male veteran psychiatric patients who were hospitalized on an open-ward intensive treatment service. The psychotherapy group contained 26 subjects, and the milieu group was composed of 33 patients. KW - CLINICAL sociology KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - HYPOTHESIS KW - REASONING (Logic) N1 - Accession Number: 15828159; Sinnett, E. Robert 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, Topeka, Kansas.; Source Info: Jan1962, Vol. 18 Issue 1, p46; Subject Term: CLINICAL sociology; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: HYPOTHESIS; Subject Term: REASONING (Logic); Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828159&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Norman, Russell P. AU - Wilensky, Harold T1 - ITEM DIFFICULTY OF THE WAIS INFORMATION SUBTEST FOR A CHRONIC SCHIZOPHRENIC SAMPLE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1961/01// VL - 17 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 56 EP - 59 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article informs that the assessment of intellectual deficit associated with psychopathology by means of the WAIS, diagnostic inferences are based upon fluctuations in functioning between verbal and performance scores, and among the various subtests. Qualitative judgments on the basis of a subject's responses to various subtest items may often be meaningful even though profile patterns do not appear atypical. There are as yet few reports of comparisons of normals with sychopathological groups which provide data for this type of qualitative judgment. This paper will report some suggestive findings concerning the performance of schizophrenics on the WAIS information subtest. The Information scores of 100 schizophrenics who had taken the WAIS were compared on an item basis with the scores obtained by 1700 normal subjects in Wechsler's standardization group. KW - INFORMATION storage & retrieval systems KW - JUDGMENT (Psychology) KW - MENTALLY ill KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - QUALITY control N1 - Accession Number: 15828132; Norman, Russell P. 1 Wilensky, Harold 1; Affiliation: 1: Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hospital Montrose, New York; Source Info: Jan1961, Vol. 17 Issue 1, p56; Subject Term: INFORMATION storage & retrieval systems; Subject Term: JUDGMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: QUALITY control; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828132&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dinoff, Michael AU - Horner, Robert F. AU - Kurpiewski, B. S. AU - Rickard, Henry C. AU - Timmons, Edwin O. T1 - CONDITIONING VERBAL BEHAVIOR OF A PSYCHIATRIC POPULATION IN A GROUP THERAPY-LIKE SITUATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1960/10// VL - 16 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 371 EP - 372 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports that a recent experiment has demonstrated group verbal conditioning with schizophrenic populations. In that study, after an operant rate of verbalization was established, ten subjects were divided into two equal groups and reinforced for making a selected class of response. Response categories were reliably measured in a group therapy like situation with twelve schizophrenic subjects. Significant gains were obtained in both categories during conditioning, although the effect failed to generalize to any marked degree to another situation. KW - VERBAL conditioning KW - GROUP psychotherapy KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - MENTALLY ill KW - CONDITIONED response KW - GROUP counseling N1 - Accession Number: 15847254; Dinoff, Michael 1 Horner, Robert F. 1 Kurpiewski, B. S. 1 Rickard, Henry C. 1 Timmons, Edwin O. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Tuscaloosa, Alabama; Source Info: Oct1960, Vol. 16 Issue 4, p371; Subject Term: VERBAL conditioning; Subject Term: GROUP psychotherapy; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: CONDITIONED response; Subject Term: GROUP counseling; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847254&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Robinowitz, Ralph T1 - A SHORTENED SCHIZOPHRENIC SCALE: APPLICATION TO CONFINED GROUPS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1960/07// VL - 16 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 301 EP - 302 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The present study compares the Clark-Danielson scale with similar groups of schizophrenics and non-schizophrenics. Confined military offenders show many of the same feelings as hospitalized schizophrenics. Two hundred male subjects, all below thirty-five years of age, were administered the shortened schizophrenic scale. One hundred subjects were recent military veterans on their first admission to a large neuropsychiatric hospital. All were seen within a two week period following admission, were from a closed ward and had been diagnosed as schizophrenic by at least two psychiatrists. KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - VETERANS KW - MENTALLY ill KW - NEUROLOGISTS KW - MENTAL health personnel KW - PSYCHIATRISTS N1 - Accession Number: 15843682; Robinowitz, Ralph 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Waco, Texas; Source Info: Jul1960, Vol. 16 Issue 3, p301; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: VETERANS; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: NEUROLOGISTS; Subject Term: MENTAL health personnel; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRISTS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15843682&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Higbee, Dale S. AU - Clarke, John R. AU - Henderson, Wayne E. T1 - THE BENDER-GESTALT TEST AS A PREDICTOR OF LENGTH OF HOS PITALIZATION WITHI MENTAL PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1960/07// VL - 16 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 265 EP - 266 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on the Bender-Gestalt test that is used as a predictor of length of hospitalization with mental patients. Previous research has demonstrated that the Bender-Gestalt may be of some value as a prognostic indicator in mental illness. The criterion used in their studies has been clinical judgment of improvement or alleviation of disturbing symptoms. Since the distribution of days in hospital was heavily skewed, non-parametric techniques of analysis were employed. Age, education, and presence or absence of acute symptomatology on admission were unrelated to either B-G score or length of hospitalization. Marital status, however, proved to be related to length of hospitalization, married spending significantly less time in hospitals over a two-year period than the subjects who were single, divorced, or separated. KW - BENDER-Gestalt Test KW - MENTALLY ill KW - HOSPITAL care KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PUBLIC health N1 - Accession Number: 15843672; Higbee, Dale S. 1 Clarke, John R. 1 Henderson, Wayne E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Salisbury, North Carolina; Source Info: Jul1960, Vol. 16 Issue 3, p265; Subject Term: BENDER-Gestalt Test; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: HOSPITAL care; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PUBLIC health; NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15843672&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bailey, M. A. AU - Lachmann, F. M. AU - Berrick, M. E. AU - Ortmeyer, D. H. T1 - MANIFEST ANXIETY IN PSYCHIATRIC OUTPATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1960/04// VL - 16 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 209 EP - 210 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article manifest anxiety in psychiatric outpatients. In recent years, there has been an increased interest in the administration of the Taylor Manifest Anxiety Scale (TMAS) to patients in mental health clinics. The responses to this test have been suggested for use in assessing changes in psychiatric conditions resulting from various treatment techniques. The Taylor Manifest Anxiety Scale was administered routinely to 128 patients applying for psychiatric treatment in an outpatient clinic. The results revealed that this sample scored significantly higher than non-psychiatric subjects. No significant relationship was discovered between scores on this test and such factors as occupational level and diagnosis. KW - ANXIETY KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - MENTAL health KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - HEALTH facilities KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15828056; Bailey, M. A. 1 Lachmann, F. M. 1 Berrick, M. E. 1 Ortmeyer, D. H. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, New York Regional Office.; Source Info: Apr1960, Vol. 16 Issue 2, p209; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: HEALTH facilities; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828056&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hokanson, Jack E. AU - Calden, George T1 - NEGRO-WHITE DIFFERENCES ON THE MMPI. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1960/01// VL - 16 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 32 EP - 33 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study, which examined the Negro-White differences on the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) Scale. The subjects in this study consisted of male, tuberculosis patients who were admitted consecutively to a hospital, during a six-month period. The individual form of the MMPI was administered during their first month of hospitalization. This procedure provided a sample of 84 white subjects whose average age was 35.1 years, and 34 Negro subjects whose average age was 32.4 years. The results suggest that in contrast to whites, Negroes tend to show less concern over conventional social customs and demonstrate a greater emotional vigor and buoyancy. KW - AFRICAN Americans KW - WHITES KW - ETHNIC groups KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - MANNERS & customs N1 - Accession Number: 15827975; Hokanson, Jack E. 1 Calden, George 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Madison, Wisconsin.; Source Info: Jan1960, Vol. 16 Issue 1, p32; Subject Term: AFRICAN Americans; Subject Term: WHITES; Subject Term: ETHNIC groups; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: MANNERS & customs; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827975&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Guertin, Wilson H. T1 - AN ANALYSIS OF GROSS ERRORS ON A SENTENCE COMPLETION TEST. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1959/10// VL - 15 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 415 EP - 416 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information about an analysis of gross errors on a sentence completion test. Sentence completion type tests provide such interesting material for content analysis that errors, per se, are given little attention in the final interpretation. The psychiatric patients at the author's hospital produce many gross errors that he would like to understand better. It was hoped that an analysis of the intercorrelations of these errors made by the patients might reveal some consistent dysfunctions that might be identifiable and of diagnostic significance. KW - SENTENCE completion tests KW - ERRORS KW - PATIENTS KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - MENTALLY ill KW - PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient N1 - Accession Number: 15847199; Guertin, Wilson H. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Knoxville, Iowa.; Source Info: Oct1959, Vol. 15 Issue 4, p415; Subject Term: SENTENCE completion tests; Subject Term: ERRORS; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847199&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Garetz, Floyd K. AU - Kogl, Richard C. AU - Wiener, Daniel N. T1 - A COMPARISON OF RANDOM AND JUDGMENTAL METHODS OF DETERMINING MODE OF OUTPATIENT MENTAL HYGIENE TREATMENT. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1959/10// VL - 15 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 401 EP - 402 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information about a comparison of random and judgmental methods of determining mode of outpatient mental hygiene treatment. Much has been written about ways of deciding how to treat patients with emotional problems. The best way of arriving at a clinical judgment for treatment is presumably provided by the "team", consisting of psychiatrist, psychologist and social worker, each contributing his specialized knowledge to the decision. In a recent study, it was found that each of the three disciplines on the team--psychiatry, psychology and social work--was about equally accurate in predicting what the therapist would, at the conclusion of treatment, describe as the preferred method of therapy. No group was very good, however, nor did meeting together as a team improve the predictions significantly. KW - JUDGMENTS (Law) KW - OUTPATIENT medical care KW - MEDICAL care KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - MENTAL health KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS N1 - Accession Number: 15847195; Garetz, Floyd K. 1 Kogl, Richard C. 1 Wiener, Daniel N. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, St. Paul, and University of Minnesota.; Source Info: Oct1959, Vol. 15 Issue 4, p401; Subject Term: JUDGMENTS (Law); Subject Term: OUTPATIENT medical care; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621499 All other out-patient care centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621494 Community health centres; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621498 All Other Outpatient Care Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847195&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tallent, Norman AU - Reiss, William J. T1 - MULTIDISCIPLINARY VIEWS ON THE PREPARATION OF WRITTEN CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGICAL REPORTS: II. ACCEPTABILITY OF CERTAIN COMMON CONTENT VARIABLES AND STYLES OF EXPRESSION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1959/07// VL - 15 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 273 EP - 274 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on multidisciplinary views on the preparation of written clinical psychological reports. Printed research forms' were mailed to 741 psychiatrists, 433 psychiatric social workers, and 393 psychologists, all employees of the Veterans Administration. Three solicitations were made which resulted in returns of completed forms from 97.7 per cent of the psychologists, 97.2 per cent of the social workers and 81.2 per cent of the psychiatrists. The data reported here are based on three of the four sections which comprise the form, the fourth section not being pertinent to the current investigation. KW - NEUROLOGISTS KW - MENTAL health personnel KW - PSYCHIATRISTS KW - PUBLIC welfare KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - BEHAVIORAL scientists N1 - Accession Number: 15795846; Tallent, Norman 1 Reiss, William J. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center Kecoughtan, Virginia and The George Washington University. 2: Veterans Administration Center Kecoughtan, Virginia.; Source Info: Jul1959, Vol. 15 Issue 3, p273; Subject Term: NEUROLOGISTS; Subject Term: MENTAL health personnel; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRISTS; Subject Term: PUBLIC welfare; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL scientists; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 624190 Other Individual and Family Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 624230 Emergency and Other Relief Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923130 Administration of Human Resource Programs (except Education, Public Health, and Veterans' Affairs Programs); NAICS/Industry Codes: 525120 Health and Welfare Funds; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15795846&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Calden, George AU - Hokanson, Jack E. T1 - THE INFLUENCE OF AGE ON MMPI RESPONSES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1959/04// VL - 15 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 194 EP - 195 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article investigates the age factor on Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) scores among relatively normal individuals in a non-psychiatric hospital setting. The subjects consisted of approximately 90% of male tuberculosis patients who were admitted consecutively to the VA Hospital, Madison, Wisconsin, during a six month period. The study explores the age factor in MMPI records of a relatively normal hospital male population. Significant increases in Hs, D and Si were observed, reflecting the increased hypochondriacal, depressive and introversive tendencies with advancing age. The necessity for establishing MMPI scale age norms is suggested. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - MENTAL health facilities KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospitals KW - TUBERCULOSIS patients KW - WISCONSIN N1 - Accession Number: 15846041; Calden, George 1 Hokanson, Jack E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Madison, Wisconsin.; Source Info: Apr1959, Vol. 15 Issue 2, p194; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: MENTAL health facilities; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC hospitals; Subject Term: TUBERCULOSIS patients; Subject Term: WISCONSIN; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621112 Offices of Physicians, Mental Health Specialists; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621420 Outpatient Mental Health and Substance Abuse Centers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623210 Residential Intellectual and Developmental Disability Facilities; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846041&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Griffith, Richard M. AU - Yamahiro, Roy S. T1 - RELIABILITY-STABILITY OF SUBTEST SCATTER ON THE WECHSLER-BELLEVUE INTELLIGENCE SCALES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1958/07// VL - 14 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 317 EP - 318 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study in which the rank-order coefficient of correlation between subtest scores was computed for each of a group of hospitalized veterans who had been retested with one of the various forms of Wechsler's intelligence scales after periods extending from one to 10 years. Rho's for all subjects averaged +.51. Both the form of the retest scale relative to the form of the test scale and the length of interval between test and retest influenced the degree of profile reliability. A slight, though not nearly as large, tendency for profile similarity between members of the group was found. KW - WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale KW - VETERANS -- Psychology KW - RELIABILITY (Personality trait) KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - HOSPITAL care KW - PSYCHOMETRICS N1 - Accession Number: 15827920; Griffith, Richard M. 1 Yamahiro, Roy S. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Lexington, Kentucky. 2: University of Kentucky.; Source Info: Jul1958, Vol. 14 Issue 3, p317; Subject Term: WECHSLER Adult Intelligence Scale; Subject Term: VETERANS -- Psychology; Subject Term: RELIABILITY (Personality trait); Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: HOSPITAL care; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827920&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tallent, Norman T1 - ON INDIVIDUALIZING THE PSYCHOLOGIST'S CLINICAL EVALUATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1958/07// VL - 14 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 243 EP - 244 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on the failure of some psychologists to individualize the client in their clinical reports, that is, to describe the client so that the reader knows how he differs from other people and in what important ways he is similar to others. The need for clinical psychological reports to more effectively portray the individual characteristics of the client was examined. Four types of report writing which defeat this purpose were discussed and remedial measures were suggested. There are several considerations which apply to individualizing a client in a psychological report. These may be used as guides for the psychologist to the extent his data permit. KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - CLIENTS KW - BEHAVIOR KW - RESEARCH KW - THEORY of knowledge KW - CONFLICT (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 15827898; Tallent, Norman 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Kecoughtan, Virginia. 2: The George Washington University.; Source Info: Jul1958, Vol. 14 Issue 3, p243; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGISTS; Subject Term: CLIENTS; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Subject Term: RESEARCH; Subject Term: THEORY of knowledge; Subject Term: CONFLICT (Psychology); Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827898&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Seerman, Lewis J. T1 - SEXUAL DIFFERENTIATION OR ARTISTIC ABILITY? JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1958/04// VL - 14 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 170 EP - 171 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a study on sexual differentiation. The Draw-A-Person test was administered individually to 26 white, male, hospitalized psychiatric patients during routine psychological testing. This patient group had been hospitalized for less than one year primarily for schizophrenic disorders. They had a mean age of 29.7 years and a mean Weehsler intelligence quotient (IQ) of 105.8. Drawings were also obtained from 26 white, male nursing assistants without any known history of psychiatric illness. This non-patient group had a mean age of 28.8 years and a mean Wechsler IQ of 107.2. The 52 sets of drawings were rated for sexual differentiation. KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - DRAW-A-Person Test KW - PROJECTIVE techniques KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - INTELLIGENCE levels N1 - Accession Number: 15845722; Seerman, Lewis J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Brockton, Massachusetts.; Source Info: Apr1958, Vol. 14 Issue 2, p170; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: DRAW-A-Person Test; Subject Term: PROJECTIVE techniques; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE levels; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845722&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tallent, Norman T1 - MANIFEST CONTENT AND INTERPRETIVE MEANING OF VERBAL INTELLIGENCE TEST RESPONSES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1958/01// VL - 14 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 57 EP - 58 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article cites a study, which investigates the presence of a possible relationship between certain intelligence test responses suggesting that the subject is impulsive. The ratings of behavioral control of the subjects were also investigated in the article. The subject for the study consisted of 198 boys. Their behavioral control was appraised in terms of averaged ratings on the behavioral control-rating schedule, which provides ratings of behavioral control in terms of a number of postulated component variables. The result indicated that considerable caution is needed in predicting actual behavior from verbal responses to hypothetical problems. KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - RESPONSE consistency KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - IMPULSIVE personality KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - INTELLECT KW - BEHAVIOR N1 - Accession Number: 15847133; Tallent, Norman 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Kecoughtan, Virginia; Source Info: Jan1958, Vol. 14 Issue 1, p57; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: RESPONSE consistency; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: IMPULSIVE personality; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject Term: INTELLECT; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847133&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sinick, Daniel T1 - TWO ANXIETY SCALES CORRELATED AND EXAMINED FOR SEX DIFFERENCES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1956/10// VL - 12 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 394 EP - 395 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on two anxiety scales correlated and examined for sex differences. As part of a study reported elsewhere, the Test Anxiety Questionnaire and the Taylor scale were administered, in that order, to 211 community college students, mostly freshmen, assembled in six sections of an introductory psychology course. Fifty subjects were females and 161 males. A single class period sufficed for all the subjects to complete both scales. The Pearson product!moment correlation between the Taylor scale and the Test Anxiety Questionnaire for the population sample described is .43. For male alone the r is .45, for females .35. KW - ANXIETY KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - STUDENTS KW - FEMALES KW - SEX differences (Biology) N1 - Accession Number: 15827780; Sinick, Daniel 1; Affiliation: 1: New York Regional Office, Veterans Administration.; Source Info: Oct1956, Vol. 12 Issue 4, p394; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: STUDENTS; Subject Term: FEMALES; Subject Term: SEX differences (Biology); Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827780&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Himelstein, Philip T1 - ANXIETY AND GOAL-SETTING BEHAVIOR. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1956/07// VL - 12 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 287 EP - 288 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses goal-setting behavior and describe a characteristic pattern for anxious Ss of setting goals below performance so as to avoid failure. A group of 112 college students were divided into a low anxious, middle anxious and high anxious on the basis of group testing scores with the Taylor Anxiety Scale. Thirty clinically anxious Ss were selected from an outpatient psychiatric population on the basis of a rating of manifest anxiety, which was made by the psychiatrist or psychotherapist who was directly associated with the patient. There is no significant difference between the mean discrepancy scores for the four groups that is not attributable to chance under both ego-involved and non-ego-involved conditions as defined in this study. KW - ANXIETY KW - GOAL (Psychology) KW - COLLEGE students KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient KW - EGO (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 15845484; Himelstein, Philip 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Roanoke, Virginia.; Source Info: Jul1956, Vol. 12 Issue 3, p287; Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: GOAL (Psychology); Subject Term: COLLEGE students; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient; Subject Term: EGO (Psychology); Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15845484&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Feifel, Herman T1 - NOTE ON HYPOTHETICAL SITUATIONS IN PERSONALITY APPRAISAL. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1955/10// VL - 11 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 415 EP - 416 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article deals with the responses of a psychoneurotic and psychotic population to two hypothetical situations and compares them with reported group data on "normals." The modal tendencies revealed by the patients suggest, at least based on the two situations presented in this paper, that the hypothetical situation technique reflects cultural and conventional stereotypes more than it does personal and idiosyncratic outlook. It does, however, permit the establishing of group reference points from which baseline the clinician can assess individual responses and deviations. Increased fertile use of the technique will have to provide expression for more specific individual meanings related to the person's coping and defensive responsiveness to life situations. KW - PSYCHOSES KW - PATIENTS KW - PERSONALITY KW - POPULATION KW - MEDICAL personnel KW - STEREOTYPES (Social psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 15827743; Feifel, Herman 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Clinic, Los Angeles, California; Source Info: Oct1955, Vol. 11 Issue 4, p415; Subject Term: PSYCHOSES; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: POPULATION; Subject Term: MEDICAL personnel; Subject Term: STEREOTYPES (Social psychology); Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827743&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pumroy, Shirley S. AU - Kogan, William S. T1 - THE RELIABILITY OF WITTENBORN'S SCALES FOR RATING CURRENTLY DISCERNIBLE PSYCHOPATHOLOGY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1955/10// VL - 11 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 411 EP - 412 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on the importance of Wittenborn's rating scale in psychopathology. Eleven closed ward psychiatric patients were rated by each of four raters on Wittenborn's scales for rating currently discernible symptom patterns. Two doctors and two nurses rated each patient. The results of this reliability study were as follows: 1. Patient's own doctor rated all scales higher. 2. Different raters stressed different symptom clusters. 3. Amount of agreement on individual patients was relatively low. 4. Scales involving inferences as to internal state of the patient showed low reliability. 5. Acute anxiety and phobic compulsive scales were least reliable. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - RELIABILITY (Personality trait) KW - ANXIETY KW - OBSESSIVE-compulsive disorder KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 15827741; Pumroy, Shirley S. 1 Kogan, William S. 2; Affiliation: 1: University of Washington 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Seattle, Washington; Source Info: Oct1955, Vol. 11 Issue 4, p411; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: RELIABILITY (Personality trait); Subject Term: ANXIETY; Subject Term: OBSESSIVE-compulsive disorder; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827741&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fabrikant, Benjamin T1 - SUGGESTIBILITY AND THE RORSCHACH. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1955/07// VL - 11 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 309 EP - 310 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on the Rorschach test of personality investigation. In a study the test was administered to two equated groups, each consisting of 32 male, psychoneurotic veterans. The Rorschach test was administered twice with the same instructions, at a two-week interval, to each of the subjects in the first group. The subjects in the second group also took the Rorschach twice with the same time interval, but the instructions given prior to the second administration were changed. The initial and repeat test records of both groups were inspected using an empirical procedure for the presence of changes on the retest in the frequency of responses in four response categories. KW - RORSCHACH Test KW - PROJECTIVE techniques KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - NEUROSES KW - PERSONALITY assessment N1 - Accession Number: 15827712; Fabrikant, Benjamin 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Buffalo, N. Y.; Source Info: Jul1955, Vol. 11 Issue 3, p309; Subject Term: RORSCHACH Test; Subject Term: PROJECTIVE techniques; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: NEUROSES; Subject Term: PERSONALITY assessment; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827712&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fabrikant, Ben T1 - PERCEPTUAL CONTROL ON THE RORSCHACH TEST. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1953/10// VL - 9 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 396 EP - 397 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses Lack of Perceptual Control (LPC) on the Rorschach test. To test the hypothesis that perceptual control is greater in the responses to the second Rorsehach test, the LPC scores were computed for two groups, each group consisting of 32 male, psychoneurotic veterans tested at the VA Regional Office, Buffalo. The Rorschach was administered twice to each group. A two week interval was used between administrations. Group A received the same instructions prior to each administration, while the instructions given to Group B were changed to maximize the possible changes in the responses. KW - PROJECTIVE techniques KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - HYPOTHESIS KW - RORSCHACH Test KW - REASONING (Logic) KW - EDUCATION N1 - Accession Number: 15829061; Fabrikant, Ben 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Buffalo, N. Y.; Source Info: Oct1953, Vol. 9 Issue 4, p396; Subject Term: PROJECTIVE techniques; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: HYPOTHESIS; Subject Term: RORSCHACH Test; Subject Term: REASONING (Logic); Subject Term: EDUCATION; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923110 Administration of Education Programs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611699 All Other Miscellaneous Schools and Instruction; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611710 Educational Support Services; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15829061&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jenkins, Richard L. T1 - SYMPTOMATOLOGY AND DYNAMICS IN DIAGNOSIS: A MEDICAL PERSPECTIVE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1953/04// VL - 9 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 149 EP - 150 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses a medical perspective of symptomatology and dynamics in diagnosis. Important advances in some areas often slow progress in others. Just as the brilliant advances of bacteriology delayed the progress of cancer research by diverting effort to the long and fruitless attempt to find a micro-organism responsible for cancer, so the discovery of the progressive organic disease-entity paresis crystallized faulty concepts of a progressive disease-entity dementia praecox. In the same way modern advances in understanding the psycho-dynamics of certain neurotic processes currently retard the development of our understanding when applied uncritically to the schizophrenic, the psychopathic personality and the criminal. KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - MEDICAL research KW - CANCER research KW - NEUROBEHAVIORAL disorders KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - ANTISOCIAL personality disorders N1 - Accession Number: 15865907; Jenkins, Richard L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Central Office, Washington, D. C.; Source Info: Apr1953, Vol. 9 Issue 2, p149; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: MEDICAL research; Subject Term: CANCER research; Subject Term: NEUROBEHAVIORAL disorders; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENIA; Subject Term: ANTISOCIAL personality disorders; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541712 Research and Development in the Physical, Engineering, and Life Sciences (except Biotechnology); Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15865907&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lorr, Maurice T1 - THE CLASSIFICATION PROBLEM IN PSYCHOPATHOLOGY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1953/04// VL - 9 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 143 EP - 144 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article discusses classification problem in psychopathology. It would seem to be more useful and more in accord with actual practice to conceive of diagnosis in broader terms than is traditional. Typically the examining procedure of the clinician, unlike that of the group-oriented industrial or personnel psychologist, yields a wide variety of scores of more or less dependability. The projective test, the interview situation, and the life history, as well Its the individually administered intelligence test, are characteristically multiscore devices. It is also evident that the clinician is seldom concerned with single criteria such as whether an applicant will or will not succeed as an air cadet. KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - SYMPTOMS KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - MEDICAL personnel KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - DIAGNOSIS N1 - Accession Number: 15865905; Lorr, Maurice 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Central Office, Washington, D. C.; Source Info: Apr1953, Vol. 9 Issue 2, p143; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: MEDICAL personnel; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15865905&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Winfield, Don L. T1 - THE SHIPLEY-HARTFORD VOCABULARY TEST AND PRE-TRAUMA INTELLIGENCE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1953/01// VL - 9 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 77 EP - 78 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on cerebral damage. There have been numerous studies in the literature concerning the relative value of various tests and techniques in determining the presence or absence of intellectual impairment in different organic groups. These studies were primarily concerned with the sampling of behavior after the occurrence of the cerebral disorder being the vestigated and then estimating the degree of intellectual impairment based upon the generally accepted concept that some types of test material "hold up" in the presence of organic pathology whereas other types of test material do not "hold up." KW - ACHIEVEMENT tests KW - INTELLECTUALS KW - PATHOLOGY KW - CEREBRAL arteries KW - ARTERIES KW - PREVENTIVE medicine N1 - Accession Number: 16061416; Winfield, Don L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Clinical Psychology Section Neuropsychiatric Service, Veterans Administration Medical Teaching Group, Kennedy Hospital, Memphis 15, Tennessee.; Source Info: Jan1953, Vol. 9 Issue 1, p77; Subject Term: ACHIEVEMENT tests; Subject Term: INTELLECTUALS; Subject Term: PATHOLOGY; Subject Term: CEREBRAL arteries; Subject Term: ARTERIES; Subject Term: PREVENTIVE medicine; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16061416&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lindner, Harold T1 - PERCEPTUAL SENSITIZATION TO SEXUAL PHENOMENA IN THE CHRONIC PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1953/01// VL - 9 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 67 EP - 68 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses perceptual sensitization to sexual phenomena in the chronic physically handicapped. Clinicians who engage in the study of the chronic physically handicapped find, early in their work, that the degree and quality of sexual function in their patients are uncertain and unpredictable. This research took as its point of origin the hypothesis that sexual functioning is one of the crucial determinants in the psychological adjustment of paraplegic patients. In order to examine the validity of this hypothesis, two tests of perceptual functions devised by this writer for research into sexual deviation were utilized. Both tests, because of their purposeful ambiguity, are subject to the different interpretations of "sexual in content," "non-sexual in content," or "partially sexual in content" in accord with the subject's perceptions. These are the Serial Drawing Test and the Incomplete Pictures Test. KW - PSYCHOSEXUAL disorders KW - PEOPLE with disabilities KW - DISABILITY studies KW - MEDICAL personnel KW - PARAPHILIAS KW - SEXUAL disorders N1 - Accession Number: 16061411; Lindner, Harold 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Richmond, Virginia.; Source Info: Jan1953, Vol. 9 Issue 1, p67; Subject Term: PSYCHOSEXUAL disorders; Subject Term: PEOPLE with disabilities; Subject Term: DISABILITY studies; Subject Term: MEDICAL personnel; Subject Term: PARAPHILIAS; Subject Term: SEXUAL disorders; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16061411&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Manson, Morse P. AU - Devins, George V. T1 - SOME PSYCHOLOGICAL FINDINGS IN THE REHABILITATION OF AMPUTEES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1953/01// VL - 9 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 65 EP - 66 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on rehabilitation activities. Many differences between amputees making adjustments to rehabilitation have been observed. What are the dynamics behind these differences? Is it possible to predict which amputees will make poor or good adjustments to rehabilitation? Differences noted in rehabilitation activities undoubtedly are the products of personality structure and dynamics. If one is to hazard a prediction as to the course of rehabilitation, it would seem that the best criterion is the total life pattern of the individual with emphasis placed on techniques of meeting and resolving the frustrations and problems of daily living. KW - AMPUTEES KW - PEOPLE with disabilities KW - PERSONALITY KW - FRUSTRATION KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 16061410; Manson, Morse P. 1 Devins, George V. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Long Beach, Calif.; Source Info: Jan1953, Vol. 9 Issue 1, p65; Subject Term: AMPUTEES; Subject Term: PEOPLE with disabilities; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: FRUSTRATION; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16061410&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Addington, Milton C. T1 - A NOTE ON THE PASCAL AND SUTTELL SCORING SYSTEM OF THE BENDER-GESTALT TEST. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1952/07// VL - 8 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 312 EP - 313 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article investigates the reliability and validity of the Pascal and Suttell scoring system when it was applied to records obtained from a population different from the one upon which the method was standardized. As part of a larger study concerned with aspects of the reliability and validity of certain currently used scoring and interpretive methods of the Bender-Gestalt test, test-retest records of schizophrenic and non-clinical subjects were scored after the manner proposed by Pascal and Suttell. In the attempt to avoid to some extent the problem of incorrect diagnosis, only those patients who had been diagnosed schizophrenic for two or more years were included in the experimental group. KW - BENDER-Gestalt Test KW - NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - POPULATION KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - PATIENTS KW - PERSONALITY tests N1 - Accession Number: 16061377; Addington, Milton C. 1; Affiliation: 1: Kennedy Veterans Administration Hospital.; Source Info: Jul1952, Vol. 8 Issue 3, p312; Subject Term: BENDER-Gestalt Test; Subject Term: NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: POPULATION; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16061377&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lorr, Maurica AU - Murney, Richard T1 - NOTE ON FACTORS MEASURED BY THE HILDRETH FEELING AND ATTITUDE SCALES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1951/10// VL - 7 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 381 EP - 382 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The purpose of this article is to report the results of a simple factor analysis of the Hildreth Feeling and Attitude Scales. These scales, developed for clinical use and designed for measuring the current feeling state of the individual, have seen fairly wide use and adoption. The scales provide a yardstick of clinical improvement, a procedure for the rapid detection of depressed patients and an instrument for research. KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - FACTOR analysis KW - PATIENTS KW - PATH analysis (Statistics) KW - FAMILY values KW - BEHAVIOR N1 - Accession Number: 15846712; Lorr, Maurica 1 Murney, Richard 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, Washington, D.C.; Source Info: Oct1951, Vol. 7 Issue 4, p381; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject Term: FACTOR analysis; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: PATH analysis (Statistics); Subject Term: FAMILY values; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846712&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Sanford, John L. AU - Faber, G. L. AU - Graff, Margaret AU - Fitzpatrick, Rosemarie AU - Smith, Lang AU - Hubbell, Daniel J. AU - King, John L. AU - Dinn, Denny AU - Zebroski, Robert S. AU - McKinstry, Peg AU - White, Phillip V. AU - Lamb, Sara AU - Parker, Daniel AU - Kimball, Dan A. AU - Reed, John S. T1 - Letters. JO - Saturday Evening Post JF - Saturday Evening Post Y1 - 1968/09/21/ VL - 241 IS - 19 M3 - Letter SP - 10 EP - 12 PB - Saturday Evening Post Society, Inc.. SN - 00489239 AB - Presents letters to the editor referencing articles and topics discussed in previous issues. "Psychiatry: The Uncertain Science," which criticized psychiatric treatments; "I Don't Trust Anyone Under 30," which discussed the emotions of people aged under 30; "Playing Together, Staying Together and All That," which reflected on the warmth of love from a real family. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - MENTAL health KW - LOVE KW - FAMILIES N1 - Accession Number: 17086602; Sanford, John L. 1 Faber, G. L. Graff, Margaret Fitzpatrick, Rosemarie Smith, Lang Hubbell, Daniel J. King, John L. Dinn, Denny Zebroski, Robert S. McKinstry, Peg White, Phillip V. Lamb, Sara Parker, Daniel 2 Kimball, Dan A. 3 Reed, John S. 4; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Martinez, Calif. 2: Chairman of the Board, National Association of Manufacturers, New York, N. Y. 3: Chairman of the Executive Committee, Aerojet-General Corp., El Monte, Calif. 4: President, Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fe Railway System, Chicago, Ill.; Source Info: 9/21/1968, Vol. 241 Issue 19, p10; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: LOVE; Subject Term: FAMILIES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 2p; Illustrations: 2 Cartoon or Caricatures; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=17086602&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Eckstrom, Elizabeth AU - Hickam, David H. AU - Lessler, Daniel S. AU - Buchner, David M. T1 - Changing Physician Practice of Physical Activity Counseling. JO - JGIM: Journal of General Internal Medicine JF - JGIM: Journal of General Internal Medicine Y1 - 1999/06// VL - 14 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 376 EP - 378 SN - 08848734 AB - We conducted a prospective controlled trial to determine whether an educational intervention could improve resident physician self-efficacy and counseling behaviors for physical activity and increase their patients’ reported activity levels. Forty-eight internal medicine residents who practiced at a Department of Veterans Affairs hospital received either two workshops on physical activity counseling or no intervention. All residents completed questionnaires before and 3 months after the workshops. The 21 intervention physicians reported increased self-efficacy for counseling and increased frequency of counseling compared with the 27 control physicians. Approximately 10 patients of each resident were included in the study and surveyed before and 6 months after the intervention. Of 560 patients, 465 (83%) returned both questionnaires. Following the intervention, there were no significant differences between patients of intervention and control physicians on any outcome measures. We conclude that educational interventions can improve physicians’ reported self-efficacy of physical activity counseling but may not increase patient physical activity levels. Alternative approaches that emphasize overcoming the substantial barriers to exercise in chronically ill outpatients clearly will be important for facilitating changes in physical activity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of JGIM: Journal of General Internal Medicine is the property of Springer Science & Business Media B.V. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RESIDENTS (Medicine) KW - PHYSICAL therapy KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - OREGON KW - PORTLAND (Or.) KW - UNITED States KW - counseling KW - exercise KW - health behavior KW - health promotion KW - medical education N1 - Accession Number: 5527983; Eckstrom, Elizabeth 1 Hickam, David H. 1 Lessler, Daniel S. 2 Buchner, David M. 3; Affiliation: 1: VA Medical Center and Oregon Health Sciences University, Portland, Ore 2: Harborview Medical Center, Seattle, Wash 3: University of Washington and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, Wash; Source Info: Jun1999, Vol. 14 Issue 6, p376; Subject Term: RESIDENTS (Medicine); Subject Term: PHYSICAL therapy; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject Term: OREGON; Subject Term: PORTLAND (Or.); Subject Term: UNITED States; Author-Supplied Keyword: counseling; Author-Supplied Keyword: exercise; Author-Supplied Keyword: health behavior; Author-Supplied Keyword: health promotion; Author-Supplied Keyword: medical education; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1046/j.1525-1497.1999.00356.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5527983&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ciuffreda, K.J. AU - Alpert, M. AU - Blackstone, T. AU - Fudge, R. AU - Thaler, J. T1 - Pursuit eye movements in chronic schizophrenics: relationship between increased saccades and negative symptoms. JO - Ophthalmic & Physiological Optics JF - Ophthalmic & Physiological Optics Y1 - 1994/01// VL - 14 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 79 EP - 81 SN - 02755408 AB - Smooth pursuit eye movements of chronic schizophrenics (n = 16) and controls (n=10) were recorded while subjects tracked a sinusoidally-moving target. Negative symptoms in schizophrenics were rated using the Schedule for the Assessment of Negative Symptoms. An increased frequency of smooth pursuit eye movement abnormalities was found in the schizophrenic group, including greater variability of gain and more frequent and larger saccades. Frequency of saccades was positively correlated with the Negative Symptoms scales for attentional impairment and alogia. The results confirm findings of eye movement dysfunction in schizophrenics and provide new evidence that the motor and cognitive dysfunctions of schizophrenia may be related. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Ophthalmic & Physiological Optics is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - VISION disorders KW - MENTALLY ill KW - EYE movement disorders KW - SACCADIC eye movements KW - COGNITION disorders N1 - Accession Number: 11704865; Ciuffreda, K.J. 1 Alpert, M. 2 Blackstone, T. 3 Fudge, R. 4 Thaler, J. 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Vision Sciences, State College of Optometry, State University of New York, 100 East 24th Street, New York, NY 10010. 2: Department of Psychiatry, New York University Medical Center, New York NY 10016. 3: Optometry Clinic, FDR Veterans Administration Hospital, Montrose, NY 10548. 4: Department of Psychology, FDR Veterans Administration Hospital, Montrose, NY 10548, USA.; Source Info: Jan94, Vol. 14 Issue 1, p79; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: VISION disorders; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: EYE movement disorders; Subject Term: SACCADIC eye movements; Subject Term: COGNITION disorders; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1475-1313.ep11704865 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11704865&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Goldman, Glenn D. AU - Milstone, Leonard M. AU - Shapiro, Philip E. T1 - Histologic findings in acute HIV exanthem. JO - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology JF - Journal of Cutaneous Pathology Y1 - 1995/08// VL - 22 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 371 EP - 373 SN - 03036987 AB - We describe a patient with acute HIV exanthem with papulovesicular lesions and epidermal necrosis. We also review the literature regarding the histopathologic findings of acute HIV exanthem, which appears to be most commonly characterized by a perivascular lymphocytic infiltrate without epidermal change, but which may be associated with spongiosis, vacuolar alteration, or epidermal necrosis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Cutaneous Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SKIN diseases KW - NECROSIS KW - EXANTHEMATA KW - PATHOLOGICAL histology KW - HIV (Viruses) KW - LYMPHOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 11842352; Goldman, Glenn D. 1,2 Milstone, Leonard M. 1,2 Shapiro, Philip E. 1,2,3; Affiliation: 1: Section of Dermatology, Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, CT. 2: Department of Dermatology, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, CT. 3: Department of Pathology and Section of Dermatopathology, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, CT, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug95, Vol. 22 Issue 4, p371; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Subject Term: NECROSIS; Subject Term: EXANTHEMATA; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL histology; Subject Term: HIV (Viruses); Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0560.ep11842352 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11842352&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bikle, D. D. AU - Halloran, B. P. AU - Riviere, J. E. T1 - Production of 1,25 Dihydroxyvitamin D3 by Perfused Pig Skin. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1994/05// VL - 102 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 796 EP - 798 SN - 0022202X AB - Keratinocytes produce large amounts of 1,25 dihydroxyvitamin D3 (1,25(OH)2D3) in vitro. 1,25(OH)3 D3 is detectable in anephric humans and pigs and can be increased to near- normal levels by vitamin D or 250HD, indicating an extrarenal source. To determine whether the skin is one of these extrarenal sources, we perfused isolated flaps of porcine skin for 8 h with 250HD3 in serum-free medium at 1 ml/mm, collecting the venous effluent as 15-mm samples. The samples were extracted and the vitamin D metabolites purified by high-performance liquid chromatography and assayed by competitive protein-binding techniques. Production of 1,25(OH)2 D3 continued for the duration of the perfusion, tending to increase in the last 2 hours. The amount of 1,25(OH)2 D3 produced varied both with time in the same pig skin and between pig skins; maximum production of 1,25(OH)2 D3 in these experiments was 8 pg/min. 24,25(OH)2 D3 production was higher than 1,25(OH)2 D3 production, reaching a maximum rate of 180 pg/mm. Considering that the production rate of 1 ,25(OH)2 D3 in humans is 1.25 ng/min and that a 48-cm² skin flap represents 1/350 the surface area of a human, and assuming that human and pig skin make 1,25(OH)2 D3 at comparable rates, one can determine that the skin has the potential to maintain near-normal levels of 1 ,25(OH)2 D3 in the absence of kidneys when provided with adequate substrate. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - VITAMIN D KW - PORCINE somatotropin KW - PULMONARY veins KW - PROTEIN binding KW - PERFUSION (Physiology) KW - 1,25 (OH)2D3 KW - 24,25(OH)2D3 KW - keratinocytes KW - perfusion KW - pig KW - skin N1 - Accession Number: 12378190; Bikle, D. D. 1 Halloran, B. P. 1 Riviere, J. E. 2; Affiliation: 1: Endocrine Research Unit, Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of California, San Francisco, California. 2: Cutaneous Pharmacology Toxicology Center, College of Veterinary Medicine, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, North Carolina, U.S.A.; Source Info: May94, Vol. 102 Issue 5, p796; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: VITAMIN D; Subject Term: PORCINE somatotropin; Subject Term: PULMONARY veins; Subject Term: PROTEIN binding; Subject Term: PERFUSION (Physiology); Author-Supplied Keyword: 1,25 (OH)2D3; Author-Supplied Keyword: 24,25(OH)2D3; Author-Supplied Keyword: keratinocytes; Author-Supplied Keyword: perfusion; Author-Supplied Keyword: pig; Author-Supplied Keyword: skin; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12378190 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12378190&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Singh, B.K. AU - Greene, A.L. AU - Ritchie, M.E. T1 - Pseudo-Pseudoaneurysm of the Left Ventricle. JO - Cardiology JF - Cardiology Y1 - 1998/02// VL - 89 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 159 EP - 161 SN - 00086312 AB - Left ventricular pseudoaneurysms are an uncommon complication of myocardial infarction and need urgent surgical repair. Though it is critical that they be accurately identified, pseudoaneurysms are occasionally misdiagnosed. We report an abnormality which may be mislabeled a pseudoaneurysm which we term a pseudo-pseudoaneurysm. The approach to accurate diagnosis of pseudoaneurysms is discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Cardiology is the property of Karger AG and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MYOCARDIAL infarction KW - MYOCARDIAL infarction -- Complications KW - VENTRICULAR aneurysms KW - ECHOCARDIOGRAPHY KW - DOPPLER echocardiography KW - TWO-dimensional echocardiography KW - TRANSESOPHAGEAL echocardiography KW - ANEURYSMS KW - TREATMENT KW - Aneurysm KW - Echocardiography KW - Myocardial infarction N1 - Accession Number: 11374235; Singh, B.K. 1 Greene, A.L. 1 Ritchie, M.E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Division of Cardiology and Cardiovascular Research Center, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine and Division of Cardiology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cincinnati, Ohio, USA; Source Info: 1998, Vol. 89 Issue 2, p159; Subject Term: MYOCARDIAL infarction; Subject Term: MYOCARDIAL infarction -- Complications; Subject Term: VENTRICULAR aneurysms; Subject Term: ECHOCARDIOGRAPHY; Subject Term: DOPPLER echocardiography; Subject Term: TWO-dimensional echocardiography; Subject Term: TRANSESOPHAGEAL echocardiography; Subject Term: ANEURYSMS; Subject Term: TREATMENT; Author-Supplied Keyword: Aneurysm; Author-Supplied Keyword: Echocardiography; Author-Supplied Keyword: Myocardial infarction; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 2 Black and White Photographs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11374235&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ritchie, Michael E. AU - Hattemer, Charles AU - Lenihan, Daniel T1 - Ergonovine-Testing-Directed Therapy and Long-Term Outcome of Sudden-Death Survivors withNo Apparent Heart Disease. JO - Cardiology JF - Cardiology Y1 - 1998/01// VL - 89 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 76 EP - 78 SN - 00086312 AB - Coronary artery vasospasm, the most common cause of sudden death in patients with structurally normal hearts, is not well recognized. We describe 2 survivors of sudden death with ergonovine-inducible coronary artery vasospasm successfully treated long term with calcium channel blockers. Of the reported (17 worldwide) patients with documented vasospasm-mediated sudden cardiac death treated with calcium blockers, none have had a recurrent event. This is substantially less than the 6-month sudden-death rate of 18% of untreated vasospasm. We advocate that ergonovine provocative testing of sudden-death survivors with structurally normal hearts, followed by appropriate therapy with calcium channel blockers, be the standard approach for these highly treatable patients. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Cardiology is the property of Karger AG and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CORONARY heart disease KW - CORONARY vasospasm KW - SUDDEN death -- Prevention KW - CALCIUM antagonists KW - DRUG therapy KW - TREATMENT KW - Calcium channel blockers KW - Ergonovine KW - Sudden death N1 - Accession Number: 11374220; Ritchie, Michael E. 1,2 Hattemer, Charles 1 Lenihan, Daniel 3; Affiliation: 1: Division of Cardiology and Cardiovascular Research Center, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine, Ohio, USA 2: Division of Cardiology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cincinnati, Ohio, USA 3: Division of Cardiology, Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, Dayton, Ohio, USA; Source Info: 1998, Vol. 89 Issue 1, p76; Subject Term: CORONARY heart disease; Subject Term: CORONARY vasospasm; Subject Term: SUDDEN death -- Prevention; Subject Term: CALCIUM antagonists; Subject Term: DRUG therapy; Subject Term: TREATMENT; Author-Supplied Keyword: Calcium channel blockers; Author-Supplied Keyword: Ergonovine; Author-Supplied Keyword: Sudden death; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Diagram; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11374220&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - NEWS AU - Feldman, Mark T1 - Helicobacter pylori and the Etiology of Duodenal Ulcer: Necessary but Not Sufficient. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1991/12// VL - 91 IS - 5 M3 - Editorial SP - 563 EP - 565 SN - 00029343 AB - Editorial. Discusses the etiology of duodenal ulcer (DU). Role of Helicobacter pylori in DU; Possible link between DU and chronic antral gastritis; Risk factors for DU; Annual incidence of DU in Western countries; Pharmacologic agents for the treatment of DU; DU recurrence rate. KW - DUODENAL ulcers KW - DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation KW - HELICOBACTER pylori KW - GASTRITIS N1 - Accession Number: 10949345; Feldman, Mark 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Internal Medicine, University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas, Texas 2: Dallas Veterans Administration Medical Center; Source Info: Nov91, Vol. 91 Issue 5, p563; Subject Term: DUODENAL ulcers; Subject Term: DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation; Subject Term: HELICOBACTER pylori; Subject Term: GASTRITIS; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Editorial UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10949345&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weber, Michael A. T1 - Introduction: Hypertension: Meeting Therapeutic Challenges, Providing Effective Management. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1991/07/18/ VL - 91 IS - 1A M3 - Article SP - 1S EP - 3S SN - 00029343 AB - Discusses the management of hypertension. Circadian cycle pattern of blood pressure; Prevalence of left ventricular hypertrophy in hypertension; Classes of antihypertensive drug; Changes in the diastolic function of the left ventricle; Factors underlying long-term adherence to therapy; Diagnosis of hypertension. KW - HYPERTENSION -- Treatment KW - BLOOD pressure KW - LEFT heart ventricle KW - CARDIAC hypertrophy N1 - Accession Number: 10974653; Weber, Michael A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, University of California Irvine School of Medicine, and the Veterans Administration Medical Center, Long Beach, California; Source Info: 7/18/91, Vol. 91 Issue 1A, p1S; Subject Term: HYPERTENSION -- Treatment; Subject Term: BLOOD pressure; Subject Term: LEFT heart ventricle; Subject Term: CARDIAC hypertrophy; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10974653&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wilkin, Jonathan K. AU - Fortner, Glenn T1 - Ethnic contact urticaria to alcohol. JO - Contact Dermatitis (01051873) JF - Contact Dermatitis (01051873) Y1 - 1985/02// VL - 12 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 118 EP - 120 SN - 01051873 AB - This article reports on a case of contact urticaria to alcohol among caucasians. Aqueous ethanol solutions induced delayed allergic reactivity and acetaldehydes and ethanol show cross reactivity. 3 normal oriental subjects, who indicated that they had severe facial flushing in response to oral alcohol, were studied with patch tests to lower aliphatic alcohols, aldehydes and related chemicals. All 3 subjects had positive response to most of the primary alcohols, 1 subject had a positive reaction to a secondary alcohol and no subjects had reactions to either of the two tertiary alcohols. KW - CAUCASIAN race KW - SKIN -- Inflammation KW - ALCOHOLS (Chemical class) KW - ALDEHYDES KW - CONTACT dermatitis KW - ETHNIC groups KW - DISEASES N1 - Accession Number: 12167418; Wilkin, Jonathan K. 1 Fortner, Glenn 1; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Section (IIIL), McGuire Veterans Administration Medical center, 1201 Broad Rock Road, Richmond, Virginia 23249, USA.; Source Info: 1985, Vol. 12 Issue 2, p118; Subject Term: CAUCASIAN race; Subject Term: SKIN -- Inflammation; Subject Term: ALCOHOLS (Chemical class); Subject Term: ALDEHYDES; Subject Term: CONTACT dermatitis; Subject Term: ETHNIC groups; Subject Term: DISEASES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325193 Ethyl Alcohol Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0536.ep12167418 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12167418&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weinstock, Martin A. AU - Weinstock, M A T1 - The epidemic of squamous cell carcinoma. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/10/20/ VL - 262 IS - 15 M3 - journal article SP - 2138 EP - 2140 SN - 00987484 AB - Editorial. Discusses the epidemiology of squamous cell carcinoma (SCC). Etiology of the disease; Epidemiology of melanoma and SCC in a predominantly white, prepaid health plan in the northwestern United States; Mortality rate from non-melanoma skin cancer. KW - SQUAMOUS cell carcinoma KW - MELANOMA KW - SKIN -- Cancer KW - BASAL cell carcinoma KW - EPIDEMICS KW - SKIN -- Tumors KW - DISEASE incidence KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 10981401; Weinstock, Martin A. 1 Weinstock, M A 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Roger Williams General Hospital, and Brown University 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Providence, RI; Source Info: 10/20/89, Vol. 262 Issue 15, p2138; Subject Term: SQUAMOUS cell carcinoma; Subject Term: MELANOMA; Subject Term: SKIN -- Cancer; Subject Term: BASAL cell carcinoma; Subject Term: EPIDEMICS; Subject Term: SKIN -- Tumors; Subject Term: DISEASE incidence; Subject Term: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Graph; Document Type: journal article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10981401&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - McVey, Laura J. AU - Davis, Donald E. AU - Cohen, Harvey Jay T1 - The 'Aging Game'. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/09/15/ VL - 262 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 1507 EP - 1509 SN - 00987484 AB - Examines the implementation of a simulation exercise as part of the required Introduction to Clinical Medicine course at Duke University, to sensitize medical students to the problems of the frail elderly in Durham, North Carolina. Series of didactic lectures emphasizing a successful aging as well as disability; Beliefs and values about old age; Mechanics of the aging game. KW - GERIATRICS KW - OLDER people KW - CLINICAL medicine KW - DURHAM (N.C.) KW - NORTH Carolina KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 10982582; McVey, Laura J. 1,2 Davis, Donald E. 1,2 Cohen, Harvey Jay 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Geriatric Research, Education, and Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Durham, NC 2: Division of Geriatric Medicine, Department of Medicine and Center for the Study of Aging and Human Development, Duke University Medical Center; Source Info: 9/15/89, Vol. 262 Issue 11, p1507; Subject Term: GERIATRICS; Subject Term: OLDER people; Subject Term: CLINICAL medicine; Subject Term: DURHAM (N.C.); Subject Term: NORTH Carolina; Subject Term: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10982582&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Salzberg, Allan M. AU - Dolins, Stanley L. AU - Salzberg, Carol A. AU - Salzberg, A M AU - Dolins, S L AU - Salzberg, C A T1 - Modeling the spread of HIV. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/09/08/ VL - 262 IS - 10 M3 - commentary SP - 1329 EP - 1331 SN - 00987484 AB - Comments on the article 'HIV-1 Infection Among Intravenous Drug Users in Manhattan, New York City From 1977 through 1987,' by Des Jarlais et al, as presented in a 1989 issue of the 'Journal of the American Medical Association.' KW - HIV infections KW - INTRAVENOUS drug abuse KW - MANHATTAN (New York, N.Y.) N1 - Accession Number: 10940939; Salzberg, Allan M. 1 Dolins, Stanley L. 2 Salzberg, Carol A. 3 Salzberg, A M Dolins, S L Salzberg, C A; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Service, Miles City, Mont 2: US Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 3: Miles City (Mont) Community College; Source Info: 9/8/89, Vol. 262 Issue 10, p1329; Subject Term: HIV infections; Subject Term: INTRAVENOUS drug abuse; Subject Term: MANHATTAN (New York, N.Y.); Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Graph; Document Type: commentary UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10940939&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - de Groote, Mary Ann AU - Martin, Michael A. AU - Densen, Peter AU - Pfaller, Michael A. AU - Wenzel, Richard P. T1 - Plasma Tumor Necrosis Factor Levels in Patients With Presumed Sepsis. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/07/14/ VL - 262 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 249 EP - 251 SN - 00987484 AB - Examines plasma tumor necrosis factor (TNF) levels in patients with presumed sepsis. Use of a sensitive immunoassay to detect TNF in the plasma of patients meeting defined criteria for gram-negative sepsis; Efficacy of an immunoglobulin M neutralizing monoclonal antibody to endotoxin in reducing the morbidity and mortality of patients with presumed negative sepsis. KW - TUMOR necrosis factor KW - SEPTICEMIA KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN M KW - MONOCLONAL antibodies N1 - Accession Number: 10975707; de Groote, Mary Ann 1,2,3,4 Martin, Michael A. 1,5 Densen, Peter 2,3 Pfaller, Michael A. 6 Wenzel, Richard P. 1; Affiliation: 1: Division of Clinical Epidemiology, University of Iowa College of Medicine 2: Division of Infectious Disease, University of Iowa College of Medicine 3: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City 4: Department of Medicine, University of Colorado School of Medicine, Denver 5: Department of Medicine, University of Maryland Medical School, Baltimore 6: Department of Internal Medicine, and Special Microbiology Laboratory, Department of Pathology, University of Iowa College of Medicine; Source Info: 7/14/89, Vol. 262 Issue 2, p249; Subject Term: TUMOR necrosis factor; Subject Term: SEPTICEMIA; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN M; Subject Term: MONOCLONAL antibodies; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10975707&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Nagley, Stephanie J. AU - Byers, Patricia H. T1 - Clinical construct validity. JO - Journal of Advanced Nursing JF - Journal of Advanced Nursing Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 12 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 617 EP - 619 SN - 03092402 AB - When concepts and the `paper and pencil' tests used to measure these concepts are developed in fields other than nursing and subsequently arc used for nursing purposes. the perspective mismatch heralds a validity issue. This paper presents a case for clinical construct validity as one method of evaluating whether the substantive meaning of a test captures the nursing meaning. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Advanced Nursing is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - NURSING KW - CLINICAL medicine KW - CARE of the sick KW - CARE of people KW - MEDICAL care N1 - Accession Number: 14692172; Nagley, Stephanie J. 1 Byers, Patricia H. 2,3; Affiliation: 1: Assistant Professor, Case Western Reserve University, Frances Payne Bolton School of Nursing, Ohio 2: Associate Chief, Nursing Service for Research, Bay Pines Veterans Administration Medical Center 3: Associate Professor, University of South Florida College of Nursing, USA; Source Info: Sep87, Vol. 12 Issue 5, p617; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: NURSING; Subject Term: CLINICAL medicine; Subject Term: CARE of the sick; Subject Term: CARE of people; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14692172&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Holmstrand, K. AU - Bender, M. T1 - Technical note: Experimental use of a multicrystal camera in SPECT. JO - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine JF - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 13 IS - 6 M3 - Letter SP - 324 EP - 326 SN - 03406997 N1 - Accession Number: 71143361; Holmstrand, K. 1 Bender, M. 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Nuclear Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 800 Poly Place 11209 Brooklyn USA 2: Department of Nuclear Medicine at Roosevelt Park Memorial Institute, 666 Elm Steet 14263 Buffalo USA; Source Info: Sep1987, Vol. 13 Issue 6, p324; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Letter L3 - 10.1007/BF00256563 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=71143361&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bettin, Kristine AU - Allen, Melody AU - Gerding, Dale AU - Forstrom, Lee AU - Shafer, Rex T1 - In-111 Pseudomonas aeruginosa: A simple method of labeling live bacteria with a gamma-emitting radioisotope. JO - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine JF - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine Y1 - 1986/09// VL - 12 IS - 5/6 M3 - Article SP - 277 EP - 279 SN - 03406997 N1 - Accession Number: 71143135; Bettin, Kristine 1 Allen, Melody 2 Gerding, Dale Forstrom, Lee Shafer, Rex 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis USA 2: Department of Surgery, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 54th Street and 48th Avenue South 55417 Minneapolis USA; Source Info: Sep1986, Vol. 12 Issue 5/6, p277; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1007/BF00251987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=71143135&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cooper, Kevin D. AU - Hammerberg, Craig AU - Baadsgaard, Ole AU - Elder, J. T. AU - Chan, Lawrence S. AU - Taylor, Robert S. AU - Voorhees, John J. AU - Fisher, Gary T1 - Interleukin-1 in Human Skin: Dysregulation in Psoriasis. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 95 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 24S EP - 26S SN - 0022202X AB - Cytokine dysregulation is an attractive concept to explain many of the observed abnormalities in psoriasis. IL-1, in particular, can potentiate immune cellular activation, activate fibroblasts, and increase endothelial cell adhesiveness to leukocytes. Here, we review IL-1 regulation in normal and psoriatic skin in vivo in relation to normal skin and cultured keratinocytes. Contrary to expectations, IL-1 functional activity in psoriatic lesions is reduced, not increased, relative to normal skin. The reduction is attributable to the presence of IL-1 inhibitors, reduced IL-1α levels, and an IL-1β that lacked function in T-cell assays. IL-1β protein is actually significantly increased in psoriatic lesions, but the mechanism of its non-functionality remains unclear. Unlike cultured keratinocytes, which accumulate large, inactive IL-1β precursors, both normal and psoriatic skin process IL-1β to a mature form. Novel mechanisms of post-translational processing by epidermis in vivo may generate a novel form of IL-1β with unknown functions. The marked abnormalities of IL-1 regulation in psoriatic skin suggest that this molecule may be important in normal skin homeostasis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - INTERLEUKIN-1 KW - PSORIASIS KW - FIBROBLASTS KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - SKIN diseases KW - T cells N1 - Accession Number: 12505698; Cooper, Kevin D. 1,2 Hammerberg, Craig 1,2 Baadsgaard, Ole 1,2 Elder, J. T. 1,2 Chan, Lawrence S. 1,2 Taylor, Robert S. 1,2 Voorhees, John J. 1,2 Fisher, Gary 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, The University of Michigan. 2: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A.; Source Info: Nov90, Vol. 95 Issue 5, p24S; Subject Term: INTERLEUKIN-1; Subject Term: PSORIASIS; Subject Term: FIBROBLASTS; Subject Term: LEUCOCYTES; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Subject Term: T cells; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12505698 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12505698&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Miyauchi, Shunji AU - Hashimoto, Ken T1 - Thy-1+ Dendritic Epidermal Cells Undergo Mitosis In Vivo. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 93 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 429 EP - 431 SN - 0022202X AB - Recently, morphologic evidence that epidermal Langerhans cells (ELC) undergo a mitotic cycle in normal mouse ear skin has been presented. In the present study, using immunohistochemical staining, we examined the mitotic activity of Thy-1-positive dendritic epidermal cells (Thy-1+DEC) in the normal murine epidermis. A small number of Thy-1+DEC showed round, cleaved, paired, and paired dendritic morphologies, which are identical to those occurring during ELC mitosis. We conclude that normal Thy-1+DEC undergo mitosis within the epidermis to maintain their population in the murine epidermis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LANGERHANS cells KW - MITOSIS KW - ANIMAL morphology KW - IMMUNOHISTOCHEMISTRY -- Technique KW - STAINS & staining (Microscopy) KW - EPIDERMIS N1 - Accession Number: 12280313; Miyauchi, Shunji 1,2 Hashimoto, Ken 1,3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Allen Park, Michigan, U.S.A. 2: Department of Dermatology, University of Ehime School of Medicine, Shigenobucho, Onsengun, Ehime 791-02, Japan. 3: Department of Dermatology and Syphilology, Wayne State University School of Medicine, Detroit.; Source Info: Sep89, Vol. 93 Issue 3, p429; Subject Term: LANGERHANS cells; Subject Term: MITOSIS; Subject Term: ANIMAL morphology; Subject Term: IMMUNOHISTOCHEMISTRY -- Technique; Subject Term: STAINS & staining (Microscopy); Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12280313 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12280313&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lee, Lela A. T1 - Commentary on The Immunopathology of Pemphigus and Bullous Pemphigoid. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1989/04/15/ VL - 92 M3 - Article SP - 166S EP - 168S SN - 0022202X AB - In 1964, researchers Ernst H. Beutner and Robert E. Jordon reported in the "Proceedings of the Society of Experimental Biology and Medicine," the observation of circulating antibodies to a component of the skin in pemphigus patients, demonstrating that pemphigus is an autoimmune disease. At the beginning of the studies of autoantibodies in pemphigus and pemphigoid, Beutner was a member of the Department of Microbiology in the School of Medicine of the State University of New York in Buffalo, New York. He had a very early introduction to the scientific method, because his father and his grandparents were scientists. Although the presence of circulating autoantibodies to the surface of keratinocytes in pemphigus and to the basement membrane zone in pemphigoid was certainly suggestive of a pathogenetic role in these diseases. KW - PEMPHIGUS KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - JORDON, Robert E. KW - BEUTNER, Ernst H., 1923-2013 N1 - Accession Number: 13075525; Lee, Lela A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Dermatology and Medicine, University of Colorado School of Medicine, and Denver Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver, Colorado.; Source Info: Apr89Supplement, Vol. 92, p166S; Subject Term: PEMPHIGUS; Subject Term: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; People: JORDON, Robert E.; People: BEUTNER, Ernst H., 1923-2013; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep13075525 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13075525&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Provost, Thomas T. AU - Talal, Norman AU - Bias, Wilma AU - Harley, John B. AU - Reichlin, Morris AU - Alexander, Elaine L. T1 - Ro(SS-A) Positive Sjogren's/Lupus Erythematosus (SC/LE) Overlap Patients Are Associated with the HLA-DR3 and/or DRw6 Phenotypes. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1988/10// VL - 91 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 369 EP - 371 SN - 0022202X AB - Ro(SS-A) positive female Sjögren's syndrome (SS) lupus erythematosus (LE) overlap patients are a clinically and serologically homogeneous group generally demonstrating prominent subacute cutaneous lupus erythematosus (SCLE) lesions, cutaneous vasculitis, peripheral and central nervous sytem disease, pulmonary disease, and a low frequency of glomerulonephritis. They commonly demonstrate rheumatoid factor, hypergammaglobulinemia, antinuclear and Ro(SS-A) La(SS-B) antibody activity. This study indicates that these patients are also immunogenetically similar, sharing a statistically significant increased frequency of HLA-B8, DR3, DRW6, DQ2, and DRw52. Sixty-three percent of these SS/LE patients possess the extended haplotype (P-value 6.0 × 10-3; RR 9.5) HLA-B8, DR3, DQ2, DRw52. One hundred percent of this SS/LE cohort was DR3 or DRw6 (P-value ⩽ 5.0 × 10-3; relative risk 19.1). Fifty percent of these patients were HLA DR3/DRw6 heterozygotes (P-value 1.5 × 10-3;, relative risk 31.2). Thus, HLA-DR3 and DRw6 (Ro(SS-A) positive SS/LE patients may possess a similar, if not unique, DR region DNA nucleotide sequence involved in disease susceptibility or immune regulation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SJOGREN'S syndrome KW - LUPUS erythematosus KW - LUNG diseases KW - GLOMERULONEPHRITIS KW - HYPERGAMMAGLOBULINEMIA N1 - Accession Number: 12476204; Provost, Thomas T. 1 Talal, Norman 2 Bias, Wilma 3 Harley, John B. 4 Reichlin, Morris 5 Alexander, Elaine L. 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, The Johns Hopkins Medical Institutions, Baltimore, Maryland. 2: Division of Clinical Immunology, University of Texas Health Science Center at San Antonio, Texas. 3: Department of Medicine, The Johns Hopkins Medical Institutions, Baltimore, Maryland. 4: Department of Medicine, University of Oklahoma, Arthritis and Immunology Program, Oklahoma Medical Research Foundation, and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. 5: Immunology Section, University of Oklahoma, and Arthritis and Immunology Lab, Oklahoma Medical Reasearch Foundation, Oklahoma, U.S.A.; Source Info: Oct88, Vol. 91 Issue 4, p369; Subject Term: SJOGREN'S syndrome; Subject Term: LUPUS erythematosus; Subject Term: LUNG diseases; Subject Term: GLOMERULONEPHRITIS; Subject Term: HYPERGAMMAGLOBULINEMIA; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12476204 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12476204&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wilkin, Jonathan K. T1 - 4-Methylpyrazole and the Cutaneous Vascular Sensitivity to Alcohol in Orientals. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1988/08// VL - 91 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 117 EP - 119 SN - 0022202X AB - Twelve healthy subjects of Oriental ancestry were challenged with topical applications of lower aliphatic alcohols and aldehydes after topical pretreatment consisting of 4- methylpyrazole in hydrophilic ointment on the volar aspect of one forearm and hydrophilic ointment alone on the contralateral volar forearm. Cutaneous blood flow was monitored by laser Doppler velocimetry. Pretreatment with 4-methylpyrazole, a specific inhibitor of alcohol dehydrogenase led to a significant decrease in the cutaneous vascular response to the alcohols as a group, but did not lead to changes in the cutaneous vascular response to the aldehydes as a group. Among the individual alcohols, pretreatment with 4-methylpyrazole reduced the response significantly to all concentrations of 1-propanol and 1-butanol. The means of the vascular response to the different concentrations of ethanol decreased, but not significantly. Additionally, 4- methylpyrazole did not have an independent effect on cutaneous blood flow. These results are consistent with the view that the cutaneous vascular reaction to primary alcohols applied topically to the skin of Orientals is provoked, in large part, by the corresponding aldehyde. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ALCOHOL KW - ALDEHYDES KW - BLOOD circulation KW - DEHYDROGENASES KW - BODY fluid flow KW - ALCOHOL dehydrogenase N1 - Accession Number: 12464134; Wilkin, Jonathan K. 1; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Section, McGuire Veterans Administration Medical Center, Richmond, Virginia, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug88, Vol. 91 Issue 2, p117; Subject Term: ALCOHOL; Subject Term: ALDEHYDES; Subject Term: BLOOD circulation; Subject Term: DEHYDROGENASES; Subject Term: BODY fluid flow; Subject Term: ALCOHOL dehydrogenase; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325193 Ethyl Alcohol Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12464134 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12464134&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wilkin, Jonathan K. AU - Stewart, James H. T1 - Substrate Specificity of Human Cutaneous Alcohol Dehydrogenase and Erythema Provoked by Lower Aliphatic Alcohols. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1987/04// VL - 88 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 452 EP - 454 SN - 0022202X AB - The substrate utilization rates of human cutaneous alcohol dehydrogenase were determined for 7 lower aliphatic primary alcohols: ethanol, propanol, butanol, pentanol, 2-methylpropanol, 3-methylbutanol, and 2,2-dimethylpropanol. 1-Pentanol gave the highest relative activity and 2,2-dimethyipropanol the lowest. The frequency of erythemogenesis was determined in vivo for these 7 lower aliphatic primary alcohols. The frequency of erythemogenesis correlated strongly and significantly with the rate of substrate utilization by alcohol dehydrogenase. These results are consistent with the view that the reaction to primary alcohols applied topically to human skin is provoked, in large part, by the corresponding aldehyde. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ERYTHEMA KW - CUTANEOUS manifestations of general diseases KW - ALIPHATIC compounds KW - ALCOHOLS (Chemical class) KW - SKIN KW - ALDEHYDES N1 - Accession Number: 12469846; Wilkin, Jonathan K. 1 Stewart, James H. 2; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Section, McGuire Veterans Administration Medical Center, Richmond, Virginia, U.S.A. 2: Departments of Pharmacology and Dermatology, Medical College of Virginia, Richmond, Virginia, U.S.A.; Source Info: Apr87, Vol. 88 Issue 4, p452; Subject Term: ERYTHEMA; Subject Term: CUTANEOUS manifestations of general diseases; Subject Term: ALIPHATIC compounds; Subject Term: ALCOHOLS (Chemical class); Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: ALDEHYDES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325193 Ethyl Alcohol Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325199 All Other Basic Organic Chemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12469846 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12469846&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kato, Naoko AU - Halprin, Kenneth M. AU - Taylor, J, Richard T1 - Cyclosporin A Does Not Inhibit Epidermal Cell Growth at Therapeutic Levels. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 88 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 52 EP - 54 SN - 0022202X AB - The direct effect of cyclosporin A on epidermal cells was examined by using a pig skin explant culture system. A dose-response study using cyclosporin concentration from one-tenth the expected serum level to 100 times the expected serum level was done, and epidermal outgrowth and the number of mitotic figures were measured. Cyclosporin inhibited epidermal cell outgrowth at concentrations of 60 and 100 times the expected serum level, but it did not inhibit epidermal cell outgrowth at the serum level or even at 30 times the serum level. Cyclosporin did not inhibit mitotic figures significantly. These results suggest that cyclosporin does not inhibit epidermal cells directly. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CYCLOSPORINE KW - EPIDERMIS KW - CELLS KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - SERUM KW - BLOOD plasma KW - CYCLIC peptides N1 - Accession Number: 12465001; Kato, Naoko 1,2 Halprin, Kenneth M. 1,2 Taylor, J, Richard 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Division of Dermatology, Miami Veterans Administration Medical Center. 2: Department of Dermatology, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, U.S.A..; Source Info: Jan1987, Vol. 88 Issue 1, p52; Subject Term: CYCLOSPORINE; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: CELLS; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: BLOOD plasma; Subject Term: CYCLIC peptides; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12465001 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12465001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fine, Jo-David T1 - Epidermolysis Bullosa: Variability of Expression of Cicatricial Pemphigoid, Bullous Pemphigoid, and Epidermolysis Bullosa Acquisita Antigens in Clinically Uninvolved Skin. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1985/07// VL - 85 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 47 EP - 49 SN - 0022202X AB - Indirect immunofluorescence was performed on skin from 13 patients with epidermolysis bullosa (EB) (simplex, 6; junctional, 2; dystrophic, 5) to compare the expression of 3 basement membrane components, bullous pemphigoid (BP) antigen, cicatricial pemphigoid (CP) antigen, and epidermolysis bullosa acquisita (EBA) antigen, in clinically uninvolved tissue. In addition, expression of laminin, type IV collagen, and KF-1 antigen was also evaluated. Whereas laminin, type IV collagen, and KF-1 antigen were each detectable in EB skin in a manner identical to that previously reported, marked variability was noted in the expression of BP, CP, and EBA antigens. However, no correlation was noted comparing lack of expression of any one of these latter antigens with either of the remaining two, or these 3 antigens, BP antigen was the least often detectable, particularly in skin from patients with EB simplex. The lack of detectable BP antigen in EB simplex skin appeared to correlate with more extensive disease involvement and/or younger patient age. These findings may, therefore, limit the usefulness of BP serum in immunofluorescence mapping. Additionally, the disparity in expression of basement membrane antigens defined by BP and CP sera suggests that BP antigen and CP antigen are distinct entities. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EPIDERMOLYSIS bullosa KW - IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE KW - ANTIGENS KW - SKIN KW - SCARS KW - PEMPHIGUS KW - BASAL lamina N1 - Accession Number: 12275025; Fine, Jo-David 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of Alabama, Birmingham, Alabama 2: School of Medicine and Dermatology Service, Birmingham Veterans Administration Medical Center, Birmingham, Alabama, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jul85, Vol. 85 Issue 1, p47; Subject Term: EPIDERMOLYSIS bullosa; Subject Term: IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: SCARS; Subject Term: PEMPHIGUS; Subject Term: BASAL lamina; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12275025 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12275025&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Takahashi, Shozo AU - Hashimoto, Ken T1 - Derivation of Langerhans Cell Granules from Cytomembrane. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1985/06// VL - 84 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 469 EP - 471 SN - 0022202X AB - OKT6 monoclonal antibody has been shown to react selectively with Langerhans cell (LC) cytomembrane in human skin. Taking advantage of this property, we examined the stainability of LC granules with OKT6 using immunoperoxidase method at the ultrastructural level. It was found that the delimiting membranes of LC granules both attached to the cytomembrane and in the cytoplasm, were specifically stained in the epidermal sheet. These findings suggest that LC granules are derived from invagination of LC cytomembrane and retain T6 antigen. We employed two new methods: one is promotion of endocytosis by incubating the epidermal sheet in tissue culture medium with OKT6 at 4°C and further incubation without OKT6 at 37°C, and the other is the use of saponin to facilitate penetration of the secondary antibody through the cytomembrane of LC. In the LC cytoplasm only the delimiting membrane of the granule was stained; other membranous organelles, such as mitochondria and rough endoplasmic reticulum, did not react. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LANGERHANS cells KW - MONOCLONAL antibodies KW - IMMUNOENZYME technique KW - CYTOPLASM KW - ENDOCYTOSIS KW - ANTIGENS N1 - Accession Number: 12272389; Takahashi, Shozo 1,2 Hashimoto, Ken 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology and Syphilology, Wayne State University School of Medicine, Detroit, Michigan, U.S.A. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Allen Park, Michigan, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jun85, Vol. 84 Issue 6, p469; Subject Term: LANGERHANS cells; Subject Term: MONOCLONAL antibodies; Subject Term: IMMUNOENZYME technique; Subject Term: CYTOPLASM; Subject Term: ENDOCYTOSIS; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12272389 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12272389&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Stenn, Kurt S. AU - Milstone, Leonard M. T1 - Epidermal Cell Confluence and Implications for a Two-Step Mechanism of Wound Closure. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1984/12// VL - 83 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 445 EP - 447 SN - 0022202X AB - In contrast to freshly isolated cells, some cultured keratinocytes have the ability to adhere and spread in protein-free media. Reported here are experiments testing the hypothesis that the social history of keratinocytes influences their ability to spread in defined media. The experiments indicate that confluent cells lack the ability to spread in defined media while subconfluent cells have this property. The inability of dissociated confluent cells to spread in protein-free media is referred to phenomenologically as a "confluent block." The confluent block is acquired rapidly (1-3 days) and lost slowly (5-7 days). The ability of subconfluent cells to spread in the absence of media protein is sensitive to cycloheximide. Aortic endothelial cells and dermal fibroblasts do not demonstrate a confluent block. These observations are consonant with a two-step mechanism of epidermal wound repair: the first occurs immediately after wounding during which the cells require substratum-active proteins, and the second occurs 5-7 days later when the cells are able to synthesize their own substratum. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CELLS KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - FIBROBLASTS KW - HYPOTHESIS KW - SOCIAL history KW - RESEARCH N1 - Accession Number: 12273552; Stenn, Kurt S. 1 Milstone, Leonard M. 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, Yale School of Medicine, New Haven, Connecticut 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, Connecticut, U.S.A.; Source Info: Dec84, Vol. 83 Issue 6, p445; Subject Term: CELLS; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: FIBROBLASTS; Subject Term: HYPOTHESIS; Subject Term: SOCIAL history; Subject Term: RESEARCH; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12273552 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12273552&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Milstone, Leonard M. AU - LaVigne, Jane F. T1 - 2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin Induces Hyperplasia in Confluent Cultures of Human Keratinocytes. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1984/05// VL - 82 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 532 EP - 534 SN - 0022202X AB - 2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (TCDD) is the prototype for a group of halogenated aromatic hydrocarbons which can be potent modulators of growth and differentiation of epithelial tissues. TCDD causes chloracne and can act as a skin tumor promoter, but these actions have been demonstrated only in animals in which TCDD causes epidermal hyperplasia. Study of the hyperplastic response to TCDD has been hampered by lack of an in vitro model; all previous investigations indicated that TCDD had no in vitro effect on cell growth. We show here that nanomolar concentrations of TCDD cause hyperplasia in confluent cultures of human keratinocytes and suggest that this model system will be useful for analyzing mechanisms of TCDD-induced epithelial hyperplasia and genetic differences in responsiveness to TCDD. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HYPERPLASIA KW - CELLULAR pathology KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - CELL culture KW - HALOCARBONS KW - EPIDERMIS N1 - Accession Number: 12261149; Milstone, Leonard M. 1,2 LaVigne, Jane F.; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, Connecticut, U. S. A.. 2: Department of Dermatology, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, Connecticut, U. S. A..; Source Info: May84, Vol. 82 Issue 5, p532; Subject Term: HYPERPLASIA; Subject Term: CELLULAR pathology; Subject Term: KERATINOCYTES; Subject Term: CELL culture; Subject Term: HALOCARBONS; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12261149 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12261149&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - del Tito Jr, Benjamin J. AU - Mukhtar, Hasan AU - Bickers, David R. T1 - In Vivo Metabolism of Topically Applied Benzo[a]pyrene-4,5-oxide in Neonatal Rat Skin. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1984/04// VL - 82 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 378 EP - 380 SN - 0022202X AB - The metabolism of benzo[a]pyrene (BP)-4,5-oxide in the skin and liver of neonatal rats was studied after topical application of the arene oxide in vivo. The metabolism of BP-4,5-oxide was time-dependent and showed a 2-h maximum for BP-4,5-dihydrodiol formation in both skin and liver. Product formation was also dose-dependent. Inhibitors of epoxide hydrolase such as clotrimazole, 1,1,1,-trichloropropene oxide, and cyclohexene oxide largely abolished the formation of BP-4,5-dihydrodiol. The rapid biotransformation of arene oxides such as BP-4,5-oxide in the skin emphasizes the potential importance of epoxide hydrolase in the activation and inactivation of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons. Furthermore, the topically applied arene oxide also penetrated the skin and was rapidly metabolized in the liver as well. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - METABOLISM KW - BIOTRANSFORMATION (Metabolism) KW - OXIDES KW - POLYCYCLIC aromatic hydrocarbons KW - LIVER KW - SKIN N1 - Accession Number: 12260724; del Tito Jr, Benjamin J. 1 Mukhtar, Hasan 1 Bickers, David R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Dermatology, Case Western Reserve University and the Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A.; Source Info: Apr84, Vol. 82 Issue 4, p378; Subject Term: METABOLISM; Subject Term: BIOTRANSFORMATION (Metabolism); Subject Term: OXIDES; Subject Term: POLYCYCLIC aromatic hydrocarbons; Subject Term: LIVER; Subject Term: SKIN; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12260724 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12260724&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Neilan, Barbara A. AU - Vonderheid, Eric C. AU - O'Neill, Kevin J. T1 - Natural Cell-Mediated Cytotoxicity in Cutaneous T-Cell Lymphomas. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1983/08// VL - 81 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 176 EP - 178 SN - 0022202X AB - Natural cell-mediated cytotoxicity was studied in 24 patients with cutaneous T-cell lymphomas and in 18 age- and sex-matched controls studied concomitantly. Percent cytotoxicity was determined by 4-h 51Cr release assay using K562 targets at effector to target ratios of 100:1, 50:1, and 25:1. Mean percent cytotoxicity was significantly lower in patients than in controls at an effector to target cell ratio of 100:1. Likewise, decreased cytotoxicity was found at effector to target ratios of 50:1 and 25:1, although this difference was not significant. When natural killer activity was analyzed separately for males and females, cytotoxicity was lower in both, although the decrease was significant only for male patients. Impairment of natural killer activity did not correlate with blood zinc levels, but appeared to correlate with stage of disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - T cells KW - LYMPHOMAS KW - ZINC KW - GENDER KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - RETICULO-endothelial system -- Tumors N1 - Accession Number: 12543616; Neilan, Barbara A. 1,2 Vonderheid, Eric C. 1,2 O'Neill, Kevin J. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Medicine, Dermatology, and Pharmacology, Temple University Health Sciences Center, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. 2: Hematology-Oncology Section, University of Arkansas and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Little Rock, Arkansas, U.S.A.; Source Info: Aug83, Vol. 81 Issue 2, p176; Subject Term: T cells; Subject Term: LYMPHOMAS; Subject Term: ZINC; Subject Term: GENDER; Subject Term: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject Term: RETICULO-endothelial system -- Tumors; NAICS/Industry Codes: 416210 Metal service centres; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12543616 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12543616&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - FLAKEI, ALAN W. AU - HARRISON, MICHAEL R. AU - ADZICK, N. SCOTT AU - ZANJANI, ESMAIL D. T1 - Transplantation of Fetal Hematopoietic Stem Cells in Utero: The Creation of Hematopoietic Chimeras. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1986/08/15/ VL - 233 IS - 4765 M3 - Article SP - 776 EP - 778 SN - 00368075 AB - Transplantation of normal, immature, fetal hematopoictic cells into a preimmune fetal recipient with a congenital hemoglobinopathy may allow partial reconstitution of normal hemoglobin production without the complications associated with postnatal bone marrow transplantation (immunosuppression and the occurrence of graft versus host disease). In order to test this hypothesis the naturally occurring polymorphism at the β-hemoglobin locus of the sheep was used as a marker for engraftment and hematopoietic chimerism. Intraperitoneal injection of allogeneic fetal stem cells into normal fetal lambs resulted in hematopoietic chimerism in three of four surviving recipients. This chimerism has been sustained for 6 months after birth and 9 months after engraftment, without evidence of graft versus host disease, and without the use of immunosuppressive therapy. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 84692369; FLAKEI, ALAN W. 1 HARRISON, MICHAEL R. 1 ADZICK, N. SCOTT 1 ZANJANI, ESMAIL D. 2; Affiliation: 1: University of California, Department of Surgery, HSE 585, San Francisco, CA 94143 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN 55417; Source Info: 8/15/1986, Vol. 233 Issue 4765, p776; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=84692369&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - JALKANEN, S. AU - STEERE, A. C. AU - FOX, R. I. AU - BUTCHER, E. C. T1 - A Distinct Endothelial Cell Recognition System That Controls Lymphocyte Traffic into Inflamed Synovium. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1986/08//8/1/1986 VL - 233 IS - 4763 M3 - Article SP - 556 EP - 558 SN - 00368075 AB - Lymphocytes are essential mediators of normal tissue inflammatory reactions and of pathologic tissue damage in, for example, rheumatoid arthritis and other autoimmune diseases. In a study of the mechanisms controlling lymphocyte entry into sites of inflammation from the blood, the function and specificity of lymphocyte-endothelial interactions were examined in inflamed joint tissue (synovium) from patients with rheumatoid arthritis. Synovial high endothelial venules (HEV) supported the binding of normal peripheral blood lymphocytes in vitro. The characteristics of this binding, which were similar to those of lymphocyte-HEV interactions controlling lymphocyte migration into organized lymphoid tissues, induded a requirement for calcium ions, a dependence on metabolic activity, and a preferential adherence of circulating lymphocytes as opposed to immature thymocytes. However, the binding of lymphocytes to synovial HEV was not inhibited by a monoclonal antibody to lymphocyte receptors for lymph node HEV, and synovial B1EV failed to bind either lymph node HEV-specific or mucosal 11EV-specific B lymphoblastoid cells. The results suggest that a lymphocyte- endothelial cell recognition system that is distinct from such systems in organized lymphoid tissues directs the extravasation ofnormal lymphocytes as well as pathologically important effector cells into inflamed synovium. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87519500; JALKANEN, S. 1,2 STEERE, A. C. 3 FOX, R. I. 4 BUTCHER, E. C. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Pathology, Stanford University Medical Center, Stanford, CA 94305 2: Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, CA 94304 3: Department of Internal Medicine, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, CT 06510 4: Department of Basic and Clinical Research, Scripps Clinic and Research Foundation, La Jolla, CA 92037; Source Info: 8/1/1986, Vol. 233 Issue 4763, p556; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=87519500&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wolf, Karen M. T1 - INCLEMENT WEATHER, PNEUMOTHORAX, AND A CAVITARY APICAL INFILTRATE. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 89 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 828 EP - 830 SN - 00029343 AB - This article addresses the pathophysiology of the pneumothorax of a 73-year-old woman. The woman presented to her physician with pleuritic right chest pain and dyspnea of 1 week's duration. These symptoms were preceded by several days of a productive cough and decreased appetite. She denied fever, chills or night sweats. Her past medical history was significant for mild asthma, for which she has never taken medications. The right hemithorax had diminished breath sounds. A chest roentgenogram revealed a right pneumothorax and a right upper lobe infiltrate. Tube thoracostomy drainage was instituted and treatment with cefazolin was begun. Without thoracotomy, the cause of the patient's pneumothorax cannot be definitively proven. However, several explanations for her pneumothorax are put forth. Lymphomatous involvement of the lung could have caused pneumothorax by direct tumor invasion of the visceral pleura or by obstructive pneumonitis with subsequent inflammatory disruption of the subpleural and pleural architecture. Mucous plugging due to bronchitis or asthma or both, could have obstructed the proximal airways and led to postobstructive inflammatory disruption, or rupture due to hyperinflation of the distal airway from a ball-valve effect. KW - PNEUMOTHORAX KW - WOMEN -- Diseases KW - PATHOLOGICAL physiology KW - RESPIRATORY diseases N1 - Accession Number: 9101213241; Wolf, Karen M. 1; Affiliation: 1: University of Kentucky Medical Center and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Lexington, Kentucky; Source Info: Dec90, Vol. 89 Issue 6, p828; Subject Term: PNEUMOTHORAX; Subject Term: WOMEN -- Diseases; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL physiology; Subject Term: RESPIRATORY diseases; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 2 Black and White Photographs, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9101213241&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lipsky, Benjamin A. AU - Tack, Kenneth J. AU - Chou Kou AU - San-Pin Wang AU - Grayston, J. Thomas T1 - Ofloxacin Treatment of Chlamydia pneumoniae (Strain TWAR) Lower Respiratory Tract Infections. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 89 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 722 EP - 724 SN - 00029343 AB - PURPOSE: Limited data suggest that tetracycline or erythromycin is the antibiotic of choice for treating Chlamydia pneumoniae infection, but they are not always effective or well tolerated. Because the fluoroquinolone ofloxacin is effective for Chlamydia trachomatis infections, we investigated its role in treating C. pneumoniae infections. PATIENTS AND METHODS: Eighty-seven patients were enrolled in a randomized trial of antibiotic therapy for acute lower respiratory tract infections. The patients were randomly assigned to oral treatment with either ofloxacin (400 mg twice a day) or erythromycin (400 mg four times a day) for 10 days. Frozen acute and convalescent serologic specimens were tested for TWAR antibody by microimmunofluorescence. Susceptibility testing of C. pneumoniae to ofloxacin was also performed. RESULTS: Four patients who received ofloxacin were retrospectively identified as having C. pneumoniae pneumonia (two) or bronchitis (two). Within 2 weeks of starting ofloxacin therapy, all were cured or markedly improved. The minimum inhibitory concentrations of ofloxacin for three previously isolated clinical strains of C. pneumoniae were determined to be 1.0 to 2.0 µg/ mL, well within the achievable serum levels (3 to 5 µg/mL) with ofloxacin therapy. CONCLUSION: Ofloxacin may be an effective alternative antibiotic treatment for C. pneumoniae respiratory infections. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Medicine is the property of Excerpta Medica Publishing Group and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CHLAMYDOPHILA pneumoniae KW - ANTIBIOTICS KW - RESPIRATORY infections KW - INFECTION KW - THERAPEUTICS N1 - Accession Number: 9101213217; Lipsky, Benjamin A. 1 Tack, Kenneth J. 2,3 Chou Kou 4 San-Pin Wang 4 Grayston, J. Thomas 5; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, School of Medicine, University of Washington and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, Washington 2: R.W. Johnson Pharmaceutical Research Institute, Raritan, New Jersey 3: The Upjohn Company, Kalamazoo, Michigan 4: Department of Pathobiology, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 5: Department of Epidemiology, School of Public Health and Community Medicine, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington; Source Info: Dec90, Vol. 89 Issue 6, p722; Subject Term: CHLAMYDOPHILA pneumoniae; Subject Term: ANTIBIOTICS; Subject Term: RESPIRATORY infections; Subject Term: INFECTION; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424210 Drugs and Druggists' Sundries Merchant Wholesalers; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9101213217&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Guerin, J. M. AU - Lustman, C. AU - Barbotin-Larrieu, F. AU - Patti, Mary Elizabeth AU - Selvaggi, Kathy J. AU - Kroboth, Frank J. T1 - VARICELLA HEPATITIS OR POST-VARICELLA REYE'S SYNDROME? JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 89 IS - 6 M3 - Letter SP - 836 EP - 838 SN - 00029343 AB - Presents letters to the editor in response to an article about varicella hepatitis in an immunocompromised adult in the 1990 issue of the "American Journal of Medicine," including a reply from the authors. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - CHICKENPOX N1 - Accession Number: 15004796; Guerin, J. M. 1 Lustman, C. 1 Barbotin-Larrieu, F. 1 Patti, Mary Elizabeth 2 Selvaggi, Kathy J. 2 Kroboth, Frank J. 2; Affiliation: 1: Hôpital Lariboisière, Paris, France 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Hampton, Virginia; Source Info: Dec90, Vol. 89 Issue 6, p836; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: CHICKENPOX; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15004796&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bianco, James A. AU - Sullivan, Margaret AU - Higano, Celesti AU - Appelbaum, Frederick R. AU - McDonald, George B. AU - Singer, Jack W. AU - Bianco, J A AU - Pepe, M S AU - Higano, C AU - Applebaum, F R AU - McDonald, G B AU - Singer, J W T1 - Prevalence of clinically relevant bacteremia after upper gastrointestinal endoscopy in bone marrow transplant recipients. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1990/08// VL - 89 IS - 2 M3 - journal article SP - 134 EP - 136 SN - 00029343 AB - Purpose: To determine the prevalence of clinically relevant bacteremia after upper endoscopy in patients undergoing bone marrow transplantation.Patients and Methods: We retrospectively reviewed the records of 151 patients who received an HLA-identical allogeneic bone marrow transplant (BMT) at the Seattle Veterans Affairs Medical Center between September 1983 and December 1988. Forty-seven patients who required esophago-gastroduodenoscopy (EGD) during their first 100 days after transplant were selected for evaluation. Clinically relevant bacteremia was defined as the development of hypotension, temperature greater than 38.5 degrees C, and a positive blood culture occurring within 24 hours after endoscopy. The presence of acute graft-versus-host disease (GVHD) at the time of endoscopy and the use of prednisone prior to endoscopy were considered possible risk factors for the development of bacteremia. The proportion of subjects who became bacteremic were compared using Fisher's exact test.Results: Within 24 hours following endoscopy, nine patients (19%) developed clinically evident bacteremia (hypotension, temperature greater than 38.5 degrees C, and a positive blood culture). Eight of 14 patients receiving prednisone at the time of endoscopy developed bacteremia, compared to one of 33 not receiving prednisone (p less than 0.01). Nineteen patients had acute GVHD of at least grade 2 at the time of EGD, six of whom developed bacteremia. Although acute GVHD alone did not increase the risk of post-EGD bacteremia in patients not receiving prednisone (one of 21 versus zero of 12, p greater than 0.9), the risk of bacteremia was particularly high in patients with acute GVHD treated with prednisone at the time of EGD (six of seven).Conclusion: Allogeneic BMT recipients receiving prednisone for immunoprophylaxis after grafting or for treatment of acute GVHD are at high risk for clinically relevant bacteremia following EGD. Such patients are candidates for antibiotic prophylaxis prior to endoscopy. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Medicine is the property of Excerpta Medica Publishing Group and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BACTEREMIA KW - ENDOSCOPY KW - BONE marrow -- Transplantation -- Complications KW - BONE marrow -- Transplantation KW - ESOPHAGOSCOPY KW - GASTROSCOPY KW - GRAFT versus host disease KW - PREDNISONE KW - SEPTICEMIA KW - STAPHYLOCOCCAL diseases KW - DISEASE prevalence KW - RETROSPECTIVE studies KW - ENDOSCOPIC gastrointestinal surgery KW - DISEASE complications N1 - Accession Number: 10341685; Bianco, James A. Sullivan, Margaret Higano, Celesti Appelbaum, Frederick R. McDonald, George B. Singer, Jack W. Bianco, J A 1 Pepe, M S Higano, C Applebaum, F R McDonald, G B Singer, J W; Affiliation: 1: Marrow Transplant Unit, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, Washington 98108; Source Info: Aug90, Vol. 89 Issue 2, p134; Subject Term: BACTEREMIA; Subject Term: ENDOSCOPY; Subject Term: BONE marrow -- Transplantation -- Complications; Subject Term: BONE marrow -- Transplantation; Subject Term: ESOPHAGOSCOPY; Subject Term: GASTROSCOPY; Subject Term: GRAFT versus host disease; Subject Term: PREDNISONE; Subject Term: SEPTICEMIA; Subject Term: STAPHYLOCOCCAL diseases; Subject Term: DISEASE prevalence; Subject Term: RETROSPECTIVE studies; Subject Term: ENDOSCOPIC gastrointestinal surgery; Subject Term: DISEASE complications; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: journal article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10341685&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Nemoto, Osamu AU - Yoshikawa, Kunihiko AU - Adachi, Kenji AU - Takeda, Junji AU - Halprin, Kenneth M. AU - Woodyard, Clyde W. AU - Levine, Victor T1 - Measurement of Adenosine 3',5'-Monophosphate-dependent Protein Kinase and Phosphorylase Activities in in Vivo Conditions. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1982/09// VL - 79 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 170 EP - 172 SN - 0022202X AB - Microassay procedures for cAMP-dependent protein kinase and phosphorylase were developed which detected these activities in less than 25 μg of frozen-dried epidermis from a punch biopsy of skin without homogenization. Using these procedures, the activation of cAMP-dependent protein kinase and phosphorylase by β-adrenergic stimulation in mouse skin was studied in vivo. Cyclic AMP-dependent protein kinase was stimulated by isoproterenol and inhibited by propranolol. Isoproterenol stimulation also activated phosphorylase a in mouse skin. In normal epidermis and uninvolved and involved epidermis from psoriatic patients no significant differences were found in the activities of cAMP-dependent kinase and phosphorylase a. In all experiments we observed that the unstimulated activity ratios of phosphorylase a/total phosphorylase were around 20∼30%; these values were much lower than those hitherto reported and show a preponderance of phosphorylase b rather than a. We suggest that in previous reports where phosphorylase a domination was found, phosphorylase b to a activation occurred during homogenization. The data also suggest that in the steady state no obvious defect in basic activities of cAMP-dependent protein kinase and phosphorylase is observed in psoriatic skin. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PROTEIN kinases KW - ADENOSINE KW - EPIDERMIS KW - PHOSPHORYLASES N1 - Accession Number: 12500049; Nemoto, Osamu 1,2 Yoshikawa, Kunihiko 1,2 Adachi, Kenji 1,2 Takeda, Junji 1,2 Halprin, Kenneth M. 1,2 Woodyard, Clyde W. 1,2 Levine, Victor 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami, Florida. 2: Department of Dermatology, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, U.S.A..; Source Info: Sep82, Vol. 79 Issue 3, p170; Subject Term: PROTEIN kinases; Subject Term: ADENOSINE; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: PHOSPHORYLASES; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12500049 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12500049&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - RPRT AU - Rehfeld, Selwyn J. AU - Elias, Peter M. T1 - Mammalian Stratum Corneum Contains Physiologic Lipid Thermal Transitions. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1982/07// VL - 79 IS - 1 M3 - Report SP - 1 EP - 3 SN - 0022202X AB - Using a new high-sensitivity differential scanning calorimeter, capable of very slow scanning rates and large sample volumes, we examined the thermal transitions in neonatal mouse stratum corneum. Both physiological and supraphysiological transitions were found in intact tissue that were displaced on cooling and obliterated by solvent treatment establishing them as lipids. Physiologic peaks were encountered in lipid extracts from the same tissues. With heating and cooling recycling we found a novel effect of thermal "fractionation" of the peaks into discrete subfractions that appeared to correspond roughly the number of bands found on thin-layer chromatography of the lipid extracts. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LIPIDS KW - THIN layer chromatography KW - CALORIMETERS KW - SOLVENTS KW - PHYSIOLOGY KW - COOLING N1 - Accession Number: 12510367; Rehfeld, Selwyn J. 1 Elias, Peter M. 2; Affiliation: 1: Thermochemical Institute, Cont. No. 271, Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah. 2: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, California, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jul82, Vol. 79 Issue 1, p1; Subject Term: LIPIDS; Subject Term: THIN layer chromatography; Subject Term: CALORIMETERS; Subject Term: SOLVENTS; Subject Term: PHYSIOLOGY; Subject Term: COOLING; NAICS/Industry Codes: 339110 Medical equipment and supplies manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 324110 Petroleum Refineries; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Report L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12510367 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12510367&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bickers, David R. AU - Wroblewski, David AU - Dutta-Choudhury, Tapu- AU - Mukhtar, Hasan T1 - Induction of Neonatal Rat Skin and Liver Aryl Hydrocarbon Hydroxylase by Coal Tar and Its Constituents. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1982/03// VL - 78 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 227 EP - 229 SN - 0022202X AB - Topical application of coal tar solution (USP) to neonatal rats resulted in the induction of skin and liver aryl hydrocarbon hydroxylase (AHH) activities. Furthermore indirect exposure of the animals to coal tar vapors resulted in induction of the enzyme in skin and liver. Cutaneous application of coal tar to pregnant rats resulted in induction of skin and liver AHH activity in both mothers and prenatal rats. Among several defined constituents of coal tar tested benzo(a)pyrene (BP), anthracene and acridine were found to have measurable induction effects on neonatal rat skin and liver AHH. These studies indicate that therapeutic coal tar solution as well as selected defined chemical constituents of coal tar are capable of altering the activity of AHH in skin and liver. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ENZYMES KW - COAL-tar colors KW - SKIN diseases KW - LIVER diseases KW - MOTHERS KW - HYDROCARBONS KW - ANTHRACENE N1 - Accession Number: 12506525; Bickers, David R. 1 Wroblewski, David 1 Dutta-Choudhury, Tapu- 1 Mukhtar, Hasan 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, Case Western Reserve University School of Medicine, University Hospitals of Cleveland, Cleveland Veterans Administration Hospital. Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A.; Source Info: Mar1982, Vol. 78 Issue 3, p227; Subject Term: ENZYMES; Subject Term: COAL-tar colors; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Subject Term: LIVER diseases; Subject Term: MOTHERS; Subject Term: HYDROCARBONS; Subject Term: ANTHRACENE; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325194 Cyclic Crude, Intermediate, and Gum and Wood Chemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325190 Other basic organic chemical manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 211112 Natural Gas Liquid Extraction; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12506525 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12506525&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Grekin, Paul M. AU - Levy, Gerald N. AU - King, Andrew J. AU - Diaz, Luis A. T1 - Some Biochemical Properties of Pemphigoid Antigen Bound to the Surface of Dissociated Epidermal Basal Cells. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1981/03// VL - 76 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 190 EP - 192 SN - 0022202X AB - Bullous pemphigoid antigen (BP Ag) is a cell surface marker of epidermal basal cells. The functional role of this molecule is unknown. Epidermal cell suspensions obtained by trypsinization of skin show a population of epidermal basal cells with a polar rim of antigen as demonstrated by indirect immunofluorescence technique. This study shows that treatment of these cells suspensions with a variety of proteolytic and glycosidic enzymes failed to remove the antigen from these basal cells. BP Ag was also stable upon incubation with distilled water, Triton X-100, PBS, and 1 M NaCl. Treatment of epidermal basal cells with 2 N NaSCN, 1% periodic acid, and 4 M urea, as well as acidic pH or 56°C temperature, abolished the reactivity of these cells with BP antibodies. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PEMPHIGUS KW - ANTIGENS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - PROTEOLYTIC enzymes KW - PERIODIC acid KW - PROTEINS N1 - Accession Number: 12525707; Grekin, Paul M. 1 Levy, Gerald N. 1 King, Andrew J. 1 Diaz, Luis A. 1; Affiliation: 1: The Immunodermatology Unit, Department of Dermatology, and the Veterans administration Medical Center, Ann Arbor Michigan U.S.A.; Source Info: Mar1981, Vol. 76 Issue 3, p190; Subject Term: PEMPHIGUS; Subject Term: ANTIGENS; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject Term: PROTEOLYTIC enzymes; Subject Term: PERIODIC acid; Subject Term: PROTEINS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12525707 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12525707&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Peterson Jr., Alexander O. AU - McCann, Virginia AU - Black, Homer S. T1 - Dietary Modification of UV-Induced Epidermal Ornithine Decarboxylase. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1980/11// VL - 75 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 408 EP - 410 SN - 0022202X AB - The effect of several dietary antioxidant supplements upon ultraviolet light-induced ornithine decarboxylase activity was determined. Hairless mice received diets supplemented with either butylated hydroxytoluene, disulfiram, phenobarbital, glutathione (reduced), or a special antioxidant mixture for 2 weeks before irradiation with FS-20 fluorescent sun lamps. Epidermal ornithine decarboxylase activity, the induction of which is thought to be a necessary component of skin tumor promotion, was determined at designated post-irradiation periods. Significant inhibition of ornithine decarboxylase induction was found in epidermis from animals receiving diets containing butylated hydroxytoluene, at physiological concentrations, had no effect upon ornithine decarboxylase activity when added directly to the reaction mixture. Nor did this compound, when provided in the diet of animals, evoke a notable effect upon 12-0-teradcanoylphorbol-13-acetate induced ornithine decarboxylase. The latter finding suggests that dietary butylated hydroxytoluene inhibition of ultraviolet light-induced ornithine decarboxylase is a response related directly to the degree of irradiation insult rather than a general effect upon the processes associated with carcinogenic promotion. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ULTRAVIOLET radiation KW - EPIDERMIS KW - ORNITHINE decarboxylase KW - DIET KW - GLUTATHIONE KW - DIETHYLDITHIOCARBAMATE KW - COCARCINOGENESIS N1 - Accession Number: 12523686; Peterson Jr., Alexander O. 1 McCann, Virginia 1 Black, Homer S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, Texas, 77030 and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Houston Texas, U.S.A.; Source Info: Nov80, Vol. 75 Issue 5, p408; Subject Term: ULTRAVIOLET radiation; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: ORNITHINE decarboxylase; Subject Term: DIET; Subject Term: GLUTATHIONE; Subject Term: DIETHYLDITHIOCARBAMATE; Subject Term: COCARCINOGENESIS; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12523686 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12523686&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bushkell, Lawrence L. AU - Mackel, Susan E. AU - Jordon, Robert E. T1 - Erythema Multiforme: Direct Immunofluorescence Studies and Detection of Circulating Immune Complexes. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1980/05// VL - 74 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 372 EP - 374 SN - 0022202X AB - The immunologic parameters of 23 patients with erythema multiforme who were seen by us (17 patients) or who had biopsies sent for immunofluorescence testing (6 cases) are reviewed. Biopsy specimens were sectioned and tested with labeled antisera to human IgG, IgA, 1gM, C3 and fibrin. Fourteen biopsies showed 1gM deposits in the superficial blood vessels, 13 demonstrated C3, 15 showed fibrin deposition, and 1 biopsy showed IgA deposition. All biopsies were negative for IgG. Eight serum samples tested by indirect IF were negative for skin-reactive antibodies. In addition to IF testing, serum samples from 20 patients were tested for circulating immune complexes with a Clq binding radioassay and a monoclonal rheumatoid factor (mRF) inhibition assay. Immune complexes were not detected by the Clq binding assay, but 6 of 20 serum samples demonstrated low to moderate levels of immune complexes by the mRF inhibition assay. By sucrose density gradient ultracentrifugation the mRF-reactive material in one serum sample sedimented in high molecular weight fractions and also demonstrated anticomplementary activity. These findings suggest that immune complex formation and subsequent deposition in the cutaneous microvasculature may play a role in the pathogenesis of erythema multi-forme. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ERYTHEMA multiforme KW - IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE KW - IMMUNE complexes KW - SERUM KW - IMMUNOCYTOCHEMISTRY KW - ANTI-immunoglobulin autoantibodies N1 - Accession Number: 12543806; Bushkell, Lawrence L. 1,2 Mackel, Susan E. 1,2 Jordon, Robert E. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Cutaneous Immunopathology Unit, Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wood (Milwaukee), Wisconsin, U.S.A. 2: Dermatology Section, Department of Medicine, The Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, U.S.A.; Source Info: May80, Vol. 74 Issue 5, p372; Subject Term: ERYTHEMA multiforme; Subject Term: IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE; Subject Term: IMMUNE complexes; Subject Term: SERUM; Subject Term: IMMUNOCYTOCHEMISTRY; Subject Term: ANTI-immunoglobulin autoantibodies; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325414 Biological Product (except Diagnostic) Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12543806 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12543806&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lerman, Sidney AU - Megaw, Judith AU - Willis, Isaac T1 - Potential Ocular Complications from PUVA Therapy and Their Prevention. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1980/04// VL - 74 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 197 EP - 199 SN - 0022202X AB - During the last decade psoralens have become increasingly popular in treating psoriasis. The well-known photosensitizing action of these drugs has led to increasing concern regarding potential ocular complications, particularly in patients receiving prolonged psoralen therapy. We have demonstrated that this drug can be found in lenses of rats injected (intraperitoneally) with 4-8 mg/kg of 8-methoxypsoralen (8-MOP) and that its presence can lead to a photosensitized enhancement of lenticular fluorescence. Our experiments suggest one mechanism regarding the photosensitizing properties of 8-MOP within the ocular lens. Photo-addition products are generated with certain amino acid residues in the lens proteins which may result in the permanent retention of this compound within the ocular lens. We have recently shown that free 8-MOP can also be detected in human lenses for at least 12 hr following oral ingestion. Since the free 8-MOP tends to diffuse out of the lens during this period of time (as long as photic stimulation is prevented) it may be possible to prevent these photochemical reactions if the patient avoids exposure to ambient light for 12-24 hr immediately following ingestion of the drug. It may also be possible to protect these patients with special glasses which are capable of reflecting all UV radiation (up to 400 nm) while completely transmitting the visible radiation (400-750 nm). [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PHOTOSENSITIZERS KW - SKIN diseases KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - PROTEINS KW - PSORIASIS KW - AMINO acids N1 - Accession Number: 12541710; Lerman, Sidney 1 Megaw, Judith Willis, Isaac 2; Affiliation: 1: Laboratory for Ophthalmic Research, Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Decatur, Georgia, U.S.A.; Source Info: Apr80, Vol. 74 Issue 4, p197; Subject Term: PHOTOSENSITIZERS; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: PROTEINS; Subject Term: PSORIASIS; Subject Term: AMINO acids; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12541710 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12541710&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hosler, James AU - Tschanz, Christian AU - Hignite, Charles E. AU - Azarnoff, Daniel L. T1 - Topical Application of Lindane Cream (Kwell) and Antipyrine Metabolism. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1980/01// VL - 74 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 51 EP - 53 SN - 0022202X AB - The transcutaneous absorption of a 1% lindane cream (Kwell) was determined after application according to the official label. By 3 days after application the plasma lindane level increased from nondetectable to 10.3 ± 2.2 ng/ml. Sufficient lindane was absorbed to increase the plasma clearance of antipyrine from 0.027 ± 0.009 to 0.037 ± 0.011 1/kg/hr (p < 0.05). These findings indicate significant transcutaneous absorption of lindane occurs following a single application and are compatible with the neurological toxicity reported following the topical application of lindane cream. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LINDANE KW - ANTIPYRINE KW - NONSTEROIDAL anti-inflammatory agents KW - PYRAZOLES KW - NEUROLOGY KW - INSECTICIDES N1 - Accession Number: 12514614; Hosler, James 1,2 Tschanz, Christian 1,2 Hignite, Charles E. 1,2 Azarnoff, Daniel L. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Medicine and Pharmacology, University of Kansas College and Health Sciences, Kansas City, Kansas 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Kansas City, Missouri, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jan1980, Vol. 74 Issue 1, p51; Subject Term: LINDANE; Subject Term: ANTIPYRINE; Subject Term: NONSTEROIDAL anti-inflammatory agents; Subject Term: PYRAZOLES; Subject Term: NEUROLOGY; Subject Term: INSECTICIDES; NAICS/Industry Codes: 115110 Support activities for crop production; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325320 Pesticide and Other Agricultural Chemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 418390 Agricultural chemical and other farm supplies merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12514614 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12514614&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wiley III, Henry E. AU - Weinstein, Gerald D. T1 - Abnormal Proliferation of Uninvolved Psoriatic Epidermis: Differential Induction by Saline, Propranolol, and Tape Stripping in Vivo. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1979/12// VL - 73 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 545 EP - 547 SN - 0022202X AB - Cell proliferation of the uninvolved psoriatic skin was compared with normal skin of volunteers following stimulation by the intradermal injections of saline or propranolol, or stripping of the stratum corneum with pressure-sensitive tape. Initially, no significant in vivo difference in tritiated thymidine labeling indices were observed between normal and uninvolved epidermal cells. However, 48 hr after each stimulus more DNA synthesizing cells were found in the uninvolved psoriatic than in normal epidermis. Of these 3 stimuli, propranolol was the most effective in distinguishing between uninvolved psoriatic skin and skin from normal control subjects. Thus, uninvolved psoriatic skin appears to possess an abnormal regulation of epidermopoiesis that may be amplified by propranolol injection. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PSORIASIS KW - EPIDERMIS KW - CELL proliferation KW - DNA KW - SKIN KW - THYMIDINE N1 - Accession Number: 12541532; Wiley III, Henry E. 1,2 Weinstein, Gerald D. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: University of Miami School of Medicine, Departments of Dermatology and Pathology, Miami, Florida. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Miami, Florida.; Source Info: Dec79, Vol. 73 Issue 6, p545; Subject Term: PSORIASIS; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: CELL proliferation; Subject Term: DNA; Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: THYMIDINE; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12541532 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12541532&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - De Rios, Gioconda AU - Chan, Jarvis T. AU - Black, Homer S. AU - Rudolph, Andrew H. AU - Knox, John M. T1 - SYSTEMIC PROTECTION BY ANTIOXIDANTS AGAINST UVL-INDUCED ERYTHEMA. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1978/03// VL - 70 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 123 EP - 125 SN - 0022202X AB - An antioxidant supplemented diet provided marked systemic protection against ultraviolet light mediated erythema in hairless mice. Among the individual constituents of the diet, butylated hydroxytoluene was most effective whereas glutathione and vitamins C and E afforded negligible protection. The mixture of antioxidants, and butylated hydroxytoluene individually, demonstrated diminished, but significant, protection when applied topically. The safety of this systemic photoprotectant and its clinical relevance at present is unknown. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ERYTHEMA KW - ULTRAVIOLET radiation -- Physiological effect KW - ANTIOXIDANTS KW - DIETARY supplements KW - RATS as laboratory animals N1 - Accession Number: 12258527; De Rios, Gioconda 1 Chan, Jarvis T. 1 Black, Homer S. 1 Rudolph, Andrew H. 1 Knox, John M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Photobiology Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, Texas, and Department of Dermatology, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, Texas, U.S.A; Source Info: Mar1978, Vol. 70 Issue 3, p123; Subject Term: ERYTHEMA; Subject Term: ULTRAVIOLET radiation -- Physiological effect; Subject Term: ANTIOXIDANTS; Subject Term: DIETARY supplements; Subject Term: RATS as laboratory animals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 446191 Food (Health) Supplement Stores; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12258527 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12258527&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chan, Jarvis T. AU - Black, Homer S. T1 - ANTIOXIDANT-MEDIATED REVERSAL OF ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT CYTOTOXICITY. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1977/06// VL - 68 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 366 EP - 368 SN - 0022202X AB - Several antioxidants were tested for their protective effect in Chinese hamster embryo cells against ultraviolet light (UVL)-irradiation. Ascorbic acid, DL-α-tocophero1, butylated hydroxytoluene, and reduced glutathione were all shown to reverse UVL-induced cytotoxicity. At concentrations tested, no protective effect was detected when any of these antioxidants were added prior to UVL irradiation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANTIOXIDANTS KW - CHEMICAL inhibitors KW - ULTRAVIOLET radiation KW - HAMSTERS KW - DEVELOPMENTAL biology KW - VITAMIN C N1 - Accession Number: 12496511; Chan, Jarvis T. 1,2 Black, Homer S. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Photobiochemistry Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, Texas, U.S.A. 2: Departments of Dermatology and Biochemistry, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, Texas, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jun77, Vol. 68 Issue 6, p366; Subject Term: ANTIOXIDANTS; Subject Term: CHEMICAL inhibitors; Subject Term: ULTRAVIOLET radiation; Subject Term: HAMSTERS; Subject Term: DEVELOPMENTAL biology; Subject Term: VITAMIN C; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112999 All other miscellaneous animal production; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12496511 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12496511&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hashimoto, Ken AU - Kumakiri, Masanobu T1 - INTRANUCLEAR TONOFILAMENTS IN VERRUCA VULGARIS. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1976/08// VL - 67 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 285 EP - 287 SN - 0022202X AB - Electron microscopic examination of a verruca vulgaris has revealed the intranuclear inclusion of tonofibrils. Although many intracellular inclusions may be related directly to the virus, nonviral inclusions may also be present. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CYTOPLASMIC filaments KW - VIRUS diseases KW - WARTS KW - INTRACELLULAR pathogens KW - CYTOPLASM KW - SKIN N1 - Accession Number: 12514273; Hashimoto, Ken 1 Kumakiri, Masanobu 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital and Division of Dermatology, Department of Medicine, University of Tennessee Center for the Health Sciences, Memphis, Tennessee, U. S. A.; Source Info: Aug76, Vol. 67 Issue 2, p285; Subject Term: CYTOPLASMIC filaments; Subject Term: VIRUS diseases; Subject Term: WARTS; Subject Term: INTRACELLULAR pathogens; Subject Term: CYTOPLASM; Subject Term: SKIN; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12514273 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12514273&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Zirker, Douglas K. AU - Krueger, Gerald G. AU - Meikle, A. Wayne T1 - PERCUTANEOUS ABSORPTION OF DEXAMETHASONE ESTIMATED BY A PLASMA RADIOIMMUNOASSAY. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1976/06// VL - 66 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 376 EP - 378 SN - 0022202X AB - Percutaneous absorption of dexamethasone and its effect on the pituitary adrenal axis were measured in vivo in normal human subjects after application to skin. Specific plasma dexamethasone and cortisol radioimmunoassays were used. Following application of 1% dexamethasone on 500 cm² of normal skin, the plasma dexamethasone concentration was maximal at 2 hr, and the average absorption was 0.25% over 8 hr; significant cortisol suppression occurred at 2, 4, and 8 hr. This technique: (1) provides an accurate assessment of the in vivo absorption of dexamethasone applied to human skin, (2) avoids exposure of the subjects to radioactive steroids, (3) permits estimation of the quantity of unmetabolized steroids absorbed, and (4) serves as a possible model for the development of similar assays for other topical steroids. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - STEROIDS KW - HYDROCORTISONE KW - SKIN KW - RADIOIMMUNOASSAY KW - RADIOLIGAND assay KW - ABSORPTION N1 - Accession Number: 12482992; Zirker, Douglas K. 1 Krueger, Gerald G. 1 Meikle, A. Wayne 2; Affiliation: 1: Division of Dermatology, University of Utah College of Medicine, Salt Lake City, Utah, U. S. A. 2: Departments of Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital and University of Utah College of Medicine, Salt Lake City, Utah, U. S. A.; Source Info: Jun76, Vol. 66 Issue 6, p376; Subject Term: STEROIDS; Subject Term: HYDROCORTISONE; Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: RADIOIMMUNOASSAY; Subject Term: RADIOLIGAND assay; Subject Term: ABSORPTION; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12482992 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12482992&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Black, Homer S. AU - Chan, Jarvis T. T1 - SUPPRESSION OF ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT-INDUCED TUMOR FORMATION BY DIETARY ANTIOXIDANTS. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1975/10// VL - 65 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 412 EP - 414 SN - 0022202X AB - Dietary antioxidants were effective in reducing the number and severity of ultraviolet light-induced squamous cell carcinomas in skin of hairless mice. This and previous studies suggest that antioxidants may play a role in both inhibition of the primary event(s) involved in ultraviolet light-mediated tumor induction and the subsequent development of precancerous lesions into tumors. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANTIOXIDANTS KW - CHEMICAL inhibitors KW - ULTRAVIOLET radiation KW - SQUAMOUS cell carcinoma KW - CANCER KW - MICE KW - TUMORS N1 - Accession Number: 12607661; Black, Homer S. 1 Chan, Jarvis T. 2; Affiliation: 1: Photobiochemistry Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston. 2: Departments of Dermatology and Biochemistry, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, Texas.; Source Info: Oct75, Vol. 65 Issue 4, p412; Subject Term: ANTIOXIDANTS; Subject Term: CHEMICAL inhibitors; Subject Term: ULTRAVIOLET radiation; Subject Term: SQUAMOUS cell carcinoma; Subject Term: CANCER; Subject Term: MICE; Subject Term: TUMORS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12607661 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12607661&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kohn, Steven R. AU - Pochi, Peter E. AU - Strauss, John S. AU - Sax, Daniel S. AU - Feldman, Robert G. AU - Timberlake, William H. T1 - SEBACEOUS GLAND SECRETION IN PARKINSON'S DISEASE DURING L-DOPA TREATMENT. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1973/03// VL - 60 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 134 EP - 136 SN - 0022202X AB - Sebum production was measured on the foreheads of 21 patients with Parkinson's disease before and during long-term L-dopa treatment. A statistically significant decrease in the amount of sebum was demonstrable during treatment although considerable variation in responsiveness was observed. No correlation between the dose of L-dopa and the degree of sebaceous gland inhibition could be established. The quantitative reduction of sebum could not be related to the degree of neurologic improvement. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SEBUM KW - SEBACEOUS glands KW - DOPA KW - PHENYLALANINE KW - EXOCRINE glands -- Secretions KW - PARKINSON'S disease N1 - Accession Number: 12682040; Kohn, Steven R. 1 Pochi, Peter E. 1 Strauss, John S. 1 Sax, Daniel S. 1 Feldman, Robert G. Timberlake, William H. 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Dermatology and Neurology, Boston University Medical Center, and from the Neurological Services of the Boston Veterans Administration Hospital and the Lemuel Shattuck Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts; Source Info: Mar73, Vol. 60 Issue 3, p134; Subject Term: SEBUM; Subject Term: SEBACEOUS glands; Subject Term: DOPA; Subject Term: PHENYLALANINE; Subject Term: EXOCRINE glands -- Secretions; Subject Term: PARKINSON'S disease; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12682040 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12682040&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lynfield, Yelva L. AU - Macwilliams, Peter T1 - SHAVING AND HAIR GROWTH. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1970/09// VL - 55 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 170 EP - 172 SN - 0022202X AB - The effect of repeated shaving on human hair growth was studied. Five healthy young white men each shaved one leg weekly for several months and left the other leg as a control. No significant differences in total weight of hair produced in a measured area, or in width or rate of growth of individual hairs, could be ascribed to shaving. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SHAVING KW - HAIR KW - KERATINIZATION KW - HAIR follicles KW - DERMATOLOGY KW - RAZORS N1 - Accession Number: 12280667; Lynfield, Yelva L. 1 Macwilliams, Peter 1; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Section, Medical Service, Brooklyn Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, NY 11209.; Source Info: Sep70, Vol. 55 Issue 3, p170; Subject Term: SHAVING; Subject Term: HAIR; Subject Term: KERATINIZATION; Subject Term: HAIR follicles; Subject Term: DERMATOLOGY; Subject Term: RAZORS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 332215 Metal Kitchen Cookware, Utensil, Cutlery, and Flatware (except Precious) Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 332210 Cutlery and hand tool manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414520 Toiletries, cosmetics and sundries merchant wholesalers; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12280667 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12280667&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Smith, S. M. AU - Bartov, S. A. T1 - Ameloblastoma with myofibroblasts: first report. JO - Journal of Oral Pathology JF - Journal of Oral Pathology Y1 - 1986/05// VL - 15 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 284 EP - 286 SN - 03009777 AB - A recurrent infiltrative ameloblastoma of the mandible with a predominantly "follicular pattern" of the epithelial component is studied. The stroma contains abundant myofibroblasts; these cells have been described in benign and malignant infiltrative processes. This raises the question of the relationship between the presence of myofibroblasts and the aggressive behavior of a neoplasm. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Oral Pathology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EPITHELIUM KW - MYOFIBROBLASTS KW - TUMORS KW - CONNECTIVE tissue cells N1 - Accession Number: 11654138; Smith, S. M. 1,2 Bartov, S. A. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Pathology, University of New Mexico School of Medicine,Albuquerque, New Mexico, USA 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albuquerque, New Mexico, USA; Source Info: May86, Vol. 15 Issue 5, p284; Subject Term: EPITHELIUM; Subject Term: MYOFIBROBLASTS; Subject Term: TUMORS; Subject Term: CONNECTIVE tissue cells; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0714.ep11654138 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11654138&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Reuler, James B. AU - Reuler, J B T1 - Sabbatical. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/01/20/ VL - 261 IS - 3 M3 - journal article SP - 408 EP - 410 SN - 00987484 AB - Addresses issues related to planning for a sabbatical. Definition of sabbatical; Guidelines pertaining to eligibility for a sabbatical; Coverage of responsibilities; Personal planning for overseas sabbatical. KW - SABBATICAL leave KW - PLANNING N1 - Accession Number: 10868373; Reuler, James B. 1 Reuler, J B 2; Affiliation: 1: Ambulatory Care and Medical Services Veterans Administration Medical Center and the Division of General Medicine, Department of Medicine, Oregon Health Sciences University, Portland and the Academic Department of General Practice and Primary Care, the Medical Colleges of St. Bartholomew's and the London Hospitals 2: Ambulatory Care and Medical Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, Or 97207; Source Info: 1/20/89, Vol. 261 Issue 3, p408; Subject Term: SABBATICAL leave; Subject Term: PLANNING; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: journal article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10868373&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Olsen, E. A. AU - Buller, T. A. AU - Weiner, S. AU - Delong, E. R. T1 - Natural history of androgenetic alopecia. JO - Clinical & Experimental Dermatology JF - Clinical & Experimental Dermatology Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 15 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 34 EP - 36 SN - 03076938 AB - Twenty-two men with patterns III-Va androgenetic alopecia were entered into a 10-month study aimed at establishing information on the natural progression or hair loss over a period of time typical of studies of hair growth promoters. The methodology employed was the same as that in published clinical trials of topical minoxidil, but the men refrained from application of either active drug or vehicle to their scalps. As one of the potential explanations for the observed 'placebo-effect' seen in non-vellus hair counts in the topical minoxidil trials was a learning curve of novice hair counters, we were particularly interested in evaluating this in our 'no-treatment' trial. To that end, both a novice (Observer I) and an experienced (Observer II) hair counter independently performed the hair counts. There was a mean decline in the number of vertex target area non-vellus hairs (-17.2 ± 80.3 for Observer I and -26.6 ± 63.5 for Observer II) at the end of 10 months, this was not significant. The novice's hair counts were lower than the experienced observer's counts at baseline, and the difference remained relatively constant during the study. Without the application of a placebo, there was no increase in hair growth, making it unlikely that the methods of hair counting led to the 'placebo-effect' seen in prior topical minoxidil studies. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Dermatology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BALDNESS KW - HAIR growth stimulants KW - HAIR diseases KW - MINOXIDIL N1 - Accession Number: 11521859; Olsen, E. A. 1 Buller, T. A. 1 Weiner, S. 1 Delong, E. R. 2; Affiliation: 1: Division of Dermatology, Department of Medicine, Duke University Medical Center. 2: Biometry & Medical Informatics Division, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Durham, NC 27710, USA.; Source Info: Jan1990, Vol. 15 Issue 1, p34; Subject Term: BALDNESS; Subject Term: HAIR growth stimulants; Subject Term: HAIR diseases; Subject Term: MINOXIDIL; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2230.ep11521859 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11521859&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Thomsen, Henrik AU - Taylor, Andrew T1 - Evaluation of renal ischemia with Tc-pyrophosphate. JO - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine JF - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine Y1 - 1982/04// VL - 7 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 147 EP - 149 SN - 03406997 N1 - Accession Number: 71142505; Thomsen, Henrik 1 Taylor, Andrew 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Radiology S-004, University of California San Diego, 92093 La Jolla USA 2: Department of Nuclear Medicine, Veterans Administration, Medical Center San Diego, 92161 La Jolla USA; Source Info: Apr1982, Vol. 7 Issue 4, p147; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1007/BF00443919 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=71142505&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sachs, G. T1 - Summary. JO - Alimentary Pharmacology & Therapeutics JF - Alimentary Pharmacology & Therapeutics Y1 - 1999/08/02/Aug99 Supplement VL - 13 M3 - Article SP - 37 EP - 37 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 02692813 AB - The article discusses the use of medications in treating and managing patients with acid-related diseases in Great Britain. The benefits of using these drugs is that they have the potential to interact with a wide range of other agents that patients take for acute or chronic illnesses. There are also drugs that does not respond to drug-drug interactions, making it ineffective in treating acid-related diseases. However, the said drugs are proven to be effective when used alone. KW - ULCERS -- Treatment KW - DRUGS -- Side effects KW - DRUG interactions KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - GREAT Britain N1 - Accession Number: 23186164; Sachs, G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Physiology and Medicine, University of California, Los Angeles, and Wadsworth Veterans Administration Hospital, Los Angeles, USA; Source Info: Aug99 Supplement, Vol. 13, p37; Subject Term: ULCERS -- Treatment; Subject Term: DRUGS -- Side effects; Subject Term: DRUG interactions; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: GREAT Britain; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=23186164&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pulice, Cheryl T1 - Heeding that "INNER VOICE". JO - Nursing JF - Nursing Y1 - 1995/10// VL - 25 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 66 EP - 66 PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 03604039 AB - The article narrates the experience of two nurses, who saved the life of Claude Derr, a 71-year-old man in intensive care unit, who had a third-degree heart block. Derr was inserted a temporary cardiac pacemaker. After two hours of insertion, pacing spikes appeared on the electrocardiogram without a ventricular response. The nurses during the treatment felt that by putting the transcutaneous pacemaker on standby they can comfort the patient. And by doing so they saved the patient's life. KW - FIRST person narrative KW - INTENSIVE care nursing KW - CARDIAC nursing KW - CARDIAC pacemakers KW - MEDICAL care N1 - Accession Number: 9511074687; Pulice, Cheryl 1; Affiliation: 1: Staff Nurse, Intensive Care Unit, Louis A. Johnson Veterans Administration, Medical Center, Clarksburg, West Virginia.; Source Info: Oct95, Vol. 25 Issue 10, p66; Subject Term: FIRST person narrative; Subject Term: INTENSIVE care nursing; Subject Term: CARDIAC nursing; Subject Term: CARDIAC pacemakers; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; NAICS/Industry Codes: 334510 Electromedical and Electrotherapeutic Apparatus Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9511074687&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Reyes-Iglesias, Yolanda AU - Melendez, Rafael AU - Brau, Ricardo T1 - Neurology & Psychiatry. JO - Southern Medical Journal JF - Southern Medical Journal Y1 - 1997/10/02/Oct1997 Supplement VL - 90 M3 - Article SP - S154 EP - S154 PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 15418243 N1 - Accession Number: 114072367; Reyes-Iglesias, Yolanda 1 Melendez, Rafael 1 Brau, Ricardo 1; Affiliation: 1: Medical Service, Division of Neurology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Juan, Puerto Rico.; Source Info: Oct1997 Supplement, Vol. 90, pS154; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=114072367&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Roman, I. San AU - Silverman, M. AU - Alexis, J. B. AU - Blondet, R. AU - Unger, S. T1 - Geriatric Medicine. JO - Southern Medical Journal JF - Southern Medical Journal Y1 - 1997/10/02/Oct1997 Supplement VL - 90 M3 - Article SP - S144 EP - S144 PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 15418243 N1 - Accession Number: 114072343; Roman, I. San 1 Silverman, M. 1 Alexis, J. B. 1 Blondet, R. 1 Unger, S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Mount Sinai Medical Center of Greater Miami, the University of. Miami School of Medicine, Miami Veterans Administration Medical Center GRECC, the Miami Jewish Home and Hospital for the Aged, Miami, Fla.; Source Info: Oct1997 Supplement, Vol. 90, pS144; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=114072343&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ciocon, Jerry O. AU - Ciocon, Daisy G. T1 - Geriatric Medicine. JO - Southern Medical Journal JF - Southern Medical Journal Y1 - 1997/10/02/Oct1997 Supplement VL - 90 M3 - Article SP - S143 EP - S143 PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 15418243 N1 - Accession Number: 114072338; Ciocon, Jerry O. 1 Ciocon, Daisy G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Geriatric Section, Cleveland Clinic Florida, Fort Lauderdale University of Miami and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami, Fla.; Source Info: Oct1997 Supplement, Vol. 90, pS143; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=114072338&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - ABST AU - Ciocon, Jerry O. AU - Ciocon, Daisy G. T1 - DOES ORAL RESTRICTION MINIMIZE NOCTURIA IN THE ELDERLY WITH ENLARGED PROSTATE? JO - Southern Medical Journal JF - Southern Medical Journal Y1 - 1996/10/02/Oct1996 Supplement VL - 89 IS - 10 M3 - Abstract SP - S46 EP - S46 PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 15418243 AB - An abstract of the article "Does Oral Restriction Minimize Nocturia In The Elderly With Enlarged Prostate?" by Jerry O. Ciocon and colleagues is presented. N1 - Accession Number: 110619108; Ciocon, Jerry O. 1 Ciocon, Daisy G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Section of Geriatrics Cleveland Clinic Florida, Fort Lauderdale School of Nursing, University of Miami, and Geriatric Research Education Clinical Center (GRECC), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami, Fla.; Source Info: Oct1996 Supplement, Vol. 89 Issue 10, pS46; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Abstract UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=110619108&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Erickson, Richard C. T1 - MISSION OF THE SHORT-STAY INPATIENT UNIT WITH CHRONIC PATIENTS. JO - Health & Social Work JF - Health & Social Work Y1 - 1991/02// VL - 16 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 70 EP - 74 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 03607283 AB - This article presents information on mental hospitals. The hopelessness and dehumanizing effects of institutional life in large mental hospitals of the past have been the subject of sustained social criticism. In addition to meeting the needs of patients, large mental hospitals also met the needs of families and communities. Families unable to manage chronically disabled members were relieved of this responsibility by the hospital system. Communities had a place to put disruptive and dangerous people. Large mental hospitals and its residents could be made subject to public scrutiny and readily monitored by public agencies. Several decades ago, public attention finally was directed to these institutions, which led to their dismantling. Professionals saw such institutions as failing to treat patients and regarded newly discovered psychotropic medications as the solution that would make such settings obsolete. Legislators saw hospitals as expensive dinosaurs that should be replaced by less costly alternatives. KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospitals KW - PATIENTS KW - MEDICAL care KW - FAMILIES KW - SOCIAL criticism KW - LEGISLATORS N1 - Accession Number: 9602221918; Erickson, Richard C. 1; Affiliation: 1: Supervisory Psychologist Veterans Administration Medical Center 940 Belmont Street Brockton, MA 02401; Source Info: Feb1991, Vol. 16 Issue 1, p70; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC hospitals; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: FAMILIES; Subject Term: SOCIAL criticism; Subject Term: LEGISLATORS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623210 Residential Intellectual and Developmental Disability Facilities; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3070 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9602221918&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Dicker, Barbara G. AU - Cherkin, Dan AU - Egilman, David AU - Feldman, Robert H. L. AU - Grazzini, Grazia AU - Cecchiai, Silvia AU - Bartoli, Dusca AU - Ciatto, Stefano AU - Schade, Charles P. AU - Lambert, Elizabeth Y. AU - Harkess, John R. AU - Jelliffe, Derrick B. AU - Jelliffe, E. F. Patrice AU - Garn, Stanley M. T1 - Risk of AIDS among Lesbians. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 79 IS - 11 M3 - Letter SP - 1569 EP - 1569 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - A letter to the editor is presented regarding the risk of AIDS (acquired immunodeficiency syndrome) in the female homosexual community. INSET: Small Copayment Reduced Primary Care Office Visits in HMO. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - AIDS (Disease) -- Risk factors N1 - Accession Number: 4690740; Dicker, Barbara G. 1 Cherkin, Dan 2 Egilman, David 3 Feldman, Robert H. L. 4 Grazzini, Grazia 5 Cecchiai, Silvia 6 Bartoli, Dusca 5 Ciatto, Stefano 5 Schade, Charles P. 7 Lambert, Elizabeth Y. 8 Harkess, John R. 9 Jelliffe, Derrick B. 10 Jelliffe, E. F. Patrice 11 Garn, Stanley M. 12,13,14; Affiliation: 1: Research Fellow, Health Services Research and Development (152), Seattle Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1660 South Columbia Way, Seattle, WA 98108. 2: Center for Health Studies, Group Health Cooperative of Puget Sound, 521 Wall Street, Seattle, WA 98121. 3: Training Exchange, 90 West Street, Foxboro, MA 02035. 4: Director, Program in Health Behavior 5: Associate Professor of Health Education, University of Maryland, Suite 2387 PERH Bldg., College Park, MD 20742. 6: Oncologist, Centro per lo Studio e la Prevenzione Oncologica, Viale A. Volta 171, Firenze, I-50131, Italia. 7: American Public Health Association, 1015 15th St, NW, Washington, DC 20005. 8: National Institute on Drug Abuse, Parklawn Building, 5600 Fishers Lane, Rockville, MD 20857. 9: Epidemiology Service, Oklahoma State Department of Health, Box 53551, Oklahoma City, OK 73152. 10: Professor of Public Health and Pediatrics, UCLA. 11: Researcher and Lecturer in Public Health, University of California, Los Angeles, School of Public Health, 10833 Le Conte Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90024-1772. 12: Fellow, Center for Human Growth and Development, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI 8109-0406. 13: Professor of Anthropology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI 8109-0406. 14: Professor of Nutrition, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI 8109-0406.; Source Info: Nov89, Vol. 79 Issue 11, p1569; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: AIDS (Disease) -- Risk factors; Number of Pages: 2/3p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4690740&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Stankaitis, Joseph A. AU - Bigos, John P. AU - Rivas, Priscilla AU - Braveman, Poula AU - Mora, Fernando AU - Kinde, Mark R. AU - Yankauer, Alfred AU - Ayiomamitis, Anthony AU - Bairagi, Radheshyam AU - Edmonston, Barry AU - Mills, James L. AU - Poole, Charles T1 - Screening for HIV Exposure. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 77 IS - 10 M3 - Letter SP - 1354 EP - 1354 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - A response to a letter to the editor concerning the situation surrounding human immunodeficiency virus screening is presented. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - HIV (Viruses) N1 - Accession Number: 4949858; Stankaitis, Joseph A. 1 Bigos, John P. 2 Rivas, Priscilla Braveman, Poula 3 Mora, Fernando 4 Kinde, Mark R. 5 Yankauer, Alfred Ayiomamitis, Anthony Bairagi, Radheshyam 6 Edmonston, Barry 7 Mills, James L. 8 Poole, Charles 9; Affiliation: 1: State University of New York at Buffalo, School of Medicine, Health Care Plan, 900 Guaranty Bldg., Buffalo, NY 14202. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Outpatient Department, Boston, MA. 3: Division of Family and Community Medicine, School of Medicine, University of California, San Francisco, CA 94143. 4: Director, Division de Ciencias Biologicas y de la Salud, Universidad Autonoma Metropolitana-Xochimilcho, Mexico, D.F. 5: Epidemiologist, Division of Diseases Control, North Dakota State Health Department, Bismarck, ND 58505. 6: Population Studies Unit, Indian Statistical Institute, 203, Barrackpore Trunk Road, Calcutta, 700 035, India. 7: Life Insurance Marketing and Research Association P.O. Box 208, Hartford, CT 06141, USA. 8: Senior Investigator, Epidemiology Branch, PRP/NICHD/NIH, Landow Building, Room 8A04, Bethesda, MD 20892. 9: Associate Epidemiologist, Epidemiology Resources Inc., P.O. Box 57, Chestnut Hill, MA 02167.; Source Info: Oct87, Vol. 77 Issue 10, p1354; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: HIV (Viruses); Number of Pages: 2/3p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4949858&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Cawley, James F. AU - Combs, Glen E. AU - Weiner, Jonathan P. AU - Steinwachs, Donald M. AU - Williamson, John W. AU - Humble, Charles G. AU - Samet, Jonathan M. AU - Ruiz, Jorge AU - Kleinman, Joel C. AU - Zemach, Rita AU - Pernick, Martin S. AU - Murray, Dennis L. AU - Cleveland, Ronald P. AU - Keefe, Carole AU - Block, Alan B. AU - Snider Jr., Dixie E. T1 - Non-Physician Providers. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1986/11// VL - 76 IS - 11 M3 - Letter SP - 1360 EP - 1360 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - A letter to the editor is presented in response to the article on the issues related to health manpower supply and demand of nurse practitioner. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - NURSE practitioners N1 - Accession Number: 4687124; Cawley, James F. 1 Combs, Glen E. Weiner, Jonathan P. 2 Steinwachs, Donald M. 2 Williamson, John W. 3 Humble, Charles G. 4 Samet, Jonathan M. 5 Ruiz, Jorge 6 Kleinman, Joel C. 7 Zemach, Rita 8 Pernick, Martin S. 9 Murray, Dennis L. 10 Cleveland, Ronald P. 10 Keefe, Carole 10 Block, Alan B. 11 Snider Jr., Dixie E. 12; Affiliation: 1: Associate Professor, Department of Health Care Sciences, George Washington University Medical Center, Washington, DC 20037. 2: Johns Hopkins University, Health Services Research and Development Center, 624 N. Broadway, Baltimore, MD 21205. 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Salt Lake City, UT. 4: Epidemiology Section Manager, University of New Mexico Medical Center, Albuquerque, NM 87131. 5: Associate Professor of Medicine, University of New Mexico Medical Center, Albuquerque, NM 87131. 6: Health Services, Management Unit, University of Manchester, Booth St West, Manchester M156PB, England. 7: Director, Division of Analysis, National Center for Health Statistics, FCB No.2, Rm, 2-27, 3700 East West Highway, Hyattsville, MD 20782. 8: Emergency Medical Services, Bureau of Health Facilities. 9: Associate Professor, Department of History, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mi 48109-1045. 10: Department of Pediatrics and Human Development and Office of Medical Education, College of Human Medicine, Michigan State University, East Lansing, MI 48824. 11: Chief, Statistics and Analysis Section, Program Services Branch, Division of Tuberculosis Control, Center for Prevention Services CDC, Atlanta. 12: Director, Division of Tuberculosis Control, Center for Prevention Services CDC, Atlanta.; Source Info: Nov86, Vol. 76 Issue 11, p1360; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: NURSE practitioners; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4687124&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Fink, Daniel J. T1 - Caution Urged in Extrapolating Data. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1981/05// VL - 71 IS - 5 M3 - Letter SP - 538 EP - 538 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - A letter to the editor is presented in response to the article "High Prevalence of Cervical Dysplasia in STD Clinic Patients Warrants Routine Cytologic Screening" by R. M. Briggs in a 1980 issue. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - DYSPLASIA N1 - Accession Number: 22492734; Fink, Daniel J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Assistant Chief of Medicine, Ambulatory Care, Veterans Administration, Medical Center, 5901 E. Seventh Street, Long Beach, CA 90822; Source Info: May81, Vol. 71 Issue 5, p538; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: DYSPLASIA; Number of Pages: 1/2p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=22492734&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Viatori, Maximilian S. T1 - A Review of the Psychiatric Diagnostic Interview. JO - Journal of Counseling & Development JF - Journal of Counseling & Development Y1 - 1985/04// VL - 63 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 531 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 07489633 AB - The article focuses on Psychiatric Diagnostic Interview (PDI), that systematically records patients' reports of the past or present occurrence of symptoms associated with selected psychiatric syndromes. The structure of PDI is one of its major strengths. It allows for comprehensive yet efficient review of syndromes. The PDI has also fared well in concurrent validity studies that examined: (a) agreement with a psychiatrist's diagnoses based on chart reviews; (b) agreement with another structured interview; and (c) ability to identify syndromes in carefully screened criterion groups of patients. The sole purpose of PDI is to screen for the presence of psychiatric disorders. It provides an organized method for teaching the basics of psychiatric diagnosis. The most pressing of the concerns of the concerns of PDI is the Lifetime diagnosis. There are many reasons to suspect that the recollections of long past events and symptoms are less than accurate to say the least about the PDI. KW - INTERVIEWING in psychiatry KW - PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis KW - NEUROBEHAVIORAL disorders KW - SYMPTOMS KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - ABILITY N1 - Accession Number: 4962589; Viatori, Maximilian S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Staff psychologist, Veterans Administration medical Center, Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania.; Source Info: Apr85, Vol. 63 Issue 8, p531; Subject Term: INTERVIEWING in psychiatry; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis; Subject Term: NEUROBEHAVIORAL disorders; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: ABILITY; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4962589&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tamkin, Arthur S. T1 - SOME DETERMINANTS OF RORSCHACH PRODUCTIVITY. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1967/10// VL - 23 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 496 EP - 496 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article cites a study which reports some determinants of Rorschach test productivity. The total number of responses (R) given to the Rorschach test was used as the measure of productivity. The K scale of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory was used as the measure of guardedness, and the F scale as the measure of symptomatology. Several tests of hypothesis were made. Using psychiatric diagnosis as art index of severity of symptomatology, a comparison was made of the level of R. Using hospital status as an index, a comparison was made of the level of R for all inpatients and all outpatients. KW - RORSCHACH Test KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - HYPOTHESIS KW - PROJECTIVE techniques KW - PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis KW - PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS N1 - Accession Number: 15866036; Tamkin, Arthur S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Clinic Division, Providence, R. I.; Source Info: Oct1967, Vol. 23 Issue 4, p496; Subject Term: RORSCHACH Test; Subject Term: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject Term: HYPOTHESIS; Subject Term: PROJECTIVE techniques; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis; Subject Term: PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS; Number of Pages: 7/8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15866036&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Freed, Earl X. AU - Hastings, Kathleen C. T1 - A FURTHER NOTE ON THE STIMULUS FACTOR IN BENDER-GESTALT TEST ROTATIONS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1965/01// VL - 21 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 64 EP - 64 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on the stimulus factor psychiatric patients in Bender-Gestalt test rotations (BG). Hospitalized psychiatric patients were individually ad ministered the BG with varying orientational clues as follows: first, 40 newly admitted patients sat at a bare desk in a relatively bare room with the BG design cards always placed parallel to the tops of their sheets of paper, second, 37 patients due to be discharged within a week took the test, third, 33 patients varying in psychiatric diagnosis but all manifesting alcoholism drew the designs on horizontally oriented graph paper held in a fixed position relative to the BG cards in an apparatus in which the cards were framed and presented in an upright position. KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - PATIENTS KW - DRINKING of alcoholic beverages N1 - Accession Number: 15844329; Freed, Earl X. 1 Hastings, Kathleen C. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Lyons, New Jersey.; Source Info: Jan1965, Vol. 21 Issue 1, p64; Subject Term: PERSONALITY tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: DIAGNOSIS; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: DRINKING of alcoholic beverages; NAICS/Industry Codes: 722410 Drinking Places (Alcoholic Beverages); Number of Pages: 3/4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844329&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sivley, Robert B. AU - Johnson, Dale T. T1 - PSYCHOPATHOLOGY AND LOCUS OF CONTROL. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1965/01// VL - 21 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 26 EP - 26 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents a study which investigate the relationship between locus of control (LC) and a broader range of psychopathology. To test this, 170 male patients and 20 hospital employees in a VA neuropsychiatric hospital were administered. All subjects were under 55 years of age, and none carried diagnoses of acute or chronic brain disorders. LC differences between diagnostic groups were compared by means of analysis of variance, and an F-ratio of 2.16 obtained. Of the 27 possible paired comparisons, three yielded t-values significant at or below the .05 level of probability. All three such comparisons involved the non-paranoid schizophrenic group as related to groups of normals, personality disorders, and alcoholics. KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - LOCUS of control KW - HOSPITALS KW - PERSONALITY disorders KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - PROBABILITY theory N1 - Accession Number: 15844317; Sivley, Robert B. 1 Johnson, Dale T. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Murfreesboro, Tennessee.; Source Info: Jan1965, Vol. 21 Issue 1, p26; Subject Term: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Subject Term: LOCUS of control; Subject Term: HOSPITALS; Subject Term: PERSONALITY disorders; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: PROBABILITY theory; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622110 General Medical and Surgical Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622111 General (except paediatric) hospitals; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844317&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Desroches, Harry F. AU - Ballard, H. Ted AU - Kimbrell, Gordon M. T1 - NOTE ON THE LONG RANGE RELIABILITY OF THE HUNTER-PASCAL CONCEPT FORMATION TEST. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1964/10// VL - 20 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 477 EP - 477 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article assess the long range reliability of the Hunter-Pascal Concept Formation Test. A group of 100 male college freshmen ranging in age from eighteen to nineteen years were tested. They were administered the College Qualification Test, Davis Reading Test, Cooperative Mathematic Test, Cooperative English Test and Pre-Engineering Ability Test. There were six items that less than 50% of the group solved correctly. While there is a wide range of item difficulty the majority of the items were answered by a high percentage of the group. KW - READING -- Ability testing KW - COLLEGE freshmen KW - ABILITY testing KW - COLLEGE students KW - ENGINEERING KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Research N1 - Accession Number: 15844206; Desroches, Harry F. 1 Ballard, H. Ted 1 Kimbrell, Gordon M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Center Mountain Home, Tennessee; Source Info: Oct1964, Vol. 20 Issue 4, p477; Subject Term: READING -- Ability testing; Subject Term: COLLEGE freshmen; Subject Term: ABILITY testing; Subject Term: COLLEGE students; Subject Term: ENGINEERING; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Research; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541720 Research and Development in the Social Sciences and Humanities; Number of Pages: 1/3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15844206&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gelfand, Sidney T1 - THE RELATIONSHIP OF BIRTH ORDER TO PAIN TOLERANCE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1963/10// VL - 19 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 406 EP - 406 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article presents information on a study to find out the relationship between birth order to pain tolerance and the placebo response. 62 female nursing students aged between 18 to 21, served as subjects as well as control group in the experiment. The experiment consisted of an ultrasonic therapy unit which produced a deep heating and painful reaction in tissues. The subjects were asked to report the pain. The findings did not support the relationship of birth order and pain tolerance. KW - BIRTH order KW - PAIN KW - PLACEBOS (Medicine) KW - MEDICAL research KW - MEDICINE & psychology KW - NURSING students N1 - Accession Number: 16763503; Gelfand, Sidney 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto.; Source Info: Oct1963, Vol. 19 Issue 4, p406; Subject Term: BIRTH order; Subject Term: PAIN; Subject Term: PLACEBOS (Medicine); Subject Term: MEDICAL research; Subject Term: MEDICINE & psychology; Subject Term: NURSING students; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541712 Research and Development in the Physical, Engineering, and Life Sciences (except Biotechnology); Number of Pages: 7/8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=16763503&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Heilizer, Fred T1 - A FURTHER CAUTION CONCERNING THE USE OF CHANGE SCORES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1961/10// VL - 17 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 415 EP - 415 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses certain issues concerning the use of change scores in clinical psychology. The author clarifies that a previous researcher's demonstration of the equivalence of the Raw Score derivations and his Standard Score derivations for the several correlational situations is perforce a demonstration that group differences on means or variances contribute to the correlational result in both instances. Since this is precisely the situation, which the investigator will want to avoid, the cautions concerning the use of change scores can be applied to both derivations. KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Methodology KW - CHANGE (Psychology) KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - ABILITY testing KW - CLINICAL psychologists N1 - Accession Number: 15843943; Heilizer, Fred 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Brockton, Massachusetts.; Source Info: Oct1961, Vol. 17 Issue 4, p415; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY -- Methodology; Subject Term: CHANGE (Psychology); Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: ABILITY testing; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychologists; Number of Pages: 1/3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15843943&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Munson, Robert F. AU - Theobald, W. Arthur AU - Griffith, Richard M. T1 - EFFECT OF ATARACTIC DRUGS ON SUCCESS OF TRIAL VISITS OF LONG TERM PATIENTS. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1960/10// VL - 16 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 447 EP - 447 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses effect of ataractic drugs on success of trial visits of long term patients. The immediate effect of ataractic drugs within the mental hospital was an impressive improvement in the condition of some long-term patients. Some of those, for whom little clinical hope had been held, were brought to the point of leaving the hospital. The question arises whether these patients maintain their apparent clinical gains or did they eventually return to the hospital. The present study, conducted in a comparable neuropsychiatric hospital, furnishes evidence on the return rate of chronic patients who received ataractic drugs. KW - TRANQUILIZING drugs KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospitals KW - PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient KW - PATIENTS KW - MEDICAL care KW - PSYCHOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15847284; Munson, Robert F. 1,2 Theobald, W. Arthur 1,2 Griffith, Richard M. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, Hospital. 2: University of Kentucky.; Source Info: Oct1960, Vol. 16 Issue 4, p447; Subject Term: TRANQUILIZING drugs; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC hospitals; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPIST & patient; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: MEDICAL care; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622210 Psychiatric and Substance Abuse Hospitals; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623210 Residential Intellectual and Developmental Disability Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 623220 Residential Mental Health and Substance Abuse Facilities; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 1/2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847284&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lair, Charles V. AU - Trapp, E. Philip T1 - PERFORMANCE DECREMENT ON THE H-T-P TEST AS A FUNCTION OF ADJUSTMENT LEVEL. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1960/10// VL - 16 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 431 EP - 431 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses performance decrement on the H-T-P Test as a function of adjustment level. The present study tested the hypothesis that the deterioration in esthetic appeal from the House drawing to the Person drawing in the H-T-P Test would be greater in maladjusted than in non maladjusted subjects. This is derived from a basic postulate that the two drawings tap a different level of personality, with the Person drawing operating more at the psychosocial level. From a total of 87 H-T-P tests given as part of a test battery to patients from the VA Hospital at Fayetteville, Arkansas, two groups of 25 each were selected. KW - ADJUSTMENT (Psychology) KW - PERFORMANCE KW - HYPOTHESIS KW - PERSONALITY KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - JUDGMENTS (Law) KW - REASONING (Logic) N1 - Accession Number: 15847278; Lair, Charles V. 1 Trapp, E. Philip 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Fayetteville, Arkansas.; Source Info: Oct1960, Vol. 16 Issue 4, p431; Subject Term: ADJUSTMENT (Psychology); Subject Term: PERFORMANCE; Subject Term: HYPOTHESIS; Subject Term: PERSONALITY; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject Term: JUDGMENTS (Law); Subject Term: REASONING (Logic); Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847278&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Griffith, Richard M. AU - Taylor, Vivian H. T1 - EFFECT OF MENTAL ILLNESS ON INTELLIGENCE TEST SCORES. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1960/07// VL - 16 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 352 EP - 352 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents information on the effect of mental illness on intelligence test scores. If mental illness impairs performance, as is generally assumed, the correlation between intelligence test scores and grade level of mental patients should be lower than for the normal. The files of records accumulated through the years by the Psychology Service in a large NP hospital yielded a sample of 356 containing both intelligence test results and personal data. KW - MENTALLY ill KW - INTELLIGENCE tests KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - MENTAL health KW - TEST scoring KW - LEARNING ability N1 - Accession Number: 15843701; Griffith, Richard M. 1 Taylor, Vivian H. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Lexington, Kentucky 2: University of Kentucky, Campbellsville; Source Info: Jul1960, Vol. 16 Issue 3, p352; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: INTELLIGENCE tests; Subject Term: PSYCHOLOGICAL tests; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: TEST scoring; Subject Term: LEARNING ability; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); Number of Pages: 1/3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15843701&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rickard, Henry C. AU - Brown, Earl C. T1 - EVALUATION OF A PSYCHOTHERAPY CASE IN TERMS OF CHANGE IN A RELEVANT BEHAVIOR. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1960/01// VL - 16 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 93 EP - 93 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article presents a study, which tests the hypothesis that change in a specific behavior, decided upon in advance of psychotherapy, would be perceived by untrained, uninvolved judges. Incoherence of speech was chosen as the behavior to be changed since it disrupted communication both on the ward and in the therapy sessions. A schizophrenic patient was selected as an illustrative case for this study. Tape recordings were taken of the third, twenty-fifth, and fiftieth sessions. Judges clearly rated the third session as the most incoherent. KW - CLINICAL sociology KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - BEHAVIOR KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 15827997; Rickard, Henry C. 1 Brown, Earl C. 2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Tuscaloosa, Alabama. 2: Emory University.; Source Info: Jan1960, Vol. 16 Issue 1, p93; Subject Term: CLINICAL sociology; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject Term: BEHAVIOR; Subject Term: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15827997&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Heilizer, Fred T1 - THE EFFECT OF TIED RANKS ON THE RANK ORDER CORRELATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1959/10// VL - 15 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 450 EP - 450 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article discusses the effect of tied ranks on the rank order correlation. The purpose of this paper is to indicate a potential bias in the rank order correlation, when ties are involved. The notation used here is that used by behavioral scientist S. Siegel. There are formulae given, which are appropriate for computing the rank order correlation when there are no tied ranks refers to the Spearman rank order correlation. There are also recommendations given, which are appropriate when tied ranks occur. KW - CORRELATION (Statistics) KW - ORDINAL measurement KW - RANKING KW - SHELFLISTING KW - BEHAVIORAL scientists KW - SOCIAL classes N1 - Accession Number: 15847213; Heilizer, Fred 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Northampton, Mass.; Source Info: Oct1959, Vol. 15 Issue 4, p450; Subject Term: CORRELATION (Statistics); Subject Term: ORDINAL measurement; Subject Term: RANKING; Subject Term: SHELFLISTING; Subject Term: BEHAVIORAL scientists; Subject Term: SOCIAL classes; Number of Pages: 1/2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15847213&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Guertin, Wilson R. T1 - AUDITORY INTERFERENCE WITH DIGIT SPAN PERFORMANCE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1959/07// VL - 15 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 349 EP - 349 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - This article focuses on auditory interference with digit span performance. The design incorporated a replication of the same conditions for the recall of Digits backward. Order of presenting background sound and no-sound, order of presenting the forward and backward repetitions, and the sets of digits were counter-balanced throughout. Digits and instructions were presented from a tape recorder located in the testing room. A tape recorder, synchronized with the first, was located in an adjoining room and provided the background sounds. The concealed speaker for back-ground sounds was located outside the open window of the examining room. KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - EXPERIMENTAL design KW - EDUCATION KW - REPLICATION (Experimental design) KW - SOUNDS KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY N1 - Accession Number: 15795872; Guertin, Wilson R. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Knoxville, Iowa.; Source Info: Jul1959, Vol. 15 Issue 3, p349; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: EXPERIMENTAL design; Subject Term: EDUCATION; Subject Term: REPLICATION (Experimental design); Subject Term: SOUNDS; Subject Term: PSYCHOTHERAPY; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611699 All Other Miscellaneous Schools and Instruction; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923110 Administration of Education Programs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611710 Educational Support Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 512290 Other Sound Recording Industries; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15795872&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Singer, William B. T1 - POST-HYPNOTIC SUGGESTION IN GROUP THERAPY: A NOTE. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1952/04// VL - 8 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 205 EP - 205 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article focuses on post-hypnotic suggestion in group therapy in Veterans Administration general, medical and surgical hospitals. At this hospital an intensive program is carried out to integrate individual therapy, group therapy and psychodrama so that each supplements the other. Also, an additional technique has been developed which involves the use of hypnotherapy with the two forms of group therapy. Hypnotherapy has been found useful at this hospital for expediting the penetration of resistance, the elicitation of significant repressed material and the integration of this dynamic material with the conscious mind. KW - GROUP psychotherapy KW - HYPNOTHERAPY KW - VETERANS KW - DRAMA therapy KW - HOSPITAL care KW - PATIENTS N1 - Accession Number: 15846749; Singer, William B. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Vancouver, Washington; Source Info: Apr1952, Vol. 8 Issue 2, p205; Subject Term: GROUP psychotherapy; Subject Term: HYPNOTHERAPY; Subject Term: VETERANS; Subject Term: DRAMA therapy; Subject Term: HOSPITAL care; Subject Term: PATIENTS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 3/4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15846749&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rogers, Lawrence S. T1 - A NOTE ON ALLEN'S INDEX OF DETERIORATION. JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1950/04// VL - 6 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 203 EP - 203 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00219762 AB - The article reports on R.M. Allen's index of deterioration. R.M. Allen recently suggested a new index to replace the Mental Deterioration Index (MDI) of the Wechsler-Bellevue. He suggests computing the difference between the sum of the Information and Comprehension weighted scores and the Digit Span and Digit Symbol weighted scores. R.R. Blake and B.S. McCarthy using Allen's proposed index with normal subjects found it would not be more desirable than the MDI since "it would result in an increment in the amount of classification error with normal subjects." The present author recently reported a study on the MDI with normal subjects, applicants for Vocational Rehabilitation both with the diagnosis of neurosis or with diagnoses other than neurosis, with schizophrenics, and with anxiety tension state patients. KW - VOCATIONAL rehabilitation KW - NEUROSES KW - OCCUPATIONAL therapy KW - VOCATIONAL guidance KW - MENTALLY ill KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - MENTAL health N1 - Accession Number: 15828833; Rogers, Lawrence S. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Unit, Denver, Colorado.; Source Info: Apr1950, Vol. 6 Issue 2, p203; Subject Term: VOCATIONAL rehabilitation; Subject Term: NEUROSES; Subject Term: OCCUPATIONAL therapy; Subject Term: VOCATIONAL guidance; Subject Term: MENTALLY ill; Subject Term: STRESS (Psychology); Subject Term: MENTAL health; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); NAICS/Industry Codes: 624310 Vocational Rehabilitation Services; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15828833&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Baechler, Jean AU - Hendin, Herbert T1 - Suicides. JO - New Republic JF - New Republic Y1 - 1979/12/08/ VL - 181 IS - 23 M3 - Book Review SP - 35 EP - 37 SN - 00286583 AB - Reviews the book "Suicides," by Jean Beachler. KW - SUICIDE KW - OFFENSES against the person KW - NONFICTION KW - BEACHLER, Jean KW - SUICIDES (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 15524492; Baechler, Jean Hendin, Herbert 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Director of Center for Psychological Studies, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Montrose, New York. 2: Professor of Psychiatry, New York Medical College.; Source Info: 12/8/79, Vol. 181 Issue 23, p35; Subject Term: SUICIDE; Subject Term: OFFENSES against the person; Subject Term: NONFICTION; Reviews & Products: SUICIDES (Book); People: BEACHLER, Jean; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=15524492&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Magnesium absorption: mechanisms and the influence of vitamin D, calcium and phosphate. AU - Hardwick, L. L. AU - Jones, M. R. AU - Brautbar, N. AU - Lee, D. B. N. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1991/// VL - 121 IS - 1 SP - 13 EP - 23 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Hardwick, L. L.: D.B.N. Lee, Department of Nephrology (111R), Sepulveda Veterans Administration, Medical Center, 16111 Plummer Street, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911431729. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 75 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 7439-95-4, 1406-16-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - This review summarizes information concerning magnesium absorption. Most studies suggest that Mg is absorbed predominately in the distal intestine. At usual Mg intakes, Mg absorption occurs primarily by intercellular diffusional and solvent drag mechanisms. There is evidence for a saturable component of Mg absorption in the small intestine and the descending colon that is important at low dietary Mg intakes. Pharmacological doses of vitamin D increase Mg absorption in both vitamin D-deficient and vitamin D-replete animals. A substantial amount of Mg absorption, however, occurs independent of vitamin D. In addition, vitamin D may reduce Mg retention through increases in urinary Mg excretion. Intestinal interactions between Mg and calcium or phosphate have been demonstrated in both man and animals. The nature of these interactions cannot be explained by data currently available. KW - absorption KW - calcium KW - Magnesium KW - phosphates KW - reviews KW - vitamin D KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911431729&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Collagen production in fasted and food-restricted rats: response to duration and severity of food deprivation. AU - Spanheimer, R. AU - Zlatev, T. AU - Umpierrez, G. AU - DiGirolamo, M. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1991/// VL - 121 IS - 4 SP - 518 EP - 524 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Spanheimer, R.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3E17, Iowa City, IA 52246, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911433733. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Malnutrition is associated with defects in connective tissue metabolism such as altered growth and wound healing. Because collagen is the major protein in most tissues, the threshold for induction of altered collagen production by partial food restriction was estimated in male Sprague-Dawley rats, fasted for 2 or 4 days or fed 20 to 100% of a predetermined food intake for 4 to 8 days. Collagen and non-collagen protein production in articular cartilage were estimated using purified collagenase digestion of collagen labelled for 2 h in vitro with [H]proline. Significant decreases in collagen were seen in rats after 4 days of 40% (weight-losing rats) or after 8 days of 80% (weight-gaining rats) ad libitum intake. Collagen production decreased with duration and degree of food deprivation; after 8 days of 20% intake, collagen was < 10% that of controls fed ad libitum (P<0.001). In contrast, noncollagen protein production was significantly decreased only after 4 or 8 days of < 40% intake (weight-losing rats). Maximum suppression of noncollagen protein was to about 65% of levels in controls fed ad libitum (P<0.01) and was not further reduced in fasted rats. Insulin-like growth factor-I concentrations were significantly decreased with duration and severity of diet in parallel with changes in collagen. The degree and sensitivity of altered collagen production to small changes in food intake suggest close regulation of this peptide and a potential role for decreased collagen synthesis in connective tissues during mild states of undernutrition. KW - Collagen KW - fasting KW - restricted feeding KW - synthesis KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911433733&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Reduced glucose-induced thermogenesis is present in noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus without obesity. AU - Gumbiner, B. AU - Thorburn, A. W. AU - Henry, R. R. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1991/// VL - 72 IS - 4 SP - 801 EP - 807 SN - 0021-972X AD - Gumbiner, B.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Medical Research Service (111 G), 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911436393. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Energy expenditure was studied in 9 non-obese individuals with noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM) to 16 non-obese control subjects using indirect calorimetry and the hyperinsulinaemic clamp technique. In 6 individuals from each group, studied under identical conditions of hyperinsulinaemia (120 mU m-2 min-1) and euglycaemia (about 5 mmol/litre), glucose uptake averaged 0.482±0.042 and 0.737±0.040 g/min, respectively, and energy expenditure above basal (0.04±0.02 and 0.10±0.02 kcal/min) (P<0.05). To determine whether decreased glucose-induced thermogenesis could be overcome by correcting for reduced glucose uptake, the 9 non-obese NIDDM individuals were age- and weight-matched to 9 control subjects and clamps were performed at matched rates of glucose uptake. During insulin infusion (40 mU m-2 min-1), the non-obese NIDDM individuals were studied at hyperglycaemia (17.5±1.9 mmol/litre) and compared with the control subjects at euglycaemia (5.1±0.1 mmol/litre). Under these conditions, both groups achieved similar rates of glucose uptake (0.698±0.040 vs. 0.688±0.38 g/min in NIDDM and control subjects, respectively) and similar rates of energy expenditure above basal (0.08±0.03 vs. 0.06±0.02 kcal/min). At a higher rate of insulin infusion (600 mU m-2 min-1), clamps performed at hyperglycaemia (19.0±1.2 vs. 14.5±1.1 mmol/litre in NIDDM and control subjects, respectively; P<0.05), rates of maximal glucose uptake (1.538±0.093 vs. 1.158±0.047 g/min) and energy expenditure above basal (0.34±0.03 vs. 0.31±0.03 kcal/min) were similar. It is concluded that non-obese NIDDM is associated with decreased rates of glucose uptake and glucose-induced thermogenesis. Decreased glucose substrate availability, due to impaired insulin action, is the critical determinant of glucose-induced thermogenesis in non-obese NIDDM. These results indicate that decreased thermogenesis in NIDDM is a consequence of insulin resistance and can occur independently of obesity. KW - Diabetes KW - heat production KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - calorigenesis KW - thermogenesis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911436393&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A report of fluorosis in the United States secondary to drinking well water. AU - Felsensfeld, A. J. AU - Roberts, M. A. JO - JAMA, Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA, Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1991/// VL - 265 IS - 4 SP - 486 EP - 488 SN - 0098-7484 AD - Felsensfeld, A. J.: Nephrology Division (691/W111L), Wadsworth Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wilshire and Sawtelle boulevards, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911437941. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The case is reported of a 54-year-old female from Oklahoma, USA, was found to have osteosclerosis on a routine chest roentgenogram. Investigation found the cause of her osteosclerosis to be fluorosis secondary to ingestion of well water containing 428 µmol/litre of fluoride (recommended levels: 11 to 58 µmol/litre). Fluoride concentration of water samples was greater than 212 µmol/litre in 3 of 12 wells of similar depth on properties adjacent to the index case. Urine samples from members of 4 households drinking water samples from these wells contained elevated urinary fluoride levels. It is concluded that fluorosis may develop in certain areas of the USA through the natural occurrence of fluoride in the groundwater. It is suggested that in known endemic areas, fluoride concentration of well water at the time of drilling is measured. KW - drinking water KW - Fluorosis KW - USA KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - United States of America KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911437941&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Seccia, J. D.; AU - Jones, R. M.; AU - Skrabal, M. Z.; AU - Pedersen, C. A.; T1 - Impact of a pharmacist managed lipid clinic CT - Impact of a pharmacist managed lipid clinic JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1996/12/01/ VL - 31 IS - Dec SP - P EP - R AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, 600 South 70th Street, Lincoln, NE 68510, USA N1 - Accession Number: 33-13207; Language: English; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Institutional Pharmacy Practice N2 - A recent retrospective, randomized chart review demonstrated provider's poor compliance with attaining lipid values recommended in the Second Report of the National Cholesterol Education Program (NCEP) Expert Panel on Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Cholesterol in Adults (Adult Treatment Panel II). A pharmacist-managed lipid clinic resulted to improve patient outcomes. The purpose of this investigation is to concurrently compare patient outcomes in the pharmacist-managed lipid clinic versus primary care provider management in a Veterans Medical Center. Outcomes evaluated for 60 patients in each group include: compliance with current NCEP guidelines, efficacy and adverse effects of lipid lowering therapy, medication regimen adherence, and overall treatment cost. Independent statistical analysis will be applied upon conclusion of investigation. KW - Practice Interest Areas--Ambulatory Care--meeting presentations; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--lipid clinics; KW - Compliance--patients--lipid clinics; KW - Costs--antilipemic agents--lipid clinics; KW - Toxicity--antilipemic agents; KW - Ambulatory care--pharmacy services--lipid clinics; KW - Pharmacy services--ambulatory care--lipid clinics; KW - Administration--pharmacy services--lipid clinics; KW - Antilipemic agents--therapy--lipid clinics; KW - Clinical pharmacists--interventions--lipid clinics; KW - Interventions--clinical pharmacists--lipid clinics; KW - Outcomes--clinical--lipid clinics; KW - Hyperlipidemia--ambulatory care--clinics; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=33-13207&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1992-43771-001 AN - 1992-43771-001 AU - Elliott, Timothy R. AU - Herrick, Stephen M. AU - Witty, Thomas E. AU - Godshall, Frank AU - Spruell, Michael T1 - Social support and depression following spinal cord injury. JF - Rehabilitation Psychology JO - Rehabilitation Psychology Y1 - 1992///Spr 1992 VL - 37 IS - 1 SP - 37 EP - 48 CY - US PB - Springer Publishing SN - 0090-5550 SN - 1939-1544 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-43771-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Aspects of Disability. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Elliott, Timothy R.; Medical College of Virginia/Virginia Commonwealth University, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Division 22 of the American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20061215. Correction Date: 20160908. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Major Depression; Social Support; Spinal Cord Injuries. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1992. Copyright Statement: Division of Rehabilitation Psychology of the American Psychological Association. 1992. KW - social support KW - depression KW - 18–23 yr olds with spinal cord injuries KW - 1992 KW - Major Depression KW - Social Support KW - Spinal Cord Injuries DO - 10.1037/h0079091 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1992-43771-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06498-065 AN - 2006-06498-065 AU - Boudewyns, Patrick A. T1 - Experiential Obsession Musings. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 34 IS - 5 SP - 513 EP - 513 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06498-065. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boudewyns, Patrick A.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Obsessions; Patients; Psychotherapy; Therapeutic Processes. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217); Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Stern, E. Mark (Ed). Psychotherapy and the Obsessed Patient=New York: Haworth Press, 1987. 158 pp. $19.95; 1987. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. KW - psychotherapy KW - obsessed patients KW - therapeutic process KW - obsessed personality KW - 1989 KW - Obsessions KW - Patients KW - Psychotherapy KW - Therapeutic Processes U2 - Stern, E. Mark (Ed). (1987); Psychotherapy and the Obsessed Patient; New York: Haworth Press, 1987. 158 pp. $19.95; 0-86656-636-8. DO - 10.1037/028076 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06498-065&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06450-029 AN - 2006-06450-029 AU - Haaland, Kathleen York T1 - Reflections on an Empiricist and Historian. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 32 IS - 7 SP - 638 EP - 638 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06450-029. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Haaland, Kathleen York; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albuquerque, NM, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Apraxia; Neuropsychology. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Costa, Louis (Ed); Spreen, Otfried (Ed). Studies in Neuropsychology: Selected Papers of Arthur Benton=New York: Oxford University Press, 1985. 351 pp. $39.50; 1985. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1987. KW - Arthur Benton KW - aphasia KW - apraxia KW - neuropsychology KW - 1987 KW - Aphasia KW - Apraxia KW - Neuropsychology U2 - Costa, Louis (Ed); Spreen, Otfried (Ed). (1985); Studies in Neuropsychology: Selected Papers of Arthur Benton; New York: Oxford University Press, 1985. 351 pp. $39.50; 0-19-503636-0. DO - 10.1037/027315 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06450-029&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06409-054 AN - 2006-06409-054 AU - Horton, A. MacNeill Jr. T1 - Health Psychology without Psychologists? JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1984/02// VL - 29 IS - 2 SP - 167 EP - 167 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06409-054. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Horton, A. MacNeill Jr.; Alcoholism Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Baltimore, MD, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Health; Health Care Services; Psychosocial Factors. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Lipkin, Mack Jr. (Ed); Kupka, Karel (Ed). Psychosocial Factors Affecting Health=New York: Praeger, 1982. 391 pp. $37.95; 1982. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1984. KW - psychosocial factors KW - health KW - health care setting KW - 1984 KW - Health KW - Health Care Services KW - Psychosocial Factors U2 - Lipkin, Mack Jr. (Ed); Kupka, Karel (Ed). (1982); Psychosocial Factors Affecting Health; New York: Praeger, 1982. 391 pp. $37.95 DO - 10.1037/022670 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06409-054&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06284-040 AN - 2006-06284-040 AU - Goff, William R. T1 - Approaches to Psychiatric Problems. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1976/03// VL - 21 IS - 3 SP - 213 EP - 213 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06284-040. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goff, William R.; Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 20061113. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior; Brain. Minor Descriptor: Mental Disorders. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120); Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Widroe, Harvey J. (Ed). Human Behavior and Brain Function=Springfield, Ill.: Charles C. Thomas, 1975. Pp. ix + 116. $7.50; 1975. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1976. KW - human behavior KW - brain function KW - psychiatric problems KW - minimal brain dysfunction KW - REM sleep effiicency KW - schizophrenia KW - psychopharmacology KW - 1976 KW - Behavior KW - Brain KW - Mental Disorders U2 - Widroe, Harvey J. (Ed). (1975); Human Behavior and Brain Function; Springfield, Ill.: Charles C. Thomas, 1975. Pp. ix + 116. $7.50 DO - 10.1037/015005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06284-040&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06253-052 AN - 2006-06253-052 AU - Eng, Erling T1 - Eng's Reply. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 18 IS - 8 SP - 396 EP - 396 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06253-052. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eng, Erling; Veterans Administration Hospital, Lexington, KY, US. Release Date: 20061106. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Symbolism. Minor Descriptor: Games. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. KW - symbolism KW - 1973 KW - Symbolism KW - Games DO - 10.1037/0012200 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06253-052&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06250-054 AN - 2006-06250-054 AU - Sell, D. E. T1 - Rejoinder to Mowrer. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 18 IS - 5 SP - 247 EP - 247 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06250-054. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sell, D. E.; Veterans Administration Center, Dayton, OH, US. Release Date: 20061106. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experiment Controls; Freedom. Minor Descriptor: Environment. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. KW - human freedom KW - environmental contingencies KW - control KW - 1973 KW - Experiment Controls KW - Freedom KW - Environment DO - 10.1037/0012064 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06250-054&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06247-041 AN - 2006-06247-041 AU - Sell, DeWitt E. T1 - Beyond Predisposition and Predilection. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1973/02// VL - 18 IS - 2 SP - 71 EP - 71 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06247-041. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sell, DeWitt E.; Veterans Administration Center, Dayton, OH, US. Release Date: 20061106. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behaviorism; Predisposition. Classification: Philosophy (2630). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1973. KW - predisposition KW - predilection KW - behaviorism KW - 1973 KW - Behaviorism KW - Predisposition DO - 10.1037/0011959 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06247-041&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06206-024 AN - 2006-06206-024 AU - Levine, Jacob T1 - Will Training. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1970/04// VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 306 EP - 306 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06206-024. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levine, Jacob; Psychology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 20061030. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Family Relations; Patients. Minor Descriptor: Mental Health. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Low, Abraham A. Lectures to Relatives of Former Patients=Boston: Christopher, 1967. Pp. 229. $5.00; 1967. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1970. KW - mental health KW - patients KW - relatives KW - 1970 KW - Family Relations KW - Patients KW - Mental Health U2 - Low, Abraham A. (1967); Lectures to Relatives of Former Patients; Boston: Christopher, 1967. Pp. 229. $5.00 DO - 10.1037/0010585 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06206-024&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06118-041 AN - 2006-06118-041 AU - Russell, Elbert W. T1 - Seven points reviewed. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 17 IS - 5 SP - 310 EP - 310 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06118-041. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Russell, Elbert W.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Miami, FL, US. Release Date: 20061106. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Neuropsychological Assessment. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: May, 1972. KW - brain damage KW - neuropsychology KW - Halstead-Reitan Impairment Index KW - 1972 KW - Brain Damage KW - Neuropsychological Assessment DO - 10.1037/0010955 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06118-041&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06072-047 AN - 2006-06072-047 AU - Wagner, Mervyn K. T1 - Extra-sensory Brainwashing. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1967/05// VL - 12 IS - 5 SP - 286 EP - 286 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06072-047. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wagner, Mervyn K.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Salisbury, NC, US. Release Date: 20061030. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brainwashing; Evaluation. Minor Descriptor: Psychologists; Psychophysics. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: May, 1967. KW - brainwashing KW - scientific evaluation KW - psychologists KW - 1967 KW - Brainwashing KW - Evaluation KW - Psychologists KW - Psychophysics DO - 10.1037/008041 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06072-047&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05458-041 AN - 2006-05458-041 AU - Kokes, Ronald F. T1 - Old Wine and New Wineskins. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 33 IS - 3 SP - 247 EP - 247 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05458-041. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kokes, Ronald F.; Behavioral Medicine Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Fresno, CA, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Family; Schizophrenia; Susceptibility (Disorders). Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Lidz, Theodore; Fleck, Stephen; Cornelison, Alice R. Schizophrenia and the Family (2nd ed.)=New York: International Universities Press, 1985. 494 pp. $40.00; 1985. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. KW - schizophrenic patients KW - distorted families KW - family functioning KW - 1988 KW - Family KW - Schizophrenia KW - Susceptibility (Disorders) U2 - Lidz, Theodore; Fleck, Stephen; Cornelison, Alice R. (1985); Schizophrenia and the Family (2nd ed.); New York: International Universities Press, 1985. 494 pp. $40.00; 0-8236-6001-X. DO - 10.1037/025516 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-05458-041&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06530-059 AN - 2006-06530-059 AU - Lacoursiere, Roy B. T1 - Ignorable advice. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1983/02// VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 163 EP - 163 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06530-059. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lacoursiere, Roy B.; Colmery-O'Neil Veterans Administration, Topeka, KS, US. Release Date: 20061120. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Development; Theories. Minor Descriptor: Life Span. Classification: Group & Interpersonal Processes (3020). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1983. KW - group developmental stage theory KW - life cycle KW - 1983 KW - Group Development KW - Theories KW - Life Span DO - 10.1037/021836 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06530-059&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06528-075 AN - 2006-06528-075 AU - Lacoursiere, Roy B. T1 - Group developmental stage issues. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1983/04// VL - 28 IS - 4 SP - 326 EP - 326 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06528-075. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lacoursiere, Roy B.; Colmery-O'Neil Veterans Administration, Topeka, KS, US. Release Date: 20061120. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Developmental Stages; Group Development; Group Dynamics. Classification: Group & Interpersonal Processes (3020). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1983. KW - group developmental stage theory KW - life cycle KW - 1983 KW - Developmental Stages KW - Group Development KW - Group Dynamics DO - 10.1037/021993 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06528-075&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06498-044 AN - 2006-06498-044 AU - Thompson, Dolores Gallagher T1 - A Broad Spectrum Approach to the Diagnosis and Treatment of Schizophrenic Disorders in the Elderly. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 34 IS - 5 SP - 497 EP - 497 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06498-044. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Thompson, Dolores Gallagher; Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aging; Paranoia (Psychosis); Schizophrenia; Schizophreniform Disorder; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Diagnosis. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Miller, Nancy E. (Ed); Cohen, Gene D. (Ed). Schizophrenia and Aging: Schizophrenia, Paranoia, and Schizophreniform Disorders in Later Life=New York: Guilford Press, 1987. 367 pp. $40.00; 1987. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. KW - schizophrenia KW - aging KW - paranoia KW - schizophreniform disorders KW - diagnosis KW - treatment KW - elderly KW - 1989 KW - Aging KW - Paranoia (Psychosis) KW - Schizophrenia KW - Schizophreniform Disorder KW - Treatment KW - Diagnosis U2 - Miller, Nancy E. (Ed); Cohen, Gene D. (Ed). (1987); Schizophrenia and Aging: Schizophrenia, Paranoia, and Schizophreniform Disorders in Later Life; New York: Guilford Press, 1987. 367 pp. $40.00; 0-89862-228-X. DO - 10.1037/028055 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06498-044&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06436-013 AN - 2006-06436-013 AU - Sutker, Patricia B. AU - Malow, Robert M. T1 - Vietnam Soldiers: Historical and Therapeutic Perspectives. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1986/05// VL - 31 IS - 5 SP - 344 EP - 344 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06436-013. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sutker, Patricia B.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, New Orleans, LA, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; War. Minor Descriptor: Emotions; Human Nature; Society. Classification: Military Psychology (3800); Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Brende, Joel Osler; Parson, Erwin Randolph. Vietnam Veterans: The Road to Recovery=New York: Plenum Press, 1985. 290 pp. $17.95; 1985. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: May, 1986. KW - Vietnam Veterans KW - war KW - American society KW - emotional impact KW - human nature KW - 1986 KW - Military Veterans KW - War KW - Emotions KW - Human Nature KW - Society U2 - Brende, Joel Osler; Parson, Erwin Randolph. (1985); Vietnam Veterans: The Road to Recovery; New York: Plenum Press, 1985. 290 pp. $17.95 DO - 10.1037/024738 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06436-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06132-030 AN - 2006-06132-030 AU - Tallent, Norman T1 - Conceptual harmony. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1970/08// VL - 15 IS - 8 SP - 523 EP - 523 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06132-030. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tallent, Norman; Veterans Administration Hospital, Northampton, MA, US. Release Date: 20061113. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Traits; Psychologists; Psychology. Minor Descriptor: Quantitative Methods; Teaching. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1970. KW - psychological perspectives KW - personality courses KW - psychologists KW - 1970 KW - Personality Traits KW - Psychologists KW - Psychology KW - Quantitative Methods KW - Teaching DO - 10.1037/013838 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06132-030&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05463-025 AN - 2006-05463-025 AU - Brookshire, Robert H. T1 - Two Languages are not Necessarily Better Than One. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 33 IS - 7 SP - 607 EP - 607 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05463-025. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brookshire, Robert H.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 20061211. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Bilingualism; Language; Neuropsychological Assessment; Psychometrics. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Paradis, Michel; Libben, Gary. The Assessment of Bilingual Aphasia=Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum, 1987. 241 pp. $29.95; 1987. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. KW - Bilingual Aphasia Test KW - assessment KW - linguistic structure KW - bilingualism KW - psychometrics KW - 1988 KW - Aphasia KW - Bilingualism KW - Language KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Psychometrics U2 - Paradis, Michel; Libben, Gary. (1987); The Assessment of Bilingual Aphasia; Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum, 1987. 241 pp. $29.95; 0-89859-650-5. DO - 10.1037/030479 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-05463-025&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05463-020 AN - 2006-05463-020 AU - Carmody, Timothy P. T1 - How Can Caregivers for the Critically Ill Avoid Burnout? JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 33 IS - 7 SP - 603 EP - 603 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05463-020. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carmody, Timothy P.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, CA, US. Release Date: 20061211. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Caregivers; Death and Dying; Emotional Responses; Occupational Stress; Personality Traits. Classification: Professional Personnel Attitudes & Characteristics (3430). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Vachon, Mary L. S. Occupational Stress in the Care of the Critically Ill, the Dying, and the Bereaved=Washington, DC: Hemisphere/Harper & Row, 1987. 271 pp. $29.95; 1987. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. KW - occupational stress KW - critically ill KW - dying KW - emotional reactions KW - personality dynamics KW - caregivers KW - burnout KW - 1988 KW - Caregivers KW - Death and Dying KW - Emotional Responses KW - Occupational Stress KW - Personality Traits U2 - Vachon, Mary L. S. (1987); Occupational Stress in the Care of the Critically Ill, the Dying, and the Bereaved; Washington, DC: Hemisphere/Harper & Row, 1987. 271 pp. $29.95; 0-89116-318-2. DO - 10.1037/030474 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-05463-020&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Allaire, Saralynn H. AU - Prashker, Mark J. AU - Meenan, Robert F. AD - Boston U Arthritis Center AD - Boston Veterans Administration Medical Center AD - Boston U T1 - The Costs of Rheumatoid Arthritis JO - PharmacoEconomics JF - PharmacoEconomics Y1 - 1994/12// VL - 6 IS - 6 SP - 513 EP - 522 SN - 11707690 N1 - Accession Number: 0350896; Keywords: Arthritis; Publication Type: Journal Article; Update Code: 199505 KW - Analysis of Health Care Markets I11 L3 - http://link.springer.com/journal/volumesAndIssues/40273 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ecn&AN=0350896&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - http://link.springer.com/journal/volumesAndIssues/40273 DP - EBSCOhost DB - ecn ER - TY - CHAP AU - Monahan, Susanne C. AU - Meyer, John W. AU - Scott, W. Richard AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, CA AD - Stanford U AD - Stanford U A2 - Scott, W. Richard A2 - Meyer, John W. T1 - Employee Training: The Expansion of Organizational Citizenship T2 - Institutional environments and organizations: Structural complexity and individualism PB - Thousand Oaks, Calif.; London and New Delhi: PB - Sage Publications Y1 - 1994/// SP - 255 EP - 271 N1 - Accession Number: 0431521; Reviewed Book ISBN: 0-8039-5667-3; Keywords: Training; Geographic Descriptors: U.S.; Geographic Region: Northern America; Publication Type: Collective Volume Article; Update Code: 199711 KW - Human Capital; Skills; Occupational Choice; Labor Productivity J24 KW - Organizational Behavior; Transaction Costs; Property Rights D23 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ecn&AN=0431521&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ecn ER - TY - CHAP AU - Griffith, Richard M. AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, KY A2 - Hausch, Donald B. A2 - Lo, Victor S. Y. A2 - Ziemba, William T. T1 - A Footnote on Horse Race Betting T2 - Efficiency of racetrack betting markets PB - San Diego; London and Toronto: PB - Harcourt Brace, Academic Press Y1 - 1994/// SP - 27 EP - 30 RP - [1961] N1 - Accession Number: 0418882; Reviewed Book ISBN: 0-12-333030-0; Keywords: Betting; Geographic Descriptors: U.S.; Geographic Region: Northern America; Publication Type: Collective Volume Article; Update Code: 199707 KW - Sports; Gambling; Restaurants; Recreation; Tourism L83 KW - Criteria for Decision-Making under Risk and Uncertainty D81 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ecn&AN=0418882&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ecn ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-23286-001 AN - 1991-23286-001 AU - Cerella, John T1 - Age effects may be global, not local: Comment on Fisk and Rogers (1991). JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology: General JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology: General Y1 - 1991/06// VL - 120 IS - 2 SP - 215 EP - 223 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-3445 SN - 1939-2222 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-23286-001. PMID: 1830612 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cerella, John; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20120206. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Memory; Visual Search. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1991. Publication History: Accepted Date: Dec 17, 1990; First Submitted Date: Dec 14, 1990. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - A series of analyses of variance on target search times allowed A. Fisk and W. Rogers (see record [rid]1991-23287-001[/rid]) to reject the null hypothesis that age had a uniform, additive effect across search conditions. It does not, however, follow that age affected some conditions in an exceptional way, as Fisk and Rogers concluded. Age may have had a uniform but nonadditive effect across conditions. In this article, it is shown that age had a uniform linear, or perhaps slightly curvilinear, effect on search times. This "null hypothesis" adequately accounted for the age effects in all 27 search conditions. Indeed, it accounted for the age effects in 107 conditions abstracted from other visual search studies and for the age effects in 154 conditions abstracted from a miscellaneous collection of nonsearch processing-time studies. The only variation in age outcomes across studies was consistent with sampling error, given the known variance in response times. It is concluded that age is experienced as a generalized slowing of the central nervous system uniformly affecting all information processes. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age KW - performance on memory & visual search tasks KW - adults KW - commentary KW - 1991 KW - Age Differences KW - Memory KW - Visual Search DO - 10.1037/0096-3445.120.2.215 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1991-23286-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-20713-001 AN - 1991-20713-001 AU - Lloyd, Robert L. AU - Kling, Arthur S. T1 - Delta activity from amygdala in squirrel monkeys (Saimiri sciureus): Influence of social and environmental context. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience Y1 - 1991/04// VL - 105 IS - 2 SP - 223 EP - 229 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-20713-001. PMID: 2043270 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lloyd, Robert L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amygdala; Animal Environments; Electrical Activity; Lateral Dominance; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Cues; Electrical Stimulation; Monkeys. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1991. Publication History: Accepted Date: Sep 5, 1990; Revised Date: Aug 10, 1990; First Submitted Date: Feb 21, 1990. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1991. AB - A previous study (A. S. Kling et al, 1979) reported that power in the delta band of the amygdala is selectively elevated when primates are exposed to affectively ladened stimuli. Radiotelemetric recordings suggested that this elevation was greatest when the animal was confronted with conspecific behaviors that could be interpreted as "ambiguous." In the present study, a specific elevation of delta activity was observed when the animal was placed in an environment in which uncued shock had previously been received, in relation to environments in which shock had always been cued. This occurred even though the conditioned stimulus or unconditioned stimulus (or both) was not presented. A specific elevation in delta activity also occurred when a conspecific was present, in relation to when the animal was alone. Finally, recordings in an environment in which shock training had previously occurred showed a striking lateralization of delta activity in the right amygdala but not in the cortex. At other times, no lateralization was observed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - uncued vs cued shock induced stressful environment KW - delta activity of right vs left amygdala KW - squirrel monkeys KW - 1991 KW - Amygdala KW - Animal Environments KW - Electrical Activity KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Stress KW - Cues KW - Electrical Stimulation KW - Monkeys DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.105.2.223 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1991-20713-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Boils complicating scabies. AU - Frisbie, J. H. JO - Cutis (New York) JF - Cutis (New York) Y1 - 1990/// VL - 46 IS - 5 SP - 442 EP - 442 AD - Frisbie, J. H.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brockton, MA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19950800086. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 2 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Entomology N2 - Furuncles complicating scabies have been explained as secondary to scratching of the pruritic rash. Of 128 patients, staff and families associated with a hospital ward for chronic spinal cord injury care, 55 experienced rash and 23 had boils during a one-year period. 9 rashes showed Sarcoptes scabiei mites or eggs. Analysis showed that boils and rashes were distributed similarly in high-contact persons and in body locations. Boils increased in incidence with recurrence of rash. Boils caused greater disability than the rash itself. KW - bacterial diseases KW - ectoparasitoses KW - human diseases KW - scabies KW - skin diseases KW - Massachusetts KW - USA KW - Acari KW - Arachnida KW - man KW - Sarcoptes scabiei KW - Sarcoptidae KW - Arachnida KW - arthropods KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Sarcoptes KW - Sarcoptidae KW - Astigmata KW - mites KW - Acari KW - New England States of USA KW - Northeastern States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - bacterial infections KW - bacterioses KW - bacterium KW - dermatoses KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19950800086&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The Hymenoptera venom study III: safety of venom immunotherapy. AU - Lockey, R. F. AU - Turkeltaub, P. C. AU - Olive, E. S. AU - Hubbard, J. M. AU - Baird-Warren, I. A. AU - Bukantz, S. C. JO - Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology JF - Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology Y1 - 1990/// VL - 86 IS - 5 SP - 775 EP - 780 SN - 0091-6749 AD - Lockey, R. F.: Division of Allergy and Immunology, Department of Medicine, University of South Florida College of Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital (VAR 111D), 13000 Bruce B. Downs Blvd., Tampa, FL 33612, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19930511926. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Entomology N2 - 1410 (44%) of the 3236 subjects in the Hymenoptera venom study accepted immunotherapy against vespid/honeybee venoms. Time to maintenance averaged 95 days, and the largest number achieved maintenance (147 subjects, 10.4%) at day 56. 92% of the treated subjects achieved maintenance, and 84% continued therapy, most (91%) until the study was ended. 171 subjects (12%) experienced 327 treatment systemic reactions. The incidence of pruritus and angiooedema/urticaria was similar with mild, moderate or severe systemic reactions. The reaction severity did not correlate with the severity of the most recent sting before entry into the study, the most severe historical sting reaction, the most severe reaction during skin tests, the total dose of venom, the degree of skin test reactivity, or the lowest concentration yielding a positive skin test. Most reactions occurred between 1 and 50 µg and at maintenance; honeybee or wasp venoms were most likely to produce systemic reactions. KW - Arthropod allergies KW - Honey bees KW - hypersensitivity KW - Immunotherapy KW - therapy KW - venoms KW - USA KW - Apidae KW - Apis mellifera KW - Hymenoptera KW - man KW - Vespidae KW - Apis KW - Apidae KW - Hymenoptera KW - insects KW - Hexapoda KW - arthropods KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - allergic responses KW - honeybees KW - hypersensitiveness KW - therapeutics KW - United States of America KW - venom KW - Non-communicable Human Diseases and Injuries (VV600) KW - Apiculture (LL010) KW - Public Health and Nuisance Pests (VV300) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19930511926&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Blastomyces dermatitidis. AU - Chapman, S. W. A2 - Mandell, G. L. A2 - Douglas, R. G., Jr. A2 - Bennett, J. E. T2 - Principles and practice of infectious diseases. JO - Principles and practice of infectious diseases. JF - Principles and practice of infectious diseases. Y1 - 1990/// IS - Ed. 3 SP - 1999 EP - 2008 CY - New York; USA PB - Churchill Livingstone Inc. SN - 0443086869 AD - Chapman, S. W.: Medical Service and Infectious Diseases Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Jackson, Mississippi, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19931214326. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Number of References: 101 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - History, organism, epidemiology, pathogenesis and pathology, immunity, clinical manifestations, diagnosis and treatment are reviewed for B. dermatitidis infections. KW - hosts KW - infections KW - reviews KW - Blastomyces dermatitidis KW - man KW - Blastomyces KW - Ajellomycetaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - fungus KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19931214326&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Duodenal osmolality drives gallbladder emptying in humans. AU - Fiorucci, S. AU - Bosso, R. AU - Morelli, A. JO - Digestive Diseases and Sciences JF - Digestive Diseases and Sciences Y1 - 1990/// VL - 35 IS - 6 SP - 698 EP - 704 SN - 0163-2116 AD - Fiorucci, S.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4500 S. Lancaster Rd., Dallas, Texas 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19931453991. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of duodenal osmoreceptor stimulation on gall bladder motility was investigated in 18 healthy subjects 37±7 years old during intraduodenal infusion of 280, 560 and 840 mosm/litre NaCl solutions. Gall bladder emptying was dose-dependent between 560 and 840 mosm/litre. The effect of duodenal infusion of hypertonic saline on gall bladder emptying was prevented by atropine and partly antagonized by naloxone, indicating that cholinergic and endorphinergic pathways may be involved in regulating this reflex. As proglumide, a cholecystokinin (CCK) antagonist, did not affect gall bladder emptying induced by hypertonic saline, it seems likely that CCK is not released by increasing duodenal osmolality. A significant reduction in gall bladder volume was obtained when hyperosmolar saline was delivered into the duodenum, whereas no emptying was seen when infused into the gastric antrum of the jejunum, suggesting that osmoreceptors that activate gall bladder emptying are located only in the duodenum. All subjects showed central symptoms (nausea or vomiting) during duodenal infusion of hypertonic saline, suggesting that central mechanisms might be activated by a change in duodenal osmolality. Data indicate that the osmolality of duodenal contents might regulate gall bladder motility by neural atropine- and naloxone-sensitive pathways. KW - Duodenum KW - Gall bladder KW - Motility KW - Osmotic pressure KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - osmolality KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19931453991&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intestinal calcium transport in systemic disease: studies with brush-border membrane vesicles. AU - Schedl, H. P. AU - Christensen, K. AU - Ronnenberg, W. AU - Thomas, S. JO - Mineral and Electrolyte Metabolism JF - Mineral and Electrolyte Metabolism Y1 - 1990/// VL - 16 IS - 2-3 SP - 147 EP - 153 SN - 0378-0392 AD - Schedl, H. P.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center and Department of Medicine, University of Iowa College of Medicine, Iowa City, IA 52242, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19931456775. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Studies utilizing brush-border membrane vesicles from small intestine to examine calcium uptake processes by the enterocyte are reviewed. Results demonstrate that uptake must be examined in the time frame approaching intitial rate, and kinetics of saturable and nonsaturable processes be defined. KW - Calcium KW - Intestines KW - Reviews KW - Systemic diseases KW - Transport KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - transportation KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19931456775&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nutrition and the pancreas. AU - Singh, M. JO - Current Opinion in Gastroenterology JF - Current Opinion in Gastroenterology Y1 - 1990/// VL - 6 IS - 5 SP - 785 EP - 791 SN - 0267-1379 AD - Singh, M.: Pancreatic Research Laboratory and Medical Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Medical College of Georgia, Augusta, GA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19931458690. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of macronutrients on pancreatic adaptation and growth is reviewed. New information has emerged regarding potential ways in which ingested substances might injure the pancreas and how dietary micronutrients might mitigate injury. Attention to nutrition is an important part of caring for patients with pancreatitis and cystic fibrosis. The effects in pancreatic secretion of perfusing the gut with nutrients relates to pancreatic physiology and hence is not covered in this article. KW - Nutrition KW - Pancreas KW - Reviews KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19931458690&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Occupational sensitivity to Tenebrio molitor Linnaeus (yellow mealworm). AU - Schroeckenstein, D. C. AU - Meier-Davis, S. AU - Bush, R. K. JO - Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology JF - Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology Y1 - 1990/// VL - 86 IS - 2 SP - 182 EP - 188 SN - 0091-6749 AD - Schroeckenstein, D. C.: Allergy Section, William S. Middleton Veterans Administration Hospital, Madison, WI 53705, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19920511719. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 37341-29-0, 308067-57-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Medical & Veterinary Entomology; Postharvest Research N2 - An individual (an animal technician) with work-related symptoms of rhinoconjunctivitis on exposure to T. molitor was evaluated. Prick skin test with extracts prepared from the larvae, pupae and adults of the insect were positive for the patient and for another individual with allergy to a closely related species of beetle, Alphitobius diaperinus. Specific IgE antibodies to the extracts were demonstrated by RAST. RAST inhibition demonstrated immunologic cross-reactivity between the life stages of T. molitor and also between T. molitor and A. diaperinus, as well as slight cross-reactivity with blowfly (Phormia regina). The proteins in the extracts of each life stage were separated by SDS-PAGE. More than 15 protein bands were detected in each of the extracts, although the patterns of separation were different for each life stage. After immunoblotting and autoradiography, 6 different IgE-binding proteins were identified in the larval extract, 5 in the pupal extract, and 7 in the adult extract, with similar IgE-binding patterns noted for the larval and adult extracts. KW - allergies KW - Arthropod allergies KW - Case reports KW - cross reaction KW - Health hazards KW - Hypersensitivity KW - IgE KW - Immunoglobulins KW - Occupational hazards KW - RAST KW - SDS-PAGE KW - Stored products pests KW - USA KW - Wisconsin KW - Alphitobius diaperinus KW - Coleoptera KW - man KW - Tenebrio molitor KW - Tenebrionidae KW - Alphitobius KW - Tenebrionidae KW - Coleoptera KW - insects KW - Hexapoda KW - arthropods KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Tenebrio KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - East North Central States of USA KW - North Central States of USA KW - USA KW - Lake States of USA KW - allergic responses KW - gamma-globulins KW - hypersensitiveness KW - immune globulins KW - radioallergosorbent test KW - reagin KW - reaginic antibodies KW - sodium dodecyl sulfate-PAGE KW - storage pests KW - stored-product pests KW - United States of America KW - Non-communicable Human Diseases and Injuries (VV600) KW - Occupational Health and Safety (VV900) KW - Biodeterioration Organisms (SS320) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Storage Problems and Pests of Food (QQ111) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19920511719&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Coccidioides immitis in AIDS patients. AU - Galgiani, J. N. AU - Ampel, N. M. AU - Dols, C. L. AU - Fish, D. G. A2 - Bossche, H. vanden A2 - Mackenzie, D. W. R. A2 - Cauwenbergh, G. A2 - Cutsem, J. van A2 - Drouhet, E. A2 - Dupont, B. T2 - Mycoses in AIDS patients. JO - Mycoses in AIDS patients. JF - Mycoses in AIDS patients. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 171 EP - 178 CY - New York; USA PB - Plenum Press SN - 030643704X AD - Galgiani, J. N.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tucson, AZ 85723, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921212163. Publication Type: Conference paper. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - C. immitis infections in AIDS patients are discussed. A literature review of previously reported cases and an analysis of these reports are presented, and results of recently initiated studies, including prospective surveillance of cases and a retrospective survey of unreported cases of C. immitis infection in AIDS patients, are summarized. KW - acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - infections KW - predisposition KW - Coccidioides immitis KW - Man KW - Coccidioides KW - Onygenaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - AIDS KW - fungus KW - Mycoses in AIDS patients KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921212163&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Salt-sensitive blood pressure and exaggerated vascular reactivity in the hypertension of diabetes mellitus. AU - Tuck, M. AU - Corry, D. AU - Trujillo, A. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1990/// VL - 88 IS - 3 SP - 210 EP - 216 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Tuck, M.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 16111 Plummer Street, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921439777. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For 6 days 19 patients 53 to 71 years old with noninsulin-dependent diabetes, of whom 7 were normotensive and 12 were hypertensive, and 7 healthy controls were given a diet with 20 mEq sodium daily and then for a further 6 days a diet with 250 mEq Na daily. Salt sensitivity of blood pressure was estimated by the increment in integrated 24-h blood pressure values on changing from the low- to the high-Na diet. Blood pressure and plasma aldosterone responses to a graded-dose infusion of angiotensin II were also examined on both diets. Of the hypertensive patients 8 showed salt-sensitive blood pressure responses, whereas none of the normotensive patients or controls were salt-sensitive. Diabetes had increased blood pressure responses to infused angiotensin II on both Na diets when compared with controls. Whereas controls had reduced vascular responses to angiotensin II on the low-Na diet, these responses were not decreased in diabetics. Patients also retained more Na on the high-Na diet than did controls. KW - Diabetes KW - hypertension KW - responses KW - salt KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - high blood pressure KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921439777&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The response of lipoprotein lipase to feeding and fasting. Evidence for posttranslational regulation. AU - Doolittle, M. H. AU - Ben-Zeev, O. AU - Elovson, J. AU - Martin, D. AU - Kirchgessner, T. G. JO - Journal of Biological Chemistry JF - Journal of Biological Chemistry Y1 - 1990/// VL - 265 IS - 8 SP - 4570 EP - 4577 SN - 0021-9258 AD - Doolittle, M. H.: Lipid Research, Veterans Administration, Wadsworth Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921446145. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 42 ref. Registry Number: 9004-02-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The regulation of adipose tissue lipoprotein lipase (LPL) was examined in rats fed or fasted overnight, and was found to be controlled post-translationally. LPL catalytic activity decreased by 50% after fasting, while LPL mRNA levels and rates of synthesis increased nearly 2-fold; enzyme mass remained unchanged. The distribution of LPL within the endoplasmic reticulum (ER) and Golgi/post-Golgi secretory pathway was assessed by differentiating between LPL high mannose and complex forms. After fasting, the majority of LPL is in the high mannose ER form (65%, 0.97 µg/g wet weight tissue), whereas the LPL complex form comprises only 35% (or 0.52 µg/g). After refeeding, however, the Golgi-derived LPL complex form predominated (65%, 1.03 µg/g) over the high mannose ER form (35%, 0.55 µg/g). Kinetic analysis suggested that high mannose LPL disappears with a half-life of t0.5 = 40 min in both fed and fasted rats, indicating that the redistribution of LPL mass during feeding/fasting does not arise by differential retention within ER. Instead, the fractional catabolic rate of complex LPL within the Golgi/post-Golgi secretory compartment can be calculated to be 3.5-fold greater in fasting. In the heart, changes in LPL activity in response to feeding/fasting were also not due to differences in mRNA levels or rates of synthesis. Based on these findings, a model of LPL post-translational regulation is proposed and discussed. KW - activity KW - adipose tissue KW - fasting KW - heart KW - Lipoprotein lipase KW - refeeding KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - diacylglycerol lipase KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921446145&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Vitamin D receptor expression in human lymphocytes. Signal requirements and characterization by western blots and DNA sequencing. AU - Yu, X. P. AU - Mocharla, H. AU - Hustmeyer, F. G. AU - Manolagas, S. C. JO - Journal of Biological Chemistry JF - Journal of Biological Chemistry Y1 - 1990/// VL - 266 IS - 7 SP - 7588 EP - 7595 SN - 0021-9258 AD - Yu, X. P.: Section of Endocrinology and Metabolism, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Indiana University, Indianapolis, IN 46202, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921448294. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The signals controlling the expression of the receptor protein for 1α,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 in normal human lymphocytes and the relationship of this protein to the classical vitamin D receptor were examined. Lymphocytes activated with the OKT3 antibody to the T-cell antigen receptor expressed fewer binding sites as compared with lymphocytes that were activated by the polyclonal activator phytohaemagglutinin (PHA). However, combination of OKT3 and phorbol myristate acetate produced a concentration of binding sites similar to the PHA-activated cells. The receptor from OKT3 and OKT3 + phorbol myristate acetate-activated lymphocytes exhibited decreased binding to DNA-cellulose compared with PHA-activated lymphocytes. In lymphocytes activated either by PHA or OKT3 (but not in resting cells), a 50-kDa species cross-reacting with a monoclonal antibody against the intestinal vitamin D receptor was detected. Finally, RNA from activated lymphocytes was amplified by the polymerase chain reactions using oligonucleotide primers flanking the 196 base pair long region encoding the DNA-binding domain of the human intestinal receptor. The amplified product showed an identical nucleotide sequence to the DNA binding domain of the human intestinal receptor. These findings suggest that expression of the 1,25-(OH)2D3 receptor in lymphocytes is triggered by distinct and contingent signals, and that the protein and the mRNA encoding it are identical to the classical vitamin D receptor. KW - Calcitriol KW - lymphocytes KW - receptors KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921448294&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Potassium effects on blood pressure: is the conjugate anion important? AU - Mullen, J. T. AU - O'Connor, D. T. JO - Journal of Human Hypertension JF - Journal of Human Hypertension Y1 - 1990/// VL - 4 IS - 6 SP - 589 EP - 596 AD - Mullen, J. T.: Department of Medicine, University of California and Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego, California, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921448575. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Registry Number: 7440-09-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In a randomized, double-blind trial, placebo, potassium chloride (75 mmol per day) or potassium citrate (75 mmol per day) was administered to 24 normotensive adult males. In these subjects, neither compound affected blood pressure, despite urinary verification of potassium supplement intake. Thus, in these experimental circumstances, neither potassium nor its conjugate anion were of importance in lowering blood pressure. KW - Blood pressure KW - chlorides KW - citrates KW - potassium KW - supplements KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921448575&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Alveolar macrophage function in rats with severe protein calorie malnutrition. Arachidonic acid metabolism, cytokine release, and antimicrobial activity. AU - Skerrett, S. J. AU - Henderson, W. R. AU - Martin, T. R. JO - Journal of Immunology (Baltimore) JF - Journal of Immunology (Baltimore) Y1 - 1990/// VL - 144 IS - 3 SP - 1052 EP - 1061 SN - 0022-1767 AD - Skerrett, S. J.: Medical Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, WA 98108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921448934. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 71 ref. Registry Number: 506-32-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Antimicrobial activity, interleukin-1 (IL-1) and tumour necrosis factor (TNF) production, and arachidonic acid metabolism in alveolar macrophages of infant rats with moderate and severe protein-energy malnutrition (PEM) were measured. Groups of weanling male rats were fed on a diet containing 0.8% protein (PEM) or 24% protein (control). A group (pair fed) was fed on limited amounts of the control diet that matched the mean daily dietary intake of the PEM group. After 4 weeks on the diets, alveolar macrophages from all 3 groups functioned similarly with respect to surface adherence, phagocytosis and killing of Listeria monocytogenes, release of hydrogen peroxide and superoxide anion, and production of IL-1 and TNF. In contrast, Listeria-stimulated alveolar macrophages from PEM group exhibited a marked shift in arachidonic acid metabolism, with impaired production of leukotriene B4 and enhanced release of thromboxane B2 and PGE2. The membrane arachidonic acid content and the uptake of [³H]arachidonate by alveolar macrophages did not differ among the 3 groups. The shift toward the cyclooxygenase pathway was not seen after 2 weeks of dietary restriction, and was reversed when PEM rats were fed on the control diet for 1 week. Thus, PEM does not affect the antimicrobial activity or cytokine production of alveolar macrophages, but causes alterations in arachidonic acid metabolism that may interfere with the modulatory functions of alveolar macrophages. KW - arachidonic acid KW - immune response KW - Macrophages KW - metabolism KW - protein energy malnutrition KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - eicosatetraenoic acid KW - immunity reactions KW - immunological reactions KW - protein calorie malnutrition KW - Host Resistance and Immunity (HH600) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921448934&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of insulin on carbohydrate and protein metabolism in voluntary running rats. AU - Rodnick, K. J. AU - Reaven, G. M. AU - Azhar, S. AU - Goodman, M. N. AU - Mondon, C. E. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1990/// VL - 259 IS - 5, I SP - E706 EP - E714 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Rodnick, K. J.: Department of Medicine, Stanford University School of Medicine, Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921450294. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 38 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - After 6 weeks of exercise training (ET), rats were rested for 24 h and their hindquarters, along with those from sedentary control (SC) and dietary control (DC) rats, were perfused with 0, 60, 250 or 6000 µU/ml insulin. The dietary controls were fed an energy-reduced diet ad libitum to match closely the body weights gain of ET rats. At 0 µU insulin, glucose clearance was similar for all groups, and it was increased with added insulin. However, the insulin effect was 20-40% greater for ET rats at all insulin concentrations (P<0.05). Muscle glycogen deposition also increased with added insulin, but showed muscle-specific differences. Specifically, glycogen content of the plantaris muscle was significantly higher in ET compared with SC or DC rats, whereas this pattern was reversed in the soleus muscle. In plantaris muscle, insulin stimulated glucose 6-phosphate (G-6-P)-independent glycogen synthase activity only in SC and DC rats and increased its affinity for G-6-P at 250 µU/ml in all groups. In contrast, the G-6-P-independent glycogen synthase activity was not increased in soleus muscle, and was actually decreased in all groups at 6000 µU/ml. Tyrosine release was suppressed by insulin in all groups, but this effect was significantly greater with insulin 60 µU/ml (P<0.02) in hindquarters from ET rats compared with SC and DC rats. Neither insulin nor exercise training decreased 3-methylhistidine release from perfused hindquarters. These findings suggest that exercise training (1) enhances insulin action on glucose uptake and glycogen deposition in plantaris, but not soleus, muscle independent of sustained changes in glycogen synthase activity, and (2) suppresses net protein degradation (tyrosine release) independent of changes in myofibrillar protein breakdown (3-methylhistidine release). KW - Carbohydrate metabolism KW - exercise KW - insulin KW - muscles KW - Protein metabolism KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921450294&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Different responses of trabecular and cortical bone to 1,25(OH)2D3 infusion. AU - Bikle, D. D. AU - Halloran, B. P. AU - McGalliard-Cone, C. AU - Morey-Holton, E. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1990/// VL - 259 IS - 5, I SP - E715 EP - E722 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Bikle, D. D.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921450295. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To determine whether the response of trabecular bone to calcitriol differed from the response of cortical bone, calcitriol was infused into rats, and bone mass, 45Ca accumulation, and the density distribution of bone particles (as a measure of bone maturation) in both the proximal tibia and shaft were examined. In the proximal tibia, calcitriol decreased 45Ca accumulation, yet increased bone mass and shifted the particle distribution to more mineralized fractions. In the shaft of the tibia there was a redistribution of bone to less mineralized fractions that was not accompanied by a change in total bone mass or a decrease in 45Ca accumulation. Thus, calcitriol may retard bone maturation and mineralization throughout the tibia, but this effect in the proximal tibia appears to be overshadowed by a reduction in bone resorption, resulting in an accumulation of well-mineralized bone in that region. Bone resorption, however, was not measured directly. The net result is an increase in bone mass and density of trabecular but not cortical bone. KW - Bone density KW - Bone formation KW - calcitriol KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - bone calcification KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921450295&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparison of calcium and magnesium absorption: in vivo and in vitro studies. AU - Hardwick, L. L. AU - Jones, M. R. AU - Buddington, R. K. AU - Clemens, R. A. AU - Lee, D. B. N. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1990/// VL - 259 IS - 5, I SP - G720 EP - G726 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Hardwick, L. L.: Division of Nephrology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921450300. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 7439-95-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Transport characteristics of calcium and magnesium were compared at 3 levels of the absorptive process in male (120-170 g) Wistar rats. Balance studies in intact rats revealed that fractional Ca absorption decreased with increased Ca intake, so that net Ca absorption remained constant. Fractional Mg absorption decreased modestly with increased Mg intake, so that net Mg absorption increased proportionately with increased dietary Mg. Everted duodenal sacs demonstrated the presence of active Ca absorption with serosal-to-mucosal (S/M) ratio of 2.65±0.20 (n=6), which was significantly greater than unity (P<0.001). In contrast, the S/M for Mg did not exceed unity. Mucosal duodenal Ca uptake exhibited a large saturable component (Michaelis constant of 4.80±0.34 mM, maximal velocity of 4.71±0.13 nmol min-1 mg-1) and a small non-saturable component (0.12±0.01 nmol min-1 mg-1) in 5-week-old rats (120 g). In 72-week-old rats (600 g) the diffusional component of Ca uptake became predominant, and the slope increased significantly to 0.32±0.01 (P<0.05). Duodenal Mg uptake was completely concentration dependent, and exhibited no age-related changes. KW - absorption KW - age KW - calcium KW - Calcium absorption KW - intake KW - magnesium KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921450300&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Transport of N1-methylnicotinamide by organic cation-proton exchange in rat liver membrane vesicles. AU - Moseley, R. H. AU - Morrissette, J. AU - Johnson, T. R. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1990/// VL - 259 IS - 6 SP - G973 EP - G982 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Moseley, R. H.: Department of Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Michigan School of Medicine, Ann Arbor, MI 48105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921450360. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The characteristics of hepatic organic cation transport were examined in basolateral (bILPM) and canalicular (cLPM) rat liver plasma membrane vesicles, using the naturally occurring organic cation, N1-methylnicotinamide (NMN). In blLPM vesicles, an outwardly directed H+ gradient (input pH 5.9; output pH 7.9) stimulated [³H]NMN uptake compared with [³H]NMN uptake under pH-equilibrated conditions. The time course of [³H]NMN uptake exhibited a transient "over-shoot" phenomenon, consistent with active transport. The proton ionophore, carbonyl cyanide-p-trifluoromethoxyphenylhydrazone, had no effect on [³H]NMN uptake, demonstrating that pH-dependent [³H]NMN uptake was not the result of a H+ diffusion potential. An outwardly directed H+ gradient also stimulated [³H]NMN uptake under voltage-clamped conditions, consistent with electroneutral NMN-H+ exchange. Under conditions that effectively dissipated the H+ gradient, no active transport of [³H]NMN was observed. In the absence of a pH gradient, the intravesicular presence of NMN trans-stimulated the uptake of [³H]NMN. NMN-H+ exchange was differentiated from sinusoidal Na+-H+ exchange by determining sensitivity to amiloride. The substrate specificity of NMN-H+ exchange in blLPM vesicles was examined by determining the cis-inhibitory effects of typical endogenous and exogenous substrates of other epithelial organic cation-H+ exchangers. Kinetic analysis of initial rates of carrier-mediated [³H]NMN uptake over a NMN concentration range of 0.05-15 mM demonstrated that uptake occurred via 2 saturable transport systems, one a high-affinity low-capacity process and the other a low-affinity high-capacity type. In contrast, in cLPM vesicles, no pH gradient-dependent [³H]NMN uptake was demonstrated. These findings are consistent with the presence of an organic cation-H+ antiport on the sinusoidal membrane, with features distinct from the renal antiport, such as substrate specificity and membrane localization, that may account for differences in drug disposition by these 2 organs. KW - Cations KW - liver KW - membranes KW - transport KW - vesicles KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - transportation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921450360&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Feeding induces lipid accumulation and increased Na+ transport in in vitro Necturus antrum. AU - Rutten, M. J. AU - Moore, C. D. AU - Delcore, R., Jr. AU - Cheung, L. Y. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1990/// VL - 259 IS - 6 SP - G998 EP - G1009 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Rutten, M. J.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Medical Research Service, Kansas City, MO 64128, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921450361. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 40 ref. Registry Number: 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of feeding on lipid accumulation and transepithelial transport were investigated in vitro using gastric antral mucosae of the Unodele amphibian Necturus maculosus. Antra from Necturi fed on goldfish were examined for lipid accumulation using light, fluorescence, histochemical and electron microscopy. Ussing chambers were used for measurement of potential difference (PD), transepithelial resistance (Rt), short-circuit current (Isc), and unidirectional fluxes of 22Na+ and [³H]mannitol. Light microscopy of antra from 2-day post-fed animals showed many intracellular lipid granules in surface mucous epithelial cells. These granules could be distinguished from other intracellular organelles by their high affinity for osmium and the lipid fluorescent probe Nile red. Glycoprotein cytochemical staining showed these granules to be distinct from the epithelial cell mucous granules. Electron microscopy showed the lipid granules to be part of a membranous reticular network. At 2 days after feeding, Necturi also had an about 3.5-fold increase in amiloride-sensitive Isc and PD, a decrease in Rt, and increased luminal-to-serosal Na+ fluxes. Transepithelial [³H]mannitol fluxes were low, and remained unchanged in both fasted and 2-day post-fed animals. After 2 days of feeding, the PD and Isc began to decrease, followed by a secondary increase in Rt. Feeding Necturi a maize oil diet did not induce the appearance of either cellular lipid or alterations in Isc, but produced a transient increase in Rt. The results show that feeding of goldfish to Necturi causes an increase in both lipid accumulation and amiloride-sensitive Na+ transport in gastric antral cells. KW - food intake KW - lipids KW - sodium KW - Stomach mucosa KW - transport KW - Amphibia KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - accumulation KW - lipins KW - Necturus maculosus KW - transportation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921450361&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Production and metabolic clearance of 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D in men: effect of advancing age. AU - Halloran, B. P. AU - Portale, A. A. AU - Lonergan, E. T. AU - Morris, R. C., Jr. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1990/// VL - 70 IS - 2 SP - 318 EP - 323 SN - 0021-972X AD - Halloran, B. P.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, M/C 111N-1, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921451200. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 54 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To determine whether ageing alters the metabolism of 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D (1,25-DHD) in men, the serum concentrations, metabolic clearance rates (MCR) and production rates of 1,25-DHD were measured in 9 healthy old men 72±5 and 9 younger men 34±5 years old who were consuming a constant metabolic diet and in whom the glomerular filtration rate (GFR) was greater than 1.2 ml/s 1.73 m-2. With normal dietary calcium and phosphorus and GFR not reduced, serum concentrations, MCR and production rates of 1,25-DHD in the old men, 83±22 pmol/litre, 0.62±0.10 ml/s 70 kg ideal body weight (IBW) and 51±12 fmol/s 70 kg IBW, respectively. Indices of serum parathyrin (PTH), however, were increased in the elderly men. It is suggested that ageing per se has little or no effect on the serum concentration, MCR or production rate of 1,25-DHD in men. Maintenance of a normal production rate of 1,25-DHD in elderly men, however, may require increased circulating PTH. It is considered that most decreases of serum 1,25-DHD in elderly men are probably a consequence of decreased functional renal mass. KW - Aging KW - Calcitriol KW - Metabolism KW - Production KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - ageing KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921451200&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Does glucagon increase plasma free fatty acid concentration in humans with normal glucose tolerance? AU - Wu, M. S. AU - Jeng, C. Y. AU - Hollenbeck, C. B. AU - Chen, Y. D. I. AU - Jaspan, J. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1990/// VL - 70 IS - 2 SP - 410 EP - 416 SN - 0021-972X AD - Wu, M. S.: G. M. Reaven, GRECC (182-B), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3801 Miranda Avenue Pal Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921451204. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To evaluate the effect of glucagon on regulation of plasma free fatty acid (FFA) concentration, continuous intravenous infusions of somatostatin or somatostatin plus glucagon (G) were given to 18 persons with normal glucose tolerance. In 9 there was no insulin replacement, whereas in the other 9 enough insulin was infused to restore the insulin concentration to the basal level. Measurements were made of plasma glucose, insulin G and FFA concentrations as well as hepatic glucose production (Ra). Plasma FFA concentrations were significantly lower when 6 was infused regardless of whether insulin was infused. However, similar increases of the plasma G concentration did result in higher values of Ra and plasma glucose, although the basal concentration of plasma insulin decreased the increases in Ra and plasma glucose caused by G. The ability of a similar amount of insulin to lower plasma FFA concentrations was greater in magnitude than the decrease in Ra. These data indicate that G does not increase plasma FFA concentrations in normal persons, and that insulin plays a role of greater magnitude in suppression of plasma FFA concentrations than in inhibition of Ra. KW - Blood KW - Fatty acids KW - Glucagon KW - Glucose tolerance KW - Infusion KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood sugar tolerance KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921451204&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The physiological role of atrial natriuretic hormone in the regulation of aldosterone and salt and water metabolism. AU - Clinkingbeard, C. AU - Sessions, C. AU - Shenker, Y. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1990/// VL - 70 IS - 3 SP - 582 EP - 589 SN - 0021-972X AD - Clinkingbeard, C.: Y. Shenker, Endocrinology Research Laboratory, William S. Middleton Memorial Veterans Administration Hospital, 2500 Overlook Terrace, Madison, WI53705, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921451205. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 41 ref. Registry Number: 52-39-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To investigate the mechanisms by which small changes in plasma concentrations of atrial natriuretic hormone (ANH) affect aldosterone, 10 normal young men were infused for 2 h with human [Ser,Tyr28]ANH 0.6 pmol kg-1 min-1 in 3 study conditions: high-salt diet (H), low-salt (L) and low-salt diet plus pretreatment with angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor enalapril (LE). Baseline ANH values were higher on H than on L or LE. A postural drop in ANH was observed when subjects went from standing to sitting. Plasma ANH increased during infusion by up to 4.5 pmol/litre (H 7.0±1.3 to 11.5±1.4, L 4.3±0.6 to 8.7±1.1, LE 4.2±0.5 to 8.6±1.5). At all time points, plasma ANH was well within the normal range. Plasma aldosterone did not change during H, decreased by about 60% for both low-salt conditions, and remained suppressed at 1 h of recovery for L, but not LE. This suggests that ANH can suppress aldosterone by indirect and direct mechanisms, although the indirect mechanism seems to predominate. A prompt increase in urine flow was seen during ANH infusion and was sustained at 1 h of recovery, but little change was seen in urinary sodium or potassium excretion, heart rate or blood pressure. The difference between the natriuretic and diuretic effects of ANH was seen in all conditions. These results support the hypothesis that within the normal physiological range, ANH is a regulator of salt and water metabolism in normal man. KW - Aldosterone KW - Metabolism KW - Peptides KW - Regulation KW - Salt KW - Water metabolism KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921451205&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of difference in glucose infusion rate on quantification of hepatic glucose production. AU - Sheu, W. H. H. AU - Hollenbeck, C. B. AU - Wu, M. S. AU - Jaspan, J. B. AU - Chen, Y. D. I. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1990/// VL - 70 IS - 5 SP - 1354 EP - 1360 SN - 0021-972X AD - Sheu, W. H. H.: G. M. Reaven, Geriatric Research, Education, and Clinical Center 182B, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3801 Miranda Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921451346. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A study was made to determine whether hepatic glucose production (HGP) could be suppressed in normal subjects by infusing different amounts of glucose, in the absence of significant changes in steady-state plasma glucose (SSPG) or insulin (SSPI) concentrations. A total of 13 persons with normal glucose tolerance were infused with somatostatin (215 nmol/h), insulin (28.7 pmol/m² per min) and amounts of glucose varying from 0 to 200 µmol/m² per min in the absence or presence of glucagon (5.2 pmol/m² per min). SSPI concentrations were constant (60 to 70 pmol/litre) during these studies, and values for the total glucose appearance rate (glucose infusion rate plus HGP) and SSPG did not vary significantly as a function of the rate of exogenous glucose infusion. However, values for HGP fell in response to increase in glucose infusion rate and could be suppressed to about half the original value despite the fact that SSPG, SSPI and glucose appearance rate did not change significantly. These data indicate that HGP can be regulated by varying the rate of exogenous glucose infusion during glucose clamp studies. KW - Glucose KW - Infusion KW - Liver KW - Production KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921451346&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of weight loss and reduced hyperglycemia on the kinetics of insulin secretion in obese non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus. AU - Gumbiner, B. AU - Polonsky, K. S. AU - Beltz, W. F. AU - Griver, K. AU - Wallace, P. AU - Brechtel, G. AU - Henry, R. R. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1990/// VL - 70 IS - 6 SP - 1594 EP - 1602 SN - 0021-972X AD - Gumbiner, B.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (V-111G), 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921451356. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Impairment in pancreatic production of insulin, a cardinal feature of noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM), was quantified and the kinetics of insulin secretion were characterized in 6 obese persons with NIDDM before and after weight loss (18.0±3.0 kg, mean±s.e.) using a validated mathematical model that employs C-peptide as a marker of the in vivo rate of insulin secretion. The metabolic clearance of C-peptide, assessed by decay analysis after bolus injection of biosynthetic human C-peptide, was not changed by weight loss (0.143±0.009 vs. 0.137±0.010 litre min-1 m-2). Kinetic parameters from each person's decay curve before and after weight loss were used to derive accurate rates of secretion during the basal (postabsorptive) state, an oral glucose tolerance test and 2 hyperglycaemic clamps. Basal rates of insulin secretion declined from 96±15 to 76±15 pmol min-1 m-2 concomitant with decreases in fasting serum glucose (13.7±1.0 to 6.8±0.7 mmol/litre), in serum insulin (134±30 to 74±15 pmol/litre) and in plasma C-peptide (0.67±0.11 to 0.52±0.08 pmol/ml) concentrations. As expected, weight loss resulted in improved glucose tolerance as measured by the glycaemic profiles during the oral glucose tolerance test. The insulin secretory response before weight loss showed a reduced ability to respond appropriately to an increase in the ambient serum glucose. After weight loss, the pancreatic response was more dynamic and paralleled the moment-to-moment changes in glycaemia. Insulin production above basal doubled (11.2±3.2 to 24.5±5.8 nmol bh-1 m-2) and peak rates of insulin secretion above basal tripled (55±16 to 157±32 pmol min-1 m-2). To assess the β-cell response to glucose per se and the changes associated with weight reduction, 2 hyperglycaemic clamps were made at steady-state glucose values in the range characteristic of persons with severe NIDDM. At a fixed glycaemia of 20 mmol/litre, average rates of insulin secretion almost doubled with treatment (161±41 to 277±60 pmol min-1 m-2). At a glucose increment of 6 mmol/litre above prevailing fasting glucose values, the average rate of insulin secretion increased 53% (120±21 to 183±39 pmol min-1 m-2). Changes in the kinetics of insulin production were further characterized by comparing the prevailing level of glycaemia (basal and 2 clamps) to the rate of insulin secretion. Before weight loss, there was no association between the steady-state glucose values and insulin secretion rates. After weight loss, however, those indices were strongly correlated indicating improved responsivity of the β-cell over the physiological range of serum glucose concentrations. KW - Blood sugar KW - Diabetes KW - Insulin secretion KW - Obesity KW - Weight reduction KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood glucose KW - fatness KW - glucose in blood KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921451356&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Small intestinal fatty acid synthesis is increased in diabetic rats. AU - Feingold, K. R. AU - Moser, A. AU - Adi, S. AU - Soued, M. AU - Grunfeld, C. JO - Endocrinology (Philadelphia) JF - Endocrinology (Philadelphia) Y1 - 1990/// VL - 127 IS - 5 SP - 2247 EP - 2252 SN - 0013-7227 AD - Feingold, K. R.: Metabolism Section (111F), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921453054. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - De novo fatty acid synthesis was found to be increased about 2-fold in streptozotocin-induced diabetic rats, however, hepatic fatty acid synthesis was decreased. The increase in intestinal fatty acid synthesis was observed in both the fed and fasting states. Limiting food intake by pair feeding prevented the diabetic-induced increase in small intestinal fatty acid synthesis, a finding similar to previous data on cholesterol synthesis. Thus, the increase in both small intestinal cholesterol and fatty acid synthesis depended on the increased food intake that accompanied poorly controlled diabetes. Results indicate that increases in small intestinal de novo fatty acid synthesis could play an important role in providing fatty acids for the increased small intestinal triacylglycerol synthesis and secretion and may contribute to the hypertriglyceridaemia observed in diabetic rats. KW - Diabetes KW - fatty acids KW - small intestine KW - synthesis KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921453054&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Toxoplasma gondii. AU - McCabe, R. E. AU - Remington, J. S. A2 - Mandell, G. L. A2 - Douglas, R. G., Jr. A2 - Bennett, J. E. T2 - Principles and practice of infectious diseases. Y1 - 1990/// CY - New York; USA PB - Churchill Livingstone Inc. SN - 0443086869 AD - McCabe, R. E.: Infectious Diseases Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, CA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19910871846. Publication Type: Book chapter. Language: English. Number of References: 141 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - T. gondii infection in man and domestic animals is throughly covered in this chapter. The epidemiology, pathogenesis and pathological characteristics, clinical manifestations, diagnosis, treatment and prevention of the disease are all discussed in detail. KW - domestic animals KW - Human diseases KW - infectious diseases KW - parasites KW - Toxoplasmosis KW - Apicomplexa KW - man KW - protozoa KW - Toxoplasma gondii KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Toxoplasma KW - Sarcocystidae KW - Eucoccidiorida KW - Apicomplexa KW - communicable diseases KW - general account KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19910871846&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Pneumocystis carinii. AU - Walzer, P. D. A2 - Mandell, G. L. A2 - Douglas, R. G., Jr. A2 - Bennett, J. E. T2 - Principles and practice of infectious diseases. Y1 - 1990/// CY - New York; USA PB - Churchill Livingstone Inc. SN - 0443086869 AD - Walzer, P. D.: Division of Infectious Diseases, Department of Medical Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cincinnati, OH, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19910871847. Publication Type: Book chapter. Language: English. Number of References: 83 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - P. carinii is discussed under the headings of: the pathogen; epidemiology; pathogenesis and pathology; clinical manifestations; diagnosis; treatment; and prevention. KW - Human diseases KW - infectious diseases KW - Opportunistic infections KW - parasites KW - man KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystis carinii KW - protozoa KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Pneumocystis KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystidomycetes KW - Taphrinomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - invertebrates KW - communicable diseases KW - fungus KW - general account KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19910871847&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Entamoeba histolytica: pathogenic mechanisms, human immune response, and vaccine development. AU - Ravdin, J. I. JO - Clinical Research JF - Clinical Research Y1 - 1990/// VL - 38 IS - 2 SP - 215 EP - 225 AD - Ravdin, J. I.: Office of the Chief of Medicine, III-W, Cleveland Veterans Administration Medical Center, 10701 East Boulevard, Cleveland, OH 44106, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19910872208. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 56 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - The current status of research into amoebiasis is reviewed in this article with reference to: pathogenic mechanisms of E. histolytica; humoral immune responses; cell-mediated immune response; vaccine development. KW - Amoebiasis KW - Human diseases KW - immunization KW - parasites KW - reviews KW - Vaccines KW - Entamoeba histolytica KW - man KW - protozoa KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Entamoeba KW - Endamoebidae KW - Amoebida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - amebiasis KW - general account KW - immune sensitization KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Host Resistance and Immunity (HH600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19910872208&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Atypical presentations of Pneumocystis carinii pneumonia in patients receiving inhaled pentamidine prophylaxis. AU - Edelstein, H. AU - McCabe, R. E. JO - Chest JF - Chest Y1 - 1990/// VL - 98 IS - 6 SP - 1366 EP - 1369 SN - 0012-3692 AD - Edelstein, H.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, CA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19910872776. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 100-33-4, 140-64-7. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - Case reports indicate that P. carinii pneumonia (PCP) can recur in HIV positive patients who receive inhaled pentamidine and that clinical features may be atypical. To determine the magnitude of this problem, the medical records of patients with proven PCP during a 30-month period at two hospitals in the USA, were reviewed retrospectively. Four of 13 patients with previous PCP who received inhaled pentamidine prophylaxis had recurrent P. carinii infection, including one patient with widely metastatic extrapulmonary disease. Chest roentgenographic findings included cavities, pneumothoraces, bilateral and upper lobe interstitial infiltrates, and pleural effusion. False-negative bronchoalveolar lavage and induced sputum examinations were frequent. It is concluded that recurrent PCP in patients maintained on a regimen of inhaled pentamidine prophylaxis occurs frequently, causes chest roentgenographic abnormalities other than interstitial infiltrates, and may be difficult to diagnose. Clinicians who choose to use this effective and convenient mode of prophylaxis should be aware of the problems attendant to its use. KW - ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME KW - aerosols KW - Antiprotozoal agents KW - Human diseases KW - human immunodeficiency viruses KW - Immunocompromised hosts KW - Opportunistic infections KW - parasites KW - pentamidine KW - prophylaxis KW - North America KW - USA KW - man KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystis carinii KW - protozoa KW - Lentivirus KW - Orthoretrovirinae KW - Retroviridae KW - RNA Reverse Transcribing Viruses KW - viruses KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Pneumocystis KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystidomycetes KW - Taphrinomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - invertebrates KW - America KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - OECD Countries KW - AIDS KW - fungus KW - human immunodeficiency virus KW - recurrent infections KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Pathogen, Pest, Parasite and Weed Management (General) (HH000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19910872776&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Pneumocystis carinii. AU - Plorde, J. J. A2 - Sherris, J.C. T2 - Medical microbiology: an introduction to infectious diseases. Y1 - 1990/// IS - Ed. 2 CY - New York; USA PB - Elsevier Science Publishing Co. Inc. AD - Plorde, J. J.: School of Medicine, University of Washington, Microbiology Section, Laboratory Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, WA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19910873237. Publication Type: Book chapter. Language: English. Number of References: 3 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - P. carinii infection in man is discussed with consideration of the causing organism and the disease pneumocystosis. The epidemiology, pathogenesis and pathology, clinical manifestations, diagnosis, treatment and prevention of infection are covered. KW - Human diseases KW - infectious diseases KW - Opportunistic infections KW - parasites KW - man KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystis carinii KW - protozoa KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Pneumocystis KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystidomycetes KW - Taphrinomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - invertebrates KW - communicable diseases KW - fungus KW - general account KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19910873237&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Introduction to pathogenic parasites: pathogenesis and chemotherapy of parasitic diseases. AU - Plorde, J. J. A2 - Sherris, J.C. T2 - Medical microbiology: an introduction to infectious diseases. Y1 - 1990/// IS - Ed.2 CY - New York; USA PB - Elsevier Science Publishing Co. Inc. AD - Plorde, J. J.: School of Medicine, University of Washington, Microbiology Section, Laboratory Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, WA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19910873238. Publication Type: Book chapter. Language: English. Number of References: 8 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology; Helminthology N2 - An overview of parasitic diseases and antiparasitic therapy is given under the following headings: significance of human parasitic infections; biology, morphology, and classification; life cycles, transmission and distribution; immunity; pathogenesis; diagnosis; chemotherapy; control. The section on chemotherapy includes consideration of therapeutic goals and structure and action, and a discussion on each of the following drugs: heavy metals; antimalarial quinolines; folate antagonists; nitroimidazoles; benzimidazoles; avermectins; praziquantel. KW - Anthelmintics KW - Antiprotozoal agents KW - drug therapy KW - Helminths KW - Human diseases KW - infectious diseases KW - parasites KW - pathogenesis KW - man KW - Protozoa KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - invertebrates KW - chemotherapy KW - communicable diseases KW - general account KW - parasitic worms KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19910873238&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Sporozoa. AU - Plorde, J. J. A2 - Sherris, J.C. T2 - Medical microbiology: an introduction to infectious diseases. Y1 - 1990/// IS - Ed.2 CY - New York; USA PB - Elsevier Science Publishing Co. Inc. AD - Plorde, J. J.: School of Medicine, University of Washington, Microbiology Section, Laboratory Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, WA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19910873239. Publication Type: Book chapter. Language: English. Number of References: 8 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - Malaria, toxoplasmosis and cryptosporidiosis in man are discussed with reference to: life cycle and transmission; morphology; epidemiology; pathology, pathogenesis and immunity; clinical manifestations; laboratory diagnosis; treatment and prevention. KW - Human diseases KW - infectious diseases KW - Malaria KW - parasites KW - Apicomplexa KW - Cryptosporidium KW - man KW - Plasmodium KW - protozoa KW - Toxoplasma gondii KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Cryptosporidiidae KW - Eucoccidiorida KW - Apicomplexa KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Plasmodiidae KW - Haemospororida KW - Toxoplasma KW - Sarcocystidae KW - communicable diseases KW - general account KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19910873239&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Rhizopods. AU - Plorde, J. J. A2 - Sherris, J.C. T2 - Medical microbiology: an introduction to infectious diseases. Y1 - 1990/// IS - Ed.2 CY - New York; USA PB - Elsevier Science Publishing Co. Inc. AD - Plorde, J. J.: School of Medicine, University of Washington, Microbiology Section, Laboratory Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, WA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19910873240. Publication Type: Book chapter. Language: English. Number of References: 6 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - Entamoeba histolytica in man is discussed under the headings of: description of organism (morphology and physiology; life cycle; pathogenicity; laboratory growth); amoebiasis (pathology; immunity; clinical manifestations; epidemiology; laboratory diagnosis; treatment; prevention). Naegleria and Acanthamoeba infections causing amoebic meningoencephalitis and other Acanthamoeba infections are considered briefly. KW - Human diseases KW - infectious diseases KW - parasites KW - Acanthamoeba KW - Entamoeba histolytica KW - man KW - Naegleria KW - protozoa KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Acanthamoebidae KW - Amoebida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Entamoeba KW - Endamoebidae KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Vahlkampfiidae KW - Schizopyrenida KW - communicable diseases KW - general account KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19910873240&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Flagellates. AU - Plorde, J. J. A2 - Sherris, J.C. T2 - Medical microbiology: an introduction to infectious diseases. Y1 - 1990/// IS - Ed.2 CY - New York; USA PB - Elsevier Science Publishing Co. Inc. AD - Plorde, J. J.: School of Medicine, University of Washington, Microbiology Section, Laboratory Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, WA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19910873241. Publication Type: Book chapter. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - The 4 main flagellate genera that cause disease in man, namely Giardia, Trichomonas, Leishmania and Trypanosoma are considered in this chapter. The epidemiology, pathology, pathogenesis, immunity, clinical manifestations, laboratory diagnosis, treatment and prevention of the various infections are discussed. KW - Human diseases KW - infectious diseases KW - parasites KW - Giardia duodenalis KW - Leishmania KW - man KW - protozoa KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Trichomonas vaginalis KW - Trypanosoma KW - Giardia KW - Hexamitidae KW - Diplomonadida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Trypanosomatidae KW - Kinetoplastida KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Trichomonas KW - Trichomonadidae KW - Trichomonadida KW - communicable diseases KW - general account KW - Giardia lamblia KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19910873241&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Intestinal nematodes. AU - Plorde, J. J. A2 - Sherris, J.C. T2 - Medical microbiology: an introduction to infectious diseases. Y1 - 1990/// IS - Ed.2 CY - New York; USA PB - Elsevier Science Publishing Co. Inc. AD - Plorde, J. J.: School of Medicine, University of Washington, Microbiology Section, Laboratory Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, WA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19910873242. Publication Type: Book chapter. Language: English. Number of References: 6 ref. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - Enterobiasis, trichuriasis, ascariasis, hookworm infections and strongyloidiasis in man are discussed with consideration of: the causative organisms; life cycle; epidemiology; pathogenesis and immunity; clinical manifestations; laboratory diagnosis; treatment and prevention. KW - helminths KW - Human diseases KW - infectious diseases KW - parasites KW - Ancylostoma duodenale KW - Ascaris lumbricoides KW - Enoplida KW - Enterobius vermicularis KW - man KW - Necator americanus KW - Nematoda KW - Rhabditida KW - Strongyloides stercoralis KW - Trichuris trichiura KW - Ancylostoma KW - Ancylostomatidae KW - Rhabditida KW - Chromadoria KW - Chromadorea KW - Nematoda KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Ascaris KW - Ascarididae KW - Enterobius KW - Oxyuridae KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Necator KW - Strongyloides KW - Strongyloididae KW - Trichuris KW - Trichuridae KW - Trichinellida KW - Dorylaimia KW - Enoplea KW - Enoplia KW - Adenophorea KW - Ascaridida KW - communicable diseases KW - general account KW - nematodes KW - parasitic worms KW - pinworm KW - Secernentea KW - Strongylida KW - threadworm KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19910873242&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Tissue nematodes. AU - Plorde, J. J. A2 - Sherris, J.C. T2 - Medical microbiology: an introduction to infectious diseases. Y1 - 1990/// IS - Ed.2 CY - New York; USA PB - Elsevier Science Publishing Co. Inc. AD - Plorde, J. J.: School of Medicine, University of Washington, Microbiology Section, Laboratory Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, WA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19910873243. Publication Type: Book chapter. Language: English. Number of References: 5 ref. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - Toxocariasis, trichinosis, lymphatic filariasis and onchocerciasis are discussed in turn under the headings of: organism; epidemiology; pathology; pathogenesis and immunity; clinical manifestations; laboratory diagnosis; treatment and prevention. Cutaneous larva migrans and loaiasis are also considered briefly. KW - helminths KW - Human diseases KW - infectious diseases KW - parasites KW - Ancylostoma brasiliense KW - Brugia malayi KW - Enoplida KW - Loa loa KW - man KW - Nematoda KW - Onchocerca volvulus KW - Toxocara canis KW - Trichinella spiralis KW - Wuchereria bancrofti KW - Brugia KW - Onchocercidae KW - Rhabditida KW - Chromadoria KW - Chromadorea KW - Nematoda KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Loa KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Onchocerca KW - Toxocara KW - Ascarididae KW - Trichinella KW - Trichinellidae KW - Trichinellida KW - Dorylaimia KW - Enoplea KW - Wuchereria KW - Enoplia KW - Ancylostoma KW - Ancylostomatidae KW - Adenophorea KW - African eyeworm KW - Ancylostoma braziliense KW - Ascaridida KW - communicable diseases KW - general account KW - nematodes KW - parasitic worms KW - Secernentea KW - Spirurida KW - Strongylida KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Animals (LL820) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19910873243&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Cestodes. AU - Plorde, J. J. A2 - Sherris, J.C. T2 - Medical microbiology: an introduction to infectious diseases. Y1 - 1990/// IS - Ed.2 CY - New York; USA PB - Elsevier Science Publishing Co. Inc. AD - Plorde, J. J.: School of Medicine, University of Washington, Microbiology Section, Laboratory Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, WA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19910873244. Publication Type: Book chapter. Language: English. Number of References: 5 ref. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - The main cestode infections of man are discussed in this chapter under the headings: the organism; epidemiology, clinical manifestations, laboratory diagnosis, treatment and prevention of the diseases caused by the beef, pork and fish tapeworms and hydatids in turn. KW - Developmental stages KW - helminths KW - Human diseases KW - infectious diseases KW - metacestodes KW - parasites KW - Cestoda KW - Diphyllobothrium latum KW - Echinococcus granulosus KW - man KW - Taenia saginata KW - Taenia solium KW - Platyhelminthes KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Diphyllobothrium KW - Diphyllobothriidae KW - Eucestoda KW - Cestoda KW - Echinococcus KW - Taeniidae KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Taenia KW - communicable diseases KW - general account KW - growth phase KW - parasitic worms KW - pork tapeworm KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19910873244&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Trematodes. AU - Plorde, J. J. A2 - Sherris, J.C. T2 - Medical microbiology: an introduction to infectious diseases. Y1 - 1990/// IS - Ed.2 CY - New York; USA PB - Elsevier Science Publishing Co. Inc. AD - Plorde, J. J.: School of Medicine, University of Washington, Microbiology Section, Laboratory Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, WA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19910873245. Publication Type: Book chapter. Language: English. Number of References: 7 ref. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - Paragonimiasis, clonorchiasis and schistosomiasis are individually discussed in terms of: the causative organism; epidemiology; clinical manifestations; laboratory diagnosis; treatment and prevention. The section on schistosomiasis includes a more detailed description of the early, intermediate, and chronic stages in the pathogenesis of the disease. KW - helminths KW - Human diseases KW - infectious diseases KW - parasites KW - Clonorchis sinensis KW - Digenea KW - man KW - Paragonimus KW - Schistosoma KW - Trematoda KW - Clonorchis KW - Opisthorchiidae KW - Digenea KW - Trematoda KW - Platyhelminthes KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Paragonimidae KW - Schistosomatidae KW - communicable diseases KW - general account KW - parasitic worms KW - Plagiorchiida KW - Strigeida KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19910873245&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Resolution of acute renal failure in toxoplasmic encephalitis despite continuance of sulfadiazine. AU - Oster, S. AU - Hutchison, F. AU - McCabe, R. JO - Reviews of Infectious Diseases JF - Reviews of Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1990/// VL - 12 IS - 4 SP - 618 EP - 620 AD - Oster, S.: Medical Service (111F), Martinez Veterans Administration Medical Center, 150 Muir Road, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19910874069. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Registry Number: 68-35-9. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - A 41 -year-old male homosexual patient with AIDS and toxoplasmic encephalitis in California, USA, treated with pyrimethamine and sulfadiazine became hypovolemic and developed acute renal failure. Diagnostic sulfadiazine crystals were abundant in the urine, and ultrasound examination demonstrated sludge and stones, presumably due to sulfadiazine. Renal failure resolved rapidly with hydration and administration of alkali, despite continued administration of sulfadiazine. The relatively old literature concerning crystalluria and renal failure due to sulfonamides is reviewed briefly, since complications due to use of poorly soluble sulfonamides probably will become more widespread as toxoplasmic encephalitis becomes more prevalent. KW - ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME KW - Antiprotozoal agents KW - drug therapy KW - Human diseases KW - human immunodeficiency viruses KW - Immunocompromised hosts KW - kidneys KW - Opportunistic infections KW - parasites KW - sulfadiazine KW - toxicity KW - California KW - North America KW - USA KW - Apicomplexa KW - man KW - protozoa KW - Toxoplasma gondii KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Lentivirus KW - Orthoretrovirinae KW - Retroviridae KW - RNA Reverse Transcribing Viruses KW - viruses KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Toxoplasma KW - Sarcocystidae KW - Eucoccidiorida KW - Apicomplexa KW - Pacific States of USA KW - Western States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - AIDS KW - chemotherapy KW - human immunodeficiency virus KW - sulphadiazine KW - United States of America KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19910874069&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Pneumocystosis. AU - Walzer, P. D. A2 - Warren, K. S. A2 - Mahmoud, A. A. F. T2 - Tropical and geographical medicine. Y1 - 1990/// IS - Ed.2 CY - New York, NY; USA PB - McGraw-Hill, Inc. SN - 007068328X AD - Walzer, P. D.: Infectious Disease Section, Cincinnati Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cincinnati, OH, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19910875856. Publication Type: Book chapter. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - Pneumocystosis is described under the following headings and subheadings: parasite (life cycle, morphology and ultrastructure, metabolism and culture, animal models (intermediate and reservoir hosts)); patient "host" (predisposing host factors, pathogenesis and pathology, clinical features, diagnosis (course and prognosis), treatment, and population (epidemiology, environmental factors, prevention and control)). KW - Human diseases KW - Immunocompromised hosts KW - Opportunistic infections KW - parasites KW - reviews KW - tropical medicine KW - man KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystis carinii KW - protozoa KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Pneumocystis KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystidomycetes KW - Taphrinomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - invertebrates KW - fungus KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19910875856&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - The role of immunity in Giardia infections. AU - Janoff, E. N. AU - Smith, P. D. A2 - Meyer, E. A. T2 - Giardiasis. Y1 - 1990/// CY - Amsterdam; Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science Publishers B.V. (Biomedical Division) SN - 044481258X AD - Janoff, E. N.: Infectious Disease Section, Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19910882043. Publication Type: Book chapter. Language: English. Number of References: 124 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - The host response to Giardia is examined with regard to epidemiological perspectives, cellular immune responses, humoral immune responses in experimental studies, humoral immune responses in clinical studies, Giardia antigens, and the role of the immune response in determining the course of infection. KW - giardiasis KW - immune response KW - parasites KW - reviews KW - Giardia KW - man KW - protozoa KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Hexamitidae KW - Diplomonadida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - giardiosis KW - immunity reactions KW - immunological reactions KW - Host Resistance and Immunity (HH600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19910882043&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Activity of cilofungin against Coccidioides immitis: differential in vitro effects on mycelia and spherules correlated with in vivo studies. AU - Galgiani, J. N. AU - Sun, S. H. AU - Clemons, K. V. AU - Stevens, D. A. JO - Journal of Infectious Diseases JF - Journal of Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1990/// VL - 162 IS - 4 SP - 944 EP - 948 SN - 0022-1899 AD - Galgiani, J. N.: Medical Service (III), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tuscon, AZ 85723, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911207965. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 79404-91-4. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Cilofungin was found to inhibit mycelial growth of C. immitis. Light and electron microscopic observations indicated delay in development of the outer hyphal wall. Cilofungin also blocked incorporation of the chitin substrate, N-acetylglucosamine, into mycelia. However, when C. immitis was grown under conditions that induced spherule development, drug effects were dramatically decreased. Furthermore, efficacy of cilofungin in treatment of murine coccidioidomycosis could not be demonstrated. It is concluded that glucan synthase inhibitors have activity against C. immitis and other compounds with different pharmacological properties or in combination with other antifungal drugs may exploit this biological effect. KW - antifungal agents KW - antifungal properties KW - cilofungin KW - infections KW - resistance KW - Coccidioides immitis KW - Mice KW - Coccidioides KW - Onygenaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - anti-fungal properties KW - fungicidal properties KW - fungistats KW - fungus KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911207965&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Itraconazole treatment of coccidioidomycosis. AU - Graybill, J. R. AU - Stevens, D. A. AU - Galgiani, J. N. AU - Dismukes, W. E. AU - Cloud, G. A. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1990/// VL - 89 IS - 3 SP - 282 EP - 290 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Graybill, J. R.: Medical Service (III), Audie Murphy Veterans Administration Hospital, San Antonio, Texas 78284, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911208528. Publication Type: Journal Article. Corporate Author: USA, NAIAD Mycoses Study Group Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 84625-61-6. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - The tolerance and efficacy of itraconazole in the treatment of nonmeningeal Coccidioides immitis infection was investigated. Forty-nine patients were treated with itraconazole given orally in doses of 100-400 mg/d for up to 39 months. Patients with osteoarticular (12), chronic pulmonary (23), and soft tissue disease (14) improved at similar rates. Forty-seven patients were evaluable. Of these patients, 44 had completed therapy and 3 were still receiving itraconazole. Of the 44 patients no longer receiving therapy, 25 (57%) achieved remission. Of these 25 patients, 4 later experienced a relapse. Therapy failed in 19 patients (43%). Of these cases, 16 (36%) were clinical failures and 3 (7%) developed drug intolerance that precluded continuation of treatment. Evaluation of culture conversions was of limited value in the osteoarticular patients, fewer than half of whom had follow-up biopsies. However, culture conversions were a useful index of response in patients with chronic pulmonary disease. During the course of treatment, serological titres declined in the 2 groups with extrapulmonary disease, but not in patients with pulmonary coccidioidomycosis. Possible toxicities were generally mild. It is concluded that itraconazole appears efficacious and very well tolerated in patients with coccidioidomycosis. KW - Antifungal agents KW - hosts KW - infections KW - itraconazole KW - therapy KW - USA KW - Coccidioides immitis KW - man KW - Coccidioides KW - Onygenaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - fungistats KW - fungus KW - therapeutics KW - United States of America KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Health and Hygiene (General) (VV000) (Revised June 2002) [formerly Human Health and Hygiene (General) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911208528&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The intracellular fate of Histoplasma capsulatum in human macrophages is unaffected by recombinant human interferon-γ. AU - Fleischmann, J. AU - Wu-Hsieh, B. AU - Howard, D. H. JO - Journal of Infectious Diseases JF - Journal of Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1990/// VL - 161 IS - 1 SP - 143 EP - 145 SN - 0022-1899 AD - Fleischmann, J.: Division of Infectious Diseases, Wadsworth Veterans Administration Hospital, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911208807. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 9008-11-1. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Human alveolar, peritoneal and cultured macrophages were exposed in vitro to human recombinant interferon-γ (rHuIFN-γ) and were tested for their ability to inhibit intracellular replication of yeast-phase H. capsulatum. Exposure at various concn and for different time periods failed to activate the macrophages to inhibit multiplication of intracellular yeast. Macrophages were, however, activated by rHuIFN-γ as shown by their ability to inhibit intracellular replication of Trypanosoma cruzi and by their enhanced production of superoxide when stimulated by phorbol myristate acetate. It is concluded that rHuIFN-γ by itself does not activate human macrophages to inhibit intracellular proliferation of yeast-phase H. capsulatum. KW - immunology KW - interferon KW - macrophages KW - Histoplasma capsulatum KW - Ajellomyces KW - Ajellomycetaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Histoplasma KW - Ajellomyces capsulatus KW - fungus KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911208807&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Coccidioidomycosis. AU - Galgiani, J. N. A2 - Jacobs, P. H. A2 - Nall, L. T2 - Antifungal drug therapy. A complete guide for the practitioner. JO - Antifungal drug therapy. A complete guide for the practitioner. JF - Antifungal drug therapy. A complete guide for the practitioner. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 129 EP - 141 CY - New York; USA PB - Marcel Dekker, Inc. SN - 0824783530 AD - Galgiani, J. N.: Department of Medicine, University of Arizona College of Medicine and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tucson, AZ, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911209392. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Number of References: 51 ref. Registry Number: 1397-89-3, 65277-42-1, 22916-47-8. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Coccidioides immitis infections, including epidemiology, manifestations, therapeutic options with amphotericin B, miconazole, ketoconazole, other azoles and other antifungals, and treatment of specific manifestations such as coccidioidal pneumonia, local sequelae and progressive forms, are discussed. KW - amphotericin B KW - Antifungal agents KW - infections KW - ketoconazole KW - miconazole KW - therapy KW - Coccidioides immitis KW - Man KW - Coccidioides KW - Onygenaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - fungistats KW - fungus KW - therapeutics KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911209392&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Coccidioidomycosis. AU - Galgiani, J. N. A2 - Warren, K. S. A2 - Mahmoud, A. A. F. T2 - Tropical and geographical medicine. JO - Tropical and geographical medicine. JF - Tropical and geographical medicine. Y1 - 1990/// IS - Ed. 2 SP - 957 EP - 961 CY - New York; USA PB - McGraw-Hill, Inc. SN - 007068328X AD - Galgiani, J. N.: Section of Infectious Diseases, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tucson, AZ, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911210363. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - The life cycle, morphology and ecology of Coccidioides immitis, animal models of coccidioidomycosis, and the pathogenesis, clinical manifestations, diagnosis and management of C. immitis infections are discussed. KW - hosts KW - infections KW - Coccidioides immitis KW - man KW - Coccidioides KW - Onygenaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - fungus KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911210363&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of acute hyperglycemia on myocardial glycolytic activity in humans. AU - Wisneski, J. A. AU - Stanley, W. C. AU - Neese, R. A. AU - Gertz, E. W. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1990/// VL - 85 IS - 5 SP - 1648 EP - 1656 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Wisneski, J. A.: 111C1 Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911428371. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 74 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of hyperglycaemia on myocardial glucose metabolism were investigated in 7 healthy men 24±4 years old. [6-14C]Glucose and [U-13C]lactate were infused as tracers. Circulating glucose was increased to 2 hyperglycaemic values using a clamp technique for 1 h at each value. The mean arterial glucose concentration was 4.95±0.29 (control), 8.33±0.31 and 10.84±0.60 µmol/ml), respectively. Glucose extraction increased significantly from control (0.15±0.13 µmol/ml) during each value of the glucose clamp (0.28±0.12 and 0.54±0.14 µmol/ml. Myocardial production of 14CO2 showed that during control 9±10% of exogenous glucose was oxidized immediately on extraction. Despite a significant increase in the amount of exogenous glucose oxidized with value II hyperglycaemia, it represented only 32±10% of the glucose extracted. [13C]Lactate analysis showed that the myocardium was releasing lactate; during control 40±30% of this lactate was derived from exogenous glucose and during hyperglycaemia this value increased to 97±37%. KW - glucose KW - heart KW - Hyperglycaemia KW - metabolism KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - high blood glucose KW - hyperglycemia KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911428371&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Retinoic acid inhibits calmodulin binding to human erythrocyte membranes and reduces membrane Ca2+ -Adenosine Triphosphatase activity. AU - Davis, F. B. AU - Smith, T. J. AU - Deziel, M. R. AU - Davis, P. J. AU - Blas, S. D. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1990/// VL - 85 IS - 6 SP - 1999 EP - 2003 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Davis, F. B.: T. J. Smith, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3495 Bailey Avenue, Buffalo, NY 14215, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911428376. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 77107-46-1, 302-79-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Ca2+-ATPase activity in human erythrocyte membranes is dependent on the presence of calmodulin. All-trans-retinoic acid inhibited erythrocyte membrane Ca2+-ATPase activity in vitro in a concentration-dependent manner (10-8 to 10-4M). In contrast, retinol, retinal, 13-cis-retinoic acid and the benzene ring analogue of retinoic acid did not alter enzyme activity. Purified calmodulin (up to 500 ng/ml,3 × 10-8M) added to erythrocyte membranes, in the presence of inhibitory concentrations of retinoic acid, only partly restored Ca2+-ATPase activity. [125I]-Calmodulin bound to erythrocyte membranes was displaced by unlabelled retinoic acid (50% reduction at 10-8M retinoic acid), as effectively as by unlabelled calmodulin. Another calmodulin-stimulable enzyme, bovine brain cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterase, was unaffected by retinoic acid. 8-Anilino-1-naphthalene sulphonic acid bound to calmodulin, studied spectrofluorometrically, was not displaced by retinoic acid. Thus, retinoic acid inhibits calmodulin binding to erythrocyte membranes, reducing calmodulin-stimulable Ca2+-ATPase activity. Retinoic acid does not directly interact with calmodulin, but rather exerts its effect by interfering with calmodulin access to the membrane enzyme. These effects occur at physiological concentrations of the retinoid. KW - calmodulin KW - enzyme activity KW - Erythrocytes KW - retinoic acid KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood red cells KW - red blood cells KW - tretinoin KW - vitamin A acid KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911428376&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Metabolism of very low- and low-density lipoproteins isolated from normolipidaemic type 2 (non-insulin-dependent) diabetic patients by human monocyte-derived macrophages. AU - Klein, R. L. AU - Lyons, T. J. AU - Lopes-Virella, M. F. JO - Diabetologia JF - Diabetologia Y1 - 1990/// VL - 33 IS - 5 SP - 299 EP - 305 SN - 0012-186X AD - Klein, R. L.: Research Service (151), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 109 Bee Street, Charleston, SC 29403, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911428489. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 45 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The very-low- (VLDL) and low-density lipoprotein (LDL) fractions were isolated from 16 normolipaemic type 2 (non insulin-dependent) diabetic patients in good to fair glycaemic control and from corresponding age-, sex- and race-matched, non-diabetic controls. Rates of cholesteryl ester synthesis were on average 268±31 vs. 289±40 pmol [14C]cholesteryl oleate/mg cell protein 20 h for VLDL and 506±34 vs. 556±51 for LDL isolated from the type 2 diabetic patients and controls, respectively, when they were incubated with human macrophages. About one-third of the patients were selected for separate analyses because VLDL isolated from those patients did stimulate more cholesteryl ester synthesis when incubated with macrophages. There were no significant differences in the lipid composition of the lipoproteins isolated from the 3 groups of subjects. The relative proportion of apoprotein C to apoprotein E was decreased in the VLDL from diabetic patients and was further decreased in samples from those selected diabetic patients. The apoprotein C-I content of VLDL isolated from diabetic patients was increased compared with controls and was further increased in samples from the selected diabetic patients. There were no significant differences in the proportions of apoproteins C-III-0, C-III-1, or C-III-2 among the 3 groups. KW - Diabetes KW - lipoproteins KW - macrophages KW - metabolism KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911428489&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Relationship of mineral metabolism and long-term calcium and cholecalciferol supplementation to blood pressure in normotensive men. AU - Orwoll, E. S. AU - Oviatt, S. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1990/// VL - 52 IS - 4 SP - 717 EP - 721 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Orwoll, E. S.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (111), PO Box 1034, Portland, OR 97207, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911428783. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 67-97-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Systolic and diastolic blood pressures were studied in 65 men treated with 1000 mg calcium and 1000 IU cholecalciferol daily or placebo for 3 years. Subjects were normotensive and had no medical condition and took no medication known to affect mineral metabolism or blood pressure. At baseline, systolic blood pressure was positively related to fasting Ca excretion and negatively to ionized Ca concentrations. Phosphorus concentrations (negatively) and fasting Ca excretion (positively) were correlated with diastolic pressures. Nevertheless, Ca and cholecalciferol supplementation did not influence blood pressure at any time during the study. The results suggest that whereas Ca metabolism may be related to the control of blood pressure, dietary Ca and cholecalciferol intakes do not play a major role in its regulation in normotensive persons. Ca and cholecalciferol supplements should not be expected to have an effect on blood pressure in normotensive populations. KW - Blood pressure KW - calcium KW - cholecalciferol KW - supplements KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - vitamin D3 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911428783&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of iodine on lymphocytic thyroiditis in the thymectomized Buffalo rat. AU - Allen, E. M. AU - Braverman, L. E. JO - Endocrinology (Philadelphia) JF - Endocrinology (Philadelphia) Y1 - 1990/// VL - 127 IS - 4 SP - 1613 EP - 1616 SN - 0013-7227 AD - Allen, E. M.: Alvin C. York Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3400 Lebanon Road, Murfreesboro, TN 37130, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911431051. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 7553-56-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Excess iodine has been associated with an increased incidence of lymphocytic thyroiditis (LT) in the BB/W rat, obese strain chicken and hamster. The spontaneous incidence of LT in the Buffalo (Buf) rat is increased by neonatal thymectomy. The effect of combined thymectomy and excess I ingestion on the incidence of LT was studied in Buf rats. Buf rats were thymectomized at 1 day old and randomized at 4 weeks to receive standard rat diet with tap water (controls) or standard rat diet with 0.05% I in the drinking water for 12 weeks. Thyrotropin, antithyroglobulin antibodies and I were estimated in serum. The thyroids were fixed in Bouin's solution and stained with haematoxylin and eosin, and the presence of thyroiditis was determined. I increased the incidence of LT from 31% in the control group to 73% in the I-treated group (P<0.05). Serum thyrotropin concentrations and thyroglobulin antibodies were significantly higher in the I-treated rats, primarily due to the increased incidence of LT and subsequent I-induced hypothyroidism. Results suggest that I enhances the effect of neonatal thymectomy on LT in Buf rats and support the concept that I may play an important role in the expression of LT in predisposed animals. KW - iodine KW - Thyroid diseases KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911431051&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Diminished adrenocorticotropin response to insulin-induced hypoglycemia in nondepressed, actively drinking male alcoholics. AU - Berman, J. D. AU - Cook, D. M. AU - Buchman, M. AU - Keith, L. D. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1990/// VL - 71 IS - 3 SP - 712 EP - 717 SN - 0021-972X AD - Berman, J. D.: Veterans Administration Medical Center II6E/V, PO Box 1035, Portland, Oregon 97207, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911433750. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Registry Number: 9002-60-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The primary effects of alcohol dependence on the stress axis, the corticotropin (ACTH) and cortisol responses to insulin-induced hypoglycaemia were estimated in 7 actively drinking male alcoholics recruited from the general public and 8 age-matched male controls, aged 22 to 48 years old. They had long histories of alcohol-related problems. Insulin administration resulted in similar reductions in blood sugar in alcoholic and control groups. However, the plasma ACTH response was blunted in the alcoholics. There was a nonsignificant trend toward increased cortisol values in the alcoholic group. Results suggest that altered hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis function in alcoholics is a primary result of chronic ethanol exposure rather than a confounding effect of clinical depression or recent detoxification. KW - Alcoholism KW - corticotropin KW - hypoglycaemia KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ACTH KW - adrenocorticotropic hormone KW - adrenocorticotropin KW - hypoglycemia KW - low blood glucose KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911433750&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of central obesity on regulation of carbohydrate metabolism in obese patients with varying degrees of glucose tolerance. AU - Golay, A. AU - Chen, N. AU - Chen, Y. D. I. AU - Hollenbeck, C. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1990/// VL - 71 IS - 5 SP - 1299 EP - 1304 SN - 0021-972X AD - Golay, A.: G. M. Reaven, Veterans Administration Medical Center (GRECC/182-B), 3801 Miranda Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911433859. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Of 31 obese women, 12 had normal glucose tolerance, 8 had impaired glucose tolerance and 11 had non-insulin-dependent diabetes. Abdominal obesity was estimated by determining the ratio of waist to hip girth, fasting and postprandial plasma free fatty acid (FFA) and insulin concentrations were estimated at hourly intervals from 08.00 to 16.00 h and insulin-stimulated glucose disposal was quantified by euglycaemic hyperinsulinaemic clamp. Results obtained did not support the hypothesis that differences in the degree of central obesity play an important role in regulation of plasma concentrations of FFA or insulin or in modulation of insulin-stimulated glucose uptake. KW - carbohydrate metabolism KW - glucose tolerance KW - Obesity KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood sugar tolerance KW - fatness KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911433859&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Ileal transposition surgery attenuates the increased efficiency of weight gain on a high-fat diet. AU - Boozer, C. N. AU - Choban, P. S. AU - Atkinson, R. L. JO - International Journal of Obesity JF - International Journal of Obesity Y1 - 1990/// VL - 14 IS - 10 SP - 869 EP - 878 SN - 0307-0565 AD - Boozer, C. N.: R. L. Atkinson, Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Hampton, VA 23667, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911434444. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of high-fat diets on weight loss was studied in weight-matched, male Sprague-Dawley rats (10/group), following ileal transposition surgery (IT). Rats were fed on defined high-carbohydrate (12% kcal as fat) or high-fat (45% kcal as fat) diets for 15 weeks post-surgery. IT rats ate less than sham IT rats, 9587±304 vs. 10 615±356 kcal (P<0.01), and gained less weight (-14±7.8 vs. 46±13.7 g) (P<0.01). Sham IT rats had similar food intakes on the 2 diets, but body weights were increased on the high-fat diet. However, the IT rats on the high-fat diet did not gain more weight or have higher efficiency of weight gain than the IT rats on the high-carbohydrate diet. It is concluded that ileal transposition attenuates the increased efficiency of weight gain usually associated with consumption of a high-fat diet. KW - fats KW - ileum KW - intake KW - surgery KW - Weight losses KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911434444&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Low liver glycogen content in alcoholic rats due to depressed carbohydrate ingestion. AU - Nguyen, T. AU - Chi, C. W. AU - Larkin, E. C. AU - Rao, G. A. JO - Biochemical Archives JF - Biochemical Archives Y1 - 1990/// VL - 6 IS - 2 SP - 217 EP - 221 SN - 0749-5331 AD - Nguyen, T.: A. Rao, Alcohol Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 150 Muir Road, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911434801. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 9005-79-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats were divided into 3 groups of 6 and maintained ad libitum on a liquid diet containing 26% energy from alcohol and 21% from carbohydrates or 36% energy from alcohol and 31% from carbohydrates or 36% alcohol with only 11% carbohydrate. Liver glycogen content was about 2-fold greater in those rats ingesting diets containing 21 and 31% energy from carbohydrates. Amounts of alcohol ingested daily were similar in the 3 diet groups. However, the carbohydrate consumption was about 3-fold greater in rats fed the 26% alcohol diet or 36% alcohol diet with 31% carbohydrate than in those fed the 36% alcohol diet containing 11% carbohydrate. Hence, dietary carbohydrate rather than alcohol influences the content of glycogen in the liver. KW - carbohydrates KW - ethanol KW - Glycogen KW - intake KW - liver KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - saccharides KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911434801&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Abnormalities of lectin histochemistry in familial polyposis coli and hereditary nonpolyposis colorectal cancer. AU - Sams, J. S. AU - Lynch, H. T. AU - Burt, R. W. AU - Lanspa, S. J. AU - Boland, C. R. JO - Cancer JF - Cancer Y1 - 1990/// VL - 66 IS - 3 SP - 502 EP - 508 SN - 0008-543X AD - Sams, J. S.: Gastroenterology Section (III D), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 2215 Fuller Road, Ann Arbor, MI 48105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911435710. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 50 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Lectin staining patterns of 22 colectomy specimens from patients with familial polyposis coli (FPC) and rectal biopsy specimens from 47 patients at risk for hereditary non-polyposis colorectal cancer (HNPCC) (also known as Lynch syndromes I and II) were compared with rectal biopsy specimens from 27 sex-matched controls. The fluorescein-conjugated lectins included the agglutinins derived from groundnut, Dolichos biflorus, Ulex europaeus, and wheat germ (including the succinylated derivative). Using a technique for quantitating lectin binding on the tissue sections that provided a score from 0 to 400, labelling with certain lectins varied slightly as a function of age and sex. Histologically normal mucosa from patients with FPC bound significantly less wheat germ agglutinin but significantly more U. europaeus and succinylated wheat germ agglutinins than controls. Adenomas and dysplastic flat mucosa from the colectomy specimens of patients with FPC bound significantly less D. biflorus, succinylated wheat germ, and wheat germ agglutinins than controls. Rectal tissues from patients at risk for HNPCC bound significantly less groundnut agglutinin and D. biflorus agglutinin than controls. Staining of the tissues by groundnut and wheat germ lectins increased as a function of patient age; the control subjects were older than the patients with familial colon cancer, which could possibly account for the observations made with these two lectins. It is concluded that these results provide evidence that the premalignant colonic epithelium in familial polyposis and the hereditary non-polyposis colon cancer syndromes may be biologically different and indicate that glycoconjugate modifications are early events in the evolution of the neoplastic phenotype. KW - binding sites KW - Carcinoma KW - colon KW - lectins KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - binding site KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911435710&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Feeding the Hispanic hospital patient: cultural considerations. AU - Samolsky, S. AU - Dunker, K. AU - Hynak-Hankinson, M. T. JO - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JF - Journal of the American Dietetic Association Y1 - 1990/// VL - 90 IS - 12 SP - 1707 EP - 1710 SN - 0002-8223 AD - Samolsky, S.: Dietetic Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, East Orange, NJ 07019, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911435910. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The US has one of the largest Hispanic populations in the world amongst whom the major health problems are cardiovascular disease, diabetes mellitus, and obesity. The use of health care services by Hispanic subgroups depends upon their residence in urban or rural areas. Food consumption, eating habits and health care are summarised for Mexicans and Puerto Ricans, with modifications for fat-, energy-, and sodium-restricted diets. KW - diet studies KW - Ethnic groups KW - USA KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - United States of America KW - Social Psychology and Culture (UU490) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Diet Studies (VV110) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911435910&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Factors controlling intracellular protein turnover in the kidney. AU - Rabkin, R. AU - Dahl, D. C. JO - Seminars in Nephrology JF - Seminars in Nephrology Y1 - 1990/// VL - 10 IS - 5 SP - 472 EP - 480 SN - 0270-9295 AD - Rabkin, R.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (IIIR), 3801 Miranda Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911436648. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 67 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The turnover of intracellular proteins in the kidney is discussed. In the steady state about 30% of kidney cell proteins are synthesized and broken down each day. It is this continual turnover of protein, modulated in part by nutrients and hormones, which allows the cell to adapt to homeostatic changes. KW - hormones KW - Kidneys KW - nutrients KW - protein turnover KW - reviews KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911436648&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of the nephrotic syndrome on the renal handling of protein and other nutrients. AU - Kaysen, G. A. AU - Hutchinson, F. N. AU - Bander, H. A. JO - Seminars in Nephrology JF - Seminars in Nephrology Y1 - 1990/// VL - 10 IS - 5 SP - 481 EP - 490 SN - 0270-9295 AD - Kaysen, G. A.: Renal Biochemistry Laboratory, Division of Nephrology, Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911436651. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 120 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - Kidneys KW - nephrotic syndrome KW - nutrients KW - proteins KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911436651&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of positions, eating, and bronchodilators on gastroesophageal reflux in asthmatics. AU - Sontag, S. J. AU - O'Connell, S. AU - Khandelwal, S. AU - Miller, T. AU - Nemchausky, B. AU - Schnell, T. G. AU - Serlovsky, R. JO - Digestive Diseases and Sciences JF - Digestive Diseases and Sciences Y1 - 1990/// VL - 35 IS - 7 SP - 849 EP - 856 SN - 0163-2116 AD - Sontag, S. J.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Ambulatory Care Service (11C2), Hines, IL 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911438533. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 40 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To determine whether bronchodilators, the supine position, or eating affect gastro-oesophageal reflux (GER), ambulatory 24-h pH monitoring was made on 44 controls and 104 unselected adult asthmatics. All asthmatics had discrete attacks of wheezing and documented reversible airway obstruction of at least 20%. Presence or absence of GER symptoms was not used as a criterion for patient selection. Chronic bronchodilator treatment was required by 71.2% of asthmatics, and was continued during the test. Asthmatics had significantly worse GER than controls during the 3-h postprandial period, which continued into the non-postprandial period up to the next meal. Significant differences were present for oesophageal mucosal acid contact time, frequency of reflux episodes, and clearance times. During the non-postprandial periods asthmatics had 4 times the acid reflux as controls and 19-fold the frequency of prolonged reflux episodes. There were no differences between asthmatics on bronchodilators and those not on bronchodilators in any of the reflux-indices during the upright (postprandial, non-postprandial) period or supine (sleep) period. It is concluded that regardless of the use of bronchodilators, asthmatics have significant GER when asleep and after meals that continues beyond the postprandial period to the next meal, and asthmatics receiving bronchodilators have similar GER patterns after eating, in the non-postprandial period, and when asleep as asthmatics not receiving bronchodilators. KW - asthma KW - Oesophagus KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - disorders KW - esophagus KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911438533&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Goitrogens in food and water. AU - Gaitan, E. JO - Annual Review of Nutrition JF - Annual Review of Nutrition Y1 - 1990/// VL - 10 SP - 21 EP - 39 SN - 0199-9885 AD - Gaitan, E.: Department of Medicine, University of Mississippi School of Medicine and Endocrinology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Jackson, MI 39216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911439081. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 106 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Public Health N2 - Epidemiologic and experimental evidence reviewed in this article emphasizes the complex and multifactorial aetiology of endemic goitre. The important role of iodine deficiency as an aetiologic factor in endemic goitre is firmly established, but there is evidence that other environmental factors can play an equally important role in the pathogenesis of this condition. Chemical categories, sources and sites of action of classes of naturally occurring thyroid antagonists are reviewed. Evidence of the presence of these compounds in foodstuffs and drinking water is discussed. Bacterial contamination of water supplies also seems to be important in the development of goitre. Microorganisms appear to intervene in the biosynthesis and degradation of organic goitrogenic pollutants and may induce thyroid growth-promoting activity in the host, or both. Malnutrition and poor socioeconomic conditions, as for I deficiency, enhance the action of environmental goitrogens. KW - environmental factors KW - Food KW - Goitre KW - reviews KW - thyroid antagonists KW - water supply KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - antithyroid substances KW - endemic KW - goiter KW - goitrogenic substances KW - goitrogens KW - thyrostatic agents KW - water supplies KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Food Contamination, Residues and Toxicology (QQ200) KW - Food Science and Food Products (Human) (QQ000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911439081&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Appetite regulation by gut peptides. AU - Morley, J. E. JO - Annual Review of Nutrition JF - Annual Review of Nutrition Y1 - 1990/// VL - 10 SP - 383 EP - 395 SN - 0199-9885 AD - Morley, J. E.: Geriatric Research Education and Clinical Center, St. Louis Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Louis, MO 63104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911439097. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 75 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Regulation of appetite by gastrointestinal peptides is reviewed under the headings: physiological evidence for the presence of circulating satiety factors; cholecystokinin, the prototypic peripheral satiety hormone; cholecystokinin, feeding and memory; pancreatic hormones; the ileum and satiety; satietins; interactions; gut peptides and energy metabolism. KW - Appetite KW - regulation KW - reviews KW - gastrointestinal peptides KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911439097&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The biosynthetic basis of adult lactase deficiency. AU - Witte, J. AU - Lloyd, M. AU - Lorenzsonn, V. AU - Korsmo, H. AU - Olsen, W. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1990/// VL - 86 IS - 4 SP - 1338 EP - 1342 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Witte, J.: Gastroenterology Research Laboratory, Middleton Veterans Administration Hospital, 2500 Overlook Terrace, Madison, WI 53705, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19900442322. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Registry Number: 9031-11-2. Subject Subsets: Dairy Science; Human Nutrition N2 - The intestinal brush-border enzyme lactase splits lactose into its component monosaccharides, glucose and galactose. Relative deficiency of the enzyme during adulthood is a common condition worldwide and is frequently associated with symptoms of lactose intolerance. The synthesis and processing of lactase in normal and adult hypolactasic subjects were studied using human intestinal explants in organ culture. Metabolic labelling experiments in the control subjects with [35S]methionine, followed by immunoprecipitation, SDS-PAGE and fluorography, demonstrated that newly synthesized lactase is initially recognized as a precursor molecule with an MW of 205 000. Over the course of several hours most of the labelled lactase was converted to a mature form with an MW of 150 000. Transiently appearing forms of 215 000 and 190 000 MW were identified and were thought to represent intermediary species generated during intracellular processing. Two distinct alterations in lactase biosynthesis accounting for adult hypolactasia were identified. Studies in 3 deficient subjects demonstrated markedly reduced synthesis of the precursor protein, although post-translational processing appeared identical to normal. Multiple studies in a fourth deficient subject demonstrated synthesis of ample amounts of precursor lactase but reduced conversion to the mature active form of the enzyme. KW - beta-galactosidase KW - Cows KW - Enzymes KW - Lactase deficiency KW - Lactose intolerance KW - cattle KW - MAN KW - Bos KW - Bovidae KW - ruminants KW - Artiodactyla KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - beta-D-galactosidase deficiency KW - Milk and Dairy Produce (QQ010) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19900442322&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Localization of host immunoglobulin G to the surface of Pneumocystis carinii. AU - Blumenfeld, W. AU - Mandrell, R. E. AU - Jarvis, G. A. AU - Griffiss, J. M. JO - Infection and Immunity JF - Infection and Immunity Y1 - 1990/// VL - 58 IS - 2 SP - 456 EP - 463 SN - 0019-9567 AD - Blumenfeld, W.: Center for Immunochemistry, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19900864375. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 308067-58-5, 308067-57-4. Subject Subsets: Protozoology; Public Health N2 - In immunoblotting studies of P. carinii surface proteins it was found that a secondary antibody, anti-human IgG, recognized a 52 000 MW band in homogenates of P. carinii purified from human autopsy lungs and bronchoalveolar lavage fluids, even when serum as a source of primary antibody was omitted. The electrophoretic mobility of the 52 000 MW band was identical to that of IgG heavy chains. In addition to affinity-purified, anti-human IgG, monoclonal antibodies specific for the Fab and Fc regions of human IgG recognized the 52 000 MW band. To determine whether the 52 000 MW band represents IgG bound to the surface of P. carinii, intact organisms were treated with Triton X-100 and acid in order to elute immunoglobulin from the surface. After purification over a protein G column, the eluate comigrated with human IgG, was recognized by anti-IgG, and bound to discrete bands with MWs of 65 000 to 70 000, 60 000, 50 000, and 35 000 in purified, rat-derived P. carinii. To confirm the presence of human IgG on the surface of P. carinii, immunocytochemical and immunoelectron microscope studies were performed. Staining of intact P. carinii aggregates by anti-human IgG was pronounced and was abolished by acid treatment. IgA was also present. Ultrastructural studies showed the presence of IgG on the cyst wall and on fine membranous structures and vesicles adjacent to cysts. It is concluded that the surface of P. carinii is coated with human IgG and that the close association of human IgG with P. carinii may have implications for the pathogenesis of P. carinii pneumonia in acquired immunodeficiency syndrome.<new para>ADDITIONAL ABSTRACT:<new para>The authors demonstrated that human IgG appears to be strongly bound to cysts of Pneumocystis carinii recovered at autopsy from patients with AIDS. The eluted IgG recognized specific antigens of P. carinii derived from rat lungs. They speculate on the role of these immunoglobulins in the pathogenesis of P. carinii pneumonia.P. Godfrey-Faussett KW - ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME KW - Antibodies KW - Human diseases KW - IgG KW - immune response KW - Immunoglobulins KW - Immunology KW - Opportunistic infections KW - parasites KW - Pathogenesis KW - Pneumocystis carinii pneumonia KW - pneumocystosis KW - pneumonia KW - man KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystis carinii KW - protozoa KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Pneumocystis KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystidomycetes KW - Taphrinomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - invertebrates KW - AIDS KW - cysts KW - fungus KW - gamma-globulins KW - immune globulins KW - immunity reactions KW - immunological reactions KW - Surface binding KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Host Resistance and Immunity (HH600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19900864375&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparison of fluconazole and SDZ89-485 for therapy of experimental murine coccidioidomycosis. AU - Fierer, J. AU - Kirkland, T. AU - Finley, F. JO - Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy JF - Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy Y1 - 1990/// VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 13 EP - 16 SN - 0066-4804 AD - Fierer, J.: Dep. Med., Veterans Administration Med. Cent., San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901205313. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 86386-73-4. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Mice were infected with arthroconidia of Coccidioides immitis by intraperitoneal injection and 48 h later were treated with either oral fluconazole or SDZ89-485, a new triazole. Both drugs completely inhibited fungal growth when administered at a dose of 50 mg/kg body wt twice daily, but only SDZ89-485 was fully inhibitory at a dose of 5 mg/kg twice a day. In a second experiment, treatment with SDZ89-485 was delayed until 8 d after infection to allow infection to be well established before treatment. Both 5 and 50 mg/kg twice daily were effective regimens, which established that SDZ89-485 has activity against spherules in vivo. Mice that received fluconazole (50 mg/kg twice a day) had a peak level in blood of 60 µg/ml 1 h after a dose, but no measurable amount was found after 12 h. SDZ89-485 was more slowly absorbed, reaching a peak level in blood of 14 µg/ml at 12-15 h after a dose of 50 mg/kg. It is concluded that SDZ89-485 is more effective than fluconazole as treatment for experimental systemic coccidioidomycosis in mice, even though fluconazole achieves higher peak levels in blood. KW - Antifungal agents KW - Fluconazole KW - infections KW - pharmacokinetics KW - therapy KW - Coccidioides immitis KW - Mice KW - Coccidioides KW - Onygenaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - fungistats KW - fungus KW - SDZ 89-485 KW - therapeutics KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901205313&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Rapid, colorimetric identification of Candida albicans. AU - Perry, J. L. AU - Miller, G. R. AU - Carr, D. L. JO - Journal of Clinical Microbiology JF - Journal of Clinical Microbiology Y1 - 1990/// VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 614 EP - 615 SN - 0095-1137 AD - Perry, J. L.: Clinical Microbiology Laboratories, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wichita, Kansas 67218, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901205850. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A total of 706 yeast isolates were evaluated in parallel by the Candida albicans Screen (CAS) test and the germ tube (GT) test in comparison with the API 20C Yeast Identification System. The CAS and GT tests correctly identified 419 of the 422 isolates of C. albicans (99.3%). Two of the false-negative reactions occurring with the CAS were with GT-negative strains of C. albicans. There were 2 false-positive CAS reactions involving a single strain each of C. parapsilosis and C. tropicalis. Sensitivity and specificity for both tests exceeded 99%, with positive and negative predictive values of 99 and 98%, respectively. KW - colorimetry KW - identification KW - techniques KW - Candida albicans KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901205850&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Experimental hypersensitivity pneumonitis: influence of donor sensitization. AU - Schuyler, M. AU - Gott, K. AU - Shopp, G. AU - Crooks, L. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1990/// VL - 115 IS - 5 SP - 621 EP - 628 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Schuyler, M.: Albuquerque Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albuquerque, NM 87108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901206734. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Experimental hypersensitivity pneumonitis (EHP) can be transferred to strain 2 guineapigs by lymphoblasts from lymph node cells from sensitized guineapigs cultured in vitro with antigen. The relationship between characteristics of the donor animal and development of competence to transfer EHP was examined. Cell populations that were capable and incapable of transfer were compared using flow cytometry and fluorescein conjugated anti-Ig to determine cell size and surface IgG+ (SIg+: surface immunoglobulin-positive) cells. Lymph node cells from donor animals were cultured with a soluble extract of Micropolyspora faeni [Faenia rectivirgula] (10 µg/ml) for 72 h; blasts were then isolated and transferred intravenously to syngeneic recipients. Control recipients received an equal volume of medium. Four groups of donors were used: animals systemically sensitized with Freund's adjuvant and F. rectivirgula and challenged with 2, 4 or 8 weekly intratracheal injections of F. rectivirgula (2-, 4- and 8-wk group); and animals sensitized with Freund's adjuvant and normal saline and challenged with 2 weekly intratracheal injections of normal saline (NS group). Recipients were challenged intratracheally with F. rectivirgula 48 h after the cell transfer and killed 4 d thereafter. Randomly selected microscopic fields of the lung (250/animal) were judged to be normal and abnormal without knowledge of treatment. All animals were maintained in high efficiency particulate accumulator-filtered air. There was a low level of pulmonary response to an intratracheal challenge of F. rectivirgula in animals that received media. There was a substantial increase (P<0.01) in the extent of pulmonary abnormalities in the animals receiving blasts cultured with 10 µg/ml F. rectivirgula from the 2- and 4-wk groups (2-wk>4-wk), but not in recipients of blasts from the NS or the 8-wk groups. There was no difference in the proportion of large cells and SIg+ cells in these populations. It is concluded that in vitro culture of specifically sensitized cells with antigen is required for the appearance of cells capable of transferring EHP in this model. The nature of the donor animal (2 vs. 4 or 8 challenges) influenced the capability of cells to transfer EHP. KW - allergies KW - immunology KW - Occupational disorders KW - guineapigs KW - Saccharopolyspora rectivirgula KW - Cavia KW - Caviidae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Saccharopolyspora KW - Pseudonocardiaceae KW - Pseudonocardineae KW - Actinomycetales KW - Actinobacteridae KW - Actinobacteria KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - bacterium KW - Faenia rectivirgula KW - guinea pigs KW - lymphoblasts KW - Non-communicable Human Diseases and Injuries (VV600) KW - Occupational Health and Safety (VV900) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901206734&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fatal Cunninghamella bertholletiae infection in an immunocompetent patient. AU - Zeilender, S. AU - Drenning, D. AU - Glauser, F. L. AU - Bechard, D. JO - Chest JF - Chest Y1 - 1990/// VL - 97 IS - 6 SP - 1482 EP - 1483 SN - 0012-3692 AD - Zeilender, S.: Pulmonary Division, McGuire Veterans Administration Medical Center/Medical College of Virginia, Richmond, Virginia, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901206742. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A fatal case of pulmonary C. bertholletiae infection is reported in a 61-yr-old immunocompetent man. Amphotericin B therapy was delayed since preliminary sputum cultures, although reported as growing Rhizopus, were interpreted as a laboratory contaminant. KW - hosts KW - infections KW - lungs KW - USA KW - Cunninghamella bertholletiae KW - man KW - Cunninghamella KW - Cunninghamellaceae KW - Mucorales KW - Mucoromycotina KW - Zygomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - fungus KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901206742&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Correlation of Pityrosporum ovale density with clinical severity of seborrheic dermatitis as assessed by a simplified technique. AU - Heng, M. C. Y. AU - Henderson, C. L. AU - Barker, D. C. AU - Haberfelde, G. JO - Journal of the American Academy of Dermatology JF - Journal of the American Academy of Dermatology Y1 - 1990/// VL - 23 IS - 1 SP - 82 EP - 86 SN - 0190-9622 AD - Heng, M. C. Y.: Division of Dermatology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901206767. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A total of 100 patients with facial seborrhoeic dermatitis and 42 control subjects were studied. The number of periodic acid-Schiff-positive P. ovale [Malassezia furfur] yeast cells in skin scrapings per high-power field were counted and designated 1+ to 4+. Data indicated a correlation between the density of M. furfur and the clinical severity of seborrhoeic dermatitis, both before and after therapy with a precipitated sulfur/salicylic acid shampoo. It is concluded that the data support the concept that yeast contributes to the pathogenesis of seborrhoeic dermatitis. KW - complications KW - hosts KW - infections KW - seborrhoea KW - USA KW - Malassezia furfur KW - man KW - Malassezia KW - Malasseziales KW - Ustilaginomycotina KW - Basidiomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - fungus KW - seborrhea KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901206767&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Electron cytochemical studies of Cryptococcus neoformans grown on uric acid and related sources of nitrogen. AU - Fiskin, A. M. AU - Zalles, M. C. AU - Garrison, R. G. JO - Journal of Medical and Veterinary Mycology JF - Journal of Medical and Veterinary Mycology Y1 - 1990/// VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 197 EP - 207 SN - 0268-1218 AD - Fiskin, A. M.: Research Service (151), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Kansas City, Missouri 64128, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901206976. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 7727-37-9. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Cells of C. neoformans grown on xanthine or urate as the sole sources of nitrogen produced numerous, single membrane-bound organelles, deemed to be microbodies. Electron images of these structures showed positive cytochemical staining for catalase and α-hydroxy acid oxidase, known marker enzyme activities for microbodies. Microbodies in xanthine and urate-grown cells were cytochemically reactive for the presence of the hydrogen peroxide-producing xanthine and urate oxidases. Molybdenum and phosphorus (elements associated with the cofactor common to nitrogen scavenging enzymes) were detected in the substrate-induced microbodies by X-ray dispersive microanalysis. The single limiting membrane of the substrate-induced microbody was stained by a modified Gomori reaction for the presence of alkaline phosphatase, indicating the participation of this enzymic activity in the events associated with microbody chemistry. KW - electron microscopy KW - morphology KW - nitrogen KW - physiology KW - Cryptococcus neoformans KW - Cryptococcus (Fungi) KW - Tremellaceae KW - Tremellales KW - Tremellomycetes KW - Agaricomycotina KW - Basidiomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - fungus KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901206976&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fluconazole therapy for coccidioidomycosis in Japanese macaques. AU - Graybill, J. R. AU - Griffith, L. AU - Sun, S. H. JO - Reviews of Infectious Diseases JF - Reviews of Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1990/// VL - 12 IS - Suppl. 3 SP - S286 EP - S290 AD - Graybill, J. R.: Department of Medicine (111), Audie Murphy Veterans Administration Hospital, San Antonio, Texas 78284, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901207002. Publication Type: Journal Article; Conference paper; Journal article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Registry Number: 86386-73-4. Subject Subsets: Veterinary Science; Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - During the past 6 yrs, 6 documented cases of Coccidioides immitis infection were reported from the South Texas Primate Observatory, the home of >200 Japanese snow macaque monkeys and a small number of vervets. In addition, there were 6 probable cases and 5 possible cases. Disease was progressive in all monkeys and was characterized by cough, wasting and the appearance of draining cutaneous abscesses. Untreated, monkeys usually died within several months. Fourteen monkeys were treated with oral fluconazole; 8 improved rapidly, and the others had no response. Four of the monkeys that improved relapsed quickly after fluconazole treatment was interrupted. Two monkeys showed initial improvement, relapsed when fluconazole treatment was interrupted, and again improved when fluconazole treatment was resumed. It is suggested that fluconazole may be effective treatment in primates with coccidioidomycosis, although prolonged treatment may be necessary and relapses may occur. KW - Antifungal agents KW - fluconazole KW - hosts KW - infections KW - therapy KW - zoo animals KW - Texas KW - USA KW - Coccidioides KW - Coccidioides immitis KW - Macaca KW - monkeys KW - Primates KW - Onygenaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Coccidioides KW - Cercopithecidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - Great Plains States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - Gulf States of USA KW - Southern Plains States of USA KW - West South Central States of USA KW - Southern States of USA KW - Southwestern States of USA KW - Fluconazole -a novel advance in therapy for systemic fungal infections KW - fungistats KW - fungus KW - therapeutics KW - United States of America KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Zoo Animals (LL080) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901207002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of incubation temperature, inoculum size, and medium on agreement of macro- and microdilution broth susceptibility test results for yeasts. AU - Cook, R. A. AU - McIntyre, K. A. AU - Galgiani, J. N. JO - Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy JF - Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy Y1 - 1990/// VL - 34 IS - 8 SP - 1542 EP - 1545 SN - 0066-4804 AD - Cook, R. A.: J. N. Galgiani, Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tucson, Arizona 85724, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901207109. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Registry Number: 1397-89-3, 86386-73-4, 2022-85-7, 65277-42-1. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - The effects of temperature and inoculum on the agreement of macro- and microdilution broth min. inhibitory concn (MICs) of 5 antifungal agents against 6 isolates of Candida spp. (2 C. albicans, 1 C. tropicalis, 1 C. parapsilosis and 1 C. lusitaniae) or Torulopsis glabrata were examined. Incubation temperature affected results with amphotericin B, flucytosine, fluconazole and SCH 39304, producing better agreement at 35°C than at 37°C. Agreement between methods was better with an inoculum size of 10² than with one of 104 yeast cells/ml in testing fluconazole or SCH 39304, and the discrepancies seen with a higher incubation temperature and a larger inoculum appeared to be additive. However, inoculum size did not seem to affect agreement between methods in testing amphotericin B, flucytosine or ketoconazole. Regardless of test conditions, macrodilution broth MICs of amphotericin B for different isolates were strikingly higher than microdilution test MICs, with mean differences being greater than 9-fold under some test conditions. It is concluded that for most currently available antifungal agents, an incubation temperature of 35°C and a starting yeast inoculum of <104 cells/ml improve the agreement between macro- and microdilution broth tests. KW - amphotericin B KW - antifungal agents KW - antifungal properties KW - fluconazole KW - flucytosine KW - ketoconazole KW - techniques KW - Candida albicans KW - Candida glabrata KW - Candida lusitaniae KW - Candida parapsilosis KW - Candida tropicalis KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Torulopsis KW - Pezizomycotina KW - 5-fluorocytosine KW - anti-fungal properties KW - fungicidal properties KW - fungistats KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - SCH 39304 KW - susceptibility testing KW - Torulopsis glabrata KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901207109&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Isolation of Exophiala jeanselmei. AU - McGregor, D. H. AU - Hodges, G. R. T2 - Laboratory Medicine JO - Laboratory Medicine JF - Laboratory Medicine Y1 - 1990/// VL - 21 IS - 2 SP - 116 EP - 116 SN - 0007-5027 AD - McGregor, D. H.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Kansas City, MO, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901207375. Publication Type: Correspondence. Language: English. Number of References: 1 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - In reply to a previous paper [Fullenwider, J. P. (et al.) Laboratory Medicine (1989) 20, 163-165] concerning the contamination of light-green staining solution with E. jeanselmei, the authors note that they reported a similar incident involving Grocott methenamine silver stain [McGregor, D. H. (et al.) Journal of Clinical Microbiology (1980) 11, 174-177]. The authors now use eosin as a counterstain. A reply follows. KW - contamination KW - stains KW - Exophiala jeanselmei KW - Exophiala KW - Herpotrichiellaceae KW - Chaetothyriales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - fungus KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901207375&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Itraconazole treatment of phaeohyphomycosis. AU - Sharkey, P. K. AU - Graybill, J. R. AU - Rinaldi, M. G. AU - Stevens, D. A. AU - Tucker, R. M. AU - Peterie, J. D. AU - Hoeprich, P. D. AU - Greer, D. L. AU - Frenkel, L. AU - Counts, G. W. AU - Goodrich, J. AU - Zellner, S. AU - Bradsher, R. W. AU - Horst, C. M. van der AU - Israel, K. AU - Pankey, G. A. AU - Barranco, C. P. JO - Journal of the American Academy of Dermatology JF - Journal of the American Academy of Dermatology Y1 - 1990/// VL - 23 IS - 3 part 2 SP - 577 EP - 586 SN - 0190-9622 AD - Sharkey, P. K.: J. R. Graybill, Medicine Service, Audie L. Murphy Veterans Administration Hospital, San Antonio, TX 78384, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901207460. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 84625-61-6. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Nineteen patients with phaeohyphomycosis (due to Cladosporium, Bipolaris spicifera [Cochliobolus spicifer], Exophiala spinifera, Curvularia, B. [Cochliobolus] hawaiiensis, Wangiella dermatitidis, Alternaria, Exserohilum rostratum [Setosphaeria rostrata], Bipolaris) were treated with itraconazole. Of these, 17 were assessable for clinical outcome. Of these, 2 had received no prior therapy, 5 had failed amphotericin B therapy, 4 had failed ketoconazole or miconazole therapy, and 5 had failed both amphotericin B and azole therapy. One patient had received only prior surgical intervention. There was disease of the skin in 9 patients, soft tissue in 9, sinuses in 8, bone in 5, joints in 2 and lungs in 2. Itraconazole was given in dosages ranging from 50 to 600 mg/d for 1-48 months. Clinical improvement or remission occurred in 9 patients. Two patients had stabilization of disease. Six patients failed treatment, one had a relapse after initially successful treatment. It is concluded that itraconazole appears to be highly effective in some patients with phaeohyphomycosis, including patients refractory to other antifungal agents. KW - Antifungal agents KW - hosts KW - infections KW - itraconazole KW - therapy KW - USA KW - Alternaria KW - Bipolaris KW - Cladosporium KW - Cochliobolus hawaiiensis KW - Cochliobolus spicifer KW - Curvularia KW - Exophiala dermatitidis KW - Exophiala spinifera KW - man KW - Pleosporaceae KW - Setosphaeria rostrata KW - Pleosporaceae KW - Pleosporales KW - Dothideomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Davidiellaceae KW - Capnodiales KW - Cochliobolus KW - Exophiala KW - Herpotrichiellaceae KW - Chaetothyriales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - Setosphaeria KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - fungistats KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - therapeutics KW - United States of America KW - Wangiella KW - Wangiella dermatitidis KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901207460&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cutaneous cryptococcosis simulating Kaposi's sarcoma in the acquired immunodeficiency syndrome. AU - Jones, C. AU - Orengo, I. AU - Rosen, T. AU - Ellner, K. JO - Cutis (New York) JF - Cutis (New York) Y1 - 1990/// VL - 45 IS - 3 SP - 163 EP - 167 AD - Jones, C.: Baylor College of Medicine and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Houston, TX, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901207567. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A case is reported in a 41-yr-old man with AIDS and biopsy proven Kaposi's sarcoma of the oral cavity who presented with a several month history of violaceous papules and plaques on his trunk and extremities. Although the patient already carried a clinical diagnosis of Kaposi's sarcoma, several biopsies of skin lesions were performed. Tissue specimens demonstrated cutaneous infection with Cryptococcus neoformans. Oral itraconazole therapy was given. It is concluded that as patients with AIDS have an increased incidence of both Kaposi's sarcoma and opportunistic infections, all progressing lesions should be biopsied in order to avoid missing a treatable life-threatening disease. KW - acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - hosts KW - infections KW - predisposition KW - skin KW - USA KW - Cryptococcus neoformans KW - man KW - Cryptococcus (Fungi) KW - Tremellaceae KW - Tremellales KW - Tremellomycetes KW - Agaricomycotina KW - Basidiomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - AIDS KW - dermis KW - fungus KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901207567&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Further studies on factors controlling phenotypic susceptibility of Candida albicans to miconazole kill. AU - Beggs, W. H. JO - Research Communications in Chemical Pathology and Pharmacology JF - Research Communications in Chemical Pathology and Pharmacology Y1 - 1990/// VL - 67 IS - 1 SP - 159 EP - 162 SN - 0034-5164 AD - Beggs, W. H.: General Medical Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901207753. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 6 ref. Registry Number: 22916-47-8. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A growth-limiting medium was used for further studies on growth phase-dependent shifts in susceptibility of C. albicans to direct lethal miconazole action. Restricted nutrition did not affect development of susceptibility. Reestablishment of resistance toward stationary phase was not a physiological response to nutrient exhaustion. Resistance developed even at low population density if cells were in physiological transition to stationary phase with glucose available. KW - antifungal agents KW - antifungal properties KW - miconazole KW - resistance KW - Candida albicans KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - anti-fungal properties KW - fungicidal properties KW - fungistats KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901207753&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Dietary management of nursing home residents with non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. AU - Coulston, A. M. AU - Mandelbaum, D. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1990/// VL - 51 IS - 1 SP - 67 EP - 71 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Coulston, A. M.: G.M. Reaven, Veterans Administration, GRECC/182B, 3801 Miranda Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901419744. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Blood glucose control was studied in 18 residents with noninsulin-dependent diabetes (NIDD) from 2 skilled nursing facilities on diabetic and regular diets provided by the institution. Weekly fasting plasma glucose and 1-day dietary intake were followed for 16 weeks, 4 weeks on diabetic diets before and after 8 weeks on a regular diet. All residents were in good glycaemic control (fasting plasma glucose 7.0 ± 0.6 mmol/litre) at entry into the study. During the regular-diet period, fasting plasma glucose increased an average of 0.6 mmol/litre for all residents. Energy intake increased during the regular-diet period although body weight did not change significantly. In both study periods nutrient intake of the residents met or exceeded the recommended dietary allowances for the age group. KW - Diabetes KW - diet treatment KW - nursing homes KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - diet prescription KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901419744&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Use of a variable tracer infusion method to determine glucose turnover in humans. AU - Molina, J. M. AU - Baron, A. D. AU - Edelman, S. V. AU - Brechtel, G. AU - Wallace, P. AU - Olefsky, J. M. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1990/// VL - 258 IS - 1 SP - E16 EP - E23 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Molina, J. M.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Medical Research Service (V-151), 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901420178. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The single-compartment pool fraction model, when used with the hyperinsulinaemic glucose clamp technique to estimate rates of glucose turnover, sometimes underestimates true rates of glucose appearance (Ra) resulting in negative values for hepatic glucose output (HGO). Isotope discrimination and model errors were studied as possible explanations for this underestimation. There was no difference in [3-³H]glucose specific activity in samples obtained simultaneously from the femoral artery and vein in 6 men during a hyperinsulinaemic euglycaemic clamp study where insulin was infused at 40 mU/m² min for 3 h; therefore, isotope discrimination did not occur. The ability of a constant (0.6 μCi/min) was compared with a variable tracer infusion method (tracer added to the glucose infusate) to estimate nonsteady-state Ra during hyperinsulinaemic clamp studies. Plasma specific activity fell during the constant tracer infusion studies but did not change from base line during the variable tracer infusion studies. By maintaining a constant plasma specific activity the variable tracer infusion method eliminates uncertainty about changes in glucose pool size. This overcame modelling error and more accurately estimates nonsteady-state Ra. KW - Glucose KW - markers KW - metabolism KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901420178&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Behavioral weight-loss for multiply-handicapped adults: assessing caretaker involvement and measures of behavior change. AU - McCarran, M. S. AU - Andrasik, F. JO - Addictive Behaviors JF - Addictive Behaviors Y1 - 1990/// VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 13 EP - 20 SN - 0306-4603 AD - McCarran, M. S.: Alcohol Dependency Treatment Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Northampton, MA 01060, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901420401. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Two groups of cerebral palsied, mentally retarded, overweight adults were given training in 7 behavioural self-control techniques for reducing energy intake and increasing activity during 19 weeks. One group's parents/caretakers had frequent contacts from the diet leader, (Home-Help Group); the other group, balanced with the first for degree of handicap, had no caretaker-directed communications other than initial notification (No Help Group). Measures of adherence were included to assess the process of behavioural change during the diet programme. There was a significant treatment effect for all participants in the diet programme, with the Home-Help Group of dieters showing clinically, though not statistically better weight loss at treatment end and at follow-ups during one year. Specific behaviours taught, such as replacing utensils after each bite and eating slowly, showed significant changes in the expected directions with weight change. Implications of the data for future treatment programmes are discussed. KW - behaviour KW - mental retardation KW - Obesity KW - weight losses KW - USA KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - behavior KW - fatness KW - mental deficiency KW - mentally handicapped KW - United States of America KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901420401&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The relationship between erythrocyte age and cell content of micronutrients and levels of related enzymes. AU - Chu, R. C. AU - Begley, J. A. AU - Hall, C. A. JO - Nutrition Research JF - Nutrition Research Y1 - 1990/// VL - 10 IS - 1 SP - 31 EP - 37 SN - 0271-5317 AD - Chu, R. C.: Nutrition Laboratory for Clinical Assessment and Research, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albany Medical College, Albany, NY 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901420572. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of erythrocyte ageing on the contents of certain micronutrients and related enzyme values were studied in cells from 11 healthy adult persons. Young and old erythrocytes were separated by density centrifugation. Erythrocyte zinc, copper, vitamin E, superoxide dismutase and carbonic anhydrase isoenzyme B and C values, and haemolysis by peroxide were not altered by ageing of the erythrocytes. Cobalamin and folate values declined progressively as erythrocytes aged. KW - aging KW - enzymes KW - Erythrocytes KW - nutrients KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ageing KW - blood red cells KW - red blood cells KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901420572&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - High-performance liquid chromatographic separation of acylcarnitines following derivatization with 4′-bromophenacyl trifluoromethanesulfonate. AU - Minkler, P. E. AU - Ingalls, S. T. AU - Hoppel, C. L. JO - Analytical Biochemistry JF - Analytical Biochemistry Y1 - 1990/// VL - 185 IS - 1 SP - 29 EP - 35 SN - 0003-2697 AD - Minkler, P. E.: Medical Research 151(W), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cleveland, OH 44106, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901450492. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 461-06-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - Carnitine KW - estimation KW - urine KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901450492&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Glomerular hemodynamic alterations during renal nerve stimulation in rats on high- and low-salt diets. AU - Tucker, B. J. AU - Peterson, O. W. AU - Munger, K. A. AU - Bird, J. E. AU - Mitchell, M. AU - Pelayo, J. C. AU - Blantz, R. C. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1990/// VL - 258 IS - 1,II SP - F133 EP - F143 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Tucker, B. J.: Nephrology Research, V-151, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901450545. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 46 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Wistar rats were given a normal diet, a diet free from sodium or a normal diet with 0.9% NaCl solution to drink for 14 to 20 days before the day of the study. Estimations of glomerular haemodynamics were made unstimulated with basal renal nerve traffic eliminated and during exogenous renal nerve stimulation (RNS) (3 Hz). RNS decreased glomerular capillary hydrostatic pressure and single-nephron plasma flow to a similar extent in all 3 dietary conditions via increases in afferent arteriolar resistance. The values demonstrated that dietary preconditioning does not alter the glomerular haemodynamic response to an exogenous, fixed RNS. Glomerular prostaglandin E2 production and plasma renin activity were significantly greater in rats given a diet low in salt than in rats given a diet normal or high in salt. The constancy of glomerular haemodynamic responses to RNS in spite of wide variations in dietary salt intake indicates that functional renal haemodynamic differences observed as a result of NaCl intake must be primarily the consequence of differences in renal nerve traffic and not hormonal alterations. KW - intake KW - Renal function KW - salt KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - kidney function KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901450545&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Increased uniformity in the response of the Coomassie blue G protein assay to different proteins. AU - Stoscheck, C. M. JO - Analytical Biochemistry JF - Analytical Biochemistry Y1 - 1990/// VL - 184 IS - 1 SP - 111 EP - 116 SN - 0003-2697 AD - Stoscheck, C. M.: Department of Medicine, Division of Dermatology, Veterans Administration Center, Nashville, TN 37212, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901450833. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Animal Nutrition N2 - Coomassie blue G dye-based protein assays are exceptionally convenient because of their simplicity, sensitivity, speed and resistance to interfering chemicals, notably reducing agents and most buffers. A major problem with the assay is the variation in response to different proteins. The addition of NaOH to the protein assay reagent reduced the variation in the response of this assay to different proteins. In addition, the sensitivity of the assay is increased. The NaOH can be added in a separate step to solubilize cells or membranes or directly to the reagent. Linear standard curves were obtained when the log of the absorbance was plotted against the log of the protein quantity. KW - estimation KW - Proteins KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901450833&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of ethanol on polyamine synthesis during liver regeneration in rats. AU - Diehl, A. M. AU - Wells, M. AU - Brown, N. D. AU - Thorgeirsson, S. S. AU - Steer, C. J. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1990/// VL - 85 IS - 2 SP - 385 EP - 390 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Diehl, A. M.: Gastroenterology Division 151W, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 50 Irving Street, NW, Washington, DC 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901451280. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 51 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Ethanol consumption retards the hepatic regenerative response to injury in alcoholics. To determine whether the antiregenerative effects of ethanol involve modulation of polyamine metabolism, indices of polyamine synthesis were compared before and during surgically induced liver regeneration in rats given ethanol (36% of energy intake) and controls. After partial hepatectomy, induction of the activity of ornithine decarboxylase (ODC), the rate limiting enzyme for polyamine synthesis, was delayed in rats that had been given ethanol. This was correlated with reduced values of putrescine, the immediate product of ODC. Increases in hepatic spermidine and spermine were also inhibited. Differences in ODC activity between rats given ethanol and controls could not be explained by differences in the expression of ODC mRNA or by differences in ODC apoenzyme concentrations, suggesting that chronic ethanol intake inactivates ODC posttranslationally. Supplemental putrescine, given at partial hepatectomy and 4 and 8 h thereafter, increased hepatic putrescine concentrations and improved DNA synthesis and liver regeneration in rats given ethanol. The results suggest that altered polyamine metabolism may contribute to the inhibition of liver regeneration that occurs after chronic exposure to ethanol. KW - ethanol KW - Liver regeneration KW - polyamines KW - synthesis KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901451280&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intracellular glucose oxidation and glycogen synthase activity are reduced in non-insulin-dependent (type II) diabetes independent of impaired glucose uptake. AU - Thorburn, A. W. AU - Gumbiner, B. AU - Bulacan, F. AU - Wallace, P. AU - Henry, R. R. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1990/// VL - 85 IS - 2 SP - 522 EP - 529 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Thorburn, A. W.: R.R. Henry, Veterans Administration Medical Center (V111G), 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901451306. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 55 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To examine whether reduced rates of oxidative (Gox) and non-oxidative (Nox) glucose metabolism in noninsulin-dependent diabetes (NIDD) are due to reduced glucose uptake, intrinsic defects in intracellular glucose metabolism or increased fat oxidation (Fox) indirect calorimetry was made at similar glucose uptake rates in 8 non-obese patients with NIDD and in 8 non-diabetic subjects. Glucose clamp studies were made. In the non-diabetic subjects, glucose uptake was increased to 7.62 ± 0.62 mg/kg of fat-free mass (FFM) min by increasing serum insulin to 309 pmol/litre at a glucose concentration of 5.1 mmol/litre. By raising the concentration of serum glucose or insulin fourfold in the patients with NIDD, glucose uptake was matched to non-diabetic subjects (8.62 ± 0.49 and 8.59 ± 0.51 mg/kg FFM min, respectively). Skeletal muscle glycogen synthase activity and plasma lactate values were estimated to characterize Nox. When glucose uptake was matched to non-diabetics by hyperglycaemia or hyperinsulinaemia, Gox was reduced by 26 to 28% in patients with NIDD whereas Fox was similar. Nox was greater in patients with NIDD and was accompanied by increases in circulating lactate values. Glycogen synthase activity was reduced by 41% when glucose uptake was matched by hyperglycaemia. Glycogen synthase activity was normal in patients with NIDD when glucose uptake was matched by hyperinsulinaemia. KW - Diabetes KW - glucose KW - metabolism KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901451306&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nutrition knowledge and dietary practices of college coaches. AU - Corley, G. AU - Demarest-Litchford, M. AU - Bazzarre, T. L. JO - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JF - Journal of the American Dietetic Association Y1 - 1990/// VL - 90 IS - 5 SP - 705 EP - 709 SN - 0002-8223 AD - Corley, G.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Salisbury, NC 28144, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901451563. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The objectives of this study were to measure nutrition knowledge of college coaches, to identify educational and demographic factors that affect nutrition knowledge of college coaches, to describe dietary practices recommended by these coaches and to identify major sources of nutrition information used by coaches. Questionnaires were sent to 296 sports coaches of senior and junior colleges in North Carolina, USA. Coaches of track and field athletics, cross country, swimming, tennis, basketball, gymnastics, golf, American football and wrestling were included. The response rate was 36%. Seventy percent of the 15 nutrition knowledge test items were answered correctly; however, only one-third of the coaches indicated a high degree of certainty for the correctness of their responses. There was no significant relation between nutrition knowledge and sex, age, collegiate conference, course work in nutrition, win/loss record and years of coaching experience. Main dietary problems of college athletes reported by coaches were consumption of "junk food", poor eating habits and consumption of an unbalanced diet. An annual workshop is recommended for coaches, trainers and dietitians to develop criteria for nutrition assessment and body composition for college athletes and to develop training diets. Special workshops for foodservice personnel are also recommended. KW - Nutrition education KW - North Carolina KW - USA KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Appalachian States of USA KW - Southern States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - South Atlantic States of USA KW - United States of America KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) KW - Education, Extension, Information and Training (General) (CC000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901451563&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Ethanol and the pancreas. Current status. AU - Manjit Singh AU - Simsek, H. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1990/// VL - 98 IS - 4 SP - 1051 EP - 1062 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Manjit Singh: Medical Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, GA 30910, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901453085. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 131 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The acute and chronic aspects of pancreatitis as they relate to alcohol abuse and clinical presentation are reviewed. KW - alcoholism KW - Pancreatitis KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901453085&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Kaye, S.; AU - Gray, D. R.; AU - Phan, D.; T1 - Computerized scantron to monitor and assess pharmacist initiated pharmacotherapy activities CT - Computerized scantron to monitor and assess pharmacist initiated pharmacotherapy activities JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1995/12/01/ VL - 30 IS - Dec SP - P EP - ) AD - Veterans Administration Long Beach, 5901 E. Seventh Street, Long Beach, CA 90822, USA N1 - Accession Number: 32-13408; Language: English; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Information Processing and Literature; Institutional Pharmacy PracticeSociology, Economics and Ethics N2 - A scantron form was implemented to document effectively and efficiently interventions made by pharmacists. An instruction manual was distributed, and an inservice was given to 40 pharmacists. A total of 437 pharmaceutical care activities were collected over a one month period resulting in a drug cost avoidance of $18,470. An average of 15 minutes was spent on each activity. For those activities which involved cost avoidance, an average of $97 was avoided per activity. The most common change in drug therapy was changing the dose, frequency, or route. Ninety-one percent of the activities were accepted. Sixty-one percent of the activities were significant for patient outcome. The scantron form and database were useful tools in documenting pharmacist activities. KW - Practice Interest Areas--Administrative Practice--meeting presentations; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--interventions documentation, scantron forms; KW - Clinical pharmacists--interventions--documentation; KW - Pharmaceutical care--interventions--documentation; KW - Pharmacy services--clinical--documentation; KW - Pharmacy, institutional, hospital--clinical pharmacists--documentation; KW - Documentation--interventions--computer forms; KW - Forms--computers--interventions documentation; KW - Computers--documentation--interventions; KW - Databases--computers--interventions documentation; KW - Costs--clinical pharmacists--documentation; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=32-13408&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Duong, L.; AU - Hunter-Hayes, J.; AU - Kaunitz, J.; T1 - Evaluating the use of H2-receptor antagonists in patients taking nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAID\LC/s\UC/) CT - Evaluating the use of H2-receptor antagonists in patients taking nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAID\LC/s\UC/) JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1995/12/01/ VL - 30 IS - Dec SP - P EP - ) AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, West Los Angeles, 11301 Wilshire Blvd., Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA N1 - Accession Number: 32-12981; Language: English; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - Outpatient use of H2-receptor antagonists was evaluated in a retrospective chart review in patients concomitantly taking NSAIDs. Appropriate use was determined by literature review and included patients with active NSAID-induced ulcer or long term H2-receptor antagonist maintenance therapy. Inappropriate use was found in 34 of 85 patients (40%). The findings were presented to the Pharmacy and Therapeutics (P&T) Committee. As a result, the committee instituted an ongoing education program whereby the clinical pharmacists were given a clinical pathway and were empowered to assess patients' conditions and then decrease the H2-receptor antagonists dose or discontinue treatment. A reassessment done 3 months later was presented to the committee. KW - Practice Interest Areas--Quality Assurance/Drug Use Evaluation--meeting presentations; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--histamine H2 antagonists, rational therapy; KW - Rational therapy--histamine H2 antagonists; KW - Drug utilization--evaluation--histamine H2 antagonists; KW - Gastrointestinal drugs--histamine H2 antagonists--rational therapy; KW - Anti-inflammatory agents--nonsteroidal--toxicity, rational therapy; KW - Toxicity--anti-inflammatory agents--nonsteroidal, therapy; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=32-12981&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05987-005 AN - 2006-05987-005 AU - Gurel, Lee T1 - A Dozen Rehabilitations. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1960/03// VL - 5 IS - 3 SP - 71 EP - 71 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05987-005. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gurel, Lee; Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 20061023. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Disorders; Mental Illness (Attitudes Toward); Psychiatric Patients; Rehabilitation; Sheltered Workshops. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Meyer, Henry J.; Borgatta, Edgar F. An Experiment in Mental Patient Rehabilitation: Evaluating a Social Agency Program=New York: Russell Sage Foundation, 1959. Pp. 114. $2.50; 1959. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1960. KW - mental patients KW - rehabilitation KW - sheltered workshops KW - 1960 KW - Mental Disorders KW - Mental Illness (Attitudes Toward) KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Rehabilitation KW - Sheltered Workshops U2 - Meyer, Henry J.; Borgatta, Edgar F. (1959); An Experiment in Mental Patient Rehabilitation: Evaluating a Social Agency Program; New York: Russell Sage Foundation, 1959. Pp. 114. $2.50 DO - 10.1037/006250 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-05987-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06059-024 AN - 2006-06059-024 AU - Bortner, Rayman W. T1 - Equations and reality. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1964/06// VL - 9 IS - 6 SP - 268 EP - 268 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06059-024. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bortner, Rayman W.; Veterans Administration Center, Kecoughtan, VA, US. Release Date: 20061023. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Decision Making; Personality Processes; Personality Theory; Decision Theory. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1964. KW - personality processes KW - decision processes KW - personality theory KW - 1964 KW - Decision Making KW - Personality Processes KW - Personality Theory KW - Decision Theory DO - 10.1037/007597 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06059-024&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06014-029 AN - 2006-06014-029 AU - Boring, Frank H. T1 - Security: Reality or Fantasy? JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1960/09// VL - 5 IS - 9 SP - 312 EP - 312 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06014-029. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boring, Frank H.; Mental Hygiene Clinic of the Veterans Administration, Newark, NJ, US. Release Date: 20061023. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotional Security; Fantasy; Psychoanalysts; Reality. Minor Descriptor: Failure. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Bennett, Edward. The Search for Emotional Security=New York: Ronald Press, 1959. Pp. viii + 239. $4.50; 1959. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1960. KW - emotional security KW - psychoanalysts KW - personal social attitudes KW - 1960 KW - Emotional Security KW - Fantasy KW - Psychoanalysts KW - Reality KW - Failure U2 - Bennett, Edward. (1959); The Search for Emotional Security; New York: Ronald Press, 1959. Pp. viii + 239. $4.50 DO - 10.1037/006394 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-06014-029&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05958-009 AN - 2006-05958-009 AU - McReynolds, Paul T1 - Pavlovian Facts, Fantasy, and Fidelity. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1958/01// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 18 EP - 18 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05958-009. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McReynolds, Paul; Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 20061023. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Pavlov (Ivan); Personality; Psychiatrists; Psychology; Psychopathology. Minor Descriptor: Psychological Theories. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Wells, Harry K. Ivan P. Pavlov: Toward a Scientific Psychology and Psychiatry. (Part I of Pavlov and Freud.)=New York: International Publishers, 1956. Pp. 224. $3.50; 1956. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1958. KW - Pavlovian theories KW - scientific psychology KW - psychiatry KW - personality KW - psychopathology KW - Pavlov KW - 1958 KW - Pavlov (Ivan) KW - Personality KW - Psychiatrists KW - Psychology KW - Psychopathology KW - Psychological Theories U2 - Wells, Harry K. (1956); Ivan P. Pavlov: Toward a Scientific Psychology and Psychiatry. (Part I of Pavlov and Freud.); New York: International Publishers, 1956. Pp. 224. $3.50 DO - 10.1037/005692 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-05958-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05942-032 AN - 2006-05942-032 AU - Cohen, Jacob T1 - Words, not pictures. JF - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books JO - Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books Y1 - 1956/06// VL - 1 IS - 6 SP - 189 EP - 189 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05942-032. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cohen, Jacob; Veterans Administration Hospital, Montrose, NY, US. Release Date: 20061023. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Photographs; Psychology; Scientific Communication. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1956. KW - pictures KW - photographs KW - Contemporary Psychology journal KW - reader feedback KW - 1956 KW - Photographs KW - Psychology KW - Scientific Communication DO - 10.1037/005345 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pvh&AN=2006-05942-032&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pvh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Katz, David A. AU - Welch, H. Gilbert AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, VT AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, VT T1 - Discounting in Cost-Effectiveness Analysis of Healthcare Programmes JO - PharmacoEconomics JF - PharmacoEconomics Y1 - 1993/04// VL - 3 IS - 4 SP - 276 EP - 285 SN - 11707690 N1 - Accession Number: 0291554; Keywords: Health Care; Healthcare; Publication Type: Journal Article; Update Code: 199309 KW - Health Production I12 KW - Analysis of Health Care Markets I11 L3 - http://link.springer.com/journal/volumesAndIssues/40273 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ecn&AN=0291554&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - http://link.springer.com/journal/volumesAndIssues/40273 DP - EBSCOhost DB - ecn ER - TY - JOUR AU - Harada, Nancy AU - Kominski, Gerald AU - Sofaer, Shoshanna AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, LA AD - UCLA AD - George Washington U T1 - Development of a Resource-Based Patient Classification Scheme for Rehabilitation JO - Inquiry JF - Inquiry Y1 - 1993///Spring VL - 30 IS - 1 SP - 54 EP - 63 SN - 00469580 N1 - Accession Number: 0289730; Keywords: Rehabilitation; Geographic Descriptors: U.S.; Geographic Region: Northern America; Publication Type: Journal Article; Update Code: 199309 KW - Health Production I12 L3 - http://www.inquiryjournalonline.org/loi/inqr UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ecn&AN=0289730&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - http://www.inquiryjournalonline.org/loi/inqr DP - EBSCOhost DB - ecn ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-17277-001 AN - 1991-17277-001 AU - Sutker, Patricia B. AU - Bugg, Franlynn AU - Allain, Albert N. T1 - Psychometric prediction of PTSD among POW survivors. JF - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1991/03// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 105 EP - 110 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1040-3590 SN - 1939-134X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-17277-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sutker, Patricia B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, New Orleans, LA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Measures; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Prisoners of War; Test Validity. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1991. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jun 7, 1990; Revised Date: May 29, 1990; First Submitted Date: May 29, 1990. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Reports indicate a high prevalence of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in former World War II (WWII) and Korean Conflict prisoners of war (POWs), but little information is available on the utility of psychometric instruments for assessment of PTSD among survivors of severe trauma. This study determined the extent to which a psychometric battery, including the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale–Revised (WAIS–R); selected scales of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI), including the T. M. Keane et al (see record [rid]1985-02913-001[/rid]) PTSD scale and PTSD decision rule; the Beck Depression Inventory; and the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI) distinguished PTSD and non-PTSD diagnosed groups. POW survivors assigned diagnoses of PTSD (n = 121) differed significantly from their nondiagnosed counterparts (n = 40) on most indices of personality and mood functioning. Group differentiation was achieved with 77% effectiveness by discriminant function entry of 4 variables, scores on the STAI A-Trait scale and MMPI scales Sc, F, and PTSD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of personality measures KW - measurement of diagnostic prediction KW - WWII and Korean Conflict POWs with vs without PTSD KW - 1991 KW - Personality Measures KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Prisoners of War KW - Test Validity DO - 10.1037/1040-3590.3.1.105 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1991-17277-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-17195-001 AN - 1991-17195-001 AU - Delis, Dean C. AU - Massman, Paul J. AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Salmon, David P. AU - Cermak, Laird S. AU - Kramer, Joel H. T1 - Profiles of demented and amnesic patients on the California Verbal Learning Test: Implications for the assessment of memory disorders. JF - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1991/03// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 19 EP - 26 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1040-3590 SN - 1939-134X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-17195-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Delis, Dean C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Measurement; Memory Disorders; Statistical Validity. Minor Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Huntingtons Disease; Korsakoffs Psychosis. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1991. Publication History: Accepted Date: Apr 16, 1990; Revised Date: Apr 3, 1990; First Submitted Date: Jan 29, 1990. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The construct validity of the California Verbal Learning Test (CVLT) was investigated by comparing the CVLT profiles of 20 Alzheimer, 20 Huntington, and 8 alcoholic Korsakoff patients. Consistent with results of past experimental studies, the Alzheimer and Korsakoff groups displayed a similar CVLT profile, with comparable levels of recall, learning and forgetting rates, semantic clustering, primacy–recency effects, recall consistency, intrusion and perseveration rates, vulnerability to interference, and recognition discriminability. The Huntington patients displayed levels of immediate recall and learning strategies comparable to those of the other groups, but they showed better retention over time, lower intrusion rates, less vulnerability to interference, and better recognition performance. Results are discussed in terms of (a) difficulties and common errors that are made in assessing the memory deficits of these populations, and (b) procedures for improving the clinical assessment of memory disorders. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - construct validity of California Verbal Learning Test KW - assessment of memory performance profiles KW - patients with Alzheimer's vs Huntington's disease vs Korsakoff's psychosis KW - 1991 KW - Measurement KW - Memory Disorders KW - Statistical Validity KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Huntingtons Disease KW - Korsakoffs Psychosis DO - 10.1037/1040-3590.3.1.19 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1991-17195-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-22414-001 AN - 1991-22414-001 AU - Amundson, Roy AU - Dyer, Larry AU - Henderson, Wilmer AU - Rathbone-McCuan, Eloise T1 - Vacation therapy: A community normalization experience for persons with long-term mental illness. JF - Psychosocial Rehabilitation Journal JO - Psychosocial Rehabilitation Journal Y1 - 1991/01// VL - 14 IS - 3 SP - 81 EP - 91 CY - US PB - International Association of Psychosocial Rehabilitation Services and Department of Rehabilitation Counseling, Sargent College of Allied Health Professions, Boston University SN - 0147-5622 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-22414-001. Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Rehabilitation Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Amundson, Roy; Colmery-O'Neil Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Social Work Service, Topeka, KS, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; International Association of Psychosocial Rehabilitation Services and Department of Rehabilitation Counseling, Sargent College of Health and Rehabilitation Services, Boston University. Release Date: 20140303. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospitalized Patients; Psychiatric Patients; Recreation Therapy; Social Casework. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1991. AB - Describes a social work program in which institutionalized patients plan and participate in vacations. The experience of becoming travelers provides patients with an alternative to their status inherent in being members of a stigmatized group. Case management provides concepts that frame the therapeutic use of vacations, including an expanded concept of environment, the promotion of feelings of competence, the use of self-determination, the use of the therapeutic community, and the importance of recreational activities. After the trips, patients may be more willing to explore resources in their own community as an outgrowth of the normalization process. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2014 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social work program of vacation therapy KW - institutionalized patients with long term mental illness KW - 1991 KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Recreation Therapy KW - Social Casework DO - 10.1037/h0099429 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1991-22414-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-11839-001 AN - 1991-11839-001 AU - Lamb, Marvin R. T1 - Attention in humans and animals: Is there a capacity limitation at the time of encoding? JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes Y1 - 1991/01// VL - 17 IS - 1 SP - 45 EP - 54 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0097-7403 SN - 1939-2184 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-11839-001. PMID: 2002306 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Learning and Cognition. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lamb, Marvin R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20140113. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Information Storage; Memory; Species Differences; Stimulus Duration; Stimulus Salience. Minor Descriptor: Pigeons. Classification: Learning & Motivation (2420). Population: Animal (20). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1991. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jun 29, 1990; Revised Date: Jun 27, 1990; First Submitted Date: Apr 20, 1990. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1991. AB - Investigators have suggested that pigeons have a limited capacity input channel and that as a result performance suffers when information load is great. This information overload hypothesis is based on converging findings from experiments using the matching-to-sample paradigm. Fundamental among these findings are that (a) performance improves as sample duration increases, (b) performance is better when the sample contains one relevant feature (elements) than when it contains two (compounds), and (c) this element superiority effect can be reduced by making the relevant feature of compound samples predictable. Exps 1 and 2 show that these effects occur for humans as well. However, Exps 3, 4, and 5 show that in humans at least some of these effects do not result from information overload at the time of encoding. Thus, the assertion that these effects do reflect such a limitation in pigeons must be reevaluated. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2014 APA, all rights reserved) KW - number of relevant features & stimulus duration KW - encoding limitation KW - 27–40 yr olds vs pigeons KW - 1991 KW - Human Information Storage KW - Memory KW - Species Differences KW - Stimulus Duration KW - Stimulus Salience KW - Pigeons DO - 10.1037/0097-7403.17.1.45 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1991-11839-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Torres, M.; AU - Rey, J. A.; T1 - Evaluation of doxazosin with emphasis on effectiveness and cost minimization in the treatment of benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH) in a veteran population CT - Evaluation of doxazosin with emphasis on effectiveness and cost minimization in the treatment of benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH) in a veteran population JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1994/12/01/ VL - 29 IS - Dec SP - P EP - ) AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Pharmacy Service (119), 1201 Northwest 16th Street, Miami, FL 33125, USA N1 - Accession Number: 31-11884; Language: English; Chemical Name: Doxazosin--74191-85-8; Therapeutic Class: (12:16); AHFS Class: Sympatholytic agents doxazosin; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Sociology, Economics and Ethics N2 - The alpha-1 antagonists prazosin and terazosin are well established as efficacious in the treatment of Benign Prostatic Hyperplasia (BPH). There is little data available concerning the use of doxazosin for the treatment of BPH. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the efficacy, safety and cost benefits of using doxazosin for the treatment of BPH. Forty-one patients met the evaluation criteria. Average age was 68 years (range = 53-83). Average starting dose was 2 mg/day (range = 1-4). Average maintenance dose at 6 months was 3.31 mg/day (range = 1-16). Thirty-one patients were reported to have improvement in their BPH symptomatology. Significant reduction in medication costs by using an alternative dosage form of doxazosin was obtained without compromising the quality of care to these patients. KW - Doxazosin--prostatic hyperplasia-; KW - Practice Interest Areas--General Clinical Practice--meeting presentations; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--doxazosin, prostatic hyperplasia therapy; KW - Prostatic hyperplasia--doxazosin--therapy; KW - Sympatholytic agents--doxazosin--prostatic hyperplasia therapy; KW - Economics--cost benefit analysis--doxazosin, prostatic hyperplasia therapy; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=31-11884&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hermann, Carol K. AD - St Albans Veterans Administration ECC and SUNY, New York T1 - Dementia: A Costly Problem JO - PharmacoEconomics JF - PharmacoEconomics Y1 - 1992/12// VL - 2 IS - 6 SP - 444 EP - 448 SN - 11707690 N1 - Accession Number: 0300445; Geographic Descriptors: U.S.; Geographic Region: Northern America; Publication Type: Journal Article; Update Code: 199403 KW - Analysis of Health Care Markets I11 KW - Health Production I12 L3 - http://link.springer.com/journal/volumesAndIssues/40273 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ecn&AN=0300445&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - http://link.springer.com/journal/volumesAndIssues/40273 DP - EBSCOhost DB - ecn ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107359258 T1 - Strengthening the family unit through the healing power of massage. AU - Ellis V AU - Hill J AU - Campbell H Y1 - 1995/09//1995 Sep-Oct N1 - Accession Number: 107359258. Language: English. Entry Date: 19960201. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9008229. KW - Massage KW - Terminally Ill Patients KW - Family Relations KW - Hospice Care KW - Touch KW - Communication SP - 19 EP - 21 JO - American Journal of Hospice & Palliative Care JF - American Journal of Hospice & Palliative Care JA - AM J HOSP PALLIAT CARE VL - 12 IS - 5 CY - Thousand Oaks, California PB - Sage Publications Inc. AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center Hospice Program, Palo Alto, California U2 - PMID: 7546975. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107359258&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 105853538 T1 - The incidence of unsuspected metastases from clinically benign prostate glands with latent prostate carcinoma. AU - Brawn PN AU - Kuhl D AU - Speights VO AU - Johnson CF 3rd AU - Lind M Y1 - 1995/08//1995 Aug N1 - Accession Number: 105853538. Language: English. Entry Date: 20080314. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7607091. KW - Carcinoma -- Pathology KW - Neoplasm Metastasis KW - Prostatic Neoplasms -- Pathology KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and Over KW - Aorta KW - Cadaver KW - Lymph Nodes -- Pathology KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Neoplasm Invasiveness KW - Pelvis KW - Prostate -- Pathology SP - 731 EP - 733 JO - Archives of Pathology & Laboratory Medicine JF - Archives of Pathology & Laboratory Medicine JA - ARCH PATHOL LAB MED VL - 119 IS - 8 CY - Northfield, Illinois PB - College of American Pathologists SN - 0003-9985 AD - Department of Pathology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor 48105, USA. U2 - PMID: 7646331. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=105853538&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107312865 T1 - Structural and functional brain changes in patients with bipolar illness. AU - Altshuler L Y1 - 1995/05// N1 - Accession Number: 107312865. Language: English. Entry Date: 19970301. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; pictorial. Journal Subset: Consumer Health; USA. NLM UID: 9315245. KW - Bipolar Disorder -- Etiology KW - Brain -- Pathology KW - Neuropsychological Tests KW - Tomography, X-Ray Computed KW - Magnetic Resonance Imaging KW - Diagnosis, Brain SP - 17 EP - 19 JO - Journal of the California Alliance for the Mentally Ill JF - Journal of the California Alliance for the Mentally Ill JA - J CALIF ALLIANCE MENTALLY ILL VL - 6 IS - 2 PB - California Alliance for the Mentally Ill AB - There are actual structural and functional brain changes in patients with bipolar illness. SN - 1097-802X AD - Research Service, Brentwood Veterans Administration Medical Center UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107312865&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107408691 T1 - Research. Understanding published research reports, or how to 'study' a study. AU - Gruber M Y1 - 1995/01//1995 Jan-Feb N1 - Accession Number: 107408691. Language: English. Entry Date: 19950601. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8915377. KW - Research SP - 33 EP - 35 JO - Gastroenterology Nursing JF - Gastroenterology Nursing JA - GASTROENTEROL NURS VL - 18 IS - 1 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 1042-895X AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center in Buffalo, New York U2 - PMID: 7727565. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107408691&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-12067-001 AN - 1991-12067-001 AU - Buchanan, Shirley L. AU - Thompson, Richard H. T1 - Mediodorsal thalamic lesions and Pavlovian conditioning of heart rate and eyeblink responses in the rabbit. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 104 IS - 6 SP - 912 EP - 918 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-12067-001. PMID: 2285490 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Buchanan, Shirley L.; William Jennings Bryan Dorn Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Columbia, SC, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Eyelid Conditioning; Heart Rate; Thalamic Nuclei. Minor Descriptor: Classical Conditioning; Rabbits. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jun 6, 1990; Revised Date: May 15, 1990; First Submitted Date: Mar 15, 1990. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Rabbits received ibotenic acid lesions of the mediodorsal nucleus of the thalamus (MD) or sham lesions. These animals were compared on 4 sessions of Pavlovian eyeblink and heart rate conditioning, in which a tone was the conditioned stimulus/stimuli (CS) and a paraorbital electrical shock was the unconditioned stimulus/stimuli (UCS). Lesions of MD retarded acquisition of the eyeblink conditioned response (CR) and abolished the late-occurring tachycardiac component of the heart rate CR. The data are compatible with previous experiments (H. Groenewegen, 1988), suggesting that MD participated in the sympathetic control associated with somatomotor learning. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lesions of mediodorsal nucleus of thalamus KW - Pavlovian eyeblink & heart rate conditioning KW - rabbits KW - 1990 KW - Eyelid Conditioning KW - Heart Rate KW - Thalamic Nuclei KW - Classical Conditioning KW - Rabbits DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.104.6.912 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1991-12067-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-10075-001 AN - 1991-10075-001 AU - Tunis, Sandra L. AU - Fridhandler, Bram M. AU - Horowitz, Mardi J. T1 - Identifying schematized views of self with significant others: Convergence of quantitative and clinical methods. JF - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology JO - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 59 IS - 6 SP - 1279 EP - 1286 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-3514 SN - 1939-1315 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-10075-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tunis, Sandra L.; U California, San Francisco Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Self Perception; Social Perception; Social Phobia. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Mar 22, 1990; Revised Date: Mar 20, 1990; First Submitted Date: Nov 8, 1989. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - This study was designed to bring together quantitative and clinical methods to describe schematized views of self. A hierarchical cluster analysis was conducted on a single S's ratings of self in 9 contexts. Descriptors had been generated by the S (seen in therapy for social phobia) in dream reports, interviews, and projective test responses. The 4-cluster solution revealed that her self-views were similar with her husband and the therapist (actual self), with her father and her close friend (desired self), and with her mother and when she is at the center of attention. The undesired self formed a separate cluster. Evidence for the solution's validity was obtained through S ratings on a modified version of the Structural Analysis of Social Behavior. Clinical elaboration of the schemas was obtained through case material. Convergent information was interpreted in terms of the S's interpersonal patterns and her phobia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - quantitative & clinical methods of assessment of view of self & convergence with description by significant others KW - socially phobic females KW - 1990 KW - Self Perception KW - Social Perception KW - Social Phobia DO - 10.1037/0022-3514.59.6.1279 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1991-10075-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-08852-001 AN - 1991-08852-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - Psychometric posttraumatic stress disorder measurement techniques: A review. JF - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 2 IS - 4 SP - 460 EP - 469 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1040-3590 SN - 1939-134X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-08852-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, St Cloud, MN, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Measurement; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Statistical Validity; Test Reliability. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Apr 16, 1990; Revised Date: Apr 5, 1990; First Submitted Date: Nov 10, 1989. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The strengths and weaknesses of 12 representative psychometric posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) measures are reviewed. Only 5 follow Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III)/DSM-III—Revised (DSM-III—R) criteria precisely. No comprehensive reliability assessments have appeared, but encouraging partial studies are available on 7. Consistently robust concurrent validations have appeared on 4. Weaker and/or inconsistent validations are available on 4 more, and the relationships of the remaining 4 instruments to other PTSD measures are unknown. None of the 12 have been shown to have good concurrent validity in nonclinical populations. Ten furnish both continuous severity/frequency measures and dichotomous present/absent outputs; 5 also generate continuous and binary outputs on individual symptoms, maximizing the number of uses to which they can be put. All but 1 can be administered by subprofessionals. At present, the literature seems to recommend the Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related PTSD (T. M. Keane et al; see record [rid]1988-18888-001[/rid]), R. L. Spitzer and J. B. Williams's (1986) Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-III PTSD module, and the C. G. Watson et al (in press) PTSD Interview. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reliability & concurrent validity of 12 psychometric PTSD measures KW - 1990 KW - Measurement KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Statistical Validity KW - Test Reliability DO - 10.1037/1040-3590.2.4.460 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1991-08852-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-08845-001 AN - 1991-08845-001 AU - Taylor, Donald J. AU - Hunt, Connie AU - Glaser, Brian T1 - A crossvalidation of the Revised Category Test. JF - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 2 IS - 4 SP - 486 EP - 488 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1040-3590 SN - 1939-134X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-08845-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Taylor, Donald J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Ft Meade, SD, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classification (Cognitive Process); Measurement; Test Validity. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220); Cognitive Processes (2340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Mar 20, 1990; Revised Date: Feb 27, 1990; First Submitted Date: Sep 7, 1989. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The Revised Category Test (RCAT) and 2 other well-known short forms of the Halstead Category Test (W. E. Halstead, 1947) were assessed with regard to accuracy of prediction of total errors on the standard Halstead Category Test (CAT). Because of its brevity and theoretical underpinnings, the recently developed RCAT represents a promising new approach to shortening the CAT. CAT protocols from 294 male veterans were rescored using the items from each short form. The RCAT correlated at .96 with the CAT and had a standard error of estimate of ±8.32. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cross validation of Revised Category Test KW - male veterans KW - 1990 KW - Classification (Cognitive Process) KW - Measurement KW - Test Validity DO - 10.1037/1040-3590.2.4.486 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1991-08845-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-11017-001 AN - 1991-11017-001 AU - Sayette, Michael A. AU - Mayne, Tracy J. T1 - Survey of current clinical and research trends in clinical psychology. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 45 IS - 11 SP - 1263 EP - 1266 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-11017-001. PMID: 2268097 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sayette, Michael A.; Brown U Clinical Psychology Internship Consortium, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Providence, RI, US. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20090420. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology Graduate Training; Trends. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1990. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - Surveyed directors of 115 clinical PhD and PsyD psychology programs with accreditation from the American Psychological Association to explore trends in the training of clinical psychologists. The most popular area of clinical research appeared to be behavioral medicine/health psychology. The most popular specialty clinics allowing training in a specific domain of clinical psychology were family therapy, behavioral medicine, neuropsychology/rehabilitation, and couples therapy. Ss in PhD programs were more likely than those in PsyD programs to subscribe to a cognitive-behavioral/social-learning orientation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - trends in clinical psychologist training KW - directors of clinical PhD & PsyD psychology programs KW - 1990 KW - Clinical Psychology Graduate Training KW - Trends DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.45.11.1263 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1991-11017-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-04731-001 AN - 1991-04731-001 AU - Ward, L. Charles AU - Dillon, Elizabeth A. T1 - Psychiatric symptom correlates of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) Masculinity-Femininity scale. JF - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 2 IS - 3 SP - 286 EP - 288 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1040-3590 SN - 1939-134X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-04731-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ward, L. Charles; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Tuscaloosa, AL, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Femininity; Masculinity; Mental Disorders; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Aug 21, 1989; Revised Date: Jul 24, 1989; First Submitted Date: Nov 28, 1988. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - The Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) was administered to 72 female and 51 male outpatients, and subjects were rated on the Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale. Raw scores on Masculinity–Femininity (Mf) correlated positively with ratings of emotional distress, even with gender effects removed. Male and female patients who scored high (feminine direction) on Mf were rated higher on anxiety, depressed mood, guilt feelings, and tension than were low scorers. Mf was the only MMPI scale to correlate significantly with guilt feelings, and its relationships with anxiety, depressed mood, and tension were largely independent of other MMPI clinical scales. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychiatric symptom correlates of MMPI Masculinity-Femininity scale KW - male & female psychiatric outpatients KW - 1990 KW - Femininity KW - Masculinity KW - Mental Disorders KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Symptoms KW - Psychiatric Patients DO - 10.1037/1040-3590.2.3.286 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1991-04731-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-28364-001 AN - 1990-28364-001 AU - Faraone, Stephen V. AU - Kremen, William S. AU - Tsuang, Ming T. T1 - Genetic transmission of major affective disorders: Quantitative models and linkage analyses. JF - Psychological Bulletin JO - Psychological Bulletin Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 108 IS - 1 SP - 109 EP - 127 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-2909 SN - 1939-1455 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-28364-001. PMID: 2200070 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Faraone, Stephen V.; Brockton-West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Brockton, MA, US. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Analysis; Genetics; Literature Review; Models. Minor Descriptor: Disease Transmission. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 19. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Sep 26, 1989; Revised Date: Sep 12, 1989; First Submitted Date: May 19, 1988. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1991. AB - We comprehensively reviewed 2 types of studies aimed at specifying the mode of inheritance of major affective disorders: quantitative models and linkage analyses. Quantitative models attempt to represent the genetic mechanism responsible for the familial distribution of a disorder. Despite efforts to refine models by incorporating the bipolar–unipolar distinction or the sex effect, consistent support for a specific mode of transmission has not been found. Some mixed genetic models support single major locus inheritance, but transmission probabilities do not conform to Mendelian expectations. Linkage analysis is a more powerful technique used for testing the single gene hypothesis. Linkage results have also been inconsistent, showing moderate support for an X-linked variant of bipolar-related disorder and equivocal support for linkages to Chromosomes 6 and 11. However, relatively few genetic loci have been examined. Methodological factors, genetic heterogeneity, and phenotypic heterogeneity are discussed as potential explanations for inconsistent findings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - quantitative models vs linkage analysis of genetic transmission of major affective disorders KW - literature review KW - 1990 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Analysis KW - Genetics KW - Literature Review KW - Models KW - Disease Transmission DO - 10.1037/0033-2909.108.1.109 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-28364-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-29867-001 AN - 1990-29867-001 AU - McFall, Miles E. AU - Smith, Dale E. AU - Mackay, Priscilla W. AU - Tarver, David J. T1 - Reliability and validity of Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. JF - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 114 EP - 121 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1040-3590 SN - 1939-134X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-29867-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McFall, Miles E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Rating Scales; Test Reliability; Test Validity; War. Minor Descriptor: Drug Abuse. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Aug 1, 1989; Revised Date: Jul 21, 1989; First Submitted Date: May 23, 1989. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - This study examined the reliability and validity of the Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (M-PTSD) in a sample of Vietnam combat veterans with PTSD (n = 101) and substance-abusing patients without combat-related PTSD (n = 102). The M-PTSD was found to have high internal consistency, and a principle-components analysis indicated that its items measure three dimensions: intrusive reexperiencing/numbing-avoidance, anger/lability, and social alienation. Discriminant validity of the M-PTSD was supported by its high sensitivity in identifying PTSD patients (93%) and specificity in discriminating them from substance-abusing control subjects (88.2%). Finally, convergent validity of the M-PTSD was substantiated by significant correlations of the instrument with measures of combat exposure and interview and psychometric measures of PTSD symptomatology. The M-PTSD was shown to be a highly reliable and valid measure of the spectrum of PTSD symptoms in Vietnam combat veterans. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reliability & validity of Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Vietnam combat veterans with PTSD vs substance abusing patients KW - 1990 KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Rating Scales KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - War KW - Drug Abuse DO - 10.1037/1040-3590.2.2.114 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-29867-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-28807-001 AN - 1990-28807-001 AU - Sutker, Patricia B. AU - Galina, Z. Harry AU - West, Jeffrey A. AU - Allain, Albert N. T1 - Trauma-induced weight loss and cognitive deficits among former prisoners of war. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 58 IS - 3 SP - 323 EP - 328 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-28807-001. PMID: 2365895 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sutker, Patricia B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, New Orleans, LA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20091221. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Body Weight; Cognitive Processes; Military Veterans; Prisoners of War; Weight Loss. Minor Descriptor: Emotional Trauma; Injuries; War. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Nov 15, 1989; Revised Date: Nov 15, 1989; First Submitted Date: Jun 9, 1989. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Former prisoners of war (POWs) from the Korean Conflict and WWII reporting confinement weight losses of >35% (n = 60) and ≤35% (n = 113) and non-POW combat veterans (n = 50) were compared on Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Revised (WAIS—R) and Wechsler Memory Scale (WMS) Logical Memory indices. High weight-loss POWs performed more poorly than combat veterans on Performance IQ, Arithmetic, Similarities, and Picture Completion subtests, Witkin-Goodenough Attention–Concentration Factor, and WMS Immediate and Delayed Recall and more poorly than low weight-loss POWs on Arithmetic, Attention–Concentration Factor, and the WMS immediate memory measure. Low weight-loss POWs and combat veterans differed only on WMS immediate memory. Findings support the hypothesis of P. Thygesen et al (1970) that severity of POW confinement stress reflected by trauma-induced weight-loss is predictive of long-term compromise in cognitive performance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive processes KW - prisoners of war with trauma induced weight loss vs nonprisoners of war combat veterans KW - 1990 KW - Body Weight KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Military Veterans KW - Prisoners of War KW - Weight Loss KW - Emotional Trauma KW - Injuries KW - War DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.58.3.323 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-28807-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-29840-001 AN - 1990-29840-001 AU - Gass, Carlton S. AU - Russell, Elbert W. AU - Hamilton, Richard A. T1 - Accuracy of MMPI-based inferences regarding memory and concentration in closed-head-trauma patients. JF - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 175 EP - 178 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1040-3590 SN - 1939-134X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-29840-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gass, Carlton S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Miami, FL, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Concentration; Head Injuries; Memory; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Neuropsychological Assessment. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Nov 8, 1989; Revised Date: Aug 3, 1989; First Submitted Date: Apr 24, 1989. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - This study examined the validity of MMPI scores and MMPI-based cognitive complaints as indicators of memory and concentrational disturbances in 70 closed-head-trauma patients. The relation of scores on the MMPI Depression (D), Schizophrenia (Sc), Mental Dullness (D4), Lack of Ego Mastery, Cognitive (Sc2A), and Organic Symptoms (Org) scales to actual memory performance on the WAIS—R Digit Span and Wechsler Memory Scale (Russell's revision) subtests was explored. The results suggest an absence of any relation between actual memory performance on any of these subtests and MMPI scores or a Cognitive Complaint Index consisting of 8 MMPI items. Findings are discussed in light of the questionable validity of memory complaints in other samples, as well as possible limitations in the ecological validity of current tests of memory. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of MMPI scores & MMPI based cognitive complaints KW - assessment of memory & concentration disturbances KW - patients with closed head trauma KW - 1990 KW - Concentration KW - Head Injuries KW - Memory KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Test Validity KW - Neuropsychological Assessment DO - 10.1037/1040-3590.2.2.175 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-29840-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-28855-001 AN - 1990-28855-001 AU - Gallagher-Thompson, Dolores AU - Hanley-Peterson, Patricia AU - Thompson, Larry W. T1 - Maintenance of gains versus relapse following brief psychotherapy for depression. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 58 IS - 3 SP - 371 EP - 374 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-28855-001. PMID: 2365900 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gallagher-Thompson, Dolores; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education, & Clinical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20091221. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Brief Psychotherapy; Cognitive Therapy; Major Depression. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Oct 27, 1989; Revised Date: Oct 9, 1989; First Submitted Date: Jul 18, 1989. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - Cross-sectional and longitudinal data are presented from a 2-year follow-up study of 91 older adults, initially diagnosed as in an episode of major depressive disorder (MDD), who were treated with brief cognitive, behavioral, or psychodynamic psychotherapy. Using research diagnostic criteria (RDC), 52%, 58%, and 70% of the sample did not meet criteria for any RDC depressive disorder at posttherapy, and 12- and 24-month follow-ups, respectively. There were no significant differences in response rate by therapy modality. Using Longitudinal Interval Follow-Up Evaluation (LIFE) by R. Shapiro and M. Keller (1979) and M. B. Keller et al (see record [rid]1988-01549-001[/rid]) methodology, we noted that patients not depressed at posttreatment remained depression-free for longer time periods than those who were minor or MDD. These rates compare favorably with published reports on younger depressed patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - brief cognitive vs behavioral vs psychodynamic psychotherapy KW - elderly with major depression KW - 2 yr followup KW - 1990 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Brief Psychotherapy KW - Cognitive Therapy KW - Major Depression KW - Followup Studies DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.58.3.371 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-28855-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-05534-001 AN - 1991-05534-001 AU - Macnamara, Susan E. AU - Gummow, Linda J. AU - Goka, Richard AU - Gregg, Charles H. T1 - Caregiver strain: Need for late poststroke intervention. JF - Rehabilitation Psychology JO - Rehabilitation Psychology Y1 - 1990///Sum 1990 VL - 35 IS - 2 SP - 71 EP - 78 CY - US PB - Springer Publishing SN - 0090-5550 SN - 1939-1544 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-05534-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Aspects of Disability. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Macnamara, Susan E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychology Lab, Salt Lake City, UT, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Division 22 of the American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20061215. Correction Date: 20160829. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Caregivers; Cerebrovascular Accidents; Home Care; Rehabilitation; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Working Conditions. Classification: Behavioral & Psychological Treatment of Physical Illness (3361); Working Conditions & Industrial Safety (3670). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1990. Copyright Statement: Division of Rehabilitation Psychology of the American Psychological Association. 1990. KW - identification of occupational stress & strain KW - resident caregivers of stroke victims KW - 1990 KW - Caregivers KW - Cerebrovascular Accidents KW - Home Care KW - Rehabilitation KW - Stress KW - Working Conditions DO - 10.1037/h0079051 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1991-05534-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-31229-001 AN - 1990-31229-001 AU - Levenson, Michael R. T1 - Risk taking and personality. JF - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology JO - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 58 IS - 6 SP - 1073 EP - 1080 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-3514 SN - 1939-1315 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-31229-001. PMID: 2391639 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levenson, Michael R.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antisocial Behavior; Heroes; Personality Traits; Prosocial Behavior; Risk Taking. Minor Descriptor: Drug Abuse. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Nov 13, 1989; Revised Date: Sep 11, 1989; First Submitted Date: Oct 31, 1988. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - Comparisons were made of the personality and social orientations of antisocial risk takers, defined as residents in a long-term drug-treatment facility (N = 24); adventurous risk takers, defined as rock climbers (N = 18); and prosocial risk takers, or heroes, defined as policemen and firemen decorated for bravery (N = 21). Measures included substance abuse proclivity, emotional arousability, conformity, moral reasoning, empathy, psychopathy, and sensation seeking. Discriminant analysis identifed two functions that correctly classified 98.18% of the sample. Drug-unit residents had high scores on an Antisocial function, characterized by emotionality, depression, psychopathy, substance abuse proclivity, and lower scores on moral reasoning. Rock climbers had high scores on an Antistructural function, characterized by sensation seeking and moral reasoning, the latter reflecting the higher education level of the rock climbers. Neither discriminant function characterized the heroes. Thus, drug-unit residents, rock climbers, and heroes appear to represent both different psychological types and different forms of risk taking. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - risk taking & personality & social orientation KW - drug unit residents vs rock climbers vs heroes KW - 1990 KW - Antisocial Behavior KW - Heroes KW - Personality Traits KW - Prosocial Behavior KW - Risk Taking KW - Drug Abuse DO - 10.1037/0022-3514.58.6.1073 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-31229-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-29350-001 AN - 1990-29350-001 AU - Garcia, Manuel E. AU - Schmitz, Joy M. AU - Doerfler, Leonard A. T1 - A fine-grained analysis of the role of self-efficacy in self-initiated attempts to quit smoking. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 58 IS - 3 SP - 317 EP - 322 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-29350-001. PMID: 2365894 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garcia, Manuel E.; Dallas Veterans Administration Hosp, TX, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20091221. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Self Efficacy; Smoking Cessation; Tobacco Smoking. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Nov 3, 1989; Revised Date: Sep 21, 1989; First Submitted Date: Jan 19, 1989. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - The relation between self-efficacy ratings and smoking behavior was explored among 36 people who were trying to quit smoking on their own. Ss self-monitored high-risk situations, coping efforts to withstand the temptation to smoke, and self-efficacy in coping with similar temptations for 4 weeks after quitting. Self-efficacy ratings were significantly related to the outcome of these situations, with Ss reporting higher efficacy ratings after situations in which they did not smoke as opposed to those in which they did smoke. Self-efficacy was predictive of smoking outcome, but there was considerable intersubject variability in the strength of the relation between efficacy and smoking behavior. Both efficacy and previous smoking behavior predicted smoking outcome equally well, however. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self efficacy KW - smoking behavior KW - 18–33 yr olds attempting tobacco cessation alone KW - 1990 KW - Self Efficacy KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Tobacco Smoking DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.58.3.317 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-29350-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-24334-001 AN - 1990-24334-001 AU - Ryan, Joseph J. AU - Paolo, Anthony M. AU - Brungardt, Terry M. T1 - Factor analysis of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Revised for persons 75 years and older. JF - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice JO - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 21 IS - 3 SP - 177 EP - 181 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7028 SN - 1939-1323 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-24334-001. Other Journal Title: Professional Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ryan, Joseph J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dwight D. Eisenhower Dept Psychology Service, Leavenworth, KS, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Factor Analysis; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Statistics & Mathematics (2240); Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jan 22, 1990; Revised Date: Jan 19, 1990; First Submitted Date: Sep 27, 1989. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - We factor analyzed the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Revised (WAIS—R) protocols of 130 normal elderly. For age and education, Ms = 81.24 years (SD = 5.24) and 9.54 years (SD = 2.50). Results indicated that the WAIS—R may be interpreted as a 1-, 2-, or 3-factor battery. In the 1-factor solution, interpretative emphasis was placed on the Full Scale IQ as a measure of g. In the 2-factor solution, a Verbal Comprehension factor consisted of Information, Digit Span, Vocabulary, Comprehension, and Similarities. A Perceptual Organization factor comprised Block Design, Object Assembly, and Digit Symbol. In the 3-factor solution, the subtest alignments for the Verbal Comprehension and Perceptual Organization factors remained highly similar, whereas Arithmetic constituted a Freedom From Distractibility factor. Overall, 1- or 2-factor models seem to offer the most plausible and parsimonious structures for this sample. Seven subtests had high or intermediate levels of specific variance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - factor analysis of WAIS-R KW - 75 yr olds & older KW - 1990 KW - Factor Analysis KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale DO - 10.1037/0735-7028.21.3.177 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-24334-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-20190-001 AN - 1990-20190-001 AU - Lamb, Marvin R. AU - Robertson, Lynn C. AU - Knight, Robert T. T1 - Component mechanisms underlying the processing of hierarchically organized patterns: Inferences from patients with unilateral cortical lesions. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition Y1 - 1990/05// VL - 16 IS - 3 SP - 471 EP - 483 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0278-7393 SN - 1939-1285 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-20190-001. PMID: 2140405 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lamb, Marvin R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Lateral Dominance; Pattern Discrimination; Stimulus Presentation Methods; Visual Stimulation. Minor Descriptor: Reaction Time. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: May, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Sep 11, 1989; Revised Date: Jul 31, 1989; First Submitted Date: May 3, 1989. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - Subjects identified target letters that occurred randomly at the local or global level in a divided attention task. The visual angle of the stimuli was varied. Neurologically intact controls showed a reaction time advantage for local targets which increased as visual angle increased. Patients with lesions centered in the posterior superior temporal gyrus (STG) showed a larger local advantage than controls if the lesion was on the right and a global advantage if the lesion was on the left. STG patients were no more influenced by visual angle than were controls. Control subjects also showed the usual interference of global distractors on responding to local targets. STG patients showed little evidence of interference. Control patients with lesions centered in the rostral inferior parietal lobe performed normally. The findings suggest that several component mechanisms are involved in the processing of hierarchical levels of structure, each linked to specific anatomical regions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual angle of stimuli KW - RT in processing hierarchically organized patterns KW - patients with unilateral cortical lesions KW - 1990 KW - Brain Damage KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Pattern Discrimination KW - Stimulus Presentation Methods KW - Visual Stimulation KW - Reaction Time DO - 10.1037/0278-7393.16.3.471 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-20190-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-13094-001 AN - 1991-13094-001 AU - Roberts, Richard J. AU - Varney, Nils R. AU - Hulbert, James R. AU - Paulsen, Jane S. AU - Richardson, Emily D. AU - Springer, Jane A. AU - Shepherd, Janet Smith AU - Swan, Cynthia M. AU - Legrand, Joseph A. AU - Harvey, John H. AU - Struchen, Margaret A. AU - Hines, Marc E. T1 - The neuropathology of everyday life: The frequency of partial seizure symptoms among normals. JF - Neuropsychology JO - Neuropsychology Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 65 EP - 85 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0894-4105 SN - 1931-1559 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-13094-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Roberts, Richard J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Iowa City, IA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation; Philadelphia Clinical Neuropsychology Group. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20100329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Epidemiology; Seizures. Minor Descriptor: Symptoms. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 21. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. Copyright Statement: Philadelphia Neuropsychology Society. 1990. AB - Investigated the phenomenology of partial seizure-like symptoms in 3 studies. Although the findings from Study 1 with 661 undergraduates and Study 2 with 435 undergraduates demonstrated that normal individuals do report experiencing partial seizure-like phenomena, such symptoms are quite infrequent. Increased levels of symptom reporting were observed in healthy young adults who had experienced various risk factors for cerebral dysfunction (e.g., loss of consciousness due to head trauma, severe febrile illness in adulthood or adolescence). In Study 3, 15 selected brain-injured patients reported a breadth and frequency of partial seizure-like symptomatology that surpassed the limits of normal variability. Findings support the proposition that experiencing of partial seizure phenomena can be conceptualized on a continuum ranging from a healthy, essentially symptom-free state to overt central nervous system (CNS) dysfunction with multiple partial seizure symptoms. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prevalence of partial seizure symptoms KW - normal college students vs brain injured adults KW - 1990 KW - Brain Damage KW - Epidemiology KW - Seizures KW - Symptoms DO - 10.1037/0894-4105.4.2.65 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1991-13094-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-27704-001 AN - 1990-27704-001 AU - Goldstein, Larry B. AU - Davis, James N. T1 - Influence of lesion size and location on amphetamine-facilitated recovery of beam-walking in rats. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 104 IS - 2 SP - 320 EP - 327 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-27704-001. PMID: 2346626 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Larry B.; Durham Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Research Lab, NC, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amphetamine; Motor Processes. Minor Descriptor: Motor Cortex; Rats; Somatosensory Cortex. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jun 5, 1989; Revised Date: Jun 1, 1989; First Submitted Date: Feb 21, 1989. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - Amphetamine treatment facilitates recovery of beam-walking in rats with unilateral sensorimotor cortex lesions. Lesion extent was studied in amphetamine- and saline-treated rats selected for rapid and slow recoveries. Lesion volume, lesion depth, and the amount of medial cortex damage were not different among the 4 groups of rats. When the data were analyzed without regard to drug treatment, both lesion depth in rostral forebrain and maximum amount of medial cortex damage negatively correlated with recovery rate. Thus, lesion extent influences the rate of recovery of beam-walking in rats but does not explain the lack of effectiveness of amphetamine in selected animals. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lesion extent KW - amphetamine facilitated beam walking recovery KW - male rats with unilateral sensorimotor cortex lesions KW - 1990 KW - Amphetamine KW - Motor Processes KW - Motor Cortex KW - Rats KW - Somatosensory Cortex DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.104.2.320 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-27704-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-20863-001 AN - 1990-20863-001 AU - Hall, Sharon M. AU - Havassy, Barbara E. AU - Wasserman, David A. T1 - Commitment to abstinence and acute stress in relapse to alcohol, opiates, and nicotine. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 58 IS - 2 SP - 175 EP - 181 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-20863-001. PMID: 2335634 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hall, Sharon M.; San Francisco Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20100104. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Commitment; Drug Abuse; Relapse (Disorders); Sobriety; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism; Opiates; Tobacco Smoking. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Sep 19, 1989; Revised Date: Aug 23, 1989; First Submitted Date: Feb 13, 1989. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The effects of commitment to abstinence and acute stress on return to drug use were examined in a study of treated alcoholics, opiate users, and cigarette smokers (N = 221). Subjects were followed for 12 weeks or until they used their problem drug for 7 consecutive days. Commitment to absolute abstinence at end of treatment was related to a lower risk of returning to use and longer time between the first use and relapse. Withdrawal symptoms and negative and positive moods predicted first drug use, but only when assessed retrospectively. Prospective analyses failed to reveal a link between these variables and return to use. These findings suggest a reevaluation of current models of relapse. Acute stress may be less important in precipitating return to drug use than previously believed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - commitment to abstinence & acute stress KW - return to drug use KW - cigarette smokers or alcoholic or drug abusing patients KW - 1990 KW - Commitment KW - Drug Abuse KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - Sobriety KW - Stress KW - Alcoholism KW - Opiates KW - Tobacco Smoking DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.58.2.175 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-20863-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-19002-001 AN - 1990-19002-001 AU - Olson, Douglas H. AU - Claiborn, Charles D. T1 - Interpretation and arousal in the counseling process. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 37 IS - 2 SP - 131 EP - 137 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-19002-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Olson, Douglas H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Minneapolis, MN, US. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20120130. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counseling; Interviews; Physiological Arousal; Theoretical Interpretation. Classification: Motivation & Emotion (2360). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Sep 22, 1989; Revised Date: Sep 20, 1989; First Submitted Date: Jul 3, 1989. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - We tested whether level of arousal affects the delivery of interpretations. Sixty undergraduate participants were assigned to high or low arousal or to control conditions. Participants in arousal conditions received a 30-min counseling interview for procrastination, which included two interpretations. Arousal was manipulated by interventions made before the interpretations, either confrontations (high arousal) or reflections (low arousal). Galvanic skin response measures confirmed the arousal manipulation (p < .0005). Participants responded more positively to the first interpretation in the high arousal condition, which was associated with a decrease in arousal, than to the first interpretation in the low arousal condition, which was not (p < .05). High arousal participants also indicated greater acceptance of the interpretations than control participants (p < .05). Interpretations delivered during high arousal thus seemed to be more influential. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - level of arousal KW - delivery of interpretations in simulated counseling interview KW - college students KW - 1990 KW - Counseling KW - Interviews KW - Physiological Arousal KW - Theoretical Interpretation DO - 10.1037/0022-0167.37.2.131 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-19002-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-27833-001 AN - 1990-27833-001 AU - Takahashi, Lorey K. AU - Kalin, Ned H. AU - Baker, Eric W. T1 - Corticotropin-releasing factor antagonist attenuates defensive-withdrawal behavior elicited by odors of stressed conspecifics. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 104 IS - 2 SP - 386 EP - 389 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-27833-001. PMID: 2346630 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Takahashi, Lorey K.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Psychiatry Section, Madison, WI, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Defensive Behavior; Conspecifics; Drugs; Olfactory Stimulation; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Corticotropin; Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jul 3, 1989; Revised Date: Jun 29, 1989; First Submitted Date: Feb 3, 1989. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - This study examined the hypothesis that defensive responsiveness induced by threatening stimuli of biological origin is mediated by the action of endogenous corticotropin-releasing factor (CRF). Rats were exposed for 15 min to a large open field containing a small chamber. Twenty-four hours later, rats received intracerebroventricular injections of either vehicle or 20 μg of α-helical CRF(9–41), a CRF receptor antagonist. After 20 min, rats were reexposed to the open field, which now contained odors of urine and feces from a stressed conspecific. In the reexposure test, vehicle- and antagonist-treated rats withdrew rapidly into the chamber. Antagonist-treated rats, however, emerged subsequently from the chamber to explore the open field as indicated by a significant increase in the number of passages made between the chamber and the open field. Results suggest that central injection of α-helical CRF(9–41) reduces the level of fear induced by odors associated with threat. In addition, CRF receptors are implicated in mediating the species-typical display of defensive withdrawal behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alpha helical CRF(9-41) KW - defensive withdrawal elicited by odors of stressed conspecifics KW - male rats KW - 1990 KW - Animal Defensive Behavior KW - Conspecifics KW - Drugs KW - Olfactory Stimulation KW - Stress KW - Corticotropin KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.104.2.386 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-27833-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-18655-001 AN - 1990-18655-001 AU - Feifel, Herman T1 - Psychology and death: Meaningful rediscovery. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 45 IS - 4 SP - 537 EP - 543 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-18655-001. PMID: 2186680 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feifel, Herman; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychology Service, Los Angeles, US. Release Date: 20090713. Correction Date: 20090713. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: American Psychological Association: Distinguished Professional Contributions Award Address (1988, Atlanta, Georgia). Major Descriptor: Death and Dying; History of Psychology. Classification: History & Systems (2140). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The place of death in psychology is reviewed historically. Leading causes for its being slighted as an area of investigation during psychology's early years are presented. Reasons for its rediscovery in the mid-1950s as a legitimate sector for scientific inquiry are discussed, along with vicissitudes encountered in carrying out such research. This is followed by a summary of empirical findings, clinical perceptions, and perspectives emerging from work in the thanatological realm. The probability that such urgent social issues as abortion, acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS), and euthanasia, and such destructive behaviors as drug abuse, alcoholism, and certain acts of violence have to do with attitudes toward death challenges psychology to enhance the response to maladaptive conduct and loss. Recognition of personal mortality is a major entryway to self-knowledge. Although death is manifestly too complex to be the special sphere of any one discipline, psychology's position as an arena in which humanist and physicist-engineer cultures intersect provides a meaningful opportunity to increase comprehension of how death can serve life. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - death in history of psychology KW - conference presentation KW - 1990 KW - Death and Dying KW - History of Psychology DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.45.4.537 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-18655-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-15889-001 AN - 1990-15889-001 AU - Bossé, Raymond AU - Aldwin, Carolyn M. AU - Levenson, Michael R. AU - Workman-Daniels, Kathryn AU - Ekerdt, David J. T1 - Differences in social support among retirees and workers: Findings from the Normative Aging Study. JF - Psychology and Aging JO - Psychology and Aging Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 5 IS - 1 SP - 41 EP - 47 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0882-7974 SN - 1939-1498 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-15889-001. PMID: 2317300 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bossé, Raymond; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Normative Aging Study, Bedford, MA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20100531. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Employee Interaction; Personnel; Retirement; Social Support. Classification: Occupational Interests & Guidance (3610). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: May 9, 1989; Revised Date: Apr 26, 1989; First Submitted Date: Oct 17, 1988. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Cross-sectional differences between retirees and workers in the importance of coworkers as a source of support, as well as in general quantitative support (social networks and frequency of interaction) and qualitative support (confidants and the perceived reliability of support) were examined. The sample consisted of 1,513 older men (mean age = 61), participants in the Normative Aging Study. Half (56%) were working, and the rest were retired. Slightly fewer retirees than workers reported coworker friends, especially among those who were long-term retirees or who did not work at all in retirement. Whereas similar findings were seen with quantitative support, workers and retirees reported nearly identical levels of qualitative support. However, retirees almost never discussed personal problems with former coworkers. The relevance of these findings for the convoy construct is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - qualitative & quantitative support of coworkers KW - retirees vs workers KW - 1990 KW - Employee Interaction KW - Personnel KW - Retirement KW - Social Support DO - 10.1037/0882-7974.5.1.41 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-15889-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-14493-001 AN - 1990-14493-001 AU - Yesavage, Jerome A. AU - Sheikh, Javaid I. AU - Friedman, Leah AU - Tanke, Elizabeth T1 - Learning mnemonics: Roles of aging and subtle cognitive impairment. JF - Psychology and Aging JO - Psychology and Aging Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 5 IS - 1 SP - 133 EP - 137 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0882-7974 SN - 1939-1498 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-14493-001. PMID: 2317292 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Yesavage, Jerome A.; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Clinical Research Ctr for the Study of Senile Dementia, CA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20100531. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Cognitive Impairment; Mnemonic Learning; Physiological Aging. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jul 13, 1989; Revised Date: Jun 30, 1989; First Submitted Date: May 2, 1989. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Previously validated methods of memory training were used in conjunction with the Folstein Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE) to explore the relationship between complexity of learned mnemonic, aging, and subtle cognitive impairment. Subjects were 218 community-dwelling elderly. Treatment included imagery mnemonics for remembering names and faces and lists. There was a significant interaction among age, type of learning task (face-name vs. list), and improvement when controlling for MMSE score. There was also a significant interaction among MMSE score, type of learning task, and improvement when controlling for age. Scores on the more complex list-learning mnemonic were more affected by age and MMSE scores than were scores on the face-name mnemonic. Implications for the findings for cognitive training of the old and the impaired are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - aging & subtle cognitive impairment KW - complexity of learned mnemonics KW - 55–87 yr olds KW - 1990 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Cognitive Impairment KW - Mnemonic Learning KW - Physiological Aging DO - 10.1037/0882-7974.5.1.133 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-14493-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-17419-001 AN - 1990-17419-001 AU - Cannon, Dale S. AU - Bell, William E. AU - Fowler, D. Robert AU - Penk, Walter E. AU - Finkelstein, Allan S. T1 - MMPI differences between alcoholics and drug abusers: Effect of age and race. JF - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 2 IS - 1 SP - 51 EP - 55 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1040-3590 SN - 1939-134X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-17419-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cannon, Dale S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Dallas, TX, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Drug Dependency; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Racial and Ethnic Differences. Minor Descriptor: Blacks; Drug Rehabilitation; Military Veterans; Whites. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jun 21, 1989; Revised Date: May 30, 1989; First Submitted Date: Feb 23, 1989. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Inpatients in Veterans Administration substance-abuse treatment programs voluntarily took the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) as part of a routine clinical evaluation. The alcohol-dependence-only group (n = 207) were older (M = 49.6 years) and had a higher percentage of White Ss (72.9%) than did either the drug-dependence group (n = 49, M = 32.9 years, Whites = 53.1%) or a mixed alcohol- and drug-dependence group (n = 160, M = 35.0 years, Whites = 60.0%). Previously reported differences between alcoholics and drug abusers in depression and psychopathy were obtained when age and race were not used as covariates, but no differences were found when the effects of age and race were statistically controlled. Mixed alcohol and drug abusers had somewhat more pathological MMPI scores than did alcoholics, even when effects due to age and race were partialed out. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age & race KW - MMPI performance KW - drug vs alcohol dependent White vs Black inpatient male veterans KW - 1990 KW - Alcoholism KW - Drug Dependency KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Racial and Ethnic Differences KW - Blacks KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Military Veterans KW - Whites DO - 10.1037/1040-3590.2.1.51 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-17419-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-19340-001 AN - 1990-19340-001 AU - Szymusiak, Ronald AU - McGinty, Dennis AU - Shouse, Margaret N. AU - Shepard, Diane AU - Sterman, Maurice B. T1 - Effects of systemic atropine sulfate administration on the frequency content of the cat sensorimotor EEG during sleep and waking. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience Y1 - 1990/02// VL - 104 IS - 1 SP - 217 EP - 225 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-19340-001. PMID: 2317279 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Szymusiak, Ronald; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20091109. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Atropine; Drug Dosages; Electroencephalography; Perceptual Motor Processes. Minor Descriptor: Cats; Sleep; Wakefulness. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: May 9, 1989; Revised Date: May 8, 1989; First Submitted Date: Mar 14, 1989. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - Sensorimotor electroencephalogram (EEG) frequencies in cats were evaluated with power spectral analysis before and after 3 doses of atropine sulfate. All doses of atropine tested caused enhanced EEG slow waves (0–7 Hz) and spindles (8–25 Hz) during waking immobility, and postdrug frequency profiles during slow-wave sleep and waking immobility were identical. With 0.75 mg/kg atropine, movement (head movement, locomotion) resulted in EEG desynchronization and reduced power in all frequencies less than 24 Hz. After 1.5 or 3.0 mg/kg atropine, power in low frequencies remained elevated during movement, but power in spindle frequencies was significantly reduced compared with other states. During active REM sleep after 1.5 mg/kg atropine, power in spindle frequencies was significantly lower than that during quiet REM sleep. These results indicate that the sensorimotor cortical EEG in cats is under the control of multiple systems. At least 1 of these systems is active during movement, and its actions are resistant to muscarinic receptor blockade. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dosages of atropine sulfate KW - EEG frequencies during sleep & waking with vs without movement KW - cats KW - 1990 KW - Atropine KW - Drug Dosages KW - Electroencephalography KW - Perceptual Motor Processes KW - Cats KW - Sleep KW - Wakefulness DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.104.1.217 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-19340-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-19198-001 AN - 1990-19198-001 AU - Pitman, David L. AU - Ottenweller, John E. AU - Natelson, Benjamin H. T1 - Effect of stressor intensity on habituation and sensitization of glucocorticoid responses in rats. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience Y1 - 1990/02// VL - 104 IS - 1 SP - 28 EP - 36 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-19198-001. PMID: 2156523 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pitman, David L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Primate Neurobehavioral Unit, East Orange, NJ, US. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20091109. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Corticotropin; Habituation; Shock; Stimulus Intensity; Stress Reactions. Minor Descriptor: Electrical Stimulation; Rats; Sensory Adaptation. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jul 24, 1989; Revised Date: Jun 2, 1989; First Submitted Date: Nov 3, 1988. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Studied the effect of stressor intensity on habituation/sensitization of the adrenocortical stress response (ASR) in rats. When lower intensity shock was given, the response first habituated to no-shock control levels but later returned to the same magnitude as seen on the 1st probe day. Plasma corticosterone responses given higher intensity shock never habituated and instead demonstrated an increased response indicative of sensitization. Responsiveness to exogenous adrenocorticotropin 24 hr after the last stress session was monotonically related to the intensity of the stressor presented during the experimental sessions. Data are consistent with the rule from habituation literature that stimulus intensity is inversely related to the magnitude of habituation and extend the dual process theory of P. M. Groves and R. F. Thompson (see record [rid]1971-02046-001[/rid]) to an endocrine respondent. The data also suggest that an explanation as to the discrepancies in the literature concerning ASR to repeated presentation of stressors may relate to differences in the stressor parameters used. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - intensity of shock KW - habituation & sensitization of adrenocortical stress response KW - rats KW - 1990 KW - Corticotropin KW - Habituation KW - Shock KW - Stimulus Intensity KW - Stress Reactions KW - Electrical Stimulation KW - Rats KW - Sensory Adaptation DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.104.1.28 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-19198-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-21473-001 AN - 1990-21473-001 AU - Schag, C. Anne AU - Heinrich, Richard L. AU - Aadland, Rebecca L. AU - Ganz, Patricia A. T1 - Assessing problems of cancer patients: Psychometric properties of the Cancer Inventory of Problem Situations. JF - Health Psychology JO - Health Psychology Y1 - 1990/// VL - 9 IS - 1 SP - 83 EP - 102 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates SN - 0278-6133 SN - 1930-7810 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-21473-001. PMID: 2323331 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schag, C. Anne; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association. Release Date: 20080714. Correction Date: 20100104. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experiences (Events); Inventories; Neoplasms; Psychometrics; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Factor Structure; Test Reliability; Test Validity; Treatment. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Cancer (3293). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 20. Issue Publication Date: 1990. Copyright Statement: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. 1990. AB - Evaluated in 479 cancer patients the psychometric properties of the Cancer Inventory of Problem Situations (CIPS), a cancer-specific survey designed to assess day-to-day problems and rehabilitation needs. CIPS was factored into 31 clinically useful subscales and 5 higher order factors representing the physical, psychosocial, medical interaction, marital, and sexual problem areas characteristic of cancer and its treatment. Internal consistency of all the scales was high. Test–retest reliability and validity of the instrument were studied in 120 cancer patients. Analyses of items, subscales, higher order factors, and total CIPS score suggest excellent reliability. The pattern of correlations of CIPS with other measures provided preliminary evidence of concurrent, discriminant, and convergent validity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - factor structure & internal consistency & test retest reliability & validity of Cancer Inventory of Problem Situations KW - assessment of daily problems & rehabilitation needs KW - cancer patients KW - 1990 KW - Experiences (Events) KW - Inventories KW - Neoplasms KW - Psychometrics KW - Stress KW - Factor Structure KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - Treatment DO - 10.1037/0278-6133.9.1.83 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-21473-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-09054-001 AN - 1990-09054-001 AU - Musen, Gail AU - Treisman, Anne T1 - Implicit and explicit memory for visual patterns. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 16 IS - 1 SP - 127 EP - 137 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0278-7393 SN - 1939-1285 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-09054-001. PMID: 2136749 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Musen, Gail; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20100412. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Forced Choice (Testing Method); Memory; Stimulus Novelty; Visual Stimulation. Classification: Learning & Memory (2343). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jul 14, 1989; Revised Date: May 4, 1989; First Submitted Date: Dec 22, 1988. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - The article reports an investigation of implicit and explicit memory for novel, visual patterns. Implicit memory was assessed by a speeded perception task, and explicit memory by a four-alternative, forced-choice recognition task. Tests were given either immediately after testing or 7 days later. The results suggest that a single exposure of a novel, nonverbal stimulus is sufficient to establish a representation in memory that is capable of supporting long-lived perceptual priming. In contrast, recognition memory showed significant loss over the same delay. Performance measures in the two tasks showed stochastic independence on the first trial after a single exposure to each pattern. Finally, a specific occurrence of a previously studied item could be retrieved from explicit memory but did not affect the accuracy of perception in the implicit memory test. The results extend the domain of experimental dissociations between explicit and implicit memory to include novel, nonverbal stimuli. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - implicit & explicit memory for novel visual patterns in forced choice recognition task KW - college students KW - 1990 KW - Forced Choice (Testing Method) KW - Memory KW - Stimulus Novelty KW - Visual Stimulation DO - 10.1037/0278-7393.16.1.127 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-09054-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09774-011 AN - 2005-09774-011 AU - Turner, Winston M. AU - Tsuang, Ming T. T1 - Impact of Substance Abuse on the Course and Outcome of Schizophrenia. JF - Schizophrenia Bulletin JO - Schizophrenia Bulletin Y1 - 1990/// VL - 16 IS - 1 SP - 87 EP - 95 CY - US PB - National Institute of Mental Health SN - 0586-7614 SN - 1745-1701 AD - Tsuang, Ming T., Psychiatric Service (116-A), Section on Epidemiology and Genetics, Brockton/West Roxbury VA Medical Center, 940 Belmont St., Brockton, MA, US, 02401 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09774-011. PMID: 2185537 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Turner, Winston M.; Family History and Alcoholism Project, Psychiatry Service (151-D), Brockton/West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brockton, MA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 20091005. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disease Course; Drug Abuse; Schizophrenia; Treatment Outcomes. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Numerous pharmacological agents have been shown to have powerful effects on cognitive behavior. Schizophrenia-like reactions have been reported in some instances. There have also been persistent reports of drug abuse among psychiatric patients before and during hospitalization. These phenomena have led to speculation that psychoactive substances are affecting the course and outcome of psychiatric illnesses, and in particular, schizophrenia. This report first reviews the evidence for psychotomimetic effects of various drugs, and then focuses on reports of the effect that substance abuse has on the course of schizophrenia and long-term outcome. The evidence to date indicates that there is a need for a large epidemiological analysis of the interplay between drug abuse and schizophrenia as well as more intensive case studies of afflicted individuals. This discussion concludes with suggestions for improved research methods and two designs for future investigations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - substance abuse KW - schizophrenia KW - disease course KW - psychoactive substances KW - psychotomimetic effects KW - long term outcone KW - 1990 KW - Disease Course KW - Drug Abuse KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment Outcomes UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-09774-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09774-002 AN - 2005-09774-002 AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - Schizophrenic Birth Seasonality and the Age-Incidence Artifact. JF - Schizophrenia Bulletin JO - Schizophrenia Bulletin Y1 - 1990/// VL - 16 IS - 1 SP - 5 EP - 10 CY - US PB - National Institute of Mental Health SN - 0586-7614 SN - 1745-1701 AD - Watson, Charles G., Research Service, VA Medical Center, 4801 8th Street North, St. Cloud, MN, US, 56303 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09774-002. PMID: 2333481 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Cloud, MN, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 20091005. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Epidemiology; Etiology; Schizophrenia; Seasonal Variations. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Lewis (see record [rid]2005-09722-006[/rid]) dismisses a large number of articles in which schizophrenic winter birthrate excesses have been reported as the result of either design problems or the age-incidence artifact. We review about 20 studies in which the effects of age incidence have been controlled in one way or another. The majority support the conclusion that the seasonality effect is due neither to artifact nor deficient research design. We also correct two significant errors in Lewis' description of our prior work. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - age incidence KW - season of birth KW - etiology KW - schizophrenia KW - 1990 KW - Age Differences KW - Epidemiology KW - Etiology KW - Schizophrenia KW - Seasonal Variations UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-09774-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-02509-000 AN - 9999-02509-000 AU - Levenson, Michael R. T1 - Psychopathy Scale JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1990/// AD - Levenson, Michael R., Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Normative AgingStudy 151A, 17 Court Street, Boston, Massachusetts, United States AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-02509-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levenson, Michael R.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Normative Aging Study, Boston, Massachusetts, United States. Release Date: 20110912. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Test Format: The Psychopathy Scale uses a true/false response format.. Language: English. Constructs: Psychopathology; Classification: Mental Health/Illness Related Assessment (6700). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Psychopathy Scale is to assess antisocial personality traits. AB - Description: The Psychopathy Scale was developed in a study by Michael R. Levenson (1990) comparing the personality and social orientations of antisocial risk takers, defined as residents in a long-term drug-treatment facility (N = 24); adventurous risk takers, defined as rock climbers (N = 18); and prosocial risk takers, or heroes, defined as policemen and firemen decorated for bravery (N = 2\). This scale consists of 13 dichotomous items based on H. Cleckley's (1976) clinical criteria for psychopathy which was recast in the form of self-referential or opinion statements reflecting an antisocial posture. An attempt was made to remove the negative connotations of the original criteria so that the items would suggest to antisocial persons that antisocial traits were not necessarily undesirable. Ruder-Richardson's Formula 20 (KR-20) for the scale was .71. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Psychopathy Scale KW - psychological assessment KW - test development KW - internal consistency KW - construct validity KW - antisocial personality disorder U5 - Psychopathy Scale [Test Development]Risk taking and personality. (AN: 1990-31229-001 from PsycINFO) Levenson, Michael R.; Jun, 1990. Source: Journal of Personality and Social Psychology. 58(6), American Psychological Association, US; Jun, 1990; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older), Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs), Thirties (30-39 yrs), Middle Age (40-64 yrs); Population: Human; Male; Sample: Residents in a long-term drug-treatment facility; Policemen; Firemen; Skilled rock climbers Keywords: Psychopathy Scale; psychological assessment; test development; internal consistency; construct validity; antisocial personality disorder; Subjects: Antisocial Personality Disorder; Psychological Assessment; Psychopathy; Test Construction; Test Reliability; Test Validity; DO - 10.1037/t02509-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999902509_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-02509-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-14672-000 AN - 9999-14672-000 AU - Blake, Dudley David AU - Owens, Michelle Deaneen AU - Keane, Terence M. T1 - Transition Unit Satisfaction Survey JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1990/// AD - Blake, Dudley David, Boston VA Medical Center, Psychology Service (116B), 150 S. Huntington Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts, United States, 02130 AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-14672-000. Acronyms: TUSS. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Blake, Dudley David; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Center, Boston, Massachusetts, United States. Release Date: 20120910. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Survey. Test Format: Transition Unit Satisfaction Survey items are either rated on a 5-point Likert scale (Not at All True to Very True) or are responded to in multiple-choice format.. Language: English. Constructs: Patient Satisfaction; Classification: Treatment, Rehabilitation, and Therapeutic Processes (7900). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Transition Unit Satisfaction Survey is to assess patients’ satisfaction and sense of belonging in a psychiatric transition unit, along with their knowledge of the content presented in the transition unit's group meetings. AB - Description: Constructed in the course of a study investigating the use of verbal instructions and feedback to promote group attendance on a psychiatric unit, the 10-item Transition Unit Satisfaction Survey (TUSS; Blake, Owens, & Keane, 1990) was developed to assess patients’ satisfaction and sense of belonging on the unit, along with their knowledge of the content presented in the group meetings. Eight items were based on a 5-point Likert scale (Not at All True to Very True) and were constructed to assess the patients’ satisfaction and sense of belonging on the unit. The last two items were multiple-choice and were constructed to assess the patients’ knowledge of the content presented in the meetings. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Patient Satisfaction KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Test Development KW - Transition Unit Satisfaction Survey U5 - Transition Unit Satisfaction Survey (TUSS) [Test Development]Increasing group attendance on a psychiatric unit: An alternating treatments design comparison. (AN: 1990-31809-001 from PsycINFO) Blake, Dudley D.; Owens, Michelle D.; Keane, Terence M.; Mar, 1990. Source: Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry. 21(1), Elsevier Science, Netherlands; Mar, 1990; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older), Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs), Thirties (30-39 yrs), Middle Age (40-64 yrs), Aged (65 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Sample: Patients in a Post-Acute Psychiatric Transition Unit Keywords: Patient Satisfaction; Psychiatric Patients; Test Development; Transition Unit Satisfaction Survey; Subjects: Client Satisfaction; Psychiatric Patients; Psychiatric Units; Test Construction; DO - 10.1037/t14672-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999914672_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-14672-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ainslie, George AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Coatesville, PA T1 - Derivation of 'Rational' Economic Behavior from Hyperbolic Discount Curves JO - American Economic Review JF - American Economic Review Y1 - 1991/05// VL - 81 IS - 2 SP - 334 EP - 340 SN - 00028282 N1 - Accession Number: 0244357; Keywords: Behavior; Publication Type: Journal Article; Update Code: 199109 KW - Microeconomics: General D00 KW - Intertemporal Choice: General D90 L3 - http://www.aeaweb.org/aer/ UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ecn&AN=0244357&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - http://www.aeaweb.org/aer/ DP - EBSCOhost DB - ecn ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kawada, Akira AU - Hiruma, Masataro AU - Noguchi, Hiromitsu AU - Akagi, Atsushi AU - Ishibashi, Akira AU - Marshall, Joseph T1 - Fixed drug eruption induced by ethenzamide. JO - Contact Dermatitis (01051873) JF - Contact Dermatitis (01051873) Y1 - 1996/05// VL - 34 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 369 EP - 370 SN - 01051873 AB - The article presents a case of fixed drug eruption induced by ethenzamide. A 21-year-old woman presented with light-brown circular patches on the axillae, cubital and popliteal fossae, 10 months earlier, she had bought Bufferin L from a drugstore and taken 2 tablets orally for menstrual pain, 2 or 3 hours later, she developed pruritic erythema, followed by pigmented lesions. Acetylsalicylic acid is known to induce fixed drug eruption frequently, but not ethenzamide. Ethenzamide is used preferentially in multi-ingredient preparations, because it is safer than salicylamide. KW - ALKENES KW - MEDICATION errors KW - MENSTRUAL cycle KW - PAIN KW - ERYTHEMA KW - PIGMENTATION disorders KW - ASPIRIN N1 - Accession Number: 11971724; Kawada, Akira 1 Hiruma, Masataro 1 Noguchi, Hiromitsu 1 Akagi, Atsushi 1 Ishibashi, Akira 1 Marshall, Joseph 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, National Defense Medical College, Saitama, Japan. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Fresno, USA.; Source Info: May96, Vol. 34 Issue 5, p369; Subject Term: ALKENES; Subject Term: MEDICATION errors; Subject Term: MENSTRUAL cycle; Subject Term: PAIN; Subject Term: ERYTHEMA; Subject Term: PIGMENTATION disorders; Subject Term: ASPIRIN; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325110 Petrochemical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0536.ep11971724 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11971724&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kawda, Akira AU - Kobayashi, Tsunehisa AU - Noguchi, Hiromitsu AU - Hiruma, Masataro AU - Ishibashi, Akira AU - Marshall, Joseph T1 - Fixed drug eruption induced by sulfasalazine. JO - Contact Dermatitis (01051873) JF - Contact Dermatitis (01051873) Y1 - 1996/02// VL - 34 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 155 EP - 156 SN - 01051873 AB - This article presents a case report of a 56-year-old man with dark-brown patches on the lower lip and glans penis. He started taking sulfasalazine 1500 mg orally for ulcerative colitis. 12 hours after taking, he had erythema and erosion, with pain and pruritus on the lower lip, tongue and glans penis, followed by pigmented lesions. The patient was patch tested on the involved lower lip with sulfasalazine 10% pet and on unaffected skin of the back with sulfasalazine, sulfamethoxazole and sulfamethizole 10% and 1% pet. Only sulfasalazine 10% pet. was positive with diffuse swelling and pruritic erythema on involved lower lip at 2 and 3 days after application. KW - CONTACT dermatitis KW - ULCERATIVE colitis KW - ERYTHEMA KW - ECZEMA KW - EDEMA KW - SKIN -- Inflammation N1 - Accession Number: 12007871; Kawda, Akira Kobayashi, Tsunehisa Noguchi, Hiromitsu Hiruma, Masataro Ishibashi, Akira 1 Marshall, Joseph 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, National Defense Medical College, Namiki 3-2, Tokorozawa City Saitama 359, Japan. 2: The Veterans Administration Medical Center, Fresno, CA 93711, USA.; Source Info: Feb96, Vol. 34 Issue 2, p155; Subject Term: CONTACT dermatitis; Subject Term: ULCERATIVE colitis; Subject Term: ERYTHEMA; Subject Term: ECZEMA; Subject Term: EDEMA; Subject Term: SKIN -- Inflammation; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0536.ep12007871 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12007871&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kawada, Akira AU - Hiruma, Masataro AU - Noguchi, Hiromitsu AU - Kimura, Mizuho AU - Ishibashi, Akira AU - Banba, Hidekazu AU - Marshall, Joseph T1 - Photosensitivity due to sodium ferrous citrate. JO - Contact Dermatitis (01051873) JF - Contact Dermatitis (01051873) Y1 - 1996/01// VL - 34 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 77 EP - 78 SN - 01051873 AB - Oral iron therapy for anemia is well-known to aggravate erythropoietic protoporphyria (EPP) while only 1 case of photosensitivity induced by oral iron has been reported. In the terminal step of the heme biosynthetic pathway, ferrochelatase catalyzes the chelation of ferrous iron and protoporphyrin IX, to form heme. Partial deficiency of ferrochelatase activity in patients with EPP causes excess amounts of protoporphyrin. Sodium ferrous citrate, like other forms of oral iron, is absorbed from the intestine, bound to plasma transferrin, incorporated into erythroblasts in the bone marrow. KW - PHOTOSENSITIVITY disorders KW - HEME KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - PORPHYRINS KW - BIOSYNTHESIS KW - BONE marrow KW - SKIN diseases N1 - Accession Number: 11974301; Kawada, Akira 1 Hiruma, Masataro 1 Noguchi, Hiromitsu 1 Kimura, Mizuho 1 Ishibashi, Akira 1 Banba, Hidekazu 2 Marshall, Joseph 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, National Defense Medical College, Saitama, Japan. 2: Banba Dermatology, Clinic, Saitama 359, Japan. 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Fresno, CA 93711, USA.; Source Info: Jan1996, Vol. 34 Issue 1, p77; Subject Term: PHOTOSENSITIVITY disorders; Subject Term: HEME; Subject Term: THERAPEUTICS; Subject Term: PORPHYRINS; Subject Term: BIOSYNTHESIS; Subject Term: BONE marrow; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0536.ep11974301 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11974301&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kawada, Akira AU - Hirum, Masataro AU - Noguchi, Hiromitsu AU - Inoue, Hiroyoshi AU - Ishibashi, Akira AU - Marshall, Joseph T1 - Fixed drug eruption induced by allylisopropylacetylurea. JO - Contact Dermatitis (01051873) JF - Contact Dermatitis (01051873) Y1 - 1996/01// VL - 34 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 65 EP - 66 SN - 01051873 AB - This article presents information on allylisopropylacetylurea. Allylisopropylacetylurea is a mild sedative and hypnotic. Purpura is its best-known adverse effect. A 26-year-old woman presented with round light-brown patches on the cheeks, chin and right shoulder. Using aIlylisopropylacetylurea 10% in dimethylsuiphoxide (DMSO), authors performed an open patch test on involved skin and a closed patch test on unaffected skin of the patient, but these were negative. DMSO is reported to be useful as a vehicle for topical provocation in fixed drug eruption due to some drugs. KW - CONTACT dermatitis KW - DRUGS KW - DIMETHYL sulfoxide KW - SKIN tests KW - SEDATIVES KW - PATIENTS N1 - Accession Number: 11974172; Kawada, Akira 1 Hirum, Masataro 1 Noguchi, Hiromitsu 1 Inoue, Hiroyoshi 1 Ishibashi, Akira 1 Marshall, Joseph 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, National Defence Medical College, Saitama, Japan. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Fresno, CA 93711, USA.; Source Info: Jan1996, Vol. 34 Issue 1, p65; Subject Term: CONTACT dermatitis; Subject Term: DRUGS; Subject Term: DIMETHYL sulfoxide; Subject Term: SKIN tests; Subject Term: SEDATIVES; Subject Term: PATIENTS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424210 Drugs and Druggists' Sundries Merchant Wholesalers; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1600-0536.ep11974172 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11974172&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gross, Nicholas J. T1 - The Influence of Anticholinergic Agents on Treatment for Bronchitis and Emphysema. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1991/10/21/ VL - 91 IS - 4A M3 - Article SP - 11S EP - 12S SN - 00029343 AB - Explains the rationale of using anticholinergic agents in patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD). Suggestions that cholinergic tone is increased in COPD; Studies suggesting that anticholinergics are most likely to cause significant bronchodilation. KW - PARASYMPATHOLYTIC agents KW - OBSTRUCTIVE lung diseases N1 - Accession Number: 10867168; Gross, Nicholas J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Departments of Medicine and Biochemistry, Stritch-Loyola School of Medicine, Chicago, and the Medical Service, Hines Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois; Source Info: 10/21/91, Vol. 91 Issue 4A, p11S; Subject Term: PARASYMPATHOLYTIC agents; Subject Term: OBSTRUCTIVE lung diseases; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10867168&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Colwell, John A. T1 - Oral Treatment of Diabetes Mellitus: The Contribution of Gliclazide. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1991/06/24/ VL - 90 IS - 6A M3 - Article SP - 1S EP - 2S SN - 00029343 AB - Examines the contribution of gliclazide, a sulfonylurea agent, to the oral treatment of diabetes mellitus. Prevalence of diabetes; Impact of diabetes on cardiovascular mortality; Factors necessary for optimal therapy of diabetes; Mechanism of action of gliclazide. KW - GLICLAZIDE KW - DIABETES -- Treatment KW - HYPOGLYCEMIC sulfonylureas KW - PHARMACOKINETICS N1 - Accession Number: 10974662; Colwell, John A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Medical University of South Carolina and the Veterans Administration Medical Center, Charleston, South Carolina; Source Info: 6/24/91, Vol. 90 Issue 6A, p1S; Subject Term: GLICLAZIDE; Subject Term: DIABETES -- Treatment; Subject Term: HYPOGLYCEMIC sulfonylureas; Subject Term: PHARMACOKINETICS; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10974662&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rehm, Stanley R. AU - DeSimone, Philip A. T1 - A PROPOSED MECHANISM FOR CARDBOARD-INDUCED IRON-DEFICIENCY ANEMIA. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1991/06// VL - 90 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 768 EP - 769 SN - 00029343 AB - Comments on an article on a patient diagnosed with cardboard-induced iron-deficiency anemia, published in a previous issue of the 'American Journal of Medicine.' KW - IRON deficiency anemia KW - CARDBOARD KW - LETTERS to the editor N1 - Accession Number: 10733088; Rehm, Stanley R. 1 DeSimone, Philip A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Lexington Veterans Administration Medical Center, Kentucky; Source Info: Jun91, Vol. 90 Issue 6, p768; Subject Term: IRON deficiency anemia; Subject Term: CARDBOARD; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; NAICS/Industry Codes: 322130 Paperboard Mills; NAICS/Industry Codes: 322212 Folding Paperboard Box Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 322220 Paper Bag and Coated and Treated Paper Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 418220 Other paper and disposable plastic product merchant wholesalers; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10733088&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hearth-Holmes, Michelene AU - Zahradka, Sandra L. AU - Baethge, Bruce A. AU - Wolf, Robert E. T1 - LEUKOCYTOCLASTIC VASCULITIS ASSOCIATED WITH HEPATITIS C. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1991/06// VL - 90 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 765 EP - 766 SN - 00029343 AB - Details the case of a 37-year-old man diagnosed with leukocytoclastic vasculitis associated with hepatitis C. Presenting signs and symptoms; Past medical history; Physical examination upon admission; Laboratory values; Differential diagnostic considerations; Pathologic discussion; Treatment; Outcome. KW - LEUCOCYTOSIS KW - VASCULITIS KW - HEPATITIS C N1 - Accession Number: 10733085; Hearth-Holmes, Michelene 1 Zahradka, Sandra L. 1 Baethge, Bruce A. 1 Wolf, Robert E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Overton Brooks Veterans, Administration Medical Center and Louisiana State University Medical Center; Source Info: Jun91, Vol. 90 Issue 6, p765; Subject Term: LEUCOCYTOSIS; Subject Term: VASCULITIS; Subject Term: HEPATITIS C; Number of Pages: 2p; Illustrations: 1 Black and White Photograph; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10733085&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Macko, R. F.; T1 - Advances in antiplatelet drug therapy for the neurological patient CT - Advances in antiplatelet drug therapy for the neurological patient JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1993/12/01/ VL - 28 IS - Dec SP - SPG EP - G-2 AD - Department of Neurology, University of Maryland and Baltimore Veterans Administration Medical Center, 22 South Greene St., Baltimore, MD 21201-1595, USA N1 - Accession Number: 30-13994; Language: English; Chemical Name: Ticlopidine--55142-85-3 Aspirin--50-78-2; Therapeutic Class: (20:12.04); AHFS Class: Platelet aggregation inhibitors ticlopidine (20:12.04); AHFS Class: Platelet aggregation inhibitors aspirin; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Drug Evaluations N2 - Prevention of stroke recurrence and cardiac co-morbidity using antiplatelet agents is the mainstay of medical therapy following non-cardioembolic stroke or transient ischemic attack (TIA). Meta-analysis of placebo-controlled trials indicates aspirin provides only a modest (22%) stroke risk reduction in this population. Ticlopidine is a novel platelet anti-aggregant with somewhat greater efficacy than aspirin, but more significant adverse effects. Advantages of ticlopidine are greatest during the first year when stroke recurrence risk is highest. Ticlopidine should be considered as an alternative to aspirin for women and men at continued high risk for noncardioembolic ischemic stroke, especially those with recent TIA or completed stroke. KW - Ticlopidine--cerebrovascular disorders-; KW - Aspirin--cerebrovascular disorders-; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--cerebrovascular disorders prophylaxis; KW - Platelet aggregation inhibitors--ticlopidine--cerebrovascular disorders prophylaxis; KW - Platelet aggregation inhibitors--aspirin--cerebrovascular disorders prophylaxis; KW - Cerebrovascular disorders--ticlopidine--prophylaxis; KW - Cerebrovascular disorders--aspirin--prophylaxis; KW - Cerebral ischemia--platelet aggregation inhibitors--transient, therapy; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=30-13994&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR AU - McDaniel, C. Douglas AU - Mefferd Jr., Roy B. AU - Wieland, Betty A. AU - Sadler, Timothy G. AU - Benton, Richard G. T1 - MODIFICATION OF GALVANIC SKIN RESPONSES BY REACTION TIME MEASUREMENTS. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1968/01// VL - 4 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 340 EP - 341 SN - 00485772 AB - Galvanic skin responses (GSRs) were measured on 12 male Ss under four conditions: rest, reaction time measurements, a cold pressor, and a combination of cold pressor and reaction time measurements. Both reaction time measurements alone and cold pressor alone caused increased sympathetic activity, but when the former was combined with cold pressor the ongoing autonomic activity was depressed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Psychophysiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - GALVANIC skin response KW - REACTION time KW - PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY KW - REST KW - SYMPATHETIC nervous system KW - MALES KW - STRESS (Physiology) KW - Cold pressor KW - GSR. KW - Reaction times KW - Stress N1 - Accession Number: 11236433; McDaniel, C. Douglas 1 Mefferd Jr., Roy B. 1 Wieland, Betty A. 1 Sadler, Timothy G. 1 Benton, Richard G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Psychiatric and Psychosomatic Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital Houston, Texas; Source Info: Jan1968, Vol. 4 Issue 3, p340; Subject Term: GALVANIC skin response; Subject Term: REACTION time; Subject Term: PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY; Subject Term: REST; Subject Term: SYMPATHETIC nervous system; Subject Term: MALES; Subject Term: STRESS (Physiology); Author-Supplied Keyword: Cold pressor; Author-Supplied Keyword: GSR.; Author-Supplied Keyword: Reaction times; Author-Supplied Keyword: Stress; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11236433&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sadler, Timothy G. AU - Wieland, Betty A. AU - Mefferd, Jr., Roy B. AU - Benton, Richard G. AU - McDaniel, C. Douglas T1 - MODIFICATION IN AUTONOMICALLY MEDIATED PHYSIOLOGICAL RESPONSES TO COLD PRESSOR BY COGNITIVE ACTIVITY: AN EXTENSION. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1967/10// VL - 4 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 229 EP - 230 SN - 00485772 AB - The SNS response decrement obtained by Mefferd and Wieland (1965) when a congitive task was imposed during a painful stimulus was reproduced with 15 Ss under conditions involving minimal motor activity. The results support the conclusion that cognitive activity per se was the major determinant of the decrement. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Psychophysiology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - GALVANIC skin response KW - COGNITIVE consistency KW - PAIN KW - STIMULUS generalization KW - CONDITIONED response KW - ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY KW - BSR. KW - Cognitive activity KW - Cold pressor KW - GSR KW - SNS KW - Stress N1 - Accession Number: 11237637; Sadler, Timothy G. 1 Wieland, Betty A. 1 Mefferd, Jr., Roy B. 1 Benton, Richard G. 1 McDaniel, C. Douglas 1; Affiliation: 1: Psychiatric and Psychosomatic Research Laboratory Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, Texas.; Source Info: Oct1967, Vol. 4 Issue 2, p229; Subject Term: GALVANIC skin response; Subject Term: COGNITIVE consistency; Subject Term: PAIN; Subject Term: STIMULUS generalization; Subject Term: CONDITIONED response; Subject Term: ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY; Author-Supplied Keyword: BSR.; Author-Supplied Keyword: Cognitive activity; Author-Supplied Keyword: Cold pressor; Author-Supplied Keyword: GSR; Author-Supplied Keyword: SNS; Author-Supplied Keyword: Stress; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11237637&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Rosse, Richard B. AU - Deutsch, Steven I. T1 - Hooked on Hormones. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1990/04/18/ VL - 263 IS - 15 M3 - Letter SP - 2048 EP - 2049 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a letter to the editor of the 'Journal of the American Medical Association,' commenting on the paper 'Hooked on hormones? An anabolic steroid addiction hypothesis,' by K. Kashkin and colleagues. KW - ANABOLIC steroids KW - TESTOSTERONE KW - HORMONES KW - STEROIDS N1 - Accession Number: 11020837; Rosse, Richard B. 1 Deutsch, Steven I. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, DC; Source Info: 4/18/90, Vol. 263 Issue 15, p2048; Subject Term: ANABOLIC steroids; Subject Term: TESTOSTERONE; Subject Term: HORMONES; Subject Term: STEROIDS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11020837&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Odell, Timothy W. AU - Green, Jon A. AU - Odell, T W AU - Green, J A T1 - Prolonged zidovudine therapy: confounded by Pneumocystis carinii prophylaxis? JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1990/03/23/ VL - 263 IS - 12 M3 - letter SP - 1635 EP - 1636 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a letter to the editor of the 'Journal of the American Medical Association,' about the role of zidovudine in enhancing survival and decreasing the frequency of opportunistic infections in patients with AIDS. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - AZT (Drug) KW - AIDS (Disease) KW - OPPORTUNISTIC infections -- Prevention KW - PNEUMOCYSTIS carinii pneumonia KW - PREVENTION KW - DRUG therapy KW - AIDS-related complex KW - THERAPEUTIC use N1 - Accession Number: 11020907; Odell, Timothy W. 1 Green, Jon A. 1 Odell, T W Green, J A; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center; Source Info: 3/23/90-3/30/90, Vol. 263 Issue 12, p1635; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: AZT (Drug); Subject Term: AIDS (Disease); Subject Term: OPPORTUNISTIC infections -- Prevention; Subject Term: PNEUMOCYSTIS carinii pneumonia; Subject Term: PREVENTION; Subject Term: DRUG therapy; Subject Term: AIDS-related complex; Subject Term: THERAPEUTIC use; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11020907&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Godefroid, Raymond J. AU - Godefroid, R J T1 - RU-486. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1990/02/16/ VL - 263 IS - 7 M3 - commentary SP - 947 EP - 948 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a letter to the editor commenting on article by Etienne-Emile Baullieu published in an issue of the periodical 'Journal of American Medical Association,' focused on the use of RU-486 progesterone receptor in abortion. KW - MIFEPRISTONE KW - ABORTION KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - CONCEPTION KW - MEDICAL ethics KW - RISK assessment N1 - Accession Number: 10983222; Godefroid, Raymond J. 1 Godefroid, R J; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center Pharmacy Services, St. Louis, Mo.; Source Info: 2/16/90, Vol. 263 Issue 7, p947; Subject Term: MIFEPRISTONE; Subject Term: ABORTION; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: CONCEPTION; Subject Term: MEDICAL ethics; Subject Term: RISK assessment; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: commentary UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10983222&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wright, David N. AU - Ledford, Dennis K. AU - Lockey, Richard F. AU - Wright, D N AU - Ledford, D K AU - Lockey, R F T1 - Systemic and local allergic reactions to the tine test purified protein derivative. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/12//12/1/89 VL - 262 IS - 21 M3 - case study SP - 2999 EP - 3000 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a letter to the editor reporting on systemic and local allergic reactions to the Tine Test Purified Protein Derivative, an epicutaneous skin test used to assess cell-mediated immunity to tuberculosis, published in the 'Journal of the American Medical Association'. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - TUBERCULOSIS KW - ALLERGY KW - DRUG-exanthems KW - TUBERCULIN test N1 - Accession Number: 10982381; Wright, David N. 1,2 Ledford, Dennis K. 1,2 Lockey, Richard F. 1,2 Wright, D N Ledford, D K Lockey, R F; Affiliation: 1: University of South Florida College of Medicine 2: James A. Haley Veterans Administration Hospital, Tampa; Source Info: 12/1/89, Vol. 262 Issue 21, p2999; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: TUBERCULOSIS; Subject Term: ALLERGY; Subject Term: DRUG-exanthems; Subject Term: TUBERCULIN test; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: case study UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10982381&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kaufman, Jeffrey L. AU - Kaufman, J L T1 - Interventional procedures in peripheral atherosclerotic disease. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/11/03/ VL - 262 IS - 17 M3 - commentary SP - 2387 EP - 2388 SN - 00987484 AB - Identifies two problems with the review of percutaneous transluminal angioplasty and other interventional procedures for peripheral atherosclerosis by David Widlus et al. KW - TRANSLUMINAL angioplasty KW - ATHEROSCLEROSIS KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - AMERICAN periodicals KW - INTERMITTENT claudication -- Treatment KW - ARTERIOSCLEROSIS -- Treatment N1 - Accession Number: 10975583; Kaufman, Jeffrey L. 1 Kaufman, J L; Affiliation: 1: Albany Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albany Medical College; Source Info: 11/3/89, Vol. 262 Issue 17, p2387; Subject Term: TRANSLUMINAL angioplasty; Subject Term: ATHEROSCLEROSIS; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: AMERICAN periodicals; Subject Term: INTERMITTENT claudication -- Treatment; Subject Term: ARTERIOSCLEROSIS -- Treatment; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: commentary UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10975583&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Graham, David Y. T1 - Peppers, Capsaicin, and the Gastric Mucosa. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/06/09/ VL - 261 IS - 22 M3 - Letter SP - 3244 EP - 3245 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a letter regarding the association between capsaicin administration and gastric mucosal injury. KW - CAPSAICIN KW - GASTRIC mucosa KW - DISEASES N1 - Accession Number: 10982467; Graham, David Y. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration medical Center, Baylor College of Medicine, Tex; Source Info: 6/9/89, Vol. 261 Issue 22, p3244; Subject Term: CAPSAICIN; Subject Term: GASTRIC mucosa; Subject Term: DISEASES; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10982467&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Holzer, Peter AU - Holzer, P T1 - Peppers, capsaicin, and the gastric mucosa. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/06/09/ VL - 261 IS - 22 M3 - letter SP - 3244 EP - 3245 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a letter regarding the physiological and pharmacologic aspects of capsaicin. KW - CAPSAICIN KW - PHYSIOLOGY KW - PHARMACOLOGY KW - ANIMALS KW - CONDIMENTS KW - GASTRIC mucosa KW - RATS N1 - Accession Number: 10982466; Holzer, Peter 1 Holzer, P; Affiliation: 1: University of California, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center; Source Info: 6/9/89, Vol. 261 Issue 22, p3244; Subject Term: CAPSAICIN; Subject Term: PHYSIOLOGY; Subject Term: PHARMACOLOGY; Subject Term: ANIMALS; Subject Term: CONDIMENTS; Subject Term: GASTRIC mucosa; Subject Term: RATS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 112990 All Other Animal Production; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10982466&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - O'Neill, Patricia J. T1 - Toward Smoke-Free VA Hospitals. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/06/09/ VL - 261 IS - 22 M3 - Letter SP - 3239 EP - 3240 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a letter regarding the establishment of smoke-free environment in all acute care Veterans Administration hospitals in the U.S. KW - NONSMOKING areas KW - VETERANS' hospitals KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 10982454; O'Neill, Patricia J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, Washington; Source Info: 6/9/89, Vol. 261 Issue 22, p3239; Subject Term: NONSMOKING areas; Subject Term: VETERANS' hospitals; Subject Term: UNITED States; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622111 General (except paediatric) hospitals; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10982454&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Edeburn, George AU - Hackett, Michael AU - Tow, Donald T1 - Hepatic vein dilatation as seen on single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) of the liver. JO - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine JF - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine Y1 - 1987/02// VL - 12 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 578 EP - 579 SN - 03406997 N1 - Accession Number: 71143224; Edeburn, George 1 Hackett, Michael 1 Tow, Donald 1; Affiliation: 1: Nuclear Medicine Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center and Joint Program in Nuclear Medicine, Harvard Medical School, 1400 V.F.W. Parkway West Roxbury USA; Source Info: Feb1987, Vol. 12 Issue 11, p578; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1007/BF00296102 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=71143224&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - O'Connor, Brain M. AU - Lawrence, William D. AU - Logue, Gerald L. AU - O'Connor, B M AU - Clifford, J S AU - Lawrence, W D AU - Logue, G L T1 - Alpha-interferon for severe cold agglutinin disease. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1989/08//8/1/89 VL - 111 IS - 3 M3 - journal article SP - 255 EP - 256 SN - 00034819 AB - Reports on the clinical and serologic response to recombinant alpha-interferon in a patient with severe cold agglutinin disease. Classification of cold agglutinin disease; Symptoms of the disease; Usefulness of alpha-interferon in the treatment of the disease; Aim of the therapy. KW - COLD agglutinin syndrome KW - PATIENTS KW - INTERFERONS N1 - Accession Number: 6948134; O'Connor, Brain M. Lawrence, William D. Logue, Gerald L. O'Connor, B M 1 Clifford, J S Lawrence, W D Logue, G L; Affiliation: 1: Buffalo Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York; Source Info: 8/1/89, Vol. 111 Issue 3, p255; Subject Term: COLD agglutinin syndrome; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: INTERFERONS; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: journal article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=6948134&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Arnaout, Mohammed A. AU - Garthwaite, Thomas L. AU - Krubsack, Arnold J. AU - Hagen, Thad C. T1 - Galactorrhea, Gynecomastia, and Hypothyroidism in a Man. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 106 IS - 5 M3 - Letter SP - 779 EP - 780 SN - 00034819 AB - A letter to the editor is presented that reports on a case of the occurrence of galactorrhea, gynecomastia, and hypothyroidism in a 59-year-old man with seronegative rheumatoid arthritis. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - LACTATION disorders KW - GYNECOMASTIA KW - HYPOTHYROIDISM -- Treatment KW - TREATMENT N1 - Accession Number: 51387344; Arnaout, Mohammed A. 1 Garthwaite, Thomas L. 1 Krubsack, Arnold J. 1 Hagen, Thad C. 1; Affiliation: 1: The Medical College of Wisconsin, and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Milwaukee, WI 53295; Source Info: May87, Vol. 106 Issue 5, p779; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: LACTATION disorders; Subject Term: GYNECOMASTIA; Subject Term: HYPOTHYROIDISM -- Treatment; Subject Term: TREATMENT; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=51387344&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Meyer, Laurence J. T1 - Psoriasis: The Application of Genetic Technology and Mapping. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 95 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 5S EP - 6S SN - 0022202X AB - Recent progress in molecular genetics has led to the creation of a map of the human genome utilizing RFLP. Given a sufficient family structure, genetic diseases can now be placed on this map. Genetic studies of psoriasis can both help resolve and be confounded by problems of disease heterogeneity, environmental effects on disease expression, and lack of a clear mode of inheritance. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PSORIASIS KW - MOLECULAR genetics KW - HUMAN genome KW - GENETIC disorders KW - GENE mapping KW - MOLECULAR biology N1 - Accession Number: 12505647; Meyer, Laurence J. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Division of Dermatology, Department of Internal Medicine, Salt Lake City Veterans Administration Medical Center, Salt Lake City, Utah, U.S.A. 2: University of Utah School of Medicine, Salt Lake City, Utah, U.S.A.; Source Info: Nov90, Vol. 95 Issue 5, p5S; Subject Term: PSORIASIS; Subject Term: MOLECULAR genetics; Subject Term: HUMAN genome; Subject Term: GENETIC disorders; Subject Term: GENE mapping; Subject Term: MOLECULAR biology; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12505647 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12505647&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Miyauchi, Shunji AU - Hashimoto, Ken T1 - Mitotic Activities of Normal Epidermal Langerhans Cells. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 92 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 120 EP - 121 SN - 0022202X AB - We have previously reported a sequence of events which occurs during the recovery phase of the murine epidermal Langerhans cells (ELCs) after ultraviolet-B irradiation. We found that an ATPase-positive round cell divides, dendrites are gradually formed, and paired dendritic cells are eventually separated as the post-irradiation time elapses. We wondered if a series of events similar to this might occur in the normal murine epidermis without irradiation. In this study, we could identify exactly the same phases of the ELC mitotic cycle in normal mouse ear skin. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CELL cycle KW - LANGERHANS cells KW - EPIDERMIS KW - ULTRAVIOLET radiation KW - DENDRITIC cells KW - LYMPHOID tissue N1 - Accession Number: 13071334; Miyauchi, Shunji 1 Hashimoto, Ken 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology and Syphiology, Wayne State University School of Medicine, Detroit. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Allen Park, Michigan. U.S.A.; Source Info: Jan1989, Vol. 92 Issue 1, p120; Subject Term: CELL cycle; Subject Term: LANGERHANS cells; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: ULTRAVIOLET radiation; Subject Term: DENDRITIC cells; Subject Term: LYMPHOID tissue; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep13071334 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=13071334&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Saurat, Jean-H. AU - Merot, Yves AU - Didierjean, Liliane AU - Dahl, Doris T1 - Normal Rabbit Merkel Cells Do Not Express Neurofilament Proteins. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1984/06// VL - 82 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 641 EP - 642 SN - 0022202X AB - Three hundred and five normal Merkel cells (MC) were studied in rabbit lip specimens by a double indirect immunofluorescence technique using both neurofilament (NF) antiserum and a monoclonal antibody to rabbit MC. NE proteins were not found to be expressed in MC. This suggests that MC are not neural cells and that NF-positive neuroendocrine carcinomas of the skin do not derive from MC. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MERKEL cells KW - RABBITS as laboratory animals KW - IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE KW - MONOCLONAL antibodies KW - CYTOPLASMIC filaments KW - CANCER KW - SKIN KW - PROTEINS N1 - Accession Number: 12261480; Saurat, Jean-H. 1 Merot, Yves 1 Didierjean, Liliane 1 Dahl, Doris 2; Affiliation: 1: Clinique de Dermatalogie, Hôpital Cantonal Universitaire, Geneva, Switzerland. 2: Harvard Medical School and Spinal Cord Injury Service, West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Center, Boston, Massachusetts, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jun84, Vol. 82 Issue 6, p641; Subject Term: MERKEL cells; Subject Term: RABBITS as laboratory animals; Subject Term: IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE; Subject Term: MONOCLONAL antibodies; Subject Term: CYTOPLASMIC filaments; Subject Term: CANCER; Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: PROTEINS; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12261480 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12261480&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Weiss, Virginia C. AU - van den Broek, Hans AU - Barrett, Shari AU - West, Dannis P. T1 - REPLY. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1983/10// VL - 81 IS - 4 M3 - Letter SP - 381 EP - 382 SN - 0022202X AB - Presents a reply from the editor on immunopathology of psoriasis, published in the 1983 issue of the "Journal of Investigative Dermatology." KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - PSORIASIS N1 - Accession Number: 12519998; Weiss, Virginia C. 1 van den Broek, Hans 1,2 Barrett, Shari 1 West, Dannis P. 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of Illinois, Chicago Health Sciences Center. 2: Hines Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois. 3: Departments of Dermatology and Pharmacy Practice, University of Illinois, Chicago Health Sciences Center.; Source Info: Oct83, Vol. 81 Issue 4, p381; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: PSORIASIS; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Letter L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12519998 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12519998&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Elias, Peter M. AU - Bonar, Laurence AU - Grayson, Stephen AU - Baden, Howard P. T1 - X-ray Diffraction Analysis of Stratum Corneum Membrane Couplets. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1983/03// VL - 80 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 213 EP - 214 SN - 0022202X AB - X-ray diffraction analysis was done on the membrane couplets isolated from newborn mouse stratum corneum. The same lipid reflections were observed for whole stratum corneum and couplets, adding further support to the thesis that stratum corneum lipid is intercellular in location rather than associated with the intracellular filamentous protein. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EPIDERMIS KW - SKIN KW - PROTEINS KW - LIPIDS KW - LIQUID nitrogen KW - ELECTRON microscopy N1 - Accession Number: 12534362; Elias, Peter M. 1 Bonar, Laurence 2 Grayson, Stephen 1 Baden, Howard P. 3; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, University of California School of Medicine, and Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco. 2: Laboratory, Study of Skeletal Disorders, Harvard Medical School and Children's Hospital Medical Center, 3: Department of Dermatology, Harvard Medical School, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts, U.S.A.; Source Info: Mar1983, Vol. 80 Issue 3, p213; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: SKIN; Subject Term: PROTEINS; Subject Term: LIPIDS; Subject Term: LIQUID nitrogen; Subject Term: ELECTRON microscopy; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12534362 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12534362&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - LIM, RAMON AU - MILLER, JOYCE F. T1 - Sequential Interaction of Glia Maturation Factor with Insulin. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1984/03/30/ VL - 223 IS - 4643 M3 - Article SP - 1419 EP - 1420 SN - 00368075 AB - Astroblasts in culture proliferated when exposed to glia maturation factor for at least 2 hours and then to insulin, but not when exposed in the reverse order. The sequential relation suggests that glia maturation factor is a competence factor. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 84672190; LIM, RAMON 1 MILLER, JOYCE F. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center and Department of Neurology, University of Iowa, Iowa City 52242; Source Info: 3/30/1984, Vol. 223 Issue 4643, p1419; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=84672190&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gomez, Edward C. T1 - Differential Effect of 13-cis-Retinoic Acid and an Aromatic Retinoid (Ro 10-9359) on the Sebaceous Glands of the Hamster Flank Organ. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1981/01// VL - 76 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 68 EP - 69 SN - 0022202X AB - The effect of subcutaneously administered 13-cis-retinoic acid and an aromatic retinoid (Ro 10-9359) on the sebaceous glands of the hamster flank organ were compared. As previously reported, 13-cis-retinoic acid caused a marked diminution of sebaceous gland size without affecting other androgen dependent structures. The aromatic retinoid derivative showed no effect upon any of the flank organ components. Studies utilizing androgen stimulated female confirmed our previous finding that 13-cis-retinoic acid prevented the growth of sebaceous glands without affecting the development of dermal pigmentation or large pigmented hair follicles. The aromatic retinoid derivative showed slight, if any, effect upon sebaceous gland size and no effect upon pigmentation or pigmented follicle development. The findings with this model system suggest that any efficacy of Ro 10-9359 in the treatment of acne would be by some mode other than the inhibition of sebum production. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ISOTRETINOIN KW - RETINOIDS KW - SEBACEOUS glands KW - HAMSTERS as laboratory animals KW - ANDROGENS KW - ANIMAL coloration KW - HAIR follicles N1 - Accession Number: 12524899; Gomez, Edward C. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Dermatology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York, New York. 2: Department of Dermatology, New York University School of Medicine, New York, New York, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jan1981, Vol. 76 Issue 1, p68; Subject Term: ISOTRETINOIN; Subject Term: RETINOIDS; Subject Term: SEBACEOUS glands; Subject Term: HAMSTERS as laboratory animals; Subject Term: ANDROGENS; Subject Term: ANIMAL coloration; Subject Term: HAIR follicles; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12524899 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12524899&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Adachi, Kenji AU - Aoyagi, Takashi AU - Nemoto, Osumu AU - Halprin, Kenneth M. AU - Levine, Victor T1 - Epidermal Cyclic GMP is Increased in Psoriasis Lesions. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1981/01// VL - 76 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 19 EP - 20 SN - 0022202X AB - Cyclic GMP levels in epidermis of normal subjects and of psoriatic patients were measured with a highly sensitive radioimmunoassay method. Technical improvements for the assay are 2-fold: (1) skin samples were frozen in vivo before biopsy and local injection of any anesthetic was avoided to overcome ischemia effect which could lower cyclic GMP artificially; (2) epidermis was microdissected to avoid contamination of dermis and keratin layers. The results show that on a per mg tissue dry weight basis the cyclic GMP levels are about 200 fmol in the involved lesional epidermis and 70 fmol in the uninvolved or normal epidermis. Similarly increases in the cyclic GMP levels in the lesional epidermis are observed when the data are expressed either on a DNA or protein basis. The cyclic GMP level in normal epidermis from nonpsoriatic subjects is the same as that in the uninvolved epidermis of psoriasis patients. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Investigative Dermatology is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CYCLIC guanylic acid KW - PSORIASIS KW - SKIN diseases KW - EPIDERMIS KW - RADIOIMMUNOASSAY KW - ISCHEMIA N1 - Accession Number: 12524471; Adachi, Kenji 1,2 Aoyagi, Takashi 1,2 Nemoto, Osumu 1,2 Halprin, Kenneth M. 1,2 Levine, Victor 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, U.S.A. 2: Department of Dermatology, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, U.S.A.; Source Info: Jan1981, Vol. 76 Issue 1, p19; Subject Term: CYCLIC guanylic acid; Subject Term: PSORIASIS; Subject Term: SKIN diseases; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Subject Term: RADIOIMMUNOASSAY; Subject Term: ISCHEMIA; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12524471 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12524471&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jordon, Robert E. T1 - Complement Activation in Pemphigus. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1980/05// VL - 74 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 357 EP - 358 SN - 0022202X AB - Pemphigus is an autoimmune disease, which affects the skin. By in vitro organ and tissue culture methods, acantholysis has been produced in both whole skin explants and in epidermal cell monolayers. The process has also been shown not to require components of the complement system. By direct immunofluorescence staining, C3 deposition is present in early acantholytic pemphigus lesions in addition to immunoglobulin G. The complement system includes the presence of low total hemolytic in pemphigus blister fluids when compared to serum complement levels and other serum and blister fluid proteins. KW - PEMPHIGUS KW - COMPLEMENT activation KW - ENZYME activation KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases KW - PROTEINS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G N1 - Accession Number: 12543739; Jordon, Robert E. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Cutaneous Immunopathology Unit and Research Service, Veterans Administration Center, Wood (Milwaukee), Wisconsin. 2: Dermatology Section, Department of Medicine, The Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.; Source Info: May80, Vol. 74 Issue 5, p357; Subject Term: PEMPHIGUS; Subject Term: COMPLEMENT activation; Subject Term: ENZYME activation; Subject Term: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Subject Term: PROTEINS; Subject Term: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12543739 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12543739&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Taffet, Georgia E. AU - Teasdale, Thomas A. AU - Luchi, Robert J. T1 - In Reply. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/03/17/ VL - 261 IS - 11 M3 - Letter SP - 1581 EP - 1582 SN - 00987484 AB - Replies to comments made by Evers et al, Gregory and Dunn, and Draur on the article 'In-Hospital Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation.' KW - CPR (First aid) KW - HOSPITAL care KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - AMERICAN periodicals N1 - Accession Number: 10976035; Taffet, Georgia E. 1 Teasdale, Thomas A. 1 Luchi, Robert J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Houston, Tex.; Source Info: 3/17/89, Vol. 261 Issue 11, p1581; Subject Term: CPR (First aid); Subject Term: HOSPITAL care; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: AMERICAN periodicals; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10976035&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Goldberg, Norma Boone AU - Luck, Tedford C. AU - Prochazka, Allan V. AU - Joseph, Anne T1 - Toward Smoke-Free VA Hospitals. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/01/06/ VL - 261 IS - 1 M3 - Letter SP - 43 EP - 44 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a letter to the editor of the January 6, 1989 issue of the 'Journal of the American Medical Association,' praising the staff and patients of the Minneapolis Veterans Administration Medical Center for making their hospital a smoke-free, healthy environment. KW - NONSMOKING areas KW - VETERANS' hospitals KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - MINNEAPOLIS (Minn.) KW - MINNESOTA KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 10949517; Goldberg, Norma Boone 1 Luck, Tedford C. 2 Prochazka, Allan V. 2 Joseph, Anne 3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Health Sciences/The Chicago Medical School 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Colorado Health Sciences Center, Denver 3: Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Minnesota; Source Info: 1/6/89, Vol. 261 Issue 1, p43; Subject Term: NONSMOKING areas; Subject Term: VETERANS' hospitals; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: MINNEAPOLIS (Minn.); Subject Term: MINNESOTA; Subject Term: UNITED States; NAICS/Industry Codes: 622111 General (except paediatric) hospitals; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10949517&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weiss, D. S. AU - Taylor, J. R. T. T1 - Treatment of generalized pruritus in an HIV-positive patient with UVB phototherapy. JO - Clinical & Experimental Dermatology JF - Clinical & Experimental Dermatology Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 15 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 316 EP - 317 SN - 03076938 AB - This article focuses on the treatment of generalized pruritus in an HIV-positive patient with UVB phototherapy. The pruritus is idiopathic, resistant to conventional therapy, and may be accompanied by scattered prurigo nodules or by a more diffuse papular eruption. UVB phototherapy has been reported to be successful in the treatment of generalized pruritus associated with uraemia and cholestatic liver disease, although the mechanism of action is unclear. KW - ITCHING KW - HIV-positive persons KW - PHOTOTHERAPY KW - UREMIA N1 - Accession Number: 11540897; Weiss, D. S. 1 Taylor, J. R. T. 1; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, Miami Veterans Administration Medical Center and Jackson Memorial Hospital, University of Miami School of Medicine, PO Box 016250, R-250 Miami, FL 33101, USA.; Source Info: Jul90, Vol. 15 Issue 4, p316; Subject Term: ITCHING; Subject Term: HIV-positive persons; Subject Term: PHOTOTHERAPY; Subject Term: UREMIA; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2230.ep11540897 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11540897&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104788652 T1 - Anaesthetic properties of dimethylthiourea. AU - Koblin, D D AU - Laster, M J AU - Liu, J Y1 - 1993/04// N1 - Accession Number: 104788652. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20161127. Publication Type: journal article; research. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Europe; Peer Reviewed; UK & Ireland. Grant Information: NIA PO1 AG3104/AG/NIA NIH HHS/United States. NLM UID: 0372541. KW - Anesthesia, General KW - Indicators and Reagents KW - Animals KW - Dose-Response Relationship, Drug KW - Drug Synergism KW - Isoflurane KW - Male KW - Mice KW - Movement -- Drug Effects KW - Posture -- Physiology KW - Rats KW - Reflex -- Drug Effects SP - 456 EP - 458 JO - BJA: The British Journal of Anaesthesia JF - BJA: The British Journal of Anaesthesia JA - BR J ANAESTH VL - 70 IS - 4 PB - Oxford University Press / USA AB - We have examined dimethylthiourea, a potent scavenger of free radicals, for its anaesthetic properties in mice and rats. In mice, dimethylthiourea abolished the righting reflex at intraperitoneal doses greater than 1.5 mg g-1 bodyweight; in rats, it decreased the MAC value for isoflurane in a dose-dependent fashion. Dimethylthiourea 0.5 g kg-1 decreased isoflurane MAC by 23%; at a dose of 2.0-4.0 g kg-1, it abolished the response to tail clamp. Doses of 4.0 g kg-1 were lethal in the presence of isoflurane. A serum concentration of dimethylthiourea approximately 1 mg ml-1 produced a 50% reduction in isoflurane MAC. These anaesthetic properties of dimethylthiourea may influence experimental studies that examine the biochemical and physiological properties of this agent. SN - 0007-0912 AD - Department of Anesthesia, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, CA 94121. U2 - PMID: 8499210. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104788652&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Turano, A.; AU - Aspinall, S.; AU - Hruska, B.; AU - Good, C.; T1 - Drug-Chek: computerized drug/laboratory interaction program CT - Drug-Chek: computerized drug/laboratory interaction program JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1992/12/01/ VL - 27 IS - Dec SP - P EP - D AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Pharmacy Dept. 119, University Drive, Pittsburgh, PA 15240, USA N1 - Accession Number: 30-01597; Language: English; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Information Processing and Literature; Institutional Pharmacy Practice N2 - Drug-Chek is a computer program designed to describe the influence a patient's medications can have on clinical laboratory tests. Drug-Chek interacts with a drug/laboratory knowledge base, and a patient's medication and laboratory databases to produce a report. When an abnormal laboratory value is generated, the knowledge base is scanned. If the patient is taking a medication that can affect the laboratory result, a short message is generated describing the nature and incidence of the influence. Drug-Chek improves the quality of patient care, reduces healthcare costs, and serves as an educational tool for physicians. KW - Practice Interest Areas--Computer Systems--meeting presentations; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--computers; KW - Computers--programs--hospital pharmacy, Drug-Chek; KW - Pharmacy, institutional, hospital--computers--Drug-Chek; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=30-01597&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Leonard, A. E.; AU - Boro, M. S.; T1 - Re-evaluation of vancomycin pharmacokinetic parameters CT - Re-evaluation of vancomycin pharmacokinetic parameters JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1992/12/01/ VL - 27 IS - Dec SP - P EP - E AD - Veterans Administration, 150 Muir Road, Pharmacy (119), Martinez, CA 94553, USA N1 - Accession Number: 30-01348; Language: English; Chemical Name: Vancomycin--1404-90-6; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Methodology; Drug Metabolism and Body Distribution N2 - This investigation was undertaken to determine new vancomycin pharmacokinetic parameters for volume of distribution (Vd) and clearance (Cl) because predicted levels were frequently different from measured levels. Patients who received vancomycin and had levels drawn between 8/13/90 and 10/4/91 were divided into two groups. Bayesian predictions for Group I patients were used to determine new parameters. Group II patients were used to test the new parameters and compare their performance to accepted population based parameters (Vd=0.70 L/kg, Cl=0.65 ClCr). Volume of distribution could not be evaluated due to inadequate sample size. The new factor for vancomycin clearance was 0.90 and was more precise and less biased than the population factor. The new parameter is useful in predicting dosage regimens for patients starting vancomycin therapy. KW - Vancomycin--pharmacokinetics-; KW - Practice Interest Areas--Clinical Pharmacokinetics--meeting presentations; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--vancomycin pharmacokinetics; KW - Drugs, body distribution--vancomycin--pharmacokinetics; KW - Excretion--vancomycin--pharmacokinetics; KW - Methodology--vancomycin--pharmacokinetics; KW - Pharmacokinetics--pharmacy services--vancomycin excretion; KW - Blood levels--vancomycin--pharmacokinetics, excretion; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=30-01348&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Makooi-Morehead, M.; AU - Adler, K.; AU - Donati, E.; T1 - Development of a pharmacist-run anticonvulsant clinic at a VA Medical Center CT - Development of a pharmacist-run anticonvulsant clinic at a VA Medical Center JO - ASHP Annual Meeting JF - ASHP Annual Meeting Y1 - 1992/06/01/ VL - 49 IS - Jun SP - MCS EP - -20 AD - Philadelphia Veterans Administration Medical Center, Pharmacy Service (119), University and Woodland Avenues, Philadelphia, PA 19104, USA N1 - Accession Number: 29-06911; Language: English; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Institutional Pharmacy Practice N2 - The objective of this case is to describe the development of an anticonvulsant drug clinic run by a clinical pharmacist under the direction of the Neurology Service. The need for an anticonvulsant clinic was identified following an inspection of our adverse drug reaction (ADR) reports. For the year ending 1991, 33 ADRs were reported in patients receiving anticonvulsant therapy. No other class of drugs resulted in the reporting of more ADRs than anticonvulsants did. Based on these findings, the Pharmacy Department, in conjunction with the P&T Committee, determined that a plan for decreasing the number of ADRs and toxicities must be proposed. A proposal from the Pharmacy Service for the establishment of an anticonvulsant drug clinic run by a clinical pharmacist, under the direction of the chief of Neurology was presented to the Neurology Service for consideration. Although prevention of ADRs was the primary focus for starting an anticonvulsant clinic, additional findings were also presented to the Neurology Service as rationale for provision of this new service provided by a clinical pharmacist. Final approval of the proposal has been granted. Presently, we are in the process of recruiting a clinical pharmacist to organize and set up this new service. A complete discussion of the goals and objectives along with the rationale for implementing this clinic will be presented. KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--anticonvulsant clinics; KW - Pharmacy, institutional, hospital--services--anticonvulsant clinics; KW - Clinical pharmacy--anticonvulsants--clinic; KW - Anticonvulsants--monitoring--clinical pharmacists, clinics; KW - Clinical pharmacists--hospitals--anticonvulsant clinics; KW - Management Case Studies--meeting presentations; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=29-06911&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR AU - Virgo, John M. AU - Virgo, Kathy S. AD - Southern IL U, Edwardsville AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, St Louis T1 - The Challenge of 1992 Europe JO - Atlantic Economic Journal JF - Atlantic Economic Journal Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 18 IS - 3 SP - 1 EP - 7 SN - 01974254 N1 - Accession Number: 0241111; Geographic Descriptors: EEC; Geographic Region: Europe; Publication Type: Journal Article; Update Code: 199106 L3 - http://link.springer.com/journal/volumesAndIssues/11293 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ecn&AN=0241111&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - http://link.springer.com/journal/volumesAndIssues/11293 DP - EBSCOhost DB - ecn ER - TY - CHAP AU - Garber, Alan M. AU - MaCurdy, Thomas AD - Stanford U, Palo Alto Veterans Administration Center, and NBER AD - Hoover Institution and NBER A2 - Wise, David A. T1 - Predicting Nursing Home Utilization among the High-Risk Elderly T2 - Issues in the economics of aging PB - A National Bureau of Economic Research Project Report PB - Chicago and London: PB - University of Chicago Press Y1 - 1990/// SP - 173 EP - 200 N1 - Accession Number: 0285582; Reviewed Book ISBN: 0-226-09297-8; ; Geographic Descriptors: U.S.; Geographic Region: Northern America; Publication Type: Collective Volume Article; Update Code: 199306 KW - Economics of Aging 9180 KW - Economics of Health (including medical subsidy programs) 9130 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ecn&AN=0285582&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ecn ER - TY - GEN AU - Manfield, Manuel N. T1 - SIMILARITY BETWEEN AMERICAN AND BRITISH EXPERIENCE WITH MAIL RETURNS. JO - Public Opinion Quarterly JF - Public Opinion Quarterly Y1 - 1949///Fall49 VL - 13 IS - 3 M3 - Letter SP - 563 EP - 564 SN - 0033362X AB - Presents a letter to the editor about the similarity between American and British experience with mail surveys, published in the September 1949 issue of the journal "Public Opinion Quarterly." KW - Letters to the editor KW - Mail surveys N1 - Accession Number: 11927236; Manfield, Manuel N. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration.; Issue Info: Fall49, Vol. 13 Issue 3, p563; Thesaurus Term: Letters to the editor; Subject Term: Mail surveys; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ufh&AN=11927236&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ufh ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Piccolo, M. L.; AU - Toossi, Z.; AU - Goldman, M.; T1 - Effect of co-administration of a nutritional supplement (Resource) on the absorption of ciprofloxacin CT - Effect of co-administration of a nutritional supplement (Resource) on the absorption of ciprofloxacin JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1991/12/01/ VL - 26 IS - Dec SP - P EP - R AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Pharmacy Dept., 10701 East Blvd., Cleveland, OH 44106, USA N1 - Accession Number: 29-00537; Language: English; Chemical Name: Ciprofloxacin--85721-33-1; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Interactions; Drug Metabolism and Body Distribution N2 - The purpose of this study is to determine the relative bioavailability of ciprofloxacin administered concurrently with a nutritional supplement (Resource). Six healthy volunteers after an overnight fast will take a 750 mg tablet of ciprofloxacin with either 240 ml Resource or water in a prospective, randomized, crossover evaluation. Blood samples will be collected at 0.0, 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 4, 6, 8, 12, and 24 hours after drug administration. Volunteers will skip breakfast the morning of the study but receive a standard meal at noon and dinner consisting of 12 grams of fat, 45 grams of protein, and 60 grams of carbohydrate. After a one week washout, volunteers will cross over to the remaining treatment. Serum will be harvested from clotted blood samples by centrifugation at 20,000 r.p.m. for 15 minutes and remain frozen until assay is performed by Miles Pharmaceuticals. Data will be analyzed by calculating the total area under the concentration time curve obtained from the trapezoid rule with extrapolation to time infinity using the last measured concentration and the terminal elimination rate constant. Visual inspection of the serum c ncentration time curve will be used to estimate time to maximum serum concentration as well as maximum serum concentration. Results will be compared between treatments by using the student t-test with statistical significance considered p\LT/0.05. KW - Ciprofloxacin--interactions-; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--ciprofloxacin-nutrition interaction; KW - Nutrition--interactions--ciprofloxacin; KW - Drug interactions--ciprofloxacin and nutrition--absorption; KW - Drug interactions--nutrition and ciprofloxacin--absorption; KW - Practice Interest Areas--Clinical Pharmacokinetics--meeting presentations; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=29-00537&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Capano, D. W.; AU - Korman, L. B.; AU - Gramer, E.; T1 - Open trial of intravenous droperidol in the prevention of nausea and vomiting associated with non-cisplatin based chemotherapy CT - Open trial of intravenous droperidol in the prevention of nausea and vomiting associated with non-cisplatin based chemotherapy JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1991/12/01/ VL - 26 IS - Dec SP - P EP - E AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, 555 Willard Avenue, Newington, CT 06111, USA N1 - Accession Number: 29-00482; Language: English; Chemical Name: Droperidol--548-73-2 Cyclophosphamide--6055-19-2 Doxorubicin--23214-92-8; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Toxicity N2 - An open pilot study was conducted to determine the efficacy and safety of droperidol in the prevention of nausea and vomiting associated with cyclophosphamide and/or doxorubicin based chemotherapy. Sixteen patients receiving cyclophosphamide 2600 mg/sq m and/or doxorubicin 240 mg/sq m were enrolled; 15 patients were evaluable for response. Droperidol 4 mg was given intravenously 0.5 hours prior to chemotherapy and 4 hours after the start of chemotherapy. The number of emetic episodes, the severity and duration of nausea, and side effects were evaluated during the 24 hour study period. The average number of emetic episodes (\PM/SD) was 1.3\PM/2.5. Twelve of the 15 patients (80%) achieved a major response (0-2 episodes of emesis) with 11/15 (73%) having complete control of emesis. One patient had a partial response (3-4 episodes of emesis) and two patients were non-responders (\GT/4 episodes of emesis). The average duration of nausea (\PM/SD) was 4.87\PM/7.59 hours. Of the eleven patients who were not chemotherapy naive, 6/11 (55%) felt droperidol was not more effective than past anti-emetics while 4/11 (36%) felt droperidol was more effective. In sixteen patients evaluable for safety sedation occurred in 10 patients (63%) and was mild in 7. One patient experienced mild diarrhea and three patients complained of restlessness. Droperidol appears to be a useful and cost effective agent to prevent nausea and vomiting associated with cyclophosphamide and/or doxorubicin based regimens. KW - Droperidol--nausea-; KW - Cyclophosphamide--toxicity-; KW - Doxorubicin--toxicity-; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--droperidol prophylaxis, antineoplastic toxicity; KW - Antineoplastic agents--toxicity--droperidol prophylaxis; KW - Toxicity--antineoplastic agents--droperidol prophylaxis; KW - Practice Interest Areas--Oncology--meeting presentations; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=29-00482&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - O'Donovan, C. A.; AU - White, M.; AU - Fan-Havard, P.; T1 - Retrospective review of the incidence of seizures with imipenem therapy CT - Retrospective review of the incidence of seizures with imipenem therapy JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1991/12/01/ VL - 26 IS - Dec SP - P EP - R AD - Department of Veterans Administration Medical Center, East Orange (EOVAMC), NJ 07019, USA and Department of Pharmacy Practice and Administration, College of Pharmacy, Rutgers Univ., P.O. Box 789, Piscataway, NJ 08855-0789, USA N1 - Accession Number: 29-00374; Language: English; Chemical Name: Imipenem--74431-23-5; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Toxicity N2 - The objective of this study is to identify potential predisposing factors contributing to imipenem-associated seizures by retrospectively evaluating all patients who received imipenem therapy at the EOVAMC from August 1988 to December 1990. A list of patients who have received imipenem therapy at the EOVAMC since August 1988 will be generated from the IV pharmacy computer. The medical records department will procure the charts of these patients for review. The following data will be collected: age, sex, weight, drug allergies, history of any underlying central nervous system disorders, diagnosis, site of infection, isolated pathogens, the indicated use of imipenem (empiric, therapeutic or prophylactic), and the dosages of imipenem and other concurrent medications. Body weight, age, sex and serum creatinine values will be used to calculate the creatinine clearance based on the Cockcroft and Gault equation. An in depth chart review will be conducted for all patients who experienced seizures while receiving imipenem therapy. Logistic regression will be used to correlate risk factors with imipenem-associated seizures. KW - Imipenem--toxicity-; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--imipenem-induced seizures; KW - Seizures--imipenem--toxicity; KW - Toxicity--imipenem--seizures; KW - Practice Interest Areas--Infectious Disease--meeting presentations; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=29-00374&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Simkin, S. A.; AU - O'Donovan, C. A.; AU - Fan-Havard, P.; T1 - Impact of pharmacy education on the understanding of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) pathogenesis and medication compliance in AIDS patients CT - Impact of pharmacy education on the understanding of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) pathogenesis and medication compliance in AIDS patients JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1991/12/01/ VL - 26 IS - Dec SP - P EP - R AD - Department of Veterans Administration Medical Center, East Orange, NJ, and Department of Pharmacy Practice and Administration, College of Pharmacy, Rutgers Univ., P.O. Box 789, Piscataway, NJ 08855-0789, USA N1 - Accession Number: 29-00159; Language: English; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Institutional Pharmacy Practice; Drug Evaluations N2 - The objectives of our study are 1) to assess the understanding of disease pathogenesis and medication of HIV positive or AIDS patients, and, 2) to compare retention of information and compliance of medication between patients with and without pharmacy education intervention. In non-AIDS patients, it has been shown that medication compliance inversely relates to the number of medications. Multiple drug therapy increases the incidence of adverse reactions and drug-drug interactions. Patients with HIV infections or AIDS are often on multiple antimicrobial agents for treatment and/or prophylaxis of various opportunistic infections (OI). Medication noncompliance has resulted in failures or relapses of tuberculosis in AIDS patients. There are no data on the impact of pharmacy education with medication compliance. The failure treating OI may be, at least in part, due to poor compliance and lack of medication education. A total of 50 patients, diagnosed with HIV infection or AIDS and receiving drug therapy for OI, will be randomized to one of two groups: education intervention or no patient counseling. Pre- and post-tests will be administered to assess the value of pharmacy education. Compliance will be determined from patients' medication diaries and pill c unt. The pre- and post-tests scores will be analyzed and compared between those patients receiving education and control using ANOVA. Medication compliance will be assessed between the two groups using student distribution test for matched pairs. KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--compliance, pharmacists consultation; KW - Patient information--consultation--effects, compliance, HIV infections therapy; KW - Pharmacists--consultation--effects, compliance, HIV infections therapy; KW - Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome--therapy--patient compliance, pharmacists consultation; KW - Compliance--patients--HIV infections therapy, pharmacists consultation; KW - Practice Interest Areas--Infectious Disease--meeting presentations; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=29-00159&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Barreuther, C. J.; AU - Trausch, D. E.; T1 - Charging for investigational drug service based upon impact rating CT - Charging for investigational drug service based upon impact rating JO - ASHP Annual Meeting JF - ASHP Annual Meeting Y1 - 1991/06/01/ VL - 48 IS - Jun SP - P EP - D AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, South Sixth Avenue, Tucson, AZ 85723, USA N1 - Accession Number: 28-07135; Language: English; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Sociology, Economics and Ethics; Institutional Pharmacy Practice N2 - Several studies have described the development and funding of pharmacy-based investigational drug service. However, no specific reports have addressed reimbursement based upon impact on the pharmacy service. The purpose of this report is to describe reimbursement procedures for investigational drug studies at the Tucson Veterans Administration Medical Center. The reimbursement system classifies each study based upon its workload impact to the pharmacy service. The drug study's impact is assessed and points are allocated to the variety of workload factors. This system provides for consistency in study evaluation and fee assessment by the pharmacy department. The revenue generated from investigational studies now supports a pharmacy technician and defrays the cost of pharmacy staff educational activities. KW - Practice Interest Areas--Administrative Practice--meeting presentations; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--investigational drug reimbursement; KW - Drugs, investigational--reimbursement--hospital pharmacy; KW - Pharmacy, institutional, hospital--administration--investigational drug services, reimbursement; KW - Clinical studies--economics--hospital pharmacy; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=28-07135&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR AU - Feifel, Herman T1 - INVENTING THE AMERICAN WAY OF DEATH, 1830-1920 (Book). JO - Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion JF - Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion Y1 - 1981/12// VL - 20 IS - 4 M3 - Book Review SP - 392 EP - 393 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 00218294 N1 - Accession Number: 4900363; Feifel, Herman 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Los Angeles, California.; Source Info: Dec81, Vol. 20 Issue 4, p392; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4900363&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Phillips, Edmund J. T1 - A Review of the Life Satisfaction in the Elderly Scale. JO - Journal of Counseling & Development JF - Journal of Counseling & Development Y1 - 1986/04// VL - 64 IS - 8 M3 - Book Review SP - 542 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 07489633 AB - Reviews the book "Life Satisfaction in the Elderly Scale," by M.J. Salamon and V.A. Conte. KW - SATISFACTION KW - NONFICTION KW - SALAMON, M. J. KW - CONTE, V. A. KW - LIFE Satisfaction in the Elderly Scale (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 4966799; Phillips, Edmund J. 1; Affiliation: 1: Chief, Psychology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Tacoma, Washington.; Source Info: Apr86, Vol. 64 Issue 8, p542; Subject Term: SATISFACTION; Subject Term: NONFICTION; Reviews & Products: LIFE Satisfaction in the Elderly Scale (Book); People: SALAMON, M. J.; People: CONTE, V. A.; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=4966799&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Williams, P. J.; AU - Mergener, M.; AU - Nakamoto, C.; T1 - Quinidine population pharmacokinetics: direct comparison of three methods CT - Quinidine population pharmacokinetics: direct comparison of three methods JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1990/12/01/ VL - 25 IS - Dec SP - P EP - E AD - University of the Pacific, Stockton, CA and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, CA, USA N1 - Accession Number: 28-00876; Language: English; Chemical Name: Quinidine--56-54-2; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Methodology; Drug Metabolism and Body Distribution N2 - The purpose of this study was to compare the ability of three different methods of calculating quinidine population clearance and apparent volume of distribution to predict serum quinidine concentrations (SQC). Data were collected from 25 patients (18 male and 7 female). Three methods were used to estimate quinidine clearance and apparent volume of distribution. For each method and measured concentration a predicted concentration was generated using the rule of superposition and the three methods. All pharmacokinetic models assumed first order elimination and for oral doses first order absorption. Prediction error (PE) was used to estimate bias and absolute prediction error (ABPE) to assess precision. Between method comparisons for ABPE were done via nonparametric randomized block ANOVA. For Method I mean prediction error (MPE) was \-/1.61 mcg/ml with 95% confidence interval (CI) of (\-/2.03, \-/1.21) and median ABPE of 1.74; Method II MPE was \-/0.80 mcg/ml with CI of (\-/1.16, \-/0.44) and median ABPE of 1.06; Method III MPE was 0.10 mcg/ml with CI of (\-/0.33, 0.53)and median ABPE of 0.91. Only Method III was able to predict SQCs without bias and had good precision. Calculations of Clq from method I or Method II may result in an overestimation of quinidine clearance and therefore an overestimation of initial quinidine maintenance doses. KW - Quinidine--pharmacokinetics-; KW - Practice Interest Areas--Cardiovascular/Critical Care--meeting presentations; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--quinidine population pharmacokinetics; KW - Excretion--quinidine--population pharmacokinetics; KW - Methodology--quinidine--population pharmacokinetics; KW - Dosage--quinidine--population pharmacokinetics; KW - Calculations--quinidine--population pharmacokinetics; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=28-00876&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Korman, L.; T1 - Prostate cancer: recent trends in hormonal therapy CT - Prostate cancer: recent trends in hormonal therapy JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1990/12/01/ VL - 25 IS - Dec SP - PI EP - 63 AD - Clinical Pharmacist, Newington Veterans Administration Medical Center, 555 Willard Avenue, Newington, CT 06111, USA N1 - Accession Number: 28-00800; Language: English; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Pharmacology N2 - Prostate cancer is the leading cause of cancer in males and accounts for 11% of all cancer deaths in men. Survival is based upon the initial stage of the disease, tumor differentiation, and possibly levels of prostate specific antigen. Androgen ablation is the cornerstone of the treatment of metastatic disease. Some 70-80% of patients respond to hormonal therapy for periods of up to three years. Standard hormonal therapy consists of androgen ablation through one of several methods: bilateral orchiectomy (the surgical removal of the testicles), suppression of pituitary gonadotrophin release by the administration of exogenous estrogens and luteinizing-hormone releasing hormone (LHRH) agonists, adrenalectomy and hypophysectomy. Efficacy among various hormonal therapies are equivalent although side effects and cost differ markedly. Future research has been directed towards improving survival, and delaying time to progression. Several theories regarding the cause of treatment failure ith hormonal therapy exist. New drugs, such as antiandrogens have been developed in the hope of reducing side effects associated with established hormonal agents. The combination of antiandrogens and medical or surgical androgen ablation, termed "total androgen blockage'' is undergoing extensive investigation. The results of recent trials involving total androgen blockage and the administration of antiandrogens as monotherapy will be discussed. KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--prostatic neoplasms therapy; KW - Prostatic neoplasms--hormones--therapy; KW - Antineoplastic agents--prostatic neoplasms--therapy; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=28-00800&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Laven, D. L.; T1 - Overview of gastric scintigraphy: radiopharmaceuticals, procedures, and drug interactions CT - Overview of gastric scintigraphy: radiopharmaceuticals, procedures, and drug interactions JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1990/12/01/ VL - 25 IS - Dec SP - SPG EP - -20 AD - Nuclear Pharmacy, Veterans Administration Medical Center, P.O. Box 636, Bay Pines, FL 33504, USA N1 - Accession Number: 28-00791; Language: English; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Drug Interactions N2 - Gastric scintigraphic testing procedures are usually performed using any number of different radiolabeled solid and liquid meals, either alone or in combination. Although many different approaches have been used over the years when studying gastric emptying, snall bowel transit, colonic transit, esophageal transit and gastroesophageal reflux, variables focusing attention on the need for standardization of procedures have become all important. Variables requiring standardization within a given testing approach taken include: 1) the development of control values; 2) posture of the patient during testing; 3) the specific caloric content of the radiolabeled meal(s) used during testing; and 4) the avoidance of medications and other intervening factors that could potentially influence the outcome of study results. A variety of radionuclide markers have been used with respect to either the liquid and/or solid phase of the test meal(s) in gastric scintigraphy, such as Cesium Cs-129, Chro ium Cr-51, Indium In-111, Indium In-113m, Iodine I-131 and Technetium Tc99m, to mention a few. Over the years, a variety of meal types have been utilized in conjunction with the radionuclide marker, such as eggs, oatmeal, cornflakes with milk, orange juice, cream, water, potatoes, bread, cellulose fiber, ion exchange resin and chicken liver to mention a few. Radiolabeled liquids may be administered with solid meals (which in themselves may either be radiolabeled or not), and they may either be nutrient or non-nutrient in nature. The nutrient nature of the liquid component of a dual liquid-solid test meal can have a significant effect on the emptying profile for solids from the stomach, and thus, forms the basis for the need for standardization of variable associated with the testing procedure. Gastric emptying of solid test meals generally occurs in two phases: 1) an initial lag phase (during which time the meal is retained in the stomach and broken down into small particles), and 2) a linear post-lag phase. In contrast, liquid meals generally empty in an exponential manner. The emptying profile of the solid meal can be affected by the physical nature of the solid component utilized. Additionally, once homogenization and digestion of the radiolabeled solid occurs in the stomach, the radiolabel can then leak off the solid component, and then empty with the liquid phase inducing an element of error when analyzing test results. To overcome this problem, several investigators prefer to use a radionuclide marker coupled to a non-digestible solid material such as cellulose fiber and ion exchange resin pellets. This approach appears to be adequately suited for gastric emptying, small bowel transit and colonic transit studies. Abnormalities in the outcome of gastric testing approaches have been recognized as important predictors/determinants in certain diseases of the stomach, bowel and esophagus. For example, delayed transfer of gastric contents to the doudenum is relat vely common in patients with diabetes mellitus, pyloric stenosis, gastric ulcer, viral gastroenteritis, gastroesophageal reflux and malignant disease of the stomach. Rapid gastric emptying, which occurs less frequently, may be associated with pyloroplasty, hemigastrectomy, doudenal ulcer, Zollinger-Ellison syndrome and hyperthyroidism. Because of this association between altered motility and specific pathology, it is important for diagnosticians and pharmacists alike, to be aware of the inherent limitations associated with the use of various gastric test meals and the potential effects that concurrent drug therapy can have in differentiating true pathology from drug-induced alterations in gastric behavior of the test meals in patients. For example, drugs such as bethanecol, propranolol, metoclopramide, domperidone, and ethanol can accelerate gastric emptying behavior via either a parasympathetic stimulation, sympathetic antagonism, or dopamine antagonism in terms of mechanism of inte acti KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--scintigraphy; KW - Scintigraphy--radiopharmaceuticals--drug interactions; KW - Drug interactions--radiopharmaceuticals--scintigraphy; KW - Gastric emptying--radiopharmaceuticals--drug interactions; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=28-00791&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Laven, D. L.; T1 - Drug interactions with radiopharmaceuticals and radiopaque contrast agents CT - Drug interactions with radiopharmaceuticals and radiopaque contrast agents JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1990/12/01/ VL - 25 IS - Dec SP - PI EP - 27 AD - Nuclear Pharmacy Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, P.O. Box 636, Bay Pines, Florida 33504, USA N1 - Accession Number: 28-00709; Language: English; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Drug Interactions; Pharmacology N2 - Since the 1950's, the use of radioactive materials in medicine have steadily found their place within the specialty areas of nuclear medicine and radiology. The first radiotracers were often radioisotopes of biologically relevant elements such as iodine or calcium, and the biorouting of these agents depended largely upon the elemental properties of the radionuclide (i.e. sodium or chloride salts of the radioactive metals), with the non-radioactive portion of the drug having little effect upon it biological behavior. Over the past four decades, many different radionuclides have been employed as isotopic labeling agents to a variety of chemical, drug and protein entities, permitting tissue-specificity in terms of the agents' localization following patient administration, as well as, an expanding list of approved medical diagnostic and therapeutic applications. Because of these developments, the term ""radiotracer" eventually gave way to the term ""radioactive pharmaceutical'' or "r diopharmaceutical'' (a specialized class of legend drug), and although as a drug, it may be assumed that the agent possesses therapeutic properties, the vast majority of radiopharmaceuticals are employed for use in diagnostic in vivo or in vitro studies. Only a limited number of radiopharmaceuticals are specifically designed and administered in quantities that impart a therapeutic outcome following their administration to patients. Radiopaque contrast media is typically classified according to the general organ system or anatomic location for which its use is intended (i.e. angiographic, urographic, myelographic, etc). And in general, radiopaque contrast agents can be described as being the meglumine, sodium or a combination of the meglumine-sodium salts of the fully substituted triiodobenzoic acid derivatives diatrizoic acid and iothalamic acid. Like radiopharmaceuticals, radiopaque contrast media too are legend drugs that are primarily utilized as diagnostic imaging agents. Radioph rmaceuticals and radiopaque contrast agents are generally administered on an infrequent basis, usually as a single dose to the patient, and a majority of all agents are administered intravenously. Patients arriving to nuclear medicine and/or radiology for diagnostic testing, frequently present medical histories which consist of medication regimens of varying complexity. As a profession, pharmacy has often touted the expertise of its practitioners in understanding drug action and usage, as well as being able to identify drug-drug (and perhaps drug-food) interactions as being one of its most important clinical roles and functions. As such, it should not be beyond the capabilities of any pharmacist to adapt and expand his or her appreciation for drug interactions to include examples involving radiopharmaceuticals and radiopaque contrast media. Through either prospective or retrospective analysis of the patients' medical database, pharmacists can begin to meet the needs of nuclear medici e and/or radiology, two areas of medicine that have generally been ignored up till now. In almost all instances, drug interactions involving radiopharmaceuticals or radiopaque contrast media can have a significant effect of the biorouting of the imaging agent following patient administration, to the extent that less-than-optimum testing outcomes are obtained. Such alterations in the behavior of these diagnostic legend drugs may present misleading information to the diagnostician, information that can either mimic or mask certain disease conditions or appearances, and lead to a misdiagnosis. Besides the medicolegal implications associated with drug selection, instances of altered performance by the diagnostic imaging agent can be most problematic, for not only can misleading information be obtained from testing, but the patient may be subjected to other testing procedures in order to confirm or deny the presumption of misinformation. Given the fact that diagnostic testing procedures u iliz KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--radiopharmaceuticals; KW - Drug interactions--radiopharmaceuticals; KW - Radiopharmaceuticals--interactions--drugs; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=28-00709&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Kavanauqh, D. L.; T1 - Retrospective review of parenteral H\IF/2\BS/-receptor antagonists CT - Retrospective review of parenteral H\IF/2\BS/-receptor antagonists JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1990/12/01/ VL - 25 IS - Dec SP - P EP - E AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4801 Linwood Boulevard, Kansas City, MO 64128, USA N1 - Accession Number: 28-00693; Language: English; Chemical Name: Cimetidine--51481-61-9 Famotidine--76824-35-6; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Institutional Pharmacy Practice N2 - A retrospective review was performed in order to evaluate the use of parenteral H\IF/2\BS/-receptor antagonists. The primary focus was whether the transition from parenteral to oral dosage forms was appropriate. Records of 100 patients who received parenteral H\IF/2\BS/ receptor antagonists were reviewed for six months to determine whether the dosage interval was appropriate and whether they began receiving an oral H\IF/2\BS/-receptor antagonist after an order for oral diet or other oral medications was written. The review was completed on patients that were admitted to the Intensive Care Units. The analysis included patient age, indication, dosage, length of therapy, cost of therapy, whether patient was converted to oral therapy, and if so, which oral agent. The 12 patients in the parenteral cimetidine treatment group and the 22 patients in the parenteral famotidine treatment group were converted to oral therapy appropriately. However, in the parenteral ranitidine group, one of the 66 patients was not converted appropriately. This one patient was prescribed parenteral ranitidine for 14 days after the conversion to other oral medications and an oral diet. The use of parenteral H\IF/2\BS/-receptor antagonists will continue to be monitored for appropriate conversion through drug usage evaluation monitors and clinical interventions by pharmacists. KW - Cimetidine--administration routes-; KW - Famotidine--administration routes-; KW - Practice Interest Areas--Intravenous Therapy/Infusion Devices--meeting presentations; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--H\IF/2\BS/ antagonists administration routes; KW - Drug administration routes--H\IF/2\BS/ antagonists--IV to oral; KW - Gastrointestinal drugs--H\IF/2\BS/ antagonists--IV to oral, route change; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=28-00693&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Boro, M. S.; AU - Sugiyama, D. G.; T1 - Evaluation of serum drug sampling at a Veterans Administration Medical Center CT - Evaluation of serum drug sampling at a Veterans Administration Medical Center JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1990/12/01/ VL - 25 IS - Dec SP - P EP - D AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, 150 Muir Road (119), Martinez, CA 94553, USA N1 - Accession Number: 28-00423; Language: English; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Institutional Pharmacy Practice; Drug Metabolism and Body DistributionSociology, Economics and Ethics N2 - For many drugs with an established therapeutic range, the monitoring of serum drug concentrations has been adopted as a standard of care. The purpose of this retrospective study was to evaluate the appropriateness of serum drug sampling focusing both on cost and quality of patient care. For each drug level, the patient's medical record was reviewed for dosing history and documentation of plasma drug sample collection time. The level was then evaluated on appropriateness of sampling time relative to the dose and to steady state. A final evaluation was made to determine the pharmacokinetic skills required to evaluate the drug level. A total of 652 serum drug concentrations from 85 patients were evaluated. The results revealed 5.6% of the levels could be interpreted using basic pharmacokinetics; 51.9% required sophisticated pharmacokinetics; 38.8% required assumptions about sampling time and dosing history; and 3.7% represented incorrect information. The majority of the levels (90.7%) required advanced pharmacokinetics or the use of clinically relevant assumptions accounting for $4500 in a 45 day period or $36,500 in one year. These results support the need for a pharmacokinetic service at the VAMC in order to increase the quality of patient care and decrease the cost of potentially useless drug levels. KW - Practice Interest Areas--Clinical Pharmacokinetics--meeting presentations; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--pharmacokinetic services; KW - Pharmacy, institutional, hospital--services--pharmacokinetics; KW - Pharmacy services--pharmacokinetics--decentralization; KW - Pharmacokinetics--monitoring--services; KW - Costs--pharmacokinetics--services; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=28-00423&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Tsukiji, L. A.; AU - Maddis, D. S.; T1 - Development and implementation of an antibiotic control policy: study in hospital pharmacy management CT - Development and implementation of an antibiotic control policy: study in hospital pharmacy management JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1990/12/01/ VL - 25 IS - Dec SP - P EP - D AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA N1 - Accession Number: 28-00381; Language: English; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Institutional Pharmacy Practice; Sociology, Economics and Ethics N2 - In an effort to promote more rational prescribing of antibiotics by medical and surgical housestaff, and to help contain antibiotic costs, an interactive antibiotic control policy has been implemented at the VAMC. Several drug usage evaluations recently conducted at the VA Medical Center have demonstrated an ongoing problem with inappropriate use of certain antibiotics. Efforts by pharmacists to alter physician prescribing habits via focused educational programs have met with limited success. Implementation of the new policy involved 1) review and revision of the antibiotic formulary to include restricted, unrestricted, and nonformulary classes of antibiotics, 2) development of an antibiotic order form, and 3) extensive inservicing of pharmacy, nursing, and medical staffs prior to and during the initial phases of implementation. Specific indicator antibiotics, including all classes of agents, were targeted for review as a means of assessing the impact of the new policy. Preliminary results thus far suggest moderate to marked decreases in inappropriate usage rates (as well as costs) of these antibiotics. The new antibiotic control policy is an interactive system which encourages appropriate antibiotic use and reduces hospital costs through education of and direct interaction with medical and surgical housestaff. In addition, the antibiotic order form has proven to be a valuable tool in providing drug usage evaluation information as well as in targeting areas in which clinical pharmacy interventions may serve to improve the quality of patient care and increase cost efficiency. KW - Practice Interest Areas--Clinical Services Management--meeting presentations; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--antibiotic control policies; KW - Pharmacy, institutional, hospital--administration--antibiotic policies; KW - Formularies--antibiotics--cost control policies; KW - Anti-infective agents--policies and procedures--prescribing; KW - Costs--control--antibiotics, policies; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=28-00381&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Kendall, J. D.; T1 - RECOVERY AND RELAPSE: THE SUPERVISOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES CT - RECOVERY AND RELAPSE: THE SUPERVISOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES JO - ASHP Annual Meeting JF - ASHP Annual Meeting Y1 - 1990/06/01/ VL - 47 IS - Jun SP - PI EP - 26 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, 135 East 38th Street, Erie, PA 16504-1596, USA N1 - Accession Number: 27-08721; Language: English; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Sociology, Economics and Ethics; Pharmacy Practice N2 - This program will instruct the pharmacy supervisor on how to hire and monitor a pharmacist recovering from alcoholism or drug addiction while meeting his responsibilities to the patients, pharmacy staff and management. An increasing number of pharmacists have undergone treatment for chemical dependency and want to continue to practice in pharmacy. The supervisor will have to interview and assess the recovery status of the pharmacist and decide if he is ready to return to work. The interview is an opportunity for the manager to ask pertinent questions that can assess the pharmacist's level of recovery. Does he accept responsibility for his disease, how long has he been abstinent, does he attend a twelve step recovery program, and how does his spouse feel about him returning to work? After the supervisor has a feel for the level of recovery and is willing to hire the individual, he or she should then discuss a recovery contract that should include random urine screens. The manager should obtain a release of information from the pharmacist's aftercare physician and therapist. This will allow for an open dialogue that will assist in the monitoring of his recovery. The pharmacist often has a number of legal and financial problems and should be encouraged to bring these to the attention of his supervisor. The work schedule should initially have the pharmacist working under the close supervision of another pharmacist. Swing shifts and controlled substances dispensing should be minimized initially. The employee's responsibilities can be gradually increased over six months to a year as his recovery progresses. Scheduling should allow for attendance at alcoholics anonymous or narcotics anonymous meetings. The use of disulfiram and naltrexone, as recovery aids, should also be discussed. The rest of the pharmacy staff should have an educational program on chemical dependency before the pharmacist starts back to work. This is especially important if the recovering pharmacist is returning to his previous place of employment. This will help diffuse an emotionally difficult situation by soliciting the feelings of the staff and openly discussing them. The potential of relapse should be discussed between the pharmacist and the employer with the consequences of the relapse stated in advance. The supervisor should be aware of the warning signs of an impending relapse such as denial, lack of honesty and complacency. These signs should be addressed by the pharmacy manager as they are observed. The success rate for recovering pharmacists who are followed with an employment contract is 80 to 85% after three years. They are dedicated and loyal employees who are grateful for the opportunity to practice their profession. The present shortage of pharmacists presents an opportunity for the director of pharmacy to hire a recovering pharmacist and contribute to the growth of pharmacy. KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--drug abuse-pharmacists; KW - Drug abuse--pharmacists; KW - Dependence--pharmacists--drug abuse; KW - Pharmacists--drug abuse; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=27-08721&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Almgren, J. D.; AU - Roark, K. M.; AU - Sthay, T. E.; AU - Breuninger, W. B.; T1 - BONE MARROW TRANSPLANT PHARMACY CLINICAL SERVICES CT - BONE MARROW TRANSPLANT PHARMACY CLINICAL SERVICES JO - ASHP Annual Meeting JF - ASHP Annual Meeting Y1 - 1990/06/01/ VL - 47 IS - Jun SP - HH EP - 65 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Pharmacy Service, 1660 South Columbian Way, Seattle, WA 98108, USA N1 - Accession Number: 27-08440; Language: English; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Institutional Pharmacy Practice N2 - The Seattle Veterans Administration Medical Center (VAMC) contains the first allogeneic transplant facility in the Veterans Administration health care system. Opened in September, 1982, the unit accommodates eight patient beds including laminar air flow room capability and is affiliated with the Seattle Marrow Transplant team at the Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center. The satellite provides clinical, distributive and full IV additive services daily. Clinical pharmacists (CPs) are members of the multidisciplinary team providing comprehensive care for Bone Marrow Transplant (BMT) inpatients and outpatients and coordinate long term pharmacy care nationwide, as liaison with referring VAMC's. CPs participate in daily multidisciplinary patient care rounds providing information and recommendations for initiation and maintenance of drug therapy, with pro-active participation in team decisions, rather than reactive interventions to finalized decisions. A specific focus in the MTU pharmacy is clinical pharmacist prescribing. Utilizing a clinical executive board approved prescribing protocol, clinical pharmacists initiate and monitor hyperalimentation (TPN) therapy without M.D. co-signature, using laboratory and physical assessment data to adjust therapy. CPs monitor graft versus host disease prophylaxis and treatment with cyclosporine and/or corticosteroids, suggesting and writing dosing adjustments and tapering schedules based upon physical assessment (rash, GI symptoms, liver involvement) and cyclosporine levels. CPs provide pharmacokinetic services for medications requiring drug level monitoring and drug dosing modifications for patients with veno-occlusive disease, renal failure or drug-induced toxicities. They have standardized chemotherapy and anti-emetic order protocols and prophylactic systemic antibiotic regimens. CPs conduct patient education and teach patients on interferon self-injections or using home infusion pumps for continuous ambulatory chemotherapy treatment. CPs are clinical instructors for the University of Washington School of Pharmacy by precepting pharmacy residents, Pharm.D. candidates, and interns on BMT rotations. Physicians are educated in marrow transplant rational dosing, formulary alternatives and other pertinent data. CPs maintain accuracy of drug management in approximately 50 on-going, active research and treatment protocols. They calculate dosages, write orders and supervise the preparation of medications according to research protocols for BMT preparative regimens. CPs design and participate in research studies involving drug therapy. Cost avoidance is important as the average drug cost per patient per day (excluding albumin) is $468.00, with an average inpatient stay of 52 days. One example of cost avoidance through CP's intervention is with prophylactic intravenous acyclovir, which has resulted in savings of $160,000 from 1985 through 1989. As permanent members of the BMT pharmacy staff, CPs maintain continuity in patient medication therapy, by monitoring patient refills, tapering off drug therapy discontinuing of therapy no longer required and adhering to treatment protocols. KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--bone marrow transplant clinical services; KW - Transplantation--bone marrow--clinical services; KW - Clinical pharmacy--services--bone marrow transplantation; KW - Pharmacy, institutional, hospital--services--bone marrow transplantation; KW - Patient care--continuity--bone marrow transplantation; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=27-08440&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Mickle, T. R.; AU - Haymond, J.; AU - Bess, D. T.; AU - Franse, V. L.; T1 - A PILOT STUDY OF A CLINICAL PHARMACIST SUPERVISED REMOTE ORDER ENTRY PROGRAM IN A VETERANS ADMINISTRATION MEDICAL CENTER AMBULATORY CARE CLINIC CT - A PILOT STUDY OF A CLINICAL PHARMACIST SUPERVISED REMOTE ORDER ENTRY PROGRAM IN A VETERANS ADMINISTRATION MEDICAL CENTER AMBULATORY CARE CLINIC JO - ASHP Annual Meeting JF - ASHP Annual Meeting Y1 - 1990/06/01/ VL - 47 IS - Jun SP - P EP - E AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1310 24th Ave. South, Nashville, TN 37212, USA N1 - Accession Number: 27-08419; Language: English; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Institutional Pharmacy Practice N2 - The effect of a clinical pharmacist supervised remote order entry (CP/ROE) program on outpatient waiting time was studied in the medicine clinic of Veterans Administration Medical Center ambulatory care facility. Under this program, a clinical pharmacist is located in the outpatient clinic area to review all patient prescriptions immediately following the physician's examination. Any problems noted (drug duplication, irrational therapy, nonformulary drugs, dosage recommendations, cost considerations, patient education, etc.) are addressed by the clinical pharmacist. The prescriptions are then forwarded to a pharmacy technician, also located in the clinic area, who enters the prescriptions into the pharmacy computer. The prescription labels are printed in the central outpatient pharmacy, the prescriptions are filled, and dispensed to the patient when he/she arrives. The program allows pharmacy service to begin processing the patient's prescription and to perform patient education while he/she is awaiting discharge from the clinic. Prior to implementation of the program, patients were required to be discharged from the clinic by a clinic clerk before they could present their prescriptions to the outpatient pharmacy for processing. The mean patient waiting time to be discharged from the clinic was 55.8\PM/18.1 min (min\PM/standard deviation) following completion of the physician visit. The mean patient waiting time upon presenting the prescriptions to the outpatient pharmacy was 58.3\PM/24.8 min. Therefore the mean time required for the patient to be discharged from clinic and receive his/her prescriptions was 111.4\PM/34.3 min. Over the four week pilot study time frame 116 patients were evaluated as they completed their medicine clinic visits. The mean patient waiting time to be discharged from the clinic following completion of the physician visit was 50.9\PM/27.9 min (p=NS versus pre-intervention). The mean time required for the central outpatient pharmacy to process the prescriptions was 42.3\PM/22.0 min (p\LT/0.001 versus pre-intervention). However, since the patient's prescriptions were being processed while the patient was awaiting clinic discharge the mean patient waiting time for pick up of his prescriptions at the central outpatient pharmacy was \-/8.8\PM/31.7 minutes (p\LT/0.001 versus pre-intervention). The total time required for the patient to be discharged from clinic and receive his/her prescriptions was reduced from a mean of 111.4\PM/34.3 min pre-intervention to 60.1\PM/26.1 min post intervention (p\LT/0.001). A pilot study of a CP/ROE program reduced overall patient waiting time by 54%. Although not evaluated during the pilot phase, the program also allows the clinical pharmacist to increase his/her interventions with the medical staff and increase patient education activities. KW - Practice Interest Areas--Ambulatory Care/Community Practice--meeting presentations; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--clinical pharmacists medication order programs; KW - Clinical pharmacists--medication orders--remote order entry program; KW - Ambulatory care--prescriptions--remote order entry program; KW - Time studies--prescriptions--waiting time, remote order entry program; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=27-08419&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107263694 T1 - Clinical scholarship. Nurses, indirect trauma, and prevention. AU - Clark ML AU - Gioro S Y1 - 1998/01// N1 - Accession Number: 107263694. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980601. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article. Commentary: Girardin B. Research briefs. [Commentary on] Nurses, indirect trauma and prevention. (ON EDGE) 1998 Winter; 4 (4): 11-11. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8400753. KW - Trauma -- Psychosocial Factors KW - Stress, Occupational KW - Countertransference (Psychology) KW - Nurses -- Psychosocial Factors KW - Risk Factors SP - 85 EP - 87 JO - Image: Journal of Nursing Scholarship JF - Image: Journal of Nursing Scholarship JA - IMAGE J NURS SCHOLARSH VL - 30 IS - 1 CY - Indianapolis, Indiana PB - Sigma Theta Tau International AB - PURPOSE: To begin examining the nature of vicarious or indirect trauma and to discuss risk factors and prevention strategies. Despite the fact that many nurses are traumatized indirectly, few recognize the insidious development of such trauma. The dynamics of indirect trauma are relevant to nursing as are risk factors and prevention strategies. SCOPE: Brief review of the literature (1974-1997) on vicarious trauma, compassion fatigue, secondary traumatic stress disorder, and traumatic countertransference using short vignettes for illustration. CONCLUSION: Nurses who are informed about vicarious trauma and who actively maintain a balanced personal and professional life are in the best position to bring themselves and their clients through the many hazards of trauma work. The implications of vicarious or indirect trauma for nurses and clients are serious and complex requiring thoughtful analysis and research to clarify its effects. SN - 0743-5150 AD - Veterans Administration Medical and Regional Office Center, Togus, ME 04330 U2 - PMID: 9549948. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107263694&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104751613 T1 - Retinal infarction during sleep and wakefulness. AU - Bruno, A AU - Biller, J AU - Adams Jr, H P AU - Corbett, J J AU - Adams, H P Jr Y1 - 1990/10//1990 Oct N1 - Accession Number: 104751613. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20161126. Publication Type: journal article; research. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0235266. KW - Infarction -- Physiopathology KW - Retinal Diseases -- Physiopathology KW - Sleep KW - Wakefulness KW - Female KW - Male KW - Middle Age SP - 1494 EP - 1496 JO - Stroke (00392499) JF - Stroke (00392499) JA - STROKE VL - 21 IS - 10 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Brain and retinal infarctions during sleep have been attributed to focal hypoperfusion caused by systemic hypotension combined with underlying arterial stenosis, rather than to embolism. Because some retinal emboli may be visualized on ophthalmoscopy, we studied 24 consecutive patients (18 men and six women) aged 26-78 (mean 58) years with recent retinal infarction and determined whether the infarction had occurred during sleep or wakefulness. All patients underwent dilated ophthalmoscopy and a carotid artery study (arteriography in 20, duplex ultrasound in the remaining four), and 12 had echocardiography. Retinal infarction occurred during sleep at an unexpectedly rate (14 of 24 observed compared with eight of 24 expected, p = 0.02). Retinal cholesterol emboli were seen in one half of the patients regardless of whether the retinal infarction had occurred during sleep or wakefulness. Carotid artery disease was found in seven of the 14 patients in whom infarction had occurred during sleep and in eight of the 10 patients in whom infarction had occurred during wakefulness (p = 0.21). Cerebrovascular occlusive disease was not found in the five patients aged less than 50 years. Our findings suggest that embolism is a common mechanism of retinal infarction during sleep or wakefulness, that in patients aged greater than 50 years extracranial carotid artery disease is a common source of retinal emboli, and that the retina may be especially susceptible to infarction during sleep. SN - 0039-2499 AD - Neurology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albuquerque, N.M. 87108. U2 - PMID: 2219216. DO - 10.1161/01.STR.21.10.1494 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104751613&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Sample Size and Power Based on the Population Attributable Fraction. AU - Browner, Warren S. AU - Newman, Thomas B. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 79 IS - 9 SP - 1289 EP - 1294 SN - 00900036 N1 - Accession Number: 4685796; Author: Browner, Warren S.: 1,2 Author: Newman, Thomas B.: 2,3 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Division of General Internal Medicine 111A1, Department of medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, CA 94121: 2 Clinical Epidemiology Program, Institute for Health Policy Studies and Department of Epidemiology and International Health: 3 Department of Pediatrics, University of California, San Francisco; No. of Pages: 6; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20060608 N2 - Abstract: Most methods for calculating sample size use the relative risk (RR) to indicate the strength of the association between exposure and disease. For measuring the public health importance of a possible association, the population attributable fraction (PAF)--the proportion of disease incidence in a population that is attributable to an exposure--is more appropriate. We determined sample size and power for detecting a specified PAF in both cohort and case-control studies and compared the results with those obtained using conventional estimates based on the relative risk. When an exposure is rare, a study that has little power to detect a small RR often has adequate power to detect a small PAF. On the other hand, for common exposures, even a relatively large study may have inadequate power to detect a small PAF. These comparisons emphasize the importance of selecting the most pertinent measure of association, either relative risk or population attributable fraction, when calculating power and sample size. (Am J Public Health 1989; 79:1289-1294.) ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *DISEASES -- Risk factors KW - *PUBLIC health KW - METHODOLOGY KW - STATISTICS KW - SAMPLE size (Statistics) KW - CASE studies KW - HUMAN services KW - RESEARCH -- Methodology KW - POPULATION UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=4685796&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Risk Factors Associated with Participation in the Ontario, Canada Doctors' Strike. AU - Kravitz, Richard L. AU - Shapiro, Martin F. AU - Linn, Lawrence S. AU - Erika S. Sivarajan Froelicher JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 79 IS - 9 SP - 1227 EP - 1233 SN - 00900036 N1 - Accession Number: 4685308; Author: Kravitz, Richard L.: 1,2 Author: Shapiro, Martin F.: 1 Author: Linn, Lawrence S.: 1 Author: Erika S. Sivarajan Froelicher: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Department of Medicine, University of California Los Angeles: 2 Clinical Scholars Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Los Angeles; No. of Pages: 7; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20060608 N2 - Abstract: To identify factors associated with participation in the 1986 Ontario, Canada doctors' strike, we surveyed 1,028 physicians; 69 percent responded, of whom 42 percent participated in the strike. Risk factors for participation included income > $135,000, being a surgeon or gynecologist, having previously "opted out" of the Ontario Health Insurance Plan, being professionally dissatisfied, being politically conservative, favoring political activism by physicians, holding a positive view of the social consequences of extra-billing, and perceiving family, associates, patients and the public to favor the strike. Eighty percent of strikers, but 32 percent of non-strikers, met criteria we established for four strike-prone groups: the "economically rational," the "ideologically committed," the "professionally disaffected," and the "socially malleable." Respondents belonging to one or more of these groups were much more likely to have participated in the strike (64 percent vs 17 percent). Strategies to deal with physician militancy should address the multiplicity of motives that appeared to have influenced doctors in Ontario. (Am J Public Health 1989; 79:1227-1233.) ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *STRIKES & lockouts KW - *PHYSICIANS KW - *PUBLIC health KW - POLITICAL activity KW - INCOME KW - JOB satisfaction KW - ACTIVISM KW - SOCIAL impact KW - POLITICAL participation KW - CANADA UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=4685308&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Seroepidemiologic Study of Giardiasis Patients and High-Risk Groups in a Midwestern City in the United States. AU - Sullivan, Robert AU - Linneman Jr., Calvin C. AU - Clark, C. Scott AU - Walzer, Peter D. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 77 IS - 8 SP - 960 EP - 963 SN - 00900036 N1 - Accession Number: 4949734; Author: Sullivan, Robert: 1 Author: Linneman Jr., Calvin C.: 2 Author: Clark, C. Scott: 3 Author: Walzer, Peter D.: 4,5 ; Author Affiliation: 1 VA Medical Center and Department of Internal Medicine, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine: 2 Department of Internal Medicine, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine: 3 Department of Internal Environmental Health, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine: 4 Veterans Administration Medical Center, Vine Street, Cincinnati, OH: 5 Division of Infectious Diseases, Department of Internal medicine, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine; No. of Pages: 4; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20060929 N2 - Abstract: Serum antibodies to Giardia lamblia were measured in giardiasis patients, in groups at high risk for intestinal parasite infection, and in controls by an indirect fluorescent antibody (IFA) technique. Symptomatic patients had the highest antibody titers, and antibodies remained present for up to 18 months in persons with chronic infection. Indochinese refugees and male homosexuals with the acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) and pre AIDS had higher mean antibody levels than did healthy controls, whereas sewer and highway maintenance workers had levels similar to those of controls. Serum antibodies to Entanioeba histolytica measured by an indirect hemagglutination antibody technique were detected in only a few Indochinese refugees, We conclude that serology is a promising tool in G. lamblia epidemiology and that further population studies would be of interest. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *SERUM KW - *BLOOD plasma KW - *AIDS (Disease) KW - *COMMUNICABLE diseases -- Transmission KW - *DISEASES KW - GIARDIA lamblia KW - PROTOZOAN diseases KW - GIARDIASIS KW - AGGLUTINATION of blood KW - INDOCHINESE UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=4949734&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Somatization in the Community: Relationship to Disability and Use of Services. AU - Escobar, Javier I. AU - Golding, Jacqueline M. AU - Hough, Richard L. AU - Karno, Marvin AU - Burnam, M. Audrey AU - Wells, Kenneth B. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 77 IS - 7 SP - 837 EP - 840 SN - 00900036 N1 - Accession Number: 4950298; Author: Escobar, Javier I.: 1,2,3 Author: Golding, Jacqueline M.: 4 Author: Hough, Richard L.: 3,5 Author: Karno, Marvin: 4 Author: Burnam, M. Audrey: 4 Author: Wells, Kenneth B.: 5 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Professor and Associates Chairman, Department of Psychiatry, University of Connecticut Health Center, School of Medicine,: 2 Associate Chief of Staff for Education, Newington Veterans Administration Medical Center, 555 Willard Avenue, Newington CT 06111: 3 Professor, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, UCLA: 4 Department of Psychiatry and Biobehavioral Sciences, UCLA: 5 San Diego State University, San Diego, CA; No. of Pages: 4; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20060608 N2 - Abstract: We tested the hypotheses that an abridged somatization construct that we had developed would be associated with line of health services, preferential use of medical over mental health services, and an index of disability. These hypotheses were rested using structured interview data from 3,132 randomly selected community respondents. We found that: respondents meeting criteria for somatization reported a heavier use of health services than non somatizers of those respondents meeting criteria for a psychiatric diagnosis, somatizers preferentially used medical over mental health services whereas non-somatizers reported the opposite trend; and somatizers, were more likely than non-somatizers to report recent sick leave or restricted activity. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *BRAIN diseases KW - *MEDICAL care KW - SOMATIZATION disorder KW - SOMATOFORM disorders KW - HYPOCHONDRIA KW - PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis KW - MENTAL health services KW - NATIONAL Institute of Mental Health (U.S.) KW - UNITED States UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=4950298&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Evaluation of a Minimal-Contact Smoking Cessation Intervention in an Outpatient Setting. AU - Janz, Nancy K. AU - Becker, Marshall H. AU - Ktrscht, John P. AU - Eraker, Stephen A. AU - Billi, John E. AU - Woolliscroft, James O. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 77 IS - 7 SP - 805 EP - 809 SN - 00900036 N1 - Accession Number: 4950193; Author: Janz, Nancy K.: 1,2,3 Author: Becker, Marshall H.: 1,2,3 Author: Ktrscht, John P.: 1,2,3 Author: Eraker, Stephen A.: 1,2,3 Author: Billi, John E.: 1,2,3 Author: Woolliscroft, James O.: 1,2,3 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Department of Health Behavior and Health Education, School of Public Health: 2 Department of Internal Medicine, School of Medicine, University of Michigan: 3 Veterans Administration Medical Center, Ann Arbor, Michigan; No. of Pages: 5; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20060608 N2 - Abstract: We examined the ability of a provider-initiated, minimal-contact intervention to modify the smoking behavior of ambulatory clinic patients. Smokers at two outpatient sites were assigned to one of three groups: provider intervention only ??? provider intervention plus self-help manual (???), and usual care (control) group (C). The physician message emphasized the patient's personal susceptibility. the physician's concern, and the patient's ability to quit (self-efficacy). The nurse consultation concentrated on benefits and barriers associated with stopping, and on strategies for cessation. Telephone interviews were conducted with the 250 participants within a few days of their clinic visit and again at one and six months. Both PI and ??? proved to be superior to usual cure in motivating attempts to quit a both one-month and six-month follow-ups, and logistic regression analyses indicated that participants receiving the self-help manual in addition to the health provider message were between two and three times more likely to quit smoking during the study period than were participants in either of the other study groups. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *SMOKING KW - *NICOTINE addiction -- Treatment KW - *OUTPATIENT medical care KW - *NICOTINE addiction KW - *PREVENTIVE health services KW - *MEDICAL care KW - EVALUATION KW - INTERVIEWS UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=4950193&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The Electrocardiographic Manifestation of Combined AV Nodal Wenckebach Periodicity and Reentry. AU - Schweitzer, Paul JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 12 IS - 12 SP - 1846 EP - 1850 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17479658; Author: Schweitzer, Paul: 1,2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Division of Cardiology, Department of Medicine, Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York, New York.: 2 Division of Cardiology, Department of Medicine, Mount Sinai School of Medicine, New York, New York.; No. of Pages: 5; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20061128 N2 - Presented are three patients with Wenckebach type second degree AV block that was complicated with AV nodal reentry producing different arrhythmias. The common presentation of manifest AV nodal reentry is an incomplete Wenckebach periodicity, whereby the retrograde impulse interrupts the Wenckebach cycle; rarely, the retrograde impulse initiates an AV junctional reentrant tachycardia. The documentation of concealed AV nodal reentry is more difficult and should be considered if there is a sudden increase of the PR interval in the Wenckebach cycle. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *ARRHYTHMIA KW - *ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY KW - *PALPITATION KW - *HEART diseases KW - *PATIENTS KW - ELECTRODIAGNOSIS KW - AV nodal Wenckebach periodicity UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17479658&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Ablation of a Left-Sided Free-Wall Accessory Pathway by Percutaneous Catheter Application of Radiofrequency Current in a Patient with the Wolff-Parkinson-White Syndrome. AU - Kuck, Karl-Heinz AU - Kunze, Klaus-Peter AU - Schlüter, Michael AU - Geiger, Manfred AU - Jackman, Warren M. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1989/10// VL - 12 IS - 10 SP - 1681 EP - 1690 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17481564; Author: Kuck, Karl-Heinz: 1 Author: Kunze, Klaus-Peter: 1 Author: Schlüter, Michael: 1 Author: Geiger, Manfred: 1 Author: Jackman, Warren M.: 2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 University Hospital Eppendorf, Hamburg, Federal Republic of Germany, Oklahoma.: 2 University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.; No. of Pages: 10; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050630 N2 - A case is presented of a 20-year-old woman with a history of three episodes of syncope within the last 4 years, which was caused by a rapid ventricular response to atrial fibrillation via a left-sided posterior accessory pathway. A variety of antiarrhythmic agents had failed to control the arrhythmia. Using a novel dual catheter approach, with one catheter in the coronary sinus and an adjacent catheter in the left ventricle close to the mitral annulus, accessory pathway conduction was successfully interrupted by two radio-frequency current applications between the tip electrodes of the two catheters. During follow-up, 12-lead electrocardiograms have been normal and the patient has been asymptomatic. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CATHETERIZATION KW - *SYNCOPE (Pathology) KW - *HEART ventricles KW - *MYOCARDIAL depressants KW - CATHETER ablation KW - RADIO frequency KW - atrial fibrillation KW - catheter ablation KW - radiofrequencv current KW - syncope KW - Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17481564&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Determinants of Impedance Rise During Catheter Ablation of Bovine Myocardium with Radiofrequency Energy. AU - Ring, Michael E. AU - Huang, Shoei K. Stephen AU - Gorman, Grace AU - Graham, Anna R. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 12 IS - 9 SP - 1502 EP - 1513 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17487647; Author: Ring, Michael E.: 1 Author: Huang, Shoei K. Stephen: 1 Author: Gorman, Grace: 1 Author: Graham, Anna R.: 2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Section of Cardiology, Department of Internal Medicine, Tucson Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tucson, Arizona.: 2 Department of Pathology, University of Arizona College of Medicine, Tucson, Arizona.; No. of Pages: 12; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050630 N2 - Recently, radiofrequency (RF) energy has been used as an alternative energy source to direct-current (DC) electricity for catheter ablation of recurrent tachyarrhythmias. Since delivered energy is inversely related to impedance, factors that cause impedance rise during catheter ablation impede the ability to ablate tissue. To elucidate some of the factors responsible for impedance rise during RF (750 kHz) catheter ablation using a constant voltage RF generator, the effects of the following variables on impedance were studied in an in vitro bovine heart model: power setting (10-70 W), pulse duration (10-60 sec), catheter contact pressure (5-120 gm), repeated applications (2-4), and immersion media (saline vs citrated blood). Baseline impedance in blood was twice that of saline (190 vs 80 ohm) and rises in impedances occurred more rapidly in blood for the same energy settings. Increased power settings (≥ 30 W) and pulse duration (≥ 30 sec at 20 W) were associated with impedance rises in blood medium. Typically, impedance rises in blood were associated with blood coagulum on the catheter electrodes. Impedance rises in both saline and blood media were also associated with tissue charring and endocardial surface disruption. Once a rise in impedance occurred at the ablation site, repeated applications to the some site resulted in a more rapid rise in impedance. Catheter contact pressure of 80 gm or more also resulted in rapid impedance rise. These data suggest that factors other than set power and duration may also contribute to impedance rises during RF ablation. These findings may have important clinical implications in performing catheter ablation with RF energy. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CATHETERIZATION KW - *MYOCARDIUM KW - CATHETER ablation KW - RADIO frequency KW - TACHYARRHYTHMIAS KW - ELECTRODES KW - arrhythmias KW - catheter ablation KW - electrosurgery KW - impedance KW - radiofrequency energy UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17487647&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Oscillations of Diastolic Interval and Refractory Period Following Premature and Postmature Stimuli in Canine Cardiac Purkinje Fibers. AU - Watanabe, Mari AU - Zipes, Douglas P. AU - Gilmour, Jr., Robert F. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 12 IS - 7P1 SP - 1089 EP - 1103 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17482011; Author: Watanabe, Mari: 1,2 Author: Zipes, Douglas P.: 1,2 Author: Gilmour, Jr., Robert F.: 3 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Krannert Institute of Cardiology, Department of Pharmacology and Toxicology and of Medicine, Indiana University School of Medicine, Indianapolis, Indiana.: 2 Roudebush Veterans Administration Medical Center, Indianapolis, Indiana.: 3 Department of Physiology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York.; No. of Pages: 15; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050630 N2 - The effective refractory period (ERPJ of His Purkinje tissue is known to oscillate following sudden changes in stimulus frequency. It has been proposed that the oscillation of ERP is caused by oscillation of the diastolic interval. This hypothesis was tested in vitro in canine cardiac Purkinje fibers superfused with normal and hyperkalemic (10 mM KCI) Tyrode's solution. The ERP of responses to premature stimuli, responses to post extrastimuli, and responses to postmature stimuli were measured. ERP of premature responses and postextrasystolic responses oscillated in normal Tyrode's solution. Oscillations of ERP of premature responses and postextrasystolic responses were damped in hyperkalemic Tyrode's solution. Determinations of the restitution of ERP as a function of diastolic interval revealed that oscillation of ERP of premature and postextrasystolic responses was for the most part predictable from the diastolic interval during superfusion with normal Tyrode's solution. In contrast, both hyperkalemic Tyrode's solution and postmature stimuli shifted the restitution curves, resulting in ERPs that were markedly longer than those predicted from the diastolic interval alone. Shifts in the restitution curves completely accounted for damping of the oscillation of ERP in hyperkalemic Tyrode's solution and with postmature stimuli. These data may relate to alterations of refractoriness during sudden changes in ventricular rate, such as occur during atrial fibrillation or ventricular tachycardia. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *DIASTOLE (Cardiac cycle) KW - *HEART beat KW - *ARRHYTHMIA KW - *HEART diseases KW - *ATRIAL fibrillation KW - PURKINJE cells KW - memory KW - multiple extrasystoles KW - postextrasystole KW - restitution UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17482011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Advances in Catheter Ablation use of Unipolar Electrograms. AU - Fletcher, Ross AU - Swartz, John AU - Lee, Benjamin AU - Cohen, Andrew AU - Wish, Mark AU - Jones, Janice JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 225 EP - 230 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17494324; Author: Fletcher, Ross: 1,2 Author: Swartz, John: 1,2 Author: Lee, Benjamin: 1,2 Author: Cohen, Andrew: 1,2 Author: Wish, Mark: 1,2 Author: Jones, Janice: 1,2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Sections of Cardiology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, D.C.: 2 Georgetown University Hospital, Washington, D.C.; No. of Pages: 6; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050709 N2 - Ventricular tachycardia in man can be eliminated by relatively small lesions in the reentrant circuit. This report includes a review of available energy sources, and methods for localizing arrhythmias. Methods to assure contact and prevent perforation using low frequency electrograms are presented including the new finding of reverse ST deflection with contact. Experience with laser energy in dogs showed discrete homogenous lesions. When compared with DC shock the animals showed far less arrhythmia and the lack of far field effect greatly reduced echo abnomalities in the post shock period. Studies with radiofrequency show ability to produce localized lesions similar to the laser but with a more flexible catheter. Localization requires a correlation of techniques including pacemapping, activation maps and pacing during tachycardia. Early activation (< -60 ms) at times 180-320 ms, with comparable pace to QRS during tachycardia with no change in morphology best localized the slow zone of the reentrant circuit. The low frequency unipolar electrogram from the tip and immediately proximal electrode revealed contact with ST deviation. The distal deviation was always greater than the proximal RV free wall and posterior basal produced depression rather than elevation of the electrogram. While the mechanism of ST reversal with contact is not understood and may relate to the type of indifferent reference used (Wilson central terminal), the ST depression reveals the same information about contact that elevation does in most other areas of the heart studied in our patients. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *TACHYCARDIA KW - *HEART diseases KW - *VENTRICULAR fibrillation KW - *PATIENTS KW - *CATHETERIZATION KW - CATHETER ablation KW - ablation KW - laser KW - unipolar electrograms UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17494324&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Localization of Left Free-Wall and Posteroseptal Accessory Atrioventricular Pathways by Direct Recording of Accessory Pathway Activation. AU - Jackman, Warren M. AU - Friday, Karen J. AU - Fitzgerald, David M. AU - Bowman, Anthony J. AU - Yeung-Lai-Wai, John A. AU - Lazzara, Ralph JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 204 EP - 214 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17494309; Author: Jackman, Warren M.: 1 Author: Friday, Karen J.: 1 Author: Fitzgerald, David M.: 1 Author: Bowman, Anthony J.: 1 Author: Yeung-Lai-Wai, John A.: 1 Author: Lazzara, Ralph: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Department of Medicine, University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, USA.; No. of Pages: 11; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050709 N2 - With the advent of catheter ablation techniques, precise localization of accessory AV pathways (AP) assumes greater importance. In an effort to define the course of AP fibers, we attempted to record activation of 56 left free-wall and 23 posteroseptal APs in 62 patients undergoing electrophysiological study. The coronary sinus (CS) and great cardiac vein (GCV) were mapped using orthogonal catheter electrodes, which provide a recording dipole perpendicular to the AV groove. The tricuspid annulus (TA) was mapped using a 2 mm spaced octapolar electrode catheter. Potentials were considered to represent AP activation only if they could be dissociated from both atrial and ventricular activation by programmed stimulation. Orthogonal catheter electrodes in the CS and GCV were advanced beyond the site of earliest retrograde atrial activation and/or earliest antegrade ventricular activation in 45 of the 56 left free-wall APs, and AP potentials were recorded from 42 (93%). An oblique course was identified in 36 APs, with the ventricular insertion being recorded 4-30 mm (median 15 mm) distal or anterior to the atrial insertion. In three patients, antegrade and retrograde conduction proceeded over different (but close) parallel fibers. AP potentials were recorded from 19 of 23 posteroseptal pathways. Ten pathways (left posteroseptal) were recorded from the CS, beginning 5-11 mm (median 9 mm) distal to the os, with potentials extending 8-18 mm (median 11 mm) distally. Four pathways (midseptal) were recorded along the TA, anterior to the CS ostium and posterior to the His bundle catheter. Five pathways (right posteroseptal) were recorded along the TA, directly opposite or immediately posterior to the CS ostium. One of the patients had both midseptal and left posteroseptal pathways and three patients had both right posteroseptal and left posteroseptal pathways. We conclude: 2) left free-wall APs transit the AV groove obliquely and may be comprised of multiple, closely spaced, parallel fibers; 2) the anatomical location of "posteroseptal" pathways is variable and the presence of fibers at multiple sites is common; and 3) direct recordings of AP activation facilitate tracking of the accessory pathway along its course from atrium to ventricle and help identify the presence of multiple fibers. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *ATRIOVENTRICULAR node KW - *HEART conduction system KW - *CARDIAC catheterization KW - *DIAGNOSIS KW - CATHETER ablation KW - ELECTRODES KW - accessory AV pathways Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome KW - catheter ablation UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17494309&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Perspectives on Clinical Decision-Making: The Application of Pattern Analysis. AU - Knoebel, Suzanne B. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1988/11/15/ VL - 11 IS - 11P2 SP - 2077 EP - 2081 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17491276; Author: Knoebel, Suzanne B.: 1,2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Krannert Institute of Cardiology, Department of Medicine, Indiana University School of Medicine, Indiana: 2 Roudebush Veterans Administration Medical Center, Indianapolis, Indiana; No. of Pages: 5; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050702 N2 - It is the thesis of this presentation that more precise diagnoses and prognostications result when clinical information is analyzed as data-sets or patterns rather than collections of discrete data. Two examples are given in support of the thesis: the classification by computer of QRS complexes in the ambulatory electrocardiogram and the prediction of risk for recurrent ventricular tachycardia. The advantages to he gained from pattern analysis are: (1) significant variables are not preselected and the data are, therefore, unbiased, and (2) nuances in clinical patterns become evident when patients are presented as data-sets. It is proposed that competent physicians undoubtedly use pattern analysis in their decision-making and that expert systems designed to simulate physician behavior might be more accurate if based in pattern analysis. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *DECISION making KW - *DIAGNOSIS KW - *ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY KW - *HEART diseases -- Diagnosis KW - *PHYSICIANS KW - EXPERT systems (Computer science) KW - ELECTRONIC data processing UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17491276&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - DDD-Pacemaker Pseudomalfunction During Supraventricular Tachycardia. AU - Fontaine, John M. AU - Alma-Perri, Carmen AU - El-Sherif, Nabil JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1988/10// VL - 11 IS - 10 SP - 1380 EP - 1385 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17489605; Author: Fontaine, John M.: 1 Author: Alma-Perri, Carmen: 1 Author: El-Sherif, Nabil: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 State University of New York Health Science Center, and the Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brooklyn, New York; No. of Pages: 6; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20060406 N2 - Asynchronous pacing during the presence of electromagnetic interference or other sources of "noise" is a protective mechanism available to prevent pacemaker output inhibition. We describe a patient with a DDD pacemaker who had asynchronous dual chamber or noise reversion pacing as a consequence of repetitive signals (QRS complexes) falling into the noise sampling period (NSP) of the pacemaker ventricular refractory period. During supraventricular tachycardi at a rate of 215 bpm, noise reversion mode pacing occurred when QRS complexes were well detected immediately after the termination of a normal pacemaker ventricular refractory period and treated as a premature ventricular depolarization, resulting in automatic refractory period extension. Recycling of this extended refractory period occurred when consecutive QRS complexes were detected during the NSP and forced asynchronous dual chamber pacing at the programmed lower rate. The mechanism is presented and was supported by subthreshold esophageal pacing simulating the tachycadia and initiating the noise reversion response. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *TACHYCARDIA KW - *CARDIAC pacing KW - *HEART ventricles KW - *IMPLANTED cardiovascular instruments KW - ELECTROMAGNETIC interference KW - NOISE control KW - asynchronous pacing KW - electromagnetic interference KW - noise reversion mode KW - noise sampling period UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17489605&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Reentry Revisited. AU - El-Sherif, Nabil JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 11 IS - 9 SP - 1358 EP - 1368 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17563848; Author: El-Sherif, Nabil: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 The State University of New York, Health Science Center and the Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brooklyn, New York; No. of Pages: 11; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050713 N2 - Focuses on the importance of reentrant excitation as a mechanism for cardiac arrhythmia. Difficulty of obtaining information on the electrophysiological requirements for reentry; Role of reflection in clinical arrhythmia; Demonstration of the multiple muscular connections between the atrium and ventricle in the human heart. KW - *ARRHYTHMIA KW - *EXCITATION (Physiology) KW - *ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY KW - *HEART ventricles KW - *HEART UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17563848&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Percutaneous Catheter Ablation at the Mitral Annulus in Canines Using a Bipolar Epicardial-Endocardial Electrode Configuration. AU - Kuck, Karl-Heinz AU - Jackman, Warren M. AU - Pitha, Jan AU - Kunze, Klaus-Peter AU - Carmen, Lee AU - Schröder, Sören AU - Nienaber, Christoph A. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 11 IS - 6P1 SP - 760 EP - 775 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17462399; Author: Kuck, Karl-Heinz: 1 Author: Jackman, Warren M.: 2 Author: Pitha, Jan: 2 Author: Kunze, Klaus-Peter: 1 Author: Carmen, Lee: 2 Author: Schröder, Sören: 1 Author: Nienaber, Christoph A.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 University Hospital Eppendorf, Hamburg, F.R. Germany: 2 University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; No. of Pages: 16; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050629 N2 - For potential application in ablating left free-wall accessory AV pathways with direct current shocks, a new epicardial-endocardial electrode configuration, designed to focus the current field across the mitral annulus, was tested in dogs. A catheter electrode in the coronary sinus (epicardial electrode) was used as the cathode, and a catheter electrode in the left ventricle (endocardial electrode) placed beneath the mitral valve, high against the mitral annulus and directly across from the epicardial electrode formed the anode. Two shocks, each of 30, 40, or 50 joules (J) were delivered in nine, three, and four dogs, respectively. The first shock was applied to the anterior or lateral wail and the second shock to the posterior wall, except in one dog which received one anterior and one lateral shock. Two dogs receiving 50 J shocks died acutely, one due to rupture of the coronary sinus and cardiac tamponade and the other had unexplained electromechanical dissociation. The remaining 14 dogs tolerated the two shocks well and were sacrificed 3–5 days later for pathological examination of the heart. Shocks in the anterior and lateral regions produced atrial necrosis (height 1.5–11 mm, width 1.5–12 mm and depth 1–3 mm) in 10 of 14 dogs and ventricular necrosis (height 4–27 mm, width 4–33 mm, and depth 5–14 mm) in all 14 dogs. Ideal lesions with atrial necrosis extending down to the annulus and ventricular necrosis extending to the epicardial aspect of the ventricular crest occurred in five dogs in which the endocardial electrode was positioned high against the annulus. In the other nine dogs, the endocardial electrode was located 6–18 mm below the annulus, as estimated by the center of ventricular necrosis. In these dogs, the ventricular lesions did not extend to the epicardial aspect of the crest and, in four dogs, no atrial necrosis was found. Shocks delivered to the posterior wall produced no atrial or ventricular necrosis except in one dog receiving a 50 J shock. It is concluded that, using the epicardial-endocardial electrode configuration with the LV catheter positioned high against the annulus, shocks of less than 50 J in dogs safely produce atrial and ventricular necrosis adjacent to the mitral annulus in the anterior and lateral regions but not in the posterior regions. Similar lesions in man may be capable of interrupting left anterior and lateral accessory AV pathways. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *ATRIOVENTRICULAR node KW - *HEART conduction system KW - *CATHETERIZATION KW - CATHETER ablation KW - ELECTROSURGERY KW - ELECTRON configuration KW - accessory AV pathways KW - direct current shocks KW - preexcitation syndrome KW - supraventricular tachycardia UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17462399&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Radiofrequency Catheter Ablation of the Left and Right Ventricles: Anatomic and Electrophysiologic Observations. AU - Huang, Shoei K. Stephen AU - Graham, Anna R. AU - Wharton, Keith JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 11 IS - 4 SP - 449 EP - 459 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17479184; Author: Huang, Shoei K. Stephen Author: Graham, Anna R.: 1 Author: Wharton, Keith: 2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Department of Pathology, University of Arizona College of Medicine, Tucson, Arizona: 2 Section of Cardiology, Department of Internal Medicine, Tucson Veterans Administration Medical Center; No. of Pages: 11; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050630 N2 - Certain untoward effects associated with the use of direct-current electrical catheter ablation of the ventricular endomyocardium have been noted. We assessed the efficacy and safety of closed-chest catheter ablation of the left and right ventricles using radiofrequency (RF) energy (750 kHz) in six dogs. Mean RF energies between 93 and 123 joules (J) were randomly delivered to three left ventricular (LV) sites via two distal adjacent electrodes (bipolar configuration) using 6–7F USCI tripolar or quadripolar catheters with an interelectrode distance of 5–10 mm. Another 90–143 J were given to two right ventricular (RV) sites in single or multiple divided applications between a distal electrode and an external patch electrode (unipolar configuration). Ventricular arrhythmias were not observed during application of RF energy. Programmed ventricular stimulation before and after the procedure did not induce ventricular tachycardia (VT) or fibrillation except in one dog who had inducible VT prior to ablation. There were no significant changes in LV and BV effective refractory periods after the procedures. Occasional premature ventricular beats and rare episodes of non-sustained VT (3–12 beats] were observed in ambulatory electrocardiographic recordings (13–24 hrs) done immediately after ablation. Dogs were sacrificed after 4–5 days. Pathology showed well-demarcated round or ovoid lesions of varying sizes. Mural thrombus was found in one dog. Microscopic findings consisted of circumscribed areas of coagulation necrosis with a peripheral zone of cellular infiltration. Transmural necrosis without perforation was occasionally seen in the thin RV wall when higher energies were delivered. In conclusion, discrete areas of desiccation injury in the ventricles can be achieved by transcatheter bipolar or unipolar ablation using RF energy. The complications associated with this method appear to be minimal. Further experiments are needed to evaluate its potential for catheter ablation of ventricular tachycardia. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CATHETERIZATION KW - *HEART ventricles KW - *ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY KW - *MYOCARDIUM KW - *DOGS KW - *TACHYCARDIA KW - CATHETER ablation KW - catheter ablation KW - radiofrequency energy KW - ventricles UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17479184&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Contribution of Atrioventricular Synchrony to Left Ventricular Systolic Function in a Closed-Chest Canine Model of Complete Heart Block: Implications for Single-Chamber Rate-Variable Cardiac Pacing. AU - Allen, Melody J. O'Connor AU - Arentzen, Carl E. AU - Anderson, Robert W. AU - Visner, Marc S. AU - Fetter, Joseph AU - Benditt, David G. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 11 IS - 4 SP - 404 EP - 412 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17479078; Author: Allen, Melody J. O'Connor: 1,2 Author: Arentzen, Carl E.: 1,2 Author: Anderson, Robert W.: 1,2 Author: Visner, Marc S.: 1,2 Author: Fetter, Joseph: 1,2 Author: Benditt, David G.: 1,2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Departments of Surgery and Medicine, University of Minnesota Medical School: 2 Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minnesota; No. of Pages: 9; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050630 N2 - This study assessed the impact of atrioventricular (AV) synchrony on characteristics of left ventricular (LV) systolic function during ventricular pacing over a wide heart rate range in a conscious closed-chest canine model of complete AV block. Ten healthy adult dogs underwent thoracotomy during which complete AV block was created by formaldehyde injection, and paired ultrasonic sonomicrometers were positioned on the LV anterior-posterior minor axis. Following recovery from surgery, peak and end-diastolic LV transmural pressure, maximum dP/dt, stroke work, end-diastolic minor axis dimension, and maximum velocity of shortening, were quantitated at heart rates of 80, 100, 120, 140, and 160 beats per minute (bpm) during both ventricular pacing alone and AV sequential pacing with increasing AV intervals (0, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, and 300 ms). Over the heart rate range tested, parameters of LV systolic function did not differ significantly during ventricular pacing with or without AV synchrony. For example, during ventricular pacing alone maximum LV dP/dt varied from 2110 ± 70 mmHg/s to 2463 ± 567 mmHg/s, a range essentially identical to that observed in the presence of AV synchrony. On the other hand, although the impact on LV performance of varying AV interval from 0 to 300 ms was small, differences tended to become more pronounced at higher pacing rates. At 80 bpm, neither stroke work nor maximum LV dP/dt were affected by change in AV interval, while at heart rates ≥120 bpm both stroke work and LV dP/dt tended to maximize at AV intervals of 50 and 100 ms and thereafter declined. Thus, findings in this study indicated that LV systolic function in the normal in situ heart is not adversely affected by absence of AV synchrony over a wide heart rate range. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CARDIAC pacing KW - *ATRIOVENTRICULAR node KW - *HEART block KW - *HEART beat KW - *DOGS KW - *CARDIOLOGY KW - atrioventricular (AV) synchrony KW - cardiac pacing KW - left ventricular (LV) function UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17479078&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Modulation of Atrioventricular Junctional Parasystole During Atrial Pacing. AU - Schweitzer, Paul AU - Stern, Eric H. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 114 EP - 119 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17455785; Author: Schweitzer, Paul: 1 Author: Stern, Eric H.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Cardiology Section, Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center. Bronx, New York, and Division of Cardiology, Department of Medicine, Mount Sinai Medical Center, New York, New York; No. of Pages: 6; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050630 N2 - In this report we describe a case of a 68-year-old man with atrioventricular junctional parasystole in whom atrial pacing caused marked changes in the arrhythmic pattern. During atrial pacing at a cycle length of 960 ms, the duration of the ectopic cycle length was influenced by the interval between the parasystolic and nonparasystolic beat. A shorter interval from nonparasystolic to ectopic beat prolonged the ectopic cycle length and a longer one shortened it. Pacing at a cycle length of 900 ms completely suppressed the parasystole. Both of these changes are most likely due to modulation and entrainment of the parasystolic rhythm. During spontaneous variation of the sinus cycle length over 24 hours of ambulatory ECG recording, modulation could not be confirmed; however, there was parallel variation of the ectopic and sinus cycle lengths which suggests that both pacemakers were under the influence of the autonomic nervous system. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CARDIAC pacing KW - *HEART beat KW - *ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY KW - *AUTONOMIC nervous system KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *IMPLANTED cardiovascular instruments KW - atrioventricular junction KW - modulation KW - pacing KW - parasystole UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17455785&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Endocardial Catheter Ablation for Refractory Ventricular Tachycardia Associated with Coronary Artery Disease. AU - Stephen Huang, Shoei K. AU - Bazcan, Ion D. AU - Marcus, Frank I. AU - Ewy, Gordon A. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 10 IS - 5 SP - 1071 EP - 1080 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17213379; Author: Stephen Huang, Shoei K.: 1 Author: Bazcan, Ion D.: 1 Author: Marcus, Frank I.: 2 Author: Ewy, Gordon A.: 2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Section of Cardiology, Department of Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Arizona College of Medicine, Tucson, Arizona: 2 University Medical Center, University of Arizona College of Medicine, Tucson, Arizona; No. of Pages: 10; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20060406 N2 - Percutaneous endocardial electrode catheter ablation using stored direct current (DC) electrical energy was performed in five patients with recurrent ventricular tachycardia (VT) refractory to many antiarrhythmic drugs, including amiodarone. All had prior myocardial infarction and poor left ventricular function with ejection fractions ranging from 20% to 40%. Endocardial catheter and pace mappings were used to localize the earliest site of activation during VT. Under general anesthesia, two to six shocks with 200 to 300 joules DC energy per shock were delivered to the localized sites. Immediate complications included ventricular fibrillation in one patient, transient QRS complex widening in two patients, transient complete AV block with persistent first-degree AV block in one patient, and transient asystole in two patients. None had inducible VT immediately following ablation, or 4 to 6 days later; none had evidence of intracardiac clot by two-dimensional (2D) echocardiography on the third to fifth day. Peak creatine kinase ranged from 189 lo 1610 IU/L with 9% to 18% MB fraction. During a follow-up of 6 to 30 months, three patients had no recurrence of VT. Two patients had recurrent VT with a slower rate, which was controlled with antiarrhythmic drugs. None had worsening congestive heart failure. Two patients died of nonarrhythmic causes. We conclude that nonsurgical endocardial ablation of VT with an electrode catheter is effective for the treatment of refractory VT in selected patients with coronary artery disease. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *VENTRICULAR tachycardia KW - *MYOCARDIAL infarction KW - *VENTRICULAR fibrillation KW - *HEART block KW - *HEART failure KW - *CORONARY heart disease KW - CATHETER ablation KW - AMIODARONE KW - catheter ablation KW - coronary artery disease KW - endocardial mapping KW - ventricular tachycardia UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17213379&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Electrophysiologic and Histologic Observations of Chronic Atrioventricular Block Induced by Closed-Chest Catheter Desiccation with Radiofrequency Energy. AU - Huang, Shoei K. AU - Bharati, Saroja AU - Lev, Maurice AU - Marcus, Frank I. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 10 IS - 4P1 SP - 805 EP - 816 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17115412; Author: Huang, Shoei K.: 1 Author: Bharati, Saroja Author: Lev, Maurice Author: Marcus, Frank I. ; Author Affiliation: 1 Section of Cardiology (111C), Veterans Administration, Medical Center, Tucson, AZ 85723; No. of Pages: 12; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050706 N2 - Direct-current or laser energy has been used to induce atrioventricular (AV) block, but certain complications associated with this type of energy have been reported. We have previously documented that radiofrequency (RF) energy can effectively and safely induce acute AV block in closed-chest dogs during the 4-7 days of follow-up. This study was undertaken to determine if the ablation was permanent and to define the chronic pathology and site of AV block. Complete AV block was successfully achieved in four dogs immediately after ablation with a bipolar "standard" RF output (750 kHz) delivered between the tip electrode of a standard 7F USCI catheter and an external patch electrode on the left lateral chest wall. During 2 months of follow-up, three dogs had persistent complete AV block with a stable escape rhythm; the other had persistent 2:1 AV block. Repeat His bundle recordings were performed at 2 months prior to sacrifice of the dogs. Supra-His AV block was noted in two dogs; His bundle potential could not be recorded in another two. Histologically, the damaged area was well delineated. In all animals, the AV node and, in some dogs, part of the His bundle were completely replaced by granulation tissue and/or cartilage. There was fatty infiltration and also chronic inflammatory cells around the lesions. Neither perforation, hemorrhage nor vacuolation was seen in the adjacent area. Thrombus was not present. It is concluded that RF energy can effectively achieve chronic AV block and produce well-circumscribed pathological lesions. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY KW - *HEART block KW - *HEART diseases KW - *DISEASE complications KW - *HEART conduction system KW - RADIO frequency KW - HIS bundle KW - catheter ablation KW - chronic atrioventricular block KW - radiofrequency energy UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17115412&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The NASPE/BPEG Generic Pacemaker Code for Antibradyarrhythmia and Adaptive-Rate Pacing and Antitachyarrhythmia Devices. AU - Bernstein, Alan D. AU - Camm, A. John AU - Fletcher, Ross D. AU - Gold, Robert D. AU - Rickards, Anthony F. AU - Smyth, Nicholas P. D. AU - Spielman, Scott R. AU - Sutton, Richard JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 10 IS - 4P1 SP - 794 EP - 799 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17115362; Author: Bernstein, Alan D.: 1 Author: Camm, A. John: 2 Author: Fletcher, Ross D.: 3 Author: Gold, Robert D.: 4 Author: Rickards, Anthony F.: 5 Author: Smyth, Nicholas P. D.: 6 Author: Spielman, Scott R.: 7 Author: Sutton, Richard: 8 ; Author Affiliation: 1 The Newark Beth Israel Medical Center, Newark, New Jersey: 2 St. George's Hospital, London, England: 3 Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, D.C.: 4 'Cordis Corporation, Miami, Florida: 5 National Heart Hospital, London, England: 6 George Washington University, Washington D.C.: 7 Albert Einstein Northern Medical Center, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania: 8 Westminster Hospital, London, England; No. of Pages: 6; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050706 N2 - A new generic pacemaker code, derived from and compatible with the Revised ICHD Code, was proposed jointly by the North American Society of Pacing and Electrophysiology (NASPE) Mode Code Committee and the British Pacing and Electrophysiology Croup (BPEC), and has been adopted by the NASPE Board of Trustees. It is abbreviated as the NBC (for "NASPE/BPEG Generic") Code, and was developed to permit extension of the generic-code concept to pacemakers whose escape rate is continuously controlled by monitoring some physiologic variable, rather than determined by fixed escape intervals measured from stimuli or sensed depolarizations, and to antitachyarrhythmia devices including cardioverters and defibrillators. The NASPE/BPEG Code incorporates an "R" in the fourth position to signify rate modulation (adaptive-rate pacing), and one of four letters in the fifth position to indicate the presence of antitachyarrhythmia-pacing capability or of cardioversion or defibrillation functions. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *DEFIBRILLATORS KW - *ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY KW - *ELECTRONICS in cardiology KW - MEDICAL equipment KW - ASSOCIATIONS, institutions, etc. KW - BPEC KW - code KW - mode KW - NASPE KW - NBC Code KW - pacemaker UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17115362&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A New Advancement in Noninvasive Electrophysiology: A Standard Laboratory Stimulator Pulse Coupled with an Implanted Pacemaker. AU - Wish, Marc AU - Fletcher, Ross D. AU - Cohen, Andrew I. AU - Sholder, Jason AU - Keefe, James AU - Miller, Frederick JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1986/11/15/ VL - 9 IS - 6P2 SP - 1089 EP - 1094 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17353439; Author: Wish, Marc: 1,2 Author: Fletcher, Ross D.: 1,2 Author: Cohen, Andrew I.: 1,2 Author: Sholder, Jason: 1,2 Author: Keefe, James: 1,2 Author: Miller, Frederick: 1,2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Veterans Administration Medical Center and Georgetown University, Washington, D.C.: 2 Pacesetter Systems, Sylmar, California; No. of Pages: 6; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050620 N2 - A new device for coupling the pulse from a standard laboratory stimulator to commercially available implanted pacemakers for use in noninvasive electro- physiology testing has been developed. When programmed to on electrophysiology mode, a 37 kHz carrier wave, generated by the programmer. maintains communication with the implanted pacemaker. Stimuli generated from a standard lab stimulator cause a break in the carrier wave and an output from the pacemaker. Cycle lengths as short as 127 msec can be attained. In addition to standard electrophysiology testing. this noninvasive electrophysiological technique can be used to fibrillate the heart to test the efficacy of automatic implantable cardioverter/defibrillators. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY KW - *BIOMEDICAL engineering KW - *DEFIBRILLATORS KW - MEDICAL equipment KW - MEDICAL supplies KW - SCIENTIFIC apparatus & instruments KW - electrophysiology KW - pacemakers UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17353439&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A Case of Ventricular Undersensing in the DDI Mode: Cause and Correction. AU - Bertuso, John AU - Kapoor, Amar S. AU - Schafer, John JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1986/09// VL - 9 IS - 5 SP - 685 EP - 689 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17642051; Author: Bertuso, John: 1 Author: Kapoor, Amar S.: 1 Author: Schafer, John: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Harry S. Truman Veterans Administration Hospital and The University of Missouri Hospital and Clinics, Columbia, Missouri; No. of Pages: 5; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050725 N2 - A case is presented that demonstrates a confusing problem of ventricular undersensing in the DDI pacing mode. Electrocardiographic monitoring of the patient after pacemaker implantation revealed intermittent ventricular channel outputs which appeared to be inappropriate. These occurred a period of time after the intrinsic R wave, equal to the programmed AV interval. This problem was caused by ventricular lead undersensing, which resulted when the patient's intrinsic rate was such that the intrinsic ventricular complex occurred during the ventricular blanking period. The problem was corrected by reprogramming the blanking period. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *IMPLANTED cardiovascular instruments KW - *ARTIFICIAL implants KW - *ELECTRONICS in cardiology KW - *BIOMEDICAL engineering KW - *ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY KW - ARTIFICIAL hearts KW - AV sequential pacemaker KW - DDI mode KW - inappropriate ventricular channel output KW - ventricular undersensing UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17642051&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Inhibition of a Physiologic Pacing System Due to its Anti-Pacemaker-Mediated Tachycardia Mode. AU - Satler, Lowell F. AU - Rackley, Charles E. AU - Pearle, David L. AU - Fletcher, Ross D. AU - Del Negro, Albert A. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1985/11// VL - 8 IS - 6 SP - 806 EP - 810 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17352805; Author: Satler, Lowell F.: 1 Author: Rackley, Charles E.: 1 Author: Pearle, David L.: 1 Author: Fletcher, Ross D.: 1 Author: Del Negro, Albert A.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Department of Medicine, Division of Cardiology, Georgetown University Hospital, and Washington Veterans Administration Hospital. Washington, D.C.; No. of Pages: 5; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050620 N2 - Newer programmable DDD pacemakers prevent pacemaker-mediated tachycardia by automatic extension of the atrial refractory period after a detected premature ventricular contraction. We present an example in which the automatic extension of the atrial refractory period resulted in pacemaker inhibition, which should not automatically be assumed to represent pacemaker malfunction. A careful understanding of pacemaker timing intervals may allow for identification and correction of this problem. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *VENTRICULAR tachycardia KW - *CARDIAC pacing KW - *HEART conduction system KW - *ARRHYTHMIA KW - *HEART KW - *IMPLANTED cardiovascular instruments KW - ELECTRIC properties KW - MEDICAL equipment KW - inhibition KW - malfunction KW - pacemaker KW - refractory period KW - tachycardia UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17352805&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Noise Mode Response at Peak Exercise in a DDD Pacemaker. AU - Sudduth, Bonnie K. AU - Morris, D. Lynn AU - Gertz, Edward W. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1985/09// VL - 8 IS - 5 SP - 746 EP - 752 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17352637; Author: Sudduth, Bonnie K.: 1 Author: Morris, D. Lynn: 1 Author: Gertz, Edward W.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Departments of Medicine and Radiology and the Cardiovascular Research Institule, University of California, San Francisco, and the Veterans Administration Medical Center. San Francisco, California; No. of Pages: 7; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050621 N2 - The noise sampling period has been recognized as a cause of apparent sensing malfunction in demand pacemakers. Physiologic signals as well as external electromagnetic interference can cause certain demand pacemakers to remain refractory and escape asynchronously at a specified rate. In this case, noise mode reversion pacing at the programmed lower rate limit of a Cordis 415A DDD pacemaker was observed during exercise when P-waves fell within the noise sampling period. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *IMPLANTED cardiovascular instruments KW - DRUG delivery devices KW - MEDICAL equipment -- Calibration KW - DRUG delivery systems KW - MEDICAL equipment KW - dual chamber pacemakers KW - electrical interference KW - oversensing KW - pacemaker sensing UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17352637&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Torsades de Pointes: A Rare Complication of Temporary Pacing for Permanent Ventricular Pacemaker Failure. AU - Janosik, Denise AU - Stratmann, Henry G. AU - Walter, Kenneth E. AU - Kennedy, Harold L. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1985/07// VL - 8 IS - 4 SP - 558 EP - 561 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17510376; Author: Janosik, Denise: 1 Author: Stratmann, Henry G.: 1 Author: Walter, Kenneth E.: 1 Author: Kennedy, Harold L.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Department of Cardiology, St. Louis Veterans Administration Medical Center, and St. Louis University, St. Louis, Missouri.; No. of Pages: 4; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050707 N2 - Torsades de pointes, a distinctive type of polymorphous ventricular tachycardia, may be induced by critically timed ventricular stimulation during electrophysiologic studies or, rarely, in patients with temporary or permanent ventricular pacemakers. The following case illustrates how, when temporary ventricular pacing is instituted to maintain heart rate in a patient with a defective permanent ventricular pacemaker, this potentially fatal arrhythmia may occur as a complication of interaction between the two pacemakers. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *VENTRICULAR tachycardia KW - *ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *ARRHYTHMIA KW - *PATIENTS KW - MEDICAL equipment KW - artificial KW - pacemakers KW - torsades de pointes KW - ventricular tachycardia KW - VVI pacemakers UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17510376&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Late Potentials and Arrhythmogenesis. AU - El-Sherif, Nabil AU - Gomes, Joseph A. C. AU - Restivo, Mark AU - Mehra, Rahul JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1985/05// VL - 8 IS - 3P1 SP - 440 EP - 462 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17362986; Author: El-Sherif, Nabil: 1 Author: Gomes, Joseph A. C.: 1 Author: Restivo, Mark: 1 Author: Mehra, Rahul: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 State University of New York, Downstate Medical Center, and the Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brooklyn. New York.; No. of Pages: 23; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050621 N2 - There are three current prognostic indicators of ventricular electrical instability: (1) categorization and stratification of spontaneous ventricular arrhythmias from standard EGG recordings; (2) programmed electrical stimulation; (3) direct recording of delayed depolarization potentials, usually referred to as late potentials. Of the three, the latter offers a new and promising approach. Late potentials represent delayed activation potentials of diseased myocardial zones and may prove to be a strong independent marker of the propensity to develop reentrant ventricular arrhythmias and sudden cardiac electrical death. The problem in identifying late potentials on the body surface is that the signal is smaller than the electrical noise produced by various sources. Two different techniques have been utilized to improve the signal-to-noise ratio: first, signal averaging, which is applicable to regular repetitive electrocardiographic signals but cannot detect moment-to-moment dynamic changes in the signal; second, low-noise or high-resolution electrocardiography that utilizes spatial averaging techniques as well as other noise-reducing measures to record the late potentials on a heat-to-beat basis. This technique has the potential of directly identifying malignant "reentrant" versus benign "focal" ventricular rhythms. The present report discusses the electrophysiologic basis of late potentials and the clinical results of both signal-averaged and low-noise recordings for evaluation of ventricular electrical instability, particularly in patients with ischemic heart disease. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *ARRHYTHMIA KW - *ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY KW - *CORONARY heart disease KW - *ELECTRIC stimulation KW - *ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY KW - *CARDIAC pacing KW - late potentials KW - low-noise electrocardiography KW - signal averaging KW - signal-to-noise ratio KW - ventricular electrical instability UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17362986&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Long-term Management of Recurrent Paroxysmal Tachycardia by Cardiac Burst Pacing. AU - Peters, Robert W. AU - Scheinman, Melvin M. AU - Morady, Fred AU - Jacobson, Lester JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1985/01// VL - 8 IS - 1P1 SP - 35 EP - 44 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17384684; Author: Peters, Robert W.: 1,2 Author: Scheinman, Melvin M.: 1,2 Author: Morady, Fred: 1,2 Author: Jacobson, Lester: 1,2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Department of Medicine and Cardiovascular Research Institute, University of California, San Francisco: 2 Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Maryland, Baltimore, Maryland; No. of Pages: 10; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050622 N2 - Sixteen patients with either recurrent symptomatic supraventricular tachycardia (SVT) (ten) or ventricular tachycardia (VT) (six) unresponsive to drug treatment underwent insertion of chronic overdrive cardiac pacing devices for arrhythmia control. All Patients with SVT followed for longer than 25 years required concomitant drug therapy for rhythm control. In addition, one of the ten patients required amiodarone and three required nonpharmacologic therapy (catheter ablation of the atrioventricular junction (one). surgical ablation of the Kent bundle and/or bundle of His (two). In the six patients with VT, only one patient used the device successfully. In the other five patients, either the arrhythmia failed to respond to burst overdrive pacing (three) or overdrive acceleration resulted (two). One death in the latter group was related to induction of rapid VT followed by ventricular fibrillation. Long-term follow-up of patients with paroxysmal SVT shows that virtually all require concomitant drug therapy and may require aggressive medical or surgical procedures for arrhythmia control. Use of ventricular overdrive pacing for those with VT appeared singularly disappointing in that pacing proved either ineffective (three) or resulted in overdrive acceleration (two) in 5/6 patients. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *TACHYCARDIA KW - *CARDIAC pacing KW - *PATIENTS KW - *ARRHYTHMIA KW - *DRUG therapy KW - *THERAPEUTICS KW - *CATHETERIZATION KW - anti-tachycardia pacing KW - supravetricular tachycardia KW - ventricular tachycardia UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17384684&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Pacemaker Headaches. AU - Das, Gopal JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1984/09// VL - 7 IS - 5 SP - 802 EP - 805 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17122124; Author: Das, Gopal: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Division of Cardiology, University of North Dakota, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Fargo, North Dakota; No. of Pages: 4; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050524 N2 - A symptom complex (Pacemaker syndrome) consisting of hypotension, dizziness, or near-syncope in patients with functioning ventricular pacemakers has been previously described. Whereas, the effects of synchronized ventriculo-atrial contraction on forward systemic circulation are known, the effects of increased venous dynamics on systemic function are not known. We describe a patient who developed severe headaches during periods of ventricular pacing with retrograde ventriculo-atrial conduction. These headaches occurred in the absence of symptoms of Pacemaker syndrome or of changes in systemic blood pressure. We believe that the headaches were caused by alterations in intracranial pressure from exaggerated pulsatile venous dynamics. Conversion of the pacing system from VVI to AV sequential pacing completely relieved the headaches. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *HEADACHE KW - *HYPOTENSION KW - *IMPLANTED cardiovascular instruments KW - *CARDIAC pacing KW - *HEART conduction system KW - pacemaker headaches KW - pacemaker syndrome KW - retrograde ventriculo-atrial conduction KW - synchronized ventriculo-atrial contraction UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17122124&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Recurrent Pulmonary Embolization Following Implantation of Transvenous Pacemaker. AU - Pasquariello, James L. AU - Hariman, Robert J. AU - Yudelman, Ian M. AU - Feit, Alan AU - Gomes, Joseph A. C. AU - El-Sherif, Nabil JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1984/09// VL - 7 IS - 5 SP - 790 EP - 793 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17121982; Author: Pasquariello, James L. Author: Hariman, Robert J.: 1 Author: Yudelman, Ian M. Author: Feit, Alan Author: Gomes, Joseph A. C. Author: El-Sherif, Nabil ; Author Affiliation: 1 Cardiovascular Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 800 Poly Place, Brooklyn, NY 11209 U.S.A.; No. of Pages: 4; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050524 N2 - A 44-year-old man developed recurrent pulmonary embolization after implantation of a permanent transvenous DVI pacemaker connected to polyurethane leads. Thrombus was found in the left innominate and subclavian veins around the pacemaker leads, but not in the right atrium or in the venous system of the pelvis and the lower extremities. The recurrence of pulmonary embalization followed discontinuation of treatment with Coumadin. This case demonstrates that lifelong anticoagulation is indicated in patients who have had pulmonary, embolization and/or venous thrombosis around the pacemaker leads. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *IMPLANTED cardiovascular instruments KW - *THROMBOSIS KW - THERAPEUTIC embolization KW - POLYURETHANES KW - DVI pacemaker KW - polyurethane leads KW - pulmonary emboli UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17121982&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Synchronous Intracardiac Cardioversion. AU - Zipes, Douglas P. AU - Heger, James J. AU - Miles, William M. AU - Prystowsky, Eric N. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1984/05/15/ VL - 7 IS - 3P2 SP - 522 EP - 533 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17213194; Author: Zipes, Douglas P.: 1 Author: Heger, James J.: 1 Author: Miles, William M.: 1 Author: Prystowsky, Eric N.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Krannert Institute of Cardiology, Department of Medicine, Indiana University School of Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Indianapolis, Indiana; No. of Pages: 12; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050607 N2 - The concept of synchronous transvenous cardioversion of sustained ventricular tachycardia is discussed. This article reviews the animal experience, initial and collective studies in patients, and results of permanent implantation in two patients. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *TACHYCARDIA KW - *VENTRICULAR tachycardia KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *IMPLANTED cardiovascular instruments KW - *ARTIFICIAL implants KW - *ELECTRONICS in cardiology KW - cardioversion KW - implantable defibrillator KW - ventricular fibrillation KW - ventricular tachycardia UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17213194&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The Values and Limitations of Deductive Analysis and Electrophysiological Testing in Patients with Sinoatrial Arrhythmias. AU - Schweitzer, Paul AU - Mark, Herbert JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1984/05// VL - 7 IS - 3P1 SP - 403 EP - 420 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17115091; Author: Schweitzer, Paul: 1 Author: Mark, Herbert: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Section of Cardiology, Department of Medicine, Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center and the Department of Medicine, Mount Sinai School of Medicine, Bronx, New York; No. of Pages: 18; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050630 N2 - We reviewed the values and the limitations of deductive analysis and electrophysiological testing of sinoatrial arrhythmias (SAA). Both methods have a place in the evaluation of SAA and are complementary. Careful analysis of the surface ECG and the response of the sinus node to various tachyarrhythmias and to atrial premature beats can provide important information about the automaticity of the sinus node and sinoatrial and atriosinus conduction. Because of the sporadic nature of some SAA, the surface ECC sometimes must be supplemented by ambulatory ECG recording. This approach improves one's ability to analyze the underlying mechanism and it can also clarify the relation between the SAA and the patient's symptoms. Electrophysiological testing can be employed to reproduce certain SAA and to assess the effects of various drugs on sinus node function. This approach is superior to deductive analysis in the identification of some sinoatrial conduction abnormalities and sinus node reentry. Among the disadvantages of electrophysiological testing are its invasive character and the fact that normal electrophysiological results do not exclude sinus node dysfunction. A definitive clarification of the underlying mechanism of SAA requires direct recording of the sinus node electrogram. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY KW - *ATRIAL arrhythmias KW - *ARRHYTHMIA KW - *ATRIAL fibrillation KW - ATRIAL flutter KW - deductive analysis KW - electrophysiological testing KW - sinoatrial arrhythmias UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17115091&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Report of the NASPE Mode Code Committee. AU - Bernstein, A. D. AU - Brownlee, R. R. AU - Fletcher, R. AU - Gold, R. D. AU - Smyth, N. P. D. AU - Spielman, S. R. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1984/05// VL - 7 IS - 3P1 SP - 395 EP - 402 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17115079; Author: Bernstein, A. D.: 1 Author: Brownlee, R. R.: 2 Author: Fletcher, R.: 3 Author: Gold, R. D.: 4 Author: Smyth, N. P. D.: 5 Author: Spielman, S. R.: 6 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Secretary, The Newark Beth Israel Medical Center, Newark, New Jersey: 2 Cardiac Control Systems, Palm Coast, Florida: 3 Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, D.C.: 4 Chairman, Cordis Corporation, Miami, Florida: 5 The Washington Hospital Ceriter, Washington, D.C.: 6 Hahnemann University Hospital, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; No. of Pages: 8; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050630 N2 - The NASPE Mode Code Committee was formed in response to the growing need for efficient means of describing the function of increasingly complex single- and dual-chamber cardiac pacemakers. After considering numeric, alphabetic, and pictorial codes, the Committee recommended the adoption of two codes: a generic code which is similar to the Revised ICHD Code and is suitable for conversational use, and a specific code, based on one developed by Brownlee and others, that permits more detailed specification of both antibradycardia and antitachycardia functions. The specific code described in this report was adopted by the NASPE Executive Advisory Committee as the NASPE Specific Code in March, 1983. The generic code was not adopted but is described herein for future reference in the light of experience to he gained in the use of the recently published Revised ICHD Code. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *IMPLANTED cardiovascular instruments KW - *BRADYCARDIA KW - *ARRHYTHMIA KW - *TACHYCARDIA KW - code KW - labeling KW - mode KW - NASPE KW - pacemaker UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17115079&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Catheter-induced A-V Nodal Block Occurring during Electrophysiologic Study. AU - Peters, Robert W. AU - Nussbaum, Stan AU - Mailhot, James AU - Lief, Laurence H. AU - Paley, Hyman W. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1984/03// VL - 7 IS - 2 SP - 248 EP - 251 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17213477; Author: Peters, Robert W.: 1 Author: Nussbaum, Stan Author: Mailhot, James Author: Lief, Laurence H. Author: Paley, Hyman W. ; Author Affiliation: 1 Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3900 Loch Raven Blvd., Baltimore, MD 21218; No. of Pages: 4; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050706 N2 - We describe a patient who underwent electrophysiologic study/or evaluation of recurrent syncope. No abnormalities were found but high-grade A-V block proximal to the His bundle depolarization developed abruptly as the coronary sinus electrode catheter was being withdrawn. The A-V block disappeared gradually over a 12-hour period, progressing to type I second-degree A-V block, and then to first-degree A-V block (due to prolonged A-V nodal conduction), prior to resuming normal conduction. We postulate that A-V block was induced by direct contact between the electrode catheter and the A-V node or very proximal His bundle. Catheter-induced A-V block at this site has been described only rarely, possibly because of the relatively protected location and the configuration of the A-V node. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *ATRIOVENTRICULAR node KW - *ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY KW - *SYNCOPE (Pathology) KW - *HEART conduction system KW - ELECTRODES KW - CATHETERS KW - A-V nodal block KW - electrode catheter KW - electrophysiologic study KW - syncope UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17213477&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The Lown-Ganong-Levine Syndrome. AU - Castellanos, Agustin AU - Zaman, Liaqat AU - Moleiro, Federico AU - Aranda, Juan M. AU - Myerburg, Robert J. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1982/09// VL - 5 IS - 5 SP - 715 EP - 740 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17440126; Author: Castellanos, Agustin: 1,2,3 Author: Zaman, Liaqat: 1,2,3 Author: Moleiro, Federico: 1,2,3 Author: Aranda, Juan M.: 1,2,3 Author: Myerburg, Robert J.: 1,2,3 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Division of Cardiology, Department of Medicine, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida: 2 Division of Cardiology, Universidad Central De Venezuela, Caracas, Venezuela: 3 University of Puerto Rico Veterans Administration Hospital, San Juan, Puerto Rico; No. of Pages: 26; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050628 N2 - Presents a study focusing on Lown-Ganong-Levine syndrome, an entity considered by some researchers to be associated with recurrent supraventricular tachyarrhythmias with short PR intervals and narrow QRS complexes. Etiology and epidemiology of the disease; Signs and symptoms; Diagnosis and Treatment options. KW - *HEART diseases KW - *VENTRICULAR tachycardia KW - *HEART beat KW - *CARDIAC contraction KW - *HEART conduction system KW - *CARDIOLOGY KW - TACHYARRHYTHMIAS UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17440126&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Postoperative Electrophysiological Studies with a Modified Radiofrequency System. Technical Aspects and Clinical Usefulness. AU - Strasberg, Boris AU - Fetter, Joseph AU - Palileo, Edwin AU - Levitsky, Sidney AU - Rosen, Kenneth M. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1982/09// VL - 5 IS - 5 SP - 688 EP - 693 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17440071; Author: Strasberg, Boris: 1,2,3 Author: Fetter, Joseph: 1,2,3 Author: Palileo, Edwin: 1,2,3 Author: Levitsky, Sidney: 1,2,3 Author: Rosen, Kenneth M.: 1,2,3 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Section of Cardiology, Department of Medicine and Section of Cardiovascular Surgery, Department of Surgery, University of Illinois: 2 West Side Veterans Administration Hospital, Abraham Lincoln School of Medicine, University of Illinois College of Medicine, Chicago, Illinois: 3 Medtronic, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota; No. of Pages: 6; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050628 N2 - Two patients who underwent a ventricular aneurysmectomy for treatment of ventricular tachycardia are presented. In both patients, a radiofrequency pacemaker was implanted at surgery (for therapeutic use if surgery should fail). In both patients, elect trophysiological studies were performed before discharge utilizing a radio frequency pacemaker without recourse to repeat catheterization. This was possible by modifying the transmitter and coupling it to a commercially available programmable stimulator. (PAGE, Vol. 5, September-October, 1982) ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *ANEURYSMS KW - *ARTIFICIAL implants KW - *ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY KW - *VASCULAR diseases KW - EXCISION (Surgery) KW - POSTOPERATIVE period KW - RADIOFREQUENCY spectroscopy KW - electrophysiological studies KW - radiofrequency pacemaker KW - ventricular tachycardia UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17440071&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A Possible Role of the Specialized Conduction System in the Conversion of Ventricular Tachycardia to Ventricular Fibrillation. AU - Schroeder, Paul AU - Lyons, Chalmers JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1982/09// VL - 5 IS - 5 SP - 683 EP - 687 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17440065; Author: Schroeder, Paul: 1 Author: Lyons, Chalmers: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Research and Medical Services, Veterans Administration Hospital, Albany, New York; No. of Pages: 5; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050628 N2 - Electrode recordings from the right bundle branch, His bundle, and right atrium in a canine preparation enabled us to observe the activation of the ventricular myocardium and the specialized conduction system during the conversion of ventricular tachycardia to ventricular fibrillation. At times when ventricular tachycardia degenerated to ventricular fibrillation, asynchronous activation of the right bundle branch and the ventricular myocardium was frequently noted. Such asynchrony of activation was not seen during the spontaneous conversion of ventricular tachycardia to sinus rhythm. We suggest that this asynchronous activity produces increasing fractionation of ventricular activation fronts, which in turn yields fibrillation. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *HEART conduction system KW - *VENTRICULAR tachycardia KW - *VENTRICULAR fibrillation KW - *ARRHYTHMIA KW - *HEART diseases KW - HIS bundle KW - bundle branch re-entry KW - specialized conduction system KW - sudden death KW - ventricular fibrillation UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17440065&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A Specific ECG Triad Associated with Congestive Heart Failure. AU - Goldberger, Ary L. AU - Barold, S. Serge JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1982/07// VL - 5 IS - 4 SP - 593 EP - 599 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17575887; Author: Goldberger, Ary L.: 1 Author: Barold, S. Serge ; Author Affiliation: 1 Cardiology Division, Medical Services, San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of California, San Diego, School of Medicine, San Diego, California; No. of Pages: 7; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050713 N2 - A new temporary pacemaker lead, Medtronic 6400, with a solid defined electrode surface area of 7.5 mm², has been implanted in 50 patients after open-heart surgery. One electrode was inserted intramyocardially on the right ventricle, while another was placed extracardially and served as a reference lead. Forty-six of the patients were followed postoperatively with measurements of myocardial stimulation threshold and resistance. In 25 of the patients, electrograms were recorded on magnetic tape for further computer analysis of amplitudes, slew rates, and signal source impedance. During constant current pacing, myocardial stimulation threshold increased from a median of 0.4 mA one hour postoperatively to a maximum value of 2.3 mA. In two patients (4.3%) intermittent pacing failure was seen. Stimulation resistance fell from a median of 875 Q, to a minimum of 487 Ω, with a subsequent increase to 598 Ω before electrode removal. Both mean electrogram amplitude (7.35 mV) and slew rate (0.82 V/s) had their minimum values on the sixth postoperative day. Intermittent sensing failure was observed in 2⁄25 patients (8%). Signal source impedance was of a magnitude not likely to contribute to sensing failure. No complications were seen from the use of this lead. The new electrode is an important improvement in temporary pacemaker lead design. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY KW - *CONGESTIVE heart failure KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *IMPLANTED cardiovascular instruments KW - *CARDIOMYOPATHIES KW - *CARDIOLOGY KW - congestive heart failure KW - ECG triad UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17575887&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Alternans of the ST Segment and T Wave. A Sign of Electrical Instability in Prinzmetal's Angina. AU - Rozanski, John J. AU - Kleinfeld, Morris JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1982/05// VL - 5 IS - 3 SP - 359 EP - 365 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17351852; Author: Rozanski, John J.: 1,2,3,4 Author: Kleinfeld, Morris: 1,2,3,4 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Section of Cardiology, Miami Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Miami School of Medicine, Department of Medicine, Brooklyn, New York.: 2 Maimonides Medical Center, Brooklyn, New York.: 3 State University of New York, Downstate Medical Center, Brooklyn, New York.: 4 Miami Heart Institute, Miami Beach, Florida.; No. of Pages: 7; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050621 N2 - In an effort to determine the incidence of ventricular arrhythmias associated with ST segment alternans, the patterns of ST segment and T-wave electrical alternans (STEA) were analyzed in 93 patients during spontaneous Prinzmetal's angina. Twenty-eight of 93 patients, or 30% (Group IJ, showed STEA during episodes of ST segment elevation. Sixty-five of 93 patients, or 70% (Group II), showed no alternans during episodes of ST segment elevation. In Group I, ventricular arrhythmias, defined as all ventricular ectopic activity greater than 5 beats per minute and complex Lown grades III to V, occurred during 52 of 55 episodes, or 95%; whereas in Group II, ventricular arrhythmias occurred in only 51 of 125 episodes, or 41% (p < 0.01). The difference in the incidence of ventricular fibrillation (VF) or ventricular tachycardia (VT) in the two groups was more striking, VT or VF occurred in 20 of 55 in Group I (36%) versus 5 of 125 in Group II (4%). Although there were no significant differences in age or sex between Group I and II patients, there was a significant difference in the magnitude of the maximum ST segment elevation (5 mm in Group I versus 3 mm in Group II, p < 0.01). This study demonstrates that the occurrence of STEA and T wave alternans frequently heralds the onset of ventricular arrhythmias in Prinzmetal's angina. Both the arrhythmias and the alternans occur during the time of maximal ST segment elevation. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *ARRHYTHMIA KW - *HEART diseases KW - *ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY KW - *PATIENTS KW - WAVES (Physics) KW - ELECTRICITY -- Physiological effect UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17351852&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Non-Operative Removal of a Tined-Tip Endocardial Pacemaker Catheter. AU - Peters, Robert AU - Wohl, Barry AU - Fisher, Michael AU - Carliner, Nathan AU - Plotnick, Gary JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1982/01// VL - 5 IS - 1 SP - 129 EP - 132 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17381469; Author: Peters, Robert: 1 Author: Wohl, Barry: 1 Author: Fisher, Michael: 1 Author: Carliner, Nathan: 1 Author: Plotnick, Gary: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Maryland School of Medicine, Baltimore, Maryland; No. of Pages: 4; Language: English; Publication Type: Case Study; Update Code: 20050621 N2 - Presents a case study of a 69-year-old male who has infected pacemaker pocket. Medical background of the patient; Cause of the infection; Assessment of the therapeutic approach to patients an infected pacemaker pocket. KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *IMPLANTED cardiovascular instruments KW - *PATIENTS KW - *INFECTION KW - MEDICAL equipment UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17381469&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The Epicardial Screw-On Electrode. AU - Bashore, Thomas M. AU - Burks, John M. AU - Wagner, Galen S. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1982/01// VL - 5 IS - 1 SP - 59 EP - 66 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17381088; Author: Bashore, Thomas M.: 1 Author: Burks, John M.: 1 Author: Wagner, Galen S.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Department of Medicine, Division of Cardiology, Duke University Medical Center and Veterans Administration Hospital, Durham, North Carolina; No. of Pages: 8; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050621 N2 - This study assesses the clinical and electrode complications associated with the use of the epicardial screw-on electrode technique for permanent ventricular pacing. The records of 114 consecutive patients who received screw-on epicardial electrodes were analyzed in-hospital and at one year following implantation We compared two techniques of implanting the screw-on electrode: 72 transmediastinal (TM) and 42 subxiphoid (SX) procedures. Baseline clinical inequalities were not apparent between the SX and TM patients. There was one operative death in the SX series and none among the TM patients. Total hospital mortality was 4% in the SX group and 2% in the TM group. In-hospital morbidity in the SX series (13/72–18%) was less than the TM group [14/42–33%], largely due to pleural entry and necessity for more frequent chest tube placement in TM patients. Electrode complications were low in both groups (3% in-hospital and 3% late; total 6/114, or 5%). Morbidity and mortality of these approaches to direct myocardial pacing remain noticeably higher than reported results of some transvenous series. Excellent electrode stability can be attained using the screw-on electrode, however, and the SX approach offers lower hospital morbidity than the TM method. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CARDIAC pacing KW - *ARRHYTHMIA -- Treatment KW - *ELECTRIC stimulation KW - *ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY KW - ELECTRODES KW - ELECTRICITY in medicine KW - permanent pacing KW - sutureless epicardial electrode UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17381088&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Subtle ECG Sign of Acute Infarction: Prominent Reciprocal ST Depression with Minimal Primary ST Elevation. AU - Goldberger, Ary L. AU - Erickson, Richard JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1981/11// VL - 4 IS - 6 SP - 709 EP - 712 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17359970; Author: Goldberger, Ary L.: 1 Author: Erickson, Richard: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Division of Cardiology, San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Center, and University of California, San Diego, San Diego, California.; No. of Pages: 4; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050621 N2 - Subtle ECG sign of acute infarction: Prominent reciprocal ST depression with minimal primary ST elevation. In most cases of acute transmural infarction, the reciprocal ST segment depressions observed in contralateral leads are less marked than the primary ST segment elevations. Two unusual cases are presented where reciprocal ST depressions were the predominant findings due to the orientation of the injury current vector. Failure to recognize this pattern may impede the diagnosis and localization of acute infarction. Furthermore, these cases illustrate the principle that "hyperacute" T waves may only appear as a slight, relative increase in T wave positivity rather than as a marked absolute increase in T wave amplitube. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *MYOCARDIAL infarction KW - *CORONARY heart disease KW - *ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY KW - *CARDIOLOGY KW - *INTERNAL medicine KW - MEDICAL research KW - acute myocardial infarction KW - hyperacute T wave KW - ST depression KW - ST elevation UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17359970&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Recollections--1958-1961. AU - Chardack, William M. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1981/09// VL - 4 IS - 5 SP - 592 EP - 596 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17573699; Author: Chardack, William M.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Departments of Surgery, Veterans Administration Hospital, and the State University of New York ut Buffalo School of Medicine, Buffalo, New York; No. of Pages: 5; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050712 N2 - Relates the experience of the author and his group in working on the long-term correction of heart block by an implantable pacemaker carrying its own power supply from 1958-1961. Reasons for pursuing the experiment; Challenges faced. KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *IMPLANTED cardiovascular instruments KW - *CARDIOLOGY KW - MEDICAL equipment UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17573699&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Pacemaker Malfunction Following Transthoracic Countershock. AU - Das, Gopal AU - Eaton, John JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1981/09// VL - 4 IS - 5 SP - 487 EP - 490 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17573199; Author: Das, Gopal: 1 Author: Eaton, John: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Veterans Administration Medical Center and the Division of Cardiology, University of North Dakota School of Medicine, Fargo, North Dakota; No. of Pages: 4; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050712 N2 - Pacemaker malfunction following transthoracic countershock, Electrical cardioversion or defibrillation may be necessary in patients with implanted artificial cardiac pacemakers. Sudden discharge of high electrical energy employed in DC transthoracic countershock procedures may damage the sensitive pacemaker circuitry and result in malfunction. We report a case in which, following synchronized DC countershock, a non-programmable demand pacemaker functioned in the H-wave triggered mode rather than the H-wave inhibited mode as designed. Further, the pacemaker output voltage was reduced to about half its specified output. Such a malfunction may not be readily apparent, and requires careful analysis following electric shock. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *IMPLANTED cardiovascular instruments KW - *CARDIOLOGY KW - ELECTRIC countershock KW - MEDICAL equipment KW - cardioversion KW - DC countershock KW - pacemaker malfunction UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17573199&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Electrical Alternans of Pacemaker Spike Amplitude: an Unusual Manifestation of Permanent Pacemaker Generator Malfunction. AU - Austin, Stephen M. AU - Kim, Chung S. AU - Solis, Ariel JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1981/05// VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 313 EP - 316 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17629821; Author: Austin, Stephen M.: 1 Author: Kim, Chung S.: 1 Author: Solis, Ariel: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Cardiology Section, Medical Service and Cardiothoracic Surgical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, East Orange, College of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey—New Jersey Medical School, New Jersey; No. of Pages: 4; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050725 N2 - A case of electrical alternans of pacemaker stimulus amplitude is presented, with constant alternation of large and small amplitude pacemaker spikes without loss of ventricular capture, due to a defect in the oscillator hybrid of a rate programmable Medtronic unit. This represents an unusual electrocardiographic manifestation of pacemaker generator malfunction which, to our knowledge, has not been reported previously. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *IMPLANTED cardiovascular instruments KW - *ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY KW - *HEART diseases -- Diagnosis KW - ELECTRODIAGNOSIS KW - pacemaker malfunction KW - pacemaker spike alternans UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17629821&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Pacing 1980. AU - Zipes, Douglas P. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1981/03// VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 182 EP - 192 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17386055; Author: Zipes, Douglas P.: 1,2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Krannert Institute of Cardiology, Department of Medicine, Indiana University School of Medicine: 2 Veterans Administration Medical Center, Indianapolis, Indiana; No. of Pages: 11; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050622 N2 - Discusses the issues that need to be addressed in the application of cardiac pacing. Role of clinical electrophysiological testing; Importance of the application of quality control to pacemaker manufacturers and physicians; Recycle of implantable pulse generators. KW - *CARDIAC pacing KW - *ARRHYTHMIA -- Treatment KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *IMPLANTED cardiovascular instruments KW - *ELECTRIC stimulation KW - *ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY KW - ELECTRICITY in medicine UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17386055&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Delayed Pulse Generator Malfunction after D.C. Countershock. AU - Palac, Robert T. AU - Hwang, Ming H. AU - Klodnycky, Mary L. AU - Loeb, Henry S. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1981/03// VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 163 EP - 167 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17386037; Author: Palac, Robert T.: 1,2 Author: Hwang, Ming H.: 1,2 Author: Klodnycky, Mary L.: 1,2 Author: Loeb, Henry S.: 1,2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Section of Cardiology, Department of Medicine, Loyola University Stritch School of Medicine, Maywood: 2 Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois; No. of Pages: 5; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050622 N2 - Immediate pacemaker malfunction following defibrillation or cardioversion has been reported. In this paper we report one patient whose pacemaker appeared to be functioning normally after D.C. countershock but malfunctioned 13 days later manifested by changing from an R-wave inhibited to an R-wave synchronous mode. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *ARRHYTHMIA KW - *PATIENTS KW - *IMPLANTED cardiovascular instruments KW - *ELECTRONICS in cardiology KW - ELECTRIC countershock KW - DIRECT currents UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17386037&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - TQ Segment (Baseline) Alternans during Prinzmetal's Variant Angina. AU - Rozanski, John J. AU - Kleinfeld, Morris JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1980/11// VL - 3 IS - 6 SP - 724 EP - 729 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17355500; Author: Rozanski, John J.: 1,2 Author: Kleinfeld, Morris: 1,2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Division of Cardiology, Miami Veterans Administration Hospital, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida: 2 Department of Medicine, Maimonides Hospital and State University of New York, Downstate Medical Center, Brooklyn, New York; No. of Pages: 6; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050620 N2 - In a study of 93 patients who met criteria for Prinz-metal's angina, alternans of the ST segment was observed in 28 of 93 patients (30%). In 8 of these 28 patients, a hitherto undescribed variant of alternans, namely alternation [≥ 1 mm shift in 2:1 pattern) in the amplitude of the baseline or TQ segment (TQ Alt) was observed. In all eight patients serious ventricular arrhythmias were noted, namely, ventricular fibrillation in two, ventricular tachycardia in four, and multiform or advanced ventricular ectopic activity in eight. The TQ Air developed only after ST segment alternans occurred. It is postulated that the alternations of the ST and TQ segments are due to differences in current flows due to inhomogeneity of depolarization and repolarization of the action potential caused by ischemia. Furthermore, the associated arrhythmias observed are related to the inhomogeneous state initiated by the ischemia. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *ANGINA pectoris KW - *CHEST pain KW - *CORONARY heart disease KW - *ISCHEMIA KW - *BLOOD circulation disorders KW - *ARRHYTHMIA KW - *HEART diseases KW - *HEART beat KW - CORONARY vasospasm KW - ischemia KW - Prinzmetal's variant angina KW - ventricular arrhythmias UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17355500&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Clinical Evaluation of an Improved High Resolution ECG Cart for Recording the His Bundle Electrogram Non-Invasively. AU - Rozanski, J. J. AU - Castellanos, A. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1980/07// VL - 3 IS - 4 SP - 479 EP - 484 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17572139; Author: Rozanski, J. J.: 1 Author: Castellanos, A.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Miami Veterans Administration Medical Center and the University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida; No. of Pages: 6; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050712 N2 - The Marquette high resolution MAC-1 ECG cart can record the His bundle electrogram non-invasively al the bedside. The second generation MAC-1 has several unique features and technical advances which may now make the technique clinically applicable. In addition to amplification and signal averaging, an adjustable input filtration system excludes beats which are unacceptably "noisy" compared to a 4 beat template. Thus, extremely "clean" signals are presented for processing by the averager allowing resolution of very low amplitude signals. Clear unequivocal His bundle recordings were obtainable in 25 of 55 patients (45'yr}. A correlation coefficient of + .97 was obtained between invasive and non-invasive HV intervals. The 55% failure rate was attributed to prolonged atrial activity in 33%, short PR in 9%, and technically unsatisfactory recordings with excessive or overwhelming noise which did not allow appreciable signal resolution in 15%. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY KW - *HEART diseases -- Diagnosis KW - *CARDIAC pacing KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - ELECTRODIAGNOSIS KW - ECG cart KW - His bundle electrogram KW - input filtration system KW - signal averaging UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17572139&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A Clinical Evaluation of an Improved Holter Monitoring Technique for Artificial Pacemaker Function. AU - Kelen, G. J. AU - Bloomfield, D. A. AU - Hardage, M. AU - Gomes, J. A. AU - Khan, R. AU - Gopalaswamy, G. AU - Sherif, N. El JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1980/03// VL - 3 IS - 2 SP - 192 EP - 197 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17370318; Author: Kelen, G. J.: 1 Author: Bloomfield, D. A.: 1 Author: Hardage, M.: 1 Author: Gomes, J. A.: 1 Author: Khan, R.: 1 Author: Gopalaswamy, G.: 1 Author: Sherif, N. El: 2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 SUNY Downstate Medical Center and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brooklyn, N.Y.: 2 St. Vincent's Medical Center, Staten Island, N.Y.; No. of Pages: 6; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050621 N2 - This paper discusses shortcomings of conventional Holter monitoring in paced patients and describes a new technique which permits reliable detection of intermittent pacemaker malfunction and counts pacemaker activity during the recording period. Evaluation of the system on 64 consecutive patients revealed 15 with unsuspected episodic pacemaker dysfunction. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *IMPLANTED cardiovascular instruments KW - *CARDIAC pacing KW - *HEART diseases KW - MEDICAL equipment KW - MEDICAL research KW - Holter monitoring KW - pacemaker malfunction UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17370318&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Instrumentation for the Follow-Up of Pacemade Patients. AU - Federico, Anthony J. AU - Giori, Francis AU - Bhayana, Joginder N. AU - Chardack, William M. AU - Michalek, Suzanne JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1979/05// VL - 2 IS - 3 SP - 315 EP - 324 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17381790; Author: Federico, Anthony J.: 1,2,3 Author: Giori, Francis: 1,2,3 Author: Bhayana, Joginder N.: 1,2,3 Author: Chardack, William M.: 1,2,3 Author: Michalek, Suzanne: 1,2,3 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Department of Surgery, Veterans Administration Hospital, Buffalo, New York.: 2 Stale University of New York, Buffalo School of Medicine, Buffalo, New York.: 3 Electrosciences for Medicine, Inc., Clarence, New York, U.S.A.; No. of Pages: 10; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050621 N2 - Logic circuitry has been added to an electrocardiogram telephone transmitter. It processes the electrocardiogram and permits frequent self-checks by the patient on rate, capture and sensing function of an im planted demand pulse generator system. Correct function is communicated to the patient by a green light. Malfunction with regard to any of these parameters produces an irreversible yellow light signaling the patient to contact his physician. The self-check is reassuring to the patient during intervals between visits to the physician's office or a specialized clinic. The system, at present, is applicable only to demand pulse generators with a high magnet test rate (90 ppm or higher) which assures capture in virtually all patients. This and other limitations are discussed. Their incidence is low, some can be remedied and in the majority of patients they do not impair the clinical usefulness of the system. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY KW - *PHYSICIAN & patient KW - *PULSE (Heart beat) KW - *CLINICS KW - *HEALTH facilities KW - PULSE generators KW - capture KW - EGG telephone transmitter KW - logic circuit KW - pulse generator rate KW - self-check KW - sensing UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17381790&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The Development of the His Bundle Recording Technique. AU - Scherlag, Benjamin J. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1979/03// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 230 EP - 233 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17569864; Author: Scherlag, Benjamin J.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Department of Medicine, Division of Cardiology, University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, and Veterans Administration Hospital, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, U.S.A.; No. of Pages: 4; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050712 N2 - Focuses on the development of electrode catheter technique for wire electrode recording of His bundle activity. Ability in performing ventricular pacing from normal ventricular activation; Assessment of the insertion of electrode catheter into femoral vein on the basis of electrographic monitoring; Potential role of utilizing His bundle recording in the analysis of conduction in heart block diseases. KW - *CARDIAC catheterization KW - *HEART conduction system KW - *CARDIAC pacing KW - *ARRHYTHMIA -- Treatment KW - *ELECTRIC stimulation KW - HIS bundle KW - ELECTRICITY in medicine UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17569864&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Ventricular Pacing from the Middle Cardiac Vein Mimicking Supraventricular Morphology. AU - Waxman, Harvey L. AU - Lazzara, Ralph AU - Castellanos, Agustin AU - El-Sherif, Nabil JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1979/03// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 203 EP - 207 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17569851; Author: Waxman, Harvey L.: 1 Author: Lazzara, Ralph: 1 Author: Castellanos, Agustin: 1 Author: El-Sherif, Nabil: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Division of Cardiology, Department of Medicine, Miami Veterans Administration Hospital, and University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, U.S.A.; No. of Pages: 5; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050712 N2 - A case is described in which ventricular pacing from the middle cardiac vein produced an electrocardiographic pattern which mimicked the morphology of the normally conducted beats. The possible etiologies of this unusual phenomenon and its implications concerning the functional anatomy of the normal conduction system in the human heart are discussed. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY KW - *HEART diseases -- Diagnosis KW - *HEART KW - *VENTRICULAR fibrillation KW - *ARRHYTHMIA KW - *CARDIAC arrest KW - ELECTRIC properties KW - ELECTRODIAGNOSIS KW - coronary sinus pacing KW - middle cardiac vein pacing KW - ventricular pacing UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17569851&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Apparent Malfunction of Demand Pacemakers due to Spurious Potentials Generated by Contact Between Two Endocardial Electrodes. AU - Waxman, Harvey L. AU - Lazzara, Ralph AU - El-Sherif, Nabil JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1978/10// VL - 1 IS - 4 SP - 531 EP - 534 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17377551; Author: Waxman, Harvey L.: 1 Author: Lazzara, Ralph: 1 Author: El-Sherif, Nabil: 2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Section nf Cardiology, Veterans Administration Hospital.: 2 University of Miami School of Medicine. Miami. Florida, U.S.A.; No. of Pages: 4; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050621 N2 - Malfunction of both temporary and permanent demand transvenous pacemakers was caused by contact between the two endocardial electrodes. Contact between these electrodes created spurious potentials which resulted in irregular inhibition of both demand units. The potentials were demonstrated by recording from the temporary wire. There was no interference with either pacemaker in the fixed rate mode and malfunction ceased when the temporary wire was removed. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *IMPLANTED cardiovascular instruments KW - *ELECTRONICS in cardiology KW - *DIAGNOSIS KW - *MEDICAL care KW - ELECTRODES KW - demand pacemaker KW - pacemaker malfunction KW - spurious potentials UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17377551&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN ROLE STRESS AND JOB-RELATED, INTERPERSONAL, AND ORGANIZATION CLIMATE FACTORS. AU - Bedeian, Arthur G. AU - Armenakis, Achilles A. AU - Curran, Shirley M. JO - Journal of Social Psychology JF - Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1981/04// VL - 113 IS - 2 SP - 247 SN - 00224545 N1 - Accession Number: 5393912; Author: Bedeian, Arthur G.: 1,2 Author: Armenakis, Achilles A.: 1,2 Author: Curran, Shirley M.: 1,2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Auburn University: 2 Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tuskegee, Alabama; No. of Pages: 14; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20011024 N2 - Relationships between job-related, interpersonal, and organizational climate factors and experienced role stress (i.e., role ambiguity and role conflict) were examined on the basis of data drawn from 202 male and female nursing personnel. The job-related factors measured were satisfaction, tension, performance, and propensity to leave. Interpersonal indices included supervisory support, goal emphasis, work facilitation, and group interaction. Organizational climate was assessed using measures of communication flow, motivational conditions, decision-making practices, and human resource primacy. The moderating impact of organizational level on relationships of role stress with satisfaction and performance was also assessed. Both role ambiguity and role conflict were found to be significantly related to a number of the above-mentioned factors. These results suggest that consistent relationships exist between these factors and both role ambiguity and role conflict. No significant moderator effects for organizational level were isolated. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *STRESS (Psychology) KW - *PSYCHOLOGY KW - *SOCIAL psychology KW - INTERPERSONAL relations KW - ORGANIZATION KW - JOB satisfaction KW - JOB performance UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=5393912&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - BIRTH ORDER: URBAN-RURAL EFFECTS ON NEED AFFILIATION AND SCHOOL ACTIVITY PARTICIPATION AMONG HIGH SCHOOL MALE STUDENTS. AU - Query, William T. AU - Query, Joy M. JO - Journal of Social Psychology JF - Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 90 IS - 2 SP - 317 EP - 320 SN - 00224545 N1 - Accession Number: 16487337; Author: Query, William T.: 1 Author: Query, Joy M.: 2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Veterans Administration Hospital, Fargo, North Dakota.: 2 North Dakota State University.; No. of Pages: 4; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050323 N2 - A positive relationship between firstborns and need affiliation and school activities was found among 56 high school males who were given the need affiliation EPPS scale. Urban youths had higher need affiliation scores, but the number of activities engaged in were no greater than among rural Ss. The rural later born child has significantly lower need affiliation scores, suggesting a strong rural/urban effect which is not apparent among first-borns. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - SECONDARY education KW - FIRST-born children KW - SECOND-born children KW - BIRTH order KW - URBAN youth KW - CITY children UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=16487337&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - STEREOTYPES: A REVIEW OF THE LITERATURE 1926--1968. AU - Cauthen, Nelson R. AU - Robinson, Ira E. AU - Krauss, Herbert H. JO - Journal of Social Psychology JF - Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1971/06// VL - 84 IS - 1 SP - 103 EP - 125 SN - 00224545 N1 - Accession Number: 16428853; Author: Cauthen, Nelson R.: 1,2 Author: Robinson, Ira E.: 1,2 Author: Krauss, Herbert H.: 1,2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Veterans Administration Hospital, New Orleans, Louisiana.: 2 Department of Psychology, University of Georgia.; No. of Pages: 23; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050317 N2 - During the past 40 years over 200 articles dealing with stereotypes have been published. The body of literature has demonstrated that stereotypes are a key variable in any attempt to develop a general theory of prejudice. The generalizability of these results must remain in doubt until investigations are extended beyond samples of college students. Lippmann's original idea that it is the stereotypes which we react to and not the object itself has been borne out. Stereotypes are categories for behavior. The function of naming an object is to bring out the attributes associated with that name. Three techniques have been developed for the study of stereotypes: the adjective checklist, ratings of photographs, and ratings of statements. The content of stereotypes shows a great degree of stability over the last 40 years. The original studies of Katz and Braly (36, 37) have been replicated consistently up until the present day. The only exceptions to this are the Germans, Japanese, and Chinese, apparently as a consequence of the second World War. Also, it appears that those groups which have stereotypes similar to one's own are less likely to be targets' of hostility than those whose stereotypes are different. Therefore, when two stereotypes overlap in content-for example, a disfavored and favored group-extreme attitudes towards the disfavored group will not be possible. One generalization that we have come to from our analysis of the literature is that the social acceptance of a group may be not so much a change in attitudes towards the group but rather a change in its typing. This would agree with the idea that harmony between groups results in similar traits being emphasized and hostility in different traits being emphasized. It would also account for the f act that the greater the social distance the greater the difference between self and other stereotypes. Uniformity is related to the homogeneity of attitudes toward the stereotyped group rather than to the homogeneity of the group doing the stereotyping. The intensity of a stereotype was found to be an individual factor rather than a cultural factor. The direction of a stereotype was found to influence the direction of objects associated with the stereotype. Uniformity was not found to be related to direction because the content of the stereotypes was not similar. For ethnic groups, direction is related to content. Familiarity was found to be directly related to intensity. The relationship of familiarity to uniformity and intensity seems to be related to the similarity or the dissimilarity of the stereotype of the group in question. For groups with similar stereotypes moderate contact decreases uniformity, but not intensity, of stereotypes; with high contact both intensity and uniformity decline. For groups with dissimilar stereotypes moderate contact did not affect uniformity but did lower intensity; high contact increased both the uniformity and intensity of stereotypes. Certain other findings not fitting Edwards' four dimensions were pointed out. The literature indicates that approved traits are attributed to approved nationalities, regardless of whether these traits are attributed to the self. Disapproved traits which the subjects do not believe characterize themselves are attributed to disapproved nationalities. Groups stereotype both themselves and others and usually accept the stereotype others gave their group as characterizing their group, if not the self. The effect of this acceptance for dis- approved minorities has been detrimental. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - *PERSONALITY KW - STEREOTYPES (Social psychology) KW - SOCIAL interaction KW - SOCIAL participation KW - HARMONY in music UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=16428853&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - CREATIVITY IN HUMOR. AU - O'Connell, Walter E. JO - Journal of Social Psychology JF - Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1969/08// VL - 78 IS - 2 SP - 237 EP - 241 SN - 00224545 N1 - Accession Number: 16487836; Author: O'Connell, Walter E.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, Texas.; No. of Pages: 5; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050323 N2 - This study was designed to test the hypotheses of Freud pertaining to a close relationship between humor appreciation and production, extrapunitive aggression and hostile wit, and impunitive handling of aggression and humor appreciation and creation. The Wit and Humor Appreciation Test (WHAT) was used to gather scores on attraction for wit and humor. Rosenzweig's Picture-Frustration (P-F) Test gave scores on the direction of aggression and the ability to create wit and humor. Direction was scored on all 24 items, but only the five judged to have greatest stressor and the five least stressor were made available for humor and wit judging. Judges rated the responses of 58 college students to the 10 P-F items for hostile wit, humor, and nonsense wit. Reliability of the latter was so low that it was dropped from the study. Results suggest that the ability to produce wit and humor was not closely related to its appreciation. Humor appreciation, not creation, was correlated with impunitiveness. There was no relationship between wit creation or appreciation and extrapunitiveness. Males favored hostile wit. There was a slight tendency for female preference for nonsense wit. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - *AGGRESSION (Psychology) KW - *COLLEGE students KW - CREATIVE ability KW - WIT & humor KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - Psychological factors affecting tension KW - TENSION AND CONFLICT UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=16487836&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - BALANCE OF POQ TRIADS IN MENTAL PATIENTS AND NORMALS. AU - Alson, Eli JO - Journal of Social Psychology JF - Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1969/08// VL - 78 IS - 2 SP - 213 EP - 218 SN - 00224545 N1 - Accession Number: 16487776; Author: Alson, Eli: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Veterans Administration Hospital, Lyons, New Jersey.; No. of Pages: 6; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050323 N2 - This article attempts to demonstrate the balance of POQ triads among two samples: normal women and male psychotic mental patients. It also tests the principle in a situation which is a nonhypothetical one, one which is "here and now," at least in the experience of the subject. The question of the applicability of the balance principle to mental patients is also of some interest. Subjects were 52 male inpatients in a Veterans Administration Neuropsychiatric Hospital, and 33 female members of the hospital volunteer corps. The patients all had ground privileges, answered at least seven out of 10 items correctly on the Following Directions subtest of the California Reading Test, and showed an ability to comprehend the principle involved in understanding the outcomes of a two-person nonzero sum game. A tendency to perceive balanced POQ triads was seen in male patients, as well as in normal female volunteers. There was no evidence that the psychotic patients were insensitive to interpersonal situations nor that they responded to a different "logic" from that of the balance principle; nor was their tendency toward balance less than was seen in normal women. KW - *MENTALLY ill KW - *HOSPITALS KW - TRIADS (Sociology) KW - NEUROPSYCHIATRY KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - INTERPERSONAL relations UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=16487776&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - DEPRESSION AND IMMUNE FUNCTION. AU - Irwin, Michael JO - Stress Medicine JF - Stress Medicine Y1 - 1988/04//Apr/Jun88 VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 95 EP - 103 SN - 07488386 N1 - Accession Number: 12032331; Author: Irwin, Michael: 1,2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Clinical Center on Alcoholism, San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego, California: 2 Department of Psychiatry, University of California, San Diego School of Medicine, La Jolla, California, USA; No. of Pages: 9; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20040126 N2 - Clinical studies have demonstrated that measures of cell-mediated immune function are altered in bereaved persons and depressed patients. This review article focuses on our recent observations of changes in T cell subpopulations and natural killer cytotoxicity in women undergoing adverse life events including conjugal bereavement. A reduction in natural cytotoxicity has also been found in depressed patients. The mechanism by which psychologic states might influence immune function is discussed. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *MENTAL depression KW - *IMMUNE system KW - *IMMUNOLOGY KW - *KILLER cells KW - DEPRESSION in women KW - LIFE change events KW - BEREAVEMENT KW - DEPRESSED persons KW - T cells KW - depression KW - immune function KW - lymphocytes KW - natural cytotoxicity KW - psychological states KW - psychoneuro-immunology UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=12032331&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Partial Pacemaker Recycling of Implanted QRS-Inhibited Pulse Generators. AU - Sung, Ruey J. AU - Castellanos, Agustin AU - Thurer, Richard J. AU - Myerburg, Robert J. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1978/04// VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 189 EP - 195 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17375490; Author: Sung, Ruey J.: 1 Author: Castellanos, Agustin: 1 Author: Thurer, Richard J.: 1 Author: Myerburg, Robert J.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Jackson Memorial Hospital, Division of Cardiology, Departments of Medicine and Surgery, and the Veterans Administration Hospital, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida, U.S.A.; No. of Pages: 7; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050621 N2 - Partial pacemaker recycling of implanted QRS-inhibited pulse generators. In the evaluation of twenty-three patients with implanted QRS-inhibited lithium-powered pulse generators (Intermedics C-MOS-1 and ARGO L1- 2D), we repeatedly observed the phenomenon of partial pacemaker recycling (PPR), in which the escape interval induced by a premature ventricular beat is shorter than the automatic interval (AT). In order to determine the sensing properties of these pulse generators, programmed chest wall stimulation (GWS) was systematically performed in all 23 patients and, in addition, intracardiac programmed ventricular stimulation (PVS) via temporary intravenous pacing catheters was performed in 9 of them. The Al of these pulse generators ranged from 820 to 860 msec and absolute refractory periods (ARP) from 220 to 330 msec. Precise correlation in determining pacemaker sensing properties could be demonstrated between GWS and PVS. The phenomenon of PPR occurred 110 to 240 msec following ARP with both GWS and PVS, and appeared to be time-rather than voltage-dependent. We conclude that: (1) CWS is a safe, simple and accurate method for studying pacemaker sensing properties, and (2) time-dependent PPR is a normal electrical feature of certain implanted QFLS-inhibited lithium-powered pulse generators. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *IMPLANTED cardiovascular instruments KW - *ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY KW - *BIOMEDICAL engineering KW - MEDICAL equipment KW - DRUG delivery devices KW - absolute refractory period KW - automatic interval KW - escape interval KW - partial sensing KW - relative refractory period UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17375490&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of Electroconvulsive Therapy on Cardiac Rhythm, Conduction and Repolarization. AU - Troup, Paul J. AU - Small, Joyce G. AU - Milstein, Victor AU - Small, Iver F. AU - Zipes, Douglas P. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1978/04// VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 172 EP - 177 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17373843; Author: Troup, Paul J.: 1 Author: Small, Joyce G.: 1 Author: Milstein, Victor: 1 Author: Small, Iver F.: 1 Author: Zipes, Douglas P.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Krannert Institute of Cardiology, Departments of Medicine and Psychiatry, Indiana University School of Medicine, and the Veterans Administration Hospital, Indianapolis, Indiana, U.S.A.; No. of Pages: 6; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050621 N2 - Effect of electroconvulsive therapy on cardiac rhythm, conduction and repolarization. Because sympathetic stimulation has been implicated in the genesis of arrhythmias, we studied the effects on arrhythmias of electroconvulsive therapy (ECT). Fifteen psychiatric patients (male: 8, female: 7, age: 19-51, mean: 29.8) without known heart disease underwent 24-hour Holter recordings before, during, and after ECT (25 episodes). All patients were taking psychotropic drugs and received atropine (0.4-1.2 mg, mean: 1.1 mg IV), methohexital, and succinylcholine prior to ECT. Following ECT, mean maximum heart rate increased (106 ± 3.2 to 142 ± 6.0 beats/mm, p < .001), PR interval decreased (149 ± 3.3 to 131 ± 3.7 msec, p < .001) and QTc interval increased (432 ± 6.5 to 454 ± 9.7 msec, p < .001) compared to values obtained after atropine administration. Mean PVC or PAC frequency immediately after ECT or per 24 hours did not change significantly (PVC per 24 hours 6.8 ± 3.2 to 10.4 ± 6.4, NS; PAC per 24 hours 0.4 ± 0.3 to 0.3 ± 0.2, NS) and no complex arrhythmias were noted. Rate and PR changes suggest adrenergic effects of ECT and QTc increase may be due to imbalanced sympathetic discharge. Autonomic stimulation produced by ECT did not induce arrhythmias in these patients without heart disease. The possible antiarrhythmic role of psychotropic agents or premedication is unknown. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *HEART beat KW - *ARRHYTHMIA KW - *HEART diseases KW - *CARDIOLOGY KW - ELECTROCONVULSIVE therapy KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - adrenergic stimulation KW - arrhythmias KW - electroconvulsive therapy UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17373843&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Superficial heat and cold: how to maximize the benefits. / Chaleur et froid artificiels: comment en exploiter les atouts. AU - Kaul, M.P. AU - Herring, S.A. JO - Physician & Sportsmedicine JF - Physician & Sportsmedicine Y1 - 1994/12// VL - 22 IS - 12 SP - 65 EP - 72;74 CY - ; SN - 00913847 N1 - Accession Number: SPH366287; Author: Kaul, M.P.: 1 Author: Herring, S.A. ; Author Affiliation: 1 Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3710 US Veterans Hospital Rd, Box 3710, Portland, OR 97207, United States; No. of Pages: 9; Language: English; Parent Item: SPHP935; References: 27; General Notes: Illustrated. INSEP, PARIS. Cote: PE198. Acces: copie. K7 - PATHOLOGIE, TRAUMATOLOGIE; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 19950201; SIRC Article No.: 366287 N2 - The wide array of superficial heat and cold modalities offer physicians many options for treating sports-related injuries. Appropriate application of heat and cold therapies can reduce the impact of an injury by relieving pain, reducing swelling, and encouraging rehabilitation. N2 - (HERACLES) Options therapeutiques de la cryotherapie et de la thermotherapie pour les blessures en sport. Differentes modalites de l ' utilisation de la chaleur (hydrotherapie...) et du froid (massage, immersion...). KW - *COLD -- Therapeutic use KW - *THERMOTHERAPY KW - CRYOTHERAPY KW - BLESSURE KW - THERAPIE KW - ARTICULATION KW - READAPTATION KW - CRYOTHERAPIE KW - THERMOTHERAPIE L2 - http://articles.sirc.ca/search.cfm?id=366287 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=SPH366287&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - http://articles.sirc.ca/search.cfm?id=366287 UR - http://www.mcgraw-hill.com/ DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-11734-018 AN - 1998-11734-018 AU - Garb, Howard N. T1 - Recommendations for training in the use of the Thematic Apperception Test (TAT). JF - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice JO - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice Y1 - 1998/12// VL - 29 IS - 6 SP - 621 EP - 622 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7028 SN - 1939-1323 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-11734-018. Other Journal Title: Professional Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garb, Howard N.; Pittsburgh Veterans Administration Health Care System, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20100308. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology Graduate Training; Curriculum Development; Educational Personnel; Thematic Apperception Test. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223); Professional Education & Training (3410). Tests & Measures: Thematic Apperception Test (TAT). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1998. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Comments on the article by E. D. Rossini and R. J. Moretti (see record [rid]1997-04849-016[/rid]) regarding interpretation of the Thematic Apperception Test (TAT). The present author notes that issues of test validity, use of quantified scoring systems, and appropriate normative data when interpreting the TAT were ignored. The present author notes that one should not evade issues of validity by alluding to "self-conferred expert clinical judgment." It is also argued that because predictive methods have almost always been more accurate than or as accurate as clinicians, it is inappropriate to assert that such expertise is exactly what the master psychodiagnostician offers beyond actuarial personality evaluation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - use of Thematic Apperception Test in syllabus of clinical psychology doctoral programs KW - clinical training directors KW - commentary KW - 1998 KW - Clinical Psychology Graduate Training KW - Curriculum Development KW - Educational Personnel KW - Thematic Apperception Test DO - 10.1037/0735-7028.29.6.621.b UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1998-11734-018&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - ALIENATION IN NEGRO AND WHITE REFORMATORY INMATES. AU - Lefcourt, Herbert M. AU - Ladwig, Gordon W. JO - Journal of Social Psychology JF - Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1966/02// VL - 68 IS - 1 SP - 153 EP - 157 SN - 00224545 N1 - Accession Number: 16866034; Author: Lefcourt, Herbert M.: 1 Author: Ladwig, Gordon W.: 2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 University of Waterloo, Canada: 2 Veterans Administration Hospital, Chillicothe, Ohio; No. of Pages: 5; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050428 N2 - This article explores the administration of Dean's alienation scale to white and African American reformatory inmates in the U.S. Because most of the hypotheses were verified, it seems that the constructs included under the rubric of alienation, as measured by Dean's scales, illuminate useful dimensions through which antisocial behavior and problems generated by differential socialization of African Americans and whites may be studied. The components of alienation, namely powerlessness, isolation, and normlessness, seem to be correlated with the incidence of antisocial activity. It may be hypothesized that alienation indices are more predictive of antisocial acts than are measures of aggressive motivation or traits such as hostility. In general, the results imply that the alienation components do reflect attitudes attributed to persons of particular racial and social groups. It is possible, for example, that agreement with powerlessness and normlessness items reflects inmates' antagonism to and rejection of institutional dogma which usually stresses self-control and socially acceptable behavior. If such were the case, the higher scores of African American inmates could be interpreted as reflecting even stronger rejection of white authority. KW - ALIENATION (Social psychology) KW - SCALING (Social sciences) KW - INSTITUTIONALIZED persons KW - ANTISOCIAL personality disorders KW - SOCIALIZATION UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=16866034&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A FACTOR ANALYSIS OF THE F AND REVERSED F SCALES IN THREE REGIONAL SAMPLES. AU - Klein, Edward B. JO - Journal of Social Psychology JF - Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1965/02// VL - 65 IS - 1 SP - 127 EP - 134 SN - 00224545 N1 - Accession Number: 16492346; Author: Klein, Edward B.: 1,2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven.: 2 Yale University.; No. of Pages: 8; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050323 N2 - In summary it appears that Christie et al.'s F Scale is not composed of two psychometrically opposite subscales, but rather of two independent subscales as is evidenced by the .08 correlation found by Klein (9) .` If one is interested in response sets, the measurement of which is dependent upon true reversals of the F + Scale, it is unlikely that they can be adequately measured with Christie a al.'s F Scale in undergraduate college samples. For ideologically sophisticated subjects the scales may be opposites, but they are not in the three regionally distinctive samples of undergraduates studied. For such samples one can expect no relationship between F + and F -. This was the finding reported by Christie et al. (6)-.10 correlation between the scales for undergraduates-but not given the critical scrutiny and replication it deserved. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - FACTOR analysis KW - REVERSED field pinches KW - MAGNETIC traps KW - PATH analysis (Statistics) KW - CORRELATION (Statistics) KW - PSYCHOMETRICS UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=16492346&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - PEER RANKINGS OF FRIENDLINESS AND STAFF RANKINGS OF MENTAL HEALTH WITH CHRONIC-SCHIZOPHRENIC PATIENTS. AU - O'Connell, Walter E. JO - Journal of Social Psychology JF - Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1964/08// VL - 63 IS - 2 SP - 339 EP - 351 SN - 00224545 N1 - Accession Number: 16474850; Author: O'Connell, Walter E.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Veterans Administration ration Hospital, Waco, Texas.; No. of Pages: 13; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050603 N2 - The article reports that philosophy of mental-hospital treatment is being scrutinized closely these days in a search for more fruitful variables and approaches. Incisive criticism is directed toward professional thinking in terms of entities rather than processes. In the concern with the "treatment of mental illness," people tend to ignore the subjectivity of our measuring devices and the weights we select for our "internal factor analysis" of the degree of illness. Perhaps still more detrimental for treatment purposes are our failure to focus upon the actions of the therapist in a scientific way and our contentment with the institutional practice of considering all actions by professionals equivalent to some sort of therapy. As one contribution to the understanding of factors, which enter into the judgments and labeling activity of hospital personnel, this study attempts isolating rudimentary attitudes and searching for their intercorrelations. A significant correlation exists between the judgment of ward personnel as to a patient's "mental health" and the patient's evaluation of "friendliness" by a peer group. KW - *MENTALLY ill KW - *MENTAL health KW - *MENTAL illness KW - *PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - PEER counseling KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - CARE UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=16474850&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - NEED STRENGTH, NEED CONFLICT AND ADJUSTMENT. AU - Nakshian, Jacob AU - Wiener, Morton JO - Journal of Social Psychology JF - Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1964/02// VL - 62 IS - 1 SP - 29 EP - 43 SN - 00224545 N1 - Accession Number: 16520378; Author: Nakshian, Jacob: 1,2 Author: Wiener, Morton: 1,2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Veterans Administration Office, Worcester, Massachusetts.: 2 Department of Psychology, Clark University.; No. of Pages: 15; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050325 N2 - The relationship between adjustment level and need strength and need conflict (ego disjunction) was investigated in two populations (college students and adult veterans) which differed in terms of the range of adjustment within each group, and in terms of such life-situation variables as age, education and socioeconomic status. Each group was divided into two levels of adjustment. For the college students, level of adjustment was assessed by peer ratings, while for the adult veterans it was determined on the basis of presence or absence of psychiatric disturbance. Two measures of need conflict-both based on the Edwards Personal Preference Schedule (EPPS)-were used. One index was derived by an empirical method from the college population, and included 10 potentially conflictual need pairs (if the joint strength of the two needs in each pair were high in an individual). The other index was a rationally derived index devised by Trehub based on four need pairs. This study questioned Trehub's basic implication that his rationally derived index would be equally sensitive to ego disjunction in all populations. The possibility was raised that the relative intensity of conflict represented by a particular need pair may differ as a function of life-situation variables, and that a rationally derived index might include need pairs which are biased for a particular population and thus be differentially reliable in assessing ego disjunction in different populations. These questions were explored by comparing the sensitivity of the empirically and rationally derived scales in terms of their relationships to adjustment in the two populations. Need strength was measured by the EPPS. The results indicate that psychologically naive individuals (the college students) were able reliably to denote those peers they consider "above average" and "less than average" in adjustment. Relative need strength was found to be related to adjustment level in the veteran population, but not in the college population. The adjusted adult was found to have stronger needs for dominance and sex, and lesser needs for abasement and succorance, than the poorly adjusted `adult. The empirical need-conflict scale discriminated between levels of adjustment in both the college population and the adult veteran population. It did not, however, discriminate between the psychiatric veterans and the combined college group. Trehub's ego-disjunction scale did distinguish between psychiatric and nonpsychiatric veterans, and between psychiatric veterans and the college group (confirming Trehub's results). However, unlike the empirical scale, it did not discriminate levels of adjustment in the college population. The overall conclusion is that need conflict or ego disjunction seems to be related to adjustment level. However, evidence also indicates that the relative importance of need-conflict areas varies as a function of the nature of the population (such variables as age, socioeconomic status and education). Hence, inferences as to the presence or absence of a relationship between need conflict and adjustment must take into account the component need pairs of an index and the population to which it is applied. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *COLLEGE students -- Psychology KW - *PSYCHOLOGY KW - VETERANS KW - ADJUSTMENT (Psychology) KW - SOCIAL status KW - EDWARDS personal preference schedule KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=16520378&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A COMPARISON OF DELINQUENTS AND NONDELINQUENTS. AU - Baugh, Verner S. AU - Carpenter, B. L. JO - Journal of Social Psychology JF - Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1962/02// VL - 56 IS - 1 SP - 73 EP - 78 SN - 00224545 N1 - Accession Number: 16487850; Author: Baugh, Verner S.: 1 Author: Carpenter, B. L.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Veterans Administration Hospital and Baylor University, Waco, Texas.; No. of Pages: 6; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050323 N2 - An experiment was performed to determine whether the personality differences existing between delinquent and nondelinquent boys could be observed through their drawings. The Machover Figure Drawing Test was ad- ministered to 41 delinquent boys and 52 similar normal controls. It was concluded that there was a significant difference between the personality patterns projected by the delinquents and those of the nondelinquents on the figure drawing test. It is assumed that the delinquent projects graphically on an unconscious and symbolic level his warped ego -and retarded personality development. Due to stress of the environment playing upon the conflicts in his uneven psychosexual development, the delinquent must discharge tension upon the environment in aggressive and overcompensatory manner. This behavior pattern, however, leads to internal guilt feelings and intropunitive drives. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *PERSONALITY KW - *STRESS (Psychology) KW - CRIME KW - PSYCHOSEXUAL development KW - BEHAVIOR KW - DEVELOPMENTAL psychology UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=16487850&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - MULTIDIMENSIONAL PSYCHOPHYSICS AS A METHOD OF STUDYING INSTITUTIONS. AU - Coppinger, Neil W. AU - Saucer, Rayford T. JO - Journal of Social Psychology JF - Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1962/02// VL - 56 IS - 1 SP - 49 EP - 56 SN - 00224545 N1 - Accession Number: 16487815; Author: Coppinger, Neil W.: 1 Author: Saucer, Rayford T.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Research Unit on Aging, Veterans Administration Center, Kecoughtan, Virginia.; No. of Pages: 8; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050323 N2 - A set of 27 pictures was presented to 40 residents of an institution. After a nonserial matching procedure, a matrix of coefficients of similarity was computed and factored as though it were a correlation matrix. Rotation by the single plane method yielded nine oblique factors, felt to be the perceptual dimensions of an institution from the point of view of the member of the institution. It is believed that this technique has many implications for the study of social institutions. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY KW - SOCIAL institutions KW - SOCIAL systems KW - PSYCHOPHYSICS KW - MATRICES KW - PSYCHOBIOLOGY UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=16487815&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - THE PSYCHOLOGY OF FRIENDSHIP RELATIONS: SOCIAL FACTORS. AU - Albert, Robert S. AU - Brigante, Thomas R. JO - Journal of Social Psychology JF - Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1962/02// VL - 56 IS - 1 SP - 33 EP - 47 SN - 00224545 N1 - Accession Number: 16487807; Author: Albert, Robert S.: 1 Author: Brigante, Thomas R.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Massachusetts Mental Health Center, Boston and Veterans Administration' Hospital, Brookline, Massachusetts.; No. of Pages: 15; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050323 N2 - Within the present paper, we have attempted to clarify the role of social structural variables in shaping friendships. Our interest in the friendship relationship has stemmed from the conviction that it constitutes a role relationship in which healthier behavior may be observed. In addition we feel that the study of such a relationship might lead to better understanding of the manner in which personality and social structural variables interact. Social structure has been broadly conceived as the framework which defines and delineates the range of friendships available to an individual. The variable of social status and role are viewed as being particularly important in structuring communication and interaction patterns of participants within a social setting, and in predisposing certain relationships more than others to move beyond the formally prescribed level of interaction. The fact that role prescriptions within a given social structure may force certain participants to become involved in interlocking interactions is viewed as having a two-fold significance. On one hand, it allows each participant to explore the desirability of becoming involved in a less formally prescribed interaction with his co-participant. On the other hand, if one or both participants do not wish to become involved in a less formal personality-centered type of interaction, the fact that the relationship has been formed and continues to be based upon social structure allows for the maintenance of a less affectively personally involved relationship without its disintegration. We have suggested that as the nature of the friendship relationship is explored more fully, it becomes clear that it must be viewed as a special type of role relationship--an integrative one in the sense that the multiple roles of each participant are brought together, shared and organized. In this connection, we hypothesize that the more central are the roles that each partner can share with the other in their friendship relationship, the greater the amount of closeness possible and the more satisfaction they experience in their mutual friendship interaction. `Within the present paper, we have spoken as if there were no individual differences in response to social structure. The fact that this isn't the case presents numerous opportunities for further exploration. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *PSYCHOLOGY KW - FRIENDSHIP KW - SOCIAL structure KW - SOCIAL factors KW - SOCIAL status KW - INTERPERSONAL relations UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=16487807&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - CORRELATES AND PREDICTION OF ANOMIE IN A VA DOMICILIARY. AU - Reimanis, Gunars AU - Davol, Stephen H. JO - Journal of Social Psychology JF - Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1961/12// VL - 55 IS - 2 SP - 237 EP - 244 SN - 00224545 N1 - Accession Number: 17247575; Author: Reimanis, Gunars: 1 Author: Davol, Stephen H.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Veterans Administration Center, Bath, New York.; No. of Pages: 8; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050616 N2 - Demographic and psychological correlates of Srole's anomie scale were investigated in a VA domiciliary. Analyses of the data from interviews of an original and cross-validation sample, totalling 176 members, supported hypotheses based on the findings of Bell and produced a multiple correlation coefficient of .68 between anomie and eight predictor variables. The negative relationships between anomie and social affiliation, education, and contact with friends and relatives appeared to be the major correlates of the high mean level of anomie found in the domiciliary population. An analysis of partial Beta values indicated that the positive relationship of chronological age and the negative relationship of social participation with anomie did not hold when variance due to the three major correlates of anomie was partialled out. The findings were discussed in terms of relevant theory and the characteristics of institutional living situations in general. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *SOCIAL psychology KW - ANOMY KW - INTERVIEWS KW - HYPOTHESIS KW - SOCIAL participation KW - SOCIAL groups UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17247575&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A PREDICTION OF IRREGULAR DISCHARGE AMONG ALCOHOLIC PATIENTS. AU - Sinnett, E. Robert JO - Journal of Social Psychology JF - Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1961/12// VL - 55 IS - 2 SP - 231 EP - 235 SN - 00224545 N1 - Accession Number: 17247571; Author: Sinnett, E. Robert: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Veterans Administration Hospital, Topeka, Kansas.; No. of Pages: 5; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050616 N2 - This study was conducted to identify male veteran alcoholics who would leave a hospital treatment program against medical advice. Although the principal measures (socioeconomic ratings and the MMPI) had been used with positive results by other investigators, this study yielded negative results. Comparison of the sample of this experiment with that of others showed a much larger proportion of personality disorders than in other studies. It was hypothesized that for these subjects leaving the hospital may be an impetuous act, and, hence, their completion of treatment is less predictable than is the case with other groups composed largely of psychoneurotics. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *ALCOHOLICS KW - *PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - *REHABILITATION KW - *HOSPITAL care KW - PERSONALITY disorders KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17247571&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - THE "LOW LEVEL" AIRMAN IN RETESTING AND BASIC TRAINING: A SOCIOPSYCHOLOGICAL STUDY. AU - Jensen, Milton B. JO - Journal of Social Psychology JF - Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1961/12// VL - 55 IS - 2 SP - 177 EP - 190 SN - 00224545 N1 - Accession Number: 17247505; Author: Jensen, Milton B.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Veterans Administration Center, Hot Springs, South Dakota.; No. of Pages: 14; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050616 N2 - During the five months, May through September, 1952, male basic airmen who failed the group psychological tests (AC-1B & AFQT) at Lack- land Air Force Base, Texas, were retested individually and interviewed. Next, they were rated by me and my assistants on various aspects of adjustment, were S-profiled as to degree and type of psychiatric defect, if any, and I recommended for each either retention in the Air Force or discharge from service. These recommendations were all administratively followed. The careers of 329 retested airmen were followed through basic training and compared with those of 3082 airmen who had passed the group tests and trained in the same Flights with them. Tactical Instructors (non-commissioned training officers) were instructed to rate the performance of these airmen in basic training on a 3-point scale: satisfactory, unsatisfactory and questionable. Such ratings were secured on 141 retested and 2976 not-retested male airmen completing basic training prior to October 1, 1952. Analysis of the causes of failure of retested airmen was made through examination of the comments of their Tactical Instructors about them and re-examination of their records in Medical Processing and Retesting. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *PSYCHOLOGICAL tests KW - *CAREER development KW - AIRMEN KW - ABILITY testing KW - MILITARY personnel -- Training of KW - PSYCHOMETRICS UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17247505&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - ADJUSTIVE AND NON-ADJUSTIVE REACTIONS TO BASIC TRAINING IN THE AIR FORCE. AU - Jensen, Milton B. JO - Journal of Social Psychology JF - Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1961/10// VL - 55 IS - 1 SP - 33 EP - 41 SN - 00224545 N1 - Accession Number: 16479715; Author: Jensen, Milton B.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Veterans Administration Center, Hot Springs, South Dakota.; No. of Pages: 9; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050323 N2 - This study concerns 9194 male basic airmen in 155 flights at Lackland Air Force Base (79 consecutive ones from January 8 to 24, inclusive, and 76 consecutive ones from March 3 to April 17, 1952). Item analysis of an 82-item questionnaire was based on the responses of 4980 successful and 315 not-successful airmen. Effectiveness of prediction of success made by psychology personnel in medical processing at the onset of basic training was checked against military records and end-of-training ratings by Tactical Instructors. The following generalizations appear to be warranted: 1. Many of the items of the Personal Report separate successful from not-successful male basic airmen with uncanny accuracy and many items are valueless. Were we able to detect those who purposely misrepresent themselves and those incapable of self-description, the questionnaire or an improvement on it would predict with still greater accuracy. 2. Though incidence of failure in basic training is less than 5 per cent, psychological personnel predict success and not-success with a fairly high, though not entirely satisfactory, degree of accuracy. Only 25.4 per cent of the 158 not-successful airmen are from the 78.6 per cent of the 3625 for whom prediction of success was made from the Personal Report alone. Probability-wise, the chances of success for those certified by the Personal Report are nearly 98 of 100. They are only 73 of 100 if success is not predicted from the Personal Report. 3. Prediction of degree of success following clinical interview, which often includes psychological testing, is not strikingly accurate-86.5 per cent in predicting success, 53.3 per cent correct when predicting failure and only 7.0 per cent correct in predicting questionable adjustment. Psycho- logical evaluators in medical processing underestimate the adjustive capacities of male basic airmen. The evaluators too readily interpret superficialities as evidences of mental pathology. 4. Mental pathology, per se, is a minor cause of failure of male airmen in basic training, despite the alarmists' claims. Immaturity, lack of motivation, and personal and social habits and the social order of the military itself probably account for 95 per cent of the failure of the 5 per cent or so who are not successful. If the military is willing to accept those unqualified for military life, perhaps it has some obligation to change habits and attitudes, and even to make some adjustments in its own procedures. How much damage is done American youth by failure in (after acceptance by) the military is not known but must be severe in many cases. Obviously, how much altering of the basic trainee, in terms of habits and attitudes, is profitable for the military depends upon manpower needs and supply. A society striving for the well-being of its individual members may not consign any of them to certain and unmitigated failure, either in the military or elsewhere. If only those already suitable for military life are to be successful in the military, then, only they should be accepted. Elimination, except for fortuitous and unforseeable reasons, should precede induction. Appropriate pre-induction evaluation would go far towards accomplishing this. 5. Basic training enhances the adjustments of the airman already well-, or reasonably well-adjusted in terms of health, self-confidence and satisfaction with self and in communal life. 6. The not-well-adjusted airman may attain observably better adjustment during basic training or he may become more maladjusted. The chances are about 50-50 and our data provide few clues as to the causative factors. 7. The airman who survives basic training gets, and probably needs little psychiatric attention. Too often, the psychiatrist and the clinical psychologist devote their time to the airman who is an administrative rather than a mental health problem. And, most of these could have been avoided by proper pre-induction screening and/or improved training methods. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *TRAINING KW - *MOTIVATION (Psychology) KW - AIR forces KW - QUESTIONNAIRES KW - PROBABILITY theory KW - HABIT UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=16479715&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - FORMAL ORGANIZATION, IDEOLOGICAL STRUCTURE, AND PATTERNS OF COMMUNICATION AMONG A HOSPITAL SPECIAL SERVICE STAFF. AU - Giedt, F. Harold AU - Thomsen, Mary Joan JO - Journal of Social Psychology JF - Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1961/08// VL - 54 IS - 2 SP - 249 EP - 253 SN - 00224545 N1 - Accession Number: 16307083; Author: Giedt, F. Harold: 1 Author: Thomsen, Mary Joan: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, California; No. of Pages: 5; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050307 N2 - This article examines the relationship between similarity of opinions, patterns of communication, and subgroup structure in a formal organization. An administrative group was composed of the service chief, his secretary, director of volunteer activities, chief, hospital recreation and his secretary. In order to measure the ideology or opinions of these staff members a special Likert type questionnaire was developed from items suggested or written by the subjects themselves. It is obvious that there is not a greater degree of similarity of opinion within work groups, as measured by the questionnaire method employed in this study. The difference in the amount of communication is quite significant indicating that people who are working together in the same unit do communicate with each other considerably more than they communicate with others in their same general division or department. It may well be that often assignment to a particular work group has little influence on one's opinions, even those directly bearing on the work of the group one belongs to, but rather other factors such as professional identification, training, and perhaps personality pattern account for similarities and dissimilarities in opinions. KW - IDEOLOGY KW - INTERPERSONAL communication KW - FORMAL organization KW - SOCIAL structure KW - HOSPITAL personnel KW - SCALE analysis (Psychology) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=16307083&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - ON THE DISAPPEARANCE OF KNICKERS: HYPOTHESES FOR THE FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS OF THE PSYCHOLOGY OF CLOTHING. AU - Bush, George AU - London, Perry JO - Journal of Social Psychology JF - Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1960/04// VL - 51 IS - 2 SP - 359 EP - 366 SN - 00224545 N1 - Accession Number: 16501794; Author: Bush, George: 1 Author: London, Perry: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 New York Veterans Administration Regional Office and Madigan Army Hospital, Tacoma, Washington.; No. of Pages: 8; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050323 N2 - This article presents a rationale for the formulation of three hypotheses for the analysis of the differentiation function of clothing in terms of the social rôles and self-concepts of wearers of particular articles. These are: 1. Differences in modes of dress within a particular society are indicative of differences in social rôles and self-concepts of members of that society. 2. Changes in fundamental or enduring modes of dress in a society are indicative of changes in the social rôles and self-concepts of members of that society. 3. The greater or smaller the variability of clothing styles `in a society, the less or more respectively well-defined and conflict-free are social rôles in that society. In illustration of the applicability of these hypotheses, an analysis of the differentiation function served by the wearing of knickers and the role changes of prepubescent boys which accompanied their disappearance was presented. A further article will attempt a similar analysis for changes in the habit of American adults. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *SELF-perception KW - DEVELOPMENTAL psychology KW - CLOTHING & dress KW - MANNERS & customs KW - SOCIETIES KW - SOCIOLOGY UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=16501794&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - "AUTHORITARIANISM," INTELLIGENCE, AND WORK EFFECTIVENESS AMONG PSYCHIATRIC AIDES. AU - Marks, John B. AU - McDougall, Verna JO - Journal of Social Psychology JF - Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1959/05// VL - 49 IS - 2 SP - 237 EP - 242 SN - 00224545 N1 - Accession Number: 16358830; Author: Marks, John B.: 1 Author: McDougall, Verna: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Veterans Administration Hospital, American Lake, Washington.; No. of Pages: 6; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050311 N2 - The article focuses on the relation between authoritarianism and intelligence and work effectiveness among psychiatric aides. Authoritarianism, as measured by the F-scale, showed a substantial relationship to another measure purportedly unrelated to IQ but where the picture changed markedly when the factor of intelligence was considered. It was shown that this significant relationship can be accounted for by the high negative correlation between F-scores and IQ and the positive relationship between IQ and effectiveness. The possibility is discussed that the empirical relationships of various behaviors to authoritarianism may be more properly viewed as relationships to social group membership. Measures of authoritarianism have valid predictive power even if the effect of IQ is eliminated, but the rather sizeable relationships found between authoritarianism and IQ in both studies points out the importance of taking intelligence into account whenever authoritarianism is measured. Data suggest that low scores on the F-scale are indications of allegiance to an educated middle-class ideology. KW - AUTHORITARIANISM KW - INTELLIGENCE levels KW - SOCIAL groups KW - ROLE playing KW - MEMBERSHIP KW - BEHAVIOR UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=16358830&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A FACTORIAL ISOLATION OF TWO SOCIAL ATTITUDES. AU - Lorr, Maurice JO - Journal of Social Psychology JF - Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1951/08// VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 139 EP - 142 SN - 00224545 N1 - Accession Number: 16540907; Author: Lorr, Maurice: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Clinical Psychology Section, Department of Medicine and Surgery, Veterans Administration Washington 25, D. C.; No. of Pages: 4; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050329 N2 - The article focuses on the factorial isolation of two independent social attitudes that underlie the labels of reactionary and conservative, liberal and radical. The study focuses on a factorial analysis of a group of attitude scales toward the distribution of wealth. Statements involving attitude towards the distribution of wealth were concerned with hereditary wealth, powers of labor organizations, government ownership of property, minimum wage laws and equality of income. The variables categorized as moralistic, paganistic, individualistic and paternalistic have their principal loadings on the second factor. The first bi-polar factor represents the attitude towards political nationalism and economic conservatism versus internationalism and economic socialism. The second factor may be considered to be a bias in favor of individual freedom from social regulation and control as contrasted with that favoring control by social codes or governmental organization. These two factors are best defined by variables purporting to measure the individualistic-paternalistic and capitalistic-communistic continua. KW - *ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - *NATIONALISM KW - *PSYCHOLOGY KW - FACTOR analysis KW - WEALTH KW - CONSERVATISM KW - INTERNATIONALISM UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=16540907&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Personality and the Behavior Disorders. AU - Patterson, C. H. JO - Journal of Social Psychology JF - Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1947/02// VL - 25 IS - 1 SP - 141 EP - 146 SN - 00224545 N1 - Accession Number: 16365680; Author: Patterson, C. H.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Veterans Administration, Regional Office, 1006 West Lake Street, Minneapolis 8, Minnesota.; No. of Pages: 6; Language: English; Publication Type: Book Review; Update Code: 20050316 N2 - Reviews the book "Personality and the Behavior Disorders," edited by J. Hunt. KW - *PERSONALITY KW - NONFICTION UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=16365680&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - SPECIFICITY OF EEG PHOTIC FLICKER RESPONSES TO COLOR AS RELATED TO VISUAL IMAGERY ABILITY. AU - Brown, Barbara B. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1966/01// VL - 2 IS - 3 SP - 197 EP - 207 SN - 00485772 N1 - Accession Number: 11046643; Author: Brown, Barbara B.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Department of Psychiatry and Human Behavior, California College of Medicine, Los Angeles, and Psychopharmacology Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, California.; No. of Pages: 11; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20031223 N2 - Two groups of subjects were selected from a previously studied population sample: a group of habitual visualizers, most of whom developed eye movements during recall of motion, and a group of non-visualizers, most of whom did not. EEG following responses to red photic flicker differed markedly for the two groups, being diminished in visualizers but enhanced in non-visualizers as compared to their EEG following responses to blue or green. Mental and visual imagery tasks induced significantly greater alpha blocking in visualizers than in nonvisualizers. The partial or complete desynchronization of on-going rhythmic EEG activity suggests a lower threshold for EEG desynchronization for visualizers than for non-visualizers. The augmented EEG following of non-visualizers to red flicker appears to represent a different aspect of the same response continuum. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *ADRENERGIC alpha blockers KW - *ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY KW - *VISUAL evoked response KW - FORM perception KW - Alpha blocking KW - Color KW - EEG KW - Photic flicker response KW - Visual imagery. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=11046643&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107359670 T1 - A pseudoepidemic of Rhodotorula rubra: a marker for microbial contamination of the bronchoscope... reprinted with permission from Infection Control and Hospital Epidemiology, 1995;16:727-728... presented in part at the American Society for Microbiology Annual Meeting, Las Vegas, Nevada, May 26, 1994. 94-CC-147. AU - Hagan ME AU - Klotz SA AU - Bartholomew W AU - Potter L AU - Nelson M Y1 - 1996/01//1996 Jan-Feb N1 - Accession Number: 107359670. Language: English. Entry Date: 19960201. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; pictorial; research. Journal Subset: Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7911719. KW - Bronchoscopy -- Equipment and Supplies KW - Equipment Contamination KW - Disease Outbreaks -- Epidemiology KW - Cross Infection -- Prevention and Control KW - Fungi KW - Sterilization and Disinfection KW - Epidemiological Research KW - Environmental Monitoring KW - Hospitals, Veterans KW - Microbial Culture and Sensitivity Tests KW - Record Review KW - Adult KW - Middle Age KW - Aged KW - Inpatients KW - Male KW - Human SP - 41 EP - 43 JO - Today's OR Nurse JF - Today's OR Nurse JA - TODAYS OR NURSE VL - 18 IS - 1 CY - Thorofare, New Jersey PB - SLACK Incorporated SN - 0194-5181 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3101 E Linwood Blvd, Kansas City, MO 64128-1907 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107359670&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR AU - KEMPLER, DANIEL AU - VAN LANCKER, DIANA T1 - THE RIGHT TURN OF PHRASE. JO - Psychology Today JF - Psychology Today Y1 - 1987/04// VL - 21 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 20 EP - 22 SN - 00333107 AB - The article focuses on research studies related to the use and understanding of familiar language. It is believed that different parts of the brain are involved in the processing of the ways in which familiar and unfamiliar language are spoken and understood. Researchers believe that the brain's left hemisphere is used in speaking and this finding can help in the early diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease. KW - PSYCHOLINGUISTICS -- Research KW - BRAIN function localization KW - SPEECH perception KW - OLDER people -- Diseases KW - ALZHEIMER'S disease N1 - Accession Number: 52938186; KEMPLER, DANIEL 1 VAN LANCKER, DIANA 2; Affiliation: 1: Linguist and speech pathologist with the Veterans Administration Medical Center in Sepulveda, California. 2: Assistant research linguist, department of psychiatry, University of California, Los Angeles.; Source Info: Apr87, Vol. 21 Issue 4, p20; Subject Term: PSYCHOLINGUISTICS -- Research; Subject Term: BRAIN function localization; Subject Term: SPEECH perception; Subject Term: OLDER people -- Diseases; Subject Term: ALZHEIMER'S disease; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=52938186&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104759576 T1 - Perinephric abscess. Modern diagnosis and treatment in 47 cases. AU - Edelstein, H AU - McCabe, R E Y1 - 1988/03//1988 Mar N1 - Accession Number: 104759576. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 2985248R. KW - Abscess -- Diagnosis KW - Abscess -- Etiology KW - Abscess -- Therapy KW - Kidney Diseases -- Diagnosis KW - Kidney Diseases -- Etiology KW - Kidney Diseases -- Therapy KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Female KW - Male KW - Middle Age SP - 118 EP - 131 JO - Medicine JF - Medicine JA - MEDICINE VL - 67 IS - 2 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - The records of 47 patients with a perinephric abscess diagnosed from 1975 to 1986 at 8 San Francisco Bay Area hospitals were reviewed. The mean age was 51 years. Fifty-five percent were females and 45%, males. The left kidney was affected in 47% of cases, the right kidney in 40%, both in 4%, and a transplanted pelvic kidney in 9%. Fever (55%), chills or diaphoresis (47%), flank pain (40%), abdominal pain (40%), and nausea or vomiting (32%) were the most common presenting symptoms. About half the patients had symptoms for 1 week or less and 12% had no symptoms. Fever was documented before diagnosis in 88% of patients. Abdominal mass (13%) or tenderness (49%), and flank mass (9%) or tenderness (42%) were seen less frequently, and 11% of patients did not have fever, flank, or abdominal findings. The most frequent underlying conditions included previous urologic surgery (45%), previous urinary tract infection (38%), diabetes mellitus (36%), and urinary tract stones (36%). Cultures of perinephric abscesses yielded gram-negative aerobes in 52% of patients, primarily Escherichia coli. Staphylococcus aureus was isolated in 26% of patients and anaerobes in 17%. A single pathogen was isolated in 71% and multiple isolates in 29%. Of interest and great potential therapeutic importance was culture of anaerobes, primarily Bacteroides spp. in 17%, Enterococcus spp. in 7%, and Candida albicans in 7%. Positive blood and urine cultures identified perinephric abscess organisms exactly in 58% and 37% of cases, respectively. Routine laboratory tests such as the white blood cell count and urinalysis were insensitive and non-specific for perinephric abscess. Leukocytosis and anemia at admission were seen in slightly more than half of the patients. For radiologic diagnosis, computerized tomographic scanning was most helpful. Ultrasound and intravenous pyelography were falsely negative in about one-third of cases. Mortality (13%) was low in this series when compared with earlier studies, and probably reflects modern medical care. Six patients (13%) died during hospitalization, 2 of whom had diagnosis of PNA established only at autopsy. Drainage of the perinephric abscess was carried out by open surgical drainage in 64% of patients, percutaneous drainage in 19%, and both in 13%. The initial procedure, whether open surgical drainage or percutaneous catheter drainage, was usually successful. Late complications included nephrocutaneous fistulas in 3 patients and disseminated candidiasis in 1 patient. SN - 0025-7974 AD - Section of Infectious Diseases, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, California 94553. U2 - PMID: 3352513. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104759576&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of warming imagery aimed at trigger-point sites on tissue compliance, skin temperature, and pain sensitivity in biofeedback-trained patients with chronic pain: a preliminary study. / Effets d ' une imagerie chauffante dirigee sur des points de declic des tissus mous sur l ' elasticite musculaire, la temperature corporelle et la perception de la douleur chez des patients entraines aux methodes de biofeedback et sujets a des douleurs chroniques: etude preliminaire. AU - Albright, G.L. AU - Fischer, A.A. JO - Perceptual & Motor Skills JF - Perceptual & Motor Skills Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 71 IS - 3 Part 2 SP - 1163 EP - 1170 CY - ; SN - 00315125 N1 - Accession Number: SPHS-934142; Author: Albright, G.L.: 1 Author: Fischer, A.A.: 2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Psychophysiology Laboratory, Baruch College, Box 512, 17 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10010: 2 Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx Pain Diagnostic and Rehabilitation Services, Great Neck, New York; No. of Pages: 8; Language: English; Parent Item: SPHP914; References: 16; General Notes: INSEP, PARIS. Cote: PE51. Acces: copie I5 - CONTROLE MOTEUR, TRAITEMENT DE L'INFORMATION.; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20040501; SIRC Article No.: S-934142 N2 - 13 subjects were trained in biofeedback and self-regulation strategies for reducing chronic pain. Upon demonstrating ability to hand warm, subjects were exposed to an imagery exercise designed to increase skin temperature at trigger-point sites, which are small tender imitative foci located in the soft tissue. Skin temperature, tissue compliance, and pressure-pain sensitivity were recorded before and after imagery intervention. Subjects showed significant increases in skin temperature and muscle relaxation at trigger-point sites and decreases in pressure-pain sensitivity. This suggests that localized trigger-point warming may be an effective adjunct in treating chronic pain. N2 - (HERACLES) Effets d ' un programme d ' entrainement a la relaxation et au biofeedback thermique accompagne d' un traitement a la chaleur des muscles et de la peau sur les douleurs chroniques. KW - *BIOLOGICAL control systems KW - *CHRONIC pain KW - *BODY temperature KW - *MYOFASCIAL pain syndromes KW - BIOFEEDBACK KW - VISUALIZATION KW - BIOFEEDBACK KW - CHALEUR KW - ALGIE KW - TEMPERATURE-CORPORELLE KW - RELAXATION KW - PEAU KW - MUSCLE L2 - http://articles.sirc.ca/search.cfm?id=S-934142 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=SPHS-934142&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - http://articles.sirc.ca/search.cfm?id=S-934142 DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kaplan, Gordon D. AU - Miller, Karen C. AU - Anderson, James W. T1 - Comparative weight loss in obese patients restarting a supplemented very-low-calorie diet. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1992/07/02/Jul1992 Supplement M3 - Article SP - 290S EP - 291S SN - 00029165 AB - Successive weight losses were compared for 21 patients restarting a very-low-calorie diet (VLCD) after weight regain. Patients broke VLCD2 sooner (3.8 vs 9.8 wk) and lost less (9.4 vs 19.1 kg), but weight-loss rates did not differ significantly (0.83 vs 0.71 kg/wk). Net loss post-VLCD2 was 12.0 kg. Restart patients had difficulty adhering to the repeat VLCD, which resulted in lower losses. However, similar weight-loss rates and significant net weight loss suggest repeat VLCDs can be effective. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Clinical Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - Weight loss KW - Overweight persons KW - Obesity -- Treatment KW - Very low-calorie diet KW - Weight gain KW - Obesity KW - very-low-calorie diets KW - VLCDS KW - weight cycling N1 - Accession Number: 94401927; Kaplan, Gordon D. 1,2,3; Miller, Karen C. 1,2,3; Anderson, James W. 1,2,3; Affiliations: 1: Health Management Resources, Boston; 2: Health Management Resources Fasting Program, University of Kentucky Medical Center, Lexington, KY; 3: Endocrine-Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Lexington, KY; Issue Info: Jul1992 Supplement, p290S; Subject Term: Weight loss; Subject Term: Overweight persons; Subject Term: Obesity -- Treatment; Subject Term: Very low-calorie diet; Subject Term: Weight gain; Author-Supplied Keyword: Obesity; Author-Supplied Keyword: very-low-calorie diets; Author-Supplied Keyword: VLCDS; Author-Supplied Keyword: weight cycling; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=94401927&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-10174-001 AN - 2007-10174-001 AU - Donovan, Dennis M. T1 - Review of Drinking and driving: Advances in research and prevention. JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors Y1 - 1992/12// VL - 6 IS - 4 SP - 239 EP - 240 CY - US PB - Educational Publishing Foundation SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-10174-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Donovan, Dennis M.; Addictions Treatment Center, Seattle Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, WA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. Release Date: 20070713. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohols; Drinking Behavior; Driving Under the Influence; Experimentation; Prevention. Minor Descriptor: Drivers. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Wilson, R. Jean (Ed); Mann, Robert E. (Ed). Drinking and driving: Advances in research and prevention=New York: Guilford Press, 294 pages; $37.50; 1990. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1992. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Reviews the book, Drinking and driving: Advances in research and prevention by R. Jean Wilson and Robert E. Mann (see record [rid]1990-98349-000[/rid]). This book is an exciting compilation of well-organized and well-written reviews of recent theoretical and empirical work in the area of drinking and driving. The contributors to the book are well-respected researchers and practitioners in the area of drinking and driving, bringing a high level of scholarly and practical perspective to the problem from their international experiences and multidisciplinary backgrounds. The specific chapters are all of interest and fit well within the three general sections of the book. The first section deals with the driver and his or her immediate environment. The second section of the book focuses on both general and specific deterrence strategies as they relate to the prevention of driving while impaired. The third section deals with a number of different approaches to the prevention of drinking and driving. I feel this is a very timely book composed of chapters from internationally known researchers, the content of which will prove to be extremely valuable for researchers, policymakers and planners, and clinicians working in the areas of primary, secondary, and tertiary prevention of driving while impaired by alcohol. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drinking KW - driving KW - research KW - prevention KW - 1992 KW - Alcohols KW - Drinking Behavior KW - Driving Under the Influence KW - Experimentation KW - Prevention KW - Drivers U2 - Wilson, R. Jean (Ed); Mann, Robert E. (Ed). (1990); Drinking and driving: Advances in research and prevention; New York: Guilford Press, 294 pages; $37.50 DO - 10.1037/h0084905 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2007-10174-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-10167-001 AN - 2007-10167-001 AU - Noel, Nora E. T1 - Review of Dual diagnosis: Counseling the mentally ill substance abuser. JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors Y1 - 1992/03// VL - 6 IS - 1 SP - 58 EP - 59 CY - US PB - Educational Publishing Foundation SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-10167-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Noel, Nora E.; Brockton/West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brockton, MA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. Release Date: 20070713. Correction Date: 20091116. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counseling; Drug Abuse; Dual Diagnosis; Mental Disorders. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Evans, Katie; Sullivan, J. Michael. Dual diagnosis: Counseling the mentally ill substance abuser=New York: Guilford Press; 191 pages; $35.00 (hardcover), $16.95 (paperback); 1991. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1992. Copyright Statement: Educational Publishing Foundation. 1992. AB - Reviews the book, Dual diagnosis: Counseling the mentally ill substance abuser by Katie Evans and J. Michael Sullivan (1991). This book is intended to be a practical guide for counseling a particularly difficult group of clients. The authors hope that it will be read by a wide audience, including psychologists, psychiatrists, social workers, chemical dependency counselors, family and marital therapists, child protective service workers, court examiners, school counselors, and others. The 10 chapters cover a variety of topics, touching on several aspects of working with "dual diagnosis" clients (i.e., people who present for treatment with both substance use and major psychiatric disorders). The authors have attempted to cover a complicated and extensive set of problems and a variety of issues and approaches in this short book. Many readers will appreciate the practical and straightforward suggestions for assessing and treating the dual diagnosis client. However, along with the straightforward approach comes simplification of some difficult problems. For example, the chapter on identifying chemical dependency includes no discussion of assessing patterns of drug or alcohol use or the antecedents or consequences that may be peculiar to people with a particular disorder. Dual diagnosis clients seem to use mental health and substance abuse services at a disproportionately high rate, yet they also seem the most likely to "fall through the cracks." Use of some of the treatment suggestions discussed in this book may help remedy the situation and could be useful for someone not yet familiar with dual diagnosis clients. However, in the end, one wishes that the book was more focused and detailed. Instead, probably because of the large scope of intended readers and clients, it becomes more of an outline and loses some of its practical significance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dual diagnosis KW - mental disorders KW - substance abuse KW - counseling KW - 1992 KW - Counseling KW - Drug Abuse KW - Dual Diagnosis KW - Mental Disorders U2 - Evans, Katie; Sullivan, J. Michael. (1991); Dual diagnosis: Counseling the mentally ill substance abuser; New York: Guilford Press; 191 pages; $35.00 (hardcover), $16.95 (paperback) DO - 10.1037/h0084898 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2007-10167-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR AU - GUNTHEROTH, WARREN G. AU - MCGINTY, DENNIS J. AU - BAKER, THEODORE T1 - Cardiopulmonary Changes in Kittens During Sleep. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1979/09/07/ VL - 205 IS - 4410 M3 - Article SP - 1040 EP - 1041 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85269216; GUNTHEROTH, WARREN G. 1; MCGINTY, DENNIS J. 2; BAKER, THEODORE 2; Affiliations: 1: Division of Pediatric Cardiology, University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle 98195; 2: Sepulveda Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, California 91343, and Department of Anatomy, University of California, Los Angeles 90024; Issue Info: 9/ 7/1979, Vol. 205 Issue 4410, p1040; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85269216&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - FERRIS, STEVEN H. AU - SATHANANTHAN, GREGORY AU - REISBERG, BARRY AU - GERSHON, SAMUEL AU - DAVIS, KENNETH L. T1 - Long-Term Choline Treatment of Memory-Impaired Elderly Patients. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1979/09/07/ VL - 205 IS - 4410 M3 - Article SP - 1039 EP - 1040 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85269215; FERRIS, STEVEN H. 1; SATHANANTHAN, GREGORY 1; REISBERG, BARRY 1; GERSHON, SAMUEL 1; DAVIS, KENNETH L. 2; Affiliations: 1: Department of Psychiatry, Newv York University Medical Center, New York 10016; 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California 94304; Issue Info: 9/ 7/1979, Vol. 205 Issue 4410, p1039; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85269215&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - DEGROAT, W. C. AU - NADELHAFT, I. AU - MORGAN, C. AU - SCHAUBLE, T. T1 - The Central Origin of Efferent Pathways in the Carotid Sinus Nerve of the Cat. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1979/09/07/ VL - 205 IS - 4410 M3 - Article SP - 1017 EP - 1018 SN - 00368075 AB - The application of horseradish peroxidase to the central cut end of the carotid sinus nerve of the cat produced retrograde labeling of neurons in the ipsilateral medulla in the region of the nucleus ambiguus at anterior-posterior coordinates -8 to -10.5. These data coupled with previous electrophysiological observations suggest that the nucleus ainbiguus may be the origin of an efferent inhibitory path- way to the carotid body. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85269204; DEGROAT, W. C. 1; NADELHAFT, I. 1; MORGAN, C. 1; SCHAUBLE, T. 1; Affiliations: 1: Departments of Pharmacology and Neurosurgery, School of Medicine, University of Pittsburgh, and Veterans Administration Hospital, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15261; Issue Info: 9/ 7/1979, Vol. 205 Issue 4410, p1017; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85269204&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - WEDEEN, RICHARD P. AU - MAILMAN, RICHARD B. AU - BREESE, GEORGE R. AU - KRIGMAN, MARTIN R. AU - MUSHAK, PAUL AU - MUELLER, ROBERT A. T1 - Lead Enhancement of Lithium-Induced Polydipsia. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1979/08/17/ VL - 205 IS - 4407 M3 - Article SP - 725 EP - 726 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85269095; WEDEEN, RICHARD P. 1; MAILMAN, RICHARD B. 2; BREESE, GEORGE R. 2; KRIGMAN, MARTIN R. 3; MUSHAK, PAUL 3; MUELLER, ROBERT A. 4; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, East Orange, New Jersey 07019; 2: Departments of Psychiatry and Pharmacology; 3: Department of Pathology; 4: Departments of Anesthesiology and Pharmacology and Biological Research Center, University of North Carolina School of Medicine, Chapel Hill 27514; Issue Info: 8/17/1979, Vol. 205 Issue 4407, p725; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85269095&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - SWADLOW, HARVEY A. AU - GESCHWIND, NORMAN AU - WAXMAN, STEPHEN G. AU - GOULD, JAY E. T1 - Commissural Transmission in Humans. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1979/05/04/ VL - 204 IS - 4392 M3 - Article SP - 530 EP - 531 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85195482; SWADLOW, HARVEY A. 1,2; GESCHWIND, NORMAN 3; WAXMAN, STEPHEN G. 4; GOULD, JAY E. 5; Affiliations: 1: Department of Psychology, University of Connecticut, Storrs 06268; 2: Department of Neurology, Harvard Medical School, Beth Israel Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts 02215; 3: Department of Neurology, Harvard Medical School; 4: Department of Neurology, Stanford University Medical School, Veterans Administration Hospital (127), Palo Alto, California 94304; 5: Department of Psychology, University of West Florida, Pensacola 32504; Issue Info: 5/ 4/1979, Vol. 204 Issue 4392, p530; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85195482&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - WEINER, MICHAEL W. T1 - Uncoupling Agents Distinguish Between the Effects of Metabolic Inhibitors and Transport Inhibitors. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1979/04/13/ VL - 204 IS - 4389 M3 - Article SP - 187 EP - 188 SN - 00368075 AB - In studies with toad bladders, the uncoupling agent 2,4-dinitrophenol (DNP) reversed the inhibition of CO2 production produced by direct inhibition of transport. In contrast, DNP did not reverse the inhibition of CO2 production brought about by metabolic inhibitors. Therefore, the response to DNP distinguished between inhibition of transport and metabolism; this approach may be useful for the investigation off actors that regulate active transport. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85199688; WEINER, MICHAEL W. 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine, Stanford Universitv School of Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California 94304; Issue Info: 4/13/1979, Vol. 204 Issue 4389, p187; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85199688&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - STRAUS, EUGENE AU - YALOW, ROSALYN S. T1 - Cholecystokinin in the Brains of Obese and Nonobese Mice. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1979/01/05/ VL - 203 IS - 4375 M3 - Article SP - 68 EP - 69 SN - 00368075 AB - Extracts of the cerebral cortex of genetically obese (ob/ob) mice with hyperphagia contain 0.05 ± 0.02 microgram (mean ± standard error) of cholecystokinin octapeptide equivalent per gram of wet weight compared to 0.15 ± 0.01 microgram per gram for their nonobese littermates and 0.20 ± 0.01 microgram per gram for normal LAF1 mice. These findings are suggestive of a causal relation between the diminished brain immunoreactive cholecystokinin content and the unrestrained appetite of the obese mice. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87519445; STRAUS, EUGENE 1,2; YALOW, ROSALYN S. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Solomon A. Berson Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, New York 10468; 2: Mount Sinai School of Medicine, City University ofNew York, New York 10021; Issue Info: 1/5/1979, Vol. 203 Issue 4375, p68; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87519445&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - BERTRAND, H. A. AU - MASORO, E. J. AU - YU, B. P. T1 - Increasing Adipocyte Number as the Basis for Perirenal Depot Growth in Adult Rats. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1978/09/29/ VL - 201 IS - 4362 M3 - Article SP - 1234 EP - 1235 SN - 00368075 AB - The mass of the perirenal adipose depot in male Fischer 344 rats increases between 6 and 18 months of age. This increase is due to an increase in the number of adipocytes in this depot, in contrast with the concept that adipocyte number is constant throughout adult life. The epididymal depot increases in mass between 6 and 18 months of age by adipocyte hypertrophy alone. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87546892; BERTRAND, H. A. 1; MASORO, E. J. 1; YU, B. P. 2; Affiliations: 1: Department of Physiology, University of Texas Health Scie Center, San Antonio 78284; 2: Research Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Antonio, Texas 78284; Issue Info: 9/29/1978, Vol. 201 Issue 4362, p1234; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87546892&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - AGUIRRE, G. AU - FARBER, D. AU - LOLLEY, R. AU - FLETCHER, R. T. AU - CHADER, G. J. T1 - Rod-Cone Dysplasia in Irish Setters: A Defect in Cyclic GMP Metabolism in Visual Cells. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1978/09/22/ VL - 201 IS - 4361 M3 - Article SP - 1133 EP - 1134 SN - 00368075 AB - An abnormality in retinal guanosine 3',5'-monophosphate (cyclic GMP) metabolism is demonstrated in the inherited rod-cone dysplasia of Irish Setter dogs. Affected visual cells are deficient in cyclic GMP phosphodiesterase activity and have elevated levels of cyclic GMP. The biochemical abnormalities observed in affected retinas of Irish Setters are similar to those in the retinas of mice with inherited retinal degeneration before visual cell degeneration begins. A defect in cyclic GMP metabolism may be characteristic of early-onset degenerative diseases of the retina, possibly including those that affect humans. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87546634; AGUIRRE, G. 1; FARBER, D. 2; LOLLEY, R. 3; FLETCHER, R. T. 4; CHADER, G. J. 4; Affiliations: 1: Section of Ophthalmology, School of Veterinary Medicine, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 19104; 2: Jules Stein Eye Institute, School of Medicine, University of California, Los Angeles 90024; 3: Developmental Neurology, Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, California 91343; 4: National Eye Institute, Bethesda, Maryland 20014; Issue Info: 9/22/1978, Vol. 201 Issue 4361, p1133; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87546634&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - HITI-HARPER, JUDITH AU - WOHL, HERBERT AU - HARPER, ELVIN T1 - Platelet Factor 4: An Inhibitor of Collagenase. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1978/03/03/ VL - 199 IS - 4332 M3 - Article SP - 991 EP - 992 SN - 00368075 AB - Human platelet factor 4 (PF4) is known to bind to heparin and inhibit its anticoagulant effect. This factor also inhibits the enzyme collagenase derived from cultured human skin and collagenase extractedfrom human granulocytes. The addition of heparin to the PF4-collagenase assay system has no effect on the observed inhibition of collagenase. Thus PF4 inhibits collagenase, in addition to neutralizing heparin. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87460863; HITI-HARPER, JUDITH 1,2; WOHL, HERBERT 1,2; HARPER, ELVIN 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Departments of Chemistry and Medicine, University of California, San Diego, La Jolla 92093; 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, San Diego, California 92161; Issue Info: 3/3/1978, Vol. 199 Issue 4332, p991; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87460863&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - FEINBERG, IRWIN AU - FEIN, GEORGE AU - WALKER, JAMES M. AU - PRICE, LEONARD J. AU - FLOYD, THOMAS C. AU - MARCH, JONATHAN D. T1 - Flurazepam Effects on Slow-Wave Sleep: Stage 4 Suppressed but Number of Delta Waves Constant. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1977/11/25/ VL - 198 IS - 4319 M3 - Article SP - 847 EP - 848 SN - 00368075 AB - Repeated administration of flurazepam reduced stage 4 sleep (high delta- wave concentration) but produced a greater increase in stage 2 duration so that total sleep time was increased. Computer analysis revealed that the increased amount of stage 2 (low delta-wave concentration) sleep provided a number and duration of delta waves sufficient to offset the loss of delta activity in stage 4. However, the amplitude of the average delta wave was reduced. These results demonstrate the value of direct quantification of delta-wave activity, the variable that underlies visual classification of slow-wave sleep into stages 2 to 4. They also give rise to new hypotheses regarding the relative absence of side effects in spite of profound stage 4 suppression byflurazepam and the mechanisms by which total sleep time is increased by this drug. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85268555; FEINBERG, IRWIN 1; FEIN, GEORGE 1; WALKER, JAMES M. 1; PRICE, LEONARD J. 1; FLOYD, THOMAS C. 1; MARCH, JONATHAN D. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, California 94121, and University of California, San Francisco 94143; Issue Info: 11/25/1977, Vol. 198 Issue 4319, p847; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85268555&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - WILSON, WILKIE A. AU - CLARK, MARGARET T. AU - PELLMAR, TERRY C. T1 - Tris Buffer Attenuates Acetylcholine Responses in Aplysia Neurons. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1977/04/22/ VL - 196 IS - 4288 M3 - Article SP - 440 EP - 441 SN - 00368075 AB - The commonly used buffering agent tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine (tris) antagonizes the action of iontophoretically applied acetylcholine on neurons of Aplysia californica. Concentrations of 5 to 10 millimolar tris markedly reduced both excitatory and inhibitory responses. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85218430; WILSON, WILKIE A. 1; CLARK, MARGARET T. 1; PELLMAR, TERRY C. 1; Affiliations: 1: Epilepsy Center, Veterans Administration Hospital, Durham, North Carolina 27705; Issue Info: 4/22/1977, Vol. 196 Issue 4288, p440; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85218430&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - LAWRENCE, A. M. AU - TAN, S. AU - HOJVAT, S. AU - KIRSTEINS, L. T1 - Salivary Gland Hyperglycemic Factor: An Extrapancreatic Source of Glucagon-Like Material. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1977/01/07/ VL - 195 IS - 4273 M3 - Article SP - 71 EP - 72 SN - 00368075 AB - Extracts of homogenates of rat, mouse, rabbit, and human submaxillary salivary glands contain a significant quantity of a material with glucagon-like immunoreactivity. Fractionation of this material on columns of Sephadex G-100 reveals a single peak immediately following a gamma globulin marker but in advance of a rat growth hormone marker, crystalline amylase, and isotopically labeled porcine insulin and glucagon. This material, which is urea stable, shows identical immunoassay dilution curves when measured with the highly specific K-30 glucagon antiserum. Study of paired glands in vitro shows that low concentrations of glucose stimulate and high concentrations of glucose suppress release of this material. Arginine promotes brisk release in vitro. Somatostatin does not influence arginine-stimulated secretion and insignificantly suppresses basal release in vitro. These findings lend support to previous speculations that the salivary glands may possess endocrine as well as exocrine functions. Salivary gland glucagon may also be the source of circulating glucagon recently reported in pancreatectomized and eviscerated rats. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85361395; LAWRENCE, A. M. 1; TAN, S. 1; HOJVAT, S. 1; KIRSTEINS, L. 1; Affiliations: 1: Research and Medical Services, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois 60141; Issue Info: 1/ 7/1977, Vol. 195 Issue 4273, p71; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85361395&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - SHAW, SPENCER AU - STIMMEL, BARRY AU - LIEBER, CHARLES S. T1 - Plasma Alpha Amino-n-Butyric Acid to Leucine Ratio: An Empirical Biochemical Marker of Alcoholism. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1976/12/03/ VL - 194 IS - 4269 M3 - Article SP - 1057 EP - 1058 SN - 00368075 AB - The plasma ratio of α-amino-n-butyric acid to leucine was elevated in ambulatory and hospitalized alcoholics as well as in baboons fed alcohol along with an adequate diet. There was a statistically significant positive correlation between this ratio and the degree of alcoholism assessed by three separate medical and psychological criteria in patients maintained on methadone. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85361229; SHAW, SPENCER 1; STIMMEL, BARRY 1; LIEBER, CHARLES S. 1; Affiliations: 1: Bronx Veterans Administration Hospital and Mount Sinai School of Medicine, City University of New York, New York 10468; Issue Info: 12/ 3/1976, Vol. 194 Issue 4269, p1057; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85361229&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - TRAYNOR, M. ELAINE AU - WOODSON, PAUL B. J. AU - SCHLAPFER, WERNER T. AU - BARONDES, SAMUEL H. T1 - Sustained Tolerance to a Specific Effect of Ethanol on Posttetanic Potentiation in Aplysia. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1976/08/06/ VL - 193 IS - 4252 M3 - Article SP - 510 EP - 511 SN - 00368075 AB - Perfusion with 0.8 molar ethanol in seawater specifically accelerates the rate of decay of posttetanic potentiation observed after repetitive electrical stimulation of an identified synapse in the abdominal ganglion of Aplysia californica. Repeated perfusion with seawater alternately with and without ethanol leads to a progressive diminution of this specific effect of ethanol, such that after the third application ethanol no longer has any effect on the rate constant of decay of posttetanic potentiation. This tolerance to the specific effects of ethanol persists for at least least II hours after the last application of ethanol. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85220047; TRAYNOR, M. ELAINE 1,2; WOODSON, PAUL B. J. 1,2; SCHLAPFER, WERNER T. 1,2; BARONDES, SAMUEL H. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Departments of Neuroscience and Psychiatry, University of California, San Diego, La Jolla 92093; 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, San Diego 92161; Issue Info: 8/ 6/1976, Vol. 193 Issue 4252, p510; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85220047&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - SAID, SAMI I. AU - ROSENBERG, ROGER N. T1 - Vasoactive Intestinal Polypeptide: Abundant Immunoreactivity in Neural Cell Lines and Normal Nervous Tissue. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1976/05/28/ VL - 192 IS - 4242 M3 - Article SP - 907 EP - 908 SN - 00368075 AB - Vasoactive intestinal polypeptide immunoreactivity is present in high concentrations in clonal lines of neuronal and glial origin. The central nervous system and sympathetic ganglia are also rich in the peptide. The findings suggest that this peptide, hitherto thought limited to the gastrointestinal tract, is widely distributed in neural tissue and may have broad physiological significance. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85360880; SAID, SAMI I. 1,2; ROSENBERG, ROGER N. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Departments of Internal Medic ine, Pharmacology, and Neurology, University of Texas Southwestern Medical School, Dallas 75235; 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Dallas 75216; Issue Info: 5/28/1976, Vol. 192 Issue 4242, p907; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85360880&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - RUBIN, EMANUEL AU - LIEBER, CHARLES S. AU - ALTMAN, KURT AU - GORDON, GARY G. AU - SOUTHREN, A. LOUIS T1 - Prolonged Ethanol Consumption Increases Testosterone Metabolism in the Liver. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1976/02/13/ VL - 191 IS - 4227 M3 - Article SP - 563 EP - 564 SN - 00368075 AB - Male alcoholics often suffer from features of hypogonadism related to abnormal metabolism of sex steroids. Since the activity of testosterone reductases is rate limiting for testosterone metabolism in the liver, the effect of prolonged ethanol consumption by rats and human volunteers on the activities of these microsomal and cytosolic enzymes was studied. In rats, long-term ethanol ingestion doubled microsomal Sa-testosterone reductase activity, a major pathway for testosterone metabolism, while in human volunteers the activity was increased two- to fivefold. These changes may play a role in the altered androgenic activity of the chronic alcoholic. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85219724; RUBIN, EMANUEL 1; LIEBER, CHARLES S. 2; ALTMAN, KURT 3; GORDON, GARY G. 3; SOUTHREN, A. LOUIS 3; Affiliations: 1: Department of Pathology, Mount Sinai School of Medicine, New York 10029; 2: Department of Medicine, Mount Sinai School of Medicine, and Section of Liver Disease and Nutrition, Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, New York; 3: Section of Endocrinology, New York Medical College, New York; Issue Info: 2/13/1976, Vol. 191 Issue 4227, p563; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85219724&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - BARAONA, ENRIQUE AU - LEO, MARIA A. AU - BOROWSKY, STEPHEIN A. AU - LIEBER, CHARLES S. T1 - Alcoholic Hepatomegaly: Accumulation of Protein in the Liver. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1975/11/21/ VL - 190 IS - 4216 M3 - Article SP - 794 EP - 795 SN - 00368075 AB - The hepatomegaly that appears after long-term feeding of ethanol results in accumulation of protein that is quantitatively as important as the increase in lipid. The bulk of protein accumulates in the soluble fraction of the cell. Hepatic albumin and transferrin concentrations increase and colchicine-binding protein decreases, thus suggesting an intrahepatic retention of export proteins. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 88002855; BARAONA, ENRIQUE 1,2; LEO, MARIA A. 1,2; BOROWSKY, STEPHEIN A. 1,2; LIEBER, CHARLES S. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Section of Liver Disease and Nutrition, Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, New York 10468; 2: Department of Medicine, Mount Sinai School of Medicine, City University of New York, New York 10029; Issue Info: 11/21/1975, Vol. 190 Issue 4216, p794; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=88002855&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - DESOR, J. A. AU - GREENE, LAWRENCE S. AU - MALLER, OWEN T1 - Preferences for Sweet and Salty in 9- to 15-Year-Old and Adult Humans. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1975/11/14/ VL - 190 IS - 4215 M3 - Article SP - 686 EP - 687 SN - 00368075 AB - Preferences for the tastes of sucrose, lactose, and sodium chloride were measured in 618 subjects between 9 and 15 years of age and in 140 adults. The younger subjects preferred greater sweetness and saltiness than did the adults. In the younger group, there were race and sex differences in preferences, none of which appeared among the adults. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 88002839; DESOR, J. A. 1; GREENE, LAWRENCE S. 1; MALLER, OWEN 2; Affiliations: 1: Monell Chemical Senses Center, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia 19104; 2: Monell Chemical Senses Center and Veterans Administration Hospital, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104; Issue Info: 11/14/1975, Vol. 190 Issue 4215, p686; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=88002839&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - VAAGE, JARLE AU - HAUGE, ANTON AU - SAID, SAMI I. AU - HARA, NOBUYUKI T1 - Prostaglandins and the Pulmonary Vasoconstrictor Response to Alveolar Hypoxia. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1975/09/12/ VL - 189 IS - 4206 M3 - Article SP - 899 EP - 900 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85136609; VAAGE, JARLE 1; HAUGE, ANTON 1; SAID, SAMI I. 2; HARA, NOBUYUKI 2; Affiliations: 1: Institute of Physiology, University of Oslo, Oslo, Norway; 2: Departments of Internal Medicine and Pharmacology, University of Texas Southwestern Medical School, and Veterans Administration Hospital, Dallas, Texas; Issue Info: 9/12/1975, Vol. 189 Issue 4206, p899; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85136609&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - ISAACKS, RUSSELL E. AU - HARKNESS, DONALD R. T1 - 2,3-Diphosphoglycerate in Erythrocytes of Chick Embryos. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1975/08//8/ 1/1975 VL - 189 IS - 4200 M3 - Article SP - 393 EP - 394 SN - 00368075 AB - 2,3-Diphosphoglycerate, heretofore considered absent in avian erythrocytes, occurs in the erythrocytes of embryos to the extent of 4 to 5 micromoles per cubic centimeter of erythrocytes before hatching; it disappears from the cells within 8 days after the embryo hatches. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85136384; ISAACKS, RUSSELL E. 1; HARKNESS, DONALD R. 1; Affiliations: 1: Research Laboratories of the Veterans Administration Hospital and Department of Medicine, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Florida 33125; Issue Info: 8/ 1/1975, Vol. 189 Issue 4200, p393; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85136384&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - WHITE, STEVEN C. AU - BRIN, STEVEN C. AU - JANICKI, BERNARD W. T1 - Mitogen-Induced Blastogenic Responses of Lymphocytes from Marihuana Smokers. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1975/04/04/ VL - 188 IS - 4183 M3 - Article SP - 71 EP - 72 SN - 00368075 AB - Blastogenic responses in vitro to phytohemagglutinin and pokeweed mitogen were examined in microcultures of peripheral blood lymphocytes from a group of 12 healthy, long-term marihuana smokers and a group of matched control subjects. With either mitogen, no significant difference in cellular incorporation of [3H]thymidine was noted between the groups. These results were interpreted to indicate that the functional status of blood lymphocytes was not altered by long-term smoking of marihuana. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85118810; WHITE, STEVEN C. 1; BRIN, STEVEN C. 1; JANICKI, BERNARD W. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D.C. 20422; Issue Info: 4/ 4/1975, Vol. 188 Issue 4183, p71; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85118810&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - AUGUSTYN, JOAN M. AU - ZIEGLER, F. D. T1 - Endogenous Cyclic Adenosine Monophosphate in Tissues of Rabbits Fed an Atherogenic Diet. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1975/02/07/ VL - 187 IS - 4175 M3 - Article SP - 449 EP - 450 SN - 00368075 AB - Rabbits fed a high cholesterol diet experieniced a significant increase in plasma adeniosine 3'5'-monophosphate (cyclic AMP), which was simultaneous with the increase in plasma chlolesterol. The content of cyclic AMP in atherosclerotic lesion areas of rabbit aortic initima-media was significantly higher (0.24 picomole per microgram of DNA) than that in adjacent nonlesion areas or in aortic intima-media from control animals (0.09 picomole per microgram of DNA). The cyclic AMP content of heart, liver, skeletal muscle, and diaphragm showed no significant elevation in animals fed cholesterol. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85118495; AUGUSTYN, JOAN M. 1; ZIEGLER, F. D. 2; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Albany, New York 12208; 2: Division of Laboratories and Research, New York State Department of Health, Albany 12201; Issue Info: 2/ 7/1975, Vol. 187 Issue 4175, p449; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85118495&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - ARMSTRONG, DONALD AU - DIMMITT, SANDRA AU - BOEHME, DIETHELM H. AU - LEONBERG JR., STANLEY C. AU - VOGEL, WOLFGANG T1 - Leukocyte Peroxidase Deficiency in a Family with a Dominant Form of Kuf's Disease. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1974/10/11/ VL - 186 IS - 4159 M3 - Article SP - 155 EP - 156 SN - 00368075 AB - Use of a spectrophotometric assay of peroxidase with p-phenylenediamine as cosubstrate demonstrated deficient enzymne activity in leukocytes fromn two patients with a dominantly inherited form of ceroid lipofuscinosis (Kuf's disease) and a clinically healthy unaffected sibling. When the reaction was performned in the absence of added hydrogen peroxide, oxidation of the p-phenylenediamnine cosubstrate (indicating the presence of endogenous peroxide) occurred only with enzyme samples from the three siblings but not with those from a large number of unrelated, unaffected controls. This demonstrates that the deficiency of peroxidase found previously in the recessively inherited infantile and juvenile forms of ceroid lipofuscinosis (Batten-Spielmeyer-Vogt disease) is also present in an adult form with dominant inheritance. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85117992; ARMSTRONG, DONALD 1; DIMMITT, SANDRA 1; BOEHME, DIETHELM H. 2; LEONBERG JR., STANLEY C. 3; VOGEL, WOLFGANG 4; Affiliations: 1: Clinical Research Laboratory, Hillcrest Medical Center, Tulsa, Oklahoma 74104; 2: Department of Pathology, Veterans Administration Hospital, East Orange, New Jersey 07019; 3: Department of Neurology, University of Pennsylvania Medical School, Philadelphia 19104; 4: Jefferson Medical College, Department of Pharmacology, Philadelphia 19107; Issue Info: 10/11/1974, Vol. 186 Issue 4159, p155; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85117992&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - FEINBERG, I. AU - HIBI, S. AU - CAVNESS, C. AU - MARCH, J. T1 - Absence of REM Rebound after Barbiturate Withdrawal. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1974/08/09/ VL - 185 IS - 4150 M3 - Article SP - 534 EP - 535 SN - 00368075 AB - Administration of three different barbiturates reduced rapid eye movement (REM) sleep. Drug withdrawal led to a return to baseline REM] values without significant overshoot. Similar results are observed with administration of benzodiazepines in pharmacologically equivalent dosages; therefore, a distinction between these two drug classes on the basis of withdrawal effects on the sleep electroencephalogram appears unwarranted. Further investigation is required determine why high REM levels are sometimes associated with the withdrawal of sedative-hypnotic agents. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85345744; FEINBERG, I. 1,2; HIBI, S. 1; CAVNESS, C. 1; MARCH, J. 1,3; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, California 94121; 2: Department of Psychiatry, University of California Medical School, San Francisco 94122; 3: Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco; Issue Info: 8/ 9/1974, Vol. 185 Issue 4150, p534; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85345744&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - VROMAN, LEO AU - MATTSON, JAMES S. AU - SMITH, CARROLL A. T1 - Surface Charge, Protein Adsorption, and Thrombosis. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1974/05/03/ VL - 184 IS - 4136 M3 - Article SP - 585 EP - 586 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85345511; VROMAN, LEO 1; MATTSON, JAMES S. 2; SMITH, CARROLL A. 3; Affiliations: 1: Interface Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, New York 11209; 2: Division of Chemical Oceanography, Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Science, University of Miami, Miami, Florida 33149; 3: Division of Ocean Engineering, Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Science; Issue Info: 5/ 3/1974, Vol. 184 Issue 4136, p585; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85345511&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - RUBIN, EMANUEL AU - LIEBER, CHARLES S. T1 - Experimental Alcoholic Hepalitis: A New Primate Model. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1973/11/16/ VL - 182 IS - 4113 M3 - Article SP - 712 EP - 713 SN - 00368075 AB - Research into the pathogenesis of alcoholic cirrhosis has suffered from the lack of an animal model of alcoholic hepatitis, considered by many to be the link between alcoholic fatty liver and cirrhosis. The entire constellation of histologic features characteristic of alcoholic hepatitis has been produced for the first time in baboons by administration of ethanol with a nutritionally adequate diet. This includes fat, necrosis inflammation, alcoholic hyaline, fibrosis, and central hyaline sclerosis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85117605; RUBIN, EMANUEL 1; LIEBER, CHARLES S. 2; Affiliations: 1: Department of Pathology, Mount Sinai School of Medicine, New York 10029; 2: Department of Medicine, Mount Sinai School of Medicine, and Section of Liver Disease and Nutrition, Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, New York 10463; Issue Info: 11/16/1973, Vol. 182 Issue 4113, p712; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85117605&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - SMITH JR., J. CECIL AU - MCDANIEL, E. G. AU - FAN, F. F. AU - HALSTED, JAMES A. T1 - Zinc: A Trace Element Essential in Vitamin A Metabolism. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1973/09/07/ VL - 181 IS - 4103 M3 - Article SP - 954 EP - 955 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85117266; SMITH JR., J. CECIL 1; MCDANIEL, E. G. 1; FAN, F. F. 1; HALSTED, JAMES A. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D.C. 20422, and National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Maryland 20014, and School of Medicine, George Washington University, Washington, D.C. 20005; Issue Info: 9/ 7/1973, Vol. 181 Issue 4103, p954; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85117266&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - ALLISON, TRUETT AU - GOFF, WILLIM R. AU - COHN, ROBERT AU - JAKNIUNAS, ALFRED AU - TAUB, EDWARD T1 - Somatic Evoked Response Recording: An Adequate Test of Deafferentation? JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1973/07/13/ VL - 181 IS - 4095 M3 - Article SP - 187 EP - 188 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85158778; ALLISON, TRUETT 1,2; GOFF, WILLIM R. 1,2; COHN, ROBERT 3; JAKNIUNAS, ALFRED 3; TAUB, EDWARD 3; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, Connecticut 06516; 2: Department of Neurology, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, Connecticut 06510; 3: Institute for Behavioral Research, Silver Spring, Maryland 20910; Issue Info: 7/13/1973, Vol. 181 Issue 4095, p187; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85158778&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - FELTS, PHILIP W. T1 - The Other Hormone. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1973/04/06/ VL - 180 IS - 4081 M3 - Article SP - 52 EP - 53 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85117090; FELTS, PHILIP W. 1; Affiliations: 1: Nashville Veterans Administration Hospital and Department of Medicine, Vanderbilt University Nashville, Tenntiessee; Issue Info: 4/ 6/1973, Vol. 180 Issue 4081, p52; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85117090&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - STERLING, KENNETH AU - BRENNER, MILTON A. AU - SALDANHA, VICTOR F. T1 - Conversion of Thyroxne to Triiodothyronine by Cultured Human Cells. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1973/03/09/ VL - 179 IS - 4077 M3 - Article SP - 1000 EP - 1001 SN - 00368075 AB - Human liver and kidney cells convert 6 to 10 percent of added thyroxine to triiodothyronine in vitro at 37°C. This extent of conversion is ten times greater than that in control studies with killed cells. Conversion is evident within 10 minutes and appears to be maximal within I hour. Greater net triiodothyronine formation results if greater amounts of exogenous thyroxine are added to the system, with no plateau evident even at very high thyroxine concentrations. The addition of high concentrations of nonradioactive triiodothyronine resulted in no evident inhibition of the conversion. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85158402; STERLING, KENNETH 1; BRENNER, MILTON A. 1; SALDANHA, VICTOR F. 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine, Columbia University College of Physicians and Surgeons, and Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, New York 10468; Issue Info: 3/ 9/1973, Vol. 179 Issue 4077, p1000; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85158402&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - KIES, MARIAN W. AU - DRISCOLL, BERNARD F. AU - SEIL, FREDRICK J. AU - ALVORD JR., ELLSWORTH C. T1 - Myelination Inhibition Factor: Dissociation from Induction of Experimental Allergic Encephalomyelitis. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1973/02/16/ VL - 179 IS - 4074 M3 - Article SP - 689 EP - 690 SN - 00368075 AB - Sensitization of guinea pigs with purified myelin basic protein induces experimental allergic encephalomyelitis (EAE) but does not induce a serum factor which inhibits myelin formation in vitro. This factor, induced by some unidentified constituent of whole central nervous system tissue, should not be characterized as a component of "EAE serum." [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85158281; KIES, MARIAN W. 1; DRISCOLL, BERNARD F. 1; SEIL, FREDRICK J. 2; ALVORD JR., ELLSWORTH C. 3; Affiliations: 1: Section on Myelin Chemistry, Laboratory of Cerebral Metabolism, National Institute of Mental Health, Bethesda, Maryland 20014; 2: Department of Neurology, Stanford University School of Medicine, and Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California 94304; 3: Department of Pathology, University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle 98195; Issue Info: 2/16/1973, Vol. 179 Issue 4074, p689; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85158281&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - HARTROFT, W. S. AU - PORTA, EDUARDO A. AU - FEINMAN, LAWRENCE AU - LIEBER, CHARLES S. T1 - Fibrogenic Effect of Alcohol in Rat Liver: Role of Diet. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1973/01/26/ VL - 179 IS - 4071 M3 - Article SP - 406 EP - 407 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85135900; HARTROFT, W. S. 1; PORTA, EDUARDO A. 1; FEINMAN, LAWRENCE 2; LIEBER, CHARLES S. 2; Affiliations: 1: Department of Pathology, University of Hawaii School of Medicine, Honolulu 96822; 2: Department of Medicine, Mount Sinai School of Medicine, City University of New York, and Section of Liver Disease and Nutrition, Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, New York 10468; Issue Info: 1/26/1973, Vol. 179 Issue 4071, p406; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85135900&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - GOULD JR., KENNETH G. AU - CLEMENTS, JOHN A. AU - JONES, ALBERT L. AU - FELTS, JAMES M. T1 - Dispersal of Rabbit Lung into Individual Viable Cells: A New Model for the Study of Lung Metabolism. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1972/12/15/ VL - 178 IS - 4066 M3 - Article SP - 1209 EP - 1210 SN - 00368075 AB - This new enzymatic method disperses rabbit lung into morphologically intact, viable individual cells. The scattered cells constitute more than 50 percent of the original tissue. At least 90 percent of the cells exclude trypan blue from the nucleus. The dispersed lung cells consumed 6.2 microliters of oxygen per hour per milligram, dry weight. They incorporated [1-14C]palmitate into lecithin. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85135745; GOULD JR., KENNETH G. 1; CLEMENTS, JOHN A. 2; JONES, ALBERT L. 2; FELTS, JAMES M. 2; Affiliations: 1: Department of the Air Force, School of Aerospace Medicine, Brooks Air Force Base, Texas 78235, and Department of Physiology, University of California, San Francisco 94122; 2: Cardiovascular Research Institute, Departments of Pediatrics, Medicine, Anatomy, and Physiology, University of California, San Francisco 94122, and Cell Biology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco 94121; Issue Info: 12/15/1972, Vol. 178 Issue 4066, p1209; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85135745&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - MCAFEE, ROBERT D. T1 - Survival of Rana pipiens in Deionized Water. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1972/10/13/ VL - 178 IS - 4057 M3 - Article SP - 184 EP - 185 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85138518; MCAFEE, ROBERT D. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, New Orleanis, Louiisiana 70140; Issue Info: 10/13/1972, Vol. 178 Issue 4057, p184; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85138518&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - PRASAD, RUPI AU - PRASAD, NARESH AU - TEVETHIA, SATVIR S. T1 - Expression of Lactate and Malate Dehydrogenases in Tumors Induced by SV40 and 7,12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1972/10/06/ VL - 178 IS - 4056 M3 - Article SP - 70 EP - 71 SN - 00368075 AB - Isozyme patterns of lactate and malate dehydrogenases were studied in tumors induced by SV40 and 7,12-dimethylbenz(a)anthracene and in established cultures of cells from these tumors. The expression of B polypeptide subunits of lactate dehydrogenase is suppressed similarly by both agents. This may be due to inactivation of the gene at the locus determining the B polypeptide subunit. Malate dehydrogenase isozyme patterns are not changed significantly by the virus or the carcinogen. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87519096; PRASAD, RUPI 1; PRASAD, NARESH 2; TEVETHIA, SATVIR S.; Affiliations: 1: Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, Texas 77025; 2: Department of Radiology, Baylor College of Medicine, and Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, Texas 77031; Issue Info: 10/6/1972, Vol. 178 Issue 4056, p70; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87519096&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - WORTHEN, DAVID M. T1 - Endothelial Projections in Schlemm's Canal. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1972/02/04/ VL - 175 IS - 4021 M3 - Article SP - 561 EP - 562 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85116748; WORTHEN, DAVID M. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Gainesville, Florida 32601; Issue Info: 2/ 4/1972, Vol. 175 Issue 4021, p561; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85116748&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - BAKER JR., HENRY J. AU - LINDSEY, J. RUSSELL AU - MCKHANN, GUY M. AU - FARRELL, DONALD F. T1 - Neuronal GM1 Gangliosidosis in a Siamese Cat with β-Galactosidase Deficiency. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1971/11/19/ VL - 174 IS - 4011 M3 - Article SP - 838 EP - 839 SN - 00368075 AB - A juvenile Siamese cat with severe, progressive motor disability was shown to have extensive neuronal degeneration caused by accumulation of GM1 ganglioside. Tissues from brain and kidney were markedly deficient in β-galactosidase activity. The disease in this cat is thought to be inherited as an autosomal recessive trait, and is strikingly similar to juvenile GM1 gangliosidosis of children. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85138404; BAKER JR., HENRY J. 1; LINDSEY, J. RUSSELL 1; MCKHANN, GUY M. 2; FARRELL, DONALD F. 2; Affiliations: 1: Department of Comparative Medicine, Schools of Medicine and Dentistry, University of Alabama in Birmingham, and Veterans Administration Hospital, Birmingham 35233; 2: Department of Neurology, Johns Hopkins Hospital, Baltimore, Maryland 21205; Issue Info: 11/19/1971, Vol. 174 Issue 4011, p838; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85138404&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - TREHUB, ARNOLD T1 - The Brain as a Parallel Coherent Detector. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1971/11/12/ VL - 174 IS - 4010 M3 - Article SP - 722 EP - 723 SN - 00368075 AB - Knowledge of the bioelectric signal-to-noise ratios in rat brain makes it possible to demonstrate for the first time that the brain functions as a coherent signal detector, an important class of detectors that are explicitly formulated within the statistical theory of communication. Within an afferent neuronal channel of a single modality, the brain functions as a parallel signal processor. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 88002681; TREHUB, ARNOLD 1; Affiliations: 1: Psychology Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Northampton, Massachusetts 01060; Issue Info: 11/12/1971, Vol. 174 Issue 4010, p722; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=88002681&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - ARIMURA, AKIRA AU - MATSUO, HISAYUKI AU - BABA, YOSHIHLKO AU - SCHALLY, ANDREW V. T1 - Ovulation Induced by Synthetic Luteinizing Honnone-Releasing Hormone in the Hamster. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1971/10/29/ VL - 174 IS - 4008 M3 - Article SP - 511 EP - 512 SN - 00368075 AB - A synthetic decapeptide, corresponding to the chemical structure of luteinizing hormone-releasing hormone from porcine hypothalami, was tested for the induction of ovulation in golden hamsters that had previously been treated with phenobarbital to prevent spontaneous ovulation. Subcutaneous injection of 0.089 to 0.357 nanomole of this synthetic luteinizing hormone-releasing hormone stimulated release of luteinizing hormone and induced ovulation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85116569; ARIMURA, AKIRA 1; MATSUO, HISAYUKI 1; BABA, YOSHIHLKO 1; SCHALLY, ANDREW V. 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine, Tulane University School of Medicine, and Endocrine and Polypeptide Laboratories, Veterans Administration Hospital, New Orleans, Louisiana; Issue Info: 10/29/1971, Vol. 174 Issue 4008, p511; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85116569&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - RABINOWITZ, JOSEPH L. AU - HERCKER, EILEEN S. T1 - Thyroxine: Conversion to Triiodothyronine by Isolated Perfused Rat Heart. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1971/09/24/ VL - 173 IS - 4003 M3 - Article SP - 1242 EP - 1243 SN - 00368075 AB - Thyroxine labeled with carbon-14 and iodine-125 was perfused through surviving rat hearts. Only when unlabeled triiodothyronine was added as a carrier could the newly formed doubly labeled triiodothyronine be isolated. The fact that this triiodothyronine was labeled with the correct ratio of carbon-14 to iodine-125 indicated that it originated from thyroxine. Approximately 5 percent of the initial carbon-14 radioactivity was found in the recovered triiodothyronine. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87615514; RABINOWITZ, JOSEPH L. 1; HERCKER, EILEEN S. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital and University of Pennsylvania School of Dental Medicine, Philadelphia 19104; Issue Info: 9/24/1971, Vol. 173 Issue 4003, p1242; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87615514&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - SCHNITZER, BERTRAM AU - RUCKNAGEL, DOANLD L. AU - SPENCER, HERBERT H. AU - AIKAWA, MASAMICHI T1 - Erythrocytes: Pits and Vacuoles as Seen with Transmission and Scanning Electron Microscopy. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1971/07/16/ VL - 173 IS - 3993 M3 - Article SP - 251 EP - 252 SN - 00368075 AB - Vacuoles containing inclusions were observed by transmission electron microscopy in erythrocytes of a splenectomized patient with hemoglobin Ann Arbor. The membranes of these vacuoles became fused with the surface membrane of the red cell, thus opening the vacuoles and exposing their contents to the outside. These vacuoles when they have become thus attached to the cell membrane of the erythrocyte are responsible for the pits observed with scanning electron microscopy. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87600037; SCHNITZER, BERTRAM 1,2; RUCKNAGEL, DOANLD L. 1,2; SPENCER, HERBERT H. 1,2; AIKAWA, MASAMICHI 3; Affiliations: 1: Departments of Pathology, Human Genetics, and Internal Medicine, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor 48104; 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105; 3: Institute of Pathology, Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, Ohio 44106; Issue Info: 7/16/1971, Vol. 173 Issue 3993, p251; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87600037&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - BRESLER, E. H. AU - WENDT, R. P. AU - MASON, E. A. T1 - Steady-State Sieving across Membranes. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1971/05/21/ VL - 172 IS - 3985 M3 - Article SP - 858 EP - 859 SN - 00368075 AB - The constraint of steady-state operation for sieving or ultrafultration across membranes greatly restricts possible theoretical mechanisms. Effective sieving in the steady state requires the coexistence of a removal mechanism with the rejection mechanism. These points are illustrated without elaborate mathematice by a model of membranes in a series array with intervening compartment. This model also shows that in certain regimes the structure of the first membrane alone determines the overall sieving characteristics of the array. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85198683; BRESLER, E. H. 1; WENDT, R. P. 2; MASON, E. A. 3; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital and Tulane University School of Medicine, New Orleans, Louisiana 70140; 2: Loyola University, New Orleans, Louisiana 70118; 3: Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island 02912; Issue Info: 5/21/1971, Vol. 172 Issue 3985, p858; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85198683&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - SCHAFER, PAUL W. AU - CHANDLER, JOHN A. T1 - Electron Probe X-ray Microanalysis of a Normal Centriole. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1970/12/11/ VL - 170 IS - 3963 M3 - Article SP - 1204 EP - 1205 SN - 00368075 AB - A scanning spectrometer with lithium fluoride, ammonium dihydrogen phosphate, and gypsum crystals was used to detect the x-ray spectrum of a normal centriole, the transmitted electron image of which was used to focus the exciting electron beam to the size, shape, and position of the centriole in a 700-angstrom section of intact tissue. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87438542; SCHAFER, PAUL W. 1; CHANDLER, JOHN A. 2; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D.C. 20422; 2: AEI Scientific Apparatus, Ltd., P.O. Box 1, Harlow, Essex, England; Issue Info: 12/11/1970, Vol. 170 Issue 3963, p1204; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87438542&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Baggott, Joseph E. AU - Herbert, Victor T1 - Recommended dietary intakes (RDI) of folate in humans. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 46 IS - 6 M3 - Letter to the Editor SP - 1056 EP - 1057 SN - 00029165 AB - A letter to the editor and its response to an article on recommended dietary intakes (RDO) of folates in humans, published in a previous issue are presented. KW - Dietary supplements KW - Vitamin B complex N1 - Accession Number: 91710912; Baggott, Joseph E. 1; Herbert, Victor 2; Affiliations: 1: Assistant Professor, Department of Nutrition Sciences, University of Alabama, Birmingham, Box 188, University Station, Birmingham, AL 35294; 2: Mount Sinai and Bronx, Veterans Administration Medical Centers, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, NY 10468; Issue Info: Dec1987, Vol. 46 Issue 6, p1056; Thesaurus Term: Dietary supplements; Subject Term: Vitamin B complex; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 446191 Food (Health) Supplement Stores; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Letter to the Editor UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91710912&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Katch, Frank I. AU - Solomon, Robin T. AU - Shayevitz, Myra AU - Shayevitz, Berton T1 - Validity of bioelectrical impedance to estimate body composition in cardiac and pulmonary patients. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1986/06// VL - 43 IS - 6 M3 - Letter to the Editor SP - 972 EP - 978 SN - 00029165 AB - A letter to the editor is presented in response to the article "How valid are bioelectric impedance measurements in body composition studies?" by S.H. Cohn. KW - Bioelectric impedance KW - Cohn, S. H. N1 - Accession Number: 91253786; Katch, Frank I. 1,2; Solomon, Robin T. 1,3; Shayevitz, Myra 1,3; Shayevitz, Berton 1,3; Affiliations: 1: Department of Exercise, Science University of Massachusetts Amherst, MA; 2: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Northampton, MA; 3: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center Northampton, MA; Issue Info: Jun1986, Vol. 43 Issue 6, p972; Subject Term: Bioelectric impedance; People: Cohn, S. H.; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Letter to the Editor UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=91253786&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - YUWILER, ARTHUR T1 - Light and Agonists Alter Pineal N-Acetyltransferase Induction by Vasoactive Intestinal Polypeptide. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1983/06/03/ VL - 220 IS - 4601 M3 - Article SP - 1082 EP - 1083 SN - 00368075 AB - Vasoactive intestinal polypeptide stimulated serotonin N-acetyltransferase activity in rat pineal glands in organ culture by a postsynaptic action that was independent of the beta-receptor. The magnitude of stimulation could be altered by environmental lighting conditions and by prior exposure to the agonist. Such up- and down-regulation, well known for catecholaminergic stimulation of this system, is compatible with a possible control of the pineal by vasoactive intestinal polypeptide as well as by catecholamines. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 84713411; YUWILER, ARTHUR 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Neurobiochemistry Research, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brentwood, Los Angeles, California 90073; 2: Department of Psychiatry, University of California, Los Angeles 90024; Issue Info: 6/ 3/1983, Vol. 220 Issue 4601, p1082; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=84713411&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - KAWAI, KOICHI AU - IPP, ELi AU - ORCI, LELIO AU - PERRELET, ALAIN AU - UNGER, ROGER H. T1 - Circulating Somatostatin Acts on thV Islets of Langerhans by Way of a Somatostatin-Poor Compartment. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1982/10/29/ VL - 218 IS - 4571 M3 - Article SP - 477 EP - 478 SN - 00368075 AB - Somatostatin perfused in canine pancreases at 10 to 20 picograms per milliliter or 10 to 20 percent of the pancreatic vein somatostatin concentration inhibited insulin and glucagon secretion. This suggests that the high local concentration of endogenous somatostatin is not in contact with somatostatin receptors of the islets. The integrity of this separation may determine the sensitivity of islet cells to circulating somatostatin [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 84712185; KAWAI, KOICHI 1; IPP, ELi 1; ORCI, LELIO 2; PERRELET, ALAIN 2; UNGER, ROGER H. 3; Affiliations: 1: Department of Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Texas Health Science Center, Dallas 75235; 2: Department of Morphology, Institute of Histology and Embryology, University of Geneva, Geneva, Switzerland; 3: Department of Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Texas Health Science Center, Dallas; Issue Info: 10/29/1982, Vol. 218 Issue 4571, p477; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=84712185&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - NIEWOEHNER, DEfNNIS E. AU - HOIDAL, JOHN R. T1 - Lung Fibrosis and Emphysema: Divergent Responses to a Common Injury? JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1982/07/23/ VL - 217 IS - 4557 M3 - Article SP - 359 EP - 360 SN - 00368075 AB - Cadmium chloride, administered intratracheally to golden Syrian hamsters, causes an acute lung injury which evolves into a lesion with functional and morphological features of diffuse fibrosis. With simultaneous feeding of a lathyrogen, ß-aminoproprionitrile, this same injury evolves intofunctional and morphological changes of bullous emphysema. These results suggest that the same lung injury might result in eitherfibrosis or emphysema, connective tissue synthesis during the healing phase being the critical determinant. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 84712021; NIEWOEHNER, DEfNNIS E. 1; HOIDAL, JOHN R. 1; Affiliations: 1: Pulmonary Sections, Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Minnesota Hospitals, Minneapolis 55417; Issue Info: 7/23/1982, Vol. 217 Issue 4557, p359; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=84712021&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - ANTELMAN, SEYMOUR M. AU - ROWLAND, NEIL AU - MORLEY, JOHN E. AU - LEVINE, ALLEN S. T1 - Endogenous Opiates and Stress-Induced Eating. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1981/12/04/ VL - 214 IS - 4525 M3 - Article SP - 1149 EP - 1150 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 84704822; ANTELMAN, SEYMOUR M. 1,2; ROWLAND, NEIL 1,2; MORLEY, JOHN E. 3; LEVINE, ALLEN S. 3; Affiliations: 1: Department of Psychiatry, University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine; 2: Department of Psychology, University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15260; 3: Neuroendocrine Research Laboratory, Minneapolis Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55417; Issue Info: 12/ 4/1981, Vol. 214 Issue 4525, p1149; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=84704822&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - DAYTON, PETER G. AU - ISRAILI, ZAFAR H. T1 - Hydralazine Reactions. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1981/10/02/ VL - 214 IS - 4516 M3 - Article SP - 94 EP - 95 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 84691893; DAYTON, PETER G. 1; ISRAILI, ZAFAR H. 2; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center and Department of Psychiatry, University of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 1S261; 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Decatur, Georgia 30033, and Department of Medicine, Emory University, Atlanta 30322; Issue Info: 10/ 2/1981, Vol. 214 Issue 4516, p94; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=84691893&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - SEIL, FREDRICK J. AU - BLANK, NATHAN K. T1 - Myelination of Central Nervous System Axons in Tissue Culture by Transplanted Oligodendrocytes. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1981/06/19/ VL - 212 IS - 4501 M3 - Article SP - 1407 EP - 1408 SN - 00368075 AB - Unmyelinated mouse cerebellar cultures in which oligodendrocyte differentiation had been suppressed by exposure to cytosine arabinoside developed axonal myelin after superimposition of kainic acid-treated cerebellar explonh devoid of myelin-receptive axons. The latter explants contained differentiaed oligodendrocytes. The operation of a diffusible myelin-stimulating factor was ruled out by the failure of myelination in cytosine arabinoside-exposed explants not in direct contact with oligodendrocyte-containing transplants. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 84714168; SEIL, FREDRICK J. 1,2; BLANK, NATHAN K. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Neurology and Research Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, Oregon, 97201; 2: Departments of Neurology and Pathology, University of Oregon Health Sciences Center, Portland; Issue Info: 6/19/1981, Vol. 212 Issue 4501, p1407; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=84714168&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - CHRISTY, NICHOLAS P. AU - KOLATA, GINA BARI T1 - Startling !Punctuation. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1981/05//5/ 1/1981 VL - 212 IS - 4494 M3 - Article SP - 494 EP - 495 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 84928517; CHRISTY, NICHOLAS P. 1; KOLATA, GINA BARI; Affiliations: 1: Office of the Chief of Staff, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brooklyn, New York 11209; Issue Info: 5/ 1/1981, Vol. 212 Issue 4494, p494; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=84928517&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - GAMBERT, STEVEN R. AU - GARTHWAITE, THOMAS L. AU - PONTZER, CAROL H. AU - HAGEN, THAD C. T1 - Fasting Associated with Decrease in Hypothalamic β-Endorphin. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1980/12/12/ VL - 210 IS - 4475 M3 - Article SP - 1271 EP - 1272 SN - 00368075 AB - In rats that were fasted for 2 to 3 days there was a decline in hypothalamic, but not pituitary, β-endorphin. There was no change in pituitary or hypothalamic adrenocorticotropin content as a result of fasting. Endogenous opiates may be involved in physiological adaptation to fasting. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85266935; GAMBERT, STEVEN R. 1; GARTHWAITE, THOMAS L. 1; PONTZER, CAROL H. 1; HAGEN, THAD C. 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine, Medical College of Wisconsin, Wood Veterans Administration Medical Center, Milwaukee 53193; Issue Info: 12/12/1980, Vol. 210 Issue 4475, p1271; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85266935&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - MATSUZAKI, YOSHIKAZU AU - HAMASAKI, YUHEI AU - SAID, SAMI I. T1 - Vasoactive Intestinal Peptide: A Possible Transmitter of Nonadrenergic Relaxation of Guinea Pig Airways. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1980/12/12/ VL - 210 IS - 4475 M3 - Article SP - 1252 EP - 1253 SN - 00368075 AB - Vasoactive intestinal peptide, a smooth-muscle relaxant neuropeptide with neurotransmitter properties, was released during electricalfield stimulation of guinea pig trachea. The amount released correlated with the degree of relaxation, and the release was blocked by tetrodotoxin. Prior incubation of the trachea with antiserum to vasoactive intestinal peptide reduced the relaxation. Thus vasoactive intestinal peptide may mediate the nonadrenergic relaxation of tracheal smooth muscle. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85266927; MATSUZAKI, YOSHIKAZU 1,2; HAMASAKI, YUHEI 1,2; SAID, SAMI I. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, Texas 75216; 2: Departments of Internal Medicine and Pharmacology, University of Texas Health Science Center, Dallas 75235; Issue Info: 12/12/1980, Vol. 210 Issue 4475, p1252; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85266927&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - BURKS, JACK S. AU - DEVALD, B. L. AU - JANKOVSKY, LYNN D. AU - GERDES, JOHN C. T1 - Two Coronaviruses Isolated from Central Nervous System Tissue of Two Multiple Sclerosis Patients. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1980/08/22/ VL - 209 IS - 4459 M3 - Article SP - 933 EP - 934 SN - 00368075 AB - Two coronaviruses were isolated from brain material obtained at autopsy from two multiple sclerosis patients. The viruses were neutralized by serum and spinal fluid from these patients. Although most of the population have antibody to these virus isolates, multiple sclerosis patients have slightly higher concentrations of serum antibody than controls. The results suggest that coronaviruses should be considered as one additional virus with a potential implication in the etiology of multiple sclerosis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85196500; BURKS, JACK S. 1; DEVALD, B. L. 1; JANKOVSKY, LYNN D. 1; GERDES, JOHN C. 1; Affiliations: 1: Rocky Mountain Multiple Sclerosis Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, and Departments of Neurology, Microbiology and Immunology, and Pathology, University of Colorado Health Sciences Center, Denver 80262; Issue Info: 8/22/1980, Vol. 209 Issue 4459, p933; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85196500&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - GARCIA-BUNUEL, LUIS AU - GRACE, ANTHONY A. AU - SKIRBOLL, LANA R. AU - BUNNEY, BENJAMIN S. T1 - Dopamine Auto- and Postsynaptic Receptors: Possible Interference by Gallamine. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1980/08/08/ VL - 209 IS - 4457 M3 - Article SP - 720 EP - 721 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85196419; GARCIA-BUNUEL, LUIS 1; GRACE, ANTHONY A. 2; SKIRBOLL, LANA R. 2; BUNNEY, BENJAMIN S. 2; Affiliations: 1: Neurology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, Oregon 97201; 2: Departments of Pharmacology and Psychiatry, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, Connecticut 06510; Issue Info: 8/ 8/1980, Vol. 209 Issue 4457, p720; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85196419&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - ERIKSSON, C. J. PETER AU - SCHUCKIT, MARC A. T1 - Elevated Blood Acetaldehyde Levels in Alcoholics and Their Relatives: A Reevaluation. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1980/03/21/ VL - 207 IS - 4437 M3 - Article SP - 1383 EP - 1384 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85196109; ERIKSSON, C. J. PETER 1; SCHUCKIT, MARC A. 2; Affiliations: 1: Research Laboratories, State Alcohol Monopoly (Alko), 00101 Helsinki 10, Finland, Department of Pharmacology, University of Colorado Medical Center, Denver 80262; 2: Department of Psychiatry, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Diego, California 92161; Issue Info: 3/21/1980, Vol. 207 Issue 4437, p1383; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85196109&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Levitt, M. D. T1 - Intestinal gas. JO - Proceedings of the Nutrition Society JF - Proceedings of the Nutrition Society Y1 - 1985/01// VL - 44 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 145 EP - 146 SN - 00296651 N1 - Accession Number: 56764011; Levitt, M. D. 1; Affiliations: 1: ACOS for Research, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 54th Street and 48th Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA; Issue Info: Jan1985, Vol. 44 Issue 1, p145; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1079/PNS19850026 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=56764011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - AU - Montoya, Don C.1 T1 - A Vendido? JO - Personnel & Guidance Journal JF - Personnel & Guidance Journal J1 - Personnel & Guidance Journal PY - 1972/03// Y1 - 1972/03// VL - 50 IS - 7 CP - 7 M3 - Letter SP - 553 EP - 555 SN - 00315737 AB - Presents a letter to the editor about cross-cultural differences, published in "The Personnel and Guidance Journal." KW - Letters to the editor KW - Cross-cultural studies N1 - Accession Number: 14790766; Authors: Montoya, Don C. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Regional Office Los Angeles, California.; Subject: Letters to the editor; Subject: Cross-cultural studies; Number of Pages: 2p; Record Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=14790766&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - AU - Cheney, Truman M.1 T1 - On The New SVIB. JO - Personnel & Guidance Journal JF - Personnel & Guidance Journal J1 - Personnel & Guidance Journal PY - 1971/02// Y1 - 1971/02// VL - 49 IS - 6 CP - 6 M3 - Letter SP - 428 EP - 429 SN - 00315737 AB - Presents a letter to the editor about vocational interest. KW - Letters to the editor KW - Vocational guidance N1 - Accession Number: 14780827; Authors: Cheney, Truman M. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital Sheridan, Wyoming.; Subject: Letters to the editor; Subject: Vocational guidance; Number of Pages: 2p; Record Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=14780827&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - AU - Cahoon, D. D.1 AU - Watson, Charles G.2 T1 - Programmed Instruction and Vocational Counseling. JO - Personnel & Guidance Journal JF - Personnel & Guidance Journal J1 - Personnel & Guidance Journal PY - 1966/09// Y1 - 1966/09// VL - 45 IS - 1 CP - 1 M3 - Letter SP - 81 EP - 82 SN - 00315737 AB - Presents a letter to the editor about programmed instruction in vocational counseling. KW - Letters to the editor KW - Vocational guidance N1 - Accession Number: 14813498; Authors: Cahoon, D. D. 1; Watson, Charles G. 2; Affiliations: 1: Psychology Department, Auburn University.; 2: Psychiatric Evaluation Project, Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minnesota.; Subject: Letters to the editor; Subject: Vocational guidance; Number of Pages: 2p; Record Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=14813498&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - AU - Ward, Carlos E.1 T1 - Converting a Veterans Guidance Center. JO - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal JF - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal J1 - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal PY - 1951/01// Y1 - 1951/01// VL - 29 IS - 4 CP - 4 M3 - Letter SP - 296 EP - 297 SN - 21645841 AB - A letter to the editor is presented in response to E.W. Davis' review of "Converting a Veterans Guidance Center," by George Barahal in the November 1950 issue. KW - Letters to the editor KW - Veterans -- Services for N1 - Accession Number: 25059754; Authors: Ward, Carlos E. 1; Affiliations: 1: Vocational Rehabilitation and Education Division, Veterans Administration, Washington, D. C.; Subject: Letters to the editor; Subject: Veterans -- Services for; Number of Pages: 2p; Record Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=25059754&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - AU - Lindley, Clyde J.1 T1 - Facing Critical Issues In Counselor Preparation. JO - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal JF - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal J1 - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal PY - 1950/05// Y1 - 1950/05// VL - 28 IS - 8 CP - 8 M3 - Article SP - 525 EP - 526 SN - 21645841 AB - The article focuses on the summary on the principal issues in counselor guidance, as accounted by professor J. Wendell Yeo of Boston University. Yeo cited the problems in selection of students for counselor training. Another problem was concerned in the provision of planned supervisory internships for the course work, as well as the development of effective programs in counselor education. KW - Students KW - Vocational guidance KW - Counselors KW - Internship programs KW - Educational programs KW - Yeo, J. Wendell N1 - Accession Number: 25117458; Authors: Lindley, Clyde J. 1; Affiliations: 1: Advisement and Guidance Service, Veterans Administration, Washington, D.C.; Subject: Vocational guidance; Subject: Yeo, J. Wendell; Subject: Counselors; Subject: Students; Subject: Internship programs; Subject: Educational programs; Number of Pages: 2p; Record Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=25117458&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - AU - Allen, Harry D.1 T1 - Use of Group Methods in VA Advisement. JO - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal JF - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal J1 - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal PY - 1949/10// Y1 - 1949/10// VL - 28 IS - 1 CP - 1 M3 - Article SP - 55 EP - 56 SN - 21645841 AB - The reports on the use of group methods in Veterans Affairs' Advisement. Irene G. Cooperman pointed out that group guidance is not designed for individual counseling. Group counseling stimulates thinking relative to matters which serve to orient the individual vocationally, physically, and mental well-being. KW - Vocational guidance KW - Group counseling KW - Group psychotherapy KW - Group guidance in education KW - Cooperman, Irene G. N1 - Accession Number: 25064929; Authors: Allen, Harry D. 1; Affiliations: 1: Supervisor, Advisement and Guidance, Veterans Administration, Milwaukee, Wisconsin; Subject: Vocational guidance; Subject: Group counseling; Subject: Group psychotherapy; Subject: Group guidance in education; Subject: Cooperman, Irene G.; Number of Pages: 2p; Record Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=25064929&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-12814-001 AN - 1991-12814-001 AU - Block, Paul T1 - Doing violence to '…violence against women.' JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 45 IS - 12 SP - 1386 EP - 1387 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-12814-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Block, Paul; Worcester Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, MA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20090420. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Feminism; Human Females; Psychotherapy; Victimization; Violence. Minor Descriptor: Battered Females; Feminist Psychology. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10); Female (40). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1990. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - Suggests that neither the comments by M. E. Mills (1990) and D. E. Mould (see record [rid]1990-22858-001[/rid]) on L. E. A. Walker's (see record [rid]1989-26311-001[/rid]) article nor Walker's (1990) response spoke to the point so clearly identified by Walker's article. It is argued that the incidence of women's violence toward men is largely irrelevant to the study of violence against women. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - feminist psychology & issues in psychotherapy related to violence against females KW - commentary on conference presentation KW - 1990 KW - Feminism KW - Human Females KW - Psychotherapy KW - Victimization KW - Violence KW - Battered Females KW - Feminist Psychology DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.45.12.1386.b UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1991-12814-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2009-16525-001 AN - 2009-16525-001 AU - Barnett, Irving T1 - Review of How to do experiential psychotherapy: A manual for practitioners. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training Y1 - 1990///Win 1990 VL - 27 IS - 4 SP - 659 EP - 660 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 SN - 1939-1536 N1 - Accession Number: 2009-16525-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barnett, Irving; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brooklyn, NY, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20091012. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experiential Psychotherapy; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Psychotherapists. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410); Interpersonal & Client Centered & Humanistic Therapy (3314). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Mahrer, Alvin R. How to do experiential psychotherapy: A manual for practitioners=Ottawa: University of Ottawa Press, 153 pp. $12.95; 1989. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Win 1990. AB - Reviews the book, How to do experiential psychotherapy: A manual for practitioners by Alvin R. Mahrer (see record [rid]1989-97894-000[/rid]). This is a 153-page manual of psychotherapy which Mahrer has written for beginners as well as advanced therapists. It is described as "complete" and "sufficiently detailed" including examples, and a transcript to enable one without a background in theory to become an experiential psychotherapist; furthermore, we are told that the willing patient can "undergo profound personality and behavior change in each session." (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - experiential psychotherapy KW - experiential psychotherapists KW - 1990 KW - Experiential Psychotherapy KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Psychotherapists U2 - Mahrer, Alvin R. (1989); How to do experiential psychotherapy: A manual for practitioners; Ottawa: University of Ottawa Press, 153 pp. $12.95 DO - 10.1037/h0092245 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2009-16525-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-10666-001 AN - 2007-10666-001 AU - Gummow, Linda J. T1 - Review of Women with disabilities: Essays in psychology, culture, and politics. JF - Rehabilitation Psychology JO - Rehabilitation Psychology Y1 - 1990///Fal 1990 VL - 35 IS - 3 SP - 187 EP - 188 CY - US PB - Division 22 of the American Psychological Association SN - 0090-5550 SN - 1939-1544 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-10666-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Aspects of Disability. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gummow, Linda J.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Salt Lake City, UT, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation; Springer Publishing. Release Date: 20070713. Correction Date: 20100111. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disabilities; Feminism; Human Females; Social Issues; Sociocultural Factors. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Sex Roles & Women's Issues (2970). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Reviewed Item: Fine, Michelle (Ed); Asch, Adrienne (Ed). Women with disabilities: Essays in psychology, culture, and politics=Philadelphia: Temple University Press; 1988. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1990. Copyright Statement: Division of Rehabilitation Psychology of the American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - Reviews the book, Women with disabilities: Essays in psychology, culture, and politics edited by Michelle Fine and Adrienne Asch (see record [rid]1988-97420-000[/rid]). This edited collection of essays examines issues central to the place of disabled women in American society. The editors' stated goals were four: (1) to introduce gender into disability scholarship; (2) to introduce disability into feminist thought; (3) to introduce both into the mainstream of social science; and (4) to demand attention to the lives and experiences of women with disabilities from all aspects of society (p. 31). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - disability scholarship KW - American society KW - women KW - females KW - 1990 KW - Disabilities KW - Feminism KW - Human Females KW - Social Issues KW - Sociocultural Factors U2 - Fine, Michelle (Ed); Asch, Adrienne (Ed). (1988); Women with disabilities: Essays in psychology, culture, and politics; Philadelphia: Temple University Press DO - 10.1037/h0085230 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2007-10666-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - CASE AU - Kawada, Akira AU - Noguchi, Hitromitsu AU - Hiruma, Masataro AU - Tajima, Shingo AU - Ishibashi, Akira AU - Marshasll, Joseph T1 - Fixed drug eruption induced by lidocaine. JO - Contact Dermatitis (01051873) JF - Contact Dermatitis (01051873) Y1 - 1996/12// VL - 35 IS - 6 M3 - Case Study SP - 375 EP - 375 SN - 01051873 AB - This article presents a case study related to fixed drug eruption induced by lidocaine as of December 1996. A 35-year-old woman was seen in August 1995 with a slightly pigmented lesion on the dorsum of the left thumb. She had been working as a nurse for more than 10 years but had never handled an anti-hemorrhoidal suppository before. A week earlier, she had used on herself a suppository for the treatment of hemorrhoids from a hospital for 2 days, followed by erythema and blistering on the dorsum of the left thumb with pain and itching. The patient was patch tested on unaffected skin of the upper arm. KW - DRUGS -- Physiological effect KW - LIDOCAINE KW - MYOCARDIAL depressants KW - ANESTHETICS KW - BACK KW - DRUG allergy KW - drug reactions. KW - fixed drug eruption KW - lidocaine KW - local anesthetic KW - medicaments KW - positive lesional patch test N1 - Accession Number: 11998995; Kawada, Akira Noguchi, Hitromitsu Hiruma, Masataro Tajima, Shingo Ishibashi, Akira 1 Marshasll, Joseph 2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Dermatology, National Defense Medical College, Saitama 359, Japan. 2: The Veterans Administration Medical Center, Fresno, CA 93711, USA.; Source Info: Dec96, Vol. 35 Issue 6, p375; Subject Term: DRUGS -- Physiological effect; Subject Term: LIDOCAINE; Subject Term: MYOCARDIAL depressants; Subject Term: ANESTHETICS; Subject Term: BACK; Subject Term: DRUG allergy; Author-Supplied Keyword: drug reactions.; Author-Supplied Keyword: fixed drug eruption; Author-Supplied Keyword: lidocaine; Author-Supplied Keyword: local anesthetic; Author-Supplied Keyword: medicaments; Author-Supplied Keyword: positive lesional patch test; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; Number of Pages: 3/4p; Document Type: Case Study L3 - 10.1111/1600-0536.ep11998995 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11998995&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Martínez-Maldonado, Manuel T1 - Hypertension in end-stage renal disease. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1998/12/02/Dec1998 Supplement 68 VL - 54 M3 - Article SP - S67 EP - S72 SN - 00852538 AB - Hypertension in end-stage renal disease. Patients with moderate to severe renal disease have a very high incidence of hypertension. In end-stage renal disease (ESRD) this is true regardless of the nature of the underlying renal disease. Nevertheless, patients with glomerular diseases and autosomal dominant polycyctic kidney disease are particularly vulnerable. Evidence is presented that ESRD hypertension is the result of extracellular volume expansion, increased or inappropriate response of the renin-angiotensin system and overactivity of the sympathetic system. In addition, the role of endothelin-1, nitiric oxide and other vasodilators, and abnormal ion channels in generating high blood pressure, is considered. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Kidney International is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HYPERTENSION KW - KIDNEY diseases KW - GLOMERULAR filtration rate KW - POLYCYSTIC kidney disease KW - RENIN-angiotensin system KW - blood pressure KW - ESRD KW - renin-angiotensin system KW - sympathetic nervous system KW - vasodilation KW - volume expansion N1 - Accession Number: 118813708; Martínez-Maldonado, Manuel 1; Email Address: martinem@ohsu.edu; Affiliation: 1: Department of Medicine, Atlanta Veterans Administration Medical Center and Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta, Georgia, USA; Source Info: Dec1998 Supplement 68, Vol. 54, pS67; Subject Term: HYPERTENSION; Subject Term: KIDNEY diseases; Subject Term: GLOMERULAR filtration rate; Subject Term: POLYCYSTIC kidney disease; Subject Term: RENIN-angiotensin system; Author-Supplied Keyword: blood pressure; Author-Supplied Keyword: ESRD; Author-Supplied Keyword: renin-angiotensin system; Author-Supplied Keyword: sympathetic nervous system; Author-Supplied Keyword: vasodilation; Author-Supplied Keyword: volume expansion; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1046/j.1523-1755.1998.06816.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=118813708&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Vallon, Volker AU - Osswald, Hartmut AU - Blantz, Roland C. AU - Thomson, Scott T1 - Luminal signal in tubuloglomerular feedback: What about potassium? JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1998/09/02/Sep1998 Supplement 67 VL - 54 M3 - Article SP - S177 EP - S179 SN - 00852538 AB - Luminal signal in tubuloglomerular feedback: What about potassium? Evidence suggests that a minimal luminal [K + ] is required to elicit a full tubuloglomerular feedback (TGF) response, consistent with transmission of the TGF signal across the macula densa (MD) via the Na + -2Cl - -K + cotransporter. Furthermore, it appears that luminal [K + ] at the MD is close to the K + affinity of the Na + -2Cl - -K + cotransporter and changes in response to altering late proximal tubular flow rate (VLP), that is, a maneuver that induces a TGF response. These findings suggest that luminal [K + ] (besides [Cl - ]) could be rate limiting in TGF. In the thick ascending limb of Henle's loop (TALH), most of the luminal K + is derived from recycling across the apical tubular membrane. Because changing VLP causes relatively greater alterations in the absolute Na + and Cl - delivery to Henle's loop than in K + load, the parallel changes of VLP and luminal [K + ] at the MD, despite significant alteration in K + -dependent reabsorption of Na + and Cl - via the Na + -2Cl - -K + cotransporter, imply a transport-dependent adaptation of K + recycling in TALH. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Kidney International is the property of Elsevier Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - KIDNEY tubules KW - POTASSIUM KW - RENAL tubular transport KW - GLOMERULAR filtration rate KW - LOOP of Henle KW - adenosine triphosphate KW - late proximal tubular flow rate KW - macula densa KW - single-nephron glomerular filtration rate KW - thick ascending limb of Henle's loop N1 - Accession Number: 118849375; Vallon, Volker 1,2; Email Address: volker.vallon@uni-tuebingen.de Osswald, Hartmut 1,2 Blantz, Roland C. 1,2 Thomson, Scott 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Department of Pharmacology, University of Tübingen, Tübingen, Germany 2: Division of Nephrology-Hypertension, Department of Medicine, University of California San Diego and San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego, California, USA; Source Info: Sep1998 Supplement 67, Vol. 54, pS177; Subject Term: KIDNEY tubules; Subject Term: POTASSIUM; Subject Term: RENAL tubular transport; Subject Term: GLOMERULAR filtration rate; Subject Term: LOOP of Henle; Author-Supplied Keyword: adenosine triphosphate; Author-Supplied Keyword: late proximal tubular flow rate; Author-Supplied Keyword: macula densa; Author-Supplied Keyword: single-nephron glomerular filtration rate; Author-Supplied Keyword: thick ascending limb of Henle's loop; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1046/j.1523-1755.1998.06739.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=118849375&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Dean, Charles E. T1 - PANIC ATTACK OR CVD? JO - Journal of Family Practice JF - Journal of Family Practice Y1 - 1996/06// VL - 42 IS - 6 M3 - Letter SP - 623 EP - 623 SN - 00943509 AB - A letter to the editor about the differential diagnosis between panic attacks and cardiovascular disease is presented. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - DIFFERENTIAL diagnosis N1 - Accession Number: 20404947; Dean, Charles E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Minneapolis Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Minnesota, School of Medicine Minneapolis, Minnesota; Source Info: Jun1996, Vol. 42 Issue 6, p623; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: DIFFERENTIAL diagnosis; Number of Pages: 2/3p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=20404947&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107178960 T1 - Concise communications. Donor-to-recipient transmission of bacteria as an unusual cause of mediastinitis in a heart transplant recipient. AU - Burket JS AU - Chenoweth CE AU - Meyer TL AU - Barg NL Y1 - 1999/02//1999 Feb N1 - Accession Number: 107178960. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990401. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study; research. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8804099. KW - Klebsiella Infections -- Transmission KW - Heart Transplantation -- Adverse Effects KW - Disease Transmission, Horizontal KW - Case Studies KW - Electrophoresis KW - Genetic Techniques KW - Mediastinal Diseases KW - Antibiotic Prophylaxis KW - Surgical Wound Infection KW - Organ Procurement KW - Middle Age KW - Male KW - Human SP - 132 EP - 133 JO - Infection Control & Hospital Epidemiology JF - Infection Control & Hospital Epidemiology JA - INFECT CONTROL HOSP EPIDEMIOL VL - 20 IS - 2 PB - Cambridge University Press AB - We present a 54-year-old male heart transplant recipient who developed mediastinitis caused by Klebsiella oxytoca and Veillonella species. Culture of the donor's bronchus also grew K. oxytoca and a Veillonella species. Pulsed-field gel electrophoresis revealed that the K. oxytoca isolates had identical banding patterns. This case illustrates transmission of pathogenic bacteria via a contaminated organ. SN - 0899-823X AD - Department of Internal Medicine, Division of Infectious Diseases, Ann Arbor Veterans' Administration Medical Center, University of Michigan Health System, Ann Arbor, MI U2 - PMID: 10064219. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107178960&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-10151-001 AN - 2007-10151-001 AU - Gilbride, Thomas V. AU - Malow, Robert M. T1 - Review of Willpower's not enough: Understanding and recovering from addictions of every kind. JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors Y1 - 1990/// VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 118 EP - 119 PB - Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-10151-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gilbride, Thomas V.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, New Orleans, KY, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070713. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Addiction; Recovery (Disorders); Self Control. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Washton, Arnold M.; Boundy, Donna. Willpower's not enough: Understanding and recovering from addictions of every kind=New York: Harper & Row, Publishers, 1989, 272 pages; $18.95; 1989. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1990. Copyright Statement: Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. 1990. AB - Reviews the book, Willpower's not enough: Understanding and recovering from addictions of every kind by Arnold M. Washton and Donna Boundy (1989). The present book aspires to unravel the puzzle of addictive behaviors for the nonprofessional reader. Specifically, its intended audience appears to be persons experiencing an addictedness and those personally related to them. Sensibly, early on the authors give the following cautions: The volume is not a "quick-fix" manual; it is not a substitute for professional services, and any concerned addicted individual should consult a qualified health-care professional. The volume offers to its readers a description of various features of addiction (albeit from a particular perspective) and an optimistic message that recovery and prevention of relapse are possible. Most psychologists, however, may find little novel in this text. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - willpower KW - addiction KW - recovery KW - 1990 KW - Addiction KW - Recovery (Disorders) KW - Self Control U2 - Washton, Arnold M.; Boundy, Donna. (1989); Willpower's not enough: Understanding and recovering from addictions of every kind; New York: Harper & Row, Publishers, 1989, 272 pages; $18.95 DO - 10.1037/h0084882 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2007-10151-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-18532-001 AN - 1991-18532-001 AU - Feinberg, Irwin T1 - Cortical pruning and the development of schizophrenia. JF - Schizophrenia Bulletin JO - Schizophrenia Bulletin Y1 - 1990/// VL - 16 IS - 4 SP - 567 EP - 568 CY - US PB - National Institute of Mental Health SN - 0586-7614 SN - 1745-1701 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-18532-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feinberg, Irwin; Dept of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Martinez, CA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 20091005. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebral Cortex; Computer Applications; Etiology; Neural Development; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Models; Neural Pruning. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Comments that the article by R. E. Hoffman and S. K. Dobscha (see record [rid]2005-09776-014[/rid]) overlooked earlier discussions by I. Feinberg (1982) on the same hypothesis. Some of Hoffman and Dobscha's findings are disputed, and work by Feinberg et al (1990) that is relevant to issues raised in the article is highlighted. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - computer model of cortical pruning & development of schizophrenia KW - commentary KW - 1990 KW - Cerebral Cortex KW - Computer Applications KW - Etiology KW - Neural Development KW - Schizophrenia KW - Models KW - Neural Pruning UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1991-18532-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107174280 T1 - Rheumatoid arthritis: current strategies. AU - Campbell SM Y1 - 1998/08//1998 Aug N1 - Accession Number: 107174280. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990301. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; CEU; diagnostic images; exam questions; pictorial; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0373017. KW - Arthritis, Rheumatoid KW - Education, Continuing (Credit) SP - 29 EP - 50 JO - Hospital Medicine JF - Hospital Medicine JA - HOSP MED VL - 34 IS - 8 CY - Parsippany, New Jersey PB - Frontline Medical Communications AB - Timely diagnosis and early, aggressive use of disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs can slow the course and lessen the severity of this very common chronic condition. SN - 0441-2745 AD - Chief, Rheumatology Section, Portland Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107174280&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107167418 T1 - Diabetic retinopathy: an update. AU - Gamel JW Y1 - 1998/06//1998 Jun N1 - Accession Number: 107167418. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990201. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; CEU; exam questions; pictorial. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0373017. KW - Diabetic Retinopathy KW - Education, Continuing (Credit) SP - 51 EP - 62 JO - Hospital Medicine JF - Hospital Medicine JA - HOSP MED VL - 34 IS - 6 CY - Parsippany, New Jersey PB - Frontline Medical Communications AB - Helping your diabetic patients maintain optimal glycemic control and encouraging them to have regular eye exams will reduce the incidence and complications of this disorder and will minimize the risk of total blindness. SN - 0441-2745 AD - Professor of Ophthalmology, Veterans Administration Hospital, Louisville, Kentucky UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107167418&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tavassoli, Mehdi AU - Crosby, William H. AU - Tavassoli, M AU - Crosby, W H T1 - Owl of wisdom. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1990/11/07/ VL - 264 IS - 17 M3 - journal article SP - 2290 EP - 2290 SN - 00987484 AB - Describes the Reed-Sternberg cell, a characteristic feature of Hodgkin's disease. Clinical presentation of the cell; Physiological mechanisms of the cell; Characterization of the cell in the poem 'Owls.' KW - CELLS KW - HODGKIN'S disease KW - CANCER cells KW - CELL physiology KW - OWLS (Poem) N1 - Accession Number: 10339980; Tavassoli, Mehdi Crosby, William H. Tavassoli, M 1 Crosby, W H; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Jackson, Miss; Source Info: 11/7/90, Vol. 264 Issue 17, p2290; Subject Term: CELLS; Subject Term: HODGKIN'S disease; Subject Term: CANCER cells; Subject Term: CELL physiology; Reviews & Products: OWLS (Poem); Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: journal article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10339980&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - ABST AU - Rose, Jed E. T1 - Transdermal Nicotine Facilitates Smoking Cessation. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1990/10/10/ VL - 264 IS - 14 M3 - Abstract SP - 1866 EP - 1866 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents an abstract of the study titled 'Transdermal Nicotine Facilitates Smoking Cessation.' KW - SMOKING cessation KW - TRANSDERMAL medication KW - NICOTINE N1 - Accession Number: 10978706; Rose, Jed E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Nicotine Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center; Source Info: 10/10/90, Vol. 264 Issue 14, p1866; Subject Term: SMOKING cessation; Subject Term: TRANSDERMAL medication; Subject Term: NICOTINE; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621990 All other ambulatory health care services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 621999 All Other Miscellaneous Ambulatory Health Care Services; Number of Pages: 1/6p; Document Type: Abstract UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10978706&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kaufman, Jeffrey L. AU - Kaufman, J L T1 - Changing changeover. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1990/02/16/ VL - 263 IS - 7 M3 - letter SP - 945 EP - 945 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a letter to the editor discussing the problems of teaching-service interruption in teaching hospitals during the June to July period. KW - TEACHING hospitals KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - ACADEMIC medical centers KW - INTERNSHIP programs KW - LABOR turnover KW - PERSONNEL management N1 - Accession Number: 10983213; Kaufman, Jeffrey L. 1 Kaufman, J L; Affiliation: 1: Albany (NY) Medical College, Albany Veterans Administration Medical Center; Source Info: 2/16/90, Vol. 263 Issue 7, p945; Subject Term: TEACHING hospitals; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: ACADEMIC medical centers; Subject Term: INTERNSHIP programs; Subject Term: LABOR turnover; Subject Term: PERSONNEL management; NAICS/Industry Codes: 541612 Human Resources Consulting Services; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923130 Administration of Human Resource Programs (except Education, Public Health, and Veterans' Affairs Programs); Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10983213&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chalmers, Thomas C. T1 - Ethical Implications of Rejecting Patients for Clinical Trials. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1990/02/09/ VL - 263 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 865 EP - 865 SN - 00987484 AB - Discusses the ethical implications of rejecting patients for clinical trials. Arguments against randomization in clinical studies; Comments on a hemodialysis study which excluded from the study patients whose major reason for exclusion was that they might not contribute useful information due to some diseases they have; Question on the reasoning that discourages the randomized assignment of patients to a placebo. KW - CLINICAL trials KW - MEDICAL ethics KW - MEDICAL research KW - PLACEBOS (Medicine) N1 - Accession Number: 10939589; Chalmers, Thomas C. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Boston Veterans Administration Medical Center, Harvard School of Public Health, Boston, Mass 2: Mount Sinai Medical Center, New York, NY; Source Info: 2/9/90, Vol. 263 Issue 6, p865; Subject Term: CLINICAL trials; Subject Term: MEDICAL ethics; Subject Term: MEDICAL research; Subject Term: PLACEBOS (Medicine); NAICS/Industry Codes: 541712 Research and Development in the Physical, Engineering, and Life Sciences (except Biotechnology); Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10939589&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Peduzzi, Peter T1 - Surgical Therapy for Coronary Disease: Randomized and Observational Studies. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1990/01/05/ VL - 263 IS - 1 M3 - Letter SP - 34 EP - 34 SN - 00987484 AB - Comments on the article 'The Evolution of Medical and Surgical Therapy for Coronary Artery Disease: A 13-year Perspective,' by J. Scott Rankin and others, published in a 1989 issue of the 'Journal of the American Medical Association.' KW - CORONARY heart disease -- Treatment KW - HEART diseases KW - SURGERY KW - LETTERS to the editor N1 - Accession Number: 10983117; Peduzzi, Peter 1; Affiliation: 1: The Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, Conn; Source Info: 1/5/90, Vol. 263 Issue 1, p34; Subject Term: CORONARY heart disease -- Treatment; Subject Term: HEART diseases; Subject Term: SURGERY; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Number of Pages: 1/3p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10983117&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Cramer, Joyce A. AU - Scheyer, Richard D. AU - Prevey, Mary L. AU - Mattaon, Richard H. T1 - Measuring Compliance. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/10/20/ VL - 262 IS - 15 M3 - Letter SP - 2092 EP - 2092 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a letter to the editor in response to comments focused on an article published in a 1989 issue of 'Journal of American Medical Association,' discussing medication compliance. KW - PATIENT compliance KW - MEDICATION abuse KW - LETTERS to the editor N1 - Accession Number: 10981393; Cramer, Joyce A. 1 Scheyer, Richard D. 1 Prevey, Mary L. 1 Mattaon, Richard H. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Yale University School of Medicine; Source Info: 10/20/89, Vol. 262 Issue 15, p2092; Subject Term: PATIENT compliance; Subject Term: MEDICATION abuse; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Number of Pages: 1/3p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10981393&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pope II, Charles E. T1 - Upper GI Tract Bloating. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/10/13/ VL - 262 IS - 14 M3 - Article SP - 2016 EP - 2016 SN - 00987484 AB - Answers a query on treating a 42-year-old man with upper gastrointestinal tract bloating. Symptoms of the eructation and abdominal gaseousness; Advising patient not to swallow are and avoid gas-producing legumes; Drawbacks of upper esophageal sphincter; Michael Levitt's recommendation to eliminate diets for those with predominantly colonic gas. KW - GASTROINTESTINAL diseases -- Treatment KW - BELCHING KW - GASTROINTESTINAL gas KW - MEDICINE N1 - Accession Number: 10981328; Pope II, Charles E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, Wash; Source Info: 10/13/89, Vol. 262 Issue 14, p2016; Subject Term: GASTROINTESTINAL diseases -- Treatment; Subject Term: BELCHING; Subject Term: GASTROINTESTINAL gas; Subject Term: MEDICINE; Number of Pages: 3/7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10981328&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Williams, Clyde M. AU - Thomas Jr., William C. AU - Bucci, C. Michael AU - Wilcox, Christopher S. AU - Williams, C M AU - Thomas, W C Jr AU - Bucci, C M AU - Wilcox, C S T1 - Low-renin hypertension after extracorporeal shock wave lithotripsy. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/10/13/ VL - 262 IS - 14 M3 - case study SP - 1952 EP - 1952 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a letter to the editor reporting that the process of stone disintegration by extracorporeal shock wave lithotripsy causes multiple hemorrhage in the renal parenchyma, published in the 'Journal of the American Medical Association'. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - EXTRACORPOREAL shock wave lithotripsy KW - HEMORRHAGE KW - KIDNEY diseases KW - CAPTOPRIL KW - LITHOTRIPSY KW - RENIN KW - RENOVASCULAR hypertension N1 - Accession Number: 10981316; Williams, Clyde M. 1 Thomas Jr., William C. 1 Bucci, C. Michael 1 Wilcox, Christopher S. 1 Williams, C M Thomas, W C Jr Bucci, C M Wilcox, C S; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Florida College of Medicine; Source Info: 10/13/89, Vol. 262 Issue 14, p1952; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: EXTRACORPOREAL shock wave lithotripsy; Subject Term: HEMORRHAGE; Subject Term: KIDNEY diseases; Subject Term: CAPTOPRIL; Subject Term: LITHOTRIPSY; Subject Term: RENIN; Subject Term: RENOVASCULAR hypertension; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: case study UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10981316&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Herbert, Victor AU - Jacobson, J. AU - Fong, W. AU - Stopler, T. T1 - In Reply. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/08/11/ VL - 262 IS - 6 M3 - Letter SP - 776 EP - 776 SN - 00987484 AB - Replies to the comments concerning the authors' article about the use of lithium to treat zidovudine-induced neutropenia in AIDS patients. KW - NEUTROPENIA KW - LITHIUM treatment KW - AZT (Drug) KW - AIDS patients KW - TREATMENT N1 - Accession Number: 10982131; Herbert, Victor 1 Jacobson, J. 1 Fong, W. 1 Stopler, T. 1; Affiliation: 1: Mount Sinai School of Medicine, Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center; Source Info: 8/11/89, Vol. 262 Issue 6, p776; Subject Term: NEUTROPENIA; Subject Term: LITHIUM treatment; Subject Term: AZT (Drug); Subject Term: AIDS patients; Subject Term: TREATMENT; Number of Pages: 1/2p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10982131&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Bisno, Alan L. AU - Karchmer, A.W. T1 - Antibiotics in Endocarditis due to Nutritionally Deficient Streptococci. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/08/04/ VL - 262 IS - 5 M3 - Letter SP - 618 EP - 618 SN - 00987484 AB - Clarifies points raised by readers about a study featured in a previous issue of the periodical 'Journal of the American Medical Association,' regarding the use of antibiotics in treating endocarditis due to nutritionally deficient streptococci. KW - INFECTIVE endocarditis KW - ANTIBIOTICS N1 - Accession Number: 10940866; Bisno, Alan L. 1 Karchmer, A.W. 1; Affiliation: 1: Miami (Fla.) Veterans Administration Medical Center; Source Info: 8/4/89, Vol. 262 Issue 5, p618; Subject Term: INFECTIVE endocarditis; Subject Term: ANTIBIOTICS; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325410 Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414510 Pharmaceuticals and pharmacy supplies merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424210 Drugs and Druggists' Sundries Merchant Wholesalers; Number of Pages: 1/3p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10940866&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Norstrand, Iris Fletcher AU - Norstrand, I F T1 - VA--medical school affiliations: an unfair partnership. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/07/07/ VL - 262 IS - 1 M3 - letter SP - 31 EP - 31 SN - 00987484 AB - Comments on the partnership formed by the U.S. Veterans Administration and the medical school. KW - MEDICAL schools KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - LABOR mobility KW - MEDICAL care -- Quality control KW - UNITED States KW - UNITED States. Veterans Administration KW - UNITED States. Dept. of Veterans Affairs N1 - Accession Number: 10981767; Norstrand, Iris Fletcher 1 Norstrand, I F; Affiliation: 1: Brooklyn (NY) Veterans Administration Medical Center; Source Info: 7/7/89, Vol. 262 Issue 1, p31; Subject Term: MEDICAL schools; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: LABOR mobility; Subject Term: MEDICAL care -- Quality control; Subject Term: UNITED States; Company/Entity: UNITED States. Veterans Administration Company/Entity: UNITED States. Dept. of Veterans Affairs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 611310 Colleges, Universities, and Professional Schools; NAICS/Industry Codes: 923140 Administration of Veterans' Affairs; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10981767&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Detrano, Robert AU - Armstrong, William F. T1 - Treadmill Exercise Testing. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 106 IS - 5 M3 - Letter SP - 771 EP - 771 SN - 00034819 AB - A letter to the editor and a reply is presented in response to the article "Complementary value of two-dimensional exercise echocardiography to routine treadmill exercise testing," by WF Armstrong and colleagues, in a 1986 issue. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - TREADMILL exercise tests KW - STRESS echocardiography N1 - Accession Number: 51386279; Detrano, Robert 1 Armstrong, William F. 2; Affiliation: 1: Long Beach Veterans Administration Medical Center, Long Beach, CA 90803 2: Krannert Institute of Cardiology, Indianapolis, IN 46202; Source Info: May87, Vol. 106 Issue 5, p771; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: TREADMILL exercise tests; Subject Term: STRESS echocardiography; Number of Pages: 3/5p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=51386279&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Elias, Peter M. AU - Friend, D. S. AU - McNutt, N. Scott T1 - Epidermal Permeability Barrier: Transformation of Lamellar Granule-Disks Into Intercellular Sheets by a Membrane Fusion Process. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1987/04// VL - 88 IS - 4 M3 - Letter SP - 459 EP - 459 SN - 0022202X AB - Presents a letter to the editor about epidermal permeability barrier. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - EPIDERMIS N1 - Accession Number: 12469885; Elias, Peter M. 1 Friend, D. S. 2 McNutt, N. Scott 3; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, California. 2: University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco, California. 3: Cornell University and Medical College, New York, New York.; Source Info: Apr87, Vol. 88 Issue 4, p459; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: EPIDERMIS; Number of Pages: 7/8p; Document Type: Letter L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12469885 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12469885&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Haiprin, Kenneth M. AU - Hammer, Hans T1 - PROLIFERATION OF PSORIATIC CELLS IN VITRO. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1979/03// VL - 72 IS - 3 M3 - Letter SP - 146 EP - 146 SN - 0022202X AB - Presents a letter to the editor on the issues related to increased epidermal proliferation by psoriatic cells in vitro, published in the March 1,1979 issue of the journal "Journal of Investigative Dermatology." KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - CELL proliferation N1 - Accession Number: 12530619; Haiprin, Kenneth M. 1 Hammer, Hans 1; Affiliation: 1: Miami Veterans Administration Hospital.; Source Info: Mar1979, Vol. 72 Issue 3, p146; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: CELL proliferation; Number of Pages: 1/3p; Document Type: Letter L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12530619 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12530619&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Petrozzi, John W. AU - Kligman, Albert M. T1 - TAR AND PHOTOTHERAPY. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1978/10// VL - 71 IS - 4 M3 - Letter SP - 280 EP - 280 SN - 0022202X AB - Presents a letter to the editor commenting on the article "Therapy of Psoriasis by Tar Photosensitization," by J. Parrish, published in the 1978 issue of the "Journal of Investigative Dermatology." KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - PHOTOTHERAPY N1 - Accession Number: 12515109; Petrozzi, John W. 1 Kligman, Albert M. 2; Affiliation: 1: Chief, Dermatology Service. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital Philadelphia, Pa.; Source Info: Oct78, Vol. 71 Issue 4, p280; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: PHOTOTHERAPY; Number of Pages: 1/4p; Document Type: Letter L3 - 10.1111/1523-1747.ep12515109 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=12515109&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hedley-Whyte, John AU - Hedley-Whyte, J T1 - US and international standards for resuscitators. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/04/07/ VL - 261 IS - 13 M3 - letter SP - 1880 EP - 1880 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a letter to the editor in the April 7, 1989 issue of the 'Journal of the American Medical Association,' noting the incompatibilities in the requirements for manually triggered oxygen-powered resuscitation in the Standards and Guidelines for Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation and Emergency Cardiac Care. KW - CARDIAC resuscitation KW - CARDIOVASCULAR emergencies KW - PERIODICALS KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - RESUSCITATION KW - EQUIPMENT & supplies KW - INTERNATIONAL relations KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 10975720; Hedley-Whyte, John 1 Hedley-Whyte, J; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Harvard Medical School; Source Info: 4/7/89, Vol. 261 Issue 13, p1880; Subject Term: CARDIAC resuscitation; Subject Term: CARDIOVASCULAR emergencies; Subject Term: PERIODICALS; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; Subject Term: RESUSCITATION; Subject Term: EQUIPMENT & supplies; Subject Term: INTERNATIONAL relations; Subject Term: UNITED States; NAICS/Industry Codes: 928120 International Affairs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 911410 Foreign affairs; NAICS/Industry Codes: 451310 Book stores and news dealers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 424920 Book, Periodical, and Newspaper Merchant Wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 414420 Book, periodical and newspaper merchant wholesalers; NAICS/Industry Codes: 323119 Other printing; NAICS/Industry Codes: 451212 News Dealers and Newsstands; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10975720&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Balestra, Dominic J. AU - Balestra, Suellen T. T1 - In Reply. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/01/20/ VL - 261 IS - 3 M3 - Letter SP - 382 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a letter to the editor reacting to comments made on the authors' article 'Ulcerative Colitis and Steroid-Responsive, Diffuse Interstitial Lung Disease: A Trial of N = 1.' KW - ULCERATIVE colitis KW - INTERSTITIAL lung diseases KW - STEROIDS KW - LETTERS to the editor N1 - Accession Number: 10868363; Balestra, Dominic J. 1 Balestra, Suellen T. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical and Regional Office Center, White River Junction, Vermont; Source Info: 1/20/89, Vol. 261 Issue 3, p382; Subject Term: ULCERATIVE colitis; Subject Term: INTERSTITIAL lung diseases; Subject Term: STEROIDS; Subject Term: LETTERS to the editor; NAICS/Industry Codes: 325411 Medicinal and Botanical Manufacturing; Number of Pages: 1/3p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10868363&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nutrient transport and the blood-brain barrier in developing animals. AU - Cornford, E. M. AU - Cornford, M. E. JO - Federation Proceedings JF - Federation Proceedings Y1 - 1986/// VL - 45 IS - 7 SP - 2065 EP - 2072 SN - 0014-9446 AD - Cornford, E. M.: Southwest Regional Veterans Administration Epilepsy Center, Neurology and Research Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861486100. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 78 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Two studies on developmental modulations in blood-brain barrier (BBB) polarity indicated that brain-to-blood transport mechanisms that were inoperative in the early neonatal rat became functional in weanlings. Six of the 7 major independent BBB nutrient transport systems that regulate plasma-to-brain uptake were kinetically characterized in newborn rabbits, and comparisons were made in the weanling rabbit (28 days old). All of those saturable transport systems were operative at birth, which suggested that the immature rabbit has a mature BBB with respect to regulation of nutrients. Purine base permeability, affinity and uptake velocities were almost unchanged during postnatal development. Changes in amino acid and amine transport were suggested by the lower-affinity (high-capacity) transport mechanisms characterized in the newborn as compared with the 28-day-old BBB. In conditions of increased plasma values (typical of the neonate), these higher-capacity mechanisms would facilitate a relative increase in metabolite influx to the developing brain. Significant differences in kinetics were also observed for the monocarboxylic acid and hexose transport systems in the absence of developmental changes in permeability × surface area products. A low-affinity, high-capacity monocarboxylic acid transport system operated at birth. It supplied the developing brain with increased quantities of ketone bodies, but was seen as a high-affinity, low-capacity mechanism in rabbits 28 days old. Concomitantly, the higher-affinity glucose carrier defined in newborn rabbits modulated, and by 28 days became a lower-affinity, high-capacity mechanism capable of delivering glucose about 2 μmol/min g to the (anaesthetized) brain. KW - brain KW - development KW - Nutrients KW - transport KW - rabbits KW - rats KW - Leporidae KW - Lagomorpha KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - cerebrum KW - transportation KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861486100&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Koenig, Terry Lea T1 - Women, Feminism, and Aging. (Book). JO - Affilia: Journal of Women & Social Work JF - Affilia: Journal of Women & Social Work Y1 - 1999///Fall99 VL - 14 IS - 3 M3 - Book Review SP - 380 EP - 382 SN - 08861099 AB - Reviews the book "Women, Feminism, and Aging," by Collette V. Browne. KW - FEMINISM KW - NONFICTION KW - BROWNE, Collette V. KW - WOMEN, Feminism & Aging (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 2441944; Koenig, Terry Lea 1; Affiliation: 1: Social Work Department Veterans Administration Medical Center Leavenworth, Kansas.; Source Info: Fall99, Vol. 14 Issue 3, p380; Subject Term: FEMINISM; Subject Term: NONFICTION; Reviews & Products: WOMEN, Feminism & Aging (Book); People: BROWNE, Collette V.; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Book Review; Full Text Word Count: 577 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=2441944&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107251370 T1 - From the clinic. Effects of exercise on an HIV-positive patient: a case study. AU - Werner T Y1 - 1997///1997-1998 Winter N1 - Accession Number: 107251370. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980401. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study. Supplement Title: 1997-1998 Winter. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8806742. KW - HIV-Infected Patients KW - Aerobic Exercises KW - Quality of Life SP - 86 EP - 87 JO - Clinical Kinesiology: Journal of the American Kinesiotherapy Association JF - Clinical Kinesiology: Journal of the American Kinesiotherapy Association JA - CLIN KINESIOL VL - 51 IS - 4 CY - Hattiesburg, Mississippi PB - American Kinesiotherapy Association AB - This case study explores the theory that exercise training, especially regular aerobic exercise, will result in a potential slowing of the disease symptom progression in an individual with the HIV virus. It is widely accepted that a decrease in physical activity by HIV-infected people will cause decreased fitness in the same manner as in non-infected people and that the way an HIV-infected individual will improve fitness is through regular exercise. Moderate exercise has been shown to cause either no change or an enhancement of such indices as total leucocyte count or Total T Cell Count. With this contradiction in research, psychological and physiological changes in the patient in this study were observed and while the disease was not halted or reversed, the disease processes were slowed and as this patient's physical condition improved, so did his psychological state. This improvement greatly enhanced the quality of life during his final year. SN - 0896-9620 AD - Miami Veterans Administration Hospital UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107251370&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107339266 T1 - Dupuytren's contracture after burns of the upper extremity. AU - Balakrishnan C AU - Emanuele JA AU - Chow IJS Y1 - 1997/05//1997 May-Jun N1 - Accession Number: 107339266. Language: English. Entry Date: 19971001. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study; pictorial. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8110188. KW - Burns -- Complications KW - Dupuytren's Contracture -- Etiology KW - Arm Injuries KW - Middle Age KW - Male SP - 245 EP - 246 JO - Journal of Burn Care & Rehabilitation JF - Journal of Burn Care & Rehabilitation JA - J BURN CARE REHABIL VL - 18 IS - 3 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - A case of Dupuytren's contracture in a patient with previous history of burns of the upper extremity is reported. Because this patient has no predisposition to the disease, burns of the upper extremity should be considered as a trigger to the onset of the disease. SN - 0273-8481 AD - Dept of Surgery, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4646 John R, Detroit, MI 48201 U2 - PMID: 9169949. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107339266&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107319717 T1 - Systemic absorption and toxicity from topically administered lidocaine during transesophageal echocardiography. AU - Sharma SC AU - Rama PR AU - Miller GL AU - Coccio EB AU - Coulter LJ Y1 - 1996/09//1996 Sep-Oct N1 - Accession Number: 107319717. Language: English. Entry Date: 19970401. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8801388. KW - Echocardiography, Transesophageal -- Adverse Effects KW - Lidocaine -- Adverse Effects KW - Administration, Topical KW - Aged KW - Female KW - Male SP - 710 EP - 711 JO - Journal of the American Society of Echocardiography JF - Journal of the American Society of Echocardiography JA - J AM SOC ECHOCARDIOGR VL - 9 IS - 5 CY - New York, New York PB - Elsevier Science AB - This report describes the cases of three patients who had central nervous system toxicity from locally administered lidocaine during transesophageal echocardiography. Parenteral sedation was not employed. Serum levels of lidocaine were obtained after the procedure in all three patients, who recovered spontaneously and suffered no permanent ill effects. Medical conditions such as congestive heart failure and diminished hepatic function or concomitant use of lidocaine analogs may predispose patients to the toxic side effects of locally administered lidocaine. Extreme care and close monitoring of patients are warranted when topical lidocaine anesthetic is employed in the setting of delayed lidocaine clearance. SN - 0894-7317 AD - Cardiology Section (111A), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 830 Chalkstone Ave, Providence, RI 02908 U2 - PMID: 8887875. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107319717&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Aydelotte, Myrtle K. T1 - Clinic Nursing: Explorations In Role Innovation (Book). JO - Journal of Health & Human Behavior JF - Journal of Health & Human Behavior Y1 - 1966///Fall1966 VL - 7 IS - 3 M3 - Book Review SP - 228 EP - 230 SN - 00959006 AB - Reviews the book "Clinic Nursing: Explorations in Role Innovation," by H. Turk and Thelma Ingles. KW - NURSING KW - NONFICTION KW - TURK, H. KW - INGLES, Thelma KW - CLINIC Nursing: Explorations in Role Innovation (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 14238114; Aydelotte, Myrtle K. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: University of Iowa. 2: Veterans Administration Hospital Iowa City.; Source Info: Fall1966, Vol. 7 Issue 3, p228; Subject Term: NURSING; Subject Term: NONFICTION; Reviews & Products: CLINIC Nursing: Explorations in Role Innovation (Book); People: TURK, H.; People: INGLES, Thelma; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=14238114&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107401135 T1 - Talking to physicians about pain control. AU - Lindaman C Y1 - 1995/01// N1 - Accession Number: 107401135. Language: English. Entry Date: 19950301. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0372646. KW - Nurse-Physician Relations KW - Verbal Behavior KW - Pain -- Prevention and Control KW - Communication KW - Pain Measurement KW - Self Report KW - Pain -- Drug Therapy KW - Analgesics -- Therapeutic Use KW - Middle Age KW - Inpatients KW - Male KW - Female SP - 36 EP - 37 JO - American Journal of Nursing JF - American Journal of Nursing JA - AM J NURS VL - 95 IS - 1 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - When your patient needs more analgesia, effective collaboration -- rather then frustration -- will be the outcome more often if you use these tips to fine-tune your approach. SN - 0002-936X AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, IA U2 - PMID: 7825663. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107401135&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104754833 T1 - Beta-2-microglobulin-associated amyloidosis in chronic hemodialysis patients with carpal tunnel syndrome. AU - Ullian, M E AU - Hammond, W S AU - Alfrey, A C AU - Schultz, A AU - Molitoris, B A Y1 - 1989/03//1989 Mar N1 - Accession Number: 104754833. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 2985248R. KW - Proteins -- Analysis KW - Amyloidosis -- Etiology KW - Carpal Tunnel Syndrome -- Etiology KW - Hemodialysis -- Adverse Effects KW - Serum Globulins -- Analysis KW - Amyloidosis -- Metabolism KW - Bone Diseases -- Etiology KW - Carpal Tunnel Syndrome -- Metabolism KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Muscular Diseases -- Etiology KW - Synovial Membrane -- Analysis SP - 107 EP - 115 JO - Medicine JF - Medicine JA - MEDICINE VL - 68 IS - 2 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - The clinical manifestations of beta-2-microglobulin (beta 2M)-associated amyloidosis in chronic hemodialysis patients with carpal tunnel syndrome from a medical center hospital are presented. The predominant morbidity of beta 2M-amyloid was musculoskeletal, with deposits identified in surgical or biopsy specimens from trigger fingers, carpal tunnels, fractures, and radiolucent bone lesions. Lucent bone lesions were the characteristic radiologic finding of beta 2M-amyloidosis and were most commonly found in carpal bones, humeral heads, and femoral heads. Carpal tunnel syndrome occurred in greater than 20% of our chronic hemodialysis patients. The longer the period of time on chronic hemodialysis the greater the morbidity from beta 2M-amyloid. Although significant amounts of beta 2M-amyloid were detected in the perivascular regions of viscera, clinical compromise of internal organs from this type of amyloid was not documented. In acute studies, beta 2M clearance during hemodialysis was markedly increased using the Fresenius polysulfone dialyzers compared to cuprophane dialyzers. In summary, beta 2M-amyloid is common and causes significant morbidity in chronic hemodialysis patients. Long-term dialysis with highly permeable membranes effects greater beta 2M clearance which may result in less tissue deposition of beta 2M-amyloid, and therefore, fewer clinical complications. SN - 0025-7974 AD - Division of Nephrology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Denver, Colorado 80220. U2 - PMID: 2646507. DO - 10.1097/00005792-198903000-00004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104754833&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104760245 T1 - Polyarticular versus monoarticular gout: a prospective, comparative analysis of clinical features. AU - Lawry 2nd, G V AU - Fan, P T AU - Bluestone, R Y1 - 1988/09//1988 Sep N1 - Accession Number: 104760245. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 2985248R. KW - Gout -- Pathology KW - Joints -- Pathology KW - Adult KW - Arthritis -- Pathology KW - Female KW - Gout -- Drug Therapy KW - Gout -- Metabolism KW - Human KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Prospective Studies SP - 335 EP - 343 JO - Medicine JF - Medicine JA - MEDICINE VL - 67 IS - 5 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - This investigation was undertaken to define prospectively the clinical characteristics of patients with crystal-documented gouty arthritis simultaneously involving multiple joints. Of 106 consecutive patients with gouty arthritis (GA), 42 (40%) had articular inflammation at 2 or more sites. Comparison of these 42 patients with GA with the 64 patients with GA who presented with monoarthritis yielded the following conclusions: 1) Polyarticular gout represents one end of a generally predictable spectrum of GA, reflecting chronicity associated with poor patients understanding, poor patient compliance, and suboptimal physician management. 2) Polyarticular patients with GA tend to develop attacks of more smoldering onset and increasing duration, while joint involvement tends to occur in an ascending but asymmetrical fashion, with upper extremity joints later added to repeatedly active lower extremity sites. 3) There may be a significant discrepancy between the site (or sites) of the GA patient's chief complaint and clinically involved joints on careful physical examination. 4) Recognition of polyarticular joint involvement increases the number of sites for potential joint and/or tophus aspiration, permitting greater ease of establishing a definitive diagnosis. 5) No single laboratory or synovial fluid value meaningfully distinguishes patients with polyarticular from those with monoarticular gout. SN - 0025-7974 AD - Rheumatology Division, Wadsworth Veterans Administration Hospital, University of California, Los Angeles. U2 - PMID: 3412175. DO - 10.1097/00005792-198809000-00004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104760245&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104756607 T1 - Awake fibreoptic intubation in the patient at high risk of aspiration. AU - Ovassapian, A AU - Krejcie, T C AU - Yelich, S J AU - Dykes, M H Y1 - 1989/01// N1 - Accession Number: 104756607. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Europe; Peer Reviewed; UK & Ireland. NLM UID: 0372541. KW - Intubation, Intratracheal -- Equipment and Supplies KW - Pneumonia, Aspiration -- Prevention and Control KW - Aged KW - Anesthesia, Local KW - Diazepam KW - Emergencies KW - Female KW - Fentanyl KW - Fiber Optics KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Risk Factors SP - 13 EP - 16 JO - BJA: The British Journal of Anaesthesia JF - BJA: The British Journal of Anaesthesia JA - BR J ANAESTH VL - 62 IS - 1 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 0007-0912 AD - Anesthesia Service, Veterans Administration Lakeside Medical Center, Chicago, Illinois 60611. U2 - PMID: 2917109. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104756607&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 84001742 T1 - Wilson, strokes, and zebras. AU - Marmor, Michael F. AU - Marmor, M F Y1 - 1982/08/26/ N1 - Accession Number: 84001742. Language: English. Entry Date: 20161118. Revision Date: 20161118. Publication Type: journal article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0255562. KW - Cerebrovascular Disorders -- History KW - Public Figures KW - Politics KW - History KW - United States KW - Neuritis -- History KW - Eye Hemorrhage -- History KW - Wilson, W SP - 528 EP - 535 JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine JA - N ENGL J MED VL - 307 IS - 9 CY - Waltham, Massachusetts PB - New England Journal of Medicine SN - 0028-4793 AD - From the Division of Ophthalmology, Stanford University School of Medicine, and the Ophthalmology Section (112B1), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94304, where reprint requests should be addressed. U2 - PMID: 7048094. DO - 10.1056/NEJM198208263070904 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=84001742&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 84000102 T1 - Liver transplantation with use of cyclosporin a and prednisone. AU - Starzl, Thomas E. AU - Klintmalm, Göran B. G. AU - Porter, Kendrick A. AU - Iwatsuki, Shunzaburo AU - Schröter, Gerhard P. J. AU - Starzl, T E AU - Klintmalm, G B AU - Porter, K A AU - Iwatsuki, S AU - Schröter, G P Y1 - 1981/07/30/ N1 - Accession Number: 84000102. Language: English. Entry Date: 20161113. Revision Date: 20161202. Publication Type: journal article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: AM-07772/AM/NIADDK NIH HHS/United States. NLM UID: 0255562. KW - Immunosuppressive Agents -- Therapeutic Use KW - Peptides -- Therapeutic Use KW - Prednisone -- Therapeutic Use KW - Liver Transplantation KW - Liver -- Physiology KW - Drug Therapy, Combination KW - Female KW - Biological Phenomena KW - Peptides -- Administration and Dosage KW - Male KW - Adolescence KW - Immunosuppressive Agents -- Administration and Dosage KW - Prospective Studies KW - Prednisone -- Administration and Dosage KW - Cyclosporins KW - Child KW - Human KW - Allografts KW - Adult KW - Postoperative Complications KW - Pilot Studies KW - Validation Studies KW - Comparative Studies KW - Evaluation Research KW - Multicenter Studies SP - 266 EP - 269 JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine JA - N ENGL J MED VL - 305 IS - 5 CY - Waltham, Massachusetts PB - New England Journal of Medicine SN - 0028-4793 AD - From the Department of Surgery, University of Colorado Health Sciences Center and the Veterans Administration Medical Center, Denver, Colo.; and the Department of Pathology, St. Mary's Hospital and Medical School, London. Address reprint requests to Dr. Starzl at the Department of Surgery, University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine, Scaife Hall, Pittsburgh, PA 15261. U2 - PMID: 7017414. DO - 10.1056/NEJM198107303050507 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=84000102&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 106998456 T1 - Aged 80 and older women and men take the initiative to sustain self conceptions. AU - Davis MZ Y1 - 1986/08/25/ N1 - Accession Number: 106998456. Language: English. Entry Date: 20010209. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research. Journal Subset: Blind Peer Reviewed; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: Supported by the R&D Medical Research Service of the Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego. NLM UID: 8000128. KW - Self Concept -- In Old Age KW - Attitude to Aging KW - Exploratory Research KW - Interviews KW - Audiorecording KW - Aged, Hospitalized -- Psychosocial Factors KW - Nursing Home Patients -- Psychosocial Factors KW - Aged KW - Male KW - Female KW - Funding Source KW - Human SP - 71 EP - 91 JO - Home Health Care Services Quarterly JF - Home Health Care Services Quarterly JA - HOME HEALTH CARE SERV Q VL - 7 IS - 2 PB - Taylor & Francis Ltd AB - Persons aged 80 and older are the fastest increasing age group within the elderly population in the industrialized nations, yet, it is only recently that this segment of the population has begun to command research attention. This eighteen month exploratory interview study of 28 women and men aged 80 and older, from a range of educational and socio-economic backgrounds, will discuss from the subject's perspective, (1) the personal and social meanings associated with being old and their responses to these meanings, (2) the strategic use of the Past and its meaning for the Present, and (3) their efforts to effect a positive perception of themselves by others in social situations. The implications this study has for health professionals is addressed. SN - 0162-1424 AD - Associate Chief, Nursing Research, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego (664/118), 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, California 92161 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=106998456&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 106996607 T1 - A program of evaluation and research for hospital based home care. AU - Jameson JH AU - Karklins JM AU - Baker CR Y1 - 1983/05/13/ N1 - Accession Number: 106996607. Language: English. Entry Date: 20010209. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; forms; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Blind Peer Reviewed; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. Instrumentation: Mental Status Questionnaire (Kahn et al); Index of ADL. NLM UID: 8000128. KW - Home Health Care -- Evaluation KW - Veterans KW - Home Health Care -- Economics KW - Health Services Research KW - Arkansas KW - Program Evaluation KW - Minimum Data Set KW - Record Review KW - Descriptive Statistics KW - Experimental Studies KW - Psychological Tests KW - Research Instruments KW - Human SP - 47 EP - 54 JO - Home Health Care Services Quarterly JF - Home Health Care Services Quarterly JA - HOME HEALTH CARE SERV Q VL - 4 IS - 1 PB - Taylor & Francis Ltd AB - A program of evaluation and research has been developed and initiated in a large Hospital Based Home Care Program which principally serves chronically-ill, elderly veterans. Program evaluation is based on data from an automated home care information system developed for this purpose. The information system is based on the Long-Term Health Care Minimum Data Set, a nationally-recommended data set which describes patient demographics and physical and mental health status, and health services provided. Home care and related costs per visit and per patient day have been identified. A proposed, experimental research protocol identifies health status outcomes and health care costs of home care and alternative modes of long-term health care. SN - 0162-1424 AD - Health Services Researcher, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Little Rock, Arkansas 72206 U2 - PMID: 10262336. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=106996607&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104756129 T1 - The development of chronic mechanical hyperalgesia, autotomy and collateral sprouting following sciatic nerve section in rat. AU - Kingery, W S AU - Vallin, J A Y1 - 1989/09//1989 Sep N1 - Accession Number: 104756129. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Continental Europe; Europe; Peer Reviewed. NLM UID: 7508686. KW - Pain -- Physiopathology KW - Sciatic Nerve -- Physiology KW - Animals KW - Models, Biological KW - Male KW - Pain Measurement KW - Rats KW - Time Factors SP - 321 EP - 332 JO - Pain (03043959) JF - Pain (03043959) JA - PAIN VL - 38 IS - 3 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0304-3959 AD - Rehabilitation Medicine Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, CA 94304. U2 - PMID: 2812843. DO - 10.1016/0304-3959(89)90219-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104756129&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104755813 T1 - Anxiety and pain response changes across treatment: sensory decision analysis. AU - Malow, R M AU - West, J A AU - Sutker, P B Y1 - 1989/07//1989 Jul N1 - Accession Number: 104755813. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Continental Europe; Europe; Peer Reviewed. NLM UID: 7508686. KW - Pain -- Psychosocial Factors KW - Perception KW - Adult KW - Anxiety -- Physiopathology KW - Male KW - Substance Withdrawal Syndrome -- Physiopathology SP - 35 EP - 44 JO - Pain (03043959) JF - Pain (03043959) JA - PAIN VL - 38 IS - 1 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0304-3959 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Department of Psychiatry and Neurology, New Orleans, L 70146. U2 - PMID: 2780061. DO - 10.1016/0304-3959(89)90070-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104755813&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104754062 T1 - Electromyographic recordings of 5 types of low back pain subjects and non-pain controls in different positions. AU - Arena, J G AU - Sherman, R A AU - Bruno, G M AU - Young, T R Y1 - 1989/04//1989 Apr N1 - Accession Number: 104754062. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Continental Europe; Europe; Peer Reviewed. NLM UID: 7508686. KW - Back Pain -- Physiopathology KW - Muscles -- Physiopathology KW - Posture KW - Adult KW - Back Pain -- Etiology KW - Female KW - Intervertebral Disk Displacement -- Complications KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Spinal Diseases -- Complications SP - 57 EP - 65 JO - Pain (03043959) JF - Pain (03043959) JA - PAIN VL - 37 IS - 1 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0304-3959 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, GA 30910. U2 - PMID: 2524711. DO - 10.1016/0304-3959(89)90153-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104754062&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104757506 T1 - MMPI changes following behavioral treatment of chronic low back pain. AU - Naliboff, B D AU - McCreary, C P AU - McArthur, D L AU - Cohen, M J AU - Gottlieb, H J Y1 - 1988/12//1988 Dec N1 - Accession Number: 104757506. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Continental Europe; Europe; Peer Reviewed. NLM UID: 7508686. KW - Adaptation, Psychological KW - Back Pain -- Psychosocial Factors KW - Chronic Disease -- Psychosocial Factors KW - Myers-Briggs Type Indicator KW - Back Pain -- Complications KW - Chronic Disease -- Complications KW - Depression -- Etiology KW - Female KW - Male SP - 271 EP - 277 JO - Pain (03043959) JF - Pain (03043959) JA - PAIN VL - 35 IS - 3 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0304-3959 AD - Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, CA 91343. U2 - PMID: 2976142. DO - 10.1016/0304-3959(88)90137-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104757506&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104758545 T1 - Comparing chronic pain from spinal cord injury to chronic pain of other origins. AU - Cohen, M J AU - McArthur, D L AU - Vulpe, M AU - Schandler, S L AU - Gerber, K E Y1 - 1988/10//1988 Oct N1 - Accession Number: 104758545. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Continental Europe; Europe; Peer Reviewed. NLM UID: 7508686. KW - Pain -- Etiology KW - Spinal Cord Injuries -- Complications KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Chronic Disease KW - Female KW - Human KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Pain -- Psychosocial Factors KW - Pain Measurement KW - Myers-Briggs Type Indicator KW - Questionnaires KW - Spinal Cord Injuries -- Psychosocial Factors KW - McGill Pain Questionnaire KW - MMPI SP - 57 EP - 63 JO - Pain (03043959) JF - Pain (03043959) JA - PAIN VL - 35 IS - 1 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0304-3959 AD - Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Long Beach, CA 90822. U2 - PMID: 3200598. DO - 10.1016/0304-3959(88)90276-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104758545&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104759706 T1 - The actometer: an evaluation of instrument applicability for chronic pain patients. AU - Morrell, E M AU - Keefe, F J Y1 - 1988/03//1988 Mar N1 - Accession Number: 104759706. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Continental Europe; Europe; Peer Reviewed. NLM UID: 7508686. KW - Motor Activity KW - Pain -- Physiopathology KW - Pain Measurement -- Equipment and Supplies KW - Chronic Disease KW - Evaluation Research KW - Human SP - 265 EP - 270 JO - Pain (03043959) JF - Pain (03043959) JA - PAIN VL - 32 IS - 3 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0304-3959 AD - Psychology Service, Veterans Administration Center, Ann Arbor, MI 48105. U2 - PMID: 3362564. DO - 10.1016/0304-3959(88)90036-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104759706&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 83984378 T1 - Recovery from "hepatorenal syndrome" after orthotopic liver transplantation. AU - Iwatsuki, Shunzaburo AU - Popovtzer, Mordecai M. AU - Corman, Jacques L. AU - Ishikawa, Makoto AU - Putnam, Charles W. AU - Katz, Fred H. AU - Starzl, Thomas E. AU - Iwatsuki, S AU - Popovtzer, M M AU - Corman, J L AU - Ishikawa, M AU - Putnam, C W AU - Katz, F H AU - Starzl, T E Y1 - 1973/11/29/ N1 - Accession Number: 83984378. Language: English. Entry Date: 20161113. Revision Date: 20161202. Publication Type: journal article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: M01 RR000069/RR/NCRR NIH HHS/United States. NLM UID: 0255562. KW - Kidney Failure, Chronic -- Therapy KW - Liver Diseases -- Surgery KW - Liver Transplantation KW - Hepatitis A -- Complications KW - Bilirubin -- Blood KW - Creatinine -- Blood KW - Kidney Function Tests KW - Liver Function Tests KW - Blood Urea Nitrogen KW - Liver Cirrhosis -- Complications KW - Renin -- Blood KW - Sodium -- Blood KW - Time Factors KW - Male KW - Allografts KW - Liver Diseases -- Blood KW - Kidney Diseases -- Urine KW - Liver Diseases -- Etiology KW - Sodium -- Urine KW - Kidney Diseases -- Blood KW - Kidney Diseases -- Etiology KW - Adolescence KW - Syndrome KW - Adult KW - Prothrombin Time SP - 1155 EP - 1159 JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine JA - N ENGL J MED VL - 289 IS - 22 CY - Waltham, Massachusetts PB - New England Journal of Medicine SN - 0028-4793 AD - From the departments of Surgery and Medicine, University of Colorado Medical Center and the Denver Veterans Administration Hospital (address reprint requests to Dr. Starzl at the Department of Surgery, University of Colorado Medical Center, 4200 E. Ninth Ave., Denver, Col. 80220). U2 - PMID: 4585359. DO - 10.1056/NEJM197311292892201 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=83984378&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 83980122 T1 - Heterozygous and homozygous alpha1-antitrypsin deficiency in patients with pulmonary emphysema. AU - Lieberman, Jack AU - Lieberman, J Y1 - 1969/08/07/ N1 - Accession Number: 83980122. Language: English. Entry Date: 20161118. Revision Date: 20170223. Publication Type: journal article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0255562. KW - Blood Protein Disorders KW - Protease Inhibitors -- Blood KW - Serum Globulins KW - Emphysema KW - Emphysema -- Etiology KW - Pedigree KW - Aged KW - Peptic Ulcer -- Etiology KW - Female KW - Genotype KW - Blood Protein Disorders -- Complications KW - Middle Age KW - Peptic Ulcer KW - Age Factors KW - Child KW - Heterozygote KW - Spectrophotometry KW - Adolescence KW - Adult KW - Emphysema -- Complications KW - Male KW - Blood Protein Electrophoresis SP - 279 EP - 284 JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine JA - N ENGL J MED VL - 281 IS - 6 CY - Waltham, Massachusetts PB - New England Journal of Medicine SN - 0028-4793 AD - * From the Department of Respiratory Diseases, City of Hope Medical Center, Duarte; the Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Long Beach, and the UCLA School of Medicine, Los Angeles, Cal. (address reprint requests to Dr. Lieberman at the Department of Respiratory Diseases, City of Hope Medical Center, 1500 E. Duarte Rd., Duarte, Cal. 91010). U2 - PMID: 4183173. DO - 10.1056/NEJM196908072810601 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=83980122&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 84077608 T1 - Heterologous antilymphocyte globulin. AU - Starzl, Thomas E. AU - Starzl, T E Y1 - 1968/09/26/ N1 - Accession Number: 84077608. Language: English. Entry Date: 20161113. Revision Date: 20161202. Publication Type: journal article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: A-6344//None/None. NLM UID: 0255562. KW - Lymphocytes -- Immunology KW - Immunosuppressive Agents -- Therapeutic Use KW - Gamma Globulins -- Therapeutic Use KW - Animals KW - Hypersensitivity, Delayed -- Drug Therapy KW - Transplantation Immunology KW - Gamma Globulins -- Analysis SP - 700 EP - 703 JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine JA - N ENGL J MED VL - 279 IS - 13 CY - Waltham, Massachusetts PB - New England Journal of Medicine SN - 0028-4793 AD - * From the Department of Surgery, University of Colorado School of Medicine, and the Denver Veterans Administration Hospital (address reprint requests to Dr. Starzl at the Denver Veterans Administration Hospital, 1055 Clermont St., Denver, Col. 80220). U2 - PMID: 4174895. DO - 10.1056/NEJM196809262791309 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=84077608&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 83979413 T1 - Infections in recipients of liver homografts. AU - Fulginiti, Vincent A. AU - Scribner, Robert AU - Groth, Carl G. AU - Putnam, Charles W. AU - Brettschneider, Lawrence AU - Gilbert, Spencer AU - Porter, Ken A. AU - Starzl, Thomas E. AU - Fulginiti, V A AU - Scribner, R AU - Groth, C G AU - Putnam, C W AU - Brettschneider, L AU - Gilbert, S AU - Porter, K A AU - Starzl, T E Y1 - 1968/09/19/ N1 - Accession Number: 83979413. Language: English. Entry Date: 20161113. Revision Date: 20161202. Publication Type: journal article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: A-6344//None/None. NLM UID: 0255562. KW - Infection -- Etiology KW - Liver Transplantation KW - Female KW - Male KW - Allografts KW - Azathioprine -- Adverse Effects KW - Liver Diseases -- Microbiology KW - Pseudomonas KW - Human KW - Infant KW - Infection -- Microbiology KW - Histocompatibility Testing KW - Sepsis -- Microbiology KW - Antibiotics -- Therapeutic Use KW - Adult KW - Cytomegaloviruses KW - Immunosuppressive Agents -- Adverse Effects KW - Adolescence KW - Thrombosis -- Etiology KW - Enterobacteriaceae KW - Postoperative Complications KW - Mycoses -- Blood KW - Candida KW - Staphylococcus KW - Aged KW - Clinical Trials KW - Validation Studies KW - Comparative Studies KW - Evaluation Research KW - Multicenter Studies KW - Randomized Controlled Trials SP - 619 EP - 626 JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine JA - N ENGL J MED VL - 279 IS - 12 CY - Waltham, Massachusetts PB - New England Journal of Medicine SN - 0028-4793 AD - * From the departments of Surgery, Pediatrics and Pathology, University of Colorado School of Medicine and the Denver Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver, Col., and the Department of Pathology, St. Mary's Hospital and Medical School, London, England (address reprint requests to Dr. Starzl at Veterans Administration Hospital, 1055 Clermont St., Denver, Col. 80220). U2 - PMID: 4299208. DO - 10.1056/NEJM196809192791202 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=83979413&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107540155 T1 - Hospital violence reduction among high-risk patients. AU - Drummond DJ AU - Sparr LF AU - Gordon GH AU - Drummond, D J AU - Sparr, L F AU - Gordon, G H Y1 - 1989/05/05/ N1 - Accession Number: 107540155. Language: English. Entry Date: 19891201. Revision Date: 20161112. Publication Type: journal article; research. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7501160. KW - Problem Patients KW - Violence KW - Incident Reports -- Evaluation KW - Health Personnel -- Education KW - Attitude of Health Personnel KW - Adult KW - Middle Age KW - Aged KW - Inpatients KW - Outpatients KW - Male KW - Female KW - Human SP - 2531 EP - 2534 JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JA - JAMA VL - 261 IS - 17 CY - Chicago, Illinois PB - American Medical Association AB - We describe the success of one general hospital in reducing violent behavior among a group of repetitively disruptive patients. Following a pilot phase during which violent incidents at the medical center were characterized by location, type, and person responsible, a group of patients at high risk for repeated violence was identified (N = 48). Data were gathered for 1 year before and after the institution of a program designed to reduce violence, primarily in ambulatory care areas, among this group. Outcome assessment included comparison of the number of violent incidents and the number of visits to the medical center during the 12 months before and after the program was started. The number of incidents declined by 91.6%, and visits to the medical center for any reason decreased by 42.2%. The ratio of violent incidents to visits after the program was begun was less than one sixth the rate before the program. Components of the program are described, including staff resistance and management strategies. SN - 0098-7484 AD - Department of Psychology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, OR 97207 U2 - PMID: 2704113. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107540155&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104754490 T1 - Fusiform aneurysm of the vertebrobasilar arterial system. AU - Echiverri, H C AU - Rubino, F A AU - Gupta, S R AU - Gujrati, M Y1 - 1989/12//1989 Dec N1 - Accession Number: 104754490. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20161126. Publication Type: journal article; research. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0235266. KW - Basilar Artery -- Pathology KW - Basilar Artery -- Radiography KW - Cerebral Aneurysm -- Complications KW - Vertebral Artery -- Pathology KW - Vertebral Artery -- Radiography KW - Aged KW - Cerebral Angiography KW - Female KW - Prospective Studies KW - Human KW - Cerebral Aneurysm -- Diagnosis KW - Cerebral Aneurysm -- Therapy KW - Cerebral Ischemia, Transient -- Etiology KW - Magnetic Resonance Imaging KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Retrospective Design KW - Tomography, X-Ray Computed KW - Ischemia -- Etiology SP - 1741 EP - 1747 JO - Stroke (00392499) JF - Stroke (00392499) JA - STROKE VL - 20 IS - 12 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - We retrospectively evaluated the clinical features and therapeutic outcomes in 13 consecutive patients with the diagnosis of fusiform aneurysm of the vertebrobasilar system. Four patients (31%) presented with compressive symptoms and 10 (77%) with ischemic symptoms; one patient presented with both types of symptoms. No patient presented with rupture of the fusiform aneurysm. Based on the attending physician's choice, treatment included antiplatelet therapy in five patients, anticoagulation in seven, and no medication in one. Five patients died, four treated with antiplatelet agents and one not treated with any medication. The cause of death was progressive brainstem ischemia in three, sepsis in one, and gastrointestinal bleeding in one patient. All seven patients who received anticoagulants were alive, with no recurrence of symptoms or hemorrhagic complications after a mean follow-up period of 18 months. Based on previous and current series, we conclude that rupture of fusiform aneurysms is rare. Our results suggest a more favorable outcome in the management of these aneurysms with anticoagulation therapy to prevent progressive thrombosis and embolization. SN - 0039-2499 AD - Department of Neurology, Hines Veterans Administration Hospital, IL 60141. U2 - PMID: 2595737. DO - 10.1161/01.STR.20.12.1741 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104754490&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104756156 T1 - Phenylephrine-induced hypertension reduces ischemia following middle cerebral artery occlusion in rats. AU - Drummond, J C AU - Oh, Y S AU - Cole, D J AU - Shapiro, H M Y1 - 1989/11//1989 Nov N1 - Accession Number: 104756156. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20161126. Publication Type: journal article; research. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0235266. KW - Cerebral Arteries KW - Hypertension -- Chemically Induced KW - Cerebral Ischemia, Transient -- Prevention and Control KW - Phenylephrine KW - Animals KW - Blood Flow Velocity KW - Cerebrovascular Circulation KW - Immobilization KW - Hypertension -- Physiopathology KW - Cerebral Ischemia, Transient -- Etiology KW - Male KW - Rats SP - 1538 EP - 1544 JO - Stroke (00392499) JF - Stroke (00392499) JA - STROKE VL - 20 IS - 11 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - We studied the influence of phenylephrine-induced hypertension on the area of ischemia during brief middle cerebral artery occlusion. Rats were anesthetized with 1.2 minimal alveolar concentration (MAC) isoflurane, and the middle cerebral artery was occluded via a subtemporal craniectomy. Immediately thereafter, in one group (n = 9) arterial blood pressure was increased 30-35 mm Hg above the preocclusion level by intravenous infusion of phenylephrine. In a second, control, group (n = 10) there was no manipulation of blood pressure. Local cerebral blood flow was determined autoradiographically 15 minutes after occlusion. The areas (expressed as a percentage of the total coronal cross-sectional area) in which local cerebral blood flow decreased to three ranges (0-6 ml/100 g/min [rapid neuronal death probable], 6-15 ml/100 g/min [delayed neuronal death probable], and 15-23 ml/100 g/min [electrophysiologic dysfunction with prolonged survival probable]) were measured. The areas in which local cerebral blood flow decreased to the two more severely ischemic ranges were smaller in the phenylephrine group than in the control group. For example, in the coronal section in the center of the middle cerebral artery distribution, local cerebral blood flow was 0-6 ml/100 g/min in 6.7 +/- 1.4% of the section in normotensive rats but was in that range in only 1.7 +/- 0.6% of the section during phenylephrine-induced hypertension (p less than 0.05). For the 6-15 ml/100 g/min range, the areas were 6.8 +/- 0.8% and 3.8 +/- 0.7%, respectively (p less than 0.05). For the 15-23 ml/100 g/min range, there were no differences between groups.(ABSTRACT TRUNCATED AT 250 WORDS) SN - 0039-2499 AD - Department of Anesthesia, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego, CA. U2 - PMID: 2815189. DO - 10.1161/01.STR.20.11.1538 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104756156&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104756154 T1 - Effects of middle cerebral artery occlusion on cerebral cortex choline and acetylcholine in rats. AU - Scremin, O U AU - Jenden, D J Y1 - 1989/11//1989 Nov N1 - Accession Number: 104756154. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20161126. Publication Type: journal article; research. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0235266. KW - Acetylcholine -- Metabolism KW - Cerebral Ischemia -- Metabolism KW - Cerebral Arteries KW - Cerebral Cortex -- Metabolism KW - Choline -- Metabolism KW - Animals KW - Cerebral Ischemia -- Etiology KW - Cerebrovascular Circulation KW - Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry KW - Rats KW - Regression SP - 1524 EP - 1530 JO - Stroke (00392499) JF - Stroke (00392499) JA - STROKE VL - 20 IS - 11 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - We measured regional cerebral blood flow and acetylcholine and choline concentrations in tissue fragments of normally perfused and ischemic cortical regions from 10 rats. Tissue uptake of [14C]iodoantipyrine was used to indicate regional cerebral blood flow, and gas chromatography-mass spectrometry was used to measure acetylcholine and choline concentrations. Cerebral cortical ischemia was induced by permanent occlusion of the middle cerebral artery, and variables were measured 2.5 or 24 hours later. A close correlation was found between tissue choline concentration and the reciprocal of regional cerebral blood flow. A large increase in tissue choline concentration was observed in the ischemic cortex. Choline production rate was estimated by plotting choline concentration against the reciprocal of regional cerebral blood flow. This rate was independent of choline concentration. Acetylcholine concentration, on the other hand, was constant in ischemic and normally perfused regions, except in the center of the ischemic region 2.5 hours after middle cerebral artery occlusion, where a significant decrease was observed. SN - 0039-2499 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albuquerque, New Mexico 87108. U2 - PMID: 2815187. DO - 10.1161/01.STR.20.11.1524 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104756154&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104756147 T1 - Computed tomographic study of cervical carotid calcification. AU - Culebras, A AU - Otero, C AU - Toledo, J R AU - Rubin, B S Y1 - 1989/11//1989 Nov N1 - Accession Number: 104756147. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20161126. Publication Type: journal article. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0235266. KW - Calcinosis -- Radiography KW - Carotid Artery Diseases -- Radiography KW - Tomography, X-Ray Computed KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and Over KW - Carotid Arteries -- Radiography KW - Female KW - Male KW - Middle Age SP - 1472 EP - 1476 JO - Stroke (00392499) JF - Stroke (00392499) JA - STROKE VL - 20 IS - 11 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Contrast-enhanced computed tomography of the neck permits low-risk evaluation of morphologic complications of carotid plaque, including (and foremost) calcification. To investigate the patterns and clinical significance of calcified deposits in the cervical carotid arteries using computed tomography we studied 40 patients with unilateral symptoms of hemispheric ischemia. Calcium deposits observed in the external, internal, and common carotid arteries were oriented in space and individually scored. We found calcified deposits in 39 patients. Stepwise multiple regression of the data provided evidence strongly suggesting a correlation between advancing age and calcium scores. Calcium was more heavily concentrated in the posterior half of arteries (p less than 0.01), in particular of the internal and common carotid arteries, and always in relation to an atheromatous plaque, suggesting a causative link to hemodynamic forces within the arteries. There was no difference in calcification scores between symptomatic and asymptomatic sides, indicating that calcium deposits do not contribute to the development of symptoms. SN - 0039-2499 AD - Department of Neurology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York 13210. U2 - PMID: 2815180. DO - 10.1161/01.STR.20.11.1472 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104756147&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104754910 T1 - Clinical correlates of Doppler/ultrasound errors in the detection of internal carotid artery occlusion. AU - Bridgers, S L Y1 - 1989/05//1989 May N1 - Accession Number: 104754910. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20161126. Publication Type: journal article. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0235266. KW - Arterial Occlusive Diseases -- Diagnosis KW - Carotid Artery Diseases -- Diagnosis KW - Ultrasonography KW - Arterial Occlusive Diseases -- Radiography KW - Carotid Artery Diseases -- Radiography KW - Carotid Arteries KW - Diagnostic Errors SP - 612 EP - 615 JO - Stroke (00392499) JF - Stroke (00392499) JA - STROKE VL - 20 IS - 5 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - One recognized limitation of carotid Doppler/ultrasound is its accuracy in differentiating occlusion from near-total occlusion of the internal carotid artery, which is a crucial issue in management decisions. Clinical histories were reviewed in 58 patients with apparent occlusion of an internal carotid artery diagnosed by Doppler/ultrasound who also underwent angiography. False-positive results were detected in eight patients, for an overall accuracy of 86%. Among a group of 25 patients with acute cerebral or ocular events ipsilateral to an apparently occluded artery, false-positive results occurred in seven (accuracy of 72%). Among a group of 33 patients with asymptomatic or remotely symptomatic apparent occlusions, only one false-positive occurred, for an accuracy of 97%. This difference in accuracy between groups was significant. Thus, a Doppler/ultrasound diagnosis of occlusion was most inexact in those patients for whom the detection of continued patency was most likely to influence management. SN - 0039-2499 AD - Neurology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, CT 06516. U2 - PMID: 2655185. DO - 10.1161/01.STR.20.5.612 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104754910&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104754857 T1 - Caregiver assessment of personal adjustment after stroke in a Veterans Administration Medical Center outpatient cohort. AU - Evans, R L AU - Noonan, W C AU - Bishop, D S AU - Hendricks, R D Y1 - 1989/04//1989 Apr N1 - Accession Number: 104754857. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20161126. Publication Type: journal article; research. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0235266. KW - Adaptation, Psychological KW - Cerebrovascular Disorders -- Psychosocial Factors KW - Academic Medical Centers KW - Activities of Daily Living KW - Aged KW - Ambulatory Care KW - Anxiety -- Etiology KW - Anxiety -- Psychosocial Factors KW - Cerebrovascular Disorders -- Complications KW - Cerebrovascular Disorders -- Rehabilitation KW - Prospective Studies KW - Health Services Needs and Demand KW - Home Health Care KW - Human KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Psychological Tests KW - Random Assignment KW - Self Care -- Psychosocial Factors KW - Time Factors KW - United States KW - United States Department of Veterans Affairs SP - 483 EP - 487 JO - Stroke (00392499) JF - Stroke (00392499) JA - STROKE VL - 20 IS - 4 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - We evaluated 80 stroke patients to examine the contributions of caregiver anxiety, self-care ability, age, time since onset, marital and residential status, and need for health care services on personal adjustment as reported by caregivers. Mean age of the patients was 65.4 years, and the average time from stroke onset to evaluation was 415 days. Multiple regression analyses indicated that a significant amount of variance in patient adjustment was accounted for by caregiver anxiety (R2 = 0.28, p less than 0.05) and patient self-care ability (R2 = 0.13, p less than 0.05). Compared with community norms, stroke patients were reported to be more depressed, confused, and anxious and they demonstrated fewer household management skills. Stroke patients were not different from a normative sample on measures of interpersonal involvement or social activity. Caregivers had high levels of anxiety compared with norms. Our results may aid in developing methods for identifying stroke patients and caregivers at risk for suboptimal adjustment. SN - 0039-2499 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, WA 98108. U2 - PMID: 2648652. DO - 10.1161/01.STR.20.4.483 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104754857&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104753815 T1 - Protective effect of a 21-aminosteroid on the blood-brain barrier following subarachnoid hemorrhage in rats. AU - Zuccarello, M AU - Anderson, D K Y1 - 1989/03//1989 Mar N1 - Accession Number: 104753815. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20161127. Publication Type: journal article. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0235266. KW - Blood-Brain Barrier -- Drug Effects KW - Steroids -- Pharmacodynamics KW - Subarachnoid Hemorrhage -- Physiopathology KW - Animals KW - Arachidonic Acids KW - Arachidonic Acids -- Pharmacodynamics KW - Brain -- Metabolism KW - Capillary Permeability -- Drug Effects KW - Extravasation of Diagnostic and Therapeutic Materials -- Metabolism KW - Ferrous Compounds -- Pharmacodynamics KW - Male KW - Rats KW - Serum Albumin -- Metabolism KW - Subarachnoid Hemorrhage -- Chemically Induced SP - 367 EP - 371 JO - Stroke (00392499) JF - Stroke (00392499) JA - STROKE VL - 20 IS - 3 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - The effects of subarachnoid injection of blood on blood-brain barrier permeability to albumin was assessed in a rat model. Subarachnoid injection of blood caused a significant sixfold increase in Evans blue extravasation, whereas sham operation or NaCl injection had no effect. In addition, subarachnoid injections of arachidonic acid or FeCl2 increased blood-brain barrier permeability to Evans blue 16- and 10-fold, respectively. The capillary permeability after subarachnoid injection of blood was normalized by pretreatment with a novel 21-aminosteroid, U-74006F, that has antioxidant and antilipolytic activity. Pretreatment with U-74006F also reduced the vascular leakage induced by subarachnoid injection of arachidonic acid or FeCl2 by 50% and 45%, respectively. We conclude that damage to membrane lipids by peroxidative and/or lipolytic processes is involved in the subarachnoid hemorrhage-induced blood-brain barrier opening and that U-74006F protects the blood-brain barrier against the effects of subarachnoid hemorrhage by preventing or limiting these pathologic membrane lipid changes. SN - 0039-2499 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cincinnati, OH 45220. U2 - PMID: 2493691. DO - 10.1161/01.STR.20.3.367 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104753815&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104756599 T1 - Focal ischemia enhances choline output and decreases acetylcholine output from rat cerebral cortex. AU - Scremin, O U AU - Jenden, D J Y1 - 1989/01//1989 Jan N1 - Accession Number: 104756599. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20161126. Publication Type: journal article; research. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: 17691//PHS HHS/United States. NLM UID: 0235266. KW - Acetylcholine -- Metabolism KW - Cerebral Ischemia -- Metabolism KW - Cerebral Cortex -- Metabolism KW - Choline -- Metabolism KW - Animals KW - Radiography KW - Male KW - Rats SP - 92 EP - 95 JO - Stroke (00392499) JF - Stroke (00392499) JA - STROKE VL - 20 IS - 1 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Choline concentration is rate limiting in the synthesis of acetylcholine. There is a negative arteriovenous difference for choline concentration across the brain, indicating the steady output of choline from this organ. Cerebral ischemia may increase extracellular choline concentration by interfering with its removal by the circulation and by enhancing its net production from phospholipids. We tested this hypothesis in six rats subjected to middle cerebral artery occlusion. We determined choline and acetylcholine output from the ischemic cerebral cortex by analyzing their concentrations in the fluid contained in cortical cups by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry. Mean +/- SEM choline output over 40 minutes before ischemia (baseline value) was 31.1 +/- 1.6 pmol/min/cm2. During ischemia, mean +/- SEM choline output rose to 100.8 +/- 13, 97.3 +/- 12.7, 100 +/- 22.4, and 93.1 +/- 16.9 pmol/min/cm2 in four consecutive 10-minute periods, respectively. Mean +/- SEM acetylcholine output was 15.6 +/- 1.1 before and 5.9 +/- 1.2, 8.3 +/- 2.6, 8.6 +/- 2.1, and 13.7 +/- 4.6 pmol/min/cm2 in the four 10-minute collection periods during ischemia. All four choline values and the first acetylcholine value during ischemia were significantly different from their respective baseline values. We conclude that ischemia induces an increase in extracellular choline concentration with possible implications for acetylcholine metabolism. The attending transient decline in acetylcholine output may be due to impaired release due to local hypoxia or to decreased acetylcholine synthesis. SN - 0039-2499 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albuquerque, New Mexico 87108. U2 - PMID: 2911840. DO - 10.1161/01.STR.20.1.92 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104756599&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104758551 T1 - Postinfarction seizures. A clinical study. AU - Gupta, S R AU - Naheedy, M H AU - Elias, D AU - Rubino, F A Y1 - 1988/12//1988 Dec N1 - Accession Number: 104758551. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0235266. KW - Infarction -- Complications KW - Seizures -- Etiology KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and Over KW - Brain -- Physiopathology KW - Cerebral Hemorrhage -- Complications KW - Cerebral Hemorrhage -- Physiopathology KW - Cerebral Hemorrhage -- Radiography KW - Infarction -- Physiopathology KW - Infarction -- Radiography KW - Electroencephalography KW - Female KW - Human KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Retrospective Design KW - Seizures -- Physiopathology KW - Seizures -- Radiography KW - Tomography, X-Ray Computed SP - 1477 EP - 1481 JO - Stroke (00392499) JF - Stroke (00392499) JA - STROKE VL - 19 IS - 12 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - We retrospectively studied 90 patients with postinfarction seizures to determine the clinical features (onset, number, type), prognosis, and electroencephalographic and computed tomographic findings; we included infarctions of all etiologies. Thirty-three percent of the 90 seizures appeared early (within 2 weeks after the infarction), and 90% of the 30 early seizures appeared within 24 hours after the infarction. Seventy-three percent of the 90 seizures occurred within the first year, and only 2% occurred greater than 2 years after the infarction. Fifty-six percent of the 90 seizures were single, and status epilepticus was seen in only 8%. Early-onset seizures were more likely to be partial (57% of 30); late-onset seizures were more likely to be generalized (65% of 60). Thirty-nine percent of the 90 initial seizures recurred, and there was no significant difference in recurrence rate between early- or late-onset initial seizures. Twenty-two percent of the 90 initial seizures became multiple recurrent seizures, and we could identify a precipitating factor in 86% of the 35 recurrent seizures. The most common electroencephalographic abnormality in the 61 patients so examined was focal slowing (61%), but recurrent seizures occurred in 100% of the four patients with periodic lateralized epileptiform discharges and in 75% of the eight patients with diffuse slowing. Computed tomography in 61 patients showed that large infarctions were associated with early (p less than 0.021) and multiple (p less than 0.05) seizures. Deep infarctions on computed tomograms (cortical infarctions extending to subcortical structures) tended to cause recurrent seizures (p less than 0.057). Seizures in 88% of the 90 patients could be managed with monotherapy. SN - 0039-2499 AD - Department of Neurology, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois 60141. U2 - PMID: 3201504. DO - 10.1161/01.STR.19.12.1477 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104758551&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104758306 T1 - Family intervention after stroke: does counseling or education help? AU - Evans, R L AU - Matlock, A L AU - Bishop, D S AU - Stranahan, S AU - Pederson, C Y1 - 1988/10//1988 Oct N1 - Accession Number: 104758306. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20161126. Publication Type: journal article; research. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0235266. KW - Cerebrovascular Disorders -- Rehabilitation KW - Family KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Counseling KW - Female KW - Health Education KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Social Work SP - 1243 EP - 1249 JO - Stroke (00392499) JF - Stroke (00392499) JA - STROKE VL - 19 IS - 10 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Two interventions for improving stroke caregiver knowledge, stabilizing family function, promoting patient adjustment, and enlisting the use of social resources after stroke were compared with routine medical and nursing care of stroke patients (n = 61) at a 440-bed Veterans Administration Medical Center. The education intervention (n = 64) consisted of classroom instruction for caregivers about basic stroke care principles. The counseling condition (n = 63) consisted of education plus seven follow-up problem-solving sessions with a social worker (for the caregiver). Six months and 1 year after the stroke, both interventions significantly improved caregiver knowledge and stabilized some aspects of family function better than routine care. Counseling was consistently more effective than education alone and resulted in better patient adjustment at 1 year. Neither intervention influenced the use of social resources. SN - 0039-2499 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, WA 98108. U2 - PMID: 3176084. DO - 10.1161/01.STR.19.10.1243 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104758306&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104760102 T1 - Effects of calcium channel blockers on neurologic outcome after focal ischemia in rabbits. AU - Lyden, P D AU - Zivin, J A AU - Kochhar, A AU - Mazzarella, V Y1 - 1988/08//1988 Aug N1 - Accession Number: 104760102. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20161126. Publication Type: journal article; research. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: NS23814/NS/NINDS NIH HHS/United States. NLM UID: 0235266. KW - Cerebral Ischemia -- Drug Therapy KW - Calcium Channel Blockers -- Therapeutic Use KW - Nervous System -- Drug Effects KW - Animals KW - Cerebral Ischemia -- Physiopathology KW - Heterocyclic Compounds -- Therapeutic Use KW - Nervous System -- Physiopathology KW - Nimodipine -- Therapeutic Use KW - Rabbits SP - 1020 EP - 1026 JO - Stroke (00392499) JF - Stroke (00392499) JA - STROKE VL - 19 IS - 8 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - To determine the efficacy of calcium channel blockers in preserving neurologic function after central nervous system ischemia, we studied three such agents in two animal models. We treated rabbits after inducing ischemia in the brain with intra-arterial microspheres and in the spinal cord using a removable aortic occluding device. We found no benefit, in terms of neurologic functional outcome, from lidoflazine, nimodipine, or nicardipine. All three agents elevated regional blood flow in the spinal cord. We conclude that calcium antagonists are not likely to prove beneficial if used alone in the treatment of focal central nervous system ischemia. SN - 0039-2499 AD - Neurology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, La Jolla, California. U2 - PMID: 3400100. DO - 10.1161/01.STR.19.8.1020 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104760102&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104760027 T1 - Accumulation of intimal platelets in cerebral arteries following experimental subarachnoid hemorrhage in cats. AU - Haining, J L AU - Clower, B R AU - Honma, Y AU - Smith, R R Y1 - 1988/07//1988 Jul N1 - Accession Number: 104760027. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20161126. Publication Type: journal article; research. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0235266. KW - Blood Platelets -- Pathology KW - Cerebral Arteries -- Pathology KW - Platelet Aggregation KW - Subarachnoid Hemorrhage -- Pathology KW - Animals KW - Blood Platelets -- Metabolism KW - Cats KW - Cell Physiology KW - Cerebral Arteries -- Metabolism KW - Radioisotopes -- Metabolism KW - Subarachnoid Hemorrhage -- Metabolism SP - 898 EP - 902 JO - Stroke (00392499) JF - Stroke (00392499) JA - STROKE VL - 19 IS - 7 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - From 2 hours to 23 days following experimental subarachnoid hemorrhage, the accumulation of indium-111-labeled platelets on the intimal surface of the middle cerebral artery was studied in 23 cats. Subarachnoid hemorrhage was produced by transorbital rupture of the right middle cerebral artery. Of the 23 cats, 17 exhibited right middle cerebral artery/left middle cerebral artery radioactivity ratios of greater than 1.25. When these results were compared with those of 12 control cats, 0.001 less than p less than 0.005 (chi2 test). Thus, the results from the control and experimental groups are significantly different and indicate early (after 2 hours) preferential accumulation of intimal platelets in the ruptured right middle cerebral artery compared with the unruptured left middle cerebral artery and new platelet deposition continuing for up to 23 days. However, the experimental group did not reveal a clear pattern for platelet accumulation following subarachnoid hemorrhage. There was no simple correlation between the magnitude of the radioactivity ratios and the time after hemorrhage when the cats were killed although the ratios for 2 hours to 7 days seemed greater than those for 8 to 23 days. Assuming the pivotal role of platelets in the angiopathy of subarachnoid hemorrhage, the administration of antiplatelet agents as soon as possible following its occurrence may be of value. SN - 0039-2499 AD - Basic Science Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Jackson, Mississippi. U2 - PMID: 3388461. DO - 10.1161/01.STR.19.7.898 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104760027&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104759479 T1 - Cognition and cerebral blood flow fluctuate together in multi-infarct dementia. AU - Meyer, J S AU - Rogers, R L AU - Judd, B W AU - Mortel, K F AU - Sims, P Y1 - 1988/02//1988 Feb N1 - Accession Number: 104759479. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20161126. Publication Type: journal article; research. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0235266. KW - Cerebrovascular Circulation KW - Cognition KW - Dementia -- Physiopathology KW - Aged KW - Aged, 80 and Over KW - Alzheimer's Disease -- Physiopathology KW - Cerebral Ischemia -- Physiopathology KW - Female KW - Prospective Studies KW - Human KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Time Factors SP - 163 EP - 169 JO - Stroke (00392499) JF - Stroke (00392499) JA - STROKE VL - 19 IS - 2 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Longitudinal measurements of cognitive ability measured by serial testing using the Cognitive Capacity Screening Examination (CCSE) were correlated with cerebral blood flow (CBF) throughout (mean +/- SD) 19.9 +/- 12.6 months among 57 patients with multi-infarct dementia, 17 with dementia of the Alzheimer's type, 10 with both, and among 32 age-matched elderly normal controls. Longitudinal CCSE and CBF measurements among controls yielded stable normative values. Reduced mean CCSE scores correlated directly with CBF reductions in patients with multi-infarct dementia (p less than 0.0005) and dementia of the Alzheimer's type (p less than 0.028). Patients with multi-infarct dementia had CCSE scores with retest variability exceeding those of controls (p less than 0.001) and of patients with dementia of the Alzheimer's type (p less than 0.003). CCSE scores and CBF changed together 78.6% (p less than 0.001) of the time in patients with multi-infarct dementia compared with 66.2% of the time (p less than 0.01) in those with both, 62.9% of the time (p less than 0.05) in those with dementia of the Alzheimer's type, and 47.7% of the time (NS) in controls. Further analyses indicated that changes in CCSE scores and CBF were predominantly progressive declines in patients with dementia of the Alzheimer's type, whereas the changes were more bidirectional (both increases and decreases) in patients with multi-infarct dementia; these differences were also significant. Results support the diagnostic usefulness of the Hachinski ischemic scale and confirm that both cognition and CBF fluctuate together among patients with multi-infarct dementia, whereas patients with dementia of the Alzheimer's type exhibit a more stable course, with progressive declines in cognition and CBF. SN - 0039-2499 AD - Cerebral Blood Flow Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Houston, TX 77211. U2 - PMID: 3344529. DO - 10.1161/01.STR.19.2.163 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104759479&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104753718 T1 - Hemodilution with low-molecular-weight hydroxyethyl starch after experimental focal cerebral ischemia in rabbits. AU - Lyden, P D AU - Alving, L I AU - Zivin, J A AU - Rothrock, J F Y1 - 1988/02//1988 Feb N1 - Accession Number: 104753718. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20161126. Publication Type: journal article; research. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: 5 R01 NS 23373-02/NS/NINDS NIH HHS/United States. NLM UID: 0235266. KW - Cerebral Edema -- Etiology KW - Cerebral Ischemia -- Therapy KW - Hemodilution KW - Hydroxyethyl Starch -- Therapeutic Use KW - Glucans KW - Animals KW - Brain -- Pathology KW - Cerebral Ischemia -- Complications KW - Female KW - Rabbits KW - Specific Gravity SP - 223 EP - 227 JO - Stroke (00392499) JF - Stroke (00392499) JA - STROKE VL - 19 IS - 2 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Newly developed colloid volume-expanding agents with mean molecular weights lower than currently available agents may improve outcome after stroke with fewer allergic and coagulation system side effects. The smaller molecule, however, may exacerbate ischemic cerebral edema if it accumulates in areas where ischemia has damaged the blood-brain barrier. We administered low-molecular-weight hydroxyethyl starch to rabbits after embolic infarction and measured specific gravity and total water content. We found evidence of ischemic edema in the hemisphere ipsilateral to the embolic arterial occlusion, but the measures of edema were not different in treated and control groups. Of those rabbits suffering severe neurologic deficit, mortality was 2 of 13 in the treated compared with 7 of 12 in the control groups (p less than 0.01). Thus, hemodilution with low-molecular-weight hydroxyethyl starch did not exacerbate cerebral edema and may have improved survival in this model. SN - 0039-2499 AD - Department of Neurology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego, CA 92161. U2 - PMID: 2449746. DO - 10.1161/01.STR.19.2.223 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104753718&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104761991 T1 - Early component changes in corticomotor evoked potentials following experimental stroke. AU - Simpson Jr, R K AU - Baskin, D S AU - Simpson, R K Jr Y1 - 1987/11//1987 Nov-Dec N1 - Accession Number: 104761991. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20161126. Publication Type: journal article; research. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0235266. KW - Infarction -- Physiopathology KW - Frontal Lobe -- Physiopathology KW - Animals KW - Cats KW - Cerebral Arteries -- Physiology KW - Infarction -- Etiology KW - Immobilization KW - Electric Stimulation KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Evoked Potentials, Somatosensory KW - Male KW - Monitoring, Physiologic -- Methods KW - Reaction Time KW - Time Factors SP - 1141 EP - 1147 JO - Stroke (00392499) JF - Stroke (00392499) JA - STROKE VL - 18 IS - 6 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Corticomotor evoked potentials have recently been used in experimental animals and patients as a measure of neurologic function after stroke. However, little is known about the fundamental electrophysiologic properties contributing to the formation of these potentials. To define some of these properties, corticomotor evoked potentials were recorded from the contralateral hindlimb in response to transcortical stimulation in cats anesthetized with halothane. These potentials were obtained hourly for 6 hours after middle cerebral artery occlusion. Four major identifiable components were recorded in control responses. Immediately after infarction, all component amplitudes were significantly attenuated. However, after approximately 5 hours, the early latency components exceeded control values; late latency components were also increased. Corresponding somatosensory evoked potentials were abolished and did not return throughout the recording session. Based on classic neurophysiologic studies, the amplitude increment can be explained as combined activation of low-threshold brainstem facilitatory centers and/or direct activation of subcortical axonal pathways. With further study, corticomotor evoked potentials may be a valuable adjunct to current electrophysiologic monitoring techniques, particularly with regard to defining the extent and location of an infarct, as well as to assessing functional recovery. SN - 0039-2499 AD - Section of Neurosurgery, Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, Tex AD - Section of Neurosurgery, Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, Tex. U2 - PMID: 3686590. DO - 10.1161/01.STR.18.6.1141 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104761991&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104761981 T1 - Cerebral vasoconstrictor responses to serotonin after dietary treatment of atherosclerosis: implications for transient ischemic attacks. AU - Heistad, D D AU - Breese, K AU - Armstrong, M L Y1 - 1987/11//1987 Nov-Dec N1 - Accession Number: 104761981. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20161126. Publication Type: journal article; research. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0235266. KW - Cerebral Arteries -- Drug Effects KW - Intracranial Arteriosclerosis -- Diet Therapy KW - Cerebral Ischemia, Transient -- Prevention and Control KW - Serotonin -- Pharmacodynamics KW - Vascular Resistance -- Drug Effects KW - Animals KW - Cerebrovascular Circulation KW - Primates KW - Male KW - Vasoconstriction -- Drug Effects SP - 1068 EP - 1073 JO - Stroke (00392499) JF - Stroke (00392499) JA - STROKE VL - 18 IS - 6 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Serotonin, which is released when platelets aggregate at carotid lesions, may contribute to cerebral ischemia. Our goal was to test the hypothesis that dietary treatment of atherosclerosis reverses the augmented cerebral vasoconstrictor response to serotonin. We studied normal cynomolgus monkeys, atherosclerotic monkeys, and atherosclerotic monkeys that were fed a normal (regression) diet for 18 months. Morphometric studies indicated that the regression diet reduced intimal area in the carotid arteries by about 50-75%. Cerebral blood flow was measured with microspheres, and microvascular pressure was measured with a micropipette in pial arteries that were approximately 300 micron in diameter. Values for cerebral blood flow and arteriolar pressure were used to calculate resistance of large cerebral arteries (greater than 300 micron diameter). Infusion of serotonin produced a modest increase in the resistance of large cerebral arteries in normal monkeys. Vasoconstrictor responses to serotonin were increased more than fivefold in atherosclerotic monkeys. The major finding of the study is that dietary treatment of atherosclerosis abolishes augmented cerebral responses to serotonin. SN - 0039-2499 AD - Department of Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, Iowa. U2 - PMID: 3686579. DO - 10.1161/01.STR.18.6.1068 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104761981&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 84078390 T1 - Liver transplantation for advanced liver disease with alpha-1-antitrypsin deficiency. AU - Hood, John M. AU - Koep, Lawrence J. AU - Peters, Robert L. AU - Schröter, Gerhard P. J. AU - Weil, Richard AU - Redeker, Allan G. AU - Starzl, Thomas E. AU - Hood, J M AU - Koep, L J AU - Peters, R L AU - Schröter, G P AU - Weil, R 3rd AU - Redeker, A G AU - Starzl, T E Y1 - 1980/01/31/ N1 - Accession Number: 84078390. Language: English. Entry Date: 20161113. Revision Date: 20161202. Publication Type: journal article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: M01 RR000069/RR/NCRR NIH HHS/United States. NLM UID: 0255562. KW - Liver Transplantation KW - Liver Diseases -- Surgery KW - Alpha 1-Antitrypsin Deficiency KW - Phenotype KW - Liver Diseases -- Etiology KW - Child, Preschool KW - Allografts KW - Child KW - Adolescence KW - Female KW - Liver Cirrhosis -- Etiology KW - Adult KW - Male KW - Liver Cirrhosis -- Surgery KW - Human KW - Validation Studies KW - Comparative Studies KW - Evaluation Research KW - Multicenter Studies SP - 272 EP - 275 JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine JA - N ENGL J MED VL - 302 IS - 5 CY - Waltham, Massachusetts PB - New England Journal of Medicine SN - 0028-4793 AD - From the Department of Surgery, University of Colorado Health Sciences Center, the Veterans Administration Medical Center, Denver, Colo., and the departments of Pathology and Medicine, Rancho Los Amigos Hospital, Downey, Calif. (address reprint requests to Dr. Starzl at Box C-305, University of Colorado Health Sciences Center, 4200 East Ninth Ave., Denver, CO 80262). U2 - PMID: 6985708. DO - 10.1056/NEJM198001313020505 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=84078390&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 83987540 T1 - Lactose and milk intolerance: clinical implications. AU - Bayless, Theodore M. AU - Rothfeld, Benjamin AU - Massa, Carol AU - Wise, Ladymarie AU - Paige, David AU - Bedine, Marshall S. AU - Bayless, T M AU - Rothfeld, B AU - Massa, C AU - Wise, L AU - Paige, D AU - Bedine, M S Y1 - 1975/05/29/ N1 - Accession Number: 83987540. Language: English. Entry Date: 20161118. Revision Date: 20161125. Publication Type: journal article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. Instrumentation: Clinical Decision Making in Nursing Scale (CDMNS) (Jenkins). NLM UID: 0255562. KW - Lactose Intolerance -- Epidemiology KW - Milk -- Adverse Effects KW - Animal Studies KW - Adult KW - Whites KW - Diet KW - Eating Behavior KW - Male KW - Malabsorption Syndromes -- Etiology KW - Aged KW - Lactose Tolerance Test KW - Blacks KW - Gastrointestinal Diseases -- Etiology KW - Food Hypersensitivity -- Diagnosis KW - Middle Age KW - Ethnic Groups KW - Maryland KW - Human KW - Carbohydrates -- Adverse Effects KW - Lactose Intolerance -- Diagnosis KW - Validation Studies KW - Comparative Studies KW - Evaluation Research KW - Multicenter Studies KW - Scales SP - 1156 EP - 1159 JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine JA - N ENGL J MED VL - 292 IS - 22 CY - Waltham, Massachusetts PB - New England Journal of Medicine AB - We studied 166 hospitalized male patients to determine the clinical importance of tolerance-test-determined "lactose intolerance," assumed to affect most of the world's adults. Abnormal lactose tolerance tests were found in 81% of 98 blacks, 12% of 59 whites of Scandinavian or Northwestern European extraction, and three of nine non-European whites. Seventy-two per cent of the "lactose-intolerant" subjects had previously realized that milk drinking could induce abdominal and bowel symptoms. Two hundred and forty milliliters of low-fat milk produced gaseousness or cramps in 59% of 44 "lactose-intolerant" men, and 68% were symptomatic with the equivalent amount of lactose. None of 18 "lactose-tolerant" men noted symptoms with milk or lactose. Refusal to drink 240 ml of low-fat milk served with meals correlated significantly with "lactose-intolerance": 31.4% versus 12.9% among "lactose-tolerant" patients. "Lactose intolerance" is common in adults and is a clinically relevant problem. SN - 0028-4793 AD - From the Perry Point Veterans Administration Hospital, Perry Point, MD, the Department of Medicine, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine and Johns Hopkins University School of Hygiene and Public Health, and Johns Hopkins Hospital, Baltimore (address reprint requests to Dr. Bayless at the Gastroenterology Division, Johns Hopkins Hospital, Baltimore, MD 21205). U2 - PMID: 1173192. DO - 10.1056/NEJM197505292922205 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=83987540&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104758755 T1 - Differentiating the etiology of male erectile dysfunction using the Millon Behavioral Health Inventory and self-report measures. AU - Lantinga, L J AU - Krauss, D J AU - Clark, M M AU - Schell, R E Y1 - 1988/12// N1 - Accession Number: 104758755. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; research. Journal Subset: Biomedical; USA. NLM UID: 7502387. KW - Impotence -- Etiology KW - Psychological Tests KW - Adult KW - Aged KW - Diagnosis, Differential KW - Impotence -- Psychosocial Factors KW - Human KW - Male KW - Middle Age SP - 263 EP - 268 JO - Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy JF - Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy JA - J SEX MARITAL THER VL - 14 IS - 4 CY - Oxfordshire, PB - Routledge SN - 0092-623X AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Syracuse, NY 13210. U2 - PMID: 3225863. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104758755&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 108030594 T1 - The Effects of a Maternal Preparation Program on Mother-Infant Pairs: A Pilot Study. AU - Hamilton-Dodd, Carol AU - Kawamoto, Toni AU - Clark, Florence AU - Burke, Janice P. AU - Pin Fanchiang, Shan Y1 - 1989/08// N1 - Accession Number: 108030594. Language: English. Entry Date: 20130215. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: This study was funded in part by the United States Department of Health Services (MCH Grant No. MCJ-9048).. NLM UID: 7705978. KW - Occupational Therapy KW - Mother-Child Relations KW - Maternal Role KW - Human KW - Pilot Studies KW - Infant KW - Adult KW - Female KW - California KW - Questionnaires KW - Support, Psychosocial KW - Summated Rating Scaling KW - Cost Benefit Analysis KW - Mann-Whitney U Test KW - Wilcoxon Rank Sum Test KW - Funding Source SP - 513 EP - 551 JO - American Journal of Occupational Therapy JF - American Journal of Occupational Therapy JA - AM J OCCUP THER VL - 43 IS - 8 CY - Bethesda, Maryland PB - American Occupational Therapy Association SN - 0272-9490 AD - Occupational therapist, Stanford Hospital, Palo Alto, California AD - Staff occupational therapist, Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda Medical Center, Sepulveda, California AD - Chair and Professor, University of Southern California, Department of Occupational Therapy, 2250 Alcazar, CSA 203, Los Angeles, California 90033 AD - Assistant Professor, Department of Occupational Therapy, Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania AD - Staff occupational therapist, Glendale Adventist Medical Center, Rehabilitation Institute, Department of Occupational Therapy, Glendale, California UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=108030594&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107989309 T1 - A Needs Assessment Strategy for Educational Planning. AU - Bullard, Meryl Y1 - 1983/09// N1 - Accession Number: 107989309. Language: English. Entry Date: 20130318. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7705978. KW - Health Services Needs and Demand KW - Health Services Research KW - Occupational Therapy -- Organizations KW - Education, Occupational Therapy KW - Needs Assessment KW - Delphi Technique KW - Quality of Health Care KW - Management KW - Audit KW - Interviews SP - 624 EP - 629 JO - American Journal of Occupational Therapy JF - American Journal of Occupational Therapy JA - AM J OCCUP THER VL - 37 IS - 9 CY - Bethesda, Maryland PB - American Occupational Therapy Association SN - 0272-9490 AD - Chief, Occupational Therapy, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Knoxville, Iowa 50138 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107989309&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 108029762 T1 - Assessing the Driving Potential of Cerebral Vascular Accident Patients. AU - Quigley, Faith L. AU - DeLisa, Joel A. Y1 - 1983/07// N1 - Accession Number: 108029762. Language: English. Entry Date: 20130221. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7705978. KW - Stroke -- Rehabilitation KW - Automobile Driving KW - Patient Assessment KW - Automobile Driving -- Education KW - Automobile Driver Examination KW - Health Screening KW - Occupational Therapy Assessment KW - Neuropsychological Tests -- Utilization KW - Disability Evaluation KW - Vision Tests SP - 474 EP - 478 JO - American Journal of Occupational Therapy JF - American Journal of Occupational Therapy JA - AM J OCCUP THER VL - 37 IS - 7 CY - Bethesda, Maryland PB - American Occupational Therapy Association SN - 0272-9490 AD - University of Washington, Seattle, Washington, 98195 AD - Associate Chief, Staff/Education, Seattle Veterans Administration Medical Center; Associate Professor, Department of Rehabilitation Medicine, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=108029762&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 108029724 T1 - A Comparison of Play Behavior in Nonhospitalized and Hospitalized Children. AU - Kielhofner, Gary AU - Barris, Roann AU - Bauer, David AU - Shoestock, Barbara AU - Walker, Leslie Y1 - 1983/05// N1 - Accession Number: 108029724. Language: English. Entry Date: 20130227. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; pictorial; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Peer Reviewed; USA. Instrumentation: Preschool Play Scale [revised]. NLM UID: 7705978. KW - Play and Playthings -- In Infancy and Childhood KW - Child, Hospitalized KW - Child Behavior KW - Human KW - Child, Preschool KW - Child Health KW - Virginia KW - Comparative Studies KW - Tracheostomy -- In Infancy and Childhood KW - Home Environment KW - Health Facility Environment KW - Child Development KW - Statistical Significance KW - Quantitative Studies KW - Qualitative Studies KW - Male KW - Female KW - Descriptive Statistics KW - Videorecording KW - Scales KW - Observational Methods SP - 305 EP - 314 JO - American Journal of Occupational Therapy JF - American Journal of Occupational Therapy JA - AM J OCCUP THER VL - 37 IS - 5 CY - Bethesda, Maryland PB - American Occupational Therapy Association SN - 0272-9490 AD - Assistant Professor and Director of Graduate Studies, Department of Occupational Therapy, Virginia Commonwealth University, MCV Station, Box 8, Richmond, Virginia 23298 AD - Assistant Professor, Department of Occupational Therapy, Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond, Virginia 23298 AD - Professor, Department of Mathematical Sciences, Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond, Virginia 23298 AD - Staff Therapist, Children's Medical Center, Virginia Commonwealth University, Medical College of Virginia, Richmond, Virginia 23298 AD - Staff Therapist, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Hampton, Virginia UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=108029724&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 108029722 T1 - Performance of Schizophrenic Patients on a Motor-Free Visual Perception Test. AU - Eimon, Marilyn C. AU - Eimon, Perry L. AU - Cermak, Sharon A. Y1 - 1983/05// N1 - Accession Number: 108029722. Language: English. Entry Date: 20130227. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; research; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Peer Reviewed; USA. Instrumentation: Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS); Hollingshead Four Factor Index of Social Status; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI); Motor-Free Visual Perception Test (MVPT); Shipley-Hartford Conceptual Quotient. NLM UID: 7705978. KW - Schizophrenia KW - Visual Perception -- Evaluation KW - Clinical Assessment Tools KW - Perceptual Disorders -- Diagnosis KW - Human KW - Massachusetts KW - Scales KW - Adult KW - Middle Age KW - Statistical Significance KW - Male KW - Descriptive Statistics KW - Comparative Studies KW - MMPI KW - Personality Tests KW - Intelligence Tests KW - Schizophrenia -- Drug Therapy KW - Record Review KW - Multiple Regression KW - T-Tests SP - 327 EP - 332 JO - American Journal of Occupational Therapy JF - American Journal of Occupational Therapy JA - AM J OCCUP THER VL - 37 IS - 5 CY - Bethesda, Maryland PB - American Occupational Therapy Association SN - 0272-9490 AD - Occupational therapist, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brockton, Massachusetts AD - Neuropsychologist, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brockton, Massachusetts; Instructor, Harvard Medical School, Cambridge, Massachusetts AD - Associate Professor, School of Occupational Therapy, Sargent College, Boston, Massachusetts UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=108029722&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ham, John Paul T1 - Handbook on Mental Health Administration (Book). JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1984/03//Mar/Apr84 VL - 29 IS - 2 M3 - Book Review SP - 195 EP - 195 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - Reviews the book "Handbook on Mental Health Administration," edited by Michael J. Austin and William E. Hershey. KW - MENTAL health KW - NONFICTION KW - AUSTIN, Michael J. KW - HERSHEY, William E. KW - HANDBOOK on Mental Health Administration (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 5273932; Ham, John Paul 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration West Side Medical Center Chicago, Illinois.; Source Info: Mar/Apr84, Vol. 29 Issue 2, p195; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: NONFICTION; Reviews & Products: HANDBOOK on Mental Health Administration (Book); NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); People: AUSTIN, Michael J.; People: HERSHEY, William E.; Number of Pages: 1/4p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5273932&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Goldstein, Eda AU - Murdach, Allison D. T1 - Reviews in Brief: Level of Schizophrenia/ Study Guide for ACSW Certification (Book). JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1982/05// VL - 27 IS - 3 M3 - Book Review SP - 286 EP - 286 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - Reviews two books on social service. "Levels of Schizophrenia," by Albert E. Scheflen; "A Study Guide for ACSW Certification," by Ruth R. Middleman. KW - NONFICTION KW - SCHEFLEN, Albert E. KW - MIDDLEMAN, Ruth R. KW - LEVELS of Schizophrenia (Book) KW - STUDY Guide for ACSW Certification, A (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 5273090; Goldstein, Eda 1 Murdach, Allison D. 2; Affiliation: 1: School of Social Work, New York University. 2: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, California.; Source Info: May82, Vol. 27 Issue 3, p286; Subject Term: NONFICTION; Reviews & Products: LEVELS of Schizophrenia (Book); Reviews & Products: STUDY Guide for ACSW Certification, A (Book); People: SCHEFLEN, Albert E.; People: MIDDLEMAN, Ruth R.; Number of Pages: 1/3p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5273090&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cline, Phyllis L. T1 - The Bethlehem Diaries: Student-Mental Patient Encounters (Book). JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1975/07// VL - 20 IS - 4 M3 - Book Review SP - 334 EP - 334 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - Reviews the book "The Bethlehem Diaries: Student-Mental Patient Encounters," by Stuart Golann, Jay M. Pomerantz and Jeffrey Baker. KW - PATIENTS KW - NONFICTION KW - GOLANN, Stuart KW - POMERANTZ, Jay M. KW - BAKER, Jeffrey KW - BETHLEHEM Diaries, The (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 5267291; Cline, Phyllis L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Danville, Illinois; Source Info: Jul75, Vol. 20 Issue 4, p334; Subject Term: PATIENTS; Subject Term: NONFICTION; Reviews & Products: BETHLEHEM Diaries, The (Book); People: GOLANN, Stuart; People: POMERANTZ, Jay M.; People: BAKER, Jeffrey; Number of Pages: 1/2p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=5267291&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - GEN AU - Stimson, D H AU - Charles, G AU - Heineken, P A T1 - Use of an information system to evaluate a health care screening program JO - Use of an information system to evaluate a health care screening program JF - Use of an information system to evaluate a health care screening program Y1 - 1981/// M3 - Book AB - A primary care group practice has undertaken a formal evaluation of a health care screening program designed for a population of predominantly older, chronically ill veterans. A computer-based information system in use in the group practice will provide most of the information needed for the evaluation. Described in detail are the development of the information system and the modifications of it required to make it useful for evaluation of the screening program. Book Published by IEEE, 1981 N1 - Accession Number: ISTA1800431; Stimson, D H 1; Charles, G; Heineken, P A; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration; Source Info: 1981; Note: Update Code: 1800; Document Type: Book UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lih&AN=ISTA1800431&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lih ER - TY - GEN AU - Distaso, M J T1 - Research accounts payable control system JO - Research accounts payable control system JF - Research accounts payable control system Y1 - 1981/// M3 - Book AB - Describes an accounts payable control system developed within the framework of the file manager and written entirely in mumps. This system is unique in that it is not medically oriented, although it operates within a medical environment. N1 - Accession Number: ISTA1703836; Distaso, M J 1; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration Medical District Office, San Francisco, Ca; Source Info: 1981; Note: Update Code: 1700; Document Type: Book UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lih&AN=ISTA1703836&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lih ER - TY - GEN AU - Johnson, M E T1 - Overview of the file manager JO - Overview of the file manager JF - Overview of the file manager Y1 - 1981/// M3 - Book AB - The va file manager is a field developed application programming tool, written in the standard mumps programming language, that was designed to assist an extensive field-conducted va health care and medical administrative automation effort. The file manager increases the speed at which computer specialists can develop computer programs in the already facile mumps language and enables nonprogrammers to develop substantive applications without even learning a programming language N1 - Accession Number: ISTA1703402; Johnson, M E 1; Affiliations: 1 : Systems Dev. Group, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, Dc; Source Info: 1981; Note: Update Code: 1700; Document Type: Book UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lih&AN=ISTA1703402&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lih ER - TY - GEN AU - Quaal, S J T1 - Nursing involvement in the selection of an automated patient data management system JO - Nursing involvement in the selection of an automated patient data management system JF - Nursing involvement in the selection of an automated patient data management system Y1 - 1981/// M3 - Book AB - Nursing involvement in programming for and selection of an automated patient data management system (pdms) is essential to successful utilization of the system. A clinical specialist presents a list of suggested criteria to examine when evaluating a pdms and reports on her evaluation of the mennen medical and hewlett-packard pdms. Book Published by IEEE, 1981 N1 - Accession Number: ISTA1800700; Quaal, S J 1; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration Medical Center, Salt Lake City, Ut; Source Info: 1981; Note: Update Code: 1800; Document Type: Book UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lih&AN=ISTA1800700&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lih ER - TY - GEN AU - Bush, I E T1 - New methods of developing large medical information systems JO - New methods of developing large medical information systems JF - New methods of developing large medical information systems Y1 - 1981/// M3 - Book AB - Discusses how large medical systems are similar to other large 'operations management systems' differing only in degree from other large sets of more or less integrated 'applications packages'. But the overall difficulty is probably much greater because of the combinatorial effect of software problems and their further compounding with the much greater variety of users of large medical systems. N1 - Accession Number: ISTA1701400; Bush, I E 1; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration Center, White River Junction, Vt; Source Info: 1981; Note: Update Code: 1700; Document Type: Book UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lih&AN=ISTA1701400&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lih ER - TY - GEN AU - Dayhoff, R E AU - Chan Park AU - Dudley, A W AU - Ledley, R S T1 - A new instrument for computerized surgical pathology JO - A new instrument for computerized surgical pathology JF - A new instrument for computerized surgical pathology Y1 - 1981/// M3 - Book AB - A newly developed computerized surgical pathology system has been applied to the diagnosis of atrophic muscle diseases. The system consists of a special purpose whole-picture digital image analysis computer, a computer-controlled light microscope incorporating a novel continuous automatic focusing scheme, a high resolution television camera, and four associated television monitors, all under the control of a general purpose digital computer. The image is scanned through the microscope by the television camera for input to the picture-processing computer. Programs to recognize muscle cells and measure their sizes have been written using a general picture processing language. These programs become building blocks in the development of other surgical pathology applications. N1 - Accession Number: ISTA1800348; Dayhoff, R E 1; Chan Park; Dudley, A W; Ledley, R S; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, Dc; Source Info: 1981; Note: Update Code: 1800; Document Type: Book UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lih&AN=ISTA1800348&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lih ER - TY - GEN AU - Puglisi, R C T1 - National drug code: time for change JO - Hospital Formulary 10, 579-581 (1975 December) JF - Hospital Formulary 10, 579-581 (1975 December) Y1 - 1975/// M3 - Book Chapter AB - A brief critique of the national drug code states that it does not achieve its goal of fast, uncomplicated, positive product identification. N1 - Accession Number: ISTA1202452; Puglisi, R C 1; Affiliations: 1 : Pharmacy Services Division, Veterans Administration, Washington; Source Info: 1975; Note: Update Code: 1200; Document Type: Book Chapter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lih&AN=ISTA1202452&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lih ER - TY - GEN AU - Timson, G F T1 - Month-at-a-glance ambulatory scheduling system JO - Month-at-a-glance ambulatory scheduling system JF - Month-at-a-glance ambulatory scheduling system Y1 - 1981/// M3 - Book AB - By using a general-purpose database system, and incorporating an easily understood technique for available-appointment display, a scheduling application has been designed and implemented at two veterans administration medical centers in a short period of time. After very briefly describing the database system itself, the author discusses the usefulness of such a system in building an applications module, and in particular an appointment-scheduling module. The distinctive 'month-at-a-glance' appointment-making logic is described, and some evaluative data presented N1 - Accession Number: ISTA1703878; Timson, G F 1; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration Medical District Office, San Francisco, Ca; Source Info: 1981; Note: Update Code: 1700; Document Type: Book UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lih&AN=ISTA1703878&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lih ER - TY - GEN AU - Stead, E A T1 - Let simulation replace trial and error in the clinical education of the md JO - Let simulation replace trial and error in the clinical education of the md JF - Let simulation replace trial and error in the clinical education of the md Y1 - 1981/// M3 - Book AB - Discusses how years ago one considered the use of simulation methodology as a means of improving clinical teaching. One was aware of the use of simulators for training airplane pilots. simulation was adopted for pilots because the cost of the simulators was less than the cost of wrecked planes. Yesterday the cost of medical training borne by patient care dollars was less than simulation. Today the situation has changed. simulators would be less costly than the present system of leaving order blanks in the hands of embryo doctors. N1 - Accession Number: ISTA1704301; Stead, E A 1; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration, Duke Univ., Durham, Nc, Jr.; Source Info: 1981; Note: Update Code: 1700; Document Type: Book UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lih&AN=ISTA1704301&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lih ER - TY - GEN AU - Rostami, H R T1 - Interactive data processing in clinical research JO - Interactive data processing in clinical research JF - Interactive data processing in clinical research Y1 - 1981/// M3 - Book AB - Multivariate clinical research data gathered longitudinally and extensively poses many data analytic and processing problems. The authors show how unique interactive networks, using the command procedures, available with ordinary commercial time-sharing processors such as tso, can be developed to link a variety of data types, special purpose programs, proprietary packages, outlist files, partitioned data files, control files, index files, and tutorial information libraries. The procedures are modular and easily modified to include special needs. Because of their commercial utilizations, such modular networks have great generality, are relatively inexpensive, and are readily exportable. Book Published by IEEE, 1981 N1 - Accession Number: ISTA1800412; Rostami, H R 1; Affiliations: 1 : Predictive/evaluative Res. Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, Ca; Source Info: 1981; Note: Update Code: 1800; Document Type: Book UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lih&AN=ISTA1800412&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lih ER - TY - GEN AU - Axline, S G AU - Rhame, F S T1 - Infectious disease information system(idis) JO - Infectious disease information system(idis) JF - Infectious disease information system(idis) Y1 - 1978/03// M3 - Book AB - The infectious disease information system is designed to allow the coding and storage of virtually all information pertaining to a particular infection in a patient. These data for community acquired and hospital acquired infections are obtained and recorded by infection control coordinators. Idis produces a monthly update of antimicrobial susceptibilities for pathegens causing disease during the prior four months N1 - Accession Number: ISTA1803597; Axline, S G 1; Rhame, F S; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, Ca; Source Info: Mar. 1978; Note: Update Code: 1800; Number of Pages: 228p; Document Type: Book UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lih&AN=ISTA1803597&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lih ER - TY - GEN AU - Grover, P AU - Revicki, D T1 - Directory of health services researchers (for Veterans Administration) JO - Report No: PB86-244571 JF - Report No: PB86-244571 Y1 - 1986/03// M3 - Book Chapter AB - The document compiles and indexes information on 391 VA health services researchers. The directory contains information on the researcher's VA position, university appointment, education and research interests. Entries are arranged alphabetically and indexed by education, primary research area, and location. It is intended to serve as a resource for VA managers, medical center directors, and health services researchers KW - DIRECTORIES KW - Healthcare KW - Professionals KW - Research N1 - Accession Number: ISTA2104826; Grover, P 1; Revicki, D; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration Medical Center, Perry Point, MD; Source Info: Mar 1986; Note: Update Code: 2100; Subject Term: DIRECTORIES; Author-Supplied Keyword: Healthcare; Author-Supplied Keyword: Professionals; Author-Supplied Keyword: Research; Number of Pages: 125p; Document Type: Book Chapter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lih&AN=ISTA2104826&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lih ER - TY - GEN AU - Lushene, R E T1 - Development of a psychological assessment system JO - Development of a psychological assessment system JF - Development of a psychological assessment system Y1 - 1981/// M3 - Book AB - The development and validation of a psychological assessment system is described. The system currently has the capability to administer, score, and in many cases interpret, 62 different psychological tests. In addition, the system collects patient information by automated interviews in 18 areas of relevance. The system also has the capability of assisting the development of psychiatric diagnoses utilizing the new dsm iii diagnostic criteria. The present system, programmed in ans mumps, has been used to administer over 8000 psychological tests and has received excellent acceptance in the institutions where it has been installed. Book Published by IEEE, 1981 N1 - Accession Number: ISTA1800447; Lushene, R E 1; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration, St. Petersburg, Fl.; Source Info: 1981; Note: Update Code: 1800; Document Type: Book UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lih&AN=ISTA1800447&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lih ER - TY - GEN AU - Bancroft, W H AU - Forrester, C.w. AU - Kittel, J.f. AU - Swatzell, R.h. AU - Williams, M.p. T1 - Development of a flexible formulary for a veterans administration hospital JO - Hospital Formulary Management 13, 46-48 (1978 January). 1 Ref JF - Hospital Formulary Management 13, 46-48 (1978 January). 1 Ref Y1 - 1978/// M3 - Book Chapter AB - The development of a computerized va hospital formulary using the ahfs therapeutic category classification system is reported. N1 - Accession Number: ISTA1304067; Bancroft, W H 1; Forrester, C.w. 1; Kittel, J.f.; Swatzell, R.h.; Williams, M.p.; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans' Administration Hospital, And University Of Alabama, School Of Medicine, Birmingham, Alabama; Source Info: 1978; Note: Update Code: 1300; Document Type: Book Chapter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lih&AN=ISTA1304067&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lih ER - TY - GEN AU - Leahey, C F T1 - A computer system for processing tumor registry data JO - A computer system for processing tumor registry data JF - A computer system for processing tumor registry data Y1 - 1981/// M3 - Book N1 - Accession Number: ISTA1703858; Leahey, C F 1; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, Dc; Source Info: 1981; Note: Update Code: 1700; Document Type: Book UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lih&AN=ISTA1703858&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lih ER - TY - GEN AU - Dickie, K J T1 - Clinical support applications development JO - Clinical support applications development JF - Clinical support applications development Y1 - 1981/// M3 - Book AB - Discusses how the techniques for generating automated clinical applications by unsophisticated users are rapidly improving. With this development of automated application generation technology, an end to a decade of skyrocketing software costs will result. The stepping stones for system generation by cooperative interaction between users and application software professionals are now in place. This is perhaps the most important current data processing development in medicine. Book Published by IEEE, 1981 N1 - Accession Number: ISTA1800349; Dickie, K J 1; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, Dc; Source Info: 1981; Note: Update Code: 1800; Document Type: Book UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lih&AN=ISTA1800349&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lih ER - TY - GEN AU - Chang, M Y AU - Galipo, F A AU - Hood, M T1 - Automated pharmacy patient medication profiling system JO - Automated pharmacy patient medication profiling system JF - Automated pharmacy patient medication profiling system Y1 - 1981/// M3 - Book AB - The systems development group and the pharmacy service of the washington, dc, vamc are involved in automating the administrative and clinical data requirements of a satellite out-patient pharmacy. This automated system provides the following capabilities: 1. Automated formulary update, retrieval and maintenance; 2. Formulary inventory control; 3. Patient medication profiling; 4. Patient identification for recall; 5. Management reporting. This implementation approach provides the pharmacy with an on-line interactive capability. The pharmacist interacts with the system via crt terminal at his work station. The system has been in operation since october 1980 and has become an integral part of the daily satellite pharmacy operation. N1 - Accession Number: ISTA1800342; Chang, M Y 1; Galipo, F A; Hood, M; Affiliations: 1 : Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, Dc; Source Info: 1981; Note: Update Code: 1800; Document Type: Book UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lih&AN=ISTA1800342&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lih ER - TY - GEN AU - Ginsburg, R E AU - Roy, G R AU - Tatarczuk, J R T1 - An anatomic pathology system using the file manager JO - An anatomic pathology system using the file manager JF - An anatomic pathology system using the file manager Y1 - 1981/// M3 - Book AB - An anatomic pathology system incorporating patient data from surgical pathology, cytopathology and autopsy pathology is presented. The system includes four interconnected files created with the aid of the file manager. One file, containing patient demographic data, can be used as a connecting node to other patient databases. Five mumps routines, using file manager functions, allow system users unfamiliar with computers and computer programming to easily enter, edit and retrieve patient information. Retrieved information is in a format to reconstruct, when possible, a patient's medical history from the pathology database and to correlate surgical pathology, cytopathology and autopsy pathology data. Book Published by IEEE, 1981 N1 - Accession Number: ISTA1800361; Ginsburg, R E 1; Roy, G R; Tatarczuk, J R; Affiliations: 1 : Lab. Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albany, Ny; Source Info: 1981; Note: Update Code: 1800; Document Type: Book UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lih&AN=ISTA1800361&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Poulin, Roger J. T1 - A PUNCHED CARD SHELF LIST FOR DISCARDING BOOKS. JO - American Documentation JF - American Documentation Y1 - 1956/07// VL - 7 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 229 EP - 230 SN - 0096946X AB - Discusses the use of a punched card shelf list for discarding books in the library. Overview of a scenario involving the use of a punched card shelf list in a small popular library; Advantages of a punched card shelf list for the small popular library or small branch library. KW - PUNCHED card systems KW - DISCARDING of books, periodicals, etc. KW - SMALL libraries KW - CLASSIFICATION of books KW - SHELFLISTING N1 - Accession Number: 16779872; Poulin, Roger J. 1; Affiliations: 1: Librarian, Veterans' Administration Hospital Library, Rutland Heights, Massachusetts; Issue Info: Jul1956, Vol. 7 Issue 3, p229; Thesaurus Term: PUNCHED card systems; Subject Term: DISCARDING of books, periodicals, etc.; Subject Term: SMALL libraries; Subject Term: CLASSIFICATION of books; Subject Term: SHELFLISTING; NAICS/Industry Codes: 519120 Libraries and Archives; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=16779872&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Antiarrhythmic Uncoupling. AU - Zipes, Douglas P. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 11 IS - 2 SP - 127 EP - 129 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17471618; Author: Zipes, Douglas P.: 1,2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Krannert Institute of Cardiology, Department of Medicine, Indiana University School of Medicine: 2 Roudebush Veterans Administration Medical Center, Indianapolis, Indiana; No. of Pages: 3; Language: English; Publication Type: Editorial; Update Code: 20050630 N2 - Discusses the mechanism by which antiarrhythmic drugs suppress cardiac arrhythmias. Electrophysiologic effects of the drugs; Effect of the drugs on ionic currents in the sarcolemmal membrane; Concept on how drugs suppress arrhythmias. KW - *MYOCARDIAL depressants KW - *CARDIOVASCULAR agents KW - *ARRHYTHMIA KW - *HEART diseases KW - *ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY KW - *CARDIOLOGY UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17471618&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Augmentation of Cardiac Output by External Cardiac Pacing: Pacemaker-Induced CPR. AU - Murdock, David K. AU - Moran, John F. AU - Speranza, David AU - Loeb, Henry S. AU - Scanlon, Patrick J. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1986/01// VL - 9 IS - 1P1 SP - 127 EP - 129 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17567520; Author: Murdock, David K.: 1 Author: Moran, John F.: 1 Author: Speranza, David: 1 Author: Loeb, Henry S.: 1 Author: Scanlon, Patrick J.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Section of Cardiology, Loyola University Medical Center, Maywood, Illinois, and Hines Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois; No. of Pages: 3; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050716 N2 - Transthoracic cardiac pacing is frequently associated with simultaneous stimulation of skeletal muscle and nerves. We describe a patient in cardiogenic shock and complete heart block in whom the associated vigorous abdominal and chest muscle contractions caused by transthoracic cardiac pacing resulted in a marked augmentation of cardiac output and systemic blood pressure via a "CPR" effect. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CARDIAC output KW - *CARDIAC pacing KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *CPR (First aid) KW - *CARDIAC resuscitation KW - *HEART block KW - CARDIOGENIC shock KW - cardiopulmonary resuscitation KW - external pacemaker KW - pacemaker UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17567520&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Transtelephonic Monitoring of a Tachycardia-terminating Pacemaker. AU - Lyons, Chalmers AU - Schroeder, Paul AU - Shankar, K. AU - Brodine, W. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1984/01// VL - 7 IS - 1 SP - 34 EP - 36 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17115701; Author: Lyons, Chalmers: 1 Author: Schroeder, Paul: 1 Author: Shankar, K.: 1 Author: Brodine, W.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albany, New York; No. of Pages: 3; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050527 N2 - A 66-year-old female with recurrent supraventricular tachycardia which worsened progressively was treated with an implanted tachycardia-terminating pacemaker after treatment with antiarrhythmic drug therapy had failed. The pacemaker had the capacity to detect and respond to tachyarrhythmias. Reliable sensing and termination of the patients tachycardia was accomplished in over 100 inductions of the tachyarrhythmia. Use of this tachycardia-terminating pacer has given us several new insights that may be important in the care and follow-up of all pacemaker patients. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *TACHYCARDIA KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *IMPLANTED cardiovascular instruments KW - *DRUG therapy KW - TACHYARRHYTHMIAS KW - tachyarrhythmias KW - tachycardia-terminating pacemaker UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17115701&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Atrial Premature Beats with Variable Return Cycle Lengths--A Clue to Sinus Node Re-entry? AU - Squire, Anthony AU - Stern, Eric H. AU - Schweitzer, Paul JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1983/05/15/ VL - 6 IS - 3P2 SP - 798 EP - 800 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17126675; Author: Squire, Anthony: 1 Author: Stern, Eric H.: 1 Author: Schweitzer, Paul: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Division of Cardiology, Department of Medicine, Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center and Department of Medicine, Mount Sinai School of Medicine, New York, New York; No. of Pages: 3; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050526 N2 - A patient with atrial premature beats (APBs) with variable return cycle lengths is reported. Two rare responses of the sinus node were observed; APBs in which the return and sinus cycle lengths were equal and APBs which were interpolated. Several possible mechanisms for these unusual effects of APBs on the sinus node are discussed. One mechanism which can explain both of these observations is sinus node re-entry. This possibility is indirectly supported by documentation of sinus node re-entry during electrophysiologic studies. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *EXTRASYSTOLE KW - *ARRHYTHMIA KW - *ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY KW - SINOATRIAL node KW - INVASIVE electrophysiologic testing KW - APBs KW - interpolated APBs KW - sinus node re-entry KW - sinus node responses UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17126675&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Pacemaker Spike Alternans: An Artifact of Digital Signal Processing. AU - Engler, Robert L. AU - Goldberger, Ary L. AU - Bhargava, Valmik AU - Kapelusznik, David JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1982/09// VL - 5 IS - 5 SP - 748 EP - 750 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17440142; Author: Engler, Robert L.: 1,2 Author: Goldberger, Ary L.: 1,2 Author: Bhargava, Valmik: 1,2 Author: Kapelusznik, David: 1,2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Research Service and Cardiology Division, San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Center: 2 University of California, San Diego, California; No. of Pages: 3; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050628 N2 - Marked variability in the amplitude or polarity of pacemaker artifacts may be a clue to generator malfunction or partial electrode fracture. We report a case where ‘pacemaker spike alternans’ occurred factitiously as a result of a digital ‘roll-over’ effect. The widespread introduction of digital electrocardiographs into clinical practice makes recognition of such artifacts important. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *ARTIFICIAL implants KW - *IMPLANTED cardiovascular instruments KW - *ELECTRONICS in cardiology KW - SIGNAL processing -- Digital techniques KW - PULSE generators KW - SYSTEM failures (Engineering) KW - MEDICAL equipment KW - pacemaker artifacts KW - pacemaker spike alternans UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17440142&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Technique of Insertion of Transvenous Atrial Pacing Leads -- The Value of Lateral Fluoroscopy. AU - Thurer, Richard J. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1981/09// VL - 4 IS - 5 SP - 525 EP - 527 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17573227; Author: Thurer, Richard J.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Division of Thoracic and Cardiovascular Surgery, University of Miami School of Medicine, Jackson Memorial and Veterans Administration Hospitals, Miami, Florida; No. of Pages: 3; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050712 N2 - Technique of insertion of transvenous atrial pacing leads — the value of lateral fluoroscopy. The value of positioning the atrial lead while viewing the patient in the lateral position is pointed out. Satisfactory lead position is rapidly achieved with this technique. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CARDIAC pacing KW - *ARRHYTHMIA -- Treatment KW - *ELECTRIC stimulation KW - *FLUOROSCOPY KW - *CARDIOLOGY KW - MEDICAL equipment KW - atrial leads KW - atrial pacing KW - implant techniques UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17573227&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - AU - Pillay, V K TI - Some side-effects of alpha-methyldopa JO - S A M J South African Medical Journal PY - 1976/01/01/ VL - 50 IS - 16 SP - 625 EP - 626 SN - 02569574 N1 - Note: Record Source: This record is provided from the MEDLINE database of the National Library of Medicine (NLM), United States. The index terms may have been modified to conform with terminology used throughout the database; CAS Registry Number: 26NAK24LS8; 56LH93261Y; 9Y8NXQ24VQ; Q0MQD1073Q. Database Contributor: MEDLINE. Database Contributor ID: 1224274. Database Subset: AFRICAN HEALTHLINE. Language: English. Accession Number: 1224274. Author Affiliation: Veterans Administration West Side Hospital and Abraham Lincoln School of Medicine, University of Illinois, Chicago, Illinois USA 1; AB - MEDLINE Abstract: Three different regimens of drug treatment for hypertension were compared with regard to the development of undesirable side-effects in a group of 53 patients attending a hypertension clinic. The combination of alpha-methyldopa and chlorthalidone produced the highest incidence of side-effects. Weakness and impotence were most frequently encountered. In contrast, the combination of chlorthalidone, hydralazine and propranolol, and chlorthalidone alone, produced fewer side-effects. It is recommended that alpha-methyldopa should not be a first choice in the treatment of hypertension UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=awn&AN=1224274&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - awn ER - AU - Genta, R M TI - Predictive value of an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay [ELISA] for the serodiagnosis of strongyloidiasis JO - American Journal of Clinical Pathology PY - 1988/01/01/ VL - 89 IS - 3 SP - 391 EP - 394 SN - 00029173 N1 - Note: Record Source: This record is provided from the MEDLINE database of the National Library of Medicine (NLM), United States. The index terms may have been modified to conform with terminology used throughout the database. Database Contributor: MEDLINE. Database Contributor ID: 3348175. Database Subset: AFRICAN HEALTHLINE. Language: English. Accession Number: 3348175. Author Affiliation: Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine, Cincinnati Veterans Administration Medical Center, Ohio 45220 1; AB - MEDLINE Abstract: Strongyloides stercoralis is an opportunistic parasite of increasing importance in immunocompromised hosts. Current parasitologic methods for diagnosis are unsatisfactory, and the serologic screening of candidates for immunosuppression and other individuals at risk might prevent fatal disseminated infections. The predictive value of an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) using S. stercoralis antigens has been evaluated on 268 infected patients, 571 noninfected controls, and 78 individuals with other parasitic infections. A positive test was accurate in predicting the presence of S. stercoralis in 97% of the cases, while a negative test was associated with absence of infection in 95% of the patients. Possible cross-reactivity occurred in some patients with Loa loa filariasis and Ascaris lumbricoides. The authors conclude that the ELISA is a reliable and cost-effective method for the screening of patients at risk, and its results can be used to determine the appropriateness of more in-depth parasitologic evaluation UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=awn&AN=3348175&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - awn ER - AU - Relkin, R TI - Pineal response in the cichlid fish Oreochromis mossambicus to extreme osmolality, pH, and temperature JO - Journal of Pineal Research PY - 1989/01/01/ VL - 7 IS - 1 SP - 37 EP - 43 SN - 07423098 N1 - Note: Record Source: This record is provided from the MEDLINE database of the National Library of Medicine (NLM), United States. The index terms may have been modified to conform with terminology used throughout the database; CAS Registry Number: JL5DK93RCL. Database Contributor: MEDLINE. Database Contributor ID: 2724054. Database Subset: AFRICAN HEALTHLINE. Language: English. Accession Number: 2724054. Author Affiliation: Endocrine Section, Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bay Pines, Florida 33504 1; AB - MEDLINE Abstract: Unusually large pineal glands have been observed in Oreochromis alcalicus grahami of Lake Magadi, Kenya. To test the hypothesis that this phenomenon could result from the extremes of osmolality, pH, and temperature found in the lake, Oreochromis mossambicus males were exposed to either high osmolality (564 mOsm/L), high pH (10.08), or high temperature (40 C); control groups were exposed to 7 mOsm/L at a pH of 7.89 and a temperature of 26 C. After 21 days in the adverse environments, fish in all the experimental groups had significantly higher pineal weights and serum melatonin levels than the control fish. It is concluded that pineal activity increases in response to these environmental stresses, as it has been shown to increase with certain other types of stress UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=awn&AN=2724054&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - awn ER - AU - Genta, R M TI - Global prevalence of strongyloidiasis: critical review with epidemiologic insights into the prevention of disseminated disease JO - Reviews of Infectious Diseases PY - 1989/01/01/ VL - 11 IS - 5 SP - 755 EP - 767 SN - 01620886 N1 - Note: Record Source: This record is provided from the MEDLINE database of the National Library of Medicine (NLM), United States. The index terms may have been modified to conform with terminology used throughout the database. Database Contributor: MEDLINE. Database Contributor ID: 2682948. Database Subset: AFRICAN HEALTHLINE. Language: English. Accession Number: 2682948. Author Affiliation: Department of Pathology, Veterans Administration Hospital, Cincinnati, Ohio 1; AB - MEDLINE Abstract: Opportunistic disseminated strongyloidiasis is an important cause of morbidity and mortality in immunocompromised patients. However, the worldwide prevalence of Strongyloides stercoralis is difficult to determine because adequate data are lacking. In this paper more than 100 epidemiologic studies reporting on the prevalence of S. stercoralis among various populations on five continents are critically reviewed. Analysis of this information indicates that the following groups of people may be at risk: residents of an emigrants from any developing country and southern, eastern, and central Europe; travelers and veterans returning from endemic areas; natives and residents of the Appalachian region in the United States and local endemic areas in other countries; and institutionalized persons. Because disseminated infections may be prevented by early treatment of asymptomatic chronic infections, screening programs are recommended to detect latent S. stercoralis infection before the initiation of chemotherapy or immunosuppression in patients at risk. Serologic tests are sensitive and specific but are not yet widely available. Thus strong suspicion based on clinical and epidemiologic clues in conjunction with repeated stool examinations remains the best way to rule out S. stercoralis infection in these groups UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=awn&AN=2682948&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - awn ER - AU - Hedgecock, L W TI - Dietary influence on innate and acquired resistance to tuberculosis JO - Journal of Bacteriology PY - 1966/01/01/ VL - 92 IS - 2 SP - 439 EP - 445 SN - 00219193 N1 - Note: Record Source: This record is provided from the MEDLINE database of the National Library of Medicine (NLM), United States. The index terms may have been modified to conform with terminology used throughout the database. Database Contributor: MEDLINE. Database Contributor ID: 16562133. Database Subset: AFRICAN HEALTHLINE. Language: English. Accession Number: 16562133. Author Affiliation: Microbiological Research Laboratories, Veterans Administration Hospital (Jefferson Barracks), and Department of Microbiology, St. Louis University School of Medicine, St. Louis, Missouri 1; AB - MEDLINE Abstract: Hedgecock, Loyd W. (Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Louis, Mo.). Dietary influence on innate and acquired resistance to tuberculosis. J. Bacteriol. 92:439-445. 1966.-The pattern of deaths of CF1 mice maintained both on a defined ration and on commercial chow, and infected with the H37Rv strain of Mycobacterium tuberculosis was compared with that of animals infected with four wild strains of tubercle bacilli as well as with the Vallée and Ravenel strains of M. bovis. All infected animals fed the defined ration died at a slower rate than those fed chow. The dietary effects were most evident in the groups of mice infected with the human strains of M. tuberculosis at reduced dose levels. Under these conditions, a decrease in rate of death occurred in the infected mice fed the defined ration at approximately 3 weeks after infection. Deaths in the animals infected with the bovine strains and fed the defined ration were distributed normally. Interval counts of the number of tubercle bacilli in the lungs of mice infected with a reduced dose of the H37Rv strain of M. tuberculosis showed that in vivo growth of the organisms was inhibited at 2 weeks in the animals fed the defined ration and at 3 weeks in those fed chow. Nonviable vaccines prepared from the H37Rv human strain and from the Ravenel and Vallée strains of M. bovis were ineffective against infection with the bovine strains. All vaccines were effective against infection with the H37Rv strain of M. tuberculosis UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=awn&AN=16562133&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - awn ER - AU - Tenover, F C TI - Diagnostic deoxyribonucleic acid probes for infectious diseases JO - Clinical Microbiology Reviews PY - 1988/01/01/ VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 82 EP - 101 SN - 08938512 N1 - Note: Record Source: This record is provided from the MEDLINE database of the National Library of Medicine (NLM), United States. The index terms may have been modified to conform with terminology used throughout the database; CAS Registry Number: 0. Database Contributor: MEDLINE. Database Contributor ID: 3060247. Database Subset: AFRICAN HEALTHLINE. Language: English. Accession Number: 3060247. Author Affiliation: Laboratory Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, Washington 98108 1; AB - MEDLINE Abstract: Virtually all microorganisms contain some unique nucleotide sequences which can be the target of deoxyribonucleic acid probes. Probes have been used successfully to identify a wide variety of pathogens from the simple ribonucleic acid-containing polioviruses to the complex filarial worms Brugia malayi. Probe technology offers the clinical laboratory the potential both to extend the types of pathogens that can be readily identified and to reduce significantly the time associated with the identification of fastidious microorganisms. Over a dozen commercially prepared deoxyribonucleic acid probe tests are now available. This article explores the development of deoxyribonucleic acid probe tests and reviews the sensitivity, specificity, and predictive values of many of the diagnostic probes developed during the last several years. Prospects for newer, more sensitive detection systems for the products of hybridization reactions are also reviewed UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=awn&AN=3060247&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - awn ER - AU - Dutt, A K TI - Update in tuberculosis: an overview JO - Seminars in Respiratory Infections PY - 1989/01/01/ VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 155 EP - 242 SN - 08820546 N1 - Note: Record Source: This record is provided from the MEDLINE database of the National Library of Medicine (NLM), United States. The index terms may have been modified to conform with terminology used throughout the database. Database Contributor: MEDLINE; COMPOSITE RECORD. Database Contributor ID: 2595143; 2595144. Database Subset: AFRICAN HEALTHLINE. Language: English. Accession Number: 2595143. Author Affiliation: Alvin C. York Veterans Administration Medical Center, Murfreesboro, TN 37130 1; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=awn&AN=2595143&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - awn ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Persistent Left Superior Vena Cava: A Problem in the Transvenous Pacing of the Heart. AU - Dosios, T. AU - Gorgogiannis, D. AU - Sakorafas, G. AU - Karampatsas, K. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1991/03// VL - 14 IS - 3 SP - 389 EP - 390 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17137610; Author: Dosios, T.: 1 Author: Gorgogiannis, D.: 1 Author: Sakorafas, G.: 1 Author: Karampatsas, K.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Department of Surgery, Division of Thoracic Surgery, 251 Air Force and Veterans Administration General Hospital, Athens, Greece; No. of Pages: 2; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050527 N2 - Transvenous pacemaker implantation was impossible from the right side in a patient with persistent left superior vena cava (PLSVC) as the two cavae communicated via the coronary sinus and entry into the right heart could not be achieved. Epicardial pacing was instituted. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CARDIAC pacing KW - *VEINS KW - *DISEASES KW - *HEART KW - VENA cava superior KW - VENAE cavae KW - cardiac pacing KW - persistent left superior vena cava UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17137610&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107079623 T1 - Mission to Nigeria teaches valuable lessons. AU - Johnston K Y1 - 1999/09//1999 Sep N1 - Accession Number: 107079623. Language: English. Entry Date: 20000101. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; anecdote. Journal Subset: Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. KW - Missions and Missionaries -- Nigeria KW - Nigeria SP - 1 EP - 3 JO - AACN News JF - AACN News JA - AACN NEWS VL - 16 IS - 9 CY - Aliso Viejo, California PB - American Association of Critical-Care Nurses AD - Medical ICU, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Ann Arbor, MI UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107079623&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107208309 T1 - Brief or new. A sling support for scrotal edema. AU - Benjamin KD Y1 - 1999/07//Jul/Aug1999 N1 - Accession Number: 107208309. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990901. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; pictorial. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7705978. KW - Scrotum -- Pathology KW - Slings KW - Equipment Design KW - Men's Health KW - Aged KW - Male SP - 392 EP - 393 JO - American Journal of Occupational Therapy JF - American Journal of Occupational Therapy JA - AM J OCCUP THER VL - 53 IS - 4 CY - Bethesda, Maryland PB - American Occupational Therapy Association SN - 0272-9490 AD - Portland Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, Oregon 97207 U2 - PMID: 10427679. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107208309&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107198657 T1 - When appearances deceive. AU - Keener S Y1 - 1999/06// N1 - Accession Number: 107198657. Language: English. Entry Date: 20050507. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; anecdote. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7600137. KW - Home Nursing, Professional KW - Work Experiences SP - 64hh8 EP - 64hh10 JO - Nursing JF - Nursing JA - NURSING VL - 29 IS - 6 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - In nursing, first impressions can be misleading. How would you have handled these three challenging cases? SN - 0360-4039 AD - Wylie P. Chalmers Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Columbus, Ohio UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107198657&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-35079-000 AN - 9999-35079-000 AU - Pape, Theresa Louise-Bender T1 - Disorders of Consciousness Scale JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1999/// AD - Pape, Theresa Louise-Bender, Department of Veterans Affairs, Research Service, Edward Hines Jr. VA Hospital, PO Box 5000 (M/C 151H), Hines, Illinois, United States, 60141 AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: Contact Corresponding Author; Fee: No. Test Items: No N1 - Accession Number: 9999-35079-000. Acronyms: DOCS. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pape, Theresa Louise-Bender. Release Date: 20160111. Correction Date: 20160808. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Test Format: The 23-item measure is scored along a 3-point scale, (0 = No Response, 1 = Generalized Response, 2 = Localized Response).. Language: English. Supporting Documentation: Instructor/Test Manual/Guide; Constructs: Neurobehavioral Functioning; Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (6900). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). AB - Purpose: The Disorders of Consciousness Scale as devised to be a bedside measure of neurobehavioral functioning throughout the recovery trajectory of severe brain injury patients. AB - Description: The Disorders of Consciousness Scale (DOCS; Pape, 1999-2001), was devised to measure neurobehavioral functioning during coma recovery. As indicated in the administration manual of the DOCS, originally the DOCS was developed from 1991-1992 and was formerly titled 'Standardized Assessment of Consciousness'. The title was changed to the DOCS in 1995. The development of the DOCS has been an iterative process, with the pilot findings from 1992 through 1999 serving as the basis for revisions, including changes to the rating scale and test stimuli. The DOCS in its current version was developed by Pape and colleagues from 1999-2001. This bedside neurobehavioral evaluation was designed to allow the clinician to examine the unconsciousness as a continuum of fluctuating levels of neurobehavioral integrity while detecting and distinguishing between true changes and random fluctuation. The DOCS is said to be different from other assessment tools in that the rating scale of the DOCS provides a description of neurobehavioral recovery. This rating scale describes levels of neurobehavioral integrity and a level is assigned to responses to test stimuli. The DOCS was developed to detect subtle changes in observable indicators of neurobehavioral functioning. The initial measure included 34 test items organized by difficulty into 8 subscales: Social Knowledge, Taste & Swallowing, Olfactory, Proprioceptive & Vestibular, Auditory, Visual, Tactile, and Test Readiness. Analyses demonstrated that 23 of the 34 items were valuable for prediction and were reliable and valid. Other components of the DOCS include two ratings, the short version and long version, as well as the research version that is comprised of 6 items that require higher levels of cognitive processing. The abbreviated 23-item measure scores best behavioral responses to stimuli on a 3-point scale (0 = No Response, 1 = Generalized Response, 2 = Localized Response), and requires approximately 40-60 minutes to administer. The measure has been examined for reliability, construct validity and predictive validity. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Coma KW - Consciousness KW - Construct Validity KW - Disorders of Consciousness Scale KW - Internal Consistency KW - Interrater Reliability KW - Neurobehavioral Functioning KW - Person Separation Reliability KW - Predictive Reliability KW - Recovery KW - Severe Brain Injury KW - Test Reliability U5 - Disorders of Consciousness Scale (DOCS) [Test Review]A measure of neurobehavioral functioning after coma. Part I: Theory, reliability, and validity of the Disorders of Consciousness Scale. (AN: 2015-43011-001 from PsycINFO) Pape, Theresa Louise-Bender; Heinemann, Allen W.; Kelly, James P.; Hurder, Anita Giobbie; Lundgren, Sandra; Jan-Feb, 2005. Source: Journal of Rehabilitation Research & Development. 42(1), U.S. Department of Vetarans Affairs, US; Jan-Feb, 2005; Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Sample: Persons Aged 18 Years and Older with Severe Brain Injury Keywords: Coma; Consciousness; Construct Validity; Disorders of Consciousness Scale; Internal Consistency; Interrater Reliability; Neurobehavioral Functioning; Person Separation Reliability; Predictive Reliability; Recovery; Severe Brain Injury; Test Reliability; Subjects: Coma; Consciousness States; Interrater Reliability; Neuropsychological Assessment; Neurorehabilitation; Recovery (Disorders); Statistical Validity; Test Reliability; Test Sensitivity; Test Validity; Traumatic Brain Injury; DO - 10.1037/t35079-000 L3 - http://supp.apa.org/psyctests/supporting/999935079/bcaaj9wtl1gj.html UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-35079-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - theresa.pape@va.gov UR - http://www.rehabmeasures.org/Lists/RehabMeasures/DispForm.aspx?ID=1081&Source=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.rehabmeasures.org%2Frehabweb%2Fallmeasures.aspx%3FPageView%3DShared DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107220295 T1 - 'It was a very interesting year...'...American Congress of Rehabilitation Medicine AU - Flax HJ Y1 - 1998/12/02/1998 Dec Suppl 2 N1 - Accession Number: 107220295. Language: English. Entry Date: 19991101. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article. Supplement Title: 1998 Dec Suppl 2. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 2985158R. KW - Rehabilitation -- Organizations KW - Professional Organizations -- History KW - United States SP - 13 EP - 14 JO - Archives of Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation JF - Archives of Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation JA - ARCH PHYS MED REHABIL VL - 79 IS - 12 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - W B Saunders SN - 0003-9993 AD - Consultant Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service, Dept of Veterans Administration Medical Center, 50 Irving St, Washington, DC 20422 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107220295&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107029395 T1 - Evidence-based practice, reasoning, and statistics...in response to the Focus article by Steven James Linton in Pain Forum, Volume 7, Number 1, Spring 1998 AU - Eriator II Y1 - 1998///1998 Winter N1 - Accession Number: 107029395. Language: English. Entry Date: 20010608. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9507409. KW - Pain -- Prevention and Control KW - Professional Practice, Evidence-Based KW - Clinical Trials KW - Meta Analysis KW - Study Design SP - 172 EP - 173 JO - Pain Forum JF - Pain Forum JA - PAIN FORUM VL - 7 IS - 4 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - W B Saunders SN - 1082-3174 AD - Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology, Anesthesiology & Pain Control, Veterans Administration Hospital, 1500 E Woodrow Wilson Ave, Jackson, MS 39216 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107029395&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107295200 T1 - Case report. Ultrasonic nebulizers -- yesterday, today, and tomorrow. AU - Fink JB Y1 - 1998/08//1998 Aug-Sep N1 - Accession Number: 107295200. Language: English. Entry Date: 19981101. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9305390. KW - Nebulizers and Vaporizers KW - Ultrasonics SP - 99 EP - 100 JO - RT: The Journal for Respiratory Care Practitioners JF - RT: The Journal for Respiratory Care Practitioners JA - RT VL - 11 IS - 5 CY - Overland Park, Kansas PB - Allied Media LLC AB - The ultrasonic nebulizer is a robust entry in the competition to meet patients' aerosol needs. SN - 1040-6050 AD - Program Analyst, Respiratory Care, Edward Hines Jr Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, IL UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107295200&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107160881 T1 - Tips from the clinical experts. CK-MB cutoff values. AU - Dufour DR Y1 - 1998/08// N1 - Accession Number: 107160881. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990201. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0225602. KW - Biological Markers -- Analysis KW - Myocardial Infarction -- Diagnosis KW - Creatine Kinase -- Analysis KW - Chemistry, Clinical SP - 16 EP - 18 JO - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JF - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JA - MLO VL - 30 IS - 8 CY - Sarasota, Florida PB - NP Communications, LLC SN - 0580-7247 AD - Chief, Dept of Pathology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, DC UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107160881&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107160848 T1 - Tips from the clinical experts. Stool WBC procedure. AU - Sewell DL Y1 - 1998/07// N1 - Accession Number: 107160848. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990201. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; brief item. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0225602. KW - Feces -- Analysis KW - Leukocytes KW - Chemistry, Clinical -- Methods SP - 10 EP - 12 JO - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JF - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JA - MLO VL - 30 IS - 7 CY - Sarasota, Florida PB - NP Communications, LLC SN - 0580-7247 AD - Director of Microbiology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, OR UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107160848&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107275359 T1 - Hospital nursing. One for all... what binds us all to nursing? AU - Sills LD Y1 - 1998/06// N1 - Accession Number: 107275359. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990101. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; anecdote. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7600137. KW - Nursing as a Profession KW - Caring SP - 32hn6 EP - 32hn8 JO - Nursing JF - Nursing JA - NURSING VL - 28 IS - 6 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - What binds us all to nursing? After a life-threatening experience, one nurse shares her answer. SN - 0360-4039 AD - Ambulatory Care Division, Portland Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, Ore UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107275359&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107261507 T1 - Guest editorial. Emerging infectious diseases: no end in sight. AU - Strausbaugh LJ Y1 - 1998/02//1998 Feb N1 - Accession Number: 107261507. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980601. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; editorial. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8004854. KW - Communicable Diseases -- Trends KW - Epidemiology KW - World Health KW - Public Health SP - 3 EP - 4 JO - American Journal of Infection Control JF - American Journal of Infection Control JA - AM J INFECT CONTROL VL - 26 IS - 1 CY - New York, New York PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0196-6553 AD - Portland Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, OR U2 - PMID: 9503104. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107261507&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107253117 T1 - Pain control. Pain from herpes zoster and postherapetic neuralgia. AU - Davis PS Y1 - 1998/02// N1 - Accession Number: 107253117. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980401. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0372646. KW - Herpes Zoster -- Complications KW - Neuralgia -- Etiology KW - Neuralgia -- Drug Therapy KW - Antiviral Agents -- Therapeutic Use KW - Narcotics -- Therapeutic Use KW - Antidepressive Agents, Tricyclic -- Therapeutic Use KW - Nerve Block KW - Pain Measurement KW - Clinical Assessment Tools KW - Aged SP - 18 EP - 20 JO - American Journal of Nursing JF - American Journal of Nursing JA - AM J NURS VL - 98 IS - 2 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0002-936X AD - Adult/Geriatric Nurse Practitioner, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, WA UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107253117&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107251654 T1 - Tips from the clinical experts. Susceptibility panels. AU - Sewell DL Y1 - 1998/01// N1 - Accession Number: 107251654. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980401. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; brief item. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0225602. KW - Microbial Culture and Sensitivity Tests KW - Mycobacterium Infections -- Diagnosis SP - 12 EP - 16 JO - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JF - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JA - MLO VL - 30 IS - 1 CY - Sarasota, Florida PB - NP Communications, LLC SN - 0580-7247 AD - Director of Microbiology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, Ore UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107251654&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104757384 T1 - My sweetness problem. AU - Schwartz, L S Y1 - 1988/05/06/ N1 - Accession Number: 104757384. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Europe; Peer Reviewed; UK & Ireland. NLM UID: 8500858. KW - Diabetes Mellitus, Type 1 -- Psychosocial Factors KW - Adaptation, Psychological KW - Diabetes Mellitus, Type 1 KW - Diabetic Diet KW - Male KW - Stress, Psychological SP - 396 EP - 398 JO - Diabetic Medicine JF - Diabetic Medicine JA - DIABETIC MED VL - 5 IS - 4 CY - Malden, Massachusetts PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 0742-3071 AD - Department of Psychiatry, Lakeside Veterans Administration Medical Center, Chicago, Il. 60611. U2 - PMID: 2968894. DO - 10.1111/j.1464-5491.1988.tb01013.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104757384&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Prien, R. F.; AU - Klett, C. J.; AU - Caffey, E. M.; T1 - Lithium carbonate and imipramine in prevention of affective episodes CT - Lithium carbonate and imipramine in prevention of affective episodes JO - Arch. Gen. Psychiatry JF - Arch. Gen. Psychiatry Y1 - 1973/09/01/ VL - 29 IS - Sep SP - 420 EP - 425 AD - Reprints: Central Neuropsychiatric Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Perry Point, Maryland 21902 AD - Veterans Administration and National Institutes of Mental Health Collaborative Study Group, Washington, D.C. N1 - Accession Number: 11-2229; Language: English; Chemical Name: Lithium carbonate--554-13-2 Imipramine--50-49-7; Therapeutic Class: (28:16); AHFS Class: Psychotherapeutic agents lithium carbonate, comparison, imipramine (28:16.04); AHFS Class: Antidepressants imipramine, comparison, lithium carbonate; References: 27; Journal Coden: ARGPAQ; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - One hundred and twenty-two patients with recurrent affective illness were randomly assigned to lithium carbonate, imipramine, or placebo therapy for 2 years following hospital discharge for acute depression. Patients were classified as bipolar or unipolar based on the presence or absence of a history of mania. With bipolar patients, lithium carbonate was significantly more effective than imipramine or placebo in preventing affective episodes (i.e., manic or depressive attacks severe enough to require hospitalization or use of non-study drugs). There was a relatively high incidence of manic episodes on imipramine. Unipolar patients responded equally well to lithium carbonate or imipramine. Both treatments were significantly more effective than placebo. The difference between treatments was due primarily to depressive episodes; manic episodes occurred infrequently and were evenly distributed across treatment groups. There was no significant difference between lithium carbonate and imipramine among unipolar patients. KW - Lithium carbonate--comparison, imipramine-; KW - Imipramine--comparison, lithium carbonate-; KW - Psychotherapeutic agents--lithium carbonate, comparison, imipramine--psychoses, manic-depressive, effects in unipolar and bipolar patients; KW - Antidepressants--imipramine, comparison, lithium carbonate--psychoses, manic-depressive, effects in unipolar and bipolar patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-2229&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Hays, M.; AU - Wesselassky, B.; T1 - Simultaneous measurement of thyroidal trapping (T\LC/c\UC/ 99\LC/m\UC/ pertechnetate) and binding (I 131): clinical and experimental studies in man CT - Simultaneous measurement of thyroidal trapping (T\LC/c\UC/ 99\LC/m\UC/ pertechnetate) and binding (I 131): clinical and experimental studies in man JO - J. Nucl. Med. JF - J. Nucl. Med. Y1 - 1973/11/01/ VL - 14 IS - Nov SP - 785 EP - 792 AD - Reprints: Veterans Administration Hospital, Nuclear Medicine Service, 3495 Bailey Avenue, Buffalo, NY 14215, USA AD - University of California at Los Angeles; and Veterans Administration Hospital, Los Angeles, CA, USA N1 - Accession Number: 11-2097; Language: English; Trade Name: Lugol's solution--Thyroid stimulating hormone; Generic Name: Iodine; Thyrotropin alfa; Chemical Name: Technetium Tc 99m pertechnetate--23288-61-1 Iodine--7553-56-2 Propylthiouracil--51-52-5 Thyroid--8028-36-2; Therapeutic Class: (78:00); AHFS Class: Radiopharmaceuticals technetium Tc 99m pertechnetate (78:00); AHFS Class: Radiopharmaceuticals iodine (68:36.08); AHFS Class: Antithyroid drugs propylthiouracil; References: 18; Journal Coden: JNMEAQ; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Nelson Der N2 - Thyroidal uptake was measured after IV technetium Tc 99m pertechnetate and I 131 to assess the thyroidal trapping mechanism in man. In hyperthyroidism, uptake of both nuclides was increased; in untreated hypothyroidism, technetium Tc 99m pertechnetate uptake appears to be greater than I 131 uptake; and in normal subjects, uptake of technetium Tc 99m pertechnetate reached maximal in 10 to 20 minutes with a gradual decrease thereafter and the I 131 uptake curves were normal. Propylthiouracil reduced I 131 thyroidal uptake and I 131 space but did not affect technetium Tc 99m pertechnetate uptake and Tc 99m space was increased. Lugol's solution (iodine, strong solution) suppressed thyroidal uptake and distribution space of both nuclides. Thyroid stimulating hormone (thyrotroptin alfa) stimulated thyroidal uptake and space of both nuclides. Triiodothyronine will decrease I 131 thyroidal uptake and space but have no effect on technetium Tc 99m pertechnetate. KW - Technetium Tc 99m pertechnetate--diagnostic agents-; KW - Iodine--I 131-; KW - Propylthiouracil--interactions-; KW - Iodine--strong solution-; KW - Thyrotropin alfa--interactions-; KW - Triiodothyronine--interactions-; KW - Thyroid--triiodothyronine-; KW - Radiopharmaceuticals--technetium Tc 99m pertechnetate--and I 131, assessment of thyroidal trapping mechanism; KW - Radiopharmaceuticals--iodine--I 131, and technetium Tc 99m pertechnetate, assessment of thyroidal trapping mechanism; KW - Drug interactions--propylthiouracil and radiopharmaceuticals--I 131, and technetium Tc 99m pertechnetate, effects on thyroid uptake, in humans; KW - Drug interactions--thyrotropin alfa and radiopharmaceuticals--I 131, and technetium Tc 99m pertechnetate, effects on thyroid uptake, in humans; KW - Drug interactions--triiodothyronine and radiopharmaceuticals--I 131, and technetium Tc 99m pertechnetate, effects on thyroid uptake, in humans; KW - Drug interactions--radiopharmaceuticals and propylthiouracil--I 131, and technetium Tc 99m pertechnetate, effects on thyroid uptake, in humans; KW - Drug interactions--radiopharmaceuticals and iodine, strong solution--I 131, and technetium Tc 99m pertechnetate, effects on thyroid uptake, in humans; KW - Drug interactions--radiopharmaceuticals and thyrotropin alfa--I 131, and technetium Tc 99m pertechnetate, effects on thyroid uptake, in humans; KW - Drug interactions--radiopharmaceuticals and triiodothyronine--I 131, and technetium Tc 99m pertechnetate, effects on thyroid uptake, in humans; KW - Antithyroid drugs--propylthiouracil--interactions, I 131 and technetium Tc 99m pertechnetate, effects on thyroid uptake, in humans; KW - Drug interactions--iodine, strong solution and radiopharmaceuticals--I 131, and technetium Tc 99m pertechnetate, effects on thyroid uptake, in humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-2097&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR ID - 88458265 T1 - Reed-Sternberg cells in spinal fluid. AU - Caceres, William AU - Delgado, Luis AU - Sanchez, Juan R. AU - Caceres, W AU - Delgado, L AU - Sanchez, J R Y1 - 1997/10// N1 - Accession Number: 88458265. Language: English. Entry Date: 19971101. Revision Date: 20161120. Publication Type: journal article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8309333. KW - Cerebrospinal Fluid KW - Hodgkin's Disease -- Diagnosis KW - Neoplasm Invasiveness KW - Meninges -- Pathology KW - Cells -- Pathology KW - Adult KW - Male KW - Hodgkin's Disease -- Cerebrospinal Fluid SP - 3289 EP - 3290 JO - Journal of Clinical Oncology JF - Journal of Clinical Oncology JA - J CLIN ONCOL VL - 15 IS - 10 CY - Alexandria, Virginia PB - American Society of Clinical Oncology SN - 0732-183X AD - San Juan Veterans Administration Hospital, San Juan, Puerto Rico AD - San Juan Veterans Administration Hospital, Puerto Rico U2 - PMID: 9336368. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=88458265&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107346548 T1 - Clinical snapshot. Plantar fasciitis. AU - Campbell-Giovaniello KJ Y1 - 1997/09// N1 - Accession Number: 107346548. Language: English. Entry Date: 19971101. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; pictorial. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0372646. KW - Fasciitis -- Diagnosis KW - Fasciitis -- Therapy KW - Pain -- Etiology KW - Foot Injuries KW - Physical Examination KW - Heel -- Physiopathology SP - 38 EP - 39 JO - American Journal of Nursing JF - American Journal of Nursing JA - AM J NURS VL - 97 IS - 9 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Strategies to relive a common orthopedic syndrome. SN - 0002-936X AD - Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Redding, CA U2 - PMID: 9311337. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107346548&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR AU - DeGowin, Richard L. AU - Lavender, A.R. AU - Forland, Marvin AU - Charleston, Donald AU - Gottschalk, Alexander T1 - Erythropoiesis and Erythropoietin in Patients with Chronic Renal Failure Treated with Hemodialysis and Testosterone. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1970/06// VL - 72 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 913 EP - 918 SN - 00034819 AB - Testosterone was administered two patients with chronic renal failure (one patient was anephric) who were being treated with periodic hemodialysis. The hematocrit and plasma erythropoietin levels increased in the patient with kidneys so that blood transfusions could be discontinued. When testosterone administration was stopped the hematocrit diminished, and blood transfusions were reinstated. Withholding blood transfusions from the anephric patient resulted in progressive anemia that stabilized at hematocrit values of less than 20%. Plasma erythropoietin levels increased, and enumeration of bone marrow normoblasts, ferrokinetic studies, and linear profile scanning showed increased erythropoiesis in response to the fail in hematocrit. Results of these studies should encourage further investigation of the efficacy of androgens in ameliorating the anemia in patients with chronic renal failure who have periodic homodialysis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Annals of Internal Medicine is the property of American College of Physicians and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ERYTHROPOIESIS KW - ERYTHROPOIETIN KW - CHRONIC kidney failure KW - HEMODIALYSIS KW - TESTOSTERONE KW - HEMATOPOIESIS N1 - Accession Number: 12584375; DeGowin, Richard L. 1; Lavender, A.R. 1; Forland, Marvin 1; Charleston, Donald 1; Gottschalk, Alexander 1; Source Information: Jun70, Vol. 72 Issue 6, p913; Subject: ERYTHROPOIESIS; Subject: ERYTHROPOIETIN; Subject: CHRONIC kidney failure; Subject: HEMODIALYSIS; Subject: TESTOSTERONE; Subject: HEMATOPOIESIS; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12584375&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Koppel, Marcelo H. AU - Massry, Shaul G. AU - Shinaberger, James H. AU - Hartenbower, David L. AU - Coburn, Jack W. T1 - Thiazide-Induced Rise in Serum Calcium and Magnesium in Patients on Maintenance Hemodialysis. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1970/06// VL - 72 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 895 EP - 901 SN - 00034819 AB - Hydrochlorothiazide, 200 mg/day, was given orally for 2 to 4 weeks to 14 patients treated with maintenance hemodialysis for end-stage renal disease. Predialysis levels of serum calcium rose in 13 patients, and distinct hypercalcemia developed in 8 patients. Changes in serum levels of diffusible calcium paralleled those of total calcium concentrations. Predialysis levels of serum magnesium also rose during thiazide administration. The infusion of parathyroid extract, 1 unit/hr/kg of body weight for 10 hr, failed to elicit a normal increase in serum calcium in most of the uremic patients who had a calcemic response to thiazides. These data demonstrate an extrarenal effect of thiazides on calcium and magnesium metabolism. It is proposed that the calcemic effect of thiazides in these patients may be due to potentiation of the action of parathyroid hormone on bone. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Annals of Internal Medicine is the property of American College of Physicians and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CALCIUM in the body KW - MAGNESIUM in the body KW - HEMODIALYSIS patients KW - CHLOROTHIAZIDE KW - DIURETICS KW - HYPERCALCEMIA N1 - Accession Number: 12584363; Koppel, Marcelo H. 1; Massry, Shaul G. 1; Shinaberger, James H. 1; Hartenbower, David L. 1; Coburn, Jack W. 1; Source Information: Jun70, Vol. 72 Issue 6, p895; Subject: CALCIUM in the body; Subject: MAGNESIUM in the body; Subject: HEMODIALYSIS patients; Subject: CHLOROTHIAZIDE; Subject: DIURETICS; Subject: HYPERCALCEMIA; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12584363&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ziskind, Morton M. AU - Schwarz, Marvin I. AU - George, Ronald B. AU - Weill, Hans AU - Shames, Jay M. AU - Herbert, Stephen J. AU - Ichinose, Herbert T1 - Incomplete Consolidation in Pneumococcal Lobar Pneumonia Complicating Pulmonary Emphysema. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1970/06// VL - 72 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 835 EP - 839 SN - 00034819 AB - Chest roentgenograms and hospital records of 104 patients with pneumonia whose admission blood cultures were positive for pneumococci were reviewed. Clinical characteristics, laboratory and chest roentgenographic findings, and response to treatment were noted. Two basic patterns of consolidation were encountered. In patients under age 40 all but one had classical homogeneous consolidation. Among patients over age 40, 6 of 22 men and 15 of 16 -women had chest X-ray films that also showed typical consolidation. In the remaining 16 men and 1 women over age 40 and in one 37-year-old man the films showed a pattern of incomplete consolidation interrupted by air-filled spaces. In the one patient with the pattern of incomplete consolidation who died, pathologic examination demonstrated foci of emphysema with surrounding pneumonia. Other diseases such as suppurative bronchopneumonia and tuberculosis may produce incomplete consolidations that require differentiation from pneumococcal lobar pneumonia superimposed on pulmonary emphysema. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Annals of Internal Medicine is the property of American College of Physicians and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PNEUMOCOCCAL pneumonia KW - PULMONARY emphysema KW - X-rays KW - LUNGS -- Infections KW - OBSTRUCTIVE lung diseases KW - STREPTOCOCCAL diseases N1 - Accession Number: 12584331; Ziskind, Morton M. 1; Schwarz, Marvin I. 1; George, Ronald B. 1; Weill, Hans 1; Shames, Jay M. 1; Herbert, Stephen J. 1; Ichinose, Herbert 1; Source Information: Jun70, Vol. 72 Issue 6, p835; Subject: PNEUMOCOCCAL pneumonia; Subject: PULMONARY emphysema; Subject: X-rays; Subject: LUNGS -- Infections; Subject: OBSTRUCTIVE lung diseases; Subject: STREPTOCOCCAL diseases; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12584331&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Nord, H. Juergen AU - Fontanes, Arturo L. AU - Williams Jr., John F. T1 - Treatment of Congestive Heart Failure with Glucagon. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1970/05// VL - 72 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 649 EP - 653 SN - 00034819 AB - The effectiveness of glucagon, 5 mg, subcutaneously, every 4 hr or 1 or 4 mg/hr by intravenous infusion, in the treatment of congestive heart failure was determined in 18 patients. Duration of therapy was 96 hr in 11 patients and 4 to 84 hr in the rest. Seven patients improved during glucagon administration whereas eight were unaffected and three became worse. The most favorable response occurred in patients suffering their first episode of heart failure. Only one of four patients with heart failure previously unresponsive to vigorous therapeutic measures improved. With the exception of the three patients in this latter group, all who did not improve with glucagon subsequently responded well to digitalis, diuretics, or both. Nausea and vomiting occurred in the majority and necessitated discontinuing glucagon treatment in five. Glucagon appears to have limited usefulness in the treatment of most patients with congestive heart failure. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Annals of Internal Medicine is the property of American College of Physicians and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - GLUCAGON -- Therapeutic use KW - CONGESTIVE heart failure -- Treatment KW - PANCREATIC secretions KW - PEPTIDE hormones KW - HEART failure KW - HORMONES N1 - Accession Number: 12556447; Nord, H. Juergen 1; Fontanes, Arturo L. 1; Williams Jr., John F. 1; Source Information: May70, Vol. 72 Issue 5, p649; Subject: GLUCAGON -- Therapeutic use; Subject: CONGESTIVE heart failure -- Treatment; Subject: PANCREATIC secretions; Subject: PEPTIDE hormones; Subject: HEART failure; Subject: HORMONES; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12556447&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cheng, Tsung O. T1 - Diastolic Murmur Caused by Coronary Artery Stenosis. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1970/04// VL - 72 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 543 EP - 546 SN - 00034819 AB - Two patients had diastolic murmur caused by coronary artery stenosis. In both the diastolic murmur was associated with a severe, localized narrowing of the proximal left anterior descending artery demonstrated by selective coronary cinearteriography. The murmur disappeared after acute myocardial infarction involving the area of distribution by the stenosed coronary artery. Although mid-diastolic timing of the murmur combined with an accentuated first sound may lead to an erroneous diagnosis of mitral stenosis, several distinguishing features, including its response to amyl nitrite inhalation, help to differentiate. A stenosed coronary artery is a cause of diastolic murmur. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Annals of Internal Medicine is the property of American College of Physicians and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CORONARY artery stenosis KW - DIASTOLE (Cardiac cycle) KW - HEART murmurs KW - MITRAL stenosis KW - NITRITES KW - MYOCARDIAL infarction N1 - Accession Number: 12546710; Cheng, Tsung O. 1; Source Information: Apr70, Vol. 72 Issue 4, p543; Subject: CORONARY artery stenosis; Subject: DIASTOLE (Cardiac cycle); Subject: HEART murmurs; Subject: MITRAL stenosis; Subject: NITRITES; Subject: MYOCARDIAL infarction; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12546710&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Twomey, Jeremiah J. AU - Jordan Jr., Paul H. AU - Laughter, Arline H. AU - Meuwissen, Hilaire J. AU - Good, Robert A. T1 - The Gastric Disorder in Immunoglobulin-Deficient Patients. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1970/04// VL - 72 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 499 EP - 504 SN - 00034819 AB - Evidence of a pernicious-anemia-like disorder was found in 4 out of 10 unselected immunoglobulin-deficient patients; a fifth patient had gastric acid and intrinsic factor secretory failure but did not have histological evidence of atrophic gastritis. Parietal cell and intrinsic factor serum antibodies were not detected. These findings indicate immunoglobulin-deficient patients have an increased prevalence of .gastric disease, which adds a further association between the gut and the antibody-producing system. A further association is also made between atrophic gastritis and immunologic disease, and it is indicated that detectable levels of specific serum antibodies are not essential for the development of atrophic gastritis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Annals of Internal Medicine is the property of American College of Physicians and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PERNICIOUS anemia KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - GASTRIC acid KW - INTRINSIC factor (Physiology) KW - GASTRIC diseases KW - GASTRITIS N1 - Accession Number: 12546122; Twomey, Jeremiah J. 1; Jordan Jr., Paul H. 1; Laughter, Arline H. 1; Meuwissen, Hilaire J. 1; Good, Robert A. 1; Source Information: Apr70, Vol. 72 Issue 4, p499; Subject: PERNICIOUS anemia; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: GASTRIC acid; Subject: INTRINSIC factor (Physiology); Subject: GASTRIC diseases; Subject: GASTRITIS; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12546122&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Williams, Gordon H. AU - Rose, Leslie I. AU - Dluhy, Robert G. AU - McCaughn, Donald AU - Jagger, Paul I. AU - Hickler, Roger B. AU - Lauler, David P. T1 - Abnormal Responsiveness of the Renin Aldosterone System to Acute Stimulation in Patients with Essential Hypertension. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1970/03// VL - 72 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 317 EP - 326 SN - 00034819 AB - The responsiveness of the renin aldosterone system to acute stimulation was determined in 16 patients with essential hypertension and 12 normotensive volunteers. All patients were studied under identical metabolic balance conditions with identical stimuli applied. Acute volume depletion, whether accomplished by venous hemorrhage or diuresis, significantly increased plasma renin activity in 12 out of 16 hypertensive patients and in all normal individuals. In contrast, whereas all normotensive individuals increased aldosterone secretion above base line, only one hypertensive subject exhibited a significant increase in aldosterone secretion. However, both normotensive and hypertensive individuals had indistinguishable aldosterone secretory response to adrenocorticotrophic hormone infusion, indicating an intact aldosterone biosynthetic capacity in the hypertensive subjects. These results suggest a defect in the interaction of angiotensin-II with the adrenal cortex in a certain number of patients with alleged essential hypertension. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Annals of Internal Medicine is the property of American College of Physicians and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RENIN KW - ALDOSTERONE KW - ESSENTIAL hypertension KW - HEMORRHAGE KW - DIURESIS KW - ACTH (Hormone) N1 - Accession Number: 12540529; Williams, Gordon H. 1,2,3; Rose, Leslie I. 1,2,3; Dluhy, Robert G. 1,2,3; McCaughn, Donald 1,2,3; Jagger, Paul I. 1,2,3; Hickler, Roger B. 1,2,3; Lauler, David P. 1,2,3; Source Information: Mar70, Vol. 72 Issue 3, p317; Subject: RENIN; Subject: ALDOSTERONE; Subject: ESSENTIAL hypertension; Subject: HEMORRHAGE; Subject: DIURESIS; Subject: ACTH (Hormone); Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12540529&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bloomer, H. Allan AU - Maddock Jr., Robert K. AU - Sheehe, James B. AU - Adams, Elton J. T1 - Rapid Diagnosis of Sedative Intoxication by Gas Chromatography. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1970/02// VL - 72 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 223 EP - 228 SN - 00034819 AB - The increasing use of diuresis and dialysis for treating patients with drug coma has created a need for rapid and detailed toxicologic information about the unconscious patient. A gas chromatography method was used to screen plasma in 41 patients with suspected drug coma. In 37 instances either a barbiturate, meprobamate, glutethimide, or a combination of these sedatives was found in sufficient concentrations to explain the coma. In over one half of these cases the history available at the time of admission was unreliable for determining the responsible drug. Gas-liquid chromatography is uniquely suited for the rapid diagnosis of drug intoxication since it permits simultaneous identification and measurement of a variety of sedative agents. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Annals of Internal Medicine is the property of American College of Physicians and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DIURESIS KW - DIALYSIS (Chemistry) KW - COMA KW - PATIENTS KW - GAS chromatography KW - EXAMINATION of the blood N1 - Accession Number: 12539927; Bloomer, H. Allan 1; Maddock Jr., Robert K. 1; Sheehe, James B. 1; Adams, Elton J. 1; Source Information: Feb70, Vol. 72 Issue 2, p223; Subject: DIURESIS; Subject: DIALYSIS (Chemistry); Subject: COMA; Subject: PATIENTS; Subject: GAS chromatography; Subject: EXAMINATION of the blood; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12539927&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Karpick, Ronald J. AU - Pratt, P. C. AU - Asmundsson, T. AU - Kilburn, Kaye H. T1 - Pathological Findings in Respiratory Failure. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1970/02// VL - 72 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 189 EP - 197 SN - 00034819 AB - Patients in acute respiratory failure were classified into six groups on the basis of clinical and roentgenographic criteria to predict the pathological findings of emphysema and of interstitial fibrosis. At autopsy roentgenographic criteria permitted recognition of emphysema in 35 patients. Cough and sputum production did not correlate with the finding of mucous gland hyperplasia in bronchioles, in more than 20% of bronchioles examined Goblet cell metaplasia occurred significantly more frequently in men who died after acute respiratory failure {79%) than in a control group of men who died of other causes (34%). It was not related to age, smoking history, cough and sputum production, expiratory flow rates. Reid index, or to emphysema or pneumonia, Pneumonia. pulmonary edema, and pulmonary emboli were as frequent in the acute respiratory failure group as in the control group. Twenty-five percent of both groups had acute myocardial infarctions, The frequent association of goblet cell metaplasia with respiratory failure and death suggests that it plays a pathogenic role. Production of thick mucus by the epithelial lining of the small airways may produce respiratory failure. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Annals of Internal Medicine is the property of American College of Physicians and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ADULT respiratory distress syndrome KW - PULMONARY emphysema KW - PULMONARY fibrosis KW - HYPERPLASIA KW - EXFOLIATIVE cytology KW - METAPLASIA N1 - Accession Number: 12539287; Karpick, Ronald J. 1; Pratt, P. C. 1; Asmundsson, T. 1; Kilburn, Kaye H. 1; Source Information: Feb70, Vol. 72 Issue 2, p189; Subject: ADULT respiratory distress syndrome; Subject: PULMONARY emphysema; Subject: PULMONARY fibrosis; Subject: HYPERPLASIA; Subject: EXFOLIATIVE cytology; Subject: METAPLASIA; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12539287&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Douglass, Charles C. AU - Twomey, Jeremiah J. T1 - Transient Stomatocytosis with Hemolysis: A Previously Unrecognized Complication of Alcoholism. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1970/02// VL - 72 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 159 EP - 164 SN - 00034819 AB - Four alcoholic patients developed hemolysis of varying severity. Both hemolysis and stomatocytosis appeared to be directly related to alcohol abuse, and both gradually disappeared while the patients were under hospital supervision. At least one of these patients seemed to have an Intracorpuscular red cell defect. A survey indicated that peripheral smears from a minority of acute alcoholics contain an excess number of stomatocytes. This is the first description of transient stomatocytosis associated with acute alcoholism. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Annals of Internal Medicine is the property of American College of Physicians and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - HEMOLYSIS & hemolysins KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - ALCOHOLISM -- Complications KW - ERYTHROCYTE disorders KW - DRINKING of alcoholic beverages N1 - Accession Number: 12539080; Douglass, Charles C. 1; Twomey, Jeremiah J. 1; Source Information: Feb70, Vol. 72 Issue 2, p159; Subject: ALCOHOLICS; Subject: HEMOLYSIS & hemolysins; Subject: ALCOHOLISM; Subject: ALCOHOLISM -- Complications; Subject: ERYTHROCYTE disorders; Subject: DRINKING of alcoholic beverages; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12539080&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dhingra, Ramesh C. AU - Amat-y-Leon, Fernando AU - Pietras, Raymond J. AU - Wyndham, Christopher AU - Deedwania, Prakash C. AU - Wu, Delon AU - Denes, Pablo AU - Rosen, Kenneth M. T1 - Sites of Conduction Disease in Aortic Stenosis. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1977/09// VL - 87 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 275 EP - 280 SN - 00034819 AB - Electrophysiologic studies were done in 32 patients with aortic stenosis. In 24 patients with Intact A-V conduction, A-H intervals ranged from 55 to 145 msec and were prolonged in two. Two had split His bundle potentials. The H-V intervals ranged from 25 to 94 msec and were prolonged in 12. The mean H-V interval was 63 ± 2.6 msec in 12 patients with calcific aortic stenosis compared with 50 ± 4.9 msec in 12 without calcification (P < 0.05). The mean H-V in 10 patients with aortic gradients> 40 mm Hg was 62 ± 5.6 msec compared with 47 ± 3.1 msec in nine with gradients <40 (P < 0.05). In patients with aortic stenosis and A-V block, the site of the block was distal to the His bundle in three and Within the His bundle in five. All eight had calcified valves. Aortic stenosis was commonly associated with latent and manifest conduction disease in the His bundle and the trifascicular conduction system. Conduction disease was more extensive with calcified valves and greater valve obstruction. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Annals of Internal Medicine is the property of American College of Physicians and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ARTERIAL stenosis KW - CORONARY artery stenosis KW - CONDUCTION aphasia KW - APHASIA KW - VALVES KW - CALCIFICATION KW - PATIENTS N1 - Accession Number: 14153420; Dhingra, Ramesh C. 1,2,3,4; Amat-y-Leon, Fernando 1,2,3,4; Pietras, Raymond J. 1,2,3,4; Wyndham, Christopher 1,2,3,4; Deedwania, Prakash C. 1,2,3,4; Wu, Delon 1,2,3,4; Denes, Pablo 1,2,3,4; Rosen, Kenneth M. 1,2,3,4; Source Information: Sep77, Vol. 87 Issue 3, p275; Subject: ARTERIAL stenosis; Subject: CORONARY artery stenosis; Subject: CONDUCTION aphasia; Subject: APHASIA; Subject: VALVES; Subject: CALCIFICATION; Subject: PATIENTS; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14153420&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Morganroth, Joel AU - Perloff, Joseph K. AU - Zeldis, Steven M. AU - Dunkman, W. Bruce T1 - Acute Severe Aortic Regurgitation. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1977/08// VL - 87 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 223 EP - 232 SN - 00034819 AB - Acute severe aortic regurgitation is a relatively unfamiliar, though life-threatening, disease. We review its diverse causes, anatomic faults, and hemodynamic sequelae and set the stage for an understanding of the clinical manifestations in light of their physiologic mechanisms. Clinical information includes the natural history, physical signs (physical appearance, systemic arterial pulse, jugular venous pulse, precordial palpation, auscultation), electrocardiogram, and chest roentgenogram Echocardiographic features are especially emphasized and the need for prompt diagnosis and surgical intervention underscored, even In the setting of active infective endocarditis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Annals of Internal Medicine is the property of American College of Physicians and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AORTIC valve insufficiency KW - DISEASES KW - ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - AORTIC valve -- Diseases KW - SURGERY N1 - Accession Number: 14147160; Morganroth, Joel 1,2; Perloff, Joseph K. 1,2; Zeldis, Steven M. 1,2; Dunkman, W. Bruce 1,2; Source Information: Aug77, Vol. 87 Issue 2, p223; Subject: AORTIC valve insufficiency; Subject: DISEASES; Subject: ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY; Subject: DIAGNOSIS; Subject: AORTIC valve -- Diseases; Subject: SURGERY; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14147160&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-09745-001 AN - 2007-09745-001 AU - Rafal, Robert T1 - Inhibitory neural mechanisms in spatial orienting. JF - Canadian Psychology/Psychologie canadienne JO - Canadian Psychology/Psychologie canadienne Y1 - 1994/01// VL - 35 IS - 1 SP - 111 EP - 111 CY - Canada PB - Canadian Psychological Association SN - 0708-5591 SN - 1878-7304 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-09745-001. Other Journal Title: Canadian Psychological Review/Psychologie canadienne; Canadian Psychologist/Psychologie canadienne; The Canadian Psychologist. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rafal, Robert; Martinez Veterans Administration Hospital, Martinez, CA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070629. Correction Date: 20091109. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Neural Networks; Spatial Orientation (Perception). Minor Descriptor: Brain; Cerebral Cortex; Eye Movements. Classification: Cognitive Processes (2340). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1994. Copyright Statement: Canadian Psychological Association. 1994. AB - This talk reviews studies in normal and brain-injured humans which have revealed separate neural structures which control covert attention and others which regulate eye movements. These studies have also identified subcortical brain regions critical for reflexive orienting, and cortical regions important for endogenously controlled orienting. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - inhibitory neural mechanisms KW - spatial orienting KW - covert attention KW - eye movements KW - 1994 KW - Attention KW - Neural Networks KW - Spatial Orientation (Perception) KW - Brain KW - Cerebral Cortex KW - Eye Movements DO - 10.1037/h0084717 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2007-09745-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107323291 T1 - Viewpoint. Death's doorstep teaches valuable life lessons. AU - Mock JW Y1 - 1996///Fall1996 N1 - Accession Number: 107323291. Language: English. Entry Date: 19970501. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; anecdote. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Double Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9206619. KW - Cancer Survivors -- Psychosocial Factors KW - Life Change Events KW - Caring SP - 139 EP - 140 JO - Radiation Therapist JF - Radiation Therapist JA - RADIAT THERAPIST VL - 5 IS - 2 CY - Alburquerque, New Mexico PB - American Society of Radiologic Technologists SN - 1084-1911 AD - Veterans Administration, Dayton, OH UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107323291&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Delusions of parasitosis. AU - Shah, P. A. JO - Southern Medical Journal JF - Southern Medical Journal Y1 - 1988/// VL - 81 IS - 7 SP - 939 EP - 940 SN - 0038-4348 AD - Shah, P. A.: Psychiatry Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Mountain Home, Tennessee, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19940804310. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Registry Number: 52-86-8. N2 - Delusory parasitosis in a 43-year-old man from Tennessee, USA, is reported. Following an incident in which an insect entered an ear, he presented with acute chest pain following an 18-month history of a foreign body sensation in the ear, complicated by a feeling that there were 'bugs' under his skin. He was admitted to hospital with acute pain in the chest, which he said was due to the bug. Investigations including electroencephalography and computed tomography revealed no definite abnormalities. Treatment with haloperidol (15 mg/day gradually increasing to 45 mg/day) led to a considerable improvement. The possible aetiology of delusory parasitosis and its treatment are discussed. KW - case reports KW - delusory parasitoses KW - haloperidol KW - psychoses KW - Tennessee KW - USA KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Appalachian States of USA KW - Southern States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - East South Central States of USA KW - delusions KW - psychotic disorders KW - United States of America KW - Non-communicable Human Diseases and Injuries (VV600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19940804310&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Idiotype networks in schistosomiasis. AU - Colley, D. G. AU - Montesano, M. A. AU - Eloi-Santos, S. M. AU - Powell, M. R. AU - Parra, J. C. AU - Goes, A. AU - Doughty, B. L. AU - Correa-Oliveira, R. AU - Rocha, R. S. AU - Gazzinelli, G. A2 - McAdam, K.P.W.J. T2 - New strategies in parasitology. Proceedings of an international symposium sponsored by Glaxo Research, Brocket Hall, Hertfordshire, UK, 22-25 April 1989 JO - New strategies in parasitology. Proceedings of an international symposium sponsored by Glaxo Research, Brocket Hall, Hertfordshire, UK, 22-25 April 1989 JF - New strategies in parasitology. Proceedings of an international symposium sponsored by Glaxo Research, Brocket Hall, Hertfordshire, UK, 22-25 April 1989 Y1 - 1989/// SP - 179 EP - 192 CY - Edinburgh; UK PB - Churchill Livingstone SN - 0443042578 AD - Colley, D. G.: Veterans Administration Medical Center and Vanderbilt University, Nashville, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19930882190. Publication Type: Conference paper. Language: English. Number of References: 42 ref. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - Recent studies in experimental and clinical schistosomiasis have demonstrated idiotypic/anti-idiotypic (Id/anti-Id) interactions, some of which correlate with the presence or absence of immunoregulatory events, clinical morbidity and/or resistance. The development of these interactions has been predicted since age-prevalence curves show that schistosomal infections have their highest prevalence during the child- bearing years. Thus, infections must occur in many pregnant women and this leads to intra-uterine and neonatal opportunities for schistosome antigens and idiotypes, related to the mother's antischistosome immune responses, to influence her child's developing immune repertoire. Secondly, the chronicity of schistosomiasis leads to long-term, continuous stimulation of antischistosomal immune responses. This paper presents evidence that Id/anti-Id interactions develop in the maternal/neonatal setting, and occur during the chronic stages of infection. It is suggested that the presence and nature of the Id/anti-Id responses during schistosomiasis influence the clinical outcome of the infection. [A discussion of this paper by J.R. David is reported by M. Capron.] KW - antibodies KW - helminths KW - human diseases KW - idiotypes KW - immune response KW - maternal antibodies KW - neonates KW - parasites KW - pregnancy KW - resistance KW - Digenea KW - man KW - Schistosoma KW - Schistosomatidae KW - Trematoda KW - Trematoda KW - Platyhelminthes KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Schistosomatidae KW - Digenea KW - gestation KW - immunity reactions KW - immunological reactions KW - New strategies in parasitology KW - newborn infants KW - parasitic worms KW - Strigeida KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Host Resistance and Immunity (HH600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19930882190&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Atherosclerosis, hypercholesterolemia and the homocysteine theory of arteriosclerosis. AU - McCully, K. S. AU - Olszewski, A. J. JO - Zywienie Czowieka i Metabolizm JF - Zywienie Czowieka i Metabolizm Y1 - 1989/// VL - 16 IS - 4 SP - 227 EP - 231 SN - 0209-164X AD - McCully, K. S.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Providence, Rhode Island, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19931455002. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Registry Number: 6027-13-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - Atherosclerosis KW - Homocysteine KW - Hypercholesterolaemia KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - arteriosclerosis KW - hypercholesterinemia KW - hypercholesterolemia KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19931455002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intestinal infections in patients with AIDS. AU - Sachs, M. K. AU - Dickinson, G. M. JO - Postgraduate Medicine JF - Postgraduate Medicine Y1 - 1989/// VL - 85 IS - 4 SP - 309 EP - 316 SN - 0032-5481 AD - Sachs, M. K.: G.M. Dickinson, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1201 NW 16th St, Miami, FL 33125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19920876505. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Subject Subsets: Helminthology; Protozoology N2 - The gastrointestinal pathogens (including Cryptosporidium, Isospora, Giardia, Entamoeba, microsporidia, Strongyloides, Shigella, Salmonella, Campylobacter, Mycobacterium and cytomegalovirus) which can cause diarrhoea in AIDS patients are discussed. KW - ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME KW - Diarrhoea KW - helminths KW - Human diseases KW - human immunodeficiency viruses KW - Immunocompromised hosts KW - Intestines KW - Opportunistic infections KW - parasites KW - Cryptosporidium KW - Entamoeba KW - Giardia KW - Isospora KW - man KW - protozoa KW - Rhabditida KW - Strongyloides stercoralis KW - Cryptosporidiidae KW - Eucoccidiorida KW - Apicomplexa KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Endamoebidae KW - Amoebida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Hexamitidae KW - Diplomonadida KW - Lentivirus KW - Orthoretrovirinae KW - Retroviridae KW - RNA Reverse Transcribing Viruses KW - viruses KW - Eimeriidae KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Strongyloides KW - Strongyloididae KW - Rhabditida KW - Chromadoria KW - Chromadorea KW - Nematoda KW - AIDS KW - diarrhea KW - General account KW - human immunodeficiency virus KW - nematodes KW - parasitic worms KW - scouring KW - Secernentea KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19920876505&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Papulonodular demodicidosis associated with acquired immunodeficiency syndrome. AU - Dominey, A. AU - Rosen, T. AU - Tschen, J. JO - Journal of the American Academy of Dermatology JF - Journal of the American Academy of Dermatology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 20 IS - 2, Part 1 SP - 197 EP - 201 SN - 0190-9622 AD - Dominey, A.: T. Rosen, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 2002 Holcombe Boulevard, Houston, TX 77211, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19920881059. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 608-73-1, 58-89-9, 52645-53-1. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Entomology N2 - A papulonodular variant of demodicidosis, secondary to infestation with Demodex folliculorum, in 2 patients with acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS), is described. Treatment with gamma benzene hexachloride [lindane] and permethrin was successful. It is suggested that alterations in T cell function may allow otherwise commensal organisms to proliferate to the point of causing disease. KW - acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - case reports KW - ectoparasitoses KW - HCH KW - human diseases KW - immune response KW - immunocompromised hosts KW - immunological deficiency KW - lindane KW - permethrin KW - skin diseases KW - T lymphocytes KW - therapy KW - North America KW - Texas KW - USA KW - Acari KW - Arachnida KW - Demodex folliculorum KW - demodicidae KW - man KW - Arachnida KW - arthropods KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Demodex KW - Demodicidae KW - Prostigmata KW - mites KW - Acari KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - America KW - Great Plains States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - OECD Countries KW - Gulf States of USA KW - Southern Plains States of USA KW - West South Central States of USA KW - Southern States of USA KW - Southwestern States of USA KW - AIDS KW - benzene hexachloride KW - BHC KW - dermatoses KW - immune deficiency KW - immunity reactions KW - immunodeficiency KW - immunological reactions KW - skin follicles KW - T cells KW - therapeutics KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Host Resistance and Immunity (HH600) KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19920881059&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Monokine secretion in aging and protein malnutrition. AU - Bradley, S. F. AU - Vibhagool, A. AU - Kunkel, S. L. AU - Kauffman, C. A. JO - Journal of Leukocyte Biology JF - Journal of Leukocyte Biology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 45 IS - 6 SP - 510 EP - 514 SN - 0741-5400 AD - Bradley, S. F.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 2215 Fuller Road, Ann Arbor, MI 48105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921441585. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 36 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Aged and protein-malnourished subjects have diminished febrile responses and increased morbidity and mortality from infection that could be due to deficiencies in the production of certain monokines. The ability of peritoneal macrophages from aged and protein-malnourished rats to produce interleukin-1 (IL-1) and tumour necrosis factor (TNF) was studied. Aged rats fed on a standard diet produced less IL-1 and TNF, as measured by the thymocyte proliferation and L929 cytotoxicity assays, than young and middle-aged rats. Monokine production was not diminished by protein malnutrition in any age group. No synergistic decline in IL-1 or TNF production was seen with increasing age in malnourished rats. Diminished IL-1 and TNF production may partly explain the severity of infection seen in elderly subjects, but not in malnourished subjects. The role of other cytokines such as IL-6 and cytokine inhibitors in aging and malnutrition should be explored. KW - Aging KW - interleukins KW - Protein deficiencies KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ageing KW - protein malnutrition KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921441585&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The aging gastrointestinal tract: cell proliferation and nutritional adaptation. AU - Majumdar, A. P. N. AU - Dubick, M. A. JO - Progress in Food and Nutrition Science JF - Progress in Food and Nutrition Science Y1 - 1989/// VL - 13 IS - 2 SP - 139 EP - 160 SN - 0306-0632 AD - Majumdar, A. P. N.: Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Allen Park, MI 48101, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921445862. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 146 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - Adaptation KW - Aging KW - Cells KW - Digestive tract KW - Nutrition KW - Production KW - Reviews KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ageing KW - gastrointestinal tract KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921445862&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Relationship of blood alcohol levels to methionine metabolism in liver. AU - Barak, A. J. JO - Medical Science Research JF - Medical Science Research Y1 - 1989/// VL - 17 IS - 6 SP - 265 EP - 266 SN - 0269-8951 AD - Barak, A. J.: Liver Study Unit, Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Nebraska Medical Center, Omaha, NE 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19921447173. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 75-07-0, 64-17-5, 63-68-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Experiments on the effect of blood alcohol level on methionine metabolism in rats and hamsters are discussed. Also, an in vitro study of the author on the effect of acetaldehyde and ethanol on rat methionine synthetase is described. The results of this study indicated that acetaldehyde may possibly form inhibitory adducts with methionine synthetase and its substrate, N5 methyltetrahydrofolate. Ethanol, even at the high level of 50 nM did not have an inhibitory effect on the enzyme or its substrate. The role of acetaldehyde in contributing to liver damage from alcohol has been well established in several studies, but the effect of high alcohol levels per se remains to be settled. KW - Acetaldehyde KW - Ethanol KW - laboratory mammals KW - liver diseases KW - metabolism KW - methionine KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19921447173&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Glycoproteins of Pneumocystis carinii: characterization by electrophoresis and microscopy. AU - Pesanti, E. L. AU - Shanley, J. D. JO - Journal of Infectious Diseases JF - Journal of Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1988/// VL - 158 IS - 6 SP - 1353 EP - 1359 SN - 0022-1899 AD - Pesanti, E. L.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 555 Willard Avenue, Newington, CT 06111, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19910873751. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology; Public Health N2 - Biotin-conjugated lectins, followed by reaction with avidin-peroxidase, were used to detect glycoproteins in electrophoretically separated proteins of P. carinii and on whole organisms when using light microscopy. Glycoproteins of P. carinii were clearly different from rat cell glycoproteins. Multiple glycoproteins were present in P. carinii and exhibited intense reactivity to both concanavalin A and wheat-germ agglutinin. Those lectins that reacted with the electrophoretically separated proteins also stained both alcohol-fixed P. carinii and the extracellular granular material present only in P. carinii preparations. In electron micrographs of P. carinii, which were stained with colloidal gold-labelled concanavalin A, it was found that the lectin bound to the outer surface of the organisms and to the tubular extensions emanating from the exterior surface.<new para>ADDITIONAL ABSTRACT:<new para>Electrophoretically separated glycoproteins from rat P. carinii were investigated with 7 lectins. Light microscopy was used to study whole organisms. Multiple glycoproteins were present. On electron microscopy of whole organisms, lectins were observed to bind to the outer surface of the organisms and to the tubular extensions emanating from the exterior surface.D.W. FitzSimons KW - Biochemistry KW - characterization KW - glycoproteins KW - lectins KW - parasites KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystis carinii KW - protozoa KW - Pneumocystis KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystidomycetes KW - Taphrinomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - fungus KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19910873751&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Reaction after re-exposure to trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole. AU - Ulstad, D. R. AU - Ampel, N. M. AU - Shon, B. Y. AU - Galgiani, J. N. AU - Cutcher, A. B. T2 - Chest JO - Chest JF - Chest Y1 - 1989/// VL - 95 IS - 4 SP - 937 EP - 938 SN - 0012-3692 AD - Ulstad, D. R.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tucson, AZ, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19910874137. Publication Type: Correspondence. Language: English. Number of References: 5 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - Ulstad et al. respond to an article by Silvestri et al. (American Review of Respiratory Diseases, (1987), 136, 1003-1004), in which the cases of 2 AIDS patients, who developed pulmonary infiltrates and hypoxaemia upon re-exposure to trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole (TMP-SMX), were reported. They report the similar case of a 23-year-old homosexual HIV-positive man from Arizona, USA. The patient developed progressive exertional dyspnoea association with bilateral interstitial pulmonary infiltrates. Bronochoalveolar lavage revealed Pneumocystis carinii. The patient was started on oral TMP/SMX and promptly improved. However, after 7 days, he developed patchy erythema and hives over his trunk and arms. These resolved after one day off medication. He did well until dyspnoea recurred on the days of admission, and in response took another dose of his prescribed TMP-SMX. He quickly became flushed, diaphoretic, more dyspnoeic, nauseated, and experienced vomiting and diarrhoea. A bifrontal headache developed. On presentation to hospital he was observed to be feverish with shaking chills. Heart rate was 130 bpm, respiratory rate 40/minute, blood pressure 93/60 mm Hg falling to 82 mm Hg systolic. Skin examination revealed blanching erythema. Chest roentgenograms revealed new diffuse interstitial and alveolar infiltrates. He was treated with iv fluids, oral diphenhydramine and acetaminophen therapy. He defervesced quickly, blood pressure stabilized at 100/68 and dyspnoea resolved. Twenty-four hours after admission his temperature rose again with a mild, diffuse headache prompting a lumbar puncture, which was negative. Serial chest roentgenograms showed rapid clearing of the diffuse infiltrates. The remainder of his hospital course was uneventful, with discharge 2 days later, off medication. KW - ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME KW - Antiprotozoal agents KW - drug therapy KW - Human diseases KW - human immunodeficiency viruses KW - Immunocompromised hosts KW - Opportunistic infections KW - parasites KW - Toxicity KW - Arizona KW - North America KW - USA KW - man KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystis carinii KW - protozoa KW - Lentivirus KW - Orthoretrovirinae KW - Retroviridae KW - RNA Reverse Transcribing Viruses KW - viruses KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Pneumocystis KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystidomycetes KW - Taphrinomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - invertebrates KW - Mountain States of USA KW - Western States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - Southwestern States of USA KW - AIDS KW - chemotherapy KW - fungus KW - human immunodeficiency virus KW - trimethoprim sulfamethoxazole KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19910874137&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Possible role of ammonia in experimental cancer anorexia. AU - Chance, W. T. AU - Cao, L. AU - Foley-Nelson, T. AU - Nelson, J. L. AU - Fischer, J. E. JO - Brain Research JF - Brain Research Y1 - 1989/// VL - 486 IS - 2 SP - 316 EP - 324 SN - 0006-8993 AD - Chance, W. T.: Department of Surgery, University of Cincinnati Medical Center and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cincinnati, OH, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911428133. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 7664-41-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Plasma concentrations of ammonia were increased significantly in tumour-bearing rats before the onset of anorexia and continued to increase as the tumour grew and anorexia developed. Associated with this hyperammonaemia were increased concentrations of brain glutamine and large neutral amino acids (phenylalanine, tyrosine, tryptophan, methionine, histidine). Concentrations of the dopamine metabolites, 3,4-dihydroxyphenylacetic acid or homovanillic acid were increased in the corpus striatum, nucleus accumbens, hypothalamus and amygdala of anorectic tumour-bearing rats only, while concentrations of the serotonin metabolite, 5-hydroxyindoleacetic acid were increased in these brain regions in both anorectic and non-anorectic tumour-bearing rats. Infusing ammonium salts into nontumour-bearing rats caused anorexia and alterations in brain amino acid profile and neurotransmitter metabolism that were similar to those in anorectic tumour-bearing rats. Therefore, it is concluded that ammonia released by tumour tissue may have a direct role in the aetiology of experimental cancer anorexia. KW - ammonia KW - anorexia KW - blood KW - Carcinoma KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - inappetence KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911428133&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Receptor events and transduction in taste and olfaction. A2 - Brand, J. G. A2 - Teeter, J. H. A2 - Cagan, R. H. A2 - Kare, M. R. T2 - Chemical Senses Y1 - 1989/// VL - 1 CY - New York; USA PB - Marcel Dekker, Inc. SN - 0379-864X SN - 0824781627 AD - Monell Chemical Senses Centre, Veterans Administration Medical Centre and University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911428183. Publication Type: Book. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - This book contains the proceedings of the first International Symposium which highlighted recent advances in the understanding of receptor mechanisms in taste and olfaction. Topics covered include: Biochemical events in taste reception and transduction; Ionic mechanisms of taste cell activation; Biochemical events in olfactory reception and transduction; Ionic mechanisms of olfactory transduction (parts A and B); and Conclusion. KW - Smell KW - Taste KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - olfaction KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911428183&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Liquid diet technique of ethanol administration: 1989 update. AU - Lieber, C. S. AU - Decarli, L. M. JO - Alcohol and Alcoholism JF - Alcohol and Alcoholism Y1 - 1989/// VL - 24 IS - 3 SP - 197 EP - 211 SN - 0703-2951 AD - Lieber, C. S.: Alcohol Research and Treatment Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911428196. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 102 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A method of giving alcohol to rats and baboons as part of a liquid diet that achieves an alcohol intake of clinical relevance, while maintaining dietary control and providing adequate nutrition, is described. KW - Ethanol KW - liquid diets KW - reviews KW - techniques KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911428196&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - High protein diets stimulate albumin synthesis at the site of albumin mRNA transcription. AU - Kaysen, G. A. AU - Jones, H., Jr. AU - Hutchison, F. N. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1989/// VL - 36 IS - Suppl. 27 SP - S168 EP - S172 SN - 0085-2538 AD - Kaysen, G. A.: Medical Service 111/N, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 150 Muir Road, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911428599. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Albumin synthesis, hepatic albumin mRNA content and albumin mRNA relative to β-actin mRNA (as an internal control) (Alb/βAct), were estimated in rats with Heymann nephritis given a diet with 8.5% protein (LP) or after protein intake was increased to 40% for 4 days (HP). Enalapril (E) was used to modulate the proteinuric effect of HP, giving 4 experimental groups, LPN (8.5% protein nephrotic, no enalapril), LPE (8.5% protein, enalapril treated), HPN (40% protein nephrotic, no enalapril) and HPE (40% protein, enalapril treated). Dietary protein augmentation increased the rate of albumin synthesis, steady-state albumin mRNA values and Alb/βAct in HPN and HPE, compared with LPN or LPE, even though serum albumin concentration was greater in HPE than in either of the groups on LP. Albumin mRNA and Alb/βAct were correlated with the rate of albumin synthesis. Nuclear run-on assays were made using nuclei isolated from liver of LPN or HPN to determine whether increased albumin mRNA resulted from an increase in the rate of albumin mRNA transcription. The rate of transcription of albumin mRNA relative to that of 28s ribosomal RNA was 0.071 + 0.007 in LPN and 0.201 + 0.025 in HPN in isolated hepatic nuclei. KW - albumins KW - Nephritis KW - protein intake KW - synthesis KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911428599&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Postprandial metabolic responses to the influence of food form. AU - Crapo, P. A. AU - Henry, R. R. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1988/// VL - 48 IS - 3 SP - 560 EP - 564 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Crapo, P. A.: P. A. Crapo, University of California, San Diego, Department of Medicine (V-111G), Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911429278. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8, 9005-25-8, 9007-92-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Potatoes; Rice N2 - Whether differences in the metabolic response to common starches could be eliminated by altering the physical form of food was investigated using 12 normal and 6 non-insulin-dependent diabetic (NIDDM) subjects after consumption of test loads of whole and blended rice and potato. In normal and NIDDM subjects the lower postprandial glycaemia and insulinaemia of whole rice was eliminated and was similar to that of whole potato, which was unaffected by blending. The glucagon responses were unchanged and similar in both groups under all study conditions. In both normal and NIDDM subjects the glucose and insulin response to a particular starch was not a stable feature dependent on the unique characteristics of the starch molecule, but is affected by food processing and the form in which it is presented to the gastrointestinal tract. KW - Blood sugar KW - carbohydrates KW - Glucagon KW - Insulin KW - Nutrition KW - Potatoes KW - processing KW - responses KW - Rice KW - starch KW - Man KW - Oryza KW - Solanum tuberosum KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Poaceae KW - Cyperales KW - monocotyledons KW - angiosperms KW - Spermatophyta KW - plants KW - Solanum KW - Solanaceae KW - Solanales KW - dicotyledons KW - blood glucose KW - glucose in blood KW - paddy KW - saccharides KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911429278&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - In vitro assay of pancreatic acinar-cell function of rats made chronically riboflavin deficient. AU - Gomez, R. L. AU - Nichoalds, G. E. AU - Singh, M. AU - Simsek, H. AU - LaSure, M. M. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1988/// VL - 48 IS - 3 SP - 626 EP - 631 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Gomez, R. L.: Pancreatic Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, GA 30910, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911429322. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Registry Number: 83-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of riboflavin deficiency on the rat pancreas was investigated using male Sprague Dawley rats freely fed a purified riboflavin-sufficient diet or fed isocaloric amounts of riboflavin-deficient diet for 13 weeks; one-half of the latter group was replenished with daily intraperitoneal injections of riboflavin for the last 3 weeks. Body weight, pancreas weight, DNA, protein, amylase, chymotrypsinogen, and trypsinogen decreased in riboflavin-deficient rats. In vitro basal secretion of chymotrypsinogen decreased and basal and bethanechol-stimulated secretions of trypsinogen increased in riboflavin-deficient rats which may be due to reduced feed intake. On replenishment of riboflavin, amylase content returned to that of rats fed freely whereas increases in body weight, pancreas weight, DNA, protein, chymotrypsinogen, and trypsinogen were not significant. Both basal-and bethanechol-stimulated secretions of chymotrypsinogen increased. Results indicate that riboflavin deficiency, which commonly accompanies chronic alcoholism, may contribute to the pancreatic injury in chronic alcoholism. KW - deficiency KW - Pancreas KW - riboflavin KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - vitamin B2 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911429322&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Tribal differences in diabetes: prevalence among American Indians in New Mexico. AU - Carter, J. AU - Horowitz, R. AU - Wilson, R. AU - Sava, S. AU - Sinnock, P. AU - Gohdes, D. JO - Public Health Reports JF - Public Health Reports Y1 - 1989/// VL - 104 IS - 6 SP - 665 EP - 669 SN - 0033-3549 AD - Carter, J.: Ambulatory Care, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 2100 Ridgecrest, SE, Albuquerque, NM 87108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911431508. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The prevalence of diagnosed diabetes among American Indians in New Mexico with varied genetic and cultural backgrounds is reported. Utilizing community-based registries, the prevalence in persons 35 years and older ranged from 9.8% among Jicarilla Apache Indians to 28.2% among Zuni Indians. All rates were significantly higher than the US rate of 5.3% for the same age group. In addition, in 3 of the 5 tribal groups examined, the rates of diagnosed diabetes in Indians less than 35 years old 0.5 to 1.3% were significantly higher than the US rate of 0.4% for the same age group. KW - diabetes KW - Ethnic groups KW - USA KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - United States of America KW - Social Psychology and Culture (UU490) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911431508&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Biologic essentiality of vanadium with special emphasis on the skeleton. AU - Wallach, S. T2 - 6th International Trace Element Symposium. Volume 1. JO - 6th International Trace Element Symposium. Volume 1. JF - 6th International Trace Element Symposium. Volume 1. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 28 EP - 36 AD - Wallach, S.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bay Pines, Fl 33504, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911433059. Publication Type: Conference paper. Language: English. Number of References: 68 ref. Registry Number: 7440-62-2. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Various biochemical processes in which vanadium acts as inhibitor or stimulant, as well as physiological effects are briefly outlined. V avidly seeks deposition in the skeleton after ingestion, though amounts and physical forms of V have not been defined. It is thought that V is deposited as pentavalent vanadate, replacing phosphate in the hydroxyapatite crystal lattice. The tendency of V to deposit in areas of recent bone formation and mineralization suggests a role in these biological processes, perhaps via its insulin-like action or by a direct influence on phosphate transfer and binding. Some data support essentiality of V for skeletal growth and epiphyseal maturation and mineralization, some data indicate toxicity of V excess, due to influence on bone collagen turnover. More data are required for defining the role of V in skeletal physiology. KW - skeleton KW - Vanadium KW - Germany KW - Animals KW - Man KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - Developed Countries KW - European Union Countries KW - OECD Countries KW - Western Europe KW - Europe KW - Mo, V KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911433059&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Bridging the gap between black food preferences and the renal diet. AU - Jones, W. O. JO - Transplantation Proceedings JF - Transplantation Proceedings Y1 - 1989/// VL - 21 IS - 6 SP - 3990 EP - 3992 SN - 0041-1345 AD - Jones, W. O.: 11 So. Dialysis Unit, New York Veterans Administration Medical Center, 408 First Ave, New York, NY 10010, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911438696. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 6 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Compliance literature indicates that 30 to 70% of all dialysis patient populations are non-compliant. From 1986 to 1989, compliance records of 199 black haemodialysis patients were monitored. Length of time on dialysis ranged from 3 months to 12 years; 197 were men and 2 women. Age range was 27 to 78 with a mean of 52.9±14.8 years. The basic diet contained 0.8 g protein/kg body weight, 2 g sodium, 2 g potassium and 720 ml fluid plus urinary output. Food preferences and eating habits were taken into account and in-depth instructions and ongoing support were given. Of the patients 30% were classified as non-compliant. Compliance with K restriction was the most difficult problem for most patients. Interdialytic weight given was also a major problem. Excessive meat intake was responsible for high blood urea nitrogen in all patients. Emotional attachment to cultural foods cannot be overestimated. Compliance will be greater if such familiar foods are included. KW - diets KW - ethnic groups KW - Kidney diseases KW - USA KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - kidney disorders KW - nephropathy KW - renal diseases KW - United States of America KW - Social Psychology and Culture (UU490) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911438696&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Absorption, storage, and distribution of beta-carotene in normal and beta-carotene-fed rats: roles of parenchymal and stellate cells. AU - Lakshman, M. R. AU - Asher, K. A. AU - Attlesey, M. G. AU - Satchithanandam, S. AU - Mychkovsky, I. AU - Coutlakis, P. J. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1989/// VL - 30 IS - 10 SP - 1545 EP - 1550 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Lakshman, M. R.: Lipid Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, DC 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911438946. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 7235-40-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Absorption and storage of [14C]β-carotene in control and β-carotene-fed (BC-fed) rats were estimated. Pre-feeding with β-carotene for 2 weeks caused a 1.9-fold stimulation of its own absorption as well as its conversion to retinyl esters, whereas the absorption of [³H]retinyl acetate was unaffected. Liver the the lungs accounted for 60 and 30%, respectively, of the total recovered 14C radioactivity in control and BC-fed groups. β-Carotene accounted for 80 to 87% of the recovered 14C radioactivity in liver and lungs. Subcellular distribution of [14C]β-carotene in control and BC-fed groups revealed that the cytosol was the major fraction accounting for 44.4 and 26.8% of the radioactivity in the liver and lungs, respectively. Distribution of β-carotene among liver parenchymal (PC) and stellate cells (STC) was estimated in the 2 groups. Based on radioactivity, the PC and STC contained 22 and 78% of the total, respectively, in the control group; the corresponding values for the PC and STC in the BC-fed group were 48 and 52% of the total radioactivity, respectively. Based on the β-carotene concentration following chronic β-carotene feeding, PC contained 75.5% and the STC had 24.5% of the total β-carotene. KW - absorption KW - beta-Carotene KW - liver KW - lungs KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911438946&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Increased sitosterol absorption, decreased removal, and expanded body pools compensate for reduced cholesterol synthesis in sitosterolemia with xanthomatosis. AU - Salen, G. AU - Shore, V. AU - Tint, G. S. AU - Forte, T. AU - Shefer, S. AU - Horak, I. AU - Horak, E. AU - Dayal, B. AU - Nguyen, L. AU - Batta, A. K. AU - Lindgren, F. T. AU - Kwiterovich, P. O., Jr. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1989/// VL - 30 IS - 9 SP - 1319 EP - 1330 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Salen, G.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, East Orange, NJ 07019, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911438980. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 51 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Turnover and absorption of phytosterol and cholesterol, along with plasma sterol and lipoprotein concentrations in 1 control and 2 subjects with phytosterolaemia with xanthomatosis were studied. All took the same diet which supplied cholesterol about 500 and phytosterol 250 mg/day. Sterol absorption was estimated by plasma dual-isotope ratio method and turnover by plasma isotope-kinetic analysis. In the phytosterolaemic subjects, 28 and 63% of the phytosterol and 69 and 49% of the cholesterol were absorbed, respectively, compared with 4% of the phytosterol and 44% of the cholesterol in the control. Plasma phytosterol specific activities decayed more rapidly than cholesterol in the control. Plasma phytosterol and cholesterol specific activity-time curves were similar and decayed more slowly in the phytosterolaemic subjects. In the control, total phytosterol pool was 290 mg and was linearly related to low absorption (18 mg/day); whereas total phytosterol pool was 17 times (4800 mg) and 13 times (3500 mg) larger, respectively, in the phytosterolaemic subjects and was expanded out of proportion to increased absorption because of decreased removal. Daily cholesterol turnover and synthesis were markedly reduced in the phytosterolaemic subjects. In 4 phytosterolaemic subjects, plasma concentrations of total sterols, low-density lipoproteins (LDL) and apolipoprotein (apo) B were increased, whereas those of high-density lipoproteins and apoA-I were low to normal. The LDL were very similar to those of normal control subjects in density distribution, peak flotation rate, sterol:protein (apoB) ratio, particle size and morphology. KW - absorption KW - cholesterol KW - phytosterols KW - synthesis KW - Xanthomatosis KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911438980&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Differential effect of aluminum on the blood-brain barrier transport of peptides, technetium and albumin. AU - Banks, W. A. AU - Kastin, A. J. AU - Fasold, M. B. JO - Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics JF - Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics Y1 - 1988/// VL - 244 IS - 2 SP - 579 EP - 585 SN - 0022-3565 AD - Banks, W. A.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1601 Perdido Street, New Orleans, LA 70146, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911453635. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 42 ref. Registry Number: 7429-90-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Aluminium is a neurotoxin capable of altering membrane structure and function. Whether Al can also affect saturable transport across membranes was studied using the blood-brain barrier as a model. Mice were given intraperitoneal or intravenous Al (up to 100 mg/kg) as the chloride salt and the disappearance from the brain of several centrally administered substances was estimated. Al rapidly and profoundly inhibited the saturable system that transports the small, N-tyrosinated peptides Tyr-MIF-1 and the enkephalins from the brain to the blood by acting as a non-competitive inhibitor. In contrast, the disappearance from the brain of technetium pertechnetate (a substance also transported out of the brain by a different saturable system), albumin or D-Tyr-MIF-1 (a stereoisomer of Tyr-MIF-1 that was confirmed not to be transported by the carrier system) was not affected by Al. Al did not alter the saturable or non-saturable component of the uptake of Tyr-MIF-1 by erythrocytes. The results suggest that one mechanism by which Al may induce neurotoxicity is by selective alteration of the transport systems of the blood-brain barrier. KW - Aluminium KW - toxicity KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aluminum KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911453635&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Reduced myelination in rat pups due to prenatal iron deprivation. AU - Rao, G. A. AU - Larkin, E. C. JO - Biochemical Archives JF - Biochemical Archives Y1 - 1989/// VL - 5 IS - 4 SP - 345 EP - 352 SN - 0749-5331 AD - Rao, G. A.: Hematopathology Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19911453953. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 44 ref. Registry Number: 7439-89-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Histopathological examination of brain of young born to rats which were given an iron-deficient (Fe-) or an Fe-supplemented (Fe+) diet, 8.1 ± 1.6 and 74.5 ± 10.7 mg/kg, respectively, during pregnancy and lactation suggested a role of Fe in myelinogenesis. Estimation of cerebrosides and cholesterol which are mainly present in the myelin fraction of brain further supported this conclusion. The amount of these lipids in the brain was less at 10 days old than at 17 days. At either age, the values in the controls were greater than those in the Fe- young. The amount of myelin protein from the brain of Fe- rats 17 days old was markedly less than that from the brain of Fe+ rats 17 days old. However, the relative content of protein, cholesterol, cerebroside and phospholipid was similar in myelin fraction from the brain of Fe- and Fe+ young. KW - deficiency KW - Iron KW - myelination KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19911453953&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Sclerotherapy-associated esophageal ulcers: lessons from a double-blind, randomized comparison of sucralfate suspension versus placebo. AU - Tabibian, N. AU - Smith, J. L. AU - Graham, D. Y. JO - Gastrointestinal Endoscopy JF - Gastrointestinal Endoscopy Y1 - 1989/// VL - 35 IS - 4 SP - 312 EP - 315 SN - 0016-5107 AD - Tabibian, N.: Digestive Disease Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Houston, Texas, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19900395586. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 54182-58-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Sugar Industry N2 - Patients who had undergone sclerotherapy and who had ulcers >5 mm in diameter were administered either sucralfate suspension (10 ml 4 times a day, 4 g/day) or placebo. Nine patients (13 ulcers) received sucralfate and 10 patients (17 ulcers) received placebo. After 4 weeks, 78% and 40% of the ulcers had healed in the respective groups. This difference is not significant when it is taken into account that the patients receiving placebo had a higher percentage of large ulcers, which are known to heal more slowly. This trial is not sufficient to demonstrate whether sucralfate accelerates postsclerotherapy healing of oesophageal ulcers. KW - Sucralfate KW - treatment KW - ulcers KW - sucrose aluminium sulfate KW - Sugar and Sugar Products (QQ020) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Non-food/Non-feed Plant Products (SS200) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19900395586&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Probe directed at a segment of Rickettsia rickettsii rRNA amplified with polymerase chain reaction. AU - Wilson, K. H. AU - Blitchington, R. AU - Shah, P. AU - McDonald, G. AU - Gilmore, R. D. AU - Mallavia, L. P. JO - Journal of Clinical Microbiology JF - Journal of Clinical Microbiology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 27 IS - 12 SP - 2692 EP - 2696 SN - 0095-1137 AD - Wilson, K. H.: Division of Infectious Diseases, Duke University and Durham Veterans Administration Medical Center, Durham, NC 27705, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19900598559. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Entomology N2 - In an effort to explore a sensitive taxon-specific detection system for bacteria, the 16S rRNA from 2 strains of R. rickettsii, 4 other rickettsiae (R. prowazeckii, R. montana, R. typhi and R. conorii), and Coxiella burnetii were sequenced to find a probe site unique to R. rickettsii. A 16-mer was then synthesized which hybridized only to the rRNA of R. rickettsii. Using a primer complementary to a sequence found only in rickettsial rRNA, a cDNA was then generated. The probe site was amplified in a 180-base segment of the cDNA by using the cDNA primer and a second primer also unique to rickettsiae in a polymerase chain reaction. The segments of rRNA from each of the rickettsiae were amplified 106- to 107-fold, and the R. rickettsii probe hybridized only to the amplified segment from R. rickettsii. The rRNAs from Staphylococcus aureus, C. burnetii and Neisseria meningitidis were not amplified and did not hybridize with the probe. The approach detailed may prove clinically useful in the direct detection of pathogens that are difficult to cultivate. KW - Diagnosis KW - Diagnostic techniques KW - DNA probes KW - Human diseases KW - identification KW - Rickettsia rickettsii KW - Rickettsiaceae KW - Rickettsia KW - Rickettsiaceae KW - Rickettsiales KW - Alphaproteobacteria KW - Proteobacteria KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - bacterium KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Human Health and Hygiene (General) (VV000) (Revised June 2002) [formerly Human Health and Hygiene (General) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19900598559&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Murine typhus fever: its clinical and biologic similarity to epidemic typhus. AU - Woodward, T. E. A2 - Walker, D.H. T2 - Biology of rickettsial diseases. Volume I. JO - Biology of rickettsial diseases. Volume I. JF - Biology of rickettsial diseases. Volume I. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 79 EP - 92 CY - Boca Raton, Florida; USA PB - CRC Press, Inc. SN - 0849343828 AD - Woodward, T. E.: Department of Internal Medicine, University of Maryland School of Medicine and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Baltimore, MD, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19900599142. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Entomology N2 - Rickettsia typhi infection in man is reviewed. Case reports are given from Jamaica, Philippines, Malaysia and USA. Symptomology, clinical pathology, pathogenesis and therapy are discussed, as are differences and similarities between R. typhi and R. prowazekii. KW - Human diseases KW - pathology KW - Reviews KW - Symptoms KW - Vector-borne diseases KW - man KW - Rickettsia prowazekii KW - Rickettsia typhi KW - Rickettsiaceae KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Rickettsia KW - Rickettsiaceae KW - Rickettsiales KW - Alphaproteobacteria KW - Proteobacteria KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - bacterium KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19900599142&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Historical perspectives on Pneumocystis carinii. AU - Walzer, P. D. JO - Journal of Protozoology JF - Journal of Protozoology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 36 IS - 1 SP - 39 EP - 41 AD - Walzer, P. D.: Veterans Administration Medical Center & Division of Infectious Diseases, Department of Internal Medicine, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine, Cincinnati, OH 45220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19900859734. Publication Type: Journal Article; Conference paper; Journal article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - A historical account of P. carinii infection in man is given, and current knowledge about the parasite is summarized. KW - history KW - Human diseases KW - Immunocompromised hosts KW - Opportunistic infections KW - parasites KW - man KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystis carinii KW - protozoa KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Pneumocystis KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystidomycetes KW - Taphrinomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - invertebrates KW - fungus KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19900859734&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Enzymes of Pneumocystis carinii: electrophoretic mobility on starch gels. AU - Pesanti, E. L. JO - Journal of Protozoology JF - Journal of Protozoology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 36 SP - 2S EP - 3S AD - Pesanti, E. L.: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Newington, CT 06111, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19900859762. Publication Type: Journal Article; Conference paper; Journal article. Language: English. Number of References: 5 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - Starch gel electrophoresis of lysed lung tissue from rats infected with P. carinii demonstrated that some rat and P. carinii enzymes had different electrophoretic mobilities. It revealed that P. carinii possesses electrophoretically distinct catalase, superoxidase dismutase and glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase. KW - biochemistry KW - enzymes KW - Human diseases KW - Opportunistic infections KW - parasites KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystis carinii KW - protozoa KW - Pneumocystis KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystidomycetes KW - Taphrinomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - electrophoretic mobility KW - fungus KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19900859762&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Endemic strongyloidiasis in northern Italy: clinical and immunological aspects. AU - Genta, R. M. AU - Gatti, S. AU - Linke, M. J. AU - Cevini, C. AU - Scaglia, M. JO - Quarterly Journal of Medicine JF - Quarterly Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1988/// VL - 68 IS - 257 SP - 679 EP - 690 SN - 0033-5622 AD - Genta, R. M.: Department of Pathology - 113, Veterans Administration Hospital, Cincinnati, OH 45220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19900860581. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 42 ref. Registry Number: 37341-29-0, 308067-58-5, 308067-57-4. Subject Subsets: Helminthology; Public Health N2 - One hundred and eighteen cases of S. stercoralis infection were detected by stool examination among 4203 patients seen over a period of 3 years at the Division of Infectious Diseases (IRCCS, San Matteo, University of Pavia) of a University Hospital in Northern Italy. Because chronic strongyloidiasis is often asymptomatic, a 3% prevalence in this selected population indicates that the parasitosis may be much more frequent in the general population of the area. Parasite-specific humoral responses were studied in 48 patients. Strongyloides-specific IgG and IgA antibodies were found by ELISA in the serum of 40 (83.3%) and 43 (89.5%) patients, respectively, and specific IgE antibodies were detected by RAST in 39 (81.3%). The specific IgG antigen recognition patterns of these patients were compared by immunoblotting with those of North and South American and Thai patients, and differences among the groups suggested the existence of separate geographic strains of S. stercoralis. This was further supported by the virtual absence in the patients of the larva currens, a common and highly characteristic sign of strongyloidiasis in subjects infected in southeast Asia. More awareness of the epidemiological and clinical features of strongyloidiasis, with the use of serological tests to screen candidates for immunosuppression, may result in the early detection of chronic uncomplicated strongyloidiasis and in the prevention of fatal opportunistic hyperinfections.<new para>ADDITIONAL ABSTRACT:<new para>Stool examinations of 4203 patients at a hospital in Pavia showed 118 (3%) to have Strongyloides stercoralis infections. Humoral responses were studied in 48 patients [detailed results are given in the paper]. Specific IgG antigen recognition patterns were compared with those of patients from North and South America and Thailand, and the differences found suggest the existence of separate geographical strains of S. stercoralis. Although larva currens is characteristic of strongyloidiasis in South-East Asia it was virtually absent from the Italian patients.Sheila M. Crewe KW - antigens KW - epidemiology KW - helminths KW - Human diseases KW - Humoral immunity KW - IgA KW - IgE KW - IgG KW - immune response KW - Immunoglobulins KW - parasites KW - Strongyloidiasis KW - Europe KW - Italy KW - man KW - Nematoda KW - Rhabditida KW - Strongyloides stercoralis KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - invertebrates KW - Strongyloides KW - Strongyloididae KW - Rhabditida KW - Chromadoria KW - Chromadorea KW - Nematoda KW - Developed Countries KW - European Union Countries KW - Mediterranean Region KW - OECD Countries KW - Southern Europe KW - Europe KW - antigenicity KW - gamma-globulins KW - geographic strains KW - immune globulins KW - immunity reactions KW - immunogens KW - immunological reactions KW - nematodes KW - parasitic worms KW - prevalence KW - reagin KW - reaginic antibodies KW - Secernentea KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Host Resistance and Immunity (HH600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19900860581&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Granulomatous pulmonary lesions in patients with the acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) and Pneumocystis carinii infection. AU - Blumenfeld, W. AU - Basgoz, N. AU - Owen, W. F., Jr. AU - Schmidt, D. M. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1988/// VL - 109 IS - 6 SP - 505 EP - 507 SN - 0003-4819 AD - Blumenfeld, W.: Veterans Administration Medical Centre, 4150 Clement Street, Department of Clinical Pathology, 113A, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19900860587. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Registry Number: 80-08-0, 738-70-5. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - Atypical granulomatous pulmonary manifestations of P. carinii are reported in 2 patients with AIDS in San Francisco, USA. Both patients had initial episodes of P. carinii pneumonia and were treated with oral pentamidine followed by trimethoprim sulfamethoxazole. They subsequently received zidovudine and aerosolized pentamidine. One patient died within 8 h of admission. KW - ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME KW - case reports KW - clinical aspects KW - Dapsone KW - disseminated infections KW - heart KW - Human diseases KW - Immunocompromised hosts KW - lesions KW - lungs KW - medical treatment KW - Opportunistic infections KW - parasites KW - pathology KW - Pneumocystis carinii pneumonia KW - Treatment KW - Trimethoprim KW - California KW - North America KW - USA KW - man KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystis carinii KW - protozoa KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Pneumocystis KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystidomycetes KW - Taphrinomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - invertebrates KW - Pacific States of USA KW - Western States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - AIDS KW - clinical picture KW - fungus KW - pulmonary lesions KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pathogen, Pest, Parasite and Weed Management (General) (HH000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19900860587&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Predictive value of an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) for the serodiagnosis of strongyloidiasis. AU - Genta, R. M. JO - American Journal of Clinical Pathology JF - American Journal of Clinical Pathology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 89 IS - 3 SP - 391 EP - 394 SN - 0002-9173 AD - Genta, R. M.: Pathology 113, Veterans Administration Hospital, 3200 Vine Street, Cincinnati, OH 45220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19900860647. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Subject Subsets: Helminthology; Tropical Diseases N2 - The predictive value of an ELISA using Strongyloides stercoralis antigens was evaluated on 268 infected patients, 571 noninfected controls, and 78 individuals with other parasitic infections. A positive test was accurate in predicting the presence of S. stercoralis in 97% of the cases, while a negative test was associated with absence of infection in 95% of the patients. Possible cross-reactivity occurred in some patients with Loa loa and Ascaris lumbricoides.<new para>ADDITIONAL ABSTRACT:<new para>The author describes an indirect ELISA for antibody to Strongyloides stercoralis, which detected 88% of infected persons and had a false-positive rate of 5%.This method could be of great value in screening for strongyloidiasis in immunologically compromized individuals.A. Voller KW - diagnosis KW - ELISA KW - helminths KW - Human diseases KW - immunodiagnosis KW - parasites KW - Strongyloidiasis KW - North America KW - Ohio KW - USA KW - man KW - Nematoda KW - Rhabditida KW - Strongyloides stercoralis KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - invertebrates KW - Strongyloides KW - Strongyloididae KW - Rhabditida KW - Chromadoria KW - Chromadorea KW - Nematoda KW - America KW - Corn Belt States of USA KW - North Central States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - OECD Countries KW - East North Central States of USA KW - enzyme linked immunosorbent assay KW - nematodes KW - parasitic worms KW - Secernentea KW - serological diagnosis KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19900860647&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Methionine recycling as a target for antiprotozoal drug development. AU - Riscoe, M. K. AU - Ferro, A. J. AU - Fitchen, J. H. JO - Parasitology Today JF - Parasitology Today Y1 - 1989/// VL - 5 IS - 10 SP - 330 EP - 333 AD - Riscoe, M. K.: Medical Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, OR 97207, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19900860751. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology KW - Antiprotozoal agents KW - drug development KW - DRUG THERAPY KW - Human diseases KW - mode of action KW - parasites KW - protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - chemotherapy KW - methionine recycling KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19900860751&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cationic antitrypanosomal and other antimicrobial agents in the therapy of experimental Pneumocystis carinii pneumonia. AU - Walzer, P. D. AU - Kim, C. K. AU - Foy, J. AU - Linke, M. J. AU - Cushion, M. T. JO - Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy JF - Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy Y1 - 1988/// VL - 32 IS - 6 SP - 896 EP - 905 SN - 0066-4804 AD - Walzer, P. D.: Cincinnati Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine, Cincinnati, OH 45220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19900862078. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 45 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - Cationic compounds used for the treatment of animal African trypanosomiasis have structural properties close to pentamidine. The activities of these drugs and other antimicrobial agents were compared in an immunosuppressed rat model of P. carinii pneumonia. Diminazene, imidocarb, amicarbalide, quinapyramine, and isometamidium showed efficacy greater than or equal to that of pentamidine, whereas ethidium and methylglyoxal bis(guanylhydrazone) were only slightly active against the organism. Diminazene and pentamidine also exhibited comparable efficacy in P. carinii prophylaxis. α-Difluoromethylornithine (DFMO), a polyamine inhibitor, was ineffective therapy when used alone and did not improve the effectiveness of pentamidine or diminazene. Quinine, quinidine, quinacrine, chlorpromazine, spiramycin, Pentostam, Astiban, dehydroemetine, ampicillin, gentamicin, chloramphenicol, and spectinomycin also showed little or no activity against the organism. Thus, in this model anti-P. carinii activity appears to be a common property of veterinary cationic trypanocidal compounds. This should be important in studying structure-activity relationships and in developing new drugs for the treatment of P. carinii infection in humans. KW - Antibiotics KW - Antimalarials KW - Antiprotozoal agents KW - DRUG THERAPY KW - experiments KW - Human diseases KW - Laboratory animals KW - medical treatment KW - parasites KW - pneumocystosis KW - Treatment KW - trypanocides KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystis carinii KW - protozoa KW - rats KW - Rodents KW - Pneumocystis KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystidomycetes KW - Taphrinomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Aminoqualdine KW - Carbanilides KW - chemotherapy KW - Diamidines KW - fungus KW - Immunosuppressed hosts KW - Phenanthridiums KW - trypanocidal drugs KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Pathogen, Pest, Parasite and Weed Management (General) (HH000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19900862078&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Hospital-associated infection from leeches. AU - Abrutyn, E. T2 - Annals of Internal Medicine JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1988/// VL - 109 IS - 5 SP - 356 EP - 358 SN - 0003-4819 AD - Abrutyn, E.: Medical College of Pennsylvania and Veterans Administration Hospital, Philadelphia, PA 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19900865830. Publication Type: Editorial. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - The role of leeches (especially Hirudo medicinalis) in modern medicine is discussed briefly, followed by a more detailed discussion of reports of an association between the use of leeches and infection with Aeromonas hydrophila. The antibiotic-sensitivity and -resistance patterns of A. hydrophila are summarized. KW - complications KW - Human diseases KW - parasites KW - treatment KW - Hirudinea KW - Hirudo medicinalis KW - man KW - Annelida KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Hirudo KW - Hirudidae KW - Hirudinea KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pathogen, Pest, Parasite and Weed Management (General) (HH000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19900865830&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Reactivation of Toxoplasma gondii by cytomegalovirus disease in mice: antimicrobial activities of macrophages. AU - Pomeroy, C. AU - Kline, S. AU - Jordan, M. C. AU - Filice, G. A. JO - Journal of Infectious Diseases JF - Journal of Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1989/// VL - 160 IS - 2 SP - 305 EP - 311 SN - 0022-1899 AD - Pomeroy, C.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, One Veterans Drive, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19900867790. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - Reactivation of T. gondii infection often occurs concurrently with active cytomegalovirus (CMV) disease in immunocompromised patients, and CMV disease results in immunosuppression. To determine if murine CMV (MCMV) infection decreases resistance to T. gondii, mice with latent T. gondii infection were infected with MCMV. T. gondii infection reactivated and manifested primarily as pneumonia. Lung macrophages supported the growth of T. gondii before, during and after T. gondii reactivation. Peritoneal macrophages inhibited the growth of T. gondii as pneumonia developed and became permissive as pneumonia resolved. Mice with latent T. gondii infection could survive larger doses of MCMV than could controls. Thus, MCMV infection led to reactivation of latent T. gondii infection in mice. Activation of lung macrophages, assessed by their ability to inhibit replication of T. gondii in vitro, was not associated with control of T. gondii infection. KW - Human diseases KW - Immune response KW - immunology KW - Laboratory animals KW - macrophages KW - parasites KW - viral immunosuppression KW - Apicomplexa KW - Cytomegalovirus KW - mice KW - protozoa KW - Rodents KW - Toxoplasma gondii KW - Viruses KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Betaherpesvirinae KW - Herpesviridae KW - dsDNA viruses KW - DNA viruses KW - viruses KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Toxoplasma KW - Sarcocystidae KW - Eucoccidiorida KW - Apicomplexa KW - immunity reactions KW - immunological reactions KW - reactivation KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Host Resistance and Immunity (HH600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19900867790&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Isozyme-specific monoclonal antibody-directed assessment of induction of hepatic cytochrome P-450 by clotrimazole. AU - Khan, W. A. AU - Kuhn, C. AU - Merk, H. F. AU - Park, S. S. AU - Gelboin, H. V. AU - Bickers, D. R. AU - Mukhtar, H. JO - Drug Metabolism and Disposition JF - Drug Metabolism and Disposition Y1 - 1989/// VL - 17 IS - 4 SP - 360 EP - 364 SN - 0090-9556 AD - Khan, W. A.: H. Mukhtar, Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Cleveland, OH 44106, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901204590. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 43 ref. Registry Number: 23593-75-1. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - The profile of hepatic cytochrome P-450 isozyme(s) induced by clotrimazole treatment of male Sprague-Dawley rats was investigated. Clotrimazole administration (100 mg/kg daily for 4 d, intragastrically) resulted in 86% induction of spectrally detectable cytochrome P-450 in hepatic microsomes. In these microsomes 7-ethoxycoumarin O-deethylase (126%), aminopyrine N-demethylase (176%), benzphetamine N-demethylase (117%), p-nitrophenol hydroxylase (89%) and 7-ethoxyresorufin O-deethylase (63%) activities were significantly induced, whereas aryl hydrocarbon hydroxylase activity remained unchanged. Characterization of cytochrome P-450 isozyme(s) in hepatic microsomes prepared from clotrimazole-treated animals was based on the immunoreactivity of these microsomes with highly specific monoclonal antibodies (MAbs) raised against 3-methylcholanthrene-specific P-450 (MAb 1-7-1), phenobarbital-specific P-450 (MAb 2-66-3), pregnenolone- 16α-carbonitrile-specific P-450 (MAb C2) and ethanol-inducible P-450 (MAb 1-98-1). Western blot analysis of hepatic microsomes prepared from clotrimazole-treated animals with MAb 2-66-3, MAb 1-98-1 and MAb C2 revealed strong immunoreactive bands, whereas moderate reactivity was observed with MAb 1-7-1. MAb 2-66-3 significantly inhibited 7-ethoxycoumarin O-deethylase activity (45%), whereas MAb 1-7-1 moderately inhibited 7-ethoxyresorufin O-deethylase activity (30%) in clotrimazole-treated animals. It is suggested that clotrimazole is an inducer of several P-450 isozymes in rat liver and that some of these are phenotypically related to P-450 isozymes induced by phenobarbital, pregnenolone-16α-carbonitrile and ethanol. KW - Antifungal agents KW - Clotrimazole KW - enzymes KW - liver KW - toxicity KW - fungistats KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901204590&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of intravenous silica on the course of Nocardia asteroides pneumonia. AU - Pomeroy, C. AU - Filice, G. A. JO - Infection and Immunity JF - Infection and Immunity Y1 - 1988/// VL - 56 IS - 9 SP - 2507 EP - 2511 SN - 0019-9567 AD - Pomeroy, C.: Infectious Disease Sect., Med. Serv. & Res. Serv., Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901204725. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 7631-86-9. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Silica, a known toxin of mononuclear phagocytes, was administered intravenously to mice during N. asteroides pneumonia. Mice that received silica had a 7-fold decrease in the number of peripheral blood monocytes and developed more severe N. asteroides pneumonia than control mice. Lung histology in mice that received silica resembled that of mice with impaired cell-mediated immunity. It is concluded that silica injures blood monocytes and impairs their contributions to pulmonary host defence. KW - immunology KW - infections KW - lungs KW - monocytes KW - silica KW - mice KW - Nocardia asteroides KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nocardia KW - Nocardiaceae KW - Corynebacterineae KW - Actinomycetales KW - Actinobacteridae KW - Actinobacteria KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - bacterium KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901204725&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Epidermal proliferation and the neutrophilic infiltrates of experimental cutaneous candidiasis in mice. AU - Sohnle, P. G. AU - Hahn, B. L. JO - Archives of Dermatological Research JF - Archives of Dermatological Research Y1 - 1989/// VL - 281 IS - 4 SP - 279 EP - 283 SN - 0340-3696 AD - Sohnle, P. G.: Res. Serv./151, Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Milwaukee, WI 53295, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901204774. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A mouse model of cutaneous Candida albicans infection was used to determine if the prominent neutrophilic infiltrates in the infected skin of nonimmune animals were responsible for inducing the early phase of epidermal proliferation seen in these infections. Both the organisms and resulting neutrophilic microabscesses were found in the cellular layers of the epidermis at 12 h after inoculation, and were then extruded together to a more superficial site in the stratum corneum over the next 1-2 d. The degree of epidermal proliferation elicited at the site of the Candida foci, as determined from the thickness of the cellular layers of the epidermis, was the same for foci with neutrophils as for those without, even when the latter came from severely leukopenic animals. The location of neutrophils within the infected skin or the numbers of organisms present did not seem to make a difference with respect to the degree of epidermal proliferation produced at the site of Candida foci. It is suggested that in acute experimental cutaneous Candida infections the organisms can elicit a vigorous epidermal proliferative response in the absence of the neutrophilic infiltrates usually seen in these infections. KW - immunology KW - infections KW - neutrophils KW - skin KW - Candida KW - mice KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - dermis KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901204774&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Controlled comparison of a new Becton Dickinson agar slant blood culture system with Roche Septi-Chek for the detection of bacteremia and fungemia. AU - Reimer, L. G. AU - Reller, L. B. AU - Mirrett, S. JO - Journal of Clinical Microbiology JF - Journal of Clinical Microbiology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 27 IS - 12 SP - 2637 EP - 2639 SN - 0095-1137 AD - Reimer, L. G.: Microbiol. Lab., Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Salt Lake City, UT 84148, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901204893. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Two commercially available agar slide blood culture systems, Septi-Chek (Roche Diagnostics) and VACUTAINER agar slant (Becton Dickinson (BD)), were compared in 5628 paired blood cultures from adult patients. The systems were inoculated with equal volumes (5 ml) of blood. There was no statistically significant difference between the 2 systems in the overall recovery of clinically important microorganisms, including Candida albicans, C. tropicalis, Candida spp., Torulopsis glabrata and Rhodotorula rubra; however, significantly more Escherichia coli (P<0.05) organisms were detected in the Septi-Chek system. Concurrently, significantly more contaminants (P<0.001) were also present in Septi-Chek bottles. When microorganisms grew in both systems, there was no significant difference in the time to recovery of important organisms, except that anaerobes were detected more quickly in the BD system. It is concluded that the BD VACUTAINER agar slant is an acceptable alternative to the Septi-Chek system for routine blood cultures. KW - blood KW - culture media KW - hosts KW - infections KW - isolation KW - techniques KW - Yeasts KW - USA KW - Candida KW - Candida albicans KW - Candida glabrata KW - Candida tropicalis KW - man KW - Rhodotorula mucilaginosa KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - Candida KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - Rhodotorula KW - Sporidiobolales KW - Microbotryomycetes KW - Pucciniomycotina KW - Basidiomycota KW - Torulopsis KW - Pezizomycotina KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - Rhodotorula rubra KW - Torulopsis glabrata KW - United States of America KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901204893&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Development of phenotypic resistance to direct lethal miconazole action by Candida albicans entering stationary phase. AU - Beggs, W. H. JO - Mycopathologia JF - Mycopathologia Y1 - 1989/// VL - 108 IS - 3 SP - 201 EP - 206 SN - 0301-486X AD - Beggs, W. H.: General Med. Res. Serv., Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901204966. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Registry Number: 22916-47-8. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - In the late logarithmic or very early stationary phase of the growth cycle, yeast cells of C. albicans undergo a shift from susceptibility to resistance to the direct lethal action of miconazole. Regulation of this phenotypic shift was examined. Experiments based on viable count determinations and the construction of time-kill curves showed that re-establishment of resistance is independent of both pH and the attainment of some critical viable cell density. However, it was found that development of resistance requires the continued availability of an appropriate energy source toward the end of exponential growth. KW - antifungal agents KW - antifungal properties KW - miconazole KW - resistance KW - Candida albicans KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - anti-fungal properties KW - fungicidal properties KW - fungistats KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901204966&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Unexpected recovery of Blastomyces dermatitidis from an anaerobic pleural empyema. AU - O'Marro, S. D. AU - Varkey, B. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1989/// VL - 86 IS - 6 part 2 SP - 833 EP - 833 SN - 0002-9343 AD - O'Marro, S. D.: Zablocki Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Milwaukee, WI 53298-0232, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901205032. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 7 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A case is reported in a 61-yr-old man in whom B. dermatitidis was isolated from an anaerobic pleural empyema. Pleural effusion in blastomycosis is briefly discussed. KW - complications KW - hosts KW - infections KW - lungs KW - USA KW - Wisconsin KW - Blastomyces dermatitidis KW - man KW - Blastomyces KW - Ajellomycetaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - East North Central States of USA KW - North Central States of USA KW - USA KW - Lake States of USA KW - fungus KW - pleural empyema KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901205032&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Progress in standardizing antifungal susceptibility tests. AU - Galgiani, J. N. JO - Clinics in Laboratory Medicine JF - Clinics in Laboratory Medicine Y1 - 1989/// VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 269 EP - 277 SN - 0272-2712 AD - Galgiani, J. N.: Med. Serv. (111), Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Tucson, AZ 85723, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901205121. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Progress in standardizing antifungal susceptibility tests, including the rise of antifungal therapy, the need for in vitro tests of yeast susceptibility, current status of antifungal tests, relationship of susceptibility test results and clinical outcome, and NCCLS efforts toward standardizing test performance, is discussed. KW - antifungal agents KW - standardization KW - Techniques KW - fungistats KW - susceptibility testing KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901205121&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Value of the Cand-Tec Candida antigen assay in the diagnosis and therapy of systemic candidiasis in high-risk patients. AU - Cabezudo, I. AU - Pfaller, M. AU - Gerarden, T. AU - Koontz, F. AU - Wenzel, R. AU - Gingrich, R. AU - Heckman, K. AU - Burns, C. P. JO - European Journal of Clinical Microbiology & Infectious Diseases JF - European Journal of Clinical Microbiology & Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1989/// VL - 8 IS - 9 SP - 770 EP - 777 SN - 0934-9723 AD - Cabezudo, I.: Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Iowa City, IA 52240, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901205287. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A total of 911 sera from 171 patients at risk for systemic Candida infection and 24 sera from 24 non-hospitalized control subjects were analysed for the presence of Candida antigen using a commercially available latex agglutination test (Cand-Tec). Thirty-seven (22%) patients had systemic candidosis (due to C. albicans, C. tropicalis, C. rugosa, C. [Torulopsis] glabrata, C. krusei, C. pseudotropicalis [C. kefyr], C. paratropicalis [C. tropicalis], C. parapsilosis and C. guilliermondii) documented by positive blood cultures, deep biopsy culture and histopathology or autopsy. Six patients had transient candidaemia, 20 patients had candiduria, 53 patients had mucous membrane colonization, 21 patients were not colonized but received empiric amphotericin B, and 34 patients were not colonized and not treated with amphotericin B. The intraobserver reproducibility was 90% for the exact titre and 100% for a deviation of one dilution. The sensitivity and specificity of the Candida antigen test in detection of systemic candidosis was 95% and 50% (≥1:2), 73% and 72% (≥1:4), and 46% and 80% (≥1:8) respectively. Despite the poor specificity, serial antigen determinations in patients with documented systemic candidosis demonstrated both an early diagnostic and prognostic role for the Candida antigen test. Of patients whose antigen titre increased during the course of amphotericin B therapy of documented infection, 71% died versus only 13% of those whose titre decreased while on therapy (P=0.01). It is concluded that the Candida antigen test has a limited yet potentially useful role in the diagnosis and management of systemic candidosis in high-risk patients. KW - generalized infections KW - hosts KW - immunological techniques KW - infections KW - latex agglutination test KW - USA KW - Blastodendrion arztii KW - Candida acidothermophilum KW - Candida albicans KW - Candida glabrata KW - Candida kefyr KW - Candida parapsilosis KW - Candida rugosa KW - Candida tropicalis KW - man KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - Torulopsis KW - Pezizomycotina KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - Blastodendrion KW - Candida guilliermondii KW - Candida krusei KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - latex fixation test KW - serological techniques KW - Torulopsis glabrata KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901205287&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fine-needle aspiration of subcutaneous phaeohyphomycosis caused by Wangiella dermatitidis. AU - Crosby, J. H. AU - O'Quinn, M. H. AU - Steele, J. C. H., Jr. AU - Rao, R. N. JO - Diagnostic Cytopathology JF - Diagnostic Cytopathology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 5 IS - 3 SP - 293 EP - 297 SN - 8755-1039 AD - Crosby, J. H.: Laboratory Service (113), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, GA 30910, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901205546. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Two cases of subcutaneous phaeohyphomycosis, first recognised by fine-needle aspiration (FNA), were confirmed with culture, excision and histological study. Both patients, a 60-yr-old man and a 55-yr-old woman, had debilitating medical problems and a solitary mass on the left leg. Pigmented hyphae and other fungal elements, numerous in both aspirates, assumed a variety of forms that did not permit specific identification. Cultures grew W. dermatitidis in both cases. FNA also yielded purulent exudate, multinucleated giant cells and in one case, epithelioid histiocytes. Both excised lesions were abscesses, with associated granulomatous inflammation, fibrosis and plant splinters. Fungi in sections resembled those seen in the aspirates. KW - cytology KW - diagnosis KW - hosts KW - infections KW - USA KW - Exophiala dermatitidis KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Herpotrichiellaceae KW - Chaetothyriales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - Exophiala KW - fungus KW - United States of America KW - Wangiella KW - Wangiella dermatitidis KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901205546&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Azole therapy of systemic fungal infections. AU - Graybill, J. R. A2 - Holmberg, K. A2 - Meyer, R.D. T2 - Diagnosis and therapy of systemic fungal infections. JO - Diagnosis and therapy of systemic fungal infections. JF - Diagnosis and therapy of systemic fungal infections. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 133 EP - 143 CY - New York; USA PB - Raven Press SN - 0881675539 AD - Graybill, J. R.: Veterans Administration Hospital and University of Texas Health Science Center, San Antonio, Texas 78284, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901205611. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Number of References: 58 ref. Registry Number: 22916-47-8, 86386-73-4, 84625-61-6, 65277-42-1. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Treatment of systemic mycoses with azoles, including miconazole, ketoconazole, itraconazole and fluconazole, is discussed. Tolerance to antifungal azoles and future developments in azole therapy are considered. KW - Antifungal agents KW - fluconazole KW - itraconazole KW - ketoconazole KW - miconazole KW - Mycoses KW - therapy KW - fungistats KW - therapeutics KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901205611&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Mucormycosis: association with deferoxamine therapy. AU - Daly, A. L. AU - Velazquez, L. A. AU - Bradley, S. F. AU - Kauffman, C. A. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1989/// VL - 87 IS - 4 SP - 468 EP - 471 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Daly, A. L.: C. A. Kauffman, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901205670. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 40 ref. Registry Number: 70-51-9. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A case of fatal central nervous system and pulmonary phycomycosis is reported in a 56-yr-old woman who had received deferoxamine therapy for iron overload secondary to myelodysplastic syndrome. Diagnosis was made at necropsy when Rhizopus was cultured from fungal masses. Twenty-five previously reported cases of deferoxamine-associated phycomycosis are reviewed. KW - central nervous system KW - deferoxamine KW - hosts KW - infections KW - lungs KW - predisposition KW - USA KW - man KW - Mucoraceae KW - Rhizopus KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Mucoraceae KW - Mucorales KW - Mucoromycotina KW - Zygomycota KW - fungi KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - CNS KW - desferrioxamine KW - fungus KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901205670&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fungicidal activity of cilofungin (LY121019) alone and in combination with anticapsin or other antifungal agents. AU - Pfaller, M. AU - Gordee, R. AU - Gerarden, T. AU - Yu, M. AU - Wenzel, R. JO - European Journal of Clinical Microbiology & Infectious Diseases JF - European Journal of Clinical Microbiology & Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1989/// VL - 8 IS - 6 SP - 564 EP - 567 SN - 0934-9723 AD - Pfaller, M.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, Iowa 52240, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901205683. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 7 ref. Registry Number: 79404-91-4. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Cilofungin was shown to have potent fungicidal activity against clinical isolates of Candida albicans and C. tropicalis but not C. parapsilosis. Fungicidal activity was evident against both replicating and non-replicating C. albicans and was progressive over the first 12 h of incubation. The combination of cilofungin with anticapsin but not with amphotericin B, ketoconazole or 5-fluorocytosine [5-flucytosine] resulted in synergistic fungicidal activity. It is concluded that this compound warrants further investigation of its safety and efficacy in the treatment of Candida infections. KW - antifungal agents KW - antifungal properties KW - Cilofungin KW - synergism KW - Candida albicans KW - Candida parapsilosis KW - Candida tropicalis KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - anti-fungal properties KW - anticapsin KW - fungicidal properties KW - fungistats KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - synergy KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901205683&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A new presentation of disseminated histoplasmosis in a homosexual man with AIDS. AU - Ibanez, H. E. AU - Ibanez, M. A. JO - American Journal of the Medical Sciences JF - American Journal of the Medical Sciences Y1 - 1989/// VL - 298 IS - 6 SP - 407 EP - 409 SN - 0002-9629 AD - Ibanez, H. E.: Department of Medicine, San Juan Veterans Administration Hospital, San Juan, Puerto Rico. N1 - Accession Number: 19901205698. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - The clinical and histopathological features and the therapeutic response of a pustular eruption occurring in a 32-yr-old homosexual man with AIDS is reported. The cutaneous presentation consisted of mostly circumscribed, tender, tense pustules, associated with erythema, confined to the face and neck. Biopsy of these lesions revealed intracellular round to oval bodies surrounded by a clear space, consistent with Histoplasma capsulatum. The fungus was also cultured from bronchial lavage specimens and bone marrow aspirate. Prompt resolution of skin lesions was observed after initiation of amphotericin B therapy (total dose, 35 mg/kg given over 70 d). KW - acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - generalized infections KW - hosts KW - infections KW - predisposition KW - skin KW - Puerto Rico KW - Histoplasma capsulatum KW - man KW - Ajellomyces KW - Ajellomycetaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Histoplasma KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - Developing Countries KW - Greater Antilles KW - Antilles KW - Caribbean KW - America KW - Latin America KW - AIDS KW - Ajellomyces capsulatus KW - dermis KW - fungus KW - Porto Rico KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901205698&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hypersensitivity pneumonitis due to sensitization with thermophilic actinomycetes. AU - Kurup, V. P. JO - Immunology and Allergy Clinics of North America JF - Immunology and Allergy Clinics of North America Y1 - 1989/// VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 285 EP - 306 SN - 0889-8561 AD - Kurup, V. P.: Research Service 151, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Milwaukee, WI 53295-1000, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901205964. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 84 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Medical & Veterinary Mycology; Sugar Industry N2 - Hypersensitivity pneumonitis due to sensitization with thermophilic actinomycetes is reviewed, including the role of thermophilic actinomycetes as inhalant allergens, clinical aspects, diseases caused by thermophilic actinomycetes such as farmer's lung, mushroom worker's lung, bagassosis and ventilation system pneumonitis, immunological responses, pathogenesis, and diagnosis by microbiology, immunology and serology. KW - Allergies KW - farmer's lung KW - hosts KW - Occupational disorders KW - reviews KW - thermophilic actinomycetes KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - bagassosis KW - Hypersensitivity pneumonitis KW - mushroom worker's lung KW - Non-communicable Human Diseases and Injuries (VV600) KW - Occupational Health and Safety (VV900) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Non-food/Non-feed Plant Products (SS200) KW - Sugar and Sugar Products (QQ020) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901205964&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Periprosthetic candidal infections following arthroplasty. AU - Darouiche, R. O. AU - Hamill, R. J. AU - Musher, D. M. AU - Young, E. J. AU - Harris, R. L. JO - Reviews of Infectious Diseases JF - Reviews of Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1989/// VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 89 EP - 96 AD - Darouiche, R. O.: Infectious Disease Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Houston, Texas 77030, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901206355. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Candidal infections after prosthetic arthroplasty reported in 6 previous cases, to which 4 cases are added, are reviewed. Candida albicans was the offending organism in 4 patients, C. parapsilosis in 3, C. tropicalis in 2 and C. (Torulopsis) glabrata in one. None of the 10 patients had evidence of disseminated candidosis and, except for the uniform presence of a prosthesis, other underlying factors that are generally associated with candidal infections were present in only 3. Clinical features that distinguished periprosthetic from natural bone and joint infection included an older patient population, the usual lack of predisposing factors other than the prosthesis and the absence of evidence of disseminated candidosis. All patients were treated with removal of the prosthesis and antifungal therapy, consisting of amphotericin B alone (6 patients) or combined with 5-fluorocytosine [flucytosine] (3 patients) or ketoconazole (one patient). Infection appeared to be cured in 9 of the 10 patients, but the follow-up was <1 yr in 5 cases. Replacement with a new prosthetic joint was attempted in only 2 cases and was successful in only one. It is suggested that direct inoculation of organisms during surgery or transient unrecognized candidaemia may initiate periprosthetic infection, which might then be promoted by favourable local factors, both mechanical and molecular. KW - arthroplasty KW - hosts KW - infections KW - joints (animal) KW - predisposition KW - USA KW - Candida albicans KW - Candida glabrata KW - Candida parapsilosis KW - Candida tropicalis KW - man KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - Torulopsis KW - Pezizomycotina KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - Torulopsis glabrata KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901206355&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A comparison of a new oral antifungal, terbinafine, with griseofulvin as therapy for tinea corporis. AU - Cole, G. W. AU - Stricklin, G. JO - Archives of Dermatology JF - Archives of Dermatology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 125 IS - 11 SP - 1537 EP - 1539 SN - 0003-987X AD - Cole, G. W.: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Long Beach, CA 90822, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901206435. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 8 ref. Registry Number: 1226-07-8, 91161-71-6. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Fifty patients with tinea corporis, due to Trichophyton rubrum, T. mentagrophytes, T. tonsurans, Trichophyton sp., Microsporum audouinii and Epidermophyton floccosum, were treated with either 500 mg griseofulvin (microsize) or 500 mg terbinafine daily for 6 wks. Thirty-three patients completed the study. Thirteen (87%) of 15 patients who took terbinafine were considered successfully treated, while 13 (73%) of 18 patients in the griseofulvin group noted resolution of their disease. Five patients taking griseofulvin were forced to discontinue the therapy because of side effects, compared with 2 patients taking terbinafine. It is concluded that terbinafine may possess a safety and efficacy profile similar to that of griseofulvin. KW - Antifungal agents KW - dermatomycoses KW - Dermatophytes KW - griseofulvin KW - hosts KW - terbinafine KW - therapy KW - USA KW - Arthrodermataceae KW - Epidermophyton floccosum KW - man KW - Microsporum audouinii KW - Onygenales KW - Trichophyton KW - Trichophyton mentagrophytes KW - Trichophyton rubrum KW - Trichophyton tonsurans KW - Epidermophyton KW - Arthrodermataceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - Microsporum KW - Trichophyton KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - dermatophytoses KW - fungistats KW - fungus KW - therapeutics KW - United States of America KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901206435&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of cilofungin (LY121019) on carbohydrate and sterol composition of Candida albicans. AU - Pfaller, M. AU - Riley, J. AU - Koerner, T. JO - European Journal of Clinical Microbiology & Infectious Diseases JF - European Journal of Clinical Microbiology & Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1989/// VL - 8 IS - 12 SP - 1067 EP - 1070 SN - 0934-9723 AD - Pfaller, M.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, Iowa 52242, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901206552. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Registry Number: 79404-91-4. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - The effects of cilofungin on the sterol and cell wall carbohydrate composition of C. albicans were investigated. Exposure of C. albicans to cilofungin resulted in a 55-60% decrease in ergosterol and a 4-13% decrease in lanosterol content relative to controls. Carbohydrate analysis revealed a 72-79% decrease in glucan content and no significant decrease in mannan or chitin content relative to controls. It is suggested that cilofungin specifically inhibits glucan synthesis in C. albicans and so may be less toxic to mammalian cells. KW - antifungal agents KW - antifungal properties KW - biochemistry KW - carbohydrates KW - cell walls KW - cilofungin KW - pharmacodynamics KW - sterols KW - Candida albicans KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - anti-fungal properties KW - drug action KW - fungicidal properties KW - fungistats KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - mechanism of drug action KW - saccharides KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901206552&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Cryptococcosis in patients with acquired immunodeficiency syndrome. AU - Simberkoff, M. S. AU - Zuger, A. A2 - Leoung, G. A2 - Mills, J. T2 - Opportunistic infections in patients with the acquired immunodeficiency syndrome. JO - Opportunistic infections in patients with the acquired immunodeficiency syndrome. JF - Opportunistic infections in patients with the acquired immunodeficiency syndrome. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 267 EP - 284 CY - New York; USA PB - Marcel Dekker, Inc. SN - 0824780809 AD - Simberkoff, M. S.: New York Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York, NY, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901206603. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Number of References: 69 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Cryptococcus neoformans infection in AIDS patients, including host defence mechanisms, prevalence and organ involvement, clinical manifestations, diagnosis, treatment, prognosis and maintenance treatment, is reviewed. KW - acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - hosts KW - predisposition KW - reviews KW - Cryptococcus neoformans KW - man KW - Cryptococcus (Fungi) KW - Tremellaceae KW - Tremellales KW - Tremellomycetes KW - Agaricomycotina KW - Basidiomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - AIDS KW - fungus KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901206603&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Coccidioidomycosis: clinical update. AU - Ampel, N. M. AU - Wieden, M. A. AU - Galgiani, J. N. JO - Reviews of Infectious Diseases JF - Reviews of Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1989/// VL - 11 IS - 6 SP - 897 EP - 911 AD - Ampel, N. M.: Medical Service (111), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tucson, Arizona 85723, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901206803. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 188 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology; Public Health N2 - The prevalence and incidence of Coccidioides immitis infections in the United States, including risk factors for severe coccidioidomycosis, clinical syndromes, diagnosis and treatment, are reviewed. KW - acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - clinical aspects KW - Coccidioidomycosis KW - Diagnosis KW - HIV infections KW - hosts KW - human immunodeficiency viruses KW - infections KW - mycoses KW - Opportunistic infections KW - reviews KW - Treatment KW - USA KW - Coccidioides immitis KW - man KW - Coccidioides KW - Onygenaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Lentivirus KW - Orthoretrovirinae KW - Retroviridae KW - RNA Reverse Transcribing Viruses KW - viruses KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - AIDS KW - clinical picture KW - coccidiomycosis KW - fungus KW - human immunodeficiency virus KW - human immunodeficiency virus infections KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pathogen, Pest, Parasite and Weed Management (General) (HH000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901206803&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Invasive trichosporonosis in a patient with the acquired immunodeficiency syndrome. AU - Leaf, H. L. AU - Simberkoff, M. S. T2 - Journal of Infectious Diseases JO - Journal of Infectious Diseases JF - Journal of Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1989/// VL - 160 IS - 2 SP - 356 EP - 357 SN - 0022-1899 AD - Leaf, H. L.: Infectious Diseases Section, New York Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York, NY 10010, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901207072. Publication Type: Correspondence. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A case of invasive Trichosporon beigelii infection is reported in a 54-yr-old man with AIDS. T. beigelii was isolated from repeated blood cultures and a urine culture. After a 2-wk course of amphotericin B (0.3 mg/kg daily), cultures of blood were sterile. KW - acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - clinical aspects KW - hosts KW - infections KW - mycoses KW - Opportunistic infections KW - predisposition KW - Serology KW - USA KW - man KW - Trichosporon KW - Trichosporon beigelii KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Trichosporonaceae KW - Tremellales KW - Tremellomycetes KW - Agaricomycotina KW - Basidiomycota KW - fungi KW - Trichosporon KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - AIDS KW - clinical picture KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901207072&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Artifactual elevation of the serum creatinine in patients receiving flucytosine for cryptococcal meningitis. AU - Kennedy, C. A. AU - Goetz, M. B. AU - Mathisen, G. T2 - Journal of Infectious Diseases JO - Journal of Infectious Diseases JF - Journal of Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1989/// VL - 160 IS - 6 SP - 1090 EP - 1091 SN - 0022-1899 AD - Kennedy, C. A.: M. B. Goetz, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901207264. Publication Type: Correspondence. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Registry Number: 1397-89-3, 2022-85-7. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A case is reported in a 36-yr-old HIV-positive man with Pneumocystis carinii infection and disseminated Cryptococcus neoformans infection who was treated with amphotericin B (0.4 mg/kg daily) and flucytosine (125 mg/kg daily). Antifungal therapy was delayed twice because of perceived acute renal failure, which later proved to be an artefactual elevation of the serum creatinine due to flucytosine. Supraphysiological increases in the serum creatinine occurred after 24 h of combination antifungal therapy and a cumulative amphotericin B dosage of 36 mg. KW - acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - amphotericin B KW - Antifungal agents KW - flucytosine KW - generalized infections KW - hosts KW - infections KW - predisposition KW - therapy KW - USA KW - Cryptococcus neoformans KW - man KW - Cryptococcus (Fungi) KW - Tremellaceae KW - Tremellales KW - Tremellomycetes KW - Agaricomycotina KW - Basidiomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - 5-fluorocytosine KW - AIDS KW - fungistats KW - fungus KW - therapeutics KW - United States of America KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901207264&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Coccidioidomycosis. AU - Bronnimann, D. A. AU - Galgiani, J. N. JO - European Journal of Clinical Microbiology & Infectious Diseases JF - European Journal of Clinical Microbiology & Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1989/// VL - 8 IS - 5 SP - 466 EP - 473 SN - 0934-9723 AD - Bronnimann, D. A.: J. N. Galgiani, Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tucson, AZ 85723, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901207632. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 78 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Coccidioides immitis infections, including clinical features, diagnosis and therapy, are reviewed. KW - hosts KW - reviews KW - Coccidioides immitis KW - man KW - Coccidioides KW - Onygenaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - fungus KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901207632&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Inhibition of rat liver transaminases by low levels of acetaldehyde and the pharmacologic effects of B6 vitamers. AU - Crouch, J. Y. AU - Solomon, L. R. JO - Biochemical Pharmacology JF - Biochemical Pharmacology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 38 IS - 20 SP - 3431 EP - 3437 SN - 0006-2952 AD - Crouch, J. Y.: L.R. Solomon, Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Spring St., West Haven, CT 06516, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901417091. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Registry Number: 75-07-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Acetaldehyde metabolism was studied in rat liver homogenates and cytosols. When either preparation was incubated at 37° C with 1.5 mM acetaldehyde for 4 h, acetaldehyde values fell rapidly in the first 30 min and little inhibition of aspartate aminotransferase or alanine aminotransferase resulted. Incubation with 50 mM ethanol also resulted in a peak acetaldehyde value of 1.0 to 1.5 mM by 2 h, but this value was then maintained for the next 2 h and transaminases were inhibited by 20 to 35%. Sequential addition of low dose (125 to 250 μM) pulses of acetaldehyde to rat liver preparations resulted in a progressive decrease in the rate of acetaldehyde disappearance. When the pulsing schedule was adjusted accordingly to maintain acetaldehyde between 50 and 250 μM for 8 h, transaminases were again inhibited by 20 to 40%. Finally, addition of 1 to 5 mM pyridoxal and pyridoxal 5′-phosphate, aldehydic B-6 vitamers, to cytosols 2 to 4 h after pulsing with acetaldehyde was begun, almost completely prevented further transaminase inhibition. The non-aldehyde B-6 vitamers, pyridoxine, pyridoxamine and pyridoxamine 5′-phosphate, did not affect acetaldehyde-mediated transaminase inhibition. These findings suggest that prolonged exposure to low values of acetaldehyde impairs acetaldehyde metabolism in rat liver homogenates and cytosols; acetaldehyde toxicity may be more dependent on sustained exposure to acetaldehyde than on the peak value of acetaldehyde attained; and aldehydic B-6 vitamers can modify on-going acetaldehyde-mediated transaminase inhibition. KW - acetaldehyde KW - aminotransferases KW - Liver KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - transaminases KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901417091&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Antimutagenic activity of green tea polyphenols. AU - Wang, Z. Y. AU - Cheng, S. J. AU - Zhou, Z. C. AU - Athar, M. AU - Khan, W. A. AU - Bickers, D. R. AU - Mukhtar, H. JO - Mutation Research, Genetic Toxicology Testing JF - Mutation Research, Genetic Toxicology Testing Y1 - 1989/// VL - 223 IS - 3 SP - 273 EP - 285 SN - 0165-1218 AD - Wang, Z. Y.: H. Mukhtar, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 10701 East Boulevard, Cleveland, OH 44106, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901417213. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 45 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Water extracts of green tea (WEGT) and their major constituents, green tea polyphenols (GTP), were examined for antimutagenic activity. WEGT and GTP significantly inhibited reverse mutation induced by benzo[a]pyrene (BP), aflatoxin B1 (AFB1), 2-aminofluorene and methanol extracts of coal tar pitch in Salmonella typhimurium TA100 and/or TA98 in the presence of a rat-liver microsomal activation system. GTP inhibited gene forward mutation in V79 cells treated with AFB1 and BP, and decreased the frequency of sister-chromatid exchanges and chromosomal aberrations in V79 cells treated with AFB1. Addition of GTP during and after nitrosation of methylurea resulted in a dose-dependent inhibition of mutagenicity. It is suggested that GTP may affect carcinogen metabolism, DNA adduct formation, interaction of ultimate carcinogen or scavenging of free radicals. KW - inhibition KW - mutagenesis KW - polyphenols KW - Tea KW - Camellia sinensis KW - Camellia KW - Theaceae KW - Theales KW - dicotyledons KW - angiosperms KW - Spermatophyta KW - plants KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901417213&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Obesity and the regulation of body weight. AU - Schwartz, M. W. AU - Porte, D., Jr. JO - Saudi Medical Journal JF - Saudi Medical Journal Y1 - 1989/// VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 94 EP - 100 SN - 0379-5284 AD - Schwartz, M. W.: Department of Medicine, Division of Metabolism (151), University of Washington School of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1660 South Columbian Way, Seattle, WA 98108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901417509. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: Arabic. Number of References: 12 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Obesity has become an important cause of morbidity in developed countries, and the search for effective means of treatment continues. The efficacy of current weight loss strategies is limited by the activation of regulatory responses (reduced energy expenditure combined with a drive to increase energy intake) which are part of a homeostatic system which functions to maintain a stable body weight. In this overview those factors which determine food intake and energy expenditure are examined and the evidence that both can be modified in the course of normal body weight regulation is reviewed. A model is proposed in which the central nervous system serves to integrate hunger, satiety and adiposity signals and to modify the thermogenic response to a meal to achieve a long-term balance of energy intake and output. The relevance of this weight-regulating system to obesity and its causes is discussed. Two important conclusions are drawn: in most cases of obesity, the weight-regulating system is intact, but operates at an abnormally elevated level of body adiposity; and regulation at an elevated level of body weight can occur as a consequence of any of a variety of perturbations of the normal weight-regulating system. Thus, there may be many causes of obesity. A brief review of current methods of weight reduction highlights the need for continued investigation into the mechanisms by which body weight regulation is achieved. KW - Obesity KW - treatment KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901417509&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Serum fibronectin and somatomedin-C as nutritional markers in adults receiving total parenteral nutrition. AU - Powers, D. A. AU - Franse, V. L. AU - Brown, R. O. AU - Hinson, A. AU - Cowan, G. S. M., Jr. JO - Clinical Pharmacy JF - Clinical Pharmacy Y1 - 1988/// VL - 7 IS - 12 SP - 889 EP - 893 SN - 0278-2677 AD - Powers, D. A.: Pharmacy Service (119), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1030 Jefferson Avenue, Memphis, TN 38104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901418016. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Serum concentrations of fibronectin and somatomedin-C were estimated in 21 mainly general surgical patients, male or female, before start of total parenteral nutrition by central vein and on days 4, 7, 14 and 21. Other serum indices, including albumin and triglycerides, and nitrogen balance were monitored regularly. Fibronectin was significantly higher throughout treatment than before, whereas somatomedin-C was significantly increased only on day 4. Both substances were poorly correlated with N balance. During week 1 positive balance was attained by 14 patients. KW - markers KW - nutritional state KW - Parenteral feeding KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - nutritional status KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901418016&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Importance of small intestine in diabetic hypercholesterolemia. AU - Feingold, K. R. JO - Diabetes JF - Diabetes Y1 - 1989/// VL - 38 IS - 2 SP - 141 EP - 145 AD - Feingold, K. R.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Metabolism Section (111F), 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901418038. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Numerous studies have shown that poor glycaemic control is associated with increased plasma cholesterol values in diabetic patients. Experiments have shown that cholesterol synthesis is increased in the small intestine of different diabetic animals. This increase is a generalized phenomenon occurring in all segments of the small intestine. Insulin treatment that returns blood glucose values to normal markedly decreases intestinal cholesterol synthesis in diabetic animals to a value similar to that observed in controls. Studies have suggested that the hyperphagia that accompanies poorly controlled diabetes is the chief stimulus for the increase in intestinal cholesterol synthesis. However, the direct contact of the intestinal mucosa with nutrients is not the only trigger for increasing cholesterol synthesis in the small intestine, suggesting that circulating and/or neurological factors play a role. The transport of newly synthesized cholesterol, most of which is in the chylomicron lipoprotein fraction, from the intestines to the circulation is increased in diabetic rats. The sterols associated with those chylomicrons are rapidly cleared from the circulation and delivered to the liver. The increased transport of chylomicrons from the intestine to the circulation in diabetic patients could potentially results in several alterations in lipid metabolism that may increase the risk of atherosclerotic vascular disease. KW - Diabetes KW - lipid metabolism KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fat metabolism KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901418038&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nutritional and hormonal regulation of articular collagen production in diabetic animals. AU - Umpierrez, G. E. AU - Goldstein, S. AU - Phillips, L. S. AU - Spanheimer, R. G. JO - Diabetes JF - Diabetes Y1 - 1989/// VL - 38 IS - 6 SP - 758 EP - 763 AD - Umpierrez, G. E.: R.G. Spanheimer, Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, IA 52242, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901418046. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 36 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Although changes in collagen production probably play a major role in the connective tissue defects of diabetes, it is not known to what extent those changes are attributable to hormonal/metabolic or nutritional changes. To study collagen production as influenced separately by nutritional or hormonal/metabolic factors, rats were given streptozotocin 50 mg/kg (mild weight-gaining diabetes) or 100 mg/kg (severe weight-losing diabetes) and were compared with non-diabetic food-restricted rats to match weight changes in diabetic rats. Articular cartilage was incubated with [³H]proline, and uptake of [³H]proline into both collagen and non-collagen proteins was estimated with purified bacterial collagenase. Collagen decreased to 49% in mildly diabetic rats and to 16% in severely diabetic rats, compared with control rats fed freely and decreased to 85 and 73%, respectively, in food-restricted rats. Diabetes induced a greater defect in collagen production than food restriction and a greater decrease in collagen than non-collagen protein production within each group, suggesting a specific effect on collagen. With comparable levels of metabolic severity (glucose, β-hydroxybutyrate), diabetic rats that lost weight produced significantly less collagen than rats that gained weight, suggesting separate mechanisms. Quantitation of the impact of undernutrition on collagen production in diabetes showed that about 31 to 32% of the defect was due to undernutrition, leaving about 68 to 69% of the defect due to the diabetic state. Multivariate analysis of metabolic (glucose, β-hydroxybutyrate), hormonal (insulin, insulinlike growth factor I [IGF-I]) and nutritional (weight change) factors revealed that altered collagen production was correlated only with the degree of weight change in food-restricted rats; reduced collagen production was correlated only with circulating IGF-I in diabetic rats. KW - collagen KW - Diabetes KW - hormonal control KW - metabolism KW - nutritional state KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - endocrine control KW - hormonal regulation KW - nutritional status KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901418046&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Magnesium balances and 28Mg studies in man. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Schwartz, R. AU - Osis, D. A2 - Hemphill, D.D. T2 - Trace substances in environmental health. 22. Proceedings of the University of Missouri's 22nd Annual Conference on Trace Substances in Environmental Health, St. Louis, Missouri, 23-26 May 1988. JO - Trace substances in environmental health. 22. Proceedings of the University of Missouri's 22nd Annual Conference on Trace Substances in Environmental Health, St. Louis, Missouri, 23-26 May 1988. JF - Trace substances in environmental health. 22. Proceedings of the University of Missouri's 22nd Annual Conference on Trace Substances in Environmental Health, St. Louis, Missouri, 23-26 May 1988. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 128 EP - 135 CY - Columbia, MO; USA PB - University of Missouri AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, IL, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901418116. Publication Type: Conference paper. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 7439-95-4. Subject Subsets: Veterinary Science; Human Nutrition N2 - The intestinal absorption of magnesium was estimated in strictly controlled dietary conditions in patients with normal renal function and also in patients with chronic renal failure. The average net absorption of Mg of patients with normal renal function, expressed as a percentage of the Mg intake, was 48.5%, while that of patients with chronic renal failure was significantly lower, 17%. Increasing the calcium intake from a low Ca intake of 200 mg daily to different higher intake levels up to 2000 mg daily did not change the Mg balance nor the net absorption of Mg of both types of patients. The lack of effect of the higher Ca intake on the absorption of Mg was confirmed in studies in which an oral dose of 28Mg, as the chloride, was given. The excretion of the absorbed Mg into the intestine, the endogenous faecal Mg, was low. Also, increasing the phosphorus intake up to 2000 mg daily in subjects with normal renal function did not affect the Mg balance, regardless of the intake of Ca. KW - Magnesium KW - metabolism KW - Phenols KW - Poisonous plants KW - Tannins KW - Man KW - plants KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - tannic acid KW - toxic plants KW - Weeds and Noxious Plants (FF500) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901418116&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Immunoreactive beta-endorphin and met- and leu-enkephalin contents in pancreas and pituitary of corpulent (cp/cp) rats. AU - Timmers, K. AU - Voyles, N. R. AU - Wilkins, S. AU - Michaelis, O. E., IV AU - Bhathena, S. J. AU - Recant, L. JO - International Journal of Obesity JF - International Journal of Obesity Y1 - 1989/// VL - 13 IS - 3 SP - 337 EP - 345 SN - 0307-0565 AD - Timmers, K.: Diabetes Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 50 Irving Street NW, Washington, DC 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901418423. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The content of 3 opioid peptide immunoreactivities (β-endorphin, met-enkephalin and leu-enkephalin) was measured in pituitary and pancreas of 2 genetically obese rats, the LA/N-cp and the SHR/N-cp. Although both these inbred strains carry the same cp allele, the SHR-cp rat is obese and diabetic by 8 weeks old, while the LA/N-cp is obese but remains euglycaemic. There were no signifiant differences in content of immunoreactive β-endorphin, met-enkephalin or leu-enkephalin in whole pituitary, posterior or anterior lobes of the pituitary, or pancreas which could be ascribed to the effect of the obese phenotype. These data are in contrast to previously reported studies in which significant alterations in opioid peptide immunoreactivities were found in genetically obese Zucker fa/fa rats, C57BL/6 ob/ob mice and C57BL/Ks db/db mice. The present work provides no support for pathological involvement of opioid peptides in the genetically obese cp/cp rat. KW - endorphins KW - Obesity KW - pancreas KW - pituitary KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - hypophysis KW - pituitary gland KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901418423&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Changes in whole body lipid composition in a murine model of insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. AU - Rabinowitz, J. L. AU - Craig, R. G. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1989/// VL - 38 IS - 8 SP - 777 EP - 780 AD - Rabinowitz, J. L.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, University and Woodland Avenues, Philadelphia, PA 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901418504. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To assess the effect of experimentally induced insulin-dependent diabetes (IDDM) on total body lipid composition, homogenates of neonatal (0-day) and Sprague-Dawley rats 6 days old treated on day 0 with streptozotocin (STZ) 65 mg/kg body weight or citrate buffer alone were compared. STZ-treated littermates in a parallel study were markedly hyperglycaemic, hypoinsulinaemic and attained only 50% of the gain in weight of citrate-treated controls. Although both groups were similar in protein to body weight ratios, STZ-treated rats exhibited 60% of the total lipid content of citrate-treated littermates when compared by weight. The decrease in total lipid content in the STZ-treated group resulted specifically from decreased neutral and not phospholipid content, although there was a small increase in phosphatidic acid and sphigomyelin in this group. The changes in relative whole body lipids with short-term high-dose STZ parallel those reported in human IDDM. KW - Diabetes KW - lipid metabolism KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fat metabolism KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901418504&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Lipid metabolism in non-insulin-dependent diabetes: effects of long-term treatment with fructose-supplemented mixed meals. AU - Thorburn, A. W. AU - Crapo, P. A. AU - Beltz, W. F. AU - Wallace, P. AU - Witztum, J. L. AU - Henry, R. R. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1989/// VL - 50 IS - 5 SP - 1015 EP - 1022 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Thorburn, A. W.: R.R. Henry, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Medical Research Service (V-111G), 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901418590. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 42 ref. Registry Number: 57-48-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Sugar Industry N2 - Using fructose in the diabetic diet remains controversial primarily because of the potential for adverse effects on serum lipids. Lipid metabolism was evaluated in 5 (2 women and 3 men 55 ± 5 years old) patients with noninsulin-dependent diabetes for 3 months before and after ingestion of mixed meals containing 13% of energy as fructose. Triglyceride (TG) transport in very-low-density lipoproteins (VLDL) was assessed by multicompartmental analysis of VLDL-TG specific activity after injection of [³H]2-glycerol. There were no deleterious changes in lipid metabolism after fructose supplementation. The fructose diet produced no changes in serial free fatty acids, high-density lipoproteins, low-density lipoproteins and fractional catabolic rate. Physiological amounts of fructose are unlikely to have adverse effects on lipid metabolism when consumed by these diabetics in place of sucrose in mixed meals for a prolonged period. KW - Diabetes KW - fructose KW - lipid metabolism KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fat metabolism KW - fruit sugar KW - ketohexose KW - laevulose KW - levulose KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Sugar and Sugar Products (QQ020) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901418590&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Insulin resistance and β-cell dysfunction in aging: the importance of dietary carbohydrate. AU - Chen, M. AU - Bergman, R. N. AU - Porte, D., Jr. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1988/// VL - 67 IS - 5 SP - 951 EP - 957 SN - 0021-972X AD - Chen, M.: D. Porte, Jr., Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1660 South Columbian Way, Seattle, WA 98108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901418649. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The possible role of dietary factors in the glucose intolerance of ageing was evaluated in 8 young men 18 to 36 years old and in 10 elderly men 65 to 82 years old. Frequently sampled intravenous (iv) glucose tolerance tests were performed in random order: during free home dietary conditions, after 3 to 5 days of very high (85%) carbohydrate intake, and after 3 to 5 days of low (30%) carbohydrate intake (younger men only). From the frequently sampled iv glucose tolerance test data, the glucose disappearance rate (Kg) and metabolic indices were calculated according to the minimal model method, including the insulin sensitivity index (S1) and the first- and second-phase β-cell responsivity to glucose (φ1 and φ2). The elderly men, while eating a free diet, were less tolerant to glucose than the young, had relative insulin resistance and lesser second-phase β-cell responsiveness to glucose. A maximum improvement in Kg and S1 occurred with 41% carbohydrate feeding in the young men, whereas in the elderly men there was a significant increase in both those indices while eating the very high (85%) carbohydrate diet. Thus, the difference in glucose tolerance between groups was corrected by the very high carbohydrate diet, as was the age-related difference in insulin sensitivity. The increase in S1 in the elderly men occurred in concert with a significant improvement in β-cell responsiveness to glucose. When the carbohydrate intake was 30%, the young men had decreases in mean Kg and S1 while islet function remained unchanged. These studies demonstrate that the reduced glucose tolerance and insulin resistance of aged non-obese men are diet-related, and that the differences from young men are much less when carbohydrate intake is high. KW - aging KW - diets KW - Glucose tolerance KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ageing KW - blood sugar tolerance KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901418649&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of time on measurement of hepatic glucose production. AU - Chen, Y. D. I. AU - Swislocki, A. L. M. AU - Jeng, C. Y. AU - Juang, J. H. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1988/// VL - 67 IS - 5 SP - 1084 EP - 1088 SN - 0021-972X AD - Chen, Y. D. I.: G.M. Reaven, Veterans Administration Medical Center, GRECC/182B, 3801 Miranda Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901418651. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Basal hepatic glucose production (HGP) was estimated in obese and non-obese normal subjects and patients with noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM) using [3-³H]glucose and the nonsteady-state equations of Steele. When HGP was estimated at hourly intervals from 0800 to 1300 h, it became evident that calculated values for HGP fell for the first 2 to 4 h until a plateau was reached, and this decline was quite precipitous during the first 2 h in patients with NIDDM. Furthermore, when the same patient with NIDDM was studied on two occasions, similar values for HGP were not uniformly obtained unless measurements were made at least 4 h after [3-³H]glucose was given. As it has been the convention to use the nonsteady-state equations of Steele to calculate HGP in patients with NIDDM 2 h after [3-³H]glucose administration, it is almost certain that published values for HGP in patients with NIDDM are falsely high. Based on the data presented, it is suggested that HGP using [3-³H]glucose and the nonsteady-state Steele equations be measured for at least 4 h in patients with NIDDM to increase the validity of the calculated value. KW - gluconeogenesis KW - Liver KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901418651&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Induction of neurally mediated NaHCO3 secretion by luminal distension in rat ileum. AU - Harris, M. S. AU - Ramaswamy, K. AU - Kennedy, J. G. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 257 IS - 2,I SP - G191 EP - G197 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Harris, M. S.: Gastroenterology Section, 111C, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 5000 W. National Avenue, Milwaukee, WI 53295, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901418634. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of intraluminal pressures below 20 cmH2O on water and electrolyte movements in the rat ileum and subsequent effects of 2 cholinergic antagonists, hexamethonium and atropine, were studied. An increase in intraluminal pressure from 3.0 to 12.5 cmH2O caused inhibition of net H2O and Na absorption and stimulation of HCO3 secretion. There was no significant change in Cl absorption. Secretion occurred in the absence of changes in tissue wet weight, intercellular fluid accumulation, villus tip erosions or mannitol flux. Alterations in fluid and electrolyte absorption were prevented by the intra-arterial administration of hexamethonium (10 mg/kg). Atropine (0.5 mg/kg) had no effect. KW - absorption KW - electrolytes KW - Ileum KW - nervous system KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901418634&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Spatial and temporal patterns of human jejunal contractions. AU - Sarna, S. K. AU - Soergel, K. H. AU - Harig, J. M. AU - Loo, F. D. AU - Wood, C. M. AU - Donahue, K. M. AU - Ryan, R. P. AU - Arndorfer, R. C. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 257 IS - 3,I SP - G423 EP - G432 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Sarna, S. K.: Clement J. Zablocki Veterans Administration Medical Center, Surgical Research 151, Milwaukee, WI 53295, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901418715. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Human jejunal motor activity was recorded by a 12-lumen manometric tube with recording sites 2 cm apart. The contractile activity in the fasting and the fed state was analysed by computer to define the spatial and temporal patterns of contractions. Mean duration and area of single contractions during phase III activity were not different from those during phase II activity. The frequency and amplitude of contractions, their propagation distance and the percentage of contractions that propagated for 2 cm or more were significantly greater during phase III than during phase II activity. The mean frequency and percentage of propagated contractions in the fed state were intermediate between those during phase II and phase III activity. Mean propagation distance of postprandial contractions was not different from that of phase II contractions. Most contractions in the fed state were uncoordinated at adjacent recording sites. Occasionally, large-amplitude and long-duration contractions, called individual migrating contractions, propagated over long distances and frequently over the entire 22-cm study segment. KW - Jejunum KW - motility KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901418715&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of aluminum on bidirectional calcium flux in rat everted intestinal sacs. AU - Adler, A. J. AU - Zara, C. AU - Berlyne, G. M. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 257 IS - 3,I SP - G433 EP - G437 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Adler, A. J.: Brooklyn Veterans Administration Medical Center, 800 Poly Place, Brooklyn, NY 11209, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901418716. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 7429-90-5, 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of aluminium on intestinal calcium absorption was estimated in male Sprague-Dawley rats using an everted intestinal sac technique. Bidirectional Ca flux in the duodenum and ileum of normal rats was assessed with dual Ca isotopes. Al 2 μM significantly inhibited net Ca absorption (Jnet) in the duodenum through suppression of mucosa-to-serosa flux (Jm->s). Jm->s was reduced from 2.21 ± 0.50 μmol Ca/h g wet weight in controls to 0.93 ± 0.35 μmol Ca/h g in Al-exposed sacs; Jnet was reduced from 1.88 ± 0.14 to 0.55 ± 0.41 μmol Ca/h g. Serosa-to-mucosa Ca flux (Js->m) was not similarly influenced by Al. Inhibition of Jm->s occurred whether Al was initially present on the mucosal or serosal side of the duodenal sac and inhibition of Jnet Ca by 2 μM Al occurred at all ambient concentrations of Ca studied. In the ileum, Al had no effect on any component of Ca flux. Al did not induce any suppression of glucose transport in duodenum or ileum, suggesting that the effect on Ca transport is relatively specific. The results suggest that Al inhibits Ca absorption in the duodenum through an effect on active mucosa-to-serosa transport, but has no effect on ileal Ca absorption, which in the rat is not mediated by an active process. KW - absorption KW - aluminium KW - Calcium KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aluminum KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901418716&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Calcium and osteoporosis. AU - Niewoehner, C. JO - Cereal Foods World JF - Cereal Foods World Y1 - 1988/// VL - 33 IS - 9 SP - 784 EP - 787 SN - 0146-6283 AD - Niewoehner, C.: Department of Medicine, University of Minnesota and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901418794. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 50 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - From a discussion of calcium and osteopososis it is concluded that increased Ca intake should be considered as a useful adjunct to other measures and may be particularly useful for the prevention of type II osteoporosis. KW - Calcium KW - osteoporosis KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901418794&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Augmented bicarbonate reabsorption by both the proximal and distal nephron maintains chloride-deplete metabolic alkalosis in rats. AU - Wesson, D. E. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1989/// VL - 84 IS - 5 SP - 1460 EP - 1469 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Wesson, D. E.: Renal Section (151-B), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 2002 Holcombe Boulevard, Houston, TX 77030, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901418927. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Whether increased bicarbonate reabsorption by renal tubular epithelium contributes to the maintenance of chloride-deplete metabolic alkalosis is not clear. Free-flow micropuncture was used to investigate bicarbonate reabsorption by surface nephron segments in a rat model of diuretic-induced alkalosis. The proximal and distal nephron of the alkalotic rats had higher values for delivered load to and absolute reabsorption from these segments than had those of controls. The proximal tubules of alkalotic and control rats had similar values for the slopes of the linear regression of delivered load compared with reabsorption and for the bicarbonate tubular fluid to plasma (TF:P) ratio at the late proximal tubule. The corresponding analysis for the distal segment of alkalotic rats revealed a greater slope and a smaller bicarbonate TF:P ratio at the late distal tubule. The results indicate that increased bicarbonate reabsorption by the proximal and distal nephron contributes to maintaining the alkalosis of this model. The results suggest primary stimulation of bicarbonate reabsorption in the distal nephron and load-dependent reabsorption in the proximal tubule. KW - alkalosis KW - Bicarbonates KW - kidneys KW - reabsorption KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901418927&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Role of acetone, dietary fat and total energy intake in induction of hepatic microsomal ethanol oxidizing system. AU - Lieber, C. S. AU - Lasker, J. M. AU - DeCarli, L. M. AU - Saeli, J. AU - Wojtowicz, T. JO - Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics JF - Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics Y1 - 1988/// VL - 247 IS - 2 SP - 791 EP - 795 SN - 0022-3565 AD - Lieber, C. S.: Alcohol Research and Treatment Center, Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901419204. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 36 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Chronic ethanol consumption results in the induction of a specific hepatic cytochrome P-450 (P-450 IIE1). As compounds other than ethanol (i.e., acetone) can also serve as P-450 IIE1 inducers and as ethanol given with a normal fat-containing (35% of energy) diet is associated with acetonaemia, hepatic steatosis and decreased body weight gain, the question has been raised whether induction is mediated specifically by ethanol or whether it might represent a non-specific response to these other factors. When male Sprague-Dawley rats were given ethanol in the drinking water or as part of a low-fat (5% of energy) liquid diet, there was a significant induction of P-450 IIE1 and of the activities of the microsomal ethanol oxidizing system (MEOS) and p-nitrophenol hydroxylase in the absence of any increase in blood acetone with minimal increase in liver total lipids. Induction of P-450 IIE1 was similar with the low or normal fat-containing diets, but MEOS activity increased more with the latter, possibly reflecting a potentiating effect of dietary fat on ethanol oxidation by P-450 enzymes other than P-450 IIE1. When the lack of weight gain of the rats given alcohol was mimicked in controls by decreasing the amount of diet ingested, no induction was observed. Varying the pattern of liquid diet feeding had no demonstrable differential effect. KW - Ethanol KW - liver KW - microsomes KW - oxidation KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901419204&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Postbulbar duodenal ulcer in a patient with pentagastrin-fast achlorhydria. AU - Goldschmiedt, M. AU - Peterson, W. L. AU - Vuitch, F. AU - Feldman, M. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 97 IS - 3 SP - 771 EP - 774 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Goldschmiedt, M.: Dallas Veterans Administration Medical Center (111B1), 4500 South Lancaster Road, Dallas, TX 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901425332. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 56 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The clinicopathological features of a man 55 years old with a bleeding, postbulbar duodenal ulcer and fasting hypergastrinaemia are described. Gastric analysis revealed pentagastrin-fast achlorhydria. Healing of the ulcer occurred 8 weeks after vagotomy, antrectomy, gastrojejunostomy and a course of sucralfate treatment. The aetiology of the postbulbar ulcer was uncertain. This is the first documented case of a duodenal ulcer with pentagastrin-fast achlorhydria. KW - Achlorhydria KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - duodenal ulcer KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901425332&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Influence of infusate viscosity on intestinal absorption in the rat. An explanation of previous discrepant results. AU - Anderson, B. W. AU - Kneip, J. M. AU - Levine, A. S. AU - Levitt, M. D. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 97 IS - 4 SP - 938 EP - 943 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Anderson, B. W.: M. D. Levitt, ACOS for Research/151, Veterans Administration Medical Center, One Veterans Drive, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901425343. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 38 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Absorption of 3 probes (carbon monoxide, [14C]warfarin, 5.5 mM glucose) from a saline infusate or from saline containing 0.6% guar, which yielded a 20-fold increase in viscosity, was estimated in conscious non-laparotomized rats with chronically implanted cannulae and anaesthetized laparotomized rats. In the anaesthetized laparotomized rats, absorption was independent of perfusate viscosity. In the conscious non-laparotomized rats, the absorption of each of the 3 probes was significantly greater than in the anaesthetized laparotomized rats and increased viscosity caused a 60 to 70% decrease in the clearance of the 3 probes. In anaesthetized laparotomized rats, fluid moved with laminar flow, and increased infusate viscosity cannot further reduce luminal stirring (or absorption). In conscious, non-laparotomized rats, laminar flow was disrupted by normal gut motility causing better luminal stirring. Such stirring was inhibited by a viscous infusate resulting in decreased absorption. KW - Absorption KW - viscosity KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901425343&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastric origin of the first-pass metabolism of ethanol in humans: effect of gastrectomy. AU - Caballeria, J. AU - Frezza, M. AU - Hernández-Muñoz, R. AU - DiPadova, C. AU - Korsten, M. A. AU - Baraona, E. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 97 IS - 5 SP - 1205 EP - 1209 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Caballeria, J.: C. S. Lieber, Alcohol Research and Treatment Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901425365. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The areas under the curve (AUC) of blood ethanol concentrations are smaller after oral than after intravenous administration of a small dose of ethanol. To study whether this difference is due to ethanol oxidation in the stomach, in the small intestine, or during first pass through the liver, the AUC were compared after random administration of the same ethanol dose by the intravenous, oral and intraduodenal routes to 5 abstaining alcoholics and via the 2 former routes to 10 persons with Billroth II subtotal gastrectomy. In the non-operated subjects, AUC after an ethanol dose (0.15 g/kg) given orally were 17% of those achieved intravenously, in spite of the fact that more than 99% of the dose had disappeared from the stomach at the completion of the AUC. AUC after intraduodenal administration did not differ from those produced intravenously, indicating that neither the intestine nor the liver make a detectable contribution to this first-pass metabolism. Gastrectomy completely abolished the first-pass metabolism of ethanol. Gastric metabolism decreases the bioavailability of the ingested alcohol and thus attenuates its systemic toxicity. The abolition of this "protective barrier" in gastrectomized patients may increase their vulnerability to ethanol. KW - Ethanol KW - metabolism KW - stomach KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901425365&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastrin is a major mediator of the gastric phase of acid secretion in dogs: proof by monoclonal antibody neutralization. AU - Kovacs, T. O. G. AU - Walsh, J. H. AU - Maxwell, V. AU - Wong, H. C. AU - Azuma, T. AU - Katt, E. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 97 IS - 6 SP - 1406 EP - 1413 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Kovacs, T. O. G.: J. H. Walsh, Building 115, Room 115, CURE, West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901425370. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 9002-76-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A monoclonal antibody, 28.2, that binds specifically to the amidated carboxyl terminal region common to gastrin and cholecystokinin was developed and was used for immunoneutralization studies in vivo in 8 dogs previously prepared with chronic gastric fistulae. A single intravenous dose of 0.75 mg partly purified immunoglobulin G of monoclonal antibody 28.2 completely inhibited the acid stimulatory effect of exogenous gastrin-17 given intravenously at 200 pmol/kg h, a physiologic dose, and inhibited by 70% the acid response to a supraphysiologic dose, 800 pmol/kg h. The same dose of antibody decreased the acid secretory response obtained during distention of the stomach with 300 ml 5.8% glucose solution by 98% and decreased the response to distention with 300 ml 8% peptone solution by 68%. A 10-fold higher dose of antibody decreased the acid response to peptone by 96%. The gastrin antibody had no effect on the acid response to exogenous histamine. A control antibody, specific for the biologically inactive-glycine-extended gastrin/cholecystokinin peptapeptide region, had no effect on gastric acid secretion stimulated by gastrin or by gastric distention with nutrients. The studies indicate that circulating gastrin is of major importance in the gastric phase of gastric acid stimulation caused by distention of the stomach with nutrients. KW - blood KW - gastric acid KW - Gastrin KW - secretion KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901425370&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Choline may be an essential nutrient in malnourished patients with cirrhosis. AU - Chawla, R. K. AU - Wolf, D. C. AU - Kutner, M. H. AU - Bonkovsky, H. L. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 97 IS - 6 SP - 1514 EP - 1520 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Chawla, R. K.: Research Service (151), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1670 Clairmont Road, Decatur, GA 30033, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901425372. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 62-49-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Elemental diets designed for nutritional support in protein energy malnutrition are often deficient in choline. Previously, malnourished patients on these diets were found to be at risk of developing plasma choline deficiency. The prevalence of this deficiency was estimated by determining fasting plasma choline among cirrhotic and non-cirrhotic malnourished men maintained on regular hospital mixed food or elemental parenteral and enteral diets. Plasma choline concentrations (µM, average ±s.d.) were mixed foods, 11.3±4.3 for 22 cirrhotic and 9.3±2.4 for 12 non-cirrhotic patients; parenteral formula, 5.3±1.6 for 5 cirrhotic and 8.6±5.2 for 16 non-cirrhotic subjects; enteral formula, 6.1±1.2 for 5 cirrhotic and 11.7±1.9 for 4 non-cirrhotic subjects. Value for healthy normal persons eating mixed foods was 12.0±2.2 µM. The prevalence of plasma choline deficiency, i.e., plasma values ≥2 s.d. below the normal average, was: parenteral formula, all cirrhotic and 10 of 16 non-cirrhotic subjects; enteral formula, all cirrhotic and none of the non-cirrhotic subjects. The reversibility of choline deficiency was examined in a longitudinal study of 3 phases involving 5 patients with alcoholic cirrhosis (all on enteral formula) and 5 non-cirrhotic (1 on enteral and 4 on parenteral formula). During phase 1 (3-day equilibration period; regular hospital diet freely), plasma choline values were within the normal range for all subjects. During phase 2 (2 weeks, choline depletion phase, elemental formulas), choline values were subnormal in all cirrhotic subjects (5.1±2.0 µM) on enteral formula and all non-cirrhotic patients on parenteral formula (5.9±1.3 µM). During phase 3 (2 weeks, choline repletion phase, elemental formula plus 6 g choline daily), the values were normal in all patients (cirrhotic 11.4±3.1 µM and non-cirrhotic 11.9±3.2 µM). Analyses of abdominal computed tomographic scans and plasma liver chemistries in the cirrhotic subjects during the 3 phases suggested a correlation between plasma choline deficiency and hepatic steatosis and abnormal liver enzyme values in some patients. Choline may be an essential nutrient in malnourished cirrhotic patients and its deficiency may be associated with adverse hepatic effects. KW - choline KW - Cirrhosis KW - deficiency KW - malnutrition KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - liver cirrhosis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901425372&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fish oil supplementation does not lower plasma cholesterol in men with hypercholesterolemia. Results of a randomized, placebo-controlled crossover study. AU - Wilt, T. J. AU - Lofgren, R. P. AU - Nichol, K. L. AU - Schorer, A. E. AU - Crespin, L. AU - Downes, D. AU - Eckfeldt, J. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1989/// VL - 111 IS - 11 SP - 900 EP - 905 SN - 0003-4819 AD - Wilt, T. J.: Minneapolis Veterans Administration Medical Center (111-0), 1 Veterans Drive, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901450986. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 40 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Public Health N2 - After a 4-week washout, 38 middle-aged men with plasma cholesterol between 5.68 and 7.76 mmol/litre and triglycerides less than 3.3 g mmol/litre were given 20 capsules of 1 g each of fish oil or safflower oil (placebo) for 12 weeks. After a further 4-week washout, they were given the other oil for 12 weeks. After fish oil, total and low-density lipoprotein (LDL) cholesterol increased from pre-treatment values by 4.8 and 9.1%, respectively. Compared with values after safflower oil, LDL cholesterol was significantly higher and triglycerides lower after fish oil. It is suggested that the use of fish oil supplements should not be recommended as a method to lower plasma cholesterol in middle-aged men with hypercholesterolaemia without increased triglycerides. KW - blood KW - Cardiovascular diseases KW - cholesterol KW - diets KW - failure KW - Fish oils KW - hypercholesterolaemia KW - men KW - nutrition KW - supplements KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fish oil supplementation KW - hypercholesterinemia KW - hypercholesterolemia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Non-communicable Human Diseases and Injuries (VV600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901450986&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Is intracellular sodium increased in hypertension? AU - Simon, G. T2 - Clinical Science JO - Clinical Science JF - Clinical Science Y1 - 1989/// VL - 76 IS - 5 SP - 455 EP - 461 SN - 0143-5221 AD - Simon, G.: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center (111C2), Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901451234. Publication Type: Editorial. Language: English. Number of References: 74 ref. Registry Number: 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - Hypertension KW - sodium KW - high blood pressure KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901451234&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hypoxic pulmonary vasoconstriction is unaltered by creatine depletion induced by dietary β-guanidino propionic acid. AU - Archer, S. L. AU - Nelson, D. P. AU - Zimmer, S. AU - From, A. H. L. AU - Weir, E. K. JO - Life Sciences JF - Life Sciences Y1 - 1989/// VL - 45 IS - 12 SP - 1081 EP - 1088 SN - 0024-3205 AD - Archer, S. L.: Department of Medicine, Minneapolis Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1 Veterans Drive, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901451335. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 57-00-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - It has been suggested that a specific phosphagen pool might serve a sensor function, allowing direct detection of alveolar hypoxia by the pulmonary vascular smooth muscle. The possibility that phosphocreatine (PCr) values could serve as such a sensor was assessed in isolated rat lungs. Pulmonary vascular reactivity to angiotensin II and alveolar hypoxia was assessed in lungs from control and PCr-depleted rats. PCr depletion was accomplished by feeding rats on a diet containing 2% β-guanidinopropionic acid (β-GPA), a competitive inhibitor of creatine uptake. Total creatine was depleted in β-GPA lungs, compared with control lungs. Lung PCr was undetectable by the available [31P]NMR spectroscopy system. PCr and creatine were depleted in hearts from β-GPA rats relative to control hearts. Normoxic pulmonary artery pressure and the pressor responses to angiotensin II and hypoxia were not qualitatively or quantitatively altered by the diet indicating that PCr is not a critical participant in hypoxic pulmonary vasoconstriction or that the degree of PCr depletion achieved was inadequate to expose its role in the hypoxic pressor response. KW - Creatine KW - depletion KW - lungs KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901451335&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Ethnic food: the use of Cajun cuisine as a model. AU - Broussard-Marin, L. AU - Hynak-Hankinson, M. T. JO - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JF - Journal of the American Dietetic Association Y1 - 1989/// VL - 89 IS - 8 SP - 1117 EP - 1121 SN - 0002-8223 AD - Broussard-Marin, L.: Dietetic Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, East Orange, NJ 07019, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901451822. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Cajun cuisine was used as a model for studying a rapidly expanding form of ethnic food in the USA. The foods in Cajun cuisine are currently best-selling menu items, they challenge adaptation for modified diets, and they have been influenced by agricultural and social customs. Historically, Cajun food evolved from an area in south Louisiana called Acadiana. The Acadians were impoverished exiles from Nova Scotia who settled along the bayous of Louisiana and learned to use available foods in the area. Cajun cuisine was also influenced by the Creoles from the area of New Orleans located about 100 miles from the Cajun settlers. As part of the education process about ethnic food habits, one needs to consider the history, indigenous foods, symbolism and meaning of foods, food preparation methods and adaptations that can be made for modified diets. When Cajun cuisine is used as a framework, nutrition education, counselling and food preparation for ethnic groups may be more effective. KW - Diet studies KW - ethnic groups KW - Louisiana KW - USA KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Delta States of USA KW - Southern States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - Gulf States of USA KW - West South Central States of USA KW - United States of America KW - Social Psychology and Culture (UU490) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Diet Studies (VV110) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901451822&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Vitamin A and alcoholic liver disease. AU - Lieber, C. S. AU - Leo, M. A. A2 - Halsted, C.H. A2 - Rucker, R.B. T2 - Nutrition and the origins of disease. JO - Nutrition and the origins of disease. JF - Nutrition and the origins of disease. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 217 EP - 247 CY - San Diego, CA; USA PB - Academic Press, Inc. SN - 012319640X AD - Lieber, C. S.: Section of Liver Disease and Nutrition, Alcohol Research and Treatment Center, Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, NY, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901452147. Publication Type: Conference paper. Language: English. Number of References: 110 ref. Registry Number: 68-26-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The relation between ethanol and vitamin A metabolism in animals and man is discussed. The effects of excess and deficiency of vitamin A in the liver are covered, as are the possible mechanisms by which ethanol may promote hepatic carcinogenesis in vitamin A-linked disorders. KW - alcoholism KW - Liver diseases KW - retinol KW - USA KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - axerophthol KW - Nutrition and the Origins of Disease KW - United States of America KW - vitamin A KW - vitamin A alcohol KW - vitamin A1 KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901452147&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Prolactin stimulation by protein is mediated by amino acids in humans. AU - Carlson, H. E. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1989/// VL - 69 IS - 1 SP - 7 EP - 14 SN - 0021-972X AD - Carlson, H. E.: Medical Service, Northport Veterans Administration Hospital, Northport, NY 11768, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901452880. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 38 ref. Registry Number: 9002-62-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Free amino acids, both singly and in combination, were given to 16 normal men and 18 normal women 22 to 44 years old. The serum prolactin (PRL) response to a high-protein liquid mixed meal was duplicated by ingestion of an equivalent free amino acid mixture. A further study was made on 2 men 59 years old who had undergone bilateral truncal vagotomy. Responses were normal and the time course of the responses was similar, indicating that neither traditional gut hormones nor vagus nerve activity is involved. Phenylalanine and tyrosine were the most potent amino acid stimulators of PRL secretion. The effect of the biologically inactive optical isomer D-phenylalanine was very small. KW - amino acids KW - blood KW - Prolactin KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - lactogenic hormone KW - mammotropin KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901452880&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Antithyroid and goitrogenic effects of millet: role of C-glycosylflavones. AU - Gaitan, E. AU - Lindsay, R. H. AU - Reichert, R. D. AU - Ingbar, S. H. AU - Cooksey, R. C. AU - Legan, J. AU - Meydrech, E. F. AU - Hill, J. AU - Kubota, K. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1989/// VL - 68 IS - 4 SP - 707 EP - 714 SN - 0021-972X AD - Gaitan, E.: Endocrinology Section (151), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1500 East Woodrow Wilson Drive, Jackson, MS 39216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901452940. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The goitrogenic and antithyroid effects of millet diets, extracts of millet and certain pure compounds contained in them were determined through studies in rats in vivo and in vitro, using porcine thyroid slices and a thyroid peroxidase (TPO) assay. Whole-grain millet was progressively dehusked to yield successively 4 bran and 4 flour fractions with progressively smaller concentrations of C-glycosylflavones. The TPO-inhibiting activities of the various millet fractions were closely correlated with their C-glycosylflavone concentrations. The C-glycosylflavones glucosylvitexin, glycosylorientin and vitexin, all present in millet, also inhibited TPO activity. It is concluded that as the studies revealed that millet diets rich in C-glycosylflavones produce goitrogenic and antithyroid effects similar to those of certain other antithyroid agents and small doses of methimazole, its ingestion may contribute to the genesis of endemic goitre in areas of iodine deficiency in which millet is a major component of the diet. KW - composition KW - Flavonoids KW - Glycosides KW - Millets KW - seeds KW - thyroid antagonists KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - antithyroid substances KW - goitrogens KW - heterosides KW - thyrostatic agents KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901452940&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Sustained saline-induced secretion of atrial natriuretic hormone is not maintained by atrial stretch. AU - Dananberg, J. AU - Egan, B. M. AU - Bates, E. R. AU - Grekin, R. J. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1989/// VL - 68 IS - 4 SP - 735 EP - 739 SN - 0021-972X AD - Dananberg, J.: Endocrinology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 2215 Fuller Road, Ann Arbor, MI 48105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901452942. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rapid infusion of 1 litre of 150 mM NaCl was given to 11 normal men 18 to 35, mean 24.8 years old, all of whom had baseline blood pressures less than 130/80 mmHg and none of whom was taking any medication. Right atrial pressure, pulmonary capillary wedge pressure and peripheral plasma atrial natriuretic hormone (ANH) values were measured serially for 30 min in 6 men and for 90 min in 5 men. There were significant increases in right atrial pressure and in pulmonary wedge pressure at 15 and 30 min. Plasma immunoreactive ANH increased significantly at 30 min. In the 5 men studied for 90 min, right atrial and pulmonary capillary wedge pressures returned to basal values by 45 min. Plasma ANH values remained significantly greater at all sampling times from 30 min to 90 min, with a peak value at 75 min. It is concluded that ANH secretion persists after saline infusion and that the cause of the prolonged secretion is not atrial stretch. KW - blood KW - blood pressure KW - Peptides KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901452942&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Lyme disease: a world-wide borreliosis. AU - Sigal, L. H. JO - Clinical and Experimental Rheumatology JF - Clinical and Experimental Rheumatology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 6 IS - 4 SP - 411 EP - 421 SN - 0392-856X AD - Sigal, L. H.: Health Science Center of Syracuse, State University of New York, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Syracuse, NY, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19890596781. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 156 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Entomology N2 - The author reviews the clinical manifestations (dermatologic, neurologic, cardiac, rheumatologic and neuro-psychiatric) of Lyme disease (caused by Borrelia burgdorferi) in man. KW - Bacterial diseases KW - Human diseases KW - Lyme disease KW - Reviews KW - Symptomatology KW - symptoms KW - Tickborne diseases KW - Acari KW - Arachnida KW - Borrelia burgdorferi KW - man KW - Spirochaetaceae KW - Arachnida KW - arthropods KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Borrelia KW - Spirochaetaceae KW - Spirochaetales KW - Spirochaetes KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - bacterial infections KW - bacterioses KW - bacterium KW - lyme borreliosis KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19890596781&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Incorporation of recombinant gamma interferon into liposomes enhances its ability to induce peritoneal macrophage antitoxoplasma activity. AU - Mellors, J. W. AU - Debs, R. J. AU - Ryan, J. L. JO - Infection and Immunity JF - Infection and Immunity Y1 - 1989/// VL - 57 IS - 1 SP - 132 EP - 137 SN - 0019-9567 AD - Mellors, J. W.: Dep. Med., Yale Univ. Sch. Med., Veterans Administration Med. Cent., West Haven, CT 06516, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19890853966. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 43 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology; Agricultural Biotechnology N2 - The ability of free- and liposome-incorporated murine recombinant gamma interferon (rIFN-γ) to enhance peritoneal macrophage H2O2 release and anti-Toxoplasma activity in vitro was compared. rIFN-γ was efficiently (37 to 47%) incorporated into multilamellar vesicles composed of phosphatidylglycerol/cholesterol in a 2:1 molar ration. The amount of rIFN-γ incorporated into multilamellar vesicles and added to macrophages (0.1 to 1000 U/ml) was quantitated with [³H]rIFN-γ. The concentration of liposomal rIFN-γ required to enhance macrophage H2O2 release (1 U/ml) and maximally inhibit T. gondii growth (10 U/ml) was 10% of that required for free rIFN-γ (10 and 100 U/ml, respectively). This increase in potency was observed in both thioglycolate-elicited and resident peritoneal macrophages. Control liposomes containing encapsulated buffer had no effect on the potency of free rIFN-γ. The duration of macrophage activation induced by 24 h of liposomal rIFN-γ treatment was also considerably longer than that induced by free rIFN-γ (2 days versus <1 day). These data indicate that liposomal rIFN-γ is more active than free rIFN-γ as an inducer of macrophage microbicidal properties in vitro. This enhanced activity, combined with the potential for selective delivery of liposomal rIFN-γ to phagocytic cells in vivo, may improve the therapeutic efficacy of rIFN-γ in infections characterized by parasitization of phagocytes. KW - Antiprotozoal agents KW - Biotechnology KW - Human diseases KW - in vitro KW - macrophages KW - Novel antiprotozoal agents KW - parasites KW - Apicomplexa KW - protozoa KW - Toxoplasma KW - Toxoplasma gondii KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Sarcocystidae KW - Eucoccidiorida KW - Apicomplexa KW - Toxoplasma KW - recombinant gamma-interferon KW - recombinant interferon KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Biotechnology (General) (WW000) (Revised June 2002) [Formerly Biotechnology] UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19890853966&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The major concanavalin A-binding surface glycoprotein of Leishmania donovani chagasi promastigotes is involved in attachment to human macrophages. AU - Wilson, M. E. AU - Hardin, K. K. JO - Journal of Immunology JF - Journal of Immunology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 141 IS - 1 SP - 265 EP - 272 AD - Wilson, M. E.: Div. Infectious Dis., Dep. Internal Med., Veterans Administration Med. Center, Univ. Iowa Coll. Med., Iowa City, IA 52242, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19890855000. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 58 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology; Tropical Diseases N2 - A glycoconjugate that may be involved in the receptor-mediated ingestion of L. donovani chagasi promastigotes was isolated from the parasite membrane. Octyl glucoside-soluble extracts of promastigote membranes contained a predominant doublet migrating at 60 000 MW seen by SDS-PAGE. The 60 000 MW molecule was the major externally disposed promastigote surface protein labelled by 125I, and it was the major Con A-binding protein on L. donovani chagasi, as determined by Con A binding to parasite proteins transferred to nitrocellulose. Attachment of promastigotes to human monocyte-derived macrophages was inhibited by varying concentrations of the membrane extract containing both proteins, and adsorption of extracts on Con A-Sepharose resulted in both removal of the 60 000 MW glycoprotein and loss of the ability of extracts to inhibit promastigote attachment to human macrophages. After further purification of the 60 000 MW glycoprotein by gel filtration, its inhibitory activity increased 45-fold over the unpurified membrane extract. Examination of Con A blots of stationary phase promastigotes isolated from an infected hamster revealed a marked loss in the major Con A-binding glycoprotein over 40 months in in vitro culture after isolation from the rodent host, corresponding to a loss in infectivity of the promastigotes for hamsters. The results suggest that the major Con A-binding surface glycoprotein from L. donovani chagasi promastigotes is important in attachment to human macrophages, and may be a factor in parasite virulence for a mammalian host. KW - biochemistry KW - glycoproteins KW - host parasite relationships KW - Human diseases KW - macrophages KW - parasites KW - promastigotes KW - Leishmania infantum chagasi KW - protozoa KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Leishmania infantum KW - Leishmania KW - Trypanosomatidae KW - Kinetoplastida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - attachment KW - concanavalin A-binding surface glycoprotein KW - host macrophages KW - Kinetoplastorida KW - Leishmania donovani chagasi KW - parasite host relationships KW - surface KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Animal Physiology and Biochemistry (Excluding Nutrition) (LL600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19890855000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cutaneous manifestations of strongyloidiasis. AU - Kuster, L. C. von AU - Genta, R. M. JO - Archives of Dermatology JF - Archives of Dermatology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 124 IS - 12 SP - 1826 EP - 1850 SN - 0003-987X AD - Kuster, L. C. von: Dep. Pathol. & Lab. Med., Veterans Administration Med. Center, Univ. Cincinnati Med. Center, Cincinnati, 0H 45267-0529, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19890855149. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 51 ref. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - A fatal case of disseminated, extra-intestinal Strongyloides stercoralis, with extensive purpura associated with massive invasion of the skin by migrating larvae, is reported from a 65-year-old man on immunosuppressive therapy, living in Kentucky, USA. Dermatological aspects of various forms of strongyloidiasis are reviewed. The importance of identifying patients at risk before beginning immunosuppressive therapy and of carrying out the necessary diagnostic procedures (and treatment) are stressed. KW - case reports KW - helminths KW - Human diseases KW - immunosuppression KW - parasites KW - pathology KW - reviews KW - Kentucky KW - North America KW - USA KW - man KW - Nematoda KW - Rhabditida KW - Strongyloides stercoralis KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - invertebrates KW - Strongyloides KW - Strongyloididae KW - Rhabditida KW - Chromadoria KW - Chromadorea KW - Nematoda KW - Appalachian States of USA KW - Southern States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - East South Central States of USA KW - cutaneous manifestation KW - nematodes KW - parasitic worms KW - Secernentea KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19890855149&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Pathology. AU - Genta, R. M. AU - Caymmi Gomes, M. A2 - Grove, D. I. T2 - Strongyloidiasis: a major roundworm infection of man. JO - Strongyloidiasis: a major roundworm infection of man. JF - Strongyloidiasis: a major roundworm infection of man. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 105 EP - 132 CY - London; UK PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0850667321 AD - Genta, R. M.: Veterans Administration Hosp., Univ. Cincinnati Med. Center, Cincinnati, OH 45167, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19890857169. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Number of References: 81 ref. Subject Subsets: Helminthology KW - helminths KW - Human diseases KW - parasites KW - pathology KW - reviews KW - man KW - Nematoda KW - Rhabditida KW - Strongyloides stercoralis KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - invertebrates KW - Strongyloides KW - Strongyloididae KW - Rhabditida KW - Chromadoria KW - Chromadorea KW - Nematoda KW - nematodes KW - parasitic worms KW - Secernentea KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19890857169&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Immunology. AU - Genta, R. M. A2 - Grove, D. I. T2 - Strongyloidiasis: a major roundworm infection of man. JO - Strongyloidiasis: a major roundworm infection of man. JF - Strongyloidiasis: a major roundworm infection of man. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 133 EP - 153 CY - London; UK PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0850667321 AD - Genta, R. M.: Veterans Administration Hosp., Univ. Cincinatti Med. Center, Cincinnati, 0H 45167, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19890857170. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Number of References: 81 ref. Subject Subsets: Helminthology KW - helminths KW - Human diseases KW - immunology KW - parasites KW - reviews KW - man KW - Nematoda KW - Rhabditida KW - Strongyloides stercoralis KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - invertebrates KW - Strongyloides KW - Strongyloididae KW - Rhabditida KW - Chromadoria KW - Chromadorea KW - Nematoda KW - nematodes KW - parasitic worms KW - Secernentea KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19890857170&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Properties of the major antigens of rat and human Pneumocystis carinii. AU - Linke, M. J. AU - Cushion, M. T. AU - Walzer, P. D. JO - Infection and Immunity JF - Infection and Immunity Y1 - 1989/// VL - 57 IS - 5 SP - 1547 EP - 1555 SN - 0019-9567 AD - Linke, M. J.: P.D. Walzer, Cincinnati Veterans Administration Med. Center, Dep. Internal Med., Univ. Cincinnati Coll. Med., Cincinnati, OH 45220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19890857338. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 41 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - The major rat and human P. carinii antigens were analyzed for their susceptibility to treatment with enzymes and other procedures by immunoblotting, immunofluorescence, and light microscopy. Carbohydrate residues were further analyzed by lectin-binding experiments. The 116 000 MW band of rat P. carinii was susceptible to proteolytic (e.g. trypsin) and glycolytic (e.g. Zymolyase) treatments but not to a variety of other procedures (e.g. lipase). This moiety reacted strongly with concanavalin A and wheat germ agglutinin, indicating the presence of mannosyl or glucosyl and N-acetylglucosamine residues. Immunofluorescence staining and surface labelling suggested that the 116 000 MW antigen was located on the P. carinii cell wall. The 45 000 MW and 50 000 MW bands were as sensitive as the 116 000 band to degradative treatments when studied after immobilization onto nitrocellulose but were more resistant to proteolytic enzymes when studied in situ on whole organisms. These moieties exhibited poor binding to lectins and reactivity by surface-labelling procedures. The 116 000 band of human P. carinii appeared to be a glycoprotein with characteristics similar to those of its counterpart in rats, whereas the human P. carinii 40 000 band exhibited protein and carbohydrate properties more closely related to those of the 45 000 and 50 000 MW rat-derived antigens. It is concluded that P. carinii antigens are complex glycoproteins. KW - Acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - antigens KW - characterization KW - Human diseases KW - Immunocompromised hosts KW - immunology KW - Laboratory animals KW - Opportunistic infections KW - parasites KW - man KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystis carinii KW - protozoa KW - rats KW - Rodents KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Pneumocystis KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystidomycetes KW - Taphrinomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - invertebrates KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - AIDS KW - antigenicity KW - fungus KW - immunogens KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19890857338&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Diagnosis of Giardia lamblia infections by detection of parasite-specific antigens. AU - Janoff, E. N. AU - Craft, J. C. AU - Pickering, L. K. AU - Novotny, T. AU - Blaser, M. J. AU - Knisley, C. V. AU - Reller, L. B. JO - Journal of Clinical Microbiology JF - Journal of Clinical Microbiology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 431 EP - 435 SN - 0095-1137 AD - Janoff, E. N.: Infectious Dis. Sect. 111F, Veterans Administration Med. Center, 1 Veterans Drive, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19890857447. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology; Public Health N2 - Using blind methods, results obtained by CIEP using cyst-immune rabbit serum and by ELISA using trophozoite-immune rabbit serum were compared with results obtained by microscopic examination of a preserved, concentrated, and permanently stained stool specimen for the diagnosis of G. lamblia. Results were similar when these 3 methods were used to examine 118 stool specimens from clinical microbiology laboratories (53 specimens with G. lamblia) and specimens from 239 day-care-centre toddlers (39 specimens with G. lamblia) in Colorado, USA. CIEP and ELISA, respectively, showed the following results: sensitivity, 88 versus 94%; specificity, 97 versus 95%; positive predictive value, 86 versus 76%; negative predictive value, 98 versus 97%; and concordance, 89%. The false-positive rate by ELISA was 24% (10 of 42) in day-care-centre toddlers but only 3% (1 of 32) in healthy adults as corroborated by microscopy. This discrepancy suggest that the ELISA may be more sensitive than microscopy, which is considered the reference standard, and that results may be dependent, in part, on the epidemiology of the infection in the study subjects.<new para>ADDITIONAL ABSTRACT:<new para>The parasitological diagnosis of Giardia infection on stool samples or duodenal aspiration is not easy and gives variable results that depend on the skill of the observer. In this paper the serological methods of counterimmunoelectrophoresis and ELISA for Giardia antigen detection were compared with stool examination. The two serological methods detected more than 90% of the positive stools identified by microscopy. In healthy adults there was a 3% false-positive rate. In day-care toddlers 24% of those microscopically negative were positive by ELISA, suggesting that the serology is more sensitive.A. Voller KW - comparisons KW - counterimmunoelectrophoresis KW - diagnosis KW - ELISA KW - Giardiasis KW - Human diseases KW - immunodiagnosis KW - methodology KW - parasites KW - Colorado KW - North America KW - USA KW - Giardia duodenalis KW - man KW - protozoa KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Giardia KW - Hexamitidae KW - Diplomonadida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Great Plains States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - Mountain States of USA KW - Western States of USA KW - enzyme linked immunosorbent assay KW - Giardia lamblia KW - giardiosis KW - methods KW - serological diagnosis KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Human Health and Hygiene (General) (VV000) (Revised June 2002) [formerly Human Health and Hygiene (General) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19890857447&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cytodiagnosis of Pneumocystis carinii infection using toluidine blue O. AU - Hummer, D. A. JO - Laboratory Medicine JF - Laboratory Medicine Y1 - 1988/// VL - 19 IS - 12 SP - 821 EP - 823 SN - 0007-5027 AD - Hummer, D. A.: Cytology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, DC 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19890858510. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 7 ref. Registry Number: 92-31-9. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - In a 2-year study of P. carinii infection at the Veterans Administration Medical Center in Washington, DC, USA, bronchoalveolar lavage specimens were prepared using combined Saccomanno and cytocentrifugation methods. Staining by toluidine blue O was as reliable as traditional cyst wall staining methods; however, toluidine blue O staining was completed in less than 10 minutes and required only 2 reagents. Toluidine blue O staining proved to be a fast, reliable, and effective method for demonstrating P. carinii. KW - diagnosis KW - Human diseases KW - Opportunistic infections KW - parasites KW - staining KW - Techniques KW - toluidine blue KW - man KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystis carinii KW - protozoa KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Pneumocystis KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystidomycetes KW - Taphrinomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - invertebrates KW - fungus KW - tolonium chloride KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19890858510&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Parasitic infections in the compromised host. A2 - Walzer, P. D. A2 - Genta, R. M. T2 - Parasitic infections in the compromised host. Y1 - 1989/// CY - New York; USA PB - Marcel Dekker, Inc. SN - 0824779436 AD - Cincinnati Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cincinnati, OH, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19890859353. Publication Type: Book. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Helminthology; Protozoology N2 - This book is intended for doctors, parasitologists, microbiologists, immunologists, and those involved in the care of immunosuppressed patients. It is divided into 9 chapters as follows: the compromised host: AIDS and other diseases; host defenses against prototypical intracellular protozoans, the Leishmania; Pneumocystis carinii; Toxoplasma; Cryptosporidium spp.; Giardia lamblia; Entamoeba histolytica; the host immune response against parasitic helminth infection; strongyloidiasis. The chapters covering specific parasitic infections follow a similar format; each one covers aspects of the biology of the parasite, the host and the disease. Each chapter has a large bibliography. The book is illustrated with black and white photographs and diagrams, and a subject index is provided. KW - helminths KW - Human diseases KW - immunocompromised hosts KW - Opportunistic infections KW - Parasites KW - man KW - protozoa KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - invertebrates KW - parasitic infections in compromised hosts KW - parasitic worms KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Animals (LL820) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19890859353&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Pneumocystis carinii. AU - Walzer, P. D. AU - Kim, C. K. AU - Cushion, M. T. A2 - Walzer, P. D. A2 - Genta, R. M. T2 - Parasitic infections in the compromised host. Y1 - 1989/// CY - New York; USA PB - Marcel Dekker Inc. SN - 0824779436 AD - Walzer, P. D.: Cincinnati Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Cincinnati College of Medicine, Cincinnati, OH, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19890859357. Publication Type: Book chapter. Language: English. Number of References: 509 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - The life cycle, epidemiology, growth, metabolism, immunology and virulence of P. carinii are considered. Host defences against the disease, and its pathology, pathogenicity, clinical manifestations, diagnosis, treatment and prevention are described. KW - Human diseases KW - Immunocompromised hosts KW - Opportunistic infections KW - parasites KW - man KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystis carinii KW - protozoa KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Pneumocystis KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystidomycetes KW - Taphrinomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - invertebrates KW - fungus KW - general account KW - parasitic infections in compromised hosts KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19890859357&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Strongyloidiasis. AU - Genta, R. M. AU - Walzer, P. D. A2 - Walzer, P. D. A2 - Genta, R. M. T2 - Parasitic infections in the compromised host. Y1 - 1989/// CY - New York; USA PB - Marcel Dekker Inc. SN - 0824779436 AD - Genta, R. M.: Cincinnati Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Cincinnati College of Medicine, Cincinnati, OH, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19890859376. Publication Type: Book chapter. Language: English. Number of References: 301 ref. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - The taxonomy, life cycle, morphology, physiology, virulence and antigenicity, epidemiology and transmission of Strongyloides stercoralis are described. Strongyloides infection in humans is discussed under the headings: pathology and pathogenesis; host responses; clinical manifestations; diagnosis; treatment; prevention. Animal models for the disease are also considered. KW - Disease models KW - helminths KW - Human diseases KW - Immunocompromised hosts KW - Opportunistic infections KW - parasites KW - man KW - Nematoda KW - Rhabditida KW - Strongyloides stercoralis KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - invertebrates KW - Strongyloides KW - Strongyloididae KW - Rhabditida KW - Chromadoria KW - Chromadorea KW - Nematoda KW - general account KW - nematodes KW - parasitic infections in compromised hosts KW - parasitic worms KW - Secernentea KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19890859376&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Interaction of Pneumocystis carinii with secretions of alveolar macrophages and type II epithelial cells. AU - Pesanti, E. L. JO - Journal of Protozoology JF - Journal of Protozoology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 36 SP - 47S EP - 49S AD - Pesanti, E. L.: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Newington, CT 06111, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19890859774. Publication Type: Journal Article; Conference paper; Journal article. Language: English. Number of References: 7 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - Rat alveolar type II epithelial cells were found to be toxic to P. carinii in vitro, alveolar macrophages were not. Endotoxin was not toxic to P. carinii, and caused only a slight increase in the activity of macrophages and type II cells against P. carinii. Addition of recombinant rat gamma-interferon resulted in a significant increase in the activity of both macrophages and type II cells against P. carinii. In the absence of rat cells gamma-interferon was not toxic to P. carinii, but tumour necrosis factor (TNF) was directly toxic to P. carinii at 100 ng/ml; it caused a 65% decrease in viability. When TNF was combined with either macrophages or type II cells, there was neither enhancement not diminution of its activity. TNF was lethal to P. carinii at concentrations as low as 0.5 ng/ml, but the addition of antiserum to TNF during incubation with P. carinii inactivated the TNF. These data suggest that intrapulmonary survival of P. carinii may be directly and indirectly influenced by cytokines released by effector cells of cellular immunity. KW - Cell mediated immunity KW - Disease models KW - Human diseases KW - immunity KW - in vitro KW - macrophages KW - Opportunistic infections KW - parasites KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystis carinii KW - protozoa KW - Pneumocystis KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystidomycetes KW - Taphrinomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - cellular immunity KW - epithelial cells KW - fungus KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Host Resistance and Immunity (HH600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19890859774&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Endothelial cell contraction increases Candida adherence to exposed extracellular matrix. AU - Klotz, S. A. AU - Maca, R. D. JO - Infection and Immunity JF - Infection and Immunity Y1 - 1988/// VL - 56 IS - 9 SP - 2495 EP - 2498 SN - 0019-9567 AD - Klotz, S. A.: Dep. Med., Veterans Administration Med. Cent. & Louisiana State Univ. Med Cent., Shreveport, LA 71101-4295, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891201411. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - The increase in adherence of Candida yeasts to subendothelial extracellular matrix (ECM), which was exposed by the treatment of bovine vascular endothelial cells with EDTA, urea or thrombin, was demonstrated. Yeast cells adhered more to contracted monolayers than to confluent monolayers (P<0.01) by preferentially adhering to the ECM. Two clinical isolates of C. albicans and 1 of C. tropicalis bound avidly to exposed ECM, but Pseudomonas aeruginosa did not. Treatment of endothelium with forskolin, inducing cell shape changes without exposure of the ECM, caused no increase in adherence. It is concluded that exposure of the ECM in vivo may contribute to the establishment of metastatic Candida lesions. KW - adhesion KW - endothelium KW - Candida albicans KW - Candida tropicalis KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891201411&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Disseminated infection caused by urease-negative Cryptococcus neoformans. AU - Ruane, P. J. AU - Walker, L. J. AU - George, W. L. JO - Journal of Clinical Microbiology JF - Journal of Clinical Microbiology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 26 IS - 10 SP - 2224 EP - 2225 SN - 0095-1137 AD - Ruane, P. J.: W.L. George, Med. Serv., Wadsworth Div., West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891201527. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 8 ref. Registry Number: 9002-13-5. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A case is reported in a 41-yr-old man with acquired immunodeficiency syndrome who presented with headache and a 6-wk history of incoordination. Cryptococcal antigen was detected in the patient's serum at 1024 dilutions and a CT scan of the brain revealed several lesions in the cerebrum and cerebellum. Treatment of suspected disseminated cryptococcal infection with intravenous amphotericin B and oral flucytosine was initiated, but the patient died on day 19. Autopsy findings included diffuse infiltration of the lungs, spleen and prostate with organisms resembling C. neoformans and there was extensive necrosis of the cerebrum, thalamus, midbrain and cerebellum; cysts and tachyzoites consistent with Toxoplasma gondii were observed. An organism typical of C. neoformans, except for its inability to hydrolyze urea, was cultured from a blood specimen. It is suggested that laboratory specialists should be aware of the occurrence of atypical strains of C. neoformans, particularly those recovered from patients with acquired immunodeficiency syndrome. KW - acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - case reports KW - clinical aspects KW - Cryptococcosis KW - disseminated infections KW - enzymes KW - generalized infections KW - hosts KW - infections KW - medical treatment KW - mycoses KW - Opportunistic infections KW - physiology KW - predisposition KW - Treatment KW - urease KW - USA KW - Cryptococcus neoformans KW - man KW - Cryptococcus (Fungi) KW - Tremellaceae KW - Tremellales KW - Tremellomycetes KW - Agaricomycotina KW - Basidiomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - AIDS KW - Atypical cryptococcus KW - clinical picture KW - european blastomycosis KW - fungus KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pathogen, Pest, Parasite and Weed Management (General) (HH000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891201527&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fungal prosthetic arthritis: presentation of two cases and review of the literature. AU - Lambertus, M. AU - Thordarson, D. AU - Goetz, M. B. JO - Reviews of Infectious Diseases JF - Reviews of Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1988/// VL - 10 IS - 5 SP - 1038 EP - 1043 AD - Lambertus, M.: M.B. Goetz, Sepulveda Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891201529. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Two cases of prosthetic fungal arthritis due to Candida tropicalis are reported in 61- and 65-yr-old men. The former patient presented with left-hip pain and debilitation 6 months after a total left-hip replacement. Radiographical evidence revealed loosening of the femoral prosthesis and arthrocentesis yielded serosanguineous fluid which cultured C. tropicalis. The patient underwent resection arthoplasty, with removal of the prosthesis and cement and debridement of the bone, and received intraoperative joint irrigation with amphotericin B. He also received 1100 mg intravenous amphotericin B postoperatively. Twenty-four months later the patient was well. The latter case presented with left knee pain on ambulation, after undergoing cemented total left-knee replacement. C. tropicalis was cultured from fluid obtained by arthrocentesis. The prosthetic components were removed, affected tissues debrided and the joint fused. Postoperative amphotericin B (total dose 550 mg) was administered intravenously followed by ketoconazole (400 mg daily) for 6 months. After 14 months there was no recurrence of infection. A total of 6 previous cases of fungal infection complicating reconstructive arthroplasty are discussed. KW - hosts KW - infections KW - predisposition KW - prostheses KW - USA KW - Candida tropicalis KW - man KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - joints KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891201529&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Production and characterization of a murine monoclonal antibody to Aspergillus fumigatus antigen having IgG- and IgE-binding activity. AU - Kurup, V. P. JO - International Archives of Allergy and Applied Immunology JF - International Archives of Allergy and Applied Immunology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 86 IS - 4 SP - 400 EP - 406 AD - Kurup, V. P.: Veterans Administration Res. Serv./151, Milwaukee, WI 53295, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891201531. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology; Agricultural Biotechnology N2 - Using hybridoma technology, a monoclonal antibody against A. fumigatus was produced. This antibody, isotyped as IgM k, reacted with 12 of 16 antigens extracted from 9 different A. fumigatus strains. It also reacted with all 3 A. flavus antigens studied, but not with A. niger, A. terreus, Penicillium notatum or Candida albicans antigens. Western blot analysis indicated that this antibody reacted with 2 concanavalin A (Con-A) binding bands of the A. fumigatus antigen extract. The specific binding antigens were isolated using monoclonal antibody affinity chromatography. When used in immunoassay, this fraction demonstrated strong IgG and IgE antibody-binding activities against sera from patients with allergic bronchopulmonary aspergillosis (15 cases), invasive aspergillosis (5) and aspergilloma (4). The antibody levels against the purified fraction were significantly higher in patients' sera than in normal controls. The purified fraction demonstrated comparable reactivity with the crude A. fumigatus extract against patient sera, but it is concluded that the former has the added advantage of being pure and standardizable for dependable and reproducible results. KW - Biotechnology KW - identification KW - immunological techniques KW - immunology KW - monoclonal antibodies KW - Aspergillus fumigatus KW - Aspergillus KW - Trichocomaceae KW - Eurotiales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - serological techniques KW - Biotechnology (General) (WW000) (Revised June 2002) [Formerly Biotechnology] KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891201531&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparison of the Quantum II, API Yeast Ident, and AutoMicrobic systems for identification of clinical yeast isolates. AU - Pfaller, M. A. AU - Preston, T. AU - Bale, M. AU - Koontz, F. P. AU - Body, B. A. JO - Journal of Clinical Microbiology JF - Journal of Clinical Microbiology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 26 IS - 10 SP - 2054 EP - 2058 SN - 0095-1137 AD - Pfaller, M. A.: Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Iowa City, IA 52242, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891201583. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology; Public Health N2 - The Quantum II Yeast Identification System (Abbott Laboratories), a microprocessor-based spectrophotometric system for the identification of clinical yeast isolates within 24 h, was compared with the API Yeast Ident (Analytab Products) and the AutoMicrobic System Yeast Biochemical Card (AMS-YBC; Vitek Systems, Inc.) for the identification of 221 clinical yeast isolates, including 120 common clinical isolates (Candida albicans, C. tropicalis, C. parapsilosis, Torulopsis glabrata, and Crytococcus neoformans) and 101 relatively uncommon clinical isolates. The API 20C (Analytab) was used as the reference system. The Quantum II and AMS-YBC systems correctly identified 181 (82%) and 184 (83%) isolates, respectively, whereas the Yeast Ident System correctly identified 132 (60%) isolates. Of the 120 common clinical isolates, 113 (94%) were correctly identified by Quantum II, 103 (86%) by AMS-YBC and 83 (69%) by Yeast Ident. Of the 101 uncommon clinical isolates tested, 68 (67%) were correctly identified by Quantum II, 81 (80%) by AMS-YBC and 49 (49%) by Yeast Ident. It is concluded that the overall accuracy of the Quantum II, AMS-YBC, and API Yeast Ident is not sufficient to recommend any of these systems for routine use in the clinical microbiology laboratory without substantial expansion of the respective data bases. KW - comparisons KW - identification KW - systems KW - techniques KW - Yeasts KW - Candida albicans KW - Candida glabrata KW - Candida parapsilosis KW - Candida tropicalis KW - Cryptococcus neoformans KW - Fungi KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - Cryptococcus (Fungi) KW - Tremellaceae KW - Tremellales KW - Tremellomycetes KW - Agaricomycotina KW - Basidiomycota KW - Torulopsis KW - Pezizomycotina KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - identificaton KW - Torulopsis glabrata KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Health and Hygiene (General) (VV000) (Revised June 2002) [formerly Human Health and Hygiene (General) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891201583&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Discrepancy between growth of Coccidioides immitis in bacterial blood culture media and a radiometric growth index. AU - Ampel, N. M. AU - Wieden, M. A. JO - Diagnostic Microbiology and Infectious Disease JF - Diagnostic Microbiology and Infectious Disease Y1 - 1988/// VL - 9 IS - 1 SP - 7 EP - 10 SN - 0732-8893 AD - Ampel, N. M.: Med. Serv. (111), Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Tucson, AZ 85723, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891201767. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 5 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Different types of conventional blood culture media used to isolate bacteria were examined for their ability to support the growth and allow the detection of C. immitis. Spherules of C. immitis grew readily after inoculation in vented trypticase soy broth, biphasic brain heart infusion media and aerobic tryptic soy broth bottles used in a radiometric system (BACTEC). However, visible growth was not accompanied by a significant radiometric growth index. It is concluded that growth of C. immitis can be visually detected in routine bacterial blood culture media, while the radiometric growth index remains negative. KW - culture media KW - techniques KW - Coccidioides immitis KW - Coccidioides KW - Onygenaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - fungus KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891201767&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Ketoconazole therapy of progressive coccidioidomycosis. Comparison of 400- and 800-mg doses and observations at higher doses. AU - Galgiani, J. N. AU - Stevens, D. A. AU - Graybill, J. R. AU - Dismukes, W. E. AU - Cloud, G. A. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1988/// VL - 84 IS - 3 part 2 SP - 603 EP - 610 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Galgiani, J. N.: Med. Serv. (111), Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Tucson, AZ 85723, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891201771. Publication Type: Journal Article. Corporate Author: NIAID Mycoses Study Group Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 65277-42-1. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - During Nov. 1980-March 1984 a total of 112 patients with progressive pulmonary, skeletal or soft tissue infections caused by Coccidioides immitis were randomly assigned to treatment with 400 or 800 mg/d doses of ketoconazole. If, during therapy, response was unsatisfactory, the protocol provided for treatment with higher doses. The success rate for those receiving 400 mg doses was 23.2% and for those with 800 mg doses it was 32.1%. An additional 6 of 23 patients in whom initial therapy failed and who later received 1200 or 1600 mg/d doses of ketoconazole also showed improvement. However, patients who achieved a successful response after only 400 mg/d were less likely to experience a relapse than those who achieved a successful response with higher doses. It is concluded that ketoconazole in doses above those currently recommended offer little or no benefit for most patients with non-meningeal forms of coccidioidomycosis. KW - Antifungal agents KW - hosts KW - infections KW - ketoconazole KW - therapy KW - USA KW - Coccidioides immitis KW - man KW - Coccidioides KW - Onygenaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - fungistats KW - fungus KW - therapeutics KW - United States of America KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891201771&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Characteristics of dermal invasion in experimental cutaneous candidiasis of leucopenic mice. AU - Hahn, B. L. AU - Sohnle, P. G. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 91 IS - 3 SP - 233 EP - 237 SN - 0022-202X AD - Hahn, B. L.: P.G. Sohnle, Res. Serv./157, Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Milwaukee, WI 53295, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891202098. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - The course of experimental cutaneous Candida albicans infections produced in mice made leukopenic by the administration of cyclophosphamide was compared with that in untreated animals. In the latter, neutrophils characteristically infiltrated the area of infection and the organisms were virtually always confined to the epidermis. However, even though far fewer foci of infection were associated with neutophils in the cyclophosphamide-treated animals, a majority of these foci were also unable to penetrate past the epidermis. Although C. albicans proliferated relatively poorly when cultured in the homogenates of skin lacking the epidermis, pseudohyphae could invade into the dermis if inoculated skin was isolated from normal animals and cultured in vitro, or if the epidermis was removed by gentle scraping prior to inoculation with C. albicans onto the remaining skin of leukopenic animals. It is concluded that in the absence of neutrophil contact and killing of C. albicans pseudohyphae in the epidermis, other cutaneous defence mechanisms appear to be capable of preventing invasion of a majority of the organisms into the dermis. It is suggested that these findings may help to explain why deep Candida infections are rare in patients who have extensive superficial candidosis. KW - immune response KW - immunology KW - infections KW - pathogenesis KW - skin KW - Candida albicans KW - mice KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - dermis KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - immunity reactions KW - immunological reactions KW - Host Resistance and Immunity (HH600) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891202098&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A bioemulsifier produced by Candida albicans enhances yeast adherence to intestinal cells. AU - Klotz, S. A. JO - Journal of Infectious Diseases JF - Journal of Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1988/// VL - 158 IS - 3 SP - 636 EP - 639 SN - 0022-1899 AD - Klotz, S. A.: Med. Serv. (111), Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Shreveport, LA 71130, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891202105. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Bioemulsifier production by C. albicans is reported. The crude bioemulsifier was 26% carbohydrate and 1% protein by weight; the remainder was salts and water-insoluble matter. It had significant emulsifying activity over a broad pH range, pH 2.0-8.0, with max. activity at pH 8.0. Treating viable human intestinal epithelial (HIE) cells with bioemulsifier caused a significant increase in adherence of C. albicans yeasts. Heat treatment of the emulsifier did not diminish this effect. Adding bioemulsifier and yeasts simultaneously yielded the same number of adherent yeasts as did pretreatment of HIE cells with the bioemulsifier. Treating non-viable buccal epithelial cells with bioemulsifier resulted in reduced yeast adherence. It is suggested that the bioemulsifier may be relevant to the pathogenesis of invasive candidosis where adherence precedes host invasion. KW - adhesion KW - emulsifiers KW - epithelium KW - physiology KW - production KW - Candida albicans KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - intestine KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891202105&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Evaluation of modified Trypticase soy broth versus supplemented peptone broth in the detection of bacteremia and fungemia. AU - Reimer, L. AU - Reller, B. AU - Wang, W. L. AU - Mirrett, S. JO - European Journal of Clinical Microbiology & Infectious Diseases JF - European Journal of Clinical Microbiology & Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1988/// VL - 7 IS - 3 SP - 384 EP - 387 SN - 0934-9723 AD - Reimer, L.: Dep. Path. 13, Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Salt Lake City, UT 84148, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891202120. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - The bacterial and fungal recovery performance from blood of supplemented peptone broth and Trypticase soy broth, both of which contain sodium polyanetholsulfonate, gelatin and yeast extract, was compared. The recovery of yeasts (Candida albicans (15 isolates), C. tropicalis (2), Torulopsis glabrata (2) and Cryptococcus neoformans (3)) was not significantly different in the 2 media types. KW - culture media KW - techniques KW - Candida albicans KW - Candida glabrata KW - Candida tropicalis KW - Cryptococcus neoformans KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Cryptococcus (Fungi) KW - Tremellaceae KW - Tremellales KW - Tremellomycetes KW - Agaricomycotina KW - Basidiomycota KW - Torulopsis KW - Pezizomycotina KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - Torulopsis glabrata KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891202120&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Antagonism of the direct fungicidal action of miconazole by miconazole fungistasis. AU - Beggs, W. H. AU - LaSota, I. R. AU - Hughes, C. E. JO - European Journal of Clinical Microbiology & Infectious Diseases JF - European Journal of Clinical Microbiology & Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1988/// VL - 7 IS - 3 SP - 413 EP - 414 SN - 0934-9723 AD - Beggs, W. H.: General Med. Res. Serv., Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891202121. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 8 ref. Registry Number: 22916-47-8. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A weakly fungistatic concn of miconazole in lag phase yeast cultures of Candida albicans antagonized the development of phenotypic susceptibility to the direct fungicidal action of high level (i.e. >10-5M) miconazole. After growth in the absence of drug, maintenance of susceptibility upon continued incubation was also antagonized by two low levels of miconazole. It is suggested that this auto-antagonistic effect has important clinical implications. KW - antifungal agents KW - antifungal properties KW - miconazole KW - pharmacodynamics KW - Candida albicans KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - anti-fungal properties KW - drug action KW - fungicidal properties KW - fungistats KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - mechanism of drug action KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891202121&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Polyarticular arthritis due to Sporothrix schenckii. AU - Lesperance, M. AU - Baumgartner, D. AU - Kauffman, C. A. JO - Mycoses JF - Mycoses Y1 - 1988/// VL - 31 IS - 12 SP - 599 EP - 603 SN - 0933-7407 AD - Lesperance, M.: C.A. Kauffman, Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Ann Arbor, MI 48105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891202355. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: German. Number of References: 26 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A case is reported in a 34-yr-old man who presented with a 5-yr history of contiguous osteomyelitis. He had decreased range of motion in the right elbow, a small effusion in the left knee and swelling of the left olecranon bursa. Roentgenograms of the right elbow showed destruction of the joint. A biopsy of the right proximal ulna and radius, bursal fluid from the left olecranon bursa and joint fluid from the left knee cultured S. schenckii. Oral fluconazole (50 mg/d) was administered, followed by intravenous amphotericin B (total dose, 2 g). The patient improved initially, but a roentgenogram revealed destruction of the left elbow joint, and bone and synovial fluid yielded S. schenckii. Itraconazole (400 mg/d orally) was given and the joint was debrided. After 1 month, S. schenckii was no longer recovered from the drainage and after 3 months, the wound had completely healed. At the end of 6 months treatment, the patient had reduced pain and limited movement in both elbows. KW - bones KW - hosts KW - infections KW - USA KW - man KW - Sporothrix schenckii KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Sporothrix KW - Ophiostomataceae KW - Ophiostomatales KW - Sordariomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - joints KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891202355&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Infection with Trichosporon pullulans. AU - Hughes, C. E. AU - Serstock, D. AU - Wilson, B. D. AU - Payne, W. T2 - Annals of Internal Medicine JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1988/// VL - 108 IS - 5 SP - 772 EP - 773 SN - 0003-4819 AD - Hughes, C. E.: Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891202742. Publication Type: Correspondence. Language: English. Number of References: 5 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A case is reported in a 56-yr-old man who presented with an 8 mm draining dorsal nodule on his left second toe and a 2 cm nodule on the medial left ankle. He had had a renal transplant 1 yr previously which had been complicated by diabetes mellitus. Culture of the drainage from the toe nodule and of an ankle nodule biopsy specimen yielded T. pullulans. Subsequently, the patient had 9 indurated purple nodules extending from the toe to the pretibial area. Amphotericin B (total dose, 2060 mg) was administered and the distal toe was amputated. Three months after therapy, no residual infection remained. KW - diabetes KW - hosts KW - infections KW - kidney transplant KW - predisposition KW - USA KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Trichosporon KW - Trichosporonaceae KW - Tremellales KW - Tremellomycetes KW - Agaricomycotina KW - Basidiomycota KW - fungi KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - Trichosporon pullulans KW - United States of America KW - Non-communicable Human Diseases and Injuries (VV600) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891202742&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of hypertonic solutes upon the polysaccharide capsule in Cryptococcus neoformans. AU - Jacobson, E. S. AU - Tingler, M. J. AU - Quynn, P. L. JO - Mycoses JF - Mycoses Y1 - 1989/// VL - 32 IS - 1 SP - 14 EP - 23 SN - 0933-7407 AD - Jacobson, E. S.: Res. Serv. (151), McGuire Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Richmond, VA 23249, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891202842. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: German. Number of References: 11 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Growth of C. neoformans in hypertonic growth media resulting in yeast cells with visibly smaller capsules was investigated using a chemical assay for cell-bound and dissolved capsular polysaccharide. Molar NaCl suppressed production of cell-bound polysaccharide by 2.5- to 5-fold. The possibility of salt-induced physicochemical contraction of capsular gel was tested by dialysis of fixed cells from hypotonic medium against medium containing 1 M NaCl and against the original medium, while capsular thickness, packed cell volume and cell-bound polysaccharide were followed. A physical contraction of gel was detected following dialysis against medium containing 1 M NaCl. Mutants which gave mucoid colonies on hypertonic agar were isolated. One of these produced twice as much polysaccharide as the wild type when cultivated in medium containing 1 M NaCl. The hypercapsular trait was passed through serial outcrosses to the wild type and segregated as a chromosomal gene. It is concluded that this mutant may represent a gene which regulates production of capsular polysaccharide. KW - biochemistry KW - genetics KW - polysaccharides KW - Cryptococcus neoformans KW - Cryptococcus (Fungi) KW - Tremellaceae KW - Tremellales KW - Tremellomycetes KW - Agaricomycotina KW - Basidiomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - capsule KW - complex carbohydrates KW - fungus KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891202842&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Requirement for nonprotonated drug molecules in the direct lethal action of miconazole against Candida albicans. AU - Beggs, W. H. JO - Mycopathologia JF - Mycopathologia Y1 - 1988/// VL - 103 IS - 2 SP - 91 EP - 94 SN - 0301-486X AD - Beggs, W. H.: General Med. Res. Serv., Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891202942. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Registry Number: 22916-47-8. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology; Public Health N2 - The requirement for nonprotonated drug molecules in the direct lethal action of miconazole against C. albicans was investigated. A min. lethal concn of nonprotonated miconazole (MCZo) (i.e. 5 × 10-6M) that was relatively independent of pH, MCZ concn and MCZo:MCZH+ (protonated molecules) ratio was established. KW - antifungal agents KW - antifungal properties KW - miconazole KW - pharmacodynamics KW - Candida albicans KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - anti-fungal properties KW - drug action KW - fungicidal properties KW - fungistats KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - mechanism of drug action KW - miconazole activity KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891202942&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Production and characterization of murine monoclonal antibodies to Histoplasma capsulatum yeast cell antigens. AU - Kamel, S. M. AU - Wheat, L. J. AU - Garten, M. L. AU - Bartlett, M. S. AU - Tansey, M. R. AU - Tewari, R. P. JO - Infection and Immunity JF - Infection and Immunity Y1 - 1989/// VL - 57 IS - 3 SP - 896 EP - 901 SN - 0019-9567 AD - Kamel, S. M.: L.J. Wheat, Veterans Administration Hosp., Indianapolis, IN 46202, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891202945. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 51 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology; Agricultural Biotechnology N2 - Four monoclonal antibodies (MAbs) were produced by immunizing mice with a disrupted yeast cell homogenate of H. capsulatum. MAbs 1 and 2 reacted only with the yeast cell antigens of H. capsulatum and Blastomyces dermatitidis, whereas MAbs 3 and 4 showed broader cross-reactivity. MAb 3 cross-reacted with B. dermatitidis, Paracoccidioides brasiliensis, Sporothrix schenckii, and Candida albicans, and MAb 4 cross-reacted with B. dermatitidis, C. albicans, Coccidioides immitis, Aspergillus fumigatus and Mycobacterium tuberculosis. All 4 MAbs exhibited unique specificity when reacted with 3 different strs. of H. capsulatum (G217B, A811 and P-IN). MAb 1 belonged to the IgG2b subclass, MAb 3 to the IgG1 subclass and MAbs 2 and 4 to the IgG3 subclass. MAbs 1, 2 and 3 formed bands in the Western immunoblot assay; the 2 dominant distinct bands had apparent molecular masses of 72 and 62 kDa. KW - Biotechnology KW - immunology KW - monoclonal antibodies KW - Histoplasma capsulatum KW - Ajellomyces KW - Ajellomycetaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Histoplasma KW - Ajellomyces capsulatus KW - fungus KW - Biotechnology (General) (WW000) (Revised June 2002) [Formerly Biotechnology] KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891202945&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Immunoblot analysis of antibody response to Sporothrix schenckii. AU - Scott, E. N. AU - Muchmore, H. G. JO - Journal of Clinical Microbiology JF - Journal of Clinical Microbiology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 27 IS - 2 SP - 300 EP - 304 SN - 0095-1137 AD - Scott, E. N.: Dep. Med., Univ. Oklahoma Health Sci. Cent. & Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Oklahoma City, OK 73104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891203186. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - The serological response to S. schenckii was investigated in patients with sporotrichosis by solid-phase ELISAs and Western immunoblot techniques. A soluble antigen preparation derived from a S. schenckii isolate contained 15 protein staining components of molecular size 22-70 kDa by sodium dodecyl sulfate-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE). Sera from 40 patients with sporotrichosis demonstrated Sporothrix immunoglobulin G antibody by ELISA with titres between 128 and 65 200. No sera from 300 healthy individuals or 100 patients with various systemic mycoses other than sporotrichosis (12 with Histoplasma capsulatum, 20 with Cryptococcus neoformans, 18 with Coccidioides immitis, 20 with Candida and 18 with Aspergillus infections) had ELISA titres greater than 64. By Western immunoblotting of the antigens separated by SDS-PAGE, sera from 10 patients with cutaneous sporotrichosis reacted with 8 to 10 antigen components (range 40-70 kDa), while sera from 15 patients with extracutaneous sporotrichosis reacted with a greater number of antigen components (15-20 bands) over a wider range of molecular sizes (22-70 kDa). Antibody to 40- and 70-kDa antigen components was detected by immunoblots in all sera tested from patients with sporotrichosis. Antibody to 22- to 36-kDa antigen components was present in sera from 13 of 15 patients with extracutaneous sporotrichosis, but these lower-MW components were not detected by sera from patients with cutaneous sporotrichosis. Antibody to these components was not detected by Western blotting in sera from 19 of 20 patients with other fungal diseases or from 30 healthy individuals. It is suggested that purification of these specific antigen fractions could provide the basis of a sensitive and specific serodiagnostic test to indicate the presence and activity of extracutaneous sporotrichosis. KW - antigens KW - hosts KW - immunology KW - infections KW - USA KW - Aspergillus KW - Candida KW - Coccidioides immitis KW - Cryptococcus neoformans KW - Histoplasma capsulatum KW - man KW - Sporothrix schenckii KW - Ajellomyces KW - Ajellomycetaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Trichocomaceae KW - Eurotiales KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Coccidioides KW - Onygenaceae KW - Cryptococcus (Fungi) KW - Tremellaceae KW - Tremellales KW - Tremellomycetes KW - Agaricomycotina KW - Basidiomycota KW - Histoplasma KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - Sporothrix KW - Ophiostomataceae KW - Ophiostomatales KW - Sordariomycetes KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - Ajellomyces capsulatus KW - antigenicity KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - immunogens KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891203186&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - pH and other effects on the antifungal activity of cilofungin (LY121019). AU - McIntyre, K. A. AU - Galgiani, J. N. JO - Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy JF - Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy Y1 - 1989/// VL - 33 IS - 5 SP - 731 EP - 735 SN - 0066-4804 AD - McIntyre, K. A.: J.N. Galgiani, Med. & Res. Serv., Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Tucson, AZ 85723, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891203200. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 79404-91-4. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - The effects of various test conditions on broth macro- and microdilution susceptibility test results for several species of yeasts (Candida albicans, C. [Torulopsis] glabrata, C. tropicalis, C. parapsilosis and C. lusitaniae) with cilofungin were investigated. As the pH decreased from 7.4 to 3.0, 50% inhibitory concn (IC50) increased up to 64-fold. This effect was unrelated to yeast growth rate, solvent concn or choice of buffer. Broth microdilution results for 42 C. albicans isolates at pH 7.4 in synthetic amino acid medium, fungal (SAAMF), showed IC50 results of 0.08-2.5 µg/ml, whereas at pH 3.0 the results were 5.0 or 10.0 µg/ml. Fungicidal concn were closer to min. inhibitory concn (MIC) results at the lower pH, i.e., a mean of 16-fold above the MIC at pH 3.0, compared with a mean 256-fold difference at pH 7.4. Two strains that had very different IC50 results at pH 7.4 and identical IC50 results at pH 3.0 were found to be equally susceptible to cilofungin therapy in rats. In additional studies, other medium effects were demonstrable, with yeast nitrogen broth and minimal essential medium generally yielding higher results than 2 other synthetic media (SAAMF and RPMI 1640 medium). However, susceptibility results did not change with inoculum between 10² and 105 yeast cells/ml or temp. between 30 and 37°C. It is concluded that pH is an important influence on in vitro rank order susceptibility of pathogenic yeasts to cilofungin. KW - antifungal agents KW - antifungal properties KW - cilofungin KW - Candida KW - Candida albicans KW - Candida glabrata KW - Candida lusitaniae KW - Candida parapsilosis KW - Candida tropicalis KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Candida KW - Torulopsis KW - Pezizomycotina KW - anti-fungal properties KW - fungicidal properties KW - fungistats KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - Torulopsis glabrata KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891203200&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Blastomycosis presenting as polyarticular septic arthritis. AU - Robert, M. E. AU - Kauffman, C. A. JO - Journal of Rheumatology JF - Journal of Rheumatology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 15 IS - 9 SP - 1438 EP - 1442 SN - 0315-162X AD - Robert, M. E.: C.A. Kauffman, Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Ann Arbor, MI 48105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891203334. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A case is reported in a 73-yr-old man who presented with a 2- to 3-month history of left knee swelling and pain. Examination also revealed a tender erythematous area in the region of the right 4th metacarpophalangeal joint and a chest roentgenogram showed a right apical infiltrate. Seventeen days after admission, while being treated with broad spectrum antibiotics, cytological examination of a sputum sample demonstrated yeasts consistent with Blastomyces dermatitidis. Biopsy specimens from the left knee and right hand also yielded B. dermatitidis. Amphotericin B (500 mg over a 3-wk period) was administered, followed by ketoconazole (400 mg/d for 6 months) and all symptoms resolved. At follow-up, 18 months later, the patient remained disease free with full range of motion in his affected joints. KW - hosts KW - infections KW - lungs KW - Michigan KW - USA KW - Blastomyces dermatitidis KW - man KW - Blastomyces KW - Ajellomycetaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - East North Central States of USA KW - North Central States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - Lake States of USA KW - fungus KW - joints KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891203334&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fungistatic activity of miconazole against Candida albicans in relation to pH and concentration of nonprotonated drug. AU - Beggs, W. H. JO - Mycoses JF - Mycoses Y1 - 1989/// VL - 32 IS - 5 SP - 239 EP - 244 SN - 0933-7407 AD - Beggs, W. H.: General Med. Res. (151), Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891203435. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: German. Number of References: 13 ref. Registry Number: 22916-47-8. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - The effects of growth phase, pH and concn of miconazole (MCZ) and nonprotonated miconazole (MCZO) in relation to fungistasis were studied. C. albicans yeasts were grown in a synthetic liquid medium and MCZ effects were monitored by viability determinations. Results showed that fungistatic activity is little affected by growth phase and is largely independent of drug concn and pH. Antagonism of fungistasis by low pH was demonstrated only at < 10-7M MCZ. It is concluded that the data supports earlier proposals that MCZO is required for biological activity and it is suggested that target sites are saturated at very low levels of drug. KW - antifungal agents KW - antifungal properties KW - Miconazole KW - pharmacodynamics KW - Candida albicans KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - anti-fungal properties KW - drug action KW - fungicidal properties KW - fungistats KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - mechanism of drug action KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891203435&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Quality control slide for potassium hydroxide and Cellufluor fungal preparations. AU - Perry, J. L. AU - Miller, G. R. JO - Journal of Clinical Microbiology JF - Journal of Clinical Microbiology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 27 IS - 6 SP - 1411 EP - 1412 SN - 0095-1137 AD - Perry, J. L.: Clinical Microbiol. Labs., Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Wichita, KS 67211, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891203453. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 5 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - An opaque, water-insoluble quality control material with a skin-like microscopic appearance was prepared by inoculating melted xanthine (0.4%) agar with Epidermophyton floccosum or Candida albicans and dispensing drops onto glass slides. After solidification of the agar, the material was rapidly cleared by 10% KOH, revealing fungal elements stained by Cellufluor reagent. KW - Dermatophytes KW - quality controls KW - staining KW - techniques KW - Candida albicans KW - Epidermophyton floccosum KW - Fungi KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Epidermophyton KW - Arthrodermataceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - quality assurance KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891203453&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of immunosuppression on epidermal defenses in a murine model of cutaneous candidiasis. AU - Sohnle, P. G. AU - Hahn, B. L. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1989/// VL - 113 IS - 6 SP - 700 EP - 707 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Sohnle, P. G.: Res. Serv./151, Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Milwaukee, WI 53295, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891203677. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A number of pharmacological treatment regimens were used to evalute the early defences against experimental cutaneous Candida albicans infection in nonimmune mice. Severe immunosuppression of the animals was found to have little effect on the numbers of C. albicans pseudohyphae that initially infected the skin, but it did, however, modify the progression of the infection. Of the regimens tested, only the combination of intraperitoneal cyclophosphamide and intravenous phorbol myristate acetate completely eliminated the epidermal neutrophilic infiltrates and promoted a significant degree of C. albicans invasion into the dermis. However, the epidermal proliferative response to the infections was equivalent at the sites of both invasive and noninvasive foci, and it was generally comparable to that in normal animals. Dermal invasion in the treated animals was also found to occur at a time (between 12 and 24 h after inoculation) when the epidermis was maximally proliferating. In contrast, the intraperitoneal administration of colchicine significantly suppressed epidermal proliferation at the C. albicans foci but had only minimal effects in promoting dermal invasion. It is concluded that whereas epidermal proliferation could be involved in the eventual clearance of cutaneous Candida infections, this mechanism apparently has little to do with either limiting the number of organisms initially infecting the skin or preventing their invasion into the dermis. KW - immune response KW - immunology KW - immunosuppression KW - infections KW - predisposition KW - skin KW - Candida albicans KW - mice KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - dermis KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - immunity reactions KW - immunological reactions KW - Host Resistance and Immunity (HH600) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891203677&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Immunologic response to Faenia rectivirgula (Micropolyspora faeni) in a dairy farm family. AU - Brummund, W. AU - Kurup, V. P. AU - Resnick, A. AU - Milson, T. J., Jr. AU - Fink, J. N. JO - Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology JF - Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 82 IS - 2 SP - 190 EP - 195 SN - 0091-6749 AD - Brummund, W.: V.P. Kurup, Res. Serv./151, Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Milwaukee, WI 53295-1000, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891203819. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Medical & Veterinary Mycology; Dairy Science N2 - Cellular and humoral responses to F. rectivirgula antigens were evaluated in 7 subjects, members of a family who lived and worked on a dairy farm. Air samples from the farm had yielded F. rectivirgula, Thermoactinomyces vulgaris, T. candidus, Saccharomonospora viridis, Aspergillus fumigatus, Penicillium and Mucor spp. Four of the subjects had clinical features of hypersensitivity pneumonitis after exposure to mouldy hay. The other 3 subjects had no clinical disease in spite of similar exposure. Although serum precipitins were found in most subjects, a biotin-avidin-linked immunosorbent assay revealed high levels of F. rectivirgula-specific antibodies only in the symptomatic subjects. In addition, numerous precipitin arcs were present in the sera of the symptomatic but not the asymptomatic subjects by antigen-antibody crossed immunoelectrophoresis. No clear distinction between symptomatic and asymptomatic subjects could be made on the basis of lymphocyte phenotype studies, and antigen-induced lymphocyte transformation was not detected in any subject. It is suggested that F. rectivirgula-specific antibody levels as detected by biotin-avidin-linked immunosorbent assay and by the presence of precipitin arcs in crossed immunoelectrophoresis may differentiate symptomatic and asymptomatic farmers. KW - Air spora KW - allergies KW - dairy farms KW - diseases KW - environment KW - Farmer's lung KW - geography KW - immune response KW - immunology KW - Occupational disorders KW - USA KW - man KW - Saccharopolyspora rectivirgula KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Saccharopolyspora KW - Pseudonocardiaceae KW - Pseudonocardineae KW - Actinomycetales KW - Actinobacteridae KW - Actinobacteria KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - bacterium KW - Faenia rectivirgula KW - immunity reactions KW - immunological reactions KW - United States of America KW - Non-communicable Human Diseases and Injuries (VV600) KW - Occupational Health and Safety (VV900) KW - Host Resistance and Immunity (HH600) KW - Weeds and Noxious Plants (FF500) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Milk and Dairy Produce (QQ010) KW - Food Contamination, Residues and Toxicology (QQ200) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891203819&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - In vitro susceptibilities of yeasts to a new antifungal triazole, SCH 39304: effects of test conditions and relation to in vivo efficacy. AU - McIntyre, K. A. AU - Galgiani, J. N. JO - Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy JF - Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy Y1 - 1989/// VL - 33 IS - 7 SP - 1095 EP - 1100 SN - 0066-4804 AD - McIntyre, K. A.: J.N. Galgiani, Med. & Res. Serv., Veterans Administration Cent., Tucson, AZ 85723, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891203823. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 86386-73-4. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Six Candida strs. (2 C. albicans and one each of C. [Torulopsis] glabrata, C. tropicalis, C. parapsilosis and C. lusitaniae) were used to study the effects of test conditions on the activity of SCH 39304 compared with that of fluconazole in broth macro- and micro-dilution assays. Increasing the inoculum from 10² to 105 yeasts/ml raised the min. inhibitory concn (MICs) for all isolates up to >512-fold. In contrast, results with a 50% turbidimetric endpoint (50% inhibitory concn; IC50) varied no more than 2-fold. Similar effects were seen with fluconazole and both drugs were found to have an associated delay in onset of action. Acidity was found to increase both MIC and IC50. Other effects were observed among 4 synthetic media, but a consistent pattern was not identified. Incubation temp. of 37, 35 and 30°C yielded equivalent results. Broth microdilution IC50 against most of 40 isolates of C. albicans were 0.31 µg/ml ± 4-fold for SCH 39304 and 0.16 µg/ml ± 2-fold for fluconazole. Treatment of experimental candidosis in rats with SCH 39304 and fluconazole resulted in 50% effective doses of 0.33 and 0.49 mg/kg daily, respectively. In contrast, another C. albicans isolate, previously identified as resistant to other azoles, had an IC50 of 20 µg/ml SCH 39304 and, in vivo, a 50% effective dose of 2.25 mg/kg daily. It is concluded that the in vivo efficacy of SCH 39304 correlates with MIC results when broth macrodilution testing is performed with a small inoculum and with IC50 results which are independent of inoculum size. KW - antifungal agents KW - antifungal properties KW - fluconazole KW - infections KW - Techniques KW - therapy KW - Candida KW - Candida albicans KW - Candida glabrata KW - Candida lusitaniae KW - Candida parapsilosis KW - Candida tropicalis KW - fungi KW - Rats KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Candida KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - Torulopsis KW - Pezizomycotina KW - anti-fungal properties KW - fungicidal properties KW - fungistats KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - SCH 39304 KW - susceptibility testing KW - therapeutics KW - Torulopsis glabrata KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891203823&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Perinephric abscess in pediatric patients: report of six cases and review of the literature. AU - Edelstein, H. AU - McCabe, R. E. JO - Pediatric Infectious Disease Journal JF - Pediatric Infectious Disease Journal Y1 - 1989/// VL - 8 IS - 3 SP - 167 EP - 170 SN - 0891-3668 AD - Edelstein, H.: Sect. Infectious Diseases, Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891203838. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Six cases of perinephric abscess are reported in paediatric patients; one case was due to fungal infection. A 4-yr-old girl developed left abdominal tenderness following urological surgery. An intravenous pyelogram showed left hydronephrosis associated with a large mass. A ureteral catheter drained a large fluid collection which grew Staphylococcus aureus on culture. A voided urine specimen yielded Candida albicans. Nineteen days postoperation the patient returned to surgery where a left-sided perinephric abscess was drained. Abscess cultures yielded C. albicans and Enterococcus spp. The patient was successfully treated with antibiotics. The remaining 5 cases were caused by bacterial infections. The characteristics of the 6 cases are compared with previously reported cases of perinephric abscess in both adults and children. KW - hosts KW - infections KW - kidneys KW - USA KW - Candida albicans KW - man KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891203838&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Perinephric abscess in renal transplant recipients: report of seven cases and review. AU - Edelstein, H. E. AU - McCabe, R. E. AU - Lieberman, E. JO - Reviews of Infectious Diseases JF - Reviews of Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1989/// VL - 11 IS - 4 SP - 569 EP - 577 AD - Edelstein, H. E.: Sect. Infectious Diseases, Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891204008. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 51 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Four kidney transplantation programmes during 1975-1986 were reviewed to determine the prevalence and clinical characteristics of perinephric abscess in renal transplant recipients. Seven cases were found, with a prevalence of 0.3% in 1945 patients seen over a 12-yr period in one programme. Case reports for these patients are given. Current prevalence appeared markedly less than in older studies. Despite immunosuppression, signs and symptoms of perinephric abscess were prominent and included fever, flank and abdominal pain and tenderness, and abdominal mass. Perinephric abscesses were diagnosed 2 wks-52 months after transplantation and were associated with lymphoceles in 2 patients. Abdominal ultrasound and CT were useful in diagnosis. Staphylococci (36%) and aerobic Gram-negative rods (32%) were the most common pathogens in the 7 patients combined with patients identified in a review of the literature since 1975. Also of note were the presence of anaerobes (28%) and Candida albicans (4%). Therapy was successful in all 7 patients. KW - hosts KW - infections KW - kidney transplant KW - kidneys KW - predisposition KW - USA KW - Candida albicans KW - man KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891204008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Surface-active properties of Candida albicans. AU - Klotz, S. A. JO - Applied and Environmental Microbiology JF - Applied and Environmental Microbiology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 55 IS - 9 SP - 2119 EP - 2122 SN - 0099-2240 AD - Klotz, S. A.: Dep. Med. & Ophthalmol., Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Shreveport, LA 71103, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891204302. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - The surface activities of whole yeast cells of C. albicans were measured. Yeast cells added at 108/ml reduced the surface tension (γs) of saline by 20% as determined by the du Nouy method. A 1% suspension of yeast cell wall fragments reduced γs of saline by 36%. Whole yeast cells caused a reduction in interfacial tension (γI) between hexadecane and saline. The reduction of γI was proportional to the surface hydrophobicity of the yeasts. Yeast cells grown in glucose as the sole carbon source (thus possessing a relatively more hydrophilic cell surface) reduced γI by 30%, whereas yeast cells grown in hexadecane (thus possessing a more hydrophobic cell surface) reduced γI by 41%. The reduction of γI was reversed upon the addition of a strong surfactant. It was also demonstrated that yeast cells blended with nonionic surfactants during growth in a glucose broth in order to change their cell surface hydrophobicity adhered to solid surfaces in direct proportion to their cell surface hydrophobicity. It is concluded that the surface-active properties of Candida yeast cells may significantly contribute to the accumulation of yeast cells at various interfaces such as liquid-solid, liquid-liquid and liquid-air, leading to their eventual adhesion to solid or tissue surfaces. KW - adhesion KW - physiology KW - Candida albicans KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891204302&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nosocomial Candida infections. AU - Pfaller, M. A. JO - Current Opinion in Infectious Diseases JF - Current Opinion in Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1988/// VL - 1 IS - 5 SP - 764 EP - 771 SN - 0951-7375 AD - Pfaller, M. A.: Veterans Administration Med. Cent. & Dep. Path., Univ. Iowa Coll. Med., Iowa City, IA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891204346. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Clinical considerations in nosocomial Candida infections including risk factors, increasing incidence and mortality in various patient populations such as patients with cancer and/or neutropenia, neonates, burn patients and patients in community hospitals; the importance of Candida spp. other than C. albicans, e.g. C. tropicalis, C. parapsilosis, C. krusei and C. lusitaniae; new clinical presentations such as suppurative peripheral thrombophlebitis, hepatic candidosis, new dermatological presentations, Candida epiglottitis and Candida osteomyelitis; and anticandida chemotherapy are discussed. KW - blood vessels KW - bones KW - complications KW - hospitals KW - infections KW - liver KW - mouth KW - predisposition KW - skin KW - therapy KW - Candida KW - Candida acidothermophilum KW - Candida albicans KW - Candida lusitaniae KW - Candida parapsilosis KW - Candida tropicalis KW - Man KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Candida KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - Candida krusei KW - dermis KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - therapeutics KW - thrombophlebitis KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891204346&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Sonography of Candida albicans cystitis. AU - Gooding, G. A. W. JO - Journal of Ultrasound in Medicine JF - Journal of Ultrasound in Medicine Y1 - 1989/// VL - 8 IS - 3 SP - 121 EP - 124 SN - 0278-4297 AD - Gooding, G. A. W.: Dep. Radiol., Veterans Administration Med. Cent., San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891204400. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 6 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Three cases of C. albicans cystitis in two 69-yr-old men and a 64-yr-old man were diagnosed by sonography and confirmed by culture of the fungus from urine specimens. Sonography observations included a mildly thickened bladder wall and a discrete, well-defined, dense fluid-fluid interface within the bladder, debris that contained the pseudomycelia of C. albicans. This fluid-fluid interface shifted with changes in position. The sonographical appearance, although not pathognomonic, was similar in all 3 cases. Sonography was used to monitor the progress of therapy. In all 3 cases, conservative treatment successfully cleared the vesical debris without significant sequelae or the formation of concretions analagous to bezoars and the bladder returned to normal except for minimal residual wall thickening. KW - bladder KW - diagnosis KW - hosts KW - infections KW - ultrasound KW - USA KW - Candida albicans KW - man KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - United States of America KW - urinary bladder KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891204400&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cryptococcal aortitis. AU - Leavitt, A. D. AU - Kauffman, C. A. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1988/// VL - 85 IS - 1 SP - 108 EP - 110 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Leavitt, A. D.: C.A. Kauffman, Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Ann Arbor, MI 48105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891204494. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 7 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A case is reported in a 61-yr-old man with Cryptococcus neoformans aortitis that was present for 3 yrs before detection. Splenic embolus and lower aortic involvement indicated that the proximal aorta served as a primary source of infection within the vascular tree. The patient responded well to therapy with amphotericin B and flucytosine over 6 wks. KW - blood vessels KW - hosts KW - infections KW - USA KW - Cryptococcus neoformans KW - man KW - Cryptococcus (Fungi) KW - Tremellaceae KW - Tremellales KW - Tremellomycetes KW - Agaricomycotina KW - Basidiomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - fungus KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891204494&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Physiological measurement of luminal stirring in perfused rat jejunum. AU - Anderson, B. W. AU - Levine, A. S. AU - Levitt, D. G. AU - Kneip, J. M. AU - Levitt, M. D. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 254 IS - 6,I SP - G843 EP - G848 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Anderson, B. W.: M.D. Levitt, ACOS for Research/151, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 54th St. and 48th Ave. So., Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891410061. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Poor stirring of intestinal contents yields a pre-epithelial diffusion barrier that is thought to be the rate-limiting step in absorption of many compounds. In previous studies, the resistance of this barrier is equal to an unstirred water layer of 300 to 800 μm. With CO, glucose and [14C]warfarin, the pre-epithelial resistance was estimated in a 30-cm segment in rats that were conscious, anaesthetized with pentobarbital sodium or anaesthetized and laparotomized. Estimations with each of the probes showed that the maximum pre-epithelial resistance in conscious rats was equivalent to an unstirred layer of only about 100 μm. Anaesthesia roughly doubled this resistance, and anaesthesia and laparotomy caused a sixfold increase (unstirred layer of about 600 μm). It is concluded that the luminal stirring is much more efficient than previously has been appreciated. The very thick jejunal unstirred layers reported previously (300 to 800 μm) reflect the results of studies made in non-physiological conditions or studies employing inappropriate techniques to estimate luminal stirring. KW - Absorption KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891410061&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Do protein and phosphorus cause calcium loss? AU - Spencer, H. AU - Kramer, L. AU - Osis, D. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1988/// VL - 118 IS - 6 SP - 657 EP - 660 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Research, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, IL 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891410110. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 50 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 7723-14-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The widespread opinion that both protein and phosphorus cause calcium loss is examined. Controlled human studies show that commonly used complex dietary proteins, which have a high P content, do not cause Ca loss in adult persons. Similarly, a daily P intake of up to 2000 mg does not have adverse effects on Ca metabolism; however, the type of phosphate in carbonated beverages may not behave in the same manner. In contrast, a diet low in protein and P may have adverse effects on Ca balance in the elderly. Studies with adults suggest that high-protein foods do not cause Ca loss. KW - Calcium KW - metabolism KW - phosphorus KW - protein intake KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891410110&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Membrane effects of ethanol: bulk lipid versus lipid domains. AU - Wood, W. G. AU - Schroeder, F. JO - Life Sciences JF - Life Sciences Y1 - 1988/// VL - 43 IS - 6 SP - 467 EP - 475 SN - 0024-3205 AD - Wood, W. G.: Geriatric Research, Education, and Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Louis, MO 63125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891410125. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 64 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - It has been well-established that ethanol fluidizes the bulk lipid of membranes and that this effect may alter cell function and be involved in ethanol sensitivity and tolerance. This hypothesis has been supported in several studies; however, there is also a considerable amount of data that do not support such an explanation, e.g., direct effect of ethanol on proteins, other membrane-acting drugs, temperature effects, effects of ethanol on aged membranes and inconsistent effects of chronic ethanol consumption on lipid content. This review examines the bulk membrane fluidization hypothesis in light of those data and proposed a modification of the bulk membrane hypothesis based on recent data that show that ethanol and other alcohols have a specific effect on the structural properties of different membrane domains. This specific effect of ethanol is discussed within the context of how changes in fluidity of domains may alter membrane function. KW - effects KW - Ethanol KW - membranes KW - reviews KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891410125&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Prognostic significance of serum cholesterol in nursing home men. AU - Rudman, D. AU - Mattson, D. E. AU - Nagraj, H. S. AU - Feller, A. G. AU - Jackson, D. L. AU - Caindec, N. AU - Rudman, I. W. JO - Journal of Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition JF - Journal of Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition Y1 - 1988/// VL - 12 IS - 2 SP - 155 EP - 158 SN - 0148-6071 AD - Rudman, D.: Medical and Nutrition Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, North Chicago, IL, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891410168. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Serum cholesterol was measured in 129 men on average 70.6, range 41 to 96 years old in a Veterans Administration Nursing Home, and was correlated with other items in an extensive clinical data base. Serum cholesterol was less than 150 mg/100 ml in 13% of the subjects, and was less than 160 mg/100 ml in 18%. Cholesterol greater than 280 mg/100 ml occurred in 8%. Serum cholesterol varied directly with body weight, serum albumin, serum total protein, serum sodium, ability to walk and ability to feed oneself, and indirectly with death rate, degree of functional dependence and serum aspartate aminotransferase and lactate dehydrogenase. Nursing home men with cholesterol less than 150 mg/100 ml had a death rate of 63% during the 14 months after the cholesterol analysis, compared with a death rate of 9% in men with cholesterol greater than 150 mg/100 ml. Death rate during the year after the analysis was 52% if cholesterol was below 160 mg/100 ml, compared with 7% if it was above that threshold. KW - blood KW - Cholesterol KW - mortality KW - risk KW - USA KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - death rate KW - United States of America KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891410168&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Efficacy and safety of low-dose intravenous versus intramuscular vitamin K in parenteral nutrition patients. AU - Schepers, G. P. AU - Dimitry, A. R. AU - Eckhauser, F. E. AU - Kirking, D. M. JO - Journal of Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition JF - Journal of Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition Y1 - 1988/// VL - 12 IS - 2 SP - 174 EP - 177 SN - 0148-6071 AD - Schepers, G. P.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 2215 Fuller Road, Ann Arbor, MI 48105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891410177. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 12001-79-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Efficacy and safety of intravenous (iv) and intramuscular (im) vitamin K were compared prospectively in patients receiving total parenteral nutrition. Sixty patients randomly received a 1-mg daily iv injection (iv group) or a 10-mg weekly im injection (im group). Efficacy was determined by the prolongation of twice-weekly prothrombin (PT) and activated partial thromboplastin (APTT) times. The prolongation of both was not significantly different between the im and iv groups. The percentage of PT values outside the normal range was not different for the two groups, although the iv group had more APTT values outside the range than did the im group. The number of adverse reactions reported in the iv (5) and im (4) groups was also similar. Reactions were minor, not reproducible, and all patients recovered without sequelae. PT results from the iv and im groups were combined and compared with values from 28 patients in an earlier study who did not receive vitamin K. PT in the no-vitamin K group was significantly prolonged over the vitamin K group. The results confirm that regular addition of vitamin K to TPN regimens decreases the incidence of increased PT. When given appropriately, iv and im administration of vitamin K seem to be equally safe and effective in maintaining normal PT and APTT. KW - Parenteral feeding KW - vitamin K KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891410177&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of high doses of dietary vitamin E on the concentrations of vitamin E in several brain regions, plasma, liver, and adipose tissue of rats. AU - Vatassery, G. T. AU - Brin, M. F. AU - Fahn, S. AU - Kayden, H. J. AU - Traber, M. G. JO - Journal of Neurochemistry JF - Journal of Neurochemistry Y1 - 1988/// VL - 51 IS - 2 SP - 621 EP - 623 SN - 0022-3042 AD - Vatassery, G. T.: GRECC Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891410213. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 1406-18-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - From 4 weeks old groups of 13 or 14 male rats were given a diet free from vitamin E without or with vitamin E acetate 50 (control) or 1000 mg/kg added. Concentrations of α-tocopherol in cerebrum, cerebellum and striatum of rats given vitamin E acetate 1000 mg/kg increased uniformly to 1.4-fold of the control values and to 2.2-, 2.2- and 4.6-fold of control values in serum, adipose tissue and liver, respectively. Significant amounts of α-tocopherol were retained in the 3 brain regions of rats deprived of vitamin E although the liver and serum were nearly depleted of tocopherol. KW - Brain KW - intake KW - vitamin E KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cerebrum KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891410213&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Formation of acetaldehyde adducts with ethanol-inducible P450IIE1 in vivo. AU - Behrens, U. J. AU - Hoerner, M. AU - Lasker, J. M. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications JF - Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications Y1 - 1988/// VL - 154 IS - 2 SP - 584 EP - 590 SN - 0006-291X AD - Behrens, U. J.: C.S. Lieber, Alcohol Research and Treatment Center, Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891410219. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 75-07-0, 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Hepatic microsomes, obtained from rats pair-fed on liquid diets supplemented with ethanol or an isoenergetic amount of carbohydrates for 4 weeks, were subjected to crossed immunoelectrophoresis. Antiacetaldehyde adduct-specific immunoglobulin reacted on the protein blots with a single major 52 000 dalton polypeptide. This same protein was recognized by antibodies specific for P450IIE1, an ethanol-inducible P450 isozyme. A single protein, also reactive with anti-P450IIE1 immunoglobulin (Ig)G, was isolated from liver microsomes of rats given ethanol by immunoaffinity chromatography on Sepharose-conjugated anti-acetaldehyde adduct IgG. The results indicate that P450IIE1 is a target protein for acetaldehyde binding in liver microsomes in vivo. KW - acetaldehyde KW - binding KW - Ethanol KW - liver KW - microsomes KW - proteins KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891410219&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Influence of prostaglandins on unidirectional zinc fluxes across the small intestine of the rat. AU - Song, M. K. AU - Lee, D. B. N. AU - Adham, N. F. JO - British Journal of Nutrition JF - British Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1988/// VL - 59 IS - 3 SP - 417 EP - 428 SN - 0007-1145 AD - Song, M. K.: Research Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891410538. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 11000-26-3, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The regulatory role of prostaglandins (PG) E2 and F2α on the zinc transport rate across the jejunal segments of rats was examined by the Ussing chamber technique. The Zn flux rate from mucosa to serosa across jejunal segments (Jms) was 5.24 (s.e. mean 1.54) nmol/h cm² and that from serosa to mucosa (Jsm) was 15.16 ± 2.28 nmol/h cm² when both sides of the segment were bathed with Ringer's bicarbonate solution containing 0.5 mM zinc chloride and 3 mM L-histidine. When 5.0 or 50 μM PGE2 or PGF2α was added to the serosal side of the tissue, Jsm generally decreased and Jms generally increased, compared with controls. On the other hand, when PGE2 or PGF2α was added to the mucosal side of the tissue, Jms did not change or increased while Jsm had a tendency to decrease. The Zn uptake capacity of tissue increased significantly when PG was added to the serosal side of the tissue-bathing medium, but not when PG was added to the mucosal side. The uptake capacity of mucosal Zn by jejunal segments was about twice that of serosal Zn. When PG was included in the tissue-bathing medium, the short-circuit current, potential difference and conductance between the mucosa- and serosa-bathing media generally decreased. The results suggest that PG influence Zn flux rate not by chelating Zn and carrying it across the mucosal cell membrane but by interacting with the cytosolic components, it is the serosal PG which control the Zn flux rate and PG play a part in triggering a transduction mechanism in the intestinal Zn transport process. KW - prostaglandins KW - Small intestine KW - uptake KW - zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891410538&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Release of secretin along the canine small intestine. AU - Fried, M. AU - Fink, A. S. AU - DeSouza, L. R. AU - Beglinger, C. AU - Gyr, K. AU - Meyer, J. H. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 255 IS - 1,I SP - G7 EP - G11 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Fried, M.: Gastroenterology Service, Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891410925. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 1393-25-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 8 dogs 4 equal loops of the small intestine from the duodenal bulb to the ileocoecal valve were perfused for 40 min each in random order with an acidified (pH 2.5) emulsion of 20 mM oleic acid. In 4 dogs control experiments were made using 0.15 M saline. Secretin release in portal venous blood was estimated by a sensitive radioimmunoassay. Although secretin was mainly released in the first quarter of the small intestine (310 pM × 40 min), large amounts, 33% of the total secretin release, were liberated in the second quarter of the small intestine (164 pM × 40 min). Minute amounts of secretin (23 pM × 40 min) were released in the third quarter, whereas perfusion of the last quarter of the small intestine resulted in no release of secretin. KW - secretin KW - Small intestine KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891410925&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of protein malnutrition on salmonellosis and fever. AU - Bradley, S. F. AU - Kauffman, C. A. JO - Infection and Immunity JF - Infection and Immunity Y1 - 1988/// VL - 56 IS - 4 SP - 1000 EP - 1002 SN - 0019-9567 AD - Bradley, S. F.: Division of Infectious Diseases, Dep. Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Ann Arbor, MI 48105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891410950. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Protein-malnourished rats had greater numbers of bacteria in their livers and spleens than did control rats after a sublethal intraperitoneal dose of Salmonella typhimurium. However, the febrile responses of both groups of rats to infection were similar. The ability to mount a normal febrile response does not necessarily reflect the ability of the host to contain an infection. KW - Fever KW - protein deficiencies KW - Salmonellosis KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - protein malnutrition KW - pyrexia KW - Salmonella infections KW - Human Physiology and Biochemistry (VV050) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891410950&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of nicotinamide on methionine metabolism in rat liver. AU - Finkelstein, J. D. AU - Martin, J. J. AU - Harris, B. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1988/// VL - 118 IS - 7 SP - 829 EP - 833 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Finkelstein, J. D.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, DC 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891411213. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 63-68-3, 98-92-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To test the response to increased utilization of methyl groups, large doses of nicotinamide were given to rats fed on an adequate diet that contained limited amounts of methionine and choline. During the 4 days after the injection, there were several significant effects on the hepatic concentrations of the enzymes and metabolites of methionine metabolism. Methionine and S-adenosylmethionine remained at control values; the concentrations of S-adenosylhomocysteine exceeded the control values from 4 to 16 h; and those of serine and betaine were lower after 16 h. Treatment with nicotinamide resulted in higher hepatic values of methionine adenosyltransferase (after 4 h) and cystathionine synthase (after 16 h). The results indicate that increases in both homocysteine methylation and S-adenosylmethionine synthesis may be components of the response to excessive methyl group consumption. An increased synthesis of cystathionine would provide for the removal of S-adenosylhomocysteine (and homocysteine) derived from the adenosylmethionine-dependent methylation of nicotinamide. KW - Liver KW - metabolism KW - methionine KW - nicotinamide KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - niacinamide KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891411213&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Reversibility of defective adipocyte insulin receptor kinase activity in non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Effect of weight loss. AU - Freidenberg, G. R. AU - Reichart, D. AU - Olefsky, J. M. AU - Henry, R. R. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1988/// VL - 82 IS - 4 SP - 1398 EP - 1406 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Freidenberg, G. R.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (V-151), 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891411412. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 56 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Insulin-stimulated kinase activity of adipocyte-derived insulin receptors is reduced in persons with noninsulin-dependent diabetes (NIDDM) but normal in obese non-diabetics. To assess the reversibility of the kinase defect in NIDDM, insulin receptor kinase activity was estimated before and after weight loss in 10 NIDDM and 5 obese non-diabetic persons. Peripheral insulin action was also assessed in vivo by glucose disposal rates (GDR) estimated during a hyperinsulinaemic euglycaemic clamp. In NIDDM, insulin receptor kinase activity was reduced by 50 to 80% and increased to about 65 to 90% of normal after 13.2 ± 2.0 kg weight loss; comparable weight loss (18.2 ± 1.5 kg) in the non-diabetics resulted in no significant change in insulin receptor kinase activity. Relative to GDR estimated in lean non-diabetics, GDR in NIDDM was 35% of normal initially and 67% of normal after diet treatment; weight loss in the non-diabetics resulted in an increase in GDR from 53 to 76% of normal. KW - Diabetes KW - insulin KW - kinases KW - receptors KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891411412&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of acid-base variables on ion transport in rat colon. AU - Goldfarb, D. S. AU - Egnor, R. W. AU - Charney, A. N. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1988/// VL - 81 IS - 6 SP - 1903 EP - 1910 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Goldfarb, D. S.: A.N. Charney, Nephrology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 408 First Ave., New York, NY 10010, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891411418. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Unidirectional 22Na and 36Cl fluxes across short-circuited distal colonic mucosa of Sprague-Dawley rats were estimated. Stripped tissues were studied in Hepes buffer and in Ringer's solutions at bicarbonate concentrations of 11, 21 and 39 mM, and CO2 tensions between 0 and 69.6 mmHg. Increases in PCO2, but not in pH or HCO3 concentration, caused similar increases in JNanet and JClnet (net flux of sodium and chloride, respectively) from -0.2 ± 0.3 and -1.5 ± 0.4 μEq/cm² h at PCO2 0 to 6.8 ± 0.6 and 7.6 ± 0.7 μEq/cm² h at PCO2 69.6 mmHg. These increases were accounted for by changes in Jms and were accompanied by small decreases in Isc. Acetazolamide 1 mM decreased JNanet and JClnet and their responses to increases in CO2. Luminal amiloride 0.75 mM prevented the increase in Na absorption, but did not affect the CO2-induced increase in chloride absorption. In the presence of amiloride, CO2 increased JR (residual flux). Luminal furosemide 0.1 mM did not affect the CO2-induced increases in JNanet in the absence or presence of amiloride. Changes in HCO3 concentration did not alter JR. KW - absorption KW - Acid base equilibrium KW - colon KW - electrolytes KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891411418&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Basal and PGE2-stimulated duodenal bicarbonate secretion in the rat in vivo. AU - Heylings, J. R. AU - Feldman, M. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 255 IS - 4,I SP - G470 EP - G475 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Heylings, J. R.: Dep. Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, TX 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891411451. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 11000-26-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Basal and prostaglandin E2 (PGE2)-stimulated duodenal bicarbonate transport in the rat was studied in vivo in the presence and absence of a concentration gradient for HCO3- from blood to lumen. Basal HCO3- transport was not reduced when the luminal solution was changed from one containing 0 mM HCO3- to one containing 22 mM HCO3- at pH 9.0 or 7.5. Thus basal duodenal HCO3- transport in rats is independent of a blood-to-lumen HCO3- concentration gradient, which indicates an energy-dependent process with little passive flux of HCO3-. Luminal or intravenous administration of PGE2 significantly increased HCO3- secretion into a HCO3--free luminal solution but had no effect on HCO3- secretion into luminal solutions containing 22 m´M HCO3-, at pH 9.0 or 7.5. Therefore prostaglandins may act by increasing passive flux of HCO3- rather than by stimulating energy-dependent duodenal HCO3- transport. KW - bicarbonates KW - Duodenum KW - prostaglandins KW - secretion KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891411451&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Complementary role of citrate and bicarbonate excretion in acid-base balance in the rat. AU - Kaufman, A. M. AU - Kahn, T. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 255 IS - 1,II SP - F182 EP - F187 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Kaufman, A. M.: Renal Section, Dep. Medicine, Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891411556. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Potassium depletion (K-DEPL), chloride depletion (Cl-DEPL) or potassium plus chloride depletion (KCl-DEPL) was produced in rats by eliminating potassium, chloride or potassium chloride from the diet. After 3 days of depletion, sodium bicarbonate (4000 μEq/24 h) was added to the diet for 7 days. In all groups plasma bicarbonate concentration increased minimally during bicarbonate administration and was similar to that in normal controls receiving bicarbonate. In K-DEPL, citrate excretion was less than normal but bicarbonate excretion was greater than normal. In Cl-DEPL, bicarbonate excretion was less than normal but citrate excretion was greater than normal. In KCl-DEPL, bicarbonate and citrate excretion was similar to normal. Sodium bicarbonate was also given to K-DEPL and KCl-DEPL rats in which plasma bicarbonate concentration was on average 32.9 mEq/litre. The reciprocal relation between citrate and bicarbonate excretion was not altered by the profound metabolic alkalosis. Plasma bicarbonate concentration changed little with sodium bicarbonate administration. KW - Acid base equilibrium KW - bicarbonates KW - citrates KW - urine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891411556&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Growth hormone and carbohydrate intolerance in cirrhosis. AU - Shankar, T. P. AU - Solomon, S. S. AU - Duckworth, W. C. AU - Jerkins, T. AU - Iyer, R. S. AU - Bobal, M. A. JO - Hormone and Metabolic Research JF - Hormone and Metabolic Research Y1 - 1988/// VL - 20 IS - 9 SP - 579 EP - 583 SN - 0018-5043 AD - Shankar, T. P.: S.S. Solomon, Dep. Research, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1030 Jefferson Ave., Memphis, TN 38104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891411585. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 9002-72-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Glucose tolerance tests (GTT), intravenous insulin tolerance tests (IVITT), arginine stimulation tests (AST) and glucose clamp studies were made before and during somatotropin (GH) suppression with somatostatin in patients with alcohol-induced liver cirrhosis. During GTT 14 cirrhotic patients had a 2-h plasma glucose of 200 ± 9.8 mg/100 ml compared with 128 ± 8.0 mg/100 ml in normal controls. Basal GH was increased in cirrhotic patients and in response to arginine stimulation reached a peak of 17.0 ± 5.4 ng/ml compared with a peak of 11.3 ± 1.8 ng/ml in 5 controls. During IVITT 9 patients had a glucose nadir of 60.0 ± 4.0 mg/100 ml, compared with 29.0 ± 7.0 mg/100 ml in controls. Peak GH during IVITT was not significantly different in cirrhotics and controls. Glucose utilization rates in 4 patients with cirrhosis of the liver before somatostatin-mediated GH suppression was 3.1 ± 0.5 and 6.5 ± 1.5 mg/kg min during somatostatin infusion. KW - blood KW - carbohydrates KW - Cirrhosis KW - intolerance KW - somatotropin KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - growth hormone KW - liver cirrhosis KW - saccharides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891411585&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Glucose and lactate interrelations during moderate-intensity exercise in humans. AU - Stanley, W. C. AU - Wisneski, J. A. AU - Gertz, E. W. AU - Neese, R. A. AU - Brooks, G. A. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1988/// VL - 37 IS - 9 SP - 850 EP - 858 AD - Stanley, W. C.: E.W. Gertz, Cardiac Catheterization Lab. (111C1), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement St, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891411615. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 43 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 50-21-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To evaluate circulating lactate and glucose kinetics during moderate-intensity exercise, 10 healthy endurance-trained men 25 ± 6 years old were studied during 30 to 50 min supine cycle ergometer exercise at 43 ± 5% of maximum oxygen consumption using isotopic tracer techniques. Seven persons received [U-13C]lactate and [6-14C]glucose, and 3 received [1-14C]lactate and [U-13C]glucose. Arterial glucose and lactate concentrations were 94.0 ± 4.1 and 5.66 ± 0.87 mg/100 ml at rest, and 95.7 ± 3.4 and 8.38 ± 3.87 mg/100 ml, respectively, after 25 min of exercise. The rate of glucose disappearance (RdG) increased from 2.41 ± 0.40 at rest to 3.38 ± 0.77 mg/kg min during exercise, compared with the much larger rise in the rate of lactate appearance (RaL), which increased from 1.25 ± 0.20 to 3.47 ± 0.79 mg/kg min. During exercise RaL was 103% of RdG, compared with only 52% at rest. The rate at which the blood was cleared of lactate increased from 22.7 ± 2.2 at rest to 44.2 ± 11.2 ml/kg min after 25 min of exercise. From secondary labelling of lactate with glucose carbons, the rate of glucose conversion to lactate was 0.65 ± 0.16 mg/kg min during exercise. Of the glucose utilization, 20% went to lactate formation during exercise and 20% of the blood lactate appearance came from blood glucose, with the balance presumably coming from muscle glycogen. The results demonstrate that about one-fifth of the carbohydrate oxidized during moderate-intensity exercise enters the circulating lactate pool before it is completely oxidized. KW - Exercise KW - glucose KW - lactic acid KW - metabolism KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - lactate KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891411615&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Characterization of the low mol. wt zinc-binding ligand from rat small intestine by comparison to the organic zinc-binding ligands. AU - Luh, G. Y. AU - Song, M. K. JO - Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology, B (Comparative Biochemistry) JF - Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology, B (Comparative Biochemistry) Y1 - 1988/// VL - 91 IS - 3 SP - 569 EP - 576 AD - Luh, G. Y.: M.K. Song, Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891411627. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - 65Zinc complexes of picolinate (PA), citrate, L-histidine (L-his), arachidonic acid (AA) or Zn-binding ligand of low molecular weight from rat intestine (LMW-ZnBL) gave 65Zn eluting peak fraction numbers of 53, 53, 56, 59 and 59, respectively, in a Sephadex G-75 column chromatography. The 65Zn eluting peak fraction numbers with citrate, L-his, PA, prostaglandin (PG)E2, AA, no ligand, arachidonate and LMW-ZnBL were 49, 50, 54, 55, 58, 64, 75 and 76 in a Sephadex G-25 column chromatography. In a Sephadex G-15 column chromatography, the 65Zn eluting peak fraction numbers with citrate, PGE2, AA, L-his, LMW-ZnBL and PA were 49, 50, 51, 52, 52 and 55. The LMW-ZnBL in rat small intestine seems to be an AA-like substance. KW - Small intestine KW - zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - binding ligands KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891411627&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Carbohydrate feeding increases total body and specific tissue 3,5,3′-triiodothyronine neogenesis in the rat. AU - Gavin, L. A. AU - Moeller, M. AU - McMahon, F. A. AU - Castle, J. N. AU - Gulli, R. AU - Cavalieri, R. R. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 123 IS - 2 SP - 1075 EP - 1081 AD - Gavin, L. A.: Division of Endocrinology-Metabolism (111F), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891411632. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 55-06-1, 6893-02-3, 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Thyroidectomized rats were given thyroxine (T4) 1.25 μg/100 g body weight daily and were fed on glucose or a stock diet for 72 h. Kinetics of T4 and triiodothyronine (T3) were studied separately by infusing labelled hormone to equilibrium. Rats given glucose had higher concentrations of total and free T3 in serum than had controls given the stock diet. T3 production in the glucose and control groups was 14.7 ± 0.6 and 7.6 ± 0.7 ng/h 100 g, respectively. The difference in production rate was the result of a significantly greater fractional total body T4 to T3 conversion in the glucose group than in the controls. Tissue concentration of T4 (ng/g wet weight) was increased in the glucose group from 54% in liver to 80% in kidney, brain and brown adipose tissue. Tissue T3 in rats given glucose was increased 2.5-fold in kidney, muscle and brain, 5-fold in liver and white adipose tissue and 12-fold in brown adipose tissue. KW - glucose KW - metabolism KW - Triiodothyronine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - liothyronine KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891411632&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nocturnal regulation of free fatty acids in healthy young and elderly men. AU - Rosenthal, M. J. AU - Woodside, W. F. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1988/// VL - 37 IS - 7 SP - 645 EP - 648 AD - Rosenthal, M. J.: GRECC (11E), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 16111 Plummer St, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891411645. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To determine the effects of age on nocturnal fuel regulation, spontaneous plasma glucose and free fatty acid (FFA) values as well as counterregulatory hormones were estimated in 9 healthy men 26 ± 3 years old and in 10 men of mean age 69 ± 3 years from midnight to 0800 h. FFA values increased from midnight (660 ± 80 mEq/litre for young men, 545 ± 55 mEq/litre for old) to a peak mean of 866 ± 110 mEq/litre at 0300 h in young and 713 ± 120 mEq/litre at 0130 h in old. FFA values declined thereafter for both groups. FFA values were lower in older men but integrated glucose and insulin values were higher. FFA values were inversely related to integrated insulin and glucose concentrations. Integrated insulin values were higher in older men, which may explain the lower FFA values as may lower somatotropin values in the older men. Whereas fasting glucose responsivity to endogenous insulin was impaired in healthy older men, the FFA response seemed to be preserved. KW - age KW - blood KW - Fatty acids KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891411645&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Possible role of cytosolic free calcium concentrations in mediating insulin resistance of obesity and hyperinsulinemia. AU - Draznin, B. AU - Sussman, K. E. AU - Eckel, R. H. AU - Kao, M. AU - Yost, T. AU - Sherman, N. A. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1988/// VL - 82 IS - 6 SP - 1848 EP - 1852 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Draznin, B.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Box 111-H, 1055 Clermont Street, Denver, CO 80220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891411759. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Insulin- and glyburide-stimulated changes in cytosolic free calcium concentrations ([Ca2+]i) were studied in gluteal adipocytes obtained from 6 obese women (139 ± 3% ideal body weight) and 6 healthy controls. Biopsies were made after an overnight fast and twice (at 3 and 6 h) during an insulin infusion (40 mU/m² min) (euglycaemic clamp). In adipocytes obtained from controls before insulin infusion, insulin (10 ng/ml) increased [Ca2+]i from 146 ± 26 to 391 ± 66 nM. Similar increases were evoked by 2 μM glyburide (329 ± 41 nM). After 3 h of insulin infusion, basal [Ca2+]i increased to 234 ± 21 nM, but the responses to insulin and glyburide were completely abolished. Insulin-stimulated 2-deoxyglucose uptake in vitro was reduced by insulin and glucose infusion (25% stimulation before infusion, 5.4% at 3 h and 0.85% at 6 h of infusion). In obese patients, basal adipocyte [Ca2+]i was increased (203 ± 14 nM). The [Ca2+]i response demonstrated resistance to insulin (230 ± 23 nM) and glyburide (249 ± 19 nM) stimulation. Continuous insulin infusion increased basal [Ca2+]i (244 ± 24 nM) and there was no response to insulin or glyburide at 3 and 6 h of study. Rat adipocytes were preincubated with 1 to 10 mM glucose and insulin 10 ng/ml for 24 h. Estimations of 2-deoxyglucose uptake demonstrated insulin resistance in these cells. In these experimental conditions, increased values of [Ca2+]i that were no longer responsive to insulin were demonstrated. Verapamil in the preincubation medium prevented the development of insulin resistance. KW - calcium KW - Hyperinsulinaemia KW - insulin KW - Obesity KW - resistance KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - hyperinsulinemia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891411759&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Rapid sample preparation for determination of iron in tissue by closed-vessel digestion and microwave energy. AU - Wyck, D. B. van AU - Schifman, R. B. AU - Stivelman, J. C. AU - Ruiz, J. AU - Martin, D. JO - Clinical Chemistry JF - Clinical Chemistry Y1 - 1988/// VL - 34 IS - 6 SP - 1128 EP - 1130 SN - 0009-9147 AD - Wyck, D. B. van: Renal Service 111B, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tucson, AZ 85723, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891411822. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Registry Number: 7439-89-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A rapid acid-digestion method for preparing tissue samples for estimation of iron was developed. Specimens were digested in nitric acid and hydrogen peroxide under high temperature and pressure in closed Teflon vessels, with microwave energy. Analysis for Fe in 25- to 250-mg portions of digested bovine liver powder showed excellent linearity and analytical recovery (98%). Precision was 5.4% when Fe content was 10 μg per sample. In split samples of mouse tissues, there was a close correlation between Fe concentrations obtained with closed and with open vessels. In contrast to time-consuming conventional procedures for tissue dissolution, closed-vessel digestion with microwave energy dramatically shortens time for tissue preparation, minimizes use of caustic acid, reduces risk of sample loss or contamination, and yields accurate and reproducible results. KW - estimation KW - Iron KW - tissues KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891411822&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Soy protein meals stimulate less gastric acid secretion and gastrin release than beef meals. AU - McArthur, K. E. AU - Walsh, J. H. AU - Richardson, C. T. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 95 IS - 4 SP - 920 EP - 926 SN - 0016-5085 AD - McArthur, K. E.: Dallas Veterans Administration Medical Center (151), 4500 South Lancaster Road, Dallas, TX 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891411849. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 43 ref. Registry Number: 9002-76-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Soyabeans N2 - The effects of meals containing the same amounts of isolated soya or beef protein on acid secretion and serum gastrin concentrations were compared in 11 normal men and 6 women 22 to 51 years old. Acid secretion was 30 to 40% less with soya than beef protein, whether isolated soya protein alone was compared with a mixed beef meal containing carbohydrate and fat or whether soya or beef meals containing similar amounts of fat were compared. Average gastrin rises were 65 to 75% less with soya than with beef. The explanation for less gastrin release with soya than with beef is unclear, but lower serum gastrin concentrations with soya probably accounted for reduced acid secretion. KW - blood KW - Gastric acid KW - Gastrin KW - protein sources KW - secretion KW - soya protein KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - soy protein KW - soyabean protein KW - soybean protein KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891411849&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastric mucosal blood flow response to stimulation and inhibition of gastric acid secretion. AU - Pique, J. M. AU - Leung, F. W. AU - Tan, H. W. AU - Livingston, E. AU - Scremin, O. U. AU - Guth, P. H. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 95 IS - 3 SP - 642 EP - 650 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Pique, J. M.: P.H. Guth, W111C, Veterans Administration Medical Center West Los Angeles, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891411879. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of stimulation (with graded doses of intravenous pentagastrin) and inhibition (with an H2-blocker or a proton pump inhibitor) of acid secretion on corpus mucosal blood flow was investigated. Hydrogen gas clearance was used to estimate blood flow in the basal portion of the mucosa of anaesthetized rats. A dose-related increase in acid output increments above resting value was observed with the doses of pentagastrin from 0 (saline infusion) to 40 μg/kg h. With the doses of pentagastrin from 0 to 80 μg/kg h there was a dose-related increase in mucosal blood flow increments above resting values. A linear correlation (r = 0.7) was observed between increments in acid output and increments in mucosal blood flow with increasing doses of pentagastrin from 0 to that producing maximum acid secretion (40 μg/kg h). Inhibition of pentagastrin-stimulated acid secretion by cimetidine or omeprazole returned stimulated gastric mucosal blood flow to baseline values. KW - blood flow KW - Gastric acid KW - secretion KW - stomach mucosa KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891411879&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Role of activation of protein kinase C in the stimulation of colonic epithelial proliferation by unsaturated fatty acids. AU - Craven, P. A. AU - DeRubertis, F. R. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 95 IS - 3 SP - 676 EP - 685 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Craven, P. A.: F.R. DeRubertis, Veterans Administration Medical Center, University Drive C, Pittsburgh, PA 15240, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891411880. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 59 ref. Registry Number: 9026-43-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The role of activation of protein kinase C in fatty acid-induced stimulation of colonic epithelial proliferation was studied in rats. Intracolonic instillation of arachidonate, linoleate or oleate at concentrations that did not induce surface cell injury or loss increased colonic mucosal ornithine decarboxylase activity and stimulated incorporation of [³H]thymidine into mucosal DNA. The saturated fatty acid palmitate was without effect. Arachidonate, linoleate and oleate each induced translocation of protein kinase C activity from the soluble fraction to the membrane fraction of colonic mucosa, an index of enzyme activation. Translocation of protein kinase C induced by unsaturated fatty acids occurred after intracolonic instillation of these agents in vivo and on incubation of isolated colonic crypt epithelium with fatty acids in vitro. The effects of unsaturated fatty acids on enzyme translocation and colonic epithelial proliferative activity were suppressed by 1-(5-isoquinolinyl)-2-methylpiperazine, an inhibitor of protein kinase C activity. Unsaturated fatty acids directly stimulated soluble colonic mucosal protein kinase C activity when added to the enzyme assay mixture. This action was blocked by 1-(5-isoquinolinyl)-2-methylpiperazine. Unsaturated fatty acids also increased breakdown of polyphosphoinositides when added to isolated colonic epithelium. Increase in polyphosphoinositide breakdown resulted in release of diacylglycerol, an endogenous activator of protein kinase C. KW - Colon KW - epithelium KW - fatty acids KW - protein kinase KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891411880&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nutrition in the elderly. AU - Morley, J. E. AU - Mooradian, A. D. AU - Silver, A. J. AU - Heber, D. AU - Alfin-Slater, R. B. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1988/// VL - 109 IS - 11 SP - 890 EP - 904 SN - 0003-4819 AD - Morley, J. E.: Division of Geriatrics, Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 16111 Plummer Street, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891412156. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 173 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In this edited summary of an Interdepartmental Conference arranged by the Department of Medicine of the University of California School of Medicine, Los Angeles, California, USA, nutritional modulation as an approach to successful ageing is discussed. KW - nutrition KW - Old age KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Diet Studies (VV110) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891412156&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Changes in parameters of lipoprotein metabolism during rat hepatic development. AU - Erickson, S. K. AU - Bruscalupi, G. AU - Devirgiliis, L. C. AU - Leoni, S. AU - Mangiantini, M. T. AU - Spagnuolo, S. AU - Trentalance, A. JO - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta JF - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta Y1 - 1988/// VL - 963 IS - 3 SP - 525 EP - 533 AD - Erickson, S. K.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Metabolism Section (111F), 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891412211. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 75 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Maintenance of whole-body cholesterol homeostasis is determined in part by the liver. Thus, changes in expression of hepatic indices important in the regulation of cholesterol metabolism may play key roles in determining how homeostasis is maintained. The expression of hepatic lipoprotein uptake systems was studied during development using as a ligand very-low density lipoproteins rich in apolipoprotein (apo) E that had been obtained from hypercholesterolaemic adult rats. These lipoproteins can serve as ligands for cell surface receptors recognizing apo B, E or both. Uptake was lowest in freshly isolated foetal rat hepatocytes, increased substantially in hepatocytes from newborn rats and was intermediate in those from adults. Binding of these lipoproteins to liver membranes prepared from foetal, newborn, sucking, weaned and adult rats was lowest in foetal preparations; those from sucking, weaned and adult livers behaved similarly. Numbers of binding sites in newborn liver membranes were similar to those in adult, but showed a different affinity. On the basis of this data, the ability of hepatocytes to recognize and remove lipoproteins containing apo B or E from the plasma seems to be a function of the differential expression or regulation of lipoprotein-uptake systems during development. KW - lipoproteins KW - Liver KW - metabolism KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891412211&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of hypocaloric diet and insulin therapy on metabolic control and mechanisms of hyperglycemia in obese non-insulin-dependent diabetic subjects. AU - Laakso, M. AU - Uusitupa, M. AU - Takala, J. AU - Majander, H. AU - Reijonen, T. AU - Penttilä, I. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1988/// VL - 37 IS - 11 SP - 1092 EP - 1100 AD - Laakso, M.: Dep. Medicine, Division of Endocrinology and Metabolism (V-111-G), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3350 La Jolla Village Dr., La Jolla, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891412232. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of a diet low in energy (500 kcal daily) and insulin treatment were studied in 15 obese (body mass index more than 30.0 kg/m²) noninsulin-dependent diabetic patients with secondary drug failure and poor metabolic control. They were randomly allocated 8 to low-energy diet and 7 to insulin treatment. After 2 weeks of treatment there was a significant improvement in fasting blood glucose, mean diurnal glucose, glucosuria and glucose response to a 75-g oral glucose load in both groups. There was no change in insulin secretion in either group. Glucose disposal rates (GDR) improved significantly in the diet-treated group (from 2.34 ± 0.15 to 4.01 ± 0.40 mg/kg min) and in the insulin-treated group (from 2.46 ± 0.33 to 2.77 ± 0.29 mg/kg min). The increase of GDR in the diet-treated group was due to an increase of non-oxidative GDR (from 1.18 ± 0.17 to 2.98 ± 0.39 mg/kg min) as assessed by indirect calorimetry. In the insulin-treated group there was a small increase in oxidative and non-oxidative GDR, but the changes were not significant. Hepatic glucose output in a postabsorptive state decreased in the diet-treated group (from 2.49 ± 0.15 to 2.04 ± 0.10 mg/kg min) and in the insulin-treated group (from 2.63 ± 0.23 to 2.05 ± 0.12 mg/kg min). KW - Diabetes KW - diet treatment KW - insulin KW - obesity KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - diet prescription KW - fatness KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891412232&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Relationship between lipoprotein lipase activity and plasma sex steroid levels in obese women. AU - Iverius, P. H. AU - Brunzell, J. D. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1988/// VL - 82 IS - 3 SP - 1106 EP - 1112 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Iverius, P. H.: Endocrinology Section (111E), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 500 Foothill Blvd., Salt Lake City, UT 84148, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891412250. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 59 ref. Registry Number: 9004-02-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 16 obese women at their usual weight, fasting adipose tissue lipoprotein lipase (LPL) activity, obtained by elution with serum and heparin at 4° and 37°C, was inversely correlated with plasma oestradiol values (r = -0.724 and r = -0.641, respectively). Fasting postheparin plasma LPL activity during a heparin infusion, showed an even stronger inverse correlation to plasma oestradiol when estimated at 60 min (r = -0.815). None of the above values was correlated with the body mass index. Postprandial LPL activity in postheparin plasma, estimated 10 min after a heparin injection, showed a strong positive correlation with plasma free testosterone (r = 0.780). Neither of these values was correlated with the body mass index. The origin of this LPL activity is presently unknown but could conceivably represent a pool of LPL from skeletal muscle. As it has been shown that oestrogen decreases adipose tissue LPL activity in the rat, the present studies suggest that oestradiol is a major negative regulator of fasting adipose tissue LPL activity in women. KW - blood KW - lipoprotein lipase KW - Obesity KW - sex hormones KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - diacylglycerol lipase KW - fatness KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891412250&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Medullary sites of action of the TRH analogue, RX 77368, for stimulation of gastric acid secretion in the rat. AU - Ishikawa, T. AU - Yang, H. AU - Taché, Y. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 95 IS - 6 SP - 1470 EP - 1476 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Ishikawa, T.: Y. Taché, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, CURE, Building 115, Room 203, Wilshire and Sawtelle Blvd., Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891412280. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 45 ref. Registry Number: 24305-27-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Brain and spinal sites of action of the stable thyrotropin-releasing hormone (TRH) analogue, RX 77368 [pGlu-His-(3,3′-dimethyl)-Pro-NH2], for stimulation of gastric acid secretion were studied in urethane-anaesthetized rats with gastric fistula. RX 77368 microinjected at 7.7 pmol into the dorsal vagal complex or nucleus ambiguus stimulated gastric acid secretion to 62.2 ± 15.9 and 45.3 ± 14.3 μmol/h, respectively, whereas in the vehicle-treated group acid secretion was 0.5 ± 1.0 μmol/h. A 10-fold higher dose of RX 77368 was inefficient when microinjected into the medial septum, central amygdala or lateral hypothalamus. The gastric secretory response to microinjection of RX 77368 into the nucleus ambiguus was dose related (0.7 to 77 pmol), long-lasting (more than 90 min), and blocked by vagotomy. TRH (144 pmol) injected into the nucleus ambiguus also stimulated gastric acid secretion but was less potent than the stable TRH analogue, whereas the unrelated peptide, oxytocin, was inactive. Intrathecal injection of RX 77368 at doses up to 2500 pmol did not modify gastric acid secretion. KW - Gastric acid KW - secretion KW - thyrotropin releasing hormone KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - protirelin KW - thyroliberin KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891412280&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Na+ and H+ transport in human jejunal brush-border membrane vesicles. AU - Kleinman, J. G. AU - Harig, J. M. AU - Barry, J. A. AU - Ramaswamy, K. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 255 IS - 2,I SP - G206 EP - G211 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Kleinman, J. G.: Nephrology Section, Zablocki Veterans Administration Medical Center, Milwaukee, WI 53295, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891412286. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 1333-74-0, 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - pH gradient-driven sodium uptake and Na+-driven hydrogen transport were studied in brush-border membrane vesicles prepared from jejunal tissue obtained from organ donors by estimating the influx of 22Na and the fluorescence quenching of acridine orange (AO). Vesicle preparation by Ca2+ or Mg2+ precipitation showed no difference in 22Na uptake or AO fluorescence quenching and dissipation. An outward H+ gradient [intravesicular pH (pHi) 5.5; extravesicular pH (pHo) 7.5] induced a Na+ uptake overshoot of threefold over equilibrium, whereas the absence of an H+ gradient (at pH 5.5 or 7.5) did not produce an overshoot. Voltage clamping by Ki+ = Ko+ plus valinomycin reduced the overshoot by 50%. The initial rate of pH-driven Na+ uptake in voltage-clamped vesicles was related to [Nao+] (Km = 20 mM and Vmax = 9.5 nmol/mg protein 3 s). Amiloride inhibited this uptake in voltage-clamped vesicles (Ki = 99 μM). Dissipation of AO fluorescence quenching in vesicles with a preformed internal acid gradient was hastened by Nao+ as well as voltage clamping in the absence of Na+. In vesicles without a pH gradient, internal Na+, as well as a diffusion potential (Ki+ 100; Ko+ 0 plus valinomycin) in the absence of Na+, induced AO quenching. External Na+ and Li+, but not choline, acted to dissipate AO quenching induced by a diffusion potential and the rate of dissipation was not affected by the presence of Cl-. Li+ and NH4+, but not Cs+, K+, Rb+ or choline+, inhibited pH gradient-driven 22Na uptake. KW - absorption KW - hydrogen KW - Jejunum KW - sodium KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891412286&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Protein digestion in human and rat small intestine: role of new neutral endopeptidases. AU - Guan, D. AU - Yoshioka, M. AU - Erickson, R. H. AU - Heizer, W. AU - Kim, Y. S. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 255 IS - 2,I SP - G212 EP - G220 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Guan, D.: Gastrointestinal Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891412289. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Two new phosphoramidon-insensitive neutral endopeptidases were identified and partly characterized in the brush-border membrane of rat and human intestine using N-CBZ-L-Ala-L-Arg-L-Arg-4-methoxy-β-naphthylamide (Z-Ala-Arg-Arg-MNA) and azocasein or α-casein as substrates. Activities in the brush-border membrane of rat and human intestine were maximum at neutral to alkaline pH, were inhibited by metal chelating and thiol reagents, and were insensitive to phosphoramidon. The results also indicate that these endopeptidases are distinct from pancreatic proteases. The biochemical properties of the enzyme hydrolysing Z-Ala-Arg-Arg-MNA were different from those of that hydrolysing azocasein or α-casein. Sodium dodecyl sulphate-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis and gel filtration revealed that several native intact protein substrates were rapidly degraded to small molecular weight peptides and amino acids when incubated with rat or human brush-border membrane preparations. During intestinal perfusion in rats in vivo, 11% of the total administered α-casein was hydrolysed and absorbed by the intestine. The results suggest that phosphoramidon-insensitive endopeptidases in the intestinal brush-border membrane may be of nutritional and physiological importance in protein digestion. KW - endopeptidases KW - Protein digestion KW - man, rats KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891412289&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cholecystokinin inhibits gastric motility and emptying via a capsaicin-sensitive vagal pathway in rats. AU - Raybould, H. E. AU - Taché, Y. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 255 IS - 2,I SP - G242 EP - G246 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Raybould, H. E.: Center for Ulcer Research and Education, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891412292. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Registry Number: 9011-97-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The pathway by which cholecystokinin octapeptide (CCK-8) inhibits motility of the proximal stomach and the role of this pathway in the CCK-induced delay in gastric emptying of a liquid meal was studied in rats by selective destruction of vagal afferent C-fibres using bilateral perineural application of the sensory neurotoxin, capsaicin, 3 or 4 days before the experiment. The capsaicin treatment significantly attenuated the decrease in intragastric pressure in urethane-anaesthetized rats in response to CCK-8 (0.1 to 100 pmol by vein) compared with vehicle-treated controls. Removal of the coeliac-superior mesenteric ganglion completely abolished the inhibitory action of CCK-8 on gastric motility but only coeliac ganglionectomy in combination with vagotomy abolished the CCK-8 effect in vehicle-treated controls. Intravenous injection of CCK-8 (300 pmol) 5 min before intragastric administration of a methylcellulose solution decreased gastric emptying by 55% in conscious control or vehicle-treated rats. Perivagal capsaicin treatment abolished the delay in gastric emptying induced by CCK-8. Capsaicin treatment alone significantly increased gastric emptying. KW - Pancreozymin KW - stomach emptying KW - stomach motility KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cholecystokinin KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891412292&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Efficacy of chenodeoxycholic acid and ursodeoxycholic acid for lowering cholesterol saturation index of gallbladder in patients with a sphincterotomy. AU - Meier, P. B. AU - Ansel, H. J. AU - Shafer, R. B. AU - Duane, W. C. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 95 IS - 6 SP - 1595 EP - 1600 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Meier, P. B.: W.C. Duane, G.1. Section (111D), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 54th Street and 48th Ave. South, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891412295. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - After endoscopic retrograde sphincterotomy, patients with an intact gall bladder are at risk for developing symptoms or complications of gall bladder stones. Medical dissolution of such stones would be desirable, especially in elderly patients with an increased surgical risk. Sphincterotomy alters emptying dynamics of the gall bladder and reduced bile salt pool size, effects that may alter response to chenodeoxycholic acid or ursodeoxycholic acid treatment. In 2 groups of 5 patients with intact gall bladder after endoscopic retrograde sphincterotomy, chenodeoxycholic acid 15 mg/kg daily increased the mean (± s.e.) biliary percentage of chenodeoxycholic acid from 35.5 ± 4.0 to 88.8 ± 1.9% and decreased the mean saturation index of gall bladder bile from 1.02 ± 0.22 to 0.55 ± 0.08. Ursodeoxycholic acid 10 mg/kg daily increased the mean biliary percentage of ursodeoxycholic acid from 5.6 ± 1.5 to 44.7 ± 5.8% and decreased the mean saturation index of gall bladder bile from 1.04 ± 0.25 to 0.57 ± 0.03. KW - Bile acids KW - gall bladder KW - lipids KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - lipins KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891412295&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Potassium-depletion alkalosis in the rat. AU - Kaufman, A. M. AU - Kahn, T. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 255 IS - 4,II SP - F763 EP - F770 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Kaufman, A. M.: Renal Section, Dep. Medicine, Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891412357. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Registry Number: 7440-09-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The role of concomitant chloride depletion in potassium-depletion alkalosis in male Sprague-Dawley rats and the relation between K depletion, plasma bicarbonate (PHCO3) and net acid excretion were studied. Selective K depletion (K-DEPL), K plus chloride depletion (KCl-DEPL) or selective chloride depletion (Cl-DEPL) was produced by a diet deficient in K, K and chloride or chloride. In K-DEPL and KCl-DEPL rats, PHCO3 increased progressively and similarly during 38 days of restriction, whereas net acid excretion was similar and not increased in either group. Cl-DEPL did not result in alkalosis. Chloride administration without K in alkalotic KCl-DEPL rats did not result in a sustained significant decrease in PHCO3. K administration without chloride is alkalotic KCl-DEPL rats decreased PHCO3. Thus concomitant chloride depletion plays a minimum role in the alkalosis produced by dietary-induced K depletion. Administration of a chronic acid load to alkalotic K-DEPL rats did not decrease PHCO3 and net acid excretion increased similarly as in normal rats. In K-DEPL rats after PHCO3 was reduced toward normal values with acetazolamide, net acid excretion increased sharply above baseline values and PHCO3 increased markedly. KW - Alkalosis KW - depletion KW - potassium KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891412357&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Rates and tissue sites of non-insulin- and insulin-mediated glucose uptake in humans. AU - Baron, A. D. AU - Brechtel, G. AU - Wallace, P. AU - Edelman, S. V. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 255 IS - 6,I SP - E769 EP - E774 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Baron, A. D.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Medical Research Service (V-111G), 3350 La Jolla Village Dr., San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891412635. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rates of whole body glucose uptake (Rd) were estimated at basal and during glucose clamp studies made at euglycaemia (about 90 mg/100 ml) and hyperglycaemia (about 220 mg/100 ml) in 6 lean healthy men. Studies were made during hyperinsulinaemia (about 70 μU/ml) and during somatostatin-induced insulinopenia to estimate insulin-mediated glucose uptake (IMGU) and noninsulin-mediated glucose uptake (NIMGU), respectively. During each study, leg glucose balance (arteriovenous catheter technique) was also estimated. The results indicate that about 20% of basal Rd was into skeletal muscle. During insulinopenia about 86% of body NIMGU occurred in non-skeletal muscle tissues at euglycaemia. When hyperglycaemia was created, whole body NIMGU increased from 128 ± 6 to 213 ± 18 mg/min; NIMGU into non-skeletal muscle tissues was 134 ± 11 and 111 ± 6 mg/min at hyperglycaemia and euglycaemia. Therefore, almost all the hyperglycaemia-induced increment in NIMGU occurred in skeletal muscle. During hyperinsulinaemia, IMGU in skeletal muscle represented 75 and 95% of body Rd at euglycaemia and hyperglycaemia. KW - absorption KW - Glucose KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891412635&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Acidosis-induced glucose intolerance is not prevented by adrenergic blockade. AU - Adrogué, H. J. AU - Chap, Z. AU - Okuda, Y. AU - Michael, L. AU - Hartley, C. AU - Entman, M. AU - Field, J. B. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 255 IS - 6,I SP - E812 EP - E823 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Adrogué, H. J.: Renal Section (151-B), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 2002 Holcombe Blvd., Houston, TX 77211, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891412642. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The determinants of the altered glucoregulation in acidosis were investigated in anaesthetized dogs. Because carbon dioxide rapidly equilibrates and its effects are mediated by pH changes, CO2 inhalation was examined. Plasma acid-base composition, glucose, insulin, glucagon and blood flows were evaluated before and after an intravenous glucose load (1.2 ± 0.1 g/kg body weight) in normal and acidotic dogs with flow probes and catheters chronically implanted in the portal circulation. A simultaneous infusion of phentolamine (5 μg/kg min), propranolol (3.5 μg/kg min), both or none was used. All acidaemic dogs had lower hepatic extraction of insulin and greater hyperglycaemia after the glucose challenge; thus the adrenergic system is not critical for these responses. Because arterial insulin values were normal (propranolol) or increased (all others) in acidosis, insulin resistance was likely. Insulin infusion (2 and 4 mU/kg min) with euglycaemic clamp and [3-³H]glucose showed that acidaemia decreased peripheral glucose utilization and the insulin suppression of hepatic glucose production. Acidaemia also increased plasma glucagon values, yet this effect plays a limited role in the observed hyperglycaemia. KW - Acidosis KW - glucose tolerance KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood sugar tolerance KW - metabolic acidosis KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891412642&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Differential effects of retinoids and chronic ethanol consumption on membranes in rats. AU - Kim, C. I. AU - Leo, M. A. AU - Lowe, N. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1988/// VL - 118 IS - 9 SP - 1097 EP - 1103 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Kim, C. I.: C.S. Lieber, Alcohol Research and Treatment Center, Section of Liver Disease and Nutrition, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891412781. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 43 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Liver plasma membranes (LPM) were prepared from vitamin A-deficient and -sufficient rats as well as from rats treated with retinoic acid, with or without ethanol. Although the fluorescence polarization value of LPM prepared from retinoic acid-fed rats was significantly lower than that of controls (0.201 compared with 0.254), no effect was seen with a vitamin A-deficient diet (0.259). There was no change in the fluorescence polarization in erythrocyte ghost membranes with vitamin A deficiency or chronic ethanol consumption. The sialic acid concentration of the membranes was significantly higher in LPM and erythrocyte ghosts obtained from vitamin A-deficient rats (37.6 compared with 29.6 nmol/mg protein for LPM, and 77.7 against 62.0 for erythrocyte ghosts); the LPM of retinoic acid-treated rats had the lowest values (26.9 nmol/mg protein). This sialic acid concentration of LPM was positively correlated with the fluorescence polarization. Chronic ethanol feeding resulted in significantly lower hepatic and LPM vitamin A and greater LPM fluidity with higher cholesteryl esters in all diet groups. Because increased sialic acid concentration has been incriminated in the pathogenesis of tumour development, it may provide a mechanism whereby lowered hepatic vitamin A promotes carcinogenesis, and retinoic acid feeding opposes this process. KW - ethanol KW - Liver KW - plasma membranes KW - retinoids KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cell membrane KW - ethyl alcohol KW - plasmalemma KW - vitamin A compounds KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891412781&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Roles of ω3 fatty acids and chronic ethanol in the regulation of plasma and liver lipids and plasma apoproteins A1 and E in rats. AU - Lakshman, M. R. AU - Chirtel, S. J. AU - Chambers, L. L. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1988/// VL - 118 IS - 11 SP - 1299 EP - 1303 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Lakshman, M. R.: Lipid Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, DC 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891412870. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Relative effects of ethanol or ω3 fatty acid-rich fish oil or both given for 6 weeks on body lipids and lipoproteins were studied. Ethanol increased and fish oil decreased plasma cholesterol and triglycerides. Liver cholesterol and triglycerides were increased by ethanol whereas fish oil decreased liver cholesterol but not triglycerides. Based on Scheffé contrasts, fish oil blocked the increases in liver cholesterol and triglycerides caused by ethanol. Replacement of normal dietary fat by ω3 fatty acid-rich fat in ethanol-fed rats lowered plasma cholesterol by 29% and triglycerides by 30% within 2 weeks. Plasma apoprotein (apo) A-I was increased by ethanol and decreased by fish oil. Plasma total apo E was not affected by ethanol or fish oil. However, high-density lipoprotein apo E was decreased by ethanol and increased by fish oil. Scheffé contrasts also showed that plasma apo A was increased by ethanol regardless of whether the rats were consuming regular fat (1.72-fold) or fish oil fat (1.49-fold). Thus, ω3 fatty acids can not only prevent but also reverse many of the lipid and lipoprotein abnormalities caused by alcohol abuse in the rat. KW - ethanol KW - Fish oils KW - Lipid metabolism KW - Lipoproteins KW - metabolism KW - polyenoic fatty acids KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - fat metabolism KW - polyunsaturated fatty acids KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891412870&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Kidney senescence: a model for aging. AU - Rudman, D. JO - Nutrition Reviews JF - Nutrition Reviews Y1 - 1988/// VL - 46 IS - 6 SP - 209 EP - 214 SN - 0029-6643 AD - Rudman, D.: Geriatrics/Extended Care, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3001 Greenbay Road, North Chicago, IL 60064, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891412843. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 50 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In structure and in function the kidneys usually deteriorate in late adulthood. This review describes this process as it occurs in experimental animals and evaluates the evidence that prolonged protein overnutrition may be a contributory cause. Numerous lines of evidence suggest that high-protein diets exacerbate kidney disease of various aetiologies, and it has been claimed that the daily requirement for protein to maintain nitrogen balance rises in old age. This concept, together with the decline in energy requirements with advancing age and the substantial prevalence of protein malnutrition in the dependent elderly, has led some clinical nutritionists to design and advocate high-protein nutritional mixtures for geriatric patients. This movement must be regarded, however, as aimed at the sick elderly and not the healthy persons over 65 years. It is obvious that prevention of the diseases of ageing must begin in middle age, and this involves lower protein intakes than are habitually eaten in the USA. It is also true that diets purported to prevent chronic disease in the elderly may not be totally appropriate for a given elderly person. The goal of preserving renal function in the elderly should be paramount for the healthy older person. The prevention of protein undernutrition in this age group can be addressed for selected ill patients. KW - age KW - Renal function KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - kidney function KW - Diet Studies (VV110) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891412843&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The influence of alcohol on nutritional status. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Nutrition Reviews JF - Nutrition Reviews Y1 - 1988/// VL - 46 IS - 7 SP - 241 EP - 254 SN - 0029-6643 AD - Lieber, C. S.: Section of Liver Disease and Nutrition, Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center, 130 W Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891412845. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 172 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Although only a minority of alcoholics have clinically manifest nutritional problems, they still represent the largest group of patients with treatable nutritional disorders in Western countries. Alcohol, because of its high energy content, was at first perceived to act exclusively as "empty calories" displacing other nutrients in the diet, and causing primary malnutrition through decreased intake of essential nutrients. With improvement in the overall nutrition of the population, the primordial role of primary malnutrition waned and secondary malnutrition was emphasized as a result of a better understanding of maldigestion and malabsorption caused by chronic alcohol consumption and various diseases associated with chronic alcoholism. At the same time, the concept of the direct toxicity of alcohol came to the forefront as an explanation for the widespread cellular injury, particularly to the liver. A better understanding of the biochemical alterations produced by ethanol in the body, furthermore, provided insight into processes whereby ethanol alters both the activation and the degradation of key nutrients. Thus, the original dichotomy between nutritional and toxic effects of ethanol has now been bridged and, at a subcellular biochemical level, the classic separation between nutritional and toxic effects of ethanol has become anachronistic. KW - ethanol KW - Nutritional state KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - nutritional status KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891412845&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The total serum homocysteine as an indicator of vitamin B12 and folate status. AU - Chu, R. C. AU - Hall, C. A. JO - American Journal of Clinical Pathology JF - American Journal of Clinical Pathology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 90 IS - 4 SP - 446 EP - 449 SN - 0002-9173 AD - Chu, R. C.: Nutrition Lab. Clinical Assessment and Research (151E), Veterans Administration Hospital, Albany, NY 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891412861. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Registry Number: 6027-13-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A modification of a method for total serum homocysteine (Hcy) is presented in which the Hcy plus radioactive adenosine is converted enzymically to labelled S-adenosylhomocysteine (AdoHcy). The modifications included a commercial source for the AdoHcy hydrolase, adenosine labelled with 14C or ³H, and separation of the AdoHcy by thin-layer chromatography. The assay was sensitive to 25 pmol. Hcy in serum from 18 controls ranged from 6.9 to 12.1 μmol/litre with a mean of 9.1 and s.d. 1.5 μmol/litre. The total serum Hcy was increased in vitamin B-12 and folate deficiency. The value was high in congenital defects of vitamin B-12 metabolism, blocking the methylation of Hcy regardless of the serum vitamin B-12 values, but was normal in the absence of tissue deficiency even if the serum vitamin B-12 values were low. The procedure has been found practical in two years of use and requires only 0.1 ml serum. KW - blood KW - estimation KW - Homocysteine KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891412861&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Modulation of age-related changes in serum 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D and parathyroid hormone by dietary restriction of Fischer 344 rats. AU - Armbrecht, H. J. AU - Strong, R. AU - Boltz, M. AU - Rocco, D. AU - Wood, W. G. AU - Richardson, A. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1988/// VL - 118 IS - 11 SP - 1360 EP - 1365 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Armbrecht, H. J.: Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Louis, MO 63125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891412879. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3, 9002-64-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect was studied of food restriction on age-related changes in serum 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D (1,25-DHD) and parathyrin (PTH). Starting at 6 weeks, male F344 rats were fed on a purified diet to appetite (non-restricted) or 60% of free intake (restricted). Rats from each group were killed at 5, 13, 22 and 28 months old. Dietary restriction increased the median lifespan from 24 to 31 months. It delayed the rapid decrease in serum 1,25-DHD from 1.5 to 5.0 months in the non-restricted group to 5 to 13 months in the restricted group. It also completely suppressed the pronounced rise in serum PTH which occurred at 22 and 28 months in the non-restricted group. Dietary restriction had these effects even though both groups of rats consumed the same amount of calcium per g body weight. Diet had no effect on serum Ca and phosphorus, except at 28 months. The effects of dietary restriction on serum 1,25-DHD and PTH may result in altered Ca metabolism in diet-restricted F344 rats. KW - age KW - blood KW - Calcitriol KW - food intake KW - Parathyrin KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - parathyroid hormone KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891412879&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of exercise training on high density lipoproteins and apolipoprotein A-I in old and young men. AU - Schwartz, R. S. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1988/// VL - 37 IS - 12 SP - 1128 EP - 1133 AD - Schwartz, R. S.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, GRECC (182B), 1660 S Columbian Way, Seattle, WA 98108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891412985. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 36 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Changes in aerobic capacity, lipid profiles and body composition were compared in 18 young (Yo 31.9 ± 5.5 years) and 10 older men (Ol 65.1 ± 6.1 years) in response to similar 3-month exercise training programmes (80 to 85% of heart rate reserve, 3 times weekly). It was hypothesized that the responses would be qualitatively similar for the 2 groups, although the absolute quantitative response might be somewhat less in the elderly. The 2 groups were similar at baseline for percentage body fat (Yo 30.1 ± 7.2 and Ol 30.3 ± 4.7%) and maximum aerobic capacity (Yo 36.8 ± 8.1 and Ol 36.3 ± 8.3 ml/kg min). There was no significant difference in the baseline lipid profiles between the groups. After training, improvements in body composition were similar, with both groups losing similar amounts of fat (Yo 2.86 ± 3.14 and Ol 2.85 ± 1.78%) and neither group changing its fat-free mass. Maximum aerobic capacity improved in both groups, but the increment was greater in the young (18 compared with 10%). High-density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol (+6%) and apolipoprotein (apo) A-I (+6%) concentrations increased significantly only in the young. These increments were not different from those observed in the older men (+7 and +4%, respectively). Using multiple-regression models, at baseline HDL cholesterol concentration was independently related to maximum aerobic capacity and to apo A-I concentration, but after training the change in HDL cholesterol was related only to the change in apo A-I. KW - blood KW - body composition KW - exercise KW - lipoproteins KW - Old age KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891412985&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cholesterol synthesis in bypassed segments of the small intestine in hyperphagic rats. AU - Feingold, K. R. AU - Zeng, Q. H. AU - Soued, M. AU - Moser, A. H. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 96 IS - 2,I SP - 307 EP - 313 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Feingold, K. R.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Metabolism Section (111F), 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891413006. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In hyperphagic diabetic rats with bypassed segments of the proximal or mid-small intestine, cholesterol synthesis was increased 91% in the proximal portion of the small intestine excluded from contact with nutrients. In lactating rats, another model of hyperphagia, cholesterol synthesis was increased 2.4-fold in midintestinal segments excluded from contact with the food stream and 2.9-fold in segments of the proximal intestine that were bypassed. These observations demonstrate that the hyperphagia-induced increase in small-intestinal cholesterol synthesis will occur in portions of the small intestine, even if contact with the food stream is prevented. The results also demonstrated that the mass of the bypassed portion of the small intestine was increased in hyperphagic rats. In diabetic rats, the weight of the bypassed proximal intestine was increased 2.1-fold, whereas in lactating rats the mass was increased 50% in the bypassed midintestine and 74% in the bypassed proximal small intestine. KW - cholesterol KW - hyperphagia KW - Intestine resection KW - synthesis KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891413006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of systemic pH on models of altered ileal transport in the rat. AU - Charney, A. N. AU - Ingrassia, P. M. AU - Thaler, S. M. AU - Keane, M. G. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 96 IS - 2,I SP - 331 EP - 338 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Charney, A. N.: Nephrology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 408 First Ave., New York, NY 10010, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891413013. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 40 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Decreases in arterial pH markedly increase sodium, chloride and water absorption in the normal ileum and can reverse ongoing cholera toxin-induced secretion. These effects of pH were studied in other models of ileal secretion and in a model of increased absorption. Rats were anaesthetized and transport was estimated in ileal loops during respiratory acidosis and alkalosis. Decreases in arterial pH increased absorption equally in control loops and in adjacent loops perfused with a Ringer's solution containing ST toxin (cyclic guanosine monophosphate-mediated secretion), hypertonic mannitol (passive, osmotically mediated secretion) or glucose. Decreases in arterial pH increased absorption in a similar way in loops exposed to cholera toxin (cyclic AMP-mediated secretion) that were then perfused with glucose-Ringer's solution. Alterations in arterial and luminal pH did not affect glucose absorption. The results suggest that the effect of arterial pH on ileal absorption occurs by a mechanism that is independent of these various means of altering transport. KW - Absorption KW - pH KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hydrogen ion concentration KW - potential of hydrogen KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891413013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Sudan stain of fecal fat: new insight into an old test. AU - Khouri, M. R. AU - Huang, G. AU - Shiau, Y. F. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 96 IS - 2,I SP - 421 EP - 427 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Khouri, M. R.: Y.F. Shiau, Gastrointestinal Section (111GI), Veterans Administration Medical Center, University and Woodland Aves., Philadelphia, PA 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891413021. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The staining properties of purified lipids were studied in an artificial matrix in an attempt to advance understanding of the interpretation of the faecal Sudan stain test. The effect of saponification on the lipids quantitated by the 72-h faecal fat estimation was also examined. Each class of lipid had distinct staining properties. It is concluded that the differences in staining properties of lipids may account for the poor quantitative correlation between the 72-h faecal fat estimation and faecal fat detected by the Sudan stain method. KW - estimation KW - Faeces KW - fats KW - feces KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891413021&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of acute and chronic vanadate administration on sugar transport in rat jejunum. AU - Hajjar, J. J. AU - Dobish, M. P. AU - Tomicic, T. K. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine, USA JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine, USA Y1 - 1989/// VL - 190 IS - 1 SP - 35 EP - 41 AD - Hajjar, J. J.: Division of Gastroenterology, Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Newington, CT 06111, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891413090. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Vanadate is known to have an insulin-like action which stimulates sugar transport in some systems like adipocytes and muscle cells, but in other systems it inhibits sugar transport by decreasing the activity of (Na+ +K+)-ATPase. The effects of acute and chronic V administration on the uptake of glucose, galactose and 3-O-methylglucose were studied in isolated rat intestinal cells. Sugar uptake estimations were also coupled by determinations of 86rubidium uptake as a measure of the activity of the Na-K pump. Acute and chronic V administration reduced Rb uptake by the cells but the reduction did not uniformly influence uptakes of the 3 sugars in question which were stimulated by the acute exposure of the cells to V. Glucose uptake was also stimulated by chronic V administration, but the uptakes of galactose and 3-O-methylglucose were, respectively, unaffected and inhibited by chronic V. The findings suggest that the effect of V on sugar transport is dependent on the net difference between 2 actions of V: stimulation of a receptor site (possibly an insulin receptor site) in the intestinal cell membrane and inhibition of the Na-K pump. KW - absorption KW - sugars KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Vanadate KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891413090&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Relationship of hepatic glucose uptake to intrahepatic glucose concentration in fasted rats after glucose load. AU - Niewoehner, C. B. AU - Nuttall, F. Q. JO - Diabetes JF - Diabetes Y1 - 1988/// VL - 37 IS - 11 SP - 1559 EP - 1566 AD - Niewoehner, C. B.: Endocrine Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 54th Street and 48th Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891413263. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 56 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Glucose concentration gradients across the liver and hepatic blood flow were estimated to characterize the relation of hepatic glucose uptake to hepatic glucose concentration for 240 min after giving a large oral glucose load to rats deprived of food. Extraction of glucose occurred only transiently, from 20 to 80 min after glucose administration. The liver changed from net glucose output to net glucose removal only when the intracellular hepatic glucose concentration exceeded 12.5 μmol/ml water. Even when arteriovenous glucose concentrations gradients were compatible with net direct hepatic uptake of glucose, the hepatic glucose concentration always exceeded the inflow glucose concentration. The hepatic intracellular-to-extracellular glucose concentration gradient changed very little, suggesting that this is not being regulated by glucose, insulin or other effectors. The mechanism by which the hepatic glucose concentration and net hepatic glucose uptake versus output are coordinated is unknown. The rate of glycogen synthesis was linear for 120 min after giving the glucose load. This occurred in the presence of direct uptake of glucose early in the time course and later in the presence of net glucose output by the liver. Net direct uptake of glucose by the liver could account for, at most, 37 to 55% of the glycogen formed. Fractional extraction of lactate and alanine decreased after glucose was given, but net hepatic uptake of those metabolites could account for 33 to 49 and 7 to 10%, respectively, of the glycogen formed, depending on plasma compared with blood water flow. Although net glucose, lactate and alanine uptake could account for net glycogen formation, uptake of those substrates alone could not account for net glucose as well as glycogen synthesis after glucose was given. KW - absorption KW - glucose KW - Liver KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891413263&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Is malnutrition necessary for the development of alcoholic fatty liver in the rat? AU - Derr, R. F. AU - Larkin, E. C. AU - Rao, G. A. JO - Medical Hypotheses JF - Medical Hypotheses Y1 - 1988/// VL - 27 IS - 4 SP - 277 EP - 280 SN - 0306-9877 AD - Derr, R. F.: Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891413389. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Ingestion of liquid diets containing 36% energy as ethanol and 35% as fat does not provide adequate nutrition to growing rats. Feeding on a 26% alcohol liquid diet, which results in adequate nutrient intake from other sources with the same level of alcohol ingestion as the 36% alcohol diet, does not result in fatty liver development in rats. The concept that fatty liver is caused despite adequate nutrition and hence is due to alcohol alone is therefore erroneous. KW - ethanol KW - Fatty liver KW - nutrition KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - fatty liver disease KW - fatty liver syndrome KW - steatosis KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891413389&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Inhibition of the development of tumors or leukemia in mice and rats after reduction of food intake. Possible implications for humans. AU - Gross, L. T2 - Cancer, USA JO - Cancer, USA JF - Cancer, USA Y1 - 1988/// VL - 62 IS - 8 SP - 1463 EP - 1465 AD - Gross, L.: Cancer Research Unit, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891413400. Publication Type: Editorial. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Recent data referring to the influence of a restricted diet on the incidence of radiation-induced tumours and leukaemia in rats and mice are reviewed. The incidence of tumours developing in rats exposed to total-body gamma irradiation was reduced from 93 to 35% in female rats and from 59 to 7% in male rats after restriction of food intake. In a similar study on mice, the incidence of leukaemia in irradiated mice of both sexes was reduced from 50 to 4% after restriction of food intake. Radiation-induced leukaemia in mice is caused by a transmissible virus activated by total-body gamma irradiation. In most of the animal species investigated thus far, tumours, leukaemia and lymphomas were caused by transmissible viruses. It seems that activation of some of these latent viruses could be prevented by restriction of food intake. If the results of experiments on mice and rats are extrapolated for man, it would follow that individuals (particularly those who have had multiple cases of cancer or leukaemia among family members) should aim at holding their weight below the limits considered normal for age, sex and height. This seems particularly important for subjects who have been exposed to large doses of ionizing radiation. KW - Carcinoma KW - food intake KW - Leukaemia KW - blood cancer KW - leucaemia KW - leukemia KW - mice, rats KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891413400&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Secretion and hepatic extraction of insulin after weight loss in obese noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. AU - Henry, R. R. AU - Brechtel, G. AU - Griver, K. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1988/// VL - 66 IS - 5 SP - 979 EP - 986 SN - 0021-972X AD - Henry, R. R.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Research Service (V-111G), 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891413524. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of weight loss on pancreatic secretion and hepatic extraction of insulin were assessed in 11 obese persons with noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Weight loss of 15.4 ± 2.0 kg (mean ± s.e.) resulted in decreased fasting insulin (20.2 ± 2.5 to 9.8 ± 2.5 μU/ml) and C-peptide (850 ± 80 to 630 ± 110 pmol/litre) values. The plasma glucose response to oral glucose and intravenous (i.v.) glucagon was improved with unchanged peripheral insulin concentrations. When plasma glucose values were matched to those before weight loss, peripheral serum insulin and plasma C-peptide responses to i.v. glucagon were increased and similar to those in obese non-diabetic subjects studied in euglycaemia. The total insulin response (area under the curve) to i.v. glucagon was reduced 30% and the total C-peptide response area did not change after weight loss. At matched hyperglycaemia, the total response area was increased 72% for insulin and 64% for C-peptide. Incremental (above basal) response areas after weight loss did not change for insulin, but increased 66% for C-peptide. The incremental areas were increased 196% for insulin and 173% for C-peptide when assessed at matched hyperglycaemia. Basal (7.3 ± 0.5 to 14.1 ± 1.8) and total stimulated (6.1 ± 0.4 to 8.8 ± 1.4) C-peptide to insulin molar ratios increased after weight loss. KW - Diabetes KW - insulin secretion KW - obesity KW - weight losses KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891413524&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fasting decreases rates of noninsulin-mediated glucose uptake in man. AU - Baron, A. D. AU - Brechtel, G. AU - Wallace, P. AU - Edelman, S. V. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1988/// VL - 67 IS - 3 SP - 532 EP - 540 SN - 0021-972X AD - Baron, A. D.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (V-111G), 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891413642. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 41 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Although fasting decreases insulin-mediated glucose uptake (IMGU), its effect on noninsulin-mediated glucose uptake (NIMGU) is not known. Seven obese men [mean (± s.d.) age 36 ± 5 years, weight 91 ± 13 kg] were studied after an overnight fast (day 0) and 3 days (day 4) and 9 days (day 10) of total fasting and 6 normal-weight men (age 32 ± 4 years, weight 73 ± 6 kg) were studied after an overnight fast and 3 days of fasting. To study NIMGU, somatostatin (0.16 μg/kg min) was infused to create severe insulin deficiency and [³H]3-glucose to estimate glucose disappearance (Rd), and serum glucose was sequentially clamped at about 4.7 mmol/litre for 180 min and about 11 mmol/litre for an additional 100 min. The results from the last 60 min of each glycaemic plateau were used for analysis. In those conditions insulin action is absent and Rd = NIMGU. As in conditions of euglycaemic insulinopenia, NIMGU into non-central nervous system tissues is negligible, and central nervous system (CNS) glucose uptake saturates at physiological glucose concentrations, it follows that at a glucose concentration of about 4.7 mmol/litre, NIMGU reflects CNS glucose uptake and at about 11 mmol/litre, NIMGU reflects CNS plus non-CNS tissues. Thus, non-CNS NIMGU = NIMGU at 11 mmol/litre - NIMGU at about 4.7 mmol/litre. The obese subjects' mean weight fell to 88 ± 5 kg on day 4 and 85 ± 5 kg on day 10. The mean basal serum glucose concentration fell from 5.3 ± 0.1 on day 0 to 4.2 ± 0.2 and 3.8 ± 0.2 mmol/litre on days 4 and 10, respectively. During insulinopenia plasma free fatty acids and serum β-hydroxybutyrate values on day 10 were 3- and 30-fold higher than the basal prefast values, respectively. Noninsulin-mediated glucose clearance at about 4.7 mmol/litre did not change during fasting; at about 11 mmol/litre noninsulin-mediated glucose clearance fell from 0.0016 ± 0.0001 on day 0 to 0.0001 ± 0.0001 × 100 ml/kg min on day 10. Results in the lean group were similar to those in the obese group after a 3-day fast. KW - Fasting KW - glucose KW - tissues KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891413642&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cholecystokinin and vasoactive intestinal peptide in brain and gut of the hypothyroid neonatal rat. AU - Zheng, B. AU - Eng, J. AU - Yalow, R. S. JO - Hormone and Metabolic Research JF - Hormone and Metabolic Research Y1 - 1989/// VL - 21 IS - 3 SP - 127 EP - 131 SN - 0018-5043 AD - Zheng, B.: R.S. Yalow, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891413715. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Registry Number: 9011-97-6, 37221-79-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Concentrations and contents of immunoreactive cholecystokinin (CCK) and vasoactive intestinal peptide (VIP) were estimated in brain and gut of rats exposed to antithyroid treatment from day 16 of gestation. The young were killed at 2, 4, 8 and 12 weeks. Body weight was reduced in methimazole (MMI)-treated rats, all of which were hypothyroid. Discontinuation of MMI treatment after 8 weeks resulted in normal values for thyroxine and thyrotropin and weight gain but at 12 weeks the brain weights of the MMI-treated rats were reduced by 17% and the brain contents of CCK and VIP were similarly reduced. Tissue weights throughout the gut were a half or less than those of controls. As VIP but not CCK concentrations in the gut of MMI-treated rats were significantly greater than those of controls, it would seem that there was greater loss of mucosal tissue with its endocrine content of CCK than of neuronal tissue with its greater content of VIP. Because of marked differences in body weight this model does not permit distinction between a direct effect of MMI treatment per se or the effect of reduced food intake on the diminution of CCK and VIP content of the brain and gut. KW - pancreozymin KW - Thyroid antagonists KW - vasoactive intestinal peptide KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - antithyroid substances KW - cholecystokinin KW - goitrogens KW - thyrostatic agents KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891413715&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Meal associated changes in brown fat thermogenesis and glycogen. AU - Glick, Z. AU - Uncyk, A. AU - Lupien, J. AU - Schmidt, L. JO - Physiology and Behavior JF - Physiology and Behavior Y1 - 1989/// VL - 45 IS - 2 SP - 243 EP - 248 AD - Glick, Z.: Geriatric Research, Education and Clincal Center (11E), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 16111 Plummer Street, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891413745. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Registry Number: 9005-79-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Wistar rats weighing 130 to 180 g after training to eat a large test meal were deprived of food or given a test meal for 2 h without or with subcutaneous injection of propranolol 10 mg/kg body weight. Propranolol that blocked the meal-induced rise in brown adipose tissue (AT) thermogenesis did not evoke intake of a larger test meal and had no effect on meal-induced brown AT hypertrophy or glycogen deposition. Further experiments showed that although brown AT glycogen concentration was a sensitive estimate of the state of feeding, on a meal-to-meal basis it did not show a correlation with hunger and satiety. Meal-induced brown AT hypertrophy and glycogen deposition could be dissociated from meal-induced brown AT thermogenesis. KW - behaviour KW - Brown fat KW - feeding behaviour KW - glycogen KW - heat production KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - behavior KW - calorigenesis KW - feeding behavior KW - thermogenesis KW - Animal Behaviour (LL300) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891413745&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fecal triglyceride excretion is not excessive in pancreatic insufficiency. AU - Khouri, M. R. AU - Ng, S. N. AU - Huang, G. AU - Shiau, Y. F. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 96 IS - 3 SP - 848 EP - 852 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Khouri, M. R.: Y.F. Shiau, GI Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, University and Woodland Ave., Philadelphia, PA 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891413769. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Steatorrhoea can result from maldigestion or malabsorption. As the pathophysiology underlying impaired digestion differs from that for impaired absorption, it is important to differentiate the disorders. It is generally accepted that patients with maldigestion excrete an excessive amount of triglyceride and patients with malabsorption excrete an excess of the lipolytic product of triglyceride, fatty acid. The two-step Sudan stain was used as a simple test to differentiate these disorders. Faecal fatty acid and triglyceride were estimated after extraction and thin-layer chromatographic separation. In adult patients with pancreatic insufficiency, the faecal triglyceride content did not differ from that of the controls. There was a fivefold to sixfold increase in faecal fatty acid content in patients with pancreatic insufficiency. As patients with maldigestion do not excrete an excess of undigested triglyceride, it is not possible to differentiate maldigestion from malabsorption by quantifying faecal triglyceride and fatty acid. KW - faeces KW - Pancreatic diseases KW - triacylglycerols KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - feces KW - triglycerides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891413769&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Automated enzymatic method for determining ammonia in plasma, with 14-day reagent stability. AU - Neeley, W. E. AU - Phillipson, J. JO - Clinical Chemistry JF - Clinical Chemistry Y1 - 1988/// VL - 34 IS - 9 SP - 1868 EP - 1869 SN - 0009-9147 AD - Neeley, W. E.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891413819. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 4 ref. Registry Number: 7664-41-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - An automated, cost-efficient enzymic method for estimating ammonia in plasma is described. In most assays for ammonia the reagents are stable for only 1 or 2 days at 4°C, but the reagents in this method are stable for at least 14 days. The method was developed for use with a Cobas-Fara analyser but can be easily adapted to other automated analysers. It is essential to use closed sample vials. The results, obtained at much less cost, are correlated well with those by the Du Pont aca method. KW - Ammonia KW - blood KW - estimation KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891413819&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of chronic ethanol administration on protein catabolism in rat liver. AU - Donohue, T. M., Jr. AU - Zetterman, R. K. AU - Tuma, D. J. JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research Y1 - 1989/// VL - 13 IS - 1 SP - 49 EP - 57 SN - 0145-6008 AD - Donohue, T. M., Jr.: Liver Study Unit, Research Service (151), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4101 Woolworth Ave., Omaha, NE 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891414272. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 54 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Hepatic protein catabolism was measured in male Sprague-Dawley rats which were pair-fed on a complete liquid diet containing ethanol (36% of total energy) or isoenergetic maltose-dextrin (control diet). Within 12 days after initiation of pair feeding, total hepatic protein in ethanol-fed rats was 26% higher than that in pair-fed controls. During this time the degradation rate of short-lived [³H]puromycinyl proteins and peptides was the same in ethanol-fed and pair-fed control rats. However, the overall catabolic rate of long-lived proteins in rats given the ethanol liquid diet for 2 to 10 days was 37 to 40% lower than that in pair-fed controls. This difference in protein turnover was not a general phenomenon, as the time-dependent decay of [14C]proteins in the hepatic microsome fraction of ethanol-fed rats was 33% slower than that in pair-fed controls, but the apparent rate of cytosolic protein catabolism was the same in both groups of rats. The differences in protein turnover did not reflect quantitative changes in lysosomal proteases as the activities of 4 hepatic lysosomal cathepsins were not affected by ethanol intake. When rats were subjected to longer periods of pair-feeding (16 to 25 days), the difference in overall hepatic protein catabolism between ethanol-fed rats and their pair-fed controls was increased. Results indicate that during the early stages of pair-feeding, rats given ethanol showed a slower rate of degradation of long-lived hepatic proteins than did pair-fed controls. As a significant determinant of cellular protein content is the rate of protein degradation, the results suggest that the lower rate of protein catabolism in ethanol-fed rats may account for part of the net hepatic protein accumulation in these rats. KW - Ethanol KW - liver KW - protein metabolism KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891414272&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of mineral and vitamin supplementation on the alcohol-induced fatty liver and microsomal induction. AU - Lieber, C. S. AU - DeCarli, L. M. JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research Y1 - 1989/// VL - 13 IS - 1 SP - 142 EP - 143 SN - 0145-6008 AD - Lieber, C. S.: Alcohol Research and Treatment Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891414280. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In Sprague-Dawley rats 120 to 150 g given ethanol (36% of total energy) for 1 month as part of a standard liquid diet, significant increases in hepatic lipids, microsomal cytochrome P-450 and in the activity of the microsomal ethanol-oxidizing system were observed. There were similar effects in another group of rats given the same ethanol-containing diet, but with the content of minerals and vitamins increased by 50%. Body weight gains were also similar in these groups. It is concluded that these effects of ethanol are not due to vitamin and mineral deficiency secondary to decreased food intake but rather can be attributed to ethanol itself. KW - ethanol KW - Liver diseases KW - mineral supplements KW - vitamin supplements KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891414280&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A low-protein diet restricts albumin synthesis in nephrotic rats. AU - Kaysen, G. A. AU - Jones, H., Jr. AU - Martin, V. AU - Hutchison, F. N. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1989/// VL - 83 IS - 5 SP - 1623 EP - 1629 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Kaysen, G. A.: Medical Service 111/N, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 150 Muir Road, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891414286. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 45 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Diets high in protein increase albumin synthesis in rats with Heymann nephritis but albuminuria increases also, causing serum albumin concentration to be suppressed further than in nephrotic rats on eating a diet low in protein. Experiments were designed to determine whether increase in dietary protein directly stimulates albumin synthesis or whether instead increased albumin synthesis is triggered by the decrease in serum albumin concentration. Increase in dietary protein directly stimulated albumin synthesis, accompanied by a proportional increase in steady-state hepatic albumin mRNA concentration (AlbmRNA) and by an increase in AlbmRNA transcription. When the increased albuminuria resulting from dietary protein increase was blunted with enalapril, serum albumin concentration increased in nephrotic rats. Albumin synthesis and AlbmRNA increased in the rats despite the greater serum albumin concentration. Albumin synthesis was correlated inversely with serum albumin and serum oncotic pressure in nephrotic rats given a diet with 40% protein, but was not correlated with serum albumin concentration in nephrotic rats given a diet with 8.5% protein (LP), even when serum albumin concentration was reduced. Albumin masses are preserved in LP primarily because of reduced albuminuria. Reduced serum oncotic pressure and increased dietary protein combine to stimulate albumin synthesis in nephrotic rats at the level of gene transcription. KW - Albumins KW - nephrosis KW - protein intake KW - synthesis KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891414286&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Protein kinase C is activated in glomeruli from streptozotocin diabetic rats. Possible mediation by glucose. AU - Craven, P. A. AU - DeRubertis, F. R. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1989/// VL - 83 IS - 5 SP - 1667 EP - 1675 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Craven, P. A.: F.R. DeRubertis, Veterans Administration Medical Center, University Drive C, Pittsburgh, PA 15240, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891414290. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 69 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 9026-43-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Glomerular inositol content and the turnover of polyphosphoinositides was reduced by 58% in female Sprague-Dawley rats diabetic for 1 to 2 weeks after injection of streptozotocin. Addition of inositol to the incubation medium increased polyphosphoinositide turnover in glomeruli from diabetic rats to control values. Despite the reduction in inositol content and polyphosphoinositide turnover, protein kinase C was activated in glomeruli from diabetic rats, as assessed by an increase in the percentage of enzyme activity associated with the particulate cell fraction. Total protein kinase C activity was not different between glomeruli from control and diabetic rats. Treatment of diabetic rats with insulin to achieve near euglycaemia prevented the increase in particulate protein kinase C. Incubation of glomeruli from control rats with glucose (100 to 1000 mg/100 ml) resulted in a progressive increase in labelled diacylglycerol production and in the percentage of protein kinase C activity which was associated with the particulate fraction. These results support a role for hyperglycaemia per se in the increased state of activation of protein kinase C seen in glomeruli from diabetic rats. Glucose did not seem to increase diacylglycerol by stimulating inositol phospholipid hydrolysis in glomeruli. Other pathways for diacylglycerol production, including synthesis de novo and phospholipase C-mediated hydrolysis of phosphatidylcholine or phosphatidylinositol-glycan are not excluded. KW - Diabetes KW - glucose KW - kidneys KW - protein kinase KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891414290&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Immunohistochemical examination for mycobacteria in intestinal tissues from patients with Crohn's disease. AU - Kobayashi, K. AU - Blaser, M. J. AU - Brown, W. R. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 96 IS - 4 SP - 1009 EP - 1015 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Kobayashi, K.: W.R. Brown, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1055 Clermont Street, Box 111E, Denver, CO 80220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891414301. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - An immunohistochemical search for mycobacteria was made in the intestinal tissues of patients with Crohn's disease. Tissues obtained by biopsy or surgical resection and fixed by different methods (formalin, periodate-lysine-paraformaldehyde, fresh-frozen) were reacted by an immunoperoxidase method with antibodies to Mycobacterium paratuberculosis strain linda, M. tuberculosis and the common mycobacterial antigen, lipoarabinomannan. Each of the antibody preparations was capable of detecting a variety of typical and atypical mycobacteria (M. tuberculosis, M. kansasii, M. fortuitum, M. chelonei, M. paratuberculosis and cell wall-defective as well as cell wall-intact forms of M. avium intracellulare) in conditions identical to those used for staining the patients' tissues. No mycobacteria were detected in any of the 67 specimens from 30 patients examined. These results, in conjunction with previous serological studies, do not support the hypothesis that infection with a Mycobacterium causes Crohn's disease. KW - Enteritis KW - intestines KW - Man KW - Mycobacterium KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Mycobacteriaceae KW - Corynebacterineae KW - Actinomycetales KW - Actinobacteridae KW - Actinobacteria KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - bacterium KW - ileitis KW - jejunitis KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Animals (LL820) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891414301&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Membrane site of action of CO2 on colonic sodium absorption. AU - Charney, A. N. AU - Egnor, R. W. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 256 IS - 3,I SP - C584 EP - C590 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Charney, A. N.: Nephrology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York Univ. School of Medicine, New York, NY 10010, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891414526. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 124-38-9, 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Increases in ambient carbon dioxide tension increase colonic sodium absorption by increasing mucosal to serosal Na flux. The membrane site of CO2 action was studied by utilizing the polyene antibiotic nystatin to create aqueous pores in the apical membrane. In these conditions, the basolateral rather than the apical membrane is rate-limiting for Na absorption. Pairs of stripped rat distal colonic segments were mounted in modified Ussing chambers in a Ringer-HCO3 solution gassed with 3% CO2-97% O2 or 11% CO2-89% O2. Mucosal-to-serosal 22Na and 36Cl fluxes were estimated in short-circuited conditions and ouabain-sensitive absorption was calculated before and after the addition of mucosal nystatin 300 U/ml. Ouabain-sensitive Na absorption was fivefold greater at 11% CO2 than at 3% CO2 before nystatin addition. Nystatin increased short-circuit current (Isc), transcolonic conductance (Gt) and ouabain-sensitive Na absorption at 3% CO2 but only increased Isc and Gt at 11% CO2. Na absorption values at 3 and 11% CO2 after nystatin were equal and identical to the value estimated at 11% CO2 in the absence of nystatin. Ouabain-sensitive chloride absorption was similar at 3 and 11% CO2 in the absence of nystatin and was not affected by nystatin addition. KW - absorption KW - Carbon dioxide KW - colon KW - sodium KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891414526&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of ethanol on amino acid transport in basolateral liver plasma membrane vesicles. AU - Moseley, R. H. AU - Murphy, S. M. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 256 IS - 3,I SP - G458 EP - G465 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Moseley, R. H.: Gastrointestinal Unit (111D), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 2215 Fuller Road, Ann Arbor, MI 48105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891414544. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of ethanol on amino acid uptake into basolateral (sinusoidal) rat liver plasma membrane (blLPM) vesicles were examined. Uptake of [³H]alanine, [³H]leucine and [35S]cysteine was estimated by a rapid Millipore filtration technique in the presence of inwardly directed Na+ and K+ gradients and in tetramethylammonium (TMA+)- and Na+-equilibrated conditions. Ethanol preincubation produced a concentration-dependent inhibition of Na+-dependent alanine and cysteine uptake; no effect was observed on Na+-independent alanine and cysteine uptake or Na+-independent leucine transport. Ethanol had no effect on L-alanine transport in Na+-equilibrated conditions; initial rates of 22Na flux were increased in the presence of ethanol. On the basis of differences in 2-(methylamino)isobutyrate and L-cysteine sensitivity, ethanol inhibition of Na+-dependent alanine transport in blLPM vesicles largely but not exclusively corresponded to the hormone-responsive system A for amino acid transport described in isolated hepatocytes. Kinetic analysis showed that ethanol treatment resulted in an alteration in the Vmax of Na+-dependent alanine transport without affecting the apparent Km for alanine. The inhibitory effects of ethanol on the time course of Na+-dependent alanine uptake were reversible. KW - amino acids KW - Ethanol KW - liver KW - uptake KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891414544&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Postoperative hypophosphatemia: a multifactorial problem. AU - Tucker, S. B. AU - Schimmel, E. M. JO - Nutrition Reviews JF - Nutrition Reviews Y1 - 1989/// VL - 47 IS - 4 SP - 111 EP - 116 SN - 0029-6643 AD - Tucker, S. B.: Nutrition Service, Boston Veterans Administration Medical Center, Boston, MA 02130, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891414593. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - This case study from Boston, USA, emphasizes the signs, pathogenesis and importance of hypophosphataemia in the setting of postoperative intensive nutritional support. Multiple contributing factors, including preoperative nutritional depletion, alcoholism, antacid treatment and intracellular shifts induced by intravenous administration of glucose solutions were all involved in the pathogenesis of hypophosphataemia. Other risk factors are identified; familiarity with these should alert physicians to look for this potentially fatal but easily treatable, nutritional disorder. KW - Hypophosphataemia KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hypophosphatemia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891414593&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Two-step high-performance liquid chromatography method for the determination of myo-inositol and sorbitol. AU - Lauro, P. N. AU - Craven, P. A. AU - DeRubertis, F. R. JO - Analytical Biochemistry JF - Analytical Biochemistry Y1 - 1989/// VL - 178 IS - 2 SP - 331 EP - 335 SN - 0003-2697 AD - Lauro, P. N.: F.R. DeRubertis, Veterans Administration Medical Center, University Drive C., Pittsburgh, PA 15240, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891414621. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 87-89-8, 50-70-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A simple two-step high-performance liquid chromatography method for the separation and quantitation of myo-inositol and sorbitol in extracts of glomeruli from rat kidneys is described. The limit of detection is 2 ng. The procedure involves fractionation of the sugar alcohols on a Waters Sugar Pak column, preparation of the p-nitrobenzoate derivatives, and further purification with quantitation by absorbance at 254 nm using a Waters μPorasil column. The applicability of the procedure to estimation of sorbitol and myo-inositol in biological samples was demonstrated by the finding of marked alterations in sorbitol and myo-inositol contents of glomeruli isolated from diabetic compared with those from normal rat kidneys. KW - estimation KW - Myo-inositol KW - Sorbitol KW - inositol KW - meso-inositol KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891414621&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of chronic ethanol feeding on rat hepatocytic glutathione. Relationship of cytosolic glutathione to efflux and mitochondrial sequestration. AU - Fernandez-Checa, J. C. AU - Ookhtens, M. AU - Kaplowitz, N. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1989/// VL - 83 IS - 4 SP - 1247 EP - 1252 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Fernandez-Checa, J. C.: Liver Research Lab., W151N, Wadsworth Veterans Administration Hospital, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891414799. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 70-18-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The sinusoidal component of hepatic glutathione (GSH) efflux is increased in rats given ethanol chronically, despite a lower steady-state GSH pool size. There was no increase of biliary GSH efflux in vivo in cells from rats given a diet with 36% of energy supplied by ethanol. Studies were made on cells from rats given ethanol (RE cells) and from pair-fed controls to identify kinetic indices of cellular GSH concentration-dependent efflux. The relation between cytosolic GSH and the rate of efflux was modelled by the Hill equation and showed a similar Vmax for the 2 groups but Km was significantly decreased in RE cells. There was a direct correlation between mitochondria and cytosolic GSH, showing that mitochondria from RE cells have less GSH at all cytosolic GSH values. Rate of resynthesis in depleted RE cells in the presence of methionine and serine was similar to that in control cells; γ-glutamylcysteine synthetase was not affected by alcohol. Reaccumulation of mitochondrial GSH as the cytosolic pool increased was impaired by ethanol. The earliest change in GSH regulation was a 50% decrease in mitochondrial GSH at 2 weeks. KW - ethanol KW - glutathione KW - Liver KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891414799&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hyperosmolar coma: cellular dehydration and the serum sodium concentration. AU - Daugirdas, J. T. AU - Kronfol, N. O. AU - Tzamaloukas, A. H. AU - Ing, T. S. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1989/// VL - 110 IS - 11 SP - 855 EP - 857 SN - 0003-4819 AD - Daugirdas, J. T.: T.S. Ing, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, IL 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891414818. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Non-ketotic hyperosmolar coma, which is found mostly in diabetic patients with marked hyperglycaemia, is discussed. Recent reports of dialysis patients with extreme hyperglycaemia who were not comatose and reanalysis of descriptions of non-dialysis patients with non-ketotic hyperosmolar coma were examined in an attempt to understand the proposed causes for hyperosmolar coma. It is proposed that the serum sodium value, especially when corrected for the concomitant serum glucose value, may be a useful index of the state of cerebral cellular hydration in hyperosmolar syndromes and may help to identify patients at risk for neurological disturbances. KW - Diabetes KW - hyperglycaemia KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - high blood glucose KW - hyperglycemia KW - hyperosmolar coma KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891414818&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Significance of low serum urea nitrogen concentrations. AU - Lum, G. AU - Leal-Khouri, S. JO - Clinical Chemistry JF - Clinical Chemistry Y1 - 1989/// VL - 35 IS - 4 SP - 639 EP - 640 SN - 0009-9147 AD - Lum, G.: Lab. Service, Brockton/West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Roxbury, MA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891415077. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Registry Number: 57-13-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The prevalence of low serum urea nitrogen concentrations (less than 50 mg/litre) in a patient population was 1.2% (151 per 12 380 estimations), representing 95 individual cases. Of these, 81 of the patients' charts were located, reviewed and classified into two groups, those with and those without hepatobiliary disease. Hepatobiliary disease was found in 36% of the 81 patients; 90% of these showed evidence of alcohol abuse, as did 19% of those without hepatobiliary disease. The remaining patients without hepatobiliary disease had various clinical conditions: psychiatric disorders (14.8%), overhydration (12.3%), endocrine disorders (7.4%), cardiovascular diseases (4.9%), prednisone administration (3.7%) and special diets (2.5%). Thus, in this patient population the most frequent cause of low serum urea N concentrations was alcohol abuse, found in about half the cases. KW - blood KW - diseases KW - Urea KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891415077&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of nitrous oxide inactivation of vitamin B12-dependent methionine synthetase on the subcellular distribution of folate coenzymes in rat liver. AU - Horne, D. W. AU - Patterson, D. AU - Cook, R. J. JO - Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics JF - Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics Y1 - 1989/// VL - 270 IS - 2 SP - 729 EP - 733 SN - 0003-9861 AD - Horne, D. W.: Biochemistry Research Lab., Research Service (151), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Nashville, TN 37212-2637, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891415118. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 68-19-9, 59-30-3, 10024-97-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of nitrous oxide inactivation of the vitamin B-12-dependent enzyme, methionine synthase (EC 2.1.1.13), on the subcellular distribution of hepatic folate coenzymes were studied. In controls, cytosolic folates were 5-methyltetrahydrofolate (45%), 5- and 10-formyltetrahydrofolate (9 and 19%, respectively) and tetrahydrofolate (27%). Exposure of rats to an atmosphere containing 80% nitrous oxide for 18 h resulted in a marked shift in this distribution pattern to 5-methyltetrahydrofolate, 84%; 5- and 10-formyltetrahydrofolate, 2.1 and 9.1%, respectively; and tetrahydrofolate, 4.7%. Activity of the cytosolic enzyme, methionine synthase, was reduced by about 84% compared with that of air-breathing controls. In controls, mitochondrial folates were 5-methyltetrahydrofolate (7.3%), 5- and 10-formyltetrahydrofolate (11.5 and 33.1%, respectively) and tetrahydrofolate (48.1%). This distribution did not change after exposure to nitrous oxide. The results show that the effects of nitrous oxide inactivation of vitamin B-12 are confined to the cytosol, at least in the short term, and suggest that there is little, if any, transport of free folates between the cytosolic and mitochondrial compartments. KW - cyanocobalamin KW - folic acid KW - inactivation KW - Liver KW - nitrous oxide KW - vitamin B12 KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cobalamin KW - folacin KW - folate KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891415118&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Vitamin D kinetics in vivo: effect of 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D administration. AU - Halloran, B. P. AU - Castro, M. E. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 256 IS - 5,I SP - E686 EP - E691 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Halloran, B. P.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement St., San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891415128. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3, 1406-16-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The metabolic clearance of 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D (1,25-DHD), 24,25-dihydroxyvitamin D (24,25-DHD) and 25-hydroxyvitamin D (25-HD) was estimated in male Sprague-Dawley rats in which serum 1,25-DHD was increased by continuous infusion. Infusion for 12 days at 75 pmol daily increased serum 1,25-DHD from 128 ± 11 to 244 ± 14 pg/ml and metabolic clearance rate (MCR) from 169 ± 13 to 210 ± 9 μl/min kg or 24%. When serum 1,25-DHD increased to between 330 and 360 pg/ml, MCR increased 72%. Infusion of 1,25-DHD decreased serum 24,25-DHD from 3.5 ± 0.5 to 2.4 ± 0.3 ng/ml, increased MCR from 25 ± 2 to 48 ± 6 μl/min kg and increased production rate (PR) from 70 ± 11 to 124 ± 26 pg/min kg. Infusion also decreased serum 25-HD from 13.0 ± 0.5 to 8.0 ± 0.5 ng/ml and increased MCR from 45 ± 1 to 75 ± 7 μl/min kg but had no effect on PR. KW - calcitriol KW - metabolism KW - Vitamin D KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891415128&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of starvation and refeeding on elastase-induced emphysema. AU - Sahebjami, H. AU - Domino, M. JO - Journal of Applied Physiology JF - Journal of Applied Physiology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 66 IS - 6 SP - 2611 EP - 2616 SN - 8750-7587 AD - Sahebjami, H.: Pulmonary Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3200 Vine St., Cincinnati, OH 45220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891415165. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Adult rats received pancreatic elastase (75 U/100 g) intratracheally and were divided into fed, starved and refed groups. Starved rats received one-third of their measured daily food intake until they lost 40% body weight. The refed group was fed after 40% weight loss. A control group received saline intratracheally. Saline volume-pressure curve was shifted more significantly to the left of the control group in starved than in fed rats and was superimposed in refed and fed groups. Mean linear intercept was larger and alveolar surface area was smaller in starved than in fed rats compared with the control group; both were similar in fed and refed rats. Protein and hydroxyproline contents of the lung were higher in fed than in control and in starved groups; after refeeding these returned to the control values. It is concluded that starvation aggravates elastase-induced injury and that refeeding results in the complete recovery of the mechanical but only partial recovery of the morphometric changes induced by starvation. KW - lungs KW - morphology KW - Starvation KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891415165&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Low circulating vitamin D in obesity. AU - Liel, Y. AU - Ulmer, E. AU - Shary, J. AU - Hollis, B. W. AU - Bell, N. H. JO - Calcified Tissue International JF - Calcified Tissue International Y1 - 1988/// VL - 43 IS - 4 SP - 199 EP - 201 SN - 0171-967X AD - Liel, Y.: N.H. Bell, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 109 Bee Street, Charleston, SC 29403, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891415201. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 1406-16-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Values for serum vitamin D were significantly lower in 13 obese than in 13 non-obese persons 20 to 35 years old and may contribute to lower serum 25-hydroxyvitamin D in obesity. KW - blood KW - Obesity KW - vitamin D KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891415201&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The future direction of nutrition research: science, public health, public policy. AU - Atkinson, R. L. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1989/// VL - 119 IS - 4 SP - 669 EP - 670 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Atkinson, R. L.: Dep. Internal Medicine, Eastern Virginia Medical School, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Hampton, VA 23667, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891415614. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 3 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Advances in biochemistry, endocrinology and metabolism and molecular biology promise to help unravel the basic mechanisms of nutritional effects on health and disease. The association of nutrition and genetic expression, nutrition and chronic diseases, and aspects of food production and delivery seem to be very fertile areas for future research. However, a major challenge confronting the nutrition scientist is that of communicating the excitement of nutrition research to colleagues, to politicians and to the general public. KW - Nutrition research KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891415614&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effects of rate and dose of Intralipid infusion on bacterial clearance and granulocytic activity of the rat. AU - Chu, R. C. AU - Barkowski, S. M. JO - Nutrition Research JF - Nutrition Research Y1 - 1989/// VL - 9 IS - 5 SP - 513 EP - 522 SN - 0271-5317 AD - Chu, R. C.: Nutrition Lab. Clinical Assessment and Research, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albany Medical College, Albany, NY 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891415691. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Lipid emulsion, Intralipid (IL), 10 or 20%, is now widely used in total parenteral nutrition. Its effects on neutrophil functions have been reported with conflicting results. To study the effects of different rates and doses of IL infusion on blood Staphylococcus aureus clearance and granulocytic functions 24 male Sprague-Dawley rats (402 to 499 g) had a cannula placed in the jugular vein. They were randomly divided into 4 groups 5 days later with 6 rats in each group and had 0.9% NaCl (control), 10% IL, 20% IL at a rate of 0.6 ml/h during 6 h or 20% IL at 0.15 ml/h during 24 h daily by intravenous infusion. After 3 days of treatment, rats were challenged with an intravenous injection of S. aureus at 3.5 × 108 colony-forming units/100 g body weight. Blood bacterial clearances were estimated at 0, 2, 5, 10 and 15 min and 24 h. Granulocyte phagocytic and hexose monophosphate shunt activities, intracellular killing and Fc receptor expression were estimated at 72 h. Irrespective of doses and rates, IL infusions had no adverse effects on bacterial clearances during the first 15 min after challenge. At 24 h, delayed clearance was evident only in rats that received 20% IL at 0.6 ml/h. Slowing the rate of 20% IL infusion to 0.15 ml/h prevented such delay. IL 20% at 0.6 ml/h significantly depressed phagocytic and hexose monophosphate shunt activities and intracellular killing. Fc receptor expression was not inhibited. KW - Fat emulsions KW - immunity KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891415691&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Zinc, calcium, and magnesium metabolism: effects on plasmacytomas in Balb/c mice. AU - Song, M. K. AU - Shin, W. Y. AU - Adham, N. F. AU - Costea, N. V. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1989/// VL - 49 IS - 4 SP - 701 EP - 707 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Song, M. K.: Research, Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, CA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891415746. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 7439-95-4, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of different amounts of dietary zinc on the Zn absorption rate and on Zn, calcium and magnesium concentrations in tissues of MOPC 104E tumour-bearing Balb/c mice were studied. The Zn absorption rate was inversely related to the amounts of Zn in the diets and was lower than that of nontumour-bearing control mice given a laboratory diet. Zn concentrations of tumour-bearing mice were also low compared with those of control mice but tumour Zn concentrations, regardless of the concentrations of Zn in the diets, were higher than those of normal tissues of the host other than the pancreas. Ca concentrations in tumour and tissues of tumour-bearing mice were higher than in controls but Mg concentrations in tissues of tumour-bearing mice seemed to be similar to those of controls. Results suggest that tumour-bearing mice have a lower intestinal Zn absorption capacity and a higher Zn uptake rate causing other tissues to become hypozincaemic and hypercalcaemic. KW - absorption KW - calcium KW - intake KW - magnesium KW - metabolism KW - Neoplasms KW - zinc KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cancers KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891415746&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Regulation of hepatic inorganic phosphate and ATP in response to fructose loading: an in vivo 31P-NMR study. AU - Karczmar, G. S. AU - Kurtz, T. AU - Tavares, N. J. AU - Weiner, M. W. JO - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta JF - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta Y1 - 1989/// VL - 1012 IS - 2 SP - 121 EP - 127 AD - Karczmar, G. S.: Magnetic Resonance Unit, Veterans Administration Center (11M), 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891415843. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 56-65-5, 57-48-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - 31P-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance) was used to monitor the response of hepatic ATP, inorganic phosphate (Pi) and fructose 1-phosphate (Fru1P) to 2 consecutive injections of fructose in rats. The first was given with ATP at the control value and the second, 1 h after the first, with ATP at 65% of the control value. Changes in intra- and extracellular Pi were distinguished by correlating estimations of total NMR-detectable phosphorus and NMR-detectable Pi with estimations of plasma Pi. The initial fructose injection resulted in rapid accumulation of Fru1P, small decreases in plasma and NMR-detectable Pi and a decrease in ATP. Total NMR-detectable P did not change, suggesting that phosphate did not enter or leave the liver. Therefore, accumulation of Fru1P was initially balanced by an equivalent decrease in ATP, without large changes in Pi. After the second injection, when ATP was at 65% of control, Fru1P accumulated at about the same rate and to the same amount as achieved after the first injection. There was little further change in ATP and a decrease in NMR-detectable Pi, whereas plasma Pi was higher than after the first injection. Therefore the greater decrease in NMR-detectable Pi after the second injection represented a significant decrease in intracellular Pi. Return of Fru1P to control coincided with an increase in plasma Pi and a decrease in total NMR-detectable phosphate. This suggests that phosphate released from Fru1P entered the extracellular space. KW - ATP KW - fructose KW - Liver KW - phosphates KW - adenosine triphosphate KW - fruit sugar KW - ketohexose KW - laevulose KW - levulose KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891415843&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Role of vitamin A degradation in the control of hepatic levels in the rat. AU - Leo, M. A. AU - Kim, C. I. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1989/// VL - 119 IS - 7 SP - 993 EP - 1000 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Leo, M. A.: Section of Liver Disease and Nutrition, Alcohol Research and Treatment Center, Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891416019. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 68-26-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For 45 days rats were fed on a diet containing vitamin A 1, 6, 30 or 100 IU/kcal. As vitamin A intake increased, progressively smaller fractions of the given vitamin A were recovered in tissue. The decrease in fractional recovery in the tissues examined was calculated from the differences between intake, tissue concentration and excretion, and increased after eating high-vitamin A diets. This could be explained, at least in part, on the basis of an enhanced rate of vitamin A degradation as a function of the increased concentration of retinol in the liver. At high tissue retinol concentrations, calculated rates of retinol metabolism via the hepatic cytosolic retinol dehydrogenase (EC 1.1.1.1) and the recently discovered microsomal retinol dehydrogenase and oxidase vastly exceeded the decrease in fractional recovery of vitamin A accumulation in the tissues. This calculated rise in metabolic rate was verified by a corresponding increase in urinary polar metabolites derived from labelled retinol. Thus, accelerated catabolism as a function of increased hepatic vitamin A concentration may provide a homeostatic mechanism which offsets in part excessive vitamin A accumulation. KW - metabolism KW - Retinol KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - axerophthol KW - vitamin A KW - vitamin A alcohol KW - vitamin A1 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891416019&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Disposition of a glucose load in fed rats and rats adapted to a high-carbohydrate diet. AU - Niewoehner, C. B. AU - Nuttall, F. Q. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 256 IS - 6,I SP - E811 EP - E817 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Niewoehner, C. B.: Endocrinology, Metabolism, and Nutrition Section 111G, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1 Veterans Dr., Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891416170. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Current evidence suggests that, during the transition from the fasting to the fed state, liver glycogen is synthesized primarily from gluconeogenic precursors rather than from glucose unless the circulating glucose concentration is high. In the fed state the glucose concentration already is increased. Male Sprague-Dawley rats adapted to a stock or a high-carbohydrate (CHO) diet were given 50% glucose 4 g/kg by tube. In the stock- and CHO-fed rats, 70 and 98% of the administered glucose was absorbed by 120 min. In the stock-fed rats the glucose concentration entering the liver increased by only 1.0 mM from 8.0 to 9.0 mM; no net hepatic glucose uptake was observed. In the CHO-adapted rats the entering glucose concentration increased transiently by 3.5 mM from 8.0 to 11.5 mM. This was associated with net glucose uptake, which continued until the entering glucose concentration fell below 9.5 mM, the entering glucose concentration threshold above which net glucose uptake was observed previously in food-deprived rats. Net hepatic glucose uptake could not be correlated with insulin or hepatic intracellular glucose concentrations. Net glycogen synthesis did not occur in either group. The absorbed glucose could not be accounted for by the rise in portal glucose concentrations or by increased muscle glycogen deposition. KW - absorption KW - Glucose KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891416170&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of chronic metabolic acidosis on net electrolyte transport in rat colon. AU - Feldman, G. M. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 256 IS - 6,I SP - G1036 EP - G1040 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Feldman, G. M.: Renal Section, Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. Pennsylvania School of Medicine, Philadelphia, PA 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891416175. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats given ammonium chloride 5 mEq/100 g body weight daily for one week developed chronic metabolic acidosis and had an arterial blood pH and plasma bicarbonate concentration of 7.27 ± 0.02 and 16.2 ± 0.8 mEq/litre, respectively; controls had values of 7.36 ± 0.01 and 22.4 ± 0.5 mEq/litre. Net electrolyte transport was estimated in proximal and distal colonic segments by perfusion in situ. In proximal colon, chronic metabolic acidosis increased HCO3- absorption from 3.3 ± 0.8 to 6.4 ± 0.6 μEq/min g but did not alter sodium absorption. In distal colon, although Na+ transport was not affected, chronic acidosis reduced HCO3- secretion from -6.9 ± 0.8 to -4.4 ± 0.7 μEq/min g and increased voltage from -18.9 ± 2.0 to -51.1 ± 4.2 mV. To evaluate the dependence of these effects on altered arterial pH and HCO3- concentration, NaHCO3 was infused intravenously, increasing pH and HCO3- concentration to 7.53 ± 0.04 and 23.9 ± 1.7 mEq/litre. Although acute correction of chronic metabolic acidosis reduced HCO3- absorption in proximal colon, it did not affect HCO3- secretion or voltage in the distal segment, suggesting that proximal and distal colon respond differently to chronic metabolic acidosis. The results also suggest that chronic metabolic acidosis alters the mechanisms of ion transport in distal colon. KW - absorption KW - Acidosis KW - colon KW - electrolytes KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - metabolic acidosis KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891416175&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Biological effects of epidermal growth factor, with emphasis on the gastrointestinal tract and liver: an update. AU - Marti, U. AU - Burwen, S. J. AU - Jones, A. L. JO - Hepatology, Baltimore JF - Hepatology, Baltimore Y1 - 1989/// VL - 9 IS - 1 SP - 126 EP - 138 AD - Marti, U.: S.J. Burwen, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cell Biology Section (151E), 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891416533. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 227 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - This review focuses on the many recent developments in research into epidermal growth factor and the gastrointestinal tract and liver. KW - digestive tract KW - Epidermal growth factor KW - liver KW - reviews KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gastrointestinal tract KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891416533&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Dietary lipids and the effect of chronic ethanol ingestion in rat jejunum. AU - Hajjar, J. J. AU - Dobish, M. P. AU - Tomicic, T. K. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1988/// VL - 38 IS - 2 SP - 321 EP - 330 AD - Hajjar, J. J.: Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Newington, CT, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891416585. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 43 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of 34.5% ethanol and varying dietary lipids on the composition of intestinal membrane lipids and changes in passive and active transport across the intestine were studied with 4 groups of 10 to 12 male Sprague-Dawley rats (initially 180 to 185 g) for 7 weeks. Two groups were given ethanol, one with a fat-free diet, the other with 39.6% of the energy as fat; 2 groups were pair-fed controls with fat-free or high-fat diets. Brush border membrane phospholipids were not affected by dietary fat or ethanol but the cholesterol concentration of the membranes and the cholesterol:phospholipid ratio decreased in rats given a high-fat diet with ethanol. Intestinal permeability measured by mannitol absorption increased in all rats given ethanol but more so in rats on the high-fat diet. Active transport measured by α-aminoisobutyric acid uptake across the mucosal border of the rat jejunum increased in all the rats given ethanol but more so in those given a low-fat diet. KW - ethanol KW - fats KW - intake KW - Intestinal mucosa KW - lipids KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - intestine epithelium KW - lipins KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891416585&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Liquid alcohol diets which provide recommended quantities of nutrients for lactation of the rat. AU - Derr, R. F. AU - Draves, K. AU - Rao, G. A. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1988/// VL - 38 IS - 2 SP - 361 EP - 367 AD - Derr, R. F.: Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891416592. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Liquid isoenergetic diets with 0, 17, 20, 26 and 36% alcohol were freely given to 3 generations of female pregnant Sprague-Dawley rats and daily intake was estimated for 21 days. The anorexigenic effect of alcohol decreased in the 17, 20 and 26% alcohol diets compared with the 36% diet. Daily intake of the 20% and 17% alcohol diets by lactating rats increased so that recommended levels of nutrients were ingested to support 8 and 10 young, respectively, and the intake of alcohol per kg body weight significanly increased over that ingested from the 36% alcohol diet. The weaning weight of young from mothers given the 20% alcohol diet equalled and from mothers given the 17% alcohol diet exceeded the standards reported by the USA National Research Council. It is concluded that adequate nutrition can abate the effects of ethanol on lactating rats and their young. KW - ethanol KW - Lactation KW - nutrient requirements KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dietary standards KW - ethyl alcohol KW - food requirements KW - nutritional requirements KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891416592&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Concomitant ingestion of nutrients increases first-pass ethanol metabolism in rats. AU - Derr, R. F. AU - Draves, K. AU - Lindblad, S. JO - Nutrition Research JF - Nutrition Research Y1 - 1989/// VL - 9 IS - 8 SP - 931 EP - 935 SN - 0271-5317 AD - Derr, R. F.: Research Service (151B), Veterans Administration Medical Center, One Veterans Drive, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891416775. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Ethanol (2 g/kg) was given to fed rats concomitantly with nutrients and to food-deprived rats without nutrients. When nutrients were intubated concomitantly with ethanol there was significant first-pass or presystemic ethanol metabolism by gastrointestinal mucosa and the liver. When ethanol was intubated without other nutrients first-pass metabolism was not detectable in deprived rats at this high ethanol dose. Hence, the concomitant ingestion of nutrients with ethanol promotes significant first-pass metabolism of ethanol when ethanol is given in liquid alcohol diets. KW - Ethanol KW - metabolism KW - nutrients KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891416775&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Vitamin prescriptions on a hospital general medical ward: results of a drug utilization review. AU - Benzel, R. A. AU - Lipman, T. O. JO - Journal of Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition JF - Journal of Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition Y1 - 1989/// VL - 13 IS - 3 SP - 262 EP - 264 SN - 0148-6071 AD - Benzel, R. A.: T. O. Lipman, GI-Hepatology-Nutrition Section (151W), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 50 Irving St., NW, Washington, DC 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891421779. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Records of 103 consecutive admissions to a general medical ward during 4 months in a Veterans Administration Medical Center were reviewed. Assessment was made of nutritional state and potential need for supplemental vitamin treatment based on predetermined criteria. Of the 103 patients 35 received one or more vitamin supplements. No patient received unnecessary vitamins as defined by the criteria. However, 48 patients had indicators for vitamin supplementation, but did not receive any. Analysis of data by indication for vitamin treatment revealed 125 indications for vitamin treatment in 83 patients. Of the 125 indications 54 were treated appropriately, but there were no vitamin prescriptions in 71 indicated instances. It is concluded that indicated vitamin supplementation may be underutilized in general medical patients in hospital. KW - patients KW - Vitamin supplements KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891421779&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Oltipraz-induced reduction in schistosomal glucose utilization rates. AU - Cornford, E. M. JO - American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene JF - American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene Y1 - 1988/// VL - 38 IS - 2 SP - 342 EP - 347 SN - 0002-9637 AD - Cornford, E. M.: Southwest Regional VA Epilepsy Cent., Veterans Administration Wadsworth Med. Cent., Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19880848695. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 64224-21-1. Subject Subsets: Helminthology; Tropical Diseases N2 - The rate of phosphorylation of 2-deoxyglucose (2DG) was determined by sequential pulsing of schistosomes (male and female Schistosoma mansoni) with [³H- and 14C]-2-deoxy-D-glucose. The relative phosphorylation rate of 2-[³H]-2DG to 1-[14C]-D-glucose (i.e., the phosphorylation coefficient) was also measured in male and female schistosomes. Even though 2DG is taken up more rapidly than glucose, it is phosphorylated at a much slower rate in S. mansoni. Mated schistosomes phosphorylate 2DG and glucose at a greater rate than do unmated worms. In contrast, the phosphorylation coefficient is greater in separated than mated schistosomes. In schistosomes exposed to oltipraz for short time periods (6 min, at a concentration of 10 µg/ml) glucose utilization rates were significantly reduced in (both mated and separated) female S. mansoni and by a similar magnitude (not significant) in males. KW - Anthelmintics KW - helminths KW - oltipraz KW - parasites KW - Digenea KW - Schistosoma mansoni KW - Trematoda KW - Trematoda KW - Platyhelminthes KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Schistosoma KW - Schistosomatidae KW - Digenea KW - glucose utilization rates KW - oltipraz and glucose utilization KW - parasitic worms KW - Strigeida KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19880848695&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Coccidioidal peritonitis associated with continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis. AU - Ampel, N. M. AU - White, J. D. AU - Varanasi, U. R. AU - Larwood, T. R. AU - Wyck, D. B. van AU - Galgiani, J. N. JO - American Journal of Kidney Diseases JF - American Journal of Kidney Diseases Y1 - 1988/// VL - 11 IS - 6 SP - 512 EP - 514 SN - 0272-6386 AD - Ampel, N. M.: Med. Serv. (III), Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Tucson, AZ 85723, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881201170. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Three cases of peritonitis due to Coccidioides immitis are reported in patients receiving continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis (CAPD). The patients, a 31-yr-old woman, a 40-yr-old man and a 75-yr-old man, all had a previous history of pulmonary coccidioidomycosis, failed to respond to therapy directed at bacteria and had an excess number of eosinophils in the peritoneal fluid. C. immitis was isolated from peritoneal fluid in all cases and from purulent material from the small bowel wall in one case. Catheter removal and treatment with amphotericin B, and amphotericin B followed by ketoconazole was effective in 2 patients, while the third died after refusing further dialysis therapy, despite successful amphotericin B treatment. It is concluded that coccidioidal peritonitis during CAPD is a localized form of extrapulmonary coccidioidomycosis that has a relatively benign course once the peritoneal catheter is removed. KW - dialysis KW - hosts KW - infections KW - peritoneum KW - predisposition KW - Arizona KW - USA KW - Coccidioides immitis KW - man KW - Coccidioides KW - Onygenaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - Mountain States of USA KW - Western States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - Southwestern States of USA KW - fungus KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881201170&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Susceptibility of yeast-like fungi to a new antifungal agent, LY 121019. AU - Bulo, A. N. AU - Bradley, S. F. AU - Kauffman, C. A. JO - Mycoses JF - Mycoses Y1 - 1988/// VL - 31 IS - 6 SP - 330 EP - 333 SN - 0933-7407 AD - Bulo, A. N.: C. A. Kauffman, Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Ann Arbor, MI 48105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881201187. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: German. Number of References: 6 ref. Registry Number: 79404-91-4. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - LY121019 [cilofungin], an analogue of echinocandin B, was tested for activity against 200 clinical isolates of Candida and other yeast-like fungi, by determining min. inhibitory and fungicidal concn. The new agent had greatest inhibitory effect on C. albicans and C. tropicalis. C. [Torulopsis] glabrata, C. parapsilosis, C. krusei, C. kefyr, C. guilliermondii and C. stellatoidea were not as sensitive. The majority of isolates of Cryptococcus neoformans, C. albidus, C. laurentii, Rhodotorula rubra, R. glutinis , Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Trichosporon beigelii and Geotrichum sp. were not susceptible to cilofungin. KW - antifungal agents KW - antifungal properties KW - cilofungin KW - Blastodendrion arztii KW - Candida acidothermophilum KW - Candida albicans KW - Candida glabrata KW - Candida kefyr KW - Candida parapsilosis KW - Candida tropicalis KW - Cryptococcus albidus KW - Cryptococcus laurentii KW - Cryptococcus neoformans KW - Geotrichum KW - Rhodotorula glutinis KW - Rhodotorula mucilaginosa KW - Saccharomyces cerevisiae KW - Saccharomycetaceae KW - Trichosporon beigelii KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Cryptococcus (Fungi) KW - Tremellaceae KW - Tremellales KW - Tremellomycetes KW - Agaricomycotina KW - Basidiomycota KW - Dipodascaceae KW - Rhodotorula KW - Sporidiobolales KW - Microbotryomycetes KW - Pucciniomycotina KW - Saccharomyces KW - Saccharomycetaceae KW - Torulopsis KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Trichosporon KW - Trichosporonaceae KW - Blastodendrion KW - anti-fungal properties KW - Candida guilliermondii KW - Candida krusei KW - Candida stellatoidea KW - fungicidal properties KW - fungistats KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - Rhodotorula rubra KW - Torulopsis glabrata KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881201187&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fat pad triacylglycerol fatty acid loss and oxidation as indices of total body triacylglycerol fatty acid mobilization and oxidation in starving mice. AU - Lyon, I. AU - Ookhtens, M. AU - Montisano, D. AU - Baker, N. JO - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, L (Lipid and Lipid Metabolism) JF - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, L (Lipid and Lipid Metabolism) Y1 - 1988/// VL - 958 IS - 2 SP - 188 EP - 198 AD - Lyon, I.: Liver Research Lab., Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center (691/151N), Building 115, Room 316, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881405958. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Adipose triacylglycerol fatty acids were labelled with [1-14C]palmitate (complexed to albumin) by injection of a small bolus (2 to 5 μl) into epididymal or inguinal fat pad of mice. [14C]Triacylglycerol fatty acid specific activity and breath 14CO2 specific activity were monitored 30 min after tracer injection and after 24 to 72 h of starvation. Adipose triacylglycerol fatty acid specific activity remained about constant during starvation, i.e., tracer and mass disappeared at similar rates. Negligible translocation of labelled triacylglycerol fatty acid from the injection site to other parts of the same fat pad or to distant fat pads occurred. Triacylglycerol fatty acid was mobilized more slowly from epididymal than from inguinal fat pads in 2 of 3 studies. Triacylglycerol fatty acid disappearance (loss) from inguinal fat pads was more replicable than from epididymal fat pads and more closely reflected the fall in whole-body total lipid during starvation. The estimated percentage of breath CO2-carbon derived from adipose triacylglycerol fatty acid increased from on average about 32% in the postabsorptive state to about 77% after 48 h of starvation. KW - adipose tissue KW - metabolism KW - Starvation KW - TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - triglycerides KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881405958&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Rats breed normally when adequate nutrients are ingested simultaneously with ethanol. AU - Derr, R. F. AU - Draves, K. JO - Medical Science Research JF - Medical Science Research Y1 - 1988/// VL - 16 IS - 1 SP - 33 EP - 34 SN - 0269-8951 AD - Derr, R. F.: Research Service (151B), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881406050. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Compared with rats given liquid stock diets (controls) breeding performance was not affected by giving: 4-day pregnant rats (F0 generation) diets containing 26% ethanol during pregnancy; F1 generation, diets containing 26% ethanol during growth, breeding and pregnancy and 20% ethanol during lactation; or F2 generation, diets containing 26% ethanol during growth, breeding and pregnancy and 17% ethanol during lactation. As long as nutrient requirements of pregnant and lactating rats are provided up to 26% ethanol in diets does not affect reproductive system of male and female rats. KW - Ethanol KW - intake KW - loads KW - nutrients KW - reproduction KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881406050&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Vagotomy and antrectomy impairs canine fat absorption from solid but not liquid dietary sources. AU - Doty, J. E. AU - Meyer, J. H. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 94 IS - 1 SP - 50 EP - 56 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Doty, J. E.: 111G, Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, 16111 Plummer Street, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881406247. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Mid-intestine fistulae were placed in 13 dogs; 7 were controls and 6 had concurrent vagotomy and antrectomy. To label solid fat, livers of live chickens were labelled with intravenous [14C]triolein and [³H]glycerol triether, an absorbable and non-absorbable fat label, respectively. For the liquid fat label, the markers were mixed with margarine. A standard meal of steak, liver, bread, margarine and water, with liver or margarine fat labelled, was given and the mid-intestine effluent was sieved and centrifuged to obtain 4 phases: large particles (>0.5 mm), small particles (<0.5 mm), aqueous and oil. The ratio of 14C to ³H in each fraction was used to estimate how much fat was absorbed from each phase of chyme. With liver fat labelled, 48.3 ± 8.1% of the [³H]glycerol triether remained in large particles after vagotomy and antrectomy compared with 3.1 ± 1.0% in controls at mid-intestine. After vagotomy and antrectomy, more than half of the liver fat (solid fat) was malabsorbed (57.1 ± 6.5 compared with 23.1 ± 6.6% malabsorbed for controls), whereas fat absorption from margarine (liquid fat) was not reduced compared with controls (8.8 ± 2.5 compared with 13.6 ± 5.5% malabsorbed). KW - Fat absorption KW - poultry KW - vagotomy KW - dogs KW - fowls KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Gallus gallus KW - Gallus KW - Phasianidae KW - Galliformes KW - birds KW - antrectomy KW - chickens KW - domesticated birds KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881406247&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cholesterol-lowering effects of psyllium hydrophilic mucilloid for hypercholesterolemic men. AU - Anderson, J. W. AU - Zettwoch, N. AU - Feldman, T. AU - Tietyen-Clark, J. AU - Oeltgen, P. AU - Bishop, C. W. JO - Archives of Internal Medicine JF - Archives of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1988/// VL - 148 IS - 2 SP - 292 EP - 296 SN - 0003-9926 AD - Anderson, J. W.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cooper Drive (111C), Lexington, KY 40511, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881406516. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 53 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of psyllium hydrophilic mucilloid on serum cholesterol was studied in 26 men with mild to moderate hypercholesterolaemia (range of cholesterol 4.86 to 8.12 mmol/litre [188 to 314 mg/100 ml]) in a double-blind placebo-controlled parallel study. After a 2-week baseline period, subjects were treated for 8 weeks with 3.4 g psyllium or cellulose placebo at mealtimes (3 doses daily). All maintained their usual diets, which provided less than 300 mg cholesterol daily and about 20% of energy from protein, 40% from carbohydrate and 40% from fat. Treatment with psyllium for 8 weeks reduced serum total cholesterol by 14.8, low-density lipoprotein (LDL) cholesterol by 20.2 and the ratio of LDL cholesterol to high-density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol by 14.8% relative to baseline values. The reductions in total cholesterol and LDL cholesterol became progressively larger with time and this trend seemed to be continuing at the eighth week. Psyllium treatment did not affect body weight, blood pressure or serum HDL cholesterol, triglycerides, glucose, iron or zinc. No significant change in serum lipid, body weight, blood pressure or other serum values was observed with placebo treatment. Subject adherence to psyllium treatment was excellent and no adverse effects were observed. KW - Hypercholesterolaemia KW - Mucilages KW - treatment KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hypercholesterinemia KW - hypercholesterolemia KW - psyllium hydrophilic mucilloid KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881406516&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Regulation of biliary protein secretion in dogs. AU - Rotolo, F. S. AU - Watters, C. R. AU - Xu, H. AU - Quarfordt, S. H. AU - Meyers, W. C. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine, USA JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine, USA Y1 - 1988/// VL - 187 IS - 2 SP - 149 EP - 156 AD - Rotolo, F. S.: Dep. Surgery, Duke Univ. Medical Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Durham, NC 27710, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881406554. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The biliary secretion of protein in response to bile acids and other agents known to increase bile flow was examined in a chronic bile fistula dog model. Infusion of sodium taurocholate 25, 50 or 75 μmol/kg h after 3 h of bile fistulization increased biliary protein output significantly by 52, 86 and 108%, respectively. A proportionate increase in biliary albumin output during taurocholate choleresis was shown. Protein outputs during bile fistulization without taurocholate replacement were unchanged. The non-micelle-forming bile acid dehydrocholate markedly increased bile flow but did not change protein output. Similarly, glucagon and secretin caused significant decreases in biliary protein concentration but no change in protein output. The data indicate a correlation between biliary protein secretion and bile acid-dependent bile flow. It is likely that regulation of certain proteins is dependent on the micelle-forming properties of bile acids. KW - bile KW - bile acids KW - Protein secretion KW - roles KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gall KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881406554&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Idiopathic chronic constipation is associated with decreased colonic vasoactive intestinal peptide. AU - Koch, T. R. AU - Carney, J. A. AU - Go, L. AU - Go, V. L. W. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 94 IS - 2 SP - 300 EP - 310 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Koch, T. R.: Gastrointestinal Section, III-C, Zablocki Veterans Administration Medical Center, 5000 West National Ave., Milwaukee, WI 53295, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881406888. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 44 ref. Registry Number: 37221-79-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To investigate the reported association between idiopathic chronic constipation and morphological abnormalities of enteric nerves, vasoactive intestinal peptide (VIP), peptide histidine-methionine, substance P, methionine5-enkephalin, neuropeptide Y and the bombesin-like intestinal peptides were estimated in descending colon from 4 patients with idiopathic chronic constipation. Decreased concentrations of VIP (707 ± 112 ng/g wet tissue) and peptide histidine-methionine (543 ± 58 ng/g) were found in the muscularis externa obtained from constipated patients compared with normal concentrations (40 patients) 1199 ± 47 ng/g and 815 ± 45 ng/g. VIP was identified by immunocytochemistry in nerve fibres within the circular smooth muscle layer of descending colon obtained from 6 control patients, but not in nerve fibres within the circular smooth muscle of descending colon from 3 patients with idiopathic chronic constipation. The distribution of immunoreactive methionine5-enkephalin was similar in normal descending colon and in descending colon from patients with idiopathic chronic constipation. Decreased colonic concentrations of VIP may be associated with diminution of inhibitory innervation of colonic circular smooth muscle in some patients with idiopathic chronic constipation. KW - colon KW - Constipation KW - vasoactive intestinal peptide KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881406888&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Regulation of gastric somatostatin secretion in the mouse by luminal acidity: a local feedback mechanism. AU - Schubert, M. L. AU - Edwards, N. F. AU - Makhlouf, G. M. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 94 IS - 2 SP - 317 EP - 322 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Schubert, M. L.: McGuire Veterans Administration Hospital, Division of Gastroenterology (111N), 1201 Broad Rock Road, Richmond, VA 23249, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881406890. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 51110-01-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The study was designed to determine whether somatostatin secretion induced by histamine or pentagastrin in the isolated luminally perfused mouse stomach was a direct effect of the secretagogues on gastric somatostatin cells or an indirect effect mediated by the increase in luminal acidity. Perfusion of the lumen with exogenous acid (80 to 480 nmol/min) caused an increase in somatostatin secretion in proportion to the increase in luminal acidity. The increase in somatostatin secretion was resistant to tetrodotoxin and attained a maximum (61.6 ± 8.7% above baseline) similar to that elicited by maximum doses of secretagogues. Neutralization of basal acid secretion with bicarbonate (20 to 160 nmol/min) caused a decrease in somatostatin secretion in proportion to the decrease in luminal acidity. Neutralization of the secretagogue-induced increments in acid secretion with bicarbonate or inhibition of the increments with cimetidine abolished the corresponding increments in somatostatin secretion. It is proposed that acid-induced release of somatostatin in proximity to parietal cells serves as a negative feedback mechanism restraining acid secretion. KW - regulation KW - secretions KW - Somatostatin KW - stomach KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881406890&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Somatostatin may not be a hormonal messenger of fat-induced inhibition of gastric functions. AU - Mogard, M. H. AU - Maxwell, V. AU - Wong, H. AU - Reedy, T. J. AU - Sytnik, B. AU - Walsh, J. H. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 94 IS - 2 SP - 405 EP - 408 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Mogard, M. H.: CURE, Building 115, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881406893. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Registry Number: 51110-01-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To evaluate somatostatin as a hormonal inhibitor of gastric functions 7 healthy men 31 to 52 years old were studied on 6 separate days. Peptone meal-stimulated gastric acid secretion was estimated by intragastric titration for 2 h and gastric emptying was estimated with a dye-dilatation technique. The effect of intravenous somatostatin 0, 12.5, 50, 100 and 200 pmol/kg h was investigated and related to the effect of 100 ml vegetable oil given intragastrically. Plasma somatostatin-like immunoreactivity was increased during intravenous administration of somatostatin 100 and 200 pmol/kg h, whereas no increase was detected in response to the oil. Somatostatin infusion at 100 and 200 pmol/kg h significantly inhibited acid secretion by 25 and 65%, and the oil reduced acid output by 41%. Somatostatin at 100 and 200 pmol/kg h increased gastric emptying, whereas the oil inhibited gastric emptying. The observations suggest that somatostatin may not be an important hormonal messenger of fat-induced inhibition of acid secretion or gastric emptying. KW - Gastric acid KW - secretions KW - somatostatin KW - Stomach emptying KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881406893&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Ammonia production from intraluminal amino acids in canine jejunum. AU - Weber, F. L., Jr. AU - Friedman, D. W. AU - Fresard, K. M. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 254 IS - 2,I SP - G264 EP - G268 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Weber, F. L., Jr.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Case Western Reserve Univ. School of Medicine, Cleveland, OH 44106, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881406910. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Dietary protein increases blood ammonia when hepatic metabolic function is impaired. To determine whether individual luminal amino acids are metabolized to ammonia by the jejunum during the process of absorption, anaesthetized dogs deprived of food for 24 h had a cannula inserted into the mesenteric vein draining a segment of the jejunum and the ends of the segment were ligated to isolate its blood flow. Ammonia and amino acids were estimated in luminal fluid as well as arterial and mesenteric venous blood. One of 6 amino acids (10 mM) was luminally perfused for a 15-min equilibration period and two 15-min collection periods; the results were compared with those in control periods that preceded and followed the amino acid perfusion. Alanine, leucine and glutamine significantly increased ammonia release into mesenteric venous blood by 37, 42 and 106%, respectively, whereas threonine, serine and glycine had no effect. Net jejunal uptake of glutamine from arterial blood, which accounts for ammonia release by the jejunum in the basal state, was not altered by perfusions other than with glutamine. Luminal glycine perfusion also caused an increased release of serine into mesenteric venous blood and alanine perfusion increased the release of glutamate. Glutamine perfusion caused increased release of glutamate, alanine, proline and citrulline. The results indicate that some, but not all, luminal amino acids are partly metabolized to ammonia during the process of absorption in the small intestine. KW - amino acids KW - Jejunum KW - metabolism KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881406910&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intestinal zinc transport: influence of streptozotocin-induced diabetes, insulin and arachidonic acid. AU - Song, M. K. AU - Mooradian, A. D. JO - Life Sciences JF - Life Sciences Y1 - 1988/// VL - 42 IS - 6 SP - 687 EP - 694 SN - 0024-3205 AD - Song, M. K.: Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881407292. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 506-32-1, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The influence of arachidonic acid (AA) on the zinc flux rates of jejunal segments, isolated from streptozotocin-induced diabetic rats injected with saline or insulin, was studied using an Ussing chamber technique. Although the Zn flux rates from mucosa-to-serosa (Jms) of normal rats were inhibited by addition of 5 μM AA to the jejunal segment bathing medium (46.4 ± 5.0 and 32.6 ± 4.3 nmol/h cm²), AA had no effect on the Jms of diabetic rats with or without insulin treatment. Induction of diabetes also significantly reduced Jms (46.4 ± 5.0 and 22.1 ± 4.9 nmol/h cm²), but 3-day insulin treatment did not reverse that effect (29.2 ± 5.1 nmol/h cm²). Addition of AA to the serosal side did not significantly affect the Zn flux rate from serosa-to-mucosa (Jsm) in control, diabetic or diabetic rats treated with insulin. The net Zn absorption rate (Jnet) of jejunal segments was decreased in diabetic rats compared with controls (13.2 ± 3.0 and -0.7 ± 2.1 nmol/h cm²), but return of blood glucose to normal with 3-day insulin treatment did not increase Jnet. Addition of AA was associated with a tendency to increase Zn uptake capacity. That change reached statistical significance in insulin-treated diabetic rats. Short-circuit current (Isc) for diabetic rats was increased compared with controls but addition of AA to the mucosal side bathing medium decreased Isc in all groups. KW - absorption KW - arachidonic acid KW - experimental diabetes KW - Zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - eicosatetraenoic acid KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881407292&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of acute reversal of experimentally-induced ketoacidosis with sodium bicarbonate on the plasma concentrations of phosphorus and potassium. AU - Oster, J. R. AU - Alpert, H. C. AU - Rodriguez, G. R. AU - Vaamonde, C. A. JO - Life Sciences JF - Life Sciences Y1 - 1988/// VL - 42 IS - 7 SP - 811 EP - 819 SN - 0024-3205 AD - Oster, J. R.: Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami, FL, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881407295. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 7723-14-0, 7440-09-7, 144-55-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To determine if ketoacidosis per se, or its reversal with NaHCO3, predisposes to hypophosphataemia, 6 conditioned dogs were infused for 2 h with β-hydroxybutyric acid 3.0 mmol/kg body weight h, followed by NaHCO3 1.5 mmol/kg h for 2 h. Acid infusion caused moderate decrements in blood pH and [HCO3], a 23 ± 4% increase in plasma [P], and a 15 ± 3% decrease in plasma [K]. NaHCO3 administration returned blood pH and [HCO3] values to or slightly above baseline. Plasma [P] decreased, but not below baseline, whereas plasma [K] remained below baseline, and underwent an additional small decline. KW - blood KW - Ketoacidosis KW - phosphorus KW - potassium KW - sodium bicarbonate KW - treatment KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881407295&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - 19-Nordeoxycorticosterone excretion in male and female inbred salt-sensitive (S/JR) and salt-resistant (R/JR) Dahl rats. AU - Gomez-Sanchez, E. P. AU - Gomez-Sanchez, C. E. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 122 IS - 3 SP - 1110 EP - 1113 AD - Gomez-Sanchez, E. P.: James A. Haley Veterans Administration Medical Center, 13000 Bruce B. Downs Blvd., VAH 111M, Tampa, FL 33612, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881407490. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 56-47-3, 64-85-7, 808-48-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats were selectively bred for susceptibility (S) and resistance (R) to the hypertensinogenic effects of excess salt intake by Dahl and further inbred to virtual homozygosity by Rapp (S/JR and R/JR). The S strain has a mutation of the cytochrome P-450-dependent 11β,18-hydroxylase resulting in greater production of 18-hydroxydeoxycorticosterone (18-OH-DOC) than that of the R strain. This enzyme is also responsible for the hydroxylation of deoxycorticosterone at the 19 position to produce 19-hydroxydeoxycorticosterone. The excretion of 19-nor-deoxycorticosterone (19-nor-DOC) is greater in S/JR females than in R/JR females taking a diet high in sodium. Although the S/JR rat is spontaneously hypertensive, the course of the disease is accelerated and exacerbated by a diet high in Na. If 19-nor-DOC is responsible for the spontaneous hypertension in the S/JR rat, then its production should also be higher in the S/JR rat on a diet normal in salt. The excretion should be even higher when not suppressed by a diet high in Na. The excretions of corticosterone and 18-OH-DOC were significantly higher by S/JR of both sexes than by R/JR on a diet normal in Na, with the excretion by female rats being higher than that by male rats within the same strain. Order of excretion rates of 19-nor-DOC was: S/JR females > R/JR females > S/JR males > R/JR male rats. Whereas S/JR rats of both sexes develop higher blood pressures than the R/JR even on a standard salt intake, the excretion of 19-nor-DOC is not correlated well with their blood pressure elevation, as the normotensive female R/JR rat excretes significantly more 19-nor-DOC than does the hypertensive male S/JR rat. KW - blood pressure KW - DESOXYCORTONE KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - deoxycorticosterone KW - deoxycortone KW - DOCA KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881407490&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - CNS peptides and regulation of gastric acid secretion. AU - Taché, Y. JO - Annual Review of Physiology JF - Annual Review of Physiology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 50 SP - 19 EP - 39 SN - 0066-4278 AD - Taché, Y.: Center for Ulcer Research and Education, Veterans' Administration Medical Center, Univ. California, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881407566. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 131 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Recent advances in the elucidation of brain sites, mechanisms of action and possible physiological roles of neuropeptides in the regulation of gastric secretion are reviewed. KW - Gastric acid KW - peptides KW - reviews KW - secretions KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881407566&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Peptides as regulators of gastric acid secretion. AU - Walsh, J. H. JO - Annual Review of Physiology JF - Annual Review of Physiology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 50 SP - 41 EP - 63 SN - 0066-4278 AD - Walsh, J. H.: Center for Ulcer Research and Education, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Univ. California, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881407568. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 193 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The role of gastrin as a stimulatory hormone, the regulation of gastrin synthesis and release, and the inhibitory effects of somatostatin and other peptides on acid secretion and gastrin release are reviewed. KW - Gastric acid KW - peptides KW - reviews KW - secretions KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881407568&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Relationship between distention and absorption in rat intestine. 1. Effect of luminal volume on the morphology of the absorbing surface. AU - Harris, M. S. AU - Kennedy, J. G. AU - Siegesmund, K. A. AU - Yorde, D. E. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 94 IS - 5,I SP - 1164 EP - 1171 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Harris, M. S.: Gastroenterology Section, 111C, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 5000 West National Ave., Milwaukee, WI 53295, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881408074. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Distention of the intestinal lumen may increase intestinal absorption by augmenting absorptive surface area. Methods were developed for rapidly freezing and fixing intestinal segments in situ in the non-distended or distended state. Distention caused a reduction in villus height (309.2 ± 9.9 to 230.7 ± 11.8 μm) and a marked increase in the width of intervillus space in the transverse (50.4 ± 4.8 to 298.0 ± 24.8 μm) and longitudinal (15.2 ± 3.4 to 76.0 ± 10.6 μm) dimensions. There was no absolute change in total mucosal surface area. The changes in morphology occurred instantaneously, were entirely reversible and were demonstrated at pressures that occur spontaneously in the mammalian intestine. The studies demonstrate that luminal distention results in alterations in intestinal histology that promote increased access of luminal contents to intervillus transport sites in the intestine in vivo. The resulting alterations could cause an increase in functional rather than absolute absorptive surface area. KW - Intestines KW - morphology KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881408074&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Relationship between distention and absorption in rat intestine. 2. Effects of volume and flow rate on transport. AU - Harris, M. S. AU - Kennedy, J. G. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 94 IS - 5,I SP - 1172 EP - 1179 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Harris, M. S.: Gastroenterology Section, 111C, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 5000 West National Ave., Milwaukee, WI 53295, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881408075. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 47 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Intestinal solute absorption may be enhanced with increasing intraluminal volume and flow rate, perhaps because of increases in functional absorptive surface area or perturbation of unstirred layers. Single-pass perfusions of rat ileum, made by simultaneously infusing and withdrawing at equal rates, were used to determine the separate effects of volume and flow rate on solute absorption at pressures between 3.0 and 12.5 cmH2O. Distention increased the absorption of passive probes (³H2O, urea), had no effect on the absorption of solutes transported by carrier mechanisms (D-glucose, L-alanine) and decreased the net absorption of sodium and water whenever intraluminal pressure exceeded 10 cmH2O. Increasing flow rate enhanced the absorption of glucose and ³H2O. The effects of increasing flow rate and distention on ³H2O were not additive. In the presence of higher filling volume, faster flow rate caused no further increases in ³H2O absorption; at faster flow rate, no further increases in ³H2O absorption were noted when luminal volume was increased. KW - Absorption KW - transit time KW - volume KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881408075&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastroduodenal regulation of common duct bile flow in the dog. AU - Mochinaga, N. AU - Sarna, S. K. AU - Condon, R. E. AU - Dodds, W. J. AU - Matsumoto, T. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 94 IS - 3 SP - 755 EP - 761 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Mochinaga, N.: S.K. Sarna, Zablocki Veterans Administration Medical Center, Surgical Research 151, 5000 West National Ave., Milwaukee, WI 53295, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881408193. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The relation between the entry of individual drops of bile into the duodenum and gastroduodenal motor activity in the food-deprived state in 10 conscious dogs was studied. The common bile duct was transected and a catheter was inserted through each end. The exteriorized catheters were connected to a photometric drop-flow meter. During phase III activity, bile entered the duodenum in single drops, only in between 2 consecutive contractions or as a series of drops during transient inhibition of duodenal contractions by antral phase III contractions. During phase II activity bile also entered the duodenum, usually in between contractions or when the duodenum was intermittently quiescent. Bile entered the duodenum during a duodenal contraction only when the contraction amplitude was less than 15 ± 1% (mean ± s.e.) of the maximum amplitude during phase III contractions. Bile flow into the duodenum showed a cyclic pattern with a peak during late duodenal phase II activity and a trough during duodenal phase I activity only when phase III activity originated in the duodenum and migrated caudad. There was no cyclic pattern of bile flow when phase III activity originated in the proximal jejunum and migrated caudad. Total volume of bile flow in a migrating motor complex cycle and bile flow rate were greater when phase III activity started in the proximal jejunum than when it started in the duodenum. KW - Bile KW - duodenum KW - flow KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gall KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881408193&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Secretagogue-induced enzyme release from the exocrine pancreas of rats following adaptation to a high protein diet. AU - Dubick, M. A. AU - Majumdar, A. P. N. AU - Kaysen, G. A. AU - Burbige, E. J. AU - Geokas, M. C. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1988/// VL - 118 IS - 3 SP - 305 EP - 310 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Dubick, M. A.: Enzymology Research Lab., Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881408285. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 44 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Secretagogue-induced release of digestive enzymes from dispersed pancreatic acini and the concentrations of those enzymes in serum and pancreas after adaptation to a high-protein diet were studied. Adult rats were fed to appetite on an 8.5% casein diet. After 14 days the rats were divided into 3 groups and fed on isoenergetic diets constituting 8.5, 24 or 40% protein for an additional 6 days. There were no significant differences in final body weight or pancreatic weight among the groups. Rats adapted to the 40% protein diet showed significantly higher trypsin and chymotrypsin activity in pancreatic homogenates than did rats fed on the 8.5% protein diet. The changes in pancreatic enzyme content were not reflected in serum. Pancreatic acini isolated from the 8.5% protein group showed a markedly reduced responsiveness to cholecystokinin (CCK-8), secretin- and carbachol-induced enzyme release compared with the other 2 dietary groups, although basal enzyme release was the same in all groups. The results indicate that the secretion of pancreatic enzymes after a physiological stimulus is affected by a low-protein, high-carbohydrate diet. KW - enzymes KW - Pancreas KW - protein intake KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881408285&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Role of carnitine in human nutrition. AU - Feller, A. G. AU - Rudman, D. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1988/// VL - 118 IS - 5 SP - 541 EP - 547 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Feller, A. G.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, North Chicago, IL 60064, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881408319. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 59 ref. Registry Number: 461-06-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Carnitine has a physiologically indispensable function in mitochondrial fatty acid oxidation, but it is nutritionally dispensable in healthy adults in conventional environments because of their adequate endogenous synthetic capacity. Several clinical circumstances have been described that either increase tissue requirements for carnitine or diminish the synthetic capacity and that, therefore, may tend to create a nutritional dependence. Requirement is increased by rapid growth (in infancy, or during rehabilitation from protein-energy malnutrition), pregnancy, lactation, metabolic acidosis, certain drugs excreted in acidic form, renal dialysis and renal tubular disorders. Synthetic capacity is reduced by undernutrition for protein, iron, vitamin C, niacin or vitamin B-6 and by prematurity and infancy. Diets containing little or no carnitine include vegetarian diets and the synthetic diets widely used in paediatric and adult medicine. When patients with increased carnitine requirements or impaired synthetic capacity are exposed to low carnitine diets, the potential for carnitine depletion arises; several such examples are discussed. The case of valproic acid-induced hypocarnitinaemia and recent findings in experimental animals raise the possibility of a widespread role of carnitine in the metabolism of foreign acidic compounds. KW - Carnitine KW - reviews KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881408319&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Resistance to insulin-stimulated-glucose uptake in patients with hypertension. AU - Shen, D. C. AU - Shieh, S. M. AU - Fuh, M. M. T. AU - Wu, D. A. AU - Chen, Y. D. I. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1988/// VL - 66 IS - 3 SP - 580 EP - 583 SN - 0021-972X AD - Shen, D. C.: G.M. Reaven, Veterans Administration, GRECC 182B, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94305, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881408442. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Plasma glucose and insulin responses to a glucose challenge and insulin-stimulated glucose uptake were estimated in 24 age-, weight- and sex-matched Chinese men (8 with normal blood pressure, 8 with untreated hypertension and 8 patients with hypertension treated with thiazide and β-adrenergic antagonist drugs). Plasma glucose and insulin concentrations were estimated before and at 30-min intervals for 2 h after a 75-g oral glucose dose. Insulin-stimulated glucose uptake was estimated by measuring the steady-state plasma glucose (SSPG) and insulin (SSPI) concentrations achieved during the last 60 min of A 180-min continuous infusion of somatostatin, insulin and glucose (insulin suppression test). In those conditions endogenous insulin secretion was suppressed, and similar SSPI concentrations were achieved in all men; the differences in the resultant SSPG concentrations allowed direct comparison of the ability of insulin to stimulate disposal of an identical glucose load in different people. Results indicated that the men with hypertension, treated or untreated, had significantly increased plasma glucose and insulin responses to the oral glucose dose compared with the normal men. Mean (± s.e.) SSPG concentrations were also higher in the men with untreated hypertension (219 ± 9 mg/100 ml) or treated hypertension (211 ± 18 mg/100 ml) than in the normal men (134 ± 13 mg/100 ml). As the mean SSPI concentrations were similar in the 3 groups (about 70 μU/ml) insulin was less effective in promoting glucose disposal in both groups with hypertension. KW - blood KW - blood sugar KW - Hypertension KW - insulin KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood glucose KW - glucose in blood KW - high blood pressure KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881408442&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Spontaneous passage of glass beads from the canine gallbladder: facilitation by sphincterotomy. AU - Hutton, S. W. AU - Sievert, C. E., Jr. AU - Vennes, J. A. AU - Shafer, R. B. AU - Duane, W. C. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 94 IS - 4 SP - 1031 EP - 1035 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Hutton, S. W.: W.C. Duane, GI Section (111D), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 54th Street and 48th Ave. South, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881408540. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To investigate the mechanism by which ablation of the sphincter of Oddi prevents gallstone formation, the passage of glass beads out of the gall bladders of dogs with sphincterotomy and sham sphincterotomy was assessed. One month after bead implantation, dogs with an intact sphincter passed 52, 26, 22, 10, 0 and 0% of beads with diameters of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 8 mm, respectively. For the same respective bead diameters, dogs with a sphincterotomy passed 90, 90, 88, 75, 75 and 42% of beads. No beads were present in the common bile duct of any dog. In separate dogs studied by cholescintigraphy, sphincterotomy significantly increased gall bladder ejection fraction from 0.46 to 0.76. Sphincterotomy decreased resting gall bladder volume from 24.4 to 15.8 ml and cholecystokinin-stimulated gall bladder volume from 13.3 to 5.9 ml. The results indicate that even with an intact sphincter, small solids can pass from the gall bladder and into the duodenum. Sphincterotomy facilitates passage of solids, apparently by general improvement in gall bladder emptying. Facilitated passage of crystals, microliths or small stones seems the most likely explanation for prevention of gallstone formation by sphincterotomy. KW - Biliary calculi KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gallstones KW - sphincterotomy KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881408540&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Human postprandial gastric emptying of 1-3-millimeter spheres. AU - Meyer, J. H. AU - Elashoff, J. AU - Porter-Fink, V. AU - Dressman, J. AU - Amidon, G. L. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 94 IS - 6 SP - 1315 EP - 1325 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Meyer, J. H.: 111G, Veterans Administration Hospital, 16111 Plummer Street, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881408553. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Microspheres of pancreatin should empty from the stomach of patients with pancreatic insufficiency as fast as does food. The size of spheres that would empty from the stomach with food and whether different meals alter this size were studied in 26 healthy persons. Spheres of predefined sizes were labelled with 113mIn or 99mTc. Using a γ-camera, the concurrent gastric emptying of spheres labelled with 113mIn and of chicken liver labelled with 99mTc was studied with meals of 100 g and 154 kcal or 420 g and 919 kcal, or the concurrent emptying of 1-mm compared with emptying of larger spheres. Spheres of 1 mm emptied consistently faster than spheres of 2.4 or 3.2 mm when ingested together with the 420- or 100-g meals. Thus, in the range of diameters, sphere size was a more important determinant of sphere emptying than was meal size. Spheres 1.4 ± 0.3 mm in diameter with a density of 1 empty at the same rate as [99mTc]liver. Some commercially marketed microspheres of pancreatin will empty too slowly to be effective in digestion of food. KW - Stomach emptying KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881408553&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Detection of a protein-acetaldehyde adduct in the liver of rats fed alcohol chronically. AU - Lin, R. C. AU - Smith, R. S. AU - Lumeng, L. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1988/// VL - 81 IS - 2 SP - 615 EP - 619 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Lin, R. C.: Medical Research (151), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1481 West 10th Street, Indianapolis, IN 46202, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881408688. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The formation in vivo of a protein-acetaldehyde adduct (protein-AA) in liver when rats were given alcohol chronically is reported. This chemically modified protein was demonstrated by electroimmunotransblot technique and with rabbit polyclonal antibodies that recognize acetaldehyde adduct as an epitope (i.e., anti-haemocyanin-AA IgG and anti-myoglobin-AA IgG). It has a molecular weight of 37 000. It was detected in the liver of rats given the alcohol-containing American Institute of Nutrition 1976 liquid diet for only 1 week. As the protein profiles of soluble hepatic proteins from alcohol-fed and control rats were identical on sodium dodecyl sulphate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, the peroxidase-positive band demonstrated by electroimmunotransblot was most likely not a new protein synthesized de novo. Borohydride reduction was not necessary to stabilize this protein-AA. Intraperitoneal injections of ethanol (2 g/kg body weight) at 8-h intervals to rats during 24 h did not produce any detectable protein-AA in the liver. Incubation of the liver homogenate from a control liver with acetaldehyde without sodium cyanoborohydride for 4 h also did not generate any protein-AA. Therefore, the formation of the protein-AA is dependent on chronic alcohol consumption. KW - alcohols KW - Liver KW - Proteins KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881408688&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Characterization of insulin-like growth factor I receptors in the median eminence of the brain and their modulation by food restriction. AU - Bohannon, N. J. AU - Corp, E. S. AU - Wilcox, B. J. AU - Figlewicz, D. P. AU - Dorsa, D. M. AU - Baskin, D. G. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 122 IS - 5 SP - 1940 EP - 1947 AD - Bohannon, N. J.: D.G. Baskin, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Endocrinology/Metabolism (151), 1660 South Columbian Way, Seattle, WA 98108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881408901. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Adult male Sprague-Dawley rats were restricted to 75% of free food intake for 14 days. Plasma immunoreactive insulin-like growth factor I (IGF-I) decreased to 0.9 ± 0.1 U/ml from 2.6 ± 0.5 U/ml in controls fed freely. Binding of 125I-labelled [Thr59]IGF-I (an IGF-I analogue identical to natural human IGF-I, except that threonine replaces methionine at position 59) in the median eminence of the brain was significantly increased in food-restricted rats, primarily as a result of an increase in the concentration of iodo-[Thr59]IGF-I binding sites in the median eminence. KW - brain KW - Food intake KW - growth factors KW - receptors KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cerebrum KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881408901&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Insulin-like effects of vanadate in isolated rat adipocytes. AU - Duckworth, W. C. AU - Solomon, S. S. AU - Liepnieks, J. AU - Hamel, F. G. AU - Hand, S. AU - Peavy, D. E. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 122 IS - 5 SP - 2285 EP - 2289 AD - Duckworth, W. C.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4101 Woolworth Ave., Omaha, NE 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881408952. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 7440-62-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Vanadium has insulin-like effects in different cells, including isolated rat adipocytes. Activities of V and insulin were compared in isolated fat cells using a number of different assays of insulin-like activity. Insulin and V stimulated [2-³H]glucose incorporation into fat cell lipid in a dose-dependent manner, but the maximum effect of V was greater than that of insulin. At 10-2M V, the effect was 3 to 4 times as great as the maximum effect of insulin. This effect was dependent on specific glucose transport. Combinations of insulin and V were not more effective than V alone. V also produced antilipolysis with an effect somewhat greater than that of insulin. With [U-14C]glucose, V and insulin stimulated 14CO2 production and [14C]glucose incorporation into lipid, and again the effect of V was greater than that of insulin. V had a greater effect on 14CO2 production than on [14C]glucose incorporation into lipid. When [1-14C]glucose was used V again had a significantly greater effect on 14CO2 production than did insulin, but when [6-14C]glucose was used the effects of V and insulin were similar. KW - adipocytes KW - Vanadium KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fat cells KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881408952&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Thrombocytopenia associated with repletion of iron in iron-deficiency anemia. AU - Soff, G. A. AU - Levin, J. JO - American Journal of the Medical Sciences JF - American Journal of the Medical Sciences Y1 - 1988/// VL - 295 IS - 1 SP - 35 EP - 39 SN - 0002-9629 AD - Soff, G. A.: J. Levin, Veterans Administration Medical Center (113A), 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881408963. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Two patients with iron deficiency had rapid decreases in their platelet values after initiation of replacement treatment with oral ferrous sulphate or ferrous gluconate. The first patient, whose pretreatment platelet count was 168 000/mm³, developed marked thrombocytopenia (platelet count 21 000/mm³) on day 6 of Fe repletion. The second patient's platelets fell from 725 000 to 105 000/mm³ on day 10 of treatment. In both, platelet values gradually returned to normal. The data suggest that Fe by mouth resulted in an acute reduction in platelet production. The mechanisms, prevalence and clinical significance of thrombocytopenia after Fe repletion in patients with iron-deficiency anaemia remain unknown. KW - Iron deficiency anaemia KW - thrombocytopenia KW - treatment KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - iron deficiency anemia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881408963&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of age and nutritional status on surgical outcomes in head and neck cancer. AU - Linn, B. S. AU - Robinson, D. S. AU - Klimas, N. G. JO - Annals of Surgery JF - Annals of Surgery Y1 - 1988/// VL - 207 IS - 3 SP - 267 EP - 273 SN - 0003-4932 AD - Linn, B. S.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (141), 1201 NW 16th Street, Miami, FL 33125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881408985. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Older and younger malnourished and well-nourished head and neck cancer patients scheduled for surgery were studied. More of the young (75%) than of the old (58%) underwent curative surgery, and only the old with lower clinical stages of cancer were selected. When data on those undergoing surgery were analysed in regard to older and younger malnourished and well-nourished men, the malnourished old had the poorest surgical outcomes of any group, with significantly more complications and morbidity rates. The well-nourished old had outcomes that did not differ from younger patients. On further examination, 60% of the young malnourished and only 20% of the old malnourished received preoperative enteral or patenteral nutritional support. KW - age KW - carcinoma KW - nutritional state KW - Surgery KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - nutritional status KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881408985&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Large variations of sucrose in constant carbohydrate diets in type II diabetes. AU - Abraira, C. AU - Derler, J. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1988/// VL - 84 IS - 2 SP - 193 EP - 200 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Abraira, C.: Hines Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, IL 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881408993. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 41 ref. Registry Number: 57-50-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Several studies show that sucrose does not aggravate hyperglycaemia in type II diabetes mellitus, but sucrose is still restricted in dietary recommendations. As sucrose in high-carbohydrate diets increases fasting triglyceride values, the effects of sucrose were evaluated in diets with fixed carbohydrate amounts. For 10 days 18 diabetic inpatients receiving no medication were given weight maintenance diets with carbohydrate 50, fat 35, protein 15% and 120 g sucrose daily. They were then randomly assigned to diets of similar composition with 220 g sucrose (high-sucrose diet) or less than 3 g sucrose daily (complex-carbohydrate diet) for 1 additional month. There were no differences in fasting, 1-, 2- or 3-h post-lunch serum glucose concentrations, 24-h glucosuria, glycohaemoglobin values, fasting and postprandial serum triglyceride values or fasting high-density lipoprotein cholesterol concentrations. Twelve patients with pre-existing higher triglyceridaemia had similar trends, but the postprandial triglyceride values were lower in the high-sucrose diet group of that subset. Postprandial serum insulin values declined in the second week on the complex-carbohydrate diet. More than 75-fold difference in sucrose intake with constant carbohydrate and fat did not affect glycaemic or triglyceridaemic control in type II diabetic patients. The reported high sucrose-carbohydrate-induced increase in fasting triglyceridaemia was not present when a diet high in sucrose was given without changing total carbohydrate. KW - Diabetes KW - sucrose KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - saccharose KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881408993&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Zinc deficiency conditions food aversions in rats. AU - Cannon, D. S. AU - Crawford, I. L. AU - Carrell, L. E. JO - Physiology and Behavior JF - Physiology and Behavior Y1 - 1988/// VL - 42 IS - 3 SP - 245 EP - 247 AD - Cannon, D. S.: Psychology Service (116B), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4500 S. Lancaster Rd., Dallas, TX 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881409049. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Zinc deficiency is shown to condition aversion to the Zn-deficient diet. After development of a Zn deficiency syndrome during which intake of the deficient diet decreased, male Sprague-Dawley rats readily ate a familiar diet normal in Zn. After Zn repletion, the previously deficient rats continued to avoid the Zn-deficient diet. The results would not be predicted by the competing hypothesis that Zn deficiency is anorexigenic. KW - deficiency KW - food intake KW - Zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881409049&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effects of hyperglycemia on the directed migration of wounded endothelial cell monolayers. AU - Mascardo, R. N. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1988/// VL - 37 IS - 4 SP - 378 EP - 385 AD - Mascardo, R. N.: 43-203, Research Building, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 555 Willard Ave., Newington, CT 06111, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881409108. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To determine whether cellular motility is affected by abnormal concentrations of ambient glucose, an endothelial cell monolayer model of wounding was used to observe the effect of hyperglycaemia on the serum-mediated polarization and migration responses of cells at the edge of the wound. Hyperglycaemia inhibited the rapid polarization response and the consequent cellular migration induced by 20% foetal bovine serum. The inhibitory effect of glucose was significant at a concentration of 11 mmol/litre and became more pronounced at higher glucose concentrations. The effect of hyperglycaemia on the 2 components of cell locomotion differed from the inhibitory action of mannitol, another hyperosmolar agent, in 2 ways: the glucose-induced inhibition persisted in cells reincubated in medium containing physiological glucose (5.5 mmol/litre); the inhibitory effect of glucose was blocked in cells preincubated in medium containing the sulphonylurea glyburide or D-myo-inositol. These observations may be relevant to the pathogenesis and management of accelerated atherosclerosis associated with the diabetic state. KW - cells KW - endothelium KW - Hyperglycaemia KW - motility KW - high blood glucose KW - hyperglycemia KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881409108&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nutrition and respiration. AU - Rothkopf, M. M. AU - Askanazi, J. JO - World Review of Nutrition and Dietetics JF - World Review of Nutrition and Dietetics Y1 - 1988/// VL - 56 SP - 43 EP - 55 AD - Rothkopf, M. M.: Medical Service (111), Veterans Administration Medical Center, East Orange, NJ 07019, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881409157. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Nutrition and respiration are discussed under the headings: malnutrition as a cause of chronic lung disease; chronic lung disease as a cause of malnutrition; clinical applications. KW - Nutrition KW - respiration KW - reviews KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881409157&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Relationship between plasma glucose and insulin concentration, glucose production, and glucose disposal in normal subjects and patients with non-insulin-dependent diabetes. AU - Chen, Y. D. I. AU - Jeng, C. Y. AU - Hollenbeck, C. B. AU - Wu, M. S. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1988/// VL - 82 IS - 1 SP - 21 EP - 25 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Chen, Y. D. I.: G.M. Reaven, Veterans Administration, GRECC/182B Miranda Ave, Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881409233. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Changes in hepatic glucose production (Ra), tissue glucose disposal (Rd) and plasma glucose and insulin concentration that took place from 2200 h to 1400 h were studied in 14 persons, 8 with noninsulin-dependent diabetes (NIDDM) and 6 with normal glucose tolerance. Values for Ra were greater than normal in patients with NIDDM at 2200 h (4.73 ± 0.41 compared with 3.51 ± 0.36 mg/kg min), but fell at a much faster rate throughout the night than in normal persons. As a consequence, the difference between Ra in normal persons and patients with NIDDM progressively narrowed, and by 1400 h, had ceased to exist. Plasma glucose concentration also declined in patients with NIDDM during the same time, but blood glucose at 1400 h was 245 ± 27 mg/100 ml, about three times that in normal persons. Plasma insulin fell progressively from 2200 to 1400 h in both groups. Thus, the progressive decline in Ra in patients occurred despite concomitant falls in plasma glucose and insulin concentration. Glucose disposal rates also fell progressively in both groups, but the magnitude of the fall was greater in patients. Consequently, Rd in patients was higher at 2200 h (3.97 ± 0.48 compared with 3.25 ± 0.13 mg/kg min) and lower the following day at 1400 h (1.64 ± 0.21 compared with 1.97 ± 0.35 mg/kg min). KW - Diabetes KW - glucose KW - metabolism KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881409233&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Demonstration of reduced mitogenic and osteoinductive activities in demineralized allogeneic bone matrix from vitamin D-deficient rats. AU - Turner, R. T. AU - Farley, J. AU - Vandersteenhoven, J. J. AU - Epstein, S. AU - Bell, N. H. AU - Baylink, D. J. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1988/// VL - 82 IS - 1 SP - 212 EP - 217 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Turner, R. T.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Charleston, SC 29403, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881409241. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Registry Number: 1406-16-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - From weaning Sprague-Dawley rats were given for 3 months a diet with cholecalciferol 2 IU/g or a diet free from vitamin D and were kept in the dark. Demineralized allogenic bone matrix (DABM) prepared from femoral and tibial diaphyses from deprived rats was implanted into normal rats. DABM from deprived rats did not promote osteoinduction (the formation of ectopic bone after implantation of DABM) as effectively as DABM from normal rats. Resorption of implant matrix from deprived rats was less than resorption of matrix from normal rats. Bone formation and total implant mineralization were significantly reduced in implants from deprived rats and the reductions corresponded with a decline in the number of osteoblasts. Mitogenic activity in DABM from normal rats was only slightly less than that in mineralized allogenic bone matrix, but DABM from deprived rats showed significantly less activity. Serum osteoclastin was higher in deprived than in normal rats. Concentrations of osteoclastin in DABM from both groups were similar. KW - bone formation KW - deficiency KW - Vitamin D KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - bone calcification KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881409241&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of high salt intake on sodium,potassium-dependent adenosine triphosphatase activity in the erythrocytes of normotensive men. AU - Quintanilla, A. P. AU - Weffer, M. I. AU - Koh, H. AU - Rahman, M. AU - Molteni, A. AU - Greco, F. del JO - Clinical Science JF - Clinical Science Y1 - 1988/// VL - 75 IS - 2 SP - 167 EP - 170 SN - 0143-5221 AD - Quintanilla, A. P.: Veterans Administration Lakeside Medical Center, 333 East Huron Street, Chicago, IL 60611, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881409492. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 9000-83-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Ouabain-insensitive adenosine triphosphatase (ATPase), sodium,potassium-dependent adenosine triphosphatase (Na+,K+-ATPase) and intracelular Na+ and K+ were estimated in the erythrocytes of 19 healthy white men 23 to 38 years old, before and after supplementation of their normal diet with 6.0 to 8.9 g salt (102 to 137 mmol NaCl) daily for 5 days. The subjects had a small but significant gain in weight. Mean plasma renin activity decreased from 1.57 to 0.73 pmol angiotensin I/h ml and plasma aldosterone from 0.46 to 0.24 nmol/litre. Total ATPase activity fell from 197.9 nmol inorganic phosphate/h mg during the control period to 173.5 during the high-salt period. Na+,K+-ATPase activity fell from 162.2 to 141.4 nmol inorganic phosphate/h mg. Intracellular Na+ and intracellular K+ did not change. KW - ADENOSINETRIPHOSPHATASE KW - erythrocytes KW - intake KW - Salt KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ATPase KW - blood red cells KW - red blood cells KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881409492&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Concordant occurrence of gastric and hypertensive diseases. AU - Sonnenberg, A. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 95 IS - 1 SP - 42 EP - 48 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Sonnenberg, A.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Gastroenterology Section, 5000 West National Ave., Milwaukee, WI 53295, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881409564. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 48 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Epidemiological evidence shows a strong relation between gastric cancer and cerebrosvascular disease. It was speculated that salt intake might be the linking factor causing hypertension and vascular damage as well as damage to the gastric mucosa. German statistics of rehabilitation were used. The statistics include a description of the primary, secondary and tertiary diagnoses resulting in rehabilitation. The presence of a high coincidence of gastric and duodenal ulcers with liver cirrhosis was confirmed. In patients with rheumatoid arthritis, both ulcer types also occurred more frequently than expected from their general distribution. Gastric but not duodenal ulcer coincided more frequently with ischaemic heart disease than expected. Gastric cancer occurred more frequently in patients who had concomitant ischaemic heart disease or cerebrosvascular disease. Duodenal ulcer was not associated with an increased risk for any disease related to hypertension. The results of the study support the contention that gastric diseases and diseases related to hypertension share a common aetiological factor. KW - hypertension KW - Stomach diseases KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - high blood pressure KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881409564&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastric emptying of an indigestible solid in patients with end-stage renal disease on continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis. AU - Brown-Cartwright, D. AU - Smith, H. J. AU - Feldman, M. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 95 IS - 1 SP - 49 EP - 51 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Brown-Cartwright, D.: M. Feldman, Research and Development (151), Dallas Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4500 South Lancaster Road, Dallas, TX 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881409565. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Gastric emptying was studied using radiopaque markers in 10 men with end-stage renal disease on continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis and in 15 normal men. Dialysis patients were studied twice, once without peritoneal dialysate in the abdomen (drained) and once with 2 litres of dialysate in the abdomen (full). Each normal man and 9 of 10 dialysis patients, when drained, emptied all 10 markers by 6 h after a test meal. In contrast, 5 of the 10 dialysis patients, when full, had delayed emptying of radiopaque markers. KW - dialysis KW - Stomach emptying KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881409565&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Bicarbonate secretion in rat distal colon in vitro: a measurement technique. AU - Feldman, G. M. AU - Berman, S. F. AU - Stephenson, R. L. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 254 IS - 3,I SP - C383 EP - C390 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Feldman, G. M.: Renal Section, Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Philadelphia, PA 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881409626. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To study bicarbonate secretion in rat distal colon, a method was used that permits control of electrical and chemical transepithelial gradients. With symmetrical solutions (pH 7.4, HCO3- 25 mM and CO2 tension 40 mmHg) bathing both tissue surfaces and in short-circuit conditions, HCO3- secretion remained stable for more than 4 h at 1 μEq/h cm². As the mucosal solution was alkalinized, the serosal solution was acidified at 3.1 μEq/h cm². The rate of metabolic lactic acid generation and transepithelial HCO3- secretion accounted for 94% of serosal acidification. Clamping transepithelial voltage reversibly affected net HCO3- secretion and a linear relation existed between clamped mucosal voltage and net HCO3- flux (r = 0.99); mucosal voltage of -68 mV completely inhibited net secretion. The apparent permeability coefficient of the colon to HCO3- is 2.8 × 10-6 cm/s. Ouabain 1 mM completely inhibited net HCO3- secretion. Acetazolamide (10-4M) inhibited secretion by about 50%, whereas 10-3M inhibited secretion by 90%. KW - bicarbonates KW - Colon KW - secretion KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881409626&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Opposite effects of 1,25(OH)2D3 on synthesis and release of PTH compared with secretory protein I. AU - Ridgeway, R. D. AU - MacGregor, R. R. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 254 IS - 3,I SP - E279 EP - E286 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Ridgeway, R. D.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Kansas City, MO 64128, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881409635. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3, 9002-64-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Aggregates of bovine parathyroid cells (organoids) were cultured with or without 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) and examined for effects on the synthesis, cellular content and release of parathyrin (PTH) and secretory protein I. Organoids cultured with 120 pM 1,25-DHCC at 1.35 mM calcium contained 27 ± 2% (mean ± s.e.) less and released 26 ± 7% less PTH and contained 21 ± 2% more and released 49 ± 16% more secretory protein I than did untreated organoids. After 15-min incubations with radioactive leucine, treated organoids incorporated 25 ± 2% less radioactivity into precipitable cellular proteins than did untreated organoids, indicating that the overall synthetic rate of proteins was decreased by 1,25-DHCC at 1.35 mM Ca. After separation of cellular proteins by gel electrophoresis, analysis of individual protein bands indicated that the mean treated-control ratio for proparathyrin radioactivity was 0.88 ± 0.06 and that for secretory protein I was 1.56 ± 0.17, respectively. Experiments were made at 1.2, 12, 120 and 1200 pM 1,25-DHCC and 1.4 and 1.8 mM Ca. In both cases, increasing amounts of 1,25-DHCC progressively decreased PTH synthesis and release and progressively increased that of secretory protein I, significant effects being observed at 1.2 pM 1,25-DHCC. KW - CALCITRIOL KW - Parathyrin KW - Parathyroid KW - protein synthesis KW - secretion KW - synthesis KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - parathyroid gland KW - parathyroid hormone KW - protein biosynthesis KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881409635&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Acid-base effects on ileal sodium chloride absorption in vitro. AU - Vaccarezza, S. G. AU - Charney, A. N. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 254 IS - 3,I SP - G329 EP - G333 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Vaccarezza, S. G.: Nephrology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York, NY 10010, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881409647. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 7647-14-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Paired unstripped ileal tissues from Sprague-Dawley rats were mounted in modified Ussing chambers and unidirectional 22Na and 36Cl fluxes were estimated in short-circuited conditions (ISC). Acid-base effects were examined by changing bathing solution or HCO3 concentration or by the addition of HCl or NaOH to a non-HCO3N-2-hydroxyethylpiperazine-N′-2-ethanesulphonic acid (HEPES) buffer. When pH was decreased from 7.6 to 7.1, net sodium absorption increased twofold regardless of the means by which pH was changed. This increase was primarily accounted for by an increase in mucosal-to-serosal flux. Net chloride absorption was affected in a similar way, but the increase in absorption was primarily accounted for by an increase in mucosal-to-serosal flux only in the HEPES buffer. These changes were accompanied by reductions in ISC and residual flux. When all groups were considered, mucosal-to-serosal Na and net Na fluxes were correlated strongly with bathing solution pH (r = 0.84 and 0.94, respectively). KW - absorption KW - acid base equilibrium KW - Sodium chloride KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - NaCl KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881409647&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - TRH analogue, RX 77368, injected into dorsal vagal complex stimulates gastric secretion in rats. AU - Stephens, R. L. AU - Ishikawa, T. AU - Weiner, H. AU - Novin, D. AU - Taché, Y. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 254 IS - 5,I SP - G639 EP - G643 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Stephens, R. L.: Y. Taché, CURE, Bldg. 115, Room 203, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881409748. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Registry Number: 24305-27-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Medullary sites inducing gastric acid secretion in response to microinjection of the stable analogue of thyrotropin-releasing hormone (TRH; RX 77368, pGlu-His-[3,3′-dimethyl]-Pro-NH2) were investigated in urethan-anaesthetized rats. Gastric acid output was recorded every 2 min. Unilateral microinjection of RX 77368 (10 to 100 ng in 50-nl volume) into the dorsal vagal complex (DVC), the dorsal vagal nucleus and nucleus tractus solitarius, induced a significant dose-dependent stimulation of gastric acid secretion. The peak response occurred within 50 min and lasted over 1 h. Other medullary sites, including the lateral, dorsal and parvocellular reticular nuclei, the medial longitudinal fasciculus and the medial cuneate nucleus injected with RX 77368 (10 to 100 ng), were inactive. The TRH metabolites, TRH-OH and His-Pro diketopiperazine (100 ng), injected into the DVC did not influence gastric acid secretion. The stimulation of gastric acid secretion induced by DVC injection of TRH was abolished by vagotomy. KW - analogues KW - Gastric acid KW - secretion KW - thyrotropin releasing hormone KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - analogs KW - protirelin KW - sThyrotropin releasing hormone KW - thyroliberin KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881409748&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Bicarbonate secretion modulates ammonium absorption in rat distal colon in vivo. AU - Cohen, R. M. AU - Stephenson, R. L. AU - Feldman, G. M. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 254 IS - 5,II SP - F657 EP - F667 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Cohen, R. M.: G.M. Feldman, Renal Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Woodland and University Avenues, Philadelphia, PA 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881409773. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Registry Number: 7664-41-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Although the mammalian colon is thought to absorb large quantities of total ammonia, principally in the form of NH3, quantitative support for this hypothesis is lacking. In rat distal colon, NH3 was about 400 times more permeant than NH4+. In addition, colonic bicarbonate secretion influenced total ammonia (NH3 plus NH4+) absorption; that is, alteration of HCO3- secretion caused a parallel change in total ammonia absorption. Perfusion with total ammonia also caused net HCO3- secretion to switch to net absorption, and, in the setting of pre-existing HCO3- absorption, perfusate containing total ammonia increased HCO3- absorption. These events suggest that colonic HCO3- secretion titrates luminal NH4+ to NH3, permitting NH3 to diffuse from the lumen, while HCO3- is titrated to carbon dioxide and also diffuses from the lumen. In support of titration of NH4+ and HCO3-, the magnitude of induced HCO3- absorption approximated total ammonia absorption. This titration relation suggests that, in kinetic studies, total ammonia absorption will be limited by a fixed rate of HCO3- secretion. A model was developed that simulated these events. KW - absorption KW - ammonia KW - bicarbonates KW - Colon KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881409773&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The possible impact of DRGs on nutritional status of patients having surgery for cancer of the head and neck. AU - Linn, B. S. AU - Robinson, D. S. JO - Journal of the American Medical Association JF - Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1988/// VL - 260 IS - 4 SP - 514 EP - 518 AD - Linn, B. S.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (141), 1201 NW 16th St., Miami, FL 33125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881409797. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The purpose was to determine if the introduction of prospective payment according to diagnosis-related groups (DRG) was associated with any adverse effect on the nutritional state of patients undergoing massive resections for head and neck cancer. The hypothesis was that malnourished patients, in particular those admitted since prospective payment was instituted, would be less well nourished at the time of surgery due to shortened preoperative stays, and, therefore, they would have more postoperative complications than malnourished patients admitted before DRG. A total of 59 men with cancer of the head and neck admitted for massive resections before the introduction of DRG were compared with 61 similar patients admitted after the introduction of DRG. Those patients were classified as being malnourished or well-nourished. Nutritional state did not differ significantly at admission but was worse at surgery after the introduction of DRG. In malnourished patients, complication scores were more than twice as high after the introduction of DRG. KW - Nutritional state KW - surgery KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - nutritional status KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881409797&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Increased intestinal growth in the streptozotocin-diabetic rat occurs prior to changes in hormone secretion. AU - Schedl, H. P. AU - Schwartz, J. AU - Wilson, H. D. JO - Digestion JF - Digestion Y1 - 1988/// VL - 39 IS - 3 SP - 137 EP - 143 SN - 0012-2823 AD - Schedl, H. P.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration and Gastroenterology-Hepatology Research Labs., Univ. Iowa, Iowa City, IA 52242, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881409934. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Registry Number: 9002-72-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Depressed somatic growth in the rat with streptozotocin diabetes is associated with greatly increased intestinal growth. In patients with diabetes, somatotropin is increased. The association between gut growth and serum somatotropin was studied in diabetic rats. At 10 days somatotropin did not differ among control, untreated diabetic and insulin-treated diabetic groups. At 20 days of diabetes, somatotropin was increased in untreated diabetic groups, but depressed to control values by insulin. Intestinal growth was markedly increased in all diabetic groups by 10 days, before the increases in hormone values. It is concluded that the increased intestinal growth in diabetes is probably independent of somatotropin. KW - blood KW - Diabetes KW - digestive tract KW - growth KW - somatotropin KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gastrointestinal tract KW - growth hormone KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881409934&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lowe, T. J. AU - Krischer, Jeffrey P. T1 - Decision Making and Control for Health Administration (Book). JO - Interfaces JF - Interfaces Y1 - 1980/06// VL - 10 IS - 3 M3 - Book Review SP - 112 EP - 113 PB - INFORMS: Institute for Operations Research SN - 00922102 AB - Reviews the book "Decision Making and Control for Health Administration," by D. Michael Warner and Don C. Holloway. KW - DECISION making KW - NONFICTION KW - WARNER, D. Michael KW - HOLLOWAY, Don C. KW - DECISION Making & Control for Health Administration (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 6693009; Lowe, T. J.; Krischer, Jeffrey P. 1; Affiliations: 1: Health Services Research and Development, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Gainesville, Florida 32602.; Issue Info: Jun80, Vol. 10 Issue 3, p112; Thesaurus Term: DECISION making; Subject Term: NONFICTION; Reviews & Products: DECISION Making & Control for Health Administration (Book); People: WARNER, D. Michael; People: HOLLOWAY, Don C.; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ent&AN=6693009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ent ER - TY - JOUR AU - KEMPLER, DANIEL AU - VAN LANCKER, DIANA T1 - JO - Psychology Today JF - Psychology Today J1 - Psychology Today PY - 1987/04// Y1 - 1987/04// VL - 21 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 20 EP - 22 SN - 00333107 AB - The article focuses on research studies related to the use and understanding of familiar language. It is believed that different parts of the brain are involved in the processing of the ways in which familiar and unfamiliar language are spoken and understood. Researchers believe that the brain's left hemisphere is used in speaking and this finding can help in the early diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease. KW - PSYCHOLINGUISTICS -- Research KW - BRAIN function localization KW - SPEECH perception KW - OLDER people -- Diseases KW - ALZHEIMER'S disease N1 - Accession Number: 52938186; Source Information: Apr87, Vol. 21 Issue 4, p20; Subject Term: PSYCHOLINGUISTICS -- Research; Subject Term: BRAIN function localization; Subject Term: SPEECH perception; Subject Term: OLDER people -- Diseases; Subject Term: ALZHEIMER'S disease; Subject Term: ; Number of Pages: 2p; ; Document Type: Article; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=mth&AN=52938186&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - mth ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1993-39078-001 AN - 1993-39078-001 AU - Pierce, Philip S. T1 - Karl Florien Heiser (1904–1991): Obituary. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1993/05// VL - 48 IS - 5 SP - 582 EP - 582 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1993-39078-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pierce, Philip S.; Togus Veterans Administration Medical & Regional Office Ctr, Psychology Service, ME, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Obituary. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Advocacy; Psychologists. Minor Descriptor: Psychology. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: May, 1993. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1993. AB - Memorializes Karl Florien Heiser (1904–1991). Heiser was a former Executive Secretary of the American Psychological Association (APA), founder and president of the Connecticut State Society of Psychologists, and one of the authors of the 1st psychology certification law in the US, for which he received a plaque by the Division of State Psychological Association Affairs of APA. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lifetime work & achievements & contributions to psychology advocacy KW - K. F. Heiser KW - obituary KW - 1993 KW - Advocacy KW - Psychologists KW - Psychology DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.48.5.582 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1993-39078-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107365309 T1 - A pseudoepidemic of Rhodotorula rubra: a marker for microbial contamination of the bronchoscope. AU - Hagan ME AU - Klotz SA AU - Bartholomew W AU - Potter L AU - Nelson M Y1 - 1995/12//1995 Dec N1 - Accession Number: 107365309. Language: English. Entry Date: 19960401. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8804099. KW - Pseudoinfections -- Epidemiology KW - Bacterial Contamination KW - Bronchoscopy -- Equipment and Supplies KW - Sterilization and Disinfection -- Methods KW - Hospitals, Veterans KW - Kansas KW - Epidemiological Research KW - Adult KW - Middle Age KW - Aged KW - Inpatients KW - Male SP - 727 EP - 728 JO - Infection Control & Hospital Epidemiology JF - Infection Control & Hospital Epidemiology JA - INFECT CONTROL HOSP EPIDEMIOL VL - 16 IS - 12 PB - Cambridge University Press AB - Rhodotorula rubra was isolated from bronchoscopy specimens from 11 patients. An investigation of the bronchoscopy equipment and the bronchoscopy suite revealed contamination of the suction channel with R rubra, as well as potentially pathogenic bacteria. Disinfection control methods included gas sterilization of the bronchoscope and the institution of an alcohol and air flush through the suction channel to allow complete drying of the scope between each patient use. We have had no further isolates of R rubra from bronchoscopy specimens since these measures were instituted, and repeat cultures from the suction channel have been negative. SN - 0899-823X AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3101 E Linwood Blvd, Kansas City, MO 64128-1907 U2 - PMID: 8683092. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107365309&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107355385 T1 - Gallstone disease in women. AU - Donovan JM Y1 - 1995/08//1995 Aug N1 - Accession Number: 107355385. Language: English. Entry Date: 19960101. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; proceedings. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9208978. KW - Women KW - Cholelithiasis -- Physiopathology KW - Cholesterol -- Metabolism KW - Bile -- Physiology KW - Estrogens KW - Progesterone KW - Female SP - 439 EP - 440 JO - Journal of Women's Health JF - Journal of Women's Health JA - J WOMENS HEALTH VL - 4 IS - 4 CY - New Rochelle, New York PB - Mary Ann Liebert, Inc. SN - 1059-7115 AD - Harvard Medical School, West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1400 VFW Parkway UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107355385&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Recent developments in coccidioidomycosis. AU - Huppert, M. JO - Review of Medical and Veterinary Mycology JF - Review of Medical and Veterinary Mycology Y1 - 1968/// VL - 6 IS - 6 SP - 279 EP - 294 CY - Wallingford; UK PB - CABI Publishing AD - Huppert, M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, San Fernando, California, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 20063033401. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: many ref. Subject Subsets: Public Health; Medical & Veterinary Mycology; Tropical Diseases KW - antifungal agents KW - clinical aspects KW - coccidioidomycosis KW - diagnosis KW - diagnostic techniques KW - drug therapy KW - epidemiology KW - human diseases KW - immunization KW - immunology KW - mycoses KW - pathogenesis KW - radiography KW - reviews KW - surgery KW - surgical operations KW - vaccination KW - Coccidioides immitis KW - man KW - Coccidioides KW - Onygenaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - chemotherapy KW - clinical picture KW - coccidiomycosis KW - fungistats KW - fungus KW - immune sensitization KW - Pesticides and Drugs; Control (HH405) (New March 2000) KW - Host Resistance and Immunity (HH600) KW - Prion, Viral, Bacterial and Fungal Pathogens of Humans (VV210) (New March 2000) KW - Non-drug Therapy and Prophylaxis of Humans (VV710) (New March 2000) KW - Diagnosis of Human Disease (VV720) (New March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=20063033401&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Studies on LHRH and physiological fluid amino acids in human colostrum and milk. AU - Nair, R. M. G. AU - Somasundaran, M. AU - Katikaneni, L. D. AU - Purohit, D. M. JO - Endocrinologica Experimentalis JF - Endocrinologica Experimentalis Y1 - 1987/// VL - 21 IS - 1 SP - 23 EP - 30 AD - Nair, R. M. G.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Charleston, SC 29403, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19910446004. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Registry Number: 9034-40-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Dairy Science N2 - Various amino acids of physiological liquids, including essential, non-essential and neuroinhibitory as well as excitatory entities, in human milk, colostrum and infant formula were determined on a microcolumn ion-exchange analyser equipped with ninhydrin detection system and integrator. The levels of 6 essential and 6 non-essential amino acids were significantly lower in infant formula than those in milk and colostrum. The neurotransmitter amino acids were also high in milk, with the exception of taurine. Peptide hormones such as luteinizing hormone releasing hormone (LHRH) were undetectable in infant formula, but were found in appreciable quantities in milk and colostrum by HPLC. LHRH levels in milk were 6- to 7-fold higher than the corresponding plasma values as measured by radioimmunoassay. These and other several unique ingredients in human breast milk play a very prominent role in the development of the neonate. The presence of such complex components makes it impossible to humanize cow milk or any other alternate formulation to serve as a substitute for human milk. Further extensive work in defining the role of such essential components in milk on the development of the infant is indicated. KW - Amino acids KW - Hormones KW - human colostrum KW - human milk KW - LHRH KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - breast milk KW - luliberin KW - Milk and Dairy Produce (QQ010) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) KW - Food Composition and Quality (QQ500) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19910446004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Immunoregulation in human schistosomiasis by idiotypic interactions and lymphokine-mediated mechanisms. AU - Colley, D. G. AU - Parra, J. C. AU - Montesano, M. A. AU - Lima, M. AU - Nascimento, E. AU - Doughty, B. L. AU - Goes, A. AU - Gazzinelli, G. JO - Memórias do Instituto Oswaldo Cruz JF - Memórias do Instituto Oswaldo Cruz Y1 - 1987/// VL - 82 IS - Suppl. 4 SP - 105 EP - 109 SN - 0074-0276 AD - Colley, D. G.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Vanderbilt University, Nashville TN, 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19910868769. Publication Type: Journal Article; Conference paper; Journal article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - Anti-idiotypic (anti-Id) T cells from schistosomiasis patients or former patients proliferated on exposure to polyclonal or monoclonal anti-soluble egg antigen (SEA) antibodies. Chloroquine did not inhibit the response, which was induced by F(ab′)2 (but not soluble Fab) fragments of these antibodies. Purified T cells from former patients required macrophages or exogenous IL-1 to respond to anti-SEA Ids and can respond to matrix-bound Fab fragments in the presence of IL-1. These anti-Id T cells recognized the Ids directly. Patients with chronic Schistosoma mansoni infection immunoregulate the production of a non-IL-2 lymphokine that stimulates IL-2 receptor expression on resting T cells. This regulation is reversed upon chemotherapeutic cure. KW - helminths KW - Human diseases KW - immunopathology KW - lymphokines KW - parasites KW - Schistosomiasis KW - Brazil KW - Digenea KW - man KW - Schistosoma mansoni KW - Trematoda KW - Trematoda KW - Platyhelminthes KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Schistosoma KW - Schistosomatidae KW - Digenea KW - Developing Countries KW - Latin America KW - America KW - South America KW - Threshold Countries KW - bilharzia KW - bilharziasis KW - immunopathogenesis KW - parasitic worms KW - schistosomosis KW - Strigeida KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19910868769&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Antifungal susceptibility tests. AU - Galgiani, J. N. JO - Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy JF - Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy Y1 - 1987/// VL - 31 IS - 12 SP - 1867 EP - 1870 SN - 0066-4804 AD - Galgiani, J. N.: Med. & Res. Serv., Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Tucson, AZ 85723, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901204563. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Antifungal susceptibility tests, including the reproducibility of in vitro antifungal susceptibility tests, correlation of in vitro test results with in vivo drug efficacy and current strategies for improving test performance, are reviewed. KW - antifungal agents KW - Reviews KW - techniques KW - fungistats KW - susceptibility testing KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901204563&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Contribution of neutrophils and cell-mediated immunity to control of Nocardia asteroides in murine lungs. AU - Filice, G. A. AU - Niewoehner, D. E. JO - Journal of Infectious Diseases JF - Journal of Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1987/// VL - 156 IS - 1 SP - 113 EP - 121 SN - 0022-1899 AD - Filice, G. A.: Infectious Disease Section (111F), Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901207479. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - To distinguish between the contributions of neutrophils and cell-mediated immunity to defence against N. asteroides in the lung, pneumonia was induced in BALB/c mice by intranasal inoculation. The course of pneumonia was studied by histology, bronchoalveolar lavage and quantification of colony-forming units in lungs. Mice with intact host defences had an initial inflammatory response, consisting mostly of neutrophils, followed by a mononuclear cell infiltrate. Nocardiae were eradicated during the 7 d after inoculation. Mice in which the early, predominately neutrophil inflammatory response was prevented with mechlorethamine or antiserum to neutrophils had little inflammation and nocardiae grew extensively. Mice in which cell-mediated immunity was impaired with cyclosporin A or cortisone acetate developed abscesses; neutrophils were abundant, but nocardiae proliferated. It is concluded that the occurrence of these 3 separate and distinct patterns indicates that both neutrophils and cell-mediated immunity are necessary for optimal control of N. asteroides infection. KW - cell mediated immunity KW - immunology KW - infections KW - lungs KW - neutrophils KW - mice KW - Nocardia asteroides KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nocardia KW - Nocardiaceae KW - Corynebacterineae KW - Actinomycetales KW - Actinobacteridae KW - Actinobacteria KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - bacterium KW - cellular immunity KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901207479&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Disseminated coccidioidomycosis. Unusual manifestations in a cardiac transplantation patient. AU - Vartivarian, S. E. AU - Coudron, P. E. AU - Markowitz, S. M. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1987/// VL - 83 IS - 5 SP - 949 EP - 952 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Vartivarian, S. E.: S. M. Markowitz, Infectious Diseases Section (III-C), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Richmond, Virginia 23249, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901207517. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 8 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A case of fatal disseminated Coccidioides immitis infection is reported in a 29-yr-old man soon after undergoing orthotopic cardiac transplantation. Clinical manifestations included an unusual rash, severe myositis and arthropathy, a rapid downhill course, and pathological evidence of widespread fungal invasion, including invasion of the cardiac graft. It is suggested that detailed travel and geographical histories, and perhaps skin testing and antibody determinations for geographically-specific pathogens, should be part of the preoperative evaluation of all transplant candidates. KW - generalized infections KW - heart transplant KW - hosts KW - infections KW - predisposition KW - USA KW - Virginia KW - Coccidioides immitis KW - man KW - Coccidioides KW - Onygenaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - Appalachian States of USA KW - Southern States of USA KW - USA KW - South Atlantic States of USA KW - fungus KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901207517&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Candida krusei infectious arthritis. A rare complication of neutropenia. AU - Nguyen, V. Q. AU - Penn, R. L. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1987/// VL - 83 IS - 5 SP - 963 EP - 965 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Nguyen, V. Q.: R. L. Penn, Infectious Diseases Section, Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Shreveport, Louisiana 71130, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901207518. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A case of C. krusei arthritis is reported in a neutropenic leukaemic 41-yr-old man. The organism colonized the patient's respiratory tract and probably seeded the right knee by haematogenous spread. Knee swelling and tenderness were minimal. Joint fluid Gram stain and fungal smears did not show the organism despite positive results on cultures. With therapy, the joint fluid converted from neutrophilic predominance to lymphocytic predominance. Despite sterilization of knee fluid, clinical relapse occurred after therapy with 256 mg of systemic amphotericin B; the infection was cured after a total dose of 456 mg. KW - hosts KW - infections KW - neutropenia KW - predisposition KW - USA KW - Candida acidothermophilum KW - man KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - Candida krusei KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - joints KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901207518&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intravenous catheter-associated Malassezia furfur fungemia. AU - Garcia, C. R. AU - Johnston, B. L. AU - Corvi, G. AU - Walker, L. J. AU - George, W. L. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1987/// VL - 83 IS - 4 SP - 790 EP - 792 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Garcia, C. R.: Medical Service and Laboratory Service, Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, California, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901207555. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Cases are reported in 62- and 49-yr-old men in whom M. furfur fungaemia developed while receiving total parenteral nutrition supplemented with lipids. The organism was identified in blood cultures from both patients only after isolation media were supplemented with a source of fatty acids. Both patients died following cardiac arrest. KW - blood KW - catheters KW - hosts KW - infections KW - predisposition KW - USA KW - Malassezia furfur KW - man KW - Malassezia KW - Malasseziales KW - Ustilaginomycotina KW - Basidiomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - fungus KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901207555&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Needs for food and nutrition policies; their uses and abuses: the USA experience as a paradigm. AU - Herbert, V. JO - Proceedings of the Nutrition Society of New Zealand JF - Proceedings of the Nutrition Society of New Zealand Y1 - 1987/// VL - 12 SP - 36 EP - 37 SN - 0110-4187 AD - Herbert, V.: Mount Sinai and Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Centers, New York, NY, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901453076. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Ways in which government bodies, particularly in the USA, have influenced the historical development and implementation of food and nutrition policies are outlined. KW - Food policy KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - United States of America KW - Food Policy, Food Security and Food Aid (EE500) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901453076&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Interaction of nutritional factors with memory processing. AU - Cherkin, A. A2 - Essman, W.B. T2 - Nutrients and brain function. JO - Nutrients and brain function. JF - Nutrients and brain function. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 72 EP - 94 CY - Basel; Switzerland PB - S. Karger AG SN - 3805545665 AD - Cherkin, A.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 11E Sepulveda, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19901453132. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Number of References: 65 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Memory failure is a major concern of the elderly and it is the hallmark of the senile dementias which afflict 5 to 10% of those above 65 years old. Undernutrition and malnutriion are arguably considered to be problems in 30 to 50% of the elderly, although clear nutritional standards have yet to be established for the aged population. The relation between memory failure and undernutrition is only partly understood. The rapidly increasing elderly population calls for a better understanding of nutritional measures which might improve memory or delay its progressive deterioration in dementias. There is clear evidence from human and animal studies that severe deficiencies of water-soluble vitamins, e.g., thiamin, niacin, pyridoxine, folic acid or cyanocobalamin, result in impaired memory which can be restored to normal by restoring the deficient vitamin. Multiple neurobiological changes undoubtedly accompany the deficient and the restored vitamin status. The possibility that excess nutrients in the brain may impair mental functions is shown by the effects of the hyperaminoacidaemias. Impairment of memory by an excess of free L-proline in the brain has been demonstrated in chick and other animal models. Amino acids, e.g., tyrosine, tryptophan or glutamic acid, as dietary precursors of neurotransmitters, have produced modest improvement of memory in some studies, with negative results in others. More attention has been paid to choline and lecithin, as precursors of acetylcholine. Despite promising results in some animal experiments, most clinical trials have yielded only modest improvement in memory, at best. Direct injection of choline into the brains of mice enhanced memory retention at an optimal dose, with reduced enhancement at lower or higher doses. This emphasizes the need for dose-response studies, with nutrients as well as with drugs, and may offer a partial explanation for some of the negative results reported. In addition to dose-response studies, future investigations of the effects of nutritional factors on memory should take into consideration: a realistic therapeutic goal, individualized optimal doses for each subject, a search for subgroups of reliable responders, and combinations of nutrients with memory-enhancing drugs and psychosocial interventions. KW - mental ability KW - Nutrients KW - old age KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - intelligence KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19901453132&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Wound zygomycosis (mucormycosis) in otherwise healthy adults. AU - Vainrub, B. AU - Macareno, A. AU - Mandel, S. AU - Musher, D. M. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1987/// VL - 84 IS - 3 part 1 SP - 546 EP - 548 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Vainrub, B.: D.M. Musher, Building 211, Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Houston, TX 77030, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891201770. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Two cases of phycomycosis are reported in previously healthy 36- and 26-yr-old men. The former patient presented with deep abrasions and burns to the buttocks following a vehicular accident. The lesions on the buttocks enlarged and necrosis was followed by occlusion of the femoral and iliac veins and arteries. A repeat biopsy revealed non-septate hyphae within blood vessels and tissues. Amphotericin B treatment was initiated, but the patient died, within 24 h, of gastrointestinal haemorrhage. Autopsy revealed disseminated phycomycosis with widespread involvement of large vessels in the pelvis and of major organs including liver, lungs and intestines. Cultures obtained at autopsy yielded Rhizopus spp. The latter patient also presented following a vehicular accident with a large open wound of the head in the left frontal region; he had soil contamination, extensive tissue damage, crushed frontal bone and otorrhagia. The wound was repeatedly debrided, but intense pain persisted and necrosis progressed. A biopsy of tissue at the wound margin revealed non-septate hyphae and fungal cultures yielded Rhizopus spp. The patient was treated with amphotericin B (50 mg/d) and regular debridements. After 2 wks, improvement was noted. An epidemiological study yielded Rhizopus spp. from soil samples taken at the site of the accident. KW - contamination KW - generalized infections KW - head KW - hosts KW - infections KW - soil KW - Venezuela KW - man KW - Mucoraceae KW - Rhizopus KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Mucoraceae KW - Mucorales KW - Mucoromycotina KW - Zygomycota KW - fungi KW - Andean Group KW - Developing Countries KW - Latin America KW - America KW - South America KW - Threshold Countries KW - fungus KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891201770&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - In vivo models of the mycoses for the evaluation of antifungal agents. AU - Rinaldi, M. G. A2 - Fromtling, R.A. T2 - Recent trends in the discovery, development and evaluation of antifungal agents. JO - Recent trends in the discovery, development and evaluation of antifungal agents. JF - Recent trends in the discovery, development and evaluation of antifungal agents. Y1 - 1987/// SP - S1:11 EP - 24 CY - Barcelona; Spain PB - J.R. Prous Science Publishers SN - 8439887604 AD - Rinaldi, M. G.: Clinical Microbiol. Lab., Veterans Administration Mycol. Reference Lab., Audie L. Murphy Memorial Veterans' Hosp., San Antonio, TX 78284, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19891202286. Publication Type: Conference paper. Language: English. Number of References: 56 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - The use of animal models in the evaluation of antifungal agents in the treatment of cutaneous, subcutaneous, systemic and opportunistic mycoses is discussed. KW - antifungal agents KW - disease models KW - evaluation KW - Mycoses KW - Techniques KW - therapy KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fungistats KW - Recent trends in the discovery, development and evaluation of antifungal agents KW - therapeutics KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Animals (LL820) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Animal Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (LL900) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19891202286&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Exploitation of the direct cell damaging action of antifungal azoles. AU - Beggs, W. H. AU - Hughes, C. E. JO - Diagnostic Microbiology and Infectious Disease JF - Diagnostic Microbiology and Infectious Disease Y1 - 1987/// VL - 6 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 3 SN - 0732-8893 AD - Beggs, W. H.: Gen. Med. Res. Serv. (151), Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871385027. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Registry Number: 64872-76-0, 64872-77-1, 23593-75-1, 86386-73-4, 65277-42-1, 22916-47-8. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - The modes of action of these compounds, including miconazole, clotrimazole, ketoconazole, sulconazole, tioconazole, butoconazole, oxiconazole, fluconazole and ICI 153,066 are discussed. KW - Antifungal agents KW - Azoles KW - Butoconazole KW - Clotrimazole KW - Fluconazole KW - Ketoconazole KW - Miconazole KW - pharmacodynamics KW - drug action KW - fungistats KW - ICI 153,066 KW - mechanism of drug action KW - Oxiconazole KW - Sulconazole KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871385027&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of vitamin D status on cutaneous sterologenesis in vivo and in vitro. AU - Feingold, K. R. AU - Williams, M. L. AU - Pillai, S. AU - Menon, G. K. AU - Halloran, B. P. AU - Bikle, D. D. AU - Elias, P. M. JO - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, C (Molecular Cell Research) JF - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, C (Molecular Cell Research) Y1 - 1987/// VL - 930 IS - 2 SP - 193 EP - 200 AD - Feingold, K. R.: P.M. Elias, Dermatology Service (190), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement St., San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871401337. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 38 ref. Registry Number: 1406-16-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Hairless mice were maintained on a vitamin D-deficient diet in the dark and supplemented with various daily doses of cholecalciferol. Despite demonstrating serum 25-hydroxycholecalciferol values ranging from less than 10 to 343 ng/ml, the incorporation of tritiated water into cholesterol and total non-saponifiable lipids in the epidermis and dermis was similar in the 4 groups of mice. Likewise, administration of various doses of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) to vitamin D-deficient mice resulted in serum 1,25-DHCC ranging from less than 10 to 85 pg/ml; yet, cholesterol and total non-saponifiable lipid synthesis was similar in the dermis and epidermis in all groups. Administration of 1,25-DHCC 0.6 μg/kg daily to 'normal' vitamin D-replete mice also had no effect on cutaneous sterol synthesis. Furthermore, conversion of 7-dehydrocholesterol to cholesterol in vitamin D-deficient was similar to that in supplemented mice. Finally, addition of 1,25-DHCC to cultured human keratinocytes over a concentration range of 10-12 to 10-7M did not affect sterologenesis, except at supraphysiological doses (10-7M). Together, these results suggest that vitamin D status does not influence sterol synthesis in the skin. KW - HIDES AND SKINS KW - sterols KW - synthesis KW - Vitamin D KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - status KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871401337&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Determination of total carnitine in human urine by high-performance liquid chromatography. AU - Minkler, P. E. AU - Ingalls, S. T. AU - Hoppel, C. L. JO - Journal of Chromatography JF - Journal of Chromatography Y1 - 1987/// VL - 420 IS - 2 SP - 385 EP - 393 SN - 0021-9673 AD - Minkler, P. E.: Medical Research 151 (W), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 10701 East Blvd., Cleveland, OH 44106, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871401956. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Registry Number: 461-06-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - Carnitine KW - estimation KW - urine KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871401956&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Crusted scabies in a diabetic alcoholic. AU - Klein, L. J. AU - Cole, G. JO - International Journal of Dermatology JF - International Journal of Dermatology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 26 IS - 7 SP - 467 EP - 468 SN - 0011-9059 AD - Klein, L. J.: Dermatology Serv., Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Long Beach, CA 90822, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19880590358. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 4 ref. Registry Number: 608-73-1, 58-89-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Medical & Veterinary Entomology N2 - A case of crusted or Norwegian scabies in a 42-year-old man with poorly controlled insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus and a history of alcohol (ethanol) abuse is reported from California. The patient had hyperkeratosis of his feet of about 4 months' duration. A punch biopsy revealed the presence of burrows and mites (Sarcoptes scabiei var. hominis [S. scabiei]). The patient was treated with 1% gamma-benzene hexachloride [lindane] lotion once a week for 2 weeks, but the infestation did not resolve, presumably because of the patient's lack of compliance with the treatment. Crusted scabies should be considered in the differential diagnosis of hyperkeratosis in diabetic or alcoholic patients. KW - Acaricides KW - Alcoholism KW - Case reports KW - control KW - Diabetes KW - HCH KW - Lindane KW - skin diseases KW - California KW - North America KW - USA KW - Acari KW - man KW - Sarcoptes scabiei KW - Sarcoptidae KW - Arachnida KW - arthropods KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Sarcoptes KW - Sarcoptidae KW - Astigmata KW - mites KW - Acari KW - Pacific States of USA KW - Western States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - benzene hexachloride KW - BHC KW - dermatoses KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Pathogen, Pest, Parasite and Weed Management (General) (HH000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19880590358&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Multiple imported fire ant (Solenopsis invicta) stings in the home [in Florida] without systemic effects. AU - Diaz, J. D. T2 - Southern Medical Journal JO - Southern Medical Journal JF - Southern Medical Journal Y1 - 1987/// VL - 80 SP - 3 EP - 3 SN - 0038-4348 AD - Diaz, J. D.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Tampa, FL, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19880592339. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Entomology KW - Allergies KW - arthropod allergies KW - Case reports KW - Hypersensitivity KW - introduced species KW - stings KW - Venoms KW - Florida KW - North America KW - USA KW - Formicidae KW - Hymenoptera KW - man KW - Solenopsis invicta KW - Hymenoptera KW - insects KW - Hexapoda KW - arthropods KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Solenopsis KW - Formicidae KW - Gulf States of USA KW - Southern States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - South Atlantic States of USA KW - Southeastern States of USA KW - allergic responses KW - exotic organisms KW - exotic species KW - hypersensitiveness KW - introduced organisms KW - naturalized species KW - non-indigenous organisms KW - non-indigenous species KW - non-native organisms KW - non-native species KW - nonindigenous organisms KW - nonindigenous species KW - red imported fire ant KW - United States of America KW - venom KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Public Health and Nuisance Pests (VV300) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19880592339&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - T-lymphocyte subsets in nude mice with Giardia muris infection. AU - Carlson, J. R. AU - Heyworth, M. F. AU - Owen, R. L. JO - Thymus JF - Thymus Y1 - 1987/// VL - 9 IS - 3 SP - 189 EP - 196 SN - 0165-6090 AD - Carlson, J. R.: Intestinal Immunol. Res. Cent., Cell Biol. & Aging Sect., Veterans Administration Med. Cent., 4150 Clement St., San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19880845088. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - The relative percentages of T-lymphocyte subsets in athymic (nude) mice and immunocompetent BALB/c mice, with and without G. muris infection were compared. Suspensions of mononuclear leukocytes from blood, spleen, and Peyer's patches of uninfected mice were incubated with fluorescent monoclonal antibodies (MAbs) directed against mouse T-lymphocytes (anti-Thy-1.2 MAb), T helper/inducer lymphocytes (anti-L3T4 MAb), or T suppressor/cytotoxic lymphocytes (anti-Ly-2 MAb), and examined by fluorescence microscopy to quantify each of these cell populations. While the percentages of Thy-1.2+, L3T4+, and Ly-2+ lymphocytes are all reduced in nude mice, L3T4+ lymphocytes were found to be especially depleted, resulting in a reversed L3T4+/Ly-2+ ratio (< 1) in all of the nude mouse tissues examined. BALB/c and nude mouse Peyer's patch T-cell subsets were quantified at various times during enteric G. muris infection. Unlike immunocompetent BALB/c mice, nude mice have an impaired ability to clear this infection. It was found that clearance of G. muris infection is associated with a Peyer's patch L3T4+/Ly-2+ ratio of ≥ 2, and that this infection does not alter the percentages of Peyer's patch Thy-1.2+, L3T4+, or Ly-2+ lymphocytes in BALB/c mice or nude mice. The data obtained in the present work and other studies suggest that the impaired capacity of nude mice to clear G. muris infection results from deficiency of L3T4+ lymphocytes. KW - Cell mediated immunity KW - host strain differences KW - immunology KW - Laboratory animals KW - parasites KW - Giardia muris KW - mice KW - protozoa KW - Rodents KW - Giardia KW - Hexamitidae KW - Diplomonadida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - cellular immunity KW - lymphocyte subsets KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19880845088&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Primary retroperitoneal pelvic echinococcal cyst. AU - Haddad, F. S. AU - Kalogeris, K. G.\Christoforidis, L. I.\Mikioudis, N. M. T2 - Journal of Urology JO - Journal of Urology JF - Journal of Urology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 137 IS - 6 SP - 1248 EP - 1248 SN - 0022-5347 AD - Haddad, F. S.: Veterans Administration Med. Cen., Phoenix, AR 85012, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19880846025. Publication Type: Correspondence. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - The author discusses pelvic hydatid cysts with reference to a paper by K. G. Kalogeris, L. I. Christoforidis and N. M. Mikioudis in Journal of Urology (1986) 135, 1235-1236. These authors' brief reply is included. KW - case reports KW - helminths KW - metacestodes KW - parasites KW - Cestoda KW - Echinococcus KW - man KW - Platyhelminthes KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Taeniidae KW - Eucestoda KW - Cestoda KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - parasitic worms KW - pelvic localization KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19880846025&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Strongyloidiasis in US veterans of the Vietnam and other wars. AU - Genta, R. M. AU - Weesner, R. AU - Douce, R. W. AU - Huitger-O'Connor, T. H. AU - Walzer, P. D. JO - Journal of the American Medical Association JF - Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1987/// VL - 258 IS - 1 SP - 49 EP - 52 AD - Genta, R. M.: Dep. Path. & Lab. Med., Veterans Administration Med. Cent., 3200 Vine St., Cincinnati, OH 45220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19880846361. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Subject Subsets: Helminthology; Public Health N2 - American veterans of the Vietnam war were tested by ELISA for serum IgG antibodies against Strongyloides stercoralis antigens. Of 493 Vietnam veterans 8 (1.6%) were seropositive; of 60 patients with abdominal symptoms and/or elevated eosinophilia admitted to the Cincinnati Veterans Administration Medical Center, USA, 12 (5%) were seropositive and of 147 residents of a Veterans Administration-operated nursing home 6 (4%) were seropositive. All infected patients in the latter 2 groups were World War II veterans. The usefulness of ELISA as a screening tool for at-risk groups was confirmed by the finding that S. stercoralis larvae were demonstrated in most seropositive patients when a sufficent number of fresh stools were examined.<new para>ADDITIONAL ABSTRACT:<new para>Of 700 ex-servicemen 26 had positive Strongyloides ELISA serology. In 11 of 16 of these, parasites were found in stools, often with considerable difficulty. The parasite rate associated with borderline serology was 0/3 whereas that for individuals with eosinophilia [and negative serology?] was 0/12. [No figures are given for the parasite rate in patients with negative serology.] The servicemen were living in an endemic area of the USA so the source of their infections was not clear, but 200 unmatched control sera from the same area were negative. The ELISA is regarded as a valuable screen for Strongyloides infection.R.W. Ashford KW - helminths KW - parasites KW - Strongyloidiasis KW - veterans KW - North America KW - USA KW - man KW - Nematoda KW - Rhabditida KW - Strongyloides stercoralis KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - invertebrates KW - Strongyloides KW - Strongyloididae KW - Rhabditida KW - Chromadoria KW - Chromadorea KW - Nematoda KW - America KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - OECD Countries KW - nematodes KW - parasitic worms KW - prevalence KW - Secernentea KW - United States of America KW - war veterans KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19880846361&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Metronidazole. AU - Gerding, D. N. JO - Antimicrobial Agents Annual JF - Antimicrobial Agents Annual Y1 - 1987/// VL - 2 SP - 131 EP - 136 SN - 0570-3301 AD - Gerding, D. N.: Dep. Med., Inf. Dis. Sect., Veterans Administration Med. Cen., 54th Street and 48th Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19880850081. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 443-48-1. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - The activity (against Trichomonas vaginalis, Giardia lamblia, Entamoeba histolytica, Balantidium coli and a large number of anaerobic bacteria), clinical pharmacology, adverse effects and drug interactions, clinical uses, dosing and future uses of metronidazole are considered. KW - Antiprotozoal agents KW - DRUG THERAPY KW - Metronidazole KW - parasites KW - reviews KW - man KW - Protozoa KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - invertebrates KW - Protozoa KW - chemotherapy KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19880850081&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparative glucose utilization rates in separated and mated schistosomes. AU - Cornford, E. M. AU - Fitzpatrick, A. M. JO - Experimental Parasitology JF - Experimental Parasitology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 64 IS - 3 SP - 448 EP - 457 SN - 0014-4894 AD - Cornford, E. M.: Southwest Regional VA Epilepsy Center, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Med. Center, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19880850272. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - The rate of phosphorylation of 2-deoxyglucose (2DG) was determined by sequential pulsing of schistosomes (Schistosoma mansoni, S. japonicum, and S. haematobium) with ³H- and 14C-labelled 2-deoxy-D-glucose. Subsequent column chromatographic separation of the neutral [³H]2DG and [14C]2DG from the ³H- and 14C-labelled 2-deoxy-D-glucose 6-phosphate permitted estimation of the quantity of [³H]2DG phosphorylated in 2 min, and the proportion of [14C]2DG phosphorylated in 1 min; thus a phosphorylation rate was determined from a single tissue sample. The relative phosphorylation rate of 2-[³H]2DG to D-1-[14C]glucose (i.e., the phosphorylation coefficient) was also measured in male and female schistosomes. Even though 2DG was taken up more rapidly than glucose, it was phosphorylated at a much slower rate in both S. mansoni and S. japonicum. In both of these species, mated males phosphorylated 2DG and glucose at a greater rate than did unmated males. Similarly, mated females phosphorylated and consumed more glucose than did separated females. In contrast, the phosphorylation coefficient was greater in separated than in mated schistosomes. Intraspecific comparisons suggested that, at reduced substrate concentrations, glucose utilization rates were high in S. japonicum, intermediate in S. mansoni, and low in S. haematobium. KW - biochemistry KW - carbohydrates KW - helminths KW - parasites KW - Digenea KW - Schistosoma haematobium KW - Schistosoma japonicum KW - Schistosoma mansoni KW - Trematoda KW - Trematoda KW - Platyhelminthes KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Schistosoma KW - Schistosomatidae KW - Digenea KW - glucose utilization KW - parasitic worms KW - saccharides KW - Strigeida KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19880850272&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Regulatory function of hydrogen ion on the direct lethal action of miconazole. AU - Beggs, W. H. AU - Hughes, C. E. T2 - Journal of Antimicrobial Chemotherapy JO - Journal of Antimicrobial Chemotherapy JF - Journal of Antimicrobial Chemotherapy Y1 - 1987/// VL - 20 IS - 3 SP - 450 EP - 452 SN - 0305-7453 AD - Beggs, W. H.: General Med. Res. & Med. Serv., Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881201120. Publication Type: Correspondence. Language: English. Number of References: 3 ref. Registry Number: 22916-47-8. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - The importance of pH for lethal action of miconazole against Candida albicans was demonstrated. At pH 7.0 miconazole was fungicidal but at pH 5.3 the killing action was prevented. It is concluded that a pH shift of only 0.1-0.2 pH unit is sufficient to cause an enormous difference in the antifungal effect of miconazole and these findings demonstrate the critical role that hydrogen ion plays in the expression of direct lethal miconazole action. KW - antifungal agents KW - antifungal properties KW - Miconazole KW - pH KW - pharmacodynamics KW - Candida albicans KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - anti-fungal properties KW - drug action KW - fungicidal properties KW - fungistats KW - fungus KW - hydrogen ion concentration KW - Hyphomycetes KW - mechanism of drug action KW - potential of hydrogen KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881201120&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibition on altered renal hemodynamics induced by low protein diet in the rat. AU - Fernández-Repollet, E. AU - Tapia, E. AU - Martínez-Maldonado, M. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1987/// VL - 80 IS - 4 SP - 1045 EP - 1049 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Fernández-Repollet, E.: M. Martínez-Maldonado, Veterans Administration Center, GPO Box 4867, San Juan, PR 00936, Puerto Rico. N1 - Accession Number: 19881403242. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 11000-26-3, 1407-47-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The role of angiotensin II in mediating the changes in renal hemiodynamics known to result from low protein feeding to normal rats was assessed by examining the effect of the angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor captopril. After 2 weeks on a diet with 6% casein, rats had decreased glomerular filtration rate and renal plasma flow; renal vascular resistance increased. The changes were accompanied by a significant decrease in plasma renin activity, plasma aldosterone concentration and urinary prostaglandin (PG)E2 excretion; by contrast renal renin content was significantly increased. Treatment with captopril (30 mg/kg daily) increased glomerular filtration rate and renal plasma flow, and reduced renal vascular resistance in rats given the diet low in protein. These values were not different from those in untreated and captopril-treated rats given normal (23%) protein diet. There were no changes in systemic mean arterial pressure in any group. The results provide evidence that intrarenal angiotensin II mediates the changes in intrarenal haemodynamics induced by protein deprivation. The effects of low protein feeding may be partly potentiated by the reduction in PGE2 synthesis. The return to normal of GFR and RPF in view of only modest increases in PGE2 excretion after captopril suggests that if PGE2 is involved in these changes, it plays a permissive but not essential role in the increased renovascular resistance. KW - angiotensin KW - blood flow KW - kidneys KW - prostaglandins KW - Protein deficiencies KW - roles KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - protein malnutrition KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881403242&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Parenteral nutrition: short term effects on hepatic clearance of sodium taurocholate and indocyanine green. AU - Fabri, P. J. AU - Deutsch, S. AU - Gower, W., Jr. AU - Mirtallo, J. M. AU - Staubus, A. E. AU - Love, J. E., Jr. JO - Clinical Biochemistry JF - Clinical Biochemistry Y1 - 1987/// VL - 20 IS - 1 SP - 57 EP - 60 SN - 0009-9120 AD - Fabri, P. J.: Dep. Surgery, James A. Haley Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1300 Bruce B. Downs Blvd., Tampa, FL 33612, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881403268. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rate constants and total clearance of sodium taurocholate and indocyanine green were estimated in 20 subjects before being given total parenteral nutrition (TPN) and 7 days after initiation of glucose-based TPN. Serum γ-glutamyl transpeptidase increased in response to TPN but clearances of sodium taurocholate and indocyanine green were not affected by TPN. Results do not support the hypothesis that TPN directly causes cholestasis but suggest that cholestasis caused by concurrent liver disease may be aggravated by TPN. KW - aetiology KW - cholestasis KW - Parenteral feeding KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - causal agents KW - etiology KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881403268&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Age and the effects of lactose on calcium and phosphorus uptake by rat small intestine. AU - Armbrecht, H. J. JO - Nutrition Research JF - Nutrition Research Y1 - 1987/// VL - 7 IS - 11 SP - 1169 EP - 1177 SN - 0271-5317 AD - Armbrecht, H. J.: Geriatric Research, Education, and Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Louis, MO 63125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881403439. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 62-42-3, 7723-14-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Dairy Science N2 - Intestinal absorption of calcium and phosphorus declines with age. Lactose increases the absorption of Ca in young animals, but its effect on Ca and P absorption in older animals is not known. Ca and P uptake were estimated simultaneously by incubating everted duodenal and ileal sacs from male Fischer 344 rats aged 2 to 3 months (young), 12 to 14 months (adult) and 22 to 24 months (old) in a buffered salt solution containing radiolabelled 0.25 mM Ca and 1.0 mM P. Preincubation of intestinal sacs with 160 mM lactose for 45 min significantly increased Ca and P uptake in duodenal and ileal segments. The effect of lactose was similar in all age groups and was independent of vitamin D status as determined by serum 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D. In separate experiments, lactose was also shown to increase the transepithelial transport of Ca and P in each age group. In anaerobic conditions, the effect of lactose on P uptake, but not Ca uptake, was inhibited in young and adult rats. The results suggest that lactose works by different mechanisms to increase Ca and P uptake. The increase of Ca and P uptake by lactose may be important in older mammals, which have decreased capacity to synthesize and respond to 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D. KW - absorption KW - age KW - Calcium KW - intestines KW - lactose KW - Phosphorus KW - small intestine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - milk sugar KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (General) (LL500) KW - Milk and Dairy Produce (QQ010) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881403439&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Dietary fiber and diabetes: a comprehensive review and practical application. AU - Anderson, J. W. AU - Gustafson, N. J. AU - Bryant, C. A. AU - Tietyen-Clark, J. JO - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JF - Journal of the American Dietetic Association Y1 - 1987/// VL - 87 IS - 9 SP - 1189 EP - 1197 SN - 0002-8223 AD - Anderson, J. W.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Lexington, KY, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881403458. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 133 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - It is concluded that diets high in fibre decrease insulin requirements, improve control of blood sugar, decrease serum lipids and help in weight loss of diabetics. Diets providing 55 to 60% of energy as carbohydrates, 15 to 20% as protein and 20 to 25% as fat and including 50 g or more fibre daily have the greatest potential for long-term use. Calculation and practical application of diets high in fibre are illustrated. KW - Diabetes KW - fibre KW - reviews KW - treatment KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fiber KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881403458&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A nutrition screening and assessment system for use with the elderly in extended care. AU - Tramposch, T. S. AU - Blue, L. S. JO - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JF - Journal of the American Dietetic Association Y1 - 1987/// VL - 87 IS - 9 SP - 1207 EP - 1210 SN - 0002-8223 AD - Tramposch, T. S.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Houston, TX, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881403464. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The development, implementation and evaluation of a procedure used nutritionally to screen and assess geriatric patients in extended care at the Veterans Administration Medical Center in Houston, USA, are described. KW - estimation KW - nutritional state KW - Old age KW - Texas KW - USA KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Great Plains States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - Gulf States of USA KW - Southern Plains States of USA KW - West South Central States of USA KW - Southern States of USA KW - Southwestern States of USA KW - nutritional status KW - United States of America KW - Diet Studies (VV110) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881403464&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of systemic acid-base balance on ileal secretion. AU - Goldfarb, D. S. AU - Ingrassia, P. M. AU - Charney, A. N. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 253 IS - 3,I SP - G330 EP - G335 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Goldfarb, D. S.: Nephrology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York, NY 10010, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881403888. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Water and electrolyte absorption was estimated in ileal loops exposed to saline or 50 to 75 μg cholera toxin in mechanically ventilated Sprague-Dawley rats anaesthetized with pentobarbital sodium. The effects of acute respiratory and metabolic acidosis and alkalosis were then examined. Decreases in systemic pH during respiratory acidosis caused equivalent increases in net water (54 ± 8 μl/cm h) and sodium absorption (7 ± 1μEq/cm h) and smaller increases in chloride absorption in cholera toxin compared with saline loops. These increases reversed the net secretion of these ions observed during alkalaemia in the cholera toxin loops to net absorption. Metabolic acidosis and alkalosis and respiratory compensation of systemic pH of these metabolic disorders also altered cholera toxin-induced secretion in a direction consistent with the pH change. The increase in net bicarbonate secretion caused by cholera toxin was unaffected by the respiratory disorders and did not vary with the bicarbonate concentration in the metabolic disorders. These findings suggest that the systemic acid-base disorders that characterize intestinal secretory states may themselves alter intestinal absorptive function and fluid losses. KW - Acid base equilibrium KW - electrolytes KW - ileum KW - transport KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - transportation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881403888&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Sodium absorption associated with oral hygiene procedures. AU - Kaminsky, S. B. AU - Gillette, W. B. AU - O'Leary, T. J. JO - Journal of the American Dental Association JF - Journal of the American Dental Association Y1 - 1987/// VL - 114 IS - 5 SP - 644 EP - 646 SN - 0002-8177 AD - Kaminsky, S. B.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 16111 Plummer St., Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881404015. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 38 ref. Registry Number: 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - About 2.99 mEq Na was absorbed through the mouth when 20 subjects kept 25 ml of a solution containing sodium chloride at 5% in their mouths for 4 min. Irrigation with 100 ml of 5% NaCl solution gave mean Na absorption of 6.87 mEq. Use of mouthwashes containing NaCl may be of clinical significance in subjects given diets with restricted Na content. KW - absorption KW - Sodium KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - saline rinses KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881404015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Glucose-induced norepinephrine levels and obesity resistance. AU - Levin, B. E. AU - Sullivan, A. C. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 253 IS - 3, II SP - R475 EP - R481 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Levin, B. E.: Neurology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, East Orange, NJ 07019, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881404042. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 51-40-1, 51-41-2, 69815-49-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The value of glucose-stimulated sympathetic activation in differentiating rats that would subsequently resist or develop diet-induced obesity (DIO) when chronically fed on a high-energy diet (CM) enriched in fat and sucrose was tested in male Sprague-Dawley rats 3 months old. While the rats were on stock diet the areas under the curve for plasma glucose, insulin and norepinephrine (NE) were estimated for 60 min after an intravenous glucose load (1 g/kg). Half of the rats then switched to the CM diet for 14 weeks developed DIO with 54% more weight gain and 205% heavier retroperitoneal fat pads; half [diet resistant (DR)] had weight gain and pad weights comparable with those for controls. Energy intake was comparable in all rats. NE areas after intravenous glucose loads were 54% lower in DR than in DIO rats and there was a positive correlation (r = 0.63) between these NE areas and subsequent weight gain on the CM diet. Areas under the insulin curve were correlated with subsequent weight gain on stock diet (r = 0.71) but not the CM diet. The results suggest that rats predisposed to become DR on the CM diet have dampened sympathetic activation after a glucose load, possibly because of heightened end-organ responsiveness to NE. KW - Hyperphagia KW - norepinephrine KW - obesity KW - resistance KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - noradrenaline KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881404042&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Modulation of albuminuria by dietary protein and converting enzyme inhibition. AU - Hutchison, F. N. AU - Schambelan, M. AU - Kaysen, G. A. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 253 IS - 4, II SP - F719 EP - F725 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Hutchison, F. N.: Renal Biochemistry Lab., Dep. Medicine, Martinez Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881404166. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Registry Number: 1407-47-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Dietary protein restriction and angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors (CEI) reduce proteinuria in experimental renal disease. To determine whether the effects of dietary protein on albuminuria (UalbV) in nephrotic rats are modified by CEI, UalbV and glomerular filtration rate (GFR) were estimated in rats with passive Heymann nephritis given diets with 40 (HP) or 8.5% (LP) protein. Half of each group received enalapril beginning 2 days after injection of antibody. Enalapril prevented the greater UalbV and fractional clearance of albumin (FCalb) observed in HP (HP + enalapril, 136 ± 44 mg daily and 0.88 ± 0.54 × 10-2, compared with HP, 368 ± 60 mg daily and 4.40 ± 2.90 × 10-2), but did not alter GFR significantly. Enalapril did not alter UalbV or FCalb in LP. To determine whether CEI would reduce UalbV in rats after proteinuria was already present, rats given 21% protein were studied 1 week after the onset of proteinuria. Enalapril decreased UalbV (423 ± 35 to 169 ± 18 mg daily) and FCalb (3.19 ± 0.36 × 10-2 to 0.71 ± 0.11 × 10-2) after 3 days. KW - angiotensin KW - Kidney diseases KW - protein intake KW - proteinuria KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - kidney disorders KW - nephropathy KW - renal diseases KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881404166&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Neuropeptide Y increases food intake in mice. AU - Morley, J. E. AU - Hernandez, E. N. AU - Flood, J. F. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 253 IS - 3, II SP - R516 EP - R522 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Morley, J. E.: Geriatric Research, Education, and Clinical Center, Psychobiology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881404191. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Neuropeptide Y (NPY) stimulates eating in a number of species. Intracerebroventricular administration of porcine NPY increased eating in mice. In the presence of food, NPY increased water intake, whereas in the absence of food, NPY suppressed water intake. Behavioural analysis showed that NPY decreased the latency to eat, increased the time spent eating and decreased grooming. Human NPY also increased food intake, whereas the free acid of NPY was inactive. Although some minor discrepancies in response were noted overall, NPY was as effective at stimulating food intake in genetically obese (ob/ob) mice as in their lean littermates (ob/-), in genetically diabetic mice (db/db) and their non-diabetic heterozygote control (db/m), in streptozocin-induced diabetic mice and their controls, and in adult (8 months old) as in old (25 months old) mice. KW - Food intake KW - peptides KW - regulation KW - Water intake KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881404191&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Acyl-CoA dehydrogenase activity in the riboflavin-deficient rat. Effects of starvation. AU - Ross, N. S. AU - Hoppel, C. L. JO - Biochemical Journal JF - Biochemical Journal Y1 - 1987/// VL - 244 IS - 2 SP - 387 EP - 391 AD - Ross, N. S.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Dep. Medicine, School of Medicine, Case Western Reserve Univ., Cleveland, OH 44106, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881404524. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 9027-65-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Riboflavin deficiency in weanling rats causes a metabolic disorder characterized by failure to oxidize fatty acids. The disorder is similar to that in several human diseases, some of which are responsive to pharmacological doses of riboflavin. Previous analysis of the riboflavin-deficient rat has shown that the failure of fatty acid oxidation is due to a decrease in the activity of the acyl-CoA dehydrogenases of β-oxidation. The activity of those flavoenzymes in liver rapidly decreases when a riboflavin-deficient diet is initiated. The objectives of these experiments were to analyse the effects of starvation on liver mitochondria isolated from the riboflavin-deficient rat. The decreased mitochondrial fatty acid oxidation induced by riboflavin deficiency was partly reversed by starvation. The extent of this reversal was proportional to the duration of starvation. The starvation-associated increase in fatty acid oxidation was mediated by an increase in the mitochondrial short-chain acyl-CoA dehydrogenase activity. The activity of this enzyme was increased such that the ratio of short-chain acyl-CoA dehydrogenase apoenzyme to holoenzyme did not change. It is concluded that short-chain acyl-CoA dehydrogenase activity is limiting for fatty acid oxidation when its activity falls below a critical point. The increased mitochondrial specific activity of short-chain acyl-CoA dehydrogenase during starvation may result from an increased availability of flavin coenzyme or an increase in enzyme catalytic efficiency. KW - activity KW - acyl-CoA dehydrogenase KW - Riboflavin deficiency KW - starvation KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ariboflavinosis KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881404524&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Prophylaxis of atherosclerosis with marine omega-3 fatty acids. A comprehensive strategy. AU - Schacky, C. von JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1987/// VL - 107 IS - 6 SP - 890 EP - 899 SN - 0003-4819 AD - Schacky, C. von: Division of Hematology/Oncology, New York Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York, NY, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881404689. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 173 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Traditional approaches to the prevention of atherosclerosis have focused on one aspect of the pathogenesis of this multifactorial disease, such as platelet function or blood lipids, and therefore have had limited success. Epidemiological studies show a striking inverse correlation of consumption of fish rich in the 2 ω-3 fatty acids, eicosapentaenoic acid and docosahexaenoic acid, and mortality from cardiovascular disease. In studies of healthy persons and patients, reductions in platelet responsiveness, lowering of blood lipids and improvements of blood flow, as well as improvements in other values implicated in the pathogenesis of atherosclerosis, were induced with eicosapentaenoic and docosahexaenoic acids. These findings indicate that these ω-3 fatty acids have a larger prophylactic potential than traditional approaches. This potential must be scrutinized in meticulously designed and conducted trials with clinical endpoints. KW - Atherosclerosis KW - Fish oils KW - polyunsaturated fats KW - prevention KW - reviews KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - arteriosclerosis KW - polyenoic fats KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881404689&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Novel aspects of vitamin A metabolism in the dog: distribution of lipoprotein retinyl esters in vitamin A-deprived and cholesterol-fed animals. AU - Wilson, D. E. AU - Hejazi, J. AU - Elstad, N. L. AU - Chan, I. F. AU - Gleeson, J. M. AU - Iverius, P. H. JO - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, L (Lipid and Lipid Metabolism) JF - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, L (Lipid and Lipid Metabolism) Y1 - 1987/// VL - 922 IS - 3 SP - 247 EP - 258 AD - Wilson, D. E.: Veterans Administration Hospital (111E), 500 Foothill Drive, Salt Lake City, UT 84148, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881404728. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 68-26-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The metabolism of endogenous lipoprotein retinyl esters was studied in adult mongrel dogs with moderate vitamin A deficiency. Four dogs were given a diet of oatmeal and tunafish that provided only 4% of the vitamin A contained in their control diets (15 compared with 367% of the recommended daily intake of dogs). There was an initial rapid decline in plasma retinyl esters but traces persisted in plasma for up to 1 year of restricted vitamin A intake. Total plasma retinyl ester concentrations after 6 months of vitamin A deprivation, extrapolated from best-fit monoexponential decay curves for each dog, ranged from 11 to 89% of control, suggesting that there was sustained secretion of retinyl esters from endogenous stores. Density gradient ultracentrifugation of plasma from vitamin A-deprived dogs without food for 18 h showed retinyl esters in the very-low- (VLDL) and low-density lipoproteins (LDL). After fat and vitamin A feeding retinyl esters appeared among the VLDL, intermediate-density lipoprotein (IDL) and LDL, consistent with the suggestion that chylomicron retinyl esters are first taken up by the liver and then resecreted as lipoproteins of density 1.006 to 1.063 g/ml. Maximum incorporation of dietary retinyl esters into LDL was not reached until 24 to 48 h. IDL and β-migrating LDL retinyl esters were increased in dogs without food for 18 h maintained on diets high in cholesterol and saturated fat. The observations provide further evidence for the proposal that the canine liver secretes retinyl ester-containing particles, in amounts governed by dietary composition and vitamin A content. KW - diets KW - metabolism KW - RETINOL KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - axerophthol KW - vitamin A KW - vitamin A alcohol KW - vitamin A1 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881404728&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Determination of α-tocopherolquinone (vitamin E quinone) in human serum, platelets, and red cell membrane samples. AU - Vatassery, G. T. AU - Smith, W. E. JO - Analytical Biochemistry JF - Analytical Biochemistry Y1 - 1987/// VL - 167 IS - 2 SP - 411 EP - 417 SN - 0003-2697 AD - Vatassery, G. T.: Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881404754. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Registry Number: 1406-18-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A high-performance liquid chromatographic method is described for the estimation of α-tocopherolquinone in human serum, blood platelets or red cell membranes after saponification and extraction with hexane. KW - blood KW - estimation KW - metabolites KW - Quinones KW - Vitamin E KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881404754&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Role of dietary carbohydrate in the prevention of alcohol-induced fatty liver. AU - Rao, G. A. AU - Riley, D. E. AU - Larkin, E. C. JO - Biochemical Archives JF - Biochemical Archives Y1 - 1986/// VL - 2 IS - 4 SP - 261 EP - 265 SN - 0749-5331 AD - Rao, G. A.: Alcohol Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, 150 Muir Road, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881404786. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 8 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A group of 5 young male Sprague-Dawley rats were freely given an alcohol diet (Lieber-DeCarli) for 30 days. Three other groups of 5 rats were given an alcohol diet supplemented with fructose, galactose or glycine (18.6, 18.6 and 15.0 g/litre, respectively). A fifth group of 5 rats were given the Lieber-DeCarli diet in which ethanol was replaced by an isoenergetic amount of maltose-dextrins. For rats given an alcohol diet, alcohol diet with supplements or diet with maltose-dextrins, liver triglyceride concentrations were 55, 23 to 28 and 25 mg/g, respectively, and liver glycogen increased as fatty liver was abolished. The mechanism by which supplementation of the alcohol diet with hexoses or glucogenic precursors prevents alcoholic fatty liver is unknown as is the mechanism underlying increased concentration of liver glycogen. KW - Alcohols KW - carbohydrates KW - fatty liver KW - loads KW - prevention KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatty liver disease KW - fatty liver syndrome KW - saccharides KW - steatosis KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881404786&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of dietary fish oil on lung phospholipid fatty acid composition and intrinsic pulmonary vascular reactivity. AU - Archer, S. AU - Nelson, D. AU - Gebhard, R. AU - Levine, A. S. AU - Prigge, W. AU - Weir, E. K. JO - Cardiovascular Research JF - Cardiovascular Research Y1 - 1987/// VL - 21 IS - 12 SP - 928 EP - 932 SN - 0008-6363 AD - Archer, S.: Minneapolis Veterans Administration Dep. Cardiology (111C), 54th Street and 48th Ave. South, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881404843. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Three groups of 10 adult male Sprague-Dawley rats were freely given isoenergetic, isonitrogenous diets with 20% lipid, 21% protein and 59% carbohydrate where the lipid component was 18% fish oil (menhaden) and 2% maize oil, 20% maize oil, or 18% lard and 2% maize oil. After one month of the diet, pulmonary vascular reactivity to angiotensin II (0.15 μg) and hypoxia (fractional inspired oxygen 0.025) were assessed in the isolated perfused rat lung. The haemodynamic effects of the diet on resting normoxic pulmonary artery pressure (in vivo) were assessed in chloralose-anaesthetized rats. The fish oil diet increased the content of eicosapentaenoic acid (C20:5) and docosahexaenoic acid (C22:6) in lung phospholipids but had no effect on pulmonary vascular reactivity. The arachidonic acid (C20:4) content of the lung was decreased. Platelet counts were lower in rats given fish oil. Results indicate that a fish oil diet does not alter acute intrinsic pulmonary vascular reactivity despite pronounced changes in lung phospholipid fatty acid profile. KW - blood flow KW - diets KW - Fish oils KW - lungs KW - phospholipids KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881404843&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gas-chromatographic and mass-spectrometric analysis of the odor of human feces. AU - Moore, J. G. AU - Jessop, L. D. AU - Osborne, D. N. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 93 IS - 6 SP - 1321 EP - 1329 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Moore, J. G.: G.I. Section (111G), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 500 Foothill Drive, Salt Lake City, UT 84148, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881405241. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Gas-chromatographic and mass-spectrometric analysis of human faecal samples was made to identify the volatile compounds responsible for faecal odour. The compounds identified with faecal odour were the methyl sulphides methanethiol, dimethyl disulphide and dimethyl trisulphide. Skatole and indole, the benzopyrrole volatiles believed to be responsible for faecal odour, in fact elaborated a naphthalenelike "mothball" odour in the crystalline state as well as after purging from faeces. A small amount of hydrogen sulphide gas was also identified in faecal samples. The components responsible for faecal odour are complex and may be influenced by dietary and endogenous contributions. The major components are methyl sulphide compounds rather than skatole and indole as is currently believed. KW - estimation KW - faeces KW - Volatile compounds KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - feces KW - volatile constituents KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881405241&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Brain lipoprotein lipase is responsive to nutritional and hormonal modulation. AU - Gavin, L. A. AU - Cavalieri, R. R. AU - Moeller, M. AU - McMahon, F. A. AU - Castle, J. N. AU - Gulli, R. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1987/// VL - 36 IS - 10 SP - 919 EP - 924 AD - Gavin, L. A.: Endocrine-Metabolic Service (111F) Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement St., San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881405440. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 9004-02-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Food deprivation for 96 h and diabetes for 10 days significantly decreased brain (cortical) and adipose (epididymal fat pad) lipoprotein lipase activity. Heart muscle enzyme activity was increased in response to deprivation and diabetes. Refeeding for 96 h and insulin replacement for 96 h reversed those changes in tissue lipoprotein lipase consequent to deprivation and diabetes, respectively. There was a positive correlation between the changes in serum insulin concentration and adipose lipoprotein lipase, but there was no relation between this value and brain or heart lipoprotein lipase. Although triiodothyronine (T3) treatment normalized the low T3 state associated with deprivation and diabetes, it had no effect on the enzyme activity in the studied tissues. Subsequent studies demonstrated that hypothyroidism (2 weeks after thyroidectomy) decreased brain lipoprotein lipase activity and increased adipose tissue and heart enzyme activity. T3 replacement (0.8 μg/100 g body weight daily for 1 week) reversed the effects of hypothyroidism. The relation between brain enzyme activity and serum T3 was non-linear as hyperthyroidism tended to reduce brain LPL activity. KW - Brain KW - experimental diabetes KW - hypothyroidism KW - lipoprotein lipase KW - starvation KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cerebrum KW - diacylglycerol lipase KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881405440&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Histologic changes in pancreas in relation to smoking and coffee-drinking habits. AU - Auerbach, O. AU - Garfinkel, L. JO - Digestive Diseases and Sciences JF - Digestive Diseases and Sciences Y1 - 1986/// VL - 31 IS - 10 SP - 1014 EP - 1020 SN - 0163-2116 AD - Auerbach, O.: SMI Lab. (151B), Veterans Administration Medical Center, East Orange, NJ 07019, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881405610. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Histological alterations in the epithelium of the ducts and exocrine portions of the parenchyma and thickening of the walls of the arterioles and arteries in the pancreas in relation to smoking habits was studied in 22 344 slides from 560 subjects post mortem. Coffee drinking was not related to histological alterations in the cells within the pancreas. KW - change KW - coffee KW - consumption KW - Pancreas KW - tobacco smoking KW - Coffea KW - Man KW - Rubiaceae KW - Rubiales KW - Gentianales KW - dicotyledons KW - angiosperms KW - Spermatophyta KW - plants KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881405610&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Interaction of chronic alcohol administration and diet on pancreatic acinar cell metabolism in the rat. AU - LaSure, M. M. AU - Perez-Jimenez, F. AU - Manjit Singh JO - Digestive Diseases and Sciences JF - Digestive Diseases and Sciences Y1 - 1986/// VL - 31 IS - 10 SP - 1073 EP - 1080 SN - 0163-2116 AD - LaSure, M. M.: Manjit Singh, (509/151), Medical Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, GA 30910, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881405614. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 36 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The interaction of ethanol and an average or high-fat diet on pancreatic acinar cell function was studied in weight-matched groups of Sprague-Dawley rats given a stock diet or average-fat and high-fat liquid diets with or without ethanol 5% for 3 months. Trypsinogen secretion was increased by the high-fat diet but not by ethanol; chymotrypsinogen secretion was decreased by the combination of ethanol and a high-fat diet, while lipase secretion was increased by a high-fat diet. Pancreatic secretory trypsin inhibitor was not altered by ethanol or fat in the diet. Ethanol together with a high fat content of the diet caused complex and non-parallel changes in the secretion of the pancreatic enzymes. The data are of interest in view of the reported positive correlation between alcoholism and a high fat content of the diet in the causation of alcoholic pancreatitis in man. KW - activity KW - ethanol KW - fats KW - intake KW - loads KW - Pancreas KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881405614&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of chronic feeding of ethanol diet of "average" fat content on rat pancreas. AU - Manjit Singh JO - Digestive Diseases and Sciences JF - Digestive Diseases and Sciences Y1 - 1987/// VL - 32 IS - 1 SP - 57 EP - 64 SN - 0163-2116 AD - Manjit Singh: Medical Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, GA 30910, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881405627. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The influence of dietary fat on the effect of ethanol on pancreatic macromolecular content and secretion was determined. Weight-matched groups of Sprague-Dawley rats were freely fed on a stock diet (fat provided 10% of energy content), a liquid diet (fat provided 12 and ethanol 36% of energy) or a liquid diet without ethanol. There were no differences in total content, specific activity, concentration and secretion of digestive enzymes between rats given the liquid diet with and those given no ethanol. Results indicate that the effect of ethanol on the pancreas is modified by intake of fat and/or carbohydrates. KW - activity KW - ethanol KW - fats KW - intake KW - loads KW - Pancreas KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881405627&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Nutritional and other factors influencing the calcium status. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Kramer, L. B. AU - Norris, C. AU - Osis, D. T2 - Proceedings of the University of Missouri's 19th Annual Conference on Trace Substances in Environmental Health, Columbia, MO, 3-6 June 1985. JO - Proceedings of the University of Missouri's 19th Annual Conference on Trace Substances in Environmental Health, Columbia, MO, 3-6 June 1985. JF - Proceedings of the University of Missouri's 19th Annual Conference on Trace Substances in Environmental Health, Columbia, MO, 3-6 June 1985. Y1 - 1985/// SP - 3 EP - 16 CY - Columbia, MO; USA PB - University of Missouri AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, IL, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881405771. Publication Type: Conference paper. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Studies were made with different calcium intakes, 200 to 2200 mg daily, to determine the amount needed to achieve equilibrium or a positive balance in men. The effect of several drugs on the excretion of Ca and on Ca balance was investigated. A large percentage of persons receiving the recommended intake of 800 mg daily were in negative balance. However, the Ca balance was positive with 1200 mg Ca and remained in the same range when the intake was increased further to 2200 mg daily. Several commonly used drugs increased urinary Ca excretion and may therefore result in substantial loss of Ca. KW - Calcium KW - requirements KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881405771&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Premenopausal osteoporosis associated with vitamin D-responsive calcium malabsorption. A case report. AU - Glauber, H. S. AU - Catherwood, B. D. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1987/// VL - 83 IS - 3 SP - 593 EP - 595 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Glauber, H. S.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Medical Research Service (V-111G), 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881405905. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A premenopausal white woman 41 years old with severe osteoporosis had impaired calcium absorption, with no other evidence of intestinal malabsorption. Although circulating concentrations of 25-hydroxyvitamin D and 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D (1,25-DHD) were normal, Ca absorption improved markedly after 2 weeks of treatment with synthetic 1,25-DHD. This suggests that a partial intestinal resistance to the actions of 1,25-DHD contributed to the development of her osteoporosis. The case report demonstrates the feasibility of using the calciuric response to a standard oral Ca load to screen for impaired Ca absorption in osteoporotic patients. KW - absorption KW - aetiology KW - calcium KW - osteodystrophy KW - Women KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - causal agents KW - disorders KW - etiology KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881405905&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Influence of motilin and cholecystokinin on sphincter of Oddi and duodenal motility. AU - Muller, E. L. AU - Grace, P. A. AU - Conter, R. L. AU - Roslyn, J. J. AU - Pitt, H. A. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 253 IS - 5,I SP - G679 EP - G683 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Muller, E. L.: Surgical Service, Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, CA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881405953. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 52906-92-0, 9011-97-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To determine the influence of motilin and cholecystokinin on simultaneously recorded sphincter of Oddi and duodenal motility, a triple-lumen, side-hole, pressure-monitored perfusion catheter was positioned in 7 male prairie dogs (Cynomys ludovicianus) with the proximal port in the sphincter of Oddi and the distal port in the duodenal lumen. Sphincter of Oddi and duodenal motility was recorded before and during 20-min infusions of motilin and cholecystokinin octapeptide (CCK-8) at 1, 10 and 100 ng/kg min. Both hormones produced dose-related increases in sphincter of Oddi and duodenal motility. No response was observed with either hormone at 1 ng/kg min. At 10 ng/kg min, the duodenum was slightly more sensitive to motilin than to CCK-8, while the sphincter of Oddi was equally affected by both hormones. At 100 ng/kg min both hormones stimulated the sphincter of Oddi and the duodenum equally. KW - intestinal motility KW - motilin KW - PANCREOZYMIN KW - Cynomys KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Sciuridae KW - rodents KW - cholecystokinin KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881405953&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Differing effects of arginine deficiency on the urea cycle enzymes of rat liver, cultured hepatocytes and hepatoma cells. AU - Snodgrass, P. J. AU - Lin, R. C. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1987/// VL - 117 IS - 11 SP - 1827 EP - 1837 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Snodgrass, P. J.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Indianapolis, IN 46202, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881405968. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Registry Number: 74-79-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Tests confirmed that arginine-deficient diets increase the liver activities (units/100 g) of the first 4 arginine biosynthetic enzymes of the urea cycle in Wistar rats, but not the activity of arginase. In contrast, rat liver cells cultured in monolayers for 48, 72 or 96 h in arginine-free L-15 or minimum essential medium showed no changes in carbamoyl-phosphate synthase (EC 6.3.4.16), ornithine transcarbamylase (EC 2.1.3.3), argininosuccinate synthase (EC 6.3.4.5), arginosuccinase (EC 4.3.2.1) or arginase (EC 3.5.3.1) activities. The arginine content of the cells grown on deficient medium was 36% of that of cells grown on 2.9 mM arginine-sufficient L-15, yet the urea excretion rate into the medium was reduced to 7% of the rate in control cells and the excretion of orotic acid was 400% of that in control cells. A Morris rat hepatoma cell line, 7800C1, which maintains activities of all 5 urea cycle enzymes, showed no consistent increases in the activities of the first 4 enzymes when the arginine in the medium was varied between 0 and 2 mM. Thus, in spite of severe arginine deficiency, cultured rat liver cells and hepatoma cells do not show the derepression-like response noted by other investigators when non-liver cells were cultured in arginine-deficient media. The difference between effects of arginine deficiency in vivo and in vitro on urea cycle activities remains unexplained. KW - Arginine KW - deficiency KW - liver KW - urea cycle enzymes KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881405968&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Relation of serum albumin concentration to death rate in nursing home men. AU - Rudman, D. AU - Feller, A. G. AU - Nagraj, H. S. AU - Jackson, D. L. AU - Rudman, I. W. AU - Mattson, D. E. JO - Journal of Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition JF - Journal of Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition Y1 - 1987/// VL - 11 IS - 4 SP - 360 EP - 363 SN - 0148-6071 AD - Rudman, D.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, North Chicago, IL, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881406061. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Serum albumin was measured in 126 men on average 70.6, range 40 to 96 years old in a Veterans Administration Nursing Home, and was correlated with other items in an extensive clinical data base, including death or survival during the year after the analysis. The reason for institutionalization was chronic neurological disease or other disabling physical conditions in 63 men (group A) and psychiatric disorder in 63 men (group B). In group A, the proportions of men with albumin less than 3.5, 3.5 to 4.0 and more than 4.0 g/100 ml were 6, 37 and 57%, respectively. In this group, serum albumin was significantly correlated with death rate, haemoglobin, haematocrit, serum cholesterol and serum lactate dehydrogenase. The death rate in group A during the year after the albumin analysis was 25%. For the 3 albumin levels, the death rates were 50, 43 and 11%, respectively. The subgroup with albumin 3.5 to 4.0 g/100 ml represented only 37% of the men in group A, but accounted for 63% of the deaths in that group. In group B, serum albumin was not significantly correlated with any other clinical variable. Death rate during the year after the albumin analysis was only 2% in group B, and was not correlated with the albumin value. It is considered that, in non-psychiatric nursing home men, the desirable serum albumin concentration is higher than 3.5 g/100 ml. KW - Albumins KW - blood KW - mortality KW - rates KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - death rate KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881406061&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Assessing nutritional assessment. AU - Twomey, P. T2 - Journal of Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition JO - Journal of Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition JF - Journal of Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition Y1 - 1987/// VL - 11 IS - 5 SP - 433 EP - 434 SN - 0148-6071 AD - Twomey, P.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Dep. Surgery, 150 Muir Rd., Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881406075. Publication Type: Editorial. Language: English. Number of References: 7 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - editorials KW - estimation KW - Nutritional state KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - nutritional status KW - Diet Studies (VV110) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881406075&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Glucose tolerance in Syrian hamsters. AU - McCullough, P. J. AU - Rogers, D. H. AU - Bell, R. H. JO - Laboratory Animal Science JF - Laboratory Animal Science Y1 - 1987/// VL - 37 IS - 3 SP - 361 EP - 364 SN - 0023-6764 AD - McCullough, P. J.: Dep. Surgery, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cincinnati, OH 45220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881406109. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 6 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Eight groups of normal male Syrian golden hamsters, 151 in total, were studied during 4 years. The range of the mean 18-h fasting basal plasma glucose concentrations for the oral glucose tolerance tests was 68 to 99 mg/100 ml and 70 to 96 mg/100 ml for the intraperitoneal glucose tolerance tests. Consistently higher responses to graded doses of oral glucose were seen at higher doses. It is suggested that glucose tolerance tests are best made on unanaesthetized hamsters using an oral dose of 0.75 or 1.0 g/kg body weight. That procedure will cause a marked increase in plasma glucose above basal values within 30 min and allows for a return to near-basal values by 120 min. Intraperitoneal glucose tolerance tests are not recommended because of the wide range of responses seen in conjunction with a relatively small increase in dose. KW - Glucose tolerance KW - hamsters KW - Cricetinae KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood sugar tolerance KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881406109&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparison of the effect of a protein-free and restricted high protein-low carbohydrate diet on ventricular myosin ATPase activity and isomyosin profile in young rats: evidence that protein-depleted animals are euthyroid. AU - Carter, W. J. AU - Faas, F. H. AU - Perry, C. A. AU - Lynch, M. E. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1987/// VL - 117 IS - 12 SP - 2142 EP - 2146 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Carter, W. J.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. Arkansas for Medical Sciences, Little Rock, AR 72205, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881406207. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Young rats fed on a protein-deficient diet have increased total triiodothyronine (T3) values despite the decreased skeletal muscle protein turnover. Interpretation of the thyroid status of these rats is complicated by increased T3 binding by serum proteins. To investigate the thyroid status of rats fed on a protein-free diet, ventricular myosin ATPase activity and isomyosin profile were used as an index of thyroid hormone activity. The effect of the protein-free diet was compared with a restricted high-protein, low-carbohydrate diet, which causes clear evidence of decreased thyroid hormone effect. After 28 days of feeding, calcium-activated myosin ATPase activity was 1.50 μmol inorganic phosphorus/(mg protein min) in rats fed on the basal diet, 1.16 in those fed on the restricted high-protein, low-carbohydrate diet and 1.48 in rats fed on the protein-free diet. In addition, a shift in isomyosin content with the appearance of V2 and V3 isomyosins occurred with the restricted high-protein, low-carbohydrate diet but not with the protein-free diet. The failure of the protein-depleted rats to decrease myosin ATPase activity and alter isomyosin content suggests that they are euthyroid. KW - Protein deficiencies KW - THYROID GLAND KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - protein malnutrition KW - status KW - thyroid KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881406207&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Home hyperalimentation for common variable hypogammaglobulinemia with malabsorption secondary to intestinal nodular lymphoid hyperplasia. AU - Bennett, W. G. AU - Watson, R. A. AU - Heard, J. K. AU - Vesely, D. L. JO - American Journal of Gastroenterology JF - American Journal of Gastroenterology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 82 IS - 10 SP - 1091 EP - 1095 SN - 0002-9270 AD - Bennett, W. G.: D.L. Vesely, John L. McClellan Veterans' Administration Medical Center, 4300 West 7th St., Little Rock, AR 72205, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881406375. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Common variable hypogammaglobulinaemia (immunodeficiency), a disorder characterized by late-onset immunoglobulin deficiency and lack of humoral immunity, has a variable association with bronchiectasis, cholelithiasis, nodular lymphoid hyperplasia, gastrointestinal neoplasia, megaloblastic anaemia and malabsorption. A man 48 years old had all of the above except neoplasia. In addition, he had calcium oxalate renal stones probably secondary to his malabsorption. The first case demonstrating the beneficial effect of home hyperalimentation in patients with severe malabsorption refractory to other treatments is described. Home hyperalimentation overnight allows the patient freedom for daily activities while also being more cost-effective than in-hospital parenteral nutrition. KW - Hypogammaglobulinaemia KW - MALABSORPTION KW - parenteral feeding KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hypogammaglobulinemia KW - malabsorption syndrome KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881406375&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nutritional changes in nonhuman primates during mechanical ventilation. AU - Polk, G. R. AU - Jenkinson, S. G. AU - Johanson, W. G., Jr. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1987/// VL - 46 IS - 6 SP - 900 EP - 904 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Polk, G. R.: S.G. Jenkinson, Pulmonary Disease Section (IIIE), Audie L. Murphy Memorial Veterans Administration Hospital, 7400 Merton Minter Blvd., San Antonio, TX 78284, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881406425. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Nutritional changes were studied in 8 adult baboons that received oleic acid (0.09 ml/kg) and then required mechanical ventilation for 8 days. The baboons were fed on a glucose solution low in energy given by infusion. Nutritional assessment included estimation of changes in muscle mass and changes in visceral protein concentration and plasma lipids. Serum protein and albumin concentrations decreased for 3 days after mechanical ventilation began but then remained stable. The baboons exhibited a marked increase in bronchoalveolar lavage fluid (BALF) protein concentrations after receiving oleic acid. It is concluded that previously healthy baboons receiving only glucose infusion during mechanical ventilation have marked decreases in serum albumin occurring after the lung injury. Decreases in albumin occur very early and may represent pooling of albumin in the lung after the oleic acid injury. KW - glucose KW - nutritional state KW - parenteral feeding KW - Ventilation KW - primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - nutritional status KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881406425&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Dietary management of dermatitis herpetiformis. AU - Hall, R. P. JO - Archives of Dermatology JF - Archives of Dermatology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 123 IS - 10 SP - 1378a EP - 1380a SN - 0003-987X AD - Hall, R. P.: Division of Dermatology, Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Durham, NC, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881406584. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Dermatitis herpetiformis (DH) is an extremely itchy, papulovesicular skin disease characterized in part by the presence of immunoglobulin (Ig)A at the dermal-epidermal junction; 85 to 90% of DH patients have granular deposits of IgA at the dermal-epidermal junction, and essentially all these patients have an associated, for the most part asymptomatic, gluten-sensitive enteropathy (GSE). The association of GSE and DH suggested that the cutaneous manifestations of DH could be controlled by the use of a gluten-free diet. Institution of a gluten-free diet in patients with DH and granular IgA deposits has been effective in controlling the cutaneous eruption of DH. Of patients who begin a strict gluten-free diet 70 to 100% have been able to decrease the dosage of medication needed to control their DH after a mean of 8 to 18 months on the diet. Furthermore, 40 to 70% of patients with DH can control their skin disease completely, without any medication, after longer periods of time on the gluten-free diet (2 years and longer). Although the gluten-free diet has been of great benefit in the control of the skin manifestations of DH, at the present time there is no evidence to suggest that the gluten-free diet is in any way protective against the risk of intestinal lymphoma that has been documented in GSE. Evaluation of the cutaneous IgA deposits in DH skin after long periods on a gluten-free diet suggests that there may be a slight decrease in the intensity of the IgA deposits, but the true pathogenetic relation between the cutaneous IgA deposits, the cutaneous manifestations of DH and the associated GSE remains unknown. KW - Dermatitis herpetiformis KW - diet treatment KW - reviews KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - diet prescription KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881406584&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Centrally active peptides: are they useful agents in the treatment of obesity? AU - Levine, A. S. A2 - Wurtman, R.J. A2 - Wurtman, J.J. T2 - Human obesity JO - Human obesity JF - Human obesity Y1 - 1987/// SP - 297 EP - 304 CY - New York, NY; USA PB - New York Academy of Sciences SN - 0897663934\0897663942 AD - Levine, A. S.: Neuroendocrine Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881406787. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Number of References: 64 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - This brief review focuses on the use of peptides and their effect as pharmacological agents on the central nervous system that may be useful in the treatment of obesity. Included are the 3 categories of opioids: pro-opiomelanocortin, pro-enkephalin and pro-dynorphin and their agonists, antagonists and blockers, together with pancreatic polypeptides and neuropeptides and gut peptides. Corticoliberin, a stress-related peptide which has been associated with alterations in food intake, is also discussed. KW - Obesity KW - peptides KW - reviews KW - treatment KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881406787&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Modulation of receptors and adenylate cyclase activity during sucrose feeding, food deprivation, and cold exposure. AU - Scarpace, P. J. AU - Baresi, L. A. AU - Morley, J. E. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 253 IS - 6,I SP - E629 EP - E635 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Scarpace, P. J.: Geriatric Research Education and Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881406837. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Registry Number: 9012-42-4, 57-50-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Adenylate cyclase activity and β-adrenergic receptors were assessed in rat brown adipose tissue (AT) after 2 weeks of sucrose feeding, 2 days of food deprivation or 2 days of cold exposure. β-Adrenergic receptors were identified in brown AT using [125I]iodocyanopindolol. Binding sites had the characteristics of mixed β1- and β2-type adrenergic receptors at a ratio of 60:40. After sucrose feeding or cold exposure, there was the expected increase in brown AT mitochondrial mass as estimated by total cytochrome-c oxidase activity but a decrease in β-adrenergic receptor density due to a loss of the β1-adrenergic subtype. This brown AT β-adrenergic receptor downregulation was tissue-specific, as myocardial β-adrenergic receptors were unchanged with sucrose feeding or cold exposure. Food deprivation did not change brown AT β-adrenergic receptor density. Forskolin-stimulated adenylate cyclase activity increased in brown AT after sucrose feeding or cold exposure but not after food deprivation. The ratio of isoproterenol-stimulated to forskolin-stimulated adenylate cyclase activity decreased in the sucrose-fed and cold-exposed rats but not in the food-deprived rats. KW - adenylate cyclase KW - Brown fat KW - cold stress KW - diets KW - heat production KW - starvation KW - sucrose KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - calorigenesis KW - saccharose KW - thermogenesis KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881406837&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Role of rat intestinal brush-border membrane angiotensin-converting enzyme in dietary protein digestion. AU - Yoshioka, M. AU - Erickson, R. H. AU - Woodley, J. F. AU - Gulli, R. AU - Guan, D. AU - Kim, Y. S. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 253 IS - 6,I SP - G781 EP - G786 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Yoshioka, M.: Gastrointestinal Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881406842. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The role of rat intestinal angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE; EC 3.4.15.1) in the digestion and absorption of dietary protein was studied. Enzyme activity was associated with the brush-border membrane fraction, with the highest activity in the proximal to midregion of the small intestine. Preliminary enzyme characterization studies were made using purified brush-border membrane preparations. When different N-blocked synthetic peptides were used as potential substrates for ACE, activity was highest with those containing proline at the carboxy terminal position. The hydrolytic rates observed with these prolyl peptides were similar to those observed when major digestive peptidases of the brush-border membrane such as aminopeptidase N and dipeptidyl aminopeptidase IV were estimated. When isolated rat jejunum was perfused in vivo with solutions of Bz-Gly-Ala-Pro, the dipeptide Ala-Pro was the main hydrolytic product detected in the perfusates. Absorption rates of the constituent amino acids, alanine and proline, depended on the concentration of peptide perfused. Captopril, an active site-specific ACE inhibitor, significantly inhibited hydrolysis and absorption of constituent amino acids from Bz-Gly-Ala-Pro. These results show that intestinal brush-border membrane ACE functions as a digestive peptidase in addition to its role as a regulator of biologically active peptides in other tissues. KW - peptidases KW - Protein digestion KW - proteinases KW - small intestine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - proteases KW - proteolytic enzymes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881406842&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Acid-base disturbances in gastrointestinal disease. AU - Perez, G. O. AU - Oster, J. R. AU - Rogers, A. JO - Digestive Diseases and Sciences JF - Digestive Diseases and Sciences Y1 - 1987/// VL - 32 IS - 9 SP - 1033 EP - 1043 SN - 0163-2116 AD - Perez, G. O.: Dialysis Unit (111C), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1201 NW 16th Street, Miami, FL 33125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881408938. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 65 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Gastrointestinal disorders are associated with severe and often complex acid-base disturbances. The most important types of metabolic alkalosis and metabolic acidosis associated with gastrointestinal disorders, excluding liver disease, are reviewed. Special emphasis is placed on pathophysiological mechanisms. This information may help the clinician understand the generation and maintenance of these disorders and to plan an effective therapeutic approach. KW - acid base disorders KW - Intestinal diseases KW - reviews KW - acid base imbalance KW - enteropathy KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881408938&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Absence of large bowel tumors in rats injected with 1,2-dimethylhydrazine and fed high dietary cellulose. AU - Prizont, R. JO - Digestive Diseases and Sciences JF - Digestive Diseases and Sciences Y1 - 1987/// VL - 32 IS - 12 SP - 1418 EP - 1421 SN - 0163-2116 AD - Prizont, R.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bath, NY 14810, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19881409054. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 9004-34-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats were injected with 1,2-dimethylhydrazine; 10 each were given diets with cellulose concentration 5% or 15%. Rats given 5% cellulose developed a total of 16 tumours, 9 in the small bowel and 7 in the large bowel; colonic tumours were large and invasive; of these 75% were carcinomas. Rats given 15% cellulose had only 4 tumours which were non-invasive and localized to the small intestine. There were no tumours in the large bowels of rats given 15% cellulose. Results could have significant implications concerning dietary protection against colon carcinogenesis. KW - carcinoma KW - cellulose KW - Colon KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19881409054&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Specific antibodies to cholera toxin in rabbit milk are protective against Vibrio cholerae-induced intestinal secretion. AU - Yoshiyama, Y. AU - Brown, W. R. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 61 IS - 4 SP - 543 EP - 547 SN - 0019-2805 AD - Yoshiyama, Y.: Dep. of Med., Veterans Administration Med. Cent. and Univ. Colorado School of Med., Denver, Colorado, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19870424371. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Registry Number: 308067-57-4. Subject Subsets: Dairy Science; Tropical Diseases N2 - Ability of milk, collected from rabbits not immunized or immunized enterally during pregnancy with toxinogenic, live Vibrio cholerae, to inhibit water secretion induced by V. cholerae in rat ileal loops was investigated. Non-immune milk did not inhibit V. cholerae induced water secretion whereas immune milk did. The inhibitory component of the immune milk was immunoglobulins identified by MW and absorption by an anti-rat immunoglobulin immunosorbent. In addition, the inhibitory antibodies were principally antibodies to cholera toxin because they could be removed from the milk by a cholera toxin immunosorbent but were only partially removed by incubation with whole V. cholerae. KW - Antibodies KW - Immunoglobulins KW - rabbit milk KW - toxins KW - Vibrio cholerae KW - Vibrio KW - Vibrionaceae KW - Vibrionales KW - Gammaproteobacteria KW - Proteobacteria KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - bacterium KW - gamma-globulins KW - immune globulins KW - Animal Physiology and Biochemistry (Excluding Nutrition) (LL600) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19870424371&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Environmental interventions for the prevention of travelers' diarrhea. AU - Blaser, M. J. JO - Reviews of Infectious Diseases JF - Reviews of Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1986/// VL - 8 IS - suppl.2 SP - S142 EP - S150 AD - Blaser, M. J.: Infect. Dis. Sect., Veterans Administration Med. Cent. & Div, Infect. Dis., Dep. Med., Univ. Colorado Sch. Med., Denver, CO, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19870839967. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 54 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - This paper summarizes evidence that indicates the importance of the consumption of contaminated food and water as a cause of travellers' diarrhoea (including that due to Giardia lamblia) and of the efficacy of avoiding such consumption, and presents specific recommendations for decontamination of water and food. KW - diarrhoea KW - epidemiology KW - parasites KW - reviews KW - travellers KW - Giardia duodenalis KW - man KW - protozoa KW - Giardia KW - Hexamitidae KW - Diplomonadida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - diarrhea KW - Giardia lamblia KW - scouring KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19870839967&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Treatment of Amanita mushroom poisoning: a review. AU - Parish, R. C. AU - Doering, P. L. JO - Veterinary and Human Toxicology JF - Veterinary and Human Toxicology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 28 IS - 4 SP - 318 EP - 322 SN - 0145-6296 AD - Parish, R. C.: Adult Internal Med. Pharmacy Practice, Gainesville Veterans Administration Med. Cent. and Coll. Pharmacy, Univ. Florida, FL, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871323649. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Poisoning with mushrooms of the genus Amanita, members of which occur frequently in both North America and Europe, accounts for a significant number of deaths annually. Liver damage is the main clinical feature and death rates are variously reported to be from 11.3% to 51.3% of patients. The amount of mushroom ingested appears to be the main prognostic indicator and a fatal outcome appears inevitable if a large amount is eaten. In sublethal exposures, supportive therapy seems effective; when definitive treatment is considered, hyperbaric oxygen, penicillin and silymarin are indicated in conjunction with careful management of blood glucose concn. Charcoal haemoperfusion, forced diuresis, hyperbaric oxygen and thioctic acid may also be considered, although these treatment modalities are not clearly associated with increased survival. KW - poisoning KW - Reviews KW - therapy KW - Europe KW - USA KW - Amanita KW - Amanitaceae KW - man KW - Amanitaceae KW - Agaricales KW - Agaricomycetes KW - Agaricomycotina KW - Basidiomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - fungus KW - therapeutics KW - toxicosis KW - United States of America KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Weeds and Noxious Plants (FF500) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871323649&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastric acidification inhibits meal-stimulated gastric acid secretion after prostaglandin synthesis inhibition by indomethacin in humans. AU - Mogard, M. H. AU - Maxwell, V. AU - Reedy, T. J. AU - Walsh, J. H. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 93 IS - 1 SP - 63 EP - 68 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Mogard, M. H.: Building 115, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871400038. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Registry Number: 53-86-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of cyclooxygenase inhibition by indomethacin on gastric acid secretion were studied in 8 healthy men. Oral doses of 200 mg indomethacin given 15 and 2 h before testing, were known to inhibit prostaglandin synthesis by 90% in 3 of the men as determined by prostaglandin E2 generation assay on endoscopically obtained gastric mucosal biopsy specimens. Acid-induced inhibition of gastric acid secretion was evaluated in a randomized and blinded study in which acid output was estimated for 2 h during basal conditions by aspiration for the next 2 h by intragastric titration during distention with isotonic glucose, and for the following 2 h by intragastric titration during meal stimulation with peptone. The studies were made on separate days, and intragastric pH was maintained at 2.5 or 5.5 after administration of indomethacin or placebo. Basal acid output was not affected by indomethacin treatment. Distention of the stomach stimulated acid output significantly to a similar degree in all groups, without affecting plasma gastrin. Meal stimulation increased plasma gastrin and acid output significantly more at pH 5.5 (47 ± 12 pM, 13 ± 2 mmol/30 min) than at pH 2.5 (30 ± 8 pM, 6 ± 2 mmol/30 min). No effect of indomethacin treatment was observed. KW - Gastric acid KW - INDOMETACIN KW - ingestion KW - pH KW - secretions KW - stomach KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hydrogen ion concentration KW - indomethacin KW - potential of hydrogen KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871400038&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Chronic treatment of rats with primidone causes depletion of pteroylpentaglutamates in liver. AU - Carl, G. F. AU - Eto, I. AU - Krumdieck, C. L. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1987/// VL - 117 IS - 5 SP - 970 EP - 975 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Carl, G. F.: Medical Research Service (151), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, GA 30910, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871400050. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 59-30-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of chronic primidone treatment on folates in the rat were studied. Primidone, 100 mg/kg given twice daily by mouth, caused a decrease of pteroylpentaglutamates in the liver to less than half the control value within 1 week. Total liver folacin concentration decreased by 30% in the first week followed by a slow gradual further decline with continuing treatment. Plasma folacin exhibited essentially the same pattern but had no effect on brain folacin concentration. Primidone was not detectable in plasma 12 h after gavage, but phenobarbital was. The results are consistent with the hypothesis that the anticonvulsant primidone or phenobarbital, or both, cause folate depletion via interaction with folate metabolism. KW - anticonvulsants KW - FOLIC ACID KW - metabolism KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - folacin KW - folate KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871400050&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of kappa opiate agonists, cholecystokinin and bombesin on intake of diets varying in carbohydrate-to-fat ratio in rats. AU - Romsos, D. R. AU - Gosnell, B. A. AU - Morley, J. E. AU - Levine, A. S. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1987/// VL - 117 IS - 5 SP - 976 EP - 985 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Romsos, D. R.: Neuroendocrine Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871400051. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 31362-50-2, 9011-97-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Effects of the dietary carbohydrate:fat ratio on opiate-stimulated eating and on naloxone-, cholecystokinin- and bombesin-suppressed eating were examined. Rats were fed on a high-carbohydrate (maize starch) diet (68% of energy from carbohydrate and 12% from fat), an intermediate diet (40% carbohydrate and 40% fat) or a high-fat (maize oil and lard) diet (3% carbohydrate and 77% fat). Other rats self-selected from the high-carbohydrate and high-fat diets. Naloxone, an opiate antagonist, given subcutaneously, generally suppressed intake of the high-fat diet to a greater extent than intake of the high-carbohydrate diet. Neither cholecystokinin octapeptide nor bombesin given intraperitoneally exerted preferential suppression of fat intake. The opiate agonists ketocyclazocine and butorphanol tartrate administered subcutaneously at 1000 h preferentially, although not exclusively, stimulated intake of the high-fat diet in a dose-dependent manner during the 6-h feeding trial. Repeated daily subcutaneous injections of butorphanol tartrate caused rats to eat more than 50% of their daily intake during the 6-h period after injection; intake during the normal night feeding period was suppressed to maintain total daily intake equal to that of vehicle-injected rats. It was concluded that stimulation of the opioid feeding system contributes to the overeating often associated with feeding on a high-fat diet. KW - bombesin KW - Food intake KW - opioids KW - PANCREOZYMIN KW - regulation KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cholecystokinin KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871400051&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of high calcium intake on pressor responsivity in hypertensive rats. AU - Stern, N. AU - Golub, M. AU - Nyby, M. AU - Berger, M. AU - Eggena, P. AU - Lee, D. B. N. AU - Tuck, M. L. AU - Brickman, A. S. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 252 IS - 6, II SP - H1112 EP - H1119 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Stern, N.: Endocrinology Section (111E), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871400150. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To assess the effect of dietary calcium on vascular responsivity, spontaneously hypertensive rats (SHR) were given normal (N-Ca; 0.4%) or high (H-Ca; 2.8%) casein-based synthetic diet for 4 weeks. Intraarterial pressure, pressor response to graded intravenous infusion of norepinephrine (NE) and angiotensin II (ANG II), and vascular reactivity of tail artery segments in vitro to NE and transmural nerve stimulation (TNS) were studied. Urinary electrolyte excretion, plasma renin activity (PRA), aldosterone, NE and epinephrine (EPI) were also estimated. H-Ca SHR had a lower intraarterial systolic and diastolic pressure. H-Ca SHR had greater pressor response in vivo to ANG II and NE. Maximum contractile force developed by tail artery segments in vitro in response to NE and TNS was slightly, but not significantly, higher in H-Ca SHR. Dose-response curves to NE and TNS in vitro were not significantly different. Although H-Ca SHR had increased urinary excretion of sodium throughout the study period, PRA and aldosterone values were similar in both groups. Plasma NE and EPI values in the 2 groups were also not different. Despite lowered intra-arterial blood pressure, H-Ca SHR exhibited increased pressor response to ANG II and NE in vivo and a similar vascular reactivity in vitro to NE and TNS when compared with N-Ca SHR. KW - blood pressure KW - calcium KW - Hypertension KW - loads KW - regulation KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - high blood pressure KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871400150&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Noninvasive Doppler assessment of human postprandial renal blood flow and cardiac output. AU - Avasthi, P. S. AU - Greene, E. R. AU - Voyles, W. F. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 252 IS - 6, II SP - F1167 EP - F1174 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Avasthi, P. S.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Research Division, Lovelace Medical Foundation, Albuquerque, NM 87108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871400162. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 7732-18-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of protein, carbohydrate or water ingestion on human renal blood flow (RBF) and cardiac output (CO) were compared. A non-invasive ultrasonic Doppler method was used to estimate blood velocities and lumen diameters in the right renal artery and the ascending aorta of 5 healthy adults. From these estimations, the average RBF and CO were calculated during 5 cardiac cycles. Normalizing to body surface area, renal blood flow index to one kidney (RI) and cardiac index (CI) were calculated. The percentage of the CI distributed to a single kidney was estimated as %CI = RI/CI. Persons were studied randomly on 3 separate days after ingestion of 500-ml meals of 15 g protein, 30 g fat and 30 g carbohydrate (P); 150 g carbohydrate, 30 g fat and 30 g protein (C); and water. Results were obtained after 12 h of fasting and at 30, 60. 90, 120, 180 and 240 min postprandially. Analysis of covariance revealed significant increases from fasting values in postprandial RI at 90 to 240 min after P. Postprandial RI with P was higher than with C at 180 and 240 min. Postprandial %CI with P and C decreased from the fasting value at 30 to 180 min. Heart rate and mean arm cuff blood pressure did not change significantly with any diet. Results suggest that the protein-rich meal evokes a more sustained increase in postprandial RI than does the carbohydrate-rich meal. Despite the increase in postprandial RI, the percentage of cardiac output perfusing a kidney declines similarly with both diets. KW - blood flow KW - carbohydrates KW - CARDIAC OUTPUT KW - ingestion KW - Kidneys KW - proteins KW - water KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - heart output KW - saccharides KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871400162&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of ethanol and vitamin A deficiency on epithelial cell proliferation and structure in the rat esophagus. AU - Mak, K. M. AU - Leo, M. A. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 93 IS - 2 SP - 362 EP - 370 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Mak, K. M.: Alcohol Research and Treatment Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 130 West Kingsbridge Rd., Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871400354. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 46 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 68-26-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - An increased risk of cancer of the oesophagus has been reported in alcoholics and in populations with low dietary vitamin A consumption. As cancer is a disorder of cell proliferation and differentiation the combined effects of ethanol and vitamin A deficiency on cell proliferation and structure of the oesophagus were assessed. Weanling male rats were fed on liquid diets with a standard amount of vitamin A or lacking vitamin A for 8 weeks. Littermates were pair-fed on the same diets with carbohydrate (36% of energy) replaced by ethanol. Rats were given [³H]thymidine 1 h before death, and the labelling index of the proliferative basal cells was determined on radioautographs. In rats fed on the normal vitamin A diet with or without ethanol, plasma vitamin A was normal. Hepatic vitamin A was markedly decreased, whereas oesophageal vitamin A was increased after ethanol feeding. Ethanol feeding resulted in a 2-fold increase in basal cell labelling index (14.6 ± 0.7 and 6.8 ± 0.8). The thickness of the epithelium and morphology of basal cells were not affected by ethanol feeding. In rats fed on the vitamin A-deficient diet with or without ethanol, plasma vitamin A was extremely low, and hepatic and oesophageal vitamin A were unmeasurable. The epithelium was thin (with a 50% reduction in thickness) and showed abnormalities of basal cells and increased production of keratohyalin granules, changes suggest a disorder in epithelial differentiation. This altered differentiation caused by vitamin A deficiency was not affected by ethanol consumption. Ethanol feeding again resulted in an increase in the basal cell labelling index (13.2 ± 1.6 and 4.8 ± 0.7). Vitamin A deficiency had no effect on basal cell proliferation. Therefore, the stimulatory effect of ethanol on cell proliferation is independent of vitamin A deficiency. Nevertheless, the combined actions of ethanol and vitamin A deficiency may have a synergistic effect on the susceptibility of the oesophagus to carcinogens. KW - Carcinoma KW - ethanol KW - intake KW - oesophagus KW - RETINOL KW - risk KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - axerophthol KW - esophagus KW - ethyl alcohol KW - vitamin A KW - vitamin A alcohol KW - vitamin A1 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871400354&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Studies of marked and persistent sodium retention in previously fasted and sodium-deprived obese subjects. AU - Cooke, C. R. AU - Turin, M. D. AU - Whelton, A. AU - Walker, W. G. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1987/// VL - 86 IS - 7 SP - 609 EP - 615 AD - Cooke, C. R.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1030 Jefferson Ave., Memphis, TN 38104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871400366. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 49 ref. Registry Number: 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For 27 to 29 days 7 obese women took no food before resumption of sodium intake. Natriuresis in the first week of fasting and continued sodium chloride deprivation resulted in cumulative deficits of 383 ± 47 mEq (s.e. mean) and 371 ± 41 mEq of Na and chloride, respectively. Chloride space decreased from 21.2 ± 2.7 to 18.7 ± 2.5 litres, and aldosterone secretory rates (ASR) increased from 43 ± 13 to 597 ± 138 μg/24 h. After resumption of Na intake and simultaneous refeeding on diets low in energy in studies on 4 women (group I), cumulative Na balances during the first 7 days ranged from +586 mEq to +1109 mEq; Na retained/previously existing Na deficit was 2.4, 3.2, 2.0 and 1.6 in the 4 women. Continued Na retention resulted in cumulative Na balances from +670 mEq to +1249 mEq at the end of 19 to 22 days in studies on 3 women. In the women whose cumulative Na balance was +1249 mEq, Na retained/Na deficit was 3.6. During the first 5 days of Na intake and refeeding ASR decreased to 74 ± 26 μg/24 h. NaCl administration without refeeding in studies on 3 women (group II) also resulted in retention of more than enough Na to replenish previously existing Na deficits. Cumulative Na balances in 2 women who remained in positive Na balance without resumption of energy intake for 29 days were +820 mEq and +922 mEq. Subsequent refeeding, with only minor changes in Na intake, resulted in additional Na retention in all women. Cumulative Na balances at the time of maximum Na retention were similar to those in the studies on group I. KW - fasting KW - metabolism KW - Obesity KW - sodium KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871400366&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The contribution of the stomach to ethanol oxidation in the rat. AU - Caballeria, J. AU - Baraona, E. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Life Sciences JF - Life Sciences Y1 - 1987/// VL - 41 IS - 8 SP - 1021 EP - 1027 SN - 0024-3205 AD - Caballeria, J.: Liver Disease and Nutrition Section, Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871400891. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To estimate the amount of ethanol that can be oxidized in the stomach, steady-state conditions were created in a group of fed rats by giving intravenously a loading dose of ethanol (2 g/kg body weight) followed by continuous infusion intravenously or intragastrically. The rate of ethanol oxidation was calculated from the rate of infusion required to maintain steady blood concentrations of about 30 mM for at least 3 h. Gastrointestinal ethanol concentrations and total contents also remained steady. The rate of ethanol oxidation was 19.3% faster during intragastric than during intravenous infusion. When expressed at the prevailing luminal ethanol concentration (145 mM) and expressed in relation to body weight, the gastric alcohol dehydrogenase (ADH) activity represented 14% of the hepatic activity at 30 mM ethanol, suggesting that gastric ADH activity could account for most of the increased rate of oxidation when ethanol is given intragastrically. Thus, gastric ethanol oxidation by a high Km ADH in the rat represents a significant fraction of the total rate of ethanol oxidation and is, therefore, one of the factors which determines the bioavailability of ethanol given by mouth. KW - Ethanol KW - metabolism KW - stomach KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871400891&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Computer simulation of iron absorption: regulation of mucosal and systemic iron kinetics in dogs. AU - Nathanson, M. H. AU - McLaren, G. D. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1987/// VL - 117 IS - 6 SP - 1067 EP - 1075 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Nathanson, M. H.: G.D. McLaren, Dep. Medicine, Univ. North Dakota, School of Medicine, c/o Veterans Administration Hospital, North Elm & 21st Ave., Fargo, ND 58102, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871401102. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Registry Number: 7439-89-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Modern techniques for computer simulation and numerical analysis now make it possible to study the kinetics of iron absorption in vivo. A physiologically based mathematical model of Fe metabolism was used to analyse tracer Fe kinetics in normal and Fe-deficient beagles. The model provides characteristic information about both intestinal and systemic Fe exchange, thus permitting formulation of a hypothesis that may explain the regulation of Fe absorption in those conditions. The results indicate that control of Fe absorption is a function of independent expression of Fe requirements by each tissue, including the intestinal mucosa. This hypothesis is consistent with other observations in vivo and in vitro in Fe deficiency and may have implications for understanding the mechanism of the altered Fe absorption in other disorders of Fe metabolism. KW - absorption KW - computer simulation KW - Iron KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871401102&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Circadian variation in gastric emptying of meals in humans. AU - Goo, R. H. AU - Moore, J. G. AU - Greenberg, E. AU - Alazraki, N. P. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 93 IS - 3 SP - 515 EP - 518 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Goo, R. H.: J.G. Moore, Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Salt Lake City, UT 84148, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871401190. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Circadian changes in drug absorption have been documented for several orally administered drugs in man. To determine whether gastric emptying could account for those changes, morning (0800 h) and evening (2000 h) gastric emptying rates were estimated in 16 healthy men synchronized with diurnal activity and nocturnal rest. Gastric emptying half-times for the evening meal were significantly longer for solids, but not liquids, than morning emptying half-times. The increase in evening meal emptying time (53.6%) may account for the evening delay in reaching peak plasma concentrations documented for several drugs. KW - circadian rhythm KW - drugs KW - metabolism KW - Stomach emptying KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - medicines KW - pharmaceuticals KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871401190&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Relationship or organ lipoprotein lipase activity and ketonuria to hypertriglyceridemia in starved and streptozocin-induced diabetic rats. AU - Wilson, D. E. AU - Zeikus, R. AU - Chan, I. F. JO - Diabetes JF - Diabetes Y1 - 1987/// VL - 36 IS - 4 SP - 485 EP - 490 AD - Wilson, D. E.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Endocrinology and Metabolism (111E), 500 Foothill Blvd., Salt Lake City, UT 84148, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871401283. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 9004-02-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Although lipoprotein lipase (LPL) is believed to be rate-limiting in the catabolism of triglyceride-rich lipoproteins, LPL activity was not correlated with plasma triglyceride concentrations in experimental rat diabetes. To gather more information about that enzyme system in diabetes, LPL activities were estimated in representative tissues from control and streptozotocin-induced diabetic rats fed on fat-free stock diet and in rats deprived of food for 48 h. The DNA content of each tissue was estimated so that LPL activity could be expressed in a way that was not affected by tissue wasting. Diabetic rats lost about 20% of their body mass. Adipose tissue and soleus muscle cell masses were reduced and there was marked fat atrophy post mortem. Adipose tissue LPL was decreased in starved and diabetic rats, whereas skeletal muscle activities were variably affected. Lipase content and distribution among the individual organs were calculated with published data for rat carcass composition. In diabetic rats, total LPL (adipose tissue, muscle and parenchymal organs) was reduced by nearly two-thirds so that skeletal muscle became the predominant source of LPL. Ketonuria was less frequent in diabetic than in starved rats despite their severe wasting. Serum triglyceride concentrations were higher in ketonuric than non-ketonuric diabetic rats and severe hypertriglyceridaemia was seen exclusively in heavily ketonuric rats. Those observations together with published information suggest that plasma triglyceride concentrations in the rat model are determined by a complex interplay between very-low-density lipoprotein synthesis, the capacity of the LPL removal system, properties of the lipoprotein substrate and other unidentified factors. KW - Experimental diabetes KW - hypertriglyceridaemia KW - lipoprotein lipase KW - tissues KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - diacylglycerol lipase KW - hypertriglyceridemia KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871401283&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Primary resetting of left atrial sensory endings in Dahl salt-sensitive rats fed a low-salt diet. AU - Thoren, P. AU - Morgan, D. A. AU - Mark, A. L. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 253 IS - 1, II SP - H133 EP - H137 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Thoren, P.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cardiovascular Center, Dep. Internal Medicine, Univ. Iowa, Iowa City, IA 52242, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871401380. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Low pressure or cardiopulmonary baroreflex inhibition of sympathetic nerve activity is attenuated in normotensive Dahl salt-sensitive (SS) rats given a low-salt diet. The activity in single-fibre vagal filaments from left arterial endings in Dahl SS and resistant (R) rats was recorded to evaluate the mechanism for the attenuated low pressure baroreflex. Rats were given a low-salt diet (0.1% sodium chloride) for 5 to 7 weeks. Seven Dahl R and 6 SS rats were anaesthetized with urethan and catheters were placed in the aorta and left atrium. Single-fibre recordings were obtained from the right cervical vagus. The relation between left atrial pressure and receptor discharge was obtained during graded aortic snaring. Mean threshold for increased activation of the vagal afferents during volume expansion was 10.4 ± 0.6 mmHg (means ± s.e.) in SS and 6.0 ± 0.4 mmHg in R rats. Pressure-discharge curves were significantly shifted to the right in SS rats. Maximum sensitivity of the endings was not different in R and SS rats. Left-ventricular end-diastolic pressure (LVEDP) was estimated in conscious SS and R rats to determine whether the resetting of the left atrial sensory endings could be explained by increased left heart filling pressure. There was no difference between SS and R rats in basal LVEDP or in increases in LVEDP during volume expansion. Thus left atrial sensory endings in Dahl SS rats are reset even before development of hypertension or increases in left heart filling pressures. This may explain the impairment in low pressure baroreflex inhibition of sympathetic nerve activity in Dahl SS rats. KW - blood pressure KW - regulation KW - Salt tolerance KW - sympathetic nervous system KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871401380&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Central nervous system action of corticotropin-releasing factor to inhibit gastric emptying in rats. AU - Taché, Y. AU - Maeda-Hagiwara, M. AU - Turkelson, C. M. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 253 IS - 2, I SP - G241 EP - G245 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Taché, Y.: Center for Ulcer Research and Education, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871401528. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Registry Number: 9002-60-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The central nervous system action of rat corticoliberin (CRF) on gastric emptying of a liquid meal in conscious rats was studied using the phenol red method. Intracisternal injection of CRF (63 to 210 pmol) dose-dependently inhibited gastric emptying of a liquid meal by 37 to 80%. Peptide action was rapid in onset, long-acting and not mimicked by intracisternal injection of somatoliberin. Intracisternal CRF-induced inhibition of gastric emptying was reversed by subdiaphragmatic vagotomy but not by naloxone pretreatment or adrenalectomy. Intravenous injection of CRF (21 to 630 pmol) also dose-dependently inhibited gastric emptying. CRF antiserum blocked the effect of intravenous but not of intracisternal injection of CRF (63 pmol). KW - central nervous system KW - corticotropin KW - inhibition KW - Stomach emptying KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ACTH KW - adrenocorticotropic hormone KW - adrenocorticotropin KW - CNS KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871401528&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hypernatremia in elderly patients. A heterogeneous, morbid, and iatrogenic entity. AU - Snyder, N. A. AU - Feigal, D. W. AU - Arieff, A. I. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1987/// VL - 107 IS - 3 SP - 309 EP - 319 SN - 0003-4819 AD - Snyder, N. A.: A.I. Arieff, Veterans Administration Medical Center (111J), 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871401600. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 84 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The causes, treatment for, and consequences of hypernatraemia in elderly patients are not well understood. In 15 187 consecutive hospital admissions, 162 (1.1%) patients who were at least 60 years old had serum sodium concentrations greater than 148 mEq/litre. Of those 162, 57% had become hypernatraemic in the hospital; the remaining 43% were hypernatraemic at entry into hospital. The mean peak serum Na concentration was 154 mEq/litre (range 149 to 182), and mean water deficit was 9% of total body water (range 6 to 30%). The most frequent primary causes were complications of surgery (21%), febrile illness (20%), infirmity (11%) and diabetes mellitus (11%), with more than 40 causal factors identified. Depression of sensorium was correlated with severity of hypernatraemia. The mortality rate (42%) was 7 times that of age-matched patients in hospital, but was not predicted by severity of hypernatraemia. Mortality increased with increasing rates of fluid replacement. Hypernatraemia in elderly patients is usually iatrogenic and often a marker for severe associated systemic illness. KW - hypernatraemia KW - Old age KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hypernatremia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871401600&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Acid maltase deficiency in an adult. Evidence for improvement in respiratory function with high-protein dietary therapy. AU - Margolis, M. L. AU - Hill, A. R. JO - American Review of Respiratory Disease JF - American Review of Respiratory Disease Y1 - 1986/// VL - 134 IS - 2 SP - 328 EP - 331 SN - 0003-0805 AD - Margolis, M. L.: Pulmonary Disease Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Philadelphia, PA 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871402451. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Registry Number: 9001-42-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Acid maltase deficiency (AMD) in the adult is associated with progressive ventilatory muscle weakness and death from respiratory failure, but effective treatment is not available at present. Because recent evidence suggests that muscle catabolism may contribute to muscle weakness in AMD, a man 55 years old with AMD and severe ventilatory muscle weakness was treated with a high-protein (1.6 g/kg), weight-reducing diet for 27 months. High-protein diet treatment was associated with striking improvement in respiratory function, including measures of ventilatory muscle strength and endurance. KW - Adults KW - alpha-glucosidase KW - deficiency KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - alpha-D-glucosidase KW - maltase KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871402451&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Glucose and insulin reverse the effects of fasting on 3,5,3′-triiodothyronine neogenesis in primary cultures of rat hepatocytes. AU - Gavin, L. A. AU - Cavalieri, R. R. AU - Moeller, M. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 121 IS - 3 SP - 858 EP - 864 AD - Gavin, L. A.: Endocrine-Metabolism Section (111F), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871402494. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 9004-10-8, 55-06-1, 6893-02-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Net triiodothyronine (T3) neogenesis (T3 generated from thyroxine) in primary cultures of hepatocytes (24 h) from rats deprived of food for 48 h (9.2 ± 0.9 pmol/min 100 mg protein) was significantly less than that in hepatocyte cultures from 72-h glucose-fed rats (41 ± 0.8 pmol/min 100 mg protein). Preincubation (18 h) with glucose (2.5 to 10 mM) or insulin (10 to 500 nM) significantly increased deprived hepatocyte T3 to 28 ± 0.6 and 22 ± 1.3 pmol/min 100 mg protein. Incubation with both agents demonstrated a greater effect on hepatic T3 neogenesis than with either alone. Deprived hepatocyte T3 neogenesis was increased by enrichment with dithiothreitol (5 mM), but the T3 generation remained less than that in cells exposed to glucose or insulin. Studies with glucose analogues demonstrated that preincubation with 2-deoxyglucose (5 mM) increased hepatocyte T3 neogenesis, but 3-O-methylglucose (5 mM) had no effect. Concanavalin-A or spermine did not stimulate T3 neogenesis in the deprived hepatocyte cultures. KW - glucose KW - insulin KW - liver cells KW - metabolism KW - roles KW - starvation KW - Triiodothyronine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - hepatocytes KW - liothyronine KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871402494&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Lipolysis in diabetic adipocytes: differences in response to growth hormone and adenosine. AU - Solomon, S. S. AU - Schwartz, Y. AU - Rawlinson, T. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 121 IS - 3 SP - 1056 EP - 1060 AD - Solomon, S. S.: Veterans Administration Medical Center-Research (151), 1030 Jefferson Ave., Memphis, TN 38104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871402500. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 58-61-7, 9002-72-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Somatotropin (GH) was studied in isolated fat cells (IFC) from control and streptozotocin-diabetic (STZ-DM) rats. IFCs from the epididymal fat of 150- to 200-g normal and STZ-DM Holtzman rats were prepared by collagenase digestion. Lipolysis was estimated by glycerol release after incubation or perifusion with: epinephrine (EPI), 0.01 to 0.1 μM; theophylline, 0.01 to 1.0 mg/ml; adenosine deaminase (ADA); bovine GH (bGH), 0.01 to 1.0 μg/ml. Rats, rendered diabetic by STZ (65 mg/kg), were used on day 3. In a dose-response study comparing glycerol release from control and STZ-DM IFC, IFC were preincubated with bGH 1.0 μg/ml and then incubated with different concentrations of EPI or bGH. In STZ-DM, there was increased lipolytic sensitivity to low concentrations of EPI or bGH. In perifusion, STZ-DM IFC did not require obligatory preincubation with bGH for optimum glycerol release. Addition of ADA increased glycerol release from incubated IFC (STZ-DM and controls). In both systems an increased lipolytic response to theophylline was seen in the presence of bGH in control and STZ-DM. KW - adenosine KW - adipocytes KW - Experimental diabetes KW - lipolysis KW - somatotropin KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fat cells KW - growth hormone KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871402500&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Circadian variation of susceptibility to gastric mucosal injury by acidified aspirin or absolute ethanol in the rat. AU - Olson, C. E. AU - Soll, A. H. AU - Guth, P. H. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 91 IS - 5 SP - 1192 EP - 1197 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Olson, C. E.: Center for Ulcer Research and Education, Building 115, Room 203, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital, Wilshire and Sawtelle Blvds., Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871490533. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 50-78-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The possibility that susceptibility to gastric mucosal injury by acidified aspirin and absolute ethanol may vary with phases of the light/dark cycle in the rat was investigated. Acidified aspirin caused significantly more gastric mucosal lesions when administered early in the light phase (light 0600 to 1800 h) than when given early in the dark phase (light 1800 to 0600 h). The differences in susceptibility were not altered by pretreatment conditions such as immobilization or length of the starvation period. Absolute ethanol also caused significantly greater gastric mucosal injury when given in the light than in the dark phase, but that difference was only evident in rats immobilized during the pretreatment starvation period. In contrast to the acidified aspirin group, rats unrestrained during pretreatment starvation did not have light/dark differences in susceptibility to ethanol injury. KW - ASPIRIN KW - circadian rhythm KW - ethanol KW - injuries KW - Stomach mucosa KW - susceptibility KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - acetylsalicylic acid KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871490533&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Metabolic features of diet-induced obesity without hyperphagia in young rats. AU - Levin, B. E. AU - Triscari, J. AU - Sullivan, A. C. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 251 IS - 3, II SP - R433 EP - R440 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Levin, B. E.: Neurology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, East Orange, NJ 07019, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871490577. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats initially 1 month old given a diet (DIO) with 16% fat and supplying 4.6 kcal/g diet for 8 weeks became obese. Carcass lipid (56%) and body weight gain (15%) were increased whereas food intake was decreased during the first 3 to 5 weeks on the DIO diet compared with values for controls given a stock diet. For the complete 8 weeks, body weight gain (15%), carcass lipid (26%) and feed efficiency (15%) were greater for rats given the DIO diet but food intake was not increased. Norepinephrine turnover rate inceased in interscapular brown adipose tissue (IBAT) by 57 to 218, heart 21 to 44 and pancreas 25% during the first 3 weeks and remained increased for the entire 8 weeks. IBAT weight (51%) and lipolytic capacity in vitro (68%) increased by 1 week and brown adipocyte size (43%) by 3 weeks; IBAT thermogenic capacity increased by 5 weeks (39%). Plasma insulin values were similar in rats given DIO and controls throughout. KW - aetiology KW - diets KW - Obesity KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - causal agents KW - etiology KW - fatness KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871490577&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Production and secretion of intrinsic factor by isolated rabbit gastric mucosa. AU - Serfilippi, D. AU - Donaldson, R. M., Jr. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 251 IS - 3, I SP - G287 EP - G292 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Serfilippi, D.: Medical Service, West Haven, Veterans Administration Medical Center, New Haven, CT 06510, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871490660. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 9008-12-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - During 24 h of organ culture, rabbit gastric fundic mucosal explants maintained constant tissue values of intrinsic factor (IF) while steadily secreting this glycoprotein into culture medium. Mucosal explants thus generated in one day an average of 1.8 pmol of new IF per mg mucosal protein, an amount corresponding to 70% of IF present in explant tissue. Cultured explants also incorporated [35S]methionine into tissue IF and secreted IF at a constant rate. Histamine combined with isobutylmethylxanthine stimulated explants to release IF into the culture medium, but tissue values of IF were diminished and specific activities of tissue and secreted IF remained the same. Fluorograms of 35S-labelled proteins generated by cultured explants failed to show cobalamin-binding precursors or breakdown products of IF. KW - intrinsic factor KW - secretions KW - Stomach mucosa KW - rabbits KW - Leporidae KW - Lagomorpha KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871490660&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Assessment of the free fraction of 25-hydroxyvitamin D in serum and its regulation by albumin and the vitamin D-binding protein. AU - Bikle, D. D. AU - Gee, E. AU - Halloran, B. AU - Kowalski, M. A. AU - Ryzen, E. AU - Haddad, J. G. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1986/// VL - 63 IS - 4 SP - 954 EP - 959 SN - 0021-972X AD - Bikle, D. D.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (111N), 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871490795. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Registry Number: 21343-40-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - 25-hydroxyergocalciferol KW - albumins KW - binding proteins KW - blood KW - regulation KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - carrier proteins KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871490795&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Inhibitory effects of β-adrenergic agonists on gastric acid secretion in dogs. AU - Stevens, M. H. AU - Thirlby, R. C. AU - Richardson, C. T. AU - Fredrickson, M. A. AU - Unger, R. H. AU - Feldman, M. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 251 IS - 4,I SP - G453 EP - G459 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Stevens, M. H.: Dep. Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, TX 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871490854. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Registry Number: 590-63-6, 674-38-4, 9002-76-0, 51-45-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of two β-adrenergic agonists, isoproterenol (nonselective agonist) and terbutaline (selective β2-agonist), on gastric acid secretion stimulated by intravenous pentagastrin, bethanechol or histamine was studied in dogs with gastric fistulae. Intravenous infusion of isoproterenol or terbutaline inhibited pentagastrin-stimulated acid secretion to a significantly greater extent than they inhibited bethanechol- or histamine-stimulated acid secretion. Isoproterenol (12 μg/kg h) reduced mean pentagastrin-, bethanechol- and histamine-stimulated acid output by 86, 63 and 14%, respectively. Percentage inhibition of acid secretion with terbutaline (30 μg/kg h) was 60, 17 and 24% for pentagastrin, bethanechol and histamine, respectively. Terbutaline also inhibited pentagastrin-stimulated acid secretion from vagally denervated fundic pouches in a dose-related manner. Plasma somatostatin-like immunoreactivity was significantly higher during infusion of terbutaline plus pentagastrin than during infusion of pentagastrin alone. An intravenous infusion of somatostatin-14 0.3 μg/kg h had no effect on pentagastrin-stimulated acid secretion from the gastric fistula, even though this infusion increased plasma somatostatin-like immunoreactivity to the same extent as terbutaline plus pentagastrin infusion. Thus the amount of somatostatin released during terbutaline infusion was not sufficient to explain the inhibition of pentagastrin-stimulated acid secretion observed. KW - bethanechol KW - Gastric acid KW - gastrin KW - histamine KW - secretions KW - sympathetic nervous system KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - urecholine KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871490854&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of weight loss on mechanisms of hyperglycemia in obese non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. AU - Henry, R. R. AU - Wallace, P. AU - Olefsky, J. M. JO - Diabetes JF - Diabetes Y1 - 1986/// VL - 35 IS - 9 SP - 990 EP - 998 AD - Henry, R. R.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Medical Research Service (V-111G), 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871491076. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 45 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To assess the effects of weight loss on the mechanisms responsible for hyperglycaemia in noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM), 8 obese subjects with NIDDM were studied before and after weight reduction with further assessment after 3 weeks of isoenergetic (weight maintenance) refeeding. After weight loss of 16.8 ± 2.7 kg (mean ± s.e.), the fasting plasma glucose values decreased from 277 ± 21 to 123 ± 8 mg/100 ml. The individual fasting glucose values were highly correlated with the high basal rates of hepatic glucose output (HGO), which fell from 138 ± 11 to 87 ± 5 mg/m² min after weight loss. The change in fasting plasma glucose was also correlated significantly with the change in the basal rates of HGO. That was associated with lower fasting serum glucagon values (from 229 ± 15 to 141 ± 12 pg/ml), less free fatty acids (from 791 ± 87 to 379 ± 35 μEq/litre) and unchanged basal insulin values (17 ± 4 to 15 ± 2 μU/ml). Peripheral glucose disposal, assessed by the euglycaemic glucose-clamp technique, at insulin infusion rates of 120 and 1200 mU/m² min, increased between 135 and 165%, from 128 ± 17 to 288 ± 24 mg/m² min during the 120-mU/m² min studies and from 159 ± 19 to 318 ± 24 mg/m² min during the 1200-mU/m² min clamp studies, despite comparable steady-state serum insulin values at each infusion rate before and after weight loss. HGO during the 120-mU/m² min clamp studies increased from 85% to complete (100%) suppression after treatment. Adipocyte size was decreased 44% (851 ± 91 to 475 ± 48 pl), whereas surface area decreased by 32% (4.30 × 104 to 2.92 × 104μm²/cell). Insulin binding to isolated adipocytes was unchanged, whereas basal rates of 3-O-methylglucose transport in vitro increased from 0.21 ± 0.13 to 0.53 ± 0.24 pmol/(2 × 109μm²) × (10 s) and maximum glucose transport rates increased from 0.64 ± 0.29 to 1.18 ± 0.48 pmol/(2 × 105 cells) × (10 s) and 0.42 ± 0.20 to 1.04 ± 0.30 pmol/(2 × 109μm²) × (10 s). Absolute serum insulin values during oral glucose tolerance tests and meal tolerance tests were unchanged by weight reduction, whereas plasma glucose values were much lower. KW - Diabetes KW - glucose KW - metabolism KW - obesity KW - weight reduction KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - fatness KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871491076&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Alcohol: high density lipoproteins, apolipoproteins. AU - Cushman, P., Jr. AU - Barboriak, J. AU - Kalbfleisch, J. JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research Y1 - 1986/// VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 154 EP - 157 SN - 0145-6008 AD - Cushman, P., Jr.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1201 Broad Rock Blvd., Richmond, VA 23249, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871491186. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Plasma lipids, including high-density lipoprotein (HDL) components, were studied in 26 healthy male alcohol abusers. On admission to abstinence treatment, the alcohol abusers' total cholesterol and triglycerides were usually normal. HDL cholesterol values were high, and fell to normal within 2 weeks of sobriety. Apolipoprotein (APO) AI and AII were high initially and also became normal in 2 weeks. APO AI and II:HDL cholesterol ratios seemed to change during abstinence, while APO AI/AII did not. APO CIII, high initially, fell during treatment, but was still high after 4 weeks of sobriety. Therefore, alcohol seems to affect several components of HDL and these HDL changes move toward normal at different rates. If alcohol is protective against some cardiovascular disease, it remains to be established whether HDL is involved and which HDL component is most important. KW - Alcoholism KW - apolipoproteins KW - blood KW - high density lipoprotein KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871491186&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Prolonged feeding of ethanol to the young growing guinea pig. 3. Effect on the synthesis of the myocardial contractile proteins. AU - Schreiber, S. S. AU - Reff, F. AU - Evans, C. D. AU - Rothschild, M. A. AU - Oratz, M. JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research Y1 - 1986/// VL - 10 IS - 5 SP - 531 EP - 534 SN - 0145-6008 AD - Schreiber, S. S.: Dep. Nuclear Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 24th St. and First Ave., New York, NY 10010, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871491232. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Newly weaned guineapigs, weighing 350 g, were fed on a normal laboratory diet with 10% ethanol in the drinking water and compared with energy-matched controls, drinking dextromaltose in the water. After 40 weeks, hearts from growing guineapigs were removed and synthesis of myocardial contractile proteins (myosin heavy chains, light chains (LC1, LC2), actin and tropomyosin) assayed in vitro with ³H-labelled amino acids. With ageing, there was a decrease in the rates of synthesis of all the contractile proteins. After 40 weeks the synthetic rates of myosin heavy and light chains and tropomyosin in guineapigs given ethanol were the same as in energy-matched controls, but the synthetic rate of actin was decreased by 20%. This decrease in actin synthesis may be the first indication of ultimate inhibition of synthesis of all the contractile proteins which may result in myofibrillar disorganization and vacuolization reported after chronic ethanol ingestion. KW - Ethanol KW - intake KW - myocardium KW - protein synthesis KW - guineapigs KW - Cavia KW - Caviidae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cardiac muscle KW - ethyl alcohol KW - guinea pigs KW - heart muscle KW - protein biosynthesis KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871491232&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The feeding of ethanol in liquid diets. AU - Lieber, C. S. AU - DeCarli, L. M. JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research Y1 - 1986/// VL - 10 IS - 5 SP - 550 EP - 553 SN - 0145-6008 AD - Lieber, C. S.: Alcohol Research and Treatment Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871491237. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Liquid diet technique is the most efficient tool for studying the effects of ethanol in controlled nutritional conditions. An overall formula is proposed that may be useful in most experimental conditions, with options for reduced dietary fat (to minimize hepatic fat accumulation) or increased dietary proteins to meet special needs (pregnancy and lactation). It is recommended that vitamins are kept separately from the other ingredients and should only be mixed together at preparation of the final liquid formula which should be refrigerated and stored in the dark for not more than 8 h. KW - Ethanol KW - feeding KW - liquid diets KW - models KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871491237&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Inhibition of the development of radiation-induced leukemia in mice by reduction of food intake. AU - Gross, L. AU - Dreyfuss, Y. JO - Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America JF - Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America Y1 - 1986/// VL - 83 IS - 20 SP - 7928 EP - 7931 SN - 0027-8424 AD - Gross, L.: Cancer Research Unit, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871491389. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Two groups of C3H(f) mice 3 to 4 weeks old had fractionated total body γ-irradiation 150 rads 5 times at weekly intervals. In the first group, which had a stock diet freely (4.5 to 5.4 g daily), 31 of 58 females and 24 of 50 males developed leukaemia at an average age of 8 months. In the second group, which had the same diet restricted to 2 g followed by 3 g on alternate days, 2 of 55 females and 1 of 36 males developed leukaemia at an average age of 9 and 12 months, respectively. KW - development KW - Leukaemia KW - radiation KW - restricted feeding KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood cancer KW - leucaemia KW - leukemia KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871491389&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of intragastric infusions of ethanol and wine on serum gastrin concentration and gastric acid secretion. AU - Peterson, W. L. AU - Barnett, C. AU - Walsh, J. H. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 91 IS - 6 SP - 1390 EP - 1395 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Peterson, W. L.: Gastroenterology 111B1, Dallas Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4500 South Lancaster Road, Dallas, TX 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871491530. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 9002-76-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of ethanol and wine on serum gastrin concentration and gastric acid secretion were evaluated in 13 healthy men and women 19 to 37 years old. Solutions studied were pure ethanol (5, 12 and 36%), red wine and white wine. Each solution contained 28 g ethanol and each was given as a slow, steady intragastric infusion to simulate normal ingestion of beverages. When compared with saline (control), none of the pure ethanol solutions increased serum gastrin concentration or gastric acid secretion significantly. Red and white wine (12% ethanol vol/vol) were potent stimulants of gastrin release and acid secretion when compared with saline or pure 12% ethanol. Mean (± s.e.) peak serum gastrin increases with 300 ml red wine, white wine, saline and pure 12% ethanol were 253 ± 125, 182 ± 91, 13 ± 2 and 11 ± 3 pg/ml, respectively, and the mean peak acid outputs were 28.6 ± 2.8, 27.9 ± 1.9, 9.3 ± 2.0 and 11.9 ± 1.3 mmol/h, respectively. KW - blood KW - ethanol KW - Gastric acid KW - Gastrin KW - secretions KW - wines KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871491530&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Influence of food and marker length on gastric emptying of indigestible radiopaque markers in healthy humans. AU - Smith, H. J. AU - Feldman, M. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 91 IS - 6 SP - 1452 EP - 1455 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Smith, H. J.: M. Feldman, Dallas Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4500 South Lancaster Road, Dallas, TX 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871491533. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A simple, noninvasive radiographic method was used to investigate the influence of food and of marker length on gastric emptying of indigestible solids. Ten healthy men and women 21 to 56 years old who had fasted for 12 h exhibited more rapid emptying when solid radiopaque markers were ingested with water than they did when markers were ingested with a 400-kcal solid and liquid meal. Mean (± s.e.) emptying of markers that were 10 mm in length was on average 55 ± 15, 97 ± 3 and 100% 1, 2 and 4 h after ingestion of the markers with water, compared with 4 ± 2, 32 ± 11 and 64 ± 12% emptying 1, 2 and 4 h after ingestion of markers with the meal. Ingestion of a second and third test meal significantly prolonged gastric emptying of indigestible markers. No significant difference in emptying of the 10- and 2-mm markers from the stomach was detected. KW - food intake KW - solids KW - Stomach emptying KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871491533&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intestinal adaptation. Different growth responses to disaccharides compared with monosaccharides in rat small bowel. AU - Weser, E. AU - Babbitt, J. AU - Hoban, M. AU - Vandeventer, A. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 91 IS - 6 SP - 1521 EP - 1527 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Weser, E.: Medical Service (111), Audie L. Murphy Veterans Administration Hospital, 7400 Merton Minter Blvd., San Antonio, TX 78284, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871491538. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Midgut infusions of sucrose and other disaccharides were compared with monosaccharides for their effects on intestinal mucosal growth in rats otherwise maintained on total parenteral nutrition for 7 days. Mucosal mass progressively increased in a proportional relation to the concentration of infused sucrose. At equal concentrations by weight, disaccharide infusions stimulated mucosal growth more than monosaccharides. Disaccharide-induced mucosal adaptation was abolished when there was no hydrolysis of the disaccharide suggesting that the functional work load of absorbing epithelium, including the "work of hydrolysis," plays an important role in the stimulus for intestinal adaptation. KW - disaccharides KW - growth KW - Intestinal mucosa KW - monosaccharides KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - intestine epithelium KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871491538&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fever and malnutrition: endogenous pyrogen/interleukin-1 in malnourished patients. AU - Kauffman, C. A. AU - Jones, P. G. AU - Kluger, M. J. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1986/// VL - 44 IS - 4 SP - 449 EP - 452 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Kauffman, C. A.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Ann Arbor, MI 48105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871491680. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of protein-energy malnutrition on the release of endogenous pyrogen/interleukin-1 (EP/IL-1), the protein responsible for the induction of fever, was investigated in 18 patients in hospital with chronic malnutrition. Monocytes from the 18 patients and from 19 healthy controls were cultured overnight after stimulation with Staphylococcus epidermidis. The presence of EP/IL-1 was tested by injecting culture supernatants into rabbits and estimating the maximum febrile response (ΔTmax). Malnourished patients produced significantly less EP/IL-1 than controls (ΔTmax = 0.27°± 0.04° for patients and 0.49 ± 0.03°C for controls). The poor febrile response in the malnourished patients was related to low serum albumin and retinol-binding protein, but not to thyroxine-binding albumin or lymphocyte number. KW - Protein energy malnutrition KW - pyrogens KW - secretions KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - protein calorie malnutrition KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871491680&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of niacin and niacin-tryptophan deficiency on pancreatic acinar cell function in rats in vitro. AU - Manjit Singh JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1986/// VL - 44 IS - 4 SP - 512 EP - 518 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Manjit Singh: Medical Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, GA 30910, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871491699. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 40 ref. Registry Number: 59-67-6, 73-22-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To determine the effect of niacin deficiency on pancreas 3 groups of 7 Sprague-Dawley rats initially weighing 50 to 74 g were fed on a stock diet to appetite or a equal amount of a niacin-deficient or niacin-sufficient diet in the first experiment, or of a niacin/tryptophan-deficient or niacin/tryptophan-sufficient diet in the second experiment. Niacin deficiency decreased tissue chymotrypsinogen and trypsinogen content; amylase, chymotrypsinogen and trypsinogen concentration; and basal secretion of total protein. Niacin/tryptophan deficiency decreased body weight, pancreas weight and content of DNA, protein, amylase, lipase, chymotrypsinogen and trypsinogen; secretion of amylase and trypsinogen was increased. Niacin and niacin/tryptophan deficiency alter digestive enzyme content and secretion, probably due to metabolic aberrations that result in an altered redox state of the acinar cell. KW - activity KW - deficiency KW - NICOTINIC ACID KW - pancreas KW - Tryptophan KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - niacin KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871491699&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The calcium requirement and factors causing calcium loss. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Kramer, L. JO - Federation Proceedings JF - Federation Proceedings Y1 - 1986/// VL - 45 IS - 12 SP - 2758 EP - 2762 SN - 0014-9446 AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, IL 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871491794. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 36 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Studies made in strictly controlled conditions during different calcium intakes in men showed that the average Ca balance was only slightly positive (+22 mg daily) during a Ca intake of 800 mg daily, the recommended dietary Ca intake, not taking into consideration dermal losses of Ca. During this Ca intake, the Ca balances were negative in 34% of the persons studied. Increasing Ca intake to 1200 mg daily resulted in a significant increase of the Ca balance; further increases to different intakes up to 2300 mg daily did not improve the Ca balance further. Increasing the phosphorus intake to 2000 mg daily as well as increasing the protein intake from 1 to 2 g/kg body weight, given as meat, did not have an adverse effect on Ca metabolism. Different drugs, notably aluminium-containing antacids, induced Ca loss. Increasing Ca intake from 200 to 2500 mg daily did not lower the blood pressure in a large number of normotensive patients and in a small number of hypertensive patients studied. KW - Calcium KW - requirements KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871491794&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of vitamin B-6 deficiency on plasma amino acid levels in chronically azotemic rats. AU - Wolfson, M. AU - Laidlaw, S. A. AU - Flugel-Link, R. M. AU - Strong, C. J. AU - Salusky, I. B. AU - Kopple, J. D. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1986/// VL - 116 IS - 10 SP - 1865 EP - 1872 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Wolfson, M.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, OR 97207, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871491877. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Registry Number: 65-23-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - This study examined whether vitamin B-6 deficiency may be a cause of any of the abnormal plasma amino acid concentrations observed in chronic renal failure. Sham-operated and chronically azotaemic rats were pair-fed for 21 days on diets deficient in or replete with vitamin B-6. By the end of 21 days the aspartate amminotransferase index increased significantly in the deficient but not in the replete rats. There were several differences in plasma amino acid concentrations between azotaemic and control rats. Azotaemia and vitamin B-6 deficiency each lowered the plasma serine concentration and raised the glycine:serine ratio. Plasma glycine was affected by a two-way interaction between azotaemia and vitamin B-6 deficiency whereby the highest values were found in the sham-operated vitamin B-6-deficient rats. Plasma alanine and asparagine were reduced by vitamin B-6 deficiency and unchanged by azotaemia. The results suggest that vitamin B-6 deficiency may contribute to several of the abnormalities in the plasma aminograms observed in chronic renal failure. KW - amino acids KW - blood KW - deficiency KW - pyridoxine KW - Renal failure KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - kidney failure KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871491877&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Protein deficiency alters rat pancreatic lipid composition. AU - Wilson, J. S. AU - Korsten, M. A. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1986/// VL - 116 IS - 10 SP - 2055 EP - 2058 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Wilson, J. S.: Alcohol Research Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, NY, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871491944. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Pancreatic lipid composition was altered in rats fed for 4 weeks on a protein-deficient diet. Increases in triglycerides and cholesteryl ester content were found in association with a decrease in phospholipids. Alterations in those lipids may adversely affect membrane function and predispose to pancreatic injury. KW - lipids KW - pancreas KW - Protein deficiencies KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - lipins KW - protein malnutrition KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871491944&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of acute acidemia on phosphate uptake by renal proximal tubular brush-border membranes. AU - Levine, B. S. AU - Kraut, J. A. AU - Mishler, D. R. AU - Crooks, P. W. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 251 IS - 5, II SP - F889 EP - F896 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Levine, B. S.: Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center West Los Angeles, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871492342. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Prolonged metabolic acidosis is associated with depressed phosphate (Pi) uptake by the brush-border membrane (BBM) of the proximal tubule. To examine whether changes in systemic pH underlie this inhibition, Pi transport by renal cortical BBM from thyroparathyroidectomized rats with respiratory or metabolic acidosis of 1 or 3 h, and from appropriate controls was estimated. Also, Pi transport was estimated in BBM prepared using tissue slices from nonacidotic rats that were preincubated for 20 or 45 min at pH 6.9 (HCO3 = 10 mM, CO2 = 10%) or 7.4 (HCO3 = 10 mM, CO2 = 2.5%). Despite comparable acidaemia (pH 7.06 ± 0.05 with respiratory acidosis and 7.10 ± 0.03 with metabolic acidosis), sodium-dependent Pi uptake at 5 s incubation was reduced by 15.2 ± 3.5% with respiratory acidosis compared with that in paired controls. It was not changed with metabolic acidosis. Vmax in respiratory acidosis (1.2 nmol/mg protein 5 s) was less than in controls (1.6); Kt was similar in both groups. 22Na transport and Na-dependent glucose transport were unchanged. Plasma phosphorus increased from 8.75 ± 0.35 to 12.42 ± 1.9 mg/100 ml with respiratory acidosis. BBM vesicles transport was estimated in controls after plasma P was increased. In these conditions, Pi transport was similar to that with respiratory acidosis. Also, Pi transport by BBM was unchanged when tissue slices were preincubated in vitro at high CO2 concentrations for 20 or 45 min. Thus respiratory acidosis specifically inhibits Na-dependent Pi transport by decreasing the number or rate of the BBM Pi carrier. KW - Acidosis KW - kidneys KW - phosphates KW - uptake KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - metabolic acidosis KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871492342&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - 31P-NMR in vivo measurement of renal intracellular pH: effects of acidosis and K+ depletion in rats. AU - Adam, W. R. AU - Koretsky, A. P. AU - Weiner, M. W. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 251 IS - 5, II SP - F904 EP - F910 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Adam, W. R.: Medical Research Service, Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, CA 94143, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871492352. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Registry Number: 7440-09-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Renal intracellular pH (pHi) was estimated in vivo from the chemical shift (σ) of inorganic phosphate (Pi), obtained by 31P-nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (NMR). pH was calculated from the difference between σPi and σα-ATP. Renal pH in control rats was 7.39 ± 0.04. Rats were subjected to acute (less than 24 h) and chronic (4 to 7 days) metabolic acidosis, acute (20 min) and chronic (6 to 8 days) respiratory acidosis and dietary potassium depletion (7 to 21 days). Acute metabolic and respiratory acidosis produced acidification of renal pHi. Chronic metabolic acidosis (arterial blood pH, 7.26 ± 0.02) lowered renal pHi to 7.30 ± 0.02, but chronic respiratory acidosis (arterial blood pH, 7.30 ± 0.05) was not associated with renal acidosis (pH, 7.40 ± 0.04). At a similar blood pH, pHi was higher in chronic metabolic acidosis than in acute metabolic acidosis, suggesting an adaptive process that raises pHi. K depletion (arterial blood pH, 7.44 ± 0.05) was associated with renal acidosis (renal pH, 7.17 ± 0.02). There was a direct relation between renal pH and cardiac K+. Rapid partial repletion with KCl (1 mmol) significantly increased renal pHi from 7.14 ± 0.03 to 7.31 ± 0.01. The fall of renal pHi produced by acute metabolic and respiratory acidosis and K depletion is consistent with the hypothesis that intracellular acidification may participate in the stimulation of ammoniagenesis. The finding of a normal renal pHi in chronic respiratory acidosis, which does not stimulate ammoniagenesis in the rat, further supports this hypothesis. KW - Acidosis KW - depletion KW - kidneys KW - pH KW - Potassium KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hydrogen ion concentration KW - metabolic acidosis KW - potential of hydrogen KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871492352&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Functional role of carbonic anhydrase in intestinal electrolyte transport. AU - Charney, A. N. AU - Wagner, J. D. AU - Birnbaum, G. J. AU - Johnstone, J. N. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 251 IS - 5, I SP - G682 EP - G687 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Charney, A. N.: Nephrology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York, NY 10010, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871492462. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 9001-03-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The role of carbonic anhydrase activity in intestinal transport was studied by estimating the effect of systemic pH and PCO2 on electrolyte transport in the presence and absence of luminal acetazolamide. Adult Sprague-Dawley rats were anaesthetized, and ileal and colonic segments were perfused with Ringer solution that was acetazolamide-free or that contained 0.1 mM sodium acetazolamide. Consecutive states of acute respiratory alkalosis and acidosis were created by changing the inspired CO2 from 0% (room air) to 8% CO2. In the ileum, acetazolamide perfusion did not affect the increment in net sodium and chloride absorption caused by a reduction in systemic pH. Mucosal carbonic anhydrase activity in this segment was measurable, although very low. In the ascending and descending colon, acetazolamide perfusion reduced the increment in net Na absorption caused by an increase in systemic PCO2. In addition, acetazolamide increased the chloride absorptive response to PCO2 in the ascending colon but did not affect the chloride response in the descending colon. Colonic mucosal carbonic anhydrase exhibited a proximal-to-distal gradient of activity: values in the ascending colon were severalfold greater than in the descending colon. The findings suggest a functional role for carbonic anhydrase in mediating the colonic but not the ileal absorptive response to changes in systemic acid-base balance. KW - carbonate dehydratase KW - Electrolytes KW - intestines KW - roles KW - transport KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - carbonic anhydrase KW - transportation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871492462&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nutritional status of the elderly. AU - Morley, J. E. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1986/// VL - 81 IS - 4 SP - 679 EP - 695 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Morley, J. E.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 16111 Plummer Street, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871492521. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 313 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Nutritional investigations and problems of ageing are described and discussed and it is concluded that in times of tightening budgetary restraints, appropriate nutritional assessment and intervention are necessary for preventive medicine in the elderly, so that morbidity, and recurrent admission to hospital or institution, can be decreased. KW - nutritional state KW - Old age KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - nutritional status KW - Diet Studies (VV110) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871492521&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Stimulation by 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 of adenylate cyclase along the villus of chick duodenum. AU - Long, R. G. AU - Bikle, D. D. AU - Munson, S. J. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 119 IS - 6 SP - 2568 EP - 2573 AD - Long, R. G.: D.D. Bikle, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement Street (111 N), San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871492933. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 9012-42-4, 32222-06-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Poultry N2 - Chickens, which were given a diet deficient in vitamin D from hatching for 6 weeks, increased adenylate cyclase activity and calmodulin content in the basolateral membrane of duodenal epithelial cells within 24 h of being given 650 pmol 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC). Although neither exogenously added calmodulin up to 10 μg/ml nor calcium from 10-7 to 10-5M stimulated enzyme activity, the calmodulin antagonists trifluoperazine, W7 and W13 inhibited it. In cells eluted sequentially from the tip to the base of the villus, those from mid-region and base had greatest calmodulin content and adenylate cyclase activity; alkaline phosphatase activity was greatest in cells from the tip. Adenylate cyclase activity was increased by 1,25-DHCC, particularly in cells from the mid-villus. KW - Adenylate cyclase KW - CALCITRIOL KW - duodenum KW - poultry KW - roles KW - fowls KW - Gallus gallus KW - Gallus KW - Phasianidae KW - Galliformes KW - birds KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1, 25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - chickens KW - domesticated birds KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Physiology and Biochemistry (Excluding Nutrition) (LL600) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871492933&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of vitamin A deficiency and repletion on rat insulin secretion in vivo and in vitro from isolated islets. AU - Chertow, B. S. AU - Blaner, W. S. AU - Baranetsky, N. G. AU - Sivitz, W. I. AU - Cordle, M. B. AU - Thompson, D. AU - Meda, P. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1987/// VL - 79 IS - 1 SP - 163 EP - 169 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Chertow, B. S.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Huntington, WV 25701, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871493042. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 36 ref. Registry Number: 68-26-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of vitamin A deficiency and repletion on rat insulin release and islet cellular retinol-binding protein (CRBP) and cellular retinoic acid-binding protein (CRABP) were studied. Biphasic insulin release from vitamin A-deficient perifused islets was markedly impaired. Release remained impaired with retinoic acid (RA) repletion, 2 μg/g diet, compared with release from islets of rats repleted with retinol in the form of retinyl palmitate, 4 μg/g diet. Release became normal with RA 8μg/g diet. Vitamin A deficiency did not affect islet insulin content, cell size, number or structure. In vivo, vitamin A-deficient rats had impaired glucose-induced acute insulin release and glucose intolerance, which improved with repletion. Normal islets had greater concentrations of CRBP than CRABP; vitamin A deficiency reduced CRBP but not CRABP. KW - insulin secretion KW - RETINOL KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - axerophthol KW - status KW - vitamin A KW - vitamin A alcohol KW - vitamin A1 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871493042&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effects of metabolic acidosis on bone formation and bone resorption in the rat. AU - Kraut, J. A. AU - Mishler, D. R. AU - Singer, F. R. AU - Goodman, W. G. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1986/// VL - 30 IS - 5 SP - 694 EP - 700 SN - 0085-2538 AD - Kraut, J. A.: Nephrology Section (691/111L) Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Wilshire and Sawtelle Blvds., Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871493391. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 42 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Bone histology was studied and bone formation using double tetracycline labelling was measured in thyroparathyroidectomized (TPTX) rats with metabolic acidosis (MA) induced by ammonium chloride (TPTX-A), and in non-acidotic TPTX (TPTX-C) and intact (C) controls. To evaluate the response of cortical and trabecular bone to MA, histology was studied at 3 separate sites in the tibia, cortical bone from the mid-shaft and trabecular bone from the epiphysis and from the metaphysis. Plasma pH was lower in TPTX-A, 7.24 ± 0.10, than in TPTX-C, 7.39 ± 0.03. or C, 7.43 ± 0.04, and urinary hydroxyproline excretion increased from 89.8 ± 8.7 in TPTX-C to 150.2 ± 25.9 μg/mg creatinine in TPTX-A. Resorption surface at the epiphysis increased from 1.8 ± 0.6% in TPTX-C to 4.0 ± 1.6% in TPTX-A, values not different from those in C, 3.1 ± 1.1%. Resorption surface was unchanged at other skeletal sites, but total bone volume at the metaphysis fell from 15.5 ± 5.6% in TPTX-C to 9.0 ± 4.3% in TPTX-A. Bone formation was decreased at each skeletal site in TPTX-A compared with TPTX-C, but histological evidence of osteomalacia was not observed. KW - Acidosis KW - bone formation KW - bone resorption KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - bone calcification KW - bone destruction KW - metabolic acidosis KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871493391&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Neuropeptides as regulators of consummatory behaviors. AU - Levine, A. S. AU - Morley, J. E. AU - Gosnell, B. A. AU - Billington, C. J. AU - Krahn, D. D. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1986/// VL - 116 IS - 11 SP - 2067 EP - 2077 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Levine, A. S.: Neuroendocrine Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871493551. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 112 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The control of ingestive behaviour involves a variety of neurotransmitters, including monoamines, peptides and amino acids. For the past decade many investigators have focused their research on the role that regulatory peptides play in eating behaviour. Many peptides, including cholecystokinin, bombesin, calcitonin, corticoliberin, neurotensin and somatostatin, have been reported to decrease the amount of food ingested by laboratory animals. In contrast, a relatively small number of peptides increase food intake. This review describes the effects of those peptides on consummatory behaviours in various species and their sites of action. KW - Food intake KW - peptides KW - regulation KW - reviews KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871493551&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Alterations in calcium, vitamin D, and parathyroid hormone physiology in normal men with aging: relationship to the development of senile osteopenia. AU - Orwoll, E. S. AU - Meier, D. E. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1986/// VL - 63 IS - 6 SP - 1262 EP - 1269 SN - 0021-972X AD - Orwoll, E. S.: Research Service (151), Portland Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3710 SW US Veterans Hospital Rd., Portland, OR 97201, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871493665. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of ageing on calcium and bone metabolism have not been systematically examined in men. To identify age-related changes in vitamin D and parathyrin (PTH) physiology and to assess their impact on skeletal health, 62 normal men 30 to 92 years old were studied. The men were in excellent health and none had any evidence of metabolic bone disease or known risk factors for osteopenia or both. Serum 25-hydroxyvitamin D (25-HD) concentrations declined steadily with advancing age and there was a corresponding decline in serum 24,25-dihydroxyvitamin D (24,25-DHD). Serum 1,25-DHD concentrations did not vary over that age range. Plasma PTH increased with ageing and there was a concomitant increase in urinary cAMP excretion. Renal function (creatinine clearance) declined with increasing age. In conjunction with those changes in Ca metabolism, radial and vertebral bone mineral content declined. Whereas the decrease in radial bone mineral content (single photon absorptiometry) at proximal and distal sites was slight, there was a clear decrease in vertebral bone mineral content, as measured by quantitative computed tomography. The decrease in vertebral bone mineral content was correlated well with the declines in serum 25-HD and 24,25-DHD concentrations and with the decline in renal function. Multiple regression analysis showed that the effects of ageing on bone mineral content could be accounted for in large part by comcomitant changes in mineral metabolism. The decline in renal function and the decrease in serum 24,25-DHD were closely associated with the decrease in bone mineral content. KW - age KW - Bone formation KW - Calcium KW - metabolism KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - bone calcification KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Diet Studies (VV110) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871493665&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Documentation of hyperglucagonemia throughout the day in nonobese and obese patients with noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. AU - Reaven, G. M. AU - Chen, Y. D. I. AU - Golay, A. AU - Swislocki, A. L. M. AU - Jaspan, J. B. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1987/// VL - 64 IS - 1 SP - 106 EP - 110 SN - 0021-972X AD - Reaven, G. M.: GRECC (640/182B), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871493670. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Plasma glucose, insulin, free fatty acids (FFA), glucagon and somatotropin concentrations were measured during 8 h in normal subjects and patients with noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM). Meals were consumed at 0800 h (20% of daily energy) and 1200 h (40% of daily energy), and measurements were made hourly from 0800 to 1600 h. Day-long plasma glucose, insulin and FFA concentrations were higher than normal (by 2-way analysis of variance) in patients with NIDDM, whether obese or non-obese. In addition, day-long plasma glucagon concentrations were also higher than normal (by 2-way analysis of variance) in non-obese and obese patients with NIDDM. Furthermore, direct relations were found between the total plasma glucagon response from 0800 to 1600 h and total plasma glucose and FFA responses. In contrast, plasma somatotropin was not higher in patients with NIDDM. These data demonstrate that ambient plasma concentrations of glucose and FFA are higher in patients with NIDDM, despite the fact that coexisting plasma insulin values are equal to or higher than normal. The higher day-long plasma glucagon values in patients with NIDDM may contribute to their higher plasma glucose and FFA concentrations. KW - blood KW - blood sugar KW - correlation KW - Diabetes KW - fatty acids KW - glucagon KW - obesity KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood glucose KW - fatness KW - glucose in blood KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871493670&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Rapid high-performance liquid chromatography of 3-methylhistidine in human urine. AU - Minkler, P. E. AU - Ingalls, S. T. AU - Griffin, R. L. AU - Hoppel, C. L. JO - Journal of Chromatography JF - Journal of Chromatography Y1 - 1987/// VL - 413 SP - 33 EP - 42 SN - 0021-9673 AD - Minkler, P. E.: Medical Research 151 (W), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 10701 East Blvd., Cleveland, OH 44106, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871493688. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 38 ref. Registry Number: 332-80-9, 368-16-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - An internally standardized method for the estimation of 3-methylhistidine in human urine is presented. This methylated amino acid and the chemically analogous internal standard 3-ethylhistidine were isolated from urine specimens using small columns of cation-exchange resin. Quantification was accomplished by high-performance liquid chromatography using post-column derivatization with o-phthalicdicarboxaldehyde-2-mercaptoethanol followed by fluorometric detection. Sample-to-sample and day-to-day reproducibility were shown to have respective relative standard deviations of 2 and 5% for a urine specimen containing 3-methylhistidine 250 nmol/ml when using 250 μl urine per analysis. The utility of the method was demonstrated by its successful application to 1000 urine specimens. KW - estimation KW - Methylhistidine KW - urine KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871493688&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of essential fatty acid deficiency on cutaneous sterol synthesis. AU - Feingold, K. R. AU - Brown, B. E. AU - Lear, S. R. AU - Moser, A. H. AU - Elias, P. M. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 87 IS - 5 SP - 588 EP - 591 SN - 0022-202X AD - Feingold, K. R.: Metabolism Section (111F), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871494388. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Synthesis of cholesterol de novo and total non-saponifiable lipids were estimated in essential fatty acid-deficient (EFAD) hairless mice. Mice with defective barrier function, manifested by abnormal transepidermal water loss, showed a 2-fold increase in epidermal cholesterol and total non-saponifiable lipid synthesis over controls whereas synthesis in the dermis was unchanged. Epidermal sterologenesis in EFAD mice, repleted with linoleic acid systemically or topically, returned toward normal as barrier function improved. Plastic occlusion of EFAD mouse skin restored epidermal sterologenesis to normal at 1 and 3 days. KW - fat deficiencies KW - HIDES AND SKINS KW - Sterols KW - synthesis KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - essential fatty acid deficiency KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871494388&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Uptake, distribution, and excretion of 31silicon in normal rats. AU - Adler, A. J. AU - Etzion, Z. AU - Berlyne, G. M. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 251 IS - 6, I SP - E670 EP - E673 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Adler, A. J.: Dep. Medicine, Brooklyn Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brooklyn, NY 11209, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871494469. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Registry Number: 7440-21-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Uptake, distribution and excretion of 31Si-labelled silicic acid were studied in rat tissues at 1, 2 and 4 h after intracardiac injection of 31Si(OH)4. Plasma 31silicon decreased rapidly from 0.71 ± 0.04% at 1 h to 0.07 ± 0.06% of the dose given per ml at 4 h. 31Si in plasma was almost entirely nonprotein-bound. Kidney, liver and lung accumulated the greatest amounts of 31Si per g wet weight, with concentrations at 4 h suggesting relatively avid uptake and retention. Bone, skin, spleen, muscle and testes also accumulated 31Si, but values were lower than in the aforementioned organs. Brain contained negligible concentrations of 31Si throughout the study, indicating active exclusion by the blood-brain barrier. Of the administered 31Si, 77 ± 12% was recovered in urine within 4 h. KW - metabolism KW - Silicon KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871494469&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Insulin and metabolic efficiency in rats. 1. Effects of sucrose feeding and BAT axotomy. AU - Bartness, T. J. AU - Billington, C. J. AU - Levine, A. S. AU - Morley, J. E. AU - Brown, D. M. AU - Rowland, N. E. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 251 IS - 6, II SP - R1109 EP - R1117 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Bartness, T. J.: Neuroendocrine Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871494500. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 51 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The role of insulin and brown adipose tissue (AT) thermogenesis in metabolic efficiency (ME, the efficiency of body weight gain) was examined in rats with varied basal insulin status. Long-lasting insulin was given so that food intake was not changed, but ME was increased in both groups. Half the rats were given sucrose to stimulate brown AT growth and thermogenesis. Insulin overrode the exaggerated decrease in ME in diabetics given sucrose, with only partial attenuation in controls. Interscapular brown AT (IBAT) lipoprotein lipase activity was decreased in diabetic rats, restored by insulin treatment and not affected in controls. Diabetics and controls given sucrose had their IBAT sham or bilaterally surgically denervated. Insulin decreased the thermogenic potential of brown AT [cytochrome oxidase activity (COA)] in intact controls and diabetics; in the latter, insulin restored COA independent of brown AT innervation. KW - body weight KW - brown fat KW - Diabetes KW - heat production KW - insulin KW - regulation KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - calorigenesis KW - thermogenesis KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871494500&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Insulin and metabolic efficiency in rats. 2. Effects of NE and cold exposure. AU - Bartness, T. J. AU - Billington, C. J. AU - Levine, A. S. AU - Morley, J. E. AU - Rowland, N. E. AU - Brown, D. M. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 251 IS - 6, II SP - R1118 EP - R1125 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Bartness, T. J.: Neuroendocrine Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871494502. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8, 51-40-1, 51-41-2, 69815-49-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The role of insulin in metabolic efficiency (ME, efficiency of body weight gain) was examined in conditions of maximum energy expenditure in control and diabetic rats. Long-lasting insulin was given so that food intake was not changed but ME was increased in both groups. Half the rats were injected chronically with norepinephrine (NE). NE alone in controls decreased body weight and ME and increased brown adipose tissue (AT) growth, thermogenic potential [cytochrome c oxidase activity (COA)] and lipoprotein lipases (LPL) activity; in diabetics, body weight, ME and food intake all decreased and only brown AT LPL activity and DNA content increased. The combination of NE and insulin increased brown AT protein and COA in diabetics; in controls, all brown AT measures were further increased and ME was intermediate to values of either treatment alone. Cold exposure decreased body weight and ME, increased food intake and qualitatively produced similar increases in brown AT growth, COA and LPL activity in controls and diabetics. In diabetics, combined cold exposure and insulin did not affect the increase in brown AT growth or LPL activity resulting from either treatment alone, but in controls this combination decreased brown AT growth and COA. KW - body weight KW - cold stress KW - Diabetes KW - injection KW - insulin KW - norepinephrine KW - regulation KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - noradrenaline KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871494502&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Regulation of 25-hydroxyvitamin D3 metabolism in chick embryo. AU - Turner, R. T. AU - Graves, J. S. AU - Bell, N. H. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 252 IS - 1, I SP - E38 EP - E43 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Turner, R. T.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Charleston, SC 29403, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871494964. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Poultry N2 - The time course of the development of renal 25-hydroxyvitamin D-1-hydroxylase and 24-hydroxyvitamin D-24-hydroxylase in chick embryos grown in the presence and absence of the eggshell was studied. In embryos with the eggshell, the specific activity (SA) of 25-hydroxyvitamin D-1-hydroxylase in kidney homogenates increased from 0.68 fmol/min mg protein at 12 days of gestation to a peak of 2.55 ± 0.50 fmol/min mg protein at 17 days. In contrast, the SA of 25-hydroxyvitamin D-24-hydroxylase decreased from 2.5 to 0.90 ± 0.25 fmol/min mg protein during the interval. Total plasma calcium was significantly reduced in embryos without shells at 14 to 15 days of gestation (1.1 ± 0.1 mM, mean ± s.e.) compared with normal embryos of the same gestation (2.3 ± 0.3 mM). In embryos without the eggshell, renal 25-hydroxyvitamin D-1-hydroxylase increased from 6.0 to 8.2 ± 0.6 fmol/min mg protein at 17 days of gestation and was from four- to sixfold higher than corresponding enzymic activities for intact embryos. The increased enzyme activity resulting from loss of the eggshell was due to an increase in Vmax. KW - calcium KW - Embryos KW - hydroxycholecalciferols KW - metabolism KW - poultry KW - regulation KW - fowls KW - Gallus gallus KW - Gallus KW - Phasianidae KW - Galliformes KW - birds KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - chickens KW - domesticated birds KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Physiology and Biochemistry (Excluding Nutrition) (LL600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871494964&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cold-induced increase in brown fat thyroxine 5′-monodeiodinase is attenuated in Zucker obese rat. AU - Wu, S. Y. AU - Stern, J. S. AU - Fisher, D. A. AU - Glick, Z. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 252 IS - 1, I SP - E63 EP - E67 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Wu, S. Y.: Nuclear Medicine Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Long Beach, CA 90822, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871494966. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 43 ref. Registry Number: 51-48-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The possibility that reduced brown adipose tissue (AT) themogenesis in the Zucker obese rat may result from a limited capacity for enzymic conversion of thyroxine (T4) to triiodothyronine (T3) in brown AT was studied. A total of 34 lean and obese rats, about 4 months old were divided into three treatment groups: group 1 (5 lean and 6 obese) was given a stock diet for 21 days; group 2 (5 lean and 6 obese) was given a cafeteria diet for 21 days; group 3 (6 lean and 6 obese) was given a stock diet and maintained in the cold (8°± 1°C) for 7 days. Activity of T4 5′-deiodinase was estimated as the rate of T3 production from added T4 in controlled conditions in vitro. The rate of T4-to-T3 conversion in brown AT was similar in the lean and obese rats maintained at room temperature, whether on stock diet or a cafeteria diet (about 40 to 50 pmol T3/scapular brown AT depot h). Expressed per scapular brown AT depot, lean rats exposed to cold displayed about a fivefold increase in brown AT T3 production, whereas only a small increase was observed in the cold-exposed obese rats. Serum T3 tended to be reduced in the Zucker obese rats. KW - brown fat KW - metabolism KW - Obesity KW - thyroxine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871494966&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Transport of acidic amino acids by human jejunal brush-border membrane vesicles. AU - Rajendran, V. M. AU - Harig, J. M. AU - Adams, M. B. AU - Ramaswamy, K. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 252 IS - 1, I SP - G33 EP - G39 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Rajendran, V. M.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Milwaukee, WI 53295, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871494994. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The transport of radiolabelled acidic amino acids into brush-border membrane vesicles prepared from human jejunum was studied. The uptakes of L-glutamic, L-aspartic and D-aspartic acids were stimulated by a sodium+ gradient (extravesicular > intravesicular). Concentrative uptake (resulting in an "overshoot" phenomenon) of these dicarboxylic amino acids occurred when there was an outward potassium+ gradient (intravesicular > extravesicular). In addition, increasing K+ gradients (0 to 100 mM) resulted in increased uptake of L-glutamic acid. This K+ requirement is somewhat specific as Rb+ and Cs+ could increase uptake to a limited extent, whereas Li+ and choline+ showed no increase. The presence of a K+ gradient did not affect the affinity of the carrier system for L-glutamic acid but it did increase the Vmax. The presence of extravescicular anions having differing membrane permeabilities did not alter L-glutamic acid uptake indicating an absence of an effect of membrane potential on the transport process. The human transport system for L-glutamic acid seems to be specific for acidic amino acids as demonstrated by inhibition studies. KW - Amino acids KW - jejunum KW - transport KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - transportation KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871494994&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Pressure and length adaptations in isolated cat stomach. AU - Schulze-Delrieu, K. AU - Shirazi, S. S. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 252 IS - 1, I SP - G92 EP - G99 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Schulze-Delrieu, K.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. Iowa, Iowa City, IA 52242, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871495009. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Correlations were made between the adaptation of gastric pressure and longitudinal muscle tension. Isolated cat stomachs were filled with physiological solution and longitudinal stripes marked in 5 segments over the lesser and the greater curvature (LC and GC). Strip length changed the most in the proximal segments of GC. Volume changes led to triphasic changes in gastric pressure. On filling, there was a pressure peak and pressure accomodation to a new base-line pressure. On emptying there was an initial pressure nadir that was followed by a pressure recovery. When isolated longitudinal strips were stretched and released to their lengths at specific gastric volumes, they generated triphasic tension adaption and recovery. Strips from the proximal greater curvature generated the highest base-line tension, highest peak tension and largest amplitude of tension adaptations. Addition of KCl, carbachol or physostigmine increased base-line tension and tension adaptations in parallel, whereas atropine reduced them. Tetrodotoxin had no effect. The base-line tension of the isolated cat stomach is maintained by a tonic cholinergic neurosecretion but its tension adaptations do not require neural control. KW - Stomach emptying KW - CATS KW - Felis KW - Felidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871495009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Glucagon stimulation of brown adipose tissue growth and thermogenesis. AU - Billington, C. J. AU - Bartness, T. J. AU - Briggs, J. AU - Levine, A. S. AU - Morley, J. E. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 252 IS - 1, II SP - R160 EP - R165 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Billington, C. J.: Neuroendocrine Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis-St. Paul, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871495022. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 45 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Glucagon injections, 1 mg/kg, to male Sprague-Dawley rats for 18 days produced, relative to saline-injected controls, decreases in feed efficiency and increases in brown adipose tissue weight, protein content, DNA content and mitochondrial mass as reflected in cytochrome oxidase activity. The changes were similar, though of lesser magnitude, to changes induced by norepinephrine 250 μg/kg for a positive control group. Glucagon 1 mg/kg for 4 days produced increases in specific activity of cytochrome oxidase and lipoprotein lipase. After 8 days of glucagon administration, changes in whole-pad activity similar to those after 18 days were present. Glucagon also increased whole-pad lipoprotein lipase activity after 4 and 8 days. Surgically denervated interscapular brown adipose tissue retained its ability to respond to exogenous glucagon, though the magnitude of the response was diminished. Guanosine 5′-diphosphate (GDP) binding to brown adipose tissue mitochondria was estimated as an assessment of functional state after 5 days of glucagon (1 mg/kg). There was an increase in GDP binding relative to that in controls whether expressed as pmol/kg mitochondrial protein or nmol/pad. KW - brown fat KW - glucagon KW - Growth KW - Heat production KW - roles KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - calorigenesis KW - thermogenesis KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871495022&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Brain/gut peptides in fed and fasted rats. AU - Zheng, B. AU - Eng, J. AU - Yalow, R. S. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 120 IS - 2 SP - 714 EP - 717 AD - Zheng, B.: R.S. Yalow, Solomon A. Berson Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871495129. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5, 9011-97-6, 1393-25-5, 37221-79-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The concentrations and contents of vasoactive intestinal peptide (VIP) and cholecystokinin (CCK) in the brain and of those peptides along with secretin and glucagon-like immunoreactivity (GLI) in the gut were compared in 16 Sprague-Dawley rats deprived of food for 5 days with the corresponding peptides in a group of 16 fed littermates. Mean weight of deprived rats at the beginning of the study was 263 g and was 177 g before killing, for a net loss of 33% of initial body weight; the 16 fed rats increased their mean weight from 225 to 284 g, for a net gain of 12%. During the 5-day deprivation there was no change in the weight of the cortex, hypothalamus or brain stem. Weight of tissues from the gut decreased to about half that of the corresponding tissues in fed rats. There was no significant change in brain VIP or CCK. VIP content in the gut was unchanged. Because of the decrease in organ weight, its concentration almost doubled. Secretin concentrations in the gut of deprived rats did not change significantly, but organ contents fell to about half. The gut content of GLI also fell by half or more. The concentrations of CCK in methanol extracts of the duodenum and jejunum remained relatively constant, but those in acid extracts fell by 40% in deprived rats. This represents a decrease of about 70% in organ content of CCK. The findings are interpretable as demonstrating that during prolonged deprivation neuronal CCK and VIP are well conserved, but endocrine CCK, secretin and GLI are decreased because of loss of intestinal mucosa. KW - brain KW - Glucagon KW - intestines KW - PANCREOZYMIN KW - Peptides KW - Secretin KW - starvation KW - Vasoactive intestinal peptide KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cerebrum KW - cholecystokinin KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871495129&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Subnormal concentrations of serum selenium and plasma carnitine in chronically tube-fed patients. AU - Feller, A. G. AU - Rudman, D. AU - Erve, P. R. AU - Johnson, R. C. AU - Boswell, J. AU - Jackson, D. L. AU - Mattson, D. E. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1987/// VL - 45 IS - 2 SP - 476 EP - 483 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Feller, A. G.: Medical, Laboratory and Nutritional Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, North Chicago, IL, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871495516. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 36 ref. Registry Number: 461-06-3, 7782-49-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A total of 47 tube-fed nursing home patients were studied with regard to serum or plasma selenium, carnitine, and red blood cell (RBC) glutathione peroxidase (GSH-Px); 36 patients were tube-fed with Isocal® and 11 were tube-fed with Compleat B®, an L-carnitine-containing formula. Eighteen elderly nursing home patients and 10 young adults were controls. Serum Se and plasma carnitine were lowest in the Isocal patients. In all 36 Isocal subjects, Se was below normal, and in 26% of Isocal patients RBC GSH-Px was also below normal. Free and total carnitine were below normal in most Isocal subjects. All 11 Compleat B patients had subnormal serum Se, but most had normal carnitine concentrations. Those data suggest that enteral formulas in nursing homes should contain more than 100 μg Se and carnitine in the order of 1 mmol/1600 kcal. KW - blood KW - carnitine KW - selenium KW - Tube feeding KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871495516&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - 1,25-Dihydroxyvitamin D3 receptors in lymphocytes from patients with rheumatoid arthritis. AU - Manolagas, S. C. AU - Werntz, D. A. AU - Tsoukas, C. D. AU - Provvedini, D. M. AU - Vaughan, J. H. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1986/// VL - 108 IS - 6 SP - 596 EP - 600 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Manolagas, S. C.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (V111G), 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, La Jolla, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871495554. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Of 17 seropositive patients with rheumatoid arthritis, 13 had lymphocytes which possessed 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) receptors (without activation in vitro) compared with only 3 of 17 normal subjects. The biochemical characteristics of the 1,25-DHCC receptor, including affinity, sedimentation coefficient and DNA-binding properties in the rheumatoid arthritis lymphocytes were indistinguishable from those established for that receptor in the classic target tissues of the hormone. KW - CALCITRIOL KW - lymphocytes KW - receptors KW - Rheumatoid arthritis KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871495554&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Energy expenditure and motor activity in rats receiving total parenteral nutrition. AU - Popp, M. B. AU - Brennan, M. F. AU - Morrison, S. D. JO - Journal of Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition JF - Journal of Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition Y1 - 1987/// VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 14 EP - 17 SN - 0148-6071 AD - Popp, M. B.: Dep. Surgery (112), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3200 Vine Street, Cincinnati, OH 45220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871495616. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats with intravascular catheters connected to infusion systems are frequently used in the investigation of nutritional and metabolic problems. Although the rat is often referred to as "unrestrained", there is no information on the effect of the catheter assembly or total parenteral nutrition (TPN) on total (TEE), activity (AEE) and resting (REE) energy expenditure (TEE = REE + AEE). Male Fischer 344 rats were studied in an analytical respiration calorimeter. Normal unoperated rats, aseptically catheterized orally fed rats from day 1 to 7 after operation, and TPN rats were studied. Orally fed catheterized rats had weight loss, negative nitrogen balance, negative energy balance, elevated REE and normal AEE during the first days after operation. Their weight gain, positive N balance, AEE and REE were almost identical to those of normal rats on days 5 to 7 after operaton. REE and AEE in TPN rats were similar to values in normal rats. The data indicate that catheter operation and TPN cause no abnormality in AEE and REE if adequate time is allowed for recovery from catheter operation and strict attention is given to asepsis. KW - energy exchange KW - Parenteral feeding KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871495616&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Potentiation of ethanol-induced hepatic vitamin A depletion by phenobarbital and butylated hydroxytoluene. AU - Leo, M. A. AU - Lowe, N. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1987/// VL - 117 IS - 1 SP - 70 EP - 76 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Leo, M. A.: Alcohol Research and Treatment Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, NY, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871495719. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Registry Number: 128-37-0, 64-17-5, 50-06-6, 68-26-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Ethanol, phenobarbital or butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) given to Sprague-Dawley rats each resulted in significantly lower hepatic vitamin A than in untreated controls. When ethanol was combined with phenobarbital or BHT, there was a striking potentiation of the depletion, resulting in hepatic vitamin A values of less than 5% of normal, whether expressed per g of liver or per 100 g body weight. These effects were observed for retinol and retinyl esters, measured by high-pressure liquid chromatography. By contrast, lung retinol and retinyl ester values were significantly higher in rats treated with ethanol, but were unchanged in rats treated with phenobarbital or butylated hydroxytoluene compared with control rats. KW - butylated hydroxytoluene KW - Ethanol KW - intake KW - liver KW - phenobarbital KW - RETINOL KW - supplements KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - axerophthol KW - BHT KW - ethyl alcohol KW - vitamin A KW - vitamin A alcohol KW - vitamin A1 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871495719&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Enzyme markers of maternal malnutrition in fetal rat brain. AU - Shambaugh, G. E., III AU - Mankad, B. AU - Derecho, M. L. AU - Koehler, R. R. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1987/// VL - 117 IS - 1 SP - 144 EP - 152 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Shambaugh, G. E., III: Veterans Administration Lakeside Medical Center, Chicago, IL 60611, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871495746. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 38 ref. Registry Number: 9000-81-1, 9024-60-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The impact of maternal starvation in late gestation on development of some enzymic mechanisms concerned with neurotransmission and polyamine synthesis was studied in foetal rat brain. Between 17 and 20 days, acetylcholinesterase and choline acetyltransferase activity increased in foetal brains of fed dams, whereas maternal starvation from day 17 to day 20 resulted in heightened acetylcholinesterase but not choline acetyltransferase activity. Ornithine decarboxylase activity on a per-g wet-weight basis fell between 17 and 20 days in foetal brain from fed dams. Increasing the duration of maternal starvation caused a progressive increase in foetal brain ornithine decarboxylase. Arginine and putrescine in the brain were lower in foetuses of starved mothers while spermidine and spermine concentrations were unchanged. Since the Km of ornithine decarboxylase for ornithine varied directly with values for putrescine in foetal brain, lower concentrations of putrescine and greater ornithine decarboxylase activity in foetal brains from starved mothers suggested that this enzyme may be controlled in part by putrescine. Changes in the maternal nutritional state had no effect on the activity of glutamate decarboxylase in foetal brain, and tissue contents of the product, γ-aminobutyric acid, were unchanged. Thus, changes in ornithine decarboxylase and acetylcholinesterase activity in foetal brain may uniquely reflect biochemical alterations resulting from maternal starvation. KW - acetylcholinesterase KW - brain KW - FETUS KW - malnutrition KW - Mothers KW - ornithine decarboxylase KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cerebrum KW - foetus KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871495746&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Bicarbonate, acid, and duodenal ulcer. AU - Feldman, M. T2 - New England Journal of Medicine JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1987/// VL - 316 IS - 7 SP - 408 EP - 409 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Feldman, M.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, TX 75235, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871495935. Publication Type: Editorial. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The finding of Isenberg et al. that proximal duodenal mucosal bicarbonate secretion is impaired in patients with duodenal ulcer, and implications for treatment, are discussed. KW - bicarbonates KW - duodenal ulcers KW - duodenum KW - secretions KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871495935&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A study of the molecular pathology of sucrase-isomaltase deficiency. A defect in the intracellular processing of the enzyme. AU - Lloyd, M. L. AU - Olsen, W. A. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1987/// VL - 316 IS - 8 SP - 438 EP - 442 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Lloyd, M. L.: Gastroenterology Research Lab., Middleton Veterans Administration Hospital, 2500 Overlook Terrace, Madison, WI 53705, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871495950. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - It was shown that sucrase-isomaltase is synthesized in human intestine as a single-chain precursor molecule which undergoes high-mannose N-linked glycosylation. The precursor is subsequently converted to a mature glycoprotein in transit to the brush border. In a patient with primary sucrase-isomaltase deficiency, translation and early glycosylation of an immature precursor protein which does not undergo completion of the glycosylation process were demonstrated. KW - deficiency KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Sucrose alpha-D-glucohydrolase d KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871495950&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of prenatal iron deficiency on myelination in rat pups. AU - Yu, G. S. M. AU - Steinkirchner, T. M. AU - Rao, G. A. AU - Larkin, E. C. JO - American Journal of Pathology JF - American Journal of Pathology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 125 IS - 3 SP - 620 EP - 624 SN - 0002-9440 AD - Yu, G. S. M.: E.C. Larkin, Dep. Pathology (113), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871496071. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 7439-89-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Histopathological examination was made of the brain from rat young which were iron-depleted or given Fe supplement. Young were from female rats, which were fed on Fe-deficient or Fe-supplemented diet during pregnancy and lactation. Immediately after anaesthesia and the collection of blood, young were fixed by intracardiac infusion of 2% glutaraldehyde. Brain and cervical spinal cord were fixed, embedded in paraffin, and cut at 6-μm thickness. Myelin was identified using Luxol fast blue stain. Compared with controls (haematocrit 30.8%), Fe-depleted young rats 11 days old (haematocrit 11.9%) showed less myelination in the spinal cord. Although myelination increased in the Fe-depleted young 17 days old (haematocrit 8.5%), the amount of myelin in the spinal cord and white matter of cerebellar folds was less than that of the corresponding controls. KW - deficiency KW - FETUS KW - iron KW - myelination KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - foetus KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871496071&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Beliefs about osteoporosis. A critical appraisal. AU - Meuleman, J. JO - Archives of Internal Medicine JF - Archives of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1987/// VL - 147 IS - 4 SP - 762 EP - 765 SN - 0003-9926 AD - Meuleman, J.: GRECC 182, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Gainesville, FL 32602, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871496204. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The awareness of osteoporosis as a common problem with a large degree of associated morbidity has increased recently. Three beliefs concerning osteoporosis are examined. These beliefs concern the usefulness of radiological screening for osteoporosis, the prevalence of osteoporotic fractures, and the benefit of calcium supplements. It is concluded that as a widely used screening test, radiological examination does not greatly aid in the estimation of risk of future bone fracture, that fewer than 25% of women will ever have a meaningful complication from excessive bone loss, and that, although low Ca intake is probably inadvisible, the present data do not allow any certain level of calcium intake to be recommended as optimum. KW - calcium KW - incidence KW - intake KW - Osteodystrophy KW - screening KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - screening tests KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871496204&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Dietary carbohydrate stimulates alcohol diet ingestion, promotes growth and prevents fatty liver in rats. AU - Rao, G. A. AU - Riley, D. E. AU - Larkin, E. C. JO - Nutrition Research JF - Nutrition Research Y1 - 1987/// VL - 7 IS - 1 SP - 81 EP - 87 SN - 0271-5317 AD - Rao, G. A.: Alcohol Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871496529. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - When young male Sprague-Dawley rats were fed on a Lieber-DeCarli diet to appetite for 4 weeks containing 36% of the total energy as ethanol, they consumed about 50 ml diet daily, gained 3 to 3.7 g daily and their livers contained about 60 mg triglyceride per g. When rats were maintained on isoenergetic diets containing 30, 26 or 20% of energy as alcohol, the daily diet intake (64, 67 and 88 ml, respectively) and growth rate (4.2, 5.8 and 6.9 g, respectively) increased markedly and their livers contained triglyceride only 20 to 25 mg/g. The amount of energy from alcohol consumed daily or the alcohol consumption per 100 g body weight were comparable in the various diet groups. As the reduction in alcohol energy was compensated for by including isoenergetic amounts of maltose-dextrins, it is likely that the increased carbohydrate content stimulated diet ingestion, promoted growth and prevented the development of fatty liver despite chronic alcohol consumption. KW - carbohydrates KW - development KW - Ethanol KW - fatty liver KW - food intake KW - growth KW - intake KW - loads KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - fatty liver disease KW - fatty liver syndrome KW - saccharides KW - steatosis KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871496529&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of copper deficiency on carbon tetrachloride-induced lipid peroxidation. AU - Lawrence, R. A. AU - Jenkinson, S. G. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1987/// VL - 109 IS - 2 SP - 134 EP - 140 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Lawrence, R. A.: S.G. Jenkinson, Pulmonary Disease Section, IIIE, Audie L. Murphy Memorial Veterans Administration Hospital, 7400 Merton Minter Blvd., San Antonio, TX 78284, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871496886. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Registry Number: 56-23-5, 7440-50-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In a series of experiments, CCl4 was given to copper-depleted and control rats. Peroxidation after CCl4 was monitored by measuring the evolution of expired ethane in closed metabolic chambers. Rats were fed on one of 2 copper-deficient diets based on evaporated milk or powdered milk. Compared with control values, liver Cu content, liver superoxide dismutase activity and plasma ceruloplasmin were significantly decreased in copper-depleted rats fed on either of the diets. Liver glutathione peroxidase activity was also less in the copper-depleted rats fed on the evaporated milk diet. Ethane evolution was greater in both copper-deficient groups than in their controls. Cu deficiency also increased hepatic Fe concentration, but normal rats loaded with iron-dextran to increase hepatic Fe concentrations into a range similar to that in the copper-depleted rats did not show increase of ethane evolution after CCl4. KW - carbon tetrachloride KW - Copper KW - deficiency KW - induction KW - lipid peroxidation KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - tetrachloromethane KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871496886&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Deleterious metabolic effects of high-carbohydrate, sucrose-containing diets in patients with non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. AU - Coulston, A. M. AU - Hollenbeck, C. B. AU - Swislocki, A. L. M. AU - Chen, Y. D. I. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1987/// VL - 82 IS - 2 SP - 213 EP - 220 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Coulston, A. M.: G.M. Reaven, Veterans Administration Medical Center, (GRECC 640/182B), 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871496923. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Registry Number: 57-50-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of variations in dietary carbohydrate and fat intake on aspects of carbohydrate and lipid metabolism were studied in patients with noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM). Two test diets were used and they were eaten in random order during two 15-day periods. One diet was low in fat and high in carbohydrate, and corresponded closely to recent recommendations made by the American Diabetes Association, containing (as percentage of total energy) 20% protein, 20% fat and 60% carbohydrate with 10% of total energy as sucrose. The other diet contained 20% protein, 40% fat and 40% carbohydrate with sucrose accounting for 3% of total energy. Although fasting plasma glucose and insulin concentrations were similar with both diets, incremental glucose and insulin responses from 0800 to 1600 h were higher and mean (± s.e. mean) 24-h urine glucose excretion was significantly greater (55 ± 16 against 26 ± 4 g/24 h) in response to the low-fat, high-carbohydrate diet. Fasting and postprandial triglyceride values were increased and high-density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol concentrations were decreased when patients with NIDDM ate the low-fat, high-carbohydrate diet. As low-density lipoprotein (LDL) concentrations did not change with diet, the HDL:LDL cholesterol ratio fell in response to the low-fat, high-carbohydrate diet. KW - carbohydrate metabolism KW - carbohydrates KW - Diabetes KW - intake KW - lipid metabolism KW - sucrose KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fat metabolism KW - saccharides KW - saccharose KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871496923&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of graded intravenous doses of fructose on glycogen synthase in the liver of fasted rats. AU - Niewoehner, C. B. AU - Nuttall, B. Q. AU - Nuttall, F. Q. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1987/// VL - 36 IS - 4 SP - 388 EP - 344 AD - Niewoehner, C. B.: Endocrine Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 54th St and 48 Ave. South, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871497009. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 42 ref. Registry Number: 57-48-7, 9014-56-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of graded doses of intravenous fructose (50 to 500 mg/kg) were studied in rats deprived of food for 24 h to determine potential mechanisms by which different concentrations of fructose reaching the liver may modify the activity of glycogen synthase (E.C.2.4.1.11) and phosphorylase (E.C.2.4.1.1.). With increasing fructose doses the percentage synthase I increased threefold to a maximum at a dose of 125 mg/kg and then decreased progressively after higher fructose doses were given. The percentage phosphorylase a decreased by 30% to a minimum at a dose of 125 mg/kg but increased with higher doses to 370% of the control values. The percentage synthase I and the percentage phosphorylase a were increased above the control values at fructose doses of 175 to 225 mg/kg. The increase in percentage synthase I after low doses of fructose occurred with a significant increase in glucose-6-phosphate but no significant change in hepatic fructose, glucose, uridine diphosphate glucose, ATP/Mg2+, inorganic phosphorus (Pi), cAMP, plasma insulin or glucagon concentrations. The reciprocal decrease in percentage synthase I and increase in percentage phosphorylase a occurred despite increases in glucose and glucose-6-phosphate, at fructose doses resulting in no change in ATP/Mg2+, Pi or cAMP, and only a small increase (0.39 mmol/litre) in the fructose-1-phosphate concentration. It is proposed that activation of synthase phosphatase by a rise in the glucose-6-phosphate concentration is responsivle for the increase in percentage synthase I after low doses of fructose. The mechanism by which higher fructose doses overcome the expected activation of synthase phosphatase by glucose and glucose-6-phosphate and a decreased ATP:Mg2+ ratio is uncertain. There was no evidence of hepatic toxicity after an intravenous fructose load when the fructose concentration reaching the liver did not exceed 1.0 μmol/ml plasma water. KW - fructose KW - GLYCOGEN (STARCH) SYNTHASE KW - liver KW - Starvation KW - dosage effect, rats KW - fruit sugar KW - glycogen synthase KW - ketohexose KW - laevulose KW - levulose KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871497009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Variable contribution of gastrin to gastric acid secretion after a meal in humans. AU - Blair, A. J., III AU - Richardson, C. T. AU - Walsh, J. H. AU - Feldman, M. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 92 IS - 4 SP - 944 EP - 949 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Blair, A. J., III: M. Feldman, Veterans Administration Medical Center (151), 4500 South Lancaster Road, Dallas, TX 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871497015. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 9002-76-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The contribution of gastrin to the acid secretory response to eating in healthy human subjects was examined. To simulate the gastric and intestinal phases of eating, a meal was homogenized and then infused into the stomach through a nasogastric tube. At the same time, the cephalic phase of acid secretion was activated by sham feeding. With this simulated meal, mean serum gastrin concentration increased from a basal value of 43 ± 9 pg/ml to an average postprandial gastrin concentration during 2 h of 121 ± 25 pg/ml. Gastrin release after this simulated meal was similar to gastrin release after a normally eaten meal in the same 12 subjects. Gastric acid secretion in response to the simulated meal, which was estimated by intragastric titration in vivo, was 24.2 ± 2.4 mmol/h on average. To determine how much of this postprandial acid secretion could be attributed to gastrin, gastrin 17 I was infused intravenously in the same subjects on a separate day and acid secretion and serum gastrin concentrations were estimated. By relating serum gastrin concentration during gastrin 17 infusion to concomitant acid secretion, it was determined that an average postprandial serum gastrin concentration of 121 pg/ml could result in an acid secretion rate of 21.5 mmol/h, 89% of the actual acid secreted after the simulated meal in those subjects. However, in individual subjects, the amount of gastrin released after a meal could produce as little as 51% or as much as 162% of actual postprandial acid secretion. KW - eating KW - Gastric acid KW - gastrin KW - roles KW - secretions KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871497015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Characteristics of glycyl-L-proline transport in intestinal brush-border membrane vesicles. AU - Rajendran, V. M. AU - Harig, J. M. AU - Ramaswamy, K. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 252 IS - 2,I SP - G281 EP - G286 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Rajendran, V. M.: K. Ramasawamy, Gastroenterology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Milwaukee, WI 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871497019. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 704-15-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A proton-peptide symport mechanism has been postulated for transport of dipeptides in rabbit intestinal and renal brush-border membrane vesicles (BBMV). The effects were studied of a transmembrane potential (in mouse) and an inwardly directed proton gradient (in mouse, rabbit and man) on the transport of glycyl-L-proline in intestinal BBMV. Membrane potential alterations, induced by permeant anions or generated by a K+-diffusion potential in the presence of valinomycin, did not accelerate the uptake of glycyl-L-proline. In parallel experiments the uptake of D-glucose, the cotransport system of which is electrogenic, was increased by an interior negative membrane potential. Thus the transport of glycyl-L-proline in mouse intestinal BBMV is not electrogenic. Further studies on the effect of a proton gradient (extravesicular pH 5.5; intravesicular pH 7.5) on transport of glycyl-L-proline revealed an absence of stimulation of glycyl-L-proline transport and lower uptake rates in the presence of a proton gradient. The stimultaneous presence of an interior negative membrane potential and an inwardly directed proton gradient did not accelerate the transport of glycyl-L-proline. KW - Dipeptides KW - Glycylproline KW - intestines KW - transport KW - rabbits KW - Leporidae KW - Lagomorpha KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - transportation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871497019&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of vitamin D-induced chronic hypercalcemia on rat renal cortical plasma membranes and mitochondria. AU - Levi, M. AU - Molitoris, B. A. AU - Burke, T. J. AU - Schrier, R. W. AU - Simon, F. R. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 252 IS - 2,II SP - F267 EP - F275 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Levi, M.: Dep. Medicine, Dallas Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, TX 75235, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871497041. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 36 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Increases in intracellular and mitochondrial calcium content that accompany ischaemic and toxic acute renal failure have been suggested to mediate renal tubular cell injury and dysfunction, but the mechanism(s) are unknown. The effects of vitamin D-induced chronic hypercalcaemia on rat renal cortical brush-border and basolateral membranes and mitochondria were studied in vivo. In the brush-border membrane, hypercalcaemia caused significant decreases in alkaline phosphatase specific activity, total phospholipid molar content and phosphatidylserine percentage molar composition and increases in the cholesterol-to-total phospholipid molar ratio and phosphatidylinositol percentage molar composition. In the basolateral membrane, hypercalcaemia caused decreases in Na+-K+-ATPase specific activity and total phospholipid molar content and increases in the cholesterol-to-total phospholipid molar ratio and phosphatidylinositol 4,5-bisphosphate percentage molar composition. In the mitochondria, hypercalcaemia caused a mild increase in the mitochondrial calcium content, but no alterations in succinate dehydrogenase specific activity, succinate-, ADP- or uncoupler-induced respiration. These hypercalcaemia-induced plasma membrane biochemical alterations may be markers of early cell injury and suggest a role for Ca in causing or predisposing to renal tubular cell injury. KW - Hypercalcaemia KW - renal function KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hypercalcemia KW - hypercalcinemia KW - kidney function KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871497041&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of prolonged ethanol feeding on methionine metabolism in rat liver. AU - Barak, A. J. AU - Beckenhauer, H. C. AU - Tuma, D. J. AU - Badakhsh, S. JO - Biochemistry and Cell Biology JF - Biochemistry and Cell Biology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 65 IS - 3 SP - 230 EP - 233 SN - 0829-8211 AD - Barak, A. J.: Liver Study Unit, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Omaha, NE 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871497074. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: French. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 63-68-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Pairs of rats were fed on control and alcohol liquid diets for 1, 2, 3 or 4 months. The rats were then killed and their livers were analysed for betaine, S-adenosylmethionine (SAM), methionine synthetase activity, and betaine-homocysteine methyltransferase (BHMT) activity. Results of the time-course study showed that chronic ethanol feeding inhibited the activity of the methionine synthetase throughout the study, but increased the activity of BHMT and lowered betaine values. Data suggest that the rat, because of its ability to produce betaine from choline, has the capacity to compensate for the ethanol-induced impairment of methionine synthetase and maintain vital tissue concentrations of SAM for prolonged periods through an adaptive increase in BHMT activity. KW - Ethanol KW - liver KW - loads KW - metabolism KW - methionine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871497074&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of vanadate on amino acid transport in rat jejunum. AU - Hajjar, J. J. AU - Fucci, J. C. AU - Rowe, W. A. AU - Tomicic, T. K. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1987/// VL - 184 IS - 4 SP - 403 EP - 409 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Hajjar, J. J.: Division of Gastroenterology, Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Newington, CT 06111, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871497088. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Registry Number: 7440-62-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Experimental results suggested the presence of a dual action of vanadate on amino acid transport, a stimulatory effect at low concentration, due to increased adenylate cyclase activity, and an inhibitory effect at higher concentrations, due to a decreased activity of (Na++K+)-ATPase. KW - Amino acids KW - jejunum KW - transport KW - vanadium KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - transportation KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871497088&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Photocarcinogenesis and diet. AU - Black, H. S. JO - Federation Proceedings JF - Federation Proceedings Y1 - 1987/// VL - 46 IS - 5 SP - 1901 EP - 1905 SN - 0014-9446 AD - Black, H. S.: Photobiology Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, TX 77211, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871497319. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 38 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The involvement of lipids or their peroxidative products in photocarcinogenesis is discussed. KW - Carcinogenesis KW - HIDES AND SKINS KW - lipids KW - peroxides KW - reviews KW - lipins KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871497319&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Modulation of memory processing by cholecystokinin: dependence on the vagus nerve. AU - Flood, J. F. AU - Smith, G. E. AU - Morley, J. E. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1987/// VL - 236 IS - 4803 SP - 832 EP - 834 AD - Flood, J. F.: Psychobiology Research Lab., Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center (GRECC), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871497387. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 9011-97-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male mice which were deprived of food for 18 h after footshock avoidance training had poorer memory retention than mice given food freely or given food 3 h after training. Sulphated cholecystokinin octapeptide (CCK-8S) 0.01 to 10.0 μg/kg body weight was given to mice after training sessions. Low doses had little effect, intermediate doses (0.05 to 1.0 μg/kg) facilitated memory retention and high doses had no effect. CCK-8S was more effective when given intraperitoneally than when given subcutaneously. When the vagus nerve was cut the memory-enhancing effect of CCK-8S was blocked. CCK-8 may mediate the memory-enhancing effects of feeding. KW - LEARNING ABILITY KW - PANCREOZYMIN KW - regulation KW - roles KW - vagus nerve KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cholecystokinin KW - learning capacity KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871497387&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Quantitative assessment of luminal stirring in the perfused small intestine of the rat. AU - Levitt, M. D. AU - Fetzer, C. A. AU - Kneip, J. M. AU - Bond, J. H. AU - Levitt, D. G. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 252 IS - 3, I SP - G325 EP - G332 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Levitt, M. D.: Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871497539. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The resistance (RL) to CO absorption that resulted from poor luminal stirring in the constantly perfused rat jejunum was studied. RL or calculated unstirred layer thickness was greater for 30-cm than 10-cm long segments, indicating lack of a uniform thickness of unstirred layer. The possibility that laminar flow existed in the gut was first tested by calculating expected CO absorptions from fluid moving with laminar flow. These values agreed closely with observed absorption rates. Laminar flow also was supported by the observation that CO absorption was independent of perfusate viscosity. Lastly, after sudden addition of phenolsulphonphthalein (PSP) to the perfusate, PSP outflow concentration was similar in tygon tubing (which has laminar flow) and a gut segment of comparable dimension. It is concluded that flow in the perfused gut is laminar and that this laminar flow has many implications for studies made with the constant-perfusion technique. KW - absorption KW - Small intestine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871497539&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Resistance to diet-induced obesity: food intake, pancreatic sympathetic tone, and insulin. AU - Levin, B. E. AU - Triscari, J. AU - Hogan, S. AU - Sullivan, A. C. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 252 IS - 3, II SP - R471 EP - R478 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Levin, B. E.: Neurology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, East Orange, NJ 07019, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871497553. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - After 15 weeks on a moderately high-energy high-fat (CM) diet, 43% of 40 male Sprague-Dawley rats 3 months old developed diet-induced obesity (DIO) (29% more weight gain), whereas 57% of diet-resistant (DR) rats gained no more weight than 20 controls given stock diet. When switched to stock diet for another 7 weeks, DR rats ate 13% less, gained 55% less weight and had 49% lower food efficiency, whereas DIO rats ate 4% less but had comparable weight gain and efficiency to controls. DIO rats had 29% more carcass lipid (percentage of carcass weight). DIO rat retroperitoneal white adipose pads had 65% more cells that were the same size as those in pads of controls; DR rat cells were similar to those of controls. DR and DIO rats increased norepinephrine turnover in their interscapular brown adipose pads by more than 90%. DIO rats also had 40% lower pancreatic turnover; their plasma insulin values were 327% of control values after 15 weeks on the CM diet and 188% after 7 weeks on stock diet. DR values were the same as those of controls at both times. KW - activity KW - food intake KW - insulin secretion KW - Obesity KW - pancreas KW - resistance KW - sympathetic nervous system KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871497553&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of fasting and chronic alcohol consumption on the first-pass metabolism of ethanol. AU - DiPadova, C. AU - Worner, T. M. AU - Julkunen, R. J. K. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 92 IS - 5, I SP - 1169 EP - 1173 SN - 0016-5085 AD - DiPadova, C.: C.S. Lieber, Alcohol Research and Treatment Center, Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center, 130 West Kingsbridge Rd., Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871497658. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The fraction of alcohol ingested in amounts during usual "social drinking" which does not enter the systemic circulation was evaluated. On consecutive days, either peroral or intravenous ethanol was administered in both fed and fasted states to 7 non-alcoholic and 18 alcoholic subjects. In non-alcoholics consuming ethanol 0.15 g/kg body weight, the magnitude of first-pass metabolism of ethanol was 3.94 ± 0.15 mmol/litre h, calculated as the difference of the areas under the curve obtained after oral and intravenous alcohol administration. The first-pass metabolism accounted for 73% of the latter. When the administered dose was increased to 0.3 g/kg body weight, the corresponding values were 6.46 ± 0.50 mmol/litre h and 44%. Fasting decreased that effect. When alcoholics consumed ethanol 0.15 g/kg body weight, the corresponding values were 0.92 ± 0.65 mmol/litre h and 23%. When those alcoholics fasted, the first-pass metabolism again decreased and it was significantly lower than in the non-alcoholics tested in the same conditions. KW - alcoholism KW - Ethanol KW - fasting KW - metabolism KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871497658&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Chronic ethanol administration alters hepatic surface membranes as evidenced by decreased concanavalin A binding. AU - Metcalf, J. P. AU - Casey, C. A. AU - Sorrell, M. F. AU - Tuma, D. J. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1987/// VL - 185 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 5 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Metcalf, J. P.: Liver Study Unit, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Omaha, NE 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871498115. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Registry Number: 11028-71-0, 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Results with rats indicated that chronic ethanol administration induced changes in the oligosaccharide chains of plasma membrane glycoproteins in the liver. Such alterations may play a role in the pathogenesis of alcoholic liver disease. KW - binding KW - concanavalin A KW - Ethanol KW - liver KW - liver cells KW - loads KW - membranes KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - hepatocytes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871498115&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Mechanism of pH effect on oleic acid and cholesterol absorption in the rat. AU - Chijiiwa, K. AU - Linscheer, W. G. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 252 IS - 4, I SP - G506 EP - G510 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Chijiiwa, K.: Section of Gastroenterology, Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration and Upstate Medical Centers, State Univ. New York, Syracuse, NY 13210, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871498121. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5, 112-80-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Uptake by the rat intestine and monomer activity of oleic acid and cholesterol from 2 micellar solutions with the same pH difference, containing equal amounts of oleic acid and cholesterol, were studied. There were significantly lower rates of absorption from perfusates in which the micelles were most depleted for oleic acid and cholesterol (at pH 6.5), although the concentrations of those lipids in the 2 infusates were similar. The effect of the pH-related difference in protonate compared with ionized oleic acid on absorption of oleic acid from non-micellar aqueous solutions was also studied. The pH difference in non-micellar solutions had no effect on absorption of oleic acid. This was explained by the existence of an acid microclimate at the luminal surface of the enterocytes, resulting in a uniform pH at the surface of the cell membrane. KW - absorption KW - Cholesterol KW - Oleic acid KW - pH KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hydrogen ion concentration KW - potential of hydrogen KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871498121&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Abnormalities of carbohydrate and lipid metabolism in patients with hypertension. AU - Fuh, M. M. T. AU - Shieh, S. M. AU - Wu, D. A. AU - Chen, Y. D. I. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Archives of Internal Medicine JF - Archives of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1987/// VL - 147 IS - 6 SP - 1035 EP - 1038 SN - 0003-9926 AD - Fuh, M. M. T.: G.M. Reaven, Veterans Administration Medical Center, GRECC (640/182B), 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871498376. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Plasma glucose, insulin and lipoprotein concentrations were estimated in 20 men with hypertension, and compared with values in 20 normotensive men of comparable age and body mass index. The results showed a significant increase in the plasma glucose and insulin response to a 75-g oral glucose challenge (2-way analysis of variance). A significant correlation existed between the plasma insulin response to oral glucose and systolic and diastolic blood pressure. The greater the plasma glucose and insulin responses to oral glucose, the lower the plasma high-density lipoprotein (HDL) concentrations, and the higher the ratio of plasma low-density lipoprotein cholesterol to HDL cholesterol. KW - carbohydrate metabolism disorders KW - Hypertension KW - lipid metabolism disorders KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fat metabolism disorders KW - high blood pressure KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871498376&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Ingestion of either scotch or vodka induces equal effects on sleep and breathing of asymptomatic subjects. AU - Block, A. J. AU - Hellard, D. W. JO - Archives of Internal Medicine JF - Archives of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1987/// VL - 147 IS - 6 SP - 1145 EP - 1147 SN - 0003-9926 AD - Block, A. J.: Pulmonary Section (111A), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Gainesville, FL 32602, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871498388. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Polysomnography was made on 13 asymptomatic men and 4 women on 3 consecutive nights in a sleep laboratory. In random order, the subjects ingested orange juice alone or the equivalent of 1 ml 100-proof alcoholic beverage (scotch or vodka) per lb body weight in 1.5 h or less. All subjects ingested a different beverage on each of the 3 nights. Blood alcohol in the subjects before sleep was, for vodka, 73 mg/100 ml, and, for scotch, 74 mg/100 ml. On control nights the subjects showed significantly more time in bed, sleep period time, and total sleep time, and more rapid eye movement sleep. On the scotch and vodka nights, oxygen saturation was significantly lower; there were more episodes of oxygen desaturation in which there was greater than 4% decrease in saturation, more desaturation to levels of less than 90%, and more hypopnoea. Comparison of data of scotch with vodka nights showed no significant difference in any variable. KW - Alcohols KW - ingestion KW - patterns KW - respiration KW - sleep KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871498388&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - The role of vitamin B12 and folate in carcinogenesis. AU - Herbert, V. A2 - Poirier, L.A. A2 - Newberne, P.M. A2 - Pariza, M.W. T2 - Essential nutrients in carcinogenesis JO - Essential nutrients in carcinogenesis JF - Essential nutrients in carcinogenesis Y1 - 1986/// SP - 293 EP - 311 CY - New York, NY; USA PB - Plenum Press AD - Herbert, V.: Hematology and Nutrition Lab., Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871498704. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Number of References: 143 ref. Registry Number: 12001-76-2, 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The roles of vitamin B-12 and folate in carcinogenesis are largely extensions of and linked to their roles in normal metabolism, particularly 1-carbon unit metabolism. A possible key area may be hypomethylation to "switch on" genes and methylation to "switch them off". Some vitamin analogues may act as antivitamins in these reactions, as may some vitamin-binding proteins. Others may act as specific delivery proteins. Using appropriate radioactive substrates and suspensions of vitamin-dependent normal and malignant cells, it may be possible to work out their positive and negative control of DNA synthesis. KW - Carcinogenesis KW - cyanocobalamin KW - reviews KW - roles KW - vitamin B complex KW - vitamin B12 KW - cobalamin KW - vitamin B KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871498704&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Role of zinc deficiency in carcinogenesis. AU - Barch, D. H. AU - Iannaccone, P. M. A2 - Poirier, L.A. A2 - Newberne, P.M. A2 - Pariza, M.W. T2 - Essential nutrients in carcinogenesis JO - Essential nutrients in carcinogenesis JF - Essential nutrients in carcinogenesis Y1 - 1986/// SP - 517 EP - 527 CY - New York, NY; USA PB - Plenum Press AD - Barch, D. H.: Dep. Medicine, Univ. Illinois, Westside Veterans Administration Medical Center, 840 South Wood Street, Chicago, IL 60612, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871498751. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Number of References: 87 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Zinc is a trace element required for the growth of normal and neoplastic tissues in a variety of species. Zn deficiency is associated with alterations in the activity of Zn-dependent enzymes essential for cell replication. Dietary Zn deficiency also increases the incidence of certain tumours while decreasing the incidence of others. The mechanism by which Zn deficiency alters carcinogenesis is not fully understood. Among those tumours the incidence of which is increased by dietary Zn deficiency are carcinomas induced by dialkylnitrosamines. This class of carcinogens requires microsomal cytochrome P-450 activation to be mutagenic. Zn deficiency is known to increase the cytochrome P-450-dependent metabolism of methylbenzylnitrosamine (MBN), an oesophageal carcinogen of this class. Examination of the kinetics of this reaction reveals Zn to be a direct non-competitive inhibitor of the microsomal metabolism of MBN. Thus the lower rate of MBN metabolism by Zn-adequate vs. Zn-deficient microsomes may be due to normal tissue Zn acting as a non-competitive inhibitor of cytochrome P-450 activity in vivo. This effect of Zn on carcinogen metabolism may explain the increased incidence of nitrosamine-induced carcinomas observed with dietary Zn deficiency. KW - Carcinogenesis KW - deficiency KW - reviews KW - zinc KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871498751&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of chronic ethanol feeding on rat hepatocytic glutathione. Compartmentation, efflux, and response to incubation with ethanol. AU - Fernandez-Checa, J. C. AU - Ookhtens, M. AU - Kaplowitz, N. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1987/// VL - 80 IS - 1 SP - 57 EP - 62 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Fernandez-Checa, J. C.: N. Kaplowitz, W151N Liver Research Lab., Wadsworth Veterans Administration Hospital, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871499106. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 70-18-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Hepatocytes from rats fed on ethanol chronically for 6 to 8 weeks had a modest decrease in cytosolic glutathione (GSH) (24%) and a marked decrease in mitochondrial GSH (65%) compared with pair-fed controls. Incubation of hepatocytes from ethanol-fed rats for 4 h in modified Fisher's medium revealed a greater absolute and fractional GSH efflux rate than controls with maintenance of constant cellular GSH, indicating increased net GSH synthesis. Inhibition of γ-glutamyltransferase had no effect on those results, which indicates that no degradation of GSH had occurred during the studies. Increased fractional efflux was also noted in the perfused livers from ethanol-fed rats. Incubation of hepatocytes in medium containing up to 50 mM ethanol had no effect on cellular GSH, accumulation of GSH in the medium or cell viability. KW - ethanol KW - Glutathione KW - intake KW - liver cells KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - hepatocytes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871499106&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Case report: diabetic gastroparesis, immense weight loss and diarrhea without steatorrhea. AU - Vesely, D. L. AU - Mazurek, G. H. AU - Boyd, C. M. JO - American Journal of the Medical Sciences JF - American Journal of the Medical Sciences Y1 - 1987/// VL - 293 IS - 4 SP - 255 EP - 260 SN - 0002-9629 AD - Vesely, D. L.: John L. McClellan Veterans Administration Medical Center-598/151, 4300 West 7th Street, Little Rock, AR 72205-5484, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871499289. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Patients with diabetes mellitus may have gastrointestinal complications of gastroparesis diabeticorum, bacterial overgrowth and/or diabetic diarrhoea. Patients with diabetic diarrhoea thought to be secondary to diabetic neuropathy usually have 10 to 30 stools daily with large volumes of more than 200 g daily but weight loss is distinctly unusual. Gastroparesis diabeticorum may have weight loss associated with its gastric dilatation and retention of food if vomiting is present. A woman with gastroparesis diabeticorum, diabetic diarrhoea and, in addition, possible bacterial overgrowth who had a marked weight loss of 52 lb without any vomiting is described. The patient, who had a normal faecal fat excretion and negative stools for bacteria, ova and parasites, did respond to tetracycline each time her diarrhoea reappeared after several diarrhoea-free months in a 3-year follow-up. Metoclopramide did not help the patient and may have contributed to worsening her diarrhoea. Thus, even if bacterial overgrowth cannot be documented by quantitative bacterial cultures of intestinal contents, a trial of antibiotics seems reasonable when other causes of diarrhoea have been ruled out in diabetics. This treatment allowed the patient to regain the weight she had lost. KW - aetiology KW - Diabetes KW - Diarrhoea KW - intestinal diseases KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - causal agents KW - diarrhea KW - enteropathy KW - etiology KW - scouring KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871499289&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Urinary and serum electrolytes in untreated black and white hypertensives. JO - Journal of Chronic Diseases JF - Journal of Chronic Diseases Y1 - 1987/// VL - 40 IS - 9 SP - 839 EP - 847 AD - W.C. Cushman, Hypertension Clinics, Veterans Administration Medical Center (170A), 1500 E. Woodrow Wilson Ave., Jackson, MS 39216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871499310. Publication Type: Journal Article. Corporate Author: USA, Veterans Administration Cooperative Study Group on Antihypertensive Agents Language: English. Number of References: 48 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The 24-h urinary excretion of sodium, potassium, Na:K ratio and creatinine, serum creatinine, Na and K and plasma renin activity (PRA) were evaluated in 623 untreated hypertensive men. The 407 black and 216 white men were similar in weight, heart rate, systolic blood pressure (SBP), diastolic blood pressure (DBP), 24-h urine creatinine excretion and creatinine clearance. Na excretion was the same in black and white men, but white men excreted 62% more K than black men: 73 ± 41 (mean ± s.d.) and 45 ± 40 mEq/24 h. Urinary Na:K ratio was 4.51 ± 2.18 in black men and 2.85 ± 1.40 in white men. Serum K and PRA were also lower in black men. Serum and urine Na:K ratios, serum Na and age were positively associated with SBP; serum K and PRA were negatively associated with SBP. Serum Na:K ratio, heart rate and weight were positively associated with DBP, serum K was weakly negatively associated with DBP. The racial difference in urinary K excretion and serum K is believed to reflect a difference in dietary K intake between black and white men. That difference may be an important factor in the greater prevalence of hypertension among black men. KW - electrolytes KW - Hypertension KW - urine KW - USA KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - high blood pressure KW - United States of America KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871499310&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Multivitamin/mineral formulary development. AU - Raatz, S. AU - Jolowsky, C. M. JO - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JF - Journal of the American Dietetic Association Y1 - 1987/// VL - 87 IS - 6 SP - 777 EP - 778 SN - 0002-8223 AD - Raatz, S.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, MN, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871499348. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 5 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Through the efforts of the Pharmacy-Dietary Committee at the Methodist Hospital, Houston, Texas, USA concise formulary recommendations for the 12 multivitamin and/or mineral preparations stocked by the pharmacy were developed. KW - formulations KW - Mineral supplements KW - Vitamin supplements KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - United States of America KW - Food Composition and Quality (QQ500) KW - Other Produce (QQ070) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871499348&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Picomole analysis of alkali metals by flameless atomic absorption spectrophotometry. AU - Wingo, C. S. AU - Bixler, G. B. AU - Park, C. H. AU - Straub, S. G. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1987/// VL - 31 IS - 5 SP - 1225 EP - 1228 SN - 0085-2538 AD - Wingo, C. S.: Medical Service (111G), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Gainesville, FL 32602, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871499617. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 3 ref. Registry Number: 7440-09-7, 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A method was developed for simultaneous analysis of sodium and potassium in nl samples. By using ultrapure nitric acid, 18 Mohm water and polypropylene containers contamination of the sample was reduced and background Na and K signals were far below the signal from the amount of Na and K in the analyte. The absorbances of Na and K in the standards are linear with respect to the concentration for small quantities of the analyte. A sample can be stored for up to 1 week before analysis without loss of accuracy and reproducibility. The silver platform is placed in a commercially available electrotitration dish. As only 20 nl of a 50-nl sample is necessary to estimate Na and K the remainder of the sample can be conveniently titrated for chloride. KW - estimation KW - Potassium KW - Sodium KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871499617&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Albumin synthesis, albuminuria and hyperlipemia in nephrotic patients. AU - Kaysen, G. A. AU - Gambertoglio, J. AU - Felts, J. AU - Hutchison, F. N. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1987/// VL - 31 IS - 6 SP - 1368 EP - 1376 SN - 0085-2538 AD - Kaysen, G. A.: Renal Division, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 150 Muir Road, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871499626. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 45 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Hyperlipaemia is a common manifestation of the nephrotic syndrome. Serum lipid concentrations have been observed to be negatively correlated with serum protein concentration. Hyperlipaemia has been postulated to result from a coordinate increase in the synthesis of both albumin and lipoproteins, as well as from their decreased catabolism. Simultaneous estimations of serum lipid concentration and the rate of albumin synthesis have not been previously reported. The rate of albumin synthesis, urinary albumin loss, serum albumin, protein, cholesterol and triglyceride concentrations were estimated in 13 nephrotic patients. Changes in the rate of albumin synthesis and in urinary albumin excretion were induced in 8 patients by changing dietary protein intake. The resultant changes in serum triglceride and cholesterol were analysed by multiple regression analysis. The rate of albumin synthesis estimated when patients were eating a low-protein diet was 12.61 ± 1.20 g/1.73 m² daily, well within normal limits, yet both serum triglyceride and cholesterol concentrations were markedly increased (265 ± 65 and 325 ± 44 mg/100 ml, respectively). Albumin synthetic rate increased to 17.60 ± 1.25 g/1.73 m² daily when dietary protein intake was increased, but serum triglyceride and cholesterol concentrations changed little; triglyceride concentration was 306 ± 75 mg/100 ml and cholesterol 376 ± 55 mg/100 ml. Serum cholesterol concentration, by multiple regression analysis, was dependent only on the renal clearance of albumin and changes in serum cholesterol concentration were dependent only on changes in the renal clearance of albumin. Serum cholesterol concentration was completely independent of the rate of albumin synthesis. Serum triglyceride concentration was also primarily dependent on the renal clearance of albumin with some contribution by the rate of albumin synthesis. Changes in serum triglyceride concentration were also dependent on changes in the rate of albumin synthesis. There was no evidence for a relation between hypercholesterolaemia and the rate of albumin synthesis in nephrosis. Although serum triglyceride concentration showed some correlation with the rate of albumin synthesis, the very fact that the rate of albumin synthesis was only modestly increased, if at all, when serum triglyceride concentration was grossly increased, made it unlikely that there was a direct link between albumin synthesis and that of triglycerides or of apolipoproteins. KW - albumins KW - hyperlipaemia KW - Kidney diseases KW - metabolism KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hyperlipemia KW - kidney disorders KW - nephropathy KW - renal diseases KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871499626&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Calcium intake and skeletal integrity: is there a critical relationship? AU - Marcus, R. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1987/// VL - 117 IS - 4 SP - 631 EP - 635 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Marcus, R.: Dep. Medicine, Stanford Univ. School of Medicine, Aging Study Unit, Geriatrics Research Education and Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871499658. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - bone formation KW - Calcium KW - intake KW - reviews KW - bone calcification KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871499658&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Low-molecular-weight zinc-binding ligand: a regulatory modulator for intestinal zinc transport. AU - Song, M. K. JO - Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology, A (Comparative Physiology) JF - Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology, A (Comparative Physiology) Y1 - 1987/// VL - 87 IS - 2 SP - 223 EP - 230 AD - Song, M. K.: Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871499872. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 80 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Progress made in the last 2 decades toward understanding the intestinal zinc absorption and secretion mechanisms is reviewed. Evidence is accumulating that Zn absorption is a facilitated diffusion whereas Zn secretion is an active transport. A Zn-binding ligand of low molecular weight (LMW-ZBL) is a key regulator of intestinal Zn absorption, possibly a carrier molecule across the intestinal mucosal cells. Some high zinc-binding ligands of high molecular weight also seem to be involved in regulating intestinal Zn transport. The identity of the LMW-ZBL is a matter of controversy and its specific role in regulating intestinal Zn transport is not well defined. According to the available literature, no systematic investigations have been made to elucidate the intestinal Zn transport mechanisms and more information is needed to understand them fully. KW - intestines KW - reviews KW - transport KW - Zinc KW - transportation KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871499872&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Leisure program planning: a step in the process. AU - Henshaw, P. AU - Thomas, P. A2 - Hitzhusen, G. T2 - Expanding horizons in therapeutic recreation XIII. Selected papers from the 1984 midwest symposium on therapeutic recreation JO - Expanding horizons in therapeutic recreation XIII. Selected papers from the 1984 midwest symposium on therapeutic recreation JF - Expanding horizons in therapeutic recreation XIII. Selected papers from the 1984 midwest symposium on therapeutic recreation Y1 - 1984/// SP - 134 EP - 153 CY - Columbia, Missouri; USA PB - Expanding Horizons, University of Missouri AD - Henshaw, P.: Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Battle Creek, MI, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871844443. Publication Type: Conference paper. Language: English. Number of References: 5 ref. Subject Subsets: Leisure, Recreation, Tourism N2 - The mission of Recreation Service at Knoxville, Iowa Veterans Administration Medical Center (VAMC) is to maximize a client's leisure ability to the highest level possible for successful adjustment to community living or long term hospitalization as stated in Service procedure manual. Recreation Service is client-directed treatment interventions based on a continuum to facilitate development and growth of the client's functional abilities that are necessary for successful leisure involvement. Education programmes improve a client's leisure knowledge, attitudes and skills. Self-directed programmes allow the client to pursue independently leisure opportunities of choice. KW - Armed forces KW - hospitals KW - leisure education KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - Expanding horizons in therapeutic recreation XII KW - United States of America KW - Leisure (UU600) KW - Recreation and Sport (UU620) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Tourism and Travel (UU700) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871844443&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Patient leisure health education. AU - Donovan, G. AU - Bellah, J. AU - White, S. AU - Cantrall, J. A2 - Hitzhusen, G. T2 - Expanding horizons in therapeutic recreation XIII. Selected papers from the 1984 midwest symposium on therapeutic recreation JO - Expanding horizons in therapeutic recreation XIII. Selected papers from the 1984 midwest symposium on therapeutic recreation JF - Expanding horizons in therapeutic recreation XIII. Selected papers from the 1984 midwest symposium on therapeutic recreation Y1 - 1984/// SP - 154 EP - 170 CY - Columbia, Missouri; USA PB - Expanding Horizons, University of Missouri AD - Donovan, G.: Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Northampton, MI, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19871844444. Publication Type: Conference paper. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Leisure, Recreation, Tourism N2 - Leisure Health Education (LHE) is defined as a combination of systematically planned learning experiences that are designed to: (1) promote awareness of leisure barriers; (2) to assist patients in eliminating real and/or perceived leisure barriers (with regards to attitude, adaptations, skills, etc.) following a life-altering health crisis. The five phases of a LHE programme are discussed individually: feasibility assessment, planning, implementation and evaluation. KW - health services KW - Leisure education KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - Expanding horizons in therapeutic recreation XII KW - United States of America KW - Leisure (UU600) KW - Recreation and Sport (UU620) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Tourism and Travel (UU700) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19871844444&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cytochemical localization of acid phosphatases in the dimorphic fungus Sporothrix schenckii. AU - Garrison, R. G. AU - Arnold, W. N. JO - Current Microbiology JF - Current Microbiology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 9 IS - 5 SP - 253 EP - 258 SN - 0343-8651 AD - Garrison, R. G.: Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Kansas City, MO 64128, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861314728. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 9001-77-8. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology KW - acid phosphatase KW - biochemistry KW - enzymes KW - Sporothrix schenckii KW - Sporothrix KW - Ophiostomataceae KW - Ophiostomatales KW - Sordariomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - acid phosphomonoesterase KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861314728&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Chromoblastomycosis in a renal transplant patient. AU - Morales, L. A. AU - González, Z. A. AU - Santiago-Delpín, E. A. JO - Nephron JF - Nephron Y1 - 1985/// VL - 40 IS - 2 SP - 238 EP - 240 SN - 0028-2766 AD - Morales, L. A.: Transplant Program, Veterans Administration Hosp., San Juan 00936, Puerto Rico. N1 - Accession Number: 19861317620. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A case in a 29-yr-old man is reported. The patient presented with a growing mass in the right forearm of 2 months duration. Microscopic examination of the excised mass led to the diagnosis of chromomycosis. The patient was readmitted a month later with recurrence of the lesion at the same site. A wider excision was carried out and the lesion had not recurred 8 months after surgery. The patient had been a shepherd for many years. KW - hosts KW - PHAEOHYPHOMYCOSIS KW - Puerto Rico KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Developing Countries KW - Greater Antilles KW - Antilles KW - Caribbean KW - America KW - Latin America KW - chromomycosis KW - Porto Rico KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861317620&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - One year of ethanol feeding increases circulating thyroid hormones in the dog. AU - Pamenter, R. W. AU - Boyden, T. W. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1985/// VL - 106 IS - 2 SP - 141 EP - 146 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Pamenter, R. W.: T.W. Boyden, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Medical Service, Tucson, AZ 85723, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861477279. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 46 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 51-48-9, 55-06-1, 6893-02-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Nine greyhound dogs were fed on ethanol for 1 year to examine the effects of long-term ethanol on circulating thyroid hormones. The dose of ethanol ingested daily was 2 g/kg for the first month, 3 g/kg for the second month and 4 g/kg for the rest of the study. Plasma triiodothyronine (T3), thyroxine (T4) and reverse triiodothyronine (rT3) were estimated radioimmunologically. Plasma T3 and T4 concentrations increased significantly during ethanol ingestion compared with control values. rT3 values showed a trend to increase, although that was not significant. Resin T3 uptake decreased significantly and the calculated free T4 index and free T3 index showed significant increases during ethanol ingestion. KW - blood KW - ethanol KW - loads KW - Thyroid hormones KW - Thyroxine KW - Triiodothyronine KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - liothyronine KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861477279&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Duodenal aluminum absorption in the rat: effect of vitamin D. AU - Adler, A. J. AU - Berlyne, G. M. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 249 IS - 2, I SP - G209 EP - G213 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Adler, A. J.: Dep. Medicine, Brooklyn Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brooklyn, NY 11209, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861477511. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 40 ref. Registry Number: 7429-90-5, 1406-16-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Aluminium absorption by the duodenum was studied with an isolated gut segment technique in vivo in vitamin D-deficient and vitamin D-replete rats. Al uptake could be resolved into saturable and nonsaturable components. Both groups demonstrated an identical nonsaturable mechanism with an Al uptake of about 23% of the amount perfused per 100 mg dry intestinal weight. Saturable absorption was significantly lower in the vitamin D-deficient group (Jmax 6.9 ± 1.4 μM/h 100 mg dry weight) than in the vitamin D-replete group (Jmax 13.0 ± 2.7 μM/h 100 mg). The presence of Al in the perfusion solutions reduced duodenal calcium absorption by 33% in the vitamin D-replete group but not the vitamin D-deficient group. The results suggest that Al is absorbed in the duodenum by both a nonsaturable mechanism and a vitamin D-dependent saturable mechanism, for which it may compete with Ca. KW - absorption KW - Aluminium KW - duodenum KW - vitamin D KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aluminum KW - status KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861477511&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Role of small intestine in pathogenesis of hyperlipidemia in diabetic rats. AU - Popper, D. A. AU - Shiau, Y. F. AU - Reed, M. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 249 IS - 2, I SP - G161 EP - G167 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Popper, D. A.: Gastrointestinal Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Philadelphia, PA 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861477584. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Intestinal fatty acid esterification as well as activities of acyl-CoA synthetase and acyl-CoA monoglyceride acyltransferase were the same in diabetic and control rats when results were expressed per mg protein. As a result of marked intestinal hypertrophy these activities were increased when the results were expressed as per cm gut length. In the mesenteric lymph fistula rat model, during fasting diabetic rats had a greater than twofold increase in triglyceride output that was carried mainly by very-low-density lipoproteins (VLDL). During lipid infusion, total triglyceride fatty acid output was not different between diabetic and control rats, although there were significant differences in the patterns of partition of endogenous and exogenous triglyceride into chylomicrons and VLDL. Endogenous triglyceride production did not increase in diabetic rats during lipid infusion. In contrast, there was a substantial increase in endogenous triglyceride production in the control group to a value comparable with that of the diabetic rats. There was a significant reduction in incorporation of exogenous triglyceride into chylomicrons in diabetic rats. KW - Diabetes KW - hyperlipaemia KW - roles KW - small intestine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hyperlipemia KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861477584&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of ethanol on choline transport in rat jejunum. AU - Hajjar, J. J. AU - Baker, E. R. AU - Renison, D. M. AU - Gardner, P. W. AU - Zirin, R. AU - Tomicic, T. K. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 249 IS - 2, I SP - G177 EP - G183 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Hajjar, J. J.: Division of Gastroenterology, Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Newington, CT 06111, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861477599. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 36 ref. Registry Number: 62-49-7, 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of ethanol on choline transport across the rat jejunum was studied by intraluminal perfusion in vivo and by influx measurement across the brush-border membrane in vitro. Ethanol 4 g/kg through a gastric tube caused an increase in net choline absorption within 1 h. The increase was prevented by pretreatment with pyrazole, an inhibitor of ethanol metabolism. Chronic ethanol administration also caused an increase in choline absorption, the effect being unrelated to the nutritional changes that occur with ethanol ingestion. Direct instillation of 0.65 M ethanol through the perfusate caused no change in choline absorption and the perfusion of a 1.14 M solution decreased absorption. The influx of choline in vitro across the mucosal membrane of the isolated rat jejunum was also increased by pretreatment with ethanol given by gavage 1 h before the experiment. Similarly, the ethanol-related increase in influx rate was inhibited by pyrazole but was unaffected by acetaldehyde or acetate. Pretreatment of rats with methanol stimulated choline influx rate. KW - Choline KW - ethanol KW - jejunum KW - roles KW - transport KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - transportation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861477599&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hormonal control of lipolysis in perifused adipocytes from diabetic rats. AU - Solomon, S. S. AU - Heckemeyer, C. M. AU - Barker, J. A. AU - Duckworth, W. C. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 117 IS - 4 SP - 1350 EP - 1354 AD - Solomon, S. S.: Research Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, 1030 Jefferson Ave., Memphis, TN 38104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861477959. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Cells, isolated from epididymal adipose tissue of Holtzman rats weighing 150 to 200 g which were healthy or diabetic and untreated or treated with insulin, were studied in an incubation system and a perifusion system. Lipolysis was initiated with epinephrine or other agents. Incubated adipocytes from diabetic rats were more sensitive to low doses of epinephrine than were cells from controls, but at higher doses, glycerol release was greater from control cells. Lipolytic response to forskolin and methylisobutylxanthine was greater in cells from diabetic rats. Responsiveness to epinephrine was decreased in perifused cells from control and diabetic rats given insulin. Cells from diabetic rats incubated with [125I]iodoinsulin bound more labelled hormone than did control cells, but release of intact hormone was similar for both groups. The diabetic cells released more degraded hormone than did the control cells. KW - adipocytes KW - diabetes KW - hormonal control KW - Lipolysis KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - endocrine control KW - fat cells KW - hormonal regulation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861477959&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The calcium dependence of insulin degradation by rat skeletal muscle. AU - Ryan, M. P. AU - Gifford, J. D. AU - Solomon, S. S. AU - Duckworth, W. C. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 117 IS - 4 SP - 1693 EP - 1698 AD - Ryan, M. P.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1481 West Tenth Street, (111E), Indianapolis, IN 46202, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861477972. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of calcium on insulin degradation by intact or homogenized skeletal muscle, by skeletal muscle cytosol and by partly purified skeletal muscle insulin-degrading protease activity was examined. After a 15-min lag phase, intact soleus muscles degraded [125I]insulin to trichloroacetic acid-soluble products in a time-dependent fashion. Degradation was accelerated by the addition of calcium (1 mM) or more, such that maximum stimulation (2-fold) was obtained with 10 or 25 mM Ca. Ca stimulated insulin degradation by skeletal muscle homogenate and by cytosol in a nearly identical manner. After inactivation of the purified skeletal muscle, insulin-degrading protease by dialysis against EDTA, this enzyme was reactivated fully (more than 80%) by a 100 μM concentration of free Ca2+. KW - calcium KW - degradation KW - insulin KW - roles KW - Skeletal muscle KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861477972&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cholesterol exchange and synthesis in the live rat. AU - Robins, S. J. AU - Fasulo, J. M. AU - Collins, M. A. AU - Patton, G. M. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1985/// VL - 26 IS - 10 SP - 1230 EP - 1240 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Robins, S. J.: Dep. Medicine, Boston Veterans Administration Center, Boston, MA 02130, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861478022. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The turnover of plasma cholesterol (Ch) and de novo Ch synthesis were measured simultaneously in rats, immediately after administration of [³H]water together with a large-volume exchange transfusion of whole blood prelabelled with C. Plasma unesterified cholesterol (UCh) turnover was multiphasic and exceedingly rapid, initial T1/2, 4.1 min, in contrast to the near linear turnover of plasma cholesteryl ester (CE), initial T1/2, 59.4 min. Plasma UCh equilibrated with different tissues at different rates, with the liver and adrenal equilibrating most rapidly. Full equilibration of plasma UCh was not achieved with any tissue. For rapidly exchanging tissues like the liver, which was responsible for about 60% of plasma UCh exchange, UCh seemed to be kinetically separated into rapidly, and much less rapidly, exchangeable pools. After [³H]water administration, the content of newly synthesized Ch was greatest in the liver, adrenal and intestine, and appreciably lower in all other tissues. Hepatectomy and intestinal resection greatly decreased newly synthesized Ch in the plasma and adrenal. While appreciable amounts of newly synthesized Ch in the adrenal were derived from the plasma by exchange, it was not possible to make this assessment for other selected individual tissues. When newly synthesized Ch was estimated in the total mass of all extrahepatic and extraintestinal tissues together, exchange could be calculated to account for about 50% of the new Ch recovered in the carcass in studies of 60 min duration. After correcting for exchange, the liver accounted for 82% of all newly synthesized Ch, the intestine for about 10%, and the remaining tissues of the body for just 9%. These results differ from those of others and show that in the live rat Ch synthesis is mainly confined to the liver. KW - Cholesterol metabolism KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861478022&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Development of an integrated model for analysis of the kinetics of apolipoprotein B in plasma very low density lipoproteins, intermediate density lipoproteins, and low density lipoproteins. AU - Beltz, W. F. AU - Kesäniemi, Y. A. AU - Howard, B. V. AU - Grundy, S. M. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1985/// VL - 76 IS - 2 SP - 575 EP - 585 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Beltz, W. F.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego, Univ. California, San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861478145. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 62 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - apolipoproteins KW - metabolism KW - models KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861478145&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparisons of metabolism of apolipoprotein B in normal subjects, obese patients, and patients with coronary heart disease. AU - Kesäniemi, Y. A. AU - Beltz, W. F. AU - Grundy, S. M. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1985/// VL - 76 IS - 2 SP - 586 EP - 595 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Kesäniemi, Y. A.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. California, San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861478147. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Compared with 5 normal subjects, 4 obese subjects had increased synthesis rates of both very-low-density lipoprotein (VLDL) B and VLDL triglycerides (TG). Low-density lipoprotein (LDL) B production was inconsistently raised in those patients. Five patients with coronary heart disease (CHD) had increased production of VLDL-B and LDL-B, but secretion rates of VLDL-TG were not increased. In obese patients the VLDL seemed to be of normal composition, but in patients with CHD, the VLDL were relatively low in TG. A significant fraction of VLDL-B is removed directly from the circulation and never reaches LDL in all types of patients. The fraction that does reach LDL partly determines LDL concentrations. KW - apolipoproteins KW - cardiovascular diseases KW - metabolism KW - obesity KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861478147&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Adherence to high-carbohydrate, high-fiber diets: long-term studies of non-obese diabetic men. AU - Story, L. AU - Anderson, J. W. AU - Chen, W. J. L. AU - Karounos, D. AU - Jefferson, B. JO - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JF - Journal of the American Dietetic Association Y1 - 1985/// VL - 85 IS - 9 SP - 1105 EP - 1110 SN - 0002-8223 AD - Story, L.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration, Lexington, KY, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861478186. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The 14 men with diabetes took a high-carbohydrate, high-fibre (HCF) diet. Hospital HCF diets with 70% of the total energy from carbohydrate and 65 g fibre daily had allowed smaller doses of insulin and decreased serum cholesterol and triglycerides. The men were followed as outpatients for 4 years. Home HCF diets with 55 to 60% carbohydrate and 50 g fibre maintained those improvements for up to 86 months of observation. Compliance with the diet was estimated for 11 of the men, of whom 9 had good to excellent, 1 had fair and 1 had poor compliance. KW - Diabetes KW - diet treatment KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - adherence KW - diet prescription KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861478186&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Metabolic effects of sodium bicarbonate in hypoxic lactic acidosis in dogs. AU - Graf, H. AU - Leach, W. AU - Arieff, A. I. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 249 IS - 5, II SP - F630 EP - F635 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Graf, H.: Nephrology Research, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861479287. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 144-55-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The metabolic effects of sodium bicarbonate therapy in hypoxic lactic acidosis were evaluated in dogs. Hypoxic lactic acidosis was induced by ventilating the dogs with a hypoxic gas mixture of 8% oxygen/92% nitrogen, resulting in arterial PO2 of less than 30 mmHg, pH below 7.20, bicarbonate less than 12 mM and lactate more than 7 mM. After the development of hypoxic lactic acidosis the dogs were treated for 60 min with NaHCO3 or sodium chloride or had no therapy. Treatment resulted in further declines of blood pH and bicarbonate that were similar in all 3 groups. NaHCO3-treated dogs showed an increase in blood lactate that was significantly higher than in the other groups. NaHCO3-treated dogs showed a decrement in liver and gut blood flow that did not occur with NaCl treatment. Only NaHCO3 therapy was associated with a further decrease of liver intracellular pH, which could be attributed to an increase in the carbon dioxide load to the liver and increased tissue lactate, which were not observed with NaCl or no therapy. Liver lactate extraction was not improved by NaHCO3 or NaCl. KW - Hypoxia KW - lactic acidosis KW - sodium bicarbonate KW - treatment KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861479287&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Plasma concentrations of transsulfuration pathway products during nasoenteral and intravenous hyperalimentation of malnourished patients. AU - Chawla, R. K. AU - Berry, C. J. AU - Kutner, M. H. AU - Rudman, D. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1985/// VL - 42 IS - 4 SP - 577 EP - 584 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Chawla, R. K.: D. Rudman, Geriatric Medicine, Building 50, Room 108, Veterans Administration Medical Center, North Chicago, IL 60064, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861479531. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Plasma concentrations of products of the transsulphuration pathway in 11 undernourished noncirrhotic patients, and in 10 cachectic cirrhotic subjects were monitored before and during nasoenteral nutrition with Vivonex® (Norwich-Eaton Pharmaceuticals, Norwich, NY, USA) or total parenteral nutrition (TPN) with FreAmine III® (American McGaw, Irvine, CA, USA). In the cirrhotic patients eating a mixed diet, values for taurine, cysteine, plasma glutathione and free choline were below normal. During nasoenteral hyperalimentation, methionine was increased while cysteine, glutathione and free choline remained decreased. During TPN, taurine, cysteine, protein-bound cysteine, glutathione, free choline and phosphatidylcholine concentrations were decreased and that of methionine was increased. In noncirrhotic patients eating a mixed diet, only the free choline concentration was low. During nasoenteral hyperalimentation, the plasma concentrations of free choline and total carnitine were decreased. During TPN, plasma concentrations of cysteine, protein-bound cysteine, total carnitine, free choline and phosphatidylcholine were below normal. KW - amino acids KW - metabolism KW - Parenteral feeding KW - Tube feeding KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861479531&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Physiological and metabolic effects of dietary fiber. AU - Anderson, J. W. JO - Federation Proceedings JF - Federation Proceedings Y1 - 1985/// VL - 44 IS - 14 SP - 2902 EP - 2906 SN - 0014-9446 AD - Anderson, J. W.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Lexington, KY 40511, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861479626. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 53 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - Fibre KW - reviews KW - fiber KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861479626&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Zinc tolerance test in uremia. Effect of ferrous sulfate and aluminum hydroxide. AU - Abu-Hamdan, D. K. AU - Mahajan, S. K. AU - Migdal, S. D. AU - Prasad, A. S. AU - McDonald, F. D. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1986/// VL - 104 IS - 1 SP - 50 EP - 52 SN - 0003-4819 AD - Abu-Hamdan, D. K.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Southfield and Outer Drive, Nephrology Section-B6, Allen Park, MI 48101, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861479772. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 6 haemodialysis patients and 6 normal controls, given 25 mg zinc sulphate, fasting plasma Zn concentrations, the 2-h plasma Zn peak and the area under the plasma Zn curve were significantly lower than in controls (plasma Zn 92 ± 4 compared with 108 ± 3 μg/100 ml; 2-h plasma Zn peak 159 ± 8 compared with 228 ± 17 μg/100 ml; area under the curve 193 ± 41 compared with 316 ± 39 μg h/100 ml). Ferrous sulphate (300 mg by mouth), when given along with zinc sulphate, decreased the area under the curve significantly (in patients by 28% and in controls by 40%) compared with values when zinc sulphate was given alone. When 30 ml aluminium hydroxide was given by mouth with zinc sulphate the area under the curve decreased by 60% in controls and 75% in patients. KW - absorption KW - Uraemia KW - zinc KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - azotaemia KW - azotemia KW - uremia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861479772&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Association between urinary zinc excretion and lymphocyte dysfunction in patients with lung cancer. AU - Allen, J. I. AU - Bell, E. AU - Boosalis, M. G. AU - Oken, M. M. AU - McClain, C. J. AU - Levine, A. S. AU - Morley, J. E. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1985/// VL - 79 IS - 2 SP - 209 EP - 215 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Allen, J. I.: Gastroenterology Section (111D), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 54th Street and 48th Ave. South, Mineapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861479854. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 40 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Patients with bronchogenic carcinoma often have low serum zinc concentrations and sometimes have high renal Zn losses. As normal Zn metabolism is critical for the proper function of T lymphocytes and natural killer cells, the effect of Zn status on T cell phytohaemagglutinin response and peripheral blood lymphocyte natural killer cell activity was studied in patients with lung cancer. Mean (± s.e. mean) serum Zn concentration in 75 patients was 67.4 ± 2.2 μg/100 ml against 96.0 ± 8.0 for normal subjects. Patients with low serum Zn (less than 70 μg/100 ml) had significantly more urine Zn excretion than patients with normal serum Zn (1385 ± 240 μg/24 h against 392 ± 107). That pattern of Zn concentrations, i.e., low serum Zn in combination with high urine Zn, is typical of patients with mild Zn deficiency and suggests that a mild chronic Zn deficiency state was present in some of those patients. When lymphocyte findings were analysed according to serum Zn concentrations and urinary Zn excretion, low serum Zn concentration and high urine Zn excretion were correlated with depressed T cell phytohaemagglutinin response; mean maximum phytohaemagglutinin response in 14 patients with urinary Zn excretion of more than 700 μg/24 h was 22 132 ± 3201 cpm against 68 130 ± 6850 cpm for 7 patients with normal Zn excretion. Peripheral blood lymphocyte natural killer cell activity was not correlated with serum or urine Zn values. Zinc sulphate, 220 mg by mouth 3 times daily for 6 weeks, was then given to patients with hyperzincuria (mean 992 μg/24 h). Zinc-supplement patients had return to normal of T cell phytohaemagglutinin response after Zn treatment, whereas control patients showed continued T cell dysfunction. Natural killer cell activity did not change in either group during the study. KW - activity KW - Carcinoma KW - lungs KW - lymphocytes KW - urine KW - zinc KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861479854&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - 1,25-Dihydroxyvitamin D3 causes formation of multinucleated cells with several osteoclast characteristics in cultures of primate marrow. AU - Roodman, G. D. AU - Ibbotson, K. J. AU - MacDonald, B. R. AU - Kuehl, T. J. AU - Mundy, G. R. JO - Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America JF - Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America Y1 - 1985/// VL - 82 IS - 23 SP - 8213 EP - 8217 SN - 0027-8424 AD - Roodman, G. D.: Research Service, Audie Murphy Veterans Administration Hospital, San Antonio, TX, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861479933. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - 1,25-Dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) induces cells derived from mononuclear phagocytes such as HL-60 and U937 to differentiate to macrophage-like cells and causes alveolar macrophages to form multinucleated cells in vitro. As the osteoclast is thought to be derived from early marrow cells of the macrophage lineage, normal primate marrow mononuclear cells were cultured in medium containing 1,25-DHCC. Large multinucleated cells (3 to 30 nuclei per cell) formed after 2 to 3 weeks of culture. Addition of 1,25-DHCC to the cultures stimulated multinucleated cell formation. Other vitamin D analogues, parathyrin, prostaglandin E2 and calcitonin did not stimulate multinucleated cell formation. Calcitonin inhibited the stimulation of multinucleated cell formation by 1,25-DHCC. The multinucleated cells that formed in the cultures contained a tartrate-resistant acid phosphatase activity, a marker enzyme for osteoclasts. This activity was increased by 1,25-DHCC and parathyrin, and calcitonin inhibited the increase in acid phosphatase activity stimulated by those compounds. Ultrastructurally, the multinucleated cells had several features similar to those of osteoclasts. KW - Bone marrow cells KW - CALCITRIOL KW - differentiation KW - primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861479933&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of size and density on canine gastric emptying of nondigestible solids. AU - Meyer, J. H. AU - Dressman, J. AU - Fink, A. AU - Amidon, G. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 89 IS - 4 SP - 805 EP - 813 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Meyer, J. H.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 111G, 16111 Plummer Street, Sepulveda, CA 91434, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861480452. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Six dogs with chronic duodenal fistulae were studied. Radiolabelled food and spheres were collected from the fistulae to compare the rate of gastric emptying of the spheres with that of the food. After a standard test meal of 99mTc-labelled liver, steak and water, diverted chyme was collected over a stack of sieves in 30-min fractions for 5 h after eating. The percentage of spheres and 99mTc-labelled liver in each collection was counted, and liquid chyme was returned to the distal duodenum. Spheres with a density of 1 emptied progressively faster as sphere diameters were decreased from 5 to 1 mm; but 0.015-mm spheres emptied at about the same rate as those with diameters of 1 mm. Emptying of the spheres became similar to emptying of the 99mTc-labelled liver at about 1.6 mm. Spheres with densities less or greater than 1 emptied more slowly than spheres of the same size with a density of 1, whereas paper squares emptied the same way as spheres of comparable size and density. Surface energy did not affect emptying. KW - Stomach emptying KW - nondigestible solids, dogs KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861480452&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of glucose on ethanol withdrawal symptomatology. AU - Derr, R. F. AU - Derr, M. I. JO - Nutrition Research JF - Nutrition Research Y1 - 1985/// VL - 5 IS - 8 SP - 855 EP - 861 SN - 0271-5317 AD - Derr, R. F.: Medical Research Labs., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861480455. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats were gavaged with ethanol and ethanol plus glucose at 3-h intervals 7 times daily. Ethanol was given according to behavioural criteria of inebriation. Rats that received glucose plus ethanol were able to tolerate higher ethanol doses than rats that received ethanol alone (9.76 compared with 7.30 g/kg daily). Rats given glucose plus ethanol absorbed ethanol at a significantly slower rate (first-order absorption rate constant 0.855/h) than the ethanol-only rate (first-order absorption rate constant 1.888/h). Glucose administration during the induction of ethanol dependence did not reduce the tremors during ethanol withdrawal when the dose of ethanol was based on behavioural criteria of inebriation. 3-Hydroxybutyrate was able to suppress the tremorous component of the ethanol withdrawal syndrome in rats that received glucose plus ethanol as was previously shown in rats that received ethanol alone. KW - Ethanol KW - glucose KW - supplements KW - tolerance KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861480455&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Diet and colon cancer. Putting the puzzle together. AU - Bresalier, R. S. AU - Kim, Y. S. T2 - New England Journal of Medicine JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1985/// VL - 313 IS - 22 SP - 1413 EP - 1414 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Bresalier, R. S.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861480471. Publication Type: Editorial. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The role of dietary constituents on the pathogenesis of colorectal cancer is discussed with reference to the observations of Lipkin and Newmark. KW - Carcinoma KW - colon KW - diets KW - editorials KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861480471&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Glucose metabolism and insulin sensitivity in patients on chronic hemodialysis. AU - Graf, H. AU - Prager, R. AU - Kovarik, J. AU - Luger, A. AU - Schernthaner, G. AU - Pinggera, W. F. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1985/// VL - 34 IS - 10 SP - 974 EP - 977 AD - Graf, H.: Univ. California Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center 4150 Clement Street (111J), San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861480637. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 9004-10-8, 9002-64-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To evaluate the potential role of parathyrin on glucose metabolism in patients on chronic haemodialysis, hyperglycaemic clamp studies were made in 7 parathyroidectomized and 11 nonparathyroidectomized patients on chronic haemodialysis and in healthy controls. There was no significant difference in the peripheral glucose uptake of the 3 groups. The beta cell response to hyperglycaemia during the early phase as well as during the steady state was almost identical in controls and in nonparathyroidectomized uraemics, whereas in the parathyroidectomized group insulin secretion was increased. Calculated tissue sensitivity to insulin therefore was equal in controls and in nonparathyroidectomized uraemics, whereas patients after parathyroidectomy had peripheral insulin resistance. The results demonstrate that patients on chronic haemodialysis apparently have normal peripheral glucose uptake. The subgroup of patients who had undergone parathyroidectomy showed increased insulin response to hyperglycaemia suggesting peripheral insulin resistance. KW - glucose KW - Haemodialysis KW - insulin KW - metabolism KW - parathyrin KW - responses KW - roles KW - tissues KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - hemodialysis KW - parathyroid hormone KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861480637&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of meal volume and energy density on the gastric emptying of carbohydrates. AU - Hunt, J. N. AU - Smith, J. L. AU - Jiang, C. L. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 89 IS - 6 SP - 1326 EP - 1330 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Hunt, J. N.: J.L. Smith, (111-D), Room 612, Building 1A, Houston Veterans Administration Medical Center, 2002 Holcombe, Houston, TX 77211, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861480748. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Gastric test meals of Polycose, a glucose polymer, 300, 400 and 600 ml and energy densities of 0.5, 0.7, 1.0, 1.3, 1.5 and 2.0 kcal/ml, were given to 21 men and recovered after 30, 60 or 120 min. The results of 1134 Polycose meals were analysed in terms of the rates of energy delivery to the duodenum. The rates of emptying in the initial 30 min were significantly greater than in the 30 to 60- or 60 to 120-min periods. Increases in energy density or meal volume increased the rate of energy delivery in all periods. The steady rate of energy delivery, which was evident after the initial 30 min, was correlated with increases in the initial meal volume and energy density, such that doubling the volume of meals from 300 to 600 ml increased the rate of emptying by a mean of 0.72 kcal/min, whereas doubling the energy density of the meals from 0.7 to 1.3 kcal/ml raised the rate of emptying by 0.62 kcal/min, with an overall mean rate of energy emptying of 2.5 kcal/min. KW - carbohydrates KW - density KW - meals KW - Stomach emptying KW - volume KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - saccharides KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861480748&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Peptide YY: metabolism and effect on pancreatic secretion in dogs. AU - Pappas, T. N. AU - Debas, H. T. AU - Taylor, I. L. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 89 IS - 6 SP - 1387 EP - 1392 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Pappas, T. N.: I.L. Taylor, Division of Gastroenterology (111G), Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, 16111 Plummer Street, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861480754. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Peptide YY is an ileocolonic peptide that inhibits meal-stimulated pancreatic secretion when infused in a dose of 400 pmol/kg h. Pancreatic secretion was monitored in dogs in response to increasing doses of secretin or cholecystokinin-octapeptide (62.5, 125, 250 and 500 ng/kg h) during the simultaneous infusion of saline or peptide YY (400 pmol/kg h). Peptide YY significantly inhibited the secretory response to the three lowest doses of each pancreatic secretogogue, reducing the bicarbonate response to the 62.5-ng/kg h dose of secretin by 86 ± 6% and the protein response to the same dose of cholecystokinin by 57 ± 16%. The half-life of peptide YY (11.7 ± 21 min) and the metabolic clearance rate (13.8 ± 1.6 ml/kg min) were similar to those of other gastrointestinal hormones. KW - Pancreas KW - peptides KW - roles KW - secretions KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861480754&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gallbladder filling and emptying during cholesterol gallstone formation in the prairie dog. A cholescintigraphic study. AU - Pellegrini, C. A. AU - Ryan, T. AU - Broderick, W. AU - Way, L. W. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 90 IS - 1 SP - 143 EP - 149 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Pellegrini, C. A.: Surgical Service (112), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861480780. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 38 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Gall bladder bile flow before, during and after cholesterol gallstone formation in the prairie dog using infusion cholescintigraphy with 99mTc-diethyl iminodiacetic acid was studied. In 18 dogs deprived of food partitioning of bile between gall bladder and intestine was estimated every 15 min for 140 min, and gall bladder response to cholecystokinin (5 U/kg h) was calculated from the gall bladder ejection fraction. Ten prairie dogs were then given a 0.4% cholesterol diet and 8 were given a normal diet, and the studies were repeated 1, 2 and 6 weeks later. The proportion of hepatic bile that entered the gall bladder relative to the intestine varied from one 15-min period to the next, and was on average 28.2 ± 5.1% at 140 min. Partial spontaneous gall bladder emptying (ejection fraction 11.5 ± 5.6%) was intermittently observed. Neither the number nor the ejection fraction of spontaneous gall bladder contractions changed during gallstone formation. By contrast, the percentage of gall bladder emptying in response to cholecystokinin decreased from 72.1 ± 5% to 25.9 ± 9.3% in the first week and was 14.3 ± 5.5% at 6 weeks. Gall bladder filling decreased from 28.2 ± 5.1% to 6.7 ± 3%, but this change was only seen after 6 weeks when gallstones had formed. KW - activity KW - Biliary calculi KW - gall bladder KW - Cynomys KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Sciuridae KW - rodents KW - gallstones KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861480780&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Role of thought, sight, smell, and taste of food in the cephalic phase of gastric acid secretion in humans. AU - Feldman, M. AU - Richardson, C. T. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 90 IS - 2 SP - 428 EP - 433 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Feldman, M.: Dallas Veterans Administration Medical Center (151), 4500 South Lancaster Road, Dallas, TX 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861480891. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Discussing appetizing food for 30 min (without sight, smell or taste) increased acid secretion from 4 to 13 mmol/h in 13 healthy men and women 21 to 46 years old and also increased serum gastrin concentrations significantly. Discussing food resulted in an acid secretory response on average 66 ± 10% of the response to modified sham feeding, which activates thought, sight, smell and taste. Discussing topics other than food (e.g., current events, sports) did not increase acid secretion significantly. The sight of appetizing food (without smell or taste), the smell of appetizing food (without sight or taste), or the combination of sight and smell (without taste) also increased acid secretion and serum gastrin concentrations significantly. However, sight and smell were significantly less potent stimulants of acid secretion than sham feeding, with responses of on average only 23 to 46% of the response to sham feeding. KW - brain KW - Gastric acid KW - regulation KW - roles KW - secretions KW - senses KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cerebrum KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861480891&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - α-Tocopherol supplements and high-density-lipoprotein-cholesterol levels. AU - Kalbfleisch, J. H. AU - Barboriak, J. J. AU - Else, B. A. AU - Hughes, C. V. AU - Tristani, F. E. JO - British Journal of Nutrition JF - British Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1986/// VL - 55 IS - 1 SP - 71 EP - 77 SN - 0007-1145 AD - Kalbfleisch, J. H.: Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Milwaukee, WI 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861480928. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 1406-18-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In a randomized, double-blind 6-month study α-tocopherol (728 mg) or placebo were given daily to 78 men and women to investigate the possible increasing effect of vitamin E on plasma high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDL-C) values. In addition, the available reported values from short-term (4 to 6 weeks) studies, as well as the 4-week results from the present study, were combined and analysed for factors which may modify the effect of α-tocopherol on HDL-C. There was no consistent effect of α-tocopherol on plasma HDL-C values in the combined 4-week values or in the 6-months study. Further analysis of the combined short-term values and 6-month values indicated that, in subjects with low initial HDL-C values, treatment with α-tocopherol or placebo did not produce significantly different HDL-C changes. KW - blood KW - High density lipoprotein KW - supplements KW - vitamin E KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861480928&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Vitamin A increases cold tolerance in goldfish. AU - Chen, T. S. AU - Buccini, F. J. AU - Chen, D. JO - International Journal for Vitamin and Nutrition Research JF - International Journal for Vitamin and Nutrition Research Y1 - 1985/// VL - 55 IS - 4 SP - 365 EP - 369 SN - 0300-9831 AD - Chen, T. S.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, East Orange, NJ 07019, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861481113. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 68-26-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Goldfish (Carassius auratus) given retinol palmitate 0.4 mg/g bodyweight daily by injection into the abdominal area tolerated cooler temperatures (4.6°C more) and survived longer at 0° (43 min 50% survival rate) than did controls given saline injections (28 min 50% survival rate). The resistance to cold was associated with the appearance of antifreeze protein or proteins in the liver of fish given vitamin A. KW - Cold tolerance KW - RETINOL KW - supplements KW - goldfish KW - Carassius KW - Cyprinidae KW - Cypriniformes KW - Osteichthyes KW - fishes KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - aquatic organisms KW - aquatic animals KW - eukaryotes KW - axerophthol KW - vitamin A KW - vitamin A alcohol KW - vitamin A1 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861481113&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The influence of dietary protein deficiency on the performance of isolated muscle preparations from the rat left ventricle. AU - Bing, O. H. L. AU - Fanburg, B. L. JO - American Journal of the Medical Sciences JF - American Journal of the Medical Sciences Y1 - 1985/// VL - 290 IS - 5 SP - 192 EP - 195 SN - 0002-9629 AD - Bing, O. H. L.: ACOS/R&D, Boston Veterans Administration Medical Center, 150 South Huntington Ave., Boston, MA 02130, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861481374. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The contractile performance of isolated muscle preparations from the left ventricle of rats receiving a 3% casein, protein-deficient diet for 2 to 3 weeks was compared with the performance of muscle preparations from rats receiving a normal diet. The right and left ventricular weights from protein-depleted rats were significantly decreased, but left ventricle:bodyweight and right ventricular:bodyweight ratios did not differ from those of controls. The performance of the isolated muscle preparations showed no difference in the following, measured at the apex of the length tension curve: peak active tension, resting tension, maximum rate of tension development and time to peak tension. RT1/2, an index of relaxation, and maximum rate of tension decline indicated that relaxation rate was greater in preparations from protein-depleted rats. KW - activity KW - myocardium KW - Protein deficiencies KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cardiac muscle KW - heart muscle KW - protein malnutrition KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861481374&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cautopyreiophagia. Cause of life-threatening hyperkalemia in a patient undergoing hemodialysis. AU - Abu-Hamdan, D. K. AU - Sondheimer, J. H. AU - Mahajan, S. K. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1985/// VL - 79 IS - 4 SP - 517 EP - 519 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Abu-Hamdan, D. K.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Southfield and Outer Drive, Allen Park, MI 48101, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861481382. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A male patient undergoing haemodialysis in whom the cause of severe hyperkaliaemia (more than 8 mmol/litre) was unusual pica is described. His pica consisted of ingestion of burnt match heads (cautopyreiophagia). The potassium content of his daily ingestion of burnt matches added 80 mmol to his 45 mmol dietary K intake. Hypogeusia and hypozincaemia were documented. Zinc supplement by mouth (zinc sulphate 220 mg daily for 10 weeks) restored his plasma Zn values and taste acuity to normal. He abandoned his pica and his plasma K decreased significantly to 5.5 to 6 mmol/litre. It is suggested that inquiry about pica should be part of the dietary history in patients with renal failure. KW - aetiology KW - HYPERKALAEMIA KW - Pica KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - causal agents KW - etiology KW - hyperkalemia KW - hyperkaliaemia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861481382&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Dietary intake of sodium chloride in the rat influences [³H]nitrendipine binding to adrenal glomerulosa cell membranes but does not alter binding to vascular smooth muscle membranes. AU - Schiebinger, R. J. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1985/// VL - 76 IS - 6 SP - 2165 EP - 2170 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Schiebinger, R. J.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (111B4), 921 Northeast 13th St., Oklahoma City, OK 73104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861481418. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 40 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 7647-14-5, 1407-47-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - ADRENAL GLANDS KW - angiotensin KW - antagonists KW - binding KW - calcium KW - intake KW - receptors KW - Sodium chloride KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - adrenals KW - NaCl KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861481418&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Ambient plasma free fatty acid concentrations in noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus: evidence for insulin resistance. AU - Fraze, E. AU - Donner, C. C. AU - Swislocki, A. L. M. AU - Chiou, Y. A. M. AU - Chen, Y. D. I. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1985/// VL - 61 IS - 5 SP - 807 EP - 811 SN - 0021-972X AD - Fraze, E.: G.M. Reaven, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Geriatric Research, Education, and Clinical Center (640/182B), 3808 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861481496. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Plasma glucose, insulin and free fatty acid (FFA) concentrations were estimated in 15 normal subjects and 15 patients with noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM) from 0800 to 1600 h. Breakfast and lunch were eaten at 0800 and 1200 h, respectively, and plasma concentrations were estimated at hourly intervals from 0800 to 1600 h. Plasma glucose concentrations between 0800 and 1600 h were significantly high in patients with NIDDM and the higher the fasting glucose value, the greater the postprandial hyperglycaemia. Hyperglycaemia in patients with NIDDM was associated with plasma insulin values, which were significantly higher than those in normal subjects, and hyperinsulinaemia occurred between 0800 and 1600 h in patients with mild NIDDM (fasting plasma glucose concentrations less than 140 mg/100 ml). Fasting and postprandial FFA values were also increased in patients with NIDDM, and the greater the plasma glucose response, the higher the FFA response; there was no significant correlation between plasma insulin and FFA concentrations. More specifically, hyperinsulinaemic patients with mild diabetes (fasting plasma glucose less than 140 mg/100 ml) maintained normal ambient FFA values, whereas FFA concentrations were significantly high in patients with severe NIDDM (fasting plasma glucose more than 250 mg/100 ml) with insulin concentrations comparable to those in normal subjects. KW - Diabetes KW - fatty acids KW - insulin KW - metabolism KW - roles KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861481496&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Serum protein binding of 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D: a reevaluation by direct measurement of free metabolite levels. AU - Bikle, D. D. AU - Siiteri, P. K. AU - Ryzen, E. AU - Haddad, J. G. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1985/// VL - 61 IS - 5 SP - 969 EP - 975 SN - 0021-972X AD - Bikle, D. D.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (111N), 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861481505. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 21343-40-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - 25-hydroxyergocalciferol KW - binding proteins KW - blood KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - carrier proteins KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861481505&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Relation of antioxidants and level of dietary lipid to epidermal lipid peroxidation and ultraviolet carcinogenesis. AU - Black, H. S. AU - Lenger, W. A. AU - Gerguis, J. AU - Thornby, J. I. JO - Cancer Research JF - Cancer Research Y1 - 1985/// VL - 45 IS - 12, I SP - 6254 EP - 6259 AD - Black, H. S.: Photobiology Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, 2002 Holcombe Blvd., Houston, TX 77211, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861481517. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 42 ref. Registry Number: 8001-22-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Soyabeans N2 - With the hairless mouse-ultraviolet (UV) model, it has been shown that unsaturated lipid compared with equivalent amounts of hydrogenated lipid increase photocarcinogenesis with respect to tumour latency and multiplicity. With the same model, the effect of unsaturated lipid and antioxidants on epidermal lipid peroxidation and UV carcinogenesis was studied; 16 groups of 45 mice each were used in the study, representing all combinations of 3 design variables: a semipurified diet containing 4, 2 or 0.75% maize oil or 4% soyabean oil; 2% (w:w) antioxidant supplement or no supplement; and an escalation of UV radiation to a cumulative dose of 70 J/cm² or no irradiation. The nonirradiated groups were nutritional controls and subjects for epidermal lipid peroxidation measurements. An approximate linear relation between lipid contents and tumour latency was observed, with 4% of unsaturated lipid producing maximum increase of photocarcinogenesis. With increasing lipid the numbers of tumours per mouse increased. Antioxidants caused significant increases in tumour latency and decreases in tumour multiplicity but only at the highest lipid content used in those studies. Thiobarbituric acid values of epidermal homogenates also increased in relation to the dietary lipid intake. Epidermal thiobarbituric acid values from mice given antioxidant supplement were significantly lower, irrespective of lipid intake. KW - antioxidants KW - Carcinogenesis KW - Epidermis KW - fats KW - intake KW - lipid peroxidation KW - saturation KW - Soyabean oil KW - supplements KW - ultraviolet radiation KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - soybean oil KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Food Additives (QQ130) KW - Crop Produce (QQ050) KW - Forage and Feed Products (Non-human) (RR000) KW - Animal Nutrition (General) (LL500) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861481517&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Evidence that insulin deficiency in the rat has disparate effects on fructose 2,6-bisphosphate levels in muscle and liver. AU - Dall'Aglio, E. AU - Reaven, G. M. AU - Azhar, S. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 118 IS - 1 SP - 108 EP - 111 AD - Dall'Aglio, E.: S. Azhar, Veterans Administration Medical Center (640/182B), 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861481597. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Fructose 2,6-bisphosphate (F2,6P2), a potent stimulator of 6-phosphofructo-1-kinase and inhibitor of fructose 1,6-bisphosphatase, was estimated in 3 different muscle types (tensor fascia latae, biceps femoris and soleus) and in liver of normal and diabetic rats. The mean (± s.e. mean) content of F2,6P2 (nmol/g tissue) varied among the 3 types of skeletal muscle in normal rats, with the biceps femoris having the highest (0.97 ± 0.15) and the soleus the lowest (0.57 ± 0.03). These differences were unrelated to simultaneous estimates of skeletal muscle activity of 6-phosphofructo-1-kinase activity. The total concentration of F2,6P2 was more than 8-fold higher (8.5 ± 0.9) in the liver, and this value fell to 5.3 ± 0.8 after induction of diabetes with streptozotocin. In contrast, F2,6P2 did not fall in skeletal muscle of rats with streptozotocin-induced diabetes, and the concentration actually increased. KW - carbohydrate metabolism KW - deficiency KW - Insulin KW - liver KW - muscles KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861481597&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of chronic alcohol intake on muscle composition and metabolic balance of calcium and phosphate in rats. AU - Adler, A. J. AU - Fillipone, E. J. AU - Berlyne, G. M. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 249 IS - 6, I SP - E584 EP - E588 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Adler, A. J.: Dep. Medicine, Brooklyn Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brooklyn, New York, NY 11209, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861481753. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - From 8 weeks old male Sprague-Dawley rats were given a normal diet or had 20% of their energy intake supplied as ethanol for 20 weeks. There was no difference between the groups in phosphate, calcium, magnesium, sodium and potassium in serum and muscle. Despite a significantly smaller intake of Ca and phosphate in rats given ethanol, net balance remained the same as in controls as a result of retention of a larger proportion of Ca and phosphate by means of greater absorption and in the case of phosphate by a reduction in renal excretion. KW - blood KW - calcium KW - Ethanol KW - loads KW - metabolism KW - minerals KW - muscles KW - phosphates KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861481753&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cholesterol metabolism in regenerating liver of the rat. AU - Field, F. J. AU - Mathur, S. N. AU - LaBrecque, D. R. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 249 IS - 6, I SP - G679 EP - G684 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Field, F. J.: Dep. Internal Medicine, Univ. Iowa and Veterans Administration Hospital, Iowa City, IA 52242, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861481777. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Plasma cholesterol in partly hepatectomized rats was significantly decreased 24 and 48 h after surgery compared with values in sham-operated rats. Hepatic cholesteryl ester content was also increased in livers from partly hepatectomized rats, but hepatic content of unesterified cholesterol was not affected. Hepatic triglyceride was increased within 6 h after surgery in the regenerating liver. Triglycerides reached a peak at 24 h and by 72 h they had decreased to control values. In regenerating liver, microsomal 3-hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl CoA (HMG-CoA) reductase activity was increased 12 h after surgery. Activity remained increased throughout 72 h after surgery. In contrast, 12 h after part hepatectomy, rate of hepatic cholesterol synthesis was lower than that in liver from sham-operated rats. An increase in the rate of cholesterol synthesis was not observed until 48 h after part hepatectomy, some 32 h after the start of DNA synthesis. Microsomal acyl-CoA:cholesterol acyltransferase activity was unchanged except for a 28% decrease at 72 h after part hepatectomy. KW - Cholesterol metabolism KW - liver regeneration KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861481777&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Emptying of saline meals by the cat stomach as a function of pyloric resistance. AU - Schulze-Delrieu, K. AU - Brown, C. K. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 249 IS - 6, I SP - G725 EP - G732 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Schulze-Delrieu, K.: Gastroenterological Research Labs., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, IA 52240, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861481790. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Cat stomachs were filled with 50, 100 or 150 ml 0.9 N saline, and intragastric pressure and gastric fluid output were monitored continuously. The tip of the collecting cannula was positioned in the duodenum (thus allowing the pylorus to close) or in the pyloric segment (thus preventing the pylorus from interfering with gastric outflow). Initial experiments demonstrated that fluid output was similar for the cat stomach in situ and in vitro. Incremental output (i.e., the absolute volume emptied per collection period) increased with the meal size and was proportional to the fluid volume actually remaining in the stomach; fractional gastric output (i.e., the volume emptied as a percentage of the actual gastric volume) did not change with meal size. The half-time for gastric emptying was greater with the collecting cannula positioned in the duodenum than in the pylorus (e.g., with the 100-ml meal, 154 compared with 46 s). With the cannula in the pylorus, gastric outflow was constant and ceased only when gastric emptying had terminated. With the cannula in the duodenum, outflow was pulsatile and ceased intermittently at gastric volumes that were subsequently emptied. KW - liquids KW - Stomach emptying KW - CATS KW - Felis KW - Felidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861481790&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cholecystokinin is not a peripheral satiety signal in the dog. AU - Pappas, T. N. AU - Melendez, R. L. AU - Strah, K. M. AU - Debas, H. T. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 249 IS - 6, I SP - G733 EP - G738 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Pappas, T. N.: Center for Ulcer Research and Education, Surgical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center and UCLA Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861481793. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 9011-97-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Dogs were prepared with cerebroventricular guides and oesophageal and duodenal fistulae (4), with chronic bile fistulae (8) and chronic pancreatic fistulae (7). Satiety effect was quantified in dogs with oesophageal fistulae by the amount of food sham-fed within 7.5 min. Duodenal perfusion of fat, used as a releaser of endogenous cholecystokinin (CCK), stimulated pancreatic protein and gall bladder contraction with D50 values of 1.5 and 0.3 mmol/h, respectively, but had no effect on the volume sham-fed (316 ± 82 ml/min without and 371 ± 41 ml/min with the maximum dose of sodium oleate infused). The D50 values of CCK-8 (the octapeptide of CCK) for satiety and for stimulation of pancreatic enzyme secretion and gall bladder contraction were 440, 120 and 22 pmol/kg h, respectively. Injection of CCK-8 into the lateral cerebral ventricle inhibited sham feeding in a dose-dependent manner. The findings do not support the view that CCK is a physiological peripheral satiety signal. KW - PANCREOZYMIN KW - roles KW - Satiety KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cholecystokinin KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861481793&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Regional distribution and release of peptide YY with fatty acids of different chain length. AU - Aponte, G. W. AU - Fink, A. S. AU - Meyer, J. H. AU - Tatemoto, K. AU - Taylor, I. L. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 249 IS - 6, I SP - G745 EP - G750 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Aponte, G. W.: Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861481798. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 143-07-7, 112-80-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Peptide YY responses to regional intestinal perfusion of fatty acids of different chain length (dodecanoate and oleate) were studied in 6 dogs with chronic gastric, duodenal and jejunal fistulae. Proximal perfusates were given into the duodenum and diverted through an intestinal fistula placed 45 cm beyond the duodenal cannula. Distal perfusates were given into the caudal stoma of this intestinal stoma. Peptide YY responses to proximal, distal and whole-gut perfusion were compared. Proximal perfusion with oleate or dodecanoate failed to release peptide YY. Distal and whole-gut perfusion with either fatty acid produced significant increases that were of similar magnitude. Immunocytochemical studies demonstrated that peptide YY cells predominated in the canine ileocolonic mucosa and decreased progressively in an orad direction. KW - dodecanoic acid KW - oleic acid KW - Peptides KW - secretions KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - lauric acid KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861481798&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of undernutrition and subsequent nutritional rehabilitation or hydrocortisone administration on growth and function of the gastrointestinal tract in rats. AU - Majumdar, A. P. N. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1986/// VL - 33 IS - 1 SP - 187 EP - 198 AD - Majumdar, A. P. N.: Enzymology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861482249. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Registry Number: 50-03-3, 50-23-7, 6000-74-4, 125-04-2, 13609-67-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Undernutrition from birth to 14 days old and subsequent prevention from weaning for the next 13 days in undernourished rats decreased bodyweight and growth of the oxyntic gland area and the midgut, shown by decreased weight of the tissues and their protein and nucleic acid contents compared with well-nourished controls. Undernutrition increased lactase activity but pepsinogen content remained low. In undernourished rats 14 days old nutritional rehabilitation resulted in normal bodyweight and growth of the gastrointestinal tissues and pepsinogen content but activity of intestinal lactase remained significantly above that of the well-nourished control group. Sucrase and maltase activities were not significantly affected by undernutrition or nutritional rehabilitation. In undernourished rats 17 days old a daily injection of hydrocortisone 50 mg/kg for 7 days significantly reduced lactase activity but did not affect activity of maltase or sucrase. Growth of small intestine was not affected by hydrocortisone. KW - development KW - digestive tract KW - hydrocortisone KW - injection KW - Neonates KW - refeeding KW - undernutrition KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cortisol KW - gastrointestinal tract KW - newborn infants KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861482249&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Salivary response to food in humans and its effect on gastric acid secretion. AU - Richardson, C. T. AU - Feldman, M. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 250 IS - 1(I) SP - G85 EP - G91 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Richardson, C. T.: Dep. Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, TX 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861482497. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Potatoes N2 - Healthy persons (59) 20 to 52 years old chewed and spat out an appetizing steak and fried potato meal (modified sham feeding), with the increase in weight of the meal during sham feeding taken to represent salivary secretion. Mean salivary flow increased from basal rates of 37.1 to 167.3 ml/h during modified sham feeding. Chewing gum increased salivary secretion by about the same extent as modified sham feeding, whereas chewing on plastic tubing caused a much smaller increase in salivary flow. Intravenous infusion of bethanechol (50 μg/kg h) was about half as potent as modified sham feeding or gum chewing in stimulating salivary flow. The salivary response to sham feeding was blocked by intravenous atropine 15 μg/kg. Salivary secretion increased about 20 ml/h when a 700-ml amino acid meal was infused directly into the stomach, whereas gastric distension with 700 ml saline had no effect. The findings suggested that food in the stomach or upper small intestine may activate a reflex or release a hormone into the circulation that increases salivary flow. Although intravenous gastrin-17 infusion had no effect on salivary flow, somatostatin-14 infusion increased salivary flow 15 ml/h. Saliva contained immunoreactive urogastrone about 2000 pg/ml, an inhibitor of acid secretion when given parenterally. Autologous saliva had no effect on postprandial gastric acidity or on gastric acid secretion when added to food before infusion into the stomach. KW - eating KW - gastric acid KW - Nutrition KW - SALIVA KW - secretions KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gastric acid secretions KW - salivary secretions KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861482497&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - New immunoenzymatic assay for human thyrotropin compared with two radioimmunoassays. AU - Pekary, A. E. AU - Turner, L. F., Jr. AU - Hershman, J. M. JO - Clinical Chemistry JF - Clinical Chemistry Y1 - 1986/// VL - 32 IS - 3 SP - 511 EP - 514 SN - 0009-9147 AD - Pekary, A. E.: Endocrinology Research Lab., Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Bldg. 500, Room 4237, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861482574. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 7 ref. Registry Number: 9034-48-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - blood KW - estimation KW - Thyrotropin KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - thyroid-stimulating hormone KW - thyrotropic hormone KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861482574&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Separation of taste-aversion-prone and taste-aversion-resistant rats through selective breeding: implications for individual differences in conditionability and aversion-therapy alcoholism treatment. AU - Elkins, R. L. JO - Behavioral Neuroscience JF - Behavioral Neuroscience Y1 - 1986/// VL - 100 IS - 1 SP - 121 EP - 124 SN - 0735-7044 AD - Elkins, R. L.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, GA 30910, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861482741. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - Alcoholism KW - avoidance conditioning KW - models KW - treatment KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - avoidance learning KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861482741&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Food portion size estimation by men with type II diabetes. AU - Rapp, S. R. AU - Dubbert, P. M. AU - Burkett, P. A. AU - Buttross, Y. JO - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JF - Journal of the American Dietetic Association Y1 - 1986/// VL - 86 IS - 2 SP - 249 EP - 251 SN - 0002-8223 AD - Rapp, S. R.: Jackson Veterans Administration, Jackson, MS, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861482833. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 6 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Rice N2 - A total of 25 men with type II diabetes mellitus who had received dietary advice and 25 men without diabetes who had never received any dietary advice were asked to serve prespecified portions of 4 foods. Men with diabetes underestimated chicken portions by 45.7%; controls underestimated by 59%. Both groups overestimated margarine portions by 30 to 40% and underestimated rice portions by 25 to 35%. Estimates for milk portions were on average only 2.1% below the correct amount. Dietary advice which emphasizes estimation of portion sizes may be effective in improving adherence to portion-controlled diets. KW - Diabetes KW - diet treatment KW - Nutrition KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - diet prescription KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861482833&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of viscosity and fluid outflow on postcibal gastric emptying of solids. AU - Meyer, J. H. AU - Gu, Y. AU - Elashoff, J. AU - Reedy, T. AU - Dressman, J. AU - Amidon, G. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 250 IS - 2(I) SP - G161 EP - G164 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Meyer, J. H.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861482929. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - It is known that the food-filled stomach retains large spheres or pieces of food, allowing the passage of food particles or of plastic spheres with diameters mainly below 2 mm. Spheres with densities greater or less than water emptied from the food-filled stomach of dogs more slowly than spheres of the same diameter with a density of 1. Thus, hydrodynamics seem to govern gastric emptying of spheres. To determine how altering other hydrodynamic factors, viscosity and velocity of fluid outflow, might affect gastric sieving 10 mongrel dogs were prepared with chronic duodenal fistulae, which allowed collection and estimation of emptied spheres and food. The dogs were given a standard meal of 75 g steak plus 25 g of 99mTc-labelled chicken liver. Immediately afterward, 50 3.2-mm Teflon spheres were instilled into the stomach along with 200- or 800-ml volumes of saline or saline plus guar (a viscous polysaccharide). Whether 200- or 800-ml volumes were instilled, the guar significantly sped the emptying of the spheres. Fluid outflow was twice as fast after the 800-ml instillates, but the faster outflow with the 800 ml of saline did not speed emptying of spheres. With the guar instillates, the faster outflow slightly sped the emptying of the spheres and significantly increased the diameter of emptied particles of 99mTc-labelled chicken liver. KW - meals KW - Stomach emptying KW - viscosity KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861482929&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastric motility is a major factor in cold restraint-induced lesion formation in rats. AU - Garrick, T. AU - Buack, S. AU - Bass, P. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 250 IS - 2(I) SP - G191 EP - G199 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Garrick, T.: Psychiatric and Research Services, West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wadsworth Division, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861482934. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Gastric motility in the rat was examined with extraluminal transducers at 3 sites of the stomach. The motility was monitored after 24 h without food, in the postprandial state and during cold-water immersion restraint. Gastric acid secretion was also monitored in a separate group of rats placed in cold restraint. Feeding and cold restraint resulted in an equivalent increase in the amplitude of gastric contractions. Prolonged cold restraint resulted in a distinct contractile pattern in which contractions were 56% less frequent and 300 to 400% longer in duration than those stimulated by feeding. All cold-restrained rats developed multiple gastric erosions. Cold restraint was not associated with increased acid secretion. A single subcutaneous injection of papaverine HCl (50 or 100 mg/kg) suppressed cold restraint-induced high-amplitude contractions and the cold restraint-induced lesion formation without changing acid secretion. The studies suggest that the stimulation of high-amplitude prolonged duration contractions are more important than changes in gastric acid secretion in the formation of cold restraint-induced gastric lesions. KW - cold stress KW - lesions KW - roles KW - Stomach motility KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861482934&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of taurodeoxycholate on in vivo water and solute transport in rat jejunum in absence and presence of calcium. AU - Ammon, H. V. AU - Cho, D. S. AU - Loeffler, R. L. AU - Reetz, K. L. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 250 IS - 2(I) SP - G248 EP - G251 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Ammon, H. V.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Milwaukee, WI 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861482953. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Registry Number: 516-50-7, 7732-18-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - During perfusion studies of the rat jejunum in vivo, 15 mM taurodeoxycholate induced secretion of electrolytes and water, reduced glucose absorption and increased absorption of mannitol and calcium. Ca absorption continued to be increased during perfusion of a CaCl2-containing solution after the perfusion with taurodeoxycholate. In view of the previously demonstrated increased permeability of the apical brush-border membrane in the presence of bile acids, it is very likely that some Ca enters the enterocyte along the steep concentration gradient in the presence of taurodeoxycholate. In spite of increased Ca absorption, 15 mM CaCl2 had no effect on control absorption rates or on fluid secretion induced by taurodeoxycholate. The results indicate that the effects of bile acids on intestinal transport are not mediated by an influx of Ca into the enterocyte. KW - Electrolytes KW - jejunum KW - roles KW - taurodeoxycholic acid KW - transport KW - Water KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - transportation KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861482953&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intestinal hydrolysis of pyridoxal 5′-phosphate in vitro and in vivo in the rat: effect of ethanol. AU - Middleton, H. M., III JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1986/// VL - 43 IS - 3 SP - 374 EP - 381 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Middleton, H. M., III: Medical Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, GA 30910, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861483333. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 54-47-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of ethanol on intestinal hydrolysis of pyridoxal 5′-phosphate (PLP), the first step in PLP absorption, was evaluated in rats. Models included PLP decay during incubation in vitro and PLP luminal disappearance during perfusion in vivo of jejunal segments. Ethanol inhibited PLP decay in vitro (pH 7.4 and 3.0) and disappearance in vivo (pH 7.4) in a concentration-dependent manner (1 to 4% w/v). At pH 7.4, 4% w/v ethanol inhibited PLP decay in vitro by 48% and PLP disappearance in vivo by 55%. This inhibition was reproduced in vitro with other alcohols but not with osmotic controls, paralleled changes in vitro in phosphatase activity in the presence of ethanol, and was completely reversed in vivo after ethanol was removed from the perfusing solution. The inhibition of intestinal PLP hydrolysis may possibly be one of the mechanisms by which a high percentage of alcoholics become biochemically deficient in vitamin B-6. KW - ethanol KW - hydrolysis KW - intestines KW - Pyridoxal phosphate KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861483333&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Simulation of the normal glucopenia-induced decline in insulin partially restores the glucagon response to glucopenia in isolated perfused pancreata of streptozotocin-diabetic rats. AU - Tominaga, M. AU - Maruyama, H. AU - Bolli, G. AU - Helderman, J. H. AU - Unger, R. H. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 118 IS - 2 SP - 886 EP - 887 AD - Tominaga, M.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, TX, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861483407. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To determine whether the loss of the glucagon response to glucopenia that follows destruction of beta cells is at least in part a consequence of the absence of the normal glucopenia-induced decline in insulin secretion, pancreata from insulin-requiring streptozotocin-diabetic rats were studied. In the absence of insulin, a reduction in perfusate glucose concentration from 150 to 25 mg/100 ml failed to elicit a rise in glucagon concentration. When insulin was co-perfused at 30 mU/ml, the estimated within-islet concentration of insulin in those circumstances, but discontinued during the glucopenic interval, reducing the insulin concentration in the pancreatic venous effluent from about 26 mU/ml to less than 100 μU/ml, a prompt and significant rise in glucagon was observed until glucose and insulin were increased to their original concentrations. The rise in glucagon, which was about 25% of the normal response, did not occur when insulin concentration in the perfusate was maintained at 30 mU/ml during the glucopenic period. Nor did it occur when insulin was perfused at 360 μU/ml and discontinued during the glucopenic period, thereby lowering insulin in the venous effluent from 300 to 5 μU/ml. It is concluded that the decline in insulin from its normal concentrations within the islets makes a modest but significant contribution to the rise in glucagon that occurs during glucopenia. KW - Experimental diabetes KW - glucagon KW - hypoglycaemia KW - metabolism KW - pancreas KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hypoglycemia KW - low blood glucose KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861483407&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The role of 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D in the inhibition of bone formation induced by skeletal unloading. AU - Halloran, B. P. AU - Bikle, D. D. AU - Wronski, T. J. AU - Globus, R. K. AU - Levens, M. J. AU - Morey-Holton, E. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 118 IS - 3 SP - 948 EP - 954 AD - Halloran, B. P.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861483413. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Growing rats were suspended by the tail so that their rear limbs, pelvis and caudal parts of the spinal column were unloaded while their fore limbs remained weight bearing. Their diet had cholecalciferol 4.41 IU/g. Acute skeletal unloading induced a transitory inhibition of calcium accumulation in unloaded bones. This was accompanied by a transitory rise in serum Ca, a 21% decrease in longitudinal bone growth, a 32% decrease in bone surface lined with osteoblasts, no change in bone surface lined with osteoclasts and a decrease in circulating 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) from 130 ± 10 to 53 ± 11 pg/ml. After 2 weeks of unloading, bone Ca stabilized at about 70% of control values and serum Ca and 1,25-DHCC returned to control values. Maintenance of a constant serum 1,25-DHCC concentration by chronic infusion of 1,25-DHCC by an Alza osmotic minipump did not prevent bone changes induced by unloading. KW - Bone formation KW - CALCITRIOL KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - bone calcification KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861483413&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Quantification of apolipoproteins in rat serum and in cultured rat hepatocytes by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay. AU - Lin, R. C. JO - Analytical Biochemistry JF - Analytical Biochemistry Y1 - 1986/// VL - 154 IS - 1 SP - 316 EP - 326 SN - 0003-2697 AD - Lin, R. C.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1481 West 10th Street, Indianapolis, IN 46202, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861483426. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - apolipoproteins KW - blood KW - estimation KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861483426&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effects of aging on glucose metabolism in adipocytes from Fischer rats. AU - Fink, R. I. AU - Huecksteadt, T. AU - Karaoghlanian, Z. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 118 IS - 3 SP - 1139 EP - 1147 AD - Fink, R. I.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3350 La Jolla Village Drive (111G), La Jolla, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861483441. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Glucose metabolism was studied in adipocytes from Fischer rats 6 and 24 months old. Insulin binding was similar in both groups, expressed per cell number (2.67 ± 0.41 and 2.96 ± 0.38%) or per cell surface area (4.59 ± 0.70 and 4.15 ± 0.53%) in rats 6 and 24 months old, respectively. Maximum insulin-stimulated 3-O-methylglucose transport was decreaased by 40% in the older group (0.234 ± 0.032) compared with that in the younger group (0.411 ± 0.031 pmol/2 × 109μm² s), with no change in basal rates of transport. The decrease in glucose transport was due to a 36% reduction in the maximum velocity (91 pmol/s in the younger and 59 pmol/s in the older group), with no change in the Km. Postglucose transport steps of glucose metabolism, including CO2 oxidation, triglyceride synthesis and lactate production, were estimated at a higher glucose concentration (2 mM), where glucose transport is not rate-limiting. Overall maximum insulin-stimulated glucose metabolism was decreased by 45% in the older group (15.6 nmol) compared with that in the younger group (28.6 nmol/105 cells h). Glucose oxidation was decreased by 42% (2.9 and 5.0 nmol/105 cells h), triglyceride synthesis by 40% (5.9 and 9.8 nmol/105 cells h) and lactate production by 47% (6.3 and 11.8 nmol/105 cells h). KW - adipocytes KW - aging KW - Glucose KW - metabolism KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ageing KW - dextrose KW - fat cells KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861483441&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Lieber-Decarli alcohol diet modification to enhance growth in young rats. AU - Rao, G. A. AU - Riley, D. E. AU - Larkin, E. C. JO - Nutrition Research JF - Nutrition Research Y1 - 1986/// VL - 6 IS - 1 SP - 101 EP - 105 SN - 0271-5317 AD - Rao, G. A.: Alcohol Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861483633. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - When male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing about 160 g were fed on the Lieber-DeCarli alcohol diet for 3 weeks, their growth rate was 3.8 ± 0.6 g daily. When the diet was supplemented with calcium phosphate (2.92 g/litre), manganese carbonate (20.4 mg/litre), ferric citrate (35 mg/litre), zinc carbonate (9.3 mg/litre), copper carbonate (1.75 mg/litre), choline bitartrate (353 mg/litre) and pyridoxine hydrochloride (1.2 mg/litre), growth increased significantly (4.8 ± 0.8 g daily). The daily weight gain was even greater when rats were fed on the Lieber-DeCarli diet having only 26% energy as alcohol (6.9 ± 1.4 g daily). The amount of diet eaten daily also increased about 50% compared with the rats fed on the 36% alcohol diet. Regardless of feeding on the Lieber-DeCarli alcohol diet or its modifications, rats consumed similar amounts of alcohol (22 to 24 kcal) daily. New investigations can now be made to examine the effect of chronic alcohol administration in conditions of improved growth in young rats. KW - Alcoholism KW - diets KW - models KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861483633&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hyponatremia in tube-fed elderly men. AU - Rudman, D. AU - Racette, D. AU - Rudman, I. W. AU - Mattson, D. E. AU - Erve, P. R. JO - Journal of Chronic Diseases JF - Journal of Chronic Diseases Y1 - 1986/// VL - 39 IS - 2 SP - 73 EP - 80 AD - Rudman, D.: Medical, Nutritional and Laboratory Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, North Chicago, IL, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861483671. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In a 400-bed Veterans Administration extended care facility, of 15 men with organic brain syndrome (Alzheimer's, multi-infarct dementia, anoxic encephalopathy or alcoholism) currently receiving Isocal via gastrostomy as the only source of nutrition, intermittent hyponatraemia was noted in about half; a chart review was made to investigate the cause. Mean age was 68, range 46 to 92 years; tube feeding duration was 3 months to 3 years; 266 sodium concentrations were obtained from the charts. Simultaneous with those Na analyses, one of 3 diets prevailed: (A) mixed foods (3 to 6 g Na daily) by mouth before gastrostomy; (B) Isocal supplemented with NaCl to give 2 g Na daily; (C) unsupplemented Isocal to give 1 g Na daily. (B) and (C) were randomly varied by physicians. Serum Na was directly related to Na intake. On (A), Na was within normal range (135 to 145 mEq/litre) in all men. One patient was hyponatraemic during diet (B). During (C), 8 patients were hyponatraemic. Na was less than 135 mEq/litre in 40% of all samples during diet (C) and less than 130 mEq/litre in 14%. Changing from diet (A) or (B) to diet (C) caused nearly equivalent declines in Na and Cl; K and HCO3- were unaffected. No hyponatraemic patient took drugs known to cause hyponatraemia or had congestive heart failure, hypoalbuminaemia, lipaemia or fasting hyperglycaemia. At the end of the study, 4 hyponatraemic men were changed from (C) to (B); serum Na became normal in all 4 patients, without oedema or hypertension. KW - aetiology KW - hyponatraemia KW - Old age KW - tube feeding KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - causal agents KW - etiology KW - hyponatremia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861483671&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Characterization of receptors regulating secretory function in the fundic mucosa. AU - Sanders, M. J. AU - Soll, A. H. JO - Annual Review of Physiology JF - Annual Review of Physiology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 48 SP - 89 EP - 101 SN - 0066-4278 AD - Sanders, M. J.: Center for Ulcer Research, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861483755. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 67 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - Gastric acid KW - regulation KW - reviews KW - secretions KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861483755&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Factors contributing to osteoporosis. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Kramer, L. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1986/// VL - 116 IS - 2 SP - 316 EP - 319 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, IL 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861483826. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 6 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - aetiology KW - Osteodystrophy KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - causal agents KW - etiology KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861483826&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Calcium and osteoporosis. AU - Gordan, G. S. AU - Vaughan, C. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1986/// VL - 116 IS - 2 SP - 319 EP - 322 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Gordan, G. S.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 150 Muir Road, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861483828. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - calcium KW - Osteodystrophy KW - roles KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861483828&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Reduction of relative levels of nervonic to lignoceric acid in the brain of rat pups due to iron deficiency. AU - Larkin, E. C. AU - Jarratt, B. A. AU - Rao, G. A. JO - Nutrition Research JF - Nutrition Research Y1 - 1986/// VL - 6 IS - 3 SP - 309 EP - 317 SN - 0271-5317 AD - Larkin, E. C.: G. A. Rao, Hematopathology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861484018. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Registry Number: 7439-89-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - When weaned iron-deficient young rats were given for 2 weeks an AIN-76 diet without Fe, the ratio of nervonic acid (C24:1) to lignoceric acid (C24:0) in their brain total lipids decreased by about 4-fold compared with Fe-supplemented controls. That decrease was further confirmed by removing the acyl-glycerophospholipids and neutral lipids from total lipids with methanolic NaOH, and examining the fatty acid composition of the resulting alkali-stable lipids. Such lipids from Fe-deficient young rats showed a reduced ratio of C24:1 to C24:0 and of C18:1 to C18:0. When Fe-deficient young rats were given for 5 days the AIN diet supplemented with Fe, the C18:1 to C18:0 ratio increased to control values. The relative value of C24:1 to C24:0 also increased markedly but did not attain the normal value found in Fe-supplemented young rats. The fatty acid analysis of total or alkali-stable lipids from the brain of adult Fe-deficient rats showed no decrease in the ratio of monounsaturated to saturated fatty acids. KW - brain KW - deficiency KW - fatty acids KW - Iron KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cerebrum KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861484018&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparison of monounsaturated fatty acids and carbohydrates for lowering plasma cholesterol. AU - Grundy, S. M. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1986/// VL - 314 IS - 12 SP - 745 EP - 748 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Grundy, S. M.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, TX 75235, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861484092. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Eleven patients with a mean plasma total cholesterol value of 251 ± 10 mg/100 ml were studied in a metabolic ward during 3 dietary periods, each lasting 4 weeks. A liquid diet rich in monounsaturated fatty acids (High-Mono) and a diet low in fat (Low-Fat) were compared with a diet high in saturated fatty acids (High-Sat). The High-Sat and High-Mono diets contained 40% of their total energy as fat and 43% as carbohydrate; the Low-Fat diet had 20% fat and 63% carbohydrate. Bodyweight was kept constant by adjusting total energy intake. Compared with the High-Sat diet, the High-Mono and Low-Fat diets lowered plasma total cholesterol (by 13 and 8%, respectively) and low-density lipoprotein (LDL) cholesterol (by 21 and 15%, respectively). Compared with the High-Sat diet, the Low-Fat diet increased triglyceride values and significantly decreased plasma high-density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol. The High-Mono diet had no effect on triglycerides or HDL cholesterol. The ratio of LDL to HDL cholesterol was also significantly lower when the High-Mono diet rather than the Low-Fat diet was followed. Therefore, in short-term studies in which liquid diets are used and bodyweight is kept constant, a diet rich in monounsaturated fatty acids seems to be at least as effective in lowering plasma cholesterol as a diet low in fat and high in carbohydrate. KW - carbohydrates KW - Hypercholesterolaemia KW - MONOENOIC FATTY ACIDS KW - treatment KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hypercholesterinemia KW - hypercholesterolemia KW - monounsaturated fatty acids KW - saccharides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861484092&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intestinal phosphate absorption: influence of vitamin D and non-vitamin D factors. AU - Lee, D. B. N. AU - Walling, M. W. AU - Brautbar, N. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 250 IS - 3, I SP - G369 EP - G373 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Lee, D. B. N.: Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Sepulveda Medical Center, Univ. California, School of Medicine, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861484145. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 1406-16-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The transport of inorganic phosphate was estimated in the absence of electrochemical gradients across rat jejunum in vitro. Active P absorption was demonstrated in young vitamin D-deficient (-D) rats, whereas active P secretion was found in normal adult rats, suggesting regulation of intestinal P transport by age-dependent but vitamin D-independent mechanisms. 1,25-Dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) stimulated mucosal-to-serosal P flux (Jm->s) without affecting serosal-to-mucosal P flux (Js->m), causing further increases in net P absorption (Jnet) in -D rats and reduction in net P secretion in normal adult rats, confirming a previously described role of this hormone on P absorption. The effect of increasing extracellular (buffer) P concentration [P] on this 1,25-DHCC-stimulated active P absorption in jejunum from -D rats was studied. At [P] of 0.024, 0.24, and 2.4 mM, 1.25-DHCC consistently stimulated Jm->s without affecting Js->m, causing an increment in Jnet. At 7.5 mM [P] this Jm->s stimulatory effect of 1,25-DHCC was no longer observed. Moreover, at this [P] the Jsright arrowm exceeded Jmright arrows in both -D and 1,25-DHCC-repleted rats, converting the active P absorption into active P secretion in both treatment groups. These observations suggest the participation of local mechanisms, such as the ambient [P] of the transporting enterocytes, in the regulation of intestinal P absorption. Finally, the influence of dietary P deprivation on P absorption was studied in -D rats, with or without cholecalciferol or 1,25-DHCC repletion. P deprivation caused further increase in jejunal P absorption only in vitamin D-repleted rats. KW - absorption KW - Phosphates KW - roles KW - vitamin D KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861484145&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Central nervous system control of hyperphagia in hypothalamic obesity: dependence on adrenal glucocorticoids. AU - Debons, A. F. AU - Zurek, L. D. AU - Tse, C. S. AU - Abrahamsen, S. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 118 IS - 4 SP - 1678 EP - 1681 AD - Debons, A. F.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Nuclear Medicine Service, 800 Poly Place, Brooklyn, NY 11209, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861484473. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Food intake and bodyweight were studied in anorexic gold thioglucose (GTG)-treated obese adrenalectomized mice which received a single intracerebroventricular (icv) injection of very small amounts of adrenal glucocorticoids, including cortisone, corticosterone and dexamethasone. Responses of untreated controls and adrenalectomized control mice were also studied. Similar mice were given a single intraperitoneal (ip) injection of the hormones. Hyperphagia was restored and weight loss abolished in anorexic GTG-treated obese adrenalectomized mice after a single icv injection of adrenal glucocorticoids; the dose of cortisone required was 1/60th of that previously shown to be needed systemically to restore hyperphagia. A single ip injection of the adrenal hormones failed to induce hyperphagia in the mice. The icv and ip injections of the adrenal glucocorticoids did not significantly affect food intake or bodyweight of untreated controls and adrenalectomized control mice. The findings indicate that adrenal glucocorticoids act via the central nervous system in restoring hyperphagia in anorexic GTG-treated obese adrenalectomized mice. KW - central nervous system KW - food intake KW - glucocorticoids KW - Hypothalamic lesions KW - regulation KW - roles KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - CNS KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861484473&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of antacids on the absorption of simultaneously ingested iron. AU - O'Neil-Cutting, M. A. AU - Crosby, W. H JO - Journal of the American Medical Association JF - Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1986/// VL - 255 IS - 11 SP - 1468 EP - 1470 AD - O'Neil-Cutting, M. A.: W.H. Crosby, Veterans Administration Medical Center (009), Washington, DC 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861484500. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 7 ref. Registry Number: 7439-89-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 22 healthy men and women 20 to 69 years old, a small-dose iron tolerance test was used to compare absorption of Fe with and without antacids. Liquid antacid containing aluminium hydroxide and magnesium hydroxide did not significantly decrease Fe absorption. Sodium bicarbonate and calcium carbonate caused the increase in plasma Fe to be 50 and 67% less than the control values, respectively, but when calcium carbonate was present in a multivitamin-plus-minerals tablet, the plasma Fe change was not significantly different from control trials. Presumably the competitive binding of Fe by ascorbic acid in the vitamin pill allowed uninhibited absorption of the Fe. KW - absorption KW - antacids KW - Iron KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861484500&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of dietary protein intake on albumin homeostasis in nephrotic patients. AU - Kaysen, G. A. AU - Gambertoglio, J. AU - Jimenez, I. AU - Jones, H. AU - Hutchison, F. N. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1986/// VL - 29 IS - 2 SP - 572 EP - 577 SN - 0085-2538 AD - Kaysen, G. A.: Nephrology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 150 Muir Road, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861484532. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To ascertain whether restriction of dietary protein will decrease urinary albumin excretion in patients with established nephroses and whether such dietary restriction will result in decreased albumin pools, paired studies were made in 9 nephrotic patients. They were given sequential diets with a protein content of 1.6 and then 0.8 g/kg bodyweight each for 2 weeks. Energy intake remained constant at 35 kcal/kg. In 6 patients the high-protein diet was given first; in 3 the dietary order was reversed. Urinary albumin excretion was decreased on the low-protein diet in all patients regardless of dietary order. The renal clearance of albumin and the fractional renal albumin clearance were decreased significantly on the low-protein diet. The rate of albumin synthesis was greater on the high-protein diet, as was the rate of albuminuria. Despite the higher rate of albumin synthesis during high protein intake, serum albumin concentration and plasma albumin mass were less than during low protein intake. KW - albumins KW - homeostasis KW - Kidney diseases KW - protein intake KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - kidney disorders KW - nephropathy KW - renal diseases KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861484532&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Relationship between urinary calcium and calcium intake during calcitriol administration. AU - Smothers, R. L. AU - Levine, B. S. AU - Singer, F. R. AU - Bryce, G. F. AU - Mallon, J. P. AU - Miller, O. N. AU - Coburn, J. W. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1986/// VL - 29 IS - 2 SP - 578 EP - 583 SN - 0085-2538 AD - Smothers, R. L.: J.W. Coburn, Veterans Administration Medical Center West Los Angeles, 691/111L, Wilshire and Sawtelle Blvds., Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861484533. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3, 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The hypercalciuria which occurs when 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (calcitriol) is given to subjects with normal renal function depends on dietary calcium absorption and may also be related, in part, to increased bone resorption. To evaluate the relation between urinary and dietary Ca during treatment with calcitriol, 12 metabolic balance studies were made in normal subjects ingesting a diet containing Ca 350 mg daily, to which calcium gluconate was added. After 10 days on Ca 350 or 1550 mg daily, 0.5 μg calcitriol was given every 12 h. Then diet Ca was changed in successive 5-day treatment periods from 350 to 650, 950 and 1550 mg daily (group A) or from 1550 to 950, 650 and 350 mg daily (group B). On the lowest diet Ca, urinary Ca was less than Ca intake during calcitriol treatment (group A, 220 ± 50 mg daily; group B, 247 ± 40). As diet Ca was changed during calcitriol treatment, urinary Ca was correlated with diet Ca until diet Ca reached 950 mg daily. With calcitriol, serum immunoreactive parathyrin (iPTH) fell by 18 to 25% and urinary hydroxyproline fell by 11 to 19%. Baseline serum 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D values were 47 ± 8 and 34 ± 5 pg/ml in group A and B, respectively, and the values increased to 51 ± 12 and 45 ± 7.4 pg/ml during treatment with calcitriol. Serum Ca from fasting subjects was not affected by calcitriol, but the mean postabsorptive serum Ca (noon) was increased by 0.35 mg/100 ml. Although urine Ca/creatinine from fasting subjects increased with calcitriol treatment, the values varied directly with the 24-h urine Ca and inversely with serum iPTH values. Thus, dietary Ca is the major determinant of urinary Ca during treatment with calcitriol and the latter may decrease dietary Ca requirements. There was no evidence of increased bone resorption. KW - CALCITRIOL KW - Calcium KW - metabolism KW - supplements KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861484533&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intestinal calcium transport in the spontaneously hypertensive rat: response to calcium depletion. AU - Schedl, H. P. AU - Miller, D. L. AU - Horst, R. L. AU - Wilson, H. D. AU - Natarajan, K. AU - Conway, T. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 250 IS - 4, I SP - G412 EP - G419 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Schedl, H. P.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, IA 52240, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861484587. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Intestinal transport of calcium2+ is less in spontaneously hypertensive (SH) rats than in Wistar-Kyoto (WKY) rats. When rats were given a diet with 1% Ca2+ the concentration of 1α,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1α,25-DHCC) in serum was the same in both groups. Diets high and low in Ca2+ were given to SH and WKY rats 5 or 12 weeks old. Serum 1α,25-DHCC increased in response to Ca2+ depletion at 5 and 12 weeks in SH and WKY rats. With the diet high in Ca2+, Ca2+ transport in the duodenum in vitro at 5 weeks and in the proximal and distal small intestine in vivo at 12 weeks was less in SH than in WKY rats. Ca2+ transport increased in SH rats in response to Ca2+ depletion, but not in WKY, except in the distal small intestine in vivo at 12 weeks. KW - calcium KW - Hypertension KW - intestines KW - transport KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - high blood pressure KW - transportation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861484587&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastric processing and emptying of fat. AU - Meyer, J. H. AU - Mayer, E. A. AU - Jehn, D. AU - Gu, Y. AU - Fink, A. S. AU - Fried, M. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 90 IS - 5, I SP - 1176 EP - 1187 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Meyer, J. H.: 111G, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 16111 Plummer St., Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861484671. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Gastric emptying of fat was studied in 6 adults and in 6 dogs with Roux-en-Y duodenojejunostomies so that chyme leaving the stomach could be collected free of bile and pancreatic enzymes; human subjects had a duodenal multilumen tube so that phase-specific, nonabsorbed markers in the meal could be tracked with corresponding, phase-specific markers perfused into the duodenum. In the human subjects and the dogs, the aqueous phase emptied promptly, whereas the solid extracellular fat (ECF), and intracellular fat (ICF) phases emptied together, in parallel, after an initial lag. In human subjects, 22% of the ECF compared with 51% of the ICF emptied on or in the solid food particles. In dogs, 81% of the ECF emptied as an oil, 13% emptied on the solid particles, and only 6% emptied as a stable, aqueous emulsion. Of the ICF 66% emptied in the solid food particles, 20% as a stable, aqueous emulsion and 14% as an oil. KW - fats KW - Stomach emptying KW - dogs KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861484671&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Aluminum and renal osteodystrophy. AU - Nebeker, H. G. AU - Coburn, J. W. JO - Annual Review of Medicine JF - Annual Review of Medicine Y1 - 1986/// VL - 37 SP - 79 EP - 95 AD - Nebeker, H. G.: Division of Nephrology, Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861484714. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 71 ref. Registry Number: 7429-90-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Evidence has emerged during the last few years indicating that aluminium accumulation in patients with chronic renal failure can cause certain forms of renal osteodystrophy, in particular osteomalacia and an aplastic lesion. The primary sources of Al are dialysate solutions prepared from water with a high Al content and the oral ingestion of Al-containing phosphate binders. Desferrioxamine, a chelating agent with a high affinity for Al, can be used to remove Al during dialysis by increasing ultrafilterable plasma Al; preliminary results showed that symptomatic patients improved clinically and in their bone histology after long-term chelation treatment with desferrioxamine. KW - aetiology KW - aluminium KW - osteodystrophy KW - Renal failure KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aluminum KW - causal agents KW - etiology KW - kidney failure KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861484714&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Renal mitochondrial glutamine metabolism during K+ depletion. AU - Sastrasinh, S. AU - Sastrasinh, M. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 250 IS - 4, II SP - F667 EP - F673 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Sastrasinh, S.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, East Orange, NJ 07019, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861484992. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 56-85-9, 7440-09-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Changes in renal mitochondrial glutamine metabolism during the development of and recovery from potassium+ depletion were studied in rats. Significant increase in mitochondrial ammonia production was noted after 3 days of K+-free diet. Ammoniagenesis in K+-depleted rats reached a maximum within 2 weeks of K+ deprivation when there was 64% increase in NH3 production. Phosphate-dependent glutaminase (PDG) activity increased within the first 48 h of K+ deprivation, before there was any increase in NH3 production, and did not plateau even after 2 weeks of K+-free diet. The disparity between NH3 production and PDG activity cannot be explained by the difference in matrix glutamate value, thus raising the possibility that mitochondrial glutamine entry may be a rate-limiting step for ammoniagenesis during K+ depletion. Recovery from K+ depletion was studied in rats given K+-free diet for 2 weeks before the initiation of K+-supplemented diet. Muscle K+ content of K+-depleted rats returned to normal after 1 week of K+ replacement. Mitochondrial NH3 production decreased concomitantly with the attenuation in K+ deficit but did not reach the base-line value even after K+ deficit was completely corrected. Additional experiments with isolated cortical tubules also showed persistent increase in NH3 production after the correction of K+ deficit. KW - depletion KW - glutamine KW - kidneys KW - metabolism KW - Potassium KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861484992&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of starvation on the disposition of free and peptide-linked trimethyllysine in the rat. AU - Davis, A. T. AU - Hoppel, C. L. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1986/// VL - 116 IS - 5 SP - 760 EP - 767 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Davis, A. T.: Veterans Administration Medical Centre, Cleveland, OH 44106, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861485028. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Registry Number: 461-06-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Free and peptide-linked trimethyllysine were measured in fed rats and rats starved for 5 days. The trimethyllysine content of liver and kidney was significantly increased on day 5 of starvation to 2 to 3 times the amounts in fed rats. Skeletal muscle of fed rats contained over 6 times as much trimethyllysine (19.3 nmol/g) as that found in liver (3.2 nmol/g) or kidney (2.7 nmol/g). Plasma free trimethyllysine increased significantly from 1 nmol/ml in fed rats to 2.2 nmol/ml in starved rats. During this same period, daily total trimethyllysine excretions were on average about 400 nmol. Urinary free trimethyllysine was significantly depressed during starvation. Assuming that trimethyllysine in plasma does not exist in a protein-bound form, clearance calculations based on concentrations of plasma and urinary trimethyllysine indicated that this compound is readily reabsorbed by the kidney. As previous studies have indicated that trimethyllysine is not readily absorbed by other tissues, this indicates that the kidney may be the primary regulatory site for the disposition of free trimethyllysine in plasma and urine. Estimates of the efficiency of entry of trimethyllysine into the carnitine biosynthetic pathway were calculated and ranged from 41% in rats starved for 3 days to 80% in fed rats. It is concluded that carnitine biosynthesis is limited by the availability of trimethyllysine, which, in starved rats, is limited by the rate of protein turnover. KW - carnitine KW - Starvation KW - synthesis KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861485028&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Ultrastructure of insulin secretory granules and insulin content of fetal pancreas exposed to ethanol in utero in the rat. AU - Singh, S. P. AU - Yokoo, T. AU - Yokoo, H. AU - Snyder, A. K. AU - Singh, S. K. JO - Biology of the Neonate JF - Biology of the Neonate Y1 - 1986/// VL - 49 IS - 4 SP - 224 EP - 228 SN - 0006-3126 AD - Singh, S. P.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, North Chicago, IL 60064, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861485047. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Foetal rat pancreata exposed to ethanol in utero were examined for morphometric analysis of insulin secretory granules and insulin content. The β-cells contained dark and light granules, and their volume density was unaltered by maternal ethanol ingestion during pregnancy. The insulin content of pancreata of newborn rats was nearly equal in control and experimental rats. KW - ethanol KW - FETUS KW - ingestion KW - insulin secretion KW - Pregnancy KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - foetus KW - gestation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861485047&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nutritional status of maintenance hemodialysis patients. AU - Carvounis, C. P. AU - Carvounis, G. AU - Hung, M. H. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1986/// VL - 43 IS - 6 SP - 946 EP - 954 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Carvounis, C. P.: Nephrology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 800 Irving Ave., Syracuse, NY 13210, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861485985. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Fat and fat-free tissues were estimated in haemodialysis patients using anthropometric measurements or indirectly from total body water (TBW) estimated from urea kinetics. A very close correlation between the 2 methods in estimating fat or fat-free tissue was shown; 22 patients were followed for 2 years. Fat increased while fat-free tissue decreased. The latter seems to reflect methodological problems as both fat-free estimations depend on TBW rather than somatic proteins. This was further confirmed by finding a proportional decrease in TBW with time, while creatinine appearance rate remained unaffected. Adherence to prescribed diet was monitored through diet records and periodic estimation of urea N appearance rate during interdialysis periods. KW - Haemodialysis KW - nutritional state KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hemodialysis KW - nutritional status KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861485985&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Is Classic Coca-Cola the real thing? AU - Wyborny, L. E. AU - Shannon, I. L. JO - Nature JF - Nature Y1 - 1986/// VL - 322 IS - 6074 SP - 21 EP - 21 AD - Wyborny, L. E.: Oral Disease Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Houston, TX 77211, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861486187. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 7 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - During 1985, the Coca-Cola Company discontinued production of its "old" soft drink and introduced New Coca-Cola. In response to public demand for the old drink, the Company began marketing Classic Coca-Cola. There were still consumer complaints about difference in taste between old and Classic Coca-Cola. Old Cola-Cola had fructose 3.3 ± 0.1, glucose 2.9 ± 0.3 and sucrose 4.7 ± 0.3%; corresponding values for New Coca-Cola were 7.0 ± 0.1, 4.9 ± 0.1 and 0%, and for Classic Coca-Cola 6.3 ± 0.1, 4.6 ± 0.1 and 0%. KW - composition KW - consumer preferences KW - Soft drinks KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Food Composition and Quality (QQ500) KW - Other Produce (QQ070) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861486187&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Insulin metabolism by liver, muscle, and kidneys from spontaneously diabetic rats. AU - Rabkin, R. AU - Reaven, G. M. AU - Mondon, C. E. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 250 IS - 5, I SP - E530 EP - E537 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Rabkin, R.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (111R), 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861486199. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Livers, hindlimbs and kidneys from nondiabetic controls and DH (nonketoacidotic diabetes) and DKA (ketoacidotic diabetes) Bio-Breed rats were isolated and perfused with artificial media. Liver clearance of immunoreactive insulin (ml/min) was significantly greater in DH rats, 6.0 ± 0.2, but significantly less in DKA rats, 3.4 ± 0.5, than in controls, 4.6 ± 0.2. Acidosis alone induced by ammonium chloride loading, did not impair liver insulin clearance (4.8 ± 0.4 ml/min). Muscle responded differently to the diabetic state in that insulin clearance was not changed by DH and DKA. Renal (organ) clearance of insulin was less in the DKA state than in controls (0.52 ± 0.04 and 0.75 ± 0.07 ml/min g, respectively). This could largely be explained by a lower glomerular filtration rate. Fractional urinary insulin clearance was increased twofold above control values in DH kidneys and fourfold in DKA kidneys, indicating that tubular luminal absorption of insulin was impaired in both states. Contraluminal uptake (peritubular clearance) did not differ significantly from controls. [125I]insulin degrading activity of the 100 000 g supernate fraction from muscle homogenates was similar in the diabetic and control groups. However in liver and kidney, degrading activity did not correspond to whole-organ insulin clearance in a consistent manner. KW - Diabetes KW - insulin KW - metabolism KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861486199&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of dietary cystine on methionine metabolism in rat liver. AU - Finkelstein, J. D. AU - Martin, J. J. AU - Harris, B. J. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1986/// VL - 116 IS - 6 SP - 985 EP - 990 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Finkelstein, J. D.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, DC 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861486241. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 56-89-3, 63-68-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Cystine supplements to adequate diets resulted in significantly higher hepatic values of betaine-homocysteine methyltransferase. Other changes occurred but were a function of the basal diet. When the basal diet contained 0.25% methionine and 0.5% cystine, the additional cystine gave a much lower hepatic cystathionine synthase activity and lower values of adenosylmethionine and serine. The metabolic effect of these changes may be increased methionine retention and diminished transsulphuration. KW - cystine KW - intake KW - liver KW - metabolism KW - Methionine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861486241&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Chronic alcoholism. Frequently overlooked cause of osteoporosis in men. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Rubio, N. AU - Rubio, E. AU - Indreika, M. AU - Seitam, A. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1986/// VL - 80 IS - 3 SP - 393 EP - 397 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, IL 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861486570. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Public Health N2 - A radiographic survey was made of 96 fully ambulatory male patients who were admitted to a rehabilitation centre for patients with chronic alcoholism in an attempt to estimate the incidence of skeletal demineralization in those patients. The patients were 24 to 62 years old. Of the 96 patients, 45 showed radiographic evidence of extensive bone loss; 14 of those 45 patients with bone loss were relatively young (31 to 45 years old) and half of that group of 14 patients were less than 40 years old. Most of the 45 patients with radiographic evidence of osteoporosis, i.e., 31 patients, were older and were 46 to 62 years old; one-third of the patients in that group were less than 50 years old. In 12 additional patients with chronic alcoholism who were also observed and who were not part of the survey, bone biopsy specimens confirmed the radiographic diagnosis of osteoporosis. KW - aetiology KW - Alcoholism KW - osteodystrophy KW - osteoporosis KW - North America KW - USA KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - America KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - OECD Countries KW - causal agents KW - etiology KW - United States of America KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861486570&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Reduced plasma high density lipoprotein-cholesterol concentrations need not increase when hyperglycemia is controlled with insulin in noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. AU - Hollenbeck, C. B. AU - Chen, Y. D. I. AU - Greenfield, M. S. AU - Lardinois, C. K. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1986/// VL - 62 IS - 3 SP - 605 EP - 608 SN - 0021-972X AD - Hollenbeck, C. B.: G.M. Reaven, Veterans Administration Medical Center (GRECC 640/182B), 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861486668. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The ability of intensive insulin treatment to increase plasma high-density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol was evaluated in 12 patients with noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Patients were treated for 6 weeks with one daily morning injection of ultralente insulin, in combination with regular insulin before breakfast, lunch and dinner. The mean (± s.e. mean) fasting plasma glucose concentration fell from 289 ± 21 to 122 ± 9 mg/100 ml and the mean hourly postprandial glucose concentration fell from 313 ± 24 to 102 ± 7 mg/100 ml. Also, insulin treatment was associated with a decrease in fasting plasma triglyceride (256 ± 45 to 137 ± 18 mg/100 ml) and cholesterol (224 ± 25 to 199 ± 19 mg/100 ml) concentrations. Plasma HDL cholesterol concentrations, which were low to begin with, did not increase in association with excellent glycaemic control. KW - blood KW - Diabetes KW - high density lipoprotein KW - insulin KW - treatment KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861486668&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Blood flow limitation of stimulated gastric acid secretion in the rat. AU - Leung, F. W. AU - Kauffman, G. L., Jr. AU - Washington, J. AU - Scremin, O. U. AU - Guth, P. H. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 250 IS - 6,I SP - G794 EP - G799 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Leung, F. W.: Research, Medical, and Surgical Services, Wadsworth Veterans Administration Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861486976. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Secretagogue-stimulated gastric acid output is reduced when gastric mucosal blood flow is below normal. The hypothesis that the reduction in acid secretion associated with reduced mucosal blood flow was due to a decrease in the delivery of the secretagogue was tested. Gastric acid output was estimated by continuous gastric lavage with 0.15 M NaCl, and gastric corpus mucosal blood flow was measured by hydrogen gas clearance in anaesthetized, pylorus-ligated rats before and during a period of hypovolaemia-induced reduction in mucosal blood flow. A linear correlation between pentagastrin- and histamine-stimulated gastric acid output and gastric corpus mucosal blood flow during hypotension over a range of mucosal blood flow rates was found, and each was expressed as a percentage of the plateau values before haemorrhage. When the dose of pentagastrin was doubled or tripled, or when the stimulation of gastric acid secretion was vagus nerve stimulation, a stimulant of acid secretion that is independent of blood flow for secretagogue delivery, the reduction in gastric acid output by hypotension was not reversed. It is concluded that stimulated gastric acid secretion during haemmorrhagic hypotension is blood flow-limited and not related to inadequate delivery of secretagogue to parietal cells. KW - blood flow KW - Gastric acid KW - secretions KW - stomach mucosa KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861486976&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Minerals and mineral interactions in human beings. AU - Spencer, H. JO - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JF - Journal of the American Dietetic Association Y1 - 1986/// VL - 86 IS - 7 SP - 864 EP - 867 SN - 0002-8223 AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, IL, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861487086. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - Mineral metabolism KW - reviews KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861487086&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Somatomedin-C and zinc status in rats as affected by Zn, protein and food intake. AU - Cossack, Z. T. JO - British Journal of Nutrition JF - British Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1986/// VL - 56 IS - 1 SP - 163 EP - 169 SN - 0007-1145 AD - Cossack, Z. T.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Medical Research (151), Allen Park, MI 48101, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861487178. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 9038-70-4, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The experiment was to study plasma somatomedin-C (SM-C) concentration and the status of zinc in rats as affected by diet containing 3 concentrations of Zn given in combination with 2 concentrations of protein. Six groups of rats were fed for 21 days on 6 different diets based on combinations of dietary protein (low protein 75, high protein 200 g/kg) and zinc (low Zn 0.9, moderate Zn 55, high Zn 110 μg/kg). All groups were pair-fed with the group receiving the low-Zn, low-protein diet. An additional group of 6 rats served as freely fed control group and was fed on a diet that contained Zn 55 μg/kg and protein 200 g/kg. Body weight gain and food intake were recorded daily. Rats were killed after 21 days. Zn was estimated in plasma, tibia and liver by atomic absorption technique. Plasma SM-C was estimated by radioimmunoassay. In rats given the low-Zn, low-protein diet, the value of plasma SM-C increased in response to the increase in the amount of Zn or Zn and protein in the diet. However, no change was observed when the amount of protein alone was increased. Among all groups tested, freely fed rats showed the highest value of plasma SM-C. It may be concluded that a balanced diet combined with adequate food intake is necessary to maintain optimum plasma SM-C. KW - blood KW - food intake KW - intake KW - protein intake KW - Somatomedin KW - Zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - insulin-like growth factor 1 KW - status KW - sulfation factor KW - sulphation factor KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861487178&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of alcohol ingestion on breathing and oxygenation during sleep. Analysis of the influence of age and sex. AU - Block, A. J. AU - Hellard, D. W. AU - Slayton, P. C. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1986/// VL - 80 IS - 4 SP - 595 EP - 600 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Block, A. J.: Pulmonary Section (111A), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Gainesville, FL 32602, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861487438. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Breathing and oxygenation were monitored in asymptomatic subjects on 2 successive nights of sleep. Groups of subjects were 20 young men, 20 young women, 20 men older than 40 years and 18 postmenopausal women. In random order, the subjects ingested 100-proof vodka 2 ml/kg body weight in orange juice or a similar amount of water in orange juice before bedtime. Alcohol ingestion shortened sleep in the older men and in the postmenopausal women. No effect of alcohol ingestion on breathing or oxygenation during sleep was seen in any group of women. In men, alcohol ingestion increased the numbers of desaturation episodes and caused more severe oxygen desaturation during sleep. KW - age KW - alcohols KW - ingestion KW - respiration KW - sex differences KW - Sleep KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861487438&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Phosphate transport across rat jejunum: influence of sodium, pH, and 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3. AU - Lee, D. B. N. AU - Walling, M. W. AU - Corry, D. B. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 251 IS - 1, I SP - G90 EP - G95 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Lee, D. B. N.: Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, CA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861487600. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3, 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Inorganic phosphate (Pi) transport in intact, rat jejunal epithelium was estimated in vitro in short-circuited conditions. Transepithelial net absorptive P1 flux increased linearly with increases in extracellular sodium concentration ([Na]) up to 144 mM. Transmucosal border Pi influx displayed a biphasic Na dependency. Pi influx increased as [Na] was raised from 0 to 100 mM. A further increase in [Na] to 144 mM caused unanticipated reduction in Pi influx. The reason for this dissociation between transmucosal border influx and transepithelial absorptive flux was not clear. The effect of changes in extracellular pH on Pi influx was studied. Reduction in pH from 7.4 to 6.0 was associated with 150% increase in Pi influx, an observation consistent with the reported reciprocal relation between intestinal brush-border membrane vesicles (BBMV) Pi uptake and extravesicular pH. In contrast to BBMV data a smaller increase (50%) in mucosal Pi influx was noted in intact epithelium when pH was increased from 7.4 to 8.5. In best conditions for Pi influx, i.e., [Na] = 90 mM and pH 6.0, the effect of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) on Pi influx was estimated. The total influx could be resolved into a saturable, Na-dependent and a nonsaturable, Na-independent component. 1,25-DHCC stimulated the saturable component of Pi influx. KW - CALCITRIOL KW - jejunum KW - pH KW - Phosphates KW - roles KW - sodium KW - transport KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - hydrogen ion concentration KW - potential of hydrogen KW - transportation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861487600&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - In vivo kinetics and insulin action on peripheral glucose disposal and hepatic glucose output in normal and obese subjects. AU - Prager, R. AU - Wallace, P. AU - Olefsky, J. M. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1986/// VL - 78 IS - 2 SP - 472 EP - 481 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Prager, R.: J.M. Olefsky, Veterans Administration Medical Center (111G), 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861487601. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 38 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To determine whether abnormal kinetics of the biological actions of insulin contribute to the overall insulin resistance in obesity, the rate of activation and deactivation was compared of insulin's effects to stimulate glucose disposal rate (Rd) and inhibit hepatic glucose output (HGO) in 12 non-obese and 10 obese adults using the euglycaemic clamp technique at insulin infusion rates of 15, 40, 120 and 1200 mU/m² min. In both groups, stimulation of Rd was faster the higher the insulin infusion rate and the time to reach half-maximum stimulation (A50 value) in normal persons was 52 ± 4, 44 ± 2, 29 ± 3 and 21 ± 2 min at infusion rates of 15, 40, 120 and 1200 mU/m² per min, respectively. In the obese subjects, the rate of activation was slower (higher A50 values) with A50 values of 74 ± 6, 64 ± 8 and 28 ± 3 min, at the 40, 120 and 1200 mU/m² min insulin infusions. Deactivation of the insulin effect to stimulate glucose disposal rate (Rd) was faster in the obese group compared with normal persons after all comparable insulin infusions. KW - glucose KW - injection KW - insulin KW - metabolism KW - Obesity KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - fatness KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861487601&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - 1,25-Dihydroxyvitamin D3 production by human keratinocytes. Kinetics and regulation. AU - Bikle, D. D. AU - Nemanic, M. K. AU - Gee, E. AU - Elias, P. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1986/// VL - 78 IS - 2 SP - 557 EP - 566 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Bikle, D. D.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, (111N), 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861487603. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 38 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3, 68238-35-7, 9008-18-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Human foreskin keratinocytes in vitro metabolize 25-hydroxycholecalciferol (25-HCC) to a number of metabolites, including 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC). That metabolite remains mostly within the cell and does not accumulate in the medium in the conditions of those experiments. With time, 1,25-DHCC is catabolized, and more polar metabolites appear in the cells and the medium. The production of 1,25-DHCC has an apparent Michaelis constant (Km) for 25-HCC of 5.4 × 10-8M. The amounts of 1,25-DHCC within the cell are increased by increased production and decreased catabolism when parathyrin (1-34) and isobutylmethylxanthine are added. Exogenously added 1,25-DHCC at concentrations as low as 10-12M reduces endogenous 1,25-DHCC production, increases 1,25-DHCC catabolism, and increases 24,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol production by an actinomycin D-sensitive process. KW - CALCITRIOL KW - cells KW - keratin KW - metabolism KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861487603&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Portal fibroblasts and myofibroblasts in baboons after long-term alcohol consumption. AU - Mak, K. M. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Archives of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine JF - Archives of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine Y1 - 1986/// VL - 110 IS - 6 SP - 513 EP - 516 SN - 0003-9985 AD - Mak, K. M.: Alcohol Research and Treatment Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 130 W Kingsbridge Rd, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861487675. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Fourteen baboons were pair-fed on diets containing ethanol or carbohydrate of equal energy value for up to 4 years. No fibrosis was observed in the portal tracts of those baboons. The number of mesenchymal cells per 1000 μm² of the portal tissue was not changed after ethanol ingestion. Electron microscopy showed no increase in the number of fibroblasts, myofibroblasts or other mesenchymal cells. In view of an increase in number of myofibroblasts and fibroblasts in association with the development of perivenular fibrosis, the results suggest that mesenchymal cells in the portal tracts lack the proper stimuli for proliferation after ethanol. KW - Ethanol KW - fibroblasts KW - loads KW - portal circulation KW - PAPIO KW - Cercopithecidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - baboons KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861487675&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Inhibition of 3-methylcholanthrene-induced skin tumorigenicity in BALB/c mice by chronic oral feeding of trace amounts of ellagic acid in drinking water. AU - Mukhtar, H. AU - Das, M. AU - Bickers, D. R. JO - Cancer Research JF - Cancer Research Y1 - 1986/// VL - 46 IS - 5 SP - 2262 EP - 2265 AD - Mukhtar, H.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 10701 East Blvd., Cleveland, OH 44106, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861487981. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 38 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Chronic feeding by mouth of BALB/c mice on small amounts of ellagic acid, a naturally occurring dietary plant phenol, in drinking water gave significant protection against skin tumorigenesis induced by 3-methylcholanthrene, a polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon carcinogen. A significantly longer latent period for the development of skin tumours by 3-methylcholanthrene was observed in the ellagic acid-fed group of mice (9 weeks on test) than in the control group (6 weeks on test). The protection against tumour induction in the ellagic acid-fed mice may be due to inhibition of metabolic activation of the polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon, as epidermal aryl hydrocarbon hydroxylase activity was significantly inhibited. KW - Carcinogenesis KW - HIDES AND SKINS KW - inhibition KW - phenols KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861487981&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Mechanism of stimulation of liver glycogen synthesis by fructose in alloxan diabetic rats. AU - Niewoehner, C. B. AU - Nuttall, F. Q. JO - Diabetes JF - Diabetes Y1 - 1986/// VL - 35 IS - 6 SP - 705 EP - 711 AD - Niewoehner, C. B.: Endocrine Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 54th Street and 48th Ave. South, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861488002. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 42 ref. Registry Number: 57-48-7, 9005-79-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Fructose by mouth stimulates glycogen synthesis; the mechanism by which that is accomplished was examined. In 24-h-starved alloxan-diabetic rats, basal liver glycogen was more than in normal rats (8.3 ± 1.8 against 3.0 ± 0.5 mg/g wet weight). After fructose (4 g/kg) was given, the initial rate of glycogen synthesis was normal in diabetic rats, but total glycogen synthesis was less. By 240 min, liver glycogen increased to 18 ± 4.0 mg/g wet weight in diabetic rats against 30.5 ± 1.5 in normal rats. Synthase R + I was low and did not increase significantly (0.063 ± 0.006 to 0.064 ± 0.010 U/g wet weight) after fructose in the diabetic rats. Phosphorylase a did not decrease significantly during the period of active glycogen synthesis. In the diabetic rats, glucose-6-phosphate increased by 84% (0.103 ± 0.010 to 0.184 ± 0.020 μmol/g wet weight) within 10 min and remained above the control value. UDPglucose decreased from 0.336 ± 0.013 to 0.271 ± 0.011 μmol/g wet weight at 10 min and remained below the control value. ATP, inorganic phosphorus and cAMP were unchanged. KW - Experimental diabetes KW - fructose KW - glycogen KW - liver KW - loads KW - synthesis KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fruit sugar KW - ketohexose KW - laevulose KW - levulose KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861488002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of the α-glucosidase inhibitor Bay-O-1248 on the metabolic response of nondiabetic and diabetic rats to a high-carbohydrate diet. AU - Madar, Z. AU - Olefsky, J. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1986/// VL - 44 IS - 2 SP - 206 EP - 211 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Madar, Z.: J. Olefsky, Veterans Administration Medical Center (V111G), 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861488106. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Registry Number: 9001-42-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The metabolic consequences of the addition of a new α-glucosidase inhibitor (BAY-O-1248) to a high-carbohydrate diet (67% of energy) in which the carbohydrate comprised equal quantities (50% w/w) of wheat starch and sucrose (Diet A) or 100% glucose (Diet B) was studied in diabetic and nondiabetic rats. BAY-O-1248 led to a significant reduction in daily food intake and weight gain in rats fed on Diet A but not Diet B. In diabetic rats fed on Diet A with BAY-O-1248, daily urinary glucose was significantly diminished (6820 ± 40 and 3796 ± 210 mg); the postprandial plasma glucose excursions were similar. In non-diabetic rats, the addition of BAY-O-1248 decreased the postprandial plasma glucose concentration with no change in urine glucose. KW - alpha-glucosidase KW - blood sugar KW - carbohydrates KW - Diabetes KW - glucosuria KW - inhibitors KW - loads KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - alpha-D-glucosidase KW - blood glucose KW - glucose in blood KW - glucose in urine KW - maltase KW - saccharides KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861488106&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Plasma catecholamines, dietary carbohydrate, and glucose intolerance: a comparison between young and old men. AU - Chen, M. AU - Halter, J. B. AU - Porte, D., Jr. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1986/// VL - 62 IS - 6 SP - 1193 EP - 1198 SN - 0021-972X AD - Chen, M.: MCCU (111M), Seattle Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1660 South Columbian Way, Seattle, WA 98108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861488284. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Plasma catecholamines (epinephrine and norepinephrine) and glucose were estimated before and for 2 h after 100 g glucose by mouth in 18 young, 19 to 39 years old, and 20 old, 60 to 82 years old, normal men during home diet to appetite and after 3-day weight-maintaining, high- or low-carbohydrate formula diets. The elderly men had higher plasma norepinephrine values before and after glucose by mouth than the young men even when eating matched formula diets. Plasma epinephrine values were similar and decreased significantly after glucose by mouth in both groups. There was no relation between catecholamine values and degree of glucose tolerance. A high-carbohydrate diet improved glucose tolerance in old and young subjects. However, changes in dietary carbohydrates were not associated with consistent changes in plasma catecholamines. KW - blood KW - carbohydrates KW - catecholamines KW - glucose tolerance KW - intake KW - Old age KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood sugar tolerance KW - saccharides KW - Diet Studies (VV110) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861488284&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Indirect calorimetry in chair-adapted primates. AU - Dempsey, D. T. AU - Crosby, L. O. AU - Mullen, J. L. JO - Journal of Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition JF - Journal of Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition Y1 - 1986/// VL - 10 IS - 3 SP - 324 EP - 327 SN - 0148-6071 AD - Dempsey, D. T.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Philadelphia, PA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861488450. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The construction of an indirect calorimeter for measurement of respiratory gas exchange in the chaired primate is described. Preliminary estimations of energy expenditure and respiratory quotient in 5 animals in a variety of dietary conditions suggest that this system will be useful in the laboratory study of primate nutrition, energy metabolism and cardiorespiratory physiology. Other possible uses and limitations are discussed. KW - Calorimetry KW - primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - calorimetric methods KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861488450&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Improved high-performance liquid chromatographic method for the determination of 6-N,N,N-trimethyllysine in plasma and urine: biomedical application of chromatographic figures of merit and amine mobile phase modifiers. AU - Minkler, P. E. AU - Erdos, E. A. AU - Ingalls, S. T. AU - Griffin, R. L. AU - Hoppel, C. L. JO - Journal of Chromatography JF - Journal of Chromatography Y1 - 1986/// VL - 380 IS - 2 SP - 285 EP - 299 SN - 0021-9673 AD - Minkler, P. E.: Medical Research 151(W), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 10701 East Blvd., Cleveland, OH 44106, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861488478. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 38 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - Amino acids KW - blood KW - estimation KW - urine KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861488478&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Extrarenal potassium adaptation: role of skeletal muscle. AU - Blachley, J. D. AU - Crider, B. P. AU - Johnson, J. H. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 251 IS - 2,II SP - F313 EP - F318 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Blachley, J. D.: Dep. Medicine, Dallas Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, TX 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861488598. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 7440-09-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - After the intake of a diet high in potassium for only a few days, the plasma K of rats increases only modestly in response to a previously lethal dose of K salts. This acquired tolerance, termed K adaptation, is mainly the result of increased capacity to excrete K into the urine. A substantial portion of the acute K dose is not immediately excreted and is apparently translocated into cells. Previous studies have failed to show an increase in the content of K of a variety of tissues from such rats. With 86Rb as a K analogue, it was shown that the skeletal muscle of K-adapted rats took up significantly more K in vivo in response to an acute challenge than did that of controls. The same rats showed greater efflux of 86Rb after the end of the acute infusion. Na+-K+-ATPase activity and ouabain-binding capacity of skeletal muscle microsomes were increased by the process of K adaptation. It is concluded that skeletal muscle is an important participant in K adaptation and acts temporarily to buffer acute increases in the extracellular concentration of K. KW - adaptation KW - Potassium KW - roles KW - skeletal muscle KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861488598&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Chronic 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 administration in the rat reduces the serum concentration of 25-hydroxyvitamin D by increasing metabolic clearance rate. AU - Halloran, B. P. AU - Bikle, D. D. AU - Levens, M. J. AU - Castro, M. E. AU - Globus, R. K. AU - Holton, E. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1986/// VL - 78 IS - 3 SP - 622 EP - 628 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Halloran, B. P.: Veterans Administration Medical Center M/C 11, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861488638. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3, 21343-40-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Administration of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) can lower the serum concentration of 25-hydroxyvitamin D (25-OHD). To determine if 1,25-DHCC lowers serum 25-OHD by increasing clearance or reducing production, the metabolic clearance rate (MCR) of 25-OHD in rats chronically infused with 1,25-DHCC was estimated. Chronic 1,25-DHCC administration (0 to 75 pmol daily) reduced, in a time- and dose-dependent fashion, the serum concentrations of 25-hydroxycholecalciferol (25-HCC) and 24,25-DHCC from 18 ± 2 to 9 ± 1 ng/ml and from 4.8 ± 0.7 to 1.3 ± 0.3 ng/ml, respectively, and increased 7-fold the conversion in vitro of 25-OHD to 24,25-DHCC by kidney homogenates. The reduction in serum 25-HCC was completely accounted for by an increase in MCR. No change in production occurred. The influence of 1,25-DHCC on serum 25-HCC and 24,25-DHCC was not dependent on induction of hypercalcaemia. KW - 25-hydroxyergocalciferol KW - CALCITRIOL KW - metabolism KW - supplements KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861488638&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Role of zinc supplementation in type II diabetes mellitus. AU - Niewoehner, C. B. AU - Allen, J. I. AU - Boosalis, M. AU - Levine, A. S. AU - Morley, J. E. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1986/// VL - 81 IS - 1 SP - 63 EP - 68 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Niewoehner, C. B.: Endocrinology and Metabolism Section (111G), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 54th Street and 48th Ave. South, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861488810. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Subjects with type II diabetes were examined to ascertain whether similar effects of zinc depletion and diabetes are causally related. Serum Zn values were low in 16 of 180 subjects. There was no correlation between serum Zn and glycosylated haemoglobin values. Natural killer cell activity did not differ between 28 diabetic subjects and 38 control subjects and were not correlated with serum Zn values. T lymphocyte response to phytohaemagglutinin was lower in diabetic subjects than in control subjects (70 ± 10 against 103 ± 7 × 10³ counts per min) but was not lowest in those with the lowest Zn values. Taste thresholds for hydrochloric acid, sucrose, sodium chloride and urea were higher in 28 diabetic subjects than in 10 control subjects, but thresholds were not correlated with glycosylated haemoglobin or serum Zn values. Zn supplement in 9 diabetic subjects had no effect on the glycosylated haemoglobin, natural killer cell activity or taste thresholds, but it did increase mitogen activity in those with the lowest initial phytohaemagglutinin responses. KW - Diabetes KW - immunity KW - zinc KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - status KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Host Resistance and Immunity (HH600) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861488810&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Evidence for a midgastric transverse band in humans. AU - Moore, J. G. AU - Dubois, A. AU - Christian, P. E. AU - Elgin, D. AU - Alazraki, N. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 91 IS - 3 SP - 540 EP - 545 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Moore, J. G.: Dep. Medicine (111), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 500 Foothill Blvd., Salt Lake City, UT 84148, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861488855. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - When the solid fraction of a standardized meal is labelled with 99mtechnetium-sulphur colloid-labelled chicken liver and given to adults, linear regions of decreased radioactivity that have the appearance of a band are identified on the scintillation camera images of the stomach. The band is not a peristaltic contraction because it persists in individual subjects after 4 h of imaging. The band has also been identified in dogs, pigs and monkeys. It is transverse and midgastric in location. William Beaumont noted a similar band in his observations on Alexis St. Martin in 1833, and a transverse band was noted in specimens of food-filled human stomachs post mortem in 1919. However, the finding has been ignored in current gastrointestinal or radiological textbooks because the band cannot be identified with conventional barium sulphate meals. The anatomical basis for the band and its role in regulating gastric emptying remain unclear. KW - regulation KW - Stomach emptying KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861488855&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Historical perspectives on the use of herbal preparations to promote health. AU - Dubick, M. A. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1986/// VL - 116 IS - 7 SP - 1348 EP - 1354 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Dubick, M. A.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861489254. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 43 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Herbal products continue to be popular among the American public for the treatment or prevention of a number of ailments. The medicinal use of herbs is deeply rooted in human history and folklore, and has been incorporated into the traditional medicine of virtually all human cultures. Strong religious and mystical beliefs have been associated with the healing properties of many herbs. These beliefs, together with the definite physiological and pharmacological effects of various herbs, as well as their economic potential, have been instrumental in the development of human medicine. Despite advances in our understanding of the medicinal and toxic properties of many herbs, the consumer today is confronted with the misinformation concerning the efficacy of herbs that rivals the heyday of the patent medicine era. The discussion that follows examines the development of certain concepts throughout history concerning the use of herbs, and how these concepts may help account for the continued popularity of two highly promoted herbs, ginseng and garlic. KW - health KW - Medicinal plants KW - products KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - drug plants KW - medicinal herbs KW - officinal plants KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861489254&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Medical and health aspects of potassium. AU - Whang, R. A2 - Munson, R.D. T2 - Potassium in agriculture. Proceedings of an international symposium, 7-10 July 1985, Atlanta, Georgia, USA JO - Potassium in agriculture. Proceedings of an international symposium, 7-10 July 1985, Atlanta, Georgia, USA JF - Potassium in agriculture. Proceedings of an international symposium, 7-10 July 1985, Atlanta, Georgia, USA Y1 - 1985/// SP - 619 EP - 633 CY - Madison, WI; USA PB - American Society of Agronomy AD - Whang, R.: Univ. Oklahoma, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Oklahoma City, OK, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861489308. Publication Type: Conference paper. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-09-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Normal body K metabolism is reviewed. The causes, clinical manifestations, and treatment of hypokaliaemia and hyperkaliaemia have been considered. The importance of magnesium as it relates to maintenance and repletion of cell K has been discussed. Potassium and Mg also interrelate closely in digitalis toxicity and hypertension. It is concluded that clinical understanding and treatment of hypokaliaemia and hyperkaliaemia will be enhanced if in addition to serum K estimation a rapid, accurate, clinically adaptable method for estimating intracellular K+ is developed. Because of the closeness of the K+ and Mg2+ interrelations, routine estimation of serum Mg in the future will enhance the clinician's ability to identify and treat perturbation of both Mg and K metabolism. KW - health KW - Potassium KW - reviews KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861489308&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of obesity on ambient plasma glucose, free fatty acid, insulin, growth hormone, and glucagon concentrations. AU - Golay, A. AU - Swislocki, A. L. M. AU - Chen, Y. D. I. AU - Jaspan, J. B. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1986/// VL - 63 IS - 2 SP - 481 EP - 484 SN - 0021-972X AD - Golay, A.: G.M. Reaven, GRECC 640/182B, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861489438. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5, 9004-10-8, 9002-72-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Fasting and postprandial plasma concentrations of glucose, free fatty acids (FFA), insulin, glucagon and somatotropin concentrations were estimated in 10 nonobese and 10 obese subjects with normal glucose tolerance. Estimations were made at 0800 h (after a 14-h fast) and at hourly intervals from then until 1600 h. During that time all subjects ate breakfast at 0800 h (20% of total daily energy) and lunch (40% of total daily energy). Although plasma glucose concentrations were similar throughout the 8-h period in the 2 groups, plasma insulin concentrations were significantly higher in the obese. Despite the presence of hyperinsulinaemia, the obese group also had higher plasma FFA concentration throughout the day. The absolute and the relative declines in plasma FFA concentration after meals were similar in the 2 groups. As plasma glucagon and somatotropin concentrations were similar in the 2 groups, changed production of those lipolytic hormones was not responsible for the high plasma FFA values in the obese. KW - blood KW - blood sugar KW - fatty acids KW - glucagon KW - insulin KW - Obesity KW - somatotropin KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood glucose KW - fatness KW - glucose in blood KW - growth hormone KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861489438&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of ethanol on intestinal calcium transport in chicks. AU - Bikle, D. D. AU - Gee, E. A. AU - Munson, S. J. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 91 IS - 4 SP - 870 EP - 876 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Bikle, D. D.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement Street (111N), San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861489556. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Poultry N2 - To test the hypothesis that chronic ethanol exposure would affect the membrane fluidity of intestinal brush-border membrane, which would result in calcium malabsorption, chicks were given 15% ethanol in drinking water from hatching to 3 or 4 weeks old. Although such chicks grew less quickly than their hatchmates not ingesting ethanol, their ability to absorb Ca in vivo from the duodenum was unimpaired. However, when Ca accumulation by isolated duodenal brush-border membrane vesicles (BBMVs) was assessed, the BBMVs from chicks ingesting ethanol for 1 to 3 weeks had a lower rate of uptake than the BBMVs from the controls at all Ca concentrations evaluated (0.1 to 25 mM). That difference could not be explained by differences in membrane fluidity as assessed by fluorescence depolarization, or by changes in intravesicular volume. Glucose uptake was not affected. The acute addition of ethanol (up to 1 M) in vitro to the control BBMVs increased membrane fluidity and Ca accumulation. No difference in the fluidizing effect of ethanol in BBMVs between ethanol-ingesting chicks and control chicks could be demonstrated, although the acute effect of ethanol on Ca accumulation was blunted in the BBMVs from chicks ingesting ethanol. Increasing the temperature of the incubation medium also increased membrane fluidity and Ca accumulation in BBMVs from control and ethanol-ingesting chicks, with a greater increase in Ca uptake by the control BBMVs despite comparable increases in fluidity in BBMVs from the control and ethanol-ingesting chicks. KW - Calcium KW - ethanol KW - intestines KW - poultry KW - transport KW - fowls KW - Gallus gallus KW - Gallus KW - Phasianidae KW - Galliformes KW - birds KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - chickens KW - domesticated birds KW - ethyl alcohol KW - transportation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Physiology and Biochemistry (Excluding Nutrition) (LL600) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861489556&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nausea and radiation-induced taste aversions in cancer patients. AU - Carrell, L. E. AU - Cannon, D. S. AU - Best, M. R. AU - Stone, M. J. JO - Appetite JF - Appetite Y1 - 1986/// VL - 7 IS - 3 SP - 203 EP - 208 SN - 0195-6663 AD - Carrell, L. E.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, TX, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19861490345. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The development of taste aversion was studied in 34 oncology patients undergoing radiotherapy. A target flavour was paired with irradiation on 4 consecutive treatment days. Self-reported nausea on treatment days reliably predicted aversion learning. The implications of this finding for the anorexia of cancer patients and the role of nausea in human taste aversion learning are discussed. KW - Carcinoma KW - taste KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19861490345&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Squamous cell carcinoma of the epiglottis in a homosexual man at risk for AIDS. AU - Alhashimi, M. M. AU - Krasnow, S. H. AU - Johnston-Early, A. AU - Cohen, M. H. T2 - Journal of the American Medical Association JO - Journal of the American Medical Association JF - Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1985/// VL - 253 IS - 16 SP - 2366 EP - 2366 AD - Alhashimi, M. M.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington DC, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19862026901. Publication Type: Correspondence. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Public Health N2 - The patient, who was said to be homosexual, developed recurrent sore throat and progressive lymphadenopathy with a low helper/suppressor T-cell ratio and was positive for anti-HTLV-III antibodies. Oropharyngeal conditions and squamous cell carcinoma were diagnosed 14 months after presentation.D.W. FitzSimons KW - acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - carcinoma KW - neoplasms KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - AIDS KW - AIDS associated KW - cancers KW - epiglottis KW - squamous cells KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19862026901&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Tuberculin testing for persons with positive serologic studies for HTLV-III. AU - Pitchenik, A. E. AU - Burr, J. AU - Cole, C. H. T2 - New England Journal of Medicine JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1986/// VL - 314 IS - 7 SP - 447 EP - 447 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Pitchenik, A. E.: Univ. of Miami Medical School and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami, FL 33125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19862027970. Publication Type: Correspondence. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Public Health N2 - Between 1980 and 1985 the Florida Department of Health, USA, noted 90 AIDS-associated cases of tuberculosis, including 45 among Haitian immigrants and 36 among US natives. The proportion in US natives has increased recently and there has been a 43% increase in tuberculosis incidence in US natives in south-east Florida.The authors point out that tuberculosis is the only AIDS-related infection spread by the respiratory route to healthy people and preventable by chemoprophylaxis. They propose tuberculin skin testing of anti-HTLV-III/LAV-positive individuals, with isoniazid prophylaxis of those who react. This would reduce the risk of contracting and transmitting Mycobacterium tuberculosis and might "prevent the T-cell immunosuppression of tuberculosis from being superimposed on the T-cell immunosuppression of HTLV-III infection". Reaction to the skin test might also be a useful prognostic sign in seropositive individuals.P. Mortimer KW - acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - HIV infections KW - human immunodeficiency viruses KW - prevention KW - Tuberculosis KW - USA KW - Lentivirus KW - Orthoretrovirinae KW - Retroviridae KW - RNA Reverse Transcribing Viruses KW - viruses KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - AIDS KW - human immunodeficiency virus KW - human immunodeficiency virus infections KW - tuberculin skin testing KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pathogen, Pest, Parasite and Weed Management (General) (HH000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19862027970&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Do brown recluse spider bites induce pyoderma gangrenosum? AU - Rees, R. S. AU - Fields, J. P. AU - King, L. E. Jr JO - Southern Medical Journal JF - Southern Medical Journal Y1 - 1985/// VL - 78 IS - 3 SP - 283 EP - 287 SN - 0038-4348 AD - Rees, R. S.: Plastic Surgery Section, Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Nashville, TN 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19862028237. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Subject Subsets: Tropical Diseases; Medical & Veterinary Entomology N2 - Pyoderma gangrenosum is an unpleasant disease, with the formation of chronic deep skin ulcers that are difficult to heal and often recur after excision and skin grafting. Although about half the cases are associated with an underlying ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, rheumatoid arthritis or other condition, many are something of a mystery. The authors describe 4 cases in which pyoderma gangrenosum occurred after the bite of Loxosceles reclusa or, perhaps, another arthropod. The ulcers were characteristic in having a high population of neutrophils; treatment, not always successful, consisted of steroids and dapsone, an inhibitor of neutrophil function. It is suggested that other cases of pyoderma gangrenosum may be initiated by arthropod bites, perhaps by persistence of venom in the skin or an underlying faulty immune response.L.G. Goodwin<new para>ADDITIONAL ABSTRACT:<new para>Bites of Loxosceles reclusa are usually self-limited skin lesions that infrequently progress to bullae, ulceration and scarring. A patient who had recurring lesions resembling pyoderma gangrenosum (PG, i.e. an eruption in which lesions like furuncles develop, undergo necrosis and produce ulcers that spread peripherally) that persisted for months was treated in Tennessee. Three other patients referred to Vanderbilt University because of probable Loxosceles bite also had pyoderma for the first time after a suspected arthropod bite. The persistent and recurrent pyodermas in these 4 patients indicate that: (1) Loxosceles bites may not be self-limited but induce PG or PG-like lesions; (2) arthropod bites in general may induce PG in susceptible people; and (3) treatment of the PG-like lesions in these patients may be difficult. KW - bites KW - Case reports KW - Envenomation KW - Skin diseases KW - spider bites KW - North America KW - Tennessee KW - USA KW - Arachnida KW - Araneae KW - Loxosceles reclusa KW - man KW - Sicariidae KW - arthropods KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Arachnida KW - Loxosceles KW - Sicariidae KW - Araneae KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - America KW - Appalachian States of USA KW - Southern States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - OECD Countries KW - East South Central States of USA KW - arthropod bites KW - brown recluse spider KW - dermatoses KW - pyoderma gangrenosum KW - spiders KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19862028237&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Method of testing the susceptibility of Pneumocystis carinii to antimicrobial agents in vitro. AU - Cushion, M. T. AU - Stanforth, D. AU - Linke, M. J. AU - Walzer, P. D. JO - Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy JF - Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy Y1 - 1985/// VL - 28 IS - 6 SP - 796 EP - 801 SN - 0066-4804 AD - Cushion, M. T.: Cincinnati Veterans Administration Medical Center and Division of Infectious Diseases, Department of Internal Medicine, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine, Cincinnati, Ohio 45267, USA. (P.D. Walzer). N1 - Accession Number: 19862029153. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Registry Number: 80-08-0, 100-33-4, 140-64-7, 738-70-5, 723-46-6, 67037-37-0, 68278-23-9, 70052-12-9. Subject Subsets: Protozoology; Public Health N2 - Rat Pneumocystis carinii grown on lung-derived cell lines in tissue flasks and multiwell plates was tested for susceptibility to four antimicrobial agents currently being used in the treatment of human pneumocystosis. Standard criteria for organism quantitation, replication, viability, and inoculum size were established. Trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole inhibited P. carinii growth at a concentration ratio of 1:9 µg/ml, and pentamidine isethionate was active to 0.1 µg/ml. α-Difluoromethylornithine, an inhibitor of polyamine biosynthesis, inhibited P. carinii at a concentration of 1 mM once erythrocytes (which are high in polyamine content) were removed from the inoculum; this effect could be overcome by the polyamine putrescine. Dapsone suppressed P. carinii replication at a dose of 0.1 µg/ml, but this effect was lost after 72 h in culture. Overall, the reduction in P. carinii numbers with these drugs was relatively modest (45 to 84%), which is consistent with their lack of lethal effects on the organism in vivo. Thus, the system presented here should be helpful in developing new anti-P. carinii agents and in elucidating their mechanism of action.AS/D. Greenwood<new para>ADDITIONAL ABSTRACT:<new para>Rat P. carinii grown on lung-derived cell lines in tissue culture flasks and multiwell plates was tested for susceptibility to 4 antimicrobial agents currently being used in the treatment of human pneumocystosis. Standard criteria for organism quantitation, replication, viabilty and inoculum size were established. Trimethoprim-sulphamethoxazole inhibited P. carinii growth at a concentration ratio of 1:19 µg/ml, and pentamidine isethionate was active at 0.1 µg/ml. α-Difluoromethylornithine inhibited P. carinii at a concentration of 1 mM once erythrocytes (which are high in polyamine content) were removed from the inoculum; this effect could be overcome by the polyamine putrescine. Dapsone suppressed P. carinii replication at a dose of 0.1 µg/ml, but this effect was lost after 72 h in culture. Overall, the reduction in P. carinii numbers with these drugs was relatively modest (45 to 84%), which is consistent with their lack of lethal effects on the organism in vivo. The system should be helpful in developing new anti-P. carinii agents and in elucidating their mechanism of action. KW - acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - antiinfective agents KW - antiprotozoal agents KW - Dapsone KW - eflornithine KW - mixtures KW - parasites KW - Pentamidine KW - sulfamethoxazole KW - susceptibility KW - Techniques KW - testing KW - trimethoprim KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystis carinii KW - protozoa KW - Pneumocystis KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystidomycetes KW - Taphrinomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - AIDS KW - alpha-Difluoromethylornithine KW - antimicrobials KW - fungus KW - sulphamethoxazole KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19862029153&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Absence of mycobacterial antibody in patients with acquired immune deficiency syndrome. AU - Wayne, L. G. AU - Young, L. S. AU - Bertram, M. JO - European Journal of Clinical Microbiology JF - European Journal of Clinical Microbiology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 5 IS - 3 SP - 363 EP - 365 AD - Wayne, L. G.: Tuberculosis Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Long Beach, CA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19862031636. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Public Health N2 - The authors used an ELISA to compare specific anti-peptidoglycolipid globulin responses in serum from normal individuals, patients with pulmonary mycobacterial disease and patients with AIDS complicated by Mycobacterium avium or Myco. intracellulare. 12.5% of both the 24 sera from normal individuals and of the 8 AIDS patients yielded ELISA values which overlapped with those of Myco. avium complex-infected (non-AIDS) patients. These values in non-infected control subjects are compatible with exposure to environmental mycobacteria.The authors conclude that failure to detect high levels of antibody in AIDS patients from whom Myco. avium complex has been cultured indicates infection after development of the paralysis in initiating a response to new antigens which is characteristic of AIDS.B.W. Allen KW - acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - antibodies KW - clinical aspects KW - ELISA KW - HIV infections KW - infections KW - mycobacterial diseases KW - Opportunistic infections KW - Serology KW - Mycobacterium KW - Mycobacterium avium complex KW - Mycobacteriaceae KW - Corynebacterineae KW - Actinomycetales KW - Actinobacteridae KW - Actinobacteria KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - Mycobacterium KW - AIDS KW - bacterium KW - clinical picture KW - enzyme linked immunosorbent assay KW - human immunodeficiency virus infections KW - mycobacterial infections KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19862031636&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Systemic reaction to methylmethacrylate in an operating room nurse. AU - Scolnick, B. AU - Collins, J. JO - Journal of Occupational Medicine JF - Journal of Occupational Medicine Y1 - 1986/// VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 196 EP - 198 SN - 0096-1736 AD - Scolnick, B.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1400 VFW Parkway, Boston, MA 02132, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19862034235. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Public Health N2 - The nurse developed hypertension, dyspnoea and generalized erythroderma and recovered uneventfully. Methylmethacrylate concentrations were in the range 0.4-1.5 ppm (over 15 minute periods); maximum exposure permitted by OSHA is 100 ppm over 8 h. Reports in the literature also raise concern.D. W. FitzSimons KW - Hospitals KW - nurses KW - personnel KW - Toxicology KW - employees KW - methyl methacrylate KW - methylmethacrylate reaction KW - operating theatres KW - staff KW - systemic reaction KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Health Services (UU350) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19862034235&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Phenotypic characteristics of Aeromonas species isolated from adult humans. AU - George, W. L. AU - Jones, M. J. AU - Nakata, M. M. JO - Journal of Clinical Microbiology JF - Journal of Clinical Microbiology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 23 IS - 6 SP - 1026 EP - 1029 SN - 0095-1137 AD - George, W. L.: Medical Lab. and Research Services, Wadsworth Div., West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19862034291. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Public Health N2 - The phenotypic characteristics of 89 Aeromonas strains, most of which had been isolated from feces [of patients with diarrhoea], were examined. Eighty-two percent of the isolates could be placed into one of four groups on the basis of five tests. The relationship of these groups to the three motile species of Aeromonas (Aeromonas caviae, A. hydrophila and A. sobria) that have been isolated from humans is unclear. Because the means for identification of Aeromonas strains to the species level appear to be imprecise and because the role of each of these species in human diarrhea is unclear at this time, [the authors] recommend that identification of enteric Aeromonas isolates to the species level not be done routinely.AS KW - phenotypes KW - Aeromonas KW - Aeromonadaceae KW - Aeromonadales KW - Gammaproteobacteria KW - Proteobacteria KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - bacterium KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19862034291&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Growth of Aeromonas species on enteric agars. AU - Desmond, E. AU - Janda, J. M. JO - Journal of Clinical Microbiology JF - Journal of Clinical Microbiology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 23 IS - 6 SP - 1065 EP - 1067 SN - 0095-1137 AD - Desmond, E.: Lab. Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19862034297. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Public Health N2 - Deoxycholate, MacConkey, and xylose lysine deoxycholate appeared to be the most satisfactory routine agars for Aeromonas spp. recovery when used in conjunction with blood agar. KW - culture media KW - Aeromonas KW - Aeromonadaceae KW - Aeromonadales KW - Gammaproteobacteria KW - Proteobacteria KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - bacterium KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19862034297&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Paleoepidemiologic investigation of Legionnaires disease at Wadsworth Veterans Administration hospital by using three typing methods for comparison of legionellae from clinical and environmental sources. AU - Edelstein, P. H. AU - Nakahama, C. AU - et al. AU - Tobin, J. O. ( JO - Journal of Clinical Microbiology JF - Journal of Clinical Microbiology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 23 IS - 6 SP - 1121 EP - 1126 SN - 0095-1137 AD - Edelstein, P. H.: Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center West Los Angeles, Wadsworth Div., Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19862034298. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Public Health N2 - Multilocus enzyme electrophoresis, monoclonal antibody typing for Legionella pneumophila serogroup 1, and plasmid analysis were used to type 89 L. pneumophila strains isolated from nosocomial cases of Legionnaires disease at the Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center (VAWMC) and from the hospital environment. Twelve L. pneumophila clinical isolates, obtained from patients at non-VAWMC hospitals, were also typed by the same methods to determine typing specificity. Seventy-nine percent of 33 VAWMC L. pneumophila serogroup 1 clinical isolates and 70% of 23 environmental isolates were found in only one of the five monoclonal subgroups. Similar clustering was found for the other two typing methods, with excellent correlation between all methods. Enzyme electrophoretic typing divided the isolates into the greatest number of distinct groups, resulting in the identification of 10 different L. pneumophila types and 5 types not belonging to L. pneumophila, which probably constitute an undescribed Legionella species; 7 clinical and 34 environmental VAWMC isolates and 2 non-VAWMC clinical isolates were found to be members of the new species. Twelve different plasmid patterns were found, 95% of VAWMC clinical isolates contained plasmids. Major VAWMC epidemic-bacterial types were common in the hospital potable-water distribution system and cooling towers. Strains of L. pneumophila which persisted after disinfection contaminated environmental sites were of a different type from the prechlorination strains. All three typing methods were useful in the epidemiologic analysis of the VAWMC outbreak.AS KW - classification KW - identification KW - North America KW - USA KW - Legionella KW - Legionellaceae KW - Legionellales KW - Gammaproteobacteria KW - Proteobacteria KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - America KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - OECD Countries KW - bacterium KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19862034298&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparative evaluation of identification systems for testing methicillin-resistant strains of Staphylococcus aureus. AU - Smith, S. M. AU - Berezny, C. AU - La Zonby, J. G.\Starzyk, M. J. JO - Journal of Clinical Microbiology JF - Journal of Clinical Microbiology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 24 IS - 2 SP - 173 EP - 176 SN - 0095-1137 AD - Smith, S. M.: Microbiology Lab., Lab. Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, East Orange, NJ 07019, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19862034405. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 61-32-5. Subject Subsets: Public Health N2 - "Accu-Staph, Hemastaph, Staphaurex, Staphylatex and Staphyloslide provided rapid and accurate identifications of S. aureus comparable to that of the tube coagulase test regardless of methicillin susceptibility." SeroSTAT correctly identified only 94.7% of the 114 MRSA. In a subsequent paper J.G. La Zonby and M.J. Strazyk (pp. 186-188) correctly identified 111 (94%) of 118 MRSA using a screening method with a plate of lipovitellin salt mannitol agar and a 4-µg oxacillin disc incubated at 30 °C.D.W. FitzSimons KW - drug resistance KW - Methicillin KW - methodology KW - resistance KW - screening KW - Staphylococcus aureus KW - Staphylococcus KW - Staphylococcaceae KW - Bacillales KW - Bacilli KW - Firmicutes KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - bacterium KW - methods KW - screening tests KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Health Services (UU350) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19862034405&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Treatment of cryptococcal meningitis in mice with fluconazole. AU - Palou de Fernandez, E. AU - Patino, M. M. AU - Graybill, J. R. AU - Tarbit, M. H. JO - Journal of Antimicrobial Chemotherapy JF - Journal of Antimicrobial Chemotherapy Y1 - 1986/// VL - 18 IS - 2 SP - 261 EP - 270 SN - 0305-7453 AD - Palou de Fernandez, E.: (J.R. Graybill), Veterans Administration Hospital (111F), 7400 Merton Minter Blvd, San Antonio, 78284, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19862034411. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 86386-73-4. Subject Subsets: Public Health N2 - ... Fluconazole was highly effective in suppressing cryptococcosis in mice challenged by the intravenous and intranasal routes, and was comparable with ketoconazole and amphotericin B in its protective capacity. However, fluconazole was superior to ketoconazole and comparable with amphotericin B after intracerebral challenge. ...AS KW - Cryptococcosis KW - fluconazole KW - medical treatment KW - meningitis KW - treatment KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - european blastomycosis KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pathogen, Pest, Parasite and Weed Management (General) (HH000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19862034411&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of calcium on phosphorus metabolism in man. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Kramer, L. AU - Osis, D. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1984/// VL - 40 IS - 2 SP - 219 EP - 225 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, IL 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841464715. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 7723-14-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of calcium on phosphorus metabolism was studied in men by estimating P and Ca balances during three Ca intakes of about 200, 800 and 2000 mg daily. Each of those Ca intakes were given during two intakes of P of about 800 and 2000 mg daily. In all studies, the addition of different amounts of Ca led to a significant decrease of the urinary P, a significant increase of faecal P and significant improvement of the P balance irrespective of the P intake. Only in one study in which the Ca intake was increased from 230 to 831 mg daily during the high P intake of about 2000 mg daily were those changes not significant. During all Ca intakes, the decrease in urinary P was greater than the increase in faecal P irrespective of the P intake. The apparent absorption of P decreased on increasing the Ca intake. The Ca balance was not adversely affected by increasing the P intake to 2000 mg daily during any of the Ca intakes. KW - calcium KW - intake KW - metabolism KW - Phosphorus KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841464715&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome possibly arthropod-borne. AU - Blaser, M. J. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1983/// VL - 99 IS - 6 SP - 877 EP - 877 SN - 0003-4819 AD - Blaser, M. J.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Denver, Colorado 80220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19850524775. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 6 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Entomology N2 - The author considers the problem of endemic transmission of the acquired immunodeficiency syndrome in the absence of widespread intravenous use of drugs or homosexuality, and discusses the possibility that in these circumstances transmission is either vertical or vector-borne. Several lines of evidence suggest that the syndrome may be vector-borne, and in areas where it is possibly endemic, such as Equatorial Africa and Haiti, search for a common vector may be worthwhile. KW - Acquired immune deficiency syndrome KW - disease vectors KW - vectors KW - Africa KW - Haiti KW - Blattaria KW - Blattaria KW - Dictyoptera KW - insects KW - Hexapoda KW - arthropods KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Caribbean Community KW - Hispaniola KW - Greater Antilles KW - Antilles KW - Caribbean KW - America KW - Least Developed Countries KW - Developing Countries KW - AIDS KW - Blattodea KW - Public Health and Nuisance Pests (VV300) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19850524775&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Interaction of brown recluse spider venom on cell membranes: the inciting mechanism? AU - Rees, R. S. AU - Nanney, L. B. AU - Yates, R. A. AU - King, L. E., Jr. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 83 IS - 4 SP - 270 EP - 275 SN - 0022-202X AD - Rees, R. S.: Medical Research Service (151), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Nashville, Tennessee 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19850526496. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Entomology N2 - The venom from Loxosceles reclusa contains one or more factors which produce skin necrosis. A dermonecrotic factor with sphingomyelinase D activity was purified from the spider's venom sacs which produced skin necrosis when injected intradermally in rabbits. Adsorption of the dermonecrotic activity occurred following incubation with isolated membranes from different cell types or different species in a dose-responsive fashion. Since injection of the complex in rabbits produced skin necrosis, a specific antibody myelinase activity was used to identify the venom fraction on the plasma membrane of erythrocytes with electron microscopy. Initiation of cutaneous inflammatory reaction may result from high-affinity interaction of a venom component in the spider venom and cell membranes. KW - cell membranes KW - effects KW - Enzymes KW - venoms KW - Arachnida KW - Loxosceles reclusa KW - rabbits KW - arthropods KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Loxosceles KW - Sicariidae KW - Araneae KW - Arachnida KW - Leporidae KW - Lagomorpha KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - brown recluse spider KW - Sphingomyelinase KW - venom KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19850526496&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Entamoeba histolytica: purification of cathepsin B. AU - Lushbaugh, W. B. AU - Hofbauer, A. F. AU - Pittman, F. E. JO - Experimental Parasitology JF - Experimental Parasitology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 59 IS - 3 SP - 328 EP - 336 SN - 0014-4894 AD - Lushbaugh, W. B.: Res. Serv., Veterans Administration Med. Cent., 109 Bee St., Charleston, SC 29403, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19850826669. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology; Tropical Diseases N2 - A cytotoxic cysteine proteinase with a molecular weight of 16 000 was isolated from axenically grown E. histolytica trophozoites. The purified enzyme showed activity with azocasein, haemoglobin or carbobenzoxy-L-arginyl-L-arginyl-7-amino-4-trifluoromethylcoumarin (a substrate specific for cathepsin B). Activity was stable to high pH, but not to 40°C for one h or 56°C for 0.5 h. Virulent strains (HM-1 and Rahman) had significantly more cathepsin B activity/mg protein than did less virulent strains (HK-9, Laredo and Huff). KW - biochemistry KW - enzymes KW - parasites KW - trophozoites KW - Entamoeba histolytica KW - protozoa KW - Entamoeba KW - Endamoebidae KW - Amoebida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cathepsin B KW - cathepsin B purification KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Animals (LL820) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19850826669&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Schistosoma mansoni, S. japonicum, and S. haematobium: permeability to acidic amino acids and effect of separated and unseparated adults. AU - Cornford, E. M. JO - Experimental Parasitology JF - Experimental Parasitology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 59 IS - 3 SP - 355 EP - 363 SN - 0014-4894 AD - Cornford, E. M.: South West Regional Veterans Administration Epilepsy Cent., Veterans Admin. Wadsworth Med. Cent., Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19850826672. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Subject Subsets: Helminthology; Tropical Diseases N2 - A carrier-mediated (selective) transport system for acidic amino acids was demonstrated in unpaired S. mansoni. Males and females had similar uptake rates for aspartate and glutamate. Aspartate influx rates were estimated as 7.3 pmol/min/worm for males and 2.3 pmol/min/worm for females. However, in copula, neither male nor female worms took up acidic amino acids, and may have excluded them. In S. japonicum, no uptake of glutamate was observed in either mated or separated worms. In S. haematobium, saturable uptake of aspartate was seen in both mated and separated worms.<new para>ADDITIONAL ABSTRACT:<new para>The results demonstrate species-specific differences in uptake of acidic amino acids, and also that the nutrient exchange of separated male and female schistosomes may not reflect the situation for copulating worms. Data obtained in vivo from unmated male and female schistosomes should be interpreted with caution.Carolyn A. Brown KW - amino acids KW - biochemistry KW - helminths KW - parasites KW - uptake KW - Digenea KW - Schistosoma KW - Schistosoma haematobium KW - Schistosoma japonicum KW - Schistosoma mansoni KW - Trematoda KW - Trematoda KW - Platyhelminthes KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Schistosomatidae KW - Digenea KW - Schistosoma KW - parasitic worms KW - permeability to acidic amino acids KW - Strigeida KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19850826672&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Direct person to person transmission in intestinal parasites. AU - Owen, R. L. A2 - Ko, R.C. T2 - Current perspectives in parasitic disease. Proceedings of the Southeast Asian Symposium on parasitology and modern medicine held in Hong Kong, 9-12 December 1983. JO - Current perspectives in parasitic disease. Proceedings of the Southeast Asian Symposium on parasitology and modern medicine held in Hong Kong, 9-12 December 1983. JF - Current perspectives in parasitic disease. Proceedings of the Southeast Asian Symposium on parasitology and modern medicine held in Hong Kong, 9-12 December 1983. Y1 - 1984/// SP - 103 EP - 112 CY - Hong Kong PB - Department of Zoology, University of Hong Kong AD - Owen, R. L.: Dep. of Epidemiol. & Internat. Health, Univ. of California, San Francisco & Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Cell Biol. (151E), San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19850828264. Publication Type: Conference paper. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology; Helminthology N2 - Transmission of parasites during sexual contact is postulated. KW - disease transmission KW - Helminths KW - parasites KW - reviews KW - sexual transmission KW - transmission KW - man KW - Protozoa KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - invertebrates KW - parasitic worms KW - sexual contact KW - venereal transmission KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19850828264&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Enteric disease in acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS). AU - Owen, R. L. A2 - Ko, R.C. T2 - Current perspectives in parasitic disease. Proceedings of the Southeast Asian Symposium on parasitology and modern medicine held in Hong Kong, 9-12 December 1983. JO - Current perspectives in parasitic disease. Proceedings of the Southeast Asian Symposium on parasitology and modern medicine held in Hong Kong, 9-12 December 1983. JF - Current perspectives in parasitic disease. Proceedings of the Southeast Asian Symposium on parasitology and modern medicine held in Hong Kong, 9-12 December 1983. Y1 - 1984/// SP - 133 EP - 142 CY - Hong Kong PB - Department of Zoology, University of Hong Kong AD - Owen, R. L.: Dep. of Epidemiol. & Internat. Health, Univ. of California, San Francisco & Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Cell Biol. (151E), San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19850828268. Publication Type: Conference paper. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - Infections with Cryptosporidium and Isospora belli are among the diseases discussed. KW - ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME KW - parasites KW - Cryptosporidium KW - Isospora belli KW - man KW - protozoa KW - Cryptosporidiidae KW - Eucoccidiorida KW - Apicomplexa KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Isospora KW - Eimeriidae KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - AIDS KW - opportunistic pathogens KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19850828268&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Osteomyelitis secondary to cutaneous mucormycosis. Report of a case and a review of the literature. AU - Maliwan, N. AU - Reyes, C. V. AU - Rippon, J. W. JO - American Journal of Dermatopathology JF - American Journal of Dermatopathology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 6 IS - 5 SP - 479 EP - 481 SN - 0193-1091 AD - Maliwan, N.: Ambulatory Care, Veterans Administration Edward Hines Jr. Hosp., Hines, IL 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851311554. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A case in a 58-yr-old man with diabetes mellitus is reported. The patient presented for skin grafting of an ulcer on the left leg. X-ray examination revealed no bone or joint involvement. Following a car accident, the patient was readmitted with a gradual swelling of the left ankle and progressive difficulty in walking. Curettage of the tibia and calcaneus yielded evidence of osteomyelitis and necrotizing granulomatous tissue containing hyphae consistent with Mucor sp. Therapy with amphotericin B was initiated in preparation for amputation, which the patient later refused, and halted after 5 days. When examined 4 yrs later, the patient was in a stable condition and without any sign of active osteomyelitis or cutaneous lesions. KW - bones KW - diabetes KW - hosts KW - infection KW - predisposition KW - USA KW - man KW - Mucor KW - Mucoraceae KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Mucoraceae KW - Mucorales KW - Mucoromycotina KW - Zygomycota KW - fungi KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - fungus KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851311554&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of magnesium depletion on thyroid function in rats. AU - Hsu, J. M. AU - Root, A. W. AU - Duckett, G. E. AU - Smith, J. C., Jr. AU - Yunice, A. A. AU - Kepford, G. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1984/// VL - 114 IS - 8 SP - 1510 EP - 1517 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Hsu, J. M.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bay Pines, FL 33504, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851464906. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Registry Number: 7439-95-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Young male rats were fed for 14 to 28 days on a semipurified diet containing magnesium 12 (deficient rats) or 662 mg/kg (control rats). The Mg-deficient rats had decreased body weight gain, lowered concentrations of plasma thyroxine (T4) and Mg, but increased weight of the thyroid gland when expressed in proportion to the body weight (mg/100 g). There was no difference in the accumulation (uptake) of 131I, 24 h after Na131I injection, between the Mg-deficient and Mg-supplemented rats. The protein-bound 131I (PB131I) and the ratio of PB131I to total 131I in plasma were significantly reduced in Mg-deficient rats. Serum thyrotropin (TSH) values after thyroliberin injection (TRH 50 ng/100 g body weight) increased fivefold at 30 min, but declined to near the basal value at 2 h in both groups. No consistent difference in TSH response was observed between the 2 treatments. Serum T4 response to TRH challenge was significantly reduced in Mg-deficient compared with Mg-adequate rats at all time intervals. The reduction of T4 value could be due to an impaired T4 synthesis or release in Mg-deficient rats. KW - depletion KW - Magnesium KW - thyroid function KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851464906&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastric emptying of solid radiopaque markers: studies in healthy subjects and diabetic patients. AU - Feldman, M. AU - Smith, H. J. AU - Simon, T. R. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 87 IS - 4 SP - 895 EP - 902 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Feldman, M.: ACOS for Research (151), Dallas Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4500 S. Lancaster Road, Dallas, Tex. 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851465338. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Thirty healthy subjects ingested 10 solid radiopaque markers (small pieces of nasogastric tubing) together with a standard meal (doughnuts and 7-Up). Radiographs of the upper abdomen were made hourly for up to 6 h until all markers had emptied from the stomach. Although most of the liquid component of the meal, labelled with 111In, emptied during the first hour (as assessed simultaneously by radionuclide scintigraphy), few radiopaque markers emptied from the stomach during the first 2 h after the meal. Most markers emptied during the fourth postprandial hour and all 10 markers had emptied by 6 h in 45 of 46 experiments. Not all of the solid radiopaque markers emptied from the stomach by 6 h in 16 of 26 experiments in patients with diabetes mellitus. In some experiments 99mTc-labelled scrambled eggs were added to the meal so that emptying of that digestible solid, assessed by scintigraphy, could be compared with emptying of liquids and solid radiopaque markers. In healthy subjects, the digestible solid emptied more slowly than the liquid (half-time 154 ± 11 min against 30 ± 3 min), but emptying of digestible solid was significantly faster than the emptying of the indigestible solid radiopaque markers. In diabetics, emptying rates for the digestible solid and liquid were close to normal (half-time 178 ± 5 min and 40 ± 3 min, respectively), whereas indigestible solid markers were retained in the stomach 6 h after the meal in 50% of the patients. KW - Diabetes KW - estimation KW - stomach emptying KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - radiopaque markers KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851465338&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fluoride therapy in metabolic bone disease. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Kramer, L. AU - Wiatrowski, E. AU - Lender, M. JO - Israel Journal of Medical Sciences JF - Israel Journal of Medical Sciences Y1 - 1984/// VL - 20 IS - 5 SP - 373 EP - 380 SN - 0021-2180 AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, IL 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851465472. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 59 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 7782-41-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The metabolic effects of two amounts of fluoride (20 and 45 mg as sodium fluoride) were studied on calcium and F metabolism in patients with osteoporosis, and the effect of the 45-mg dose was studied in patients with Paget's disease. In patients with osteoporosis, the retention of F increased with increasing F intake, indicating F deposition in bone. However, only the 45-mg dose decreased urinary Ca excretion. F did not decrease faecal Ca excretion, indicating that the intestinal absorption of Ca did not improve on treatment with F. This was confirmed in 47Ca absorption studies. The duration of treatment with F was 3 months, utilizing the 45-mg dose. Clinically, the patients experienced relief of bone pain, and the onset of this change coincided with the decrease in urinary Ca. The 3-month course of treatment was sufficient for alleviation of clinical symptoms for many months and even years. In patients with Paget's disease, F supplements decreased urinary Ca and also resulted in relief of bone pain. Treatment with F for osteogenesis imperfecta resulted in decreased fracture incidence. KW - BONE DISEASES KW - calcium KW - fluorides KW - fluorine KW - metabolism KW - Osteodystrophy KW - Osteogenesis imperfecta KW - Paget's disease KW - supplements KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - brittle bone disease KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851465472&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of alcohol and carbon tetrachloride on metallothionein metabolism in rat small intestine. AU - Song, M. K. AU - Borowsky, S. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1984/// VL - 30 IS - 1 SP - 179 EP - 187 AD - Song, M. K.: Research and Medical Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851465558. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 56-23-5, 64-17-5, 9038-94-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Effects of route and amount of ethanol and carbon tetrachloride intake on levels and biochemical activities of rat intestinal metallothionein (MT) were studied. Intestinal MT, as determined by 65Zn-binding activities, in rats on ethanol and on ethanol plus CCl4 diets were significantly lower than in controls. Intraperitoneal injection of CCl4 decreased MT activity in a dose-dependent manner. The influence of prostaglandin F2α on the 65Zn-binding activity of MT isolated from rats on ethanol or ethanol plus CCl4 was the same as on that from controls suggesting that the biochemical nature of MTs isolated from these rats was not changed. Body weights of rats on the ethanol diet plus CCl4 injection decreased significantly and their liver weights increased. Liver and body weights of rats on the control diet plus injection of CCl4 or on the ethanol diet alone changed only slightly. The results suggest that both ethanol and CCl4 may impair MT synthesis or destroy MT thus changing the zinc transport mechanism in rat small intestine. KW - carbon tetrachloride KW - ethanol KW - intake KW - metabolism KW - Metallothionein KW - small intestine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - tetrachloromethane KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851465558&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Caloric regulation of 3.2% ethanol consumption by rats. AU - Derr, R. F. AU - Draves, K. AU - Lindblad, S. JO - Physiology and Behavior JF - Physiology and Behavior Y1 - 1984/// VL - 32 IS - 6 SP - 911 EP - 913 AD - Derr, R. F.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Medical Research Labs., Building 31-151B, 54th St. and 48th Ave. S., Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851465559. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Increasing the energy density in an ethanol-containing drinking fluid from that of 3.2% ethanol alone, 0.18 kcal/ml, 2.33-fold to 0.42 kcal/ml with the addition of lactose and glycerol, did not significantly change ethanol intake by male Sprague-Dawley rats. Increasing the energy density of the drinking fluid to 0.56 kcal/ml significantly reduced ethanol intake. The decrease in ethanol intake was neither due to the taste of the added glycerol and lactose nor to the total energy content of the solution but rather to an interaction between ethanol and energy density. Increasing the energy density of the solid diet and adding a feeding stimulant, sucrose, significantly decreased 3.2% ethanol intake. KW - density KW - diets KW - energy KW - Ethanol KW - intake KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851465559&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hepatic origin of triglycerides in fatty livers produced by the continuous intragastric infusion of an ethanol diet. AU - Tsukamoto, H. AU - Lew, G. AU - Larkin, E. C. AU - Largman, C. AU - Rao, G. A. JO - Lipids JF - Lipids Y1 - 1984/// VL - 19 IS - 6 SP - 419 EP - 422 SN - 0024-4201 AD - Tsukamoto, H.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851465761. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male rats were given for 30 days an independent and continuous intragastric infusion of ethanol and nutritionally defined liquid diet containing only a small amount of maize oil (MO, 4.9% calories). Ethanol intake was progressively increased from 32% to 40.4% of the total energy to maintain a high degree of intoxication during this period. Control rats were infused with an isocaloric diet in which glucose replaced alcohol. The liver triglyceride (TG) content of rats given alcohol was 61.5 ± 16.4 mg/g and that of controls, 5.9 ± 2.1 mg/g, similar to that observed previously in rats given an ethanol diet rich in fat (35% and 43% calories). In TG of fatty liver, the level of C18:2 was small (3%), even though MO in the diet was rich in this acid. The C16:1 and C16:0 contents were markedly high (16% and 40%, respectively) although MO did not contain C16:1 and had only a small amount of C16:0. Results indicated that the TG accumulated in the fatty liver originated from hepatic lipogenesis rather than from dietary fat. KW - ethanol KW - Fatty liver KW - lipogenesis KW - liver KW - loads KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - fatty liver disease KW - fatty liver syndrome KW - lipid formation KW - steatosis KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851465761&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hepatic uptake of chylomicrons and triglyceride emulsions in rats fed diets of differing fat content. AU - Kortz, W. J. AU - Schirmer, B. D. AU - Mansbach, C. M., II AU - Shelburne, F. AU - Toglia, M. R. AU - Quarfordt, S. H. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1984/// VL - 25 IS - 8 SP - 799 EP - 804 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Kortz, W. J.: Cooperative Lipid Lab., Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Durham, NC, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851465770. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats were given diets containing no triglyceride, a regular chow diet with 4.5% lipid and chow plus maize oil with 20% triglyceride (TG) in the diet. The fractional hepatic uptake of either radiolabelled chylomicrons or a triglyceride emulsion was reciprocally related to the amount of lipid in the diet. Rats given only carbohydrate and protein calories had the most active hepatic uptake of particulate TG and the plasma concentration of C apolipoproteins decreased. Results showed that dietary lipid affected the partition of plasma TG into the liver and the steady state hepatic TG content. KW - Chylomicron lipids KW - fats KW - intake KW - liver KW - TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - uptake KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - chylomicrons KW - triglycerides KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851465770&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Measurement of homovanillic acid in human plasma by high-performance liquid chromatography with electrochemical detection. AU - Harris, P. Q. AU - Bacopoulos, N. G. AU - Brown, S. J. JO - Journal of Chromatography JF - Journal of Chromatography Y1 - 1984/// VL - 309 IS - 2 SP - 379 EP - 384 SN - 0021-9673 AD - Harris, P. Q.: Dep. Psychiatry, Veterans Administration Hospital, White River Junction, VT 05001, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851466195. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 8 ref. Registry Number: 306-08-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - blood KW - estimation KW - Homovanillic acid KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851466195&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of ethanol ingestion on maternal and fetal glucose homeostasis. AU - Singh, S. P. AU - Snyder, A. K. AU - Singh, S. K. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1984/// VL - 104 IS - 2 SP - 176 EP - 184 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Singh, S. P.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, North Chicago, IL 60064, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851466421. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 36 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Carbohydrate metabolism was studied in the offspring of rats fed on liquid diet containing ethanol during pregnancy (EF group). Weight-matched control dams were given liquid diet by the pair-fed technique (PF group) or freely (AF group). EF and PF dams showed decrease of food intake and attenuated gain in body weight during pregnancy compared with the AF group. Blood glucose, liver glycogen and plasma insulin were significantly decreased in EF and PF dams. Ethanol ingestion resulted in a significant decrease in litter survival and foetal body weight. At term, EF pups on average showed a 30% decrease in blood glucose and 40% decrease in plasma insulin compared with AF pups. One hour after birth, EF pups showed an increase in blood sugar compared with either control group; subsequently, there was a decrease in blood glucose in EF pups. Liver glycogen stores were significantly decreased in term EF foetuses and were mobilized more rapidly in EF newborn rats than in either control group. Foetal hyperinsulinaemia disappeared shortly after delivery in control pups; in EF pups the decrease in plasma insulin was gradual. Foetal and neonatal plasma glucagon values were not changed by ethanol exposure in utero. Blood glucose values remained significantly low at 2 days old in EF pups, but reached near control values at 4 days old. Plasma insulin and glucagon were nearly equal in EF and control pups at 2 and 4 days old. KW - carbohydrate metabolism KW - ethanol KW - FETUS KW - ingestion KW - Pregnancy KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - foetus KW - gestation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851466421&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Examining the accuracy of foodservice in a hospital setting. AU - Glover, N. S. AU - Keane, T. M. JO - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JF - Journal of the American Dietetic Association Y1 - 1984/// VL - 84 IS - 9 SP - 1018 EP - 1020 SN - 0002-8223 AD - Glover, N. S.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Jackson, Miss., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851466483. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - At a hospital in USA, during 17 days, 10% of the food trays served at each of 16 meals were examined, a total of 553 trays. Errors noted were, e.g., an incorrect food, an item omitted or the wrong size of serving. The errors were classed as general or critical. Incidence of errors was greater at weekends and holidays than during the week. It was related inversely to the total number of food-service supervisors and more specifically to the number of food production supervisors and registered dietitians present. Implications of the results for possible intervention and training are discussed. KW - Hospital diets KW - quality controls KW - USA KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - diets in hospital KW - quality assurance KW - United States of America KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851466483&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Malnutrition and immunocompetence in older and younger outpatients. AU - Linn, B. S. AU - Jensen, J. JO - Southern Medical Journal JF - Southern Medical Journal Y1 - 1984/// VL - 77 IS - 9 SP - 1098 EP - 1102 SN - 0038-4348 AD - Linn, B. S.: Dep. Education, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1201 NW 16th St, Miami, FL 33125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851466995. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To determine the relation between malnutrition and immune status in older and younger outpatients, 179 outpatient men were assessed according to 9 markers of malnutrition and assigned to a well nourished or a malnourished group. Immune status was measured by mixed lymphocyte culture, lymphocyte response to 3 mitogens, neutrophil chemotaxis and immunoglobulin values. Each group was further divided into those 65 years and older (28%) and those younger than 65 years (72%). Malnutrition was present in 29% of the younger group and 38% of the older. Malnourished patients had less lymphocyte response to allogeneic cells and to phytohaemagglutinin, but more response to pokeweed and higher IgA values. In the younger group chemotaxis results showed that malnourished persons had higher responses than well nourished; the trend was opposite in the older group. More differences in immune status were found between malnourished and well nourished than between old and young, but more unfavourable responses were found in the older malnourished than in any other group. The study suggests that malnutrition is common among outpatients and that depressed immune responses associated with malnutrition can result in disease, particularly in the elderly. KW - age KW - immunity KW - Malnutrition KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Host Resistance and Immunity (HH600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851466995&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Scurvy. A case caused by peculiar dietary habits. AU - Ellis, C. N. AU - Vanderveen, E. E. AU - Rasmussen, J. E. JO - Archives of Dermatology JF - Archives of Dermatology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 120 IS - 9 SP - 1212 EP - 1214 SN - 0003-987X AD - Ellis, C. N.: Dermatology Service (110), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Ann Arbor, MI 48105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851467372. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 8 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A girl 9 years old had insidious development of lethargy, gingival erosions and follicular hyperkeratosis with perifollicular haemorrhage. A dietary history showed that she ate only one kind of sandwich (tuna fish without lettuce) and drank one beverage (iced tea without lemon) and took no other food. A skin biopsy specimen was consistent with the diagnosis of scurvy and improvement occurred with ascorbic acid treatment. Although it is an uncommon disorder in the USA, scurvy may occur in persons with prolonged and peculiar dietary habits. KW - aetiology KW - diets KW - Scurvy KW - USA KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - causal agents KW - etiology KW - United States of America KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851467372&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of source of dietary carbohydrate on plasma glucose, insulin, and gastric inhibitory polypeptide responses to test meals in subjects with noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. AU - Coulston, A. M. AU - Hollenbeck, C. B. AU - Liu, G. C. AU - Williams, R. A. AU - Starich, G. H. AU - Mazzaferri, E. L. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1984/// VL - 40 IS - 5 SP - 965 EP - 970 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Coulston, A. M.: GRECC, Veterans Administration Medical Center (640/182B), 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851467376. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Plasma glucose, insulin and gastric inhibitory polypeptide responses to 4 major sources of carbohydrate (potato, rice, spaghetti, lentil) as part of a conventional mixed meal were evaluated in patients with noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Each test meal provided 40% of the subjects' calculated energy requirement and contained 15% of total energy as protein, 40% as fat and 45% as carbohydrate. The test carbohydrate represented 66% of total carbohydrate. The results indicated that plasma glucose concentrations after meals containing equal amounts of carbohydrate as rice, spaghetti or lentil were similar and lower than after meals containing potato. The plasma insulin responses to the 4 carbohydrate foods paralleled the glucose responses. Changes in gastric inhibitory polypeptide values did not account for the effect of potato. The results are totally disparate from those predicted by published values for a "glycaemic index" of the 4 foods studied and suggest that a "glycaemic index" based on isolated challenges would have little clinical use in efforts aimed at decreasing postprandial hyperglycaemia in patients with noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. KW - blood KW - blood sugar KW - carbohydrates KW - Diabetes KW - gastric inhibitory polypeptides KW - insulin KW - sources KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood glucose KW - glucose in blood KW - saccharides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851467376&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Folate deficiency and pancreatic acinar cell function. AU - Elseweidy, M. AU - Manjit Singh JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1984/// VL - 177 IS - 2 SP - 247 EP - 252 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Elseweidy, M.: Pancreatic Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, GA 30910, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851467380. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 59-30-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats were given to appetite a regular diet, a folate-deficient diet, or an equivalent amount of folate-sufficient diet. In the 2nd series of experiments, rats were fed to appetite or rendered folate-deficient on a folate-deficient diet; half of the folate-deficient group was replenished with oral folate. Body weight, pancreatic weight, DNA, [methyl-14C]thymidine incorporation into DNA, RNA, [8-14C]adenine incorporation into RNA, protein content, synthesis of proteins, amylase content, and basal and bethanechol-stimulated amylase secretion were estimated. The parameters were the same in the rats given a folate-sufficient diet as in those fed on a regular rat feed. A folate-deficient diet impaired DNA synthesis. There was no change in secretion of amylase. Similar results were obtained in the 2nd series of experiments. These studies indicate that folate deficiency, rather than antibiotic content of the diet, impaired pancreatic function. Folate deficiency may therefore contribute to pancreatic injury in malnutrition and alcoholism. KW - activity KW - folic acid KW - pancreas KW - vitamin deficiencies KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - folacin KW - folate KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851467380&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Ethanol-ascorbate interrelationship in acute and chronic alcoholism in the guinea pig. AU - Yunice, A. A. AU - Hsu, J. M. AU - Fahmy, A. AU - Henry, S. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1984/// VL - 177 IS - 2 SP - 262 EP - 271 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Yunice, A. A.: Dep. Physiology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. Oklahoma College of Medicine, Oklahoma City, OK 73190, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851467389. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 41 ref. Registry Number: 50-81-7, 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Guineapigs fitted with carotid cannulae and given diets with ascorbic acid 200 or 2000 μg/g were infused with ethanol. In the acute study, the rate of ethanol decrease after infusion in the blood of animals treated with ascorbic acid was significantly higher than in animals given fructose, and the rate in the 2 treated groups was higher than in untreated controls. In the chronic study, animals were infused with sublethal doses of ethanol (30% of the total energy intake) for 8 weeks. Blood ethanol monitored throughout this period showed, at 3 h after infusion, a lower concentration in the group on an ascorbic acid-rich diet. Groups given ethanol lost significantly more body weight in the 2nd week but whereas the group given most ascorbic acid regained weight steadily thereafter, the other group was still 50 g below the controls at the end of the experiment. Liver, kidney, and adrenal ascorbic acid concentrations were lower in the ethanol-treated groups than in controls. Livers had more fatty metamorphosis or steatosis in the low-ascorbic acid group, but there was no evidence of liver fibrosis or cirrhosis. Guineapigs can thus be used to study the biochemical and morphological sequelae of alcoholism. It is suggested that a diet may no longer be nutritionally adequate in the presence of high ethanol intake, and that supplemental vitamin C may protect against ethanol toxicity. KW - Alcoholism KW - ascorbic acid KW - blood KW - ethanol KW - supplements KW - guineapigs KW - Cavia KW - Caviidae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - guinea pigs KW - vitamin C KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851467389&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - General principles, problems and interpretation in the radioimmunoassay of calcitonin. AU - Catherwood, B. D. AU - Deftos, L. J. JO - Biomedicine and Pharmacotherapy JF - Biomedicine and Pharmacotherapy Y1 - 1984/// VL - 38 IS - 5 SP - 235 EP - 241 AD - Catherwood, B. D.: Dep. Medicine, Endocrine Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, La Jolla, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851467486. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: French. Number of References: 47 ref. Registry Number: 9007-12-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - blood KW - Calcitonin KW - estimation KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - thyrocalcitonin KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851467486&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hypocholesterolemic effects of oat-bran or bean intake for hypercholesterolemic men. AU - Anderson, J. W. AU - Story, L. AU - Sieling, B. AU - Chen, W. J. L. AU - Petro, M. S. AU - Story, J. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1984/// VL - 40 IS - 6 SP - 1146 EP - 1155 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Anderson, J. W.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Lexington, KY 40511, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851467579. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - After a control diet, 20 hypercholesterolaemic men were randomly allocated oat bran or bean supplemented diets for 21 days in a metabolic ward. Control and test diets had equivalent energy, fat and cholesterol but test diets had twice more total and 3-fold more soluble fibre. Oat bran diets decreased serum cholesterol concentrations by 19% and calculated low-density lipoprotein cholesterol by 23%. Bean diets decreased serum cholesterol concentrations by 19% and low-density lipoprotein cholesterol by 24%. Oat bran increased faecal weight by 43% but beans did not. Whereas oat bran increased faecal bile acid excretion, beans had the opposite effect. KW - blood KW - bran KW - Cholesterol KW - Low density lipoprotein KW - oats KW - supplements KW - Avena sativa KW - Man KW - Phaseolus KW - Avena KW - Poaceae KW - Cyperales KW - monocotyledons KW - angiosperms KW - Spermatophyta KW - plants KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - Papilionoideae KW - Fabaceae KW - Fabales KW - dicotyledons KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851467579&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of calcium and phosphorus on zinc metabolism in man. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Kramer, L. AU - Norris, C. AU - Osis, D. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1984/// VL - 40 IS - 6 SP - 1213 EP - 1218 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, IL 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851467595. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 7723-14-0, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In men, metabolic balances of zinc were evaluated during 3 intakes of calcium, 200, 800 and 2000 mg daily, and during 2 intakes of phosphorus, 800 and 2000 mg daily. The analysed dietary Zn intake was normal and was kept constant throughout all study phases. Increasing the Ca intake from 200 mg to the higher intakes up to 2000 mg daily did not significantly change the urinary or faecal Zn excretion or the Zn balance. Increasing the P intake from 800 to 2000 mg daily did not have any effect. The simultaneous use of the high Ca and high P intake also had no effect on Zn excretion or the Zn balance. KW - calcium KW - intake KW - metabolism KW - phosphorus KW - Zinc KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851467595&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Lack of relationship between plasma insulin and glucagon levels and angiographically-documented coronary atherosclerosis. AU - Mookherjee, S. AU - Potts, J. L. AU - Hill, N. E. AU - Warner, R. AU - Raheja, K. L. AU - Patel, D. G. AU - Vardan, S. AU - Smulyan, H. JO - Atherosclerosis JF - Atherosclerosis Y1 - 1984/// VL - 53 IS - 1 SP - 99 EP - 109 SN - 0021-9150 AD - Mookherjee, S.: Cardiology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Irving and University Place, Syracuse, NY 13210, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851467673. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 120 consecutive patients undergoing diagnostic coronary arteriography, fasting blood glucose, plasma insulin, glucagon, serum cholesterol and triglyceride concentrations were estimated. The insulin:glucose ratio and insulin:glucagon ratio were calculated. Of the patients, 45 had normal coronary arteries, 19 had single vessel coronary artery disease and 56 had multiple vessel disease. Fasting blood glucose was over 120 mg/100 ml in 37 patients (group A) and included 9 of the 10 known diabetics, 3 of whom were being treated with insulin; 77 patients included in group B had fasting blood glucose concentration less than 120 mg/100 ml. Patients with multiple vessel coronary disease in either group had higher blood glucose and cholesterol concentrations than those with normal coronary arteries or those with single vessel disease, but they did not have higher plasma insulin or glucagon values or higher insulin:glucose or insulin:glucagon ratios. With comparable extent of coronary artery disease patients in group A had higher plasma insulin values and insulin:glucagon ratios than those in group B, but there was no correlation between the presence or extent of coronary atherosclerosis and these variables in either group. Thus, neither fasting plasma insulin values nor insulin:glucagon ratio predicts the status of underlying coronary atherosclerosis in diabetics or nondiabetics. KW - Atherosclerosis KW - blood KW - glucagon KW - insulin KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - arteriosclerosis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851467673&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of sucrose content in high and low carbohydrate diets on plasma glucose, insulin, and lipid responses in hypertriglyceridemic humans. AU - Liu, G. AU - Coulston, A. AU - Hollenbeck, C. AU - Reaven, G. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1984/// VL - 59 IS - 4 SP - 636 EP - 642 SN - 0021-972X AD - Liu, G.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (GRECC, 182 B), 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851467910. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 57-50-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To study the effect of high-carbohydrate (CHO), low-fat diets and the role of variations in dietary sucrose on CHO and lipid metabolism, 10 patients with hypertriglyceridaemia ate 2 typical American diets of equal energy value containing 40% and 60% CHO, for 15 days in random sequence. Each patient was his own control and they were divided into 2 groups of 5 patients each. In one group, sucrose was held constant at 13% of total energy (40/13% and 60/13%), whereas the sucrose content was 9% of the total energy on a 40% CHO diet (40/9%) and 15% of total energy on a 60% CHO diet (60/15%) in the other group. Fasting and postprandial blood samples were analysed for plasma glucose, insulin, cholesterol and triglycerides (TG) and for cholesterol and TG in chylomicrons, very-low-density, low-density and high-density lipoproteins (HDL). Fasting plasma TG values were significantly increased in both groups on the 60% CHO diet, primarily due to increases in very-low-density lipoprotein TG concentration. The magnitude of the increase was attenuated when sucrose content was kept constant. Postprandial TG responses were qualitatively similar. There was no significant change in plasma cholesterol concentrations, except for a modest decrease in plasma HDL cholesterol after the 60/13% diet. No significant difference was found in fasting plasma glucose or insulin concentration. Postprandial glucose and insulin responses were increased on both high-CHO diets. KW - blood lipids KW - blood sugar KW - carbohydrates KW - Hypertriglyceridaemia KW - insulin secretion KW - intake KW - sucrose KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood glucose KW - glucose in blood KW - hypertriglyceridemia KW - saccharides KW - saccharose KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851467910&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - On the mechanism of luminal CO2 generation during jejunal bicarbonate absorption. AU - Feldman, G. M. AU - Arnold, M. A. AU - Charney, A. N. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 246 IS - 6, I SP - G687 EP - G694 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Feldman, G. M.: Renal Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. Pennsylvania School of Medicine, Philadelphia, Pa. 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851468014. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Registry Number: 124-38-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The mechanism of the increase in luminal CO2 tension (PCO2) that accompanies jejunal bicarbonate absorption is unknown. One possibility is that mucosal metabolism and the reaction of absorbed HCO3- with blood buffers in mucosal capillaries govern luminal PCO2. To evaluate this possibility, jejunal segments of anaesthetized adult male Sprague-Dawley rats were perfused in vivo with modified Ringer solutions with varying PCO2 levels (0 to 41 mmHg). Arterial PCO2 was varied by mechanical ventilation (20 to 70 mmHg). The net flux of CO2 gas into bulk luminal fluid varied directly with the transmucosal PCO2 gradient both in the absence and presence of net HCO3- absorption. The apparent permeability coefficient for CO2 gas across the jejunal mucosa was relatively low (2 × 10-4 cm³/s cm length) and was not affected by net HCO3- absorption. In conditions of equal arterial blood and perfusate PCO2 levels (40 mmHg), the PCO2 in mucosa and effluent was 51 and 44 mmHg, respectively, in the absence and 62 and 48 mmHg in the presence of net HCO3- absorption. The results suggest that CO2 diffuses from the mucosal region into bulk luminal fluid during net HCO3- absorption. The elevation of mucosal PCO2 above arterial PCO2 during net HCO3- absorption can be quantitatively accounted for by metabolism and the admixture of absorbed HCO3- with blood buffers. KW - absorption KW - Bicarbonates KW - carbon dioxide KW - jejunum KW - production KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851468014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Defective brown adipose oxygen consumption in obese Zucker rats. AU - Levin, B. E. AU - Finnegan, M. B. AU - Marquet, E. AU - Sullivan, A. C. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 247 IS - 1, I SP - E94 EP - E100 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Levin, B. E.: Neurology Service, Veterans Administration, East Orange, NJ 07019, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851468040. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The thermogenic capacity and morphological characteristics of interscapular brown adipose tissue (IBAT) were assessed in male lean and obese Zucker rats 3 to 4 months old. Pads from obese rats were threefold heavier and contained similar numbers of cells but on average 50% fewer multilocular cells than pads from lean rats and 40% less mitochondrial protein per pad. The maximum number of β-adrenoreceptor binding sites, as assessed by [125I]iodocyanopindolol binding to isolated brown adipocytes from obese rats, was 50% of that in lean rats on a per cell and per pad basis. Basal and norepinephrine (NE)-stimulated oxygen consumption in isolated brown adipocytes from lean rats was correlated directly with the proportion of multilocular cells present. This correlation was not seen in cells from obese rats that had a 50% decrease in their basal respiratory rates and could not be further stimulated by excess NE or fatty acid. Electron micrographs of IBAT from obese rats revealed distorted mitochondrial shapes and cristae patterns and the presence of numerous inclusion bodies. Because NE-stimulated lipolysis had previously been shown to be normal in the obese Zucker rat, the results suggest that defective IBAT thermogenesis in the obese rat is due to an inability of mitochondria to utilize free fatty acids for the production of increased oxygen consumption. KW - brown fat KW - Obesity KW - oxygen consumption KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851468040&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Neuropeptides and appetite: contribution of neuropharmacological modeling. AU - Morley, J. E. AU - Levine, A. S. AU - Gosnell, B. A. AU - Billington, C. J. JO - Federation Proceedings JF - Federation Proceedings Y1 - 1984/// VL - 43 IS - 14 SP - 2903 EP - 2907 SN - 0014-9446 AD - Morley, J. E.: Neuroendocrine Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851468055. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 46 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - Appetite KW - peptides KW - reviews KW - roles KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851468055&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fetal fuels. 7. Ketone bodies inhibit synthesis of purines in fetal rat brain. AU - Shambaugh, G. E., III AU - Angulo, M. C. AU - Koehler, R. R. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 247 IS - 1, I SP - E111 EP - E117 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Shambaugh, G. E., III: Veterans Administration Lakeside Medical Center, Northwestern Univ. Medical School, Chicago, IL 60611, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851468110. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The pathway for purine biosynthesis de novo was studied in foetal rat brain slices by measuring incorporation of [14C]formate into [14C]adenine. Maternal starvation on days 18 to 20 resulted in a nonsignificant fall in purine biosynthesis from 0.230 to 0.216 μmol/g 2 h. Graded concentrations of 3-hydroxybutyrate (3OHB) produced a progressive inhibition of formate incorporation in slices, and rates of purine biosynthesis in presence of 5.4 mM 3OHB were significantly lower in slices from fed and starved mothers, 0.199 and 0.189 μmol/g 2 h, respectively. Acetoacetate caused an inhibition similar in magnitude to 3OHB. That 3OHB did not act via a protein biosynthetic step was evidenced by unimpaired biosynthesis of purines and sustained 3OHB inhibition in the presence of 1 mM cycloheximide. Unlike the de novo pathway, the salvage pathway measured by incorporation of [8-14C]adenine into labelled nucleotides was not inhibited even by supraphysiological amounts of 3OHB (21.6 mM). Serial measurements of the de novo and salvage pathways in neonatal brain slices showed a maintenance of salvage activity during the first 2 weeks but a progressive fall in activity of the de novo pathway. Thus ketone bodies could act to restrain the synthesis of purine nucleotide building blocks for new cell formation in foetal but not in neonatal rat brain. KW - brain KW - FETUS KW - ketones KW - purines KW - roles KW - synthesis KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cerebrum KW - foetus KW - purine bases KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851468110&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intestinal ion transport and intracellular pH during acute respiratory alkalosis and acidosis. AU - Kurtin, P. AU - Charney, A. N. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 247 IS - 1, I SP - G24 EP - G31 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Kurtin, P.: Nephrology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York, NY 10010, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851468116. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Intracellular pH (pHi) and bicarbonate concentration were estimated in mucosa from jejunum, ileum and colon of anaesthetized, mechanically ventilated Sprague-Dawley rats. During states of respiratory alkalosis (PCO2 24.9 mmHg, pH 7.586), respiratory acidosis (PCO2 67.8 mmHg, pH 7.228), and normocapnia (PCO2 41.1 mmHg, pH 7.401), pHi in the ileum, was 6.901, similar in alkalosis [(HCO3)i 5.4 mM], acidosis [(HCO3)i 12.4 mM] and normocapnia [(HCO3)i 8.6 mM]. In jejunum and colon, pHi was increased in alkalosis [pHi 6.998, (HCO3)i 6.7 mM] and decreased in acidosis [pHi 6.789, (HCO3)i 10.4 mM] as compared with normocapnia [pHi 6.915, (HCO3)i 8.9 mM] (colon data given). Net electrolyte transport in vivo revealed that ileal and colonic, but not jejunal, net Na and Cl absorption was decreased during alkalosis and increased during acidosis. The results suggest that, during respiratory acidosis and alkalosis, pHi is maintained in a qualitatively similar way in the jejunum, ileum and colon with quantitatively greater or smaller changes in (HCO3)i. The difference between jejunal, ileal and colonic electrolyte transport responses suggests the presence of (pH/PCO2/HCO3)i-sensitive transport mechanisms in the ileum and colon but not in the jejunum. KW - Acidosis KW - Alkalosis KW - cells KW - intestines KW - ions KW - pH KW - transport KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hydrogen ion concentration KW - metabolic acidosis KW - potential of hydrogen KW - transportation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851468116&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Mechanisms of motility changes during acute intestinal obstruction in the dog. AU - Prihoda, M. AU - Flatt, A. AU - Summers, R. W. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 247 IS - 1, I SP - G37 EP - G42 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Prihoda, M.: Division of Gastroenterology-Hepatology, Dep. Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Iowa City, Iowa 52242, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851468128. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Myoelectric activity was recorded from 7 electrodes spaced at 3-cm intervals along the midjejunum of 9 conscious dogs. Another dog had electrodes evenly placed throughout the small bowel. Obstruction was created by inflation of an intraluminal balloon. The results suggest that changes in luminal contents and in nervous activity both contribute to intestinal motility changes that accompany obstruction. Increased motor activity proximal to an obstruction seems to be mediated by cholinergic nerves. Some of the distal inhibition of spike bursts may be mediated by noncholinergic, nonadrenergic pathways and some is the result of diminished intraluminal contents. KW - intestinal motility KW - intestinal obstruction, dogs KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851468128&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - In vivo zinc transport by rat small intestine after extensive small bowel resection. AU - Urban, E. AU - Campbell, M. E. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 247 IS - 1, I SP - G88 EP - G94 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Urban, E.: Medical Service, Audie Murphy Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. Texas Health Science Center, San Antonio, Tex. 78284, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851468135. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Effects of intestinal resection on zinc transport in vivo and intestinal tissue Zn in remnant duodenum and ileum were studied 4 weeks after two-thirds small intestine enterectomy. Duodenal and ileal intestinal segments from resected and sham-operated control rats were perfused through the lumen with an isotonic solution containing 0.077 mM Zn with 65Zn. After resection there was significant mucosal growth in both segments, but segment transport specific activities (transport per g mucosa) were unchanged. Therefore, increased segment transport capacities in both segments approximated increased mucosal mass. About 12% of the absorbed 65Zn remained in the intestinal wall after perfusion of both duodenum and ileum of resected and control rats, and there were no effects of resection on tissue 65Zn concentrations or specific activities in the mucosal fraction or underlying tissues. Major effect of resection was to increase Zn entry flux at the luminal surface of the mucosa. At the basal surface, entry and exit fluxes increased. This, in combination with unaltered tissue Zn specific activities, suggests a rapid turnover of the mucosal Zn pool without apparent effect on pool size. KW - intestine resection KW - small intestine KW - transport KW - Zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - transportation KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851468135&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Differential response of duodenal epithelial cells to 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 according to position on the villus: a comparison of calcium uptake, calcium-binding protein, and alkaline phosphatase activity. AU - Bikle, D. D. AU - Zolock, D. T. AU - Munson, S. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 115 IS - 6 SP - 2077 EP - 2084 AD - Bikle, D. D.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. California, 4150 Clement Street, (111N), San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851468158. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Registry Number: 9001-78-9, 32222-06-3, 7440-70-2, 67-97-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science; Poultry N2 - From hatching, chickens were given a diet deficient in vitamin D. They were killed when 6 weeks old after having been given 6.25 nmol cholecalciferol or 625 pmol 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) at different times before death. Cells eluted from the duodenal villus were studied. Calcium uptake was greatest in brush border membrane vesicles (BBMV) from cells eluted from the villus tip and least in those from the villus base. After 1,25-DHCC was given, cytosolic Ca-binding protein (CaBP) was found in cells from the villus base by 4 h and in all fractions by 8 h. Alkaline phosphatase activity in BBMV was stimulated in all fractions by 4 h; at all times activity was greatest in BBMV from cells of the villus tip. Ca uptake by BBMV was stimulated 2 h after 1,25-DHCC was given only in cells from the villus tip and was not stimulated by 24 h in cells from the base. KW - Alkaline phosphatase KW - CALCITRIOL KW - Calcium KW - calcium binding proteins KW - chicks KW - Cholecalciferol KW - Digestive absorption KW - duodenum KW - epithelium KW - Intestines KW - poultry KW - supplements KW - uptake KW - fowls KW - Gallus gallus KW - Gallus KW - Phasianidae KW - Galliformes KW - birds KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - alkaline phosphomonoesterase KW - chickens KW - domesticated birds KW - vitamin D3 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Physiology and Biochemistry (Excluding Nutrition) (LL600) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (LL900) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Animal Health and Hygiene (General) (LL800) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851468158&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Liver and adipose tissue contributions to newly formed fatty acids in an ascites tumor. AU - Ookhtens, M. AU - Kannan, R. AU - Lyon, I. AU - Baker, N. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 247 IS - 1, II SP - R146 EP - R153 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Ookhtens, M.: Tumor-Lipid Lab., Research Service, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851468174. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The contribution from host (male Swiss-Webster mice) hepatic and extrahepatic tissues to newly synthesized fatty acids (FA) in Ehrlich ascites tumour (EAT) was estimated. The mice were given ³H2O subcutaneously and [14C]glucose in a test meal. Epididymal fat triglyceride (TG) FA were selectively labelled using 14C-labelled free (F) FA to estimate FA transport rate from intraperitoneal adipose tissue directly to the tumour. Contributions of 4 major pathways to newly synthesized FA in EAT were estimated by multicompartmental analysis. FA synthesis de novo by EAT accounted for more than 93% of the tumour total lipid (TL) FA radioactivity found in the tumour. Contributions from liver TGFA via plasma TGFA, adipose tissue TGFA via plasma FFA and adipose tissue TGFA via direct intraperitoneal transport of FFA accounted for less than 7% of all TLFA radioactivity in EAT. KW - Ascites KW - fatty acids KW - neoplasms KW - turnover KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cancers KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851468174&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Albumin homeostasis in the nephrotic rat: nutritional considerations. AU - Kaysen, G. A. AU - Kirkpatrick, W. G. AU - Couser, W. G. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 247 IS - 1, II SP - F192 EP - F202 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Kaysen, G. A.: Renal Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851468189. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Albumin catabolism and the relation between plasma albumin concentration and albuminuria were studied in male Sprague-Dawley rats with Heymann nephritis. The rats were given diets similar in energy but with 8.5, 21 or 40% protein. Serum albumin concentration was correlated negatively with urinary albumin excretion for each group, but the correlation was dependent on dietary protein intake. The magnitude of albuminuria reflected the increase in albumin synthesis rate plus the decrease in albumin catabolic rate. Maximum urinary albumin loss was dependent on dietary protein intake. Albumin catabolism, studied in the different groups of nephrotic rats, was correlated inversely with the rate of albuminuria in rats given 21 and 40% protein and contributed nearly half the albumin lost in those groups. Albumin catabolism was independent of albuminuria in rats given 8.5% protein. The rats were given 18% of their normal energy intake, and albumin catabolism was studied in nephrotic and control rats. Albumin catabolism increased with increased albuminuria, in contrast to the well-nourished group, and there was no relation between serum albumin concentration and urinary albumin excretion. Increased catabolism of albumin plays little or no role in albumin homeostasis in the well-nourished nephrotic rat but may be significant in protein- and energy-malnourished rats. KW - albumins KW - catabolism KW - Kidney diseases KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - kidney disorders KW - nephropathy KW - renal diseases KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851468189&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Alcoholic fatty liver: a nutritional problem of carbohydrate deprivation and concomitant ethanol ingestion. AU - Rao, G. A. AU - Larkin, E. C. JO - Nutrition Research JF - Nutrition Research Y1 - 1984/// VL - 4 IS - 5 SP - 903 EP - 912 SN - 0271-5317 AD - Rao, G. A.: Hematology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851468289. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 43 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Until 2 decades ago, it was generally considered that malnutrition was primarily responsible for the development of alcohol-induced fatty liver or liver injury. Subsequently, results from experiments with nutritionally adequate liquid alcohol diets were taken to indicate that ethanol toxicity caused fatty liver and did not examine the role of coincident nutritional imbalances. Nutritional inadequacies exist when fatty liver is produced. Also, alcoholic fatty liver is prevented by dietary alteration or supplementation. KW - aetiology KW - Alcoholism KW - fatty liver KW - reviews KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - causal agents KW - etiology KW - fatty liver disease KW - fatty liver syndrome KW - steatosis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851468289&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Protein digestion and absorption after massive small bowel resection. AU - Curtis, K. J. AU - Sleisenger, M. H. AU - Kim, Y. S. JO - Digestive Diseases and Sciences JF - Digestive Diseases and Sciences Y1 - 1984/// VL - 29 IS - 9 SP - 834 EP - 840 SN - 0163-2116 AD - Curtis, K. J.: (151M2), Gastrointestinal Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851468387. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The digestion, absorption and intestinal propulsion of a 14C-labelled protein meal were examined in rats with 70% proximal small bowel resection at 1 and at 6 weeks after surgery. Also, rats were studied one week after 70% small bowel resection plus ileocaecal valve bypass. Comparison with sham-operated controls showed no significant impairment of digestion or absorption of the protein meal in both groups of resected rats. Intestinal transit, measured by the nonabsorbable marker 51CrCl3, gave no evidence of early appearance of the meal in the colon even in resected rats with ileocaecal valve bypass. KW - protein absorption KW - protein digestion KW - resection KW - Small intestine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851468387&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Determination of carnitine, butyrobetaine, and betaine as 4′-bromophenacyl ester derivatives by high-performance liquid chromatography. AU - Minkler, P. E. AU - Ingalls, S. T. AU - Kormos, L. S. AU - Weir, D. E. AU - Hoppel, C. L. JO - Journal of Chromatography JF - Journal of Chromatography Y1 - 1984/// VL - 336 IS - 2 SP - 271 EP - 283 SN - 0021-9673 AD - Minkler, P. E.: Medical Research Service 151 (W), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cleveland, OH 44106, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851468502. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 36 ref. Registry Number: 107-43-7, 461-06-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - Betaine KW - Carnitine KW - estimation KW - glycinebetaine KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851468502&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Reduction in the incidence of radiation-induced tumors in rats after restriction of food intake. AU - Gross, L. AU - Dreyfuss, Y. JO - Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America JF - Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America Y1 - 1984/// VL - 81 IS - 23 SP - 7596 EP - 7598 SN - 0027-8424 AD - Gross, L.: Cancer Research Unit, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851468522. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Sprague-Dawley rats on a stock diet freely or restricted to about one-third of that were given total-body X-ray irradiation (150 rads) 5 times at weekly intervals. All the rats (14 females and 9 males) given food freely developed tumours or leukaemia at a mean age of 13.7 months in females and 13.4 months in males. Of the restricted group, 9 of 29 females developed tumours at a mean age of 18.2 months and 1 of 15 males developed sarcoma at 9 months old. In the group freely fed, most tumours which developed in females were benign; among males, 1 developed leukaemia and of the 7 others which were examined, 6 had malignant tumours and 1 had a benign tumour. In the restricted group, of the 9 tumours that developed in females, 4 were malignant and 5 were benign. KW - development KW - Neoplasms KW - restricted feeding KW - X radiation KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cancers KW - X rays KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851468522&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Serum indole-3-acetic acid in control subjects and newly abstinent alcoholics after an oral loading with L-tryptophan: a preliminary study using liquid chromatography with amperometric detection. AU - Friedman, M. J. AU - Krstulovic´, A. M. AU - Colin, H. AU - Guiochon, G. AU - Pajer, K. JO - Analytical Biochemistry JF - Analytical Biochemistry Y1 - 1984/// VL - 142 IS - 2 SP - 480 EP - 486 SN - 0003-2697 AD - Friedman, M. J.: Veterans Administration Hospital, White River Junction, VT 05001, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851468678. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 87-51-4, 73-22-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The rapid, isocratic estimation of indole-3-acetic acid (IAA) in serum is described. The sample preparation involves only protein precipitation using sulphosalicylic acid, and the sensitivity of amperometric detection is in the picogram range. The chromatographic analysis time is about 4 min. Preliminary data indicate no difference in IAA contents between newly abstinent alcoholics and control subjects. KW - Alcoholism KW - blood KW - estimation KW - IAA KW - loads KW - tryptophan KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - indoleacetic acid KW - indolylacetic acid KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851468678&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - High-performance liquid chromatographic determination of the distribution of naturally occurring folic acid derivatives in rat liver. AU - Wilson, S. D. AU - Horne, D. W. JO - Analytical Biochemistry JF - Analytical Biochemistry Y1 - 1984/// VL - 142 IS - 2 SP - 529 EP - 535 SN - 0003-2697 AD - Wilson, S. D.: Biochemistry Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Nashville, TN 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851468682. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Registry Number: 59-30-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - derivatives KW - estimation KW - Folic acid KW - liver KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - folacin KW - folate KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851468682&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Delayed gastric emptying after operation for obstructing peptic ulcer disease: the influence of cimetidine. AU - Smale, B. F. AU - Copeland, J. G. AU - Reber, H. A. JO - Surgery, USA JF - Surgery, USA Y1 - 1984/// VL - 96 IS - 4 SP - 592 EP - 598 AD - Smale, B. F.: Surgical Service (112), Veterans Administration Hospital, 800 Stadium Rd., Columbia, MO 65201, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851468862. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: Spanish. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 51481-61-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The records of 76 patients who underwent operation for obstructing peptic ulcer were examined retrospectively. Delayed gastric emptying (unable to tolerate solid food for at least 2 weeks after operation) occurred in 11 of 76 patients. It was not related to the type of operation performed, including procedures which used truncal vagotomy. It was not correlated with the preoperative severity of obstruction, duration of preoperative nasogastric decompression or the nutritional state of the patient. Delayed emptying occurred in 4 of 6 patients with insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus but only 10 of 70 patients without insulin-dependent diabetes. It was seen in 6 of 16 patients receiving long-term cimetidine (more than 3 months) but only 5 of 60 patients not receiving long-term cimetidine treatment. KW - cimetidine KW - peptic ulcers KW - roles KW - Stomach emptying KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851468862&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of streptozotocin-induced diabetes on bile acid sulfation in male rat liver. AU - Kirkpatrick, R. B. AU - Kraft, B. G. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 247 IS - 3, I SP - G226 EP - G230 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Kirkpatrick, R. B.: Dep. Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, IA 52240, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851468913. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The sulphation of bile acids is hormone-dependent, being increased in females and ethynyloestradiol (EE)-treated males compared with normal males. Diabetes causes significant changes in oestrogen metabolism and uterine oestrogen receptor kinetics. Male rats were given streptozotocin 90 mg/kg and diabetes was verified. An increase in hepatic bile acid sulphotransferase (BAST) activity was significant by 6 days and continued to increase to 29 days. This increase was prevented by insulin replacement. EE 6.0 to 600 μg/kg day given to normal male rats resulted in an increase in hepatic BAST activity; similar doses of EE given to diabetic males did not increase activity over the already high values in the diabetic controls. This increase in specific activity in vitro was accompanied by an increase in the biliary excretion of lithocholate 3-sulphate and taurolithocholate 3-sulphate in 21-day-diabetic rats. Bile flow and total bile acid excretion were also increased in the diabetic rats. KW - bile acids KW - Experimental diabetes KW - liver KW - metabolism KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851468913&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Feeding systems in Chinese hamsters. AU - Billington, C. J. AU - Morley, J. E. AU - Levine, A. S. AU - Gerritsen, G. C. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 247 IS - 3, II SP - R405 EP - R411 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Billington, C. J.: Neuroendocrine Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851468922. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 41 ref. Registry Number: 51-61-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Modulation of feeding by opiates, putative satiety peptides and dopamine was studied in the Chinese hamster, an animal that develops diabetes in certain inbred strains. Diabetic hamsters were hyperphagic relative to their nondiabetic controls, but both groups showed natural circadian variation in feeding. Starvation provoked hyperphagia of about 1-h duration in both groups. Naloxone and butorphanol had no effects on feeding. Opiate receptor binding on brain demonstrated no specific binding of naloxone or ethylketocyclazocine, but IR-dynorphin concentrations were comparable with those in rats. N-Allylnormetazocine, a σ-opiate receptor agonist, seemed to stimulate diabetic hamster feeding. Peptides reputed to have satiety effects in rats were without effect in hamsters (cholecystokinin, bombesin, somatostatin and pancreatic polypeptide). Calcitonin limited feeding in both groups but may be nonspecific. Dopaminergic blockade by haloperidol also limited feeding, and diabetic hamsters were more sensitive to this. KW - behaviour KW - diabetes KW - dopamine KW - Feeding behaviour KW - opioids KW - peptides KW - roles KW - hamsters KW - Cricetinae KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - behavior KW - feeding behavior KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Animal Behaviour (LL300) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851468922&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Metabolic effects of oral fructose in the liver of fasted rats. AU - Niewoehner, C. B. AU - Gilboe, D. P. AU - Nuttall, G. A. AU - Nuttall, F. Q. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 247 IS - 4, I SP - E505 EP - E512 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Niewoehner, C. B.: Endocrine Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851468953. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 45 ref. Registry Number: 57-48-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - After 24 h without food male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 125 to 200 g were given a 50% fructose solution (4 g/kg bodyweight) by tube and estimations were made 10, 20, 30, 40, 60 and 120 min later. Within 2 h 59% of the fructose was absorbed. Fructose, glucose and lactate in liver and plasma, and insulin in plasma were increased slightly. Glucose-6-phosphate in liver increased twofold. Uridine diphosphate glucose increased transiently and then fell below control value. Fructose-1-phosphate increased to 3.3 μmol/g wet weight by 120 min. There was no change in ATP, ADP, AMP, cyclic AMP, inorganic phosphorus or magnesium2+. Glycogen synthase was activated by 20 min without a change in phosphorylase a. This occurred with a fructose dose that did not increase liver glucose or fructose. Liver glycogen increased linearly after 20 min; glycogen storage was 38.4% in liver and 36.5% in muscle. Of the absorbed fructose, 83.5% was accounted for. KW - fructose KW - liver KW - loads KW - metabolism KW - Starvation KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fruit sugar KW - ketohexose KW - laevulose KW - levulose KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851468953&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of zinc deficiency on ethanol metabolism and alcohol and aldehyde dehydrogenase activities. AU - Das, I. AU - Burch, R. E. AU - Hahn, H. K. J. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1984/// VL - 104 IS - 4 SP - 610 EP - 617 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Das, I.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Research Service, 1601 Perdido St., New Orleans, LA 70146, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851469207. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 40 ref. Registry Number: 9031-72-5, 9028-86-8, 64-17-5, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Alcohol dehydrogenase, low Km and high Km mitochondrial and microsomal aldehyde dehydrogenase and ethanol elimination rates in vivo were estimated in 5 groups of male Sprague-Dawley rats given liquid diets: control (C), control plus 5% ethanol (CE), pair-fed control and zinc-deprived (PC-ZnD), zinc-deprived (ZnD) and zinc-deprived plus 5% ethanol (ZnDE). Rats fed on CE had decreased liver and serum Zn content. The rats given ZnD diets had an even greater decrease in their tissue Zn concentrations and showed marked growth retardation. The blood ethanol elimination rate in vivo was increased in rats fed on ethanol and that increase was accompanied by increased alcohol and aldehyde dehydrogenase activities. There was a significant decrease in the ethanol elimination rate in rats given ZnD and ZnDE diets. Alcohol dehydrogenase activities in rats with deficient Zn values also were decreased and there was no change in acetaldehyde dehydrogenase activities. KW - activity KW - alcohol dehydrogenase KW - aldehyde dehydrogenase KW - deficiency KW - ethanol KW - metabolism KW - Zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851469207&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intestinal gas. AU - Levitt, M. D. JO - Proceedings of the Nutrition Society, UK JF - Proceedings of the Nutrition Society, UK Y1 - 1985/// VL - 44 IS - 1 SP - 145 EP - 146 AD - Levitt, M. D.: ACOS for Research, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 54th Street and 48th Ave. South, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851469268. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - communication KW - Gases KW - intestines KW - production KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851469268&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fatty liver caused by chronic alcohol ingestion is prevented by dietary supplementation with pyruvate or glycerol. AU - Rao, G. A. AU - Riley, D. E. AU - Larkin, E. C. JO - Lipids JF - Lipids Y1 - 1984/// VL - 19 IS - 8 SP - 583 EP - 588 SN - 0024-4201 AD - Rao, G. A.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 150 Muir Road, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851469294. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Registry Number: 56-81-5, 127-17-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Earlier studies (NAR/A 48, 8202; 52, 1309) showed that the fatty liver, caused by feeding rats on the Lieber-DeCarli alcohol diet for 4 weeks, was prevented if the diet was supplemented with dihydroxyacetone 22, pyruvate 22 and riboflavin 2.2 g/litre. The present study showed that fatty liver was prevented if the alcohol diet was supplemented with glycerol and lactate, 22 g/litre each, and riboflavin 2.2. Hence, the prevention of alcoholic fatty liver by dihydroxyacetone and pyruvate may not be related to their capacity to serve as hydrogen acceptors and to oxidize NADH produced during ethanol metabolism. When rats were fed on the alcohol diet supplemented with glycerol or pyruvate, the hepatic triglyceride (TG) values were similar to those in rats pair-fed on a Lieber-DeCarli control diet in which alcohol was replaced by an isoenergetic amount of dextrins. Therefore, the prevention of fatty liver does not require the simultaneous presence of several supplements. Dietary dihydroxyacetone or riboflavin did not reduce alcoholic fatty liver. Supplementation of the ethanol diet with isoenergetic amounts of lactate or glucose, instead of pyruvate, did not abolish the development of fatty liver but decreased TG in liver. Rats given alcohol consumed only small amounts of carbohydrate for long periods. It is likely that the production or prevention of fatty liver is related to carbohydrate metabolism. KW - Alcoholism KW - fatty liver KW - glycerol KW - prevention KW - pyruvic acid KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatty liver disease KW - fatty liver syndrome KW - glycerin KW - glycerine KW - pyruvate KW - steatosis KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851469294&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Determination of tyrosine, tryptophan and their metabolic derivatives by liquid chromatography-electrochemical detection: application to post mortem samples from patients with Parkinson's and Alzheimer's disease. AU - Sparks, D. L. AU - Slevin, J. T. JO - Life Sciences JF - Life Sciences Y1 - 1985/// VL - 36 IS - 5 SP - 449 EP - 457 SN - 0024-3205 AD - Sparks, D. L.: Sanders-Brown Research Center on Aging, Dep. Neurology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Lexington, KY 40536, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851469348. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 73-22-3, 60-18-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The estimation of tyrosine, tryptophan and their derivatives, including biogenic amines, is described. KW - Amines KW - estimation KW - Tryptophan KW - Tyrosine KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851469348&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nutrient deficiencies during total parenteral nutrition. AU - Rudman, D. AU - Williams, P. J. JO - Nutrition Reviews JF - Nutrition Reviews Y1 - 1985/// VL - 43 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 13 SN - 0029-6643 AD - Rudman, D.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, North Chicago, IL 60064, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851469380. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 72 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Nutrient deficiencies encountered during total parenteral nutrition in the past 15 years are described and discussed. The 11 types of nutrient deficiency encountered during early studies of total parenteral nutrient solutions include deficiencies of vitamin A, folic acid, biotin, essential fatty acids, phosphate, copper, zinc, chromium, selenium, molybdenum and conditionally essential nutrients, which are normally synthesized in the healthy human being eating a normal diet, but are produced in inadequate amounts during parenteral nutrition. KW - nutrient deficiencies KW - Parenteral feeding KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851469380&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A possible role of zinc on the intestinal calcium absorption mechanisms in rats. AU - Song, M. K. AU - Adham, N. F. AU - Ament, M. E. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1985/// VL - 31 IS - 1 SP - 43 EP - 51 AD - Song, M. K.: Research and Medical Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851469626. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - When zinc was injected intraperitoneally into Sprague-Dawley rats 2 weeks or 2 months old, 24 and 4 h before death, Zn in plasma and intestinal cytosol of rats increased in proportion to the amount of Zn (0 to 1 mg) injected. Although plasma calcium decreased, Ca contents of intestinal cytosol increased in a dose-dependent manner. When the same amounts of Zn were given by mouth, the cytosolic Zn content of intestine increased slightly without any change in plasma Zn content, whereas plasma and intestinal cytosolic Ca decreased. Intestinal cytosolic Ca content increased significantly in rats on a Zn-deficient diet for 2 weeks; no decrease in plasma, urinary and intestinal cytosolic Zn was observed. KW - absorption KW - Calcium KW - roles KW - zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851469626&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Plasma vitamin D metabolite concentrations in chronic renal failure: effect of oral administration of 25-hydroxyvitamin D3. AU - Halloran, B. P. AU - Schaefer, P. AU - Lifschitz, M. AU - Levens, M. AU - Goldsmith, R. S. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1984/// VL - 59 IS - 6 SP - 1063 EP - 1069 SN - 0021-972X AD - Halloran, B. P.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (11), 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851469804. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 38 ref. Registry Number: 1406-16-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The circulating concentrations of 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D and 24,25-dihydroxyvitamin D are abnormally low in patients with chronic renal failure (CRF). To ascertain the importance of substrate (25-hydroxyvitamin D) concentration in that phenomenon, 5 patients with end-stage renal disease treated with haemodialysis were given 25-hydroxycholecalciferol (25-HCC) by mouth for 4 weeks. The serum concentration of 25-HCC increased from a mean (± s.e. mean) of 26 ± 5 ng/ml immediately before treatment to a peak of 108 ± 5 ng/ml 4 weeks after the start of 25-HCC. The concentrations of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol, 24,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol and 25,26-dihydroxycholecalciferol increased from 6.6 ± 0.8 pg/ml, 0.29 ± 0.10 ng/ml and 0.36 ± 0.06 ng/ml, respectively, immediately before 25-HCC to 21.7 ± 2.2 pg/ml, 0.48 ± 0.09 ng/ml and 0.78 ± 0.12 ng/ml, respectively, after 4 weeks of 25-HCC. The results suggest that substrate availability may be an important determinant of the circulating concentrations of those metabolites in patients with CRF. KW - blood KW - hydroxycholecalciferols KW - metabolites KW - Renal failure KW - supplements KW - vitamin D KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - kidney failure KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851469804&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of arterial carbon dioxide tension on amiloride-sensitive sodium absorption in the colon. AU - Kurtin, P. AU - Charney, A. N. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 247 IS - 5, I SP - G537 EP - G541 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Kurtin, P.: Nephrology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York, NY 10010, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851470104. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 124-38-9, 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To examine the nature of the electroneutral sodium chloride absorptive process affected by arterial carbon dioxide tension (PCO2), the effects of amiloride on colonic Na absorption at concentrations (0.75 mM) known to inhibit cell membrane sodium-hydrogen ion exchange were studied. During sequential perfusions of distal colon in situ with amiloride-free and amiloride-containing solutions, water and electrolyte transport was estimated in anaesthetized mechanically ventilated rats during normocapnia, respiratory alkalosis or respiratory acidosis. During amiloride-free perfusions, alkalosis decreased and acidosis increased net water, Na and chloride absorption without changing the transmural potential difference. Perfusion of amiloride (0.75 mM) caused a similar fractional decrease in net Ca absorption in alkalotic (-53.3 ± 10.2%), normocapnic (-46.3 ± 6.5%), and acidotic rats (-57.2 ± 5.2%). Net water (-43%) and chloride absorption also exhibited equivalent fractional reductions in the 3 acid-base states during amiloride perfusion, although net chloride absorption was reduced only about 20%. KW - absorption KW - arteries KW - carbon dioxide KW - colon KW - Sodium KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851470104&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Peptide YY inhibits meal-stimulated pancreatic and gastric secretion. AU - Pappas, T. N. AU - Debas, H. T. AU - Goto, Y. AU - Taylor, I. L. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 248 IS - 1, I SP - G118 EP - G123 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Pappas, T. N.: Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851470454. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of infused peptide YY were studied on gastric and pancreatic secretion in 4 mongrel dogs with gastric and pancreatic fistulae. A 15% liver extract meal was instilled intragastrically, and normal saline or 1 of 3 doses of peptide YY (200, 400 and 800 pmol/kg h) was infused into a peripheral vein. All doses of peptide YY significantly inhibited meal-stimulated pancreatic fluid and bicarbonate secretion, with the lowest dose inhibiting secretion by 44.5 ± 3.5 and 53.6 ± 8.5%, respectively. Pancreatic protein secretion and gastric acid secretion were inhibited by the 2 highest doses. The 200, 400 and 800 pmol/kg h doses of peptide YY were associated with increments in peripheral blood of 201 ± 24, 357 ± 50 and 971 ± 139 pM. Those values compared with mean increments of 86.3 ± 8.5 pM after a meat meal and 403 ± 63 pM after intestinally perfused oleic acid. KW - eating KW - Gastric juices KW - injection KW - Pancreas KW - peptides KW - secretions KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - stomach secretion KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851470454&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastric emptying and sieving of solid food and pancreatic and biliary secretions after solid meals in patients with nonresective ulcer surgery. AU - Mayer, E. A. AU - Thomson, J. B. AU - Jehn, D. AU - Reedy, T. AU - Elashoff, J. AU - Deveny, C. AU - Meyer, J. H. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 87 IS - 6 SP - 1264 EP - 1271 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Mayer, E. A.: Dep. Gastroenterology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 16111 Plummer Street, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851470512. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Six subjects with proximal gastric vagotomy and 7 subjects with truncal vagotomy with pyloroplasty were studied using an indicator perfusion system with its aspiration port placed in the proximal jejunum. All subjects ate a meal of 30 g 99mTc-liver, 60 g beefsteak and 100 ml H2O. In conjunction with a γ-camera to measure total gastric emptying of 99mTc-liver, the method allowed estimation of the fraction of 99mTc-liver emptied from the stomach as particles of less than 1-mm diameter and measurement of jejunal concentrations and outputs of bile salts and pancreatic enzymes. In subjects with proximal gastric vagotomy, all variables studied were indistinguishable from normal. Subjects with truncal vagotomy and pyloroplasty behaved similarly to subjects with vagotomy and antrectomy, showing early precipitous emptying of food, heterogeneous distribution of half-emptying times, near-normal concentration of biliary and pancreatic secretions, much slower jejunal flow rates and a decrease in postcibal trypsin secretion. In contrast to subjects after truncal vagotomy and antrectomy, most subjects with vagotomy and pyloroplasty did not show a persistent defect in grinding and sieving of solid food. KW - Bile secretion KW - Pancreas KW - secretions KW - Transit time KW - vagotomy KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851470512&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastric H+ and HCO-3 secretion in response to sham feeding in humans. AU - Feldman, M. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 248 IS - 2, I SP - G188 EP - G191 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Feldman, M.: Dallas Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, TX 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851470647. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Sham feeding (SF) was used to evaluate the effect of physiological vagal stimulation on gastric acid (H+) and bicarbonate (HCO-3) secretion in 17 healthy men and women, as well as on parietal and nonparietal volume secretion. A recently validated method, derived from a two-component model of gastric secretion, was employed. SF increased H+ secretion from parietal cells and HCO-3 secretion from nonparietal cells, although the H+ response was greater and more prolonged. Atropine inhibited not only H+ secretion but also HCO-3 and nonparietal volume secretion. Peak H+ secretion during SF was about 27 mmol/h, whereas peak HCO-3 secretion was about 6 mmol/h. When H+ secretion was already completely stimulated by an intravenous pentagastrin infusion, SF reduced gastric juice acidity and osmolality as a result of neutralization of H+ by HCO-3 and dilution of H+ by nonparietal secretions. KW - Bicarbonates KW - Gastric acid KW - secretions KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - sham feeding KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851470647&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Decrease in microviscosity and cholesterol content of rat liver plasma membranes after chronic ethanol feeding. AU - Yamada, S. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1984/// VL - 74 IS - 6 SP - 2285 EP - 2289 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Yamada, S.: Alcohol Research and Treatment Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851471169. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 46 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5, 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats were pair-fed on nutritionally adequate liquid diets containing ethanol as 36% of energy or an amount of carbohydrate of equal energy value for 4 to 5 weeks. Contrasting with other membranes, chronic feeding on ethanol resulted in an increase in hepatic plasma membrane fluidity as assessed by fluorescence anisotropy. That change was associated with a decrease in plasma membrane cholesterol content. KW - Cholesterol KW - ethanol KW - intake KW - liver KW - membranes KW - viscosity KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851471169&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Moderate weight loss and sulfonylurea treatment of non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. Combined effects. AU - Liu, G. C. AU - Coulston, A. M. AU - Lardinois, C. K. AU - Hollenbeck, C. B. AU - Moore, J. G. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Archives of Internal Medicine JF - Archives of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1985/// VL - 145 IS - 4 SP - 665 EP - 669 SN - 0003-9926 AD - Liu, G. C.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (640/182B), 3801 Miranda Ave, Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851471232. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 29094-61-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Low-energy liquid formula diets were given for one month to 20 moderately obese patients with noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus divided into 2 equal groups; group 1 was treated with weight loss alone, group 2 received glipizide in addition to the low-energy diet. Mean weight loss was similar in the 2 groups (6.5 ± 0.6 and 6.4 ± 0.5 kg) and was associated with a significant decrease in mean fasting plasma glucose value from 293 ± 15 to 232 ± 24 mg/100 ml (group 1) and from 281 ± 15 to 152 ± 7 (group 2). That was associated with 13% (group 1) and 36% (group 2) decrements in total postprandial glucose response. Neither fasting nor postprandial insulin values changed significantly with weight loss, but estimates of insulin-stimulated glucose disposal showed a 15% (group 1) and 42% (group 2) improvement. Fasting plasma cholesterol and triglyceride concentrations fell significantly in both groups. KW - Diabetes KW - diet treatment KW - glipizide KW - obesity KW - treatment KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - diet prescription KW - fatness KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851471232&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparison of effects of dietary saturated, monounsaturated, and polyunsaturated fatty acids on plasma lipids and lipoproteins in man. AU - Mattson, F. H. AU - Grundy, S. M. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1985/// VL - 26 IS - 2 SP - 194 EP - 202 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Mattson, F. H.: Veterans Administration Medical Centers, Dallas, TX, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851471246. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Twenty patients consumed a liquid diet in which the main fatty acids were saturated (Sat), monounsaturated (Mono) or polyunsaturated (Poly). The fats supplied 40% of total energy and consisted of palm oil, and safflower oil rich in oleic or linoleic acid, respectively. During the 3rd and 4th week of each dietary period, multiple samples of blood were taken. Twelve of the patients had normal plasma triglyceride values and Mono and Poly diets caused significant and equal decreases in low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C). Eight patients with hypertriglyceridaemia showed considerable variability in response to Mono and Poly diets. Although there was a trend towards decreases in cholesterol and LDL-C values with Mono and Poly diets, the changes were inconsistent; high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDL-C) concentrations were low with the Sat diet and were unaffected by the Mono or the Poly diets. Results show that oleic acid is as effective as linoleic acid in decreasing LDL-C values in normotriglyceridaemic patients, and oleic acid seemingly reduces HDL-C less frequently than does linoleic acid. Neither type of unsaturated fat had striking effects on lipoprotein contents in hypertriglyceridaemic patients. KW - blood KW - Blood lipids KW - diets KW - Lipoproteins KW - MONOENOIC FATTY ACIDS KW - polyunsaturated fats KW - saturated fats KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - monounsaturated fatty acids KW - polyenoic fats KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851471246&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Food technology. A primer for physicians. AU - Levine, A. S. AU - Labuza, T. P. AU - Morley, J. E. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1985/// VL - 312 IS - 10 SP - 628 EP - 634 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Levine, A. S.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 54th St. and 48th Ave. S., Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851471253. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 55 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - As, historically, physicians have not been exposed to the subject of food technology, and the limited contact which they have had in that area has been in relation to food-borne illness and to some toxic effects of foods, this introduction to food technology describes changes which occur in foods as a result of manufacturing, effects of food technology on health and US laws governing that industry. KW - Food technology KW - health KW - legislation KW - USA KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - United States of America KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) KW - Laws and Regulations (DD500) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851471253&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of chronic alcohol abuse on exocrine pancreatic secretion in man. AU - Rinderknecht, H. AU - Stace, N. H. AU - Renner, I. G. JO - Digestive Diseases and Sciences JF - Digestive Diseases and Sciences Y1 - 1985/// VL - 30 IS - 1 SP - 65 EP - 71 SN - 0163-2116 AD - Rinderknecht, H.: Medical Biochemistry Research, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851471292. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Pure pancreatic juice (PPJ) was obtained by endoscopic cannulation of the pancreatic duct from 21 healthy, nonalcoholic subjects and 25 chronic alcoholics. Peak concentration and output of total proteins after sequential stimulation with secretin and cholecystokinin was significantly greater in the chronic alcoholics than in the nonalcoholic subjects. The greatest change in the secretory proteins was in the trypsinogens. Although the concentrations of all 3 trypsinogen variants were signficantly higher in PPJ of chronic alcoholics, most of the increase resulted from an almost 5-fold increase of the anionic variant, suggesting nonparallel changes in the synthesis of pancreatic exocrine proteins. Whereas the ratio of cationic-anionic trypsinogen in the control group was consistently greater than one, it was, without exception, below one in the chronic alcoholics. As there was no significant increase in trypsin inhibitor in PPJ of alcoholics, the ratio of trypsinogen:trypsin inhibitor showed a highly significant increase in that group. That distortion of the normal ratio in favour of trypsinogen may promote premature activation of pancreatic zymogens as postulated in acute pancreatitis. The concentrations of other zymogens and lysosomal hydrolases in PPJ of the chronic alcoholics showed small, but not significant, increases, with the exception of leucine naphthylamidase which was significantly increased. Nonparallel secretion of some exocrine proteins observed in healthy, nonalcoholic subjects was affected selectively by chronic ethanol ingestion. Thus, in chronic alcoholics the secretory kinetics of trypsinogen and chymotrypsinogen were affected, but trypsin inhibitor secretion was apparently not. Secretory kinetics of lysosomal hydrolases, with the exception of β-D-glucuronidase, showed less pronounced changes from the normal pattern. KW - Alcoholism KW - pancreas KW - secretions KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851471292&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Elevated plasma ammonia level in hepatic cirrhosis: role of glucagon. AU - Kabadi, U. M. AU - Eisenstein, A. B. AU - Konda, J. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 88 IS - 3 SP - 750 EP - 756 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Kabadi, U. M.: Endocrinology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 30th & Euclid, Des Moines, IA 50310, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851471312. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5, 7664-41-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Plasma glucose, insulin, glucagon and ammonia were estimated in 50 cirrhotic patients after an overnight fast. Effects of a protein meal were also assessed in 20 of those patients. Plasma glucose was normal and remained unchanged after a protein meal. Insulin, glucagon and ammonia values were high, but only in patients with advanced liver dysfunction. Ammonia values were correlated significantly with glucagon, but not with insulin or glucose values. Insulin and glucagon increased after a protein meal in all patients and controls, whereas a significant increase in ammonia occurred only in decompensated cirrhotics. Increase of ammonia was significantly correlated with fasting glucagon and with glucagon response, but not with basal insulin or insulin response. The increase in ammonia occurred too early to be accounted for by enteric generation. Direct effects of glucagon on plasma glucose and serum ammonia were examined in 15 cirrhotic patients. Glucose response was significantly blunted in cirrhotic patients compared with that in normal subjects, whereas serum ammonia increased promptly but only in cirrhotics, with the greatest increase in cirrhotic patients with advanced liver dysfunction. KW - ammonia KW - blood KW - Cirrhosis KW - glucagon KW - roles KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - liver cirrhosis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851471312&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Interfering with taste aversion learning in rats: the role of associative interference. AU - Cannon, D. S. AU - Best, M. R. AU - Batson, J. D. AU - Brown, E. R. AU - Rubenstein, J. A. AU - Carrell, L. A. JO - Appetite JF - Appetite Y1 - 1985/// VL - 6 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 19 SN - 0195-6663 AD - Cannon, D. S.: Psychology Service (116B), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, TX 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851471365. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Six experiments with rats investigated the conditions in which one flavour interferes with aversion conditioning to another, familiar flavour. Conditioning to the familiar flavour was weakest when the interference flavour was contiguous to lithium-induced toxicosis, novel, more intense, and strongly associated with toxicosis. In addition, conditioning to the familiar flavour was weakened even if multiple conditioning trials were used. The repeated finding of an inverse relation between strength of aversion to the target and interference flavours is interpreted as support for an associative competition hypothesis of the interference effect. The possible relevance of the interference effect to the attenuation of taste aversions in cancer patients is discussed. KW - conditioned reflexes KW - Taste KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851471365&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Improved ultrafiltration method for simultaneous measurement of free thyroxin and free triiodothyronine in serum. AU - Wang, Y. S. AU - Hershman, J. M. AU - Pekary, A. E. JO - Clinical Chemistry JF - Clinical Chemistry Y1 - 1985/// VL - 31 IS - 4 SP - 517 EP - 522 SN - 0009-9147 AD - Wang, Y. S.: Endocrine Research Lab., Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851471384. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Registry Number: 51-48-9, 55-06-1, 6893-02-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - blood KW - estimation KW - Thyroxine KW - Triiodothyronine KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - liothyronine KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851471384&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of starvation on lung mechanics and biochemistry in young and old rats. AU - Sahebjami, H. AU - MacGee, J. JO - Journal of Applied Physiology: Respiratory, Environmental and Exercise Physiology JF - Journal of Applied Physiology: Respiratory, Environmental and Exercise Physiology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 58 IS - 3 SP - 778 EP - 784 AD - Sahebjami, H.: Pulmonary Research and Basic Science Labs., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cincinnati, OH 4522O, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851471443. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Long-Evans rats about 4 and 18 weeks old were deprived of food for 3 weeks. Final bodyweight and dry and wet weights of lungs were decreased significantly in young and old starved rats. As estimated by saline volume pressure (VP) curves, lungs of young starved rats accepted significantly less volume at all pressures than lungs of young fed rats. When expressed as a percentage of maximum lung volume, the VP curve in young starved rats was shifted upward at low lung volumes. In old rats, VP curves were similar in starved and fed groups. Total lung content of protein, DNA, crude connective tissue, hydroxyproline and elastin were less in young starved than in young fed rats, whereas in old starved rats protein and DNA only were less than in old fed rats. KW - activity KW - biochemistry KW - lungs KW - Starvation KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851471443&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Exercise performance following a carbohydrate load in chronic airflow obstruction. AU - Brown, S. E. AU - Wiener, S. AU - Brown, R. A. AU - Marcarelli, P. A. AU - Light, R. W. JO - Journal of Applied Physiology: Respiratory, Environmental and Exercise Physiology JF - Journal of Applied Physiology: Respiratory, Environmental and Exercise Physiology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 58 IS - 4 SP - 1340 EP - 1346 AD - Brown, S. E.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Long Beach, CA 90822, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851471447. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Effects of a large (920 kcal) liquid carbohydrate (CHO) load on maximum exercise capacity of 18 patients with chronic airflow obstruction (forced expiratory volume at 1 s (FEV1) 1.27 ± 0.48 litres; FEV1/forced vital capacity 0.41 ± 0.11) were studied. Patients underwent duplicate incremental cycle ergometer exercise tests to a symptom-limited maximum after CHO and a liquid placebo in single-blind fashion. Expired gas measurements were obtained during each power output. In 12 patients arterial blood gases were estimated, and in 6 venous blood was obtained for estimation of glucose, electrolytes and osmolality. With CHO, maximum power output decreased from 86 ± 30 to 76 ± 31 W, whereas ventilation at exhaustion was nearly identical (47.6 ± 13.2 and 46.8 ± 12.5 litres/min). Arterial partial pressure of CO2 (PaCO2) at exhaustion decreased, arterial partial pressure of O2 (PaO2) increased and the ventilatory equivalent for CO2 (VE/VCO2) increased with CHO. At equivalent power outputs, CHO resulted in significant increases in VE and VCO2; PaCO2 was unchanged, whereas PaO2 increased. CHO increased serum glucose at rest and during exercise. No change in serum osmolality or electrolytes occurred during exercise after CHO. After CHO loading most patients seemed to reach their limiting value of ventilation at a lower power output. There was no significant difference in the mean maximum power output with CHO in 6 normal controls. KW - carbohydrates KW - loads KW - oxygen consumption KW - Respiratory diseases KW - work capacity KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - lung diseases KW - saccharides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851471447&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of chronic ethanol intake on mobilization and excretion of cholesterol in baboons. AU - Karsenty, C. AU - Baraona, E. AU - Savolainen, M. J. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1985/// VL - 75 IS - 3 SP - 976 EP - 986 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Karsenty, C.: Alcohol Research and Treatment Center, Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center, City Univ., New York, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851471488. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 52 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Cholesterol turnover and balance were estimated in baboons pair-fed for several years on cholesterol-free diets containing 50% of energy as ethanol or as additional carbohydrate. Feeding on ethanol increased free cholesterol in all plasma lipoprotein fractions, and esterified cholesterol in very-low-density lipoprotein, intermediate-density lipoprotein and high-density lipoprotein (HDL). The greatest increase occurred in HDL, mainly as esterified cholesterol. The latter was associated with decrease in transfer of esterified cholesterol from HDL to low-density lipoprotein. Smaller increase in HDL free cholesterol was associated with increase of turnover in the plasma, increased splanchnic uptake and increased faecal excretion of plasma cholesterol, mainly as neutral steroids. Cholesterol extraction predominated over release in the splanchnic vascular bed, suggesting that the excess of cholesterol excreted in the faeces originated in extrasplanchnic tissues. The findings indicate that alcohol intake favours mobilization of tissue free cholesterol for hepatic removal and excretion; the increase in HDL cholesterol (mainly esterified) seems to be a poor indicator of cholesterol mobilization. KW - cholesterol metabolism KW - Ethanol KW - loads KW - PAPIO KW - Cercopithecidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - baboons KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851471488&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Protein deficiency and the effect of ethanol on leucine absorption across the rat intestine. AU - Hajjar, J. J. AU - Tomicic, T. K. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1985/// VL - 31 IS - 2 SP - 399 EP - 405 AD - Hajjar, J. J.: Division of Gastroenterology, Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Newington, CT, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851471908. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 61-90-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 125 to 175 g were given a diet with 23 or 8% protein and drinking water without or with 20% ethanol for 60 days. Their entire intestine was then perfused with Krebs bicarbonate solution containing 5 mM L-leucine, [14C]L-leucine and [³H]polyethylene glycol. Total absorption of leucine by the whole intestine was not affected by ethanol but specific absorption per dry weight of mucosa was increased. The low-protein diet caused slight changes in specific absorption but a significant reduction in total absorption. The combination of low-protein diet and ethanol caused an increase in specific absorption and a decrease in total absorption of leucine. KW - absorption KW - ethanol KW - intake KW - Leucine KW - protein deficiencies KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - protein malnutrition KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851471908&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Graded sucrose/carbohydrate diets in overtly hypertriglyceridemic diabetic patients. AU - Jellish, W. S. AU - Emanuele, M. A. AU - Abraira, C. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1984/// VL - 77 IS - 6 SP - 1015 EP - 1022 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Jellish, W. S.: Endocrinology Section (111C), Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, IL 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851472015. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Overtly hypertriglyceridaemic patients with noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus were given a control diet containing 120 g sucrose and 50% carbohydrate and later randomly were given high- (220 g), intermediate- (120 g) or low- (less than 3 g) sucrose/carbohydrate diets of equal energy value for 4 weeks. The low-sucrose diet group showed a modest but significant decrease in mean fasting serum glucose in the first week only, although that change was no different from the other 2 dietary groups and was not sustained. All groups had little change in late postprandial serum glucose from control values and no significant change in 24-h glucosuria. The high-sucrose diet group showed a significant increase in fasting serum triglyceride by the 2nd week of the study, whereas the intermediate- and low-sucrose diet groups showed a decrease in mean fasting triglyceride values. The low-sucrose diet group's late postprandial serum triglyceride values increased by the 4th week, whereas values fell in the high-sucrose diet group. Mean fasting serum cholesterol concentrations decreased from control values in the high-sucrose diet group. The study suggests that restriction of sucrose and carbohydrate of equal energy value below usual daily intake (120 g daily) offers no consistent benefit in glycaemia or lipid control in overt type II diabetes. KW - Diabetes KW - diet treatment KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - diet prescription KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851472015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Correction of hyperglycemia with phloridzin restores the glucagon response to glucose in insulin-deficient dogs: implications for human diabetes. AU - Starke, A. AU - Grundy, S. AU - McGarry, J. D. AU - Unger, R. H. JO - Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America JF - Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America Y1 - 1985/// VL - 82 IS - 5 SP - 1544 EP - 1546 SN - 0027-8424 AD - Starke, A.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. Texas Health Science Center, Southwestern Medical School, Dallas, TX 75235, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851472099. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 36 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5, 50-99-7, 60-81-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - In insulin-deprived alloxan-induced diabetic dogs with severe hyperglycaemia and marked hyperglucagonaemia, glucagon was not suppressed by intravenous infusion of glucose at a progressively increasing rate to 24 mg/kg bodyweight min. When the hyperglycaemia was corrected by phloridzin, a blocker of renal tubular glucose reabsorption, the hyperglucagonaemia was readily suppressed by glucose 2 mg/kg min. Direct perfusion of phloridzin into the isolated pancreas of nondiabetic dogs had no effect on glucagon response in vitro to increments in glucose. In pancreases isolated from dogs with glucose decreased by phloridzin, glucagon suppression in vitro in response to glucose increments was more than twice that of controls. This increasing effect of phloridzin was abolished by giving an intravenous infusion of glucose for the 5 h before surgery for isolation of the pancreas. KW - Diabetes KW - dog diseases KW - glucagon KW - glucose KW - Hyperglycaemia KW - phloridzin KW - responses KW - Therapy KW - treatment KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - high blood glucose KW - hyperglycemia KW - therapeutics KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Health and Hygiene (General) (LL800) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851472099&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of egg supplements on serum lipids in uremic patients. AU - Green, E. M. AU - Perez, G. O. AU - Hsia, S. L. AU - Crary, M. JO - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JF - Journal of the American Dietetic Association Y1 - 1985/// VL - 85 IS - 3 SP - 355 EP - 357 SN - 0002-8223 AD - Green, E. M.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Perry Point, MD, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851472317. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The 6 persons 31 to 59 years old had chronic kidney failure, 4 were on maintenance haemodialysis and the others were preparing for it. They took for 2 weeks diet with their usual intake of cholesterol and including 1 egg daily, the control diet. Later they took for successive periods of 4 weeks a diet with no egg or with 3 eggs, followed by control diet for 2 weeks. The diets with none, 1 or 3 eggs daily had cholesterol 175, 425 or 875 mg. Blood samples were taken once a week fasting. Serum cholesterol-binding reserve decreased on a low-cholesterol diet but no other change with diet was significant. Serum cholesterol-binding reserve tended to increase on high-cholesterol diet; serum cholesterol and high-density lipoprotein cholesterol tended to increase with the change from none to 3 eggs daily and to decrease with the change from 3 eggs to none; serum triglycerides were high initially and did not change significantly with diet. It was concluded that taking a high-cholesterol diet for 4 weeks was not associated with any considerable increase in serum cholesterol in persons regularly undergoing haemodialysis. Eggs were a source of protein of high biological value and might tend to increase serum high-density lipoprotein cholesterol and serum cholesterol-binding reserve. Further study was required before it could be known whether long-term use of egg supplements would affect overall nutritional state. KW - blood lipids KW - eggs KW - supplements KW - Uraemia KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - azotaemia KW - azotemia KW - uremia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851472317&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Ketone body metabolism in the mother and fetus. AU - Shambaugh, G. E., III JO - Federation Proceedings JF - Federation Proceedings Y1 - 1985/// VL - 44 IS - 7 SP - 2347 EP - 2351 SN - 0014-9446 AD - Shambaugh, G. E., III: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Lakeside Medical Center, Northwestern University Medical School, Chicago, IL 60611, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851472468. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - FETUS KW - Ketone bodies KW - metabolism KW - pregnancy KW - reviews KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - foetus KW - gestation KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Diet Studies (VV110) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851472468&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastric bicarbonate secretion in patients with duodenal ulcer. AU - Feldman, M. AU - Barnett, C. C. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 88 IS - 5,I SP - 1205 EP - 1208 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Feldman, M.: Dallas Veterans Administration Medical Center, 151, 4500 South Lancaster Road, Dallas, TX 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851472612. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Gastric acid and bicarbonate secretion rates were calculated in 13 patients with duodenal ulcer and 13 healthy subjects (controls) using a recently validated method which measures gastric juice volume, acidity (hydrogen-ion concentration) and osmolality. Nonparietal and parietal gastric volume secretion were also calculated. Although ulcer patients secreted significantly more acid than controls in basal conditions and during a submaximum pentagastrin infusion by vein they secreted similar amounts of bicarbonate. Ulcer patients secreted significantly more parietal and nonparietal fluid than controls. Increased nonparietal secretions in duodenal ulcer patients diluted excessive, acidic parietal secretion, preventing significant differences in gastric acidity in ulcer patients and control subjects (50.1 ± 8.7 against 44.0 ± 9.7 mmol/litre basally; 111.0 ± 3.1 against 102.4 ± 7.5 mmol/litre during pentagastrin infusion, respectively). KW - bicarbonates KW - duodenal ulcers KW - secretions KW - stomach KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851472612&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Altered divalent ion metabolism in early renal failure: role of 1,25(OH)2D. AU - Wilson, L. AU - Felsenfeld, A. AU - Drezner, M. K. AU - Llach, F. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1985/// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 565 EP - 573 SN - 0085-2538 AD - Wilson, L.: Nephrology Section (111G), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 921 N.E. 13th, Oklahoma City, OK 73104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851472824. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: French. Number of References: 43 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In patients with early renal failure (ERF), the calcaemic response to parathyrin (PTH) and the handling of a phosphate load by mouth were examined before and after 6 weeks of treatment with 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D (1,25-DHD); 12 patients with ERF and 6 normal subjects were studied. Compared with the normal subjects, the patients with ERF had low serum phosphate, low urinary calcium, low serum 1,25-DHD and high plasma PTH and urinary cyclic AMP (cAMP). With EDTA infusion, the patients with ERF showed an impaired calcaemic response to PTH; the phosphate load test showed those patients to have greater ability to excrete phosphate. After 1,25-DHD treatment, there was a significant increase in serum phosphate and urinary Ca and a decrease in cAMP in ERF patients only; the impaired calcaemic response to PTH improved significantly, the renal handling of phosphate became normal and the low baseline 1,25-DHD value increased to normal. There was a significant correlation between 1,25-DHD values and creatinine clearance in patients and normal subjects. The findings suggest a mild deficiency of 1,25-DHD in ERF patients. KW - CALCITRIOL KW - mineral metabolism KW - Renal failure KW - roles KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - kidney failure KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851472824&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - De novo sterologenesis in the skin. 2. Regulation by cutaneous barrier requirements. AU - Menon, G. K. AU - Feingold, K. R. AU - Moser, A. H. AU - Brown, B. E. AU - Elias, P. M. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1985/// VL - 26 IS - 4 SP - 418 EP - 427 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Menon, G. K.: Dermatology and Medical Services, Endocrine and Metabolism Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, CA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851472864. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In continuation of earlier work (NAR/A 53, 4666) it was found that synthesis of sterols in the epidermis was not affected by the requirements of mice for vitamin D and that the permeability barrier requirement of the skin seemed to modulate the intensity of epidermal unsaponifiable lipid synthesis. KW - epidermis KW - Sterols KW - synthesis KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851472864&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of pancreatic polypeptide, caerulein, and bombesin on satiety in obese mice. AU - Taylor, I. L. AU - Garcia, R. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 248 IS - 3, I SP - G277 EP - G280 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Taylor, I. L.: Sepulveda Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851473060. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Registry Number: 31362-50-2, 17650-98-5, 59763-91-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Congenitally obese mice are hyperphagic, suggesting that their obesity is secondary to defects in normal satiety mechanisms. The effects were studied of cerulein, bombesin and pancreatic polypeptide (three equimolar doses each of 3, 9 and 27 nmol/kg) on food intake in 10 pairs of lean and obese mice. After intraperitoneal injection of saline, obese mice ate 240% more of a liquid meal (Magnacal) than did their lean littermates. All 3 doses of cerulein significantly inhibited food intake in obese and lean mice. Although the highest dose of bombesin decreased food intake in obese and lean mice the lowest dose was only effective in obese mice. None of the doses of pancreatic polypeptide had a significant effect on food intake in lean or obese mice. Bovine pancreatic polypeptide 200 nmol/kg was required to reduce food intake in lean and obese mice. KW - bombesin KW - CERULETIDE KW - injection KW - Obesity KW - pancreatic polypeptide KW - satiety KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - caerulein KW - cerulein KW - fatness KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851473060&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Role of cholecystokinin in pancreatic exocrine response to intraluminal amino acids and fat. AU - Stubbs, R. S. AU - Stabile, B. E. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 248 IS - 3, I SP - G347 EP - G352 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Stubbs, R. S.: Surgical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center West Los Angeles (Wadsworth Division), Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851473086. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 9011-97-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In dogs with chronic pancreatic fistula dose-response studies were made to determine the effect of proglumide on the pancreatic responses to octapeptide of cholecystokinin (CCK-8), intravenous bethanechol, intraduodenal amino acids and intraduodenal fat. Pancreatic volume, protein and bicarbonate outputs to all doses of CCK-8 were inhibited significantly in a competitive manner, consistent with the proposed mode of action of proglumide. In contrast, proglumide caused only minor and insignificant inhibition of the output responses to intravenous bethanechol. Virtually complete inhibition to all doses of intraduodenal amino acids and fat was observed with proglumide. If indeed proglumide is a specific CCK receptor antagonist, the results support the hypothesis that CCK is the major mediator of the intestinal phase of exocrine pancreatic secretion. KW - Amino acids KW - duodenum KW - Fats KW - pancreas KW - PANCREOZYMIN KW - responses KW - roles KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cholecystokinin KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851473086&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Do calories, osmolality, or calcium determine gastric emptying? AU - Shafer, R. B. AU - Levine, A. S. AU - Marlette, J. M. AU - Morley, J. E. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 248 IS - 4, II SP - R479 EP - R483 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Shafer, R. B.: Nuclear Medicine Service and Neuroendocrine Research Lab., Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851473165. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A variety of simple and complex sugars, medium-chain fatty acid (MCFA), pectin and gluten were dissolved in water and ingested with a standardized radioactive meal by 10 healthy men 33 to 57 years old. The studies were also made with calcium chloride, EDTA and an equimolar combination of those chemicals. Results of gastric emptying showed that incremental glucose produced an increase in emptying time with a tendency for emptying time to show a proportionally greater delay with increasing glucose concentrations. Fructose and polyhexose had similar effects to glucose. Pentoses (xylose and arabanose) prolonged gastric emptying when compared with the same amount of glucose. The effect of sucrose and gluten on gastric emptying did not significantly differ from controls. MCFA 25 g had an effect similar to 50 g glucose. Pectin, a complex carbohydrate, produced a varied effect in different persons. There was no obvious relation between osmolality and gastric emptying. Calcium chloride and EDTA prolonged emptying, but the equimolar combination gave values similar to controls. KW - calcium KW - energy intake KW - osmotic pressure KW - roles KW - Stomach emptying KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - osmolality KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851473165&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Decreases in renin and aldosterone secretion in alloxan diabetes: an effect of insulin deficiency. AU - Pratt, J. H. AU - Parkinson, C. A. AU - Weinberger, M. H. AU - Duckworth, W. C. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 116 IS - 5 SP - 1712 EP - 1716 AD - Pratt, J. H.: Hypertension Program, Veterans Administration, Richard L. Roudebush Medical Center, 1481 West 10th Street, Indianapolis, IN 46202, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851473506. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Registry Number: 52-39-1, 9015-94-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect in the rat of alloxan diabetes (with and without insulin treatment) on renin and aldosterone secretion was examined. Rats with diabetes for 7 weeks had lower plasma renin activity (PRA) than nondiabetic controls. The decrease in PRA seemed to result from insulin deficiency as PRA was normal in diabetic rats given insulin. In a second set of rats, which were killed after 3 weeks, measurements of aldosterone production by perifused adrenal capsular tissue were made in vitro. Production of aldosterone was greatest by adrenal capsular tissue from insulin-treated diabetic rats where basal and potassium-stimulated aldosterone production were higher than in tissue from diabetic rats not given insulin. Although the reduced aldosterone production associated with untreated diabetes may have been a result of reduced exposure of adrenal tissue to angiotensin II in vivo, a chronic adrenotrophic influence of insulin could not be ruled out. KW - aldosterone KW - Experimental diabetes KW - renin KW - secretions KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851473506&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Matrix modifiers in graphite furnace atomic absorption analysis of trace lithium in biological fluids. AU - Trapp, G. A. JO - Analytical Biochemistry JF - Analytical Biochemistry Y1 - 1985/// VL - 148 IS - 1 SP - 127 EP - 132 SN - 0003-2697 AD - Trapp, G. A.: Psychiatry Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Shreveport, LA 71130, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851473649. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 7439-93-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - blood KW - estimation KW - Lithium KW - saliva KW - salivary secretions KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851473649&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Glucose and fructose feeding lead to alterations in structure and function of very low density lipoproteins. AU - Verschoor, L. AU - Chen, Y. D. I. AU - Reaven, E. P. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Hormone and Metabolic Research JF - Hormone and Metabolic Research Y1 - 1985/// VL - 17 IS - 6 SP - 285 EP - 288 SN - 0018-5043 AD - Verschoor, L.: G.M. Reaven, Veterans Administration Medical Center (182B), 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851474146. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 57-48-7, 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 180 to 200 g were given a stock diet or diets with 66% of energy supplied by glucose or fructose. The test diets caused hypertriglyceridaemia, with fasting triglyceride (TG) after 1 week of 195 and 296 mg/100 ml for rats given glucose and fructose, respectively, and 94 mg/100 ml for controls. Very-low-density lipoproteins (VLDL) composition changed with both test diets; TG:protein ratio increased slightly and total phospholipid and cholesterol content increased. VLDL from rats given diets high in carbohydrate were increased in size. The changes in lipid composition and size of VLDL particles isolated from rats given glucose and fructose were associated with an increase in their rate of removal from the circulation after injection into normal rats. KW - blood KW - diets KW - fructose KW - glucose KW - Very low density lipoprotein KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - fruit sugar KW - ketohexose KW - laevulose KW - levulose KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851474146&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Relationship between zinc and prostaglandin metabolisms in plasma and small intestine of rats. AU - Song, M. K. AU - Adham, N. F. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1985/// VL - 41 IS - 6 SP - 1201 EP - 1209 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Song, M. K.: Mineral Transport Research, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851474170. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 11000-26-3, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of zinc nutriture on prostaglandin (PG) E2, F2α and 6-keto-PGF1α values in plasma and small intestine of rats, and that of PGE2 and PGF2α on unidirectional uptake of 65Zn by everted gut sac of rats, were studied. When Zn was given intraperitoneally, plasma PGE2 and intestinal PGF2α increased, whereas the intestinal PGE2 and the plasma PGF2α and 6-keto-PGF1α values decreased in accordance with the amount of Zn given. Excess Zn by mouth increased intestinal PGE2, PGF2α and 6-keto-PGF1α and the plasma 6-keto-PGF1α values. The intestinal PGE2 increased significantly only in rats on zinc-excess diet, and of PGF2α only in rats on a zinc-deficient diet. The plasma PGE2 in rats on zinc-deficient and zinc-excess diets increased but PGF2α values in zinc-depleted rats were much lower than those in controls. Unidirectional Zn uptake by everted gut sac of rats was also increased by PG metabolites. KW - blood KW - intestines KW - prostaglandins KW - Zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - status KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851474170&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The concurrence of hypoparathyroidism provides new insights to the pathophysiology of X-linked hypophosphatemic rickets. AU - Lyles, K. W. AU - Burkes, E. J., Jr. AU - McNamara, C. R. AU - Harrelson, J. M. AU - Pickett, J. P. AU - Drezner, M. K. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1985/// VL - 60 IS - 4 SP - 711 EP - 717 SN - 0021-972X AD - Lyles, K. W.: Geriatric Research, Education, and Clinical Center (182), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 508 Fulton Street, Durham, NC 27705, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851474290. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 45 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In a patient with idiopathic hypoparathyroidism, the coexistence of X-linked hypophosphataemic rickets was proved. Initially, the patient had a mean serum calcium value of 5.6 ± 0.07 (s.e.) mg/100 ml and a renal tubular maximum for reabsorption of phosphate per litre glomerular filtrate (TmP/GFR) of 6.5 ± 0.46 mg/100 ml. Hypoparathyroidism was confirmed and treatment with vitamin D, 50 000 U daily, and calcium, 1000 mg daily, was begun. On that treatment, serum Ca increased to 8.1 ± 0.2 mg/100 ml and TmP/GFR declined to 2.59 ± 0.12 mg/100 ml. Bone biopsy showed the presence of osteomalacia. Subsequently, treatment with 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol, 1.0 μg daily, was begun and serum Ca increased to 9.6 ± 0.7 mg/100 ml and TmP/GFR declined to 1.79 ± 0.16 mg/100 ml. The prevailing serum Ca value was correlated inversely with the TmP/GFR. The findings indicate that Ca or parathyrin, or both, are involved in modulation of the renal phosphate transport defect in X-linked hypophosphataemic rickets. KW - hypoparathyroidism KW - Hypophosphataemic rickets KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hypophosphatemic rickets KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851474290&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Insulin modulates the stimulation of renal 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 production by parathyroid hormone. AU - Wongsurawat, N. AU - Armbrecht, H. J. JO - Acta Endocrinologica JF - Acta Endocrinologica Y1 - 1985/// VL - 109 IS - 2 SP - 243 EP - 248 SN - 0001-5598 AD - Wongsurawat, N.: Geriatric Research, Education, and Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Louis, MO 63125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851474556. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 9002-64-6, 32222-06-3, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Studies have shown that there is impairment in renal production of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC), the major biologically active metabolite of cholecalciferol, in diabetes. That impairment is not due to deficiency of parathyrin (PTH), a major stimulator of renal 1,25-DHCC production. The capacity of PTH to stimulate 1,25-DHCC production in insulin deficiency and with insulin replacement was investigated. Experiments were with rats fed on a 0.6% calcium, vitamin D-sufficient diet for 2 weeks. Thyroparathyroidectomy was performed on all rats. Rats were rendered diabetic by injection of streptozotocin immediately after surgery. In nondiabetic rats, PTH significantly increased renal 1,25-DHCC production (11 ± 2 against 46 ± 5 pg/min g). In diabetic rats PTH caused only a modest increase in 1,25-DHCC production (11 ± 1 against 19 ± 4 pg/min g). With insulin replacement, PTH stimulation of 1,25-DHCC production was increased over that in diabetic rats (48 ± 12 against 19 ± 4 pg/min g). PTH was equally effective in increasing serum Ca, depressing serum phosphorus and tubular reabsorption of phosphate in nondiabetic and in diabetic rats. KW - CALCITRIOL KW - insulin KW - kidneys KW - parathyrin KW - regulation KW - roles KW - synthesis KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - parathyroid hormone KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851474556&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Vitamin D-endocrine system. AU - Bell, N. H. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1985/// VL - 76 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 6 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Bell, N. H.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 109 Bee St., Charleston, SC 29403, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851474618. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 126 ref. Registry Number: 1406-16-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The metabolism of vitamin D and its regulation, the extrarenal production of 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D, regulation of bone and mineral metabolism, the mechanism of action of vitamin D and the regulation of cell growth and differentiation are described and discussed. It is concluded that technological advances during the past 15 years in development and application of estimations for parathyrin, vitamin D and its metabolites and the synthesis and availability of 25-hydroxycholecalciferol, 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol, 1α-hydroxycholecalciferol and other metabolites of the vitamin in stable and ³H-labelled forms for clinical and basic studies have allowed delineation of the role of the vitamin D-endocrine system in health and disease in man and laboratory animals. Recent demonstration of receptors in tissues not previously regarded as targets for 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D has provided new concepts and raised questions concerning the possible physiological and pathophysiological role of vitamin D and offered new approaches for the treatment of diseases heretofore not associated with the vitamin. KW - metabolism KW - reviews KW - Vitamin D KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851474618&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Evidence for alteration of the vitamin D-endocrine system in obese subjects. AU - Bell, N. H. AU - Epstein, S. AU - Greene, A. AU - Shary, J. AU - Oexmann, M. J. AU - Shaw, S. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1985/// VL - 76 IS - 1 SP - 370 EP - 373 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Bell, N. H.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Medical Univ. South Carolina, Charleston, SC 29403, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851474627. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 1406-16-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Serum immunoreactive parathyrin (PTH) is more in obese than in nonobese subjects and declines with weight loss. To determine whether change of the vitamin D-endocrine system occurs in obesity and whether ensuing secondary hyperparathyroidism is associated with a decrease in urinary calcium, obese white subjects, 5 men and 7 women, and nonobese white subjects, 8 men and 6 women, ranging from 20 to 35 years old, were studied. Bodyweight was on average 106 ± 6 kg in the obese and 68 ± 2 kg in the nonobese subjects. Each subject was kept in hospital in a metabolic ward and was given a constant daily diet containing 400 mg Ca and 900 mg phosphorus. Whereas mean serum Ca, serum ionized Ca and serum P were the same in the 2 groups, mean serum immunoreactive PTH (518 ± 48 against 243 ± 33 pg/ml), mean serum 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D (37 ± 2 against 29 ± 2 pg/ml) and mean serum Gla protein (33 ± 2 against 24 ± 2 ng/ml) were significantly more and mean serum 25-hydroxyvitamin D (8 ± 1 against 20 ± 2 ng/ml) was significantly less in the obese than in the nonobese men and women. Mean urinary P was the same in the 2 groups, whereas mean urinary Ca (115 ± 10 against 166 ± 13 mg daily) was significantly less and mean urinary cyclic AMP (3.18 ± 0.43 against 1.84 ± 0.25 nmol/100 ml glomerular filtrate) and creatinine clearance (216 ± 13 against 173 ± 6 litres daily) were significantly more in the obese than in the nonobese subjects. There was a significant positive correlation between percentage of ideal bodyweight and urinary cyclic AMP and between percentage of ideal bodyweight and serum immunoreactive PTH in the 2 groups. KW - calcium KW - hyperparathyroidism KW - metabolism KW - Obesity KW - urine KW - vitamin D KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851474627&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Chronic ethanol consumption alters rat liver plasma membranes and potentiates release of alkaline phosphatase. AU - Yamada, S. AU - Mak, K. M. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 88 IS - 6 SP - 1799 EP - 1806 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Yamada, S.: C.S. Lieber, Alcohol Research and Treatment Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851474706. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 41 ref. Registry Number: 9001-78-9, 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats were pair-fed on nutritionally adequate liquid diets containing ethanol as 36% of energy or carbohydrate of equal energy value for 4 to 5 weeks. Serum alkaline phosphatase activity was increased moderately but significantly. Hepatocytes isolated from ethanol-fed rats showed pronounced morphological changes of their plasma membranes by scanning electron microscopy and a lower content of alkaline phosphatase despite an increase in total liver alkaline phosphatase. Chronic feeding on ethanol also potentiated the release of alkaline phosphatase from the cells during incubation with 50 mM ethanol. Also, chronic feeding on ethanol resulted in recovery of less alkaline phosphatase in hepatic plasma membranes isolated by sucrose gradient centrifuging but did not affect the recoveries of other plasma membrane markers (5′-nucleotidase and Na+, K+-adenosine triphosphatase) or the subcellular distribution of alkaline phosphatase in the nuclear, mitochondrial, microsomal and cytosolic fractions. KW - alkaline phosphatase KW - Ethanol KW - liver cells KW - loads KW - membranes KW - morphology KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - alkaline phosphomonoesterase KW - ethyl alcohol KW - hepatocytes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851474706&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Compensatory mechanisms in response to an elevated hepatic oxygen consumption in chronically ethanol-fed rats. AU - Bredfeldt, J. E. AU - Riley, E. M. AU - Groszmann, R. J. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 248 IS - 5, I SP - G507 EP - G511 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Bredfeldt, J. E.: Hepatic Hemodynamics Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, CT 06516, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851475415. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - During conditions that increase hepatic oxygen consumption (VLO2), oxygen delivery or oxygen extraction may also increase, acting as compensatory mechanisms. VLO2 was quantitated in rats given ethanol for 8 weeks to establish whether VLO2 was increased and what compensatory mechanisms might ensue. VLO2 was increased 45% (0.32 ± 0.02 ml O2/min 100 g bodyweight), in rats given ethanol; VLO2 (0.28 ± 0.04) was not increased in rats withdrawn from ethanol 20 h before study compared with controls (0.22 ± 0.01). Oxygen delivery was increased 31% in rats given ethanol and adequately compensated for the increased VLO2. Hepatic artery blood flow did not increase in rats given ethanol, indicating a lack of hepatic artery vasodilatation in response to the increased VLO2. As a result, a greater percentage of oxygen delivery was supplied via portal venous blood flow that has a reduced oxygen content. The observations might suggest that rats given ethanol may have a decreased reserve for maintaining an adequate oxygen supply to the liver and may be at an increased liability for developing hepatic hypoxia if oxygen delivery, oxygen extraction or both were compromised. KW - Ethanol KW - liver KW - loads KW - oxygen consumption KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851475415&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Mechanisms maintaining a low-pH microclimate in the intestine. AU - Shiau, Y. F. AU - Fernandez, P. AU - Jackson, M. J. AU - McMonagle, S. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 248 IS - 6, I SP - G608 EP - G617 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Shiau, Y. F.: Gastrointestinal Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Philadelphia, PA 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851475580. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The presence of an unequilibrated region adjacent to the mucosal surface of the small intestine has long been suggested. The studies demonstrated by 2 independent methods, pH electrode measurement and dye indicator, that a low-pH compartment does exist at the surface of the intestine of rats. The thickness of this microclimate was 700 μm, comparable with that described for the unstirred water layer. Maintenance of the low-pH compartment is due to the presence of a mucus coating rather than hydrogen ion secretion. It is postulated that the mucus functions as an ampholyte and restricts hydrogen ion movement in its matrix. The acidic microclimate, unstirred water layer and the mucus coating might represent a common phenomenon. KW - PH KW - regulation KW - small intestine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hydrogen ion concentration KW - potential of hydrogen KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851475580&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intestinal metabolism and portal venous transport of 1,25(OH)2D3, 25(OH)D3, and vitamin D3 in the rat. AU - McDonald, G. B. AU - Lau, K. H. W. AU - Schy, A. L. AU - Wergedal, J. E. AU - Baylink, D. J. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 248 IS - 6, I SP - G633 EP - G638 SN - 0002-9513 AD - McDonald, G. B.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, WA 98108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851475586. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3, 67-97-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Micellar solutions containing 50 nmol radiolabelled 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC), 25-hydroxycholecalciferol (25-HCC) or cholecalciferol (CC) were placed in closed jejunal segments of rats prepared with lymphatic and mesenteric venous fistulae. Venous blood loss was replaced by infusion of donor rat blood into the saphenous vein. After 1 to 2 h the rats were killed. Mean rate of absorption of 1,25-DHCC was greater than that of 25-HCC or CC. Transport of hydroxylated vitamin D sterols was primarily via the venous route with mean transport rates of 18.3 × 10², 8.8 × 10² and 0.13 × 10² for 1,25-DHCC, 25-HCC and CC, respectively. High-performance liquid chromatography of intestinal and plasma extracts revealed that there was 25-hydroxylation of absorbed CC, 24-hydroxylation and putative 1-hydroxylation of absorbed 25-HCC and prompt portal venous transport of all hydroxylated metabolites. KW - absorption KW - CALCITRIOL KW - Cholecalciferol KW - Hydroxycholecalciferols KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - vitamin D3 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851475586&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Transport of glycyl-L-proline by mouse intestinal brush-border membrane vesicles. AU - Rajendran, V. M. AU - Berteloot, A. AU - Ramaswamy, K. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 248 IS - 6, I SP - G682 EP - G686 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Rajendran, V. M.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wood, WI 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851475595. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 704-15-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The characteristics of [14C]glycyl-L-proline transport were studied using brush-border membrane vesicles from mouse small intestine to investigate the transport of nonhydrolysable peptide across the brush-border membrane. Uptake curves for the peptide did not exhibit overshoot phenomena and were similar in sodium+ or potassium+ gradient conditions (extravesicular>intravesicular). Proline was transported by Na+ gradient-dependent system. Analysis of the incubation medium and the intravesicular contents showed that there was negligible hydrolysis of the peptide. Transport of glycyl-L-proline was saturable, conforming to Michaelis-Menten kinetics with a Km of 30.8 ± 1.9 mM and a Vmax of 5.96 ± 0.17 nmol/mg protein 0.4 min. Uptake of glycyl-L-proline was not significantly inhibited by free amino acids nor by most of the peptides containing D amino acids but was strongly inhibited (up to 64%) by various di- and tripeptides of L amino acids. KW - Glycylproline KW - intestines KW - transport KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - transportation KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851475595&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Brown adipose and metabolic features of chronic diet-induced obesity. AU - Levin, B. E. AU - Finnegan, M. AU - Triscari, J. AU - Sullivan, A. C. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 248 IS - 6, II SP - R717 EP - R723 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Levin, B. E.: Neurology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, East Orange, NJ 07019, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851475610. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Half of the male Sprague-Dawley rats 3 months old fed on a high-fat (DIO) diet for 5 months became obese and had increased carcass lipid (106%) and plasma insulin (61%), despite 8% less total energy intake than controls given stock diet. Their interscapular brown adipose tissue (IBAT) was 52% heavier with 45% more lipid and larger uni- and multilocular cells. Norepinephrine turnover was normal in their hearts, pancreases and aortas but undetectable in IBAT where lipolysis in vitro, but not O2 consumption (VO2), was increased. Half the rats fed on the DIO diet took 17% less energy, gained weight equally to controls, but still had 34% more carcass lipid. Their IBAT was heavier, contained 103% more protein, with no detectable norepinephrine turnover, whereas maximum lipolysis was 73% lower and maximum VO2 was the same or even less than in controls. IBAT VO2 was stimulated by switching controls 8 months old to the DIO diet for 7 days (which caused a 480% greater weight gain) but not by switching obese rats 8 months old to stock diet for 3 days. KW - brown fat KW - Fats KW - intake KW - metabolism KW - Obesity KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851475610&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of systemic acid-base disorders on colonic intracellular pH and ion transport. AU - Wagner, J. D. AU - Kurtin, P. AU - Charney, A. N. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1985/// VL - 249 IS - 1, I SP - G39 EP - G47 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Wagner, J. D.: Nephrology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York, NY 10010, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851475634. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Changes in colonic net sodium and chloride absorption are correlated with arterial bicarbonate partial pressure (PCO2) and changes in colonic net Cl absorption and bicarbonate secretion are correlated with plasma HCO3 concentration during systemic acid-base disorders. To determine whether changes in intracellular pH (pHi) and HCO3 concentration ([HCO3]i) mediate these effects, pHi and [HCO3]i were estimated in the distal colonic mucosa of mechanically ventilated Sprague-Dawley rats using 5,5-[14C]dimethyloxazolidine-2,4-dione and [³H]inulin. Rats were studied during normocapnia, acute respiratory acidosis and alkalosis, and uncompensated and pH-compensated acute metabolic acidosis and alkalosis. When rats in all groups were considered, there were strong correlations between mucosal pHi and both arterial PCO2 (r = -0.76) and pH (r = 0.82) and between mucosal [HCO3]i and both arterial PCO2 (r = 0.98) and HCO3 concentration (r = 0.77). When the rates of colonic electrolyte transport that characterized these acid-base disorders were considered there were strong correlations between mucosal pHi and net Na absorption (r = -0.86) and between mucosal [HCO3]i and both net Cl absorption (r = 0.98) and net HCO3 secretion (r = 0.83). KW - Acid base disorders KW - colon KW - ions KW - pH KW - transport KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - acid base imbalance KW - hydrogen ion concentration KW - potential of hydrogen KW - transportation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851475634&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of parenteral amino acids on human pancreatic exocrine secretion. AU - Variyam, E. P. AU - Fuller, R. K. AU - Brown, F. M. AU - Quallich, L. G. JO - Digestive Diseases and Sciences JF - Digestive Diseases and Sciences Y1 - 1985/// VL - 30 IS - 6 SP - 541 EP - 546 SN - 0163-2116 AD - Variyam, E. P.: Gastroenterology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cleveland, OH 44106, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851475746. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The short-term effect of parenteral amino acids on pancreatic exocrine secretion was studied in 7 healthy men. A double-lumen tube was placed in the duodenum and polyethylene glycol was perfused into the proximal duodenum at the rate of 10 ml/min. A second double-lumen tube was placed in the stomach and bromsulphthalein was perfused into the cardia. Samples of duodenal contents were aspirated and gastric contents recovered during 1 h of saline infusion by vein followed by 2 h of an amino acid mixture infusion. Hourly outputs of protein and pancreatic enzymes were estimated correcting for duodenogastric reflux based on concentrations of both markers in the samples. Despite an average increase of 72% in the plasma concentration of the infused amino acids, the outputs of protein, trypsin and amylase did not change significantly during amino acid infusion; the output of lipase decreased significantly during amino acid infusion. Two subjects were given secretin and cholecystokinin by vein after amino acids; that resulted in increased outputs of protein, trypsin and amylase in both. KW - amino acids KW - Pancreas KW - parenteral feeding KW - secretions KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851475746&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparison of the thin layer chromatography/flame ionization detection system with other methods for the quantitative analysis of liver lipid contents in alcohol-fed rats and controls. AU - Rao, G. A. AU - Riley, D. E. AU - Larkin, E. C. JO - Lipids JF - Lipids Y1 - 1985/// VL - 20 IS - 8 SP - 531 EP - 535 SN - 0024-4201 AD - Rao, G. A.: Hematology Research, Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, 150 Muir Rd., Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851475833. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The thin-layer chromatography/flame ionization detector system using the Iatroscan TH-10 Analyzer Mark III was suitable for rapid evaluation of the extent of fatty liver in rats given ethanol by analysing the triglyceride content of total lipid. Phospholipids, cholesterol and cholesteryl ester were also quantitatively estimated. Gas-liquid chromatography was used as a standard method of comparison. KW - estimation KW - Lipids KW - liver KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - lipins KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851475833&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Serum concentration of 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D in the human: diurnal variation. AU - Halloran, B. P. AU - Portale, A. A. AU - Castro, M. AU - Morris, R. C., Jr. AU - Goldsmith, R. S. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1985/// VL - 60 IS - 6 SP - 1104 EP - 1110 SN - 0021-972X AD - Halloran, B. P.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, M/C 11, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851475904. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 43 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The serum concentration of 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D (1,25-DHD) was estimated every 30 min for 28 h in 5 normal men. Serum concentrations and urinary excretion rates of calcium and inorganic phosphate (Pi) were also estimated. Results indicated that serum 1,25-DHD does not undergo any wide fluctuation during the day but remains within about 20% of its overall 24-h mean. In 2 of the men, part of the observed daily variation could be attributed to a low-amplitude (10% or less) circadian rhythm, with a mean acrophase occurring at 1645 h. Reported circadian rhythms in serum concentration and urinary excretion rates of Ca and Pi were confirmed. Although the rhythmic changes in serum 1,25-DHD in 2 men were not correlated with the diurnal changes in serum Ca or Pi, there was a significant negative correlation between the circulating concentrations of Ca and Pi. KW - blood KW - CALCITRIOL KW - diurnal variation KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851475904&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Uptake of pyridoxine by in vivo perfused segments of rat small intestine: a possible role for intracellular vitamin metabolism. AU - Middleton, H. M., III JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1985/// VL - 115 IS - 8 SP - 1079 EP - 1088 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Middleton, H. M., III: Gastroenterology Research Labs., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Downtown Division, Augusta, GA 30910, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851475960. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 65-23-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The single-pass, luminally perfused intestinal segment in rats in vivo was used to evaluate pyridoxine (PN) uptake in conditions that permitted prolonged exposure of mucosa to relatively constant PN concentrations. Perfusates contained [14C]PN, unlabelled PN and [³H]polyethylene glycol in buffer. Uptake was constant for 1 h and was correlated with water absorption. Uptake of 0.2 μM PN was highest in the duodenum and lowest in the ileum. When expressed as uptake/μM PN, uptake of 1 mM compared with 0.2 μM PN was decreased by 37.5% in duodenum and 14.4% in jejunum; uptake/μM PN was similar in ileum. In duodenum saturable uptake was apparent for 2 to 100 μM PN and was not explainable by a membrane carrier, presence of bile or lumen-plasma concentration gradients. KW - pyridoxine KW - Small intestine KW - uptake KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851475960&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Inadequate intake by growing rats of essential nutrients from liquid diets used for chronic alcohol consumption. AU - Rao, G. A. AU - Larkin, E. C. JO - Nutrition Research JF - Nutrition Research Y1 - 1985/// VL - 5 IS - 7 SP - 789 EP - 795 SN - 0271-5317 AD - Rao, G. A.: Alcohol Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851476194. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In most studies on the biological effects of chronic alcohol ingestion, young rats are given liquid diets containing 36% energy as ethanol which are considered to be nutritionally adequate. However, the daily weight gain of alcohol-fed rats is small (2 to 4 g) compared with that of rats maintained on an AIN-76 or NIH-07 diet (7 g). Intakes of energy, calcium, copper, iron, manganese, phosphorus and vitamin B-6 are less than amounts required for normal growth in alcohol-fed rats. KW - Alcoholism KW - intake KW - liquid diets KW - models KW - nutrients KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851476194&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Evidence for a role of prostaglandins in the regulation of intestinal zinc transport. AU - Song, M. K. AU - Adham, N. F. AU - Ament, M. E. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1985/// VL - 32 IS - 1 SP - 71 EP - 83 AD - Song, M. K.: Research and Medical Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851476573. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 11000-26-3, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The role of prostaglandin (PG) metabolism on the intestinal zinc transport mechanism was studied. In rats fed on a Zn-deficient diet for 1 week, intestinal PGE2 and PGE2α and plasma PGE2 increased whereas plasma PGE2α decreased. When 1 mg Zn was injected intraperitoneally in rats, significantly high intestinal mucosa and low plasma PGE2α values were observed; low intestinal mucosa and high plasma PGE2 values were present. Zn 1 mg by mouth increased intestinal mucosa PGE2 and PGE2α and plasma PGE2α, whereas plasma PGE2 decreased. The 65Zn-binding activity of metallothionein (MT) in vitro was dependent on the amount of PGE2α added to the MT-containing dialysis tube; PGE2 had little or no effect. When 1 mg arachidonic acid was given by mouth, 65Zn absorption increased. KW - intestines KW - prostaglandins KW - roles KW - transport KW - Zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - transportation KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851476573&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Total corrinoid, cobalamin (vitamin B12), and cobalamin analogue levels may be normal in serum despite cobalamin in liver depletion in patients with alcoholism. AU - Kanazawa, S. AU - Herbert, V. JO - Laboratory Investigation JF - Laboratory Investigation Y1 - 1985/// VL - 53 IS - 1 SP - 108 EP - 110 SN - 0023-6837 AD - Kanazawa, S.: V. Herbert, Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851476818. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Serum, erythrocyte and liver total corrinoids, cobalamin (vitamin B-12) and cobalamin analogues were estimated by differential radiology in 27 patients with alcoholism. Compared with normal subjects, liver content of total corrinoids and cobalamin in alcoholics was low; serum total corrinoids and cobalamin were high. Compared with normal, erythrocyte cobalamin analogue values in alcoholics were high, but cobalamin values were not. Analogues in liver represented a similar percentage of total corrinoids in alcoholics as in normal subjects. KW - Alcoholism KW - analogues KW - blood KW - cyanocobalamin KW - liver KW - vitamin B12 KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - analogs KW - cobalamin KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851476818&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Changing concepts in treatment of severe symptomatic hyponatremia. Rapid correction and possible relation to central pontine myelinolysis. AU - Ayus, J. C. AU - Krothapalli, R. K. AU - Arieff, A. I. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1985/// VL - 78 IS - 6, I SP - 897 EP - 901 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Ayus, J. C.: A.I. Arieff, Veterans Administration Medical Center, (111 J), 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19851477033. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Severe symptomatic hyponatraemia (serum sodium value below 120 mEq/litre) is often a life-threatening emergency which can result in permanent neurological damage or death if left untreated. Early recognition and rapid correction to mildly hyponatraemic values by giving hypertonic saline are important to decrease the potential mortality and morbidity. If the serum Na is more than 105 mEq/litre, it can be corrected to a value of 125 to 130 mEq/litre, but if the serum Na is less than 105 mEq/litre, it may be safe to raise the value by only 20 mEq/litre. Care should be taken to avoid acute correction to normonatraemia or hypernatraemia. It is of equal importance to avoid development of hypernatraemia in the days subsequent to the correction to mild hyponatraemia. KW - Hyponatraemia KW - treatment KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hyponatremia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19851477033&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Yogurt - an autodigesting source of lactose. AU - Kolars, J. C. AU - Levitt, M. D. AU - Aouji, M. AU - Savaiano, D. A. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1984/// VL - 310 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 3 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Kolars, J. C.: Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Minneapolis, Minnesota 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19840490231. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 6 ref. Registry Number: 62-42-3. Subject Subsets: Dairy Science; Human Nutrition N2 - 10 healthy subjects aged 20-28 yr, who had been identified as lactose intolerant, received on separate occasions 5 test meals consisting of: lactulose, 10 g in 20 ml water; lactose, 20 g in 400 ml water; milk, 400 ml containing 18 g lactose; commercial unflavoured yoghurt, 440 g containing 11 g lactose; or 270 g yoghurt containing 11 g lactose. Breath H2 excretion was significantly lower (P less than 0.01) after consumption of yoghurt than after drinking milk or lactose solution. Effect of 10 g lactulose was roughly comparable to that of 20 g lactose. Diarrhoea or flatulence was reported by 8 of 10 after drinking milk and by 2 of 10 after yoghurt. Activity of β-D-galactosidase in yoghurt incubated at 4°C, pH 4.6, was negligible but activity in yoghurt sonicated then incubated at 37°C, pH 7.0, increased steadily and was sufficient to hydrolyse 95% of the lactose in yoghurt within 4 h. In duodenal samples from 3 lactose-intolerant subjects, β-D-galactosidase activity was increased for more than 1 h after yoghurt ingestion. KW - consumption KW - Cows KW - digestibility KW - hydrolysis KW - lactose KW - Lactose intolerance KW - tolerance KW - yoghurt KW - cattle KW - MAN KW - Bos KW - Bovidae KW - ruminants KW - Artiodactyla KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - joghurt KW - milk sugar KW - yogurt KW - Milk and Dairy Produce (QQ010) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19840490231&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Elevated LHRH levels in human milk. AU - Nair, R. M. G. AU - Sarda, A. K. AU - Barnes, M. A. AU - Phansey, S. JO - Endocrinologia Experimentalis JF - Endocrinologia Experimentalis Y1 - 1983/// VL - 17 IS - 3/4 SP - 335 EP - 342 AD - Nair, R. M. G.: Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Med. Univ. of S. Carolina, Charleston, S. Carolina, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19840493065. Publication Type: Journal Article; Conference paper; Journal article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 9034-40-6. Subject Subsets: Dairy Science; Human Nutrition N2 - Blood and milk samples were collected at the same time from lactating women. High mol. wt. proteins were precipitaed from the samples using trichloroacetic acid before determination of luteinizing hormone releasing hormone (LHRH) by double antibody radioimmunoassay. Immunoreactive LHRH contents of human milk were 5-6-times those of plasma samples collected at the same time (106.9 ± 7.9 vs. 17.2 ± 6.9 pg/ml). Milk LHRH showed TLC and electrophoretic mobilities similar but not identical to synthetic LHRH. Extracted milk LHRH had full biological activity in ovariectomized rats. The possible origins of the large amounts of LHRH in human milk and the effects on suckling neonates are discussed. KW - Hormones KW - human milk KW - LHRH KW - milk KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - breast milk KW - luliberin KW - Milk and Dairy Produce (QQ010) KW - Food Composition and Quality (QQ500) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19840493065&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Presence of delta-sleep-inducing peptide-like material in human milk. AU - Graf, M. V. AU - Hunter, C. A. AU - Kastin, A. J. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1984/// VL - 59 IS - 1 SP - 127 EP - 132 SN - 0021-972X AD - Graf, M. V.: Veterans Administration Med. Cent., New Orleans, Louisiana 70146, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19840494221. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Subject Subsets: Dairy Science; Human Nutrition N2 - Delta-sleep-inducing peptide (DSIP)-like material was detected in milk of 2 women by radioimmunoassay (RIA) with a recovery of about 90%. Concn. of DSIP-like immunoreactivity (DSIP-LI) was high in colostrum (30 ng/ml) and decreased to about 10 ng/ml in milk. The concn. continued to decrease over the next 2 months in one woman. In the same woman, a significant circadian rhythm in milk DSIP was found, with the peak in the afternoon and the trough in the morning. A significant effect of the sampling procedure was detected in the other woman examined; DSIP-LI was lower when milk was collected before compared with after nursing. Gel chromatography revealed that most DSIP-LI in milk and colostrum occurred in a form larger than the nonapeptide. The presence of DSIP itself, however, was demonstrated by HPLC, which also showed additional peptides reacting with the antibody. Digestion of the large immunoreactive DSIP-LI by trypsin produced a peak on Sephadex G-10 that co-eluted with DSIP. This peak contained 3 immunoreactive fractions with retention times on HPLC similar to DSIP, phosphorylated DSIP and N-tyrosine-DSIP. Plasma samples taken during pregnancy contained DSIP at normal values. Slightly higher amounts were found in placenta than in blood, which might be due to interfering substances. No Tyr-MIF-1 or corticotropin-releasing hormone was detected by RIA in human milk. Peptides and proteins of milk can be absorbed from the gastrointestinal tract of babies, but it is not known if the DSIP-LI in human milk is involved in the induction of a sleep-wake cycle in neonates. KW - colostrum KW - human colostrum KW - human milk KW - Peptides KW - regulation KW - sleep KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - breast milk KW - sleep-inducing peptide KW - Milk and Dairy Produce (QQ010) KW - Food Composition and Quality (QQ500) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19840494221&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Candida infection of a prosthetic shoulder joint. AU - Lichtman, E. A. JO - Skeletal Radiology JF - Skeletal Radiology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 10 IS - 3 SP - 176 EP - 177 SN - 0364-2348 AD - Lichtman, E. A.: Dep. Radiol., Veterans Administration Med. Cent., New York, NY 10010, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841300459. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A case of C. parapsilosis infection in a prosthetic shoulder joint is reported in a 59-yr-old heroin addict. Radiographs showed loose fragments of cement with prosthetic loosening. The patient was treated successfully by removal of the prosthesis and therapy with intravenous amphotericin B (total dose slightly less than 2 g) followed by oral ketoconazole (200 mg twice a day). KW - drug addiction KW - hosts KW - infection KW - predisposition KW - prostheses KW - USA KW - Candida parapsilosis KW - man KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - joint KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841300459&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Bombesin-induced tachyphylaxis markedly enhances gastrin response to a meal. AU - Larson, T. AU - Sanchez, J. AU - Taylor, I. L. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 244 IS - 6 SP - G652 EP - G655 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Larson, T.: UCLA-San Fernando Medical Program, Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, Calif. 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841451334. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 31362-50-2, 9002-76-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Tachyphylaxis of gastrin release was induced in 6 dogs by prolonged infusion of bombesin (500 ng/kg h) before ingestion of a meal. An impaired postprandial gastrin response during bombesin tachyphylaxis would be indirect evidence that a bombesinlike peptide mediated the gastrin response to food. Serum gastrin concentrations peaked (74 ± 18 pM) 1 h after commencement of the bombesin infusion and then fell significantly, reaching a nadir of 15 ± 1 pM at 4 h. Dogs were then given the standard meal (15 g/kg), and the serum gastrin response was compared with that observed in response to the meal ingested during saline infusion. There was sixfold increase of meal-stimulated gastrin release during bombesin infusion compared with saline infusion. Stopping the bombesin infusion before ingestion of the meal still resulted in significant increase of the meal response. Although pancreatic polypeptide responses to bombesin also exhibited tachyphylaxis, prolonged infusion of bombesin did not increase the pancreatic polypeptide response to food. KW - administration KW - bombesin KW - Gastrin KW - secretions KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841451334&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Central vein hyperalimentation in pancreatic ascites. AU - Variyam, E. P. JO - American Journal of Gastroenterology JF - American Journal of Gastroenterology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 78 IS - 3 SP - 178 EP - 181 SN - 0002-9270 AD - Variyam, E. P.: Section of Gastroenterology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cleveland, OH 44106, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841451517. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Central vein hyperalimentation completely relieved pancreatic ascites associated with rupture of the main pancreatic duct in a patient after unsuccessful peripheral vein alimentation. In 2 patients with pancreatic ascites associated with pseudocysts, central vein hyperalimentation was associated with complete relief of ascites in one and a decrease in the other. Endoscopic pancreatography and ultrasonographic or computerized scanning studies showed lesions which were considered requiring operative treatment in all 3 patients; those studies should therefore be made even in patients whose ascites is completely relieved during medical treatment. KW - ascites KW - Pancreatic diseases KW - parenteral feeding KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841451517&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Plasma glucose and insulin responses to oral glucose in nonobese subjects and patients with endogenous hypertriglyceridemia. AU - Reaven, G. M. AU - Mejean, L. AU - Villaume, C. AU - Drouin, P. AU - Debry, G. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1983/// VL - 32 IS - 5 SP - 447 EP - 450 AD - Reaven, G. M.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (182B), 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841451608. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Plasma glucose and insulin responses to a 50-g oral glucose challenge were estimated in 396 nonobese subjects, 220 patients with endogenous hypertriglyceridaemia and 176 normal persons. The groups were further subdivided on the basis of relative bodyweight: 1.0-1.1 and 1.1-1.2. Patients with endogenous hypertriglyceridaemia whose obesity index was between 1.0 and 1.1 had significantly increased plasma glucose (more than 25%, P less than 0.001) and insulin (more than 18%, P less than 0.01) responses. Similar findings were also observed in patients with endogenous hypertriglyceridaemia whose index of obesity was between 1.1 and 1.2, ie, there was a 25% increase in plasma glucose response (P less than 0.001) and a 37% increase in the plasma insulin response (P less than 0.001). Thus, endogenous hypertriglyceridaemia can occur in nonobese persons, and those patients have an increase in their plasma glucose and insulin responses when weight-matched with nonobese normal subjects. KW - glucose tolerance KW - Hypertriglyceridaemia KW - insulin secretion KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood sugar tolerance KW - hypertriglyceridemia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841451608&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Plasma lipoprotein retinoids after vitamin A feeding in normal man: minimal appearance of retinyl esters among low-density lipoproteins. AU - Wilson, D. E. AU - Chang, I. F. AU - Ball, M. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1983/// VL - 32 IS - 5 SP - 514 EP - 517 AD - Wilson, D. E.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (111E) Salt Lake City, UT 84148, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841451624. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 68-26-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Retinyl esters have been thought to be carried solely by lipoproteins of intestinal origin (chylomicron and their catabolic derivatives). Recent reports have indicated that there may be significant transfer of retinyl esters from chylomicrons of low-density lipoproteins (LDL) in vitro, and that in other species, substantial amounts of retinyl esters may appear in LDL. Since in man lipoproteins of intestinal origin are not considered to contribute to a quantitatively significant extent to circulating LDL, this issue was studied further. The distribution of retinol and retinyl esters within the plasma lipoproteins of 8 normal men was measured following the ingestion of vitamin A along with a mixed meal. Retinyl esters appeared in the chylomicrons and very-low-density lipoproteins. Small amounts of retinyl esters were also detected in the intermediate- and LDL classes. Estimates of the masses of retinyl esters indicated that 5% or less of chylomicron retinyl esters appeared in the LDL. These observations are consistent with orderly chylomicron delipidation and provide further evidence that chylomicron-derived components do not contribute directly or to a quantitatively significant extent to curculating LDL. KW - ingestion KW - Lipoproteins KW - retinoids KW - RETINOL KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - axerophthol KW - vitamin A KW - vitamin A alcohol KW - vitamin A compounds KW - vitamin A1 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841451624&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The mechanism of recovery of hepatic T4-5′-deiodinase during glucose-refeeding: role of glucagon and insulin. AU - Gavin, L. A. AU - Moeller, M. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1983/// VL - 32 IS - 6 SP - 543 EP - 551 AD - Gavin, L. A.: Endocrine-Metabolic Service (115), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement St., San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841451637. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 40 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5, 50-99-7, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Refeeding studies were made on male Sprague-Dawley rats that had been deprived of food for 72 h to characterize the specific effect of carbohydrates on triiodothyronine (T3) metabolism. Fasting is associated with low serum T3 and reduced hepatic thyroxine (T4)-5′-deiodinase activity (T4->T3). Carbohydrate refeeding (20% glucose in H2O) normalized both the serum T3 and hepatic T4-5′-deiodinase activity within 72 h, whereas fat (10% Intralipid) and amino acids (5.8% Travasol) had no effect after 72 h of refeeding. Refeeding with a mixed diet (Purina Rodent Chow) occasionally reactivated hepatic T4-5′-deiodinase activity, but normalization of enzyme activity did not occur within 72 h. Time-course studies demonstrated that hepatic T4-5′-deiodinase activity was not stimulated until 24 h of carbohydrate refeeding had elapsed and that 48 to 72 h were required for normalization. The mechanism of the carbohydrate-refeeding effect was characterized by analyzing the alterations in the kinetics Michaelis constant (Km) and maximum velocity (Vmax) of hepatic T4-5′-deiodinase and the changes in the hepatic content of nonprotein sulphydryl groups (NP-SH), which are possible enzyme cofactors. There was no relationship between the hepatic enzyme activity and the NP-SH response during the refeeding period. Homogenate enrichment with the sulphydryl compound, dithiothreitol (DTT), did not change the temporal profile of the enzyme recovery consequent to refeeding. Refeeding with carbohydrate had no effect on the Km of hepatic T4-5′-deiodinase but had a significant effect on Vmax. Refeeding with glucose induced an increase in enzyme Vmax over the time-course, which became significant (P less than 0.005) compared with the enzyme Vmax of the deprived group by 72 h. During carbohydrate refeeding, a positive correlation was noted between the ratio of serum insulin to glucagon and hepatic-T4-5′-deiodinase activity (r = 0.82, P less than 0.001), whereas a negative correlation was found between enzyme activity and the ratio of serum glucose to insulin (r = -0.9, P less than 0.001). These correlations also applied during refeeding with fat and amino acids. Thus, the carbohydrate-refeeding reactivation of hepatic T4-5′-deiodinase in deprived rats is a delayed process that requires a refeeding period equivalent to the duration of deprivation for enzyme normalization to occur. Recovery was due to an increase in the hepatic content of active enzyme rather than an enhancement of cofactor T4-5′-deiodinase. The differential reaction of hepatic T4-5′-deiodinase to specific nutriments may be mediated by those hormones. KW - Deiodination KW - glucagon KW - glucose KW - insulin KW - liver KW - refeeding KW - roles KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841451637&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gas chromatographic method for the determination of the lower volatile alcohols in rat blood and in human stool specimens on a fused silica capillary column. AU - Doizaki, W. M. AU - Levitt, M. D. JO - Journal of Chromatography JF - Journal of Chromatography Y1 - 1983/// VL - 276 IS - 1 SP - 11 EP - 18 SN - 0021-9673 AD - Doizaki, W. M.: Medical Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841451704. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - Alcohols KW - blood KW - estimation KW - faeces KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - feces KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841451704&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Ultrastructural and histochemical abnormalities of skeletal muscle in patients with chronic vitamin E deficiency. AU - Neville, H. E. AU - Ringel, S. P. AU - Guggenheim, M. A. AU - Wehling, C. A. AU - Starcevich, J. M. JO - Neurology JF - Neurology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 33 IS - 4 SP - 483 EP - 488 SN - 0028-3878 AD - Neville, H. E.: Neurology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1055 Clermont Street, Denver, CO 80220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841451863. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Registry Number: 1406-18-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Muscle biopsy abnormalities were observed in 4 patients with a chronic cholestatic syndrome, low serum vitamin E values, absent reflexes, mild limb weakness, ataxia and sensory loss in arms and legs. Skeletal muscle fibres contained multiple autofluorescent inclusions which showed strong acid phosphatase and esterase reactivity. By electronmicroscopy, the inclusions lying between myofibrils were membrane-bound dense bodies which had characteristics of lysosomes and of lipopigment material. The material was similar to that observed in vitamin E-deficient animals and probably formed in response to disordered intracellular lipid peroxidation. KW - abnormalities KW - deficiency KW - Skeletal muscle KW - vitamin E KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841451863&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Metabolic effects of dichloroacetate in diabetic dogs. AU - Park, R. AU - Radosevich, P. R. AU - Leach, W. J. AU - Seto, P. AU - Arieff, A. I. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 245 IS - 1 SP - E94 EP - E101 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Park, R.: Division of Nephrology, Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, Calif., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841452167. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 40 ref. Registry Number: 79-43-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In diabetic dogs deprived of food for 48 h treated with dichloroacetate (DCA) (300 mg/kg h), the relative contributions by skeletal muscle and gut to the supply of precursors used for hepatic gluconeogenesis were estimated. The total production of lactate and alanine by skeletal muscle and gut decreased from 2370 to 1160 μmol/kg h during treatment with DCA. Hepatic uptake of these substrates decreased from 1040 to 435 μmol/kg h, and blood glucose decreased from 370 ± 18 to 279 ± 22 mg/100 ml. DCA treatment decreased the skeletal muscle production of both lactate and alanine to 40% of control, whereas gut production was decreased to only 72% of control levels. Hepatic uptake of the 2 substrates decreased in proportion to the change in blood levels because fractional hepatic extraction was unaltered. The effects of DCA on the interorgan metabolism of plasma amino acids showed that diminished availability of alanine for hepatic gluconeogenesis was compensated in part by increased release of other gluconeogenic amino acids from muscle and gut. Gut uptake of glutamine seemed unchanged, but most of its metabolic end products were released in greater amounts by DCA treatment, suggesting enhanced glutamine degradation. KW - administration KW - Diabetes KW - dichloroacetic acid KW - physiology KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841452167&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Regionally perfused fatty acids augment acid-induced canine pancreatic secretion. AU - Fink, A. S. AU - Luxenburg, M. AU - Meyer, J. H. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 245 IS - 1 SP - G78 EP - G84 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Fink, A. S.: Surgical and Medical Services, Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, Calif. 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841452171. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 7647-01-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To study interactions between hydrochloric acid and fatty acids on pancreatic secretion, 6 dogs with chronic gastric, pancreatic and small intestinal cannulae received various combinations of the intestinal perfusates, 20, 40, and 80 mM hydrochloric acid, oleate, dodecanoate, or 0.15 M saline. Regional intestinal perfusion (a proximal segment measuring 45 cm from the pancreatic duct versus the remaining small bowel) was utilized to separate the aqueous acid and lipid solutions. Both oleate and dodecanoate augmented the bicarbonate output induced by intraluminal acidification. In other experiments, intraluminal oleate, when combined with exogenous intravenous secretin (12.5 to 900 ng/kg h), potentiated the secretin-induced bicarbonate output at low secretin doses. Dodecanoate also increased secretin-induced bicarbonate output. In all the studies, protein outputs were increased by intestinal fatty acids. KW - administration KW - fatty acids KW - hydrochloric acid KW - Pancreas KW - secretions KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841452171&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intraduodenal emulsions of oleic acid augment acid-induced canine pancreatic secretion. AU - Fink, A. S. AU - Meyer, J. H. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 245 IS - 1 SP - G85 EP - G91 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Fink, A. S.: Surgical and Medical Services, Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, Calif. 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841452177. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 7647-01-0, 112-80-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To study interactions between intraduodenal acid and emulsified oleic acid, dogs with chronic gastric and pancreatic fistulae received 2 sets of intestinal perfusates. The first set contained hydrochloric acid plus bovine serum albumin (BSA) with or without 20 mM oleic acid. The BSA and HCl were varied so that each 50 ml contained 1, 2, or 4 mEq of acid titratable from an initial pH of 2.0 or 3.5 to an end-point pH of 4.5. Oleic acid significantly enhanced pancreatic bicarbonate and protein outputs induced by acidified BSA. In additional studies, a less soluble protein solution, a 1:1 mixture of bovine haemoglobin and ovalbumin (HB-OV), was utilized. Fixed amounts of HCl (1, 2, or 4 mEq/50 ml) were added to native or pepsin-digested HB-OV solutions with or without 20 mM oleic acid. In these studies, initial pH and titratable acid (to end-point pH 4.5) varied with the nature of the HB-OV (undigested or digested), as well as with the amount of HCl added. Under these conditions, digested HB-OV and oleic acid potentiated acid-induced bicarbonate output, but only in those solutions with the greatest amount of added HCl. Acid-induced bicarbonate or protein outputs were not further augmented upon combination of HB-OV digests with oleic acid. KW - administration KW - hydrochloric acid KW - oleic acid KW - Pancreas KW - secretions KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841452177&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of cholesterol feeding and alterations in bile acid homeostasis on de novo sterologenesis in diabetic rats. AU - Feingold, K. R. AU - Wiley, M. H. AU - Moser, A. H. AU - Lear, S. R. JO - Diabetes JF - Diabetes Y1 - 1983/// VL - 32 IS - 4 SP - 368 EP - 376 AD - Feingold, K. R.: Metabolism Section, Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement Street (111F), San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841452352. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of feeding on cholesterol and changes of bile acid homeostasis on sterol synthesis was studied in intact normal and diabetic rats. Feeding on cholesterol in the control rats did not affect sterol synthesis in the small intestine, but in diabetic rats, feeding on cholesterol inhibited small intestinal sterologenesis. The 3-fold stimulation of small intestinal sterol synthesis in diabetic rats was completely obliterated by cholesterol ingestion; that inhibition of sterol synthesis by feeding on cholesterol in the small intestine of diabetic rats occurred very rapidly (within 36 h). In the large intestine, feeding on cholesterol did not influence sterol synthesis in the diabetic or control rats. In the liver, feeding on cholesterol inhibited sterol synthesis to similar degrees in the diabetics and controls. Feeding on colestipol and biliary drainage, procedures which decrease bile acid pool size, stimulated sterol synthesis in the liver and small intestine of diabetic and control rats. However, decreases in bile acid pool size increased sterologenesis in the large intestine in control rats but had no effect in the diabetics. Bile acid ingestion did not change small or large intestinal sterologenesis in the diabetic or control rats. KW - bile acids KW - cholesterol KW - Diabetes KW - homeostasis KW - ingestion KW - sterols KW - synthesis KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841452352&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Nutrition and cognitive function in the elderly. AU - Raskind, M. T2 - Journal of the American Medical Association JO - Journal of the American Medical Association JF - Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1983/// VL - 249 IS - 21 SP - 2939 EP - 2940 AD - Raskind, M.: Veterans Administration Geriatric Research, Education, and Clinical Center, Univ. Washington, Seattle, Wash., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841452362. Publication Type: Editorial. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - MENTAL ABILITY KW - nutritional state KW - Old age KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - intelligence KW - nutritional status KW - Diet Studies (VV110) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841452362&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparison of cholesterol and β-sitosterol: effects on jejunal fluid secretion induced by oleate, and absorption from mixed micellar solutions. AU - Slota, T. AU - Kozlov, N. A. AU - Ammon, H. V. JO - Gut JF - Gut Y1 - 1983/// VL - 24 IS - 7 SP - 653 EP - 658 SN - 0017-5749 AD - Slota, T.: Gastroenterology Section/111C, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wood (Milwaukee), Wis. 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841452381. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5, 112-80-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Jejunal fluid secretion induced by perfusion with oleic acid can be decreased by the addition of cholesterol. The specificity of that effect was tested by comparing the effects of cholesterol with that of a plant sterol, β-sitosterol, during perfusion of the jejunum in healthy subjects. The solubilities of cholesterol and β-sitosterol in micellar solutions and their jejunal absorption rates were also compared. β-Sitosterol 1 mM was as effective as 1 mM cholesterol in decreasing jejunal fluid secretion induced by 6 mM oleate. In mixed micellar solutions consisting of 10 mM taurocholate and 6 mM oleate, solubility of β-sitosterol was about one-third of cholesterol solubility. When cholesterol was gradually replaced by β-sitosterol in the incubation mixture, β-sitosterol decreased cholesterol solubility to a greater extent than would be expected from an equimolar replacement of cholesterol by β-sitosterol. Absorption of β-sitosterol was limited by its solubility in mixed micellar solutions and both sterols were absorbed at equal rates as long as their solubility limits were not exceeded. KW - absorption KW - administration KW - cholesterol KW - fluids KW - Jejunum KW - oleic acid KW - phytosterols KW - secretions KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841452381&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Preliminary trials with 24,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 in dialysis osteomalacia. AU - Hodsman, A. B. AU - Wong, E. G. C. AU - Sherrard, D. J. AU - Brickman, A. S. AU - Lee, D. B. N. AU - Singer, F. R. AU - Norman, A. W. AU - Coburn, J. W. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1983/// VL - 74 IS - 3 SP - 407 EP - 414 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Hodsman, A. B.: Nephrology Section (691/111L), Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Wilshire and Sawtelle Blvds., Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841452745. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Registry Number: 40013-87-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Fifteen patients with dialysis osteomalacia were treated with 24,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol in dosages up to 10 μg daily for 2 to 24 months. All had previously had no improvement during treatment with calcitriol (1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol) but had been susceptible to hypercalcaemia. When 24,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol was given with either calcitriol or dihydrotachysterol, serum calcium values were significantly lower than during treatment with calcitriol or dihydrotachysterol alone. Of 9 patients who received combined treatment with 24,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol and calcitriol for longer than 2 months, 8 had clinical improvement; 6 patients underwent repeated bone biopsy and showed evidence of improved bone mineralization. Patients who received 24,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol alone did not improve clinically. KW - 24,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - Osteomalacia KW - treatment KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841452745&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of high-carbohydrate-low-fat diets on plasma glucose, insulin and lipid responses in hypertriglyceridemic humans. AU - Liu, G. C. AU - Coulston, A. M. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1983/// VL - 32 IS - 8 SP - 750 EP - 753 AD - Liu, G. C.: Dep. Medicine, Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center (281B), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841452833. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Carbohydrate, 40 or 60% of energy, was incorporated into typical American diets and fed for 15 days each to 8 patients with endogenous hypertriglyceridaemia. Fasting blood samples were drawn on days 13, 14, and 15 of each dietary period, and analysed for glucose, insulin, cholesterol, and triglyceride concentrations, as well as for triglyceride and cholesterol content of lipoprotein classes. In addition, the same measurements were made before and for 3 h after the noon meal on days 14 and 15. Fasting plasma triglyceride (TG) and very-low-density lipoprotein (VLDL)-TG concentrations were significantly increased on the low-fat and high-carbohydrate diet. In addition, integrated postprandial insulin, TG and VLDL-TG responses to the noon meal were increased on the low-fat and high-carbohydrate diet. No dietary-induced changes were noted in the fasting or postprandial values of glucose cholesterol, chylomicron-TG, low-density lipoprotein cholesterol, high-density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol, HDL2 cholesterol, or HDL3 cholesterol. The results indicate that low-fat and high-carbohydrate diets accentuate the metabolic risk factors for coronary artery disease that are already present in patients with endogenous hypertriglyceridaemia. KW - blood KW - blood lipids KW - blood sugar KW - carbohydrates KW - fats KW - Hypertriglyceridaemia KW - insulin KW - intake KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood glucose KW - glucose in blood KW - hypertriglyceridemia KW - saccharides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841452833&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Morphologic and functional adaptations of large bowel after small-bowel resection in the rat. AU - Urban, E. AU - Starr, P. E. AU - Michel, A. M. JO - Digestive Diseases and Sciences JF - Digestive Diseases and Sciences Y1 - 1983/// VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 265 EP - 272 SN - 0163-2116 AD - Urban, E.: Medical Service (111), Audie L. Murphy Veterans Administration Hospital, 7400 Merton Minter Blvd., San Antonio, Tex. 78284, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841452895. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In rats, 70% of small intestine was resected; 2 and 4 weeks later transport of sodium, chloride and water was examined in caecum and more distal large bowel (colon) using luminal perfusion in vivo. Rats given a sham operation and no operation were controls. In caecum mucosa grew 29% by 2 weeks after resection but transport was not changed. There was no further adaptive change by 4 weeks after resection. The caecum of all rats secreted water and electrolytes, the mechanism of which was not clear. In colon there was no adaptive change by 2 weeks after resection but by 4 weeks colon mucosa increased 14% and luminal absorption increased proportionately. Separate studies showed hexose transport could not be induced in caecum or colon, although its induction was previously shown in contiguous remnant ileum. KW - activity KW - large intestine KW - resection KW - Small intestine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841452895&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Reduction of hepatic stearoyl-CoA desaturase activity in rats fed iron-deficient diets. AU - Rao, G. A. AU - Crane, R. T. AU - Larkin, E. C. JO - Lipids JF - Lipids Y1 - 1983/// VL - 18 IS - 8 SP - 573 EP - 575 SN - 0024-4201 AD - Rao, G. A.: Hematology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, 150 Muir Road, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841452940. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 9014-34-0, 7439-89-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats were given diets deficient in iron and with no fat, 14% hydrogenated coconut oil or maize oil for 10 weeks. Only the last group had moderate Fe deficiency. Stearoyl-CoA desaturase activity in liver microsomes was highest with the fat-free diet and lowest with maize oil. Supplementing the diet with Fe, 80 μg/g, increased the desaturase activity significantly. KW - acyl-CoA desaturase KW - deprivation KW - Iron KW - liver KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatty acid desaturase KW - stearyl-CoA desaturase KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841452940&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Niacin hepatitis. AU - Patterson, D. J. AU - Dew, E. W. AU - Gyorkey, F. AU - Graham, D. Y. JO - Southern Medical Journal JF - Southern Medical Journal Y1 - 1983/// VL - 76 IS - 2 SP - 239 EP - 241 SN - 0038-4348 AD - Patterson, D. J.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 2002 Holcombe Blvd., Houston, TX 77211, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841453013. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Registry Number: 59-67-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Severe liver injury is reported on 2 occasions in a man 41 years old who had ingested from 900 to 4500 mg nicotinic acid daily for 6 months. The liver architecture was markedly distorted with massive and submassive lobular collapse and marked cholestasis. Biochemical and histological abnormalities disappeared after withdrawal of the nicotinic acid and other B vitamins. KW - aetiology KW - liver diseases KW - loads KW - NICOTINIC ACID KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - causal agents KW - etiology KW - niacin KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841453013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Rapid determination of free fatty acids in vegetable oils by gas liquid chromatography. AU - Williams, M. G. AU - MacGee, J. JO - Journal of the Ameican Oil Chemists' Society JF - Journal of the Ameican Oil Chemists' Society Y1 - 1983/// VL - 60 IS - 8 SP - 1507 EP - 1509 AD - Williams, M. G.: Basic Science Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3200 Vine Street, Cincinnati, OH 4522O, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841453230. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 6 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Free fatty acids are extracted from a hexane solution of vegetable oil into M trimethylphenylammonium hydroxide (TMPH). Injection of fatty acid-TMPH salts into a gas chromatograph results in pyrolytic methylation and the methyl esters are separated. The method is sensitive and takes about 20 min. KW - biochemistry KW - determination KW - estimation KW - Fatty acids KW - oil plants KW - Oils KW - oilseed plants KW - plant composition KW - plant oils KW - chemical constituents of plants KW - oil crops KW - oilseed crops KW - vegetable oils KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Plant Composition (FF040) KW - Composition and Quality of Non-food/Non-feed Plant Products (SS230) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841453230&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Lack of effect of experimental ascorbic acid deficiency on bile acid metabolism, sterol balance, and biliary lipid composition in man. AU - Duane, W. C. AU - Hutton, S. W. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1983/// VL - 24 IS - 9 SP - 1186 EP - 1195 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Duane, W. C.: Gastroenterology Section (IIID), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 54th Street and 48th Ave. South, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841453256. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Registry Number: 50-81-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - When given for 63 days a diet deficient in ascorbic acid had no significant effect on bile acid and cholesterol metabolism in man. KW - Ascorbic acid KW - bile acids KW - cholesterol metabolism KW - deficiency KW - metabolism KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - vitamin C KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841453256&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Parenteral nutrition and nutritional support in Veterans Administration Medical Centers. AU - Lipman, T. O. AU - Munyer, T. O. AU - Hall, C. JO - Journal of Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition JF - Journal of Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition Y1 - 1983/// VL - 7 IS - 4 SP - 385 EP - 386 SN - 0148-6071 AD - Lipman, T. O.: GI/Hepatology/Nutrition Section (151W), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 50 Irving Street, NW, Washington, DC 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841453314. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Two surveys eliciting information regarding parenteral nutrition and nutritional support in Veterans Administration Medical Centers were made in 1981. Of 133 responding Centers, 45% had nutritional support teams of which two-thirds were reported to be active. If an attempt to assess the quality of those programmes is made by establishing performance criteria, then 23 Centers have active and well-functioning nutritional support programmes. KW - Hospital diets KW - Parenteral feeding KW - USA KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - diets in hospital KW - United States of America KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841453314&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - In vivo evaluation of lipoprotein cholesterol ester metabolism in patients with liver disease. AU - Monroe, P. AU - Vlahcevic, Z. R. AU - Swell, L. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 85 IS - 4 SP - 820 EP - 829 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Monroe, P.: Division of Gastroenterology (151), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1201 Broad Rock Road, Richmond, Va. 23224, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841453355. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 15 patients with liver disease plasma lecithin-cholesterol acyltransferase activity (62%) and cholesterol ester concentration (46%) were less than those in 11 normal subjects. The changes in cholesterol ester concentration were confined to high-density lipoprotein (HDL) and very-low-density lipoprotein (VLDL); the low-density lipoprotein (LDL) fraction was not significantly changed. Examination of the plasma lecithin and lipoprotein cholesterol esters showed that patients with liver disease had significantly more saturated and monounsaturated fatty acids and less linoleic acid than normal subjects. Lipoprotein cholesterol ester kinetics were studied in 2 normal subjects and 2 severely cirrhotic patients who simultaneously received [14C]mevalonic acid and HDL labelled with free [³H]cholesterol. A lipoprotein cholesterol ester model was developed to fit the ³H and 14C results. The precursors of HDL cholesterol esters were free cholesterol and LDL cholesterol esters; the distribution pattern was in favour of LDL cholesterol esters in both groups of subjects (71% for normal and 88% for cirrhotic). The turnover of HDL cholesterol esters was similar in both groups of subjects, but the flux of free cholesterol into HDL cholesterol esters was much less in the cirrhotic patients. In the cirrhotic patients, that represented only 9% and 12% of the total lipoprotein cholesterol ester synthesized; in the normal subjects, the values were 68% and 74%. The turnover of VLDL cholesterol esters was greatly suppressed in the cirrhotic patients and their precursor sources were HDL cholesterol esters and tissue free cholesterol. The LDL cholesterol ester precursors were VLDL, LDL and tissue free cholesterol. In the cirrhotic patients, much greater proportions (78% and 88%) of LDL cholesterol ester were derived from free cholesterol. Also, the turnover rates of those esters were lower in the cirrhotic patients. KW - Cholesteryl esters KW - liver diseases KW - metabolism KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cholesterol esters KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841453355&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Secretin responses to feeding and acid load. AU - Yang, R. K. AU - Li, H. R. AU - Eng, J. AU - Greenstein, R. AU - Straus, E. AU - Yalow, R. S. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1983/// VL - 102 IS - 1 SP - 17 EP - 23 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Yang, R. K.: Solomon A. Berson Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841453584. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Registry Number: 1393-25-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Secretin can be readily concentrated from 10 ml plasma by adsorption to and elution from octadecylsilyl silica columns (C18 Sep-Pak cartridges). That method of concentration is more expedient than ethanol extraction or adsorption to and elution from precipitated silica (QUSO G32) and allows detection of secretin in plasma at concentrations of 1 pg/ml or greater. Basal secretin in normal subjects was less than 4 pg/ml plasma. In response to a standard test meal, plasma secretin increased on average to twice the fasting value, but in response to a standard acid load by mouth, it generally increased about 10-fold. KW - acids KW - loads KW - Secretin KW - secretions KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841453584&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hepatic mitochondrial function in lean and obese Zucker rats. AU - Brady, L. J. AU - Hoppel, C. L. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 245 IS - 3 SP - E239 EP - E245 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Brady, L. J.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cleveland, Ohio 44106, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841453644. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Hepatic mitochondrial function was studied in fed lean and obese Zucker rats and at 3 and 6 days of starvation. No significant differences in state 3 mitochondrial oxidative rates were found due to obesity or starvation. Palmitolylcarnitine utilization rates in mitochondria were unaffected by obesity or starvation; when expressed per g liver weight, they were lower in obese rats due to the decreased amount of mitochondrial protein per g liver. For palmitoylcarnitine oxidation and acetoacetate and citrate production, the patterns were the same: per mg mitochondrial protein, both lean and obese rates were equivalent; per total liver, the obese rates were higher; per g liver, the obese rates were lower. Mitochondrial carnitine palmitoyltransferase specific activity was higher in fed obese than in lean rats and remained higher during starvation. The results indicate that mitochondrial capacity to oxidize fatty acids and to produce keto acids is not affected by genetic obesity or starvation. The differences in fatty acid oxidation and keto acid production in hepatocytes and perfused liver might be explained by decreased mitochondrial protein per unit weight of liver or hepatocytes in obese rats. KW - activity KW - liver KW - Mitochondria KW - obesity KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841453644&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Influence of exchanging carbohydrate for saturated fatty acids on plasma lipids and lipoproteins in men. AU - Wolf, R. N. AU - Grundy, S. M. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1983/// VL - 113 IS - 8 SP - 1521 EP - 1528 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Wolf, R. N.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego, CA 92115, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841453665. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Effects were studied of reducing intake of total fat and increasing carbohydrate (glucose) on plasma lipoproteins. Eleven men were given 2 diets for 1 month each. One diet contained 40% of energy as fat with 20% saturated fatty acids, 10% monounsaturates and 10% polyunsaturates. The other diet contained 30% fat with equal amounts of each type of fatty acid. The 10% of fat removed from the 2nd diet was replaced by glucose. Six of the men had significant reductions of cholesterol in total plasma and low density lipoprotein on the 30% fat; for the group as a whole, however, the decrease was not statistically significant. Total triglycerides increased modestly (15%) and high density lipoprotein cholesterol fell significantly (14%) on replacement of 40% fat with 30% fat. Seven men also were given a 30% fat diet containing fatty acids in the same proportions as in the 40% fat diet. A similar response was noted as when fatty acids were given in equal ratios. This result indicates that response to reduction in fat content is inconsistent. KW - blood KW - blood lipids KW - Carbohydrates KW - diets KW - Glucose KW - lipoproteins KW - Saturated fatty acids KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - saccharides KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841453665&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of cholecystokinin and secretin on intestinal structure and function. AU - Fine, H. AU - Levine, G. M. AU - Shiau, Y. F. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 245 IS - 3 SP - G358 EP - G363 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Fine, H.: Dep. Medicine, Philadelphia Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, PA 19141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841453668. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 9011-97-6, 1393-25-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Four groups of parenterally nourished rats underwent bypass of the proximal two-thirds of the intestine. One group received secretin, another cholecystokinin octapeptide (CCK-OP), another CCK-OP plus secretin and the fourth group served as control. After 1 week, they were killed; pancreas and segments of intestine were removed. Mucosal weight, protein content and fatty acid esterification activity were affected only in intestine in continuity with endogenous secretions after hormone administration. The effects of these hormones were tested in rats given stock diet. The hormone-treated group, despite pancreatic hyperplasia, had similar indexes of intestinal mass compared with pair-fed controls. It is concluded that CCK-OP and secretin mediate their trophic effects on the small intestine indirectly, probably through stimulation of pancreatic secretion. In addition, the effects of luminal nutrients have complex interactions with these hormones. KW - activity KW - administration KW - Intestinal mucosa KW - PANCREOZYMIN KW - secretin KW - structure KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cholecystokinin KW - intestine epithelium KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841453668&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Relationship between sympathetic activity and diet-induced obesity in two rat strains. AU - Levin, B. E. AU - Triscari, J. AU - Sullivan, A. C. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 245 IS - 3 SP - R364 EP - R371 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Levin, B. E.: Neurology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, East Orange, NJ 07019, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841454049. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 51-40-1, 51-41-2, 69815-49-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Chronic diet-induced obesity developed in 50 to 60% of male Sprague-Dawley rats fed on a relatively high energy diet for 90 days. The remaining rats decreased their energy intake and resisted the development of obesity. All male Fischer F-344 rats fed on this diet for 85 days became obese but to only half the degree of the obese Sprague-Dawley rats. The development of chronic obesity in both rat strains was associated with decreased norepinephrine (NE) levels in hearts and aortas and decreased NE turnover in aortas compared with controls. However, 40 to 50% of the Sprague-Dawley rats did not become obese on this diet, yet showed similar findings suggesting an effect of dietary composition on sympathetic function. The more profoundly obese Sprague-Dawley rats additionally showed decreased or absent NE turnover in their heart and pancreas. Since sympathetic function in both strains of rats with diet-induced obesity was depressed or normal, it seems unlikely that the initial increase of sympathetic activity during short-term overfeeding plays an important continuing role in combating more chronic states of obesity in the rat. KW - activity KW - norepinephrine KW - Obesity KW - sympathetic nervous system KW - tissues KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - noradrenaline KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841454049&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nascent and remnant lipoprotein turnover in rats: experimental design and simulation. AU - Baker, N. AU - Rostami, H. J. AU - Elovson, J. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 245 IS - 3 SP - R386 EP - R395 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Baker, N.: Tumor-Lipid Research Lab., Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841454053. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - An attempt was made to predict the kinetic behaviour of the complex very-low-density lipoprotein (VLDL; d less than 1.006) fraction in blood plasma of rats in the steady state. A model with 2 different kinds of nascent VLDL particles derived from the liver is proposed; one contains apoprotein B (apoB(PI/II)), the high-molecular-weight apoB, and the other apoB(PIII), the low-molecular-weight apoB. Two other particles, the corresponding remnants derived from the nascent VLDL particles were also included. A number of tracer experiments were considered in which VLDL labelled in the apoB, triglyceride (TG) or both moieties would be injected into rats and the kinetic behaviour of the different compartments predicted by simulation analysis. The kinetic behaviour of products such as free fatty acids formed during hydrolysis of labelled TG fatty acids and liver TG derived from labelled circulating remnants was considered. Both the relative sizes of nascent and remnant particles and the extent of average hydrolysis of nascent VLDL-TG (before formation of a remnant particle) were considered. A number of experimental approaches are suggested. KW - Lipoproteins KW - turnover KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841454053&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Glucagon does not modulate the alterations in T3 metabolism consequent to dietary manipulation and diabetes. AU - Gavin, L. A. AU - Moeller, M. JO - Diabetes JF - Diabetes Y1 - 1983/// VL - 32 IS - 9 SP - 798 EP - 803 AD - Gavin, L. A.: Endocrine-Metabolic Service (115), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841454290. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5, 55-06-1, 6893-02-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Serum glucagon and triiodothyronine (T3) and hepatic thyroxine(T4)-5′-deiodinase activity were examined in groups of rats: treated with T4, fed (on stock diet or carbohydrate), fasted or diabetic (streptozotocin 100 mg/kg intraperitoneally) for 48 to 72 h. In the carbohydrate-fed (20% glucose in water to appetite) group the mean serum T3 concentration and mean hepatic T4-5′-deiodinase activity were significantly higher and the mean serum glucagon value was significantly lower than the respective means in the stock diet control group. The mean serum T3 concentration was significantly less in the fasted (72 h) and diabetic groups (72 h) than the control mean, whereas the mean serum glucagon values were similar to those in the stock diet controls. The mean hepatic T4-5′-deiodinase activity was low in the diabetic group but similar in the fasted and the stock diet controls. There was a significant inverse correlation between those changes in serum T3, hepatic T4-5′-deiodinase activity and serum glucagon. Hyperglucagonaemia was induced in the glucose-fed group by a continuous glucagon infusion for 48 h (0.15 μg/kg min subcutaneously). The mean serum glucagon (395 ± 66 pg/ml) and glucose concentrations (152 ± 5 mg/100 ml) were significantly higher in the glucagon-treated group than the respective mean values (glucagon 147 ± 8 pg/ml, glucose 126 ± 2 mg/100 ml) in the control group. Despite that hyperglucagonaemia, there was no change in T3 metabolism; serum T3 values and enzyme activity were similar in both groups. Hypoglucagonaemia was induced in the fasted (72 h) and diabetic (72 h) groups by a continuous somatostatin infusion (0.8 μg/kg min subcutaneously). The somatostatin decreased mean serum glucagon from 84 ± 7 to 60 ± 7 pg/ml in the fasted group and from 137 ± 12 to 102 ± 5 pg/ml in the diabetic group; despite those significant decreases there was no increase in serum T3 or hepatic T4-5′-deiodinase activity. The hyperglucagonaemia consequent to the glucagon infusion in the glucose-fed group was associated with a relative excess of insulin. The mean serum molar ratio of insulin to glucagon was 6.9 ± 2.3 in the glucagon-treated group and 3.3 ± 0.3 in the glucose-fed control group. A coinfusion (48 h) of glucagon and somatostatin was used to induce a significant decrease in the molar ratio of insulin to glucagon (1.5 ± 0.6) in the glucose-fed group; there was no decrease in serum T3 or hepatic T4-5′-deiodinase activity during that hyperglucagonaemic state. KW - blood KW - carbohydrates KW - diabetes KW - diets KW - Glucagon KW - starvation KW - Triiodothyronine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - liothyronine KW - saccharides KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841454290&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Further studies of the effect of a high protein diet as meat on calcium metabolism. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Kramer, L. AU - DeBartolo, M. AU - Norris, C. AU - Osis, D. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1983/// VL - 37 IS - 6 SP - 924 EP - 929 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, IL 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841454319. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The long-term effect of a high meat diet on calcium metabolism was studied for 78 to 132 days in 4 men and the short-term effect for 18 to 30 days in 3 subjects. Ca and phosphorus balances and Ca absorption, using 47Ca as the tracer, were studied. During the long-term high meat intake and during the short-term high meat studies, there was no significant change of the urinary or faecal Ca nor of the Ca balance. There was also no significant change of the intestinal absorption of Ca during the high meat intake. KW - calcium KW - metabolism KW - Protein excess KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841454319&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Determinants of serum 1,25(OH)2D levels in renal disease. AU - Cheung, A. K. AU - Manolagas, S. C. AU - Catherwood, B. D. AU - Mosely, C. A., Jr. AU - Mitas, J. A., II AU - Blantz, R. C. AU - Deftos. L. J. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1983/// VL - 24 IS - 1 SP - 104 EP - 109 SN - 0085-2538 AD - Cheung, A. K.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (111C), 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, Calif. 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841454508. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: French. Number of References: 55 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3, 60-72-5, 7723-14-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Serum 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D (1,25-DHD) and factors related to its production were studied in 39 patients with different degrees of renal insufficiency. Serum 1,25-DHD values, were correlated positively with 1/creatinine values in serum and negatively with serum phosphorus and age. There was no significant correlation between 1,25-DHD values and serum calcium or calcitonin or parathyrin (PTH) although the logarithm of PTH was correlated inversely with 1,25-DHD values. Patients who had normal or supranormal 1,25-DHD values despite low glomerular filtration rate tended to have low serum phosphorus values. Serum bone Gla protein, a biochemical marker for bone metabolism, was correlated negatively with 1/creatinine in serum and positively with PTH and age. Prophylaxis with 1,25-DHD should be considered in patients with significantly decreased serum 1,25-DHD values, as seem to occur when serum creatinine is more than 4.0 mg/100 ml. However, despite the significant correlation between serum 1,25-DHD and 1/creatinine in serum, direct measurement should be used to ascertain the serum concentration of 1,25-DHD in chronic renal insufficiency. KW - blood KW - CALCITRIOL KW - creatinine KW - phosphorus KW - Renal failure KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - kidney failure KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841454508&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of a commercial starch blocker preparation on carbohydrate digestion and absorption: in vivo and in vitro studies. AU - Hollenbeck, C. B. AU - Coulston, A. M. AU - Quan, R. AU - Becker, T. R. AU - Vreman, H. J. AU - Stevenson, D. K. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1983/// VL - 38 IS - 4 SP - 498 EP - 503 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Hollenbeck, C. B.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3801 Miranda Ave., (182B), Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841455237. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Registry Number: 9005-25-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 6 normal, healthy subjects, the effectiveness of a commercial starch blocker to attenuate or block the digestion of carbohydrate was assessed against a placebo by measurement of end tidal breath hydrogen, plasma glucose and insulin responses to a constant test meal. There was no significant difference in breath hydrogen or plasma glucose and insulin responses. Enzyme inhibition studies in vitro assessed the ability of the brush border enzyme maltase/glucoamylase to degrade starch in the presence of the starch blockers. A highly purified solution of rat and human maltase/glucoamylase was capable of degrading a starch solution, whereas 40 mM Tris-HCl (a known maltase/glucoamylase inhibitor) completely prevented the enzyme activity. KW - absorption KW - carbohydrates KW - digestion KW - inhibitors KW - Starch KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - saccharides KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841455237&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of diet and starvation on hepatic mitochondrial function in the rat. AU - Brady, L. J. AU - Hoppel, C. L. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1983/// VL - 113 IS - 11 SP - 2129 EP - 2137 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Brady, L. J.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Case Western Reserve Univ., Cleveland, OH 44106, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841455356. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Diet did not affect hepatic mitochondrial oxidation of lipid or nonlipid substrates when expressed as nanogram atoms of oxygen consumed per min per mg mitochondrial protein. Diet did not affect mitochondrial palmitoylcarnitine utilization rate, mitochondrial ketoacid production or mitochondrial carnitine palmitoyltransferase specific activity. When the values for palmitoylcarnitine utilization were expressed per g liver, the rates were significantly lower in rats fed on the high-fat diet of Schemmel et al. (NAR 41, 3355). DNA content (mg/g) indicated that cell size rather than cell number contributed to greater total weight in rats fed on the Schemmel high-fat diet. In both stock diet-fed controls and rats fed on the Schemmel high-fat diet, mitochondrial protein per g liver decreased with duration of starvation. Mitochondrial carnitine palmitoyltransferase was unchanged by diet or starvation. Thus, neither diet nor diet followed by starvation altered hepatic mitochondrial capacity to oxidize lipid substrates. KW - activity KW - fats KW - Liver cells KW - loads KW - starvation KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hepatocytes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841455356&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of chronic phenytoin treatment on tissue folate concentrations and on the activities of methyl synthetic enzymes in the rat. AU - Carl, G. F. AU - Smith, D. B. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1983/// VL - 113 IS - 11 SP - 2368 EP - 2374 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Carl, G. F.: Neurology Research, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, GA 30910, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841455448. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 38 ref. Registry Number: 9028-69-7, 57-41-0, 12001-76-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Phenytoin 100 mg/kg bodyweight given to rats every 12 h for 8 weeks caused a decrease of liver folate to one-third the normal concentration without affecting plasma folate value. Concentration of folates in brain increased during the first 2 weeks and then declined to a value about 75% of the normal. The apparent activity of 5, 10-methylenetetrahydrofolate reductase (MTR) increased as a function of the length of treatment in brain and liver, but when phenytoin was added to the MTR test in vitro, the activity was inhibited. Phenytoin had no effect on activities of serine hydroxymethyltransferase, 5-methyltetrahydrofolate:homocysteine methyltransferase or methionine adenosyltransferase in vivo or in vitro. The findings are consistent with the hypothesis that phenytoin interacts with the metabolism of folates at the enzyme level. KW - activity KW - administration KW - methylenetetrahydrofolate reductase KW - Phenytoin KW - tissues KW - vitamin B complex KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - diphenylhydantoin KW - vitamin B KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841455448&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Low serum 3,5,3′-triiodothyronine (T3) and raised 3,3′,5′-triiodothyronine (reverse T3 or RT3) in diabetes mellitus: normalization on improvement in hyperglycemia. AU - Kabadi, U. M. AU - Premachandra, B. N. AU - Maayan, M. JO - Acta Diabetologica Latina JF - Acta Diabetologica Latina Y1 - 1982/// VL - 19 IS - 3 SP - 233 EP - 242 SN - 0001-5563 AD - Kabadi, U. M.: Endocrinology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 30th and Euclid, Des Moines, IA 50310, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841455505. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 55-06-1, 6893-02-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - blood KW - blood sugar KW - Diabetes KW - Men KW - triiodothyronine KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood glucose KW - glucose in blood KW - liothyronine KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841455505&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Calcium flux across chick duodenal brush border membrane vesicles: regulation by 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D. AU - Bikle, D. D. AU - Munson, S. AU - Zolock, D. T. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 113 IS - 6 SP - 2072 EP - 2080 AD - Bikle, D. D.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement St (111N), San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841455524. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3, 7440-70-2, 67-97-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science; Poultry N2 - From hatching White Leghorn cockerels were given a synthetic diet deficient in vitamin D for 6 weeks. Some were given 625 pmol 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) by tube 12 h before they were killed and intestinal mucosa was collected for preparation of brush border membrane vesicles (BBMV). Stimulation by 1,25-DHCC of calcium accumulation was one of the earliest actions of 1,25-DHCC on the intestine. The process did not involve alkaline phosphatase or cytosolic calcium-binding protein. Influx, but not efflux, of Ca was regulated. KW - administration KW - CALCITRIOL KW - calcium KW - Cholecalciferol KW - Digestive absorption KW - Duodenum KW - in vitro culture KW - Intestines KW - Mineral metabolism KW - poultry KW - transport KW - fowls KW - Gallus gallus KW - Gallus KW - Phasianidae KW - Galliformes KW - birds KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - Cell membrane KW - chickens KW - Dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - domesticated birds KW - transportation KW - vitamin D3 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Physiology and Biochemistry (Excluding Nutrition) (LL600) KW - Animal Health and Hygiene (General) (LL800) KW - Animal Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (LL900) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841455524&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - [LeuB24]insulin is an insulin agonist at the liver in vivo. AU - Figlewicz, D. P. AU - Best, J. D. AU - Tager, H. S. AU - Taborsky, G. J., Jr. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 245 IS - 5 SP - E483 EP - E488 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Figlewicz, D. P.: Division of Endocrinology and Metabolism, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, Wash. 98108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841455607. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A mutant insulin isolated from the plasma of a diabetic patient has been reported to antagonize insulin action in vitro and was thought to be [LeuB24]insulin. The ability of [LeuB24]insulin to antagonize insulin action at the liver was studied in anaesthetized dogs. Antagonism of insulin action was first simulated by decreasing the intraportal insulin infusion 50%. This resulted in a significant increase in glucose production (Ra) (Δ = +0.30 ± 0.08 mg/kg min) and glucose level in arterial plasma (Δ = +6.5 ± 2.8 mg/100 ml), validating the responsiveness of the preparation to partial insulin antagonism. [LeuB24]insulin was infused intraportally, at molar ratios of 1:1, 1:2, 1:4 and 1:10 (50, 25, 12.5 and 5 ng/min, respectively) with insulin 54 ng/min. Infusion at all but the lowest dose resulted in a significant drop in glucose production (Δ = -0.44 ± 0.07, -0.35 ± 0.06, and -0.28 ± 0.08 mg/kg min for analogue infusions of 50, 25, and 12.5 ng/min) and plasma glucose levels (Δ = -7 ± 3 and -3 ± 1 mg/100 ml for analogue infusions of 50 and 25 ng/min). No change in Rd (glucose disposal) was observed for insulin withdrawal or [LeuB24]insulin infusion. KW - antagonists KW - Insulin KW - liver KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841455607&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Response of liver glycogen synthase and phosphorylase to in vivo glucose and glucose analogues. AU - Nuttall, F. Q. AU - Theen, J. W. AU - Niewoehner, C. AU - Gilboe, D. P. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 245 IS - 5 SP - E521 EP - E527 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Nuttall, F. Q.: Section of Endocrinology and Metabolism, Minneapolis Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841455617. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Registry Number: 57-48-7, 59-23-4, 50-99-7, 9014-56-6, 9035-74-9, 50-70-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 125 to 200 g were fed or deprived of food for up to 24 h. Glucose and other test substances were given at 2.78 mmol/kg by vein. Liver samples were taken 5 min later. Glucose caused an increase in the proportion of glycogen synthase in the active (I) form and a decrease in the proportion of phosphorylase in the active (a) form in fed and deprived rats with more rapid changes in the deprived rats. Greatest decrease in phosphorylase a occurred at a glucose dose smaller than that required to stimulate greatest increase in percentage of synthase I. Sorbitol, mannose, galactose and arabinose all caused an increase in synthase I but did not affect the proportion of phosphorylase in the a form. The percentage of synthase I was not affected by a number of other glucose homologues, pentoses or three-carbon gluconeogenic substrates. Fructose and mannoheptulose increased the percentage of phosphorylase a and decreased that of synthase I. KW - Fructose KW - Galactose KW - glucose KW - GLYCOGEN (STARCH) SYNTHASE KW - Glycogen phosphorylase KW - ingestion KW - liver KW - Sorbitol KW - Sugars KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - fruit sugar KW - glycogen synthase KW - ketohexose KW - laevulose KW - levulose KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841455617&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Activity fronts in fed dogs: effect of a β-adrenergic agonist. AU - Yanda, R. AU - Summers, R. W. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 245 IS - 5 SP - G647 EP - G650 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Yanda, R.: Division of Gastroenterology-Hepatology, Dep. Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Iowa City, Iowa 52242, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841455714. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 8 ref. Registry Number: 299-95-6, 51-30-9, 6700-39-6, 76853-59-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of the β-adrenergic agonist isoproterenol on intestinal myoelectric activities was studied in fed dogs. A 15-min isoproterenol infusion (0.5 μg/kg min) initiated activity fronts after a meal in 14 of 16 experiments. The phase III motor activity was of similar duration and migrated aborally at the same rate as spontaneous fronts occurring in the interdigestive period; the activity fronts usually originated in the midjejunum and seldom migrated to the terminal ileum. The isoproterenol-induced fronts were blocked by pretreatment with propranolol 1 mg/kg. Activity fronts were not induced by sodium nitroprusside 10 μg/kg min, even though it inhibited myoelectric activity and induced hypotension and tachycardia to a degree similar to that caused by isoproterenol. Effects of isoproterenol were not blocked by vagotomy. Longer isoproterenol infusions of 2 h produced one but not more activity fronts and infusions in the fasted state did not induce premature fronts. The results do not support the hypothesis that the effect of isoproterenol is due to a neural reflex. KW - administration KW - intestinal motility KW - ISOPRENALINE KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - isoproterenol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841455714&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Quantitative determination of individual glycosaminoglycans in plasma by concanavalin A rocket electrophoresis. AU - Staprans, I. AU - Felts, J. M. AU - Butts, R. J. JO - Analytical Biochemistry JF - Analytical Biochemistry Y1 - 1983/// VL - 134 IS - 1 SP - 240 EP - 244 SN - 0003-2697 AD - Staprans, I.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. California, San Francisco, Calif. 94143, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841456049. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - blood KW - estimation KW - Glycosaminoglycans KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841456049&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Studies on the role of opiate peptides in two forms of genetic obesity: ob/ob mouse and fa/fa rat. AU - Recant, L. AU - Voyles, N. AU - Wade, A. AU - Awoke, S. AU - Bhathena, S. J. JO - Hormone and Metabolic Research JF - Hormone and Metabolic Research Y1 - 1983/// VL - 15 IS - 12 SP - 589 EP - 593 SN - 0018-5043 AD - Recant, L.: Diabetes Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, DC 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841456083. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Recent reports have indicated that genetically obese hyperinsulinaemic mice (ob/ob) and Zucker rats (fa/fa) compared with their lean controls have increased pituitary and plasma B-endorphins, opiates that can stimulate insulin secretion. Opiates were estimated by a radio-receptor assay in gastrointestinal tissues and pancreas in ob/ob and fa/fa animals and their controls. Ob/ob mice showed significantly greater values than control mice in most gastrointestinal tissues and pancreas. Values in fa/fa rats did not differ from those in controls. Radioimmunoassay of pancreas for B-endorphins, revealed higher levels in ob/ob than in control mice; there was no difference between obese and lean rats. Food deprivation tended to decrease gastrointestinal opioids in mice; B-endorphin values increased. KW - endorphins KW - genetic disorders KW - Obesity KW - roles KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - genetic defects KW - hereditary defects KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841456083&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Determination of ultrafiltrable zinc in plasma by flameless atomic absorption spectrophotometry. AU - Whitehouse, R. C. AU - Prasad, A. S. AU - Cossack, Z. T. JO - Clinical Chemistry JF - Clinical Chemistry Y1 - 1983/// VL - 29 IS - 11 SP - 1974 EP - 1977 SN - 0009-9147 AD - Whitehouse, R. C.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Southfield and Outer Drive, Allen Park, MI 48101, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841456181. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - blood KW - estimation KW - Zinc KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841456181&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Reduced plasma lecithin cholesterol acyl transferase activity in rats fed iron-deficient diets. AU - Rao, G. A. AU - Crane, R. T. AU - Larkin, E. C. JO - Lipids JF - Lipids Y1 - 1983/// VL - 18 IS - 10 SP - 673 EP - 676 SN - 0024-4201 AD - Rao, G. A.: Hematology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, 150 Muir Road, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841456269. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 7439-89-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats given for 10 weeks a fat-free diet without or with iron or, similarly, diets with 14% hydrogenated coconut oil or maize oil had ratios of cholesteryl ester to cholesterol in plasma 1.76 and 0.97; 1.40 and 0.72; 1.64 and 0.82, respectively. Deficiency of Fe also decreased the activity of plasma lecithin:cholesteryl acyl transferase. KW - blood KW - deprivation KW - Iron KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - PHOSPHATIDYLCHOLINE-STEROL ACYLTRANSFERALE KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841456269&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hemosuccus pancreaticus: a cause for obscure gastrointestinal bleeding - diagnosis by endoscopy and successful management by total parenteral nutrition. AU - Morse, J. M. D. AU - Reddy, K. R. AU - Thomas, E. JO - American Journal of Gastroenterology JF - American Journal of Gastroenterology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 78 IS - 9 SP - 572 EP - 574 SN - 0002-9270 AD - Morse, J. M. D.: Gastroenterology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Johnson City, TN 37684, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841456351. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Haemorrhage through the pancreatic duct (haemosuccus pancreaticus) is discussed in a patient with alcoholic chronic pancreatitis and anaemia. The pancreatic duct as the source of bleeding was detected by duodenoscopy; abdominal arteriograms were normal. It is postulated that the patient's bleeding was intermittent and of venous origin, probably associated with pancreatic pseudocyst formation. Total parenteral nutrition could be considered in treatment of the condition if bleeding is not life threatening. KW - Haemorrhage KW - pancreas KW - parenteral feeding KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - bleeding KW - hemorrhage KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841456351&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of propylthiouracil and diet composition on hepatic glycogen metabolism: role of insulin and glucagon. AU - Raheja, K. L. AU - Fineberg, S. E. AU - Larsson, C. J. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1983/// VL - 28 IS - 6 SP - 1217 EP - 1224 AD - Raheja, K. L.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Irving Ave. and University Place, Syracuse, NY 13210, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841456385. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5, 9005-79-2, 9004-10-8, 51-52-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Poultry N2 - Chickens 1 week old were given a commercial mash or a semisynthetic diet high in carbohydrate (HC), high in fat (HF) or HF with 10% replacement with glucose. All diets were given without or with 0.1% propylthiouracil (PTU) for 1 week. Liver enlargement and glycogen deposition were greatest with HC and least with HF diet. PTU caused thyroid enlargement in all groups. Plasma cholesterol increased in all groups given PTU but increase was least in those given semisynthetic diets. Increase in plasma triglycerides was greatest for chickens given HF with 10% glucose. PTU decreased plasma glucagon and increased plasma insulin. Glucose-6-phosphatase was highest with HF and lowest with HC diet. Hepatic glycogen accumulation was associated with increased plasma insulin:glucagon ratios. KW - diets KW - glucagon KW - glycogen KW - insulin KW - liver KW - metabolism KW - poultry KW - Propylthiouracil KW - roles KW - supplements KW - fowls KW - Gallus gallus KW - Gallus KW - Phasianidae KW - Galliformes KW - birds KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - chickens KW - domesticated birds KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Physiology and Biochemistry (Excluding Nutrition) (LL600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841456385&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of bourbon versus ethanol consumption on absorption across the rat intestine. AU - Hajjar, J. J. AU - Tomicic, T. K. AU - VanLinda, B. AU - Forouhar, F. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1983/// VL - 28 IS - 6 SP - 1385 EP - 1392 AD - Hajjar, J. J.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Newington, CT, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841456452. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 300 to 350 g were given a stock diet without or with ethanol or bourbon whisky in their drinking water to supply 25 to 27% of their energy intake. At the end of 14 weeks the intestines were perfused from the ligament of Treitz to the ileocaecal valve with Krebs bicarbonate solution, 5 mM L-leucine and [14C]leucine or jejunal and ileal rings were incubated in buffer containing 5 mM L-leucine, L-[14C]leucine and [³H]inulin. Total leucine absorption by the entire intestine was not inhibited by ethanol or by bourbon but specific absorption per mucosal dry weight was increased in rats given ethanol but not in those given bourbon. This was due to the fact that the dry weight of mucosa of rats given ethanol was significantly less than that of those given bourbon or of controls. Congeners in bourbon may have a moderating influence on the effect of ethanol on the intestine. KW - absorption KW - Ethanol KW - ingestion KW - Whisky KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841456452&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Lack of benefit of hyperalimentation in rats with a total gastrectomy. AU - Derr, R. F. AU - Lindblad, S. AU - Silvis, S. E. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1983/// VL - 28 IS - 6 SP - 1419 EP - 1423 AD - Derr, R. F.: Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841456463. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - After total gastrectomy male Sprague-Dawley rats were deprived of food for 24 h or had by infusion into the superior vena cava a glucose-amino acid solution for 24 or 72 h at 214 kcal/kg daily. When the infusion ended they were offered food and water freely. Urine was collected. In spite of the fact that hyperalimentation improved nitrogen balance and maintained bodyweight of rats during the infusion period there was no difference in bodyweight of rats given the infusion and that of those deprived of food 24 h after the infusion was ended. This lack of difference persisted for at least 14 days. KW - body weight KW - Gastrectomy KW - hyperalimentation KW - protein retention KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - stomach removal KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841456463&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Experience with a new gastrostomy-jejunal feeding tube. AU - Rombeau, J. L. AU - Twomey, P. L. AU - McLean, G. K. AU - Forlaw, L. AU - Rio, D. A. Del AU - Caldwell, M. D. JO - Surgery, USA JF - Surgery, USA Y1 - 1983/// VL - 93 IS - 4 SP - 574 EP - 578 AD - Rombeau, J. L.: Dep. Surgery, (112), Veterans Administration Medical Center, University and Woodland Aves., Philadelphia, PA 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841456513. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 7 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Many patients in need of long-term feeding by tube enterostomy have neurological or mechanical deficits which increase their risk for aspiration. To lessen that risk, a combined gastrostomy-jejunal tube was developed. The tube permits gastric decompression while nutrients are being delivered into the jejunum. The use of the tube was evaluated in 45 patients. There were 3 major complications and 2 postoperative deaths. The deaths did not seem to be directly related to the insertion of the tube. There was no clinical evidence of aspiration. KW - techniques KW - Tube feeding KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841456513&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Determination of intracellular choline levels by an enzymatic assay. AU - Hise, M. K. AU - Mansbach, C. M., II JO - Analytical Biochemistry JF - Analytical Biochemistry Y1 - 1983/// VL - 135 IS - 1 SP - 78 EP - 82 SN - 0003-2697 AD - Hise, M. K.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Division of Nephrology and Gastroenterology, Dep. Medicine, Duke Univ. Medical Center, Durham, NC 27706, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841456620. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 62-49-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - Choline KW - estimation KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841456620&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Abnormal zinc metabolism in type II diabetes mellitus. AU - Kinlaw, W. B. AU - Levine, A. S. AU - Morley, J. E. AU - Silvis, S. E. AU - McClain, C. J. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1983/// VL - 75 IS - 2 SP - 273 EP - 277 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Kinlaw, W. B.: Neuroendocrine Research Lab., Minneapolis Veterans Administration Medical Center (111G), Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841456671. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Zinc metabolism in 20 patients with stable type II diabetes mellitus was investigated. Of those patients, 25% had low serum Zn concentrations and all showed hyperzincuria. Zn loss in urine was greater when proteinuria was present and was correlated with the mean serum glucose concentration. Studies of gastrointestinal Zn absorption suggested Zn malabsorption in patients with type II diabetes mellitus. Glucose infusion in normal dogs produced hyperzincuria without diminution in serum Zn. It is concluded that hyperzincuria, resulting from a glucose-mediated process which is not osmotic, interacts with impaired Zn absorption to produce Zn deficiency in patients with type II diabetes mellitus. KW - Diabetes KW - metabolism KW - zinc KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841456671&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Sucrose-induced insulin resistance in the rat: modulation by exercise and diet. AU - Wright, D. W. AU - Hansen, R. I. AU - Mondon, C. E. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1983/// VL - 38 IS - 6 SP - 879 EP - 883 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Wright, D. W.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (182B), 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841456802. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 57-50-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Wheat, Barley & Triticale Abstracts N2 - Rats 6 weeks old were fed on one of the following for 3 weeks: a 64% maize starch diet (C), a 32% maize starch + 32% sucrose diet (S), the (S) diet containing added wheat bran fibre (S/F) and the (S) diet given to rats running spontaneously in exercise wheel cages (S/ET). Insulin sensitivity was evaluated by comparing steady-state plasma glucose (SSPG) concentrations at constant plasma insulin values about 70 μU/ml attained during the continuous infusion of epinephrine (0.08 μg/kg min), propranolol (1.7 μg/kg min), glucose (8 mg/kg min) and insulin (2.5 mU/kg min) to each experimental group. The rats fed on the S diet had a significantly higher mean (± s.e. mean) SSPG concentration than the rats fed on the C diet (255 ± 14 against 165 ± 3 mg/100 ml). SSPG concentrations, although lower in the rats fed S/F (205 ± 8 mg/100 ml), were still higher than the C values (165 ± 3 mg/100 ml). S/ET completely inhibited the increase in SSPG concentration seen in the rats fed on S and the values were actually lower than those in the rats fed on C (100 ± 10 against 165 ± 3 mg/100 ml). KW - diets KW - exercise KW - fibre KW - insulin secretion KW - Sucrose KW - supplements KW - wheat KW - wheat bran KW - rats KW - Triticum KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Poaceae KW - Cyperales KW - monocotyledons KW - angiosperms KW - Spermatophyta KW - plants KW - fiber KW - saccharose KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841456802&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Is the erythrocyte sodium pump altered in human obesity? AU - Simat, B. M. AU - Mayrand, R. R. AU - From, A. H. L. AU - Morley, J. E. AU - Billington, C. AU - Fullerton, D. S. AU - Ahmed, K. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1983/// VL - 56 IS - 5 SP - 925 EP - 929 SN - 0021-972X AD - Simat, B. M.: Toxicology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4801 East 54th Street, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841456896. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Ouabain binding and electrolyte concentrations of erythrocytes, and Na+,K+-ATPase activity of red cell ghosts, were estimated in normal and obese subjects, ranging from 88 to 257% of their ideal bodyweight. All 3 independent measurements were almost the same in obese and nonobese groups and no correlation was found between those 3 variables and the percentage of ideal bodyweight. The results differ from reports of increased or decreased sodium pump function and suggest that Na+,K+-ATPase does not directly influence human obesity. KW - erythrocytes KW - Obesity KW - sodium KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood red cells KW - fatness KW - red blood cells KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841456896&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Endemic goiter in Vietnam. AU - Hershman, J. M. AU - Due, D. T. AU - Sharp, B. AU - My, L. AU - Kent, J. R. AU - Binh, L. N. AU - Reed, A. W. AU - Phuc, L. D. AU - Herle, A. J. Van AU - Thai, N. A. AU - Troung, T. X. AU - Van, N. Van AU - Sugawara, M. AU - Pekary, A. E. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1983/// VL - 57 IS - 2 SP - 243 EP - 249 SN - 0021-972X AD - Hershman, J. M.: Endocrinology-111D, Wadsworth Veterans Administration Medical Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841456922. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Endemic goitre involves about 15% of the population of Vietnam. To define the role of factors which contribute to endemic goitre in Vietnam, 935 subjects were surveyed in Vancon, a lowland commune with goitre appearing only in the past decade, and 619 subjects in Dich Giao, a highland commune with endemic goitre treated erratically with iodized salt. In Dich Giao, cassava, a goitrogenic food, constitutes half of the dietary energy intake. The prevalence of goitre was 45% in Vancon and 28% in Dich Giao. Laboratory studies were made of a subgroup of 63 subjects in Vancon, 52 subjects in Dich Giao and a control group of 46 women in Hanoi. The mean serum thyrotropin (TSH) values were 1.4 ± 0.1 (± s.e.) μU/ml in Hanoi, 3.6 ± 0.5 μU/ml in Vancon and 2.4 ± 0.2 μU/ml in Dich Giao. The mean serum thyroxine (T4) concentrations were similar in the 3 groups, but the mean free T4 concentration was low in Vancon. Serum triiodothyronine (T3) values and the T3 to T4 ratios were significantly increased in the goitrous regions. The mean serum thyroglobulin (Tg) concentrations were 27 ± 3 ng/ml in Hanoi, 101 ± 20 ng/ml in Vancon and 44 ± 5 ng/ml in Dicho Giao. The 4-h thyroid uptake was higher in Vancon than in Hanoi. The urinary iodine concentration was low in both goitrous regions; urinary thiocyanate was increased in Dich Giao, reflecting the ingestion of cassava. For all regions combined, there was a direct correlation between serum TSH and T3 and between serum TSH and Tg. In Vancon, where I deficiency was more severe, there was an inverse correlation between thyroid uptake and the urinary I concentration; thyroid uptake was correlated directly with T3, the T3 to T4 ratio, and serum Tg. In Dich Giao, there was no correlation between urinary thiocyanate and thyroid uptake or excretion of I in urine. KW - Goitre KW - incidence KW - Vietnam KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - APEC countries KW - ASEAN Countries KW - Developing Countries KW - Indochina KW - South East Asia KW - Asia KW - goiter KW - Viet Nam KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841456922&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Defective thyroidal iodine concentration in protein-calorie malnutrition. AU - Gaitan, J. E. AU - Mayoral, L. G. AU - Gaitan, E. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1983/// VL - 57 IS - 2 SP - 327 EP - 333 SN - 0021-972X AD - Gaitan, J. E.: (111G), Endocrinology Section, Jackson Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1500 E. Woodrow Wilson, Jackson, Miss. 39216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841456932. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 7553-56-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The thyroid function of 10 men 13 to 55 years old with severe protein-energy malnutrition (PEM) was studied in a clinical research ward before and 3 to 4 months after protein-energy repletion. Before repletion, all subjects had low serum thyroxine (T4), mean ± s.e. mean, 5.1 ± 0.5 μg/100 ml, and triiodothyronine (T3), 74 ± 6 ng/100 ml, concentrations. Eight subjects were chemically euthyroid and their free T4 (1.5 ± 0.1 ng/100 ml) and serum thyrotropin (TSH), 2.9 ± 1.4 μU/ml, values were normal. Two subjects were chemically hypothyroid, with low free T4 and high serum TSH values. After repletion, the 8 euthyroid subjects had significant increases in serum T4 and T3, but TSH did not change. Serum T4 and T3 were still less and TSH was more than in 28 normal men of comparable age coming from the same area. After repletion, values were not changed in the 2 hypothyroid subjects, except for moderate increases in serum T3 and slight decreases in TSH. In all PEM subjects, values of thyroidal exchangeable iodine, 23.1 ± 7 against 42.9 ± 8 mg, estimated thyroidal I per g wet weight, 1.05 ± 0.3 against 1.99 ± 0.36 mg, and thyroidal iodide clearance, 13.8 ± 1.6 against 19.4 ± 1.3 ml/min, were less before repletion than after; the protein-bound 131I, 72 h: 0.27% against 0.08 dose/litre, was more, but thyroid hormone secretion rates, 200 ± 49 against 153 ± 25 μg daily, were not significantly different. Thyroid iodide clearance was less even though plasma inorganic iodine, 6.3 ± 3 against 12.5 ± 3 μg/litre, and daily urinary iodine excretion, 158 ± 43 against 395 ± 62 μg, were less before than after repletion. In 2 PEM euthyroid subjects, baseline thyroid 131I uptake was less before than after repletion, and the magnitude of the increase after TSH (10 U by muscle) stimulation was greater when the malnourished state improved. TSH increased concentrations of serum T4 and T3 before and after protein repletion. After repletion, one hypothyroid patient did not respond to TSH; the other had a small increase in 131I uptake but not in serum T4 or T3. KW - iodine KW - Protein energy malnutrition KW - THYROID GLAND KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - protein calorie malnutrition KW - thyroid KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841456932&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Prolactin stimulation by meals is related to protein content. AU - Carlson, H. E. AU - Wasser, H. L. AU - Levin, S. R. AU - Wilkins, J. N. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1983/// VL - 57 IS - 2 SP - 334 EP - 338 SN - 0021-972X AD - Carlson, H. E.: Endocrinology Section, Harry Truman Veterans Administration Hospital, 800 Stadium Road, Columbia, Mo. 65201, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841456940. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 9002-62-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Serum prolactin (PRL) was estimated after ingestion of mixed meals and specific single macronutrients by normal men and women. In men, only dietary protein significantly stimulated PRL secretion. In women, protein meals and a standard mixed meal and a liquid mixed meal resulted in PRL release. Fat, glucose and a nonnutrient meal had no consistent effect on serum PRL. Serum thyrotropin was not changed by any of the meals; serum somatotropin and cortisol showed few changes. KW - blood KW - Eating KW - Prolactin KW - protein intake KW - sex differences KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - lactogenic hormone KW - mammotropin KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841456940&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Eucaloric substitution of medium chain triglycerides for dietary long chain fatty acids in acquired total lipodystrophy: effects on hyperlipoproteinemia and endogenous insulin resistance. AU - Wilson, D. E. AU - Chan, I. F. AU - Stevenson, K. B. AU - Horton, S. C. AU - Schipke, C. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1983/// VL - 57 IS - 3 SP - 517 EP - 523 SN - 0021-972X AD - Wilson, D. E.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (111E), 500 Foothill Drive, Salt Lake City, Utah 84148, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841456950. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In a man 17 years old with acquired total lipodystrophy (TLD), effects of substitution of medium chain triglyceride (MCT) for dietary long chain fatty acids of equal energy value were studied. The patient showed insulin resistance, carbohydrate intolerance, fasting- and glucose-stimulated hyperinsulinaemia, hyperglucagonaemia, type V hyperlipoproteinaemia and lipoprotein lipase deficiency on a normal diet. Improvement in chylomicronaemia, hypertriglyceridaemia and xanthomatosis occurred during MCT substitution. Carbohydrate intolerance decreased and fasting immunoreactive glucagon and insulin concentrations decreased 37% and 83%, respectively. Plasma triglyceride polyunsaturated fatty acid concentrations decreased to very low values. With long term feeding on MCT supplemented by polyunsaturated fatty acids, hepatomegaly gradually decreased, while bodyweight remained stable. The patient did not require insulin. The observations suggest that the abnormalities in carbohydrate metabolism are closely linked to, and perhaps dependent on, the abnormalities in lipoprotein transport in TLD. KW - blood KW - Hepatomegaly KW - insulin KW - Lipidosis KW - lipoproteins KW - MEDIUM CHAIN TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - resistance KW - treatment KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - liver enlargement KW - medium chain triglycerides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841456950&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of ethanol on the uptake of pyridoxine.HCl in the rat jejunum. AU - Middleton, H. M., III AU - Mills, L. R. AU - Manjit Singh JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1984/// VL - 39 IS - 1 SP - 54 EP - 61 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Middleton, H. M., III: (509/151), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, GA 30910, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841457044. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 65-23-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of acute ethanol exposure and chronic ethanol ingestion on jejunal mucosal uptake of 1 μM pyridoxine.HCl(PN) was studied in rats. Experimental models included everted sacs in vitro and segments perfused in vivo. The presence of 4% w:v but not 1% w:v ethanol (mucosal side) acutely increased PN uptake by 30 to 76%. Ethanol removal rapidly returned uptake rates to baseline. Histological evidence of mucosal injury in perfused segments paralleled observed changes in PN uptake. After chronic ethanol ingestion (1 year), PN uptake from media without added ethanol was not significantly different from control values. KW - Ethanol KW - ingestion KW - pyridoxine KW - uptake KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841457044&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intestinal assimilation of a proline-containing tetrapeptide. Role of a brush border membrane postproline dipeptidyl aminopeptidase IV. AU - Morita, A. AU - Chung, Y. C. AU - Freeman, H. J. AU - Erickson, R. H. AU - Sleisenger, M. H. AU - Kim, Y. S. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1983/// VL - 72 IS - 2 SP - 610 EP - 616 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Morita, A.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841457079. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The mechanism of hydrolysis and absorption of a proline-containing tetrapeptide, Leu-Pro-Gly-Gly (10 mM) by rat intestine was examined in vivo by jejunal perfusion methods. The peptide substrate and hydrolysis products were analysed by automated amino acid analyser. Leucine, proline and glycine were absorbed by the intestine at a significantly higher rate from the tetrapeptide than from an equivalent amino acid mixture. The analysis of the hydrolytic products in the lumen during perfusion in vivo of the tetrapeptide showed that Leu-Pro and Gly-Gly were the major products. Those 2 dipeptides were also the major hydrolytic products when a purified rat intestinal brush border membrane preparation was incubated with Leu-Pro-Gly-Gly. The rate of hydrolysis of the tetrapeptide was much higher than that for several other proline-containing peptides (Leu-Pro, Pro-Leu and Gly-Gly) which were tested. Studies using Gly-Pro-β-naphthylamide, a specific substrate for postproline dipeptidyl aminopeptidase IV, showed that that enzyme is mainly in the brush border membrane and is responsible for the hydrolysis of the tetrapeptide into Leu-Pro and Gly-Gly. Thus, brush border membrane dipeptidyl aminopeptidase IV very likely plays an important role at the intestinal mucosal cell surface in the final stages of digestion of proline-containing peptides. KW - absorption KW - Polypeptides KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841457079&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hyperglycemia-induced intracellular depletion of ascorbic acid in human mononuclear leukocytes. AU - Chen, M. S. AU - Hutchinson, M. L. AU - Pecoraro, R. E. AU - Lee, W. Y. L. AU - Labbé, R. F. JO - Diabetes JF - Diabetes Y1 - 1983/// VL - 32 IS - 11 SP - 1078 EP - 1081 AD - Chen, M. S.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1660 South Columbian Way, Seattle, Wash. 98108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841457308. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Registry Number: 50-81-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of hyperglycaemia in vivo on the intracellular ascorbic acid of mononuclear leucocytes was studied in normal and diabetic (NIDDM) human subjects. A glucose load by vein resulted in a prompt decrease of mononuclear leucocyte ascorbic acid in the normal subjects. The rate of its decline was correlated closely with the rate of change of plasma glucose. Among the NIDDM subjects in the fasting state, the plasma glucose was high and the leucocyte ascorbic acid was low compared with those of the normal subjects. The decrease in leucocyte ascorbic acid during disposition of the glucose load by vein was not significant in the diabetics. KW - ascorbic acid KW - Diabetes KW - Hyperglycaemia KW - leukocytes KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - high blood glucose KW - hyperglycemia KW - leucocytes KW - vitamin C KW - white blood cells KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841457308&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Acute effects of ethanol on hepatic glycoprotein secretion in the rat in vivo. AU - Volentine, G. D. AU - Tuma, D. J. AU - Sorrell, M. F. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 86 IS - 2 SP - 225 EP - 229 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Volentine, G. D.: Liver Study Unit, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4101 Woolworth Ave., Omaha, Nebr. 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841457469. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Ethanol, 6 g/kg bodyweight, was given into the stomach of fed rats; control rats received glucose of equal energy value. Hepatic protein and glycoprotein secretion in those rats was assessed by estimating the rate of appearance of [³H]leucine- and [14C]fucose-labelled proteins into the plasma. Ethanol decreased the secretion of leucine- and fucose-labelled proteins into the plasma. That inhibition of secretion was accompanied by a corresponding increase in the hepatic retention of leucine- and fucose-labelled immunoprecipitable secretory proteins. Pretreatment of the ethanol-treated rats with pyrazole, an inhibitor of ethanol metabolism, prevented the inhibition of hepatic protein secretion. KW - administration KW - Ethanol KW - glycoproteins KW - liver KW - secretions KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841457469&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Are peptides truly satiety agents? A method of testing for neurohumoral satiety effects. AU - Billington, C. J. AU - Levine, A. S. AU - Morley, J. E. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 245 IS - 6 SP - R920 EP - R926 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Billington, C. J.: Neuroendocrine Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Mineapolis-St. Paul, Minn. 55455, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841457631. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Registry Number: 31362-50-2, 9007-12-9, 7439-93-2, 59763-91-6, 9011-97-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The neuropharmacologic dose responses were studied of 5 substances given peripherally to rats at 2 different degrees of starvation. Included were 4 neuropeptides with putative satiety effects: cholecystokinin, calcitonin, bombesin and pancreatic polypeptide, as well as the known aversive agent lithium chloride. Cholecystokinin behaved as a satiety factor was postulated to, showing significant effect of starvation at every dose and in the analysis of variance (ANOVA). Lithium showed overlapping among the starvation groups and no starvation effect by ANOVA. Calcitonin failed to show differences attributable to starvation. Bombesin produced some overlapping of starvation groups and a barely significant starvation effect by ANOVA. Pancreatic polypeptide produced no feeding suppression in the rat. KW - administration KW - Appetite KW - Bombesin KW - Calcitonin KW - Lithium KW - Pancreatic polypeptide KW - PANCREOZYMIN KW - peptides KW - Satiety KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cholecystokinin KW - thyrocalcitonin KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841457631&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Influence of dietary lipid upon ultraviolet-light carcinogenesis. AU - Black, H. S. AU - Lenger, W. AU - Phelps, A. W. AU - Thornby, J. I. JO - Nutrition and Cancer JF - Nutrition and Cancer Y1 - 1983/// VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 59 EP - 68 SN - 0163-5581 AD - Black, H. S.: Photobiology Lab., Bldg. 203, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Houston, TX 77211, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841457779. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of dietary lipid, degree of saturation and antioxidant supplements on ultraviolet-light (UV) carcinogenesis were studied in female albino hairless mice in 12 groups of 42 on a restricted, semipurified, isoenergetic diet containing 4, 12 or 12% (60% hydrogenated) maize oil with or without antioxidants (2%, w/w). A regime of escalating UV irradiation was employed until a cumulative dose of 142 J/cm² had been delivered. Tumour development time in 50% of the population (TDT50) was derived from a cumulative distribution of time to tumour formation, which was estimated for all groups. Although there was no significant difference in TDT50 between mice on low and those on high unsaturated lipid diets, mice on hydrogenated maize oil had a significantly greater TDT50 and fewer tumours than those on either amount of unsaturated maize oil. Antioxidants had no effect on TDT50 within any of the dietary groups. However, greater tumour multiplicity was observed in groups given unsaturated lipid and antioxidants. KW - carcinogenesis KW - Fats KW - Lipids KW - saturation KW - sources KW - ultraviolet radiation KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - lipins KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841457779&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of exercise on serum calcium and parathyroid hormone. AU - Vora, N. M. AU - Kukreja, S. C. AU - York, P. A. J. AU - Bowser, E. N. AU - Hargis, G. K. AU - Williams, G. A. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1983/// VL - 57 IS - 5 SP - 1067 EP - 1069 SN - 0021-972X AD - Vora, N. M.: Veterans Administration West Side Medical Center, PO Box 8195 (MP 115), Chicago, Ill. 60680, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841457895. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 9002-64-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of endogenous catecholamine stimulation (by treadmill exercise) on serum calcium and immunoreactive parathyrin (iPTH) was studied in 6 healthy subjects. Blood was collected for estimation of serum total Ca, ionized Ca, iPTH, cAMP, epinephrine and norepinephrine before, during and after exercise. Plasma cAMP and catecholamine values increased significantly during the exercise and there was an increase in serum total and plasma ionized Ca. Serum iPTH did not change significantly at any of the times tested during and after exercise. KW - blood KW - calcium KW - Exercise KW - parathyrin KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - parathyroid hormone KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841457895&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nutritional management of alcoholism. AU - Visocan, B. J. JO - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JF - Journal of the American Dietetic Association Y1 - 1983/// VL - 83 IS - 6 SP - 693 EP - 696 SN - 0002-8223 AD - Visocan, B. J.: Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, NY, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841458412. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - Alcoholism KW - diet treatment KW - USA KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - diet prescription KW - United States of America KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841458412&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Dual isotope Schilling test for measuring absorption of food-bound and free vitamin B12 simultaneously. AU - Doscherholmen, A. AU - Silvis, S. AU - McMahon, J. JO - American Journal of Clinical Pathology JF - American Journal of Clinical Pathology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 80 IS - 4 SP - 490 EP - 495 SN - 0002-9173 AD - Doscherholmen, A.: Special Diagnostic Treatment Unit (111P), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 54th Street and 48th Ave., South, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841458518. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A prototype food-bound vitamin B-12 absorption test was developed in which [57Co]vitamin B-12 was incorporated in vitro into egg yolk (yolk-B-12) and served to subjects in 50-g cooked portions with toast and coffee for breakfast; 6 h later, 1 mg nonlabelled vitamin B-12 was given by muscle and 24-h urine was collected for radioactivity measurement. In separate tests, the absorption of yolk-B-12 and crystalline [57Co]vitamin B-12 was equally poor in patients with pernicious anaemia. In patients with simple gastric achlorhydria and those who had undergone gastric surgery, the assimilation of yolk-B-12 was impaired greatly, whereas the absorption of crystalline radioactive vitamin B-12 was normal. Egg yolk labelled with [58Co]vitamin B-12 was given with crystalline [57Co]vitamin B-12 in a dual isotope test with results similar to those when the tests were prepared separately. The yolk-[58Co]vitamin B-12 test with its ability to detect malabsorption of food-bound vitamin B-12 may be considered as an addition to the first part of the Schilling test. KW - absorption KW - cyanocobalamin KW - estimation KW - Vitamin B12 KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cobalamin KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841458518&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Why does experimental insulin deficiency lead to a decrease in removal of very low density-triglyceride from plasma? AU - Verschoor, L. AU - Chen, Y. D. I. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Hormone and Metabolic Research JF - Hormone and Metabolic Research Y1 - 1984/// VL - 16 IS - 2 SP - 88 EP - 91 SN - 0018-5043 AD - Verschoor, L.: Dep. Medicine, Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center (182 B), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841458724. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Triglycerides, labelled endogenously, were prepared in male Sprague-Dawley rats (donors) which had been made diabetic by streptozotocin 7 days previously or were untreated. Recipient rats were given oestradiol 1 mg/100 g intraperitoneally for 7 days before they were given labelled triglycerides from donors. Removal of triglycerides in nonfractionated plasma from diabetic rats was slower than in controls. There was no difference in removal rate of very-low-density lipoprotein (VLDL) triglycerides or in removal rates of triglycerides carried in other lipoprotein fractions. When dialysed lipoprotein-free (d more than 1.215) plasma from diabetic and control rats was injected into normal rats, plasma from diabetic rats prolonged the removal of normal VLDL triglycerides significantly. The same fraction did not interfere with hydrolysis in vitro of normal VLDL triglycerides by postheparin lipoprotein lipase. KW - blood KW - Diabetes KW - TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - triglycerides KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841458724&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of chronic metabolic acidosis on vitamin D metabolism in humans. AU - Kraut, J. A. AU - Gordon, E. M. AU - Ransom, J. C. AU - Horst, R. AU - Slatopolsky, E. AU - Coburn, J. W. AU - Kurokawa, K. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1983/// VL - 24 IS - 5 SP - 644 EP - 648 SN - 0085-2538 AD - Kraut, J. A.: Nephrology Training Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center (691/111LI), Wilshire and Sawtelle Blvds., Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841458870. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: French. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 1406-16-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Serum 25-hydroxyvitamin D (25-HD), 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D (1,25-DHD) and 24,25-DHD were estimated in 6 healthy subjects before and after 9 days of metabolic acidosis induced by ingestion of ammonium chloride. In 4 subjects, the increment in serum 1,25-DHD in response to infusion of parathyroid extract (PTE) was estimated during control and during acidosis. Serum 1,25-DHD values, 13.6 ± 1.3 and 14.3 ± 0.9 pg/ml in control and acidosis, respectively, were not different. The serum 1,25-DHD values in control and acidosis increased to a similar degree with the infusion of PTE. The findings are strong evidence that metabolic acidosis does not have a substantial impact on 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol metabolism in vitamin D-replete human subjects. KW - Acidosis KW - metabolism KW - vitamin D KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - metabolic acidosis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841458870&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Blunted kaliuresis after an acute potassium load in patients with chronic renal failure. AU - Perez, G. O. AU - Pelleya, R. AU - Oster, J. R. AU - Kem, D. C. AU - Vaamonde, C. A. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1983/// VL - 24 IS - 5 SP - 656 EP - 662 SN - 0085-2538 AD - Perez, G. O.: Nephrology Section (111C), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1201 NW 16th Street, Miami, FL 33125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841458873. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: French. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 7440-09-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Renal handling and plasma potassium and aldosterone (PA) responses to acute K loading by mouth were evaluated in 11 patients with tubulointerstitial renal disease (creatinine clearance 32 ± 5 (s.e.) ml/min) and 13 control subjects (creatinine clearance 123 ± 5). After 4 days of a 10 mEq Na, 50 mEq K diet, the subjects received KCl 0.5 mEq/kg bodyweight. Before KCl there was no difference between the groups in plasma K or urinary K excretion. In the 4 h after KCl, less of the load (13 ± 4%) was excreted by patients than control subjects (54 ± 5%). Plasma K at 3 h after KCl and the amount of retained K translocated into the intracellular compartment (patients 14 ± 3; control subjects 7 ± 2 mEq) were significantly more in the patients than in control subjects. After KCl, PA increased in both groups and the increments in the patients tended to exceed those of controls; patients with hypoaldosteronism transferred less K into cells and had even greater impairment of renal K excretion than those with normal baseline PA. KW - loads KW - potassium KW - Renal failure KW - urine KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - kidney failure KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841458873&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Short-term aluminum administration in the rat. Effects on bone formation and relationship to renal osteomalacia. AU - Goodman, W. G. AU - Gilligan, J. AU - Horst, R. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1984/// VL - 73 IS - 1 SP - 171 EP - 181 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Goodman, W. G.: Medical and Research Services, Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. California, Los Angeles/San Fernando Valley Program, Sepulveda, Calif. 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841458960. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Registry Number: 7429-90-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Bone formation, mineralization and resorption were measured during short-term Al exposure in the tibial cortex of 10 pair-fed control (C), 9 aluminium-treated (AL), 7 subtotally nephrectomized control (NX-C) and 8 subtotally nephrectomized aluminium-treated (NX-AL) rats using double tetracycline labelling of bone. The rats received 2 mg elemental Al intraperitoneally daily for 5 days a week during 4 weeks. Total bone and matrix (osteoid) formation, periosteal bone and matrix formation, and periosteal bone and matrix apposition, fell by 20% in AL from C and by 40% in NX-AL from NX-C. Each measurement was significantly less in NX-AL than in AL. Osteoid width did not increase after Al in AL or NX-AL. Resorption surface increased from control values in AL and NX-AL; also, resorptive activity at the endosteum was greater in NX-AL than in NX-C. Thus, Al impairs new bone and matrix formation but does not cause classic osteomalacia in the cortical bone of rats whether renal function is normal or decreased. KW - administration KW - aluminium KW - Bones KW - metabolism KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aluminum KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841458960&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Utilization of individual lecithins in intestinal lipoprotein formation in the rat. AU - Patton, G. M. AU - Clark, S. B. AU - Fasulo, J. M. AU - Robins, S. J. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1984/// VL - 73 IS - 1 SP - 231 EP - 240 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Patton, G. M.: Boston Veterans Administration Medical Center, Boston, MA 02130, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841458964. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - High-density lipoproteins (HDL), very-low-density lipoproteins (VLDL) and chylomicrons (CM) were isolated from the mesenteric lymph of rats. Lymph was collected at 0°C with 5,5′-dithiobis-2-dinitrobenzoic acid added to inhibit lecithin-cholesterol acyl transferase. CM were separated by ultracentrifuging and HDL from VLDL by dextran SO4-Mg+2 precipitation. Molecular species of lecithin were directly isolated by reverse phase high performance liquid chromatography. In starved rats, the lecithin compositions of lymph HDL and VLDL were about the same and closely resembled the lecithin composition of intestinal mucosa. When bile lecithin was eliminated (by bile diversion), there was a change in lecithin composition of all lipoprotein and mucosal samples, which was most notable for a decrease in 16:0-species (which are predominant in bile) and a relative increase in the corresponding 18:0-species. Feeding on unsaturated triglycerides (triolein, trilinolein or a combination of triolein and trilinolein) also resulted in a change in HDL and VLDL lecithin composition. The effect was similar whether bile lecithin was present or eliminated and was notable for a decrease in 16:0-species, an increase in 18:0-species and the emergence of large amounts of diunsaturated lecithins which corresponded to the fatty acid composition of the triglycerides in the diet, i.e., 18:1-18:1, 18:2-18:2 and 18:1-18:2 lecithins. When bile-diverted rats were given into the duodenum an infusion of a mix of [14C]choline-labelled lecithins (isolated from the bile of other rats), the incorporation of infused lecithins into different lymph lipoproteins was distinctly different. Individual lecithins were incorporated to a variable extent into each lipoprotein. In starved rats the specific activities of all major molecular species of lecithin were relatively greater in VLDL than HDL, indicating that HDL derived proportionately more of its lecithins from an endogenous pool than did VLDL. Feeding on triolein changed the specific activities of more of the lecithin species of VLDL than of HDL. The specific activities of lecithins in CM were more similar to VLDL than to HDL after feeding on triolein. KW - lipoproteins KW - phosphatidylcholines KW - synthesis KW - utilization KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - lecithins KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841458964&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Metabolic effects of oral glucose in the liver of fasted rats. AU - Niewoehner, C. B. AU - Gilboe, D. P. AU - Nuttall, F. Q. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 246 IS - 1 SP - E89 EP - E94 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Niewoehner, C. B.: Endocrine Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Medical Centre, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841459055. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats deprived of food for 24 h were given glucose 4 g/kg by gavage. Glucose absorption and portal peripheral plasma glucose and other values were estimated at 10, 20, 30, 40, 60, and 120 min after the glucose was given. Of the glucose load 91% had disappeared from the gut in 2 h. Despite increased plasma glucose and insulin the liver continued to produce glucose. Lactate produced in the periphery was the major substrate for gluconeogenesis, and lactate utilization could account for the hepatic glycogen synthesized. Glucose ingestion did not affect lactate production by the splanchnic bed. In the liver glucose-6-phosphate was transiently increased; UDP glucose decreased after glucose administration. ATP and inorganic phosphorus were unchanged. Glycogen synthase was activated by 20 min without a significant change in phosphorylase a. Hepatic glycogen increased linearly after 20 min. Total glucose storage as glycogen was similar in liver (20%) and muscle (19%). KW - Glucose KW - liver function KW - loads KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841459055&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of PTH and 1,25(OH)2D3 on renal 25(OH)D3 metabolism, adenylate cyclase, and protein kinase. AU - Armbrecht, H. J. AU - Wongsurawat, N. AU - Zenser, T. V. AU - Davis, B. B. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 246 IS - 1 SP - E102 EP - E107 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Armbrecht, H. J.: Geriatric Research, Education, and Clinical Center, St. Louis Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Louis, Mo. 63125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841459059. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Registry Number: 9012-42-4, 32222-06-3, 9002-64-6, 9026-43-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Isolated renal slices were prepared from thyroparathyroidectomized rats given a diet deficient in vitamin D and low in calcium. Parathyrin, 0.05 to 5.0 U/ml, added to slices for 4 h increased production of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) by 67% and decreased 24,25-DHCC production by 24%. Parathyrin, 0.05 U/ml, added to renal slices for 5 min produced a significant increase in tissue cyclic (c) AMP and in cAMP-dependent protein kinase activity. Preincubation of slices with 50 nM 1,25-DHCC decreased renal 1,25-DHCC production by 26% and increased 24,25-DHCC production by 55%. 1,25-DHCC also blocked the effect of parathyrin 5.0 U/ml on renal 25-hydroxycholecalciferol metabolism. Parathyrin-stimulated adenylate cyclase and protein kinase activity was not blocked by 1,25-DHCC. KW - adenylate cyclase KW - administration KW - CALCITRIOL KW - kidneys KW - Parathyrin KW - protein kinase KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - hydroxycholecalciferol KW - parathyroid hormone KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841459059&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Sodium-potassium ATPase in deoxycorticosterone-salt hypertension: opposing effects of sodium load and mineralocorticoids. AU - Stern, N. AU - Beck, F. W. J. AU - Vlachakis, N. AU - Eggena, P. AU - Sowers, J. R. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 114 IS - 2 SP - 624 EP - 628 AD - Stern, N.: Endocrine-Hypertension Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Richmond, Va. 23249, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841459322. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 41 ref. Registry Number: 9000-83-3, 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Activity of ATPase in renal cortex and myocardium was decreased in adrenalectomized rats replete with saline but was partly restored by treatment with aldosterone or dexamethasone. Rats with one kidney removed which had saline to drink had less ATPase activity in renal cortex and myocardium than had controls. In uninephrectomized rats drinking saline which were given deoxycorticosterone (DOC) acetate 15 mg/kg twice weekly, ATPase activity was not different from that in controls. The results suggest that the Na+-K+-ATPase pump in rats treated with DOC and salt is modulated by the opposing effects of sodium overload-associated suppression and DOC-mediated stimulation. KW - activity KW - ADENOSINETRIPHOSPHATASE KW - Hypertension KW - loads KW - mineralocorticoids KW - sodium KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ATPase KW - high blood pressure KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841459322&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Direct analysis for urinary protein with biuret reagent, with use of urine ultrafiltrate blanking: comparison with a manual biuret method involving trichloroacetic acid precipitation. AU - Eckfeldt, J. H. AU - Kershaw, M. J. AU - Dahl, I. I. JO - Clinical Chemistry JF - Clinical Chemistry Y1 - 1984/// VL - 30 IS - 3 SP - 443 EP - 446 SN - 0009-9147 AD - Eckfeldt, J. H.: Lab. Service 113, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841459758. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Protein in urine is estimated with a centrifugal analyzer. Biuret reagent is used, and blanking with an ultrafiltrate of urine eliminates interferences from nonprotein, biuret-positive chromogens. Compared with a manual method in which trichloroacetic acid precipitation and biuret reagent are used the new method shows good precision and excellent correlation. The ease and convenience of this method should make it useful for the routine clinical laboratory. KW - estimation KW - Proteinuria KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841459758&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Thiamin - the interaction of aging, alcoholism, and malabsorption in various populations. AU - Baum, R. A. AU - Iber, F. L. JO - World Review of Nutrition and Dietetics JF - World Review of Nutrition and Dietetics Y1 - 1984/// VL - 44 SP - 85 EP - 116 AD - Baum, R. A.: Division of Gastroenterology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3900 Loch Raven Blvd., Baltimore, MD 21218, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841460408. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 150 ref. Registry Number: 59-43-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - aging KW - alcoholism KW - MALABSORPTION KW - reviews KW - Thiamin KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ageing KW - aneurin KW - malabsorption syndrome KW - status KW - thiamine KW - vitamin B1 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841460408&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Alcohol ingestion and levels of hepatic fatty acid synthetase and stearoyl-CoA desaturase activities in rats. AU - Rao, G. A. AU - Lew, G. AU - Larkin, E. C. JO - Lipids JF - Lipids Y1 - 1984/// VL - 19 IS - 2 SP - 151 EP - 153 SN - 0024-4201 AD - Rao, G. A.: Hematology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, 150 Muir Road, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841460511. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male rats were given to appetite for 30 days, a fat-free (FF) liquid diet containing 34% of energy as ethanol or a control FF diet with alcohol replaced by an isocaloric amount of dextrins. The cytosolic fatty acid synthetase and the microsomal stearoyl-CoA desaturase activities in the livers of rats fed on the alcohol diet were about half the values in the livers of control rats. KW - Alcohols KW - enzymes KW - ingestion KW - liver KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841460511&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of age and dietary calcium on renal 25(OH)D metabolism, serum 1,25(OH)2D, and PTH. AU - Armbrecht, H. J. AU - Forte, L. R. AU - Halloran, B. P. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 246 IS - 3 SP - E266 EP - E270 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Armbrecht, H. J.: Geriatric Research, Education, and Clinical Center, St. Louis Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Louis, MO 63125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841460569. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Registry Number: 40013-87-4, 32222-06-3, 7440-70-2, 9002-64-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Fischer 344 rats, 3, 13 and 25 months old were given a diet with vitamin D 3 IU/kg and 1.2 or 0.02% calcium. After 4 weeks serum was collected and slices of kidney cortex were prepared. Serum 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D (1,25-DHD) and renal [³H]1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) production were reduced in rats 13 and 25 months old compared with those 3 months old given the diet low in Ca. The low-Ca diet given to rats 3 months old increased serum 1,25-DHD by 18-fold and renal [³H]1,25-DHCC by 3-fold compared to values with the high-Ca diet. Renal [³H]24,25-DHCC production was greater in rats 13 and 25 months old than in those 3 months old. Serum immunoreactive parathyrin increased with age regardless of diet and was significantly increased by the low-Ca diet in rats 3 months old only. KW - 24,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - age KW - blood KW - CALCITRIOL KW - Calcium KW - intake KW - kidneys KW - parathyrin KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - parathyroid hormone KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841460569&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intravenous mixed amino acids and fats do not stimulate exocrine pancreatic secretion. AU - Stabile, B. E. AU - Borzatta, M. AU - Stubbs, R. S. AU - Debas, H. T. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 246 IS - 3 SP - G274 EP - G280 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Stabile, B. E.: Surgical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center (Wadsworth), West Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841460579. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The responses of the exocrine pancreas of dogs to intraduodenal and intravenous administration of mixed amino acids, fat emulsion and glucose were studied. Graded doses of amino acid mixture and of fat emulsion gave graded responses in volume, protein and bicarbonate when given intraduodenally. The same doses of the amino acid mixture and fat emulsion given by central intravenous infusion caused no significant pancreatic response in volume, protein or bicarbonate. Graded doses of glucose caused no significant pancreatic secretion whether they were given intraduodenally or intravenously. It is concluded that amino acids and fats given parenterally do not stimulate pancreatic secretion. It is reasonable to assume that the pancreas is not stimulated during total parenteral nutrition with acute pancreatitis or a pancreatic fistula. KW - amino acids KW - fats KW - pancreas KW - Parenteral feeding KW - secretions KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841460579&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Pancreatic polypeptide inhibits exocrine pancreatic responses to six stimulants. AU - Beglinger, C. AU - Taylor, I. L. AU - Grossman, M. I. AU - Solomon, T. E. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 246 IS - 3 SP - G286 EP - G291 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Beglinger, C.: Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841460580. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 59763-91-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of pancreatic polypeptide (PP) 50, 200 and 800 pmol/kg h on pancreatic responses to graded doses of intravenous secretin, cerulein, and bethanechol and intraduodenal HCl, L-phenylalanine and sodium oleate were studied in dogs. The two lowest doses of PP, which produced blood levels lower than measured after a meal, significantly inhibited the pancreatic responses to secretin, cerulein, HCl and L-phenylalanine; the highest dose of PP inhibited the responses to bethanechol and sodium oleate. There was no difference in the degree of inhibition of bicarbonate or protein secretion caused by pancreatic polypeptide. With secretin, cerulein, bethanechol and sodium oleate, inhibition was most pronounced against lower doses and was surmountable with higher doses of these stimulants. Inhibition of responses to HCl and L-phenylalanine was observed at all doses of these stimulants. Inhibition of the exocrine pancreatic secretory responses to these stimulants by PP suggests that this hormone may play an important role in regulation of postprandial pancreatic secretion. KW - inhibition KW - Pancreas KW - pancreatic polypeptide KW - responses KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841460580&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Inhibition of tumor growth by magnesium depletion of rats. AU - Mills, B. J. AU - Broghamer, W. L. AU - Higgins, P. J. AU - Lindeman, R. D. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1984/// VL - 114 IS - 4 SP - 739 EP - 745 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Mills, B. J.: Louisville Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. Louisville School of Medicine, Louisville, KY 40292, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841460677. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 7439-95-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats with palpable mammary adenocarcinomas, or with sham implants were pair-fed on a control or magnesium-deficient diet for 32 days. Rats were then killed and tumours, plasma and several tissues were analysed. In tumours from Mg-depleted rats, growth was inhibited 46%, Mg concentration decreased 40% and necrosis was 50% greater. Mg depletion alone resulted in a 66% decrease in Mg and a 29% increase in copper in plasma. Also, depletion caused a decrease in heart zinc and increase in kidney Cu concentrations. As a result of tumour growth alone, concentrations of Zn in plasma decreased 40% and Cu increased 37%. Rats with tumours also had decreased sodium and increased potassium in plasma. The findings demonstrate that the growth of an established tumour can be retarded solely by dietary depletion and thus may be significant for the nutritional management of tumour patients. KW - depletion KW - inhibition KW - magnesium KW - Tumours KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - tumors KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841460677&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Inhibition of tumor growth by zinc depletion of rats. AU - Mills, B. J. AU - Broghamer, W. L. AU - Higgins, P. J. AU - Lindeman, R. D. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1984/// VL - 114 IS - 4 SP - 746 EP - 752 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Mills, B. J.: Louisville Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. Louisville School of Medicine, Louisville, KY 40292, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841460678. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats with palpable mammary adenocarcinomas or with sham implants were pair-fed either on a control or zinc-deficient diet for 32 days. Rats were then killed and tumours, plasma and several tissues were analysed. In 3 separate experiments tumour growth was inhibited 32, 35 and 35%, respectively. The extent of tumour necrosis and tumour Zn concentration were not different between control and deficient groups. However, there was a significant positive correlation between tumour Zn concentration and percent viable tumour tissue in both groups. Although Zn depletion in tumour-bearing rats resulted in a 10% loss of carcass weight, there was little effect on liver, kidney and heart weights. As a result of depletion alone, Zn concentrations decreased only in plasma and kidney. As a result of tumour growth alone, concentrations of liver Zn increased and kidney copper decreased. In plasma of tumour-bearing rats, concentrations of Zn decreased 40% while Cu and magnesium increased 50 and 13%, respectively. The results show that growth of established tumours can be retarded solely by dietary Zn depletion. KW - depletion KW - inhibition KW - Tumours KW - zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - tumors KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841460678&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Influence of high dietary cellulose on fecal glycosidases in experimental rat colon carcinogenesis. AU - Prizont, R. JO - Cancer Research JF - Cancer Research Y1 - 1984/// VL - 44 IS - 2 SP - 557 EP - 561 AD - Prizont, R.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albuquerque, N. Mex. 87108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841460737. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Registry Number: 9004-34-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of high-cellulose (15%) or normal-cellulose (5%) diets on faecal bacterial glycosidases was assessed in 2 groups of 10 Wistar rats, each given an injection of 1,2-dimethylhydrazine and in 2 groups of 6 control rats. During 4 months, faecal activities of bacterial β-galactosidase and β-acetylglucosaminidase were decreased in control rats on the high-cellulose diet. Enzyme differences were even more significant in rats fed on high- or normal-cellulose diets and given injections of the carcinogen. That decrease in faecal bacterial enzymes induced by a high-cellulose diet was observed as early as 20 days after the start of the diet. Decrease of bacterial β-glycosidases by a high-cellulose diet may preserve the glycoprotein integrity of colonic cells. It may also decrease the luminal production of potential mutagens from dietary β-glycosides in the colon, postulated as an important mechanism in colonic tumour development. KW - Carcinogenesis KW - cellulose KW - faeces KW - glycosidases KW - loads KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - carbohydrases KW - feces KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841460737&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Eosinophilic granulocytes as a possible source of vitamin B12-binding protein. AU - Mansouri, A. AU - Perry, C. A. AU - Boyd, C. M. AU - Hsu, S. D. JO - Scandinavian Journal of Haematology JF - Scandinavian Journal of Haematology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 31 IS - 5 SP - 507 EP - 509 AD - Mansouri, A.: Little Rock Veterans Administration Medical Center, 300 East Roosevelt Road, Little Rock, Ark. 72206, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841460783. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Leukocyte vitamin B-12 and vitamin B-12-binding capacity were estimated in eosinophilic granulocytes, neutrophilic granulocytes and leukocytes from patients with chronic granulocytic and lymphocytic leukaemia. It was shown that eosinophils are a possible source of vitamin B-12-binding protein similar to neutrophils and that granulocytes in myeloproliferative disorders and normal neutrophils have similar vitamin B-12 and vitamin B-12-binding capacity. KW - activity KW - Eosinophils KW - leukaemia KW - transcobalamins KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood cancer KW - eosinophil leukocytes KW - leucaemia KW - leukemia KW - vitamin B12 binding substances KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841460783&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - To drink (moderately) or not to drink? AU - Lieber, C. S. T2 - New England Journal of Medicine JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1984/// VL - 310 IS - 13 SP - 846 EP - 848 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Lieber, C. S.: Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841460841. Publication Type: Editorial. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Associations between alcohol intake and alcoholism, cirrhosis of the liver and coronary heart disease are discussed with reference to the findings of Haskell et al. and it is suggested that appropriate intake depends on several variables and should be decided on an individual basis. KW - Alcohols KW - cardiovascular diseases KW - cirrhosis KW - intake KW - reviews KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - liver cirrhosis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841460841&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Paraventricular nucleus lesions in weanling female rats result in normophagia, normal body weight and composition, linear growth and normal levels of several plasma substrates. AU - Bernardis, L. L. JO - Physiology and Behavior JF - Physiology and Behavior Y1 - 1984/// VL - 32 IS - 3 SP - 507 EP - 510 AD - Bernardis, L. L.: Division of Endocrinology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, State Univ New York, 3495 Bailey Ave., Buffalo, NY 14215, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841460926. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Female weanling rats received small (1 mA for 5 s) electrolytic lesions in the paraventricular nuclei (PVN). Sham-operated rats served as controls. The rats were maintained for 42 days and body weight, linear growth, Lee Index, food intake and efficiency of food utilization were estimated throughout the study. Plasma glucose, glycerol, free fatty acids, total protein and carcass fat and protein were estimated at death. There was no significant difference between lesioned and sham-operated rats in any of the values measured. The findings are interpreted to mean that the PVN of the weanling rats is not functionally mature or alternatively, that there exists a sex difference in weanling rats in response to PVN lesions. KW - blood composition KW - body weight KW - food intake KW - growth KW - Hypothalamic lesions KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841460926&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - High-performance liquid chromatography of phospholipids using deuterated solvents for infrared detection. AU - Chen, S. S. H. AU - Kou, A. Y. JO - Journal of Chromatography JF - Journal of Chromatography Y1 - 1984/// VL - 307 IS - 2 SP - 261 EP - 269 SN - 0021-9673 AD - Chen, S. S. H.: Laboratory Service (113), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841461151. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - estimation KW - Phospholipids KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841461151&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Analysis of hepatic reduced glutathione, cysteine and homocysteine by cation-exchange high-performance liquid chromatography with electrochemical detection. AU - Demaster, E. G. AU - Shirota, F. N. AU - Redfern, B. AU - Goon, D. J. W. AU - Nagasawa, H. T. JO - Journal of Chromatography JF - Journal of Chromatography Y1 - 1984/// VL - 308 SP - 83 EP - 91 SN - 0021-9673 AD - Demaster, E. G.: Medical Research Labs., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841461162. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 52-90-4, 70-18-8, 6027-13-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - Cysteine KW - estimation KW - Glutathione KW - Homocysteine KW - liver KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841461162&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Dietary self-selection in intact, ovariectomized, and estradiol-treated female rats. AU - Bartness, T. J. AU - Waldbillig, R. J. JO - Behavioral Neuroscience JF - Behavioral Neuroscience Y1 - 1984/// VL - 98 IS - 1 SP - 125 EP - 137 SN - 0735-7044 AD - Bartness, T. J.: Neuroendocrine Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841461175. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of oestrogenic stimulation on diet selection were examined in intact, oestrous cycling rats, ovariectomized (OVX) rats and OVX rats given oestradiol benzoate (OB) hormone replacement treatment. In Experiment 1, OVX was associated with the nearly exclusive choice of the more energy-dense diet of a pair of diets varying in the concentration of one of the 3 basic macronutrients (fat, carbohydrate and protein), an effect decreased by OB. In the second experiment. dietary self-selection was examined in intact, oestrous cycling rats given access to an isoenergetic diet triplet of fat, carbohydrate (CHO) and protein. Total energy intake and bodyweight did not vary across the oestrous cycle. However, diet selection did vary. Fat intake increased; CHO and, to a less extent, protein intake decreased during oestrus. An opposite diet selection occurred during dioestrus. In Experiment 3, OVX resulted in progressive increases in CHO and protein intake, with a concurrent decrease in fat consumption. OB partly reversed this diet selection profile (Experiment 4). The results were confirmed by diet pairs with naturally occurring and experimentally produced oestrogenic stimulation (Experiments 5 and 6). The data are consistent with the findings of previous researh demonstrating oestrogenic reduction in CHO intake with standard high-CHO commercial diets. In addition, an increase in fat intake during oestrogenic stimulation was found. KW - Food preferences KW - oestrogens KW - roles KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - diet preferences KW - estrogens KW - taste preferences KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841461175&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of in vivo plasma insulin levels on the relationship between perfusate free fatty acid concentration and triglyceride secretion by perfused rat livers. AU - Reaven, G. M. AU - Mondon, C. E. JO - Hormone and Metabolic Research JF - Hormone and Metabolic Research Y1 - 1984/// VL - 16 IS - 5 SP - 230 EP - 232 SN - 0018-5043 AD - Reaven, G. M.: 3801 Miranda Ave., (182 B), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841461446. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 180 to 220 g were given a stock diet, a diet with 66% sucrose for 9 days, the stock diet and streptozotocin 40 mg/kg (studied 9 days later), the stock diet and streptozotocin 80 mg/kg (studied 5 days later) or a mixture of cellulose 67 and stock diet 33% for 2 to 3 days. Mean plasma insulin of the respective groups was 35, 49, 24, 6 and 11 μU/ml. Hepatic triglyceride secretion by perfused livers from all 5 groups was stimulated by increments in concentration of free fatty acids (FFA) in the perfusate. Magnitude of the stimulation of hepatic triglyceride secretion by any given perfusate FFA concentration varied among the groups and seemed to be directly related to the insulin concentrations in vivo. KW - administration KW - blood KW - fatty acids KW - insulin KW - liver KW - roles KW - secretions KW - TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - normal, diabetic rats KW - triglycerides KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841461446&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Insulin resistance in older rats. AU - Narimiya, M. AU - Azhar, S. AU - Dolkas, C. B. AU - Mondon, C. E. AU - Sims, C. AU - Wright, D. W. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 246 IS - 5 SP - E397 EP - E404 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Narimiya, M.: Dep. Medicine, Stanford Univ. School of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841461732. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Insulin-stimulated glucose utilization was estimated in rats 1.5, 4 and 12 months old with an insulin suppression test wherein the height of the steady-state plasma glucose (SSPG) concentration, at similar steady-state plasma insulin levels, provided a direct reflection of the efficiency of insulin-stimulated glucose disposal. Rats got heavier as they became older and changes in weight were associated with parallel increases in mean (± s.e.) SSPG concentrations as rats grew from 1.5 (56 ± 3) to 4 (172 ± 6) to 12 months of age (194 ± 8 mg/100 ml). The age-related decline in insulin action in vivo was associated with a reduction in insulin action on muscle, and maximal insulin-stimulated glucose uptake by perfused hindlimbs of rats 12 months old was about 50% of the value seen with perfused hindlimbs from rats 1.5 months old. Soleus muscle enzyme activity also varied with age, with increases in glycogen synthase and decreases in glycogen phosphorylase. Muscle glycogen phosphorylase activity, which fell during an insulin infusion in rats 1.5 months old, did not change when rats 12 months old were infused at comparable insulin levels. Glycogen content was increased in soleus muscle from rats 12 months old. KW - age KW - Insulin KW - resistance KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841461732&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of diet and obesity on brown adipose metabolism. AU - Levin, B. E. AU - Finnegan, M. B. AU - Marquet, E. AU - Triscari, J. AU - Comai, K. AU - Sullivan, A. C. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 246 IS - 5 SP - E418 EP - E425 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Levin, B. E.: Neurology Service, Veterans Administration , East Orange, NJ 07019, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841461741. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - From 3 months old male Sprague-Dawley rats were given a diet high in fat for 3 to 5 months. Interscapular brown adipose tissue (IBAT) pads in obese rats 6 months old were heavier (22%), had more lipid (17%) and had larger unilocular cells (38%) than had controls given a stock diet. Mitochondrial morphology, β-adrenergic receptor binding ([125I]iodocyanopindolol) and norepinephrine-stimulated lipolysis were similar in IBAT from obese and control rats. When controls 8 months old were switched to the high-fat diet for 7 to 14 days, IBAT pads became hypercellular without cell hypertrophy and with a 70% increase in norepinephrine-induced lipolysis. When obese rats 8 months old were switched to the stock diet for 3 days, IBAT cellularity was unchanged, but norepinephrine-induced lipolysis was increased 70%. KW - brown fat KW - Diets KW - metabolism KW - Obesity KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841461741&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of intraluminal pH on cholesterol and oleic acid absorption from micellar solutions in the rat. AU - Chijiiwa, K. AU - Linscheer, W. G. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 246 IS - 5 SP - G492 EP - G499 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Chijiiwa, K.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration and Upstate Medical Centers, State Univ. New York, Syracuse, NY 13210, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841461749. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 36 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5, 112-80-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of intraluminal pH on micellar solubilization and on absorption rate of oleic acid (OA) and cholesterol in proximal small intestinal segments and the total small intestine were studied in rats. pH effect on faecal excretion of [³H]cholesterol was studied for 4 days after duodenal administration of cholesterol in solutions at different pH. Rates of absorption of OA and cholesterol were, respectively, 1.8 and 1.9 times higher at pH 5.5 in both proximal intestinal segments as compared with pH 6.5. Similar observations were made when the whole small intestine was perfused. At pH 5.5, 1.8 times more OA was absorbed and 1.5 times more cholesterol than at pH 6.5. Faecal output of radioisotope following administration of pH solution was only 47% of the excretion using pH 6.5 solution. Micellar solubility at the 2 pH levels showed that an increase of 1 pH unit resulted in a decreased number of particles in the oil phase due to increased solubilization into the micellar phase. Measurements of monomer activities of OA and cholesterol showed a higher activity at the lower pH. KW - absorption KW - Cholesterol KW - intestines KW - Oleic acid KW - pH KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hydrogen ion concentration KW - potential of hydrogen KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841461749&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of food intake and cholecystokinin on plasma trypsinogen levels in dogs. AU - Reidelberger, R. D. AU - O'Rourke, M. AU - Durie, P. R. AU - Geokas, M. C. AU - Largman, C. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 246 IS - 5 SP - G543 EP - G549 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Reidelberger, R. D.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, Calif. 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841461760. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Registry Number: 9011-97-6, 9002-08-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Concentrations of plasma immunoreactive anionic and cationic trypsin(ogen) were monitored in unanaesthetized dogs to investigate diurnal variation, response to food intake and effects of cholecystokinin octapeptide (CCK-8) plus secretin administration. Identical meals were eaten at the beginning and end of a 24-h period. Plasma levels of both trypsin(ogen)s increased significantly within 30 min of feeding. Second-meal responses were much larger than those following the first meal. Plasma cationic trypsin(ogen) was also increased during the normal feeding period when food was withheld and dogs in adjacent cages were fed. Small, irregular variations in plasma trypsin(ogen)s occurred during the interdigestive period when blood was sampled every 2 h. CCK-8 plus secretin, in doses shown previously to stimulate exocrine secretion of enzymes submaximally, increased plasma levels of both trypsin(ogen)s dose dependently. Most (>80%) of the immunoreactive cationic trypsin(ogen) in plasma before and after feeding and following CCK-8 was in proenzyme form. KW - administration KW - blood KW - food intake KW - PANCREOZYMIN KW - Trypsinogen KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cholecystokinin KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841461760&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - De novo cholesterol synthesis in three different animal models of diabetes. AU - Feingold, K. R. AU - Lear, S. R. AU - Moser, A. H. JO - Diabetologia JF - Diabetologia Y1 - 1984/// VL - 26 IS - 2 SP - 234 EP - 239 SN - 0012-186X AD - Feingold, K. R.: Metabolism Section (111-F), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841461772. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Recent studies have shown that cholesterol synthesis is increased 2- to 3-fold in the intestines of streptozotocin-induced diabetic rats; cholesterol synthesis in tissues other than the intestines, including the liver, was not significantly affected by diabetes. In diabetic Chinese hamsters, cholesterol synthesis was increased 2.5-fold in the small and the large intestine. In db/db mice, cholesterol synthesis was increased in the liver and intestines but quantitatively the increase in hepatic cholesterogenesis was of much greater magnitude. Feeding on cholesterol, which inhibited hepatic cholesterol synthesis in control and db/db mice, did not obliterate that difference in hepatic cholesterol synthesis. In ob/ob mice, the severity of the metabolic disturbances was less than that in db/db mice and no abnormality in cholesterol synthesis was observed in mice ingesting a low cholesterol diet. In ob/ob mice fed on a high cholesterol diet, hepatic cholesterol synthesis was increased. KW - cholesterol KW - Experimental diabetes KW - intestines KW - liver KW - synthesis KW - rats, hamsters, mice KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841461772&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of alcohol on plasma lipoproteins and cholesterol and triglyceride metabolism in man. AU - Crouse, J. R. AU - Grundy, S. M. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1984/// VL - 25 IS - 5 SP - 486 EP - 496 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Crouse, J. R.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841461777. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 41 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Twelve patients given defined diets for 10 weeks underwent testing of plasma lipid and lipoprotein levels, of cholesterol metabolism (absorption, faecal excretion, bile saturation), and of triglyceride turnover in chylomicrons and very low density lipoproteins (VLDL). This testing was done twice, first during a 4-week control period and then during a 4-week period in which 630 kcal alcohol were either added to or substituted for baseline energy. This increased the average baseline energy intake by only 24% (range 20 to 30%). Addition of alcohol to the baseline diet did not increase weight of lean individuals. Obese individuals' responses were more variable, and 3 of 6 gained weight when the diet was supplemented with alcohol. Obese subjects seemed more susceptible to the hyperlipidaemic effects of alcohol; whereas 4 of 6 obese patients had increased total triglyceride and VLDL-triglyceride concentrations when alcohol was administered, values increased with alcohol administration in only 1 of 6 lean individuals. High density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol increased in all volunteers but LDL values did not change. Metabolic studies showed increased transport of VLDL-triglycerides, associated with delayed clearance of chylomicron triglycerides, in overweight patients but not those of normal weight. Alcohol consumption did not affect lipoprotein lipase or hepatic triglyceride lipase in 6 patients in whom these enzyme activities were measured. Alcohol consumption had no effect on absorption, synthesis, or excretion of bile acids, or percentage saturation of gallbladder bile with cholesterol. KW - Alcohols KW - blood KW - cholesterol metabolism KW - intake KW - lipoproteins KW - metabolism KW - TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - triglycerides KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841461777&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Derangements of muscle composition, ion transport, and oxygen consumption in chronically alcoholic dogs. AU - Ferguson, E. R. AU - Blachley, J. D. AU - Carter, N. W. AU - Knochel, J. P. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 246 IS - 5 SP - F700 EP - F709 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Ferguson, E. R.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, Tex. 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841461783. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Muscle ion composition, Na-K-ATPase activity, tissue respiration and transmembrane potential differences were estimated after 28 and 56 days of ethanol intake (6.2 g/kg day) or an isocaloric amount of glucose in 12 and 4 dogs, respectively. Ethanol and glucose were given as supplements to an otherwise nutritious diet. After 28 and 56 days of alcohol intake, skeletal muscle contents of phosphorus, magnesium and potassium were significantly less than the control values or those in glucose-fed dogs. In alcohol-fed dogs, muscle sodium chloride and calcium were significantly increased. Ethanol intake also resulted in hyperpolarization of the resting transmembrane potential of skeletal muscle fibres and an increase in Na-K-ATPase activity. No change was noted in Mg-ATPase activity. The increase in Na-K-ATPase activity was accompanied by increased Na transport-dependent respiration. The results indicate that a subclinical myopathy may be induced by alcohol in the dog. Malnutrition did not seem to be a factor, and thus the changes observed are believed to be due to ethanol per se. The magnitude and direction of these changes are similar to those in the skeletal muscle of chronically alcoholic humans. Changes in Na-K-ATPase activity and Na transport-dependent respiration may represent adaptive responses of the muscle cell to ion transport or membrane disorders induced by ethanol. KW - Alcoholism KW - ions KW - minerals KW - muscles KW - oxygen consumption KW - transport KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - transportation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841461783&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Protein-calorie malnutrition associated with alcoholic hepatitis. AU - Mendenhall, C. L. AU - Anderson, S. AU - Weesner, R. E. AU - Goldberg, S. J. AU - Crolic, K. A. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1984/// VL - 76 IS - 2 SP - 211 EP - 222 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Mendenhall, C. L.: Hepatitis Research (151-F), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3200 Vine Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 45220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841461799. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 68 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In a study of 363 alcoholic patients with alcoholic hepatitis in 6 medical centres, by history, alcohol consumption was 227.9 g daily, with a mean duration of 23.8 years. Cirrhosis accompanied the alcoholic hepatitis in 58.7% of the patients who underwent biopsy or examination post mortem. Complete nutritional assessment was made in 284 patients; observed nutritional changes were classified into those associated with marasmus or those characterizing kwashiorkor. A smaller comparison group of 21 alcoholic patients matched for age and alcohol consumption but without clinically evident liver disease was studied similarly. None of the patients with liver disease was completely free from malnutrition, whereas 62% of the alcoholic patients without liver disease showed abnormalities. In patients with alcoholic hepatitis, some findings associated with marasmus were seen in 86% and some features of kwashiorkor were observed in 100%. When present together, the complete picture of kwashiorkor and marasmus was correlated closely with the clinical severity of the liver disease. The nearly constant association of complete or partial kwashiorkor or marasmus suggests that the separation of those 2 entities is artificial in alcoholic patients with liver disease. Although, experimentally, malnutrition may not be essential for the development of alcoholic hepatitis, clinically, it seems to precede the development of the liver injury, which suggests an interaction. Recognition is important so that appropriate nutritional treatment can be provided. KW - Alcoholism KW - hepatitis KW - protein energy malnutrition KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - protein calorie malnutrition KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841461799&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of different levels of dietary zinc on longevity of BALB/c mice inoculated with plasmacytoma MOPC 104E. AU - Song, M. K. AU - Adham, N. F. AU - Costea, N. V. JO - Journal of the National Cancer Institute JF - Journal of the National Cancer Institute Y1 - 1984/// VL - 72 IS - 3 SP - 647 EP - 652 SN - 0027-8874 AD - Song, M. K.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 16111 Plummer St., Sepulveda, Calif. 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841461916. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of different intakes of zinc on survival was studied in 6 groups of BALB/c mice 4 weeks old inoculated with MOPC 104E tumour cells. The first 3 groups received a zinc-deficient (Zn 0.5 μg/g), a zinc-supplemented (Zn 1 mg/g) or a control diet (Zn 37.5 μg/g) starting 11 days after tumour inoculation (T11). The other 3 groups received the same diets starting the day the tumour was implanted (T0). The mean survival of rats beginning the zinc-deficient diet at T11 was significantly longer that that of the control group. When the same diet was begun at T0, the mean survival of the deficient group was significantly less; for that group the results probably related to the combined adverse effects from prolonged Zn deficiency and to effects of the tumour itself. Excess Zn intake significantly prolonged the mean survival when given at T11; excess Zn intake at T0 produced no significant effect on survival, probably because of the increase of plasma Zn after Zn intake by mouth which occurred before the establishment of the tumour or possibly because of the inability of the small intestine to absorb excess Zn at T11 when the tumour was fully developed. KW - intake KW - survival KW - tumours KW - Zinc KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - tumors KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841461916&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastrointestinal transit in thyroid disease. AU - Shafer, R. B. AU - Prentiss, R. A. AU - Bond, J. H. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 86 IS - 5, I SP - 852 EP - 855 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Shafer, R. B.: Nuclear Medicine Service [115], Veterans Administration Medical Center, 54th Street & 48th Ave. South, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841462065. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Gastrointestinal transit time was studied in fasting patients with thyroid dysfunction using the pulmonary excretion of H2 after ingestion of a nonabsorbable carbohydrate, lactulose, as an indicator of the rate of transit to the colon. Mean transit time of 10 hyperthyroid patients (29 ± 4.0 min) was significantly less than that of 42 healthy controls (72 ± 3.7 min) and of 6 hyperthyroid patients when they became hypothyroid after treatment (80 ± 11.0 min). Transit time decreased significantly when hypothyroid patients were given thyroid replacement. The findings suggest that abnormal gut motility may be the primary cause of the diarrhoea and malabsorption of hyperthyroidism and the constipation and obstipation commonly seen in hypothyroidism. KW - Thyroid diseases KW - transit time KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841462065&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Canine intestinal transit and digestion of radiolabeled liver particles. AU - Williams, N. S. AU - Meyer, J. H. AU - Jehn, D. AU - Miller, J. AU - Fink, A. S. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 86 IS - 6 SP - 1451 EP - 1459 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Williams, N. S.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (IIIG), 16111 Plummer Street, Sepulveda, Calif. 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841462068. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Conscious dogs with chronic gastrointestinal fistulae were used to study the intestinal transit of radioactively labelled liver particles relative to the transit of a liquid-phase marker, polyethylene glycol. All studies were made during a "fed" intestinal motility pattern induced by feeding or by intestinal perfusion with a fat-containing solution. Median transit times were estimated from duodenum to fistulae at the midintestine, or at the terminal ileum, by recovery of polyethylene glycol and label in effluent from the fistulae. The size of recovered particles of liver was measured to determine the extent of digestion or fragmentation, or both, in transit. After a steak meal, when liquid flows were very low, the liquid marker and small (0.5 to 0.7 mm) and large (2 to 3 mm) particles moved through the proximal intestine together at a slow rate. When intestinal liquid flows were progressively increased from 2 to 24 ml/min by intestinal perfusion, transit was progressively accelerated; but 2-mm particles moved at 25% to 20% of the rate of polyethylene glycol or 0.5-mm particles. Increasing transit with increasing flows was associated with decreasing digestion or fragmentation of liver particles. In most conditions, 2-mm particles were less well digested or fragmented than 0.5-mm particles. KW - fluids KW - roles KW - Transit time KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841462068&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Impairment of taste and olfaction in patients with cirrhosis: the role of vitamin A. AU - Garrett-Laster, M. AU - Russell, R. M. AU - Jacques, P. F. JO - Human Nutrition: Clinical Nutrition JF - Human Nutrition: Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1984/// VL - 38C IS - 3 SP - 203 EP - 214 AD - Garrett-Laster, M.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. Maryland School of Medicine, Baltimore, MD, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841462243. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 56 ref. Registry Number: 68-26-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Taste and olfaction sensory modalities and the response to vitamin A replenishment were studied in 37 vitamin A-deficient patients with stable alcoholic cirrhosis. Among this group of patients, 11 also had low serum zinc 45 to 63μg/100 ml. Initial taste and olfaction mean detection thresholds for all test substances were significantly higher (less sensitive) in patients than in 21 sex-matched healthy subjects of the same age range. Twenty-seven patients including the 11 patients with low serum Zn were given daily by mouth vitamin A 10 000 μg for 4 weeks. Among the vitamin A-deficient patients there was significant improvement after vitamin A dosing in the mean detection and mean recognition thresholds for bitter and salty taste and for pyridine olfaction regardless of Zn status. Improvement in taste and olfaction correlated with a reversal of serum vitamin A values and dark adaption toward normal. The mechanism whereby vitamin A affects specific taste and smell (i.e. salty and bitter taste; pyridine smell) modalities is at present unknown. KW - alcoholism KW - cirrhosis KW - RETINOL KW - roles KW - SMELL KW - Taste KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - axerophthol KW - disorders KW - liver cirrhosis KW - olfaction KW - vitamin A KW - vitamin A alcohol KW - vitamin A1 KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841462243&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Assessment of adenosine 3′, 5′-monophosphate excretion and an oral calcium tolerance test in the diagnosis of mild primary hyperparathyroidism. AU - Madvig, P. AU - Young, G. AU - Marcus, R. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1984/// VL - 58 IS - 3 SP - 480 EP - 487 SN - 0021-972X AD - Madvig, P.: GRECC 182-B, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841462247. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 60-92-4, 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - An oral calcium tolerance test was given to 22 hyperparathyroid patients and 162 normal subjects to assess its value in the diagnosis of mild primary hyperparathyroidism. Basal urinary excretion of Ca was more in patients, 0.217 mg/100 ml glomerular filtrate (GF), than in normal subjects, 0.090, but there was 50% overlap between the groups. Phosphorus excretion, expressed as the ratio of the maximum tubular reabsorption of P to the glomerular filtration rate, was less in patients, 2.77, than in normal subjects, 3.7, but 38% of the patients fell within the normal range. Urinary excretion of total cyclic AMP (cAMP) also did not separate hyperparathyroid patients from normal subjects, 5.8 ± 0.32 (± s.e.mean) nmol/100 ml GF in patients against 3.41 ± 0.11 in normal subjects. Estimation of nephrogenous cAMP did not increase the use of cAMP as a predictor of hyperparathyroidism. In response to Ca by mouth, the increase in serum Ca concentration was the same in both groups. The increase in urinary Ca was greater in patients, but showed 77% overlap with that in normal subjects. Conversely, serum immunoreactive parathyrin (PTH) was increased in 90% of the patients. Some normal subjects also had high PTH values but none of those had hypercalcaemia. KW - c-AMP KW - calcium KW - diagnosis KW - Hyperparathyroidism KW - tolerance KW - urine KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cyclic adenosine monophosphate KW - cyclic AMP KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841462247&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Parenteral aluminium administration in the dog: 1. Plasma kinetics, tissue levels, calcium metabolism, and parathyroid hormone. AU - Henry, D. A. AU - Goodman, W. G. AU - Nudelman, R. K. AU - DiDomenico, N. C. AU - Alfrey, A. C. AU - Slatopolsky, E. AU - Stanley, T. M. AU - Coburn, J. W. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1984/// VL - 25 IS - 2 SP - 362 EP - 369 SN - 0085-2538 AD - Henry, D. A.: Nephrology Section 691/111L, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Centre, Wiltshire and Sawtelle Blvds., Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841462305. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: French. Number of References: 35 ref. Registry Number: 7429-90-5, 7440-70-2, 9002-64-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Initial distribution kinetics of aluminium and its biological effects were studied after injections of 1 mg/kg daily into dogs for 3 to 5 weeks. After one dose by vein the plasma half-life (meam ± s.e.) was 276 ± 51.8 min with an apparent volume of distribution of 1.30 ± 0.17 litres or 5.90 ± 0.30% bodyweight: 10 to 21% of administered Al was excreted in the urine during 150 min and the renal contribution to plasma clearance of Al was correlated with GFR. The total plasma clearance of Al (4.43 ± 2.83 ml/min) exceeded the renal contribution to plasma clearance (1.94 ± 0.36 ml/min) in each dog and in only 2 instances did the renal contribution reach 50% of total plasma clearance. Serum calcium increased from 9.4 ± 0.2 to 11.1 ± 0.3 mg/100 ml and immunoreactive parathyrin (iPTH) fell by 27 ± 4% after one injection. With repeated Al injections, serum Ca increased from baseline values of 10.2 ± 0.07 mg/100 ml to 11.1 ± 0.22 and 11.3 ± 0.46 after 1 and 2 weeks, respectively. Renal function declined in all dogs and serum creatinine exceeded 3.5 mg/100 ml in 4; during the 5 weeks of study, serum Ca was correlated with serum creatinine. Liver, kidney and spleen showed the highest tissue content of Al and there was substantial uptake by bone; the parathyrin content of Al was modest. Serum iPTH values were normal or high and the response of serum iPTH to EDTA-induced hypocalcaemia was not decreased by Al treatment. KW - Aluminium KW - blood KW - calcium KW - injection KW - metabolism KW - parathyrin KW - tissues KW - turnover KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aluminum KW - parathyroid hormone KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841462305&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Parenteral aluminium administration in the dog: II. Induction of osteomalacia and effect on vitamin D metabolism. AU - Goodman, W. G. AU - Henry, D. A. AU - Horst, R. AU - Nudelman, R. K. AU - Alfrey, A. C. AU - Coburn, J. W. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1984/// VL - 25 IS - 2 SP - 370 EP - 375 SN - 0085-2538 AD - Goodman, W. G.: Nephrology Section 691/111L, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Centre, Wilshire and Sawtelle Blvds., Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841462306. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: French. Number of References: 35 ref. Registry Number: 7429-90-5, 1406-16-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Bone histomorphometry was measured in 6 dogs before (Bx 1) and after (Bx 2) 3 to 5 weeks of aluminium by vein (Al 1 mg/kg daily). Bone Al was estimated by histochemical and chemical methods. The percent osteoid increased from 2.8 ± 0.8 to 7.0 ± 4.3% (mean ± s.d.) and osteoid width increased from 5.7 ± 0.6 to 8.0 ± 1.2 μm after Al. Bone Al increased from 1.3 ± 1.6 to 94.0 ± 19.0 mg/kg after Al and the severity of osteomalacia, expressed as percent forming surface or percent osteoid, was correlated with bone Al measured histochemically and expressed as percent surface or percent area of trabecular bone staining for Al. Poor tetracycline uptake (6 dogs), which indicates impaired mineralization, and little or no separation of tetracycline labels (4 dogs) were noted at Bx 2; thus, bone apposition and formation rates were below the limits of detection. Resorptive surface did not change but trabecular volume, expressed as percent of tissue volume, fell from 22.1 ± 3.0 to 17.1 ± 1.4%. Serum 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D fell from 26.8 ± 9.1 to 4.5 ± 5.5 pg/ml after 17 days of Al; serum 25-hydroxyvitamin D was unchanged. KW - aluminium KW - injection KW - metabolism KW - Osteomalacia KW - Vitamin D KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aluminum KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841462306&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Phosphorus administration in patients with profound hypophosphatemia. AU - Andress, D. L. AU - Felsenfeld, A. J. AU - Vannatta, J. B. AU - Dokoh, S. AU - Haussler, M. R. AU - Llach, F. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1984/// VL - 25 IS - 3 SP - 551 EP - 556 SN - 0085-2538 AD - Andress, D. L.: Nephrology Section (111G), Veterans Administration Medical Centre, 921 N.E. 13th Street, Oklahoma City, Okla. 73104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841462308. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: French. Number of References: 45 ref. Registry Number: 7723-14-0, 1406-16-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The influence of severe hypophosphataemia (1.0 or less mg/100 ml) on vitamin D metabolism was prospectively studied in 11 patients before and after phosphorus by vein. There was evidence of liver dysfunction in 10 patients. The mean (±s.e.) plasma 25-hydroxycholecalciferol (25-HCC) was significantly less before P treatment than that in control subjects (9.4 ± 1.3 against 17.8 ± 1.3 ng/ml). With P administration, serum P increased from 0.59 ± 0.07 to 2.58 ± 0.09 mg/100 ml and 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) decreased from 34.6 ± 4.3 to 14.3 ± 2.9 pg/ml. Plasma 25-HCC, plasma immunoreactive parathyrin (amino and carboxyterminal) and serum calcium did not change after P, suggesting that P alone was responsible for the change in plasma 1,25-DHCC concentration. An inverse correlation was found between serum P and plasma 1,25-DHCC. A direct correlation was observed between plasma 25-HCC and 1,25-DHCC before and after P. KW - Hypophosphataemia KW - injection KW - metabolism KW - phosphorus KW - vitamin D KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hypophosphatemia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841462308&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Zinc metabolism and taste acuity in renal transplant recipients. AU - Mahajan, S. K. AU - Abraham, J. AU - Hessburg, T. AU - Prasad, A. S. AU - Migdal, S. D. AU - Abu-Hamdan, D. K. AU - Briggs, W. A. AU - McDonald, F. D. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1983/// VL - 24 IS - Suppl. 16 SP - S310 EP - S314 SN - 0085-2538 AD - Mahajan, S. K.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Allen Park, Mich. 48101, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841462517. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To study the effect of renal transplantation on taste acuity and zinc metabolism, 43 patients with functioning allografts for 2.5 to 96 months were tested. Taste was tested by the 3-drop stimulus technique. In 30 of the patients, Zn was estimated in plasma, hair and urine. Subnormal plasma and hair Zn values, and hyperzincuria, were seen in all 15 patients who were less than 12 months after transplant; 10 patients who were more than 12 months after transplant had plasma Zn, hair Zn and urinary Zn excretion in the normal range. Zn concentrations in plasma and hair of 5 patients who were more than 12 months after transplant with renal failure were subnormal and were similar to those in haemodialysis patients. Taste detection and recognition thresholds for sodium chloride, sucrose, urea and hydrochloric acid were normal only in patients more than 12 months after transplant with normal renal function. Plasma Zn, hair Zn and urinary Zn were not related to prednisone or azathioprine dosage. KW - Kidneys KW - metabolism KW - taste sensitivity KW - transplantation KW - zinc KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841462517&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Somatomedin-C in zinc deficiency. AU - Cossack, Z. T. JO - Experientia JF - Experientia Y1 - 1984/// VL - 40 IS - 5 SP - 498 EP - 500 SN - 0014-4754 AD - Cossack, Z. T.: Medical Research (151), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Allen Park, Mich. 48101, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841462548. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 9038-70-4, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats with zinc deficiency had significantly decreased somatomedin-C activity in plasma. The hormone activity was correlated significantly with weight gain and with Zn status. KW - blood KW - deficiency KW - somatomedin KW - Zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - insulin-like growth factor 1 KW - sulfation factor KW - sulphation factor KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841462548&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of ursodeoxycholate and its taurine conjugate on bile acid synthesis and cholesterol absorption. AU - Hardison, W. G. M. AU - Grundy, S. M. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 87 IS - 1 SP - 130 EP - 135 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Hardison, W. G. M.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Gastrointestinal Section (111D), 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, Calif. 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841462656. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5, 128-13-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 6 men with normal gastroenterological function, effects of feeding on ursodeoxycholic (15 mg/kg daily) and tauroursodeoxycholic (20 mg/kg daily) acid on bile acid synthesis and cholesterol absorption were studied. Each bile acid was given for 1 month and withheld for the next month. The men remained in a metabolic ward and ate a constant diet of 500 mg cholesterol mixed with solid and liquid formulae. Before the study started, each subject received 50 μCi [4-14C]cholesterol by vein. During the study, faeces were collected for estimation of 24-h acidic and neutral sterol excretion; blood was drawn twice weekly for estimation of serum cholesterol specific activity. At the end of each month an intestinal perfusion study was made to measure total bile acid pool size and hourly biliary secretion rates of cholesterol, phospholipid and bile acid. From the results, the percentage of cholesterol absorption and total endogenous bile acid synthesis could be calculated. Neither ursodeoxycholic nor tauroursodeoxycholic acid decreased endogenous bile acid synthesis. During feeding on bile acids the percentage of cholesterol absorption was decreased. KW - absorption KW - Bile acids KW - Cholesterol KW - supplements KW - synthesis KW - ursodeoxycholic acid KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841462656&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Failure of pancreatic polypeptide release in congenitally obese mice. AU - Jia, B. Q. AU - Taylor, I. L. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 87 IS - 2 SP - 338 EP - 343 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Jia, B. Q.: Dep. Gastroenterology (111G), Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, 16111 Plummer St., Sepulveda, Calif. 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841462679. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 59763-91-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Obesity can be reversed in ob/ob mice by parabiosis to lean littermates, by islet transplantation and by injection of pancreatic polypeptide. Those observations suggest that obese mice have functioning satiety centres but lack a circulating satiety factor of pancreatic origin which could be pancreatic polypeptide. That hypothesis has been difficult to test because antisera currently available do not cross-react with rodent pancreatic polypeptide. An antiserum against the biologically active carboxy-terminal hexapeptide which measures mouse pancreatic polypeptide specifically was raised and was used to compare circulating and tissue concentrations of pancratic polypeptide in obese and lean mice. Although pancreatic contents were significantly greater in obese mice (237 ± 34 pmol/g) than in lean littermates (107 ± 20 pmol/g), no postprandial increase in circulating concentrations was observed in obese mice. The hypothesis that obese mice lack a satiety factor of pancreatic origin could be explained by the failure of release of pancreatic polypeptide. KW - Obesity KW - pancreatic polypeptide KW - secretions KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841462679&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A new procedure to analyze free fatty acids. Application to 20-mg brain tissue samples. AU - Allen, K. G. AU - MacGee, J. AU - Fellows, M. E. AU - Tornheim, P. A. AU - Wagner, K. R. JO - Journal of Chromatography JF - Journal of Chromatography Y1 - 1984/// VL - 309 IS - 1 SP - 33 EP - 42 SN - 0021-9673 AD - Allen, K. G.: Basic Science Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Medical Research Service, Cincinnati, OH 45220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841462746. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Fatty acids were isolated from hexane extracts of serum or brain tissue in KOH (10 μl) and were directly treated with methyl iodide. The methyl esters were partitioned into ethylene chloride (25 μl) and were estimated by gas-liquid chromatography. KW - brain KW - estimation KW - Fatty acids KW - cerebrum KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841462746&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Calcium and sodium transport and vitamin D metabolism in the spontaneously hypertensive rat. AU - Schedl, H. P. AU - Miller, D. L. AU - Pape, J. M. AU - Horst, R. L. AU - Wilson, H. D. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1984/// VL - 73 IS - 4 SP - 980 EP - 986 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Schedl, H. P.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, Iowa 52240, National Animal Disease Lab., Ames, Iowa 50010, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841463434. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 41 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 7440-23-5, 1406-16-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Serum ionized calcium values are lower and immunoreactive parathyrin values are higher in spontaneously hypertensive (SH) rats than in normotensive Wistar-Kyoto (WKy) controls and it is postulated that there is a defect in the regulation of vitamin D metabolism by parathyrin or that the gut target organ for vitamin D in SH rats is unresponsive. To test those hypotheses, serum concentrations of vitamin D metabolites and intestinal transport of Ca and sodium were estimated. Compared with that of WKy controls, Ca transport in vitro by duodenal sacs of SH rats was less at 5 weeks, before the development of hypertension, and at 12 weeks, after hypertension was well established. When measured in vivo in the most proximal 20 cm of small intestine, maximum velocity (Vmax) for Ca transport was less and net absorption of Na and water was more in SH than in WKy rats. Vmax for Ca transport was also less in the most distal 20 cm of small intestine of SH rats, but net Na and water transport were the same in SH and WKy rats. At 12 weeks, serum concentration of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) was the same in SH and WKy groups, but that of its precursor, 25-hydroxycholecalciferol, was higher in SH rats. It is concluded that in SH rats the concentration of 1,25-DHCC is inappropriately low in relation to the high immunoreactive parathyrin and the low Ca absorption, suggesting a defect in the regulation of vitamin D metabolism; and the low Ca absorption, in the setting of normal concentrations of 1,25-DHCC shows unresponsiveness of the gut to vitamin D. KW - calcium KW - Hypertension KW - intestines KW - metabolism KW - sodium KW - transport KW - vitamin D KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - high blood pressure KW - transportation KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841463434&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Role of circulating somatostatin in regulation of gastric acid secretion, gastrin release, and islet cell function. Studies in healthy subjects and duodenal ulcer patients. AU - Colturi, T. J. AU - Unger, R. H. AU - Feldman, M. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1984/// VL - 74 IS - 2 SP - 417 EP - 423 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Colturi, T. J.: Dep. Internal Medicine, Dallas Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, Tex. 75235, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841463470. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Registry Number: 9002-76-0, 9007-92-5, 51110-01-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Mean plasma somatostatin-like immunoreactivity (SLI) increased from 6.2 ± 1.5 pg/ml to a peak of 13.8 ± 1.3 in 8 healthy subjects after a 1440-cal steak meal. When somatostatin-14 was infused by vein, basal and food-stimulated gastric acid secretion and basal and food-stimulated plasma insulin and glucagon concentrations were decreased significantly at mean plasma SLI concentrations within the range seen after a meal. Basal and food-stimulated plasma gastrin concentrations were decreased by intravenous somatostatin only at plasma SLI concentrations several-fold greater than postprandial SLI concentrations. Although duodenal ulcer patients had significantly higher basal, food-stimulated and peak pentagastrin-stimulated gastric acid secretion rates than healthy controls, duodenal ulcer patients and controls had nearly identical basal and food-stimulated SLI concentrations. Food-stimulated gastric acid secretion and gastrin release were inhibited by intravenous somatostatin to the same extent in ulcer patients and controls. KW - duodenal ulcers KW - gastric acid KW - gastrin KW - glucagon KW - injection KW - insulin secretion KW - secretions KW - somatostatin KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841463470&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Tumor and host carcass changes during total parenteral nutrition in an anorectic rat-tumor system. AU - Popp, M. B. AU - Kirkemo, A. K. AU - Morrison, S. D. AU - Brennan, M. F. JO - Annals of Surgery JF - Annals of Surgery Y1 - 1984/// VL - 199 IS - 2 SP - 205 EP - 210 SN - 0003-4932 AD - Popp, M. B.: Dep. Surgery, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3200 Vine Street, Cincinnati, OH 45220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841463551. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Total parenteral nutrition was used to keep substrate intake at normal levels during 10 days of tumour-induced anorexia and cachexia in rats with a transplanted sarcoma. Tumour mass was greater in TPN-supported rats than in controls fed by mouth. Tumour composition (water, fat, nitrogen) was similar in all tumours. Host carcass mass in tumour-bearing (TB) rats was greater in TPN rats than in TB controls fed by mouth but not as great as in nontumour-bearing controls fed by mouth or TPN-supported. Host carcass composition estimation showed significantly greater fat content but no significant change in protein or water content in TB-TPN rats compared with TB rats fed by mouth. KW - anorexia KW - neoplasms KW - Parenteral feeding KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cancers KW - inappetence KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841463551&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of analogs of (pyro)Glu-His-Gly-OH on food consumption and gastric acid secretion in rats. AU - Jaworek, J. AU - Schally, A. V. AU - Coy, D. H. AU - Colaluca, J. JO - Life Sciences JF - Life Sciences Y1 - 1984/// VL - 34 IS - 26 SP - 2597 EP - 2603 SN - 0024-3205 AD - Jaworek, J.: Endocrine and Polypeptide Labs., Veterans Administration Medical Center, New Orleans, La. 70146, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841463763. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The tripeptide (pyro)Glu-His-Gly-OH, previously isolated from urine of patients with anorexia nervosa, and (pyro)Glu-His-EA significantly reduced food consumption, but not gastric acid secretion in rats. The tripeptides (pyro)Glu-3Me-His-Gly-OH, (pyro)Glu-His-D-Ala-OH, and (pyro)Glu-Phe-Gly-OH inhibited gastric acid secretion induced with 2-deoxyglucose. Results indicated that some analogues of (pyro)Glu-His-Gly-OH caused a greater inhibition of food consumption or gastric acid secretion in rats than the original tripeptide, in analogy to studies with dogs. KW - Food intake KW - Gastric acid KW - peptides KW - roles KW - secretions KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841463763&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of cholecystokinin on taste preference and sensitivity in rats. AU - Gosnell, B. A. AU - Hsiao, S. JO - Behavioral Neuroscience JF - Behavioral Neuroscience Y1 - 1984/// VL - 98 IS - 3 SP - 452 EP - 460 SN - 0735-7044 AD - Gosnell, B. A.: Neuroendocrine Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841463974. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Registry Number: 9011-97-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Cholecystokinin octapeptide (CCK-8) reduced the amount consumed or the number of licks of several concentrations of sucrose in short-term tests with rats that were hungry, satiated or fed to appetite. The suppressive effect of CCK-8 was generally smaller in the hungry than in the satiated or freely fed rats. In satiated and free feeding conditions, there was no effect of sucrose concentration on the magnitude of the CCK-8 effect. In hungry rats, the concentration-intake function for sucrose was lowered and flattened by CCK and natural satiety. To determine whether a taste change is involved in this short-term reduction of sucrose intake, integrated chorda tympani responses were measured before and after intravenous infusions of CCK-8 or NaCl. The peak response to 0.3 M sucrose significantly increased after two 5-μg infusions of CCK-8. Peak and tonic responses to sucrose and saline tended to increase after CCK-8 but not NaCl infusions. The results indicate that CCK-8 reduces sucrose intake in situations in which postingestional factors are minimal and that sucrose concentration has little effect on the size of this suppression. A change in perceived taste intensity or quality may play a role in the inhibitory effect of CCK-8 on intake. KW - Food preferences KW - injection KW - PANCREOZYMIN KW - Taste sensitivity KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cholecystokinin KW - diet preferences KW - taste preferences KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841463974&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intrinsic emptying pattern of the human stomach. AU - Smith, J. L. AU - Jiang, C. L. AU - Hunt, J. N. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 246 IS - 6 SP - R959 EP - R962 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Smith, J. L.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Houston, Tex. 77211, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841463978. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Twenty-three subjects were given 336 meals of 750 ml saline that were recovered at 5, 10 and 20 min to estimate intrinsic gastric emptying pattern. Minimal slowing of gastric emptying by duodenal receptors resulted from 120 mM NaCl. Analysis of the residuals from the within-subject regressions for every subject's remaining volume vs. time showed that the exponential model of gastric emptying most appropriately described the data when the volume instilled at time 0 was included. KW - salt KW - solutions KW - Stomach emptying KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841463978&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A new monoclonal-antibody two-site solid-phase immunoradiometric assay for human thyrotropin evaluated. AU - Pekary, A. E. AU - Hershman, J. M. JO - Clinical Chemistry JF - Clinical Chemistry Y1 - 1984/// VL - 30 IS - 7 SP - 1213 EP - 1215 SN - 0009-9147 AD - Pekary, A. E.: Endocrinology Research Lab., Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Bldg. 500, Room 4237, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841464241. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Registry Number: 9034-48-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - blood KW - estimation KW - Thyrotropin KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - thyroid-stimulating hormone KW - thyrotropic hormone KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841464241&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nearly identical oral and intravenous nutritional support in the rat: effects on growth and body composition. AU - Popp, M. B. AU - Wagner, S. C. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1984/// VL - 40 IS - 1 SP - 107 EP - 115 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Popp, M. B.: Dep. Surgery (112D), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3200 Vine Street, Cincinnati, OH 45220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841464270. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Physiological effects of oral (amino acid diet) and intravenous (total parenteral nutrition: TPN) diets were examined in rats using a complete solid synthetic diet dissolved in water to produce nearly-identical liquid intravenous and solid oral diets. Minor differences in lipid and vitamin contents were thought to be of little biological significance. The amino acid diet and TPN solution were compared in a 21-day trial with growing rats. Both groups had similar weight gains. TPN rats compared with the amino acid diet rats had significantly greater spleen and kidney weights, lower stomach, small bowel and testes weights and no change in heart, lung, liver, adrenal or colon weights. Body composition studies suggested similar water and protein and increased fat accumulation by rats supported with the TPN solution compared with rats fed on the amino acid diet. KW - body composition KW - Diets KW - growth KW - Parenteral feeding KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - administration routes, rats KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841464270&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Quantitative measurement of octopamines and synephrines in urine using capillary column gas chromatography negative ion chemical ionization mass spectrometry. AU - Ibrahim, K. E. AU - Couch, M. W. AU - Williams, C. M. AU - Budd, M. B. AU - Yost, R. A. AU - Midgley, J. M. JO - Analytical Chemistry JF - Analytical Chemistry Y1 - 1984/// VL - 56 IS - 9 SP - 1695 EP - 1699 AD - Ibrahim, K. E.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. Florida, Gainesville, Fla. 32610, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19841464484. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - Amines KW - estimation KW - urine KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19841464484&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparison of immunodiffusion techniques with standard complement fixation assay for quantitation of coccidioidal antibodies. AU - Wieden, M. A. AU - Galgiani, J. N. AU - Pappagianis, D. JO - Journal of Clinical Microbiology JF - Journal of Clinical Microbiology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 18 IS - 3 SP - 529 EP - 534 SN - 0095-1137 AD - Wieden, M. A.: Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Tucson, Ariz. 85723, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19842011426. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology; Public Health N2 - Quantitative immunodiffusion (QID) and complement fixation (CF) methods were compared for their agreement in detecting coccidioidal antibodies. For these studies, we assayed 719 sera from 181 patients with coccidioidomycosis. Over 60% of the specimens had CF results of 1:2 to 1:256. A total of 43 patients had five or more specimens obtained over periods of between 1 and 8 years. The QID method, as originally performed, agreed within a twofold dilution of the CF titer in 191 of 267 sera (71.5%). Modification of QID by repeated filling of the antigen and serum wells improved agreement of 84.7% (383 of 452 sera). The degree of CF titer change in patients over time periods was more closely matched by the modified than by the original QID method. Discrepancies between the CF and QID methods appeared not to be a subpopulation of patients. QID measurement of coccidioidal antibodies may be a substitute for the CF assay in certain clinical laboratories.AS/F.C. Odds<new para>ADDITIONAL ABSTRACT:<new para>For these studies 719 sera from 181 patients with Coccidioides immitis infection were assayed. Over 60% of the specimens had complement fixation (CF) results of 1:2 to 1:256. The quantitative immunodiffusion (QID) method, as originally performed, agreed within a twofold dilution of the CF titre in 191 of 267 (71.5%) sera. Modification of QID by repeated filling of the antigen and serum wells improved agreement to 84.7% (383 of 512 sera). The degree of CF titre change in patients over time was more closely matched by the modified than by the original QID method. KW - Coccidioidomycosis KW - complement fixation tests KW - diagnosis KW - IMMUNODIFFUSION TESTS KW - immunological techniques KW - Arizona KW - USA KW - Coccidioides immitis KW - Coccidioides KW - Onygenaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Mountain States of USA KW - Western States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - Southwestern States of USA KW - coccidiomycosis KW - fungus KW - quantitative immunodiffusion KW - serological techniques KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19842011426&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Modulation of renal production of 24,25- and 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 in young and adult rats by dietary calcium, phosphorus, and 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3. AU - Armbrecht, H. J. AU - Zenser, T. V. AU - Davis, B. B. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 110 IS - 6 SP - 1983 EP - 1988 AD - Armbrecht, H. J.: Geriatric Center (111G JB), Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Louis, Mo. 63125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821438034. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 7723-14-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Metabolism of 25-hydroxycholecalciferol (25-HCC) in kidney was estimated in vitro by incubating renal cortical slices with tritiated 25-HCC and quantifying tritiated metabolites by high-pressure liquid chromatography. The apparent Michaelis constant for the conversion of 25-HCC to 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) in the system was 1.16 mu M. Experiments were made with rats given a diet deficient in vitamin D with calcium 0.02 or 1.20% for 4 weeks. Young rats (4 weeks old) given the low-Ca diet showed a 2.8-fold increase in 1,25-DHCC production, but no change in 24,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (25,25-DHCC) production compared with young rats given the high-Ca diet. Adult rats (12 months old) given the low-Ca diet showed no change in 1,25-DHCC production, but exhibited a decrease in 24,25-DHCC production compared with adult rats given the high-Ca diet. Repletion of the young rats given the low-Ca diet with 1,25-DHCC resulted in a decrease in 1,25-DHCC production and an increase in 24,25-DHCC production. Repletion of adult rats resulted in no change in 1,25-DHCC production, but a significant increase in 24,25-DHCC production. When young rats were given diets with different amounts of Ca and phosphorus, 1,24-DHCC production was inversely correlated with plasma Ca over the range 4 to 13 mg/100 ml. As plasma Ca of adult rats was 11 to 12 mg/100 ml regardless of diet, high concentration may explain the lack of 1,25-DHCC production in the adult. KW - calcium KW - intake KW - kidneys KW - phosphorus KW - synthesis KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dihydroxycholecalciferols KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821438034&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Origin of biliary cholesterol and lecithin in the rat: contribution of new synthesis and preformed hepatic stores. AU - Robins, S. J. AU - Brunengraber, H. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1982/// VL - 23 IS - 4 SP - 604 EP - 608 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Robins, S. J.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Boston, MA 02130, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821438078. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The contribution of fresh synthesis to the secretion of cholesterol and lecithin in bile was assessed in isolated rat livers, perfused with a lipid-free medium. Cholesterol and lecithin synthesis were measured by the incorporation of tritiated water and [14C]choline, respectively. Taurocholate stimulated the secretion of biliary lipids to the same extent in perfused livers and in live rats. During the first hour of perfusion, and when hepatic synthesis was active, newly synthesized cholesterol accounted for about 10% of biliary cholesterol and newly synthesized lecithin for 3% of biliary lecithin. Starvation reduced the contribution of newly synthesized cholesterol in bile to less than 1% but did not change the rate of biliary cholesterol secretion. After 2 h of perfusion, newly synthesized biliary cholesterol accounted for only 4% of total hepatic sterol synthesis. Biliary lecithin, synthesized by choline incorporation accounted for only 7% of newly synthesized hepatic lecithin. KW - bile KW - biosynthesis KW - cholesterol KW - liver KW - phosphatidylcholines KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gall KW - lecithins KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821438078&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Thiamin-responsive maple-syrup-urine disease: decreased affinity of the mutant branched-chain alpha -keto acid dehydrogenase for alpha -ketoisovalerate and thiamin pyrophosphate. AU - Chuang, D. T. AU - Ku, L. S. AU - Cox, R. P. JO - Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America JF - Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America Y1 - 1982/// VL - 79 IS - 10 SP - 3300 EP - 3304 SN - 0027-8424 AD - Chuang, D. T.: Dep. Medicine/Research, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 10701 East Blvd., Cleveland, OH 44106, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821438122. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 59-43-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The biochemical basis for the therapeutic effects of thiamin in thiamin-responsive maple syrup urine disease (MSUD) was investigated in intact and disrupted fibroblast cultures from normal subjects and patients with different forms of MSUD. Decarboxylation of alpha -keto[1-14C]isovalerate (KIV) by intact cells from a thiamin-responsive MSUD patient was 30 to 40% of the normal rate with or without thiamin in the incubation medium. In similar conditions, intact classical MSUD fibroblasts did not decarboxylate KIV. Branched-chain alpha -keto acid (BCKA) dehydrogenase activity estimated in disrupted cells from the thiamin-responsive subject showed sigmoidal kinetics in absence of thiamin pyrophosphate (TPP), with an increased concentration of substrate needed for half-maximum velocity (K0.5 for KIV = 7 mM against 0.05 mM in normal cells). When estimated with 0.2 mM TPP present, the mutant enzyme showed a shift in kinetics to near Michaelis-Menten type, as observed with the normal BCKA dehydrogenase, and a lower K0.5 value of 4 mM for KIV, suggesting a TPP-mediated increase in the mutant enzyme's affinity for substrate. By contrast, TPP increased only the Vmax and was without effect on the apparent Km for KIV of the BCKA dehydrogenase from cells of normal subjects and patients with classical MSUD and variant thiamin-nonresponsive MSUD (grade 3). Measurement of the apparent Km for TPP of the BCKA dehydrogenase from thiamin-responsive mutant MSUD cells showed a 16-fold increase in the constant to 25 mu M compared with enzymes from normal or classical MSUD cells. KW - maple syrup urine disease KW - thiamin KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aneurin KW - branched chain ketoaciduria KW - thiamine KW - vitamin B1 KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821438122&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Ultrastructure of initial stages of perivenular fibrosis in alcohol-fed baboons. AU - Nakano, M. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - American Journal of Pathology JF - American Journal of Pathology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 106 IS - 2 SP - 145 EP - 155 SN - 0002-9440 AD - Nakano, M.: Alcohol Research and Treatment Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821438139. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 49 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Perivenular fibrosis was studied in baboons pair-fed for up to 8.5 years on diets with alcohol or control diets of equal energy value; biopsies were made on the monkeys one to two times a year. The number and types of mesenchymal cells surrounding the terminal hepatic venules were examined at different stages of thickening of the rim of the terminal hepatic venules by light and electron microscopy. The number of mesenchymal cells increased with progression of fibrosis and showed good correlation with the thickness of the rim. Myofibroblasts were the most common mesenchymal cells. They were present around the terminal hepatic venules in the control monkeys and proliferated after alcohol. That was associated with increased deposition of collagen fibres around the terminal hepatic venules. This fibrotic process extended into the perisinusoidal space of the centrolobular areas, sometimes connecting with pericellular fibrosis or fat granuloma, which developed in the lobule. Myofibroblast proliferation seems to represent the earliest detectable precursor lesion leading to hepatic fibrosis in alcoholic liver injury. KW - alcoholism KW - fibrosis KW - liver KW - monkeys KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821438139&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Caloric requirements in patients with inflammatory bowel disease. AU - Barot, L. R. AU - Rombeau, J. L. AU - Feurer, I. D. AU - Mullen, J. L. JO - Annals of Surgery JF - Annals of Surgery Y1 - 1982/// VL - 195 IS - 2 SP - 214 EP - 218 SN - 0003-4932 AD - Barot, L. R.: Dep. Surgery, Veterans Administration Medical Center, University and Woodland Ave., Philadelphia, PA 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821438183. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Measured resting energy expenditure (REE) was compared with predicted basal energy expenditure (BEE) in 35 patients with nonseptic inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) and in 20 healthy persons. Patients with IBD were in groups greater or less than 90% ideal bodyweight (IBW). The BEE in kcal daily was equivalent to the measured REE in both groups of patients. It is suggested that the BEE be used to estimate energy requirements in patients with nonseptic inflammatory bowel disease. Patients less than 90% IBW had significantly higher measured energy expenditure, 26.4 plus or minus 1.0/kg bodyweight, than controls, 21.2 plus or minus 0.7, or patients 90% or more IBW, 21.2 plus or minus 0.8. It is suggested that the increased expenditure is due to a combined effect of weight loss and intrinsic disease. KW - energy requirements KW - enteritis KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ileitis KW - jejunitis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821438183&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Vitamin E supplements and plasma high-density lipoprotein cholesterol. AU - Barboriak, J. J. AU - El Ghatit, A. Z. AU - Shetty, K. R. AU - Kalbfleisch, J. H. JO - American Journal of Clinical Pathology JF - American Journal of Clinical Pathology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 77 IS - 3 SP - 371 EP - 372 SN - 0002-9173 AD - Barboriak, J. J.: Wood Veterans Administration Hospital, 5000 W. National Ave., Milwaukee, Wis. 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821438199. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 8 ref. Registry Number: 1406-18-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Plasma high-density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol values were estimated at intervals in 13 control women, 13 control men and 17 male patients, 22 to 60 years old and weighing 127 to 232 lb initially, with spinal cord injury (SCI) who were given 800 U alpha -tocopherol daily for 4 weeks followed by 2 weeks when they abstained from taking the alpha -tocopherol. Plasma alpha -tocopherol values were estimated in 12 women and 14 SCI patients. The alpha -tocopherol significantly increased plasma HDL cholesterol values in the group of control women, in men with low initial HDL cholesterol values and in patients with SCI who had low initial HDL cholesterol values. In the 2 male groups, cessation of alpha -tocopherol was associated with a trend toward lower HDL cholesterol values. Plasma alpha -tocopherol values during treatment indicated good compliance. There was no association between the changes in plasma HDL cholesterol and alpha -tocopherol values. KW - blood KW - ingestion KW - low density lipoprotein KW - vitamin E KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821438199&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Renal and systemic acid-base effects of the chronic administration of hypercalcemia-producing agents: calcitriol, PTH, and intravenous calcium. AU - Hulter, H. N. AU - Sebastian, A. AU - Toto, R. D. AU - Bonner, E. L., Jr. AU - Ilnicki, L. P. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1982/// VL - 21 IS - 3 SP - 445 EP - 458 SN - 0085-2538 AD - Hulter, H. N.: Renal Service (111G), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Gainesville, Fla. 32602, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821438225. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: French. Number of References: 51 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 9002-64-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 6 thyroparathyroidectomized (TPTX) dogs 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) given by mouth resulted in sustained hypercalcaemia and chloride-resistant metabolic alkalosis. Urinary net acid excretion (NAE) remained unchanged. The increase in steady-state plasma bicarbonate concentration was independent of the endogenous change in parathyrin (PTH) and was in part of extrarenal origin because NAE did not increase and in part of renal origin because NAE did not decrease. In response to 1,25-DHCC metabolic alkalosis also occurred in dogs given a diet low in inorganic phosphorus (Pi) and in dogs given Pi supplement, but in the former group there was a hypophosphaturic limitation on titratable acid excretion and a decrease in NAE, whereas in the latter group there was a hyperphosphaturic accentuation of titratable acid excretion and an increase in NAE. Significant increases in plasma bicarbonate concentration and decreases in hydrogen ion concentration occurred in intact dogs given large doses of PTH by intermittent injection for 7 days. In this group, as in the TPTX dogs given 1,25-DHCC, the changes in systemic acid-base composition occurred in the absence of increases or decreases in NAE. Maintenance of metabolic alkalosis, however generated, is inferred to be predominantly dependent on the renal effects of 1,25-DHCC and PTH because without those agents chronic extrarenal alkali input to normal and TPTX dogs did not result in metabolic alkalosis. In TPTX dogs with chronic hypercalcaemia induced by increasing amounts of calcium in substitution for sodium in a continuous intravenous infusion, the plasma bicarbonate concentration decreased and the hydrogen ion concentration increased in association with an increase in NAE. KW - acid base equilibrium KW - calcium KW - parathyrin KW - renal function KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dihydroxycholecalciferols KW - kidney function KW - parathyroid hormone KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821438225&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Amino acid losses during hemodialysis with infusion of amino acids and glucose. AU - Wolfson, M. AU - Jones, M. R. AU - Kopple, J. D. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1982/// VL - 21 IS - 3 SP - 500 EP - 506 SN - 0085-2538 AD - Wolfson, M.: Nephrology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3710 S.W. Veterans Hospital Road, Portland, Oreg. 97201, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821438228. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: French. Number of References: 24 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Eight men undergoing maintenance haemodialysis were each studied during 2 dialyses with glucose-free dialysate. During one haemodialysis, they were given by vein 800 ml normal saline. During the other haemodialysis, the infusion was an equal volume of water which contained 39.5 g essential and nonessential free L-amino acids and 200 g D-glucose. The solutions were infused throughout dialysis into the drip chamber of the venous outflow from the dialyser. The men fasted from the night before until the end of haemodialysis and the order of administration of the 2 solutions was random. Plasma essential, nonessential and total amino acids decreased significantly during the infusion of normal saline and increased during the infusion of amino acids and glucose. Dialysate total-free amino acid losses were on average 8.2 plus or minus 3.1 (s.d.) g during the infusion of normal saline and 12.6 plus or minus 3.6 g with the amino acids and glucose. Because most of the infused amino acids are retained, this technique may be used during haemodialysis to avoid a net outflow of amino acids, decrease disruption of amino acid and glucose pools and provide a nutritional supplement. KW - amino acids KW - blood KW - glucose KW - haemodialysis KW - parenteral feeding KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - hemodialysis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821438228&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - D-Lactic acidosis due to abnormal gut flora. Diagnosis and treatment of two cases. AU - Stolberg, L. AU - Rolfe, R. AU - Gitlin, N. AU - Merritt, J. AU - Mann, L., Jr. AU - Linder, J. AU - Finegold, S. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1982/// VL - 306 IS - 22 SP - 1344 EP - 1348 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Stolberg, L.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 2615 E. Clinton Ave., Fresno, CA 93703, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821438254. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A man 44 years old, who had undergone extensive small-bowel resection after mesenteric infarction, and a woman 34 years old, who had had a jejunoileal bypass for obesity, had repeated episodes of stupor or coma, metabolic acidosis with an increased anion gap, normal plasma L-lactate values and increased plasma D-lactate values. Treatment with vancomycin by mouth restored neurological and metabolic status to normal. Further evaluation confirmed the presumed gastrointestinal origin of the D-lactic acid. The patients' faecal bacteria were identified, estimated and grown in selective media. The supernatants were then analysed for D- and L-lactic acid. During the treatment with vancomycin the faecal flora were similarly re-examined. Before treatment, both patients had high faecal counts of gram-positive, nonspore-forming anaerobic bacteria, including bifidobacterium, lactobacillus and eubacterium. Bacteroides, generally the most common faecal bacterium, was not found. During treatment the total anaerobic count decreased, whereas the aerobic count remained the same. Amounts of D-lactic acid in glucose cultures of bacterial isolates of faecal specimens were measurably less during treatment than before. KW - abnormalities KW - aetiology KW - intestinal microorganisms KW - lactic acidosis KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - causal agents KW - etiology KW - gut flora KW - intestinal micro-organisms KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821438254&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Histological quantitation of aluminum in iliac bone from patients with renal failure. AU - Maloney, N. A. AU - Ott, S. M. AU - Alfrey, A. C. AU - Miller, N. L. AU - Coburn, J. W. AU - Sherrard, D. J. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1982/// VL - 99 IS - 2 SP - 206 EP - 216 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Maloney, N. A.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (IIIA), 4435 Beacon Ave. South, Seattle, Wash. 98108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821438280. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 7429-90-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Aluminium in undemineralized, methyl methacrylate-embedded iliac bone from 16 haemodialysed patients and 6 normal controls was stained and measured histomorphometrically; results were compared with Al values measured by atomic-absorption spectrophotometry. There was a high degree of correlation between the techniques. The amount of stained Al also showed a significant relation with the amount of bone not mineralized, with the mineralization lag time and with osteoid width. The Al was seen as bright red bands mainly in the junction of mineralized bone and osteoid but was also in cement lines of mature bone, on neutral surfaces and surrounding the osteocytes. Analysis of serial sections for Al and tetracycline showed that most of the sites with Al did not take up tetracycline, implying defective mineralization. Occasionally tetracycline uptake was observed in such sites, suggesting that the Al "block" might be overcome. The presence of Al in cement lines of mature bone supports that hypothesis. The histochemical staining of Al may be useful in the study of mechanisms of metabolic bone disease. KW - aluminium KW - bones KW - renal failure KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aluminum KW - kidney failure KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821438280&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Food peptides. A new class of hormones?. AU - Morley, J. E. JO - Journal of the American Medical Association JF - Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1982/// VL - 247 IS - 17 SP - 2379 EP - 2380 AD - Morley, J. E.: Neuroendocrine Research Lab., Minneapolis Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821438868. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Exorphins, compounds with opiate-like activity produced by peptic digestion of dietary proteins such as casein and wheat gluten, and other peptide-like substances derived from foods, and their action when introduced into the gastrointestinal tract, are discussed briefly. KW - foods KW - peptides KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821438868&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Biotin deficiency in an adult during home parenteral nutrition. AU - McClain, C. J. AU - Baker, H. AU - Onstad, G. R. JO - Journal of the American Medical Association JF - Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1982/// VL - 247 IS - 22 SP - 3116 EP - 3117 AD - McClain, C. J.: Gastroenterology Section (111D), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 54th Street and 48th Avenue S, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821438874. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 8 ref. Registry Number: 58-85-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A man with Crohn's disease had an excellent response to home parenteral nutrition for more than 3 years, but then experienced skin lesions over the nose and mouth, hyperaesthesia and paraesthesia (especially over the extremities), muscle pain, depression and conjunctivitis and blepharitis. Deficiency of zinc was suspected, but large doses of Zn by vein improved the skin lesions initially and subsequently the patient's condition deteriorated. When his treatment was switched from a multivitamin solution not containing biotin to one with 60 mu g biotin daily, within 2 to 3 weeks there was improvement in the skin lesions and resolution of the depression, neurological signs and acidosis; by the end of 3 months all signs of biotin deficiency had resolved. KW - biotin KW - deficiency KW - parenteral feeding KW - vitamin deficiencies KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821438874&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A possible hepatic factor in the control of plasma free fatty acid levels. AU - Bernal, R. AU - Hutson, D. G. AU - Dombro, R. S. AU - Livingstone, A. AU - Levi, J. U. AU - Zeppa, R. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1982/// VL - 31 IS - 6 SP - 533 EP - 537 AD - Bernal, R.: Surgical Service (112), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1201 N.W. 16 Street, Miami, Fla. 33125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821439120. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Insulin acts as a regulator of lipid metabolism by inhibiting the rate of lipolysis. Hyperinsulinaemia, produced by the peripheral infusion of glucose, causes a lowering of plasma free fatty acids (FFA) by decreasing the metabolization of fats from peripheral deposits. It was postulated that a lowering of plasma FFA could be produced, in the absence of hyperinsulinaemia, by the infusion of glucose directly into the liver. The study was undertaken to investigate the existence of endogenous factors other than insulin, which inhibit lipolysis. It was estimated that glucose at 0.125 g/kg h could be infused into the portal vein of dogs without increasing plasma insulin. The amount significantly decreased plasma FFA when injected into the portal vein but had no effect on plasma FFA when infused peripherally. There was a significant decrease in FFA turnover after glucose was given by portal vein, with no change in fractional turnover. This indicated that the decreased plasma FFA concentrations found after portal infusions of glucose, were the result of reduced lipid mobilization from adipose tissue, rather than increased tissue uptake of FFA. The results suggest the existence of an hepatic factor, stimulated by portal glucose infusion, which decreased FFA mobilization from adipose tissue. KW - blood KW - control KW - fatty acids KW - liver KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Pathogen, Pest, Parasite and Weed Management (General) (HH000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821439120&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Mechanism of insulin resistance in fructose-fed rats. AU - Tobey, T. A. AU - Mondon, C. E. AU - Zavaroni, I. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1982/// VL - 31 IS - 6 SP - 608 EP - 612 AD - Tobey, T. A.: Dep. Medicine, Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821439133. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 57-48-7, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Glucose uptake by perfused hindlimb skeletal muscle and liver from rats on a diet with 60% fructose or a stock diet was comparable at perfusate insulin values of 0 mu U/ml (15.2 versus 15.5 mu l/min g muscle), 100 mu U/ml (18.3 versus 19.8) and more than 500 mu U/ml (35.5 versus 33.4). In contrast, glucose outflow from livers of rats given fructose was significantly greater than that of controls perfused in the absence of added insulin (52.1 versus 36.5 mu mol/g). The ability of insulin to suppress glucose outflow was less in liver from rats given fructose at perfusate insulin values of 165 mu U/ml (13.2 versus 41.4%) as well as at insulin concentration greater than 900 mu U/ml (32.5 versus 62.2%). The findings suggest that the insulin resistance resulting from chronic fructose feeding is the result of the diminished ability of insulin to suppress hepatic glucose output, and not a decrease in insulin-stimulated glucose uptake by muscle. KW - fructose KW - ingestion KW - insulin KW - resistance KW - fruit sugar KW - ketohexose KW - laevulose KW - levulose KW - mechanism, rats KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821439133&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Patient education for weight loss: comparing strategies. AU - Gardner, F. S. JO - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JF - Journal of the American Dietetic Association Y1 - 1982/// VL - 80 IS - 5 SP - 432 EP - 437 SN - 0002-8223 AD - Gardner, F. S.: InterWest Regional Medical Education Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Salt Lake City, Utah, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821439458. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Three weight loss strategies, medical, social and behavioural, were field-tested for 10 weeks. Subjects were weighed and triceps skinfold measurements were made. Attitudes and behaviour were tested. For control and treatment groups, analysis included comparing treatment data with anecdotal data, and treatment and anecdotal data with predictors of success in long-term weight loss. Bodyweight measures showed that treatment group members had significantly more weight loss than control group members. Other results showed similarity among the treatment groups. Predictors of long-term success coincided with the treatment aspects and anecdotal data of the behavioural approach. KW - nutrition education KW - obesity KW - weight reduction KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821439458&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Use of estrogen-treated rats as a bioassay for evaluating catabolism of very low density lipoproteins. AU - Verschoor, L. AU - Chen, Y. D. I. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1982/// VL - 31 IS - 7 SP - 699 EP - 700 AD - Verschoor, L.: Dep. Medicine, Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center (182B), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821439522. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 4 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Labelled plasma triglyceride (TG), obtained after injection of 400 mu Ci [3H]glycerol into normal diabetic rats, was injected subcutaneously into male Sprague-Dawley rats which had been given 17 alpha -ethynyl-oestradiol 1 mg/100 g bodyweight daily subcutaneously for 9 days or had had no treatment. Rats given oestradiol had significantly decreased pool sizes of circulating very-low-density lipoprotein (VLDL)-TG and may provide a useful model to study the effect of differences in VLDL-TG composition on their catabolism in vivo. KW - administration KW - catabolism KW - oestrogens KW - very low density lipoprotein KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - estrogens KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821439522&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Atypical cobalamin binding in the serum of congenital deficiency of transcobalamin II. AU - Hall, C. A. AU - Begley, J. A. JO - British Journal of Haematology JF - British Journal of Haematology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 51 IS - 1 SP - 65 EP - 71 SN - 0007-1048 AD - Hall, C. A.: Nutrition Lab. Clinical Assessment and Research (151E), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albany, NY 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821439703. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Registry Number: 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Serum cobalamin (Cb1) binding patterns are described in 9 children with congenital deficiency of transcobalamin II (TC II). Immunoreactive TC II was less than 100 pg/ml as TC II-Cb1 equivalent in 8 and 150 pg/ml in the ninth. There was neither endogenous TC II-Cb1 (holo TC II) nor apo TC II. Thus, the defect was characterized by the absence of any binding of Cb1 to TC II in vivo or in vitro and nondetectable or much less immunoreactive TC II. Only the serum from an untreated infant bound any added Cb1 at all, but in every serum sample there was binding of endogenous Cb1 to a substance of the molecular size of albumin. Native Cb1 was also bound to R binder and in some instances was incorporated into large complexes. The precise nature, cause and consequences of that atypical binding are not known. KW - blood KW - cyanocobalamin KW - deficiency KW - transcobalamins KW - transport KW - vitamin B12 KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cobalamin KW - transportation KW - vitamin B12 binding substances KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821439703&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparison of insulin secretion and in vivo insulin action in nonobese and moderately obese individuals with non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. AU - Reaven, G. M. AU - Doberne, L. AU - Greenfield, M. S. JO - Diabetes JF - Diabetes Y1 - 1982/// VL - 31 IS - 5, I SP - 382 EP - 384 AD - Reaven, G. M.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (182B), 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821439782. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Insulin secretion and insulin action in vivo were estimated in nonobese and moderately obese patients (about 30% overweight) with noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM), matched for severity of diabetes. Insulin secretion was assessed from plasma insulin responses to a test meal given at noon and insulin action in vivo by the insulin clamp technique. No significant difference was noted between the groups for either variable. Thus, it cannot be assumed that the cause of hyperglycaemia in patients with NIDDM differs in nonobese and moderately obese subjects. KW - diabetes KW - insulin secretion KW - obesity KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821439782&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Smoking, alcohol and coronary artery occlusion. AU - Barboriak, J. J. AU - Anderson, A. J. AU - Hoffmann, R. G. JO - Atherosclerosis JF - Atherosclerosis Y1 - 1982/// VL - 43 IS - 2/3 SP - 277 EP - 282 SN - 0021-9150 AD - Barboriak, J. J.: Research Service/151, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wood, WI 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821439883. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of smoking and alcohol intake on the extent of coronary artery occlusion were studied in 2989 men undergoing a diagnostic coronary arteriography. Smoking showed an exposure-related effect of increasing the extent of coronary artery occlusion. Conversely, alcohol intake had an attenuating dose-related effect, offsetting the increased coronary occlusion associated with smoking. Alcohol intake should be considered in studies evaluating interaction between risk factors and coronary artery disease. KW - alcohols KW - cardiovascular diseases KW - tobacco smoking KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821439883&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Extreme hyperglycemia in dialysis patients. AU - Al-Kudsi, R. R. AU - Daugirdas, J. T. AU - Ing, T. S. AU - Kheirbek, A. O. AU - Popli, S. AU - Hano, J. E. AU - Gandhi, V. C. JO - Clinical Nephrology JF - Clinical Nephrology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 17 IS - 5 SP - 228 EP - 231 SN - 0301-0430 AD - Al-Kudsi, R. R.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821439944. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 12 diabetic patients who were being treated with maintenance haemodialysis or maintenance peritoneal dialysis, coma and other neurological deficits did not occur in spite of extremely high serum glucose values. The mean serum values of those patients were: glucose 1174 plus or minus 248 (s.d.) mg/100 ml, sodium 125 plus or minus 5 mEq/litre, calculated total osmolality 342 plus or minus 13 mOsm/kg water and calculated effective osmolality (without urea) 316 plus or minus 13 mOsm/kg water. It is suggested that the absence of osmotic diuresis and the lack of substantial osmotic ultrafiltration prevented the development of hypernatraemia and severe hyperosmolality. The osmolar effect of glucose alone at those serum concentrations apparently was not sufficient to induce neurological impairment. KW - diabetes KW - haemodialysis KW - hyperglycaemia KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hemodialysis KW - high blood glucose KW - hyperglycemia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821439944&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nutritional studies in the weanling rat with normophagic hypothalamic obesity. AU - Bernardis, L. L. AU - Luboshitsky, R. AU - Bellinger, L. L. AU - McEwen, G. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1982/// VL - 112 IS - 7 SP - 1441 EP - 1455 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Bernardis, L. L.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3495 Bailey Ave., Buffalo, NY 14215, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821440073. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 44 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Weanling male Sprague-Dawley rats made obese by destruction of the ventromedial hypothalamic area (VMNL) and sham-operated controls (CON) fed on a stock diet for 2 weeks after operation ate similar amounts, but VMNL laid down more fat and less bodyweight per unit of energy intake. Three isoenergetic diets of different macronutrient content were each eaten for 21 days. VNML selected more carbohydrate (CHO) diet and protein diet but similar amounts of fat diet; total energy intake was comparable. Percent diet selection showed the identical pattern. VMNL ate more CHO and fat but similar amounts of protein as CON. VMNL ate more percent CHO, less percent protein and similar percent fat as CON. When refed after 2-day starvation, both groups selected similar amounts of diets, but VMNL ate less protein. When given the high-protein diet alone for 9 days both groups increased their energy intake but their weight gain and energy intakes were similar; Lee Index was higher in VMNL. With the stock diet for 32 days VMNL showed normal bodyweight gains but higher Lee Index despite hypophagia. They utilized energy similarly for bodyweight gains but more poorly for fat deposition than CON. After death several key plasma substrates were similar in both groups but epididymal fat pads were heavier in VMNL. KW - energy exchange KW - hypothalamic lesions KW - obesity KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821440073&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparison of bile acid synthesis determined by isotope dilution versus fecal acidic sterol output in human subjects. AU - Duane, W. C. AU - Holloway, D. E. AU - Hutton, S. W. AU - Corcoran, P. J. AU - Haas, N. A. JO - Lipids JF - Lipids Y1 - 1982/// VL - 17 IS - 5 SP - 345 EP - 348 SN - 0024-4201 AD - Duane, W. C.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821440080. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Bile acid synthesis by the Lindstedt isotope dilution method was on average 26.3% less than synthesis estimated simultaneously by faecal acidic sterol output. When one-sample estimations of bile acid pools were substituted for Lindstedt pools, bile acid synthesis by isotope dilution was on average 5.6% more than synthesis by faecal acidic sterol output. The results indicate that the 2 methods yield values in reasonably close agreement with one another. If anything, faecal acidic sterol outputs are slightly higher than synthesis by isotope dilution. KW - bile acids KW - estimation KW - synthesis KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821440080&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Dual system of intestinal thiamine transport in humans. AU - Hoyumpa, A. M., Jr. AU - Strickland, R. AU - Sheehan, J. J. AU - Yarborough, G. AU - Nichols, S. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1982/// VL - 99 IS - 5 SP - 701 EP - 708 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Hoyumpa, A. M., Jr.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Nashville, Tenn. 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821440231. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Registry Number: 59-43-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To estimate the kinetics of intestinal transport of thiamin directly in human subjects, mucosal tissues were obtained during routine endoscopy from normal-appearing sites at the second portion of the duodenum. With [3H]dextran as the marker of adherent volume, the uptake of [14C]thiamin hydrochloride by the excised mucosa was measured in vitro. By this method thiamin uptake was linear with tissue weight and with incubation time up to 5 min. At low thiamin concentrations (0.2 to 2.0 mu M), uptake was saturable whereas at high concentrations (5 to 50 mu M), uptake was linear with thiamin concentrations. Pyrithiamin, anoxia, N-ethylmaleimide and replacement of sodium chloride by mannitol reduced the uptake of 0.5 mu M thiamin by 42%, 37%, 32% and 35%, respectively, but had no effect on the uptake of 20 mu M thiamin. The results suggest that, as in the rat, the intestinal transport of thiamin in man proceeds by a coexistent dual system. In physiological concentrations, thiamin is transported primarily by an energy-requiring, sodium-dependent active process, whereas at higher pharmacological concentrations thiamin uptake is predominantly a passive process. KW - intestines KW - thiamin KW - transport KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aneurin KW - thiamine KW - transportation KW - vitamin B1 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821440231&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Changes in vitamin A status after acute ethanol administration in the rat. AU - Sato, M. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1982/// VL - 112 IS - 6 SP - 1188 EP - 1196 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Sato, M.: Lab. Liver Disease and Nutrition, Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821440608. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 68-26-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To evaluate the effect of acute ethanol administration on vitamin A and retinol-binding protein (RBP) status, male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 120 to 200 g were given by mouth an acute dose of ethanol (6 g/kg bodyweight) or saline after 15 to 18 h of starvation. Hepatic vitamin A was decreased by 13% 24 h after the ethanol load, serum vitamin A was increased 6 h after ethanol with a 10-fold increase in retinyl ester concentration, whereas serum RBP was slightly decreased. Saline controls showed no change. The increase in serum retinyl esters 6 h after ethanol was found in the lipoprotein fraction (density less than 1.21). When lipoprotein removal from plasma was blocked by Triton WR-1339, ethanol load further increased serum retinyl ester concentration. In rats previously given [14C]retinol, hepatic 14C-labelled vitamin A was decreased, whereas in the kidney and adipose tissue it was increased 24 h after ethanol. KW - ethanol KW - ingestion KW - RETINOL KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - axerophthol KW - ethyl alcohol KW - status KW - vitamin A KW - vitamin A alcohol KW - vitamin A1 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821440608&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Regulation of the betaine content of rat liver. AU - Finkelstein, J. D. AU - Martin, J. J. AU - Harris, B. J. AU - Kyle, W. E. JO - Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics JF - Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics Y1 - 1982/// VL - 218 IS - 1 SP - 169 EP - 173 SN - 0003-9861 AD - Finkelstein, J. D.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, School of Medicine, Washington, DC 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821440857. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 107-43-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Dietary choline and protein are major determinants of the content of betaine in rat liver. Increased protein intake decreased hepatic betaine. An increase in the betaine-homocysteine methyltransferase reaction due to an increased availability of homocysteine is the basis for this effect of dietary protein. KW - betaine KW - liver KW - protein intake KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - glycinebetaine KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821440857&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Influence of polyunsaturated fats on composition of plasma lipoproteins and apolipoporteins. AU - Vega, G. L. AU - Groszek, E. AU - Wolf, R. AU - Grundy, S. M. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1982/// VL - 23 IS - 6 SP - 811 EP - 822 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Vega, G. L.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego, 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821440896. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 36 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Patients, 8 men and 2 women with different values of plasma cholesterol, were given a diet high in saturated fats (SF) for 4 weeks and another rich in polyunsaturated fats (PUSF) for 4 weeks. On PUSF diets mean plasma cholesterol decreased by 25% as did total plasma apoB low-density lipoprotein (LDL). Cholesterol decreased by 26% and LDL-apoB by 29%. The mean ratio of cholesterol to apoB did not change significantly. Likewise high-density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol decreased by 15% and total plasma apoA-1 by 19%; there was no change in the cholesterol to apoA-1 in HDL or in cholesterol:apoB or triglyceride:apoB ratios in very-low-density lipoprotein despite a 23% decrease in plasma triglyceride on PUSF. KW - apolipoproteins KW - blood KW - ingestion KW - lipoproteins KW - polyunsaturated fats KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - polyenoic fats KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821440896&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Extreme sensitivity of diabetic mice to naloxone-induced suppression of food intake. AU - Levine, A. S. AU - Morley, J. E. AU - Brown, D. M. AU - Handwerger, B. S. JO - Physiology and Behavior JF - Physiology and Behavior Y1 - 1982/// VL - 28 IS - 6 SP - 987 EP - 989 AD - Levine, A. S.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (111P), 54th St. & 48th Ave. S., Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821441208. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Changes in serum glucose concentration modulate the responsiveness of animals to opiates. Genetically obese diabetic mice (C57 BL/Ks, db+/db+) were about 80 times more sensitive to the suppressive effect of naloxone on food intake than were their heterozygote littermate controls. Mice with diabetes induced by streptozotocin were 1000 times more sensitive to naloxone's inhibitory effect on feeding than were their controls. The results suggest that increased glucose in serum, rather than obesity, induces extreme sensitivity to naloxone-induced suppression of food intake. KW - activity KW - anorexiants KW - diabetes KW - obesity KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - anorectics KW - appetite depressants KW - appetite suppressors KW - fatness KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821441208&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Aortic morphology in salt-dependent genetic hypertension. AU - Limas, C. AU - Westrum, B. AU - Iwai, J. AU - Limas, C. J. JO - American Journal of Pathology JF - American Journal of Pathology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 107 IS - 3 SP - 378 EP - 394 SN - 0002-9440 AD - Limas, C.: Lab. Medicine and Pathology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 54th Street and 48th Ave. South, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821441619. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For 2 weeks salt-sensitive and salt-resistant Dahl rats were fed on diets containing 0.6, 4.0 or 8.0% Nacl in a longitudinal, morphometric and ultrastructural study. The salt-sensitive rats given 4.0 and 8.0% Nacl had increased blood pressure, and the increase was proportional to the amount of Nacl eaten daily. Similarly, the salt-sensitive, but not the salt-resistant, rats on high-salt diets showed thickening of the aortic media which paralleled the rise of blood pressure. Intestinal lesions were characterized by the accumulation of an amorphous, electron-dense substance in the subendothelial space (SES), adherence or penetration of lymphoid cells and subendothelial fibrin deposition. The extent and severity of SES expansion were correlated more closely with the duration of salt feeding than with blood pressure. Fibrin deposition occurred only in severely hypertensive rats and was not related to the salt concentration in the diet. There were morphometric abnormalities in endothelial cells in the hypertensive rats, although endothelial denudation and junctional disruptions were notably absent. Neither platelets nor fibrin adhered to the endothelium. The results indicate that the nature and extent of vascular lesions depend not only on the severity of hypertension but also on its rate of development, duration and pathophysiological characteristics. KW - aorta KW - hypertension KW - intake KW - morphology KW - salt KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - high blood pressure KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821441619&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Volumetric measure and lick count of liquid food intake of rats. AU - Reidelberger, R. AU - Heusner, A. A. JO - Physiology and Behavior JF - Physiology and Behavior Y1 - 1982/// VL - 29 IS - 1 SP - 173 EP - 176 AD - Reidelberger, R.: Enzymology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, 150 Muir Road, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821441680. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A simple and relatively inexpensive apparatus automatically records liquid intake and drinking behaviour of rats. It counts lick contacts while accurately measuring the rate of volume intake in constant unit volumes. The unit volumes are adjustable over a wide range. For a unit volume about 60 mu l, the precision was 1.2% over a range of withdrawal rates from 1 to 10 ml/min. The average lick volume of rats consuming a liquid food was systematically lower by 18% during the 2nd meal after deprivation of food for 15 h than that of the 1st. This difference seems to reflect a change in the rat's motivation to drink the liquid food. KW - apparatus KW - estimation KW - food intake KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821441680&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nutritional status of adult patients in two acute care hospitals: a university hospital and an affiliated veterans administration medical center. AU - Kelly, K. M. AU - Russell, R. M. AU - Greenberg, L. B. AU - Iber,F. L. AU - Smith, J. M. JO - Nutrition Research JF - Nutrition Research Y1 - 1982/// VL - 2 IS - 3 SP - 213 EP - 222 SN - 0271-5317 AD - Kelly, K. M.: Dep. Dietetics, Univ. Maryland Veterans Administration Medical Center, Baltimore, Md., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821441765. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Paired surveys designed to assess the nutritional state of adult inpatients were made in 2 USA acute care medical centres: University of Maryland Hospital (UMH) and its affiliated Veterans Administration Medical Center (VAMC). Nutritional profiles of the patients were assessed from anthropometric measurements: measured height and weight, triceps skin fold (TSF) and mid-arm muscle circumference (MAMC), and by a chart review. The criteria used to define severe deficits were less than 80% for ideal bodyweight (IBW) and MAMC and less than 50% for TSF of sex-specific standards. A serum albumin of 2.8 g/100 ml or less was regarded as a severe deficit. Chart review showed missing admission weights in UMH and VAMC charts in 40% and 65% and missing heights in 60% and 88%, respectively. The VAMC had a greater percentage of patients below standards for IBW and TSF. Patients from both medical centres were combined to compare the nutritional profiles of medical and surgical patients and of different disease classifications. Medical patients were not significantly different from surgical patients in any anthropometric measurement. However, medical patients had more significant deficits in serum albumin than had surgical patients. Of the total medical centre population, 36% had evidence of protein-energy malnutrition (PEM) and only 19% of those malnourished patients were receiving physician-ordered supplements. Patients with diagnosed cancer, cardiovascular or pulmonary disease were at more significant risk for PEM than the other groups of patients. KW - adults KW - nutritional state KW - protein energy malnutrition KW - USA KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - nutritional status KW - protein calorie malnutrition KW - United States of America KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821441765&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Ethanol increases urinary and tissue ascorbic acid concentrations in rats. AU - Hsu, J. M. AU - Hsieh, H. S. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1982/// VL - 170 IS - 4 SP - 448 EP - 452 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Hsu, J. M.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bay Pines, Fla. 33504, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821441993. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Registry Number: 50-81-7, 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats given 20% ethanol to drink for 24 days or 1 year had a higher concentration of ascorbic acid in the urine, liver, kidney, spleen and adrenals than had rats given no ethanol or sucrose solution to supply the same energy. This increase was not due to feed intake. Enzymic synthesis of the vitamin from glucuronolactone or gulonolactone by liver preparations of ethanol-treated rats was significantly greater than that in liver of controls and of rats given sucrose. The results indicate that ethanol stimulates the capacity to synthesize ascorbate which, in turn, causes an increase of ascorbic acid contents in the urine and soft tissues. KW - ascorbic acid KW - ethanol KW - loads KW - tissues KW - urine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - vitamin C KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821441993&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hepatic vitamin A depletion in alcoholic liver injury. AU - Leo, M. A. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1982/// VL - 307 IS - 10 SP - 597 EP - 601 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Leo, M. A.: Alcohol Research and Treatment Center, Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center, 130 W. Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821442194. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 68-26-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Vitamin A in serum and liver sampled from patients at different stages of alcoholic liver disease was compared with that in subjects who had normal livers or nonalcoholic liver disease (chronic persistent hepatitis). In the patients, the relation between appearance of Mallory bodies and vitamin A status was also assessed. Vitamin A in liver was strikingly low in patients at all stages of alcoholic liver disease, even in those with fatty livers in whom serum vitamin A and prealbumin were still normal. Serum retinol-binding protein was also normal in the patients with fatty livers. The very low vitamin A values in liver were sometimes associated with the presence of Mallory bodies, but there was no obvious correlation between the presence of Mallory bodies and vitamin A in the liver. KW - alcoholism KW - liver KW - liver diseases KW - RETINOL KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - axerophthol KW - vitamin A KW - vitamin A alcohol KW - vitamin A1 KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821442194&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Mineral metabolism in the aging and the aged. AU - Lindeman, R. D. JO - Journal of the American College of Nutrition JF - Journal of the American College of Nutrition Y1 - 1982/// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 49 EP - 73 SN - 0731-5724 AD - Lindeman, R. D.: Louisville Veterans Administration, Medical Center, Louisville, KY 40202, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821442263. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 56 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - aging KW - metabolism KW - minerals KW - old age KW - reviews KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ageing KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Diet Studies (VV110) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821442263&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Does mixing pancreatic enzyme microspheres (Pancrease (R) ) with food damage the enteric coating? AU - Sackman, J. W. AU - Smith, K. E. AU - Graham, D. Y. JO - Journal of Pediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition JF - Journal of Pediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition Y1 - 1982/// VL - 1 IS - 3 SP - 333 EP - 335 SN - 0277-2116 AD - Sackman, J. W.: Building 1A, Room 612, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 2002 Holcombe Blvd., Houston, Tex. 77211, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821442421. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect was tested of incubation in vitro of enteric-coated pancreatic enzyme microspheres with infant food mixtures on total recoverable enzyme activity and on the enteric coating. Incubation of enzyme beads with foods with pH above 5 (chicken pH 6.5, veal pH 6.3 and green beans pH 5.6) had no significant effect on either variable. There was a significant, but minor, reduction in maximum enzyme activity recovered after incubation with apple sauce (pH 3.5). The thickness of the enteric coating was significantly reduced. Whether changes in the enzyme beads resulted in improved or diminished efficiency of treatment was not resolved. Lipase, unprotected by enteric coating, was rapidly inactivated in apple sauce, emphasizing the need to instruct parents about which foods to avoid when giving pancreatic enzymes without enteric coating. KW - activity KW - enzyme preparations KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821442421&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Calcium metabolism in young rats during early dietary phosphate deprivation. AU - Urban, E. AU - Beck, N. AU - Reineck, H. J. AU - Lee, S. JO - Journal of Pediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition JF - Journal of Pediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition Y1 - 1982/// VL - 1 IS - 3 SP - 437 EP - 443 SN - 0277-2116 AD - Urban, E.: Medical Service (III), Audie L. Murphy Veterans Administration Hospital, 7400 Merton Minter Blvd., San Antonio, Tex. 78284, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821442447. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats 8 to 10 weeks old with intact thyroid and parathyroid glands were given a diet low in phosphorus. Hypercalciuria occurred within 24 h of dietary phosphate deprivation. It was the consequence of mobilization of calcium stores from the exchangeable Ca pool of the diaphysis of bone. Increased net intestinal absorption of Ca also occurred early. This was at least in part the result of decreased net intestinal secretion of Ca into the gut lumen. Thus the early onset of hypercalciuria and hypercalcaemia associated with P deprivation in normal growing young rats is the combined result of increased net intestinal Ca absorption and increased Ca mobilization from bone. KW - calcium KW - deprivation KW - metabolism KW - phosphates KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821442447&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of bran on bowel function in constipation. AU - Graham, D. Y. AU - Moser, S. E. AU - Estes, M. K. JO - American Journal of Gastroenterology JF - American Journal of Gastroenterology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 77 IS - 9 SP - 599 EP - 603 SN - 0002-9270 AD - Graham, D. Y.: Room 612, Building 1A, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 2002 Holcombe Blvd., Houston, TX 77211, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821442513. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of wheat and maize bran, 20 g daily, was evaluated in 10 constipated (3 or less bowel movements weekly) but otherwise healthy women. The intake of bran was associated with a significant increase in faecal weight (157%), bowel movement frequency (55%) and decrease in intestinal transit time (50%). Percentage faecal moisture increased only with wheat bran (67.4 to 72.1%), whereas maize bran was significantly better than wheat bran in relieving subjective symptoms of constipation. KW - activity KW - bran KW - constipation KW - ingestion KW - intestines KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821442513&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of diet on increases in systolic pressure induced in rats by chronic cadmium feeding. AU - Perry, H. M., Jr. AU - Erlanger, M. W. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1982/// VL - 112 IS - 10 SP - 1983 EP - 1989 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Perry, H. M., Jr.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington Univ. School of Medicine, St. Louis, MO 63125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821442533. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 7440-43-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A commercial stock diet (Purina Rodent Lab Chow), with water containing cadmium 0.1 or 1.0 mu g/g or plain deionized water, was given to female Long-Evans rats at weaning. The overall effect of substituting the stock diet for a low-Cd rye diet was initially to lessen, and later to prevent entirely, the Cd-induced pressor effect. Whereas control rats on the rye diet had a constant systolic pressure of about 100 mm Hg throughout the experiment, control rats on the stock diet had an increase in systolic pressure of about 1 mm Hg/month, perhaps because of Cd from food which contained 10 times as much of the metal as the rye diet. (There was also a somewhat lower pressure among the Cd-fed rats on stock diet than among those on the rye diet.) KW - blood pressure KW - cadmium KW - diets KW - ingestion KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821442533&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Impaired bile acid efflux from hepatocytes isolated from the liver of rats with cholestasis. AU - Tarao, K. AU - Olinger, E. J. AU - Ostrow, J. D. AU - Balistreri, W. F. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 243 IS - 4 SP - G253 EP - G258 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Tarao, K.: Gastroenterology Section, Veterans Administration Lakeside Medical Center, Chicago, Ill. 60611, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821442545. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Cholestasis was produced in rats by bile duct ligation for 48 h or by subcutaneous injection of ethinyloestradiol, 5 mg/kg daily for 7 days. Controls received sham operation or propylene glycol. Isolated hepatocytes were then prepared by hepatic perfusion with collagenase followed by differential centrifugation. Cells were resuspended in RPMI 1640 medium containing 3% albumin (pH 7.4) and preequilibrated with [3H]cholate for 45 min. The preloaded cells were then washed at 4 deg C and resuspended at 37 deg C in buffer free of cholate to estimate bile acid efflux. At time 0 and 3.5 min bile acids in cell pellet and media were extracted with ammonia-ethanol, and 3H in cholate, glycocholate, taurocholate and total bile acids was estimated. Total 3H-labelled bile acid efflux rates were 31.6 plus or minus 1.4%/min (mean plus or minus s.e.) in controls given propylene glycol compared with 9.0 plus or minus 0.6%/min in the oestrogen-treated rats and 22.4 plus or minus 0.6%/min in sham-operated controls compared with 12.5 plus or minus 0.2%/min in rats with ligated bile duct. Efflux rates of glycocholate and taurocholate, but not cholate, were decreased in oestrogen-treated and bile duct-ligated rats compared with their respective controls. Because predominantly conjugated bile acids are secreted by the hepatocyte into the bile canaliculus, the selectively impaired efflux of conjugates suggests that cholestasis impairs the mechanism for canalicular bile acid secretion. KW - bile acids KW - cholestasis KW - liver cells KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hepatocytes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821442545&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Inhibition by hypophysectomy of the hyperphagia and obesity following gold thioglucose. AU - Debons, A. F. AU - Das, K. C. AU - Fuhr, B. AU - Siclari, E. JO - Physiology and Behavior JF - Physiology and Behavior Y1 - 1982/// VL - 29 IS - 4 SP - 695 EP - 699 AD - Debons, A. F.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Nuclear Medicine Service, 800 Poly Place, Brooklyn, NY 11209, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821442587. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 12192-57-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Female CF1 mice 3 to 4 months old given gold thioglucose (GTG) 750 mg/kg intraperitoneally showed lesions in the ventromedial hypothalamus, hyperphagia and obesity. Removal of the pituitary prevented the appearance of hyperphagia and obesity in mice given GTG but when those mice were given cortisone acetate 20 mg/kg intraperitoneally daily, hyperphagia and obesity were restored. KW - AUROTHIOGLUCOSE KW - hyperphagia KW - hypophysectomy KW - obesity KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - gold thioglucose KW - pituitary removal KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821442587&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Etretinate therapy causes increases in lipid levels in patients with psoriasis. AU - Ellis, C. N. AU - Swanson, N. A. AU - Grekin, R. C. AU - Goldstein, N. G. AU - Bassett, D. R. AU - Anderson, T. F. AU - Voorhees, J. J. JO - Archives of Dermatology JF - Archives of Dermatology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 118 IS - 8 SP - 559 EP - 562 SN - 0003-987X AD - Ellis, C. N.: Dermatology Service (110), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 2215 Fuller Road, Ann Arbor, MI 48105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821442657. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Changes in serum triglyceride, cholesterol and high-density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol were studied in 21 adult patients with psoriasis during 16 weeks of a double-blind trial with etretinate (Ro 10-9359), 0.5 to 1.5 mg/kg daily; diet was not restricted. Mean serum triglyceride and cholesterol values increased significantly during treatment with etretinate compared with placebo; mean HDL cholesterol values did not change. During etretinate treatment, increases above the normal range occurred in serum triglycerides of 10 of 13 patients and in serum cholesterol of 4 of 16 patients. Mean serum triglyceride and cholesterol values were not significantly different from those before treatment 8 weeks after discontinuation of etretinate; however, 8 weeks after treatment was stopped, 6 of 29 patients had cholesterol values which were still 20% or more above their baseline values; the prolonged etretinate excretion time could have been responsible. The mechanisms for the lipid increases induced by etretinate are not known. KW - blood lipids KW - drug therapy KW - psoriasis KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - chemotherapy KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821442657&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Metabolic balance studies and dietary protein requirements in patients undergoing continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis. AU - Blumenkrantz, M. J. AU - Kopple, J. D. AU - Moran, J. K. AU - Coburn, J. W. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1982/// VL - 21 IS - 6 SP - 849 EP - 861 SN - 0085-2538 AD - Blumenkrantz, M. J.: Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Nephrology (691/111L), Wilshire and Sawtelle Blvds., Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821442692. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: French. Number of References: 52 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Nitrogen, potassium, magnesium, phosphorus and calcium balances were studied in 8 men undergoing continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis (CAPD) to estimate dietary protein requirements and mineral balances. Patients were given high-energy diets for 14 to 33 days which provided 0.98 (7 studies) or 1.44 g (6 studies) of protein of high biological value per kg bodyweight daily. Mean N balance was neutral with the lower-protein diet (+ 0.35 plus or minus 0.83 s.e. mean g daily) and strongly positive with the higher-protein diet (+ 2.94 plus or minus 0.54 g daily). With the higher-protein diet the balances for K, Mg and P were strikingly positive, there was an increase in bodyweight in all patients and an increase in mid-arm muscle circumference in 5 of the 6 patients. The relation between protein intake and N balance suggests that the daily protein requirement for clinically stable CAPD patients should be at least 1.1 g/kg daily; to account for variability among subjects 1.2 to 1.3 g/kg daily is probably preferable. K balance was correlated directly with N balance. High faecal K losses (19 plus or minus 1.2 mEq daily) in all patients probably helped to maintain normal serum K concentrations. Mean serum Mg was increased (3.1 plus or minus 0.1 mg/100 ml) and Mg balances were positive suggesting that the dialysate Mg of 1.85 mg/100 ml is excessive. The net gain of Ca from dialysate was 84 plus or minus 18 mg daily; that was correlated inversely with serum Ca values. KW - dialysis KW - minerals KW - protein requirement KW - retention KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821442692&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nonimprovement of healing of jejunal anastomoses by exogenous amino acids in protein depleted rats. AU - Derr, R. F. JO - Nutrition Research JF - Nutrition Research Y1 - 1982/// VL - 2 IS - 4 SP - 521 EP - 524 SN - 0271-5317 AD - Derr, R. F.: Medical Research Labs., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821442710. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The healing rate, as measured by bursting strength in 5 days, of jejunal anastomoses in protein-depleted rats was not improved by feeding on stock diet rather than on protein-free diet after surgery or infusing a total parenteral nutrition (TPN) solution known to improve healing rate of jejunal anastomoses in normal rats rather than a standard TPN solution or 5% glucose. KW - amino acids KW - HEALING KW - parenteral feeding KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821442710&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Addition of folic acid to staple foods as a selective nutrition intervention strategy. AU - Colman, N. JO - Nutrition Reviews JF - Nutrition Reviews Y1 - 1982/// VL - 40 IS - 8 SP - 225 EP - 233 SN - 0029-6643 AD - Colman, N.: Dep. Hematopathology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, NY 10468 USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821442927. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 59-30-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - folic acid KW - foods KW - supplements KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - folacin KW - folate KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821442927&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Carnitine and carnitine palmitoyltransferase in fatty acid oxidation and ketosis. AU - Hoppel, C. L. JO - Federation Proceedings JF - Federation Proceedings Y1 - 1982/// VL - 41 IS - 12 SP - 2853 EP - 2857 SN - 0014-9446 AD - Hoppel, C. L.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dep. Pharmacology and Medicine, Case Western Reserve Univ. School of Medicine, Cleveland, Ohio 44106, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821443386. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Registry Number: 461-06-3, 9068-41-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - carnitine KW - carnitine palmitoyltransferase KW - fatty acids KW - ketosis KW - oxidation KW - roles KW - acetonaemia KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821443386&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Starvation increases gastrointestinal somatostatin in normal and obese Zucker rats: a possible regulatory mechanism. AU - Voyles, N. R. AU - Awoke, S. AU - Wade, A. AU - Bhathena, S. J. AU - Smith, S. S. AU - Recant, L. JO - Hormone and Metabolic Research JF - Hormone and Metabolic Research Y1 - 1982/// VL - 14 IS - 8 SP - 392 EP - 395 SN - 0018-5043 AD - Voyles, N. R.: Veterans Administration medical Center, Diabetes Research Lab., 50 Irving Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821443548. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Registry Number: 51110-01-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Normal male Sprague-Dawley (S-D) rats amd female lean and obese Zucker rats were studied in the fed state and after 48 h of food deprivation. Somatostatin-like immunoreactivity (SLI) was estimated from acetic acid extracts of oesophagus-cardia, stomach, small and large intestine, pancreas, hypothalamus, pituitary and cerebellum. Within the central nervous system, greatest SLI values were found in the hypothalamus; in the gastrointestinal tract, values were greatest in the stomach and pancreas. All Zucker rats had higher hypothalamic values of SLI than had S-D rats. Obese Zucker rats in the fed state differed from their lean littermates in that SLI values were lower in oesophagus-cardia, stomach and hypothalamus, and higher in pancreas and pituitary. The response to starvation in obese and lean Zucker rats was qualitatively similar, and included significant increases in stomach and oesophagus-cardia SLI, but with a significant fall in hypothalamic SLI. It is concluded that the increase in gastrointestinal SLI with starvation in Zucker as well as in S-D rats may represent a significant regulatory mechanism in nutrient homeostasis. It is postulated that gastric SLI may decrease the availability of intestinal insulin secretagogues in the fasting state. This adaptive mechanism seems to be intact in the obese Zucker rat. KW - obesity KW - somatostatin KW - starvation KW - tissues KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821443548&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Studies of the mechanism of fructose-induced hypertriglyceridemia in the rat. AU - Zavaroni, I. AU - Chen, Y. D. I. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1982/// VL - 31 IS - 11 SP - 1077 EP - 1083 AD - Zavaroni, I.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821443566. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 57-48-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Carbohydrate induced hypertriglyceridaemia is easily produced in the rat, and fructose is particularly potent in this regard. The effects of feeding rats on diets high (66% of total energy) in fructose or glucose on aspects of carbohydrate and lipid metabolism were studied. Fructose (456 plus or minus 276 mg/100 ml) was more potent in raising plasma triglyceride (TG) concentration than was glucose (242 plus or minus 13 mg/100 ml), and indicated that the difference in magnitude of hypertriglycaeridemia produced by the 2 carbohydrates was closely related to the ability of the test diets to increase very-low-density lipoprotein (VLDL) TG secretion. Glucose and fructose produced comparable degrees of hyperinsulinaemia, and plasma TG concentrations increased before hyperinsulinaemia evolved in fructose-fed rats. It is concluded that fructose can act directly on the liver to increase VLDL-TG secretion, and that fructose-induced hypertriglyceridaemia can occur in the absence of hyperinsulinaemia. The rise in plasma TG concentration produced by fructose was reduced in exercise-trained rats, and this was associated with a decrease in plasma insulin concentration. Based on the observations, it is suggested that fructose feeding produces hypertriglyceridaemia by directly stimulating hepatic VLDL-TG secretion, as well as by producing insulin resistance and hyperinsulinaemia, and that it is the combined effect of the 2 separate actions which accounts for the magnitude of fructose-induced hypertriglyceridaemia. KW - aetiology KW - fructose KW - hypertriglyceridaemia KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - causal agents KW - etiology KW - fruit sugar KW - hypertriglyceridemia KW - ketohexose KW - laevulose KW - levulose KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821443566&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Differential effects of parathyroid hormone on the renal 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 and 24,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 production of young and adult rats. AU - Armbrecht, H. J. AU - Wongsurawat, N. AU - Zenser, T. V. AU - Davis, B. B. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 111 IS - 4 SP - 1339 EP - 1344 AD - Armbrecht, H. J.: Geriatric Center (111G JB), Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Louis, Mo. 63125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821444320. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Registry Number: 9002-64-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The thyroid and parathyroid were removed from rats 2 and 13 months old after they had been kept in the dark and given a diet deficient in vitamin D and low in calcium for 4 to 6 weeks. Some were given parathyrin intraperitoneally before they were killed. Slices of cortex from the kidneys were incubated with tritiated 25-hydroxycholecalciferol. In slices from young rats given parathyrin, production of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) increased by 61% and that of 24,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (24,25-DHCC) decreased to 40% of values in slices from rats not given parathyrin. In slices from adult rats parathyrin had no effect on 1,25-DHCC but 24,25-DHCC production decreased to 43%. When parathyrin was added to the slices from young rats in vitro for 4 h, 1,25-DHCC production increased by 68% and 24,25-DHCC production decreased to 71%. In slices from adult rats, 24,25-DHCC was decreased to 71% and 1,25-DHCC production was unaffected. The increase induced by parathyrin in cyclic AMP content of slices from adult rats was 75% of that in slices from young rats. KW - age KW - injection KW - kidneys KW - parathyrin KW - synthesis KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dihydroxycholecalciferols KW - parathyroid hormone KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821444320&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of exercise on postprandial gastric secretion and emptying in humans. AU - Feldman, M. AU - Nixon, J. V. JO - Journal of Applied Physiology: Respiratory, Environmental and Exercise Physiology JF - Journal of Applied Physiology: Respiratory, Environmental and Exercise Physiology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 53 IS - 4 SP - 851 EP - 854 AD - Feldman, M.: Dep. Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, Tex. 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821445357. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of strenuous physical exercise on postprandial gastric acid secretion and gastric emptying was studied in untrained healthy subjects. They exercised for 45 min on a stationary bicycle at 50 or 70% of their maximum work load, beginning 45 min after a meal of steak. Compared with a control study during which subjects sat on the bicycle without exercising, exercise had no significant effect on the gastric acid secretory response to the meal (control 31.9 plus or minus 8.3 and exercise 32.2 plus or minus 7.8 mmol/120 min) or on the amount of nonabsorbable meal marker that emptied from the stomach in 120 min (control 88 plus or minus 3% and exercise 87 plus or minus 4%). Increases in serum triglyceride after the meal were also unaffected by exercise, suggesting that absorption of dietary lipid was unimpaired by exercise. The studies indicate that strenuous exercise shortly after a meal has little effect on postprandial gastric secretory or motor function in man. KW - exercise KW - gastric acid KW - secretions KW - stomach emptying KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821445357&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Detection of a milk factor that facilitates folate uptake by intestinal cells. AU - Colman, N. AU - Hettiarachchy, N. AU - Herbert, V. JO - Science, USA JF - Science, USA Y1 - 1981/// VL - 211 IS - 4489 SP - 1427 EP - 1429 AD - Colman, N.: Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Bronx, New York 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19830484296. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 44 ref. Registry Number: 59-30-3. Subject Subsets: Dairy Science; Human Nutrition N2 - Goats' freeze-dried, raw, skim milk was reconstituted at 50 g/l and incubated with a saturating concn. of [3H]pteroylglutamic (folic) acid, then dialysed before use as milk-bound folic acid (MBFA). Uptake by isolated rat small intestinal cells was greater with MBFA than with free folic acid and was greater with distal than with proximal intestinal cells. Uptake of MBFA was not enhanced by 40 mM glucose nor inhibited by 2 mM Dilantin but was enhanced by 1 mM Ca. Uptake of bound labelled folic acid from goats' milk, human milk and cows' pasteurized milk by cells from proximal and distal small intestine was 157 and 209%, 109 and 156%, and 88 and 94%, resp., in each case relative to 100% uptake of free folic acid. Results are discussed in relation to folate deficiency in infancy. KW - binding KW - cells KW - Cows KW - folic acid KW - goat milk KW - human milk KW - intestines KW - milk KW - rat milk KW - cattle KW - goats KW - man KW - RATS KW - Bos KW - Bovidae KW - ruminants KW - Artiodactyla KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Capra KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - breast milk KW - factor in goat milk affects folate absorption KW - folacin KW - folate KW - Animal Nutrition (General) (LL500) KW - Milk and Dairy Produce (QQ010) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Food Composition and Quality (QQ500) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19830484296&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Are lactating mothers a source of giardiasis? AU - Bowland, C. R. AU - Owen, R. L. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1982/// VL - 307 IS - 13 SP - 820 EP - 820 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Bowland, C. R.: Veterans Administration Med. Cent., San Francisco, California 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19830484716. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 3 ref. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition; Dairy Science N2 - Giardia lamblia was detected in the faeces of a 29-yr-old man suffering from vomiting and diarrhoea, but with no recent contact with a likely source of intestinal parasites. On examination, the faeces of his lactating wife contained numerous Giardia lamblia trophozoites and cysts, but faeces of their 6-month-old breast-fed infant were negative. Results suggest that passage of cysts and trophozoites into the faeces in humans may be related to depletion of maternal immune factors during lactation as observed in mice [see DSA 42, 5853]. KW - lactation KW - Giardia duodenalis KW - man KW - Giardia KW - Hexamitidae KW - Diplomonadida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Giardia lamblia KW - Animal Physiology and Biochemistry (Excluding Nutrition) (LL600) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) KW - Human Physiology and Biochemistry (VV050) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19830484716&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The prevalence of bone aluminum deposition in renal osteodystrophy and its relation to the response to calcitriol therapy. AU - Ott, S. M. AU - Maloney, N. A. AU - Coburn, J. W. AU - Alfrey, A. C. AU - Sherrard, D. J. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1982/// VL - 307 IS - 12 SP - 709 EP - 713 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Ott, S. M.: Renal Dialysis Unit (111a), Seattle Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4435 Beacon Ave. South, WA 98108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831444029. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 7429-90-5, 32222-06-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A histochemical stain for bone aluminium was used to study the prevalence and staining characteristics of Al in renal osteodystrophy. The staining method was correlated well with the results of atomic-absorption studies in 96 samples. A total of 315 bone-biopsy samples was examined. No Al was seen in controls or patients with nonrenal bone diseases. In renal osteodystrophy, the mean content of stainable Al was significantly higher in osteomalacic lesions (1.12 plus or minus 0.09 mm/mm2 tissue area) than in mild, mixed or fibrotic lesions (0.43 plus or minus 0.06, 0.34 plus or minus 0.11 and 0.10 plus or minus 0.03 mm/mm2, respectively). Of osteomalacic samples, 70% had heavy Al staining. The bone-apposition rate, measured by double tetracycline labels, was low in 89% of the samples with high Al content. The mean stainable bone Al in patients who had a clinical response to calcitriol (1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol) was significantly less than in those who did not respond (0.13 plus or minus 0.4 against 1.06 plus or minus 0.9 mm/mm2). It is concluded that Al deposition is associated with impaired bone formation or mineralization and with a poor response to calcitriol. KW - aluminium KW - bones KW - CALCITRIOL KW - osteodystrophy KW - treatment KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - aluminum KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831444029&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Bone aluminum and histomorphometric features of renal osteodystrophy. AU - Hodsman, A. B. AU - Sherrard, D. J. AU - Alfrey, A. C. AU - Ott, S. AU - Brickman, A. S. AU - Miller, N. L. AU - Maloney, N. A. AU - Coburn, J. W. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1982/// VL - 54 IS - 3 SP - 539 EP - 546 SN - 0021-972X AD - Hodsman, A. B.: Nephrology Section (691/111L), Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Wilshire and Sawtelle Blvds., Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831444031. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 54 ref. Registry Number: 7429-90-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Bone aluminium content and quantitative histomorphometric analysis of bone were evaluated in bone biopsies from 59 uraemic patients undergoing maintenance haemodialysis. Biopsies were classified as showing pure osteomalacia (OM) in 23, osteitis fibrosa (OF) in 13, mixed in 7 and mild lesions in 16. There was no significant difference in serum calcium or alkaline phosphatase among the groups, but serum phosphorus values were slightly higher in the patients with OF. Serum immunoreactive parathyrin was more in the patients with OF and mixed lesions than in patients with OM or mild lesions. Bone Al exceeded the normal in all groups, with values of 175 plus or minus 18 mg/kg dry weight in OM patients, 46 plus or minus 7 in OF patients, 81 plus or minus 29 in mixed subjects and 67 plus or minus 7 in patients with mild lesions. Bone Al was significantly more in the OM patients than in any other group; also, bone Al was correlated with the amount of unmineralized osteoid in OM; there was no correlation for the other groups. There were inverse correlations between bone Al and serum immunoreactive parathyrin and resorbing surface on biopsy. Bone Al was correlated with the duration of haemodialysis in OF patients with mixed and mild lesions; no relation was seen in OM patients and bone Al was increased for the duration of dialysis, suggesting that Al may accumulate more rapidly in OM subjects. The findings are consistent with but do not prove the hypothesis that Al plays a pathogenic role in dialysis osteomalacia; the mechanism by which Al accumulates is not known. KW - aluminium KW - bones KW - osteodystrophy KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aluminum KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831444031&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Prolactin responses, menstrual cycles, and body composition of women runners. AU - Boyden, T. W. AU - Pamenter, R. W. AU - Grosso, D. AU - Stanforth, P. AU - Rotkis, T. AU - Wilmore, J. H. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1982/// VL - 54 IS - 4 SP - 711 EP - 714 SN - 0021-972X AD - Boyden, T. W.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tucson, AR 85723, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831444034. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 9002-62-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 14 young women with normal menses, body composition, measured by hydrostatic weighing, and plasma prolactin (PRI; basal and thyroliberin (TRH)-stimulated) were estimated initially and after each subject had increased her weekly mileage of endurance running by 30 miles ( DELTA 30) and 50 miles ( DELTA 50). Mean ( plus or minus s.e. mean) total bodyweight did not change, but the subjects became significantly leaner (relative fat, 25.5 plus or minus 1.3% at baseline against 22.4 plus or minus 0.9% at DELTA 50); 13 women developed menstrual changes (mainly oligomenorrhoea), but not amenorrhoea. Mean ( plus or minus s.e. mean) unstimulated PRL values were 16.8 plus or minus 3.1, 16.9 plus or minus 2.4 and 11.5 plus or minus 2.1 ng/ml at baseline, DELTA 30 and DELTA 50, respectively. Mean ( plus or minus s.e. mean) integrated TRH-stimulated PRL responses increased from 5002 plus or minus 462 ng/ml min at baseline to 5748 plus or minus 609 at DELTA 30 and 6535 plus or minus 552 at DELTA 50 and were significantly different from one another. KW - athletes KW - blood KW - body composition KW - menstrual cycle KW - prolactin KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - lactogenic hormone KW - mammotropin KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831444034&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Osteomalacia after parathyroidectomy in patients with uremia. AU - Felsenfeld, A. J. AU - Harrelson, J. M. AU - Gutman, R. A. AU - Wells, S. A., Jr. AU - Drezner, M. K. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1982/// VL - 96 IS - 1 SP - 34 EP - 39 SN - 0003-4819 AD - Felsenfeld, A. J.: Division of Nephrology, Oklahoma City Veterans Administration Medical Center, 921 NE 13th street, Oklahoma City, OK 73104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831444292. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 5 patients on maintenance dilaysis who had symptoms of osteomalacia, proved by biopsy, after parathyroidectomy, clinical and radiographic manifestations of secondary hyperparathyroidism were present before surgery; in 2 preoperative biopsy of bone confirmed the existence of osteitis fibrosa. Like previously described patients with osteomalacia all 5 had multiple fractures and normal or high serum calcium concentrations which increased to abnormally high values on treatment with vitamin D or dihydrotachysterol. Quantitative histomorphometry of biopsy after parathyroidectomy showed no residual parathyrin effect and nearly complete cessation of mineralization. Four patients had forearm autografts of parathyroid tissue which seemed to be functioning at very low rates according to paired venous sampling and all 5 patients had relatively low circulating concentrations of parathyrin. That and earlier experiences reported by others suggest that secondary hyperparathyroidism may have an important role in promoting the mineralization of bone in uraemic patients. KW - aetiology KW - osteomalacia KW - parathyroidectomy KW - uraemia KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - azotaemia KW - azotemia KW - causal agents KW - etiology KW - uremia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831444292&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Vitamin A palmitate decreases intravenous glucose tolerance in man. AU - Chertow, B. S. AU - Sivitz, W. I. AU - Baranetsky, N. G. AU - Styer, T. B. AU - Sorensen, B. J. AU - Schikman, C. H. AU - Norris, R. M. AU - Ozuk, B. A. JO - Acta Vitaminologica et Enzymologica JF - Acta Vitaminologica et Enzymologica Y1 - 1982/// VL - 4 IS - 4 SP - 291 EP - 298 AD - Chertow, B. S.: Section of Endocrinology, Dep. Medicine and Nuclear Medicine, Huntington Veterans Administration Medical Center, Marshall Univ. School of Medicine, Huntington, WV, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831444336. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: Italian. Number of References: 29 ref. Registry Number: 79-81-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Before and after 2 intramuscular injections of 25 000 IU retinyl palmitate 18 h apart, 10 healthy men 22 to 52 years old were given 25 g glucose by vein. In 9 of the men, glucose response was impaired after treatment with retinyl palmitate. In experiments in vitro, retinyl plamitate 10-4 to 10-6 M did not affect binding or displacement of [125I]insulin from lymphocyte receptors. KW - glucose tolerance KW - injection KW - retinyl palmitate KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood sugar tolerance KW - retinol palmitate KW - vitamin A palmitate KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831444336&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Determination of 6-N-trimethyllysine in urine by high-performance liquid chromatography. AU - Hoppel, C. L. AU - Weir, D. E. AU - Gibbons, A. P. AU - Ingalls, S. T. AU - Brittain, A. T. AU - Brown, F. M. JO - Journal of Chromatography JF - Journal of Chromatography Y1 - 1983/// VL - 272 IS - 1 SP - 43 EP - 50 SN - 0021-9673 AD - Hoppel, C. L.: Medical Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cleveland, OH 44106, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831444560. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - estimation KW - nonessential amino acids KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831444560&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Infantile vitamin D-resistant rickets associated with total parenteral nutrition. AU - Klein, G. L. AU - Cannon, R. A. AU - Diament, M. AU - Kangarloo, H. AU - Ament, M. AU - Norman, A. W. AU - Coburn, J. W. JO - American Journal of Diseases of Children JF - American Journal of Diseases of Children Y1 - 1982/// VL - 136 IS - 1 SP - 74 EP - 76 AD - Klein, G. L.: Nephrology Service, 691/111L, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831444993. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Ten infants initially 1 to 5 months old with different gut disorders were given total parenteral nutrition (TPN) for 7 to 17 months, using a standard TPN solution 0.6 to 1 litre daily with "adequate" ergocalciferol, calcium and phosphorus. Serum Ca, P and alkaline phosphatase were estimated monthly; serum 25-hydroxycholecalciferol serum immunoreactive parathyroid hormone and serum copper were estimated. Cases are reported briefly of 3 infants initially 2, 2 and 3 months old who developed rickets after about 15, 5 and 5 months of TPN. For the 1st infant, increasing ergocalciferol in the TPN solution from 400 to 1000 IU daily for 4 months had no effect on the rickets; when ergocalciferol 25 000 IU was given once a month by intramuscular injection the rickets healed in 2 months. For the 2nd infant, ergocalciferol 1000 IU/100 ml of the TPN solution for 3 months had not prevented rickets. Ergocalciferol was given by intramuscular injection, 50 000 IU when the rickets appeared and 25 000 IU a month thereafter; the rickets healed in 1 month. For the 3rd infant, when rickets appeared the dose of ergocalciferol was increased from 400 to 1000 IU daily in the TPN solution and ergocalciferol 25 000 IU was given once a month by intramuscular injection; the rickets were healing after 1 month. The mechanisms for the development of rickets in those infants was not clear. Only 1 infant had low serum Ca and another one had slightly low serum P, and the radiological signs of healing rickets were not accompanied by any great change in serum Ca or P; in classical vitamin-D deficiency rickets, serum Ca and P are low, and their fall precedes the radiological signs of rickets. Serum 25-hydroxycholecalciferol was about normal. Serum 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol was not estimated until treatment for rickets had begun; it was low in the 1st infant 5 months after treatment with extra ergocalciferol in the TPN fluid had begun, and in the normal range in the 2nd infant 4 months after ergocalciferol had been given by intravenous injection. Since the rickets appeared, infants given long-term TPN have been given ergocalciferol 800 to 1000 IU daily in the TPN solution and 25 000 IU a month by intramuscular injection and there has been no new case of rickets. KW - aetiology KW - infants KW - parenteral feeding KW - vitamin resistant rickets KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - causal agents KW - etiology KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831444993&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Augmentation of prostaglandin production by linoleic acid in man. AU - Epstein, M. AU - Lifschitz, M. AU - Rappaport, K. JO - Clinical Science JF - Clinical Science Y1 - 1982/// VL - 63 IS - 6 SP - 565 EP - 571 SN - 0143-5221 AD - Epstein, M.: Nephrology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1201 N.W. 16th Street, Miami, FL 33125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831445103. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 60-33-3, 11000-26-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - As several lines of evidence have suggested that a diminution of endogenous prostaglandins (PG) may be involved in the pathogenesis of some disease states, it would be advantageous to develop therapeutic approaches which increase endogenous prostaglandin synthesis. As linoleic acid is readily converted to arachidonic acid, the effects of linoleic acid on immunoassayable PGE and 6-oxo-PGF1 alpha excretion were assessed as indices of PGE2 and PGI2 production. Six normal subjects were studied twice: during a seated control study and during an 8-h infusion of a 10% emulsion of safflower oil (Liposyn) containing about 77% linoleic acid, in a dose of 1.5 g/kg bodyweight. Liposyn induced a large increase in immunoassayable 6-oxo-PGF1 alpha excretion. Simultaneously, immunoassayable PGE excretion increased modestly. The study raises the possibility that linoleic acid treatment might constitute a new approach in managing disorders characterized by impairments of ability to increase prostaglandin synthesis. KW - administration KW - linoleic acid KW - prostaglandins KW - synthesis KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831445103&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Abnormal 24-hydroxylation of 25-hydroxyvitamin D in the X-linked hypophosphatemic mouse. AU - Cunningham, J. AU - Gomes, H. AU - Seino, Y. AU - Chase, L. R. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 112 IS - 2 SP - 633 EP - 638 AD - Cunningham, J.: Medical Service (IIIJC), Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Louis, Miss. 63125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831445149. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of extracellular phosphate on the control of 25-hydroxycholecalciferol 24-hydroxylase was studied in normal mice and littermates with X-linked hypophosphataemic rickets (Hyp). 24-Hydroxylase activity and plasma concentrations of 24,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol were significantly higher in Hyp mice than in normal mice when both groups were fed on a normal diet with 1.22% calcium and 0.8% phosphorus (Pi). The differential in 24-hydroxylase activity was exaggerated when serum phosphate was decreased in normal mice by means of a low Pi diet or increased in Hyp mice by means of high Pi diet. Differences in 24-hydroxylase activity between the 2 groups of mice were also demonstrated in the presence of differing Pi concentrations in vitro. Plasma concentrations of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol were the same in normal and Hyp mice. The results are consistent with the hypothesis that control of the renal metabolism of 25-hydroxycholecalciferol in Hyp mice is reset such that 24-hydroxylase activity is inappropriately high for the prevailing serum phosphate over a wide range of concentrations. KW - hypophosphataemia KW - metabolism KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hydroxycholecalciferol KW - hypophosphatemia KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831445149&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Oxygen toxicity in newborn rats: the adverse effects of undernutrition. AU - Frank, L. AU - Groseclose, E. JO - Journal of Applied Physiology: Respiratory, Environmental and Exercise Physiology JF - Journal of Applied Physiology: Respiratory, Environmental and Exercise Physiology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 53 IS - 5 SP - 1248 EP - 1255 AD - Frank, L.: Pulmonary Toxicology Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Miami, FL 33125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831445364. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 7782-44-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Newborn rats were distributed to mothers in litters of 11 or 18. Half of the litters with their mothers were placed in hyperoxic chambers (more than 95% oxygen) and half were kept in chambers with room air for 7 days. Survival rate for normally nourished young was 56 of 77 but only 47 of 108 undernourished young survived. Body growth, lung growth and lung DNA content were reduced significantly by undernutrition. Hyperoxia inhibited those values in both groups of young. The inhibitory effects on growth of oxygen and undernutrition were additive, with an especially marked decrease in DNA in lung. Lung maturation was also inhibited by oxygen to a similar extent in both nutrition groups. Both nutrition groups responded with equivalent increases in lung antioxidant enzymes in oxygen. KW - neonates KW - oxygen KW - toxicity KW - underfeeding KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - newborn infants KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831445364&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Myoelectric effects of vasoactive intestinal peptide on rabbit small intestine. AU - Sninsky, C. A. AU - Wolfe, M. M. AU - Martin, L. AU - Howe, B. A. AU - O'Dorisio, T. M. AU - McGuigan, J. E. AU - Mathias, J. R. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 244 IS - 1 SP - G46 EP - G51 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Sninsky, C. A.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, College of Medicine, Univ. Florida, Gainesville, Fla. 32602, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831445388. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 37221-79-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Myoelectric recording techniques were used to study the motility of rabbit ileum during infusions of vasoactive intestinal peptide (VIP). VIP was infused intravenously at 300 pmol/kg h, and peripheral venous blood samples were obtained hourly. VIP was also infused intraluminally at a similar rate, and hourly portal vein blood samples were obtained. Changes in motility were observed after both intravenous and intraluminal infusions of VIP. These changes in motility consisted of the migrating action potential complex and repetitive bursts of action potentials. VIP infusion rate used and the mean peripheral plasma VIP of 267 plus or minus 29 pg/ml attained during intravenous VIP infusion were similar to those that induced intestinal secretion in other species. Portal venous VIP (93 plus or minus 21 pg/ml) was unchanged during the intraluminal infusion of VIP. Changes in motility with concomitant secretion of water and electrolytes may contribute to the diarrhoea induced by VIP infusion. Intraluminal infusion of VIP also induced changes in myoelectric activity, which suggested that the peptide has a luminal effect as well as a hormonal effect. KW - administration KW - intestinal motility KW - vasoactive intestinal peptide KW - rabbits KW - Leporidae KW - Lagomorpha KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831445388&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of water deprivation on the osmotic release of renin. AU - Carvalho, J. S. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1982/// VL - 22 IS - 4 SP - 344 EP - 347 SN - 0085-2538 AD - Carvalho, J. S.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Davis Park, Providence, RI 02908, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831445460. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: French. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 9015-94-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Conscious rats previously prepared with right nephrectomy and cannulations of left renal artery and lower abdominal aorta were given a 4-min intrarenal infusion of 30% crystallized bovine serum albumin. Changes in aortic plasma concentration of renin (PRC) and total protein were followed serially. In normal hydropenic rats an increase in PRC was not detected with the oncotic challenge. After 48 h of water deprivation, the same external oncotic signal increased PRC 3-fold above baseline within 3 min. It is concluded that some intrarenal functional or structural change induced by water deprivation sensitizes the renin-secreting mechanism to colloid osmotic stimuli. It is suggested that this change could be related to the physical conditions of the renal interstitium. KW - renin KW - secretions KW - water deprivation KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831445460&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Plasma glucose, insulin and lipid responses to high-carbohydrate low-fat diets in normal humans. AU - Coulston, A. M. AU - Liu, G. C. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1983/// VL - 32 IS - 1 SP - 52 EP - 56 AD - Coulston, A. M.: Dep. Medicine, Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center, Rm. 182B, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831445609. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For 10 days 11 healthy subjects 22 to 67 years old were given typical Americal diets with 40 or 60% of energy supplied by carbohydrate. Blood was sampled after an overnight fast on days 8, 9 and 10, and before and for 3 h after the noon meal on days 8 and 10. Fasting plasma glucose, insulin or cholesterol did not change with diet but fasting plasma triglycerides were increased significantly on the diet with 60% energy from carbohydrates and high-density lipoprotein cholesterol was decreased. Plasma insulin and triglyceride responses to the noon meal during the period on the diet with 60% energy from carbohydrate were increased. The results suggest that the use of diets low in fat and high in carbohydrate to reduce the incidence of atherosclerotic heart disease may not be without hazard. KW - blood KW - blood lipids KW - blood sugar KW - carbohydrates KW - fat consumption KW - insulin KW - loads KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood glucose KW - glucose in blood KW - saccharides KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831445609&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of small doses of aluminum-containing antacids on calcium and phosphorus metabolism. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Kramer, L. AU - Norris, C. AU - Osis, D. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1982/// VL - 36 IS - 1 SP - 32 EP - 40 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, IL 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831445918. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 36 ref. Registry Number: 7429-90-5, 7440-70-2, 7723-14-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of small doses of 4 commercially available aluminium-containing antacids on calcium and phosphorus metabolism was investigated in men in 20 studies. During the use of those doses of antacids, urine and faecal Ca increased significantly during a low-calcium intake, on average 252 mg daily, and the Ca balances became more negative. There was a reversal of the normal pattern of P excretions; the faecal P was high and the urine P was low. During a normal Ca intake of 800 mg daily, those doses of antacids did not result in significant changes of the Ca excretions or balance. Despite the decrease in net intestinal absorption of Ca, the average 47Ca absorption was not changed, irrespective of the type and dose of antacid used. In 3 patients who received large therapeutic doses of antacids, 240 to 450 ml daily, the changes of Ca and P metabolism were intensified. KW - aluminium KW - antacids KW - calcium KW - metabolism KW - phosphorus KW - supplements KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aluminum KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831445918&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Acute respiratory alkalosis and acidosis and rabbit intestinal ion transport in vivo. AU - Charney, A. N. AU - Arnold, M. AU - Johnstone, N. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 244 IS - 2 SP - G145 EP - G150 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Charney, A. N.: Nephrology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York Univ. School of Medicine, New York, NY 10010, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831446134. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of acute respiratory alkalosis and acidosis on electrolyte transport in the rabbit ileum, colon, and gall bladder were studied. During perfusion, anaesthetized animals were ventilated with 0, 3, or 8% CO2 gas, creating states of alkalosis, normocapnia and acidosis. In the ileum alkalosis decreased the net absorption of water (-36%), sodium (-44%), and chloride (-27%), whereas acidosis had the oposite effect on water (+69%), sodium (+98%), and choride (+32%) absorption and reduced bicarbonate secretion. Small changes in net potassium absorption occurred in the direction of water movement. There was no effect on the ileal transmural potential difference (PD). The colon and gall bladder did not respond to the acid-base disorders with changes in electrolyte transport or PD. The results suggest that systemic pH, PCO2 or both affect an electroneutral sodium chloride absorptive process in the rabbit ileum. The simple presence of this absorptive process in the gall bladder was not a sufficient basis for this organ to respond to alterations in systemic pH. KW - acidosis KW - alkalosis KW - electrolytes KW - transport KW - rabbits KW - Leporidae KW - Lagomorpha KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - metabolic acidosis KW - transportation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831446134&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Differenced in de novo cholesterol synthesis between the intact male and female rat. AU - Feingold, K. R. AU - MacRae, G. AU - Moser, A. H. AU - Wu, J. AU - Siperstein, M. D. AU - Wiley, M. H. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 112 IS - 1 SP - 96 EP - 103 AD - Feingold, K. R.: Metabolism Section (111-F), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831446332. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Different isotopes were used to quantify sterologenesis in intact male and female rats. All 3 substrates ([14C]acetate, [14C]octanoate and [3H]water) were incorporated into nonsaponifiable lipids and cholesterol at significantly greater rates in males and females. Even with cholesterol feeding, males synthesized significantly more cholesterol and nonsaponifiable lipids than did females. The primary site of this sex difference in sterologenesis is extrahepatic, extraintestinal tissues (carcass). In the carcass this sex difference was chiefly due to an increase of sterol synthesis in the skin of males. Cholesterol synthesis was 73% greater and nonsaponifiable lipid synthesis 85% greater in the skin of males than in females. In spayed females, testosterone treatment results in a 2-fold stimulation of skin sterol synthesis compared to that in animals given oestradiol or oil vehicle alone. In castrated males, oestradiol treatment caused a 30% reduction in skin cholesterol and nonsaponifiable lipid synthesis compared to that in rats given testosterone. The effects of sex steroid hormones on skin are probably responsible for mediating the observed sex difference in sterol synthesis de novo. KW - cholesterol KW - sex differences KW - synthesis KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831446332&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Partial characterization of somatomedin inhibitor in starved rat serum. AU - Salmon, W. D., Jr. AU - Holladay, L. A. AU - Burkhalter, V. J. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 112 IS - 1 SP - 360 EP - 370 AD - Salmon, W. D., Jr.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1310 24th Ave. South, Nashville, Tenn. 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831446336. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 51 ref. Registry Number: 9038-70-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Serum was obtained from pituitary-intact rats which had been deprived of food for 4 days. Such serum had sufficient inhibitor to overcome the somatomedin activity of an equivalent volume of normal rat serum. The dose-response slope for somatomedin activity was lowered progressively by increasing concentrations of inhibitory serum added to normal rat serum, but a reduction of somatomedin activity by more than 90% was required for significant evidence of nonparallelism. Increments of starved rat serum in a medium with a fixed concentration of normal rat serum caused a more precipitous fall of somatomedin activity than a proportional dilution of normal rat serum alone. The action of somatomedin was limited more effectively than that of insulin at concentrations which produced comparable effects on cartilage. Therefore, the inhibition cannot be attributed to a simple toxic effect. The pituitary is not essential for somatomedin inhibitory acitivity, since serum from fed hypophysectomized rats was about half as potent as starved rat serum. KW - blood KW - inhibitors KW - somatomedin KW - starvation KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - insulin-like growth factor 1 KW - sulfation factor KW - sulphation factor KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831446336&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Similarity of somatomedin inhibitor in sera from starved, hypophysectomized, and diabetic rats: distinction from a heat-stable inhibitor of rat cartilage metabolism. AU - Bomboy, J. D., Jr. AU - Burkhalter, V. J. AU - Nicholson, W. E. AU - Salmon, W. D., Jr. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 112 IS - 1 SP - 371 EP - 377 AD - Bomboy, J. D., Jr.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Center, 1310 24th Ave. South, Nashville, Tenn. 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831446340. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 9038-70-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The inhibitory effects of sera from starved, hypophysectomized, and alloxan-diabetic rats on basal and somatomedin-stimulated sulphate incorporation into cartilage from hypophysectomized rats were compared. The somatomedin inhibitory activity in serum from diabetic rats behaved like that in serum from starved rats on heating at 60 deg C. Both were labile in the native sera (pH 8.3 to 8.4), but activity was conserved to a large extent by lowering the pH to 7.4 and diluting the sera before heating. In all of those sera the peak of the somatomedin inhibitory activity was eluted from a column of Sephacryl S-200 at pH 7.4 just after albumin, and less was eluted with albumin and higher molecular weight components. Activity of this type was undetectable in fractions prepared from sera that had been heated at 60 deg C. Certain fractions of both starved and diabetic rat sera, which were eluted from column of Sephacryl S-200 beyond the total bed volume, contained heat-stable inhibitory activity. In contrast to the effects of the heat-labile inhibitor, these fractions only inhibited basal sulphate incorporation into hypophysectomized rat cartilage under the assay conditions used. This heat-stable inhibitor was not detected in fractions of hypophysectomized rat serum, and inhibitory concentrations of corticosterone were present in fractions of starved and diabetic rat sera containing the material. The findings suggest that the heat-stable inhibitor is corticosterone. KW - blood KW - diabetes KW - hypophysectomy KW - inhibitors KW - somatomedin KW - starvation KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - insulin-like growth factor 1 KW - pituitary removal KW - sulfation factor KW - sulphation factor KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831446340&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The central control of appetite. AU - Morley, J. E. AU - Levine, A. S. JO - Lancet JF - Lancet Y1 - 1983/// VL - i IS - 8321 SP - 398 EP - 401 AD - Morley, J. E.: Neuroendocrine Research Lab., Minneapolis Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis-St Paul, Minn., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831446384. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 54 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - appetite KW - control KW - neurotransmitters KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Pathogen, Pest, Parasite and Weed Management (General) (HH000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831446384&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Changes in cholesterol and triglyceride as predictors of ischemic heart disease in men. AU - Glynn, R. J. AU - Rosner, B. AU - Silbert, J. E. JO - Circulation JF - Circulation Y1 - 1982/// VL - 66 IS - 4 SP - 724 EP - 731 AD - Glynn, R. J.: Normative Aging Study, Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, 17 Court Street, Boston, Mass. 02108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831446560. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The relation of longitudinal changes in serum cholesterol and triglyceride to the subsequent development of heart disease was examined. Information was from 1437 participants of the Normative Aging Study, a prospective study of men from the Boston, USA, area who were free of ischaemic heart disease on 2 examinations about 5 years apart; 44 had symptoms or electrocardiographic findings of ischaemic heart disease after their second but before their third examination, a period of 3 to 5 years. The risk of heart disease was studied using a multiple logistic risk model which took into account smoking and other risk factors. Changes in cholesterol and triglyceride values between Exams 1 and 2, when corrected for regression to the mean, were better predictors of heart disease incurred between Exams 2 and 3 than initial values of cholesterol, triglyceride or systolic blood pressure. When 2 age groups (28 to 52 and 53 to 85 years) were considered, changes were important predictors in each age group. The findings suggest the importance of monitoring lipid changes over time. KW - age KW - blood KW - cholesterol KW - myocardial ischaemia KW - TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ischaemic heart disease KW - myocardial ischemia KW - triglycerides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831446560&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The milk-alkali syndrome: current concepts. AU - Orwoll, E. S. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1982/// VL - 97 IS - 2 SP - 242 EP - 248 SN - 0003-4819 AD - Orwoll, E. S.: Portland Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, Oreg., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831446656. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 77 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The milk-alkali syndrome was first identified in 1923 and continues to occur in patients ingesting large amounts of Ca and absorbable alkali, particularly as calcium carbonate. Hypercalcaemia, alkalosis and renal impairment remain hallmarks of the syndrome, which may occur in acute, subacute and chronic forms. Although the pathophysiology of the milk-alkali syndrome has not been completely studied, in seems to involve complex interactions between ingested Ca and alkali resulting in impairment in renal Ca and bicarbonate excretion. The diagnosis of the milk-alkali syndrome is based on a history of Ca and alkali ingestion, the presence of characteristic clinical and laboratory features and the exclusion of other causes of hypercalcaemia. Conservative treatment, including discontinuing Ca and alkali ingestion and supportive measures, is usually effective. KW - milk alkali syndrome KW - reviews KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831446656&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Ursodeoxycholic acid: a safe and effective agent for dissolving cholesterol gallstones. AU - Tint, G. S. AU - Salen, G. AU - Colalillo, A. AU - Graber, D. AU - Verga, D. AU - Speck, J. AU - Shefer, S. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1982/// VL - 97 IS - 3 SP - 351 EP - 356 SN - 0003-4819 AD - Tint, G. S.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, East Orange, N.J., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831446658. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 53 ref. Registry Number: 128-13-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Ursodeoxycholic acid, 250 to 300, 500 to 600 or 900 to 1000 mg, was given by mouth daily for 6 to 38 months to 53 patients with cholesterol gallstones and functioning gall bladders; 42 patients had more than 50% decrease in gallstone volume, number, or both, without apparent dose dependence and 27 of those patients had complete gallstone dissolution. Results of laboratory studies including liver function tests were not affected adversely and biliary lithocholic acid concentration did not increase during treatment. Most biliary symptoms seemed to disappear within 3 months and no patient developed diarrhoea. Large diameter and increased number of gallstones hindered dissolution. The percentage of biliary ursodeoxycholic acid increased with increasing dose and reached a maximum of 50% to 60% of total bile acids at a dose of about 10 to 12 mg/kg bodyweight daily. Biliary lithogenic index was decreased significantly during treatment with ursodeoxycholic acid, 500 to 600 and 900 to 1000 mg daily. KW - biliary calculi KW - treatment KW - ursodeoxycholic acid KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gallstones KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831446658&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of oral zinc therapy on gonadal function in hemodialysis patients. A double-blind study. AU - Mahajan, S. K. AU - Abbasi, A. A. AU - Prasad, A. S. AU - Rabbani, P. AU - Briggs, W. A. AU - McDonald, F. D. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1982/// VL - 97 IS - 3 SP - 357 EP - 361 SN - 0003-4819 AD - Mahajan, S. K.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Allen Park, Mich., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831446663. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Zinc deficiency may account for the persistence of gonadal dysfunction in most uraemic men despite adequate dialysis. Stable patients on haemodialysis 3 times a week completed a double-blind trial using 50 mg elemental Zn as zinc acetate (10 patients) or placebo (10 patients) by mouth. At the end of 6 months there was a significant increase in mean ( plus or minus s.e.) plasma Zn (75 plus or minus 2 to 100 plus or minus 2 mu g/100 ml), serum testosterone (2.8 plus or minus 0.3 to 5.2 plus or minus 0.5 ng/ml) and sperm count (30 plus or minus 3 to 63 plus or minus 5 million/ml) in the zinc-treated group, but not in those receiving the placebo. The zinc-treated group also had a significant decrease in serum lutropin (92 plus or minus 10 to 49 plus or minus 26 mIU/ml) and follitropin (45 plus or minus 9 to 25 plus or minus 7 mIU/ml) not seen in the placebo group. Patients receiving Zn had an improvement in potency, libido and frequency of intercourse not found in the placebo group. KW - haemodialysis KW - spermatogenesis KW - supplements KW - uraemia KW - zinc KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - azotaemia KW - azotemia KW - hemodialysis KW - uremia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831446663&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Deficiency of fat-soluble vitamins in treated patients with pancreatic insufficiency. AU - Dutta, S. K. AU - Bustin, M. P. AU - Russell, R. M. AU - Costa, B. S. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1982/// VL - 97 IS - 4 SP - 549 EP - 552 SN - 0003-4819 AD - Dutta, S. K.: Dep. Medicine, Division of Gastroenterology, Baltimore Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. Maryland School of Medicine, Baltimore, Md., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831446668. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Deficiency of fat-soluble vitamins (A,D,E and K) was evaluated in 15 patients with exocrine pancreatic insufficiency secondary to chronic alcoholic pancreatitis. Mild to moderate steatorrhoea was present in all patients despite pancreatic enzyme treatment by mouth for 27 plus or minus 4 months (mean plus or minus s.e.). Deficiency of a single fat-soluble vitamin was seen in 6 patients and deficiency of 2 fat-soluble vitamins was seen in 2 patients. One patient was deficient in 3 fat-soluble vitamins. Deficiency of vitamins A and E was most frequent. Treatment with specific vitamin supplements resulted in correction of those vitamin deficiencies. KW - deficiency KW - fat soluble vitamins KW - pancreatitis KW - vitamin deficiencies KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831446668&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hypervitaminosis A unmasked by acute vital hepatitis. AU - Hatoff, D. E. AU - Gertler, S. L. AU - Miyai, K. AU - Parker, B. A. AU - Weiss, J. B. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 82 IS - 1 SP - 124 EP - 128 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Hatoff, D. E.: Gastroenterology, 111D, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, Calif. 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831446747. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Twenty days after he was seen with hepatitis B, a vegetarian 42 years old developed acute hypervitaminosis A in absence of recent, massive exposure to the vitamin. Findings included headache, confusion, skin desquamation and hypercalcaemia. Before developing hepatitis, he had ingested vitamin A supplements without recognized ill effect. Liver and serum vitamin A values were high; the liver biopsy showed many lipid-filled Ito cells and perisinusoidal fibrosis. The case shows that patients with excessive hepatic stores of vitamin A may develop hypervitaminosis A during acute, intercurrent liver disease. Retinol-binding protein is decreased in hepatitis, which may account for the findings in this patient, as vitamin A is more toxic when not specifically bound to retinol-binding protein. The number of persons at risk for this complication of hepatitis is unknown, but presumably it is growing with the widespread use of vitamin A supplements. KW - viral hepatitis KW - vitamin A excess KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hypervitaminosis A KW - vitamin A toxicity KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831446747&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hepatotoxicity of vitamin A and ethanol in the rat. AU - Leo, M. A. AU - Arai, M. AU - Sato, M. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 82 IS - 2 SP - 194 EP - 205 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Leo, M. A.: Alcohol Research and Treatment Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831446748. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 43 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats were fed on diets with normal or 5-fold more vitamin A content, with or without ethanol. Ethanol with a normal vitamin A diet produced proliferation of the smooth endoplasmic reticulum and moderate mitochondrial lesions in liver. Vitamin A supplement by itself produced endoplasmic reticulum proliferation, slight enlargement of mitochondria and moderate decrease in cytochrome oxidase activity and cytochrome aa3 content. The combination of high vitamin A and ethanol resulted in much more striking lesions, with giant mitochondria containing paracrystalline inclusions and depression of oxygen consumption in state-3 respiration with 5 different substrates, including palmitate and palmitoyl CoA. The depression of fatty acid oxidation may have contributed to the lipid accumulation. The blood vitamin A values were not affected whereas liver vitamin A was increased by vitamin A supplement and decreased by ethanol. As a net result the liver vitamin A content of the high-A-ethanol group was not greater than that of the normal-A-control group, suggesting that a metabolite of vitamin A rather than vitamin A itself may have been responsible for potentiation of vitamin A toxicity by ethanol. Mitochondrial toxicity reflected itself also in lower content of cytochromes and decreased activity of enzymes, including glutamate dehydrogenase. The activity of the latter was increased in the serum. KW - aetiology KW - ethanol KW - liver diseases KW - vitamin A excess KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - causal agents KW - ethyl alcohol KW - etiology KW - hypervitaminosis A KW - vitamin A toxicity KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831446748&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Pancreatic acinar cell function and morphology in rats chronically fed an ethanol diet. AU - Manjit Singh AU - LaSure, M. M. AU - Bockman, D. E. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 82 IS - 3 SP - 425 EP - 434 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Manjit Singh: 509/151-D, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Medical Research Service, Augusta, Ga. 30910, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831446759. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Weight-matched triplets of Sprague-Dawley rats were fed on Lieber-DeCarli diet containing 5% (w:v) concentration of ethanol, amounts of Lieber-DeCarli diet of equal energy value or rat stock diet to appetite for 6, 12 and 18 months. In the group given ethanol, histological studies by light microscopy showed absence of protein plugs in the pancreatic ducts or pancreatitis or both, but electron-microscopic evaluation showed progressive accumulation of lipid droplets in acinar and ductal cells. No definite change in the mitochondria and endoplasmic reticulum was noticed. Biochemical studies showed increased specific activity of trypsinogen, chymotrypsinogen and lipase and decreased specific activity of amylase. Trypsin-inhibiting capacity was decreased in the tissue and in the medium in a progressive fashion. There was no increase in the secretion of total protein. KW - activity KW - alcoholism KW - pancreas KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831446759&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Evidence for extrarenal production of 1 alpha ,25-dihydroxyvitamin D in man. AU - Lambert, P. W. AU - Stern, P. H. AU - Avioli, R. C. AU - Brackett, N. C. AU - Turner, R. T. AU - Greene, A. AU - Fu, I. Y. AU - Bell, N. H. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1982/// VL - 69 IS - 3 SP - 722 EP - 725 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Lambert, P. W.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Charleston, SC, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831446761. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Serum vitamin D, 25-hydroxyvitamin D (25-HD) 24,25-dihydroxyvitamin D (24,25-DHD) and 1 alpha ,25-DHD were estimated in 8 adult anephric subjects. All were undergoing haemodialysis and 3 were receiving vitamin D 50 000 or 100 000 U daily. Serum vitamin D was high in 2 of the patients given vitamin D and was abnormally low in the others. Mean serum 25-HD was increased in patients given vitamin D (94.0 plus or minus 7.6 ng/ml) and was normal in the others (16.4 plus or minus 0.9 ng/ml). Mean serum 24,25-DHD was normal in patients given vitamin D (1.38 plus or minus 0.27 ng/ml) and was low in the others (0.25 plus or minus 0.08 ng/ml). Serum 24,25-DHD was correlated significantly with serum 25-HD. Mean serum 1 alpha ,25-DHD estimated by a receptor method was 5.8 plus or minus 1.9 pg/ml in patients who were not given vitamin D and was 14.1 plus or minus 0.6 in those who were given vitamin D. Serum 1 alpha ,25-DHD was correlated significantly with serum 25-HD. Mean serum 1 alpha ,25-DHD estimated biologically was 8.3 plus or minus 1.9 pg/ml in patients who were not given vitamin D and was 15.9 plus or minus 2.4 pg/ml in those who were given vitamin D. There was a significant correlation between the values for serum 1 alpha ,25-DHD obtained with the 2 methods. KW - nephrectomy KW - synthesis KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1alpha,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831446761&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Differing uptake of emulsion triglyceride by the fed and fasted rat liver. AU - Quarfordt, S. H. AU - Hanks, J. AU - Shelburne, F. AU - Schirmer, B. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1982/// VL - 69 IS - 5 SP - 1092 EP - 1098 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Quarfordt, S. H.: Cooperative Lipid Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Division of Gastroenterology, Dep. Medicine, Duke Univ. Medical Center, Durham, NC 27710, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831446774. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Recycling perfusion of liver of fasted rats with an apoprotein E-enriched synthetic triglyceride emulsion showed significantly greater hepatic uptake of the apoprotein and the triglyceride than did the liver of rats fed on stock diet. That greater hepatic triglyceride uptake by the perfused fasted liver in comparison with the fed was also noted for emulsions containing no added apoprotein or supplemented with E and CIII-1 proteins. However, no difference in the uptake of the triglyceride emulsion was seen for the fed and fasted livers when evaluated by a nonrecycling single pass perfusion. The isolated hepatocyte plasma membranes from fasted rats did not show greater binding of apoprotein or lipid than did those from fed rats. If the residual E loaded triglyceride emulsion was recovered from the recycling perfusates of fed and fasted livers and evaluated in a nonrecycling single-pass system, the emulsion from the fasted perfusion was cleared as rapidly as previously, whereas that from the fed was less actively cleared. The emulsions retrieved from the perfusion of the fed liver contained significantly more protein than did the fasted, in particular apo C. KW - fasting KW - liver KW - TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - uptake KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - triglycerides KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831446774&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Significance of low density lipoprotein production in the regulation of plasma cholesterol level in man. AU - Kesaniemi, Y. A. AU - Grundy, S. M. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1982/// VL - 70 IS - 1 SP - 13 EP - 22 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Kesaniemi, Y. A.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. California, San Diego, Calif. 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831446778. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 56 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Apoprotein of low-density lipoprotein (apoLDL) turnover was estimated in 16 patients with different plasma cholesterol concentrations. Cholesterol balance was studied simultaneously in 13 of those patients. Plasma concentrations of apoLDL and LDL cholesterol were positively correlated with synthetic rates of apoLDL. No correlation was noted between the fractional catabolic rate for apoLDL and apoLDL (or LDL cholesterol). For further analysis, the patients were divided into 3 groups with stepwise increases in apoLDL concentrations. When apoLDL increased significantly, from 83 plus or minus 5 s.e. mean to 122 plus or minus 2 to 149 plus or minus 5 mg/100 ml, synthetic rates for apoLDL also increased significantly from 11.6 plus or minus 1.2 to 17.0 plus or minus 0.9 to 23.8 plus or minus 1.8 mg/kg ideal weight daily. In contrast, the fractional catabolic rate of apoLDL was not different among the 3 groups (0.32 plus or minus 0.03, 0.29 plus or minus 0.02 and 0.33 plus or minus 0.03 daily). There was no relation between synthesis of total body cholesterol (or bile acids) and concentrations, production rates or removal of apoLDL. KW - blood KW - cholesterol KW - low density lipoprotein KW - regulation KW - synthesis KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831446778&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - In vivo response of rat intestinal epithelium to intraluminal dietary lectins. AU - Lorenzsonn, V. AU - Olsen, W. A. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 82 IS - 5, I SP - 838 EP - 848 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Lorenzsonn, V.: Gastroenterology Research Lab., Wm. S. Middleton Memorial Veterans Administration Hospital, 2500 Overlook Terrace, Madison, Wis. 53705, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831446782. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Acute effects of giving intraluminally wheat germ agglutinin and concanavalin A were studied in normal rats. Both lectins caused increase shedding of brush border membrane and, at higher concentrations, decrease in surface area, acceleration of cell loss and shortening of villi. Those changes were prevented by simultaneously giving the appropriate sugar to inhibit binding, indicating that the effects were related to binding to carbohydrate residues of intestinal cells. Changes of brush borders were similar after antiserum to sucrase-isomaltase, a surface protein of the brush border membrane, was given intraluminally, suggesting that the lectin effects resulted from cell surface receptor-lectin interaction rather than a primary intracellular effect. The results suggest that dietary lectins may be in part responsible for normal turnover of brush border membrane and support the possibility that certain intestinal diseases such as coeliac sprue may be the consequence of increase of lectin receptor allowing a dietary lectin to exert a toxic effect. KW - administration KW - intestinal mucosa KW - lectins KW - morphology KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - intestine epithelium KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831446782&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Metabolic acidosis suppresses 25-hydroxyvitamin D3-1 alpha -hydroxylase in the rat kidney. AU - Kawashima, H. AU - Kraut, J. A. AU - Kurokawa, K. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1982/// VL - 70 IS - 1 SP - 135 EP - 140 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Kawashima, H.: Nephrology Section, Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Dep. Medicine, Univ. California School of Medicine, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831446785. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of metabolic acidosis on 2 distinct 25-hydroxycholecalciferol-1 alpha -hydroxylase (1 alpha -hydroxylase) systems was studied in the kidneys of vitamin D-deficient rats; one is in the proximal convoluted tubule (PCT), is activated in vitamin D deficiency and is regulated primarily by parathyrin (PTH) through cyclic AMP; the other is in the proximal straight tubule (PST), is latent in vitamin D deficiency and is selectively stimulated by calcitonin through a cyclic AMP-independent mechanism. The 1 alpha -hydroxylase activities were estimated in the PCT and PST microdissected from the kidney of vitamin D-deficient rats with or without metabolic acidosis of different duration. The 1 alpha -hydroxylase activity decreased in the PCT from 0.74 plus or minus 0.07 fmol/mm h to 0.24 plus or minus 0.02 at day 3 of metabolic acidosis without a further decline at day 7. Neither metabolic acidosis of 16 h duration nor decrease of the incubation medium pH from 7.4 to 7.0 affected the enzyme activity in the PCT. To examine the underlying mechanism for the suppression of 1 alpha -hydroxylase activity, PTH, cyclic AMP or calcitonin was given to rats with metabolic acidosis of 3 days duration. Although PTH did not increase the suppressed 1 alpha -hydroxylase activity in the PCT, cyclic AMP restored it to that of control rats. The 1 alpha -hydroxylase activity in the PST remained undetectable in control rats and in acidotic rats with or without PTH or cyclic AMP treatments. However, calcitonin stimulated the 1 alpha -hydroxylase activity in the PST equally from undetectable to 0.75 plus or minus 0.09 fmol/mm h in control and to 0.78 plus or minus 0.10 in acidotic rats. KW - acidosis KW - kidneys KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 25-hydroxycholecalciferol-1-monooxygenase KW - metabolic acidosis KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831446785&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Incidence of malnutrition among patients admitted to a VA hospital. AU - O'Leary, J. P. AU - Dunn, G. D. AU - Basil, S. AU - Butler, B. AU - Long, S. AU - Nichols, A. AU - Waller, R. JO - Southern Medical Journal JF - Southern Medical Journal Y1 - 1982/// VL - 75 IS - 9 SP - 1095 EP - 1098 SN - 0038-4348 AD - O'Leary, J. P.: Surgical Service (112), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Nashville, TN 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831446824. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A total of 225 consecutive patients admitted to a large hospital during 8 weeks were studied to assess the degree of malnutrition. The indices of malnutrition were visceral protein pool, lymphocyte count, delayed cutaneous hypersensitivity and anthropometric measurements. More than one-third of the patients had one or more abnormalities. Malnutrition is a ubiquitous but unrecognized disease in patients admitted to the hospital. KW - incidence KW - protein energy malnutrition KW - USA KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - hospital patients KW - protein calorie malnutrition KW - United States of America KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831446824&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Zinc and T-lymphocyte function in hemodialysis patients. AU - Allen, J. I. AU - Korchik, W. AU - Kay, N. E. AU - McClain, C. J. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1982/// VL - 36 IS - 3 SP - 410 EP - 415 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Allen, J. I.: Gastroenterology Section (111D), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 54th Street and 48th Ave. South, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831446945. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 43 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Of 13 patients on long-term haemodialysis who were studied for serum zinc concentration and T-lymphocyte response to phytohaemagglutinin, 6 showed depression of T-cell mitogen response, whereas 7 had a normal response. The mean serum Zn concentration of the patients with abnormal response was lower than that of the patients with a normal response (63 plus or minus 11 and 75 plus or minus 14 mu g/100 ml, respectively). There was no significant correlation between individual serum Zn concentration and T-cell response. Five patients whose T-cell responses were depressed were given zinc chloride by vein during each dialysis run for 6 weeks (10 mg Zn by vein, 3 times weekly) and were evaluated before and after treatment. All 5 patients remained anergic to 4 skin test antigens. Only one patient (who had the lowest serum Zn concentration, 48 mu g/100 ml, before treatment) showed significant improvement in mitogen response after Zn treatment. Although dialysis patients commonly have low serum Zn concentrations and depressed mitogen response, in the patients those 2 findings were generally unrelated. Zn supplement did not change baseline measurements of T-lymphocyte mitogen response in 4 of 5 patients studied. KW - activity KW - blood KW - haemodialysis KW - lymphocytes KW - T LYMPHOCYTES KW - zinc KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hemodialysis KW - T cells KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831446945&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of thiamin deficiency on pancreatic acinar cell function. AU - Manjit Singh JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1982/// VL - 36 IS - 3 SP - 500 EP - 504 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Manjit Singh: Medical Research Service (509/151), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, GA 30910, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831446980. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 59-43-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Weight-matched triplets of Sprague-Dawley rats were fed freely on purified thiamin-deficient diet, purified thiamin-sufficient diet of equal energy value or stock diet to appetite for a mean of 33 ( plus or minus 0.5 s.e. mean) days. Effect of diets on bodyweight, pancreas weight, DNA, RNA, protein and amylase content, synthesis of protein and secretion were studied. Control diet effect was considered when controls fed freely were different from controls fed on diet of equal energy value. Thiamin effect was considered when thiamin-deficient rats were different from both controls. Control diet treatment decreased bodyweight, pancreas weight, DNA, RNA, protein, amylase and synthesis of DNA and protein. Thiamin-deficient diet treatment resulted in effects similar to control diet effects in addition to specific effects which included decrease of bodyweight, total protein and amylase. Basal and bethanechol (10-4 M) stimulated secretion of protein and amylase were increased. KW - activity KW - deficiency KW - pancreas KW - thiamin KW - weight KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aneurin KW - thiamine KW - vitamin B1 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831446980&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The use of cholinergic precursors in neuropsychiatric diseases. AU - Rosenberg, G. S. AU - Davis, K. L. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1982/// VL - 36 IS - 4 SP - 709 EP - 720 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Rosenberg, G. S.: Psychiatry Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 130 W Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831447357. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 141 ref. Registry Number: 62-49-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Preclinical studies suggest that cholinergic precursors such as choline or lecithin, increase acetylcholine in specific brain structures and in certain conditions may increase cholinergic neurotransmission. Neuropsychiatric diseases including tardive dyskinesia, Huntington's chorea, ataxias, Tourette's syndrome, schizophrenia, affective illness and senile dementia of the Alzheimer type, have been implicated with general underactivity of central cholinergic mechanisms. Recent studies have investigated the possibility that cholinergic precursor loading may provide viable treatments for those disorders of presumed cholinergic underactivity. Extensive results show that the symptoms of tardive dyskinesia can be decreased by choline or lecithin, whereas investigations in other disorders have met with mild success, at best, or are still in preliminary stages. Further controlled studies with choline or lecithin using broader dose ranges, longer durations of treatment and concomitant administration of agents which may increase the release of acetylcholine are suggested. KW - choline KW - nervous system diseases KW - phosphatidylcholines KW - reviews KW - treatment KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - lecithins KW - neuropathy KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831447357&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Measurement of silicon in biological fluids in man using flameless furnace atomic absorption spectrophotometry. AU - Berlyne, G. M. AU - Caruso, C. JO - Clinica Chimica Acta JF - Clinica Chimica Acta Y1 - 1983/// VL - 129 IS - 2 SP - 239 EP - 244 SN - 0009-8981 AD - Berlyne, G. M.: Nephrology Section (111), Brooklyn Veterans Administration Medical Center, 800 Poly Place, Brooklyn, NY 11209, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831447620. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 3 ref. Registry Number: 7440-21-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - biological fluids KW - estimation KW - silicon KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831447620&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - 25-Hydroxyvitamin D3 treatment of bone disease in primary biliary cirrhosis. AU - Arnaud, S. B. T2 - Gastroenterology JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 83 IS - 1, I SP - 137 EP - 140 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Arnaud, S. B.: Endocrine Unit Clinical Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1B 37, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831447682. Publication Type: Editorial. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - BONE DISEASES KW - cirrhosis KW - reviews KW - treatment KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hydroxycholecalciferol KW - liver cirrhosis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831447682&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastric emptying and sieving of solid food and pancreatic and biliary secretion after solid meals in patients with truncal vagotomy and antrectomy. AU - Mayer, E. A. AU - Thomson, J. B. AU - Jehn, D. AU - Reedy, T. AU - Elashoff, J. AU - Meyer, J. H. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 83 IS - 1, II SP - 184 EP - 192 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Mayer, E. A.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, Calif., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831447684. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Six normal subjects and 9 subjects with truncal vagotomy plus antrectomy were intubated with a triple-lumen tube attached to a bubble trap sited in the jejunum, 60 cm from the stomach. All subjects ate a meal of 100 ml H2O, 60 g beefsteak and 30 g 99mTc-liver diced into 10-mm cubes. By previously validated techniques, the tube-bubble trap system allowed comparison of the rate of passage of 99mTc-liver particles smaller than 1 mm through the jejunum with the rate of entry of all sizes of eaten 99mTc-liver into the intestine described by gamma camera. The tube system estimated concentrations and rates of passage of enzymes and bile salts. 99mTc-liver emptied very rapidly from the stomach in the first 50 min in most subjects with truncal vagotomy plus antrectomy and thereafter emptied slowly, whereas in the normal subjects there was a 30 min lag before a steady, slow rate of emptying. Nearly 30% of the 99mTc-liver which emptied into the intestine in the subjects with truncal vagotomy plus antrectomy was larger than 1 mm, but in the normal subjects less than 3% of the liver entered the intestines as larger particles. In this study with a solid meal, jejunal flows in the subjects with truncal vagotomy plus antrectomy were less than normal and concentrations of bile salts and pancreatic enzymes were close to normal. KW - bile secretion KW - gastrectomy KW - pancreatic juice KW - secretions KW - stomach emptying KW - vagotomy KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - stomach removal KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831447684&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Role of food in gastrointestinal ulceration produced by indomethacin in the rat. AU - Satoh, H. AU - Guth, P. H. AU - Grossman, M. I. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 83 IS - 1, II SP - 210 EP - 215 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Satoh, H.: 691/111C, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831447690. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Registry Number: 53-86-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - After a 24- or 48-h fast, rats were given different amounts of stock diet pellets or different types of diets (high-bulk non-nutritive diet, liquid diet of equal energy value or liquid diet containing cellulose) for 1 h; 0.5 h after feeding, indomethacin 30 mg/kg was given subcutaneously and 6 h later the rats were killed and gastrointestinal lesions were measured. In fasted rats, indomethacin produced lesions predominantly in the gastric corpus. In rats given stock diet pellets, indomethacin produced lesions in the gastric antrum and small intestine. By increasing food intake, the corpus lesions decreased whereas antral and intestinal lesions increased. In rats given cellulose or sawdust pellets, indomethacin produced lesions in all 3 areas. Indomethacin did not produce any lesion in the liquid diet group. However, when cellulose was added to the liquid diet, indomethacin produced lesions in the antrum and small intestine, the lesions increasing in proportion to increasing concentrations of cellulose. KW - aetiology KW - foods KW - INDOMETACIN KW - peptic ulcers KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - causal agents KW - etiology KW - indomethacin KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831447690&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of individual L-amino acids on gastric acid secretion and serum gastrin and pancreatic polypeptide release in humans. AU - Taylor, I. L. AU - Byrne, W. J. AU - Christie, D. L. AU - Ament, M. E. AU - Walsh, J. H. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 83 IS - 1, II SP - 273 EP - 278 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Taylor, I. L.: Gastroenterology Dep., Veterans Administration Hospital, 16111 Plummer Street, Sepulveda, Calif. 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831447692. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 9002-76-0, 59763-91-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In healthy human subjects, individual L-amino acids were instilled intragastrically and their effect on gastric acid secretion and gastrin and pancreatic polypeptide release was studied. Phenylalanine and tryptophan were significantly more potent stimulants of gastric acid secretion and of pancreatic polypeptide and gastrin release than any other amino acid tested. Responses were smaller, but significant, with threonine for pancreatic polypeptide and with serine for acid secretion. The studies suggest that the specific composition of amino acid mixtures determines the net effects of such mixtures on gastric secretion and on release of the antral hormone, gastrin, and the pancreatic hormone, pancreatic polypeptide. KW - administration KW - amino acids KW - blood KW - gastric acid KW - gastrin KW - pancreatic polypeptide KW - secretions KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831447692&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Reduced thermic effect of feeding in obesity: role of norepinephrine. AU - Schwartz, R. S. AU - Halter, J. B. AU - Bierman, E. L. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1983/// VL - 32 IS - 2 SP - 114 EP - 117 AD - Schwartz, R. S.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (182 B), 4435 Beacon Ave. South, Seattle, WA 98108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831447868. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 51-40-1, 51-41-2, 69815-49-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A test formula meal of 800 kcal (85% carbohydrate, 15% protein) was taken by 7 control and 6 moderately obese subjects whose obesity was adult in onset. The rise in resting oxygen consumption following the test meal was greater in the control than in the obese group, and there was a significant inverse correlation between the relative degree of obesity and this response to feeding. Norepinephrine concentrations were greater in the obese than in the control group before and after feeding. No correlations were found between the plasma norepinephrine concentrations and the rise in oxygen consumption after feeding. Four of the 6 obese subjects were restudied after weight reduction. The reduced-obese group showed a trend toward normalization of basal measurements and responses to feeding. It is concluded that the reduced thermic response to feeding in the obese subjects studied cannot be directly accounted for by diminished sympathetic nervous system activity as reflected by plasma norepinephrine values. KW - blood KW - eating KW - heat production KW - norepinephrine KW - obesity KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - calorigenesis KW - fatness KW - noradrenaline KW - thermogenesis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831447868&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Reduction of N-methyl-N-nitrosourea-induced colon tumors in the rat by cholesterol. AU - Cohen, B. I. AU - Raicht, R. F. AU - Fazzini, E. JO - Cancer Research JF - Cancer Research Y1 - 1982/// VL - 42 IS - 12 SP - 5050 EP - 5052 AD - Cohen, B. I.: New York Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York, NY 10010, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831448030. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Patients with a propensity to develop colon cancer have increased amounts of faecal cholesterol (or cholesterol metabolites or both). The effect of increased colonic concentrations of cholesterol and its metabolites on colon tumour promotion was studied. The chemical carcinogen N-methyl-N-nitrosourea was instilled intrarectally into rats to initiate colon tumour formation. After initiation, a cholesterol-supplemented diet was given. Despite a 2-fold increase of faecal cholesterol, the number of colon tumours was significantly less. The studies suggest that in certain conditions cholesterol may inhibit colon carcinogenesis. KW - carcinogenesis KW - cholesterol KW - inhibition KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831448030&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of uremia on circulating mevalonate metabolism in rats. AU - Feingold, K. R. AU - Wiley, M. H. AU - MacRae, G. AU - Kaysen, G. AU - Schoenfeld, P. Y. AU - Siperstein, M. D. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1983/// VL - 32 IS - 3 SP - 215 EP - 223 AD - Feingold, K. R.: Metabolism Section (111 F), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831448499. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 150-97-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Mevalonate, an essential intermediate in cholesterol synthesis, is metabolized to sterols or by the shunt pathway to CO2. The kidneys are the chief site of circulating mevalonate metabolism by both pathways. Following nephrectomy, as expected, the shunt pathway was reduced by greater than 50%. However, nephrectomy resulted in an enhancement of total body sterologenesis which was due to a marked stimulation of both liver and carcass sterol synthesis. The present study demonstrates that, even in the presence of intact kidneys, uraemia induces marked changes in the metabolism of circulating mevalonate that are similar to those observed following nephrectomy. In rats with normal renal mass the oxidation of mevalonate to CO2 is reduced by 57% in acutely uraemic and by 34% in chronically uraemic animals. This reduction in shunt pathway activity directly correlates with the degree of impairment of renal function as measured by plasma urea nitrogen and creatinine. In contrast to the inhibition of the shunt pathway, acute and chronic uraemia is associated with a two- to threefold increase in both hepatic and carcass cholesterol and nonsaponifiable lipid synthesis from circulating mevalonate. In the liver this enhancement of sterologenesis directly correlates with plasma urea N and creatinine concentrations. Renal sterologenesis from circulating mevalonate is not significantly altered by acute or chronic uraemia. KW - metabolism KW - mevalonic acid KW - uraemia KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - azotaemia KW - azotemia KW - uremia KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831448499&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of 7-ketolithocholic acid on bile acid metabolism in humans. AU - Salen, G. AU - Verga, D. AU - Batta, A. K. AU - Tint, G. S. AU - Shefer, S. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 83 IS - 2 SP - 341 EP - 347 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Salen, G.: Gastrointestinal Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, East Orange, NJ 07019, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831448623. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 474-25-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of 7-ketolithocholic acid on bilary bile acid composition, cholesterol saturation and as an intermediate in the conversion of chenodeoxycholic acid to ursodeoxycholic acid was investigated in 5 subjects with gallstones. After 7-ketolithocholic acid, 400 mg daily by mouth for 14 days, biliary bile acid composition changed: the proportion of cholic acid decreased from 45 to 19%, deoxycholic acid decreased from 15 to 10%, chenodeoxycholic acid increased from 36 to 59%, ursodeoxycholic acid increased from 2 to 7% and lithocholic acid increased from 2 to 5%, whereas only trace amounts of 7-ketolithocholic acid were detected. During that treatment, the biliary lithogenic index decreased from 2.6 to 0.9 and was accompanied by a pronounced decrease in biliary cholesterol concentration. After biliary bile acid values became constant, [24-14C]chenodeoxycholic acid was given by vein as a pulse-label and the resultant biliary ursodeoxycholic acid and lithocholic acid specific activity curves showed a precursor-product relation with chenodeoxycholic acid. Similarly, after uniformly labelled 7-[24-14C]ketolithocholic acid by mouth, 400 mg daily, 1000 plus or minus 100 dpm/mg, the specific activities of biliary chenodeoxycholic acid and ursodeoxycholic acid became constant and approximated each other, but those were only 75% as high as the 7-ketolithocholic acid given by mouth. KW - bile acids KW - chenodeoxycholic acid KW - derivatives KW - metabolism KW - supplements KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - chenic acid KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831448623&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Mechanism of increase in steatorrhea with calcium and magnesium in exocrine pancreatic insufficiency: an animal model. AU - Graham, D. Y. AU - Sackman, J. W. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 83 IS - 3 SP - 638 EP - 644 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Graham, D. Y.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 2002 Holcombe Blvd., Room 612, Bldg. 1A, Houston, Tex. 77211, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831448630. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 7439-95-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Adult male rats with bile and pancreatic duct ligation were given test meals containing 56 mu mol [14C]triolein (0.5 ml), synthetic human bile (1.0 ml, 100 mu mol bile salts, 75% glycine and 25% taurine conjugates and 14.5 mu mol lecithin), pancreatic enzymes (0.5 ml) and antacids (1.0 ml). The percent lipid malabsorbed when antacids were given in addition to the test meal was: control 19.3 plus or minus 1%, NaHCO3 15.3 plus or minus 1%, Al(OH)3 18.3 plus or minus 2%, Mg(OH)2 38.2 plus or minus 2% and CaCO3 42.4 plus or minus 1%. with NaCl, Al(OH)3 and NaHCO3 the malabsorbed fat was primarily triolein, whereas with Ca++ or Mg++ most of the lipid recovered was oleic acid. Calcium or magnesium antacids were associated with precipitation of glycine-, but not taurine-, conjugated bile salts in the small intestine. When Ca was given to rats in which the bile consisted entirely of glycine-conjugated bile salts, the lipid recovered (64.0 plus or minus 3% malabsorption) was almost entirely triolein suggesting decrease of lipolysis. KW - calcium KW - magnesium KW - pancreatic diseases KW - steatorrhoea KW - supplements KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - steatorrhea KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831448630&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Analysis of gastric emptying data. AU - Elashoff, J. D. AU - Reedy, T. J. AU - Meyer, J. H. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 83 IS - 6 SP - 1306 EP - 1312 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Elashoff, J. D.: Bldg. 115, Room 223, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831448663. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The question of how gastric emptying data should be summarized to allow comparisons between meals or between groups of subjects within a study, and for comparisons of results from study to study, is examined. Standardization issues for reporting gastric emptying data are reviewed, criteria for choosing a method of analysis are discussed, methods which have been used to describe gastric emptying data are reviewed, trial of the power exponential curve is recommended and its use in the analysis and interpretation of data from several studies involving different types of meals and different types of subjects is illustrated. It is shown why nonlinear curves should be fit using nonlinear least squares. KW - analysis KW - stomach emptying KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831448663&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Adaptive response of humans to changes in dietary calcium: relationship between vitamin D regulated intestinal function and serum 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D levels. AU - Bikle, D. D. AU - Herman, R. H. AU - Hull, S. AU - Hagler, L. AU - Harris, D. AU - Halloran, B. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 84 IS - 2 SP - 314 EP - 323 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Bikle, D. D.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement Street (111N), San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831448920. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3, 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Intestinal biopsy procedures developed in chicks were extended to human subjects to study the role of vitamin D in regulating intestinal adaptation to dietary calcium. When biopsy specimens from rachitic chicks (D-) were compared with those from chicks given vitamin D supplement (D+) on otherwise identical diets, rates of Ca and phosphate accumulation by D+ duodenal or jejunal mucosa were about 50% greater than those by comparable D- mucosa, alkaline phosphatase activity was 3 times greater in D+ duodenal mucosa brush border preparations than in D- preparations and calcium-binding activity was 10 times greater in the cystosol from D+ duodenal mucosa than in that from D- duodenal mucosa. Ca and phosphate uptake and alkaline phosphatase activity were evaluated in duodenal mucosal specimens obtained each week from 15 subjects ingesting, in successive weeks, 100 mg Ca daily (week 1) and 1000 mg Ca daily (week 2). Serum 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D, immunoreactive parathyrin, Ca and phosphorus values were estimated on the day the biopsy specimens were obtained. The subjects were prospectively selected to provide a range of basal 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D values from low to high, and included 4 osteoporotic, 5 control and 6 hyperparathyroid subjects. The change from the 100-mg to 1000-mg Ca diet resulted in a decrease of serum 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D values and duodenal Ca and phosphate uptake and alkaline phosphatase activity, with no change in serum Ca in the control subjects. Effects were similar in the osteoporotic subjects. The hyperparathyroid subjects showed an increase in serum Ca and no decrease in their serum 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D values and the least consistent response of any intestinal function to the change in dietary Ca. There was a strong correlation between duodenal alkaline phosphatase activity and serum 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D values on the low-calcium diet and between the change in those variables due to dietary Ca. KW - activity KW - blood KW - CALCITRIOL KW - calcium KW - intake KW - intestines KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831448920&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparative evaluation of the therapeutic efficacy of a pH-sensitive enteric coated pancreatic enzyme preparation with conventional pancreatic enzyme therapy in the treatment of exocrine pancreatic insufficiency. AU - Dutta, S. K. AU - Rubin, J. AU - Harvey, J. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 84 IS - 3 SP - 476 EP - 482 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Dutta, S. K.: (111), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3900 Loch Raven Blvd., Baltimore, Md. 21218, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831448924. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The therapeutic efficacy of a pH-sensitive enteric coated pancreatic enzyme preparation was compared with that of conventional pancreatic enzyme preparations in 6 adult patients with exocrine pancreatic insufficiency. Faecal fat excretion and postprandial duodenal recovery of pancreatic enzymes by mouth were evaluated after ingestion of each preparation. Faecal fat excretion decreased significantly on treatment with pH-sensitive and conventional pancreatic enzyme preparations. Postprandial concentration and delivery of trypsin and lipase in samples aspirated from duodenojejunal junction were higher after ingestion of conventional pancreatic enzyme preparation than after the pH-sensitive enteric coated preparation but the difference did not reach significance. KW - enzyme preparations KW - pancreatic diseases KW - treatment KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831448924&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of hepatic vitamin A depletion on the liver in humans and rats. AU - Leo, M. A. AU - Sato, M. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 84 IS - 3 SP - 562 EP - 572 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Leo, M. A.: Alcohol Research and Treatment Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831448929. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 36 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Multivesicular lysosomes were observed by electron microscopy in 25 of 41 liver biopsies of subjects with different diseases. Those organelles were acid phosphatase positive and were limited by a single membrane with a homogeneous electrondense crescent and contained numerous lipidlike particles of different sizes reminiscent of lipoproteins. The lesion was seen in alcoholic and nonalcoholic liver injury and was negatively correlated with hepatic vitamin A: all 18 patients with hepatic vitamin A below 80 mu g/g had the lesion, whereas only 1 of 11 subjects with a hepatic vitamin A concentration higher than 160 mu g/g showed multivesicular lysosomes. Unlike its association with low vitamin A value in the liver, the lesion could be seen even in the presence of normal serum values of vitamin A, retinol-binding protein and prealbumin. The relation between the decreased hepatic vitamin A and multivesicular lysosomes was then investigated in rats given a vitamin A-deficient diet; all rats on the vitamin A-deficient diet showed the lesion and addition of ethanol to the deficient diet increased its frequency. Feeding on a vitamin A-deficient diet was also associated with less circulating very-low-density lipoproteins which were further decreased by the addition of ethanol. No multivesicular lysosome was seen in rats given a normal vitamin A-containing diet (with or without ethanol). KW - histology KW - liver KW - vitamin A deficiency KW - Man KW - rats KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - hypovitaminosis A KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831448929&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of chronic ethanol administration on hepatic glycoprotein secretion in the rat. AU - Sorrell, M. F. AU - Nauss, J. M. AU - Donohue, T. M., Jr. AU - Tuma, D. J. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 84 IS - 3 SP - 580 EP - 586 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Sorrell, M. F.: Liver Study Unit, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4101 Woolworth Ave., Omaha, Nebr. 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831448931. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Liver slices from rats fed on ethanol for 4 to 5 weeks showed less ability to incorporate [14C]glucosamine into medium trichloracetic acid-precipitable proteins than those from pair-fed controls; however, the labelling of hepatocellular glycoproteins was not affected by chronic ethanol treatment. Immunoprecipitation of radioactive labelled secretory (serum) glycoproteins with antiserum against rat serum proteins showed a similar inhibition in the appearance of glucosamine-labelled proteins in the medium of slices from ethanol-fed rats. Effects on labelling of intracellular secretory glycoproteins were slight. Protein synthesis, as estimated from [14C]leucine incorporation into medium and liver proteins, was less in liver slices from ethanol-fed rats than in those from the pair-fed controls. That also applied to total proteins and immunoprecipitable secretory proteins, although the labelling of secretory proteins retained in the liver slices was decreased less than total radioactive labelled hepatic proteins. When the terminal sugar, [14C]fucose, was used as a precursor to focus more closely on the final steps of hepatic glycoprotein secretion, liver slices from chronic ethanol-fed rats showed impaired secretion of fucose-labelled proteins into the medium. When ethanol (5 or 10 mM) was added to the incubation medium containing liver slices from the ethanol-fed rats, the changes in protein and glycoprotein synthesis and secretion caused by the chronic ethanol treatment were further potentiated. KW - alcoholism KW - glycoproteins KW - liver KW - secretions KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831448931&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of bile acid conjugation pattern on bile acid metabolism in normal humans. AU - Hardison, W. G. M. AU - Grundy, S. M. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 84 IS - 3 SP - 617 EP - 620 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Hardison, W. G. M.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (111D), 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, Calif. 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831448936. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 107-35-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Six men were fed on taurine 0.5 g six times daily for 2 weeks. Duodenal bile acids were analysed and bile acid pool size, daily faecal excretion and biliary excretion rate, also daily biliary excretion rate of cholesterol and phospholipid and biliary saturation with cholesterol, were estimated. The dose of taurine caused reversal of the bile acid glycine-to-taurine conjugation ratio. Total bile acid pool size decreased, as did the pool size of chenodeoxycholic acid. Pool sizes of cholic and deoxycholic acids did not change. Daily faecal bile acid excretion decreased slightly. Biliary secretion rates of cholesterol, phospholipid and bile acids did not change, nor did biliary cholesterol saturation. KW - bile acids KW - intake KW - metabolism KW - taurine KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831448936&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Aortic and renal lesions in hypercholesterolemic adult, male, virgin Sprague-Dawley rats. AU - Peric-Golia, L. AU - Peric-Golia, M. JO - Atherosclerosis JF - Atherosclerosis Y1 - 1983/// VL - 46 IS - 1 SP - 57 EP - 65 SN - 0021-9150 AD - Peric-Golia, L.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Salt Lake City, UT 84148, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831449156. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male, virgin Sprague-Dawley rats were given for 2 to 80 weeks one of 3 diets; commercial stock diet alone (control) or supplemented with cholesterol (cholesterol diet) or with cholic acid and taurine in equimolar amounts (cholic acid diet). Plasma cholesterol concentration was increased in all rats on the cholesterol or on the cholic acid diets. Of 8 rats on the control diet, 3 also developed hypercholesterolaemia 80 weeks after the start of the experiment. Intimal plaques in the aorta and glomerulosclerosis were observed in all rats with plasma cholesterol concentrations above 150 mg/100 ml, including the 3 hypercholesterolaemic controls. Cholesterol concentrations in the aorta and kidneys of the rats with those lesions were not higher than the control values whereas hypercholesterolaemia was common to all the rats with those lesions irrespective of type of diet. KW - atherosclerosis KW - hypercholesterolaemia KW - kidney diseases KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - arteriosclerosis KW - atheroma KW - hypercholesterinemia KW - hypercholesterolemia KW - kidney disorders KW - nephropathy KW - renal diseases KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831449156&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of exercise and diet on triglyceride metabolism in rats with moderate insulin deficiency. AU - Dall'aglio, E. AU - Chang, F. AU - Chang, H. AU - Stern, J. AU - Reaven, G. JO - Diabetes JF - Diabetes Y1 - 1983/// VL - 32 IS - 1 SP - 46 EP - 50 AD - Dall'aglio, E.: Dep. Medicine, Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center (182 B), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831449169. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Streptozotocin-induced insulin-deficient rats allowed to run spontaneously in exercise wheel cages had significantly lower plasma glucose values (187 plus or minus 19 mg/100 ml) than sedentary (374 plus or minus 24) or sucrose-fed (450 plus or minus 13) diabetic rats, even although plasma insulin values were comparable in all those groups. Plasma triglyceride (TG) values in exercise-trained rats with diabetes (51 plus or minus 5 mg/100 ml) were lower than in control rats with normal glucose tolerance (90 plus or minus 14). Plasma TG values were higher than control in diabetic sedentary rats (128 plus or minus 11 mg/100) ml and severe hypertriglyceridaemia developed in sucrose-fed diabetic rats (369 plus or minus 35). The ability of exercise training to attenuate diabetic hypertriglyceridaemia, which was observed in rats fed on stock diet or on sucrose, was secondary to a decrease in TG secretion and seemed to be related to lower plasma FFA concentrations. In contrast, the accentuation of diabetic hypertriglyceridaemia seen in sucrose-fed rats was related to a defect in TG catabolism. Adipose tissue lipoprotein lipase (LPL) activities were almost the same in all diabetic rats, suggesting that the observed difference in TG kinetics could not be attributed to concomitant increases or decreases in adipose tissue LPL activity. KW - deficiency KW - diets KW - exercise KW - insulin KW - metabolism KW - TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - triglycerides KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831449169&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of exercise training and sucrose feeding on insulin-stimulated glucose uptake in rats with streptozotocin-induced insulin-deficient diabetes. AU - Dall'aglio, E. AU - Chang, F. AU - Chang, H. AU - Wright, D. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Diabetes JF - Diabetes Y1 - 1983/// VL - 32 IS - 2 SP - 165 EP - 168 AD - Dall'aglio, E.: Dep. Medicine, Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center, (182 B), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831449180. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 57-50-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats given a streptozotocin injection (40 mg/kg) were, 3 days later, divided into 3 groups with equal degrees of hyperglycaemia. One group was allowed to run spontaneously on exercise wheels, another remained sedentary but ate a sucrose-rich diet (66% sucrose) and the third also remained sedentary but was given stock diet. Three weeks later, effects on postabsorptive plasma glucose and insulin values and on the ability of exogenous insulin to stimulate disposal of a glucose load during a period in which endogenous insulin was suppressed by epinephrine and propanolol were studied. Basal plasma insulin values were the same in all 3 groups, but plasma glucose values were significantly lower in the exercise-trained rats, and significantly higher in the sucrose-fed rats, than in the diabetic rats fed on stock diet. The inference that exercise training increased insulin action in rats with insulin deficiency was confirmed by direct estimation of insulin-stimulated glucose disposal. Sucrose-fed diabetic rats seemed to be more insulin-resistant than diabetic rats fed on stock diet. KW - diabetes KW - exercise KW - glucose KW - loads KW - sucrose KW - uptake KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - saccharose KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831449180&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hypernatremia and lactulose therapy. AU - Nelson, D. C. AU - McGrew, W. R. G. Jr. AU - Hoyumpa, A. M., Jr. JO - Journal of the American Medical Association JF - Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1983/// VL - 249 IS - 10 SP - 1295 EP - 1298 AD - Nelson, D. C.: Section of Gastroenterology, Veterans Administration Hospital, 7400 Merton Minter Blvd., San Antonio, TX 78284, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831449236. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Registry Number: 4618-18-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Lactulose is used in the treatment of portal-systemic encephalopathy. Although it is usually safe, hypernatraemia has been reported in a patient. To evaluate further the association of lactulose treatment and hypernatraemia, records of patients with hepatic failure treated with lactulose for encephalopathy were analysed. In 20 of 75 courses of lactulose treatment, serum sodium exceeded 145 mEq/litre. Mortality was 41% in patients in whom hypernatraemia developed, compared with 14% in those who remained normonatraemic. In persons who died, hypernatraemia persisted; in patients who eventually recovered, the serum Na value returned to normal. The precise mechanism of hypernatraemia in those patients is not clearly defined. As an osmotic cathartic, however, lactulose may cause faecal water loss in excess of Na, resulting in contraction of extracellular fluid volume and, therefore, hypernatraemia. KW - aetiology KW - hypernatraemia KW - lactulose KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - causal agents KW - etiology KW - hypernatremia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831449236&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Sex-related differences in gastrin release and parietal cell sensitivity to gastrin in healthy human beings. AU - Feldman, M. AU - Richardson, C. T. AU - Walsh, J. H. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1982/// VL - 71 IS - 3 SP - 715 EP - 720 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Feldman, M.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, TX. 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831449458. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 9002-76-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Serum gastrin concentrations and gastric acid secretion basally and in response to mixed meal were compared in age-matched women and men. Women had significantly higher basal serum gastrin concentrations and 2- to 3-fold higher food-stimulated serum gastrin concentrations than men. Basal and food-stimulated serum gastrin concentrations in women did not fluctuate significantly during the menstrual cycle. Sex-related differences in food-stimulated serum gastrin concentrations were not due to differences in antral pH because pH after the meal in women and men had been kept constant at 5.0 by intragastric titration with sodium bicarbonate in vivo. Studies using an antibody which reacts only with potent gastrin heptadecapeptide species (G-17-I and II) indicated that women also had 3-fold higher serum G-17 concentrations after the meal than men. High serum G-17 concentrations after the meal in women were due to increased release of G-17 rather than slower clearance of G-17 from the circulation. Despite high serum gastrin concentrations in response to food, women secreted about the same amount of acid relative to their maximum secretory capacity as men. During exogenous G-17 infusion, which led to the same serum gastrin concentrations in women and men, the dose-response curve for acid secretion in women was shifted significantly to the right of the G-17 dose-response curve in men. The dose of G-17 which stimulated half of peak acid secretion was 2 to 3 times higher in women than in men, reflecting significantly less sensitivity of parietal cells to gastrin in women. KW - activity KW - gastrin KW - secretions KW - sex differences KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831449458&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Regulation of hepatic betaine-homocysteine methyltransferase by dietary betaine. AU - Finkelstein, J. D. AU - Martin, J. J. AU - Harris, B. J. AU - Kyle, W. E. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1983/// VL - 113 IS - 3 SP - 519 EP - 521 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Finkelstein, J. D.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, DC, 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831449570. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Registry Number: 107-43-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The level of betaine-homocysteine methyltransferase increases in the livers of rats fed on diets supplemented with betaine or choline. The increase occurs within 3 days after the change in diet. When betaine was given intraperitoneally to rats fed on choline-free diets, there was a similar increase within 24 h. Since betaine-homocysteine methyltransferase catalyses a reaction which is essential for the catabolism of betaine, these changes provide a means for adaptation to excessive levels of dietary choline and betaine. KW - betaine KW - enzymes KW - intake KW - metabolism KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - glycinebetaine KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831449570&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The metabolic fate of exogenous sorbitol in the rat. AU - Ertel, N. H. AU - Akgun, S. AU - Kemp, F. W. AU - Mittler, J. C. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1983/// VL - 113 IS - 3 SP - 566 EP - 573 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Ertel, N. H.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, East Orange, NJ, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831449591. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Registry Number: 50-70-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Twenty-four rats were given 20.4 mu Ci [14C]sorbitol with 100 mg of sorbitol, and groups of 6 were killed at 1, 3, 6, and 24 h after sorbitol. Rats were also given 6.9 mu Ci [14C]sorbitol for 7 or 14 days. Serum, liver and lens were taken for estimation of 14C-labelled sorbitol, fructose, and glucose by using high-performance liquid chromatography. Negligible radioactivity (1.1%) was found in the gastrointestinal content at 24 h indicating almost complete absorption. Most of the radioactivity was recovered in the glucose fraction in serum, liver and lens. Glucose and fructose concentrations showed some decline by day 14 compared with day 7 in serum and liver. However, in the lens, sorbitol showed a peak value at the end of the 14th day (37.5 plus or minus 9.9 mu g/pair). The findings suggest that when given by mouth sorbitol is completely absorbed, and that there is a finite accumulation of sorbitol and fructose in the lens in 14 days. Although the radioactive label indicated the exogenous origin of these carbohydrates, it is not certain whether the sorbitol is converted to glucose before entering and accumulating in the lens. KW - metabolism KW - sorbitol KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831449591&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - De novo cholesterogenesis in pregnancy. AU - Feingold, K. R. AU - Wiley, T. AU - Moser, A. H. AU - Lear, S. R. AU - Wiley, M. H. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1983/// VL - 101 IS - 2 SP - 256 EP - 263 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Feingold, K. R.: Metabolism Section, (111F), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831449627. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Hypercholesterolaemia occurs during pregnancy in rats and man, beginning in the second trimester and increasing progressively throughout. Cholesterol synthesis was studied in vivo and in vitro in pregnant rats and monkeys using 3H2O as the substrate for measuring cholesterogenesis. In the third trimester, cholesterol synthesis by pregnant rat gut and carcass (all tissues not specifically studied) was not significantly different from that in controls. Hepatic cholesterol synthesis was stimulated in third trimester pregnant rats. Also, cholesterol synthesis in the placenta and foetus occurred at a very substantial rate. The magnitude of placental cholesterol synthesis was similar to that observed in the liver of control rats, whereas foetal cholesterogenesis was considerably greater. Feeding on cholesterol greatly suppressed hepatic cholesterol synthesis in control and pregnant rats, so that the difference between control and pregnant was obliterated. Feeding on cholesterol did not significantly affect the accumulation of newly synthesized cholesterol in the placenta or foetus. In Saguines fusciollis monkeys, pregnancy similarly stimulated hepatic cholesterol synthesis and the foetus and placenta were important sites of cholesterogenesis in vivo. KW - cholesterol KW - pregnancy KW - synthesis KW - monkeys KW - rats KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - gestation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831449627&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of meal on serum parathyroid hormone and calcitonin: possible role of secretin. AU - Sethi, R. AU - Kukreja, S. C. AU - Bowser, E. N. AU - Hargis, G. K. AU - Henderson, W. J. AU - Williams, G. A. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1983/// VL - 56 IS - 3 SP - 549 EP - 552 SN - 0021-972X AD - Sethi, R.: Veterans Administration West Side Medical Center (M.P. 115), PO Box 8195, Chicago, Ill. 60680, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831449751. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 9007-12-9, 9002-64-6, 1393-25-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Purified secretin infused in an estimated physiological dose increased serum immunoreactive parathyrin (iPTH) and calcitonin (iCT) in human subjects. Ingestion of a gastric acid-stimulating test meal, known to increase endogenous secretin, increased serum iPTH and plasma iCT in normal subjects. Ingestion of antacid with the test meal blunted the increase in iPTH and iCT. Ingestion of the test meal by pernicious anaemia patients with achlorhydria caused no stimulation of serum iPTH or plasma iCT. KW - blood KW - calcitonin KW - eating KW - parathyrin KW - pernicious anaemia KW - secretin KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - parathyroid hormone KW - pernicious anemia KW - thyrocalcitonin KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831449751&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The cytoreceptor assay for 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D and its application to clinical studies. AU - Manolagas, S. C. AU - Culler, F. L. AU - Howard, J. E. AU - Brickman, A. S. AU - Deftos, L. J. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1983/// VL - 56 IS - 4 SP - 751 EP - 760 SN - 0021-972X AD - Manolagas, S. C.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, Mail Code 111C, San Diego, Calif. 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831449770. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 38 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A method was developed for the estimation of 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D (1,25-DHD) based on the selective internalization and subsequent binding of 1,25-DHD to its specific receptor inside cultured target cells; thus 1,25-DHD could be estimated directly in blood extracts without biochemical isolation of that hormone from other metabolites of vitamin D. The displacement of [3H]1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol bound to the intracellular receptor by the extracted 1,25-DHD was a measure of its concentration in the blood samples. The method was sensitive to 2 pg/tube and could be used with 1- to 2-ml samples. Other major metabolites of vitamin D, at their circulating values, did not interfere with the 1,25-DHD measurement. 1,25-DHD values estimated by the direct method were correlated closely with those estimated by traditional high pressure liquid chromatography of the same samples. In 79 normal adults, mean ( plus or minus s.d.) 1,25-DHD was 33.8 plus or minus 10.64 pg/ml; 40 normal children had higher 1,25-DHD values than the adults, mean 43.3 plus or minus 13.9 pg/ml. In normal subjects, 1,25-DHD was correlated negatively with age. Six pregnant women in the third trimester had high values, mean 96.5 plus or minus 17.1, 3 anephric patients had undetectable values and 11 patients on haemodialysis had a mean of 11.5 plus or minus 6.7 pg/ml, significantly lower than normal. In 25 adult patients with primary hyperparathyroidism, mean 1,25-DHD was 50.2 plus or minus 15.3 pg/ml, significantly higher than normal; in that group, hormone values were correlated positively with calcium absorption and serum Ca and negatively with serum phosphate. KW - blood KW - CALCITRIOL KW - estimation KW - haemodialysis KW - hyperparathyroidism KW - pregnancy KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - gestation KW - hemodialysis KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831449770&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Low muscle levels of pyridoxine in McArdle's syndrome. AU - Haller, R. G. AU - Dempsey, W. B. AU - Feit, H. AU - Cook, J. D. AU - Knochel, J. P. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1983/// VL - 74 IS - 2 SP - 217 EP - 220 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Haller, R. G.: Dep. Neurology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4500 South Lancaster, Dallas, Tex. 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831449896. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Registry Number: 9035-74-9, 65-23-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Muscle pyridoxine content was estimated in 3 patients with myophosphorylase deficiency (McArdle's syndrome) in whom there was diminution or absence of phosphorylase protein as estimated by acrylamide gel electrophoresis. Total muscle pyridoxine in the patients with McArdle's syndrome (0.55 plus or minus 0.08 mu g/g wet weight, mean plus or minus s.d.) was less than that in 11 human control subjects who had normal muscle phosphorylase (total muscle vitamin B-6, 2.49 plus or minus 0.47). Despite such low muscle pyridoxine values, those patients had no evidence of pyridoxine "deficiency". The results suggest that low muscle B-6 in McArdle's syndrome represents the specific loss of pyridoxal phosphate normally bound to phosphorylase apoenzyme and imply that phosphorylase pyridoxal phosphate accounts for 75 to 80% of the total pyridoxine in normal human muscle. KW - deficiency KW - muscles KW - phosphorylase KW - pyridoxine KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831449896&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of chronic ethanol feeding on pancreatic enzyme secretion in rats in vitro. AU - Manjit Singh JO - Digestive Diseases and Sciences JF - Digestive Diseases and Sciences Y1 - 1983/// VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 117 EP - 123 SN - 0163-2116 AD - Manjit Singh: Medical Research Service (509/151), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, GA 30910, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831449924. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Weight-matched triplet Sprague-Dawley rats were fed on Lieber-DeCarli diet containing 5% w:v concentration of ethanol, amounts of Lieber-DeCarli diet of equal energy value or stock diet to appetite for 6, 12 and 18 months. Basal and bethanechol-stimulated secretion of amylase, lipase, trypsinogen, chymotrypsinogen and pancreatic secretory trypsin inhibitor (PSTI) was estimated. In the ethanol-fed group, basal secretion of trypsinogen and chymotrypsinogen was increased at 6, 12 and 18 months. Basal secretion of amylase and lipase was increased and that of PSTI was decreased at 12 and 18 months. Secretion of PSTI was stimulated by bethanechol (10-4 M), whereas the secretion of digestive enzymes was not stimulated in the ethanol-fed compared with the 2 control groups. At 12 months the dose-response curve of amylase and lipase secretion was shifted upwards in the ethanol-fed group with increase in ED50. KW - enzymes KW - ethanol KW - ingestion KW - pancreas KW - secretions KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831449924&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Rat large bowel maintains calcium transport after small bowel resection. AU - Wilson, H. D. AU - Schedl, H. P. JO - Digestion JF - Digestion Y1 - 1983/// VL - 26 IS - 4 SP - 224 EP - 230 SN - 0012-2823 AD - Wilson, H. D.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, Iowa, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831449943. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Because of the marked defect in calcium transport by the residual duodenum and ileum of the rat 10 days after 70% resection of mid-small intestine, the calcium transport response by large intestine was studied at this time. Although net caecal Ca absorption was decreased by one-third in resected rats as compared with transected controls, total net caecal absorption was maintained because of the small growth response. Colonic Ca transport was the same in transected and resected groups, despite greater segment growth in the resected group. In comparison to the marked abnormality in Ca transport by the residual small intestine secondary to resection, the effect on the large intestine was minimal. KW - calcium KW - intestine resection KW - large intestine KW - transport KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - transportation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831449943&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of in vivo and in vitro alcohol administration on insulin binding and glycogenesis in isolated rat hepatocytes. AU - Rifkin, R. M. AU - Todd, W. W. AU - Toothaker, D. R. AU - Sussman, A. AU - Trowbridge, M. AU - Draznin, B. JO - Annals of Nutrition and Metabolism JF - Annals of Nutrition and Metabolism Y1 - 1983/// VL - 27 IS - 4 SP - 313 EP - 319 SN - 0250-6807 AD - Rifkin, R. M.: 111H, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1005 Clermont St., Denver, CO 80220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831450053. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Registry Number: 9005-79-2, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - administration KW - alcohols KW - binding KW - glycogen KW - insulin KW - liver cells KW - synthesis KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hepatocytes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831450053&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - High-dose vitamin E does not decrease the rate of chronic hemolysis in glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency. AU - Johnson, G. J. AU - Vatassery, G. T. AU - Finkel, B. AU - Allen, D. W. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1983/// VL - 308 IS - 17 SP - 1014 EP - 1017 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Johnson, G. J.: Hematology/Oncology Section (111E), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831450106. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Registry Number: 9001-40-5, 1406-18-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of large doses of vitamin E by mouth (30 IU alpha -tocopheryl acetate/kg bodyweight daily; 2000 to 2400 IU daily) was evaluated in 3 men with well-characterized mutant forms of glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase accompanied by rapid chronic haemolysis. The treatment did not decrease the haemolysis secondary to the glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency. KW - deficiency KW - glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase KW - haemolysis KW - loads KW - vitamin E KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hemolysis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831450106&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Jejunum is more important than terminal ileum for taurocholate absorption in rats. AU - McClintock, C. AU - Shiau, Y. F. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 244 IS - 5 SP - G507 EP - G514 SN - 0002-9513 AD - McClintock, C.: Gastrointestinal Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Philadelphia, PA 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831450188. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Registry Number: 81-24-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The terminal ileum is considered the major site of bile salt absorption but analysis of earlier studies shows that ileal active transport cannot account for total bile salt recovery. To reevaluate bile salt absorption in rats, four preparations and physiological bile salt concentrations were used. Studies with intestinal sacs showed that, above critical micellar concentration, uptake of taurocholate (TC) was equal in both jejunum and ileum and linear with respect to concentration. A similar pattern was observed in studies of mucosal-to-serosal TC transport using a flux chamber. Studies in anaesthetized rats showed about 30% of TC absorbed from proximal jejunum and appearing in bile when the bolus had traversed only half the intestine. In unanaesthetized fed rats, 60% of TC appeared in bile before the bolus reached distal ileum. Because luminal concentrations of TC are highest proximally, passive absorption by the proximal intestine is mainly responsible for conserving TC within the enterohepatic circulation. Ileal active transport is more efficient at low concentrations and absorbs the TC remaining after proximal absorption. KW - absorption KW - ileum KW - jejunum KW - taurocholic acid KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831450188&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Chronic effects of caerulein and secretin on the endocrine pancreas of the rat. AU - Yamada, T. AU - Brunstedt, J. AU - Solomon, T. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 244 IS - 5 SP - G541 EP - G545 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Yamada, T.: Center for Ulcer Research and Education, Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Center, UCLA School of Medicine, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831450190. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 9007-49-2, 9007-92-5, 9004-10-8, 1393-25-5, 51110-01-1, 17650-98-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Secretin and cerulein increase pancreatic somatostatin content when given chronically to rats. Pancreatic somatostatin content was increased from 0.25 to 0.41 nmol/pancreas in rats treated for 10 days with cerulein 1 mu g/kg and secretin 100 mu g/kg every 8 h. Somatostatin content in isolated rat pancreatic islets cultured for 10 days in medium containing cerulein and secretin 10-9 M was also increased (2.5 to 3.6 fmol/islet), although islet DNA content was unchanged. Small increases in glucagon content were observed in both systems, but insulin content was not changed. Isolated perfused pancreases from peptide-treated rats and islets cultured in medium containing the two peptides exhibited significantly greater somatostatin responses to 5 mM glucose and 20 mM theophylline. Insulin responses to glucose and theophylline stimulation were not changed, although basal accumulation of insulin was greater in islet cultures with added cerulein and secretin. The results suggest that cerulein and secretin have direct actions on islet hormone synthesis with effects on hormone responses to stimulation. KW - administration KW - CERULETIDE KW - DNA KW - glucagon KW - insulin KW - pancreas KW - secretin KW - somatostatin KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - caerulein KW - cerulein KW - deoxyribonucleic acid KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831450190&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of dietary zinc on high-density lipoprotein synthesis. AU - Woo, W. AU - Gibbs, D. L. AU - Hooper, P. L. AU - Garry, P. J. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1983/// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 499 EP - 502 AD - Woo, W.: Albuquerque Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albuquerque, N.Mex. 87108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831450191. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For 12 weeks male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 60 g initially were given a diet with copper 15 and zinc 10, 20, 100 or 500 mg/kg. There was no significant difference among the groups in serum cholesterol, triglycerides and high-density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol. Incorporation of [35S]methionine into HDL-apoprotein decreased as dietary Zn increased. KW - high density lipoprotein KW - intake KW - synthesis KW - zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831450191&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Tissue chromium in the rat. AU - Verch, R. L. AU - Chu, R. AU - Wallach, S. AU - Peabody, R. A. AU - Jain, R. AU - Hannan, E. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1983/// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 531 EP - 540 AD - Verch, R. L.: Medical and Research Services, Albany Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albany, NY 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831450195. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Registry Number: 7440-47-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Chromium in rat tissues, estimated by simplified flameless atomic absorption spectrophotometry, ranged from 3 ng/g in heart to 30.6 ng/g in spleen. There were unaccountably large variations in Cr values in certain tissues of rats of different shipments. In rats given Cr 1140 mu g/ml drinking water for 7 weeks there were 20- to 30-fold increases in tissue Cr values. KW - chromium KW - tissues KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831450195&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Animal model of aluminum-induced osteomalacia: role of chronic renal failure. AU - Robertson, J. A. AU - Felsenfeld, A. J. AU - Haygood, C. C. AU - Wilson, P. AU - Clarke, C. AU - Llach, F. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1983/// VL - 23 IS - 2 SP - 327 EP - 335 SN - 0085-2538 AD - Robertson, J. A.: Nephrology Section (111G), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 921 NE 13th Street, Oklahoma City, Okla. 73104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831450471. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: French. Number of References: 34 ref. Registry Number: 7429-90-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats were divided into 5 groups: normal (N); low dose aluminium (LDA), 0.1 mg intraperitoneally (IP) daily; high dose Al (HDA), 1.0 mg IP daily; chronic renal failure (CRF); and chronic renal failure plus high dose Al (CRF-HDA). At the end of the study, there was no difference between N and LDA rats. Among the other groups, differences were observed. Compared with N rats, the relative osteoid volume and the osteoid seam width were increased in HDA, CRF and CRF-HDA rats. Percentage resorption and osteoclasts/mm2 were increased in CRF rats and decreased in HDA rats. Compared with N rats, the amino terminal parathyrin was decreased in HDA rats despite the presence of hypocalcaemia. The findings suggest that Al toxicity produces osteomalacia; relative parathyrin deficiency may be a contributory factor; chronic renal failure increases the severity of aluminium-induced osteomalacia; and chronic renal failure alone does not result in osteomalacia. KW - aetiology KW - aluminium KW - osteomalacia KW - renal failure KW - roles KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aluminum KW - causal agents KW - etiology KW - kidney failure KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831450471&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Dietary tryptophan supplementation prevents proteinuria in the seven-eights nephrectomized rat. AU - Kaysen, G. A. AU - Kropp, J. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1983/// VL - 23 IS - 3 SP - 473 EP - 479 SN - 0085-2538 AD - Kaysen, G. A.: Dep. Medicine, Martinez Veterans Administration Hospital, 150 Muir Road, Martinez, Calif. 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831450479. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: French. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 73-22-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Seven-eighths nephrectomized rats fed on a diet supplemented with 4% tryptophan (UT) had an albumin excretion rate in urine of 0.055 plus or minus 0.056 mg/100 g bodyweight h compared with 0.02 plus or minus 0.029 in control rats, whereas nephrectomized rats fed on a normal diet (UR) excreted 1.12 plus or minus 0.730 mg/100 g bodyweight h. Hypertension was also prevented in the UT group but not in the UR group. Once hypertension and proteinuria were established during maintenance on a normal diet, they were not reversed by subsequent dietary tryptophan supplement. If dietary tryptophan supplement was continued, however, the progressive histopathology which develops after seven-eighths nephrectomy was not prevented despite avoidance of proteinuria and hypertension. KW - nephrectomy KW - prevention KW - proteinuria KW - supplements KW - tryptophan KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831450479&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of severe zinc deficiency on activity of intestinal disaccharidases and 3-hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl coenzyme A reductase in the rat. AU - Gebhard, R. L. AU - Karouani, R. AU - Prigge, W. F. AU - McClain, C. J. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1983/// VL - 113 IS - 4 SP - 855 EP - 859 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Gebhard, R. L.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 54th Street and 48th Ave. South, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831450556. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 37250-24-1, 9028-35-7, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Specific activities of 5 enzymes were measured in intestinal mucosa of zinc-deficient rats and compared to activities in appropriate Zn-sufficient controls. Three disaccharidases were significantly reduced in Zn deficiency. Alkaline phosphatase, a Zn metalloenzyme, also showed reduced activity. Activity of 3-hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl coenzyme A reductase, the rate-limiting enzyme of cholesterol synthesis, was increased. It is possible that impaired carbohydrate digestion (reflected in disaccharidase activity) and even defective lipid absorption (reflected in reductase activity) may contribute to the poor nutrition and diarrhoea of Zn deficiency. KW - deficiency KW - disaccharidases KW - hydroxymethylglutaryl-CoA reductase KW - intestines KW - zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831450556&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Aluminum is associated with low bone formation in patients receiving chronic parenteral nutrition. AU - Ott, S. M. AU - Maloney, N. A. AU - Klein, G. L. AU - Alfrey, A. C. AU - Ament, M. E. AU - Coburn, J. W. AU - Sherrard, D. J. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1983/// VL - 98 IS - 6 SP - 910 EP - 914 SN - 0003-4819 AD - Ott, S. M.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, Wash., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831450564. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 7429-90-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Public Health N2 - Patients treated with chronic total parenteral nutrition may develop metabolic bone disease. When 22 bone biopsy specimens from 16 patients were compared with those of age- and sex-matched normal controls, the patients' specimens had significantly more osteoid area and less total bone area and bone formation rate, as measured by double tetracycline labels. Aluminium was found in specimens from 14 patients receiving casein hydrolysate but not in those from 2 receiving amino acids as their nitrogen source. The decreased bone formation was correlated inversely with the logarithm of the Al value. Al was found at the surface of mineralized bone; tetracycline uptake was absent at those sites. The bone findings are similar to those from aluminium-intoxicated patients on haemodialysis. Both groups also have low parathyrin values. KW - aetiology KW - aluminium KW - diets KW - Nutrition KW - osteodystrophy KW - parenteral feeding KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aluminium and low bone formation KW - aluminum KW - causal agents KW - etiology KW - parenteral KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831450564&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of exorphins on gastrointestinal function, hormonal release, and appetite. AU - Morley, J. E. AU - Levine, A. S. AU - Yamada, T. AU - Gebhard, R. L. AU - Prigge, W. F. AU - Shafer, R. B. AU - Goetz, F. C. AU - Silvis, S. E. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 84 IS - 6 SP - 1517 EP - 1523 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Morley, J. E.: Neuroendocrine Research Lab (111G), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831450877. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 51 ref. Registry Number: 8002-80-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Peptic digestion of gluten results in the production of substances with opiatelike activity in bio- and receptor estimations. Those substances have been termed exorphins. The effect of gluten, hydrolysed gluten and hydrolysed gluten plus the opiate blocker naloxone on hormonal values, gastrointestinal transit time, small bowel mucosal integrity and satiety was studied. Hydrolysed gluten prolonged intestinal transit time and that effect was reversed by concomitant naloxone. Hydrolysed gluten also produced a naloxone-reversible increase in plasma somatostatinlike activity, which may have been responsible for the delayed transit time. No effect of the "exorphins" on serum gastrin, cortisol, carbohydrate metabolism or small bowel mucosal integrity was seen. Although studies have suggested a role for endogenous opiates in appetite regulation, no effect of "exorphins" on the amount of energy ingested or on the perception of satiety was observed KW - activity KW - appetite KW - derivatives KW - digestive tract KW - gluten KW - hormones KW - roles KW - secretions KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gastrointestinal tract KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831450877&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Anorexia after adrenalectomy in gold thioglucose-treated obese mice. AU - Debons, A. F. AU - Das, K. C. AU - Fuhr, B. AU - Siclari, E. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1983/// VL - 112 IS - 5 SP - 1847 EP - 1851 AD - Debons, A. F.: Nuclear Medicine Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Downstate Medical Center, Brooklyn, NY 11209, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19831450951. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of adrenalectomy on food intake, weight gain, plasma glucose, and corticosterone levels were studied in normal untreated controls and gold thioglucose (GTG)-treated hyperphagic obese mice. Adrenalectomy of normal untreated mice was followed by a transient reduction in food intake and bodyweight with a return, after about 7 days, to levels which paralleled those of untreated sham-operated mice. Plasma corticosterone levels were significantly depressed in all untreated adrenalectomized mice. Plasma glucose levels were not affected by adrenalectomy. Adrenalectomy of GTG-treated hyperphagic obese mice was followed by a sudden and persistent drop in food intake (anorexia) and bodyweight. These mice were unable to maintain their bodyweight. Despite this condition, the mice did not seem to be physically debilitated until a short time (6 to 12 h) before death which was preceded by a period of severe hypoglycaemia. KW - adrenalectomy KW - anorexia KW - obesity KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - inappetence KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19831450951&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Acute miliary blastomycosis after 'short-course' corticosteroid treatment. AU - Berger, R. AU - Kraman, S. JO - Archives of Internal Medicine JF - Archives of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1981/// VL - 141 IS - 9 SP - 1223 EP - 1225 SN - 0003-9926 AD - Berger, R.: Veterans Administration Med. Center, Lexington, Ky. 40511, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811377498. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Registry Number: 1397-89-3. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A case is reported in a previous healthy 48-yr-old man who had received oral prednisone, 30 mg/day for 12 days, following admission to hospital suffering from monoarticular arthralgias. Findings from fungal serological examinations disclosed a Blastomyces titre of 1:8 and a Histoplasma titre (yeast phase) of 1:8. Following open lung biopsy, pulmonary blastomycosis was diagnosed. Cultures of lung tissue and sputum yielded B. dermatitidis. Therapy with amphotericin B (total dose 1.85 g) was successful. KW - amphotericin B KW - effects KW - lungs KW - steroids KW - therapy KW - usage KW - Kentucky KW - USA KW - Blastomyces dermatitidis KW - man KW - Blastomyces KW - Ajellomycetaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - Appalachian States of USA KW - Southern States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - East South Central States of USA KW - fungus KW - therapeutics KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811377498&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Histoplasmosis in normal hosts. AU - Goodwin, R. A. AU - Loyd, J. E. AU - Des Prez, R. M. JO - Medicine JF - Medicine Y1 - 1981/// VL - 60 IS - 4 SP - 231 EP - 266 AD - Goodwin, R. A.: Pulmonary Dis. Sect., Veterans Administration Med. Center, Nashville, Tenn. 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811377865. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 290 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - This review includes discussion of the history of histoplasmosis; mycology, habitat and epidemiology and the airborne spore of Histoplasma capsulatum; infection, pathogenesis, pathology, immunity, asymptomatic infections, symptomatic infections, reinfections, roentgenographic manifestations, physical findings, laboratory findings and diagnosis in histoplasmosis in normal hosts; complications of histoplasmosis in normal hosts, including bronchial and tracheal obstruction, pericarditis, mediastinal granuloma, mediastinal fibrosis, broncholithiasis, oesophageal disturbances, sinuses and fistulas, pleural effusion and pulmonary nodules; treatment. KW - reviews KW - Histoplasma capsulatum KW - man KW - Ajellomyces KW - Ajellomycetaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Histoplasma KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - Ajellomyces capsulatus KW - fungus KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811377865&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Invasive fungal infections in patients with chronic mucocutaneous candidiasis. AU - Kauffman, C. A. AU - Shea, M. J. AU - Frame, P. T. JO - Archives of Internal Medicine JF - Archives of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1981/// VL - 141 IS - 8 SP - 1076 EP - 1078 SN - 0003-9926 AD - Kauffman, C. A.: Med. Service, Veterans Administration Med. Center, Ann Arbor, Mich. 48105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811377878. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 8 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Cases are described in a 27-yr-old man who died from Candida albicans meningitis and a 21-yr-old women who died from Cryptococcus neoformans meningitis. The cases of 4 other patients with chronic mucocutaneous candidosis and invasive fungal infection reported in the literature are discussed. Three of these had C. neoformans infection and 1 had disseminated Histoplasma capsulatum infection. Immunological profiles on these 6 patients revealed no differences from those of other patients with chronic mucocutaneous candidosis without invasive fungal infection. Three of the 4 patients who received amphotericin B survived. KW - chronic mucocutaneous candidosis KW - USA KW - Candida albicans KW - Cryptococcus neoformans KW - Histoplasma capsulatum KW - man KW - Ajellomyces KW - Ajellomycetaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Candida KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Cryptococcus (Fungi) KW - Tremellaceae KW - Tremellales KW - Tremellomycetes KW - Agaricomycotina KW - Basidiomycota KW - Histoplasma KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - Ajellomyces capsulatus KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811377878&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Streptomyces albus: a new cause of hypersensitivity pneumonitis. AU - Kagen, S. L. AU - Fink, J. N. AU - Schleuter, D. P. AU - Kurup, V. P. AU - Fruchtman, R. B. JO - Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology JF - Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology Y1 - 1981/// VL - 68 IS - 4 SP - 295 EP - 299 SN - 0091-6749 AD - Kagen, S. L.: Wood Veterans Administration Med. Center, Milwaukee, Wis. 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811379039. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A case is reported in a 31-yr-old man, whose job involved contact with soil fertilizer. A biopsy revealed the typical appearance of hypersensitivity pneumonitis and the patient gave a positive reaction to inhalation challenge with S. albus. KW - hypersensitivity KW - immunology KW - USA KW - man KW - Streptomyces albus KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Streptomyces KW - Streptomycetaceae KW - Streptomycineae KW - Actinomycetales KW - Actinobacteridae KW - Actinobacteria KW - Bacteria KW - prokaryotes KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - allergic responses KW - bacterium KW - hypersensitiveness KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811379039&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Progressive disseminated histoplasmosis: favorable response to ketoconazole. AU - Hawkins, S. S. AU - Gregory, D. W. AU - Alford, R. H. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1981/// VL - 95 IS - 4 SP - 446 EP - 449 SN - 0003-4819 AD - Hawkins, S. S.: Infectious Diseases Sect., Veterans Administration Med. Center, Nashville, Tenn., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811379056. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 65277-42-1. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Cases are reported in 4 patients with disseminated Histoplasma capsulatum infections, who were treated with ketoconazole (200-400 mg daily for 1 yr). All patients improved markedly during therapy, with resolution of symptoms, decreasing liver and spleen size and wt. gain; resolution of oral ulcers occurred in the 2 patients in whom they were present. KW - disseminated infections KW - ketoconazole KW - therapy KW - usage KW - Tennessee KW - USA KW - Histoplasma capsulatum KW - man KW - Ajellomyces KW - Ajellomycetaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Histoplasma KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - Appalachian States of USA KW - Southern States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - East South Central States of USA KW - Ajellomyces capsulatus KW - fungus KW - therapeutics KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811379056&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Aortotomy site infections: case presentation and review of the literature. AU - Middleton, J. AU - Chmel, H. AU - Tecson, F. AU - Sarkaria, J. S. AU - Neville, W. E. JO - American Journal of the Medical Sciences JF - American Journal of the Medical Sciences Y1 - 1980/// VL - 279 IS - 2 SP - 105 EP - 109 SN - 0002-9629 AD - Middleton, J.: Infectious Diseases Sect., Veterans Administration Med. Center, East Orange, NJ 07019, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811379072. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - A case of Aspergillus fumigatus infection involving an aortotomy site with multiple peripheral emboli following implantation of an aortic valve prosthesis for rheumatic heart disease is described in a 49-yr-old man. The patient died despite surgical removal of the fungal vegetations. Eleven aortotomy site infections described in the literature are reviewed, which included 8 fungal infections (1 A. fumigatus, 2 Candida albicans, 1 C. stellatoidea, 1 A. sp., 2 A. flavus and 1 Mucor sp.). KW - effects KW - heart KW - surgery KW - USA KW - Aspergillus fumigatus KW - man KW - Aspergillus KW - Trichocomaceae KW - Eurotiales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811379072&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Metabolic obesity ? AU - Bondy, P. K. T2 - New England Journal of Medicine JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1980/// VL - 303 IS - 18 SP - 1057 EP - 1058 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Bondy, P. K.: West Haven Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, CT 06516, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811418731. Publication Type: Editorial. Language: English. Number of References: 2 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The findings described in the preceding abst., their possible effect on hypothalamic regulatory mechanisms and some clinical applications are discussed. KW - hypothalamus KW - obesity KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - hypothalamic regulatory mechanism and metabolic obesity KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811418731&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Aldosterone receptor measurements during changes in dietary sodium. AU - Grekin, R. J. AU - Sider, R. S. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1981/// VL - 108 IS - 1 SP - 109 EP - 112 AD - Grekin, R. J.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 2215 Fuller Road, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811419828. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 52-39-1, 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 150 to 250 g were adrenalectomized or left intact and given a diet low in sodium and water to drink or a stock diet and 1% saline to replace water. In subsequent experiments, adrenalectomized rats were given 20 mu g aldosterone intraperitoneally 1, 2 or 4 h before they were killed. Five separate cytosols were prepared from the kidney and were incubated without or with aldosterone 2 X 10-9 M for 40 min. Changes in Na intake had no effect on number or affinity of Type 1 aldosterone receptors in kidney cytosol of adrenalectomized rats. Intact rats had fewer receptors after the low-Na diet than after the high-Na diet; the decrease in receptor number was significantly correlated with the corresponding increase in serum aldosterone. In adrenalectomized rats, aldosterone injection decreased receptor number; serum aldosterone was correlated inversely with receptor number. KW - aldosterone KW - sodium KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - sodium intake and aldosterone receptors KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811419828&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Development of standards for rapid assessment of nutritional status: Colombian children. AU - Dahners, H. W. AU - Barac-Nieto, M. AU - Spurr, G. B. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1981/// VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 110 EP - 112 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Dahners, H. W.: Research Service/151A, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wood (Milwaukee), Wis. 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811420472. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 3 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A method is described for deriving polynomial equations to describe bodyweight-for-age, height-for-age and bodyweight-for-height for children 6 to 16 years old, using data for children in Colombia. KW - children KW - nutritional state KW - Colombia KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Andean Group KW - Developing Countries KW - Latin America KW - America KW - South America KW - estimation of nutritional state of Colombian children KW - nutritional status KW - Diet Studies (VV110) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811420472&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Consuming capacity for single meals in humans after a 24-hour fast. AU - Moore, J. G. AU - Nell, B. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1981/// VL - 80 IS - 2 SP - 344 EP - 348 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Moore, J. G.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 500 Foothill Drive, Salt Lake City, Utah 84148, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811420488. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Free-choice and access meals were repeatedly taken by 5 healthy men who also got by vein and intraduodenally saline and glucose and by vein autologous plasma which had been previously obtained from the subjects after feeding or fasting. Each subject had 11 meals altogether. Liquid and solid food intakes were measured with each meal. No significant mean difference in food intake was seen between the different paths of administration, hence, food intake for all meals was combined for the 5 subjects. Significant individual differences in food intakes were found which could not be correlated with body size, gastric emptying rates or with the capacity to secrete gastric acid. KW - fasting KW - food intake KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - food consumption capacity after one day's fasting KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811420488&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Sodium fluoride for osteoporosis - some unanswered questions. AU - Baylink, D. J. AU - Ivey, J. L. T2 - Journal of the American Medical Association JO - Journal of the American Medical Association JF - Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1980/// VL - 243 IS - 5 SP - 463 EP - 464 AD - Baylink, D. J.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Tacoma, Wash., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811420655. Publication Type: Editorial. Language: English. Registry Number: 16984-48-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The response to and side-effects of treatment with sodium fluoride in patients with osteoporosis are discussed with reference to the findings reported in the preceding abst. and it is concluded that, because of individual reaction of osteoporotic patients to NaF, such treatment should continue to be restricted to investigational use. KW - fluoride KW - osteoporosis KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fluoride treatment KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811420655&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fatty acid synthesis in vivo and hepatic contribution to whole-body lipogenic rates in obese Zucker rats. AU - Kannan, R. AU - Learn, D. B. AU - Baker, N. AU - Elovson, J. JO - Lipids JF - Lipids Y1 - 1980/// VL - 15 IS - 12 SP - 993 EP - 998 SN - 0024-4201 AD - Kannan, R.: Tumor-Lipid Lab., Research Service, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811421276. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The claim by Godbole and York (NAR/A 48, 8856), based on the effect of surgical hepatectomy, that liver contributed more than 90% of the newly synthesized fatty acids (FA) in adipose tissue of obese rats at the end of a 1-h pulse of 3H2O was re-examined. The amount of newly synthesized FA transported via plasma very-low-density lipoprotein (VLDL) from liver to adipose tissue was estimated in lean and obese Zucker rats by measuring the effects of Triton WR-1339, which blocks the uptake of VLDL triglyceride fatty acids into tissues. Triton treatment did not cause any significant cnange in the amount of radioactive FA found in subcutaneous/perimetrial fat tissues, carcass or liver in stock diet-fed or high-glucose, fed-refed lean or obese rats, although in tne fed-refed state the proportion in the liver was increased over that in the groups on stock diet. The amounts of newly made FA which accumulated in the plasma of Triton-treated, stock diet-fed and glucose-fed rats during that period constituted only a few percent of those in the adipose tissue of those rats. Thus, in contrast to the claims of Godbole and York, no significant transfer of newly made FA from liver to adipose tissue occurs during a 1-h experiment; it follows that the amounts of those FA in different tissues at the end of that period are valid measurements of their actual lipogenic activities in situ. It is suggested that the Godbole and York results are artifacts of their surgical hepatectomy procedure. KW - fatty acids KW - lipogenesis KW - obesity KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - fatty acid formation and hepatic contribution to total body lipogenesis in obesity KW - lipid formation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811421276&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Spectrophotofluorometry of serotonin in blood platelets. AU - Vatassery, G. T. AU - Sheridan, M. A. AU - Krezowski, A. M. JO - Clinical Chemistry JF - Clinical Chemistry Y1 - 1981/// VL - 27 IS - 2 SP - 328 EP - 330 SN - 0009-9147 AD - Vatassery, G. T.: Neurology and Geriatric Research Education and Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 54th St. and 48th Ave. South, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811421291. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 50-67-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - platelets KW - serotonin KW - 5-HT KW - 5-hydroxytryptamine KW - blood platelets KW - estimation of platelet serotonin KW - thrombocytes KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811421291&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Plasma norepinephrine levels are influenced by sodium intake, glucocorticoid administration, and circadian changes in normal man. AU - Stene, M. AU - Panagiotis, N. AU - Tuck, M. L. AU - Sowers, J. R. AU - Mayes, D. AU - Berg, G. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1980/// VL - 51 IS - 6 SP - 1340 EP - 1345 SN - 0021-972X AD - Stene, M.: Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, 16111 Plummer Street, Sepulveda, Calif. 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811421867. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 51-40-1, 51-41-2, 69815-49-2, 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The influences were examined of factors that may contribute to blood pressure regulation, including sodium homeostasis, corticotropin (ACTH) and circadian rhythm, on plasma norepinephrine (NE) values in normal man. Basal supine NE values and their response to 2 h of upright posture were examined in 8 subjects given for 5 days a diet with Na 20, 120 or 200 mEq. Na depletion increased and Na loading decreased basal supine plasma NE. Low-, but not high-, Na diets had a significant effect on plasma NE responses to upright posture. However, more acute Na loading, with isotonic saline infusion for 4 h, had no effect on plasma NE. ACTH (40 U by muscle for 31 days) had no significant effect on supine and upright plasma NE. However, dexamethasone (0.5 mg by mouth 4 times daily for 3 days) depressed basal NE and its response to upright posture. Nocturnal and daytime recumbent secretory patterns of NE and blood pressure were also estimated at 20-min intervals in 9 subjects with polygraphic monitoring to determine stages of sleep. Mean plasma NE values were lowest at 0400 to 0600 h (125 to 150 pg/ml), increased abruptly before awakening, and reached peak concentrations at 0900 h (340 pg/ml). All subjects had 7 or more secretory peaks, most occurring between 0600 to 1800 h. Nocturnal secretion of NE was not related to rapid eye movement and non-rapid eye movement sleep but was correlated with mean arterial pressure. KW - glucocorticoids KW - norepinephrine KW - sodium KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - noradrenaline KW - sodium and glucocorticoids on plasma norepinephrine KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811421867&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Urea synthesis by perfused rat liver in experimental uremia. AU - Perez, G. AU - Rietberg, B. AU - Owens, B. AU - Parker, T. AU - Obaya, H. AU - Schiff, E. JO - Nutrition and Metabolism JF - Nutrition and Metabolism Y1 - 1980/// VL - 24 IS - 6 SP - 409 EP - 416 AD - Perez, G.: Dialysis Unit (111C), Veterans Administration Medicine Center, 1201 NW 16th Street, Miami, FL 33125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811421902. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 57-13-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Urea synthesis was examined in experimental uraemia with the isolated perfused rat liver to assure strict control of substrate (NH4Cl) presented to the liver. Acute uraemia was created in female Sprague-Dawley rats by bilateral nephrectomy 48 h before studies. Chronic uraemia (8 to 14 weeks) was produced by right nephrectomy and segmental infarction of the left kidney in 7 rats. At infusion rates of NH4Cl (8.3 mu mol/min) which resulted in prehepatic perfusate ammonia values about twice the previously described Km value, livers of chronically uraemic rats had slightly higher rates of urea production than controls. In acute uraemia, urea production was slightly higher, 0.66 mu mol/min g, than in sham-operated rats, 0.59 mu mol/min g. Simultaneous taurocholate transport studies did not reveal significant functional differences between the livers of uraemic and those of control rats. KW - uraemia KW - urea KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - azotaemia KW - azotemia KW - urea formation by liver in uraemia KW - uremia KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811421902&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Dietary modification of UV-induced epidermal ornithine decarboxylase. AU - Peterson, A. O., Jr AU - McCann, V. AU - Black, H. S. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 75 IS - 5 SP - 408 EP - 410 SN - 0022-202X AD - Peterson, A. O., Jr: Photobiology Lab., Bldg. 203, Rm 118, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Houston, Tex. 77211, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811421926. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 9024-60-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of several dietary antioxidant supplements on ultraviolet light-induced ornithine decarboxylase (EC 4.1.1.17) activity was studied. Hairless mice received diets supplemented with butylated hydroxytoluene, disulfiram, phenobarbital, glutathione (reduced), or a special antioxidant mixture for 2 weeks before irradiation with FS-20 fluorescent sun lamps. Epidermal ornithine decarboxylase activity, the induction of which is thought to be a necessary component of skin tumour promotion, was estimated at designated times after irradiation. Significant inhibition of ornithine decarboxylase induction was found in epidermis from mice on diets containing butylated hydroxytoluene, the antioxidant mixture or disulfiram whereas no significant effects were noted on reduced glutathione or phenobarbital. Butylated hydroxytoluene, at physiological concentrations, had no effect on ornithine decarboxylase activity when added directly to the reaction mixture. Nor did this compound, when provided in the diet of mice, evoke a notable effect on 12-0-tetra-decanoylphorbol-13-acetate-induced ornithine decarboxylase. The latter finding suggests that dietary butylated hydroxytoluene inhibition of ultraviolet light-induced ornithine decarboxylase is a response related directly to the degree of irradiation insult rather than a general effect on the processes associated with carcinogenic promotion. KW - antioxidants KW - epidermis KW - ornithine decarboxylase KW - skin KW - tumours KW - ultraviolet radiation KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - antioxidants on ultraviolet-induced epidermal ornithine decarboxylase and skin tumours KW - dermis KW - tumors KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811421926&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Enhancement of dimethylnitrosamine metabolism and activation to a mutagen following chronic ethanol consumption. AU - Garro, A. J. AU - Seitz, H. K. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Cancer Research JF - Cancer Research Y1 - 1981/// VL - 41 IS - 1 SP - 120 EP - 124 AD - Garro, A. J.: Dep. Microbiology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, N.Y., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811422365. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 46 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 62-75-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Chronic ethanol intake by rats results in an increase in hepatic microsomal dimethylnitrosamine (DMN) demethylase activity and in an increase in hepatic microsomal activation of DMN to a mutagen. The effects of ethanol on DMN metabolism were detectable in vitro at DMN concentrations as low as 0.3 to 1 mM and as high as 100 mM. This ability of ethanol to increase the rate of DMN metabolism over such a broad range of DMN concentrations is in contrast to the effects of other microsomal enzyme inducers, such as phenobarbital and 3-methylcholanthrene, which increase the rate of DMN metabolism only at relatively high DMN concentrations and repress its metabolism at low DMN concentrations. KW - ethanol KW - mutagens KW - N-NITROSODIMETHYLAMINE KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dimethylnitrosamine KW - ethanol on mutagenicity of dimethylnitrosamine KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811422365&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of chronic ethanol consumption on leucine absorption in the rat small intestine. AU - Hajjar, J. J. AU - Tomicic, T. AU - Scheig, R. L. JO - Digestion JF - Digestion Y1 - 1981/// VL - 22 IS - 4 SP - 170 EP - 176 SN - 0012-2823 AD - Hajjar, J. J.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 555 Willard Ave., Newington, CT 06111, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811423160. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 61-90-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 150 to 160 g were given ethanol in drinking water increasing from 10 to 20% during 2 weeks and then kept at 20% for the subsequent 5 weeks so that ethanol supplied about 30% of total energy intake. In the second experiment rats were given a diet with carbohydrate to supply 47% of total energy without or with 36% of carbohydrate replaced by ethanol to supply the same amount of energy for 7 weeks. The rats were then deprived of food for 18 h and the small intestine was perfused with Krebs bicarbonate solution containing [14C]leucine. Total leucine absorption by the entire intestine was not inhibited by ethanol but specific absorption per dry weight of mucosa was increased in rats given ethanol. The intestine of rats given ethanol was shorter and thinner than that of controls given a stock diet freely but its absorptive capacity was maintained by functional adaptation, probably by a mechanism similar to that which occurs during semistarvation. KW - ethanol KW - leucine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethanol on leucine absorption KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811423160&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of insulin and glucagon on the uptake of amino acids from arterial blood by canine ileum. AU - Weber, F. L., Jr. AU - Veach, G. L. AU - Friedman, D. W. JO - Digestive Diseases and Sciences JF - Digestive Diseases and Sciences Y1 - 1981/// VL - 26 IS - 2 SP - 113 EP - 118 SN - 0163-2116 AD - Weber, F. L., Jr.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Medical Service, Cooper Drive Division, Lexington, Ky. 40511, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811423318. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Acute effects of intra-arterial insulin and glucagon were evaluated in intact, luminally cleansed ileal segments in anaesthetized, starved dogs. Insulin significantly increased the ileal uptake of valine, isoleucine, leucine, tyrosine, threonine and serine from arterial blood; uptake of those amino acids was about doubled 45 min after the end of the insulin infusion. Insulin had no effect on glucose uptake or release. Glucagon decreased ileal glutamate release into mesenteric venous blood 45 min after the end of infusion but the uptake or release of other amino acids and ammonia was not changed. Glucagon did increase mesenteric blood flow acutely and caused a net release of glucose into mesenteric venous blood. The results indicate that insulin and glucagon directly change metabolism of the ileum in vivo. KW - amino acids KW - arteries KW - blood KW - glucagon KW - ileum KW - insulin KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - insulin and glucagon on amino acid uptake from arterial blood by ileum KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811423318&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Progression of changes in gastric emptying of hypertonic liquids after proximal gastric vagotomy. An experimental study. AU - Gleysteen, J. J. AU - Kalbfleisch, J. H. JO - Digestive Diseases and Sciences JF - Digestive Diseases and Sciences Y1 - 1981/// VL - 26 IS - 2 SP - 119 EP - 123 SN - 0163-2116 AD - Gleysteen, J. J.: Surgical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wood, Wis. 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811423319. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Gastric emptying rates of hypertonic, 10%, glucose liquid meals were studied in 5 dogs before and 3, 6 and 12 months after proximal gastric vagotomy (PGV) without drainage. An increased rate of emptying during the first 5 min after ingestion was seen at 3 months after PGV, which significantly increased after 6 and 12 months. The remainder of the meal after PGV emptied at a regulated exponential rate unchanged throughout the year after operation from its rate before operation. Total volumes of gastric aspirate at 4 intervals after meal ingestion did not significantly change during the 4 test periods in respect to endogenous secretion or pH. KW - liquid diets KW - stomach KW - stomach emptying KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gastric emptying of hypertonic liquids after proximal gastric vagotomy KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811423319&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Properties of folic acid gamma -glutamyl hydrolase (conjugase) in rat bile and plasma. AU - Horne, D. W. AU - Krumdieck, C. L. AU - Wagner, C. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1981/// VL - 111 IS - 3 SP - 442 EP - 449 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Horne, D. W.: Biochemistry Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Nashville, TN 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811423360. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The properties of folic acid gamma -glutamyl hydrolase (conjugase ; EC 3.4.22.12) in rat bile and plasma were studied. Conjugase activity in bile showed two pH optima 4.5 to 5.0 and 6.7 to 7.5. The enzyme activity in plasma had a broad pH pattern with an optimum at pH 6.2 to 7.5. Conjugase activity from bile and plasma was inhibited in the presence of the sulphydryl reagent, p-hydroxymercuriphenylsulphonate and stimulated in the presence of 2-mercaptoethanol. Conjugase activity in bile was inhibited by Zn2+ at pH 7.5 but not at pH 4.5 and was much more stable to heat at pH 4.5. No separation of the biliary conjugase activity measured at the two different pH values was obtained by Sephadex G-150 chromatography. Secretion of biliary conjugase was constant during 6 h when activity was estimated at pH 4.5 or 7.5. The enzyme in bile converted pteroyltriglutamate to a mixture of about 5% glutamate and 95% gamma -glutamylglutamate at either pH, whereas the enzyme in plasma produced 23% glutamate and 77% gamma -glutamylglutamate. The possible contribution of biliary conjugase to intestinal absorption of folate polyglutamates is discussed. KW - bile KW - enzymes KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gall KW - properties of gamma-glutamyl hydrolase in bile and plasma KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811423360&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The prevention of alcoholic fatty liver using dietary supplements: dihydroxyacetone, pyruvate and riboflavin compared to arachidonic acid in pair-fed rats. AU - Goheen, S. C. AU - Pearson, E. E. AU - Larkin, E. C. AU - Rao, G. A. JO - Lipids JF - Lipids Y1 - 1981/// VL - 16 IS - 1 SP - 43 EP - 51 SN - 0024-4201 AD - Goheen, S. C.: Hematology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811423422. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats were fed for 30 days on a high-fat liquid ethanol diet with dihydroxyacetone, pyruvate and riboflavin added as supplements (AMA-). Plasma triglyceride (TG) values were 6 times as much in those rats as in those fed on alcohol without the supplements (AA-). The liver TG content in rats on the AMA- diet was similar to that of rats on a control diet in which alcohol was replaced with glucose to supply the same amount of energy. Livers of rats on the AA- diet had 3 times as much TG as controls. Alcohol ingestion also increased the hepatic content of cholesteryl esters (CE) and phospholipids (PL). Those lipids were reduced to values in livers of rats on the control diet when dihydroxyacetone, pyruvate and riboflavin were included in the alcohol diet. The fatty acid compositions of TG, CE and PL from livers of rats on the AMA- diet were similar to those of corresponding lipids from rats on the control diet but differed from compositions when on the AA- diet. Regardless of the diet eaten, TG had the same fatty acid composition in plasma and liver. The same was true of PL fatty acid composition. The fatty acid composition of CE differed between liver and plasma. The major fatty acid in liver CE was 18:1 whereas in plasma it was arachidonic acid (20:4). Reduced fatty liver was observed in an earlier study when rats were fed to appetite on an ethanol diet containing 20:4. Dihydroxyacetone, pyruvate and riboflavin did not prevent alcohol-induced fatty liver when 20:4 was included in the AMA- diet. KW - alcoholism KW - fatty liver KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dietary prevention of alcoholic fatty liver KW - fatty liver disease KW - fatty liver syndrome KW - steatosis KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811423422&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Mechanisms of intestinal fat absorption. AU - Shiau, Y. F. T2 - American Journal of Physiology JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1981/// VL - 240 IS - 1 SP - G1 EP - G9 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Shiau, Y. F.: Gastroenterology Section, Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Philadelphia, PA 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811423459. Publication Type: Editorial. Language: English. Number of References: 72 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - absorption KW - fat KW - intestines KW - reviews KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - review of mechanism of intestinal fat absorption KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811423459&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intestinal and metabolic effect of 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 in normal adult rat. AU - Lee, D. B. N. AU - Walling, M. M. AU - Levine, B. S. AU - Gafter, U. AU - Silis, V. AU - Hodsman, A. AU - Coburn, J. W. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1981/// VL - 240 IS - 1 SP - G90 EP - G96 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Lee, D. B. N.: Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Univ. California, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811423466. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) on intestinal 45Ca and [32P]phosphate uptake in normal and mineral- and vitamin D-replete adult rats was studied. 45Ca uptake by adult rat duodenum was stimulated by "physiological" doses of 1,25-DHCC. With increasing dosage of 1,25-DHCC, 45Ca uptake also became stimulated first in the colon and then in the jejunum and ileum. The increase in duodenal and jejunal 45Ca uptake was paralleled by an increase in [32P]phosphate uptake, but this parallelism was not always seen in the ileum and was never observed in the colon. The dissociated calcium and phosphate transport response to 1,25-DHCC stimulation in the colon was further confirmed by the estimation of transmural fluxes using a modified Ussing technique. The responses to 1,25-DHCC were similar to those in younger vitamin D-deficient rats. Supraphysiological doses of 1,25-DHCC caused weight loss in normal adult rats, whereas the same metabolite, even when given in large doses, resulted in weight gain in vitamin D-deficient rats. KW - CALCITRIOL KW - effects KW - metabolism KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811423466&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Renal toxicity of phosphate in rats. AU - Haut, L. L. AU - Alfrey, A. C. AU - Guggenheim, S. AU - Buddington, B. AU - Schrier, N. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1980/// VL - 17 IS - 6 SP - 722 EP - 731 SN - 0085-2538 AD - Haut, L. L.: Renal Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1055 Clermont Street, Denver, Colo. 80220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811423568. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: French. Number of References: 25 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To evaluate the mechanism by which phosphate induces renal injury, uninephrectomized, partly nephrectomized and intact rats were placed on dietary phosphorus intakes of between 0.5 and 2% for 18 weeks. None of the rats on a normal P intake (0.5%) had any abnormality. Of 6 intact rats on 1% P 4 had kidney calcium concentrations within the normal range, and only one showed any histological change. In contrast, all but one of the partial and uninephrectomized rats on 1% P had increased kidney Ca concentration, and 5 of the 6 studied had histological changes. The degree of calcification and histological change in the uninephrectomized rats on 1% P was similar to that in the intact rats on 2% P. Rats on 3% P plus disodium ethane-1-hydroxyl-1-diphosphonate (EHDP) had significantly less calcification and histological change than did rats on a similar diet without EHDP. KW - kidneys KW - phosphates KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - renal toxicity of phosphate KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811423568&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Prevention of age-related hypertriglyceridemia by caloric restriction and exercise training in the rat. AU - Reaven, G. M. AU - Reaven, E. P. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1981/// VL - 30 IS - 10 SP - 982 EP - 986 AD - Reaven, G. M.: Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811423892. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Plasma triglyceride concentrations were estimated in 3 experimental groups of rats as they grew from 1.5 to 12 months old. One group was kept sedentary and allowed food freely (control), the second was allowed to eat and exercise in a running wheel freely, and the third was restricted in food intake to maintain weight equal to that of the exercising rats. The exercise-trained and restricted rats gained less weight than did the controls, and the age-related increase in plasma triglyceride concentration in controls was abolished in the other 2 groups. Exercise training and energy restriction inhibited the increase in plasma insulin concentrations which occurred with age in the controls. KW - age KW - energy intake KW - exercise KW - hypertriglyceridaemia KW - underfeeding KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hypertriglyceridemia KW - prevention of age-related hypertriglyceridaemia by restricted energy intake and exercise KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811423892&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - High density lipoprotein cholesterol and body composition of female runners. AU - Rotkis, T. AU - Boyden, T. W. AU - Pamenter, R. W. AU - Stanforth, P. AU - Wilmore, J. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1981/// VL - 30 IS - 10 SP - 994 EP - 995 AD - Rotkis, T.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tucson, Ariz. 85723, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811423893. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Body composition, plasma total cholesterol and high-density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol concentrations were estimated in 22 women participating in an endurance running programme before and after increasing their running by 30 miles weekly. Mean total bodyweight, fat weight and relative body fat showed significant decreases; mean lean weight increased. Mean HDL cholesterol increased by 5 mg/100 ml. Although increases of HDL cholesterol were correlated with increases in lean weight, exercise per se seems to increase HDL cholesterol of women. KW - athletes KW - body composition KW - cholesterol KW - lipoproteins KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - h.d. lipoprotein cholesterol and body composition of female runners KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811423893&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of cyanide on serum cobalamin and on cobalamin analogues when measured by radioassay using R-protein and intrinsic factor. AU - Rothenberg, S. P. JO - American Journal of Clinical Pathology JF - American Journal of Clinical Pathology Y1 - 1981/// VL - 75 IS - 1 SP - 75 EP - 79 SN - 0002-9173 AD - Rothenberg, S. P.: Section of Hematology/Oncology, Brooklyn Veterans Administration Medical Center, 800 Poly Place, Brooklyn, NY 11209, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811424512. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 12001-76-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The content of cyanide used to extract cobalamin from serum may account for some but not all of the differences observed when R-protein and intrinsic factor are used in the radioassay. Ranges must be established by each laboratory for the radioassay procedure used. KW - estimation KW - serum KW - vitamin B complex KW - vitamin B KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811424512&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastric acid and gastrin response to decaffeinated coffee and a peptone meal. AU - Feldman, E. J. AU - Isenberg, J. I. AU - Grossman, M. I. JO - Journal of the American Medical Association JF - Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1981/// VL - 246 IS - 3 SP - 248 EP - 250 AD - Feldman, E. J.: Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Bldg. 115, Room 115, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811424566. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Registry Number: 58-08-2, 9002-76-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Compared were 5 graded doses of decaffeinated coffee, 0.75, 1.5, 3.0, 6.0 and 12.0 g/100 ml, and a widely used protein test meal (Bacto-peptone) as stimulants of acid secretion estimated by intragastric titration and gastrin release in 8 healthy men. In each subject, for acid and gastrin, the sums of the responses to all 5 doses were greater to decaffeinated coffee than to peptone. The mean peak acid output in mmol/h was 18.5 to decaffeinated coffee and 14.7 to peptone, representing 70% and 55%, respectively, of the peak acid output to pentagastrin. The mean peak increment over basal rate in serum gastrin in pg/ml was 84.8 to decaffeinated coffee and 44.8 to peptone. At equal concentrations, decaffeinated coffee was a more potent stimulant of acid secretion and of gastrin release than peptone. The ingredient of decaffeinated coffee which accounts for its high potency in stimulating acid secretion and gastrin release has not been identified. KW - caffeine KW - coffee KW - gastric acid KW - gastrin KW - peptones KW - Coffea KW - Man KW - Rubiaceae KW - Rubiales KW - Gentianales KW - dicotyledons KW - angiosperms KW - Spermatophyta KW - plants KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - decaffeinated coffee and peptone on gastric acid and gastrin secretion KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811424566&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Methylmercury in populations eating large quantities of marine fish. AU - Turner, M. D. AU - Marsh, D. O. AU - Smith, J. C. AU - Inglis, J. B. AU - Clarkson, T. W. AU - Rubio, C. E. AU - Chiriboga, J. AU - Chiriboga, C. C. JO - Archives of Environmental Health JF - Archives of Environmental Health Y1 - 1980/// VL - 35 IS - 6 SP - 367 EP - 378 SN - 0003-9896 AD - Turner, M. D.: Brown Univ., Section of Medicine, Providence Veterans Administration Medical Center, Providence, RI 02908, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811425164. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Registry Number: 593-74-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A Peruvian population was identified which was chronically exposed to methylmercury from the long-term consumption of ocean fish. The weekly fish intake was on average 10.1 kg per average family of 6.2 persons. Blood methylmercury concentrations ranged from 11 to 275, mean 82 ng/ml. Paraesthesias were reported by 29.5% of the population. In contrast, a nearby control population had a mean weekly fish consumption of 1.9 kg per average family of 6.4 persons. Their blood methylmercury values were 3.3 to 25.1, mean 9.9 ng/ml. Paraesthesias were reported by 49.5% of this control group. No subject was identified with symptoms or signs which could be attributed to methylmercury intoxication. KW - fish KW - methylmercury KW - Peru KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Andean Group KW - APEC countries KW - Developing Countries KW - Latin America KW - America KW - South America KW - fish eating and blood methyl mercury KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811425164&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hormonal regulation of canine intestinal cholesterol synthesis. AU - Goodman, M. W. AU - Prigge, W. F. AU - Gebhard, R. L. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1981/// VL - 240 IS - 4 SP - G274 EP - G280 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Goodman, M. W.: Dep. Medicine, Minneapolis Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811425548. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5, 9007-92-5, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Hormonal regulation of intestinal cholesterol synthesis was studied in vitro and in vivo. Cholesterol synthesis rate was determined by estimation of 3-hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl-CoA reductase (EC 1.1.1.34) activity and by incorporation of [14C]acetate into sterol. Studies in vitro utilized organ culture of ileal mucosa of dogs. During 6-h culture, reductase activity was stimulated sevenfold. Insulin (10-6 M) increased this rise to 144% of the control activity, while 10-8 M glucagon, 10-3 M adenosine 3',5'-cyclic monophosphate, and 3-isobutyl-1-methylxanthine suppressed activity (final reductase activity was 83, 75 and 41%, respectively, of cultured control values). Studies in vivo utilized dogs with isolated Thiry-Vella ileal fistulae. Insulin doubled reductase activity and glucagon gave 42% suppression. It is concluded that insulin and glucagon may be potential physiological regulators of intestinal cholesterol synthesis. The glucagon effect may be mediated by cyclic nucleotides. KW - cholesterol KW - glucagon KW - hormones KW - insulin KW - intestines KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hormonal regulation of intestinal cholesterol formation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811425548&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Ability of exercise to inhibit carbohydrate-induced hypertriglyceridemia in rats. AU - Zavaroni, I. AU - Chen, Y. I. AU - Mondon, C. E. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1981/// VL - 30 IS - 5 SP - 476 EP - 480 AD - Zavaroni, I.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811425778. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The ability of spontaneous running to prevent carbohydrate-induced hypertriglyceridaemia was studied in young, nonobese rats. Exercise-trained and sedentary rats were given a diet with fat 12, protein 22 and carbohydrate 66% of total energy. The source of the carbohydrate was varied, and experiments were made with sucrose and glucose as the only dietary carbohydrate. Plasma triglyceride (TG) increased in response to both forms of carbohydrate in sedentary and trained rats, but the magnitude of the increase was attenuated in the trained group. Plasma insulin was also significantly less in trained rats. Estimations of hepatic very-low-density lipoprotein (VLDL)-TG secretion rate and adipose tissue lipoprotein lipase (LPL) activity were made in an effort to determine how training prevented the development of carbohydrate-induced hypertriglyceridaemia. Perfused livers of trained rats secreted less VLDL-TG, whereas adipose tissue LPL activity of the 2 groups was similar. It is postulated that the ability of training to inhibit carbohydrate-induced hypertriglyceridaemia is due to an increase in insulin sensitivity resulting from chronic exercise. As a result, the postprandial insulin responses to high-carbohydrate diets would be relatively reduced in trained rats, resulting in decreased hepatic VLDL-TG secretion, and lower plasma triglyceride concentrations. KW - carbohydrates KW - exercise KW - hypertriglyceridaemia KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - exercise inhibits carbohydrate-induced hypertriglyceridaemia KW - hypertriglyceridemia KW - saccharides KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811425778&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Incomplete absorption of the carbohydrate in all-purpose wheat flour. AU - Anderson, I. H. AU - Levine, A. S. AU - Levitt, M. D. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1981/// VL - 304 IS - 15 SP - 891 EP - 892 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Anderson, I. H.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 54th St. and 48th Ave., South, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811425808. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To assess absorption of carbohydrate, breath hydrogen was estimated in 18 healthy persons 18 to 45 years old. Breath hydrogen declined consistently to low values in 8 subjects who fasted for 10 h; excretion of hydrogen was also low in 6 subjects who ingested 100 g sucrose. In 17 of the 18 subjects, ingestion of bread made from wheat flour and, in all of 6 subjects, ingestion of wheat flour as macaroni resulted in increases in breath hydrogen. Bread made from low-gluten wheat flour did not increase breath hydrogen in 8 subjects. Increases were negligible in 6 subjects who ingested 15 g wheat gluten, the amount associated with about 100 g low-gluten wheat flour and 15 g gluten did not increase breath hydrogen in 8 of 9 subjects, but one subject had an increase in hydrogen excretion. Bread made from rice flour resulted in negligible hydrogen production in 6 subjects. KW - carbohydrates KW - wheat flour KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - absorption of carbohydrate from wheat flour KW - saccharides KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811425808&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Reduced serum levels of 1 alpha ,25-dihydroxyvitamin D during long-term total parenteral nutrition. AU - Klein, G. L. AU - Horst, R. L. AU - Norman, A. W. AU - Ament, M. E. AU - Slatopolsky, E. AU - Coburn, J. W. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1981/// VL - 94 IS - 5 SP - 638 EP - 643 SN - 0003-4819 AD - Klein, G. L.: Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Sawtelle and Wilshire Blvds., Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811426425. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Painful bone disease, characterized by patchy osteomalacia and inactive bone, can develop in patients treated with total parenteral nutrition for more than 3 months. Serum 1 alpha ,25-dihydroxyvitamin D (1 alpha ,25-DHD), 24,25-dihydroxyvitamin D and 25-hydroxyvitamin D were estimated in 7 adults and 5 children treated with parenteral nutrition for 9 to 60 months. Serum 1 alpha ,25-DHD values were reduced, whereas 25-hydroxyvitamin D and 24,25-dihydroxyvitamin D were normal. Serum calcium and phosphorus were normal or slightly increased and immunoreactive parathyrin was normal or low. Renal function was normal or slightly reduced. Skeletal symptoms disappeared and serum 1 alpha ,25-DHD increased to normal in one patient when nutrient infusions were discontinued for 6 weeks. Removal of calcium from the nutrient solution for 2 to 4 days was associated with no change in serum 1 alpha ,25-DHD in 2 patients. The cause of the reduction in serum 1 alpha ,25-DHD and its role in the pathogenesis of bone disease in those patients remain uncertain. KW - parenteral feeding KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - alpha ,25-Dihydroxyvitamin D KW - serum 1 alpha ,25-dihydroxyvitamin D during parenteral feeding KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811426425&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Dorsomedial hypothalamic hypophagia: self-selection of diets and macronutrients, efficiency of food utilization, "stress-eating", response to high-protein diet and circulating substrate concentrations. AU - Bernardis, L. L. AU - Bellinger, L. L. JO - Appetite JF - Appetite Y1 - 1981/// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 103 EP - 113 SN - 0195-6663 AD - Bernardis, L. L.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3495 Bailey Ave., Buffalo, N.Y. 14215, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811426618. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Compared with sham-operated controls, male weanling rats with bilateral dorsomedial hypothalamic lesions (DMNL) showed hypophagia, reduced ponderal and linear growth, normal body composition and decreased efficiency of food utilization (EFU) 2 weeks after the hypothalamic operation. Subsequently, all rats were given a choice between 3 isoenergetic diets with different macronutrient content for 31 days. DMNL rats selected significantly less high-fat (HFD) and high-protein (HPD) diet than controls, but as a percentage of total intake, they selected only less from the HPD. DMNL rats ate less of all 3 macronutrients than the controls, but as a percentage of total energy eaten, their intake was comparable to that of the controls; the EFU during this period was normal. Tail pinch (TP) stress did not result in hyperphagia, nor in a macronutrient choice different from the non-TP rats. However, TP reduced EFU and linear growth irrespective of hypothalamic damage, suggesting a stress response. During the 25 days on HPD (43.2% protein), DMNL rats and controls ate amounts of macronutrients comparable to the self-selection experiment. Although the DMNL rats were hypophagic in comparison with the controls, they ate more protein than in the self-selection experiment because of the higher protein content of the diet. In fed rats and rats starved for 48 h, there was no significant change in plasma glucose, glycerol or total protein which could be related to the DMN lesions. It is concluded that the DMNL rat, despite its dramatically reduced size and energy intake, has not lost the capacity to select macronutrients for normal growth and health within the framework of its reduced somatic-metabolic potential. KW - food intake KW - hypothalamus KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - food intake after dorsomedial hypothalamic hypophagia KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811426618&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Total parenteral nutrition: improved formula for healing rat jejunal anastomoses. AU - Derr, R. F. AU - Lindblad, S. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1981/// VL - 23 IS - 4 SP - 749 EP - 753 AD - Derr, R. F.: Medical Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811426657. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The healing rate, as estimated by bursting strength in 5 days, of jejunal anastomoses in normal rats was not improved by infusing a standard total parenteral nutrition (TPN) solution compared with the healing rate when the rat was given no nutrients, only water to drink. When glutamine and additional alanine or choline was added to the standard TPN solution there was a nonsignificant improvement in healing rate. When glutamine, additional alanine and choline were all added to the standard TPN solution there was a significant increase in healing rate. KW - HEALING KW - intestine resection KW - jejunum KW - parenteral feeding KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - parenteral feeding formula for healing jejunal anastomosis KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811426657&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Serum magnesium and copper levels in myocardial infarction. AU - Rector, W. G., Jr. AU - DeWood, M. A. AU - Williams, R. V. AU - Sullivan, J. F. JO - American Journal of the Medical Sciences JF - American Journal of the Medical Sciences Y1 - 1981/// VL - 281 IS - 1 SP - 25 EP - 29 SN - 0002-9629 AD - Rector, W. G., Jr.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4101 Woolworth Ave., Omaha, Nebr. 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811426697. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 7440-50-8, 7439-95-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Values in serum and excretion in urine of magnesium and copper were studied in 66 patients with acute myocardial ischaemia or myocardial infarction. Serum for Mg and Cu estimations was sampled daily for 3 days. The initial serum Mg values were normal in patients with ischaemia but were low in some patients with myocardial infarction. Patients developing ventricular arrhythmias with myocardial infarction had the lowest serum Mg values. Cu in serum seemed high in patients developing acute congestive heart failure but the increase was not significant. KW - cardiovascular diseases KW - copper KW - magnesium KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - serum magnesium and copper in myocardial infarction KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811426697&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Role of the small intestine and gastric antrum in pancreatic polypeptide release. AU - Taylor, I. L. AU - Kauffman, G. L., Jr. AU - Walsh, J. H. AU - Trout, H. AU - Chew, P. AU - Harmon, J. W. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1981/// VL - 240 IS - 5 SP - G387 EP - G391 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Taylor, I. L.: Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Center, 16111 Plummer St., Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811426764. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Intestinal perfusion with 5% liver extract in 7 dogs resulted in a significant increase in serum pancreatic polypeptide concentration. Antrectomy without truncal vagotomy in 4 of the dogs inhibited this response. In 5 other dogs, antrectomy inhibited the pancreatic polypeptide response to an ingested meat meal by 81.9%. The pancreatic polypeptide response to a meal was estimated in 4 dogs before and after selective antral denervation. Antral denervation inhibited pancreatic polypeptide release to a degree similar (81.5%) to that observed after antrectomy. KW - intestines KW - pancreatic juice KW - peptides KW - stomach KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - role of small intestine and gastric antrum in pancreatic polypeptide release KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811426764&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Age-related changes in very low density lipoprotein metabolism in normal rats. AU - Tobey, T. A. AU - Mondon, C. E. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1981/// VL - 30 IS - 6 SP - 583 EP - 587 AD - Tobey, T. A.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (182B), 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811426772. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Plasma triglyceride (TG) concentrations increase with age; studies were made of very-low-density lipoprotein (VLDL) kinetics in the rat in an effort to define the cause of this phenomenon. Efficiency of VLDL-TG secretion by perfused rat liver decreased as rats age from 1.5 to 12 months. This was compensated for by an increase in liver weight, and VLDL-TG secretion per perfused liver did not change with age. Total VLDL-TG secretion by the intact rat increased significantly as rats grow from 1.5 to 12 months and this increase was proportionate to the age-related increase in liver weight. The ability of the older rat to maintain VLDL-TG secretion proportionate to liver weight was most likely due to the concomitant increase in plasma free fatty acid concentration with age. The efficiency with which VLDL-TG was removed from plasma was not maintained as rats aged. Consequently, the age-related increase in plasma TG concentration was due to an increase in VLDL-TG secretion proportionate to secretory mass, accompanied by a relative decline in efficiency of VLDL-TG removal from plasma. KW - age KW - lipoproteins KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - age variation in v.l.d. lipoprotein metabolism KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811426772&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Retinoids, cancer, and the skin. AU - Elias, P. M. AU - Williams, M. L. JO - Archives of Dermatology JF - Archives of Dermatology Y1 - 1981/// VL - 117 IS - 3 SP - 160 EP - 180 SN - 0003-987X AD - Elias, P. M.: Dermatology Service (190) Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement St., San Rrancisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811426785. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 355 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Vitamin A and its newly developed synthetic analogues have recently been shown to have important effects on disorders of keratinization, sebaceous gland function and cancer. In separate sections of this article, the history, chemistry, metabolism of action, toxicity and clinical applications of the naturally occurring and the synthetic retinoids are described. KW - neoplasms KW - retinoids KW - reviews KW - skin KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cancers KW - dermis KW - review of retinoids, cancer and skin KW - vitamin A compounds KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811426785&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Isolation and quantitation of sulfated and unsulfated steroids in human feces. AU - Islam, M. A. AU - Raicht, R. F. AU - Cohen, B. I. JO - Analytical Biochemistry JF - Analytical Biochemistry Y1 - 1981/// VL - 112 IS - 2 SP - 371 EP - 377 SN - 0003-2697 AD - Islam, M. A.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 408 First Ave., New York, NY, 10010, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811426970. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - steroids KW - sterols KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - estimation of faecal content KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811426970&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Oat-bran intake selectively lowers serum low-density lipoprotein cholesterol concentrations of hypercholesterolemic men. AU - Kirby, R. W. AU - Anderson, J. W. AU - Sieling, B. AU - Rees, E. D. AU - Chen, W. J. L. AU - Miller, R. E. AU - Kay, R. M. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1981/// VL - 34 IS - 5 SP - 824 EP - 829 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Kirby, R. W.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Lexington, KY 40511, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811427193. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Control and oat-bran diets were given in alternating sequence to 8 men with hypercholesterolaemia. The 2 solid diets differed only in the inclusion of 100 g oat bran in the test diet. The diet sequences were at random and the measured intakes of carbohydrate, protein, fat and cholesterol were about the same on the 2 diets. Serum total cholesterol concentrations were stable on control diets, whereas a progressive reduction was observed in 7 men on oat-bran diets. On oat-bran diets, average reductions in serum total cholesterol concentrations were 13%, plasmal low-density lipoprotein cholesterol concentrations were 14% lower and high-density lipoprotein cholesterol concentrations were not changed. Fasting and postprandial serum glucose, insulin and triglyceride concentrations were similar on the 2 diets. Faecal excretion of total bile acids was 54% more on oat-bran diets than on control diets but neutral steroid excretion was slightly less on oat bran. KW - bran KW - cholesterol KW - hypercholesterolaemia KW - lipoproteins KW - oats KW - Avena sativa KW - Man KW - Avena KW - Poaceae KW - Cyperales KW - monocotyledons KW - angiosperms KW - Spermatophyta KW - plants KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - hypercholesterinemia KW - hypercholesterolemia KW - oat bran on serum l.d. lipoprotein cholesterol in hypercholesterolaemia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811427193&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of octapeptide-cholecystokinin, secretin, and glucagon on intestinal mucosal growth in parenterally nourished rats. AU - Weser, E. AU - Bell, D. AU - Tawil, T. JO - Digestive Diseases and Sciences JF - Digestive Diseases and Sciences Y1 - 1981/// VL - 26 IS - 5 SP - 409 EP - 416 SN - 0163-2116 AD - Weser, E.: Medical Service (111), Audie L. Murphy Veterans Administration Hospital, 7400 Merton Minter Blvd., San Antonio, Tex. 78284, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811427296. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 59 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5, 9011-97-6, 1393-25-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats with an intact small bowel or jejunal resection were maintained on total parenteral nutrition (TPN). C-terminal octapeptide-cholecystokinin alone or combined with secretin, or glucagon alone were added to the intravenous nutrient solution and continuously infused. Control rats received only TPN or gastric infusion of isoenergetic amounts of TPN solution. After 7 days, intestinal hypoplasia was noted in rats with an intact bowel maintained on TPN alone compared with the gastrically infused group. TPN did not maintain the proximal-distal gradient of mucosal mass. Continuous intravenous infusion of octapeptide-cholecystokinin alone and with secretin in rats maintained on TPN significantly stimulated small bowel mucosal growth, partly restoring the proximal-distal gradient. Glucagon infusion did not stimulate mucosal growth. Rats with a jejunal resection and maintained on TPN for 7 or 14 days did not develop mucosal hyperplasia of the ileum in contrast to rats given the TPN solution intragastrically. Continuous intravenous infusion of octapeptide-cholecystokinin in rats maintained on TPN after jejunal resection caused significant mucosal growth in the ileum compared with the rats maintained on TPN alone, but not to the extent seen in rats fed gastrically. KW - glucagon KW - intestinal mucosa KW - pancreozymin KW - parenteral feeding KW - secretin KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cholecystokinin KW - intestine epithelium KW - pancreozymin, secretin and glucagon on intestinal mucosal growth in parenteral feeding KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811427296&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of histidine intake on plasma and urine histidine levels, nitrogen balance and N tau -methylhistidine excretion in normal and chronically uremic men. AU - Kopple, J. D. AU - Swendseid, M. E. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1981/// VL - 111 IS - 5 SP - 931 EP - 942 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Kopple, J. D.: Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Univ. California, Los Angeles, CA 90073. USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811427386. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 71-00-1, 332-80-9, 368-16-1, 7727-37-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Five normal and 2 chronically uraemic men in a metabolic research unit were given, for 71 plus or minus 12 (s.d.) days, diets in which the histidine content was varied between 60 and 2800 mg daily every 8.0 plus or minus 0.5 days. Postabsorptive plasma histidine and urinary histidine were correlated with the dietary histidine intake. However, in individual patients the response curve of plasma histidine to the histidine intake did not show a consistent breakpoint which could be used to indicate the dietary histidine requirement. Rather, the histidine intake above which the plasma values increased rapidly seemed to be influenced by the previous dietary histidine. Urinary histidine excretion was also correlated with plasma histidine. N tau -Methylhistidine was more in plasma and less in urine of the uraemic patients than in the normal subjects. Nitrogen balances were less positive with daily histidine intakes of 2 mg/kg or less. It is suggested that histidine is an essential amino acid in normal and chronically uraemic man. KW - histidine KW - methylhistidine KW - nitrogen KW - uraemia KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - azotaemia KW - azotemia KW - histidine intake on plasma and urine content, nitrogen balance and methylhistidine excretion in normals and uraemics KW - uremia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811427386&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of zinc deficiency on blood glutathione levels. AU - Mills, B. J. AU - Lindeman, R. D. AU - Lang, C. A. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1981/// VL - 111 IS - 6 SP - 1098 EP - 1102 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Mills, B. J.: Louisville Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. Louisville School of Medicine, Louisville, KY 40292, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811427403. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 70-18-8, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Blood glutathione (GSH) concentrations were estimated for 17 days in young, mature rats fed on a Zn-deficient diet and compared with pair-fed controls. Glutathione concentrations based on Hb content increased in both groups but at different rates. After 17 days, the GSH values increased by 20% in deficient rats and 29% in control rats. The GSH values in deficient rats were 11% lower than in controls by day 10 and remained significantly lower thereafter. KW - glutathione KW - zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood glutathione in zinc deficiency KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811427403&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nutritional therapy in kidney failure. AU - Kopple, J. D. JO - Nutrition Reviews JF - Nutrition Reviews Y1 - 1981/// VL - 39 IS - 5 SP - 193 EP - 206 SN - 0029-6643 AD - Kopple, J. D.: Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811427428. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 77 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - diet treatment KW - renal failure KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - diet prescription KW - kidney failure KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811427428&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Forms of vitamin B12 in radioisotope dilution assays. AU - Begley, J. A. AU - Hall, C. A. JO - Journal of Clinical Pathology JF - Journal of Clinical Pathology Y1 - 1981/// VL - 34 IS - 6 SP - 630 EP - 636 SN - 0021-9746 AD - Begley, J. A.: Hematology Research (151E), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albany, NY 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811427524. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Registry Number: 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - No vitamin B-12 analogues were detected in serum extracts prepared for radioisotope dilution assay (RIDA). The natural forms of serum cobalamin were converted to cyanocobalamin by the extraction process. The correctly performed RIDA method based on R binder gave higher values than did RIDA based on intrinsic factor and biological test. By exclusion, the difference seemed due to unidentified factors rather than the presence of analogues. KW - cyanocobalamin KW - estimation KW - serum KW - vitamin B12 KW - cobalamin KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811427524&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cell-mediated cytotoxicity and tumor growth in zinc-deficient mice. AU - Frost, P. AU - Rabbani, P. AU - Smith, J. AU - Prasad, A. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1981/// VL - 167 IS - 3 SP - 333 EP - 337 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Frost, P.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, N-3, 5901 E. Seventh St., Long Beach, Calif. 90822, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811427699. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Dietary-induced zinc deficiency resulted in an impaired cell-mediated immune response to non-H2 allogenic tumour cells in mice. Male Balb/c mice maintained on a Zn-deficient diet for 2 weeks developed a severe impairment in their ability to generate a cytotoxic response to tumour challenge. This impairment was totally reversible by returning Zn-deficient mice to normal dietary Zn intake. Such mice then demonstrated a normal cytotoxic response to tumour challenge. Mice treated with toxic doses of dietary Zn gave a similar impairment of the cell-mediated cytotoxic response, suggesting that a deficiency or a toxic amount of Zn impairs the immune response to allogeneic tumour cells. KW - immunity KW - tumours KW - zinc KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - immune response to tumour cells in zinc deficiency KW - tumors KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Host Resistance and Immunity (HH600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811427699&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Conversion of 25-hydroxyvitamin D3 to 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 and 24,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 in renal slices from the rat. AU - Armbrecht, H. J. AU - Zenser, T. V. AU - Davis, B. B. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1981/// VL - 109 IS - 1 SP - 218 EP - 222 AD - Armbrecht, H. J.: Geriatric Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Louis, Mo. 63125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811427708. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 40013-87-4, 32222-06-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Isolated renal cortical slices were used to study the conversion of 25-hydroxycholecalciferol to 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) and 24,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (24,25-DHCC) by the rat kidney. Production of 1,25-DHCC and 24,25-DHCC was linear with time (30 to 90 min) and tissue weight (40 to 250 mg). Production of 1,25-DHCC was greatest (134 plus or minus 17 pg/mg tissue h) in rats given a low-calcium vitamin D-deficient diet. The greatest 24,25-DHCC production (106 plus or minus 17 pg/mg tissue h) was in rats given a high-Ca, vitamin D-replete diet. 1,25-DHCC production was reduced to 23% of maxiumum by the addition of 1.2% calcium or 0.8% strontium to the vitamin D-deficient, low-Ca diet. Production of 1,25-DHCC and 24,25-DHCC was reduced in renal cortical slices heated before incubation. Slices of renal medulla produced only small amounts of 1,25-DHCC compared with slices of renal cortex. KW - 24,25-Dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - CALCITRIOL KW - kidneys KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - conversion of hydroxycholecalciferol to 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol and 24,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol in kidney KW - hydroxycholecalciferol KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811427708&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Vitamin B12 deficiency and early rise in mean corpuscular volume. AU - Hall, C. A. JO - Journal of the American Medical Association JF - Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1981/// VL - 245 IS - 11 SP - 1144 EP - 1146 AD - Hall, C. A.: Hematology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albany, NY 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811427760. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 8 ref. Registry Number: 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - An increase in mean corpuscular volume (MCV), though not diagnostic of vitamin B-12 or folate deficiency, is a valuable, readily available screening test. Six patients are described in whom an increase of MCV was recorded months before diagnosis and could, if noted, have given an earlier diagnosis. KW - cyanocobalamin KW - vitamin B12 KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood corpuscular volume KW - cobalamin KW - corpuscular volume in vitamin B-12 deficiency KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811427760&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Bone marrow adipose tissue: response to acute starvation. AU - Bathija, A. AU - Davis, S. AU - Trubowitz, S. JO - American Journal of Hematology JF - American Journal of Hematology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 6 IS - 3 SP - 191 EP - 198 SN - 0361-8609 AD - Bathija, A.: Hematology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, East Orange, NJ 07019, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811427870. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The response of marrow fat cells to lipolytic stimuli was studied by subjecting rabbits to acute starvation. After 2 weeks of starvation and a weight loss of 28%, the mean marrow fat cell volume was 50.9 plus or minus 9.6 pl (control, 42.8 plus or minus 8.1 pl), and the mean volume of the perinephric fat cell was 134.3 plus or minus 87.8 pl (control, 31.8 plus or minus 89.7 pl). Esterification capacity for labelled palmitate of the marrow fat cells did not change from control; the esterification capacity of the perinephric fat cells fell by about 60%. After 3 weeks of starvation and further weight loss to 34% of initial weight, the perinephric fat cells decreased their mean cell volume to 50.2 plus or minus 33.6 pl. The marrow fat cell volume remained unchanged from control. Esterification capacity of the marrow fat cells again did not differ from that of the controls, but the esterification capacity of the perinephric fat cells fell further to 19% of that of the marrow fat cells. Despite the urgent energy requirements of the starved rabbits, the marrow fat cells did not yield their stored fat and continued to esterify free fatty acids at an unchanged rate. Drastic weight loss produced no change in volume, in esterification capacity or in number of fat cells in the femoral marrow of the rabbit. Marrow adipocytes are metabolically active cells which are involved in the haematopoietic process rather than involved with the total energy needs of the animal. KW - adipocytes KW - bone marrow cells KW - starvation KW - bone marrow adipocytes in starvation (rabbit) KW - fat cells KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811427870&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Alcohol, lipoproteins, and coronary heart disease. AU - Barboriak, J. J. AU - Menahan, L. A. JO - Heart and Lung JF - Heart and Lung Y1 - 1979/// VL - 8 IS - 4 SP - 736 EP - 740 AD - Barboriak, J. J.: Research Service, 151 Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811427875. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 59 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Studies describing the association between alcohol and coronary heart disease (CHD) have produced conflicting results. Excessive intake of alcohol is reported to result in myocardial toxicity, high blood pressure and, if hepatic lesions are present, reduced lipoprotein synthesis, including high-density lipoprotein (HDL). However, recent reports have indicated a negative relation between moderate intake of alcohol and the development of CHD. This can, to some extent, be due to alcohol increasing the plasma HDL, as that lipoprotein class is inversely correlated with CHD. The lack of agreement in the findings of investigations on the interrelation between alcohol and CHD may possibly be explained by differences in alcohol intake and individual susceptibility to the untoward effects of alcohol. KW - alcohols KW - cardiovascular diseases KW - lipoproteins KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - alcohol on lipoproteins and relation to coronary heart disease KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811427875&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Zinc and mineral content of weight reducing diets. AU - Kramer, L. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Osis, D. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1981/// VL - 34 IS - 7 SP - 1372 EP - 1378 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Kramer, L.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811428070. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The zinc content or 4 commonly used weight-reducing diets and of 3 constant diets used for weight reduction in a metabolic research unit was estimated by atomic-absorption spectroscopy. The diets were also analysed for nitrogen, calcium, phosphorus, magnesium and iron. The 4 weight-reducing diets and 2 of the metabolic diets supplied about 1000 kcal; one metabolic diet supplied 600 kcal. The Zn content of the diets was correlated with the type but not with the amount of protein used because proteins of high biological value may have a low Zn content. There was no correlation between the Zn and energy content of the diets. Although the protein content of 2 diets of equal energy value was normal and similar, the Zn content differed by a factor of 2. Conversely, when the dietary protein was increased, the dietary Zn content remained low, half that of the US Recommended Dietary Allowances (RDA). Even with the 600-kcal diet the Zn intake was still about 75% of the RDA. The P and Mg contents were correlated with the dietary protein. KW - minerals KW - obesity KW - weight reduction KW - zinc KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - zinc and minerals in weight reducing diet KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811428070&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of luminal nutrition and metabolic status on in vivo glucose absorption. AU - Kotler, D. P. AU - Levine, G. M. AU - Shiau, Y. F. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1981/// VL - 240 IS - 6 SP - G432 EP - G436 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Kotler, D. P.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, University and Woodlands Aves., Philadelphia, PA 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811428123. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Luminal nutrients, but not metabolic status, maintain active glucose transport by the rat intestine in vitro. The effects of those factors on the absorption of glucose and 3-O-methylglucose were studied in vivo. Rats were fed intraluminally or by total parenteral nutrition (TPN) for 7 days or deprived for 72 h. Sugar absorption was estimated under pentobarbital sodium at concentrations from 7 to 28 mM. Luminally fed rats had a significantly greater mucosal mass and absorption rates per cm of both sugars than rats on TPN or deprived rats. TPN rats had significantly greater absorption per mg protein (i.e., specific activity) for glucose and 3-O-methylglucose than luminally fed rats. TPN rats absorbed more glucose per mg protein, but not 3-O-methylglucose, than deprived rats. KW - glucose KW - parenteral feeding KW - tube feeding KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - luminal or parenteral feeding on glucose absorption KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811428123&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The metabolism of zinc and selenium in cirrhotic patients during six weeks of zinc ingestion. AU - Sullivan, J. F. AU - Williams, R. V. AU - Burch, R. E. JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research Y1 - 1979/// VL - 3 IS - 3 SP - 235 EP - 239 SN - 0145-6008 AD - Sullivan, J. F.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4101 Woolworth Ave., Omaha, Nebr. 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811428194. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 7782-49-2, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Abnormalities of serum zinc and excretion of Zn in urine were evaluated in 16 patients with cirrhosis of the liver and changes were followed during 6 weeks in which dietary Zn was increased to 15 times the amount usually found in the diet. Liver function was evaluated before, during and after Zn ingestion. Other trace elements, copper and selenium, and the bulk elements, magnesium and calcium, were included in the studies. Liver function improved during the 6 weeks of Zn supplement, but serum Zn values remained low; excretion of Zn increased. Also, in serum, Mg values were low in 5 of the patients studied, Ca values remained within the normal range, Cu values were normal and Se values were low in all 16 patients throughout the 6 weeks of study. KW - cirrhosis KW - selenium KW - zinc KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - liver cirrhosis KW - metabolism of zinc and selenium after zinc excess in cirrhosis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811428194&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Oral cytologic patterns and nutritional status: some relationships in alcoholic subjects. AU - Hillman, R. W. AU - Kissin, B. JO - Oral Surgery, Oral Medicine and Oral Pathology JF - Oral Surgery, Oral Medicine and Oral Pathology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 49 IS - 1 SP - 34 EP - 36 SN - 0030-4220 AD - Hillman, R. W.: Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Brooklyn, NY, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811428208. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Exfoliative cytological preparations from the cheeks of 790 alcoholic patients were evaluated for relations between microscopic features and selected indicators of nutritional state. Significant associations were observed between the cell:nucleus ratio, degree of cornification, relative concentrations of leucocytes and microorganisms and poor dietary patterns, bodyweight status and serum albumin and blood haemoglobin values. Microscopic examination, as an adjunct to gross inspection of the mouth, may be of value in the clinical assessment of nutritional state. KW - alcoholism KW - mouth KW - nutritional state KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - nutritional status KW - oral cytological patterns and nutritional state in alcoholism KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811428208&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A complication of direct right atrial catheterization for total parenteral nutrition. AU - Apelgren, K. N. AU - Rombeau, J. L. AU - Casey, J. J., Jr. AU - Treasure, R. L. JO - Journal of Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition JF - Journal of Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition Y1 - 1981/// VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 164 EP - 165 SN - 0148-6071 AD - Apelgren, K. N.: Dep. Surgery, Veterans Administration Medical Center, University and Woodland Aves., Philadelphia, PA 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811428250. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 6 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A severaly malnourished man with Crohn's disease and superior vena cava thrombosis required direct right atrial catheterization for total parenteral nutrition. After 3 weeks the catheter had migrated to the right pleural space, necessitating removal. An inferior vana cava line through the left saphenous vein was then used until the patient's death 10 weeks later from pneumonitis. Technical suggestions for avoiding this complication and alternative venous access sites are discussed. KW - catheters KW - parenteral feeding KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - complications of atrial catheterization in parenteral feeding KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811428250&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Simultaneous gastric emptying of two solid foods. AU - Weiner, K. AU - Graham, L. S. AU - Reedy, T. AU - Elashoff, J. AU - Meyer, J. H. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1981/// VL - 81 IS - 2 SP - 257 EP - 266 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Weiner, K.: Division of Gastroenterology, Sepulveda Veterans Administration Center and UCLA/San Fernando Valley Program, 16111 Plummer Street, Sepulveda, Calif. 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811428358. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The studies tested whether different foods empty from the human stomach at different rates. Eight persons were given meals of 200 ml water, 213 g beef stew and 52 g chicken liver, with half the liver as 0.25-mm particles and half as 10-mm chunks, labelled with 99mTc and 113mIn, respectively, or the reverse. Another 8 subjects ate 200 ml water, 75 g noodles labelled with 123I, and 30 g liver labelled with 113mIn. Gastric emptying of each radionuclide was estimated for 3 h by measuring the decline of counts in the gastric region of interest, using an Ohio Nuclear S410 gamma camera interfaced to a DEC computer. In each case, appropriate corrections were made for nuclear decay, down-scatter from 113In, and septal penetration. Seven of 8 subjects emptied 0.25-mm liver particles more quickly than 10-mm chunks of liver; 1 subject emptied the two sizes of liver at the same rate. The half-time for the 0.25-mm liver was 70 min and for the 10-mm liver 117 min. Six of 8 subjects emptied noodles much faster than liver; 2 emptied the 2 foods at similar rates. The half-time for the noodles was 52 min and for the liver 82 min. As different foods in the same meal emptied at different rates, it was concluded that the gastric emptying of every food in a meal is not accurately represented by the emptying of a single, nuclide-labelled food. The different half-times for the emptying of 10-mm liver in the 2 meals probably reflected the influence of other meal components on gastric motility. KW - stomach emptying KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - two solid foods KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811428358&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of vitamin D sterols and dietary magnesium on calcium and phosphorus homeostasis. AU - Levine, B. S. AU - Walling, M. W. AU - Coburn, J. W. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1981/// VL - 241 IS - 1 SP - E35 EP - E41 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Levine, B. S.: Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811428532. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 7439-95-4, 7723-14-0, 1406-16-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Calcium and phosphorus metabolism was studied in vitamin D-deficient rats as vitamin D status and dietary magnesium were varied. Rats given diets with normal, 0.03%, or high, 0.2%, Mg had vehicle, cholecalciferol 1650 pmol daily or 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) 60 pmol daily for 9 days. In vitamin D-deficient rats, increased dietary Mg decreased intestinal Ca absorption from 40 plus or minus 5 to 11 plus or minus 5%; P absorption decreased by 50%. Treatment with 1,25-DHCC prevented the Mg-induced decrease in absorption; cholecalciferol did so only for the first 6 days. The total Ca and Mg (Ca + Mg) absorbed decreased from 0.85 mM daily to 0.14 with the high dietary Mg; 1,25-DHCC increased Ca + Mg absorption regardless of diet Mg; high dietary Mg increased serum Ca despite decreased intestinal Ca absorption and urinary Ca; treatment with either sterol had no added calcaemic effect. The results are consistent with 2 processes for intestinal Ca and P transport: one vitamin D-dependent and the other nonvitamin D-dependent and inhibited by high dietary Mg. Also high dietary Mg increases serum Ca, perhaps by affecting bone resorption. KW - calcium KW - magnesium KW - phosphorus KW - sterols KW - vitamin D KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - vitamin D sterols and magnesium on calcium and phosphorus retention KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811428532&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intestinal absorption of calcium: role of dietary phosphate and vitamin D. AU - Brautbar, N. AU - Levine, B. S. AU - Walling, M. W. AU - Coburn, J. W. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1981/// VL - 241 IS - 1 SP - G49 EP - G53 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Brautbar, N.: Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811428538. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 1406-16-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The intestinal absorption of calcium depends on cholecalciferol, 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) and dietary phosphorus concentration. The study was designed to evaluate the role of dietary P independent of cholecalciferol or 1,25-DHCC. Vitamin D-deficient rats were studied during dietary P restriction and were compared with control groups given a diet with normal P. Net intestinal Ca absorption was significantly less with dietary P restriction than with normal P. This malabsorption of Ca was corrected by giving cholecalciferol or 1,25-DHCC, despite hypophosphataemia. Everted gut sacs showed a marked reduction in the uptake of 45Ca in the duodenum, jejunum and ileum during dietary P restriction. KW - calcium KW - phosphates KW - vitamin D KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - role of phosphate and vitamin D in calcium absorption KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811428538&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Stress-induced eating in rats. AU - Levine, A. S. AU - Morley, J. E. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1981/// VL - 241 IS - 1 SP - R72 EP - R76 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Levine, A. S.: Neuroendocrine Research Lab., Minneapolis Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn. 55455, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811428541. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Mild tail pinch (TP) in rats resulted in 72% displaying ingestive behaviour with 20% gnawing without food ingestion and 8% licking only. The rats ate steadily during 5 min with a maximum rate occurring at 1 min (0.5 plus or minus 0.2 g). There was a circadian rhythm of TP-induced behaviour with the peak food ingestion occurring at 24 h. A mild increase in blood glucose occurred 120 s after commencement of TP (115 plus or minus 4 mg/100 ml). Common satiety signals such as stomach distension and glucose decreased food ingestion. Parenteral glucagon, cholecystokinin-octapeptide, bombesin and thyroliberin resulted in suppression of TP-induced food ingestion. Chronic TP (12 TP periods of 5 min daily) resulted in a decrease in spontaneous food intake with the total intake remaining similar to food intake before the chronic TP period. TP is an excellent model for eating behaviour because it is correlated well with starvation-induced eating, it precludes the necessary deprivation of food and water to adrenalectomized rats, and rats subjected to TP continue chewing in the face of decreased food intake allowing one to exclude the possibility that the effects of an anorectic are secondary to nausea. KW - eating KW - food intake KW - stress KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - stress-induced eating KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811428541&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of aluminum hydroxide on plasma fluoride and fluoride excretion during a high fluoride intake in man. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Kramer, L. AU - Norris, C. AU - Wiatrowski, E. JO - Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology JF - Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology Y1 - 1981/// VL - 58 IS - 1 SP - 140 EP - 144 SN - 0041-008X AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811428653. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 7429-90-5, 16984-48-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Ten men on average 59 years old were given by mouth 3 times daily 15 mg fluoride as sodium fluoride alone, or with 30 ml aluminium hydroxide solution containing 1.8 g aluminium. Blood plasma fluoride concentrations were estimated 1, 2 and 4 h after each dose. Urine was collected for 24 h for estimation of fluoride. After each dose of fluoride, plasma fluoride increased distinctly and fell gradually afterwards. Aluminium hydroxide caused a considerable fall in plasma fluoride values at all times, the average decrease being 41%. Urinary fluoride also fell by 51%. The findings indicate that relatively small doses of aluminium hydroxide significantly decrease plasma and urinary fluoride values. KW - aluminium KW - antacids KW - fluoride KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aluminium hydroxide on plasma fluoride and fluoride excretion during high fluoride intake KW - aluminum KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811428653&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of chronic ethanol consumption on aldehyde dehydrogenase activity in the baboon. AU - Lebsack, M. E. AU - Gordon, E. R. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Biochemical Pharmacology JF - Biochemical Pharmacology Y1 - 1981/// VL - 30 IS - 16 SP - 2273 EP - 2277 SN - 0006-2952 AD - Lebsack, M. E.: Alcohol Research Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811428676. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 9028-86-8, 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Baboon liver has detectable aldehyde dehydrogenase (AlDH) activity in the mitochondrial, microsomal and soluble fractions. Based on kinetic data, the mitochondrial and soluble fractions each seem to contain 2 forms of AlDH, one with a high, and another with a low, Km for acetaldehyde. In the microsomes there was activity only with mM concentrations of acetaldehyde. In the baboon liver, about 75% of total AlDH activity resides in the mitochondria and 20% in the soluble fraction. Intake of ethanol as 50% of energy for 4 months decreased total and low Km mitochondrial AlDH activity in baboon liver. In rats, ethanol intake as 36% of total energy for 2 months also resulted in decreased mitochondrial low Km AlDH activity. KW - aldehyde dehydrogenase KW - ethanol KW - ethanol on aldehyde dehydrogenase activity (baboon) KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811428676&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Sequential morphologic studies of regression of advanced atherosclerosis. AU - Daoud, A. S. AU - Jarmolych, J. AU - Augustyn, J. M. AU - Fritz, K. E. JO - Archives of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine JF - Archives of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine Y1 - 1981/// VL - 105 IS - 5 SP - 233 EP - 239 SN - 0003-9985 AD - Daoud, A. S.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 113 Holland Ave., Albany, NY 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811428791. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Atherosclerosis produced in the abdominal aorta of pigs by balloon injury and feeding on a high-cholesterol diet for 6 months resulted in a spectrum of lesions which varied, by gross and microscopic examination, from early low fatty streaks to much advanced necrotic and calcified atheromata. On gross examination, the flat lesions had disappeared within 5 months on the regression diet, whereas the advanced lesions persisted after 14 months of withdrawal of the dietary stimulus. Microscopically, the advanced lesions showed changes compatible with a healing process, with an almost complete disappearance of foam cells, a decrease in necrosis and replacement of necrotic debris by fibrous tissue and calcification which increased during the regression period. In the early phase of the regression process, the decrease in the number of foam cells was accompanied by an increase in the number of macrophages. The latter cells were closely associated with necrosis, which suggests that macrophages may play a role in the removal of necrotic debris. The results suggest that the rate and degree of regression of an atheroma may be a function of its severity. KW - atherosclerosis KW - arteriosclerosis KW - atheroma KW - regression diet (pig) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811428791&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Evidence for a new cause of defective plasma removal of very low density lipoproteins in insulin-deficient rats. AU - Bar-On, H. AU - Chen, Y. D. I. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Diabetes JF - Diabetes Y1 - 1981/// VL - 30 IS - 6 SP - 496 EP - 499 AD - Bar-On, H.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (182B), 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811429000. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Very-low-density lipoprotein (VLDL) triglyceride was labelled in vivo with [3H]glycerol in control and diabetic rats, and plasma containing [3H]VLDL was injected into normal recipient rats. The half-time of removal was almost twice as long with plasma from diabetic rats as with that of controls and that was true when the diabetic rats were fed on sucrose or stock diet. A comparable increase in half-time was observed when [3H]VLDL isolated from normal rats was recombined with VLDL-free plasma from control and diabetic rats and injected into normal recipients. As before, the changes observed were not dependent on antecedent diet. However, no significant difference in half-time was observed when [3H]VLDL was isolated from control and diabetic rats and injected into normal recipients. Thus, there seems to be a factor present in VLDL-free plasma obtained from diabetic rats which interferes with removal of VLDL from the vascular compartment. KW - diabetes KW - lipoproteins KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - defective plasma removal of v.l.d. lipoprotein in diabetes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811429000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Retinoid effects on epidermal structure, differentiation, and permeability. AU - Elias, P. M. AU - Fritsch, P. O. AU - Lampe, M. AU - Williams, M. L. AU - Brown, B. E. AU - Nemanic, M. AU - Grayson, S. JO - Laboratory Investigation JF - Laboratory Investigation Y1 - 1981/// VL - 44 IS - 6 SP - 531 EP - 540 SN - 0023-6837 AD - Elias, P. M.: Dermatology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811429019. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Adult hairless mice given 13-cis-retinoic acid 10, 50 or 100 mg/kg daily or the aromatic retinoid RO 10-9359 at 2, 10, 25 or 50 mg/kg daily developed dose-dependent changes in transepidermal water loss, about 5 to 10 times more with RO 10-9359 than with 13-cis-retinoic acid. The intercellular lamellar lipids were intact but there was epidermal and stratum corneum loosening. KW - epidermis KW - retinoids KW - skin KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dermis KW - retinoids on epidermis KW - vitamin A compounds KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811429019&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Carbohydrate in contrast to protein feeding increases the hepatic content of active thyroxine-5'-deiodinase in the rat. AU - Gavin, L. A. AU - McMahon, F. A. AU - Moeller, M. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1981/// VL - 109 IS - 2 SP - 530 EP - 536 AD - Gavin, L. A.: Endocrine-Metabolic Service (115), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811429359. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 43 ref. Registry Number: 51-48-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Studies on thyroxine (T4) deiodination were made in liver homogenate preparations from rats given 20% glucose in water and rats given a stock diet (25% protein) compared with rats deprived of food for 72 h and treated with L-T4. T4-5-deiodinase activity was estimated in homogenates. The diet with 25% protein reversed the effect of deprivation by increasing the availability of enzyme cofactor. Glucose increased the hepatic content of active enzyme. Dietary constituents, which increase hepatic T4-5-deiodinase activity, mediate their effects through different but specific mechanisms. KW - carbohydrates KW - intake KW - protein KW - thyroxine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - carbohydrate or protein on thyroxine deiodination KW - saccharides KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811429359&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The pathophysiology of altered calcium metabolism in rhabdomyolysis-induced acute renal failure. Interactions of parathyroid hormone, 25-hydroxycholecalciferol, and 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol. AU - Llach, F. AU - Felsenfeld, A. J. AU - Haussler, M. R. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1981/// VL - 305 IS - 3 SP - 117 EP - 123 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Llach, F.: Nephrology Section (111G), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 921 N.E. 13th St., Oklahoma City, OK 73104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811429376. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3, 7440-70-2, 9002-64-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - When first examined, 6 oliguric patients with rhabdomyolysis-induced acute renal failure, had hyperphosphataemia and hypocalcaemia associated with low 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) values. During the early polyuric phase, moderate hypercalcaemia was accompanied by increases in plasma 1,25-DHCC and persistent increases in parathyrin (amino and carboxy terminals). During the late polyuric phase, serum calcium and 1,25-DHCC values reverted to normal. Thus, in rhabdomyolysis-induced acute renal failure, the hypocalcaemia of the oliguric phase may be secondary to less synthesis of 1,25-DHCC; severe hyperphosphataemia may also have a major role. The hypercalcaemia of the polyuric phase may be partly due to greater synthesis of 1,25-DHCC resulting from the high parathyrin values and recovery of renal function. KW - CALCITRIOL KW - calcium KW - parathyrin KW - renal failure KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - hydroxycholecalciferol KW - interactions of calcium, parathyrin and vitamin D hydroxy analogues in renal failure KW - kidney failure KW - parathyroid hormone KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811429376&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Serum calcium derangements in rhabdomyolysis. AU - Knochel, J. P. T2 - New England Journal of Medicine JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1981/// VL - 305 IS - 3 SP - 161 EP - 163 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Knochel, J. P.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Dallas, TX 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811429377. Publication Type: Editorial. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The findings described in the preceding abst. and their implications for calcium-mediated cellular injury and treatment of hypocalcaemia and hypercalcaemia are discussed. KW - calcium KW - renal failure KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - calcium metabolism in renal failure KW - kidney failure KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811429377&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of decreased plasma cholesterol concentration on circulating mevalonate metabolism in rats. AU - Feingold, K. R. AU - Wiley, M. H. AU - MacRae, G. AU - Siperstein, M. D. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1981/// VL - 22 IS - 6 SP - 990 EP - 997 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Feingold, K. R.: Metabolism Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement Street (111F), San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811429916. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 40 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5, 150-97-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - "Functional hypocholesterolaemia" was induced in rats by intraperitoneal injections of aminopyrazolo-pyrimidine or Triton WR 1339. Results indicated that plasma cholesterol regulates the metabolism of circulating mevalonate and when high reduces the shunt pathway producing CO2 and stimulates synthesis of sterols, an effect mainly occurring in kidneys. KW - cholesterol KW - hypocholesterolaemia KW - mevalonic acid KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hypocholesterolemia KW - mevalonic acid metabolism in hypocholesterolaemia KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811429916&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hepatic contribution to newly made fatty acids in adipose tissue in rats and inhibition of hepatic and extrahepatic lipogenesis from glucose by dietary corn oil. AU - Baker, N. AU - Mead, J., Jr. AU - Kannan, R. JO - Lipids JF - Lipids Y1 - 1981/// VL - 16 IS - 8 SP - 568 EP - 576 SN - 0024-4201 AD - Baker, N.: Veterans Administration, Wadsworth Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811429920. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Even when lipogenesis was stimulated by a fat-free, carbohydrate-rich diet almost none of labelled fatty acids in adipose tissue was derived from liver of rats 60 min after they were given [14C]glucose by stomach tube or by vein. This was in contrast to the report of Borensztajn and Getz (Biochimica Biophysica Acta (1972) 280, 86) who assumed incorrectly, as determined here, that maize oil in the diet could inhibit hepatic lipogenesis from glucose without inhibiting fatty acid synthesis in adipose tissue. KW - adipose tissue KW - fatty acids KW - glucose KW - lipogenesis KW - maize oil KW - plant oils KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - corn oil KW - dextrose KW - hepatic contribution to fatty acids in adipose tissue and inhibition of lipogenesis from glucose by maize oil KW - lipid formation KW - vegetable oils KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811429920&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - High-performance liquid chromatography in the separation and measurement of di- and polyamines and their derivatives, and specific preparation of isomers of their monoacetyl derivatives. AU - Bondy, P. K. AU - Canellakis, Z. N. JO - Journal of Chromatography JF - Journal of Chromatography Y1 - 1981/// VL - 224 IS - 3 SP - 371 EP - 379 SN - 0021-9673 AD - Bondy, P. K.: Dep. Medicine, West Haven Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, CT., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811429936. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - diamines KW - polyamines KW - separation KW - separating KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811429936&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of glucose on jejunal water and solute absorption in the presence of glycodeoxycholate and oleate in man. AU - Brown, B. D. AU - Ammon, H. V. JO - Digestive Diseases and Sciences JF - Digestive Diseases and Sciences Y1 - 1981/// VL - 26 IS - 8 SP - 710 EP - 717 SN - 0163-2116 AD - Brown, B. D.: Gastroenterology Section IIIC, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wood (Milwaukee), Wis. 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811430059. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 43 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 112-80-1, 7732-18-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In jejunal perfusion studies on 12 healthy subjects the effects were studied of 14 and 56 mM glucose on fluid secretion induced by 5 mM glycodeoxycholate (GDC) or 7 mM oleate. Glucose increased water absorption in control conditions and reduced water secretion induced by GDC or oleate. GDC and oleate inhibited glucose absorption significantly, and there were significant linear relations between net water movement and glucose absorption. GDC also reduced the absorption of 14 mM arabinose and oleate reduced the absorption of 56 mM mannitol. Reduced solute absorption in the presence of GDC and oleate could not be attributed to an effect on active transport alone. The relation between sodium transport and water absorption varied with the glucose concentration in the perfusion solutions. Similarly, the relation between glucose absorption and Na absorption varied with glucose concentration. The results suggest that a significant amount of glucose can be absorbed without concomitant absorption of Na and indicate that glucose absorption can stimulate water absorption directly without the mediation of Na and that water movement follows glucose at a rate which maintains isotonicity. KW - absorption KW - bile acids KW - glucose KW - oleic acid KW - water KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - glucose on jejunal water and solute absorption in presence of glycodeoxycholate and oleate KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811430059&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hypercalcemia in an anephric patient with sarcoidosis: evidence for extrarenal generation of 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D. AU - Barbour, G. L. AU - Coburn, J. W. AU - Slatopolsky, E. AU - Norman, A. W. AU - Horst, R. L. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1981/// VL - 305 IS - 8 SP - 440 EP - 443 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Barbour, G. L.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Hampton, VA 23667, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811430238. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A man, 28 years old, had sarcoidosis and hypercalcaemia with unrelated renal failure. Clinical and laboratory studies suggested that the hypercalcaemia was related to excess production of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol. The hypercalcaemia and high serum 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D values were suppressed effectively by treatment with prednisone. The source of the excessive amounts of circulating 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D is not known. KW - CALCITRIOL KW - hypercalcaemia KW - nephrectomy KW - sarcoid KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - formation of 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D in hypercalcaemia with sarcoidosis and after nephrectomy KW - hypercalcemia KW - hypercalcinemia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811430238&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Lipogenic responses to dietary glucose in selected rat adipose tissues. AU - Kannan, R. AU - Baker, N. JO - Indian Journal of Biochemistry and Biophysics JF - Indian Journal of Biochemistry and Biophysics Y1 - 1981/// VL - 18 IS - 1 SP - 47 EP - 50 AD - Kannan, R.: Tumor-Lipid Lab., Research Service, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811430416. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In rats, bodyweight 140 to 150 g, starved for 24 h, almost none of the fatty acid (FA) synthesized from glucose carbon in the carcass was made in the liver or white adipose tissue. In the rats starved and then refed lipogenesis was much faster in popliteal fat than in epididymal fat. In fed-refed rats lipogenic rates in all white adipose tissue sites were comparable and more than an order of magnitude faster than in the starved-refed rats. In the fed-refed rats, compared with the starved, all of the FA synthesized from glucose carbon in extrahepatic tissues could be accounted for by white adipose tissue. The liver accounted for only about 2.5% of total body FA synthesis from glucose carbon in the starved and starved-refed rats, but at least 15% of the total in the fed-refed rats. KW - adipose tissue KW - glucose KW - lipogenesis KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - lipid formation KW - lipogenesis from glucose in different adipose tissues KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811430416&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Vitamin B12 absorption from fish. AU - Doscherholmen, A. AU - McMahon, J. AU - Economon, P. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1981/// VL - 167 IS - 4 SP - 480 EP - 484 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Doscherholmen, A.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811430423. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rainbow trout (Salmo gairdneri) were given [57Co]vitamin B-12 by injection and were killed 2 to 3 weeks later. Radioactivity was evenly distributed in the muscle mass. In contrast to findings in birds and mammals the liver had on average less radioactivity than did the kidneys, head, skin and muscle mass. The radiolabelled fish was ingested by 3 healthy subjects in portions of 50 to 300 g and absorption was estimated by the faecal excretion method. From an average of 2.07 mu g vitamin B-12 (50 g fish), 4.05 mu g (100 g), 9.2 mu g (200 g) and 13.3 mu g (300 g) the assimilation of cobalamin was on average 0.87, 1.55, 3.90 and 3.98 mu g, respectively. In 2 of the subjects, an upper limit of absorption was reached; in one it was still increasing. A standard urinary excretion test using 100 g fish, eaten by healthy subjects and by patients who had low serum vitamin B-12, showed very low absorption values after the fish and after crystalline radioactive cyanocobalamin in patients with pernicious anaemia. Subnormal assimilation of cobalamin from the fish with normal absorption of crystalline radioactive vitamin B-12 was noted in subjects with simple gastric achlorhydria and in patients who had had part gastrectomy. KW - cyanocobalamin KW - fish KW - vitamin B12 KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cobalamin KW - vitamin B-12 absorption from fish KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811430423&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of weight-reducing diet on the blood pressure of spontaneously hypertensive rats. AU - Notargiacomo, A. V. AU - Freis, E. D. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1981/// VL - 167 IS - 4 SP - 612 EP - 615 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Notargiacomo, A. V.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 50 Irving Street North West, Washington, D.C. 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811430425. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Spontaneously hypertensive rats were given weight-reducing diets by limiting regular feedings to twice weekly or by providing half the normal diet daily. Significant reductions in bodyweight and blood pressure were observed at 2, 4 and 6 weeks after beginning the diet. Blood pressure fell despite maintenance of a normal or increased sodium intake indicating that the reduction was not secondary to decreased Na intake. Reinstitution of normal food intake resulted in a return of bodyweight and blood pressure within 3 weeks. KW - blood pressure KW - hypertension KW - weight reduction KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - high blood pressure KW - weight reduction on blood pressure in spontaneous hypertension KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811430425&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The relationship of gastric acid secretion to plasma glucose in five men. AU - Moore, J. G. JO - Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology JF - Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 15 IS - 5 SP - 625 EP - 632 SN - 0036-5521 AD - Moore, J. G.: Gastrointestinal Section, Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 500 Foothill Drive, Salt Lake City, UT 84148, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811430466. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Gastric juice was collected for 12 h in fasting healthy subjects and during infusion by vein with saline, 5% or 15% glucose solutions or different amounts of insulin. For each subject a hyperglycaemic to hypoglycaemic plasma glucose range was produced which could be related to gastric acid output. With plasma glucose values 110 to 57 mg/100 ml, there was a graded acid increase associated with a graded fall in plasma glucose. KW - blood sugar KW - gastric acid KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood glucose KW - glucose in blood KW - relation of gastric acid secretion to plasma glucose KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811430466&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - 'Partial' sham feeding releases gastrin in normal human subjects. AU - Feldman, M. AU - Richardson, C. T. JO - Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology JF - Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology Y1 - 1981/// VL - 16 IS - 1 SP - 13 EP - 16 SN - 0036-5521 AD - Feldman, M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Division of Gastroenterology, 111B1, 4500 South Lancer Rd., Dallas, TX 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811430700. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 9002-76-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 16 experiments with 7 subjects, an appetizing meal was discussed or subjects were permitted to see or smell a meal of their choice being prepared. Serum gastrin concentrations increased from 48 plus or minus 5 to 57 plus or minus 7 pg/ml. Gastric acid output also increased significantly. The studies indicate that "partial" sham feeding releases significant amounts of gastrin in healthy subjects and that this response is not dependent on the presence of food in the oral cavity. KW - gastrin KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - secretion after sham feeding KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811430700&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Selenium content of selected hospital diets. AU - McConnell, K. P. AU - Smith, J. C., Jr. AU - Higgins, P. J. AU - Blotcky, A. J. JO - Nutrition Research JF - Nutrition Research Y1 - 1981/// VL - 1 IS - 3 SP - 235 EP - 241 SN - 0271-5317 AD - McConnell, K. P.: Veterans Administration Medical Centers, Louisville, KY, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811430741. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 38 ref. Registry Number: 7782-49-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Selenium is recognized as an essential trace element for man, with a daily intake of 50 to 200 mu g suggested. Typical hospital meals were collected during 7 days at breakfast, lunch and dinner for standard meat-based, ovo-lacto-vegetarian and low-energy low-protein renal diets. Total Se content of the daily diets, estimated by neutron activation analysis, was on average 85.5 mu g for standard, 118 mu g for vegetarian and 54.6 mu g for renal diets. The actual intakes of Se by the subjects would be less, because frequently all of the food was not eaten. Thus, the mean Se intake was within the recently suggested range of 50 to 200 mu g daily. However, the low-energy low-protein renal diet was barely adequate and the standard diet was near the lower limit of the recommended range estimated as safe and adequate. KW - diets KW - Hospital diets KW - hospitals KW - selenium KW - USA KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - diets in hospital KW - United States of America KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811430741&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Serum high density lipoprotein cholesterol correlates with presence but not severity of coronary artery disease. AU - Swanson, J. O. AU - Pierpont, G. AU - Adicoff, A. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1981/// VL - 71 IS - 2 SP - 235 EP - 239 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Swanson, J. O.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cardiovascular Section (111C), Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811430834. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A high serum low-density lipoprotein (LDL) value is a risk factor for the development of coronary artery disease, whereas high high-density lipoprotein (HDL) values seem to have a protective effect; the total cholesterol to HDL ratio has been suggested as an improved method for assessing risk. Cholesterol, HDL and triglycerides were estimated in serum of 189 patients undergoing diagnostic cardiac catheterization to determine if these variables were correlated with severity of coronary artery disease assessed as the number of major coronary vessels having 70% or more stenosis. HDL was more in the group with zero vessel disease (54 plus or minus 2.3 mg/100 ml, plus or minus s.e. mean) than in those with 1, 2 or 3 vessel disease (43 plus or minus 1.8, 45 plus or minus 1.8 and 51 plus or minus 1.2, respectively) and the cholesterol to HDL ratio was lower in the group with zero vessel disease (4.1 plus or minus 0.2 against 6.1 plus or minus 0.3, 5.7 plus or minus 0.2 and 6.4 plus or minus 0.3 in the groups with 1, 2 and 3 vessel disease). By analysis of variance, patients with no coronary artery disease (zero vessel disease) differed from those with coronary artery disease in HDL, triglycerides, cholesterol and cholesterol to HDL ratio but there was no significant differences among patients with coronary artery disease and a different number of vessels involved. There was no significant difference among the groups in age and, although the group with zero vessel disease had more female patients than the others, there was no difference in cholesterol, HDL, cholesterol to HDL ratio or triglycerides between male and female patients with no coronary artery disease. It is concluded that the cholesterol to HDL ratio is correlated with the presence but not severity of coronary artery disease. KW - cardiovascular diseases KW - cholesterol KW - lipoproteins KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - serum h.d. lipoprotein cholesterol and coronary artery disease KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811430834&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A specific dietary zinc requirement for the growth of Walker 256/Ml tumor in the rat. AU - Mills, B. J. AU - Broghamer, W. L. AU - Higgins, P. J. AU - Lindeman, R. D. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1981/// VL - 34 IS - 9 SP - 1661 EP - 1669 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Mills, B. J.: Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 800 Zorn Ave., Louisville, KY 40202, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811431125. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 44 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Young male Walker 256/Ml carcinosarcoma rats were pair-fed for 14 days on a control or zinc-deficient diet and were implanted with tumours and were killed 7 days later. Half of the deficient rats were repleted with Zn for the 7 days after tumour implantation. In deficient rats, tumour weights were decreased by 70%, tumour necrosis was increased 3-fold and tumour Zn concentrations were decreased by 23 to 37%. A specific Zn effect was observed by a 2-fold increase in tumour weights in repleted rats with decreases in tumour necrosis and 29 to 84% increases in tumour Zn concentrations. As there was no decrease in organ weights of Zn-deficient rats and no correlation between final tumour weights and changes in carcass weights after implant, the results indicate a specific inhibitory effect of Zn deficiency independent of a nonspecific malnutrition. KW - tumours KW - zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - tumors KW - tumour inhibition in zinc deficiency KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811431125&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of zinc on cellular immunity in chronic uremia. AU - Antoniou, L. D. AU - Shalhoub, R. J. AU - Schechter, G. P. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1981/// VL - 34 IS - 9 SP - 1912 EP - 1917 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Antoniou, L. D.: Renal Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 50 Irving Street, NW, Washington, DC 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811431244. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Delayed hypersensitivity to mumps was examined in 25 apparently well-nourished men on regular haemodialysis, each of whom had a history of mumps. A positive reaction was observed in 8 of 9 patients already being treated with zinc added to the dialysis bath. In contrast, 11 of 16 untreated patients were anergic. Of the anergic patients 4 were subsequently treated with zinc resulting in restoration of sensitivity in 3 patients. There was no significant difference in lymphocyte, monocyte or T-cell counts between the 2 groups of patients. KW - immunity KW - uraemia KW - zinc KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - azotaemia KW - azotemia KW - uremia KW - zinc on immunity in uraemia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Host Resistance and Immunity (HH600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811431244&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparisons of body fat estimated from total body water and skinfold thicknesses of undernourished men. AU - Spurr, G. B. AU - Barac-Nieto, M. AU - Lotero, H. AU - Dahners, H. W. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1981/// VL - 34 IS - 9 SP - 1944 EP - 1953 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Spurr, G. B.: Research Service/151A, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wood, WI 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811431248. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 49 chronically undernourished men, classified as having mild, intermediate or severe nutritional depletion, body fat calculated from total body water was compared with values obtained from triceps and scapular skin folds. Those same comparisons were followed in 19 of the severely undernourished subjects during 2.5 months of dietary repletion. Correlations between fat estimates from body water and skin folds were good in the mildly undernourished subjects, but they were progressively reduced as the nutritional depletion became more severe until significance disappeared. Dietary repletion for 2.5 months did not restore a significant relation between fat and triceps and scapular skin folds. The findings imply that the triceps and scapular skin folds do not represent body fat adequately in chronically undernourished men and that new empirical equations are required which take into account nutritional state and possible shifts in fat deposit sites in chronic undernutrition. KW - body fat KW - body water KW - protein energy malnutrition KW - undernutrition KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - estimation of body fat from total body water or skin-fold thickness in undernutrition KW - protein calorie malnutrition KW - skin-fold thickness KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811431248&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of lithium ingestion on water and electrolyte transport in rat intestine. AU - Feldman, G. M. AU - Mann, J. J. AU - Charney, A. N. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1981/// VL - 81 IS - 5 SP - 892 EP - 897 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Feldman, G. M.: New York Veterans Administration Medical Center, 408 First Ave., New York, NY 10010, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811431280. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 7439-93-2, 7732-18-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Adult Sprague-Dawley rats were fed on a lithium-supplemented diet for 1, 2, 4 or 16 weeks before perfusion of their jejunum and colon in vivo. Lithium did not change jejunal transport of water, electrolytes or glucose. However, at 16 weeks the colon increased net absorption of water by 168%, sodium by 160% and chloride by 140%, and the transmural potential difference by 396% as compared with control rats. The colon absorbed bicarbonate and potassium against an unfavourable electrochemical gradient. The increased colonic Na absorption was not associated with an increase in mucosal Na+,K+-ATPase activity. In Li-fed rats deoxycorticosterone acetate stimulated mucosal Na+,K+-ATPase activity, but it did not further increase net Na absorption. Neither jejunal nor colonic electrolyte transport was affected 24 h after a meal with Li. The results suggest that chronic Li ingestion has a unique mechanism of action as other means of chronically increasing Na absorption are associated with increased mucosal Na+,K+-ATPase activity. KW - electrolytes KW - intestines KW - lithium KW - water KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - lithium on water and electrolyte transport in intestine KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811431280&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The role of cobalamin in synthesis of protein and immunoglobulins by human peripheral lymphocytes. AU - Hall, C. A. AU - Green-Colligan, P. D. AU - Begley, J. A. JO - Nutrition Research JF - Nutrition Research Y1 - 1981/// VL - 1 IS - 4 SP - 349 EP - 361 SN - 0271-5317 AD - Hall, C. A.: Nutrition Lab. Clinical Assessment and Research, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albany Medical College, Albany, NY 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811431484. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 68-19-9, 308067-57-4, 12001-76-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of vitamin B-12 (cobalamin, Cbl) on immunoglobulin (Ig)G synthesis were estimated in human peripheral blood lymphocytes (PBL) cultured for 6 days in the presence of pokeweed mitogen. The synthesis and release of total protein and IgG were estimated by precipitation of the proteins in the media which had incorporated [3H]leucine. Cells from 5 donors deficient in Cbl synthesized and released less protein and IgG than cells from healthy donors. Large amounts of free Cbl added in vitro increased the synthetic capacities of the Cbl-deficient cells but not those of the normal cells. Cells from 6 healthy donors were somewhat depleted of Cbl by culture in vitro in the absence of any source of Cbl. When Cbl was added there was a significant increase in protein synthesis, but the increase in IgG synthesis, although considerable, did not reach significance. No effect of deficiency of Cbl or the addition of Cbl was observed on cell replication or blastogenesis. Apparently Cbl has an effect on protein and IgG synthesis and release by human PBL in addition to any potential effect on DNA synthesis and cell division. KW - blood protein KW - cyanocobalamin KW - immunoglobulins KW - lymphocytes KW - protein synthesis KW - vitamin B complex KW - vitamin B12 KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cobalamin KW - gamma-globulins KW - immune globulins KW - plasma protein KW - protein biosynthesis KW - role of cobalamin in formation of protein and immunoglobulins by peripheral blood lymphocytes KW - serum protein KW - vitamin B KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811431484&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Ethanol-induced lipid peroxidation: potentiation by long-term alcohol feeding and attenuation by methionine. AU - Shaw, S. AU - Jayatilleke, E. AU - Ross, W. A. AU - Gordon, E. R. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1981/// VL - 98 IS - 3 SP - 417 EP - 424 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Shaw, S.: Alcohol Research and Treatment Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811431495. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 36 ref. Registry Number: 63-68-3, 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Hepatic lipid peroxidation, measured as formation of diene conjugates, and hepatic reduced glutathione (GSH) were assessed in baboons and rats after short- and long-term ethanol feeding. Compared with controls, baboons fed on alcohol for 1 to 4 years had increased hepatic diene conjugates and depressed GSH after an overnight withdrawal from ethanol. Ethanol 1.6 g/kg given during 6 h increased diene conjugates and decreased GSH, in control animals and had an even greater effect in animals chronically fed on alcohol. In 6 rats fed on alcohol for 5 to 6 weeks, an increase in diene conjugates was detected in microsomes and mitochondria, accompanied by decreases in arachidonic acid and C22 polyenes, after ethanol 3 g/kg given by mouth, but no significant change in GSH. Methionine given with ethanol attenuated diene conjugate formation and fatty acid changes. KW - alcohols KW - ethanol KW - lipids KW - methionine KW - peroxidation KW - ethyl alcohol KW - lipins KW - methionine supplement and ethanol-induced lipid peroxidation (baboon, rat) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811431495&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Growth stimulation of bovine endothelial cells by vitamin A. AU - Melnykovych, G. AU - Clowes, K. K. JO - Journal of Cellular Physiology JF - Journal of Cellular Physiology Y1 - 1981/// VL - 109 IS - 2 SP - 265 EP - 270 SN - 0021-9541 AD - Melnykovych, G.: Medical Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Kansas City, Mo. 64128, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811431617. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 68-26-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Retinol at concentrations of 10-6 and 10-5M stimulated growth of bovine aortic endothelial cells maintained in Eagle's MEM supplemented with serum with lipid removed. In addition to retinol, retinal, retinoic acid and retinyl acetate also stimulated growth. At very low inoculum densities (4 to 40 cells/cm2) the growth promoting effect could be demonstrated only in the presence of conditioned medium from macrophage-like culture P388D1. When added to media containing whole serum, retinol was growth inhibitory at 10-6 and 10-5M concentrations. KW - aorta KW - cells KW - endothelium KW - growth KW - RETINOL KW - axerophthol KW - vitamin A KW - vitamin A alcohol KW - vitamin A stimulates growth of aortic endothelial cells (cattle) KW - vitamin A1 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811431617&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Bile acid synthesis in humans. AU - Swell, L. AU - Gustafsson, J. AU - Danielsson, H. AU - Schwartz, C. C. AU - Halloran, L. G. AU - Vlahcevic, Z. R. JO - Cancer Research JF - Cancer Research Y1 - 1981/// VL - 41 IS - 9, II SP - 3757 EP - 3758 AD - Swell, L.: Dep. Medicine, Division of Gastroenterology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Richmond, Va. 23249, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811431780. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 7 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Metabolic pathways involved in the conversion of cholesterol to cholic and chenodeoxycholic acids were investigated in bile fistula patients treated with a number of labelled potential bile acid intermediates. The findings indicated that the human liver cell has the capacity to synthesize both primary bile acids through multiple routes from cholesterol and 7 alpha -hydroxycholesterol. There was evidence of the existence of a major pathway to chenodeoxycholic acid through the 26-hydroxylation of 7 alpha -hydroxycholest-4-en-3-one. Cholic acid is synthesized preferentially through pathways from 5 beta -cholestane 3 alpha ,7 alpha -diol and a pathway from cholesterol not involving an initial 7 alpha -hydroxylation. KW - bile acids KW - formation KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811431780&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of bile acids on colon carcinogenesis in rats treated with carcinogens. AU - Cohen, B. I. AU - Raicht, R. F. JO - Cancer Research JF - Cancer Research Y1 - 1981/// VL - 41 IS - 9, II SP - 3759 EP - 3760 AD - Cohen, B. I.: New York Veterans Administration Medical Center, 408 First Ave., New York, NY 10010, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811431781. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Primary bile acids were studied as possible colon tumour promoters or inhibitors in rats with chemically induced colon cancer. Feeding on cholic acid increased the number of rats with tumours, the number of tumours per rat and the number of tumours per tumour-bearing rat. Tumour increase was attributed to deoxycholic acid, the bacterial metabolite of cholic acid. When chenodeoxycholic acid was given to the rats in the experiment, tumour incidence was increased, but the number of tumours per rat and the number of tumours per tumour-bearing rat were similar to controls. The different faecal bile acid pattern obtained with chenodeoxycholic acid may be responsible for the differences in tumour incidence. The methodology to characterize and identify all steroidal components of the faeces requires extraction, thin-layer chromatography, gas-liquid chromatography and gas-liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry. Newer techniques include LH-20 chromatography (for sulphated steroids) and high-pressure liquid chromatography. KW - bile acids KW - colon KW - neoplasms KW - tumours KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cancers KW - different bile acids on number and size of colon tumours KW - tumors KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811431781&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Meal stimulation of cortisol secretion: a protein induced effect. AU - Slag, M. F. AU - Ahmed, M. AU - Gannon, M. C. AU - Nuttall, F. Q. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1981/// VL - 30 IS - 11 SP - 1104 EP - 1108 AD - Slag, M. F.: Section of Endocrinology and Metabolism, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811431828. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 6000-74-4, 125-04-2, 13609-67-1, 9002-60-2, 50-03-3, 50-23-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Cortisol and corticotropin secretion was studied in 52 healthy subjects who fasted or were given diets which were standard, high in fat, high in carbohydrate or high in protein. Subjects given the high-protein diet (4 g/kg bodyweight) showed significant increases in cortisol at 30 and 60 min after the meal at 1200 h and 30 min after that at 1600 h. Increases in cortisol, of a smaller magnitude, were also seen after the 1200 and 1600 h meals on each of the diets with protein 1 g/kg bodyweight (standard, high-fat, high-carbohydrate). Corticotropin was significantly increased after the 1200 and 1600 h meals with the high-protein diet. KW - corticotropin KW - HYDROCORTISONE KW - intake KW - protein KW - protein excess KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ACTH KW - adrenocorticotropic hormone KW - adrenocorticotropin KW - cortisol KW - protein intake on secretion of cortisol and corticotropin KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811431828&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparative effects of soy and casein protein on plasma cholesterol concentrations. AU - Raheja, K. L. AU - Linscheer, W. G. JO - Annals of Nutrition and Metabolism JF - Annals of Nutrition and Metabolism Y1 - 1982/// VL - 26 IS - 1 SP - 44 EP - 49 SN - 0250-6807 AD - Raheja, K. L.: Veterans Administration Med. Cent., 800 Irving Avenue, Syracuse, New York 13210, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19820474125. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 9000-71-9, 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Dairy Science; Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of soya and casein protein on cholesterol metabolism were determined under normocholesterolaemic and hypercholesterolaemic conditions in male Wistar rats and in Swiss White mice. Hypercholesterolaemia was induced by feeding cholesterol and cholic acid in the diet for 2 wk. The hypercholesterolaemic effect of exogenous cholesterol was more pronounced in the mouse than in the rat. The rats fed the basal (no cholesterol, no cholic acid) semisynthetic diet, containing either soya or casein, had plasma cholesterol concn. similar to those observed in chow-fed controls; plasma cholesterol concn. in mice fed the basal semisynthetic diet containing either of the 2 proteins were significantly elevated compared to control mice fed commercial chow. Rat data demonstrate that the hypercholesterolaemia induced by exogenous cholesterol administration is of a lesser magnitude in the presence of soya compared to casein as a dietary protein source. The mice data show that the concn. of hepatic and biliary cholesterol and plasma triglycerides in response to exogenous cholesterol are significantly lower in the soya protein diet compared to the casein diet. KW - blood KW - casein KW - cholesterol KW - composition KW - feeding KW - feeds KW - hypercholesterolaemia KW - soya protein KW - soyabeans KW - Glycine (Fabaceae) KW - RATS KW - Papilionoideae KW - Fabaceae KW - Fabales KW - dicotyledons KW - angiosperms KW - Spermatophyta KW - plants KW - eukaryotes KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - feeding stuffs KW - hypercholesterinemia KW - hypercholesterolemia KW - plasma cholesterol after soya protein or casein (mouse, rat) KW - soy protein KW - soyabean protein KW - soybean protein KW - soybeans KW - Animal Nutrition (General) (LL500) KW - Milk and Dairy Produce (QQ010) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19820474125&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Pneumocystis carinii: freeze-fracture study of stages of the organism. AU - Yoneda, K. AU - Walzer, P. D. AU - Richey, C. S. AU - Birk, M. G. JO - Experimental Parasitology JF - Experimental Parasitology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 53 IS - 1 SP - 68 EP - 76 SN - 0014-4894 AD - Yoneda, K.: Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Coll. of Med., Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington, KY 40511, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19820893588. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - The morphology and life cycle of P. carinii were studied in corticosteroid-treated rats by ultrathin section and freeze-fracture electron microscopy. The following stages P. carinii were noted: trophic, precyst, and cyst. The crescent-shaped cysts appeard to be intermediate forms between precyst and cyst. The cell wall of the trophic stage showed membrane structures suggestive of protozoan endocytosis, whereas the surface of the precyst stage was smooth. The cell wall of the cyst lacked the specialized structural differentiation of yeasts and resembled that of Plasmodium spp. It is concluded that P. carinii belongs to the Protozoa, and is presumably Rhizopoda. [AS] KW - parasites KW - ultrastructure KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystis carinii KW - protozoa KW - Pneumocystis KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystidomycetes KW - Taphrinomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - fungus KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19820893588&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Chronic blastomycotic meningitis. AU - Kravitz, G. R. AU - Davies, S. F. AU - Eckman, M. R. AU - Sarosi, G. A. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1981/// VL - 71 IS - 3 SP - 501 EP - 505 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Kravitz, G. R.: Veterans Administration Med. Center, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821379247. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 1397-89-3. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Cases are reported in 2 53-yr-old men and a 72-yr-old woman. Obstructive hydrocephalus developed and culture of ventricular fluid yielded Blastomyces dermatitidis in all 3 patients (although only after death in the 3rd patient). Therapy with amphotericin B was only successful in 1 patient; the other 2 patients died. KW - amphotericin B KW - central nervous system KW - effects KW - therapy KW - usage KW - Minnesota KW - USA KW - Blastomyces dermatitidis KW - man KW - Blastomyces KW - Ajellomycetaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - Lake States of USA KW - North Central States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - West North Central States of USA KW - CNS KW - fungus KW - therapeutics KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821379247&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Ketoconazole treatment of nonprimary coccidioidomycosis. Evaluation of 60 patients during three years of study. AU - Defelice, R. AU - Galgiani, J. N. AU - Campbell, S. C. AU - Palpant, S. D. AU - Friedman, B. A. AU - Dodge, R. R. AU - Weinberg, M. G. AU - Lincoln, L. J. AU - Tennican, P. O. AU - Barbee, R. A. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1982/// VL - 72 IS - 4 SP - 681 EP - 687 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Defelice, R.: Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Tucson, Ariz. 85723, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821382948. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 65277-42-1. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Following oral ketoconazole treatment, improvement occurred in 12 of 19 patients with chronic pulmonary Coccidioides immitis infections, in 20 of 23 with soft tissue lesions and in 6 of 11 with skeletal involvement. Infections in soft tissues improved most rapidly (av. 34 days) and often with 200 mg/day, whereas pulmonary and skeletal infections improved more slowly (63 and 165 days, respectively), usually requiring 400 mg/day. Side effects included abdominal complaints (23%) and gynecomastia (8%). KW - ketoconazole KW - nontarget effects KW - therapy KW - usage KW - Arizona KW - USA KW - Coccidioides immitis KW - man KW - Coccidioides KW - Onygenaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - Mountain States of USA KW - Western States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - Southwestern States of USA KW - fungus KW - therapeutics KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Pesticides and Drugs (General) (HH400) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821382948&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Differences in blood glutathione levels of tumor-implanted or zinc-deficient rats. AU - Mills, B. J. AU - Lindeman, R. D. AU - Lang, C. A. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1981/// VL - 111 IS - 9 SP - 1586 EP - 1592 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Mills, B. J.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Louisville, KY 40292, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821430076. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Registry Number: 70-18-8, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Young, male rats were pair-fed on a complete, control diet or a zinc-deficient diet, and some of each group were implanted intramuscularly with Walker 256/Ml carcinosarcoma. Half the tumour-implanted, Zn-deficient rats were repleted with Zn. All rats were killed 7 days after tumour implant. Zn deficiency was shown by poor growth, low food efficiency and decreased concentrations of Zn in liver, kidney and plasma. Relative to control rats, the blood (GSH) glutathione value increased 21% as a result of tumour alone and decreased 19% with Zn-deficiency alone. In rats tumour-bearing and Zn-deficient, the GSH value was 16% higher than in the controls. Zinc repletion of the tumour-bearing rats restored GSH values to control values. The results indicate that the significant and opposite changes in blood GSH values as a result of tumour implantation or of Zn deficiency occur by different mechanisms. KW - glutathione KW - tumours KW - zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - tumors KW - tumours and zinc deficiency on blood glutathione KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821430076&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hepatic vitamin A depletion after chronic ethanol consumption in baboons and rats. AU - Sato, M. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1981/// VL - 111 IS - 11 SP - 2015 EP - 2023 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Sato, M.: Lab. Liver Disease and Nutrition, Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821432156. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 68-26-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Baboons were pair-fed on a nutritionally adequate liquid diet containing 50% of total energy as ethanol or carbohydrate. Fatty liver developed after 4 months on ethanol diet with a 59% decrease in hepatic vitamin A values and fibrosis or cirrhosis developed after 24 to 84 months with a 95% decrease in vitamin A. Similarly, hepatic vitamin A values of rats fed on ethanol to provide 36% of total energy were decreased by 42% after 3 weeks and continued to decrease up to 9 weeks. In contrast, vitamin A in the kidney and testis was increased 2- to 3-fold in ethanol-fed rats after 9 weeks. Serum vitamin A and retinol-binding protein values were not significantly changed in rats. When dietary vitamin A was increased 5-fold, hepatic vitamin A was again decreased in ethanol-fed rats. When dietary vitamin A was almost eliminated, the depletion rate of vitamin A from endogenous hepatic storage was 2.5 times as much in ethanol-fed rats as in controls. KW - ethanol KW - RETINOL KW - axerophthol KW - ethyl alcohol KW - hepatic vitamin A depletion after ethanol (baboon, rat) KW - vitamin A KW - vitamin A alcohol KW - vitamin A1 KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821432156&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intrinsic factor-mediated intestinal absorption of cobalamin in the dog. AU - Marcoullis, G. AU - Rothenberg, S. P. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1981/// VL - 241 IS - 4 SP - G294 EP - G299 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Marcoullis, G.: Section of Hematology/Oncology, Dep. Medicine, Brooklyn Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brooklyn 11209, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821432175. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Registry Number: 9008-12-2, 12001-76-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Physicochemical analysis of gastrointestinal fluids and mucosal extracts obtained 3 to 5 h after cyano[57Co]cobalamin was given to dogs demonstrated that all cyano[57Co]cobalamin became bound to proteins during intraluminal transport and mucosal cyano[57Co]cobalamin in the extract of the ileal mucosa was bound to intrinsic factor, to intrinsic factor coupled to receptor protein and to proteins with properties similar to R protein and transcobalamin II. A significant fraction of the cyano[57Co]cobalamin in the mucosal extract was membrane-bound and, on solubilization with Triton X-100, contained immunoreactive intrinsic factor which could no longer couple to the isolated receptor. The formation of the complex of cobalamin with intrinsic factor and the receptor protein and the selective accumulation of cobalamin in the ileum indicate that the intrinsic factor-mediated mechanism for absorption of this vitamin is active in dogs. KW - intrinsic factor KW - vitamin B complex KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - intrinsic factor-mediated cobalamin absorption KW - vitamin B KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821432175&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of weight loss on reproductive hormones in obese men. AU - Stanik, S. AU - Dornfeld, L. P. AU - Maxwell, M. H. AU - Viosca, S. P. AU - Korenman, S. G. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1981/// VL - 53 IS - 4 SP - 828 EP - 832 SN - 0021-972X AD - Stanik, S.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 16111 Plummer Street, Sepulveda, Calif. 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821432352. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 36 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 24 moderately obese men, 18 to 108% above ideal bodyweight, serum oestrone, oestradiol, testosterone (T), percentage free T (%FT), sex hormone-binding globulin (SHBG) capacity and, in 9 subjects, androstenedione (A) were estimated serially before and during an outpatient supplemented fasting programme (320 kcal daily) for 8 to 20 weeks. In the baseline state mean oestrone was increased to 100 plus or minus 7 pg/ml (normal 30 to 60 pg/ml). The oestradiol was slightly increased to 36 plus or minus 3 pg/ml (normal 8 to 35 pg/ml). The mean T of 400 plus or minus 2 ng/100 ml was at the lower end of normal (400 to 1000 ng/100 ml). The mean %FT was increased to 4.1 plus or minus 0.2% (normal 1.6 to 3%). The calculated free T was normal. The mean SHBG binding capacity was 0.99 plus or minus 0.05 mu g dihydrotestosterone bound per 100 ml (normal 1.0 to 1.8 mu g/100 ml). The mean A of 52 plus or minus 5.8 ng/100 ml was normal. These results were in accord with previous findings in much heavier men. Eight weeks of weight loss (mean 19.5 kg) were associated with restoration to normal of all the measured values. The mean oestrone decreased to 48 plus or minus 23 pg/ml, oestradiol to 28 plus or minus 2.1 pg/ml, T increased to 536 plus or minus 35 pg/100 ml and %FT decreased to 3.2 plus or minus 0.2%. Men remaining on the programme for 16 or 20 weeks showed a continued decrease of oestrogens and stabilization of T and %FT. SHBG and A did not change significantly during the entire study. KW - obesity KW - sex hormones KW - weight reduction KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - serum reproductive hormones after weight loss in obesity KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821432352&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Influence of dietary ascorbic acid upon enzymes of sterol biosynthesis in the guinea pig. AU - Holloway, D. E. AU - Peterson, F. J. AU - Prigge, W. F. AU - Gebhard, R. L. JO - Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications JF - Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications Y1 - 1981/// VL - 102 IS - 4 SP - 1283 EP - 1289 SN - 0006-291X AD - Holloway, D. E.: Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821432401. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Registry Number: 50-81-7, 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In guineapigs prolonged ascorbic acid deficiency and excessive ascorbic acid intake increased plasma and liver cholesterol and depressed cholesterol 7 alpha -hydroxylase activity relative to control values. The active form of hepatic 3-hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl-CoA reductase was significantly reduced in guineapigs given inadequate and excessive dietary ascorbate. Total reductase activity in liver and intestinal mucosa was not affected by ascorbic acid status. The results show that acceleration of cholesterol biosynthesis does not contribute to the increase of plasma cholesterol in guineapigs given dietary extremes of ascorbic acid. KW - ascorbic acid KW - cholesterol KW - enzymes KW - sterols KW - ascorbic acid on enzymes of sterol formation (guineapig) KW - vitamin C KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821432401&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nonresponsiveness of serum high-density lipoprotein-cholesterol to high dose ascorbic acid administration in normal men. AU - Johnson, G. E. AU - Obenshain, S. S. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1981/// VL - 34 IS - 10 SP - 2088 EP - 2091 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Johnson, G. E.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 2100 Ridgecrest Drive, SE, Albuquerque, NM 87108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821432479. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Registry Number: 50-81-7, 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In a prospective, single-blind, 12-week study serum lipids were measured serially in 9 normal men before and during intake of 1 g ascorbic acid daily for 6 weeks. There was no significant effect of the vitamin on serum cholesterol, high-density lipoprotein cholesterol, triglycerides or low-density lipoprotein cholesterol. KW - ascorbic acid KW - cholesterol KW - lipoproteins KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ascorbic acid on serum h.d. lipoprotein cholesterol KW - vitamin C KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821432479&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Search for resistances controlling canine gastric emptying of liquid meals. AU - Miller, J. AU - Kauffman, G. AU - Elashoff, J. AU - Ohashi, H. AU - Carter, D. AU - Meyer, J. H. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1981/// VL - 241 IS - 5 SP - G403 EP - G415 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Miller, J.: Center for Ulcer Research and Education, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Los Angeles 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821432516. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - By use of meals of glucose or oleate, which were shown to empty spontaneously from the stomach of dogs half as fast as did saline, an attempt was made to locate this resistance by studying flow under controlled pressures in different regions of the gastrointestinal tract. In intact dogs, gastric outflow of glucose or oleate increased one-third as fast as outflow of saline as gastric pressure was raised, and this increased resistance to outflow of nutrients was not affected by truncal vagotomy and pyloroplasty. In dogs with fistulae, gastroduodenal outflow increased linearly with gastroduodenal pressure gradients; outflow was inhibited in a dose-related manner by intestinal oleate but not by glucose. Inhibition by oleate was abolished by pyloroplasty. Glucose or oleate flowed into the small intestine from a barostat only slightly slower than did saline. There was a strong inhibition of intestinal inflow of all 3 meals by gastric distension, an effect not changed by truncal vagotomy. The findings suggest that gastric emptying is controlled by complex interactions among pressures and resistances, within and beyond the stomach. KW - liquid diets KW - Pressure KW - stomach emptying KW - stomach motility KW - DOGS KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - stomach emptying of liquid meals KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821432516&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Tissue chromium exchange in the rat. AU - Jain, R. AU - Verch, R. L. AU - Wallach, S. AU - Peabody, R. A. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1981/// VL - 34 IS - 10 SP - 2199 EP - 2204 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Jain, R.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albany, NY 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821432537. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 7 ref. Registry Number: 7440-47-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Study of chromium exchange in the rat combined measurements of 51Cr distribution and tissue Cr content to permit an assessment of tissue Cr exchange in control conditions and during different Cr intakes. Liver Cr was 50 to 100% exchangeable whereas pancreas Cr was only 34% exchangeable. In kidney, the specific activity of 51Cr exceeded that of serum by more than 100%, indicating a complex type of exchange involving a rapidly exchanging Cr pool and an "inner" Cr pool with "sink-like" characteristics. Cr deprivation of moderate degree reduced serum Cr and tissue exchangeable Cr pools but did not change total tissue Cr, 51Cr distribution or glucose tolerance. Chromium supplements and Cr overload increased serum Cr and total, exchangeable and nonexchangeable tissue Cr pools but did not change 51Cr distribution. The results indicate that the merging of tracer techniques with tissue Cr analyses yields a more complete view of Cr exchange than 51Cr distribution alone. The results support the hypothesis that specific transport characteristics exist in tissues which may regulate the biological role of Cr. KW - chromium KW - tissues KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - tissue chromium exchange KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821432537&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Trace metal abnormalities in adults during hyperalimentation. AU - McClain, C. J. JO - Journal of Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition JF - Journal of Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition Y1 - 1981/// VL - 5 IS - 5 SP - 424 EP - 429 SN - 0148-6071 AD - McClain, C. J.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minn., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821432798. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 62 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Trace metal deficiencies are now a well-documented complication of total parenteral nutrition (TPN). Zinc deficiency is manifested in many ways including acrodermatitis skin lesions, impaired immunity, poor growth or impaired wound healing and mental disturbances. Copper deficiency shows a more uniform picture of haematological abnormalities, usually anaemia with leucopenia and neutropenia. Chromium and selenium deficiencies occur much less frequently, but cases have been reported. Regular monitoring and supplements of these 4 trace metals are recommended during TPN. Clinical abnormalities which may develop when deficiencies of trace metals occur during TPN are described and recommendations are given for trace metal supplements during TPN. KW - adults KW - hyperalimentation KW - parenteral feeding KW - reviews KW - trace elements KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - microelements KW - review of trace element abnormalities during hyperalimentation of adults KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821432798&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Ethanol impairs tryptophan transport into the brain and depresses serotonin. AU - Branchey, L. AU - Shaw, S. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Life Sciences, UK JF - Life Sciences, UK Y1 - 1981/// VL - 29 IS - 26 SP - 2751 EP - 2755 AD - Branchey, L.: Alcohol Research and Treatment Center, Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center and Mount Sinai School of Medicine (CUNY), New York, NY, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821432921. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 50-67-9, 73-22-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Alcoholics had decreased plasma tryptophan, the serotonin precursor, and a decreased ratio of tryptophan to amino acids competing for transport into the brain. Studies on the plasma of rats and baboons with carefully controlled alcohol and dietary intake showed a decrease in the ratio of tryptophan to competing amino acids resulting mostly from increases in valine in the rat and in valine, leucine and isoleucine in the baboon. In the rat concomitant decreases in brain tryptophan and serotonin were noted. Central serotonin deficiency may contribute to the depressive states frequently seen in alcoholics. KW - alcoholism KW - brain KW - ethanol KW - serotonin KW - tryptophan KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 5-HT KW - 5-hydroxytryptamine KW - cerebrum KW - ethanol affects tryptophan transport into brain and brain serotonin (baboon, man, rat) KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821432921&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Response of growth-retarded, hypophagic-hypodipsic rats with dorsomedial hypothalamic lesions to a diet in liquid and powder forms. AU - Bernardis, L. L. AU - Bellinger, L. L. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1981/// VL - 111 IS - 12 SP - 2142 EP - 2151 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Bernardis, L. L.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Buffalo, NY 14215, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821433147. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Weanling rats with dorsomedial hypothalamic lesions (DMNL) and sham-operated controls had significantly reduced food intake and ponderal and linear growth during 11 days after operation on laboratory stock diet. For 28 days, a synthetic liquid diet (Liquid) was given to one DMNL and one control group; another DMNL and control group received the same diet in powder form (Powder). DMNL rats remained hypophagic on either diet but DMNL and control rats fed on Liquid ate significantly more than their counterparts fed on Powder. Total fluid intake pattern was identical to energy intake. For 27 days all groups again received stock diet. They reverted to the energy intake pattern shown during the 11 days after operation. Bodyweight gains paralleled the energy and fluid intake patterns except that during the synthetic diet period the Liquid-fed controls outgained all other groups and that there was no difference between DMNL rats on Liquid and Powder. At death plasma glucose, glycerol, free fatty acids and total protein were similar in all groups but carcass protein was more in the DMNL rats formerly fed on Liquid. KW - diet KW - drinking KW - food intake KW - growth retardation KW - hypothalamus KW - liquid diets KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - drinking behaviour KW - drinking habits KW - liquid or powdered diet on growth-retarded, hypophagic-hypodipsic animals with dorsomedial hypothalamic lesions KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821433147&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Preservation of glucose tolerance and insulin secretory response to repeated glucose loads by the feeding of minimal glucose during prolonged fasting. AU - Abraira, C. AU - Lawrence, A. M. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1981/// VL - 30 IS - 12 SP - 1200 EP - 1208 AD - Abraira, C.: Endocrinology Diabetes Section, Medical Service (111C), Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821433273. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 41 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The more rapid glucose disposal (Staub-Traugott effect) and increase of serum insulin (IRI) concentration normally occurring after closely spaced intravenous glucose loads, are known to disappear after prolonged starvation. To study the effects of very small amounts of glucose during fasting on the insulin response and disposal of repeated intravenous glucose tolerance tests, obese subjects fasted for a mean of 25 plus or minus 21 days, while receiving 8 or 16 g glucose by mouth every 6 h, and were compared with totally fasting subjects not given glucose supplement. Weight loss rate and the decrease in basal IRI and glucose were similar to those of totally fasted subjects. The Staub-Traugott effect and insulin secretory dynamics after stimulation by repetitive intravenous glucose loading were preserved by this glucose modified fast, whereas baseline serum glucagon (IRG) was significantly less, and the basal IRI:IRG ratios were thus unchanged from the fed state. IRG and free fatty acid suppression were similar in the fed and glucose-modified fasted states. Lactic acid increased as expected after the repeated glucose injections in the fed state, but did not do so after the prolonged modified fast until the second and third repetitive glucose loads, in which a significant rise coincided with accelerated glucose disposal. KW - fasting KW - glucose KW - glucose tolerance KW - insulin KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood sugar tolerance KW - dextrose KW - glucose tolerance and insulin secretion after glucose load after minimal glucose feeding during fasting KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821433273&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of wine on gastric emptying in humans. AU - Moore, J. G. AU - Christian, P. E. AU - Datz, F. L. AU - Coleman, R. E. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1981/// VL - 81 IS - 6 SP - 1072 EP - 1075 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Moore, J. G.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 500 Foothill Blvd., Salt Lake City, Utah 84148, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821433405. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of wine on gastric emptying of meals was studied in 10 healthy male subjects by a dual radioisotopic method which utilized isotope tracers added to the liquid ([111In]diethyltriamine penta-acetic acid) and solid phases (99mT-tagged chicken liver) of the meal. In a random design, subjects were fed on 2 standardized meals containing 450 g solid food and 450 g Cabernet Sauvignon (mean ethanol concentration 9500 mg/100 ml) or low-alcohol Cabernet Sauvignon (mean ethanol concentration 1312 mg/100 ml). In addition, 7 of the 10 subjects got wine and low-alcohol wine without solid food. Wine, compared with low-alcohol wine, did not significantly change gastric emptying of liquid or solid food components. KW - stomach emptying KW - wines KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - wine on stomach emptying KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821433405&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Quantitative recovery of polyunsaturated fatty acids on pyrolytic methylation of their trimethylphenylammonium salts. AU - Williams, M. G. AU - MacGee, J. JO - Journal of Chromatography JF - Journal of Chromatography Y1 - 1982/// VL - 234 IS - 2 SP - 468 EP - 471 SN - 0021-9673 AD - Williams, M. G.: Basic Science Lab., Veterans Administration Center, Cincinnati, OH 45220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821433477. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 4 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The gas chromatographic separation of polyunsaturated fatty acids as their methyl esters is described. KW - polyenoic fatty acids KW - separation KW - polyunsaturated fatty acids KW - separating KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821433477&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Serum ferritin in refractory anemias. AU - Solomon, L. R. AU - Hillman, R. S. AU - Finch, C. A. JO - Acta Haematologica JF - Acta Haematologica Y1 - 1981/// VL - 66 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 5 SN - 0001-5792 AD - Solomon, L. R.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, Conn., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821433809. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 9007-73-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The relation between erythropoiesis and iron balance was evaluated in 13 subjects with idiopathic refractory anaemias. Serum ferritin and bone marrow iron stores were increased only in patients with ring sideroblasts, erythroid hyperplasia and ineffective erythropoiesis. The magnitude of the increase was correlated with the duration of anaemia and the degree of increase in the erythron iron turnover. Ferritin values were not related to the severity of the anaemia, indicating that increased iron stores did not represent a shift of iron from the erythron or an absorption response to anaemia. It does suggest that the degree of erythroid proliferation directly affects gastrointestinal iron absorption, which in time results in iron overload. KW - anaemia KW - ferritin KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - anemia KW - serum ferritin in refractory anaemias KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821433809&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of oat bran, oat gum and pectin on lipid metabolism of cholesterol-fed rats. AU - Chen, W. J. L. AU - Anderson, J. W. AU - Gould, M. R. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1981/// VL - 24 IS - 6 SP - 1093 EP - 1098 AD - Chen, W. J. L.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. Kentucky College of Medicine, Lexington, KY 40511, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821433911. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats 10 weeks old were given a diet with cholesterol 1, cholic acid 0.2 and cellulose, oat bran, oat gum or pectin 10% for 3 weeks. Total cholesterol in plasma was 140, 107, 83 and 78 mg/100 ml and in liver 57, 31, 15 and 8 mg/g, respectively. Plasma high-density lipoprotein cholesterol was 21, 34, 37 and 34 mg/100 ml. Triglyceride in plasma was 110, 102, 56 and 51 mg/100 ml and in liver 43, 28, 15 and 13 mg/g. KW - bran KW - cholesterol KW - gums KW - lipids KW - oats KW - pectins KW - vegetables KW - Avena sativa KW - rats KW - Avena KW - Poaceae KW - Cyperales KW - monocotyledons KW - angiosperms KW - Spermatophyta KW - plants KW - eukaryotes KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - lipins KW - oat bran, oat gum and pectin on lipid metabolism in cholesterol feeding KW - vegetable crops KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821433911&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Ethanol ingestion during pregnancy: effects on pregnant rats and their offspring. AU - Sigh, S. P. AU - Snyder, A. K. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1982/// VL - 112 IS - 1 SP - 98 EP - 103 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Sigh, S. P.: Medical Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Chicago Medical School, North Chicago, IL 60064, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821433931. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Intake of 36% ethanol diet reduced daily food intake and attenuated gain in bodyweight relative to dams fed on a control diet to appetite. Mean values of survived litter size and bodyweight of offspring were significantly less than those of controls, although pair-fed controls ate the same amount of food as ethanol-fed dams. Offspring of 36% ethanol-fed dams did not "catch up" in bodyweight relative to control young rats. In contrast, feeding on 20 or 13% ethanol liquid diet did not adversely affect dams and their offspring. Ethanol given freely as 20% (v/v) in drinking solution decreased food intake and bodyweight gain of pregnant rats and their offspring. KW - ethanol KW - newborn animals KW - pregnancy KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethanol intake in pregnancy on dam and progeny KW - ethyl alcohol KW - gestation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821433931&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Increased metabolism of retinoic acid after chronic ethanol consumption in rat liver microsomes. AU - Sato, M. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics JF - Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics Y1 - 1982/// VL - 213 IS - 2 SP - 557 EP - 564 SN - 0003-9861 AD - Sato, M.: Lab. Liver Disease and Nutrition, Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821434054. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 302-79-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In rat liver microsomes, all-trans-[11,12-3H]retinoic acid was metabolized to polar products in the presence of NADPH. One of the metabolites was coeluted with 4-hydroxyretinoic acid on reverse-phase high-pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC). This reaction required oxygen and was inhibited by carbon monoxide, aminopyrine, aniline and ethanol, suggesting the involvement of cytochrome P-450. Isolated rat hepatocytes also metabolized all-trans[3H]retinoic acid to polar compounds, with an elution pattern on HPLC similar to that in microsomal preparations. Microsomal activity was compared in rats pair-fed on diets with ethanol or carbohydrate for 4 to 6 weeks. Rats given ethanol showed increased microsomal retinoic acid metabolism (50%) accompanied by increased microsomal cytochrome P-450 content (34%). Microsomal beta -glucuronidation of retinoic acid in the presence of uridine diphosphoglucuronic acid was not affected by chronic ethanol intake. The increased hepatic microsomal cytochrome P-450-dependent metabolism of retinoic acid after chronic ethanol intake may contribute to the accelerated catabolism of retinoic acid in vivo. KW - ethanol KW - liver cells KW - retinoic acid KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - hepatocytes KW - retinoic acid metabolism by liver microsomes after ethanol KW - tretinoin KW - vitamin A acid KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821434054&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Abnormal dark adaptation in adult patients with protein-energy malnutrition: correction by protein-energy repletion. AU - Dutta, S. K. AU - Russell, R. M. AU - Lakhanpal, V. JO - Nutrition Research JF - Nutrition Research Y1 - 1981/// VL - 1 IS - 5 SP - 443 EP - 448 SN - 0271-5317 AD - Dutta, S. K.: Divisions of Gastroenterology, Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Baltimore, Md., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821434192. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Dark adaptation was abnormal in 3 patients with treated pancreatic insufficiency and one patient with histologically inactive alcoholic cirrhosis despite normal serum vitamin A (over 40 mu g/100 ml) and zinc values (over 70 mu g/100 ml). Intrinsic retinal disease was excluded by extensive ophthalmological examinations in each patient. Abnormal dark adaptation was associated with protein-energy malnutrition in all the patients. In 2 patients, dietary protein repletion without supplemental vitamin A or zinc resulted in an increase in serum albumin and serum vitamin A transport proteins and correction of the dark adaptation abnormality. No change was observed in total serum vitamin A and serum zinc after protein repletion for 6 weeks. KW - dark adaptation KW - protein energy malnutrition KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dark adaptation in protein-energy malnutrition KW - protein calorie malnutrition KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821434192&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of spinal cord transection on plasma and hepatic levels of certain essential elements and vitamins in rats. AU - Barak, A. J. AU - Medina, V. A. AU - Kemmy, R. J. AU - Sorrell, M. F. JO - Nutrition Research JF - Nutrition Research Y1 - 1981/// VL - 1 IS - 5 SP - 519 EP - 524 SN - 0271-5317 AD - Barak, A. J.: Liver Study Unit, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Omaha, Nebr. 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821434199. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 6 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Spinal cords of female rats were severed at the T-9 level and the rats were pair-fed with controls which had had sham surgery. After 60, 90 or 180 days, rats were killed and selenium, manganese, zinc and magnesium and 8 water-soluble vitamins were estimated in plasma and liver. Spinal cord injury did not cause deficiencies in the nutrients studied. Instead the cord transection produced accumulations in the liver of all the elements and 6 of the vitamins studied. No explanation for those accumulations is known. KW - minerals KW - spinal cord KW - vitamins KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - plasma and hepatic minerals and vitamins after spinal cord transection KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821434199&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Acetate metabolism and acid-base homeostasis during hemodialysis: influence of dialyzer efficiency and rate of acetate metabolism. AU - Vreman, H. J. AU - Assomull, V. M. AU - Kaiser, B. A. AU - Blaschke, T. F. AU - Weiner, M. W. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1980/// VL - 18 IS - Suppl. 10 SP - S.62 EP - S.74 SN - 0085-2538 AD - Vreman, H. J.: Chief Dialysis Unit, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821434365. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Registry Number: 64-19-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - acetic acid KW - acid base equilibrium KW - haemodialysis KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - acetate metabolism and acid base equilibrium during haemodialysis KW - hemodialysis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821434365&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Characterization of pyridoxal 5'-phosphate disappearance from in vivo perfused segments of rat jejunum. AU - Middleton, H. M., III JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1982/// VL - 112 IS - 2 SP - 269 EP - 275 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Middleton, H. M., III: Gastroenterology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center - Downtown Division, Augusta, GA 30910, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821434869. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 54-47-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The disappearance of pyridoxal 5'-phosphate (PLP) from the lumen of segments of rat jejunum perfused in vivo was evaluated with a single-pass technique. Net water flux was measured by [14C]dextran, a nonabsorbable volume marker. Unlabelled PLP was measured by the tyrosine apodecarboxylase method. PLP disappearance was linear with respect to PLP concentration at concentrations below 300 mu M but was saturable at high concentrations (3 mM). PLP disappearance was significantly inhibited by 1 mM pyridoxamine 5'-phosphate and 5 mM and 10 mM L-phenylalanine but not by 1 mM pyridoxamine. Disappearance in vivo (during perfusion) and PLP decay in vitro (existing perfusate used as medium) were correlated with the measured alkaline phosphatase activity of exiting perfusate in low-phosphate (1.1 mM) conditions. In contrast, PLP disappearance in vivo was not correlated with perfusate alkaline phosphatase activity in high-phosphate (80 mM) conditions. When exiting perfusate was ultracentrifuged at 105 000 gn for 1 h, only 35% of the initial alkaline phosphatase activity remained in the supernatant. Conclusions were that PLP disappearance from the lumen of a perfused segment of rat jejunum in vivo is saturable and inhibited by L-phenylalanine; PLP disappearance seems in part to be a function of intraluminal alkaline phosphatase; and a major portion of the alkaline phosphatase activity measured in the exiting perfusate represents membrane-bound enzyme. KW - jejunum KW - pyridoxal phosphate KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - disappearance of pyridoxal phosphate from jejunum KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821434869&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Zinc tolerance tests in chronic uremia. AU - Antoniou, L. D. AU - Shalhoub, R. J. AU - Elliot, S. JO - Clinical Nephrology JF - Clinical Nephrology Y1 - 1981/// VL - 16 IS - 4 SP - 181 EP - 187 SN - 0301-0430 AD - Antoniou, L. D.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 50 Irving Street, N.W., Washington, D.C., 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821434978. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The intestinal absorption of zinc was investigated in 12 control subjects and in 20 patients on maintenance haemodialysis, by Zn tolerance testing during fasting. Ten patients (Group I) were on long-term vitamin D treatment and 10 (Group II) were not receiving vitamin D. After baseline plasma Zn estimations, a single dose of 50 mg Zn was ingested and plasma Zn was estimated at hourly intervals for 4 h thereafter. Peak plasma Zn values were significantly lower in patients not given vitamin D than in controls or patients given the vitamin, suggesting impaired absorption. There was no significant difference between controls and patients given vitamin D. Two patients had normal Zn tolerance tests while on vitamin D, but abnormal tests while off vitamin D. It is concluded that the intestinal absorption of Zn may be impaired in chronic uraemia, probably secondarily to abnormal metabolism of vitamin D. KW - uraemia KW - zinc KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - azotaemia KW - azotemia KW - uremia KW - zinc tolerance in uraemia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821434978&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparison of insulin binding to cells of fed and fasted obese patients: results in erythrocytes and monocytes. AU - Spanheimer, R. G. AU - Bar, R. S. AU - Ginsberg, B. H. AU - Peacock, M. L. AU - Martino, I. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1982/// VL - 54 IS - 1 SP - 40 EP - 47 SN - 0021-972X AD - Spanheimer, R. G.: 3E-21, Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa 52240, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821435066. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Insulin receptors on mature erythrocytes (RBC) and monocytes of 4 hyperinsulinaemic obese patients were compared in the fed state and after a 14-day fast (less than 50 kcal daily). In the basal (fed) state there was a low receptor concentration in both cell types. After a 14-day fast, insulin binding to RBC and monocytes increased significantly in each patient. Greater binding of [125I]iodoinsulin to RBC increased by 29% (range 20 to 46%) and binding to monocytes increased by 116% (range 46 to 312%). In response to the fast, the concentration of insulin needed to inhibit binding by 50% decreased from 5 to 2 ng/ml in RBC and from 3 to 1 ng/ml in monocytes, indicating an increase in receptor affinity in RBC and monocytes. Conventional and computer-fitted Scatchard analyses showed no change in the receptor concentration in RBC of any patient, whereas the receptor concentration of monocytes increased by more than 50% in 2 of the 4 patients and by 40% for the group. KW - cells KW - erythrocytes KW - fasting KW - insulin KW - monocytes KW - obesity KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood red cells KW - fasting modifies insulin binding to cells in obesity KW - fatness KW - red blood cells KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821435066&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of zinc deficiency on histidine metabolism in rats. AU - Hsu, J. M. AU - Rubenstein, B. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1982/// VL - 112 IS - 3 SP - 461 EP - 467 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Hsu, J. M.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bay Pines, FL 33504, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821435217. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 71-00-1, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of a diet deficient in zinc on histidine metabolism were studied in male rats. Significantly higher percentages of [DL-carboxyl-14C]histidine and [L-2-(ring)-14C]histidine were oxidized by Zn-deficient rats. The incorporation of [L-2-(ring)-14C]histidine into the proteins of skin, muscle and kidney was significantly less in Zn-deficient rats than in Zn-supplemented rats. Conversely, the radioactivity of liver protein of Zn-deficient rats was significantly increased. Zn deficiency increased the activities of liver histidase and urocanase but had no effect on the activity of liver histidine-pyruvate transaminase. The increases of enzyme activities were not due to food intake and can be prevented on Zn repletion. The liver of Zn-deficient rats contained normal amount of histidine but a reduced quantity of histamine. The results on urinary excretion indicated that Zn-deficient rats discharged the same amounts of one-methyl and three-methyl histidine as Zn-supplemented pair-fed rats. Overall findings support in principle the concept that Zn deficiency results in disturbance of protein metabolism and also indicate that Zn is an important factor in regulating histidine metabolism through the urocanic acid pathway. KW - histidine KW - zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - histidine metabolism in zinc deficiency KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821435217&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Role of magnesium in glutathione metabolism of rat erythrocytes. AU - Hsu, J. M. AU - Rubenstein, B. AU - Paleker, A. G. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1982/// VL - 112 IS - 3 SP - 488 EP - 496 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Hsu, J. M.: Medical Research, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bay Pines, FL 33504, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821435221. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 49 ref. Registry Number: 70-18-8, 7439-95-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of dietary magnesium on glutathione (GSH) metabolism were studied with rat erythrocytes. Young male and young adult female rats were fed for 14 to 28 days on a powdered diet containing Mg 12 (deficient rats) or 662 mu g/g (control rats). Mg-deficient male rats had a smaller bodyweight gain, lower values of plasma haematocrit and Mg ion, but greater organ weights than control male rats. The concentrations of erythrocyte GSH as measured by alloxan were reduced in male and female rats on a Mg-deficient diet. Mg-deficient rats, however, had more GSH in liver and kidney, but not in other soft tissues. The decrease of erythrocyte GSH was not due to feed intake, the availability of its precursors, or the activities of GSH-related enzymes and could be reversed by Mg supplements. Mg-deficient rats had a reduced blood ATP and a 6-fold increase in the activity of plasma gamma -glutamyltransferase. These findings suggest that Mg is essential in the maintenance of GSH concentration to protect against oxidative damage in the erythrocyte membrane. KW - erythrocytes KW - glutathione KW - magnesium KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood red cells KW - magnesium role in erythrocyte glutathione metabolism KW - red blood cells KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821435221&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Handbook of geriatric nutrition. Principles and applications for nutrition and diet in aging. A2 - Hsu, J. M. A2 - Davis, R. L. T2 - Handbook of geriatric nutrition. Principles and applications for nutrition and diet in aging. Y1 - 1981/// CY - Park Ridge, N.J.; USA PB - Noyes Publications. SN - 0815508808 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bay Pines, Fla., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821435308. Publication Type: Book. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - This book is a comprehensive study put together by 25 authors from different research institutes throughout the USA. Ageing is a process which begins at the time of conception. Therefore, nutrition begins to influence the ageing process from the very beginning of life. There are seven good health practices according to Belloc and Breslow. These include the avoidance of gluttony, tobacco and excessive alcohol; regular and adequate meals along with regular rest, sleep and relaxation. These concepts are dealt with in the first chapters, and their modifications according to economic, psychological and sociological problems are detailed in chapters 3, 4 and 16. Chapters 5 to 15 present knowledge of major nutrients and other food components. The subjects included range from protein nutrition and cholesterol metabolism to different vitamins and trace metals. In each case the relation between the nutrient and the ageing process is discussed. In many cases the information has come from surveys using very small numbers of subjects. This means that no solid evidence is available regarding the nutritional state or requirements in relation to old age. Nutrition-related diseases are discussed in chapter 14. Diabetes mellitus can cause premature ageing, and so for this reason is used as an example. The concluding chapters cover such diverse subjects as the effects of retirement on the nutritional state, nutritional management, and some interesting information about food fallacies. J.A. Stacey KW - elderly KW - nutrition KW - old age KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aged KW - elderly people KW - older adults KW - senior citizens KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) KW - Diet Studies (VV110) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821435308&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Asymptomatic neonatal familial hypercalcemia. AU - Orwoll, E. AU - Silbert, J. AU - McClung, M. JO - Pediatrics, USA JF - Pediatrics, USA Y1 - 1982/// VL - 69 IS - 1 SP - 109 EP - 111 AD - Orwoll, E.: Dep. Medicine, Portland Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3710 Southwest US Veterans Hospital Rd, Portland, OR 97201, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821435398. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The case history and pedigree of a newborn male infant with hypercalcaemia are described. The infant is a member of a family with familial hypercalcaemia and up to 4 months old has shown normal activity, growth and development in spite of a serum calcium value of 13 mg/100 ml. KW - hypercalcaemia KW - newborn animals KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - asymptomatic neonatal familial hypercalcaemia KW - hypercalcemia KW - hypercalcinemia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821435398&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Considerations in the use of B6 vitamers in hematologic disorders: 1. Red cell transport and metabolism of pyridoxal. AU - Solomon, L. R. JO - Blood JF - Blood Y1 - 1982/// VL - 59 IS - 3 SP - 495 EP - 501 SN - 0006-4971 AD - Solomon, L. R.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Spring Street, West Haven, Conn. 06516, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821435580. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 48 ref. Registry Number: 65-23-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - 1. The characteristics in vitro of the transport and metabolism of pharmacological amounts of the vitamin B-6 vitamer pyridoxal (PL) by normal human red cells were defined. Red cells suspended in phosphate-buffered NaCl rapidly accumulated PL against a concentration gradient until intracellular values reached 14 mu mol/ml. This corresponded to the PL concentration which increased red cell haemoglobin-oxygen affinity most. PL uptake was not affected by ATP depletion, sulphydryl reagents, inhibition of the anion transport channel or the addition of pyridoxal 5'-phosphate (PLP). However, when plasma or human serum albumin (5 g/100 ml) was present in the medium, uptake of PL was decreased by 45%. Moreover, when red cells previously loaded with PL were incubated for 1 h in the presence of plasma or albumin, 75% of their PL content was released and haemoglobin-oxygen affinity returned to normal. Red cell metabolism of PL was also limited, with formation of sufficient PLP to activate the endogenous aspartate aminotransferase apoenzyme requiring long incubations and high PL concentrations. KW - anaemia KW - erythrocytes KW - pyridoxine KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - anemia KW - blood red cells KW - erythrocyte pyridoxal metabolism in anaemia KW - red blood cells KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821435580&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of ethanol diets on cholesterol content and phospholipid acyl composition of rat hepatocytes. AU - Smith, T. L. AU - Vickers, A. E. AU - Brendel, K. AU - Gerhart, M. J. JO - Lipids JF - Lipids Y1 - 1982/// VL - 17 IS - 3 SP - 124 EP - 128 SN - 0024-4201 AD - Smith, T. L.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Research Service (151), Tucson, AZ 85723, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821435765. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5, 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Prolonged feeding of adult male rats on ethanol liquid diets resulted in changes in phospholipid and cholesterol contents and in the acyl composition of phosphatidylethanolamine (PE), phosphatidylinositol (PI)-phosphatidylserine (PS) mixture, and phosphatidylcholine (PC) of isolated hepatocytes. The influence of ethanol on those lipids was largely dependent on the proportion of dietary fat. Phospholipid and total cholesterol in liver were increased by 23 and 27% by ethanol given with a low-fat diet. Exposure to a high-fat (34% maize oil) diet with ethanol for 4 to 5 weeks significantly decreased arachidonate:linoleate ratios of hepatic PE, PS-PI and PC, but total phospholipid content was constant. The results suggest that the amount of dietary fat plays an important role in determining the effects of chronic ethanol intake on hepatic cholesterol and phospholipid acyl composition. KW - cholesterol KW - ethanol KW - liver cells KW - phospholipids KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethanol on cholesterol and phospholipids in liver cells KW - ethyl alcohol KW - hepatocytes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821435765&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Separation of phospholipids and individual molecular species of phospholipids by high-performance liquid chromatography. AU - Patton, G. M. AU - Fasulo, J. M. AU - Robins, S. J. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1982/// VL - 23 IS - 1 SP - 190 EP - 196 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Patton, G. M.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Boston, MA 02130, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821435796. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - phospholipids KW - separation KW - separating KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821435796&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Bile acid and bile salt disrupt gastric mucosal barrier in the dog by different mechanisms. AU - Duane, W. C. AU - Wiegand, D. M. AU - Sievert, C. E. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 242 IS - 2 SP - G95 EP - G99 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Duane, W. C.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center and Univ. Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821435858. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 81-24-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - The mechanism by which protonated taurocholic acid disrupts the gastric mucosal barrier was studied. By the criterion of lecithin solubilization, the critical micellar concentration of taurocholic acid (pH 1) was 4.5 mM, as opposed to 3.0 mM for sodium taurocholate (pH 7). In Heidenhain pouches of dogs, taurocholic acid significantly increased net forward diffusion of sodium+ and backdiffusion of hydrogen+ at concentrations of 9, 4.5 and 3.5 mM, indicating that micelle formation was not required for disruption of the gastric mucosal barrier by this bile acid. Saturation of the 9 mM taurocholic acid solution with lecithin (and cholesterol) did not prevent disruption of the gastric mucosal barrier. At 9 mM, taurocholic acid was absorbed from the pouches at a mean rate of 1150 plus or minus 115 nmol/min in contrast to an absorption rate of 225 plus or minus 10 nmol/min for sodium taurocholate at the same concentration. The findings indicate that disruption of the gastric mucosal barrier by taurocholic acid, unlike that by ionized bile salts, is mediated largely by uptake of bile acid by the gastric mucosa rather than by dissolution of mucosal membrane lipids. KW - bile acids KW - bile salts KW - Membrane permeability KW - Mucosa KW - stomach KW - stomach mucosa KW - Taurocholic acid KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - mechanism of disruption of gastric mucosal barrier by bile acids and bile salt KW - mucous membrane KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821435858&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Turnover and transport of plasma very-low-density lipoprotein triglycerides in mice bearing Ehrlich ascites carcinoma. AU - Lyon, I. AU - Kannan, R. AU - Ookhtens, M. AU - Baker, N. JO - Cancer Research JF - Cancer Research Y1 - 1982/// VL - 42 IS - 1 SP - 132 EP - 138 AD - Lyon, I.: Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Building 115, Room 316, Wilshire and Sawtelle Blvds., Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821436020. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To study cancer-induced hypertriglyceridaemia and the contribution of circulating very-low-density lipoprotein (VLDL) triglyceride fatty acid (TGFA) to the tumour cells, the turnover rate of VLDL triglyceride (TG) in the plasma and the transport of TGFA and TG glycerol to Ehrlich ascites tumours 8 and 9 days old in male Swiss-Webster mice maintained on a 58% glucose, fat-free diet were estimated. The inflow and outflow of plasma VLDL-TG, labelled endogenously in control and tumorous donors with [2-3H]glycerol and [1-14C]palmitate, were followed for 30 min after injection of labelled serum into control and tumorous recipients, respectively. The fatty acid and glycerol moieties of plasma VLDL-TG were removed at the same rates and followed simple first-order kinetics for at least 15 min, half-time of 4.7 and 16 min in control and tumour-bearing mice, respectively, with corresponding rates of TG secretion and removal, 0.20 and 0.088 mg/min. The plasma TG pool size was increased by 50% in the tumour-bearing mice compared with that in controls. The rate of plasma VLDL-TG removal is apparently decreased even more than the hepatic VLDL-TG secretory rate. In tumour-bearing mice, when 70 to 75% of the VLDL-TG radioactivity had been removed from the plasma, tumour total lipid radioactivity increased to only about 1% of the dose. Very little of the tumour cell phospholipid fatty acid could have been derived from the extracellular fluid-TG pool of the tumour. The rest of the radioactivity was present in the form of tumour cell phospholipid fatty acid. This corresponded to TGFA at a rate of about 1.5 nEq/min 7-ml tumour transported from the host to the tumour cell phospholipid fatty acid pool. Only a small fraction of the total lipid fatty acid of the tumour cell seems to be derived from plasma VLDL-TGFA. KW - ascites KW - lipoproteins KW - neoplasms KW - TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cancers KW - triglycerides KW - turnover and transport of plasma v.l.d. lipoprotein triglycerides in ascites carcinoma bearers KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821436020&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Protection against cyanide lethality in rats by L-ascorbic acid and dehydroascorbic acid. AU - Sprince, H. AU - Smith, G. G. AU - Parker, C. M. AU - Rinehimer, D. A. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1982/// VL - 25 IS - 3 SP - 463 EP - 470 AD - Sprince, H.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Coatesville, Pa. 19320, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821436090. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 50-81-7, 490-83-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male rats about 100 days old were deprived of food overnight and given L-ascorbic acid or dehydroascorbic acid (DHAA) 0.1 to 3.0 mmol/kg bodyweight by mouth or intraperitoneally 30 min before they had sodium cyanide (LD90) by mouth. Protection was expressed as per cent survivors after 72 h. L-Ascorbic acid and DHAA 2 or 3 mmol/kg gave 97 to 100% survivors. At smaller doses DHAA was the better protector. DHAA 1, 2 or 3 mmol/kg intraperitoneally gave 80 to 90% survivors but L-ascorbic acid given intraperitoneally had little if any protective effect. KW - ascorbic acid KW - cyanides KW - dehydroascorbic acid KW - poisoning KW - survival KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ascorbic acid or dehydroascorbic acid on survival after cyanide KW - toxicosis KW - vitamin C KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821436090&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Zinc deficiency and glutathione linked enzymes in rat liver. AU - Hsu, J. M. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1982/// VL - 25 IS - 3 SP - 573 EP - 582 AD - Hsu, J. M.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bay Pines, FL 33504, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821436102. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Registry Number: 70-18-8, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - From 4 weeks old male Sprague-Dawley rats were given a diet deficient in Zn (2 mg/kg) or were pair-fed or fed to appetite on the same diet with Zn 85 mg/kg added. After 16 to 18 days they were killed. After 16 days of Zn deprivation glutathione concentrations in liver and pancreas were significantly less than in freely-fed controls but were 75 and 67% more than in pair-fed controls. Activity of glutathione peroxidase and glutathione reductase in liver were not affected but that delta -aminolaevulinate dehydratase in liver and kidney was decreased by Zn deprivation. KW - enzymes KW - glutathione KW - zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - glutathione linked enzymes in liver in zinc deficiency KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821436102&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Role of glucagon as a contributor to glucose intolerance in acute and chronic uremia. AU - Mondon, C. E. AU - Marcus, R. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1982/// VL - 31 IS - 4 SP - 374 EP - 379 AD - Mondon, C. E.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (182B), 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821436568. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - It has been suggested that increased sensitivity to glucagon may contribute to glucose intolerance in uraemia. To evaluate this possibility systematically, the effect of glucagon on hepatic glucose outflow, formation of cyclic(c)AMP, and activation of adenylate cyclase by liver obtained from acutely and chronically uraemic rats and their respective sham-operated controls was assessed. Glucagon infused at rates of 6 ng/min kg rat resulted in minimal and equivalent increases in hepatic glucose outflow and cAMP accumulation when liver from acutely uraemic and control rats was perfused for 30 min. At glucagon infusion rates of 18 ng/min kg, glucose efflux from perfused livers of acutely uraemic rats was significantly reduced compared with perfused liver of control rat (4.64 and 12.7 mu mol/g liver) and cAMP accumulation was also lower (1352 compared with 3100 pmol/g liver). Basal adenylate cyclase activity of hepatic membranes from uraemic and control rats was similar, and was stimulated by glucagon concentrations ranging from 10-8 to 10-6 at equivalent rates in both groups. In liver from chronically uraemic rats, glucagon infused at rates of 6 ng/kg min increased hepatic glucose outflow; this was not greater than that of controls. Accumulation of cAMP was less in chronically uraemic rats than in controls, and activation of adenylate cyclase by glucagon was similar in both groups. Glucose intolerance in uraemic rats does not seem to be due to increased hepatic glucose output resulting from increased sensitivity to glucagon. KW - glucagon KW - glucose tolerance KW - uraemia KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - azotaemia KW - azotemia KW - blood sugar tolerance KW - role of glucagon in glucose intolerance in uraemia KW - uremia KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821436568&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Maximal lymphatic triglyceride transport rate from the rat small intestine. AU - Tso, P. AU - Buch, K. L. AU - Balint, J. A. AU - Rodgers, J. B. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 242 IS - 4 SP - G408 EP - G415 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Tso, P.: Division of Gastroenterology, Dep. Medicine, Albany Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albany, NY 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821436593. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The hydrophobic surfactant Pluronic L-81 blocks lymphatic triglyceride transport from the small intestine and results in accumulation of triglyceride in the mucosa. The onset of action of Pluronic L-81 is rapid and quickly reversed once its administration is discontinued. The effects of Pluronic L-81 on intestinal lipid transport were used to determine the apparent maximum triglyceride transport capacity of the proximal half of the rat small intestine using rats with lymph fistula infused intraduodenally with a phosphate-buffered, taurocholate-stabilized emulsion containing 40 mu mol [3H]triolein and 0.5 mg Pluronic L-81 at 3 ml/h for 8 h to load the proximal small intestine with lipid. Studies were done in one group of rats to be certain that only the proximal half of the small intestine contained [3H]lipid after this period of infusion. In other rats treated similarly, the 8 h of lipid-Pluronic L-81 infusion were followed by infusion of 3 ml/h of 0.15 M salt solution for 5 h. Lymphatic transport of lipid was estimated throughout infusion. During lipid-Pluronic L-81 infusion, transport of [3H]triglyceride fatty acid into lymph was only 22 to 27 mu mol/h but increased steadily after substitution of saline and reached a maximum transport rate of 109 mu mol/h after 3.5 h. During this 3.5-h period, the amount of [3H]lipid in the proximal mucosa declined from 530 to 263 mu mol. While Pluronic L-81 was infused, only very-low-density lipoprotein sized particles were seen in lymph by electron microscopy, whereas, at the peak of triglyceride transport during saline infusion, chylomicrons of up to 6OOO A were observed in lymph. KW - intestines KW - lymph KW - TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - lymphatic triglyceride transport rate from intestine KW - triglycerides KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821436593&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of alcohol on hepatic transport of proteins. AU - Baraona, E. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Annual Review of Medicine JF - Annual Review of Medicine Y1 - 1982/// VL - 33 SP - 281 EP - 292 AD - Baraona, E.: Alcohol Research and Treatment Center, Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821436613. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 77 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - alcohols KW - protein transport KW - reviews KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - review of alcohol effect on hepatic protein transport KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821436613&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Vitamin B-12 (cobalamin) deficiency: a heretofore undescribed control mechanism for plasma corticosteroid-binding globulin concentration in man. AU - Doe, R. P. AU - Lohrenz, F. AU - River, G. AU - Dosherholmen, A. AU - Roberts, R. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1982/// VL - 54 IS - 2 SP - 381 EP - 385 SN - 0021-972X AD - Doe, R. P.: Minneapolis Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821436655. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Registry Number: 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Of 8 patients with Addisonian pernicious anaemia, 6 had diminished corticosteroid-binding globulin (CBG) concentrations, which returned within 2 weeks to normal after they were given cobalamin by muscle. Thyroxine-binding globulin was completely normal before and after cobalamin replacement. Other oestrogen-responsive proteins, ceruloplasmin, alpha 1-trypsin inhibitor, haptoglobin, transferrin and alpha 2-macroglobulin, also did not parallel CBG concentration. The immunoglobulins similarly did not parallel CBG. The CBG concentration in 2 untreated patients had a normal increase in response to oestrogen, similar to that in CBG deficiency from other causes. No clue was found to the mechanism by which vitamin B-12 influences the putative hepatic control of CBG concentration. It is speculated that at least 2 control points may be necessary for a normal CBG concentration. Patients with a genetic deficiency of CBG may also have to have cobalamin deficiency for them to reach a concentration approaching zero. KW - CORTICOIDS KW - cyanocobalamin KW - globulins KW - vitamin B12 KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cobalamin KW - corticosteroids KW - plasma corticosteroid binding globulins in vitamin B-12 deficiency KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821436655&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hematologic complications of alcoholism: overview. AU - Colman, N. AU - Herbert, V. JO - Seminars in Hematology JF - Seminars in Hematology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 17 IS - 3 SP - 164 EP - 176 SN - 0037-1963 AD - Colman, N.: Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821437242. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - alcoholism KW - reviews KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - review of haematological complications of alcoholism KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821437242&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A primate model for enteral nutrition by tube. AU - Barot, L. R. AU - Rombeau, J. L. AU - Stein, T. P. AU - Chernoff, R. AU - Settle, R. G. AU - Mullen, J. L. JO - Journal of Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition JF - Journal of Parenteral and Enteral Nutrition Y1 - 1982/// VL - 6 IS - 1 SP - 34 EP - 38 SN - 0148-6071 AD - Barot, L. R.: Dep. Surgery (112), Veterans Administration Medical Center, University and Woodland Aves., Philadelphia, PA 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821437506. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Five adult chair-adapted monkeys (Macaca fasicularis) were prepared with gastrostomy and jejunostomy tubes and were depleted daily for 7 days with a low-energy infusion of glucose, 20 kcal/kg, without nitrogen. For the following 10 days the monkeys were repleted daily by tube with energy 124 kcal/kg and N 0.73 g/kg. None died after operation and each monkey showed conversion to anabolism by significant bodyweight gain, positive N balance and net protein synthesis as estimated by [15N]glycine protein turnover rates. There was a significant correlation between energy intake and N balance with the amount of N in the diet. The model was well suited for the surgical and nutritional techniques required for long-term study of enteral nutrition by tube. KW - tube feeding KW - techniques and metabolic effects (monkey) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821437506&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Methionine metabolism in mammals: concentration of metabolites in rat tissues. AU - Finkelstein, J. D. AU - Kyle, W. E. AU - Harris, B. J. AU - Martin, J. J. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1982/// VL - 112 IS - 5 SP - 1011 EP - 1018 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Finkelstein, J. D.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, George Washington Univ. School of Medicine, Washington, DC 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821437620. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 63-68-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Factors were evaluated which regulate the content of methionine, adenosylmethionine, adenosylhomocysteine, cystine, cysteine and acid-soluble thiols in rat tissues. In liver the concentration of methionine seemed relatively insensitive to changes in dietary protein intake. In contrast adenosylmethionine, adenosylhomocysteine, cystine, cysteine and soluble thiol concentrations increased with increase in dietary protein. The ratio of adenosylmethionine:adenosylhomocysteine was about 6.0:1 in livers, brains, kidneys and skeletal muscles from rats fed on the stock diet. Independent variation in the concentrations of those 2 metabolites did occur. However, the ratios in livers of rats on diets with varying casein content equalled or exceeded 5.0. It was concluded that the maintenance of methionine concentration is the primary result of the different homeostatic mechanisms. KW - metabolism KW - methionine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821437620&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Impaired renal mevalonate metabolism in nephrotic syndrome: a stimulus for increased hepatic cholesterogenesis independent of GFR and hypoalbuminemia. AU - Golper, T. A. AU - Swartz, S. H. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1982/// VL - 31 IS - 5 SP - 471 EP - 476 AD - Golper, T. A.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, IIIC, 3710 S.W. US Veterans Hospital Road, Portland, Oreg. 97201, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821437627. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5, 150-97-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Increased hepatic lipogenesis in the nephrotic syndrome is not adequately explained by hypoalbuminaemia. In this disorder increased delivery of the cholesterol precursor mevalonic acid (MVA) to the liver may be an unidentified stimulus to cholesterogenesis. As the kidneys are the major site of mevalonate excretion and metabolism by the sterol or nonsterol shunt pathways, an impairment of any of those metabolic alternatives could result in redistribution of mevalonate to the liver. Male Sprague-Dawley rats rendered nephrotic by puromycin aminonucleoside had their kidneys perfused with Krebs-Henseleit-bicarbonate buffer containing albumin, glucose and [5-14C]MVA. The number 5-carbon label was utilized so that any 14CO2 produced would represent mevalonate shunt pathway activity. The isolated perfused kidney was used to eliminate confounding variables. In 8 control kidneys perfused for 2 h 62 plus or minus 2% of the MVA was removed from the perfusate compared with 50 plus or minus 2% in 5 nephrotic kidneys. Urinary MVA recovery was 22 plus or minus 2% in controls, 15 plus or minus 1% in nephrotics. The incorporation of 14C into renal tissue lipids was not different in the 2 groups. Recovery of 14CO2 in controls was greater than in nephrotics. Inulin clearance per g kidney and sodium reabsorption were similar for the 2 groups. Isolated perfused kidneys from nephrotic rats metabolize MVA abnormally such that less is excreted, less is oxidized and more is available for recirculation to the liver. This occurs independently of hypoalbuminaemia, a change in glomerular filtration rate or an overt histopathological lesion. These events create an environment for increased cholesterol synthesis. KW - cholesterol KW - mevalonic acid KW - nephrotic syndrome KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - mevalonate metabolism and cholesterol formation by liver in nephrotic syndrome KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821437627&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - In search of a relationship between physiologically-induced variations in adipose tissue lipoprotein lipase activity and very low density lipoprotein kinetics in normal rats. AU - Verschoor, L. AU - Chen, Y. D. I. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1982/// VL - 31 IS - 5 SP - 499 EP - 503 AD - Verschoor, L.: Dep. Medicine, Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821437639. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Registry Number: 9004-02-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The relation between total and heparin-releasable adipose tissue lipoprotein lipase (LPL) activity and very-low-density lipoprotein (VLDL) triglyceride (TG) removal rate was studied in normal rats. Significant variation in total and heparin-releasable adipose tissue LPL activity could be induced by changing diet or time of day at which the estimations were made or both. The changes did not seem to modify VLDL-TG kinetics, and substantial variations (increases and decreases) in LPL activity could be produced with no change in VLDL-TG removal. The results indicate that quantitative variations in adipose tissue LPL activity as directly estimated do not give rise to useful insights into VLDL-TG kinetics. KW - adipose tissue KW - lipoprotein lipase KW - lipoproteins KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - diacylglycerol lipase KW - relation between adipose tissue lipoprotein lipase and v.l.d. lipoprotein kinetics KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821437639&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The lipid composition of human liver microsomes. AU - Waskell, L. AU - Koblin, D. AU - Canova-Davis, E. JO - Lipids JF - Lipids Y1 - 1982/// VL - 17 IS - 4 SP - 317 EP - 320 SN - 0024-4201 AD - Waskell, L.: Dep. Anesthesia, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, CA 94143, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821437921. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The lipid composition of human liver microsomes isolated from liver biopsy samples was estimated. Human liver microsomal phospholipid was composed of 49% phosphatidylcholine, 31% phosphatidylethanolamine, 14% phosphatidylserine + phosphatidylinositol and 6% sphingomyelin, very similar to the phospholipid composition of rat liver microsomes. The fatty acid composition of human liver microsomes was remarkable only for its content of polyunsaturated fatty acids, with 20% of the fatty acids consisting of arachidonic, docosatetraenoic, docosapentaenoic and docosahexaenoic acids. This value contrasts with 33% in rats and 9% in rabbits. The molar cholesterol:phospholipid ratio in human liver microsomes was 0.069:1, similar to the ratio in rat and rabbit microsomes. KW - lipids KW - liver cells KW - microsomes KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hepatocytes KW - lipids in liver microsomes (man, rabbit, rat) KW - lipins KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821437921&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Characteristics of intestinal glucose secretion in normal and diabetic rats. AU - Levine, G. M. AU - Shiau, Y. F. AU - Deren, J. A. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 242 IS - 2 SP - G455 EP - G459 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Levine, G. M.: Gastroenterology Section, Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Philadelphia, Pa. 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821437971. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A method was developed to characterize and quantitate the transfer of glucose from the plasma to the intestinal lumen. In normal rats, there was a linear correlation between the blood glucose concentration and the rate of appearance of plasma glucose into the intestinal lumen perfused with Krebs-Ringer buffer. Intestinal perfusion with buffers containing mannitol, glucose or phlorizin significantly increased the recovery of secreted glucose compared with that with plain buffer. Rats perfused with buffer containing mannitol or those undergoing plasma volume expansion with dextran demonstrated a change in water movement from net absorption to secretion coupled with a significant increase in glucose secretion. During luminal perfusion with a buffer containing 21 mM glucose, glucose secretion represented 14% of the net glucose absorption rate. Intestinal perfusion with phlorizin gave the highest measured recovery of glucose, probably by blocking active reabsorption of secreted glucose. A series of simultaneous perfusions made in the jejunum and ileum revealed similar rates of glucose transfer in both segments of intestine. Estimation of glucose secretion in rats with streptozotocin diabetes gave the highest values for the plasma-to-lumen movement of glucose. Treatment with insulin reduced the blood sugar and glucose transfer rate. The results demonstrate that glucose moves bidirectionally across the rat intestine, and its secretion is a passive process. KW - diabetes KW - glucose KW - intestines KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - intestinal glucose transfer in diabetes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821437971&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastrin and growth of the alimentary tract in the streptozotocin-diabetic rat. AU - Schedl, H. P. AU - Wilson, H. D. AU - Ramaswamy, K. AU - Lichtenberger, L. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 242 IS - 2 SP - G460 EP - G463 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Schedl, H. P.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, Iowa 52240, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821437972. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 9002-76-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Mucosal growth in small intestine of the streptozotocin-diabetic rat is increased; insulin treatment decreases growth toward normal. Gastrin is trophic to the alimentary tract. Gastrin and growth of the alimentary tract were estimated in control, diabetic and insulin-treated diabetic rats. Mucosal growth of the small intestine increased at 10 days of diabetes and increased further by 20 days. Serum and antral gastrin did not respond to diabetes at 10 days. At 20 days, mean antral gastrin was increased in all diabetic groups, but the increase was significant only for a hyperphagic diabetic group fed freely, which also showed increased serum gastrin. Insulin treatment decreased serum gastrin but only partly reversed the increased mucosal growth in diabetics. It is concluded that gastrin is not the primary cause for increased small intestinal mucosal growth in diabetes, inasmuch as gastrin did not respond to diabetes at 10 days when mucosal growth was increased, and decreased serum gastrin in insulin-treated groups was associated with increased mucosal growth; diabetes seems to cause gastrin to increase. KW - diabetes KW - gastrin KW - intestinal mucosa KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gastrin on growth of intestinal mucosa in diabetes KW - intestine epithelium KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821437972&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of acute respiratory alkalosis and acidosis on intestinal ion transport in vivo. AU - Feldman, G. M. AU - Charney, A. N. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 242 IS - 2 SP - G486 EP - G492 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Feldman, G. M.: Nephrology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York Univ. School of Medicine, New York, N.Y. 10010, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821437974. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 7732-18-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of acute respiratory alkalosis and acidosis on intestinal electrolyte transport were studied in adult Sprague-Dawley rats. During intestinal perfusion, anaesthetized rats were ventilated without or with 3 or 8% CO2, creating states of alkalosis (pH 7.64 plus or minus 0.01), normocapnia (pH 7.45 plus or minus 0.01) or acidosis (pH 7.26 plus or minus 0.01), respectively. The plasma bicarbonate concentration decreased by 2.0 mM during alkalosis and increased by 2.1 mM during acidosis. The jejunum did not respond to the acid-base disturbances. In the ileum and colon, alkalosis decreased the net absorption of water -16, sodium -23 and chloride -42%, and the net secretion of bicarbonate -33%, whereas acidosis increased the net absorption of water 41, sodium 39 and chloride 32%, and bicarbonate secretion 33% (ileal values given). Changes in sodium chloride movement could be correlated with changes in systemic pH and PCO2, and bicarbonate secretion paralleled changes in the plasma bicarbonate concentration. The acid-base disorders had no effect on ileal and colonic net potassium secretion and transmural potential difference. The studies suggest that systemic pH, PCO2 or both regulate sodium chloride absorption, and the plasma bicarbonate concentration regulates bicarbonate secretion. KW - acidosis KW - alkalosis KW - hypercapnia KW - intestines KW - minerals KW - respiratory diseases KW - water KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - lung diseases KW - metabolic acidosis KW - respiratory alkalosis or acidosis on intestinal ion transport KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821437974&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 in the chick. AU - Bikle, D. D. AU - Peck, C. C. AU - Holford, N. H. G. AU - Zolock, D. T. AU - Morrissey, R. L. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 111 IS - 3 SP - 939 EP - 946 AD - Bikle, D. D.: Dep. Medicine, Univ. California Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, 4150 Clement Street (111N), San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821440343. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Registry Number: 67-97-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - To relate the disposition kinetics of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) to its function, a physiological dose of radiolabelled 1,25-DHCC was injected into wing veins of chickens deprived of vitamin D. The uptake of 1,25-DHCC by the duodenal mucosa reached a peak of 6.2 pmol/g wet weight at 3 h. This was followed by a rapid disappearance, the kinetics of which paralleled the terminal phase of plasma 1,25-DHCC disappearance. Intact 1,25-DHCC accounted for more than 75% of the total radioactivity in the duodenal mucosa for at least 36 h, but fell to 30% of the total radioactivity in plasma by 8 h. An unidentified metabolite which cochromatographed with 1,24,25-DHCC appeared in the duodenal mucosa and plasma within 1 h after 1,25-DHCC was given. Its disposition paralleled that of 1,25-DHCC in the duodenal mucosa, but it disappeared from plasma more slowly than did 1,25-DHCC. A two-compartment model adequately described the disposition kinetics of 1,25-DHCC in the chickens. The alpha and beta half-lives for 1,25-DHCC disappearance were 0.5 and 6.4 h, respectively. The volumes of distribution of the 2 compartments were calculated as 16.7 ml and 5.65 g wet weight. The parallel and rapid disappearance of radioactive label from plasma, liver, muscle and spleen in contrast to the initial retention or accumulation of the label by duodenal mucosa, kidney, bone and pancreas is consistent with the view that one compartment is comprised of tissues that contain specific 1,25-DHCC receptors. In contrast to the rapid disappearance of 1,25-DHCC from plasma and duodenum, the biological effects of 1,25-DHCC were delayed and longer lasting. Calcium-binding protein was first detected in the duodenal mucosal cytosol at 6 h, reached a maximum of 1,15 mu g/mg protein at 18 h, and persisted at this value for at least 72 h despite the nearly complete disappearance of 1,25-DHCC from the intestinal mucosa. KW - cholecalciferol KW - metabolism KW - poultry KW - fowls KW - Gallus gallus KW - Gallus KW - Phasianidae KW - Galliformes KW - birds KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - chickens KW - dihydroxycholecalciferols KW - domesticated birds KW - vitamin D3 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821440343&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Skeletal muscle injury after magnesium depletion in the dog. AU - Cronin, R. E. AU - Ferguson, E. R. AU - Shannon, W. A., Jr. AU - Knochel, J. P JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 243 IS - 2 SP - F113 EP - F120 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Cronin, R. E.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, Tex. 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821441274. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 36 ref. Registry Number: 7439-95-4, 7723-14-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - Adult beagle dogs were given a diet deficient in magnesium. Despite the development of severe hypomagnesaemia (from 1.5 to 0.5 mEq/litre) during 10 weeks, Mg content of skeletal muscle fell only slightly. The most pronounced muscle compositional changes were a loss of phosphorus and gains of calcium, sodium and chloride. Cellular potassium content did not change. Muscle cell electrical hyperpolarization developed after 10 weeks of Mg depletion. Convulsive seizures developed in 3 dogs. Frank rhabdomyolysis in 3 and focal necrosis in 4 dogs were present at the end of the study, with only 4 dogs having normal histology. KW - depletion KW - injuries KW - magnesium KW - Membrane potential KW - muscular diseases KW - nutrient deficiencies KW - Phosphorus KW - skeletal muscle KW - spasms KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - myopathy KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821441274&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Somatostatin-14 and -28: clearance and potency on gastric function in dogs. AU - Seal, A. AU - Yamada, T. AU - Debas, H. AU - Hollinshead, J. AU - Osadchey, B. AU - Aponte, G. AU - Walsh, J. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 243 IS - 2 SP - G97 EP - G102 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Seal, A.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821441296. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Registry Number: 51110-01-1, 9002-72-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - To study the significance of somatostatin-14 (S-14) and somatostatin-28 (S-28) in gastric physiology, their relative potencies on acid secretion were compared in dogs. On a molar infusion basis, S-14 and S-28 seemed to be equipotent, causing 50% of peptone meal-stimulated acid secretion at a dose of 400 pmol/kg h. Comparison of the plasma half lives (t1/2) of the 2 peptides revealed that S-28 disappeared at a slower rate (t1/2 = 2.84 plus or minus 0.15 min, mean plus or minus s.e.) than S-14 (t1/2 = 0.57 plus or minus 0.06 min). When acid-inhibitory effect was compared against increment in plasma concentrations produced by peptide infusion, S-14 was roughly 10-fold more potent than S-28. No change of gastrin response to peptone was observed at a dose of S-14 or S-28 that completely abolished acid secretion, suggesting that regulation of acid secretion is not mediated by gastrin inhibition. KW - gastric acid KW - gastric juices KW - hormone antagonists KW - inhibition KW - Peptides KW - secretions KW - somatostatin KW - somatotropin KW - stomach KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - growth hormone KW - stomach secretion KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821441296&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Stimulation of ammonia production from glutamine by intraluminal glucose in small intestine of dogs. AU - Weber, F. L., Jr. AU - Veach, G. AU - Friedman, D. W. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1982/// VL - 242 IS - 6 SP - G552 EP - G557 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Weber, F. L., Jr.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. Kentucky Medical School, Lexington, Ky. 40536, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19821441860. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7664-41-7, 50-99-7, 56-85-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - In paired luminal perfusion studies in dogs deprived of food for 24 h, 50 mM glucose, 3-O-methylglucose or 3-hydroxybutyric acid was compared with a control perfusate containing 50 mM mannitol. In the jejunum, glucose perfusion significantly increased ammonia release into mesenteric venous blood by 21 plus or minus 5 nmol/min g intestine or 32 plus or minus 7% and glutamine uptake from arterial blood by 21 plus or minus 3 nmol/min g intestine. Perfusion of ileum with glucose also significantly increased ammonia release by 8 plus or minus 1 nmol/min g intestine or 12 plus or minus 2% and glutamine uptake by 11 plus or minus 4 nmol/min g intestine, although the increments were less than in the jejunum. Perfusion of the jejunum with 3-hydroxybutyric acid or nonmetabolizable 3-O-methylglucose caused no increase in ammonia release, even though glucose, 3-hydroxybutyric acid and 3-O-methylglucose were absorbed at similar rates and there were similar increments in water absorption. Stimulation of intestinal glutamine metabolism was probably related to cellular metabolism of glucose and could not be attributed to a stimulation of solute or water absorption. KW - administration KW - Amino acids KW - ammonia KW - glucose KW - glutamine KW - Intestines KW - Metabolism KW - production KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19821441860&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Campylobacter enteritis: clinical and epidemiologic features. AU - Blaser, M. J. AU - Berkowitz, I. D. AU - LaForce, F. M. AU - Cravens, J. AU - Reller, L. B. AU - Wang, W.-L. L. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1979/// VL - 91 IS - 2 SP - 179 EP - 185 SN - 0003-4819 AD - Blaser, M. J.: Microbiol. Lab., Denver Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Denver, Colorado, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19800467945. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 61 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Dairy Science N2 - Campylobacter fetus subsp. jejuni has recently been recognized as a source of diarrhoeal disease in man. In a study of 514 patients with diarrhoea, C. fetus subsp. jejuni was isolated from faeces of 26 patients. In 3 of the cases, unpasteurized milk was thought to be the source of infection. KW - diarrhoea KW - diseases KW - isolation KW - milk KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - C. fetus subsp. jejuni KW - Campylobacter fetus subsp. jejuni KW - diarrhea KW - scouring KW - Milk and Dairy Produce (QQ010) KW - Food Contamination, Residues and Toxicology (QQ200) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19800467945&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Immunocytochemical identification of trichomonads. AU - Bennett, B. D. AU - Bailey, J. AU - Gardner, W. A., Jr. JO - Archives of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine JF - Archives of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine Y1 - 1980/// VL - 104 IS - 5 SP - 247 EP - 249 SN - 0003-9985 AD - Bennett, B. D.: Laboratory Service, Nashville Veterans Administration Hospital, 1310 24th Ave. South, Nashville, TN 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19800873995. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - A technique is described for the identification of Trichomonas vaginalis in tissue sections. A rabbit antiserum specific for T. vaginalis was prepared. Tissue sections containing parasites were treated as follows: (i) 0.3% H2O2 in methanol, 30 min.; (ii) 3% H2O2, 5 min.; (iii) 10% egg albumin, 30 min.; (iv) goat serum, 10 min.; (v) rabbit antiserum as above 1:200, 60 min.; (vi) peroxidase conjugated goat antirabbit gamma -globulin 1:50, 30 min.; (vii) diaminobenzidine, 4 min. Sections were washed with TRIS buffer between each step and finally counterstained with light green. The antiserum cross-stained with T. hominis but not with Giardia or Chilomastix. KW - parasites KW - staining KW - techniques KW - protozoa KW - Trichomonas vaginalis KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Trichomonas KW - Trichomonadidae KW - Trichomonadida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Protozoa KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19800873995&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Effect of B6 deficiency and replenishment on RNA, DNA, and protein metabolism in pancreas. AU - Manjit Singh T2 - Gastroenterology JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 76 IS - 5, II SP - 1249 EP - 1249 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Manjit Singh: Veterans Administration Medical Center (FHD), Augusta, GA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801400055. Language: English. Registry Number: 9007-49-2, 65-23-6, 63231-63-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - DNA KW - pancreas KW - protein metabolism KW - pyridoxine KW - RNA KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - deoxyribonucleic acid KW - ribonucleic acid KW - vitamin B-6 deficiency and replenishment affect RNA, DNA and protein metabolism in pancreas KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801400055&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - IgA in human bile and liver. AU - Smith, P. D. AU - Nagura, H. AU - Brown, W. R. T2 - Gastroenterology JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 76 IS - 5, II SP - 1251 EP - 1251 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Smith, P. D.: Veterans Administration, Denver, Colo., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801400057. Language: English. Registry Number: 308067-57-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - bile KW - immunoglobulins KW - liver KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gall KW - gamma-globulins KW - immune globulins KW - immunoglobulins in bile and liver KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801400057&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - The effect of antrectomy on the pancreatic polypeptide (PP) response to food. AU - Taylor, I. L. AU - Harmon, J. W. AU - Trout, H. H. AU - Walsh, J. H. T2 - Gastroenterology JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 76 IS - 5, II SP - 1259 EP - 1259 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Taylor, I. L.: CURE, Veterans Administration Hospital, Los Angeles, Calif., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801400075. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - eating KW - gastrectomy KW - hormones KW - pancreas KW - polypeptides KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - antrectomy on pancreatic polypeptide response to food KW - stomach removal KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801400075&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of chronic ethanol consumption on skeletal muscle of free amino acid levels in rats. AU - Hsu, J. M. AU - Anthony, W. L. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1980/// VL - 22 IS - 3 SP - 453 EP - 457 AD - Hsu, J. M.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bay Pines, Fla. 33504, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801402276. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats initially 2 months old were given a stock diet and 20% ethanol as their only drink. Controls were given food and water freely or were pair-fed with those given ethanol and given sucrose solution to supply the same amount of energy as ethanol. After 6 months on ethanol the rats were deprived of food for 18 h and were then killed. Final bodyweight for rats given ethanol was 500, for pair-fed controls 500 and for freely-fed controls 572 g. Liver weight was significantly increased, when expressed in g/unit bodyweight, in those given ethanol and in pair-fed controls. Isoleucine, leucine, valine and methionine concentrations in muscle were increased in those given ethanol. The greatest effect of ethanol on nonessential amino acids was the increase in alpha -amino-n-butyric acid. KW - ethanol KW - free amino acids KW - skeletal muscle KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethanol on free amino acids in skeletal muscle KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801402276&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hypolipidemic effect of casein vs. soy protein in the hyperlipidemic hypothyroid chick model. AU - Raheja, K. L. AU - Linscheer, W. G. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1980/// VL - 21 IS - 4 SP - 497 EP - 503 AD - Raheja, K. L.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Irving Ave. and University Place, Syracuse, N.Y. 13210, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801403861. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Registry Number: 9000-71-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Groups of 10 chickens from 1 week old were given a diet with 20% protein without or with 0.1% propylthiouracil (PTU) (to induce hyperlipaemia) or with 62% protein as soya bean protein or casein with 0.1% PTU. In the second experiment diets had 40% protein. All chickens given PTU became hypothyroid. Both soya bean protein and casein 62 or 40% decreased cholesterol and triglyceride in blood. Soya bean protein decreased hepatic triglyceride but casein had no effect. Hypothyroidism decreased hepatic and biliary cholesterol concentrations. KW - blood lipids KW - casein KW - hyperlipaemia KW - hypothyroidism KW - poultry KW - soya protein KW - fowls KW - Gallus gallus KW - Gallus KW - Phasianidae KW - Galliformes KW - birds KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - casein or soya protein on blood lipids in hyperlipaemic hypothyroidism KW - chickens KW - domesticated birds KW - hyperlipemia KW - soy protein KW - soyabean protein KW - soybean protein KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801403861&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Simple rapid and sensitive for the simultaneous quantitation of ethanol and acetaldehyde in biological materials using head-space gas chromatography. AU - Mendenhall, C. L. AU - MacGee, J. AU - Green, E. S. JO - Journal of Chromatography JF - Journal of Chromatography Y1 - 1980/// VL - 190 IS - 1 SP - 197 EP - 200 SN - 0021-9673 AD - Mendenhall, C. L.: Alcohol Research Lab., Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3200 Vine Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 45220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801404535. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 75-07-0, 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - acetaldehyde KW - estimation KW - ethanol KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801404535&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of dietary and nitrous oxide-induced vitamin B-12 deficiency on uptake of 5-methyltetrahydrofolate by isolated rat hepatocytes. AU - Horne, D. W. AU - Briggs, W. T. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1980/// VL - 110 IS - 2 SP - 223 EP - 230 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Horne, D. W.: Biochemistry Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Vanderbilt Univ. School of Medicine, Nashville, TN 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801404639. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Registry Number: 68-19-9, 59-30-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Previous exposure of rats to a mixture of nitrous oxide and oxygen (80:20) for 20 to 24 h and feeding rats for 23 weeks on a diet deficient in vitamin B-12 and methionine resulted in a 86 to 90% decrease in the activity of the vitamin B-12-dependent enzyme, 5-methyltetrahydrofolate-homocysteine methyltransferase (EC 4.2.99.10). Deficient rats excreted some 15 times as much methylmalonic acid as controls indicating impaired functioning of the vitamin B-12-dependent enzyme, methylmalonyl-CoA mutase (EC 5.4.99.2). Hepatocytes prepared from rats deficient in vitamin B-12 and methionine and from nitrous oxide-treated rats showed no impairment of the membrane transport of 5-methyltetrahydro-[G-3H]folic acid when compared with the respective controls. This observation was true for the initial rate of entry and for the ability of these cells to accumulate this folate derivative. These findings support the "methyl trap" hypothesis and apparently rule out the "cellular transport" hypothesis for the folate-vitamin B-12 metabolic interrelation. KW - cyanocobalamin KW - folic acid KW - liver cells KW - vitamin B12 KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cobalamin KW - diet- or nitrous oxide-induced vitamin B-12 deficiency on 5-methyltetrahydrofolate uptake by hepatocytes KW - folacin KW - folate KW - hepatocytes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801404639&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cholesterol reduces the effects of dihydroxy bile acids and fatty acids on water and solute transport in the human jejunum. AU - Broor, S. L. AU - Slota, T. AU - Ammon, H. V. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1980/// VL - 65 IS - 4 SP - 920 EP - 925 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Broor, S. L.: Section of Gastroenterology, Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801404739. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5, 7732-18-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Jenunal perfusion studies were made in 16 healthy volunteers to test the hypothesis that intraluminal cholesterol can mitigate the fluid secretion induced by dihydroxy bile acids and fatty acids. Fluid secretion in the presence of 5 mM taurodeoxycholate was somewhat reduced by 4 mM mono-olein which was used for the solubilization of cholesterol. Addition of 0.8 mM cholesterol reduced fluid secretion further. Fluid secretion induced by 4 mM oleic acid was changed to net absorption in a linear fashion with increasing cholesterol concentration in the perfusion solutions; 1 mM cholesterol reduced fluid secretion induced by 6 mM oleic acid, but had no effect on fluid secretion induced by 6 mM linolenic acid. Glucose absorption was generally affected in a similar manner as water transport. In vitro, 1 mM cholesterol reduced monomer activity of 6 mM oleic acid to 72.3% of control and that of linolenic acid to 81.1% of control. Although statistically significant, the difference in the effects of cholesterol on monomer activities of the two fatty acids was rather small and it is unlikely that changes in monomer concentration of fatty acids and bile acids account for the protective effect of cholesterol. The observations in vivo point to a new physiological role for biliary cholesterol: the modification of the response of the small intestine to the effects of dihydroxy bile acids and fatty acids. KW - absorption KW - bile acids KW - cholesterol KW - fatty acids KW - jejunum KW - water KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cholesterol reduces effects of dihydroxy bile acids and fatty acids on water and solute transport in jejunum KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801404739&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Dietary modification of thyroxine deiodination in rat liver is not mediated by hepatic sulfhydryls. AU - Gavin, L. A. AU - McMahon, F. A. AU - Moeller, M. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1980/// VL - 65 IS - 4 SP - 943 EP - 946 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Gavin, L. A.: Division of Endocrinology-Metabolism, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. California, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801404740. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 51-48-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The sequential deiodination was studied of thyroxine (T4) to 3,5,3'-triiodothyronine (T3) (5'-deiodination) and 3,3',5-triiodothyronine (reverse T3, rT3) (5-deiodination) in liver homogenates without added thiol from groups of rats fed on Purina lab chow (P) (a protein-rich diet), glucose alone (G), or glucose plus cysteine (Gc) for 72 h or starved (F) for the same period. The initial rate of each reaction was compared to the tissue concentrations of nonprotein sulphydryls (NP-SH) and glutathione (GSH). Dietary manipulation induced significant changes in hepatic deiodination of T4 to T3 and rT3 and sulphydryl rate of each reaction and hepatic NP-SH and GSH values. T4 deiodination by the alternative pathways was significantly higher in G>P>F. In contrast both hepatic NP-SH and GSH concentrations were greater in P>F>G. The lack of a relation between those variables was further emphasized on analysis of tissue from rats given glucose and cysteine. Despite the clearcut increase in hepatic NP-SH and GSH consequent to feeding on glucose and cysteine, there was no change in iodothyronine deiodination compared with the group on glucose alone. The results indicate that the effects of diet on T4 monodeiodination in liver are not mediated by changes in the tissue values of sulphydryl compounds but rather involve changes in the concentrations of the deiodinases. KW - SULFHYDRYL GROUPS KW - thyroxine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - lack of relation between diet effect on thyroxine deiodination in liver and hepatic sulphydryls KW - sulphydryl groups KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801404740&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - A chemically defined diet for rats consuming 50% total calories as ethanol. AU - Derr, R. F. AU - Lindblad, S. T2 - Federation Proceedings JO - Federation Proceedings JF - Federation Proceedings Y1 - 1980/// VL - 39 IS - 3, I SP - 541 EP - 541 SN - 0014-9446 AD - Derr, R. F.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801405118. Language: English. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - ethanol KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - chemically defined diet on intake KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801405118&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Nephrotoxic effect in rats of chronic consumption of ethanol at 50% of total calories. AU - Draves, K. AU - Kerr, R. F. T2 - Federation Proceedings JO - Federation Proceedings JF - Federation Proceedings Y1 - 1980/// VL - 39 IS - 3, I SP - 541 EP - 541 SN - 0014-9446 AD - Draves, K.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801405119. Language: English. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - ethanol KW - kidneys KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - nephrotoxic effects of ethanol excess KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801405119&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Current knowledge on zinc, copper and chromium in aging. AU - Hsu, J. M. JO - World Review of Nutrition and Dietetics JF - World Review of Nutrition and Dietetics Y1 - 1979/// VL - 33 SP - 42 EP - 69 AD - Hsu, J. M.: Medical Research Service, Veterans Administration Center, Bay Pines, FL 33504, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801405554. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 177 ref. Registry Number: 7440-47-3, 7440-50-8, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - aging KW - chromium KW - copper KW - reviews KW - zinc KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ageing KW - review of role of zinc, copper and chromium in ageing KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Diet Studies (VV110) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801405554&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - An enzymatic approach to lipoprotein quantification. AU - Steele, B. W. AU - Koehler, D. F. AU - Kuba, K. AU - Azar, M. M. JO - American Journal of Clinical Pathology JF - American Journal of Clinical Pathology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 73 IS - 1 SP - 75 EP - 78 SN - 0002-9173 AD - Steele, B. W.: Lab. Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801405628. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Lipoprotein cholesterol was estimated in blood plasma without ultracentrifuging by modified enzymic methods for cholesterol, high-density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol and triglyceride and the formula, low-density lipoprotein cholesterol = total cholesterol - HDL cholesterol - triglycerides/5. The methods for cholesterol and triglyceride were standardized for accuracy and precision. The lipoprotein cholesterol values obtained were well correlated with those values estimated using ultracentifuging. KW - estimation KW - lipoproteins KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801405628&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Protective effect of plant sterols against chemically induced colon tumors in rats. AU - Raicht, R. F. AU - Cohen, B. I. AU - Fazzini, E. P. AU - Sarwal, A. N. AU - Takahashi, M. JO - Cancer Research JF - Cancer Research Y1 - 1980/// VL - 40 IS - 2 SP - 403 EP - 405 AD - Raicht, R. F.: Dep. Gastroenterology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York, N.Y. 10010, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801405797. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of beta -sitosterol on colon tumour formation was studied in rats given the carcinogen N-methyl-N-nitrosourea into the colon. The beta -sitosterol nullified in part the effect of that direct-acting carcinogen on the colon. It is suggested that plant sterols may have a protective dietary action to retard colon tumour formation. The beneficial effects of vegetarian diets may be increased because of the presence of those compounds. KW - carcinogens KW - colon KW - phytosterols KW - tumours KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - protection by plant sterols against induced colon tumours KW - tumors KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801405797&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Rapid changes in rat heart lipoprotein lipase activity after feeding carbohydrate. AU - Pedersen, M. E. AU - Schotz, M. C. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1980/// VL - 110 IS - 3 SP - 481 EP - 487 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Pedersen, M. E.: Lipid Research Lab., Research Service, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801407001. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 9004-02-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 150 to 200 g were fed freely on a cereal-based stock diet, then starved for up to 12 h and given by tube 3 ml water or 60% (w/v) glucose, sucrose or fructose solution. At death the hearts were removed and perfused with Krebs-Ringer bicarbonate buffer containing heparin 1 unit/ml. The perfusate was then tested for lipoprotein lipase (LPL) activity. From 35 to 80 min after feeding, the LPL activity released by heparin from hearts of the glucose-fed rats decreased by 85% compared with the LPL activity released from hearts of the control group given water. A similar decline in lipase activity was seen in the sucrose-fed group. In contrast to the glucose and sucrose results fructose produced no change in the heparin-releasable LPL activity compared with the control rats. The LPL activity remaining in the heart tissue after perfusion with heparin was not significantly different in the experimental and control groups. The capacity of the hearts to hydrolyse 14C-labelled chylomicrons after glucose or sucrose was also reduced by 70 to 85%. KW - carbohydrates KW - heart KW - lipoprotein lipase KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - diacylglycerol lipase KW - heart lipoprotein lipase after carbohydrate KW - saccharides KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801407001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of vitamin D metabolites on bovine parathyroid hormone release in vitro. AU - Chertow, B. S. AU - Baker, G. R. AU - Henry, H. L. AU - Norman, A. W. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 238 IS - 4 SP - E384 EP - E388 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Chertow, B. S.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration, West Side Hospital, Chicago, Ill., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801407540. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Registry Number: 9002-64-6, 1406-16-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of 1 alpha ,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC), 24R,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (24,25-DHCC) and 25-hydroxycholecalciferol (25-HCC) on the release of parathyrin (PTH) were studied. Bovine parathyroid tissues were incubated for 4 h in a medium low in calcium, 1.0 mM. 1,25-DHCC 10-9 to 10-12 M, 24,25-DHCC 10-6 to 10-8 M and 25-HCC 5 X 10-7 to 5 X 10-9 M inhibited PTH release. Inhibition by all metabolites was concentration- and time-dependent. On a molar basis, 1,25-DHCC was the most potent metabolite, being at least 100 times more potent than 24,25-DHCC and 25-HCC; 24,25-DHCC was about 5 times more potent than 25-HCC at concentrations producing 65% inhibition. Inhibition by high concentrations of metabolites was evident by 1 h of incubation; inhibition was progressive throughout incubation, and maximum suppression to 30 to 40% of control occurred during the fourth and final hour of incubation. 1,25-DHCC 10-11 M, a low concentration which did not inhibit secretion, transiently stimulated release. KW - parathyrin KW - vitamin D KW - parathyroid hormone KW - vitamin D metabolites on parathyrin release in vitro (cattle) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801407540&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of zinc on the absorption of calcium in man. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Kramer, L. AU - Norris, C. AU - Osis, D. AU - Lender, M. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1980/// VL - 33 IS - 4 SP - 947 EP - 947 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801407745. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The absorption of calcium was estimated during a high zinc intake in men in controlled dietary conditions. In the control study daily Zn in diet was from 12 to 15 mg. During the high Zn intake, 140 mg Zn as the sulphate was added to the constant diet. 47Ca absorption was studied and Ca and Zn balances were estimated during both Zn intakes. After 47Ca by mouth the plasma 47Ca and urinary and faecal 47Ca excretions were estimated. The 47Ca concentrations in plasma were distinctly lower during the high Zn intake than in the control study as was the 47Ca absorption, irrespective of the energy or protein intake. The Ca balance results were in agreement with those of 47Ca, showing an increase of faecal Ca during high Zn intake. In a study on a patient with chronic renal failure who was not undergoing dialysis and did not receive any medication, 47Ca absorption decreased with the addition of 30 mg Zn daily but was not changed with 140 mg Zn. The indication was that a high Zn intake interferes with the intestinal absorption of Ca in persons with normal renal function and that the effect of Zn on the absorption of Ca in patients with chronic renal failure may be dose-dependent. KW - calcium KW - zinc KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - zinc on calcium absorption KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801407745&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Circadian rhythm of intestinal sucrase activity in rats. Mechanism of enzyme change. AU - Kaufman, M. A. AU - Korsmo, H. A. AU - Olsen, W. A. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1980/// VL - 65 IS - 5 SP - 1174 EP - 1181 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Kaufman, M. A.: Gastroenterology Research Lab., William S. Middleton Memorial Veterans Administration Hospital, Madison, Wis. 53706, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801407757. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The mechanism of the circadian rhythm of intestinal sucrase activity was studied by methods involving quantitative immunoprecipitation of sucrase-isomaltase protein and study of decay of radioactively labelled protein. Rats were placed on controlled feeding from 1000 to 1500 h and then some were killed every 3 h for 24 h. Immunotitration experiments indicated that the circadian rhythm was the result of changes in the absolute amount of sucrase-isomaltase protein present and not of changes in the catalytic efficiency of the enzyme. To study the mechanism of this carcadian variation in sucrase-isomaltase mass, [14C]sodium carbonate was injected and, after maximum incorporation into brush border protein, the rats were killed at 3-h intervals. Sucrase-isomaltase protein was isolated by immunoprecipitation, and the decrease in total disintegrations per min with time was used to study degradation of the protein. Enzyme degradation was not constant but showed a clear circadian rhythm. The period of increasing enzyme mass was characterized by cessation of enzyme degradation (half-time of 38 h), and the period of declining enzyme mass by rapid degradation (half-time of 6 h or less). Similar changes occurred in enzyme degradation in starved rats, showing that the changes were not the result of decreased isotope reutilization during feeding. There was no evidence of a circadian rhythm in [14C]leucine incorporation into the protein, suggesting that enzyme synthesis was constant. These results indicate that the circadian rhythm of sucrase activity represents changes in the total amount of enzyme protein which are, at least in large part, secondary to changes in the degradation rate of the enzyme. KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - diurnal variation in intestinal activity KW - sucrose alpha-D-glucohydrolase KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801407757&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Sympathectomy and prostaglandin deficiency do not prevent gastrogenic hyperglycaemia and hyperinsulinaemia. AU - Schusdziarra, V. AU - Rouiller, D. AU - Unger, R. H. JO - Acta Endocrinologica JF - Acta Endocrinologica Y1 - 1979/// VL - 92 IS - 4 SP - 680 EP - 686 SN - 0001-5598 AD - Schusdziarra, V.: Dallas Veterans Administration Center, Univ. Texas Southwestern Medical School, Dallas, Tex., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801407851. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 11000-26-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A liver extract test meal at pH 2 or 7 was instilled into the stomach of normal dogs and dogs with a chemical sympathectomy or indomethacin-induced prostaglandin deficiency, all of which had a bisected pylorus and gastric fistula. In the normal dogs the liver meal at pH 2 significantly increased plasma glucose, glucagon and insulin; at pH 7 only glucagon rose significantly. This was not changed in chemically sympathectomized dogs, nor during the infusion of indomethacin. In all experiments gastrin or gastric glucagon release in response to the meal at pH 2 was lower than or similar to the response to the meal at pH 7. These findings suggest that the influence of the stomach on islet cell function and glucose homeostasis does not depend on adrenergic innervation or the presence of prostaglandins, but rather is mediated by a yet undetermined mechanism. KW - denervation KW - hyperglycaemia KW - hyperinsulinaemia KW - prostaglandins KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - high blood glucose KW - hyperglycemia KW - hyperinsulinemia KW - sympathectomy, prostaglandin deficiency and gastrogenic hyperglycaemia and hyperinsulinaemia KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801407851&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Folic acid-induced renal injury and repair. Correlation of structural and functional abnormalities. AU - Klingler, E. L., Jr. AU - Evan, A. P. AU - Anderson, R. E. JO - Archives of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine JF - Archives of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine Y1 - 1980/// VL - 104 IS - 2 SP - 87 EP - 93 SN - 0003-9985 AD - Klingler, E. L., Jr.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 800 Zorn Ave., Louisville, KY 40202, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801407985. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 59-30-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Folic acid given to rats by vein in doses of 100, 200, 300 and 400 mg/kg bodyweight resulted in changes in renal tubular morphological features and renal function, with the severity of the changes proportional to the dose. Renal cell incorporation of tritiated thymidine varied according to cell type and increased with the dose of folic acid. The results show a spectrum of renal injury and subsequent repair, a reduction in concentrating ability and creatinine clearance proportional to the dose of folic acid in the range of 100 to 300 mg/kg and greater mitotic activity at high doses of folic acid (300 and 400 mg/kg) of all renal tubular cell types examined, with collecting ducts showing the greatest degree of regeneration. KW - folic acid KW - kidneys KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - folacin KW - folate KW - folic acid induced renal injury and repair KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801407985&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Biosynthesis of bile acids in man. Multiple pathways to cholic acid and chenodeoxycholic acid. AU - Vlahcevic, Z. R. AU - Schwartz, C. C. AU - Gustafsson, J. AU - Halloran, L. G. AU - Danielsson, H. AU - Swell, L. JO - Journal of Biological Chemistry JF - Journal of Biological Chemistry Y1 - 1980/// VL - 255 IS - 7 SP - 2925 EP - 2933 SN - 0021-9258 AD - Vlahcevic, Z. R.: Division of Gastroenterology, Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Richmond, Va. 23249, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801408037. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Registry Number: 81-25-4, 474-25-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Studies with 3 patients and a normal subject suggest that liver can synthesize cholic and chenodeoxycholic acids via multiple routes from cholesterol and 7 alpha -hydroxycholesterol; several C27 steroid substrates can undergo 7 alpha ,12 alpha - and 26-hydroxylation in liver. KW - bile acids KW - chenodeoxycholic acid KW - cholic acid KW - formation KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - chenic acid KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801408037&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Brain cholecystokinin in fasted and fed mice. AU - Straus, E. AU - Yalow, R. S. JO - Life Sciences JF - Life Sciences Y1 - 1980/// VL - 26 IS - 12 SP - 969 EP - 970 SN - 0024-3205 AD - Straus, E.: Solomon A. Berson Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801408077. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 7 ref. Registry Number: 9011-97-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Immunoreactive pancreozymin (iCCK) in brain extracts was reduced to 133 from 274 ng/g in C3H mice deprived of food for 2 to 5 days. Brain weights of fed and deprived mice did not differ although the bodyweights of deprived mice were on average only about two-thirds of the fed weights. As the cortex contained over 80% of the brain iCCK in fed mice, it is concluded that deprivation of food is associated with decreased synthesis of cortical iCCK. KW - brain KW - pancreozymin KW - starvation KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - brain pancreozymin in starvation KW - cerebrum KW - cholecystokinin KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801408077&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparison of unmeasured versus exchange diabetic diets in lean adults. Body weight and feeding patterns in a 2-year prospective pilot study. AU - Abraira, C. AU - Bartolo, M. de AU - Myscofski, J. W. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1980/// VL - 33 IS - 5 SP - 1064 EP - 1070 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Abraira, C.: Veterans Administration Edward Hines Jr. Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801408336. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Thirty insulin-treated adult diabetic outpatients, within normal weight for at least 5 years, were instructed on an unmeasured diet with the single restriction of simple sugars or on a weight-maintenance, energy-defined, exchange-type American Diabetes Association diet. During the next 2 years, both groups reported similar energy intakes, food composition and distribution, close to the calculated ideals. Both groups kept bodyweights within normal limits. There was no difference in insulin doses or serum cholesterol. Fasting blood sugar was more, triglycerides less and hypoglycaemic reactions less frequent in the group on the unmeasured diet. Those differences were not significant. KW - diabetes KW - insulin KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - unmeasured diet for insulin dependent diabetics KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801408336&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Evidence for multiple causality in the development of diabetic hypertriglyceridaemia. AU - Weiland, D. AU - Mondon, C. E. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Diabetologia JF - Diabetologia Y1 - 1980/// VL - 18 IS - 4 SP - 335 EP - 340 SN - 0012-186X AD - Weiland, D.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (182B), 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801408358. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats were studied 7 to 10 days after injection with streptozotocin; plasma glucose concentrations were used to classify rats as having moderate, 200 to 350 mg/100 ml, or severe diabetes, over 350 mg/100 ml. A 2- to 3-fold rise in plasma triglyceride (TG) concentration developed in insulin-deficient rats 6 weeks old, associated with high plasma nonesterified fatty acid (NEFA) concentrations and decreased secretion of very-low-density lipoprotein (VLDL). Perfused livers from rats 6 weeks old with moderate or severe diabetes were not capable of increasing hepatic TG secretion when perfusate NEFA concentrations were increased from 0.4 to 1.8 mmol/litre. In spontaneously obese rats one year old, an equivalent degree of hypertriglyceridaemia could be produced with a smaller degree of insulin deficiency; in that instance secretion of VLDL was increased over control values. TG secretion by perfused livers from those rats with moderate diabetes about doubled when perfusate NEFA concentration was raised from 0.40 to 0.85 mmol/litre. The results emphasize the complex causality of diabetic hypertriglyceridaemia in conditions characterized by comparable degrees of fasting hyperglycaemia. KW - diabetes KW - hypertriglyceridaemia KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aetiology of diabetic hypertriglyceridaemia KW - hypertriglyceridemia KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801408358&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Flatulence. AU - Levitt, M. D. AU - Bond, J. H. JO - Annual Review of Medicine JF - Annual Review of Medicine Y1 - 1980/// VL - 31 SP - 127 EP - 137 AD - Levitt, M. D.: Dep. Medicine, Minneapolis Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minn. 55455, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801408390. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - flatus KW - reviews KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - flatulence KW - review of flatulence KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801408390&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Carnitine metabolism in normal-weight and obese human subjects during fasting. AU - Hoppel, C. L. AU - Genuth, S. M. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 238 IS - 5 SP - E409 EP - E415 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Hoppel, C. L.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Saltzman Inst. Clinical Investigation, Mt. Sinai Hospital, Cleveland, Ohio 44106, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801408406. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Registry Number: 461-06-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For 2 days 7 women of normal weight were given a liquid diet low in carnitine, then were deprived of food for 3 days and finally given food freely. The same liquid diet was given for 3 days to 7 obese women who then fasted for the next 7 days and then were given casein 45 and glucose 30 g daily to supply 300 kcal daily for the next 4 days. A further 4 obese subjects fasted for 14 days after 3 days on the liquid diet. When the low-carnitine diet was given, plasma carnitine decreased in all groups, primarily as a result of a fall in the free carnitine fraction; carnitine in urine also decreased. During fasting, plasma carnitine increased as a result of a rapid increase in short-chain and long-chain acylcarnitine and a delayed decrease in free carnitine. Short-chain acylcarnitines in urine increased but free carnitine in urine decreased at first and then tended to increase. All the changes were reversed by refeeding. Obese subjects developed hyperketonaemia more slowly than did normal subjects but showed the same changes in magnitude and direction in carnitine and its metabolites. KW - carnitine KW - fasting KW - obesity KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - carnitine metabolism in nomals or obese during fasting KW - fatness KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801408406&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of luminal contents on jejunal fatty acid esterification in the rat. AU - Kotler, D. P. AU - Shiau, Y. F. AU - Levine, G. M. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 238 IS - 5 SP - G414 EP - G418 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Kotler, D. P.: Gastroenterology Section, Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Philadelphia, Pa. 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801408417. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For 7 days male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 200 to 320 g initially were given a stock diet with 5% fat freely, total parenteral nutrition (TPN) by a jugular vein catheter, enteral nutrition through a catheter in the jejunum 20 cm distal to the ligament of Treitz, TPN with diversion of endogenous secretions to the distal ileum or enteral nutrition with diversion of endogenous secretions to the distal ileum. A proximal-distal gradient of fatty acid esterification was maintained in rats given stock diet or enteral feeding, but the stock diet resulted in 50% greater activity. In rats given TPN esterification capacity was 50% less than in those given enteral feeding. Exclusion of endogenous secretions from the jejunum resulted in decreased activity. The proximal-distal gradient of activity was lost after parenteral nutrition or bypass. The two esterification pathways seemed to be under independent control; the monoglyceride pathway depended on the presence of endogenous secretions. Protein content in the jejunum was maintained in rats given stock diet or enteral nutrition, independent of endogenous secretions. KW - fatty acid esters KW - jejunum KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - role of jejunal secretions in fatty acid esterification KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801408417&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Absorption of whole peanuts, peanut oil, and peanut butter. AU - Levine, A. S. AU - Silvis, S. E. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1980/// VL - 303 IS - 16 SP - 917 EP - 918 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Levine, A. S.: 618/111P, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 54th St. and 48th Ave. S., Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801408423. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 2 ref. Registry Number: 8002-03-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Ten healthy persons were given a vegetarian diet which contained a total of 80 g fat, 76 g in the form of whole groundnuts (5 subjects), peanut butter (8 subjects) or groundnut oil (4 subjects). Each diet contained 20 g crude fibre and was followed for 6 days. Faeces collected during the 4th to 7th days were homogenized and total fat was estimated by titration. To study whether fibre content affected fat absorption, each diet was changed so that it contained only 5 g crude fibre; these low-fibre diets were followed by the same subjects. Thus, each subject had at least 2 of the diets, one high in fibre and the corresponding low-fibre diet. Fat absorption was directly related to the degree of refinement of groundnut fat. Simple grinding of whole groundnuts (peanut butter) resulted in far less malabsorption of fat. Although malabsorption of fat is generally attributed to pathological states of the gastrointestinal tract, it was apparent that eating whole groundnuts may result in moderate to severe steatorrhoea. Visual observation of stool samples collected during the whole-groundnut diet showed that portions of the nuts remained intact and therefore were not available for lipid digestion. Fat was poorly absorbed in high-fibre and low-fibre diets containing whole groundnuts. Although fibre did not change fat excretion during the whole-groundnut diets, the high-fibre diets slightly increased fat excretion during the peanut butter and groundnut oil diets. KW - groundnut butter KW - groundnut oil KW - groundnuts KW - plant oils KW - Arachis hypogaea KW - Man KW - Arachis KW - Papilionoideae KW - Fabaceae KW - Fabales KW - dicotyledons KW - angiosperms KW - Spermatophyta KW - plants KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - absorption of groundnuts, groundnut oil and peanut butter KW - arachis oil KW - peanut butter KW - peanut oil KW - peanuts KW - vegetable oils KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801408423&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Calcium and inorganic phosphate transport in rat colon. Dissociated response to 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3. AU - Lee, D. B. N. AU - Walling, M. W. AU - Gafter, U. AU - Silis, V. AU - Coburn, J. W. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1980/// VL - 65 IS - 6 SP - 1326 EP - 1331 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Lee, D. B. N.: Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801408449. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3, 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Vitamin D-deficient rats were given daily by injection solvent (-D) or 270 ng 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) (+ D) for 3 days. 45Ca and [32P]phosphate fluxes were measured with the Ussing technique by a modified Krebs-Ringer-HCO3 buffer. In -D rats there was no net flux (Jnet) of Ca or inorganic phosphate (Pi). In + D rats net active Ca absorption was observed whereas Pi transport was unchanged. Pi mucosal-to-serosal flux (Jms) was not different from Pi serosal-to-mucosal flux (Jsm). Ca saturation kinetics were estimated with buffer (Ca) from 0.0125 to 5.0 mM. Saturable processes were shown for Jms and Jsm. Jnet for Ca across colon from + D rats exhibited saturation at (Ca) greater than 3 mM, with an estimated Vmax of 44.0 nmol/cm2 h and a Km of 0.9 mM. This colonic model may provide a useful system for studying 1,25-DHCC-induced molecular events related to Ca, but not Pi, transport. The apparent action of 1,25-DHCC on Ca secretory process may furnish new insights into the mechanism of action of vitamin D. KW - CALCITRIOL KW - calcium KW - colon KW - phosphates KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol on colonic absorption of calcium and inorganic phosphate KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801408449&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Influence of glucose on cephalic - vagal-stimulated gastric acid secretion in man. AU - Moore, J. G. AU - Crespin, F. JO - Digestive Diseases and Sciences JF - Digestive Diseases and Sciences Y1 - 1980/// VL - 25 IS - 2 SP - 117 EP - 122 SN - 0163-2116 AD - Moore, J. G.: Dep. Medicine (111), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 500 Foothill Drive, Salt Lake City, Utah 84148, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801408685. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Gastric acid secretion was stimulated by the preparation and anticipation of a self-selected meal in 5 healthy men. The purpose of the investigation was to determine whether intravenously (IV) or intraduodenally (ID) administered glucose solution during the test hour of meal preparation and anticipation changed psychically stimulated acid secretion. Each subject had 7 self-selected meals and received in a randomized, blinded manner the following IV or ID solutions during the test hour: IV normal saline (200 ml/h and 1000 ml/h); IV glucose, 10 g (200 ml/h); IV glucose, 25 g (250 ml/h); IV glucose, 100 g (1000 ml/h); ID normal saline (1000 ml/h); ID glucose, 30 to 100 g (600 to 2000 ml/h). Only ID glucose significantly inhibited psychically stimulated acid secretion at doses and resultant plasma glucose concentrations considered physiological. KW - gastric acid KW - glucose KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - glucose on psychically stimulated gastric acid secretion KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801408685&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Use of breath H2 excretion to study absorption of wheat flour. AU - Anderson, I. AU - Levine, A. AU - Levitt, M. D. T2 - Gastroenterology JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 78 IS - 5, II SP - 1131 EP - 1131 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Anderson, I.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801408693. Language: English. Registry Number: 1333-74-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - absorption KW - breath KW - hydrogen KW - wheat flour KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - breath hydrogen gas as index of wheat flour absorption KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801408693&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Effect of somatostatin and glucagon on small intestinal disaccharidases of normal rats. AU - Burbige, E. J. AU - Chin, C. K. AU - Kaplan, R. A. AU - Lee, B. AU - Fuerst, T. T2 - Gastroenterology JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 78 IS - 5, II SP - 1145 EP - 1145 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Burbige, E. J.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, CA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801408697. Language: English. Registry Number: 9007-92-5, 51110-01-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - disaccharidases KW - glucagon KW - intestines KW - somatostatin KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - somatostatin and glucagon on intestinal disaccharidases KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801408697&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Calcium oxalate crystalluria: crystal size in urine. AU - Elliot, J. S. AU - Rabinowitz, I. N. JO - Journal of Urology JF - Journal of Urology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 123 IS - 3 SP - 324 EP - 327 SN - 0022-5347 AD - Elliot, J. S.: Urology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, Calif., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801408928. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 144-62-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Crystal size by structure and habit (shape) was studied by direct microscopic measurement of crystals in the urine of 27 normal subjects and in 6 of 22 patients in whom stones formed. The mean size of all crystals in normal subjects was 12.0 plus or minus 7.8 mu m. Calcium oxalate monohydrate crystals were significantly smaller than calcium oxalate dihydrate. In 22 patients with stones there was no correlation between crystalluria and severity or duration of disease. The mean crystal size in 6 patients did not suggest that patients in whom stones form excrete larger crystals than normal subjects. KW - calcium KW - oxalic acid KW - renal calculi KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - crystal size in urine in calcium oxalate renal calculus bearers KW - kidney calculi KW - kidney stones KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801408928&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Adult celiac disease presenting as cerebellar syndrome. AU - Finelli, P. F. AU - McEntee, W. J. AU - Ambler, M. AU - Kestenbaum, D. JO - Neurology JF - Neurology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 30 IS - 3 SP - 245 EP - 249 SN - 0028-3878 AD - Finelli, P. F.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Davis Park, Providence, RI 02908, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801408934. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A progressive pancerebellar syndrome in a man 57 years old preceded what was subsequently diagnosed by malabsorption studies and jejunal biopsy as adult coeliac disease. Post mortem, characteristic gastrointestinal and cerebral abnormalities associated with that enteropathy were seen. The neuropathology underlying the ataxia, and the clinical features of palatal myoclonus and speech impairment, included cerebellar cortical atrophy with cell loss in dentate and olivary nuclei. Intestinal absorption studies are indicated to evaluate patients with any neurological illness which may be related to malabsorption. KW - adults KW - coeliac syndrome KW - nervous system diseases KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - celiac disease KW - celiac syndrome KW - cerebellar syndrome in adult coeliac syndrome KW - coeliac disease KW - gluten allergy KW - neuropathy KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801408934&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Dietary arachidonic acid reduces fatty liver, increases diet consumption and weight gain in ethanol-fed rats. AU - Goheen, S. C. AU - Larkin, E. C. AU - Manix, M. AU - Rao, G. A. JO - Lipids JF - Lipids Y1 - 1980/// VL - 15 IS - 5 SP - 328 EP - 336 SN - 0024-4201 AD - Goheen, S. C.: Hematology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, CA 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801409221. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 506-32-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Young male Sprague-Dawley rats for 4 weeks were given freely liquid diets with 34% of energy as ethanol and 35% as fat with (AA+) and without (AA-) arachidonic acid (20:4). Additional rats in the control groups were fed on similar diets made isoenergetic with glucose with (CA+) and without (CA-) 20:4. The liver triglyceride (TG) content of rats in the AA+ group was reduced compared with that of rats in the AA- group. The diet intake and bodyweights of rats in the AA+ group were significantly greater than those of rats given alcohol without the 20:4 supplement (AA-). Also livers from rats in the AA+ group were as large as those from rats in control groups (CA+, CA-) and about twice as large as those from rats in the AA- group. The fatty acid composition of liver TG in rats given the alcohol diet was similar to that of dietary fat. Amounts of 20:4 and docosatetraenoic acid (22:4) in liver TG fatty acids from rats given diets without arachidonate (AA-, CA-) were low, trace to 1.6%. After ingestion of arachidonic acid, 20:4 increased to about 10% and 22:4 to about 5%. The content of liver phospholipids was greater in livers of rats given ethanol (AA-) than in those of controls (CA-). KW - alcoholism KW - arachidonic acid KW - fatty liver KW - food intake KW - weight KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - arachidonic acid affects fatty liver, food intake and weight in alcoholism KW - eicosatetraenoic acid KW - fatty liver disease KW - fatty liver syndrome KW - steatosis KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801409221&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Estimation of glutathione in rat liver by reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography: separation from cysteine and gamma -glutamylcysteine. AU - Reeve, J. AU - Kuhlenkamp, J. AU - Kaplowitz, N. JO - Journal of Chromatography JF - Journal of Chromatography Y1 - 1980/// VL - 194 IS - 3 SP - 424 EP - 428 SN - 0021-9673 AD - Reeve, J.: Gastroenterology Section, Medical and Research Services, Wadsworth Veterans Administration Medical Center and Univ. California, Los Angeles, CA, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801409593. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Registry Number: 70-18-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - glutathione KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - estimation of liver content KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801409593&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The permeability barrier in essential fatty acid deficiency: evidence for a direct role for linoleic acid in barrier function. AU - Elias, P. M. AU - Brown, B. E. AU - Ziboh, V. A. JO - Journal of Investigative Dermatology JF - Journal of Investigative Dermatology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 74 IS - 4 SP - 230 EP - 233 SN - 0022-202X AD - Elias, P. M.: Dermatology Service (190), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801410157. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Registry Number: 60-33-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Essential fatty acid (EFA)-deficient rodents show abnormal epidermal permeability barrier function and differentiation, defects which can be corrected by topical or systemic linoleic acid. As linoleic acid is a precursor of prostaglandins, correction of the defect in barrier function may reflect a prostaglandin-mediated return toward normal epidermal differentiation, or, instead, a direct effect of linoleic acid. To test those possibilities, severely EFA-deficient mice were pretreated daily with indomethacin, 5,8,11,14-eicosatetrayeonic acid (TYA) or both, and then given normal (linoleic acid-supplemented) diets. Endogenous formation of prostaglandin E2 was estimated by thin-layer chromatography after transformation into prostaglandin B2 with ethanolic-hydrochloric acid. Mice treated with indomethacin and TYA showed reductions in prostaglanin E2 in liver and skin. Mice replenished with linoleic acid invariably showed a rapid return of barrier function toward normal whether or not they were blockaded, whereas nonreplenished mice, with or without inhibition of prostaglandin biosynthesis, showed continued deterioration in barrier function. In other experiments, topically applied linoleic acid rapidly reversed the defect in barrier function at the sites of application before systemic correction of the EFA-deficient state. KW - fat KW - linoleic acid KW - skin KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dermis KW - role of linoleic acid in epidermal permeability barrier in fat deficiency KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801410157&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - An in vivo evaluation of the quantitative significance of several potential pathways to cholic and chenodeoxycholic acids from cholesterol in man. AU - Swell, L. AU - Gastafsson, J. AU - Schwartz, C. C. AU - Halloran, L. G. AU - Danielsson, H. AU - Vlahcevic, Z. R. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1980/// VL - 21 IS - 4 SP - 455 EP - 466 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Swell, L.: Division of Gastroenterology, Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Richmond, VA 23259, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801410222. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 474-25-9, 57-88-5, 81-25-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - chenodeoxycholic acid KW - cholesterol KW - cholic acid KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - chenic acid KW - pathways to cholic and chenodeoxycholic acid from cholesterol KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801410222&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gap junction proliferation in retinoic acid-treated human basal cell carcinoma. AU - Elias, P. M. AU - Grayson, S. AU - Caldwell, T. M. AU - McNutt, N. S. JO - Laboratory Investigation JF - Laboratory Investigation Y1 - 1980/// VL - 42 IS - 4 SP - 469 EP - 474 SN - 0023-6837 AD - Elias, P. M.: Dermatology Service (190), Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801410261. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 302-79-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Because of the alleged importance of gap junctions in intercellular communication and growth control and because a reduction in hemidesmosomes is a documented phenotypic basement membrane abnormality in basal cell carcinoma, the possibility was tested that retinoids affect those structures in human basal cell carcinomata. Fourteen previously untreated basal cell carcinomata were biopsied, allowed to heal for 1 week, treated twice daily for 1 week with 1% retinoic acid (RA) or vehicle control and then surgically removed. RA-treated samples showed a greater than 2-fold increase in gap junction area per mu m2 of total membrane; vehicle controls showed no significant change. The RA effect was primarily due to an increase in the number of junctions as the mean area of all gap junctions in RA-treated basal cell carcinoma showed no significant increase. No significant qualitative change was observed in hemidesmosomes or micro-filaments at the epithelial-stromal interface. It is suggested that the observed increase in gap junction density represents an early event induced by retinoids which may be related to the antineoplastic activity of those compounds. KW - cells KW - neoplasms KW - retinoic acid KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cancers KW - gap junction proliferation in retinoic acid treated basal cell carcinomas KW - tretinoin KW - vitamin A acid KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801410261&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - How gastric emptying of carbohydrate affects glucose tolerance and symptoms after truncal vagotomy with pyloroplasty. AU - Gulsrud, P. O. AU - Taylor, I. L. AU - Watts, H. D. AU - Cohen, M. B. AU - Elashoff, J. AU - Meyer, J. H. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 78 IS - 6 SP - 1463 EP - 1471 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Gulsrud, P. O.: Dep. Medicine, UCLA-San Fernando Valley Program and the Sepulveda Veterans Administration Center, Sepulveda, Calif., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801410518. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Seven male patients, who had had truncal vagotomy with pyloroplasty 0.8 to 15.0 years before, and 6 normal men were given 2 test meals of 33 g anhydrous glucose in 400 ml water with 0.7 mCi 99mTechnetium-DTPA as marker; the subjects took one meal in the supine and the other in the seated position. Two other test meals contained 33 g starch and 400 ml water; one was a syrupy solution of hydrated potato starch, the other was cooked maize starch. Each starch test meal was compounded with an 123I marker. Beginning just before a meal, venous blood was taken every 30 min. The percentage of the meal (marker) remaining in the stomach every 10 min was estimated for each subject after each meal and plotted against time after the meal. The time-courses of gastric emptying after all 4 meals in normal subjects approximated an exponential function; all 4 meals were emptied at about the same rate. In all the patients glucose and starch solutions were emptied very readily in the erect position, but emptying of glucose in the supine position was not faster in the patients than in the control subjects. The exponential model did not fit the tests with cooked maize starch for the patients. In control subjects and patients there were weak correlations between the amount of carbohydrate meal emptied at 30 min and the 30-min rise above fasting in serum glucose or insulin. The presence or absence, the timing and the qualitative nature of post-meal symptoms observed in the patients were not correlated well with the speed of emptying or the osmolarity of the carbohydrate meals. KW - carbohydrates KW - glucose tolerance KW - stomach emptying KW - vagotomy KW - blood sugar tolerance KW - gastric emptying of carbohydrate affects glucose tolerance after vagotomy KW - saccharides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801410518&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of sham feeding on gastric emptying. AU - Schiller, L. R. AU - Feldman, M. AU - Richardson, C. T. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 78 IS - 6 SP - 1472 EP - 1475 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Schiller, L. R.: Gastroenterology, 111B, Veterans Administration Hospital, 4500 S. Lancaster Road, Dallas, Tex. 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801410519. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Healthy subjects, 12 men and 6 women 23 to 48 years old, were given by infusion into the stomach for 3 min a test meal of 700 ml isotonic saline or 600 ml homogenized food, each meal with polyethylene glycol (PEG) as a marker. The homogenized food was of 5 oz cooked ground sirloin, 1 piece toasted white bread and 1 pat of butter. The test meal was infused without or with sham feeding which was 'chew and spit'. With the saline test meal sham feeding did not change the emptying of PEG or fluid from the stomach. With the homogenized steak meal, sham feeding slightly increased emptying rate, 47 against 53% of the marker recovered from the stomach 45 min after instillation of the meal. Gastric acid secretion in response to both meals was significantly increased by sham feeding. KW - stomach emptying KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - sham feeding KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801410519&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of total parenteral nutrition on gastric acid secretion. AU - Levine, G. M. AU - Mullen, J. L. AU - O'Neill, F. JO - Digestive Diseases and Sciences JF - Digestive Diseases and Sciences Y1 - 1980/// VL - 25 IS - 4 SP - 284 EP - 288 SN - 0163-2116 AD - Levine, G. M.: 111G1, Veterans Administration Hospital, University and Woodland Ave., Philadelphia, Pa. 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801410540. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Acid secretion was estimated in 11 patients during total parenteral nutrition (TPN); 5 of those patients were retested at least one month after resuming oral intake. Total parenteral nutrition significantly stimulated acid secretion compared with saline infusion (5.5 plus or minus 2.0 against 1.8 plus or minus 0.6 mEq H+/h (mean plus or minus s.e. mean), especially in patients who were hypersecretors. There was no difference in pentagastrin-stimulated maximal acid output during TPN or saline infusion. Basal and pentagastrin-stimulated acid secretion were similar during and after a course of TPN, suggesting that gastric atrophy did not occur during TPN. KW - gastric acid KW - parenteral feeding KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gastric acid secretion in parenteral nutrition KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801410540&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fat digestion in patients with bile acid malabsorption but minimal steatorrhea. AU - Mansbach, C. M., II AU - Newton, D. AU - Stevens, R. D. JO - Digestive Diseases and Sciences JF - Digestive Diseases and Sciences Y1 - 1980/// VL - 25 IS - 5 SP - 353 EP - 362 SN - 0163-2116 AD - Mansbach, C. M., II: 508 Fulton Street, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Durham, N.C. 27705, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801410544. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Patients with an interrupted enterohepatic circulation of bile acids and little or no steatorrhoea were studied to determine if their fat absorption was aided by compensatory mechanisms which delivered increased amounts of lipid to the aqueous phase of postprandial duodenal fluid. Results suggested that the molar stoichiometry of association of fatty acid and bile acid in an aggregated (micelle) form was less in the patients (0.8) than the normal (1.4). Each patient had normal-sized or undetectable micelles; one patient had a large fatty acid-rich aggregated species. The bile acid composition of the whole duodenal fluid had a higher proportion of dihydroxy bile acids which were conjugated with glycine. There was selective precipitation of dihydroxy bile acids from the aqueous phase, such that the patients had a normal proportion of those bile acids in the aqueous phase. No consistent compensatory mechanism whereby those patients could increase the concentration of lipid in the aqueous phase which would have led to a better understanding of their steatorrhoea was identified. It is concluded that the reduced stoichiometry of aggregated fatty acid to aggregated bile acid is in part due to the change in bile acid pool composition of those patients. KW - bile acids KW - fat KW - steatorrhoea KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fat digestion in bile acid malabsorption with minimum steatorrhoea KW - steatorrhea KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801410544&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Malabsorption of protein-bound cobalamin but not unbound cobalamin during cimetidine administration. AU - Steinberg, W. M. AU - King, C. E. AU - Toskes, P. P. JO - Digestive Diseases and Sciences JF - Digestive Diseases and Sciences Y1 - 1980/// VL - 25 IS - 3 SP - 188 EP - 192 SN - 0163-2116 AD - Steinberg, W. M.: Gastroenterology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Gainesville, Fla. 32602, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801410551. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 51481-61-9, 12001-76-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The absorption of unbound [57Co]cyanocobalamin and protein-bound [57Co]cyanocobalamin was evaluated in 12 patients with duodenal ulcer during and after discontinuation of cimetidine. Cimetidine did not cause malabsorption of unbound cobalamin but caused malabsorption of protein-bound cobalamin (0.22 plus or minus 0.08% [mean plus or minus 1 s.e. mean] against 2.3 plus or minus 0.10% in control subjects). That malabsorption was reversible on discontinuation of cimetidine. Patients on cimetidine malabsorb protein-bound cobalamin and, during long-term treatment, are at risk for developing cobalamin deficiency. KW - binding proteins KW - cimetidine KW - vitamin B complex KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - carrier proteins KW - cimetidine on absorption of protein bound cobalamin KW - vitamin B KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801410551&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Biliary excretion of iodothyronines in rats as determined by high pressure liquid chromatography: effect of starvation. AU - Takai, N. A. AU - Rapoport, B. AU - Yamamoto, M. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 107 IS - 1 SP - 176 EP - 182 AD - Takai, N. A.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801410964. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Iodothyronines were estimated in bile by reverse-phase ion-pairing high pressure liquid chromatography. After injection into rats of 50 to 100 mu Ci (0.3 mu g) [125 I]thyroxine (T4), bile was collected for up to 6 h. Five radiolabelled peaks were observed: free iodide, triiodothyronine (T3) conjugates, T4 conjugates, T4 and tetraiodothyroacetic acid (tetrac). Tetrac only appeared in bile during the first h after T4 injection. Injection of T4 of a higher specific activity did not lead to the appearance of free tetrac in bile. Equilibrium, in terms of the percentage distribution of the labelled products, was reached 2 h after T4 injection. As determined by enzymic hydrolysis with sulphatase and beta -glucuronidase, iodothyronine conjugates were almost entirely in the glucuronide form. After deconjugation, complete separation of radiolabelled T3, rT3 and T4 was achieved; 3,3'-diiodothyronine (3,3'-T2) and 3'5'-T2 eluted together, but separately from all other iodothyronines. Analysis of deconjugated 125I-labelled iodothyronines in bile collected between 2 to 2.5 h after [125I]T4 injection into fed rats revealed a biliary T3 to rT4 ratio of 2.59. In rats starved for 3 days, the ratio declined to 1.21. When the rats were given T4 2 mu g/100 g bodyweight daily for 3 days before and during 3 days of starvation, the biliary T3 to rT3 ratio was 2.57. In fed rats given similar injections of T4, the T3 to rT3 ratio, 2.37, was not significantly different. The biliary T2 to rT3 ratio (3,3'-T2 and 3',5'-T2) was lower in the starved, 1.91, than in the fed, 3.38, rats; T4 did not abolish this difference. KW - bile KW - starvation KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gall KW - iodothyronine KW - starvation on biliary excretion of iodothyronine KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801410964&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Mechanism of hypertriglyceridaemia in diabetic patients with fasting hyperglycaemia. AU - Greenfield, M. AU - Kolterman, O. AU - Olefsky, J. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Diabetologia JF - Diabetologia Y1 - 1980/// VL - 18 IS - 6 SP - 441 EP - 446 SN - 0012-186X AD - Greenfield, M.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (182B), 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801411551. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Insulin-independent diabetic patients with fasting hyperglycaemia were more obese and had a significantly higher mean ( plus or minus s.e. mean) fasting plasma triglyceride concentration (387 plus or minus 66 mg/100 ml) than insulin-dependent diabetics (133 plus or minus 11 mg/100 ml) or normal (73 plus or minus 1 mg/100 ml) subjects. Very-low-density lipoprotein (VLDL) secretion rate was also significantly higher in patients with insulin-independent diabetes, 14.65 plus or minus 1.37 mg/kg h against 7.64 plus or minus 0.60 mg/kg h and 9.86 plus or minus 0.75 mg/kg h in normal subjects and patients with insulin-dependent diabetes, respectively. However, the relation between plasma triglyceride concentration and VLDL triglyceride secretion was similar in diabetics and in normal subjects. The diabetic groups had equivalent degrees of fasting and postprandial hyperglycaemia and comparable increases of fasting plasma nonesterified free fatty acid (insulin-independent 0.72 plus or minus 0.07, insulin-dependent 0.63 plus or minus 0.08 mmol/litre). Postprandial plasma insulin, however, reached normal concentrations in insulin-independent diabetics and was higher than in insulin-dependent diabetics. KW - diabetes KW - hyperglycaemia KW - hypertriglyceridaemia KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - high blood glucose KW - hyperglycemia KW - hypertriglyceridemia KW - mechanism of hypertriglyceridaemia in diabetes with fasting hyperglycaemia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801411551&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of calcium and copper on zinc absorption in the rat. AU - Adham, N. F. AU - Song, M. K. JO - Nutrition and Metabolism JF - Nutrition and Metabolism Y1 - 1980/// VL - 24 IS - 5 SP - 281 EP - 290 AD - Adham, N. F.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 16111 Plummer Strect, Sepulveda, CA 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801411646. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 7440-50-8, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of copper and calcium on zinc absorption in the rat were studied in vivo by analysis of internal organs (liver, heart, muscle and testis) after 65ZnCl2 was given by mouth, and in vitro by a jejunal sac technique. Cu 500 mM had no effect on Zn absorption in either set of experiments. Ca 500 mM, a concentration 66-fold higher than the Zn concentrations used, decreased Zn absorption by 40% in both experiments. With the jejunal sac technique, concentrations of CaCl2 below 25 mM had no effect on the rate of Zn absorption. Different possible mechanisms to explain the effect of Ca, such as decreased Zn availability, Ca toxicity and competition for the same transport carrier are discussed. KW - calcium KW - copper KW - zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - calcium and copper on zinc absorption KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801411646&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Blood methanethiol in alcoholic liver disease with and without hepatic encephalopathy. AU - McClain, C. J. AU - Zieve, L. AU - Doizaki, W. M. AU - Gilberstadt, S. AU - Onstad, G. R. JO - Gut JF - Gut Y1 - 1980/// VL - 21 IS - 4 SP - 318 EP - 323 SN - 0017-5749 AD - McClain, C. J.: Gastroenterology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801411708. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Blood methanethiol and ammonia concentrations were estimated in 16 healthy volunteers, 52 alcoholic cirrhotics without overt hepatic encephalopathy (HE) and 42 patients with alcoholic liver disease and overt HE. The mean concentration of blood methanethiol was significantly greater than normal in the cirrhotics without overt EE and the means of methanethiol and ammonia were significantly greater in the patients with than in those without overt HE. Only one patient with overt HE had normal ammonia and methanethiol concentrations in blood. Of the patients with HE 20 were followed serially. The directions of change in methanethiol and ammonia were consistent with the direction of change in mental status in 85% and 60%, respectively. All of the patients who deteriorated and died had changes in blood methanethiol which were correlated with change in mental status. KW - alcoholism KW - alcohols KW - cirrhosis KW - encephalopathy KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood methanethiol in alcoholic liver disease with and without encephalopathy KW - liver cirrhosis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801411708&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Serum alpha -fetoprotein: changes associated with acute and chronic ethanol ingestion in the resting and regenerating rat liver. AU - Weesner, R. E. AU - Mendenhall, C. L. AU - Morgan, D. D. AU - Kessler, V. AU - Kromme, C. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1980/// VL - 95 IS - 5 SP - 725 EP - 736 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Weesner, R. E.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Medical Research (151-F), 3200 Vine St., Cincinnati, Ohio 45220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801411781. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 36 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of acute and chronic intake of ethanol on serum alpha -fetoprotein was studied in adult male Holtzman rats with resting and regenerating livers. Unlike many hepatotoxins, ethanol taken over the long and short term suppressed serum alpha -fetoprotein concentrations; suppression was not due to increased degradation, as the half-life of alpha -fetoprotein was not significantly changed by chronic intake of ethanol. Liver cytosolic alpha -fetoprotein was increased after ethanol, suggesting impaired secretion or mobilization from the liver cells. During liver regeneration after partial hepatectomy, alpha -fetoprotein increased in control (390 ng/h ml) and ethanol-treated rats (288 ng/h ml). At no time did the values in ethanol-treated rats equal those of the control. The change in serum alpha -fetoprotein showed an inverse exponential correlation with the amount of liver removed at hepatectomy and a positive correlation with the amount of nuclear DNA present at death. In the ethanol-treated rats it required the removal of 1.9 times as much liver to stimulate the same degree of liver regeneration as in the controls. There was a significant inverse correlation between [3H]thymidine uptake and the areas under the alpha -fetoprotein time curves in the controls. In the ethanol groups the correlation was not significant. KW - alpha-fetoprotein KW - ethanol KW - liver KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - alpha-foetoprotein KW - ethanol intake, serum alpha-fetoprotein and liver regeneration KW - ethyl alcohol KW - fetuin KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801411781&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Sleep variables, cyclic AMP and biogenic amine metabolites after one day of ethanol ingestion. AU - Zarcone, V. P., Jr. AU - Schreier, L. AU - Mitchell, G. AU - Orenberg, E. AU - Barchas, J. JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol Y1 - 1980/// VL - 41 IS - 3 SP - 318 EP - 324 SN - 0096-882X AD - Zarcone, V. P., Jr.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801411958. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 61-19-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Sleep staging and neurotransmitter metabolites and cyclic adenosine monophosphate (cAMP) in cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) were estimated in 9 men alcoholics (mean age 50) before and after drinking alcohol 3 g/kg bodyweight during 8 h. The men had been abstinent for 30 days before the test. Delta sleep time and percentage doubled and rapid eye movement (REM) sleep time and percentage decreased by half. There was also evidence of REM fragmentation. Changes in the dopamine metabolite homovanillic acid in CSF were inconsistent after alcohol, but the serotonin product 5-hydroxyindoleacetic acid (5-HIAA) decreased significantly, as did cAMP. The cAMP changes were correlated inversely with delta sleep and positively with REM sleep. The change in 5-HIAA was not correlated with sleep staging, but was inversely correlated with blood alcohol concentration. KW - amines KW - AMP KW - ethanol KW - sleep KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - adenosine monophosphate KW - ethyl alcohol KW - sleep, cyclic AMP and amine metabolites after ethanol KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801411958&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Increase in the period of the interdigestive myoelectric complex with anticipation of feeding. AU - Steinbach, J. H. AU - Code, C. F. A2 - Christensen, J. T2 - Gastrointestinal motility JO - Gastrointestinal motility JF - Gastrointestinal motility Y1 - 1980/// SP - 247 EP - 252 CY - New York, N.Y.; USA PB - Raven Press. AD - Steinbach, J. H.: Center for Ulcer Research and Education, Wadsworth Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801411985. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Of 5 healthy dogs weighing 18 to 25 kg 2 had vagally innervated mucosal septal-type gastric fundic pouches, 3 had a gastric fistula and all had electrodes sewn to the serosal surface of the duodenum and jejunum. After 18 h without food a 100-g horsemeat patty was cooked in front of a dog and, after conditions of anticipating feeding had been produced, given to the dog. After completion of tests associating cooking with anticipation of a meal, a patty was cooked and placed in front of a dog for 15 min but was given to a second dog brought into the room 15 min after cooking started, to disassociate cooking with meal anticipation. Output of gastric juice increased during cooking and display of the patty. The duration of 33 of the 45 cycles of the interdigestive myoelectric complex (IDMEC) recorded during cooking and display of food was longer than the duration of the preceeding cycles. Reducing the entry of acid gastric juice into the duodenum did not change the results. During 9 of the 45 tests an activity front developed in the jejunum and migrated distally, but none developed in the duodenum. Bringing another dog into the laboratory 15 min after cooking started significantly reduced the delaying effect on the activity fronts of the IDMEC. KW - digestive tract motility KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - anticipation of feeding KW - gastrointestinal motility KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801411985&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Use of a model of small bowel mucosa to predict passive absorption. AU - Levitt, D. G. AU - Bond, J. H. AU - Levitt, M. D. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 239 IS - 1 SP - G23 EP - G29 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Levitt, D. G.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. Minnesota Medical School, Minneapolis, Minn, 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801412112. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To determine whether the observed rate of passive absorption of inert gases from the small intestine of dogs could be predicted by the use of an anatomical model of the mucosa and estimations of villus blood flow and the diffusive barrier to absorption, villus blood flow was estimated with microspheres and the diffusive barrier separating bulk luminal contents and blood was estimated from carbon monoxide absorption. The model predicts initial uptake of the gases hydrogen, helium, methane and 133xenon in blood at the villus tip, subsequent countercurrent exchange in the villus, and longitudinal diffusion of the gases down the villus to a subvillus blood flow. Absorption rates for each of the 4 gases were reasonably accurately predicted by the model at both basal villus blood flow and at low villus blood flow induced by hypotension. It is suggested that this model can be used to predict passive absorption kinetics over a range of villus blood flows and to predict the influence of a variety of indices on the rate of passive absorption of diffusible substances. KW - absorption KW - intestinal mucosa KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - intestine epithelium KW - model of small bowel mucosa for prediction of passive absorption KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801412112&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastric bicarbonate secretion: effect of topical and intravenous 16,16-dimethyl prostaglandin E2. AU - Kauffman, G. L., Jr. AU - Reeve, J. J., Jr. AU - Grossman, M. I. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 239 IS - 1 SP - G44 EP - G48 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Kauffman, G. L., Jr.: Center for Ulcer Research and Education, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801412115. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Registry Number: 11000-26-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The studies were designed to compare intravenous and topical 16,16-dimethyl prostaglandin E2 (dmPGE2) as stimulants of gastric mucosal bicarbonate (HCO-3) secretion. In 6 dogs with Heidenhain pouch (HP) basal acid secretion was inhibited by cimetidine. With 100 ml 0.15 M NaCl as the fluid circulating through the HP, intrapouch titration to pH 6.0 was made with 0.5 M HCl as titrant. After estimating basal HCO-3 secretion for 30 min, dmPGE2 was given intravenously or the fluid circulating in the HP was replaced by one with dmPGE2. Intravenous dmPGE2 at infusion rates of 0, 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 mu g/kg h produced alkaline secretion rates of 34, 52, 72 and 70 mu mol/h, respectively. Topical dmPGE2 at concentrations of 0, 0.05, 1.25 and 2.50 mu g/ml produced alkaline secretion rates of 22, 74, 134 and 144 mu mol/h. Glucosamine output, as an index of mucus secretion, increased significantly with HCO-3 secretion. KW - prostaglandins KW - stomach KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gastric bicarbonate secretion after prostaglandin E2 KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801412115&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Studies on plasma lipoproteins during absorption of exogenous lecithin in man. AU - Beil, F. U. AU - Grundy, S. M. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1980/// VL - 21 IS - 5 SP - 525 EP - 536 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Beil, F. U.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801412441. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 38 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Human subjects were given lecithin 150 or safflower oil 100 mg/kg h into the duodenum and plasma lipoproteins were estimated when constant plasma lipid concentrations were reached. Both types of fat induced increases of lipoproteins of Sf over 400 (chylomicrons) and Sf 20 to 400 (very-low-density lipoproteins; VLDL). Lecithin produced increases predominantly in VLDL, whereas safflower oil induced mainly chylomicrons. Chylomicrons derived from lecithin were generally smaller and had a higher phospholipid:triglyceride ratio (mean 0.15) than those produced during safflower oil infusions (mean 0.08). The increases in VLDL from both lipids occurred mainly in larger particles of this density range. This "incremental VLDL" had a lower cholesterol:triglyceride ratio (0.098) than preinfusion VLDL (0.283) and probably represented "small chylomicrons" of gut origin. In rats lecithin induced large chylomicrons to the same extent as did safflower oil. Lecithin absorption estimated in 50- or 100-cm intestinal segments was on average 41%, but was probably greater over the whole of the small intestine. Lecithin infusion unexpectedly decreased the absorption of cholesterol in the upper part of the small intestine. KW - lipoproteins KW - phosphatidylcholines KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - lecithins KW - plasma lipoprotein during lecithin absorption KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801412441&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Uptake and release of amino acids by normal and remnant kidneys: studies in the isolated perfused rat kidney. AU - Perez, G. AU - Epstein, M. AU - Reitberg, B. AU - Horton, C. AU - Loutzenhiser, R. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1980/// VL - 33 IS - 7 SP - 1373 EP - 1377 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Perez, G.: Dialysis Unit (111C), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1201 N.W. 16th Street, Miami, Fla. 33125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801412604. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Eight normal and 5 partly infarcted kidneys from Sprague-Dawley rats were perfused with Krebs-Ringer's bicarbonate buffer containing glucose 8 g/100 ml, albumin and amino acids at concentrations about 10 times normal plasma values. Urine was collected every 15 min for 75 min and perfusate samples were obtained at the midpoint of each urine collection. Amino acids were measured by gas-liquid chromatography. During perfusion there was substantial net utilization of aspartate, proline, alanine and glycine by normal kidneys. In remnant kidneys the net uptake of amino acids was less than that of the normal kidneys. The fractional excretion of most amino acids by remnant kidneys was significantly more than that of controls. KW - amino acids KW - kidneys KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - amino acid uptake and release by normal and remnant isolated perfused kidney KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801412604&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nutritional and metabolic response to catabolic stress in uremia. AU - Grodstein, G. P. AU - Blumenkrantz, M. J. AU - Kopple, J. D. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1980/// VL - 33 IS - 7 SP - 1411 EP - 1416 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Grodstein, G. P.: Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801412610. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Metabolic balance was studied in 5 nondialysed chronically uraemic patients and 4 patients undergoing maintenance haemodialysis or peritoneal dialysis who had sustained an acute intercurrent illness. Nitrogen balance became negative in all patients. In 8 patients who did not have marked fluid removal, serum total protein, albumin and transferrin fell significantly. Negative N balance was caused by decrease of N intake, which was not always readily apparent, increase of urea N appearance and, in peritoneal dialysis patients with peritonitis, protein losses into dialysate. In the chronically uraemic patients, urea N appearance was correlated closely with total N output and seems to be a good predictor of total N losses. KW - stress KW - uraemia KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - azotaemia KW - azotemia KW - nutritional and metabolic response to catabolic stress in uraemia KW - uremia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801412610&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Protein-energy requirements in subjects with acute renal failure receiving intermittent hemodialysis. AU - Spreiter, S. C. AU - Myers, B. D. AU - Swenson, R. S. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1980/// VL - 33 IS - 7 SP - 1433 EP - 1437 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Spreiter, S. C.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801412614. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects on protein balance of widely varying intakes of amino acids and hypertonic glucose were studied in 14 acute renal failure patients receiving haemodialysis. Because plasma solute concentrations change continuously, a single-compartment mathematical model was used to derive urea nitrogen losses from the urea N generation rate (Gun). During 32 study periods (on average 6 days each), nutrient intake was maintained stable. Protein balance was then estimated from the amino acid N intake minus the Gun. On average, Gun (11.2 plus or minus 1.8 g daily) exceeded amino acid N intake (6.0 plus or minus 1.2 g daily) by 5.6 plus or minus 1.6 g daily, indicating negative protein balance. The high Gun is consistent with hypercatabolism in these subjects. Increase of nutrient intake was correlated significantly with improved protein balance for the intake of glucose and of amino acid N. Protein balance became transiently positive in only 4 subjects, at which time the amino acid intake was on average 1.03 g/kg daily and glucose intake, 50 kcal/kg daily. It is concluded that in hypercatabolic acute renal failure, protein and energy requirements exceed those conventionally prescribed. KW - energy requirements KW - haemodialysis KW - protein requirement KW - renal failure KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - energy and protein requirements in renal failure treated by haemodialysis KW - hemodialysis KW - kidney failure KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801412614&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Evaluation of enhanced glucagon sensitivity as the cause of glucose intolerance in acutely uremic rats. AU - Mondon, C. E. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1980/// VL - 33 IS - 7 SP - 1456 EP - 1460 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Mondon, C. E.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (182B), 2801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801412618. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect was studied of an infusion of glucagon (6 ng/kg min) on hepatic glucose output from isolated perfused livers of acutely uraemic and sham-operated rats. Hepatic glucose output by livers from sham-operated rats more than doubled during glucagon infusion. In contrast, hepatic glucose output did not increase when livers of acutely uraemic rats were perfused with glucagon. Glycogen content did not fall nor did urea formation increase when livers from acutely uraemic rats were perfused with glucagon. In contrast, dibutyryl cAMP infusion resulted in a similar increase in hepatic glucose output by livers from sham-operated and acutely uraemic rats. Urea formation increased and glycogen content decreased when livers from acutely uraemic rats were perfused with dibutyryl cAMP. Those results indicated that livers from acutely uraemic rats exhibit a diminished responsiveness to glucagon-induced glycogenolysis and gluconeogenesis, but respond normally to dibutyryl cAMP. Thus, an increase in hepatic glucose output, secondary to increased glucagon sensitivity, does not seem to contribute to glucose intolerance in acutely uraemic rats. KW - glucagon KW - glucose tolerance KW - uraemia KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - azotaemia KW - azotemia KW - blood sugar tolerance KW - sensitivity to glucagon and glucose intolerance in uraemia KW - uremia KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801412618&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - An inquiry into the mechanism of hypertriglyceridemia in patients with chronic renal failure. AU - Reaven, G. M. AU - Swenson, R. S. AU - Sanfelippo, M. L. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1980/// VL - 33 IS - 7 SP - 1476 EP - 1484 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Reaven, G. M.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (182B), 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801412621. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Study of the relation between plasma triglyceride concentration and very-low-density lipoprotein (VLDL) secretion rate and postprandial insulin response in patients with chronic renal failure showed a significant direct relation between plasma triglyceride concentration and VLDL secretion rate and between plasma triglyceride concentration and postprandial insulin response. Although similar correlations have been described in subjects with normal renal function, the quantitative nature of those relations was different in patients with chronic renal failure. Plasma triglyceride concentration in those patients was higher at any given VLDL secretion rate, indicating that uraemia leads to a defect in removal of VLDL from plasma. However, plasma triglyceride concentrations were lower at any given postprandial insulin response in uraemic patients. Although plasma triglyceride concentration in patients with chronic renal failure will depend to a large extent on the nature of the relations which exist between those variables in the specific patient at any given time, those relations can be acutely modulated. Thus, decreasing dietary carbohydrate intake by 15% led to a significant fall in postprandial insulin response, VLDL secretion and plasma triglyceride concentration. KW - hypertriglyceridaemia KW - renal failure KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hypertriglyceridaemia in renal failure KW - hypertriglyceridemia KW - kidney failure KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801412621&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Metabolism and toxicity of aluminum in renal failure. AU - Alfrey, A. C. AU - Hegg, A. AU - Craswell, P. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1980/// VL - 33 IS - 7 SP - 1509 EP - 1516 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Alfrey, A. C.: Renal Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1055 Clermont Street, Denver, Colo. 80220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801412626. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 7429-90-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Aluminium was estimated in tissues from 36 control subjects, 30 nondialysed uraemic patients, 57 dialysed uraemic patients dying of different causes and 38 dialysed uraemic patients dying of dialysis encephalopathy. The low Al values consistently found in the control tissues suggest that in health Al is largely excluded from the body. However, that ability to prevent Al accumulation is overcome with renal failure. Bone and liver Al was significantly increased in 82% and 56%, respectively, in nondialysed uraemic patients and in 100% of the tissues examined from dialysed uraemic patients. In patients dying of dialysis encephalopathy, tissue Al was not only the most but also affected in a different manner from that found in other dialysed patients. It is suggested that dialysis encephalopathy occurs as a result of such rapid Al loading during dialysis that the ability of bone to sequester that element is overcome and it is shunted to liver and brain with resulting toxicity. KW - aluminium KW - renal failure KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aluminum KW - kidney failure KW - metabolism and toxicity of trace elements in renal failure KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801412626&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Magnesium absorption and metabolism in patients with chronic renal failure and in patients with normal renal function. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Lesniak, M. AU - Gatza, C. A. AU - Osis, D. AU - Lender, M. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 79 IS - 1 SP - 26 EP - 34 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Section, Box 35, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801412835. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 7439-95-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The intestinal absorption of magnesium was estimated in strictly controlled dietary conditions in patients with chronic renal disease and in patients with normal renal function. The average net absorption of Mg in patients with chronic renal failure was significantly lower (17% of Mg intake) than the absorption in patients with normal renal function (48.5%). The lower absorption of Mg in patients with chronic renal failure was due to the significantly higher faecal excretion of Mg, on average 82.5% of the Mg intake, compared with 51.5% for patients with normal renal function. The faecal:urinary Mg excretion ratio for patients with normal renal function was close to 1.0, whereas it was on average 1.75 for patients with chronic renal failure, which indicates a shift of the Mg excretion from the kidney to the intestine. The Mg balance did not differ significantly from that of age-matched patients with normal kidney function and a similar or higher Mg intake. In a long-term study of a patient with chronic renal failure, the net absorption of Mg was greater during higher than during lower Mg intake; however, the absorption of Mg was only half the value, 24% against 48% for patients with normal renal function receiving the same Mg intake. Increasing the calcium intake from 200 to 800, 1400 and 2000 mg daily did not change the Mg balance or the net absorption of Mg in patients with chronic renal failure or in patients with normal renal function. KW - magnesium KW - renal failure KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - kidney failure KW - magnesium absorption and metabolism in normals and in renal failure KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801412835&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Apical distribution of fatty acid esterification capacity along the villus-crypt unit of rat jejunum. AU - Shiau, Y. F. AU - Boyle, J. T. AU - Umstetter, C. AU - Koldovsky, O. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 79 IS - 1 SP - 47 EP - 53 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Shiau, Y. F.: Room A512, Research Wing, Veterans Administration Hospital, University and Woodland Aves., Philadelphia, Pa. 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801412837. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Distribution of fatty acid esterification capacity along the structure of the villus-crypt unit of rat jejunum was studied in vivo and in vitro. With a cryostat the intestine was sectioned transversely at 6 mu m thickness, from the tip of the villus to the crypt. Morphology and sucrase activity were used as markers to define the location along the villus-crypt unit. Fatty acid esterification capacity was more apically concentrated in both preparations in vivo and in vitro. The apical distribution of fatty acid esterification capacity is a reflection of the distribution patterns of lipid esterifying enzyme activity along the villus-crypt units. KW - fatty acid esters KW - intestinal mucosa KW - jejunum KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatty acid esterification along villus crypt unit of jejunum KW - intestine epithelium KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801412837&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Acute effects of ethanol on hepatic protein synthesis and secretion in the rat. AU - Baraona, E. AU - Pikkarainen, P. AU - Salaspuro, M. AU - Finkelman, F. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 79 IS - 1 SP - 104 EP - 111 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Baraona, E.: Alcoholism Research and Treatment Center, Veterans Administration Hospital, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801412842. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 46 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In isolated hepatocytes, 6 to 50 mM ethanol inhibited the incorporation of amino acids into protein. Those effects of ethanol were associated with greater increases in lactate:pyruvate ratios, slower rates of ethanol oxidation and smaller acetaldehyde concentrations than those found in vivo. When the redox changes produced by ethanol were decreased by the addition of 4-methylpyrazole, an inhibitor of alcohol dehydrogenase, methylene blue, a scavanger of reducing equivalents, or a combination of aspartate and alpha -ketoglutarate, which provides substrates for the translocation of reducing equivalents from the cytosol into the mitochondria, the ethanol-induced inhibition of protein synthesis was prevented. That effect took place despite increases in the acetaldehyde concentration after the addition of methylene blue or aspartate plus alpha -ketoglutarate. When hepatocytes were isolated from rats on alcohol-containing diets and incubated with ethanol, the redox changes were attenuated and ethanol did not inhibit protein synthesis. Acute ethanol administration to rats decreased secretion of newly synthesized albumin with retention of albumin in the liver. This acute effect of ethanol on secretion was not associated with impairment of the synthesis albumin or total liver protein, as estimated in vivo by the incorporation of [14C]leucine into proteins and the specific activity of leucyl-tRNA. Thus, acute ethanol administration inhibits hepatic protein secretion rather than protein synthesis. KW - ethanol KW - protein synthesis KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethanol affects liver protein formation and secretion KW - ethyl alcohol KW - protein biosynthesis KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801412842&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of peptic digestion on emptying of cooked liver in dogs. AU - Ohashi, H. AU - Meyer, J. H. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 79 IS - 2 SP - 305 EP - 310 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Ohashi, H.: Division of Gastroenterology, Veterans Administration Center, 16111 Plummer Street, Sepulveda, Calif. 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801412847. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 9001-75-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - By speeding the fragmentation of meat, peptic digestion might accelerate gastric emptying. To examine this possibility, mongrel dogs prepared with chronic duodenal fistulae were fed on steak and 99mTc-labelled chicken liver. Measuring 99mTc in all chyme emptying from the stomach and out through the duodenal fistula allowed quantitation of the gastric emptying of [99mTc]liver. Emptying was studied during relatively uninhibited gastric propulsion (chyme diverted from the duodenum) or during inhibited gastric propulsion when the proximal bowel was perfused with chyme or fat. When chyme was diverted, the speed of emptying varied with peptic activity in the stomach, i.e., it was increased by orogastric perfusion with acid pepsin compared with a control perfusion of pH 7 buffer or, alternatively, was decreased from the unperfused stomach by cimetidine given by vein compared with saline given by vein. By contrast, no effect of change in peptic conditions was observed when chyme was allowed access to the proximal bowel or when the duodenum was perfused with fat. The conclusion was that duodenal inhibition may override the effects of peptic digestion on the emptying of liver. KW - pepsin KW - stomach emptying KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - liver as food KW - pepsin digestion on emptying of cooked liver KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801412847&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of cholic acid feeding on N-methyl-N-nitrosourea-induced colon tumors and cell kinetics in the rats. AU - Cohen, B. I. AU - Raicht, R. F. AU - Deschner, E. E. AU - Takahashi, M. AU - Sarwal, A. N. AU - Fazzini, E. JO - Journal of the National Cancer Institute JF - Journal of the National Cancer Institute Y1 - 1980/// VL - 64 IS - 3 SP - 573 EP - 578 SN - 0027-8874 AD - Cohen, B. I.: General Medical Research 151B-13 West, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 24th and First Ave., New York, N.Y. 10010, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801412957. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 81-25-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Caesarean-derived F344 rats were treated intrarectally with N-methyl-N-nitrosourea (MNU) and were divided into 4 groups. Group 1 had a stock diet; group 2, stock diet and cholic acid 0.2%; group 3, stock diet and 8 mg MNU; and group 4, stock diet plus 0.2% cholic acid and 8 mg MNU. At 28 weeks, rats in groups 1 and 2 had no tumour. Group 3 had a tumour incidence of 54% (1.1 tumours/rat) and group 4 of 62% (1.8 tumours/rat). Significantly more tumours were seen in group 4 than in group 3. Tumours were primarily adenomata, but invasive adenocarcinomata were also detected. The tumours increased in size from adenomata to invasive carcinomata. Analyses at week 28 showed slightly more faecal neutral sterols in groups 3 and 4 than in their respective controls (2.17 against 1.90 and 2.22 against 1.65 mg/g). Conversion of cholesterol to coprostanol was similar in all groups, on average 65% in groups 1 and 3 and 64% in groups 2 and 4. Total faecal bile acid output was higher in the rats given cholic acid than in their controls (9.52 against 3.68 mg/g faeces). The major faecal bile acid in groups 2 and 4 was deoxycholic acid, whereas amounts of cholic acid were similar in all groups. Deoxycholic acid was presumed to be the primary tumour promoter or cocarcinogen. Cell kinetics were estimated at weeks 5 and 19. At 5 weeks groups 2 and 4 showed greater cell proliferation than the control. Cell proliferation was also increased as a result of the MNU-induced damage (group 3). The cumulative effect of MNU and cholic acid increased the numbers of epithelial cells which underwent DNA synthesis. The increase in cell turnover allowed tumours to occur with greater frequency as seen in the rats given cholic acid and MNU. KW - carcinogens KW - cells KW - cholic acid KW - colon KW - tumours KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cholic acid on experimental colon tumours and cell kinetics KW - tumors KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801412957&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Growth and development of the neonatal rat: particular vulnerability of males to disadvantageous conditions during rearing. AU - Crutchfield, F. L. AU - Dratman, M. B. JO - Biology of the Neonate JF - Biology of the Neonate Y1 - 1980/// VL - 38 IS - 3/4 SP - 203 EP - 209 SN - 0006-3126 AD - Crutchfield, F. L.: No. 151, Veterans Administration Hospital, University and Woodland Aves., Philadelphia, PA 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801413032. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Sprague-Dawley rats were nurtured on radioactively labelled milk by mothers fed on a low-iodine (Remington) diet with 10 mu Ci [125I]sodium iodide daily by injection or 200 mu Ci/litre drinking water, from 3 days before parturition to weaning. Nutritional deficiencies inherent in the maternal Remington diet did not change growth rate, if the young were disturbed as little as possible during rearing. When combined with chronic handling stress, which in itself had no detectable effect on the weight gain of the young of normally fed mothers, growth was retarded with no sign of hypothyroidism. [125I]Sodium iodide added to the maternal Remington diet reduced growth rate of nonhandled rats only. The strategy of measuring postweaning compensatory growth magnified latent signs of preweaning growth retardation and revealed that males were more susceptible than females to early dietary deficiencies, retardation and handling stresses. KW - growth retardation KW - sex differences KW - stress KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - sex variation in effect of Remington diet and stress on growth KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801413032&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Protein - calorie malnutrition in patients with colorectal cancer. AU - Rombeau, J. L. AU - Goldman, S. L. AU - Apelgren, K. N. AU - Sanford, I. AU - Frey, C. F. JO - Diseases of the Colon and Rectum JF - Diseases of the Colon and Rectum Y1 - 1978/// VL - 21 IS - 8 SP - 587 EP - 589 SN - 0012-3706 AD - Rombeau, J. L.: Dep. Surgery, Veterans Administration Hospital, 150 Muir Road, Martinez, Calif. 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801413260. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 7 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Protein-energy malnutrition, judged by anthropometric measures and laboratory tests, was assessed in 17 patients with colorectal cancer before operation and in 47 control patients. The cancer patients had significant deficits in visceral protein and skeletal muscle and no deficit in fat stores. Greater attention should be given to nutritional assessment before operation and to the correction of protein deficits. KW - colon KW - neoplasms KW - protein energy malnutrition KW - rectum KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cancers KW - colorectal cancer and malnutrition KW - protein calorie malnutrition KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801413260&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Obesity and diabetes mellitus. AU - Nuttall, F. Q. JO - Minnesota Medicine JF - Minnesota Medicine Y1 - 1979/// VL - 62 IS - 1 SP - 19 EP - 21 SN - 0026-556X AD - Nuttall, F. Q.: Section of Endocrinology, Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, Minn., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801413537. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The most common type of diabetes mellitus is that associated with obesity. It is associated with insulin resistance and an impaired ability to secrete insulin. The best treatment is weight reduction and maintenance of a normal body fat mass. This often results in completely normal plasma glucose values. As with any other diabetic patient, however, if diet treatment fails, treatment with oral hypoglycaemic agents or insulin is indicated. KW - diabetes KW - obesity KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - treatment of obese diabetics KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801413537&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Alcohol-induced gastric and duodenal lesions in man. AU - Gottfried, E. B. AU - Korsten, M. A. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - American Journal of Gastroenterology JF - American Journal of Gastroenterology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 70 IS - 6 SP - 587 EP - 592 SN - 0002-9270 AD - Gottfried, E. B.: Alcohol Research Center, Veterans Administration Hospital, 130 W. Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801413614. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To determine the effect of an acute dose of ethanol on the stomach and duodenum, 7 alcoholic subjects with previously normal upper gastrointestinal endoscopy were re-evaluated with endoscopy and directed biopsy 3 h after the oral ingestion of ethanol (1 g/kg bodyweight) as a 35 g/100 ml solution. After ingestion of alcohol, all the subjects had moderate to severe antral erythema and friability and 2 had patchy erosions and haemorrhage in the antrum and fundus of the stomach. Five had changes in the duodenal bulb consisting of erythema similar to that in the antrum of the stomach. Microscopically, after alcohol, 4 demonstrated focal subepithelial haemorrhage and another had frank mucosal haemorrhage in the antrum. In the duodenal bulb, 4 had focal subepithelial haemorrhage in the tips of bulbar villi and 4 had striking infiltration of eosinophils in the subepithelial stroma. These histological changes were not present in prealcohol biopsies or in biopsies in 2 additional subjects given club soda alone or beef bouillon, or in repeat biopsies in 2 subjects re-endoscoped 3 days after the ingestion of alcohol when the endoscopic findings were again normal. It is concluded that a single dose of alcohol consistently causes macroscopic and microscopic antral and duodenal changes. KW - alcoholism KW - duodenum KW - stomach KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - alcohol induced gastric and duodenal lesions KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801413614&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Regeneration of jejunal mucosa during recovery from malnutrition and pancreatic insufficiency. AU - Brozinsky, S. AU - Fani, K. AU - Grosberg, S. J. AU - Wapnick, S. JO - American Journal of Gastroenterology JF - American Journal of Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 71 IS - 1 SP - 83 EP - 89 SN - 0002-9270 AD - Brozinsky, S.: Gastroenterology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, 800 Poly Pl., Brooklyn, NY 11209, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801413617. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A patient with a history of alcohol abuse, who was severely malnourished, was subjected to serial jejunal biopsies. The improvement in villous size and absorptive cell ultrastructure paralleled clinical recovery. It is concluded that the caloric and trophic benefits of food, the pancreatic and vitamin replacement treatment and withdrawal of alcohol all played an integral part in the regeneration of the jejunal mucosa. KW - alcoholism KW - intestinal mucosa KW - jejunum KW - malnutrition KW - pancreas KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - intestine epithelium KW - jejunal mucosa in recovery from malnutrition and pancreatic insufficiency from alcoholism KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801413617&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Differential lipemic and proteinemic response to oral ethinyl estradiol and parenteral estradiol cypionate. AU - Buckman, M. T. AU - Johnson, J. AU - Ellis, H. AU - Srivastava, L. AU - Peake, G. T. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1980/// VL - 29 IS - 9 SP - 803 EP - 805 AD - Buckman, M. T.: Research Service (151), Veterans Administration Hospital, 2100 Ridgecrest Drive, SE., Albuquerque, NM 87108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801414130. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Synthetic oestrogen given by mouth to normal women has been shown to have a lipaemic and a proteinaemic effect. To determine whether oestrogen given parenterally would have similar results, the effects of intramuscular depo-oestradiol cypionate on serum lipids and ceruloplasmin were studied. The oral and parenteral oestrogens chosen are frequently used therapeutically and different doses in the range of those commonly used clinically were given to the women. After oral ethinyl oestradiol, 20, 50 and 100 mu g every 12 h, comparable and significant increases in triglyceride 73 to 128, ceruloplasmin 87 to 188 and high-density lipoprotein cholesterol 60 to 74 mg/100 ml were observed. In contrast, despite substantial increases in serum oestrogens, parenteral oestrogen, depo-oestradiol cypionate, 5 and 10 mg, did not affect any value. KW - blood lipids KW - blood protein KW - oestrogens KW - parenteral feeding KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - comparative effect of oral or parenteral oestrogens on blood lipids and proteins KW - estrogens KW - plasma protein KW - serum protein KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801414130&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Serum cholesterol binding reserve and high density lipoprotein cholesterol in patients on maintenance hemodialysis. AU - Perez, G. O. AU - Hsia, S. L. AU - Christakis, G. AU - Burr, J. JO - Hormone and Metabolic Research JF - Hormone and Metabolic Research Y1 - 1980/// VL - 12 IS - 9 SP - 449 EP - 454 SN - 0018-5043 AD - Perez, G. O.: Dialysis Unit (111C), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1201 NW 16th Street, Miami, Florida 33125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801414378. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Serum cholesterol binding reserve (SCBR, the capacity of the serum to solubilize additional cholesterol), high-density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol and serum cholesterol and triglycerides were estimated in chronically uraemic patients (40 men and 13 women) undergoing maintenance haemodialysis. The values were compared with those of controls (149 men and 28 women) matched for serum lipid values. Hypertriglyceridaemia and decreased HDL cholesterol were observed among the patients. SCBR values of the patients were not significantly different from those of controls except in a small subgroup of uraemic diabetics, whose SCBR values were low. There was a positive correlation between SCBR and the duration for which the patients had been maintained by haemodialysis. The results suggest that patients with higher SCBR values have a better prospect for surviving long duration of haemodialysis. KW - cholesterol KW - haemodialysis KW - lipoproteins KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hemodialysis KW - serum cholesterol binding reserve and h.d. lipoprotein cholesterol in haemodialysis patients KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801414378&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Plasma glucagon and alpha -amino acid nitrogen response to various diets in normal humans. AU - Ahmed, M. AU - Nuttall, F. Q. AU - Gannon, M. C. AU - Lamusga, R. F. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1980/// VL - 33 IS - 9 SP - 1917 EP - 1924 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Ahmed, M.: Endocrine-Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801414615. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The changes in plasma alpha -amino acid nitrogen (AAN) and glucagon (IRG) in response to a standard mixed diet, and to a high-fat, high-carbohydrate and a high-protein isoenergetic diet eaten as 3 equal meals 4 h apart were estimated during 12 h. The standard, high-fat, and high-carbohydrate diets each contained protein about 1.0 and the high-protein diet 4 g/kg bodyweight. The AAN increase was modest and similar in all subjects receiving protein 1.0 g/kg. It was considerably higher in subjects on 4 g/kg, increased rapidly after the first meal and stayed high throughout the day in all groups. Calculation of the AAN concentration area for 12 h indicated proportionality between the amount of protein eaten and the AAN area for all diets. The IRG concentration was increased throughout the day in subjects on the high-protein diet. Changes in IRG in subjects on the standard, high-fat and high-carbohydrate diets were modest and not significant. However, when the IRG areas over base-line were estimated during 12 h, differences between these diets were significant. The area was larger with the high-fat diet than with the standard diet and was negative for subjects on the high-carbohydrate diet. KW - amino nitrogen KW - glucagon KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - diet on plasma glucagon and alpha-amino nitrogen KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801414615&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Evidence for a role of free fatty acids in the regulation of somatostatin secretion in normal and alloxan diabetic dogs. AU - Wasada, T. AU - Howard, B. AU - Dobbs, R. E. AU - Unger, R. H. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1980/// VL - 66 IS - 3 SP - 511 EP - 516 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Wasada, T.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Southwestern Medical School, Dallas, Tex. 75126, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801414736. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 44 ref. Registry Number: 51110-01-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of acute increases in plasma free fatty acids (FFA) on secretion of splanchnic somatostatin-like immunoreactivity (SLI) was studied by measuring concentrations of SLI in peripheral venous, pancreatic and gastric venous blood plasma in normal and chronically alloxan-diabetic dogs before and after the dogs had been given by infusion a fat emulsion supplemented with heparin. In normal conscious dogs heparin with the fat emulsion increased FFA from original value of 0.7 to a peak of 1.5 mEq/litre and plasma SLI from 145 to 253 pg/ml. Neither the infusion of glycerol, fat emulsion without heparin or heparin alone nor of saline itself had an effect on the plasma FFA or SLI values. In anaesthetized dogs fat emulsion with heparin more than doubled plasma SLI from the veins draining the pancreas and gastric fundus and antrum with an increase in FFA values; in diabetic dogs it also significantly increased FFA and SLI. The magnitude of increases of FFA in diabetic dogs did not differ from normal. KW - diabetes KW - fatty acids KW - somatostatin KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - role of free fatty acids in regulation of somatostatin secretion in normals or diabetics KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801414736&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Plasma content of B6 vitamers and its relationship to hepatic vitamin B6 metabolism. AU - Lumeng, L. AU - Lui, A. AU - Li, T. K. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1980/// VL - 66 IS - 4 SP - 688 EP - 695 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Lumeng, L.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Indiana Univ. School of Medicine, Indianapolis, Ind. 46223, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801414739. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 65-23-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Six healthy persons 23 to 38 years old were given by mouth 100 mg pyridoxine-HCl daily for 1 to 3 weeks. Before pyridoxine, the mean total plasma value of B-6 vitamers was 114 nM; and pyridoxal-P, pyridoxamine-P, pyridoxal, pyridoxine and pyridoxamine accounted for 54, 3, 11, 27 and 5%, respectively. Plasma pyridoxic acid was 40 nM. During pyridoxine intake mean plasma B-6 vitamers and pyridoxic acid increased to 655 and 222 nM. The plasma content of pyridoxal-P and pyridoxic acid increased 6- to 7-fold and that of pyridoxal 12-fold, but the pyridoxine value did not increase. Isolated hepatocytes, 1 g/15 ml, were incubated for 2 h with 3.33 mu M [14C]pyridoxine (6 mu Ci/ mu mol). At zero time, the cells contained about 35 nmol pyridoxal-P and 25 nmol pyridoxamine-P. After 2 h incubation, the cellular content of pyridoxal-P and pyridoxamine-P did not change significantly, but the medium contained 5.9 nmol pyridoxal-P, 0.3 nmol pyridoxamine-P, 7.2 nmol pyridoxal, 26.6 nmol pyridoxine, 0.3 nmol pyridoxamine and 7.5 nmol pyridoxic acid. Whereas the specific radioactivity of pyridoxal-P, pyridoxal and pyridoxic acid in the medium approached that of [14C]pyridoxine, the specific radioactivity of cellular pyridoxal-P and pyridoxamine-P was only 20% of that of pyridoxine. Thus, newly synthesized pyridoxal-P is not freely exchangeable with endogenous pyridoxal-P, but is preferentially released or degraded to pyridoxal and pyridoxic acid. The latter B-6 compounds are also released. These results suggest that ingested pyridoxine is rapidly metabolized in liver and its products are released into the circulation in the form of pyridoxal-P, pyridoxal and pyridoxic acid. KW - pyridoxine KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - correlation between plasma content and metabolism by liver KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801414739&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Bile acid metabolism in cirrhosis. 6. Sites of blockage in the bile acid pathways to primary bile acids. AU - Patteson, T. E., III AU - Vlahcevic, Z. R. AU - Schwartz, C. C. AU - Gustafsson, J. AU - Danielsson, H. AU - Swell, L. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 79 IS - 4 SP - 620 EP - 628 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Patteson, T. E., III: Gastroenterology Service (151), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1201 Broad Rock Road, Richmond, Va. 23249, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801415226. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - 6. 3H-labelled bile acid intermediates were given simultaneously with tracer doses of [14C]cholic acid and [14C]chenodeoxycholic acid to patients with advanced cirrhosis and to control subjects. Bile acid kinetics and the fractional conversion of the labelled intermediates to primary bile acids were estimated from specific activity. 5 beta -[7 beta -3H]Cholestane 3 alpha ,7 alpha ,12 alpha ,26-tetrol and 5 beta [7 beta -3H]cholestane 3 alpha ,7 alpha ,12 alpha -triol tested the integrity of side-chain oxidation of cholic acid, while 7 alpha -hydroxy-4-[6 beta -3H]cholesten-3-one (a cholic acid precursor) was given to investigate a possible block in the 12 alpha -hydroxylation step. Patients with advanced cirrhosis had a significant reduction to cholic acid and chenodeoxycholic acid synthesis. It is suggested that impaired 7 alpha -hydroxylation of cholesterol or lack of available cholesterol substrate, or both, are most likely the additional factors responsible for the reduction of primary bile acid synthesis in cirrhosis; the main factor was impairment of 12 alpha -hydroxylation of the cholic acid precursor. KW - bile acids KW - cirrhosis KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - bile acid metabolism in cirrhosis KW - liver cirrhosis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801415226&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Malnutrition among patients in an acute-care veterans facility. AU - Bushman, L. AU - Russell, R. AU - Warfield, L. AU - Curry, G. AU - Iber, F. JO - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JF - Journal of the American Dietetic Association Y1 - 1980/// VL - 77 IS - 4 SP - 462 EP - 465 SN - 0002-8223 AD - Bushman, L.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Baltimore, Md., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801415249. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In a survey of 159 men and 2 women living in the Baltimore Veterans Administration Medical Center, non-dominant arm circumference, triceps skin fold, height and weight were measured. Patients were classified as moderately malnourished if they had 2 or more measurements more than 10% but less than 30% below standard or 1 measurement between 10 and 30% below standard and 1 measurement over 30% below standard. Those with 2 or more measurements over 30% below standard were classified as severely malnourished. The results were further categorized into disease states. Moderate and severe malnutrition was found in all disease categories with 29% of the patients moderately malnourished. Patients with cancer and pulmonary disease showed the highest incidence of malnutrition. KW - malnutrition KW - USA KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - malnutrition among hospital patients in Baltimore KW - United States of America KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801415249&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Evaluation of a role for 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 in the pathogenesis and treatment of X-linked hypophosphatemic rickets and osteomalacia. AU - Drezner, M. K. AU - Lyles, K. W. AU - Haussler, M. R. AU - Harrelson, J. M. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1980/// VL - 66 IS - 5 SP - 1020 EP - 1032 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Drezner, M. K.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Durham, N.C. 27710, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801415259. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 62 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Four untreated patients, 14 to 30 years old, had normocalcaemia (9.22 plus or minus 0.06 mg/100 ml), hypophosphataemia (2.25 plus or minus 0.11 mg/100 ml), a decreased renal tubular maximum for the reabsorption of phosphate per litre of glomerular filtrate (2.12 plus or minus 0.09 mg/100 ml), normal serum immunoreactive parathyrin concentration, negative phosphate balance and bone biopsy evidence of osteomalacia. The serum 25-hydroxycholecalciferol concentration was 33.9 plus or minus 7.2 ng/ml and, despite hypophosphataemia, the serum 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol was not increased, but was normal at 30.3 plus or minus 2.8 pg/ml. These findings suggested that abnormal homeostasis of vitamin D metabolism might be a second defect central to the phenotypic expression of X-linked hypophosphataemic rickets/osteomalacia. This hypothesis was supported by evaluation of the long-term response to pharmacological amounts of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol in 3 subjects. The treatment resulted in increase of the serum 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D to values in the supraphysiological range. The serum phosphate and renal tubular maximum for the reabsorption of phosphate per litre of glomerular filtrate increased towards normal whereas the phosphate balance became positive. Repeat bone biopsies showed that treatment had positively affected the osteomalacic component of the disease, resulting in restoration to normal of the mineralization front activity. KW - CALCITRIOL KW - osteomalacia KW - rickets KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - role of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol in aetiology and treatment of hypophosphataemic rickets and osteomalacia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801415259&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Mechanism by which bile salt disrupts the gastric mucosal barrier in the dog. AU - Duane, W. C. AU - Wiegand, D. M. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1980/// VL - 66 IS - 5 SP - 1044 EP - 1049 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Duane, W. C.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801415260. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A 10 mM mixture of 6 conjugated bile salts simulating the proportions in human bile induced net Na+ flux of 15.5 and net H+ flux of -9.9 mu Eq/min. This change was accompanied by an increase in phospholipid efflux out of gastric mucosa from a base-line value of 13.2 to 54.8 nmol/min and an increase in cholesterol efflux from 11.7 to 36.3 nmol/min. Saturation with lecithin (25 mM) and cholesterol (50 mM) blocked disruption of the gastric mucosal barrier by bile salt (Na+ flux -1.2, H+ 0.6 mu Eq/min). A 10 mM solution of taurodehydrocholate, a bile salt which does not form micelles, induced no net Na+ (-0.3) or H+ flux (-0.7 mu Eq/min) and did not increase efflux of phospholipid (11.3 nmol/min) or cholesterol (10.4) over base line. Bile salt was absorbed from the mixture of 6 conjugates at 752 nmol/min. Addition of subsaturation amounts of lecithin (4 mM) reduced bile salt absorption threefold to 252 nmol/min, but abnormal Na+ flux (14.1) and H+ flux (-15.6 mu Eq/min) persisted. Taurodehydrocholate was absorbed to an intermediate extent (467 nmol/min). Dissolution of mucosal lipids is apparently the mechanism by which bile salt disrupts the gastric mucosal barrier, and presumably at least one mechanism by which bile salt can injure the gastric mucosa. KW - bile salts KW - stomach mucosa KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - mechanism of gastric mucosal barrier disruption by bile salts KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801415260&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Dissociation between plasma triglyceride concentration and tissue lipoprotein lipase deficiency in insulin-deficient rats. AU - Chen, Y. D. I. AU - Howard, J. AU - Huang, V. AU - Kraemer, F. B. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Diabetes JF - Diabetes Y1 - 1980/// VL - 29 IS - 8 SP - 643 EP - 647 AD - Chen, Y. D. I.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (182B), 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801415503. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 9004-02-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Insulin deficiency was produced by streptozotocin in male rats 5 to 6 weeks old and plasma triglyceride and glucose concentrations and lipoprotein lipase (LPL) activity of adipose tissue (epididymal) and muscle (gastrocnemius and soleus) were estimated. Rats with diabetes showed a significant reduction in adipose tissue LPL activity (total and heparin-releasable), but the fall in LPL activity in those rats bore little relation to the increase in plasma triglyceride concentration. Muscle LPL activity did not change in diabetic rats. Qualitatively similar changes were observed when estimations were at 0800 h (after the normal overnight access to food) or 1400 h (6 h after food withdrawal). It is concluded that the hypertriglyceridaemia which occurs secondarily to insulin deficiency is not a simple function of lower tissue LPL activity. KW - diabetes KW - lipoprotein lipase KW - TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - diacylglycerol lipase KW - plasma triglycerides and tissue lipoprotein lipase deficiency in diabetes KW - triglycerides KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801415503&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of experimental hyperthyroidism on protein turnover in skeletal and cardiac muscle. AU - Carter, W. J. AU - Benjamin, W. S. Van Der W. AU - Faas, F. H. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1980/// VL - 29 IS - 10 SP - 910 EP - 915 AD - Carter, W. J.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 300 E. Roosevelt Road, Little Rock, Ark. 72206, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801416227. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A subcutaneous injection of [3H]leucine 10 mu Ci/100 g was given to 16 rats weighing 165 to 205 g. Beginning 24 h later they were given subcutaneously 50 mg unlabelled leucine daily to reduce reutilization of [3H]leucine and from 48 h later some were given triiodothyronine (T3) 25 mu g/100 g daily for 18 days. In similar experiments [14C]sodium bicarbonate was given instead of [3H]leucine. Then skeletal and heart muscle was fractionated. Hyperthyroidism caused a 25 to 29% increase in protein breakdown in sarcoplasmic and myofibrillar fractions of skeletal muscle. Protein breakdown seemed to be reduced by 22% in the scarcoplasmic fraction of hyperthyroid heart muscle and was unchanged in the myofibrillar fraction. Possible reasons of the different effects include increased sensitivity of hyperthyroid heart to catecholamines, increased cardiac work caused by the haemodynamic effects of hyperthyroidism and a different direct effect of thyroid hormone at the nuclear level in cardiac as opposed to skeletal muscle. KW - hyperthyroidism KW - MYOCARDIUM KW - protein turnover KW - skeletal muscle KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cardiac muscle KW - heart muscle KW - hyperthyroidosis KW - protein turnover in skeletal and cardiac muscle in hyperthyroidism KW - thyrotoxicosis KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801416227&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Influence of fructose on the glycogen synthase and phosphorylase systems in rat liver. AU - Regan, J. J., Jr. AU - Doorneweerd, D. D. AU - Gilboe, D. P. AU - Nuttall, F. Q. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1980/// VL - 29 IS - 10 SP - 965 EP - 969 AD - Regan, J. J., Jr.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 54th Street and 48th Ave. South, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801416234. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 57-48-7, 9014-56-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Fructose and glucose, when given as single large intravenous doses of 500 mg/kg, produced opposite effects on key regulatory enzymes of glycogen metabolism in intact rats fed normally. Glucose rapidly stimulated glycogen synthase phosphatase activity and increased the proportion of glycogen synthase in the active (I) form as expected; fructose reduced synthase phosphatase activity and the proportion of synthase in the I form. Glucose also stimulated a reduction in the proportion of phosphorylase in the active (a) form, whereas fructose stimulated an increase in the proportion of phosphorylase in the a form. The effect of fructose was not mediated by an increase in cyclic AMP concentration nor by a conversion of phosphorylase kinase b to phosphorylase kinase a. As expected, the concentration of ATP decreased significantly. The increase in proportion of phosphorylase in the a form may be due to stimulation of phosphorylase kinase b activity by a decrease in the intracellular ATP:magnesium2+ ratio or by an increase in intracellular calcium2+ concentration. The mechanism of the fructose-induced change in synthase phosphatase activity and in synthase I activity is unknown. KW - fructose KW - GLYCOGEN (STARCH) SYNTHASE KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fructose on glycogen synthase and phosphorylase system in liver KW - fruit sugar KW - glycogen synthase KW - ketohexose KW - laevulose KW - levulose KW - phosphorylases KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801416234&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of fructose feeding on insulin secretion and insulin action in the rat. AU - Zavaroni, I. AU - Sander, S. AU - Scott, S. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1980/// VL - 29 IS - 10 SP - 970 EP - 973 AD - Zavaroni, I.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, (182B), 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801416235. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8, 57-48-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Insulin secretion and insulin action were studied in rats given a diet with (as per cent of energy) 66% fructose, 22% protein and 12% fat, or stock diet with 60% vegetable starch, 29% protein and 11% fat for 7 days. Plasma glucose concentrations after an oral glucose or fructose load, 180 mg/100 g bodyweight, were slightly higher in the fructose-fed rats, and this was associated with a much greater increase of plasma insulin concentrations. The ability of insulin to stimulate disposal of glucose load was determined during the continuous infusion of epinephrine, propranolol, glucose and insulin. In those conditions the steady-state plasma insulin was the same in the 2 groups, whereas the steady-state plasma glucose was almost twice as high in the fructose-fed rats. KW - blood sugar KW - fructose KW - insulin KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood glucose KW - fructose on insulin secretion and action KW - fruit sugar KW - glucose in blood KW - ketohexose KW - laevulose KW - levulose KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801416235&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Alcohol and coronary arteries. AU - Barboriak, J. J. AU - Anderson, A. J. AU - Rimm, A. A. AU - Tristani, F. E. JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research Y1 - 1979/// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 29 EP - 32 SN - 0145-6008 AD - Barboriak, J. J.: Research Service/151, Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801416306. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The relation between alcohol intake and the extent of coronary artery occlusion was studied. Patients who abstained or drank less than 1 oz alcohol weekly had significantly higher occlusion scores than those imbibing moderate amounts. KW - alcohols KW - arteries KW - heart KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - alcohol intake and degree of occlusion of coronary arteries KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801416306&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fluoride metabolism in patients with chronic renal failure. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Kramer, L. AU - Gatza, C. AU - Norris, C. AU - Wiatrowski, E. AU - Gandhi, V. C. JO - Archives of Internal Medicine JF - Archives of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1980/// VL - 140 IS - 10 SP - 1331 EP - 1335 SN - 0003-9926 AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, IL 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801416532. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Registry Number: 16984-48-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In patients with chronic renal failure urinary fluoride excretion was significantly less than that in patients with normal renal function, resulting in greater retention of fluoride; their greater faecal excretion of fluoride did not compensate for the decreased urinary fluoride excretion. Intake of aluminium hydroxide, 30 ml three times daily, significantly increased faecal fluoride excretion and decreased net absorption and retention of fluoride. KW - fluoride KW - renal failure KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fluoride metabolism in renal failure KW - kidney failure KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801416532&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Non-uniformity of blood ethanol elimination: its exaggeration after chronic consumption. AU - Salaspuro, M. P. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Annals of Clinical Research JF - Annals of Clinical Research Y1 - 1978/// VL - 10 IS - 5 SP - 294 EP - 297 AD - Salaspuro, M. P.: Alcohol Research Center, Veterans Administration Hospital, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801416732. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In baboons blood ethanol disappearance was 11.6% faster at high ethanol (HE) concentrations (45 to 20 mM) than at low concentrations (LE) (15 to 5 mM). The intake of alcohol in a liquid diet for 3 months or up to 5 years increased the difference between HE and LE to 14 and 28.6%, respectively. These results were confirmed in a preliminary experiment with a human volunteer given ethanol for 4 weeks in metabolic ward conditions. The findings are in favour of the existence and induction of a non-alcohol dehydrogenase high Km pathway for ethanol oxidation. The common medicolegal practice of calculating previous blood ethanol values by linear extrapolation should be reconsidered. KW - alcoholism KW - ethanol KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood ethanol elimination in alcoholism (baboon, man) KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801416732&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Analysis and physiologic significance of cholesterol epoxide in animal tissues. AU - Black, H. S. JO - Lipids JF - Lipids Y1 - 1980/// VL - 15 IS - 9 SP - 705 EP - 709 SN - 0024-4201 AD - Black, H. S.: Photobiology Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Houston, TX 77211, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801416928. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 48 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - cholesterol KW - reviews KW - tissues KW - review of analysis and physiological significance of cholesterol epoxide in animal tissues KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801416928&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Enzymes of methionine metabolism in regenerating rat liver. AU - Finkelstein, J. D. AU - Martin, J. J. AU - Kyle, W. E. AU - Harris, B. J. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1980/// VL - 164 IS - 4 SP - 510 EP - 513 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Finkelstein, J. D.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, D.C. 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801416945. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 63-68-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In male Sprague-Dawley rats values for methionine adenosyltransferase and cystathionine synthase increased immediately after partial hepatectomy. A secondary peak of activity was noted on day 8 after operation. In contrast, activities of 5-methyltetrahydrofolate homocysteine methyltransferase and betaine-homocysteine methyltransferase declined. This pattern of changes suggests that transsulphuration, rather than methionine conservation, is a major metabolic response in regeneration of the liver. KW - enzymes KW - hepatectomy KW - liver KW - methionine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - liver removal KW - methionine metabolizing enzymes in regenerating liver KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801416945&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Experience with sham feeding as a test for vagotomy. AU - Feldman, M. AU - Richardson, C. T. AU - Fordtran, J. S. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 79 IS - 5, I SP - 792 EP - 795 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Feldman, M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Division of Gastroenterology, 4500 S. Lancaster Road, Dallas, Tex. 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801417181. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In nonvagotomized subjects (28 unoperated duodenal ulcer patients and 22 healthy controls), a ratio of sham feeding-stimulated acid output to peak acid output of 0.10 or less was defined as abnormally low (with 95% confidence). The ratio of sham feeding to peak acid output was abnormally low in 28 of 41 vagotomized duodenal ulcer patients without clinical evidence of recurrent ulcer, suggesting that most of these patients had had an effective reduction in vagal innervation of the stomach. Of 15 vagotomized duodenal ulcer patients with symptomatic, recurrent ulcers 11 had normal ratios of sham feeding to peak acid secretion. That a normal ratio represented an incomplete vagotomy was independently suggested in 5 of these patients; in 1 an intact vagal trunk was confirmed at another operation; in the other 4, acid secretion decreased after transthoracic vagotomy, which would not have been expected if vagotomy had initially been complete. In 5 vagotomized patients tested on 2 occasions, the ratio was reasonably reproducible. KW - gastric acid KW - vagotomy KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - acid secretion after sham feeding after vagotomy KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801417181&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of sham feeding on gastric acid secretion in healthy subjects and duodenal ulcer patients: evidence for increased basal vagal tone in some ulcer patients. AU - Feldman, M. AU - Richardson, C. T. AU - Fordtran, J. S. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 79 IS - 5, I SP - 796 EP - 800 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Feldman, M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Division of Gastroenterology, 4500 S. Lancaster Road, Dallas, Tex. 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801417182. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Basal and sham feeding-stimulated acid secretion, and peak pentagastrin-stimulated acid output, were estimated in 29 duodenal ulcer patients and 22 healthy subjects. Four ulcer patients who had increased basal acid secretion (basal/peak acid output over 0.30) and normal basal serum gastrin concentrations did not increase acid secretion in response to sham feeding, whereas patients with basal acid hypersection owing to hypergastrinaemia (Zollinger-Ellison syndrome) responded to sham feeding with a large increase in acid secretion above basal rates. Every normal subject responded to sham feeding with an increase in acid secretion above basal rates, even when acid secretion had been stimulated by an intravenous pentagastrin infusion before beginning sham feeding. The findings suggest that in some patients with duodenal ulcer (4 of 29 in this study) increased basal acid secretion is caused by increased vagal tone. KW - gastric acid KW - ulcers KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - acid secretion after sham feeding of duodenal ulcer patients KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801417182&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of vitamin B6 deficiency on in vitro uptake and metabolism of pyridoxine.HCl by rat jejunum. AU - Middleton, H. M., III JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1980/// VL - 33 IS - 10 SP - 2168 EP - 2173 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Middleton, H. M., III: Gastroenterology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center (DD), Augusta, Ga. 30910, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801417210. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 65-23-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of vitamin B-6 deficiency on the uptake and metabolism of pyridoxine.HCl by rat jejunum was studied in vitro with everted sacs. Rats were studied in 3 groups: control, vitamin B-6-replenished and vitamin B-6-deficient. Plasma and jejunal tissue pyridoxal phosphate values in deficient rats were profoundly depressed compared with control and replenished groups. Uptake and phosphorylation rates for pyridoxine.HCl were similar among the 3 groups. Jejunal pyridoxal phosphate values were not changed after incubation of sacs from control and replenished rats for 30 min in 2 and 20 mu M pyridoxine.HCl in low-phosphate (1.1 mM) conditions. Jejunal pyridoxal phosphate significantly increased during similar 30-min incubations in sacs of deficient rats in low-phosphate conditions and in control sacs in high-phosphate (80 mM) conditions. KW - pyridoxine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - pyridoxine hydrochloride uptake in vitamin B-6 deficiency KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801417210&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Steatorrhea due to high dietary fiber. AU - Levine, A. S. AU - Silvis, S. E. T2 - Gastroenterology JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 76 IS - 5, II SP - 1183 EP - 1183 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Levine, A. S.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minn., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801497676. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - fibre KW - steatorrhoea KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fiber KW - steatorrhea KW - steatorrhoea from fibre excess KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801497676&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Sham feeding: the correlation of acid and pepsin output, Hollander test, and recurrent ulcer in man. AU - Lowe, J. E. AU - Smith, J. L. AU - Jordan, P. H. AU - Graham, D. Y. T2 - Gastroenterology JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 76 IS - 5, II SP - 1188 EP - 1188 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Lowe, J. E.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Houston, Tex., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801497686. Language: English. Registry Number: 9001-75-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - gastric acid KW - pepsin KW - ulcers KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - correlation of acid and pepsin output and recurrent ulcer KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801497686&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Does palmitic acid alter the route of transport of other fatty acids from the intestine? AU - McDonald, G. B. AU - Weidman, M. T2 - Gastroenterology JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 76 IS - 5, II SP - 1199 EP - 1199 SN - 0016-5085 AD - McDonald, G. B.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, Wash., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801497698. Language: English. Registry Number: 57-10-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - fatty acids KW - intestines KW - palmitic acid KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hexadecanoic acid KW - palmitic acid on fatty acid transport from intestine KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801497698&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Elevated levels of LRH in human milk. AU - Sarda, A. K. AU - Nair, R. M. G. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1981/// VL - 52 IS - 4 SP - 826 EP - 828 SN - 0021-972X AD - Sarda, A. K.: Endocrinology-Metabolism Lab., Veterans Administration Med. Cent., 109 Bee Street, Charleston, S. Carolina 29403, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19810467474. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 9034-40-6. Subject Subsets: Dairy Science; Human Nutrition N2 - Milk and peripheral plasma samples were obtained from 6 healthy women in the post-partum period. Luteinizing hormone releasing hormone (LHRH) was measured by double antibody radioimmunoassay following precipitation of high mol. wt. proteins from samples. Mean immunoreactive LHRH concn. were 5-6 X greater in milk than in plasma (106.9 plus or minus 7.9 vs. 17.2 plus or minus 6.9 pg/ml). The origin and physiological role of such a large concn. of LHRH in human milk are discussed. KW - blood KW - composition KW - hormones KW - human milk KW - LHRH KW - milk KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - breast milk KW - luliberin KW - luliberin in breast milk KW - luteinizing-releasing KW - Animal Physiology and Biochemistry (Excluding Nutrition) (LL600) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) KW - Diet Studies (VV110) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19810467474&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The content, binding, and forms of vitamin B12 in milk. AU - Sandberg, D. P. AU - Begley, J. A. AU - Hall, C. A. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1981/// VL - 34 IS - 9 SP - 1717 EP - 1724 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Sandberg, D. P.: Nutr. Lab. of the Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Albany Med. Coll., Albany, New York 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19810471195. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Registry Number: 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Dairy Science; Human Nutrition N2 - Total cobalamin (vitamin B12) activity in milk from 19 women in months 2-30 of lactation ranged from 0.33 to 3.20 ng/ml (mean 0.97 ng/ml); activity was measured by the Euglena gracilis method after papain digestion of the milk samples. Daily oral supplements of 5-100 mu g cyanocobalamin had no significant effect on cobalamin activity in milk. Transcobalamin II, measured by a radioimmunoassay, was present in all milk samples and tended to increase during lactation. Cobalamin binders in milk were separated by gel filtration on Sephadex G-200. The majority (96%) of binding activity corresponded to R type binder. Native cobalamin was combined with R binder, but not with transcobalamin II. Predominant forms of vitamin B12 in human milk were methylcobalamin and adenosylcobalamin; small amounts of hydroxo- and cyanocobalamins were also present. [See also DSA 42, 7605]. KW - binding KW - composition KW - cyanocobalamin KW - human milk KW - milk KW - VITAMIN B12 KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - breast milk KW - cobalamin KW - vitamin B-12 in breast milk KW - Milk and Dairy Produce (QQ010) KW - Food Composition and Quality (QQ500) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19810471195&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Immunopathology of infestation with animal parasites. Studies on the helminthic infection schistosomiasis. AU - Colley, D. G. AU - Kayes, S. G. T2 - Immunopathology. 6th Internat. Convocation on Immunol., Niagara Falls, N.Y., June 12-15 1978. JO - Immunopathology. 6th Internat. Convocation on Immunol., Niagara Falls, N.Y., June 12-15 1978. JF - Immunopathology. 6th Internat. Convocation on Immunol., Niagara Falls, N.Y., June 12-15 1978. Y1 - 1979/// SP - 268 EP - 273 CY - Basel; Switzerland PB - S. Karger. SN - 3805529716 AD - Colley, D. G.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Nashville, TN 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19810879899. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - Recent work on the efficacy of sera from chronic human or murine infections in promoting schistosome egg antigen-induced cellular suppressor activity is reviewed. KW - helminths KW - immunology KW - parasites KW - man KW - MICE KW - Rodents KW - Schistosoma mansoni KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - Schistosoma KW - Schistosomatidae KW - Digenea KW - Trematoda KW - Platyhelminthes KW - invertebrates KW - granulomata immunosuppression KW - parasitic worms KW - Strigeida KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19810879899&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Immunohistological study of the anatomic relationship of toxoplasma antigens to the inflammatory response in the brains of mice chronically infected with Toxoplasma gondii. AU - Conley, F. K. AU - Jenkins, K. A. JO - Infection and Immunity JF - Infection and Immunity Y1 - 1981/// VL - 31 IS - 3 SP - 1184 EP - 1192 SN - 0019-9567 AD - Conley, F. K.: Div. of Neurosurgery, Palo Alto Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Palo Alto, California 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19810887142. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology; Veterinary Science N2 - C3H/Km mice were infected with the avirulent C37 strain of T. gondii and sequentially killed over 107 days. Sections of the brain were immunohistologically stained by a peroxidase-antiperoxidase technique which demonstrated Toxoplasma tissue cysts, tachyzoites, and intra- and extra-cellular antigen-antibody reaction products. In early infections there were small tight clusters of free tachyzoites gaining access to brain substance without any inflammatory response. Once there was disruption of neural parenchyma, a mononuclear cellular infiltration rapidly ensued. After the first days of infection mono-nuclear cells were always present in the brain and were associated with Toxoplasma antigens. In late infections it seemed that recurrent episodes of haematogenous dissemination of tachyzoites occurred and that such episodes were responsible for persistence of an antigenic stimulus. KW - Brain KW - encephalitis KW - immunology KW - Inflammation KW - nervous system diseases KW - parasites KW - pathology KW - toxoplasmosis KW - MICE KW - protozoa KW - Rodents KW - Toxoplasma gondii KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - invertebrates KW - Toxoplasma KW - Sarcocystidae KW - Eucoccidiorida KW - Apicomplexa KW - Protozoa KW - cerebrum KW - encephalomyelitis KW - immunopathology of brain KW - neuropathy KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Animals (LL820) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19810887142&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Human lymphocyte blastogenesis induced by living and dead Histoplasma capsulatum yeasts and soluble yeast autolysate. AU - Alford, R. H. AU - Cartwright, B. B. JO - Sabouraudia JF - Sabouraudia Y1 - 1981/// VL - 19 IS - 2 SP - 85 EP - 95 AD - Alford, R. H.: Veterans Administration Med. Center, Nashville, Tenn., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811374775. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: German. Number of References: 21 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Human peripheral blood mononuclear cells were cultured with either replicating yeast phase H. capsulatum, intact dead yeasts or soluble yeast phase autolysate antigen for induction of lymphocyte blastogenesis. H. capsulatum replicated to the same extent in cultures of lymphocytes from histoplasmin skin test-positive and negative cell donors, but stimulated far greater blastogenesis in the former. Dead H. capsulatum cells, which were more easily quantified, caused nearly as much specific blastogenesis as live cells. Blastogenesis was induced by as few as 1 dead yeast per 10 000 lymphocytes and specific blastogenesis was also caused by soluble yeast autolysate. Thus, replicating H. capsulatum yeasts, dead yeasts and autolytically released soluble yeast phase antigen each stimulated specific blastogenesis of lymphocytes from persons sensitized to H. capsulatum in vivo. KW - immunology KW - Histoplasma capsulatum KW - Ajellomyces KW - Ajellomycetaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Histoplasma KW - Ajellomyces capsulatus KW - fungus KW - lymphocyte blastogenesis KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811374775&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Measurement of protein synthesis rates with [15N]glycine. AU - Stein, T. P. AU - Leskiw, M. J. AU - Buzby, G. P. AU - Giandomenico, A. L. AU - Wallace, H. W. AU - Mullen, J. L. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 239 IS - 4 SP - E294 EP - E300 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Stein, T. P.: Surgical Research Lab., Graduate Hospital, Univ. Pennsylvania, Philadelphia Veterans Administration Hospital, Philadelphia, Pa. 19146, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811416845. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - [15N]Glycine was infused into rats weighing 170 to 220 g at a constant rate of 2 to 8 mg/h for 2 to 24 h. In the first experiment rats were killed at different intervals, the liver was removed and the fractional rate of liver protein synthesis was estimated from the amount of 15N incorporated into liver protein, the enrichment of the liver tissue free amino nitrogen, and the time course. In the second experiments, the rats were killed after a [15N]glycine infusion of 18 to 22 h. The whole-body protein synthesis rate was estimated from the 15N enrichment in urine at plateau by the method of Picou and Taylor-Roberts (NAR 40, 2945). It was compared against the value found by estimating the 15N enrichment of the whole-rat homogenate and calculating the synthesis rate from the formula of Garlick et al. (NAR 44, 5517). The 15N enrichment of glycine in free amino acids in liver protein or liver tissue was proportional to the 15N enrichment of the free amino acids in mixed protein or tissue. Continuous infusion-isotopic plateau methods underestimate the fractional protein synthesis rate of rat liver. The methods of Picou and Taylor-Roberts and of Garlick et al. gave similar values for the whole-body protein synthesis rate. KW - estimation KW - protein synthesis KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - protein biosynthesis KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811416845&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Aerobic work capacity and endurance during nutritional repletion of severely undernourished men. AU - Barac-Nieto, M. AU - Spurr, G. B. AU - Dahners, H. W. AU - Maksud, M. G. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1980/// VL - 33 IS - 11 SP - 2268 EP - 2275 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Barac-Nieto, M.: Research Service/151A, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wood, Wis. 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811417451. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Oxygen consumption in maximum exercise (VO2max) increased during nutritional rehabilitation of severely undernourished, sedentary Colombian men only when dietary protein was increased from 27 to 100 g daily. Adequate energy intake, maintained for 45 days before the increase in protein content of the diet, had no effect on VO2max. The VO2max values were best correlated with the creatinine excretion rates (an index of the muscle cell mass) at the different stages of repletion. The average increment in VO2max: muscle cell mass ratio, although significant, was of a small magnitude (+ 15%). The VO2max: muscle cell mass ratio was correlated only with the blood and plasma volumes at the different stages of repletion. After 2.5 months of protein repletion the VO2max values were still lower than those in mildly undernourished or normal Colombian men. Maximum endurance time at 80% aerobic load decreased significantly from an average 113 min on admission to hospital to 42 min at the end of protein repletion. KW - oxygen consumption KW - refeeding KW - undernutrition KW - work capacity KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aerobic work capacity during repletion after undernutrition KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811417451&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of lithium on glucose- and tolbutamide-induced insulin release and glucose tolerance in the intact rat. AU - Shah, J. H. AU - Pishdad, G. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 107 IS - 5 SP - 1300 EP - 1304 AD - Shah, J. H.: Veterans Administration West Side Medical Center (MP 115), PO Box 8195, Chicago, Ill. 60680. N1 - Accession Number: 19811417505. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 9004-10-8, 7439-93-2, 64-77-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of lithium on stimulus-induced insulin release and glucose tolerance were studied in intact, unanaesthetized and unrestrained rats with indwelling intravascular catheters. Im the first study, 150 mg glucose was given by vein 30 min after rapid injection of lithium carbonate 1 mEq/kg or vehicle. After the glucose pulse, mean serum glucose throughout the observation period was significantly more in rats given Li than in controls. Mean glucose disappearance rate of 2.8%/min in rats given Li was significantly less than the mean glucose disappearance rate of 3.4%/min in the controls. In response to glucose pulse, acute insulin release was inhibited in the rats given Li compared with that in the controls. In the second study, 10 mg tolbutamide was given 30 min after rapid injection of lithium carbonate or vehicle. Acute insulin release in response to tolbutamide pulse was inhibited in the rats given Li compared with that in controls. In rats given Li, the decline in serum glucose 10 to 45 min after the tolbutamide pulse was less than that in controls. In the intact rat, Li inhibits glucose- and tolbutamide-induced insulin release, which, in turn, causes glucose intolerance and prevents tolbutamide-induced hypoglycaemia. KW - glucose KW - glucose tolerance KW - insulin KW - lithium KW - tolbutamide KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood sugar tolerance KW - dextrose KW - lithium on glucose and tolbutamide induced insulin secretion and glucose tolerance KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811417505&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Glucocorticoid effects on lipid metabolism in HeLa cells: inhibition of cholesterol synthesis and increased sphingomyelin synthesis. AU - Johnston, D. AU - Matthews, E. R. AU - Melnykovych, G. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 107 IS - 5 SP - 1482 EP - 1488 AD - Johnston, D.: Research Service (151), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4801 Linwood Blvd., Kansas City, Mo. 64128, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811417508. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Glucocorticoid treatment had different effects on lipid composition of HeLa S3G (HeLa 65) cells. Total cellular cholesterol was less in treated cultures than in controls within 6 h of the addition of glucocorticoids and remained less for up to 48 h. Total cell protein and total lipid phosphorus were also decreased, but only after more prolonged exposure. The main phospholipid components, phosphatidylcholine and phosphatidylethanolamine, representing, respectively, 48 and 29% of the total phospholipids, were not affected by glucocorticoid treatment. Sphingomyelin increased from 4.8 to 8.3% of the total phospholipid content after 48 h of exposure, whereas lysolecithin increased from 0.1 to 1.9%. The incorporation of labelled precursors was also estimated after glucocorticoid addition. As related to cellular protein content, only slight increases were found for all major phospholipids. In contrast, sphingomyelin synthesis increased up to 200% after treatment with glucocorticoids. The fatty acid and plasmalogen compositions were unchanged by glucocorticoids. KW - cells KW - cholesterol KW - glucocorticoids KW - lipids KW - neoplasms KW - sphingomyelins KW - cancers KW - glucocorticoids affect lipid metabolism, cholesterol and sphingomyelin formation in cancer (HeLa) cells in vitro KW - lipins KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811417508&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Adaptation of dietary calcium and phosphorus restriction changes with age in the rat. AU - Armbrecht, H. J. AU - Zenser, T. V. AU - Gross, C. J. AU - Davis, B. B. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 239 IS - 5 SP - E322 EP - E327 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Armbrecht, H. J.: Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Louis, Mo. 63125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811417563. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 7723-14-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For 14 days male F344 rats 1.5, 3, 12 or 18 months old were given a diet with calcium 0.02 and phosphorus 0.6%, Ca 0.6 and P 0.1% or Ca 0.6 and P 0.6%. Plasma Ca remained relatively constant with age but plasma P decreased between 3 and 12 months on all diets. There was significant intestinal adaptation, as estimated from active transport of Ca and the production of vitamin D-dependent Ca-binding protein, to Ca or P restriction at 1.5 month but none thereafter because Ca transport decreased rapidly with age on all diets. The kidney adapted to P restriction by reducing P excretion at all ages. In rats given the diet low in P there was an increase in P in urine, which was the result of a decrease in tubular reabsorption, and a decrease in Ca in urine with age. KW - age KW - calcium KW - phosphorus KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - age variation in adaptation to calcium and phosphorus restriction KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811417563&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hyperglucagonemia after removal of lower bowel in rats. AU - Smith, S. S. AU - Penhos, J. C. AU - Recant, L. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 239 IS - 5 SP - E346 EP - E353 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Smith, S. S.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Diabetes Research Lab., Washington, DC 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811417564. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Surgical removal of the jejunum, ileum and colon from rats (LBX) resulted in increased plasma immunoreactive glucagon (pIRG) 24 h after surgery 0.98 ng/ml, compared with 0.20 ng/ml in sham-operated controls. Such increases in pIRG were not noted after gut transection or the removal of ileum, jejunum or colon alone, ileum plus jejunum, or stomach plus duodenum. Coupled with the failure of adrenal demedullation, adrenalectomy or ganglionic blockade to decrease pIRG in LBX rats, the findings suggest that surgical stress alone is an unlikely cause for LBX-induced hyperglucagonaemia. alpha -Cells in LBX rats retained their responsiveness to the inhibitory effects of somatostatin and glucose infusion and the stimulatory effects of arginine infusion. Chromatography revealed a normal pattern of IRG in the plasma of LBX rats. It is postulated that LBX-induced hyperglucagonaemia may result from the removal of an inhibitory factor present in the lower bowel. KW - glucagon KW - intestine resection KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hyperglucagonaemia after removal of lower bowel KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811417564&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Renal 'salt wasting' despite apparently normal renal, adrenal and central nervous system function. AU - Epstein, M. AU - Hollenberg, N. K. JO - Nephron JF - Nephron Y1 - 1979/// VL - 24 IS - 3 SP - 121 EP - 126 SN - 0028-2766 AD - Epstein, M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 1201 N.W. 16th Street, Miami, FL 33125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811417722. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Registry Number: 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The inability of the kidney to conserve sodium appropriately in response to a restricted intake of Na is reported in a subject who had entirely normal renal and adrenal function and no evidence of central nervous system disease. Subsequent transplantation of his left kidney to his son afforded a unique opportunity to assess Na conservation in each kidney separately; the patient and his son were unable to achieve balance in response to dietary Na restriction after transplantation, indicating that the Na wasting was due to a process intrinsic to both kidneys. The assessment of intrarenal haemodynamics with 133xenon washout before nephrectomy provided insight into the role of intrarenal haemodynamics in the maintenance of Na homeostasis in man. The xenon washout curve did not disclose an identifiable second most rapid exponential (CII). This finding, and previous studies showing that diuretic agents with a primary action in the ascending limb of the loop of Henle cause a slowing of CII flow, raises the possibility that limited perfusion in the outer medulla of the kidney may be rate-limiting for Na conservation in man. KW - kidneys KW - salt KW - sodium KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - inability of kidneys to conserve sodium KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811417722&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Serum-cholesterol-binding reserve in patients with the nephrotic syndrome. AU - Perez, G. O. AU - Levine, S. AU - Gomez, E. AU - Hsia, S. L. JO - Nephron JF - Nephron Y1 - 1979/// VL - 24 IS - 3 SP - 146 EP - 149 SN - 0028-2766 AD - Perez, G. O.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 1201 NW 16th Street, Miami, FL 33125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811417725. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Serum cholesterol, triglycerides and cholesterol-binding reserve (SCBR) were estimated in 22 patients (14 men and 8 women) with the nephrotic syndrome and in 21 hyperlipaemic men as controls. Serum cholesterol values were higher in patients than in controls but triglyceride did not differ significantly between groups. SCBR values were lower in the nephrotic subjects. The abnormally low SCBR values may be an important risk factor for atherosclerosis as suggested by previous studies in patients surviving premature myocardial infarction. KW - cholesterol KW - nephrotic syndrome KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - serum cholesterol binding reserve in nephrotic syndrome KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811417725&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cation and hydrogen ion effect on canine acid and gastrin output. AU - McLaughlin, M. AU - Peskin, G. AU - Saik, R. P. JO - Surgery, Gynecology and Obstetrics JF - Surgery, Gynecology and Obstetrics Y1 - 1978/// VL - 147 IS - 1 SP - 27 EP - 29 AD - McLaughlin, M.: Dep. Surgery, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Diego, Calif., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811417925. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 5 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 9002-76-0, 7439-95-4, 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Differential stimulating effects on the parietal cell of dogs by calcium, magnesium and sodium were noted only at an alkaline pH. Acid inhibited the parietal cell, and antral perfusion did not cause gastrin stimulation at any pH. The pH of the milieu of the parietal cell seems to be a more critical regulator of acid secretion than physiological antral gastrin variation. KW - calcium KW - electrolytes KW - gastrin KW - magnesium KW - PH KW - sodium KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cations and pH on gastrin secretion KW - hydrogen ion concentration KW - potential of hydrogen KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811417925&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparative studies of the antilipolytic effect of insulin and adenosine in the perifused isolated fat cell. AU - Solomon, S. S. AU - Turpin, B. P. AU - Duckworth, W. C. JO - Hormone and Metabolic Research JF - Hormone and Metabolic Research Y1 - 1980/// VL - 12 IS - 11 SP - 601 EP - 604 SN - 0018-5043 AD - Solomon, S. S.: Research Service, Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Memphis, Tenn. 38104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811418107. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 58-61-7, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Isolated cells from epididymal adipose tissue of male Holtzman rats were perfused with a buffer without or with insulin 1 to 50 mu U/ml or adenosine 0.001 to 0.1 mu mol/litre in the presence of epinephrine 0.5 mu mol/litre. Insulin produced an antilipolytic effect which showed itself as a lag in restoration of lipolysis stimulated by epinephrine after removal of insulin. Although adenosine also had an antilipolytic effect there was no lag effect and the action of adenosine ended immediately on its removal from the perifusate. Combinations of insulin and adenosine at less than amounts producing maximum response were additive but not synergistic. KW - adenosine KW - adipocytes KW - insulin KW - lipolysis KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - antilipolytic effect of insulin or adenosine in isolated fat cell KW - fat cells KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811418107&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Experimental zinc deficiency in man. Effect on testicular function. AU - Abbasi, A. A. AU - Prasad, A. S. AU - Rabbani, P. AU - DuMouchelle, E. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1980/// VL - 96 IS - 3 SP - 544 EP - 550 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Abbasi, A. A.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Allen Park, Mich. 48101, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811418542. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Dietary zinc intake was restricted to from 2.7 to 5.0 mg daily for 24 to 40 weeks in 5 men 57 years old. Oligospermia, total sperm count less than 40 X 106 per ejaculate, was induced in 4 of 5 subjects. A decrease in the sperm count occurred during Zn restriction and the early phase of Zn repletion before body stores of Zn were restored to normal. The duration of oligospermia in the 4 subjects ranged from 6 to 14 months. Oligospermia was reversed after Zn supplements in physiological amounts. The baseline sperm concentration and total sperm count per ejaculate in all 5 subjects dropped significantly after Zn restriction and returned to normal 6 to 12 months after Zn supplementation. The decrease in sperm count coincided with decline in Leydig cell function and was reversed after Zn supplementation. The decrease in sperm count coincided with decline in Leydig cell function and was reversed after Zn supplements in small doses. KW - spermatogenesis KW - testes KW - zinc KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - testicles KW - testicular function in zinc deficiency KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Diet Studies (VV110) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811418542&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Mucosal iron transport by rat intestine. AU - Savin, M. A. AU - Cook, J. D. JO - Blood JF - Blood Y1 - 1980/// VL - 56 IS - 6 SP - 1029 EP - 1035 SN - 0006-4971 AD - Savin, M. A.: Hematology/Oncology Section, Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Hampton, VA 23667, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811418738. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 40 ref. Registry Number: 7439-89-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 250 to 350 g were given a stock diet with iron 415 mu g/g, a diet with Fe 8 mu g/g and had 3 to 5 ml blood removed weekly until Hb concentration was less than 6 g/100 ml or an intraperitoneal injection of 25 mg Fe as iron-dextran 2 weeks before study. Sensitive 2-site immunoradiometric tests were used to study the relation between Fe absorption from closed intestinal loops and transferrin and ferritin concentrations in isolated duodenal mucosal cells. Mucosal ferritin was correlated inversely with Fe absorption and directly with body Fe stores as estimated by concentration of nonhaem Fe in liver. Mucosal transferrin varied directly with the total mucosal uptake of 59Fe and the proportion of 59Fe transferred from the mucosa to the carcass. The highest correlation with Fe absorption was with the transferrin:ferritin ratio in isolated mucosal cells. KW - intestinal mucosa KW - iron KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - intestine epithelium KW - iron transport by intestinal mucosa KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811418738&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Measurement of ultrafiltrable calcium in serum with use of the "Worthington Ultrafree Anticonvulsant Drug Filter". AU - Eckfeldt, J. H. AU - Koehler, D. F. JO - Clinical Chemistry JF - Clinical Chemistry Y1 - 1980/// VL - 26 IS - 13 SP - 1871 EP - 1873 SN - 0009-9147 AD - Eckfeldt, J. H.: Laboratory Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811418990. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - calcium KW - estimation KW - serum KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811418990&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - An in vivo evaluation in man of the transfer of esterified cholesterol between lipoproteins and into the liver and bile. AU - Schwartz, C. C. AU - Vlahcevic, Z. R. AU - Halloran, L. G. AU - Swell, L. JO - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta JF - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta Y1 - 1981/// VL - 663 IS - 1 SP - 143 EP - 162 AD - Schwartz, C. C.: Lipid Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Richmond, VA 23249, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811418997. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Fasting subjects were given autologous high-density lipoprotein (HDL) or low-density lipoprotein (LDL) labelled with esterified [3H]cholesterol and free [3H]- and [14C]cholesterol. Bile and blood were collected at frequent intervals. In each experiment the 3H:14C ratios in bile acids, biliary cholesterol, lipoprotein, free cholesterol and red blood cell cholesterol were similar and divergent from the lipoprotein esterified cholesterol 3H:14C ratios. After labelled HDL was given, the 3H:14C ratios in the esterified cholesterol fractions of very-low-density lipoprotein (VLDL) and LDL closely resembled the ratios in HDL indicating that VLDL and LDL received esterified cholesterol by direct transfer from HDL. After labelled LDL was given, the 3H:14C ratios in HDL esterified cholesterol were midway between the ratio in LDL esterified cholesterol and plasma free cholesterol, indicating that HDL esterified cholesterol is derived from more than one source. These sources could be LDL esterified cholesterol and esters formed de novo from plasma free cholesterol. KW - bile KW - cholesteryl esters KW - lipoproteins KW - liver KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cholesterol esters KW - gall KW - transfer of cholesteryl esters between lipoproteins and into liver and bile KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811418997&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intestinal enzyme adaptation to normal diets of different composition. AU - McCarthy, D. M. AU - Nicholson, J. A. AU - Kim, Y. S. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 239 IS - 6 SP - G445 EP - G451 SN - 0002-9513 AD - McCarthy, D. M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 151-M2, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811419092. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Groups of rats were given amounts equal in energy of diets rich in starch, protein or fat. After 7 days, activities of sucrase, maltase, lactase, alkaline phosphatase, L-phenylalanylglycine hydrolase, and L-leucyl-L-alanyl hydrolase were estimated in the duodenal, jejunal and ileal mucosa of fed rats. Peptide hydrolase and alkaline phosphatase activities were significantly higher in rats on high-protein diets, particularly in the ileum. Disaccharidases were greatest in rats on high-starch diets, especially in jejunum; the lowest activities of peptide hydrolase were with this diet. The high-fat diet was generally associated with intermediate activities of most enzymes, except disaccharidases, which were least on this diet. The different macromolecular nutrients were associated with adaptive differences in intestinal enzyme activities, which were biologically appropriate and coordinated with similar known changes in pancreatic and other enzyme activities concerned with assimilation of the particular food. Other less interpretable changes occurred, which may have been due to effects on pancreatic secretion or on the metabolism, growth and differentiation of intestinal cells. KW - enzymes KW - intestinal mucosa KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - intestinal enzyme adaptation to diet composition KW - intestine epithelium KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811419092&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of metabolic acidosis on intestinal absorption of calcium and phosphorus. AU - Gafter, U. AU - Kraut, J. A. AU - Lee, D. B. N. AU - Silis, V. AU - Walling, M. W. AU - Kurokawa, K. AU - Haussler, M. R. AU - Coburn, J. W. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 239 IS - 6 SP - G480 EP - G484 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Gafter, U.: Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811419095. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 7723-14-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats were given a synthetic diet with calcium 0.02 and phosphorus 0.23% supplemented with ergocalciferol 2 IU/g for 18 to 19 days. Some rats had 1.8% ammonium chloride solution to replace drinking water for the last 3 or 9 days. Net absorption of Ca and P in rats with acidosis did not differ from that in controls. Uptakes of 45Ca and 32P by everted gut sacs did not differ between those with acidosis and controls. Plasma 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol was 213 pg/ml in rats with acidosis and 110 pg/ml in controls; serum P was 4.6 and 7.6 mg/100 ml, respectively. KW - acidosis KW - calcium KW - phosphorus KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - calcium and phosphorus absorption in metabolic acidosis KW - metabolic acidosis KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811419095&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Liver extract and its free amino acids equally stimulate gastric acid secretion. AU - Feldman, E. J. AU - Grossman, M. I. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 239 IS - 6 SP - G493 EP - G496 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Feldman, E. J.: Center for Ulcer Research and Education, Veterans Administration Hospital Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811419096. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 7 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Dose-response studies were made in dogs with a gastric fistula with liver extract and with a mixture of amino acids which matched the free amino acids in liver extract. All solutions were adjusted to pH 7.0 and osmolality to 290 mOsm/kg. Doses were expressed as the sum of the concentrations of all free amino acids. At each dose studied (free amino acid concentration: 2.8, 5.6, 11, 23 and 45 mM), acid secretion in response to the free amino acid mixture was not significantly different from that of liver extract. The peak response to liver extract and the free amino acid mixture occurred with 23 mM and represented about 60% of the maximum response to histamine. The serum concentrations of gastrin after liver extract and the amino acid mixture were not different. KW - extracts KW - free amino acids KW - gastric acid KW - liver KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - liver extract or its free amino acids affect acid secretion KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811419096&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Clearance of circulating anionic and cationic pancreatic trypsinogens in the rat. AU - Brodrick, J. W. AU - Largman, C. AU - Geokas, M. C. AU - O'Rourke, M. AU - Ray, S. B. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 239 IS - 6 SP - G511 EP - G515 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Brodrick, J. W.: Enzymology Research Lab., Martinez Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811419099. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 9002-08-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The kinetics and mechanism of clearance of pancreatic cationic and anionic trypsinogens from the circulation were studied in a rat model. 125I-labelled rat cationic trypsinogen was cleared from the bloodstream with a half-life of about 4 min. In contrast, 125I-labelled rat anionic trypsinogen had a half-life in the circulation of about 55 to 60 min. The major site of clearance for both enzymes was the kidney. Neither zymogen bound to plasma proteins to a significant extent during 3 half-lives. The relative rates of clearance of the zymogens from the circulation seemed to be correlated with their respective isoelectric points. KW - pancreatic juice KW - trypsinogen KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - clearance of circulating pancreatic trypsinogens KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811419099&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Measurement of the liver extracellular space in vivo in dogs. AU - Park, R. AU - Leach, W. J. AU - Arieff, A. I. JO - Hormone and Metabolic Research JF - Hormone and Metabolic Research Y1 - 1980/// VL - 12 IS - 12 SP - 680 EP - 684 SN - 0018-5043 AD - Park, R.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Nephrology Section (111J), 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811419109. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - To obtain an estimate in vivo of the liver extracellular space (ECS) in intact dogs not bled, the distribution volumes of 36chloride, [14C]inulin, [3H]inulin, [125I]albumin, red blood cells labelled with 51Cr and endogenous 35Cl distribution volumes were obtained as a function of time from 5 min to 4 h. The 36Cl space was stable and reproducible at 29% which was similar to that for endogenous 35Cl (28.2%) and 5-min [14C]inulin (29.9%). The 36Cl space may be used as the upper limit of liver ECS; the inulin space exceeded this value after 5 min and increased progressively. Electrolyte concentrations in liver cell water were estimated using the 36Cl space of 29% as liver ECS. KW - animal anatomy KW - liver KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - body components KW - estimation of extracellular space KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811419109&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of thiamin deficiency and acute ethanol ingestion on jejunal glucose transport in rats. AU - Hoyumpa, A. M., Jr. AU - Patwardhan, R. AU - Antonson, D. AU - Nichols, S. AU - Gray, J. P. JO - American Journal of Clinicial Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinicial Nutrition Y1 - 1981/// VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 14 EP - 19 AD - Hoyumpa, A. M., Jr.: Division of Gastroenterology, Veterans Administration Hospital, Nashville, Tenn. 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811419218. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 59-43-8, 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To study the influence of thiamin deficiency on the absorption of an essential nutrient, the transport of [14C-D]glucose was measured with rat everted jejunal sacs and [3H]dextran as a marker of adherent mucosal volume in diet-induced thiamin-deficient (TD) rats and pair-fed controls (PFC). In addition, ethanol (2.5 g/kg) was given by gavage to the rats to assess the combined effect of thiamin deficiency and ethanol. At 1, 2, 3, 5 and 10 mM glucose, tissue uptake of glucose was more in TD than in PFC by 73, 35, 46, 28, 21 and 17%, respectively; but was unchanged at 15 and 20 mM glucose. Thus, TD decreased the apparent (*) Km to 2.77 from the PFC value of 5.00 mM, whereas the maximum transport velocity (Jmax) was unchanged. TD similarly affected the transmural transfer of glucose to the serosal compartment. Treatment of TD rats with thiamin HCl 500 mu g intraperitoneally twice daily reversed those changes. Ethanol given to TD rats decreased the uptake of 1, 2, 3 and 5 mM glucose by 34.9, 44.19, 44.46 and 34.15% to rates even lower than those of untreated rats. Similarly, ethanol reduced glucose uptake in PFC. In TD and PFC rats ethanol decreased *Jmax but did not change *Km. These changes were achieved at TD and PFC plasma ethanol concentrations of 243 plus or minus 34 and 240 plus or minus 46 ( plus or minus s.e. mean) mg/100 ml, respectively. KW - ethanol KW - glucose KW - intestinal mucosa KW - jejunum KW - thiamin KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aneurin KW - dextrose KW - ethyl alcohol KW - intestine epithelium KW - thiamin deficiency and ethanol ingestion on jejunal glucose transport KW - thiamine KW - vitamin B1 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811419218&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of alcohol on sleep and nighttime plasma growth hormone and cortisol concentrations. AU - Prinz, P. N. AU - Roehrs, T. A. AU - Vitaliano, P. P. AU - Linnoila, M. AU - Weitzman, E. D. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1980/// VL - 51 IS - 4 SP - 759 EP - 764 SN - 0021-972X AD - Prinz, P. N.: GRECC 11B, American Lake Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tacoma, Wash. 98493, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811419233. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Registry Number: 50-03-3, 50-23-7, 6000-74-4, 125-04-2, 13609-67-1, 9002-72-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The acute and chronic effects of alcohol and alcohol withdrawal on sleep patterns and plasma somatotropin (GH) and cortisol fluctuations occurring during sleep were studied. Five healthy men 21 to 26 years old took a placebo drink for 3 baseline nights, alcohol (0.8 g/kg) for 9 nights, and a placebo drink on a final withdrawal night. All-night polygraphic sleep recordings and blood samples (every 20 min with a venous catheter) were collected for 1 placebo, 1 acute alcohol, 1 chronic alcohol (night 9) and 1 alcohol withdrawal night. Acute and chronic alcohol intake reduced rapid eye movement sleep nonsignificantly during the first half of the night, whereas slow-wave sleep (stages 3 and 4) was increased significantly after acute alcohol, returning to baseline values on the chronic alcohol night. On the withdrawal night, rapid eye movement sleep and slow-wave sleep were not different from placebo sleep. Alcohol significantly suppressed plasma GH values (70 to 75%) on acute and chronic nights. All measures of GH, including total integral for bedtime hours, mean hourly rate and peak value, were similarly affected by alcohol. GH returned to placebo values on the withdrawal night. Estimates of night-time plasma cortisol were not significantly changed by alcohol or alcohol withdrawal at this dose. KW - alcohols KW - HYDROCORTISONE KW - sleep KW - somatotropin KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - alcohol on sleep and nocturnal plasma somatotropin and cortisol KW - cortisol KW - growth hormone KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811419233&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of vitamin D and diet magnesium on magnesium metabolism. AU - Levine, B. S. AU - Brautbar, N. AU - Walling, M. W. AU - Lee, D. B. N. AU - Coburn, J. W. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 239 IS - 6 SP - E515 EP - E523 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Levine, B. S.: Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dep. Medicine, UCLA School of Medicine, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811419388. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Registry Number: 7439-95-4, 1406-16-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For 8 to 12 weeks weanling male Holtzman rats were given freely an artificial diet deficient in vitamin D with 0.03% magnesium. They were then given cholecalciferol 1650, 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) 90, 24,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol 300 or 1,24,25-trihydroxycholecalciferol (1,24,25-THCC) 90 pmol daily for 6 days. Mg absorption expressed as per cent intestinal utilization was increased by 1,25-DHCC and 1,24,25-THCC. Mg in urine increased but Mg in serum and Mg balance did not change. In rats given 20, 60 or 180 pmol 1,25-DHCC or 1,24,25-THCC for 9 days, the former was 3 times more potent than the latter in increasing Mg and calcium in serum. In the third experiment rats given cholecalciferol, 1,25-DHCC or 1,24,25-THCC were pair-fed with untreated controls; the diet had 0.03 or 0.2% Mg. Serum Mg decreased after 3 days in rats given 1,25-DHCC or cholecalciferol; urine Mg increased after 24 h and remained high and Mg absorption was increased. Mg 0.2% decreased Mg absorption and all sterols increased Mg absorption in rats deprived of vitamin D. KW - magnesium KW - vitamin D KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - vitamin D and magnesium intakes on magnesium metabolism KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811419388&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - How high the carbohydrate? AU - Reaven, G. M. T2 - Diabetologia JO - Diabetologia JF - Diabetologia Y1 - 1980/// VL - 19 IS - 5 SP - 409 EP - 413 SN - 0012-186X AD - Reaven, G. M.: Stanford Univ. School of Medicine, Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811419504. Publication Type: Editorial. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Dangers of a diet high in carbohydrate (50 to 60% of total energy) for patients with insulin-dependent diabetes are discussed. KW - carbohydrates KW - diabetes KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dangers of carbohydrate excess in diabetes KW - saccharides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811419504&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Somatic and metabolic responses of mature female rats with dietary obesity to dorsomedial hypothalamic lesions: effects of diet palatability. AU - Bernardis, L. L. AU - Bellinger, L. L. AU - Goldman, J. K. AU - Mackenzie, R. JO - Physiology and Behavior JF - Physiology and Behavior Y1 - 1980/// VL - 25 IS - 6 SP - 911 EP - 919 AD - Bernardis, L. L.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3495 Bailey Ave., Buffalo, NY 14215, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811419926. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Energy intake, bodyweight, obesity status (Lee Index) and incorporation of [U-14C]glucose into liver and retroperitoneal fat pad glycogen and lipid were studied in mature female rats which had bilateral lesions or sham operations in the dorsomedial hypothalamic nuclei (DMN) after dietary obesity was established. Their diet was high in fat and sucrose, chocolate chip biscuits and a drinking fluid of 32% sucrose in tap water. Comparable groups of DMN-lesioned rats (DMNL rats) and sham-operated controls were maintained on stock diet and tap water. Before operation, rats on the high-energy diet took significantly more energy than did rats on stock diet and also attained higher bodyweights and obesity indices. The bulk of energy taken during this time was derived from the biscuits. After DMNL, rats maintained on stock diet became hypophagic and had lower bodyweights than had sham-operated rats. In rats on the high-energy diet, DMNL resulted in hyperphagia in comparison with all other groups. The greatest percentage of energy during this time was derived from the diet high in fat and sucrose and sugar water. DMNL rats on the high-energy diet had higher bodyweights and obesity indices than had all other groups. When the rats were killed diet and lesion effects were noted in an increased incorporation of [U14C]glucose in fat pad and liver lipid and glycogen. KW - food intake KW - hypothalamus KW - obesity KW - palatability KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dorsomedial hypothalamic lesions and diet palatability on food intake in obesity KW - fatness KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811419926&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Limited calcitonin reserve in hyperparathyroidism. AU - Becker, K. L. AU - Silva, O. L. AU - Wisneski, L. A. AU - Cyrus, J. AU - Snider, R. H. AU - Moore, C. F. AU - Higgins, G. A. JO - American Journal of the Medical Sciences JF - American Journal of the Medical Sciences Y1 - 1980/// VL - 280 IS - 1 SP - 11 EP - 15 SN - 0002-9629 AD - Becker, K. L.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Metabolic Research, 50 Irving Street, NW, Washington, DC 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811420208. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 9007-12-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The serum calcitonin values of patients with hyperparathyroidism were compared with those of patients with hypercalcaemia of other aetiologies. The mean serum calcitonin of patients with hyperparathyroidism did not differ significantly from the normal (mean plus or minus s.e. mean 130 plus or minus 16 and 124 plus or minus 7 pg/ml, respectively). Only 0.5% of patients with hyperparathyroidism had values exceeding the upper limits of normal. The mean serum calcitonin of patients with hypercalcaemia of nonparathyroid aetiology was higher than normal (354 plus or minus 75 pg/ml) and 41% exceeded the upper limits of normal. Calcium infusion induced less of an increase in serum calcitonin in patients with hyperparathyroidism than in normal persons. The diminished responsivity was also present after operation. KW - calcitonin KW - hyperparathyroidism KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - serum calcitonin in hyperparathyroidism KW - thyrocalcitonin KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811420208&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Glucose-induced hyperkalemia in diabetic subjects. AU - Nicolis, G. L. AU - Kahn, T. AU - Sanchez, A. AU - Gabrilove, J. L. JO - Archives of Internal Medicine JF - Archives of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1981/// VL - 141 IS - 1 SP - 49 EP - 53 SN - 0003-9926 AD - Nicolis, G. L.: Endocrinology and Metabolism Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 130 W Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811420250. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Four insulin-deprived patients with diabetes mellitus and normal baseline K and aldosterone values became hyperkaliaemic when given 100 g glucose by mouth. The increases in plasma K concentrations were on average 1.3, range 0.7 to 1.8 mEq/litre and were accompanied by increases in plasma aldosterone. Four other insulin-deprived diabetics had normal plasma K and aldosterone responses when given 50 mEq potassium chloride by mouth. The findings suggest that glucose-induced hyperkaliaemia is not infrequent in diabetics and that it is not usually associated with hypoaldosteronism. The acute suppression of aldosterone biosynthesis with aminoglutethimide did not result in increase of plasma K after loading with K by mouth. This suggests that the acute responses of aldosterone to K loading may not be important in preventing postprandial hyperkaliaemia. KW - diabetes KW - glucose KW - HYPERKALAEMIA KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - glucose-induced hyperkaliaemia in diabetes KW - hyperkalemia KW - hyperkaliaemia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811420250&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Zinc lowers high-density lipoprotein-cholesterol levels. AU - Hooper, P. L. AU - Visconti, L. AU - Garry, P. J. AU - Johnson, G. E. JO - Journal of the American Medical Association JF - Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1980/// VL - 244 IS - 17 SP - 1960 EP - 1961 AD - Hooper, P. L.: Research Dep., Veterans Administration Hospital, 2100 Ridgecrest SE, Albuquerque, NM 87103, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811420270. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Twelve healthy men ingested 440 mg zinc sulphate daily for 5 weeks. High-density lipoprotein cholesterol concentration decreased 25% below baseline values (40.5 to 30.1 mg/100 ml). Total cholesterol, triglyceride and low-density lipoprotein cholesterol did not change throughout the study. The sharp fall of the "antiatherogenic" lipoprotein, high-density lipoprotein, associated with intake of Zn suggests than Zn may be atherogenic in man. KW - lipoproteins KW - zinc KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - zinc affects h.d. lipoprotein in serum KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811420270&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of ethanol on the secretion of glycoproteins by rat liver slices. AU - Tuma, D. J. AU - Sorrell, M. F. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1981/// VL - 80 IS - 2 SP - 273 EP - 278 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Tuma, D. J.: Liver Study Unit. Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4101 Woolworth Ave., Omaha, Nebr. 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811420485. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of ethanol on the metabolism of microsomal glycoproteins and the secretion of export glycoproteins by rat liver slices were studied and compared with the effects of colchicine, a known inhibitor of glycoprotein secretion. Ethanol (10 mM) and colchicine (50 mu M), when present in the incubation medium, decreased the appearance of [14C]glucosamine-labelled proteins in the medium. When microsomes were isolated and fractionated into a fraction rich in nonmembranous secretory glycoproteins and another fraction rich in membrane-bound glycoproteins, the effects of those agents on the labelling of glycoproteins of those two microsomal fractions differed. Colchicine did not affect the incorporation of glucosamine into the membrane fraction but increased the labelling of the secretory fraction, whereas ethanol decreased incorporation into the membrane fraction without changing the labelling of the secretory fraction. When protein synthesis was inhibited by cycloheximide, ethanol and colchicine reduced the appearance of glucosamine-labelled proteins in the medium and concomitantly increased the specific activity of the glycoproteins of the secretory fraction of microsomes without changing the labelling of membrane glycoproteins. When fucose was used as a label, both agents decreased the appearance of fucose-labelled proteins in the medium while also causing retention of fucose-labelled glycoproteins in the microsomal secretory fraction. Ethanol did not affect fucose labelling of microsomal membrane glycoproteins; however, colchicine did cause a slight increase. These results indicate that ethanol and colchicine inhibit hepatic glycoprotein secretion. KW - ethanol KW - glycoproteins KW - liver KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethanol on glycoprotein secretion from liver slices KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811420485&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Importance of anaerobic bacteria in the cobalamin malabsorption of the experimental rat blind loop syndrome. AU - Welkos, S. L. AU - Toskes, P. P. AU - Baer, H. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1981/// VL - 80 IS - 2 SP - 313 EP - 320 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Welkos, S. L.: Gastroenterology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Gainesville, Fla. 32602, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811420487. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 12001-76-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Self-filling blind loops were constructed and the urinary excretion of labelled cyanocobalamin was evaluated with metabolic cages which allowed strict separation of urine from faeces. Rats with loops manifested 2.4% excretion compared with 9.5% in nonoperated controls. In other rats with blind loops antibiotic treatment (penicillin, kanamycin or metronidazole) to suppress bacterial growth selectively was initiated. Penicillin and kanamycin which greatly decreased aerobic gram-positive and aerobic gram-negative bacteria, respectively, did not improve cobalamin absorption. However, metronidazole, which notably decreased anaerobic bacterial growth, corrected cobalamin malabsorption. Studies in vitro with bacteria isolated from the small intestine of blind-loop rats demonstrated that although aerobic gram-negative bacteria could take up unbound cobalamin, attachment of cobalamin to intrinsic factor greatly reduced cobalamin uptake. In contrast, intrinsic factor did not protect against extensive binding of cobalamin by anaerobic gram-negative organisms. Bacteroides bound 80.8% of free cobalamin and 72.1% of intrinsic factor-cobalamin complex. Thus, anaerobic bacteria, particularly Bacteroides sp. seem to have a major role in the cobalamin malabsorption of the experimental stasis syndrome. KW - blind loop syndrome KW - vitamin B complex KW - bacteria KW - rats KW - prokaryotes KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - bacterium KW - role of anaerobic bacteria in cobalamin malabsorption in blind loop syndrome KW - vitamin B KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811420487&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastric emptying of varying meal weight and composition in man. Evaluation by dual liquid- and solid-phase isotopic method. AU - Moore, J. G. AU - Christian, P. E. AU - Coleman, R. E. JO - Digestive Diseases and Sciences JF - Digestive Diseases and Sciences Y1 - 1981/// VL - 26 IS - 1 SP - 16 EP - 22 SN - 0163-2116 AD - Moore, J. G.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 500 Foothill Drive, Salt Lake City, Utah 84148, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811420490. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Ten subjects were given self-selected filling meals of mean weight 1692 g and meals of 900 and 300 g. The 3 meals varied in composition and total energy. Solid- and liquid-phase gastric emptying was evaluated with 99mTc-sulphur colloid-labelled chicken liver and [111In]DTPA, and emptying was quantitated with the geometric mean of the anterior and posterior counts. Emptying of the solid-phase marker was linear; mean half-emptying times were 277, 146 and 77 min for the filling, 900-g and 300-g meals, respectively. Emptying of the liquid-phase marker was curvilinear, mean half-emptying times were 178, 81 and 40 min, for the meals. Thus, meals of larger weight and energy content were associated with longer emptying times for solids and liquids. KW - energy intake KW - food intake KW - stomach emptying KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - meal weight and energy content on stomach emptying KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811420490&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Lead toxicity as related to glutathione metabolism. AU - Hsu, J. M. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1981/// VL - 111 IS - 1 SP - 26 EP - 33 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Hsu, J. M.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bay Pines, FL 33504, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811420873. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 70-18-8, 7439-92-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of lead poisoning on glutathione metabolism was studied in young rats from dams receiving a commercial laboratory diet supplemented with 0.5% lead acetate. The bodyweight gain of the first 3 weeks of life and at 6 weeks old was significantly less in male and female young rats nourished by Pb-fed dams than those raised by dams on the normal diet. Pb ingestion decreased haematocrit and Hb values and increased the weights of liver, kidney, spleen and brain. Concentrations of plasma free histidine, glutamic acid and serine were decreased in Pb-poisoned rats but glycine values were increased. After 4 weeks of Pb, both sexes had an increased glutathione concentration in erythrocytes, liver and kidney. Isotope studies further indicated that the incorporation of [35S]cystine was significantly increased in glutathione but decreased in protein of liver and kidney of Pb-fed rats. Similarly, Pb ingestion significantly increased [1-14C]glycine incorporation into renal glutathione. The activities of glutathione reductase and glutathione peroxidase were not affected by Pb poisoning. The findings suggest that a compensatory mechanism operates to overcome the toxicity of ingested Pb by maintaining a high concentration of glutathione in the liver and kidney. KW - glutathione KW - lead KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - relation of lead toxicity to glutathione metabolism KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811420873&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Lethal synergy of acetaldehyde with nicotine, caffeine, or dopamine in rats: protection by ascorbic acid, cysteine, and anti-adrenergic agents. AU - Sprince, H. AU - Parker, C. M. AU - Smith, G. G. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1981/// VL - 23 IS - 1 SP - 43 EP - 54 AD - Sprince, H.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Coatesville, Pa. 19320, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811421240. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Registry Number: 75-07-0, 50-81-7, 58-08-2, 52-90-4, 51-61-6, 54-11-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - First lethal doses in the LD (90 to 100) range and Ld (0 to 10) range were estimated with rats for acetaldehyde, nicotine, caffeine and dopamine; the gross toxic reactions were recorded. Combinations of acetaldehyde plus nicotine, acetaldehyde plus caffeine, and acetaldehyde plus dopamine (with both toxicants of a given combination in tne LD (0 to 10) range) were tested and found to exhibit lethal synergy. Protection against the lethal synergy of these combinations could be demonstrated by oral pretreatment with L-ascorbic acid, L-cysteine, and phenoxybenzamine ( alpha -adrenergic blocker) but not propranolol ( beta -adrenergic blocker). The toxic synergy of acetaldehyde with dopamine and the protection afforded by phenoxybenzamine against all 3 toxicant combinations suggests that excessive catecholamine activity may be involved in the toxic synergy effect. The possible importance of the findings with respect to heavy drinking and smoking is discussed. Further animal experiments are necessary before any extrapolation of the findings for human use can be considered. KW - acetaldehyde KW - adrenal glands KW - ascorbic acid KW - caffeine KW - cysteine KW - dopamine KW - nicotine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - adrenals KW - protection by ascorbic acid, cysteine and alpha-adrenergic blocker against toxicity of acetaldehyde with nicotine, caffeine or dopamine KW - vitamin C KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811421240&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - High-fibre diets for diabetic and hypertriglyceridemic patients. AU - Anderson, J. W. JO - Canadian Medical Association Journal JF - Canadian Medical Association Journal Y1 - 1980/// VL - 123 IS - 10 SP - 975 EP - 979 SN - 0820-3946 AD - Anderson, J. W.: Endocrine-metabolic section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Lexington, NY 40507, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811421555. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: French. Number of References: 27 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Diets high in complex carbohydrate result in lower insulin requirements than the high-fat diets conventionally used to treat diabetes. Accompanying unacceptable increases in fasting triglyceride values can be overcome by increasing the fibre content of the diet. In diabetics a diet providing 70% of energy from carbohydrate and containing fibre 35 to 40 g/1000 kcal will rapidly reduce plasma glucose and the requirement for insulin or sulphonylurea. It will also decrease serum cholesterol and triglyceride in subjects with hypertriglyceridaemia. These improvements are maintained in patients adhering to a modified high-carbohydrate, high-fibre diet providing 55% to 60% of energy by carbohydrate (75% of which is complex), 15% to 20% by protein and 20% to 30% by fat, with plant fibre 25 g/1000 kcal. With long-term use (for up to 48 months) of the maintenance diets patients maintained or corrected their bodyweight and no nutritional deficiency was observed. KW - diabetes KW - fibre KW - hypertriglyceridaemia KW - reviews KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fiber KW - hypertriglyceridemia KW - review of fibre-rich diets for diabetics and hypertriglyceridaemics KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811421555&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Dietary control of lipogenesis in vivo in host tissues and tumors of mice bearing Ehrlich ascites carcinoma. AU - Kannan, R. AU - Lyon, I. AU - Baker, N. JO - Cancer Research JF - Cancer Research Y1 - 1980/// VL - 40 IS - 12 SP - 4606 EP - 4611 AD - Kannan, R.: Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Bldg. 115, Room 316, Wilshire and Sawtelle Blvds., Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811421561. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rates of fatty acid (FA) synthesis from glucose carbon and all 2-carbon units in control mice and in mice bearing Ehrlich ascites carcinomata were estimated. Using [U-14C]glucose and 3H2O as tracers in mice which had been deprived of food for 24 h, deprived for 24 h and refed or fed freely and refed, lipogenic regulatory mechanisms in adipose tissue and livers of mice bearing advanced tumours were similar to those of control mice. FA synthesis from glucose carbon and from all 2-carbon units in livers of mice with tumours for 8 days was at least as fast as that in control mice in the deprived and deprived-refed states but only about one-half that of controls in the fed-refed condition. The rate of FA synthesis from 2-carbon units in carcasses of mice with 8-day tumours was not significantly different from that of controls in any of the 3 dietary states studied; in fed-refed mice with 8-day tumours the rate of FA synthesis in the whole body was only half that in the controls. The rate of FA synthesis from glucose carbon in carcasses of mice with tumours was depressed compared with that of controls in the deprived and the fed-refed states. In well-nourished mice with early (5-day) tumours, the whole-body lipogenic rate from all 2-carbon units was not depressed. Thus, decreased lipogenesis in host tissues of mice with advanced tumours is due to malnourishment; this secondarily depressed lipogenic activity probably contributes significantly to the loss of body fat which may occur at later stages of tumour growth. FA synthesis de novo in Ehrlich ascites cells, although small compared with that of the whole-body rate, was substantial in relation to lipids needed for tumour nutrition. KW - ascites KW - lipogenesis KW - neoplasms KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cancers KW - dietary control of lipogenesis in ascites carcinoma bearers KW - lipid formation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811421561&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of ethionine feeding on urinary and tissue ascorbic acid concentrations in rats. AU - Hsu, J. M. AU - Hsieh, H. S. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1981/// VL - 111 IS - 1 SP - 141 EP - 145 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Hsu, J. M.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bay Pines, FL 33504, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811421606. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 50-81-7, 13073-35-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of giving 0.25% ethionine for 3 to 10 weeks to male and female rats on urinary and tissue ascorbate contents were studied. The concentrations of ascorbic acid in the urine, blood, liver and adrenals were significantly lower in the rats given ethionine than in those on stock diet. This decrease was not apparently due to feed intake, not reversed by supplementary methionine, but could be partly restored by removing ethionine from stock diet. The response to trichloro-2-methyl-2-propanol stimulation of urinary ascorbic acid was considerably suppressed by ethionine. The enzymic synthesis in vitro of the vitamin from glucuronolactone by liver homogenate of ethionine-fed rats was significantly decreased from that of stock diet-fed controls. The results indicate that ethionine reduces the capacity to synthesize ascorbate which, in turn, causes a decrease of ascorbic acid contents in the urine, blood, liver and adrenals. KW - ascorbic acid KW - ethionine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethionine affects tissue ascorbic acid KW - vitamin C KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811421606&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of oral choline on human complex partial seizures. AU - McNamara, J. O. AU - Carwile, S. AU - Hope, V. AU - Luther, J. AU - Miller, P. JO - Neurology JF - Neurology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 30 IS - 12 SP - 1334 EP - 1336 SN - 0028-3878 AD - McNamara, J. O.: Epilepsy Center, Veterans Administration Medical Centers, Durham, NC 27705, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811422574. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Registry Number: 62-49-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - An open study was made of the effects of large doses (12 to 16 g daily) of choline by mouth on medically intractable human complex partial seizures (CPS). Increases of plasma choline concentration (75 to 300%) in 3 subjects were associated with shorter duration of CPS, less fatigue after seizure and slight increase of seizure frequency. The patients and their families considered the patients much improved. No difference in any of those evaluations was noted in a fourth subject who had less of an increase (21%) of plasma choline content. KW - anticonvulsants KW - choline KW - convulsions KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - choline treatment of convulsions KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811422574&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The role of lead in gout nephropathy. AU - Batuman, V. AU - Maesaka, J. K. AU - Haddad, B. AU - Tepper, E. AU - Landy, E. AU - Wedeen, R. P. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1981/// VL - 304 IS - 9 SP - 520 EP - 523 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Batuman, V.: General Medical Research, Veterans Administration Medical Center, East Orange, NJ 07019, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811422576. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Registry Number: 7439-92-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Among 44 men, 32 to 78 years old, with gout, examined with the EDTA-mobilization test, the amount of mobilizable lead was significantly greater in the 22 who had renal impairment than in the 22 who had normal renal function. Excretion of Pb in urine during the 3-day EDTA test was correlated directly with serum creatinine, though renal failure itself did not result in an increase in mobilizable Pb. KW - gout KW - kidneys KW - lead KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - role of lead in gout nephropathy KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811422576&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Life change and gastric cancer. AU - Lehrer, S. JO - Psychosomatic Medicine JF - Psychosomatic Medicine Y1 - 1980/// VL - 42 IS - 5 SP - 499 EP - 502 AD - Lehrer, S.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811422588. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Forty colorectal cancer patients, 14 gastric cancer patients and 10 normal controls were tested with the Social Readjustment Rating Scale of Petrich and Holmes, Medical Clinics of North America (1977) 61, 825. The gastric cancer patients had significantly more life change in the 2 years preceding the onset of the first symptoms of their illness. Moreover, there was a significant negative correlation between amount of life change and age at onset of symptoms in gastric cancer, but not in colorectal cancer. There was also no correlation between age and life change in the normal controls. The findings suggest that emotional stress may be a predisposing factor in gastric cancer. KW - neoplasms KW - stomach KW - stress KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cancers KW - life change and gastric cancer KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811422588&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Alterations in zinc, vitamin A, and retinol-binding protein in chronic alcoholics: a possible mechanism for night blindness and hypogonadism. AU - McClain, C. J. AU - Thiel, D. H. Van AU - Parker, S. AU - Badzin, L. K. AU - Gilbert, H. JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research Y1 - 1979/// VL - 3 IS - 2 SP - 135 EP - 141 SN - 0145-6008 AD - McClain, C. J.: Division of Gastroenterology, Minneapolis Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811422832. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 40 ref. Registry Number: 68-26-8, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Diet histories showed that 19 of 21 alcoholics, without liver disease, and 9 of 10 alcoholic cirrhotics had less than the recommended allowance of zinc. Of 21 alcoholics 12 and of 10 cirrhotics 8 had diets deficient in vitamin A. Of alcoholics without liver disease 38% and of cirrhotics 60% had diets containing less than the recommended 56 g protein. Alcoholics without liver disease took 51% of their total energy as alcohol; for the cirrhotics it was 48%. Concentrations of zinc, vitamin A and retinol-binding protein (RBP) in serum of cirrhotics were significantly lower than in healthy persons. There were significant correlations between serum zinc and RBP in cirrhotics and healthy subjects. Four alcoholic cirrhotics with hypogonadism, who were treated with zinc and vitamin A for 1 month followed by 2 to 5 months of abstinence, had reversal of impotence and increases in serum testosterone, zinc, vitamin A, RBP and prealbumin concentrations. The studies confirmed that alcoholic cirrhotics frequently have impaired dark adaptation and that zinc-deficient chronic alcoholics require vitamin A and zinc to correct their night visual dysfunction. KW - alcoholism KW - blood proteins KW - cirrhosis KW - night blindness KW - RETINOL KW - testes KW - zinc KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - axerophthol KW - blood plasma proteins KW - blood serum proteins KW - liver cirrhosis KW - serum zinc, vitamin A and retinol-binding protein in alcoholism with night blindness and hypogonadism KW - testicles KW - vitamin A KW - vitamin A alcohol KW - vitamin A1 KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811422832&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Thiamine deficiency in general hospital patients. AU - Miller, J. M. AU - Collier, C. S. JO - American Surgeon JF - American Surgeon Y1 - 1979/// VL - 45 IS - 5 SP - 319 EP - 320 SN - 0003-1348 AD - Miller, J. M.: General Medical and Surgical Research Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Fort Howard, Md., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811422852. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Registry Number: 59-43-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The production of sedoheptulose-7-phosphate in the red blood cells of 15 patients was below the suggested normal value. This intermediate product of glucose metabolism is the result of transketolase activity for which thiamin pyrophosphate is one of the co-factors. Without thiamin, the transketolase reaction is inhibited. Some nonlocalizing symptoms, perhaps previously thought due to hypoglycaemia, may be occasioned by faulty glucose metabolism at the cellular level from a relative lack of thiamin. KW - thiamin KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aneurin KW - mechanism of depletion KW - thiamine KW - vitamin B1 KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811422852&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Newer knowledge of vitamin D and its metabolites in health and disease. AU - Drezner, M. K. AU - Harrelson, J. M. JO - Clinical Orthopaedics and Related Research JF - Clinical Orthopaedics and Related Research Y1 - 1979/// IS - 139 SP - 206 EP - 231 SN - 0009-921X AD - Drezner, M. K.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Durham, NC 27710, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811422917. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 184 ref. Registry Number: 1406-16-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - diseases KW - health KW - reviews KW - vitamin D KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - review of vitamin D and its metabolites in health and disease KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811422917&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Alcohol, malnutrition and liver disease. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Journal of the Florida Medical Association JF - Journal of the Florida Medical Association Y1 - 1979/// VL - 66 IS - 4 SP - 463 EP - 465 AD - Lieber, C. S.: Alcoholism Research and Treatment Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811423026. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - alcoholism KW - liver KW - malnutrition KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - alcohol, malnutrition and liver disease KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811423026&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Enzymatic determination of betaine in rat tissues. AU - Martin, J. J. AU - Finkelstein, J. D. JO - Analytical Biochemistry JF - Analytical Biochemistry Y1 - 1981/// VL - 111 IS - 1 SP - 72 EP - 76 SN - 0003-2697 AD - Martin, J. J.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, DC, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19811423374. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Registry Number: 107-43-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - betaine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - estimation of tissue content KW - glycinebetaine KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19811423374&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Survival of Campylobacter fetus ss. jejuni in biological milieus. AU - Blaser, M. J. AU - Hardesty, H. L. AU - Wang, W.-L. L. JO - Abstracts of the Annual Meeting of the American Society for Microbiology JF - Abstracts of the Annual Meeting of the American Society for Microbiology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 79 SP - 327 EP - 327 AD - Blaser, M. J.: Veterans Administration Hospital & Univ. of Colorado Med. Cent., Denver, Colorado, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19790454789. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Dairy Science N2 - Survival of Campylobacter fetus subsp. jejuni, a human enteric pathogen, was examined in several milieus relevant to transmission of this organism to humans and its pathophysiology. C. fetus subsp. jejuni, introduced into stream water, milk, HCl, human bile and urine at 107 c.f.u/ml, survived best at 4 deg C. The organism could be recovered from milk for 1-4 wk. Stools, milk and urine from infected hosts may be sources of this organism, and contaminated water may aid in transmission. KW - milk KW - survival KW - Campylobacter fetus subsp. jejuni KW - Milk and Dairy Produce (QQ010) KW - Food Contamination, Residues and Toxicology (QQ200) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19790454789&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Immune responses during human schistosomiasis mansoni. VI. In vitro nonspecific suppression of phytohemagglutinin responsiveness induced by exposure to certain schistosomal preparations. AU - Colley, D. G. AU - Todd, C. W. AU - Lewis, F. A. AU - Goodgame, R. W. JO - Journal of Immunology JF - Journal of Immunology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 122 IS - 4 SP - 1447 EP - 1453 AD - Colley, D. G.: Veterans Administration Med. Center, Vanderbilt Univ. School of Med., Nashville, Tennessee 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19790861935. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - Simultaneous in vitro exposure of human peripheral blood mononuclear cells to phytohaemagglutinin-P (PHA) and either soluble schistosomal egg antigenic preparation (SEA) or soluble cercarial antigenic preparation (CAP) obtained from Schistosoma mansoni resulted in decreased responsiveness as compared to exposure to PHA alone. The addition of a soluble adult worm antigenic preparation (SWAP) did not predictably alter PHA responses in this system. The suppression due to in vitro exposure to either SEA or CAP was expressed whether the lymphocyte donors were S. mansoni patients (early infection, chronic, or treated) or uninfected subjects. The degree of suppression was related to the concentration of SEA used, and the timing of exposure. Preexposure to SEA for 3 days before the addition of PHA resulted in more potent suppression. However, a delay in the time of the addition of SEA of 6 and 24 hours after PHA exposure decreased and eliminated, respectively, its suppressive capacity. SEA and CAP were not directly toxic to responding cells, and appeared to exert their nonspecific suppressive influences through T lymphocyte-related mechanisms. Although these suppressive events could be induced and observed in vitro, the responsiveness of S. mansoni patient lymphocytes to PHA was equal with that of uninfected controls. [AS] KW - helminths KW - parasites KW - Schistosoma mansoni KW - Schistosoma KW - Schistosomatidae KW - Digenea KW - Trematoda KW - Platyhelminthes KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - parasitic worms KW - Strigeida KW - suppression of phytohaemagglutinin response immunology KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19790861935&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Immune responses during human schistosomiasis mansoni. V. Suppression of schistosome antigen-specific lymphocyte blastogenesis by adherent/phagocytic cells. AU - Todd, C. W. AU - Goodgame, R. W. AU - Colley, D. G. JO - Journal of Immunology JF - Journal of Immunology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 122 IS - 4 SP - 1440 EP - 1446 AD - Todd, C. W.: Veterans Administration Med. Center, Vanderbilt Univ. School of Med., Nashville, Tennessee 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19790861939. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - Peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMN) from chronically infected schistosomiasis mansoni patients responded poorly in vitro to a soluble schistosomal egg antigen preparation (SEA) and moderately well to either soluble worm (SWAP) or soluble cercarial (CAP) antigenic preparations. The responses induced by SWAP or CAP were dramatically increased, in 84 and 92%, respectively, of the 24 chronically infected patients tested, upon removal of adherent/phagocytic (A/P) cells from the original cell populations. In contrast, removal of A/P cells from the PBMN of treated patients, transiently infected patients, and uninfected control subjects did not result in enhanced reactivity to these antigens. Over-all, SEA-induced responsiveness of chronically infected patients' cells remained low in spite of A/P cell removal. Lymphocyte transformation induced by phytohaemagglutinin-P and Candida albicans extract was not significantly altered by removal of A/P cells in any of the groups tested. The expression of another regulatory system concerned with a nonspecific suppressive influence exerted by SEA was also unaffected by the presence or absence of A/P cells. The previously reported, in vitro, schistosome antigen-specific, serosuppression mediated by sera from most chronically infected patients was effective in the presence or absence of A/P cells. However, serosuppression and A/P cells combined to exert maximum suppression of both the SWAP- and CAP-induced responses of chronically infected patients' cells. The enhanced responses observed after A/P cell depletion represented actual increases in blastogenesis, as determined morphologically, as well as increased incorporation of tritiated thymidine. These studies have demonstrated the presence of immunoregulatory A/P cells in the PBMN cells of chronically infected schistosomiasis mansoni patients which have the capability to suppress lymphocyte blastogenesis induced by the antigenic preparations derived from adult worms and the infectious, cercarial, larval stage of the parasite Schistosoma mansoni. [AS] KW - helminths KW - immunology KW - parasites KW - man KW - Schistosoma mansoni KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Schistosoma KW - Schistosomatidae KW - Digenea KW - Trematoda KW - Platyhelminthes KW - invertebrates KW - parasitic worms KW - Strigeida KW - suppression of lymphocyte blastogenesis KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19790861939&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Ultrastructural observations on giardiasis in a murine model. I. Intestinal distribution, attachment and relationship to the immune system of Giardia muris. AU - Owen, R. L. AU - Nemanic, P. C. AU - Stevens, D. P. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 76 IS - 4 SP - 757 EP - 769 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Owen, R. L.: Veterans Administration Med. Centre, 4150 Clement St., San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19790864057. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - Intestinal segments from 16 susceptible female Swiss CF-1 mice, orally inoculated with 1000 Giardia muris cysts, were examined by scanning electron microscopy. It was found that trophozoites colonized the proximal quarter of the intestine, adhered to microvilli of columnar cells near the bases of villi, wedged into furrows in the epithelial surface, or lodged in mucous within the unstirred layer. The density of trophozoite colonization of the jejunal epithelium was correlated with stool cyst excretion. Giardia did not appear to occlude, invade or pass into M-cells which transport antigen from the lumen into the lymphoid system in Peyer's patches. The parasites probably enter the intestinal lymphoid system through defects in the lympoid follicle epithelial barrier. During parasite clearance, lymphocytes crossed the epithelium and attached to Giardia in the lumen, and it is thought that this lymphocyte migration may be part of an immune response and not mere leakage through disrupted epithelium or a disposal mechanism for lymphocytes. KW - immunology KW - parasites KW - ultrastructure KW - Giardia muris KW - MICE KW - protozoa KW - Rodents KW - Giardia KW - Hexamitidae KW - Diplomonadida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - intestinal immune response KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19790864057&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Human sparganosis; in northern United States. AU - Cho, C. AU - Patel, S. P. JO - New York State Journal of Medicine JF - New York State Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 78 IS - 9 SP - 1456 EP - 1458 SN - 0028-7628 AD - Cho, C.: Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, NY 13210, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19790864951. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - A 43-year-old man was admitted to hospital in New York, USA, with a swollen mass on the right thigh which was diagnosed as a sparganum of Spirometra sp. The travel history of the patient strongly indicated that the infection had been acquired during one of several hunting trips to northern New York State. Only one previous case of sparganosis has been recorded from this state. KW - case reports KW - helminths KW - parasites KW - Northeastern States of USA KW - USA KW - man KW - Spirometra KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Diphyllobothriidae KW - Eucestoda KW - Cestoda KW - Platyhelminthes KW - invertebrates KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - parasitic worms KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19790864951&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Transintegumental uptake of metabolic substrates in male and female Schistosoma mansoni. AU - Cronford, E. M. AU - Oldendorf, W. H. JO - Journal of Parasitology JF - Journal of Parasitology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 65 IS - 3 SP - 357 EP - 363 SN - 0022-3395 AD - Cronford, E. M.: Veterans Administration Med. Center, Brentwood, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19790866703. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - A new method for measuring transintegumental uptake in living schistosomes in vitro is described. Uptake of a 14C-labelled test metabolite was compared to that of tritiated water. Use of the short half-life isotope 113m-Indium, bound to EDTA, permitted quantification of the relative amount of 14C-labelled test substance passively adhering to the schistosome surface. Subtraction of this amount provided an estimate of net uptake. In Schistosoma mansoni, D-glucose uptake increased with time, approaching equilibrium by 2 min. A positive correlation between temperature and glucose uptake was observed, but nondialyzable components in rat, human, horse and foetal calf sera did not enhance uptake. In both male and female worms, there was minimal uptake of mannitol. L-Glucose uptake was also low, but high uptakes of D-glucose were observed in both sexes. Uptakes of D-glucose, arginine, ornithine, lysine, histidine, phenylalanine and serine were higher in females than in males. Slight elevations in uptake by females were observed for threonine, valine and glycine, but aspartate uptake was slightly higher in males. No dramatic male-female differences were immediately apparent for the uptakes of proline, leucine, isoleucine, tyrosine and glutamate. KW - helminths KW - measurement KW - parasites KW - physiology KW - techniques KW - Schistosoma mansoni KW - Schistosoma KW - Schistosomatidae KW - Digenea KW - Trematoda KW - Platyhelminthes KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - metrology KW - parasitic worms KW - Strigeida KW - transintegumental uptake of metabolites KW - transintegumental uptake of metabolites biochemistry KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19790866703&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Microbial synergism in human infections. AU - Mackowiak, P. A. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 298 IS - 1; 2 SP - 21 EP - 87 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Mackowiak, P. A.: Med. Service (III), Veterans Administration Hospital, 4500 S. Lancaster Rd., Dallas TX 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19790867230. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Protozoology; Helminthology N2 - Microbial synergism may involve any of 4 basic types of interactions. Micro-organisms can lower the resistance of the host, and thus increase the likelihood of invasion by another micro-organism, in one of several ways: by the suppression of cell-mediated immunity (examples cited include Toxoplasma and Trypanosoma); by the suppression of phagocytosis and the reticulo-endothelial system (viruses); by the alteration of humoral immunity (Plasmodium, Trypanosoma, Toxoplasma, Trichinella spiralis); or by anatomical alterations (Schistosoma haematobium). Micro-organisms may also facilitate colonization of potential hosts (Pneumocystis carinii, Schistosoma), provide elements essential to the growth of other parasites (Toxoplasma, Plasmodium), or increase the virulence of other micro-organisms (Entamoeba histolytica). KW - helminths KW - parasites KW - synergism KW - bacteria KW - man KW - protozoa KW - viruses KW - prokaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - invertebrates KW - bacterium KW - parasitic worms KW - synergy KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19790867230&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Interactions between vitamin D deficiency and phosphorus depletion in the rat. AU - Brautbar, N. AU - Walling, M. W. AU - Coburn, J. W. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1979/// VL - 63 IS - 2 SP - 335 EP - 341 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Brautbar, N.: Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Dep. Medicine, Univ. California, Los Angeles School of Medicine, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791485119. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 40 ref. Registry Number: 7723-14-0, 1406-16-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Vitamin D-deficient rats were given a diet with normal or low phosphorus and then, on alternate days, replacement cholecalciferol, or 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) in physiological or pharmacological amounts was injected intraperitoneally. With P depletion inorganic P in urine was decreased to almost undetectable amounts in vitamin D-deficient rats and a calcaemic effect and hypercalciuria ensued. When the supplements were given to rats depleted in P, renal retention of inorganic P was not changed despite a significant increase in values in serum. The calcaemic response to P depletion was increased by vitamin D sterols and the hypercalciuria was reduced by 1,25-DHCC. In vitamin D-deficient rats on normal P the supplements had significant calcaemic and phosphataemic effects. In rats given adequate P, inorganic P in urine was slightly decreased by cholecalciferol but 1,25-DHCC decreased values markedly despite increased serum inorganic P. KW - phosphorus KW - vitamin D KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - interactions between vitamin D deficiency and phosphorus depletion KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791485119&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Specific and non-specific effects of a tryptophan-free diet on aggressive behavior. AU - Kantak, K. M. AU - Hegstrand, L. R. AU - Eichelman, B. S. T2 - Federation Proceedings JO - Federation Proceedings JF - Federation Proceedings Y1 - 1979/// VL - 38 IS - 3, II SP - 1309 EP - 1309 SN - 0014-9446 AD - Kantak, K. M.: Univ. Wisconsin and William S. Middleton Veterans Administration Hospital, Madison, WI 53706, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791486155. Language: English. Registry Number: 73-22-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - behaviour KW - tryptophan KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aggression in tryptophan deprivation KW - behavior KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791486155&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Determination of the site of zinc absorption in rat small intestine. AU - Antonson, D. L. AU - Barak, A. J. AU - Vanderhoof, J. A. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1979/// VL - 109 IS - 1 SP - 142 EP - 147 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Antonson, D. L.: Dep. Pediatrics, Univ. Nebraska Medical Center, Liver Study Unit, Omaha Veterans Administration Hospital, Omaha, Nebr. 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791486580. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Net uptake of zinc from segments of rat duodenum, jejunum and ileum was studied using intestinal perfusion in vivo and the effect of pancreatic and bile secretions of duodenal zinc absorption was evaluated. Segments of duodenum, jejunum and ileum and duodenum with bile and pancreatic duct obstruction, 10 cm in length, were studied in 6 rats each. Percentage absorption of zinc, estimated by atomic absorption spectrophotometry, was greater from the ileum (60.1%) than from duodenum (19.1%) or jejunum (20.2%). Exclusion of bile and pancreatic secretions from the lumen increased zinc absorption in the duodenum (32.0%). Postperfusion mucosal zinc content comprised 29.0% of absorbed zinc from jejunum, 7.4% from ileum, 5.2% from duodenum and 2.7% from duodenum with bile and pancreatic duct obstructed, indicating rapid transport of zinc across epithelial cells after uptake from the duodenum and ileum. KW - duodenum KW - ileum KW - intestines KW - jejunum KW - zinc KW - intestinal site of zinc absorption KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791486580&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cholesterol metabolism in man. AU - Grundy, S. M. JO - Western Journal of Medicine JF - Western Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 128 IS - 1 SP - 13 EP - 25 SN - 0093-0415 AD - Grundy, S. M.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791486609. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 123 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Recent investigations on cholesterol metabolism in man have led to new insights into diseases associated with abnormal accumulations of cholesterol in plasma (hypercholesterolaemia), arterial tissues (atherosclerosis) and biliary tract (gallstones). Regulation of cholesterol synthesis under the influence of dietary and plasma cholesterol, may play a crucial role in determining biliary and tissue concentrations of this sterol. Plasma concentrations, however, seem to be controlled by complex mechanisms for secretion, transformation and removal of plasma lipoproteins. The recent identification of specific cellular receptors for uptake of plasma lipoproteins represents a significant advance for the understanding of regulation of plasma and tissue concentrations and possibly of the basic mechanisms underlying accumulation of cholesterol in atherosclerotic plaques. KW - cholesterol KW - metabolism KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791486609&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of vitamin D in fluoride-treated rats. AU - Chapman, S. K. AU - Malagodi, M. H. AU - Thomas, W. C., Jr. JO - Clinical Orthopaedics and Related Research JF - Clinical Orthopaedics and Related Research Y1 - 1978/// IS - 130 SP - 289 EP - 296 SN - 0009-921X AD - Chapman, S. K.: Research Service (151), Veterans Administration Hospital, Gainesville, Fla. 32602, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791486610. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Registry Number: 67-97-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Fluoridated drinking water, F 30 or 100 mg/litre, was used to induce rachitic changes in rats on a vitamin D-free diet containing calcium and phosphorus in a ratio of 1:1. Supplements of cholecalciferol 70 IU/week completely prevented the rachitogenic effects of fluoride. This protective effect occurred despite evidence that vitamin D increased intestinal absorption of fluoride. KW - cholecalciferol KW - drinking water KW - fluoridation KW - rickets KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cholecalciferol prevents rickets from fluoride excess KW - vitamin D3 KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Freshwater and Brackish Water (PP210) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791486610&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Serum isoamylase measurements in pancreatitis complicating chronic renal failure. AU - Levitt, M. D. AU - Ellis, C. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1979/// VL - 93 IS - 1 SP - 71 EP - 77 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Levitt, M. D.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 54th St. and 48th Ave. South, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791487335. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 9067-73-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Of 22 haemodialysis patients, 4 who had acute pancreatitis had significantly higher total serum amylase and pancreatic isoamylase concentrations than the 18 patients without pancreatitis, but there was overlap between the 2 groups. In each of the 4 patients with pancreatitis, the percentage of serum amylase derived from the pancreas (range 80 to 90%) was well above the highest value (67%) observed in the patients without pancreatitis. These results suggest that estimation of the percentage of serum amylase represented by pancreatic isoamylase may assist in the diagnosis of acute pancreatitis in renal failure patients. KW - isoamylase KW - pancreatitis KW - renal failure KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - kidney failure KW - serum isoamylase in diagnosis of pancreatitis in renal failure KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791487335&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of phosphorus depletion on intestinal calcium and phosphorus absorption. AU - Lee, D. B. N. AU - Brautbar, N. AU - Walling, M. W. AU - Silis, V. AU - Coburn, J. W. AU - Kleeman, C. R. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 236 IS - 4 SP - E451 EP - E457 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Lee, D. B. N.: Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Dep. Medicine, School of Medicine, Univ. California, Los. Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791488006. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 7723-14-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 60 to 70 g were given a diet with 0.03% phosphorus for 2 to 3 weeks; controls were given a diet with 0.3% P to appetite or pair-fed. Everted duodenal sacs were prepared and incubated with 32P and 45calcium. Although P depletion led to an early but unsustained increase in 45Ca uptake, net intestinal Ca retention was consistently decreased in rats deprived of P compared with both control groups. Ca in faeces increased in deprived rats both in absolute amounts and in proportion to Ca intake. The initial negative P balance was corrected and this was associated with a sustained increase in 32P uptake and cessation of growth. KW - calcium KW - phosphorus KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - phosphorus depletion on calcium and phosphorus absorption KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791488006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - VIP and hypothalamic-pituitary function. AU - Said, S. I. AU - Porter, J. C. AU - Vijayan, E. AU - Samson, R. AU - McCann, S. M. T2 - Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology JO - Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology JF - Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 13 IS - Suppl. 49 SP - 154 EP - 154 SN - 0036-5521 AD - Said, S. I.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Dallas, Tex., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791488239. Language: English. Registry Number: 37221-79-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - hypothalamus KW - pituitary KW - vasoactive intestinal peptide KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hypophysis KW - pituitary gland KW - vasoactive intestinal peptide on hypothalamic and pituitary function KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791488239&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Gastric and pancreatic somatostatin release during the gastric phase of a meal - a gastro-insular axis. AU - Schusdziarra, V. AU - Rouiller, D. AU - Harris, V. AU - Unger, R. H. T2 - Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology JO - Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology JF - Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 13 IS - Suppl. 49 SP - 159 EP - 159 SN - 0036-5521 AD - Schusdziarra, V.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Dallas, Tex., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791488243. Language: English. Registry Number: 51110-01-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - somatostatin KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - secretion during gastric phase of a meal KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791488243&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Stimulation of gastric and pancreatic somatostatin release by HCl. AU - Schusdziarra, V. AU - Rouiller, D. AU - Harris, V. AU - Unger, R. H. T2 - Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology JO - Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology JF - Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 13 IS - Suppl. 49 SP - 160 EP - 160 SN - 0036-5521 AD - Schusdziarra, V.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Dallas, Tex., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791488244. Language: English. Registry Number: 7647-01-0, 51110-01-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - hydrochloric acid KW - somatostatin KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hydrochloric acid affects somatostatin secretion KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791488244&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Transport of very low density lipoprotein triglycerides in varying degrees of obesity and hypertriglyceridemia. AU - Grundy, S. M. AU - Mok, H. Y. I. AU - Zech, L. AU - Steinberg, D. AU - Berman, M. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1979/// VL - 63 IS - 6 SP - 1274 EP - 1283 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Grundy, S. M.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Diego, Calif. 92093, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791488577. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 54 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Measurements of transport of triglycerides (TG) in very-low-density lipoproteins (VLDL) were made in 59 patients by injection of radioactive glycerol, estimations of specific activities of VLDL-TG for 48 h thereafter, and treatment of the data by multicompartmental analysis. The patients were divided into 3 groups: normal weight (89 to 120% ideal weight), mildly obese (120 to 135% ideal weight) and markedly obese (135% ideal weight). They had VLDL-TG ranging from normal to markedly increased. In many, there was a positive correlation between concentrations and transport of VLDL indicating that overproduction of VLDL-TG contributed to hypertriglyceridaemia. In others, and particularly in several markedly obese subjects, transport rates were greatly increased without significant hypertriglyceridaemia, suggesting that they had increased capacity to clear TG. In all groups, however, there were patients whose degree of hypertriglyceridaemia seemed out of proportion to their transport rates. This finding and the fact that many patients have increased secretion of VLDL-TG without increased plasma TG suggests that overproduction of VLDL-TG and insufficient increase of clearance contributed to the development of hypertriglyceridaemia. There was a poor correlation between transport rates estimated by multicompartment analysis and single-exponential analysis used previously by other investigators and there was no correlation between VLDL-TG transport rates and estimated low-density lipoprotein cholesterol concentrations. KW - hypertriglyceridaemia KW - lipoproteins KW - obesity KW - TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - hypertriglyceridemia KW - transport of l.d. lipoprotein triglycerides in obesity and hypertriglyceridaemia KW - triglycerides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791488577&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Regulation of body cholesterol pools. Influence of cholesterol input and excretion in an animal model. AU - Robins, S. AU - Russo, A. JO - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta JF - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta Y1 - 1979/// VL - 573 IS - 2 SP - 343 EP - 353 AD - Robins, S.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Boston, MA 02130, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791488784. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Biliary cholesterol excretion closely parallels lecithin excretion in the rat and may be increased by excess choline and decreased by choline deficiency. To determine the relative influence of cholesterol input and excretion on whole-body cholesterol metabolism, rates of cholesterol transport and pool sizes were measured by compartmental analysis when input and choline-mediated biliary excretion were increased and diminished. In choline-deprived rats with impaired excretion, plasma cholesterol decreased. In deprived rats more cholesterol was transported into the slowly exchanging pool to increase pool size and when input was increased by adding cholesterol to diet the slowly exchanging pool was even more markedly enlarged. When excess choline was given plasma cholesterol increased but excretion so exceeded transport into the slowly exchanging pool that pool size was actually reduced. Furthermore, in rats given choline with unimpaired excretion, addition of cholesterol to the diet to increase input did not result in pool expansion. Thus, in this model, cholesterol excretion and tissue deposition were reciprocally related, and, regardless of plasma cholesterol concentration and cholesterol input, stores increased only when biliary excretion was impaired. KW - cholesterol KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - role of intake and excretion on body pool KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791488784&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of fasting and phenobarbital on hepatic UDP-glucuronic acid formation in the rat. AU - Felsher, B. F. AU - Carpio, N. M. AU - VanCouvering, K. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1979/// VL - 93 IS - 3 SP - 414 EP - 427 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Felsher, B. F.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 5901 E. Seventh St., Long Beach Calif. 90822, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791489813. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 45 ref. Registry Number: 6556-12-3, 58-96-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Fasting increases the serum unconjugated bilirubin concentration in animals and man. Pretreatment with phenobarbital prevents this effect. The effect of starvation and phenobarbital on bilirubin glucuronidation was studied by measuring hepatic activity of bilirubin uridine diphosphate glucuronyl transferase (UDPG-T) and uridine diphosphate glucose dehydrogenase (UDPG-D) and the hepatic content of UDPG and uridine diphosphate glucuronic acid (UDPGA) in fed, starved, phenobarbital-treated, and starved and phenobarbital-treated rats. Starvation for 72 h resulted in 44% and 59% decreases in the specific and absolute UDPG-D activities, respectively, and a 43% decrease in the UDPGA concentration. These changes were reversed within 24 h after refeeding and prevented by previous and concomitant phenobarbital. Neither the absolute UDPG-T activity nor the UDPG concentration were changed by starvation. Treatment with phenobarbital led to 65% and 42% increases in the UDPG-T and UDPG-D specific activities, respectively, and a 41% increase in the UDPGA concentration. The apparent Km for UDPG was not significantly different in livers of starved, fed and phenobarbital-treated rats. The specific activities of UDPG-T and UDPG-D were increased 61% and 17%, respectively, and the UDPGA concentration was increased 84% in the phenobarbital-treated and starved rats compared with the phenobarbital-treated and fed controls. KW - barbiturates KW - fasting KW - glucuronic acid KW - uridine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fasting and phenobarbital affect uridine diphosphate glucuronic acid formation in liver KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791489813&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A zinc tolerance test. AU - Sullivan, J. F. AU - Jetton, M. M. AU - Burch, R. E. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1979/// VL - 93 IS - 3 SP - 485 EP - 492 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Sullivan, J. F.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 4101 Woolworth Ave., Omaha, Nebr. 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791489815. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 48 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Zinc sulphate, 220 mg, was given by mouth to 16 control subjects and 16 patients with alcoholic cirrhosis who were fasting. Blood was drawn at 0, 2, 4 and 6 h and urine was collected for a 24-h period before and after the ingestion of zinc. In control subjects taking the 220 mg zinc sulphate, serum zinc rose from 99 mu g/100 ml to a peak of 280 at 2 h and was 145 mu g/100 ml at 6 h. Urine zinc excretion was more than the pre-zinc values. Cirrhotic patients had lower fasting zinc values and showed much less increase at 2 and 4 h. The fasting mean value of 54 increased to 98 mu g/100 ml and at 6 h serum zinc had returned to the fasting value. Urinary excretion was increased if pre-zinc excretion was normal but did not change if the pre-zinc specimen contained large amounts of zinc. Nine patients with delayed healing after surgery were similarly studied. The fasting serum zinc values were normal. After the zinc sulphate, increases were slight during 6 h and there was no appreciable evidence of increase in urinary zinc excretion. In each group the copper, calcium and magnesium values remained constant during the period of increase in serum zinc. A zinc tolerance estimation may be of value in differentiating clinical entities in which zinc deficiency may occur. KW - cirrhosis KW - zinc KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - liver cirrhosis KW - zinc tolerance in normals or cirrhotics KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791489815&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effects of feeding on blood flow to the stomach, small bowel, and colon of the conscious dog. AU - Bond, J. H. AU - Prentiss, R. A. AU - Levitt, M. D. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1979/// VL - 93 IS - 4 SP - 594 EP - 599 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Bond, J. H.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 54th St. and 48th Ave. South, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791489821. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A double-isotope, microsphere technique was used to study the effect of feeding on the distribution of blood flow to the different tissue layers of each part of the alimentary tract of conscious dogs. Flow measurements were obtained 45 min after ingestion of a high-protein meal, at which time the bulk of the meal was in the stomach and jejunum, little or no meal was in the ileum and no meal was in the colon. Blood flow to the whole wall of the body of the stomach, jejunum and ileum increased by 96%, 93% and 153%, respectively, while there was no significant change in flow to the colon. Cardiac output was not changed by feeding; therefore a much larger fraction of the cardiac output was diverted to the mesenteric circulation. Although the villi presumably do most of the work of absorption, all tissue layers in the small intestine (villi, crypts and submucosa + muscularis) shared equally in the increase in postprandial flow. In contrast, the entire increase in flow to the stomach and colon was diverted to the mucosa. The studies indicate that the postprandial increase in gut blood flow is not mediated only by the local presence of nutrients in the lumen but rather that the presence of food in the upper gut results in a diffuse decrease in vascular resistance along the entire linear extent of the bowel. The proportional increase in flow to all layers of the small intestine suggests that local distribution of flow in this organ is not closely linked to the metabolic demands of the absorptive process. KW - blood flow KW - colon KW - intestines KW - stomach KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - feeding affects blood flow to stomach, small intestine and colon KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791489821&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Action of calcitonin on bone mineralization in the rat: effect of magnesium-induced parathyroid suppression. AU - Becker, K. L. AU - Moore, C. F. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1979/// VL - 19 IS - 4 SP - 479 EP - 482 AD - Becker, K. L.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D.C. 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791489894. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Registry Number: 9007-12-9, 7439-95-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For 30 days 78 Charles River rats 55 days old and weighing 225 to 250 g initially were given subcutaneously pig purified calcitonin 2 MRC units/kg bodyweight in 16% gelatin or gelatin alone. Some were given magnesium oxide in their diet to supply 0.5, 1, or 1.5% additional Mg. The parathyroid glands of rats given calcitonin alone were larger than those of controls and showed cellular hyperplasia and little fibrous tissue. The parathyroids of those given extra Mg but no calcitonin showed cellular hypoplasia and an increase in stromal tissue. The parathyroids of rats given calcitonin and extra Mg were similar to those of the controls. Bone mineralization did not differ among the groups. KW - bones KW - calcitonin KW - magnesium KW - minerals KW - parathyroid KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - calcitonin and magnesium on parathyroid weight and histology and on bone mineralization KW - parathyroid gland KW - thyrocalcitonin KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791489894&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - An effect of zinc deficiency on dental caries. AU - Brown, E. D. AU - Calhoun, N. R. AU - Larson, R. H. AU - Smith, J. C., Jr. JO - Life Sciences JF - Life Sciences Y1 - 1979/// VL - 24 IS - 22 SP - 2093 EP - 2098 SN - 0024-3205 AD - Brown, E. D.: Dental Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, D.C. 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791490293. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - After parturition rats were given diets with adequate Zn, to appetite or pair-fed on a diet containing Zn 0.9 mu g/g. Pups on the last diet showed signs of Zn deficiency and 38% died during the sucking period. At weaning the dams had Zn in plasma 165 plus or minus 51, 173 plus or minus 45 and 50 plus or minus 20 and in milk 12.8 plus or minus 1.7, 33.3 plus or minus 0.6 and 8.8 plus or minus 2.7 mu g/ml, respectively. The weaned pups were given a dietary and microbial caries challenge. After 5 weeks pups from dams deprived of Zn had a greater incidence of caries in mandibular molars and had less Zn than the other 2 groups; the Zn contents of femur and plasma were not affected by diet. KW - dental caries KW - zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - caries KW - caries incidence in zinc deficiency KW - teeth caries KW - tooth decay KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791490293&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of age on intestinal calcium absorption and adaptation to dietary calcium. AU - Armbrecht, H. J. AU - Zenser, T. V. AU - Bruns, M. E. H. AU - Davis, B. B. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 236 IS - 6 SP - E769 EP - E774 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Armbrecht, H. J.: Geriatric Center, Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Louis, MO 63125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791490479. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats given a stock diet were killed at intervals from 3 weeks to 20 months old. Calcium active transport, estimated in everted intestinal sacs with 45CaCl2, was greatest at 3 weeks but then decreased and had ceased by 3 months. Immunoreactive Ca binding protein (CaBP) decreased in parallel with the decrease in active transport; alkaline phosphatase activity increased as active transport decreased. Fischer 344 rats 1.5 to 12 months old were given a diet with Ca 1.5 or 0.014% for 10 to 43 days. In rats 1.5 months old given the diet low in Ca, active transport of Ca, CaBP content and alkaline phosphatase activity all increased relative to those in rats given the diet high in Ca. The magnitude of this intestinal adaptation decreased with age to 12 months when adaptation was marginal. KW - age KW - calcium KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - age variation in calcium absorption and adaptation to intake KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791490479&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Ethanol and small intestinal transport. AU - Wilson, F. A. AU - Hoyumpa, A. M., Jr. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 76 IS - 2 SP - 388 EP - 403 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Wilson, F. A.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Nashville, Tenn. 37202, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791490565. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 156 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - ethanol KW - intestines KW - reviews KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - review of ethanol effect on transport in small intestine KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791490565&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Biliary lipid metabolism in obesity. Effects of bile acid feeding before and during weight reduction. AU - Mok, H. Y. I. AU - Bergmann, K. von AU - Crouse, J. R. AU - Grundy, S. M. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 76 IS - 3 SP - 556 EP - 567 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Mok, H. Y. I.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, Calif. 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791490572. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 62 ref. Registry Number: 474-25-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Chenodeoxycholic acid (CDCA), 750 mg daily, was given to 12 obese subjects during weight maintenance (1st month) and during weight reduction (2nd month). In the second study, effects of two bile acid preparations, CDCA and Bilron (containing mostly cholic acid and deoxycholic acid), given randomly, were compared in another 12 obese subjects undergoing weight reduction. Obese subjects had large pools of bile acids during weight maintenance which decreased on energy restriction (1000 kcal daily). CDCA increased pool size only modestly during weight maintenance, from 3536 plus or minus 1267 (s.d.) mg to 4735 plus or minus 1434 mg. CDCA and Bilron reexpanded the contracted pool of bile acids in obese subjects on weight reduction. However, significantly reduced saturation of bile occurred only in those on CDCA and weight reductions, whereas supersaturation was not changed when weight was maintained constant in those patients, or when Bilron was given. No significant side effect was noted during feeding on bile acid for any subject. Thus, CDCA given to obese subjects on weight reduction will reduce bile saturation and could protect against gallstones. KW - bile KW - bile acids KW - chenodeoxycholic acid KW - lipids KW - obesity KW - weight reduction KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - bile acids on biliary lipid metabolism before and during weight reduction KW - chenic acid KW - fatness KW - gall KW - lipins KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791490572&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Adverse effects of aluminum-containing antacids on mineral metabolism. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Lender, M. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 76 IS - 3 SP - 603 EP - 606 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791490576. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 7429-90-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - aluminium KW - antacids KW - minerals KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aluminium containing antacids affect mineral metabolism KW - aluminum KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791490576&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Sieving of solid food by the canine stomach and sieving after gastric surgery. AU - Meyer, J. H. AU - Thomson, J. B. AU - Cohen, M. B. AU - Shadchehr, A. AU - Mandiola, S. A. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 76 IS - 4 SP - 804 EP - 813 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Meyer, J. H.: Division of Gastroenterology, Sepulveda Veterans Administration Hospital, 16111 Plummer Street, Sepulveda, Calif. 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791490578. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Present concepts on the gastric emptying of solid materials derive from experiments with plastic spheres now known to be emptied differently from food. Accordingly, experiments were made with radioactively labelled chicken liver to assess the size of meat particles passed by the normal canine stomach and the effects of ulcer surgery on the rate of emptying and the size of emptied meat particles. Control or ulcer-operated dogs were prepared with chronic duodenal fistulae from which chyme was collected after a standard meal of beefsteak + labelled liver + water. Collected chyme was sieved over a stack of sieves of decreasing pore size; the percentage of radioactivity recovered on each sieve was estimated each hour after the meal for 5 h. Control dogs emptied the meal slowly and almost all recovered meat was emptied in particles of 2.0 mm or less. Dogs with vagotomy (V), pyloroplasty (P), vagotomy + pyloroplasty (V + P) or antrectomy with end-to-end (A-BI) or end-to-side (A-BII) gastroduodenostomy did not empty the meal faster than the control dogs. In all ulcer-operated dogs except those with P, there were significant upward shifts in the size of meat particles emptied from the stomach, but changes were marked only in dogs with V + P or A-BII. Although the experiments verify the antral sieving mechanism noted in earlier work with plastic spheres, the trituration of solid food is probably more complex than previously thought. KW - digestion KW - gastrectomy KW - stomach emptying KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - sieving of solid food before and after partial gastrectomy KW - stomach removal KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791490578&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of selective proximal vagotomy on food-stimulated gastric acid secretion and gastrin release in patients with duodenal ulcer. AU - Feldman, M. AU - Dickerman, R. M. AU - McClelland, R. N. AU - Cooper, K. A. AU - Walsh, J. H. AU - Richardson, C. T. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 76 IS - 5, I SP - 926 EP - 931 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Feldman, M.: Dep. Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, 4500 S. Lancaster Road, Dallas, Tex. 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791490581. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 9002-76-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Effects of selective proximal vagotomy on food-stimulated acid secretion and gastrin release were studied in 7 duodenal ulcer patients. Food-stimulated acid secretion was evaluated by sham feeding patients and by infusing food directly into their stomachs. Vagotomy reduced sham feeding-stimulated acid secretion from 28.2 plus or minus 4.6 to 1.2 plus or minus 0.7 mEq/h whereas infused food-stimulated secretion was decreased from 36.1 plus or minus 4.6 to 17.9 plus or minus 5.5 mEq/h. In contrast to the reductions in acid secretion, the gastrin response to infused food doubled after surgery. Although selective proximal vagotomy reduced the rate of acid secretion in response to infused food and also reduced by 64% the peak secretory capacity (peak acid output to pentagastrin), fractional secretion (the secretion rate in response to infused food expressed as a percentage of the peak secretory capacity) increased significantly after vagotomy from 63 plus or minus 7 to 91 plus or minus 11%. This increased fractional secretion in response to infused food was probably a result of exaggerated gastrin release after vagotomy. KW - eating KW - gastric acid KW - gastrin KW - ulcers KW - vagotomy KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - selective vagotomy on food-stimulated gastric acid and gastrin secretion in duodenal ulcer patients KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791490581&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparison of acid secretion rates measured by gastric aspiration and by in vivo intragastric titration in healthy human subjects. AU - Feldman, M. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 76 IS - 5, I SP - 954 EP - 957 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Feldman, M.: Dep. Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, 4500 S. Lancaster Road, Dallas, Tex. 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791490583. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 9 healthy persons acid secretion rates, measured first by gastric aspiration and then in vivo by intragastric titration to pH 5, were compared. Intragastric titration was initiated by instilling 50, 100 or 700 ml saline (pH 5) into the stomach, followed by a continuous intragastric saline infusion at 3.3 ml/min. Irrespective of the volume of saline used to initiate intragastric titration, acid secretion rates during titration were 2 to 3 times greater than secretion rates during gastric aspiration. This difference was not due to transpyloric acid losses during aspiration, as such losses were corrected for by nonabsorbable marker recovery; nor was the difference due to a higher intragastric pH during titration in vivo, as significant differences in acid secretion rates between aspiration and titration persisted when titration in vivo was at an acid pH. These findings suggest that intragastric titration in vivo leads to higher measured acid secretory rates than gastric aspiration because the titration method is associated with gastric distention and even small degrees of gastric distention stimulate gastric acid secretion. KW - gastric acid KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - estimation of secretion rate KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791490583&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Non-diabetic retinal abnormalities in chronic pancreatitis. AU - Toskes, P. P. AU - Dawson, W. AU - Curington, C. AU - Levy, N. S. AU - Fitzgerald, C. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1979/// VL - 300 IS - 17 SP - 942 EP - 946 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Toskes, P. P.: Gastroenterology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Gainesville, FL 32602, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791490891. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Ophthalmoscopic and retinal function studies were made in 28 patients with chronic pancreatitis and 19 healthy subjects. The final threshold of dark adaptation was significantly increased by 40% in patients with pancreatitis, whether or not they had steatorrhoea. Patients with steatorrhoea had a significant decrease of about 42% in the b-wave of the electroretinogram, a measure of rod and cone function. Of the 28 patients 7 complained of difficulty with night vision; 6 of those 7 had morphological lesions on ophthalmoscopic examination, confirmed by fluorescein angiography. No correlation was found between any of the retinal abnormalities and serum vitamin A or zinc values or glucose tolerance. Nondiabetic retinal lesions and retinal function abnormalities are common in patients with chronic pancreatitis, even in the absence of steatorrhoea. KW - pancreatitis KW - retina KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - retinal function in pancreatitis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791490891&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - High density lipoprotein cholesterol and coronary artery occlusion. AU - Barboriak, J. J. AU - Anderson, A. J. AU - Rimm, A. A. AU - King, J. F. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1979/// VL - 28 IS - 7 SP - 735 EP - 738 AD - Barboriak, J. J.: Research Service/151, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wood, Wis. 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791491020. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The relation between high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (HDLC) and the extent of coronary artery occlusion (ascertained by arteriography) was studied in 400 male patients. The group with HDLC above 50 mg/100 ml showed a significantly lower coronary artery occlusion score and smaller plasma triglyceride values than the patients with HDLC less than 35 mg/100 ml. The former group also drank more alcohol and smoked less. KW - arteries KW - cardiovascular diseases KW - cholesterol KW - lipoproteins KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - h.d. lipoprotein cholesterol and coronary artery occlusion KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791491020&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Reversal of uraemic impotence by zinc. AU - Antoniou, L. D. AU - Shalhoub, R. J. AU - Sudhakar, T. AU - Smith, J. C., Jr. JO - Lancet JF - Lancet Y1 - 1977/// VL - ii IS - 8044 SP - 895 EP - 898 AD - Antoniou, L. D.: Renal Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, 50 Irving Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791491200. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 8 impotent haemodialysed men with low plasma zinc values sexual function, including potency, frequency of intercourse, libido, and plasma testosterone, follitropin and lutropin values were estimated before and after treatment with Zn or placebo. Dialytic administration of Zn strikingly improved potency in all patients and increased plasma testosterone to normal in the two with low pretreatment plasma testosterone values. Placebo did not improve sexual function in any patient. Deficiency of Zn is a reversible cause of gonadal dysfunction in uraemia. KW - gonads KW - uraemia KW - zinc KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - azotaemia KW - azotemia KW - reversal of uraemic impotence by zinc KW - uremia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791491200&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Alcoholic pancreatitis: patients at high risk of acute zinc deficiency. AU - Williams, R. B. AU - Russell, R. M. AU - Dutta, S. K. AU - Giovetti, A. C. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1979/// VL - 66 IS - 5 SP - 889 EP - 893 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Williams, R. B.: Veterans Administration Hospital (151), 3900 Loch Raven Blvd., Baltimore, Md. 21218, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791491248. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 38 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Within 7 months 2 patients were seen with alcoholic pancreatitis. Acute zinc deficiency developed during treatment with parenteral hyperalimentation. Clinically, the zinc deficiency was seen as an erythematous, desquamative rash on the face. Serum zinc values were very low in each patient at the time the skin rash appeared: 18 and 11 mu g/100 ml. On treatment with one or two tablets of zinc sulphate daily (220 mg each), the skin rashes rapidly and completely resolved within 1 to 2 weeks. Serum zinc values were 49 and 50 mu g/100 ml at the time the rash disappeared. Alcoholics, when subjected to stress, seem to be a high-risk group for the development of severe zinc deficiency while undergoing parenteral nutrition. Several factors which contribute to the development of zinc deficiency in alcoholics include diminished dietary intake, increased urinary excretion of zinc and, probably, diminution in zinc absorption. It is recommended that zinc supplementation be included as a standard part of total parenteral nutrition in this group of patients. KW - alcoholism KW - pancreatitis KW - parenteral feeding KW - zinc KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - zinc deficiency in parenteral feeding in alcoholic pancreatitis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791491248&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Protein digestion and absorption in human small intestine. AU - Chung, Y. C. AU - Kim, Y. S. AU - Shadchehr, A. AU - Garrido, A. AU - MacGregor, I. L. AU - Sleisenger, M. H. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 76 IS - 6 SP - 1415 EP - 1421 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Chung, Y. C.: Gastrointestinal Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 194121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791491331. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The extent of digestion and absorption of bovine serum albumin (BSA) of a mixed meal was estimated in 6 healthy persons with a 5-lumen intestinal tube with perfused segments in the proximal jejunum and terminal ileum and a nonperfused sampling site in the proximal ileum. At all times throughout the 4-h postprandial test periods, the ratio of protein to the polyethylene glycol (PEG) meal marker in the proximal jejunal samples was about 40% of the protein:PEG ratio of the meal, indicating digestion or absorption of 60% of meal protein at this level or both. In the terminal ileum, the ratio was less than 1% of the original meal. About 0.5 g protein passed through the terminal ileum during the test period. A protein band electrophoretically coincident with BSA on SDS-polyacrylamide gels was detected in samples from the proximal jejunum and proximal ileum throughout the study, but was not found in the terminal ileal samples. The ratio of amino acids to oligopeptides was constant throughout the small intestine. About 200 mg free amino acid or oligopeptide nitrogen passed into the colon during the 4 h after ingestion of the meal. Trypsin concentration was similar in jejunum and proximal ileum; however, when corrected for reduction of intraluminal volume in the terminal ileum, it was 8% of activity in the proximal jejunum. KW - absorption KW - intestines KW - protein KW - protein digestion KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - protein digestion and absorption in small intestine KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791491331&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Abnormal gastric function in longstanding, insulin-dependent diabetic patients. AU - Feldman, M. AU - Corbett, D. B. AU - Ramsey, E. J. AU - Walsh, J. H. AU - Richardson, C. T. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 77 IS - 1 SP - 12 EP - 17 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Feldman, M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Gastroenterology, 111B, 4500 S. Lancaster Road, Dallas, Tex. 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791491334. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Registry Number: 9002-76-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Gastric function was studied in 8 longstanding, insulin-dependent diabetic patients with nausea and recurrent vomiting, in 10 asymptomatic diabetic patients and 11 nondiabetic subjects. Gastric vagal function was assessed by measuring the gastric acid secretory response to sham feeding. Normal subjects secreted 17.2 plus or minus 3.1 mEq/h, whereas diabetic patients with, or without, vomiting secreted 5.4 plus or minus 1.4 and 6.4 plus or minus 2.0 mEq/h, respectively. Decreased acid secretory responses in the diabetic patients were not due to hyperglycaemia, nor to a reduced secretory capacity, as peak acid output to pentagastrin was normal in the diabetic patients. Acid secretory responses to homogenized food infused directly into the stomach were similar in both groups of diabetic patients and normal subjects. However, basal and food-stimulated serum gastrin concentrations were two- to threefold as high in diabetic patients (with or without vomiting) as in normal subjects. Diabetic patients had increased retention of a nonabsorbable marker added to the food, suggesting delayed gastric emptying. KW - diabetes KW - gastric acid KW - gastrin KW - stomach emptying KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gastric function in diabetes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791491334&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of dietary fiber on intraluminal pressure and myoelectrical activity of left colon in monkeys. AU - Brodribb, A. J. M. AU - Condon, R. E. AU - Cowles, V. AU - DeCosse, J. J. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 77 IS - 1 SP - 70 EP - 74 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Brodribb, A. J. M.: Surgical Service (112), Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791491338. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of varying intake of dietary fibre on left colon intraluminal pressure, electrical spike discharge activity and contractions of circular muscle were measured in stump-tailed monkeys (Macaca arctoides). Monkeys were preconditioned to sit in restraint chairs and then had the sigmoid colon instrumented with an extraluminal strain gauge force transducer, a bipolar serosal electrode and a Thomas cannula to provide access for determining luminal pressure with a perfused, open-tip catheter. Diets without or with 5, 10, 15 and 20 g dietary fibre daily were given in varying sequences for periods of 3 weeks. Observations were made twice during the last week of each diet. Faecal weight increased in monkeys on high-fibre diet, but changing dietary fibre content did not change the duration of spike discharge activity and produced only a minimal change in the contraction frequency of colon circular muscle. Colon intraluminal pressure was increased significantly by low-fibre diets, but intraluminal pressure responses were not always correlated with myoelectrical activity of the colon circular muscle. KW - colon KW - fibre KW - peristalsis KW - fiber KW - fibre on intraluminal pressure, electrical activity and contractions of colon (monkey) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791491338&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Detection of small intestine bacterial overgrowth by means of a 14C-D-xylose breath test. AU - King, C. E. AU - Toskes, P. P. AU - Spivey, J. C. AU - Lorenz, E. AU - Welkos, S. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 77 IS - 1 SP - 75 EP - 82 SN - 0016-5085 AD - King, C. E.: Gastroenterology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Gainesville, Fla. 32602, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791491339. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 58-86-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - breath KW - intestines KW - respiratory gases KW - xylose KW - bacteria KW - Man KW - prokaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - bacterium KW - diagnosis of intestinal bacterial excess by xylose breath test KW - wood sugar KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791491339&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Body composition during nutritional repletion of severely undernourished men. AU - Barac-Nieto, M. AU - Spurr, G. B. AU - Lotero, H. AU - Maksud, M. G. AU - Dahners, H. W. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1979/// VL - 32 IS - 5 SP - 981 EP - 991 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Barac-Nieto, M.: Research Service/151A, Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791491349. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Body composition was studied in severely undernourished men in a rural area of Colombia to evaluate the extent and the time course of the changes occurring on nutritional repletion. During a 45-day basal period on a low-protein diet, 26 g daily, containing adequate energy, body fat depots increased significantly (mean plus or minus s.d. +3.02 plus or minus 2.9 kg), and there was a significant decrease in cell hydration from 81.8 to 76.4% (-5.4 plus or minus 9.1%). On protein repletion with 100 g daily, cell hydration decreased significantly to 71.4%, while body cell mass increased (9.0 plus or minus 1.1 kg). During protein repletion, muscle cell mass increased significantly (+5.5 plus or minus 0.6 kg) and rapidly, while the increase in nonmuscle cells (+3.5 plus or minus 3.8 kg) and specifically in red cell mass lagged behind. With repletion, the changes in the absolute values for plasma volume (+0.4 plus or minus 0.13 litre) were significant, but those in extracellular fluid volume (-0.7 plus or minus 1.9 litres) were not. Thus, the major compositional changes occurred in the body fat and the body cell mass components; these occurred independently of each other. KW - body composition KW - body fat KW - malnutrition KW - refeeding KW - Colombia KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Andean Group KW - Developing Countries KW - Latin America KW - America KW - South America KW - body composition during refeeding in malnutrition KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791491349&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cytotoxicity of oxidation derivatives of cholesterol on cultured aortic smooth muscle cells and their effect on cholesterol biosynthesis. AU - Peng, S. K. AU - Tham, P. AU - Taylor, C. B. AU - Mikkelson, B. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1979/// VL - 32 IS - 5 SP - 1033 EP - 1042 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Peng, S. K.: Laboratory Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Albany, NY 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791491356. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - aorta KW - cells KW - cholesterol KW - oxidation KW - toxicity of oxidation derivatives of cholesterol to cultured aortic smooth muscle cells and effect on cholesterol formation (rabbit) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791491356&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Laetrile: the cult of cyanide. Promoting poison for profit. AU - Herbert, V. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1979/// VL - 32 IS - 5 SP - 1121 EP - 1158 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Herbert, V.: Hematology and Nutrition Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, NY, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791491364. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 169 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The claims of commercial promoters of laetrile as a beneficial substance in the treatment of cancer are denounced as false. Laetrile, amygdalin a cyanogenetic glycoside, is 6% cyanide by weight. Its dangers are vividly illustrated by reference to persons who died after ingesting laetrile. KW - cyanides KW - cyanogenic glycosides KW - phytotoxins KW - toxins KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - nitrilosides KW - toxicity of laetrile KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791491364&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Ethanol and the liver: a decreasing "threshold" of toxicity. AU - Lieber, C. S. T2 - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1979/// VL - 32 IS - 6 SP - 1177 EP - 1180 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Lieber, C. S.: Section of Liver Disease and Nutrition, Bronx Veterans Administration Hospital, New York, NY, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791491366. Publication Type: Editorial. Language: English. Number of References: 41 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - ethanol KW - ethyl alcohol KW - threshold of liver toxicity KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791491366&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Automated analysis of hydroxyproline with elimination of non-specific reacting substances. AU - Verch, R. L. AU - Wallach, S. AU - Peabody, R. A. JO - Clinica Chimica Acta JF - Clinica Chimica Acta Y1 - 1979/// VL - 96 IS - 1/2 SP - 125 EP - 130 SN - 0009-8981 AD - Verch, R. L.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (111), Albany, NY 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791491485. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 8 ref. Registry Number: 51-35-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Hydroxyproline is estimated automatically using Ehrlich's reagent. Nonspecific reacting substances are estimated simultaneously with each sample and subtracted as a blank. This is better than using charcoal-resin as absorbent. Urine from 12 normal men contained hydroxyproline 23.6 plus or minus 3.7 mg/g creatinine. KW - hydroxyproline KW - urine KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - oxyproline KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791491485&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Alcohol, malnutrition, and alcoholic cirrhosis. AU - Patek, A. J., Jr. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1979/// VL - 32 IS - 6 SP - 1304 EP - 1312 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Patek, A. J., Jr.: Medical Service, Boston Veterans Administration Hospital, Boston, Mass., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791491510. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 80 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The relative importance of malnutrition and alcohol toxicity in the pathogenesis of cirrhosis has been controversial. In epidemiological studies the incidence of cirrhosis can be correlated with the duration and amount of alcohol imbibed. The importance of nutrition has been discounted. In these studies few analyses of dietary intake were included. Diets of patients with alcoholic cirrhosis characteristically are poor. Furthermore, alcohol toxicity impairs nutrition by interfering with absorption, transport and utilization of essential nutrients. Patients with cirrhosis respond favourably to nutritious diets despite the concurrent intake of alcohol, although in smaller amount than their usual intakes. In long-term studies highly nutritious diets have protected rats against cirrhosis from alcohol. However, in acute experiments with "loading" doses there was evidence of direct hepatotoxicity in animals and man. Recently, cirrhosis has been produced in baboons with alcohol and a diet considered adequate. The findings are important, but there is some question whether dietary factors (imbalance) may have played a role. Also of recent interest has been the occurrence of lesions simulating alcoholic hepatitis and cirrhosis after jejunoileal bypass surgery. The evidence suggests that malnutrition may have been a major factor in this disease. The roles of alcohol toxicity and of malnutrition in the pathogenesis of cirrhosis are not fully understood. Further studies are needed to clarify these relations. KW - alcoholism KW - cirrhosis KW - malnutrition KW - reviews KW - liver cirrhosis KW - review of alcohol, malnutrition and cirrhosis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791491510&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Direct measurement of zinc in plasma by atomic absorption spectroscopy. AU - Smith, J. C., Jr. AU - Butrimovitz, G. P. AU - Purdy, W. C. JO - Clinical Chemistry JF - Clinical Chemistry Y1 - 1979/// VL - 25 IS - 8 SP - 1487 EP - 1491 SN - 0009-9147 AD - Smith, J. C., Jr.: Trace Element Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, DC 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791491929. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Zinc in plasma diluted 5-fold was estimated directly by atomic absorption spectroscopy. The viscosity of the resulting solution was matched by working standards prepared in 5% (v/v) glycerol. KW - blood plasma KW - composition KW - estimation KW - zinc KW - plasma (blood) KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791491929&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intestinal absorption of pyridoxal-5'-phosphate: disappearance from perfused segments of rat jejunum in vivo. AU - Middleton, H. M., III JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1979/// VL - 109 IS - 6 SP - 975 EP - 981 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Middleton, H. M., III: Gastroenterology Research Labs., Veterans Administration Medical Center (FHD) Augusta, GA 30902, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791492238. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 54-47-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The luminal disappearance of unlabelled pyridoxal-5'-phosphate (PLP) was studied in vivo in rat jejunum utilizing a perfused segment model. The PLP was estimated by a tyrosine decarboxylase test. [14C]Dextran was used as a nonabsorbable marker to calculate net water absorption. Initial studies validated the use of [14C]dextran as a nonabsorbable marker and established proper conditions of segment perfusion and sample collection for estimation of PLP luminal disappearance. Subsequent studies demonstrated significant (67.2%) but incomplete inhibition of PLP disappearnace by 80 mM phosphate. When nonperfused PLP in 1.1 mM phosphate buffer or perfused PLP in 80 mM phosphate buffer were incubated in vitro from 15 min at 37 deg in a water bath, only negligible changes in PLP concentration were noted. When perfused PLP in 1.1 mM phosphate buffer was similarly incubated in vitro, there was a rapid decay in PLP concentration. L-Phenylalanine 5 mM significantly inhibited this decay in vitro. It is concluded that the model used is a valid means of studying luminal disappearance in vivo of PLP in the rat jejunum, a major portion of the disappearance seems to involve hydrolysis by alkaline phosphatase, a significant portion of this hydrolysis occurs intraluminally, and a second mechanism of PLP disappearance which is nonphosphatase-mediated, also seems operative and may represent absorption of the intact, phosphorylated vitamin. KW - absorption KW - pyridoxal phosphate KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791492238&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of guar gum and wheat bran on lipid metabolism of rats. AU - Chen, W. J. L. AU - Anderson, J. W. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1979/// VL - 109 IS - 6 SP - 1028 EP - 1034 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Chen, W. J. L.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. Kentucky College of Medicine, Lexington, KY 40507, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791492244. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 42 ref. Registry Number: 9000-30-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats were given to appetite a diet with 55% surcose without or with 15 or 25% wheat bran for 3 weeks. Postprandial plasma triglyceride, liver triglyceride and liver cholesterol values in rats on the sucrose diet with wheat bran were significantly lower than values for rats on the diet without wheat bran. Neither fasting plasma triglyceride nor cholesterol values were changed by wheat bran. Rats were meal-fed on one of four experimental diets for 3 weeks: sucrose, sucrose-cholesterol, sucrose-cholesterol-bran or sucrose-cholesterol-guar gum. Rats on sucrose-cholesterol-guar gum diet had significantly lower fasting plasma total cholesterol, liver triglyceride and liver cholesterol values, but higher plasma high-density lipoprotein cholesterol values than those on sucrose-cholesterol diet. These values were similar for the sucrose-cholesterol and sucrose-cholesterol-bran groups. Fasting plasma triglyceride values were not changed by wheat bran or guar gum. KW - blood lipids KW - guar gum KW - lipids KW - wheat bran KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - lipid metabolism after guar gum and wheat bran KW - lipins KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791492244&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Glomerular hemodynamics in rats with chronic sodium depletion. Effect of saralasin. AU - Steiner, R. W. AU - Tucker, B. J. AU - Blantz, R. C. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1979/// VL - 64 IS - 2 SP - 503 EP - 512 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Steiner, R. W.: Veterans Administration Hospital, San Diego, Calif. 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791492362. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Registry Number: 34273-10-4, 39698-78-7, 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - blood KW - blood flow KW - kidneys KW - saralasin KW - sodium KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - saralasin on glomerular haemodynamics in sodium depletion KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791492362&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of age on glucose-stimulated insulin release by the beta -cell of the rat. AU - Reaven, E. P. AU - Gold, G. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1979/// VL - 64 IS - 2 SP - 591 EP - 599 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Reaven, E. P.: Dep. Medicine, Stanford Univ. School of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791492365. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To assess the effect of age on beta cell insulin release, collagenase-isolated islets of Langerhans were obtained from rats 2 to 18 months old and incubated with increasing concentrations of glucose. Similar islets were analysed for insulin content or subjected to morphometric measurements to identify the number of beta cells and the volume of beta granules per islet. In parallel studies, the islet content of intact pancreata was also estimated. Beta cell number increased from 2300 to 5000 with age from 2 to 18 months and islet insulin content doubled. However, glucose-stimulated insulin release decreased progressively with age, and this was especially striking when considered in terms of the increase in number of beta cells/islet; mean ( plus or minus s.e. mean) insulin secretion (nanounits/min beta cell) of islets incubated with glucose 450 mg/100 ml was 1.3 plus or minus 0.2, 1.0 plus or minus 0.1, 0.4 plus or minus 0.05 and 0.3 plus or minus 0.01, respectively, for 2, 6, 12 and 18 months old. KW - age KW - glucose KW - insulin KW - pancreas islets KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - age on glucose-stimulated insulin release from beta-cells in vitro KW - dextrose KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791492365&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Clinically significant vitamin B12 deficiency secondary to malabsorption of protein-bound vitamin B12. AU - King, C. E. AU - Leibach, J. AU - Toskes, P. P. JO - Digestive Diseases and Sciences JF - Digestive Diseases and Sciences Y1 - 1979/// VL - 24 IS - 5 SP - 397 EP - 402 SN - 0163-2116 AD - King, C. E.: Gastroenterology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Gainesville, Fla. 32602, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791492522. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Protein (chicken serum)-bound [57Co]cyanocobalamin absorption was evaluated in 5 hypochlorhydric patients who had developed vitamin B-12 deficiency despite normal absorption of unbound crystalline vitamin B-12. All had decreased urinary excretion of protein-bound vitamin B-12 (0.06 to 0.34%) compared with 12 normal controls (0.61 to 5.6%). Improvement in protein-bound vitamin B-12 absorption in 4 of the patients occurred with the exogenous administration of hydrochloric acid, pepsin, gastric intrinsic factor, or a combination thereof. Vitamin B-12 deficiency developing in the setting of hypochlorhydria may result from deficiency of acid-peptic digestion of vitamin B-12 bound to protein or a relative deficiency of intrinsic factor or both. This digestive defect is not detected with tests which measure the absorption of unbound crystalline vitamin B-12 but is detected by a simple test which uses vitamin B-12 bound to chicken serum as the form of protein-bound vitamin B-12. KW - binding proteins KW - cyanocobalamin KW - vitamin B12 KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - carrier proteins KW - cobalamin KW - vitamin B-12 deficiency in malabsorption of protein-bound vitamin B-12 KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791492522&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Space osteoporosis: an electromagnetic hypothesis. AU - Marino, A. A. AU - Becker, R. O. AU - Hart, F. X. AU - Anders, F., Jr. JO - Aviation, Space, and Environmental Medicine JF - Aviation, Space, and Environmental Medicine Y1 - 1979/// VL - 50 IS - 4 SP - 409 EP - 410 SN - 0095-6562 AD - Marino, A. A.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Syracuse, N.Y. 13210, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791492720. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Loss of body calcium during spaceflight is a potential problem in long voyages. This loss does not seem to be caused by deficiency in diet or exercise. The idea is advanced that the change in electromagnetic environment experienced in space may be at least partly responsible. It is shown that the electric field induced inside astronauts because of their motion in the geomagnetic field is greater than that which has produced a wide variety of biological effects in earth-bound experiments. KW - calcium KW - osteoporosis KW - space flight KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - electromagnetic hypothesis for loss of body calcium in space flight KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791492720&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Digestion and absorption of radioactive elastins in rats. AU - Yu, S. Y. AU - Ruthmeyer, S. K. AU - Shepard, J. W., Jr. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1979/// VL - 161 IS - 3 SP - 239 EP - 243 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Yu, S. Y.: St. Louis Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Louis Univ., St. Louis, Mo. 63125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791492800. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Registry Number: 9007-58-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats given [14C]- or [3H]elastin intact or predigested with elastase excreted 59 to 72% in faeces. Of that absorbed 3.2 to 3.5 or 25 to 28%, respectively, appeared in urine. Urine did not have degradation products containing desmosine. [3H]Desmosine given by mouth or by intraperitoneal injection appeared mainly in faeces or urine, respectively. KW - elastin KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - digestion and absorption KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791492800&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Vitamin B6 metabolism in idiopathic sideroblastic anaemia and related disorders. AU - Solomon, L. R. AU - Hillman, R. S. JO - British Journal of Haematology JF - British Journal of Haematology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 42 IS - 2 SP - 239 EP - 253 SN - 0007-1048 AD - Solomon, L. R.: Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, Conn. 06516, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791492859. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 61 ref. Registry Number: 65-23-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Patients with idiopathic anaemias associated with abnormal sideroblasts were defined according to morphological and ferrokinetic criteria and the haematological and biochemical effects of vitamin B-6 treatment were evaluated. All patients presented similar clinical pictures, peripheral blood changes and bone marrow abnormalities, but two distinct groups were identified by sideroblast morphology and ferrokinetics. Patients with more than 5% true ring sideroblasts in the marrow (IRSA) uniformly had ineffective erythropoiesis; those with abnormal sideroblasts but few true ring forms were hypoproliferative. Measurements of red cell pyridoxine kinase (PnK) and intracellular pyridoxal-5-phosphate (PLP) availability as assessed by the activity of the PLP-dependent enzyme aspartate aminotransferase (EGOT), showed slightly less PnK in IRSA subjects but normal intracellular PLP activities in both groups. Furthermore, when treated with pyridoxine, all patients showed increases in red cell PnK and EGOT activities which were similar to those seen in normal subjects. Treatment with PLP also effectively increased erythrocyte vitamin B-6 activity. Even so, neither pyridoxine nor intramuscular PLP improved erythropoiesis as estimated by serial haematocrits, reticulocyte counts and erythron iron turnover measurements, but as both treatments increased red cell protoporphyrin and the excretion of urinary coproporphyrin in a number of subjects, the possibility that impaired haem synthesis in the sideroblastic anaemias is associated with abnormal vitamin B-6 metabolism at the level of the mitochondrion must still be considered. KW - anaemia KW - pyridoxine KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - anemia KW - vitamin B-6 metabolism in sideroblastic anaemia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791492859&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intestinal transport of a tetrapeptide, L-leucylglycylglycylglycine, in rat small intestine in vivo. AU - Chung, Y. C. AU - Silk, D. B. A. AU - Kim, Y. S. JO - Clinical Science JF - Clinical Science Y1 - 1979/// VL - 57 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 11 SN - 0143-5221 AD - Chung, Y. C.: Gastrointestinal Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791492890. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 42 ref. Registry Number: 56-40-6, 61-90-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The intestinal transport mechanism for the tetrapeptide L-leucylglycylglycylglycine, Leu-Gly-Gly-Gly, and its relation to the transport of free Leu, Leu-Gly and Leu-Gly-Gly were investigated in vivo by jejunal perfusion in rats. The rates of net Leu absorption from peptides (Leu-Gly and Leu-Gly-Gly-Gly) were significantly greater than those from the free amino acid mixtures when the test solutions were perfused at a concentration of 15 mmol/litre. Net Leu absorption rates from Leu-Gly (10 mu mol/ml) and Leu-Gly-Gly (10 mu mol/ml) were extensively inhibited (84% and 68%, respectively) by Gly-Pro at 100 mmol/litre, whereas Gly-Pro had no effect on Leu absorption from Leu-Gly-Gly-Gly. L-Alanine (Ala, 100 mu mol/ml), however, which completely inhibited Leu absorption during perfusion of free Leu, inhibited Leu uptake from Leu-Gly-Gly-Gly only by about 50% at all concentrations studied. Ala had no effect on Leu absorption from Leu-Gly and Leu-Gly-Gly (10 mu mol/ml). Neither Ala at 100 mu mol/ml nor Gly-Pro at 100 mu mol/ml had any effect on brush-border aminopeptidase activity in vitro, suggesting that the hydrolytic capacity of the intestinal mucosal brush border was not changed when Ala or Gly-Pro was included in the perfusion mixture. L-Alanyl- beta -naphthylamide (20 mu mol/ml), which inhibited brush-border aminopeptidase activity by 85% in vitro, did not substantially block net Leu absorption from Leu-Gly and Leu-Gly-Gly-Gly. The findings suggest that, although some of the Leu from the tetrapeptide, Leu-Gly-Gly-Gly, may be hydrolysed before transport, nearly 50% of the tetrapeptide seems to be transported intact. Although Leu-Gly, Leu-Gly-Gly and Gly-Pro seem to share a common transport mechanism, the system used for intact Leu-Gly-Gly-Gly absorption seems to be distinct. However, the study does not exclude the possibility that binding of the tetrapeptide to the brush-border aminopeptidase changes the affinity of Leu for the amino acid carrier. KW - glycine KW - intestines KW - leucine KW - polypeptides KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - glycocoll KW - intestinal transport of the tetrapeptide leucylglycylglycylglycine KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791492890&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparison of oral feeding of peptide and amino acid meals to normal human subjects. AU - Silk, D. B. A. AU - Chung, Y. C. AU - Berger, K. L. AU - Conley, K. AU - Beigler, M. AU - Sleisenger, M. H. AU - Spiller, G. A. AU - Kim, Y. S. JO - Gut JF - Gut Y1 - 1979/// VL - 20 IS - 4 SP - 291 EP - 299 SN - 0017-5749 AD - Silk, D. B. A.: Gastrointestinal Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, Calif., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791492963. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Two isonitrogenous liquid test meals, one containing 50 g of a partial enzymic hydrolysate of fish protein in which about 80% of the nitrogen content was present as small peptides (peptide meal) and the other a mixture of free amino acids (amino acid meal) the composition and molar pattern of which simulated that of the peptide meal, were given on separate occasions to 6 normal subjects intubated with a triple tube. Both meals contained the reference marker polyethylene glycol. Fractional absorption of amino acid residues 1 and 2 h after ingestion of the 2 meals was similar at 120, 160 and 200 cm from the mouth of each subject and, at 2 h, 73.8% and 72.0% of the amino acid residues had been absorbed, respectively, by the time the contents of the peptide and amino acid meals reached the middle sampling port of the tube. The total sum of individual amino acid increments in plasma was significantly greater 30 min and 1 h after ingestion of the peptide than amino acid meals. By 3 h the total area under the 2 plasma curves was similar. Normal persons thus seemed to be capable of assimilating with equal efficiency mixtures of peptides and free amino acids given by mouth. Secretion of fluid into the lumen of the upper small intestine, assessed by reference to dilution of the polyethylene glycol, was less after ingestion of the peptide meal. In clinical situations characterized by fluid and electrolyte malabsorption consideration might be given to using small peptides rather than free amino acids as the source of nitrogen in diets. KW - absorption KW - free amino acids KW - peptides KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - absorption of oral peptides or free amino acids in normals KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791492963&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Paradoxical inhibition of insulin secretion by glucose in human diabetes mellitus. AU - Metz, S. A. AU - Halter, J. B. AU - Robertson, R. P. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1979/// VL - 48 IS - 5 SP - 827 EP - 835 SN - 0021-972X AD - Metz, S. A.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 4435 Beacon Ave. South, Seattle, Wash. 98108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791493091. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Previous studies suggested that intravenous glucose pulses paradoxically suppress insulin values below basal in some diabetic subjects. To define further the prevalence and mechanism of this acute insulin decrement (AID), a group of 28 noninsulin-treated, hyperglycaemic diabetics was studied, who as a whole lacked the acute insulin response (AIR) seen in normal subjects at 3 to 5 min after a 20-g glucose pulse (X DELTA = 9 plus or minus 6% of basal insulin). However, 22 of the 28 subjects did have an AID at 5 to 10 min (X DELTA = -15 plus or minus 4%) after intravenous glucose. This AID was not due to an osmotic or a dilutional effect of injecting a hypertonic solution, as 8 diabetics who received equivalent galactose pulses showed no AID (X DELTA = 8 plus or minus 6%) or AID (X DELTA = 1 plus or minus 4%), suggesting that the AID was evoked specifically by glucose. Diabetics (15) showing complete absence of the acute insulin release after glucose showed the AID most clearly (X DELTA = -24 plus or minus 5%), suggesting that a preceding AIR, though vestigial, could obscure the AID in some diabetics. Indeed, in 4 diabetics each having an AIR but lacking a spontaneous AID after glucose, epinephrine infusion eliminated the AIR and allowed a latent AID to be unmasked in all 4. In contrast, in normal subjects, epinephrine infusion did not unmask an AID to intravenous glucose pulses of 20 g (in 6) or 5 g (in 11) despite elimination of the preceding AIR. To examine whether the AID was mediated by stimulation of alpha -adrenergic receptors, 5 diabetic subjects underwent alpha -adrenergic blockade with infusions of phentolamine (0.5 mg/min). Phentolamine did not prevent the AID (X DELTA during phentolamine = -14 plus or minus 5%). KW - diabetes KW - glucose KW - insulin KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - inhibition of insulin secretion by glucose in diabetes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791493091&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Potentiation of insulin secretory responses by plasma glucose levels in man: evidence that hyperglycemia in diabetes compensates for impaired glucose potentiation. AU - Halter, J. B. AU - Graf, R. J. AU - Porte, D., Jr. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1979/// VL - 48 IS - 6 SP - 946 EP - 954 SN - 0021-972X AD - Halter, J. B.: Division of Endocrinology and Metabolism, Veterans Administration Hospital, 4435 Beacon Ave. South, Seattle, Wash. 98108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791493095. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Insulin secretory responses to nonglucose stimuli may be of normal magnitude in maturity-onset diabetics (MOD). The beta -adrenergic agent isoproterenol was used to assess the role of basal hyperglycaemia in maintaining these islet responses of MOD. The acute insulin responses (AIR; mean DELTA 2- to 4-min immunoreactive insulin) to 12 mu g isoproterenol increased in 8 MOD and 8 controls when plasma glucose (PG) was increased by glucose infusions. Although increases of PG were similar in the two groups, differences of AIR of controls compared with those of MOD were magnified during glucose infusion; AIR, 40 plus or minus 8 against 20 plus or minus 15 mu U/ml, (mean plus or minus s.e. mean), baseline; and 263 plus or minus 56 against 60 plus or minus 20, 900 mg/min glucose infusion. Conversely, infusion of insulin for 2 h decreased PG and inhibited the AIR to isoproterenol in 6 controls ( DELTA glucose, -11 plus or minus 2 mg/100 ml; DELTA AIR, -15 plus or minus 3 mu U/ml) and 6 MOD ( DELTA glucose, -112 plus or minus 21; DELTA AIR -11 plus or minus 4). For each subject, the potentiating effect of glucose on the AIR to isoproterenol was expressed as the slope of the relation between PG from the fasting PG value and AIR from the baseline AIR. These slopes of potentiation were lower in MOD than in controls (0.16 plus or minus 0.06 against 1.58 plus or minus 47) and declined nonexponentially as the fasting PG of each subject increased. KW - blood sugar KW - diabetes KW - hyperglycaemia KW - insulin KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood glucose KW - glucose in blood KW - high blood glucose KW - hyperglycemia KW - impaired potentiation of insulin secretion by glucose in diabetes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791493095&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Serum levels of selenium, calcium, copper, magnesium, manganese and zinc in various human diseases. AU - Sullivan, J. F. AU - Blotcky, A. J. AU - Jetton, M. M. AU - Hahn, H. K. J. AU - Burch, R. E. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1979/// VL - 109 IS - 8 SP - 1432 EP - 1437 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Sullivan, J. F.: Trace Element Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Omaha, Nebr. 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791493445. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 41 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 7440-50-8, 7439-95-4, 7439-96-5, 7782-49-2, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The subjects were 185 male patients 20 to 80 years old all resident in Omaha, Nebraska, who were receiving a normal hospital diet. Controls were normal men. Drinking water contained Se less than 0.005/106 and the hospital diet 33.2 to 46.2 mu g/meal. The average amount of Se eaten daily was 117 mu g/patient. The patients had chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, cirrhosis, pancreatitis with alcoholism, arteriosclerotic heart disease due to congestive heart failure, malignancy, hypertension, diabetes, infection, arthritis, ulcer or psychoses. All studies were made after the acute phase of the disease. Blood was sampled after the patients and controls had fasted overnight for estimation, by atomic absorption spectrophotometry, of serum Cu, Zn, Mg and Ca and of Se and Mn by destructive neutron activation analysis. All patients had lower serum Zn values than the controls. Cirrhotic patients had a low serum Se concentration and low Ca, Mg and Zn. Emphysema and cancer patients had a high serum Cu concentration while Cu and Mn values were high in congestive heart failure, infection and psychoses. KW - arthritis KW - atherosclerosis KW - calcium KW - cardiovascular diseases KW - cirrhosis KW - copper KW - diabetes KW - diseases KW - hypertension KW - infectious diseases KW - lungs KW - magnesium KW - manganese KW - neoplasms KW - pancreatitis KW - psychoses KW - selenium KW - trace elements KW - ulcers KW - zinc KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - arteriosclerosis KW - cancers KW - communicable diseases KW - high blood pressure KW - liver cirrhosis KW - microelements KW - Mn KW - psychotic disorders KW - serum trace elements in various diseases KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791493445&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Chemical messengers: a view from the gut. AU - Grossman, M. I. JO - Federation Proceedings JF - Federation Proceedings Y1 - 1979/// VL - 38 IS - 9 SP - 2341 EP - 2343 SN - 0014-9446 AD - Grossman, M. I.: Center for Ulcer Research and Education, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791493569. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - gastrointestinal hormones KW - intestines KW - chemical messengers from the gut KW - gastric hormones KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791493569&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Increase in immunoreactive parathyroid hormone with age. AU - Wiske, P. S. AU - Epstein, S. AU - Bell, N. H. AU - Queener, S. F. AU - Edmondson, J. AU - Johnston, C. C., Jr. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1979/// VL - 300 IS - 25 SP - 1419 EP - 1421 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Wiske, P. S.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 1481 West 10th Street, Indianapolis, IN 46202, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791493721. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 9002-64-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Studies on 75 men and 81 women, all normal and from 21 to 89 years old, indicated that serum carboxylterminal immunoreactive parathyrin increased with age. The increase began after 40 years old but did not become significant until after 50 years old. It was accompanied by modest but significant decreases in serum ionized calcium and serum phosphorus, which began at 40 years old. Mean total serum Ca remained within normal range. Serum creatinine did not increase significantly until after 70 years old. KW - age KW - parathyrin KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - age variation in serum parathyrin KW - parathyroid hormone KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791493721&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Early stimulation of rat liver microsomal protein synthesis after tri-iodothyronine injection in vivo. AU - Carter, W. J. AU - Faas, F. H. JO - Biochemical Journal JF - Biochemical Journal Y1 - 1979/// VL - 182 IS - 3 SP - 651 EP - 654 AD - Carter, W. J.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 300 East Roosevelt Road, Little Rock, AR 72206, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791493806. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 7 ref. Registry Number: 55-06-1, 6893-02-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Triiodothyronine (T3) given intraperitoneally, 25 mu g/100 bodyweight, to euthyroid rats stimulated protein synthesis by liver microsomes in vitro within 3 to 6 h. This compared with the lag of 26 h previously reported for hypothyroid rats. The effect of T3 was prevented by injection of alpha -amanitin suggesting that it is dependent on RNA synthesis. KW - liver cells KW - microsomes KW - protein synthesis KW - triiodothyronine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hepatocytes KW - liothyronine KW - liver microsomal protein formation after triiodothyronine KW - protein biosynthesis KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791493806&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Serum T4, T3 and reverse T3 in ethanol fed rats. AU - Singh, S. P. AU - Patel, D. G. AU - Kabir, M. AU - Premachandra, B. N. JO - Life Sciences JF - Life Sciences Y1 - 1979/// VL - 25 IS - 10 SP - 889 EP - 894 SN - 0024-3205 AD - Singh, S. P.: Veterans Administration Medical Centers, North Chicago, Ill., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791494254. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 51-48-9, 55-06-1, 6893-02-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The initial values of thyroxine 5.2 mu g, triiodothyronine (T3) 97 ng and reverse T3 19 ng/100 ml plasma in male rats decreased significantly after 8 weeks with 20% ethanol as drinking fluid to 3.0, 66 and 10, respectively. In female rats T3 was not significantly affected. KW - ethanol KW - thyroxine KW - triiodothyronine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - liothyronine KW - plasma thyroid hormones after ethanol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791494254&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Thyroid hormone levels during glucose tolerance test in euthyroid subjects. AU - Premachandra, B. N. AU - Gossain, V. V. AU - Perlstein, I. B. JO - Clinical Endocrinology, UK JF - Clinical Endocrinology, UK Y1 - 1979/// VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 207 EP - 211 AD - Premachandra, B. N.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Jefferson Barracks, St Louis, Mo. 63125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791494455. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 51-48-9, 55-06-1, 6893-02-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Twelve normal, healthy, clinically and biochemically proven euthyroid subjects 19 to 35 years old were given a standard glucose tolerance test with 100 g glucose by mouth; thyroxine (T4), triiodothyronine (T3) and reverse triiodothyronine (rT3) were estimated by specific radioimmunological tests to determine the acute effect of glucose and insulin on peripheral monodeiodination of thyroxine. Fasting T4, T3, rT3 and free thyroxine were 82.4, 1.7, 0.52 and 0.22 nmol/litre, respectively, and these values were not changed during the 3 h after glucose load. The rise and fall of glucose and insulin values were typical of the standard responses normally observed in the glucose tolerance test. The variations in insulin and glucose were not correlated with thyroid hormone concentrations at any interval during the test. It is therefore concluded that dietary glucose does not acutely cause shifts in peripheral monodeiodination of thyroxine in healthy euthyroid subjects. KW - glucose KW - thyroid hormones KW - thyroxine KW - triiodothyronine KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood thyroid hormones after glucose load in normals KW - dextrose KW - liothyronine KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791494455&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Measurement of acetate in human blood by gas chromatography: effects of sample preparation, feeding, and various diseases. AU - Tollinger, C. D. AU - Vreman, H. J. AU - Weiner, M. W. JO - Clinical Chemistry JF - Clinical Chemistry Y1 - 1979/// VL - 25 IS - 10 SP - 1787 EP - 1790 SN - 0009-9147 AD - Tollinger, C. D.: Stanford Univ. School of Medicine, Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3801 Miranda Ave., (IC601), Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791494480. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Registry Number: 64-19-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Acetate was estimated by a modification of the method of Vreman et al. (NAR/A 49, 1552). Venous plasma from 27 normal fasting subjects contained acetate 51 plus or minus 5 mu mol/litre and arterial plasma, 7 subjects, had 72 plus or minus 7. After 10 subjects ate a standard breakfast values in venous plasma increased from 58 plus or minus 7 to 97 plus or minus 13 mu mol [mmol in test]/litre in 30 min. Values were greater than normal in subjects with severe liver disease and acidosis but not with malignancy or diabetes. Storage of plasma at -20 deg C for 24 h increased values from 26 plus or minus 6 to 63 plus or minus 4 mu mol/litre. KW - acetic acid KW - acidosis KW - eating KW - fasting KW - liver KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - estimation and plasma values of acetic acid of normals before and after breakfast and in liver disease or acidosis KW - metabolic acidosis KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791494480&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of dietary fiber on glucose tolerance of normal men. AU - Munoz, J. M. AU - Sandstead, H. H. AU - Jacob, R. A. JO - Diabetes JF - Diabetes Y1 - 1979/// VL - 28 IS - 5 SP - 496 EP - 502 AD - Munoz, J. M.: Dep. Medicine, Univ. North Dakota School of Medicine, c/o Veterans Administration Hospital, North Elm and 21st Ave., Fargo, ND 58102, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791494491. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 40 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Dietary fibre, 26 g hard red spring wheat bran (HRS), soft white wheat (SWW), maize bran (CB), soya bean husks (SH), freeze-dried apple powder (AP) or freeze-dried carrot powder (CP), was given to 15 men as part of a mixed diet. Oral glucose tolerance and 1-h postprandial serum glucose were measured after one month of each fibre source and were compared with findings measured after one month of the diet with no added fibre. Energy intakes and expenditures were nearly constant throughout the study. The fibre sources contained 50.8, 44.1, 92.1, 86.7, 25.6 and 31.0% fibre, respectively. Oral glucose tolerance improved significantly when subjects ate CB, SH, AP or CP. Corrected insulin response at the glucose peak and peripheral insulin sensitivity improved when subjects were given CB, SH, AP or CP. Fasting plasma glucagon and plasma glucagon responses to oral glucose were significantly lower after AP or CP. Hard spring wheat bran was associated with higher fasting plasma glucagon values than and similar plasma glucagon responses to oral glucose to those of controls. Postprandial serum glucose concentrations were significantly lower when subjects were given fibre-supplemented (CB and SH) diets than when they were given the same diet without fibre. KW - fibre KW - glucose tolerance KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood sugar tolerance KW - fiber KW - fibre affects glucose tolerance of normals KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791494491&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Diabetic neuropathy - new concepts of its etiology. AU - Clements, R. S., Jr. JO - Diabetes JF - Diabetes Y1 - 1979/// VL - 28 IS - 6 SP - 604 EP - 611 AD - Clements, R. S., Jr.: Veterans' Administration Hospital, Birmingham, Ala., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791494495. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 119 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - diabetic neuropathy KW - reviews KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - review of aetiology of diabetic neuropathy KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791494495&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastric and pancreatic release of somatostatin-like immunoreactivity during the gastric phase of a meal. Effects of truncal vagotomy and atropine in the anesthetized dog. AU - Schusdziarra, V. AU - Rouiller, D. AU - Harris, V. AU - Unger, R. H. JO - Diabetes JF - Diabetes Y1 - 1979/// VL - 28 IS - 7 SP - 658 EP - 663 AD - Schusdziarra, V.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, Tex., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791494498. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Registry Number: 51-55-8, 55-48-1, 51110-01-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Postprandial release of gastric and pancreatic somatostatin-like immunoreactivity (SLI) was examined in anaesthetized dogs during the gastric phase of a meal and the role of vagal and atropine-sensitive mechanisms in the responses was assessed. The intragastric instillation of liver extract at pH 7 elicited a significant rise in antral vein SLI (about 300 pg/ml) and gastrin concentration. After truncal vagotomy, baseline and postprandial antral vein SLI and gastrin concentration increased significantly compared with the control group. The infusion of atropine (100 mu g/kg h) prevented the postprandial rise in antral vein SLI but not in gastrin. The liver meal at pH 2 elicited a sustained sixfold greater rise of antral SLI (about 2000 pg/ml) than that at pH 7, while gastrin concentrations did not rise significantly. The latter antral SLI response was not influenced by truncal vagotomy, but atropine infusion reduced it by about 50%. In response to the meal at pH 7, fundic vein SLI concentrations rose by about 300 pg/ml. The rise was increased slightly by truncal vagotomy but was completely prevented by atropine infusion. In response to the meal at pH 2, fundic SLI decreased sharply below baseline values. The response was not changed significantly by vagotomy, but was reversed completely by atropine infusion, during which fundic vein SLI concentrations rose significantly. Pancreatic vein SLI concentrations rose by about 350 pg/ml in response to the gastric meal at pH 7. That rise was not changed significantly by vagotomy but was prevented by atropine infusion. In response to the meal at pH 2, pancreatic SLI concentrations rose by about 1000 pg/ml above baseline, significantly greater than the response to the meal at pH 7. The pancreatic vein SLI response to the meal at pH 2 was not changed by vagotomy; it was reduced by atropine infusion. It is concluded that SLI is released from the antrum, fundus and pancreas during the gastric phase of a meal and that these responses are modified by acidification of the intragastric contents and by truncal vagotomy and atropine infusion. The greatly increased release of antral SLI in response to the acidified meal raises the possibility of a role for somatostatin in acid-induced suppression of gastrin release. KW - atropine KW - somatostatin KW - vagotomy KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - somatostatin secretion after vagotomy and atropine KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791494498&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Lipid and carbohydrate metabolism in euthyroid and hypothyroid chick embryo (Gallus domesticus). AU - Raheja, K. L. AU - Linscheer, W. G. JO - Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology, B JF - Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology, B Y1 - 1979/// VL - 64 IS - 3 SP - 289 EP - 291 AD - Raheja, K. L.: Dep. Pharmacology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Syracuse, NY 13210, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791494674. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of propylthiouracil (PTU)-induced hypothyroidism on carbohydrate and lipid metabolism was studied in the chick embryo. A single dose of PTU 250 mu g/embryo was given on day 11 and embryos were killed on day 20 of incubation. Thyroid glands were enlarged by PTU. Increased thyroid weight was associated with growth retardation and decreased plasma thyroxine. Plasma glucose was less and phospholipids were greater in the hypothyroid embryo. Liver lipid concentrations in the control and hypothyroid embryos were not different but were greater in both groups than previously reported values in the chick. In contrast to PTU treatment after hatching, liver glycogen was not increased in the hypothyroid chick embryo. This was attributed to the high lipid nutrient condition of the chick embryo as a high-lipid diet in the young chick decreased glycogen accumulation in the liver. KW - carbohydrates KW - embryos KW - hypothyroidism KW - lipids KW - poultry KW - fowls KW - Gallus gallus KW - Gallus KW - Phasianidae KW - Galliformes KW - birds KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - carbohydrate and lipid metabolism in hypothyroidism of embryo KW - chickens KW - domesticated birds KW - lipins KW - saccharides KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791494674&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Interrelationship between coronary artery occlusion, high-density lipoprotein cholesterol, and alcohol intake. AU - Barboriak, J. J. AU - Anderson, A. J. AU - Hoffmann, R. G. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1979/// VL - 94 IS - 2 SP - 348 EP - 353 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Barboriak, J. J.: Research Service/151, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wood, Wis. 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791494842. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 718 male patients undergoing coronary arteriography a significant inverse relation was seen between the extent of coronary occlusion and alcohol intake and between coronary occlusion and plasma high-density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol. A positive association was observed between the amounts of alcohol drunk and plasma HDL cholesterol and between alcohol consumption and history of smoking. These findings suggest that the "retarding" effect of alcohol on coronary artery disease may be at least partly explained by the alcohol-induced rise of plasma HDL cholesterol. KW - alcohols KW - atherosclerosis KW - lipoproteins KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - alcohol intake, h.d. lipoprotein in plasma and onset of coronary artery occlusion KW - arteriosclerosis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791494842&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of lactulose on urea metabolism and nitrogen excretion in cirrhotic patients. AU - Weber, F. L., Jr. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 77 IS - 3 SP - 518 EP - 523 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Weber, F. L., Jr.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Cooper Drive Division, Lexington, Ky. 40506, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791495048. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Registry Number: 4618-18-2, 7727-37-9, 57-13-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 7 studies of 6 cirrhotic patients, the effects of lactulose on the kinetics of urea metabolism and excretion of nitrogen were estimated. Lactulose caused a fall in urea production (-24%) which was reflected in a decrease in urea degradation and urinary urea excretion; it also caused a decrease in the total body urea pool. The fall in urinary urea was accompanied by a large (2- to 3-fold) increase in stool N which was of a similar magnitude to the fall in urinary urea. Although urea degradation fell after lactulose, the intestinal (extrarenal) clearance of urea did not, indicating that the fall in urea degradation was due to the observed fall in the urea pool. KW - cirrhosis KW - lactulose KW - nitrogen KW - urea KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - lactulose affects urea metabolism and nitrogen excretion in cirrhosis KW - liver cirrhosis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791495048&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Pangamic acid ("vitamin B15"). AU - Herbert, V. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1979/// VL - 32 IS - 7 SP - 1534 EP - 1540 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Herbert, V.: Lab. Hematology and Nutrition, Bronx Veterans Administration Hospital, New York, NY, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791495287. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Registry Number: 13149-69-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - pangamic acid KW - reviews KW - review of pangamic acid KW - vitamin B15 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791495287&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Glucagon effects on the human small intestine. AU - Patel, G. K. AU - Whalen, G. E. AU - Soergel, K. H. AU - Wu, W. C. AU - Meade, R. C. JO - Digestive Diseases and Sciences JF - Digestive Diseases and Sciences Y1 - 1979/// VL - 24 IS - 7 SP - 501 EP - 508 SN - 0163-2116 AD - Patel, G. K.: Gastroenterology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, 300 E. Roosevelt Road, Little Rock, Ark. 72206, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791495291. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 41 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In healthy men, 22 to 52 years old, the effects were studied of glucagon given by vein on small intestinal function. Bolus doses resulting in plasma glucagon concentrations of over 800 pg/ml, 5 min after injection, prevented jejunal contractions for 4.4 plus or minus 0.4 min after a latency period of 49 plus or minus 48. During continuous intravenous glucagon infusion, jejunal dilatation and increase in mean transit time occurred at plasma values over 720 pg/ml, while inhibition of water and electrolyte absorption was observed only with plasma glucagon concentrations of 1760 plus or minus 114 pg/ml. In these conditions, the propulsion of fasting intestinal contents was slowed down without change in flow rate. The observed effects could not be due to the simultaneously occurring rise in plasma insulin and glucose concentrations. Short-term increases in circulating glucagon concentration inhibited intestinal tone, contractions and propulsion with only a minor effect on water and electrolyte absorption limited to a narrow concentration range of plasma glucagon. The latency period proceding the prevention of jejunal contractions suggested that glucagon does not act directly on intestinal smooth muscle cells. KW - glucagon KW - intestines KW - transit time KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - glucagon affects intestinal transit time KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791495291&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Influence of exocrine pancreatic insufficiency on the intraluminal pH of the proximal small intestine. AU - Dutta, S. K. AU - Russell, R. M. AU - Iber, F. L. JO - Digestive Diseases and Sciences JF - Digestive Diseases and Sciences Y1 - 1979/// VL - 24 IS - 7 SP - 529 EP - 534 SN - 0163-2116 AD - Dutta, S. K.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (151), 3900 Loch Raven Blvd., Baltimore, Md. 21218, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791495292. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 7 patients with pancreatic insufficiency (PI) and 7 normal subjects a cecar microelectrode attached to a polyvinyl tube was positioned at the ligament of Treitz under fluoroscopic control; the output of the pH meter was recorded for 30 min under fasting conditions after an adjustment period. Analysis of the pH tracing showed a significantly lower mean intraluminal pH in PI patients than in the controls, 6.1 plus or minus 0.2 against 7.0 plus or minus 0.2. The acid changes every 10 min were more frequent and the percentage time below pH 4.0 was significantly higher in the patients. The basal and the stimulated gastric acid outputs were lower in PI patients, although the difference was not significant. In 2 PI patients and 2 control subjects, the intraluminal pH at the duodenojejunal junction was further recorded for 180 min after the ingestion of a standardized test meal of extra-lean ground beef steak, 2 rolls, butter and 300 ml water. Intraluminal pH dropped below 4.0 in both PI patients and continued in that range until the end of the study. In the 2 controls the intraluminal pH stayed well above pH 4.0 during the entire postprandial period. A definite rise with a trend towards the fasting intraluminal pH was also observed. KW - intestines KW - pancreatic juice KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - intestinal pH in exocrine pancreatic insufficiency KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791495292&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Hormonal influences in intestinal cholesterol synthesis. AU - Goodman, M. W. AU - Prigge, W. F. AU - Gebhard, R. L. T2 - Gastroenterology JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 76 IS - 5, II SP - 1140 EP - 1140 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Goodman, M. W.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minn., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791495612. Language: English. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - cholesterol KW - hormones KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hormones and intestinal cholesterol formation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791495612&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Glucagon inhibits intestinal mucosal cholesterol synthesis. AU - Goodman, M. W. AU - Prigge, W. F. AU - Gebhard, R. L. T2 - Gastroenterology JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 76 IS - 5, II SP - 1141 EP - 1141 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Goodman, M. W.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, Minn., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791495613. Language: English. Registry Number: 57-88-5, 9007-92-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - cholesterol KW - glucagon KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - glucagon inhibits intestinal cholesterol formation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791495613&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Nutrient malabsorption in the Zollinger-Ellison syndrome: reversal during long-term cimetidine therapy. AU - King, C. E. AU - Toskes, P. P. T2 - Gastroenterology JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 76 IS - 5, II SP - 1170 EP - 1170 SN - 0016-5085 AD - King, C. E.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. Florida College of Medicine, Gainesville, Fla., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791495639. Language: English. Registry Number: 51481-61-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - cimetidine KW - MALABSORPTION KW - Zollinger-Ellison syndrome KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - malabsorption syndrome KW - treatment of malabsorption in Zollinger-Ellison syndrome by cimetidine KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791495639&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Persistent mucosal injury in the human blind loop syndrome. AU - King, C. E. AU - Toskes, P. P. AU - Cerda, J. J. T2 - Gastroenterology JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 76 IS - 5, II SP - 1170 EP - 1170 SN - 0016-5085 AD - King, C. E.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. Florida College of Medicine, Gainesville, Fla., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791495640. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - blind loop syndrome KW - intestinal mucosa KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - intestine epithelium KW - mucosal injury in blind loop syndrome KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791495640&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of vagotomy in Zollinger-Ellison syndrome. AU - Richardson, C. T. AU - Feldman, M. AU - McClelland, R. N. AU - Dickerman, R. M. AU - Kumpuris, D. AU - Fordtran, J. S. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 77 IS - 4, I SP - 682 EP - 686 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Richardson, C. T.: Veterans Administration Hospital (111B), 4500 S. Lancaster Road, Dallas, Tex. 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791496446. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects were studied of vagotomy on gastric acid secretion and the clinical course in 3 patients with Zollinger-Ellison syndrome. Basal acid hypersecretion was reduced by 49, 86 and 96% and peak acid output in response to pentagastrin was reduced by 36, 39 and 71% in the 3 patients. In one patient, 300 mg cimetidine reduced basal acid secretion from 65 to 20 mEq/h before vagotomy, whereas after vagotomy basal acid secretion was reduced from 36 to 0.6 mEq/h by the same dose of cimetidine. One patient had required no antisecretory treatment for 14 years, whereas 2 patients had also been treated with cimetidine with excellent results. KW - vagotomy KW - Zollinger-Ellison syndrome KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - vagotomy in Zollinger-Ellison syndrome KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791496446&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Release of somatostatin-like immunoreactivity from the lower gut. AU - Rouiller, D. AU - Schusdziarra, V. AU - Conlon, J. M. AU - Harris, V. AU - Ungor, R. H. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 77 IS - 4, I SP - 700 EP - 703 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Rouiller, D.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 4500 South Lancaster Road, Dallas, Tex. 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791496449. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Registry Number: 51110-01-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Catheters were placed in a mesenteric vein draining the lower 50% of the small intestine and most of the colon, the pancreaticoduodenal vein, a short gastric vein draining the fundus and corpus of the stomach, the left gastroepiploic vein draining the antrum and the vena cava of 12 anaesthetized dogs. After an equilibration period of 1 h, 250 ml of a mixture containing glucose 20, casein hydrolysate 20 and groundnut oil 20 g in water was instilled into the ileum during 2 min. Venous blood was sampled frequently from the catheters for estimation of plasma somatostatin-like immunoreactivity (SLI). Baseline concentrations of SLI in the mesenteric vein were significantly higher than those in the inferior vena cava and rose significantly in both veins in response to the nutrient load. SLI in the venous effluent of the pancreas and stomach did not rise. Mesenteric vein SLI was similar in molecular size to SLI in gastric and pancreatic veins and to synthetic somatostatin. The results suggested that the lower gut might contribute to the basal circulating SLI concentrations and that SLI was released from the lower gut in response to the nutrient-containing hyperosmolar volume load. KW - ileum KW - intestines KW - somatostatin KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - release of somatostatin-like immunoreactivity from lower gut KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791496449&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Metabolic balances of cadmium, copper, manganese, and zinc in man. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Asmussen, C. R. AU - Holtzman, R. B. AU - Kramer, L. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1979/// VL - 32 IS - 9 SP - 1867 EP - 1875 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Research Unit, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791496696. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 50 ref. Registry Number: 7440-43-9, 7440-50-8, 7439-96-5, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Balance studies of cadmium, copper, manganese and zinc were made in constant dietary conditions in 8 men given 200 or 800 mg calcium daily and in one man given 1500 mg daily. The dietary content and the excretions of those elements in urine and stool were estimated. The mean dietary content of Cd was 32.9, of Cu 1020, of Mn 2130 mu g and of Zn 12.4 mg daily. The ratio of the faecal:urinary Cd excretion was about 1.5 and the main pathway of excretion of the other 3 elements was via the intestine; the urinary excretions were very low. The different trace element balances were slightly negative or in equilibrium, except that the Zn balances were positive in half the men. All balances should be considered highest values, as the losses in sweat were not measured. The Ca intake had little effect on the excretion and retention of the trace elements. KW - cadmium KW - copper KW - manganese KW - zinc KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - metabolic balances of trace elements KW - Mn KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791496696&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparison of the suppressive effects of water immersion and saline administration on renin-aldosterone in normal man. AU - Epstein, M. AU - Re, R. AU - Preston, S. AU - Haber, E. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1979/// VL - 49 IS - 3 SP - 358 EP - 363 SN - 0021-972X AD - Epstein, M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 1201 N.W. 16th Street, Miami, Fla. 33125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791496975. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 52-39-1, 9015-94-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The relative suppressive effects of immersion to the neck (NI) and saline administration on the renin-aldosterone axis were compared. Nine normal men were studied on three occasions while in balance on a diet with sodium 10 and potassium 100 mEq: control, NI and saline. Blood for plasma renin-aldosterone (PRA) and aldosterone (PA) was obtained at 30-min intervals for 6 h. The conditions of seated posture and time of day were the same. NI produced 54% suppression of PRA and 59% suppression of PA which were similar both in magnitude and temporal profile to those observed during saline. KW - aldosterone KW - renin KW - salt KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - comparison of effects of saline or immersion in water on plasma renin and aldosterone KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791496975&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Form and content of cobalamin in human milk. AU - Sandberg, D. AU - Hall, C. A. T2 - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1980/// VL - 33 IS - 4 SP - 914 EP - 914 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Sandberg, D.: Albany Med. Coll. & Veterans Administration Cent., Albany, New York, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19800459452. Language: English. Registry Number: 12001-76-2, 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Dairy Science; Human Nutrition N2 - Mean total cobalamin activity, measured in milk from 20 mothers nursing infants aged 2 months-2.5 yr, was 127 pg/ml (range 0-470 pg/ml) by the Euglena gracilis assay and 70 pg/ml (range 0-416 pg/ml) by a radioisotope dilution technique. The 2 assay techniques failed to detect any cobalamin in 2 milk samples; half the samples contained <50 pg/ml by the radioisotope method. Transcobalamin II, measured by radioimmunoassay, was present in all milk samples; the mean value and range were resp. 866 and 420-3240 pg/ml. Cobalamin binding capacity of 1 milk sample was 124.5 ng/ml, of which 0.8 ng was bound to transcobalamin II. The form of cobalamin occurring in human milk is discussed. KW - composition KW - cyanocobalamin KW - human milk KW - milk KW - vitamin B complex KW - VITAMIN B12 KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - breast milk KW - cobalamin KW - cobalamin in breast milk KW - form KW - vitamin B KW - Milk and Dairy Produce (QQ010) KW - Food Composition and Quality (QQ500) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19800459452&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Paragonimiasis in the central nervous system. AU - Oh, S. J. A2 - Vinken, P. J. A2 - Bruyn, G. W. T2 - Handbook of clinical neurology. Vol.35. Infections of the nervous system. Part III. JO - Handbook of clinical neurology. Vol.35. Infections of the nervous system. Part III. JF - Handbook of clinical neurology. Vol.35. Infections of the nervous system. Part III. Y1 - 1978/// SP - 243 EP - 266 CY - Amsterdam, The; Netherlands PB - Elsevier North Holland Biomedical Press. AD - Oh, S. J.: Dep. of Neurology, Univ. of Alabama Sch. of Med. & Veterans Administration Hospital, Birmingham, Alabama, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19800868050. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - Paragonimiasis of the central nervous system manifests itself in 3 different forms: cerebral paragonimiasis; paragonimus meningitis; spinal paragonimiasis. Clinical features, laboratory findings, pathogenesis, pathology, diagnosis, prognosis and treatment are reviewed. 87 references are cited. KW - helminths KW - parasites KW - reviews KW - man KW - Paragonimus KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Paragonimidae KW - Digenea KW - Trematoda KW - Platyhelminthes KW - invertebrates KW - nervous system involvement KW - parasitic worms KW - Plagiorchiida KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19800868050&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Amoebic liver abscess. AU - Stevens, D. L. AU - Taylor, R. G. AU - Everett, E. D. AU - Owensby, L. AU - McNitt, T. R. JO - American Journal of Gastroenterology JF - American Journal of Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 72 IS - 3 SP - 234 EP - 238 SN - 0002-9270 AD - Stevens, D. L.: Boise Veterans Administration Med. Center, 5th & Fort Sts., Boise, ID 83702, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19800868151. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - A 23-year-old American man with acute amoebic liver abscess had nonreactive serological tests (IHA, counterimmunoelectrophoresis and soluble antigen fluorescent antibody). Motile Entamoeba histolytica trophozoites were seen microscopically in scrapings from the abscess wall. Post operative serological tests revealed rapidly rising then falling antibody titres. The potential danger of relying on serological data only to establish the diagnosis in patients with liver abscess is emphasized. Sequential serological testing and surgical intervention to obtain material for microscopical examination, gram stain and bacteriological culture are recommended in patients with hepatic abscess and negative serology. KW - immunology KW - parasites KW - Entamoeba histolytica KW - man KW - protozoa KW - Entamoeba KW - Endamoebidae KW - Amoebida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - liver abscess & negative serology KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19800868151&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Pulmonary strongyloidiasis complicating therapy with corticosteroids. Report of a case with secondary bacterial infections. AU - Berger, R. AU - Kraman, S. AU - Paciotti, M. JO - American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene JF - American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene Y1 - 1980/// VL - 29 IS - 1 SP - 31 EP - 34 SN - 0002-9637 AD - Berger, R.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Lexington, KY 40507, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19800869303. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - A man aged 66 years admitted to hospital in Kentucky, USA, was diagnosed as having autoimmune haemolytic anaemia and was treated with prednisone in high doses. On the 40th day he had developed infection of the lungs with Strongyloides stercoralis. He was treated with thiabendazole by mouth, 50 mg/kg body-weight daily for 5 days and responded well, although steroids were continued the whole time, and this was repeated 2.5 weeks later. Eventually he recovered in spite of other complications. Patients from areas endemic for Strongyloides should be screened before immunosuppressive treatment. KW - case reports KW - helminths KW - parasites KW - East South Central States of USA KW - USA KW - man KW - Rhabditida KW - Strongyloides stercoralis KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Strongyloides KW - Strongyloididae KW - Rhabditida KW - Chromadoria KW - Chromadorea KW - Nematoda KW - invertebrates KW - Southern States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - nematodes KW - parasitic worms KW - Secernentea KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19800869303&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Infectious disease patterns in the Waorani, an isolated Amerindian population. AU - Kaplan, J. E. AU - Larrick, J. W. AU - Yost, J. AU - Farrell, L. AU - Greenberg, H. B. AU - Herrmann, K. L. AU - Sulzer, A. J. AU - Walls, K. W. AU - Pederson, L. JO - American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene JF - American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene Y1 - 1980/// VL - 29 IS - 2 SP - 298 EP - 312 SN - 0002-9637 AD - Kaplan, J. E.: Res. Service, U.S. Veterans Administration Med. Center, Albuquerque, NM 87108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19800872127. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 56 ref. Subject Subsets: Protozoology; Medical & Veterinary Mycology; Helminthology N2 - Using serological tests, skin tests and faecal examinations the authors constructed a profile of infectious diseases which are endemic to and others which have been introduced into the Waorani population of eastern Ecuador. Of 61 faecal samples examined, 51% were positive for Entamoeba coli cysts, 20% for E. histolytica cysts and 28% for Giardia lamblia cysts. It is considered that intestinal parasitism is now highly prevalent among the Waorani, much more so than when the Indians were first contacted. Of 218 sera examined, 68% had antibodies to Plasmodium malariae, 65% to P. vivax and 31% to P. falciparum. 42% of 226 sera had antibodies to Toxoplasma. It is suggested that all but 2 (1%) sera positive for P. falciparum represent cross reactions, rather than exposure to P. falciparum. The Waorani, therefore, may be the 3rd population studied in the Amazon in which P. falciparum appears to be absent.<new para>ADDITIONAL ABSTRACT:<new para>Using serological tests, skin tests and faecal examinations the authors constructed a profile of infectious diseases which are endemic to and others which have been introduced into the Waorani population of eastern Ecuador. Of 65 faecal samples examined, 46% were positive for hookworm, 3% for Ascaris, 3% for Enterobius and 2% for Trichuris. It is considered that intestinal parasitism is now highly prevalent among the Waorani, much more so than when the Indians were first contacted.<new para>ADDITIONAL ABSTRACT:<new para>Using serological tests, skin tests and faecal examinations the authors constructed a profile of infectious diseases which are endemic to and others which have been introduced into the Waorani population of eastern Ecuador. Of 65 faecal samples examined, 46% were positive for hookworm, 3% for Ascaris, 3% for Enterobius and 2% for Trichuris. It is considered that intestinal parasitism is now highly prevalent among the Waorani, much more so than when the Indians were first contacted.<new para>ADDITIONAL ABSTRACT:<new para>Among 25 patients studied, 84% were positive in skin tests for Histoplasma, 20% for Candida, 4% for Trichophyton and none for Blastomyces or Aspergillus. In 105 patients studied no antibodies were found against H., B. or Coccidioides. The high prevalence of skin reactivity indicated a high rate of exposure to H. KW - helminths KW - hookworms KW - immunology KW - parasites KW - skin tests KW - surveys KW - Ecuador KW - Arthrodermataceae KW - Ascaris KW - Aspergillus KW - Blastomyces dermatitidis KW - Candida KW - Coccidioides immitis KW - Enoplida KW - Entamoeba KW - Enterobius KW - Giardia duodenalis KW - Histoplasma capsulatum KW - man KW - Onygenales KW - Plasmodium KW - protozoa KW - Trichophyton KW - Trichuris KW - Ajellomyces KW - Ajellomycetaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Ascarididae KW - Rhabditida KW - Chromadoria KW - Chromadorea KW - Nematoda KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - Trichocomaceae KW - Eurotiales KW - Blastomyces KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Coccidioides KW - Onygenaceae KW - Endamoebidae KW - Amoebida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Protozoa KW - Oxyuridae KW - Giardia KW - Hexamitidae KW - Diplomonadida KW - Histoplasma KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Plasmodiidae KW - Haemospororida KW - Apicomplexa KW - Arthrodermataceae KW - Trichuridae KW - Trichinellida KW - Dorylaimia KW - Enoplea KW - Enoplia KW - Andean Group KW - Developing Countries KW - Latin America KW - America KW - South America KW - Threshold Countries KW - Adenophorea KW - Ajellomyces capsulatus KW - Ascaridida KW - Blastomyces dermatitides KW - fungus KW - Giardia lamblia KW - Haemosporida KW - Hyphomycetes KW - intradermal tests KW - nematodes KW - parasitic worms KW - Secernentea KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19800872127&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Development of fatty acid esterification mechanisms in rat small intestine. AU - Shiau, Y. F. AU - Umstetter, C. AU - Kendall, K. AU - Koldovsky, O. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 237 IS - 5 SP - E399 EP - E403 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Shiau, Y. F.: Gastrointestinal Section, Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Philadelphia, Pa., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801400133. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Fatty acid esterification was estimated in foetal jejunal and ileal isografts implanted under the kidney capsules of adult host rats and compared with the age-controlled intestine growth in situ. Studies were on days 21, 35, 49 and 63 after conception, corresponding to prenatal, sucking, weaning and weaned rats. Fatty acid esterification activity was substantial in prenatal jejunum but not in ileum. There was a proximal-distal gradient of fatty acid esterification in all groups grown in situ, but not in isografts. The monoglyceride pathway (MG-P) accounted for about one-third of total fatty acid esterification (TFAE) in jejunum grown in situ and remained constant through the study. In the ileum, MG-P was the main esterification pathway during the first 4 weeks after birth, but decreased progressively after weaning to become insignificant in adult rats. TFAE fell in the jejunal isografts, whereas it increased in the ileum. MG-P remained the main pathway in the implanted jejunum and ileum. Luminal contents are probably the most important modulator for the development and maintenance of intestinal fatty acid esterification. KW - fatty acid esters KW - intestines KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - development of fatty acid esterification mechanism in small intestine KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801400133&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of plant fiber in decreasing plasma total cholesterol and increasing high-density lipoprotein cholesterol. AU - Chen, W. J. L. AU - Anderson, J. W. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1979/// VL - 162 IS - 2 SP - 310 EP - 313 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Chen, W. J. L.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. Kentucky College of Medicine, Lexington, Ky. 40507, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801400756. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 9004-34-6, 57-88-5, 9000-30-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For 3 weeks rats were given diets with 1% cholesterol, 46.5% sucrose and 10% fibre as cellulose, pectin, guar gum or oat bran. A 5th group had cellulose and no cholesterol. Mean cholesterol contents in plasma were 133, 84, 105, 113 and 74 mg/100 ml and in liver 51.1, 13.5, 22.9, 27.1 and 3.5 mg/g, respectively. Plasma high-density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol was 18.4, 25.8, 31.0, 25.3 and 33.8, plasma triglyceride 126, 59, 62, 86 and 107 mg/100 ml and liver lipid 135, 56, 68, 93 and 33 mg/g. The plant fibres decreased cholesterol in plasma and increased it in HDL. KW - bran KW - cellulose KW - cholesterol KW - fibre KW - guar gum KW - lipoproteins KW - pectins KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fiber KW - fibre on plasma total cholesterol and h.d. lipoprotein cholesterol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801400756&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Bile acid metabolism in cirrhosis. 5. Determination of biliary lipid secretion rates in patients with advanced cirrhosis. AU - Schwartz, C. C. AU - Almond, H. R. AU - Vlahcevic, Z. R. AU - Swell, L. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 77 IS - 6 SP - 1177 EP - 1182 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Schwartz, C. C.: Gastroenterology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Richmond, Va. 23249, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801400959. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - 5. Secretion rates of biliary lipids were measured during constant infusion of formula into the duodenum in 6 patients with advanced cirrhosis and 10 control subjects without liver disease. There were highly significant reductions (50 to 60%) in the secretion rates of bile acid, lecithin and cholesterol in patients with advanced cirrhosis. The proportionate decrease in the secretion rates of all 3 biliary lipids is probably responsible for the inability of these patients to form lithogenic bile despite diminution of the bile acid pool size. The reduction in bile acid secretion in patients with advanced cirrhosis and diminished bile acid pool may result in a reduced intraluminal concentration of bile acids and inadequate micellar solubilization of dietary fat. This sequence of events is probably in part responsible for steatorrhoea observed in a significant number of cirrhotic patients. No difference in the number of daily enterohepatic cycles was noted between the 2 groups of patients, suggesting that cirrhotic patients do not compensate for their small bile acid pool by increasing enterohepatic cycling. KW - bile KW - bile acids KW - cirrhosis KW - lipids KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gall KW - lipins KW - liver cirrhosis KW - secretion of biliary lipids in cirrhosis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801400959&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cholesterol and bile acid metabolism in moderately advanced, stable cirrhosis of the liver. AU - Bergmann, K. von AU - Mok, H. Y. AU - Hardison, W. G. M. AU - Grundy, S. M. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 77 IS - 6 SP - 1183 EP - 1192 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Bergmann, K. von: Veterans Administration Hospital, 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, Calif. 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801400960. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 42 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Bile acid and lipid metabolism were studied in 8 patients with moderately advanced, but stable alcoholic cirrhosis and in 17 control subjects of comparable age and weight. Patients with biopsy-proved cirrhosis were well nourished and had neither ascites nor encephalopathy. Routine liver function tests were normal apart from increase of gamma -glutamyltranspeptidase and significant BSP retention. However, concentrations of serum bile acids and excretion of urinary bile acids were high. Their pool sizes and hepatic secretion rates of bile acids were reduced, but not greatly, as in patients with far-advanced cirrhosis. Also, in contrast to patients with more advanced cirrhosis, the patients did not show a reduction of cholate or deoxycholate in the bile acid pool. Despite relatively small pools of bile acids, percentage saturation of fasting gallbladder bile with cholesterol and hepatic secretion of cholesterol were similar to those of control subjects; this lack of increased saturation in cirrhotics seemed to be due to greater coupling of cholesterol to phospholipids and bile acids at low outputs of bile acids than in normal subjects. Cholesterol absorption, measured by a combined intestinal perfusion-sterol balance technique, was comparable in the 2 groups. When the cirrhotic subjects were treated with cholestyramine, 6 g daily for 1 month, they were able to increase their bile acid synthesis from 4.5 to 19.8 mg/kg daily; this increase was comparable to that in 3 control subjects similarly tested. In addition, in both groups of subjects, cholic acid became the main bile acid in the pool (70% in cirrhotic and 71% in controls). Serum cholesterol fell to similar values in both groups. KW - bile acids KW - cholesterol KW - cirrhosis KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cholesterol and bile acid metabolism in cirrhosis KW - liver cirrhosis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801400960&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - The plasma transport of cobalamin (CBL). AU - Hall, C. A. A2 - Zagalak, B. A2 - Friedrich, W. T2 - Vitamin B12 JO - Vitamin B12 JF - Vitamin B12 Y1 - 1979/// SP - 725 EP - 742 CY - Berlin; Germany PB - Walter de Gruyter & Co. AD - Hall, C. A.: Hematology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albany, NY 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801401255. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Number of References: 104 ref. Registry Number: 12001-76-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - blood proteins KW - transcobalamins KW - vitamin B complex KW - blood plasma proteins KW - blood serum proteins KW - transport in plasma of cobalamin KW - vitamin B KW - vitamin B12 binding substances KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801401255&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Ability of megadoses of vitamin C to destroy vitamin B12 and cobinamide and to reduce absorption of vitamin B12 (with a note on B12 radioassays). AU - Herbert, V. AU - Landau, L. AU - Bash, R. AU - Grosberg, S. AU - Colman, N. A2 - Zagalak, B. A2 - Friedrich, W. T2 - Vitamin B12 JO - Vitamin B12 JF - Vitamin B12 Y1 - 1979/// SP - 1069 EP - 1077 CY - Berlin; Germany PB - Walter de Gruyter & Co. AD - Herbert, V.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801401268. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Registry Number: 50-81-7, 68-19-9, 13422-51-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - ascorbic acid KW - cyanocobalamin KW - hydroxocobalamin KW - vitamin B12 KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aquocobalamin KW - cobalamin KW - destruction of vitamin B-12 and hydroxocobalamin and reduced vitamin B-12 absorption in ascorbic acid excess KW - vitamin C KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801401268&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Effects of alcohol on hepatic metabolism: selected aspects. AU - Sorrell, M. F. AU - Tuma, D. J. T2 - Clinical Science JO - Clinical Science JF - Clinical Science Y1 - 1979/// VL - 57 IS - 6 SP - 481 EP - 489 SN - 0143-5221 AD - Sorrell, M. F.: Liver Study Univ, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 101 Woolworth Ave., Omaha, Nebr. 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801401721. Publication Type: Editorial. Language: English. Number of References: 64 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In a summary of research in progress, emphasis is placed on the macromolecular metabolism of ethanol within the hepatocyte and the effect of the consequences of its metabolism on drug, protein and glycoprotein metabolism. KW - alcohols KW - ethanol KW - liver cells KW - reviews KW - ethyl alcohol KW - hepatocytes KW - review of effect of alcohol on liver metabolism KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801401721&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Pancreatic and gastric release of somatostatinlike immunoreactivity during intestinal phase of a meal. AU - Schusdziarra, V. AU - Rouiller, D. AU - Pietri, A. AU - Harris, V. AU - Zyznar, E. AU - Conlon, J. M. AU - Unger, R. H. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 237 IS - 6 SP - E555 EP - E560 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Schusdziarra, V.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, Tex. 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801401994. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 51110-01-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The intraduodenal instillation of a 20% liver meal, 5 ml/min, elicited a significant increase in plasma somatostatin-like immunoreactivity (SLI) in the pancreatic vein and inferior vena cava, together with the increase in glucagon and insulin, in dogs weighing 20 to 26 kg. The rise in pancreatic vein SLI was not reduced after truncal vagotomy or during atropine infusion. In the stomach, the intestinal liver meal elicited a significant increase in antral but not fundic vein SLI. The increase in antral vein SLI was increased after truncal vagotomy and eliminated during atropine infusion, as was the increase in inferior vena caval SLI. In contrast to the protein meal, intravenous infusion of an amino acid mixture elicited an increase in pancreatic vein SLI but not antral or fundic vein SLI. The effects of truncal vagotomy and atropine infusion on these responses suggest a close interaction between the vagus and muscarinic cholinergic mechanisms and the D cells of the stomach and pancreas. KW - intestines KW - pancreas KW - somatostatin KW - stomach KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - pancreatic and gastric release of somatostatin-like immunoreactivity during intestinal phase of a meal KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801401994&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - High-carbohydrate, high-fiber diets for insulin-treated men with diabetes mellitus. AU - Anderson, J. W. AU - Ward, K. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1979/// VL - 32 IS - 11 SP - 2312 EP - 2321 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Anderson, J. W.: Medical and Dietetic Services, Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. Kentucky College of Medicine, Lexington, Ky., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801402010. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of high-carbohydrate, high-plant fibre (HCF) diets on glucose and lipid metabolism of 20 lean men receiving insulin for diabetes mellitus were evaluated in a metabolic ward. All men received control diets for on average 7 days followed by HCF diets for on average 16 days. Diets were designed to maintain weight and there was no significant change in bodyweight. The daily dose of insulin was smaller for each patient on the HCF diet than on the control diet. The average daily insulin dose was reduced from 26 plus or minus 3 units (mean plus or minus s.e. mean) on the control diets to 11 plus or minus 3 on the HCF diets. On the HCF diets insulin could be discontinued in 9 patients receiving 15 to 20 units daily and in 2 patients receiving 32 units daily. Fasting and 3-h postprandial plasma glucose values were lower in most patients on HCF than on the control diets despite lower insulin doses. Serum cholesterol values decreased from 206 plus or minus 10 mg/100 ml on the control diets to 147 plus or minus 5 on the HCF diet; average fasting serum triglyceride values were not significantly different on the HCF diets. KW - carbohydrates KW - diabetes KW - fibre KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - control of insulin-treated diabetics with carbohydrate-rich and fibre-rich diet KW - fiber KW - saccharides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801402010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Zymogram studies of human intestinal brush border and cytoplasmic peptidases. AU - Kim, Y. S. AU - Kim, Y. W. AU - Gaines, H. D. AU - Sleisenger, M. H. JO - Gut JF - Gut Y1 - 1979/// VL - 20 IS - 11 SP - 987 EP - 991 SN - 0017-5749 AD - Kim, Y. S.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif., USA 94121. N1 - Accession Number: 19801402061. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Zymogram studies of peptide hydrolases from human intestinal brush border and cytoplasmic fractions produced multiple bands, up to 7; the brush border membrane produced only a single band of enzyme activity. With all the substrates tested except L-leucyl-L-leucyl-L-leucine, a band having anodic mobility identical with that produced by the brush border enzymes was produced by the cytoplasmic enzymes. With L-trileucine as substrate, no overlapping band was produced. This band in the cytoplasmic fraction was heat-sensitive; that in the brush border fraction was not. Thus it would seem that there is a single human intestinal brush border peptide hydrolase capable of hydrolysing a variety of di- and tripeptides. Findings strongly indicate that the peptide hydrolases of the brush border and the cytoplasmic fraction of human intestine are distinct. KW - enzymes KW - intestinal mucosa KW - peptidases KW - proteinases KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - intestine epithelium KW - proteases KW - proteolytic enzymes KW - zymogram of intestinal brush border and cytoplasmic peptidases KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801402061&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The forms and transport of plasma cobalamins in normal man and in myeloproliferative states. AU - Hall, C. A. AU - Horch, C. AU - Begley, J. A. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1979/// VL - 94 IS - 5 SP - 772 EP - 783 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Hall, C. A.: Hematology Research (151E), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albany, N.Y. 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801402075. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 12001-76-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Seven patients with myoproliferative disease (MP) and 4 controls were given 0.04 to 0.05 mu g [57Co] cyanocobalamin by muscle or by vein to study the shift of binding with time and the conversion of one cobalamin to another. The initial pattern of binding reflected the proportion of the apo forms of transcobalamin II (TC II) and R binders. In MP there was more initial binding of the injected cobalamin to R-type binders and less to TC II. During the first 48 h after intake, the injected cobalamin remained mostly as cyanocobalamin. Some adenosylcobalamin appeared transiently in control and in MP subjects. Radioactive methylcobalamin did not appear in the circulation until after 48 h and the conversion of cyanocobalamin to methylcobalamin within the circulation was greater in MP subjects. Serum from some subjects converted small amounts of cyanocobalamin to all other forms in vitro by a heat-stable, extracellular property which was eliminated by dialysis of the serum. This property of serum could have accounted for the early conversion to adenosylcobalamin but not, at least in vitro, to the late appearance of methylcobalamin. Although the expected increases and abnormal patterns of R binders were observed in MP, these abnormalities could not be correlated with the increased conversion to plasma methylcobalamin. During the first 6 h after injection the R binder cobalamin designated as alpha 2-R-Cbl disappeared from the circulation at a rate faster than that of alpha 1-R-Cbl. Subsequently the alpha 2 and alpha 1 components of R binder-Cbl cleared at the same rate and this rate was the same for control and MP subjects. KW - MUSCULAR DISEASES KW - transcobalamins KW - vitamin B complex KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - myopathy KW - plasma cobalamin transport in normals and in myeloproliferative disease KW - vitamin B KW - vitamin B12 binding substances KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801402075&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of differences in amount and kind of dietary carbohydrate on plasma glucose and insulin responses in man. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1979/// VL - 32 IS - 12 SP - 2568 EP - 2578 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Reaven, G. M.: Veterans Administration Hospital (182B), 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801402240. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 6 ref. Registry Number: 9005-25-8, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In normal subjects and in patients with chemical diabetes, plasma glucose and insulin responses fell when the proportion of total dietary energy given as carbohydrate was decreased by 15% (coincidental with a comparable increase in dietary fat). Associated with the lower plasma glucose and insulin concentrations was a fall in fasting and postprandial triglyceride values. Plasma glucose and insulin and responses were also lower when equivalent carbohydrate challenges were given as part of a mixed meal, as compared with a drink. Carbohydrate given as starch also led to an attenuated glucose and insulin response when compared with an equivalent amount of glucose or sucrose. Significant differences were also seen after the intake of different kinds of starch, with potato acting most like glucose and rice least. The results indicate that differences in amount and kind of ingested carbohydrate can modify ensuing plasma glucose and insulin responses and raise the possibility that such dietary manipulation may have therapeutic value in patients with abnormal carbohydrate and lipid metabolism. KW - blood sugar KW - carbohydrates KW - insulin KW - starch KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood glucose KW - carbohydrate source and intake affect plasma glucose and insulin KW - glucose in blood KW - saccharides KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801402240&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Review of the evidence linking alcohol consumption with liver disease and atherosclerotic disease. AU - Spritz, N. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1979/// VL - 32 IS - Suppl. 12 SP - 2734 EP - 2738 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Spritz, N.: Medical Service, Manhattan Veterans Administration Hospital, New York, N.Y. 10016, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801402428. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - alcohols KW - atherosclerosis KW - liver KW - reviews KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - arteriosclerosis KW - review of alcohol consumption, liver disease and atherosclerosis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801402428&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastric acid secretion is abnormally sensitive to endogenous gastrin released after peptone test meals in duodenal ulcer patients. AU - Lam, S. K. AU - Isenberg, J. I. AU - Grossman, M. I. AU - Lane, W. H. AU - Walsh, J. H. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1980/// VL - 65 IS - 2 SP - 555 EP - 562 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Lam, S. K.: Center for Ulcer Research and Education, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801402437. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 9002-76-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 25 duodenal ulcer patients and 14 age- and sex-matched normal controls acid response to saline and to 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 4.0 and 8.0% peptone infused into the stomach was measured by 30-min intragastric titration. Total serum gastrin (G-total) and serum heptadecapeptide gastrin (G17), fasting and 30 min after each test meal, were measured by specific radioimmunology. In 19 ulcer patients and 11 controls, acid response to graded doses of G17-1 (11, 33, 100 and 300 pmol/kg h) were also measured. Mean acid output in response to each dose of peptone was significantly higher in patients than in the controls. Gastrin values in patients and controls were not significantly different. Within individual patients and controls, G-total and G17 were significantly correlated with meal-stimulated acid output irrespective of whether the absolute, basal-corrected or distention-corrected values for acid output were examined. From the individual regression lines, the gastrin concentrations corresponding to half of the highest observed meal-stimulated acid response (D50M) were calculated. Mean D50M for G-total and G17 were significantly lower in patients than in controls in the overall group and in pairs of patients and controls matched on the basis of highest observed meal-stimulated acid responses, or on the basis of maximal acid output in response to synthetic human G17. The dose of exogenously given G17 required for half maximal G17 acid response mean, D50G, was significantly less in patients than in control subjects. In ulcer and control subjects, D50G was correlated significantly with D50M. This and the significant correlation between meal-stimulated G17 and acid response strongly suggest that the endogenously released gastrin was responsible for most, if not all, of the acid output after peptone. KW - gastric acid KW - gastrin KW - peptones KW - ulcers KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gastrin secretion after peptone and gastric acid secretion in duodenal ulcer patients KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801402437&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of bile salts on the pancreatic duct mucosal barrier. AU - Reber, H. A. AU - Mosley, J. G. JO - British Journal of Surgery JF - British Journal of Surgery Y1 - 1980/// VL - 67 IS - 1 SP - 59 EP - 62 SN - 0007-1323 AD - Reber, H. A.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 800 Stadium Road, Columbia, Mo. 65201, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801402466. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In anaesthetized cats the sodium salts of cholic, glycocholic, taurocholic, chenodeoxycholic, glycochenodeoxycholic, deoxycholic and glycodeoxycholic acids were perfused through the main duct in concentrations similar to those in the duodenal contents (15 to 42 mM). HCO3- and Cl- fluxes were estimated before and after perfusion. The unconjugated dihydroxy bile salts increased permeability to these anions to a greater degree than the trihydroxy bile salt, but all were damaging to the duct when they were perfused at an alkaline pH (8.4 to 9.1). The glycine conjugates of the bile salts were as damaging as the unconjugated form, but 42 mM taurocholate was more damaging than 42 mM glycocholate. When 25 mM glycocholate was perfused at pH 2.4 there was potentiation of the damage produced during perfusion of glycocholate at pH 8.7. Sterile cat bile did not damage the duct, but infected bile did. The ability of bile salts to increase the permeability of the pancreatic ducts must be considered as a possible aetiological factor in the pathogenesis of inflammatory and malignant diseases of the pancreas. KW - bile salts KW - mucosa KW - pancreas KW - cats KW - Felis KW - Felidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - bile salts on mucosal barrier of pancreatic duct KW - mucous membrane KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801402466&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Protein digestion and absorption in the blind loop syndrome. AU - Curtis, K. J. AU - Prizont, R. AU - Kim, Y. S. JO - Digestive Diseases and Sciences JF - Digestive Diseases and Sciences Y1 - 1979/// VL - 24 IS - 12 SP - 929 EP - 933 SN - 0163-2116 AD - Curtis, K. J.: (151M2) Gastrointestinal Research Lab., Bldg. 12, Room 109, Veterans Administration Hospital, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801402541. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Protein digestion and absorption was studied in rats prepared 6 weeks previously with self-filling intestinal blind loops and with steatorrhoea. Blind-loop rats and controls were fed on a 14C-labelled protein meal with a nonabsorbable marker, 51CrCl3, and were killed 1 or 2 h later. Intestinal contents were taken for estimation of 14C, 51Cr, protein, trypsin and the products of digestion. At 1 h, 14C absorption was greater in controls, but at 2 h there was no difference in absorption between the 2 groups. Blind-loop filling delayed the passage of intestinal contents distally. Intraluminal trypsin and proteolysis were similar in the 2 groups. Endogenous protein was greater in rats with blind loops. The early stages of the blind-loop syndrome may be characterized by delayed protein absorption secondary to blind-loop filling, which is compensated for by the distal gut resulting in an absence of overall protein malabsorption. KW - absorption KW - blind loop syndrome KW - protein KW - protein digestion KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blind loop syndrome on protein absorption and digestion KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801402541&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Albright's osteodystrophy in a patient with renal hypercalciuria. AU - Moses, A. M. AU - Notman, D. D. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1979/// VL - 49 IS - 5 SP - 794 EP - 797 SN - 0021-972X AD - Moses, A. M.: Endocrinology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Irving Ave. and University Place, Syracuse, N.Y. 13210, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801402897. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A hypercalciuric woman 18 years old with features of renal hypercalciuria and pseudohypoparathyroidism was studied. She had increased circulating parathyrin, common to both diseases. She also had modest hypocalcaemia and low normal basal cAMP excretion, both of which are more likely to occur in pseudohypoparathyroidism. She also had Albright's oesteodystrophy, which is frequent in patients with pseudohypoparathyroidism nad has never been reported in patients with renal hypercalciuria. In contrast to patients with pseudohypoparathyroidism, her serum 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol was high and her renal responses to parathyrin infusion, including renal calcium reabsorption, were normal. KW - hypercalciuria KW - osteodystrophy KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Albright's osteodystrophy with renal hypercalciuria KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801402897&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - The transport of vitamin B12 from food to use within the cells. AU - Hall, C. A. T2 - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1979/// VL - 94 IS - 6 SP - 811 EP - 816 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Hall, C. A.: Hematology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albany Medical College, Albany, NY, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801402905. Publication Type: Editorial. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 68-19-9, 12001-76-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The process of essential cobalamin transport, which takes cobalamin from food, to incorporation of the coenzyme forms into holo enzymes, is reviewed. KW - cells KW - coenzymes KW - cyanocobalamin KW - enzymes KW - foods KW - reviews KW - vitamin B complex KW - vitamin B12 KW - cobalamin KW - review of cobalamin transport from food to uptake in coenzyme form by enzymes in cells KW - vitamin B KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801402905&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of ethanol on liver microtubules and Golgi apparatus. Possible role in altered hepatic secretion of plasma proteins. AU - Matsuda, Y. AU - Baraona, E. AU - Salaspuro, M. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Laboratory Investigation JF - Laboratory Investigation Y1 - 1979/// VL - 41 IS - 5 SP - 455 EP - 463 SN - 0023-6837 AD - Matsuda, Y.: Alcoholism Research and Treatment Center, Bronx Veterans Administration Hospital, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801403510. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 41 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Feeding rats on diets containing ethanol decreased the amount of polymerized tubulin and the number of visible microtubules in liver, and also produced morphological changes in that organelle. These microtubular changes were reproduced in isolated hepatocytes after incubation with ethanol. Pyrazole, an inhibitor of alcohol dehydrogenase, prevented these effects. Two oxidation products of ethanol, acetaldehyde and acetate, in concentrations likely to occur in vivo, also reproduced the effects of ethanol on microtubules. The changes in microtubules, induced by ethanol or its metabolites, were associated with significant increases in the volume and surface densities of the Golgi complex. Moreover, both the microtubular and the Golgi changes were prevented by inhibiting the oxidation of ethanol with pyrazole. After chronic feeding on alcohol there was also a significant increase in the volume of the cytoplasm, which could reflect retention of soluble proteins and water. KW - blood proteins KW - ethanol KW - liver cells KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood plasma proteins KW - blood serum proteins KW - ethanol on liver histology and hepatic secretion of plasma proteins KW - ethyl alcohol KW - hepatocytes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801403510&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of apoproteins on hepatic uptake of triglyceride emulsions in the rat. AU - Shelburne, F. AU - Hanks, J. AU - Meyers, W. AU - Quarfordt, S. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1980/// VL - 65 IS - 3 SP - 652 EP - 658 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Shelburne, F.: Cooperative Lipid Lab., Durham Veterans Administration Medical Center, Durham, NC 27705, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801403527. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The addition of apoprotein E isolated from human very-low-density lipoproteins to rat lymph chylomicrons and a triglyceride emulsion significantly increased the hepatic uptake of those particles in a nonrecycling, isolated rat liver perfusion system. The cleared triglyceride was removed with no apparent hydrolysis by the hepatocyte. When lymph chylomicrons were loaded with Apo E and Apo C proteins by exposure to rat plasma, no increment in hepatic clearance was observed. Sequential evaluations of the influence of the C apoproteins on the hepatic clearance of emulsions and chylomicrons revealed that the CIII protein had a pronounced inhibitory effect on hepatic removal. The inhibition was observed for Apo E-enriched chylomicrons and those containing little of this apoprotein. KW - chylomicron lipids KW - fat emulsions KW - lipoproteins KW - TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - apoproteins on hepatic uptake of triglyceride emulsions KW - chylomicrons KW - triglycerides KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801403527&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Histologic diagnosis of diseases of malabsorption. AU - Brandborg, L. L. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1979/// VL - 67 IS - 6 SP - 999 EP - 1006 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Brandborg, L. L.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801403844. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The diagnoses which may be arrived at by examination of peroral small bowel mucosal biopsy specimens are presented. Coeliac sprue, unclassified sprue (refractory sprue), infectious gastroenteritis, stasis syndrome and kwashiorkor have a severe mucosal lesion. Other clinical conditions are required to establish the diagnosis in these diseases. A number of disease have specific diagnostic features. Included are Whipple's disease, abetalipoproteinaemia, collagenous sprue, primary intestinal lymphoma, eosinophilic gastroenteritis and the intestinal immunodeficiency diseases. Mucosal abnormalities may be present in other diseases but the diagnoses are usually made on criteria other than small bowel biopsy. These include vitamin B-12 or folic acid deficiency, Crohn's disease, gastrinoma, acrodermatitis enteropathica and lipid storage diseases. KW - biopsy KW - intestinal mucosa KW - MALABSORPTION KW - mucosa KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - histological diagnosis of malabsorption KW - intestine epithelium KW - malabsorption syndrome KW - mucous membrane KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801403844&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The contaminated small bowel syndrome. AU - Isaacs, P. E. T. AU - Kim, Y. S. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1979/// VL - 67 IS - 6 SP - 1049 EP - 1057 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Isaacs, P. E. T.: Dep. Medicine, Univ. California, Gastrointestinal Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801403850. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 75 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Contamination of the small bowel with abnormal microflora causes distrubances of intraluminal digestion and of mucosal function resulting in malabsorption of fat, protein, carbohydrate, electrolytes and vitamin B-12. Indirect clinical tests for the presence of small bowel bacterial overgrowth must be supported by careful X-ray examination of the small intestine and intestinal aspiration studied to establish a firm diagnosis. However, reversal of absorptive defects by antibacterial treatment is confirmatory evidence. KW - infectious diseases KW - intestines KW - reviews KW - bacteria KW - Man KW - prokaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - bacterium KW - communicable diseases KW - review of contaminated small bowel syndrome KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801403850&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of dietary acetate and bicarbonate on experimental atherosclerosis in rabbits. AU - Vreman, H. J. AU - Thorning, D. AU - Weiner, M. W. JO - Atherosclerosis JF - Atherosclerosis Y1 - 1980/// VL - 35 IS - 2 SP - 145 EP - 153 SN - 0021-9150 AD - Vreman, H. J.: Stanford Univ. Medical Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 3801 Miranda Ave. (111X), Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801403867. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 64-19-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Chronic haemodialysis, with acetate-containing dialysate, may accelerate the development of atherosclerosis in uraemic patients. To assess the effects of acetate, rabbits were fed on cholesterol-free semipurified atherogenic, zinc-supplemented diets containing 10% sodium acetate or sodium bicarbonate. Plasma cholesterol gradually increased during the 8-month study (58 to 485 mg/100 ml) but there was no significant difference between the group given acetate and the control group. After 8 months, all rabbits had some degree of aortic intimal change. The changes involved a mean of 10% of the total aortic area. This involvement is much smaller than those previously reported and there was no significant difference between the rabbits given acetate and the control groups. Mortality was low (25%) and the mean weight increased from 1.7 to 2.7 kg. It is concluded that dietary acetate does not affect the rate and degree of development of hyperlipaemia and atherosclerosis. Furthermore, supplementary dietary Zn2+ may have been responsible for the low mortality rate, weight gain and possibly the retarded development of atherosclerosis. KW - acetic acid KW - atherosclerosis KW - acetate or bicarbonate on development of atherosclerosis (rabbit) KW - arteriosclerosis KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801403867&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of feeding cholic acid and chenodeoxycholic acid on cholesterol absorption and hepatic secretion of biliary lipids in man. AU - Einarsson, D. AU - Grundy, S. M. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1980/// VL - 21 IS - 1 SP - 23 EP - 34 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Einarsson, D.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. California, San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801403987. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Registry Number: 474-25-9, 57-88-5, 81-25-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Studies with 9 men, 6 of them obese, confirmed previous work that chenodeoxycholic acid (CDCA) but not cholic acid given by mouth reduces the saturation of bile by affecting the secretion rate of cholesterol in liver. The effect is accentuated during fasting. The difference cannot be explained by differences in availability of cholesterol derived from cholesterol absorption. It is suggested that CDCA probably acts by changing the interrelations of different biliary lipids at the site of their secretion or by inhibiting cholesterol output from liver because of suppressed synthesis there or both. KW - bile KW - bile acids KW - chenodeoxycholic acid KW - cholesterol KW - cholic acid KW - lipids KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - chenic acid KW - cholic acid and chenodeoxycholic acid on cholesterol absorption and hepatic secretion of biliary lipids KW - gall KW - lipins KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801403987&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Insulin and glucagon in human pancreatic exocrine fluid. AU - Prinz, R. A. AU - Kirsteins, L. AU - Connick, E. AU - Paloyan, E. AU - Lawrence, A. M. JO - Hormone and Metabolic Research JF - Hormone and Metabolic Research Y1 - 1980/// VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 38 EP - 39 SN - 0018-5043 AD - Prinz, R. A.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Building 1, Room C-344, Hines, IL 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801404183. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 7 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Pancreatic exocrine fluid from 7 patients undergoing surgery for chronic pancreatitis had insulin 2 to 1144 mu U/ml and glucagon 69 to 1149 pg/ml. KW - glucagon KW - insulin KW - pancreatic juice KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - insulin and glucagon in pancreatic exocrine fluid KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801404183&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Radiochromium distribution in thyroid and parathyroid deficiency. AU - Lifschitz, M. L. AU - Wallach, S. AU - Peabody, R. A. AU - Verch, R. L. AU - Agrawal, R. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1980/// VL - 33 IS - 1 SP - 57 EP - 62 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Lifschitz, M. L.: Medical Research Service, Veterans Administration Center, Albany Medical College, Albany, N.Y., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801404283. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 7440-47-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Body retention and tissue distribution of a 51chromium tracer were studied in thyroparathyroidectomized (TPTX) rats and in TPTX rats after replacement with thyroxine, calcitonin or parathyrin. A tracer dose containing 1 ng Cr or less and 0.5 to 0.7 mu Ci of high specific activity [51Cr]Cr III was given by vein in control, TPTX and TPTX rats receiving hormone replacement. Three days later, the 51Cr content of serum and different tissues was estimated and the results were expressed as percentage dose per ml or g and as tissue:serum 51Cr ratios. TPTX resulted in a significant increase in total body 51Cr retention and 40 to 240% increases in serum and tissue 51Cr values. Tissue:serum 51Cr ratios were uniformly depressed. Replacement with thyroxine completely or partly reversed these changes in all tissues studied except bone. Calcitonin and parathyrin had no consistent effect on body, serum or tissue 51Cr. The results, indicating that 51Cr distribution is influenced by thyroid hormone activity but not by calcitonin or parathyrin, are compatible with the hypothesis that thyroid hormone controls cellular Cr transport. KW - chromium KW - thyroparathyroidectomy KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - chromium distribution after thyroparathyroidectomy KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801404283&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of vitamin D metabolites on intestinal calcium absorption and calcium-binding protein in young and adult rats. AU - Armbrecht, H. J. AU - Zenser, T. V. AU - Davis, B. B. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 106 IS - 2 SP - 469 EP - 475 AD - Armbrecht, H. J.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Louis, Mo. 63125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801404603. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 1406-16-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Intestinal calcium absorption and the capacity of the intestine to adapt to a low-Ca diet decreased with age in rats. To determine whether these decreases are due to a decreased response of the adult rat intestine to the vitamin D metabolites 25-hydroxycholecalciferol (25-HCC) and 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC). Young, 1.5 months old, 100 g, and adult, 12 months old, 350 g, F344 male rats were fed on a diet with 0.8% strontium for 6 days to induce 1,25-DHCC deficiency. After 1,25-DHCC by mouth active Ca transport was estimated by the everted gut sac method, and the vitamin D-dependent Ca-binding protein (CaBP) content of the intestine was estimated by radial immunodifussion. In young and adult rats, transport was maximum 6 h after dosing, and CaBP content was maximum 16 to 24 h after dosing. In dose-response studies, young and adult rats responded to 1,25-DHCC 0.3 to 3000 pg/g bodyweight with significantly increased active Ca transport and intestinal CaBP content when estimated 16 h after dosing. The response of the adult rat was equal to that of the young rats in terms of CaBP content. Active transport was less in the adult than in the young rats of each dose, 1,25-DHCC studied. In contrast, adult rats given a low-Ca diet for 10 days and given 25-HCC by mouth showed no increases in intestinal Ca transport or CaBP content 24 or 48 h after dosing. KW - age KW - binding proteins KW - calcium KW - vitamin D KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - age variation in effect of vitamin D metabolites on calcium absorption and calcium-binding protein KW - carrier proteins KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801404603&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Evidence for an important role of prostaglandins E2 and F2 in the regulation of zinc transport in the rat. AU - Song, M. K. AU - Adham, N. F. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1979/// VL - 109 IS - 12 SP - 2152 EP - 2159 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Song, M. K.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, Calif. 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801404625. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Registry Number: 11000-26-3, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects were studied of the different prostaglandins (PG) on zinc transport across the rat small intestine. In studies in vitro using everted jejunal sacs, the addition of PGE2 to the mucosal media increased the transport of 65Zn from the mucosal surface to the serosal surface by 54%, whereas the addition of PGF2 decreased it by 40%. In contrast, addition of PGE2 to the serosal media decreased 65Zn transport from serosa to mucosa by 37%; the addition of PGF2 increased it by 36%. Studies in vivo showed that given by mouth PGE2 caused a 2-fold increase in the 65Zn content of rat internal organs whereas PGF2 decreased it slightly but insignificantly. Pretreatment of rats with indomethacin resulted in a significant decrease in organ 65Zn content when compared with control, when the rats were given 65Zn by mouth. The decrease in organ 65Zn content was overcome by PGE2. PGF2 given to rats previously treated with indomethacin caused a further and significant decrease in the 65Zn content of liver and pancreas, the two organs with a high Zn uptake. PG had no effect on the active transport of L-[3-3H]histidine; that, and the fact that PGE2 and PGF2 had opposing effects on Zn transport, strongly suggest that PGE2 and PGF2 act as physiological regulators of Zn transport by the intestinal mucosa, and that their effects are specific. KW - prostaglandins KW - zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - role of prostaglandins E2 and F2 in zinc absorption KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801404625&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Colonic conservation of malabsorbed carbohydrate. AU - Bond, J. H. AU - Currier, B. E. AU - Buchwald, H. AU - Levitt, M. D. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 78 IS - 3 SP - 444 EP - 447 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Bond, J. H.: Gastroenterology Section (111D), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 54th Street and 48th Ave. South, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801404719. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - [14C]Sucrose absorption was studied in 4 healthy controls and 4 patients after jejunoileal bypass with an ileal perfusion technique which made it possible to distinguish 14C absorption in the small bowel from that in the colon. Healthy controls did not absorb 2 to 4% of a 50-g dose of [14C]sucrose in the small bowel; none of the 14C appeared in faeces in a dialysable form with appreciable osmotic activity. In bypass patients, the small bowel did not absorb 29 to 84% of the 50-g dose of [14C]sucrose. About two-thirds of the nonabsorbed 14C was in the form of sucrose and the remainder was nearly all monosaccharides. A mean of only 42% of the 14C not absorbed in the small bowel appeared in the faeces and only about one-third of this faecal 14C was in a dialysable form with appreciable osmotic activity. Thus, the colon plays an important role in carbohydrate malabsorption by salvaging carbohydrate and reducing osmotic activity of the nonabsorbed sugar. KW - carbohydrates KW - colon KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - colonic conservation of malabsorbed carbohydrate KW - saccharides KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801404719&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Acid inhibition of sham feeding-stimulated gastrin release and gastric acid secretion: effect of atropine. AU - Feldman, M. AU - Walsh, J. H. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 78 IS - 4 SP - 772 EP - 776 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Feldman, M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Division of Gastroenterology, 4500 S. Lancaster Road, Dallas, Tex. 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801404730. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 51-55-8, 55-48-1, 9002-76-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of intraluminal pH on the gastrin response to sham feeding was studied in healthy subjects. Before, during and after sham feeding, an acidified solution of saline, at pH 5.0 or 2.5, was infused into the stomach continuously and intragastric pH was maintained at 5.0 or 2.5 by intragastric titration. With intragastric pH at 5.0, vagal stimulation induced by sham feeding released significant amounts of gastrin. Acidification to pH 2.5 abolished the gastrin response and also inhibited by about 50% the acid-secretory response to sham feeding. A small dose of atropine, 2.3 mu g/kg, prevented the inhibition of gastrin release which has occurred at pH 2.5. Moreover, in the presence of atropine, acidification to pH 2.5 did not inhibit acid secretion stimulated by sham feeding. KW - acidity KW - acids KW - atropine KW - gastric acid KW - gastrin KW - PH KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - atropine modifies acid inhibition of sham feeding stimulated gastrin and gastric acid secretion KW - hydrogen ion concentration KW - potential of hydrogen KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801404730&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - A specific zinc requirement for growth of Walker 256/Ml tumor in the rat. AU - Mills, B. J. AU - Higgins, P. J. AU - Lindeman, R. D. T2 - Federation Proceedings JO - Federation Proceedings JF - Federation Proceedings Y1 - 1980/// VL - 39 IS - 3, II SP - 897 EP - 897 SN - 0014-9446 AD - Mills, B. J.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Louisville, KY 40232, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801405393. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - growth KW - zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - zinc requirement for growth KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801405393&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of vitamin A on the hypothalamo-pituitary-thyroid axis. AU - Morley, J. E. AU - Melmed, S. AU - Read, A. AU - Kasson, B. G. AU - Levin, S. R. AU - Pekary, A. E. AU - Hershman, J. M. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 238 IS - 2 SP - E174 EP - E179 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Morley, J. E.: Endocrine and Diabetes Research Lab., Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Center, Univ. California, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801405733. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Registry Number: 68-26-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Groups of 8 male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 225 to 275 g were given vitamin A 30 or 45 mg 3 times weekly or 45 mg 5 times weekly for 2 weeks. Vitamin A decreased total thyroxine (T4) and triiodothyronine (T3) in thyroid and increased the percentage of dialysable T3 and T4 in vivo and in vitro. Serum free T3 and T4 estimated by dialysis were normal in rats given vitamin A. In 15 thyroidectomized rats which were given 15 mg vitamin A daily, total T4 was still decreased, suggesting that vitamin A produced its effects by increasing peripheral clearance of T4. Vitamin A 45 mg 3 times weekly did not change basal thyrotropin or its response to thyroliberin in 8 rats, suggesting that the hypothalamic-pituitary-thyroid axis was relatively normal. In 5 rats given 15 mg vitamin A daily for 7 days there was a decrease in Na-K-ATPase activity in liver. Vitamin A 10-4 M added to GH3 pituitary cells decreased the response of somatotropin to 10-9 M T3. Vitamin A decreased thyroid size and increased uptake of 125I by the thyroid. T4 conversion to T3 was increased in liver homogenates when 10-4 M vitamin A, but not when 10-6, was added. KW - hypothalamus KW - pituitary KW - RETINOL KW - THYROID GLAND KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - axerophthol KW - hypophysis KW - pituitary gland KW - thyroid KW - vitamin A KW - vitamin A affects hypothalamus, pituitary and thyroid functions KW - vitamin A alcohol KW - vitamin A1 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801405733&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastric glucagon release during gastric and intestinal phase of a meal in dogs. AU - Schusdziarra, V. AU - Rouiller, D. AU - Unger, R. H. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 238 IS - 2 SP - G109 EP - G113 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Schusdziarra, V.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. Texas Southwestern Medical School, Dallas, Tex. 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801405739. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5, 1393-25-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - The intragastric instillation of a liver meal at pH 7 elicited a prompt and significant increase in gastric vein glucagon in anaesthetized dogs. This was reduced by truncal vagotomy and by atropine. The liver meal at pH 2 elicited a smaller increase in gastric vein glucagon which was not reduced by truncal vagotomy, but was abolished by atropine. Infusion of gastrin-17 0.1 mu g/kg h did not increase gastric vein glucagon above that of the control group. Gastric glucagon release was increased by intestinal instillation of the liver meal at pH 7. This was reduced by truncal vagotomy and atropine infusion. Gastric inhibitory peptide 1 mu g/kg h, but neither pancreozymin-octapeptide 0.5 mu g/kg h nor secretin 1 CU/kg h, elicited an increase in gastric vein glucagon. KW - digestive system KW - glucagon KW - Intestines KW - Physiology KW - Secretin KW - Stomach KW - DOGS KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - alimentary tract KW - gastric secretion during gastric and intestinal phase of a meal KW - gastrointestinal system KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801405739&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Influence of starvation on enzyme-induced emphysema. AU - Sahebjami, H. AU - Vassallo, C. L. JO - Journal of Applied Physiology JF - Journal of Applied Physiology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 48 IS - 2 SP - 284 EP - 288 SN - 8750-7587 AD - Sahebjami, H.: Pulmonary Research Labs., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cincinnati, Ohio 45220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801405745. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 9001-73-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Adult rats were exposed to an aerosol of 10% papain for 8 h twice with an interval of 2 weeks. The controls were exposed to isotonic saline in the same manner. Three weeks after the final exposure rats were divided into 4 groups: emphysema-fed, emphysema-starved, control-fed and control-starved. Starved rats were given one-third of their measured free intake of food and water for 6 weeks. Final bodyweight, dry and wet weights of lungs and postfixation lung volume (VL) were significantly less in starved rats. Dry-to-wet weight ratios were not different among the groups, but VL/bodyweight was significantly higher in starved rats. Elastic recoil pressure of lung tissue estimated in saline-filled lungs decreased and chord compliance over mid- and high-volume ranges increased significantly in starved rats in control and emphysema groups. Mean linear intercept of air spaces was greater and internal surface area was smaller in starved rats in each group. It seems that starvation aggravates the preexisting emphysematous processes in rat lungs. KW - enzymes KW - lungs KW - papain KW - respiratory diseases KW - starvation KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - lung diseases KW - starvation on enzyme-induced emphysema KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801405745&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Reduction of essential fatty acid deficiency in rats fed a low iron fat free diet. AU - Rao, G. A. AU - Manix, M. AU - Larkin, E. C. JO - Lipids JF - Lipids Y1 - 1980/// VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 55 EP - 60 SN - 0024-4201 AD - Rao, G. A.: Hematology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, Calif. 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801405897. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 7439-89-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Young male rats were given freely for 8 weeks a diet low in iron and free from fat (FF-Fe) or a fat-free diet supplemented with iron (FF+Fe). The relative values of 16:1 to 16:0 and 18:1 to 18:0 in the total fatty acids of liver and other tissues (plasma, erythrocytes and intestinal mucosa) were decreased because of lack of Fe in the diet. In rats given the FF-Fe diet, essential fatty acids (18:2 omega 6 and 20:4 omega 6) in tissues were 2- to 3-fold greater than in the corresponding tissues of rats given the FF+Fe diet. Eicosatrienoic acid (20:3 omega 9) in tissue lipids from rats given the FF+Fe diet was high, 8 to 16%, whereas it was low, 2 to 5%, in rats given the FF-Fe diet. The proportion of 20:4 in total fatty acids of tissues was 2- to 3-fold greater in rats given the FF-Fe diet than when they were given the FF+Fe diet. Therefore, the relative values of 20:3 omega 9/20:4 omega 6 varied from 1 to 2.9 in tissue lipids of rats given the FF+Fe diet, but only from 0.2 to 0.3 in those given the FF-Fe diet. The results suggest that lack of Fe in the diet may reduce the synthesis of 16:1, 18:1, 20:3 and 20:4 and the metabolism of 20:4. KW - essential fatty acids KW - fat KW - iron KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - reduction of essential fatty acid deficiency during low iron fat-free diet KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801405897&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Folate content of North Indian breads. AU - Dutta, S. K. AU - Russell, R. M. AU - Chowdhury, B. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1980/// VL - 21 IS - 2 SP - 251 EP - 256 AD - Dutta, S. K.: Division of Gastroenterology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Baltimore, Md., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801406170. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 59-30-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Total folate in rotti, parautha and tandoori types of bread prepared from whole wheat in north India was 0.58 to 0.73 mu g/g dry weight compared with 0.2 mu g/g for refined white bread made in the USA. As home-made bread is the staple food in north Indian villages, its high intake, 500 g daily, may be a factor in the prevention of folacin deficiency in north India. KW - bread KW - FOLIC ACID KW - India KW - Commonwealth of Nations KW - Developing Countries KW - South Asia KW - Asia KW - folacin KW - folate KW - folate in Indian bread KW - Food Composition and Quality (QQ500) KW - Crop Produce (QQ050) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801406170&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Modulation of certain immunologic responses by vitamin C. 2. Enhancement of concanavalin A-stimulated lymphocyte responses. AU - Delafuente, J. C. AU - Panush, R. S. JO - International Journal for Vitamin and Nutrition Research JF - International Journal for Vitamin and Nutrition Research Y1 - 1980/// VL - 50 IS - 1 SP - 44 EP - 51 SN - 0300-9831 AD - Delafuente, J. C.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Gainesville, Fla. 32610, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801406509. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 50-81-7, 11028-71-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - 2. Peripheral blood lymphocytes from healthy subjects were incubated overnight in RPMI 1640 culture medium with or without ascorbic acid, usually 10 mu g/ml, were collected by centrifuging, were incubated in the same media containing concanavalin A 1 mu g/ml for 48 h with a further change in medium after the first 24 h and were then pulsed with methyl-[3H]thymidine, 0.5 mu Ci for 18 h. Lymphocytes preincubated with ascorbic acid before addition of label incorporated more radioactivity than those preincubated without ascorbic acid, the optimum concentration of the latter being 10 mu g/ml, which resulted in about a 2-fold difference between supplemented and unsupplemented cultures. Congeners of ascorbic acid, D-ascorbic acid, dehydroascorbic acid and sodium ascorbate, had about the same activity. Ascorbic acid did not affect the binding of [3H]concanavalin A to lymphocyte membranes; intake of 10 g ascorbic acid daily by mouth for a week by 16 healthy subjects did not increase the incorporation of thymidine in vitro in the presence of concanavalin A, despite a significant increase in plasma vitamin C. KW - ascorbic acid KW - concanavalin A KW - IMMUNE RESPONSE KW - lymphocytes KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ascorbic acid affects concanavalin A stimulated lymphocyte response in vitro KW - immunity reactions KW - immunological reactions KW - vitamin C KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Host Resistance and Immunity (HH600) KW - Human Physiology and Biochemistry (VV050) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801406509&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Weight reduction utilizing a protein-sparing modified fast. AU - Yang, S. P. AU - Martin, L. J. AU - Schneider, G. JO - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JF - Journal of the American Dietetic Association Y1 - 1980/// VL - 76 IS - 4 SP - 343 EP - 346 SN - 0002-8223 AD - Yang, S. P.: Dietetic Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, East Orange, N.J., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801406576. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Grossly obese patients, 45 who were on average 64.1 kg above ideal bodyweight, were treated as in-patients for 3 days to 2 years with a modified protein-sparing fast. Of the patients 27 had diabetes, 16 of them requiring insulin. The diet provided protein 1.2 g/kg ideal bodyweight, with no added fat or carbohydrate; this generally amounted to 270 to 430 g meat, distributed in 3 meals (about 500 to 800 kcal daily). Generous vitamin and mineral supplements were provided. Concomitant psychotherapy was also part of the treatment. Before discharge, the patients had lost from 0.45 to 93.2 kg, depending on compliance, length of stay in hospital and amount of exercise. After discharge, compliance fell, despite provision of group treatment with a psychologist and regular appointments with the physician and dietitian. The more committed patients who attended group treatment regularly were more successful in continuing to lose weight. KW - intake KW - obesity KW - protein KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - protein-sparing diet in obesity KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801406576&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Phenytoin treatment of the binge-eating syndrome. AU - Wermuth, B. M. AU - Davis, K. L. AU - Hollister, L. E. AU - Stunkard, A. J. JO - American Journal of Psychiatry JF - American Journal of Psychiatry Y1 - 1977/// VL - 134 IS - 11 SP - 1249 EP - 1253 SN - 0002-953X AD - Wermuth, B. M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801406656. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 57-41-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Women, 19 from 17 to 42 years old, completed a 12-week double-blind crossover study comparing phenytoin with placebo in the treatment of severe binge eating. In the placebo-phenytoin sequence the number of binges decreased during phenytoin treatment from placebo and pretreatment values. However, in the phenytoin-placebo sequence, not only did phenytoin reduce the number of binges from pretreatment values, but there was no reversal of that effect during the placebo period. This sequential effect was unexpected and is still unexplained. The mechanism of phenytoin action and the significance of EEG abnormalities in 7 of the subjects remain uncertain. KW - obesity KW - overeating KW - PHENYTOIN KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - diphenylhydantoin KW - fatness KW - phenytoin treatment of binge-eating syndrome KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801406656&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Growth hormone modulation of arginine-induced glucagon release: studies of isolated growth hormone deficiency and acromegaly. AU - Seino, Y. AU - Taminato, T. AU - Goto, Y. AU - Inoue, Y. AU - Kadowaki, S. AU - Hattori, M. AU - Mori, K. AU - Kato, Y. AU - Matsukura, S. AU - Imura, H. JO - Clinical Endocrinology, UK JF - Clinical Endocrinology, UK Y1 - 1978/// VL - 9 IS - 6 SP - 563 EP - 570 AD - Seino, Y.: Division of Endocrinology and Metabolism, Veterans Administration Hospital, 4435 Beacon Ave. South, Seattle, Wash. 98108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801406677. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 74-79-3, 9007-92-5, 9002-72-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Plasma glucagon and insulin responses to L-arginine were compared in normal controls and patients with isolated somatotropin deficiency and acromegaly. Patients with isolated somatotropin deficiency were characterized by high plasma glucagon response and low plasma insulin response, whereas acromegalic patients showed exaggerated plasma glucagon response and almost normal insulin response. These results suggest that somatotropin is probably required for optimum function of the islets and, as hyperglucagonaemia was observed in somatotropin deficiency and acromegaly, metabolic disturbances stemming from the respective primary diseases may affect glucagon secretion. KW - acromegaly KW - arginine KW - glucagon KW - somatotropin KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - growth hormone KW - somatotropin modification of arginine induced glucagon secretion in somatotropin deficiency and acromegaly KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801406677&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Acromegaly: insensitivity of the pancreatic alpha cell to hyperglycaemia. AU - Seino, Y. AU - Taminato, T. AU - Goto, Y. AU - Inoue, Y. AU - Kadowaki, S. AU - Mori, K. AU - Imura, H. JO - Clinical Endocrinology, UK JF - Clinical Endocrinology, UK Y1 - 1978/// VL - 9 IS - 6 SP - 577 EP - 581 AD - Seino, Y.: Division of Endocrinology and Metabolism, Veterans Administration Hospital, 4435 Beacon Ave. South, Seattle, Wash. 98108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801406678. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Plasma glucagon was estimated after 50 g glucose by mouth in 11 acromegalics and 14 normal subjects. Basal plasma glucagon values were significantly higher in patients with acromegaly than in normal subjects. Oral glucose loading decreased plasma glucagon in normal subjects but not in acromegalics. As this non-suppressibility of plasma glucagon by glucose was observed even in acromegalics without diabetes, it is concluded that insensitivity of the pancreatic alpha cell to hyperglycaemia exists in patients with acromegaly as well as in diabetics. KW - acromegaly KW - glucagon KW - hyperglycaemia KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - high blood glucose KW - hyperglycemia KW - plasma glucagon after glucose load in acromegaly KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801406678&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hyperinsulinemia in fructose-induced hypertriglyceridemia in the rat. AU - Sleder, J. AU - Chen, Y. D. I. AU - Cully, M. D. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1980/// VL - 29 IS - 4 SP - 303 EP - 305 AD - Sleder, J.: Veterans Administration Medical Center (182B), 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801406841. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Registry Number: 57-48-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats were given diets with glucose or fructose 66, casein 22 and lard 12% of energy for 1 week. Plasma triglyceride, glucose and insulin concentrations were compared with those of control rats given a stock diet. Plasma triglyceride increased from a mean control value of 85 to 142 and 380 mg/100 ml in rats given glucose and fructose, respectively. Plasma insulin concentrations showed a similar increase, from a mean control value of 29 to 55 mu U/ml in rats given glucose and to 85 mu U/ml in rats given fructose. Plasma glucose concentrations of the 3 groups were comparable. KW - fructose KW - hyperinsulinaemia KW - hypertriglyceridaemia KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fruit sugar KW - hyperinsulinaemia in fructose-induced hypertriglyceridaemia KW - hyperinsulinemia KW - hypertriglyceridemia KW - ketohexose KW - laevulose KW - levulose KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801406841&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Insulin secretion improves following dietary control of plasma glucose in severely hyperglycemic obese patients. AU - Stanik, S. AU - Marcus, R. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1980/// VL - 29 IS - 4 SP - 346 EP - 350 AD - Stanik, S.: Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center (182B), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801406846. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Severely hyperglycaemic obese patients show deficient insulin secretion and insulin resistance. To study whether the secretory defect is reversible, 7 hospital patients were placed on severe energy restriction for 4 to 12 weeks. Insulin secretory responses to oral glucose and intravenous tolbutamide were assessed before and after the diet. On entry, mean fasting plasma glucose (FPG) was 326 mg/100 ml. The insulin response to glucose by mouth was completely flat, although modest secretion was evoked by tolbutamide. After initiating energy restriction, FPG rapidly fell, reaching 150 mg/100 ml by 2 weeks and remained low throughout the duration of the diet period. At restudy, improved oral glucose tolerance was accompanied by significant increases in the insulin secretory responses to glucose and tolbutamide. KW - blood sugar KW - hyperglycaemia KW - insulin KW - obesity KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood glucose KW - dietary control of plasma glucose on insulin secretion in hyperglycaemic obesity KW - fatness KW - glucose in blood KW - high blood glucose KW - hyperglycemia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801406846&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Renal osteodystrophy in end-stage renal failure. AU - Nortman, D. F. AU - Coburn, J. W. JO - Postgraduate Medicine JF - Postgraduate Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 64 IS - 5 SP - 123 EP - 130 SN - 0032-5481 AD - Nortman, D. F.: Nephrology Section, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Wilshire and Sawtelle Blvds, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801407075. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - kidneys KW - osteodystrophy KW - renal failure KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - kidney failure KW - renal osteodystrophy in renal failure KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801407075&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nutritional management of chronic renal failure. AU - Kopple, J. D. JO - Postgraduate Medicine JF - Postgraduate Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 64 IS - 5 SP - 135...144 EP - 135...144 SN - 0032-5481 AD - Kopple, J. D.: Research and Medical Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Wilshire and Sawtelle Blvds., Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801407076. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - diet treatment KW - renal failure KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - diet prescription KW - kidney failure KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801407076&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of nutrients, endogenous secretions, and fasting on in vitro glucose uptake. AU - Kotler, D. P. AU - Levine, G. M. AU - Shiau, Y. F. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 238 IS - 3 SP - G219 EP - G227 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Kotler, D. P.: Dep. Medicine, Philadelphia Veterans Administration Hospital, Philadelphia, Pa. 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801407110. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of luminal nutrients, endogenous secretions and metabolic balance on the initial velocity of glucose uptake was estimated in everted rings of rat intestine. Rats were fed by total parenteral nutrition (TPN), or into the midjejunum for 7 days, or deprived for 72 h. Luminal feeding resulted in higher midjejunal glucose uptake per mg protein, DNA and cm gut length, when compared to deprivation or TPN. Kinetic analysis revealed a higher apparent Vmax in the luminally fed group, whereas the apparent Km was similar in all groups. Diversion of the pancreaticobiliary secretions did not affect glucose uptake in rats fed luminally or by TPN. TPN-fed and deprived rats had similar glucose uptake. Luminal feeding did not have a remote effect on glucose uptake in intestine isolated from the nutrient stream. The results indicate that luminal nutrients maintain carrier-mediated glucose transport after direct contact with the mucosa. Overall metabolic balance and pancreaticobiliary secretions do not affect carrier-mediated glucose transport. The nutrient effect seems to involve an increased number of glucose carriers per cell without a change in carrier affinity for glucose. KW - absorption KW - nutrients KW - starvation KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - nutrients, endogenous secretions and starvation on absorption in vitro KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801407110&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A practical approach to evaluating maldigestion and malabsorption. AU - Steinberg, W. M. AU - Toskes, P. P. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1978/// VL - 33 IS - 7 SP - 73...85 EP - 73...85 SN - 0016-867X AD - Steinberg, W. M.: Gastroenterology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Gainesville, Fla. 36202, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801407225. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Tests to evaluate maldigestion and malabsorption are described and discussed. KW - digestion KW - DYSPEPSIA KW - MALABSORPTION KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - diagnosis of maldigestion and malabsorption KW - indigestion KW - malabsorption syndrome KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801407225&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of calcium on fluoride metabolism of patients with chronic renal failure. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Kramer, L. AU - Norris, C. AU - Wiatrowski, E. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1980/// VL - 21 IS - 3 SP - 429 EP - 435 AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801407455. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 16984-48-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For 30 to 36 days 3 patients with chronic renal failure were given a diet with 200 mg calcium daily and subsequently for 24 to 54 days they were given diets with Ca 800 to 2000 mg daily. Total daily intake of fluoride was 3.9 mg. F in urine was from 0.9 to 1.5 mg daily compared with 2.4 to 3.4 mg for 3 patients with normal renal function and F retention was greater in patients with chronic renal failure than in those without. F metabolism was not affected when Ca in the diet increased. KW - calcium KW - fluoride KW - renal failure KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fluoride metabolism after calcium in renal failure KW - kidney failure KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801407455&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Insulin-independent diabetes mellitus: metabolic characteristics. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1980/// VL - 29 IS - 5 SP - 445 EP - 454 AD - Reaven, G. M.: Division of Gerontology, Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801407519. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 42 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - diabetes KW - insulin KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - metabolic effects of insulin independent diabetes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801407519&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of insulin on in vitro intestinal fatty acid esterification in the rat. AU - Shiau, Y. F. AU - Holtzapple, P. G. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 238 IS - 4 SP - E364 EP - E370 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Shiau, Y. F.: Gastrointestinal Sections, Veterans Administration Hospital, Philadelphia, Pa. 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801407538. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 200 to 250 g were killed 1 h after they were given insulin 1 to 2 U/100 g bodyweight intraperitoneally without or with up to 50% glucose by vein 1.2 ml/h. Controls had 0.2 ml saline at the same rate. Everted rings of the jejunum were incubated with [3H]oleic acid and [U-14C]glucose. Treatment with insulin decreased intestinal fatty acid esterification but when blood glucose was kept above 80 mg/100 ml the decrease was abolished. Addition of insulin to the incubation medium did not affect fatty acid esterification. The decreased fatty acid esterification in hypoglycaemic rats was not associated with changes in fatty acid uptake or lipid-esterifying enzyme activities. There was an increase in production of volatile metabolites of fatty acid. KW - fatty acid esters KW - insulin KW - intestines KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - insulin on intestinal fatty acid esterification KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801407538&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Glucose intolerance in hyperthyroidism: role of glucagon. AU - Kabadi, U. M. AU - Eisenstein, A. B. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1980/// VL - 50 IS - 2 SP - 392 EP - 396 SN - 0021-972X AD - Kabadi, U. M.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brooklyn, NY 11209, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801407556. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Plasma glucose, insulin and glucagon responses to a 100-g glucose load by mouth were studied in normal subjects and hyperthyroid patients. Fasting plasma glucose was not abnormal in hyperthyroid patients. Peak values after glucose by mouth were attained at 30 min in both groups, but it was much higher in hyperthyroid patients and the return to basal was delayed. In hyperthyroidism, fasting plasma insulin was raised and the insulin response to glucose by mouth was exaggerated. Peak insulin occurred later than in normal subjects. Basal glucagon was higher in 4 of 13 hyperthyroid patients, whereas it was not changed in the remaining 9. In both groups, glucose ingestion resulted in decrease of glucagon. However, the percentage decrease was smaller in hyperthyroid patients. Insulinogenic index, insulin area/glucose area and insulin-glucose coefficient (cumulative insulin response/cumulative glucose response) were significantly decreased in hyperthyroid patients. All responses reverted to normal after treatment. KW - glucagon KW - glucose tolerance KW - hyperthyroidism KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood sugar tolerance KW - hyperthyroidosis KW - role of glucagon in glucose intolerance in hyperthyroidism KW - thyrotoxicosis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801407556&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Prolactin but not growth hormone stimulates 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 production by chick renal preparations in vitro. AU - Bikle, D. D. AU - Spencer, E. M. AU - Burke, W. H. AU - Rost, C. R. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 107 IS - 1 SP - 81 EP - 84 AD - Bikle, D. D.: Division of Endocrinology-Metabolism, Veterans Administration Medical Center (111N), San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801410962. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 9002-62-4, 9002-72-6, 32222-06-3, 67-97-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - From hatching White Leghorn cockerels were given a diet deficient in vitamin D and were killed when 17 to 21 days old. Slices and tubules of kidneys were incubated without or with prolactin from sheep 80 to 5000 ng/ml or turkeys 8 to 200 mg/ml or with somatotropin from cattle or turkeys 200 to 5000 ng/ml. Turkey prolactin 8 ng/ml stimulated 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) production by slices and tubules. Prolactin from sheep had a similar effect but at 5000 ng/ml. Somatotropin from cattle or turkeys had little effect on 1,25-DHCC production at doses up to 1000 ng/ml. The effect of prolactin on 1,25-DHCC production by tubules required 3 h of preincubation, although its effect on production by renal slices was immediate. KW - animal physiology KW - CALCITRIOL KW - cholecalciferol KW - kidneys KW - Pituitary hormones KW - poultry KW - prolactin KW - somatotropin KW - fowls KW - Gallus gallus KW - Gallus KW - Phasianidae KW - Galliformes KW - birds KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - chickens KW - domesticated birds KW - growth hormone KW - lactogenic hormone KW - mammotropin KW - prolactin or somatotropin on renal 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol formation in vitro KW - vitamin D3 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Physiology and Biochemistry (Excluding Nutrition) (LL600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801410962&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Release of pancreatic and gastric somatostatin-like immunoreactivity in response to the octapeptide of cholecystokinin, secretin, gastric inhibitory polypeptide, and gastrin-17 in dogs. AU - Rouiller, D. AU - Schusdziarra, V. AU - Harris, V. AU - Unger, R. H. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1980/// VL - 107 IS - 2 SP - 524 EP - 529 AD - Rouiller, D.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. Texas Health Science Center, Southwestern Medical School, 5323 Harry Hines Blvd., Dallas, Tex. 75235, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801412120. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 44 ref. Registry Number: 9002-76-0, 9011-97-6, 1393-25-5, 51110-01-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - The effects of the gastrointestinal hormones pancreozymin octapeptide (CCK-OP), secretin, gastric inhibitory polypeptide (GIP) and gastrin-17-I, infused at about their physiological rate, on the release of pancreatic and gastric somatostatin-like immunoreactivity (SLI) were studied in dogs. In anaesthetized dogs, CCK-OP, given by vein at 0.5 mu g/kg h, increased plasma SLI by about 60 pg/ml in the inferior vena cava, 300 pg/ml in the pancreatic vein, 280 pg/ml in the fundic vein and 300 pg/ml in the antral vein. During the infusion of secretin at a rate of 0.1 CU/kg h, inferior vena caval and gastric vein SLI did not change, although pancreatic vein SLI increased by 160 pg/ml with secretin given at 1.0 CU/kg h, inferior vena caval SLI increased by 30 pg/ml, pancreatic venous SLI by 240 pg/ml, and fundic and antral venous SLI by 120 and 160 pg/ml, respectively. GIP, infused at 1.0 mu g/kg h, did not affect fundic venous, antral venous or inferior vena caval SLI, although pancreatic venous SLI increased by 230 pg/ml. Gastrin-17-I, infused at 0.1 mu g/kg h, had no effect on SLI release. A mixture of the foregoing hormones was infused by vein in conscious dogs in doubling doses beginning with a minimum rate of CCK-OP 0.05 mu g/kg h, secretin 0.05 CU/kg h, gastrin-17-I 0.05 mu g and GIP 0.4 mu g/kg h. At the lowest infusion rate, peripheral venous SLI increased by 35 pg/ml within 20 min. KW - gastric inhibitory polypeptides KW - gastrin KW - gastrointestinal hormones KW - Pancreas KW - pancreozymin KW - peptides KW - secretin KW - somatostatin KW - Stomach KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cholecystokinin KW - gastric hormones KW - somatostatin secretion after gastrointestinal hormones KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801412120&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Myo-inositol content of common foods: development of a high-myo-inositol diet. AU - Clements, R. S., Jr. AU - Darnell, B. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1980/// VL - 33 IS - 9 SP - 1954 EP - 1967 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Clements, R. S., Jr.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 700 South 19th Street, Birmingham, Ala. 35233, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801414620. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 87-89-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Dairy Science N2 - Inositol was estimated in 487 foods by gas-liquid chromatography. Fruits, beans, grains and nuts had most inositol. Fresh vegetables and fruits had more than frozen, canned or salt-free products. The data were used to develop diets with known amounts of inositol. The daily intake of inositol from such diets was 225 to 1500 mg/1800 kcal and the calculated and measured amounts were similar. As abnormalities in the metabolism of inositol may be involved in the pathogenesis of the polyneuropathies associated with diabetes mellitus and chronic renal failure, it is possible that the natural history of these neuropathies can be changed by modifying the amount of dietary inositol. KW - buttermilk KW - cheeses KW - composition KW - condensed milk KW - cultured milks KW - diabetic neuropathy KW - foods KW - ice cream KW - milk KW - MILK PRODUCTS KW - myo-inositol KW - renal failure KW - skim milk KW - vitamins KW - yoghurt KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dairy products KW - fermented milk KW - inositol KW - joghurt KW - kidney failure KW - meso-inositol KW - myoinositol in foods and relation to diabetic neuropathies and renal failure KW - yogurt KW - Food Composition and Quality (QQ500) KW - Milk and Dairy Produce (QQ010) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801414620&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Honey: sugar content and cariogenicity. AU - Shannon, I. L. AU - Edmonds, E. J. AU - Madsen, K. O. JO - Journal of Dentistry for Children JF - Journal of Dentistry for Children Y1 - 1979/// VL - 46 IS - 1 SP - 29 EP - 33 SN - 0022-0353 AD - Shannon, I. L.: Oral Disease Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. Texas Dental Branch, Houston, Tex. 77025, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801415463. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Honey obtained in Iowa and Texas had sucrose 1.5, glucose 36.8 and fructose 46.1%. Fresh honey had sucrose 0, glucose 33.3 and fructose 48.2%. Caries-susceptible cotton rats (Sigmodon hispidus) from 12 days old were given a diet with 18% sucrose, honey or sucrose, glucose and fructose in the same proportions as in honey or a diet free from sugar. After 18 days there was no significant difference in incidence and extent of dental caries among the groups given sucrose, honey and sugars but incidence and extent for those 3 groups were significantly greater than for those given the diet free from sugar. KW - composition KW - dental caries KW - diet KW - honey KW - sugars KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - caries KW - sugar content of honey and cariogenicity KW - teeth caries KW - teeth, decay KW - tooth decay KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Other Produce (QQ070) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801415463&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - In vitro synthesis of 1 alpha ,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol and 24,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol by isolated calvarial cells. AU - Turner, R. T. AU - Puzas, J. E. AU - Forte, M. D. AU - Lester, G. E. AU - Gray, T. K. AU - Howard, G. A. AU - Baylink, D. J. JO - Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America JF - Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America Y1 - 1980/// VL - 77 IS - 10 SP - 5720 EP - 5724 SN - 0027-8424 AD - Turner, R. T.: Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Charleston, SC 29408, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801417150. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Registry Number: 40013-87-4, 67-97-0, 1406-16-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - The question of whether the skeleton metabolizes 25-hydroxycholecalciferol (25-HCC) to more-polar products was studied. Calvarial cells were dispersed from old chicken embryos 11 days old by using collagenase and then were grown in culture in serum-free medium. Confluent cell cultures were incubated with 7 nM [3H]25-HCC for 2 h and the vitamin D metabolites were then extracted. At least 4 polar metabolites were produced. Based on separation by Sephadex LH-20 chromatography followed by high-pressure liquid chromatography, two of the metabolites were identified as 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) and 24,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol. These metabolites were also produced by cultured kidney cells but not by liver, heart muscle or skin cells isolated from the same embryos. The specific activities of the calvarial 1- and 24-hydroxylases were similar in magnitude to those in isolated kidney cells. The specific activity of the calvarial 25-HCC:1-hydroxylase was inhibited by 8 h of pre-incubation with 1,25-DHCC, whereas that of 24-hydroxylase was increased. It is concluded that vitamin D metabolism by isolated cells is organ-specific, calvarial cells produce active metabolites of vitamin D in significant amounts, vitamin D metabolism by calvarial cells is regulated by 1,25-DHCC, and locally produced, active metabolites could act locally, thereby adding a new dimension to the regulation of mineral metabolism by vitamin D metabolites. KW - 24,25-Dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - Biosynthesis KW - cells KW - chick embryos KW - cholecalciferol KW - in vitro culture KW - kidneys KW - Metabolism KW - poultry KW - Vitamin D KW - fowls KW - Gallus gallus KW - Gallus KW - Phasianidae KW - Galliformes KW - birds KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - alpha ,25-Dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - chickens KW - domesticated birds KW - formation of vitamin D hydroxy analogues by calvarial cells in vitro (chicken embryo) KW - vitamin D3 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801417150&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A simplified procedure for the determination of betaine in liver. AU - Barak, A. J. AU - Tuma, D. J. JO - Lipids JF - Lipids Y1 - 1979/// VL - 14 IS - 10 SP - 860 EP - 863 SN - 0024-4201 AD - Barak, A. J.: Liver Study Unit, Veterans Administration Hospital, Omaha, NE, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801497252. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 107-43-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - An extract of liver is treated with ethanol to remove interfering substances and the supernatent fluid is dried and dissolved in water. Betaine is estimated by a modification of the method of Appleton et al. (NAR 24, 2759) by reaction with KI3, dissolving the periodide in ethylene dichloride and measuring absorbance at 365 nm. KW - betaine KW - estimation of liver content KW - glycinebetaine KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801497252&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Serum alpha -tocopherol, lipids, potassium, and creatine phosphokinase in normal and malabsorption patients. AU - Vatassery, G. T. AU - Chiang, T. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1979/// VL - 32 IS - 10 SP - 2061 EP - 2064 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Vatassery, G. T.: Neurology and GRECC, Veterans Administration Hospital, 54th Street and 48th Ave. South, Minneapolis, Minn 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801497321. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Registry Number: 59-02-9, 9001-15-4, 7440-09-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Serum alpha -tocopherol, lipids, potassium and creatine phosphokinase values were measured in 20 adult male control patients and 8 malabsorption patients. The malabsorption group had significantly lower serum alpha -tocopherol values than the control group. This change was independent of serum total lipid values, which were not significantly different between the 2 groups. Serum K and creatine phosphokinase values which are normally used to assess muscle pathology in man were not correlated with serum alpha -tocopherol values in either the control or the malabsorption group. Body mass indices which are directly related to adiposity of the individual subject were calculated. Among the control patients, there was a significant increase in serum alpha -tocopherol and serum total lipids with increase in body mass index. Similar correlations did not exist in the malabsorption group. In the latter group serum alpha -tocopherol may have reached low enough values to be independent of factors such as adiposity and serum total lipids. KW - alpha-tocopherol KW - blood lipids KW - creatine kinase KW - MALABSORPTION KW - potassium KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - creatine phosphokinase KW - malabsorption syndrome KW - serum alpha-tocopherol, lipids, potassium and creatine kinase in malabsorption syndrome KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801497321&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Plasma free tryptophan, brain serotonin, and an endocrine profile of the genetically obese hyperglycemic mouse at 4-5 months of age. AU - Garthwaite, T. L. AU - Kalkhoff, R. K. AU - Guansing, A. R. AU - Hagen, T. C. AU - Menahan, L. A. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 105 IS - 5 SP - 1178 EP - 1182 AD - Garthwaite, T. L.: Endocrine-Metabolic Section/111D, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wood, Wis. 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801497710. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 49 ref. Registry Number: 9002-60-2, 9004-10-8, 50-67-9, 73-22-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Brain serotonin, pituitary corticotropin and plasma insulin, glucose and total and free tryptophan in genetically obese hyperglycaemic C57BL/6J mice (ob/ob) 4 to 5 months old were all greater than in nonlittermate normal controls. Thyrotropin, triiodothyronine and thyroxine did not differ between obese and control mice. After deprivation of food for 24 to 27 or 48 to 51 h, glucose and insulin approached but did not attain normal values. The increased values for free tryptophan in plasma and serotonin in the brain may help to explain abnormalities of pituitary hormone secretion in obese hyperglycaemic mice. KW - brain KW - corticotropin KW - insulin KW - serotonin KW - tryptophan KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 5-HT KW - 5-hydroxytryptamine KW - ACTH KW - adrenocorticotropic hormone KW - adrenocorticotropin KW - cerebrum KW - obesity-hyperglycaemia syndrome KW - plasma tryptophan, brain serotonin, corticotropin and insulin secretion in obesity-hyperglycaemia KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801497710&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of sucrose polyester on cholesterol metabolism in man. AU - Crouse, J. R. AU - Grundy, S. M. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1979/// VL - 28 IS - 10 SP - 994 EP - 1000 AD - Crouse, J. R.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, La Jolla, Calif. 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801497735. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5, 121854-29-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For 6 weeks, 11 obese patients with plasma cholesterol and triglycerides near normal, who were taking a diet supplying 1000 kcal, were given daily 62 g sucrose polyester (SPE), a nonabsorbable material with the consistency of fat which can be used to replace fat in the diet. Of the patients 6 showed a mean decrease in plasma cholesterol of 12.5% but in 5 there was no change. Plasma triglycerides which had decreased by 13% during the previous 6 weeks on the restricted diet showed no further decrease when SPE was added to the diet. There was no consistent effect on vitamin A in plasma but vitamin E was decreased by 24%. Percentage of cholesterol absorbed was decreased in every patient by SPE and excretion of neutral sterols and bile acids increased. KW - cholesterol KW - sucrose polyester KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - sucrose polyester on cholesterol metabolism KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801497735&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of essential fatty acid deprivation on the metabolic transformations of [1-14C]linolenate in developing rat brain. AU - Dwyer, B. E. AU - Bernsohn, J. JO - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta JF - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta Y1 - 1979/// VL - 575 IS - 3 SP - 309 EP - 317 AD - Dwyer, B. E.: Neuropsychiatric Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Hines, IL 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19801497998. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 49 ref. Registry Number: 463-40-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Weaned rats were given [1-14C]linolenic acid intracranially and killed at intervals up to 72 h later. The 14C was rapidly transferred to the C20 (n-3) fatty acids of brain and that in C22:5 (n-3) gradually increased. More 14C was associated with polyunsaturated and less with monounsaturated fatty acids in rats deprived of essential fatty acids than in control rats. KW - brain KW - fat KW - linolenic acid KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cerebrum KW - linolenic acid metabolism by brain in fat deficiency KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19801497998&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - External ophthalmomyiasis caused by Estrus ovis. AU - Hennessy, D. J. AU - Sherrill, J. W. AU - Binder, P. S. JO - American Journal of Ophthalmology JF - American Journal of Ophthalmology Y1 - 1977/// VL - 84 IS - 6 SP - 802 EP - 805 SN - 0002-9394 AD - Hennessy, D. J.: Section of Ophthalmology (Surgery), Veterans Administration Hospital, San Diego, California, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19780556321. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Entomology N2 - A case of external ophthalmomyiasis caused by a larva of Oestrus ovis L. in a 16-year-old girl in California is described. KW - myiasis KW - California KW - USA KW - Diptera KW - man KW - Oestrus ovis KW - insects KW - Hexapoda KW - arthropods KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Oestrus (Diptera) KW - Oestridae KW - Diptera KW - Pacific States of USA KW - Western States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19780556321&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Dengue fever in a western United States city. AU - Schleupner, C. J. JO - Western Journal of Medicine JF - Western Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1977/// VL - 127 IS - 2 SP - 145 EP - 149 SN - 0093-0415 AD - Schleupner, C. J.: Department of Medicine, Division of Infectious Diseases, University of Utah College of Medicine and the Veterans Administration Hospital, Salt Lake City, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19780556573. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Entomology N2 - In this report is described a case of dengue fever, the vector of which is Aedes aegypti (L.), in Salt Lake City, Utah, in July 1975. The infected man had just returned from a trip to Micronesia, where the disease is endemic. KW - disease transmission KW - mosquito nets KW - transmission KW - Utah KW - Aedes aegypti KW - Culicidae KW - dengue virus KW - Diptera KW - man KW - Aedes KW - Culicidae KW - Diptera KW - insects KW - Hexapoda KW - arthropods KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Flavivirus KW - Flaviviridae KW - positive-sense ssRNA viruses KW - ssRNA viruses KW - RNA viruses KW - viruses KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Mountain States of USA KW - Western States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - mosquitoes KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Other Control Measures (HH700) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19780556573&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Venereal transmission of intestinal parasites. AU - Hurwitz, A. L. AU - Owen, R. L. JO - Western Journal of Medicine JF - Western Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 128 IS - 1 SP - 89 EP - 91 SN - 0093-0415 AD - Hurwitz, A. L.: Gastrointestinal Sec. (111B), Veterans Administration Hospital, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19780851630. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - Three homosexual males in San Francisco, USA, presented with diarrhoea associated with mixed amoebic and Giardia infection. The parasites disappeared after treatment but were soon replaced by the same or other species. This apparent resistance was found to be due to all 3 patients having participated in homosexual oral-perineal contact. They changed their sexual behaviour when the risk of ingesting faecal organisms was explained. Further treatment removed the parasites from the faeces and they did not reappear. KW - epidemiology KW - parasites KW - Pacific States of USA KW - USA KW - Entamoeba histolytica KW - Giardia KW - man KW - protozoa KW - Entamoeba KW - Endamoebidae KW - Amoebida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Hexamitidae KW - Diplomonadida KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Western States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - transmission between homosexuals KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Animals (LL820) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19780851630&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Surface ultrastructure of Entamoeba histolytica; a study by high voltage transmission electron microscopy (HVTEM) and scanning electron microscopy (SEM). AU - Lushbaugh, W. B. AU - Hofbauer, A. F. AU - Pittman, F. E. AU - Pittman, J. C. JO - Archivos de Investigacion Medica JF - Archivos de Investigacion Medica Y1 - 1978/// VL - 9 IS - Suppl. 1 SP - 191 EP - 202 SN - 0066-6769 AD - Lushbaugh, W. B.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 109 Bee Street, Charleston, South Carolina 29403, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19780851797. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - Trophozoites of Entamoeba histolytica were examined by electron microscopy. Many of the trophozoites of both strains examined had surface extensions 1 to 40 mu m in length. The cytoplasm of the extensions was in continuity with the cytoplasm of the cell and was bounded by surface plasmalemma bearing a glycocalyx. The "surface-active lysosome with trigger", the "dendritic plasmalemmal extensions", and the "extra-amoebic vesicles" described by previous investigators probably represent portions of surface extensions demonstrated in the present study. These structures are of frequent normal occurrence on the E. histolytica surface and are much longer than previously realized. KW - parasites KW - ultrastructure KW - Entamoeba histolytica KW - protozoa KW - Entamoeba KW - Endamoebidae KW - Amoebida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Animals (LL820) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19780851797&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Citotoxicity of a cell-free extract of Entamoeba histolytica. AU - Lushbaugh, W. B. AU - Kairalla, A. B. AU - Cantey, J. R. AU - Hofbauer, A. F. AU - Pittman, J. C. AU - Pittman, F. E. JO - Archivos de Investigacion Medica JF - Archivos de Investigacion Medica Y1 - 1978/// VL - 9 IS - Suppl. 1 SP - 233 EP - 236 SN - 0066-6769 AD - Lushbaugh, W. B.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 109 Bee Street, Charleston, South Carolina 29403, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19780851803. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - Cell-free extracts of 2 strains of Entamoeba histolytica produced cytopathogenic effects on monolayer cultures of Hela and baby hamster kidney cells. The addition of 5% foetal calf serum to the amoebic extracts caused 90% inhibition of these effects. KW - culture KW - cytopathogenicity KW - parasites KW - pathogenicity KW - Entamoeba histolytica KW - protozoa KW - Entamoeba KW - Endamoebidae KW - Amoebida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Animals (LL820) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19780851803&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Influence of mild excesses of vitamin D3 on arterial wall and its role in arteriosclerosis. AU - Peng, S. K. AU - Taylor, C. B. AU - Tham, P. AU - Mikkelson, B. T2 - Federation Proceedings JO - Federation Proceedings JF - Federation Proceedings Y1 - 1978/// VL - 37 IS - 3 SP - 748 EP - 748 SN - 0014-9446 AD - Peng, S. K.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Albany, N.Y. 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781471805. Language: English. Registry Number: 67-97-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - arteries KW - atherosclerosis KW - cholecalciferol KW - arterial wall in cholecalciferol excess and role in atherosclerosis (monkey) KW - arteriosclerosis KW - vitamin D3 KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781471805&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Effect of dietary protein on urinary excretion of calcium and zinc. AU - Chan, W. AU - Calhoun, N. R. AU - Smith, J. C., Jr. T2 - Federation Proceedings JO - Federation Proceedings JF - Federation Proceedings Y1 - 1978/// VL - 37 IS - 3 SP - 847 EP - 847 SN - 0014-9446 AD - Chan, W.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D.C. 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781471895. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - calcium KW - intake KW - protein KW - zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - protein on calcium and zinc in urine KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781471895&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Uptake of L-75Se-selenomethionine in testes of zinc-deficient rats. AU - McConnell, K. P. AU - Hsu, J. M. T2 - Federation Proceedings JO - Federation Proceedings JF - Federation Proceedings Y1 - 1978/// VL - 37 IS - 3 SP - 890 EP - 890 SN - 0014-9446 AD - McConnell, K. P.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Louisville, KY 40232, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781471957. Language: English. Registry Number: 1464-42-2, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - selenomethionine KW - testes KW - zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - testicles KW - uptake of selenomethionine in zinc deficiency KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781471957&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Immunocompetence and ascorbic-acid deficiency in guinea-pigs. AU - Anthony, L. E. AU - Kurahara, C. G. AU - Taylor, K. B. T2 - Federation Proceedings JO - Federation Proceedings JF - Federation Proceedings Y1 - 1978/// VL - 37 IS - 3 SP - 931 EP - 931 SN - 0014-9446 AD - Anthony, L. E.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781472786. Language: English. Registry Number: 50-81-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - ascorbic acid KW - immunity KW - immunocompetence and ascorbic acid deficiency (guineapig) KW - vitamin C KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Host Resistance and Immunity (HH600) KW - Human Physiology and Biochemistry (VV050) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781472786&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Decreased glucagon receptors in diabetic rat hepatocytes. Evidence for regulation of glucagon receptors by hyperglucagonemia. AU - Bhathena, S. J. AU - Voyles, N. R. AU - Smith, S. AU - Recant, L. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1978/// VL - 61 IS - 6 SP - 1488 EP - 1497 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Bhathena, S. J.: Diabetes Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D.C. 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781473010. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 47 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - diabetes KW - glucagon KW - liver cells KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - decreased glucagon receptors in hepatocytes in diabetes KW - hepatocytes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781473010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Alcohol and nutrient intake of elderly men. AU - Barboriak, J. J. AU - Rooney, C. B. AU - Leitschuh, T. H. AU - Anderson, A. J. JO - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JF - Journal of the American Dietetic Association Y1 - 1978/// VL - 72 IS - 5 SP - 493 EP - 495 SN - 0002-8223 AD - Barboriak, J. J.: Research Dietetic, and Domiciliary Medical Services, Veterans Administration Center, Wood (Milwaukee), Wis., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781473388. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of alcohol on the intake of nutrients was studied in elderly residents in a home for veterans. Compared with a group of abstainers from the same institution, the alcohol drinkers ate less food energy, 2140 against 2415 kcal daily, and had lower serum albumin values, 54 against 58% of total serum protein. The lower energy intake included fat, protein and carbohydrate and occurred despite ample food being available. KW - alcohols KW - food intake KW - old age KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - alcohol intake on food intake of old people KW - United States of America KW - Diet Studies (VV110) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781473388&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hepatic insulin responsiveness in patients with endogenous hypertriglyceridaemia. AU - Bernstein, R. M. AU - Davis, B. M. AU - Olefsky, J. M. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Diabetologia JF - Diabetologia Y1 - 1978/// VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 249 EP - 253 SN - 0012-186X AD - Bernstein, R. M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 111-M, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781473462. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Plasma insulin response to glucose by mouth, insulin resistance and insulin suppression of hepatic glucose production were studied in 11 normal subjects and 11 hypertriglyceridaemic patients. Patients with hypertriglyceridaemia had a significantly greater insulin response to glucose by mouth. Insulin resistance was also significantly greater in hypertriglyceridaemic subjects as judged by measuring the steady-state plasma glucose response during continuous infusion of epinephrine, propranolol, glucose and exogenous insulin. Insulin suppression of hepatic glucose production was calculated from the results of 2 studies in which glucose turnover rate was measured by a continuous infusion of [3H-2]glucose. The first study was in conditions of basal insulin secretion and the second at steady-state exogenous insulin values of about 100 mu U/ml. The results indicated that basal hepatic glucose production was the same in both groups and was suppressed to an equal degree by physiological amounts of insulin. KW - gluconeogenesis KW - hypertriglyceridaemia KW - insulin KW - hypertriglyceridemia KW - liver response to insulin in hypertriglyceridaemia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781473462&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Magnesium-fluoride interrelationships in man. 2. Effect of magnesium on fluoride metabolism. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Kramer, L. AU - Wiatrowski, E. AU - Osis, D. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 234 IS - 4 SP - E343 EP - E347 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781473598. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 41 ref. Registry Number: 7439-95-4, 16984-48-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For part 1 see NAR/A 48, 4452.2. Mg and F balances were studied in 9 normal men given 264 or 825 mg Mg, 200, 800, 1400 or 2000 mg Ca and 1400, 1700 or 2000 mg P daily. F intake was about 4 or 25 mg daily. When 825 mg Mg was taken, Mg in urine and faeces increased and Mg balances became more positive. The changes were not associated with any change in F in urine or faeces or of F balances when Ca, P or F intake varied. KW - fluoride KW - magnesium KW - magnesium intake on fluoride metabolism KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781473598&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Carnitine metabolism in the fasting rat. AU - Brass, E. P. AU - Hoppel, C. L. JO - Journal of Biological Chemistry JF - Journal of Biological Chemistry Y1 - 1978/// VL - 253 IS - 8 SP - 2688 EP - 2693 SN - 0021-9258 AD - Brass, E. P.: Dep. Pharmacology, School of Medicine and Veterans Administration Hospital, Case Western Reserve Univ., Cleveland, Ohio 44106, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781473793. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 461-06-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Carnitine plus acylcarnitine in plasma of rats after starving for 0, 24 and 144 h was 53, 40 and 80 mu mol/litre, respectively. In liver values after 0, 18 and 144 h were 220, 348 and 466 nmol/g; this increase was accounted for by the decrease in liver mass. In skeletal muscle values increased slowly from 874 to 1210 nmol/g after 144 h. Total carnitine in the rat did not change during starvation. As the excretion of carnitine in urine decreased during 96 h this rules out any major increase in carnitine biosynthesis. KW - carnitine KW - starvation KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - starvation on carnitine metabolism KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781473793&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastric emptying rates of solid food in relation to body size. AU - Lavigne, M. E. AU - Wiley, Z. D. AU - Meyer, J. H. AU - Martin, P. AU - McGregor, I. L. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 74 IS - 6 SP - 1258 EP - 1260 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Lavigne, M. E.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781473921. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rates of stomach emptying were estimated in 9 men 26 to 57 years old given a beef stew meal to which were added pieces of chicken liver labelled with 99mTc sulphur colloid; the passage of the isotope through the digestive tract was followed with intermittent gamma -imaging. There was an inverse linear relation between gastric emptying rates and body surface area and between gastric emptying rates and bodyweight. The variable of body size should be considered when gastric emptying of solid food is estimated. KW - body surface area KW - stomach emptying KW - relation of gastric emptying to body size KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781473921&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Protein digestion and absorption in rats with pancreatic duct occlusion. AU - Curtis, K. J. AU - Gaines, H. D. AU - Kim, Y. S. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 74 IS - 6 SP - 1271 EP - 1276 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Curtis, K. J.: Gastrointestinal Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781473922. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of pancreatic duct ligation on the digestion and absorption of a protein meal randomly labelled with 14C were studied in the rat. Although there was significantly less luminal digestion and absorption of the protein meal in the rats with ligated pancreatic duct than in controls, 37% of the protein given was absorbed despite the absence of luminal pancreatic proteolytic enzyme activity. Whole protein meal (untreated) and protein preincubated with pepsin and HCl and with HCl alone (treated), was instilled into isolated loops of rat intestine which had no demonstrable pancreatic proteolytic enzyme activity. Of the untreated protein meal 30% was absorbed in 4 h; significantly more of both treated forms of meal was absorbed. KW - absorption KW - pancreas KW - pancreatic juice KW - protein KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - digestion and absorption of protein after ligation of pancreatic duct KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781473922&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Studies of the availability of fluoride in man. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Wiatrowski, E. AU - Osis, D. AU - Norris, C. T2 - Trace substances in environmental health. 11. JO - Trace substances in environmental health. 11. JF - Trace substances in environmental health. 11. Y1 - 1977/// SP - 171 EP - 177 CY - Columbia, Mo.; USA PB - University of Missouri. AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781473958. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 7429-90-5, 7440-70-2, 16984-48-8, 7439-95-4, 7723-14-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of minerals on the availability of fluoride for absorption was studied in men in strictly controlled dietary conditions. Ca and P were given singly or combined; Mg was given alone or with Ca or phosphate or both and Al was given as the antacid aluminium hydroxide. Fluoride balances were estimated in control studies and during intake of these inorganic elements. Although the use of Ca, of P, of both Ca and P and of Mg increased faecal excretion of F, none of these minerals affected F balance. In contrast, relatively small amounts of aluminium hydroxide increased faecal F 10- to 12-fold, resulting in a distinct decrease of the availability of F for absorption, which was also reflected by a decrease of plasma F. KW - aluminium KW - calcium KW - fluoride KW - magnesium KW - phosphorus KW - aluminum KW - trace elements on availability of fluoride KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781473958&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Digestion and absorption of protein. AU - Freeman, H. J. AU - Kim, Y. S. JO - Annual Review of Medicine JF - Annual Review of Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 29 SP - 99 EP - 116 AD - Freeman, H. J.: Gastrointestinal Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781474036. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 150 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Protein digestion and absorption in normal subjects and in patients with different diseases and nutritional disorders are discussed. KW - absorption KW - protein KW - protein digestion KW - reviews KW - review of protein digestion and absorption KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781474036&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Enzyme adaptation to nutritional and hormonal change. AU - Porter, J. W. T2 - FEBS 11th meeting Copenhagen 1977. Vol. 46, Symposium A5. Regulation of fatty acid and glycerolipid metabolism. JO - FEBS 11th meeting Copenhagen 1977. Vol. 46, Symposium A5. Regulation of fatty acid and glycerolipid metabolism. JF - FEBS 11th meeting Copenhagen 1977. Vol. 46, Symposium A5. Regulation of fatty acid and glycerolipid metabolism. Y1 - 1978/// SP - 41 EP - 52 CY - Oxford; UK PB - Pergamon Press Ltd. AD - Porter, J. W.: William S. Middleton Memorial Veterans Administration Hospital, Madison, Wis. 53706, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781474505. Publication Type: Conference paper. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Long-term regulation of fatty acid synthesis is effected by changes in the rates of synthesis of acetyl-CoA carboxylase and fatty acid synthetase. Changes in the rates of synthesis of these enzymes are controlled by nutritional and hormonal factors, primarily carbohydrates in the diet and insulin. Both of these factors increase the rate of enzyme synthesis. These factors seem to exert their effects through changes in the quantity of translatable mRNA in rat liver. In the synthesis of the fatty acid synthetase an apoenzyme is formed as an intermediate. Short-term regulation of fatty acid synthetase is effected by insulin and glucagon. The former increases activity and the latter decreases it. This regulation is effected through several factors, one of which is acetyl-CoA carboxylase. Changes in activity of this enzyme may result from covalent modification, possibly by phosphorylation-dephosphorylation. KW - enzymes KW - hormones KW - nutrition KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - enzyme adaptation to nutritional and hormonal change KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781474505&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Body orientation, food deprivation and potentiation of restraint induced gastric lesions. AU - Vincent, G. AU - Glavin, G. AU - Rutkowski, J. AU - Pare, W. JO - Gastroenterologie Clinique et Biologique JF - Gastroenterologie Clinique et Biologique Y1 - 1977/// VL - 1 IS - 6/7 SP - 539 EP - 543 SN - 0399-8320 AD - Vincent, G.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Perry Point, Md. 21902, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781474557. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: French. Number of References: 17 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 203 to 254 g were restrained with their dorsal surface against the restraining board with ventral surface facing upward, with their dorsal surface toward the board which was then turned 180 deg to allow the exposed ventral surface to face down or in the standard restraint position with ventral surface against the board and dorsal side exposed upward. Environmental temperature was 4 deg to 7 deg C and they were restrained for 3 h. There was a significantly greater degree of glandular stomach ulceration in the first group of rats than in the third. In a second experiment groups of 12 rats were not deprived of food before restraint or were deprived for 3, 6, 12, 18 or 24 h. All were restrained in the supine position with the ventral surface upwards. They were killed after 3 h. All the rats had stomach lesions except one in the group which were not deprived. The extent of ulceration increased as time of deprivation increased to 12 h but not thereafter. KW - restraint KW - stress KW - ulcers KW - underfeeding KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - underfeeding, restraint and gastric lesions KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781474557&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Lipid composition and biosynthesis of human omental tissue. AU - Rabinowitz, J. I. AU - Askins, S. E. AU - Luddy, F. E. JO - Lipids JF - Lipids Y1 - 1978/// VL - 13 IS - 5 SP - 317 EP - 322 SN - 0024-4201 AD - Rabinowitz, J. I.: Veterans Administration Hospital-Univ. Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781474781. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 38 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For at least 2 months before biopsy 10 male patients 40 to 45 years old were given a standard diet, 2400 to 2500 kcal, or a weight-reducing diet, 1200 to 1300 kcal. There was a distinctive positional distribution of acyl groups in the triglycerides (TG) of omental tissue. Tissue from men on the restricted diet had decreased contents of TG and unsaturated fatty acyl groups and a relative increase in phospholipid. The incorporation of [1-14C]acetate in vitro by omental tissue was inversely related to lipid content. KW - adipose tissue KW - lipids KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - lipid composition and formation in omental tissue KW - lipins KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781474781&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Reduction in medium chain acids and monoenoic acids in livers and plasma of rats fed eicosa-5,8,11,14-tetraynoic acid. AU - Rao, G. A. AU - Siler, K. AU - Larkin, E. C. JO - Lipids JF - Lipids Y1 - 1978/// VL - 13 IS - 5 SP - 356 EP - 359 SN - 0024-4201 AD - Rao, G. A.: Hematology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Martinez, Calif. 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781474783. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 8 ref. Registry Number: 506-32-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male rats in 4 groups were given for 8 weeks diets with 10% maize oil or hydrogenated coconut oil (HCO) each alone or with 0.033 or 0.05% eicosatetraenoic acid (ETA). ETA in the HCO diet decreased the contents of C12:0 and C14:0 in total fatty acids of liver and plasma. With either diet ETA reduced the ratios of C16:1 : C16:0, C18:1 : C18:0 and C20:4 : C18:2. It is suggested that dietary ETA can influence the metabolism of medium-chain fatty acids and may inhibit the desaturase enzyme involved in the synthesis of C20:4 and monoenoic fatty acids. KW - arachidonic acid KW - medium chain fatty acids KW - monoenoic fatty acids KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - eicosatetraenoic acid KW - medium chain and monoenoic fatty acids in liver and plasma after arachidonic acid KW - monounsaturated fatty acids KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781474783&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Ethanol-induced hypertriglyceridemia. Prevalence and contributing factors. AU - Lifton, L. AU - Scheig, R. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1978/// VL - 31 IS - 4 SP - 614 EP - 618 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Lifton, L.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Newington, Conn. 06111, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781474818. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Triglycerides and cholesterol were estimated in blood serum from 77 chronic male alcoholics. Of the patients 19 had serum triglyceride above 150 mg/100 ml and 6 had serum cholesterol over 250 mg/100 ml. Compared with 33 age-matched, nonalcoholic control subjects, the patients had a significantly greater incidence of hypertriglyceridaemia. All patients with triglyceride abnormalities had type IV electrophoretic patterns. The increases in triglyceride were not related to serum amylase, lipase, liver function, obesity and abnormal fasting glucose. KW - alcoholism KW - ethanol KW - hypertriglyceridaemia KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethanol induced hypertriglyceridaemia KW - ethyl alcohol KW - hypertriglyceridemia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781474818&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Renal sodium conservation during starvation in the rat. AU - Liew, J. B. Van AU - Eisenbach, G. M. AU - Dlouha, H. AU - Boylan, J. W. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 91 IS - 4 SP - 650 EP - 659 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Liew, J. B. Van: Veterans Administration Hospital, 3495 Bailey Ave., Buffalo, N.Y. 14215, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781474906. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 75 ref. Registry Number: 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The pattern of electrolyte excretion initiated by starvation for 4 days was studied in male Wistar rats. Within 24 h, excretion of sodium was significantly diminished compared with prestarvation values, control 2.55 plus or minus 0.76 (s.d.) mEq daily, 1-day starvation 0.42 plus or minus 0.27, and by day 22 was less than 10% of the control value. Chloride retention parallelled the conservation of Na. Concomitant changes in urinary pH and ammonia excretion (UNH4V) reflected the mild acidosis of starvation, control pH 7.46 plus or minus 0.18 (s.d.), UNH4V 0.21 plus or minus 0.08 (s.d.) mEq daily; day 2 pH 6.10 plus or minus 0.31, UNH4V 0.71 plus or minus 0.21. The excretion of organic acids was decreased by day 2, control 1.02 plus or minus 0.21 (s.d.) mEq daily; day 2, 0.66 plus or minus 0.26. Most of the organic acids were excreted as salts, day 2, 0.51 plus or minus 0.21. Normal plasma glucose values were maintained, consistent with the increase in renal gluconeogenesis in the starved rat. Plasma glucagon, a known natriuretic and ketogenic agent, did not increase; this together with a normal plasma glucose concentration may account for the failure of the rat to show the natriuresis of starvation observed in man and rabbits. KW - kidneys KW - sodium KW - starvation KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - renal sodium conservation in starvation KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781474906&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Plasma prolactin in essential and renovascular hypertension. AU - Modlinger, R. S. AU - Gutkin, M. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 91 IS - 4 SP - 693 EP - 697 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Modlinger, R. S.: Hypertension Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, East Orange, N.J. 07019, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781474908. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 9002-62-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Plasma prolactin response to postural change and variation in dietary Na was studied in 5 normal volunteers and 15 patients with essential hypertension. Values at 0800 h (11.9 plus or minus 3.5 ng/ml, mean plus or minus 1 s.d.) were not influenced by the duration of recumbency (10 or 34 h) and were significantly higher than those at noon (6.9 plus or minus 3.5 ng/ml, mean plus or minus 1 s.d.). The latter were not influenced by postural change. There was no correlation between Na intake and plasma prolactin, nor was there any apparent correlation between prolactin and plasma renin activity. There was no significant difference in prolactin concentrations between normotensive and hypertensive subjects. In 10 other patients with unilateral renal disease, renal vein prolactin concentrations did not differ significantly from simultaneously obtained peripheral concentrations. Renal vein prolactin was not influenced by the presence of renal disease and was not correlated with renal blood flow. It is concluded that there is no evidence of feedback between sodium intake and prolactin in man. KW - hypertension KW - prolactin KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - high blood pressure KW - lactogenic hormone KW - mammotropin KW - plasma prolactin in essential or renovascular hypertension KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781474908&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hepatic cytosolic non selenium-dependent glutathione peroxidase activity: its nature and the effect of selenium deficiency. AU - Lawrence, R. A. AU - Parkhill, L. K. AU - Burk, R. F. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1978/// VL - 108 IS - 6 SP - 981 EP - 987 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Lawrence, R. A.: Liver Unit, Dep. Internal Medicine, Univ. Texas Southwestern Medical School and Veterans Administration Hospital, Dallas, Tex. 75235, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781475082. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 9013-66-5, 7782-49-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Glutathione S-transferase B was purified by carboxymethyl cellulose ion exchange chromatography. It showed glutathione peroxidase activity toward cumene hydroperoxide and t-butyl hydroperoxide. A limiting Km of 0.55 mmol/litre was estimated for cumene hydroperoxide. Sulphobromophthalein was a competitive inhibitor with respect to cumene hydroperoxide of the glutathione peroxidase activity of glutathione S-transferase B. Se deficiency caused an increase in glutathione S-transferase activity. KW - glutathione peroxidase KW - selenium KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - liver glutathione peroxidase in selenium deficiency KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781475082&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intestinal thiamin transport: effect of chronic ethanol administration in rats. AU - Hoyumpa, A. M., Jr. AU - Nichols, S. AU - Henderson, G. I. AU - Schenker, S. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1978/// VL - 31 IS - 6 SP - 938 EP - 945 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Hoyumpa, A. M., Jr.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Nashville, Tenn. 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781475093. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 59-43-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Female Sprague Dawley rats were given an ethanol diet for 6 to 8 weeks and [14C]thiamin uptake and exit from enterocytes were estimated in inverted gut sacs and correlated with basolateral mambrane Na-K ATPase activity. Thiamin transport rate and Na-K ATPase activity were not affected in chronic ethanol-treated rats compared with pair-fed controls. Ethanol concentrations in gut lumen and plasma at time of study were 39.3 plus or minus 15.3 and 40.2 plus or minus 19.4 mg/100 ml although values were higher at other times. Tissue thiamin pyrophosphate was normal. In contrast, ethanol-treated rats given intragastrically an extra dose of ethanol, 250 mg/100 g bodyweight 1 h before study, showed a decrease in cellular exit of thiamin 0.2 and 0.5 mu mol/litre to 44 and 56% of control and of Na-K ATPase to 32% of control when gut and plasma ethanol values were 318.3 plus or minus 38.7 and 185.0 plus or minus 8.7 mg/100 ml, respectively. KW - ethanol KW - thiamin KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aneurin KW - ethanol affects thiamin absorption KW - ethyl alcohol KW - thiamine KW - vitamin B1 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781475093&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Lack of effect of hypomagnesemia on elevated plasma 1,25-hydroxycholecalciferol in acutely phosphate-deprived rats. AU - Kurokawa, K. AU - Haussler, M. R. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 102 IS - 6 SP - 1864 EP - 1866 AD - Kurokawa, K.: Nephrology Section (691/111L), Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Wilshire and Sawtelle Blvd., Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781475178. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 80 to 90 g were given a control diet with phosphate 0.44, Ca 0.41 and Mg 0.03% or the same but with 0.03% phosphate without or with 0.5% MgCl2.6H2O added to the drinking water. After 3 days they were killed. Plasma 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol in the respective groups was 14.4, 29.1 and 32.3 ng/100 ml, plasma Mg was 1.69, 1.25 and 1.66 mg/100 ml and plasma inorganic phosphate was 9.44, 5.05 and 4.94 mg/100 ml. KW - CALCITRIOL KW - hypomagnesaemia KW - phosphates KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - hypomagnesaemia on 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol in plasma in phosphate deprivation KW - hypomagnesemia KW - magnesium deficiency KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781475178&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hypercalcemia and increases in serum hormone value during prolonged administration of 1 alpha ,25-dihydroxyvitamin D. AU - Bell, N. H. AU - Stern, P. H. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 298 IS - 22 SP - 1241 EP - 1243 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Bell, N. H.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 1481 W. 10th St., Indianapolis, IN 46202, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781475236. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 2 men 51 and 54 years old with pseudohypoparathyroidism, serum 1 alpha ,25-dihydroxyvitamin D values were low when serum Ca was normal during prolonged treatment with 1 alpha ,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol by mouth, but serum 1 alpha ,25-dihydroxyvitamin D values were high when hypercalcaemia developed, suggesting that the increases in circulating 1 alpha ,25-dihydroxyvitamin D caused the hypercalcaemia. Such patients require careful monitoring; hypercalcaemia can be readily treated by withdrawal of the 1 alpha ,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol and prevented by reduction of the dose. KW - hypocalcaemia KW - hypoparathyroidism KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - alpha ,25-Dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - hypocalcaemia from 1 alpha ,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol in pseudohypoparathyroidism KW - hypocalcemia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781475236&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Thyroid function and vitamin A deficiency. AU - Morley, J. E. AU - Damassa, D. A. AU - Gordon, J. AU - Pekary, A. E. AU - Hershman, J. M. JO - Life Sciences JF - Life Sciences Y1 - 1978/// VL - 22 IS - 21 SP - 1901 EP - 1905 SN - 0024-3205 AD - Morley, J. E.: Endocrine Research Lab., Wadsworth Veterans Administration Hospital, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781475243. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Registry Number: 68-26-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Weanling rats deprived of vitamin A had triiodothyronine (T3), thyroxine (T4) and free T4 and T3 in plasma, thyrotropin in pituitary, and thyroliberin in hypothalamus greater than in pair-fed control rats. Basal prolactin, lutropin and follitropin did not differ significantly in the 2 groups. Both groups had significant increases in lutropin and follitropin after injection with luliberin. KW - RETINOL KW - THYROID GLAND KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - axerophthol KW - thyroid KW - thyroid function in vitamin A deficiency KW - vitamin A KW - vitamin A alcohol KW - vitamin A1 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781475243&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Serum concentrations and urinary excretions of zinc in cirrhosis, nephrotic syndrome and renal insufficiency. AU - Lindeman, R. D. AU - Baxter, D. J. AU - Yunice, A. A. AU - Kraikitpanitch, S. JO - American Journal of the Medical Sciences JF - American Journal of the Medical Sciences Y1 - 1978/// VL - 275 IS - 1 SP - 17 EP - 31 SN - 0002-9629 AD - Lindeman, R. D.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 921 N.E. 13th Street, Oklahoma City, Okla. 73104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781475771. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Serum Zn is low in patients with clinical disorders including cirrhosis, nephrotic syndrome and renal insufficiency. Urinary Zn is increased in the first 2 disease states. Symptoms of acute Zn deficiency (anorexia, dysfunction of smell and taste and mental and cerebellar disturbances) and chronic Zn deficiency (growth retardation, anaemia, testicular atrophy and impaired wound healing) are common in these patients. It is not known whether these low serum Zn concentrations are indicative of true symptomatic or asymptomatic Zn deficiency, or merely reflect a decrease in available zinc-binding proteins, as over 90% of serum Zn is bound to protein in normal subjects. The correlation between serum Zn and albumin concentrations, the main zinc-binding protein, is weak. Studies of serum and urine binding of added 65Zn by Sephadex G-200 gelcolumn chromatography and polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis suggest most of the 65Zn is bound to a protein with a mol. wt. near albumin (68 000). Polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis suggests this might be a prealbumin. Low serum Zn concentration in a patient with nephrotic syndrome does not seem to be caused by loss of Zn bound to urinary protein. KW - cirrhosis KW - nephrotic syndrome KW - renal failure KW - zinc KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - kidney failure KW - liver cirrhosis KW - zinc in serum and urine in cirrhosis and kidney disorders KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781475771&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Vitamin B12 assimilation from chicken meat. AU - Doscherholmen, A. AU - McMahon, J. AU - Ripley, D. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1978/// VL - 31 IS - 5 SP - 825 EP - 830 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Doscherholmen, A.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781476060. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Registry Number: 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Chicken meat labelled in vivo with radioactive vitamin B-12 was eaten by normal subjects. Absorption, estimated by the faecal excretion method, was similar to that for crystalline radioactive cyanocobalamin and for mutton, but exceeded that from eggs. Parenteral injection of 1000 mu g nonlabelled vitamin B-12 did not interfere with the absorption of the radioactive vitamin from the meat. The radioactivities in urine, which were as low as those after loading with radioactive hydroxocobalamin and vitamin B-12 coenzyme by mouth, suggested that the radioactive vitamin B-12 was present in meat in coenzyme form or was converted into the stable hydroxoform during the process of cooking and digestion. Patients with pernicious anaemia showed insignificant radioactivities in urine in a standardized urinary excretion test using chicken meat, whereas subjects with simple gastric achlorhydria and partial gastrectomy had subnormal values although their absorption of crystalline radioactive cyanocobalamin was normal. The subnormal serum vitamin B-12 concentration in those latter subjects may be due to impaired assimilation of vitamin B-12 from food. KW - chicken meat KW - cyanocobalamin KW - poultry KW - vitamin B12 KW - fowls KW - Man KW - Gallus gallus KW - Gallus KW - Phasianidae KW - Galliformes KW - birds KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - availability of vitamin B-12 from chicken meat KW - chickens KW - cobalamin KW - domesticated birds KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781476060&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Neuroendocrine recognition of glucose: the glucoreceptor hypothesis and the diabetic syndrome. / [Review]. AU - Porte, D., Jr. AU - Robertson, R. P. AU - Halter, J. B. AU - Kulkosky, P. J. AU - Makous, W. L. AU - Woods, S. C. A2 - Katsuki, Y. A2 - Sato, M. A2 - Takagi, S.F. A2 - Oomura, Y. T2 - Food intake and chemical senses JO - Food intake and chemical senses JF - Food intake and chemical senses Y1 - 1978/// SP - 331 EP - 342 CY - Baltimore, USA; University Park Press; Lancaster; UK PB - MTP Press Ltd. AD - Porte, D., Jr.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Seattle, Wash. USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781476155. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Number of References: 47 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - diabetes KW - glucose KW - reviews KW - taste sensitivity KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - review of glucoreceptor hypothesis and diabetic syndrome KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781476155&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Factors related to potassium transport in chronic stable renal disease in man. AU - Kahn, T. AU - Kaji, D. M. AU - Nicolis, G. AU - Krakoff, L. R. AU - Stein, R. M. JO - Clinical Science and Molecular Medicine JF - Clinical Science and Molecular Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 54 IS - 6 SP - 661 EP - 666 AD - Kahn, T.: Renal Section, D-236, Bronx Veterans Administration Hospital, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781476243. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Registry Number: 7440-09-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 7 studies of healthy control subjects and 12 studies of patients with renal disease, daily urine collections, plasma aldosterone and plasma renin activity were measured on a free diet for 5 to 10 days and subsequently during the addition of 50 mmol KCl daily for 5 days. Plasma aldosterone was estimated also in 22 hospital patients with normal glomerular filtration rate and 24 patients with reduced glomerular filtration rate. Plasma aldosterone was similar in basal conditions in patients with or without renal disease and increased similarly during the administration of KCl, suggesting that excretion of K in patients with reduced glomerular filtration rate probably does not depend primarily on increased aldosterone. Plasma renin activity increased similarly in control subjects and patients with renal disease during the daily administration of 50 mmol KCl, but plasma renin activity did not increase when 100 mmol KCl was given daily to control subjects. With 50 mmol KCl daily the mean daily excretion of K increased similarly in control subjects and patients with renal disease but plasma K increased significantly (4.7 to 5.4 mmol/litre) only in patients with renal disease, suggesting that uptake of K into cells was impaired. KW - glomerular filtration rate KW - potassium KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - potassium transport at normal or reduced glomerular filtration rate KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781476243&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of abstinence on self-selection of ethanol induced by uncertainty in monkeys. AU - Orloff, E. R. AU - Masserman, J. H. JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol Y1 - 1978/// VL - 39 IS - 3 SP - 499 EP - 504 SN - 0096-882X AD - Orloff, E. R.: Psychiatry Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, North Chicago, IL 60064, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781476494. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 7 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Of 4 male and 5 female adult rhesus monkeys 3 were subjected to an experimental condition of uncertainty (by varying the duration of the light preceding administration of a shock), 3 were exposed to the same test procedures except uncertainty (controls) and 3 (naive) monkeys were not exposed to a test. After all experimental testing, a 2-bottle choice of a 5% (v/v) solution of ethanol or pure water was made available to all monkeys for 10 weeks. During another 10 test-free weeks only water was available and, for the next 7 weeks, both water and 5% ethanol were available. For a subsequent period varying from 28 to 46 weeks, 1% increments in the ethanol concentration were made. The 3 experimental monkeys drank more ethanol than did the control or naive monkeys and this differential effect of the condition of uncertainty persisted after the 10 weeks of abstinence. The amount of the ethanol solution drunk decreased with its concentration. KW - ethanol KW - stress KW - abstinence on self selection of ethanol (monkey) KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781476494&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Iodine deficiency produces hypercalcemia and hypercalcitonemia in rats. AU - Clark, O. H. AU - Rehfeld, S. J. AU - Castner, B. AU - Stroop, J. AU - Loken, H. F. AU - Deftos, L. J. JO - Surgery, USA JF - Surgery, USA Y1 - 1978/// VL - 83 IS - 6 SP - 626 EP - 632 AD - Clark, O. H.: Surgical Service (112), Veterans Administration Hospital, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781476551. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 38 ref. Registry Number: 9007-12-9, 7553-56-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Fifty male Sprague-Dawley rats were randomly separated into 7 groups given propylthiouracil (PTU), iodine-deficient diet, (LID), acute or chronic thyroxine treatment, sham operation (SO), hemithyroidectomy (Htx) and total thyroidectomy (Ttx), respectively. Two weeks to 6 months later, serum thyrotropin concentrations were higher in the Htx, Ttx, and LID groups than in the SO rats. Serum calcitonin concentrations were increased in the LID- and PTU-treated groups and were decreased in rats which chronically received thyroxine. Serum Ca concentrations were increased in the LID rats, decreased in the Ttx rats and were similar in the other groups. It is suggested that thyrotropin stimulates follicular and parafollicular cells in the rat thyroid and that iodine deficiency causes hypercalcaemia and hypercalcitoninaemia. KW - calcitonin KW - hypercalcaemia KW - iodine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hypercalcaemia and hypercalcitonaemia in iodine deficiency KW - hypercalcemia KW - hypercalcinemia KW - thyrocalcitonin KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781476551&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intracellular granules of the renal medulla in a case of potassium depletion due to renal potassium wasting. AU - France, R. AU - Gray, M. E. AU - Stone, W. J. AU - Swift, L. L. JO - American Journal of Pathology JF - American Journal of Pathology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 91 IS - 2 SP - 299 EP - 312 SN - 0002-9440 AD - France, R.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Nashville, TN 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781476924. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Registry Number: 7440-09-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - An electron microscopic comparison was made of intracellular granules of the renal papilla and inner medulla in 2 types of K depletion, one in a white man 47 years old with chronic K-wasting renal disease and the other in experimentally depleted rats. The granules in both cases were composed of small and large vesicles, myelin figures, small particles and dense bodies, with a partial, or complete, single limiting membrane. Ultrastructurally, the constituent elements of the granules were similar in the 2 types of K depletion. KW - kidneys KW - potassium KW - intracellular granules of renal medulla in potassium depletion (man, rat) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781476924&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The lung of the copper-deficient rat. A model for developmental pulmonary emphysemia. AU - O'Dell, B. L. AU - Kilburn, K. H. AU - McKenzie, W. N. AU - Thurston, R. J. JO - American Journal of Pathology JF - American Journal of Pathology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 91 IS - 3 SP - 413 EP - 432 SN - 0002-9440 AD - O'Dell, B. L.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781476926. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Registry Number: 7440-50-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Cu deficiency was induced in second-generation rats by feeding dams on a milk-based diet with Cu less than 1 mg/kg during gestation and lactation. The weanlings were fed on the same diet until they showed severe signs of deficiency between 6 and 10 weeks old. Control rats received the basal diet supplemented with Cu 10 mg/kg. Liver cytochrome oxidase activity, the main index of deficiency, decreased from a normal value of about 80 to 15 mu mol/min g. The lungs of the depleted rats contained 17% less elastin and had 35% larger alveolar spaces (34.7 against 47.7 intercepts), as estimated by the mean alveolar intercept method. The ultrastructure of elastin in the bronchi, arterioles and alveolar ducts had a "washed out" appearance. To study the reversibility of the pathology, depleted rats 5 to 10 weeks old were repleted on a copper-supplemented diet for 1, 2 and 3 months. Growth resumed, anaemia disappeared and liver cytochrome oxidase returned to normal. There was no improvement in lung structure with regard to alveolar size (28.4 intercepts against 43.6 in controls and 35.1 in deprived littermates killed at the start of repletion). The ultrastructure and electron density of pulmonary elastin were restored almost to normal. KW - copper KW - lungs KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - lung composition and morphology in copper deficiency KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781476926&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of obesity on the relationship between very low density lipoprotein production rate and plasma triglyceride concentration in normal and hypertriglyceridemic subjects. AU - Reaven, G. M. AU - Bernstein, R. M. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1978/// VL - 27 IS - 9 SP - 1047 EP - 1054 AD - Reaven, G. M.: Veterans Administration Hospital (111-M), 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781477441. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of obesity on the relation between very-low-density lipoprotein (VLDL) triglyceride (TG) production rate and concentration was studied in 80 subjects whose TG concentrations ranged from 41 to 1315 mg/100 ml and whose relative weight was from 0.74 to 1.46. There was a positive correlation between VLDL-TG production rate and plasma TG concentration in all 80 patients which was highly significant. Men and women were subdivided into quartiles on the basis of relative weight; the relation between VLDL-TG production rate and plasma TG concentration was comparable in all subgroups. The observations suggest that moderate degrees of obesity do not affect VLDL-TG kinetics in patients whose plasma TG values vary over a wide range. KW - hypertriglyceridaemia KW - lipoproteins KW - obesity KW - TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - hypertriglyceridemia KW - obesity affects v.l.d. lipoprotein formation rate and plasma triglycerides in hypertriglyceridaemia KW - triglycerides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781477441&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of oral glucose on von Willebrand factor activity in normal and diabetic subjects. AU - Graves, J. M. AU - Colwell, J. A. AU - Nair, R. M. G. AU - Sarji, K. E. JO - Clinical Endocrinology, UK JF - Clinical Endocrinology, UK Y1 - 1977/// VL - 6 IS - 6 SP - 437 EP - 441 AD - Graves, J. M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 109 Bee Street, Charleston, S.C. 29403, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781477542. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Platelet aggregation, plasma glucose, insulin, free fatty acids, somatotropin and von Willebrand factor activity were studied during the glucose tolerance test in 6 normal and 6 chemical diabetic subjects. The results suggest that von Willebrand factor activity is suppressed coincident with the rise of glucose and insulin and provide further evidence of hormonal and metabolic control of von Willebrand factor activity. KW - diabetes KW - glucose tolerance KW - glycoproteins KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood sugar tolerance KW - von Willebrand factor activity after glucose load in diabetes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781477542&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Plasma ammonia and liver ornithine transcarbamoylase activity in zinc-deficient rats. AU - Rabbani, P. AU - Prasad, A. S. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 235 IS - 2 SP - E203 EP - E206 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Rabbani, P.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Allen Park, 48101, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781477587. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 7664-41-7, 9001-69-8, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Holtzman rats were given a diet with Zn 2 mg/kg; pair-fed controls were given the same diet supplemented with Zn 110 mg/kg. Rats were killed immediately or after 7, 14, 21 and 28 days on the diets. After 7 days those on the diet deficient in Zn had significantly more plasma ammonia than controls. Blood urea N increased for 2 weeks in the deprived rats, but by 4 weeks values were less than in controls. Ornithine carbamoyltransferase activity in liver of deprived rats was less than in controls from the third week. KW - ammonia KW - ornithine carbamoyltransferase KW - zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - plasma ammonia and liver ornithine transcarbamoyltransferase in zinc deficiency KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781477587&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Simulation of the defect of bile acid metabolism associated with cholesterol cholelithiasis by sorbitol ingestion in man. AU - Duane, W. C. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 91 IS - 6 SP - 969 EP - 978 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Duane, W. C.: Section of Gastroenterology, Veterans Administration Hospital, 54th St. and 48th Ave., South Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781477684. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5, 50-70-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The possibility that shortening small bowl transit time by giving nonabsorbable alcohol sorbitol might reproduce the defect of bile acid metabolism associated with cholesterol gallstone disease was tested. Nine normal volunteers were studied by isotope dilution techniques after a 2-week control period in a metabolic ward and again after 2 to 3 weeks of sorbitol ingestion. The dose of sorbitol was low enough to preclude diarrhoea but sufficient to reduce mean small bowl transit time from 86 to 44 min. Sorbitol reduced the total bile acid pool in all 9 subjects with an average reduction of 27% for the group as a whole. This reduction in total pool included significant reductions in the pools of all 3 bile acids, cholic chenodeoxycholic and deoxycholic, without disproportionate reductions for any of the 3. Reductions in primary bile acid pools were a result of an increase in fractional turnover (cholic only) and a small decrease in synthesis (both primary bile acids). These changes in bile acid metabolism, which are similar to those in subjects with cholesterol gallstone disease, were accompanied by a significant increase in the relative cholesterol content of bile from 6.99 to 7.81 molar %. In addition to providing a model for the defect of bile acid metabolism associated with cholesterol cholelithiases, the findings may have practical implications for a group such as the American Indians of the Southwest whose high prevalence of cholesterol gallstones may be aggravated by ingestion of nonabsorbable carbohydrates known to be present in unusually large amounts in their diet. KW - bile acids KW - biliary calculi KW - cholesterol KW - sorbitol KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gallstones KW - sorbitol affects bile acid metabolism in cholesterol cholelithiasis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781477684&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Intestinal mucosal hydrolysis of proteins and peptides. AU - Kim, Y. S. T2 - Peptide transport and hydrolysis. JO - Peptide transport and hydrolysis. JF - Peptide transport and hydrolysis. Y1 - 1977/// SP - 151 EP - 171 CY - Amsterdam; Netherlands PB - Excerpta Medica. AD - Kim, Y. S.: Gastrointestinal Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, Calif., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781477748. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - intestinal mucosa KW - peptides KW - protein metabolism KW - intestinal mucosal hydrolysis of proteins and peptides KW - intestine epithelium KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781477748&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Elevated transaminases associated with an elemental diet. AU - Zarchy, T. M. AU - Lipman, T. O. AU - Finkelstein, J. D. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 89 IS - 2 SP - 221 EP - 222 SN - 0003-4819 AD - Zarchy, T. M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D.C., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781477774. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 5 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A black man 56 years old, on a high-concentration amino acid chemically defined diet (Vivonex-HN : Eaton Laboratories, Norwich, N.Y.) after operations for removal of the stomach and a length of jejunum, developed highly increased alkaline phosphatase and aspartate and alanine aminotransferase activities in serum together with biopsy findings of acidophilic bodies and scattered parenchymal necrosis in liver, indicative of hepatotoxicity. KW - AMINOTRANSFERASES KW - elemental diets KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - elemental diet and serum transaminases KW - transaminases KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781477774&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hyperglucagonemia and its suppression. Importance in the metabolic control of diabetes. AU - Raskin, P. AU - Unger, R. H. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 299 IS - 9 SP - 433 EP - 436 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Raskin, P.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 4500 S. Lancaster, Dallas, TX 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781477861. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5, 51110-01-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The role of glucagon was studied in 4 patients with juvenile-type diabetes during continous infusion of insulin and a diet containing 150 g carbohydrate daily. During insulin alone plasma glucagon, measured at 2-h intervals, was on average 182 plus or minus 34 pg/ml, glucose 269 plus or minus 11 mg/100 ml, glucose excretion 52 plus or minus 8 g/24 h, ketone excretion 1.3 plus or minus 0.3 mmol/24 h and urea N 12 plus or minus 2 g/24 h (mean plus or minus s.e. mean). Somatostatin (2 mg daily) decreased glucagon to 60 plus or minus 13 pg/ml, glucose to 111 plus or minus 17 mg/100 ml, glucose excretion to 1 plus or minus 0.7 g/24 h, ketone excretion to 0.5 plus or minus 0.2 mmol/24 h and urea N excretion to 8 plus or minus 2 g/24 h. Replacement of glucagon increased glucagon to 272 plus or minus 30 pg/ml, glucose to 202 plus or minus 20 mg/100 ml, glucose excretion to 14 plus or minus 7 g/24 h, ketone excretion to 0.8 mmol/24 h and urea N excretion to 11 plus or minus 2 g/24 h. In a subsequent study, similar improvement occurred on a diet of 30 g carbohydrate daily, when absorption of dietary glucose was negligible. KW - diabetes KW - glucagon KW - somatostatin KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - plasma glucagon after somatostatin in diabetes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781477861&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Jejunal phosphorylation and dephosphorylation of absorbed pyridoxine.HCl in vitro. AU - Middleton, H. M., III JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 235 IS - 3 SP - E272 EP - E278 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Middleton, H. M., III: Medical Research Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Augusta, Ga. 30902, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781477933. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 65-23-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The phosphorylation and dephosphorylation of absorbed vitamin was studied in rat jejunal everted sacs during uptake of [3H]pyridoxine hydrochloride. Kinetic studies during 4-min incubations showed that phosphorylation was saturable (Km, 13.3 mu mol/litre; Vmax, 0.906 nmol/4 min g wet tissue) and was inhibited by structural and metabolic inhibitors. Longer incubations (30-min) showed similar saturation and inhibition of net phosphorylation. Dephosphorylation of the phosphate esters formed by the phosphorylation step also occurred, as was shown by pulse-chase experiments. Disappearance of these phosphates was initially rapid, approached first-order kinetics, and apparently was mediated by a phosphatase. Whereas phosphorylation did not seem to affect initial uptake rates for [3H] pyridoxine hydrochloride by the jejunum, net phosphorylation after more prolonged incubations qualitatively paralleled accumulation of total absorbed vitamin in tissue during the same time. The primary effect of phosphorylation during jejunal uptake of pyridoxine by rat jejunum was to increase the accumulation of absorbed pyridoxine in tissue during prolonged incubations. Dephosphorylation had the net effect of limiting the magnitude of that accumulation. KW - phosphorylation KW - pyridoxine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - jejunal phosphorylation and dephosphorylation of absorbed pyridoxine hydrochloride in vitro KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781477933&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fetal fuels. 3. Ketone utilization by fetal hepatocyte. AU - Shambaugh, G. E., III AU - Koehler, R. R. AU - Yokoo, H. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 235 IS - 3 SP - E330 EP - E337 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Shambaugh, G. E., III: General Medical Research, Veterans Administration Lakeside Hospital, 333 East Huron Street, Chicago, Ill. 60611, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781477940. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 49 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - 3. Ketone utilization was studied in isolated cells of foetal rat liver. Treatment of liver homogenates with hyaluronidase and collagenase followed by differential centrifugating were used to derive a cell population of 80% rich in hepatocytes and a second population 95% rich in haematopoietic cells. By electron microscopy and trypan blue exclusion, freshly prepared cells were anatomically intact and 95% viable. Rates of glucose and lactate oxidation by foetal hepatocytes were comparable to whole foetal liver. Both hepatocyte and haematopoietic cells contained the ketone-utilizing enzymes, 3-ketoacid CoA-transferase and acetoacetyl-CoA thiolase, but activity of both enzymes was 5-fold greater in the hepatocyte. Acetoacetate produced a stoichiometric inhibition of beta -hydroxybutyrate oxidation in hematopoietic cells but not in the hepatocyte, whereas octanoic acid had no effect on beta -hydroxybutyrate oxidation by the haematopoietic cell but diminished the CO2 evolved from the ketone body in the hepatocyte. When the foetal hepatocyte was exposed to physiological concentrations of beta -hydroxybutyrate, acetoacetate or oleic acid, CO2 evolved was most from beta -hydroxybutyrate. A linear increase in CO2 evolution from graded concentrations of beta -hydroxybutyrate suggested that ketone-utilizing enzymes in the hepatocyte probably did not limit rates of oxidation. Evolution of CO2 was also concentration-dependent when labelled oleic acid was utilized as the oxidative substrate. Increased oleic acid oxidation in foetal hepatocytes from mothers deprived of food for 48 h provided evidence that oxidative potentials in this tissue were determined not only by concentrations of ambient fuels, but also by adaptive alterations in tissue set points. KW - FETUS KW - ketone bodies KW - liver cells KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - foetus KW - hepatocytes KW - ketone utilization by foetal hepatocytes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781477940&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Valine metabolism in normal and chronically uremic man. AU - Jones, M. R. AU - Kopple, J. D. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1978/// VL - 31 IS - 9 SP - 1660 EP - 1664 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Jones, M. R.: Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Wilshire and Sawtelle Blvd., Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781478044. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 7 ref. Registry Number: 72-18-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Valine metabolism was studied in 5 normal and 3 nondialysed chronically uraemic subjects eating diets with 40 plus or minus s.e. mean 1 and 53 g (range 40 to 80) protein respectively, in a metabolic research unit. Subjects were given a tracer dose of [1-14C]L-valine by vein while they fasted; specific activity of plasma [14C]valine and expiration of 14CO2 were monitored for 2 h. Plasma valine was significantly less in the uraemic patients than in the normal subjects. In the uraemic patients, specific activity of plasma valine fell less rapidly and remained higher; expiration of 14CO2 was not different from normal subjects. A two-pool model for valine metabolism was derived which indicated that in uraemic patients there was a significant decrease in both valine pools and in the rate of irreversible loss, valine incorporated into larger molecules, degraded or excreted. Valine degradation was decreased in the uraemic patients. KW - uraemia KW - valine KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - azotaemia KW - azotemia KW - uremia KW - valine metabolism in normals or uraemics KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781478044&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Evaluation of a packaged kit assay of serum ferritin and application to clinical diagnosis of selected anemias. AU - Sheehan, R. G. AU - Newton, M. J. AU - Frenkel, E. P. JO - American Journal of Clinical Pathology JF - American Journal of Clinical Pathology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 70 IS - 1 SP - 79 EP - 84 SN - 0002-9173 AD - Sheehan, R. G.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, 4500 S. Lancaster, Dallas, Tex. 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781478276. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 9007-73-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The reliability of a radioimmunometric estimation of serum ferritin concentration by a packaged kit was evaluated and application of the method to the clinical evaluation of selected anaemias was assessed. When serum dilutions were appropriate, this method was sufficiently reproducible and reliable for application to the clinical laboratory. Serum ferritin was valuable in the differential diagnosis of anaemia accompanied by hypoferraemia, although Fe depletion coexisting with the anaemia of chronic disease or active hepatocellular disease may not be clearly appreciated. The primary advantage of the estimation was to characterize the Fe status of the patient with hypochromic microcytic anaemia or hypoferraemia who would normally require bone-marrow examination for Fe stores. KW - anaemia KW - ferritin KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - anemia KW - serum ferritin and diagnosis of anaemia KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781478276&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Increased glucagon secretion in protein-fed rats: effects of refeeding a normal diet. AU - Eisenstein, A. B. AU - Strack, I. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 158 IS - 4 SP - 578 EP - 581 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Eisenstein, A. B.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Downstate Medical Center, Brooklyn, N.Y. 11209, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781478428. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Registry Number: 74-79-3, 9007-92-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Glucagon in portal blood of rats given a diet with 70% casein for a week increased by 500%. Values returned to normal only after 7 days on a control diet. Glucagon secretion by isolated pancreatic islets stimulated with arginine almost doubled with the protein-rich diet and returned to normal after 5 days of control diet. KW - arginine KW - glucagon KW - protein excess KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - modification of effect of protein excess on glucagon secretion by arginine KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781478428&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A possible role of erythrocytes in storing and distributing arachidonic acid in rat. AU - Rao, G. A. AU - Siler, K. AU - Larkin, E. C. JO - Life Sciences JF - Life Sciences Y1 - 1978/// VL - 23 IS - 7 SP - 737 EP - 742 SN - 0024-3205 AD - Rao, G. A.: Hematology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Martinez, Calif. 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781478437. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Registry Number: 506-32-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The bodyweight of young rats increased from 120 to 425, and packed cell volume from 37.4 to 45.4% after 8 weeks on a fat-free diet. Arachidonic acid, C20:4, in total fatty acids decreased in tissues but not in erythrocytes. In adipose tissue there were only trace amounts of C20:4 and one-third of the fatty acid was linoleic acid, C18:2. The fat-free diet depleted most C18:2 in adipose tissue. Thus when C18:2 is excluded from the diet erythropoiesis is not inhibited, and C20:4 produced from stored C18:2 may be used to produce erythrocytes which retain C20:4 effectively. KW - arachidonic acid KW - erythrocytes KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood red cells KW - eicosatetraenoic acid KW - red blood cells KW - role of erythrocytes in storing and distribution of arachidonic acid KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781478437&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of fat on meal-stimulated duodenal acid load, duodenal pepsin load, and serum gastrin in duodenal ulcer and normal subjects. AU - Gross, R. A. AU - Isenberg, J. I. AU - Hogan, D. AU - Samloff, I. M. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 75 IS - 3 SP - 357 EP - 362 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Gross, R. A.: Gastroenterology Section (691-111C), Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781478532. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 9002-76-0, 9001-75-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Meals with 22 g fat or 50 g glucose both 500 ml supplying 400 kcal, of osmolality 960 mOsm./litre and with 10% protein were given to 10 patients with duodenal ulcers and 10 normal subjects. The meal high in fat produced inhibition of gastric acid and pepsin secretion and of duodenal acid and pepsin load in both groups. Gastrin release was inhibited by the high-fat meal in normal subjects but not in the patients. Acid and pepsin responses to the fat or carbohydrate meal were not greater in the patients than in the normal group in spite of greater responses to betazole or pentagastrin in the patients. KW - duodenum KW - fat KW - gastric acid KW - gastrin KW - pepsin KW - ulcers KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fat load on meal-stimulated duodenal acid load, pepsin load and serum gastrin in normals or duodenal ulcer patients KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781478532&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Immunoreactive secretin in gastrointestinal mucosa of several mammalian species. AU - Straus, E. AU - Yalow, R. S. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 75 IS - 3 SP - 401 EP - 404 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Straus, E.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781478536. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Registry Number: 1393-25-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Immunoreactive secretin in HCl extracts was relatively constant in the duodenum and proximal jejunum of pigs and dogs, 3 mu g/g, but reached peak in the distal duodenum of the guineapig, 1 mu g/g, and was absent from the ileum of the 3 species. Secretin was relatively constant, 0.1 to 0.4 mu g/g, throughout the small intestine of rats and rabbits. Sephadex gel filtration of all species throughout the gastrointestinal mucosa revealed primarily a single peak with elution characteristics identical with that of pig purified or synthetic secretin. KW - intestinal mucosa KW - secretin KW - stomach mucosa KW - intestine epithelium KW - secretin in gastrointestinal mucosa (dog, guineapig, pig) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781478536&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastric and cephalic stimulation of human pancreatic polypeptide release. AU - Taylor, I. L. AU - Feldman, M. AU - Richardson, C. T. AU - Walsh, J. H. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 75 IS - 3 SP - 432 EP - 437 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Taylor, I. L.: Veterans Administration Center, Building 115, Room 217, Wilshire and Sawtelle Blvd., Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781478538. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A test meal of homogenized food increased pancreatic polypeptide (PP) in serum by similar amounts in 18 healthy subjects and 10 patients with inactive duodenal ulcer. Gastrin 4.0 to 62.5 pmol/kg h for 90 min or pancreozymin 40 to 160 mu g during 3 h by vein did not release PP in significant amounts. PP release stimulated by food was not affected by a previous truncal vagotomy, duodenal acidification or 300 mg cimetidine but was inhibited by 15 mg propantheline. Gastric distension with glucose and saline increased serum PP but responses were small compared with those after food. Sham feeding, when subjects chewed but did not swallow an appetizing meal, increased PP slightly in normal subjects but response was reduced in vagotomized patients. KW - brain KW - eating KW - pancreas KW - polypeptides KW - ulcers KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cerebrum KW - gastric and cephalic stimulation of pancreatic polypeptide secretion in duodenal ulcer or normals KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781478538&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Abnormalities of acid secretion in patients with duodenal ulcer. AU - Grossman, M. I. T2 - Gastroenterology JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 75 IS - 3 SP - 524 EP - 526 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Grossman, M. I.: Veterans Administration Hospital Wadsworth Center, Building 115, Room 115, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781478540. Publication Type: Editorial. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - gastric acid KW - ulcers KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - acid secretion in duodenal ulcer patients KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781478540&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Alcoholism and alcoholic liver injury. New diagnostic and prognostic tests. AU - Lieber, C. S. AU - Shaw, S. AU - Waes, L. Van JO - Archives of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine JF - Archives of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 102 IS - 8 SP - 393 EP - 395 SN - 0003-9985 AD - Lieber, C. S.: Alcohol Research Center, Veterans Administration Hospital, 130 W. Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781478561. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Recently developed tests which estimate plasma alpha -amino-n-butyric acid (AANB) and serum glutamate dehydrogenase (GDH) may improve screening for early detection of heavy drinking and liver injury, respectively. With these tests, a "three-level" approach to the problem is now possible: detection of heavy drinking on the basis of a biochemical marker (such as AANB), detection of liver injury (necrosis and inflammation) on the basis of serum liver tests (such as GDH) and detection of alcoholics in whom cirrhosis is prone to develop by the screening of liver biopsy specimens for precirrhotic lesions (such as pericentral sclerosis). KW - alcoholism KW - cirrhosis KW - liver KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - diagnosis of alcoholism and liver disorders KW - liver cirrhosis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781478561&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - beta -Sitosterol as a nonabsorbable marker of dietary lipid absorption in man. AU - Newton, D. F. AU - Mansbach, C. M., II JO - Clinica Chimica Acta JF - Clinica Chimica Acta Y1 - 1978/// VL - 89 IS - 2 SP - 331 EP - 339 SN - 0009-8981 AD - Newton, D. F.: Gastroenterology, Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, 508 Fulton Street, Durham, NC 27710, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781478733. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Men were given a liquid meal with beta -[4-14C]sitosterol and [3H]triolein. Sitosterol remained well mixed with triolein in the gastric antrum, validating its suitability for this type of study. In small bowel fluid sitosterol was partitioned into the aqueous phase in proportion to triolein and its hydrolysis products. Lipid was absorbed mainly in the jejunum. KW - lipids KW - phytosterols KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - beta-sitosterol as marker of lipid absorption KW - lipins KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781478733&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Re-evaluation of lipogenesis from dietary glucose carbon in liver and carcass of mice. AU - Baker, N. AU - Learn, D. B. AU - Bruckdorfer, K. R. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1978/// VL - 19 IS - 7 SP - 879 EP - 893 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Baker, N.: Tumor-Lipid Lab., Research Service, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781478747. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 45 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Studies with [14C]glucose and 3H2O showed that liver synthesized 2 to 9% of fatty acids from dietary glucose for mice starved for 24 h, starved and refed or fed to appetite but 40% for mice fed to appetite and intubated with 50% glucose. The latter mice synthesized 50% of fatty acids formed from all 2-carbon units and more than 80% of all synthesized de novo were derived from the glucose test meal. KW - glucose KW - lipogenesis KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - lipid formation KW - lipogenesis from glucose KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781478747&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of prolonged ethanol intake on glucose metabolism in normal rats. AU - Singh S. P. AU - Patel, D. G. JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol Y1 - 1978/// VL - 39 IS - 5 SP - 828 EP - 832 SN - 0096-882X AD - Singh S. P.: Veterans Administration Hospital, North Chicago, IL 60064, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781478782. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of an ethanol diet which provided 20 and 36% of daily energy requirements was studied in 2 groups of 15 male Sprague-Dawley rats. After 30 days, loss of bodyweight was significant in the rats on the higher ethanol diet. During oral glucose tolerance testing, the latter had significant increments in blood glucose values at 30 and 60 min, but not at 120 min, compared with pair-fed controls. During insulin sensitivity testing, the relative fall in blood glucose was at all time points significantly less in both ethanol-fed groups than in the controls. KW - ethanol KW - glucose tolerance KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood sugar tolerance KW - ethanol intake on glucose tolerance KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781478782&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Regulation of plasma-free fatty acid mobilization by dietary glucose in Ehrlich ascites tumor-bearing mice. AU - Baker, N. AU - Hill, V. AU - Ookhtens, M. JO - Cancer Research JF - Cancer Research Y1 - 1978/// VL - 38 IS - 8 SP - 2372 EP - 2377 AD - Baker, N.: Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Building 115, Room 316, Wilshire and Sawtelle Blvd., Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781478791. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The ability of dietary glucose to cause an abrupt inhibition of free fatty acid (FFA) mobilization was studied in mice bearing advanced Ehrlich ascites carcinoma. FFA irreversible disposal rates were estimated after injection by vein of tracer [1-14C]palmitate complexed to mouse serum albumin. Four groups of mice were studied: 16-h starved mice against 16-h starved mice refed on a 58% glucose, fat-free test meal for 10 min; and control against tumorous mice. Plasma FFA fell significantly from 0.97 plus or minus 0.06 s.e. to 0.37 plus or minus 0.02 mu Eq/ml in 30 and 134 mice, respectively, after ingestion of the small test meal. The decreased plasma FFA pool size remained almost constant between 15 and 45 min after the mice began to eat. In the starved-refed mice tracer studies during that interval showed that the plasma FFA irreversible disposal rate was reduced by 50% in control and in tumour-bearing mice. Although cancerous mice tended to have high plasma FFA values in the early morning, those mice seem to have normal control mechanisms for inhibiting FFA mobilization after ingestion of carbohydrate. KW - ascites KW - fatty acids KW - glucose KW - lipolysis KW - tumours KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - glucose load affects plasma free fatty acid mobilization in ascites carcinoma KW - tumors KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781478791&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fulminant beriberi heart disease with lactic acidosis: presentation of a case with evaluation of left ventricular function and review of pathophysiologic mechanisms. AU - Attas, M. AU - Hanley, H. G. AU - Stultz, D. AU - Jones, M. R. AU - McAllister, R. G. JO - Circulation JF - Circulation Y1 - 1978/// VL - 58 IS - 3 SP - 566 EP - 572 AD - Attas, M.: 111B Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Lexington, Ky. 40507, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781478795. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Registry Number: 7782-44-7, 59-43-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A white man 36 years old with fulminant Shoshin-type beriberi, studied in the acute phase, had severe metabolic acidosis, high output biventricular failure and very low systemic vascular resistance. Red blood cell transketolase activity was abnormally low. After treatment with thiamin, diuretics, digitalis and oxygen, all abnormalities disappeared. The historical background of the disease is reviewed and pathophysiological mechanisms responsible for the haemodynamic profile and lactic acidosis are discussed. As beriberi is not common, emphasis is placed on diagnostic and therapeutic implications of the disease. KW - beriberi KW - diuretics KW - drugs KW - heart KW - heart diseases KW - lactic acidosis KW - oxygen KW - thiamin KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aneurin KW - coronary diseases KW - medicines KW - pharmaceuticals KW - thiamine KW - treatment of beriberi heart disease and lactic acidosis KW - vitamin B1 KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781478795&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Partial characterization of aortic renin in the spontaneously hypertensive rat and its interrelationship with plasma renin, blood pressure and sodium balance. AU - Barrett, J. D. AU - Eggena, P. AU - Sambhi, M. P. JO - Clinical Science and Molecular Medicine JF - Clinical Science and Molecular Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 55 IS - 3 SP - 261 EP - 270 AD - Barrett, J. D.: Hypertension Research, Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, Calif. 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781478797. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 9015-94-5, 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A renin-like enzyme in aortic tissue of the spontaneously hypertensive rat was freely dissociable (saline homogenization) with an affinity for the renin inhibitor pepstatin. At neutral pH values, the enzyme was active in homologous plasma to produce angiotensin I and therefore distinct from pseudorenin and cathepsin D. The arterial enzyme and semipurified renal renin could not be distinguished on the basis of Km values by using homologous renin substrate. An inverse relation between the aortic renin content of the spontaneously hypertensive rat and the progressive increase of systolic blood pressure was observed with age. In contrast, aortic renin of the normotensive WKY strain did not decline with age. A low-Na diet increased plasma and aortic renin and retarded the progressive increase of blood pressure in the spontaneously hypertensive rat. A high-Na diet accelerated the progress of hypertension with no effect on aortic or plasma renin. Antihypertensive treatment for 1 to 6 weeks resulting in a lowering of conscious systolic blood pressure of the spontaneously hypertensive rat consistently led to a decrease in aortic renin. KW - aorta KW - blood pressure KW - hypertension KW - renin KW - sodium KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aortic tissue renin in hypertension and relation to plasma renin, blood pressure and sodium balance KW - high blood pressure KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781478797&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Calcium homeostasis: regulatory elements and their integration. AU - Arnaud, C. D. JO - Federation Proceedings JF - Federation Proceedings Y1 - 1978/// VL - 37 IS - 12 SP - 2557 EP - 2560 SN - 0014-9446 AD - Arnaud, C. D.: Endocrine Unit, San Francisco Veterans Administration Hospital, Dep. Medicine, Univ. California School of Medicine, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781479092. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - calcium KW - regulation of homeostasis KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781479092&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Pancreatic microanatomy in alloxan-induced diabetes. AU - Shannon, W. A., Jr. T2 - Journal of Cell Biology JO - Journal of Cell Biology JF - Journal of Cell Biology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 79 IS - 2, II SP - 380a EP - 380a SN - 0021-9525 AD - Shannon, W. A., Jr.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Southwestern Medical School, Dallas, TX, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781479129. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - diabetes KW - pancreas KW - pancreas islets KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - pancreatic microanatomy in diabetes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781479129&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Role of glucagon in the pathogenesis of diabetes: the status of the controversy. AU - Unger, R. H. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1978/// VL - 27 IS - 11 SP - 1691 EP - 1709 AD - Unger, R. H.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 4500 South Lancaster, Dallas, Tex. 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781479479. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 105 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - diabetes KW - glucagon KW - reviews KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - review of glucagon in diabetes aetiology KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781479479&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Ursodeoxycholic acid. Effects on sterol metabolism in rats. AU - Raicht, R. F. AU - Cohen, B. I. AU - Sarwal, A. AU - Takahashi, M. JO - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta JF - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta Y1 - 1978/// VL - 531 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 8 AD - Raicht, R. F.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 408 First Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10010, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781479503. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5, 128-13-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A diet with 0.5% ursodeoxycholic acid (UA) decreased cholesterol absorption by 34% and bile acid synthesis by 30% but cholesterol balance increased. UA, absent in control rats, was 67% of bile acids. The effect of UA on sterol metabolism differed in some respects from that of chenodeoxycholic acid. KW - bile acids KW - cholesterol KW - sterols KW - ursodeoxycholic acid KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ursodeoxycholic acid affects sterol metabolism KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781479503&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A double-blind study on the effect of purified cellulose dietary fiber on 1,2-dimethylhydrazine-induced rat colonic neoplasia. AU - Freeman, H. J. AU - Spiller, G. A. AU - Kim, Y. S. JO - Cancer Research JF - Cancer Research Y1 - 1978/// VL - 38 IS - 9 SP - 2912 EP - 2917 AD - Freeman, H. J.: Gastrointestinal Research Lab. (151M2), Veterans Administration Hospital, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781479958. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 9004-34-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The incidence, distribution, size and histopathology of grossly visible colonic tumours induced by parenteral 1,2-dimethylhydrazine were examined in rats fed on a chemically defined fibre-free diet or a diet of equal nutritional and energy value containing a purified fibre component, microcrystalline cellulose. The double-blind study showed that cellulose ingestion was associated with fewer rats with colonic neoplasia and a reduction in the total number of colonic tumours. This protective effect of cellulose seemed to be time-dependent and associated with a shift in tumour distribution from the proximal colon to a more distal site. Cellulose fibre had no apparent effect on colonic tumour size, histopathology or the incidence of other tumours known to occur in this experimental animal model. KW - cellulose KW - colon KW - fibre KW - tumours KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cellulose fibre on incidence of experimental tumours KW - fiber KW - tumors KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781479958&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of dietary and pharmacologic alteration of serum lipids on platelet survival time. AU - Steele, P. AU - Rainwater, J. JO - Circulation JF - Circulation Y1 - 1978/// VL - 58 IS - 2 SP - 365 EP - 367 AD - Steele, P.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 1055 Clermont, Denver, Colo. 80220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781480021. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 11041-12-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Platelet survival time (SURV) (autologous labelling with 51Cr) was shortened to 3 plus or minus 0.03 days (average half-time plus or minus s.e. mean), normal 3.7 plus or minus 0.03 days, in 88 of 128 men with coronary disease. In 35 of 47 men with hyperprebetalipoproteinaemia, SURV was shortened to 3 plus or minus 0.09 days. Among 30 men with hyperbetalipoproteinaemia, SURV was shortened to 2.5 plus or minus 0.10 days in 26. Among 51 men without hyperlipoproteinaemia, SURV was normal, 3.3 plus or minus 0.10 days, in 24. Dietary alteration of serum triglyceride was undertaken in 12 men with hyperprebetalipoproteinaemia; in 8 a decrease of triglyceride of more than 75 mg/100 ml was achieved (324 plus or minus 21 to 219 plus or minus 18 mg/100 ml) with an increase of SURV from 2.2 plus or minus 0.11 to 2.8 plus or minus 0.13 days. In 4, serum triglyceride increased by more than 75 mg/100 ml (279 plus or minus 14 to 451 plus or minus 28 mg/100 ml) and SURV decreased from 2.7 plus or minus 0.16 to 2.3 plus or minus 0.21 days. Cholestyramine (16 g daily) and diet decreased serum cholesterol from 348 plus or minus 7.6 to 319 plus or minus 6.3 mg/100 ml in 15 men with hyperbetalipoproteinaemia and SURV increased from 2.3 plus or minus 0.08 to 2.7 plus or minus 0.07 days. KW - blood lipids KW - COLESTYRAMINE KW - platelets KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood platelets KW - cholestyramine KW - diet and cholestyramine affect blood lipids and platelet survival time KW - thrombocytes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781480021&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Induction of antibody-mediated RBC lysis in food extracts. AU - Mayron, L. W. AU - Kaplan, E. AU - Interlandi, J. AU - Veatch, R. JO - Annals of Allergy JF - Annals of Allergy Y1 - 1977/// VL - 38 IS - 5 SP - 323 EP - 338 SN - 0003-4738 AD - Mayron, L. W.: Nuclear Med. Res. (115/151), Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19790450812. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 70 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Dairy Science N2 - A laboratory test for diagnosis of food allergies (including milk allergy), based on the induction of red blood cell lysis by food extracts, has been developed. Degree of sensitivity to particular foods is manifested by earlier onset and increased rate of lysis. Possible mechanisms of enhancement of lysis by food extracts are discussed. KW - diagnosis KW - food KW - hypersensitivity KW - milk allergy KW - milk proteins KW - tests KW - allergic responses KW - hypersensitiveness KW - Milk and Dairy Produce (QQ010) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19790450812&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Eosinophil-mediated destruction of Schistosoma mansoni eggs in vitro. II. Role of cytophilic antibody. AU - James, S. L. AU - Colley, D. G. JO - Cellular Immunology JF - Cellular Immunology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 38 IS - 1 SP - 35 EP - 47 SN - 0008-8749 AD - James, S. L.: Dep. of Microbiol., Vanderbilt Univ. School of Med. and the Veterans Administration Hospital, Nashville, Tennessee 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19790856340. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - Peritoneal exudative eosinophils obtained from Schistosoma mansoni-infected CBA/J mice cause morphological damage to isolated S. mansoni eggs in a 24-hour co-cultivation system in vitro. This egg-destructive activity was complement-independent and was abolished by trypsinization of the cells before co-cultivation. Trypsinized cells could be passively sensitized to renewed egg-destructive capacity by preincubation or co-cultivation with immune sera, containing antibodies against a soluble egg antigenic preparation (SEA). Solid phase absorption of immune sera with SEA coupled to Sepharose 4B lowered the anti-egg antibody titres of these sera and eliminated their ability to sensitize trypsinized eosinophils. Sera from uninfected mice or from mice infected with Trichinella spiralis did not sensitize trypsinized cells. Addition of immune sera to eosinophil-rich cell populations obtained from uninfected mice also enhanced the egg-destructive capacity of these otherwise non-reactive cells. Therefore, eosinophil-mediated destruction of S. mansoni eggs may be directed by cytophilic antigen-specific factors in sera from S. mansoni infected hosts. [AS] KW - helminths KW - immunology KW - in vitro KW - ova KW - parasites KW - Enoplida KW - Schistosoma mansoni KW - Trichinella spiralis KW - Schistosoma KW - Schistosomatidae KW - Digenea KW - Trematoda KW - Platyhelminthes KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Trichinella KW - Trichinellidae KW - Trichinellida KW - Dorylaimia KW - Enoplea KW - Nematoda KW - Enoplia KW - Adenophorea KW - eosinophil-mediated destruction KW - nematodes KW - parasitic worms KW - Strigeida KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Animals (LL820) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19790856340&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Eosinophil-mediated destruction of Schistosoma mansoni eggs. III. Lymphokine involvement in the induction of eosinophil functional abilities. AU - James, S. L. AU - Colley, D. G. JO - Cellular Immunology JF - Cellular Immunology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 38 IS - 1 SP - 48 EP - 58 SN - 0008-8749 AD - James, S. L.: Dep. of Microbiol., Vanderbilt Univ. School of Med. and the Veterans Administration Hospital, Nashville, Tennessee 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19790856341. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - Granulomata isolated from the livers of CBA/J mice infected for 8 weeks with Schistosoma mansoni produced a chemotactic activity for eosinophils, in a manner which correlated with the production of the lymphokine eosinophil stimulation promoter (ESP). ESP and chemotactic activities were also produced when eosinophil-rich peritoneal exudative cells from S. mansoni-infected mice were cultured with S. mansoni eggs. These S. mansoni-related eosinophils destroyed approximately 20% of the eggs whereas eosinophils from normal (uninfected) mice did not have this ability. However, normal cells exposed to ESP-containing fluids in the co-cultivation system actively participated in egg destruction. Eosinophil-rich peritoneal exudative cells obtained from Trichinella spiralis-infected mice were incapable of destroying S. mansoni eggs during the normal 24-hour co-cultivation period, but did achieve destruction if the incubation period was extended to 48 hours. Marginal levels of chemotactic activity for eosinophils were detected in the co-cultivation fluids from T. spiralis-related cells and S. mansoni eggs, although these fluids did not contain demonstrable levels of ESP. Together, these data indicate that ESP/chemotactic factor-containing culture fluids can induce in normal, unreactive eosinophils the functional ability to destroy S. mansoni eggs in vitro. This may account for the ability of T. spiralis-related eosinophils to do so upon extended incubation. [AS] KW - helminths KW - immunology KW - in vitro KW - ova KW - parasites KW - Enoplida KW - Schistosoma mansoni KW - Trichinella spiralis KW - Schistosoma KW - Schistosomatidae KW - Digenea KW - Trematoda KW - Platyhelminthes KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Trichinella KW - Trichinellidae KW - Trichinellida KW - Dorylaimia KW - Enoplea KW - Nematoda KW - Enoplia KW - Adenophorea KW - eosinophil-mediated destruction KW - nematodes KW - parasitic worms KW - Strigeida KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Animals (LL820) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19790856341&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Eosinophil-mediated destruction of S. mansoni eggs. IV. Effects of several inhibitory substances on eosinophil function. AU - James, S. L. AU - Colley, D. G. JO - Cellular Immunology JF - Cellular Immunology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 38 IS - 1 SP - 59 EP - 67 SN - 0008-8749 AD - James, S. L.: Dep. of Microbiol., Vanderbilt Univ. School of Med. and the Veterans Administration Hospital, Nashville, Tennessee 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19790856342. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - The effects of various metabolic inhibitors and other reagents known to alter cell function were examined. Peritoneal exudate cells and mature eggs, isolated from the liver and intestine, were obtained from CBA/J mice infected with Schistosoma mansoni and were co-cultivated at 37 deg C. Inhibitors of glycolysis (iodoacetate, 2 deoxy-D-glucose) ablated the egg-destructive activity of eosinophils, but also resulted in considerable cell mortality during the 24-hour incubation period. Actinomycin A, an inhibitor of aerobic respiration, also inhibited egg destruction. The presence of Ca2+ was essential for eosinophil-mediated egg destruction to occur. Cytochalasin B inhibited the eosinophil dependent activity. Tosyl-lysine-chloromethyl ketone decreased the extent of egg destruction, but when used at non-cytotoxic concentrations the effect was marginal. The metabolic requirements for eosinophils and other cell types, in this and other systems, are compared. KW - helminths KW - immunology KW - in vitro KW - ova KW - parasites KW - Schistosoma mansoni KW - Schistosoma KW - Schistosomatidae KW - Digenea KW - Trematoda KW - Platyhelminthes KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - eosinophil-mediated destruction KW - parasitic worms KW - Strigeida KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19790856342&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Determination of total and unbound calcium in nanoliter samples of cartilage fluid and serum. AU - Pita, J. C. AU - Blanco, L. N. AU - Howell, D. S. JO - Analytical Biochemistry JF - Analytical Biochemistry Y1 - 1978/// VL - 90 IS - 1 SP - 126 EP - 135 SN - 0003-2697 AD - Pita, J. C.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. Miami School of Medicine, Dep. Medicine, Miami, Fla. 33152, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791479890. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The sample is passed through a dialysis cell and calcium is estimated by helium glow photometer. La3+ is used to displace bound Ca. KW - calcium KW - estimation KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791479890&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Continuous-flow enzymic method evaluated for measurement of serum triglycerides with use of an improved lipase reagent. AU - Whitlow, K. AU - Gochman, N. JO - Clinical Chemistry JF - Clinical Chemistry Y1 - 1978/// VL - 24 IS - 11 SP - 2018 EP - 2019 SN - 0009-9147 AD - Whitlow, K.: Lab. Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Diego, Calif. 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791479916. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 3 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Values for serum triglyceride estimated by an automatic enzymic method were well correlated with those obtained by a Technicon fluorimetric method which takes much longer. KW - estimation KW - TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - triglycerides KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791479916&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Total parenteral nutrition in the management of acute renal failure. AU - Blumenkrantz, M. J. AU - Kopple, J. D. AU - Koffler, A. AU - Kamdar, A. K. AU - Healy, M. D. AU - Feinstein, E. I. AU - Massry, S. G. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1978/// VL - 31 IS - 10 SP - 1831 EP - 1840 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Blumenkrantz, M. J.: Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Univ. California, Los Angeles, Calif. 90024, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791480240. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 41 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Preliminary results of a double-blind study are reported in which one man with acute renal failure received hypertonic glucose alone, 2 received glucose with essential amino acids (21 g/daily) and 3 received glucose with essential (21 g/daily) and nonessential (21 g/daily) amino acids. All infusates were of equal energy value. No difference was observed in serum urea N, serum urea N:creatinine ratios or urea appearance rates. Nitrogen balance was negative in all patients. The ratios of essential amino acids:nonessential amino acids were higher and the tyrosine:phenylalanine ratios were lower in plasma in the 2 patients given glucose with essential amino acids. No patient survived. KW - parenteral feeding KW - renal failure KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - kidney failure KW - parenteral nutrition in renal failure KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791480240&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Sodium versus sodium-fluid restriction in hemodialysis: control of weight gains and blood pressures. AU - Rupp, J. W. AU - Stone, R. A. AU - Gunning, B. E. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1978/// VL - 31 IS - 10 SP - 1952 EP - 1955 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Rupp, J. W.: Dep. Dietetics, San Diego Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. California, San Diego, Calif., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791480259. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 5 ref. Registry Number: 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of simplified diet on interdialytic weight gain and predialysis blood pressures were studied in 2 randomly selected groups of men on chronic haemodialysis. The control group of 10 men was instructed on the traditional diet restricted in sodium and fluid, and 10 men were instructed on a simplified diet restricted only in Na. Two months of base-line measurements were made, including blood pressures, interdialytic weight gains and serum Na concentration. During 2 months after dietary instruction, the control group showed no significant change in mean weight gains, sitting and standing blood pressures or serum Na. The group instructed in Na restriction alone showed a significant decrease in mean weight gain (1.76 kg base-line against 1.53 kg treatment), and sitting mean arterial pressure (104.05 mmHg base-line against 100.09 mmHg treatment) and no significant change in serum Na. KW - blood pressure KW - haemodialysis KW - sodium KW - weight KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hemodialysis KW - sodium restriction affects blood pressure and weight gain in haemodialysis patients KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791480259&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fecal flora in different populations, with special reference to diet. AU - Finegold, S. M. AU - Sutter, V. L. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1978/// VL - 31 IS - 10 SP - S116 EP - S122 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Finegold, S. M.: Infectious Disease Section, Wadsworth Veterans Administration Hospital, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791480280. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Although potent antimicrobial agents may effect rapid and significant changes in faecal microflora, changes in diet or dietary supplements usually produce modest changes by comparison. It may be that even such minor changes may result in significant changes in metabolic activity, particularly in terms of production of possible carcinogens or cocarcinogens. It is clear that significant changes may occur in metabolic activity without great qualitative or quantitative change in the faecal microflora. KW - antibiotics KW - carcinogens KW - faeces KW - microorganisms KW - antibiotics and diet affect faecal flora and formation of carcinogens KW - feces KW - micro-organisms KW - Human Physiology and Biochemistry (VV050) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791480280&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of dietary fiber on intestinal gas production and small bowel transit time in man. AU - Bond, J. H. AU - Levitt, M. D. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1978/// VL - 31 IS - 10 SP - S169 EP - S174 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Bond, J. H.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 54th Street and 48th Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791480291. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Registry Number: 124-38-9, 1333-74-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The influence of dietary fibre was studied in 8 healthy subjects with breath hydrogen excretion as an indicator of colonic gas production. Hydrogen excretion after ingestion of bran was much less than that after ingestion of lactulose, a nonabsorbable fermentable sugar. Likewise, human faecal homogenates produced only about 10% as much hydrogen and CO2 during incubation with bran as with glucose or lactulose. Thus, the polysaccharides in bran seem to be relatively poor substrate for colonic bacterial gas production; reported gas-related symptoms after bran ingestion may be due to some other mechanism. The small bowel transit time of bran was greater than that of lactulose, but addition of bran to lactulose did not slow lactulose transit. KW - carbon dioxide KW - fibre KW - hydrogen KW - intestines KW - transit time KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fiber KW - fibre affects intestinal transit time and gas formation KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791480291&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Methionine metabolism in mammals: regulation of methylenetetrahydrofolate reductase content of rat tissues. AU - Finkelstein, J. D. AU - Martin, J. J. AU - Kyle, W. E. AU - Harris, B. J. JO - Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics JF - Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics Y1 - 1978/// VL - 191 IS - 1 SP - 153 EP - 160 SN - 0003-9861 AD - Finkelstein, J. D.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D.C. 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791480324. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 63-68-3, 9028-69-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Methylenetetrahydrofolate reductase, present in all 12 rat tissues examined, was most active in kidney, testes, pancreas and liver. A similar distribution was previously found (NAR 42, 3161) for methyltetrahydrofolate homocysteine methyltransferase. The reductase activity decreased with age in liver, kidney, brain and spleen. Protein restriction in diet increased activity in kidney and spleen. Treatment with several hormones altered values in liver and kidney. Changes produced by diet or hormones did not necessarily parallel those in the transferase. KW - methionine KW - methylenetetrahydrofolate reductase KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - methylenetetrahydrofolate reductase activity and methionine metabolism KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791480324&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of atropine and vagotomy on pancreatic polypeptide response to a meal in dogs. AU - Taylor, I. L. AU - Impicciatore, M. AU - Carter, D. C. AU - Walsh, J. H. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 235 IS - 4 SP - E443 EP - E447 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Taylor, I. L.: Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791480441. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Registry Number: 51-55-8, 55-48-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 4 conscious dogs the pancreatic polypeptide (PP) response to a standard beef-liver meal was estimated by a specific radioimmunological method and compared with the response after atropine 25 to 100 mu g/kg by vein. All 3 tests were made twice in each dog and then repeated after truncal vagotomy. The mean prevagotomy postprandial PP increment was 85 pmol/litre in the first 2-h period and 54.5 pmol/litre in the second. After the injection of atropine 25 mu g/kg there was a significant reduction in the early response, but not the late. After atropine sulphate 100 mu g/kg, the response was reduced during both periods. Truncal vagotomy reduced the PP response during both periods and the small residual response was completely eliminated by atropine. In 5 other dogs an infusion of bethanechol 100 mu g/kg h caused an increase in the plasma concentration which was prevented by pretreatment with atropine. The studies suggest that PP release in response to a meal in the dog is largely under vagal-cholinergic control. KW - atropine KW - pancreas KW - polypeptides KW - vagotomy KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - atropine and vagotomy affect pancreatic polypeptide response to a meal KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791480441&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Relationship between blood pH and potassium and phosphorus during acute metabolic acidosis. AU - Oster, J. R. AU - Perez, G. O. AU - Vaamonde, C. A. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 235 IS - 4 SP - F345 EP - F351 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Oster, J. R.: Nephrology Section (111C1), Veterans Administration Hospital, 1201 N.W. 16th Street, Miami, Fla. 33125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791480444. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 7723-14-0, 7440-09-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Metabolic acidosis is associated with increase in blood potassium and phosphorus concentrations but the influence of mineral against nonmineral acids on these variables is not known. Mongrel dogs were given 0.45% saline (controls), the mineral acids HCl and NH4Cl, and the nonmineral acids lactic, beta -hydroxybutyric and methylmalonic for 1 to 3 h by infusion. Infusion of both mineral acids was associated with increases in plasma K. Infusion of the 3 nonmineral acids did not increase plasma K, but the values decreased initially in most dogs. P concentrations were increased by lactic and beta -hydroxybutyric acids, were not changed by NH4Cl and HCl, and were decreased by methylmalic acid. KW - acidosis KW - blood KW - phosphorus KW - potassium KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - metabolic acidosis KW - relation between blood pH and potassium and phosphorus in metabolic acidosis KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791480444&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Vitamin-A reversal of abnormal dark adaptation in cirrhosis. Study of effects on the plasma retinol transport system. AU - Russell, R. M. AU - Morrison, S. A. AU - Smith, F. R. AU - Oaks, E. V. AU - Carney, E. A. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 88 IS - 5 SP - 622 EP - 626 SN - 0003-4819 AD - Russell, R. M.: Nutrition Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, 3900 Loch Raven Blvd., Baltimore, MD 21218, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791480525. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Registry Number: 68-26-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Of 26 patients in hospital with mild to moderate alcohol-associated cirrhosis, 14 had dark-adaptation abnormalities consistent with marginal vitamin A status. The response of dark adaptation and the plasma retinol transport proteins, retinol-binding protein and prealbumin, was studied in 12 of these patients after daily supplements of 3300 mu g vitamin A by mouth. Vitamin A supplement was associated with significant improvement in dark adaptation and increased plasma concentrations of retinyl esters, retinol and retinol-binding protein. KW - cirrhosis KW - dark adaptation KW - RETINOL KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - axerophthol KW - liver cirrhosis KW - vitamin A KW - vitamin A affects dark adaptation in cirrhosis KW - vitamin A alcohol KW - vitamin A1 KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791480525&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Weakness, neuropathy, and coma following total parenteral nutrition in underfed or starved rats: relationship to blood hyperosmolarity and brain water loss. AU - Derr, R. F. AU - Zieve, L. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 92 IS - 4 SP - 521 EP - 528 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Derr, R. F.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Research Lab., 151B, 54th St. and 48th Ave., S. Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791480716. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The continuous infusion of a concentrated, high-energy glucose solution, 390 kcal/kg daily, by vein into rats underfed or starved for 3 days resulted in hypophosphataemia, muscular weakness, neuropathy, lethargy, occasional convulsions, coma and death. This sequence of events was not observed in similarly treated normal rats. It is a model of a fatal parenteral nutrition syndrome which occurs in undernourished patients. Rats in coma had an 8-fold increase in blood glucose, a 1.5-fold increase in serum osmolarity, a 16 to 20% decrease in brain water content and normal blood ketones. A lag phase of at least 8 h and often 12 to 24 h occurred after the start of the hyperosmotic glucose infusion before the blood glucose began to accumulate progressively and the syndrome developed. The onset of the syndrome could be prevented by large amounts of insulin required to keep the blood sugar from exceeding 250 mg/100 ml. KW - blood sugar KW - coma KW - glucose KW - mortality KW - NERVOUS SYSTEM DISEASES KW - parenteral feeding KW - starvation KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood glucose KW - death rate KW - dextrose KW - glucose in blood KW - intravenous glucose after starvation on blood sugar KW - neuropathy KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791480716&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of ethanol on carbohydrate metabolism. 2. Influence on glucose tolerance in diabetic rats. AU - Singh, S. P. AU - Patel, D. G. JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol Y1 - 1978/// VL - 39 IS - 7 SP - 1206 EP - 1212 SN - 0096-882X AD - Singh, S. P.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Buckley Road, North Chicago, IL 60064, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791480720. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For part 1 see NAR/A 47, 64672. Carbohydrate metabolism was studied in 28 mildly diabetic male Sprague-Dawley rats after intragastric intubation of ethanol 0.4 g/kg bodyweight, isoenergetic glucose 0.75 g/kg, ethanol + glucose, and saline. Diabetes was induced by a single injection of streptozotocin. Blood glucose values were slightly lower after ethanol than after saline; plasma insulin values were not different. Ethanol added to the glucose load exaggerated glucose intolerance and decreased the glucose-mediated insulin response. KW - diabetes KW - ethanol KW - glucose tolerance KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood sugar tolerance KW - ethanol affects glucose tolerance in diabetes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791480720&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Lower dominance ranking associated with delay in development of aversion to ethanol in mice. AU - Kahn, A. J. JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol Y1 - 1978/// VL - 39 IS - 7 SP - 1224 EP - 1230 SN - 0096-882X AD - Kahn, A. J.: General Medical and Surgical Research Service, Veterans Administration, Edward Hines, Jr., Hospital, Hines, IL 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791480721. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - At 6 weeks old 28 male CFI mice were individually housed and, after obtaining water at 2 cage sites for 2 weeks, were offered a choice between water and a 3% ethanol solution for 4 weeks. One week after ethanol removal the mice were paired for a series of combats to establish dominance ranking. The mean dominance rank of the 17 mice aversive to ethanol (mean ethanol consumption below the 95% tolerance limit for the water control range) was 10.3, compared with 21.0 in the 11 nonaversive mice. There was no significant difference in plasma testosterone between 5 mice given ethanol for 4 weeks and their 5 controls. The results, in conjunction with previous findings, suggest that there is a parallel between the development of aversion to ethanol and the development of skill in combat and stabilization in total fluid intake per bodyweight. The findings suggest that emotional immaturity in alcoholics represents an associated developmental delay rather than a primary casual factor in alcoholism. KW - behaviour KW - ethanol KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - behavior KW - ethanol on behaviour KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791480721&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gas-liquid chromatography - mass spectrometry of trimethylsilyl ethers of bile alcohols. AU - Tint, G. S. AU - Dayal, B. AU - Batta, A. K. AU - Shefer, S. AU - Cheng, F. W. AU - Salen, G. AU - Mosbach, E. H. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1978/// VL - 19 IS - 8 SP - 956 EP - 966 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Tint, G. S.: Gastroenterology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, East Orange, NJ 07019, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791480865. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - bile acids KW - separation of trimethylsilyl ethers of bile alcohols KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791480865&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Evaluation of a continuous isotope feeding method for measurement of cholesterol absorption in man. AU - Crouse, J. R. AU - Grundy, S. M. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1978/// VL - 19 IS - 8 SP - 967 EP - 971 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Crouse, J. R.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791480866. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For 10 days 7 patients were given by mouth 3 times daily [14C]cholesterol and [3H] beta -sitosterol. Faeces were collected on days 3 to 10. Cholesterol absorption calculated from the difference between the isotope ratios in diet and faeces was 47 to 65, mean 54% and coefficient of variation 3.2 to 15.0, mean 7.8%. Values for 5 other patients were similar to those obtained by the method of Quintao et al. (NAR 41, 7280). KW - absorption KW - cholesterol KW - estimation KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791480866&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effects of calcium and magnesium on the secretion of parathormone and parathyroid secretory protein by isolated porcine parathyroid cells. AU - Morrissey, J. J. AU - Cohn, D. V. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 103 IS - 6 SP - 2081 EP - 2090 AD - Morrissey, J. J.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 4801 Linwood Blvd., Kansas City, Mo. 64128, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791481071. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 7439-95-4, 9002-64-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - Dispersed parathyroid cells were prepared by collagenase digestion of pig parathyroid glands (Endocrinology (1976) 99, 1582). The cells secrete parathyrin linearly for at least 4 h of incubation and rapidly respond inversely to changes in medium calcium and magnesium concentrations over the range 0.5 to 3.0 mmol/litre. In terms of inhibition of secretion, either ion was more effective in the presence of a minimum concentration of the other. When the cells were incubated with radioactive amino acids and the medium and cells were subsequently studied on gels, parathyroid secretory protein, parathyrin and some immunoreactive fragments were present. Ca decreased the formation of the secretory protein by about 40% without affecting the formation of proparathyrin or parathyrin appreciably. The secretion of parathyroid secretory protein and parathyrin were inversely proportional to the concentration of Ca or Mg. The secretion of parathyroid secretory protein was more sensitive than that of parathyrin to changes in Ca or Mg concentrations. KW - calcium KW - Electrophoresis KW - endogenous protein KW - in vitro culture KW - magnesium KW - parathyrin KW - PARATHYROID KW - Proteins KW - PIGS KW - Sus scrofa KW - Sus KW - Suidae KW - Suiformes KW - Artiodactyla KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - calcium and magnesium affect parathyrin and parathyroid protein secretion (pig) KW - hogs KW - parathyroid gland KW - parathyroid hormone KW - swine KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791481071&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of intragastric pressure on gastric emptying and secretion. AU - Strunz, U. T. AU - Grossman, M. I. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 235 IS - 5 SP - E552 EP - E555 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Strunz, U. T.: Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791481246. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In intact dogs the pressure in the main cavity of the stomach was held constant at different levels by a barostat and intragastric pH was held at 7.0 by intragastric titration. When the fluid level of the barostat was varied between 10 and 25 cm above the dog's xiphoid process, increasing intragastric pressure produced a linear increase in rate of gastric emptying. With an isotonic saline meal, emptying increased 1.2 ml/min cm in pressure. Increases in intragastric pressure produced significantly greater increases in emptying rate and smaller increases in gastric volume with a meal of isotonic saline than with isotonic liver extract. Increases in intragastric pressures increased acid secretion, to 39% of the maximum response to gastrin, with the saline meal but had no effect on acid secretion with the liver extract meal, 85% of maximum response to gastrin. Infusion of gastrin at a dose which produced maximum acid secretion had no effect on emptying or gastric volume, whereas infusion of octapeptide of pancreozymin in a dose which produces half-maximum pancreatic protein secretion inhibited emptying and increased gastric volume. KW - gastric acid KW - stomach emptying KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - intragastric pressure affects gastric emptying and secretion KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791481246&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Pancreatic response to intestinal perfusion with lactic acid or acidified albumin. AU - Solomon, T. E. AU - Grossman, M. I. AU - Meyer, J. H. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 235 IS - 5 SP - E560 EP - E564 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Solomon, T. E.: Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791481248. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 50-21-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 4 dogs with pancreatic fistulae, solutions of lactic acid and acidified bovine serum albumin were perfused at 50 ml/15 min into the intestine to deliver 1, 2 or 4 mmol/15 min of acid titratable to pH 4.50, the threshold pH for bicarbonate stimulation, from an initial pH of 2.00 or 3.50. At both pH 2.00 and 3.50 and at all titratable acid loads, bicarbonate secretory responses to lactic acid and acidified albumin were not different. Equal titratable acid loads of HCl produced greater secretory responses. The results do not suggest that permeability of weak acids across the intestinal mucosa is a factor in their ability to stimulate pancreatic bicarbonate output. KW - albumins KW - intestines KW - lactic acid KW - pancreas KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - lactate KW - pancreatic bicarbonate secretion after intestinal perfusion with lactic acid or acidified albumin KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791481248&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Profiles of pure pancreatic secretions obtained by direct pancreatic duct cannulation in normal healthy human subjects. AU - Rinderknecht, H. AU - Renner, I. G. AU - Douglas, A. P. AU - Adham, N. F. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 75 IS - 6 SP - 1083 EP - 1089 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Rinderknecht, H.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, Calif. 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791481636. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - composition KW - pancreatic juice KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791481636&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Renal damage with intestinal bypass. AU - Drenick, E. J. AU - Stanley, T. M. AU - Border, W. A. AU - Zawada, E. T. AU - Dornfeld, L. P. AU - Upham, T. AU - Llach, F. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 89 IS - 5, I SP - 594 EP - 599 SN - 0003-4819 AD - Drenick, E. J.: Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791481697. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Renal function and biopsies were studied in 18 patients, 7 to 108 months after intestinal bypass. Enteropathy was found in 12 and hyperoxaluria in 16. Every biopsy showed a type of focal interstitial nephritis, tubular atrophy, fibrosis and glomerular hyalinization. Damage ranged from very slight to extensive and renal function from normal to end-stage failure. Tubular injury had resulted partly from oxalate deposits. However, in 10 patients no oxalate was seen. In 8 others, most of the damaged areas were remote from crystal deposits. Immunoglobulin M and C3 deposits, found in glomerular capillaries and the mesangium in 6 of 11 specimens, and the presence of circulating immune complexes in 5 of 10 patients, in addition to the extraintestinal organ involvement, suggested immune complex mesangial injury as one factor in bypass nephropathy. With progressive impairment of renal function, a biopsy seems justified. If damage is significant, the bypass should be dismantled. KW - intestine resection KW - renal failure KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - kidney failure KW - renal damage after intestinal bypass KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791481697&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Granulomatous hepatitis and pleuritis after ileal bypass for obesity. AU - Neumann, T. G. AU - Craig, R. M. AU - Poticha, S. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1978/// VL - 31 IS - 11 SP - 1993 EP - 1997 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Neumann, T. G.: Veterans Administration Lakeside Hospital, 333 East Huron, Chicago, Ill. 60611, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791481702. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A patient who developed granulomatous hepatitis and pleuritis about 7 months after an ileal bypass procedure for morbid obesity is described. KW - hepatitis KW - intestine resection KW - lungs KW - obesity KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - granulomatous hepatitis and pleurisy after ileal bypass for obesity KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791481702&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of ten days of fasting on various aspects of carbohydrate metabolism in obese diabetic subjects with significant fasting hyperglycemia. AU - Greenfield, M. AU - Kolterman, O. AU - Olefsky, J. M. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1978/// VL - 27 IS - Suppl. 2 SP - 1839 EP - 1852 AD - Greenfield, M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791481971. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Patients with nonketotic diabetes, who were obese and had significant fasting hyperglycaemia with mean plasma glucose 310 mg/100 ml, fasted for 10 days. There was a prompt decrease of plasma glucose as the result of energy deprivation with a mean fall of about 200 mg/100 ml at the end of the fast. The fall in plasma glucose during the fast was associated with a decrease in plasma insulin. Fasting plasma glucose concentration rose immediately after food intake was resumed and became stable within 3 to 4 days at values halfway between the initial and the lowest value. At this time, the patients also seemed capable of disposing of an oral glucose load more efficiently. The apparent improvement in carbohydrate homeostasis after the fast could not be attributed to an increase in insulin response, but was associated with some amelioration of the insulin resistance which characterizes these patients. The beneficial effects of energy deprivation for 10 days were transitory and fasting plasma glucose values had returned to values found before fasting in most patients within a few months. KW - carbohydrates KW - diabetes KW - fasting KW - obesity KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fasting affects carbohydrate metabolism in obese diabetics KW - fatness KW - saccharides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791481971&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Early changes in gluconeogenesis and lipogenesis following destruction of the ventromedial hypothalamic nuclei. AU - Goldman, J. K. AU - Bernardis, L. L. AU - Kodis, M. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1978/// VL - 27 IS - Suppl. 2 SP - 2006 EP - 2008 AD - Goldman, J. K.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 3495 Bailey Ave., Buffalo, NY 14215, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791481984. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 50 to 70 g were given tritiated water by injection 6 h after the ventromedial hypothalamic nuclei had been destroyed. When they were killed 1 h later lesioned rats showed increased incorporation of tritium into carcass and liver lipid, liver and plasma protein and plasma glucose. KW - gluconeogenesis KW - hypothalamus KW - lipogenesis KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gluconeogenesis and lipogenesis after hypothalamic lesions KW - lipid formation KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791481984&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cholecystokinin in the brains of obese and nonobese mice. AU - Straus, E. AU - Yalow, R. S. JO - Science, USA JF - Science, USA Y1 - 1979/// VL - 203 IS - 4375 SP - 68 EP - 69 AD - Straus, E.: Solomon A. Berson Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, NY 10021, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791482326. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9011-97-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - C57BL/6J ob/ob mice and their nonobese littermates were killed between 6 and 9 months old. Extracts of cerebral cortex of ob/ob mice with hyperphagia contained pancreozymin octapeptide equivalent 0.05 mu g/g wet weight and of nonobese littermates 0.15 mu g/g. Cerebral cortex from normal LAF1 mice had 0.20 mu g/g. The results suggest a causal relation between decrease in immunoreactive pancreozymin in brain and unrestrained appetite in obese mice. KW - brain KW - obesity KW - pancreozymin KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - brain pancreozymin in obesity KW - cerebrum KW - cholecystokinin KW - fatness KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791482326&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Increased bitter taste detection thresholds in Yucatan inhabitants related to coffee as a dietary source of niacin. AU - Davis, R. G. JO - Chemical Senses and Flavour JF - Chemical Senses and Flavour Y1 - 1978/// VL - 3 IS - 4 SP - 423 EP - 429 AD - Davis, R. G.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Lexington, KY 40507, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791482346. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 59-67-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The threshold of detection for phenylthiocarbamide (PTC) was tested in 120 subjects of mixed Spanish and Indian ancestry in Yucatan and 83 American Caucasians. There was a significant shift toward lower bitter taste sensitivity in the Yucatan sample relative to the sample from the USA. The incidence of frequent coffee intake, 2 or more cups daily, was 43% in the Yucatan sample and 22% in the USA sample. Yucatan subjects began to drink coffee at an earlier age than Americans. The Yucatan subjects had a diet based on maize deficient in niacin and so were at risk for pellagra. Coffee, when roasted and brewed, contains therapeutic amounts of niacin, but has a bitter taste. Reduced taste sensitivity to some bitter substances is transmitted by a simple Mendelian process as a recessive trait. It is suggested that the Yucatan subjects who used coffee extensively were less sensitive to the bitter taste of PTC as the result of the survival advantage conferred by being relatively less sensitive to the bitter taste of coffee. KW - coffee KW - NICOTINIC ACID KW - taste sensitivity KW - Mexico KW - Coffea KW - Man KW - Rubiaceae KW - Rubiales KW - Gentianales KW - dicotyledons KW - angiosperms KW - Spermatophyta KW - plants KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - APEC countries KW - Developing Countries KW - Latin America KW - America KW - North America KW - OECD Countries KW - Threshold Countries KW - niacin KW - relation of bitter taste detection to coffee as niacin source KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Food Composition and Quality (QQ500) KW - Crop Produce (QQ050) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791482346&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Selenium in nutrition. AU - Burk, R. F. JO - World Review of Nutrition and Dietetics JF - World Review of Nutrition and Dietetics Y1 - 1978/// VL - 30 SP - 88 EP - 106 AD - Burk, R. F.: Univ. Texas Southwestern Medical School and Veterans Administration Hospital, TX 75235, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791483062. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 102 ref. Registry Number: 7782-49-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - reviews KW - selenium KW - review of selenium KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791483062&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Phthalate interference in gas-chromatographic determination of long-chain fatty acids in plasma. AU - Geisler, C. AU - Swanson, A. R. AU - Zieve, L. AU - Anders, M. W. JO - Clinical Chemistry JF - Clinical Chemistry Y1 - 1979/// VL - 25 IS - 2 SP - 308 EP - 310 SN - 0009-9147 AD - Geisler, C.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791483228. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Phthalates leached from plastic tubing or other material may interfere with the gas-chromatographic estimation of long-chain fatty acids in plasma. Gas chromatography/mass spectrometry may be required for accurate estimation. KW - blood plasma KW - composition KW - estimation KW - long chain fatty acids KW - plasma (blood) KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791483228&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Transport of therapeutic cyanocobalamin in the congenital deficiency of transcobalamin II (TCII). AU - Hall, C. A. AU - Hitzig, W. H. AU - Green, P. D. AU - Begley, J. A. JO - Blood JF - Blood Y1 - 1979/// VL - 53 IS - 2 SP - 251 EP - 263 SN - 0006-4971 AD - Hall, C. A.: Hematology Research (151E), Veterans Administration Hospital, Albany, NY 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791483323. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 38 ref. Registry Number: 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Cobalamin (Cbl) transport was studied in the circulation of a child deficient in transcobalamin II (TCII) after 1.0 mg cyanocobalamin (CN-Cbl) by muscle or mouth. There was no detectable TCII in the serum as measured immunologically or by binding capacities in vivo or in vitro. Transcobalamin I (TCI) was present in at least normal amounts, but, in contrast to the normal, TC I was completely saturated with Cbl. The TC I of the child was qualitatively the same as that of normal persons and there was no evidence that TC I, or any other R-type binder, assumed the functions of the apparently absent TC II. There was, however, an incompletely characterized circulating large molecular sized complex containing R-type binder. After intake of 1.0 mg CN-Cbl by mouth, the usual daily therapeutic dose and route in this child, free Cbl was present in the serum. HeLa cells in culture took up free Cbl much less efficiently than Cbl bound to TC II, but the free Cbl followed the normal sequence in being bound to an intracellular binder and converted from CN-Cbl to the functioning forms adenosyl and methyl Cbl. Therefore entry to free Cbl into the child's tissues was considered to be a therapeutic possibility. KW - cyanocobalamin KW - transcobalamins KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cyanocobalamin transport in congenital transcobalamin II deficiency KW - vitamin B12 binding substances KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791483323&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of a high protein (meat) intake on calcium metabolism in man. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Kramer, L. AU - Osis, D. AU - Norris, C. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1978/// VL - 31 IS - 12 SP - 2167 EP - 2180 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791483664. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 60 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of a high protein (meat) intake of 2 g/kg on excretions and retention and on intestinal absorption of calcium was studied in men. In the control study the protein intake was on average 1 g/kg. The studies were made during a low Ca intake of 200 and a normal intake of 800 mg daily. Two additional studies were during a Ca intake of 1100 mg and one during an intake of 2000 mg daily. On high protein and low Ca intake and on 800 mg Ca urinary Ca did not significantly increase. It increased moderately in 2 studies on the higher Ca intakes, but these excretions decreased with time to control values. The lack of a significant increase of urinary Ca in most of the studies is probably due to the higher phosphorus content of the high protein intake. Ca absorption, estimated with 47Ca, faecal Ca and Ca balances did not differ significantly on the high protein intake. In studies during a low protein (meat) intake of 0.5 g/kg urinary Ca changed little and faecal Ca, 47Ca absorption and Ca balance did not change. KW - calcium KW - intake KW - meat KW - protein KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - high protein intake and calcium metabolism KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Meat Produce (QQ030) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791483664&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Aluminum kinetics during hemodialysis. AU - Kovalchik, M. T. AU - Kaehny, W. D. AU - Hegg, A. P. AU - Jackson, J. T. AU - Alfrey, A. C. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 92 IS - 5 SP - 712 EP - 720 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Kovalchik, M. T.: Veterans Administration Hospital (111C), 1055 Clermont Street, Denver, Colo. 80220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791483883. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Registry Number: 7429-90-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Transfer of aluminium during haemodialysis and biliary and urinary Al excretion during and after Al loading were studied in anaesthetized dogs. After bile duct cannulation, the ureters were ligated in 10 dogs (group 1) and left intact in 8 (group 2). The dogs underwent 4 h of haemodialysis by dialysate prepared with untreated tap water, producing mean dialysate Al concentrations of 83 and 73 mu g/litre in groups 1 and 2, respectively. Four dogs from each group also were studied for 4 h after dialysis. Plasma Al rose from control mean of 6 mu g/litre to peak values of 218 mu g/litre in group 1 and from 7 to 148 mu g/litre in group 2 during dialysis. All intradialysis plasma Al values were significantly different from control, as were the postdialysis values in group 1, but the values 3 and 4 h after dialysis were not different from control values in group 2. The cumulative total Al loads delivered during dialysis were on average 2233 and 2324 mu g in groups 1 and 2. Bile Al concentration and excretion increased significantly in both groups but accounted for less than 0.1% of the total load in both groups. Urinary Al excretion increased in group 2, accounting for 360 mu g or 37%, of the load during the 8-h studies in group 2. Three dogs were given an acute infusion of 1000 to 2000 mu g Al as AlCl3; standard clearance studies were made. Fractional Al excretions were on average 50% throughout, and 33% of the loads were excreted during 2 h. KW - aluminium KW - haemodialysis KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aluminium kinetics during haemodialysis KW - aluminum KW - hemodialysis KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791483883&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Diabetic ketoacidosis. AU - Bienia, R. AU - Ripoll, I. JO - Journal of the American Medical Association JF - Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1979/// VL - 241 IS - 5 SP - 510 EP - 511 AD - Bienia, R.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Center, Hampton, VA 23667, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791483924. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 6 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The pathophysiology and treatment of diabetic ketoacidosis are briefly reviewed. It is concluded that there is no definite procedure or method of treatment for all patients, that treatment must be determined for individual patients and that each patient's condition must be monitored clearly to detect complications. KW - diabetic acidosis KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - pathophysiology and treatment KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791483924&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - In vivo absorption and phosphorylation of pyridoxine.HCl in rat jejunum. AU - Middleton, H. M., III JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 76 IS - 1 SP - 43 EP - 49 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Middleton, H. M., III: Gastroenterology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital (FHD), Augusta, Ga. 30904, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791484119. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 65-23-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The absorption and phosphorylation of [3H]pyridoxine hydrochloride were studied in vivo in isolated loops of rat jejunum. Uptake was rapid and linear over the concentration range of 0.2 to 1 mmol/litre; tissue content of absorbed vitamin was saturable and consisted primarily of phosphorylated forms of vitamin B-6. Phosphorylation was saturable with a Km of 11.6 mu mol/litre and a Vmax of 1.65 nmol/5 min g wet tissue. Inhibition of phosphorylation changed neither the half-time of [3H]pyridoxine hydrochloride disappearance from the lumen nor the calculated uptake after 5-min or 30-min absorption periods. Inhibition of phosphorylation, however, significantly decreased the half-time for transmural absorption and significantly increased the calculated transmural absorption after a 5-min absorption period. The studies indicate that pyridoxine absorption, over the concentration range tested, is nonsaturable and consistent with passive diffusion, jejunal phosphorylation of pyridoxine occurs in vivo, is saturable and results in saturation of tissue content of the absorbed vitamin and that phosphorylation has no significant effect on the uptake of pyridoxine but significantly delays the transmural absorption of a finite amount of the vitamin. KW - pyridoxine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - absorption and phosphorylation KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791484119&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of amino acids on purified rat intestinal brush-border membrane aminooligopeptidase. AU - Kim, Y. S. AU - Brophy, E. J. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 76 IS - 1 SP - 82 EP - 87 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Kim, Y. S.: Gastrointestinal Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791484123. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - When a hexapeptide, Leu-Trp-Met-Arg-Phe-Ala, or a pentapeptide, Leu-Trp-Met-Arg-Phe, was incubated in vitro with a purified aminooligopeptidase from rat small intestinal mucosa, the respective C-terminal dipeptides, Phe-Ala and Arg-Phe, were resistant to hydrolysis. The resistance of these C-terminal dipeptides to hydrolysis was due mainly to the accumulation of inhibitory hydrophobic amino acids liberated in the incubation mixture. The hydrolysis of peptides by the brush-border membrane peptidase is inhibited to a different extent by the hydrophobic amino acids L-tryptophan, L-methionine, L-isoleucine, L-leucine, L-tyrosine and L-phenylalanine, but not the D-form of these amino acids. The inhibition of the hydrolysis of 3 dipeptides by hydrophobic amino acids showed these amino acids to be competitive inhibitors (same Vmax, the maximal velocity of the enzyme reaction; different Km, the substrate concentration at which the enzyme reaction is half maximum) of one of the dipeptides while exhibiting a mode of inhibition that was not competitive (different Vmax, different Km) with either of the other 2 dipeptides. The findings indicate that the effect of amino acids on the hydrolytic rate of the brush-border membrane aminooligopeptidases must be considered in studies of intestinal hydrolysis and absorption of peptides. KW - amino acids KW - intestinal mucosa KW - peptidases KW - proteinases KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - amino acids affect intestinal mucosal aminooligopeptidase activity in vitro KW - intestine epithelium KW - proteases KW - proteolytic enzymes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791484123&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Vitamin D dependence of in vivo calcium transport and mucosal calcium binding protein in rat large intestine. AU - Petith, M. M. AU - Wilson, H. D. AU - Schedl, H. P. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 76 IS - 1 SP - 99 EP - 104 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Petith, M. M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Southern Illinois Univ. School of Medicine, Marion, Ill. 62959, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791484125. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 1406-16-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Dependence of large intestinal transport of calcium on vitamin D has been examined in vitro in colon only. Ca fluxes were studied in caecum and colon in vivo by perfusion with calcium chloride 1.6 mmol/litre saline. Tracer 45Ca was injected parenterally 24 h before study or was added to the perfusates. For 8 to 10 weeks after weaning, rats were fed on a rachitogenic diet; 48 and 24 h before study, half were treated with 20 000 IU ergocalciferol. In a separate group of rats, mucosal calcium-binding protein was analysed by the Chelex test method. In comparison with vitamin D-deprived rats, the colon of vitamin D-treated rats showed more lumen-to-plasma flux and less plasma-to-lumen flux and net absorption instead of net secretion. In caecum, transport of Ca was not significantly altered by vitamin D treatment. Mucosal calcium-binding protein was greater in caecum than in colon in both groups and was greater in vitamin D-treated than in vitamin D-deprived rats in both segments. KW - binding proteins KW - caecum KW - calcium KW - colon KW - intestinal mucosa KW - vitamin D KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - carrier proteins KW - cecum KW - intestine epithelium KW - vitamin D dependence of calcium transport and mucosal calcium binding protein in large intestine KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791484125&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Ascorbic acid and stress ulcer in the rat. AU - Glavin, G. B. AU - Pare, W. P. AU - Vincent, G. P., Jr. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1978/// VL - 108 IS - 12 SP - 1969 EP - 1975 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Glavin, G. B.: Pavlovian Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Perry Point, Md. 21902, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791484433. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Registry Number: 50-81-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats were given ascorbic acid by mouth at a dose of 30 g/litre drinking water during total starvation, partial starvation, the activity-stress ulcer procedure or the restraint-cold procedure. In 4 experiments, ascorbic acid had no significant protective action against stomach ulcer formation; it may have potentiated the ulcerogenic process. KW - ascorbic acid KW - stress KW - ulcers KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - prevention of stress gastric ulcer by ascorbic acid KW - vitamin C KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791484433&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The role of dietary fat and hepatic triglyceride secretion in cancer-induced hypertriglyceridemia. AU - Kannan, R. AU - Wilson, L. AU - Baker, N. JO - Lipids JF - Lipids Y1 - 1978/// VL - 13 IS - 12 SP - 887 EP - 891 SN - 0024-4201 AD - Kannan, R.: Tumor-Lipid Lab., Research Service, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791484440. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Hypertriglyceridaemia developed at a similar rate and degree in male mice with Ehrlich ascites carcinoma and on a diet of Purina chow or one with 58% glucose and no fat. The effect was greatest after 6 or 8 days. The secretion rates of triglyceride by liver were similar. KW - fat KW - hypertriglyceridaemia KW - neoplasms KW - TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cancers KW - fat on liver triglyceride secretion and hypertriglyceridaemia in cancer KW - hypertriglyceridemia KW - triglycerides KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791484440&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Determination of trace-level vanadium in marine biological samples by chemical neutron activation analysis. AU - Blotcky, A. J. AU - Falcone, C. AU - Medina, V. A. AU - Rack, E. P. AU - Hobson, D. W. JO - Analytical Chemistry JF - Analytical Chemistry Y1 - 1979/// VL - 51 IS - 2 SP - 178 EP - 182 AD - Blotcky, A. J.: General Medical Research, Veterans Administration Hospital, Omaha, Nebr. 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791484576. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Registry Number: 7440-62-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Wet digestion, cation-exchange chromatography and neutron activation analysis were used to estimate vanadium, as little as 30 ppb [ mu g/kg?]. Values for white shrimp, oyster and blue crab were 0.40 to 1.31 mu g/g DM for a nonindustrialized area and 0.69 to 3.05 for 3 industrialized areas. KW - shellfish KW - vanadium KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - estimation and content of vanadium in shellfish on Texan coast KW - United States of America KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791484576&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effects of chronic alcohol and vitamin E consumption on aging pigments and learning performance in mice. AU - Freund, G. JO - Life Sciences JF - Life Sciences Y1 - 1979/// VL - 24 IS - 2 SP - 145 EP - 151 SN - 0024-3205 AD - Freund, G.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Univ. Florida, Gainesville, Fla., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791484678. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 1406-18-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - From 3 to 8 months old mice were given a liquid diet with ethanol or sucrose or a standard diet, all adequate in vitamin E. The impairment of avoidance learning with ageing was accentuated by intake of ethanol. Supplements of vitamin E in the diet, but not ethanol, decreased brain content of lipofuscins, pigments which increase in brain with ageing. Vitamin E did not prevent deterioration in avoidance learning produced by ageing or ethanol. KW - aging KW - alcoholism KW - brain KW - LEARNING ABILITY KW - pigments KW - vitamin E KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ageing KW - alcoholism and vitamin E affect ageing brain pigments and learning KW - cerebrum KW - learning capacity KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791484678&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Alcoholic liver disease presenting with marked elevation of serum alkaline phosphatase. A combined clinical and pathological study. AU - Perrillo, R. P. AU - Griffin, R. AU - DeSchryver-Kecskemeti, K. AU - Lander, J. J. AU - Zuckerman, G. R. JO - American Journal of Digestive Diseases JF - American Journal of Digestive Diseases Y1 - 1978/// VL - 23 IS - 12 SP - 1061 EP - 1066 AD - Perrillo, R. P.: Cochran Veterans Administration Hospital-III JC, 915 N. Grand Blvd., St. Louis, Mo. 63125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791484683. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 9001-78-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 20 patients with longstanding alcoholism and biopsy-proven alcoholic liver disease, serum alkaline phosphatase was high (in excess of 4 times the upper limit of normal). None had a past or present history to suggest pancreatitis or biliary tract disease, nor had any recently taken drugs which could be implicated in cholestatic jaundice; 13 had confirmation of nonobstructed biliary systems. The histological findings were compared with those of patients with alcoholic liver disease and normal or only mild increase of serum alkaline phosphatase. Significantly more hepatocellular necrosis, alcoholic hyaline and cholestasis were noted in the severely hyperphosphatasaemic group. Steatosis was slight in both groups. KW - alcoholism KW - alkaline phosphatase KW - liver KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - alkaline phosphomonoesterase KW - serum alkaline phosphatase in alcoholic liver disease KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791484683&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of interruption of enterohepatic circulation on biliary lipid secretion in man. AU - Mok, H. Y. I. AU - Bergmann, K. von AU - Grundy, S. M. JO - American Journal of Digestive Diseases JF - American Journal of Digestive Diseases Y1 - 1978/// VL - 23 IS - 12 SP - 1067 EP - 1075 AD - Mok, H. Y. I.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, Calif. 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791484684. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 18 subjects with intact gallbladders and in 6 with cholecystectomy, hepatic secretions of 3 biliary lipids were estimated by an intestinal perfusion technique. In studies on subjects with normal gallbladders (study A), continuous infusion of liquid diet was given to stimulate gallbladder contraction, so that gallbladder storage was eliminated and duodenal outputs were equal to hepatic secretion rates. Bile acid pool size and bile lipid outputs were estimated in steady-state conditions (intact EHC). Secretion rates of bile acids were then reduced by progressively withdrawing large amounts of bile from the EHC during 12 h, during which time biliary lipid secretions were measured continuously. In study B, 6 subjects without gallbladder ingested 3 meals of liquid diet during the day and fasted overnight. Measurements of biliary lipid outputs were made hourly during the 24 h. A wide range of bile acid secretion rates occurred in these physiological conditions owing to the lowering of bile acid outputs during fasting. In both studies, bile saturation with cholesterol increased as EHC became interrupted; the magnitude of this increase was variable from subject to subject and seemed to depend on two related factors. First, bile saturation was greater in subjects with severe reduction of bile acid output on interrupting the EHC. Second, the degree of uncoupling of cholesterol and phospholipid secretion in the lower range of bile acid outputs was also variable. When secretion of cholesterol was well maintained in the face of decreasing bile acid and phospholipid outputs, bile became supersaturated. Subjects with high biliary cholesterol during intact EHC were especially prone to cholesterol-phospholipid dissociation, but even at relatively low outputs of cholesterol, interruption of the EHC sometimes caused dissociation of secretions of cholesterol and phospholipids causing supersaturated bile at low rates of bile acid flux. KW - bile KW - lipids KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - biliary lipid secretion after interrupted enterohepatic circulation KW - gall KW - lipins KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791484684&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Iron and the liver. Subcellular distribution of iron and decreased microsomal cytochrome P-450 in livers of iron-loaded rats. AU - Bonkowsky, H. L. AU - Carpenter, S. J. AU - Healey, J. F. JO - Archives of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine JF - Archives of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine Y1 - 1979/// VL - 103 IS - 1 SP - 21 EP - 29 SN - 0003-9985 AD - Bonkowsky, H. L.: Veterans Administration Center, White River Junction, VT 05001, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791484853. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 47 ref. Registry Number: 7439-89-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats were given large doses of iron-dextran or ferric citrate intraperitoneally. They accumulated large quantities of Fe within Kupffer cells and hepatocytes. The relative subcellular distributions of Fe were similar in controls and iron-loaded rats, despite a 10- to 20-fold difference in hepatic Fe concentration. Electron microscopy of whole liver and subcellular particulate fractions suggested that Fe was present in highest concentration in lysosomes, which were rendered more labile by its presence, but quantitative estimations of Fe on all subcellular fractions, obtained by 2 preparative methods, showed that most of the Fe was in the "soluble" fraction. The amount of Fe in the "microsomal" fraction varied, depending on the techniques used for preparation of that fraction. Cytochrome P-450 and total haem concentrations were decreased by 40 to 50% in microsomes isolated from iron-loaded livers. KW - cytochromes KW - iron KW - liver cells KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hepatocytes KW - iron and cytochrome P-450 in liver cells in iron excess KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791484853&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Protective effects of ketogenic diets on signs of hypoglycemia. AU - Johnson, W. A. AU - Weiner, M. W. JO - Diabetes JF - Diabetes Y1 - 1978/// VL - 27 IS - 11 SP - 1087 EP - 1091 AD - Johnson, W. A.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Dep. Medicine, Univ. Wisconsin, Madison, Wis. 53711, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791485030. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Registry Number: 61789-99-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Lard, medium-chain triglycerides, or 1,3-butylene glycol comprised 43% of a diet given to mice. The diet containing lard or medium-chain triglycerides protected the mice from the signs of acute insulin-induced hypoglycaemia. Furthermore, both diets protected the mice from the effects of repeated injections of insulin (every 8 h) for 10 days. In contrast, 1,3-butylene glycol had no protective effect. It is suggested that ketogenic diets may be of value in the treatment of recurrent hypoglycaemic conditions. KW - hypoglycaemia KW - ketogenesis KW - lard KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hypoglycemia KW - ketogenic diet in treatment of insulin-induced hypoglycaemia KW - low blood glucose KW - triglycerides (medium-chain) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791485030&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Role of gallbladder emptying and small bowel transit in regulation of bile acid pool size in man. AU - Duane, W. C. AU - Hanson, K. C. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 92 IS - 6 SP - 858 EP - 872 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Duane, W. C.: Section of Gastroenterology, Veterans Administration Hospital, 54th Street and 48th Ave. South, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791485055. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Eleven normal persons were studied after 2 to 3 weeks of equilibration in a metabolic ward. Indocyanine green (ICG) was used as a marker of gall bladder contents. Output of ICG in response to a standard test meal was monitored by a constant perfusion technique using [14C]PEG as a nonabsorbable marker. Small bowel transit time was measured as the delay between ingestion of nonabsorbable carbohydrate and the appearance of H2 gas in the breath. Pool sizes, synthesis rates and fractional turnover rates of bile acid were measured by standard isotope dilution techniques after simultaneous administration of [14C]cholic and [14C]chenodeoxycholic acids. Gall bladder emptying approached first-order kinetics for 40 to 120 min after the test meal. Linear regression analysis showed strong correlations between gall bladder emptying rate and pool sizes of both cholic and chenodeoxycholic acids. The smaller pools associated with more rapid gall bladder emptying were largely a result of changes in fractional turnover rate which were correlated significantly with gall bladder emptying for cholic and for chenodeoxycholic acid. Gall bladder emptying was not significantly related to synthesis rate for either bile acid. Transit time was correlated only weakly with pools of cholic and chenodeoxycholic acids, relations which were not significant. Fractional turnover rates of the 2 bile acids were completely independent of transit time. Pool size of the secondary bile acid, deoxycholic, was dependent on transit time but was independent of gall bladder emptying rate. Total bile acid pool was closely related to transit time and to gall bladder emptying rate. KW - bile acids KW - gall bladder KW - intestines KW - transit time KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - role of gall bladder emptying and intestinal transit time in regulation of bile acid pool size KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791485055&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Diet-induced alterations in the discoid shape and phospholipid fatty acid compositions of rat erythrocytes. AU - Rao, G. A. AU - Siler, K. AU - Larkin, E. C. JO - Lipids JF - Lipids Y1 - 1979/// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 30 EP - 38 SN - 0024-4201 AD - Rao, G. A.: Hematology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Martinez, Calif. 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791485161. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For 8 weeks young male rats were given diets rich in C18:2 (stock diet or 10% maize oil) or devoid of C18:2 (fat-free, or 10% hydrogenated coconut oil, HCO). The maize oil and HCO diets were given in the absence or presence of eicosa-5,8,11,14-tetraynoic acid (TYA). Without C18:2, C16:1, 18:1 and 20:3 increased and C8:2 decreased in the fatty acids of red cells. With TYA, C18:2 increased and with HCO + TYA C12:0 and 14:0 also decreased. The contents of C20:4 in erythrocyte fatty acids were similar. Saturated fatty acids were predominant in phosphatidylcholine (PC), lysophosphatidylcholine (LPC) and sphingomyelin whereas unsaturated acids were predominant in phosphatidylethanolamine (PE), phosphatidylserine, and phosphatidylinositol (PI). Acids containing 3 or more double bonds comprised about 90% of the total acids in PI. In all the phospholipids, the characteristic changes in the composition of fatty acids were due to the exclusion of C18:2 from the diet. However, changes due to TYA were found only in PC and LPC. In rats given the C18:2-rich diet, about 60% of the red cells were discocytes. In those on the C18:2-free diet, the level of discocytes decreased to about 23%, and the levels of echinocytes II and III increased. The exclusion of C18:2 for even a few days decreased the proportion of discocytes. The loss of discoid shape was reversed in a few days by a C18:2-rich diet. Fatty acid analysis of erythrocytes of rats on the different diets showed that the change in the proportion of discocytes followed the change in C18:2. KW - erythrocytes KW - fatty acids KW - phospholipids KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood red cells KW - dietary fatty acids affect discoid shape and phospholipid fatty acids of erythrocytes KW - red blood cells KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791485161&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Dietary myo-inositol intake and peripheral nerve function in diabetic neuropathy. AU - Clements, R. S., Jr. AU - Vourganti, B. AU - Kuba, T. AU - Oh, S. J. AU - Darnell, B. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1979/// VL - 28 IS - 4, Suppl. 1 SP - 477 EP - 483 AD - Clements, R. S., Jr.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 700 South 19th Street, Birmingham, Ala. 35233, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791485213. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 87-89-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Diets normal, low or high in myoinositol were given to 6 healthy men for 2 weeks so that their daily intake was 772.2, 642.3 and 1648.4 mg, respectively, and to 20 patients with diabetic neuropathy of sufficient severity to interfere with normal daily activities for 2 or 16 weeks so that daily intake was 621.4, 439.7 and 1283.4 mg. Conduction velocities of the median motor, median sensory, peroneal motor and sural sensory nerves were estimated. The different diets had little effect on mean nerve condition velocities in the healthy controls; analysis of paired results showed a slight fall in median sensory nerve conduction velocity while subjects were given the diet high in myoinositol. All mean nerve conduction velocities in the neuropathic group were less than those of controls. When all patients were given the diet low in myoinositol, each mean nerve conduction velocity tended to fall and when all were given the diet high in myoinositol, all but the median sensory nerve conduction velocity increased. KW - diabetic neuropathy KW - myo-inositol KW - peripheral nerves KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - inositol KW - meso-inositol KW - myoinositol affects peripheral nerve function in diabetic neuropathy KW - nerves KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791485213&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Bacterial flora of the small bowel before and after bypass procedure for morbid obesity. AU - Corrodi, P. AU - Wideman, P. A. AU - Sutter, V. L. AU - Drenick, E. J. AU - Passaro, E., Jr. AU - Finegold, S. M. JO - Journal of Infectious Diseases JF - Journal of Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1978/// VL - 137 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 6 SN - 0022-1899 AD - Corrodi, P.: Infectious Disease Section, Building 500, Room 3658, Wadsworth Veterans Administration Hospital, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791485250. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The contents of the proximal jejunum and distal ileum were cultured quantitatively in 8 patients undergoing intestinal bypass for obesity. Five jejunal specimens were sterile; 3 contained low counts of a predominantly aerobic flora. Ileal contents yielded variable but usually higher counts than in the jejunum and there were similar numbers of anaerobes and aerobes. In 3 patients in whom a bypass was established, contents of the functioning small bowel showed counts of 105.0 to 107.6 colony-forming units/ml. These counts exceeded the counts in the normal terminal ileum; the flora qualitatively resembled that of faeces. Four specimens from excluded loops showed colonization with faecal organisms; the counts ranged between 106.4 and 109.7 colony-forming units/ml. In jejunoileal bypass both the functioning small bowel and the excluded loop become colonized with colonic flora, a phenomenon that may contribute to some of the side effects of this procedure. KW - intestine resection KW - intestines KW - obesity KW - bacteria KW - Man KW - prokaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - bacterium KW - fatness KW - intestinal bacterial count before and after intestinal bypass in obesity KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791485250&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - An assay for intrinsic factor based on blocking of the R binder of gastric juice by cobinamide. AU - Begley, J. A. AU - Trachtenberg, A. JO - Blood JF - Blood Y1 - 1979/// VL - 53 IS - 4 SP - 788 EP - 793 SN - 0006-4971 AD - Begley, J. A.: Hematology Research (151E), Veterans Administration Hospital, Albany, NY 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791485292. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 9008-12-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - estimation KW - intrinsic factor KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791485292&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Reversible gastric and pancreatic hyposecretion after long-term total parenteral nutrition. AU - Kotler, D. P. AU - Levine, G. M. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1979/// VL - 300 IS - 5 SP - 241 EP - 242 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Kotler, D. P.: Veterans Administration Hospital, University and Woodland Ave., Philadelphia, PA 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791485393. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A man 28 years old, with a 7-year history of Crohn's disease, developed gastric hyposecretion and pancreatic insufficiency when treated for 2 years with total parenteral nutrition. After further surgery, the patient was able to tolerate oral feeding. Peak bicarbonate concentration and volume were abnormally low initially after secretin testing; volume output was normal after 1 month of oral feeding and peak bicarbonate was normal after 9 months; output of total bicarbonate rose progressively. Basal gastric acid secretion and serum gastrin did not change significantly; peak acid output was lowest on total parenteral nutrition. KW - enteritis KW - gastric acid KW - pancreatic juice KW - parenteral feeding KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ileitis KW - jejunitis KW - reversibility of gastric and pancreatic hyposecretion after parenteral feeding in enteritis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791485393&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Effect of aluminum-containing antacids on mineral and fluoride metabolism in man. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Kramer, L. AU - Norris, C. AU - Wiatrowski, E. AU - Osis, D. T2 - Federation Proceedings JO - Federation Proceedings JF - Federation Proceedings Y1 - 1979/// VL - 38 IS - 3, I SP - 450 EP - 450 SN - 0014-9446 AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Research Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Hines, IL 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791485623. Language: English. Registry Number: 7429-90-5, 16984-48-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - aluminium KW - antacids KW - fluoride KW - minerals KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aluminium-containing antacids affect mineral metabolism KW - aluminum KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791485623&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Influence of guar gum, oat bran and pectin on lipid metabolism in rats. AU - Chen, W. J. L. AU - Anderson, J. W. T2 - Federation Proceedings JO - Federation Proceedings JF - Federation Proceedings Y1 - 1979/// VL - 38 IS - 3, I SP - 548 EP - 548 SN - 0014-9446 AD - Chen, W. J. L.: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Lexington, KY 40507, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791485664. Language: English. Registry Number: 9000-30-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - bran KW - guar gum KW - lipids KW - oats KW - pectins KW - Avena sativa KW - rats KW - Avena KW - Poaceae KW - Cyperales KW - monocotyledons KW - angiosperms KW - Spermatophyta KW - plants KW - eukaryotes KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - lipid metabolism after guar gum, oat bran and pectin KW - lipins KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791485664&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of choline deficiency on glycogen content of rat liver after overnight fasting. AU - Saito, R. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1979/// VL - 19 IS - 2 SP - 215 EP - 221 AD - Saito, R.: Clinical Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Pittsburgh, PA 15240, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791486375. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 62-49-7, 9005-79-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Sprague-Dawley rats weighing about 100 g in 13 groups of 4 were given a diet deficient in choline without (CD) or with 0.8% choline chloride (CS). Two control groups were killed before or after they had been deprived of food overnight and 2 other groups were killed after 1 day on the diets without deprivation overnight. The remaining 9 groups were deprived of food overnight, 16 h, and then offered a stock diet (LC), the CD or CS diet for 1 to 3 days. Liver glycogen decreased in all rats after overnight deprivation. After 1 day of refeeding, glycogen increased by 165% in the LC group and 299% in the CS group, with the CD increase intermediate. After 2 days of refeeding, glycogen had decreased, particularly in the CD group. Liver glycogen was not affected differently by the different diets when rats were not deprived of food first. KW - choline KW - fasting KW - glycogen KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fasting affects liver glycogen in choline deficiency KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791486375&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Determination of free choline and phosphorylcholine in rat liver. AU - Barak, A. J. AU - Tuma, D. J. JO - Lipids JF - Lipids Y1 - 1979/// VL - 14 IS - 3 SP - 304 EP - 308 SN - 0024-4201 AD - Barak, A. J.: Liver Study Unit, Veterans Administration Hospital, Omaha, Nebr., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791486637. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Registry Number: 62-49-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In a modification of the method of Appleton et al. (NAR 24, 2759) choline reacts with potassium triiodide and absorbance in ethylene dichloride is measured at 365 mn. Phosphorylcholine is estimated similarly after hydrolysis with acid phosphatase (E.C. 3.1.3.2). KW - choline KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - estimation of liver choline and phosphorylcholine KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791486637&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Plasma long chain fatty acids and esterified lipids in cirrhosis and hepatic encephalopathy. AU - Wilcox, H. G. AU - Dunn, G. D. AU - Schenker, S. JO - American Journal of the Medical Sciences JF - American Journal of the Medical Sciences Y1 - 1978/// VL - 276 IS - 3 SP - 293 EP - 303 SN - 0002-9629 AD - Wilcox, H. G.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 1310 24th Ave. South, Nashville, Tenn. 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791486715. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Registry Number: 7664-41-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Patients with cirrhosis had higher plasma long-chain fatty acid (LCFA) and venous ammonia values than controls; values increased with severity of the disease. Blood ammonia was significantly more in patients with hepatic encephalopathy while LCFA was comparable in the noncomatose and comatose patients. In patients with cirrhosis, with or without coma, plasma LCFA was not correlated significantly with venous ammonia. In cirrhotics, plasma phospholipids and cholesteryl esters were significantly depressed, whereas triglycerides were normal. The abnormal plasma lipid pattern worsened with severity of cirrhosis but was not correlated with encephalopathy. The distribution pattern of LCFA in most plasma lipids in cirrhosis varied significantly from normal in that the percentages of 18:2 (linoleate) and 20:4 (arachidonate) were less and those of 16:1 (palmitoleate), 18:1 (oleate) and 16:0 (palmitate) were more. KW - ammonia KW - blood lipids KW - cholesteryl esters KW - cirrhosis KW - encephalopathy KW - long chain fatty acids KW - phospholipids KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cholesterol esters KW - liver cirrhosis KW - plasma ammonia, long-chain fatty acids and esterified lipids in cirrhosis or hepatic encephalopathy KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791486715&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Response of plasma triglycerides to dietary change in patients on hemodialysis. AU - Sanfelippo, M. L. AU - Swenson, R. S. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1978/// VL - 14 IS - 2 SP - 180 EP - 186 SN - 0085-2538 AD - Sanfelippo, M. L.: Veterans Administration Hospital (151) 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, Calif. 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791486862. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: French. Number of References: 29 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of reduction in dietary carbohydrate content of meal formula diets on plasma triglyceride concentration was studied in 12 patients on long-term chronic haemodialysis. Fasting plasma triglycerides decreased during 10 days in 11 of 12 patients in response to a decreased proportion of carbohydrate (from 50 to 35% of total daily energy) regardless of the type of fat used. Postprandial insulin responses were also significantly lower in the patients on the diets with less carbohydrate. In addition, triglyceride kinetics were studied in 3 groups of patients. Patients with renal failure (dialysed and undialysed) had lower triglyceride production rates than those of control subjects, despite higher plasma triglyceride concentrations. Fasting plasma triglycerides above 150 mg/100 ml are associated with lower triglyceride production rates in patients with chronic renal failure and may not be improved by conventional haemodialysis. A long-term study of the efficacy of reduction in dietary carbohydrate on plasma triglycerides is needed as routine haemodialysis does not seem to correct the lipid abnormality in patients with chronic renal failure. KW - carbohydrates KW - haemodialysis KW - TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - carbohydrate restriction in haemodialysis patients affects plasma triglycerides KW - hemodialysis KW - saccharides KW - triglycerides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791486862&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of ethanol on lipid metabolism. AU - Baraona, E. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1979/// VL - 20 IS - 3 SP - 289 EP - 315 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Baraona, E.: Alcohol Research Center, Bronx Veterans Administration Hospital and Mount Sinai School of Medicine, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791486920. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 308 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - ethanol KW - lipids KW - reviews KW - ethyl alcohol KW - lipins KW - review of ethanol effects on lipid metabolism KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791486920&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Characterization of a model of dietary-induced hypertriglyceridemia in young nonobese rats. AU - Reaven, G. M. AU - Risser, T. R. AU - Chen, Y. D. I. AU - Reaven, E. P. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1979/// VL - 20 IS - 3 SP - 371 EP - 378 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Reaven, G. M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791486922. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 54 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Bodyweight, liver weight and serum glucose were similar for rats given for 4 weeks diets of equal energy value of chow or a diet with sucrose supplying 66 and lard 12% of energy. Serum triglyceride (TG) increased after 3 days on the sugar/lard diet. Values after 1 week were serum TG 94 and 241 mg/100 ml and TG secretion rate 0.56 and 0.90 mg/min 100 g bodyweight, respectively. Rats on the sugar/lard diet had increased values for free fatty acids and particularly insulin in serum and secretion of very-low-density lipoproteins (VLDL) by liver. The increase in VLDL caused the increase in serum TG. KW - hypertriglyceridaemia KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - diet induction KW - hypertriglyceridemia KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791486922&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of continuous and intermittent feeding on biliary lipid outputs in man: application for measurements of intestinal absorption of cholesterol and bile acids. AU - Mok, H. Y. I. AU - Bergmann, K. von AU - Grundy, S. M. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1979/// VL - 20 IS - 3 SP - 389 EP - 398 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Mok, H. Y. I.: Veterans Administration Hospital, San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791486923. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 21 subjects the mean hourly outputs of bile lipids by liver were similar when estimated by constant infusion of a liquid feed into the duodenum (Grundy and Metzger, Gastroenterology (1972) 62, 1200) or throughout 24 h during which 3 meals were given (Hofmann et al., Mayo clinic Proceedings (1974) 49, 851; NAR 46, 2489). The latter method showed phasic changes of output and composition of bile lipids in response to feeding and fasting, takes longer and requires a meal marker. Intestinal perfusion combined with measurements of faecal excretion of neutral sterols and bile acids may be used to estimate absorption of cholesterol and bile acids from the intestine. KW - absorption KW - bile acids KW - cholesterol KW - estimation KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791486923&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of insulin on radiochromium distribution in diabetic rats. AU - Kraszeski, J. L. AU - Wallach, S. AU - Verch, R. L. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 104 IS - 4 SP - 881 EP - 885 AD - Kraszeski, J. L.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Albany, NY 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791487174. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 7440-47-3, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 200 to 250 g initially which were normal, diabetic and untreated or diabetic and treated with insulin were given 0.7 to 1.0 mu Ci 51chromium by vein 7 or 28 days after diabetes was induced. Whole body retention of 51Cr in diabetic rats decreased; this was partly prevented by insulin. Serum and tissue 51Cr increased by 30 to 60% and bone 51Cr decreased 15% in rats diabetic for 31 days. Insulin restored serum 51Cr to normal and partly corrected 51Cr distribution in some tissues. Ratios of tissue to serum 51Cr concentration were decreased 17 to 47% in all tissues of diabetic rats except liver; insulin returned ratios to control values at least. KW - chromium KW - diabetes KW - insulin KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - chromium retention after insulin in diabetes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791487174&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Defect in glucose removal in nonketotic diabetic patients with fasting hyperglycemia. AU - Davis, B. M. AU - Bernstein, R. AU - Kolterman, O. AU - Olefsky, J. M. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Diabetes JF - Diabetes Y1 - 1979/// VL - 28 IS - 1 SP - 32 EP - 34 AD - Davis, B. M.: Veterans Administration Hospital (111-M), 3801 Miranda Ave, Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791487309. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 7 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To assess the ability of insulin to stimulate glucose uptake in normal subjects compared with nonobese patients with fasting hyperglycaemia at similar steady-state plasma glucose and insulin concentrations, studies were made at 2 different steady-state plasma glucose values (about 250 and 350 mg/100 ml), and, in both instances, patients with fasting hyperglycaemia removed about one-half as much glucose from the plasma as did normal subjects. As the plasma insulin values were comparable in the 2 groups (about 100 mu U/ml), these results show that patients with fasting hyperglycaemia are more insulin-resistant than normal subjects. The differences in glucose removal were observed in conditions in which the plasma glucose values in the normal and the diabetic groups were similar, so the insulin resistance of patients with fasting hyperglycaemia is independent of differences in size of the plasma glucose pool. Glucose removal increased proportionately in both experimental groups at the higher plasma glucose values, suggesting that saturation of the glucose transport system does not occur at those plasma glucose concentrations. KW - blood sugar KW - diabetes KW - hyperglycaemia KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood glucose KW - glucose in blood KW - glucose removal in fasting hyperglycaemia KW - high blood glucose KW - hyperglycemia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791487309&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Abnormal amino acid and protein metabolism in uremia. AU - Kopple, J. D. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1979/// VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 340 EP - 348 SN - 0085-2538 AD - Kopple, J. D.: Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Wilshire and Sawtelle Blvds., Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791487363. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 113 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The many changes in amino acid and protein metabolism in renal failure are often poorly defined and the available information concerning them is usually descriptive. Nonetheless, certain factors play an important role in the altered amino acid and protein metabolism of uraemia. These include malnutrition caused by poor nutrient intake, loss of nutrients during dialysis and abnormal metabolism of nutrients. Other factors include uraemic toxins, superimposed catabolic illnesses, endocrine disorders and the reduced capacity of the failing kidney to synthesize or degrade certain hormones, amino acids, peptides and small proteins. These aberrations have complex interrelations which sometimes potentiate each other. It is possible that the administration of sufficient energy, vitamins and minerals and the dietary manipulation of protein, amino acid and keto acid intake may improve the metabolism of amino acids and proteins. Vitamin B-6 and zinc may affect protein or amino acid metabolism KW - amino acids KW - protein metabolism KW - uraemia KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - amino acid and protein metabolism in uraemia KW - azotaemia KW - azotemia KW - uremia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791487363&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hemodynamic and metabolic evidence of salt sensitivity in spontaneously hypertensive rats. AU - Chrysant, S. G. AU - Walsh, G. M. AU - Kem, D. C. AU - Frohlich, E. D. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1978/// VL - 14 IS - 5 SP - 33 EP - 37 SN - 0085-2538 AD - Chrysant, S. G.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, 921 NE 13th Street, Oklahoma City, Okla. 73104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791487384. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: French. Number of References: 36 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Sixteen female Wistar Kyoto (WKY) and 16 female spontaneously hypertensive rats (SHR) were studied haemodynamically and metabolically after prolonged (3 months) high sodium intake. Eight rats of each strain were given tap water to drink and served as controls; another 8 rats of each strain received 1% sodium chloride in tap water. Haemodynamic and metabolic evaluation disclosed that high salt intake by the WKY rats increased their cardiac index, oxygen consumption and urinary Na excretion, decreased bodyweight, total peripheral resistance index, oxygen extraction and plasma renin activity; it had no effect on mean arterial pressure, heart rate, fluid intake, urine volume and potassium excretion. In contrast, high salt intake by the SHR increased their mean arterial pressure, total peripheral resistance index, fluid intake, urinary volume and Na excretion, decreased plasma renin activity and had no effect on heart rate, cardiac index and urinary K excretion. Salt-treated SHR rats had significantly higher fluid intake than their WKY counterparts had. The increased arterial pressure and peripheral vascular resistance demonstrate increased sensitivity to dietary salt in SHR but not in corresponding WKY controls. The further increase of arterial pressure by salt in the SHR was due mainly to a further increase in vascular resistance. KW - hypertension KW - salt KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - high blood pressure KW - metabolic effects of salt sensitivity in hypertension KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791487384&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Plant fiber. Carbohydrate and lipid metabolism. AU - Anderson, J. W. AU - Chen, W. J. L. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1979/// VL - 32 IS - 2 SP - 346 EP - 363 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Anderson, J. W.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Lexington, Ky. 40507, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791487972. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 150 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - carbohydrates KW - fat KW - fibre KW - reviews KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fiber KW - review of role of fibre in carbohydrate and fat metabolism KW - saccharides KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791487972&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Regulation of gastric acid secretion. AU - Soll, A. H. AU - Walsh, J. H. JO - Annual Review of Physiology JF - Annual Review of Physiology Y1 - 1979/// VL - 41 SP - 35 EP - 53 SN - 0066-4278 AD - Soll, A. H.: Center for Ulcer Research and Education, Veterans Administration Center, Wadsworth Hospital, Los Angeles, Calif. 80073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791488342. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 98 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - gastric acid KW - reviews KW - review of gastric acid secretion control KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791488342&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - D-Mannose in human serum, measured as its aldononitrile acetate derivative. AU - Monson, T. P. AU - Wilkinson, K. P. JO - Clinical Chemistry JF - Clinical Chemistry Y1 - 1979/// VL - 25 IS - 8 SP - 1384 EP - 1387 SN - 0009-9147 AD - Monson, T. P.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Little Rock, AR 72206, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19791491916. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 3458-28-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - The carbohydrate fraction of serum after removal of protein and lipid is treated to form aldononitrile acetate derivatives separated by gas-liquid chromatography. Mannose and glucose had retention times of 31 and 34 min, respectively. Mannose, 10 mg/litre, could be detected in 0.1 ml serum. KW - diagnosis KW - infections KW - mannose KW - techniques KW - Candida KW - man KW - Saccharomycetales KW - Saccharomycetes KW - Saccharomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - fungus KW - Hyphomycetes KW - mannose assay KW - separation of serum content KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19791491916&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Failure of plasma from human schistosomiasis mansoni patients to protect mice from Schistosoma mansoni cercarial challenge. AU - Lewis, F. A. AU - Sher, A. AU - Colley, D. G. JO - American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene JF - American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene Y1 - 1977/// VL - 26 IS - 4 SP - 723 EP - 726 SN - 0002-9637 AD - Lewis, F. A.: Veterans Administration Hospital & Dep. of Microbiol., Vanderbilt Univ. School of Med., Nashville, Tennessee, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19770837570. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - Plasma samples obtained from patients with well defined Schistosoma mansoni infections, or control subjects, were passively transferred to CF1 mice. 3, 12, or 24 hours after passive transfer, the recipient and control mice were challenged with either 200 or 600 live cercariae, and the adult worm burdens or schistosomula lung recoveries, respectively, were determined 7 weeks or 6 days after challenge. None of the human plasmas afforded the recipient mice protection against the development of schistosomes. Worm and larval yields were equivalent in all cases, even though many of the patient plasmas were shown, as assessed by an in vitro eosinophil-dependent cytotoxic antibody assay, to contain high levels of anti-schistosomular antibody. [AS] KW - helminths KW - immunology KW - parasites KW - MICE KW - Rodents KW - Schistosoma mansoni KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Schistosoma KW - Schistosomatidae KW - Digenea KW - Trematoda KW - Platyhelminthes KW - invertebrates KW - human antisera not conferring immunity KW - parasitic worms KW - Strigeida KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19770837570&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Immune responses during human schistosomiasis mansoni. 1. In vitro lymphocyte blastogenic responses to heterogeneous antigenic preparations from schistosome eggs, worms and cercariae. AU - Colley, D. G. AU - Cook, J. A. AU - Freeman, G. L., Jr. AU - Bartholomew, R. K. AU - Jordan, P. JO - International Archives of Allergy and Applied Immunology JF - International Archives of Allergy and Applied Immunology Y1 - 1977/// VL - 53 IS - 5 SP - 420 EP - 433 SN - 0020-5915 AD - Colley, D. G.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Nashville, Tennessee, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19770837665. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - In vitro lymphocyte blastogenesis assays were performed using peripheral blood lymphocytes from patients with Schistosoma mansoni infection. Subjects who were either not infected with any helminths or infected with other helminths provided 2 control groups. Cultures were exposed to various concentrations of heterogeneous soluble antigens prepared either from S. mansoni eggs, worms, or cercariae. In this series there was no statistical correlation between the intensity of infection (as determined by eggs/ml of faeces) and the degree of cell-mediated reactivity observed by lymphocyte blastogenesis to any of the antigenic preparations. Individual patient lymphocyte responsiveness varied considerably. However, responses to the egg antigens were only present early in infection. In contrast, reactivities stimulated by either the worm or cercarial preparations increased in a direct relationship to the duration of S. mansoni infection. [AS] KW - helminths KW - immunology KW - parasites KW - man KW - Schistosoma mansoni KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Schistosoma KW - Schistosomatidae KW - Digenea KW - Trematoda KW - Platyhelminthes KW - invertebrates KW - lymphocyte responses KW - parasitic worms KW - Strigeida KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19770837665&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Role of the eosinophil. AU - Beeson, P. B. T2 - Immunology of the gut. [Ciba Foundation Symposium 46 (new series), London, 26-28 Apr. 1976.]. JO - Immunology of the gut. [Ciba Foundation Symposium 46 (new series), London, 26-28 Apr. 1976.]. JF - Immunology of the gut. [Ciba Foundation Symposium 46 (new series), London, 26-28 Apr. 1976.]. Y1 - 1977/// SP - 203 EP - 213 CY - Amsterdam, The; Netherlands PB - Elsevier/Excerpta Medica/North Holland. AD - Beeson, P. B.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Seattle, Washington, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19770838823. Publication Type: Conference paper. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - The dynamics of the eosinophil response to infection are discussed with particular reference to the work of the author and his colleagues on Trichinella spiralis in rats and mice. The mechanism which provides the link between the local concentration of eosinophils with increasing blood eosinophilia is hypothesised as follows - chemotactic factors produced in tissues, from pre-existing cell components or formed during immunologically mediated inflammatory reactions, cause local deposition of circulating eosinophils in the affected tissues. The presence or destruction of excessive numbers of eosinophils affects lymphocytes so that they release a lymphokine which acts in the bone marrow to accelerate eosinophil production. This in turn causes the number of circulating eosinophils to rise. KW - helminths KW - immunology KW - parasites KW - animals KW - Enoplida KW - MICE KW - RATS KW - Rodents KW - Trichinella spiralis KW - eukaryotes KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - Trichinella KW - Trichinellidae KW - Trichinellida KW - Dorylaimia KW - Enoplea KW - Nematoda KW - invertebrates KW - Enoplia KW - Adenophorea KW - eosinophil KW - nematodes KW - parasitic worms KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Animals (LL820) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19770838823&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hypokalemia: causes, consequences and correction. AU - Lindeman, R. D. JO - American Journal of the Medical Sciences JF - American Journal of the Medical Sciences Y1 - 1976/// VL - 272 IS - 1 SP - 5 EP - 17 SN - 0002-9629 AD - Lindeman, R. D.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Nephrology Section, 921 N.E. 13th Street, Oklahoma City, Okla. 73104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771455109. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 53 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Hypokalaemia poses a common diagnostic challenge with many potential aetiologies. Multiple factors may contribute to K deficiency in any given patient. Gastrointestinal K wasting usually is identifiable by an associated increase in fluid losses from biliary tract or bowel. A urine K excretion of 20 mEq or more daily in the presence of low serum K(<3.5 mEq/litre) suggests inappropriate K wasting. Although diuretic treatment is the most common cause of a K deficit, consideration must be given to abnormalities of the pituitary-adrenal axis, renal disorders including tumours, other drugs and a variety of less well-defined entities. K deficiency may produce functional and structural defects in the kidneys, myocardium, skeletal muscle, central nervous system and gastrointestinal tract. Treatment is aimed at replacing K by vein or by mouth or preventing further K loss; when associated with metabolic alkalosis (chloride deficiency) the replacement should be KCl. KW - aetiology KW - hypokaliaemia KW - therapy KW - causal agents KW - etiology KW - hypokalaemia KW - hypokalemia KW - therapeutics KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771455109&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hyperkalemia: diagnosis and treatment. AU - Whang, R. JO - American Journal of the Medical Sciences JF - American Journal of the Medical Sciences Y1 - 1976/// VL - 272 IS - 1 SP - 19 EP - 29 SN - 0002-9629 AD - Whang, R.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 1481 West 10th St., Indianapolis, Ind. 46202, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771455110. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 72 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Differential diagnosis of clinical hyperkalaemia is considered. The clinical signs and symptoms of patients with hyperkalaemia are manifold and can involve many organ systems. In nonoliguric chronic renal failure with low blood renin and aldosterone an important problem may be recurrent hyperkalaemia. Treatment includes Ca salts, NaHCO3, removal of K with resin or dialysis and a transvenous pacemaker in anticipation of bradyarrhythmias or asystole. KW - HYPERKALAEMIA KW - diagnosis and treatment KW - hyperkalemia KW - hyperkaliaemia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771455110&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Diagnosis of zinc, copper, and manganese abnormalities in man. AU - Burch, R. E. AU - Sullivan, J. F. JO - Medical Clinics of North America JF - Medical Clinics of North America Y1 - 1976/// VL - 60 IS - 4 SP - 655 EP - 660 SN - 0025-7125 AD - Burch, R. E.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 4101 Woolworth Ave., Omaha, Nebr. 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771456780. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 7440-50-8, 7439-96-5, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Although great advances in basic knowledge about trace element abnormalities in man and experimental animals have been made during the past few years, there are few helpful laboratory studies to assist in establishing a definitive diagnosis of deficiency or excess of Zn, Cu or Mn. In suspected deficiency of one of those 3, a therapeutic trial of the element in question is advocated. KW - copper KW - manganese KW - zinc KW - diagnosis of mineral abnormalities KW - Mn KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771456780&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Clinical and nutritional aspects of zinc deficiency and excess. AU - Burch, R. E. AU - Sullivan, J. F. JO - Medical Clinics of North America JF - Medical Clinics of North America Y1 - 1976/// VL - 60 IS - 4 SP - 675 EP - 685 SN - 0025-7125 AD - Burch, R. E.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 4101 Woolworth Ave., Omaha, Nebr. 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771456782. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 75 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Hypogonadal dwarfism, teratogenesis, delayed wound healing and abnormalities of taste and smell are among topics reviewed in relation to Zn deficiency. KW - dwarfism KW - HEALING KW - smell KW - taste KW - teratogenesis KW - zinc KW - clinical aspects of zinc deficiency KW - olfaction KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771456782&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Essentiality and metabolic functions of selenium. AU - Schwarz, K. JO - Medical Clinics of North America JF - Medical Clinics of North America Y1 - 1976/// VL - 60 IS - 4 SP - 745 EP - 758 SN - 0025-7125 AD - Schwarz, K.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 5901 East Seventh Street, Long Beach, Calif. 90801, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771456787. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 42 ref. Registry Number: 7782-49-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Animal Nutrition N2 - Detection of Se as an essential trace element resulted from work on dietary necrotic liver degeneration in the rat. That fatal deficiency disease of complex origin is produced by a variety of diets, all of which are low in sulphur amino acids, lacking in vitamin E and deficient in Factor 3, of which organically-bound Se is an integral constituent. KW - liver KW - nutrient deficiencies KW - selenium KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - liver necrosis aetiology KW - liver necrosis in selenium deficiency KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771456787&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The biology of cadmium. AU - Perry, H. M., Jr. AU - Thind, S. AU - Perry, E. F. JO - Medical Clinics of North America JF - Medical Clinics of North America Y1 - 1976/// VL - 60 IS - 4 SP - 759 EP - 769 SN - 0025-7125 AD - Perry, H. M., Jr.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Louis, Mo. 63125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771456788. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 68 ref. Registry Number: 7440-43-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Animal Nutrition N2 - Cd is a ubiquitous element to which everyone is constantly exposed. Industrial exposure to large amounts of Cd is toxic to man, but no significant biological effect has been demonstrated for exposure to small amounts of Cd in water, food and air. During childhood and adolescence, ingestion and inhalation of Cd are responsible for the average American accumulating about 30 mg Cd in his body, most in the kidneys. It has been suggested that increased renal Cd might be associated with essential hypertension, since hypertensive subjects have higher renal Cd concentrations than normotensive subjects, and prolonged exposure to small amounts of Cd renders animals mildly hypertensive. KW - cadmium KW - toxicity KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771456788&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Studies on serum amylase in normal man and in acute pancreatitis. AU - MacGregor, I. L. AU - Zakim, D. JO - Australian and New Zealand Journal of Medicine JF - Australian and New Zealand Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1976/// VL - 6 IS - 6 SP - 551 EP - 556 SN - 0004-8291 AD - MacGregor, I. L.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771456827. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Amylase isoenzymes in serum, urine, saliva, jejunal juice and pancreatic tissue were separated by isoelectric focusing. The isoamylase patterns indicated that most of the amylase activity in normal serum is of salivary gland origin. Pancreatic amylase is characteristically predominant in acute pancreatitis. The increased renal clearance of amylase in acute pancreatitis may be partly due to the increased proportion of the smaller molecular weight pancreatic amylase, but a demonstrated increase in the renal clearance of salivary amylase in acute pancreatitis suggests a renal cause also. Autopsy pancreas samples devoid of TAME (p-tosyl arginine methyl ester) esterase activity, e.g., trypsin and plasma enzymes such as thrombin and plasmin, had isoenzyme patterns which were different from those with free proteolytic activity. Incubation of TAME esterase free pancreas with trypsin converted the former isoamylase pattern to one with the predominant isoenzymes focusing coincident with the predominant peak in serum from acute pancreatitis, jejunal aspirate and TAME esterase positive autopsy pancreas. Such conversion suggests that pancreatic amylase is synthesized in a form different from that found in the intestinal lumen and serum. KW - amylases KW - pancreatitis KW - amylase in blood in pancreatitis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771456827&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Coronary artery occlusion and alcohol intake. AU - Barboriak, J. J. AU - Rimm, A. A. AU - Anderson, A. J. AU - Schmidhoffer, M. AU - Tristani, F. E. JO - British Heart Journal JF - British Heart Journal Y1 - 1977/// VL - 39 IS - 3 SP - 289 EP - 293 SN - 0007-0769 AD - Barboriak, J. J.: Research Service/151B, Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771456835. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A group of over 900 patients who underwent coronary arteriography were asked about their alcohol intake. The patients who were abstainers or consumed less than an equivalent of 180 ml absolute alcohol/week had higher coronary artery occlusion scores than the group consuming more than that amount, though the latter group smoked more and had higher plasma triglyceride values. KW - alcohols KW - arteries KW - alcohol consumption and arterial occlusion KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771456835&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Direct and indirect effects of dextrose and amino acids on gut mass. AU - Spector, M. H. AU - Levine, G. M. AU - Deren, J. J. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1977/// VL - 72 IS - 4 SP - 706 EP - 710 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Spector, M. H.: 111H3, Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, University and Woodland Avenues, Philadelphia, Pa. 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771456839. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats, bodyweight 210-250 g, with catheters into the right jugular vein and either the stomach or ileum, were unrestrained in single cages and given by constant intravenous infusion an elemental diet of 30% glucose, 5% amino acids, minerals and vitamins. Initially the rate of infusion was 30-40 ml/day to allow for adaptation; during the last 5 days the rate was increased to 60 ml/day. The proximal gut or the ileum was continuously infused with equal volumes of 30% glucose, 5% glucose, 5% amino acids (a mixture of essential and nonessential amino acids, Freamine, McGaw Lab. Glendale, Calif.), saline or 30% mannitol. After 1 week of combined intravenous feeding and gut infusion, the rats were killed and epithelial mass was measured sequentially for the entire small intestine. Although saline- and mannitol-infused controls did not differ from uninfused rats fed by vein, proximal infusion of 30% glucose reproduced the effects of a complete elemental diet. Proximal infusion of amino acids but not 5% glucose had a limited effect on the duodenum and jejunum. Ileal infusion of 30% glucose caused local hyperplasia at the site of infusion acid and also hyperplasia of the proximal gut. Ileal amino acid infusion, but not 5% glucose infusion, led to local ileal hyperplasia. The conclusions were that intraluminal glucose and amino acids have direct effects in maintaining gut mass, the gut is more responsive to amino acids than to 5% glucose and ileal 30% glucose infusion leads to remote effects in the proximal gut, perhaps mediated by hormonal or neurovascular factors. KW - amino acids KW - glucose KW - intestines KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - gut mass after amino acid and glucose infusion KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771456839&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of zinc deficiency on sulfur-containing compounds in rat skin extracts. AU - Hsu, J. M. AU - Anthony, W. L. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1977/// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 319 EP - 324 AD - Hsu, J. M.: Veterans Administration Center, Bay Pines, Fla. 33504, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771456942. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For 3 weeks male weanling Sprague-Dawley rats were given a diet with Zn less than 3 mu g/g. Controls were pair-fed or fed to appetite on the same diet with Zn added to give 85 mu g/g. Initially the rats weighed about 50 g and after 3 weeks weight of the controls fed to appetite was 115, of the pair-fed controls 79 and of the deprived rats 63 g; plasma Zn was 125, 110 and 41 mu g/100 ml, respectively. In skin extract Zn deprivation had no effect on taurine, cystine, cystathionine, methionine and methionine sulphoxide. It is concluded that the impairment of skin protein synthesis from injected precursors, [35S]methionine or [35S]cystine, was not related to availability or pool size of these precursors. KW - skin KW - zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dermis KW - sulphur-amino acids KW - sulphur-containing compounds in skin in zinc deficiency KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771456942&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Age differences in the effects of palatability of diet on regulation of calorie intake and body weight of rats. AU - Jakubczak, L. F. JO - Journal of Gerontology JF - Journal of Gerontology Y1 - 1977/// VL - 32 IS - 1 SP - 49 EP - 57 SN - 0022-1422 AD - Jakubczak, L. F.: Gerontological Psychology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Jefferson Barracks Division, St. Louis 63125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771456999. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats, 69 female and aged 101, 327 and 798 days, were starved for 24 or 96 h and then given to appetite a stock diet alone or diluted 12.5 and 25% with methylcellulose to give energy values of 3.61, 3.16 and 2.71 kcal/g. The detrimental effect of cellulose on weight gain became more marked with increasing age. Energy intake was affected in older rats. In another study older rats maintained their energy intake and bodyweight as well as younger rats when the diet mixed with 50 or 62.5% water supplied 1.81 and 1.35 kcal/g. The detrimental effect of 0.1% quinine added to these diets was more marked in older rats. KW - age KW - energy intake KW - palatability KW - weight KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - age variation in palatability effect on energy intake and weight KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771456999&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Accumulation of myocardial triglycerides in ketotic diabetes: evidence for increased biosynthesis. AU - Murthy, V. K. AU - Shipp, J. C. JO - Diabetes JF - Diabetes Y1 - 1977/// VL - 26 IS - 3 SP - 222 EP - 229 AD - Murthy, V. K.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. Nebraska Medical Center, Omaha, Nebr. 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771457078. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats were given streptozotocin 85 mg/kg, maintained on insulin for 5 days, then saline was substituted and they reverted to the diabetic state. Up to 96 h there were general increases in plasma concentrations of triglycerides (TG), free fatty acids (FFA) and beta -hydroxybutyrate ( beta 2-HB), which reached their highest values at 48 h; but the concentration of TG in the hearts remained constant. Other rats were given streptozotocin 60 mg/kg and were not treated with insulin. The plasma glucose concentration was increased 24 h later and remained high until 96 h, then fell. The plasma TG followed the pattern of the glucose, and had fallen to the control value at 120 h. The TG content of the hearts increased during the first 24 h, decreased to the control value at 48 h, increased again up to 96 h, after which it again fell. Approximate mean concentrations ( mu mol/g DM) in the controls and at 24, 48, 72, 96 and 120 h were 14, 22, 15, 22, 31 and 19. The plasma FFA fell steadily over 72 h, then rose sharply and remained unchanged. The plasma beta -HB rose sharply and remained high up to 120 h. Rats given streptozotocin 110 mg/kg and no insulin became noticeably ketotic in 24 h. Approximate mean plasma concentrations at that time were (control values in parentheses); (insulin, mu U/ml) 1 (57), (glucagon, pg/ml) 79 (30), (glucose, mg/100 ml) 460 (140), (FFA, mu Eq/litre) 2500 (400), (TG, mu mol/100 ml) 725 (75), ( beta -HB, mu mol/100 ml) 250 (30). The plasma was lactescent. The approximate mean TG content of the hearts was 47, 58 and 43 mu mol/g DM at 24, 36 and 48 h (control, 13). The plasma TG remained at the same high value for 48 h and the beta -HB continued to increase. The experiment was not carried beyond 48 h because of high mortality. The biosynthesis of TG in myocardium was studied in rats given streptozotocin 110 mg/kg. Some were given insulin for 5 days, some of those given saline for 1 day before they were killed (diabetic) and the others continued on insulin, receiving the last dose 4 h before they were killed (insulin-treated). Four rats in each group, including controls, were killed and the hearts were pooled. Nucleus-free homogenate was incubated with a radioactive glycerophosphate and the activity of lipid fractions was estimated. Activity was found in only 3 fractions. The following values are mean percentages of the total radioactivity recovered in these fractions for the control, insulin-treated and diabetic rats, in that order: phosphatidate 97.40, 97.80, 94.80; diglyceride 1.27, 1.53, 2.77; TG 1.10, 0.70, 2.43. The point was stressed that a persistent increase in myocardial TG was shown in only the ketotic rat and synthesis appears to be a factor in its accumulation there. KW - diabetes KW - heart KW - ketosis KW - TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - acetonaemia KW - myocardial triglycerides in ketotic diabetes KW - triglycerides KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771457078&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Arginine vasopressin secretion in thyroidectomized sheep. AU - Skowsky, W. R. AU - Fisher, D. A. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1977/// VL - 100 IS - 4 SP - 1022 EP - 1026 AD - Skowsky, W. R.: Dep. Endocrinology, Veterans Administration Hospital, 5901 E. 7th Street, Long Beach, Calif. 90822, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771457149. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 40 ref. Registry Number: 11000-17-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Indwelling exteriorized catheters were placed in the jugular vein of 5 thyroidectomized ewes at a time when myxoedema was shown clinically and chemically; 3 euthyroid ewes were used as controls. Tracer doses of [125I]iodovasopressin were given by injection and blood samples were withdrawn for up to 120 min. The mean volumes of distribution of vasopressin in the hypothyroid and euthyroid sheep were 8.15 and 5.90 litres, respectively, mean half-time of vasopressin was 9.5 and 19.3 min, mean vasopressin in serum 5.1 and 1.2 mu U/ml and mean blood production rates were 2.84 and 0.23 mU/kg h. Serum osmolality in the hypothyroid sheep was 272 mosmol/kg and in controls 301 mosmol/kg. KW - thyroidectomy KW - vasopressin KW - antidiuretic hormone KW - pitressin KW - vasopressin secretion after thyroidectomy (sheep) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771457149&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Magnesium deficiency and refractoriness to potassium repletion. AU - Whang, R. AU - Aikawa, J. K. JO - Journal of Chronic Diseases JF - Journal of Chronic Diseases Y1 - 1977/// VL - 30 IS - 2 SP - 65 EP - 68 AD - Whang, R.: Indiana Univ. School of Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Indianapolis, IN 46202, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771457223. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 7439-95-4, 7440-09-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - From a review of experimental and clinical observations, it is concluded that when there is difficulty in K repletion of patients, coexisting Mg depletion should be considered, that in all Mg-depleted patients the possibility of coexisting cell K depletion must be suspected and that serum Mg should now be a routine electrolyte estimation together with Na, K, Cl and CO2. KW - magnesium KW - potassium KW - resistance to potassium repletion in magnesium deficiency KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771457223&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of carbohydrate restriction and high carbohydrate diets on men with chemical diabetes. AU - Anderson, J. W. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1977/// VL - 30 IS - 3 SP - 402 EP - 408 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Anderson, J. W.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. Kentucky College of Medicine, Lexington, Ky., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771457282. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The glucose tolerance and plasma insulin responses of 7 lean diabetic men were unchanged when the carbohydrate content of the diet was reduced from 44 to 20% of energy. After a 48-h fast a significant deterioration of the glucose tolerance test (GTT) was observed in these diabetic men, but the percentage change was identical to that reported (NAR 46, 8088) for normal men. The fasting plasma glucose values of 7 lean and 4 obese men with chemical diabetes were significantly lower after 1 week on a 75% carbohydrate (CHO) diet than on a 44% CHO diet. The 75% CHO diet also was accompanied by slight improvements in the oral and intravenous GTT and by slightly lower plasma insulin responses. The improvement in glucose metabolism on high-CHO diets seems to result from increased insulin sensitivity. Serum triglyceride values were about 55% higher on the 75% CHO diet than values on the 44% CHO diet for the 11 men but these differences were not significant. The studies support previous observations and suggest that high CHO diets may be beneficial in the management of certain diabetic patients, although further studies are required to estimate the long-term effects of high CHO diets containing natural foods on the glucose and lipid metabolism of diabetic patients. KW - carbohydrates KW - diabetes KW - glucose KW - insulin KW - intake KW - carbohydrate KW - dextrose KW - saccharides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771457282&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Correlation of platelet aggregation, plasma factor activity, and megathrombocytes in diabetic subjects with and without vascular disease. AU - Colwell, J. A. AU - Sagel, J. AU - Crook, L. AU - Chambers, A. AU - Laimins, M. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1977/// VL - 26 IS - 3 SP - 279 EP - 285 AD - Colwell, J. A.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, 109 Bee St., Charleston, S.C. 29403, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771457400. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Second-phase platelet aggregation induced by ADP and epinephrine was estimated in fasting platelet-rich plasma in 25 normal subjects, 10 prediabetics and 67 diabetics without or with vascular disease. Plasma factor potentiation of ADP-induced second-phase platelet aggregation was also estimated, as were megathrombocyte numbers. There was increased sensitivity of second-phase platelet aggregation agents in all diabetic groups except for the prediabetics. This activity was paralleled by an increase in plasma factor activity. Evidence of increased turnover of platelets in vivo in diabetics was suggested by increased numbers of megathrombocytes. KW - blood plasma KW - cardiovascular diseases KW - diabetes KW - PLATELETS KW - blood platelets KW - megathrombocytes KW - plasma (blood) KW - thrombocyte aggregation, plasma factor activity and megathrombocyte count in diabetes with cardiovascular disease KW - thrombocytes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771457400&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Urinary sodium, potassium and aldosterone in Duchenne muscular dystrophy. AU - Garst, J. B. AU - Vignos, P. J., Jr. AU - Hadaday, M. AU - Matthews, D. N. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1977/// VL - 44 IS - 1 SP - 185 EP - 188 SN - 0021-972X AD - Garst, J. B.: Division of Medical Research, Veterans Administration Hospital, Cleveland, Ohio 44106, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771457464. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Registry Number: 52-39-1, 7440-09-7, 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Dietary handling of Na and K was studied in 4 adolescent boys who had Duchenne (progressive) muscular dystrophy (DMD) for 10 to 11 years and 6 normal boys of comparable age. During 22 days, respective intakes of Na and K were, in mEq, 5 days at 60 and 60, 6 days at 10 and 60, 6 days at 10 and 95 to 150 and 5 days at 60 and 60. Differences between the DMD group and the group of normal boys for Na and K in serum and urine and for aldosterone were not significant, indicating that the pathologically increased Na:K ratio in skeletal muscle of patients with DMD is not due to increased aldosterone or other causes of renal wastage of K. KW - aldosterone KW - muscular dystrophy KW - potassium KW - sodium KW - myodystrophy KW - urinary aldosterone, potassium and sodium in muscular dystrophy KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771457464&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Muscle water and electrolytes in uremia and the effects of hemodialysis. AU - Guisado, R. AU - Arieff, A. I. AU - Massry, S. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1977/// VL - 89 IS - 2 SP - 322 EP - 331 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Guisado, R.: Veterans Administration Hospital (111J), 4150 Clement St., San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771457466. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 7732-18-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of acute uraemia and haemodialysis on water and electrolyte distribution and intracellular pH (pHi) of skeletal muscle were studied in dogs. Acute uraemia resulted in an increase in intracellular muscle water and Ca+ content, and a fall in intracellular Na+ concentration and the calculated muscle membrane potential (Em). Muscle pHi did not change. The increase in muscle Ca2+ content was prevented by parathyroidectomy. The administration of parathyroid extract to parathyroidectomized uraemic animals resulted in a rise in muscle Ca2+ to values similar to those in intact uraemic animals. Haemodialysis with standard dialysate returned muscle Em and Ca2+ content to normal but did not affect muscle intracellular water, Na+ concentration or pHi. Haemodialysis with hypertonic dialysate (glycerol or mannitol) resulted in a slight fall in intracellular muscle water content towards normal but did not change muscle intracellular Na+ concentration or pHi. The muscle membrane permeability to Na+ relative to K+ (PNa:PK) was not changed by haemodialysis with standard dialysate or dialysate with mannitol added, but glycerol increased PNa:PK to about 10 times the normal value. The observed changes in muscle water and solute content may be related to the increased muscle irritability seen in acutely uraemic patients. KW - electrolytes KW - haemodialysis KW - muscles KW - uraemia KW - water KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - azotaemia KW - azotemia KW - electrolytes and water in muscle after haemodialysis in uraemia KW - hemodialysis KW - uremia KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771457466&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Polydipsic and home-cage fluid choices. The effects of sweetening. AU - Riley, E. P. AU - Freed, E. X. JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol Y1 - 1977/// VL - 38 IS - 1 SP - 30 EP - 38 SN - 0096-882X AD - Riley, E. P.: Alcohol Research Lab., Lyons Veterans Administration Hospital, Lyons, NJ 07939, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771457473. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 25265-75-2, 64-17-5, 81-07-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Two groups of Charles River male rats (12 and 15) were given a choice between 5.6% (w/v) ethanol and isoenergetic 1,3-butanediol (6.05% solution) to induce polydipsia. Group II received 0.1% saccharin in the solutions. Both groups preferred butanediol to ethanol but position preferences were more difficult to disrupt when the fluids were sweetened. Both groups were then allowed access to those fluids with a third choice of 0.1% saccharin in the home cage under different degrees of food deprivation. In group I, saccharin had the highest degree of acceptability regardless of deprivation. Relative acceptability in group II, in which the fluids were all sweetened, depended on food deprivation and duration of exposure to the fluids. Thus, the initial preference for butanediol over ethanol was reversed after a few days, and the acceptability of both alcohols decreased with increased availability of food. The results suggest that the acceptability of alcohol may depend on its orosensory and its pharmacological properties. KW - butanediol KW - ethanol KW - saccharin KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - saccharin on fluid preference KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771457473&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Delay of development of responses to ethanol in mice. Associated delay in another parameter. AU - Kahn, A. J. JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol Y1 - 1977/// VL - 38 IS - 1 SP - 39 EP - 46 SN - 0096-882X AD - Kahn, A. J.: General Medical and Surgical Research Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, IL 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771457474. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In a previous study (Kahn, A.J., Journal of Studies on Alcohol (1975) 36 (9) 1107) it was concluded that the differences in intake of a 3% (v/v) alcohol solution by C3H and CF1 mice were a function of age. The rate at which patterns of response develop was observed and compared with the total fluid intake (TFI) bodyweight, using the same method of estimating preference or aversion to the alcohol solution as in the previous study. In the first study, 39 CF1 male mice were 52 weeks old; the 26 mice averse to alcohol (i.e., they drank less than 30% of their TFI as alcohol solution) had a significantly greater mean bodyweight and smaller TFI/g bodyweight than the nonaverse group. Mean TFI did not differ between the 2 groups. In the second study 22 CF1 male mice were 6 to 50 weeks old; by 50 weeks only 8 mice were drinking less than 30% of their TFI as alcohol. The mean bodyweight of the 8 did not differ from the others; their mean TFI at 25, 35 and 50 weeks was significantly lower than in the others and TFI/g bodyweight became significantly lower by 25 weeks. A 4-week study of 24 CFI male mice in which half received only water and the other half the 3% alcohol solution indicated no difference between groups in TFI or bodyweight. In a final study of 23 C3H male mice not previously exposed to acohol, a 2-week water control study was begun at age 52 weeks, followed by a 4-week study of their responses to a 3% alcohol solution offered as an alternative to water. The mice which were not averse to alcohol at that age had a significantly higher TFI/g bodyweight during the initial water control study before exposure to alcohol than mice with aversion to alcohol. It is concluded that mice showing a delay in developing an aversive response to alcohol also show a higher TFI/g bodyweight which is not related to alcohol consumption. KW - age KW - ethanol KW - fluids KW - weight KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - age, fluid intake and weight relation to ethanol acceptability KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771457474&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The role of glucagon in the endogenous hyperglycemia of diabetes mellitus. AU - Unger, R. H. AU - Orci, L. JO - Annual Review of Medicine JF - Annual Review of Medicine Y1 - 1977/// VL - 28 SP - 119 EP - 130 AD - Unger, R. H.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. Texas, Southwestern Medical School, Dallas, Tex. 75235, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771457563. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 41 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The evidence that assigns to glucagon a vital role in the maintenance of euglycaemia in nondiabetics and a deleterious role in certain of the metabolic abnormalities of diabetes is reviewed and discussed. KW - diabetes KW - glucagon KW - hyperglycaemia KW - reviews KW - high blood glucose KW - hyperglycemia KW - review of glucagon role in endogenous hyperglycaemia of diabetes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771457563&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Impaired peripheral conversion of thyroxine to triiodothyronine. AU - Cavalieri, R. R. AU - Rapoport, B. JO - Annual Review of Medicine JF - Annual Review of Medicine Y1 - 1977/// VL - 28 SP - 57 EP - 65 AD - Cavalieri, R. R.: Nuclear Medicine Service and Endocrine Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771457568. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 62 ref. Registry Number: 51-48-9, 55-06-1, 6893-02-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - thyroxine KW - triiodothyronine KW - impaired peripheral conversion of thyroxine to triiodothyronine KW - liothyronine KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771457568&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Influence of histidine administration on zinc metabolism in the rat. AU - Freeman, R. M. AU - Taylor, P. R. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1977/// VL - 50 IS - 4 SP - 523 EP - 527 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Freeman, R. M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. Iowa College of Medicine, Iowa City, Iowa 52240, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771457722. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Registry Number: 71-00-1, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Histidine, 250 mg/h, was given by constant intravenous infusion to rats with paired control rats receiving diluent alone. During the hour before histidine the urinary Zn excretion averaged 0.435 plus or minus 0.37 (s.e.) mu g/h. During 3 h of histidine infusion Zn excretion averaged 7.58 plus or minus 0.97, 20.21 plus or minus 2.07 and 16.78 plus or minus 1.90 mu g/h. Plasma Zn at the end of the infusion was 76 plus or minus 5 mu g/100 ml compared with control values of 110 plus or minus 9 mu g/100 ml. Histidine, 500 mg/day, was given by tube for 43 days to rats. Urinary Zn excretion in histidine-treated rats was 3 to 6 times that of controls throughout the study, but there was no difference in plasma, testicular or kidney Zn content. No histological lesion of Zn deficiency was seen in the oesophagus. In conclusion, histidine increased urinary Zn excretion in the rats whether given by mouth or by vein; evidence for Zn deficiency was not apparent after 43 days of histidine. KW - histidine KW - zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - zinc metabolism after histidine KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771457722&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Phosphorus metabolism in potassium-deficient rats. AU - Freeman, R. M. AU - Lawton, W. J. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1977/// VL - 30 IS - 4 SP - 549 EP - 551 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Freeman, R. M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. Iowa College of Medicine, Iowa City, Iowa 52242, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771457726. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Registry Number: 7723-14-0, 7440-09-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Serum P was measured in Sprague-Dawley rats with nutritionally induced K deficiency. Severe K depletion was manifested by plasma K of 2.4 mEq/litre against 3.9 mEq/litre in controls and decreased muscle K content. Significant hypophosphataemia did not develop, although muscle P content fell. Hypophospataemia does not always accompany severe K deficiency in the rat. KW - phosphorus KW - potassium KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - phosphorus metabolism in potassium deficiency KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771457726&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A liquid chromatographic method for quantitative determination of alpha -tocopherol in rat brain. AU - Vatassery, G. T. AU - Hagen, D. F. JO - Analytical Biochemistry JF - Analytical Biochemistry Y1 - 1977/// VL - 79 IS - 1/2 SP - 129 EP - 134 SN - 0003-2697 AD - Vatassery, G. T.: Neurology Research, Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771457814. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 7 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Brain is homogenized in the presence of ascorbic acid, ethanol and hexane and the hexane extract is analysed directly in a liquid chromatograph constructed from parts available commercially. KW - brain KW - tocopherols KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cerebrum KW - estimation of alpha-tocopherol in brain KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771457814&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Role of glucagon in diabetes. AU - Unger, R. H. AU - Orci, L. JO - Archives of Internal Medicine JF - Archives of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1977/// VL - 137 IS - 4 SP - 482 EP - 491 SN - 0003-9926 AD - Unger, R. H.: US Veterans Administration Hospital, 4500 S Lancaster, Dallas 79216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771458020. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 50 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The glucagon-secreting alpha -cell is a vital component of the organ system which regulates the distribution of fuel. Bihormonal control of glucoregulation through a push-pull system maintains the glucose concentration of extracellular fluid within narrow limits irrespective of glucose flux rates through relative equality of glucose influx and efflux. This equality requires appropriate secretion mixtures of the biological antagonists, insulin and glucagon, directed by a glucose sensor. In severe diabetes, there are virtually no beta -cells, alpha -cells are in contact largely with other alpha -cells and their glucose-sensing capacity is lost. The alpha -cell hypersecretes and in most juvenile type diabetics aggressive therapy with insulin fails to restore it to normal. Glucagon is a factor in the development of endogenous hyperglycaemia and ketoacidosis. Its suppression may provide a possible approach in the future pharmacological management of diabetic hyperglycaemia. KW - diabetes KW - glucagon KW - glucagon role in diabetes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771458020&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The anaemia of chronic disorders: studies of iron reutilization in the anaemia of experimental malignancy and chronic inflammation. AU - Zarrabi, M. H. AU - Lysik, R. AU - DiStefano, J. AU - Zucker, S. JO - British Journal of Haematology JF - British Journal of Haematology Y1 - 1977/// VL - 35 IS - 4 SP - 647 EP - 658 SN - 0007-1048 AD - Zarrabi, M. H.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Northport, N.Y. 11768, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771458250. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7439-89-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In adult male rats, intact and splenectomized, the reutilization in heat damaged erythrocytes of 59Fe label, sequestration of the labelled cells in major organs, erythrocyte mass and survival (51Cr label), serum Fe and plasma erythropoietin were measured and routine haematological estimations were made. Three weeks after implantation of Walker 256 carcinosarcoma there was a moderate degree of anaemia as characterized by decreases in Hb and haematocrit values. The maximum reutilization of 59Fe in the group with tumour (63 plus or minus 6%) and the group with tumour and splenectomy (56 plus or minus 9%) was not significantly different from that in the normal group (64 plus or minus 6%) or normal with splenectomy (53 plus or minus 7%). There was not excessive sequestration in liver and spleen. Red cell survival in the rats with tumours was slightly shorter than in the others. Plasma erythropoietin was increased correspondingly with the degree of anaemia in the rats with tumour. When the same experiment was made on anaemic rats with abscesses induced by turpentine, the reutilization of 59Fe from labelled cells in those with inflammation was the same as in the controls. The results indicate that in this experimental model the anaemia accompanying malignancy or chronic inflammation is not related to decreased reutilization of the Fe from red cells, thus reticuloendothelial blockade of Fe is not an important factor. The importance of decreased production of red cells is pointed out. KW - anaemia KW - inflammation KW - iron KW - neoplasms KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - anemia KW - cancers KW - iron reutilization in anaemia of malignancy and inflammation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771458250&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The nature of the defect in a salt-wasting disorder in Jews of Iran. AU - Rosler, A. AU - Rabinowitz, D. AU - Theodor, R. AU - Ramirez, L. C. AU - Ulick, S. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1977/// VL - 44 IS - 2 SP - 279 EP - 291 SN - 0021-972X AD - Rosler, A.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 130 W. Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771458403. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 52 ref. Registry Number: 52-39-1, 9015-94-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Studies on 8 families of Iranian Jews showed 12 patients with selective aldosterone deficiency due to a biosynthetic defect. Clinical severity of the defect varied from acute salt-wasting crisis in infancy to an asymptomatic state in adults detectable only by biochemical screening. Manifestations of intermediate degrees of severity included unexplained short stature and postural hypotension. Clinical variability was not due entirely to quantitative differences in hormone secretion but also to a changing pattern of requirement throughout life in which deficiency during the first year had grave consequences while a similar degree of deficiency in the adult was well tolerated, suggesting that the hormone was no longer essential. Most families came from a relatively isolated community in Isfahan with a high incidence of consanguinity and 3 were related. Aldosterone deficiency was due to an inborn error involving the terminal portion of the biosynthetic pathway; it was characterized by overproduction of glomerulosa zone 18-hydroxycorticosterone relative to aldosterone. The best diagnostic index was the excretory ratio of the major urinary metabolites of those steroids, which is normally less than 3.0, but was frequently greater than 100 in untreated patients with the defect. Plasma aldosterone was not a reliable index of the disorder since some patients achieved normal levels but at the expense of increased plasma renin activity and overproduction of precursors. KW - aldosterone KW - renin KW - salt KW - Iran KW - Developing Countries KW - Middle East KW - Threshold Countries KW - West Asia KW - Asia KW - plasma aldosterone and renin in salt-wasting disease in Iran KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771458403&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Insulin-glucagon interaction in controlling splanchnic glucose production in normal man. AU - Bomboy, J. D., Jr. AU - Lewis, S. B. AU - Sinclair-Smith, B. C. AU - Lacy, W. W. AU - Liljenquist, J. E. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1977/// VL - 44 IS - 3 SP - 474 EP - 480 SN - 0021-972X AD - Bomboy, J. D., Jr.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 1310 24th Ave. South, Nashville, Tenn. 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771458409. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5, 50-99-7, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The interaction of glucagon and insulin in controlling net splanchnic glucose production (NSGP) was studied in 8 normal men. Glucagon was infused by vein at 5 ng/kg min for 15 min and resultant arterial glucagon values, 1.3 X 10-10 mol/litre, did not exceed the physiological portal range. In 4 normal men NSGP increased 2.3-fold by 5 min and remained high for 15 min. There was no change in arterial insulin concentration. Insulin was infused at 10 mU/kg min in 4 normal men to achieve arterial immunoreactive insulin concentrations of 1500 mu U/ml (10-8 mol/litre); blood glucose was stabilized by glucose infusions. During insulin and glucose infusion, NSGP was suppressed and net splanchnic glucose uptake occurred. After 40 min of insulin and glucose pretreatment, a 5 ng/kg min glucagon infusion and not increase NSGP (arterial insulin:glucagon molar ratio about 100). In 2 subjects the glucagon infusion rate was then raised to 15 ng/kg min (arterial insulin:glucagon molar ratio about 33), resulting in stimulation of NSGP. KW - glucagon KW - glucose KW - insulin KW - dextrose KW - insulin-glucagon interaction in control of glucose formation KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771458409&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Radioimmunoassay for serum transcobalamin II. AU - Morelli, T. A. AU - Savage, C. R., Jr. AU - Begley, J. A. AU - Hall, C. A. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1977/// VL - 89 IS - 3 SP - 645 EP - 652 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Morelli, T. A.: Research Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Albany, N.Y. 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771458416. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The radioimmune assay for transcobalamin II (TC II) used TCII-[57Co]vitamin B-12 precipitated from normal serum with (NH4)2SO4 as the labelled ligand, the TC II of whole serum as the standard source of TC II, rabbit anti-pure TC II as the binding agent and separation of the bound and free TC II-vitamin B-12 by precipitation of the antibody bound with polyethylene glycol. The method was responsive to either TC II or TC II-vitamin B-12 and to TC II pure or in crude preparations. It was not responsive to R-type binders of the vitamin. The median TC II of 10 samples of normal serum was 890 pg/ml and of 10 samples from hospital patients was 1010 pg/ml. There was no measurable TC II in the serum of a child with congenital absence of TC II. The test measured values greater than 5000 pg/ml in abnormalities of TC II metabolism. KW - transcobalamins KW - estimation of serum transcobalamin II KW - vitamin B12 binding substances KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771458416&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Reduction of plasma triglycerides by diet in subjects with chronic renal failure. AU - Sanfelippo, M. L. AU - Swenson, R. S. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1977/// VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 54 EP - 61 SN - 0085-2538 AD - Sanfelippo, M. L.: Veterans Administration Hospital (111-R), 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771458551. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: French. Number of References: 39 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The response of plasma triglycerides to changes in the composition of meal formula diets was studied in 12 subjects who had moderate to severe chronic renal failure. Fasting hypertriglyceridaemia (>150 mg/100 ml) was present in 7 of 12 subjects. Fasting plasma triglyceride values decreased in all subjects in response to a reduction in the proportion of carbohydrate (from 50 to 35% of total daily energy) and an increase in the polyunsaturated to saturated fat ratio (from 0.2 to 2.0) in an isocaloric diet. Fasting plasma cholesterol and postprandial triglyceride values were unchanged. Both the triglyceride production rate and the insulin response were significantly lower on a diet lower in carbohydrate and higher in polyunsaturated fat. The findings indicate that hypertriglyceridaemia occurs in subjects with moderate to severe chronic renal failure and that dietary modification promptly reduces triglyceride values over an 11-day period. A long-term study on a diet incorporating these changes would indicate whether the effect is sustained. KW - carbohydrates KW - polyenoic fatty acids KW - renal failure KW - TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - kidney failure KW - plasma triglycerides after carbohydrate restriction and high polyunsaturated fat intake in renal failure KW - polyunsaturated fatty acids KW - saccharides KW - triglycerides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771458551&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gold thioglucose obesity syndrome. AU - Debons, A. F. AU - Krimsky, I. AU - Maayan, M. L. AU - Fani, K. AU - Jimenez, F. A. JO - Federation Proceedings JF - Federation Proceedings Y1 - 1977/// VL - 36 IS - 2 SP - 143 EP - 147 SN - 0014-9446 AD - Debons, A. F.: Nuclear Medicine and Anatomical Pathology, Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, N.Y. 11209, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771458966. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 12192-57-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Parenteral gold thioglucose produces in mice an area of necrosis in the ventromedial portion of the hypothalamus. The lesion, like lesions produced by electrocautery of this area, induces hyperphagia and consequent obesity. The glucose moiety of gold thioglucose is essential for production of the lesion. Glucose analogues (2-deoxy-glucose, sodium thioglucose and phlorizin) prevent the gold thioglucose-induced lesion, and by themselves produce a transient hyperphagia. Insulin deficiency prevents the lesion. Either adrenalectomy or hypophysectomy counteracts the effect of insulin deficiency. Electron microscopic studies, in which general necrosis is avoided by giving aspirin before gold thioglucose or by subnecrotic doses of gold thioglucose, show that gold thioglucose primarily affects neural elements contiguous with capillaries in the ventromedial hypothalamus. The experimental observations indicate the presence of special glucoreceptor cells in the ventromedial hypothalamus that are involved in the regulation of food intake. KW - AUROTHIOGLUCOSE KW - obesity KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - gold thioglucose KW - obesity from gold thioglucose KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771458966&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of fatty acid perfusion on intestinal alkaline phosphatase. 1. Studies on man. AU - Linscheer, W. G. AU - Malagelada, J. R. AU - Stolbach, L. L. AU - Fishman, W. H. JO - American Journal of Digestive Diseases JF - American Journal of Digestive Diseases Y1 - 1977/// VL - 22 IS - 6 SP - 509 EP - 515 AD - Linscheer, W. G.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 800 Irving Ave., Syracuse, N.Y. 13210, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771459073. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 9001-78-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - 1. In 15 normal subjects a segment of proximal small intestine was isolated by a 4-lumen, two-balloon tube method and perfused with micellar solutions of C8:0, C12:0 and C18:1 fatty acids in a taurocholate solution. In control experiments the perfusion fluid lacked fatty acids. The luminal contents were enriched with intestinal alkaline phosphatase more than control values as a function of the carbon-chain of the fatty acids. The extent of sucrase release was less and that of glycylglycine dipeptidase was negligible. The effect of intraluminal oleic acid on the location of mucosal alkaline phosphatase activity was studied histochemically in small-intestine biopsies from 6 additional subjects. Intestinal alkaline phosphatase activity appeared to be in the same location as the dynamic lipid transport, moving from the brush border into the mucosal lymphatics. The findings indicated a bidirectional flow of brush-border intestinal alkaline phosphatase into the intestinal lumen and into the intestinal lymphatics during fatty acid absorption. KW - alkaline phosphatase KW - fatty acids KW - intestines KW - alkaline phosphomonoesterase KW - intestinal alkaline phosphatase after fatty acid perfusion KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771459073&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of fatty acid perfusion on intestinal alkaline phosphatase. 2. Studies on the rat. AU - Malagelada, J. R. AU - Linscheer, W. G. AU - Fishman, W. H. JO - American Journal of Digestive Diseases JF - American Journal of Digestive Diseases Y1 - 1977/// VL - 22 IS - 6 SP - 516 EP - 523 AD - Malagelada, J. R.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 800 Irving Ave., Syracuse, N.Y. 13210, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771459074. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 9001-78-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - 2. The effect of perfusing the small intestine with fatty acids on translocation of the brush-border enzyme, intestinal alkaline phosphatase, was studied in male Wistar rats 250-260 g in weight. Two consecutive loops of proximal small intestine were perfused simultaneously in unconscious rats with 3 solutions in random order. The solutions were a control solvent containing sodium taurocholate, a reference fatty acid solution containing C18:1 in taurocholate and a test solution containing C18:1, C16:1, C12:0, C8:0 or C6:0 in taurocholate. When fatty acid was present in the perfusate more enzyme was released into the intestinal lumen than by taurocholate alone. Long-chain fatty acids were 3.4 times as effective as medium-chain fatty acids in releasing intestinal alkaline phosphatase. An exponential relationship was found between fatty acid chain length and release of enzyme. The effect of each fatty acid on the release of enzyme was similar in the 2 loops and reversible. Another brush-border enzyme, sucrase, used as a reference enzyme, was also released by the fatty acid perfusions. The amount released was related to the carbon-chain length of the fatty acid, but less sucrase than intestinal alkaline phosphatase was released in response to fatty acid perfusion. Histochemical studies confirmed the outflow of intestinal alkaline phosphatase from the brush border into the lumen. Simultaneously, intestinal alkaline phosphatase moved in the opposite direction into the mucosal lymphatics. Those changes were most pronounced after perfusion with long-chain fatty acids and less apparent after medium-chain fatty acid perfusion. The findings showed a bidirectional flow of brush-border intestinal alkaline phosphatase, that luminal enzyme activity is exponentially related to the carbon-chain length of the fatty acid being absorbed and suggest participation of intestinal alkaline phosphatase in fat absorption. KW - alkaline phosphatase KW - fatty acids KW - intestines KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - alkaline phosphomonoesterase KW - intestinal alkaline phosphatase after fatty acid perfusion KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771459074&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Measurement of glucose recycling and liver glycogen synthesis in mice using doubly labeled substrates. AU - Baker, N. JO - Federation Proceedings JF - Federation Proceedings Y1 - 1977/// VL - 36 IS - 2 SP - 253 EP - 258 SN - 0014-9446 AD - Baker, N.: Tumor-Lipid Lab., Research Service, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771459157. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 9005-79-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - After fasting, mice were allowed to eat 120 mg [U-14C,6-T]glucose (58% glucose diet) in 4 min. Plasma glucose-C specific activity rapidly reached that of the dietary glucose-C. Superficially, this suggested nearly complete inhibition of hepatic gluconeogenesis. Plasma [6-T]glucose, glycogen-[14C,3H]glucose analyses and [14C]glycerol conversion to glucose showed that hepatic gluconeogenesis continued during alimentary hyperglycaemia. Half of liver glycogen seemed to be formed from a hepatic glucose 6-phosphate pool that was never labelled. Indirect kinetic evidence of a large, bound exchangeable glucose pool was presented. Since no direct evidence of such a pool has been obtained, the possibility is raised that a serious artifact of the tracer technique exists or else some unconventional model of carbohydrate metabolism is required to explain the results. KW - glucose KW - glycogen KW - liver KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - estimation of glucose recycling and liver glycogen synthesis KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771459157&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fetal fuels. 1. Utilization of ketones by isolated tissues at various stages of maturation and maternal nutrition during late gestation. AU - Shambaugh, G. E., III AU - Mrozak, S. C. AU - Freinkel, N. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1977/// VL - 26 IS - 6 SP - 623 EP - 635 AD - Shambaugh, G. E., III: General Medical Research, Veterans Administration Lakeside Hospital, 333 E. Huron St., Chicago, Ill. 60611, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771459183. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 46 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - 1. The availability and utilization of beta -hydroxybutyrate as an alternative oxidative fuel during fasting hypoglycaemia has been examined in the rat conceptus at 18 and 20 days gestation. A 48-h maternal fast between days 16 and 18 or 18 and 20 resulted in a 50% fall in foetal glucose levels and a rise in beta -hydroxybutyrate, 30-fold at 18 and 60-fold at 20 days. Tissue concentrations of beta -hydroxybutyrate or acetoacetate did not exceed extracellular levels. Placenta, foetal brain, carcass and liver all oxidized 14C-labelled beta -hydroxybutyrate to 14CO2 in vitro. Highest rates of oxidation were apparent in the placenta, followed by brain, liver and carcass. The D isomer of beta -hydroxybutyrate appeared to be oxidized preferentially by all tissues studied. Despite levels of 3-ketoacid CoA transferase and acetoacetyl CoA thiolase lower at 18 than at 20 days, rates of oxidation in individual tissues incubated in identical concentrations of substrate were similar at both times. In liver and brain, increasing rates of 14CO2 generation proportionate to graded concentrations of beta -hydroxybutyrate in vitro indicated that such rates were probably determined by substrate availability. beta -Hydroxybutyrate oxidation in extrahepatic foetal tissues was unaffected by maternal fasting. By contrast, foetal liver derived from fasted mothers generated significantly less 14CO2 from beta -hydroxybutyrate than livers from fed mothers. It has been suggested that capabilities for ketone utilization are widespread in tissues of the conceptus, and that such utilization may fulfill in part the oxidative demands for continued anabolic growth during fasting hypoglycaemia in the mother. KW - FETUS KW - ketone bodies KW - nutritional state KW - pregnancy KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - foetal ketone utilization and maternal nutrition KW - foetus KW - gestation KW - nutritional status KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771459183&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Elimination of glucose interference and improved precision in a continuous-flow analysis for inulin. AU - Torelli, J. A. AU - Middleton, B. AU - Stein, R. M. JO - Clinical Chemistry JF - Clinical Chemistry Y1 - 1977/// VL - 23 IS - 7 SP - 1324 EP - 1325 SN - 0009-9147 AD - Torelli, J. A.: Renal Physiology Lab., General Medical Research, Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771459477. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 4 ref. Registry Number: 9005-80-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - analysis KW - inulin KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771459477&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Postvagotomy diarrhea. AU - Storer, E. H. JO - Surgical Clinics of North America JF - Surgical Clinics of North America Y1 - 1976/// VL - 56 IS - 6 SP - 1461 EP - 1468 SN - 0039-6109 AD - Storer, E. H.: Dep. Surgery, Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, Conn. 06516, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771459560. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - diarrhoea KW - vagotomy KW - diarrhea KW - diarrhoea after vagotomy KW - scouring KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771459560&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Physiological effects of gastrointestinal hormones. AU - Grossman, M. I. JO - Federation Proceedings JF - Federation Proceedings Y1 - 1977/// VL - 36 IS - 7 SP - 1930 EP - 1932 SN - 0014-9446 AD - Grossman, M. I.: Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771459701. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - An action of a gastrointestinal hormone may be regarded as physiological if it can be produced by infusing exogenous hormone in amounts and molecular forms that give increases in blood concentrations that are no greater than those seen after a meal. Only for gastrin are the radioimmunological methods sufficiently reliable to allow use of this quantitative criterion. For the other hormones, qualitative criteria have established their identifying actions as being hormonal and other actions are regarded as physiological if their D50 (dose for half-maximal response) values are not greater than that of the identifying action. By this criterion, the identifying and the additional physiological actions are: for gastrin, stimulation of acid secretion and stimulation of antral contractions; for secretin, stimulation of bicarbonate secretion and augmentation of the action of cholecystokinin in stimulating pancreatic enzyme secretion; for cholecystokinin, stimulation of gallbladder contraction and stimulation of pancreatic enzyme secretion and inhibition of gastric emptying and augmentation of the action of secretin on bicarbonate secretion; for gastric inhibitory peptide, inhibition of acid secretion and release of insulin. The trophic actions of gastrin on gastric mucosa and of pancreozymin on pancreatic tissue are also probably physiological. A physiological role has not yet been established for the other chemically identified peptides: vasoactive intestinal peptide, motilin and chymodenin. KW - digestive tract KW - hormones KW - gastrointestinal tract KW - physiological effects of gastrin, secretin, pancreozymin and gastric inhibitory polypeptide KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771459701&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of 1 alpha ,25-,24R,25-, and 1 alpha ,24R,25-hydroxylated metabolites of vitamin D3 on calcium and phosphate absorption by duodenum from intact and nephrectomized rats. AU - Walling, M. W. AU - Hartenbower, D. L. AU - Coburn, J. W. AU - Norman, A. W. JO - Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics JF - Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics Y1 - 1977/// VL - 182 IS - 1 SP - 251 EP - 257 SN - 0003-9861 AD - Walling, M. W.: Research, Medical and Dental Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Dep. Medicine, Univ. California, Los Angeles School of Medicine, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771459715. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 67-97-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats deprived of vitamin D for 6 weeks were bilaterally nephrectomized or underwent a sham operation. Both 1 alpha ,25-dihydroxy- and 1 alpha ,24R,25-trihydroxycholecalciferol given intraperitoneally stimulated Ca and phosphate absorption by duodenum. A 10-fold greater dose of 24R,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol was required for an equivalent stimulation of absorption in sham-operated rats but absorption by nephrectomized rats was not affected. The transmural fluxes of Ca and phosphate across the duodenum were also estimated in vitro with a modification of the Ussing apparatus and using 45Ca and 32P. KW - calcium KW - cholecalciferol KW - nephrectomy KW - phosphates KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - calcium and phosphate absorption after cholecalciferol hydroxy metabolites and nephrectomy KW - vitamin D3 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771459715&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Uptake of pyridoxine hydrochloride by the rat jejunal mucosa in vitro. AU - Middleton, H. M., III JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1977/// VL - 107 IS - 1 SP - 126 EP - 131 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Middleton, H. M., III: Gastroenterology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital (FHD), Augusta, Ga. 30904, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771460012. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 65-23-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The kinetics of mucosal membrane transport of pyridoxine hydrochloride were studied in vitro with everted sacs of rat jejunum and a double-label isotope method. Short-term incubation within the period of initial linear tissue uptake indicated no saturation of uptake over a wide pyridoxine hydrochloride concentration range, 0.01 mu mol/litre to 10.0 mmol/litre; failure of 4-deoxypyridoxine, 10 mmol/litre, anoxia, iodoacetamide 5 mmol/litre, Na+ replacement and ouabain, 1 mmol/litre, to inhibit uptake of pyridoxine hydrochloride 2 mu m/litre; a low Q10 value of 1.31. (The Q10 value was calculated as e DELTA 1nP where P was the apparent permeability coefficient (uptake/media concentration) and DELTA 1nP was the change in 1nP with a 10 deg change in absolute temperature.) With single-label methods, sacs were also incubated for 1 h in pyridoxine hydrochloride 2 mu mole/litre with estimation of the apparent tissue water-mucosal fluid concentration ratio and chromatographic separation of the various forms of vitamin B-6 in tissue. In tissue water pyridoxine did not reach a concentration in excess of that in the incubation medium. The results were considered most consistent with passive diffusion as the mechanism for jejunal mucosal uptake of pyridoxine hydrochloride in the rat. KW - intestinal mucosa KW - pyridoxine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - intestine epithelium KW - pyridoxine hydrochloride uptake by jejunal mucosa in vitro KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771460012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Changes in circulating transcobalamin II after injection of cyanocobalamin. AU - Donaldson, R. M., Jr. AU - Brand, M. AU - Serfilippi, D. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1977/// VL - 296 IS - 25 SP - 1427 EP - 1430 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Donaldson, R. M., Jr.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, CT 06516, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771460076. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Circulating transcobalamin II was measured after intravenous injection of unlabelled cyanocobalamin in 12 control subjects and, because the liver is a major source of transcobalamin II, in 8 patients with decompensated cirrhosis. At 30 min after injection of cyanocobalamin, 200 ng/kg bodyweight, total transcobalamin II (unsaturated + cobalamin-bound) declined in all 20 subjects to on average 53. plus or minus 4.6% of initial values. Subsequently, unsaturated transcobalamin II rapidly increased so that by 8 h values for total transcobalamin II were similar to those before injection. Rates of regeneration of transcobalamin II were similar in control subjects and patients with liver disease. Unlike total transcobalamin II, total transcobalamin I was not altered by injection of cyanocobalamin. Adding cyanocobalamin to plasma in vitro did not affect total transcobalamin II. The rapid response of circulating transcobalamin II to cyanocobalamin injection strongly supports a dynamic role for that polypeptide during transport of a relatively large amount of cobalamin. KW - cyanocobalamin KW - transcobalamins KW - plasma transcobalamin II after cyanocobalamin injection KW - vitamin B12 binding substances KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771460076&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparison of biochemical properties of human serum B12 binders derived from Sephadex and DEAE-cellulose chromatography. AU - Kumar, S. AU - Meyer, L. M. AU - Gams, R. A. JO - Scandinavian Journal of Haematology JF - Scandinavian Journal of Haematology Y1 - 1977/// VL - 18 IS - 5 SP - 403 EP - 412 AD - Kumar, S.: Hematology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, N.Y., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771460100. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Registry Number: 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Vitamin B-12 binding proteins were separated into 2 peaks corresponding to small (TCS) and large (TCL) molecular weight fractions by gel-filtration on Sephadex G-200 with sodium phosphate buffer 0.005 mol/litre, pH 7.4 containing NaCl 1 mol/litre. Each peak, after dialysis and concentration, was chromatographed on DEAE-cellulose; 3 peaks of radioactivity were recovered from both TCS and TCL. Peaks from TCS had an apparent mol. wt. of about 40 000 and those from TCL about 110 000, as estimated by gel-filtration on Sephadex G-200. On electrophoresis, peaks eluted with phosphate buffer 0.06 mol/litre, pH 5.85 from both TCS and TCL moved as beta -globulins, those eluted with buffer 0.1 mol/litre, pH 5.8 between beta - and alpha 2-globulin and those eluted with buffer 0.25 mol/litre, pH 5.4 between alpha 1- and alpha 2-globulin. In the assay system, TCS delivered [57Co] vitamin B-12 to L-1210 leucaemic lymphoblasts while TCL had no such activity. Of the 6 binders from DEAE-cellulose, only peaks eluted from TCS with buffers of 0.06 and 0.1 mol/litre delivered labelled vitamin B-12 to those cells. Antisera prepared against TC II vitamin B-12 reacted only with TC II vitamin B-12 from serum, TCS, and fractions D and E obtained from TCS which were eluted with buffers of 0.06 and 0.1 mol/litre, respectively. KW - blood proteins KW - cyanocobalamin KW - vitamin B12 KW - blood plasma proteins KW - blood serum proteins KW - cobalamin KW - molecular weight of serum vitamin B-12 binders KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771460100&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of dietary protein restriction or food restriction on oxygen consumption and mitochondrial distribution in cardiac and red and white skeletal muscle of rats. AU - Hansen-Smith, F. M. AU - Maksud, M. G. AU - Horn, D. L. Van JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1977/// VL - 107 IS - 4 SP - 525 EP - 533 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Hansen-Smith, F. M.: Research Service/151A, Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771460167. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Control rats were fed on a diet containing 27% casein. Two groups of protein-restricted rats were fed on isoenergy diets containing 15 or 8% casein. Two groups of food-restricted rats were fed on either the 27 or 15% casein diets in amounts equivalent to 35% of the intake of energy. Oxygen consumption was measured in papillary muscle and in fibres from the red (high oxidative) and white (low oxidative) portions of the quadriceps with pyruvate and malate as substrates. Control values ( mu l O2/g dry weight min) were 35.2 plus or minus 1.5 (papillary), 20.7 plus or minus 1.9 (red) and 7.8 plus or minus 0.7 (white). Restriction of dietary protein failed to alter the oxygen consumption of any of the muscle types. In contrast, involuntary food restriction, combined with a reduction in protein content, reduced the oxygen consumption of papillary and white skeletal muscle, but the metabolism of red skeletal muscle was not affected. No difference was found in the appearance and distribution of mitochondria in cardiac or red skeletal muscle after examination by electron microscopy, but a depletion of subsarcolemmal mitochondria was evident in white muscle from the food-restricted rats. KW - mitochondria KW - MYOCARDIUM KW - oxygen consumption KW - protein KW - underfeeding KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cardiac muscle KW - food or protein restriction affect oxygen consumption and mitochondrial distribution in muscle KW - heart muscle KW - muscle (skeletal) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771460167&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of high sucrose or starch-bran diets on glucose and lipid metabolism of normal and diabetic rats. AU - Lin, W. J. AU - Anderson, J. W. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1977/// VL - 107 IS - 4 SP - 584 EP - 595 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Lin, W. J.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Lexington, Ky. 40507, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771460175. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 69 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 9005-25-8, 57-50-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Normal and streptozotocin-diabetic rats were fed on a low-carbohydrate diet or 1 of 2 high-carbohydrate diets (sucrose or starch-bran). High-carbohydrate diets were associated with slightly higher plasma glucose concentrations in control and diabetic rats. Glucose tolerance tests were not altered by the diets in either the control or diabetic rats. Plasma and liver triglyceride values for control and diabetic rats given the high-sucrose diet were similar to those of rats fed on the low-carbohydrate diet. The starch-bran diet was associated with lower plasma and liver triglyceride values in control and diabetic rats. Plasma triglyceride values of diabetic rats fed the high-sucrose diet or the low-carbohydrate diet were significantly higher than values of control rats fed on the same diets, whereas plasma triglyceride values of diabetic rats fed on the starch-bran diet were similar to values for control rats fed on the same diet. The studies suggest that a high-carbohydrate diet containing starch and wheat bran is associated with a reduction in plasma triglyceride in normal and diabetic rats. Liver glycolytic enzyme activities were significantly lower in diabetic rats than in control rats in all 3 dietary groups. KW - bran KW - diabetes KW - glucose KW - lipids KW - starch KW - sucrose KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - high sucrose or starch-bran diets and glucose and lipid metabolism in diabetes KW - lipins KW - saccharose KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771460175&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Platelet dysfunction in the neonate with essential fatty acid deficiency. AU - Friedman, Z. AU - Lamberth, E. L., Jr. AU - Stahlman, M. T. AU - Oates, J. A. JO - Journal of Pediatrics JF - Journal of Pediatrics Y1 - 1977/// VL - 90 IS - 3 SP - 439 EP - 443 SN - 0022-3476 AD - Friedman, Z.: Dep. Pediatrics, Veterans Administration Hospital, Nashville, Tenn., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771460345. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Platelet aggregation was studied in 5 premature newborn infants on total parenteral nutrition without fat. Deficiency of essential fatty acids (EFA) was diagnosed from analysis of the plasma lipids. In comparison with 5 control premature infants, the salient features were, respectively, in terms of mean percentage of total fatty acid methyl esters: linoleic acid in phospholipids 4.2 and 6.4, in triglycerides 1.6 and 4.3, in cholesterol esters 5.8 and 11.8, in free fatty acids 15.3 and 6.7; corresponding values for arachidonic acid were 5.3 and 19.4, less than 0.5 and 2.1, less than 0.5 and 10.3, less than 0.5 and 2.1; and for 5,8,11-eicosatrienoic acid 12.7 and less than 0.5, less than 0.5 in all others. The infants were on parenteral nutrition for 1.6 to 4.9 weeks. Biochemical evidence of EFA deficiency appeared early, after 10 days in 1 infant, and it was corrected in as little as 9 days when a diet with EFA was given by mouth. During the deficiency, the average platelet aggregation in response to ADP 5 mu mol/litre was 35% after 1 min, 30 and 20% between 1 and 3 min and 15% at 5 min. Corresponding values after recovery were 30, 40, 45 and 45%, within the range in the control infants. Similar results were obtained with ADP 2.5 mu mol/litre. KW - fat KW - newborn animals KW - PLATELETS KW - blood platelets KW - neonatal platelet dysfunction in essential fatty acid deficiency KW - thrombocytes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771460345&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Weight reduction and serum insulin levels in hypothalamic obese monkeys. AU - Hamilton, C. L. AU - Rabinowitz, J. L. JO - Journal of Medical Primatology JF - Journal of Medical Primatology Y1 - 1976/// VL - 5 IS - 5 SP - 276 EP - 283 SN - 0047-2565 AD - Hamilton, C. L.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Philadelphia, PA 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771460356. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Two hyperinsulinaemic rhesus monkeys made obese, bodyweight 22 kg, by hypothalamic lesions, were placed on a weight reduction diet for about 8 months. After they had lost about 25% bodyweight serum insulin decreased but there was no change in plasma glucose or composition of fat pad tissue. There was evidence that the number of adipocytes remained constant but were reduced in size after weight loss. KW - insulin KW - obesity KW - weight reduction KW - fatness KW - weight reduction and serum insulin in obesity (monkey) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771460356&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Activation of skeletal muscle glycogen synthase following glucose administration in normal males. AU - Nuttall, F. Q. AU - Barbosa, J. AU - Gannon, M. C. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1977/// VL - 26 IS - 7 SP - 719 EP - 720 AD - Nuttall, F. Q.: Metabolic-Endocrine Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, 54th Street and 48th Ave. South, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771460428. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 2 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 9014-56-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Normal men and women 17 to 33 years old were given glucose as before (NAR 45, 4507). There was an increase in the percentage of synthase l in specimens obtained by needle biopsy from the quadriceps femoris muscle at 60 min after glucose was given in men and women. It was concluded that the synthase system in skeletal muscle responded to carbohydrate in normal men but the response was slower than in women. KW - glucose KW - GLYCOGEN (STARCH) SYNTHASE KW - dextrose KW - glycogen synthase KW - muscle (skeletal) KW - skeletal muscle glycogen synthase after glucose KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771460428&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Evidence for the early reduction of the 24,25 double bond in the conversion of lanosterol to cholesterol in cerebrotendinous xanthomatosis. AU - Tint, G. S. AU - Salen, G. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1977/// VL - 26 IS - 7 SP - 721 EP - 729 AD - Tint, G. S.: G.I. Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, East Orange, NJ 07019, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771460429. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5, 79-63-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A mixture of dihydrolanosterol-[2-14C]mevalonate and 3S,4S,3R,4R-[4-3H]mevalonate was given by vein to a woman 46 years old who had cerebrotendinous xanthomatosis, an inherited disease in which increased amounts of cholesterol and cholestanol are stored in all body tissues, especially brain, lung and Achilles tendon. Sterols were isolated from the faeces, purified and their specific activities were estimated and plotted as a function of time. These nuclide ratio estimations and specific activity decay curves were consistent with 24,25-dihydrolanosterol and DELTA 7-cholesterol being intermediates in the synthesis of cholesterol from mevalonate and lanosterol, and suggested that reduction of the lanosterol side chain may occur as an early step in the synthesis of cholesterol. KW - cholesterol KW - lanosterol KW - xanthomatosis KW - lanosterol conversion to cholesterol in xanthomatosis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771460429&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Evidence for a defect in the formation of 1 alpha ,25-dihydroxyvitamin D in pseudohypoparathyroidism. AU - Sinha, T. K. AU - DeLuca, H. F. AU - Bell, N. H. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1977/// VL - 26 IS - 7 SP - 731 EP - 738 AD - Sinha, T. K.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 1481 West 10th Street, Indianapolis, Ind. 46202, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771460430. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The metabolic defect which accounts for the lack of response to parathyrin in pseudohypoparathyroidism (PHP) has been ascribed to an abnormal adenylate cyclase system in the renal cortex and possibly in the skeleton. Previous observations indicated that in PHP osteitis fibrosa cystica may result from secondary hyperparathyroidism and that parathyrin stimulates the conversion of 25-hydroxyvitamin D to 1 alpha ,25-dihydroxyvitamin D in the renal cortex. The possibility that impaired formation of 1 alpha ,25-dihydroxyvitamin D might contribute to or be responsible for impaired intestinal absorption of Ca, hypocalcaemia and secondary hyperparathyroidism in PHP was therefore studied. The effects of 1 alpha ,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol, 1 mu g daily for 12 days, on serum Ca and P, balances of Ca and P, and serum parathyrin were examined in 3 patients with well-documented PHP. Serum 25-hydroxyvitamin D was also estimated. Before treatment faecal Ca was increased, serum Ca was abnormally low, and serum parathyrin and 25-hydroxyvitamin D were abnormally increased. With 1 alpha ,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol, faecal Ca decreased, serum and urinary Ca increased, and serum parathyrin decreased to or toward normal. After treatment this sequence of events was reversed. These findings support the hypothesis that diminished intestinal absorption of Ca, hypocalcaemia and secondary hyperparathyroidism in PHP result from a defect in the formation of 1 alpha ,25-dihydroxyvitamin D in the kidney and indicate that 1 alpha ,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol is a new and useful specific means for treatment of the abnormal Ca metabolism in the disorder. KW - hypoparathyroidism KW - alpha ,25-Dihydroxyvitamin D KW - alpha ,25-dihydroxyvitamin D formation in pseudohypoparathyroidism KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771460430&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Amino acid and keto acid diets for therapy in renal failure. AU - Kopple, J. D. AU - Swendseid, M. E. T2 - Nephron JO - Nephron JF - Nephron Y1 - 1977/// VL - 18 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 12 SN - 0028-2766 AD - Kopple, J. D.: Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, Calif., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771460577. Publication Type: Editorial. Language: English. Number of References: 86 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - amino acids KW - keto acids KW - renal failure KW - reviews KW - kidney failure KW - review of amino and keto acids in diet treatment of renal failure KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771460577&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Actions of 1 alpha -hydroxyvitamin D3 and 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D3 on mineral metabolism in man. 1. Effects on net absorption of phosphorus. AU - Brickman, A. S. AU - Hartenbower, D. L. AU - Norman, A. W. AU - Coburn, J. W. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1977/// VL - 30 IS - 7 SP - 1064 EP - 1069 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Brickman, A. S.: Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Riverside, Calif., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771460717. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3, 7723-14-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - 1. A woman and 5 men with advanced renal failure and 2 normal men, all 47 to 69 years old, were in a metabolism ward and ate a diet with a ratio of Ca to P of 0.15:1.93, similar to that in their normal diet. After an adjustment period of 14 to 28 days stool and urine were collected for 4 to 7 days.Collection started before and continued after the patients had been given by mouth 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol or 1 alpha -hydroxycholecalciferol dissolved in equal parts of ethanol and 1,2-propanediol, 0.325 to 13 nmol daily. Net absorption of Ca and P was calculated as the difference between dietary intake and faecal excretion, regardless of endogenous faecal Ca and P secretionTreatment with either vitamin increased net P absorption in normal subjects and in the patients. The changes in net absorption of P were directly related to the dose of sterol given and were similar to the increments in net Ca absorption. In the uraemic patients increase in net P absorption was 0.6 to 12.0 mmol daily; in the normal subjects the value was 1.8 to 7.4. Changes in net absorption of Ca were -1.9 to +12.4 and -1.5 to +6.5 in the normal and uraemic subjects. For all subjects there was a significant correlation between the change in net P absorption and that of Ca. In patients with renal failure daily urinary P excretion decreased during treatment by 2.4 to 6.3 mmol in 9 studies and by 1.4 mmol in 6. In the normal subjects P excretion increased in each of 4 studies. KW - CALCITRIOL KW - phosphorus KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - hydroxycholecalciferol KW - phosphorus absorption affected by cholecalciferol hydroxy derivatives KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771460717&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gallbladder bile composition in different ethnic groups. AU - Oviedo, M. A. AU - Ho, K. J. AU - Biss, K. AU - Soong, S. J. AU - Mikkelson, B. AU - Taylor, C. B. JO - Archives of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine JF - Archives of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine Y1 - 1977/// VL - 101 IS - 4 SP - 208 EP - 212 SN - 0003-9985 AD - Oviedo, M. A.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 113 Holland Ave., Albany, NY 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771461228. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A total of 194 gallbladder bile samples were examined. The solubility of cholesterol in bile depended mainly on the relative amounts of phospholipid and bile salt present. Bile from patients with gallstones was usually supersaturated with cholesterol above the level of the metastable state. Bile from normal white persons in Finland, New Zealand and USA were in the metastable state of supersaturation with cholesterol. The Masai of East Africa and black persons in USA had a bile level below the limit of maximum cholesterol solubility. The difference in the prevalence of cholesterol cholelithiasis in different ethnic groups is related to the difference in their bile composition which might, in turn, be controlled by some genetic and other yet unidentified factors. KW - bile KW - ethnicity KW - gall bladder KW - ethnic differences KW - ethnic variation of gall bladder bile composition KW - gall KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771461228&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Ethanol and lipid metabolism. AU - Lieber, C. S. T2 - Lipid Pharmacology. Volume 2. JO - Lipid Pharmacology. Volume 2. JF - Lipid Pharmacology. Volume 2. Y1 - 1976/// SP - 183 EP - 220 CY - New York, N.Y.; USA PB - Academic Press, Inc. SN - 0125449526 AD - Lieber, C. S.: Lab. Section of Liver Disease and Nutrition, Bronx Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, N.Y., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771461321. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Number of References: 238 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - ethanol KW - lipids KW - ethanol and lipid metabolism KW - ethyl alcohol KW - lipins KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771461321&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of nicotinic acid on induction of hepatic drug metabolizing enzymes by chronic ethanol administration. AU - Tuma, D. J. AU - Sorrell, M. F. AU - Vanderhoof, J. A. AU - Barak, A. J. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1977/// VL - 155 IS - 1 SP - 67 EP - 70 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Tuma, D. J.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. Nebraska, Omaha, Nebraska 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771461428. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 59-67-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Young male rats were maintained for 1 week on a nutritionally adequate semi-liquid control diet (36% of the energy value from carbohydrate), then in 4 groups of 7 each they were fed on control diet, control diet and nicotinic acid (NA) 0.5 mg/ml, ethanol diet (no carbohydrate, 36% of energy from ethanol) or ethanol diet and NA 0.5 mg/ml. The first 3 groups were allowed the amount of food eaten by those in group 4. The daily intake of NA, 150 mg/kg, was 2 to 3 times that used to treat hyperlipaemia in man. After 28 days the rats were killed without starvation and the activities of cytochrome P-450 (induced by ethanol), aniline hydroxylase (involved in drug metabolism) and glucose-6-phosphatase (not involved directly in drug metabolism) in the liver were studied. Liver cytochrome P-450 in nmol/100 g bodyweight was increased by ethanol and more by NA with ethanol; aniline hydroxylase behaved similarly; glucose-6-phosphatase was depressed by NA with the basal diet, increased by ethanol and the effect of ethanol was not modified by NA.In another experiment, young male rats in 4 groups of 6 were fed for 1 week on a stock diet, then on the same diet alone or with NA solution to supply about 150 mg/kg daily as drinking fluid, or with sodium phenobarbital (PB) at 100 mg/100 ml as drinking fluid, or with NA and PB together. The procedures in this experiment were the same as in the first. PB increased cytochrome P-450 and aniline hydroxylase in the liver; glucose-6-phosphatase was not increased. NA did not affect the enzymes in the rats treated with PB.The results are consistent with the existence of a unique cytochrome P-450 that is induced by ethanol; the induction is further enhanced by giving NA with ethanol. KW - drugs KW - enzymes KW - ethanol KW - nicotinic acid KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - medicines KW - niacin KW - nicotinic acid affects hepatic drug metabolizing enzymes induced by ethanol KW - pharmaceuticals KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771461428&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hyperoxaluria correlates with fat malabsorption in patients with sprue. AU - McDonald, G. B. AU - Earnest, D. L. AU - Admirand, W. H. JO - Gut JF - Gut Y1 - 1977/// VL - 18 IS - 7 SP - 561 EP - 566 SN - 0017-5749 AD - McDonald, G. B.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Medical Service, 4435 Beacon Ave. South, Seattle, Wash. 98108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771461580. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of fat malabsorption on the absorption and renal excretion of dietary oxalate was studied in 4 patients with sprue and in 2 patients with dermatitis herpetiformis and sprue-like jejunal histology. Hyperoxaluria was present in all patients with sprue when fat malabsorption was severe. Urinary oxalate excretion decreased in 2 of the 3 patients with coeliac sprue when their fat malabsorption had improved after 3 months of dietary gluten restriction. Neither patient with dermatitis herpetiformis and sprue had steatorrhoea; in those patients urinary oxalate excretion was always normal. A significant positive linear relation was present between faecal fat and urinary oxalate excretion. It is suggested that severe malabsorption of dietary fat plays a primary causative role in enteric hyperoxaluria. KW - fat KW - hyperoxaluria KW - hyperoxaluria and fat malabsorption in sprue KW - sprue KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771461580&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - 1,25-Dihydroxycholecalciferol and parathormone: effects on isolated osteoclast-like and osteoblast-like cells. AU - Wong, G. L. AU - Luben, R. A. AU - Cohn, D. V. JO - Science, USA JF - Science, USA Y1 - 1977/// VL - 197 IS - 4304 SP - 663 EP - 665 AD - Wong, G. L.: Calcium Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Kansas City, Mo. 64128, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771461759. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3, 9002-64-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The actions of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) and parathyrin, both effective bone-resorptive agents in vivo and in vitro, were tested on CT (osteoclast-like) and PT (osteoblast-like) bone cells in culture. Both agents stimulated acid phosphatase activity and hyaluronate synthesis in the CT cells and decreased alkaline phosphatase, citrate decarboxylation and collagen synthesis in the PT cells. Calcitonin inhibited the changes induced in the CT but not in the PT cells. Unlike parathyrin 1,25-DHCC did not increase cellular cyclic adenosine monophosphate. Preincubation of the bone cells with 1,25-DHCC for 6 to 24 h made the cells refractory to the effect of parathyrin on cyclic adenosine monophosphate formation. It is suggested that 1,25-DHCC and parathyrin induce bone resorption by affecting the same cell types (osteoblasts and osteoclasts) although at different cellular sites. KW - bones KW - CALCITRIOL KW - cells KW - parathyrin KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol and parathyrin affect osteoblast- and osteoclast-like cells in vitro KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - parathyroid hormone KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771461759&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A simple method for the separate measurement of transcobalamins I, II, and III: normal ranges in serum and plasma in men and women. AU - Jacob, E. AU - Wong, K. T. J. AU - Herbert, V. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1977/// VL - 89 IS - 5 SP - 1145 EP - 1152 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Jacob, E.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, F:G:25:W, Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771461852. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A simple method for the separate measurement of the unsaturated binding capacity of the 3 main circulating vitamin B-12 binders, transcobalamins (TC) I, II and III, is described. The method involves batch separation of TC I and III from TC II by means of Quso G32, followed by batch separation of TC I from TC III with diethylaminoethyl. A complete comparison is made of unsaturated TC I, II and III in serum against fluoridinated plasma of a single group of normal men and women. There are consistently higher values in serum, largely due to an increment of TC III in vitro, prevented by NaF. The results are compared with values obtained by different methods, providing a standard for evaluating significance of results. KW - transcobalamins KW - estimation and normal values of transcobalamins I, II and III KW - vitamin B12 binding substances KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771461852&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Use of breath hydrogen (H2) to quantitate small bowel transit time following partial gastrectomy. AU - Bond, J. H. AU - Levitt, M. D. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1977/// VL - 90 IS - 1 SP - 30 EP - 36 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Bond, J. H.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 54th St. and 48th Ave. S., Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771461858. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 6 ref. Registry Number: 1333-74-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The relation between small intestinal transit time and postgastrectomy diarrhoea was studied by a technique which measures pulmonary H2 excretion after ingestion of the nonabsorbable sugar lactulose. Ten patients with persistent diarrhoea after gastrectomy had an average small bowel transit time of 35.2 plus or minus 3 min (s.e. mean), significantly less than that of 10 patients without diarrhoea, 74.6 plus or minus 5 min, or 40 healthy controls, 72.6 plus or minus 5 min. The decreased transit times seemed to be due to rapid gastric emptying rather than to a primary intestinal abnormality, as the transit of lactulose instilled directly into the jejunum was equally rapid in patients and controls. No postgastrectomy patient with diarrhoea absorbed a portion of a 100-g dose of glucose, but all patients without diarrhoea and 10 healthy controls absorbed the entire dose. Constant perfusion studies of the terminal ileum in 2 patients indicated that glucose absorption was least efficient from the most rapidly moving front of the ingested bolus of glucose. KW - gastrectomy KW - hydrogen KW - intestines KW - respiratory gases KW - transit time KW - breath hydrogen indicates intestinal transit time after gastrectomy KW - stomach removal KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771461858&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Physiologic and psychotropic effects of caffeine on man. AU - Stephenson, P. E. JO - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JF - Journal of the American Dietetic Association Y1 - 1977/// VL - 71 IS - 3 SP - 240 EP - 247 SN - 0002-8223 AD - Stephenson, P. E.: Dietetic Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Topeka, Kans., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771461938. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 72 ref. Registry Number: 58-08-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Caffeine, in substantial amounts, is frequently taken by patients in and out of hospital. The caffeine content of coffee, tea, cola drinks, cocoa and drugs is summarized. Systems and organs affected by caffeine include the central nervous system, cardiac muscle, kidney, gastric mucosa and smooth muscle. Psychotropic and sleep response varies with age and degree of addiction. Symptoms of caffeinism, caffeine withdrawal and caffeine/drug interactions are described. KW - caffeine KW - kidneys KW - muscles KW - MYOCARDIUM KW - nervous system KW - sleep KW - stomach mucosa KW - cardiac muscle KW - heart muscle KW - physiological and psychotropic effects of caffeine KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771461938&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Pathogenesis of alcohol-induced accumulation of protein in the liver. AU - Baraona, E. AU - Leo, M. A. AU - Borowsky, S. A. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1977/// VL - 60 IS - 3 SP - 546 EP - 554 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Baraona, E.: Lab. Liver Disease, Nutrition, and Alcoholism, Bronx Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771461942. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 66 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats on prolonged intake of ethanol were given by vein [14C]leucine and, at intervals, its incorporation into liver and serum proteins was measured. Rates of protein synthesis and transfer were assessed from protein labelling and specific activities of leucyl-tRNA. Synthesis of liver protein and proalbumin was increased by prolonged ethanol intake, but that was not associated with a corresponding rise in serum albumin. There was a significant retention of the label in liver albumin and transferrin with delayed appearance in the serum of rats given ethanol, indicating that, regardless of the changes in synthesis, the transfer of protein from the liver into plasma was impaired. KW - alcoholism KW - liver KW - protein KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hepatic protein retention in alcoholism KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771461942&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Functional abnormalities of islets of Langerhans of obese hyperglycemic mouse. AU - Lavine, R. L. AU - Voyles, N. AU - Perrino, P. V. AU - Recant, L. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1977/// VL - 233 IS - 2 SP - E86 EP - E90 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Lavine, R. L.: Diabetes Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D.C. 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771461975. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Isolated islets of Langerhans were obtained from obese hyperglycaemic and lean C57 B1/6J mice which had been deprived of food for 48 h or 7 days before they were killed or for 4 days/week from 3 weeks to 8 weeks old when they were killed. The islets were incubated in 1 ml Krebs-Henseleit bicarbonate buffer with glucose 50, 100, 150 or 300 mg/100 ml. With food deprivation islet volume fell. Islets from obese mice were larger than those from fed controls except for those restricted for 4 days/week for 5 weeks. Islets from obese mice were more sensitive to glucose than those from controls in that the threshold for glucose-induced insulin release occurred at lower glucose concentrations. Food deprivation for 48 h completely abolished glucose-induced insulin release in control islets, whereas glucose-induced insulin release was maintained in islets from obese mice deprived of food for 48 h and 7 days. The increased glucose sensitivity of the islets from obese mice was maintained despite chronic food deprivation. KW - hyperglycaemia KW - obesity KW - pancreas KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - high blood glucose KW - hyperglycemia KW - islet function in hyperglycaemic obesity KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771461975&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Pancreatic secretion in hamsters with pancreatic cancer. AU - Reber, H. A. AU - Johnson, F. E. AU - Montgomery, C. AU - Carl, W. R. JO - Surgery, USA JF - Surgery, USA Y1 - 1977/// VL - 82 IS - 1 SP - 34 EP - 41 AD - Reber, H. A.: Surgical Service (112), Veterans Administration Hospital, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771462117. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Fifty male Syrian Golden hamsters 40 to 100 g were given weekly injections of di-isopropyl-nitrosamine 250 mg/kg subcutaneously; survivors and age-matched controls were studied after 3.5 to 6.5 months of treatment. Pancreatic secretion was stimulated by secretin or pancreozymin 2 units/kg by vein, as a bolus. After each stimulus four 15-min collections of pancreatic juice were examined for HCO3- and Cl- or total protein, amylase, trypsin and chymotrypsin. The organs were examined histologically. Pancreatic ductal adenocarcinoma developed in 30% of the hamsters at 5 months, 56% at 5.5 months and 100% at 6.5 months. The hamsters without cancer had hyperplasia of the duct epithelium or were histologically normal. The histological appearance of acinar tissue and protein secretion were normal in all groups. The tumours did not obstruct the major ducts. In all treated hamsters the pancreatic secretory response to secretin was of low volume, low peak [HCO3-] and HCO3- output and low [Cl- + HCO3-]; those changes progressed with time. The secretory abnormalities occurred before the appearance of the neoplasms and were not a result of obstruction. KW - neoplasms KW - pancreas KW - pancreatic juice KW - cancers KW - exocrine pancreatic secretion affected by pancreatic cancer (hamster) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771462117&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Competition for host essential and nonessential fatty acids by Ehrlich ascites carcinoma in mice. AU - Baker, N. AU - Sandborg, C. AU - Morris, D. AU - Ookhtens, M. JO - Cancer Research JF - Cancer Research Y1 - 1977/// VL - 37 IS - 7, I SP - 2218 EP - 2225 AD - Baker, N.: Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Building 115, Room 316, Wilshire and Sawtelle Blvd., Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771462388. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Mobilization of essential and nonessential free fatty acids (FFA) in control and Ehrlich ascites carcinoma-bearing mice was studied under different nutritional conditions. Competition between tumour and host tissues for circulating FFA and the relation between FFA transport rates (from blood to tumour) and FFA turnover in tumour extracellular fluid were also studied. Tracers, [9,10-3H]palmitate and [1-14C]linoleate, complexed to mouse serum albumin were injected intravenously into unanaesthetized mice. Plasma FFA radioactivity and pool sizes were measured. About 60 to 100% of plasma FFA was replaced per min. In no case was the mean fractional irreversible disposal rate greater in cancerous than in normal mice. Transport rates ( mu Eq/min) of palmitate equalled those of linoleate and were the same in cancerous as in control mice. The total plasma FFA pool was replaced at a rate of about 1.3 mu Eq/min in all groups; only 0.01 mu Eq/min was transferred from blood to a 7-ml tumour. Thus, the presence of a large, rapidly growing ascites tumour did not increase FFA mobilization; a nearly negligible fraction of the FFA turning over in the extracellular fluid of the tumour (0.5 mu Eq/min 7-ml tumour) could have been derived from plasma FFA. Moreover, the cancer, the largest organ in the body of these mice, was unable to compete effectively with the host for plasma essential and nonessential FFA. Either the slow FFA transport from blood to tumour can support the net growth of the tumour and energy requirements or another source of tumour fatty acids exists. KW - ascites KW - essential fatty acids KW - fatty acids KW - tumours KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - competition for host fatty acids by ascites KW - nonessential fatty acids KW - tumors KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771462388&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Serum triglyceride and cholesterol levels and lipid electrophoretic patterns in intrinsic and extrinsic allergic states. AU - Fisherman, E. W. AU - Rosset, D. AU - Cohen, G. N. JO - Annals of Allergy JF - Annals of Allergy Y1 - 1977/// VL - 38 IS - 1 SP - 46 EP - 53 SN - 0003-4738 AD - Fisherman, E. W.: Dep. Allergy, Veterans Administration West Side Hospital, 820 South Damen Ave., Chicago, Ill. 60680, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771462466. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - After a 12-h fast, blood was collected from 341 patients with intrinsic allergic hypersensitivity disease (IAD) who had intolerance to aspirin, butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA) and butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) or iodides. Also studied were diabetics without or with IAD or atopic-extrinsic allergic disease (EAD), patients with EAD alone and normal controls. Of IAD patients with intolerance to aspirin 46.4% had serum triglyceride greater than normal, 48.6% had abnormal pre- beta -lipoprotein and 10.1% had increased serum cholesterol. There was a similar but less pronounced pattern for those intolerant to BHA, BHT or iodides. Diabetics with IAD or EAD also had the same type of hypertriglyceridaemia and hyperlipoproteinaemia (type IV). Patients with EAD alone had a low incidence of type IV hyperlipoproteinaemia. KW - allergies KW - cholesterol KW - lipoproteins KW - TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - blood lipids in allergies KW - triglycerides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771462466&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of fluoride therapy on nondialyzable urinary hydroxyproline, serum alkaline phosphatase, parathyroid hormone, and 25-hydroxyvitamin D. AU - Manzke, E. AU - Rawley, R. AU - Vose, G. AU - Roginsky, M. AU - Rader, J. I. AU - Baylink, D. J. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1977/// VL - 26 IS - 9 SP - 1005 EP - 1010 AD - Manzke, E.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Medical Research, 4435 Beacon Ave. South, Seattle, Wash. 98108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771462613. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 16984-48-8, 51-35-4, 9002-64-6, 9001-78-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Of 40 men 50 to 80 years old found to have osteoporosis after X-ray densitometry of 288 residents in an institution for moderately mentally retarded men 20 were given 20 to 40 mg sodium fluoride daily depending on bodyweight and 20 got a placebo for 107 weeks. In those given F the nondialysable fraction of hydroxyproline in urine increased by 53%; total hydroxyproline in urine was unchanged. Bone density of those given F had decreased by 0.14% of the initial value but in those given the placebo it had decreased by 5.24%. Serum alkaline phosphatase in men given F was 38% more than in those given the placebo after 107 weeks; this change and the increased fraction of hydroxyproline in urine persisted for at least 6 months after the end of F treatment. There was no change in serum parathyrin, 25-hydroxycalciferol, Ca or P after 1 year of F treatment. KW - alkaline phosphatase KW - fluoride KW - hydroxyproline KW - parathyrin KW - alkaline phosphomonoesterase KW - fluoride affects nondialysable urinary hydroxyproline, serum alkaline phosphatase, parathyrin and hydroxycalciferol KW - hydroxycalciferol KW - oxyproline KW - parathyroid hormone KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771462613&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastric secretion and activity-stress lesions in the rat. AU - Pare, W. P. JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1977/// VL - 91 IS - 4 SP - 778 EP - 783 AD - Pare, W. P.: Pavlovian Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Perry Point, Md. 21902, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771462887. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Groups of 20 male Sprague-Dawley rats were kept in standard cages and in activity cages with a running wheel. Both groups were given food to appetite or had restricted access to food for 1 h daily. Gastric fluid was sampled by pylorus ligation on the first and last day of restricted feeding. None of the exercising rats restricted in food intake survived more than 6 days; they had a mean 17.3 stomach lesions compared with 4.9 for controls and there was a decrease in gastric acid collected on the last day. In the second experiment, all rats were prepared with a chronic gastric cannula and a snare-type pylorus cuff so that secreted gastric juice could be trapped in the stomach. They were then treated as in the first experiment. Rats in activity wheels and restricted in feed intake had more stomach lesions and a decrease in gastric acid collected on the last day than controls. A higher ulcer incidence related to an apparent decrease in gastric acid secretion suggests that gastric acid is not a critical aetiological variable. The destruction of acid-bearing parietal cells or back diffusion of hydrogen ions could also explain the low acid values in rats with stomach lesions. KW - exercise KW - gastric acid KW - gastric juices KW - stress KW - ulcers KW - underfeeding KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gastric secretion and activity-stress lesions KW - stomach secretion KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771462887&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Healing of duodenal ulcer with an antacid regimen. AU - Peterson, W. L. AU - Sturdevant, R. A. L. AU - Frankl, H. D. AU - Richardson, C. T. AU - Isenberg, J. I. AU - Elashoff, J. D. AU - Sones, J. Q. AU - Gross, R. A. AU - McCallum, R. W. AU - Fordtran, J. S. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1977/// VL - 297 IS - 7 SP - 341 EP - 345 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Peterson, W. L.: Gastroenterology Section [111B], Veterans Administration Hospital, 4500 S. Lancaster Rd., Dallas, TX 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771463011. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - acids KW - ulcers KW - antacid treatment of duodenal ulcer KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771463011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A radioisotope dilution assay for unlabelled vitamin B12-intrinsic factor complex employing the binding intrinsic factor antibody: probable evidence for two types of binding antibody. AU - Jacob, E. AU - O'Brien, H. A. W. AU - Mollin, D. L. JO - Scandinavian Journal of Haematology JF - Scandinavian Journal of Haematology Y1 - 1977/// VL - 19 IS - 2 SP - 201 EP - 206 AD - Jacob, E.: Hematology and Nutrition Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771463032. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 7 ref. Registry Number: 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The new radioisotope dilution test for vitamin B-12-intrinsic factor complex is based on the use of the binding-type intrinsic factor antibody (the binding reagent), which when combined with the intrinsic factor-vitamin B-12 complex (labelled ligand), is quantitatively adsorbed on to zirconium phosphate gel at pH 6.25. The new test provides a measure of intrinsic factor comparable with other tests for intrinsic factor, but it has the important advantage of being able to measure the unlabelled vitamin B-12-intrinsic factor complex (unlabelled ligand), and will be valuable in the study of physiological events in the gastrointestinal tract. During the study, there was some evidence of at least 2 types of binding intrinsic factor antibody, one which combines preferentially with the intrinsic factor-vitamin B-12 complex and one which combines equally well with the complex or with free intrinsic factor. KW - cyanocobalamin KW - estimation KW - vitamin B12 KW - cobalamin KW - intrinsic factor antibodies KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771463032&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Perfusion of the proximal small intestine with peptone stimulates gastric acid secretion in man. AU - Isenberg, J. I. AU - Ippoliti, A. F. AU - Maxwell, V. L. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1977/// VL - 73 IS - 4, I SP - 746 EP - 752 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Isenberg, J. I.: Gastroenterology Section (691/111C), Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771463740. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The duodenum of 7 normal subjects 47 years old and 7 patients with duodenal ulcer 52 years old was perfused, through a gastroduodenal tube with 2 balloons straddling the pylorus, with 10% peptone solution (w/v, 400 mOs/litre) at 2 ml/min for 4 h. The next day a control test was made with NaCl 0.2 mol/litre. Basal gastric acid secretion was greater in the patients than in normal subjects. Gastric acid secretion increased gradually during duodenal peptone perfusion and was most at 2 h. By the 2nd hour of infusion mean peak 30-min secretory rate was 203.8 plus or minus 31.9 mu Eq/min compared to 87.8 plus or minus 27.2 mu Eq/min with NaCl. The NaCl solution did not stimulate acid secretion. Peak 30-min secretory rate with pentagastrin, 6 mu g/kg bodyweight given subcutaneously and measured on another day, was 657.6 plus or minus 50.6 mu Eq/min. In the periods of peak gastric acid secretion, serum gastrin, measured every 30 min, was unchanged from basal and NaCl control values, but mean serum gastrin increased slightly in all subjects in the last 90 min of duodenal peptone infusion. Validation experiments showed good reproducibility of the responses to duodenal peptone or NaCl perfusion, absence of an increase in gastric acid secretion or serum gastrin in response to gastric perfusion of 10% peptone in a volume equivalent to the volume which refluxed during the 4 h of duodenal peptone perfusion and no effect on gastric acid secretion or serum gastrin of the gastroduodenal tube with or without inflation of the duodenal and gastric balloons. The findings indicated that there is an intestinal phase of gastric acid secretion in normal men and in patients with duodenal ulcer in response to duodenal peptone perfusion, that the phase has a latent period of about 1 to 2 h until the peak response is reached and that the response is probably not primarily attributable to gastrin release. KW - enzymes KW - gastric acid KW - intestines KW - protein KW - intestinal peptone perfusion stimulates gastric acid secretion KW - peptone KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771463740&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Therapeutic fasting in morbid obesity. Long-term follow-up. AU - Johnson, D. AU - Drenick, E. J. JO - Archives of Internal Medicine JF - Archives of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1977/// VL - 137 IS - 10 SP - 1381 EP - 1382 SN - 0003-9926 AD - Johnson, D.: Wadsworth Veterans Administration Hospital, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771463747. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The weights of 207 morbidly obese patients were reduced by prolonged fasting; 50% of the patients fasted for about 2 months losing a mean of 28.2 kg, 25% fasted for less than a month, and the other 25% fasted for more than 2 months with a mean weight loss of 41.4 kg. The last group was heavier initially and more than 50% attained near-normal weight. Patients with onset of obesity in childhood had the lowest tolerance for fasting and the lowest success rate in attaining normal weight. During follow-up for 7.3 years in 121 patients, the reduced weight was maintained for the first 12 to 18 months. Subsequent regain of weight was the same in all groups irrespective of duration of fast, content of weight loss or age at onset of obesity. Original weight was regained in 50% within 2 to 3 years and only 7 maintained their reduced weights during the entire follow-up period. Regain to greater than original weight was more common in childhood-onset obesity. KW - fasting KW - obesity KW - fatness KW - obesity treatment by fasting KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771463747&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Magnesium-fluoride interrelationships in man. 1. Effect of fluoride on magnesium metabolism. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Kramer, L. AU - Wiatrowski, E. AU - Osis, D. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1977/// VL - 233 IS - 3 SP - E165 EP - E169 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771463898. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 16984-48-8, 7439-95-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - 1. Mg and F balances were studied in 13 ambulatory male patients while they were given Ca 200, 1400 or 2200 and P 800 or 1400 mg daily. F in the diet was 1.8 or 10 mg daily. When F intake was increased from 1.8 to 10 mg F in urine increased from between 2.6 and 3.3 mg to between 7.4 and 7.9 and in faeces from between 0.12 and 0.35 mg to between 0.31 and 0.87 mg daily; Mg in urine remained the same, Mg in faeces increased slightly and Mg balance did not change. The pattern was the same with all Ca and P intakes. When 40 to 45 mg F was given daily to 3 patients with osteoporosis results were similar. KW - fluoride KW - magnesium KW - magnesium metabolism after fluoride KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771463898&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cardiac cellular responses to altered nutrition in the neonatal rat. AU - Hollenberg, M. AU - Honbo, N. AU - Samorodin, A. J. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1977/// VL - 233 IS - 3 SP - H356 EP - H360 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Hollenberg, M.: Dep. Medicine, San Francisco Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, Calif. 94143, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771463904. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Newborn Sprague-Dawley rats were assigned to litters of 6, 12 and 18 young. They were killed at 21 days old when they weighed 42.2, 39.1 and 31.7 g. Weight of the left ventricle was 167.2, 123.5 and 93.2 mg and of the right was 54.3, 43.2 and 29.9 mg. Total DNA in ventricles of rats reared in litters of 6 was more than in those from litters of 18; this was more pronounced in the left than in the right ventricle. When [3H]thymidine was given on day 1, autoradiographs prepared on day 21 showed increased dilution of label in rats from litters of 6, resulting from increased proliferation of cardiac muscle cells, fibroblasts and vascular endothelial cells. The labelling index and grains per nucleus of left ventricular muscle cells of rats from litters of 6 were less than those of rats from litters of 18. KW - food intake KW - heart KW - newborn animals KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cardiac cell response to altered nutrition of neonate KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771463904&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Experience with indirect haemagglutination (IRA) and counterimmunoelectrophoretic amebic (CIEP-A) serologies in clinical practice at a southeastern United States university medical center. AU - Kairalla, A. B. AU - Pittman, F. E. AU - Healy, G. R. AU - Lushbaugh, W. B. AU - Hofbauer, A. F. AU - Pittman, J. C. T2 - Sepulveda, B.; Diamond, L.S. (Editors) Proceedings of the International Conference on amebiasis, organized by the Centro de Estudios sobre Amibiasis, Mexico City, 27-29 October, 1975. JO - Sepulveda, B.; Diamond, L.S. (Editors) Proceedings of the International Conference on amebiasis, organized by the Centro de Estudios sobre Amibiasis, Mexico City, 27-29 October, 1975. JF - Sepulveda, B.; Diamond, L.S. (Editors) Proceedings of the International Conference on amebiasis, organized by the Centro de Estudios sobre Amibiasis, Mexico City, 27-29 October, 1975. Y1 - 1976/// SP - 712 EP - 720 CY - Mexico PB - Instituto Mexicano del Seguro Social. AD - Kairalla, A. B.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 109 Bee Street, Charleston, South Carolina 29403, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19772504612. Publication Type: Conference paper. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - A description is given of the results of indirect haemagglutination (IHA) and counterimmunoelectrophoresis (CIEP) tests for amoebiasis on 200 serum samples from 153 patients seen at the Medical University of South Carolina, USA, from 1970 to 1975. Both tests were positive in 7 patients with well-documented symptomatic amoebiasis and in one asymptomatic cyst passer. One patient with mild amoebic colitis and a low positive IHA titre was negative by CIEP (both that used at the University and a commercial kit). 10 patients without evidence of amoebiasis had low positive IHA titres. 2 sera were negative by IHA and the University CIEP system but were positive with the commercial CIEP kit. With both CIEP systems, artificial bands were obtained with some specimens immediately following electrophoresis. These bands disappeared after soaking the plates for 30 min in phosphate buffered saline. Overnight soaking of the plates intensified weakly positive bands. Both IHA and CIEP-A are valuable serological tests for patients with amoebiasis. KW - counterimmunoelectrophoresis KW - diagnosis KW - haemagglutination tests KW - IMMUNODIAGNOSIS KW - parasites KW - Entamoeba histolytica KW - man KW - protozoa KW - Entamoeba KW - Endamoebidae KW - Amoebida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - hemagglutination tests KW - serological diagnosis KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Animals (LL820) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19772504612&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Studies of amebiasis. IV. Isolation and characterization of phagosomes from axenic Entamoeba histolytica. AU - Kairalla, A. B. AU - Hofbauer, A. F. AU - Pittman, J. C. AU - Lushbaugh, W. B. AU - Pittman, F. E. T2 - Sepulveda, B.; Diamond, L.S. (Editors) Proceedings of the International Conference on amebiasis, organized by the Centro de Estudios sobre Amibiasis, Mexico City, 27-29 October, 1975. JO - Sepulveda, B.; Diamond, L.S. (Editors) Proceedings of the International Conference on amebiasis, organized by the Centro de Estudios sobre Amibiasis, Mexico City, 27-29 October, 1975. JF - Sepulveda, B.; Diamond, L.S. (Editors) Proceedings of the International Conference on amebiasis, organized by the Centro de Estudios sobre Amibiasis, Mexico City, 27-29 October, 1975. Y1 - 1976/// SP - 238 EP - 249 CY - Mexico PB - Instituto Mexicano del Seguro Social. AD - Kairalla, A. B.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Charleston, South Carolina, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19772504639. Publication Type: Conference paper. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - Phagosomes from axenic HK-9 and HM1 Entamoeba histolytica were isolated by a modification of the method of Ulsamer et al. [J. Cell Biol. 51, 193 (1971)] and processed for transmission electron microscopy with ultrastructural localization of acid phosphatase. Acid phosphatase reaction product in phagosome fractions was localized around individual polystyrene latex beads ingested by membrane-bounded vesicles, on the inner surface of the phagosome membrane, and on double unit membrane laminae within the phagosome. Many phagosomes in intact amoebae contained several latex beads but beads appeared to be individually ingested at the plasmalemma. KW - biochemistry KW - parasites KW - ultrastructure KW - Entamoeba histolytica KW - protozoa KW - Entamoeba KW - Endamoebidae KW - Amoebida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - isolation & characterization of phagosomes KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Animals (LL820) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19772504639&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Breast milk IgA binds to jejunal epithelium in suckling rats. AU - Nagura, H. AU - Nakane, P. K. AU - Brown, W. R. JO - Journal of Immunology JF - Journal of Immunology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 120 IS - 4 SP - 1333 EP - 1339 AD - Nagura, H.: Dep. of Med. (Gastroenterology), Veterans Administration Hospital, 1055 Clermont Street, Denver, Colorado, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19780443138. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Registry Number: 308067-57-4. Subject Subsets: Dairy Science N2 - Using peroxidase-labelled antibody immunocytochemical studies on the gastrointestinal tracts of neonatal rats it was found that IgA and secretory component from maternal milk were localized on the luminal surfaces of villi in the proximal one-third of the small intestine for about the 1st 2.5 wk of life. Milk IgG was bound to the lower portions of microvilli and intervening apical plasma membranes of jejunal enterocytes, and was internalized and transported through the cells in membranous vesicles. KW - binding KW - human milk KW - IgA KW - immunoglobulins KW - intestines KW - man KW - RATS KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - breast milk KW - gamma-globulins KW - immune globulins KW - Animal Physiology and Biochemistry (Excluding Nutrition) (LL600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19780443138&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Identification and neutralization of biological activities associated with venom from the brown recluse spider, Loxosceles reclusa. AU - Futrell, J. M. AU - Morgan, P. N. JO - American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene JF - American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene Y1 - 1977/// VL - 26 IS - 6 SP - 1206 EP - 1211 SN - 0002-9637 AD - Futrell, J. M.: Department of Pathology, Arkansas Medical Sciences University, Veterans Administration Hospital, Little Rock, AR 72201, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19780551227. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Entomology N2 - Venom from Loxosceles reclusa Gertsch & Mulaik reacted with human erythrocytes to form venom-sensitised erythrocytes. These cells were agglutinated specifically by high dilutions of adsorbed rabbit antivenin or were lysed by normal blood group compatible human sera. The specific rabbit antivenin prevented venom from attaching to erythrocytes, from interacting with serum complement and from producing dermonecrotic lesions in rabbits. Results of experiments involving heat inactivation and adsorption to erythrocytes provided circumstantial evidence to suggest that the three biological activities of venom could be associated with a single component or a few components with similar properties. The component interacting with serum complement is immunologically distinct from a factor in cobra venom, which possesses similar biological activities. KW - antivenoms KW - venoms KW - Arachnida KW - Loxosceles reclusa KW - arthropods KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Loxosceles KW - Sicariidae KW - Araneae KW - Arachnida KW - antivenins KW - brown recluse spider KW - venom KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Animal Physiology and Biochemistry (Excluding Nutrition) (LL600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19780551227&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Chemoprophylaxis and malaria in American servicemen returning from Vietnam. AU - Powell, R. D. JO - American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene JF - American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene Y1 - 1978/// VL - 27 IS - 1, Pt. 1 SP - 1 EP - 5 SN - 0002-9637 AD - Powell, R. D.: Iowa City Veterans Administration Hosp., and Dep. of Internal Med., Coll. of Med., The Univ. of Iowa, IA 52240, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19780844183. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 50-63-8, 54-05-7, 132-73-0. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - Information relating to chemoprophylaxis and malaria in 49 men who served with the United States Armed Forces in Vietnam and who developed overt malaria after departure from Vietnam indicated that (i) compliance with intended chemoprophylactic regimens was far from optimal; (ii) a history of recent prophylactic ingestion of chloroquine was not a reliable indicator of infection with chloroquine-resistant Plasmodium falciparum; (iii) reported ingestion of half or more of an intended terminal chemoprophylactic regimen was associated with a prolongation of the time that elapsed before initial post-departure episodes of vivax malaria; and (iv) such partial compliance with intended terminal chemoprophylaxis may have been associated with a decreased incidence of second post-departure episodes of vivax malaria. KW - chloroquine KW - DRUG THERAPY KW - drugs KW - parasites KW - prophylaxis KW - USA KW - Vietnam KW - man KW - Plasmodium falciparum KW - Plasmodium vivax KW - protozoa KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Plasmodium KW - Plasmodiidae KW - Haemospororida KW - Apicomplexa KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - ASEAN Countries KW - Developing Countries KW - Indochina KW - South East Asia KW - Asia KW - chemotherapy KW - medicines KW - pharmaceuticals KW - United States of America KW - Viet Nam KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19780844183&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of hamster liver passage on the virulence of axenically cultivated Entamoeba histolytica. AU - Lushbaugh, W. B. AU - Kairalla, A. B. AU - Loadholt, C. B. AU - Pittman, F. E. JO - American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene JF - American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene Y1 - 1978/// VL - 27 IS - 2, Pt. 1 SP - 248 EP - 254 SN - 0002-9637 AD - Lushbaugh, W. B.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Charleston, SC 29403, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19780846061. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - Log or exponential growth phase cells of axenically cultured Entamoeba histolytica produced significantly larger lesions in the livers of adult hamsters than did cells from either lag or decline phase. The size of lesions produced by unmanipulated HM-1 or substrains of HM-1 previously passed through the liver of hamsters (control strains) was compared with that of lesions produced by lambda substrains (obtained by the passage of control strains through hamster liver one additional time). Control strains were paired with corresponding lambda substrains and inoculated into the right or left hepatic lobe of the same animal. Statistical analysis of the data demonstrated an over-all significant increase in mean lesion size due to a single additional liver passage. A similar comparison of unmanipulated HM-1 and substrains which had been passed through the liver 2 or 4 times revealed that a significantly larger increase in lesion size resulted from multiple hamster liver passages alternating with axenic culture. Increased virulence conferred by hamster liver passage could still be demonstrated 45 weeks after final isolation from liver of a substrain passed 4 times. Multiple hepatic passages significantly enhance virulence of trophozoites of E. histolytica which have become minimally pathogenic during long-term axenic cultivation. [AS] KW - parasites KW - pathogenicity KW - Entamoeba histolytica KW - hamsters KW - protozoa KW - Rodents KW - Entamoeba KW - Endamoebidae KW - Amoebida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Cricetinae KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - virulence & liver passage KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Animals (LL820) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19780846061&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Pneumocystis-carinii infection. AU - Walzer, P. D. JO - Southern Medical Journal JF - Southern Medical Journal Y1 - 1977/// VL - 70 IS - 11 SP - 1330 EP - 1337 SN - 0038-4348 AD - Walzer, P. D.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Lexington, Kentucky, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19780846561. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - Over the past decade Pneumocystis carinii has become an important cause of pneumonia in the compromised host. In this review, current understanding is summarized and new areas of investigation are indicated. There is a list of 188 references. KW - parasites KW - reviews KW - man KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystis carinii KW - protozoa KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Pneumocystis KW - Pneumocystidaceae KW - Pneumocystidales KW - Pneumocystidomycetes KW - Taphrinomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - invertebrates KW - fungus KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19780846561&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Electron microscopy of yeastlike cell development from the microconidium of Histoplasma capsulatum. AU - Garrison, R. G. AU - Boyd, K. S. JO - Journal of Bacteriology JF - Journal of Bacteriology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 133 IS - 1 SP - 345 EP - 353 SN - 0021-9193 AD - Garrison, R. G.: Veterans Administration Hosp., Kansas City, Mo. 64128, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781343645. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - Fine details of the sequential morphology during transition of microconidia (spores <5 mu m diam.) to the yeastlike phase of H. capsulatum as seen in ultrathin sections are described and illustrated. Masses of microconidia were obtained by culture on a garden soil extract medium. Spores were incubated under in vitro conditions favourable for phase transition (an enriched medium at 37 deg C). Within 48 h of incubation the microconidia either germinated to give rise to a short mycelium or the germ tube process became a yeast mother cell without further extension. The wall of the yeast mother cell was thin and smooth and its cytoplasmic content was ultrastructurally complex, consisting of numerous lipid bodies, vacuoles, glycogen-like deposits and membrane systems. Within 96 h, the mother cell underwent multipolar budding to form simultaneously linear hyphal and/or ovate yeastlike daughter cells. During the transition, new cell wall materials of the germ tube, the mother cell and yeastlike daughter cells arose by blastic action from the innermost layer(s) of the wall of the precursor form. Lomasome-like vesicles were often seen in association with areas of new cell wall formation. After organellar migration into and septation of the daughter cells, the cytoplasmic content of the yeast mother cell underwent marked degenerative changes. KW - electron microscopy KW - morphology KW - Histoplasma capsulatum KW - Ajellomyces KW - Ajellomycetaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Histoplasma KW - Ajellomyces capsulatus KW - fungus KW - transition of microconidia to yeastlike phase KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781343645&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Influence of age and stomach function on serum vitamin B12 concentration. AU - Doscherholmen, A. AU - Ripley, D. AU - Chang, S. AU - Silvis, S. E. JO - Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology JF - Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology Y1 - 1977/// VL - 12 IS - 3 SP - 313 EP - 319 SN - 0036-5521 AD - Doscherholmen, A.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, Minn., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781465343. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 44 ref. Registry Number: 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Serum vitamin B-12, maximum gastric acid output (MAO), and vitamin B-12 absorption were estimated in 82 subjects 32 to 85 years old with normal absorption of radioactive cyanocobalamin. In 46, gastric intrinsic factor (IF) was also measured. Serum vitamin B-12 and MAO varied widely in all age groups from abnormally low to definitely normal; mean values however declined similarly with advancing age owing to an increased incidence of low values in old people. There was no significant fall in mean vitamin B-12 absorption or IF secretion as a function of old age. Achlorhydric and hypochlorhydric patients invariably had lower mean serum vitamin B-12 than those with adequate MAO. Conversely, all patients with normal MAO had normal values. Serum vitamin B-12, although correlated with MAO and IF secretion, was more closely related to MAO than to IF secretion. It is suggested that the stomach, apart from producing IF, plays an important role in maintaining normal serum vitamin B-12. KW - age KW - cyanocobalamin KW - stomach KW - vitamin B12 KW - age and stomach function affect serum vitamin B-12 KW - cobalamin KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781465343&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nutrition and atherosclerosis. AU - Dayton, S. JO - Progress in Food and Nutrition Science JF - Progress in Food and Nutrition Science Y1 - 1975/// VL - 1 IS - 3 SP - 191 EP - 205 SN - 0306-0632 AD - Dayton, S.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Wilshire and Sawtelle Blvd., Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781465567. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - atherosclerosis KW - nutrition KW - reviews KW - arteriosclerosis KW - review of nutrition and atherosclerosis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781465567&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A method for serum octanoate in hepatic cirrhosis and hepatic encephalopathy. AU - Rabinowitz, J. L. AU - Staeffen, J. AU - Aumonier, P. AU - Ballan, P. AU - Ferrer, J. AU - Terme, R. AU - Series, C. AU - Myerson, R. M. JO - Clinical Chemistry JF - Clinical Chemistry Y1 - 1977/// VL - 23 IS - 12 SP - 2202 EP - 2206 SN - 0009-9147 AD - Rabinowitz, J. L.: Veterans Administration Hospital-University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781465777. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 124-07-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The sample is extracted with ethanol, made alkaline, concentrated, acidified before distillation in a special apparatus with an alkali trap, and acidified again before gas chromatography. The yield of octanoate was 89 to 107%. Cirrhotic patients had more than the control value, 1.5 mu mol/litre for 24 subjects. KW - cirrhosis KW - encephalopathy KW - OCTANOIC ACID KW - analysis of serum octanoate in hepatic cirrhosis and encephalopathy KW - caprylic acid KW - liver cirrhosis KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781465777&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The carriers of native vitamin B12 in normal human serum. AU - Hall, C. A. JO - Clinical Science and Molecular Medicine JF - Clinical Science and Molecular Medicine Y1 - 1977/// VL - 53 IS - 5 SP - 453 EP - 457 AD - Hall, C. A.: Hematology Research (151E), Veterans Administration Hospital, Albany, N.Y. 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781466016. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - After fractionation of the vitamin B-12 binding proteins in 10 samples of normal serum the components containing transcobalamin II and R-type binders of vitamin B-12 were studied for endogenous vitamin B-12 content by two methods of estimation. Measurements of total serum vitamin B-12 with Euglena gracilis and by radioactive isotope dilution agreed closely. More native vitamin B-12 was carried by transcobalamin II when measured biologically than by isotope dilution. The presence of the transcobalamin II fraction of human serum altered the key reaction between the binding reagent in the isotope dilution method, so that it did not measure vitamin B-12 quantitatively. The mean fraction of plasma vitamin B-12 carried by transcobalamin II is from 20 to 30%. KW - transcobalamins KW - carriers of vitamin B-12 in serum KW - vitamin B12 binding substances KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781466016&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of long chain fatty acids on solute absorption: perfusion studies in the human jejunum. AU - Ammon, H. V. AU - Thomas, P. J. AU - Phillips, S. F. JO - Gut JF - Gut Y1 - 1977/// VL - 18 IS - 10 SP - 805 EP - 813 SN - 0017-5749 AD - Ammon, H. V.: Gastroenterology Section/111C, Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781466028. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 44 ref. Registry Number: 59-30-3, 50-99-7, 61-90-5, 56-87-1, 58-86-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Perfusion studies were made on healthy volunteers to test the hypothesis that net fluid secretion induced by fatty acids is accompanied by parallel reduction in solute transport. Ricinoleic acid provoked a net secretion of fluid and concomitantly inhibited the absorption of all solutes tested; these included glucose, xylose, L-leucine, L-lysine, folic acid and 2-mono-olein. Oleic acid also reduced net fluid and solute transport, but was less potent in reducing solute absorption than was ricinoleic acid. When fluid secretion was induced osmotically with mannitol, absorption of glucose and xylose was not affected. The mechanism for this generalized effect of fatty acids on solute absorption is uncertain, possibly non-specific, and might be related to mucosal damage and altered mucosal permeability induced by these agents. KW - absorption KW - FOLIC ACID KW - glucose KW - jejunum KW - leucine KW - long chain fatty acids KW - lysine KW - xylose KW - 2-Monoolein KW - dextrose KW - folacin KW - folate KW - long-chain fatty acids affect solute absorption KW - wood sugar KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781466028&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Selective deficiency of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol. A cause of isolated skeletal resistance to a parathyroid hormone. AU - Metz, S. A. AU - Baylink, D. J. AU - Hughes, M. R. AU - Haussler, M. R. AU - Robertson, R. P. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1977/// VL - 297 IS - 20 SP - 1084 EP - 1090 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Metz, S. A.: Division of Metabolism, Veterans Administration Hospital, 4435 Beacon Ave. South, Seattle, WA 98108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781466037. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 44 ref. Registry Number: 32222-06-3, 9002-64-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To examine the role of vitamin D metabolites in the pathogenesis of pseudohypoparathyroidism, studies were made on an elderly man with a unique variant of the disorder, characterized by hypocalcaemia, high serum parathyrin (513 plus or minus 13 pg/ml, mean plus or minus s.e. mean; normal, less than 450 ) but normal renal responses (phosphate and cyclic AMP) to exogenous parathyroid extract. Treatment with parathyroid extract did not produce a calcaemic effect, suggesting an isolated skeletal hyporesponsiveness to parathyrin. Although 25-hydroxyvitamin D values were not reduced, those of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol were extremely low (0.52 ng/100 ml; normal, 3.3 plus or minus 0.6 s.d.). Treatment with 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol, 1 mu g by mouth daily for 4 days, increased circulation values to normal (4.60 ng/100 ml) and restored to normal the calcaemic response to parathyroid (change in Ca, 3.0 mg/100 ml). The findings suggest that 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol deficiency may explain the skeletal resistance, but not the renal resistance, often present in classic pseudohypoparathyroidism. KW - CALCITRIOL KW - parathyrin KW - skeleton KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - parathyroid hormone KW - skeletal resistance to parathyrin in 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol deficiency KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781466037&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Total parenteral nutrition. AU - Law, D. H. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1977/// VL - 297 IS - 20 SP - 1104 EP - 1107 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Law, D. H.: Medical Service (111), Veterans Administration Hospital, 2100 Ridgecrest Dr. SE, Albuquerque, NM 87108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781466038. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - General indications for parenteral nutrition are outlined. Preparation, delivery and composition of solutions are discussed, complications which can arise are described and future uses of parenteral nutrition are suggested. KW - parenteral feeding KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781466038&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparison of sucrose and glucose in the oral electrolyte therapy of cholera and other severe diarrheas. AU - Palmer, D. L. AU - Koster, F. T. AU - Islam, A. F. M. R. AU - Rahman, A. S. M. M. AU - Sack, R. B. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1977/// VL - 297 IS - 20 SP - 1107 EP - 1110 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Palmer, D. L.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Albuquerque, NM 87108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781466039. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 57-50-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Double-blind prospective studies on 138 patients indicated that sucrose could effectively replace glucose in electrolyte solution given by mouth, as fluid replacement in cholera and severe diarrhoea from other causes, for patients over 5 years old. KW - cholera KW - diarrhoea KW - electrolytes KW - fluids KW - glucose KW - sucrose KW - dextrose KW - diarrhea KW - saccharose KW - scouring KW - sucrose in electrolyte solution as fluid replacement in diarrhoea KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781466039&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hypertension following chronic, very low dose cadmium feeding. AU - Perry, H. M., Jr. AU - Erlanger, M. AU - Perry, E. F. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1977/// VL - 156 IS - 1 SP - 173 EP - 176 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Perry, H. M., Jr.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Louis, Mo. 63106, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781466317. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 7440-43-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Weanling rats were given for 6 to 18 months water containing Cd 0.1, 0.25 or 0.5 mu g/g, which increased systolic pressure by 10 to 24 mmHg, but was not toxic. Cd 0.01 or 0.03 mu g/g water was much less effective in increasing pressure. After 18 months of water without Cd or with 0.1, 0.25 or 5 mu g/g, kidneys had Cd 0.07, 1.0, 2.1 and 41.1 mu g/g. KW - cadmium KW - hypertension KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - high blood pressure KW - hypertension from cadmium KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781466317&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of dihydroxy bile acids and hydroxy fatty acids on the absorption of oleic acid in the human jejunum. AU - Wanitschke, R. AU - Ammon, H. V. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1978/// VL - 61 IS - 1 SP - 178 EP - 186 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Wanitschke, R.: Gastroenterology Section, Medical Service, Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781466339. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 46 ref. Registry Number: 112-80-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Healthy men on average 22 years old were given, by a four-lumen jejunal perfusion tube, dihydroxy bile acids and hydroxy fatty acids. Duodenal contents proximal to a balloon occluding the lumen tube were removed by intermittent suction every 5 min for the last 30 min of 60-min tests. Deoxycholate 3 mmol/litre and glycodeoxycholate 7 mmol/litre inhibited the absorption of oleic acid 3 mmol/litre in isotonic micellar solutions while inducing net fluid secretion. Similarly, fractional absorption of oleic acid decreased in the presence of hydroxy fatty acids. Only the changes induced by ricinoleic acid 2 mmol/litre could be distinguished from those induced by an increase in total fatty acid concentration. In all tests there were close linear relations between net water movement and fractional absorption of glucose, xylose and fatty acids and between the absorption rates of those solutes. In contrast, net fluid secretion induced by hypertonic D-mannitol, 450 mosmol/litre, had no effect on solute absorption. The findings did not explain all the effects of dihydroxy bile acids and fatty acids on small intestinal transport processes, but they may explain the malabsorption of fat and other nutrients in patients with the bile loop syndrome. KW - bile acids KW - fatty acids KW - oleic acid KW - dihydroxy bile acids and hydroxy fatty acids affect oleic acid absorption KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781466339&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Thin-layer chromatographic method for the separation of conjugated deoxycholic acid from conjugated chenodeoxycholic acid. AU - Goswami, S. K. AU - Frey, C. F. JO - Journal of Chromatography JF - Journal of Chromatography Y1 - 1978/// VL - 145 IS - 1 SP - 147 EP - 150 SN - 0021-9673 AD - Goswami, S. K.: Dep. Surgery, Veterans Administration Hospital, Martinez, Calif. 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781466486. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 474-25-9, 83-44-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - bile acids KW - chenodeoxycholic acid KW - deoxycholic acid KW - chenic acid KW - glycodehydroxycholic acid KW - separation of conjugated deoxycholic from conjugated chenodeoxycholic acid KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781466486&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Role of starvation in production of creatinuria in experimental hyperthyroidism. AU - Carter, W. J. AU - Faas, F. H. AU - Wynn, J. O. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1977/// VL - 26 IS - 11 SP - 1243 EP - 1250 AD - Carter, W. J.: Little Rock Veterans Administration Hospital, 300 E Roosevelt Road, Little Rock, Ark. 72206, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781466495. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 200 to 300 g were given for 14 days a stock diet to appetite or restricted to 50% of that eaten to appetite or had the diet to appetite with 20% glucose in their drinking water. Half of each group was given triiodothyronine (T3) 25 mu g/100 g bodyweight daily. On day 9, creatine in urine of the 3 groups not given T3 was 0.23, 0.79 and 0.33 mg/100 g bodyweight 24 h and for those given T3 was 1.15, 8.92 and 1.96 mg/100 g 24 h. Corresponding values on day 11 were 0.19, 0.50, and 0.29 mg/100 g 24 h and 0.58, 8.96 and 3.96 mg/100 g 24 h; for day 13 they were 0.22, 0.32 and 0.35 mg/100 g 24 h and 1.25, 7.74 and 2.01 mg/100 g 24 h. KW - hyperthyroidism KW - starvation KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - creatinuria KW - hyperthyroidosis KW - role of starvation in aetiology of creatinuria in hyperthyroidism KW - thyrotoxicosis KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781466495&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Development of fasting hyperglycemia in uremic rats. AU - Reaven, G. M. AU - Reaven, P. D. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1977/// VL - 26 IS - 11 SP - 1251 EP - 1256 AD - Reaven, G. M.: Veterans Administration Hospital (111-M), 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781466496. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 175 to 225 g were deprived of food for 24 h and then had bilateral nephrectomy, bilateral ureterotomy or a sham operation. After another 24 h without food the rats were killed. Serum glucose fell in rats made uraemic by nephrectomy, but serum glucose and insulin rose in those made uraemic by ureterotomy. The combination of hyperglycaemia and hyperinsulinaemia suggested that insulin resistance had developed and this was confirmed in that the hypoglycaemic effect of exogenous insulin was less in rats after bilateral ureterotomy than in controls. The difference in serum glucose between rats given a sham operation and ureterotomized rats disappeared when a 5% glucose solution replaced drinking water. It is suggested that the coexistence of food deprivation and metabolic acidosis led to increased renal gluconeogenesis in ureterotomized rats; the combination of increased renal production of glucose and insulin resistance was responsible for the development of hyperglycaemia. KW - hyperglycaemia KW - starvation KW - uraemia KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - azotaemia KW - azotemia KW - high blood glucose KW - hyperglycemia KW - starvation hyperglycaemia in uraemia KW - uremia KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781466496&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fecal microbial flora in Seventh Day Adventist populations and control subjects. AU - Finegold, S. M. AU - Sutter, V. L. AU - Sugihara, P. T. AU - Elder, H. A. AU - Lehmann, S. M. AU - Phillips, R. L. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1977/// VL - 30 IS - 11 SP - 1781 EP - 1792 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Finegold, S. M.: Infectious Disease Section, Wadsworth Hospital Center, Veterans Administration, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781466850. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A random sample of members of all Adventist churches within a radius of 25 miles of Loma Linda University, California, completed a detailed food frequency questionnaire. Most of the subjects who ate least meat were vegetarians. Stool specimens were obtained for bacteriological studies from 13 vegetarians and 14 non-vegetarians. There were relatively few significant differences in faecal flora between the 2 groups. A separate study involved a comparison of 49 vegetarian Adventists, 45 non-vegetarian Adventists and 31 non-Adventists on normal American diet. The Adventist groups had significantly fewer Clostridium septicum and C. tertium isolates than the non-Adventists. Fusobacterium and C. perfringens counts were very low and lactobacillus counts very high in Adventists as compared with Japanese-Americans on either a Japanese or Western diet or Caucasians on a normal US diet. KW - faeces KW - microorganisms KW - vegetarians KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - faecal microflora of vegetarians KW - feces KW - micro-organisms KW - United States of America KW - Human Physiology and Biochemistry (VV050) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781466850&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Urea biosynthesis. 1. The urea cycle and relationships to the citric acid cycle. AU - Shambaugh, G. E., III JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1977/// VL - 30 IS - 12 SP - 2083 EP - 2087 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Shambaugh, G. E., III: Veterans Administration Lakeside Hospital, Northwestern Univ. Medical School, Chicago, Ill., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781467045. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Registry Number: 77-92-9, 57-13-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - 1. The urea cycle consists of 5 enzymically controlled steps that are catalysed by carbamyl phosphate synthetase, ornithine transcarbamylase, argininosuccinate synthetase, argininosuccinase and arginase, respectively. The complete cycle is present in the liver of terrestrial vertebrates, and in man represents the sole mechanism for NH3 disposal. The formation of carbamyl phosphate and the synthesis of argininosuccinate are potential limiting steps in urea biosynthesis but substrate and not enzyme concentrations are rate-limiting in physiological conditions. In the adult urea cycle enzymes change as a unit, and are largely influenced by dietary protein content. The urea cycle is closely linked to the citric acid cycle, deriving one of its N atoms through transamination of oxaloacetate to form aspartate and returning fumarate to that cycle. The biosynthesis of urea demands the expenditure of energy but less than 20% of the energy derived from metabolism of gluconeogenic amino acids is required for ureogenesis. Embryological development of the urea cycle in the tadpole and in mammalian foetal liver therefore permits use of amino acids as new sources of energy to meet oxidative demands for continuing growth. KW - citric acid KW - enzymes KW - urea KW - relation of urea cycle and citric acid cycle in urea formation KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781467045&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Serum ferritin level: determinant of iron requirement in hemodialysis patients. AU - Mirahmadi, K. S. AU - Paul, W. L. AU - Winer, R. L. AU - Dabir-Vaziri, N. AU - Byer, B. AU - Gorman, J. T. AU - Rosen, S. M. JO - Journal of the American Medical Association JF - Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1977/// VL - 238 IS - 7 SP - 601 EP - 603 AD - Mirahmadi, K. S.: Dep. Medicine, Nephrology Division, Veterans Administration Hospital, 5901 E. 7th Street, Long Beach, CA 90822, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781467124. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7439-89-6, 9007-73-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Of 17 patients without renal failure and 14 on haemodialysis for an average 37 months none was taking Fe supplements. There was a significant correlation between serum ferritin and bone marrow Fe stores in all the patients. One patient with low serum ferritin gave a positive test for hepatitis B surface antigen but there was no biochemical evidence of liver disease; 2 others with low serum ferritin had chronic infections and their serum ferritin suggested Fe deficiency. There was a significant correlation between Fe stores and ferritin in bone marrow in all the patients. There was a trend toward but no significant correlation between ferritin in serum and in marrow. It is concluded that serum ferritin seems to reflect marrow Fe stores and may be a guide to appropriate Fe replacement treatment, thus obviating the need for repeated bone marrow aspiration in dialysis patients. KW - ferritin KW - haemodialysis KW - iron KW - hemodialysis KW - serum ferritin indicates iron requirement in haemodialysis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781467124&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Protein digestion and absorption in the rat. AU - Curtis, K. J. AU - Kim, Y. S. AU - Perdomo, J. M. AU - Silk, D. B. A. AU - Whitehead, J. S. JO - Journal of Physiology JF - Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 274 SP - 409 EP - 419 SN - 0022-3751 AD - Curtis, K. J.: Gastrointestinal Research Lab., Bldg. 12, Room 109, Veterans Administration Hospital, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Ca. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781467236. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Wistar rats weighing 240 to 280 g were deprived of food for 24 h and then given by tube a test meal of 380 mg [14C]protein with 51CrCl3 as a nonabsorbable marker. Rats were killed immediately or 0.5, 1, 2, 3 or 4 h after feeding. As gastric emptying proceeded, the meal moved rapidly into the distal two-thirds of the small intestine where protein digestion and absorption predominantly occurred during 1 to 2 h. Endogenous protein in the small intestine never exceeded amounts of exogenous protein during maximum absorption of exogenous protein in the 1st h. At 2 to 4 h, more endogenous than exogenous protein was detected in the intestinal lumen. KW - absorption KW - protein KW - protein digestion KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - protein absorption and digestion KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781467236&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Vendor differences in starvation-induced gastric ulceration. AU - Pare, W. P. AU - Glavin, G. B. AU - Vincent, G. P. JO - Physiology and Behavior JF - Physiology and Behavior Y1 - 1977/// VL - 19 IS - 2 SP - 315 EP - 317 AD - Pare, W. P.: Pavlovian Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Perry Point, MD 21902, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781467345. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 150, 200, 260 or 330 g obtained from 4 different suppliers, ARS/Sprague-Dawley, Hilltop, Holtzman and Charles River, were deprived of food for 5 days. Glandular lesions occurred in the stomach of rats weighing 150 g and rumenal lesions occurred in those of 200 g and more. The ARS/Sprague-Dawley rats developed more glandular lesions and the Hilltop rats more rumenal lesions than the other groups. KW - starvation KW - ulcers KW - incidence of starvation-induced gastric ulcers (rat breeds compared) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781467345&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparison between neutron activation analysis and graphite furnace atomic absorption spectrometry for trace aluminum determination in biological materials. AU - Garmestani, K. AU - Blotcky, A. J. AU - Rack, E. P. JO - Analytical Chemistry JF - Analytical Chemistry Y1 - 1978/// VL - 50 IS - 1 SP - 144 EP - 147 AD - Garmestani, K.: General Medical Research, Veterans Administration Hospital, Omaha, Nebr. 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781467769. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Registry Number: 7429-90-5. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Values for A1 estimated in urine and in bone dissolved in HNO3 were, respectively, variable and higher compared with values obtained by neutron activation analysis. Ca and phosphate interfered. Digestion of samples at 60 deg C with HNO3 and a solution containing CaCl2 and K2HPO4 prevented interference. The detection limit is 20 ng/g. KW - aluminium KW - estimation KW - aluminum KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781467769&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Urinary and plasma cyclic AMP levels during short term starvation in obese man: response to glucagon stimulation. AU - Turpin, B. P. AU - Austin, M. W. AU - Solomon, S. S. JO - Hormone and Metabolic Research JF - Hormone and Metabolic Research Y1 - 1978/// VL - 10 IS - 1 SP - 36 EP - 37 SN - 0018-5043 AD - Turpin, B. P.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 1030 Jefferson Ave., Memphis, Tenn. 38104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781467847. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5, 61-19-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For 3 days 6 obese adults were given the same diet and then for 3 days they were starved. They were given 1 mg glucagon by vein before the morning meal and after 3 days of starvation. Fasting blood glucose during the period on the diet was 93 before and 125 mg/100 ml after glucagon; during starvation corresponding values were 69 and 100 mg/100 ml. Immunoreactive insulin also decreased with starvation and increased after glucagon. Cyclic AMP in plasma did not change during the control and starvation periods and decreased slightly in urine during starvation. After glucagon cyclic AMP in plasma increased during both periods. KW - AMP KW - glucagon KW - obesity KW - starvation KW - adenosine monophosphate KW - fatness KW - glucagon on urinary and plasma cyclic AMP during starvation in obesity KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781467847&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of treadmill exercise on plasma and urinary cyclic adenosine 3'5'-monophosphate. AU - Lin, T. JO - Hormone and Metabolic Research JF - Hormone and Metabolic Research Y1 - 1978/// VL - 10 IS - 1 SP - 50 EP - 51 SN - 0018-5043 AD - Lin, T.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. South Carolina School of Medicine, Columbia, S.C., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781467849. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Registry Number: 61-19-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Plasma cyclic AMP increased from a mean 12.1 to 22.4 pmol/ml in 12 healthy subjects from 24 to 59 years old after from 5 to 15 min exercise on a treadmill when heart rate rose from 68 to 158/min. There was no change in cyclic AMP in urine or in cyclic AMP:creatinine ratio in urine. KW - AMP KW - exercise KW - adenosine monophosphate KW - plasma cyclic AMP after exercise KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781467849&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intravenous infusion of amino acids stimulates gastric acid secretion in man. AU - Isenberg, J. I. AU - Maxwell, V. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 298 IS - 1 SP - 27 EP - 29 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Isenberg, J. I.: Gastroenterology Section (691/111C), Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781468330. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 3 healthy men and 3 with inactive duodenal ulcer, mean age 52 years, intravenous infusion of 10.6, 21.2 or 42.5 g of a mixture of L-amino acids significantly stimulated gastric secretion. The response to 21.2 and 42.5 g intravenous amino acids was similar to that to 42.5 g intraduodenal amino acids. The addition of glucose to the intravenous amino acid infusion did not significantly alter secretory responses. Serum gastrin did not change significantly during the infusions of amino acids. The maximum acid secretory response to 21.2 and 42.5 g intravenous amino acids was about one-third of the response intragastric amino acids or the maximum response to pentagastrin. KW - amino acids KW - gastric acid KW - parenteral feeding KW - gastric acid secretion after intravenous infusion of amino acids KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781468330&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fetal fuels. 2: contributions of selected carbon fuels to oxidative metabolism in rat conceptus. AU - Shambaugh, G. E., III AU - Koehler, R. A. AU - Freinkel, N. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1977/// VL - 233 IS - 6 SP - E457 EP - E461 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Shambaugh, G. E., III: General Medical Research, Veterans Administration Lakeside Hospital, 333 East Huron Street, Chicago, Ill. 60611, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781468445. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 50-21-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For part 1 see NAR/A 48, 2054.2. On day 20 of pregnancy, placentae and parts of foetal liver and brain from rats which were fed or deprived of food for 48 h were incubated in media containing glucose, lactate and beta -hydroxybutyrate in concentrations to simulate those in fed and deprived rats in vivo. Oxidative contributions from separate components were estimated by incubations in which only one of the three fuels was labelled with 14C. From the evolution of 14CO2, rates of oxidation of the fuels by tissues of the conceptus seemed to be conditioned by ambient concentrations of fuel rather than the dietary status of the mother. Evolution of 14CO2 from glucose or lactate was depressed directly by adding beta -hydroxybutyrate to the incubation medium. This substitutive property of beta -hydroxybutyrate may spare glucose and lactate within the placenta for transfer to the foetus and preserve glucose and lactate for biosynthetic transfer rather than oxidative disposition within the foetus. KW - FETUS KW - glucose KW - lactic acid KW - placenta KW - pregnancy KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - contribution of carbon fuels to oxidative metabolism in foetus KW - dextrose KW - foetus KW - gestation KW - hydroxybutyrate KW - lactate KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781468445&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intestinal Ca and phosphate transport: differential responses to vitamin D3 metabolites. AU - Walling, M. W. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1977/// VL - 233 IS - 6 SP - E488 EP - E494 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Walling, M. W.: Research and Dental Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Univ. California, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781468449. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 67-97-0, 7723-14-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - From weaning, male Holtzman rats were given for 8 to 10 weeks a diet adequate in Ca and P, but deficient in vitamin D. At 12, 24, 48 or 96 h before they were killed the rats were given 405 ng 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol or 24R,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol intraperitoneally. Active transport of Ca and P was increased in all segments of the small intestine in vitro by 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol. Active absorption of Ca was greatest in the duodenum and that of P in the jejunum. Similar but less pronounced effects were produced by 24R,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol. The ratios of absorptive fluxes of P to those of Ca remained constant during increases in absorption produced by 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol. KW - calcium KW - cholecalciferol KW - digestive absorption KW - intestines KW - phosphates KW - phosphorus KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - response to cholecalciferol metabolites of intestinal calcium and phosphorus transport KW - vitamin D3 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781468449&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Ricinoleic acid effect on the electrical activity of the small intestine in rabbits. AU - Mathias, J. R. AU - Martin, J. L. AU - Burns, T. W. AU - Carlson, G. M. AU - Shields, R. P. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1978/// VL - 61 IS - 3 SP - 640 EP - 644 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Mathias, J. R.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Gainesville, Fla. 32602, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781468497. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Registry Number: 141-22-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - With the myoelectric recording technique, effects were studied of castor oil, of ricinoleic acid (cis isomer), the active ingredient of castor oil, and of ricinelaidic acid (trans isomer) in the small intestine of unconscious New Zealand White rabbits. Ricinoleic acid, 2 mu g/kg min, was perfused into the distal 12-cm ileal loop. An abnormal myoelectric pattern developed which was similar to the alteration in electrical activity reported by Binder for cholera enterotoxin (Journal of Clinical Investigation (1974) 53, 7a-8a). Castor oil, 0.85 ml/kg, had a similar effect. Ricinelaidic acid, 2 mu g/kg min, did not produce activity. A second preparation consisted of intraluminal perfusion of ricinoleic acid, 2 mu g/kg min, into the first section of the duodenum. The abnormal myoelectric pattern was observed in the jejunum and the ileum, but not in the duodenum. The mean onset time for the development of the altered myoelectric state for all experiments was 3.5 h. The findings suggest that an active motility component in addition to the secretory state existed throughout small intestine exposed to castor oil or ricinoleic acid. KW - castor oil KW - intestinal motility KW - ricinoleic acid KW - electrical activity of small intestine after ricinoleic acid (rabbit) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781468497&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of one-month treatment with cimetidine on gastric secretion and serum gastrin and pepsinogen levels. AU - Sewing, K. F. AU - Hagie, L. AU - Ippoliti, A. F. AU - Isenberg, J. I. AU - Samloff, I. M. AU - Sturdevant, R. A. L. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 74 IS - 2, ii SP - 376 EP - 379 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Sewing, K. F.: Gastroenterology Section, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781468500. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Registry Number: 51481-61-9, 9002-76-0, 9001-10-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 15 male duodenal ulcer patients, mean 53.5 years old, 300 mg cimetidine 4 times daily inhibited pentagastrin- and peptone-meal-stimulated acid secretion significantly more before, than after, 1 month of treatment. Similarly, cimetidine inhibited pentagastrin-stimulated pepsin secretion. Meal-stimulated serum gastrin concentrations were significantly higher after treatment. The mechanisms of those effects are not clear. KW - cimetidine KW - gastric acid KW - gastrin KW - pepsinogen KW - gastric secretion, serum gastrin and pepsinogen after cimetidine KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781468500&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Role of gastrin heptadecapeptide in the acid secretory response to amino acids in man. AU - Feldman, M. AU - Walsh, J. H. AU - Wong, H. C. AU - Richardson, C. T. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1978/// VL - 61 IS - 2 SP - 308 EP - 313 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Feldman, M.: Dep. Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Dallas, Tex. 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781468604. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Registry Number: 9002-76-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - An isotonic mixed amino acid solution (casein hydrolysate) was continuously infused into the stomach of 8 healthy subjects, mean 29 years old. Acid secretion, measured by intragastric titration, increased by 12.8 mEq/h over the response to intragastric infusion of isotonic saline. Plasma gastrin heptadecapeptide (G-17) concentration, measured by specific radioimmunoassay, increased by 13 pmol/litre during intragastric amino acid infusion. In another test, during infusion by vein of G-17, the stomach was continuously infused with isotonic saline. Graphically relating plasma G-17 concentration during G-17 infusion to accompanying acid secretion showed that a rise of 13 pmol/litre in plasma G-17 could increase acid secretion by 14.8 mEq/h. The rise in plasma G-17 concentration during intragastric amino acid infusion could have produced all of the observed acid secretory response, suggesting that G-17 is the main physiological mediator of the human acid secretory response to meals containing mixed amino acids. KW - amino acids KW - gastric acid KW - gastrin KW - peptides KW - role of gastrin heptadecapeptide in gastric acid secretion response to amino acid KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781468604&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of pentagastrin infusion on gastric emptying rate of solid food in man. AU - MacGregor, I. L. AU - Wiley, Z. D. AU - Martin, P. M. JO - American Journal of Digestive Diseases JF - American Journal of Digestive Diseases Y1 - 1978/// VL - 23 IS - 1 SP - 72 EP - 75 AD - MacGregor, I. L.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781468614. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Registry Number: 5534-95-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Pentagastrin, 4 mu g/kg h, was infused by vein in 6 normal men of mean age 33 years. A meal of a 99mTc-labelled chicken liver mixed with beef stew and taken with 200 ml water was followed on its passage through the digestive tract by intermittent scanning with a gamma camera. The rate of the linear gastric emptying pattern was slowed by pentagastrin in each man. The pH and titratable acidity of the gastric contents were similar with infusions with or without pentagastrin. Neutralization of the gastric contents with bicarbonate in the pentagastrin studies did not alter gastric emptying rates. The results show that pentagastrin slows gastric emptying of solid food in man by an effect apart from acid secretion. KW - pentagastrin KW - stomach emptying KW - stomach emptying after pentagastrin KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781468614&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of thyrotoxicosis on gluconeogenesis from alanine in the perfused rat liver. AU - Singh, S. P. AU - Snyder, A. K. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 102 IS - 1 SP - 182 EP - 187 AD - Singh, S. P.: Veterans Administration Hospital, North Chicago, Ill., 60064, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781468661. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 56-41-7, 51-48-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of thyroxine (T4) on gluconeogenesis from alanine was studied in isolated rat livers. Conversion of alanine into glucose was greater in livers of thyrotoxic rats than in normal rats. Estimation of metabolic intermediates of the gluconeogenic pathway showed that T4 produced forward crossover between pyruvate and phosphoenolpyruvate, which suggests that this point is a control site. Alanine transport into liver cells was apparently active since the alanine was greater within the hepatocytes than in the extracellular space. T4 stimulated the transport of alanine into the liver cells. alpha -Aminoisobutyric acid uptake was greater in liver of thyrotoxic than of normal rats. Hepatic cyclic AMP was also more in experimental livers than control livers. The studies suggest that T4 stimulates hepatic gluconeogenesis from alanine and the underlying mechanism involves an increase in both the transport of amino acid into the liver cell and the conversion of pyruvate to phosphoenolpyruvate. KW - alanine KW - gluconeogenesis KW - liver KW - thyroxine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - thyroxine on hepatic gluconeogenesis from alanine KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781468661&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - An enzymatic triglyceride method that is suitable for long-term population studies. AU - Koehler, D. F. AU - Steele, B. W. AU - Azar, M. M. AU - Kuba, K. AU - Dempsey, M. E. JO - Clinical Chemistry JF - Clinical Chemistry Y1 - 1978/// VL - 24 IS - 2 SP - 326 EP - 329 SN - 0009-9147 AD - Koehler, D. F.: Lab. Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781468693. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Triglyceride was estimated enzymically in serum using an Abbott Bichromatic Analyzer and commercial packs. Values were highly correlated with those obtained by extraction and fluorimetry. KW - analysis KW - serum KW - TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - triglycerides KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781468693&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparison of the fecal microflora of Seventh-Day Adventists with individuals consuming a general diet. Implications concerning colonic carcinoma. AU - Goldberg, M. J. AU - Smith, J. W. AU - Nichols, R. L. JO - Annals of Surgery JF - Annals of Surgery Y1 - 1977/// VL - 186 IS - 1 SP - 97 EP - 100 SN - 0003-4932 AD - Goldberg, M. J.: Dep. Surgery, Veterans Administration Hospital, North Chicago, Ill. 60064, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781468930. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Faecal microflora were studied in a double-blind trial with 14 Seventh-Day Adventists, who were strict vegetarians, and 14 subjects who ate a general western diet. No significant difference was identified in the faecal microflora of the 2 groups. The bacteriological analysis included total aerobes, total anaerobes and each of the major faecal aerobes and anaerobes. The study seems to indicate that dietary intake of animal fat and protein does not significantly alter faecal microflora, a possibility which has been suggested as part of the explanation for the higher incidence of colonic carcinoma in those who eat meat than in vegetarians, but it does not invalidate the concept that dietary animal fat does increase bile acid degradation within the gastrointestinal tract, a factor which has been related to colon cancer. KW - colon KW - faeces KW - meat KW - microorganisms KW - neoplasms KW - vegetarians KW - cancers KW - feces KW - micro-organisms KW - relation of faecal microflora of vegetarians and meat eaters to colon cancer KW - Human Physiology and Biochemistry (VV050) KW - Meat Produce (QQ030) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781468930&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Preferential utilization of free cholesterol from high-density lipoproteins for biliary cholesterol secretion in man. AU - Schwartz, C. C. AU - Halloran, L. G. AU - Vlahcevic, Z. R. AU - Gregory, D. H. AU - Swell, L. JO - Science, USA JF - Science, USA Y1 - 1978/// VL - 200 IS - 4337 SP - 62 EP - 64 AD - Schwartz, C. C.: Division of Gastroenterology, Dep. Medicine and Surgery, Veterans Administration Hospital, Richmond, 23249, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781469288. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 12 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - High- and low-density lipoproteins carrying free cholesterol labelled with 3H or 14C were infused into a patient with a bile fistula. The free cholesterol from high-density lipoproteins was more rapidly incorporated into biliary cholesterol than the free cholesterol from low-density lipoproteins. The findings show that the liver in man selectively utilizes and secretes the free cholesterol from a particular lipoprotein. KW - bile KW - cholesterol KW - lipoproteins KW - gall KW - preferential utilization of cholesterol from h.d. lipoprotein for biliary cholesterol secretion KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781469288&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Immunocytochemical localization of a gastric inhibitory polypeptide-like material within A-cells of the endocrine pancreas. AU - Smith, P. H. AU - Merchant, F. W. AU - Johnson, D. G. AU - Fujimoto, W. Y. AU - Williams, R. H. JO - American Journal of Anatomy JF - American Journal of Anatomy Y1 - 1977/// VL - 149 IS - 4 SP - 585 EP - 590 SN - 0002-9106 AD - Smith, P. H.: Division of Metabolism (1st), Veterans Administration Hospital, 4435 Beacon Ave. South, Seattle, Wash. 98108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781469329. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In pancreatic islets from newborn and adult rats, the glucagon-producing A-cells also contain a substance similar to gastric inhibitory polypeptide (GIP) as shown by the peroxidase-antiperoxidase immunocytochemical method. This dual staining was not the result of nonspecific staining or cross-reactivity of the anti-GIP with endogenous glucagon of the A-cells. It is concluded that the A-cells synthesize a GIP-like peptide or that it is taken up from the circulation. KW - gastric inhibitory polypeptides KW - pancreas KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gastric inhibitory polypeptide resembling substance in pancreas KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781469329&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Inhibition by retinol and butylated hydroxyanisole of carcinogen-mediated increases in guanylate cyclase activity and guanosine 3':5'-monophosphate accumulation. AU - Craven, P. A. AU - DeRubertis, F. R. JO - Cancer Research JF - Cancer Research Y1 - 1977/// VL - 37 IS - 11 SP - 4088 EP - 4097 AD - Craven, P. A.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Drive C, Pittsburgh, Pa. 15240, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781469554. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 59 ref. Registry Number: 9054-75-5, 68-26-8, 25013-16-5, 85-32-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Studies were made of the action of retinol and butylated hydroxyanisole, dietary constituents with antioxidant properties and putative anticarcinogenic activity, in suppression of the responsiveness of the hepatic guanylate cyclase system in rats to the carcinogens N-methyl-N1-nitro-N-nitrosoguanidine, N-methylnitrosourea, hydrazine and 4-nitroquinoline 1-oxide and test agents NaNO2, NaN3 and nitroprusside. It is concluded that, although the mechanisms of inhibition remain to be defined, the actions of retinol and butylated hydroxyanisole in suppression of carcinogenic activation of guanylate cyclase could be involved in the expression of their anticarcinogenic properties. KW - butylated hydroxyanisole KW - carcinogens KW - guanosine monophosphate KW - guanylate cyclase KW - retinol KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - axerophthol KW - BHA KW - GMP KW - inhibition by retinol and butylated hydroxyanisole of carcinogen-mediated colonic guanylate cyclase and tissue GMP accumulation KW - vitamin A KW - vitamin A alcohol KW - vitamin A1 KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Food Contamination, Residues and Toxicology (QQ200) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781469554&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The relationship of urinary kallikrein activity to renal salt and water excretion. AU - Levy, S. B. AU - Frigon, R. P. AU - Stone, R. A. JO - Clinical Science and Molecular Medicine JF - Clinical Science and Molecular Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 54 IS - 1 SP - 39 EP - 45 AD - Levy, S. B.: Division Nephrology, Veterans Administration Hospital, 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, Calif. 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781469562. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 9001-01-8, 7440-23-5, 7732-18-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Kallikrein (kininogenin; EC 3.4.21.8) was estimated in urine of black and white normotensive subjects during manipulation of salt and water balance. Intravenous loading with a large amount of saline while the subjects were on a diet with unrestricted Na did not significantly change urinary kallikrein activity in either racial group. After several days of dietary Na restriction both racial groups showed increased urinary kallikrein activity. Intravenous water loading then further increased urinary kallikrein activity. White subjects were studied for an additional 24-h period; urinary kallikrein activity returned to values before loading, indicating that the excretion of a water load in Na-depleted subjects is associated with an increase in excretion of kallikrein. Black subjects excreted less kallikrein than white subjects during the initial 24-h of unrestricted dietary Na intake, but there was no other significant racial difference during the other experimental conditions. KW - kallikrein KW - sodium KW - water KW - relation of kallikrein in urine to renal salt and water excretion KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781469562&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of exogenous hyperglucagonemia in insulin-treated diabetics. AU - Raskin, P. AU - Unger, R. H. JO - Diabetes JF - Diabetes Y1 - 1977/// VL - 26 IS - 11 SP - 1034 EP - 1039 AD - Raskin, P.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Dallas, Tex., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781469576. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Three juvenile-type diabetics and one maturity-onset-type patient were given glucagon by vein at 6 ng/kg min for 24 h while receiving a continuous infusion of insulin. This raised their plasma immunoreactive glucagon from an average of 122 plus or minus 15 pg/ml on the control day to 594 plus or minus 60 pg/ml. Mean plasma glucose concentration, measured at 2-h intervals for 24 h, was 200 plus or minus 20 mg/100 ml on the control day and increased significantly in all 4 patients to 293 plus or minus 18 mg/100 ml during glucagon administration; fasting glucose rose from 138 plus or minus 10 mg/100 ml to 201 plus or minus 17. Glucose excretion rose significantly from the control value of 36 plus or minus 14 to 152 plus or minus 19 g/24 h. The excretion of urea N and ketones also increased significantly during glucagon administration. The 3 juvenile-diabetic patients also received a glucagon infusion at a rate of only 3 ng/kg min; in each, evidence of deterioration in metabolic control was observed. In every experiment, ending of the glucagon infusion was followed by a recession in the metabolic abnormalities. The findings indicate that exogenous hyperglucagonaemia of the magnitude believed to be present in the portal vein of uncontrolled diabetes can cause metabolic deterioration in diabetics receiving continuous insulin treatment. KW - diabetes KW - glucagon KW - insulin KW - metabolic effects of glucagon infusion in insulin-treated diabetes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781469576&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The explosion of gastrointestinal hormones. Their clinical significance. AU - Straus, E. JO - Medical Clinics of North America JF - Medical Clinics of North America Y1 - 1978/// VL - 62 IS - 1 SP - 21 EP - 37 SN - 0025-7125 AD - Straus, E.: Solomon A. Berson Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781469704. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Registry Number: 9002-76-0, 9011-97-6, 1393-25-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Secretin, gastrin and pancreozymin are the 3 gastrointestinal peptides commonly accepted to have hormonal activity, stimulating pancreatic water and bicarbonate secretion, gastric acid secretion and gallbladder and pancreatic enzyme secretion, respectively. Selected aspects of what is known about the physiological and clinical significance of these hormones and several other candidate hormones are reviewed. KW - gastrin KW - gastrointestinal hormones KW - pancreozymin KW - reviews KW - secretin KW - cholecystokinin KW - gastric hormones KW - review KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781469704&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cellular response of rat quadriceps muscle to chronic dietary restrictions. AU - Hansen-Smith, F. M. AU - Horn, D. L. Van AU - Maksud, M. G. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1978/// VL - 108 IS - 2 SP - 248 EP - 255 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Hansen-Smith, F. M.: Research Service, 151 Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781469754. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats 5 weeks old were fed for 10 weeks on a diet with 27% casein to appetite (well-nourished age-control group), or 8% casein to appetite (protein-restricted group); or given a diet with 15% protein with intake restricted to 35% that of the control (protein- and energy-restricted group). At the end of feeding period the rats were killed and samples of muscle were taken from the lateral superficial, visually pale, "white", regions of the muscle, and from the medial, visually the "red", muscle for study by electron microscopy. Muscle weights relative to bodyweights were unchanged by the dietary restrictions, 0.78 g/100 g. Mean diameters of muscle fibres from the red portion were 60.2, 42.7 and 48.5 mu m for the controls, protein-restricted and protein-energy restricted groups, and 59.9, 33.1 and 42.2 mu m for fibres from the white portion. Although the fibre diameters were slightly smaller in the test groups, the difference was significant only for the white portion of the protein-restricted group. At the ultrastructural level, most of the fibres from both parts of the muscle were qualitatively and quantitatively normal. Diameters of the myofibrils were unchanged from controls: 695 and 852 nm for the red and white portions. A few fibres in each part of the muscle were undergoing moderate degenerative changes, although with myofibrillar disorganization more prominent in the white portion. The changes were more widespread in the protein-energy restricted rats. A small percentage of satellite cells was found in muscle from each dietary group. The conclusion was that while a few fibres were adversely affected, most of the fibres of quadriceps muscle were structurally similar to age-controls after chronic energy or protein restriction. KW - intake KW - muscles KW - protein KW - underfeeding KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - muscle cells in underfeeding KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781469754&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Passive transfer of an appetite suppressant factor. AU - Riestra, J. L. AU - Skowsky, W. R. AU - Martinez, I. AU - Swan, L. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1977/// VL - 156 IS - 2 SP - 236 EP - 240 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Riestra, J. L.: Dep. Endocrinology, Veterans Administration Hospital, 5901 E. Seventh Street, Long Beach, Calif. 90822, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781469828. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Swiss-Webster female mice on standard diet were given intraperitoneally gold thioglucose 800 mg/kg; 20% died but survivors developed hyperphagia and were obese when killed 6 weeks later. Pooled serum from obese or normal mice was injected intraperitoneally, 4 times daily, into groups of 10 normal mice, first for 2 weeks then, after a 5-week interval, for 2 weeks more. Mice given "obese" serum lost weight in both injection periods while those given normal serum did not.Serum from a man who after head injury developed hypothalamic obesity secondary to voracious appetite also induced loss of weight in mice. Results of both studies were considered to suggest the presence in serum of a humoral substance which may be passively transferred to normal mice and reduce food intake. KW - appetite KW - food intake KW - passive transfer of appetite suppressant factor (man, mouse) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781469828&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Evidence for a common hepatic cholesterol precursor site for cholic and chenodeoxycholic acid synthesis in man. AU - Schwartz, C. C. AU - Vlahoevic, Z. R. AU - Halloran, L. G. AU - Nisman, R. AU - Swell, L. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1977/// VL - 156 IS - 2 SP - 261 EP - 264 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Schwartz, C. C.: Lipid Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, 1201 Broad Rock Road, Richmond, Va. 23249, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781469832. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Patients with bile fistulae were studied 2 to 4 weeks after operation for gallstones. On different days 2 patients had infusions of [5-3H]mevalonic acid at 14 mu Ci/h for 5 h; one patient had a pulse injection of 70 mu Ci [2-14C]mevalonic acid; 2 received simultaneous pulse injections of [3H]mevalonic acid and [14C]cholesterol; in one of the last, bile was monitored for 3H after infusion of [3H]mevalonic acid until activity had almost ceased and then was given 285 mu Ci [5-3H]mevalonic acid and 50 mu Ci [4-14C]cholesterol.The specific activities of newly formed cholic and chenodeoxycholic acids were identical at all times up to 24 h. Both appear to be formed in man by the 7 alpha -hydroxycholesterol pathway. KW - chenodeoxycholic acid (formation) KW - cholesterol (precursor) KW - cholic acid (formation) KW - hepatic cholesterol precursor site for cholic and chenodeoxycholic acid formation KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781469832&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of fasting and refeeding on pancreatic DNA synthesis and content. AU - Mainz, D. L. AU - Parks, N. M. AU - Webster, P. D., III JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1977/// VL - 156 IS - 2 SP - 340 EP - 344 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Mainz, D. L.: Medical Research Service, Veterans Administration Hospital (FHD), Augusta, Ga. 30904, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781469833. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 9007-49-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male albino rats weighing 300 to 380 g and fed on commercial rat diet were divided into groups of 12 and some were starved for 2, 4 or 6 days, or starved for 6 days and refed freely for 1, 2 or 3 days. Controls were fed freely until killed. Bodyweight loss after 2, 4 and 6 days without food was 17, 21 and 33% and weight regained in 1, 2 and 3 days was 19, 14 and 25%. Changes in weight of pancreas were losses of 8, 28 and 43% and gains of 23, 12 and 36%. Total DNA in pancreas fell by 2, 9 and 20% and rose by 6, 4 and 16%. The incorporation of [14C]thymidine into DNA fell by 40, 69 and 86% and rose by 70, 267 and 511% during regeneration. Patterns in kidney, muscle and spleen were similar during fasting but the increase in thymidine incorporation on refeeding was much greater in the pancreas. KW - DNA KW - pancreas KW - refeeding KW - starvation KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - deoxyribonucleic acid KW - starvation, refeeding and pancreatic DNA KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781469833&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Increased hepatic oxygenation following ethanol administration in the baboon. AU - Shaw, S. AU - Heller, E. A. AU - Friedman, H. S. AU - Baraona, E. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1977/// VL - 156 IS - 3 SP - 509 EP - 513 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Shaw, S.: Alcohol Research Center, Bronx Veterans Administration Hospital, 130 W. Kingsbridge Road, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781469838. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Registry Number: 7782-44-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Baboons were pairfed for 1 to 4 years on diets of equal energy value in one of which 50% of energy was supplied by ethanol, replacing carbohydrate. Liver biopsies made within 6 months before the acute experiments showed steatosis and sclerosis in 4 ethanol-fed baboons and fibrosis in 2 others. In acute studies after overnight fasting, when alcohol was not present in blood, ethanol-fed baboons had slightly low oxygen tension in the hepatic vein, but not ischaemia. Intravenous ethanol infusion resulted in an increase in hepatic vein oxygen tension in baboons on either diet and with or without liver damage; the increase was associated with an increase in hepatic blood flow. KW - oxygen KW - ethanol (excess) KW - hepatic oxygenation in ethanol excess (baboon) KW - liver (function) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781469838&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Radioimmunoassay of calcitonin in normal human urine. AU - Snider, R. H. AU - Moore, C. F. AU - Silva, O. L. AU - Becker, K. L. JO - Analytical Chemistry JF - Analytical Chemistry Y1 - 1978/// VL - 50 IS - 3 SP - 447 EP - 454 AD - Snider, R. H.: Metabolic Research Lab. (688/151J), Veterans Administration Hospital, 50 Irving Street, NW, Washington, D.C. 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781469918. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 9007-12-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - calcitonin KW - analysis of urine content KW - thyrocalcitonin KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781469918&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Evidence for aluminum absorption from the gastrointestinal tract and bone deposition by aluminum carbonate ingestion with normal renal function. AU - Recker, R. R. AU - Blotcky, A. J. AU - Leffler, J. A. AU - Rack, E. P. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1977/// VL - 90 IS - 5 SP - 810 EP - 815 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Recker, R. R.: Medical Research, Veterans Administration Hospital, Omaha, Neb. 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781469935. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Registry Number: 7429-90-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Urine Al was estimated before and during aluminium carbonate loading by mouth in 6 subjects with normal renal function, one of whom had peptic ulcer and a 25-year history of high ingestion of Al. The analytical procedure involved destructive neutron activation analysis. Al was present in the urine in all instances before loading and rose from 4- to 10-fold. Bone Al was measured in 6 specimens post mortem, 3 dialysis patients, 3 nondialysis patients and in an iliac crest biopsy from the peptic ulcer patient who had osteoporosis. The bone biopsy Al in the ulcer patient was intermediate between those of "normal subjects" and patients on dialysis. The results show that the intestinal barrier is permeable to heavy Al loading and suggest that Al is deposited in bone of subjects with normal renal function. KW - aluminium KW - bones KW - absorption and bone deposition of aluminium KW - aluminum KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781469935&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Electrolyte excretion in polycystic kidney disease: interrelationship between sodium, calcium, magnesium, and phosphate. AU - Martinez-Maldonado, M. AU - Yium, J. J. AU - Suki, W. N. AU - Eknoyan, G. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1977/// VL - 90 IS - 6 SP - 1066 EP - 1075 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Martinez-Maldonado, M.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Center (III), G.P.O. Box 4867, San Juan, Puerto Rico, 00936. N1 - Accession Number: 19781469964. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 7439-95-4, 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The ability to regulate excretion of Na and its relation to excretion of Ca, Mg and phosphate were examined in 13 patients with polycystic kidney disease, 7 without azotaemia, glomerular filtration rate (GFR) 29 to 83 ml/min, and 6 with azotaemia, GFR 20 ml/min or less. Studies were while the subjects were on a high-sodium (100 mEq) or a low-sodium (10 mEq) diet. All patients attained balance on a high-sodium diet and all were able to reduce urinary excretion of Na on a low Na intake. Azotaemic patients were unable to lower Na below 34 plus or minus 10 mEq daily (s.d.), in contrast to nonazotaemic subjects who achieved a daily Na excretion of 13 plus or minus 8 mEq. The lowest Na excretion by the azotaemic patients was no different from that in patients with renal disease of other causes, suggesting that the salt-losing tendency in patients with polycystic kidneys is not an inherent manifestation of the disease, but a consequence of the adaptation of chronic renal failure. On either diet there was a relation between Na and Ca excretion, but not between Na and Mg or phosphate excretion in nonazotaemic patients. In azotaemic patients the excretion of Ca, Mg and phosphate was significantly related to that of Na. KW - calcium KW - electrolytes KW - kidneys KW - magnesium KW - phosphates KW - sodium KW - interaction of electrolyte excretion in polycystic kidney disease KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781469964&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of ethanol on intestinal (Na, K) ATPase and intestinal thiamine transport in rats. AU - Hoyumpa, A. M. Jr. AU - Nichols, S. G. AU - Wilson, F. A. AU - Schenker, S. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1977/// VL - 90 IS - 6 SP - 1086 EP - 1095 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Hoyumpa, A. M. Jr.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Nashville, Tenn. 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781469965. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 48 ref. Registry Number: 59-43-8, 9000-83-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - (Na, K) ATPase was estimated in the brush-border membrane and basolateral membrane (BLM) fractions of rat intestinal mucosal cells. In the jejunum, BLM (Na, K) ATPase activity was 13 times greater than in the corresponding brush-border preparation. Ethanol, 0.5 mol/litre, added in vitro to BLM preparation, reduced (Na, K) ATPase activity in the jejunum to 41% of control. Ethanol 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 0.7 and 1.0 mol/litre in vitro decreased jejunal BLM (Na, K) ATPase activities to 94, 78, 58, 41, 28 and 17 of control value, respectively. In addition, 1 h after ethanol by mouth, 50, 100, 250, 500 and 750 mg/100 g bodyweight, ATPase activity declined to 73, 52, 52, 62 and 48% of control, respectively. The same doses of ethanol decreased the serosal appearance rate of thiamin 0.5 mu mol/litre to 82, 48, 50, 51 and 51% of control, respectively. KW - adenosinetriphosphatase KW - intestines KW - thiamin KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aneurin KW - ATPase KW - ethanol on intestinal thiamin transport and ATPase KW - thiamine KW - vitamin B1 KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781469965&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Renal acidifying ability in subjects with recurrent stone formation. AU - Cintron-Nadal, E. AU - Lespier, L. E. AU - Roman-Miranda, A. AU - Martinez-Maldonado, M. JO - Journal of Urology JF - Journal of Urology Y1 - 1977/// VL - 118 IS - 5 SP - 704 EP - 706 SN - 0022-5347 AD - Cintron-Nadal, E.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Center, G.P.O. Box 4867, San Juan, Puerto Rico 00936. N1 - Accession Number: 19781470115. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Men, 120 in whom calcium stones formed, were given by mouth an acute dose of ammonium chloride 0.1 g/kg bodyweight; circulating immunoreactive parathyrin was estimated. The subjects were divided into 2 groups, according to normal or high parathyrin values. Group 1 consisted of 46 men in whom immunoreactive parathyrin was less than or equal to 60 mu lEq/ml and group 2 consisted of 74 men with immunoreactive parathyrin greater than 60 mu lEq/ml. Of 8 men in whom the urine did not acidify to a pH of less than 5.3, 3 were from group 1 and 5 were from group 2. None of the patients had an active urinary tract infection. There was no difference in lowest urine pH among the patients in whom the urine acidified normally irrespective of immunoreactive parathyrin. The incidence of abnormal acidification in the population of Puerto Rico was 6% and all of these patients had the incomplete form of renal tubular acidosis. KW - kidneys KW - renal calculi KW - kidney calculi KW - kidney stones KW - renal calculi on renal acidifying ability KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781470115&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Preservation of function in experimental renal disease by dietary restriction of phosphate. AU - Ibels, L. S. AU - Alfrey, A. C. AU - Haut, L. AU - Huffer, W. E. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 298 IS - 3 SP - 122 EP - 126 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Ibels, L. S.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 1055 Clermont Street, Denver, CO 80220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781470203. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In male Sprague-Dawley rats in which renal disease was induced experimentally by partial nephrectomy, restriction of dietary phosphate prevented proteinuria, renal calcification, histological changes, functional deterioration and death in uraemia. Histologically, the remnant kidney in rats with no restriction of dietary phosphate showed deposits of Ca and P in the cortical tubular cells, basement membranes and interstitium. A similar degree and pattern of calcification have been found in preliminary studies of human end-stage kidneys. KW - kidneys KW - nephrectomy KW - phosphates KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - kidney function in phosphate restriction after partial nephrectomy KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781470203&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Partial deficiency of muscle carnitine palmitoyltransferase with normal ketone production. AU - Hostetler, K. Y. AU - Hoppel, C. L. AU - Romine, J. S. AU - Sipe, J. C. AU - Gross, S. R. AU - Higginbottom, P. A. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 298 IS - 10 SP - 553 EP - 557 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Hostetler, K. Y.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781470213. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 9068-41-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Clinical and biochemical findings are described in a man 28 years old with recurrent myoglobinuria and atypical muscle complaints. Muscle metabolism of carbohydrates was normal. Prolonged fasting increased serum creatine phosphokinase. Plasma free fatty acids, acetoacetate and beta -hydroxybutyrate rose normally with fasting. A partial deficiency of carnitine palmitoyltransferase was detected in muscle enzymically with an isotopic method which measures carnitine palmitoyltransferase A and B. An approach to the treatment of the condition is discussed; a low-fat diet is recommended. KW - carnitine palmitoyltransferase KW - ketone bodies KW - muscles KW - myoglobinuria KW - partial deficiency of muscle carnitine palmitoyltransferase with normal ketone production KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781470213&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Social interaction and serum insulin values in the monkey (Macaca mulatta). AU - Hamilton, C. L. AU - Chaddock, T. JO - Psychosomatic Medicine JF - Psychosomatic Medicine Y1 - 1977/// VL - 39 IS - 6 SP - 444 EP - 450 AD - Hamilton, C. L.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Philadelphia, PA 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781470249. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 2 groups of rhesus monkeys with abnormally high serum insulin values, but normal blood glucose, the most submissive monkeys showed a decrease in serum insulin to within normal range for laboratory monkeys, without impairment of blood glucose values. The findings are discussed in terms of hormonal interaction and in particular to the possible effects of the interaction of insulin and testosterone on carbohydrate metabolism. KW - behaviour KW - insulin KW - behavior KW - social behaviour and serum insulin (monkey) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781470249&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of shock and darkness on alcohol consumption by rats. AU - Choca, J. P. AU - Wilson, A. S. AU - Garcia, T. J. JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol Y1 - 1977/// VL - 38 IS - 11 SP - 2184 EP - 2187 SN - 0096-882X AD - Choca, J. P.: Psychology Service, Veterans Administration Lakeside Hospital, 333 E. Huron Street, Chicago, IL 60611, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781470380. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 7 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Holtzman rats in 3 groups of 13 were subjected to electric shocks, kept in total darkness or were untreated. The ethanol consumption of all 3 groups tended to increase as a function of time. KW - alcohols KW - dark adaptation KW - light KW - stress KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - electric shocks and darkness on alcohol consumption KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781470380&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Bone mineralization during a developing zinc deficiency. AU - Brown, E. D. AU - Chan, W. AU - Smith, J. C., Jr. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 157 IS - 2 SP - 211 EP - 214 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Brown, E. D.: Trace Element Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D.C. 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781470428. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 8 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male weanling Sprague-Dawley rats were fed freely on a zinc-deficient diet with Zn 1.5 mu g/g diet; controls were pairfed or freely fed on the same diet with added ZnCO3 to give Zn 93 mu g/g. After 2 days the deprived rats showed retarded growth and after 3 days weight gain ceased; the pairfed controls continued to gain, but more slowly than those freely fed. Plasma Zn of deprived rats fell in the first 24 h from 107 to 48 mu g/ml and by day 3 to 31 mu g/ml, then remained fairly constant. Zn in the femur decreased steadily from 150 to 58 mu g/g dry weight by day 13; in both control groups bone Zn increased. Ca and P in the femur increased less in the deprived than in the control rats, but the Ca:P ratios changed little. KW - bones KW - minerals KW - zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - bone mineralization in zinc deficiency KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781470428&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of some gastrointestinal hormones on two muscle layers of duodenum. AU - Anuras, S. AU - Cooke, A. R. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 234 IS - 1 SP - E60 EP - E63 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Anuras, S.: Division of Gastroenterology, Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Iowa Univ., Iowa City, Iowa 52242, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781470470. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 17650-98-5, 9007-92-5, 9011-97-6, 5534-95-2, 1393-25-5, 37221-79-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The duodenums of opossums and cats were cut into strips 2 mm wide and 2 to 2.5 cm long. Strips cut in the oral-caudal axis were called longitudinal strips; those cut at 90 deg to that axis were called circular strips. Pancreozymin and cerulein stimulated phasic contractions of circular muscle of opossum duodenum, but had no effect on the longitudinal muscle. The effect of pancreozymin was not blocked by tetrodotoxin 10-7 mol/litre, indicating direct muscle stimulation. Pancreozymin had no effect on either muscle layer of the cat duodenum. Vasoactive intestinal peptide raised tension in longitudinal muscle, but reduced tension in circular muscle of opossum duodenum. Glucagon slightly reduced tension in both longitudinal and circular muscle of opossum duodenum. It also inhibited contractions of circular muscle caused by acetylcholine. Pentagastrin and secretin had no effect on either muscle layer in either species. KW - CERULETIDE KW - duodenum KW - gastrointestinal hormones KW - glucagon KW - pancreozymin KW - pentagastrin KW - secretin KW - vasoactive intestinal peptide KW - caerulein KW - cerulein KW - cholecystokinin KW - gastric hormones KW - gastrointestinal hormones on contractions of duodenal muscle (cat, opossum) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781470470&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Role of prostaglandin E2 in zinc absorption in the rat. AU - Song, M. K. AU - Adham, N. F. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 234 IS - 2 SP - E99 EP - E105 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Song, M. K.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, Calif. 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781470480. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 11000-26-3, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The supernatant of cytoplasmic extract of rat small intestine was mixed with 65Zn and subjected to Sephadex G-75 column chromatography. The activity of 65Zn was detected in 4 peaks with estimated mol. wt. 800, 10 000, 50 000 to 75 000 and larger than 100 000 daltons. The Zn-binding ligand from the 800 mol. wt. peak was prostaglandin or prostaglandin-like as indicated by ultra-violet absorption spectrum, by absorption spectrum shift in alcoholic potassium hydroxide, by its effects on pulmonary vascular resistance and by radioimmunoassay. Addition of prostaglandin E2 or prostaglandin extracted from rat small intestine with ethyl acetate into the lumen of intestinal sacs resulted in a 2- to 3-fold increase in the activity of 65Zn in the external medium after 15 to 20 min incubation. The absorption and tissue distribution of 65Zn given by mouth were decreased by 60% in indomethacin-treated rats and increased 70% when ethyl acetate-extracted prostaglandin and radioactive Zn were given simultaneously. The results suggest that prostaglandin not only binds Zn, but also facilitates its transport across the intestinal mucosa. KW - prostaglandins KW - zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - role of prostaglandin E-2 in zinc absorption KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781470480&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of sugar and monoglyceride on fatty acid esterification. AU - Shiau, Y. F. AU - Long, W. B. AU - Weiss, J. B. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 234 IS - 3 SP - E236 EP - E242 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Shiau, Y. F.: Dep. Medicine, Philadelphia Veterans Administration Hospital, Philadelphia, Pa. 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781470581. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 37 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of hexose and monoolein on fatty acid esterification was studied in everted rings of rat jejunum. By use of [3H]oleic acid and [U-14C]glucose, esterification by way of both phosphatidic acid and monoglyceride pathways was estimated. The results showed that metabolizable sugars stimulate fatty acid esterification irrespective of their mode of transport; in the presence of glucose alone, fatty acid esterification in vitro is mediated entirely by the phosphatidic acid pathway; glucose stimulates both esterification pathways in the presence of monoolein; monoolein stimulates only the monoglyceride pathway and has no effect on the phosphatidic acid pathway; and the rate-limiting factor in the presence of monoolein alone is the formation of acyl-CoA, whereas in the presence of glucose alone, the rate-limiting factor is the formation of alpha -glycerophosphate. KW - fatty acid esters KW - fatty acids KW - hexoses KW - MONOACYLGLYCEROLS KW - sugars KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - monoglycerides KW - sugar and monoglyceride on fatty acid esterification KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781470581&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of chronic pentagastrin, cholecystokinin, and secretin on pancreas of rats. AU - Petersen, H. AU - Solomon, T. AU - Grossman, M. I. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 234 IS - 3 SP - E286 EP - E293 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Petersen, H.: Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781470583. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 43 ref. Registry Number: 9011-97-6, 5534-95-2, 1393-25-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Pentagastrin, 1.5 mg/kg, 20% pure natural pancreozymin (CCK) 37.5 Ivy dog U/kg or secretin 25 mu g/kg was given in a depot carrier subcutaneously to rats 3 times daily for 15 days. The dose of CCK and secretin was below maximum for pancreatic secretion, whereas the dose of pentagastrin was above maximum for gastric acid secretion. The pancreatic wet weight increased by 12% in the rats treated with pentagastrin, 57% in those treated with CCK and 9% in those treated with secretin. In CCK-treated rats, the maximum protein and bicarbonate outputs in response to CCK increased proportionately to the increase in pancreatic weight, but maximum bicarbonate and protein outputs in response to secretin were unaltered. The secretin-treated rats showed reduced basal secretion of bicarbonate and reduced sensitivity to secretin stimulation, but the maximum bicarbonate and protein outputs to secretin and CCK were unchanged. Treatment with pentagastrin produced no change in pancreatic responses to secretin or CCK. KW - pancreas KW - pancreozymin KW - pentagastrin KW - secretin KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cholecystokinin KW - gastrointestinal hormones on pancreas weight and function KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781470583&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Calorie and water intakes as a function of strain, age, and caloric-density of diet. AU - Jakubczak, L. F. JO - Physiology and Behavior JF - Physiology and Behavior Y1 - 1978/// VL - 20 IS - 3 SP - 273 EP - 278 AD - Jakubczak, L. F.: Gerontological Psychology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Louis, MO 63125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781470715. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Registry Number: 7732-18-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - There may be age-related differences in energy intake, bodyweight and water intake in response to changes in the energy-density of a diet and its palatability. These differences may depend on the strain of rat. An experiment was made according to a 2 by 3 by 4 by 5 doubly-multivariate design, repeated estimates on the last factor, representing strain (ACI/Mai and Fischer 344), age (169, 332 and 654 days) and diet (powdered stock diet, 25% petrolatum, 25% shortening, 25% petrolatum-shortening). The dependent variables were: kcal/day, g bodyweight/day and g water intake/day. Independently of strain, all age-groups changed their energy and water intakes as rapidly and to the same degree in response to changes in energy density and greasiness of the diet and equally maintained weight. Independently of age and greasiness, energy intake and bodyweight of Fischer rats responded to changes in the energy density of the diets to a greater degree and longer than those of the ACI rats. KW - age KW - energy intake KW - water KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - calorie and water intake as function of strain, age and dietary calorie density KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781470715&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Loss of zinc from bone during deficiency state. AU - Calhoun, N. R. AU - McDaniel, E. G. AU - Howard, M. P. AU - Smith, J. C., Jr. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1978/// VL - 17 IS - 3 SP - 299 EP - 306 AD - Calhoun, N. R.: Dental and Trace Element Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D.C. 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781470731. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 7 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Young Sprague-Dawley rats given a diet deficient in Zn for 35 days had less total and a lower concentration of Zn in the femur than controls given adequate Zn. There was also a significant loss in total bone Zn in rats deprived of Zn. Rats given Zn by intraperitoneal injections for 10 days were heavier during subsequent deprivation than rats not given injections. The results support the concept that Zn is mobilized from bone during Zn deficiency in immature rats. The mobilized Zn may be available for metabolic processes including growth. KW - bones KW - zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - loss of zinc from bone in zinc deficiency KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781470731&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - 2-Deoxy-D-glucose uptake by lung slices from fed and fasted rats. AU - Chaisson, C. F. AU - Massaro, D. JO - Journal of Applied Physiology JF - Journal of Applied Physiology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 44 IS - 3 SP - 380 EP - 383 SN - 8750-7587 AD - Chaisson, C. F.: Pulmonary Division, Veterans Administration Hospital, Miami, Fla. 33152, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781470748. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 154-17-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Long-Evans hooded rats were fed or deprived of food for 3 days before they were killed. Lung slices were prepared and incubated with 2-deoxy-D-[1-14C]glucose (2-[14C]DG). 2[14C]DG was taken up and phosphorylated by the lung, but was not metabolized beyond the phosphorylation step. The accumulation of 2-[14C]DG as free 2-DG did not require energy, showed no saturation in the range 5 to 100 mmol/litre and was not inhibited by exogenous glucose. Deprivation of food did not affect the intracellular accumulation of unphosphorylated 2-DG, but caused a decrease of about 40% in the accumulation of phosphorylated 2-DG. KW - 2-Deoxy-D-glucose KW - lungs KW - starvation KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - uptake of 2-deoxy-D-glucose by lung slices after starvation KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781470748&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Body composition in chronic undernutrition. AU - Barac-Nieto, M. AU - Spurr, G. B. AU - Lotero, H. AU - Maksud, M. G. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1978/// VL - 31 IS - 1 SP - 23 EP - 40 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Barac-Nieto, M.: Research Service/151A, Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781470786. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 53 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The subjects were 49 Colombian men socially deprived and showing a wide range of nutritional states from normal to severely undernourished. Measured were their height, weight, skinfold thickness, serum proteins, albumin and cholesterol, plasma volume, Hb, haematocrit, bone marrow haemosiderin, percentage transferrin saturation, vitamin B-12 and folic acid, body water compartments, N balance and creatinine excretion. Changes in body composition associated with moderate degrees of nutritional inadequacy were related mainly to decreases of 15% in body cell mass. Body fat was normal. With severe malnutrition, fat depots and body cell mass fell each by 29% and muscle cell mass by 41%. The findings could indicate that, in moderate malnutrition energy reserves, and hence energy balance, were maintained, but there was no compensation for dietary protein deficiencies. In the severely malnourished, both energy and protein were deficient. Multiple regression equations were developed to relate muscle cell mass, fat-free bodyweight and body cell mass to simple anthropometric and serum albumin values. Decreases in serum albumin concentrations were best correlated with deficits in muscle mass. KW - body composition KW - malnutrition KW - undernutrition KW - Colombia KW - Andean Group KW - Developing Countries KW - Latin America KW - America KW - South America KW - body composition in undernutrition KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781470786&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Uniphasic insulin-secretory response in the pancreatic vein of dogs after an enteric glucose load. AU - Chacra, A. R. AU - Fujita, Y. AU - Herron, A. L., Jr. AU - Seltzer, H. S. JO - Diabetes JF - Diabetes Y1 - 1978/// VL - 27 IS - 1 SP - 21 EP - 26 AD - Chacra, A. R.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 4500 S. Lancaster Road, Dallas, Tex. 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781470895. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The insulin secretory response was measured in 11 dogs after intrajejunal instillation of a 25% glucose solution 1.75 gm/kg in 5 min. Insulin outflow rate was measured every minute for 10 min, then at increasing intervals for 60 min. Starting at 2 min after onset of glucose loading, mean arterial plasma glucose rose steadily throughout the hour, with a similarly progressive rise in mean pancreatic venous plasma insulin output starting at 7 min and reaching a peak at 50 min, despite partial masking by a simultaneous fall in pancreatic venous plasma flow rate after the 4th min. KW - glucose KW - insulin KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - uniphasic insulin secretory response in pancreatic vein after enteric glucose load KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781470895&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A study of serum folate by high-performance ion-exchange and ion-pair partition chromatography. AU - Chapman, S. K. AU - Greene, B. C. AU - Streiff, R. R. JO - Journal of Chromatography JF - Journal of Chromatography Y1 - 1978/// VL - 145 IS - 2 SP - 302 EP - 306 SN - 0021-9673 AD - Chapman, S. K.: Veterans Administration Hospital, College of Medicine, Univ. Florida, Gainesville, Fla. 32610, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781470924. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Registry Number: 59-30-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In a preliminary study of serum from volunteers given 4 h previously by mouth folic acid (Folvite), 169 mu g/kg bodyweight, contained folacin apparently mostly unchanged. KW - FOLIC ACID KW - folacin KW - folate KW - serum folacin after folic acid KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781470924&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Improved method for assay of formic acid by gas-liquid chromatography. AU - Bricknell, K. S. AU - Finegold, S. M. JO - Journal of Chromatography JF - Journal of Chromatography Y1 - 1978/// VL - 151 IS - 3 SP - 374 EP - 378 SN - 0021-9673 AD - Bricknell, K. S.: Infectious Disease Section, Wadsworth Hospital Center, Veterans Administration, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781470925. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 6 ref. Registry Number: 64-18-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Formic acid is converted to dimethylformamide and estimated by a modification of the method of Moore and Brown (NAR 47/A, 4531). The least detectable content is 2 mu mol/ml. KW - analysis KW - formic acid KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781470925&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - New essential trace elements (Sn, V, F, Si): progress report and outlook. AU - Schwarz, K. T2 - Trace element metabolism in animals - 2. JO - Trace element metabolism in animals - 2. JF - Trace element metabolism in animals - 2. Y1 - 1974/// SP - 355 EP - 380 CY - London; UK PB - Butterworths. AD - Schwarz, K.: Lab. Experimental Metabolic Diseases, Veterans Administration Hospital, Long Beach, Calif., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781471014. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 16984-48-8, 7440-21-3, 7440-31-5, 7440-62-2. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition KW - fluoride KW - silicon KW - tin KW - vanadium KW - essentiality KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781471014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Zinc - an essential element for hair growth. AU - Hsu, J. M. AU - Anthony, W. L. T2 - Trace element metabolism in man and animals - 3. JO - Trace element metabolism in man and animals - 3. JF - Trace element metabolism in man and animals - 3. Y1 - 1978/// SP - 222 EP - 225 CY - Freising-Weihenstephan; German Federal Republic PB - Arbeitskreis fur Tierernahrungsforschung Weihenstephan. AD - Hsu, J. M.: Veterans Administration Center, Bay Pines, Fla. 33504, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781471050. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Number of References: 5 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Dietary depletion of Zn in rats reduced hair growth but had no effect on [35S] cystine incorporation into hair protein. Conversely, [35S] cystine incorporation into skin protein was impaired in Zn-depleted rats. In hair, Zn deficiency reduced the arginine and tyrosine and increased the content of proline. These alterations suggest a possible change of hair protein structure induced by Zn deficiency. KW - hair KW - zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - growth of hair in zinc deficiency KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781471050&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Experimental production of zinc deficiency in man. AU - Prasad, A. S. AU - Rabbani, P. AU - Abbasi, A. AU - Bowersox, E. AU - Fox, M. R. S. T2 - Trace element metabolism in man and animals - 3. JO - Trace element metabolism in man and animals - 3. JF - Trace element metabolism in man and animals - 3. Y1 - 1978/// SP - 280 EP - 285 CY - Freising-Weihenstephan; German Federal Republic PB - Arkbeitskreis fur Tierernahrungsforschung Weihenstephan. AD - Prasad, A. S.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Allen Park, Mich., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781471060. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For several weeks 4 men were restricted in Zn intake. Zn in plasma, red cells and urine decreased. Changes in the activities of Zn-dependent enzymes in the plasma such as alkaline phosphatase, LDH and RNase were also related to the amount of Zn in the diet. Zn restriction adversely affected total protein, total collagen, RNA:DNA ratio and the activity of deoxythymidine kinase, a Zn-dependent enzyme, in the sponge connective tissue of the 2 volunteers in whom the test was done. During Zn restriction, ammonia in plasma increased. Apparent Zn balance data indicated that during Zn restriction, the subjects lost about 30% of their body store. All subjects lost weight as a result of Zn restriction. The weight loss could be accounted for as follows: 50% fat, 30% water and 20% other. KW - deficiency KW - effects KW - metabolism KW - zinc KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781471060&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Insulin, glucagon, and somatostatin secretion in the regulation of matabolism. AU - Unger, R. H. AU - Dobbs, R. E. AU - Orci, L. JO - Annual Review of Physiology JF - Annual Review of Physiology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 40 SP - 307 EP - 343 SN - 0066-4278 AD - Unger, R. H.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. Texas Southwestern Medical School, Dallas, Texas, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781471151. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 176 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5, 9004-10-8, 51110-01-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - glucagon KW - insulin KW - metabolism KW - somatostatin KW - role of glucagon, insulin and somatostatin in regulation of metabolism KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781471151&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of low-dose propantheline on food-stimulated gastric acid secretion. Comparison with an "optimal effective dose" and interaction with cimetidine. AU - Feldman, M. AU - Richardson, C. T. AU - Peterson, W. L. AU - Walsh, J. H. AU - Fordtran, J. S. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1977/// VL - 297 IS - 26 SP - 1427 EP - 1430 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Feldman, M.: Dep. Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, 4500 S. Lancaster Road, Dallas, TX 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781471247. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 51481-61-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Nine patients with duodenal ulcer were studied after a low dose, 15 mg by mouth, and after a near toxic dose, average 48 mg, of the anticholinergic propantheline. Mean plus or minus s.e. inhibition of food-stimulated acid secretion was similar with the 2 doses of propantheline, 29 plus or minus 10 and 29 plus or minus 11%, respectively. In addition, when 15 mg propantheline was combined with the histamine H2-receptor antagonist, cimetidine, acid secretion was suppressed to a greater degree than with either drug alone. A low dose of propantheline is as effective as a near toxic dose in suppressing food-stimulated acid secretion and increases the inhibitory effect of cimetidine. KW - cimetidine KW - gastric acid KW - ulcers KW - propantheline KW - synergy of cimetidine and propantheline in suppression of gastric acid secretion of duodenal ulcer patients KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781471247&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Sources of serum [14C]-octanoate in cirrhosis of the liver and hepatic encephalopathy. AU - Rabinowitz, J. L. AU - Staeffen, J. AU - Blanquet, P. AU - Vincent, J. D. AU - Terme, R. AU - Series, C. AU - Myerson, R. M. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 91 IS - 2 SP - 223 EP - 227 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Rabinowitz, J. L.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Philadelphia, PA 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781471262. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Registry Number: 124-07-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Serum octanoate values of patients with liver cirrhosis and hepatic encephalopathy are 3 to 15 times higher than those of controls. Estimation methods for octanoate were modified to allow isolation of pure octanoate after gas-liquid chromatography. Patients with these conditions were given by vein differently labelled [14C]palmitates; serum [14C]octanoate was isolated and was shown by mass spectrometry to be authentic octanoate. [1-14C]Oleate and [1-14C]stearate were also shown to serve as precursors of serum [14C]octanoate. When differently labelled palmitates (1-[14C], omega [14C], omega [14C] and [14C]-uniformly labelled) were used, different yields of serum [14C]octanoate were recovered. Octanoate samples were chemically degraded to yield individual carbons or groups of carbons. It was thus possible to estimate the percentage distribution of the [14C] label within the octanoate carbon chain. The results of those studies suggested that 60% to 80% of the serum octanoate was from the imcomplete beta-oxidation of long-chain fatty acids and that 20% to 40% of the octanoate may have been newly formed. KW - cirrhosis KW - encephalopathy KW - liver KW - OCTANOIC ACID KW - caprylic acid KW - liver cirrhosis KW - serum caprylic acid in cirrhosis and hepatic encephalopathy KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781471262&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The Staub-Traugott phenomenon. 3. Effects of starvation. AU - Abraira, C. AU - Lawrence, A. M. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1978/// VL - 31 IS - 2 SP - 213 EP - 221 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Abraira, C.: Endocrinology Service (111C), Veterans Administration, Edward Hines Jr. Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781471343. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 50 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - 3. Improved tolerance to closely spaced successive glucose loads is known as the Staub-Traugott effect. To test the hypothesis that the phenomenon is not dependent on changes in circulating somatotropin or insulin but may depend on nutrient induction of essential glycogenic and glycolytic enzymes, 3 hourly spaced intravenous glucose tolerance tests were made on 8 excessively obese men before and at the end of a fast lasting on average 37 days. While there was a clear Staub-Traugott effect in the fed state, there was none after fasting. Compared with prefasting values, serum immunoreactive insulin (IRI) after a prolonged fast was similar during the initial intravenous glucose load but there was no incremental increase in IRI with successive glucose loads. After the fast there was greater suppression of plasma free fatty acids and serum immunoreactive glucagon. Initial intravenous glucose tolerance after fasting was either improved or unchanged in all but one of the subjects. Absence of the Staub-Traugott effect after fasting could reflect a failure of nutrient induction of improved glucose metabolism as alterations in glucoregulatory hormones and free fatty acids did not consistently explain the presence or absence of this phenomenon in the different metabolic states studied. KW - fasting KW - glucose tolerance KW - obesity KW - blood sugar tolerance KW - fasting on successive glucose loads (Staub-Traugott effect) KW - fatness KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781471343&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Zinc deficiency: a cause of abnormal dark adaptation in cirrhotics. AU - Morrison, S. A. AU - Russell, R. M. AU - Carney, E. A. AU - Oaks, E. V. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1978/// VL - 31 IS - 2 SP - 276 EP - 281 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Morrison, S. A.: Veterans Administration Hospital (151), 3900 Loch Raven Boulevard, Baltimore, Md. 21218, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781471355. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 68-26-8, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Two dark adaptation tests were made on 30 stable alcoholic cirrhotics. Each patient sat for 2 min in a completely dark room and then was light adapted for 5 min. The light was then shut off and threshold testing began immediately. Each test took 30 to 40 min to complete and the final dark adapted threshold was expressed in log lux units. Six of the patients with serum Zn concentration less than 70 mu g/100 ml had abnormal dark adaptation responses with mean threshold of 3.2 plus or minus 0.6 against 2.1 plus or minus 0.2 log lux in 21 age-matched controls. Serum vitamin A value was 15 to 37 mu g/100 ml. ZnSO4, 220 mg daily, was given to 3 patients for 1 to 2 weeks and the dark adapted final thresholds fell 0.9, 0.4 and 1.2 log lux without concurrent increases in serum vitamin A. Two patients were treated initially with 10 000 IU vitamin A by mouth daily for 2 to 4 weeks, but their final threshold fell to normal, 2.1 and 2.2 log lux, only after the addition of Zn for 1 to 2 weeks. The 6th patient given vitamin A and Zn together, attained a normal final threshold in 2 weeks. The improvement in dark adaptation with Zn might be due to enhanced activity of previously depressed retinol dehydrogenase. KW - cirrhosis KW - dark adaptation KW - RETINOL KW - zinc KW - axerophthol KW - liver cirrhosis KW - vitamin A KW - vitamin A alcohol KW - vitamin A1 KW - zinc and vitamin A on dark adaptation in cirrhosis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781471355&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The determination of thiamin pyrophosphate in blood and other tissues, and its correlation with erythrocyte transketolase activity. AU - Warnock, L. G. AU - Prudhomme, C. R. AU - Wagner, C. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1978/// VL - 108 IS - 3 SP - 421 EP - 427 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Warnock, L. G.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Nashville, Tenn. 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781471374. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 59-43-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Animal Nutrition N2 - A sensitive method for the specific measurement of thiamin pyrophosphate (TPP) was developed with the apoenzyme recombination concept. Yeast pyruvic decarboxylase apoenzyme can be reconstituted by the addition of TPP or samples containing TPP, yielding the holoenzyme with activity proportional to the amount of TPP added. With this technique, reaction mixtures containing 0.2 to 1.5 ng TPP can be analysed. Normal human erythrocyte TPP ranges from 50 to 150 ng/ml packed cells. When rats were fed on a thiamin-deficient diet, erythrocyte TPP fell more rapidly than erythrocyte transketolase activity. After 8 days, TPP in erythrocytes of deprived rats was 10% of that in pair-fed controls. At that time there was no appreciable decrease in their respective transketolase activities. TPP in liver also decreased after 8 days. It seems that erythrocyte and liver TPP stores had begun to be depleted suggesting that erythrocyte TPP is a more sensitive indicator of thiamin status. KW - estimation KW - thiamin KW - analysis of thiamin pyrophosphate KW - aneurin KW - thiamin pyrophosphate KW - thiamine KW - vitamin B1 KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781471374&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of phosphorus on the absorption of calcium and on the calcium balance in man. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Kramer, L. AU - Osis, D. AU - Norris, C. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1978/// VL - 108 IS - 3 SP - 447 EP - 457 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781471377. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 55 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 7723-14-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The basal diet eaten by 19 male patients 38 to 65 years old contained energy 2200 kcal, carbohydrate 286, protein 75 and fat 87 g, Ca 220 and P 770 mg. After several weeks or months on that basal diet each patient, who was his own control, was given for 28 to 48 days additional Ca to increase dietary Ca to up to 2757 mg daily and sodium glycerophosphate to increase daily P intake to 2000 mg. In the test period all urine and faeces were collected. Metabolic balances of Ca, P and N were estimated every 6 days during which Ca absorption was studied with 20 mu Ci 47CaCl2 given by mouth; radioactivity in plasma, faeces and urine was measured at 1, 4, 8 and 24 h and thereafter less frequently. Intestinal Ca absorption was estimated from cumulative faecal excretions of 47Ca after correcting for endogenous faecal 47Ca excretion. Intestinal absorption of 47Ca did not differ significantly between tests with high P when daily Ca intake was 200, 800 or 1500 mg. With daily Ca intake of 2000 mg, 47Ca absorption fell significantly because of less absorption by 1 of 6 patients studied, but there was no such decrease when Ca intake was 2700 mg daily. In all studies urinary Ca decreased significantly when P was added to the diet, except with daily Ca intake of 2700 mg. Faecal Ca did not differ significantly with added P except at the lowest Ca intake. Urinary and faecal P increased significantly with increases in P intake but P balances increased only during daily Ca intakes of 2000 and 2700 mg. KW - calcium KW - phosphorus KW - intake of phosphorus affects calcium absorption and retention KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781471377&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Altered taste thresholds in lung cancer. AU - Williams, L. R. AU - Cohen, M. H. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1978/// VL - 31 IS - 1 SP - 122 EP - 125 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Williams, L. R.: NCI-VA Medical Oncology Branch, Veterans Administration Hospital, 50 Irving Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781471390. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Thresholds for the 4 basic tastes were measured in 30 men with lung cancer and 30 control men who had no history of malignant disease. Lung cancer patients showed significant alteration in taste recognition for sour but not for bitter, sweet or salt. There were quantitative differences between cancer patients and control subjects in recognition thresholds for the sweet taste. Some of the lung cancer subjects had greater sensitivity to the taste of bitter than the control subjects, others were less sensitive. These alterations may account in part for the reduction of intake and for the avoidance of certain foods by patients with lung cancer. Diet histories should be taken from all cancer patients so that diets can be planned individually, thereby improving nutritional intake. KW - lungs KW - neoplasms KW - taste sensitivity KW - cancers KW - taste threshold in lung cancer KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781471390&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Two immunofluorescent methods compared with a radial immunodiffusion method for measurement of serum immunoglobulins. AU - Blanchard, G. C. AU - Gardner, R. JO - Clinical Chemistry JF - Clinical Chemistry Y1 - 1978/// VL - 24 IS - 5 SP - 808 EP - 814 SN - 0009-9147 AD - Blanchard, G. C.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 150 S. Huntington Ave., Boston, Mass. 02130, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781472056. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 308067-57-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - immunoglobulins KW - analysis of serum content KW - gamma-globulins KW - immune globulins KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781472056&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Failure of single-session dietary counseling to reduce salt intake in hypertensive patients. AU - Buccicone, J. AU - McAllister, R. G. JO - Southern Medical Journal JF - Southern Medical Journal Y1 - 1977/// VL - 70 IS - 12 SP - 1436 EP - 1438 SN - 0038-4348 AD - Buccicone, J.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. Kentucky, Lexington, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781472069. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - hypertension KW - nutrition education KW - salt KW - education to reduce salt intake in hypertension KW - high blood pressure KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781472069&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Enteropeptidase levels in duodenal juice of normal subjects and patients with gastrointestinal disease. AU - Rinderknecht, H. AU - Nagaraja, M. R. AU - Adham, N. F. JO - American Journal of Digestive Diseases JF - American Journal of Digestive Diseases Y1 - 1978/// VL - 23 IS - 4 SP - 327 EP - 331 AD - Rinderknecht, H.: Medical Biochemistry Research, Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, Calif. 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781472320. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Registry Number: 9014-74-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Enteropeptidase, trypsin and chymotrypsin were estimated in basal and secretin-stimulated duodenal juice of 20 normal adults and 15 patients with gastrointestinal disorders. All enzyme concentrations showed skew distributions, but fluctuations in the secretin-stimulated juices were less pronounced than in the basal secretions. Secretin loading had no influence on the release of enteropeptidase from human duodenal mucosa, but increased the secretion of pancreatic enzymes slightly. Six of 7 patients with chronic alcoholic pancreatitis or cancer of the pancreas showed significant increases of enteropeptidase in their basal and secretin-stimulated duodenal juice. The increased luminal enteropeptidase activity is attributed to pancreatic insufficiency or high blood glucagon concentrations. KW - digestive disorders KW - duodenum KW - enteropeptidase KW - activity of enteropeptidase in duodenal juice in digestive disorders KW - enterokinase KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781472320&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Inhibition of insulin and glucagon secretion by somatostatin: are there indirect effects? AU - Smith, P. H. AU - Chen, M. AU - Woods, S. C. AU - Ensinck, J. W. AU - Porte, D., Jr. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 157 IS - 4 SP - 643 EP - 647 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Smith, P. H.: Division of Metabolism (151), Veterans Administration Hospital, 4435 Beacon Ave. South, Seattle, Wash. 98108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781472600. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5, 9004-10-8, 51110-01-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In acute experiments on dogs, somatostatin infused into pancreatic artery, portal vein or femoral vein inhibited output of both insulin and glucagon; inhibition of both approached a maximum with somatostatin infused at 1.7 mu g/min into the pancreatic artery. Decreases of insulin were somewhat less but significant when that dose was given into portal or peripheral vein, but the decrease in glucagon or portal infusion was not significant. Plasma glucose fell with portal but not with peripheral somatostatin infusion. It is postulated that besides its direct inhibitory effect on the pancreas, somatostatin may also act indirectly and possible mechanisms are discussed. KW - glucagon KW - insulin KW - somatostatin KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - inhibition of glucagon and insulin secretion by somatostatin KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781472600&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Small bowel morphology and epithelial proliferation in intravenously alimented rabbits. AU - Eastwood, G. L. JO - Surgery, USA JF - Surgery, USA Y1 - 1977/// VL - 82 IS - 5 SP - 613 EP - 620 AD - Eastwood, G. L.: West Roxbury Veterans Administration Hospital, 1400 Veterans of Foreign Wars Parkway, West Roxbury, Mass. 02132, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781472629. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Cell proliferation and the appearance of the small intestine was studied in rabbits fed by vein and by mouth. After 10 days of feeding by vein or by mouth, [3H]thymidine was given by vein to all rabbits to label proliferating cells; 1 h later sections of duodenum, upper jejunum and distal ileum were taken for autoradiography and light and electron microscopy. Feeding by vein was accompanied by significant reductions in epithelial cell proliferation and mucosal thickness in the proximal small intestine. The density of goblet cells was greater in the duodenum and jejunum, but less in the ileum, of rabbits fed by vein than in corresponding areas of the controls fed by mouth. Ultrastructural changes in the villous absorptive cells of rabbits fed by vein, such as lengthened microvilli and more multivesicular bodies, suggested that epithelial migration also may be slowed during feeding by vein. KW - epithelium KW - intestinal mucosa KW - intestines KW - parenteral feeding KW - intestinal morphology and epithelial proliferation after intravenous feeding (rabbit) KW - intestine epithelium KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781472629&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Pathogenesis and early diagnosis of alcoholic liver injury. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 298 IS - 16 SP - 888 EP - 893 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Lieber, C. S.: Alcohol Research Center, Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, NY, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781472656. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The pathogenesis of alcoholic liver injury, especially the development of cirrhosis, is discussed. It is concluded that, as cirrhosis can develop after high alcohol consumption, even when the diet is adequate, alcohol itself is a cause of liver injury. Malnutrition must be corrected when present, but the development of alcoholic liver injury is not thereby halted; the alcohol intake must also be controlled, preferably at an early stage of alcoholism. Biological markers of heavy drinking, such as alpha -aminobutyric acid, may permit early detection of alcoholism. Liver injury occurs and progresses because of the deleterious effects of intracellular accumulation of protein, acetaldehyde, microsomal activation of hepatotoxins, alterations in redox state and lymphocyte cytotoxicity. In patients who drink large amounts of alcohol, measurement of serum glutamic dehydrogenase may help to ascertain whether active liver injury has occurred. If liver biopsy shows changes more severe than deposition of fat, particularly pericentral sclerosis, the lesion should be regarded as a precursor of cirrhosis. Intensive treatment should be given to patients who are particularly susceptible to the development of cirrhosis; prospective studies are needed to verify whether such an approach can halt the progression of liver injury at an early stage. KW - alcoholism KW - cirrhosis KW - liver KW - liver cirrhosis KW - pathogenesis and early diagnosis of alcoholic liver injury KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781472656&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Insulin responsiveness of isolated perfused livers from rats with streptozotocin induced diabetes. AU - Warth, D. C. AU - Mondon, C. E. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Hormone and Metabolic Research JF - Hormone and Metabolic Research Y1 - 1978/// VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 110 EP - 114 SN - 0018-5043 AD - Warth, D. C.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781472660. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 110 to 130 g were made mildly or severely diabetic by injection of streptozotocin 40 or 75 mg/kg bodyweight so that plasma glucose was from 235 to 425 and greater than 425 mg/100 ml, respectively. Other rats had restricted diets so that they weighed the same as diabetic rats. Livers from all rats were perfused with rat blood and 3% bovine serum albumin in Krebs Ringer bicarbonate buffer without or with insulin to attain an initial concentration of 1000 to 3000 mu U/ml and to maintain it at 1000 mu U/ml for 120 min. The ability of insulin to suppress efflux of K and amino acid N from the liver was similar in those from controls and rats with mild diabetes but insulin could not suppress efflux of K or amino acid N from livers of rats with severe diabetes. KW - diabetes KW - insulin KW - liver KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - insulin responsiveness of liver in diabetes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781472660&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of bile acids and pH on the release of enteropeptidase in man. AU - Rinderknecht, H. AU - Nagaraja, M. R. AU - Adham, N. F. JO - American Journal of Digestive Diseases JF - American Journal of Digestive Diseases Y1 - 1978/// VL - 23 IS - 4 SP - 332 EP - 336 AD - Rinderknecht, H.: Medical Biochemistry Research, Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, Calif. 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781473002. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 9014-74-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Multiple biopsies were obtained from 50 patients with gastrointestinal disorders for estimation of enteropeptidase, leucine aminopeptidase and alkaline phosphatase. All enzymes in the homogenates were released more at pH 8.2 than 6.3, in presence or absence of bile acid. Enteropeptidase was always released at a greater rate than alkaline phosphatase or leucine aminopeptidase. The looser association of enteropeptidase with cellular components relative to that other brush-border enzymes may be related to the unique function of enteropeptidase as the 'trigger' enzyme of protein digestion. KW - bile acids KW - duodenum KW - enteropeptidase KW - PH KW - bile acids and duodenal juice pH on release of enteropeptidase KW - enterokinase KW - hydrogen ion concentration KW - potential of hydrogen KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781473002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Morphological effects of moderate diet and clofibrate on swine atherosclerosis. AU - Jarmolych, J. AU - Daoud, A. S. AU - Fritz, K. E. AU - Augustyn, J. M. AU - Singh, J. K. AU - Kim, D. N. JO - Archives of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine JF - Archives of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 102 IS - 6 SP - 289 EP - 293 SN - 0003-9985 AD - Jarmolych, J.: Lab. Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Albany, NY 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781475776. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 57-88-5, 637-07-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - Miniature male pigs were fed on a high-fat, high-cholesterol diet for 17 months, after which one group was killed, while the other was transferred for 12 months to a moderate diet which resulted in serum cholesterol values of about 190 mg/100 ml. The moderate diet did not decrease the size of coronary lesions, but prevented their progression. The addition of 2 g clofibrate daily to the moderate diet caused regression which involved a significant decrease in size, gross sudanophilia and extent of calcification and the disappearance of foam-cell lesions. Resultant serum cholesterol values seem to be more important than the amount of dietary cholesterol in the progression, prevention and regression of coronary atherosclerosis in pigs. KW - animal models KW - atherosclerosis KW - cholesterol KW - clofibrate KW - dietary fat KW - Heart KW - Propionates KW - pigs KW - Sus scrofa KW - Sus KW - Suidae KW - Suiformes KW - Artiodactyla KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - arteriosclerosis KW - clofibrate and diet on serum cholesterol and related state of atherosclerosis (pig) KW - hogs KW - source fat KW - swine KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781475776&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Biochemical effects of moderate diet and clofibrate on swine atherosclerosis. AU - Augustyn, J. M. AU - Fritz, K. E. AU - Daoud, A. S. AU - Jarmolych, J. AU - Lee, K. T. JO - Archives of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine JF - Archives of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine Y1 - 1978/// VL - 102 IS - 6 SP - 294 EP - 297 SN - 0003-9985 AD - Augustyn, J. M.: Atherosclerosis Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Albany, NY 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781475777. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 637-07-0, 9007-49-2, 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - Miniature pigs were fed on an atherogenic diet for 17 months. The effect of a moderate diet (up to 8 g cholesterol daily), with or without added clofibrate, for the subsequent 12 months was assessed by biochemical analysis of carefully dissected lesions and adjacent nonlesion areas. The moderate diet alone prevented "progression", except for accumulation of free cholesterol and increase of total protein and collagen synthesis, and reduced DNA to nonlesion values. The addition of clofibrate to the diet increased regression, with significant decreases in DNA and esterified cholosterol concentrations and in the rate of DNA synthesis. Extrapolation of these results to man suggests that a "sensible" level of dietary lipid may be prophylactic against further progression, while addition of an effective hypolipaemic drug may be therapeutically useful. KW - animal models KW - Aorta KW - atherosclerosis KW - Biochemistry KW - cholesterol KW - clofibrate KW - dietary fat KW - DNA KW - lipids KW - Propionates KW - Man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - arteriosclerosis KW - clofibrate and lipid intake on serum cholesterol and state of atherosclerosis (pig) KW - deoxyribonucleic acid KW - lipins KW - source fat KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781475777&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of phosphate depletion on acid-base status in dogs. AU - Schmidt, R. W. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1978/// VL - 27 IS - 8 SP - 943 EP - 952 AD - Schmidt, R. W.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 4150 Clement Street (111J), San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781476138. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - For up to 14 weeks adult female dogs weighing 18 to 22 kg were given a diet deficient in phosphate without or with a supplement of 31 mmol phosphate daily. Some of those on the deficient diet had their parathyroids removed. Blood P for the controls given phosphate was 3.6, for those deprived of P 1.2 and for those deprived of P and parathyroidectomized 1.0 mg/100 ml. Renal fractional phosphate reabsorption was increased in both groups. Despite P deprivation for 14 weeks, arterial pH and bicarbonate values remained normal. Values for fasting urine pH and bicarbonate excretion were similar in the 3 groups. Renal bicarbonate conversion was normal in the deprived groups. During bicarbonate infusion studies, ratio of absolute bicarbonate:absolute Na reabsorption was not different among the groups. Greatest rates of renal bicarbonate reabsorption were similar in the 3 groups. In the absence of metabolic acidosis, bicarbonate reabsorptive capacity and patterns are normal. KW - acid base equilibrium KW - Acidosis KW - nutrient deficiencies KW - phosphates KW - dogs KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - acid base status in phosphate depletion KW - metabolic acidosis KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781476138&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Pyrithiamine-induced acute thiamine-deficient encephalopathy in the mouse. AU - Watanabe, I. JO - Experimental and Molecular Pathology JF - Experimental and Molecular Pathology Y1 - 1978/// VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 381 EP - 394 SN - 0014-4800 AD - Watanabe, I.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Kansas City, Mo. 64128, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19781478806. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 59-43-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - Acute thiamin-deficient encephalopathy was produced in mice by giving pyrithiamin subcutaneously in conjunction with a thiamin-deficient diet. Clinically, the encephalopathy occurred abruptly on day 10, frequently with tonic seizures during which many mice died. The survivors developed peculiar neurological signs manifested by ataxia, rigid tail movement and impaired righting reflex. With additional malaise and anorexia, the mice died within 4 days. In the brain, there were symmetrically distributed lesions in the thalamus, tegmentum of the fourth ventricle, mammillary body, periaqueductal grey matter, in order of incidence of involvement. Histological and electron microscopy changes are described. Among the brain cells, the astrocytes were most severely damaged, showing oedematous swelling at the early state of the illness. Oedema was also moderate in the oligodendroglia. Myelin sheaths were often swollen due to oedema which occurred most severely at the inner loop. In spite of cytoplasmic oedema, neuronal cells showed less degenerative alterations than did the glial cells. KW - animal models KW - Brain KW - encephalopathy KW - nutrient deficiencies KW - thiamin KW - mice KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aneurin KW - cerebrum KW - encephalopathy from pyrithiamin-induced thiamin deficiency KW - thiamine KW - vitamin B1 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19781478806&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Vitamin B6 deficiency in uremia. AU - Stone, W. J. AU - Warnock, L. G. AU - Wagner, C. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1975/// VL - 28 IS - 9 SP - 950 EP - 957 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Stone, W. J.: Dep. Nephrology, Veterans Administration Hospital, 1310 24th Ave., S., Nashville, Tenn. 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751438031. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Significant decreases in plasma pyridoxal-5-phosphate (PLP), plasma glutamic oxaloacetic transaminase (PGOT) and erythrocyte glutamic oxaloacetic transaminase (EGOT) were found in 29 uraemic patients, including 14 who had been on haemodialysis for on average, 15.8 months. The mean PLP values of the uraemic patients (5.39 plus or minus 0.37 ng/ml) were clearly lower than those for the normal group (9.30 plus or minus 0.80 ng/ml). The mean PGOT values of the uraemic patients (dialysed 4.07 plus or minus 0.29 U/litre, undialysed 5.31 plus or minus 0.49 U/litre) were significantly lower than in the normal group (6.57 plus or minus 0.39 U/litre). The mean EGOT value of the uraemic patients (325 plus or minus 17 U/litre) was also lower than for normal subjects (416 plus or minus 21 U/litre). Stimulation of EGOT by added PLP (EGOT index) was less in dialysed patients (1.60) than in normal subjects (1.80), whilst the undialysed uraemic subjects had a greater than normal stimulation (2.12). KW - uraemia KW - azotaemia KW - azotemia KW - uremia KW - vitamin B-6 deficiency KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751438031&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The direct basophil degranulation test and the intracutaneous test: a comparison using food extract. AU - Soifer, M. M. AU - Hirsch, S. R. JO - Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology JF - Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology Y1 - 1975/// VL - 56 IS - 2 SP - 127 EP - 132 SN - 0091-6749 AD - Soifer, M. M.: Research Service/151, Veterans Administration Center, Wood (Milwaukee), Wis. 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751439238. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The purpose of study was to compare the direct basophil degranulation test (DBDT) with the intracutaneous (IC) test in subjects with and without histories of food allergy. The DBDT was performed by incubating the concentrated leucocytes with dilutions of the suspected allergenic extract and comparing the number of nondegranulated basophils remaining in the test samples with the number remaining in a control. The test sample with the least number of basophils represents maximal basophil degranulation. The DBDT was performed with extracts of the suspected food on 14 subjects with reliable clinical histories and positive IC tests indicative of food hypersensitivity. Thirteen of these 14 food-sensitive subjects also had IC and DBDT to the extracts of foods to which they were not clinically sensitive. Fourteen different subjects not allergic to foods were also tested with food extracts by the IC and DBDT. There was a 92% correlation between the IC test and the DBDT, a 90% correlation between the IC test and the history, and an 86% correlation between the DBDT and the history. In this study of subjects clearly sensitive to foods, the DBDT correlates with the history and IC test. KW - basophil degranulation test KW - food allergy diagnosis KW - intracutaneous test KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751439238&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Measurement of unsaturated "granulocyte-related" (TC I and TC III) and "liver-related" (TC II) B12 binders by instant batch separation using a microfine precipitate of silica (QUSO G32). AU - Jacob, E. AU - Herbert, V. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1975/// VL - 86 IS - 3 SP - 505 EP - 512 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Jacob, E.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 130 W. Kingsbridge Rd., F:G:25:W, Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751439248. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A microfine precipitate of silica (QUSO G32) almost instantly absorbs the polypeptide transcobalamin II from serum without adsorbing the glycoproteins transcobalamins I and III to give a simple, rapid, and reproducible method for the measurement of the granulocyte-related transcobalamins I and III and the liver-related transcobalamin II in serum which is also applicable to their purification and the separation and purification of other polypeptide-glycoprotein mixtures. KW - estimation KW - granulocytes KW - liver KW - transcobalamins KW - vitamin B12 binding substances KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751439248&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Evidence for diabetes mellitus and genetic forms of hypertriglyceridemia as independent entities. AU - Brunzell, J. D. AU - Hazzard, W. R. AU - Motulsky, A. G. AU - Bierman, E. L. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1975/// VL - 24 IS - 10 SP - 1115 EP - 1121 AD - Brunzell, J. D.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 4435 Beacon Ave. South, Seattle, Wash. 98108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751439269. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Among 91 index cases whose diagnosis of a genetic type of hypertriglyceridaemia was based on family studies, 27% had diabetes. To find if familial forms of hypertriglyceridaemia and genetic diabetes mellitus are inherited together or independently, the adult first degree relatives of the propositi were investigated for the presence of diabetes. Frequency of diabetes in first degree relatives of the 25 diabetic patients with a familial form of hypertriglyceridaemia was identical, whether such relatives were hyperlipaemic or not (13% and 14.7%). The frequency of diabetes in both the hyperlipaemic and normolipaemic relatives of the 66 nondiabetic hypertriglyceridaemic index cases also was not significantly different (6.2% and 4.0%). The results indicate that, while diabetes is frequently associated with hypertriglyceridaemia, genetic hypertriglyceridaemia, per se, does not carry an increased risk of diabetes. Following treatment of diabetes, triglyceride levels in index cases with both familial hypertriglyceridaemia and untreated diabetes returned to lower, but still elevated levels resembling those of affected (hypertriglyceridaemic) relatives. Thus, the interaction of untreated diabetes and a familial form of hypertriglyceridaemia determines the level of plasma triglyceride in a patient with both disorders. KW - diabetes KW - hypertriglyceridaemia KW - relationships KW - risk KW - familial KW - hypertriglyceridemia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751439269&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Reversible abnormalities in postheparin lipolytic activity during the late phase of release in diabetes mellitus (postheparin lipolytic activity in diabetes). AU - Brunzell, J. D. AU - Porte, D., Jr. AU - Bierman, E. L. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1975/// VL - 24 IS - 10 SP - 1123 EP - 1137 AD - Brunzell, J. D.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 4435 Beacon Av. South, Seattle, Wash. 98108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751439270. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To test whether abnormalities in multiphasic release of lipoprotein lipase are associated with hypertriglyceridaemia in diabetes mellitus, postheparin lipolytic activity (PHLA) was measured during a high-dose constant heparin infusion in 20 diabetic subjects with hypertriglyceridaemia, 25 nondiabetic hypertriglyceridaemic subjects and 7 normal subjects. The standard low heparin dose PHLA and the PHLA during the early phase of the heparin infusion were the same in all groups. In contrast, the PHLA during the late phase of the heparin infusion was lower in the 12 untreated diabetic subjects than in the 25 nondiabetic hypertriglyceridaemic and the 7 normal subjects. An abnormality in late phase PHLA in the untreated diabetic subjects was more apparent when it was compared with the PHLA during the early phase of the heparin infusion (equilibrium PHLA/60 min PHLA). The relative PHLA in the late phase of infusion was lower in the untreated diabetic (0.671 plus or minus 0.147) than in the nondiabetic hypertriglyceridaemic subjects (0.847 plus or minus 0.019) or in the chronically treated diabetic subjects (0.823 plus or minus 0.108). Among the untreated diabetic subjects, increasing fasting glucose values were associated with both decreasing absolute PHLA at the late phase of the infusion and greater decreases in relative PHLA during the infusion. Long-term treatment of the diabetes with oral sulphonylurea or insulin corrected the abnormality in the late phase PHLA with an associated decrease in plasma triglyceride. In 5 subjects with a deficient PHLA response to a standard low dose of heparin, the PHLA response was low throughout the heparin infusion. With treatment, the PHLA response to the low heparin dose corrected rapidly towards normal in the 2 diabetic subjects with PHLA deficiency, and the early PHLA response during the heparin infusion increased. The late phase abnormality in all untreated diabetic subjects did not correct to normal until after several months of therapy. In the untreated diabetic subjects the degree of elevation of plasma triglycerides appeared to result from the interaction of the abnormality in PHLA with the presence or absence of an inherited familial lipid disorder. KW - diabetes KW - lipolysis KW - heparin infusion KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751439270&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Absence of facilitated glucose disposal (Staub-Traugott effect) in subjects with hypopituitarism. AU - Abraira, C. AU - Graham, L. A. AU - Lawrence, A. M. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1975/// VL - 24 IS - 10 SP - 1145 EP - 1155 AD - Abraira, C.: Endocrinology-Diabetes Section, Hines Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751439272. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - glucose disposal KW - hypopituitarism KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751439272&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Recirculation and reutilization of micellar bile lecithin. AU - Robins, S. J. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1975/// VL - 229 IS - 3 SP - 598 EP - 602 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Robins, S. J.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Boston, Mass. 02130, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751439510. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Bile lecithins, solubilized in micellar bile salt and radiolabelled in the 1-acyl fatty acid, P and choline positions, were infused in the small bowel of fasted rats. Absorption of each label was complete after 24 h. Lecithins were extensively hydrolysed in the bowel lumen as well as after absorption, and neither the fatty acid nor P was significantly retained in the enterohepatic circulation or reused for biliary lecithin synthesis. In contrast, while choline was dissociated from absorbed lecithin, choline was instead retained in the liver, reincorporated into newly synthesized hepatic lecithin and secreted in biliary lecithin in 10-fold greater amounts than either the fatty acid or P. The extent of choline incorporation into bile lecithin was limited and was not further increased when free choline was injected into the portal vein. The data suggest that although only choline of absorbed lecithin is retained in the enterohepatic circulation and preserved for new biliary lecithin synthesis, exogenous choline utilization is regulated by the size of the available hepatic pool. KW - bile KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gall KW - lecithin formation KW - lecithin infusion KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751439510&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of various forms of milk on gastric-acid secretion. AU - Ippoliti, A. F. AU - Maxwell, V. AU - Isenberg, J. I. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1976/// VL - 84 SP - 286 EP - 289 SN - 0003-4819 AD - Ippoliti, A. F.: Wadsworth Veterans Administration Hospital, Los Angeles, California 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19760429668. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Dairy Science N2 - This study examined the effect of various forms of milk and 0.15 M NaCl (control) on gastric acid secretion in 5 patients with duodenal ulcer in a period of remission and in 5 normal subjects. Materials were administered by nasogastric tube and gastric acid secretion measured for 2 h by gastric aspiration. A significant (P < 0.05) increase in acid secretion in both ulcer patients and normal subjects was produced by 240 ml of whole, low-fat and non-fat milk. The acid secretory responses were equivalent to those produced by a 300-ml 10% peptone meal and were 20-35% of maximal betazole- or pentagastrin-stimulated acid output. Gastric acid secretion did not increase after 0.15 M NaCl. Low-Ca milk produced a significant (P < 0.05) increase in acid secretion in the ulcer patients but not in normal subjects. Since milk contains protein and Ca, and each are stimulants of gastric acid secretion, the frequent ingestion of milk by patients with peptic ulcer is questioned. KW - diet KW - milk KW - milk consumption KW - secretion KW - stomach KW - MAN KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gastric acid acids KW - gastric acids KW - Milk and Dairy Produce (QQ010) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19760429668&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Tissue degradation of calcific Schistosoma haematobium eggs. AU - Smith, J. H. AU - Lichtenberg, F. von JO - American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene JF - American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene Y1 - 1976/// VL - 25 IS - 4 SP - 595 EP - 601 SN - 0002-9637 AD - Smith, J. H.: Tucson Veterans Administration Hospital, Tucson, Arizona 85723, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19760829392. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - Calcific eggs of Schistosoma haematobium were separated from an inactive sandy patch in a cystectomy specimen from an Egyptian farmer; the purified egg suspension was injected into tail veins of inbred mice, some of which were killed immediately and some at intervals of one to 365 days. Lungs were examined by tissue digestion and histologic analysis. Calcific egg burdens decayed in an exponential manner with a loss of 5,610 eggs/g of lung tissue, i.e. 98% reduction over the year of the experiment. Histological examination revealed that calcific S. haematobium eggs incited a typical granulomatous reaction as they decalcified. Compared with viable egg granulomata, the response to calcific eggs was accelerated in onset, of lesser magnitude but persisted longer. Small numbers of calcific eggs persisted for at least one year after injection of either viable or calcific eggs. It is concluded that despite the apparent lack of tissue reaction to calcific eggs in chronic bladder lesions, these eggs are not antigenically exhausted foreign bodies. Moreover, it is shown that calcific eggs are degraded in significant numbers by mammalian tissue. [AS] KW - helminths KW - immunology KW - parasites KW - pathology KW - MICE KW - Rodents KW - Schistosoma haematobium KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Schistosoma KW - Schistosomatidae KW - Digenea KW - Trematoda KW - Platyhelminthes KW - invertebrates KW - degradation of calcific ova KW - parasitic worms KW - Strigeida KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19760829392&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Folic acid deficiency in the United States: folate assays in a prenatal clinic. AU - Herbert, V. AU - Colman, N. AU - Spivack, M. AU - Ocasio, E. AU - Ghanta, V. AU - Kimmel, K. AU - Brenner, L. AU - Freundlich, J. AU - Scott, J. JO - American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology JF - American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology Y1 - 1975/// VL - 123 IS - 2 SP - 175 EP - 179 SN - 0002-9378 AD - Herbert, V.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761440287. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 64 ref. Registry Number: 59-30-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Of 110 consecutive pregnant patients studied at the time of their first visit to a prenatal clinic in the USA, none had received haematinic supplements and all were from low-income groups, mostly black or Puerto Rican origin. Only 26% of them were free from possible folacin deficiency; red cell folacin was below 150 ng/ml in 16% of subjects and serum folacin was less than 5 ng/ml in 64% and below 3 ng/ml in 20%. Serum folacin showed a good general correlation with red cell folacin, but was less reliable for diagnosis, as subjects with low serum folacin did not have correspondingly low tissue folacin. The proposed supplement of folic acid, 200 to 400 mu g/day throughout pregnancy, is recommended. Neutrophil lobe counts showed no correlation with folacin in red cells or serum. KW - deficiency KW - folic acid KW - incidence KW - pregnancy KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - folacin KW - folate KW - gestation KW - United States of America KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761440287&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Alcohol-stimulated secretion of immunoreactive secretin. AU - Straus, E. AU - Urbach, H. J. AU - Yalow, R. S. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1975/// VL - 293 IS - 20 SP - 1031 EP - 1032 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Straus, E.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 130 W. Kingsbridge Rd., Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761440458. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Plasma immunoreactive secretin and gastrin responses to oral ethanol, 60 ml vodka, and to a standard test meal, 2 hard-boiled eggs, a slice of toast and orange juice, were studied in 7 normal subjects, age range from 25 to 54 years. Basal blood samples were collected after an overnight fast, the vodka or meal was then consumed within 5 min and further blood samples were taken. Each subject undertook both tests. In all subjects basal secretin was below 100 pg/ml; 5 min after alcohol secretin had risen to a mean 215 s.e. 20 pg/ml, reaching a peak at 10 min and by 30 min declining to normal. After the meal secretin was measurable in all subjects by 15 min and averaged 110 pg/ml. Plasma gastrin was unaffected by alcohol and increased 175% after the meal. KW - ethanol KW - intake KW - ethyl alcohol KW - secretin secretion KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761440458&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Interaction of somatomedin and a peptide inhibitor in serum of hypophysectomized and starved, pituitary-intact rats. AU - Salmon, W. D., Jr. JO - Advances in Metabolic Disorders JF - Advances in Metabolic Disorders Y1 - 1975/// VL - 8 SP - 183 EP - 199 AD - Salmon, W. D., Jr.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Vanderbilt Univ. School of Medicine, Nashville, Tenn., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761440494. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Registry Number: 9038-70-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats had the pituitary removed when 21 to 24 days old, 10 days before they were killed; others were deprived of food for up to 5 days before they were killed. Segments of costal cartilage were incubated in a medium containing barium sulphate labelled with 35S without or with somatomedin. Dialysed serum was treated with trypsin or with trypsin and soya bean trypsin inhibitor and somatomedin was estimated in serum. Both starvation and removal of the pituitary led to a fall in 35S uptake by cartilage. Cartilage protein synthesis was impaired even when optimum amounts of amino acids and glucose were present in the medium. When somatomedin was added to the medium, glycoprotein synthesis was restored. Somatomedin in serum of starved rats and rats with pituitary removed was less than one-tenth of that in serum of normal rats. The mechanism of action of the inhibitor did not seem to be simply binding or inactivation of somatomedin, since basal incorporation of sulphate by cartilage from both normal and hypophysectomized rats could be inhibited. Serum from intact rats starved for 4 days contained more inhibitor than serum from hypophysectomized rats. KW - blood KW - hypophysectomy KW - somatomedin KW - starvation KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - insulin-like growth factor 1 KW - pituitary removal KW - sulfation factor KW - sulphation factor KW - trypsin inhibitor role KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761440494&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Enzymatic determinations of cholesterol in high-density-lipoprotein fractions prepared by a precipitation technique. AU - Steele, B. W. AU - Koehler, D. F. AU - Azar, M. M. AU - Blaszkowski, T. P. AU - Kuba, K. AU - Dempsey, M. E. JO - Clinical Chemistry JF - Clinical Chemistry Y1 - 1976/// VL - 22 IS - 1 SP - 98 EP - 101 SN - 0009-9147 AD - Steele, B. W.: Clinical Lab. Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761440837. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The method of Allain et al. (NAR 45, 3898) was suitable for estimating cholesterol in high-density lipoprotein fractions prepared by precipitation with Mn2+ when modified by using a solution of EDTA to reconstitute the enzyme reagent. High-density lipoprotein and total plasma cholesterol can be estimated in a single run. KW - blood KW - blood composition KW - cholesterol KW - estimation KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761440837&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Energy wastage in rats given drugs that induce microsomal enzymes. AU - Pirola, R. C. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1975/// VL - 105 IS - 12 SP - 1544 EP - 1548 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Pirola, R. C.: Section of Liver Disease and Nutrition, Veterans Administration Hospital, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761440867. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Metabolic efficiency was studied in rats aged 25 to 50 days given ethanol to replace 36% of the energy of a control liquid diet, daily injections of phenobarbital 80 mg/kg for 4 days, or these injections and 2 injections on the 5th day of hexobarbital 100 mg/kg. The treatments are known to induce microsomal enzymes. The presence of an increased metabolic rate was indicated by increases in oxygen consumption in experimental conditions and by changes in bodyweight not accounted for by increased losses of energy in excreta. The results support the hypothesis that hepatic microsomal enzyme induction can significantly alter the body's metabolic efficiency. KW - energy exchange KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - microsomal enzyme induction KW - tranquillisers KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761440867&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fatty liver produced by hyperalimentation of rats. AU - Chang, S. AU - Silvis, S. E. JO - American Journal of Gastroenterology JF - American Journal of Gastroenterology Y1 - 1974/// VL - 62 IS - 5 SP - 410 EP - 418 SN - 0002-9270 AD - Chang, S.: Gastroenterology Section, Minneapolis Veterans Administration Hospital, 54th Street and 48th Ave. S., Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761441159. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Adult male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 350 to 450 g were given intravenous infusions of hypertonic glucose solutions for 4 days at 2.28, 4.0 and 5.0 ml/h. Four solutions were used, containing glucose 200 or 250 g/litre, without or with 50 g fibrin hydrolysate; an amino acid mixture 3.9 g/litre replaced hydrolysate in one instance. Energy supplied ranged from 130 to 341 kcal/kg bodyweight daily. The rats were killed and liver weight, total liver lipids, total liver glycogen and degree of fatty infiltration were recorded. Infusion of energy in excess of 300 kcal/kg bodyweight daily resulted in gross fatty infiltration of the liver which was not prevented by the addition of amino acids, although protein hydrolysate minimized the changes at lower energy intakes, mean 250 kcal/kg bodyweight, but not at 315 kcal/kg. There was a positive correlation between energy intake and liver weight; total liver lipids were also correlated with liver weight, but not all the weight increase could be attributed to lipid. KW - FATTY LIVER KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - carbohydrate infusion KW - fatty liver disease KW - fatty liver syndrome KW - steatosis KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761441159&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Changes in ethanol consumption by C3H and CF1 mice with age. AU - Kahn, A. J. JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol Y1 - 1975/// VL - 36 IS - 9 SP - 1107 EP - 1123 SN - 0096-882X AD - Kahn, A. J.: General, Medical and Surgical Research Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, IL 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761441224. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A technique involving 2 water bottles alternating in position was devised to assess whether the response of mice to a test solution was based on aversion, indifference or attraction. C3H and CF1 mice were offered a 3% ethanol solution, for 4 weeks (C3H mice) at ages of 3, 13, 20 and 60 weeks, or continuously from age 10 weeks until death (CF1 mice). The response patterns of the 2 strains were quite similar and showed an initial development of aversive behaviour, attaining a peak at 17 weeks in C3H mice and at 40 weeks in CF1 mice with a subsequent decline, marked by an increased alcohol consumption late in life at the preferred site, demonstrating the phenomenon of passive acceptance, with a secondary increase in consumption in the 10 weeks before death in the CF1 mice. It is concluded that alcohol consumption patterns in mice are affected by age, but the pattern may vary between strains. KW - age KW - ethanol KW - intake KW - MICE KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761441224&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Thiamine transport across the rat intestine. 2. Effect of ethanol. AU - Hoyumpa, A. M., Jr. AU - Breen, K. J. AU - Schenker, S. AU - Wilson, F. A. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1975/// VL - 86 IS - 5 SP - 803 EP - 816 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Hoyumpa, A. M., Jr.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Nashville, Tenn. 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761441567. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - 2. Intact isolated loops were used to measure rates of [14C]thiamin hydrochloride absorption into the circulation in vivo, and everted jejunal segments to measure net transmural flux,unidirectional uptake and cellular exit of thiamin hydrochloride in vitro. Intragastric administration of ethanol 50 to 750 mg/100 g weight reduced absorption of low thiamin concentration to 65.44% of control value. A similar inhibition occurred after intravenous ethanol. Once attained, the inhibition of thiamin absorption was not related to the ethanol dose or to ethanol concentration in the blood or in the intestinal lumen; this inhibition was reversible. In contrast, ethanol did not affect absorption of high concentrations of thiamin. The findings were confirmed by the results in vitro. In transmural flux studies, the movement of low, but not of high, thiamin concentration against a concentration gradient was inhibited by ethanol, so that the normal serosal:mucosal ratio of 1.5 was reduced to 1.0. Ethanol did not affect unidirectional uptake into the mucosa of low or high thiamin concentrations, but blocked cellular exit of low thiamin concentrations from the cells into the serosal compartment. Exit of high thiamin concentrations was not affected. Ouabain, like ethanol, reduced cellular exit but did not influence uptake of low thiamin concentrations. The studies suggest that ethanol adversely affects the active, but not the passive, component of thiamin transport. Moreover, ethanol blocks thiamin exit from the cells but does not affect cellular uptake of thiamin. The similarity to ouabain action suggests that ethanol may impair active thiamin transport by inhibiting Na-K ATPase activity. KW - intestines KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethanol administration KW - thiamin transport KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761441567&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Acute suppression of hepatic gluconeogenesis by glucose in the intact animal. AU - McDaniel, H. G. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1975/// VL - 229 IS - 6 SP - 1569 EP - 1575 SN - 0002-9513 AD - McDaniel, H. G.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. Alabama School of Medicine, Birmingham, Ala. 35206, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761442091. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 36 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats were starved for 24 h before the experiment. Control animals had saline intraperitoneally; test rats received tryptophan 25 mg/100 g bodyweight, glucose and tryptophan, or 4-pentenoic acid 2.5 h after tryptophan. All groups had sodium octanoate by nasogastric tube 45 min before the liver was freeze-clamped. After extraction, oxaloacetate, pyruvate, acetyl CoA, acetoacetate, citrate, malate, beta -hydroxybutyrate, ATP, aspartate, pyruvate carboxylase activity and phosphoenolpyruvate (PEP) carboxykinase activity were measured. Blood was sampled 15, 30 or 45 min after DL-[2-14C]lactate or [U-14C]glycerol was injected intraperitoneally. Glucose, lactate, glycerol and liver glycogen were estimated.Glucose decreased incorporation of [14C]lactate into blood glucose, but blood lactate was not affected and liver glycogen was not increased. Glycerol conversion to glucose was not affected by glucose feeding, but PEP carboxykinase activity was slightly reduced. Tryptophan feeding produced a 5-fold increase in oxaloacetate and its direct precursors citrate and aspartate. Malate was increased 19-fold, but pyruvate and lactate were only slightly increased. Glucose reduced the increases when given with tryptophan, the malate increase especially being inhibited. Oxaloacetate and pyruvate were slightly increased. Administration of 4-pentenoic acid with tryptophan produced results similar to glucose, with a fall in malate and aspartate and an increase in oxaloacetate and pyruvate. Octanoic acid given in conjunction with glucose and tryptophan reduced the inhibition produced by glucose, but had little effect when given with trytophan alone. Pyruvate carboxylase activity was unchanged by glucose administration, as was acetyl CoA content. Acetyl CoA was reduced in the presence of 4-pentenoic acid. Glucose given to rats starved for 12 h caused reduction in alanine and glutamate. KW - liver KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gluconeogenesis inhibition KW - glucose administration KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761442091&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Renal function in the choline deficient rat. AU - Michael, U. F. AU - Cookson, S. L. AU - Chavez, R. AU - Pardo, V. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1975/// VL - 150 IS - 3 SP - 672 EP - 676 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Michael, U. F.: Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Hospital, Miami, Fla. 33125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761442145. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Registry Number: 62-49-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing initially 178 g were given a choline-deficient diet or a control diet to which 0.3% choline chloride was added; half of each group were given normal saline in place of drinking water and the other half tap water. The rats were killed after 10 months. The functional changes resulting from intake of the choline-deficient diet included a decrease in maximum concentrating ability and free water reabsorption rate; there was a decrease in renal plasma flow and glomerular filtration rate; Na excretion rate during saline infusion was also decreased, probably from the decreased glomerular filtration rate. The livers of all deprived rats were significantly enlarged, most of the increase being accounted for by fat deposition. Three of the 5 rats from the same group had Ca deposits in the cortico-medullary zone of the kidney and all 5 had evidence of other kidney changes. The relation between the functional and morphological changes was not clear although it is suggested that the calcification might be associated with a loss of functioning nephrons. KW - choline KW - nutrient deficiencies KW - renal function KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - kidney function KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761442145&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of acute hyperglycemia on gastric emptying in man. AU - MacGregor, I. L. AU - Gueller, R. AU - Watts, H. D. AU - Meyer, J. H. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1976/// VL - 70 IS - 2 SP - 190 EP - 196 SN - 0016-5085 AD - MacGregor, I. L.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761442673. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Hyperglycaemia was induced in normal fasting volunteers with a bolus injection of glucose by vein just before a test meal consisting of 63 g dried skimmed milk, 38 g maize oil and 2.5 g PEG marker, made up to 500 ml with distilled water. The bolus injection was followed by a constant intravenous glucose infusion which sustained the hyperglycaemia during most of the test period; either 10% glucose or 20% was given. Each subject served as his own control, taking the same test meal on a different day, with sterile saline 150 mmol/litre substituted for glucose in both the bolus injection and the subsequent infusion. The rates of gastric emptying were measured by sampling through a double-lumen intestinal tube. Induced hyperglycaemia significantly slowed the emptying of meals containing protein and fat, or a pepsin digest of protein alone, but not that of meals containing only NaCl and PEG marker. It is concluded that hyperglycaemia retards the rate of gastric emptying, but the extent depends on the influence of other regulatory processes. KW - hyperglycaemia KW - stomach emptying KW - high blood glucose KW - hyperglycemia KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761442673&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of acute hyperglycemia on meal-stimulated gastric, biliary, and pancreatic secretion, and serum gastrin. AU - MacGregor, I. L. AU - Deveney, C. AU - Way, L. W. AU - Meyer, J. H. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1976/// VL - 70 IS - 2 SP - 197 EP - 202 SN - 0016-5085 AD - MacGregor, I. L.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761442674. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9002-76-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Seven normal subjects were twice given a 500-ml liquid test meal containing fat and protein; on one occasion they were made acutely hyperglycaemic with intravenous glucose, whereas on the other each received saline by vein in place of glucose. A jejunal perfusion method was used to measure the pancreatic output of trypsin and biliary output of bile salts for 150 min after the meal; that method was used also to quantify indirectly the amount of acid secreted by the stomach during the same period. Basal and subsequent serum gastrin values were recorded. Hyperglycaemia suppressed serum gastrin, gastric acid production, trypsin secretion and bile salt output in response to the test meal. The implications of these findings for diabetic subjects with chronic hyperglycaemia are briefly considered. KW - blood KW - gastric acid KW - gastrin KW - hyperglycaemia KW - secretion KW - bile salts secretion KW - high blood glucose KW - hyperglycemia KW - trypsin secretion KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761442674&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of acute metabolic acidosis on parathyroid hormone action and calcium mobilization. AU - Beck, N. AU - Webster, S. K. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1976/// VL - 230 IS - 1 SP - 127 EP - 131 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Beck, N.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. Pittsburgh School of Medicine, Pittsburgh, Pa. 15240, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761442716. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 250 to 280 g had thyroids and parathyroids removed and after recovery were given intraperitoneally a solution containing NH4Cl, NaCl or NaHCO3, producing acidotic, control and alkalotic groups. After collection of blood and urine they were given parathyrin 2 mu g or calcitonin 16 mU by vein. In rats with acute metabolic acidosis serum Ca was significantly more than in controls but that in alkalotic rats was the same as in controls; after injection of parathyrin serum Ca in those with acidosis rose significantly more than in controls but in alkalotic rats there was no change. In a second experiment rats were treated as before but in addition intestines from the pylorus to the caecum and both kidneys were removed. Again both the basal Ca concentration and its increase by PTH were significantly greater in acidotic than in control rats. After calcitonin serum Ca fell significantly in acidotic and control rats. The results suggested that acidosis increased Ca mobilization from bone and augmented the effect of parathyrin. In the kidney, acidosis directly inhibited the tubular reabsorption of Ca, but augmented the effect of parathyrin to increase tubular reabsorption. KW - acidosis KW - blood KW - blood chemistry KW - calcium KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - calcitonin injection KW - metabolic acidosis KW - parathyrin injection KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761442716&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Reduction of gastric ammonia by ampicillin in normal and azotemic subjects. AU - Meyers, S. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1976/// VL - 70 IS - 2 SP - 244 EP - 247 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Meyers, S.: Section of Liver Disease and Nutrition, Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761442918. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Registry Number: 69-52-3, 69-53-4, 7177-48-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of treatment with ampicillin or neomycin on the basal and betazole-stimulated gastric secretions were examined in 26 hospital patients of whom 5 were azotaemic, with blood urea N concentrations above 30 mg/100 ml. Ampicillin or neoymcin, 4 g daily by mouth, or ampicillin, 4 g daily by muscle for 7 days, significantly reduced basal and post-betazole gastric ammonia concentrations in normal subjects, and there were similar reductions in the azotaemic patients given ampicillin by mouth. The volume of gastric secretion was unaffected by antibiotic treatment, but gastric acidity was significantly increased in the azotaemic patients, suggesting that the initial hypoacidity may have been at least partly due to elevated gastric ammonia. It is suggested that ampicillin would be useful in the treatment of hepatic encephalopathy, especially in the azotaemic patient in whom neomycin is toxic. KW - ampicillin KW - azotaemia treatment KW - gastric juice ammonia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761442918&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Simultaneous determination of extracellular fluid and total body water. 1. AU - Bauer, J. H. AU - Burt, R. W. AU - Whang, R. AU - Grim, C. E. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1975/// VL - 86 IS - 6 SP - 1003 EP - 1008 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Bauer, J. H.: Medical Services III, Veterans Administration Hospital, Columbia, Mo. 65201, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761442948. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Animal Nutrition N2 - 1. A method for the simultaneous estimation of extracellular fluid volume by 35SO4 and total body water by tritiated water is described. Protein was precipitated from plasma with 10% trichloroacetic acid. 35SO4 and tritiated water were counted in a dual-channel liquid scintillation spectrometer, with an automatic external standard to correct for quench. The sulphate space was calculated by isotope dilution. Crossover counts contributed by 35SO4 into the tritium channel were subtracted from the total counts in that channel. The tritiated water space was then calculated by dilution. Studies were made in vitro and in 8 bilaterally nephrectomized rats. Extracellular space in vitro by 35SO4 and total body water by tritiated water showed less than 3% variation from predicted volumes. In the rat, total body water estimated with tritiated water showed 4% variation from that estimated by desiccation. The method is simple, accurate, reproducible and applicable for use in man and animals. KW - body water KW - estimation KW - extracellular fluid volume KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761442948&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Volume studies. 2. Simultaneous determination of plasma volume, red cell mass, extracellular fluid, and total body water before and after volume expansion in dog and man. AU - Bauer, J. H. AU - Willis, L. R. AU - Burt, R. W. AU - Grim, C. E. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1975/// VL - 86 IS - 6 SP - 1009 EP - 1017 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Bauer, J. H.: Medical Services III, Veterans Administration Hospital, Columbia, Mo. 65201, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761442949. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Animal Nutrition N2 - 2. A method for the simultaneous estimation of plasma volume, erythrocyte mass, extracellular fluid volume and total body water is described. Plasma volume and erythrocyte mass were estimated by a standard dual gamma-tracer technique with 125I-labelled human serum albumin (125ISA) and 51Cr-tagged erythrocytes (51Cr-RBC). Extracellular fluid volume and total body water were estimated by a dual beta-tracer technique which used 35SO4 and tritiated water (THO), respectively. Kinetic studies of each radionuclide in normal and fluid expanded states showed equilibration of 125ISA and 51Cr-RBC in 5 min, 35SO4 and THO in 30 min. Volume studies in dog and man showed less than 10% variation on repetitive study, and better than 70% accuracy in estimating a known fluid change. The technique will allow a more precise and simplified investigation of the physiology of body fluid volume regulation in health and disease. KW - blood plasma KW - blood volume KW - body water KW - estimation KW - haematocrit KW - extracellular fluid volume KW - hematocrit KW - plasma (blood) KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761442949&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hypercalcemia in acute uremia and following citric acid administration: differential effect on parathyroid gland microtubule content. AU - Reaven, G. M. AU - Reaven, P. D. AU - Reaven, E. P. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1976/// VL - 25 IS - 2 SP - 203 EP - 209 AD - Reaven, G. M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761443173. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats subjected to bilateral nephrectomy, bilateral ureterotomy, or sham operation were injected intraperitoneally with 1 ml 4% citric acid or an equal volume of saline at 0, 70, 140 and 210 min and were killed 30 min after the final injection. In 4 h after nephrectomy, Ca and citrate increased in blood; comparable values were obtained by injecting normal rats with citric acid. The microtubule count in chief cells of parathyroid glands increased after administration of citric acid but not after nephrectomy. KW - blood KW - blood chemistry KW - calcium KW - uraemia KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - azotaemia KW - azotemia KW - citric acid injection KW - uremia KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761443173&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of ethanol on carbohydrate metabolism. 1. Influence on oral glucose tolerance test. AU - Singh, S. P. AU - Patel, D. G. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1976/// VL - 25 IS - 2 SP - 239 EP - 243 AD - Singh, S. P.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Downey, Ill. 60064, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761443178. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - 1. Male Sprague-Dawley rats, 32 weighing 250 g, not fed for 18 h, were given by mouth saline 5 ml/100 g bodyweight, glucose 0.75 g/kg, ethanol 0.4 g/kg, or glucose and ethanol. Blood glucose and plasma insulin were measured 0, 30, 60 and 120 min after the test dose. Saline or ethanol alone produced no significant change in glucose or insulin concentration; addition of ethanol to the glucose load resulted in glucose intolerance and a reduced and more sluggish insulin response, when compared with the effect of glucose alone. KW - blood KW - blood sugar KW - ethanol KW - insulin KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood glucose KW - ethyl alcohol KW - glucose in blood KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761443178&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Biliary lecithin secretion. 2. Effect of dietary choline and biliary lecithin synthesis. AU - Robins, S. J. AU - Armstrong, M. J. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1976/// VL - 70 IS - 3 SP - 397 EP - 402 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Robins, S. J.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Boston, Mass., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761443188. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - 2. Male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 100 g were fed freely for 2 or 3 weeks on a choline-deficient diet or the same diet with 0.5 or 5.0% choline. Lecithin synthesis was estimated in 5 rats on each group by giving them by infusion taurocholate and by vein 500 mu Ci carrier-free 32P-labelled H3PO4 at 1.5 heafter the start of taurocholate infusion. Bile was collected at intervals for 10 h through a bile duct cannula. Lecithin synthesis was at least 50% greater in rats on the diet with 5% choline than in those on the choline-deficient diet. Changes in dietary choline produced no change in bile salt pool size or secretion rate. With each increment in dietary choline, biliary lecithin as well as cholesterol secretion rates were significantly increased. The findings showed that although bile salt is required for biliary lecithin secretion, the magnitude of secretion is principally dependent upon the extent of biliary lecithin synthesis, which in turn may be regulated by the amount of dietary choline. Biliary cholesterol secretion was more closely linked to lecithin than to bile salt secretion. KW - bile KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - choline intake KW - gall KW - lecithin secretion KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761443188&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of food deprivation and hypophysectomy on in vitro protein synthesis by membrane-bound and free hepatic ribosomes. AU - Alford, F. P. AU - Millea, M. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Hormone and Metabolic Research JF - Hormone and Metabolic Research Y1 - 1976/// VL - 8 IS - 2 SP - 118 EP - 122 SN - 0018-5043 AD - Alford, F. P.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761443249. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Protein synthesis was estimated in free and bound hepatic ribosomes from hypophysectomized rats, from normal rats on a restricted diet to match, and from rats fed to appetite. It was concluded that hypophysectomy reduces the protein synthetic ability of both bound and free ribosomes and this cannot be attributed to decreased food intake. KW - food restriction KW - hypophysectomy KW - protein metabolism KW - ribosomes KW - in vitro, rat KW - pituitary removal KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761443249&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intrinsic asthma associated with diabetes mellitus; abnormal vascular response and glucose tolerance tests. AU - Fisherman, E. W. AU - Cohen, G. N. JO - Annals of Allergy JF - Annals of Allergy Y1 - 1975/// VL - 34 IS - 3 SP - 161 EP - 169 SN - 0003-4738 AD - Fisherman, E. W.: Veterans Administration West Side Hospital, P.O. Box 8195, Chicago, Ill. 60680, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761443441. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Three groups of patients, 35 intolerant of aspirin, 23 diabetics and 37 controls, most with rhinitis, were tested for their vascular responses to a number of chemicals, including xylose, mono- and disaccharides, the amino acids L-histidine and L-tryptophan, free fatty acids and aspirin, insulin and glucagon. A standard glucose tolerance test was performed on all subjects. The aspirin-intolerant patients showed positive vascular responses to fructose, sucrose and galactose; negative responses were obtained from intradermal challenge with insulin and glucagon but the glucose tolerance test demonstrated abnormalities in 61% of that group. The diabetic patients showed generally similar response to sugars but positive responses were obtained from intradermal challenge with insulin and glucagon; xylose gave a negative response while glucose tolerance tests were all abnormal; response to nebulized insulin was positive, and to nebulized glucagon negative. It is concluded that both diabetic and aspirin-intolerant patients share some abnormalities of carbohydrate metabolism but differ markedly in their response to insulin and glucagon, and it is inferred that disordered metabolic pathways are involved in the pathophysiology of idiopathic rhinitis or asthma associated with diabetes. KW - diabetes KW - asthma association KW - metabolic responses KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761443441&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Influence of antecedent carbohydrate intake on the biphasic insulin response to intravenous glucose. AU - Fujita, Y. AU - Chacra, A. R. AU - Herron, A. L., Jr. AU - Seltzer, H. S. JO - Diabetes JF - Diabetes Y1 - 1975/// VL - 24 IS - 12 SP - 1072 EP - 1080 AD - Fujita, Y.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 4500 S. Lancaster Road, Dallas, Tex. 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761443468. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The insulin secretory response to a sudden and sustained intravenous glycaemic stimulus, provided by a 10-ml bolus of 50% glucose, followed by a constant infusion of 25% glucose at the rate of 2 to 3 ml/min for 60 min, was measured in 3 groups of male dogs weighing 42 to 66 lb [about 20 to 30 kg]. One group had a standard diet based on 50 g protein and 90 g carbohydrate, supplying about 1000 kcal/day; another group was fed on 90 g protein and 300 to 400 g carbohydrate with 2500 to 3000 kcal/day, and the third group received only water for 7 days before testing. The insulin outflow from the pancreas was measured every min for the first 10 min, then at regular intervals by sampling from the pancreaticoduodenal vein. Starvation erased the first phase of the biphasic insulin response shown by dogs fed on the normal diet, and secretion remained low throughout. The high-carbohydrate diet abolished the drop in insulin secretion between the initial peak and the subsequent sustained steady rise seen in the controls and rose much higher; 46 780 plus or minus 5495 mu U/min at 60 min compared with 24 820 plus or minus 42495 mu U/min in the controls and 8730 plus or minus 1395 mu U/min in starved dogs. KW - insulin secretion KW - DOGS KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - carbohydrate intake modification KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761443468&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Reversible changes of the muscle cell in experimental phosphorus deficiency. AU - Fuller, T. J. AU - Carter, N. W. AU - Barcenas, C. AU - Knochel, J. P. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1976/// VL - 57 IS - 4 SP - 1019 EP - 1024 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Fuller, T. J.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Dallas, Tex. 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761443636. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Registry Number: 7723-14-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Eight dogs were given a diet deficient in P for 28 days and then with P supplements for 28 days. Serum inorganic P fell from the initial 4.2 to 1.7 mg/100 ml in 28 days and total muscle P from 28.5 to 22.4 mmol/100 g fat-free DM. In muscle Na+ and Cl- increased and K+ decreased. Resting transmembrane electrical potential difference of muscle fell and muscle water content rose. After P repletion all values were normal. KW - mineral deficiencies KW - muscles KW - phosphorus KW - DOGS KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761443636&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nonketotic diabetes mellitus: insulin deficiency or insulin resistance? AU - Reaven, G. M. AU - Bernstein, R. AU - Davis, B. AU - Olefsky, J. M. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1976/// VL - 60 IS - 1 SP - 80 EP - 88 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Reaven, G. M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761443717. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Ninety-five subjects were in 5 groups, 1 normal and 4 with varying degrees of glucose intolerance, according to their plasma glucose responses to glucose by mouth. The 5 groups were compared on the basis of their insulin response during the glucose tolerance test and on the ability of exogenous insulin to limit hyperglycaemia during continuous infusion of glucose and insulin, while endogenous insulin was inhibited by infusion of epinephrine and propranolol. The mean plasma insulin response of patients with borderline abnormalities of glucose tolerance or chemical diabetes was equal to or greater than that of normal subjects at all points during the glucose tolerance test and the glucose intolerance of these 2 groups could not be attributed to lack of insulin. The mean insulin response of patients with moderate fasting hyperglycaemia, plasma glucose 110 to 150 mg/100 ml, was reduced and patients with severe fasting hyperglycaemia, plasma glucose above 150 mg/100 ml, had unequivocal insulin deficiency. All 4 groups with abnormal carbohydrate metabolism were more resistant than normal subjects to the action of insulin. The complex relation between insulin deficiency and insulin resistance in patients classified as having nonketotic diabetes is discussed. KW - diabetes KW - insulin deficiency or resistance KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761443717&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Influence of fasting on lung oxygen consumption and respiratory quotient. AU - Gregorio, C. A. AU - Gail, D. B. AU - Massaro, D. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1976/// VL - 230 IS - 2 SP - 291 EP - 294 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Gregorio, C. A.: Pulmonary Division, Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D.C. 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761443879. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The oxygen consumption (Qo2) of lung slices from rats and rabbits was reduced within 24 h after the onset of food deprivation; the decrease in Qo2 lasted during at least 2 additional days of fasting and was not eliminated by addition of glucose to the reaction medium. In fed rats the respiratory quotient of lung slices after 30 min of incubation without glucose was 0.75 plus or minus 0.01 (mean plus or minus s.e.) and 0.96 plus or minus 0.02 with glucose present. After fasting for 72 h the r.q. of lung slices after 30 min of incubation without glucose was 0.68 plus or minus 0.03; addition of glucose raised it to 0.76 plus or minus 0.02. The conclusion was that fasting depresses lung oxidative metabolism. In the fed rat glucose was a major substrate for oxidative processes but in the fasting rat the oxidation of glucose was impaired and lipids were an important source of lung energy. KW - fasting KW - lungs KW - oxygen consumption KW - respiratory quotient KW - rabbits KW - rats KW - Leporidae KW - Lagomorpha KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761443879&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of first part of duodenum on gastric emptying in dogs: response to acid, fat, glucose, and neural blockade. AU - Cooke, A. R. AU - Clark, E. D. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1976/// VL - 70 IS - 4 SP - 550 EP - 555 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Cooke, A. R.: Apt. 3, Bldg. 3, Veterans Administration Hospital, Iowa City, Iowa 52240, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761443994. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 5 dogs, each with a gastric and a duodenal fistula (5 cm distal to the pylorus), a test meal was instilled into the stomach and collected at 1- or 2-min intervals for 10 or 20 min from the duodenal fistula. As the test meal emptied from the stomach it bathed the first 5 cm of duodenum and thus stimulated the appropriate receptor. A Foley catheter with an inflated balloon prevented passage into the lower part of the duodenum. Test meals of hypertonic glucose, 15%, or sodium oleate 20 or 80 mmolar emptied at the same rate as water when allowed to bathe the first 5 cm of duodenum, whereas test meals of 100 mmolar HCl were slowed. In studies with neural blocking agents, the emptying of water meals was slowed with subcutaneous atropine sulphate 0.03 or 0.15 mg/kg, intravenous hexamethonium chloride 10 mg/kg, and norepinephrine bitartrate 0.04 mg/kg. The emptying of 100-120 mmolar HCl meals was slowed by subcutaneous atropine sulphate 0.03 or 0.15 mg/kg, intravenous norepinephrine bitartrate 0.04 mg/kg, and the intravenous alpha -receptor blocking agents phenoxybenzamine HCl 2 mg/kg and phentolamine 2 mg/kg, was unaffected by intravenous hexamethonium chloride 10 mg/kg, and was unchanged or slightly slowed by the beta -receptor blocker propranolol at 1.0 or 2.0 mg/kg, respectively. In contrast, acid test meals were emptied at the same rate as water when dogs were treated with intravenous guanethidine monosulphate 2 mg/kg or intramuscular reserpine 1 mg/kg, indicating that the acid inhibition was mediated by an adrenergic mechanism. The emptying of water meals was unchanged by these 2 drugs. It is suggested that the first 5 cm of duodenum contain receptors for inhibition of emptying of acid but not for fat or hypertonic glucose. The neural blocking studies indicate that the inhibitory effect of acid in the first part of the duodenum is an adrenergic mechanism which appears to be neither alpha - nor beta -receptor-mediated. KW - stomach emptying KW - duodenum role KW - test meals, dog KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761443994&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Minimal hepatic changes in rats fed alcohol and a high casein diet. AU - Patek, A. J., Jr. AU - Bowry, S. C. AU - Sabesin, S. M. JO - Archives of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine JF - Archives of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine Y1 - 1976/// VL - 100 IS - 1 SP - 19 EP - 24 SN - 0003-9985 AD - Patek, A. J., Jr.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, 150 S Huntington Ave., Boston, MA 02130, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761444158. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 42 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - One group of 31 Wistar rats weighing 120 to 130 g were given a nutritious liquid diet of 25% protein, 30.5% carbohydrate, 9% fat and 35.5% ethanol for 16 months, after which the survivors were divided into 2 groups, one of which continued on the liquid diet for 3 more months and the other had a standard laboratory diet. A control group of 30 rats received the standard laboratory diet throughout. Growth rate and food intake were recorded and the extent of liver necrosis was assessed by open liver biopsy at 13 and 19 months and by histological examination 1 week later. Rats given the liquid diet for the entire period showed normal growth and there was no evidence of cirrhosis after 19 months. Histological examination showed no hepatocellular necrosis, inflammation or increase in connective tissue. Electron-microscope studies showed no evidence of change, except for occasional mitochondrial enlargement in cells containing increased lipid. At 19 months there was a slight increase in liver collagen, also a moderate rise in liver triglycerides, in the experimental rats. It is concluded that alcohol in significant amounts is well tolerated by rats having a nutritious high-protein diet. KW - alcohol intake KW - cirrhosis KW - alcohol consumption KW - liver cirrhosis KW - protein intake modification,rat KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761444158&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Feeding behavior in monkeys with spontaneous diabetes mellitus. AU - Hamilton, C. L. AU - Lewis, D. JO - Journal of Medical Primatology JF - Journal of Medical Primatology Y1 - 1975/// VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 145 EP - 153 SN - 0047-2565 AD - Hamilton, C. L.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Philadelphia, PA 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761444267. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Animal Nutrition N2 - Changes in bodyweight, food and water intake and response to insulin therapy were recorded for 4 laboratory monkeys aged 8 years or over, with spontaneous diabetes mellitus. Both polyphagia and polydipsia were observed in untreated monkeys in association with loss of bodyweight. One with hyperglycaemia and glycosuria which did not show these changes was hyperinsulinaemic, suggesting that polyphagia occurs in response to weight loss, rather than as a result of raised plasma insulin. Polydipsia may be ascribed to a combination of an obligatory water loss associated with the excretion of glucose in urine and an increase in water intake associated with increased food consumption. The effects of withdrawal of insulin therapy were studied and the relation of the findings to the energy balance of the monkeys was discussed. KW - behaviour KW - diabetes KW - feeding behaviour KW - monkeys KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - behavior KW - feeding behavior KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Behaviour (LL300) KW - Non-Communicable Diseases and Injuries of Animals (LL860) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761444267&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fate of soluble carbohydrate in the colon of rats and man. AU - Bond, J. H., Jr. AU - Levitt, M. D. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1976/// VL - 57 IS - 5 SP - 1158 EP - 1164 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Bond, J. H., Jr.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761444418. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The fate of glucose in the colon of rats and man was studied by measuring breath 14CO2 and faecal 14C after direct instillation of 14C-labelled glucose, acetate and lactate into the caecum. During 6 h after instillation of up to 400 mg of [U-14C]glucose in the rats and 12.5 g in man, 14CO2 excretion was as rapid after the caecal as after the gastric route. Less than 20% of 14C instilled into the caecum as glucose was recovered in faeces and only about 15% of that faecal 14C was in a dialysable form. The conversion of glucose placed in the caecum to CO2 depended on the presence of colonic flora, as shown by the small excretion of 14CO2 after [14C]glucose had been given to germfree rats. In contrast, acetate and lactate, fermentation products of glucose, were converted to CO2 as rapidly in germfree rats as in their conventional counterparts. Measurement of oxygen availability in the colonic lumen indicated that insufficient oxygen was available for the aerobic metabolism of glucose by the colonic bacteria. The findings suggested that the colon bacteria metabolize most of the glucose anaerobically to short-chain fatty acids, which are absorbed and oxidized by the host. Most of the remaining faecal glucose was converted to a larger molecular form that had limited osmotic activity. The conclusion was that colonic flora benefit the host by reducing the osmotic load of unabsorbed carbohydrate and by making possible the salvage of much of the energy of carbohydrates not absorbed in the small intestine. KW - absorption KW - colon KW - glucose KW - man KW - rats KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - dextrose KW - rat KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761444418&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of a fixed pyloric opening on gastric emptying in the cat and dog. AU - Stemper, T. J. AU - Cooke, A. R. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1976/// VL - 230 IS - 3 SP - 813 EP - 817 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Stemper, T. J.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa 52240, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761444680. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Animal Nutrition N2 - The effect of preventing pyloric closure on the rate of gastric emptying without alteration of the gastroduodenal junction was studied in 6 dogs and 4 cats with gastric fistulae. Each had a Teflon cannula (internal diameter 1.0 or 1.25 cm for dog and 0.6 cm for cat) sewn into the pyloric channel. After initial tests the cannulae were removed and the studies were repeated. Test meals were 240 and 480 ml water, HCl 120 mmol/litre, or hyperosmotic glucose, 555 mmol/litre, for the dogs and 50 ml water, HCl 120 mmol/litre, and sodium oleate 20 mmol/litre for the cats. Phenol red was used as a nonabsorbable marker. The residual volumes were collected at 15 to 40 min for the dogs and 15 to 20 min for the cats. In both species, the rate of emptying of all the meals was unaffected by the pyloric cannula. In the dog, added secretions were greater with the pyloric cannula in place, suggesting reflux of duodenal contents. While the pylorus is unimportant in the gastric emptying of liquids in the dog and cat, it may have a role in prevention of duodenal reflux. KW - stomach emptying KW - cat, dog KW - pylorus role KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761444680&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Feeding behavior in monkeys with and without lesions of the hypothalamus. AU - Hamilton, C. L. AU - Ciaccia, P. J. AU - Lewis, D. O. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1976/// VL - 230 IS - 3 SP - 818 EP - 830 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Hamilton, C. L.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761444681. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In monkeys (Macaca mulatta) without hypothalamic lesions, food intake increased with increasing age and bodyweight; food intake/kg bodyweight declined. As the monkeys became older, the amount of food intake converted to bodyweight decreased. Water intake was closely coupled to food intake. Both daily food and water intake were stable over a period of years. Monkeys with ventromedial hypothalamic lesions exhibited hyperphagia and increased feeding efficiency ratios leading to obesity. The obese developed diabetes mellitus. Monkeys with lesions restricted primarily to the arcuate nucleus showed no hyperphagia but increased feeding efficiency; somatotropin release decreased and serum insulin rose transiently. KW - behaviour KW - feeding behaviour KW - monkeys KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - behavior KW - feeding behavior KW - hypothalamus lesions KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Animal Behaviour (LL300) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761444681&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Animal models of ethanol dependence and liver injury in rats and baboons. AU - Lieber, C. S. AU - DeCarli, L. M. JO - Federation Proceedings JF - Federation Proceedings Y1 - 1976/// VL - 35 IS - 5 SP - 1232 EP - 1236 SN - 0014-9446 AD - Lieber, C. S.: Lab. Section of Liver Disease and Nutrition, Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761444822. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 39 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In rats and baboons given ethanol as part of a nutritionally adequate liquid diet, ethanol intake was higher than with conventional methods. All animals gained or maintained their bodyweight, and liver morphology was normal in the controls. Isocaloric substitution of carbohydrate by ethanol, in rats 36% of total energy and in baboons 50%, led to fatty liver in all animals, while the baboons also developed alcoholic hepatitis and cirrhosis with increased activity of serum glutamic oxaloacetic transaminase. Inebriation and manifestation of dependence on withdrawal of the diet were observed in the baboons and measured in the rat. Chemical alterations at the fatty liver stage were characterized by hyperlipaemia, triglyceride accumulation in the liver and increased activities of microsomal drug-metabolizing enzymes, including the microsomal ethanol oxidizing system. As all aspects of liver injury observed in alcoholics can be reproduced in animals given pure ethanol with an adequate diet, this study incriminates ethanol itself as a cause for the hepatic complications. KW - ethanol KW - intake KW - LIVER DISEASES KW - baboon, rat KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761444822&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Zinc deficiency in man. AU - Prasad, A. S. JO - American Journal of Diseases of Children JF - American Journal of Diseases of Children Y1 - 1976/// VL - 130 IS - 4 SP - 359 EP - 361 AD - Prasad, A. S.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Allen Park, MI 48101, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761444900. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - nutrient deficiencies KW - zinc KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761444900&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Calcium and folic acid absorption in patients taking anticonvulsant drugs. AU - Shafer, R. B. AU - Nuttall, F. Q. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1975/// VL - 41 IS - 6 SP - 1125 EP - 1129 SN - 0021-972X AD - Shafer, R. B.: Nuclear Medicine Service (172), Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761444951. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Registry Number: 59-30-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Ca and folic acid absorption were studied in 28 epileptic men on chronic anticonvulsant therapy. In 16 patients on diphenylhydantoin alone, Ca absorption was abnormal in 9. Of 12 patients on both diphenylhydantoin and phenobarbital, Ca absorption was abnormal in 3. Folic acid (3H-labelled) absorption was normal in all but one patient, while serum folacin, below 6.4 ng/ml, was reduced in all patients. Hypocalcaemia, below 8.5 mg/100 ml, occurred in only 2 patients, while serum alkaline phosphatase was raised in 7 patients.The findings suggest that rickets and osteomalacia in patients on chronic anticonvulsant therapy result from reduced Ca absorption. The effect of these drugs appears to be the acceleration of the metabolism of vitamin D and an increase in the excretion of polar metabolites. This may result in insufficincy of 25-hydroxycholecalciferol and 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol which are necessary for normal absorption of Ca.Since Ca absorption may be impaired secondary to a relative vitamin D deficiency, a supplemental increase in vitamin D intake by patients on anticonvulsant drugs is recommended. KW - absorption KW - anticonvulsants KW - calcium absorption KW - folic acid KW - folacin KW - folate KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761444951&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Artifacts in the radioimmunoassay of peptide hormones in gastric and duodenal secretions. AU - Straus, E. AU - Yalow, R. S. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1976/// VL - 87 IS - 2 SP - 292 EP - 298 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Straus, E.: Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761444970. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 8 ref. Registry Number: 9002-76-0, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Apparently high concentrations of gastrin and insulin in gastric and duodenal secretions estimated by radioimmunoassay may arise from artifacts caused by proteolytic enzymes. The double-antibody and charcoal separation techniques commonly used fail to detect extensive proteolytic damage to labelled antigen and to antibody. KW - estimation KW - gastrin KW - insulin KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761444970&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Contribution of intermuscular fat to lipogenesis from dietary glucose carbon in mice. AU - Kannan, R. AU - Palmquist, D. L. AU - Baker, N. JO - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta JF - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta Y1 - 1976/// VL - 431 IS - 2 SP - 225 EP - 232 AD - Kannan, R.: Radioisotope Research, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761445238. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 24 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Nibbling and meal-fed mice were fed on a fat-free diet containing 58% glucose. They were starved for 22 h and given [U-14C]glucose, 5-10 mu Ci, by stomach tube or in a test meal of 58% glucose. The muscular carcass in both groups contained more than 75% of the total radioactivity in the fatty acids derived from glucose; liver and epididymal fat pad accounted for only a small percentage. More than half of the carcass activity was in the "muscular" tissue as neutral lipid acids. Fat isolated from the popliteal region converted glucose C to fatty acids an order of magnitude faster, for unit weight, than the epididymal fat pad or skeletal muscle. The fatty acid moiety of the triacylglycerols had most of the label in the popliteal fat and 6 h after the glucose test meals. The diacylglycerol pool was active at 2 h and its activity faded at 6 h, demonstrating its intermediary function in lipid metabolism. The findings indicated that fat cells associated with the muscular carcass may play a main part in the fresh synthesis of fat from dietary carbohydrate in mice. KW - lipogenesis KW - MICE KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - intermuscular fat contribution KW - lipid formation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761445238&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Vitamin A metabolism during the repletion of zinc deficient rats. AU - Brown, E. D. AU - Chan, W. AU - Smith, J. C., Jr. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1976/// VL - 106 IS - 4 SP - 563 EP - 568 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Brown, E. D.: Trace Element Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D.C. 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761445273. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-66-6, 68-26-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats deprived of Zn were repleted for 6 days on a diet sufficient in Zn, either given to appetite or in amounts eaten by a Zn-deprived group. After repletion, plasma vitamin A concentration for the Zn-sufficient group returned to within normal range while the pair-fed group had a plasma vitamin A concentration intermediate between the Zn-sufficient group fed to appetite and the deprived group. The Zn-sufficient group fed to appetite had a lower concentration but higher total liver content of vitamin A than the other 2 groups.In another experiment, the response of Zn-deprived rats to intraperitoneal Zn repletion was examined daily for 7 days. There was a 3-day lag before plasma vitamin A began to increase significantly after Zn treatment. By the 5th day, plasma vitamin A concentration increased to within the normal range. The data suggest that not only Zn, but also adequate food intake is necessary to reverse low plasma vitamin A mechanisms in Zn deficiency. Possible mechanisms are discussed. KW - blood KW - nutrient deficiencies KW - retinol KW - zinc KW - axerophthol KW - vitamin A KW - vitamin A alcohol KW - vitamin A1 KW - zinc repletion, rat KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761445273&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Alterations in vitamin A metabolism during zinc deficiency and food and growth restriction. AU - Smith, J. C., Jr. AU - Brown, E. D. AU - McDaniel, E. G. AU - Chan, W. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1976/// VL - 106 IS - 4 SP - 569 EP - 574 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Smith, J. C., Jr.: Trace Element Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D.C. 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761445274. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-66-6, 68-26-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - To elucidate the effect of Zn on vitamin A metabolism, 3 experiments were made on a total of 95 rats, 71 specific pathogen free and 24 germfree. The results confirmed that plasma vitamin A was depressed in Zn-deprived animals or animals whose food intake and growth were severely restricted. Liver stores of vitamin A were adequate in both groups. KW - blood KW - nutrient deficiencies KW - retinol KW - zinc KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - axerophthol KW - vitamin A KW - vitamin A alcohol KW - vitamin A1 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761445274&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Scurvy and hemarthrosis. AU - Bevelaqua, F. A. AU - Hasselbacher, P. AU - Schumacher, H. R. JO - Journal of the American Medical Association JF - Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1976/// VL - 235 IS - 17 SP - 1874 EP - 1876 AD - Bevelaqua, F. A.: Veterans Administration Hospital, University and Woodland, Philadelphia, Penn. 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761445535. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A man 56 years old who admitted that his diet was poor came to hospital with a variety of symptoms, but most prominent were swelling in the right knee and leg, haemorrhagic manifestations, anaemia and follicular hyperkeratosis. The synovial membrane in the affected knee was thick, with little collagen, and showed interstitial haemorrhage and many large fibroblasts. After 4 days on a balanced diet and vitamin supplements, including ascorbic acid, the condition improved, and after 5 months there was no knee effusion. The opinion is given that ascorbic acid deficiency may be a more common cause of haemarthrosis than it is currently thought to be. KW - scurvy KW - haemarthrosis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761445535&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cholecystokinin both stimulates and inhibits human food intake. AU - Sturdevant, R. A. L. AU - Goetz, H. JO - Nature, UK JF - Nature, UK Y1 - 1976/// VL - 261 IS - 5562 SP - 713 EP - 715 AD - Sturdevant, R. A. L.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, Calif., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761446086. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9011-97-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Pancreozymin, 20% pure, was given by injection, 0.5 Ivy dog unit/kg during 30 s immediately before eating, or by infusion, 3 units/kg for 20 min before and 20 min during eating, to 10 healthy men and women, mean age 33 years, having a 1.06 kcal/ml liquid meal to appetite. Food intake during 20 min decreased significantly by 54 ml, 96% in the 1st 8 min, after rapid injection and increased significantly by 113 ml during infusion, compared with intakes of controls given NaCl. KW - appetite KW - food intake KW - PANCREOZYMIN KW - cholecystokinin KW - pancreozymin injection KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761446086&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intestinal calcium absorption: differences in transport between duodenum and ileum. AU - Behar, J. AU - Kerstein, M. D. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1976/// VL - 230 IS - 5 SP - 1255 EP - 1260 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Behar, J.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, Conn. 06516, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761446097. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 25 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The interaction of Ca with sugar, Na and water absorption was studied in Charles River rats fed on laboratory chow and in vitamin D-deficient and -repleted rats by the use of intestinal loops in vivo. Ca absorption in the duodenum was enhanced by glucose in vitamin D deficiency only. In vitamin D-depleted and -repleted ileum, Ca absorption decreased when NaCl was replaced by mannitol, but it remained unchanged when NaCl was replaced by choline chloride or urea. Ca absorption was enhanced by actively transported sugars and by increasing net water flow generated by differences in osmotic pressure and urea. In all experimental conditions there was a strong association between net water and Ca absorption in the ileum. The findings do not elucidate the structural or physiological factors responsible for the differences in Ca absorption between the duodenum and ileum. KW - calcium absorption KW - comparisons KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - sites KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761446097&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Postprandial plasma glucose, insulin, glucagon and triglyceride responses to a standard diet in normal subjects. AU - Ahmed, M. AU - Gannon, M. C. AU - Nuttall, F. Q. JO - Diabetologia JF - Diabetologia Y1 - 1976/// VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 61 EP - 67 SN - 0012-186X AD - Ahmed, M.: Metabolic-Endocrine Section, Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, 54th Street and 48th Ave. South, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761446246. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Postprandial plasma glucose, insulin and triglyceride responses were estimated in 12 normal subjects (7 male, 5 female), each having an identical standard American diet of 3 meals. Glucose and insulin rose together in the early absorptive period, but insulin declined more slowly in the late postabsorptive period. There were sex differences in glucose and insulin responses. Women had lower fasting plasma glucose and insulin and lower peak glucose values (only significantly different after breakfast) and the area under the glucose curve after breakfast was lower. Maximum postprandial glucose concentrations and postprandial glucose areas increased throughout the day, but peak insulin concentrations and areas were unchanged. In contrast, the men showed stable postprandial glucose and glucose area, but insulin and insulin area peaked after dinner. Plasma triglyceride increased with breakfast and remained high throughout the day. Fasting and postprandial triglycerides were generally higher in men. Pancreatic glucagon, measured in 4 subjects, was stable and unaffected by meals. KW - blood KW - BLOOD SUGAR KW - glucagon KW - insulin KW - triacylglycerols KW - blood glucose KW - glucose in blood KW - postprandial values KW - triglycerides KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761446246&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Relationships between fasting plasma glucose levels and insulin secretion during intravenous glucose tolerance tests. AU - Brunzell, J. D. AU - Robertson, R. P. AU - Lerner, R. L. AU - Hazzard, W. R. AU - Ensinck, J. W. AU - Bierman, E. L. AU - Porte, D., Jr. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1976/// VL - 42 IS - 2 SP - 222 EP - 229 SN - 0021-972X AD - Brunzell, J. D.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 4435 Beacon Ave. South, Seattle, Wash. 98108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761446263. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Insulin secretion and glucose disappearance rate were measured in 66 subjects with a wide range of fasting plasma glucose values. The acute insulin response was present only in subjects with fasting glucose below 115 mg/100 ml. The glucose disappearance rate related to the relative acute insulin response in subjects with fasting glucose below 115 mg/100 ml and to total insulin response when fasting glucose was above 115 mg/100 ml. A calculated glucose disappearance rate of 1.06%/min was found when acute insulin response was absent. All subjects with fasting glucose >115 mg/100 ml had glucose disappearance rates <1.06. These studies support epidemiological data indicating 115 mg/100 ml as an upper limit of normal for fasting plasma glucose and 1.0%/min as a lower limit of normal for the glucose disappearance rate, also the important role of the acute insulin response in glucose disappearance rates during intravenous glucose tolerance tests. KW - BLOOD SUGAR KW - fasting KW - insulin secretion KW - blood glucose KW - glucose in blood KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761446263&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Age as a determinant of renal sodium conservation in normal man. AU - Epstein, M. AU - Hollenberg, N. K. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1976/// VL - 87 IS - 3 SP - 411 EP - 417 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Epstein, M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 1201 N.W. 16 St. Miami, Fla. 33125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761446502. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Renal conservation of Na and response to dietary Na restriction were assessed in 89 healthy subjects free of cardiovascular, renal, or adrenal disease. The daily reduction in urine Na which followed restriction of intake to 10 m-equiv Na and 100 m-equiv K daily conformed well to an exponential function, defined by an unweighted least-squares fit. The half-time for the reduction in renal Na excretion in subjects under 30 years was 17.6 plus or minus 0.7 h, significantly faster than for subjects 30 to 59 years old, who had a relatively constant half-time, 23.4 plus or minus 1.1 h. In subjects over 60 years old the half-time was prolonged to 30.9 plus or minus 2.8 h, significantly greater than that of the younger age group, indicating that age influences the kidney's capacity to conserve Na. KW - age differences KW - kidneys KW - sodium conservation KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761446502&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Neurological manifestations and morbidity of hyponatremia: correlation with brain water and electrolytes. AU - Arieff, A. I. AU - Llach, F. AU - Massry, S. G. JO - Medicine JF - Medicine Y1 - 1976/// VL - 55 IS - 2 SP - 121 EP - 129 AD - Arieff, A. I.: Veterans Administration Hospital (111J), 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761446517. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 66 hyponatraemic patients, symptoms such as depression of senses and seizures were well correlated with plasma Na values, but there was substantial overlap. All patients with acute hyponatraemia, less than 12 h, were symptomatic; among patients with hyponatraemia of at least 3 days duration, symptomatic patients had plasma Na, 115 plus or minus 1 m-equiv/litre, significantly lower than that of asymptomatic patients, 122 plus or minus 1 m-equiv/litre. Among 14 patients with acute hyponatraemia, mean plasma Na was 112 plus or minus 2 m-equiv/litre; 7 were treated with hypertonic NaCl 862 mmol/litre and, of these, 5 survived whereas 3 of 4 patients treated only with fluid restriction died.New Zealand White rabbits with acute hyponatraemia, 2 to 3 h, had plasma Na 119 plus or minus 1 m-equiv/litre; all had cerebral oedema but brain Na, K and Cl were normal. Rabbits with over 3 days of hyponatraemia and plasma Na 122 plus or minus 2 m-equiv/litre appeared normal although brain water content was 7% above normal. Rabbits with 16 days of more severe hyponatraemia, plasma Na 99 plus or minus 3 m-equiv/litre, were weak, anorectic and lethargic; brain water content was 7% above normal although brain osmolality was similar to that of plasma; brain Na, K and Cl were 17 to 37% below normal, indicating that the brain establishes osmotic equilibrium with plasma primarily by means of a loss of electrolytes. KW - hyponatraemia KW - morbidity KW - electrolytes in brain KW - hyponatremia KW - water in brain KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761446517&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Enhanced growth rate of transplanted mammary adenocarcinoma induced in C3H mice by dietary linoleate. AU - Rao, G. A. AU - Abraham, S. JO - Journal of the National Cancer Institute JF - Journal of the National Cancer Institute Y1 - 1976/// VL - 56 IS - 2 SP - 431 EP - 432 SN - 0027-8874 AD - Rao, G. A.: Biochemistry-Cancer Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Martinez, Calif. 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761446521. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Female C3H mice 3 months old were given injections of 5-mg pieces of mammary adenocarcinoma and were then given diets which were either fat-free or contained saturated fat (15% hydrogenated cottonseed oil) or linoleate (1 to 15% maize oil). After 6 weeks, the tumours in mice on the linoleate diet weighed 3 to 4 times as much as those in mice on the fat-free or saturated-fat diets. In mice on linoleate-free diet, tumours contained appreciable amounts of linoleate and arachidonate, about 2 and 9% of the total fatty acids, respectively. When dietary maize oil was increased from 1 to 15%, the linoleate content of the tumours increased from 4 to 18% of the total fatty acids; tumour arachidonate increased to maximum values even when the 1% maize oil diet was used. KW - MICE KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cancer weight KW - linoleic acid supplement KW - mammary adenocarcinoma weight KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761446521&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Urea-cycle enzyme deficiencies and an increased nitrogen load producing hyperammonemia in Reye's syndrome. AU - Snodgrass, P. J. AU - DeLong, G. R. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1976/// VL - 294 IS - 16 SP - 855 EP - 860 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Snodgrass, P. J.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 1481 W. 10th Street, Indianapolis, IN 46202, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761446530. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7727-37-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In liver tissue, ornithine transcarbamylase activities were 18 to 72% of the normal mean in 8 patients with Reye's syndrome, below the range of normal in 7 of 8, and, in 6, as low as those in females with X-linked deficiency of the enzyme. Carbamyl phosphate synthetase activities were less than 32% of controls in 2 patients. Argininosuccinate synthetase and lyase activities were normal in 7 patients. Arginase was normal in 2 biopsy specimens, but below normal in 4 of 5 examined post mortem. The km values for ornithine and carbamyl phosphate, pH optimum and heat lability of ornithine transcarbamylase were normal. Two patients excreted 0.64 and 0.58 g N/kg daily in urine at the peak of hyperammonaemia, although treated by peritoneal dialysis. KW - hyperammonaemia KW - nitrogen KW - Reye's syndrome KW - urine KW - hyperammonemia KW - hyperammoniemia KW - urea cycle enzyme deficiency KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761446530&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparison of effects of 1 alpha -hydroxy-vitamin D3 and 1,25-dihydroxy-vitamin D3 in man. AU - Brickman, A. S. AU - Coburn, J. W. AU - Friedman, G. R. AU - Okamura, W. H. AU - Massry, S. G. AU - Norman, A. W. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1976/// VL - 57 IS - 6 SP - 1540 EP - 1547 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Brickman, A. S.: Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761446617. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of short-term treatment with 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) or 1 alpha -hydroxycholecalciferol (1 alpha -HCC) on intestinal absorption of 47Ca were compared in 41 experiments on 30 normal subjects 20 to 64 years old and in 35 patients 20 to 69 years old with advanced renal failure. Eleven patients were again studied after treatment lasting 2 to 3 months. Doses varied from 0.14 to 5.4 mu g/day. Urinary Ca was measured in the normal, 9 of whom got a constant Ca intake in a metabolism unit. There was an increase in intestinal absorption of 47Ca and urinary Ca in the normal subjects given 1,25-DHCC, 0.14 mu g/day or more; 0.28 mu g/day or more augmented absorption of 47Ca in the patients. In contrast, 2.6 mu g/day of 1 alpha -HCC was required to increase intestinal absorption of 47Ca in both groups. The increase in urinary Ca to a peak was delayed during treatment with 1 alpha -HCC for 5 to 10 days, against 2 to 5 days with 1,25-DHCC. The half-time for urinary Ca to fall to original values after termination of treatment was greater with 1 alpha -HCC for 1.5 to 2.7 days than with 1,25-DHCC for 1.1 to 2.0 days. With prolonged treatment there was a progressive increase in intestinal absorption of 47Ca in the patients on 1 alpha -HCC but not on 1,25-DHCC. KW - calcium absorption KW - cholecalciferol derivative intake KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761446617&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A simple and rapid thyroxine radioimmunoassay (T4-RIA) in unextracted human serum; a comparison of T4-RIA and T4 displacement assay, T4(D), in normal and pathologic sera. AU - Premachandra, B. N. AU - Ibrahim, I. I. JO - Clinica Chimica Acta JF - Clinica Chimica Acta Y1 - 1976/// VL - 70 IS - 1 SP - 43 EP - 60 SN - 0009-8981 AD - Premachandra, B. N.: Immuno-endocrinology Research Dep., Veterans Administration Hospital, Jefferson Barracks, Mo., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761446668. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 51-48-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Thyroxine (T4) released from serum denatured with 20% trichloroacetic acid and 0.5 N NaOH (1:3) reacts with T4-125I antiserum and the uptake in 15 min of displaced unbound T4-125I by an anionic resin sponge is linearly related to T4 in serum. An entire assay can be done in the same tube in about 1 h. Values were highly correlated with those obtained with the Abbott Tetrasorb kit and no antibody but the method described is better. KW - blood KW - estimation KW - thyroxine KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761446668&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Graduate students and faculty learn behavior therapy of obesity. AU - Brightwell, D. R. AU - Sloan, C. L. JO - Journal of Nutrition Education JF - Journal of Nutrition Education Y1 - 1976/// VL - 8 IS - 2 SP - 71 EP - 72 SN - 0022-3182 AD - Brightwell, D. R.: Univ. Kentucky, Behavioral Psychiatry Section (116), Veterans Administration Hospital, Lexington, KY 40507, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761447195. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - As part of a graduate nutrition course, ten students and a faculty member were given didactic and clinical experience in the behavioural treatment of obesity by a psychiatrist with practical knowledge of such techniques. Information on operant conditioning theory and its application to overeating were presented in two 2-h lectures. A therapist manual written in dialogue form was also provided to the students. Each student assumed responsibility for treating at least one patient during a 26-week weight reduction program using the behavioural techniques learned. Not only did most patients achieve satisfactory weight loss, but also the students acquired a valuable skill. KW - obesity KW - therapy KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - behavioural techniques KW - fatness KW - therapeutics KW - United States of America KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) KW - Education, Extension, Information and Training (General) (CC000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761447195&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The failure of granulocytes to produce transcobalamin I (TC 1). AU - Hall, C. A. JO - Scandinavian Journal of Haematology JF - Scandinavian Journal of Haematology Y1 - 1976/// VL - 16 IS - 3 SP - 176 EP - 182 AD - Hall, C. A.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Hematology-Research (151E), Albany, N.Y. 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761447254. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - granulocytes KW - transcobalamin I formation KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761447254&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Salt, volume and the prevention of hypertension. AU - Freis, E. D. JO - Circulation JF - Circulation Y1 - 1976/// VL - 53 IS - 4 SP - 589 EP - 595 AD - Freis, E. D.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 50 Irving Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761447496. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 56 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Evidence that eating salt is an acquired habit and that hypertension can be prevented by eliminating salt from the diet is presented. It comes from 4 sources: epidemiological studies on uncultured peoples which show that the prevalence of hypertension is inversely correlated with extent of salt intake, haemodynamic studies which suggest that the development of chronic experimental hypertension is a homeostatic response to a maintained increase in extracellular fluid volume (ECF), evidence that the ECF of "salt eaters" is expanded compared with that of "salt non-eaters" and investigations in hypertensive patients on diets greatly restricted in salt or continuous diuretic therapy in which the fall in blood pressure is correlated with a reduction in ECF. Although this mechanism of essential hypertension is still obscure, it is concluded that hypertension could be prevented and cease to be a major public health problem by a reduction in salt intake to below 2 g daily. KW - hypertension prevention KW - salt restriction KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761447496&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Pathophysiologic and pharmacologic alterations in the relase and action of ADH. AU - Moses, A. M. AU - Miller, M. AU - Streeten, D. H. P. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1976/// VL - 25 IS - 6 SP - 697 EP - 721 AD - Moses, A. M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 800 Irving Ave., Syracuse, N.Y. 13210, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761447509. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 164 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - diseases and drugs KW - vasopressin secretion and action KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761447509&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of ethanol on angina pectoris. AU - Orlando, J. AU - Aronow, W. S. AU - Cassidy, J. AU - Prakash, R. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1976/// VL - 84 IS - 6 SP - 652 EP - 655 SN - 0003-4819 AD - Orlando, J.: Cardiovascular Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Long Beach, CA 90822, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761447515. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of ethanol on exercise performance on a bicycle ergometer was studied in 12 men with angina pectoris and severe coronary artery disease. The mean resting heart rate times systolic blood pressure was not changed after a nonalcoholic beverage but was significantly increased after 2 and 5 oz ethanol. Compared with the control periods, the mean exercise time until angina was not different after the nonalcoholic drink but was decreased after 2 and 5 oz ethanol and the mean maximum ischaemic ST-segment depression after angina was not changed after the nonalcoholic drink but was increased after ethanol. KW - ethanol KW - exercise KW - intake KW - angina pectoris onset KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761447515&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Evidence for a single common carrier for uptake of a dipeptide and a tripeptide by hamster jejunum in vitro. AU - Sleisenger, M. H. AU - Burston, D. AU - Dalrymple, J. A. AU - Wilkinson, S. AU - Matthews, D. M. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1976/// VL - 71 IS - 1 SP - 76 EP - 81 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Sleisenger, M. H.: Univ. California Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 93121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761447622. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Everted hamster jejunum was incubated in Krebs-Ringer phosphate buffer with peptides under conditions of influx. The "model" peptides were glycylsarcosine, glycylsarcosylsarcosine and glycylsarcosylsarcosylsarcosine, all exceptionally resistant to hydrolysis, appearing intact in the rings. The influx of glycylsarcosine was competitively inhibited by glycylsarcosylsarcosine and each of the peptides was capable of causing almost complete inhibition of influx of the other. Glycylsarcocylsarcosylsarcosine had no effect on influx of glycylsarcosine or of glycylsarcosylsarcosine. The conclusion was that although the existence of multiple transport systems shared by both glycylsarcosine and glycylsarcosylsarcosine could not be ruled out, the simplest hypothesis was that both the dipeptide and the tripeptide shared a single common carrier for uptake. KW - intestines KW - hamsters KW - Cricetinae KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dipeptide uptake in vitro KW - tripeptide uptake in vitro KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761447622&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Improved technique for placement of intestinal feeding tube with the fibreoptic endoscope. AU - Chung, R. S. K. AU - Denbesten, L. JO - Gut JF - Gut Y1 - 1976/// VL - 17 IS - 4 SP - 264 EP - 266 SN - 0017-5749 AD - Chung, R. S. K.: Dep. Surgery, Veterans Administration Hospital, Iowa City, Iowa 52240, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761447674. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - tube feeding KW - insertion technique KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761447674&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Induction of hypertriglyceridemia by a low-fat diet. AU - Ginsberg, H. AU - Olefsky, J. M. AU - Kimmerling, G. AU - Crapo, P. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1976/// VL - 42 IS - 4 SP - 729 EP - 735 SN - 0021-972X AD - Ginsberg, H.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761447689. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The mean plasma triglyceride value in 27 fasting subjects on control diet of, on energy basis, 45% fat, 40% carbohydrate and 15% protein, 155 plus or minus 17 mg/100 ml, increased 41% to 219 plus or minus 23 mg/100 ml after the subjects took a diet of 30% fat, 55% carbohydrate and 15% protein for 1 week; the increase in plasma triglycerides, induced by the higher carbohydrate content of the low-fat diet, occurred in 26 of the 27 subjects; plasma cholesterol was unaffected. Postprandial triglyceride, glucose and insulin values were also higher on the low-fat diet. Since hypertriglyceridaemia is a significant risk factor for the development of coronary heart disease and since a moderate increase in dietary carbohydrate associated with a low-fat diet increases plasma triglyceride, more caution is recommended in the widespread use of low-fat diets for the prevention of heart disease. KW - carbohydrates KW - fat restriction KW - hypertriglyceridaemia aetiology KW - saccharides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761447689&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Plasma post-heparin lipolytic activity and triglyceride clearance in uremic and hemodialysis patients and renal allograft recipients. AU - Ibels, L. S. AU - Reardon, M. F. AU - Nestel, P. J. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1976/// VL - 87 IS - 4 SP - 648 EP - 658 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Ibels, L. S.: Renal Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, 1055 Clermont St., Denver, Colo. 80220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761447692. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 37270-89-6, 9005-49-6, 9041-08-1, 9050-30-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Mechanisms in the pathogenesis of hypertriglyceridaemia in uraemia, maintenance haemodialysis and after renal transplantation were studied from plasma post-heparin lipolytic activity; the kinetics of triglyceride removal were estimated during intravenous infusions of triglyceride in patients from each of these groups and in healthy control subjects. In addition, plasma lipolytic activity was measured during the course of a single haemodialysis treatment and in response to daily haemodialysis over a 5-day interval. Mean serum triglyceride was significantly increased and mean plasma post-heparin lipolytic activity significantly reduced in all 3 groups. Post-heparin lipolytic activity in transplant recipients with a normal serum creatinine concentration was not significantly different from that in control subjects. Transplant recipients with mildly impaired graft function had post-heparin lipolytic activity comparable to that in patients with end-stage renal failure. Triglyceride clearance was reduced in both the transplant recipients and in the uraemic patients. During a single haemodialysis treatment with systemic heparinization plasma lipolytic activity decreased after the first h. With daily haemodialysis, predialysis post-heparin lipolytic activity progressively declined after the second day. It is concluded that reduced post-heparin lipolytic activity and decreased triglyceride clearance contribute to the hypertriglyceridaemia seen not only in uraemic patients and in patients on maintenance haemodialysis but also in renal allograft recipients. Diminished lipolytic activity in haemodialysis patients may be in part due to heparin-induced depletion. KW - heparin KW - kidney transplant KW - uraemia KW - azotaemia KW - azotemia KW - heparin sulfate KW - heparin sulphate KW - lipolysis induction KW - uremia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761447692&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Evidence for absence of ascorbic acid in human saliva. AU - Feller, R. P. AU - Black, H. S. AU - Shannon, I. L. JO - Archives of Oral Biology JF - Archives of Oral Biology Y1 - 1975/// VL - 20 IS - 9 SP - 563 EP - 566 SN - 0003-9969 AD - Feller, R. P.: Oral Disease Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, Tex., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761448011. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 50-81-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Ascorbic acid was sought in parotid and whole saliva by the standard 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine colorimetric technique and a quantitative procedure involving paper chromatographic separation and gas-liquid chromatographic analysis. The colorimetric technique indicated the presence of measurable amounts, but no ascorbic acid was found after chromatographic separation from interfering substances. The absence of ascorbic acid persisted unfailingly even with supplemental ascorbic acid. The findings indicate that ascorbic acid is not present in saliva in measurable amounts. KW - ascorbic acid KW - composition KW - saliva KW - salivary secretions KW - vitamin C KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761448011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of changes in dietary components on the serum bilirubin in Gilbert's syndrome. AU - Felsher, B. F. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1976/// VL - 29 IS - 7 SP - 705 EP - 709 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Felsher, B. F.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 5901 East Seventh Street, Long Beach, Calif. 90822, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761448131. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Four patients with Gilbert's syndrome were in a metabolic unit and ate a basal diet of 2300 to 2500 kcal with about 260 g carbohydrate, 90 g protein and 100 g fat for 2 days. On day 3 the diet was changed to 300 kcal with 30 g carbohydrate, 20 g protein and 10 g fat; after 2 to 4 days on the low-energy diet, the initial basal diet was eaten again for 4 days, thereafter 3 additional diets, each isoenergetic with the basal diet, were eaten sequentially by 3 patients for 4 days. The 3 diets were low in carbohydrate, protein or fat. Two patients were also given an isoenergetic high-fat (220 g fat), low-carbohydrate (49 g), low-protein (52 g) diet. One patient ate only an isoenergetic low-carbohydrate and low-protein diet. Serum total and direct-reacting bilirubin concentration before breakfast were estimated daily during the study. The mean serum total bilirubin concentration was 2.8 mg/100 ml with the low-energy diet and 1.3 with the basal diet. The mean values after diets isoenergetic to the basal diet, but reduced by one of the dietary components to the level obtained on the low-energy diet, were 1.3 mg/100 ml with the low-carbohydrate diet, 1.4 with the low-protein and 1.5 with the low-fat diet. In the 2 patients on isoenergetic low-carbohydrate and low-protein diets the final serum bilirubin concentrations were only 1.0 and 0.9 mg/100 ml. Although minor fluctuation in serum bilirubin concentrations occurred when the dietary components were sequentially reduced, all of those values were at least 1.1 mg/100 ml less than the maximum obtained in the periods of energy restriction. In 1 patient serum bilirubin rose to 1.9 mg/100 ml on day 1 on the low-fat (high-carbohydrate, high-protein) diet but fell to 1.7 mg/100 ml by day 4; in the other patients on that diet the highest serum bilirubin values were only 1.5 and 1.4 mg/100 ml. With the low-protein, low-carbohydrate and isoenergetic diet there was no rise in serum bilirubin concentration. None of the diets affected the direct reacting bilirubin concentrations. The patients lost weight only when eating the low-energy diets. The findings suggested that energy deprivation in itself and not change in dietary components was responsible for the diet-induced hyperbilirubinaemia. KW - energy deprivation KW - Gilbert's syndrome aetiology KW - hyperbilirubinaemia aetiology KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761448131&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastrointestinal bleeding and iron absorption in the experimental blind loop syndrome. AU - Giannella, R. A. AU - Toskes, P. P. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1976/// VL - 29 IS - 7 SP - 754 EP - 757 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Giannella, R. A.: Gastrointestinal Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Cooper Drive Division, Lexington, Ky. 40506, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761448139. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male albino rats of weight 150 to 250 g were given freely a standard laboratory diet (Ralston Purina, St. Louis, Mo.) and water. The rats had surgically created jejunal blind loops and showed gastrointestinal bleeding. After a dose of 5 ng cyanocobalamin-57Co normal rats absorbed 64.2 plus or minus 3.1%, rats with self-emptying (SE) loops 62.8 plus or minus 2.4 and rats with the self-filling (SF) loops only 25.1 plus or minus 4.2. In rats with SE loops the concentration of total aerobes and anaerobes was significantly increased in the blind loop segment and the intestine distal to the blind loop when compared to corresponding intestinal segments from control rats or rats with SE loops. Rats with SF blind loops absorbed significantly more Fe than control rats, 15.2 plus or minus 1.8% (mean plus or minus SEM) against 4.5 plus or minus 0.69%. Mean haematocrit value and serum Fe concentration were slightly lower in rats with SF blind loops. It was suggested that the gastrointestinal bleeding in the rats with SF loops was a manifestation of damage to the intestinal epithelium in conditions of small intestinal bacterial overgrowth. KW - blind loop syndrome KW - digestive tract KW - haemorrhage KW - iron absorption KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - bleeding KW - gastrointestinal tract KW - hemorrhage KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761448139&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Folate levels among various populations in central Iran. AU - Russell, R. M. AU - Ismail-Beigi, F. AU - Alfrasiabi, K. AU - Rahimifar, M. AU - Pourkamal, D. AU - Ronaghy, H. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1976/// VL - 29 IS - 7 SP - 794 EP - 798 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Russell, R. M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Gastroenterology (111), 3900 Loch Raven Blvd., Baltimore, Md. 21218, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761448147. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 59-30-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Serum folic acid (Lactobacillus casei assay) was estimated in 467 subjects representing various socioeconomic classes from rural and urban central Iran. Of the subjects 170 were pregnant women in different trimesters. The mean serum folate levels of the groups studied ranged from 7.5 to 11.1 ng/ml and are within the normal reported range of 5.9 to 21.0 ng/ml. Only two subjects had serum folate below 3.0 ng/ml and 18 had values in the borderline range of 3.0 to 5.9 ng/ml. In anaemic subjects (haematocrit <37%), red blood cell folate was significantly higher than in nonanaemic controls, 558 plus or minus 56 against 346 plus or minus 35 ng/ml packed red cells, P <0.01. This difference may be related to underutilization of folate in patients with iron deficiency (a common deficiency in this area). A probable explanation for the well maintained serum folate in late pregnancy as well as in other populations studied in this report may be the high intake of Iranian bread made from wheat flour of high extraction rate. KW - blood KW - folic acid KW - Iran KW - Developing Countries KW - Middle East KW - Threshold Countries KW - West Asia KW - Asia KW - folacin KW - folate KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761448147&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Folate content of Iranian breads and the effect of their fiber content on the intestinal absorption of folic acid. AU - Russell, R. M. AU - Ismail-Beigi, F. AU - Reinhold, J. G. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1976/// VL - 29 IS - 7 SP - 799 EP - 802 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Russell, R. M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Gastroenterology (111), 3900 Loch Raven Blvd., Baltimore, Md. 21218, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761448148. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 59-30-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Folacin deficiency is relatively uncommon in central Iran. To explain that finding, the folic acid content of Iranian breads was estimated, since bread is the staple food in Iran. Tanok, the village wholemeal bread, had an average "free" folate content of 0.34 mu g/g. Sangak and bazari, leavened breads made from flours of high extraction rates and widely eaten in towns and cities, had "free" folate content of 0.38 and 0.71 mu g/g. Those values were significantly higher than that of white bread from refined flour, 0.13 mu g/g, or oatmeal bread, 0.09 mu g/g. Iranian breads were high in indigestible fibre, 1.6 to 4.2% DM. Since substances in the bread, such as fibre, may interfere with folate absorption in the small intestine, sequential absorption tests with tritiated folic acid were made in 4 subjects given meals of increasing fibre content and fasting. There was no interference with folate absorption. Studies in vitro did not show the formation of insoluble complexes between bread fibre and folic acid, which might indicate decreased availability. KW - absorption KW - bread KW - composition KW - folic acid KW - Iran KW - Developing Countries KW - Middle East KW - Threshold Countries KW - West Asia KW - Asia KW - fibre content correlation KW - folacin KW - folate KW - Food Composition and Quality (QQ500) KW - Crop Produce (QQ050) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761448148&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Inhibitory effect of eggs on vitamin B12 absorption: description of a simple ovalbumin 57Co-vitamin B12 absorption test. AU - Doscherholmen, A. AU - McMahon, J. AU - Ripley, D. JO - British Journal of Haematology JF - British Journal of Haematology Y1 - 1976/// VL - 33 IS - 2 SP - 261 EP - 272 SN - 0007-1048 AD - Doscherholmen, A.: Dep. Medicine and Laboratory Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, Minn., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761448341. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The subjects were 23 healthy people with proven gastric acid secretion and normal serum vitamin B-12 (200 to 700 ng/litre), 5 patients with pernicious anaemia (vitamin B-12 responsive megaloblastic anaemia, histamine-fast achlorhydria, serum vitamin B-12 concentrations 11 to 56 ng/litre, malabsorption correctable with intrinsic factor, normal absorption of aqueous cyanocobalamin), 6 with simple gastric achlorhydria and 15 who had had gastric surgery 1 to 26 years previously (5 Billroth I, 5 Billroth II, 5 vagotomy with pyloroplasty) but who showed normal absorption of aqueous cyanocobalamin.Egg whites and egg yolks were blended separately, mixed with cyanocobalamin-57Co, cooked and served to the subjects with toast and black coffee. Crystalline cyanocobalamin-57Co was given with only water. All tests were made at 0800 h after overnight fasting. In one experiment, absorption was tested in 9 (10 with egg white) normal subjects by measuring the radioactivity of the subsequent 24-h excretion of urine. Average outputs after the ingestion of 0.56 mu g of crystalline cyanocobalamin, 0.56 mu g in egg yolk and 0.58 mu g in egg white were 21.5, 6.6 and 4.4%, respectively, of the doses. The effect of cooked egg white on the absorption of crystalline cyanocobalamin given separately was tested in 5 subjects, but there was no significant difference in the subsequent urinary (23.1 or 21.3% of dose in 24 h) and plasma (1.3 or 1.3% of dose per litre) values. Egg white thus showed more inhibitory effect on vitamin B-12 absorption than did yolk, but the effect was shown only when the vitamin was mixed with it before it was cooked.The following sets of 4 values are means plus or minus SE for the normal subjects, those with pernicious anaemia, those with simple achlorhydria and those with gastric operations, in that order (p values relate to the normal subjects): crystalline cyanocobalamin, plasma absorption (% of oral dose per litre) 1.13 plus or minus 0.09, 0.05 plus or minus 0.03 (p<0.01), 1.32 plus or minus 0.19 (ns), 1.17 plus or minus 0.08 (ns); urinary excretion (% of oral dose in 24 h) 18.53 plus or minus 1.51, 1.04 plus or minus 0.41 (p<0.01), 25.45 plus or minus 3.41 (ns), 18.37 plus or minus 1.51 (ns); cooked eggs white containing cyanocobalamin, plasma absorption 0.30 plus or minus 0.03, 0.00 plus or minus 0.00 (p<0.01), 0.02 plus or minus 0.01 (p<0.01), 0.03 plus or minus 0.01 (p<0.01); urinary excretion 3.01 plus or minus 0.26, 0.00 plus or minus 0.00 (p<0.01), 0.37 plus or minus 0.10 (p<0.01), 0.66 plus or minus 0.25 (p<0.01).The test with egg white containing the labelled vitamin is recommended as being more physiological and informative than that with the crystalline labelled vitamin alone and is proposed for research and clinical purposes. KW - egg albumen intake KW - vitamin B-12 absorption KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761448341&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fluoride in human parotid saliva. AU - Shannon, I. L. AU - Feller, R. P. AU - Chauncey, H. H. JO - Journal of Dental Research JF - Journal of Dental Research Y1 - 1976/// VL - 55 IS - 3 SP - 506 EP - 509 SN - 0022-0345 AD - Shannon, I. L.: Oral Disease Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, Tex. USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761448345. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Studies were made on 5 healthy young men. Fasting unstimulated saliva was collected with a device placed over the orifice of the right parotid duct for 20 min. Samples were then collected for 3 periods of 10 min each with peppermint, cherry and grape candy drops, in that order, as stimulants. Fifty series of 4 samples each were obtained. The mean unstimulated flow rate was 0.033 ml/min, and the 3 stimulants, in the order named, produced means of 0.277, 0.619 and 0.916 ml/min, the differences being significant at the 1% level. Mean F- contents of the 3 stimulated collections were 0.019, 0.017 and 0.017 mg/litre, with no significant difference, but the mean F- content of the unstimulated samples, 0.028 mg/litre, was significantly higher.In a 2nd experiment, each subject provided 5 unstimulated parotid samples, collected over 20 min, on each of 5 consecutive days for 2 weeks, before and after drinking 25 ml of a grape-flavoured solution, which in the 2nd week contained 10 mg F-. Two 4-h urine samples were collected. The overall mean flow rate for the 125 samples was 0.050 plus or minus 0.022 ml/min for the control week and 0.054 for the test week. Samples collected 4 and 8 h after F- dosage contained significantly higher concentrations of F- than control samples. KW - saliva KW - fluoride content KW - salivary secretions KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761448345&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effects of different dietary fats on choline deficiency fatty liver of the rat. AU - Saito, R. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1976/// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 107 EP - 114 AD - Saito, R.: Clinical Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Pittsburgh, PA 15240, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761448467. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 62-49-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For 24 h groups of 5 Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 100 g were given a semipurified diet deficient in or supplemented with choline with 15% hydrogenated vegetable oil (P) or sunflower seed oil (SO) as sole source of fat. Rats given SO without or with choline in the diet had less triglyceride in the liver than rats given P. Phospholipids in liver were not affected by the fat source in the diet but total phospholipids and phosphatidyl choline were significantly more in liver of rats given the choline supplement than in that of those deprived of choline. KW - choline KW - fatty liver KW - nutrient deficiencies KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fat source modification KW - fatty liver disease KW - fatty liver syndrome KW - steatosis KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761448467&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Adverse reversible effects of chronic ethanol intake on carbohydrate metabolism. AU - Singh, S. P. AU - Patel, D. G. AU - Snyder, A. K. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1976/// VL - 152 IS - 3 SP - 449 EP - 454 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Singh, S. P.: Veterans Administration Hospital, North Chicago, Ill. 60064, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761448711. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male mice at about 25 g bodyweight on a stock diet were given water or 10% or 30% (v/v) ethanol as drinking fluid. Blood ethanol in the latter 2 groups was not significantly different when spot checked at various times. Oral glucose tolerance tests (0.75 g/kg) after 18 h of fasting and with only water to drink were made and plasma immunoreactive insulin was estimated. Blood glucose increment ( DELTA G) expressed as mg/100 ml h above its fasting value, plasma insulin increment ( DELTA I) expressed as mu U/ml h above its fasting value and insulinogenic index ( DELTA I/ DELTA G) were calculated. Mean values ( plus or minus SE) obtained after 30 days on the 3 groups of animals in the order listed above (p values refer to control) were: DELTA G 158 plus or minus 13, 246 plus or minus 15 (p<0.01), 271 plus or minus 1 (p<0.01); DELTA I 22 plus or minus 2, 7 plus or minus 2 (p<0.01), 12 plus or minus 3 (p<0.01); DELTA I/ DELTA G 0.15 plus or minus 0.02, 0.03 plus or minus 0.01 (p<0.01), 0.04 plus or minus 0.01 (p<0.01). The differences disappeared when ethanol was withdrawn. KW - ethanol KW - hyperglycaemia KW - ethyl alcohol KW - high blood glucose KW - hyperglycemia KW - reversibility, mouse KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761448711&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Flavins and flavoproteins. Proceedings of the Fifth International Symposium on Flavins and Flavoproteins, San Francisco, March 31-April 3, 1975. A2 - Singer, T. P. T2 - Flavins and flavoproteins. Proceedings of the Fifth International Symposium on Flavins and Flavoproteins, San Francisco, March 31-April 3, 1975. Y1 - 1976/// CY - Amsterdam; Netherlands PB - Elsevier Scientific Publishing Co. SN - 0444414584 AD - Molecular Biology Division, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761449185. Publication Type: Book. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - At this symposium 89 papers were presented and they appear here in 14 sections. Not all aspects of the subject are of direct interest to the nutritional biochemist, but so many fundamental actions and interactions of flavins and flavoproteins are discussed that there must be few nutritional biochemists who would not find some of them relevant. Editor and publishers have done their part in making an excellently presented volume.D.L. Duncan KW - flavins KW - flavoproteins KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761449185&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Quantification of L-glutamine using Escherichia coli glutamate synthase: a sensitive fluorometric assay. AU - Miller, R. E. JO - Analytical Biochemistry JF - Analytical Biochemistry Y1 - 1976/// VL - 75 IS - 1 SP - 91 EP - 99 SN - 0003-2697 AD - Miller, R. E.: Division of Endocrinology and Metabolism, Dep. Medicine, Case Western Reserve Univ., Veterans Administration Hospital, Cleveland, Ohio 44106, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761449282. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 56-85-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Animal Nutrition N2 - Glutamine reacts with alpha -ketoglutarate, NADPH and H+ and glutamate synthase to give glutamate and NADP+ and the reaction is measured fluorometrically. Glutamate and NH3 do not interfere. The method was applied to serum. KW - estimation KW - glutamine KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761449282&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Beneficial effects of a high carbohydrate, high fiber diet on hyperglycemic diabetic men. AU - Kiehm, T. G. AU - Anderson, J. W. AU - Ward, K. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1976/// VL - 29 IS - 8 SP - 895 EP - 899 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Kiehm, T. G.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Cooper Drive Division, Lexington, Ky. 40507, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761449853. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - High-carbohydrate diets rich in fibre were given to 13 hyperglycaemic diabetic men 5 of whom required 15 to 28 units of insulin daily, 5 sulphonylurea and 3 needed 40 to 55 units of insulin. All 13 took weight-maintaining American Diabetic Association diets with 43% of energy as carbohydrate for 1 week and then a diet with 75% carbohydrate including 15 g crude fibre for about 2 weeks. After that time sulphonylurea was discontinued in all 5 men, insulin was stopped in 4 men and decreased from 28 to 15 units in 1 man from the group requiring less than 30 units daily. Fasting plasma glucose values were significantly lower in all 10 men, although insulin requirements and fasting plasma glucose values were not changed in the 3 men requiring 40 to 55 units of insulin. Fasting serum cholesterol values were significantly lower and mean fasting serum triglyceride 15% lower on the high-carbohydrate diet than on the American Diabetic Association diet in all 13 men. It is concluded that a high-carbohydrate diet with generous amounts of fibre may be the treatment of choice of diabetic patients requiring sulphonylurea or less than 30 units of insulin daily. KW - blood sugar KW - diabetes KW - blood glucose KW - carbohydrate-rich diet KW - fibre-rich diet KW - glucose in blood KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761449853&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Regulation of plasma lecithin:cholesterol acyltransferase in man. 1. Increased activity in primary hypertriglyceridemia. AU - Rose, H. G. AU - Juliano, J. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1976/// VL - 88 IS - 1 SP - 29 EP - 43 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Rose, H. G.: Veterans administration Hospital, 130 W. Kingsbridge Rd., Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761449981. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 35 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - 1. Lecithin cholesterol acyltransferase (LCAT) was measured in plasma of 15 patients with Type IV, 2 with Type V, 1 with Type III and 9 with Type II B hyperlipoproteinaemia. LCAT was significantly high in hypertriglyceridaemic subjects, whatever the lipoprotein pattern. In the Type IV group, but not in normal subjects, LCAT was significantly correlated with increases in very low-density lipoprotein (VLDL), including plasma triglycerides and particularly VLDL-unesterified cholesterol, but not with bodyweight or substrate high-density lipoprotein (HDL) lipid. On repeated estimation in individual subjects there was a relation between triglyceride fluctuations and LCAT in only one subject over an extreme range of triglyceride values. The proportion of ester cholesterol in VLDL was increased in hypertriglyceridaemia, but was not correlated with enzyme activity. Removal of endogenous VLDL in vitro or addition of VLDL from lipaemic plasma to normal plasma was without effect on enzyme activity. KW - hypertriglyceridaemia KW - hypertriglyceridemia KW - lecithin cholesterol acyltransferase in blood KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761449981&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Alterations of renal function during dietary-induced hyperuricemia in the rat. AU - Spencer, H. W. AU - Yarger, W. E. AU - Robinson, R. R. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1976/// VL - 9 IS - 6 SP - 489 EP - 500 SN - 0085-2538 AD - Spencer, H. W.: Durham Veterans Administration Hospital, 508 Fulton Street, Durham, N.C. 27705, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761450013. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: French. Number of References: 10 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Hyperuricaemia was induced in female Sprague-Dawley rats by feeding them on stock diet supplemented with 2.5% uric acid and 5% oxonic acid (an inhibitor of hepatic uricase activity). After 7 days inulin clearance (CIn) and superficial nephron glomerular filtration rate (SNFR) were significantly lower than in healthy rats; CIn was 0.94 plus or minus 0.10 compared with 3.61 plus or minus 0.13 ml/kg bodyweight min and SNFR was 54.9 plus or minus 3.2 compared with 129.7 plus or minus 6.7 nl/kg bodyweight min. Filtration rate reduction was accompanied by an increased concentration of urate in renal tissue. In the kidney there were whitish streaks containing negatively birefringent crystals throughout the medulla and papilla; histologically, there was dilatation of the collecting ducts with flattening of the epithelium and intraluminal crystalline deposits. Intraluminal hydrostatic pressure was higher than that in healthy rats in both proximal, 21.5 plus or minus 1.7 compared with 11.4 plus or minus 0.3 mmHg, and distal convuluted tubules 20.3 plus or minus 2.0 compared with 7.6 plus or minus 0.5 mmHg. In another group of rats on a similar diet, CIn was reduced to 1.49 plus or minus 0.20 ml/kg bodyweight min. Partial or complete restoration of CIn to normal was effected within 7 days by a large volume of alkali solution by mouth or cessation of oxonic-uric acid treatment. KW - hyperuricaemia KW - renal function KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hyperuricemia KW - kidney function KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761450013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Elevated plasma zinc: a heritable anomaly. AU - Smith, J. C., Jr. AU - Zeller, J. A. AU - Brown, E. D. AU - Ong, S. C. JO - Science, USA JF - Science, USA Y1 - 1976/// VL - 193 IS - 4252 SP - 496 EP - 498 AD - Smith, J. C., Jr.: Trace Element Research Lab., Lab. and Psychiatry Services, Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D.C. 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761450030. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - An extremely high concentration of zinc in the plasma was found in 5 of 7 members of one family and in 2 of 3 second-generation individuals, an indication that the condition is heritable. The excess Zn appears to be bound to serum proteins, with no apparent clinical symptoms or abnormalities. KW - blood KW - zinc KW - heredity KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761450030&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Studies on obesity. 3. Effect of triiodothyronine (T3) on thyroglobulin autoantibodies in euthyroid obese subjects. AU - Premachandra, B. N. AU - Perlstein, I. B. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1976/// VL - 25 IS - 9 SP - 981 EP - 988 AD - Premachandra, B. N.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Jefferson Barracks, St. Louis, Mo. 63125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761450116. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - 3. Of 16 obese subjects who had tanned red cell agglutinating thyroglobulin (TRC-TG) antibodies in their blood 10 were treated with triiodothyronine (T3) from 50 increasing to 250 mu g/day; it was progressively reduced with reduction in bodyweight. Thyroid function was normal in all subjects. TRC-TG antibodies were present in titres of 40 to 1280 in both groups. All subjects were given a diet high in protein and low in fat and carbohydrate. Treatment was from 2 to 8 months and in all but one subject given T3, TRC-TG antibodies completely disappeared. In subjects not given T3 antibody titres remained constant indicating a lack of spontaneous regression of circulating immune response. Treatment with T3, by inhibiting thyrotropin, may have caused regression of an inapparent immunological thyroid lesion, thus leading to the disappearance of circulating TRC antibodies, or T3 specifically may have accelerated catabolism of thyroid antibodies. The latter possibility is favoured in the absence of thyroiditis in subjects given T3. KW - obesity KW - fatness KW - thyroglobulin antibodies in blood KW - triiodothyronine administration KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761450116&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Equally rapid activation of lipogenesis in nibbling and gorging mice. AU - Baker, N. AU - Palmquist, D. L. AU - Learn, D. B. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1976/// VL - 17 IS - 5 SP - 527 EP - 535 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Baker, N.: Tumor-Lipid Lab., Research Service, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761450396. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Mice trained to eat one meal daily were starved for 22 to 24 h and given glucose-14C with pure glucose, 30% glucose or a 58% glucose, fat-free diet. Conversion of glucose carbon to total lipid fatty acids increased from 0.6 (starved) to about 20 mu g/min 20 g bodyweight during 40 min after feeding for each meal. Exogenous glucose was incorporated into fatty acids as fast in mice trained to nibble most of their feed in 8 h as in meal eaters. The total rate of fatty acid synthesis from both exogenous and endogenous body glucose was only 15% higher than the rate from exogenous glucose between 10 and 40 min; there was no significant difference between the groups. KW - feeding frequency KW - lipogenesis KW - MICE KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - eating rate KW - lipid formation KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761450396&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A stable, radioactive substrate emulsion for assay of lipoprotein lipase. AU - Nilsson-Ehle, P. AU - Schotz, M. C. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1976/// VL - 17 IS - 5 SP - 536 EP - 541 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Nilsson-Ehle, P.: Research Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761450397. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9004-02-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - estimation KW - lipoprotein lipase KW - diacylglycerol lipase KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761450397&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Canine pancreatic response to intestinally perfused oligopeptides. AU - Meyer, J. H. AU - Kelly, G. A. AU - Jones, R. S. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1976/// VL - 231 IS - 3 SP - 678 EP - 681 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Meyer, J. H.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761450589. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Synthetic peptides at 30 mmol/litre were perfused into the proximal intestine of dogs with chronic gastric and pancreatic fistulae when luminal pancreatic proteases were decreased to undetectable concentrations and the dogs were being given secretin infusions. Of the peptides tested glycylphenylalanine, glycyltryptophan and phenylalanylglycine stimulated pancreatic output of protein and bicarbonate; di- and triglycine were without effect. KW - intestines KW - DOGS KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - oligopeptide infusion KW - pancreatic juice secretion KW - peptide infusion KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761450589&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Osmolyte and tryptophan receptors controlling gastric emptying in the dog. AU - Stephens, J. R. AU - Woolson, R. F. AU - Cooke, A. R. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1976/// VL - 231 IS - 3 SP - 848 EP - 853 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Stephens, J. R.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Iowa City, Iowa 52240, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761450592. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Test meals of 300 ml which contained a monosaccharide, disaccharide, dipeptide, amino acid, or a combination of tryptophan with an amino acid, monosaccharide or mannitol were given to 6 healthy dogs. On a molar basis the disaccharides and dipeptides were almost twice as potent in their effect on gastric emptying as their respective constituent monosaccharides or amino acids, implying that the osmoreceptor is deep to the brush border disaccharidases and cytosol dipeptidases. Tryptophan probably acts by a mechanism different from the osmoreceptor since slowing of gastric emptying by tryptophan was inhibited by methionine which had no effect on a stimulant of the osmoreceptor methanism. Lysine, unlike methionine, does not share the neutral amino acid transport pathway with tryptophan. Lysine did not change the inhibitory effect of tryptophan on gastric emptying. This implies that transport of tryptophan into the intestinal cell is necessary for its slowing effect. Glucose and galactose also inhibited the tryptophan effect whereas a nonabsorbed hexitol, mannitol, was without effect. Interference by the hexoses also was probably by competition with tryptophan for transport into the cell. KW - stomach emptying KW - DOGS KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - osmolyte role KW - tryptophan receptor role KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761450592&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Canine gut receptors mediating pancreatic responses to luminal L-amino acids. AU - Meyer, J. H. AU - Kelly, G. A. AU - Spingola, L. J. AU - Jones, R. S. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1976/// VL - 231 IS - 3 SP - 669 EP - 677 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Meyer, J. H.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761450588. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 26 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Pancreatic protein and bicarbonate outputs were estimated in dogs with pancreatic fistulae which were given a constant infusion of secretin 0.5 or 1.0 clinical units/kg h while single L-amino acids or mixtures of L-amino acids were perfused into proximal intestine. Both phenylalanine and tryptophan were potent stimuli of pancreatic secretion; alanine, leucine and valine increased protein outputs nonsignificantly. Six other amino acids had no effect. Tryptophan infused with phenylalanine increased responses to phenylalanine; methionine, ineffective when perfused alone, did not alter responses to phenylalanine when perfused with the latter. Responses to phenylalanine perfused at concentrations above 8 mmol/litre were dependent on load and were mediated by lengths of proximal intestine greater than 10 cm. KW - intestines KW - DOGS KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - amino acid infusion KW - pancreatic juice secretion KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761450588&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Canine pancreatic responses to intestinally perfused proteins and protein digests. AU - Meyer, J. H. AU - Kelly, G. A. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1976/// VL - 231 IS - 3 SP - 682 EP - 691 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Meyer, J. H.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761450590. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 28 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Pancreatic bicarbonate and protein secretory responses to intestinally perfused proteins or digests of proteins were estimated in dogs with chronic gastric and pancreatic fistulae when luminal pancreatic protease concentrations were reduced to undetectable amounts. Amino acids were estimated in protein digests and other indirect methods were used to assess the composition of the digest mixtures. Of 5 undigested proteins, none evoked more pancreatic secretion than a control perfusion with saline. Peptic digestion of the proteins converted 4 of them to polypeptides that were potent stimuli of a pancreatic juice similar in HCO3-:protein ratios to that evoked by luminal amino acids. Dialysed peptic digests of one of the proteins, bovine serum albumin (BSA), retained potency. Digestion of BSA with endogenous or exogenous pancreatic proteases converted the protein to a stimulus about equipotent with the peptic digest, though the composition of the pancreatic digests differed markedly from that of the peptic digests. It is concluded that luminal peptides of 4 or more amino acids can stimulate the pancreas and during protein feeding many luminal products may evoke pancreatic secretion. KW - intestines KW - DOGS KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - pancreatic juice secretion KW - protein digest infusion KW - protein infusion KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761450590&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Food and water intakes of rats as a function of strain, age, temperature, and body weight. AU - Jakubczak, L. F. JO - Physiology and Behavior JF - Physiology and Behavior Y1 - 1976/// VL - 17 IS - 2 SP - 251 EP - 258 AD - Jakubczak, L. F.: Gerontological Psychology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Louis, MO 63125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761450991. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In an experiment of 2 X 3 X 3 design, representing strain of rat (ACI/Mai and Fischer 344), age (young 217 to 221 days, mature 387 to 391 days and old 749 to 753 days) and ambient temperature (21 deg , 28 deg and 32 deg C), the dependent variables were food eaten in g, water drunk in g and bodyweight in g during a single 24-h exposure to one of the temperatures. The results showed that food intake was positively related to age and independent of strain. Both strains increased water intake with increasing age but Fischer rats did so at a higher rate. While the ACI rats increased bodyweight with increasing age, the Fischer rats increased and then decreased bodyweight. Relative to bodyweight or food intake, Fischer rats overate and overdrank but ACI rats did not. The old rats ate more than the young and mature rats at 21 deg , more than the young rats at 32 deg , the same as the young and mature at 28 deg , and drank more than the young and mature at all temperatures. The results suggest that the mechanisms mediating feeding and drinking remain intact and responsive to the energy and water needs of the rat for most of its life span. KW - age KW - environmental temperature KW - food intake KW - water intake KW - weight KW - age, strain, temperature and weight variations, rat KW - food and water intake KW - strains compared, rat KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761450991&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of conventional and newer forms of treatment on calcium absorption in osteoporosis. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Kramer, L. AU - Osis, D. AU - Norris, C. JO - Israel Journal of Medical Sciences JF - Israel Journal of Medical Sciences Y1 - 1976/// VL - 12 IS - 7 SP - 638 EP - 651 SN - 0021-2180 AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, IL, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761451130. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 71 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In patients between 36 and 76 years old and on a constant diet the effects of different methods of treatment on absorption of Ca in osteoporosis were studied with tracer amounts of 47Ca by mouth; Ca balances were estimated. Oestrogen reduced Ca in urine and testosterone increased N balance. Vitamin D and Sr increased Ca in urine but did not increase absorption of Ca. Fluoride or phosphate had no effect on Ca absorption and little on balance but reduced Ca in urine. Infusions of Ca, up to 15 mg/kg bodyweight for 6 or 10 days, increased retention of Ca but did not increase absorption. KW - calcium absorption KW - comparisons KW - osteoporosis KW - treatment KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761451130&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Metabolism of 14C-oleate and nervonate in rats. AU - Lutton, C. AU - Rabinowitz, J. L. AU - Chevallier, F. AU - Hercker, E. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1976/// VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 373 EP - 384 AD - Lutton, C.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Philadelphia, Pa. 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761451489. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 21 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Adult male Wistar rats were given in a 3-g bolus of their diet [1-14C]nervonate 250 mu Ci, [24-14C]nervonate 1 mCi or [1-14C]oleate 100 or 200 mu Ci. Labelled materials were estimated in faeces and carcass; respired 14CO2 and distribution of fatty acids labelled with 14C in different tissues were also estimated. There was an almost uniform labelling pattern of odd-numbered fatty acid carbons 63 h after feeding. At 15 h 3 to 6% of the 14C was in the original C-position of the oleate or nervonate. Of the [24-14C]nervonate label 50% was in omega -14C oleate in some tissues 3 h after feeding. Intestinal absorption of nervonate was slower than that for oleate. The lipids formed from the labelled fatty acids differed with tissues. KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - nervonic acid metabolism KW - oleic acid metabolism KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761451489&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Amylase - its clinical significance: a review of the literature. AU - Salt, W. B., II AU - Schenker, S. JO - Medicine JF - Medicine Y1 - 1976/// VL - 55 IS - 4 SP - 269 EP - 289 AD - Salt, W. B., II: Division of Gastroenterology, Dep. Medicine, Nashville Veterans Administration Hospital, Nashville, Tenn., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761451604. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 286 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - amylases KW - reviews KW - clinical significance KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761451604&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of age on plasma proinsulin-like material after oral glucose. AU - Duckworth, W. C. AU - Kitabchi, A. E. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1976/// VL - 88 IS - 3 SP - 359 EP - 367 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Duckworth, W. C.: Research Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Memphis, Tenn. 38104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761451626. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 33 ref. Registry Number: 9004-10-8, 9035-68-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Total plasma insulin and proinsulin-like material after glucose by mouth was studied in 68 lean subjects of varying ages with normal glucose tolerance tests. Although each subject had a normal test, the mean glucose values increased with increasing age. When younger subjects, 15 to 44 years old, were compared with older, 45 to 74, no significant difference in total insulin responses was seen, but plasma proinsulin-like material was higher in the older subjects. All values after stimulation were greater in the older than in the younger group. There was a significant correlation between the amount of proinsulin and the age of the subject. KW - age KW - blood KW - blood sugar KW - insulin KW - proinsulin KW - blood glucose KW - glucose in blood KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761451626&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Potentiation of ethanol fatty liver in rats by chronic administration of nicotinic acid. AU - Sorrell, M. F. AU - Baker, H. AU - Tuma, D. J. AU - Frank, O. AU - Barak, A. J. JO - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta JF - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta Y1 - 1976/// VL - 450 IS - 2 SP - 231 EP - 238 AD - Sorrell, M. F.: Liver Study Unit, Gastroenterology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Omaha, Nebr. 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761451755. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 45 ref. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Rats were given a semi-liquid control diet with protein supplying 18, lipid 35 and carbohydrate 47% of energy, an isocaloric diet with ethanol replacing carbohydrate to provide 36% of energy, or each diet with nicotinic acid, 0.5 mg/kcal (50 mg/100 ml diet) or about 150 mg/kg bodyweight. Blood ethanol was unaffected by nicotinic acid which was well absorbed and stored in liver. Analysis after 28 days showed that nicotinic acid per se stimulated fatty infiltration of liver and this was potentiated with ethanol. KW - ethanol KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - fatty liver aetiology KW - nicotinic acid excess KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761451755&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparison of linoleic acid and stearic acid absorption by the gallbladder. AU - Neiderhiser, D. H. AU - Harmon, C. K. JO - Biochemica et Biophysica Acta JF - Biochemica et Biophysica Acta Y1 - 1976/// VL - 450 IS - 2 SP - 252 EP - 260 AD - Neiderhiser, D. H.: Medical Research Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Cleveland, Ohio 44106, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761451756. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 27 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Absorption by the guineapig gallbladder in situ was faster for [14C]linoleic acid than for [14C]stearic acid. There were differences in their incorporation into complex lipids of gallbladder mucosa. More linoleic than stearic acid was incorporated into triglyceride and the reverse was true for sphingomyelin. The significance of the results in relation to the fatty acid composition of bile is discussed. KW - gall bladder KW - guineapigs KW - Cavia KW - Caviidae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - guinea pigs KW - linoelic acid uptake KW - stearic acid uptake KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761451756&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Impaired urinary concentrating ability and cyclic AMP in K+-depleted rat kidney. AU - Beck, N. AU - Webster, S. K. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1976/// VL - 231 IS - 4 SP - 1204 EP - 1208 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Beck, N.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. Texas Health Science Center, San Antonio, Tex. 78284, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761451887. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Registry Number: 61-19-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For 3 to 6 weeks Sprague-Dawley rats weighing from 200 to 250 g were given a diet with K+ less than 0.2 mmol/100 g. Some were given KCl 53 mmol/100 g diet for 7 days or KCl 7.5 mu mol/min for 90 min immediately before the experiments after having been on the low-K diet for 4 weeks. The antidiuretic response to vasopressin and increase in cyclic AMP in urine were significantly less in K-depleted rats. Repletion for 1 week restored the ability to increase cAMP in urine in response to vasopressin. The increase in cAMP concentration in response to vasopressin was also significantly less in renal medulla slices from rats depleted in K than in those from controls. The results suggest that in K depletion there is a reversible impairment of the vasopressin-dependent cAMP system in the renal medulla which may play a pathogenic role in the urine concentrating defect. KW - AMP KW - urine KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - adenosine monophosphate KW - potassium depletion KW - urine concentrating ability KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761451887&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nutritional determinants of the ecology of the oral flora. AU - Morhart, R. E. AU - Fitzgerald, R. J. JO - Dental Clinics of North America JF - Dental Clinics of North America Y1 - 1976/// VL - 20 IS - 3 SP - 473 EP - 489 AD - Morhart, R. E.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Dental Research Unit (151), 1201 N.W. 16th Street, Miami, Fla. 33125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761452002. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 23 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - microorganisms KW - mouth KW - micro-organisms KW - nutrition role KW - Human Physiology and Biochemistry (VV050) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761452002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Plasma alpha amino-n-butyric acid to leucine ratio: an empirical biochemical marker of alcoholism. AU - Shaw, S. AU - Stimmel, B. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Science, USA JF - Science, USA Y1 - 1976/// VL - 194 IS - 4269 SP - 1057 EP - 1058 AD - Shaw, S.: Bronx Veterans Administration Hospital, City Univ. New York, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761452014. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 11 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The plasma ratio of alpha -amino-n-butyric acid:leucine (A:L) in 42 alcoholic patients who were poorly or well nourished was double that in 20 normal healthy controls and 19 patients with nonalcoholic liver disease. When 13 baboons were given a diet with protein as 6% of energy without or with alcohol as 50% of energy those given alcohol had an A:L ratio double that of 13 baboons which were pair-fed controls. The A:L ratio as a marker to detect and assess alcoholism was studied in 25 subjects who were on methadone. There was a positive correlation between plasma A:L ratio and mean daily alcohol intake and with results of tests indicative of alcoholism. It is concluded that the plasma A:L ratio is more reliable in the detection and assessment of the degree of alcoholism than alcohol in the blood or than blood enzyme changes. KW - alcoholism KW - alpha-amino-n-butyric acid:leucine ratio in blood KW - leucine: alpha-amino-n-butyric acid ratio in blood KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761452014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Symptomatic intestinal disaccharidase deficiency in alcoholics. AU - Perlow, W. AU - Baraona, E. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1977/// VL - 72 IS - 4, I SP - 680 EP - 684 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Perlow, W.: Sec. & Lab. of Liver Diseases, Veterans Administration Hospital, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, New York 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19770434152. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Registry Number: 9031-11-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Dairy Science N2 - Lactase and sucrase activities were measured in jejunal biopsies from a group of alcoholic and non-alcoholic men of similar nutritional status, consisting of American blacks, and whites of northern European origin. When measured within 10 days of alcohol withdrawal, sucrase activity was decreased by 33% in the alcoholics. Lactase activity was <1 U/g in 100% of the black and 20% of the white alcoholics, compared with 50% of the black and none of the white control subjects. Lactase activity was virtually absent in 45% of the black alcoholics. A 2nd biopsy after an additional 2-wk period of alcohol abstinence exhibited significant secondary increases in the activities of both disaccharidases. Oral administration of lactose (1 g/kg body wt.) resulted in significantly lower blood glucose concn. and higher incidence of adverse effects in alcoholics, mainly among the blacks. Although data from larger populations are needed to confirm our observations, these findings suggest that chronic alcohol ingestion decreases intestinal disaccharidase activities even in the absence of overt malnutrition. The decrease in enzyme activity produced by alcohol is associated with increased morbidity after lactose administration. KW - beta-galactosidase KW - deficiency KW - enzymes KW - MAN KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - beta-D-galactosidase KW - lactase KW - Milk and Dairy Produce (QQ010) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19770434152&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Induction of cellular and humoral immunological responsiveness to a soluble cercarial antigen preparation from Schistosoma mansoni. AU - Katz, S. P. AU - Colley, D. G. JO - Infection and Immunity JF - Infection and Immunity Y1 - 1976/// VL - 14 IS - 2 SP - 502 EP - 508 SN - 0019-9567 AD - Katz, S. P.: Dep. of Microbiol., Vanderbilt Univ. School of Med. and the Veterans Administration Hospital, Nashville, Tennessee 37232, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19770833273. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - The development of immunological responsiveness to a soluble cercarial antigenic preparation (CAP) from Schistosoma mansoni was analysed in inbred CBA/J mice infected with cercariae, once or multiple times, or sensitized using CAP. Repeated exposure to 75 cercariae at 3 weekly intervals (3X-75) or subcutaneous administration of 20 mu g of CAP (CAP/complete Freund adjuvant (CFA) stimulated the development of specific anti-CAP lymph node cell blastogenesis. The degree of responsiveness was dependent upon the concentration of CAP in the culture system and was optimal in the dose range of 20 to 30 mu g of protein of CAP per culture. Animals exposed once to 75 or 225 cercariae or to 2 sequential weekly infections with 75 cercariae exhibited a minimal response to CAP in comparison to the responsiveness of 3/X-75 or CAP/CFA lymph node cells. Assessment of anti-CAP agglutinating antibody by application of a microtitre passive haemagglutination technique revealed that both 3X-75 and CAP/CFA animals possessed low titres of activity. In addition both 3X-75 and CAP/CFA sera contained reagin-like antibodies to CAP as detected by the heterologous (rat) 72-hour latent period, passive cutaneous anaphylaxis technique. [AS] KW - antigens KW - cercariae KW - helminths KW - immunology KW - parasites KW - responses KW - MICE KW - Rodents KW - Schistosoma mansoni KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Schistosoma KW - Schistosomatidae KW - Digenea KW - Trematoda KW - Platyhelminthes KW - invertebrates KW - antigenicity KW - immunogens KW - parasitic worms KW - Strigeida KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19770833273&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Analysis of the intradermal response against a soluble cercarial antigenic preparation from Schistosoma mansoni. AU - Katz, S. P. AU - Colley, D. G. JO - Infection and Immunity JF - Infection and Immunity Y1 - 1976/// VL - 14 IS - 2 SP - 509 EP - 521 SN - 0019-9567 AD - Katz, S. P.: Dep. of Microbiol., Vanderbilt Univ. School of Med. and the Veterans Administration Hospital, Nashville, Tennessee 37232, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19770833274. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - Intradermal testing was performed with a soluble cercarial antigenic preparation (CAP) from Schistosoma mansoni cercariae in CBA/J mice multiply infected with S. mansoni or sensitized with CAP. Both an early (5-hour) response and a late (24 to 48 hour) reaction to CAP, as measured by increase in dermal thickness, was elicited after injection of antigen into the ears of either multiply infected (3X-75cercariae) or CAP-sensitized (CAP/complete Freund adjuvant [CFA]) mice. Histopathological examination showed that the early response was primarily vascular in nature and involved a polymorphonuclear cell infiltrate in and around dilated capillaries. The late reaction to CAP consisted of a perivascular cellular infiltrate of polymorphonuclear and mononuclear cell types. Passive transfer of 3X-75-infected or CAP/CFA-sensitized serum (0.4 ml) to normal mice conveyed the ability to mount an early (5-hour) response to CAP which was marked histopathologically by a prominent polymorphonuclear cell infiltrate. The majority of the responsiveness in normal mice after administration of lymph node cells (40 X 106) from multiply infected or CAP/CFA-sensitized mice was observed 24 to 48 hours after injection of CAP and was mononuclear in nature. KW - antigens KW - cercariae KW - helminths KW - immunology KW - parasites KW - responses KW - MICE KW - Rodents KW - Schistosoma mansoni KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Schistosoma KW - Schistosomatidae KW - Digenea KW - Trematoda KW - Platyhelminthes KW - invertebrates KW - antigenicity KW - immunogens KW - parasitic worms KW - Strigeida KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19770833274&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Eosinophil-mediated destruction of Schistosoma mansoni eggs. AU - James, S. L. AU - Colley, D. G. JO - Journal of the Reticuloendothelial Society JF - Journal of the Reticuloendothelial Society Y1 - 1976/// VL - 20 IS - 5 SP - 359 EP - 374 AD - James, S. L.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Vanderbilt Univ., Nashville, Tennessee 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19770833790. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - Evidence is presented which implicates the eosinophil as an effector cell in the host response to Schistosoma mansoni eggs. Peritoneal exudate eosinophils derived from S. mansoni-infected CBA/J mice caused significant morphological damage to isolated S. mansoni eggs in a 24-hour in vitro co-cultivation system. Macrophages, neutrophils or lymphocytes obtained from either infected or uninfected animals did not significantly damage eggs in this system. Likewise, eosinophils derived from either uninfected mice or mice infected with Trichinella spiralis were unable to effect significant damage within the current system. Damage to eggs which occurred in the presence of S. mansoni-related eosinophils increased with time up to 24 hours and occurred even in the presence of cell populations containing less than 30% eosinophils. The eosinophil-dependent destruction of schistosome eggs did not occur at 4 deg C. Eosinophils from specifically infected mice did not destroy target eggs which were pretreated so as to decrease their antigenicity and empty egg shells were not attacked. [AS] KW - helminths KW - immunology KW - ova KW - parasites KW - Schistosoma mansoni KW - Schistosoma KW - Schistosomatidae KW - Digenea KW - Trematoda KW - Platyhelminthes KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - eosinophil-mediated destruction KW - parasitic worms KW - Strigeida KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19770833790&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Modification of the lung recovery assay for schistosomula and correlations with worm burdens in mice infected with Schistosoma mansoni. AU - Lewis, F. A. AU - Colley, D. G. JO - Journal of Parasitology JF - Journal of Parasitology Y1 - 1977/// VL - 63 IS - 3 SP - 413 EP - 417 SN - 0022-3395 AD - Lewis, F. A.: Veterans Administration Hospital and the Dep. of Microbiol., Vanderbilt Univ. School of Med., Nashville, Tennessee 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19770836195. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - The kinetics of recovery of schistosomula from the lungs of previously-unexposed CFI mice were studied following infection with Schistosoma mansoni cercariae. Lung tissue fragments were incubated from 3 to 48 hours and the completeness of recovery of viable schistosomula was determined. The recovery of schistosomula from the lungs was shown to correlate closely with 7-week worm recoveries. With the additional incubation described, the lung recovery assay may provide a more defined indicator of protective immunity. Based on the data generated by these analyses, it is predicted that under these conditions schistosomula arrive in the lungs from 3 to 7 days after infection, and that they sojourn there for a 3-day period. [AS] KW - helminths KW - immunology KW - parasites KW - MICE KW - Rodents KW - Schistosoma mansoni KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Schistosoma KW - Schistosomatidae KW - Digenea KW - Trematoda KW - Platyhelminthes KW - invertebrates KW - parasitic worms KW - recovery & worm burdens KW - Strigeida KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19770836195&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of calcium infusions on serum calcium and gastric acid secretion. AU - Hall, W. H. AU - Brandli, H. AU - Read, R. C. JO - Digestion JF - Digestion Y1 - 1976/// VL - 14 IS - 5/6 SP - 389 EP - 393 SN - 0012-2823 AD - Hall, W. H.: Gastroenterology Section (111 H), Veterans Administration Hospital, 921 NE 13th Street, Oklahoma City, OK 73104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771452078. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 8 ref. Registry Number: 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Ca was given by vein, 5 mg/kg hourly for 3 h or 4 mg/kg hourly for 4 h, to 20 patients who had previously undergone truncal vagotomy and pyloroplasty for duodenal ulcer disease and to 17 with the disorder but without operation. During infusion for 3 h serum Ca rose to 16.50 and during infusion for 4 h to 13.67 mg/100 ml on average, a significant difference. There was no correlation of the highest serum Ca value achieved with the highest output of gastric acid in either group of patients. Stimulated gastric acid secretion was significantly less with than without vagotomy. KW - blood KW - blood chemistry KW - calcium KW - gastric acid KW - secretion KW - calcium infusion KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771452078&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Serum lipids in alcoholic patients with and without cirrhosis of the liver, with particular reference to endogenous familial hypertriglyceridemia. AU - Patek, A. J., Jr. AU - Earampamoorthy, S. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1976/// VL - 29 IS - 10 SP - 1122 EP - 1126 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Patek, A. J., Jr.: Hepatology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, 150 South Huntington Ave., Boston, Mass. 02130, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771452326. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 31 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In the family histories of 40 cirrhotics, diabetes occurred in 4, heart disease in 10 and "strokes" in 6. Diabetes was associated with vascular disease in 4 cases. In the family histories of 40 noncirrhotic alcoholics, diabetes occurred in 6, heart disease in 10 and "strokes" in 2. Diabetes was associated with vascular disease in 3. Diabetes occurred in 6 cirrhotics and in 3 non-cirrhotics. In several instances carbohydrate intolerance was probably related to pancreatititis or hepatic disease rather than to genetic diabetes. Incidence of cardiovascular disease was negligible in both groups; there was no significant difference between them in mean values for serum triglycerides, cholesterol and fasting blood glucose. In the noncirrhotic alcoholics there were 8 with transitory moderate increases in serum glutamic oxaloacetic transaminase. Six were associated with delirium tremens; in 7 there were transitory moderate rises in serum alkaline phosphatase. Values for serum cholesterol and triglycerides were within normal limits in most of the cirrhotic and noncirrhotic patients, suggesting that the overall frequency of cirrhosis was not materially affected by the presence of endogenous familial hypertriglyceridaemia. KW - alcoholism KW - blood lipids KW - cirrhosis KW - liver cirrhosis KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771452326&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Blood sampling techniques for studying rapidly turning over metabolic fuels in mice. AU - Baker, N. AU - Morris, D. AU - Sandborg, C. JO - Lipids JF - Lipids Y1 - 1976/// VL - 11 IS - 11 SP - 818 EP - 820 SN - 0024-4201 AD - Baker, N.: Tumor-Lipid Lab., Research Service, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771452604. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 8 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Animal Nutrition N2 - The radioactivity of plasma fatty acids up to 2 min after injection of labelled palmitic or linoleic acid complexed with mouse serum albumin was the same for blood obtained by decapitation or from the orbital blood sinus. KW - blood KW - fatty acids KW - MICE KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood sampling method KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771452604&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Chylomicron clearance in normal and hyperlipidemic man. AU - Grundy, S. M. AU - Mok, H. Y. I. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1976/// VL - 25 IS - 11 SP - 1225 EP - 1239 AD - Grundy, S. M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, La Jolla, Calif. 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771452687. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A method has been developed for measurement of fractional clearance rates of chylomicron lipids in man. The technique employs constant infusion of emulsified fat into the duodenum at a rate of 200 mg/kg h. After 5 h of infusion, concentrations of triglycerides (TG) in the chylomicron fraction become constant for the subsequent 5 h. Since the input of chylomicron-TG is known, fractional removal rates can be calculated from steady-state plasma levels. In 21 patients with normal TG levels, clearance rates were extremely rapid (t1/2 for chylomicron-TG = 4.5 plus or minus 2.9 (s.d.) min). In 30 patients with endogenous hypertriglyceridaemia, clearance was generally prolonged (t1/2 = 23 plus or minus 5.5 min). This delay in chylomicron clearance could have been due either to a defect in removal of all TG-rich lipoproteins or to competition for removal between endogenous and exogenous particles; a generalized defect in clearance capacity for plasma TG was apparently ruled out for most patients by the further observation that reduction of endogenous TG by energy restriction caused chylomicron removal to return to normal. The studies also showed that endogenous TG is removed much less efficiently than chylomicron-TG, and in some patients the discrepancy is particularly marked. KW - hyperlipaemia KW - chylomicron clearance KW - hyperlipemia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771452687&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Changes in plasma triglyceride metabolism during withdrawal of bile. AU - Nestel, P. J. AU - Grundy, S. M. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1976/// VL - 25 IS - 11 SP - 1259 EP - 1268 AD - Nestel, P. J.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, La Jolla, Calif. 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771452690. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The relationship between bile acid turnover and plasma triglyceride metabolism was examined in a group of 7 moderately overweight and hypertriglyceridaemic men. Bile acid synthesis was stimulated by the continuous aspiration of duodenal contents so that 150% of the bile acid pool was removed in 18 h. In comparison with the average concentration of very low density lipoprotein triglyceride (VLDL-TG) during a preceding 8-10 h control period, bile withdrawal led to an increase in VLDL-TG of 34, 43, 32, 14, 26, 14 and 8% (mean + 24%) in the 7 men. In control studies performed on another day the mean change over a similar period of time, but without bile withdrawal, was + 1%. The kinetics of VLDL triglyceride were studied in some of the subjects by analysing the triglyceride specific radioactivity curves after injections of labelled glycerol. In control studies of 26 h duration the curves were resolved into 2 apparent exponential functions, the second part of the curve appearing between 15 and 18 h after pulse-labelling. During bile withdrawal, the second apparent exponential developed sooner, within 4 h of beginning the aspiration, and coincided with the rise in triglyceride concentration. The fractional rate of the second exponential was at least as fast during bile withdrawal as during the control period despite the increase in VLDL-TG pool, suggesting that the turnover of triglyceride was higher at a time when bile acid production was being stimulated. KW - blood KW - triacylglycerols KW - bile withdrawal KW - triglycerides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771452690&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Prostaglandin E release in the dog: effect of sodium. AU - Terashima, R. AU - Anderson, F. L. AU - Jubiz, W. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1976/// VL - 231 IS - 5 SP - 1429 EP - 1432 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Terashima, R.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. Utah College of Medicine, Salt Lake City, Utah 84132, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771453016. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Registry Number: 11000-26-3, 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - Renal arterial injections (20 ml) of 4 M NaCl in 8 dogs and of 0.5 M NaCl in 2 dogs were followed by significant but delayed increases over 60 min in renal venous prostaglandin E (PGE) concentrations as measured by radioimmunoassay. Perfusion pressure increased significantly only at 5 min but plasma Na concentration remained above base line for 60 min. In 2 dogs in which renal artery blood flow was maintained at a constant rate, comparable increases in PGE concentrations were observed. Injections of 1 M mannitol in 3 dogs and 5% glucose in water in 2 dogs did not result in significant changes in PGE concentrations. In 4 dogs, administration of 50 mg indomethacin 15 min before injection of 4 M NaCl abolished the changes of PGE concentration. Na appears to have an effect on stimulation of PGE release by the canine kidney. KW - animal physiology KW - kidneys KW - Pharmacology KW - prostaglandins KW - sodium KW - DOGS KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - prostaglandin E secretion KW - sodium chloride injection KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Physiology and Biochemistry (Excluding Nutrition) (LL600) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771453016&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Unidirectional uptake of iron across intestinal brush border. AU - Sheehan, R. G. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1976/// VL - 231 IS - 5 SP - 1438 EP - 1444 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Sheehan, R. G.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. Texas, Southwestern Medical School, Dallas, Tex. 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771453017. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7439-89-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The unidirectional uptake of Fe by segments of proximal small intestine from adult female Sprague-Dawley rats was linear over the concetration range 0.1 to 10 nmol/litre, from 3 Fe complexes. The rate varied with the bioavailability of the complex. The uptake rates of Fe 1 mmol/litre were estimated at 2 deg , 27 deg and 37 deg C and the temperature coefficient was about 1.0 to 1.3. Uptake rates were similar in all segments. Uptake was not increased in segments from rats deprived of Fe or with haemolytic anaemia. Co did not inhibit the uptake rate. The studies showed that the uptake of nonhaem Fe by the small intestine mucosal cell is by passive diffusion and also indicate that the uptake step does not contribute significantly to the mucosal control of Fe absorption. KW - intestinal mucosa KW - iron KW - uptake KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - intestine epithelium KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771453017&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Salivary gland hyperglycemic factor: an extrapancreatic source of glucagon-like material. AU - Lawrence, A. M. AU - Tan, S. AU - Hojvat, S. AU - Kirsteins, L. JO - Science, USA JF - Science, USA Y1 - 1977/// VL - 195 IS - 4273 SP - 70 EP - 72 AD - Lawrence, A. M.: Research and Medical Services, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771453073. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Registry Number: 9007-92-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Extracts of homogenates of rat, mouse, rabbit and human submaxillary salivary glands contain a significant quantity of a material with glucagon-like immunoreactivity. Fractionation of this material on columns of Sephadex G-100 reveals a single peak immediately following a gamma -globulin marker but in advance of a rat somatotropin marker, crystalline amylase and isotopically labelled porcine insulin and glucagon. This material, which is urea-stable, showed identical immunoassay dilution curves when measured with the highly specific K-30 glucagon antiserum. Study of paired glands in vitro shows that low concentrations of glucose stimulate and high concentrations of glucose suppress release of this material. Arginine promotes brisk release in vitro. Somatostatin does not influence arginine-stimulated secretion and insignificantly suppresses basal release in vitro. The findings lend support to previous speculations that the salivary glands may possess endocrine as well as exocrine functions. Salivary gland glucagon may be the source of circulating glucagon recently reported in pancreatectomized and eviscerated rats. KW - glucagon KW - salivary glands KW - secretion KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771453073&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Zinc in selected hospital diets. AU - Brown, E. D. AU - McGuckin, M. A. AU - Wilson, M. AU - Smith, J. C., Jr. JO - Journal of the American Dietetic Association JF - Journal of the American Dietetic Association Y1 - 1976/// VL - 69 IS - 6 SP - 632 EP - 635 SN - 0002-8223 AD - Brown, E. D.: Trace Element Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D.C., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771453253. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 19 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Zn content of regular, vegetarian and renal hospital diets, as offered to patients, was estimated by atomic absorption spectrophotometry and by calculation with US Dep. Agriculture provisional tables on the Zn content of individual foods. The findings indicated that the provisional tables provide a reasonable estimate of Zn content of regular or renal diets with about 10% error; for the vegetarian diet the error was up to 35%. For the regular diet the mean Zn content, by direct analysis, of 14.6 plus or minus 4.5 mg/day, was 97% of the adult recommended allowance; for the vegetarian and renal diets the values were 12.2 plus or minus 1.2 mg/day and 81%, and 7.3 plus or minus 1.8 mg/day and 49%. The regular, vegetarian and renal diets provided protein intakes of 129 plus or minus 15, 125 plus or minus 12 and 45 plus or minus 7 g/day. KW - composition KW - hospital diets KW - zinc KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - diets in hospital KW - United States of America KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771453253&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hyperkalemia with cardiac arrhythmia. Induction by salt substitutes, spironolactone, and azotemia. AU - Yap, V. AU - Patel, A. AU - Thomsen, J. JO - Journal of the American Association JF - Journal of the American Association Y1 - 1976/// VL - 236 IS - 24 SP - 2775 EP - 2776 AD - Yap, V.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, 2500 Overlook Terrace, Madison, Wisconsin 53705, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771453525. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 52-01-7, 7440-09-7, 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Two men, one 76 and one 74 years old, with rheumatic valvular disease, developed cardiac arrhythmia. Both were under medication, including spironolactone. The serum K and Na were in one 7.8 and 119 and in the other 5.3 and 119 mEq/litre. Blood urea N values were 57 and 117 mg/100 ml. Cardiac rate and rhythm were corrected by pacemaker and the serum K was brought to normal by treatment with a K exchange resin. It was discovered that both patients had used commercially available salt substitutes. KW - blood KW - potassium KW - sodium KW - spironolactone KW - heart disorder aetiology KW - salt substitutes KW - urea nitrogen KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771453525&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Serum folate levels. Comparison of microbiologic assay and radioisotope kit methods. AU - Waddell, C. C. AU - Domstad, P. A. AU - Pircher, F. J. AU - Lerner, S. R. AU - Brown, J. A. AU - Lawhorn, B. K. JO - American Journal of Clinical Pathology JF - American Journal of Clinical Pathology Y1 - 1976/// VL - 66 IS - 4 SP - 746 EP - 752 SN - 0002-9173 AD - Waddell, C. C.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital (111-F), 2002 Holcombe Blvd., Houston, Tex. 77211, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771453810. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Registry Number: 59-30-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Folacin was measured prospectively in serum of 72 patients and 6 normal controls by the Lactobacillus casei microbiological method and a commercially available sequential-binding radioassay kit method. Values between 0 and 14 ng/ml (0 and 31.78 nmol/litre) (clinically significant range) obtained by the microbioassay and sequential-binding radioassay were analyzed statistically. The data suggest that comparable values are obtained by the 2 methods (Y = 0.9 X, where Y = radioassay value). Data obtained by the sequential-binding radioassay and a competitive protein-binding radioassay kit were then compared and subjected to statistical analysis. Values obtained by the two radioassay methods were comparable clinically, but different statistically. It is concluded that the commercially available radioassay kits for measuring serum folacin yield reliable values that can be applied to the clinical evaluation of patients with anaemia, and can be readily performed in a clinical radioactive isotope laboratory. KW - blood KW - estimation KW - folic acid KW - folacin KW - folate KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771453810&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Failure of lactose and glucose to influence in vivo intestinal calcium transport in normal rats. AU - Urban, E. AU - Pena, M. JO - Digestion JF - Digestion Y1 - 1977/// VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 18 EP - 27 SN - 0012-2823 AD - Urban, E.: Gastroenterology (IIIB), Medical Service, Audie L. Murphy Veterans Administration Hospital, 7400 Merton Minter Blvd., San Antonio, TX 78284, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771454138. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 32 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Segments of the duodenum, midgut and ileum of male Sprague-Dawley rats were isolated from continuity with the rest of the intestine by cannulae. The segments were perfused in situ for 1 h with an isotonic solution containing 45CaCl2.2H2O at 3.4 mmol/litre without or with lactose or glucose at 10 mmol/litre. Net absorption was estimated by the disappearance of luminal Ca; lumen to plasma flux was estimated from the disappearance of 45Ca. In all 3 groups at the end of the perfusion period the concentration of Ca in mucosa and in underlying tissues was greater distally than proximally but there was no significant difference between the Ca contents of mucosa and underlying tissues at any one segment site. In all 3 groups lumen to plasma fluxes and absorption per g mucosa were greatest in duodenum and decreased caudally. This caudal decrease in Ca transport was not affected by the presence of intraluminal lactose or glucose. KW - calcium absorption KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - glucose administration KW - lactose administration KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771454138&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Serum calcitonin and blood mineral interrelationships in normal children aged six to twelve years. AU - Shainkin-Kerstenbaum, R. AU - Funkenstein, B. AU - Conforti, A. AU - Shani, S. AU - Berlyne, G. M. JO - Pediatric Research JF - Pediatric Research Y1 - 1977/// VL - 11 IS - 2 SP - 112 EP - 116 SN - 0031-3998 AD - Shainkin-Kerstenbaum, R.: State Univ. New York, Renal Section, Brooklyn Veterans Administration Hospital, 800 Poly Place, Brooklyn, N.Y. 11209, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771454496. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9007-12-9, 9002-64-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Blood was sampled from normal children and adults for estimation of serum immunoreactive calcitonin, immunoreactive parathyrin, Ca, Mg, phosphate and alkaline phosphatase. Human synthetic calcitonin was used for standards. Serum calcitonin increased significantly with age while parathyrin fell; there was an inverse correlation of parathyrin values and age. Serum calcitonin and parathyrin were highly significantly and inversely correlated. There was no relation between calcitonin and serum Ca, Mg and alkaline phosphatase. Inverse correlation was found between calcitonin and phosphate and between phosphate and age. There was no correlation between parathyrin values and those of Ca and Mg but there was between parathyrin and serum phosphate and alkaline phosphatase. Serum calcitonin concentrations in the older children were above those in adults, as were alkaline phosphatase and Mg. The conclusion was that in normal children aged 6-12 years there was an increase in serum calcitonin but a decrease in parathyrin suggesting a dual control mechanism between bone anabolism and catabolism giving rise to normal skeletal growth. KW - blood KW - calcitonin KW - children KW - minerals KW - parathyrin KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - correlation and age variation KW - parathyroid hormone KW - thyrocalcitonin KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771454496&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A method for studying acute insulin secretion and glucose tolerance in unanesthetized and unrestrained rats. The effect of mild stress on carbohydrate metabolism. AU - Shah, J. H. AU - Wongsurawat, N. AU - Aran, P. P. AU - Motto, G. S. AU - Bowser, E. N. JO - Diabetes JF - Diabetes Y1 - 1977/// VL - 26 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 6 AD - Shah, J. H.: Dep. Medicine and Nuclear Medicine, Veterans Administration West Side Hospital, Chicago, Ill., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771454619. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A technique is described for placing an indwelling polyethylene catheter into the jugular vein and the aorta of a rat through which injections may be made and blood samples drawn without anaesthetizing or restraining the animal. Catheters in jugular veins and aortae remained patent in over 95% and 70%, respectively, of rats for 6 weeks.Intravenous glucose tolerance tests were made on 7 of the rats without anaesthetic and unrestrained, and on 7 others restrained in plastic containers for 0.5 h before and during the tests. In response to the injection, the blood glucose reached and remained at higher values and immunoreactive insulin (IRI) at lower concentrations in the restrained rats over the observation period of 60 min during which 8 measurements were made. The areas above baseline under the time curves for glucose and IRI, expressed in arbitrary units, were (means and s.e.) for the unstressed animals 2753 plus or minus 349 and 2340 plus or minus 308, and for the stressed animals 4454 plus or minus 508 and 1119 plus or minus 194; the corresponding insulinogenic indices were 0.93 plus or minus 0.15 and 0.31 plus or minus 0.08. All the differences were significant. KW - estimation KW - glucose tolerance KW - insulin secretion KW - restraint KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood sugar tolerance KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771454619&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Response of lipogenic enzymes in acutely uremic rats. AU - Reeves, R. D. AU - Patterson, R. M. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1977/// VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 105 EP - 108 AD - Reeves, R. D.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Dep. Medicine, Little Rock, Ark. 72206, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771454662. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 9 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Hepatic and epididymal hexose monophosphate shunt dehydrogenases (HMPD) and malic enzyme activities were studied in male rats 48 h after bilateral nephrectomy or sham surgery. Rats were deprived of food for 16 h before they were killed or were given by mouth 25% glucose 10 ml after 16 h without food before they were killed. There was no significant change in hepatic or epididymal enzyme activities as a consequence of acute uraemia in rats which were deprived or were given glucose. In nephrectomized rats given glucose, hepatic HMPD and epididymal malic enzyme activities were 47 and 94 and in controls 29 and 50 nmol NADPH/min mg protein. Enzymic activity required for generating NADPH-reducing equivalents for endogenous lipogenesis is not increased in the acutely uraemic rat and it is considered that decreased triglyceride removal is the major defect in triglyceride metabolism in uraemia. KW - uraemia KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - azotaemia KW - azotemia KW - hexose monophosphate dehydrogenase activity KW - malate dehydrogenase activity KW - uremia KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771454662&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - New, advantageous approach to the direct radioimmunoassay of cortisol. AU - Tilden, R. L. JO - Clinical Chemistry JF - Clinical Chemistry Y1 - 1977/// VL - 23 IS - 2, I SP - 211 EP - 215 SN - 0009-9147 AD - Tilden, R. L.: Clinical Lab. Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Gainesville, Fla. 32602, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771454912. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Registry Number: 50-03-3, 50-23-7, 6000-74-4, 125-04-2, 13609-67-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - estimation KW - HYDROCORTISONE KW - cortisol KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771454912&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastric emptying of liquid meals and pancreatic and biliary secretion after subtotal gastrectomy or truncal vagotomy and pyloroplasty in man. AU - MacGregor, I. AU - Parent, J. AU - Meyer, J. H. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1977/// VL - 72 IS - 2 SP - 195 EP - 205 SN - 0016-5085 AD - MacGregor, I.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771454957. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 36 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Pancreatic and bile secretion and gastric emptying rates of a liquid test meal of skimmed milk powder 63 g, glucose 69 g, maize oil 38 g and water to 500 ml were measured in normal subjects and in patients with subtotal gastrectomy and gastroduodenostomy (Billroth I) or gastrojejunostomy (Billroth II) and in patients with truncal vagotomy and pyloroplasty (VP). In all persons after operation rapid gastric emptying diluted contents, resulting in abnormally low concentrations of trypsin and bile salts initially, a pattern not corrected by secretion and cholecystokinin by vein. Trypsin output in VP patients after the meal fell significantly to 40% of normal, but was normal in Billroth I and II patients. The delay in reaching normal values for trypsin and bile salts was greater in the Billroth II patients owing to exclusion of secretions in the afferent loop. KW - bile secretion KW - gastrectomy KW - pyloroplasty KW - stomach emptying KW - vagotomy KW - bile and pancreas secretion and stomach emptying KW - gastrectomy, pyloroplasty or vagotomy KW - pancreatic juice secretion KW - stomach removal KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771454957&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Simple and rapid gas-liquid chromatographic determination of diethylstilbestrol in biological specimens. AU - Kohrman, K. A. AU - MacGee, J. JO - Journal of the Association of Official Analytical Chemists JF - Journal of the Association of Official Analytical Chemists Y1 - 1977/// VL - 60 IS - 1 SP - 5 EP - 8 AD - Kohrman, K. A.: Basic Science Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, 3200 Vine St, Cincinnati, OH 45220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771455060. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Registry Number: 56-53-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Animal Nutrition KW - DIETHYLSTILBESTROL KW - estimation KW - diethylstilboestrol KW - stilboestrol KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771455060&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastric emptying of solid food in normal man and after subtotal gastrectomy and truncal vagotomy with pyloroplasty. AU - MacGregor, I. L. AU - Martin, P. AU - Meyer, J. H. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1977/// VL - 72 IS - 2 SP - 206 EP - 211 SN - 0016-5085 AD - MacGregor, I. L.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771455081. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 22 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For each study 1 to 2 mCi of 99mTc-labelled sulphur colloid were injected into a chicken. After 30 min the chicken was killed and the liver was cooked and mixed with 7.5 oz commercial beef stew and given to the subjects. Radioactivity was counted for several hours until less than 20% of the meal was left in the stomach. The method was validated and allowed measurement of the rates and patterns of gastric emptying in normal subjects and patients with subtotal gastrectomy, or vagotomy and pyloroplasty (VP). The stomach of normal persons emptied linearly at a mean rate of 27.96%h. Subtotal gastrectomy patients showed up to 3 phases in their emptying pattern which approximated an exponential pattern with a mean rate constant of 0.030/min and calculated half-time of 23.3 min. VP subjects were in 2 groups: slow emptying with a linear pattern and mean rate of 17.64%/h; rapid emptying with exponential pattern and mean rate constant of 0.039/min and half-time of 17.7 min. The slow gastric emptying and slow passage of chyme through the small intestine in 50% of the VP group presumably allowed greater efficiency of digestion and absorption and may account for the less severe nutritional disturbances after VP. KW - gastrectomy KW - pyloroplasty KW - stomach emptying KW - vagotomy KW - stomach removal KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771455081&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Human chorionic gonadotropin (HCG) treatment of obesity. AU - Shetty, K. R. AU - Kalkhoff, R. K. JO - Archives of Internal Medicine JF - Archives of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1977/// VL - 137 IS - 2 SP - 151 EP - 155 SN - 0003-9926 AD - Shetty, K. R.: Endocrine-Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Center, Wood, WI 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771455089. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 20 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - After an adjustment period of 9 days 6 obese women were given daily a diet with 500 kcal, 5 g Na and a multiple vitamin tablet. Each patient received by muscle human choriogonadotropin daily for 30 days; 5 control obese patients got injections of diluents only but ate the same diet as the test group. Mean bodyweight loss with gonadotropin was nearly identical to that of the controls. Reduction of triceps skin-fold thickness or circumferences of the chest, waist, hips and thighs were not different. Patterns of change of plasma glucose, triglycerides, insulin, glucagon, cortisol and uric acid and of Na in urine were similar in the 2 groups and consistent with semistarvation and weight loss. It is concluded that gonadotropin offers no advantage over energy restriction in promoting weight loss. KW - obesity KW - therapy KW - choriogonadotropin injection KW - fatness KW - therapeutics KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771455089&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Influence of fasting on the lung. AU - Gail, D. B. AU - Massaro, G. D. AU - Massaro, D. JO - Journal of Applied Physiology JF - Journal of Applied Physiology Y1 - 1977/// VL - 42 IS - 1 SP - 88 EP - 92 SN - 8750-7587 AD - Gail, D. B.: Pulmonary Division Veterans Administration Hospital, George Washington Univ. School of Medicine, Washington, D.C. 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771456201. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 34 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Long-Evans rats weighing about 160 g were fed to appetite or deprived of food for 72 h. Dipalmitoyl lecithin (DPL) in lung tissues was decreased by 27% and lavage DPL was decreased by 40% in the lungs of deprived rats. The decrease in lung DPL was associated with a 20% decrease in the volume density of lamellar bodies of granular pneumocytes. In spite of the decrease in lavage DPL content, air pressure-volume curves of excised lungs were the same as curves for lungs of fed rats. Saline pressure-volume curves of excised lungs were also the same in both groups. The amount of lavage DPL obtained from fed, 1.1 mg, and deprived rats, 0.7 mg, exceeded the theoretical minimum amount of DPL, 0.5 mg, required for a monomolecular film to cover the alveolar surface at functional residual capacity. If it is assumed that lavage DPL represents mainly that lining the alveolus, the results suggest that there is an alevolar reserve of DPL above the amount needed to maintain normal alveolar stability. KW - fasting KW - lung function KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771456201&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The role of vitamin B12 and folic acid in hemato- and other cell-poiesis. AU - Herbert, V. AU - Das, K. C. JO - Vitamins and Hormones JF - Vitamins and Hormones Y1 - 1976/// VL - 34 SP - 1 EP - 30 AD - Herbert, V.: Hematology and Nutrition Lab., Bronx Veterans Administration Hospital, New York, N.Y., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771456261. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 152 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A review in which the metabolism of vitamin B-12 and folate and evidence for the methyltetrahydrofolate trap hypothesis are discussed. KW - reviews KW - folic acid role KW - haematopoiseis KW - vitamin B-12 role KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771456261&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Jejunoileal bypass for the treatment of massive obesity. Prevalence, morbidity, and short- and long-term consequences. AU - Iber, F. L. AU - Cooper, M. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1977/// VL - 30 IS - 1 SP - 4 EP - 15 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Iber, F. L.: Baltimore Veterans Administration Hospital, Baltimore, Md. USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771456596. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 49 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The jejunoileal bypass for patients 56 kg or more above their ideal bodyweight as an experimental procedure exchanges almost certain weight loss for many known and many yet undescribed problems. Study of the known complications has led to altered operative procedures and management techniques that lessen the impact of nearly all the complications. All patients require occasional advice on potential complications, and most experience episodes of depletion or diarrhoea that require hospital intervention. The improved versions of this form of surgery have not been available sufficiently long to indicate the real nature of long-term changes, and careful evaluation is essential for at least small groups of those patients. In the USA it is the only treatment effective more than half of the time in the massively obese. KW - intestine resection KW - obesity KW - therapy KW - fatness KW - long-term consequences KW - therapeutics KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771456596&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A simple, highly sensitive colorimetric method for the determination of zinc in serum. AU - Song, M. K. AU - Adham, N. F. AU - Rinderknecht, H. JO - American Journal of Clinical Pathology JF - American Journal of Clinical Pathology Y1 - 1976/// VL - 65 IS - 2 SP - 229 EP - 233 SN - 0002-9173 AD - Song, M. K.: Gastroenterology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, Calif. 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19771456791. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 10 ref. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Animal Nutrition N2 - Interfering trace metals are removed as insoluble iodides or hydroxides before complex formation of Zn with dithizone in a tris-buffered trichloroacetate centrifugate. Absorbance of the chelate is read at 555 nm. The sensitivity of the method is comparable to that of atomic absorption spectrophotometry; results of Zn estimations in 23 serum samples by the two procedures agree to within acceptable limits of experimental error. KW - blood KW - estimation KW - zinc KW - estimation of zinc in blood KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19771456791&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Electron microscopy in the diagnosis of giardiasis. AU - Klima, M. AU - Gyorkey, P. AU - Min, K. W. AU - Gyorkey, F. JO - Archives of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine JF - Archives of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine Y1 - 1977/// VL - 101 IS - 3 SP - 133 EP - 135 SN - 0003-9985 AD - Klima, M.: Dep. of Path., Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, TX 77211, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19772503623. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - Two patients suffering from malabsorption symptoms are described. Examination of biopsies of intestinal mucosa showed Giardia lamblia in the intervillar spaces. The parasites were more conspicuous with the electron microscope than with the light microscope. KW - diagnosis KW - electron microscopy KW - parasites KW - Giardia duodenalis KW - man KW - protozoa KW - Giardia KW - Hexamitidae KW - Diplomonadida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Giardia lamblia KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19772503623&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Metronidazole and hepatic abscess. A false-positive response. AU - Kane, J. G. AU - Fossieck, B. E., Jr. AU - Parker, R. H. JO - Journal of the American Medical Association JF - Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1976/// VL - 236 IS - 23 SP - 2653 EP - 2654 AD - Kane, J. G.: Section of Infect. Dis., Veterans Administration Hospital, 50 Irving St. NE, Washington, DC 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19772504552. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 443-48-1. Subject Subsets: Protozoology N2 - A case is reported in which the response to metronidazole treatment strengthened the primary suspicion of amoebic liver abscess. Amoebic antibody titres by complement fixation and indirect haemagglutination were, however, negative and exploratory laparotomy revealed a hepatic abscess containing 700 ml of purulent material. Gram-positive cocci and Gram-negative rods were present but Entamoeba histolytica was absent. A therapeutic trial of metronidazole should, therefore, not be interpreted without caution in the absence of serological confirmation of amoebiasis. KW - diagnosis KW - DRUG THERAPY KW - drugs KW - metronidazole KW - parasites KW - Entamoeba histolytica KW - man KW - protozoa KW - Entamoeba KW - Endamoebidae KW - Amoebida KW - Sarcomastigophora KW - Protozoa KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - chemotherapy KW - medicines KW - pharmaceuticals KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19772504552&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Erythrocyte transketolase levels in a high school student population by sex and ethnic group. AU - Warnock, L. G. AU - Nichoalds, G. E. AU - Burkhalter, V. J. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1974/// VL - 27 IS - 9 SP - 905 EP - 907 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Warnock, L. G.: Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Nashville, Tenn. 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741426232. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9014-48-6. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Erythrocyte transketolase activity was measured on blood samples obtained from 417 Tennessee high school students as a means of evaluating their thiamin nutriture. When based on volume of whole blood, the normal values differed with respect to sex and ethnic group; when based on erythrocyte count, only a difference between ethnic groups was evident. The normal values for pentose disappearance per 109 erythrocytes by the analytical procedure was 2.39 plus or minus 0.327 mu moles/h for whites and 2.10 plus or minus 0.372 for blacks. KW - adolescents KW - children KW - erythrocytes KW - high school students KW - transketolase KW - Tennessee KW - USA KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Appalachian States of USA KW - Southern States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - East South Central States of USA KW - blood red cells KW - ethnic and sex variations KW - red blood cells KW - teenagers KW - United States of America KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741426232&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Metiamide, an H2-receptor blocker, as inhibitor of basal and meal-stimulated gastric acid secretion in patients with duodenal ulcer. AU - Mainardi, M. AU - Maxwell, V. AU - Sturdevant, R. A. L. AU - Isenberg, J. I. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1974/// VL - 291 IS - 8 SP - 373 EP - 376 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Mainardi, M.: Gastroenterology Section, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741426558. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - acids KW - duodenal ulcers KW - duodenum KW - gastric acid KW - gastric juices KW - secretion KW - stomach KW - ulcers KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - inhibition by metiamide KW - modification by metiamide KW - stomach secretion KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741426558&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Studies of calcium metabolism in lactase deficiency in man. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Kramer, L. AU - Norris, C. T2 - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1975/// VL - 28 IS - 4 SP - 431 EP - 431 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19750418636. Language: English. Registry Number: 9031-11-2, 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Dairy Science N2 - Ca balances, Ca absorption and faecal Ca in 3 lactase-deficient patients were similar during the intake of 100 g lactose to those observed during constant dietary condition and during the intake of 50 g lactose given as milk or with calcium gluconate. KW - beta-galactosidase KW - calcium KW - deficiency KW - diet KW - enzymes KW - metabolism KW - MAN KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - beta-D-galactosidase KW - lactase KW - Milk and Dairy Produce (QQ010) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19750418636&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - gamma -Aminobutyric acid and glutamate decarboxylase (L-glutamate 1-carboxylyase E.C. 4.1.1.15) in the nervous system of the cockroach Periplaneta americana. I. Regional distribution and properties of the enzyme. AU - Baxter, C. F. AU - Torralba, G. F. JO - Brain Research JF - Brain Research Y1 - 1975/// VL - 84 IS - 3 SP - 383 EP - 397 SN - 0006-8993 AD - Baxter, C. F.: Neurochemistry Laboratories, Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, California 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19750526743. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 54 ref. Registry Number: 9024-58-2. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Entomology N2 - Both the central and peripheral nervous systems of Periplaneta americana (L.) contain gamma -aminobutyric acid (GABA) and glutamate decarboxylase (GAD). In the central ganglia of the cockroach, an average of more than 60 moles of GBA are formed from glutamate (Glu) per gram wet weight of tissue per hour. This activity level of the GAD apoenzyme is considerably higher than that found in the central nervous system of crustaceans, amphibians, birds and mammals but is similar to that reported for nervous system tissues from other species of insects. A comparison of properties of the crude cockroach enzyme with GAD from crustaceans and mammals revealed both similarities and differences: whereas crude cockroach GAD has cofactor requirements and an affinity for Glu substrate (Km 2.8 X 10-2) that are similar to GAD from lobster and mouse, it is uniquely inhibited by both chlorine and by GABA. The GAD from cockroach nervous tissues has two apparent pH optima, of which the lower one is preferentially inhibited by a compound found in the nerve sheath and the fat-body tissue adjacent to ganglia and axons. KW - enzymes KW - glutamate decarboxylase KW - nervous system KW - Blattaria KW - Periplaneta americana KW - Blattaria KW - Dictyoptera KW - insects KW - Hexapoda KW - arthropods KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Periplaneta KW - Blattidae KW - American cockroach KW - Blattodea KW - butanoic acid, 4-amino- KW - Public Health and Nuisance Pests (VV300) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Animal Physiology and Biochemistry (Excluding Nutrition) (LL600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19750526743&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A quantitative post mortem analysis of urinary schistosomiasis in Egypt. II. Evolution and epidemiology. AU - Smith, J. H. AU - Elwi, A. AU - Kamel, A. I. AU - Lichtenberg, F. von JO - American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene JF - American Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene Y1 - 1975/// VL - 24 IS - 5 SP - 806 EP - 822 SN - 0002-9637 AD - Smith, J. H.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Tucson, Arizona 85723, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19750823964. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - Analysis of data obtained from 190 consecutive autopsies at the University of Cairo (Faculty of Medicine) hospitals reinforces the authors' conclusion that a high prevalence of urinary schistosomiasis leads to infection intensity causing severe uropathy and mortality, both directly and by way of complications and sequelae. Based on histological study, 2 stages of urinary schistosomiasis must be considered in epidemiological work: "active disease," characterized by significant egg excretion; and "inactive disease," in which eggs are excreted rarely. The proportion between active and inactive cases is progressively reversed with advancing age, while mean tissue egg burdens rise, plateau, and ultimately decrease, most sharply beyond 50 years of age. A model of the progression of active disease has been derived from the relations of individual organ egg burdens to over-all infection intensity, showing that both the onset and the termination of oviposition probably begin in the urinary bladder and spread centrifugally. Therefore, extravesical activity may persist longer than bladder activity. Severe uropathy and mortality occur at all stages of the disease and depend principally, but not exclusively, on egg burden, i.e. on infection intensity. Correlations of infection intensity with degree of uropathy show that severe disease is quantitatively separable from incidental disease by its tissue egg burdens and lesions. However, the factors determining death from urinary schistosomiasis are only partly understood. They include bilateral upper obstructive uropathy and, probably, focal egg concentrations leading to rapid obstruction, such as aberrantly high egg burdens in the left ureter relative to those in the bladder. Analysis of epidemiologically homogeneous population groups reveals close mutual relationships between the total frequency of infection (active plus inactive), the intensity of infection, and the frequency of infection (active plus inactive), the intensity of infection, and the frequency of severe uropathy. A statistical model predicts that any rise in frequency beyond a 30% threshold will result in a linear increase in the frequency of severe disease, whereas below that threshold the bulk of infections will be incidental. These insights, applicable only to pathological material, must be complemented by efforts to establish clinical and laboratory criteria defining the severity and stages of urinary schistosomiasis in living patients, and to examine their population dynamics, so that effects of therapeutic and preventive measures may be evaluated more precisely. [AS] KW - helminths KW - parasites KW - pathogenicity KW - Egypt KW - man KW - Schistosoma haematobium KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Schistosoma KW - Schistosomatidae KW - Digenea KW - Trematoda KW - Platyhelminthes KW - invertebrates KW - Developing Countries KW - Mediterranean Region KW - Middle East KW - North Africa KW - Africa KW - development of disease KW - Misr KW - parasitic worms KW - Strigeida KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19750823964&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Evidence that hemodialysis does not improve the glucose tolerance of patients with chronic renal failure. AU - Swenson, R. S. AU - Weisinger, J. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1974/// VL - 23 IS - 10 SP - 929 EP - 936 AD - Swenson, R. S.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751427489. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Glucose tolerance was tested by mouth in 10 patients with chronic renal failure before and after one dialysis and in 6 before the start of haemodialysis and after the 15th dialysis. Haemodialysis did not improve plasma glucose or the growth hormone response to glucose loading, but there was a slight increase in plasma insulin 2 h after the glucose load after dialysis. There was no change in the overall relation between plasma glucose and insulin response to the glucose load as a result of dialysis. KW - blood KW - dialysis KW - GLUCOSE TOLERANCE KW - haemodialysis KW - renal failure KW - sugar KW - tolerance KW - treatment KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood sugar tolerance KW - hemodialysis KW - kidney failure KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Sugar and Sugar Products (QQ020) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751427489&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Diagnostic criteria for iron deficiency in coexistent iron and vitamin B12 deficiency. AU - Mahmud, K. AU - Ripley, D. AU - Swaim, W. R. AU - Doscherholmen, A. JO - Postgraduate Medicine JF - Postgraduate Medicine Y1 - 1973/// VL - 54 IS - 4 SP - 113 EP - 116 SN - 0032-5481 AD - Mahmud, K.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 54th St and 48th Ave S, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751427734. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 68-19-9, 7439-89-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The Fe status of 44 partly gastrectomised patients deficient in vitamin B-12, less than 150 pg/ml in serum and less than 110 pg/ml in erythrocytes, was assessed by measurements of serum Fe and iron-binding capacity, mean corpuscular volume and mean corpuscular Hb concentration, and in 3 by evaluation of Fe in bone marrow. The distribution of abnormal values was haphazard and unpredictable but the most frequently affected value was the total iron-binding capacity, normally less than 400 pg/100 ml. This measurement was considered to be the most helpful for diagnosis of Fe deficiency when there is coexistent vitamin B-12 deficiency but examination of marrow is recommended if there is doubt about Fe deficiency. KW - binding KW - blood KW - capacity KW - cyanocobalamin KW - deficiency KW - diagnosis KW - iron KW - nutrient deficiencies KW - vitamin B12 KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cobalamin KW - use in diagnosis of iron deficiency with vitamin B-12 deficiency KW - vitamin B-12 deficiency KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751427734&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Lack of dietary adaptation of intestinal 2-monoglyceride acyl transferase. AU - Rao, G. A. AU - Abraham, S. JO - Lipids JF - Lipids Y1 - 1974/// VL - 9 IS - 11 SP - 940 EP - 942 SN - 0024-4201 AD - Rao, G. A.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Martinez, Calif. 94553, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751428212. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Acylation of 2-monopalmitin with palmityl-1-14C-coenzyme A was studied with microsomal fractions isolated from the intestinal mucosa of hamsters and rats. Microsomes from hamsters yielded equal molar amounts of 1,2-diglyceride and triglycerides but those from rats synthesized more 1,2-diglycerides (70%) than triglycerides (30%). Although the enzyme system from the hamster was almost twice as active as that from the rat, there was no difference in the rates of acylation when the animals were starved for 3 days or given for 5 days a high-fat or a high-carbohydrate diet. KW - carbohydrates KW - DIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - fats KW - feeds KW - formation KW - intestinal mucosa KW - starvation KW - transferases KW - TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - hamsters KW - rats KW - Cricetinae KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 2-monoglyceride acyl KW - 2-monoglyceride acyl transferase in intestinal mucosa KW - diglycerides KW - feeding stuffs KW - intestine epithelium KW - saccharides KW - triglycerides KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751428212&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Characterization of carbohydrate metabolism in the isolated fetal rat heart. Effects of fasting and alloxan diabetes. AU - Vinicor, F. AU - Kohalmi, D. AU - Clark, C. M., Jr. JO - Diabetes JF - Diabetes Y1 - 1974/// VL - 23 IS - 8 SP - 662 EP - 668 AD - Vinicor, F.: Metabolic Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Indianapolis, Ind. 46202, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751428528. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 50-71-5, 9005-79-2. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Pregnant rats of known gestational age were given a standard diet, with water available freely. All were deprived of food for 16 h. The rats were then killed, fed for 72 h before being killed, or were given alloxan or saline by vein or through the placental membranes and killed 72 h later. Deprivation of food for 16 h ending 72 h before death had no effect on glucose or insulin in maternal blood but glucose concentration in foetal blood rose. Deprivation for 16 h immediately before death caused a reduction in maternal glucose and insulin and in foetal insulin, but increased foetal glucose. Foetal liver and myocardial values were unchanged when deprivation was followed by refeeding but the values were low when the rats were killed immediately after deprivation. Maternal alloxan injections caused increases in maternal and foetal glucose and almost abolished maternal insulin but foetal alloxan injections had no effect. Maternal diabetes increased foetal myocardial glycogen and decreased foetal liver glycogen. Foetal myocardial glucose uptake was not affected by deprivation or alloxan diabetes and was stimulated to a comparable extent in both control and experimental rats in insulin. KW - alloxan KW - diabetes KW - FETUS KW - glycogen KW - heart KW - mothers KW - starvation KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - foetus KW - glycogen in foetal heart KW - Animal Reproduction and Development (LL210) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751428528&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Endogenous cyclic adenosine monophosphate in tissues of rabbits fed on atherogenic diet. AU - Augustyn, J. M. AU - Ziegler, F. D. JO - Science, USA JF - Science, USA Y1 - 1975/// VL - 187 IS - 4175 SP - 449 EP - 450 AD - Augustyn, J. M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Albany, N.Y. 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751429164. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 61-19-8, 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The plasma content of cyclic AMP increased 1 week after rabbits were given a diet containing 2% cholesterol. Atherosclerotic lesion areas from rabbits 9 weeks on the diet had 0.24 pmoles cyclic AMP/ mu g DNA compared with 0.09 for adjacent areas or similar tissue from control rabbits. Values were normal for heart, liver, skeletal muscle and diaphragm. KW - AMP KW - atherosclerosis KW - blood KW - cholesterol KW - rabbits KW - Leporidae KW - Lagomorpha KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - adenosine monophosphate KW - arteriosclerosis KW - atheroma KW - cyclic KW - cyclic AMP content KW - cyclic AMP in atheroma KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751429164&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fluid selection by rats during schedule-induced polydipsia. AU - Freed, E. X. JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol Y1 - 1974/// VL - 35 IS - 3A SP - 1035 EP - 1043 AD - Freed, E. X.: Alcohol Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Lyons, NJ 07939, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751429417. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 67-64-1, 25265-75-2, 7732-18-5. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Male rats weighing 178 to 233 g initially were fed to appetite for 9 days on Purina Laboratory Chow; for the next 8 days food intake was limited to reduce weight to 80% of that when fed freely. The rats were then offered to drink a choice between water and 5.6% ethanol solution, 6.05% 1,3-butanediol or 5.6% acetone in normal conditions or in shock-induced polydipsia. More alcohol or butanediol than acetone was drunk, indicating that fluid intake was based on need for energy rather than for alcohol. KW - acetone KW - alcohols KW - butanediol KW - intake KW - ketone bodies KW - thirst KW - water KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 2-propanone KW - dimethyl ketone KW - fluid preference KW - shock-induced KW - shock-induced polydipsia KW - Animal Nutrition (General) (LL500) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751429417&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Radioimmunoassay for pancreatic carboxypeptidase B in human serum. AU - Geokas, M. C. AU - Wollesen, F. AU - Rinderknecht, H. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1974/// VL - 84 IS - 4 SP - 574 EP - 583 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Geokas, M. C.: Dep. Medicine, Sepulveda Veterans Administration Hospital, Calif. 91343, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751429421. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 1393-25-5. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Pancreatic carboxypeptidase estimated immunologically was 10.4 plus or minus 4.2 ng/ml in serum of 13 normal fasting subjects and 64.8 plus or minus 34.4 in serum of 5 patients with acute pancreatitis. For 3 patients with acute recurrent pancreatitis values increased considerably after injection of secretin. KW - blood KW - pancreatitis KW - secretin KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - carboxypeptidase B KW - carboxypeptidase B in blood KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751429421&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nutritional and hormonal effects on RNA polymerase enzyme activities in pancreas. AU - Black, O., Jr. AU - Webster, P. D., III JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1974/// VL - 227 IS - 6 SP - 1276 EP - 1280 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Black, O., Jr.: Gastroenterology Research Lab., Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Augusta, 30904, Ga., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751429820. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9011-97-6. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - The responses of the activities in the pancreas of DNA-dependent RNA polymerase I and polymerase II to fasting, cholinergic or hormonal stimulation were studied on White Carneau pigeons 4 to 6 weeks old. Fasting for 72 h caused a fall in the activities and content of RNA without affecting the activity of ribonuclease. With bethanechol chloride (BC), 2 mg/kg bodyweight, or cholecystokinin-pancreozymin (CCK-PZ), 15 U/kg, polymerase I activity increased differentially. For both BC- and CCK-PZ-treated pigeons this stimulated activity caused increases of 28-S and 18-S RNA species. Enzyme activities in BC-treated pigeons increased within 10 min but there was no significant change in polysomal RNA after 50 min; in the CCK-PZ-treated birds polysomal RNA increased within 15 min after the peak enzyme activity was observed. Polymerase II activities rose with both drugs to a peak 45 min after administration. Thus the RNA synthesis resulting from CCK-PZ and BC stimulation occurred at a time when protein synthesis was inhibited and energy supply was low; the pancreas responds to hormonal stimulation more rapidly than other tissues. KW - enzymes KW - pancreas KW - PANCREOZYMIN KW - poultry KW - pigeons KW - Columba KW - Columbidae KW - Columbiformes KW - birds KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cholecystokinin KW - cholecystokinin and pancreozymin KW - domesticated birds KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751429820&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Impaired renal response to parathyroid hormone in potassium depletion. AU - Beck, N. AU - Davis, B. B. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1975/// VL - 228 IS - 1 SP - 179 EP - 183 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Beck, N.: Dep. Medicine, Oakland Veterans Administration Hospital, Pittsburgh 15240, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751429972. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 61-19-8, 9002-64-6, 7440-09-7. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - In K depletion, a possible alteration of the proximal tubular response to parathyroid hormone (PTH) was evaluated in rat kidney. There were impairments of both phosphaturic and urine cyclic AMP responses to PTH. The site of impairment was further examined by study of the PTH-dependent cyclic AMP system in renal cortex. There was a smaller increase of cyclic AMP concentration by PTH in K-depleted slices, indicating the fall of urine cyclic AMP was due to the specific impairment of PTH-dependent cyclic AMP in the kidney. The activation of adenylate cyclase by PTH was impaired, but phosphodiesterase activity was not affected by K depletion, indicating that impairment of cyclic AMP generation was due to the inhibition of adenylate cyclase. The phosphaturic response to dibutyryl cyclic AMP infusion was also significantly less in the rats depleted in K, indicating that the step subsequent to the cyclic AMP generation is also impaired. KW - AMP KW - composition KW - deficiency KW - enzymes KW - hormones KW - kidneys KW - PARATHYRIN KW - parathyroid KW - potassium KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - adenosine monophosphate KW - adenylate cyclase and AMP in kidneys KW - function KW - modification of effect of parathyroid hormone on kidney composition and function KW - parathyroid gland KW - parathyroid hormone KW - potassium depletion KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751429972&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Characteristics of the serum vitamin B12 binding substances of selected vertebrates. AU - Tan, C. H. AU - Blaisdell, S. J. JO - Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology, B JF - Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology, B Y1 - 1975/// VL - 50 IS - 4 SP - 541 EP - 548 AD - Tan, C. H.: Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Louis, Mo. 63125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751429983. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Anion exchange column chromatography and polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis indicated that unsaturated vitamin B-12 binding substances (UBBS) in serum of 19 animal species, including man and 12 other mammals, a bird, a reptile, an amphibian and 3 fishes, were not homogeneous. In the higher vertebrates a major UBBS peak was eluted from a DEAE column later than the UBBS of the reptile and the fishes; chicken UBBS had an elution pattern which was different from that of the other species. The differences were apparent also on polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. There was no consistent association between high concentration of UBBS and the presence of nucleated red cells and no correlation between UBBS concentration and metabolic rate of the animals studied. KW - blood KW - cyanocobalamin KW - vitamin B12 KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - binding substances KW - cobalamin KW - vertebrate KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751429983&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Circadian plasma gastrin patterns in feeding and fasting man. AU - Moore, J. G. AU - Wolfe, M. JO - Digestion JF - Digestion Y1 - 1974/// VL - 11 IS - 3/4 SP - 226 EP - 231 SN - 0012-2823 AD - Moore, J. G.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Salt Lake City, UT 84132, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751430236. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9002-76-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Gastric juice was collected hourly for 24 h from 14 normal men 22 to 32 years old and venous blood was sampled every 4 h for plasma gastrin estimation. Mean fasting gastrin concentration was 26 to 50 pg/ml. In 5 of those subjects the concentration of gastrin rose from 33 to 74 pg/ml after a roast beef sandwich was eaten. In another study plasma gastrin was estimated in 15 young men allowed their normal daytime activities of meals and exercise. Plasma gastrin was also estimated in a group of men 22 to 29 years old who were fasting and recumbent.The 24-h basal gastric acid secretion was rhythmic, rising in the evening and falling in the morning. The mean 4-h plasma gastrin concentrations did not show a rhythmic pattern. In the subjects who ate and exercised mean 2-h plasma gastrin concentrations showed a rhythmic pattern with high daytime and low early morning values. In the fasting and recumbent subjects there was no rhythmic pattern in plasma gastrin concentration. The findings confirmed the suggestion that the circadian pattern of gastric acid secretion is unrelated to plasma gastrin concentrations and that the diurnal rhythm of gastrin concentration is a result of the effects of feeding on antral gastrin release. KW - blood KW - diurnal variation KW - fasting KW - gastrin KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - diurnal variation of gastrin in blood KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751430236&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Sequential production of fatty liver, hepatitis, and cirrhosis in sub-human primates fed ethanol with adequate diets. AU - Lieber, C. S. AU - DeCarli, L. M. AU - Rubin, E. JO - Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America JF - Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America Y1 - 1975/// VL - 72 IS - 2 SP - 437 EP - 441 SN - 0027-8424 AD - Lieber, C. S.: Section of Liver Disease and Nutrition, Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751430248. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For 8 to 22 months 15 baboons (Papio hamadryas) were given a nutritionally adequate liquid diet in which 50% of the energy was supplied by ethanol. All developed fatty liver, 5 progressed to hepatitis and 5 had cirrhosis. When ethanol was withdrawn signs of physical dependence, such as seizures and tremors, developed. Ultrastructural changes of the mitochondria and the endoplasmic reticulum were already present at the fatty liver stage and persisted throughout hepatitis and cirrhosis. The lesions were similar to those in alcoholics and differed from the alterations produced by choline and protein deficiencies. At the fatty liver stage, there were some adaptive increases in activity of microsomal enzymes (aniline hydroxylase and the microsomal ethanol-oxidising system) but these tended to disappear with the development of hepatitis and cirrhosis. Fat accumulation was more pronounced in baboons with hepatitis than in those with simple fatty liver. KW - cirrhosis KW - ethanol KW - fatty liver KW - hepatitis KW - Papio KW - Cercopithecidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - fatty liver disease KW - fatty liver syndrome KW - liver cirrhosis KW - steatosis KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751430248&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Evidence that parathyroid hormone is not required for phosphate homeostasis in renal failure. AU - Swenson, R. S. AU - Weisinger, J. R. AU - Ruggeri, J. L. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1975/// VL - 24 IS - 2 SP - 199 EP - 204 AD - Swenson, R. S.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751430267. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Different degrees of renal failure were produced by surgical reduction of kidney mass in a group of 8 female adult dogs and in a similar group of 6 thyroparathyroidectomized (TPTX) dogs. Normal serum Ca concentration in the latter was maintained by the administration of vitamin D. Both groups of dogs maintained normal serum phosphate values, in spite of decreases in glomerular filtration rates (GFR) from 70.6 to 20.6 ml/min. Also both groups were able to increase the fractional excretion of phosphate as the GFR decreased. Stable serum phosphate concentrations and fractional excretion of phosphate were observed also in a series of 7 TPTX dogs with severe renal reduction and no vitamin D supplement. KW - blood KW - kidneys KW - parathyroid KW - parathyroidectomy KW - phosphates KW - removal KW - DOGS KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - parathyroid gland KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751430267&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of zinc deficiency on urinary excretion of nitrogenous compounds and liver amino acid-catabolizing enzymes in rats. AU - Hsu, J. M. AU - Anthony, W. L. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1975/// VL - 105 IS - 1 SP - 26 EP - 31 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Hsu, J. M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Baltimore, Md. 21218, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751430503. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7727-37-9, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Sprague-Dawley rats 21 days old were given a diet with less than 2 mg Zn/kg or were pair-fed on or given to appetite the same diet with 85 mg Zn/kg added for 2 to 3 weeks. Zn deprivation increased total N and uric acid in urine and the amount of urea excreted was about 42 and 87% more than for rats given the diet with the Zn supplement pair-fed or to appetite, respectively. There was no difference in creatinine excretion between groups. Rats deprived of Zn had increased activities of liver tryptophan pyrrolase and arginase but threonine dehydratase and serine dehydratase were not affected. Overall findings support in principle the concept that Zn deprivation results in an increased protein catabolism and also indicate that liver enzymes degrading amino acids may be one of the possible regulating sites involved in the protein metabolism of rats. KW - deficiency KW - enzymes KW - fractionation KW - liver KW - nitrogen KW - nutrient deficiencies KW - urine KW - zinc KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - amino acid metabolising KW - amino acid metabolising enzymes in liver KW - nitrogen fractions in urine KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751430503&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Alterations in acid-base homeostasis during water immersion in normal man. AU - Epstein, M. AU - Schneider, N. S. AU - Vaamonde, C. A. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1974/// VL - 84 IS - 6 SP - 777 EP - 790 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Epstein, M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 1201 NW 16 St., Miami, Fla. 33125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751430732. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7732-18-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - acid base equilibrium KW - water KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - immersion KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751430732&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Impaired calcium absorption in uremic man: evidence for defective absorption in the proximal small intestine. AU - Brickman, A. S. AU - Coburn, J. W. AU - Rowe, P. H. AU - Massry, S. G. AU - Norman, A. W. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1974/// VL - 84 IS - 6 SP - 791 EP - 801 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Brickman, A. S.: Nephrology Section 691/111L, Wadsworth Veterans Administration Hospital, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751430733. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 32222-06-3, 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Intestinal absorption of calcium was measured in 31 normal subjects, 30 patients with advanced chronic renal failure and 14 uraemic patients undergoing haemodialysis. They were given 47Ca by mouth after fasting overnight and forearm radioactivity was measured 1, 2, 4, 6 and 25 h later. The test was repeated 4 or 6 days later after the 47Ca had been injected by vein. The ratio of oral radioactivity to intravenous radioactivity gave the apparent absorption from 0 to 2 h and the true absorption thereafter. In 8 uraemic patients the Ca absorption measurements was repeated after the patient had been given 1,25-hydroxycholecalciferol daily for 6 to 10 days.In normal subjects absorption was greatest in the first 2 h and was complete after 6 h. In uraemic patients absorption was more gradual and continued after 6 h. There was no significant difference in apparent or true absorption in patients with chronic renal failure and haemodialysis patients but both groups had significantly lower absorption of Ca than normal after the same time interval. Administration of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol increased absorption of Ca in uraemic patients particularly from 0 to 2 h and the resultant rates were greater than normal. KW - absorption KW - CALCITRIOL KW - calcium KW - calcium absorption KW - uraemia KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - azotaemia KW - azotemia KW - uremia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751430733&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Excretion of retained fluoride in man. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Kramer, L. AU - Osis, D. AU - Wiatrowski, E. JO - Journal of Applied Physiology JF - Journal of Applied Physiology Y1 - 1975/// VL - 38 IS - 2 SP - 282 EP - 287 SN - 8750-7587 AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751431073. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 16984-48-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Nine men from 30 to 54 years old were given a diet with 9.1 mg F daily as NaF for 32 days or 7.6 mg F daily as fish protein concentrate (FPC) for 26 days. After the F supplements were withdrawn the excess F in urine and faeces was low and of short duration, in most cases for 6 to 12 days. Since F supplements were given for a known period of time, the F retention could be calculated from F balances and the excess excretions were related to the F retention. The excess F excretion corresponded to 9.1% of the retained F given as NaF and to 41.1% of the retained F given as FPC. Of the total excess F excreted 87% was in the urine and 13% in the faeces. KW - fluoride KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - relation to excretion KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751431073&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Influence of primary bile acid feeding on cholesterol metabolism and hepatic function in the rhesus monkey. AU - Webster, K. H. AU - Lancaster, M. C. AU - Hofmann, A. F. AU - Wease, D. F. AU - Baggenstoss, A. H. JO - Mayo Clinic Proceedings JF - Mayo Clinic Proceedings Y1 - 1975/// VL - 50 IS - 3 SP - 134 EP - 138 SN - 0025-6196 AD - Webster, K. H.: Gastroenterology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Albuquerque, NM, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751431076. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Three healthy rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta) on standard monkey diet with chenodeoxycholic acid showed no increase in total exchangeable cholesterol pool or input to the cholesterol pool. Two of 3 monkeys given cholic acid had increased input to the cholesterol pool and all increased their total exchangeable pool, 2 animals from each group showed transient increases in serum glutamic pyruvic transaminase. One animal given chenic acid had mild portal-tract inflammation but had simultaneous normal liver tests. Biliary bile acids included 8 to 14% lithocolic acid in the chenic acid group and 48 to 72% deoxycholic acid in the cholic acid group. KW - bile acids KW - cholesterol KW - cholesterol metabolism KW - liver KW - liver function KW - metabolism KW - Macaca mulatta KW - Macaca KW - Cercopithecidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - function KW - rhesus monkey KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751431076&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of zinc deficiency and repletion on thymidine metabolism. AU - Hsu, J. M. AU - Anthony, W. L. JO - Clinical Chemistry JF - Clinical Chemistry Y1 - 1975/// VL - 21 IS - 4 SP - 544 EP - 550 SN - 0009-9147 AD - Hsu, J. M.: Biochemistry Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Baltimore, Md. 21218, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751431223. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 50-89-5, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Weanling Sprague-Dawley rats were given a diet which contained 2 mu g Zn/g without or with a supplement of 65 mu g Zn/g; after 10 to 14 days a 2.5-cm linear incision was made in the back of the rats. Zn deprivation was associated with significantly decreased incorporation of thymidine-methyl-3H, given by muscle, into skin DNA of both wounded and intact rats. With wounding, proliferation of epithelial cells increased to about twice normal for rats on the Zn supplement and 3.5-fold normal for the those deprived of Zn but wound healing in deprived rats was always slower than in those given extra Zn. Incorporation of thymidine into spleen DNA at 2 and 4 h and liver DNA at 4 h was significantly less in deprived than in supplemented rats. DNA synthesis was increased in the thymus of deprived rats. Further studies showed that significantly greater percentages of thymidine-methyl-14C were oxidised by deprived rats. The specific involvement of the methyl group of thymidine was indicated by the observation of normal oxidation of thymidine-2-14C. The findings support the view that Zn directly regulates DNA synthesis. KW - deprivation KW - metabolism KW - thymidine KW - zinc KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - thymidine metabolism KW - zinc deficiency KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751431223&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gluconeogenesis in weanling rats with hypothalamic obesity. AU - Goldman, J. K. AU - Bernardis, L. L. JO - Hormone and Metabolic Research JF - Hormone and Metabolic Research Y1 - 1975/// VL - 7 IS - 2 SP - 148 EP - 152 SN - 0018-5043 AD - Goldman, J. K.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 3495 Bailey Ave., Buffalo, N.Y. 14215, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751431261. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Weanling male Sprague-Dawley rats had electrolytic lesions in the ventromedial hypothalamic nuclei to induce obesity; a control group had sham lesions. Concentrations of urea in plasma were higher in obese rats and rose more rapidly than normal after nephrectomy. Bicarbonate-14C incorporation into liver glycogen and plasma glucose was greater in the fed obese than in the fed control rats. Fasting for 36 h increased incorporation into liver glycogen of bicarbonate-14C and alanine-U-14C in both groups, but that into plasma glucose was increased by fasting much more in control than in obese rats. More alanine was incorporated into liver glycogen and plasma in vivo by obese rats, but in vitro there was no difference in alanine conversion to glucose by the liver slice. The findings indicate that gluconeogensis is increased in vivo in the weanling rat with hypothalamic obesity; the manner by which ventromedial hypothalamic lesions initiate the sequence of events remains unknown. KW - formation KW - glucose KW - hypothalamic lesions KW - obesity KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - fatness KW - glucose formation KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751431261&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Retention of fluoride with time in man. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Osis, D. AU - Wiatrowski, E. JO - Clinical Chemistry JF - Clinical Chemistry Y1 - 1975/// VL - 21 IS - 4 SP - 613 EP - 618 SN - 0009-9147 AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751431321. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 16984-48-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Seven patients 44 to 77 years old with osteoporosis were given a supplement of 20, 40 and 45 mg F daily for 129, 90 and 60 days, respectively. F retention, between 1 and 2 mg daily on the control diet which supplied about 4 mg F daily, rose promtly with the supplement of 20 mg to between 9 and 10 mg daily and increased further with increasing F intake. After supplementation for several months retention was about the same as in the initial stage. When the supplement was withdrawn there was a rapid return of F balance to control values which showed that there was not only a tendency for continued retention of F during high F intake but also after large amounts of F had already been retained. KW - fluoride KW - intake KW - osteoporosis KW - retention KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fluoride retention KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751431321&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Acute and chronic effects of ethanol on intestinal lipid metabolism. AU - Baraona, E. AU - Pirola, R. C. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta JF - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta Y1 - 1975/// VL - 388 IS - 1 SP - 19 EP - 28 AD - Baraona, E.: Section of Liver Disease and Nutrition, Veterans Administration Hospital, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751431356. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Weanling male rats were pair-fed for 3 to 4 weeks on liquid synthetic diets which supplied 36% of energy as ethanol or additional carbohydrate. Some were given 1 h before death a load equivalent to 3 g ethanol/kg bodyweight. Intestinal rings were incubated with palmitic acid or sodium acetate labelled with 14C; other rings were from rats fed on a stock diet and had added 0.125 to 5 g ethanol/100 ml. Ethanol, in concentrations likely in the jejunum after moderate drinking, inhibited palmitate and acetate oxidation, CO2 production and triacylglycerol synthesis, whereas it increased the esterification of fatty acid with ethanol. The concentrations required for the inhibitory effect were higher than those needed to saturate enzyme systems known to participate in ethanol oxidation. The ethanol load inhibited fatty acid oxidation and triacylglycerol synthesis in slices from the jejunum but not ileum whereas chronic ethanol intake increased the ability for fatty acid oxidation and triacylglycerol synthesis in slices from both regions. KW - ethanol KW - intestines KW - lipids KW - metabolism KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - lipid metabolism in intestine KW - lipins KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751431356&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Carbohydrates, diabetes, and blood lipids. AU - Bierman, E. L. AU - Nelson, R. JO - World Review of Nutrition and Dietetics JF - World Review of Nutrition and Dietetics Y1 - 1975/// VL - 22 SP - 280 EP - 287 AD - Bierman, E. L.: Division of Metabolism and Gerontology, Veterans Administration Hospital, Seattle, Wash., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751431552. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - blood KW - carbohydrates KW - diabetes KW - lipids KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - lipins KW - relation to blood lipids and carbohydrates KW - relation to diabetes KW - saccharides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751431552&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The anemia of chronic disorders: studies of marrow regulation and iron metabolism. AU - Douglas, S. W. AU - Adamson, J. W. JO - Blood JF - Blood Y1 - 1975/// VL - 45 IS - 1 SP - 55 EP - 65 SN - 0006-4971 AD - Douglas, S. W.: Hematology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, 4435 Beacon Ave. South, Seattle, Wash. 98108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751431795. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7439-89-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - anaemia KW - bones KW - iron KW - marrows KW - metabolism KW - Cucurbita KW - man KW - Cucurbitaceae KW - Violales KW - dicotyledons KW - angiosperms KW - Spermatophyta KW - plants KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - anemia KW - courgettes KW - function KW - marrow regulation KW - zucchini KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751431795&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Differential binding to Sepharose-Con A of B12-binding proteins from human gastric juice. AU - Whitehead, J. S. AU - Weitz, M. A. AU - Kim, Y. S. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1975/// VL - 148 IS - 3 SP - 777 EP - 779 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Whitehead, J. S.: Gastrointestinal Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751431858. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Human gastric juice was found to contain at least two vitamin B-12 binding proteins, one of which was capable of binding to a column containing Sepharose-Concanavalin A. The protein which bound to Sepharose-Con A was absent from gastric juice of pernicious anaemia patients, indicating that it was intrinsic factor. The ability of intrinsic factor to bind to Sepharose-Con A offers a means of separating it from other B-12 binding proteins in gastric juice; it could also be used clinically for the diagnosis of pernicious anaemia. KW - anaemia KW - cyanocobalamin KW - gastric juices KW - pernicious anaemia KW - proteins KW - secretion KW - stomach KW - vitamin B12 KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - anemia KW - cobalamin KW - intrinsic factors KW - pernicious KW - pernicious anemia KW - protein-bound KW - stomach secretion KW - vitamin B-12 binding KW - vitamin B-12 binding proteins KW - vitamin B-12 binding proteins in gastric juice KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751431858&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nuclear magnetic resonance studies of human platelet lipids. AU - Marcus, A. J. AU - Lasker, S. E. A2 - Renaud, S. A2 - Nordoey, A. JO - Haemostasis JF - Haemostasis Y1 - 1973/// VL - 2 SP - 92 EP - 102 SN - 0301-0147 AD - Marcus, A. J.: Hematology Section, New York Veterans Administration Hospital, 408 First Avenue, New York, NY 10010, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751432188. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - blood KW - composition KW - lipids KW - platelets KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood platelets KW - lipins KW - thrombocytes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751432188&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Diurnal variation of plasma aldosterone, cortisol and renin activity in supine man. AU - Katz, F. H. AU - Romfh, P. AU - Smith, J. A. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1975/// VL - 40 IS - 1 SP - 125 EP - 134 SN - 0021-972X AD - Katz, F. H.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver, Colo. 80220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751432228. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 52-39-1, 50-03-3, 50-23-7, 6000-74-4, 125-04-2, 13609-67-1, 9015-94-5, 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Plasma aldosterone (PA), renin activity (PRA) and cortisol were measured every 10 or 30 min in normal subjects 20 to 29 years old eating a diet high, 130, or low, 10 m-equiv, in Na and receiving dexamethasone, 1.5 mg/day, and oral contraceptives. The hormones were also estimated in 4 male patients with primary aldosteronism. All were supine during the experiments. Peak concentrations of PA occurred in the latter part of the sleeping period and early awakening period of the normal subjects on normal Na intake. PA values correlated positively with those of cortisol, but with those of PRA in only 3 of the 5 subjects. When cortisol secretion was suppressed with dexamethasone, aldosterone concentrations were normal. The 2 subjects of the low-Na diet had higher than normal PA values which correlated positively with both PRA and cortisol. The 2 women on oral contraceptives had various patterns of correlation. The patients with aldosteronism had either constantly high PA, mean daily values 148 to 1070 pg/ml as against 57 to 125 in the normal, or secretory spurts synchronous with cortisol. KW - adrenal cortex hormones KW - aldosterone KW - blood KW - diurnal variation KW - hormones KW - HYDROCORTISONE KW - intake KW - kidneys KW - oestrogens KW - renin KW - sex KW - sodium KW - women KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cortisol KW - estrogens KW - modification of diurnal variation of adrenal cortex hormones and renin in blood KW - modification of diurnal variation of adrenal cortex hormones in blood KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751432228&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The influence of food consumption and running activity on the activity-stress ulcer in the rat. AU - Pare, W. P. JO - American Journal of Digestive Diseases JF - American Journal of Digestive Diseases Y1 - 1975/// VL - 20 IS - 3 SP - 262 EP - 273 AD - Pare, W. P.: Pavlovian Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Perry Point, Md. 21902, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751432267. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Sprague-Dawley rats were housed in running-wheel activity cages and were allowed access to food for 1 h daily; controls were in normal cages and were pair-fed with those in activity cages. Rats in activity cages all died before the end of 21 days and all had extensive ulcers in the glandular stomach; controls survived and had no ulcers. Rats which were most active during 10 days when fed to appetite had more ulcers when they were subsequently restricted in diet than rats which were least active during the 10 days. Attempts to attenuate activity and lesion incidence by reversing the light-dark cycle failed but the higher mortality in rats under reversed light-dark conditions was related to greater activity. Young rats weighing 100 g with high activity died sooner and had more ulcers than older rats weighing 200 and 300 g, which ran less. Results suggest that running activity and not reduced food intake was critically involved in the development of activity stress ulcer. KW - feed intake KW - stomach KW - stomach ulcers KW - stress KW - ulcers KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gastric ulcer KW - gastric ulcers KW - stomach ulcer KW - Animal Nutrition (General) (LL500) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751432267&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - High blood acetaldehyde levels after ethanol administration. Difference between alcoholic and nonalcoholic subjects. AU - Korsten, M. A. AU - Matsuzaki, S. AU - Feinman, L. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1975/// VL - 292 IS - 8 SP - 386 EP - 389 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Korsten, M. A.: Section of Liver Disease and Nutrition, Bronx Veterans Administration Hospital, 130 W. Kingsbridge Rd., Bronx, NY 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751432364. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 75-07-0, 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 6 men with chronic alcoholism and 5 controls alcohol was infused for 3 h after breakfast. During and for 8 to 10 h after infusion blood samples were taken and urine was collected. In all subjects blood acetaldehyde remained high while blood ethanol fell, then dropped abruptly when a critical ethanol concentration was reached. Blood acetaldehyde was always higher in alcoholic than in non-alcoholic subjects, but this difference was significant only at high blood ethanol values. Peak ethanol values and ethanol disappearance rates were not significantly different nor were the kinetic constants. KW - acetaldehyde KW - alcoholism KW - blood KW - ethanol KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751432364&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Increased muricide and decreased avoidance and discrimination learning in thiamine deficient rats. AU - Vorhees, C. V. AU - Barrett, R. J. AU - Schenker, S. JO - Life Sciences JF - Life Sciences Y1 - 1975/// VL - 16 IS - 7 SP - 1187 EP - 1199 SN - 0024-3205 AD - Vorhees, C. V.: Psychology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, 1310 24th Ave. South, Nashville, TN 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751432453. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 59-43-8. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Female Sprague-Dawley rats were fed to appetite on a commercial thiamin-deficient diet; controls were given complete diet containing thiamin hydrochloride 1 g/100 lb, to appetite or in amounts eaten by deprived littermates. After 53 to 56 days, before the development of overt neurological signs of thiamin deficiency, deprived rats showed enhanced aggression, measured by mouse killing; the change in behaviour was rapidly reversed by injection of thiamin hydrochloride. A similar degree of thiamin deprivation did not alter learning of two-way shuttle-box avoidance. Animals with neurological signs of severe deprivation showed impairment in shuttle-box performance, attributed to ataxia, but when they were given thiamin to reverse neurological signs, tests in a three-chambered Y-maze avoidance-discrimination apparatus also indicated that learning of both responses was impaired. KW - behaviour KW - deficiency KW - LEARNING ABILITY KW - thiamin KW - vitamin deficiencies KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aneurin KW - behavior KW - behaviour and learning capacity KW - learning capacity KW - thiamine KW - vitamin B1 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751432453&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intestinal lymph formation and fat absorption: stimulation by acute ethanol administration and inhibition by chronic ethanol feeding. AU - Baraona, E. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1975/// VL - 68 IS - 3 SP - 495 EP - 502 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Baraona, E.: Section of Liver Disease and Nutrition, Veterans Administration Hospital, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751432493. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Male Charles River rats of bodyweight 130 to 150 g were given for 3 weeks a liquid diet containing protein 18, fat 35, carbohydrate 11 and ethanol 36% of total energy or additional carbohydrate to 100% (control). Six hours after the last meal, each rat was given into the stomach 60 ml/kg of either the control or the ethanol-containing diet each labelled with tripalmitin-carboxyl-14C. Ethanol given intraduodenally as lipid emulsions or in liquid diets given by tube increased the flow of intestinal lymph and the output of proteins and dietary lipids into the lymph, mainly in the 1st h after dosing. Druing that time ethanol given by the duodenum, 0.75 g/kg bodyweight, without exogenous lipids, increased the flow of lymph without changing the lymph lipid output. Stimulation of the lymph flow with neostigmine or by increasing the fluid load also enhanced the output of lymph proteins and the transport of exogenous lipids from the intestinal lumen into the lymph. Ethanol given to the rats on the diet with ethanol slightly increased lymph flow but did not change the output of dietary lipids. The rats on the ethanol responded to a dietary challenge devoid of ethanol with increases in both lymph flow and dietary lipid output which were below those of the pair-fed controls. The conclusion was that acute ethanol loading has an obvious stimulatory effect on the formation of intestinal lymph and on the transport of dietary fat; continuous ethanol feeding inhibits those acute effects and also has a moderate inhibitory effect on lipid absorption. KW - absorption KW - ethanol KW - fat absorption KW - fats KW - formation KW - intake KW - intestines KW - lymph KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - lymph formation in intestine KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751432493&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Measurement of vitamin B12-binding proteins of plasma. 1. Technique. AU - Begley, J. A. AU - Hall, C. A. JO - Blood JF - Blood Y1 - 1975/// VL - 45 IS - 2 SP - 281 EP - 286 SN - 0006-4971 AD - Begley, J. A.: Research Service (151E), Veterans Administration Hospital, Albany, N.Y. 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751432767. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - 1. The unsaturated binding capacities (UBBC) of individual vitamin B-12 binding proteins were measured by a two-step procedure. Transcobalamin II (TC II) was separated by precipitation with (NH4)2SO4; the "R"-type binders remaining soluble were then divided into two components by batch separation with anion exchange on DEAE-cellulose. The two R components were designated alpha 1-R (TCI) and alpha 2-R (third binder, foetal binder, PV binder, TC III). Ten normal sera were studied by this technique giving a separation into TC II and total plasma R identical to that obtained simultaneously by gel filtration. The mean UBBC of TC II was 969 plus or minus 204 pg cyanocobalamin-57Co/ml serum. The mean contamination of the precipitated TC II with plasma R was 3%. The UBBC of alpha 1-R was 127 plus or minus 42 and of alpha 2-R was 40 plus or minus 12 pg/ml. The mean contamination of the R fraction by TC II was 14% as estimated by gel filtration. Isoelectric focusing indicated that alpha 1-R contained principally components isoelectric at pH 2.9 to 3.2 whereas alpha 2-R was made up of components isoelectric at pH 3.6 or higher. KW - blood KW - cyanocobalamin KW - estimation KW - transcobalamins KW - vitamin B12 KW - binding substances KW - cobalamin KW - vitamin B12 binding substances KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751432767&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Measurement of vitamin B12-binding proteins of plasma. 2. Interpretation of patterns in disease. AU - Begley, J. A. AU - Hall, C. A. JO - Blood JF - Blood Y1 - 1975/// VL - 45 IS - 2 SP - 287 EP - 293 SN - 0006-4971 AD - Begley, J. A.: Research Service (151E), Veterans Administration Hospital, Albany, N.Y. 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751432768. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - 2. The technique described in the preceding paper was applied to 12 abnormal sera selected for their increase in one or more B-12 binding proteins. Even in the presence of large amounts of R-type binder, the (NH4)2SO4 technique gave a reliable separation of R binding proteins from TC II. Measurement of TC II in abnormal sera gave results identical to those obtained by gel filtration; the R binders of 4 subjects with myeloproliferative disease were further separated into alpha 1-R and alpha 2-R. The pattern of B-12 binding of polycythaemia vera was an exaggeration of the normal pattern. Binding to alpha 2-R was 3 to 4 times that to alpha 1-R, although the total amounts bound to both were increased. In chronic myelogenous leucaemia both alpha 1-R and alpha 2-R were increased, but in contrast to binding in normal sera, alpha 1-R predominated. Whole serum R or alpha 1-R and alpha 2-R from patients with myeloproliferative disease were subjected to isoelectric focusing; alpha 1-R consisted mainly of components isoelectric at pH 2.9, 3.0 and 3.1. These components were present in minor amounts in normal serum and were increased in polycythaemia vera serum; they were greatly increased and predominated in chronic myelogenous leucaemia serum. alpha 2-R consisted of components isoelectric at pH 3.4, 3.6 and 4.0; these components predominated in the unsaturated binding capacity of normal serum and that of polycythaemia vera. KW - blood KW - cyanocobalamin KW - diseases KW - LEUKAEMIA KW - nervous system KW - polycythaemia vera KW - vitamin B12 KW - binding substances KW - blood cancer KW - cobalamin KW - disorders KW - leucaemia KW - leukemia KW - polycythaemia rubra vera KW - polycythemia rubra vera KW - polycythemia vera KW - transcobalamins in blood KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751432768&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Vitamin D intoxication in an anephric child. AU - Counts, S. J. AU - Baylink, D. J. AU - Shen, F. H. AU - Sherrard, D. J. AU - Hickman, R. O. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1975/// VL - 82 IS - 2 SP - 196 EP - 200 SN - 0003-4819 AD - Counts, S. J.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 4435 Beacon Ave. South, Seattle, WA 98108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751432918. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9007-12-9, 7440-70-2, 50-24-8, 5060-55-9, 52-21-1, 630-67-1, 1107-99-9, 125-02-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Severe hypercalcaemia developed in an anephric boy given large amounts of vitamin D. Peritoneal dialysis free of Ca reduced serum Ca from 17.2 to 14.2 mg/100 ml; this was effected by removal of 3 times the total Ca in extracellular fluid, suggesting enhanced bone resorption. Prednisolone by mouth for 7 days reduced serum Ca to 13 mg/100 ml but hypercalcaemia recurred rapidly when prednisolone was stopped. Calcitonin for 4.5 days gave normal Ca values. Serum 25-hydroxyvitamin D was highest, 635 ng/ml, immediately after vitamin D was stopped; it then fell with an initial half-time of 10 days. KW - adrenal cortex hormones KW - blood KW - blood chemistry KW - calcitonin KW - calcium KW - children KW - hormones KW - hypercalcaemia KW - kidneys KW - prednisolone KW - removal KW - THYROID GLAND KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - anephria KW - hypercalcemia KW - hypercalcinemia KW - thyrocalcitonin KW - thyroid KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751432918&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Rapid feedback inhibition of endogenous cholic and chenodeoxycholic acid synthesis by exogenous chenodeoxycholic acid in man. AU - Swell, L. AU - Schwartz, C. C. AU - Halloran, L. G. AU - Vlahcevic, Z. R. JO - Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications JF - Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications Y1 - 1975/// VL - 64 IS - 3 SP - 1083 EP - 1089 SN - 0006-291X AD - Swell, L.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Richmond, Va. 23249, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751432977. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 474-25-9. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition KW - bile acids KW - chenodeoxycholic acid KW - formation KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - chenic acid KW - endogenous bile acid formation KW - exogenous chenodeoxycholic acid KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751432977&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Evidence that histidine is an essential amino acid in normal and chronically uremic man. AU - Kopple, J. D. AU - Swendseid, M. E. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1975/// VL - 55 IS - 5 SP - 881 EP - 891 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Kopple, J. D.: Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration, Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751433081. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 71-00-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The requirement for dietary histidine was studied in a metabolism unit in 4 normal and 3 chronically uraemic men who were given 3 diets supplying the same amounts of N in the order: a diet with 40 g protein for on average 28 days, a semi-synthetic amino acid diet deficient in histidine for 35 days and an amino acid diet containing histidine for 31 days. On the diet deficient in histidine N balance gradually became negative and serum albumin fell in 6, plasma histidine fell on average by 82%, muscle histidine by 62% and haematocrit by 25% while serum Fe increased. Subjects felt unwell and in 5 there were skin lesions. On the repletion diet with histidine N balance became positive in 6, serum albumin increased in 5, plasma and muscle histidine rose and serum Fe fell. Reticulocytosis occurred, haematocrit rose and the clinical symptoms and skin lesions disappeared. KW - histidine KW - requirements KW - uraemia KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - azotaemia KW - azotemia KW - histidine requirement KW - uremia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751433081&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Histidine supplementation for treatment of anaemia of uraemia. AU - Blumenkrantz, M. J. AU - Shapiro, D. J. AU - Swendseid, M. E. AU - Kopple, J. D. JO - British Medical Journal JF - British Medical Journal Y1 - 1975/// VL - 2 IS - 5970 SP - 530 EP - 533 AD - Blumenkrantz, M. J.: Medicine and Research Services, Veterans Administration, Wadsworth Hospital Center, Univ. California, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751433263. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 71-00-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For on average 17.5 weeks 16 chronically uraemic patients and 26 undergoing maintenance dialysis were given 4 g L-histidine daily or a placebo in a randomised double-blind controlled study. Hb values and packed cell volume increased slightly and to a similar degree in the patients on dialysis and given histidine or placebo, significantly only in those on placebo. Plasma histidine rose significantly in dialysis patients given histidine and fell in the uraemic patients given placebo. KW - histidine KW - requirements KW - uraemia KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - azotaemia KW - azotemia KW - histidine requirement KW - uremia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751433263&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Determination of iodine in urine by neutron activation analysis: application of the Szilard-Chalmers effect. AU - Blotcky, A. J. AU - Rack, E. P. AU - Duven, D. M. AU - Ecklung, R. E. AU - Grauer, W. M. A2 - Hemphill, D. D. T2 - Trace substances in environmental health. 8. Proceedings of University of Missouri's 8th Annual Conference on trace substances in environmental health. JO - Trace substances in environmental health. 8. Proceedings of University of Missouri's 8th Annual Conference on trace substances in environmental health. JF - Trace substances in environmental health. 8. Proceedings of University of Missouri's 8th Annual Conference on trace substances in environmental health. Y1 - 1974/// SP - 259 EP - 264 CY - Columbia, Missouri; USA PB - University of Missouri. AD - Blotcky, A. J.: General Medical Research, Veterans Administration Hospital, Omaha, Nebr., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751433333. Publication Type: Conference paper. Language: English. Registry Number: 7553-56-2. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition KW - estimation KW - iodine KW - urine KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751433333&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Plasma levels and excretions of fluoride in relation to fluoride intake in man. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Osis, D. AU - Wiatrowski, E., Norris, C. AU - Ritzman, P. A2 - Hemphill, D. D. T2 - Trace substances in environmental health. 8. Proceedings of University of Missouri's 8th Annual Conference on trace substances in environmental health. JO - Trace substances in environmental health. 8. Proceedings of University of Missouri's 8th Annual Conference on trace substances in environmental health. JF - Trace substances in environmental health. 8. Proceedings of University of Missouri's 8th Annual Conference on trace substances in environmental health. Y1 - 1974/// SP - 299 EP - 304 CY - Columbia, Missouri; USA PB - University of Missouri. AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Research Unit, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751433335. Publication Type: Conference paper. Language: English. Registry Number: 16984-48-8. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition KW - blood KW - excretion KW - fluoride KW - intake KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751433335&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Serum and urine trace metals in ketosis. AU - Burch, R. E. AU - Hiner, C. AU - Sullivan, J. F. A2 - Hemphill, D. D. T2 - Trace substances in environmental health. 8. Proceedings of University of Missouri's 8th Annual Conference on trace substances in environmental health. JO - Trace substances in environmental health. 8. Proceedings of University of Missouri's 8th Annual Conference on trace substances in environmental health. JF - Trace substances in environmental health. 8. Proceedings of University of Missouri's 8th Annual Conference on trace substances in environmental health. Y1 - 1974/// SP - 379 EP - 385 CY - Columbia, Missouri; USA PB - University of Missouri. AD - Burch, R. E.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Omaha, Nebr., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751433345. Publication Type: Conference paper. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition KW - blood KW - ketosis KW - trace elements KW - urine KW - acetonaemia KW - microelements KW - trace elements in blood and urine KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751433345&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Suppression of skin RNA synthesis in zinc deficient rats. AU - Hsu, J. M. AU - Anthony, W. L. A2 - Hemphill, D. D. T2 - Trace substances in environmental health. 8. Proceedings of University of Missouri's 8th Annual Conference on trace substances in environmental health. JO - Trace substances in environmental health. 8. Proceedings of University of Missouri's 8th Annual Conference on trace substances in environmental health. JF - Trace substances in environmental health. 8. Proceedings of University of Missouri's 8th Annual Conference on trace substances in environmental health. Y1 - 1974/// SP - 387 EP - 391 CY - Columbia, Missouri; USA PB - University of Missouri. AD - Hsu, J. M.: Biochemistry Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Baltimore, Md., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751433346. Publication Type: Conference paper. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition KW - deficiency KW - formation KW - nucleic acids KW - nutrient deficiencies KW - skin KW - zinc KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dermis KW - RNA formation in skin KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751433346&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Growth hormone response to oral glucose in stable and hypoglycemia-prone diabetics. AU - Hagen, T. C. AU - Ajlouni, K. JO - Proceedings of the Society for experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1975/// VL - 149 IS - 1 SP - 223 EP - 226 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Hagen, T. C.: Dep. Medicine, Wood Veterans Administration Center, Milwaukee, Wis. 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751433430. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 9002-72-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A standard 5-h tolerance test, with 100 g glucose by mouth and blood sampled at intervals for estimation of glucose and growth hormone, was made after an overnight fast on 3 groups of nonobese men, 5 hypoglycaemia-prone insulin-dependent diabetics, 6 insulin-dependent but stable diabetics and 7 normal controls. Mean plasma glucose during the tolerance test was higher in the hypoglycaemia-prone diabetics than in the stable group, but the difference was not significant. The growth hormone response in the stable diabetics was similar to that in the normal group except that the fasting value was higher. There was no rise in growth hormone in response to glucose in the hypoglycaemia-prone diabetics. KW - blood KW - blood sugar KW - diabetes KW - glucose KW - pituitary KW - SOMATOTROPIN KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - anterior KW - blood glucose KW - dextrose KW - glucose in blood KW - growth hormone KW - hypophysis KW - pituitary gland KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751433430&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of metabolic acidosis on renal action of parathyroid hormone. AU - Beck, N. AU - Kim, H. P. AU - Kim, K. S. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1975/// VL - 228 IS - 5 SP - 1483 EP - 1488 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Beck, N.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. Pittsburgh School of Medicine, Pittsburgh, Pa. 15240, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751433713. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9002-64-6. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Sprague-Dawley rats of bodyweight 270 to 290 g were parathyroidectomised and for 6 days were given CaCl, 1 g/100 ml of drinking water. On day of test the rats were in 3 groups given intraperitoneally 1.5 mmoles of NaHCO3 (alkalotic), NaCl (control) or NH4Cl (acidotic) with inulin. Bladder urine was collected simultaneously with intravenous infusion of a solution containing 140 mmoles/litre of NaHCO3, NaCl or NH4Cl with inulin 0.3 mg/ml. The intravenous infusion was started 30 min after the intraperitoneal and lasted for 2.5 h. Arterial blood pH and bicarbonate concentrations and the phosphate excretion rates were measured. In the second experiment, similar to the first, three 15-min urine samples were taken before bovine parathyroid hormone (PTH) was given by vein to each rat; urine was collected every 15 min thereafter. Blood was also sampled. In a third experiment cyclic AMP was infused into the control and acidotic rats at 50 mu g/min. Arterial blood pH and bicarbonate concentration were highest in the alkalotic and least in the acidotic rats; the values for each group were stable during the experiments. The acidotic rats had significantly higher concentration in plasma of ionized Ca than the control. There was no real difference between the groups in plasma phosphate concentration, glomerular filtration rate or filtered load of phosphate. The control and the acidotic rats had similar values for extracellular fluid volume measured by 36Cl space and urinary excretion rates of water and chloride. The changes of tubular reabsorption rate of phosphate and urinary excretion of cyclic AMP by PTH were significantly inhibited in the acidotic animals, but the phosphaturia induced by an infusion of dibutyryl cyclic AMP was not affected by metabolic acidosis. The increase of cyclic AMP concentration by PTH was significantly less in the renal cortical slices obtained from the acidotic rats than in those from the controls. The activation of adenylate cyclase by PTH was also significantly inhibited in the acidic media. The findings suggested that in metabolic acidosis the renal response to PTH is decreased and that the decrease is due to the inhibition of the PTH-dependent cyclic AMP system in the kidney at the level of adenylate cyclase in the renal cortex. KW - acidosis KW - hormones KW - kidneys KW - metabolism KW - PARATHYRIN KW - parathyroid KW - renal function KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - function KW - kidney function KW - metabolic acidosis KW - modification by metabolic acidosis KW - modification of effect of parathyroid hormone on renal function KW - parathyroid gland KW - parathyroid hormone KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751433713&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Relationship between local and total bone mass in osteoporosis. AU - Manzke, E. AU - Chesnut, C. H., III AU - Wergedal, J. E. AU - Baylink, D. J. AU - Nelp, W. B. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1975/// VL - 24 IS - 5 SP - 605 EP - 615 AD - Manzke, E.: Mineral Metabolism, Veterans Administration Hospital, 4435 Beacon Ave. South, Seattle, Wash. 98108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751434099. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In a group of osteoporotic patients, 2 men and 12 women, bone Ca mass (BCM) was estimated by protein absorptiometry and by radiographic morphometry; total body Ca (TBC) was estimated by neutron activation analysis. TBC and BCM, measured by absorptiometry at 6 sites in the radius, ulna and humerus, were highly correlated as were BCM at a particular site in the radius and BCM at the 5 other sites. Correlations between TBC and BCM estimated by radiographic morphometry were weak or non-existent. The scope of the regression equation for TBC against BCM when both were expressed as a percentage of the mean value was similar for all sites and significantly less than the hypothetical value of 1.0 which would be expected if both changed at the same rate. It is concluded that the rate of change of BCM was similar at the 6 sites examined and was more rapid than the rate of change of TBC, but the mechanism of these changes is unknown. KW - bones KW - calcium KW - osteoporosis KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - local and total bone mass KW - total body KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751434099&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of age and obesity on insulin binding to isolated adipocytes. AU - Olefsky, J. M. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1975/// VL - 96 IS - 6 SP - 1486 EP - 1498 AD - Olefsky, J. M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751434142. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Isolated fat cells, for studying insulin-binding ability, were prepared from epididymal fat pads of freshly killed rats. The binding ability decreased progressively as the rat got older and fatter up to the age of 70 days and 300 g. From this point decreases in insulin binding were not seen. Studies where animals aged but were on controlled diets which prevented the obesity, or reversed the increase in weight found with diets given freely, showed that decrease in insulin binding was prevented. Cells from proximal portions of the fat pad were on average 30% larger than those from the distal portion and had 20% less insulin-binding capacity; adipocytes from rats previously made hyperinsulinaemic with insulin, 1 U/kg given intraperitoneally, had an undiminished insulin-binding ability. KW - ADIPOCYTES KW - adipose tissue KW - insulin KW - obesity KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - age and obesity KW - binding by fat cells in vitro KW - fat cell binding of insulin in vitro KW - fat cells KW - fatness KW - insulin binding in vitro KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751434142&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Skeletal turnover and total body elemental composition during extended calcitonin treatment of Paget's disease. AU - Wallach, S. AU - Avramides, A. AU - Flores, A. AU - Bellavia, J. AU - Cohn, S. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1975/// VL - 24 IS - 6 SP - 745 EP - 753 AD - Wallach, S.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Albany, N.Y. 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751434170. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9007-12-9, 7440-70-2, 51-35-4, 7727-37-9, 7723-14-0, 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Serial estimations of 47Ca turnover and total body elemental composition by neutron activation analysis were made on 20 patients with Paget's disease during treatment with calcitonin for from 10 to 34 months. Despite maintained clinical improvement, 7 of 15 patients showed part or total loss of the initial decelerating effect of calcitonin on skeletal turnover, whereas the remaining 8 maintained the calcitonin-induced deceleration. The changes in skeletal turnover were roughly proportional to the induced changes in alkaline phosphatase in serum and hydroxyproline in urine. Total body Ca was a mean 22% above normal before calcitonin treatment and fell significantly by 4% during treatment. Total body P, N and Na also fell. The P and Na losses seemed to be mostly from the skeleton. The results confirmed histological evidence of the disappearance of pagetic bone, resumption of normal lamellar bone formation and radiographic evidence of a decrease in bone volume during calcitonin treatment. KW - alkalinity KW - blood KW - calcitonin KW - calcium KW - hormones KW - hydroxyproline KW - nitrogen KW - Paget's disease KW - PHOSPHORIC MONOESTER HYDROLASES KW - phosphorus KW - retention KW - sodium KW - THYROID GLAND KW - urine KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - oxyproline KW - phosphatases KW - thyrocalcitonin KW - thyroid KW - total body elemental composition KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751434170&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Subcellular mechanisms of parathyroid hormone secretion. Ultrastructural changes in response to calcium, vitamin A, vinblastine, and cytochalasin B. AU - Chertow, B. S. AU - Buschmann, R. J. AU - Henderson, W. J. JO - Laboratory Investigation JF - Laboratory Investigation Y1 - 1975/// VL - 32 IS - 2 SP - 190 EP - 200 SN - 0023-6837 AD - Chertow, B. S.: Veterans Administration West Side Hospital (M.P. 172), P.O. Box 8195, Chicago, Ill. 60680, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751434511. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 68-26-8. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition KW - calcium KW - hormones KW - parathyroid KW - RETINOL KW - secretion KW - antineoplastic drugs, calcium and vitamin A KW - axerophthol KW - parathyroid gland KW - parathyroid hormone secretion KW - vitamin A KW - vitamin A alcohol KW - vitamin A1 KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751434511&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of acute dietary alteration upon intestinal lipid synthesis. AU - Mansbach, C. M., II JO - Lipids JF - Lipids Y1 - 1975/// VL - 10 IS - 6 SP - 318 EP - 321 SN - 0024-4201 AD - Mansbach, C. M., II: Veterans Administration Hospital, Dep. Medicine, Division of Gastroenterology, Duke Univ. Medical Center, Durham, N.C. 27710, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751434636. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - The specific activities of diglyceride acyltransferase (DGAT), choline phosphotransferase (CPT) and lysolecithin acyltransferase (LLAT) were measured in intestinal mucosa of hamsters fed for 9.5 h on saline, hydrolysed casein or maize oil. In most of the proximal intestine saline feeding reduced the specific activity of all the enzymes in villus tips when compared with the other groups. In the most distal intestine the maize oil caused a 2-fold increase in activity of LLAT and CPT compared with casein; DGAT increased significantly. The response of LLAT and DGAT to fat feeding was less than in hamsters fed for 7 days on a fat-supplemented diet [findings not published], suggesting that the pattern of response to dietary substrate was similar to that of disaccharidases. By contrast, the response of CPT to fat feeding was complete at 24 h, suggesting that it responded like the glycolytic enzymes. KW - fats KW - feeds KW - formation KW - intake KW - intestines KW - lipids KW - hamsters KW - Cricetinae KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - feeding stuffs KW - lipid formation in intestine KW - lipins KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751434636&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Natriuresis and carbohydrate-induced antinatriuresis in fasted, hydrated hypertensives. AU - Kraikitpanitch, S. AU - Chrysant, S. G. AU - Lindeman, R. D. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1975/// VL - 149 IS - 2 SP - 319 EP - 324 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Kraikitpanitch, S.: Medical Service, Oklahoma City Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. Oklahoma College of Medicine, Oklahoma City, Okla. 73104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751434714. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 16 hypertensive subjects after fasting overnight and hydration with 20 ml water/kg bodyweight by mouth there was a significant increase in Na in urine from 130 to 291 mu -equiv/min. Values were above 200 mu -equiv/min in 12 of the patients compared with 6 of 22 normotensive subjects. There was a reduction of more than 30% in Na in urine induced by glucose in 10 hypertensive and in 9 normotensive subjects. The antinatriuretic effect of glucose could not be explained by decrease in plasma volume (albumin-131I concentration) due to a shift in intracellular solute and water. Plasma Zn concentrations decreased significantly after ingestion of glucose. KW - blood KW - carbohydrates KW - glucose KW - hypertension KW - pressure KW - sodium KW - urine KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - high blood pressure KW - saccharides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751434714&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Oral contraceptives: effects on plasma insulin response to glucose and on the response to insulin and 2-deoxyglucose uptake by peripheral tissue. AU - Lei, K. Y. AU - Yang, M. G. AU - Oberleas, D. AU - Prasad, A. S. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1975/// VL - 149 IS - 2 SP - 417 EP - 421 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Lei, K. Y.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Allen Park, Mich. 48101, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751434716. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Oral contraceptive steroids norethynodrel and mestranol were given to Sprague-Dawley female rats 11 weeks old at 0.1 mg and 1.5 mu g/day, doses proportional to those used by women for contraceptive purposes. Control rats were pair-fed with the steroid-treated. Ten weeks of treatment did not modify the insulinogenic response of the rats to 5 mg/100 g oral glucose, but glucose tolerance was decreased. Six weeks of treatment decreased the conversion in vivo of blood glucose into adipose tissue fatty acids and into diaphragm glycogen. The rats were killed 15 min after the injection of labelled glucose. The uptake of 2-deoxyglucose-P-14C by adipose tissue removed from rats treated for 6 weeks and after 45 min incubation was similar to that of the controls, that of the hemidiaphragm was slightly less than the control values. KW - blood KW - GLUCOSE TOLERANCE KW - hormones KW - oestrogens KW - oral contraceptives KW - sex KW - sugar KW - tolerance KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood sugar tolerance KW - estrogens KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Sugar and Sugar Products (QQ020) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751434716&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of calcium and phosphorus on fluoride metabolism in man. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Osis, D. AU - Kramer, L. AU - Wiatrowski, E. AU - Norris, C. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1975/// VL - 105 IS - 6 SP - 733 EP - 740 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751435034. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 16984-48-8, 7723-14-0. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - For periods of up to 33 days 8 men from 42 to 65 years old who were supplied with 4 or 14 mg F/day from diet and drinking water had in their diet 223, 1481 or 2312 mg Ca/day without or with 915 or 1430 mg P/day. Ca or P alone or combined did not effect F in urine. When 4 mg F/day was given increase in Ca from 223 to 1481 and 2312 mg/day increased F in faeces from 0.13 to 0.17 and 0.20 mg/day, respectively, and when 14 mg F/day was given from 0.31 to 0.58 and 0.56 mg/day. When P was added to the diet with 223 mg Ca/day there was no change in F in faeces on either F intake, but F in faeces increased during intakes of 1481 and 2312 mg Ca/day by a factor of 1.5. The increase in F in faeces did not change F balances, as F in faeces was low in the control study and was still relatively low in the experimental studies. KW - calcium KW - fluoride KW - fluorides KW - metabolism KW - phosphorus KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751435034&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Confirmation of impaired early insulin response to glycemic stimulus in nonobese mild diabetics. AU - Fujita, Y. AU - Herron, A. L., Jr. AU - Seltzer, H. S. JO - Diabetes JF - Diabetes Y1 - 1975/// VL - 24 IS - 1 SP - 17 EP - 27 AD - Fujita, Y.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 4500 S. Lancaster Road, Dallas, Tex. 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751435768. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The initial insulin responses to nonobese normal subjects and mild diabetics during and after infusions by vein of glucose 0.5 g/kg in 5 or 2 min were studied. Absolute hormonal output was faster and significantly higher with the 2-min than with 5-min infusion in both groups; at both rates normal subjects secreted significantly more insulin than the diabetics. Comparison of 'insulinogenic indexes', net insulin output/unit glycaemic stimulus, showed that the corrected early insulin responses were the same in both tests in normal subjects and in mild diabetics, but that the corrected insulin output was still twice as great in controls on both tests. Absolute insulin responses to 5- and 2-min injections were significantly greater in obese mild diabetics than in their nonobese counterparts. KW - blood sugar KW - diabetes KW - glucose KW - insulin KW - insulin secretion KW - secretion KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood glucose KW - dextrose KW - glucose in blood KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751435768&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Biochemical and electron microscopic studies of rat skin during zinc deficiency. AU - Hsu, J. M. AU - Kim, K. M. AU - Anthony, W. L. T2 - Protein-metal interactions. JO - Protein-metal interactions. JF - Protein-metal interactions. Y1 - 1974/// SP - 347 EP - 388 CY - London; UK PB - Plenum Press. SN - 0306390485 AD - Hsu, J. M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Baltimore, Md., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751436012. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition KW - deficiency KW - nutrient deficiencies KW - skin KW - zinc KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - biochemistry and histology KW - dermis KW - skin biochemistry and histology KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751436012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Increased platelet aggregation in early diabetes mellitus. AU - Sagel, J. AU - Colwell, J. A. AU - Crook, L. AU - Laimins, M. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1975/// VL - 82 IS - 6 SP - 733 EP - 738 SN - 0003-4819 AD - Sagel, J.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 109 Bee Street, Charleston, SC 29403, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751436178. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Platelet aggregation was studied in 15 normal, 7 prediabetic, 12 latent diabetic and 20 frankly diabetic subjects. When adenosine 5'-diphosphate 1.0 mu mol/litre, adrenaline 0.25 mu mol/litre and collagen 0.25 mu g/ml were added to platelet-rich plasma increase in aggregation in that from latent and frank diabetics was 60, 46 and 72% compared with 29, 14 and 17% in that from normal subjects. Of the prediabetics 3 had increased platelet aggregation. Platelet sensitivity to agregating agents was greatest in frank diabetics, intermediate in latent diabetics and least in prediabetics. Second-phase platelet aggregation was reversed by 600 mg acetylsalicylic acid, 1 g tolbutamide by vein or 100 g glucose by mouth. It is concluded that platelet aggregation may be increased early in diabetes and may be involved in the genesis of diabetic microangiopathy. KW - blood KW - diabetes KW - platelets KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood platelets KW - clumping KW - platelet clumping KW - thrombocytes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751436178&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Inhibitory effect of dietary iodine on the thyroid adenylate cyclase response to thyrotropin in the hypophysectomized rat. AU - Rapoport, B. AU - West, M. N. AU - Ingbar, S. H. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1975/// VL - 56 IS - 2 SP - 516 EP - 519 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Rapoport, B.: Section on Endocrinology, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751436182. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7553-56-2, 9034-48-4. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - In hypophysectomized male Sprague-Dawley rats given diets either high or low in I, the increase in thyroid cyclic AMP concentration induced acutely by a single dose of thyrotropin was significantly less in I-enriched than in I-deprived rats. That difference was because the thyroid adenylate cyclase response to thyrotropin was less in the former, phosphodiesterase activity being the same in the 2 groups. That effect may explain the inhibitory action of dietary I enrichment on diverse functional and anatomical responses of the thyroid to thyrotropin. KW - hypophysectomy KW - iodine KW - pituitary KW - removal KW - THYROID GLAND KW - thyrotropin KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - adenylate KW - adenylate cyclase in thyroid KW - cyclase KW - hypophysis KW - modification by by iodine KW - modification by iodine KW - modification of effect of thyrotropin on adenylate cyclase in thyroid KW - pituitary gland KW - pituitary removal KW - thyroid KW - thyroid-stimulating hormone KW - thyrotropic hormone KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751436182&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Investigation of small bowel transit time in man utilizing pulmonary hydrogen (H2) measurements. AU - Bond, J. H. Jr. AU - Levitt, M. D. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1975/// VL - 85 IS - 4 SP - 546 EP - 555 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Bond, J. H. Jr.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 54 St. & 48 Ave. S., Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751436238. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - The method is based on the observation that H2 produced when carbohydrate is fermented by colonic bacteria increases its excretion in breath. The time between ingestion of unabsorbable lactulose and the rise in breath H2 represents the transit time through the small intestine of the head of the lactulose load. Values were closely correlated with the time for polyethylene glycol, given with lactulose, to reach the distal ileum; the latter value preceded the rise in H2 excretion by a mean of 7.6 min. The transit time of 10 g lactulose in 40 subjects was 75 to 118, mean 72 min and subsequent measurements differed by a mean of 14%. KW - digestive tract KW - estimation KW - intestines KW - transit time KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gastrointestinal tract KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751436238&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Zinc metabolism in aminonucleoside-induced nephrosis. AU - Freeman, R. M. AU - Richards, C. J. AU - Rames, L. K. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1975/// VL - 28 IS - 7 SP - 699 EP - 703 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Freeman, R. M.: Dep. Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Iowa City, Iowa 52240, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751436380. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 53-79-2, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 150 g fed on a stock diet containing 150 mg Zn/kg at 15 g/day or at 10 g/day increasing by 1 g/week to 15 g/day for 20 and 54 days, respectively, were given 0.75 mg aminonucleoside (puromycin) subcutaneously daily and intraperitoneally every other day. Both groups developed hypoalbuminaemia, hypercholesterolaemia and proteinuria typical of nephrosis. Zn in plasma fell in both experiments and there was a positive relation between it and plasma albumin in the 20-day study. Proteinuria occurred on day 10 in the 20-day study and on day 15 in the 54-day study; it increased during the remaining days. Zn in urine became significantly more than in untreated controls from day 14 in the 20-day group and from between days 21 and 27 in the 54-day group. There was a significant relation between urine Zn and protein in the 54-day group. It is concluded that, in nephrosis produced by aminonucleoside, the fall in plasma Zn was probably the result of low blood albumin, increased Zn in urine was the result of proteinuria and that Zn deficiency was not found in rats given adequate Zn for up to 6 weeks. KW - antibiotics KW - metabolism KW - nephrosis KW - puromycin KW - zinc KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - production of necrosis KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751436380&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of acute hypercalcemia on growth hormone release in man. AU - Ajlouni, K. AU - Hagen, T. C. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1975/// VL - 40 IS - 5 SP - 780 EP - 782 SN - 0021-972X AD - Ajlouni, K.: Endocrine-Metabolic Section/111D, Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751436577. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 9002-72-6. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - The growth hormone (GH) response to Ca given by vein and measured by radioimmunoassay was studied in 9 healthy men aged 24 to 28 years after an overnight fast. Infusions performed in random order on consecutive days in each subject consisted of normal saline at 3 ml/min for 4 h or 15 mg Ca/kg (as the gluconate) at 3 ml/min for 3 h followed by saline for 1 h. Significant hypercalcaemia was achieved within 1 h, a mean value of 11.6 plus or minus 0.25 mg/100 ml, and was maintained throughout the infusion. No change in Ca concentrations was seen with the saline infusions; phosphate, glucose and Mg concentrations were unchanged in all studies. Growth hormone (GH) concentrations were significantly increased 60 min after the beginning of Ca infusion. In 6 subjects an oral dose of 500 mg L-dopa was given at the beginning of either the saline or Ca infusion. The peak GH concentration during the saline infusion was 20.6 plus or minus 5.0 ng/ml and during the Ca infusion 22.9 plus or minus 9.2 ng/ml; those values were not significantly different. KW - blood KW - calcium KW - hypercalcaemia KW - pituitary KW - secretion KW - SOMATOTROPIN KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - anterior KW - growth hormone KW - growth hormone secretion KW - hypercalcemia KW - hypercalcinemia KW - hypophysis KW - pituitary gland KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751436577&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Enhancement of intestinal sucrase activity in experimental diabetes: the role of intraluminal factors. AU - Olsen, W. A. AU - Korsmo, H. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1975/// VL - 85 IS - 5 SP - 832 EP - 837 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Olsen, W. A.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 2500 Overlook Terrace, Madison, Wis. 53705, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751436588. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 37288-39-4. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Male Holtzman rats were made diabetic by intravenous injection of streptozotocin 3 weeks after construction of Thiry-Vella loops. Five days later sucrase activity was measured in the excluded segment and in the proximal jejunum. Exclusion alone resulted in a 77% decrease in mucosal protein content without change in sucrase specific activity, indicating simply that the number of mucosal cells had diminished. Diabetes increased sucrase specific activity from 0.643 mu mole/mg protein min to 0.1074 in the proximal jejunum and from 0.0467 to 0.1040 in the excluded segment. KW - diabetes KW - intestines KW - SUCROSE alpha-GLUCOSIDASE KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - streptozotocin KW - sucrase in intestine KW - sucrose alpha-glucohydrolase KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751436588&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Caloric intake and unconjugated hyperbilirubinemia. AU - Felsher, B. F. AU - Carpio, N. M. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1975/// VL - 69 IS - 1 SP - 42 EP - 47 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Felsher, B. F.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 5901 E. Seventh Street, Long Beach, Calif. 90801, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751436658. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 635-65-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - After 2 or 3 days on a diet supplying 2500 to 3000 kcal/day the energy intake of 10 patients with Gilbert's syndrome, 7 patients with haemolysis and 13 normal volunteers was reduced to about 300 kcal/day for 2 days; 2 of the normal subjects were given 250 mg novobiocin every 6 h for 2 days while on the normal diet and while on that supplying 300 kcal/day. When energy intake was reduced there was a greater rise in serum bilirubin in patients with Gilbert's syndrome and hepatic bilirubin uridine diphosphate glucuronyltransferase (UDPG-T) dysfunction than in the other 2 groups. Two patients with haemolysis and an exaggerated response to energy deprivation had reduced UDPG-T activities similar to those in Gilbert's syndrome. The combination of novobiocin and energy restriction produced a greater rise in bilirubin than restriction or novobiocin alone. The results suggest that the underlying UDPG-T dysfunction, rather than the unconjugated hyperbilirubinaemia before restriction, is responsible for the diet-induced hyperbilirubinaemia in Gilbert's syndrome KW - bilirubin KW - blood KW - energy KW - energy intake KW - inheritance KW - intake KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Gilbert's syndrome KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751436658&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Decrease in serum immunoreactive parathyroid hormone in rats and in parathyroid hormone secretion in vitro by 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol. AU - Chertow, B. S. AU - Baylink, D. J. AU - Wergedal, J. E. AU - Su, M. H. H. AU - Norman, A. W. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1975/// VL - 56 IS - 3 SP - 668 EP - 678 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Chertow, B. S.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration West Side Hospital, Chicago, Ill. 60680, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751436666. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 32222-06-3, 9002-64-6. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - In male Holtzman rats given 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) 130 pmol/140 g bodyweight by intraperitoneal injection, serum immunoreactive parathyroid hormone decreased a significant 43% 4 h later; the same dose of 1,25-DHCC inhibited the response to hypocalcaemia induced by injection of phosphate. The increment in serum parathyroid hormone was less and the decrement in serum Ca more in rats given phosphate and 1,25-DHCC than in rats given phosphate and ethanol solvent, indicating that the impaired parathyroid hormone response to 1,25-DHCC did not result from the change in serum Ca.In bovine parathyroid tissue in vitro, 1,25-DHCC at 1 or 100 nmol/litre significantly inhibited hormone secretion when Ca concentration in the medium was normal, high and low, 1.5, 3.0 and 1.0 mmol/litre, respectively. Maximum inhibition ranged from 19 to 74%; inhibition was generally seen after 2 h of incubation and was sustained or progressive thereafter. Vitamin A 0.1 mu mol/litre stimulated parathyroid hormone secretion; 1,25-DHCC at 1 nmol/litre reduced the action of vitamin A with maximum effect at 1 h and persisting thereafter. Hydrocortisone 10 mu mol/litre did not inhibit parathyroid hormone secretion. The observations are consistent with the concept of a feedback loop where parathyroid hormone directly stimulates secretion of 1,25-DHCC which in turn directly inhibits secretion of parathyroid hormone. KW - blood KW - CALCITRIOL KW - hormones KW - parathyrin KW - parathyroid KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - parathyroid gland KW - parathyroid hormone KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751436666&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Selenium levels in human blood and tissues in health and in disease. AU - McConnell, K. P. AU - Broghamer, W. L., Jr. AU - Blotcky, A. J. AU - Hurt, O. J. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1975/// VL - 105 IS - 8 SP - 1026 EP - 1031 SN - 0022-3166 AD - McConnell, K. P.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Louisville, Ky. 40202, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751436676. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7782-49-2. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Se was estimated by neutron activation analysis using 77mSe in serum, pancreas, liver and synovial tissues from normal subjects and patients with different malignancies and other disorders. Mean serum Se in patients with carcinoma was 1.27 mu g/g, significantly less than in normal controls, 1.48 mu g/g. Mean serum Se for those with primary malignancies of the reticuloendothelial system was 1.76 mu g/g, not significantly different from the normal value. Se in histologically normal pancreas was 0.63 mu g/g and that in abnormal was significantly more at 0.98 mu g/g. Synovia from patients with rheumatoid arthritis had significantly more Se than normal controls. KW - arthritis KW - neoplasms KW - pancreas KW - selenium KW - tissues KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cancers KW - disorders KW - health or disease KW - rheumatoid KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751436676&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Alcohol and malnutrition in the pathogenesis of liver disease. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Journal of the American Medical Association JF - Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1975/// VL - 233 IS - 10 SP - 1077 EP - 1082 AD - Lieber, C. S.: Section of Liver Disease and Nutrition, Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, N.Y., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751436813. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 30 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - This is a review and assessment of the literature on the pathological effects of alcohol, particularly on the liver. Malnutrition is common among alcoholics because alcohol displaces foods containing essential nutrients. Chronic intake of alcohol results in maldigestion and malabsorption, in structural alterations in the intestine and in the development of fatty liver, hepatitis and cirrhosis. Liver injury is preceded by an adaptive phase characterised by accelerated metabolism of drugs, including alcohol, and hyperlipaemia, secondary to hypertrophy and hyperactivity of the smooth endoplasmic reticulum. Side effects include increased hepatotoxicity of CCl4, and possibly energy wastage. In man, choline is ineffective therapeutically and prophylactically. In rodents, alcohol with a diet deficient in protein and lipotropic factors has more pronounced effects than with a diet deficient in either factor alone. The chain length of dietary fatty acids affects the degree of fat deposition in the liver in rats given alcohol. Replacement of long-chain by medium-chain triglycerides reduces the capacity of alcohol to produce fatty liver. KW - aetiology KW - alcohols KW - liver KW - liver diseases KW - reviews KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - causal agents KW - disorders KW - etiology KW - liver disorders KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751436813&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of hypoglycemia on hypothalamic thyrotropin-releasing hormone (TRH) in the rat. AU - Leung, Y. AU - Guansing, A. R. AU - Ajlouni, K. AU - Hagen, T. C. AU - Rosenfeld, P. S. AU - Barboriak, J. J. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1975/// VL - 97 IS - 2 SP - 380 EP - 384 AD - Leung, Y.: Endocrine-Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Center, Wood (Milwaukee), Wis. 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751436891. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 24305-27-9. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - A rapid radioimmunoassay for thyrotropin-releasing hormone (TRH) with a high degree of specificity and sensitivity is described. The method was used to study the effect of hypoglycaemia on hypothalamic TRH content. Forty-eight female, adult Holtzman rats were in 8 groups of 6. Regular insulin or saline was injected intraperitoneally into each rat except the control group. Each group of rats was killed and the trunk blood was collected at or 15, 30, 45, 60, 90, 120 and 180 min after injection. Appropriate tissues were immediately extracted in ice-cold methanol. Hypothalamic TRH, pituitary and serum thyrotropin and serum triiodothyronine (T3) and thyroxine (T4) were serially estimated.In the group given insulin there was a rapid fall in blood sugar dropping to the lowest value in 15 min. Hypothalamic TRH fell from a basal mean plus or minus SE value of 3.25 plus or minus 0.31 to 1.54 plus or minus 0.14 mu g/hypothalamus. Pituitary thyrotropin decreased from 10.0 plus or minus 0.9 to 2.6 plus or minus 0.8 mu g/pituitary at 30 min after insulin injection. Serum thyrotropin increased from a basal value of 42.5 plus or minus 20.5 to a peak of 102.1 plus or minus 10.0 mu U/ml at 45 min with insulin. The incremental change in serum T3 occurred at 90 min when it had risen from a baseline of 107.5 plus or minus 53.7 to a peak of 711.7 plus or minus 20.2 mu g/100 ml. There was no change in T4. The control group of rats did not show significant changes in hypothalamic TRH. The results indicated that hypoglycaemia can induce depletion (presumably release) of hypothalamic TRH with a consequent cascade stimulation of the pituitary-thyroid axis. KW - blood KW - brain KW - hypoglycaemia KW - hypothalamus KW - sugar KW - THYROTROPIN RELEASING HORMONE KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cerebrum KW - hypoglycemia KW - low KW - low blood glucose KW - protirelin KW - thyroliberin KW - thyroliberin in hypothalamus KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Sugar and Sugar Products (QQ020) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751436891&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Increased metabolism of iodothyronines in the rat after short-term cold adaptation. AU - Balsam, A. AU - Sexton, F. C. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1975/// VL - 97 IS - 2 SP - 385 EP - 391 AD - Balsam, A.: Dep. Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Dallas, Tex. 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751436892. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - The effect was studied of exposing rats to a temperature of 4 deg C on the metabolism of iodothyronines (T3). Metabolic clearances of T3-131I and thyroxine-125I (T4-125I) were higher in exposed rats than in the controls kept at 22 deg . Estimated absolute turnover of T4 was twice that of the controls. Urinary and faecal clearances of labelled hormones also were greater. Intracellular total radioactive I and T3 radioactive I concentrations were reduced in liver and kidney 24 h after a single injection of tracer hormones. Plasma hormonal binding was not altered. Expanded tissue spaces of T4-125I (liver 52.4 and kidney 66.7%) were measured by analysis of composite plasma and tissue disappearance curves in subgroups of rats killed 6 to 24 h after dose injection. Enlarged tissue spaces of T3-131I (liver 8.3 and kidney 26.2%) were found in the cold-adapted group. Fractional disappearance rates of labelled iodothyronines from the rat were increased as estimated in individual exposed rats and by composite disappearance curve analysis. The findings suggest that the altered kinetic variables of T3 disappearance from plasma, tissue and total body pools were due to increased hormone flux, owing to increased deiodinative and faecal hormone disposition, and show that changes in the peripheral metabolism of T3 and T4 are manifest early in adaptation to cold. KW - cold zones KW - metabolism KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cold regions KW - iodothyronine metabolism KW - iodothyronines KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751436892&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Calcitonin levels in thyroid-vein blood of man. AU - Silva, O. L. AU - Becker, K. L. AU - Doppman, J. L. AU - Snider, R. H. AU - Moore, C. F. JO - American Journal of the Medical Sciences JF - American Journal of the Medical Sciences Y1 - 1975/// VL - 269 IS - 1 SP - 37 EP - 41 SN - 0002-9629 AD - Silva, O. L.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 40 Irving Street N.W., Washington, DC 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751437354. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9007-12-9. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Radioimmunoassay of calcitonin by blood samples obtained by selective venous catheterization in 5 normocalcaemic and 2 hypercalcaemic patients showed a large fall in concentration from that found in blood from the thyroid vein to that in peripheral veins. KW - blood KW - calcitonin KW - comparisons KW - hormones KW - THYROID GLAND KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - thyrocalcitonin KW - thyroid KW - thyroid and peripheral veins KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751437354&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Influence of antrectomy on gastrin release and gastric secretion in conscious monkeys. AU - Rosato, E. F. AU - Shumate, G. R. AU - Pollock, T. W. AU - Adair, L. AU - Rosato, F. E. AU - Brooks, F. P. JO - Surgery, USA JF - Surgery, USA Y1 - 1975/// VL - 77 IS - 6 SP - 817 EP - 824 AD - Rosato, E. F.: Philadelphia Veterans Administration Hospital, Philadelphia, Pa. 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751437387. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9002-76-0. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Mean plasma gastrin increased significantly from 107 plus or minus 13 to 276 plus or minus 22 pg/ml 60 min after 2 male rhesus monkeys were given a standard meal of a banana and biscuits; in 2 given insulin by vein mean values increased from 93 plus or minus 8 to 182 plus or minus 23 pg/ml. Antrectomy reduced basal gastrin concentrations and the response to both feeding and insulin was no longer present. In 3 monkeys subjected to antrectomy and given liquid diet by duodenal cannula, there was almost no gastric acid response to histamine within 24 h and recovery did not take place during the next 4 weeks; numbers and appearance of parietal cells in the gastric mucosa remained normal. KW - blood KW - gastrin KW - removal KW - secretion KW - stomach KW - Macaca mulatta KW - Macaca KW - Cercopithecidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - antrectomy KW - antrum KW - gastrin secretion KW - rhesus monkey KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751437387&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The intestinal phase of gastric secretion: a pharmacological profile of entero-oxyntin. AU - Way, L. W. AU - Cairns, D. W. AU - Deveney, C. W. JO - Surgery, USA JF - Surgery, USA Y1 - 1975/// VL - 77 IS - 6 SP - 841 EP - 850 AD - Way, L. W.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 4150 Clements St., San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751437388. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - In dogs with denervated fundic pouches, antrectomy and gastrojejunostomy, a meal of cooked minced liver and 5% bone dust stimulated acid secretion from the fundic pouches without increasing serum gastrin concentrations. When pentagastrin, histamine, octapeptide of cholecystokinin or bethanecol was infused by vein simultaneously with intake of the meal, gastric acid secretion increased; both secretin and glucagon reduced gastric acid secretion, but not significantly, and atropine and metiamide were potent inhibitors. The significance of these observations in the action of entero-oxyntin, the hormone responsible for the intestinal phase of gastric secretion, is discussed. KW - effects KW - secretion KW - secretions KW - stomach KW - DOGS KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - entero-oxyntin KW - role of entero-oxyntin KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751437388&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Vitamin B12 absorption from eggs. AU - Doscherholmen, A. AU - McMahon, J. AU - Ripley, D. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1975/// VL - 149 IS - 4 SP - 987 EP - 990 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Doscherholmen, A.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751437418. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Eighteen healthy subjects absorbed much less cyanocobalamin-57 Co from eggs labelled in vivo than from a comparable amount of crystalline cyanocobalamin-57Co. Absorption varied with the form in which the eggs were served. As measured by the urinary excretion test and plasma radioactivity, average absorption from scrambled egg yolks and from boiled or fried eggs was more than twice that from scrambled whole eggs, but less than half that absorbed from crystalline cyanocobalamin-57Co. KW - absorption KW - cyanocobalamin KW - eggs KW - vitamin B12 KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cobalamin KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751437418&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Changes in the epidermis during prolonged fasting. AU - Alvarez, L. C. AU - Peters, D. J. AU - Murad, H. AU - Wright, E. T. AU - McGhee, G. AU - Drenick, E. J. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1975/// VL - 28 IS - 8 SP - 866 EP - 871 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Alvarez, L. C.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751437511. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Skin was taken from the lower abdomen every 2 weeks from 9 grossly obese men who were given water and vitamins only for up to 73 days with a mean loss of 70 lb and then a diet supplying 500 kcal and 50 g protein for 6 to 13 days before returning to a more normal diet. Counts of mitoses failed to correlate with the progression of protein depletion. The lengths of the dermal-epidermal junction line changed significantly with fasting, but the reduction in length was not directly related to the length of the fast; the line lengthened when the restricted diet was given. KW - fasting KW - histology KW - obesity KW - skin KW - treatment KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dermis KW - fatness KW - skin histology KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751437511&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Isolation and properties of the mixed lipid micelles present in intestinal content during fat digestion in man. AU - Mansbach, C. M., II AU - Cohen, R. S. AU - Leff, P. B. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1975/// VL - 56 IS - 4 SP - 781 EP - 791 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Mansbach, C. M., II: Veterans Administration Hospital, Duke Univ. Medical Center, Durham, N.C. 27710, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751437618. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A method combining ultracentrifugation, ultrafiltration and gel permeation chromatography was used to isolate bile acid-lipid mixed micelles from distal duodenal fluid obtained after a breakfast containing 36 g fat was eaten. Physicochemical properties of the mixed micelle are described. KW - bile acids KW - digesta KW - duodenum KW - intestines KW - lipids KW - separation KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - bile acid micelle complex KW - bile acid-lipid mixed micelles KW - digestive tract contents KW - lipid micelle complex KW - lipins KW - separating KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751437618&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of fasting on tissue cyclic cAMP and plasma glucagon in the obese hyperglycemic mouse. AU - Lavine, R. L. AU - Voyles, N. AU - Perrino, P. V. : Recant, L. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1975/// VL - 97 IS - 3 SP - 615 EP - 620 AD - Lavine, R. L.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 50 Irving Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751437934. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 61-19-8. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Female mice 8 weeks old, obese and normal, were studied after they had had food and water freely or after deprivation of food for 48 h. Obese mice weighed about twice as much as normal in both the fed and deprived states. Deprivation produced a proportionately greater weight loss in normal mice. Blood glucose and plasma immunoreactive insulin (IRI) were significantly higher in obese mice both before and after deprivation. The fall in blood glucose was comparable in both groups but the fall in plasma IRI was greater in obese mice. In the fed state cyclic AMP in the islets of Langerhans was greater in obese mice but became significantly higher only after deprivation. Cyclic AMP in adipose tissue increased after deprivation. Cyclic AMP in skeletal muscle tissue in normal mice was more than in obese mice and the difference was increased by deprivation. In liver cyclic AMP was significantly higher in fed, obese mice; cyclic AMP rose significantly in the liver of deprived normal mice but fell in that of deprived obese mice. Liver glycogen was higher in fed, obese mice and deprivation resulted in a fall in normal mice only. Plasma immunoreactive glucagon of obese mice was higher in the fed state, but rose in normal mice after deprivation so that the values in both groups were comparable. KW - AMP KW - blood KW - obesity KW - starvation KW - sugar KW - tissues KW - MICE KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - adenosine monophosphate KW - cyclic KW - cyclic AMP in tissues KW - fatness KW - modification of obese hyperglycaemia on cyclic AMP in tissues KW - obese hyperglycaemia KW - Animal Nutrition (General) (LL500) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) KW - Sugar and Sugar Products (QQ020) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751437934&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of glucose on the growth hormone response to glucagon and propranolol-glucagon in normal subjects. AU - Sawin, C. T. AU - Silbert, C. K. AU - Mitchell, M. L. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1975/// VL - 24 IS - 9 SP - 1009 EP - 1014 AD - Sawin, C. T.: Boston Veterans Administration Hospital, 150 S. Huntington Ave., Boston, Mass. 02130, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751437953. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9007-92-5, 50-99-7, 525-66-6, 9002-72-6. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Subjects were 10 normal men, aged 18 to 25 years given by muscle before breakfast glucagon 1 mg. Blood was sampled at intervals up to 3 h after the injection. The studies were repeated 2 days later with the additional infusion by vein of 20% glucose for the 3 h, a total of 200 to 240 g glucose. In a further study 40 mg propranolol was given by mouth 2 h before the glucagon. The mean peak concentration of growth hormone (GH) in serum after the glucagon was 15.1 ng/ml; the glucose infusion reduced it to 9.6 ng/ml. Pretreatment with propranolol produced an increase in GH after glucagon, to 19.4 ng/ml, but did not affect the peak after glucose infusion. Glucose infusion did not uniformly suppress the GH peak after glucagon: in 3 subjects there was no suppression. KW - blood KW - glucagon KW - glucose KW - pituitary KW - propranolol KW - SOMATOTROPIN KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - anterior KW - dextrose KW - glucagon and propranolol KW - growth hormone KW - hypophysis KW - modification by glucose KW - modification of effect of glucagon and propranolol on growth hormone in blood KW - pituitary gland KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751437953&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastric emptying and its relationship to antral contractile activity. AU - Stemper, T. J. AU - Cooke, A. R. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1975/// VL - 69 IS - 3 SP - 649 EP - 653 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Stemper, T. J.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Apt. 3, Bldg. 3, Iowa City, Iowa 52240, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751438054. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Gastric emptying and antral contractile activity were measured simultaneously in 3 dogs with gastric and duodenal fistulae. Contractile activity was monitored by 2 force strain-gauge transducers on the serosal surface of the antrum of 2 dogs and a single strain-gauge transducer on the serosal surface of both antrum and fundus of the 3rd dog. The frequency and force (motility index) of antral contractions were measured for each 1-min period. Gastric emptying and contractile activity were recorded and compared after test meals (154 mM saline) of 60, 120, 240 and 480 ml. Although the rate of gastric emptying increased with the frequency and force of antral contractions, up to 67 ml min-1 (mean 6.9 ml min-1) were emptied without measurable antral contractile activity and 0 to 96 ml min-1 (mean 19.4 ml min-1) were emptied during maximal antral activity. Antral contractile activity increased with the size of the test meal and decreased exponentially with the rate of gastric emptying. Fundal contractile activity was generally absent during the test meal. The studies suggest that although the antrum has a significant role in the emptying of liquids, other factors may modify its effect on gastric emptying. KW - stomach KW - DOGS KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - emptying KW - relation to antral contractility KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751438054&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hepatic cholesterol metabolism in patients with gallstones. AU - Salen, G. AU - Nicolau, G. AU - Shefer, S. AU - Mosbach, E. H. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1975/// VL - 69 IS - 3 SP - 676 EP - 684 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Salen, G.: Section of Gastroenterology, East Orange Veterans Administration Hospital, East Orange, N.J.07019, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751438055. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Relative rates of cholesterol and bile acid synthesis were estimated in patients with cholesterol gallstones and biliary obstruction from the hepatic activities of 3-hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl-CoA reductase and cholesterol 7 alpha -hydroxylase, the respective rate-determining enzymes for cholesterol and bile acid synthesis. As compared with 8 control studies, 3-hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl-CoA reductase activity was 27% higher in 12 gallstone subjects, but 75% lower in 5 subjects with biliary obstruction. Cholesterol 7 alpha -hydroxylase activity was reduced with gallstones (47% lower) and biliary obstruction (78% lower). Liver cholesterol concentrations were 56% higher in the gallstone and 53% higher in the biliary obstruction subjects than the control group. The findings suggest that the pathogenesis of gallstones is related to both increased cholesterol synthesis and decreased bile acid formation, whereas cholesterol accumulates in biliary obstruction because of defective removal since cholesterol production is low. KW - biliary calculi KW - cholesterol KW - concretions KW - liver KW - metabolism KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cholesterol metabolism by liver KW - gallstones KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751438055&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastrin. AU - Walsh, J. H. AU - Grossman, M. I. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1975/// VL - 292 IS - 25; 26 SP - 1324 EP - 1384 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Walsh, J. H.: Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Bldg, 115, Room 115, Los Angeles, CA 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751438495. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 208 ref. Registry Number: 9002-76-0. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition KW - gastrin KW - reviews KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751438495&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Some behavioral effects of maternal hypervitaminosis A in rats. AU - Vorhees, C. V. JO - Teratology JF - Teratology Y1 - 1974/// VL - 10 IS - 3 SP - 269 EP - 273 SN - 0040-3709 AD - Vorhees, C. V.: Psychology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Nashville, Tenn. 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751438641. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 68-26-8. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Primiparous Fischer 344 rats were given retinyl palmitate 100 000, 40 000, 25 000 or 10 000 IU/kg by mouth daily on days 8 to 10 of gestation. With the largest dose, prenatal and postnatal mortality rates of young were high and, in the few survivors, growth was retarded and gait was abnormal. The 3 lower doses did not increase mortality, reduce weight or produce visible abnormalities in the young. When young 70 to 72 days old were tested in an open field, those exposed to 100 000 IU retinyl palmitate were hypoactive compared with controls which were untreated or given saline. Young 73 to 77 days old were tested in a Y-maze avoidance task; all experimental animals showed decreased avoidance and discrimination acquisition which was most pronounced in the 100 000 IU group. KW - LEARNING ABILITY KW - pregnancy KW - progeny KW - RETINOL KW - vitamin A excess KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - axerophthol KW - disorders KW - during KW - gestation KW - hypervitaminosis A KW - learning capacity KW - maternal vitamin A excess KW - vitamin A KW - vitamin A alcohol KW - vitamin A toxicity KW - vitamin A1 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751438641&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Vitamin nutrition in patients undergoing maintenance hemodialysis. AU - Kopple, J. D. AU - Swendseid, M. E. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1975/// VL - 7 IS - Suppl. 2 SP - S79 EP - S84 SN - 0085-2538 AD - Kopple, J. D.: Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Wilshire and Sawtelle Blvds., Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751438738. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - dialysis KW - kidneys KW - retention KW - treatment KW - vitamins KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - disorders KW - renal disorders KW - vitamin nutrition KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751438738&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Mineral metabolism in uremia. AU - Alfrey, A. C. AU - Rudolph, H. AU - Smythe, W. R. JO - Kidney International JF - Kidney International Y1 - 1975/// VL - 7 IS - Suppl. 2 SP - S85 EP - S89 SN - 0085-2538 AD - Alfrey, A. C.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 1055 Clermont Street, Denver, Colo. 80220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751438739. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - metabolism KW - mineral metabolism KW - minerals KW - uraemia KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - azotaemia KW - azotemia KW - uremia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751438739&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Alcoholic hepatomegaly: accumulation of protein in the liver. AU - Baraona, E. AU - Leo, M. A. AU - Borowsky, S. A. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Science, USA JF - Science, USA Y1 - 1975/// VL - 190 IS - 4216 SP - 794 EP - 795 AD - Baraona, E.: Section of Liver Disease and Nutrition, Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751438828. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male rats were pair-fed intragastrically for 4 to 8 weeks with 6 ml/100 g bodyweight of liquid diets with protein supplying 18, fat 35, carbohydrate 11 and ethanol or additional carbohydrate 36% of energy. Rats given ethanol or the control diet had livers 4.28 and 3.34 g/100 g bodyweight. Ethanol produced increases in liver of fat 151 plus or minus 29, protein 132 plus or minus 41 and dry weight 304 plus or minus 40 mg/100 g bodyweight; sp. gr. and protein concentration were not affected; hepatocytes increased in size by 36% and the number of mesenchymal cells in unit area by 17%. Albumin and transferrin increased and colchicine-binding protein decreased in liver of rats given ethanol, suggesting an intrahepatic retention of export proteins. KW - ethanol KW - liver KW - protein KW - proteins KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751438828&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Determinants of human adipose tissue lipoprotein lipase. Effect of diabetes and obesity on basal- aand diet-induced activity. AU - Pykalisto, O. J. AU - Smith, P. H. AU - Brunzell, J. D. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1975/// VL - 56 IS - 5 SP - 1108 EP - 1117 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Pykalisto, O. J.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Seattle, Wash. 98108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751438836. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9001-62-1, 9004-02-8. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - The role of insulin in the regulation of human adipose tissue lipoprotein lipase was evaluated. Adipose tissue heparin-releasable lipoprotein lipase (thought to be related to peripheral clearance of plasma triglycerides) was low in insulin-deficient, untreated hyperglycaemic diabetic subjects and treatment of hyperglycaemia returned the activity to normal. In chronic hyperinsulinism, represented by obesity, heparin-releasable activity among control subjects was correlated to proportion of ideal bodyweight (r = 0.53) and to fat cell size (r = 0.61). Acetone-ether powder lipoprotein lipase activity (presumed to reflect total tissue enzyme) was also related to proportion of ideal bodyweight (r = 0.76 for controls; r = 0.67 for diabetics) and to fat cell size (r = 0.71 for controls; r = 0.85 for diabetics). Postprandial-stimulated insulin secretion was related to diet-induced changes in lipoprotein lipase in control subjects; both were dependent on the amount of dietary carbohydrate. In contrast, the diabetic patients with low insulin responses failed to increase lipoprotein lipase activity with feeding. The changes in heparin-releasable (r = 0.66) and acetone-ether powder (r = 0.69) activity during feeding were related to the increase in plasma insulin. Thus, insulin appears to be important in the regulation of human adipose tissue lipoprotein lipase activity. Elevated insulin values in obesity and increased insulin secretion after eating were associated with increased lipoprotein lipase activity. Defects in insulin secretion, both in postabsorptive and postprandial states, are associated with low adipose tissue lipoprotein lipase and may lead to hypertriglyceridaemia in diabetic man. KW - adipose tissue KW - diabetes KW - lipoprotein lipase KW - lipoproteins KW - obesity KW - triacylglycerol lipase KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - diabetes and obesity KW - diacylglycerol lipase KW - fatness KW - lipase KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751438836&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Transcobalamins I and II as natural transport proteins of vitamin B12. AU - Hall, C. A. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1975/// VL - 56 IS - 5 SP - 1125 EP - 1131 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Hall, C. A.: Hematology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Albany, N.Y. 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751438837. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - A 56-year-old man was given 1.12 mu g (229 mu Ci) cyanocobalamin-57Co mixed with food; blood samples were taken 4, 8 and 24 h later and at lengthening intervals up to day 51; each plasma sample was examined by at least two independent measures of the vitamin B-12 bound to transcobalamins (TCI, II and III). As vitamin B-12 was being absorbed, 92 to 95% of that in venous blood was carried by TCII. Absolute and percentage transport by TCII declined sharply during the first 24 h; between days 7 and 51, 20 to 33% of the label was on TCII, the remainder was carried by R-type binders. Absolute transport by TCI did not reach a maximum until after day 1 and before day 3. Transport by an alpha 2 R-type binder, TCIII, was not observed. TCI was isoelectrically heterogeneous, with the components focussing between pH 2.9 and 3.35. KW - blood KW - cyanocobalamin KW - transcobalamins KW - vitamin B12 KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - binding substances KW - cobalamin KW - vitamin B12 binding substances KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751438837&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of insulin-glucose infusions on plasma glucagon levels in fasting diabetics and nondiabetics. AU - Raskin, P. AU - Fujita, Y. AU - Unger, R. H. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1975/// VL - 56 IS - 5 SP - 1132 EP - 1138 SN - 0021-9738 AD - Raskin, P.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Dallas, Tex. 75235, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751438838. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9007-92-5, 50-99-7, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of intravenous infusion of insulin and glucose on plasma glucagon was studied in hyperglycaemic fasting adult-type and juvenile-type diabetics, compared with fasting nondiabetics. Adult-type diabetics were given insulin for 2 h at a rate of 0.03 U/kg min, raising their mean insulin to between 25 and 35 mu U/ml; glucagon declined from a basal value of 71 plus or minus 2 to 56 plus or minus 1 pg/ml at 120 min. In juvenile-type diabetics given the same insulin-glucose infusion, glucagon declined from a basal 74 plus or minus 8 to 55 plus or minus 5 pg/ml at 120 min. The absolute glucagon values in the diabetic groups did not differ significantly at any point from the mean in nondiabetics given insulin at the same rate with enough glucose to maintain normoglycaemia. When glucagon was expressed as a percentage of the basal value the normoglycaemic nondiabetics exhibited significantly lower values than adult-type diabetics at 90 and 120 min and juvenile-type diabetics at 60 min. In nondiabetics given insulin and glucose at a rate that caused hyperglycaemia averaging between 134 and 160 mg/100 ml, glucagon fell to 41 plus or minus 7 pg/ml at 120 min, significantly below the adult diabetic at 90 and 120 min and the juvenile group at 60 min. The mean lowest level of 39 plus or minus 2 pg/ml was significantly below values for the adult and juvenile groups. When insulin was infused in the diabetic groups at a rate of 0.4 U/kg min together with glucose, raising mean plasma insulin to between 300 and 600 mu U/ml, differences from the hyperglycaemic nondiabetics were no longer statistically significant. It is concluded that, contrary to the previously reported lack of insulin effect in diabetics during carbohydrate meals, intravenous administration for 2 h of physiological amounts of insulin and glucose is accompanied in unfed diabetics by a substantial decline in plasma glucagon. Values are significantly above hyperglycaemic nondiabetics at certain points, but differ from normoglycaemic nondiabetics only when expressed as a percentage of the basal value. At a supraphysiological rate of insulin infusion in diabetics, these differences disappear. KW - blood KW - diabetes KW - glucagon KW - glucose KW - insulin KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - glucose and insulin KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751438838&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Diversion of ethanol metabolism by sulfhydryl amino acids. D-penicillamine-directed excretion of 2,5,5-trimethyl-D-thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid in the urine of rats after ethanol administration. AU - Nagasawa, H. T. AU - Goon, D. J. W. AU - Constantino, N. V. AU - Alexander, C. S. JO - Life Sciences JF - Life Sciences Y1 - 1975/// VL - 17 IS - 5 SP - 707 EP - 713 SN - 0024-3205 AD - Nagasawa, H. T.: Medical Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, MN 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751438906. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 52-90-4, 56-89-3, 64-17-5, 52-67-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats in groups of 6 were given L-cysteine 1, L-cystine 2, DL-cysteine 2 or D-penicillamine 1.2 g/kg intraperitoneally, at the same time as or 1 h before ethanol 3 to 4 g/kg intraperitoneally or by mouth, and urine was collected for the next 24 h. The urine of those given pecillamine contained 2,5,5-trimethyl-D-thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid (TTCA), which was isolated as its N-acetyl derivative, but the corresponding 2-methylthiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid could not be detected in the urine of rats given cysteine and ethanol. TTCA was formed by the condensation of penicillamine with ethanol-derived acetaldehyde generated in vivo. This was verified by isolation of labelled TTCA after penicillamine and ethanol-1-14C were given. When the rats were given disulfiram before the experiment TTCA in urine doubled. The physical and chemical properties of the isolated N-acetyl-TTCA were identical with a chemically-synthesised product, prepared by reacting D-penicillamine with acetaldehyde to form TTCA and acetylating this product with acetic anhydride. KW - amino acids KW - cysteine KW - cystine KW - ethanol KW - metabolism KW - penicillamine KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751438906&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Ultradian rhythms in waking gastric activity. AU - Hiatt, J. F. AU - Kripke, D. F. JO - Psychosomatic Medicine JF - Psychosomatic Medicine Y1 - 1975/// VL - 37 IS - 4 SP - 320 EP - 325 AD - Hiatt, J. F.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, CA 92161, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751438934. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The possible existence of a cyclic pattern of variation in the gastric contractions of healthy subjects was examined in an experiment with 11 students 19 to 22 years old, who were isolated and fasted for 8 h in a well-illuminated, soundscreened room. Each student had a nasogastric tube carrying an inflated rubber balloon at its lower end from which the pressure changes due to gastric contractions could be measured continuously while the subject performed simple repetitive cognitive tasks. The records showed obvious periodicity, with 4 to 5 cycles in the 8-h period, for almost all subjects, characterised by an increase in the peak pressure of individual contractions and an increase in the baseline pressure between contractions. These findings showed the existence of daytime ultradian rhythms similar to those occurring in the frequency of rapid eye movements (REM patterns) during sleep. They also indicated that previously observed behavioural patterns, especially those related to oral activities, have a physiological basis. KW - diurnal variation KW - motility KW - stomach KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751438934&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Observations on sodium retention related to insulin treatment of experimental diabetes. AU - Blumenthal, S. A. JO - Diabetes. JF - Diabetes. Y1 - 1975/// VL - 24 IS - 7 SP - 645 EP - 649 AD - Blumenthal, S. A.: Endocrinology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Syracuse, N.Y. 13210, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751438975. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9004-10-8, 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Male adult Sprague-Dawley rats were given streptozotocin at 75 mg/kg and, from 24 h later, insulin was given intraperitoneally or subcutaneously each day in doses from 1 to 10 U/100 g bodyweight for 2 to 13 days. Blood and urine were sampled and plasma electrolytes, pH, pCO2 and glucose estimated at intervals during insulin injections. The results showed increased Na+ and K+ retention, without a corresponding reduction in blood glucose concentrations, when insulin treatment was resumed after an interval of 48 h. It was not related to preexisting Na depletion, and the decrease in urinary Na excretion was appreciably greater than the associated changes in excretion of water and chloride ion. The significance of those changes is discussed in the light of similar changes in human subjects, in whom oedema and Na retention had been observed in the initial period of 3 to 4 days after resumption of insulin therapy in response to signs of diabetic ketoacidosis. The possible action of insulin on the renal tubular metabolism and the nephrotoxic action of streptozotocin were considered. It was concluded that the Na retention was a result of the insulin therapy, since it occurred only when insulin was given to rats made diabetic with streptozotocin. KW - diabetes KW - insulin KW - retention KW - sodium KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - sodium retention KW - streptozotocin KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751438975&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Systemic reactions to stinging ants. AU - Lockey, R. F. JO - Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology JF - Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology Y1 - 1974/// VL - 54 IS - 3 SP - 132 EP - 146 SN - 0091-6749 AD - Lockey, R. F.: Allergy Sec., Veterans Administration Hospital, 13000 North 30th St., Tampa, FL 33612, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19760204453. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Entomology N2 - Four patients are described in whom systemic allergic reactions occurred following stings by 3 ant species. The reactions included diffuse urticaria, angioedema, dyspnoea, wheezing, cough, and lightheadedness. The patients were skin-tested and the results compared to 2 control groups: persons hypersensitive to honeybees, wasps and hornets; normal non-atopic subjects. One patient developed systemic reactions to both wasp and an imported fire ant.The literature on hypersensitivity to ant stings is reviewed with particular reference to the spread of imported fire ants throughout southern and eastern USA. Comparisons are made with other stinging Hymenoptera.J. M. Gedye KW - cough KW - dyspnoea KW - hypersensitivity KW - oedema KW - stings KW - urticaria KW - Formicidae KW - Hymenoptera KW - man KW - Pogonomyrmex barbatus KW - Solenopsis invicta KW - Solenopsis xyloni KW - Hymenoptera KW - insects KW - Hexapoda KW - arthropods KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - Solenopsis KW - Formicidae KW - Pogonomyrmex KW - allergic responses KW - ant stings KW - dyspnea KW - edema KW - hypersensitiveness KW - hypersensitivity to sting KW - nettle rash KW - produced by ant sting KW - red harvester ant KW - red imported fire ant KW - respiratory insufficiency KW - Public Health and Nuisance Pests (VV300) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19760204453&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Glucose tolerance, plasma and pancreatic insulin levels in zinc deficient rats. AU - Brown, E. D. AU - Penhos, J. C. AU - Recant, L. AU - Smith, J. C., Jr. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1975/// VL - 150 IS - 3 SP - 557 EP - 560 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Brown, E. D.: Trace Element Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D.C. 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761442113. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 14 ref. Registry Number: 7440-47-3, 50-99-7, 9004-10-8, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - Male weanling rats were given a diet adequate in Zn to a bodyweight of 150 g; they were divided into 3 groups, one of which continued on the original diet to appetite, another was given a diet deficient in Zn to appetite and the third was given the original diet in amounts sufficient to maintain bodyweight equal to that of the deprived rats. After 55 days, when signs of Zn deficiency were apparent, all were given glucose by mouth and blood glucose and plasma insulin were estimated at intervals for 3 h. There was no significant difference between the deprived rats and weight-paired controls. In the second experiment, male weanling rats were fed for 39 days on the Zn-deficient diet, or on a normal diet given to appetite or pair-fed with the deprived group. Mean pancreatic insulin was significantly less in the controls fed to appetite than in the deprived group, but there was no difference between the deprived and the pair-fed groups, suggesting that the differences were due to food restriction rather than to differences in Zn intake. Zn deficiency per se had no effect on oral glucose tolerance or pancreatic insulin. KW - animal physiology KW - blood KW - Chromium KW - Diabetes KW - Femur KW - glucose KW - glucose tolerance KW - insulin KW - laboratory animals KW - nutrient deficiencies KW - Pancreas KW - zinc KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood sugar tolerance KW - dextrose KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Physiology and Biochemistry (Excluding Nutrition) (LL600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761442113&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Quantitative measurement of lactose absorption. AU - Bond, J. H. AU - Levitt, M. D. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1976/// VL - 70 IS - 6 SP - 1058 EP - 1062 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Bond, J. H.: Gastroenterology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, 54th Street and 48th Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761446593. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9031-11-2, 62-42-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Dairy Science N2 - The quantity of lactose not absorbed by 4 normal and 6 lactase-deficient subjects was estimated by three indirect methods which involved: (1) measurement of pulmonary hydrogen (H2) excretion, (2) pulmonary 14CO2 excretion and (3) stool 14C excretion, after ingestion of 12.5 g lactose-1-14C and 4 g polyethylene glycol (PEG). Results were compared with absorption estimated directly from the 14C:PEG ratio of multiple terminal ileal aspirates. The fraction of lactose not absorbed as shown by ileal aspiration ranged from 0 to 8% in normal and 42 to 75% in milk-intolerant subjects. Whereas all 3 indirect methods were useful in qualitatively separating normal from deficient subjects, the quantity of lactose absorbed as shown by H2 excretion correlated most closely with ileal measurements (r = 0.94). Pulmonary 14CO2 excretion in 24 h after lactose-14C-load did not distinguish normal (17 plus or minus 4% of ingested 14C/24 h) from lactase-deficient subjects (21.1 plus or minus 3%). Likewise, stool 14C:PEG ratios grossly underestimated malabsorption, less than one-quarter of the unabsorbed 14C appearing in the stool. Individual differences in susceptibility to diarrhoea after milk ingestion by lactase-deficient subjects may be due to differences in the quantity of lactose not absorbed or differences in the rate of bacterial metabolism of lactose in the colon. Analysis of ileal fluid collected during passage of the lactose meal indicated that about two-thirds of the osmotic load entering the colon consists of endogenous electrolytes. Thus the water load delivered to the colon is about 3 times that calculated to be osmotically held by the unabsorbed sugar. KW - absorption KW - beta-galactosidase KW - deficiency KW - enzymes KW - estimation KW - lactose KW - milk intolerance KW - MAN KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - beta-D-galactosidase KW - healthy KW - lactase KW - lactose absorption KW - milk sugar KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Milk and Dairy Produce (QQ010) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761446593&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Regression of advanced atherosclerosis in swine. Chemical studies. AU - Fritz, K. E. AU - Augustyn, J. M. AU - Jarmolych, J. AU - Daoud, A. S. AU - Lee, K. T. JO - Archives of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine JF - Archives of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine Y1 - 1976/// VL - 100 IS - 7 SP - 380 EP - 385 SN - 0003-9985 AD - Fritz, K. E.: Atherosclerosis Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Holland Ave., Albany, NY 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761449689. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 16 ref. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science; Veterinary Science N2 - Advanced complicated atherosclerosis was produced in the abdominal aorta of miniature pigs by a combination of mechanical injury and a 4-month high-cholesterol high-fat diet. After discontinuation of the atherogenic diet, the animals were given pig mash for 14 months; subsequent chemical studies showed that regression of lesions had occurred, as delineated by decreased DNA content and DNA synthesis, total and esterified cholesterol, and phospholipid but no change in free cholesterol and triglycerides. The rate of DNA synthesis, but not that of total protein synthesis, decreased. Collagen content increased. By all criteria studied, the regressed lesions did not differ greatly from the abdominal aortic tissue of pigs that had received only a mash diet for 18 months after mechanical injury. The findings, if applied to man, would make possible regression of atherosclerosis on strictly controlled diet. KW - Arteries KW - atherosclerosis KW - Disease control KW - nutritional disorders KW - regression KW - swine diseases KW - PIGS KW - Sus scrofa KW - Sus KW - Suidae KW - Suiformes KW - Artiodactyla KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - arteriosclerosis KW - hogs KW - pig diseases KW - reversibility KW - swine KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Pathogen, Pest, Parasite and Weed Management (General) (HH000) KW - Non-Communicable Diseases and Injuries of Animals (LL860) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761449689&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Radioimmunoassay of calcitonin in plasma, normal thyroid, and medullary thyroid carcinoma of the rat. AU - Roos, B. A. AU - Deftos, L. J. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine. JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine. Y1 - 1976/// VL - 88 IS - 2 SP - 173 EP - 182 AD - Roos, B. A.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, La Jolla, Calif., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761451621. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 9007-12-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - A sensitive immunoassay for murine calcitonin was developed. Human calcitonin was used for tracer, standard and antibody production and methods were devised to minimize artifacts. The basal plasma concentration of calcitonin in rats was 6 to 75 pg/ml. Infusions of Ca, pentagastrin and PGE2 produced a 2- to 7-fold increase in plasma calcitonin. Concentrations of calcitonin were increased in tumour specimens from the second and fourth generations of a transplanted rat medullary thyroid carcinoma. KW - blood KW - calcitonin KW - immunoassay KW - Neoplasms KW - RADIONUCLIDES KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cancers KW - radioactive isotopes KW - radioactive nuclides KW - radioisotopes KW - thyrocalcitonin KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761451621&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastric A-cell function in normal dogs. AU - Munoz-Barragan, L. AU - Blazquez, E. AU - Patton, G. S. AU - Dobbs, R. E. AU - Unger, R. H. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1976/// VL - 231 IS - 4 SP - 1057 EP - 1061 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Munoz-Barragan, L.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Dallas, Tex. 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19761451799. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 17 ref. Registry Number: 74-79-3, 9007-92-5, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - Glucagon release from the gastric fundus and pancreas was compared in normal dogs by measuring glucagon in plasma from a major gastroepiploic vein, the superior pancreaticoduodenal vein and the inferior vena cava. In 32 dogs in the basal state, gastric vein glucagon averaged 97 plus or minus 40 pg/ml, not significantly different from the 93 plus or minus 41 pg/ml in the vena cava. Pancreaticoduodenal vein glucagon averaged 250 plus or minus 32 pg/ml (P<0.001). Intravenous arginine infused in 4 dogs caused a rise in mean gastric vein glucagon to 210 plus or minus 33 pg/ml within 3 min, and glucagon remained between 53 and 98 pg/ml above the vena caval level thereafter. In the gastric vein, the rise in glucagon was significantly greater than in the vena cava at 3, 5 and 10 min (P<0.05), but was far less than in the pancreaticoduodenal vein where glucagon rose to 1295 plus or minus 379 pg/ml at 1.5 min. Evidence of modest gastric glucagon release was observed after the intragastric instillation of arginine, but not during insulin or phloridzin-induced hypoglycaemia. It was concluded that in normal dogs under the circumstances studied, the gastric fundus is not a major source uf circulating glucagon. KW - animal physiology KW - Arginine KW - Cells KW - Cytology KW - glucagon KW - Immunoassay KW - Insulin KW - Pancreas KW - secretion KW - stomach KW - DOGS KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gastric A cell function KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Physiology and Biochemistry (Excluding Nutrition) (LL600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19761451799&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The problem of hypercalcemia. AU - Salmon, W. D., Jr. JO - Southern Medical Journal JF - Southern Medical Journal Y1 - 1973/// VL - 66 IS - 1 SP - 85 EP - 91 SN - 0038-4348 AD - Salmon, W. D., Jr.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Vanderbilt Univ. School of Medicine, Nashville, Tenn., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731412986. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - blood KW - calcium KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731412986&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gas-chromatographic-mass-spectrometric determination of urinary acid profiles of normal young adults. 2. The effect of ethanol. AU - Witten, T. A. AU - Levine, S. P. AU - Killian, M. T. AU - Boyle, P. J. R. AU - Markey, S. P. JO - Clinical Chemistry JF - Clinical Chemistry Y1 - 1973/// VL - 19 IS - 9 SP - 963 EP - 966 SN - 0009-9147 AD - Witten, T. A.: Gastroenterology Section, Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver, Colo. 80220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731414396. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 300-85-6, 124-04-9, 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - 2. Acid metabolic profiles of the urine of 26 healthy young adults who took a standard diet for 3 days were studied by combined gas chromatography and mass spectrometry. Means and standard deviations of the excretion rates of individual, identified acids were estimated after the ingestion of ethanol and compared with basal values previously reported. A significant net effect of ethanol was demonstrated only for alpha - and beta -hydroxybutyric, adipic, beta -methyladipic, p-hydroxyphenylacetic and 2,5-furandicarboxylic acids. KW - 3-hydroxybutyric acid KW - adipic acid KW - ethanol KW - ketone bodies KW - urine KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 2,5-furandicarboxylic acid KW - acids in urine KW - alpha-hydroxybutyrate KW - beta-hydroxybutyrate KW - beta-methyladipic acid KW - ethyl alcohol KW - p-hydroxyphenylacetic acid KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731414396&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Phenformin-induced alterations of small intestinal function and mitochondrial structure in man. AU - Arvanitakis, C. AU - Lorenzsonn, V. AU - Olsen, W. A. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1973/// VL - 82 IS - 2 SP - 195 EP - 200 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Arvanitakis, C.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 2500 Overlook Terr., Madison, Wis. 53705, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731415592. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 7727-37-9, 7732-18-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Jejunal absorption rates were measured by a segmental perfusion technique in 5 patients without intestinal disease before and 75 min after they had ingested 100 mg of the hypoglycaemic drug phenformin. The drug reduced mean glucose absorption from 4532 to 2341 mu moles/h segment, water absorption from 228 to -25 mu moles/h segment and N absorption from 1700 to 400 mu -equiv/h segment. Mucosal biopsies appeared normal by light microscopy but electron microscopy showed that matrix granules from absorptive cell mitochondria throughout most of the villus had disappeared completely, suggesting that absorption rates are reduced by phenformin as a result of mitochondrial injury. KW - absorption KW - glucose KW - intestinal mucosa KW - intestines KW - mucosa KW - nitrogen KW - water KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - glucose, nitrogen and water absorption KW - intestine epithelium KW - mucous membrane KW - phenformin KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731415592&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Impaired assimilation of egg Co57 vitamin B12 in patients with hypochlorhydria and achlorhydria and after gastric resection. AU - Doscherholmen, A. AU - Swaim, W. R. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1973/// VL - 64 IS - 5 SP - 913 EP - 919 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Doscherholmen, A.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731415618. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Patients who have undergone gastric resection and those with simple gastric hypochlorhydria and achlorhydria may have low serum vitamin B-12 concentrations with normal absorption of radioactive cyanocobalamin. Impaired assimilation of food vitamin B-12, but not of the crystalline cyanocobalamin 57Co, may be the cause of this phenomenon. The hypothesis was tested by comparing the assimilation of the labelled vitamin incorporated into eggs in vivo with that of the crystalline form. As judged by the urinary excretion test, 10 patients with gastric resection having low serum vitamin B-12 values absorbed on average 9% of that in 11 normal control subjects when egg vitamin was given. Similarly, 5 patients with achlorhydria or severe hypochlorhydria absorbed on average 12% of that in normal subjects. There was no difference in absorption of the crystalline form in those groups. An equally poor assimilation of unlabelled food vitamin B-12 may explain the low serum concentrations in patients after gastrectomy, and achlorhydric subjects with low serum vitamin B-12 and normal absorption of crystalline radioactive cyanocobalamin. Patients with pernicious anaemia and those with gastric resection with low serum vitamin B-12 and absorption values had extremely poor assimilation of both food vitamin and the crystalline form. KW - absorption KW - achlorhydria KW - anaemia KW - cyanocobalamin KW - pernicious anaemia KW - removal KW - stomach KW - vitamin B12 KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - anemia KW - cobalamin KW - cyanocobalamin absorption KW - hypochlorhydria KW - partial stomach removal KW - pernicious KW - pernicious anemia KW - vitamin B-12 absorption KW - vitamin B-12 cyanocobalamin KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731415618&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Variations in peripheral blood eosinophil levels in normal and Schistosoma mansoni-infected mice. AU - Colley, D. G. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1974/// VL - 83 IS - 6 SP - 871 EP - 876 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Colley, D. G.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Nashville, Tennessee, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19740815639. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - Peripheral blood oesinophil levels were studied in normal mice and in mice which had been infected with Schistosoma mansoni cercariae 8 to 9 weeks previously. Similar observations of relative levels of eosinophilia were obtained qith both groups. The eosinophil level, and to a lesser extent the total white blood cell level, was higher in blood obtained from the tail than in that from the retro-orbital plexus. Diurnal variation was marked, with high eosinophil levels at noon and low levels at midnight. Repeated bleedings at 24-hour intervals induced a modest eosinophilia, but bleeding every 48 hours did not affect the count. Bleeding every 3 hours caused an eosinopoenia which was followed by eosinophilia (apparent by 9 hours and remaining elevated for at least 24 hours). KW - eosinophilia KW - haematology KW - helminths KW - immunology KW - parasites KW - MICE KW - Rodents KW - Schistosoma mansoni KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Schistosoma KW - Schistosomatidae KW - Digenea KW - Trematoda KW - Platyhelminthes KW - invertebrates KW - hematology KW - parasitic worms KW - Strigeida KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19740815639&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - In vivo sampling of cardiac triglyceride from dogs during ethanol infusion. AU - Wong, M. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1974/// VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 50 EP - 55 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Wong, M.: Medical Section, Wadsworth Hospital Center, Veterans Administration, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741418698. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Muscle biopsy samples, average 14.4 mg, were taken from the endocardium of the right ventricular septum and free wall of anaesthetized dogs. Infusion of ethanol caused early and progressive accumulation of triglyceride in muscle and reduced cardiac function. KW - cardiac output KW - ethanol KW - heart KW - TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - DOGS KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - function KW - heart output KW - triglycerides KW - triglycerides in heart KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741418698&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Potassium depletion in hepatic cirrhosis. A reversible cause of impaired growth-hormone and insulin response to stimulation. AU - Podolsky, S. AU - Zimmerman, H. J. AU - Burrows, B. A. AU - Cardarelli, J. A. AU - Pattavina, C. G. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1973/// VL - 288 IS - 13 SP - 644 EP - 648 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Podolsky, S.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 150 S. Huntington Ave., Boston, Mass. 02130, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741418811. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9004-10-8, 7440-09-7, 9002-72-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - cirrhosis KW - deficiency KW - insulin KW - insulin secretion KW - pituitary KW - potassium KW - secretion KW - SOMATOTROPIN KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - anterior KW - growth hormone KW - growth hormone and insulin secretions KW - growth hormone secretion KW - hypophysis KW - liver cirrhosis KW - pituitary gland KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741418811&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Stimulation of gastric secretion and gastrin release by single oral doses of calcium carbonate in man. AU - Levant, J. A. AU - Walsh, J. H. AU - Isenberg, J. I. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1973/// VL - 289 IS - 11 SP - 555 EP - 558 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Levant, J. A.: Research and Medical Services, Gastroenterology Section, Wadsworth Hospital Center, Veterans Administration, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741418826. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 471-34-1, 9002-76-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 13 fasting men with or without duodenal ulcer, CaCO3, 2 g, given by mouth produced a significant increase in gastric acid secretion above basal values for 2 h. Serum gastrin concentration rose significantly 30 and 60 min after the oral load. There was no significant change in acid secretion or serum gastrin after 2 g NaHCO3 was given by mouth. In other tests there was a significant rise in acid secretion in each of 5 subjects given 0.5 g CaCO3. It was concluded that CaCO3 can stimulate gastric acid secretion and gastrin release in fasting subjects with or without duodenal ulcer. KW - acids KW - blood KW - calcium carbonate KW - gastric acid KW - gastric juices KW - gastrin KW - secretion KW - stomach KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - stomach secretion KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741418826&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Glucose metabolism in jejunal mucosa of fed, fasted, and streptozotocin-diabetic rats. AU - Anderson, J. W. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1974/// VL - 226 IS - 1 SP - 226 EP - 229 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Anderson, J. W.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Cooper Drive, Lexington, Ky. 40507, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741418933. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Glycolytic and gluconeogenic enzyme activities and glycolytic rates were estimated in the jejunal mucosa of rats. Tissue homogenates have high rates of glycolysis, which may make a significant contribution to the energy requirements of jejunal mucosa. In addition, jejunal mucosa has significant activities for several rate-limiting enzymes of gluconeogenesis with the activities of phosphoenolpyruvate carboxykinase, fructose diphosphatase and glucose-6-phophatase ranging from 12 to 21% of liver activities for those enzymes. Diabetes was associated with significant increases in hexokinase and glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase activities in jejunal mucosa; glucose utilization and lactate production by unit wet weight were also significantly increased. Those increases in glycolytic rates may provide some of the energy required for the increased intestinal transport of carbohydrates and amino acids in diabetic animals. Deprivation of food produced significant decreases in glycolytic enzyme activities and glycolytic rates, whereas the activities of 3 key gluconeogenic enzymes were significantly increased in jejunal mucosa. The observations suggest that deprivation increases gluconeogenic rates in jejunal mucosa, whereas diabetes, which did not alter the activities of the 3 gluconeogenic enzymes, does not increase them. KW - diabetes KW - glucose KW - intestines KW - jejunum KW - metabolism KW - starvation KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - glucose metabolism in jejunal mucosa KW - jejunal mucosa KW - streptozotocin KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741418933&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Increased prevalence of cholelithiasis in men ingesting a serum-cholesterol-lowering diet. AU - Sturdevant, R. A. L. AU - Pearce, M. L. AU - Dayton, S. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1973/// VL - 288 IS - 1 SP - 24 EP - 27 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Sturdevant, R. A. L.: Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital 691/111C, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741419116. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - biliary calculi KW - blood KW - cholesterol KW - concretions KW - diet KW - incidence KW - liver KW - treatment KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cholesterol-lowering diet KW - gallstones KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741419116&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Treatment of severe liver failure with hyperalimentation. AU - Silvis, S. E. AU - Badertscher, V. JO - American Journal of Gastroenterology JF - American Journal of Gastroenterology Y1 - 1973/// VL - 59 IS - 5 SP - 416 EP - 422 SN - 0002-9270 AD - Silvis, S. E.: Gastroenterology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741419388. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A woman 70 years old with severe Laennec's cirrhosis who had deteriorated on treatment with diet low in Na was given by catheter in the superior vena cava the usual solution of glucose 20, casein hydrolysate solution (Amigen) 3.5%, providing 810 to 2340, usually about 1000 kcal daily. There was little change in serum chemistry, bodyweight rose from 58.5 to 60.3 kg and on the 3rd to 5th days of treatment she appeared more cheerful and alert. After 7 days she developed fever and the infusion was stopped. She died about 6 days later. She had tolerated up to 60 g amino acids without difficulty. KW - amino acids KW - cirrhosis KW - hydrolysates KW - treatment KW - women KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - liver cirrhosis KW - parenteral KW - parenteral amino acid excess KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741419388&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Moderate ethanol ingestion and plasma triglyceride levels. A study in normal and hypertriglyceridemic persons. AU - Ginsberg, H. AU - Olefsky, J. AU - Farquhar, J. W. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1974/// VL - 80 IS - 2 SP - 143 EP - 149 SN - 0003-4819 AD - Ginsberg, H.: Palo Alto Veterans Administration Hospital, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94034, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741419598. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - For 7 days 6 normal adults and 9 with hypertriglyceridaemia were given 35 g pure ethanol with lunch, 35 g with dinner and 17 g at bedtime. They were given a liquid diet which supplied 35 kcal/kg bodyweight daily. In those with hypertriglyceridaemia fasting plasma triglycerides rose from 338 plus or minus 71 to 498 plus or minus 117 mg/100 ml after ethanol but there was no significant change in normal subjects. The triglyceride response to ethanol after a meal rose 37% in the normal group and 44% in those with hypertriglyceridaemia. There was no change in glucose or insulin, fasting or postprandial, during ethanol intake. KW - blood KW - ethanol KW - hypertriglyceridaemia KW - TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - hypertriglyceridemia KW - triglycerides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741419598&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Small intestinal damage and changes in cell population produced by ethanol ingestion in the rat. AU - Baraona, E. AU - Pirola, R. C. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1974/// VL - 66 IS - 2 SP - 226 EP - 234 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Baraona, E.: Section of Liver Disease and Nutrition, Veterans Administration Hospital, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741419606. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 9002-06-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Charles River CD rats, given ethanol by stomach tube in concentrations similar to those of common alcoholic beverages, developed haemorrhagic lesions in the stomach and small intestine. The lesions were most severe in the proximal small intestine and were dose-dependent. Moderate lesions, produced by 5 g ethanol/100 ml, were associated with decreased activities of jejunal lactase and thymidine kinase and reduced oxygen consumption by jejunal slices. Chronic ingestion of ethanol in a liquid diet, 5 g/100 ml, did not produce haemorrhagic erosions. Compared with control rats which were pair-fed on isocaloric carbohydrate, rats on the diets with ethanol for 3 to 4 weeks showed changes in the jejunum, where the villi were shorter with fewer lining epithelial cells, and decreases in activities of jejunal lactase, sucrase and alkaline phosphatase. Crypt changes were more pronounced in the ileum with increases in cell counts, mitotic index, thymidine kinase activity and a higher incorporation of thymidine-3H into deoxyribonucleic acid. The enzyme changes were not the result of differences in carbohydrate intake, since similar changes were found when ethanol was substituted isocalorically for fat in the diet. KW - ethanol KW - haemorrhage KW - intestinal mucosa KW - intestines KW - mucosa KW - thymidine kinase KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - bleeding KW - cell population and structure KW - ethyl alcohol KW - hemorrhage KW - intestine epithelium KW - mucous membrane KW - production of intestinal haemorrhages KW - thymidine kinase in intestine KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741419606&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Zinc deficiency and collagen synthesis in rat skin. AU - Hsu, J. M. AU - Anthony, W. L. T2 - Hemphill, D. D. (Editor)): Trace substances in environmental health. 6. Proceedings of University of Missouri's 6th Annual Conference on trace substances in environmental health. JO - Hemphill, D. D. (Editor)): Trace substances in environmental health. 6. Proceedings of University of Missouri's 6th Annual Conference on trace substances in environmental health. JF - Hemphill, D. D. (Editor)): Trace substances in environmental health. 6. Proceedings of University of Missouri's 6th Annual Conference on trace substances in environmental health. Y1 - 1972/// SP - 137 EP - 143 CY - Columbia, Missouri; USA PB - University of Missouri-Columbia. AD - Hsu, J. M.: Biochemistry Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Baltimore, Md. 22118, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741419689. Publication Type: Conference paper. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition KW - collagen KW - deficiency KW - formation KW - nutrient deficiencies KW - skin KW - zinc KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - collagen formation by skin KW - dermis KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741419689&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of ethanol upon lipid metabolism. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Lipids JF - Lipids Y1 - 1974/// VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 103 EP - 116 SN - 0024-4201 AD - Lieber, C. S.: Liver Disease and Nutrition Lab., Bronx Veterans Administration Hospital, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741419779. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - ethanol KW - lipid metabolism KW - lipids KW - metabolism KW - ethyl alcohol KW - fat metabolism KW - lipins KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741419779&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cholic acid synthesis as an index of the severity of liver disease in man. AU - McCormick, W. C., III AU - Bell, C. C., Jr. AU - Swell, L. AU - Vlahcevic, Z. R. JO - Gut JF - Gut Y1 - 1973/// VL - 14 IS - 11 SP - 895 EP - 902 SN - 0017-5749 AD - McCormick, W. C., III: Dep. Medicine (Division of Gastroenterology), Veterans Administration Hospital, Richmond, Va. 23249, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741419847. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 81-25-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - cholic acid KW - formation KW - indexes KW - liver KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cholic acid formation as index KW - disorders KW - severity KW - severity of liver disorders KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741419847&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of asparagine and glutamine deficiency on normal and leukemic cells. AU - Schrek, R. AU - Holcenberg, J. S. AU - Batra, K. V. AU - Roberts, J. AU - Dolowy, W. C. JO - Journal of the National Cancer Institute JF - Journal of the National Cancer Institute Y1 - 1973/// VL - 51 IS - 4 SP - 1103 EP - 1107 SN - 0027-8874 AD - Schrek, R.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741420155. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 70-47-3, 56-85-9. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Lymphocytes of normal subjects and chronic lymphocyte leucaemic patients were suspended in an incomplete medium lacking L-asparagine and L-glutamine. Viable lymphocyte counts were made before and after incubation at 37 deg C for 1 to 7 days in the medium, without or with added L-asparagine or L-glutamine, or both. Uptake of L-leucine-14C by the lymphocytes was studied. Normal lymphocyte survival was almost the same in the incomplete medium as in the medium with added asparagine or glutamine. Lymphocytes from patients with leucaemia survived poorly in the incomplete medium; addition of asparagine did not increase survival, but addition of glutamine increased survival to that shown in the complete medium. Incorporation of leucine-14C was about the same for normal and leucaemic lymphocytes in the medium with added glutamine, but was reduced by 20% for normal and 61% for leucaemic cells when glutamine was omitted from the medium. Asparagine did not increase leucine incorporation. Addition of L-glutaminase reduced the survival of normal lymphocytes at 170 mIU/ml, but killed nearly all leucaemic lymphocytes at 1.7 mIU/ml, except for those of 2 patients. Both normal and leucaemic patients metabolized glutamine to glutamate at similar rates. Normal lymphocytes survived when pokeweed mitogen was added to the incomplete media, but were not transformed to lymphoblastoid cells: addition of asparagine did not increase cell transformation, but glutamine increased transformation of normal cells and increased uptake of thymidine-3H. Both glutamine and asparagine were required for optimum human leucaemic cell survival, and for survival of mouse lymphoma 6C3HED cells; but glutamine and especially asparagine deficiency were more toxic to mouse lymphoma than to human leucaemic cells. KW - asparagine KW - blood KW - deficiency KW - glutamine KW - in vitro KW - LEUKAEMIA KW - lymphocytes KW - metabolism KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - asparagine and glutamine deficiencies KW - blood cancer KW - leucaemia KW - leucaemic lymphocyte metabolism in vitro KW - leukemia KW - lymphocyte metabolism in vitro KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741420155&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Influence of ingested food particle size on body weight of rats. AU - Kapur, K. K. JO - Journal of Dental Research JF - Journal of Dental Research Y1 - 1974/// VL - 53 IS - 2, II SP - 422 EP - 426 SN - 0022-0345 AD - Kapur, K. K.: Veterans Administration Hospital, West Roxbury, Mass. 02132, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741420287. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Male and female rats with bodyweights about 500 and 300 g, respectively, were divided into 2 groups. All molar teeth were removed from some and sham operations were done on the others. They were given whole cracked maize and vitamins were added to their water. Among the males, there was a decrease in food intake during the first 2 weeks, which was significantly more pronounced in those with teeth removed. Thereafter it increased and reached a plateau at the 11th week, with no difference between the groups. Beginning at that time, pulverised maize was given and the intake rose during 2 weeks then returned to near the presubstitution amount at the 14th week and stabilised. Among the females, food intake fell during the first week and increased during the second then formed a plateau, with no important difference between the groups. There was no substitution in their diet at the 11th week, but there were increases in intake during the 11th and 12th weeks then a decrease to the previous amount. Mean bodyweights before surgery and 1, 10, 11 and 16 weeks afterward, in that order, for male rats with teeth removed and with sham operations, respectively, were: 500, 499; 469, 492; 451, 494; 467, 507; 492, 510 g. Corresponding weights of the females were: 303, 298; 289, 296; 296, 299; 296, 296; 290, 292 g. At the 16th week, all rats were starved for 24 h, then given whole cracked maize for 1 h and killed; the stomach contents were examined. The volumes of food retrieved were from 0.8 to 8.0 ml in the males and from 4.4 to 14.0 ml in the females. The mean percentages of particles coarser than 12-mesh were, for males without and with teeth, 53 and 19, and coarser than 20-mesh, 78 and 64. Corresponding figures for the females were 58 and 27, and 92 and 76. KW - body measurements KW - foods KW - intake KW - weight KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - particle size of diet KW - Animal Nutrition (General) (LL500) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741420287&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Studies of fluoride metabolism in man. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Osis, D. AU - Wiatrowski, E. T2 - Hemphill, D. D. (Editor)): Trace substances in environmental health. 7. Proceedings of University of Missouri's 7th Annual Conference on trace substances in environmental health. JO - Hemphill, D. D. (Editor)): Trace substances in environmental health. 7. Proceedings of University of Missouri's 7th Annual Conference on trace substances in environmental health. JF - Hemphill, D. D. (Editor)): Trace substances in environmental health. 7. Proceedings of University of Missouri's 7th Annual Conference on trace substances in environmental health. Y1 - 1973/// SP - 289 EP - 294 CY - Columbia, Missouri; USA PB - University of Missouri. AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Research Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741420492. Publication Type: Conference paper. Language: English. Registry Number: 16984-48-8. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition KW - fluoride KW - metabolism KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741420492&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Methionine metabolism in mammals: the biochemical basis for homocystinuria. AU - Finkelstein, J. D. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1974/// VL - 23 IS - 4 SP - 387 EP - 398 AD - Finkelstein, J. D.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 50 Irving Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741420518. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 45 ref. Registry Number: 63-68-3. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition KW - homocystinuria KW - metabolism KW - methionine KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - biochemical etiology KW - mammal KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741420518&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Increased plasma glucose and insulin responses to high-carbohydrate feedings in normal subjects. AU - Reaven, G. M. AU - Qlefsky, J. M. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1974/// VL - 38 IS - 1 SP - 151 EP - 154 SN - 0021-972X AD - Reaven, G. M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Medical Service, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741421278. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Twenty adult nondiabetic men were given diets of equal energy value containing 15% protein and either 42% fat and 43% carbohydrate or 30% fat and 55% carbohydrate. The carbohydrate was derived entirely from a mixture of dextrins and maltose. On the 4th day of each diet period plasma glucose and insulin values were measured before the midday meal and hourly for the next 3 h. Plasma glucose and insulin increased when the low-fat, high-carbohydrate diet was taken; the increase in glucose was 5%, that of insulin was about 40%. KW - blood KW - carbohydrates KW - glucose KW - insulin KW - normal values KW - sugar KW - sugars KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - saccharides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Sugar and Sugar Products (QQ020) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741421278&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Metabolic studies of low protein diets in uremia. 1. Nitrogen and potassium. AU - Kopple, J. D. AU - Coburn, J. W. JO - Medicine JF - Medicine Y1 - 1973/// VL - 52 IS - 6 SP - 583 EP - 595 AD - Kopple, J. D.: Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Wilshire and Sawtelle Blvds., Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741421301. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7727-37-9, 7440-09-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - 1. Eight uraemic men with glomerular filtration rates of 1.4 to 8.4 ml/min 1.73m2 body surface were given diets containing 20 or 40 g protein daily. Energy intakes for the diets were 36 and 37 kcal/kg daily, respectively. When protein intake was reduced, N balance became negative and tended to become stable after 15 to 30 days, mean -0.15 on the low- and +1.16 on the high-protein diet. If the low-protein diet was given first, N balance became positive immediately on transfer to the high-protein diet. N balance on the diet with 40 g protein remained significantly higher than that with 20 g for up to 44 days. Mean N losses in faeces were not significantly different between the 2 diets. Mean serum urea N for patients on the low-protein diet was 46 and on the higher protein intake 61 mg/100 ml. On changing to the low-protein diet, serum urea N fell gradually for 20 to 30 days and on changing to the high-protein diet it increased slowly. Daily excretion of urea N paralleled the change in serum values. Serum creatinine was on average 11.1 mg/100 ml for both diets and mean daily creatinine excretion was 992 and 960 mg for the low- and high-protein diets. Mean uric acid in serum and excretion in urine, and serum pH did not differ significantly between the diets. Mean weight gain was greater with the high- than with the low-protein diet. The mean K balances did not differ between the diets. K balance was positively correlated with N balance. KW - intake KW - nitrogen KW - nitrogen retention KW - potassium KW - protein intake KW - proteins KW - retention KW - uraemia KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - azotaemia KW - azotemia KW - potassium retention KW - uremia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741421301&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Quantitative estimation of marrow non-heme iron in alcoholics. AU - Trubowitz, S. AU - Zamora, J. AU - Miller, W. JO - American Journal of Clinical Pathology JF - American Journal of Clinical Pathology Y1 - 1973/// VL - 60 IS - 6 SP - 912 EP - 914 SN - 0002-9173 AD - Trubowitz, S.: Hematology Research Lab., Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, New Jersey Medical School, East Orange, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741421685. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7439-89-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Of 107 alcoholics 15 had Fe less than 0.8, 83 between 0.81 and 4.6, and 9 more than 4.7 mu g/mg marrow protein. There was no correlation between Hb value, haematocrit, mean corpuscular volume or mean corpuscular Hb and marrow Fe. Highest values were not comparable with those in haemochromatosis. KW - alcoholism KW - bone marrow KW - iron KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741421685&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Evidence against transferrin as a binder of either vitamin B12 or folic acid. AU - Jacob, E. AU - Herbert, V. JO - Blood JF - Blood Y1 - 1974/// VL - 43 IS - 5 SP - 767 EP - 768 SN - 0006-4971 AD - Jacob, E.: Nutritional Anemias Lab., Bronx Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741421879. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 68-19-9, 59-30-3, 11096-37-0. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Pure human transferrin did not bind either vitamin B-12 or folic acid in vitro and uncoated charcoal, which removes transcobalamin II from serum, did not remove transferrin, indicating that transferrin is not a carrier protein for folic acid or vitamin B-12. KW - cyanocobalamin KW - folic acid KW - transferrin KW - vitamin B12 KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cobalamin KW - folacin KW - folate KW - folic acid binding KW - transferrin-bound KW - vitamin B-12 binding KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741421879&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of hyperoncotic solutions on electrolyte excretion in metabolic alkalosis. AU - Warms, P. C. AU - Michelis, M. F. AU - Singh, H. AU - Fusco, R. D. AU - Eichenholz, A. AU - Davis, B. B. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1974/// VL - 23 IS - 5 SP - 417 EP - 423 AD - Warms, P. C.: Veterans Administration Hospital, University Drive-C, Pittsburgh, Pa. 15240, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741421934. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-09-7, 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Dogs weighing from 14 to 24 kg had low-potassium, low-chloride alkalosis induced by the method of Cohen (Journal of Clinical Investigation (1968) 47, 1181). They were given by infusion into the femoral vein for 20 min 25% human albumin poor in salt to give a maximum chloride dose of 0.3 m-equiv. Urine and blood were collected for up to 3 h. The infusion caused a significant rise in excretion rates of bicarbonate, Na, K and phosphate but there was no detectable effect on chloride excretion. There seemed to be no change in glomerular filtration rate. When 100 ml hyperoncotic serum albumin was infused for 20 min the increased serum bicarbonate of alkalotic dogs returned to normal. The induction of a bicarbonate diuresis and the correction of alkalosis with the infusion of a chloride-free solution indicates that bicarbonate conservation during metabolic alkalosis is not related to chloride depletion only; the results suggest that the albumin corrected the alkalosis by repairing the depleted plasma volume. KW - albumins KW - alkalosis KW - bicarbonates KW - excretion KW - metabolism KW - phosphates KW - potassium KW - sodium KW - DOGS KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - electrolyte excretion KW - metabolic alkalosis KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741421934&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Recent dietary trace element research, exemplified by tin, fluorine, and silicon. AU - Schwarz, K. JO - Federation Proceedings JF - Federation Proceedings Y1 - 1974/// VL - 33 IS - 6 SP - 1748 EP - 1757 SN - 0014-9446 AD - Schwarz, K.: Lab. Experimental Metabolic Diseases, Veterans Administration Hospital, Long Beach, Calif. 90801, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741422355. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 53 ref. Registry Number: 16984-48-8, 7440-21-3, 7440-31-5. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition KW - fluoride KW - reviews KW - silicon KW - tin KW - trace elements KW - microelements KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741422355&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Dietary strontium-90 intake in Chicago. AU - Kramer, L. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Hardy, E. P., Jr. JO - Health Physics JF - Health Physics Y1 - 1973/// VL - 25 IS - 4 SP - 445 EP - 448 SN - 0017-9078 AD - Kramer, L.: Metabolic Research Unit, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741422571. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-24-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A total of 130 constant metabolic diet samples were collected between 1962 and 1971. This well-balanced diet contained 2200 kcal and about 220 mg Ca and 750 mg P daily and the content of milk or dairy products was low. 90Sr and Ca were estimated in an 80% sample in each 6-day metabolic period. A comparison was made with the 90Sr content of milk and non-milk diets in the Chicago area, sampled quarterly from 1960 to 1967 by the US Atomic Energy Commission's Health and Safety Laboratory (HASL) in which 19 representative food items were analysed and daily intake was estimated. The source of the dietary radioactivity was 90Sr fallout. The HASL total diet contained more 90Sr than the non-milk diet and both of these had higher values than the constant metabolic diet. The changes in the 90Sr content of all diets reflected the annual 90Sr fallout in Chicago, with the highest values in 1963-64, returning to low values after 1967. KW - COWS KW - diets KW - milk KW - radioactivity KW - strontium KW - Illinois KW - USA KW - cattle KW - Bos KW - Bovidae KW - ruminants KW - Artiodactyla KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Corn Belt States of USA KW - North Central States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - East North Central States of USA KW - radioactive strontium KW - radioactive strontium in diets KW - United States of America KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741422571&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Survey of vitamin B12 and folate in the serum and marrow tissue of hospitalized patients. AU - Trubowitz, S. AU - Frank, O. AU - Baker, H. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1974/// VL - 27 IS - 6 SP - 580 EP - 583 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Trubowitz, S.: Veterans Administration Hospital, East Orange, N.J. 07019, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741422672. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 68-19-9, 59-30-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - There was no significant difference in mean values for serum and marrow folacin and vitamin B-12 between 22 haematologically normal patients and 21 with non-megaloblastic anaemia. The ratio of mean values for vitamin B-12 in serum to those in marrow was equal to that ratio for folacin. It is considered that the bone marrow has a low capacity to store vitamin B-12 because of either rapid turnover or low binding capacity. Low serum folacin with normal values in marrow may represent subclinical deficiency. KW - anaemia KW - blood KW - bone marrow KW - bones KW - cyanocobalamin KW - folic acid KW - marrows KW - vitamin B12 KW - Cucurbita KW - man KW - Cucurbitaceae KW - Violales KW - dicotyledons KW - angiosperms KW - Spermatophyta KW - plants KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - anemia KW - cobalamin KW - courgettes KW - folacin KW - folate KW - folic acid in blood and bone marrow KW - non-megaloblastic KW - non-megaloblastic anaemia KW - vitamin B-12 in blood and bone marrow KW - zucchini KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741422672&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Dietary fluoride in different areas in the United States. AU - Kramer, L. AU - Osis, D. AU - Wiatrowski, E. AU - Spencer, H. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1974/// VL - 27 IS - 6 SP - 590 EP - 594 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Kramer, L.: Metabolic Research Unit, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741422674. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 16984-48-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Normal hospital diets with 2400 to 2600 kcal daily were from hospitals in the USA. For 12 cities with fluoride added to the water supply, F in diet was from 1.73 to 3.44 mg daily and in water from 0.53 to 1.27 mg/litre. For 4 cities without added F, intake was from 0.78 to 1.03 mg daily and water had from 0.08 to 0.44 mg/litre. There was no relation between F in diet and F in water, but the mean F content of diet was 2.7 mg daily with F added, 0.9 mg without, and that of water was 0.9 and 0.3 mg/litre. Diets included much canned food, which may have been prepared in places with a different F content in water. Tables give amount of different foods in 3 meals and the F content of meals for 3 cities with and 2 without F added to the water supply. F in diet varied widely between meals at Birmingham, Ala. but not at Houston, Texas; breakfast differed widely in F content between these 2 cities, 0.07 and 0.33 mg, but lunch, supper and total diet did not. KW - fluoride KW - intake KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - fluoride intake KW - United States of America KW - urban communities KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741422674&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hematologic alterations following partial gastrectomy. AU - Shafer, R. B. AU - Ripley, D. AU - Swaim, W. R. AU - Mahmud, K. AU - Doscherholmen, A. JO - American Journal of the Medical Sciences JF - American Journal of the Medical Sciences Y1 - 1973/// VL - 266 IS - 4 SP - 240 EP - 248 SN - 0002-9629 AD - Shafer, R. B.: Nuclear Medicine Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741422901. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 68-19-9, 59-30-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Of 142 patients who had undergone partial gastrectomy between 2 months and 25 years previously 69 had anaemia, Hb less than 13.6 g/100 ml. In the anaemic patients the cause was considered to be deficiency of Fe alone in 16, of Fe and vitamin B-12 in 13, of Fe and folacin in 6, of vitamin B-12 alone in 14, of vitamin B-12 and folacin in 12, of folacin alone in 6 and of Fe, folacin and vitamin B-12 in 2. In the anaemic group 60 had low serum vitamin B-12, 100 had low red cell vitamin B-12 and 128 had hypersegmentation of polymorphs. In the latter group were patients who had low red cell vitamin B-12, but normal vitamin B-12, Fe and folacin in serum and the possibility that low red cell vitamin B-12 alone might indicate vitamin B-12 depletion of other cells is suggested. KW - anaemia KW - blood KW - cyanocobalamin KW - deficiency KW - erythrocytes KW - folic acid KW - haemoglobin KW - removal KW - stomach KW - vitamin B12 KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - anemia KW - blood red cells KW - cobalamin KW - folacin KW - folate KW - hemoglobin KW - iron-deficiency KW - partial gastrectomy KW - red blood cells KW - subsequent blood composition KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741422901&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of prior ethanol experience on ethanol-induced saccharin aversions. AU - Berman, R. F. AU - Cannon, D. S. JO - Physiology and Behavior JF - Physiology and Behavior Y1 - 1974/// VL - 12 IS - 6 SP - 1041 EP - 1044 AD - Berman, R. F.: Alcohol Rehabilitation Unit, Salt Lake City Veterans Administration Hospital, Salt Lake City, Utah 84113, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741423013. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 81-07-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Long-Evans male rats weighing 200 to 260 g were restricted to 30 min drinking time/day. After 14 days of adaptation the rats were placed in 4 groups of 5 of equal mean weight and water intake. The next day all were given water containing 1.0 g sodium saccharin/litre. Rats were then given by intragastric tube water or ethanol 2, 4 or 6 g/kg. This was repeated 10 times with 2 days on water intervening. Mean water intake per group remained between 20 to 25 g/day on non-test days with no difference between groups. There was no significant difference in intake between groups on the first day when saccharin was given, but saccharin intake by controls was significantly less on day 1 than on day 2. Differences in intake on days 2 to 11 indicated a dose-dependent aversion. All groups given ethanol drank significantly less saccharin-water than controls. The groups on 6 g ethanol/kg drank significantly less than those in 2 g/kg. In a second experiment, 30 rats were adapted to 23 h 30 min/day water deprivation for 14 days. Groups 1, 2 and 3 were then given a decarbonated ethanol-beer solution for 30 min/day instead of water for 35 days; the ethanol concentration was increased from 3 to 5% during the 35 days. Groups 4, 5 and 6 were given water for 30 min/day for 35 days. On day 36 all rats were given saccharin-water but no ethanol. After 2 days on water, saccharin-water was given and after 30 min with water or ethanol solutions at 2 or 5 g/kg were given by tube. Mean ethanol-beer intake rose from 2.29 g/kg when 3% ethanol was given to 3.9 when 5% ethanol was given. Groups 1, 2 and 3 gained less weight than groups 4, 5 and 6 during the 35 days. Groups 1, 2 and 3 formed weaker saccharin-water aversion than groups 4, 5 and 6. Only 1 rat in the experienced group lost consciousness after the initial ethanol intubation, but 4 from groups 4, 5 and 6. There was a dose-dependent effect on the amount of saccharin aversion produced. The degree of aversion produced by a given dosage of ethanol seemed to be an inverse function of the amount of tolerance previously developed. KW - ethanol KW - intake KW - palatability KW - saccharin KW - substitutes KW - sugars KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - saccharin palatability KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741423013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Changes in the fine structure of mouse gastric epithelium produced by ethanol and urea. AU - Eastwood, G. L. AU - Kirchner, J. P. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1974/// VL - 67 IS - 1 SP - 71 EP - 84 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Eastwood, G. L.: West Roxburg Veterans Administration Hospital, West Roxbury, Mass. 02132, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741423689. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 57-13-6. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Male Swiss mice of bodyweight 20 to 30 g were starved for 16 h and then given by stomach tube for 2, 5 or 15 min 10% ethanol alone or with 0.1 N HCl or 25% ethanol with or without 0.1 N HCl or 0.3, 0.9 or 1.5 N urea. A control group was given for 15 min 0.145 N NaCl with or without 0.1 N HCl or distilled water. The mice were killed and samples of gastric mucosa were examined by light and electron microscopy. Both ethanol and urea produced morphological changes in some mice even after the 2-min exposure. The first observable effects of ethanol involved nuclear and cytoplasmic changes within the surface mucous cell without apparent disruption of the apical cell membrane or tight junction. The findings suggested that the lipid solubility of ethanol may allow it to diffuse rapidly through the apical membrane or tight junction without causing appreciable damage until it is within the cell. In contrast, urea solutions initially caused distortion of the tight junctions and formation of vacuoles within the surface mucous cell, while the remainder of the cell appeared normal. These observations suggested that urea, being relatively impermeant across gastric epithelium, may case injury by osmotic forces. KW - ethanol KW - mucosa KW - stomach KW - stomach mucosa KW - urea KW - MICE KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - mucous membrane KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741423689&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Zinc deficiency and decreased pancreatic secretory response. AU - Sullivan, J. F. AU - Burch, R. E. AU - Quigley, H. J. AU - Magee, D. F. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1974/// VL - 227 IS - 1 SP - 105 EP - 108 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Sullivan, J. F.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Omaha, Nebr. 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741424479. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - For 6 weeks 10 pigs weighing 6.5 kg were given 600 g diet/day with Zn 20 mu g/g; 5 of the pigs had a supplement of Zn 120 mu g/g. The pancreatic duct of each pig was cannulated. Secretion was given into the jugular vein at 0.25 U/min throughout each experiment and the pancreatic juice was collected during periods of 10 min for about 4 h. The pigs were also given 10 mu g gastrin pentapeptide, 1 mu g caerulein and vagal stimulation at 25 Hz at 10 V for 10 min. Secretin infusion was associated with reduced volume of pancreatic juice in pigs deprived of Zn; the pancreatic juice contained less Mg and Ca and lower protease and amylase activities than normal. When secretin infusion was combined with vagal stimulation, caerulein or gastrin infusion volume of pancreatic juice and values already mentioned were reduced still further along with protein and Zn. In the acinar tissue from pigs deprived of Zn granularity and cytoplasm were reduced. There was no appreciable difference in pancreatic malic dehydrogenase, lactic dehydrogenase, NADH diaphorase, alkaline phosphatase or alcohol dehydrogenase, NADH diaphorase, alkaline phosphatase or alcohol dehydrogenase between control and deprived pigs. Zn was significantly decreased in pancreatic tissue of deprived pigs but Ca and Mg contents did not differ from control values. KW - deficiency KW - hormone secretion KW - nutrient deficiencies KW - pancreas KW - secretion KW - zinc KW - PIGS KW - Sus scrofa KW - Sus KW - Suidae KW - Suiformes KW - Artiodactyla KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - endocrine secretion KW - exocrine KW - hogs KW - swine KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741424479&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Serum cholesterol levels in US males. Their correlation with various kinetic parameters of cholesterol metabolism. AU - Ho, K. J. AU - Biss, K. AU - Taylor, C. B. JO - Archives of Pathology JF - Archives of Pathology Y1 - 1974/// VL - 97 IS - 5 SP - 306 EP - 315 AD - Ho, K. J.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 113 Holland Ave., Albany, NY 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741424952. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In 15 healthy white men individual serum total cholesterol values varied from 119 to 320 mg/100 ml. Serum esterified cholesterol formed 70 to 75% of total cholesterol. Except for 2 subjects with hypertriglyceridaemia, the fasting serum triglyceride values were all below 200 mg/100 ml. Of these 15 subjects, 4 had type IIa hyper- beta -lipoproteinaemia and 2 had type IIb hyper- beta -lipoproteinaemia. For 4 periods of 7 days the diet quality and quantity were recorded. The average percentage food intake was fat 40, protein 20 and carbohydrate 40. Energy intake varied from 1800 to 3000 kcal/day. Bodyweight had been constant for 6 months before the study. Plasma samples of 5 to 7 ml were taken, to each of which was added about 25 mu Ci cholesterol-4-14C; on the 4th day each subject was given by vein his own labelled plasma. Blood samples were then taken at increasing intervals until 14 weeks after the injection. Stool samples were collected during days 30 to 34, 60 to 64 and 90 to 94. The average bodyweight during the 100-day period was 115% ideal bodyweight. Mean serum cholesterol ranged from 113 to 325 mg/100 ml, phospholipids from 160 to 327 mg/100 ml, with a positive correlation. Mean serum triglyceride during the experimental period was much higher than during the initial study. The specific activity of serum cholesterol of all 15 subjects declined rapidly during the first week the rate of decline decreased with time. A two-compartment model indicated that the exchangeable cholesterol pool was 76.22 g. The mean cholesterol absorption was 219 mg/day or 2.92 mg/kg bodyweight daily. The mean absorption efficiency of cholesterol was 36% and cholesterol synthesis rate was 1194 mg/day. Excretion of cholesterol averaged 1412 mg/day, 16.6% on average being contributed from absorption and 83.4% from endogenous synthesis. Neutral sterols formed 59 and acid sterols 41% of the excreted cholesterol. Serum cholesterol and percentage ideal bodyweight were positively correlated. The mean transit time of tracer cholesterol varied from 32 to 101 days. A negative correlation was found between serum cholesterol values and turnover rate. The rate of synthesis of cholesterol and the turnover rate showed a linear relationship. KW - blood KW - cholesterol KW - kinetics KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741424952&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Dietary lipid assimilation after acute ethanol ingestion in the rat. AU - Mendenhall, C. L. AU - Greenberger, P. A. AU - Greenberger, J. C. AU - Julian, D. J. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1974/// VL - 227 IS - 2 SP - 377 EP - 382 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Mendenhall, C. L.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Division of Gastroenterology, 3200 Vine St., Cincinnati, Ohio 45220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741425376. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In mature male Holtzman rats given by stomach tube an aqueous emulsion of 100 mg tripalmitin to which was added glyceryl tripalmitate-14C, the addition of ethanol 6 g/kg resulted in the development of fatty liver within 16 h. Labelled triglycerides increased fourfold in liver, suggesting an increase in the accumulation of dietary lipids. After cannulation of the thoracic duct, labelled lipid recovered in chyle after ethanol treatment was twice that in controls given emulsion without ethanol. When isolated intestinal mucosal cells were prepared from rats given ethanol there was a significant increase in uptake of labelled lipid from palmitate-14C or monopalmitin-14C. After incubation for 1 min with palmitate-14C, the labelled fatty acids were recovered unesterified in the membrane fraction of the intestinal mucosal cells. KW - absorption KW - ethanol KW - liver KW - TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - triglyceride absorption and liver content KW - triglycerides KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741425376&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastrin in the ontogenic development of the small intestine. AU - Lichtenberger, L. AU - Johnson, L. R. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1974/// VL - 227 IS - 2 SP - 390 EP - 395 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Lichtenberger, L.: Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90025, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741425377. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 5534-95-2, 9002-76-0. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - One group of 14-day-old rats was prevented from weaning, while a second group was allowed to wean; both groups were killed 10 days later. The ratios of intestinal wet weight:bodyweight, RNA:bodyweight and protein:bodyweight were significantly lower in unweaned than in weaned rats. Antral gastrin concentration was also significantly lower in unweaned rats. Rats 14 days old which were prevented from weaning were given pentagastrin 250 mu g/kg or saline subcutaneously; after 10 days of pentagastrin treatment there were significant increases in intestinal weight:bodyweight, RNA:bodyweight and protein:bodyweight ratios which were comparable to those in weaned animals. KW - development KW - gastrin KW - intestines KW - pentagastrin KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - development of small intestine KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741425377&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of phenformin on lipid transport in hypertriglyceridemia. AU - Stout, R. W. AU - Brunzell, J. D. AU - Porte, D., Jr. AU - Bierman, E. L. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1974/// VL - 23 IS - 9 SP - 815 EP - 828 AD - Stout, R. W.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 4435 Beacon Ave. South, Seattle, Wash. 98108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741425436. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of phenformin on lipid metabolism was studied in 9 hypertriglyceridaemic subjects on liquid diets of the same energy content. On a fat-free diet with 85% carbohydrate phenformin reduced plasma triglyceride, cholesterol and free fatty acids (FFA) by on average 13 to 16%. The main effect was on very low density lipoproteins with no change in low-density lipoproteins. Plasma triglyceride and cholesterol were reduced also in most subjects on a diet with fat providing 40 and carbohydrate 45% of energy, but phenformin had no effect on the carbohydrate induction of increases in triglycerides. Basal plasma insulin was reduced by on average 23% in all and fasting glucose was reduced in most subjects. Plasma lipolytic rate measured on endogenous substrate during a prolonged heparin infusion on the fat-free diet was reduced by on average 15% by the drug, although lipolytic activity on an artificial substrate after heparin was unchanged. FFA turnover fell in parallel with fatty acid values. KW - blood KW - hypertriglyceridaemia KW - lipid metabolism KW - metabolism KW - TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fat metabolism KW - hypertriglyceridemia KW - ipids KW - phenformin KW - triglycerides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741425436&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cell populations in the hamster tracheal epithelium in relation to vitamin A status. AU - Boren, H. G. AU - Pauley, J. AU - Wright, E. C. AU - Kaufman, D. G. AU - Smith, J. M. AU - Harris, C. C. JO - International Journal for Vitamin and Nutrition Research JF - International Journal for Vitamin and Nutrition Research Y1 - 1974/// VL - 44 IS - 3 SP - 382 EP - 390 SN - 0300-9831 AD - Boren, H. G.: 151 A, Veterans Administration Hospital, Tampa, Fla. 33612, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741425567. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 68-26-8. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Lactating Syrian hamsters with litters of 12-day-old males were given a vitamin A-deficient diet; the young were weaned at 21 days and kept on the deficient diet. Pair-fed controls received the deficient diet supplemented with retinyl acetate 200 mu g/week by stomach tube. Excess vitamin A was given to male hamsters by 4 different methods. Sections of 1 mu m tracheal epithelium were examined by light microscopy. In normal hamsters, tracheal epithelium consisted of about 22% basal, 48% mucous and 27% ciliated cells. Trachea from hamsters deprived of vitamin A showed an increase in basal and a decrease in ciliated cells, whereas in vitamin A excess ciliated cells increased above normal and mucous cells decreased slightly. KW - deficiency KW - histology KW - intake KW - RETINOL KW - trachea KW - hamsters KW - Cricetinae KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - axerophthol KW - tracheal histology KW - vitamin A KW - vitamin A alcohol KW - vitamin A1 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741425567&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Smoking, weight change, and age. A longitudinal analysis. AU - Garvey, A. J. AU - Bosse, R. AU - Seltzer, C. C. JO - Archives of Environmental Health JF - Archives of Environmental Health Y1 - 1974/// VL - 28 IS - 6 SP - 327 EP - 329 SN - 0003-9896 AD - Garvey, A. J.: Normative Aging Study, Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, 17 Court St., Boston, MA 02108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741425589. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Subjects were 870 healthy exservicemen 20 to 69 years old, part of a wider study in which subjects have a variety of measurements and tests at intervals of 5 years. Men below 50 years old gained more weight than did older men and those who stopped smoking between the examinations gained on average 1.9 kg more than the rest. Chronological age accounted for 5.1% of the variance of weight change and smoking behaviour for 2.4%. KW - age differences KW - aging KW - body measurements KW - body weight KW - smoking KW - tobacco KW - tobacco smoking KW - weight KW - man KW - Nicotiana KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Solanaceae KW - Solanales KW - dicotyledons KW - angiosperms KW - Spermatophyta KW - plants KW - ageing KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741425589&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Combined hyperlipoproteinemia. Evidence for a new lipoprotein phenotype. AU - Rose, H. G. AU - Kranz, P. AU - Weinstock, M. AU - Juliano, J. AU - Haft, J. I. JO - Atherosclerosis JF - Atherosclerosis Y1 - 1974/// VL - 20 IS - 1 SP - 51 EP - 64 SN - 0021-9150 AD - Rose, H. G.: Lipid Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741425594. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - blood KW - lipoproteins KW - phenotypes KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741425594&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Insulin and glucose responses to identical oral glucose tolerance tests performed forty-eight hours apart. AU - Olefsky, J. M. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - Diabetes JF - Diabetes Y1 - 1974/// VL - 23 IS - 5 SP - 449 EP - 453 AD - Olefsky, J. M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741425630. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - After 31 adult patients without any disease known to affect glucose or insulin metabolism had been on a liquid diet in which carbohydrate provided 43, fat 42 and protein 15% of total energy for 5 days, they were given 2 identical tolerance tests 48 h apart with glucose 40 g/m2 as lemon-flavoured solution in a volume of 300 ml which was consumed within 10 min. Mean plasma glucose and insulin responses were the same in the 2 tests. When the variability of the glucose response curves was analysed by comparing repeat values, 9 of 31 fasting values deviated by 10%, but none by more than 30%; the 1-h values were more variable. The variability of the insulin response was greater than the plasma glucose response and the ratio of the insulin response to the glucose response was as variable as the insulin response alone, indicating that the insulin response may not be regulated by glucose concentration only. KW - blood KW - blood sugar KW - glucose KW - insulin KW - sugar KW - tolerance KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood glucose KW - dextrose KW - glucose in blood KW - intra-individual variability KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Sugar and Sugar Products (QQ020) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741425630&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Excretion of calcium and citric acid in patients with small bowel disease. AU - Elliot, J. S. AU - Soles, W. P. JO - Journal of Urology JF - Journal of Urology Y1 - 1974/// VL - 111 IS - 6 SP - 810 EP - 812 SN - 0022-5347 AD - Elliot, J. S.: Urology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, Calif., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741425666. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 77-92-9, 144-62-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A 24-h urine specimen was collected from patients who had had small bowel disease for from 1 to 30 years. Their diet and fluid intake were self-selected. Some had calcium oxalate stones. The mean amounts of Ca, citric acid and oxalic acid were 65.9, 76.1 and 58.1 mg/24 h compared with normal values of 190, 528 and 26.8. The mean concentrations of Ca and oxalate in urine were 1.2 and 0.546 mmol/litre compared with normal values of 3.97 and 0.219. Hyperoxaluria was found in most patients with small bowel disease and a functioning colon and also in those with an ileostomy and a non-functioning colon. Generally the patients with small bowel disease excreted small amounts of Ca and citric acid. The mean apparent solubility product of calcium oxalate was significantly smaller than that of normal men or male idiopathic Ca tone patients. It is suggested that something other than increased oxalate excretion may be responsible for the increased incidence of calcium oxalate stones. KW - calcium KW - citric acid KW - intestines KW - oxalic acid KW - urine KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - calcium, citric and oxalic acids in urine KW - disorders KW - small bowel disease KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741425666&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Metabolism of glucose, fructose and pyruvate in tissues of weanling rats with hypothalamic obesity. AU - Goldman, J. K. AU - Bernardis, L. L. JO - Hormone and Metabolic Research JF - Hormone and Metabolic Research Y1 - 1974/// VL - 6 IS - 5 SP - 370 EP - 375 SN - 0018-5043 AD - Goldman, J. K.: State Univ. New York, Veterans Administration Hospital, Buffalo, N.Y., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741426115. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 57-48-7, 50-99-7, 127-17-3. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Adipose tissue from weanling rats with hypothalamic obesity (VMN) was incubated with glucose-U-14C at different concentrations, with fructose-U-14C in the presence and absence of unlabelled glucose, with glucose-1-14C and -6-14C, with pyruvate-1-14C and with pyruvate-2-14C at different concentrations. Utilisation of glucose-U-14C was greater than normal at all concentrations and this difference increased as substrate concentration was increased. Glucose-1-14C and glucose-6-14C were oxidised and incorporated with fatty acids and glycogen more rapidly by VMN than by normal rat adipose tissue. Pyruvate incorporation into glyceride-glycerol and glyceride fatty acids and oxidation of pyruvate-2-14C through the Krebs cycle were reduced at all concentrations in tissue from VMN rats; fructose oxidation and incorporation was greater than normal in tissue from VMN rats in the absence but not the presence of glucose. The rate of fructose oxidation was less in diaphragms from VMN rats than in those of controls. KW - adipose tissue KW - fructose KW - glucose KW - hypothalamic lesions KW - in vitro KW - metabolism KW - obesity KW - pyruvic acid KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - fatness KW - fructose metabolism in vitro KW - fructose, glucose and pyruvic acid metabolism by adipose tissue in vitro KW - fruit sugar KW - ketohexose KW - laevulose KW - levulose KW - pyruvate KW - pyruvic acid metabolism in vitro KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741426115&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Evaluation of body magnesium stores. AU - Alfrey, A. C. AU - Miller, N. L. AU - Butkus, D. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1974/// VL - 84 IS - 2 SP - 153 EP - 162 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Alfrey, A. C.: Dep. Renal Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, 1055 Clermont Street, Denver, Colo. 80220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741426375. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7439-95-4, 7440-09-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Muscle, erythrocyte and bone Mg contents were studied in patients with reduced, normal and increased serum Mg values. Muscle Mg content varied directly with muscle K and independently of other body Mg stores. Serum Mg did not consistently reflect muscle Mg concentration, but there was a highly significant correlation between serum and bone Mg. Bone and extracellular fluid Mg, the major Mg pools in man, increased during Mg excess and decreased during depletion. KW - depletion KW - magnesium KW - muscles KW - potassium KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - magnesium in tissues and potassium in muscle KW - magnesium stores KW - relation to magnesium in muscle KW - relation to potassium in muscle KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741426375&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Experimental arteriovenous fistulae in normal and cholesterol-fed rabbits. AU - Stehbens, W. E. JO - Pathology JF - Pathology Y1 - 1973/// VL - 5 IS - 4 SP - 311 EP - 324 SN - 0031-3025 AD - Stehbens, W. E.: Dep. Pathology, Veterans Administration Hospital, Albany, N.Y. 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741426731. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Aorto-caval and carotid-jugular arteriovenous fistulae were produced in rabbits which were then fed on a normal diet without or with additional cholesterol. Arteries developed severe degenerative changes in both muscular and elastic tissue; the changes were at times more prominent in the arterial segment distal to the fistula than in the proximal segment in which the tendency to lipid deposition was greater, though not pronounced, in cholesterol-fed rabbits. The sclerosis of the anastomosed vein was attributable to the severe haemodynamic stresses associated with the arteriovenous shunt. In hypercholesterolaemic rabbits there was a greater predilection to lipid deposition than in normal veins, phlebotomised veins, traumatised arteries or in arteries supplying the fistula, but in the anastomosed vein the area corresponding to the jet lesion did not display a predilection to lipid accumulation. The findings provide support to the hypothesis that haemodynamics not only injure the vessel wall but can induce compensatory intimal thickening with a predisposition to lipid deposition in cholesterol-fed rabbits. KW - atherosclerosis KW - cholesterol KW - deposition KW - experimental atherosclerosis KW - lipids KW - supplements KW - rabbits KW - Leporidae KW - Lagomorpha KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - arteries and veins KW - arteriosclerosis KW - atheroma KW - cholesterol supplement KW - lipid deposition in experimental atherosclerosis KW - lipins KW - vascular lipid deposition KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741426731&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Newer aspects of the roles of zinc, manganese, and copper in human nutrition. AU - Burch, R. E. AU - Hahn, H. K. J. AU - Sullivan, J. F. JO - Clinical Chemistry JF - Clinical Chemistry Y1 - 1975/// VL - 21 IS - 4 SP - 501 EP - 520 SN - 0009-9147 AD - Burch, R. E.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 4101 Woolworth Avenue, Omaha, Nebraska 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19750418083. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 151 ref. Registry Number: 7440-50-8, 7439-96-5, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition; Dairy Science KW - copper KW - diet KW - manganese KW - minerals KW - nutrition KW - reviews KW - roles KW - zinc KW - MAN KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Mn KW - role of trace elements KW - Animal Nutrition (General) (LL500) KW - Milk and Dairy Produce (QQ010) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19750418083&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Dietary fluoride intake of infants. AU - Wiatrowski, E. AU - Kramer, L. AU - Osis, D. AU - Spencer, H. JO - Pediatrics, USA JF - Pediatrics, USA Y1 - 1975/// VL - 55 IS - 4 SP - 517 EP - 522 AD - Wiatrowski, E.: Veterans Administration, Hines, Illinois 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19750420469. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 29 ref. Registry Number: 16984-48-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition; Dairy Science N2 - Over 300 analyses for fluoride content were made on various commercially available infant foods, including a homogenized milk formula, evaporated milk (in both concentrated and diluted forms), and various fruits, fruit juices, mixed cereal with fruits, various vegetables, strained meats and strained meat and vegetable preparations. From tabulated results, it was calculated that the dietary fluoride intake of infants aged 1-4 wk totals 0.32 mg/day, increasing to 1.23 mg/day for infants aged 4-6 months. These fluoride intakes, expressed per kg body wt., ranged from 0.07 mg/kg in the newborn to 0.16 mg/kg in 6-month-old infants. KW - composition KW - diet KW - evaporated milk KW - feeding KW - fluoride KW - fluorides KW - infant feeding KW - infant formulae KW - infants KW - intake KW - USA KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - formulae KW - infant formula KW - infant formulas KW - United States of America KW - Milk and Dairy Produce (QQ010) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) KW - Diet Studies (VV110) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19750420469&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nonabsorbable indicators. The effect of protein on phenol red and polyethylene glycol determination. AU - MacGregor, I. L. AU - Meyer, J. H. JO - American Journal of Digestive Diseases JF - American Journal of Digestive Diseases Y1 - 1974/// VL - 19 IS - 4 SP - 361 EP - 365 AD - MacGregor, I. L.: Gastroenterology Sect., Veterans Administration Hospital, 4150 Clement Str., San Francisco, California 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19750423969. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 15 ref. Registry Number: 25322-68-3. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition; Dairy Science N2 - Dried milk or egg albumin were added to a meal containing phenol red or polyethylene glycol (PEG) as nonabsorbable indicators. The protein in dried milk bound phenol red both as whole protein and after partial digestion and caused a significant (P < 0.001) difference from non-protein controls in the estimation of phenol red. Dried milk protein did not bind PEG, but egg albumin bound both phenol red and PEG. It is concluded that studies using phenol red as a nonabsorbable indicator are subject to errors due to exogenous intraluminal protein. KW - absorption KW - binding KW - dyes KW - estimation KW - milk proteins KW - polyethylene glycol KW - dyestuffs KW - interference by proteins KW - phenol red KW - polyoxyethylene KW - use as marker KW - Animal Nutrition (General) (LL500) KW - Milk and Dairy Produce (QQ010) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19750423969&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Immunoglobulin E (IgE) and IgE-containing cells in human gastrointestinal fluids and tissues. AU - Brown, W. R. AU - Borthistle, B. K. AU - Chen, S. T. JO - Clinical and Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical and Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1975/// VL - 20 IS - 2 SP - 227 EP - 237 SN - 0009-9104 AD - Brown, W. R.: Dep. of Med., Section of Gastroenterology, Denver Veterans Administration Hospital, 1055 Clermont St., Denver, Colorado 80220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19750821004. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - Although less numerous than cells containing IgA, IgM or IgG, IgE-cells were remarkably numerous in gastric, small intestinal, colonic and rectal mucosae in relation to serum IgE. It is likely that IgE in gut contents is degraded by proteolytic enzymes but that it is available for local reaginic-type reactions in the gut. Patients with amoebic or Trichuris trichiura infection showed no increase in gut IgE. KW - helminths KW - immunology KW - parasites KW - Enoplida KW - man KW - Trichuris KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Trichuridae KW - Trichinellida KW - Dorylaimia KW - Enoplea KW - Nematoda KW - invertebrates KW - Enoplia KW - Adenophorea KW - gut IgE KW - nematodes KW - parasitic worms KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19750821004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Dietary fluoride intake in man. AU - Osis, D. AU - Kramer, L. AU - Wiatrowski, E. AU - Spencer, H. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1974/// VL - 104 IS - 10 SP - 1313 EP - 1318 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Osis, D.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751426871. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 16984-48-8, 7732-18-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - F was estimated in constant metabolic diets, individual items of diet and general hospital diets in the Chicago area. During 6 years mean F content of the constant metabolic diet, exclusive of the fluoridated drinking water, was from 1.6 to 1.9 mg/day. F in the general hospital diet was similar to that in the metabolic diet. F intake was equally distributed in the 3 daily meals in both diets. When drinking water was temporarily not fluoridated in the Chicago area, the hospital diet contained about half as much F as during fluoridation; the mean values were 0.86 and 1.96 mg/day, respectively. KW - diets KW - drinking KW - drinking water KW - fluoride KW - hospitals KW - metabolism KW - water KW - Illinois KW - USA KW - Corn Belt States of USA KW - North Central States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - East North Central States of USA KW - Chicago KW - drinking behaviour KW - drinking habits KW - fluoride in hospital diets and drinking water KW - hospital diet KW - metabolic diet KW - United States of America KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Freshwater and Brackish Water (PP210) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751426871&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Serum calcium, serum gastrin, and gastric acid secretion before and after parathyroidectomy for hyperparathyroidism. AU - Stremple, J. F. AU - Watson, C. G. JO - Surgery, USA JF - Surgery, USA Y1 - 1974/// VL - 75 IS - 6 SP - 841 EP - 852 AD - Stremple, J. F.: Veterans Administration Hospital, University Drive, Pittsburgh, Pa. 15240, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751427207. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 9002-76-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - acids KW - blood KW - blood chemistry KW - calcium KW - gastric acid KW - gastrin KW - hyperparathyroidism KW - parathyroid KW - parathyroidectomy KW - removal KW - secretion KW - stomach KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hyperparathyroidism and after parathyroidectomy KW - parathyroid gland KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751427207&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Production of triiodothyronine in normal human subjects and in patients with hyperthyroidism. Contribution of intrathyroid iodine analysis. AU - Rapoport, B. AU - Ingbar, S. H. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1974/// VL - 56 IS - 5 SP - 586 EP - 591 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Rapoport, B.: Section of Endocrinology, Veterans Administration Hospital, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751427210. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 55-06-1, 6893-02-3. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition KW - hyperthyroidism KW - secretion KW - triiodothyronine KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hyperthyroidosis KW - liothyronine KW - thyrotoxicosis KW - triiodothyronine secretion KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751427210&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Megaloblastic anemia complicating hyperalimentation therapy. AU - Ballard, H. S. AU - Lindenbaum, J. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1974/// VL - 56 IS - 5 SP - 740 EP - 742 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Ballard, H. S.: Dep. Medicine, New York Veterans Administration Hospital, 408 First Ave., New York, N.Y. 10010, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751427212. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 59-30-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The case history is given of 2 patients who developed megaloblastic anaemia within five weeks of intravenous feeding with folacin-free parenteral preparations. Both patients had a history of chronic excessive alcohol intake and inadequate nutrition. KW - alcoholism KW - anaemia KW - deficiency KW - feeding KW - folic acid KW - malnutrition KW - megaloblastic anaemia KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - anemia KW - folacin KW - folacin-free KW - folate KW - megaloblastic KW - megaloblastic anemia KW - parenteral KW - production of megaloblastic anaemia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751427212&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Relationship of selenium to high energy phosphate compounds in muscle of dystrophic mice. AU - Barak, A. J. AU - Allison, T. B. AU - Sorrell, M. F. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1974/// VL - 10 IS - 5 SP - 285 EP - 290 AD - Barak, A. J.: Liver Study Unit, Veterans Administration Hospital, Division of Cardiology, Dep. Internal Medicine, Univ. Nebraska Medical Center, Omaha, Nebr. 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751427498. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 56-65-5, 7782-49-2. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - For up to 3 months dystrophic and normal mice were given a diet free from Se or with 0.2 mg Se/kg added. ATP and creatine phosphate in dystrophic muscle were significantly less than in muscle from normal mice; the amount of Se in the diet had no effect on those values. The low amounts of glucose-6-phosphate present in dystrophic muscle suggest that in this tissue a biochemical defect may exist in the glycolytic pathway which may affect other metabolic pathways including that for creatine. KW - ATP KW - muscles KW - muscular dystrophy KW - selenium KW - sugar phosphates KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - adenosine triphosphate KW - dystrophy KW - myodystrophy KW - phosphates in muscle KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751427498&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Uptake of protein bound vitamin B12 by canine organs. AU - Hall, C. A. AU - Rappazzo, M. E. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1974/// VL - 146 IS - 3 SP - 898 EP - 900 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Hall, C. A.: Hematology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Albany, N.Y. 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751427571. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Isolated perfused canine spleen and heart took up 40 to 50% of cyanocobalamin-57Co bound to canine transcobalamin II (TCII); other proteins that bind vitamin B-12 depressed uptake. Binding to TCII did not enhance uptake compared with that of free vitamin. With kidney, uptake was low; serum-bound vitamin B-12 was taken up almost equally by kidney cortex and medulla, but the cortex took up twice as much vitamin in the free form as the medulla. Transport of vitamin B-12 into whole organs differed from that into suspensions of isolated cells, attributed to the ability of organs to produce transport proteins. KW - cyanocobalamin KW - heart KW - kidneys KW - spleen KW - uptake KW - vitamin B12 KW - DOGS KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - binding substances KW - cobalamin KW - heart and spleen KW - heart, kidney and spleen KW - transcobalamin II KW - vitamin B-12 uptake KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751427571&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Inhibition of gastric secretion by insulin. AU - Spencer, J. T2 - Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology JO - Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology JF - Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology Y1 - 1973/// VL - 8 IS - Suppl. 21 SP - 31 EP - 31 SN - 0036-5521 AD - Spencer, J.: Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, Calif., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751427624. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition KW - GASTRIC JUICES KW - insulin KW - secretion KW - stomach KW - stomach secretion KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751427624&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Evaluation of ethanol hypoglycemia in man: turnover studies with C-6 14C glucose. AU - Searle, G. L. AU - Shames, D. AU - Cavalieri, R. R. AU - Bagdade, J. D. AU - Porte, D., Jr. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1974/// VL - 23 IS - 11 SP - 1023 EP - 1035 AD - Searle, G. L.: Nuclear Medicine Research, Veterans Administration Hospital, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751428486. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Volunteers were subjects of differing bodyweight with normal carbohydrate tolerance. Studies started at 0800 h after a 3-day fast. Catheters were placed in the antecubital vein of each arm. A dose of 100 mu Ci glucose-6-14C was given and blood was sampled for at least 2 h before infusion of ethanol 236 mg/min for 4 to 6 h. In subjects of normal weight insulin fell to 54% of pre-ethanol values at 1 h and glucose fell to the same relative value within 2 h. In obese subjects, insulin and glucose declined much more slowly; insulin fell to 63% at 4 h after ethanol infusion began. The magnitude and rate of rise of glycerol, lactate and free fatty acids were generally less in obese than in normal subjects. Glucose turnover rates indicated that glucose utilization fell in all subjects relative to the rate observed during the production of hypoglycaemia, by 42% in normal and by 11% in obese subjects. KW - blood KW - BLOOD SUGAR KW - ethanol KW - glucose KW - normal values KW - obesity KW - sugar KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood glucose KW - dextrose KW - ethyl alcohol KW - fatness KW - glucose in blood KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Sugar and Sugar Products (QQ020) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751428486&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Studies on vitamin B12 binders of human serum. 1. Isolation and characterization. AU - Kumar, S. AU - Meyer, L. M. AU - Gams, R. A. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1974/// VL - 147 IS - 2 SP - 377 EP - 381 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Kumar, S.: Haematology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, N.Y. 11209, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751428724. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition KW - blood KW - cyanocobalamin KW - separation KW - vitamin B12 KW - binding substances KW - cobalamin KW - separating KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751428724&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Reappraisal of the role of insulin in hypertriglyceridemia. AU - Olefsky, J. M. AU - Farquhar, J. W. AU - Reaven, G. M. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1974/// VL - 57 IS - 4 SP - 551 EP - 560 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Olefsky, J. M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 3801 Miranda Ave., Palo Alto, Calif. 94304, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751428980. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - blood KW - insulin KW - TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - role in hypertriglyceridaemia KW - triglycerides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751428980&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Serum and tissue enzyme activity and trace-element content in response to zinc deficiency in the pig. AU - Burch, R. E. AU - Williams, R. V. AU - Hahn, H. K. J. AU - Jetton, M. M. AU - Sullivan, J. F. JO - Clinical Chemistry JF - Clinical Chemistry Y1 - 1975/// VL - 21 IS - 4 SP - 568 EP - 577 SN - 0009-9147 AD - Burch, R. E.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 4101 Woolworth Ave., Omaha, Nebr. 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751431227. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-50-8, 7439-95-4, 7439-96-5, 7782-49-2, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science; Veterinary Science N2 - Pigs about 5 weeks old were given daily 600 g diet which contained 7.3 mu g Zn/g without or with a supplement of 120 mu g Zn/g or the diet with the supplement to appetite for 6 weeks. The pigs lost 0.8, gained 6 and gained 15 kg, respectively. Those deprived of Zn had less Zn in liver, kidney and pancreas, Se in liver, heart, spleen, pancreas and muscle, Mn in liver and heart, more Cu in liver but less Cu in kidney and heart and less Mg in liver, spleen and muscle. There was a significant decrease in leucine aminopeptidase and ornithine transcarbamylase activities in liver and in serum cholesterol of pigs deprived of Zn. It was difficult to demonstrate deficiency of tissue Zn metalloenzymes even in severe Zn deficiency. KW - blood KW - Blood chemistry KW - copper KW - deprivation KW - enzymes KW - liver KW - magnesium KW - manganese KW - nutrient deficiencies KW - nutritional disorders KW - selenium KW - tissues KW - trace elements KW - zinc KW - PIGS KW - Sus scrofa KW - Sus KW - Suidae KW - Suiformes KW - Artiodactyla KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood and liver KW - hogs KW - microelements KW - Mn KW - swine KW - zinc deficiency KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Non-Communicable Diseases and Injuries of Animals (LL860) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751431227&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Inability of selenium to affect creatine metabolism in rat muscle. AU - Barak, A. J. AU - Allison, T. B. AU - Tuma, D. J. AU - Sorrell, M. F. JO - British Journal of Nutrition JF - British Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1975/// VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 119 EP - 123 SN - 0007-1145 AD - Barak, A. J.: Liver Study Unit, Veterans Administration Hospital, Omaha, Nebr. 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751435451. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 57-00-1, 7782-49-2. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - Adult Sprague-Dawley rats were pair-fed on a diet deficient in Se (NAR 39, 413) without or with 0.4 mg Se/kg added. After 5 months they were killed and creatine, creatine phosphate, ATP, protein and Se were estimated in skeletal muscle. Se deficiency was indicated by the low Se content of muscle but there was no change in the amounts of the other components. The results suggest that Se may not be involved in creatine metabolism and that Se deficiency may not be concerned independently in the development of nutritional dystrophy, where changes are found in the amounts of protein, creatine, creatine phosphate and ATP. KW - creatine KW - metabolism KW - muscles KW - selenium KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - creatine metabolism by muscle KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751435451&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Tissue trace element and enzyme content in pigs fed a low manganese diet. 1. A relationship between manganese and selenium. AU - Burch, R. E. AU - Williams, R. V. AU - Hahn, H. K. J. AU - Jetton, M. M. AU - Sullivan, J. F. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1975/// VL - 86 IS - 1 SP - 132 EP - 139 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Burch, R. E.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 4101 Woolworth Ave., Omaha, Nebr. 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19751437887. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9000-96-8, 7439-96-5, 7782-49-2. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science; Veterinary Science N2 - 1. Male pigs weighing 7 to 11 kg were given 600 g Mn-deficient commercial diet which contained Mn 0.59/kg. Controls were given the same amount of the same diet with a supplement of Mn 22 mg/kg. After 6 weeks those on the deficient diet had less Mn in tissues; the decrease was significant in liver, kidney, muscle, lung and brain. There were highly significant decreases in Se in deprived pigs in all tissues studied except kidney but Zn, Cu, Ca and Mg in tissues were not affected by Mn deprivation. Arginase activity in the liver of deprived pigs was significantly less than in that of controls. It is concluded that there may be a specific interaction between tissue Se and Mn. KW - arginase KW - deprivation KW - enzymes KW - liver KW - manganese KW - mineral deficiencies KW - nutrient deficiencies KW - nutritional disorders KW - selenium KW - tissues KW - PIGS KW - Sus scrofa KW - Sus KW - Suidae KW - Suiformes KW - Artiodactyla KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hogs KW - manganese and selenium in tissues KW - manganese deprivation KW - Mn KW - Mn and Se deficiency KW - Mn deficiency in swine KW - relation with Mn deficiency in swine KW - relation with Se deficiency in swine KW - swine KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Non-Communicable Diseases and Injuries of Animals (LL860) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19751437887&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hydatid disease of the lung. AU - Wolcott, M. W. AU - Harris, S. H. AU - Briggs, J. N. AU - Dobell, A. R. C. AU - Brown, R. K. JO - Journal of Thoracic and Cardiovascular Surgery JF - Journal of Thoracic and Cardiovascular Surgery Y1 - 1971/// VL - 62 IS - 3 SP - 465 EP - 469 SN - 0022-5223 AD - Wolcott, M. W.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Salt Lake City, Utah 84113, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19730805004. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - During 10 months, 5 thoracic surgeons on board the hospital ship S.S. Hope in Tunis harbour operated on 37 patients with pulmonary hydatid. Only one patient died. KW - helminths KW - hydatids KW - parasites KW - surgery KW - treatment KW - Tunisia KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Developing Countries KW - Francophone Africa KW - Africa KW - Maghreb KW - North Africa KW - Mediterranean Region KW - Threshold Countries KW - parasitic worms KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19730805004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Plasma lipoproteins, glucose tolerance and insulin response in primary gout. AU - Wiedemann, E. AU - Rose, H. G. AU - Schwartz, E. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1972/// VL - 53 IS - 3 SP - 299 EP - 307 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Wiedemann, E.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, N.Y. 10468. N1 - Accession Number: 19731408855. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Plasma lipids, uric acid and lipoprotein phenotypes, glucose tolerance and immunoreactive insulin responses were measured in 14 patients with primary gout and in 14 controls matched for age and weight without gout. All were male with no clinical diabetes mellitus, hypertension or overt atherosclerotic disease and weighed less than 125% of ideal weight. The only abnormal lipoprotein phenotype observed was type IV hyperlipoproteinaemia (hyperprebetalipoproteinaemia) which was detected in 6 gouty subjects but in only one control. Glucose tolerance, tested by vein and by mouth, and the corresponding absolute insulin responses did not differ significantly between the gouty and normal groups or between the gouty subjects with and without hyperlipoproteinaemia but the gouty subjects with type IV hyperlipoproteinaemia secreted significantly more insulin after glucose by mouth, but not by vein, than either the gouty subjects without hyperlipoproteinaemia or the normal controls. KW - blood KW - blood sugar KW - gout KW - insulin KW - lipoproteins KW - sugar KW - tolerance KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood glucose KW - blood lipids, glucose tolerance and insulin response KW - glucose in blood KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Sugar and Sugar Products (QQ020) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731408855&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Enhancement of the antitumor effects of 1,3-bis(2-chloroethyl)-1-nitrosourea and cyclophosphamide by vitamin A. AU - Cohen, M. H. AU - Carbone, P. P. JO - Journal of the National Cancer Institute JF - Journal of the National Cancer Institute Y1 - 1972/// VL - 48 SP - 921 EP - 926 SN - 0027-8874 AD - Cohen, M. H.: Medical Oncology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D.C. 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731409504. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 68-26-8. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Mice 6 to 8 weeks old were inoculated intraperitoneally with murine L1210 leucaemia, a lymphoid tumour with few demonstrable lysosomes or none in the cells. On the 5th day some mice were given single injections of retinol 2.5, 3.7 or 5.0 mg; an alkylating agent, either 1,3-bis(2-chloroethyl)-1-nitrosourea (BCNU) or cyclophosphamide, was given to some shortly before or shortly after the vitamin. Deaths within the first 5 days after treatment were attributed to drug toxicity, later ones to leucaemia although delayed drug toxicity was not ruled outed.Treatment with retinol increased the antitumour effect of both drugs but especially that of BCNU, and the increase was best when the vitamin was given 3 to 6 h before the alkylating agent. The vitamin was not effective with antineoplastic agents other than nitrosoureas. Its effect appeared to be related to an interaction between retinol and BCNU within lipoprotein membranes. KW - antineoplastic agents KW - drugs KW - LEUKAEMIA KW - RETINOL KW - treatment KW - MICE KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - antineoplastic KW - axerophthol KW - blood cancer KW - cytotoxic agents KW - leucaemia KW - leukemia KW - medicines KW - pharmaceuticals KW - potentiation KW - potentiation by vitamin A KW - vitamin A KW - vitamin A alcohol KW - vitamin A1 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731409504&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Enhancement of the antitumor effect of 1,3-bis(2-chloroethyl)-1-nitrosourea by vitamin A and caffeine. AU - Cohen, M. H. JO - Journal of the National Cancer Institute JF - Journal of the National Cancer Institute Y1 - 1972/// VL - 48 IS - 4 SP - 927 EP - 932 SN - 0027-8874 AD - Cohen, M. H.: Medical Oncology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D.C. 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731409505. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 58-08-2, 68-26-8. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Treatment of mouse leucaemia L1210 with a combination of vitamin A, 1,3-bis(2-chloroethyl)-1-nitrosourea (BCNU) and caffeine increased survival more than treatment with BCNU alone. Results were best when retinol was injected intraperitoneally 6 h before BCNU and caffeine subcutaneously, in amounts up to 6 mg, 15 to 30 min after the BCNU injection. KW - antineoplastic agents KW - caffeine KW - drugs KW - LEUKAEMIA KW - RETINOL KW - treatment KW - MICE KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - antineoplastic KW - axerophthol KW - blood cancer KW - cytotoxic agents KW - leucaemia KW - leukemia KW - medicines KW - pharmaceuticals KW - potentiation KW - potentiation by caffeine and vitamin A KW - vitamin A KW - vitamin A alcohol KW - vitamin A1 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731409505&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of orally and intravenously administered stable strontium on 90Sr metabolism in man. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Samachson, J. AU - Hardy, E. P., Jr. AU - Rivera, J. JO - Radiation Research JF - Radiation Research Y1 - 1972/// VL - 51 IS - 1 SP - 190 EP - 203 SN - 0033-7587 AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Section Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731409968. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-24-6. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Nine walking patients in good physical state and under strict dietary control in a metabolic research ward were given a diet low in Ca supplying 2223 kcal and carbohydrate 325, fat 71, protein 71 g, Ca 237 and P 750 mg/day for several weeks before the study period. 90Sr in the diet was that from fallout and no additional radionuclide was given. Daily fluid intake was constant and faeces and urine were collected throughout. Bodyweight, urine volume and creatinine, Ca and P in urine were estimated daily. Four patients were given stable Sr by mouth and 6 by vein. One patient was given Sr by both routes in separate studies. The oral dose of stable Sr, as lactate, was 1517 mg/day for 24 to 28 days with a control period of 18 days before and a study period of 12 to 28 days after. The Sr was given by vein as the gluconate after a control period of 10 to 14 days, in 6 daily infusions. The dose was 612 mg/infusion for 4 patients and 2 patients had amounts from 318 to 1200 mg/day in 3 separate series of 6 infusions, with intervals of from 60 to 120 days between treatments. All patients had daily infusions of stable Sr in 500 ml 5% aqueous glucose during 4 h on 6 consecutive days followed by a study period of from 10 to 18 days. 90Sr, Ca and P balances were estimated in each period of 6 days from aliquots of diet and excreta. Stable Sr both by mouth and vein increased 90Sr in urine; the latter route was about twice as effective as the former. 90Sr in faeces was not increased by either treatment. There was little change in 90Sr balance while Sr was taken taken by mouth and negative balance during infusion. Ca in urine rose with both routes of administration, especially with infusion by vein. KW - metabolism KW - radioactivity KW - strontium KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731409968&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of table wines on blood glucose levels in the geriatric subject. AU - Murdock, H. R., Jr. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1972/// VL - 27 IS - 7 SP - 93 EP - 96 SN - 0016-867X AD - Murdock, H. R., Jr.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Livermore, Calif., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731409995. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Ethanol, in the form of table wine or dilute aqueous solutions comparable to the ethanol content of wine, was given to over 100 elderly men. All 4 wines tested gave similar decreases in blood glucose. There was no difference in the decrease in blood glucose after ingestion of wine or diluted ethanol. The rise in blood ethanol was greater after diluted alcohol, but values were not as constant from subject to subject nor as predictable as after wine. The subjects appeared to be more tranquil and contented after the wine than after diluted alcohol. KW - blood KW - BLOOD SUGAR KW - ethanol KW - glucose KW - old age KW - sugar KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood glucose KW - dextrose KW - ethyl alcohol KW - glucose in blood KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Sugar and Sugar Products (QQ020) KW - Human Physiology and Biochemistry (VV050) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731409995&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gluconeogenesis in jejunal mucosa of guinea pig. AU - Anderson, J. W. AU - Rosendall, A. F. JO - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta JF - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta Y1 - 1973/// VL - 304 IS - 2 SP - 384 EP - 388 AD - Anderson, J. W.: Metabolic Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, Calif., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731410329. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Jejunal mucosa of the guineapig contains significant activities of the important rate-limiting enzymes of gluconeogenesis: glucose-6-phosphatase (EC 3.1.3.9), fructose diphosphatase (EC 3.1.3.11), phosphopyruvate carboxykinase (EC 4.1.1.32) and pyruvate carboxylase (EC.6.4.1.1). Homogenates of jejunal mucosa from 72-h starved guineapigs had glucose production rates of 4.8 plus or minus 0.3 mu moles/h g mucosa. The studies suggest that intestinal mucosa may be an important source of glucose production in the starved guineapig. KW - formation KW - gluconeogenesis KW - glucose KW - intestines KW - jejunum KW - guineapigs KW - Cavia KW - Caviidae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - guinea pigs KW - jejunal mucosa KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731410329&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of cobalt, beer, and thiamin-deficient diets in pigs. AU - Burch, R. E. AU - Williams, R. V. AU - Sullivan, J. F. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1973/// VL - 26 IS - 4 SP - 403 EP - 408 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Burch, R. E.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 4101 Woolworth Ave., Omaha, Nebr. 68105. N1 - Accession Number: 19731410603. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-48-4, 59-43-8. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Male pigs 10 weeks old and of initial bodyweight 7 to 14 kg were fed for 2 weeks on a stock diet and then for a further 5 weeks on the stock diet alone, a thiamin-deficient diet alone or with Co and beer, the stock diet with Co without or with beer, or the thiamin-deficient diet and Co. Zn, Mg, Ca and Co in serum were estimated weekly. At the end of 7 weeks the pigs were killed and the minerals were estimated in liver kidney, heart and pectoral muscle. The groups given Co had detectable amounts of Co in blood and tissue; tissue accumulation of Co was, in decreasing order, in the liver, kidney, heart and muscle. Each of the groups had more muscle Zn and less serum Mg than the control group. Co supplementation gave a greater ratio of heart weight to bodyweight and the thiamin-deficient diet without Co caused serum enzymes to rise without damaging the tissues. The thiamin-deficient diet with beer and Co gave the lowest muscle Ca. Beer and Co supplement to the stock diet gave less Ca in kidney and more in heart muscle than the control diet alone. KW - beers KW - beverages KW - cobalt KW - deficiency KW - feeds KW - minerals KW - thiamin KW - tissues KW - PIGS KW - Sus scrofa KW - Sus KW - Suidae KW - Suiformes KW - Artiodactyla KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aneurin KW - drinks KW - feeding stuffs KW - hogs KW - swine KW - thiamine KW - vitamin B1 KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731410603&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Relationship of hepatic trace metals to intestinal transport in choline-deficient rats. AU - Keefer, R. C. AU - Tuma, D. J. AU - Barak, A. J. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1973/// VL - 26 IS - 4 SP - 409 EP - 414 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Keefer, R. C.: Liver Study Unit, Medical Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Omaha, Nebr. 68105. N1 - Accession Number: 19731410604. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 62-49-7, 7439-95-4, 7439-96-5, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Sprague-Dawley rats were pair-fed on a choline-deficient diet and a control diet. Rats were killed every 5 days until day 25. Transport of Mg and Mn was studied with everted sacs of intestine. The choline-deficient diet for 25 days gave lower liver Mg, Mn and Zn than the control. Transmural movements of Mg and Mn in intestinal tissues were also slower. There was more liver fat with the deficient diet. KW - choline KW - deficiency KW - intestines KW - liver KW - magnesium KW - manganese KW - nutrient deficiencies KW - trace elements KW - zinc KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - microelements KW - Mn KW - relation to intestinal transport KW - relation to liver content KW - trace element transport KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731410604&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of zinc deficiency and wounding on DNA synthesis in rat skin. AU - Stephan, J. K. AU - Hsu, J. M. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1973/// VL - 103 IS - 4 SP - 548 EP - 552 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Stephan, J. K.: Biochemistry Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, 3900 Loch Raven Blvd., Baltimore, Md. 21218, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731410626. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of Zn deficiency on thymidine incorporation into DNA of the skin, liver, spleen, testes and thymus was studied in intact and wounded rats. Zn deficiency significantly reduced the incorporation of thymidine-methyl-3H into skin DNA of both intact and wounded rats. The findings and the reported reduction in thymidine-labelling index in the skin of rats deprived of Zn support the view that Zn directly regulates DNA synthesis. The thymidine-3H incorporation into spleen DNA at 2 and 4 h and liver DNA was also significantly less in rats deprived of Zn than in those given Zn. A similar but not significant trend was observed for the testes. DNA synthesis was increased in the thymus of rats deprived of Zn. KW - deficiency KW - formation KW - nucleic acids KW - wounds KW - zinc KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - DNA formation KW - wounds and zinc deficiency KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731410626&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Resistance to insulin convulsions in fasted mice. AU - Tamasi, G. C. AU - Drenick, E. J. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1973/// VL - 92 IS - 4 SP - 1277 EP - 1279 AD - Tamasi, G. C.: Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731410675. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - The dose of insulin necessary to produce convulsions in 50% of mice was estimated before and after 48 h of fasting; it was 5 times as much in the starved as in the fed mice, 10.6 against 1.91 U/kg bodyweight. Fasting did not produce a significant change in the incidence of convulsions due to strychnine and pentylenetetrazol. The percentage decreases of blood glucose from base line at 30- and 60-min intervals were lower with fasting. The findings suggested that in fasting the brain adapts to utilisation of fuels other than glucose and, consequently, acute glucopaenia fails to precipitate the usual central nervous system manifestations. KW - convulsions KW - insulin KW - starvation KW - MICE KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - efect on production of convulsions from insulin KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731410675&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Modification of alloxan-induced diabetes: correlated changes in hypothalamic satiety center. AU - Debons, A. F. AU - Krimsky, I. AU - From, A. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1973/// VL - 224 IS - 4 SP - 862 EP - 869 SN - 0002-9513 AD - Debons, A. F.: Nuclear Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, 800 Poly Place, Brooklyn, N.Y. 11209. N1 - Accession Number: 19731410949. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 50-71-5, 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Production of diabetes mellitus by treatment of mice with alloxan was modified by giving glucose shortly before alloxan. The modifications were in the direction of reduction or prevention of the usual effects of alloxan. Evidence is presented that treatment with glucose before alloxan decreases the insulin dependence of processes that normally require insulin. Among the usual effects of alloxan that were prevented by treatment with glucose were hyperglycaemia, increased gluconeogenesis, resistance of the hypothalamic satiety centre to necrosis induced by gold thioglucose, hyperphagia and loss in weight. The results indicate that regulation of food intake by the satiety centre is integrated with peripheral glucose metabolism. KW - alloxan KW - diabetes KW - effects KW - glucose KW - metabolism KW - MICE KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - modification by earlier glucose load KW - modification of metabolic effects of alloxan diabetes KW - Animal Nutrition (General) (LL500) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731410949&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Energy expenditure in fasting obese men. AU - Drenick, E. J. AU - Dennin, H. F. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1973/// VL - 81 IS - 3 SP - 421 EP - 430 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Drenick, E. J.: Veterans Administration Center (Wadsworth), Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731411228. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Obese men with a mean weight excess of 89, range 42 to 186%, fasted for up to 2 months. O2 consumption and CO2 production decreased with fasting and less on a diet supplying 500 kcal. Respiratory quotients fell progressively. Energy expenditure fell from a mean of 3600 kcal daily during the control period to 2500 after 3 weeks of fasting. Energy expenditure was from a low of 1540 to a maximum of 4400 kcal daily after 3 weeks of fasting and no further diminution occurred after 7 weeks. Hourly energy expenditure/kg bodyweight showed directionally similar but quantitatively smaller decreases for all activities examined. The greatest decrement, from 2.8 to 2.2 kcal/kg in 1 h, occurred with walking. Energy loss in urine in the form of ketone bodies was less than 100 kcal daily and loss in faeces in the form of fat, carbohydrate or protein was insignificant. No unexplained economy of energy expenditure or unaccounted wasting of energy was noted during base-line obesity or during fasting. High expenditures during fasting were confirmed in some subjects. KW - carbohydrates KW - costs KW - energy KW - faeces KW - fasting KW - fats KW - ketone bodies KW - labour KW - obesity KW - oxygen consumption KW - proteins KW - treatment KW - urine KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - costings KW - energy in faeces KW - exchange KW - fatness KW - feces KW - labor KW - saccharides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731411228&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of growth hormone treatment on insulin responsiveness in tissues of fasted hypophysectomized rats. AU - Goldman, J. K. JO - Hormones JF - Hormones Y1 - 1972/// VL - 3 IS - 6 SP - 375 EP - 379 AD - Goldman, J. K.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 3495 Bailey Ave., Buffalo, NY 14215, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731411608. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 9004-10-8, 9002-72-6. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - The metabolism of glucose-U-14C was studied, in vitro, with diaphragm and epididymal fat pad tissue taken from male adult hypophysectomized rats, weighing 75 to 100 g before starving for 96 h. During the fast, the animals were maintained on twice daily doses of 1.25 mu g L-thyroxine and 0.25 mg cortisone. In addition, half the animals received 50 mu g growth hormone. Treatment with growth hormone did not affect basal glucose metabolism in either tissue and insignificantly altered insulin responsiveness. It was suggested that the failure of the growth hormone to increase insulin resistance indicated that factors such as diet or hormonal status might be important in preventing this response. KW - glucose KW - insulin KW - insulin secretion KW - metabolism KW - pituitary KW - secretion KW - SOMATOTROPIN KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - anterior KW - dextrose KW - growth hormone KW - hypophysis KW - pituitary gland KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731411608&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gas-chromatographic-mass-spectrometric determination of urinary acid profiles of normal young adults on a controlled diet. AU - Witten, T. A. AU - Levine, S. P. AU - King, J. O. AU - Markey, S. P. JO - Clinical Chemistry JF - Clinical Chemistry Y1 - 1973/// VL - 19 IS - 6 SP - 586 EP - 589 SN - 0009-9147 AD - Witten, T. A.: Gastroenterology Section, Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver, Colo. 80220, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731412249. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Excretion rates of 15 acid components from the urine of 21 healthy young adults who were maintained on a palatable standard diet for 3 days were studied by combined gas chromatography and mass spectrometry. Means and standard deviations of the excretion rates of individual, identified acids were obtained with the aid of internal standards. KW - acids KW - estimation KW - normal values KW - urine KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731412249&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Increase of microsomal glucose-6-phosphatase activity after chronic ethanol administration. AU - Ishii, H. AU - Joly, J. G. AU - Lieber, C. S. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1973/// VL - 22 IS - 6 SP - 799 EP - 806 AD - Ishii, H.: Section of Liver Disease and Nutrition, Veterans Administration Hospital, 130 W. Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731412499. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 9001-39-2. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Female Sprague-Dawley rats were pair-fed in which energy was supplied by fat 35, protein 18, carbohydrate 11, with ethanol or additional carbohydrate 36%. The diets supplied the same amount of energy. After 6 weeks on the diets the rats were killed. Glucose-6-phosphatase activity in the liver of rats given ethanol was significantly more than that in controls when related to microsomal protein; when related to bodyweight the difference in activity was greater. When rats were deprived of food for 18 h before they were killed results were similar. Other rats were given diets in which energy was supplied by fat 35, protein 18, carbohydrate 11, with ethanol or additional fat 36%. Again glucose-6-phosphatase in liver was more in those given ethanol. Ultracentrifuging in a sucrose gradient containing Cs+ to separate rough and smooth microsomes revealed that the increase in glucose-6-phosphatase activity after ethanol was taken occurred mainly in the smooth microsomal membranes. KW - ethanol KW - glucose-6-phosphatase KW - liver KW - PHOSPHORIC MONOESTER HYDROLASES KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - glucose-6- KW - phosphatases KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731412499&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Long term effects of alterations of maternal diet in mice. AU - Davis, R. L. AU - Hargen, S. M. AU - Yeomans, F. M. AU - Chow, B. F. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1973/// VL - 7 IS - 5 SP - 463 EP - 473 AD - Davis, R. L.: Research Lab., Veterans Administration Center, Bay Pines, Fla. 33504, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731412517. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 57-88-5, 8002-80-0, 57-50-1. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Swiss-Webster mice were given a stock diet to appetite or stock diet 67 or 75% and sucrose 35 or 25% to appetite from mating. Litters were reduced to 8 at birth and at 24 days old the young were weaned and given the stock diet to appetite. A similar procedure was used when wheat gluten was substituted for the experimental diet prepared as in NAR 38, 7228. There was no significant difference in feed intake between control and experimental offspring. Mice with dams on sucrose were heavier than offspring of controls at all times during the test period of 64 weeks. Growth for those with dams on 25% sucrose was intermediate between that for rats with dams on 35% sucrose and that for those with control dams. Rats with dams on sucrose had higher body fat and serum cholesterol than rats with control dams and there were differences in lipoprotein patterns between groups. When dams were given wheat gluten most of the young were stunted. KW - ANIMAL ANATOMY KW - blood KW - cholesterol KW - fats KW - gluten KW - growth KW - intake KW - lactation KW - measurement KW - pregnancy KW - progeny KW - quantitative analysis KW - sucrose KW - wheat KW - MICE KW - Triticum KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Poaceae KW - Cyperales KW - monocotyledons KW - angiosperms KW - Spermatophyta KW - plants KW - body components KW - body fat of progeny KW - cholestrol in blood of progeny KW - gestation KW - growth retardation of progeny KW - maternal sucrose intake KW - metrology KW - saccharose KW - wheat gluten feed KW - Animal Nutrition (General) (LL500) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731412517&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hydroxyprolinuria in growing rats born to diet-restricted dams. AU - Hsu, J. M. AU - Chow, B. F. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1973/// VL - 7 IS - 5 SP - 475 EP - 486 AD - Hsu, J. M.: Biochemistry Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Baltimore, Md. 21218, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731412518. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 51-35-4. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - McCollum rats were fed to appetite or restricted to 50% of free intake during pregnancy and lactation. After weaning the offspring were given a stock diet to appetite. Hydroxyproline was consistently and significantly more in urine of restricted offspring than in that of control offspring. Findings were similar when results were expressed as hydroxyproline per unit bodyweight or as hydroxyproline per mg creatinine. It was not clear whether the increase was the result of changes in the pool size of any of the forms of collagen or changes in the rat of conversion of one form of collagen to another. Additional experiments showed that there was significantly more 14CO2 production in offspring of restricted mothers after proline-U-14C was given by muscle. The incorporation of proline-14C into tissue proteins seemed to be unaffected by restriction of the mother's diet. KW - hydroxyproline KW - lactation KW - malnutrition KW - pregnancy KW - underfeeding KW - urine KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - disorders KW - dung pregnancy KW - gestation KW - hydroxyprolinuria of progeny KW - maternal malnutrition KW - oxyproline KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731412518&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Decreasing in vitro cholesterolgenesis by the in vivo administration of the fat soluble vitamins. AU - Eskelson, C. D. AU - Meeks, L. JO - Physiological Chemistry and Physics JF - Physiological Chemistry and Physics Y1 - 1972/// VL - 4 IS - 5 SP - 477 EP - 482 AD - Eskelson, C. D.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Tucson, Ariz. 85723, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731412849. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 57-88-5, 68-26-8, 1406-16-2, 1406-18-4, 12001-79-5. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Eleven groups each of 7 male Sprague-Dawley rats were given water and Purina rat chow to appetite. Nine groups were given every other day for 4 weeks by intraperitoneal injection vitamins A, D, E and K singly or in the combinations AEK, ADE, ADK, DEK and ADEK; when given singly the dose was 3 times the amount given as a mixture. Two control groups were given 0.1 ml dimethylsulphoxide (DMSO) used as the vehicle for the vitamins. In addition, 3 groups each of 20 male rats were given, intraperitoneally 3 times a week for 3 weeks, DMSO or a vitamin A, E, K mixture in amounts equal to or 5 times minimum daily requirements. In liver homogenates cholesterol synthesis was studied in vitro with radioactive acetate and mevalonate as precursors. No effect was observed with mevalonate. With acetate, only mixtures AEK, DEK and ADEK reduced cholesterol synthesis significantly; with mixtures ADK and ADE the reduction was not significant. The 2 groups treated with 2 different amounts of mixture AEK each showed a 60% reduction in synthesis but serum total cholesterol was not reduced. Cholesterol synthesis did not seem to decrease with increasing amounts of vitamins or decreasing treatment times. KW - cholesterol KW - formation KW - in vitro KW - liver KW - RETINOL KW - vitamin D KW - vitamin E KW - vitamin K KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - axerophthol KW - cholesterol formation in vitro KW - earlier vitamin injections KW - later cholesterol formation by liver in vitro KW - vitamin A KW - vitamin A alcohol KW - vitamin A1 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731412849&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Renal potassium-wasting of unknown cause in a clinical setting of chronic potassium depletion: report of a case. AU - France, R. AU - Stone, W. J. AU - Michelakis, A. M. AU - Island, D. P. AU - Merrill, J. M. AU - Tolleson, W. J. JO - Southern Medical Journal JF - Southern Medical Journal Y1 - 1973/// VL - 66 IS - 1 SP - 115 EP - 128 SN - 0038-4348 AD - France, R.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Vanderbilt Univ. School of Medicine, Nashville, Tenn., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731412987. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-09-7. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - deficiency KW - potassium KW - urine KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731412987&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - An observation of long-term experimental obesity and diabetes mellitus in the monkey. AU - Hamilton, C. L. JO - Journal of Medical Primatology JF - Journal of Medical Primatology Y1 - 1972/// VL - 1 IS - 4 SP - 247 EP - 255 SN - 0047-2565 AD - Hamilton, C. L.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Philadelphia, PA 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731413148. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 57-50-1, 57-48-7, 50-99-7, 9004-10-8, 81-07-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - A male rhesus monkey with electrolytic lesions in the ventromedial hypothalamus developed obesity and diabetes mellitus and was used as an experimental model during 141/2 years. The effects of restricted food intake and sweet solutions, saccharin, fructose and sucrose, on urinary excretion of glucose were studied. Over 10 years food intake averaged about 200 g/day. The monkey was highly resistant to insulin, as much as 160 units/day, even in absence of normal growth hormone release. After 13 years an operation to remove 400 g of omental tissue from the abdomen resulted in weight loss; glucose excretion at pre-operation levels was obtained with one-fourth the amount of daily insulin. KW - brain KW - diabetes KW - experimental diabetes KW - fructose KW - glucose KW - GLUCOSURIA KW - hypothalamic lesions KW - hypothalamus KW - insulin KW - lesions KW - obesity KW - requirements KW - saccharin KW - substitutes KW - sucrose KW - sugars KW - urine KW - Macaca mulatta KW - monkeys KW - Macaca KW - Cercopithecidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cerebrum KW - dextrose KW - diabetes and obesity KW - disorders KW - fatness KW - fruit sugar KW - glucose in urine KW - ketohexose KW - laevulose KW - levulose KW - long-term study KW - partial removal of omental tissue KW - rhesus monkey KW - saccharose KW - sugar source KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731413148&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of medium-chain triglycerides on liver fatty acid composition in alcoholics with or without cirrhosis. AU - Malagelada, J. R. AU - Linscheer, W. G. AU - Houtsmuller, U. M. T. AU - Vergroesen, A. J. AU - Shah, M. AU - Iber, F. L. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1973/// VL - 26 IS - 7 SP - 738 EP - 743 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Malagelada, J. R.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 800 Irving Ave., Syracuse, N.Y. 13210. N1 - Accession Number: 19731413205. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Liver biopsy samples from 7 patients with alcoholic cirrhosis and from 6 alcoholics without cirrhosis on a normal hospital diet containing 100 g long-chain triglycerides (LCT) for 2 weeks showed no significant difference in relative amounts of any of 14 fatty acids, ranging from C12:0 to C22:6. When the diet was replaced for 2 weeks by one supplying the same amount of energy but with 70 g medium-chain triglycerides (MCT) and 30 g LCT the composition of liver lipids of 6 cirrhotic patients showed increases in shorter chain fatty acids C14:0 and C15:0 and decreases in longer chain fatty acids C18:0 and C18:1 whereas that of 10 alcoholics without cirrhosis was unchanged. Of the 29 alcoholic patients 22 had less than 3.5 mg albumin/100 ml serum; the values were unchanged in the 2 groups on LCT diet but were significantly increased in the 2 groups on MCT diet for 2 weeks. KW - alcoholism KW - cirrhosis KW - fatty acids KW - liver KW - TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - liver cirrhosis KW - medium-chain KW - medium-chain triglycerides KW - triglycerides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731413205&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Acute glucose loads in insulinized pancreatectomized dogs. AU - Abraira, C. AU - Goldstein, M. S. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1973/// VL - 81 IS - 5 SP - 696 EP - 703 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Abraira, C.: Endocrinology-Diabetes Section, Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731413346. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Dogs weighing 12 to 22 kg with the pancreas removed were maintained in a steady state of glucose utilisation by constant infusion of saline, 58.5 ml/h; insulin, 0.01 or 0.015 U/kg h; glucose, 0.2 to 0.3 gm/kg h; they were compared with intact dogs receiving similar infusions and with pancreatectomized dogs receiving only saline or saline and insulin. Measurements of glucose and immunoreactive insulin (IRI) in blood and lymph were made before and after glucose loads of 1 or 1.75 g/kg by vein in 5 min, after 2 to 3 h of constant infusion. Both groups receiving the complete infusions reacted similarly; the pancreatectomized dogs receiving the incomplete infusions showed impaired glucose utilization. It was concluded that in the presence of stable insulin-mediated glucose utilization normal tolerance to a glucose load can occur without increased insulin concentrations. KW - blood KW - BLOOD SUGAR KW - glucose KW - insulin KW - pancreas KW - pancreatectomy KW - removal KW - sugar KW - DOGS KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood glucose KW - blood glucose and insulin KW - dextrose KW - glucose in blood KW - glucose load, insulin and saline KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Sugar and Sugar Products (QQ020) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731413346&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intermittent, idiopathic, inappropriate vasopressin secretion in a child. AU - Skowsky, W. R. AU - Fisher, D. A. JO - Journal of Pediatrics JF - Journal of Pediatrics Y1 - 1973/// VL - 83 IS - 1 SP - 62 EP - 68 SN - 0022-3476 AD - Skowsky, W. R.: Division of Endocrinology, N-6, Long Beach Veterans Administration Hospital, 5901 E. 7th St., Long Beach, Calif. 90801, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731414104. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 11000-17-2. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - blood KW - children KW - pituitary KW - vasopressin KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - abnormal KW - abnormal vasopressin secretion KW - antidiuretic hormone KW - disorders KW - hypophysis KW - pitressin KW - pituitary gland KW - posterior KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731414104&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Studies on the biosynthesis of rat parathyroid hormone and proparathyroid hormone: adaptation of the parathyroid gland to dietary restriction of calcium. AU - Chu, L. L. H. AU - MacGregor, R. R. AU - Anast, C. S. AU - Hamilton, J. W. AU - Cohn, D. V. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1973/// VL - 93 IS - 4 SP - 915 EP - 924 AD - Chu, L. L. H.: Calcium Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Kansas City Mo. 64128, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731415294. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-70-2. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Proparathyroid hormone (proPTH) and parathyroid hormone (PTH) were separated from rat gland extracts by a combination of methods including chemical fractionation, gel filtration and ion exchange chromatography. The 2 peptides were similar to bovine proPTH and PTH in their immunoreactivity, molecular weight and size and elution position during chromatography. In radioactive isotope incorporation studies, they exhibited a precursor-product relation comparable to that observed for the bovine prohormone and hormone. After 13 days on a diet containing 0.02% Ca, parathyroid gland weight, size and capacity to synthesize general proteins did not change. In such glands the content of immunoreactive PTH and synthetic rate for PTH doubled, but the synthetic rate of proPTH and the half-life of its cellular pool did not change. The indication was that the parathyroid glands adapted to the low-Ca diet by increasing the efficiency of conversion of proPTH to PTH and thus the control of PTH biosynthesis by Ca may occur at the level of intracellular turnover and degradation of the prohormone. KW - calcium KW - deficiency KW - formation KW - hormones KW - parathyroid KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - parathyroid gland KW - parathyroid hormone formation KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731415294&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Changes in the content of human aortic glycoproteins and acid mucopolysaccharides in atherosclerosis. AU - Wagh, P. V. AU - Roberts, B. I. AU - White, H. J. AU - Read, R. C. JO - Atherosclerosis JF - Atherosclerosis Y1 - 1973/// VL - 18 IS - 1 SP - 83 EP - 91 SN - 0021-9150 AD - Wagh, P. V.: Connective Tissue Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. Arkansas Medical Center, Little Rock, Ark. 72201, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731415367. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - acids KW - aorta KW - atherosclerosis KW - glycoproteins KW - mucopolysaccharides KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - acid mucopolysaccharides in aorta KW - arteriosclerosis KW - glycoproteins in aorta KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731415367&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of hydrocortisone and corticotropin on glucose-induced insulin and proinsulin secretion in man. AU - Kitabchi, A. E. AU - Jones, G. M. AU - Duckworth, W. C. JO - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism JF - Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism Y1 - 1973/// VL - 37 IS - 1 SP - 79 EP - 84 SN - 0021-972X AD - Kitabchi, A. E.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 1030 Jefferson Ave., Memphis, Tenn. 38104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731415481. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9002-60-2, 50-99-7, 50-03-3, 50-23-7, 6000-74-4, 125-04-2, 13609-67-1, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - The total immunoreactive insulin (TIR) and proinsulin-like material (IRP) were estimated in plasma in response to oral glucose load in 12 normal men 22 to 30 years old during a 4-h infusion of a synthetic corticotropin, beta 1-24 corticotropin, or after a 3-day course of treatment with 80 mg hydrocortisone. Corticotropin produced no increase in baseline glucose or in plasma glucose response to oral glucose; similarly no significant difference was found in the TIR or IRP concentrations in the 2 groups. Hydrocortisone produced a significant increase in the baseline glucose values without changes in baseline TIR and IRP, but oral glucose significantly increased TIR and IRP at 60, 90 and 120 min. These concentrations were increased by 165% and 306%, respectively. It was concluded that the hyperinsulinaemia of cortisol therapy could not be ascribed solely to the decreased proinsulin. KW - adrenal cortex hormones KW - blood KW - blood sugar KW - corticotropin KW - glucose KW - hydrocortisone KW - insulin KW - pituitary KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ACTH KW - adrenocorticotropic hormone KW - adrenocorticotropin KW - anterior KW - blood glucose KW - corticotropin or hydrocortisone KW - cortisol KW - dextrose KW - glucose in blood KW - hypophysis KW - modification of effect of glucose on insulin in blood KW - pituitary gland KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731415481&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Schistosoma mansoni: simplified method for the production of schistosomules. AU - Colley, D. G. AU - Wikel, S. K. JO - Experimental Parasitology JF - Experimental Parasitology Y1 - 1974/// VL - 35 IS - 1 SP - 44 EP - 51 SN - 0014-4894 AD - Colley, D. G.: Dept. of Microbiology, Vanderbilt Univ. and Veterans Administration Hospital, Nashville, Tennessee 37232, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19740811291. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - Schistosoma mansoni cercariae were subjected to 10 to 14 passages through a 22 gauge hypodermic needle. The shearing forces separated most of the cercarial bodies and tails and created a population in which only 3 to 5% of the original cercariae were still intact. Subsequent in vitro cultivation gave rise within 48 hours to organisms with the characteristics of schistosomula. KW - helminths KW - parasites KW - schistosomula KW - techniques KW - Schistosoma mansoni KW - Schistosoma KW - Schistosomatidae KW - Digenea KW - Trematoda KW - Platyhelminthes KW - invertebrates KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - experimentally KW - parasitic worms KW - Strigeida KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19740811291&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Oral glucose effect on glycogen synthetase and phosphorylase in heart, muscle and liver. AU - Nuttall, F. Q. AU - Gannon, M. C. AU - Larner, J. JO - Physiological Chemistry and Physics JF - Physiological Chemistry and Physics Y1 - 1972/// VL - 4 IS - 6 SP - 497 EP - 515 AD - Nuttall, F. Q.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741416383. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 9005-79-2, 9035-74-9. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Male Holtzman rats of bodyweight 149 to 253 g were starved overnight and then given by gavage glucose at 4 g/kg bodyweight as a 34% solution; control rats got an equal volume of tap water. The rats were killed immediately or after 15, 30, 60 or 120 deg min. Glycogen synthetase and phosphorylase systems in heart, skeletal muscle and liver were estimated. The increase in plasma insulin concentration was transient, although blood glucose was raised. The total amount of glucose remaining in the gut decreased exponentially. The greatest rate of glucose absorption occurred as water moved from blood into the gut. The percentage of synthetase in the I form increased in all the 3 tissues studied. In the heart and skeletal muscle the change in proportion of synthetase I correlated directly with plasma insulin concentrations. In the liver proportion of synthetase I peaked before insulin even when insulin concentration had dropped to basal values. The percentage of phosphorylase in the active form decreased in heart and liver and increased slightly in skeletal muscle. None of these changes correlated with changes in plasma insulin and they were somewhat slower than the synthetase I increase. Total synthetase (I + D) activity was unchanged in heart, increased in skeletal muscle and decreased in liver. Total phosphorylase activity (a + b) was also unchanged in heart but rose in skeletal muscle. KW - glucose KW - glycogen KW - LIGASES KW - phosphorylase KW - tissues KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - glycogen synthetase KW - phosphorylases KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741416383&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The relation of plasma gastrin to the circadian rhythm of gastric acid secretion in man. AU - Moore, J. G. AU - Wolfe, M. JO - Digestion JF - Digestion Y1 - 1973/// VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 97 EP - 105 SN - 0012-2823 AD - Moore, J. G.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, 500 Foothill Drive, Salt Lake City, UT 84113, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741416400. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9002-76-0. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Gastric juice was collected hourly for 24 h from 10 normal subjects 22 to 27 years old by tube placed in the gastric antrum, for estimation of acid by titration with NaOH. Blood was sampled every 4 h for estimation of plasma gastrin by radioimmunoassay. Greatest secretion of acid occurred in late afternoon and early evening and lowest in the morning hours. Plasma gastrin concentration, plotted as a mean or as percentage of 24-h mean, did not show any rhythmic pattern. Correlation coefficients between gastrin values and acid secretion were mainly negative and low. The results were discussed and it appeared that variation in immunoreactive plasma gastrin concentrations could not account for the circadian rhythm in basal acid secretion. Possible explanations for this are given. KW - acids KW - blood KW - diurnal variation KW - gastrin KW - secretion KW - stomach KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - relation to diurnal variation of acid stomach secretion KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741416400&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Food deprivation, shock stress and stomach lesions in the rat. AU - Pare, W. P. AU - Temple, L. J. JO - Physiology and Behavior JF - Physiology and Behavior Y1 - 1973/// VL - 11 IS - 3 SP - 371 EP - 375 AD - Pare, W. P.: Pavlovian Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Perry Point, Md. 21902, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741416721. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - In the first experiment 140 male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing from 345 to 415 g were deprived of food for from 1 to 12 days. Water was always available. At the end of the deprivation periods the rats were killed. Stomach ulcers were found in some rats after 3 days of deprivation and in all those deprived for 5 or more days. In a second experiment 120 male rats weighing from 210 to 252 g were deprived of food for from 1 to 5 days; half of each group were subjected to electric shock stress. Electric shock stress did not increase the incidence of ulcers. KW - starvation KW - stomach KW - stomach ulcers KW - ulcers KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - gastric ulcer KW - gastric ulcers KW - stomach ulcer KW - Animal Nutrition (General) (LL500) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741416721&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Strontium-90 calcium interrelationships in man. AU - Spencer, H. AU - Kramer, L. AU - Samachson, J. AU - Hardy, E. P., Jr. AU - Rivera, J. JO - Health Physics JF - Health Physics Y1 - 1973/// VL - 24 IS - 5 SP - 525 EP - 533 SN - 0017-9078 AD - Spencer, H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741417071. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 7440-24-6. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition; Dairy Science N2 - Subjects were 22 student nurses, average age 20.5 years, and 50 male patients, average age 51 years. All were in good physical state, with normal kidney, liver and gut function. The basal, low-Ca diet supplied an average of 2200 kcal, carbohydrate 300, fat 70, protein 70g, Ca 200 and P 750 mg daily. Fluid intake was constant. 90Sr intake was that contained in the diet as the result of fallout. For high-Ca diet studies whole milk or calcium gluconate was added to the basal diet. Milk increased the Ca intake to 820 to 1257 and calcium gluconate to 863 to 2299 mg/day. The low-Ca diet which contained 3.1 to 7.7 pCi 90Sr/day was given to 33 subjects for an average of 16 days. The milk supplement which raised the 90Sr intake from 7.8 to 19.2 pCi/day was given to 23 subjects and 26 studies were made for 16 to 24 days. In this group, the 12 younger subjects previously drank about 500 ml milk/day and the 11 patients had had 5.2 to 6.6 pCi/day for 7 to 10 months before taking the milk supplement. Supplementation started for 1 or 2 periods of 6 days before sample collection. Of the patients 16 were given calcium gluconate tablets and they also had been previously on the low-Ca diet for several months. The studies lasted from 15 to 22 days. Bodyweight and creatinine, Ca and P in urine were estimated daily. 90Sr, Ca, P, N, Na and K in the diet were estimated in each 6-day metabolic period. Net absorption of 90Sr and Ca was estimated from intake and excretion in faeces. Observed ratios (OR). the body's discrimination between Ca and Sr, were calculated by dividing the 90Sr:Ca ratio of urine or faeces by the 90Sr:Ca ratio of the diet. With the milk supplement, 90Sr:Ca ratios in urine and diet were about the same, OR urine:diet was 1. On low-Ca intake and with the calcium gluconate supplement, the OR urine:diet was variable. OR faeces:diet was about 1 with all Ca intakes. Stable Ca did not significantly reduce the net absorption of 90Sr. KW - absorption KW - calcium KW - diet KW - intake KW - radioactivity KW - strontium KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - calcium balance KW - strontium-90 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Milk and Dairy Produce (QQ010) KW - Food Contamination, Residues and Toxicology (QQ200) KW - Human Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (VV800) (Discontinued March 2000) KW - Animal Toxicology, Poisoning and Pharmacology (LL900) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741417071&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Vitamin B12 binding proteins in monkey serum and red cells. AU - Finkler, A. E. AU - Green, P. D. JO - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta JF - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta Y1 - 1973/// VL - 328 IS - 2 SP - 359 EP - 364 AD - Finkler, A. E.: Hematology Research Lab., Research Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Albany, N.Y. 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741417189. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition KW - blood KW - cyanocobalamin KW - erythrocytes KW - proteins KW - serum KW - transport KW - vitamin B12 KW - monkeys KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood red cells KW - cobalamin KW - red blood cells KW - transportation KW - vitamin B-12 binding KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741417189&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of ethanol on the transport of manganese by small intestine of the rat. AU - Schafer, D. F. AU - Stephenson, D. V. AU - Barak, A. J. AU - Sorrell, M. F. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1974/// VL - 104 IS - 1 SP - 101 EP - 104 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Schafer, D. F.: Liver Study Unit, Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. Nebraska Medical Centre, Omaha, Nebr. 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741418540. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 64-17-5, 7439-96-5. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - The transmural movement of Mn was estimated in isolated loops of rat jejunum and compared with that obtained when the perfusate on the mucosal side of the tissue contained 3% ethanol. In studies in vivo rats deprived of food were given by tube 0.01 mu Ci 54Mn in the presence of water or ethanol solution, 4 g/kg bodyweight. After 3 h the livers were excised and counted for radioactivity. Ethanol doubled the absorption of Mn as estimated by the uptake in the liver. The results of the experiments in vitro show that ethanol stimulated the transmural movement of Mn by a factor of 4. Pyrazole, an alcohol dehydrogenase inhibitor, reduced ethanol-induced transport of Mn by 70% in the perfused jejunum indicating that the effects of ethanol are principally mediated by metabolism of ethanol in the gut. KW - absorption KW - ethanol KW - liver KW - manganese KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - manganese absorption KW - Mn KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741418540&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Characterization of plasma lipoproteins separated and purified by agarose-column chromatography. AU - Rudel, L. L AU - Lee, J. A. AU - Morris, M. D. AU - Felts, J. M. JO - Biochemical Journal JF - Biochemical Journal Y1 - 1974/// VL - 139 IS - 1 SP - 89 EP - 95 AD - Rudel, L. L: Lipid Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741419506. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition KW - blood KW - lipoproteins KW - characterisation, separation and purification KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741419506&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Calciferol metabolism and intestinal calcium transport in the chick with reduced renal function. AU - Hartenbower, D. L. AU - Coburn, J. W. AU - Reddy, C. R. AU - Norman, A. W. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1974/// VL - 83 IS - 1 SP - 38 EP - 45 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Hartenbower, D. L.: Nephrology Section, 691/111L, Veterans Administration, Wadsworth Hospital Center, Wilshire and Sawtelle Blvds., Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741421280. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 67-97-0, 1406-16-2. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - Day-old White Leghorn chicks were fed on a rachitogenic diet but were given unlabelled cholecalciferol by mouth in suboptimal doses, averaging 0.7 to 3.4 IU/day, between days 12 and 23 after hatching. Renal insufficiency was induced surgically at 20 to 22 days of age; 8 to 10 days later groups of sham-operated (control) and uraemic chicks were given either 20 IU of unlabelled cholecalciferol before estimation of intestinal Ca transport in vitro, or 3H- or 14C-labelled cholecalciferol. Compared with controls, uraemic chicks showed impaired intestinal Ca transport and a reduction in amounts in intestinal mucosa of a labelled metabolite chromatographically identical to 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC), though there was no difference in the quantities of total labelled metabolites in plasma. The differences in labelled 1,25-DHCC present in intestinal mucosa were evident only in chicks whose intake of unlabelled cholecalciferol was less than 3 IU/day. KW - calcium KW - chicks KW - cholecalciferol KW - intestines KW - Kidney diseases KW - metabolism KW - poultry KW - transport KW - uraemia KW - vitamin D KW - fowls KW - Gallus gallus KW - Gallus KW - Phasianidae KW - Galliformes KW - birds KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - azotaemia KW - azotemia KW - chickens KW - cholecalciferol metabolism KW - domesticated birds KW - intestinal calcium transport KW - kidney disorders KW - nephropathy KW - renal diseases KW - transportation KW - uremia KW - vitamin D3 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741421280&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Characterization of an animal model of vitamin B12 deprivation. AU - Frenkel, E. P. AU - White, J. D. JO - Laboratory Investigation JF - Laboratory Investigation Y1 - 1973/// VL - 29 IS - 6 SP - 614 EP - 619 SN - 0023-6837 AD - Frenkel, E. P.: Nuclear Medicine Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, 4500 S. Lancaster Road, Dallas, Tex. 75216, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741421296. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 68-19-9, 516-05-2, 79-09-4. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - Weanling Sprague-Dawley rats, prevented from coprophagy, were maintained on normal rat chow or a vitamin B-12-deficient diet; after 6 weeks some of the deprived rats were given supplementary cyanocobalamin, 100 mu g weekly by injection. During deprivation serum B-12 values declined first and then tissue levels fell. Although propionic and methylmalonic aciduria was present, the extent to which it occurred varied greatly. Propionic aciduria was seen in all 3 groups but propionate catabolism in vitro was depressed only in tissue slices from the group deprived of vitamin B-12 although the depression had little association with the level of propionic aciduria; propionate catabolism in vitro was not affected significantly when deprived rats were given large amounts of propionate in drinking water. KW - cyanocobalamin KW - deficiency KW - disease models KW - metabolism KW - methylmalonic acid KW - propionic acid KW - vitamin B12 KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cobalamin KW - methylmalonic acid metabolism KW - propanoic acid KW - propionic acid metabolism KW - vitamin B-12 deficiency KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741421296&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Duodenal acidification: role of first part of duodenum in gastric emptying and secretion in dogs. AU - Cooke, A. R. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1974/// VL - 67 IS - 1 SP - 85 EP - 92 SN - 0016-5085 AD - Cooke, A. R.: Dep. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Building 1, Room 7E-47, Iowa City, Iowa 52240, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741423690. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - Gastric emptying tests were made on 5 dogs with duodenal fistulae placed about 5 cm distal to the pylorus. In one test gastric emptying of a saline meal of 300 ml was studied in response to perfusion of the second part of the duodenum with HCl 4, 8, 12 or 16 m-equiv/h at a constant rate of 100 ml/h. In the second test the proximal 5 cm of the duodenum only was acidified by diverting an acid test meal of 300 ml HCl, 40, 80 or 120 m-equiv/litre, at the duodenal fistula. In the third test the acid meals were combined with acid perfusion so that the whole duodenum and proximal jejunum were acidified. Controls consisted of saline test meals (300 ml) and saline perfusion of the duodenum. Gastric emptying with acid in the first part of the duodenum was delayed and the delay was about equal to that due to perfusion of the rest of the duodenum. Acidification of the whole duodenum caused greatest delay in emptying and the maximal effect was in response to 12 m-equiv/h. Delay in gastric emptying with acid in the proximal 5 cm of the duodenum was rapid and sensitive and occurred within 1 min and in response to 0.24 to 0.36 m-equiv HCl. In another 3 dogs acidification of the first part of the duodenum caused 40% inhibition of secretion stimulated by pentagastrin, but not histamine. The findings indicated that the proximal 5 cm of duodenum is not only important for inhibition of acid secretion, but is also a powerful and sensitive site for inhibition of gastric emptying. KW - acidification KW - animal physiology KW - duodenum KW - intestines KW - secretion KW - stomach KW - DOGS KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - emptying KW - stomach emptying and stomach secretion KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Animal Physiology and Biochemistry (Excluding Nutrition) (LL600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741423690&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Histologic study of gastric lesions in food-restricted rats. AU - Pintar, K. AU - Schulte, W. J. AU - Barboriak, J. J. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1974/// VL - 145 IS - 4 SP - 1353 EP - 1358 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Pintar, K.: Lab., Surgery, and Research Services, Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19741424071. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - Male rats were kept in activity cages and, though water was always available to them, offered Purina Chow for only 1 h/day; controls had unlimited access to food. After 6 days, haemorrhagic gastric lesions developed in 8 of the original 12 experimental rats. The etiology of initial local capillary congestion was not clear, but no fibrin or platelet thrombi were found. KW - food restriction KW - foods KW - haemorrhage KW - intake KW - restricted feeding KW - starvation KW - stomach KW - stomach ulcers KW - stress KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - bleeding KW - disorders KW - feed restriction KW - gastric haemorrhage KW - gastric ulcer KW - gastric ulcers KW - hemorrhage KW - stomach ulcer KW - Animal Nutrition (General) (LL500) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19741424071&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Lipemic effects of intermittent ethanol ingestion in rats. AU - Barboriak, J. J. AU - Meade, R. C. JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol Y1 - 1971/// VL - 32 IS - 4A SP - 953 EP - 959 AD - Barboriak, J. J.: Research and Radioisotope Services, Wood Veterans Administration Center, Marquette School of Medicine, Milwaukee, Wis., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721400119. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 64-17-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Female Sprague-Dawley rats were given by stomach tube 5 g maize oil with 5 g ethanol or an isocaloric amount of glucose. The maize oil contained traces of triolein-14C. The mixtures were given for 4 consecutive days and rats were killed after the 1st, 2nd and 4th day. In a second series of experiments male rats were used and were killed before and after the 1st, 4th, 7th and 14th days; no labelled fat was used. Plasma and liver triglycerides in all rats given the maize oil and ethanol mixture for up to 14 days were significantly higher than those in rats given the maize oil and glucose mixture, although some signs of a partial adaptation to the ethanol treatment began to appear by the end of the 14-day experimental period. The rise in plasma triglycerides was associated with increasing 14C activity in the plasma, an indication that the additional lipids were mainly derived from the fat in the diet. KW - blood KW - ethanol KW - TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - ethyl alcohol KW - intermittent ethanol KW - triglycerides KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721400119&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Influence of 3-methylcholanthrene and diet on the binding of 2-acetylaminofluorene and its N-hydroxy metabolite to rat liver nucleic acids. AU - Irving, C. C. AU - Peeler, T. C. AU - Veazey, R. A. AU - Wiseman, R., Jr. JO - Cancer Research JF - Cancer Research Y1 - 1971/// VL - 31 IS - 10 SP - 1468 EP - 1472 AD - Irving, C. C.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. Tennessee, Memphis, Tenn. 38104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721400122. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of 3-methylcholanthrene (MC), which inhibits liver carcinogenesis induced by 2-acetylaminofluorene (AAF) but not by N-hydroxy-AAF, on the binding of these hepatocarcinogens to rat liver rRNA and DNA was studied. When 0.005% MC was given in the diet for 1 week before injection of AAF-9-14C or N-hydroxy-AAF-9-14C, there was a 45% decrease in the binding of AAF to rRNA and DNA at 16 h, whereas there was no decrease in the binding of N-hydroxy-AAF. The results were consistent with the hypothesis that MC inhibits AAF hepatocarcinogenesis by causing a decrease in tissue N-hydroxy-AAF. The extent of persistent binding of fluorenyl metabolites to DNA 4 weeks after a single injection of AAF-9-14C and N-hydroxy-AAF-9-14C was not influenced by MC in the diet. Contrary to the results obtained with MC, a single injection of MC, 20 mg/kg, 24 h before injection of the hepatocarcinogens resulted in a 40% decrease in the binding of N-hydroxy-AAF to liver rRNA and DNA; a 50% decrease in the binding of AAF-9-14C to rRNA and DNA was also obtained. The differential effect on the binding of N-hydroxy-AAF-9-14C obtained by feeding or injection of MC suggested that MC in larger doses may influence some metabolic reactions involved in the activation or deactivation of N-hydroxy-AAF. Changes in diet also had significant influence on the binding of AAF-9-14C and N-hydroxy-AAF-9-14C to rat liver rRNA and DNA. In rats fed on a grain diet, there was less binding of the hepatocarcinogens to rRNA and more binding to DNA than in rats given a stock diet. Intake of the grain diet did not affect tumour formation in male rats given AAF or N-hydroxy-AAF or in female rats given AAF but did increase the incidence and distribution of tumours in female rats given N-hydroxy-AAF. KW - carcinogens KW - feeds KW - liver KW - nucleic acids KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 3-methylcholanthrene KW - carcinogen binding KW - feeding stuffs KW - uptake by nucleic acids in liver KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721400122&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effect of chronic methionine deficiency on the tissue distribution of 60Co-cyanocobalamin in the rat. AU - Hsu, J. M. JO - Life Sciences,II JF - Life Sciences,II Y1 - 1972/// VL - 11 IS - 11 SP - 573 EP - 581 AD - Hsu, J. M.: Biochemistry Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Baltimore, Md. 21218, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721400165. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 63-68-3. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of methionine deficiency on the metabolic fate of cyanocobalamin in rats was studied. No significant differences in the absorption and excretion of 60Co-labelled cyanocobalamin given by mouth were noted between methionine-deficient and methionine-supplemented groups. The retention of injected cyanocobalamin-60Co by kidney, liver, spleen and heart of methionine-deficient rats was higher than that of methionine-supplemented rats. The results suggest that there may be an increase in the utilization of vitamin B-12 to ameliorate methionine deficiency by sparing methyl groups or by increasing methionine synthesis. KW - deficiency KW - methionine KW - retention KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cyanocobalamin retention KW - vitamin B-12 cyanocobalamin KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721400165&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Rapid activation and inactivation of fatty acid synthesis from glucose in vivo. AU - Baker, N. AU - Huebotter, R. J. JO - Journal of Lipid Research JF - Journal of Lipid Research Y1 - 1972/// VL - 13 IS - 3 SP - 329 EP - 337 SN - 0022-2275 AD - Baker, N.: Research, Veterans Administration Hospital (Wadsworth), Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721400189. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - The flux of glucose carbon to total body fatty acids was measured in unanaesthetized mice fasting or 50-80 min after a small test meal containing 120 mg glucose (fasted-refed). Flux was calculated from plasma glucose-14C specific activity curves and from total body 14C-labelled fatty acid 30 min after intravenous injection of tracer glucose-14C. Mobilization of liver glycogen, changes in the body glucose pool size, and total flux of carbon through the glucose pool during periods of fasting and refeeding were defined. Liver glycogen was almost completely depleted 8 h after food was removed. Body glucose pool size fell during fasting and increased after the test meal. Irreversible disposal rate of glucose C varied directly with body glucose pool size, but flux of glucose C into fatty acids increased exponentially as body glucose concentration increased. Within 1 h after a small meal, the flux of glucose C into total body fatty acids increased 8-fold in mice previously starved for 24 h. Flux of glucose C into fatty acids in postabsorptive mice (food removed for 2 h; livers rich in glycogen) was only about 2% of that calculated from published studies in which the incorporation of glucose-14C load into total body fatty acid was measured in mice. KW - fatty acids KW - formation KW - glucose KW - MICE KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721400189&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Changes with fasting in pigeon pancreas alkaline and acid ribonuclease. AU - Morisset, J. A. AU - Black, O. AU - Webster, P. D. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1972/// VL - 139 IS - 2 SP - 562 EP - 564 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Morisset, J. A.: Gastroenterology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Augusta, Ga. 30904, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721400394. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - The pancreas from White Carneau pigeons, 6 to 8 weeks old and fed to appetite (controls) or starved for 3 days, was homogenised and centrifuged and the supernatant was used for the estimation of ribonuclease (RNase) inhibitor activity while the homogenate was taken for estimation of free and total alkaline and acid RNase activity. Neither free nor total RNase activity estimated at an acidic pH was changed by starvation. RNase activity estimated at an alkaline pH increased in the starved pigeons compared with the controls, free RNase activity being increased by 46% and total RNase activity by 52%. RNase inhibitor activity was 1.355 and 0.692 units/100 mu g of DNA in control and starved pigeons, respectively. KW - nucleases KW - Nutrition KW - pancreas KW - poultry KW - starvation KW - pigeons KW - Columba KW - Columbidae KW - Columbiformes KW - birds KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - acid and alkaline ribonuclease in pancreas KW - domesticated birds KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721400394&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The effects of fasting, refeeding, and time of day on the levels of enzymes effecting the conversion of beta -hydroxy- beta -methylglutaryl-coenzyme A to squalene. AU - Slakey, L. L. AU - Craig, M. C. AU - Beytia, E. AU - Briedis, A. AU - Feldbruegge, D. H. AU - Dugan, R. E. AU - Qureshi, A. A. AU - Subbarayan, C. AU - Porter, J. W. JO - Journal of Biological Chemistry JF - Journal of Biological Chemistry Y1 - 1972/// VL - 247 IS - 10 SP - 3014 EP - 3022 SN - 0021-9258 AD - Slakey, L. L.: Lipid Metabolism Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Madison, Wis. 53706, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721400459. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Activity of beta -hydroxy- beta -methylglutaryl-CoA reductase (EC. 1.1.134), mevalonate kinase (2.7.1.36), phosphomevalonate kinase (2.7.4.2), pyrophosphomevalonate decarboxylase (4.1.1.33), isopentenyl pyrophosphate isomerase (5.3.3.2), dimethylallyltransferase (2.5.1.1) and squalene synthetase and rates of conversion of acetate-2-14C and mevalonate-2-14C to unsaponifiable compounds and digitonin-precipitable sterols have been measured in subcellular fractions of livers of rats that were either starved or starved and refed on a fat-free diet, and also at different times of day. Only beta -hydroxy- beta -methylglutaryl-CoA reductase and the activity for the conversion of acetate to cholesterol showed a significant diurnal variation. In contrast, all the enzyme activities tested except mevalonate kinase and phosphomevalonate kinase declined rapidly on fasting and returned to normal or above during refeeding. KW - enzymes KW - liver KW - starvation KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - lipid metabolising KW - lipid metabolising enzymes in liver KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721400459&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Vitamin B12 binders in rhesus monkey serum. AU - Meyer, L. M. AU - Sood, S. K. AU - Gizis, E. J. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1972/// VL - 140 IS - 1 SP - 99 EP - 101 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Meyer, L. M.: Hematology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, N.Y. 11209, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721400827. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition KW - blood KW - cyanocobalamin KW - transport KW - vitamin B12 KW - Macaca mulatta KW - monkeys KW - Macaca KW - Cercopithecidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cobalamin KW - rhesus monkey KW - transportation KW - vitamin B-12 in blood KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721400827&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Alcoholism: biochemical and nutritional aspects of brain amines, aldehydes, and amino acids. AU - Sprince, H. AU - Parker, C. M. AU - Smith, G. G. AU - Gonzales, L. J. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1972/// VL - 5 IS - 3 SP - 185 EP - 200 AD - Sprince, H.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Coatesville, Pa. 19320, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721401088. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 63-84-5, 73-22-3. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - An initial mean of voluntary alcohol consumed (VAC) by 30 male rats on a Purina Chow diet was first estimated by giving the rats a choice of water or 15% ethanol in water for 10 days. The rats were then distributed into 3 groups so that the mean daily alcohol intake of each group was the same. One group was kept on the diet with a choice of water or alcohol; the diets of the other 2 groups were supplemented with 1% tryptophan and dihydroxyphenylalanine (DOPA) with the same choice of liquid. After 14 days the groups were forced to take 20% alcohol ensuring a high intake of alcohol. A choice of water or 15% ethanol in water was again offered to the rats 21 days later. At the end of a further 28 days the rats were returned to the original diet with a choice of water or alcohol. There was a significant rise in the VAC of rats given the supplemented diets during the period of choice between water and alcohol. After enforced intake of 20% alcohol the difference was more pronounced and when the rats were returned to the normal diet those previously given tryptophan showed a rise in VAC compared with rats given DOPA. Similar studies with tyrosine and leucine did not show so great an effect. Preliminary studies show that D isomers of tryptophan and DOPA may be more effective in increasing VAC than L isomers. KW - alcohol intake KW - alcohols KW - dopa KW - intake KW - tryptophan KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - alcohol consumption KW - dioxyphenylalanine KW - tryptophan and dopa KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721401088&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of microorganisms upon zinc metabolism using germfree and conventional rats. AU - Smith, J. C., Jr. AU - McDaniel, E. G. AU - McBean, L. D. AU - Doft, F. S. AU - Halsted, J. A. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1972/// VL - 102 IS - 6 SP - 711 EP - 719 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Smith, J. C., Jr.: Trace Element Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D.C. 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721401312. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Weanling germfree and conventional Sprague-Dawley rats were given freely a diet deficient in Zn. Signs of Zn deficiency were less frequent, delayed and less severe in the germfree than in the conventional rats. Mean weight gained in 61 days was 175 plus or minus 21 by the germfree and 62 plus or minus 31 g by the conventional rats; corresponding values for plasma Zn were 120 plus or minus 24 and 72 plus or minus 24 mu g/100 ml. When germfree and conventional rats were fed for 30 days on a diet adequate in Zn, growth rate and plasma Zn were not significantly different between the 2 groups. A similar result was obtained when the 2 groups given a diet deficient in Zn were contaminated with Staphylococcus epidermidis. In another experiment germfree and formerly germfree rats, which had been transferred to a conventional environment, were given a diet deficient in Zn consisting of casein 12, maize starch 78, maize oil 5 and minerals 5%. Some of the formerly germfree rats were given additional Zn. The formerly germfree rats gained weight more slowly and had less plasma and femur Zn. Germfree rats given 1.9 mu g Zn had similar plasma and femur Zn to formerly free germfree rats given 3.6 mu g Zn. Staphylococcus epidermidis was grown in trypticase soya broth containing 65ZnCl2 for 24 h at 37 deg C; it was then collected and dried. The initial radioactivity of the medium was 751 cpm/g; after the incubation 5566 cpm/g wet weight was associated with the microorganisms. The results suggest that the presence of certain microorganisms increases Zn requirement. KW - requirements KW - zinc KW - bacteria KW - RATS KW - prokaryotes KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - bacterium KW - Staphylococcus epidermis infection KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Human Health and Hygiene (General) (VV000) (Revised June 2002) [formerly Human Health and Hygiene (General) KW - Animal Health and Hygiene (General) (LL800) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721401312&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Polyenoic fatty acid metabolism of phosphoglycerides in developing brain. AU - Bernsohn, J. AU - Cohen, S. R. T2 - Lipids, malnutrition and the developing brain. A Ciba Foundation Symposium jointly with the Nestle Foundation in memory of Sir Norman Wright. JO - Lipids, malnutrition and the developing brain. A Ciba Foundation Symposium jointly with the Nestle Foundation in memory of Sir Norman Wright. JF - Lipids, malnutrition and the developing brain. A Ciba Foundation Symposium jointly with the Nestle Foundation in memory of Sir Norman Wright. Y1 - 1972/// SP - 159 EP - 178 CY - Amsterdam, Associated Scientific Publishers.; Netherlands AD - Bernsohn, J.: Neuropsychiatric Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721401426. Publication Type: Conference paper. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - The role of polyenoic fatty acid synthesis in developing brain was studied in order to investigate the relation between fatty acids and myelin deposition. In the chick embryonic brain polyenoic acids were synthesized in vivo and in vitro at an early stage of development. Active incorporation occurred from acetyl-CoA-1-14C into a fatty acid fraction which was tentatively identified as 20:4(n-3). With linoleyl-CoA-1-14C, palmitic acid was the most active fatty acid apart from linolenic acid. Preparations obtained from developing rat brain showed that at 10 days of age the glial fraction was more active than the neuronal fraction in the incorporation of acetate-1-14C into fatty acids. At 20 days of age both neuronal and glial preparations showed reduced activity, the glial fractions incorporating about 10% of the activity incorporated at 10 days. There were no differences in fatty acid labelling between the two fractions. KW - brain KW - fatty acids KW - formation KW - poultry KW - fowls KW - Gallus gallus KW - Gallus KW - Phasianidae KW - Galliformes KW - birds KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cerebrum KW - chickens KW - domesticated birds KW - polyenoic KW - Animal Nutrition (General) (LL500) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721401426&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of hypothalamic preparations on human omental adipose tissue in vitro. AU - Redding, T. W. AU - Schally, A. V. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1972/// VL - 21 IS - 6 SP - 499 EP - 506 AD - Redding, T. W.: Endocrine Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, New Orleans, La., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721401448. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Pieces of human omental adipose tissue and rat epididymal adipose tissue, weighing from 50 to 100 mg, were incubated for 2 h in a Krebs-Ringer medium, to which were added several pituitary hormones, purfied extracts of hypothalamus from man and pig and catecholamines. The results were expressed in terms of the amount of glycerol released by 1 g tissue in 1 h incubation. A lipolytic factor (LMF) was found in acetic acid extracts of stalk-median eminence tissue and was characterised as a peptide with a molecular weight of from 3000 to 5000. Using the adipose tissue test, the LMF was found to be free of thyroid-stimulating hormone, growth hormone, melanocyte-stimulating hormones and catecholamines and to contain less adrenocorticotropin than 10 mU/mg extract. The human LMF elicited the greatest response on human omental tissue; the pig extract was more potent on the rat tissue, indicating a species specificity for the factor. KW - adipose tissue KW - brain KW - hypothalamus KW - in vitro KW - metabolism KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - adipose tissue metabolism in vitro KW - cerebrum KW - hypothalamic preparations KW - preparations KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721401448&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The interaction of diabetes and obesity on the regulation of fat mobilization in man. AU - Bagdade, J. D. AU - Porte, D., Jr. AU - Bierman, E. L. JO - Diabetes JF - Diabetes Y1 - 1969/// VL - 18 IS - 11 SP - 759 EP - 772 AD - Bagdade, J. D.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 4435 Beacon Ave. South, Seattle, Wash. 98108, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721401657. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - In assessing the relative contribution of diabetes and obesity to the regulation of fatty acid mobilisation plasma glycerol and free fatty acids (FFA) estimated before and during glucose tolerance tests by mouth were correlated with relative bodyweight and glucose tolerance in 49 obese and nonobese nondiabetic and nonketotic mildly diabetic men 40 to 60 years old. Basal FFA and glycerol values were directly related to the extent of carbohydrate intolerance only in the obese and correlated with bodyweight only in the diabetic men. High basal values for FFA and glycerol, presumably indicating increased basal lipolysis, were therefore found only in diabetic men who were also obese; neither obesity alone nor nonketotic diabetes was associated with high basal FFA and glycerol values. After ingestion of glucose, glycerol fell at similar rates in diabetic and nondiabetic men. There was a delayed decrease in FFA only in obese diabetic men. KW - diabetes KW - fat mobilization KW - fats KW - mobilization KW - obesity KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - fatness KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721401657&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Renin, aldosterone, sodium and hypertension. AU - Wisenbaugh, P. E. AU - Garst, J. B. AU - Hull, C. AU - Freedman, R. J. AU - Matthews, D. N. AU - Hadady, M. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1972/// VL - 52 IS - 2 SP - 175 EP - 186 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Wisenbaugh, P. E.: Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, 10701 East Blvd., Cleveland, Ohio 44106. N1 - Accession Number: 19721401662. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 52-39-1, 9015-94-5, 7440-23-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - There were 29 negro and 20 caucasian men with uncomplicated essential hypertension and normal serum K and a control group of 14 healthy men, 3 negro and 11 caucasian. The concentration of renin in serum and 24-h excretion of aldosterone and Na in urine were estimated when the subjects were on a diet providing daily Na 110 and K 90 m-equiv and during the following week when Na intake was reduced to 15 and then to 10 m-equiv daily.During normal Na intake mean aldosterone excretion was higher and mean renin concentration in serum was lower than in healthy controls but the difference in renin concentration was much more significant than the difference in aldosterone excretion. When Na intake was reduced aldosterone excretion rose in both hypertensive and normal subjects and the change was significant to a degree not greatly different in the 2 groups. Serum renin concentration rose in both groups in response to reduced Na intake but the change was highly significant only in the hypertensive patients.At both levels of Na intake mean excretion of Na in urine was greater in the hypertensive than in the normal subjects. Within the hypertensive group there were 3 distinct patterns of response in Na excretion to reduced Na intake. Some patients achieved and maintained Na balance in the same way as the healthy controls, others did not achieve Na balance or, having achieved it, did not maintain it. Despite significantly lower mean Na excretion in the subgroup of hypertensive patients who achieved Na balance than in the subgroups which did not achieve or did not maintain Na balance no significant difference between the subgroups was found in a similar comparison of aldosterone excretion or of serum renin concentration.There was no evidence of racial difference in aldosterone excretion or serum renin concentrations in essential hypertension. KW - adrenal cortex hormones KW - aldosterone KW - blood KW - hormones KW - hypertension KW - intake KW - kidneys KW - pressure KW - renin KW - sodium KW - urine KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - aldosterone and renin metabolisms KW - high blood pressure KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721401662&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of nutrition on species of lipoprotein lipase. AU - Schotz, M. C. AU - Garfinkel, A. S. JO - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta JF - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta Y1 - 1972/// VL - 270 IS - 4 SP - 472 EP - 478 AD - Schotz, M. C.: Research, Veterans Administration Hospital (Wadsworth), Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721402073. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9001-62-1, 9004-02-8. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - When 0.05M NH4OH and NH4Cl extracts of rat heart and post-heparin plasma acetone powder were applied to agarose gel chromatographic columns, 2 peaks of lipoprotein lipase activity were eluted from the heart extract but only a single peak from that of plasma. The 2 activities from heart showed elution volumes similar to those previously estimated by the authors (Journal of Lipid Research (1972) 13, 63) for the 2 lipoprotein lipase species of adipose tissue. The elution volume of the plasma species approximated that of the larger of the adipose tissue species. The effect of nutritional state on these lipoprotein lipase species was studied in starved and refed rats. Refeeding increased the activity of the 2 species in adipose tissue and decreased both heart species. The single species in post-heparin plasma was unaffected by these nutritional conditions. KW - lipoprotein lipase KW - lipoproteins KW - starvation KW - tissues KW - triacylglycerol lipase KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - diacylglycerol lipase KW - lipase KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721402073&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Comparative effects of dietary regimens on the levels of enzymes regulating the synthesis of fatty acids and cholesterol in rat liver. AU - Craig, M. C. AU - Dugan, R. E. AU - Muesing, R. A. AU - Slakey, L. L. AU - Porter, J. W. JO - Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics JF - Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics Y1 - 1972/// VL - 151 IS - 1 SP - 128 EP - 136 SN - 0003-9861 AD - Craig, M. C.: Lipid Metabolism Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. Wisconsin, Madison, Wis. 53706, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721402105. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - The activities, in subcellular fractions of rat liver, for acetyl-CoA carboxylation, fatty acid synthesis and beta -hydroxy- beta -methylglutaryl-CoA reduction and for the overall conversion of acetate to cholesterol were estimated for rats in different nutritional states. Acetyl-CoA carboxylase and fatty acid synthetase activities increased or decreased together whenever the nutritional state was changed. A similar relation was observed between beta -hydroxy- beta -methylglutaryl-CoA reductase activity and the synthesis of chlesterol from acetate. A fat-free diet after a normal diet or a period of fasting increased the activity of acetyl-CoA carboxylase and fatty acid synthetase but suppressed the activities for beta -hydroxy- beta -methylglutaryl-CoA reduction and cholesterol synthesis, indicating that the quantity of fat in the diet appears to regulate the activity of the key enzymes of 2 divergent pathways in an opposite manner. The activity of these enzymes in turn controls the proportion of acetyl-CoA used by each pathway. When a diet containing 2% cholesterol was given, beta -hydroxy- beta -methylglutaryl-CoA reductase activity and cholesterol synthesis in liver were depressed, but acetyl-CoA carboxylase and fatty acid synthetase activities were unaffected. The results suggested that cholesterol and fat exert their effects on the cholesterol-synthesizing and fatty acid-synthesizing pathways by different mechanisms. KW - cholesterol KW - enzymes KW - fats KW - fatty acids KW - formation KW - intake KW - liver KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cholesterol- and fatty acid-synthesising enzymes in liver KW - fat source and intake KW - fat-metabolising KW - source KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721402105&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Metabolic fate of labeled cystine in zinc deficient rats. AU - Hsu, J. M. AU - Anthony, W. L. T2 - Trace substances in environmental health. IV. JO - Trace substances in environmental health. IV. JF - Trace substances in environmental health. IV. Y1 - 1971/// SP - 222 EP - 232 CY - Columbia, Mo., University of Missouri.; USA AD - Hsu, J. M.: Biochemistry Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Baltimore, Md. 21218. N1 - Accession Number: 19721402412. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Registry Number: 56-89-3, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Absorption, excretion and tissue distribution of cystine wre studied in weanling male rats maintained on a diet deficient in Zn. Absorption of cystine-1-14C given by mouth in 30 min was normal in Zn deficiency. After injection of cystine-1-14C, rats deprived of Zn increased the excretion of radioactivity in expired CO2 within 6 h. An increase of total 35S in 24-h urine was also found in deprived rats after L-cystine-35S injection. The rise in radioactivity in urine was primarily caused by the increase of 35S-labelled inorganic sulphate, ethereal sulphate and neutral sulphur. The abnormalities could be corrected by Zn repletion. Six days after cystine-35S injection the skin and hair uptake of radioactivity of rats deprived of Zn was only a sixth of normal. Total retention of radioactivity in carcass was greater as a result of Zn deprivation. Similar results were found after injection of DL-cystine-1-14C but not inorganic sulphate-35S, indicating that a defect occurs in the incorporation of cystine, not its derivatives, into skin or hair of rats deprived of Zn. The latter findings suggest that Zn is specifically required by metabolic processes in skin and hair although the precise function of Zn remains to be studied. KW - cystine KW - deficiency KW - metabolism KW - nutrient deficiencies KW - zinc KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cystine metabolism KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721402412&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of fasting, caloric restriction, and refeeding on glucose tolerance of normal men. AU - Anderson, J. W. AU - Herman, R. H. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1972/// VL - 25 IS - 1 SP - 41 EP - 52 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Anderson, J. W.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, Calif. 94121. N1 - Accession Number: 19721402482. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Alterations in the glucose tolerance test (GTT) and mineral balance of healthy, nonobese subjects were studied during fasting, refeeding, and while on a diet of 500 kcal. Fasting for 48 h produced an abnormal GTT that worsened as periods of fasting were prolonged to 72 and 96 h. During fasting, a significant diurnal variation was observed for plasma free fatty acids and phosphate but not for plasma glucose, Na, K, Ca, or Cl. During refeeding over a 6-day period, the GTT was significantly abnormal on day 1 but not on day 2 or 3. On days 4 to 6, a significant deterioration in the GTT was observed for each of the subjects studied. During the 5th day of refeeding a significant natriuresis developed, which was accompanied by a significant increase in urine volume and reduction in water intake. The studies demonstrate that a 500-kcal diet containing 85 g sucrose/day maintains a normal GTT in normal subjects over a period of 10 days. KW - blood KW - fasting KW - fatty acids KW - GLUCOSE TOLERANCE KW - sugar KW - tolerance KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood sugar tolerance KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Sugar and Sugar Products (QQ020) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721402482&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Dietary zinc intake in man. AU - Osis, D. AU - Kramer, L. AU - Wiatrowski, E. AU - Spencer, H. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1972/// VL - 25 IS - 6 SP - 582 EP - 588 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Osis, D.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141. N1 - Accession Number: 19721402519. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - The daily dietary Zn intake, as well as the amounts of Zn contained in individual meals, was estimated in constant metabolic diets and in hospital diets. The total Zn content in 9 hospital diets varied by more than a factor of 2, ranging from 7.0 to 16.3 mg Zn/day and averaging 11.3 mg Zn. The variability of the Zn content of the diets was caused by differences in their composition, depending on the protein and carbohydrate content of the meals. Zn was estimated in 138 constant metabolic diets during 4 years. The Zn content of those diets varied little, ranging from 11.6 to 12.7 mg/day in each of the 4 years and averaging 12.2 mg. The analysis of diets low and high in protein, as well as the analysis of single food items, indicated that the foods and diets high in protein were also high in Zn, whereas those foods and diets containing mostly carbohydrate were lower in Zn and N. KW - carbohydrates KW - composition KW - diets KW - hospital diets KW - hospitals KW - proteins KW - zinc KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - diets in hospital KW - saccharides KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721402519&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of ascorbic acid in vitro. AU - Chen, R. W. AU - Postlethwait, R. W. JO - Experimental Medicine and Surgery JF - Experimental Medicine and Surgery Y1 - 1970/// VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 294 EP - 298 AD - Chen, R. W.: Dept. Surgery, Veterans Administration Hospital, Durham, N.C. 27705, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721402543. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 50-81-7, 51-35-4, 147-85-3. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Polyvinyl sponges were implanted subcutaneously in guineapigs previously fed on a scorbutogenic diet for 1 week; 2 weeks later they were killed and the sponges were removed. One group received 100 mg ascorbic acid by injection 1 h before being killed. The sponges were incubated in a medium containing proline-14C, with or without ascorbic acid 10mM; incorporation into macromolecules and conversion to hydroxyproline were measured. Whereas proline incorporation was unaffected by ascorbate deficiency, labelled hydroxyproline was formed only in those sponges which had received ascorbic acid, either in vivo or in vitro during the incubation. KW - ASCORBIC ACID KW - deficiency KW - hydroxyproline KW - proline KW - guineapigs KW - Cavia KW - Caviidae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - amino acid formation in vitro KW - formation in vitro KW - guinea pigs KW - oxyproline KW - vitamin C KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721402543&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Experimental production of syndrome of obesity, hyperinsulinemia and hyperlipidemia in monkeys. AU - Hamilton, C. L. AU - Kuo, P. T. AU - Feng, L. Y. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1972/// VL - 140 IS - 3 SP - 1005 EP - 1008 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Hamilton, C. L.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721402825. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Monkeys (Macaca mulatta) were classed as obese when their bodyweight exceeded 15 kg. Obesity had occurred spontaneously (SO) when the monkeys reached 12 to 14 years old or was induced by lesions in the hypothalamus (HO). Obese and normal monkeys were given a stock diet to appetite. Two of the SO monkeys developed diabetes. After having no food overnight the monkeys were given 20 ml 50% glucose solution by vein. Blood was sampled before injection and at 5, 10, 20, 40 and 60 min after it. Serum immunoreactive insulin (IRI) and blood glucose were estimated. IRI response was the sum of the IRI increments above normal values in 5 blood samples. SO and HO monkeys maintained normal blood sugar but had reduced IRI responses after the glucose load. The monkeys with diabetes showed no IRI response. After overnight food deprivation free fatty acid in the plasma of SO monkeys was significantly higher than in that of the normal monkeys. Triglycerides and cholesterol in plasma were significantly higher in both obese groups than in the normal monkeys. KW - blood KW - hyperinsulinaemia KW - insulin KW - lipids KW - obesity KW - monkeys KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - disorders KW - fatness KW - hyperinsulinemia KW - hyperlipidaemia KW - lipins KW - Animal Nutrition (General) (LL500) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721402825&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Zinc concentration in human tissues. AU - McBean, L. D. AU - Dove, J. T. AU - Halsted, J. A. AU - Smith, J. C., Jr. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1972/// VL - 25 IS - 7 SP - 672 EP - 676 SN - 0002-9165 AD - McBean, L. D.: Trace Element Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D.C. 20422. N1 - Accession Number: 19721403075. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Zn was estimated in bone, muscle, liver, pancreas and kidney tissue from 20 patients whose deaths were related to pathological conditions. Normal tissues from 7 healthy adults who had died in accidents were studied as controls. Zn in liver and kidney was increased in 2 patients with neoplastic disease. In 3 alcoholic subjects Zn in liver was low. With the exception of Zn in bone, Zn content of tissue from diseased subjects showed greater variation than tissue from normal controls. Tissue Zn content of subjects from the 2 broad categories of disease and nondisease did not show any significant difference. KW - alcoholism KW - tissues KW - tumours KW - zinc KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - disorders KW - tumors KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721403075&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Dissociation of the obesity-hyperinsulinism relationship following dietary restriction and hyperalimentation. AU - Drenick, E. J. AU - Brickman, A. S. AU - Gold, E. M. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1972/// VL - 25 IS - 8 SP - 746 EP - 755 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Drenick, E. J.: Veterans Administration Center (Wadsworth), Los Angeles, Calif. 90073. N1 - Accession Number: 19721403080. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Glucose tolerance and insulin responses after glucose loads were measured in obese men, during phases of high food intake, during normal food intake after a stable reduced weight had been established, and again after a partial weight gain due to overeating. The men were divided into 3 groups who during the base-line period had a normal, an excessive or a subnormal insulin response to a glucose load. The anticipated improvement in glucose tolerance after loss of weight was accompanied by lower insulin responses after glucose in the men who originally had had normal or increased insulin responses. In contrast, in the diabetic men who were originally deficient in insulin values rose in response to glucose after weight loss. Hyperalimentation, after a prolonged period at a stable reduced weight, caused deterioration in glucose disposal in all the men. Furthermore, during this phase excess energy supply may precipitate an increase in stimulated insulin production at a lower weight, when previously with severe obesity a balanced intake had been characterised by normal insulin responses. Excess energy at a lower weight may precipitate a deficiency in insulin production in those who previously, during stable obesity, had had high blood insulin. Excess energy after weight loss in originally insulin-deficient, obese diabetics may result in transient high blood insulin and this may subsequently revert to insulin deficiency. KW - blood KW - BLOOD SUGAR KW - food intake KW - foods KW - glucose KW - insulin KW - intake KW - obesity KW - sugar KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - blood glucose KW - dextrose KW - fatness KW - glucose in blood KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Sugar and Sugar Products (QQ020) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721403080&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Development, aging, and life duration: effects of nutrient restriction. AU - Kahn, A. J. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1972/// VL - 25 IS - 8 SP - 822 EP - 828 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Kahn, A. J.: General Medical and Surgical Research Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141. N1 - Accession Number: 19721403083. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition KW - foods KW - intake KW - longevity KW - restricted feeding KW - relation to longevity KW - restricted food intake KW - Animal Nutrition (General) (LL500) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721403083&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of 1,3-butanediol and propionic acid on blood ketones, lipids and metal ions in rats. AU - Tobin, R. B. AU - Mehlman, M. A. AU - Parker, M. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1972/// VL - 102 IS - 8 SP - 1001 EP - 1008 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Tobin, R. B.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Omaha, Nebr. 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721403304. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 79-09-4. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - The weight gain of rats given butanediol (BD) or propionate was less than that of controls while food efficiency was decreased only in those given propionate or BD with propionate. BD decreased liver glycogen in fed rats and partly preserved glycogen in rats deprived of food. Propionate slightly increased glycogen in the fed state but did not prevent depletion of glycogen in deprivation. Both BD and propionate caused decrease of blood glucose, lactate and pyruvate, and decrease of adipose tissue weight. Propionate and BD with propionate decreased triglycerides in blood and BD with propionate increased fatty acids in blood. Although BD increased acetoacetate and beta -hydroxybutyrate in blood and in urine, propionate decreased blood and urine ketones. Propionate with BD gave blood ketones no different from BD alone and caused even greater ketone excretion in urine than BD alone. Thus propionate does not alleviate ketosis induced by BD as would be expected. The changes which occurred in serum and liver cations and electrolytes are best related to excretion of strong organic acids as salts. The modification of BD effects on metabolism produced by propionate is discussed in relation to known interrelated metabolic pathways. KW - blood KW - electrolytes KW - ketone bodies KW - lipids KW - propionic acid KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,3-butanediol KW - 1,3-butanediol or propionic acid KW - electrolytes, ketones and lipids in blood KW - lipins KW - propanoic acid KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721403304&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Insulin responsiveness in vitro of diaphragm and adipose tissue from weanling rats with hypothalamic obesity. AU - Goldman, J. K. AU - Bernardis, L. L. AU - Frohman, L. A. JO - Hormone and Metabolic Research JF - Hormone and Metabolic Research Y1 - 1972/// VL - 4 IS - 5 SP - 328 EP - 331 SN - 0018-5043 AD - Goldman, J. K.: State Univ. New York, Veterans Administration Hospital, 3495 Bailey Ave., Buffalo, N.Y. 14215, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721403334. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 50-99-7, 9004-10-8. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Weanling rats given a normal diet had their ventromedial hypothalamic nuclei (VHN) destroyed by an electric current; controls had sham operations. After 2 weeks, the uptake of glucose-U-14C by diaphragm and adipose tissue was studied without or with up to 1000 mu -units insulin/ml medium. In diaphragm, glucose oxidation to CO2 and incorporation into glycogen without insulin were similar to control values, and showed a similar limited response on addition of progressive amounts of insulin, except that at 1000 mu -units/ml incorporation into glycogen was less than in control tissue. Incorporation of glucose into total lipid and saponifiable fatty acids was greater without insulin than in controls and responded well to increased insulin. In adipose tissue, more glucose was oxidised to CO2 and there was greater incorporation into total lipid and saponifiable fatty acids without insulin than in controls, and there was good response to increased exogenous insulin. Only glycogen labelling, similar to control values without insulin, was lower in rats with VHN destroyed, though there was increased activity with increasing amounts of insulin. It is suggested that normal blood glucose in these rats persists because of increased glucose output by the liver. KW - adipose tissue KW - glucose KW - hypothalamic lesions KW - in vitro KW - insulin KW - metabolism KW - obesity KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - fatness KW - glucose metabolism by tissues in vitro after obesity KW - glucose uptake by tissues in vitro KW - tissues in vitro KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721403334&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Long term control of food intake in the monkey. AU - Hamilton, C. L. JO - Physiology and Behavior JF - Physiology and Behavior Y1 - 1972/// VL - 9 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 6 AD - Hamilton, C. L.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721403807. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7732-18-5. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - For up to 7 years rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta) were given to appetite a stock diet with a vitamin supplement and usually half an orange daily. Water was always available. Daily food and water intakes showed little variation for the same monkey but large variation between individual monkeys. Some monkeys became heavy from overeating but others which ate relatively little still gained considerable weight. The results are discussed in the context of the lipostatic theory of the control of food intake. KW - foods KW - individuals KW - intake KW - variation KW - water KW - Macaca mulatta KW - monkeys KW - Macaca KW - Cercopithecidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - feed and water intakes KW - individual variations KW - rhesus monkey KW - Animal Nutrition (General) (LL500) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721403807&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Characterization of the natriuresis caused in normal man by immersion in water. AU - Epstein, M. AU - Duncan, D. C. AU - Fishman, L. M. JO - Clinical Science JF - Clinical Science Y1 - 1972/// VL - 43 IS - 2 SP - 275 EP - 287 SN - 0143-5221 AD - Epstein, M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 1201 N.W. 16th Street, Miami, Fla. 33125, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721403831. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-09-7, 7440-23-5, 7732-18-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The effects of 4 to 6 h immersion up to the neck in water on renal excretion of water and electrolytes were studied in 13 normal men in balance on a constant diet containing Na 150 and K 100 m-equiv/day. In this syudy there was an earlier and greater increase in the rate of Na excretion in urine and the total quantity of Na excreted during 6 h immersion was 10-fold greater than found previously in subjects on a diet with 10 m-equiv Na (Journal of Applied Physiology (1971) 31, 368-674). There was also an earlier increase in the rate of K excretion than in the previouus study. It was considered unlikely that the natriuresis of water immersion is mediated solely by decreases in aldosterone activity. Similarities in the physiological effects of immersion in water and weightlessness of space flight are discussed. KW - potassium KW - sodium KW - urine KW - water KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - immersion KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721403831&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Albumin synthesis. AU - Rothschild, M. A. AU - Oratz, M. AU - Schreiber, S. S. JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1972/// VL - 286 IS - 14; 15 SP - 748 EP - 821 SN - 0028-4793 AD - Rothschild, M. A.: Radioisotope Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, 1st Ave. at E. 24th St., New York, N.Y. 10016, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721403843. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - albumins KW - formation KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721403843&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - In vivo and in vitro metabolism in hypothalamic obesity. AU - Goldman, J. K. AU - Schnatz, J. D. AU - Bernardis, L. L. AU - Frohman, L. A. JO - Diabetologia JF - Diabetologia Y1 - 1972/// VL - 8 IS - 3 SP - 160 EP - 164 SN - 0012-186X AD - Goldman, J. K.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 3495 Bailey Ave., Buffalo, N.Y. 14215, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721403876. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: French; German. Registry Number: 50-99-7. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - To study obesity in weanling rats with lesions of the ventromedial hypothalamus electrolytic currents were passed through the ventromedial hypothalamus nuclei of some healthy rats to simulate those lesions. Healthy rats with no lesions were used as controls and the 2 groups were given a normal rat diet or a fat-free diet for 2 weeks after the start of the study. To estimate the uptake of radioactivity into lipid and glycogen of adipose tissue, liver and plasma, glucose-U-14C was given by injection 30 min before the rats were killed. Their diaphragms were incubated with glucose-U-14C and palmitate-1-14C for the estimation of 14CO2 production. Protein in tissues and incorporation of glucose-U-14C into total lipid, saponifiable fatty acid and glycogen were estimated.Glucose was incorporated to a greater extent into total lipid and saponifiable fatty acid of the diaphragm of the treated rats whereas palmitate oxidation and incorporation of radioactivity into phospholipid were reduced. Treated rats on a normal diet showed increased plasma triglyceride content and greater than normal incorporation of radioactivity in plasma adipose tissue lipids, liver and adipose tissue saponifiable fatty acids and adipose tissue glycogen. The treated rats on the fat-free diet showed a higher uptake of radioactivity in the tissues than the control rats but the uptake was not as high as that of rats on the normal diet. Increased plasma lipids were found in treated rats on the normal diet but not in those on the fat-free diet. Increased adipose tissue was found in the treated rats and total glucose utilization was increased in adipose tissue. The overall results indicated that the selective increase of glucose incorporation into saponifiable fatty acids was the major factor of obesity in weanling rats with ventromedial hypothalamus lesions. KW - glucose KW - hypothalamic lesions KW - obesity KW - utilization KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - dextrose KW - fatness KW - glucose utilisation KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Animal Health and Hygiene (General) (LL800) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721403876&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Metabolism of L-methionine-35S in zinc-deficient rats. AU - Hsu, J. M. AU - Woosley, R. L. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1972/// VL - 102 IS - 9 SP - 1181 EP - 1186 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Hsu, J. M.: Biochemistry Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Baltimore, Md. 21218, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721403992. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 63-68-3, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Male Sprague-Dawley rats 21 days old were given a Zn-deficient diet without or with 65 X 10-6 Zn. After 12 to 18 days each rat was given by injection L-methionine-35S or DL-methionine-2-14C, deprived of feed overnight and then killed. Radioactivity was estimated in tissue and excreta. Urinary excretion of 35S was greater in Zn-deprived rats than in the controls; the uptake of 35S in the skin-hair of the former was considerably lower than of the latter. There was no significant difference in the protein radioactivity of liver, kidney, pancreas, testes and muscle between the 2 groups. Zn deficiency drastically reduced the amount of L-methionine-35S and DL-methionine-2-14C incorporated into skin proteins. KW - deficiency KW - metabolism KW - methionine KW - nutrient deficiencies KW - zinc KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - methionine metabolism KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721403992&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Protein synthesis in lung: influence of starvation on amino acid incorporation into protein. AU - Gacad, G. AU - Dickie, K. AU - Massaro, D. JO - Journal of Applied Physiology JF - Journal of Applied Physiology Y1 - 1972/// VL - 33 IS - 3 SP - 381 EP - 384 SN - 8750-7587 AD - Gacad, G.: Pulmonary Division, Veterans Administration-George Washington Univ. Medical Center, Washington, D.C. 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721404051. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - New Zealand albino male rabbits were deprived of food but water was freely available for 48 or 72 h before they were killed, lung slices were prepared and incubated and L-leucine-U-14C was the radioactive substrate. Food deprivation for 48 h reduced incorporation of radioactive leucine into total protein and acid insoluble radioactivity rose in both fed and starved rabbits from 893 and 454 counts/min (cpm).mg protein at 20 min to 1545 and 1014 cpm.mg protein at 40 min, respectively, but there was no increase in acid soluble activity between 20 and 40 min. Starvation for 48 h reduced uptake into protein in a surface-active lung fraction. After 72 h starvation there was a similar decrease in leucine-14C incorporation into total tissue proteins but there was no difference in the free leucine content between lungs of fed or starved rabbits. When tryptophan was given intraperitoneally 45 min before death the ability of the lungs to incorporate amino acids was restored to starved rabbits. Percentage dry weight of lungs was not significantly different in fed and starved rabbits and there was no change in the ratio of whole lung protein to DNA but after 72 h deprivation there was a fall in the amount of protein present in the surface-active fraction and the RNA:DNA ratio was significantly lower. It is concluded that food deprivation decreases protein synthesis in the lungs. KW - formation KW - lungs KW - proteins KW - starvation KW - rabbits KW - Leporidae KW - Lagomorpha KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - protein formation by lungs KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721404051&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Zinc deficiency in guinea pigs. AU - McBean, L. D. AU - Smith, J. C., Jr. AU - Halsted, J. A. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1972/// VL - 140 IS - 4 SP - 1207 EP - 1209 SN - 0037-9727 AD - McBean, L. D.: Trace Element Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, 50 Irving Street, Northwest, Washington, D.C. 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721404176. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - For 20 days a semipurified diet containing Zn 1.2 or 100 mg/kg was given to appetite to 23 male Hartley guineapigs from 4 days old. Both groups had similar daily feed intakes. After 20 days guineapigs on the diet with 100 mg Zn/kg had gained 26 g and those on 1.2 mg/kg 19 g. Zn in plasma and femur of guineapigs on the diet deficient in Zn was less than in those of guineapigs given the diet high in Zn, but Zn content of liver, oesophagus, kidneys, adrenals, pancreas, spleen and testes was similar in both groups. KW - deficiency KW - effects KW - metabolism KW - nutrient deficiencies KW - Nutritional disorders KW - zinc KW - guineapigs KW - Cavia KW - Caviidae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - guinea pigs KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721404176&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of fasting, feeding, and bethanechol chloride on pancreatic micromal protein synthesis in vitro. AU - Morisset, J. A. AU - Black, O., Jr. AU - Webster, P. D. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1972/// VL - 140 IS - 4 SP - 1308 EP - 1314 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Morisset, J. A.: Gastroenterology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Augusta, Ga. 30904, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721404177. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - White Carneau pigeons from 6 to 8 weeks old weighing 500 g were fed freely or were deprived of food but not water for 3 days and 2 mg bethanechol chloride (BC)/kg in saline was injected into a pectoral muscle of some of the deprived pigeons. The pigeons were beheaded, the pancreas was excised, fat and connective tissue were removed; the tissue was chilled, homogenized and centrifuged to obtain microsomal and supernatant fractions. For significant incorporation of phenylalanine-14C into protein, intact microsomes, an ATP generating system and Mg ions were needed and deletion of supernatant caused a 61% fall and deletion of GTP or KCl a 31 or 8% fall in incorporation. Uptake rose rapidly with increases in incubation time of 1 to 3 min but rose only slightly for periods from 5 to 20 min and linear increases in amino acid uptake occurred with increased amounts of microsomal protein, ranging from 3 to 11 mg. Microsomes from deprived pigeons were incubated with supernatant from deprived, deprived BC-treated or fed pigeons and incorporated 1116, 1255 and 1784 counts/min (cpm).mg protein, respectively. Microsomes from pigeons deprived and given BC were incubated with supernatant from deprived, deprived BC-treated or fed pigeons and incorporated 951, 1256 and 1784 cpm.mg protein. Microsomes from fed pigeons were incubated with supernatant from deprived, deprived BC-treated or fed pigeons and incorporated 4128, 4221 and 6824 cpm.mg microsomal protein. Comparison of the results indicated that microsomes from fed pigeons incorporated more amino acids than those from deprived or deprived BC-treated pigeons and that when both microsomes and supernatant were derived from fed birds the highest values of incorporation were reached. Augmentation of amino acid uptake in fed pigeons or in deprived BC-treated birds resulted from changes in factors isolated in supernatant and microsomal fractions. Groups of fed pigeons were given saline or BC and were killed 15, 30 or 60 min later. Microsomes from fed birds were incubated with supernatant from fed or fed BC-treated birds and at 15 and 30 min there was 12 and 19% more incorporation of phenylalanine in the group with BC than in the group without it but at 60 min there was no significant difference. When microsomes from fed BC-treated birds were incubated with supernatant from fed BC-treated and fed birds incorporation at 15 and 30 min was more when the supernatant was from fed BC-treated birds but was similar at 60 min. It is suggested that BC initiated changes in factors isolated in the supernatant fraction which increased L-phenylalaniine-14C incorporation and that those factors were present only in pigeons killed 15 and 30 min after BC was given. KW - formation KW - pancreas KW - poultry KW - protein KW - proteins KW - starvation KW - pigeons KW - Columba KW - Columbidae KW - Columbiformes KW - birds KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - bethanechol chloride or starvation KW - domesticated birds KW - formation in vitro KW - pancreas in vitro KW - protein formation by pancreas in vitro KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721404177&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Small intestinal absorption of D-galactose and water in fasted and alloxan diabetic rats. AU - Levinson, R. A. AU - Englert, E., Jr. JO - Experientia JF - Experientia Y1 - 1972/// VL - 28 IS - 9 SP - 1039 EP - 1040 SN - 0014-4754 AD - Levinson, R. A.: Veterans Administration Central Office, Medical Service 112B, Washington, D.C. 20420, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721404467. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Language of Summary: German. Registry Number: 50-71-5, 59-23-4. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Rats starved for 24 h absorbed more galactose in vivo from segments of jejunum and ileum than did normal rats whereas water absorption was similar. Rats made diabetic with alloxan for 24, 48 and 72 h had absorption values similar to those of starved rats. KW - absorption KW - alloxan KW - diabetes KW - galactose KW - starvation KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - galactose absorption KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19721404467&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Incidence of intestinal parasites in Vietnam veterans. Eosinophilia a guide to diagnosis. AU - Berke, R. AU - Wagshol, L. E. AU - Sullivan, G. JO - American Journal of Gastroenterology JF - American Journal of Gastroenterology Y1 - 1972/// VL - 57 IS - 1 SP - 63 EP - 67 SN - 0002-9270 AD - Berke, R.: Gastroenterology Section, New York Veterans Administration Hospital, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19730803467. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 127-18-4. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - Hookworm eggs were found in the stools of 30 of 55 Vietnam veterans with an eosinophilia of 8% or more and in 15 of 52 with an eosinophilia over 7% ; other intestinal parasites were also present in some cases. Only a single casual stool examination was done and no attempt was made to determine if the hookworms were Ancylostoma duodenale or Necator americanus. Tetrachloroethylene was successfully used in the treatment of 27 of the men. KW - anthelmintics KW - helminths KW - hookworms KW - imported infections KW - parasites KW - tetrachloroethylene KW - USA KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - parasitic worms KW - perchloroethylene KW - tetrachloroethene KW - United States of America KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19730803467&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Schistosoma mansoni: eosinophilia and the development of lymphocyte blastogenesis in response to soluble egg antigen in inbred mice. AU - Colley, D. G. JO - Experimental Parasitology JF - Experimental Parasitology Y1 - 1972/// VL - 32 IS - 3 SP - 520 EP - 526 SN - 0014-4894 AD - Colley, D. G.: Dept. of Microbiology, Vanderbilt Univ. and Veterans Administration Hospital, Nashville, Tennessee 37203, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19730804176. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Helminthology N2 - Mice of 4 inbred strains (A/J, C57BL/6J, CBA/J, BALB/c) were compared as definitive hosts of Schistosoma mansoni. All 4 strains allowed the maturation of adult worms but the percentage recovery of mature worms varied widely according to strain (A/J, 36%, C57BL/6J, 42%; CBA/J, 58%; BALB/c, 78%). The cell-mediated immune response of these mice to a soluble schistosomal egg antigen was determined by in vitro lymphocyte blastogenesis during the course of the infection. All strains exhibited this response by 1.5 to 2 weeks after oviposition, but the reaction was transient and of low degree in BALB/c mice. Peripheral blood eosinophil counts were determined during infection in A/J and CBA/J mice; 3 periods of eosinophiia (of varying intensities) were noted corresponding to initial cercarial penetration, development of adult worms, and production of eggs. [AS]. KW - eosinophilia KW - helminths KW - immunology KW - parasites KW - resistance KW - MICE KW - Schistosoma mansoni KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Schistosoma KW - Schistosomatidae KW - Digenea KW - Trematoda KW - Platyhelminthes KW - invertebrates KW - parasitic worms KW - Strigeida KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19730804176&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Deoxyribonucleic acid base composition of the yeastlike and mycelial phases of Histoplasma capsulatum and Blastomyces dermatitidis. AU - Bawdon, R. E. AU - Garrison, R. G. AU - Fina, L. R. JO - Journal of Bacteriology JF - Journal of Bacteriology Y1 - 1972/// VL - 111 IS - 2 SP - 593 EP - 596 SN - 0021-9193 AD - Bawdon, R. E.: Veterans Administration Hosp., Kansas City, Mo., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731301899. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 18 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - The base composition in moles percent guanine + cytosine (%GC) of nuclear DNA from H. capsulatum and B. dermatitidis were 47.3 and 48.2%, respectively, and the values for supposed mitochondrial DNA were 34 and 34.3%. Thermal denaturation curves indicated a significant mitochondrial DNA contamination in Blastomyces DNA while mitochondrial DNA comprised a smaller fraction of the total DNA from Histoplasma. The close approximation of %GC content of nuclear DNA of the 2 spp. suggests that they may be phylogenetically related primitive members of the Gymnoascaceae [RMVM 6, 1800; 7, 4012]. KW - biochemistry KW - Blastomyces dermatitidis KW - Histoplasma capsulatum KW - Ajellomyces KW - Ajellomycetaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Blastomyces KW - Histoplasma KW - Ajellomyces capsulatus KW - DNA base composition KW - fungus KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731301899&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Antigens of Histoplasma capsulatum. I. Serologic differences between histoplasmins derived from albino and brown filamentous isolates. AU - White, T. G. AU - Garrison, R. G. AU - Clark, J. L. AU - Johns, L. E. JO - Journal of Infectious Diseases JF - Journal of Infectious Diseases Y1 - 1972/// VL - 125 IS - 3 SP - 276 EP - 282 SN - 0022-1899 AD - White, T. G.: Veterans Administration Hosp., 4801 Linwood Boulevard, Kansas City, Missouri 64128. N1 - Accession Number: 19731304062. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Number of References: 13 ref. Subject Subsets: Medical & Veterinary Mycology N2 - It is suggested that diagnostic antigens used at present are most probably derived from the less virulent albino (A) form of H. capsulatum, as this displaces the more virulent, brown (B) form unless separated at the time of isolation. Antigens of histoplasmins prepared from primary isolates of A and B were therefore compared with each other and with antigens from standard HKC-43 histoplasmin, using DEAE-cellulose, gel-column chromatography and agar-precipitin analysis. Preliminary studies of the chromatography profiles did not reveal distinct qualitative or quantitative differences between A- and B-derived histoplasmins, but gel-precipitin analyses verified the presence of an antigen unique to the B-derived histoplasmin. As the B antigen appears also to be str. specific, the results suggest a need to develop specific diagnostic antigens derived from the B as well as the A forms for the serological study of histoplasmosis. KW - immunology KW - Histoplasma capsulatum KW - Ajellomyces KW - Ajellomycetaceae KW - Onygenales KW - Eurotiomycetes KW - Pezizomycotina KW - Ascomycota KW - fungi KW - eukaryotes KW - Histoplasma KW - Ajellomyces capsulatus KW - comparison of antigens from albino and brown isolates KW - fungus KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Humans (VV200) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731304062&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Lung damage in mice following intraperitoneal injection of butylated hydroxytoluene. AU - Marino, A. A. AU - Mitchell, J. T. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1972/// VL - 140 IS - 1 SP - 122 EP - 125 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Marino, A. A.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Syracuse, N.Y. 13210, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731400828. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 128-37-0. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Butylated hydroxytoluene from 0.004 to 2.5 g/kg was given intraperitoneally to 2 strains of mice. Histological examination of the lung tissue showed thickened interalveolar septa, congestion and a general pattern of tissue disorganisation at doses of 0.25 g/kg and above. The effects were apparently reversible and had a threshold in the vicinity of 0.04 g/kg. KW - butylated hydroxytoluene KW - lungs KW - MICE KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - BHT KW - butylated KW - disorders KW - hydroxytoluene KW - production of lung disorders KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Animal Health and Hygiene (General) (LL800) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731400828&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Alaskan Arctic Eskimo: responses to a customary high fat diet. AU - Ho, K. J. AU - Mikkelson, B. AU - Lewis, L. A. AU - Feldman, S. A. AU - Taylor, C. B. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1972/// VL - 25 IS - 8 SP - 737 EP - 745 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Ho, K. J.: Director of Research and Education, Veterans Administration Hospital, Albany, N.Y. 12208. N1 - Accession Number: 19731403079. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - fat KW - fats KW - feeding KW - Alaska KW - USA KW - Pacific States of USA KW - Western States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - eskimoes KW - United States of America KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731403079&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Influence of selenium deficiency on tissue creatine in the rat. AU - Barak, A. J. AU - Beckenhauer, H. C. AU - Blotcky, A. J. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1972/// VL - 6 IS - 3 SP - 121 EP - 124 AD - Barak, A. J.: Medical Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Omaha, Nebr. 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731403532. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 57-00-1, 7782-49-2. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Male weanling Sprague-Dawley rats were pair-fed; one of each pair was given a diet deficient in Se and the other the same diet with 0.4 mg Se/kg added. After 3 months Se in muscle of rats given Se was 0.11 and in liver was 0.67 mu g/g wet weight; Se was not detectable in muscle or liver of rats deprived of Se. Creatinine in liver and muscle was similar in deprived and control rats. KW - creatine KW - deficiency KW - nutrient deficiencies KW - selenium KW - tissues KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - creatine in tissues KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731403532&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Lipid and cholesterol metabolism in Alaskan Arctic Eskimos. AU - Feldman, S. A. AU - Ho, K. J. AU - Lewis, L. A. AU - Mikkelson, B. AU - Taylor, C. B. JO - Archives of Pathology JF - Archives of Pathology Y1 - 1972/// VL - 94 IS - 1 SP - 42 EP - 58 AD - Feldman, S. A.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 113 Holland Ave., Albany, N.Y. 12208, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731403864. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 57-88-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - The mean serum cholesterol concentration of 168 Eskimos at Point Hope, Alaska, was 221 mg/100 ml. Their low serum triglycerides, 69 mg/100 ml, low very low-density lipoproteins, less than 35 mg/100 ml, and high free fatty acids, 34 mg/100 ml, were commensurate with their high-fat, low-carbohydrate intake. Eight adult subjects got by vein a single dose of cholesterol-4-14C. Compartmental analysis of subsequent disappearance curve of serum cholesterol specific activity showed the existence of 2 pools with sizes 25 and 43 g and turnover times of 5.4 and 65.1 days. The amount of cholesterol absorbed was directly proportional to the amount present in the diet, with 50% absorption efficiency resulting in a maximal 36% suppression of endogenous cholesterol synthesis, elevation of serum cholesterol, expansion of the rapidly exchangeable pool and a greater turnover rate. KW - cholesterol KW - lipids KW - metabolism KW - Alaska KW - USA KW - Pacific States of USA KW - Western States of USA KW - USA KW - APEC countries KW - Developed Countries KW - North America KW - America KW - OECD Countries KW - cholesterol and lipid metabolisms KW - eskimoes KW - lipins KW - United States of America KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731403864&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Radioactive vitamin B12 absorption studies: population distribution of plasma B12 absorption and serum B12. AU - Shafer, R. B. AU - Swaim, W. R. AU - Ripley, D. AU - Doscherholmen, A. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1972/// VL - 141 IS - 1 SP - 249 EP - 252 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Shafer, R. B.: Nuclear Medicine Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731405254. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Vitamin B-12 was estimated with Euglena gracilis,and absorption was measured with the labelled vitamin in 1169 unselected male patients 25 to 82 years had a gaussian distribution a log-normal distribution, whereas plasma absorption had a gaussian distribution with slight skewing which would be anticipated because of the impossibility of negative values. KW - absorption KW - cyanocobalamin KW - vitamin B12 KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cobalamin KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731405254&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The acute renal tubular effects of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol. AU - Puschett, J. B. AU - Fernandez, P. C. AU - Boyle, I. T. AU - Gray, R. W. AU - Omdahl, J. L. AU - DeLuca, H. F. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1972/// VL - 141 IS - 1 SP - 379 EP - 384 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Puschett, J. B.: Univ. Pennsylvania Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Philadelphia, Pa. 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731405258. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 32222-06-3. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Thyroids and parathyroids were removed from dogs which were given thyroid replacement therapy. Mild to moderate phosphaturia was induced by infusion of physiological saline solution containing calcium gluconate and infusion rate was adjusted to steady state against urine flow. Some dogs were then given 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (1,25-DHCC) 0.625 mu g by vein. The vitamin derivative induced mean declines of 40, 32 and 26%, respectively, in fractional excretion rates of phosphate, Ca and Na and corresponding depressions of 36, 26 and 20% in absolute excretion rates. Renal haemodynamic changes and alterations in serum ultrafilterable Ca and phosphate did not occur, so the effect of 1,25-DHCC was directly on the renal tubule. Comparison with earlier work suggested that the effect of 1,25-DHCC on fractional phosphate excretion was less than that of an equivalent dose of 25-HCC but it began more rapidly than the effect of 25-HCC or of cholecalciferol. It was concluded that 1,25-DHCC is probably not the metabolite of vitamin D active in the tubules. KW - CALCITRIOL KW - kidneys KW - RENAL FUNCTION KW - DOGS KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol KW - 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D KW - function KW - kidney function KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731405258&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Tissue copper and lead content in ischemic heart disease. AU - Morgan, J. M. JO - Archives of Environmental Health JF - Archives of Environmental Health Y1 - 1972/// VL - 25 IS - 1 SP - 26 EP - 28 SN - 0003-9896 AD - Morgan, J. M.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 700 S 19th Street, Birmingham, Ala. 35233, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731405311. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-50-8, 7439-92-1. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Pb and Cu were estimated in liver and kidney tissues obtained post mortem from 46 patients with and 55 without ischaemic heart disease. There was a significant increase in Cu in liver of white patients with ischaemic heart disease not associated with diabetes or hypertension. There was no association between mean Pb in kidneys and ischaemic heart disease. KW - copper KW - heart KW - ischaemia KW - kidneys KW - lead KW - liver KW - MYOCARDIAL ISCHAEMIA KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - copper and lead in kidneys and liver KW - disorders KW - ischaemic heart disease KW - ischemia KW - myocardial ischemia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731405311&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Alcohol polydipsia in the rat as a function of caloric need. AU - Freed, E. X. JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol Y1 - 1972/// VL - 33 IS - 2A SP - 504 EP - 507 AD - Freed, E. X.: Alcohol Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Lyons, N.J., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731405316. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Twelve Charles River rats weighing initially from 349 to 378 g were restricted in feeding to reduce them to 80% of what they weighed on free intake. During the experiment half the rats had water and half had a 5.6% (w/v) alcohol solution to drink. For 10 days they were given food pellets containing 100% of the nutritive value. Then for 5 days each they were given pellets in which 25, 50, 75 and 100% of the nutrient material had been replaced by cellulose. All the pellets were sweetened with saccharin. Mean intake of fluid for each session for rats given alcohol was 5.00, 5.15, 5.08, 4.31 and 2.15 ml/100 g bodyweight, respectively; corresponding values with water were 5.73, 5.20, 4.80, 3.13 and 0.63 ml/100 g bodyweight. When the rats were returned to the original pellets with 100% nutritive material for the last 4 days of the experiment fluid intake of both groups rose to values not significantly different from their respective initial drinking values. KW - alcohols KW - energy KW - intake KW - requirements KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - relation to alcohol intake KW - relation to energy requirement KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731405316&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of diet on self-starvation in the rat. AU - Barboriak, J. J. AU - Wilson, A. S. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1972/// VL - 102 IS - 11 SP - 1543 EP - 1546 SN - 0022-3166 AD - Barboriak, J. J.: Research and Psychology Services, Wood Veterans Administration Center, Milwaukee, Wis. 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731405365. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Male rats in cages with activity wheels and given a stock diet for 1 h/day increased their running activity without a proportionate rise in food intake, and most of them died within 1 week. Rats on a high-fat diet under similar conditions had a greater energy intake and ran less; most of them survived the 1-week experimental period. There were similar differences in running activity and survival when the rats given the high-fat diet were pair-fed with the rats given stock diet. The results suggest that the high-fat diet protected the rats against the self-starvation effect by reducing their running activity. KW - exercise KW - fats KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - activity wheel KW - prevention by high-fat feed KW - prevention of self-starvation during exercise KW - production of self-starvation KW - Animal Nutrition (General) (LL500) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731405365&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cobalt-beer cardiomyopathy. A clinical and pathologic study of twenty-eight cases. AU - Alexander, C. S. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1972/// VL - 53 IS - 4 SP - 395 EP - 417 SN - 0002-9343 AD - Alexander, C. S.: Cardiovascular Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, 54th Street and 48th Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minn. 55417. N1 - Accession Number: 19731406525. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-48-4. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Severe cardiomyopathy, a result of drinking beer to which Co had been added, is described in 28 patients in Minneapolis. The toxicology and nutritional role of Co and the effect of thiamin deficiency on Co toxicity are reviewed. There are 105 references. KW - beers KW - beverages KW - cobalt KW - heart KW - MUSCULAR DISEASES KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - cobalt additive KW - cobalt in beer KW - disorders KW - drinks KW - myopathy KW - production of cardiomyopathy KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731406525&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Influence of acute tissue injury on zinc metabolism in man. AU - Lindeman, R. D. AU - Bottomley, R. G. AU - Cornelison, R. L., Jr. AU - Jacobs, L. A. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1972/// VL - 79 IS - 3 SP - 452 EP - 460 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Lindeman, R. D.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 921 N.E. 13th St., Oklahoma City, Okla. 73104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731407185. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - The effect of acute tissue injury on Zn in plasma and in urine was studied in 10 surgical patients, 10 patients with acute myocardial infarction and 8 patients with acute suppurative infections. The mean plasma Zn and standard error of the mean for 204 normal men was 96 plus or minus 1.2 mu g/100 ml. Plasma Zn in surgical patients fell from 77 plus or minus 4.7 mu g/100 ml before operation to a low of 53 plus or minus 2.0 mu g/100 ml 24 h after operation. Thereafter plasma Zn rose steadily to 80 plus or minus 5.5 mu g/100 ml on the 4th day after operation. Mean plasma Zn in the acute myocardial infarction patients fell to a low of 58 plus or minus 3.8 mu g/100 ml on the 2nd day after infarction. Falls in plasma Zn were found in 2 patients with initial samples obtained within 2 h after onset of symptoms. Mean plasma Zn in patients with acute infections was 65 plus or minus 8.1 mu g/100 ml at the peak of the infection and 89 plus or minus 7.0 after recovery. Zn in urine varied widely; it was possible to demonstrate significant increases only in the patients after operation. The studies indicate that an acute fall in plasma Zn occurs after acute tissue injury of any origin and an effective homeostatic mechanism operates to return plasma Zn to a narrow, normal range. KW - blood KW - cardiovascular disorders KW - heart KW - infections KW - myocardial infarction KW - surgery KW - surgical operations KW - zinc KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - disorders KW - heart attack KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731407185&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Intestinal absorption using vibration-obtained individual small bowel epithelial cells of the rat: folate absorption. AU - Momtazi, S. AU - Herbert, V. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1973/// VL - 26 IS - 1 SP - 23 EP - 29 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Momtazi, S.: Veterans Administration Hospital, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, N.Y. 10468. N1 - Accession Number: 19731407711. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 59-30-3. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Rats deprived of food for 24 h were killed and the upper or lower half of the small intestine was washed in saline and everted over a glass spiral which was agitated for 8 min at 60 Hz and amplitude 1 mm; the cells were isolated by centrifuging the suspension thus obtained. Samples of about 1 million cells were incubated with potassium folate labelled with 3H (3HPGA). Uptake of 3HPGA was lowest at pH 6.6 to 6.8 and greatest at pH 4 to 5 and 7.1 to 7.6. Uptake was increased by glucose in cells from the upper half of the intestine only and was severalfold greater by cells of the upper half even without glucose. Diphenylhydantoin inhibited uptake, especially in presence of glucose. At pH 6.1 the percentage uptake of 3HPGA was constant over final 3HPGA concentrations in the medium ranging from 280 to 15 000 pg/ml. The potential value of cell suspensions obtained by vibration for studies of absorption is discussed. KW - folic acid KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - absorption in vitro KW - folacin KW - folate KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731407711&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Inhibition of mineralization by hydrolysates of phytic acid. AU - Thomas, W. C., Jr. AU - Tilden, M. T. JO - Johns Hopkins Medical Journal JF - Johns Hopkins Medical Journal Y1 - 1972/// VL - 131 IS - 2 SP - 133 EP - 142 AD - Thomas, W. C., Jr.: Medical Service (III), Veterans Administration Hospital, Gainesville, Fla. 32061, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731407769. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 83-86-3. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - The mineralisation of bovine collagen slices and tibial slices from rachitic rats deprived of phosphate was inhibited by partly hyrolysed preparations of phytic acid (inositol hexaphosphoric acid). The inhibitory potency of the preparations was estimated by the degree of hydrolysis; neither less than 25% nor more than 55% hydrolysed phytic acid prevented mineralisation. Of individual phosphorylated inositols obtained after partial hyrolysis of phytic acid only di- and tri-phosphorylated inositol (IP2 and IP3) were effective inhibitors of mineralisation. Small concentrations of IP2 and IP3 also inhibited the formation of hydroxyapatite crystals from metastable solutions, accounting for the prevention of tissue mineralisation by these inositols. The action of IP3 and also of inorganic pyrophosphate in preventing mineralisation in vitro was increased by the presence of small amounts of citrate or isocitrate. KW - collagen KW - hydrolysates KW - metabolism KW - minerals KW - phytic acid KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - collagen in vitro KW - inhibition by hydrolised phytic acid KW - inhibition by hydrolysed phytic acid KW - inhibition of collagen mineralisation in vitro KW - inositol hexaphosphate KW - mineralisation in vitro KW - phytate KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731407769&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Late transport of vitamin B12 by transcobalamin II. AU - Benson, R. E. AU - Rappazzo, M. E. AU - Hall, C. A. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1972/// VL - 80 IS - 4 SP - 488 EP - 495 SN - 0022-2143 AD - Benson, R. E.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Albany, N.Y. 13202, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731407793. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 68-19-9. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - Transcobalamin II (TC II) is a specific vitamin B-12 carrier protein which has been believed to transport the vitamin for a short time after it is absorbed, long term transport being the function of other carrier proteins. Separation of serum samples and microbiological assay of the fractions showed that about 30% of the total serum vitamin was in the TC II fraction. Deprivation of dietary vitamin B-12 for a week or a month in two normal subjects did not affect the amount of vitamin in the TC II fraction. Patients who had undergone total gastrectomy and were dependent on parenteral vitamin had significant amounts in the TC II fraction. The results suggest that TC II is not a short term transporter but carries the vitamin after the postabsorptive stage. KW - blood KW - cyanocobalamin KW - vitamin B12 KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - binding substances KW - cobalamin KW - postabsorptive transport KW - transcobalamin II KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731407793&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - The urinary excretion of citric, hippuric, and lactic acid in normal adults and in patients with calcium oxalate urinary calculus disease. AU - Elliot, J. S. AU - Ribeiro, M. E. JO - Investigative Urology JF - Investigative Urology Y1 - 1972/// VL - 10 IS - 1 SP - 102 EP - 106 AD - Elliot, J. S.: Urology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, Calif., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731407956. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 77-92-9, 495-69-2, 50-21-5. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Collections of 24-h urine were made from 47 men and women with normal urine and without urological disorders and from 44 patients with calcium oxalate stone. Citric acid in the urine of normal women was 706, of normal men 528 and of patients with calculus 440 mg/24 h. Corresponding values for hippuric acid were 4.582, 4.998 and 4.547 g/24 h and for lactic acid 46.19, 45.83 and 43.58 mg/24 h. The concentrations of citric acid and hippuric acid were significantly less in the urine of patients with calculus than in that of the normal group. KW - citric acid KW - concretions KW - hippuric acid KW - lactic acid KW - urinary calculi KW - urinary system KW - urine KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - citric, hippuric and lactic acids in urine KW - lactate KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731407956&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Gastric lesions in food-restricted young rats. AU - Barboriak, J. J. AU - Knoblock, H. W., Jr. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1972/// VL - 141 IS - 3 SP - 830 EP - 832 SN - 0037-9727 AD - Barboriak, J. J.: Research Service, Veterans Administration Center, Wood (Milwaukee), Wis. 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731407974. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - Sprague-Dawley rats weighing initially 110 to 120 g were housed in activity wheels or standard cages. Food intake was restricted to 1 h/day. All the rats in activity wheels died during the first 4 days of the experiment. Those in the cages were killed on day 5 of the experiment. Mean daily feed intake of rats in the wheels was 3.3 plus or minus 0.2 g and of those in cages 4.1 plus or minus 0.2 g. All those in the wheels had gastric lesions and fresh or digested blood in the intestinal tract. The rats in cages also developed gastric lesions but these were less extensive than those in the rats in activity wheels and were limited to pin-point ulcers. In a second experiment 24 rats weighing from 96 to 110 g were given a stock diet to appetite or restricted to 1 or 2 h/day. All were kept in standard cages and the survivors were killed after 5 days. The rats which fed for 1 h/day lost about 25% of initial weight and only 3 were alive on day 5; all had extensive gastric ulceration. All those fed for 2 h/day survived and lost less than 5% of initial weight; 1 rat developed multiple confluent gastric ulcers, another had a few lesions but the remaining 6 had no gastrointestinal change. Rats given food to appetite had no lesion. KW - digestive tract KW - Starvation KW - stomach ulcers KW - underfeeding KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - digestive tract disorders KW - disorder KW - gastric ulcer KW - gastric ulcers KW - gastrointestinal tract KW - stomach ulcer KW - Animal Nutrition (General) (LL500) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731407974&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Zinc metabolism in the rat. 1. Intestinal absorption of zinc. AU - Methfessel, A. H. AU - Spencer, H. JO - Journal of Applied Physiology JF - Journal of Applied Physiology Y1 - 1973/// VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 58 EP - 62 SN - 8750-7587 AD - Methfessel, A. H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731409195. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - 1. Male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing from 350 to 400 g on a stock diet which contained 40 mg Zn/kg were given a single dose of 1 mu Ci 65ZnCl2. Groups of 6 rats were killed at 15 and 30 min and at 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 24 and 48 h after 65Zn was given. The gastrointestinal tract was removed and divided into its separate parts. In a second experiment ligated intestinal sacs were formed from different parts of the gastrointestinal tract of groups of 10 rats and 65Zn was instilled directly into the lumen of the sacs. The rats were killed at intervals from 10 min to 2 h after the 65Zn was given. In the first experiment intestinal absorption of 65Zn was relatively rapid and attained a maximum of 25% of the dose within 30 min after 65Zn was given. This absorption value was maintained during the next 7.5 h but then fell. At 24 and 48 h the absorption was about 17% of the dose. Rates of absorption were similar when 65Zn was instilled into ligated sacs formed from the duodenum and was 9.2% of the dose within 15 min, 23.1% in 23 min and 32.1% at 2 h. Absorption from the duodenum was significantly greater than from any other part of the gastrointestinal tract. KW - absorption KW - zinc KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731409195&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Zinc metabolism in the rat. 2. Secretion of zinc into intestine. AU - Methfessel, A. H. AU - Spencer, H. JO - Journal of Applied Physiology JF - Journal of Applied Physiology Y1 - 1973/// VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 63 EP - 67 SN - 8750-7587 AD - Methfessel, A. H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731409196. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition N2 - 2. Sprague-Dawley rats weighing from 400 to 500 g on a stock diet which contained 40 mg Zn/kg were given a single injection of 1 mu Ci 65ZnCl2 by vein. The rats were killed at intervals from 10 min to 24 h after the injection; the gastrointestinal tract was removed and was divided into its separate sections. In a second experiment the gastrointestinal tract of rats was ligated to form 6 segments before 1 mu Ci 65Zn was given by injection. The rats were killed at 1 and 3 h after the injection was given. About 10% of the injected 65Zn was secreted into the gastrointestinal tract within 30 min after the injection. Secretion rose to a maximum of 15.4% at 3 to 4 h and then fell to 12% at 24 h. Although 65Zn was detected in all segments of the gastrointestinal tract, the principal site of 65Zn secretion was the small intestine. The injected 65Zn was secreted rather uniformly and rapidly throughout the length of the small intestine and may represent 80% or more of the total intestinal secretion of 65Zn within 2 h after the injection. The tissue uptake of injected 65Zn was in decreasing order of 65Zn in concentration pancreas, liver, spleen, femur and muscle. KW - metabolism KW - zinc KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731409196&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nutrition and aging in technically underdeveloped societies. AU - Watkin, D. M. JO - World Review of Nutrition and Dietetics JF - World Review of Nutrition and Dietetics Y1 - 1973/// VL - 16 SP - 46 EP - 58 AD - Watkin, D. M.: Spinal Cord Injury Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, 1400 Veterans of Foreign Wars Parkway, West Roxbury, MA 02132, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731409249. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition KW - aging KW - nutrition KW - DEVELOPING COUNTRIES KW - countries KW - ageing KW - role in ageing KW - Third World KW - Underdeveloped Countries KW - Diet Studies (VV110) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731409249&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hypertriglyceridemia in chronic nonnephrotic renal failure. AU - Gutman, R. A. AU - Uy, A. AU - Shalhoub, R. J. AU - Wade, A. D. AU - O'Connell, J. M. B. AU - Recant, L. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1973/// VL - 26 IS - 2 SP - 165 EP - 172 SN - 0002-9165 AD - Gutman, R. A.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D.C. N1 - Accession Number: 19731409354. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Human Nutrition N2 - Plasma triglyceride values were high in 11 of 14 undialysed patients and 17 of 25 haemodialysed uraemic patients with chronic non-nephrotic renal failure. Plasma postheparin lipolytic activity was strikingly reduced in 21 of 22 patients with chronic renal failure. After haemodialysis, triglycerides fell to normal simultaneously with a significant increase in postheparin lipolytic activity. Both returned to predialysis values 12 to 36 h after haemodialysis. A standard dose of heparin by vein produced no significant change in triglycerides in 2 patients with chronic renal failure but a fall of 60% in 2 normal subjects; in 2 such patients 40 mg heparin reduced triglycerides by 50% and significantly increased postheparin lipolytic activity. There was no evidence for inhibitors of lipolytic activity in 5 patients tested. In is concluded that in chronic renal failure there is a quantitatively subnormal response of lipolytic activity to heparin and that abnormal triglyceride clearance mechanisms may play a major role in the hypertriglyceridaemia of that disorder. In addition, sufficient energy intake and a good nutritional status resulting in adequate triglyceride synthesis seem to be necessary for the hypertriglyceridaemia to be evident. Of the patients who had normal triglyceride values, 75% were undernourished. Whatever the basic mechanisms involved in the abnormalities reported here, chronic renal insufficiency is a primary component, as in one patient with a successful 7-year kidney transplant, restoration of renal function was accompanied by normal postheparin lipolytic activity and triglyceride values. KW - blood KW - hypertriglyceridaemia KW - renal failure KW - TRIACYLGLYCEROLS KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - hypertriglyceridemia KW - kidney failure KW - triglycerides KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731409354&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Effect of dietary changes on the rates of synthesis and degradation of rat liver fatty acid synthetase. AU - Craig, M. C. AU - Nepokroeff, C. M. AU - Lakshmanan, M. R. AU - Porter, J. W. T2 - Current trends in the biochemistry of lipids. JO - Current trends in the biochemistry of lipids. JF - Current trends in the biochemistry of lipids. Y1 - 1972/// SP - 303 EP - 317 CY - London, Academic Press.; UK AD - Craig, M. C.: Lipid Metabolism Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Madison, Wis., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731409725. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition KW - fatty acids KW - feeds KW - formation KW - LIGASES KW - liver KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - feeding stuffs KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731409725&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - GEN T1 - Urinary calculi in germfree rats: alleviated by varying the dietary minerals. AU - Smith, J. C., Jr. AU - McDaniel, E. G. AU - Doft, F. S. T2 - Germfree research. Biological effect of gnotobiotic environments. JO - Germfree research. Biological effect of gnotobiotic environments. JF - Germfree research. Biological effect of gnotobiotic environments. Y1 - 1973/// SP - 285 EP - 290 CY - New York, N.Y., Academic Press Inc.; USA AD - Smith, J. C., Jr.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D.C. 20422. N1 - Accession Number: 19731410733. Publication Type: Miscellaneous. Language: English. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition KW - concretions KW - diet KW - germfree state KW - intake KW - minerals KW - treatment KW - urinary calculi KW - urinary system KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - germ free state KW - minerals in feed KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (General) (LL500) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731410733&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Zinc: a trace element essential in vitamin A metabolism. AU - Smith, J. C., Jr. AU - McDaniel, E. G. AU - Fan, F. F. AU - Halsted, J. A. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1973/// VL - 181 IS - 4103 SP - 954 EP - 955 AD - Smith, J. C., Jr.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D.C. 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19731414276. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 68-26-8, 7440-66-6. Subject Subsets: Animal Nutrition; Human Nutrition; Veterinary Science N2 - Two groups each of 15 weanling rats were given diets of equal vitamin A content with either 4 or 20 mu gZn/g. After 104 days vitamin A values in liver of both groups were similar but in plasma vitamin A was significantly lower in rats deprived of Zn. Germfree rats were deprived of both Zn and vitamin A for 28 days during which vitamin A in liver fell from 1.65 plus or minus 0.32 to 0.86 plus or minus 0.08 mu g/g (wet) and in plasma from 21 plus or minus 2.3 to 5.5 plus or minus 0.3 mu g/100 ml. The rats showed signs of vitamin A deficiency. They were then divided into 2 groups each of 8, one given retinyl acetate by mouth, 80 mu g three times/week, the other retinyl acetate with zinc glycinate intraperitoneally to supply 200 mu g Zn three times/week. After 14 days, plasma, liver and dietary vitamin A were estimated fluorimetrically; liver vitamin A was significantly higher, 52 plus or minus 9.5 mg/g, in the group given vitamin A without Zn compared with 9.0 plus or minus 3.7 mg/g for the group given vitamin A and Zn, but plasma vitamin A was lower, 15.0 plus or minus 1.50 mu g/100 ml, in the group given vitamin A without Zn, compared with 33.0 plus or minus 2.40 mu g/100 ml for the group given vitamin A and Zn, suggesting that, without sufficient dietary Zn, vitamin A had accumulated in liver and was not mobilised sufficiently to maintain normal concentrations in plasma.The observations were confirmed in studies on 12 weanling germfree rats given the diet deficient in both vitamin A and Zn for 56 days during 28 of which no supplement was given. From days 28 to 42 supplementary vitamin A only was given by mouth and liver vitamin A accumulated to 35 plus or minus 0.75 mu g/g but plasma vitamin A was low, 17 plus or minus 0.58 mu g/100 ml. The vitamin A supplement was then discontinued but supplementary Zn was begun and continued from days 42 to 56 when liver vitamin A had decreased significantly to 3.16 plus or minus 0.12 mu g/g, whereas plasma vitamin A had increased concomitantly to 35 plus or minus 1.5 mu g/100 ml. KW - metabolism KW - RETINOL KW - zinc KW - RATS KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - axerophthol KW - role in vitamin A metabolism KW - vitamin A KW - vitamin A alcohol KW - vitamin A1 KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Animal Nutrition (Physiology) (LL510) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lhh&AN=19731414276&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lhh ER - TY - JOUR AU - LIBBIN, RICHARD M. AU - PERSON, PHILIP T1 - Neonatal Rat Surgery: Avoiding Maternal Cannibalism. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1979/10/05/ VL - 206 IS - 4414 M3 - Article SP - 66 EP - 66 SN - 00368075 AB - A simple program of handling and care of pregnant rats before delivery makes it possible to carry out surgical procedures on newborn pups without resultant cannibalism or rejection of the operated animnals by their mothers. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85195916; LIBBIN, RICHARD M. 1; PERSON, PHILIP 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brooklyn, New York 11209; Issue Info: 10/ 5/1979, Vol. 206 Issue 4414, p66; Number of Pages: 3/4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85195916&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - ANANDA RAO, G. AU - SILER, K. AU - LARKIN, E. C. T1 - Palinitoleic Acid in Erythrocytes from Carriers of Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1978/06/23/ VL - 200 IS - 4348 M3 - Article SP - 1416 EP - 1416 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 87460218; ANANDA RAO, G. 1; SILER, K. 1; LARKIN, E. C. 1; Affiliations: 1: Hematology Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Martinez, California 94553; Issue Info: 6/23/1978, Vol. 200 Issue 4348, p1416; Number of Pages: 2/3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87460218&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - SMITH, MARION E. T1 - Antagonisms and Controversies. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1977/04/15/ VL - 196 IS - 4287 M3 - Article SP - 258 EP - 258 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85199135; SMITH, MARION E. 1; Affiliations: 1: Neurological Unit, Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California 94304; Issue Info: 4/15/1977, Vol. 196 Issue 4287, p258; Number of Pages: 1/9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85199135&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - OLDENDORF, WILLIAM T1 - Permeability Mechanisms. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1976/10/29/ VL - 194 IS - 4264 M3 - Article SP - 518 EP - 518 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 87436998; OLDENDORF, WILLIAM 1; Affiliations: 1: Brentwood Veterans Administration Hospital and Departments of Neurology and Psychiatry, School of Medicine, University of California, Los Angeles; Issue Info: 10/29/1976, Vol. 194 Issue 4264, p518; Number of Pages: 1/2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87436998&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - SEIBERT, FLORENCE B. T1 - Immunity in Cancer. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1975/11/21/ VL - 190 IS - 4216 M3 - Article SP - 809 EP - 809 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 88002862; SEIBERT, FLORENCE B. 1; Affiliations: 1: Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Center, Bay Pines, Florida 33504; Issue Info: 11/21/1975, Vol. 190 Issue 4216, p809; Number of Pages: 1/3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=88002862&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - FUDGE, JACK W. AU - PENK, WALTER E. T1 - Methadone Treatment and Drug Experimentation. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1973/08/24/ VL - 181 IS - 4101 M3 - Article SP - 702 EP - 702 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85363078; FUDGE, JACK W. 1; PENK, WALTER E. 2; Affiliations: 1: Drug Dependence Treatment Center, Veterans Administration Hospital, Dallas, Texas 75216; 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Dallas; Issue Info: 8/24/1973, Vol. 181 Issue 4101, p702; Number of Pages: 1/3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85363078&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - FEINBERG, IRWIN T1 - Ontogeny of Sleep Patterns. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1973/04/13/ VL - 180 IS - 4082 M3 - Article SP - 178 EP - 178 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85178596; FEINBERG, IRWIN 1; Affiliations: 1: Psychiatry Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, and University of California, San Francisco; Issue Info: 4/13/1973, Vol. 180 Issue 4082, p178; Number of Pages: 4/5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85178596&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - FEINMAN, LAWRENCE AU - LIEBER, CHARLES S. T1 - Hepatic Collagen Metabolism: Effect of Alcohol Consumption in Rats and Baboons. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1972/05/19/ VL - 176 IS - 4036 M3 - Article SP - 795 EP - 795 SN - 00368075 AB - Long-term ethanol feeding causes collagen accumulation in livers of rats and baboons. Activity of collagen proline hydroxylase in the liver is also stimulated, and incorporation of proline into collagen hydroxyproline in rat liver slices is significantly enhanced, a result indicating that increased synthesis is responsible, in part, for the collagen accumulation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 85160283; FEINMAN, LAWRENCE 1; LIEBER, CHARLES S. 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine, Mount Sinai School of Medicine, City University of New York, and Section of Liver Disease and Nutrition, Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, New York 10468; Issue Info: 5/19/1972, Vol. 176 Issue 4036, p795; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85160283&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - POWELL, ROBIN D. T1 - Antimalaral Agents. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1972/01/28/ VL - 175 IS - 4020 M3 - Article SP - 404 EP - 404 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85116681; POWELL, ROBIN D. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Department of Internal Medicine, College of Medicine, University of Iowa; 2: Veterans Administration Hospital, Iowa City; Issue Info: 1/28/1972, Vol. 175 Issue 4020, p404; Number of Pages: 2/3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85116681&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - TREHUB, ARNOLD T1 - Differential Attack Frequency during Hypothalamic Stimulation. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1971/09/10/ VL - 173 IS - 4001 M3 - Article SP - 1041 EP - 1041 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 87615560; TREHUB, ARNOLD 1; Affiliations: 1: Psychology Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Northampton, Massachusetts 01060; Issue Info: 9/10/1971, Vol. 173 Issue 4001, p1041; Number of Pages: 1/2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87615560&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - BOUHUYS, AREND AU - JUSTESEN, DON R. T1 - Allergic and Classically Conditioned Asthma in Guinea Pigs. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1971/07/02/ VL - 173 IS - 3991 M3 - Article SP - 82 EP - 82 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85159765; BOUHUYS, AREND 1; JUSTESEN, DON R. 2; Affiliations: 1: John B. Pierce Foundation, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06519; 2: Neuropsychology Laboratories, Veterans Administration Hospital, Kansas City, Missouri 64128; Issue Info: 7/ 2/1971, Vol. 173 Issue 3991, p82; Number of Pages: 2/3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85159765&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Schwartz, Robert S. AU - Brunzell, John D. T1 - Adipose tissue lipoprotein lipase and weight loss. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1984/04// VL - 39 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 641 EP - 641 SN - 00029165 N1 - Accession Number: 95598730; Schwartz, Robert S. 1; Brunzell, John D. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration, Medical Center, 1660 Columbus Way S, Seattle, WA 98108; Issue Info: Apr1984, Vol. 39 Issue 4, p641; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=95598730&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mahmud, Khalid AU - Kaplan, Manuel E. AU - Ripley, Donna AU - Swaim, William R. AU - Doscherholmen, Alfred T1 - Reply to Dr. Hall. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1974/09//9/ 1/1974 VL - 27 IS - 9 M3 - Letter to the Editor SP - 900 EP - 900 SN - 00029165 AB - A response from the authors of the article "Importance of Red Cell B12 and Folate Levels after Partial Gastrectomy" in the January 1974 issue is presented. KW - Erythrocytes KW - Vitamin B12 KW - Gastrectomy N1 - Accession Number: 85491409; Mahmud, Khalid 1; Kaplan, Manuel E. 1; Ripley, Donna 1; Swaim, William R. 1; Doscherholmen, Alfred 1; Affiliations: 1: Department of Medicine, Department of Laboratory Medicine Veterans Administration Hospital Minneapolis, Minnesota 55417 University of Minnesota Minneapolis, Minnesota 55455; Issue Info: 9/ 1/1974, Vol. 27 Issue 9, p900; Subject Term: Erythrocytes; Subject Term: Vitamin B12; Subject Term: Gastrectomy; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Letter to the Editor UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85491409&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - YALOW, ROSALYN S. T1 - Potassium Iodide: Effectiveness After Nuclear Accidents. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1982/11/19/ VL - 218 IS - 4574 M3 - Article SP - 742 EP - 742 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 84712236; YALOW, ROSALYN S. 1; Affiliations: 1: Solomon A. Berson Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, New York 10468, and Department-of Clinical Sciences, Montefiore Hospital and Medical Center, Bronx 10467; Issue Info: 11/19/1982, Vol. 218 Issue 4574, p742; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=84712236&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - YALOW, ROSALYN S. T1 - Potassium Iodide Distribution. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1982/07/23/ VL - 217 IS - 4557 M3 - Article SP - 295 EP - 295 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 84711995; YALOW, ROSALYN S. 1; Affiliations: 1: Solomon A. Berson Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, New York 10468 and Department of Clinical Sciences, Montefiore Hospital and Medical Center, Bronx, 10467; Issue Info: 7/23/1982, Vol. 217 Issue 4557, p295; Number of Pages: 1/2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=84711995&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - ETTENBERG, AARON AU - ROGERS, JOSEPH AU - KOOB, GEORGE F. AU - BLOOM, FLOYD E. AU - DEUTSCH, J. ANTHONY AU - GAMBERT, STEVEN R. AU - GARTHWAITE, THOMAS L. AU - PONTZER, CAROL H. AU - HAGEN, THAD C. T1 - Endogenous Opiates and Fasting. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1981/09/11/ VL - 213 IS - 4513 M3 - Article SP - 1282 EP - 1282 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85483542; ETTENBERG, AARON 1; ROGERS, JOSEPH 1; KOOB, GEORGE F. 1; BLOOM, FLOYD E. 1; DEUTSCH, J. ANTHONY 2; GAMBERT, STEVEN R. 3; GARTHWAITE, THOMAS L. 3; PONTZER, CAROL H. 3; HAGEN, THAD C. 3; Affiliations: 1: A. V. Davis Center for Behavioral Neurobiology, Salk Institute, San Diego, California 92138; 2: Department of Psychology, University of California, San Diego, La Jolla 92093; 3: Department of Medicine, Medical College of Wisconsin, Wood Veterans Administration Medical Center, Milwaukee 53193; Issue Info: 9/11/1981, Vol. 213 Issue 4513, p1282; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85483542&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR AU - MUSICANT, ROBERT A. AU - LOVALLO, WILLIAM R. AU - GILLESPIE, SHERRILYN AU - LEBER, WILLIAM T1 - Cat Signing? JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1980/01/18/ VL - 207 IS - 4428 M3 - Article SP - 258 EP - 258 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 85266196; MUSICANT, ROBERT A. 1; LOVALLO, WILLIAM R. 1; GILLESPIE, SHERRILYN 1; LEBER, WILLIAM 1; Affiliations: 1: Behavioral Sciences Laboratories, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73104; Issue Info: 1/18/1980, Vol. 207 Issue 4428, p258; Number of Pages: 1/3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=85266196&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-14626-001 AN - 2007-14626-001 AU - Goldstein, Arnold P. AU - Sprafkin, Robert P. AU - Gershaw, N. Jane T1 - Structured learning therapy: Training for community living. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice Y1 - 1976///Win 1976 VL - 13 IS - 4 SP - 374 EP - 377 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 AD - Goldstein, Arnold P., Psychology Department, Syracuse University, Syracuse, NY, US, 13210 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-14626-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Arnold P.; Syracuse University, Syracuse, NY, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20071008. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychosocial Rehabilitation; Psychotherapy; Social Interaction; Social Learning; Social Skills Training. Minor Descriptor: Imitation (Learning); Role Playing. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Win 1976. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1976. AB - During the past decade, two major psychotherapy approaches have emerged oriented toward enhancing the interpersonal and resocialization behavior of mental hospital inpatients. In the first, milieu therapy, patients are typically given considerable responsibility for determining their own activities, group pressures toward social interaction are exerted, staff-patient status lines are blurred or diminished, and an effort is made to structure within-hospital activities so that they reflect attitudes and behaviors necessary for satisfactory post-hospital adjustment. In contrast, the second approach, the token economy, is a systematic and comprehensive attempt to apply contingency management procedure to alter these very same, community-relevant behaviors. While both the milieu therapy and token economy approaches are important developments oriented toward countering the withdrawal, colonization and Social Breakdown Syndrome so often characteristic of long-term psychiatric inpatients, neither has yet proven sufficiently powerful to lead to enduring behavioral changes in patients' post-hospital lives in the community. The approach we wish to describe in this paper, Structured Learning Therapy (SLT), was explicitly developed for skill-enhancement purposes, and consists of (1) modeling, (2) role playing, (3) social reinforcement, and (4) transfer training. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - structured learning therapy KW - modeling KW - role playing KW - social reinforcement KW - transfer training KW - skill enhancment KW - community living KW - 1976 KW - Psychosocial Rehabilitation KW - Psychotherapy KW - Social Interaction KW - Social Learning KW - Social Skills Training KW - Imitation (Learning) KW - Role Playing U1 - Sponsor: PHS. Grant: MH 16426. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: National Institute of Mental Health. Grant: MH 13669. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1037/h0086507 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2007-14626-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-16487-026 AN - 2005-16487-026 AU - O'Connell, Walter E. T1 - Review of Psychodrama and Audience Attitude Change. JF - Professional Psychology JO - Professional Psychology Y1 - 1972///Win 1972 VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 89 EP - 91 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-0175 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-16487-026. Other Journal Title: Professional Psychology: Research and Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Connell, Walter E.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, TX, US. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20100308. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitude Change; Audiences; Psychodrama. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Greenberg, Ira A. Psychodrama and Audience Attitude Change=Beverly Hills: Thyrsus Publishing Company, Pp. xxxi + 355; 1968. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Win 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Reviews the book, Psychodrama and Audience Attitude Change by Ira A. Greenberg (1968). I believe Dr. Greenberg began with a tremendous insight, for I can think of no socially redeeming purpose for this particular book. Yet one cannot chalk up Psychodrama and Audience Attitude Change as a second failure for Ira, for it is difficult to conceive this production as a wholehearted effort to make a significant contribution to the field of psychodrama and allied action therapies. In my opinion, he wanted his dissertation published and showed tremendous creativity in reaching this goal. It is difficult to think that Greenberg was seriously contemplating anything else, so failure is perhaps not an issue. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychodrama KW - audience attitude change KW - 1972 KW - Attitude Change KW - Audiences KW - Psychodrama U2 - Greenberg, Ira A. (1968); Psychodrama and Audience Attitude Change; Beverly Hills: Thyrsus Publishing Company, Pp. xxxi + 355 DO - 10.1037/h0021510 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-16487-026&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-16484-012 AN - 2005-16484-012 AU - Dent, Oran B. AU - Ormiston, Donald W. T1 - Areas of Doctoral Dissertations in Clinical Psychology: Are the Goals Being Achieved? JF - Professional Psychology JO - Professional Psychology Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 4 IS - 4 SP - 414 EP - 420 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-0175 AD - Dent, Oran B., Psychology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, 3200 Vine Street, Cincinnati, OH, US, 45220 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-16484-012. Other Journal Title: Professional Psychology: Research and Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dent, Oran B.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Cincinnati, OH, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Clinical Psychology Graduate Training; Scientific Communication. Minor Descriptor: Goals; Graduate Students. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Are dissertations done by clinical doctoral students relevant to the field of clinical psychology? Are there major regional variations in the types of dissertations done by clinical students? (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - doctoral dissertations KW - clinical psychology KW - regional variations KW - clinical psychology students KW - goals KW - 1973 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Clinical Psychology Graduate Training KW - Scientific Communication KW - Goals KW - Graduate Students DO - 10.1037/h0021442 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-16484-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-14181-001 AN - 1991-14181-001 AU - Fields, Francis R. T1 - Brain dysfunction: Relative discrimination accuracy of Halstead-Reitan and Luria-Nebraska neuropsychological test batteries. JF - Neuropsychology JO - Neuropsychology Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 9 EP - 12 CY - US PB - Philadelphia Clinical Neuropsychology Group SN - 0894-4105 SN - 1931-1559 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-14181-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fields, Francis R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Lebanon, PA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation; Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 20090713. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Differential Diagnosis; Halstead Reitan Neuropsychological Battery; Luria Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery. Minor Descriptor: Test Battery. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1987. AB - Administered the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery and the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery to 53 Ss with medically documented brain damage and 22 Ss who were believed to have brain damage but had no medical documentation. All Ss were aged 19–75 yrs. The Halstead-Reitan presented more positive evidence of brain compromise for Ss with suspected and documented brain damage. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discrimination accuracy of Halstead Reitan vs Luria Nebraska Neuropsychological Test Battery KW - 19–75 yr olds with vs without medically documented brain damage KW - 1987 KW - Brain Damage KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Halstead Reitan Neuropsychological Battery KW - Luria Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery KW - Test Battery DO - 10.1037/h0091753 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1991-14181-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-09936-001 AN - 1991-09936-001 AU - Roberts, Richard J. AU - Paulsen, Jane S. AU - Marchman, James N. AU - Varney, Nils R. T1 - MMPI profiles of patients who endorse multiple partial seizure symptoms. JF - Neuropsychology JO - Neuropsychology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 2 IS - 3-4 SP - 183 EP - 198 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0894-4105 SN - 1931-1559 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-09936-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Roberts, Richard J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Iowa City, IA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation; Philadelphia Clinical Neuropsychology Group. Release Date: 20090713. Correction Date: 20100405. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychiatric Patients; Seizures. Minor Descriptor: Electroencephalography. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Examined Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) profiles of 40 psychiatric patients (aged 24–68 yrs) who reported partial seizure-like symptoms (SLSs) and had abnormal EEGs. MMPI data (J. Marchman, unpublished) from 339 psychiatric inpatients were used for comparison. Ss with SLSs generated grossly abnormal MMPI profiles with frequency and tended to perform extremely poorly on a simple dichotic listening task. A self-reported behavioral syndrome involving SLSs, not the documentation of a specific epileptiform pattern at the time a patient's brain wave activity is sampled, may place such patients at increased likelihood for generating abnormal MMPI profiles. A description of the development of a structured clinical interview for complex partial SLSs symptoms is included. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI profiles KW - 24–68 yr old psychiatric patients with partial seizure like symptoms & abnormal EEGs KW - 1988 KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Seizures KW - Electroencephalography DO - 10.1037/h0091733 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1991-09936-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-58834-001 AN - 1990-58834-001 AU - Ryan, Joseph J. AU - Farage, Christopher M. AU - Rosenberg, Samuel J. AU - Lips, Orville J. T1 - National distribution of neuropsychological service providers. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1983/07// VL - 38 IS - 7 SP - 859 EP - 861 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-58834-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ryan, Joseph J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, North Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Health Care Delivery; Neuropsychology; Psychologists. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1983. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1983. AB - Determined the number of psychologists offering neuropsychological services for the US as a whole and separately for each state plus the District of Columbia, using the National Register of Health Service Providers in Psychology (1981 edition or the Winter 1981–1982 supplement). The ratio of persons per neuropsychological service provider is given for each state. From the total number of health service providers for each state, the percentage of those offering neuropsychological services was determined. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - national distribution of neuropsychological services KW - psychologists KW - 1983 KW - Health Care Delivery KW - Neuropsychology KW - Psychologists DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.38.7.859 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-58834-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-58429-001 AN - 1990-58429-001 AU - Baker, Timothy B. AU - Wade, Terry C. T1 - Representativeness of the Wade and Baker sample: A reply to Garfield. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1978/09// VL - 33 IS - 9 SP - 848 EP - 850 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-58429-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Baker, Timothy B.; Salt Lake Veterans Administration Hosp, UT, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adult Attitudes; Clinical Psychologists; Measurement; Psychodiagnosis; Psychotherapeutic Techniques. Minor Descriptor: Psychometrics. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220); Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1978. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1978. AB - Responds to S. L. Garfield's (1978) comments on a previous study by T. C. Wade and T. B. Baker (see record [rid]1978-20152-001[/rid]) on clinical psychologists' opinions and use of psychological tests. Discrepancies between the study and Garfield's work may have resulted from differences in the questionnaire format, as the findings are remarkably similar. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - usage & opinions of psychological tests KW - clinical psychologists KW - commentary reply KW - 1978 KW - Adult Attitudes KW - Clinical Psychologists KW - Measurement KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Psychometrics DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.33.9.848 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-58429-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-12483-001 AN - 1990-12483-001 AU - Swindle, Ralph W. AU - Cronkite, Ruth C. AU - Moos, Rudolf H. T1 - Life stressors, social resources, coping, and the 4-year course of unipolar depression. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 98 IS - 4 SP - 468 EP - 477 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-12483-001. PMID: 2592682 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Swindle, Ralph W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Psychology Service, Social Ecology Lab, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20091109. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Coping Behavior; Major Depression; Psychosocial Factors; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Longitudinal Studies. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jun 30, 1989; Revised Date: Jun 21, 1989; First Submitted Date: Feb 3, 1989. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Little is known about the effects of psychosocial factors on the long-term course of unipolar depression. This article examines the 4-year stability and change in life stressors, social resources, and coping, and their effect on the course of treated unipolar depression among 352 men and women. Depressed patients were assessed at treatment intake and at 1-year and 4-year follow-ups. Over the 4 years, patients improved in symptom outcomes, the quality of social resources, and coping responses; there were some declines in life stressors. Life stressors, social resources, and coping were related to patient functioning concurrently, after controlling for demographics, initial treatment, and initial dysfunction severity. Preintake medical conditions and family conflict consistently predicted poorer long-term outcomes. The findings imply that medical conditions and family conflict are important risk factors that predict poorer long-term outcome of depression. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - life stress & social resources & coping risk factors KW - course & outcome KW - depressed patients KW - 4 yr study KW - 1989 KW - At Risk Populations KW - Coping Behavior KW - Major Depression KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - Stress KW - Longitudinal Studies DO - 10.1037/0021-843X.98.4.468 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-12483-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-12597-001 AN - 1990-12597-001 AU - Malow, Robert M. AU - West, Jeffrey A. AU - Williams, Jayne L. AU - Sutker, Patricia B. T1 - Personality disorders classification and symptoms in cocaine and opioid addicts. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 57 IS - 6 SP - 765 EP - 767 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-12597-001. PMID: 2600247 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Malow, Robert M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, New Orleans, LA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cocaine; Drug Addiction; Opiates; Personality Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Symptoms. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: May 22, 1989; Revised Date: Apr 4, 1989; First Submitted Date: Nov 23, 1988. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - The extent to which personality disorders (PDs) and associated symptom criteria were found among 117 cocaine- and opioid-dependent men selected from 350 consecutive inpatient admissions to a Veterans Administration Drug Dependence Treatment Unit over a 30-month period was examined using structured interview methodology. Drug groups were distinguished by higher rates of antisocial and borderline symptomatology rather than by features associated with other PDs. Cocaine users showed lower rates of borderline and adult antisocial features and reported less subjective distress than opioid addicts, and different constellations of target problem features emerged for the two groups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality disorders & symptoms KW - cocaine vs opioid dependent males KW - 1989 KW - Cocaine KW - Drug Addiction KW - Opiates KW - Personality Disorders KW - Symptoms DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.57.6.765 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-12597-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-09240-001 AN - 1990-09240-001 AU - Santucci, Anthony C. AU - Riccio, David C. AU - Treichler, F. Robert T1 - Role of ACTH in recovery from retrograde amnesia induced by hypothermia in rats. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 103 IS - 6 SP - 1267 EP - 1275 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-09240-001. PMID: 2558675 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Santucci, Anthony C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Cold Effects; Corticotropin; Memory. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: May 10, 1989; Revised Date: Apr 3, 1989; First Submitted Date: Aug 8, 1988. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - The present investigation assessed whether increased congruency between ACTH state present shortly after training and that at testing contributed to memory recovery. If recovery were related to an increased correspondence between internal state present after training and that at testing, then suppressing ACTH release should block memory recovery. This was the hypothesis that was examined in the present investigation. Specifically, animals were trained on a passive avoidance task, administered hypothermia (the amnestic agent) and, shortly prior to testing, given treatments known to be effective in reversing memory loss induced by hypothermia. Before training (Experiment 1) or testing (Experiment 2) animals were injected with either dexamethasone (an agent that suppresses ACTH release) or saline. Results, in general, indicated that when ACTH release was suppressed, a blunted recovery effect was obtained. This reduction in the extent of memory recovery was observed when ACTH was suppressed either at training or at testing. These data are interpreted as providing support for an ACTH-related, state-dependent retention mechanism contributing to recovery from hypothermia-induced retrograde amnesia in rats. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ACTH state after training & at testing KW - recovery from hypothermia induced amnesia KW - male rats KW - 1989 KW - Amnesia KW - Cold Effects KW - Corticotropin KW - Memory KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.103.6.1267 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-09240-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-06585-001 AN - 1990-06585-001 AU - Rafal, Robert D. AU - Calabresi, Peter A. AU - Brennan, Cameron W. AU - Sciolto, Toni K. T1 - Saccade preparation inhibits reorienting to recently attended locations. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 673 EP - 685 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-1523 SN - 1939-1277 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-06585-001. PMID: 2531204 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rafal, Robert D.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Neurology Dept, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Eye Movements; Spatial Organization; Visual Stimulation. Classification: Visual Perception (2323). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Nov 8, 1988; Revised Date: Nov 7, 1988; First Submitted Date: Aug 17, 1987. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - We measured manual reaction time in normal human Ss to confirm that an eccentric visual signal has a biphasic effect on covert attention and eye movements. First, it summons attention and biases a saccade toward the signal; a subsequent inhibition of return then slows responses to signals at that location. A temporal hemifield dominance for inhibition of return was shown; this finding coverges with observations (M. I. Posner et al; see record [rid]1986-22316-001[/rid]) in neurologic patients to suggest that it is mediated by midbrain pathways. Endogenous orienting of attention, from a central arrow cue, did not activate inhibition of return, whereas endogenous saccade preparation did so as effectively as an exogenous signal, even when no saccade was made. Inhibition of return is activated by midbrain oculomotor pathways and may function as a location "tagging" mechanism to optimize efficiency of visual search. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - eccentric visual signal KW - covert attention & eye movement KW - adults KW - 1989 KW - Attention KW - Eye Movements KW - Spatial Organization KW - Visual Stimulation DO - 10.1037/0096-1523.15.4.673 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-06585-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-04568-001 AN - 1990-04568-001 AU - Aldwin, Carolyn M. AU - Spiro, Avron AU - Levenson, Michael R. AU - Bossé, Raymond T1 - Longitudinal findings from the normative aging study: I. Does mental health change with age? JF - Psychology and Aging JO - Psychology and Aging Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 295 EP - 306 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0882-7974 SN - 1939-1498 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-04568-001. PMID: 2803623 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Aldwin, Carolyn M.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Normative Aging Study, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Mental Health; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Longitudinal Studies. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Dec 7, 1988; Revised Date: Dec 5, 1988; First Submitted Date: Apr 15, 1987. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Longitudinal changes in self-reported symptoms were investigated using the Cornell Medical Index (CMI) in a sample of 2,041 men. The average man completed 5 CMIs (range = 2–8) over 17 (range = 2–25) years. Using a two-stage growth model, we first regressed symptoms against time on study for each man. The average slope of physical symptoms showed a moderate increase over time, but the average slope of psychological symptoms showed little change. Next individual differences in change were examined using age at entry as an explanatory variable. Age accounted for 50% of the variance in physical symptoms at entry and 7% of the variance in slopes, but explained neither baseline level nor change in psychological symptoms. Rather, a U-shaped curve described the relation between age and psychological symptom change. These results, in concert with a developmental perspective, may help reconcile conflicting findings on aging and mental health. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age KW - self reported physical vs psychological symptoms KW - male adults KW - longitudinal study KW - 1989 KW - Age Differences KW - Mental Health KW - Symptoms KW - Longitudinal Studies DO - 10.1037/0882-7974.4.3.295 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-04568-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-03559-001 AN - 1990-03559-001 AU - Schwartz, Barbara L. T1 - Effects of generation on indirect measures of memory. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 15 IS - 6 SP - 1119 EP - 1128 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0278-7393 SN - 1939-1285 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-03559-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schwartz, Barbara L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Priming; Word Recognition; Words (Phonetic Units). Minor Descriptor: Memory. Classification: Learning & Memory (2343). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: May 5, 1989; Revised Date: Apr 27, 1989; First Submitted Date: Dec 12, 1988. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - Subjects either read words (CHIMP) or generated words ("a small ape—C') during the study phase of three experiments. The effects of these encoding tasks on performance in two indirect, priming tests—word completion and word identification—were observed. The word completion test is a version of word stem completion in which subjects are shown the initial four letters of a five-letter word (e.g., CHIM_: CHIMP, CHIME) and are asked to add one letter to produce the first word that comes to mind. In word identification, subjects are shown a word briefly and are asked to identify it. Systematic comparisons of the two tests within single experiments showed that generation, either to semantic cues or to orthographic cues, had different effects on performance in the two tests: Word identification performance was lower for words generated rather than read, whereas word completion performance for words generated was indistinguishable from performance for words read. These results suggest that performance in different indirect tests depends on the processing of different types of information. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - read or generated words KW - word identification or word stem completion KW - college students KW - 1989 KW - Priming KW - Word Recognition KW - Words (Phonetic Units) KW - Memory DO - 10.1037/0278-7393.15.6.1119 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-03559-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-39400-001 AN - 1989-39400-001 AU - Takahashi, Lorey K. AU - Kalin, Ned H. AU - Vanden Burgt, Jennifer A. AU - Sherman, Jack E. T1 - Corticotropin-releasing factor modulates defensive-withdrawal and exploratory behavior in rats. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 103 IS - 3 SP - 648 EP - 654 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-39400-001. PMID: 2786722 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Takahashi, Lorey K.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Psychiatry Section, Madison, WI, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Defensive Behavior; Animal Exploratory Behavior; Animal Open Field Behavior; Corticotropin. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jun 16, 1988; Revised Date: Jun 1, 1988; First Submitted Date: Mar 7, 1988. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - The role of corticotropin-releasing factor (CRF), an endogenous neuropeptide, in modulating species-typical responses was examined in an unfamiliar open field containing a small chamber. Rats placed in this small chamber spent most of their time withdrawn in it. However, rats given an icv injection (20 μg) of α-helical CRF(9–41), a CRF receptor antagonist, emerged from the chamber and explored the unfamiliar open field. Results of additional studies with vehicle-treated rats suggest that reexposure reduces the threatening impact of an unfamiliar open field. CRF (300 ng) injected centrally, but not peripherally, before reexposure to the test environment significantly reduced exploration in the open field and increased a pattern of defensive-withdrawal into the chamber. Data suggest that whether defensive-withdrawal or exploratory behavior is exhibited may depend on CRF actions in brain systems that mediate the perception of threat in the environment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - corticotropin releasing factor antagonist CRF(9-41) KW - exploratory behavior in unfamiliar open field with small chamber KW - rats KW - 1989 KW - Animal Defensive Behavior KW - Animal Exploratory Behavior KW - Animal Open Field Behavior KW - Corticotropin KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.103.3.648 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-39400-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-36829-001 AN - 1989-36829-001 AU - Ellis, Ronald J. AU - Oscar-Berman, Marlene T1 - Alcoholism, aging, and functional cerebral asymmetries. JF - Psychological Bulletin JO - Psychological Bulletin Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 106 IS - 1 SP - 128 EP - 147 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-2909 SN - 1939-1455 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-36829-001. PMID: 2667007 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ellis, Ronald J.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MA, US. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20161024. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Cognitive Ability; Lateral Dominance; Literature Review; Physiological Aging. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 20. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Nov 9, 1988; Revised Date: Oct 27, 1988; First Submitted Date: Feb 5, 1988. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. KW - abnormal hemispheric asymmetries & cognitive decline KW - alcoholic elderly KW - literature review KW - 1989 KW - Alcoholism KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Literature Review KW - Physiological Aging DO - 10.1037/0033-2909.106.1.128 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-36829-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-26343-001 AN - 1989-26343-001 AU - Kramer, Joel H. AU - Blusewicz, Matthew J. AU - Preston, Ken A. T1 - The premature aging hypothesis: Old before its time? JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 57 IS - 2 SP - 257 EP - 262 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-26343-001. PMID: 2708614 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kramer, Joel H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Martinez, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Learning; Physiological Aging; Recall (Learning); Recognition (Learning). Minor Descriptor: Theories. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Oct 19, 1988; Revised Date: Sep 27, 1988; First Submitted Date: May 4, 1988. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - This study tested the hypothesis that alcoholism results in premature aging of memory functioning. It was proposed that support for the premature aging hypothesis must come from qualitative as well as quantitative similarities between younger alcoholics and older controls. The California Verbal Learning Test (CVLT) was administered to young and old alcoholics and to young and old controls. The CVLT provides measures of recall, recognition, learning strategies, and error types. Alcoholism and aging produced similar levels of immediate and delayed free recall. However, poor recognition memory and more frequent intrusion and false positive errors were associated with alcoholism but not with aging. Qualitative differences in error types between alcoholism and aging were also found. Results indicated that alcoholism and aging produce independent verbal learning decrements. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - premature aging hypothesis KW - assessment of recall & recognition & learning strategies KW - 25–52 vs 56–71 yr old alcoholic adults KW - 1989 KW - Alcoholism KW - Learning KW - Physiological Aging KW - Recall (Learning) KW - Recognition (Learning) KW - Theories DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.57.2.257 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-26343-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-25585-001 AN - 1989-25585-001 AU - Feifel, Herman AU - Strack, Stephen T1 - Coping with conflict situations: Middle-aged and elderly men. JF - Psychology and Aging JO - Psychology and Aging Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 26 EP - 33 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0882-7974 SN - 1939-1498 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-25585-001. PMID: 2803608 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feifel, Herman; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychology Service, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Conflict; Coping Behavior. Classification: Psychosocial & Personality Development (2840). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Mar 9, 1988; Revised Date: Feb 29, 1988; First Submitted Date: Oct 9, 1987. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - In this study we investigated the coping responses of fairly healthy, middle-aged (40–64 years, n = 76) and elderly (65–92 years, n = 106) men to five conflict situations (i.e., decision making, defeat in a competitive circumstance, frustration, authority conflict, and peer disagreement). Coping responses were measured by the Life Situations Inventory, developed to assess three forms of coping: problem-solving, avoidance, and resignation. Scales were based on a 28-item questionnaire and were derived rationally through item analysis. Alpha coefficients ranged from .75 to .82. Elderly subjects used avoidance significantly less often than did middle-aged subjects in handling decision-making and authority-conflict situations. No differences were noted between the age groups in use of problem solving or resignation. Both middle-age and elderly persons favored use of problem solving in managing all conflicts. Results suggest that studies that do not address potential interactions between age and stress situation may be missing an important element in the age–coping relation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age KW - coping responses in conflict situations KW - 40–92 yr old males KW - 1989 KW - Age Differences KW - Conflict KW - Coping Behavior DO - 10.1037/0882-7974.4.1.26 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-25585-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-21733-001 AN - 1989-21733-001 AU - Elkins, Ralph L. AU - Gerardot, Robert J. AU - Hobbs, Stephen H. T1 - Differences in cyclophosphamide-induced suppression of cricket predation in selectively bred strains of taste-aversion prone and resistant rats. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 103 IS - 1 SP - 112 EP - 116 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-21733-001. PMID: 2923664 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Elkins, Ralph L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Predatory Behavior; Animal Strain Differences; Aversion Conditioning; Conditioned Suppression; Drugs. Minor Descriptor: Rats; Taste Perception. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Dec 29, 1987; Revised Date: Sep 1, 1987; First Submitted Date: Feb 10, 1987. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Cyclophosphamide-induced conditioned suppression of cricket predation was observed in taste-aversion-prone (TAP) but not in taste-aversion-resistant (TAR) rats. These TAP and TAR strains had been selectively bred for efficient or inefficient acquisition of cyclophosphamide-induced saccharin taste aversions (TAs). Equivalent preconditioning cricket predation was practiced by nonfasted subjects of both strains. TAR rats that ate crickets before a cyclophosphamide injection were thereafter voracious predators as were saline-injected and pseudoconditioning controls of both strains. However, conditioned TAP rats subsequently displayed a marked suppression of cricket predation. Predation can provide a deprivation-free and species-natural consummatory response for studies of strain differences in TA conditionability of TAP and TAR rats. In addition, the present results indicate that TAP and TAR strain differences in TA conditionability are not restricted to the saccharin solution that was the conditioned stimulus basis of prior strain development. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cyclophosphamide conditioned suppression of cricket predation KW - rats from taste aversion prone vs resistant strains KW - 1989 KW - Animal Predatory Behavior KW - Animal Strain Differences KW - Aversion Conditioning KW - Conditioned Suppression KW - Drugs KW - Rats KW - Taste Perception DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.103.1.112 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-21733-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-24607-001 AN - 1989-24607-001 AU - Keane, Terence M. AU - Fairbank, John A. AU - Caddell, Juesta M. AU - Zimering, Rose T. AU - Taylor, Kathryn L. AU - Mora, Catherine A. T1 - Clinical evaluation of a measure to assess combat exposure. JF - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 53 EP - 55 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1040-3590 SN - 1939-134X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-24607-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Keane, Terence M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20100308. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Rating Scales; Test Reliability. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans; War. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jul 19, 1988; Revised Date: Jun 23, 1988; First Submitted Date: Mar 11, 1988. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The Combat Exposure Scale (CES) was constructed as an attempt to measure the subjective report of wartime stressors experienced by combatants. This sequence of three studies demonstrates that the CES possesses sound psychometric properties. These include internal stability and test–retest reliability. As predicted from other studies on this topic, those veterans with a diagnosis of posttraumatic stress disorder reported higher amounts of combat exposure. The limitations of a purely retrospective measure of combat stressors are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - internal consistency & test retest reliability of Combat Exposure Scale KW - assessment of PTSD KW - male Vietnam era veterans KW - 1989 KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Rating Scales KW - Test Reliability KW - Military Veterans KW - War DO - 10.1037/1040-3590.1.1.53 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-24607-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-21678-001 AN - 1989-21678-001 AU - Garrick, Thomas AU - Minor, Thomas R. AU - Bauck, Sally AU - Weiner, Herbert AU - Guth, Paul T1 - Predictable and unpredictable shock stimulates gastric contractility and causes mucosal injury in rats. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 103 IS - 1 SP - 124 EP - 130 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-21678-001. PMID: 2923665 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garrick, Thomas; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Wadsworth Div, Ctr for Ulcer Research & Education, CA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Gastrointestinal Ulcers; Muscle Contractions; Shock; Stomach. Minor Descriptor: Cues; Rats. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Dec 7, 1987; Revised Date: Dec 4, 1987; First Submitted Date: Apr 27, 1987. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The effects of tailshock on gastric contractility and lesions were investigated in rats exposed to 100 1-mA tailshocks while confined inside plastic tubes. A light preceded each shock in one group and was randomly presented with respect to shock in the other. Contractility of the corpus of the stomach was measured by means of chronically implanted extraluminal force transducers. Contractility was measured in 10-min blocks and analyzed by computer. Signaled (n = 13) and unsignaled (n = 17) shock stimulated high-amplitude gastric contractions in fasted rats, which continued for 2 hr after the shock session. Cumulative contractile activity (1.5-hr shock plus 2-hr rest) in shocked animals was twice that in restrained and unrestrained control animals (n = 19, p < .05), and contractile activity had a 30%–40% greater average amplitude than after a meal. Compared with unrestrained controls, shocked rats had visibly more mucosal injury. Larger cumulative contractile activity was associated with a larger area of erosions. Frequency and duration of contractions did not distinguish between shocked and unshocked groups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - signalled vs unsignalled tailshock KW - gastric contractility & lesions KW - rats KW - 1989 KW - Gastrointestinal Ulcers KW - Muscle Contractions KW - Shock KW - Stomach KW - Cues KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.103.1.124 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-21678-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-19929-001 AN - 1989-19929-001 AU - Burns, Sheenagh M. AU - Chemtob, Claude M. AU - DeLeon, Patrick H. AU - Welch, Bryant L. AU - Samuels, Richard M. T1 - Psychotropic medication: A new technique for psychology? T3 - Special Series: Psychologists’ Use of Physical Interventions JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training Y1 - 1988///Win 1988 VL - 25 IS - 4 SP - 508 EP - 515 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 SN - 1939-1536 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-19929-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Burns, Sheenagh M.; University of Hawaii, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070806. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Psychologists. Minor Descriptor: Clinical Psychology Graduate Training. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340); Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Win 1988. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1988. AB - Argues that it may become necessary for psychologists to earn the right to prescribe psychotropic medication. Recent breakthroughs in biochemistry also indicate that psychopharmacological intervention is another tool (such as behavior modification and biofeedback) of psychologists. The literature on nonphysician health care provider prescription practices is reviewed. The prescriptive authority as granted to allopathic and osteopathic physicians is compared to that granted to dentists, optometrists, podiatrists, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, nurse clinical specialists, and pharmacists. It is suggested that psychology develop psychotropic training modules in preparation for seeking this clinical responsibility. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - role in psychopharmacological intervention KW - psychologists KW - implications for training KW - 1988 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Psychologists KW - Clinical Psychology Graduate Training DO - 10.1037/h0085376 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-19929-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-19622-001 AN - 1989-19622-001 AU - Smith, Michael E. AU - Halgren, Eric T1 - Dissociation of recognition memory components following temporal lobe lesions. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 50 EP - 60 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0278-7393 SN - 1939-1285 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-19622-001. PMID: 2522141 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Smith, Michael E.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20100412. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Epilepsy; Evoked Potentials; Memory; Temporal Lobe; Word Recognition. Minor Descriptor: Contextual Associations; Psychosurgery; Stimulus Frequency. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Mar 28, 1988; Revised Date: Mar 4, 1988; First Submitted Date: Sep 2, 1986. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - It has been proposed that recognition decisions are based on contextual retrieval of specific trace information, in addition to an assessment of item strength. The retrieval component is maximal after a single presentation, whereas the strength component increases with multiple repetition. We report that unilateral anterior temporal lobectomy (ATL) in the language dominant (left) hemisphere impairs initial recognition accuracy without affecting the rate at which repetition improves performance. The implication that the temporal lobe contributes to retrieval rather than strength during recognition is supported by simultaneous event-related potential (ERP) recordings. In normal subjects, the large ERP difference between repeated and nonrepeated words does not increase with increasing study and is associated with contextual integration in other tasks. Thus, the lack of a repetition-induced ERP difference after left-ATL reported here provides converging evidence for a critical role of the temporal lobe in contextual retrieval during recognition. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - single vs multiple presentations KW - word recognition & contextual retrieval & cortical EPs KW - epileptic adults with left vs right anterior temporal lobectomy KW - 1989 KW - Epilepsy KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Memory KW - Temporal Lobe KW - Word Recognition KW - Contextual Associations KW - Psychosurgery KW - Stimulus Frequency DO - 10.1037/0278-7393.15.1.50 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-19622-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-19809-001 AN - 1989-19809-001 AU - Pomales, Jay AU - Williams, Vernon T1 - Effects of level of acculturation and counseling style on Hispanic students' perceptions of counselor. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 36 IS - 1 SP - 79 EP - 83 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-19809-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pomales, Jay; Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp, Psychology Service, Montrose, NY, US. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Acculturation; Client Attitudes; Counselor Characteristics; Health Care Utilization; Latinos/Latinas. Minor Descriptor: Psychotherapeutic Counseling. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: May 5, 1988; Revised Date: Apr 4, 1988; First Submitted Date: Sep 16, 1987. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - It was hypothesized that level of acculturation and counseling style would affect Hispanic students' perceptions of certain counselor attributes and willingness to see a counselor. Pretesting on an acculturation scale placed 94 Hispanic undergraduate college students in one of three types, Hispanic acculturated, bicultural, or Anglo acculturated. The participants viewed a counseling videotape of one of two White female counselors portraying either a directive or a nondirective counseling style and rated her on two scales. Results indicated that acculturation had a significant effect on ratings of trustworthiness and counselor understanding. Counseling style had a significant effect on the students' perception of counselor knowledge of psychology, counselor willingness to help, and on their own willingness to see a counselor. Sex of the participants had a significant effect on perceptions of counselor attractiveness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - acculturation & counseling style KW - perceptions of counselor attributes & willingness to seek treatment KW - Hispanic college students KW - 1989 KW - Acculturation KW - Client Attitudes KW - Counselor Characteristics KW - Health Care Utilization KW - Latinos/Latinas KW - Psychotherapeutic Counseling DO - 10.1037/0022-0167.36.1.79 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-19809-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-12475-001 AN - 1989-12475-001 AU - Rapp, Stephen R. AU - Parisi, Sharon A. AU - Walsh, David A. T1 - Psychological dysfunction and physical health among elderly medical inpatients. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 56 IS - 6 SP - 851 EP - 855 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-12475-001. PMID: 3204194 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rapp, Stephen R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Behavioral Gerontology Program, Jackson, MS, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20091221. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatric Patients; Health; Medical Patients; Mental Disorders; Physical Health. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: May 10, 1988; Revised Date: Apr 15, 1988; First Submitted Date: Dec 1, 1987. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - One hundred and fifty randomly selected geriatric medical inpatients were evaluated for the presence of psychological dysfunction using the Schedule for Affective Disorders and Schizophrenia (SADS) and Research Diagnostic Criteria (RDC) methodology. Objective and subjective measures of physical health status were independently taken and related to the presence of a RDC diagnosis. Results indicated that a large portion of the sample (27.3%) had at least one psychological disorder and that 15.3% of the total sample had a depressive disorder. Comorbid depression was associated with the greatest level of psychological distress and dysfunction and with the poorest physical health status. Finally, depressed elderly patients were less likely than patients with nondepressive psychopathology and control subjects to receive a diagnosis of mental disorder or to receive antidepressant medications during their admission, suggesting that comorbid depression is underrecognized and undertreated in primary care. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological dysfunction & physical health KW - geriatric medical patients KW - 1988 KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Health KW - Medical Patients KW - Mental Disorders KW - Physical Health DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.56.6.851 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-12475-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-12409-001 AN - 1989-12409-001 AU - Heindel, William C. AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Salmon, David P. T1 - Impaired learning of a motor skill in patients with Huntington's disease. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 102 IS - 1 SP - 141 EP - 147 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-12409-001. PMID: 2965592 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Heindel, William C.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, CA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Amnesia; Huntingtons Disease; Perceptual Motor Learning; Verbal Learning. Minor Descriptor: Test Performance. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Dec 31, 1986; Revised Date: Dec 26, 1986; First Submitted Date: Sep 8, 1986. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The ability of patients with Huntington's disease (HD), patients with dementia of the Alzheimer's type (DAT), and amnesic patients (AMN) to acquire the motor skills underlying a pursuit rotor task was assessed. Differences between groups in initial levels of performance were minimized by adjusting the rotation speed of the disk. The HD and DAT groups were also administered a verbal recognition span test. The results showed that the DAT, AMN, and intact control groups all significantly improved their time on target over six test blocks whereas the HD group was severely impaired in the acquisition of this motor skill. On the verbal recognition span test, the DAT and HD groups were significantly and equally impaired, but the HD group evidenced better immediate and delayed recall than did the DAT group. These results provide further evidence that the basal ganglia are critically involved in the acquisition of motor skills. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - motor skill learning & verbal recognition span test performance KW - patients with Huntington's disease vs dementia of Alzheimer type vs amnesia KW - 1988 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Amnesia KW - Huntingtons Disease KW - Perceptual Motor Learning KW - Verbal Learning KW - Test Performance DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.102.1.141 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-12409-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05764-001 AN - 1989-05764-001 AU - Rapp, Stephen R. AU - Parisi, Sharon A. AU - Walsh, David A. AU - Wallace, Clinton E. T1 - Detecting depression in elderly medical inpatients. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1988/08// VL - 56 IS - 4 SP - 509 EP - 513 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05764-001. PMID: 3198807 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rapp, Stephen R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Jackson, MS, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Diagnosis; Geriatric Patients; Major Depression; Medical Patients; Primary Health Care. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Nov 12, 1987; Revised Date: Nov 4, 1987; First Submitted Date: Jun 1, 1987. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Prevalence rates for depression indicate that elderly medical patients are a population at high risk. Studies of middle-aged adults show that detection of depression in medical patients by primary health care providers is poor and that screening instruments can improve detection, although little is known about geriatric patients. The present study used Research Diagnostic Criteria to assess the base rate of detection by nonpsychiatric physicians in a random sample of 150 elderly medical inpatients. In addition, the psychometric properties of three slightly different self-report screening instruments were evaluated. Results indicated that detection by house staff was extremely low (8.7%). All three instruments were much more sensitive, were equally specific, and yielded greater predictive power than the procedures used by hospital staff. All three instruments were especially sensitive to major depression. Of the scales, the Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), the BDI Psychological subscale, and the Geriatric Depression Scale had the best reliability and validity and were the most efficient. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - detection of depression by primary health care providers KW - elderly medical inpatients KW - 1988 KW - Diagnosis KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Major Depression KW - Medical Patients KW - Primary Health Care DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.56.4.509 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-05764-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-33465-001 AN - 1988-33465-001 AU - Arena, John G. AU - Hightower, Nancy E. AU - Chong, Gary C. T1 - Relaxation therapy for tension headache in the elderly: A prospective study. JF - Psychology and Aging JO - Psychology and Aging Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 96 EP - 98 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0882-7974 SN - 1939-1498 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-33465-001. PMID: 3077319 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Arena, John G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Psychology Service, Biofeedback & Psychophysiological Disorders Clinic, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Muscle Contraction Headache; Progressive Relaxation Therapy. Classification: Behavior Therapy & Behavior Modification (3312). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Apr 17, 1987; Revised Date: Mar 23, 1987; First Submitted Date: Oct 21, 1986. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - We evaluated the effects of an 8-week progressive muscle-relaxation therapy regimen on the headache activity of 10 elderly tension-headache subjects. Posttreatment assessment at 3 months revealed significant decreases in overall headache activity (50% or greater) in 7 subjects. Significant clinical or statistical prepost differences, or both, were also found for the number of headache-free days, peak headache activity, and medication index. This is the first prospective study of tension headache in an elderly population, and, unlike previous retrospective studies, it suggests that relaxation therapy may be an effective intervention in the treatment of such headaches. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - progressive muscle relaxation therapy KW - tension headache KW - elderly patients KW - 1988 KW - Muscle Contraction Headache KW - Progressive Relaxation Therapy DO - 10.1037/0882-7974.3.1.96 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-33465-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-33041-001 AN - 1988-33041-001 AU - Searles, John S. T1 - The role of genetics in the pathogenesis of alcoholism. T3 - Models of Addiction JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 97 IS - 2 SP - 153 EP - 167 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 SN - 1-55798-026-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-33041-001. PMID: 3290305 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Searles, John S.; U Pennsylvania School of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Philadelphia, US. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20130930. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. ISBN: 1-55798-026-8. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Etiology; Genetics. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Location: US; Scandinavia. References Available: Y. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: May, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Dec 18, 1987; Revised Date: Nov 26, 1987; First Submitted Date: May 15, 1987. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1988. AB - This article reviews behavior genetic methods and critiques some of the major studies that converge on a genetic basis for alcohol abuse. In particular, it critically examines the adoption studies from Scandinavia and the United States. Serious flaws with respect to a number of important methodological considerations, such as problematic diagnostic criteria and high rates of foster parent psychopathology, suggest that the conclusions drawn by the authors of these studies should be tempered. An evaluation of high-risk research underscores the contradictory findings from different studies and the lack of a coherent conceptual framework to assess results. More sophisticated assessments of environmental factors are suggested to take into account Gene × Environment interactions and gene–environment correlation effects that may lead to more precise specifications of the etiology of alcohol disorders. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - genetics KW - alcohol abuse KW - Scandinavia vs US KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Etiology KW - Genetics DO - 10.1037/0021-843X.97.2.153 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-33041-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-29507-001 AN - 1988-29507-001 AU - Manis, Melvin AU - Nelson, Thomas E. AU - Shedler, Jonathan T1 - Stereotypes and social judgment: Extremity, assimilation, and contrast. JF - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology JO - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 55 IS - 1 SP - 28 EP - 36 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-3514 SN - 1939-1315 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-29507-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Manis, Melvin; Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MI, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Judgment; Psychological Terminology; Stereotyped Attitudes. Minor Descriptor: Adult Attitudes. Classification: Social Perception & Cognition (3040). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Nov 25, 1987; Revised Date: Nov 16, 1987; First Submitted Date: May 12, 1986. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Respondents evaluated the thought disorder in vocabulary definitions obtained from patients at Central Hospital and Metropolitan Hospital. To establish extreme stereotypes, the most disturbed definitions were presented as deriving from one hospital, whereas the benign (nonpathological) definitions seemed to come from the other hospital. Moderate stereotypes were established by replacing some of the extreme definitions with midscale definitions. Following this induction series, respondents selected the more pathological definition in a series of midscale test pairs (one definition in each pair was said to come from a patient at Metropolitan Hospital, the other from a patient at Central). Moderate hospital stereotypes yielded clear evidence of assimilation; that is, the test definition that seemed to emanate from the more disturbed of the two hospital populations was regarded as more pathological than the definition with which it had been paired. Stereotypes that were extreme (and, hence, more distant from the midscale test items) yielded contrast effects. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stereotyped definitions of patients with thought disorders KW - social judgment KW - college students KW - 1988 KW - Judgment KW - Psychological Terminology KW - Stereotyped Attitudes KW - Adult Attitudes DO - 10.1037/0022-3514.55.1.28 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-29507-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-31718-001 AN - 1988-31718-001 AU - Buchanan, Shirley L. AU - Ginn, Sheryl R. T1 - Classically conditioned cardiac responses in 'old' and 'young' Fischer 344 rats. JF - Psychology and Aging JO - Psychology and Aging Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 51 EP - 58 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0882-7974 SN - 1939-1498 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-31718-001. PMID: 3268243 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Buchanan, Shirley L.; William Jennings Bryan Dorn Veterans Administration Hosp, Neuroscience Lab, Columbia, SC, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Classical Conditioning; Heart Rate. Minor Descriptor: Animal Models; Learning; Rats. Classification: Learning & Motivation (2420). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jun 22, 1987; Revised Date: Jun 19, 1987; First Submitted Date: Oct 16, 1986. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Male and female Fischer 344 rats, 12 or 26–28 months of age, received two sessions of Pavlovian heart rate conditioning, and were compared with same-sex and same-age controls receiving unpaired presentations of the tone conditional stimulus (CS) and the shock unconditional stimulus (US). Older rats of both sexes demonstrated slower acquisition of the heart rate (HR), conditioned response (CR), and smaller magnitude changes than did the younger animals. Control experiments in 6-, 12-, 24-, and 30-month-old animals indicated that these differences were not due to an impaired sensitivity to the CS or US in the older animals. Results are discussed in terms of their implications for use of this animal model in investigations of age-related deficits in associative learning. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - rate of acquisition & magnitude of change of classically conditioned heart rate responses to tone CS KW - young vs old rats KW - implications for animal models of age related changes in learning KW - 1988 KW - Age Differences KW - Classical Conditioning KW - Heart Rate KW - Animal Models KW - Learning KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/0882-7974.3.1.51 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-31718-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-24502-001 AN - 1988-24502-001 AU - Umlauf, Robert L. AU - Frank, Robert G. T1 - Cluster analysis, depression, and ADL status. JF - Rehabilitation Psychology JO - Rehabilitation Psychology Y1 - 1987///Spr 1987 VL - 32 IS - 1 SP - 39 EP - 44 CY - US PB - Springer Publishing SN - 0090-5550 SN - 1939-1544 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-24502-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Aspects of Disability. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Umlauf, Robert L.; Seattle Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, WA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Division 22 of the American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20090518. Correction Date: 20100329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Attitudes; Client Characteristics; Depression (Emotion); Self Care Skills. Minor Descriptor: Age Differences; Disorders; Expectations; Health Attitudes; Hospitalized Patients. Classification: Promotion & Maintenance of Health & Wellness (3365). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1987. AB - Investigated how depression, outcome expectations, and age influence activities of daily living (ADL) in 40 adult patients in a university medical center rehabilitation unit. Ss completed the Beck Depression Inventory, the Multidimensional Health Locus of Control Scale, and an expectations questionnaire; the nursing staff assessed ADL at admission and at discharge. Cluster analysis of self-report data at admission identified 3 subgroups that differed significantly in ADL gains, age, size, perception of depression, and length of stay. A multivariate model of clinical assessment is presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - depression & outcome expectations & age KW - activities of daily living KW - adult medical center rehabilitation patients KW - 1987 KW - Client Attitudes KW - Client Characteristics KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Self Care Skills KW - Age Differences KW - Disorders KW - Expectations KW - Health Attitudes KW - Hospitalized Patients DO - 10.1037/h0091555 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-24502-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-23992-001 AN - 1988-23992-001 AU - Squire, Larry R. AU - Zola-Morgan, Stuart AU - Chen, Karen S. T1 - Human amnesia and animal models of amnesia: Performance of amnesic patients on tests designed for the monkey. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 102 IS - 2 SP - 210 EP - 221 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-23992-001. PMID: 3130073 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Squire, Larry R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Animal Models; Korsakoffs Psychosis; Neuropsychological Assessment; Perceptual Discrimination. Minor Descriptor: Diencephalon; Organic Brain Syndromes; Temporal Lobe. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Animal (20). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Feb 5, 1987; Revised Date: Feb 3, 1987; First Submitted Date: Oct 17, 1986. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The performance of amnesic patients was assessed on five tasks, which have figured prominently in the development of animal models of human amnesia in the monkey. The amnesic patients were impaired on four of these tasks (delayed nonmatching to sample, object-reward association, 8-pair concurrent discrimination learning, and an object discrimination task), in correspondence with previous findings for monkeys with bilateral medial temporal or diencephalic lesions. Moreover, performance of the amnesic patients correlated with the ability to verbalize the principle underlying the tasks and with the ability to describe and recognize the stimulus materials. These tasks therefore seem to be sensitive to the memory functions that are affected in human amnesia, and they can provide valid measures of memory impairment in studies with monkeys. For the fifth task (24-hour concurrent discrimination learning), the findings for the amnesic patients did not correspond to previous findings for operated monkeys. Whereas monkeys with medial temporal lesions reportedly learn this task at a normal rate, the amnesic patients were markedly impaired. Monkeys may learn this task differently than humans. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perceptual discrimination tasks designed for monkeys with temporal or diencephalic lesions KW - patients with Korsakoff's syndrome or other amnesic disorders KW - implications for animal model KW - 1988 KW - Amnesia KW - Animal Models KW - Korsakoffs Psychosis KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Perceptual Discrimination KW - Diencephalon KW - Organic Brain Syndromes KW - Temporal Lobe DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.102.2.210 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-23992-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-21413-001 AN - 1988-21413-001 AU - Eisenberg, Myron G. AU - Jansen, Mary A. T1 - Rehabilitation psychologists in medical settings: A unique subspecialty or a redundant one? JF - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice JO - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 18 IS - 5 SP - 475 EP - 478 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7028 SN - 1939-1323 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-21413-001. Other Journal Title: Professional Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eisenberg, Myron G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Hampton, VA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Health Care Delivery; Literature Review; Psychologists; Rehabilitation. Minor Descriptor: Hospital Environment. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1987. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1987. AB - A critique of the literature addressing functions of rehabilitation psychologists in medical settings was accomplished in order to determine the range of roles typically assumed by them. Although this search yielded relatively few citations that clearly outlined duties and functions commonly undertaken by them, it did provide evidence that many use a behavioral framework and that their incorporation of new technologies, such as biofeedback, has helped to mainstream them into medical practice. In addition, the current emphasis placed on cost containment suggests that many of the treatment modalities practiced by rehabilitation psychologists will be increasingly used in medical settings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - duties & functions & economic dimensions KW - rehabilitation psychologists in medical settings KW - literature review KW - 1987 KW - Health Care Delivery KW - Literature Review KW - Psychologists KW - Rehabilitation KW - Hospital Environment DO - 10.1037/0735-7028.18.5.475 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-21413-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-16366-001 AN - 1988-16366-001 AU - Pincomb, Gwendolyn A. AU - Lovallo, William R. AU - Passey, Richard B. AU - Brackett, Daniel J. AU - Wilson, M. F. T1 - Caffeine enhances the physiological response to occupational stress in medical students. JF - Health Psychology JO - Health Psychology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 6 IS - 2 SP - 101 EP - 112 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates SN - 0278-6133 SN - 1930-7810 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-16366-001. PMID: 3830118 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pincomb, Gwendolyn A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Behavioral Sciences Labs, Oklahoma City, OK, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association. Release Date: 20090427. Correction Date: 20100329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Caffeine; Medical Students; Physiological Correlates; Stress Reactions. Minor Descriptor: Blood Pressure; Cholesterol; Heart Rate; Hydrocortisone. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1987. Copyright Statement: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. 1987. AB - Tested caffeine (3.3 mg/kg) against a placebo in 20 male medical students (aged 19–31 yrs) during periods of low (no exams) vs high (final exams) work stress. On each of 8 test days, heart rate and blood pressure were measured at baseline and over a 40-min postdrug interval; immediately afterward, blood was drawn to test plasma cortisol and serum lipid concentrations. Exams increased heart rate and systolic blood pressure. Caffeine decreased heart rate and increased systolic blood pressure, diastolic blood pressure, plasma cortisol levels, and serum cholesterol levels. Caffeine effects were additive with those of exams, and together they increased the number of Ss showing systolic blood pressures in the borderline hypertensive range. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - caffeine & work stress KW - heart rate & BP & plasma cortisol & serum cholesterol levels KW - 19–31 yr old male medical students KW - 1987 KW - Caffeine KW - Medical Students KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Stress Reactions KW - Blood Pressure KW - Cholesterol KW - Heart Rate KW - Hydrocortisone DO - 10.1037/0278-6133.6.2.101 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-16366-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-12589-001 AN - 1988-12589-001 AU - Barrett, Edwin T. AU - Gleser, Goldine C. T1 - Development and validation of the Cognitive Status Examination. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 55 IS - 6 SP - 877 EP - 882 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-12589-001. PMID: 3693653 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barrett, Edwin T.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Cincinnati, OH, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Neuropsychological Assessment; Test Construction. Minor Descriptor: Age Differences; Brain Damage; Educational Background; Test Validity. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. Publication History: Accepted Date: Mar 19, 1987; Revised Date: Feb 26, 1987; First Submitted Date: Jul 17, 1986. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The Cognitive Status Examination (CSE) provides a valid, structured format to assess cognitive status. The exam is composed of 58 items representing six cognitive, motor, and sensory areas. The initial study evaluated 197 patients, and the validity study evaluated 296 patients. In both studies, the exam significantly discriminated the brain-damaged from the psychiatric and medical groups. The relation of scores to age and education as well as the effects of demographics on group discrimination are examined. A distribution of cutting scores for screening purposes is presented. The advantage of using items from diverse cognitive areas is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - construction & validity of Cognitive Status Examination & age & education KW - assessment of cognitive & motor & sensory function KW - brain damaged vs psychiatric vs medical patients KW - 1987 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Test Construction KW - Age Differences KW - Brain Damage KW - Educational Background KW - Test Validity DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.55.6.877 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-12589-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1979-26802-001 AN - 1979-26802-001 AU - Lorei, Theodore W. AU - Caffey, Eugene M. T1 - Goal definition by staff consensus: A contribution to the planning, delivery, and evaluation of mental health services. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1978/12// VL - 46 IS - 6 SP - 1284 EP - 1290 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1979-26802-001. PMID: 730878 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorei, Theodore W.; Veterans Administration, Washington, DC. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Goals; Health Care Delivery; Mental Health Personnel; Mental Health Services. Classification: Community & Social Services (3373). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1978. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1978. AB - To provide a basis for the evaluation of VA mental health services, a survey was conducted of staff opinion regarding the importance of several specific goals for these services. Nine goals were formulated and submitted to 6,435 central office and field facility staff to obtain their ratings of each goal's importance, with an "of no importance" rating being possible. The goals dealing with (a) the development of patient skills necessary for being self-supporting, (b) the elimination of psychological disorders, and (c) the protection of patients and others from violence received the highest average ratings. The remaining goals were considered as having some importance although there were substantial differences among the sample about the degree. Interoccupational group differences in importance ratings were statistically significant but small. Although the goals formulated and ratified by staff were general, they were more specific than previous goal statements. It is suggested that because of this relative specificity, they provide useful guidance for planning, managing, delivering, and evaluating mental health services. (14 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - goal definition by staff consensus KW - implications for planning & delivery & evaluation of mental health services KW - 1978 KW - Goals KW - Health Care Delivery KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Mental Health Services DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.46.6.1284 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1979-26802-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-33306-001 AN - 1974-33306-001 AU - Gandy, Gerald L. T1 - Ordinal position research related to vocational interest. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology Y1 - 1974/07// VL - 21 IS - 4 SP - 281 EP - 287 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-33306-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gandy, Gerald L.; Veterans Administration Regional Office, Columbia, S.C. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Birth Order; Occupational Interests. Classification: Industrial & Organizational Psychology (3600). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Reviews studies on the relationship of birth order to vocational interests in an attempt to support the hypotheses that firstborns are more directing, controlling, and organizing than laterborns, and that laterborns are more sociable, empathic, and sympathetic than firstborns. The research was inconsistent, contradictory, and speculative. Recommendations for further studies are presented, including (a) investigation of birth-order personality differences within rather than between vocations; (b) additional study of the influence of sibling associations on the development of interests and personality and the effect of personality on occupational preferences; (c) research using Adlerian concepts; and (d) continued emphasis on methodological and theoretical considerations. (50 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - birth order KW - vocational interests KW - 1974 KW - Birth Order KW - Occupational Interests DO - 10.1037/h0036763 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-33306-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-32983-001 AN - 1974-32983-001 AU - Silverman, Lloyd H. AU - Frank, Susan G. AU - Dachinger, Penny T1 - A psychoanalytic reinterpretation of the effectiveness of systematic desensitization: Experimental data bearing on the role of merging fantasies. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1974/06// VL - 83 IS - 3 SP - 313 EP - 318 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-32983-001. PMID: 4844921 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silverman, Lloyd H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., New York, N.Y. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Fantasy (Defense Mechanism); Mother Child Relations; Phobias; Psychoanalytic Interpretation; Systematic Desensitization Therapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Subjected 10 women with insect phobias to a variant of systematic desensitization in which a procedure aimed at stimulating a fantasy of "merging with mother" was substituted for muscle relaxation. The procedure consisted of the tachistoscopic subliminal exposure of the verbal stimulus MOMMY AND I ARE ONE during the visualization part of desensitization, whenever the S's anxiety rose above a specified level. A control group of 10 other women with insect phobias underwent the same procedure except that the subliminally exposed message was the neutral stimulus PEOPLE WALKING. On measures of both phobic behavior and anxiety, the experimental group manifested significantly more improvement than the controls. This supports the proposition that (part of) the effectiveness of systematic desensitization resides in its activating unconscious merging fantasies. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychoanalytic interpretation KW - systematic desensitization with stimulation of fantasy of 'merging with mother' as substitute for muscle relaxation KW - insect phobic women KW - 1974 KW - Fantasy (Defense Mechanism) KW - Mother Child Relations KW - Phobias KW - Psychoanalytic Interpretation KW - Systematic Desensitization Therapy DO - 10.1037/h0036733 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-32983-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-33004-001 AN - 1974-33004-001 AU - Munley, Patrick H. T1 - A review of counseling analogue research methods. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology Y1 - 1974/07// VL - 21 IS - 4 SP - 320 EP - 330 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-33004-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Munley, Patrick H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lyons, N.J. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counseling Psychology; Experimental Methods. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Reviews counseling analog research methods used in the Journal of Counseling Psychology, including audiovisual studies (with both client and counselor behavior as dependent variables), quasi-counseling interviews, and experimental tasks not directly resembling a counseling interview. Emerging analog research models are identified and related methodological issues and boundary condition characteristics are discussed. Analog methodological features in need of further consideration are noted. (36 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - analog research methods KW - counseling psychology KW - 1974 KW - Counseling Psychology KW - Experimental Methods DO - 10.1037/h0036734 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-33004-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-32407-001 AN - 1974-32407-001 AU - Munley, Patrick H. T1 - A content analysis of the Journal of Counseling Psychology. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology Y1 - 1974/07// VL - 21 IS - 4 SP - 305 EP - 310 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-32407-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Munley, Patrick H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lyons, N.J. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counseling Psychology; Literature Review; Scientific Communication; Taxonomies. Classification: Communication Systems (2700). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Classified articles and brief reports appearing in the 1st 19 volumes of the Journal of Counseling Psychology into 17 content categories and recorded certain methodological features from each research article. While the percentage of research articles in the journal increased, no clear trends were observed within any research category across the 19 yrs of publication. The 3 principal areas of research activity and publication were counseling outcome and process research, research on vocational behavior, and research on the development and evaluation of tests and measurements. (19 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - content analysis KW - 19 yrs of 'Journal of Counseling Psychology' KW - 1974 KW - Counseling Psychology KW - Literature Review KW - Scientific Communication KW - Taxonomies DO - 10.1037/h0036659 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-32407-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30714-001 AN - 1974-30714-001 AU - Morganstern, Kenneth P. T1 - Issues in implosive therapy: Reply to Levis. JF - Psychological Bulletin JO - Psychological Bulletin Y1 - 1974/06// VL - 81 IS - 6 SP - 380 EP - 382 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-2909 SN - 1939-1455 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30714-001. PMID: 4840112 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morganstern, Kenneth P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, Palo Alto, Calif. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Implosive Therapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Asserts that D. J. Levis's 1974 critique of K. P. Morganstern's (see record [rid]1973-31818-001[/rid]) review on implosion and flooding, although containing a few points of agreement, consisted mainly of unsupported or contradictory challenges. More importantly, Levis's arguments did not alter Morganstern's major conclusions that (a) there exists, at present, no convincing evidence of the efficacy of implosive therapy or flooding or the superiority of either of these techniques to systematic desensitization, and (b) there are serious ethical questions concerning the clinical application of the implosive therapy procedure. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - implosive therapy efficacy & superiority to systematic desensitization KW - reply to D. J. Levis's criticism KW - 1974 KW - Implosive Therapy DO - 10.1037/h0036488 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-30714-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30394-001 AN - 1974-30394-001 AU - Korin, Hyman T1 - Comparison of psychometric measures in psychiatric patients using heroin and other drugs. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1974/04// VL - 83 IS - 2 SP - 208 EP - 212 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30394-001. PMID: 4825220 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Korin, Hyman; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northport, N.Y. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aptitude Measures; Bender Gestalt Test; Drug Usage; Heroin Addiction; Psychosis. Minor Descriptor: Personality Measures. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Compared 27 heroin and 17 nonopiate users, psychotic and nonpsychotic, on the Bender-Gestalt test, the Kent Series of Emergency Scale (a measure of mental ability), and the Multiple Affect Adjective Check List. Analyses of variance and covariance indicated that heroin effects were highly significant (p < .01) on the Bender-Gestalt test. Psychosis effects lacked significance on any test. Constricted use of space, a tendency to rotate designs, and perseverations were significantly more frequent in the heroin patients. Total Bender-Gestalt scores of detoxified and nondetoxified heroin users were not significantly different. It is concluded that heroin patients show marked perceptual disturbances. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Bender-Gestalt test & Kent Series of Emergency Scale & Multiple Affect Adjective Check List KW - psychotic & nonpsychotic heroin vs nonopiate users KW - 1974 KW - Aptitude Measures KW - Bender Gestalt Test KW - Drug Usage KW - Heroin Addiction KW - Psychosis KW - Personality Measures DO - 10.1037/h0036480 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-30394-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-26856-001 AN - 1974-26856-001 AU - Starker, Steven T1 - Daydreaming styles and nocturnal dreaming. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 83 IS - 1 SP - 52 EP - 55 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-26856-001. PMID: 4812431 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Starker, Steven; West Haven Veterans Administration Hosp., Conn. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Style; Daydreaming; Dream Content; Dreaming. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Administered the Imaginal Processes Inventory (IPI) to 55 male undergraduates, and asked them to record their nocturnal dreams in a diary. The dreams of Ss selected as representing extremely different styles of waking fantasy according to the IPI were analyzed with regard to bizarreness, emotionality, emotional polarity, and variety of content. Significant differences in the dream structure were found among Ss of differing daydream styles. Findings support the psychological significance of the concept of daydreaming styles and suggest parameters of cognition that transcend state of consciousness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - daydreaming styles KW - nocturnal dreaming KW - college students KW - 1974 KW - Cognitive Style KW - Daydreaming KW - Dream Content KW - Dreaming DO - 10.1037/h0036129 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-26856-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-26774-001 AN - 1974-26774-001 AU - Cermak, Laird S. T1 - Recall of antonyms from short-term memory. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology Y1 - 1974/04// VL - 102 IS - 4 SP - 740 EP - 742 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-26774-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cermak, Laird S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antonyms; Interference (Learning); Recall (Learning); Short Term Memory. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Investigated the effect of introducing antonyms on adjacent trials of a short-term memory distractor task. Ss were 2 groups of 24 undergraduates. Recall of the antonyms increased when the trial on which they occurred was preceded by several trials each containing words that were antonyms of the final trial. However, recall did not increase when only the immediately preceding trial contained the antonyms. An interpretation based on the priming hypothesis is given. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - introducing antonyms on adjacent trials of short-term memory distractor task KW - recall KW - college students KW - 1974 KW - Antonyms KW - Interference (Learning) KW - Recall (Learning) KW - Short Term Memory DO - 10.1037/h0036107 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-26774-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-24846-001 AN - 1974-24846-001 AU - Gallon, Robert L. T1 - Spatial location of a visual signal and shuttle box avoidance acquisition by goldfish (Carassius auratus). JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 86 IS - 2 SP - 316 EP - 321 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-24846-001. PMID: 4811557 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gallon, Robert L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Conditioned Stimulus; Spatial Orientation (Perception); Stimulus Change. Minor Descriptor: Goldfish. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Carried out 2 experiments which varied CS location in a shuttle box avoidance task performed by goldfish. In Exp I onset of a light CS was presented in either the same, the opposite, or both compartments with respect to the location of 40 Ss. The same-side CS Ss performed significantly better and the opposite-side Ss significantly worse than the both-sides CS Ss. These results are explained by a motivational stimulus hypothesis where the directional components of the signal interact with a directional response. Exp II replicated the conditions of Exp I with light offset as the CS. Directional signal information had no effect on performance. It is suggested that for fish darkness does not have the same locational component as light onset. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - varying CS location KW - avoidance acquisition KW - goldfish KW - 1974 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Conditioned Stimulus KW - Spatial Orientation (Perception) KW - Stimulus Change KW - Goldfish DO - 10.1037/h0035952 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-24846-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-09825-001 AN - 1974-09825-001 AU - Gurel, Lee AU - Lorei, Theodore W. T1 - The labor market and schizophrenics' posthospital employment. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology Y1 - 1973/09// VL - 20 IS - 5 SP - 450 EP - 453 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-09825-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gurel, Lee; Veterans Administration, Washington, D.C. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Employability; Labor Market; Occupational Adjustment; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Correlated work performance of a nationwide sample of 957 male schizophrenics for a 9-mo period after discharge from Veterans Administration hospitals with labor market conditions and other characteristics of expatients' communities. Results indicate that posthospital employment was meager and was unrelated to urbanization, industrialization, and local unemployment rates. The conclusion that variance in vocational adjustment is accounted for more by characteristics of the S than by labor market characteristics is seen as having encouraging implications for personnel involved in returning patients to the world of work. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - labor market KW - posthospital employment & vocational adjustment KW - schizophrenics KW - 1973 KW - Employability KW - Labor Market KW - Occupational Adjustment KW - Schizophrenia DO - 10.1037/h0035388 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-09825-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-08238-001 AN - 1974-08238-001 AU - Fontenot, Donald J. T1 - Visual field differences in the recognition of verbal and nonverbal stimuli in man. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1973/12// VL - 85 IS - 3 SP - 564 EP - 569 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-08238-001. PMID: 4762143 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fontenot, Donald J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Lateral Dominance; Visual Field; Visual Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Tachistoscopically presented verbal and nonverbal stimuli to 16 normal right-handed 18-25 yr old males in the left and right visual fields. Verbal stimuli were 3-letter nonsense words. Nonverbal stimuli were 4 groups of random shapes in a 2 * 2 design in which the dimensions of verbal association value and complexity were independently varied to assess the influence of each as determinants of field differences. Results confirm earlier findings of a right-field superiority for verbal stimuli; however, a clear left-field superiority was found only for certain nonverbal stimuli (the high-complexity shapes). Association value produced a significant main effect but no differential field effect. Results are discussed in terms of the association between these field differences and reciprocal specialization of functions in the human cerebral hemispheres. (29 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual field differences KW - recognition of tachistoscopically presented verbal & nonverbal stimuli KW - right-handed 18-25 yr old males KW - 1973 KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Visual Field KW - Visual Perception DO - 10.1037/h0035210 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-08238-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-07858-001 AN - 1974-07858-001 AU - Moos, Rudolf AU - Shelton, Robert AU - Petty, Charles T1 - Perceived ward climate and treatment outcome. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 82 IS - 2 SP - 291 EP - 298 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-07858-001. PMID: 4754370 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moos, Rudolf; Veterans Administration Hosp., Social Ecology Lab., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Environment; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychotherapeutic Outcomes. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - 3 ward climate scales were derived from 2 independent studies linking treatment environments as perceived by patients and staff to treatment outcome as assessed by ward dropout, release, and community tenure rates. Patients and staff from 7 large and 8 small Veterans Administration hospital wards completed the Ward Atmosphere Scales. Patients and staff agreed in perceiving wards with high dropout rates as low in involvement, support, order and organization, and program clarity, whereas wards with high release rates were perceived as strongly emphasizing practical orientation, but as relatively "unexpressive." Wards that kept patients out of the hospital longest were seen as emphasizing autonomy and independence, practical orientation, order and organization, and the open expression of feelings, particularly angry feelings. It is concluded that some relatively consistent findings are emerging from studies in this area. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perceived psychiatric ward climate KW - treatment outcome as assessed by ward dropout & release & community tenure KW - VA hospital patients KW - 1973 KW - Environment KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychotherapeutic Outcomes DO - 10.1037/h0035184 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-07858-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-07063-001 AN - 1974-07063-001 AU - Fontana, Alan F. AU - Noel, Barbara T1 - Moral reasoning in the university. JF - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology JO - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology Y1 - 1973/09// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 419 EP - 429 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-3514 SN - 1939-1315 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-07063-001. PMID: 4741680 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fontana, Alan F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Educational Personnel; Morality; Reasoning; Social Values; Student Activism. Minor Descriptor: College Students. Classification: Social Psychology (3000). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Used a questionnaire to investigate moral reasoning among members of 3 role groups: 100 undergraduates, 60 faculty, and 16 administrators. Administrators employed law and order reasoning more than faculty and students. Rightists used law and order reasoning more than leftists, and leftists reasoned egoistically more than rightists. Moreover, ideology and activism interacted with role group; ideological differences among administrators were reflected in their differential use of law and order and social contract reasoning, and activism differences among faculty were manifested in their differential use of principled and egoistic orientations. Natural scientists employed more law and order and less social contract reasoning than those in the social sciences and humanities. Individuals' self-images and Machiavellian orientations were related to moral reasoning, particularly the egoistic and law and order categories. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ideological & activism differences KW - moral reasoning KW - college students & faculty & administrators KW - 1973 KW - Educational Personnel KW - Morality KW - Reasoning KW - Social Values KW - Student Activism KW - College Students DO - 10.1037/h0035107 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-07063-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-06858-001 AN - 1974-06858-001 AU - McLaughlin, Lynn J. AU - Brinley, Joseph F. T1 - Age and observational learning of a multiple-classification task. JF - Developmental Psychology JO - Developmental Psychology Y1 - 1973/07// VL - 9 IS - 1 SP - 9 EP - 15 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0012-1649 SN - 1939-0599 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-06858-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McLaughlin, Lynn J.; John Cochran Veterans Administration Hosp., General Medical Research, St. Louis, Mo. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Classification (Cognitive Process); Observational Learning. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Investigated the relationship between age and observational learning in 2nd, 4th, and 6th graders when tested on a multiple-classification task. It was found that modeling of a block-sorting task significantly improved (p < .01) performance on that task for children of all ages. Modeling of the task only affected the performance of the oldest age group on a physically different but structurally similar task, i.e., an animal picture-sorting task. No differences were found between the effects of practice and the effects of modeling. Results are discussed in terms of a stage analysis of observational learning which states that in order to abstract and generalize information received from a model, the O must have the cognitive structures available for performance of the task. (25 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age KW - observational learning of multiple-classification task KW - 2nd & 4th & 6th graders KW - 1973 KW - Age Differences KW - Classification (Cognitive Process) KW - Observational Learning DO - 10.1037/h0035069 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-06858-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-00072-001 AN - 1974-00072-001 AU - Gocka, Edward F. T1 - Regression analysis of proportional cell data. JF - Psychological Bulletin JO - Psychological Bulletin Y1 - 1973/07// VL - 80 IS - 1 SP - 25 EP - 27 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-2909 SN - 1939-1455 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-00072-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gocka, Edward F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Western Research Support Center, Sepulveda, Calif. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Analysis of Variance; Factor Analysis. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Previous researchers contend that a general regression method (Method 1) for estimating factor effects by adjusting for all other factors and interactions in the model does not give results consistent with standard methods when one has a proportional cell size data set. The present author argues that the inconsistency is due simply to a disregard of the standard analysis of variance restrictions usually employed within a factor, and hence to an improper coding of the predictor vectors. Taking standard procedures into account, Method 1 does yield results consistent with those obtained by other methods. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - regression analysis for estimating factor effects KW - 1973 KW - Analysis of Variance KW - Factor Analysis DO - 10.1037/h0034626 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-00072-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-00012-001 AN - 1974-00012-001 AU - Farberow, Norman L. T1 - The crisis is chronic. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 28 IS - 5 SP - 388 EP - 394 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-00012-001. PMID: 4703056 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Farberow, Norman L.; Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hosp. Center, Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Mental Health; Professional Organizations. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Discusses 3 familiar crises in clinical psychology. The 1st is the question of an appropriate model for clinical psychology. A practitioner-scientist model with primary training emphasis on practitioner aspects is recommended, although researcher-teacher aspects would continue to be essential. The proposal that the American Psychological Association be reorganized into a federation of autonomous constituent societies is explored in relation to the question of model. The 2nd problem is the pressing need to incorporate procedures for continuing education into clinical psychology in order to avoid obsolescence. A formal program is required rather than the current scattered, separate efforts. The 3rd issue is the role of clinical psychology in the future development of mental health, especially in response to the critical survey and sweeping recommendations for change made by the Center for the Study of Responsive Law. Clinical psychology is seen as occupying a leading role in developing creative and innovative programs to meet the new demands. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - American Psychological Association structure change & continuing education & implications of Nader Report recommendations for development of mental health KW - crises in clinical psychology KW - 1973 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Mental Health KW - Professional Organizations DO - 10.1037/h0034620 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-00012-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-31708-001 AN - 1973-31708-001 AU - Ellsworth, Robert B. T1 - Feedback: Asset or liability in improving treatment effectiveness? JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 40 IS - 3 SP - 383 EP - 393 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-31708-001. PMID: 4708110 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ellsworth, Robert B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salem, Va. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Feedback; Knowledge of Results; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Notes that while established research findings indicate that knowledge of results can improve performance, experience in clinical tasks has shown that feedback is not necessarily helpful. Results of a year-long study using 3 psychiatric wards show that feedback may enable a treatment team to increase their effectiveness, but an increase does not always occur. At least 3 conditions seemed necessary for feedback to enhance team effectiveness: (a) identification of strategy, (b) persistence and ability to change, and (c) institutional support. When these 3 conditions were met on 1 ward, the posthospital adjustment of their patients rose to a higher level than that of nonfeedback wards. (20 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - feedback & knowledge of results KW - improving team treatment effectiveness in psychiatric wards KW - 1973 KW - Feedback KW - Knowledge of Results KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation DO - 10.1037/h0034544 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-31708-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-31477-001 AN - 1973-31477-001 AU - Feifel, Herman AU - Branscomb, Allan B. T1 - Who's afraid of death? JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 81 IS - 3 SP - 282 EP - 288 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-31477-001. PMID: 4710052 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feifel, Herman; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Death and Dying; Death Attitudes; Fear; Religious Beliefs. Minor Descriptor: Medical Patients; Psychiatric Patients; Terminally Ill Patients. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Investigated the relationship between fear of personal death and major demographic variables (including personal nearness to death and recent experience with death) among 92 terminally ill patients, 94 chronically ill patients, 90 mentally ill patients, and 95 healthy community members. Measures included interview techniques, a word association test, and bipolar adjective rating scales. Age and religious self-rating were the only 2 predictor variables found to be consistently associated with personal fear. The configurational profile emerging from analysis of the 3 levels used suggested the coexistence of an acceptance-avoidance approach toward the notion of personal death. (31 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - demographic variables & personal nearness to & recent experience with death KW - fear of personal death KW - terminally ill & chronically ill & mentally ill patients & healthy community members KW - 1973 KW - Age Differences KW - Death and Dying KW - Death Attitudes KW - Fear KW - Religious Beliefs KW - Medical Patients KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Terminally Ill Patients DO - 10.1037/h0034519 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-31477-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-31534-001 AN - 1973-31534-001 AU - Levine, Jacob AU - Zigler, Edward T1 - The essential-reactive distinction in alcoholism: A developmental approach. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 81 IS - 3 SP - 242 EP - 249 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-31534-001. PMID: 4710046 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levine, Jacob; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Differential Diagnosis; Medical Patients; Psychiatric Patients; Psychosocial Development. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Used L. Phillips and E. Zigler's social competence index to classify 3 groups of 20 hospitalized alcoholics, nonpsychotic psychiatric patients, and medical patients into high and low social-competence subgroups. The 3 groups were compared on Rudie and McGaughran's Essential-Reactive Alcoholism Scale. Scores on this scale were found to be related to social competence for all 3 groups. The scale was also found to differentiate alcoholics from the other 2 groups. Characteristics of the scale were examined and the hypothesis advanced that the Essential-Reactive Alcoholism Scale largely assesses a general maturity dimension. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social competence KW - Rudie & McGaughran's Essential-Reactive Alcoholism Scale KW - hospitalized alcoholics vs. nonpsychotic psychiatric patients vs. medical patients KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Medical Patients KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychosocial Development DO - 10.1037/h0034528 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-31534-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-29650-001 AN - 1973-29650-001 AU - Rosenzweig, Stanley P. AU - Harford, Thomas T1 - Correlates of therapists' initial impressions of patients in a psychiatric day center. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice Y1 - 1972///Sum 1972 VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 126 EP - 129 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-29650-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rosenzweig, Stanley P.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20071008. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients; Psychotherapeutic Outcomes; Therapeutic Community; Therapist Characteristics. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1972. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Attempts to determine (a) whether or not therapists' initial attitudes in a psychiatric day treatment center are related to outcome variables, and (b) which personality and demographic variables are related to therapist attitudes. Ss were 70 chronic psychiatric patients (mean time of hospitalization = 7 yr.) who were evaluated by a test battery including the WAIS, Draw-a-Person, Purdue Peg Board Test, Stroop Color Word Test, the Psychotic Reaction Profile, and background and demographic data. Therapists' attitude measures were completed on each S by 3 staff members after an S had been in a program for 1 wk. A 6-yr follow-up evaluation was conducted, computing the percentage of time each S had spent in work, school, and hospital after discharge from the center. Findings "suggest that a brief therapist attitude scale, based on the initial impressions made by patients, significantly predicts aspects of treatment outcome in a milieu therapy program. Test and demographic correlates of the scale indicate that therapists have positive impressions of patients who are younger, have more education, are more intelligent, and have less psychopathology." (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - milieu therapy program outcome & personality & demographic variables KW - therapists' initial impressions of psychiatric day center patients KW - 1972 KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychotherapeutic Outcomes KW - Therapeutic Community KW - Therapist Characteristics DO - 10.1037/h0086731 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-29650-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-29384-001 AN - 1973-29384-001 AU - Boies, Karen G. T1 - Role playing as a behavior change technique: Review of the empirical literature. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice Y1 - 1972///Sum 1972 VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 185 EP - 192 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-29384-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boies, Karen G.; Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20071008. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Bibliography. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Modification; Literature Review; Role Playing. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1972. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Describes how role playing is currently used as a behavior change technique, evaluates the experimental literature, and states implications. Included is an annotated bibliography, divided into sections covering case studies, clinical studies, role playing as a training technique for institutionalized and noninstitutionalized persons, and attitude change and role playing. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - role playing as behavior change technique KW - literature review & annotated bibliography KW - 1972 KW - Behavior Modification KW - Literature Review KW - Role Playing DO - 10.1037/h0086744 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-29384-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-29611-001 AN - 1973-29611-001 AU - Murray, D. C. T1 - The suicide threat: Base rates and appropriate therapeutic strategy. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice Y1 - 1972///Sum 1972 VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 176 EP - 179 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-29611-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Murray, D. C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20071008. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attempted Suicide; Suicide Prevention. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1972. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Interprets data on suicide attempts and thought concerning in- and outpatients and patients and nonpatients. Although the data lack scientific precision, they are consistent and suggestive. Examination of depressed and suicidal patients revealed 3 basic facts: (a) a truly determined person will kill himself whether hospitalized or not; (b) final responsibility for a suicide does not lie with the therapist; and (c) final responsibility rests with the patient. Some suicides, e.g., a terminal cancer patient, are even considered defensible. A suicide threat is regarded as a form of communication to be translated by the therapist into an expression of strong feelings of unhappiness, discouragement, despair, and distress. It is suggested that the focal point in such situations should be on the patient's real problem and needs rather than the advisability of his killing himself or being institutionalized against his will so the therapist can feel safer. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - base rates & therapeutic strategy KW - suicide threat & attempts KW - in- vs. outpatients & patients vs. nonpatients KW - 1972 KW - Attempted Suicide KW - Suicide Prevention DO - 10.1037/h0086742 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-29611-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-21492-001 AN - 1973-21492-001 AU - Hamlin, Roy M. AU - Ward, William D. T1 - Schizophrenic intelligence, symptoms, and release from the hospital. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1973/02// VL - 81 IS - 1 SP - 11 EP - 16 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-21492-001. PMID: 4690210 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hamlin, Roy M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Danville, Ill. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intelligence; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Used the WAIS and Inpatient Multidimensional Psychiatric Scale to assess changes in intelligence and symptoms over a 1-yr period in 64 male chronic schizophrenics (an additional 32 Ss were assessed only at the end of the 1-yr period). Hospital status 6 yr. later identified Ss who had been discharged successfully and those still hospitalized. Ss who improved in symptoms gained in test scores. Short-term symptomatic improvement showed no significant relationship to discharge within the next 6 yr., whereas short-term gains in intelligence predicted subsequent discharge to a highly significant degree (p < .001). Results indicate that discharge from the hospital may depend more on increasing competence (test scores) than on reducing psychopathology (symptoms). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hospital discharge KW - intelligence & symptoms KW - chronic schizophrenics KW - 1973 KW - Intelligence KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms DO - 10.1037/h0034033 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-21492-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-12037-001 AN - 1973-12037-001 AU - Patterson, Tom W. AU - Viney, Wayne T1 - Three-year budgetary and support changes in psychology departments offering graduate programs. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1972/03// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 218 EP - 220 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1973-12037-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Patterson, Tom W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Educational Administration; Educational Financial Assistance; Graduate Psychology Education. Classification: Educational Psychology (3500). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Surveyed psychology departments in the United States which offer graduate programs during each of the 3 academic years from 1968-1970. Survey items were designed to collect data on nonfederal dollar support for budgetary and personnel categories, e.g., staff-student ratios, secretary-staff ratios, and percent salary raise/yr. Data generally reflect a failure of the support base to keep pace with increasing student enrollments. The increasing budgetary austerity which confronts most academic departments is briefly discussed in terms of possible discretionary measures which are available to most departments and which could be employed to improve the cost-effectiveness of departmental operations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nonfederal dollar support for budgetary & personnel categories KW - 1968-1970 survey of psychology departments with graduate programs KW - 1972 KW - Educational Administration KW - Educational Financial Assistance KW - Graduate Psychology Education DO - 10.1037/h0033852 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-12037-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-11721-001 AN - 1973-11721-001 AU - Prien, Robert F. AU - Klett, C. James T1 - An appraisal of the long-term use of tranquilizing medication with hospitalized chronic schizophrenics: A review of the drug discontinuation literature. JF - Schizophrenia Bulletin JO - Schizophrenia Bulletin Y1 - 1972///Spr 1972 VL - 1 IS - 5 SP - 64 EP - 73 CY - US PB - National Institute of Mental Health SN - 0586-7614 SN - 1745-1701 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-11721-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Prien, Robert F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 20091005. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Literature Review; Remission (Disorders); Schizophrenia; Tranquilizing Drugs. Minor Descriptor: Drug Withdrawal. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1972. AB - Reports 3 major findings: (a) Indiscriminate withdrawal of ataractic medication for long periods of time carries a relatively high risk of relapse. Most studies indicate that 40% or more of patients taken off medication relapse within 6 mo. The probability of relapse appears too high to commend long-term drug withdrawal as a general treatment policy for chronic schizophrenics. (b) Discontinuation is most feasible with patients who have been hospitalized for long periods and are already receiving low doses of phenothiazine medication. The risk of relapse with these patients is relatively low. (c) Intermittent drug therapy appears to have considerable merit. All investigators who have used intermittent schedules feel that continuous ataractic treatment is unnecessary with the large majority of patients. Most of these investigators acknowledge, however, that more study is needed on comparative tolerance of drug-free periods. (3 p. ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - long-term use of tranquilizing medication & discontinuation effects KW - hospitalized chronic schizophrenics KW - literature review KW - 1972 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Literature Review KW - Remission (Disorders) KW - Schizophrenia KW - Tranquilizing Drugs KW - Drug Withdrawal UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-11721-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-08293-001 AN - 1973-08293-001 AU - Houck, Robert L. AU - Mefferd, Roy B. AU - Greenstein, Glenda J. T1 - Influence of a visual frame and vertical-horizontal illusion on shape and size perception. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology Y1 - 1972/12// VL - 96 IS - 2 SP - 273 EP - 279 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-08293-001. PMID: 4645957 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Houck, Robert L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychiatric & Psychosomatic Research Lab., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparent Size; Form and Shape Perception; Illusions (Perception). Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Examined a variety of visual frames and stimulus shapes in a series of 3 experiments with 20 laboratory employees. The magnitude of the frame's effect on apparent size and apparent shape was studied. Although a slight frame effect was demonstrated under very special conditions, its importance to the perceptual experience is questioned. The predominating effect of the vertical-horizontal phenomena is explored. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual frame & vertical-horizontal illusion KW - apparent shape & size perception KW - laboratory employees KW - 1972 KW - Apparent Size KW - Form and Shape Perception KW - Illusions (Perception) DO - 10.1037/h0033610 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-08293-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-05176-001 AN - 1973-05176-001 AU - Rice, Ronald G. AU - Ghertner, Stuart J. AU - Rene, Alice D. T1 - Assessing rehabilitation counseling needs in a hospital setting. JF - Rehabilitation Psychology JO - Rehabilitation Psychology Y1 - 1972///Sum 1972 VL - 19 IS - 2 SP - 85 EP - 88 CY - US PB - Division 22 of the American Psychological Association SN - 0090-5550 SN - 1939-1544 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-05176-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Aspects of Disability. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rice, Ronald G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., New Orleans, La. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation; Springer Publishing. Release Date: 20090511. Correction Date: 20100503. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counseling; Hospitalized Patients; Occupational Guidance; Psychosocial Rehabilitation; Vocational Rehabilitation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1972. AB - Determined the extent and depth of interest in rehabilitation counseling services among patients of a Veterans Administration general medical hospital using an 18-item questionnaire. The extent of interest was found to be high: 71% of inpatients and 56% of outpatients expressed interest in 1 or more services. In terms of depth of interests, most patients indicated an interest in 4 separate services: vocational guidance, counseling, evaluation (70% of all responses), followed by a mixture of other services, e.g., job placement, family therapy, staff-patient communication. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - questionnaire measurement of interest in rehabilitation counseling KW - Veterans Administration hospital patients KW - 1972 KW - Counseling KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Occupational Guidance KW - Psychosocial Rehabilitation KW - Vocational Rehabilitation DO - 10.1037/h0090876 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-05176-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-05060-001 AN - 1973-05060-001 AU - Hohmann, George W. T1 - Considerations in management of psychosexual readjustment in the cord injured male. JF - Rehabilitation Psychology JO - Rehabilitation Psychology Y1 - 1972///Sum 1972 VL - 19 IS - 2 SP - 50 EP - 58 CY - US PB - Division 22 of the American Psychological Association SN - 0090-5550 SN - 1939-1544 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-05060-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Aspects of Disability. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hohmann, George W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Tucson, Ariz. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation; Springer Publishing. Release Date: 20090511. Correction Date: 20100503. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counseling; Psychosexual Behavior; Spinal Cord Injuries. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1972. AB - Discusses the psychological and psychosocial aspects of sexual function of men with spinal cord injury. Topics include who should counsel them about sex, what should be told, the kinds of sexual activities open to the cord injured, and the sexual rewards involved. A list of precautions for sex counselors is given. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - spinal cord injury KW - psychosexual functioning & sex counseling KW - 1972 KW - Counseling KW - Psychosexual Behavior KW - Spinal Cord Injuries DO - 10.1037/h0090875 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-05060-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-04603-001 AN - 1973-04603-001 AU - Alkire, Armand A. T1 - Enactment of social power and role behavior in families of disturbed and nondisturbed preadolescents. JF - Developmental Psychology JO - Developmental Psychology Y1 - 1972/11// VL - 7 IS - 3 SP - 270 EP - 276 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0012-1649 SN - 1939-0599 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-04603-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Alkire, Armand A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotional Disturbances; Father Child Relations; Mother Child Relations; Parental Role; Permissive Parenting. Minor Descriptor: Parenting Style. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Conducted a study with 47 disturbed and 47 normal 8-13 yr. olds and their families. An ongoing family communication task was used to measure the degree to which each parent independently displayed an authoritarian power position over the child. The effects of the exertion of this power on family task-role behavior was then observed. In most cases, mothers of the undisturbed and fathers of the disturbed children were alike in that they had difficulty in displaying authority over the child. They were also alike in subsequent task-role behaviors. In contrast, fathers of the nondisturbed and mothers of the disturbed families were more authoritarian and also similar in task behaviors. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - parental authoritarianism & social power KW - family task-role behavior KW - 8-13 yr. old disturbed vs. normal children & parents KW - 1972 KW - Emotional Disturbances KW - Father Child Relations KW - Mother Child Relations KW - Parental Role KW - Permissive Parenting KW - Parenting Style DO - 10.1037/h0033400 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-04603-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-04662-001 AN - 1973-04662-001 AU - DeWolfe, Alan S. AU - McDonald, Rita K. T1 - Sex differences and institutionalization in the word associations of schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1972/10// VL - 39 IS - 2 SP - 215 EP - 221 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-04662-001. PMID: 5075868 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: DeWolfe, Alan S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Sex Differences; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Schizophrenia; Word Associations. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Studied word associations of 20 male and 20 female schizophrenics. Although no significant differences in pathological responses were associated with sex or institutionalization, differences associated with both were found in healthy responses. Females gave more logical coordinate associations (p < .01) and males gave more prediction (p < .05). Institutionalization was significantly negatively related to functional and subordination associations (p < .02 and .05, respectively). These schizophrenic Ss gave significantly more extreme logically distant associations than the 460 normal Ss of previous studies (p < .001). Normals had significantly more instances of multiword associations and no response (p < .001). Results support the drive-interference theory of schizophrenic deficit. It appears that schizophrenics under stress can be differentiated from normals on logically deviant responses but differ more from each other on healthy responses. (23 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sex & institutionalization KW - coordinate & functional & subordination word associations KW - schizophrenics vs. normals KW - 1972 KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Schizophrenia KW - Word Associations DO - 10.1037/h0033401 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-04662-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-02831-001 AN - 1973-02831-001 AU - Curlee, Joan T1 - Attitudes that facilitate or hinder the treatment of alcoholism. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice Y1 - 1971///Spr 1971 VL - 8 IS - 1 SP - 68 EP - 70 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-02831-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Curlee, Joan; Veterans Administration Hosp., Indianapolis, Ind. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20071008. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Attitudes; Alcoholism; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Therapist Characteristics. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1971. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1971. KW - facilitating & hindering attitudes KW - treatment of alcoholism KW - 1971 KW - Alcohol Drinking Attitudes KW - Alcoholism KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Therapist Characteristics DO - 10.1037/h0086627 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-02831-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-02848-001 AN - 1973-02848-001 AU - Erickson, Richard C. T1 - Outcome studies in mental hospitals: A search for criteria. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1972/08// VL - 39 IS - 1 SP - 75 EP - 77 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-02848-001. PMID: 5045290 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Erickson, Richard C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Seattle, Wash. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Expectations; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychotherapeutic Outcomes. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Considers issues raised by H. H. Strupp and A. E. Bergin in their review of individual treatment. It is argued that the task of determining whether therapy has been successful is conceptually more complicated for hospital programs. Individual therapy is presented as a 2-party contract between the patient and therapist while hospital programs are seen as a 6-party contract including the patient, state, local community, family, hospital staff, and therapist. The goals of each of the 6 parties are presented and some incompatabilities noted. Given the multiplicity of incompatible goals, it is suggested that various treatment programs may be designed for optimal success on the terms set by 1 of the 6 parties and evaluation of outcome may involve selecting whose outcome to assess. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - outcome goals of 6 parties involved in mental hospital programs of therapy KW - 1972 KW - Expectations KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychotherapeutic Outcomes DO - 10.1037/h0033219 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-02848-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-02805-001 AN - 1973-02805-001 AU - Boudewyns, Patrick A. AU - Wilson, Alan E. T1 - Implosive therapy and desensitization theory using free association in the treatment of inpatients. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1972/06// VL - 79 IS - 3 SP - 259 EP - 268 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-02805-001. PMID: 5033366 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boudewyns, Patrick A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Iowa City, Ia. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Implosive Therapy; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Mooney Problem Check List; Systematic Desensitization Therapy; Therapeutic Community. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Treated 36 male psychiatric inpatients with implosive therapy, a desensitization procedure using free association, or standard hospital milieu treatment. Ratings of achievement of individualized behavioral goals, the MMPI, and the Mooney Problem Check List were administered before and after treatment and at 6 mo. following treatment. Employment and hospitalization status were recorded during the year following treatment. Both individually treated groups showed immediate outcomes superior to controls; the implosive group was superior on more measures and maintained improvement better at 6 mo. As predicted, the implosive group reported more anxiety-related physiological stress (e.g., heart pounding, butterflies in stomach) during therapy sessions than Ss in the desensitization group. Support was not obtained, however, for the hypothesis that the degree of self-reported stress during therapy sessions is related to behavior change. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - implosive therapy vs. desensitization procedure using free association vs. milieu treatment KW - achievement of behavioral goals & MMPI & Mooney Problem Check List KW - psychiatric inpatients KW - 1972 KW - Implosive Therapy KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Mooney Problem Check List KW - Systematic Desensitization Therapy KW - Therapeutic Community KW - Psychiatric Patients DO - 10.1037/h0033216 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-02805-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-03034-001 AN - 1973-03034-001 AU - Spiegel, Don AU - Younger, Jenny B. T1 - Ward climate and community stay of psychiatric patients. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1972/08// VL - 39 IS - 1 SP - 62 EP - 69 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-03034-001. PMID: 5045287 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spiegel, Don; Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Community Attitudes; Psychiatric Hospital Readmission; Psychiatric Hospital Staff; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Administered a Ward Climate Inventory to 173 staff and 254 patients on 7 male wards of a neuropsychiatric hospital. 3 factors emerged from analyses: Factor I-personnel concern for patients; Factor II-patient concern for patients; and Factor III-ward morale. Elopement rate was significantly correlated with staff scores on Factors I and III and with magnitude of patient-staff differences on Factors I and III. Higher elopement rates were associated with lower personnel concern for patients, lower ward morale, and smaller patient-staff discrepancies in perceived personnel concern and ward morale. Release rates and community stay of unmarried schizophrenics were positively correlated with the patient-staff discrepancy score for Factor I. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ward climate factors KW - release & elopement & readmission & discharge against medical advice & community stay time rates KW - male patients & ward staff of neuropsychiatric hospital KW - 1972 KW - Community Attitudes KW - Psychiatric Hospital Readmission KW - Psychiatric Hospital Staff KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients DO - 10.1037/h0033230 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-03034-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-00365-001 AN - 1973-00365-001 AU - Carey, Robert J. T1 - A neuroanatomical investigation of enhanced cutaneous and gustatory responsivity associated with septal forebrain injury. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1972/09// VL - 80 IS - 3 SP - 449 EP - 457 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-00365-001. PMID: 5071900 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carey, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Drinking Behavior; Cutaneous Sense; Quinine; Saccharin. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Observed enhanced reactivity to cutaneous stimulation (handling and footshock) in 14 male Sprague-Dawley rats sustaining either large septal lesions or medial forebrain bundle ablations at the level of the septum. Cutaneously elicited hyperreactivity was not noted in 7 unoperated controls or 28 Ss with smaller septal lesions placed in the anterior, posterior, or dorsal septum or with lesions in the stria terminalis. All septal ablations but neither the medial forebrain bundle nor the stria terminalis lesions produced a gustatory hyperreactivity in the form of altered intakes of quinine and saccharin solutions. The gustatory hyperreactivity to quinine was clearly maximal in Ss with posterior ventral septal injury. Significantly, this lesion always extended into the medial preoptic nucleus. These results point to different neuroanatomical mechanisms in the septum underlying cutaneous- vs. gustatory-elicited behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - large septal lesions vs. medial forebrain bundle ablations at septum level KW - reactivity to handling & responsivity to quinine & saccharin solutions & footshock KW - rats KW - 1972 KW - Animal Drinking Behavior KW - Cutaneous Sense KW - Quinine KW - Saccharin KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/h0032969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-00365-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-00318-001 AN - 1973-00318-001 AU - Mulholland, Thomas B. T1 - Occipital alpha revisited. JF - Psychological Bulletin JO - Psychological Bulletin Y1 - 1972/09// VL - 78 IS - 3 SP - 176 EP - 182 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-2909 SN - 1939-1455 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-00318-001. PMID: 4560786 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mulholland, Thomas B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perception Lab., Bedford, Mass. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alpha Rhythm; Electroencephalography. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - The human occipital EEG is describable quantitatively as an alternation between alpha and little or no alpha. This alternation is termed the alpha-attenuation cycle. Previous descriptions of the occipital alpha rhythms were based on the assumptions of singularity of the response of the EEG alpha rhythm and functional equivalence of all alpha and all intervals of alpha attenuation. Both of these assumptions are critically evaluated against previous experimental evidence. A new interpretation is presented which considers the response of the occipital alpha rhythms as a time series, not a singular response. All "alpha" events are not functionally equivalent, nor are all "no-alpha" events. Their position in the time series must be considered. (29 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - assumptions of response singularity & of attenuation intervals functional equivalence KW - consideration of occipital EEG alpha rhythm response as time series KW - 1972 KW - Alpha Rhythm KW - Electroencephalography DO - 10.1037/h0032962 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-00318-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-00299-001 AN - 1973-00299-001 AU - Hersen, Michel T1 - Nightmare behavior: A review. JF - Psychological Bulletin JO - Psychological Bulletin Y1 - 1972/07// VL - 78 IS - 1 SP - 37 EP - 48 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-2909 SN - 1939-1455 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-00299-001. PMID: 4339424 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hersen, Michel; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Literature Review; Nightmares; Physiological Correlates. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Reviews objective reports, surveys, observations, and studies relating to nightmare behavior. Physiological correlates of nightmares including the relationship of homeostatic imbalances and production of nightmares are examined. Investigations are criticized on the basis of inadequate numbers of Ss, absence of controls, excessive reliance on self-reports, poor reliability and validity, and lack of experimental control over independent variable under study. Possible improvements in existing methodology are considered, and suggestions for further research are offered. Psychogenic theories accounting for production of nightmare dreams are reviewed. In addition, recent applications of behavioral methodology to treatment of pathological nightmare behavior are surveyed. (49 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nightmare behavior & physiological correlates KW - review of objective reports & surveys & observations & studies KW - 1972 KW - Literature Review KW - Nightmares KW - Physiological Correlates DO - 10.1037/h0032960 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-00299-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-30899-001 AN - 1972-30899-001 AU - Pare, William P. T1 - Conditioning and avoidance responding effects on gastric secretion in the rat with chronic fistula. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1972/07// VL - 80 IS - 1 SP - 150 EP - 162 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-30899-001. PMID: 5065153 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pare, William P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pavlovian Research Lab., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Conditioning; Digestive System; Shock; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Conducted 3 experiments with a total of 42 male Long-Evans rats. Base-line data was obtained by collecting gastric juice from Ss with chronic gastric fistula (CSF). Results show the hourly volume of gastric secretion decreased over the 23-hr period, whereas free and total acid increased. When Ss were given a 2-hr shock-stress period, secretion was inhibited during this period and higher volumes were obtained during 2-hr pre- and poststress periods. The same gastric secretory inhibition occurred during conditioning test trials in which shock was omitted. When Ss were trained on a Sidman avoidance task, hourly avoidance work sessions were characterized by a decrease in volume of gastric secretion and an increase in total acid. Results are discussed in terms of the psychological etiology of gastrointestinal lesions. (35 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - gastric secretion KW - conditioning & avoidance responding & shock-stress period KW - rat with chronic fistula KW - 1972 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Conditioning KW - Digestive System KW - Shock KW - Stress KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/h0032837 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1972-30899-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-28089-001 AN - 1972-28089-001 AU - Cicchetti, Domenic V. T1 - Extension of multiple-range tests to interaction tables in the analysis of variance: A rapid approximate solution. JF - Psychological Bulletin JO - Psychological Bulletin Y1 - 1972/06// VL - 77 IS - 6 SP - 405 EP - 408 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-2909 SN - 1939-1455 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-28089-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cicchetti, Domenic V.; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Factor Analysis; Statistical Analysis; Testing. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Discusses the application of multiple-range tests to means derived from the 1-way analysis of variance, in which none of the possible contrasts is confounded. Often, however, it is ncessary to compare Ms in an interaction table derived from a factorial analysis of variance. In this case, the only unconfounded comparisons are those made within rows and columns. An approximate solution is described that adjusts the number of treatments by basing the q statistic upon the number of unconfounded comparisons only. The solution is then applied, using actual data, (a) when only the K(K-1)/2 contrasts are desired (the method of J. Tukey), and (b) when all possible contracts are desired (the method of H. Sheffe). The Duncan and Newman-Keuls tests are deemphasized, since research demonstrates these tests fail to control adequately for Type I error. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - multiple-range tests KW - extension to interaction tables in analysis of variance KW - 1972 KW - Factor Analysis KW - Statistical Analysis KW - Testing DO - 10.1037/h0032673 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1972-28089-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-24650-001 AN - 1972-24650-001 AU - Pishkin, Vladimir T1 - Concept identification with mnemonic cues as a function of children's sex and age. JF - Journal of Educational Psychology JO - Journal of Educational Psychology Y1 - 1972/04// VL - 63 IS - 2 SP - 93 EP - 98 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0663 SN - 1939-2176 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-24650-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pishkin, Vladimir; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Other Publishers: Warwick & York. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Cognitive Processes; Cues; Human Sex Differences; Memory. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Administered concept identification tasks to 72 male and 92 female 6-9 yr. olds to study the effects of availability of past correct and past incorrect instances, amounts of memory information, and Ss' sex on concept learning. Major results are: (a) females showed superior performance as compared to males, (b) availability of past correct instances facilitated concept identification performance, and (c) older females profited from memory information to a greater degree than their male peers, especially when past correct instances were provided. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - concept identification KW - past correct vs. past incorrect mnemonic cues & sex & age KW - 6-9 yr. olds KW - 1972 KW - Age Differences KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Cues KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Memory DO - 10.1037/h0032383 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1972-24650-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-22306-001 AN - 1972-22306-001 AU - Levinson, Daniel M. T1 - Interocular transfer in guinea pigs following section of the corpus callosum. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1972/01// VL - 78 IS - 1 SP - 26 EP - 31 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-22306-001. PMID: 4554832 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levinson, Daniel M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Neuropsychology Lab., Kansas City, Mo. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Eye (Anatomy). Minor Descriptor: Animals. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Measured interocular transfer of an active-avoidance habit, based on discriminations of shape discriminanda or of slant discriminanda, in 27 ocularly pigmented male American Brown guinea pigs, after section of the corpus callosum or a sham operation. Mastery of discriminations was not retarded by the section, but interocular transfer, while nearly perfect in sham-operated Ss, was significantly inferior in callosally sectioned Ss. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - corpus callosum section KW - interocular transfer of active-avoidance habit KW - guinea pig KW - 1972 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Eye (Anatomy) KW - Animals DO - 10.1037/h0032283 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1972-22306-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-09765-001 AN - 1972-09765-001 AU - Mann, Jay T1 - Vicarious desensitization of test anxiety through observation of videotaped treatment. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology Y1 - 1972/01// VL - 19 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 7 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-09765-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mann, Jay; Veterans Administration Hosp., Family Study Unit, Palo Alto, Calif. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Educational Counseling; Junior High School Students; Sensitivity (Personality); Test Anxiety. Classification: Educational Psychology (3500). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Compared procedural variations for a vicarious group treatment of test anxiety involving observation of videotapes depicting systematic desensitization of a model. 60 junior high school students were given the test-anxiety scale and the speed and comprehension subtest of the gates-mcginnitie reading test before and after the study. Ss were randomly assigned to the following treatment conditions: (a) imitation of videotaped procedure; (b) observation (without imitation); and (c) observation (without imitation) of procedure, excluding relaxation. 20 ss served as waiting-list controls. In each group, 10 ss were given neutral instructions. As predicted, experimentals improved significantly, relative to controls, on measures of test anxiety and timed reading proficiency; however, neither procedural variations nor variant expectancy instructions differentially influenced improvements. When subsequently treated, controls' improvements equaled those attained by previously treated experimentals. The theoretical implications and the feasibility of using videotaped materials to treat test anxiety and other avoidance responses in school settings are discussed. (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - vicarious desensitization through observation of videotaped treatment KW - test anxiety KW - junior high school students KW - 1972 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Educational Counseling KW - Junior High School Students KW - Sensitivity (Personality) KW - Test Anxiety DO - 10.1037/h0032024 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1972-09765-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-09348-001 AN - 1972-09348-001 AU - DeWolfe, Alan S. T1 - Cognitive structure and pathology in associations of process and reactive schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 78 IS - 2 SP - 148 EP - 153 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-09348-001. Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: DeWolfe, Alan S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Learning; Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Tested the hypothesis of different schizophrenic thought processes related to premorbid adjustment through analyses of the word associations of 20 process and 20 reactive schizophrenics. The groups (matched for age, sex, and education with scores corrected for differences in institutionalization when relevant) were predicted to show cognitive structure and type-of-deficit differences, despite a prediction of equally severe current symptoms. Significant differences in categories of healthy and pathological associations support (a) the hypotheses of differences in cognitive structure and type of deficit, and (b) the use of the process reactive distinction in research on schizophrenia. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive structure & pathology in associations KW - process vs. reactive schizophrenics KW - 1971 KW - Learning KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms DO - 10.1037/h0031996 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1972-09348-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-09347-001 AN - 1972-09347-001 AU - Davis, William E. AU - Dewolfe, Alan S. T1 - Premorbid adjustment and affective expression in schizophrenia. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 78 IS - 2 SP - 198 EP - 201 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-09347-001. PMID: 4400412 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, William E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Emotions; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Randomly selected 2 samples composed of 25 process and 25 reactive schizophrenics. There were no significant differences among the groups either in mean age or education. Mmpi deviation scores were obtained for each s by subtracting s's mean clinical scale score from each of the 9 mmpi clinical scales. Reactive ss had significantly (p < .01) higher ma deviation scores in both samples, and process ss scored significantly higher on pt (p < .05) and sc (p < .01) in both samples. Reasons for these significant results, in contrast to results of past research, and the positive implications for the value of the process-reactive distinction are discussed. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - premorbid adjustment & affective expression KW - schizophrenics KW - 1971 KW - Adjustment KW - Emotions KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms DO - 10.1037/h0031995 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1972-09347-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-03835-001 AN - 1972-03835-001 AU - Fozard, James L. AU - Nuttall, Ronald L. T1 - General Aptitude Test Battery scores for men differing in age and socioeconomic status. JF - Journal of Applied Psychology JO - Journal of Applied Psychology Y1 - 1971/08// VL - 55 IS - 4 SP - 372 EP - 379 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9010 SN - 1939-1854 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-03835-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fozard, James L.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Aptitude Measures; Geriatrics; Occupational Guidance; Socioeconomic Status. Minor Descriptor: Test Battery. Classification: Industrial & Organizational Psychology (3600). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Administered the general aptitude test battery (gatb) to 1,146 employed and retired 28-83 yr. Old men. Ss were above average in physical health. Descriptive statistics, representing 4 socioeconomic status (ses) groups, and 6 age levels were presented. Analyses of aptitude and subtest scores indicate significant declines with increased age and lower ses groups. There were no statistically significant interactions between age and ses effects: those abilities most affected by age were least affected by ses and vice versa. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - General Aptitude Test Battery & age & socioeconomic status KW - 28-83 yr. old employed & retired men KW - 1971 KW - Age Differences KW - Aptitude Measures KW - Geriatrics KW - Occupational Guidance KW - Socioeconomic Status KW - Test Battery DO - 10.1037/h0031530 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1972-03835-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-02172-001 AN - 1972-02172-001 AU - Taub, Harvey A. AU - Abrams, Charles T1 - Effects of target value and exposure duration on recall in a visual search task. JF - Journal of Applied Psychology JO - Journal of Applied Psychology Y1 - 1971/08// VL - 55 IS - 4 SP - 393 EP - 398 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9010 SN - 1939-1854 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-02172-001. PMID: 5559189 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Taub, Harvey A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.y. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Recall (Learning); Time; Vision. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Investigated the effects of exposure duration (.5, .75, 1.0, 2.0, and 3.0 sec/slide) and ratio of value (16:1 and 2:1) on the recall of high- and low-value letters in a visual search task. Results with 80 male undergraduates indicate that although ss' strategies tended to favor reports of the high- over the low-value stimuli, differences in performance varied directly with both ratio and length of exposure. Results are discussed and related to the inconsistencies in previous findings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - recall in visual search task KW - target value & exposure duration KW - 1971 KW - Attention KW - Recall (Learning) KW - Time KW - Vision DO - 10.1037/h0031356 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1972-02172-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-00067-001 AN - 1972-00067-001 AU - Angel, Ronald W. AU - Garland, Harry AU - Fischler, Martin T1 - Tracking errors amended without visual feedback. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology Y1 - 1971/08// VL - 89 IS - 2 SP - 422 EP - 424 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-00067-001. PMID: 5567148 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Angel, Ronald W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Errors; Feedback; Motor Performance; Vision; Visual Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Tested 5 undergraduates on pursuit tracking in which the visual feedback was reversed on alternate blocks of target steps. The center of the visual display was screened so that ss could not see the response marker during the initial part of each response. Numerous false moves were corrected at times when the response marker was invisible. Results confirm previous suggestions that errors can be amended by a central mechanism which does not require sensory feedback. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - tracking errors without visual feedback KW - 1971 KW - Errors KW - Feedback KW - Motor Performance KW - Vision KW - Visual Perception DO - 10.1037/h0031248 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1972-00067-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-29377-001 AN - 1971-29377-001 AU - Davis, William E. AU - Dizzonne, Michael F. AU - DeWolfe, Alan S. T1 - Relationships among WAIS subtest scores, patient's premorbid history, and institutionalization. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1971/06// VL - 36 IS - 3 SP - 400 EP - 403 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-29377-001. PMID: 5561485 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, William E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Institutionalization; Learning; Schizophrenia; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Divided 40 schizophrenic patients equally among 4 groups on the basis of premorbid history and length of time hospitalized. The WAIS IQ for poor premorbids tended to be higher than for good premorbids, but good premorbids demonstrated significantly higher motor performance (WAIS Digit Symbol and Block Design). There appeared to be a relationship between lower verbal abstractive and decision-making abilities (WAIS Comprehension and Similarities) and length of institutionalization. Results are interpreted as suggesting that, for schizophrenics at least, performance on certain types of intelligence test tasks may be lower for patients who have undergone prolonged institutionalization. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - WAIS subtest scores KW - premorbid history & length of institutionalization KW - schizophrenics KW - 1971 KW - Institutionalization KW - Learning KW - Schizophrenia KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale DO - 10.1037/h0031131 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1971-29377-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-28244-001 AN - 1971-28244-001 AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Pandya, Deepak AU - Sanders, Karen AU - Dye, Patricia T1 - Behavioral deficits in monkeys after selective lesions within the middle third of sulcus principalis. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1971/07// VL - 76 IS - 1 SP - 8 EP - 14 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-28244-001. PMID: 4997740 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Butters, Nelson; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Learning; Retention; Reversal Shift Learning. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Tested 14 rhesus monkeys with lesions limited to the superior and/or inferior banks of the middle 3rd of sulcus principalis on retention of 5-sec spatial delayed alternation and place reversal. Ablations of the superior or inferior banks had no consistent behavioral effects, while lesions which involved both banks, either in the depths or superficial regions of the sulcus, resulted in deficits on both spatial tasks. Ss that failed to relearn delayed alternation also evidenced deficits on place reversal. Findings suggest that both tasks involved a common factor mediated by cortex within the middle 3rd of the sulcus. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lesions within middle 3rd of sulcus principalis KW - retention of spatial delayed alternation & place reversal KW - monkey KW - 1971 KW - Learning KW - Retention KW - Reversal Shift Learning KW - Monkeys DO - 10.1037/h0031037 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1971-28244-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-24163-001 AN - 1971-24163-001 AU - Murray, David C. T1 - Talk, silence and anxiety. JF - Psychological Bulletin JO - Psychological Bulletin Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 75 IS - 4 SP - 244 EP - 260 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-2909 SN - 1939-1455 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-24163-001. PMID: 5549654 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Murray, David C.; Veterans Administration, Syracuse, N.Y. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Interpersonal Interaction; Verbal Communication. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Reviews articles relating anxiety and verbal productivity. Studies are grouped into those in which anxiety is manipulated by varying environmental stress (situational anxiety), measured by choosing Ss differing in vulnerability to stress (dispositional anxiety), or by ongoing variations in speech disturbances or physiological indexes (concurrent anxiety). There is a strong tendency for verbal quantity to be positively related to dispositional and concurrent anxiety, but negatively related to situational anxiety. Silence tends to be related negatively to dispositional, but positively to situational and concurrent anxiety. These results, plus studies showing verbal quantity 1st rising and then falling as stress increases, appear to indicate a U-curve relationship between anxiety and verbal productivity. (61 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - anxiety & verbal productivity KW - 1971 KW - Anxiety KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Verbal Communication DO - 10.1037/h0030801 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1971-24163-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-23117-001 AN - 1971-23117-001 AU - DeWolfe, Alan S. AU - Barrell, Robert P. AU - Becker, Bruce C. AU - Spaner, Fred E. T1 - Intellectual deficit in chronic schizophrenia and brain damage. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 36 IS - 2 SP - 197 EP - 204 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-23117-001. PMID: 5550988 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: DeWolfe, Alan S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Intelligence; Learning; Schizophrenia; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Studied scores on the WAIS and the Halstead Battery of Neuropsychological Measures (HB) of 100 chronic schizophrenic and 100 brain-damaged patients divided into equal groups of younger (ages 26-59) and older (ages 60 and over) Ss. A significant interaction of WAIS scores with diagnosis and of HB scores with diagnosis and age was found. Pattern analysis indicate that the younger Ss in both groups differed in WAIS Comprehension and Digit Span and HB Category. Older Ss differed in WAIS Comprehension, Digit Span, Picture Completion, Block Design, and HB Speech Discrimination. Results suggest differing intellectual deficit patterns in chronic schizophrenia and brain damage. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - intellectual deficit KW - WAIS & Halstead Battery of Neuropsychological Measures KW - chronic schizophrenics & brain-damaged patients KW - 1971 KW - Brain Damage KW - Intelligence KW - Learning KW - Schizophrenia KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale DO - 10.1037/h0030731 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1971-23117-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-20109-001 AN - 1971-20109-001 AU - Royer, Fred L. T1 - Information processing of visual figures in the digit symbol substitution task. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology Y1 - 1971/03// VL - 87 IS - 3 SP - 335 EP - 342 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-20109-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Royer, Fred L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brecksville, O. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Information; Numbers (Numerals); Visual Perception; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Studied the Digit Symbol subtest of the WAIS as an information-processing task using 553 undergraduates. Results indicate that (a) when the visual figures used as symbols are varied according to the size of the equivalence set from which they are selected, rate of information processing decreases as set size increases; (b) substituting a digit with a symbol results in faster rates than the opposite substitution if several members of the same equivalence set are present, but not if the members are from different sets; and (c) the balance of the distribution of the frequency of items interacts with the type of substitution. The balanced, digit symbol substitution produces fastest rates. Implications for perceptual theory are discussed. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - information processing of visual figures KW - digit symbol substitution KW - WAIS Digit Symbol subtest KW - 1971 KW - Information KW - Numbers (Numerals) KW - Visual Perception KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale DO - 10.1037/h0030515 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1971-20109-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-10000-001 AN - 1971-10000-001 AU - Hersen, Michel T1 - Sexual aspects of TAT administration: A failure at replication with an inpatient population. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1971/02// VL - 36 IS - 1 SP - 20 EP - 22 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-10000-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hersen, Michel; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimentation; Graduate Students; Human Sex Differences; Projective Techniques; Sex. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Replicated the study of J. Masling and S. Harris (see record [rid]1969-09855-001[/rid]) which found that male graduate Es tended to administer more sexual-romantic TAT cards to female clients than male clients, while female graduate Es did not make this differentiation. Records of the administration of the TAT from January 1956 to December 1968 at a state hospital by 15 male Es (mean age = 30) and 5 female Es (mean age = 27.2) were analyzed. The previous findings were not supported in that there was no evidence that male Es administered significantly more TAT cards or a higher proportion of sexual-romantic cards to females than males. Reasons for the difference in findings are suggested. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sexual-romantic TAT card administration KW - E's sex KW - graduate students KW - 1971 KW - Experimentation KW - Graduate Students KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Projective Techniques KW - Sex DO - 10.1037/h0030479 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1971-10000-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-05761-001 AN - 1971-05761-001 AU - Creel, D. J. AU - Dustman, R. E. AU - Beck, E. C. T1 - Visually evoked response in guinea pigs: Strains compared. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1970/12// VL - 73 IS - 3 SP - 490 EP - 493 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-05761-001. PMID: 5514686 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Creel, D. J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Neuropsychology Lab., Kansas City, Mo. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Evoked Potentials; Eye (Anatomy); Vision; Visual Cortex. Minor Descriptor: Animals. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Compared single and summed visually evoked cortical responses (VERs) of 6 male albino and 6 male ocularly pigmented guinea pigs before and after monocular enucleation. Prior to enucleation the VER was characterized by appearance of an early negative component. This early surface negativity may be the result of a class of fast-conducting fibers that terminate in upper cortical layers. The VERs recorded following enucleation of a single eye indicate there are few ipsilateral optic fibers in the guinea pig. Strains were compared, but differences were not apparent. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visually evoked cortical responses KW - testing before & after monocular enucleation KW - albino vs. ocularly pigmented guinea pig KW - 1970 KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Eye (Anatomy) KW - Vision KW - Visual Cortex KW - Animals DO - 10.1037/h0030214 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1971-05761-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-05677-001 AN - 1971-05677-001 AU - Merrill, H. Kent AU - Anderson, D. Chris T1 - Attenuation of a passive-avoidance response via reinforcing intracranial stimulation in rats. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1970/10// VL - 73 IS - 2 SP - 274 EP - 277 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-05677-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Merrill, H. Kent; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Phoenix, Ariz. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Brain Stimulation; Hypothalamus; Reinforcement. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Trained 24 naive male Long-Evans rats to press a lever for hypothalamic ICS and tested on a passive-avoidance task. 1/2 of the Ss were exposed to traumatizing inescapable footshock (preshock) prior to passive-avoidance testing and 1/2 received no preshock. 1/2 of the Ss received a 3-ma and 1/2 a 1.5-ma punishing shock during passive-avoidance testing. Analysis of variance and a Newman-Keuls test show that passive avoidance developed only in Ss exposed to preshock and the 3-ma test shock. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hypothalamic ICS as reinforcement KW - attenuation of passive-avoidance response KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Brain Stimulation KW - Hypothalamus KW - Reinforcement KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/h0030210 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1971-05677-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-05634-001 AN - 1971-05634-001 AU - Glass, David H. AU - Ison, James R. AU - Thomas, Garth J. T1 - Dysfunction in facilitation produced by prior classical conditioning in rats with lesions in midline cortex. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1970/12// VL - 73 IS - 3 SP - 385 EP - 391 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-05634-001. PMID: 5514674 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Glass, David H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classical Conditioning; Conditioning; Lesions. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - In Phase 1, 17 naive male Holtzman albino rats with lesions in anterior midline cortex and 18 operated controls ran in a runway either to a high sucrose reward, received goal-box placements to a high sucrose reward, or placements to a low sucrose reward. In Phase 2, all Ss ran to the low reward. Brain-damaged Ss previously run to high reward did not differ from comparable intact Ss. However, brain-damaged Ss placed to high rewards did not show subsequent normal facilitation of running speed but behaved in Phase 2 as if they had received low-reward placements in Phase 1. This effect was ascribed to lesion-induced dysfunction in the process by which classically conditioned emotional reward reactions energize instrumental performance, a dysfunction which is remedied by instrumental training. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - anterior midline cortex lesions KW - dysfunction in facilitation of running speed KW - prior classical conditioning KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Classical Conditioning KW - Conditioning KW - Lesions KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/h0030201 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1971-05634-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-04694-001 AN - 1971-04694-001 AU - Rogers, Lawrence S. AU - Young, Harl H. AU - Cohen, Irwin H. AU - Dworin, Jack AU - Lipetz, Milton E. T1 - Marital stability, mental health, and marital satisfaction. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1970/12// VL - 35 IS - 3 SP - 342 EP - 348 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-04694-001. PMID: 5489471 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rogers, Lawrence S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Mental Hygiene Clinic, Denver, Colo. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counseling; Emotions; Marital Relations; Marriage; Mental Health. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Administered a test of emotional stability and a marital satisfaction scale to 50 couples seeking help with their marriage and to 50 couples with stable marriages. The stable group scored significantly higher on each of the 4 subtests of the emotional stability test as well as on the total score. For the stable group there was a significant relationship between marital satisfaction and emotional stability, but this finding did not hold for the group seeking help. The hypothesis was not supported that women who marry men with emotional problems are more unstable themselves, or that if 1 partner in a marriage is emotionally unstable the other tends to also become emotionally unstable. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - emotional stability & marital stability & satisfaction KW - couples seeking help for marital problems vs. couples with stable marriages KW - 1970 KW - Counseling KW - Emotions KW - Marital Relations KW - Marriage KW - Mental Health DO - 10.1037/h0030126 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1971-04694-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-04354-001 AN - 1971-04354-001 AU - Stenger, Charles A. T1 - A realistic appraisal of existing and future job opportunities for psychologists. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1970/10// VL - 25 IS - 10 SP - 959 EP - 961 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-04354-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stenger, Charles A.; Veterans Administration Central Office, Washington, D.C. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychologists. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Explores the question of whether there is now an oversupply of doctoral level psychologists. Recent surveys about the supply of PhD psychologists, job openings in major employment settings, and the current employment status of recent doctoral graduates in all professions are discussed. For the field of psychology, only 1.1% were unemployed in 1969 and those were almost entirely noncitizens or psychologists not seeking employment. New psychologists, however, indicated a choice of only 2-4 positions in contrast to 5-8 offers a few yr. ago. While some reduction has occurred in the job market, virtually all psychologists are still finding positions in the type of work setting they desire. A shortage exists in the health services, where there are between 750 and 1000 vacancies. In addition, the 1970 Manpower Report of the President indicates a 75-100% increase in employer requirements for psychologists by 1980, the highest projected need of all professional groups except computer technologists. It is concluded that rather than an oversupply, a shortage exists, particularly in clinical and counseling psychology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PhD psychologists KW - existing & future job opportunities KW - 1970 KW - Psychologists DO - 10.1037/h0030107 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1971-04354-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-04549-001 AN - 1971-04549-001 AU - Rosenzweig, Stanley P. AU - Harford, Thomas T1 - Correlates of the Psychotic Reaction Profile in an outpatient psychiatric sample. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1970/10// VL - 35 IS - 2 SP - 244 EP - 247 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-04549-001. PMID: 5474292 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rosenzweig, Stanley P.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20090824. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Measures; Projective Techniques; Psychiatric Patients; Testing; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Examined the correlates of the Psychotic Reaction Profile with a number of other psychological measures. Ratings on the Profile were obtained on 73 male psychiatric patients participating in a day treatment program in an outpatient clinic. Additional measures were obtained for this population on the WAIS, Holtzman Inkblot Test, Stroop Color-Word Test, and the Vineland Social Maturity scale. Findings indicate that Ss who rated high on thinking disorganization evidenced intellectual deficits, perceptual impairment, and a lower level of maturity. Ss who rated high on paranoid belligerence showed less perceptual distractability and evidenced a higher level of social maturity. The 2 scales also differed with respect to the criterion of discharge disposition. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Psychotic Reaction Profile correlates KW - WAIS & Holtzman Inkblot Test & Stroop Color-Word Test & Vineland Social Maturity Scale KW - psychiatric outpatients KW - 1970 KW - Personality Measures KW - Projective Techniques KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Testing KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale DO - 10.1037/h0030117 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1971-04549-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-21179-001 AN - 1970-21179-001 AU - McNeal, Benjamin F. AU - Johnston, Roy AU - Aspromonte, Victor A. T1 - Effect of accurate forecasts on length of hospital stay of psychiatric patients. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1970/08// VL - 35 IS - 1, Pt.1 SP - 91 EP - 94 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-21179-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McNeal, Benjamin F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Canandaigua, N.Y. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Prediction; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Forecasts of length of hospital stay (prognosis) for 1/2 of 200 male consecutive psychiatric patients resulted in no change in average hospital stay as compared to alternately chosen controls. Short-stay predicted Ss left later and long-stay Ss left earlier than controls. Diagnosis as reflected in prognosis alone was not generally effective in reducing length of hospital stay. Prediction decreased in accuracy when it was made known at the outset of treatment. Expectancy was not fulfilled in spite of an opportunity for self-fulfilling prophecy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - average hospital stay KW - forecasts of length of stay KW - male psychiatric patients KW - 1970 KW - Prediction KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis DO - 10.1037/h0029647 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1970-21179-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-17237-001 AN - 1970-17237-001 AU - Andrew, June M. T1 - Recovery from surgery, with and without preparatory instruction, for three coping styles. JF - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology JO - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology Y1 - 1970/07// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 223 EP - 226 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-3514 SN - 1939-1315 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-17237-001. PMID: 5485413 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Andrew, June M.; Wadsworth Veterans Administration Hosp., Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance; Disorders; Hospitals; Personality Traits; Teaching. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - A stress-reduction method (information giving) was chosen as a possible method to improve recovery from surgery for 1 personality type sensitizers who typically do seek, learn, and use information in their intellectualizing defenses. 59 hospitalized veterans served as Ss. An opposite-extreme group avoiders who seldom use intellectualizing defenses, was expected to improve little; while an intermediate group neutrals was expected to improve an intermediate amount. However, results show learning was unimportant; and that the middle group improved most, recovering in less time and with fewer medications when instructed than when not instructed, while avoiders required more medications when instructed, though not longer time. Sensitizers, expected to show the greatest improvement, did not change. Results are interpreted in terms of adaptation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - recovery from surgery & effects of instruction KW - sensitizers vs. avoiders vs. control group KW - 1970 KW - Avoidance KW - Disorders KW - Hospitals KW - Personality Traits KW - Teaching DO - 10.1037/h0029442 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1970-17237-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-13631-001 AN - 1970-13631-001 AU - Luszki, Margaret B. AU - Schultz, William AU - Laywell, H. Robert AU - Dawes, Robyn M. T1 - Long search for a short WAIS: Stop looking. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1970/06// VL - 34 IS - 3 SP - 425 EP - 431 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-13631-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Luszki, Margaret B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Charleston, S.C. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - The time-consuming aspect of the Wechsler intelligence scales has prompted their frequent abbreviation in clinical practice. The use of selected items from each subtest has been a particularly attractive method of shortening because it reduces administration time by about 50% and yet gives scores for each subscale. To test the reliability of scores obtained from this method, 200 protocols of the WAIS were rescored according to short-form procedure and reliabilities based on split-half correlations obtained. It was hypothesized that one could predict the reliability of the shortened WAIS on the basis of the Spearman-Brown formula, and that in testing, as in other fields, "you get what you pay for." Results confirm these hypotheses a short form is not an adequate substitute for the full WAIS. (51 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - shortened WAIS KW - 1970 KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale DO - 10.1037/h0029271 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1970-13631-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-10674-001 AN - 1970-10674-001 AU - Fontana, Alan F. AU - Corey, Michel T1 - Culture conflict in the treatment of 'mental illness' and the central role of patient leader. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1970/04// VL - 34 IS - 2 SP - 244 EP - 249 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-10674-001. PMID: 5487594 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fontana, Alan F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychiatric Patients; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Describes new treatment programs which emphasized patients' responsibility and problem-solving action and heightened the conflict with patients' expectations that they be held unaccountable for their deviant behavior and excused from taking corrective action. Results from 50 patients showed Ss' attitudes were markedly less favorable toward a new program than toward a more traditional one. Patient leaders played an important role by organizing Ss to produce an active program, thereby encouraging staff tolerance for a nonrestrictive, continuous hospital stay for all interested Ss. Leaders were evaluated more favorably than nonleaders by both Ss and staff, with the exception of behaviors related solely to staff goals. The stalemate, successfully negotiated by the leaders, was broken only after the staff imposed a time limit on hospital stay. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mental illness treatment programs KW - role of patient leader KW - 1970 KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Treatment DO - 10.1037/h0029020 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1970-10674-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-07009-001 AN - 1970-07009-001 AU - Bates, Henry D. T1 - Relevance of animal-avoidance analogue studies to the treatment of clinical phobias: A rejoinder to Cooper, Furst, and Bridger. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1970/02// VL - 75 IS - 1 SP - 12 EP - 14 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-07009-001. PMID: 5416038 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bates, Henry D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coatesville, Pa. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance; Neurosis; Phobias; Treatment. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - The animal-avoidance analogue paradigm of A. D. Lazovick and P. J. Lang (see 35:5) is considered extraneous to understanding the treatment of clinical phobias by A. Cooper, J. B. Furst, and W. H. Bridger (see 43:11) on the grounds that populations and symptom classes lack comparability. Results of a pilot study on which their conclusions are partly based are examined and related to experimental and clinical findings pertaining to variants of in vivo desensitization. Also discussed are interpopulation and interphobia relationships and the heuristic relevance of the animal-avoidance therapy analogue. (20 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - treatment of clinical phobias KW - relevance of animal-avoidance analogue studies KW - rejoinder to A. Cooper KW - et al KW - 1970 KW - Avoidance KW - Neurosis KW - Phobias KW - Treatment DO - 10.1037/h0028802 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1970-07009-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-04260-001 AN - 1970-04260-001 AU - Kish, George B. AU - Donnenwerth, Gregory V. T1 - Interests and stimulus seeking. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology Y1 - 1969/11// VL - 16 IS - 6 SP - 551 EP - 556 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-04260-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kish, George B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Ft. Meade, S.D. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Familiarity; Occupational Interests; Stimulation; Stimulus Parameters. Classification: Industrial & Organizational Psychology (3600). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Examined relationships between the Sensation-Seeking Scale (SSS) and vocational interests as measured by the Kuder Preference Record and the SVIB using 4 male alcoholics, and 32 male and 46 female undergraduates. Resulting correlations were reasonably consistent among 3 studies and indicated that sensation seeking is a positive component of occupational interest patterns requiring relatively unstructured activities; dealing with complex, novel situations and concepts; and requiring flexibility of approach. Sensation seeking is a negative component in occupations in which activities are well-structured and well-defined, in which attention to detail, order, and routine are paramount. Results support the construct validity of the SSS and provide further evidence of the modes of expression of stimulus-seeking needs in personality. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - vocational interests & Sensation-Seeking Scale KW - alcoholics & college students KW - 1969 KW - Alcoholism KW - Familiarity KW - Occupational Interests KW - Stimulation KW - Stimulus Parameters DO - 10.1037/h0028503 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1970-04260-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-03610-001 AN - 1970-03610-001 AU - Sacks, Joseph M. T1 - Social adjustment and verbal expression of activity-passivity and feeling tone. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology Y1 - 1969/11// VL - 16 IS - 6 SP - 486 EP - 490 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-03610-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sacks, Joseph M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Fresno, Calif. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Conformity (Personality); Emotions; Empathy; Verbal Communication. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Elicited verbal productions from 25 nursing assistants, 25 undergraduates, and 24 Peace Corps trainees asked to name 3 things one could do with each of a list of 20 items. These responses were rated for activity-passivity and feeling tone. The social-adjustment criteria were obtained from ratings of Ss by people who knew the Ss well. Correlations of verbal- and social-adjustment data indicate that conformity and adaptability tend to be highly valued in subordinates, and that these qualities in combination with cheerfulness and empathy tend to be more highly valued in peers than an active orientation which was actually a better predictor of effectiveness in a demanding field situation. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social adjustment KW - verbal expression of activity-passivity & feeling tone KW - nursing assistants vs. undergraduates vs. Peace Corps trainees KW - 1969 KW - Adjustment KW - Conformity (Personality) KW - Emotions KW - Empathy KW - Verbal Communication DO - 10.1037/h0028441 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1970-03610-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-02546-001 AN - 1970-02546-001 AU - Darbonne, Allen R. T1 - Study of psychological content in the communications of suicidal individuals. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1969/10// VL - 33 IS - 5 SP - 590 EP - 596 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-02546-001. PMID: 5369179 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Darbonne, Allen R.; Veterans Administration Center, Central Research Unit, Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Dependency (Personality); Motor Processes; Suicide. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Tested and supported the general hypothesis that the psychological content of communications of Ss who commit suicide differs from that of nonsuicidal normal Ss. A comparison was also made of 31 suicide-threatening outpatients with 40 suicide committers and 40 nonsuicidal normals. Ss were American-born, white, adult males matched for age and occupational level. The content of communications of suicide committers (suicide note) reflected heightened dependency needs, difficulty maintaining interpersonal relationships, a high degree of activity, and an expressive style of veiled aggression which includes hurting the self in order to hurt and manipulate others. Suicide threateners were predictably in some ways like suicide committers and in certain other ways more like nonsuicidal normals. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological content of suicidal notes KW - dependency & activity & aggression KW - suicide threateners vs. committers vs. normals KW - 1969 KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Dependency (Personality) KW - Motor Processes KW - Suicide DO - 10.1037/h0028303 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1970-02546-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-02035-001 AN - 1970-02035-001 AU - Pare, William P. T1 - Age, sex, and strain differences in the aversive threshold to grid shock in the rat. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1969/10// VL - 69 IS - 2 SP - 214 EP - 218 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-02035-001. PMID: 5404449 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pare, William P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aversion; Shock; Stress; Thresholds. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400); Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Using a spatial preference test with a rectangular tilt cage, the aversive thresholds for grid shock were plotted for male and female Sprague-Dawley, Long-Evans, and Wistar rats, and for male Sprague-Dawley rats (total N = 500) 34, 80, 220, and 500 days old. Female Ss and younger Ss demonstrated lower threshold values, but results were influenced by body weight because a covariance analysis indicated that shock sensitivity was directly related to body weight. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - aversive grid shock threshold KW - spatial preference test KW - age & sex & strain differences KW - Sprague-Dawley vs. Long-Evans vs. Wistar rat KW - 1969 KW - Aversion KW - Shock KW - Stress KW - Thresholds KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/h0028196 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1970-02035-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-01667-001 AN - 1970-01667-001 AU - Pishkin, Vladimir AU - Shurley, Jay T. T1 - Hydro-hypodynamic sensory isolation effects on concept identification. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology Y1 - 1969/11// VL - 82 IS - 2 SP - 198 EP - 204 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-01667-001. PMID: 5378043 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pishkin, Vladimir; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Concepts; Environment; Personality Processes; Social Isolation. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300); Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Tested the effects of hydro-hypodynamic environment (HHDE) on auditory concept identification (CI) with 180 male medical students. Results showed that (1) there was no difference in CI performance between HHDE conditions with immediate onset of CI problem and standard laboratory procedure; (2) performance improved after 30 min. in HHDE as compared to standard laboratory and control HHDE conditions; (3) errors significantly increased after 60 min. with some improvement after 120 min. in HHDE; (4) there were significant interaction effects between complexity of CI task and duration in HHDE in both CI errors and time estimation scores; and (5) Ss reliably underestimated time spent in HHDE. (21 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hydro-hypodynamic sensory isolation KW - auditory concept identification KW - 1969 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Concepts KW - Environment KW - Personality Processes KW - Social Isolation DO - 10.1037/h0028116 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1970-01667-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-00143-001 AN - 1970-00143-001 AU - Angel, Ronald W. AU - Higgins, Joseph R. T1 - Correction of false moves in pursuit tracking. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology Y1 - 1969/10// VL - 82 IS - 1, Pt.1 SP - 185 EP - 187 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-00143-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Angel, Ronald W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Reaction Time; Task Analysis. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Tested 5 men and 5 women, 18-45 yr. old, on a pursuit tracking test under display conditions that caused them to make false moves. The mean latency of the false moves was longer than the mean latency of correct moves. The mean time needed to arrest false moves was less than the mean time needed to initiate any motor response, whether correct or incorrect. 41% of the false moves were arrested in less than the estimated minimum time needed to process visual feedback. The data confirm previous reports that Ss are able to correct errors more quickly than they can respond to external stimuli. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reaction time in pursuit tracking task KW - false move corrections vs. equivalent correct responses KW - 18-45 yr. olds KW - 1969 KW - Reaction Time KW - Task Analysis DO - 10.1037/h0028032 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1970-00143-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-16905-001 AN - 1969-16905-001 AU - Glass, David H. AU - Ison, James R. AU - Thomas, Garth J. T1 - Anterior limbic cortex and partial reinforcement effects on acquisition and extinction of a runway response in rats. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1969/09// VL - 69 IS - 1 SP - 17 EP - 24 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-16905-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Glass, David H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Extinction (Learning); Lesions; Rat Learning; Reinforcement Schedules; Responses. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - 24 hungry male albino rats received 100 acquisition trials in a runway followed by extinction trials; 12 Ss received alternating partial reinforcement (PRF) in acquisition and 12 received continuous reinforcement (CRF). Within each reinforcement condition 6 Ss had undergone electrolytic ablation of the anterior midline cortex 15 days before training. In acquisition both brain damage and the PRF schedule reduced run and goal speeds; in extinction brain-damaged CRF Ss had more response strength than intact CRF Ss, whereas PRF Ss with brain lesions showed less response strength than intact PRF Ss. The perseverative effect of PRF on extinction was observed in both intact and brain-damaged Ss. Data indicated that the lesions dissociated conditioned emotional goal responses from instrumental performance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - partial & continuous reinforcement & acquisition & extinction of runway response KW - brain-damaged rats KW - 1969 KW - Extinction (Learning) KW - Lesions KW - Rat Learning KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Responses KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/h0027926 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-16905-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-16920-001 AN - 1969-16920-001 AU - Barrett, Robert J. AU - Ray, Oakley S. T1 - Attenuation of habituation by electroconvulsive shock. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1969/09// VL - 69 IS - 1 SP - 133 EP - 135 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-16920-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barrett, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Leech Farm Rd., Pittsburgh, Pa. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroconvulsive Shock; Habituation; Interference (Learning); Learning; Time. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Compared the disruptive effects ECS administered to 430 naive male mice either 10 sec. or 60 min. after an habituation trial with disruption produced when ECS was administered at the same intervals following responding in a passive-avoidance learning situation. The ECS was effective in attenuating habituation as well as interfering with recall for the learned response. The effect varied significantly as a function of the response-ECS interval in both paradigms. Results suggest similarities between the variables controlling learning and habituation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ECS & attenuation of habituation & time interval & interference of learned response recall KW - mouse KW - 1969 KW - Electroconvulsive Shock KW - Habituation KW - Interference (Learning) KW - Learning KW - Time DO - 10.1037/h0027930 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-16920-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-15920-001 AN - 1969-15920-001 AU - Tokar, John T. AU - Stefflre, Volney T1 - A technique for studying an individual and his language: I. Techniques for eliciting patterns of use of an individual's key words. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice Y1 - 1969/// VL - 6 IS - 2 SP - 105 EP - 108 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-15920-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tokar, John T.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20080107. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Words (Phonetic Units). Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1969. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - In this technique, the investigators selected a word for the S that was idiosyncratic, used frequently, or was judged important by him. This key word could be used to elicit a synonym set or a word groups that are seen as similar by the individual by feeding back to him his own sentences with the key word missing and asking him to substitute a word that "roughly means the same thing." A paraphrase matrix is then filled in to bring out the multiple meanings of this key word. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - elicitation of key word use in psychotherapy KW - 1969 KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Words (Phonetic Units) DO - 10.1037/h0088725 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-15920-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-13914-001 AN - 1969-13914-001 AU - Ray, Oakley S. AU - Hochhauser, Sandra T1 - Growth hormone and environmental complexity effects on behavior in the rat. JF - Developmental Psychology JO - Developmental Psychology Y1 - 1969/07// VL - 1 IS - 4 SP - 311 EP - 317 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0012-1649 SN - 1939-0599 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-13914-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ray, Oakley S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pittsburgh, Pa. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Environments; Animal Ethology; Drugs; Early Experience; Social Isolation. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - 21 pregnant rats were injected with bovine growth hormone (GH, somatotrophin) or control solution on the 3rd-19th day of gestation. Their offspring were tested on reflex maturation prior to weaning and following weaning reared in enriched or isolated environments. At maturity Ss were given 3 behavioral tests: open-field activity, Lashley III maze, and shuttle-box avoidance. In general Ss reared in the enriched environment learned faster in the Lashley and shuttle-box avoidance situations. The GH Ss reared in isolation performed better than control offspring reared in isolation. The GH treatment had no consistent effects on Ss raised in the enriched environment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - somatotrophin during gestation & enriched vs. isolated environment KW - activity & maze learning KW - rat KW - 1969 KW - Animal Environments KW - Animal Ethology KW - Drugs KW - Early Experience KW - Social Isolation KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/h0027661 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-13914-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-13814-001 AN - 1969-13814-001 AU - Hughes, Richard A. T1 - Retrograde amnesia in rats produced by hippocampal injections of potassium chloride: Gradient of effect and recovery. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1969/08// VL - 68 IS - 4 SP - 637 EP - 644 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-13814-001. PMID: 5388034 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hughes, Richard A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Pittsburgh, Pa. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Brain Stimulation; Hippocampus; Rat Learning; Retrograde Amnesia. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Injected potassium chloride (KC1) or physiological saline (Sal) into the posterior hippocampus of 90 male Sprague-Dawley albino anesthetized rats that had previously been exposed to conditioned emotional response (CER) training. In Exp. I, injections were given either 1, 3, 7, or 21 days after training. All tests were given 4 days after injections. In Exp. II, injections were given 1 day after training; tests were given either 4, 7, or 21 days after injections. Hippocampal EEG recorded after injections indicated that KC1 injections disrupted the CER at all training-to-injection intervals. In Exp. II, these injections disrupted the CER at injection-to-test intervals of 4 and 7 days. Recovery was evident, but incomplete, at 21 days. Sal injections did not disrupt the CER in either experiment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hippocampal injections of potassium chloride KW - retrograde amnesia KW - effect & recovery gradient KW - rat KW - 1969 KW - Amnesia KW - Brain Stimulation KW - Hippocampus KW - Rat Learning KW - Retrograde Amnesia KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/h0027648 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-13814-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-12877-001 AN - 1969-12877-001 AU - Feifel, Herman T1 - Attitudes toward death: A psychological perspective. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1969/06// VL - 33 IS - 3 SP - 292 EP - 295 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-12877-001. PMID: 5791224 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feifel, Herman; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Attitudes; Death and Dying; Disorders; Geriatrics. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Discusses research on death. The influencing aspect of consciousness of death is active over the entire age continuum and is not restricted to the sick, aged, suicidal, or combat soldier. The meaning of death is multidimensional and varies not only between individuals but within the same person. Dying and death possess psychological and social features and are not merely biological events. Socially repressive orientation toward death promotes neurotic concerns about it. More intimate familiarity with death is required in developmental upbringing and culture. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - death/attitudes toward KW - sick & aged & normal Ss KW - 1969 KW - Age Differences KW - Attitudes KW - Death and Dying KW - Disorders KW - Geriatrics DO - 10.1037/h0027565 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-12877-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-12661-001 AN - 1969-12661-001 AU - Pare, William P. T1 - Interaction of age and shock intensity on acquisition of a discriminated conditioned emotional response. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1969/07// VL - 68 IS - 3 SP - 364 EP - 369 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-12661-001. PMID: 5808812 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pare, William P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Discrimination; Emotions; Maze Learning; Shock. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - 48 male Sprague-Dawley rats (40, 90, and 354 days old) were trained to learn a discriminative conditioned emotional response using UCS shock of .5 and 1 ma. In the 2nd study the difficulty of the discrimination was reduced by changing the characteristics of the CS+ and CS- and setting UCS shock at .6 ma. Deprivation schedules were adjusted daily to the Ss' growth rates. Rate of acquisition was a function of shock intensity and inversely related to problem difficulty and age. Differences between this and other studies are attributed partly to the procedure of age-corrected body weight used in this study. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - acquisition of discriminated conditioned emotional response KW - shock intensity & age differences KW - rat KW - 1969 KW - Age Differences KW - Discrimination KW - Emotions KW - Maze Learning KW - Shock KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/h0027529 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-12661-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-10688-001 AN - 1969-10688-001 AU - Manis, Melvin AU - Ruppe, John T1 - The carryover phenomenon: The persistence of reinforced behavior despite the absence of a conscious behavioral intention. JF - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology JO - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology Y1 - 1969/04// VL - 11 IS - 4 SP - 397 EP - 407 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-3514 SN - 1939-1315 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-10688-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Manis, Melvin; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychological Research Section, Ann Arbor, Mich. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Reinforcement; Sentences; Verbal Learning. Minor Descriptor: Behavioral Intention. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - 67 undergraduates were reinforced for using singular or plural subject words in a sentence-construction task. When this task was mastered, they were informed that they would have to construct a different type of sentence in order to receive reinforcement. No solution was possible, however, for reinforcements were then delivered randomly. Results indicate that the original response rule persisted into the early trials of the test series. This effect appeared both among Ss who reported consciously retesting the old hypothesis (despite the E's instructions), and among those who denied that they had returned to the old rule. Results are interpreted as evidence supporting 1 form of behavior without awareness and are discussed in relation to similar experimental effects reported previously. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - persistence of reinforced behavior despite absence of conscious behavioral intention KW - sentence construction task KW - 1969 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Reinforcement KW - Sentences KW - Verbal Learning KW - Behavioral Intention DO - 10.1037/h0027247 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-10688-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-09829-001 AN - 1969-09829-001 AU - Fontana, Alan F. AU - Gessner, Theodore. T1 - Patients' goals and the manifestation of psychopathology. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1969/04// VL - 33 IS - 2 SP - 247 EP - 253 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-09829-001. PMID: 5783265 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fontana, Alan F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Motivation; Orienting Reflex; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients; Psychopathology. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Tested 3 groups of hospitalized psychiatric patients under research, transfer, and discharge instructional sets. Differences in self-reported deviance among the groups are interpreted within an impression management framework for the information they reveal about Ss' motivational orientations toward transfer and discharge as hospitalization outcomes. Ss were of greatest accord in wanting to avoid transfer. Orientation toward discharge varied among S subgroups. Shifts in the level of presented deviance were similar for all dimensions but occured significantly only for psychopathology. Differential levels of presented deviance among subgroups are interpreted in terms of corresponding differences in judged appropriateness for patienthood. (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - motivational orientation toward transfer & discharge as hospital outcomes & self-reported deviance KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1969 KW - Motivation KW - Orienting Reflex KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychopathology DO - 10.1037/h0027166 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-09829-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-08434-001 AN - 1969-08434-001 AU - DeWolfe, Alan S. AU - Barrell, Robert P. AU - Spaner, Fred E. T1 - Staff attitudes toward patient care and treatment-disposition behavior. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1969/02// VL - 74 IS - 1 SP - 90 EP - 94 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-08434-001. PMID: 5780504 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: DeWolfe, Alan S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitudes; Mental Health Personnel; Psychiatric Hospitals; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Treatment milieus (staff attitudes) were related to treatment-disposition behavior in 4 autonomous units with comparable staff and patients. Only measures on which units showed significant differences or ratios of these measures were analyzed. Attitudes toward rules informing patients, impact of staff attitudes, and patients' characteristics, and measures of use of restraint and seclusion trial visits, and maximum hospital benefit discharges met this criterion. The main focus was on 3 related attitudes interpreted as indicating openness, frankness, and trust in interactions with others and their significant relationships to an index of trust in patients' capabilities. These attitudes appeared sufficiently important in the treatment climate to merit further exploration. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mental hospital staff attitudes toward patient care & treatment-disposition behavior KW - 1969 KW - Attitudes KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Treatment DO - 10.1037/h0027064 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-08434-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-05034-001 AN - 1969-05034-001 AU - Ray, Oakley S. AU - Barrett, Robert J. T1 - Disruptive effects of electroconvulsive shock as a function of current level and mode of delivery. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1969/01// VL - 67 IS - 1 SP - 110 EP - 116 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-05034-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ray, Oakley S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Pittsburgh, Pa. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Motivation; Avoidance Conditioning; Electroconvulsive Shock; Pain. Minor Descriptor: Mice. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Tested 1042 mice from 2 strains on a passive avoidance situation at several levels of foot shock. ECS at current levels from 5-80 ma. was applied within 10 sec. of foot shock by 1 of 4 procedures: (1) eyes cup-shaped electrodes were applied to each eye; (2) ears spring pressure clips were attached to the ears; (3) cross a spring clip was attached to the left ear and a cup electrode applied to the right eye; and (4) same a spring clip was attached to the right ear and a cup electrode applied to the right eye. The mode of delivery, the ECS current level, and the footshock intensity interacted to determine the amount of disruption exhibited when the animal was tested 24 hr. later. The amount of disruption was inversely related to the resistance of the path between the 2 electrodes. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ECS KW - disruptive effects KW - current level & mode of delivery KW - mouse KW - 1969 KW - Animal Motivation KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Electroconvulsive Shock KW - Pain KW - Mice DO - 10.1037/h0026660 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-05034-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-05629-001 AN - 1969-05629-001 AU - Boyd, Harry T1 - Love versus omnipotence: The narcissistic dilemma. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice Y1 - 1968/// VL - 5 IS - 4 SP - 272 EP - 277 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-05629-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boyd, Harry; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20080107. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Childhood Development; Fantasies (Thought Disturbances); Fantasy (Defense Mechanism); Neurosis; Social Isolation. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1968. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - Inability to accept either the pain of loneliness and alienation from others which are the inevitable results of clinging to the fantasy of limitless omnipotence, or the pain of loss or separation is the narcissistic dilemma. To avoid the awareness of this pain one may develop a number of techniques based on the refusal to give up the fantasy of omnipotence. "Death, not life, is a nightmare from which neurotics struggle to awaken. Thus, death is fantasied as love's alternate . . . ." (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - narcissism KW - development of fantasy of omnipotence KW - 1968 KW - Childhood Development KW - Fantasies (Thought Disturbances) KW - Fantasy (Defense Mechanism) KW - Neurosis KW - Social Isolation DO - 10.1037/h0088702 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-05629-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-04012-001 AN - 1969-04012-001 AU - Kish, George B. AU - Busse, William T1 - Correlates of stimulus-seeking: Age, education, intelligence, and aptitudes. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1968/12// VL - 32 IS - 6 SP - 633 EP - 637 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-04012-001. PMID: 5745751 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kish, George B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Fort Meade, S.D. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ability; Age Differences; Alcoholism; College Students; Stimulation. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - Reports 3 studies relating individual differences in the Sensation-Seeking scale (SSS) score to various measures. Using hospitalized alcoholics, hospital employees, and college students as Ss, the following relationships were found: (1) sensation-seeking was positively related to educational attainment, intelligence level, and perceptual, spatial, and numerical aptitudes, and was negatively related to age; and (2) no relationship was found between the SSS score and rural-urban factors. Results support the validity of the SSS and have implications concerning the nature of stimulus-seeking motivation and its role in human behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stimulus seeking & age & education & intelligence & aptitude KW - hospitalized alcoholics vs. employees vs. college students KW - 1968 KW - Ability KW - Age Differences KW - Alcoholism KW - College Students KW - Stimulation DO - 10.1037/h0026581 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-04012-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-01140-001 AN - 1969-01140-001 AU - Ellsworth, Robert B. AU - Foster, Leslie AU - Childers, Barry AU - Arthur, Gilbert AU - Kroeker, Duane T1 - Hospital and community adjustment as perceived by psychiatric patients, their families, and staff. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1968/10// VL - 32 IS - 5, Pt.2 SP - 1 EP - 41 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-01140-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ellsworth, Robert B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Roseburg, Ore. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Communities; Psychiatric Hospitals; Rating; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 41. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - Behavioral adjustment of schizophrenics was rated by relatives, staff, and patients themselves, in the hospital and in the community (before, during, and after hospitalization). Reliability and validity of data sources and instruments are reported, with the reliability and validity of relatives' ratings appearing equal to those of staff. Data suggest that while hospitalization results in reduction of observed levels of psychopathology, instrumental or role performance shows less change. Congruence in adjustment ratings by staff and relatives across different settings suggests that behaviors are mainly situationally related phenomena. An economical system is proposed to assess relevant patient improvement and treatment program effectiveness. (77 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hospital & community adjustment KW - rating reliability & validity of hospital staff & patient & family schizophrenics KW - 1968 KW - Adjustment KW - Communities KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Rating KW - Schizophrenia DO - 10.1037/h0026410 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-01140-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-01094-001 AN - 1969-01094-001 AU - Goldstein, Gerald AU - Neuringer, Charles AU - Reiff, Carolyn AU - Shelly, Carolyn H. T1 - Generalizability of field dependency in alcoholics. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1968/10// VL - 32 IS - 5, Pt.1 SP - 560 EP - 564 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-01094-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Gerald; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Dependency (Personality); Personality. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - Evaluated the generalizability of field dependency in alcoholics to other aspects of the personality. 30 alcoholics were given the Witkin Rod and Frame Test (RFT) and a variety of measures of psychological and social dependency. All tests were intercorrelated and factor analyzed. Only 2 of the 14 correlations between RFT performance and the dependency measures were statistically significant. However, RFT scores were positively related to intelligence. The factor analysis revealed that the RFT had only a negligible degree of commonality with the other measures. The hypothesis that perceptual-cognitive dependency-generalizes to other dimensions of the personality was questioned. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - field dependency generalization to other aspects of personality KW - alcoholics KW - 1968 KW - Alcoholism KW - Dependency (Personality) KW - Personality DO - 10.1037/h0026408 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-01094-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-01018-001 AN - 1969-01018-001 AU - Rehm, Lynn P. AU - Marston, Albert R. T1 - Reduction of social anxiety through modification of self-reinforcement: An instigation therapy technique. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1968/10// VL - 32 IS - 5, Pt.1 SP - 565 EP - 574 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-01018-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rehm, Lynn P.; Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Interpersonal Interaction; Personality; Reinforcement. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - Male college Ss who reported anxiety in social situations involving females were seen in 1 of 3 therapy conditions. The experimental therapy involved increasing Ss' rate and accuracy of positive self-reinforcement (SR) using a hierarchy of situations which Ss sought out between sessions. 1 control treatment used nonspecific therapy (NS) with nondirective techniques. The 2nd control, a no therapy group (NT), involved instructions to Ss to work on their own and report weekly. Pretesting and posttesting difference scores yielded greatest improvement for the SR group on (1) self-reports of anxiety and overt behavior, (2) verbal output in a test simulating social interaction, and (3) generalization to scores on the MA scale and Adjective Check List. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social anxiety reduction KW - positive self-reinforcement KW - college students KW - 1968 KW - Anxiety KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Personality KW - Reinforcement DO - 10.1037/h0026406 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-01018-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-18954-001 AN - 1968-18954-001 AU - Wilson, Alan AU - Smith, Frederick J. T1 - Counterconditioning therapy using free association: A pilot study. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1968/10// VL - 73 IS - 5 SP - 474 EP - 478 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-18954-001. PMID: 5722388 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wilson, Alan; Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20161226. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Associative Processes; Drug Sensitivity; Sensitivity (Personality); Sensitivity Training; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Neurosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. KW - DESENSITIZATION THERAPY WITH FREE ASSOCIATION KW - NEUROTICS KW - 1968 KW - Associative Processes KW - Drug Sensitivity KW - Sensitivity (Personality) KW - Sensitivity Training KW - Treatment KW - Neurosis DO - 10.1037/h0026203 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1968-18954-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-18849-001 AN - 1968-18849-001 AU - Calabresi, Renata AU - Cohen, Jacob T1 - Personality and time attitudes. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1968/10// VL - 73 IS - 5 SP - 431 EP - 439 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-18849-001. PMID: 5722381 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Calabresi, Renata; Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Clinic, Newark, N.J. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20161226. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitudes; Demographic Characteristics; Personality; Psychiatric Patients; Time. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. KW - PERSONALITY & TIME ATTITUDE KW - DIAGNOSTIC & DEMOGRAPHIC VARIABLES KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS & COLLEGE STUDENTS KW - 1968 KW - Attitudes KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - Personality KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Time DO - 10.1037/h0026196 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1968-18849-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-13811-001 AN - 1968-13811-001 AU - Klett, William G. AU - Vestre, Norris D. T1 - DEMOGRAPHIC AND PROGNOSTIC CHARACTERISTICS OF PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS CLASSIFIED BY GROSS MMPI MEASURES. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1968/06// VL - 32 IS - 3 SP - 271 EP - 275 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-13811-001. PMID: 4385850 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Klett, William G.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., ST. CLOUD, MINN. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20161031. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Marital Relations; Occupations; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Scoring (Testing); Test Scores. Minor Descriptor: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychiatric Hospitals. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. KW - MMPI PROFILES/CLASSIFICATION OF KW - DIAGNOSIS & COMMITMENT STATUS & MARITAL STATUS & OCCUPATIONAL LEVEL KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1968 KW - Marital Relations KW - Occupations KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Scoring (Testing) KW - Test Scores KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychiatric Hospitals DO - 10.1037/h0025916 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1968-13811-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-09197-001 AN - 1968-09197-001 AU - Eisenthal, Sherman T1 - Death ideation in suicidal patients. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1968/04// VL - 73 IS - 2 SP - 162 EP - 167 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-09197-001. PMID: 4172054 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eisenthal, Sherman; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20170105. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Abstraction; Death and Dying; Psychiatric Patients; Psychosis; Suicide. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. KW - IDEATION KW - PSYCHOTIC VS. NEUROTIC SUICIDAL PATIENTS KW - 1968 KW - Abstraction KW - Death and Dying KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychosis KW - Suicide DO - 10.1037/h0025630 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1968-09197-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-06559-001 AN - 1968-06559-001 AU - Palmer, Robert D. T1 - Patterns of defensive response to threatening stimuli: Antecedents and consistency. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1968/02// VL - 73 IS - 1 SP - 30 EP - 36 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-06559-001. PMID: 4384322 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Palmer, Robert D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brooklyn, N.Y. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20170126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Defense Mechanisms; Gestalt Psychology; Perception; Threat; Vigilance. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. KW - THREAT & INHIBITED VS. HEIGHTENED AWARENESS AS RESPONSE KW - PERCEPTUAL & LEARNING & MOTOR TESTS KW - 1968 KW - Defense Mechanisms KW - Gestalt Psychology KW - Perception KW - Threat KW - Vigilance DO - 10.1037/h0025368 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1968-06559-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-02653-001 AN - 1968-02653-001 AU - Snelbecker, Glenn E. T1 - Influence of therapeutic techniques on college students' perceptions of therapists. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1967/12// VL - 31 IS - 6 SP - 614 EP - 618 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-02653-001. PMID: 6078210 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Snelbecker, Glenn E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20170202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: College Students; Mental Disorders; Perception; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Therapists. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. KW - TECHNIQUES KW - COLLEGE STUDENT'S PERCEPTION OF THERAPIST KW - 1967 KW - College Students KW - Mental Disorders KW - Perception KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Therapists DO - 10.1037/h0025165 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1968-02653-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-00804-001 AN - 1968-00804-001 AU - Schwartz, S. T1 - Diagnosis, level of social adjustment, and cognitive deficits. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1967/10// VL - 72 IS - 5, Pt.1 SP - 446 EP - 450 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-00804-001. Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schwartz, S.; Veterans Administration Center, Togus, ME. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20170206. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognition; Cognitive Impairment; Learning; Psychiatric Patients; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Adjustment; Intelligence. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. KW - COGNITIVE DEFICIT & SOCIAL ADJUSTMENT KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS & SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - 1967 KW - Cognition KW - Cognitive Impairment KW - Learning KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Schizophrenia KW - Adjustment KW - Intelligence DO - 10.1037/h0025087 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1968-00804-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-13706-001 AN - 1967-13706-001 AU - Darbonne, Allen R. T1 - Crisis: A review of theory, practice and research. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice Y1 - 1967/05// VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 49 EP - 56 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-13706-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Darbonne, Allen R.; Veterans Administration Central Research Unit, Los Angeles State Mental Hygiene Unit, Calif. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20071126. Correction Date: 20170220. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimentation; Literature Review; Practice; Stress; Theories. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: May, 1967. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1967. KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL CRISIS KW - THEORY & RESEARCH & PRACTICE KW - REVIEW3 KW - 1967 KW - Experimentation KW - Literature Review KW - Practice KW - Stress KW - Theories DO - 10.1037/h0087935 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1967-13706-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-10475-001 AN - 1967-10475-001 AU - Crumpton, Evelyn AU - Grayson, Harry M. AU - Keith-Lee, Patricia T1 - What kinds of anxiety does the Taylor MA measure? JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1967/06// VL - 31 IS - 3 SP - 324 EP - 326 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-10475-001. PMID: 6046589 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crumpton, Evelyn; BRENTWOOD HOSP., VETERANS ADMINISTRATION CENTER, LOS ANGELES, CALIF. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20170302. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Psychiatric Patients; Statistical Validity; Taylor Manifest Anxiety Scale; Test Validity. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. KW - TAYLOR MAS & BRENTWOOD MOOD SCALE KW - SUBJECTIVE FEAR & PHYSICAL TENSION & GENERAL UNCERTAINTY KW - CHRONIC PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1967 KW - Anxiety KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Statistical Validity KW - Taylor Manifest Anxiety Scale KW - Test Validity DO - 10.1037/h0024659 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1967-10475-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-10430-001 AN - 1967-10430-001 AU - Dewolfe, Alan S. T1 - Identification and fear decrease. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1967/06// VL - 31 IS - 3 SP - 259 EP - 263 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-10430-001. PMID: 6046578 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dewolfe, Alan S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20170302. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Fear; Identification (Defense Mechanism); Nurses; Nursing. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. KW - FEAR DECREASE & IDENTIFICATION WITH STAFF MODEL KW - STUDENT NURSES ON TUBERCULOSIS WARD KW - 1967 KW - Fear KW - Identification (Defense Mechanism) KW - Nurses KW - Nursing DO - 10.1037/h0024651 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1967-10430-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-08956-001 AN - 1967-08956-001 AU - Rothaus, Paul AU - Johnson, Dale L. AU - Blank, Gary T1 - Changing the connotations of mental illness in psychiatric patients. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology Y1 - 1967/05// VL - 14 IS - 3 SP - 258 EP - 263 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-08956-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rothaus, Paul; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20170306. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitudes; Education; Mental Disorders; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: May, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. KW - ATTITUDES OF PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - HUMAN RELATIONS TRAINING KW - 1967 KW - Attitudes KW - Education KW - Mental Disorders KW - Psychiatric Patients DO - 10.1037/h0024536 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1967-08956-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-08027-001 AN - 1967-08027-001 AU - Buttiglieri, Matthew W. AU - Guenette, Marie T1 - Driving record of neuropsychiatric patients. JF - Journal of Applied Psychology JO - Journal of Applied Psychology Y1 - 1967/04// VL - 51 IS - 2 SP - 96 EP - 100 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9010 SN - 1939-1854 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-08027-001. PMID: 6039347 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Buttiglieri, Matthew W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20170306. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Driving Behavior; Neurology; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Engineering & Environmental Psychology (4000); Social Psychology (3000). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. KW - RECORD KW - NEUROPSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1967 KW - Driving Behavior KW - Neurology KW - Psychiatric Patients DO - 10.1037/h0024474 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1967-08027-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-07511-001 AN - 1967-07511-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - Relationship of distortion to DAP diagnostic accuracy among psychologists at three levels of sophistication. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1967/04// VL - 31 IS - 2 SP - 142 EP - 146 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-07511-001. PMID: 5342733 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., ST. CLOUD, MINN. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20170223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drawing; Goodenough Harris Draw A Person Test; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. KW - DISTORTION & DIAGNOSTIC ACCURACY & EXPERIENCE OF JUDGE KW - 1967 KW - Drawing KW - Goodenough Harris Draw A Person Test KW - Psychodiagnosis DO - 10.1037/h0024442 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1967-07511-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-07351-001 AN - 1967-07351-001 AU - Wilcox, Ronald AU - Krasnoff, Alan T1 - Influence of test-taking attitudes on personality inventory scores. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1967/04// VL - 31 IS - 2 SP - 188 EP - 194 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-07351-001. PMID: 4382794 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wilcox, Ronald; COCHRAN VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., ST. LOUIS, MO. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20170223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitudes; Measurement; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychiatric Patients; Testing. Minor Descriptor: Personality Measures. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. KW - TEST TAKING ATTITUDES & CROWNE-MARLOWE SCALES KW - MOTIVATION FOR DISCHARGE KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1967 KW - Attitudes KW - Measurement KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Testing KW - Personality Measures DO - 10.1037/h0024430 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1967-07351-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-06784-001 AN - 1967-06784-001 AU - Peretz, Ephraim T1 - Effects of limbic cortex ablation on estrous response strength in cats. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1967/04// VL - 63 IS - 2 SP - 220 EP - 222 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-06784-001. PMID: 6069209 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Peretz, Ephraim; Veterans Administration Hosp., American Lake, Wash. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hippocampus; Psychosexual Behavior. Minor Descriptor: Cats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. KW - HIPPOCAMPAL & ENTORHINAL KW - ESTROUS RESPONSE KW - CAT KW - 1967 KW - Hippocampus KW - Psychosexual Behavior KW - Cats DO - 10.1037/h0024350 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1967-06784-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-00194-001 AN - 1967-00194-001 AU - HERSEN, MICHEL T1 - Generalization of positive and negative response biases. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology Y1 - 1966/12// VL - 72 IS - 6 SP - 834 EP - 840 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-00194-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: HERSEN, MICHEL; WEST HAVEN VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., CONN. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Generalization; Response Generalization; Responses; Semantic Generalization; Stimulus Generalization. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. KW - BIAS KW - GENERALIZATION BETWEEN CONCEPT TOPICS KW - 1966 KW - Cognitive Generalization KW - Response Generalization KW - Responses KW - Semantic Generalization KW - Stimulus Generalization DO - 10.1037/h0023870 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1967-00194-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-12089-001 AN - 1966-12089-001 AU - Snapper, A. G. AU - Schoenfeld, W. N. AU - Ferraro, D. P. AU - Locke, B. T1 - Some properties of the rat's bar-pressing response under regular reinforcement. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1966/10// VL - 62 IS - 2 SP - 325 EP - 327 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-12089-001. PMID: 5969614 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Snapper, A. G.; Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Motivation; Rats; Reinforcement Schedules; Responses. Classification: Learning & Motivation (2420). Population: Animal (20). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. AB - 2 groups of rats were exposed to 11 sessions, and a 3rd group to 10 sessions, of a regular reinforcement procedure reinforced by milk. The groups differed with respect to strain of rat, age, degree of motivation, and length of session. For all conditions, asymptotic response rates were not approximated until after 6-12 hr. of exposure to the schedule, even when the "warm-up" part of each session was discarded. Interresponse times (IRTs) showed sequential dependency of any IRT upon the length of the immediately preceding IRT in a manner similar to earlier findings on differential reinforcement of low rates of responding. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - rats KW - bar-pressing response KW - regular reinforcement KW - animal motivation KW - 1966 KW - Age Differences KW - Motivation KW - Rats KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Responses DO - 10.1037/h0023686 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1966-12089-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-11304-001 AN - 1966-11304-001 AU - Farberow, Norman L. AU - McEvoy, Theodore L. T1 - Suicide among patients with diagnoses of anxiety reaction or depressive reaction in general medical and surgical hospitals. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1966/08// VL - 71 IS - 4 SP - 287 EP - 299 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-11304-001. PMID: 5941048 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Farberow, Norman L.; Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Diagnosis; Hospitalized Patients; Hospitals; Suicide. Minor Descriptor: Surgery. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. AB - Analysis of records of Veterans Administration general medical and surgical patients with anxiety or depressive reactions, ½ of whom had committed suicide and ½ of whom were matched nonsuicidal controls, showed that the 2 groups were significantly differentiated on each of 23 feeling and behavior items. Also most of the cases could be categorized in patterns, called: (1) object-loss, suicides with severe interpersonal conflicts; (2) involutional, suicides with insult to their psychological integrity; (3) medical, controls with physical problems; (4) egoistic, both suicides and controls with few ties to society; or (5) preegoistic (tentatively identified), younger controls who were possibly in an earlier stage of the egoistic syndrome. An important measure against suicide is evidence that the hospital staff is interested in, and concerned about, the patient. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - surgical patients KW - surgical hospitals KW - psychological integrity KW - depressive reactions KW - behavior items KW - anxiety reaction KW - 1966 KW - Anxiety KW - Diagnosis KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Hospitals KW - Suicide KW - Surgery DO - 10.1037/h0023587 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1966-11304-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-09793-001 AN - 1966-09793-001 AU - McIver, Anstiss H. AU - Nielson, Harold C. T1 - Effects of electroconvulsive shock and grid shock on open field behavior. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1966/08// VL - 62 IS - 1 SP - 102 EP - 107 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-09793-001. PMID: 6007860 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McIver, Anstiss H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Open Field Behavior; Electroconvulsive Shock; Rats. Minor Descriptor: Shock. Classification: Learning & Motivation (2420). Population: Animal (20). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. AB - Experiments were conducted on rats to determine (1) whether a single ECS produces amnesia either for a behavior which changes merely as a function of exposure, such as open field activity, or for fear induced by grid shock, and (2) whether a single ECS, alone or after grid shock, induces fear as measured by open field ambulation and defecation. The results show no evidence that ECS produces amnesia, either for previous exposure to the open field, or for fear induced by grid shock. Rather, increased fear following a single ECS was experimentally demonstrated. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - electroconvulsive shock KW - grid shock KW - open field behavior KW - rats KW - 1966 KW - Animal Open Field Behavior KW - Electroconvulsive Shock KW - Rats KW - Shock DO - 10.1037/h0023487 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1966-09793-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-09795-001 AN - 1966-09795-001 AU - Snapper, Arthur G. AU - Schoenfeld, William N. AU - Locke, Bernard T1 - Adrenal and thymus weight loss in the food-deprived rat produced by random ratio punishment schedules. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1966/08// VL - 62 IS - 1 SP - 65 EP - 70 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-09795-001. PMID: 5968280 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Snapper, Arthur G.; Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Food; Food Deprivation; Probability; Punishment; Rats. Minor Descriptor: Weight Loss. Classification: Learning & Motivation (2420). Population: Animal (20). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. AB - After initial regular reinforcement of a lever-pressing response with milk, 6 groups of food-deprived rats were exposed to a concurrent random ratio punishment procedure wherein each group continued to be rewarded but had a different probability of receiving a brief electric foot shock for each response. Response suppression increased with punishment probability, with a marked drop in responding at the highest shock probabilities. After 22 hr. of exposure to these "conflict" schedules, autopsies revealed that: (1) adrenal and thymus weights had decreased under intermediate levels of punishment probability, and (2) no gastric ulceration occurred. A 2nd experiment confirmed these findings and also traced the time course of these effects. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - adrenal weight loss KW - thymus weight loss KW - food-deprived rat KW - random ratio punishment schedules KW - 1966 KW - Food KW - Food Deprivation KW - Probability KW - Punishment KW - Rats KW - Weight Loss DO - 10.1037/h0023488 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1966-09795-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-08985-001 AN - 1966-08985-001 AU - Levin, Rachel B. T1 - An empirical test of the female castration complex. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1966/06// VL - 71 IS - 3 SP - 181 EP - 188 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-08985-001. PMID: 5935066 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levin, Rachel B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Castration Anxiety; Oedipal Complex; Psychoanalysis. Minor Descriptor: Femininity; Masculinity; Sex Roles. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. AB - Investigated the psychoanalytic hypothesis that intensity of the female castration complex (FCC) is greater in women with a masculine social role than in those with a feminine social role. Ss were normal, college-educated women, ages 30-55, divided into 2 groups: 26 career women, unmarried, and in masculine occupations; and 25 homemakers, married, with 2 or more children, and not employed outside the home. The career women scored significantly higher on an overall measure of the FCC based on the Rorschach, supporting the hypothesis. They also scored significantly higher on 3 of the 8 individual components of the FCC (penis envy, high activity, and high need for achievement). Some theoretical implications are discussed. (22 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - female castration complex KW - psychoanalytic hypothesis KW - masculine social role KW - feminine social role KW - 1966 KW - Castration Anxiety KW - Oedipal Complex KW - Psychoanalysis KW - Femininity KW - Masculinity KW - Sex Roles DO - 10.1037/h0023386 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1966-08985-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2008-08783-003 AN - 2008-08783-003 AU - Hall, Sharon M. AU - Hall, Robert G. T1 - Clinical series in the behavioral treatment of obesity. JF - Health Psychology JO - Health Psychology Y1 - 1982///Fal 1982 VL - 1 IS - 4 SP - 359 EP - 372 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates SN - 0278-6133 SN - 1930-7810 AD - Hall, Sharon M., Langley Porter Psychiatric Institute, 401 Parnassus Avenue, San Francisco, CA, US, 94143 N1 - Accession Number: 2008-08783-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hall, Sharon M.; Langley Porter Psychiatric Institute, University of California, San Francisco, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association. Release Date: 20080714. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Modification; Obesity; Weight Control. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1982. AB - This article reviews the seven large scale clinical series reported to date which used behavioral treatments to effect weight loss in obese patients. Treatment completion and weight loss data are compared with those obtained in other treatments and with benchmark data. It is concluded that weight losses in "live-in" clinics are considerable, and surpass those generally reported in the literature. In outpatient clinics, which are more representative of current obesity treatment, weight losses appear similar to those found in other treatments, and provide no evidence for the superiority of behavioral interventions. However, low drop-out rates, lack of negative side effects, and low-risk may still make the behavioral treatment of obesity the treatment of choice in many clinical settings. Criteria for reports of clinical series are described. New directions for treatment and research are suggested. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - obesity KW - behavioral treatment KW - clinical series KW - weight loss KW - 1982 KW - Behavior Modification KW - Obesity KW - Weight Control U1 - Sponsor: National Institute on Drug Abuse. Grant: DA00065; DA02538. Other Details: ADAMHA Research Scientist Development Award. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1037/h0090239 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2008-08783-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10660-001 AN - 2005-10660-001 AU - Braginsky, Benjamin M. AU - Braginsky, Dorothea D. T1 - Schizophrenic patients in the psychiatric interview: An experimental study of their effectiveness at manipulation. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1967/12// VL - 31 IS - 6 SP - 543 EP - 547 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10660-001. PMID: 6078197 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Braginsky, Benjamin M.; Yale U, New Haven, CT, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Impression Management; Interviews; Psychiatric Patients; Schizophrenia; Strategies. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - This study attempted to examine whether chronic schizophrenic patients could effectively engage in the manipulative strategy of impression management in an evaluative interview situation. The data supported the expectation that schizophrenic mental patients can effectively present themselves as "sick" or "healthy," whichever is more suited to their needs and goals. Thus, when the patients' open ward status was questioned, they convincingly presented themselves in the interview as "healthy" and eligible for open ward living; when their residency status was questioned, they convincingly presented themselves as "sick" and ineligible for discharge. These findings were interpreted as supporting assumptions of patient effectiveness in implementing goals. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - schizophrenic patients KW - psychiatric interview KW - manipulative strategies KW - impression management KW - patient presentation KW - patients' goals KW - 1967 KW - Impression Management KW - Interviews KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Schizophrenia KW - Strategies DO - 10.1037/h0021007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-10660-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10657-001 AN - 2005-10657-001 AU - Silverman, Lloyd H. AU - Spiro, Robert H. T1 - Further Investigation of the Effects of Subliminal Aggressive Stimulation on the Ego Functioning of Schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1967/06// VL - 31 IS - 3 SP - 225 EP - 232 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10657-001. PMID: 6046573 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silverman, Lloyd H.; Manhattan Veterans Administration Hospital, Manhattan, NY, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Ego; Schizophrenia; Subliminal Perception; Subliminal Stimulation. Minor Descriptor: Paranoia; Psychiatric Symptoms. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - This was a study of the effects of subliminally presented aggressive stimuli on the ego functioning of schizophrenics. 40 hospitalized male Ss were seen for an experimental and control session in a balanced design. Measures of pathological thinking, accuracy of recall, and projection of aggression were obtained after the subliminal presentation of aggression-related and neutral stimuli. In response to the experimental condition both paranoid and nonparanoid patients produced significantly more pathological thinking; only the paranoids reacted with a significant increase in projection of aggression, and only the nonparanoids manifested a significant impairment in accuracy of recall. This data was seen as offering further support for the view that the disturbing effects of drive stimulation can be studied through the subliminal presentation of drive-related stimuli. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - subliminal aggressive stimulation KW - ego functioning KW - schizophrenics KW - pathological thinking KW - paranoid patients KW - 1967 KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Ego KW - Schizophrenia KW - Subliminal Perception KW - Subliminal Stimulation KW - Paranoia KW - Psychiatric Symptoms DO - 10.1037/h0020998 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-10657-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10044-001 AN - 2005-10044-001 AU - Guertin, Wilson H. AU - Ladd, Clayton E. AU - Frank, George H. AU - Rabin, Albert I. AU - Hiester, Douglas S. T1 - Research with the Wechsler Intelligence Scales for Adults. JF - Psychological Bulletin JO - Psychological Bulletin Y1 - 1966/11// VL - 66 IS - 5 SP - 385 EP - 409 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-2909 SN - 1939-1455 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10044-001. PMID: 5342240 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Guertin, Wilson H.; University of Florida, Gainesville, FL, US. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Minor Descriptor: Personality Correlates; Psychodiagnosis; Test Forms; Test Validity. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223); Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 25. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. AB - The past 5 years of research with the adult Wechsler scales is critically reviewed. Most investigators used the most recently developed scale, the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Topical coverage includes: comparative validity; short forms; special populations and applications; refinements and critiques; personality correlates; investigations of diagnostic value; special diagnostic groups; and scatter, patterns, and diagnosis. The 197 articles reviewed show that there is no diminution in the number of researches in the area. While the quality of the research has improved, too many investigators repeat the errors contained in earlier studies, despite the periodic publication of these critical reviews. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - comparative validity KW - short forms KW - test refinements KW - personality correlates KW - diagnostic value KW - 1966 KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - Personality Correlates KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Test Forms KW - Test Validity DO - 10.1037/h0020410 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-10044-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10017-001 AN - 2005-10017-001 AU - Goldstein, Michael J. AU - Acker, Charles W. AU - Crockett, Joseph T. AU - Riddle, John J. T1 - Psychological reactions to films by chronic schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1966/10// VL - 71 IS - 5 SP - 335 EP - 344 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10017-001. PMID: 5339057 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Michael J.; University of California, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chronic Psychosis; Films; Psychopharmacology; Schizophrenia; Thioridazine. Minor Descriptor: Word Associations. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213); Mass Media Communications (2750). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. AB - 40 chronic schizophrenic patients had their psychophysiological responses to 1 of 2 tension-arousing movies recorded. Following assignment to drug (thiordizane) or placebo status for 1 wk, they were retested on a similar film. The results were that the drug Ss showed a decrease in skin resistance and heart rate but not finger-pulse volume over their responses to the 1st showing while the placebo group showed opposite trends. Interview data collected after the films indicated no correlation between the autonomic changes and plot comprehension. Pilot work on word-association test responses indicates that the drug group showed a decrease while the placebo group showed an increase in idiosyncratic responses. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - chronic schizophrenics KW - psychophysiological reactions KW - word-associations KW - films KW - thiordizane KW - psychopharmacology KW - 1966 KW - Chronic Psychosis KW - Films KW - Psychopharmacology KW - Schizophrenia KW - Thioridazine KW - Word Associations DO - 10.1037/h0020303 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-10017-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09868-009 AN - 2005-09868-009 AU - Fontana, Alan F. AU - Klein, Edward B. AU - Cicchetti, Domenic V. T1 - Censure sensitivity in schizophrenia. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1967/06// VL - 72 IS - 3 SP - 294 EP - 302 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09868-009. PMID: 6045603 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fontana, Alan F.; Yale University, New Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Schizophrenia; Social Approval; Social Perception. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Tests & Measures: Child-rearing Attitude Scale; Thorndike-Lorge Vocabulary Scale; Agreement Response Scale. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - Hypotheses derived from the Rodnick-Garmezy theory of schizophrenic censure sensitivity were tested in a 3 Groups (Normals and Poor and Good Premorbid Schizophrenics) × 2 Sex (Man and Woman Parental Surrogate) factorial design. Predictions were tested both at predispositional (recollections of parental child-rearing attitudes and practices) and behavioral levels (susceptibility to social influence). The results at both levels failed to support the predictions of general schizophrenic hypersensitivity and differential schizophrenic sensitivity to sex according to the adequacy of premorbid adjustment. The general clinical theory of hyposensitivity was considered as an alternative but was also found to be inadequate. Reported parental dominance was unrelated to susceptibility to influence. Acquiescence response tendency was found to be highly related to reports of parental attitudes and to extent of social influence. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - censure sensitivity KW - schizophrenia KW - 1967 KW - Schizophrenia KW - Social Approval KW - Social Perception DO - 10.1037/h0020101 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-09868-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09869-003 AN - 2005-09869-003 AU - Cicchetti, Domenic V. AU - Klein, Edward B. AU - Fontana, Alan F. AU - Spohn, Herbert E. T1 - A test of the censure-deficit model in schizophrenia, employing the Rodnick-Garmezy visual discrimination task. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1967/08// VL - 72 IS - 4 SP - 326 EP - 334 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09869-003. PMID: 6058471 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cicchetti, Domenic V.; Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Criticism; Performance; Schizophrenia; Visual Discrimination. Minor Descriptor: Models. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Tests & Measures: Phillips Premorbid Scale. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - This study tested hypotheses derived from the Garmezy and Rodnick censure-deficit theory of schizophrenia. There was no support for the theory with respect to (a) reported child-rearing practices and (b) reactions to cues depicting maternal and paternal dominance. The behavioral findings obtained irrespective of whether the censure was imbedded in the stimulus or combined with verbal censure by the experimenter. This and a series of other disconfirmatory studies are discussed in relation to the validity of the Garmezy and Rodnick formulations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - censure-deficit model KW - schizophrenia KW - visual discrimination KW - 1967 KW - Criticism KW - Performance KW - Schizophrenia KW - Visual Discrimination KW - Models DO - 10.1037/h0020104 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-09869-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09867-006 AN - 2005-09867-006 AU - Klein, Edward B. AU - Cicchetti, Domenic AU - Spohn, Herbert T1 - A test of the censure-deficit model and its relation to premorbidity in the performance of schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1967/04// VL - 72 IS - 2 SP - 174 EP - 181 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09867-006. PMID: 5623445 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Klein, Edward B.; Yale University, New Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Models; Performance; Premorbidity; Schizophrenia; Testing. Minor Descriptor: Ability; Criticism. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Tests & Measures: Parent-Child Relation Questionnaire; Thorndike-Lorge Vocabulary Scale. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - This investigation incorporated controls suggested by the Rodnick-Garmezy model of schizophrenic behavior with the task most frequently employed in disconfirmatory studies, in order to assess the tenability of the latter. A number of hypotheses derived from Rodnick and Garmezy, concerned with premorbid history of patients (Goods and Poors) and normals, reinforcement conditions (reward, punishment, and nonevaluation) and sex of E (parental surrogates), were tested in a 3×3×2 design with reaction time (RT) as the dependent variable. None of the hypotheses was supported. Instead, punishment led to fastest performance for all groups, and all Ss tended to perform faster for male than for female Es. This research is consistent with the results of the disconfirmatory studies rather than those of Rodnick-Garmezy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - censure-deficit model KW - premorbidity KW - schizophrenia KW - performance KW - Rodnick-Garmezy model KW - 1967 KW - Models KW - Performance KW - Premorbidity KW - Schizophrenia KW - Testing KW - Ability KW - Criticism DO - 10.1037/h0020091 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-09867-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09868-003 AN - 2005-09868-003 AU - Bernstein, Alvin S. T1 - Electrodermal base level, tonic arousal, and adaptation in chronic schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1967/06// VL - 72 IS - 3 SP - 221 EP - 232 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09868-003. PMID: 6045593 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bernstein, Alvin S.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Montrose, NY, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adaptation; Galvanic Skin Response; Physiological Arousal; Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Tests & Measures: Montrose Rating Scale. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - Electrodermal arousal was studied at rest and during repetitive stimulation in chronic schizophrenics who were rated at either extreme of the Montrose Rating scale (MRS), either receiving a phenothiazine or no drugs, and in a control normal sample. Resting base level was significantly higher among Hi than Lo MRS, and among Nondrug than Drug patients: no patient sample was reliably below Control level. Nondrug patients showed no impairment in tonic arousal relative to Controls, even when such patients showed impaired phasic response (though the drug was seemingly associated with diminished tonic response). Considerable independence was demonstrated between phasic and tonic electrodermal functions. Unlike Controls (or Drug patients), Nondrug patients showed a general heightening of electrodermal arousal during repetitive innocuous stimulation. A vigilance hypothesis was offered suggesting that sensitivity to the general demands of the environment remains high among chronic patients, even where there may be a reduction in the input of specific items of information from that environment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - electrodermal arousal KW - chronic schizophrenics KW - adaptation KW - tonic arousal KW - 1967 KW - Adaptation KW - Galvanic Skin Response KW - Physiological Arousal KW - Schizophrenia DO - 10.1037/h0020095 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-09868-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09869-004 AN - 2005-09869-004 AU - Johnston, Roy AU - McNeal, Benjamin F. T1 - Statistical versus clinical prediction: Length of neuropsychiatric hospital stay. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1967/08// VL - 72 IS - 4 SP - 335 EP - 340 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09869-004. PMID: 4383439 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Johnston, Roy; Veterans Administration Hospital, Canandaigua, NY, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis); Prediction; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Statistical Measurement; Treatment Duration. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - Statistical and clinical prediction methods are compared in a "field" situation, predicting patient stay in a psychiatric hospital. 5 statistical methods from a previous report averaged 71.92% accuracy on the cross-validation sample. 12 clinicians predicting independently in the same hospital over the following 18-mo period achieved an average accuracy of 71.94% on 499 patient predictions. Summaries of the clinicians' reasons for their judgments show some differences between the most and least accurate judges. Neither professional background nor years of professional experience of clinicians was related to predictive accuracy. Actuarial and clinical prediction were not demonstrably different in accuracy. Practical and economic aspects of this prediction problem favor clinical prediction. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - statistical prediction KW - clinical prediction KW - neuropsychiatric hospital stay KW - length of stay KW - 1967 KW - Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis) KW - Prediction KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Statistical Measurement KW - Treatment Duration DO - 10.1037/h0020105 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-09869-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09868-002 AN - 2005-09868-002 AU - Ells, Edward M. T1 - Effects of operant level, interview with experimenter, and awareness upon verbal conditioning of chronic schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1967/06// VL - 72 IS - 3 SP - 208 EP - 212 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09868-002. PMID: 6045591 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ells, Edward M.; Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Clinic, St Paul, MN, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Awareness; Operant Conditioning; Pronouns; Schizophrenia; Verbal Learning. Minor Descriptor: Experimental Subjects; Experimenters; Interpersonal Interaction. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - The present research attempted to (a) cross-validate N. D. Vestre's (1961, 1965) findings that medium-operant-level pronouns can be conditioned by "good" in a chronic schizophrenic population, (b) test whether or not high-operant-level pronouns can be conditioned by "good" in a chronic schizophrenic population, and (c) compare the conditionability of high-operant-level with that of medium-operant-level pronouns. It was hypothesized that schizophrenics would be more conditionable following a brief, friendly, personal interview than in the absence of any preconditioning interview. It was expected that awareness of the response-reinforcement contingency would favor conditioning. Both the operant level and interview with experimenter variables were investigated to see whether or not either differentially affected (a) the number of aware Ss and (b) the performance of aware Ss. "Good" functioned as a reinforcer for about 1/4 of the Ss in this study. The most important factor contributing to performance was awareness of the response-reinforcement contingency. Also, reinforcement tended to be more effective when Ss had no (instead of a S-min) preexperimental interview with E. Medium-operant-level pronouns were conditionable, and results of conditionability comparisons between high- and medium-preference pronouns depended upon how performance was measured. The negligible conditionability of high-preference pronouns was discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - operant level pronouns KW - chronic schizophrenics KW - verbal conditioning KW - awareness KW - experimenter interview KW - 1967 KW - Awareness KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Pronouns KW - Schizophrenia KW - Verbal Learning KW - Experimental Subjects KW - Experimenters KW - Interpersonal Interaction DO - 10.1037/h0020094 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-09868-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09866-002 AN - 2005-09866-002 AU - Goldstein, Michael J. AU - Acker, Charles W. T1 - Psychophysiological reactions to films by chronic schizophrenics: II. Individual differences in resting levels and reactivity. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1967/02// VL - 72 IS - 1 SP - 23 EP - 29 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09866-002. Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Michael J.; University of California, Los Angeles, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cardiovascular Reactivity; Films; Physiological Arousal; Schizophrenia; Skin Resistance. Minor Descriptor: Heart Rate; Psychophysiology. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - Resting skin-resistance, heart-rate, and reactivity data to 1 of 2 tension-arousing films were obtained from 2 normal comparison groups and a sample of drug-free chronic schizophrenics. The schizophrenics were subdivided into 3 subsamples on the basis of the number of deviant associations given to a word-association test. The resting skin-resistance data failed to discriminate between normals and schizophrenics; however, meaningful differences were found among the schizophrenic subsamples such that increasing thought disturbance was associated with increasing basal resistance levels. Basal heart-rate data did indicate faster heart rate for all schizophrenic subsamples compared with both normal groups. Reactivity data also indicated different results for the 2 indexes. Skin-resistance indexes failed to indicate any differences between schizophrenics and normals or among the schizophrenic samples. 1 heart-rate index suggested less reactivity for schizophrenics than for normals. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - resting skin resistance KW - heart rate KW - reactivity KW - schizophrenia KW - tension arousing films KW - psychophysiological reactions KW - 1967 KW - Cardiovascular Reactivity KW - Films KW - Physiological Arousal KW - Schizophrenia KW - Skin Resistance KW - Heart Rate KW - Psychophysiology DO - 10.1037/h0020080 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-09866-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09866-006 AN - 2005-09866-006 AU - Lorr, Maurice AU - Klett, C. James AU - Cave, Richard T1 - Higher-level psychotic syndromes. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1967/02// VL - 72 IS - 1 SP - 74 EP - 77 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09866-006. PMID: 6040803 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorr, Maurice; Veterans Administration, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Symptoms; Psychosis; Syndromes. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Inpatient Multidimensional Psychiatric Scale. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - The study sought to identify the higher-level psychotic factors measured by the Inpatient Multidimensional Psychiatric Scale (IMPS). 10 IMPS syndrome scores of 2,303 functional psychotics, rated while on a minimum of drugs, were intercorrelated. A principal axis factor analysis and an oblique rotation yielded 5 dimensions labeled Disorganized Hyperactivity, Schizophrenic Disorganization, Paranoid Process, Anxious Depression, and Hostile Paranoia. The findings are compared with the 3 groupings proposed by Phillips and Rabinovitch and with factors isolated in earlier studies. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - higher level psychotic factors KW - psychotic syndromes KW - psychiatric symptoms KW - 1967 KW - Psychiatric Symptoms KW - Psychosis KW - Syndromes DO - 10.1037/h0020084 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-09866-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09866-005 AN - 2005-09866-005 AU - Schwartz, S. T1 - Cognitive deficit among remitted schizophrenics: The role of a life-history variable. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1967/02// VL - 72 IS - 1 SP - 54 EP - 58 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09866-005. PMID: 6040799 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schwartz, S.; Veterans Administration Center, Togus, ME, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Impairment; Educational Attainment Level; Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Tests & Measures: Subsumed Abilities Test. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - The present study investigates the degree of cognitive impairment shown by remitted schizophrenics relative to nonpsychiatric controls and the relationship of such deficit to educational level. It was hypothesized that grade-school-educated remitted schizophrenics would perform more poorly than comparably educated controls, and that college-educated schizophrenics would perform significantly closer to comparably educated controls on a battery of cognitive tasks. Both hypotheses were confirmed. The findings were discussed in terms of their implications for understanding the relative roles of symptoms and life-history variables in accounting for cognitive deficit. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - cognitive impairment KW - schizophrenia KW - educational level KW - remitted schizophrenics KW - 1967 KW - Cognitive Impairment KW - Educational Attainment Level KW - Schizophrenia DO - 10.1037/h0020083 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-09866-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09722-012 AN - 2005-09722-012 AU - Brown, Walter A. AU - Herz, Lawrence R. T1 - Response to Neuroleptic Drugs as a Device for Classifying Schizophrenia. JF - Schizophrenia Bulletin JO - Schizophrenia Bulletin Y1 - 1989/// VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 123 EP - 129 CY - US PB - National Institute of Mental Health SN - 0586-7614 SN - 1745-1701 AD - Brown, Walter A., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Davis Park, Providence, RI, US, 02908 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09722-012. PMID: 2566199 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brown, Walter A.; Department of Psychiatry, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Davis Park, PA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 20091005. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Neuroleptic Drugs; Schizophrenia. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Although schizophrenic patients are routinely treated with neuroleptic medication, the diversity in response to such treatment is noteworthy; some patients are exquisitely responsive to neuroleptic treatment, while others are clearly resistant. The authors examine the hypothesis that neuroleptic-responsive and neuroleptic-resistant patients have different illnesses by considering the following issues: the reliability of the distinction between neuroleptic responsiveness and resistance; the consistency in neuroleptic responsiveness over time; the association between neuroleptic responsiveness and other clinical features; and the neuroleptics' therapeutic action. On the basis of the data available and on theoretical and historical grounds, the distinction between neuroleptic-responsive and neuroleptic-resistant patients warrants application in both clinical and research settings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - neuroleptic drugs KW - schizophrenia KW - drug therapy KW - 1989 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Schizophrenia UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-09722-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09716-012 AN - 2005-09716-012 AU - Fowler, Richard C. T1 - Remitting schizophrenia as a variant of affective disorder. JF - Schizophrenia Bulletin JO - Schizophrenia Bulletin Y1 - 1978/// VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 68 EP - 77 CY - US PB - National Institute of Mental Health SN - 0586-7614 SN - 1745-1701 AD - Fowler, Richard C., VA Hospital, 3350 La Jolla Village Dr., San Diego, CA, US, 92161 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09716-012. PMID: 746363 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fowler, Richard C.; Veterans' Administration Hospital, San Diego, CA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 20091005. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Psychiatric Patients; Psychosis; Remission (Disorders); Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Amphetamine; Mental Disorders. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1978. AB - Remitting schizophrenia is an important phenomenon in the United States largely because of the broad concept of schizophrenia used here. Clinical and family investigations of this condition suggest a close link between remitting schizophrenia and the affective disorders. However, the elevated morbidity risk of schizophrenia in first-degree relatives of remitting schizophrenics precludes the conclusion that remitting schizophrenia is simply a variant of affective disorders. The following testable hypothesis is consistent with the available data: remitting schizophrenia is a heterogeneous mixture of mania, unipolar depression, and typical schizophrenia. Mania and unipolar depression account for the majority of such disorders although schizophrenia may account for a sizable minority. Other disorders may be included in this mixture; but, their contribution to the remitting schizophrenias is probably small. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - depressive symptoms KW - family history KW - schizophrenia KW - affective disorders KW - 1978 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychosis KW - Remission (Disorders) KW - Schizophrenia KW - Amphetamine KW - Mental Disorders UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-09716-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09082-003 AN - 2005-09082-003 AU - Carothers, Thomas AU - Gardner, Howard T1 - When Children's Drawings Become Art: The Emergence of Aesthetic Production and Perception. JF - Developmental Psychology JO - Developmental Psychology Y1 - 1979/09// VL - 15 IS - 5 SP - 570 EP - 580 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0012-1649 SN - 1939-0599 AD - Gardner, Howard, Project Zero, Harvard University, 316 Longfellow Hall, Cambridge, MA, US, 02138 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09082-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carothers, Thomas; Harvard Graduate School of Education and Psychology Service, Boston Veterans Administration Hospital, MA, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aesthetics; Age Differences; Art; Drawing; Perceptual Development. Minor Descriptor: Childhood Development; Painting (Art). Classification: Cognitive & Perceptual Development (2820). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Preschool Age (2-5 yrs) (160); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1979. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1979. AB - Although children's drawings have been studied from several perspectives, their status as works of art has not been considered. It is possible that only at a certain point in development do children's drawings begin to exhibit characteristics of the aesthetic. Proceeding from a definition of the aesthetic proposed by Nelson Goodman, a set of tasks was devised to examine this possibility. First-, fourth-, and sixth-grade children were tested for their sensitivity to the dimensions of syntactic repleteness (e.g., line variation) and expression (i.e., the feelings conveyed by a work). First-grade children displayed little capacity to produce or perceive aesthetic characteristics. Fourth-grade children displayed significant capacities to perceive these characteristics in drawings, and by the sixth grade children demonstrated considerable capacities to exhibit these aesthetic characteristics in their own drawings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - childrens drawings KW - work of art KW - childhood development KW - aesthetic production KW - aesthetic perception KW - age differences KW - 1979 KW - Aesthetics KW - Age Differences KW - Art KW - Drawing KW - Perceptual Development KW - Childhood Development KW - Painting (Art) DO - 10.1037/h0078089 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-09082-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09007-004 AN - 2005-09007-004 AU - Larson, Paul C. T1 - Introduction: Two Archetypes in Search of an Identity. JF - Professional Psychology JO - Professional Psychology Y1 - 1982/12// VL - 13 IS - 6 SP - 830 EP - 833 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-0175 AD - Larson, Paul C., Medical Center, Veterans Administration, 4100 West Third Street, Dayton, OH, US, 45428 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09007-004. Other Journal Title: Professional Psychology: Research and Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Larson, Paul C.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dayton, OH, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counseling Psychology; Professional Identity; Psychologists; Role Conflicts. Minor Descriptor: Health Care Delivery; Teachers. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1982. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1982. AB - Counseling psychology, according to Domke's article in this present series, is a specialty that is in its adolescence. The chief reason for saying this is the perpetual agonizing about our professional identity and definition. We seem to be forever wrangling about who we are and what we want to become. In part this is due to the strongly hybrid nature of counseling psychology. We have always had one foot in psychology and the other in education. To the many reasons already put forth for this state of affairs, the author adds a metaphor that he thinks add some perspective to the current situation of counseling psychology. The model of the "psychologist" as an agent for amelioration of human suffering is of relatively recent origin. In the process of defining our unique contribution to the helping services, in general, we have been struggling with the models given to us by history. Using the Jungian perspective, we can identify some of these models of practice as archetypes that have become part of our personal and cultural heritage. The author of this article goes on to name some of the archtypes (or roles) and explains how each will affect counseling psychology in the future. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - counseling psychology KW - professional identity KW - psychologists KW - educators KW - role conflict KW - 1982 KW - Counseling Psychology KW - Professional Identity KW - Psychologists KW - Role Conflicts KW - Health Care Delivery KW - Teachers DO - 10.1037/h0078011 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-09007-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-08905-001 AN - 2005-08905-001 AU - Banikiotes, Paul G. AU - Kubinski, John A. AU - Pursell, Sandra A. T1 - Sex Role Orientation, Self-Disclosure, and Gender-Related Perceptions. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology Y1 - 1981/03// VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 140 EP - 146 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 AD - Banikiotes, Paul G., Counseling Center, Department of Psychology, University of Notre Dame, Notre Dame, IN, US, 46556 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-08905-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Banikiotes, Paul G.; University of Notre Dame, Notre Dame, IN, US. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20120109. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Gender Identity; Human Sex Differences; Judgment; Self Disclosure; Sex Role Attitudes. Minor Descriptor: Androgyny; Stereotyped Attitudes. Classification: Sex Roles & Women's Issues (2970). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320). Tests & Measures: Bem Sex Role Inventory DOI: 10.1037/t00748-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1981. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1981. AB - The level of self-disclosure and the sex-role orientation of 104 males and 91 females was determined in order to assess the impact of these characteristics on interpersonal judgments of gender-related behavior. The subject's own level of disclosure was found to have an impact on perceptions of males and females represented to be moderately high and moderately low in disclosure. Those more similar were viewed to be better adjusted, more likable, and preferred partners in an experiment. There was a failure to find differential standards in the evaluation of male and female disclosure, and a subject's sex role orientation (androgynous or sex role stereotyped) had no effect on perceptions. Gender, however, did have an impact on judgments made and interacted with the gender of the individual perceived. Male subjects rated male and female individuals differentially, whereas female subjects did not. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - sex role orientation KW - self disclosure KW - gender related perceptions KW - interpersonal judgments KW - androgynous KW - sex role stereotyped KW - 1981 KW - Gender Identity KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Judgment KW - Self Disclosure KW - Sex Role Attitudes KW - Androgyny KW - Stereotyped Attitudes DO - 10.1037/h0077966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-08905-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09756-019 AN - 2005-09756-019 AU - Zubin, Joseph T1 - Negative Symptoms: Are They Indigenous to Schizophrenia? JF - Schizophrenia Bulletin JO - Schizophrenia Bulletin Y1 - 1985/// VL - 11 IS - 3 SP - 461 EP - 470 CY - US PB - National Institute of Mental Health SN - 0586-7614 SN - 1745-1701 AD - Zubin, Joseph, VA Hospital, Highland Dr., Pittsburgh, PA, US, 15206 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09756-019. PMID: 4035308 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zubin, Joseph; Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 20091005. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Positive and Negative Symptoms; Psychometrics; Schizophrenia; Test Reliability; Test Validity. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1985. AB - The sudden popularity of positive and negative symptoms (PNS) has probably arisen as a result of the need for an instrument for clustering schizophrenic patients into subgroups that would respond similarly to the various treatments. The relation of PNS to the three major models for the etiology of schizophrenia (disease, socioenvironmental, and vulnerability) has been delineated. The question was raised regarding the indigenous nature of negative symptoms, their permanency, and whether they can be used to test the tenability of the three models. A strategy was suggested for determining whether the negative symptoms are permanent features of schizophrenia by providing techniques for attempting to eliminate them through therapeutic intervention. The need for developing operational criteria for the presence of each symptom was suggested to improve reliability of ratings, and construct validity designs were formulated for increasing their validity. The provision of a valid and reliable scale for negative symptoms and a scientific model for encompassing the various claims for negative symptoms is necessary before progress can be made. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - negative symptoms KW - positive symptoms KW - schizophrenic patients KW - psychometrics KW - test validity KW - test reliability KW - 1985 KW - Positive and Negative Symptoms KW - Psychometrics KW - Schizophrenia KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-09756-019&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-42940-001 AN - 2013-42940-001 AU - Weiss, Kenneth M. T1 - Advantages of abandoning symptom-based diagnostic systems of research in schizophrenia. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 59 IS - 3 SP - 324 EP - 330 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 AD - Weiss, Kenneth M., Psychology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 10000 Brecksville Rd., 116B(B), Cleveland, OH, US, 44141 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-42940-001. PMID: 2669498 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weiss, Kenneth M.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cleveland, OH, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Etiology; Methodology; Philosophies. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. Copyright Statement: American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. 1989. AB - An alternative is suggested to the symptom-based diagnostic conceptualizations of schizophrenia that are now general. Using a different methodological philosophy, it would investigate empirically determined underlying structure. It is proposed that studies should be more clearly directed toward linking symptoms, underlying processes, and etiology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - symptom based diagnostic systems KW - schizophrenia KW - methodological philosophy KW - etiology KW - 1989 KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - Etiology KW - Methodology KW - Philosophies U1 - Sponsor: United States Public Health Service, US. Grant: MH 41684. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1989.tb01668.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-42940-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-42006-010 AN - 2013-42006-010 AU - Oradei, Donna M. AU - Waite, Nancy S. T1 - Group psychotherapy with stroke patients during the immediate recovery phase. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1974/04// VL - 44 IS - 3 SP - 386 EP - 395 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 AD - Oradei, Donna M., Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, CT, US, 06516 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-42006-010. PMID: 4824186 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Oradei, Donna M.; Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, CT, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebrovascular Accidents; Group Psychotherapy; Recovery (Disorders). Minor Descriptor: Patients; Psychosocial Factors. Classification: Cardiovascular Disorders (3295); Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1974. AB - Daily group therapy sessions were held with hospital patients recovering from strokes. This paper discusses the psychosocial issues that were presented by the group members, and describes the impact of group sessions on patients, staff, and ward milieu. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - group psychotherapy KW - stroke patients KW - immediate recovery phases KW - psychosocial issues KW - 1974 KW - Cerebrovascular Accidents KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Recovery (Disorders) KW - Patients KW - Psychosocial Factors DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1974.tb00891.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-42006-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10657-006 AN - 2005-10657-006 AU - Gurel, Lee T1 - Dimensions of Psychiatric Patient Ward Behavior. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1967/06// VL - 31 IS - 3 SP - 328 EP - 331 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10657-006. PMID: 6046590 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gurel, Lee; Veterans Administration, Washington, DC, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20140414. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Factor Analysis; Psychiatric Patients; Psychiatric Symptoms; Varimax Rotation. Minor Descriptor: Apathy; Hostility; Physical Appearance; Resistance; Schizophrenia (Disorganized Type); Withdrawal (Defense Mechanism). Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Tests & Measures: Behavior Rating Scale DOI: 10.1037/t28530-000. Methodology: Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - Principal factor Varimax rotation factor analyses were performed on 7 sets of ward behavior ratings collected during a 4-yr. follow-up of 1,274 functional psychotics. 4 factors were identified: Withdrawal-Apathy, Hostility-Resistiveness, Deteriorated Appearance, and Schizophrenic Disorganization. The stability of these factors and their correspondence with results of other factor analyses in the literature suggest their conceptual meaningfulness for further use. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2014 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - psychiatric patient ward behavior KW - Varimax rotation factor analyses KW - functional psychotics KW - withdrawal KW - apathy KW - hostility KW - resistiveness KW - deteriorated appearance KW - schizophrenic disorganization KW - 1967 KW - Factor Analysis KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychiatric Symptoms KW - Varimax Rotation KW - Apathy KW - Hostility KW - Physical Appearance KW - Resistance KW - Schizophrenia (Disorganized Type) KW - Withdrawal (Defense Mechanism) DO - 10.1037/h0021003 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-10657-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-35203-001 AN - 1989-35203-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Juba, Mark P. AU - Anderson, Patricia E. T1 - Validities of five combat scales. JF - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 98 EP - 102 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1040-3590 SN - 1939-134X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-35203-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, St Cloud, MN, US. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Stress Reactions; Test Validity; War. Minor Descriptor: Measurement; Stress and Coping Measures. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jan 19, 1989; Revised Date: Jan 5, 1989; First Submitted Date: Sep 16, 1988. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The validities of 5 combat scales in a sample of 63 Vietnam veteran patients and normals were compared in order to facilitate research on the effect of battle. The criteria were military record information, an independent trauma measure, and each of the other scales. The measures developed by M. Gallops et al (1981), C. R. Figley and R. H. Stretch (1980), and C. G. Watson et al (see record [rid]1989-08743-001[/rid]) generated the highest validational coefficients. The correlations involving the innovative Combat Exposure Scale by M. Lund et al (see record [rid]1985-13577-001[/rid]) were uniformly lower than the correlations for the other 4 measures. Compared to the other 3, the Watson et al and Gallops et al scales appeared to be more sensitive to combat and less influenced by the presence of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). This implies they may be more useful as combat measures than the other instruments studied. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of combat stress measures KW - investigation of effects of battle KW - male Vietnam veteran patients & hospital staff KW - 1989 KW - Military Veterans KW - Stress Reactions KW - Test Validity KW - War KW - Measurement KW - Stress and Coping Measures DO - 10.1037/1040-3590.1.2.98 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-35203-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-09348-001 AN - 1974-09348-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - Abstract thinking deficit and autism in process and reactive schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1973/12// VL - 82 IS - 3 SP - 399 EP - 403 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-09348-001. PMID: 4770912 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Abstraction; Process Schizophrenia; Reactive Psychosis; Schizophrenia; Thought Disturbances. Minor Descriptor: Autism Spectrum Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Evaluated the influence of inability to abstract and autism on the proverbs interpretations of process and reactive schizophrenics. 48 reactive schizophrenics, 48 process schizophrenics, and 24 normals were scored for abstract level and autism on D. R. Gorham's (see record [rid]1957-01037-001[/rid]) proverbs test. Compared to normals, both schizophrenic groups were abnormal on each measure, both before and after the groups were matched for vocabulary. However, process schizophrenics were more deficient on abstract level than reactives. There was no significant difference between the mean autism scores of the two schizophrenic groups until the effects of abstract level were removed. Then it was seen that autism was more prominent among reactives than process Ss. Studied independently of one another, loss of abstract ability characterized process schizophrenics, while autism was more typical of reactives. (21 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - abstract thinking deficit & autism KW - interpretation of proverbs KW - process vs reactive schizophrenics KW - 1973 KW - Abstraction KW - Process Schizophrenia KW - Reactive Psychosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Thought Disturbances KW - Autism Spectrum Disorders DO - 10.1037/h0035363 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-09348-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-06934-001 AN - 1970-06934-001 AU - Lorei, Theodore W. T1 - Staff ratings of the relative importance of the consequences of release from or retention in a psychiatric hospital. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1970/02// VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 48 EP - 55 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-06934-001. PMID: 5436465 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorei, Theodore W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Washington, D.C. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Health Personnel; Nurses; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychiatrists; Psychodiagnosis. Minor Descriptor: Consequence. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Staff in 12 Veterans Administration hospitals rated importance of 16 possible outcomes of decisions to release or retain psychiatric patients. Dangerousness, malingering, and institutionalization were considered most important (undesirable) by Ss as a whole. Comparison of outcome profiles of 8 occupational groups showed small but significant differences in profile shapes and larger differences in profile levels. Groups differed most in their opinions regarding the importance of avoiding indigency, idleness, and family complaints about release. Nursing assistants differed most frequently from other groups. The research reported here and planned for the future derives from the attempt to use the expected utility maximization model to guide release/retention decision making. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - release from vs. retention in psychiatric hospital KW - ratings of decision outcome importance KW - hospital staff KW - 1970 KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Nurses KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychiatrists KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Consequence DO - 10.1037/h0028796 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1970-06934-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-17793-001 AN - 2007-17793-001 AU - Kauffman, Irving T1 - Les enfants terribles. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice Y1 - 1966/11// VL - 3 IS - 4 SP - 173 EP - 176 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-17793-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kauffman, Irving; Veterans Administration Hospital, New Orleans, LA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20071126. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Determinism; Family Relations; Family Therapy; Rationalization (Defense Mechanism). Minor Descriptor: Behavior; Mental Disorders; Responsibility. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1966. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1966. AB - This article describes the behavior of a family, from a theoretical point of view. It illustrates the use of psychic determinism as a conscious rationalization. These rationalizations also demonstrate Szasz's (1961) view that the absence of personal responsibility is often reflected in the concept of mental illness. The course of treatment may be instructive. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychic determinism KW - conscious rationalization KW - personal responsibility KW - mental illness KW - family KW - treatment KW - 1966 KW - Determinism KW - Family Relations KW - Family Therapy KW - Rationalization (Defense Mechanism) KW - Behavior KW - Mental Disorders KW - Responsibility DO - 10.1037/h0087968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2007-17793-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-10119-001 AN - 2007-10119-001 AU - Rohsenow, Damaris J. T1 - Review of The diagnosis and treatment of alcoholism (second edition). JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors Y1 - 1987/// VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 127 EP - 130 PB - Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-10119-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rohsenow, Damaris J.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Providence, RI, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070713. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Diagnosis. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233); Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Mendelson, Jack H. (Ed); Mello, Nancy K. (Ed). The diagnosis and treatment of alcoholism (second edition)=New York: McGraw-Hill Book Company; 1985. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1987. Copyright Statement: Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. 1987. AB - Reviews the book, The diagnosis and treatment of alcoholism (second edition) edited by Jack H. Mendelson and Nancy K. Mello (1985). This text is designed to be an authoritative handbook for practitioners in the field of alcohol abuse or a comprehensive textbook for graduate students. The target audience is physicians, nurses, psychologists, alcoholism counselors, social workers, and others involved in assessing and treating alcohol abuse. One way in which this text differs from many on the market is in its reliance on methodologically sound research as the basis for the recommendations and conclusions in most of the chapters, including objective discussions of controversial issues where the research data challenge commonly accepted assumptions in the alcohol field. The second edition of this volume provides valuable updating and expansion of the information presented in the widely used first edition. Overall, the second edition of this volume remains a leader in the field and will be valuable as a handbook for the clinician or textbook for the graduate seminar. The strengths of this volume are in the chapters that rely on a thorough knowledge of methodologically sound research, presented in a way that will be acceptable to clinical practitioners. Paraprofessionals may find this hard to read but advanced professionals will find the text useful. This edition remains superior to any other single resource which I can think of in the field. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - diagnosis KW - treatment KW - alcoholism KW - 1987 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Diagnosis U2 - Mendelson, Jack H. (Ed); Mello, Nancy K. (Ed). (1985); The diagnosis and treatment of alcoholism (second edition); New York: McGraw-Hill Book Company DO - 10.1037/h0084850 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2007-10119-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-01472-002 AN - 2007-01472-002 AU - Tallent, Norman T1 - Clinical communication and the psychodiagnostic process. JF - Canadian Psychologist/Psychologie canadienne JO - Canadian Psychologist/Psychologie canadienne Y1 - 1966/07// VL - 7a IS - 3 SP - 197 EP - 208 CY - Canada PB - Canadian Psychological Association SN - 0008-4832 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-01472-002. Other Journal Title: Canadian Psychological Review/Psychologie canadienne; Canadian Psychology/Psychologie canadienne; The Canadian Psychologist. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tallent, Norman; Veterans Administration Hospital, Northampton, MA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070430. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Information: Ontario Psychological Association, Jan, 1966, Ottawa, ON, Canada. Conference Note: Paper read at the Preconvention Institute at the aforementioned conference. Major Descriptor: Communication; Psychodiagnosis; Psychological Report; Psychotherapeutic Processes. Minor Descriptor: Behaviorism; Clinical Psychology; Theoretical Orientation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1966. Copyright Statement: Canadian Psychological Association. 1966. AB - For at least 20 years, the psychological report has been regarded as presenting a problem in communication. The problem of communication may have mechanical, semantic, philosophic, social, professional, and technical connotations. Current reports seem to vary from those based on a behavioristic orientation to those which just as clearly evidence a clinical orientation. This paper explores basic behavioristic and clinical viewpoints by way of exploring the implications that these positions--from underlying philosophies to accepted clinical techniques--have for the technical report. Inconsistency of the report with its underlying premises is not defensible. Let us, then, consider under several headings topics of interest that have long been identified in the writing of clinical reports. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical communication KW - psychodiagnostic process KW - psychological report KW - behavioristic orientation KW - clinical orientation KW - 1966 KW - Communication KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Psychological Report KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Behaviorism KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Theoretical Orientation DO - 10.1037/h0083101 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2007-01472-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-15990-001 AN - 1991-15990-001 AU - Horton, Arthur M. T1 - Luria's contributions to clinical and behavioral neuropsychology. JF - Neuropsychology JO - Neuropsychology Y1 - 1987/11// VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 39 EP - 44 CY - US PB - Philadelphia Clinical Neuropsychology Group SN - 0894-4105 SN - 1931-1559 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-15990-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Horton, Arthur M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Medical Service Alcoholism Section, Baltimore, MD, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation; Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 20090713. Correction Date: 20100405. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Clinical Psychology; History of Psychology; Neuropsychology. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1987. AB - The famous Soviet neuropsychologist and neurologist A. R. Luria made many important contributions to clinical and behavioral neuropsychology including the understanding of human brain functioning, the clinical assessments of higher cortical functioning (especially aphasia), and the development of personal therapy plans for the rehabilitation of individuals with local brain lesions. These contributions are best understood from reviewing certain family intellectual and political considerations, which influenced Luria's remarkable blending of psychology and neurology. Also, the relevance of Luria's contribution to behavior neuropsychology, the use of behavior therapy techniques with brain-damaged individuals, is examined. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - A. R. Luria's contributions to clinical & behavioral neuropsychological therapy KW - 1987 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Clinical Psychology KW - History of Psychology KW - Neuropsychology DO - 10.1037/h0091774 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1991-15990-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-15904-001 AN - 1991-15904-001 AU - Russell, Elbert W. T1 - Neuropsychological interpretation of the WAIS. JF - Neuropsychology JO - Neuropsychology Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 2 EP - 6 CY - US PB - Philadelphia Clinical Neuropsychology Group SN - 0894-4105 SN - 1931-1559 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-15904-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Russell, Elbert W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Miami, FL, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation; Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 20090713. Correction Date: 20100405. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Minor Descriptor: Neuropsychology. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: May, 1987. AB - Discusses the use of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) to detect brain damage. Patterns produced by types of damage that have been recognized in relation to WAIS subtests include chronic lateralized damage, acute lateralized damage, and slowly progressive diffuse damage. It is concluded that the WAIS is a valuable instrument for assessing brain damage when it is used in conjunction with other tests of brain damage. However, the WAIS is not a good diagnostic tool for determining either the existence of damage or laterality when it is used by itself. Most brain damaged patterns that are found on the WAIS can be produced by several types of other conditions, both functional and organic. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - WAIS KW - assessment of brain damage KW - 1987 KW - Brain Damage KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - Neuropsychology DO - 10.1037/h0091768 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1991-15904-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-15939-001 AN - 1991-15939-001 AU - Varney, Nils R. AU - Martzke, J. S. AU - Roberts, Richard J. T1 - Major depression in patients with closed head injury. JF - Neuropsychology JO - Neuropsychology Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 7 EP - 9 CY - US PB - Philadelphia Clinical Neuropsychology Group SN - 0894-4105 SN - 1931-1559 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-15939-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Varney, Nils R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Iowa City, IA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation; Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 20090713. Correction Date: 20100405. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Head Injuries; Major Depression. Minor Descriptor: Etiology; Followup Studies. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1987. AB - Interviewed 120 patients with closed head injury (CHI) with regard to depressive symptoms at least 2 yrs after the date of injury. 92 Ss met Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) criteria for major depressive disorder. Half of the depressed CHI Ss did not manifest depressive symptoms until at least 6 mo after being injured. Bipolar affective disorder and schizophrenia were uncommon following CHI. CHI patients may be at increased risk for development of major depressive disorder. CHI patients should be screened for depressive symptoms after they appear to have made a "full" recovery. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - major depression KW - patients with closed head injury assessed 2 yrs after injury KW - 1987 KW - Head Injuries KW - Major Depression KW - Etiology KW - Followup Studies DO - 10.1037/h0091773 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1991-15939-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-58583-001 AN - 1990-58583-001 AU - Cicchetti, Domenic V. T1 - Reliability of reviews for the American Psychologist: A biostatistical assessment of the data. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1980/03// VL - 35 IS - 3 SP - 300 EP - 303 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-58583-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cicchetti, Domenic V.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychology; Scientific Communication; Statistics. Minor Descriptor: Peer Evaluation. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1980. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1980. AB - Comments on S. Scarr and B. L. R. Weber's (1978) article on the review process for articles published in the American Psychologist. Scarr and Weber's findings are examined from a biostatistical viewpoint, focusing on 3 statistical approaches applied to the following 5-, 3-, and 2-category systems of final reviewer recommendation: overall reviewer agreement based on the intraclass correlation coefficient (RI), overall reviewer agreement based on the weighted kappa statistic, and reviewer agreement related to specific categories of recommendation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - biostatistical viewpoint of review process for articles published in 'American Psychologist' KW - commentary KW - 1980 KW - Psychology KW - Scientific Communication KW - Statistics KW - Peer Evaluation DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.35.3.300 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-58583-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-56773-001 AN - 1990-56773-001 AU - Howard, Alvin R. T1 - Agency repair of academic neglect. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1969/08// VL - 24 IS - 8 SP - 766 EP - 768 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-56773-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Howard, Alvin R.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Chillicothe, OH, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Methods Training; Colleges; Psychology. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Suggests that training in various aspects of professional psychology has received little attention from universities, despite increasing professionalization and despite increasing strains that have resulted from these activities. A seminar concerning aspects of professional psychology is discussed. The topics include the American Psychological Association, training, ethics, legal aspects, and relations with others. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - universities & training in professional psychology KW - 1969 KW - Clinical Methods Training KW - Colleges KW - Psychology DO - 10.1037/h0037819 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-56773-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-56754-001 AN - 1990-56754-001 AU - Tallent, Norman T1 - Lightner Witmer's legacy. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1969/04// VL - 24 IS - 4 SP - 473 EP - 475 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-56754-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tallent, Norman; Veterans Administration Hosp, Northampton, MA, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Social Sciences; Theoretical Orientation. Classification: History & Systems (2140). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Comments on J. Seeman's (se PA, Vol 42:18124) article about L. Witmer, which suggests that the beginnings of clinical psychology are rooted in the behavioral science tradition. Witmer's legacy and different implications of his work and philosophy are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - contribution of L. Witmer's behavioral science tradition to clinical psychology KW - commentary KW - 1969 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Social Sciences KW - Theoretical Orientation DO - 10.1037/h0037800 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-56754-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-21403-001 AN - 1990-21403-001 AU - Brown, Sandra A. AU - Goldman, Mark S. AU - Christiansen, Bruce A. AU - Smith, Gregory T. T1 - The broader perspective of expectancy research: Comment on Corcoran and Parker. JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors Y1 - 1989/// VL - 3 IS - 2 SP - 80 EP - 84 PB - Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-21403-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brown, Sandra A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20061215. Correction Date: 20100104. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Expectations; Experimentation; Test Reliability; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Attitudes; Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Questionnaires. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1989. Copyright Statement: Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. 1989. AB - Comments on the article by K. J. Corcoran and P. S. Parker (see record [rid]1990-21412-001[/rid]) and provides 4 examples of how the issues they raise fit within the emerging field of alcohol expectancy research. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcohol expectancy research & issues concerning reliability & validity of Alcohol Expectancy Questionnaire for Adolescents KW - commentary reply KW - 1989 KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Expectations KW - Experimentation KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - Alcohol Drinking Attitudes KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Questionnaires DO - 10.1037/h0080566 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-21403-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-08502-001 AN - 1990-08502-001 AU - Chemtob, Claude M. AU - Bauer, Gordon B. AU - Hamada, Roger S. AU - Pelowski, Susan R. AU - Muraoka, Miles Y. T1 - Patient suicide: Occupational hazard for psychologists and psychiatrists. JF - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice JO - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice Y1 - 1989/10// VL - 20 IS - 5 SP - 294 EP - 300 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7028 SN - 1939-1323 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-08502-001. Other Journal Title: Professional Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Chemtob, Claude M.; Veterans Administration, Stress Disorders Research Lab, Honolulu, HI, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clients; Occupational Stress; Psychiatrists; Psychologists; Suicide. Minor Descriptor: Client Characteristics; Epidemiology. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400); Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Apr 18, 1989; Revised Date: Dec 28, 1988; First Submitted Date: Oct 17, 1988. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Using data from our earlier national surveys, we compared the frequency and impact of patient suicide among psychologists and psychiatrists. We also report data from a new survey designed to examine the influence of patient type, practice setting, and pattern of practice on risk of experiencing patient suicide and on its impact on the therapist. Twenty-two percent of psychologists and 51% of psychiatrists reported having experienced the loss of a patient to suicide. Both groups reported experiencing significant disruptions in their professional and personal lives after the patient's suicide. Work setting, kind of patient treated, and profession were most strongly associated with the occurrence in patient suicide. We argue that patient suicide is an occupational hazard for psychologists and psychiatrists. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - patient & practice characteristics KW - risk & impact of patient suicide KW - psychologists vs psychiatrists KW - 1989 KW - Clients KW - Occupational Stress KW - Psychiatrists KW - Psychologists KW - Suicide KW - Client Characteristics KW - Epidemiology DO - 10.1037/0735-7028.20.5.294 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-08502-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-06287-001 AN - 1990-06287-001 AU - Burling, Thomas A. AU - Marotta, Janetti AU - González, Roberto AU - Moltzen, Judith O. AU - Eng, Albert M. AU - Schmidt, Gary A. AU - Welch, Renate L. AU - Ziff, Daniel C. AU - Reilly, Patrick M. T1 - Computerized smoking cessation program for the worksite: Treatment outcome and feasibility. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/10// VL - 57 IS - 5 SP - 619 EP - 622 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-06287-001. PMID: 2794181 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Burling, Thomas A.; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Domiciliary Services, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Computer Applications; Employee Assistance Programs; Smoking Cessation. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies; Tobacco Smoking. Classification: Organizational Behavior (3660); Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Apr 10, 1989; Revised Date: Feb 17, 1989; First Submitted Date: Feb 15, 1988. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - This study demonstrated the effectiveness of a computer-delivered smoking cessation program for the worksite. 58 VA Medical Center employees were randomly assigned to a computer group (computerized nicotine fading and stop-smoking contest) or a contest-only group. In comparison with the contest-only group, the computer group had nonsignificantly higher abstinence rates across follow-up, had marginally lower CO levels at the 3- and 6-month follow-ups, and smoked cigarettes with lower nicotine levels at the 10-day and 6-month follow-ups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - worksite based computerized nicotine fading treatment KW - smoking cessation KW - VA employees KW - 3 & 6 mo followups KW - 1989 KW - Computer Applications KW - Employee Assistance Programs KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Followup Studies KW - Tobacco Smoking DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.57.5.619 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-06287-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-02140-001 AN - 1990-02140-001 AU - Mozdzierz, Gerald J. AU - Lisiecki, Joseph AU - Macchitelli, Frank J. T1 - The mandala of psychotherapy: The universal use of paradox: New understanding and more confusion. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training Y1 - 1989///Fal 1989 VL - 26 IS - 3 SP - 383 EP - 388 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 SN - 1939-1536 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-02140-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mozdzierz, Gerald J.; Veterans Administration, Edward Hines, Jr. Hosp Psychology Service, Hines, IL, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070806. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Paradoxical Techniques; Psychotherapy. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1989. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - Organizes the work of a sample of clinicians into a 3-fold graphic schematic (mandala of psychotherapy) to understand the uses of explicit or implicit paradoxical interventions (PDIs) in these therapies. There are 3 basic reference dimensions to the mandala: the Horizontal Axis (neurotic/psychotic), the Vertical Axis (hard/soft), and the Circle Dimension (implicit/explicit). The schematic suggests an interaction between the type of patient behavior, the personality of the therapist, and the type of PDI. Examples of different clinical-theoretical positions are presented from around the mandala. Implications are offered for understanding PDI as a universal tool of encouragement in psychotherapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - representation of paradoxical interventions in mandala of psychotherapy KW - 1989 KW - Paradoxical Techniques KW - Psychotherapy DO - 10.1037/h0085450 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-02140-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-41063-001 AN - 1989-41063-001 AU - Donovan, Dennis M. AU - Ito, Joanne R. T1 - Cognitive behavioral relapse prevention strategies and aftercare in alcoholism rehabilitation. T3 - Special Series: Nontraditional Approaches to Treating Alcohol-Dependent Veterans JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors Y1 - 1988/// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 74 EP - 81 PB - Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-41063-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Donovan, Dennis M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Seattle, WA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070216. Correction Date: 20100104. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aftercare; Alcohol Rehabilitation; Cognitive Therapy; Relapse (Disorders). Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism; Prevention. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1988. Copyright Statement: Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. 1988. AB - Examines the effect of aftercare on the outcome of alcoholism treatment and presents conceptual and practical similarities between the functions of aftercare services and cognitive-behavioral relapse-prevention (RP) approaches. Results of a previous study (J. R. Ito et al; see record [rid]1989-02921-001[/rid]) were examined. The study compared an RP therapy group with an interpersonal-process (IP) therapy group during the 2 mo following completion of inpatient treatment in a veterans medical center. Both interventions had similar impacts on drinking-related outcome measures. However, Ss in the RP group tended to have fewer drinking days, to be more likely to complete their contract for extended aftercare, and to show an increase in self-efficacy and a decrease in drinking-related temptation relative to those in the IP group. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive behavioral relapse prevention & aftercare services KW - alcoholism treatment outcome KW - alcoholic adults KW - 1988 KW - Aftercare KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Cognitive Therapy KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - Alcoholism KW - Prevention DO - 10.1037/h0080521 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-41063-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-00731-001 AN - 1990-00731-001 AU - Connor, Donald J. AU - Harrell, Lindy E. AU - Jope, Richard S. T1 - Reversal of an aluminum-induced behavioral deficit by administration of deferoxamine. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 103 IS - 4 SP - 779 EP - 783 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-00731-001. PMID: 2765182 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Connor, Donald J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Research, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20091109. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Drug Interactions; Drugs; Extinction (Learning); Metallic Elements. Minor Descriptor: Activity Level; Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Sep 1, 1988; Revised Date: Aug 29, 1988; First Submitted Date: Apr 29, 1988. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - Administration of aluminum sulfate in the drinking water of male Sprague-Dawley rats for 30 days resulted in a reduction in the number of days to reach extinction criterion on a passive avoidance task (38% control level). The behavioral deficit was not due to nonspecific effects caused by lower fluid consumption. Partial reversal of the deficit was produced by discontinuing aluminum treatment 2 weeks prior to testing (p < .05). Injection of the aluminum chelator deferoxamine returned the performance of the aluminum-treated animals to control levels in a dose-dependent manner but had no effect on control animals. No differences in open-field activity were evident across groups. These results indicate that the behavioral impairment is a specific, reversible, toxic effect of the aluminum administration. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - deferoxamine KW - aluminum sulfate induced passive avoidance extinction & activity level KW - male rats KW - 1989 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Drug Interactions KW - Drugs KW - Extinction (Learning) KW - Metallic Elements KW - Activity Level KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.103.4.779 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-00731-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-40968-001 AN - 1989-40968-001 AU - Edinger, Jack D. AU - Lipper, Steven AU - Wheeler, Bobbie T1 - Hospital ward policy and patients' sleep patterns: A multiple baseline study. JF - Rehabilitation Psychology JO - Rehabilitation Psychology Y1 - 1989///Spr 1989 VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 43 EP - 50 CY - US PB - Springer Publishing SN - 0090-5550 SN - 1939-1544 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-40968-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Aspects of Disability. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Edinger, Jack D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Durham, NC, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Division 22 of the American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20090713. Correction Date: 20100405. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospital Environment; Psychiatric Hospitals; Sleep Onset; Sleep Wake Cycle. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans; Wakefulness. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1989. AB - Altered sleep–wake and nap policies on 3 inpatient psychiatric wards housing 321 veterans (aged 30–45 yrs). Across a 111-day period, daytime naps were eliminated and a standard wake-up time was established sequentially across the 3 wards. Measures of average sleep onset latency (SOL), average wake time after sleep onset (WASO), and average total sleep time (TST) were obtained for each ward every night throughout the study. Results reveal consistent decreases in both SOL and WASO and consistent increases in TST across wards following the introduction of the experimental ward policy. Nonparametric analyses revealed that, for a majority of the beds on the 3 wards, sleep parameters showed improvement following the policy change. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sleep wake & nap policies KW - average sleep onset latency & wake time after sleep onset & total sleep time KW - 30 yr old & older veterans on psychiatric wards KW - 1989 KW - Hospital Environment KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Sleep Onset KW - Sleep Wake Cycle KW - Military Veterans KW - Wakefulness DO - 10.1037/h0091706 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-40968-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-41061-001 AN - 1989-41061-001 AU - Cox, W. Miles AU - Klinger, Eric T1 - Enhancing alcohol-dependent veterans' motivation to recover. T3 - Special Series: Nontraditional Approaches to Treating Alcohol-Dependent Veterans JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors Y1 - 1988/// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 53 EP - 58 PB - Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-41061-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cox, W. Miles; U of Health Sciences/Chicago Medical School, North Chicago Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Psychology Service, IL, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070216. Correction Date: 20100104. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Incentives; Motivation. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1988. Copyright Statement: Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. 1988. AB - Describes a motivational counseling technique, derived from the motivational model of alcohol use, that helps alcohol-dependent veterans find compelling nonchemical incentives to pursue as an alternative to drinking alcohol. The counselor assesses the alcoholic's motivational structure with the Motivational Structure Questionnaire for Alcoholics (E. Klinger, 1987). The information is then used to help the alcoholic (1) achieve appropriate and realistic nonchemical goals, (2) identify patterns of facilitation and interference among these goals to resolve conflicts, (3) find new positive incentives and establish subgoals for each long-range goal, and (4) achieve an appetitive life-style instead of an aversive one. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - motivational counseling techniques KW - nonchemical incentives as alternatives to drinking KW - alcohol dependent veterans KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Incentives KW - Motivation KW - Military Veterans DO - 10.1037/h0080520 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-41061-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-41155-001 AN - 1989-41155-001 AU - Sladen, Bernard J. AU - Mozdzierz, Gerald J. T1 - Distribution of psychologists in underserved areas: Changes over time, 1970–1981. JF - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice JO - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 20 IS - 4 SP - 244 EP - 247 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7028 SN - 1939-1323 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-41155-001. Other Journal Title: Professional Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sladen, Bernard J.; Hines Veterans Administration Hosp, Psychology Service, IL, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Health Services; Psychologists; Rural Environments. Minor Descriptor: Human Migration. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jan 17, 1989; Revised Date: Dec 18, 1988; First Submitted Date: Sep 22, 1988. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - We describe characteristics of psychologist availability in rural, nonmetropolitan statistical areas in 1970 and 1981 to assess changes in distribution over time, using the listings in the Directory of the American Psychological Association (1970 and 1981 editions). The number of rural psychologists increased 97% from 1970 to 1981, increasing significantly in all regions. The number of psychologists overall in rural areas may be an overestimate of actual availability because of the large percentage of rural psychologists living in the relatively few rural counties with schools providing graduate degrees in psychology. Rural distribution lags that in metropolitan areas in every region. The relevance of findings is noted with regard to recent changes in Medicare reimbursement, proposed Minimum Health Care legislation, mental health needs and demographics in rural areas, personnel shortages, and rural psychologists' roles. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - characteristics of psychologist availability in rural nonmetropolitan statistical areas KW - 1970 vs 1981 KW - 1989 KW - Mental Health Services KW - Psychologists KW - Rural Environments KW - Human Migration DO - 10.1037/0735-7028.20.4.244 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-41155-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-41058-001 AN - 1989-41058-001 AU - Brown, Sandra A. AU - Millar, Andrew AU - Passman, Lawrence T1 - Utilizing expectancies in alcoholism treatment. T3 - Special Series: Nontraditional Approaches to Treating Alcohol-Dependent Veterans JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors Y1 - 1988/// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 59 EP - 65 PB - Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-41058-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brown, Sandra A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070216. Correction Date: 20120416. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Assertiveness Training; Expectations; Social Skills. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism; Military Veterans. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1988. Copyright Statement: Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. 1988. AB - 35 veterans who participated in an assertion training program as part of their treatment for alcoholism completed the Alcohol Expectancy Questionnaire (AEQ; [S. A. Brown et al; see PA, Vol 65:1217]) and self-evaluations of social competence. The participants were rated on social interaction skills by an independent observer during their initial and final training sessions. Analyses indicated significant relations between the Social and Physical Pleasure scale of the AEQ and improvement in Ss' social competence. Findings provide modest support for the utility of incorporating alcohol expectancies in treatment allocation decisions and suggest that targeting certain expectancies may optimize treatment effect. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - experiences & assertion training & social competence self ratings KW - alcoholism treatment KW - alcoholic veterans KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Assertiveness Training KW - Expectations KW - Social Skills KW - Alcoholism KW - Military Veterans DO - 10.1037/h0080519 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-41058-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-40439-001 AN - 1989-40439-001 AU - Kolman, Laurence T1 - Posttraumatic stress disorders in Vietnam veterans: Selected bibliographical addendum to Fairbank et al., Silver, and Arnold. JF - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice JO - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 20 IS - 4 SP - 258 EP - 264 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7028 SN - 1939-1323 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-40439-001. Other Journal Title: Professional Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kolman, Laurence; Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp, Montrose, NY, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Bibliography. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jan 27, 1989; Revised Date: Nov 28, 1988; First Submitted Date: Aug 25, 1988. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - J. A. Fairbank et al (see record [rid]1982-12226-001[/rid]), presented a selected bibliography on contributions relevant to posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in Vietnam veterans. Their selection included research and clinical reports found in psychological and medical journals, books and government publications, which were pertinent to epidemiology, etiology, symptomatology, and treatment of PTSD in Vietnam veterans, plus narratives by Vietnam veterans and research germane to PTSD from other conflicts. S. M. Silver (see record [rid]1983-03626-001[/rid]) updated Fairbank et al., with 171 since-published articles, reports, and other references. A. Arnold's (1987) bibliograpy contains over 1,000 clinical references, as well as accounts of the Vietnam War. This addendum is an attempt to update the enormous body of PTSD literature. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PTSD KW - Vietnam veterans KW - bibliography KW - 1989 KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder DO - 10.1037/0735-7028.20.4.258 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-40439-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-38661-001 AN - 1989-38661-001 AU - Rychtarik, Robert G. AU - Carstensen, Laura L. AU - Alford, Geary S. AU - Schlundt, David G. AU - Scott, W. Owen T1 - Situational assessment of alcohol-related coping skills in wives of alcoholics. T3 - Special Series: Nontraditional Approaches to Treating Alcohol-Dependent Veterans JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors Y1 - 1988/// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 66 EP - 73 PB - Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-38661-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rychtarik, Robert G.; Research Institute on Alcoholism, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070216. Correction Date: 20100104. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Coping Behavior; Inventories; Test Construction; Wives. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1988. Copyright Statement: Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. 1988. AB - A situation-specific inventory (the Spouse Situation Inventory) of problems encountered by wives of alcoholics was developed to measure alcohol-related coping skills in this population. The inventory was administered to 45 middle-aged wives of alcoholics. Generalizability analysis indicated that most of the variance in performance was accounted for by cross-situational differences among Ss. Alanon-experienced Ss scored significantly higher than those with little or no Alanon experience. Situational assessment of alcohol-related coping skills shows promise as a refined method for identifying specific skill deficits in wives of alcoholics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - development of Spouse Situation Inventory KW - assessment of coping skills KW - wives of alcoholics KW - 1988 KW - Alcoholism KW - Coping Behavior KW - Inventories KW - Test Construction KW - Wives DO - 10.1037/h0080508 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-38661-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-34150-001 AN - 1989-34150-001 AU - Fontana, Alan F. AU - Kerns, Robert D. AU - Rosenberg, Roberta L. AU - Colonese, Kathleen L. T1 - Support, stress, and recovery from coronary heart disease: A longitudinal causal model. JF - Health Psychology JO - Health Psychology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 8 IS - 2 SP - 175 EP - 193 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates SN - 0278-6133 SN - 1930-7810 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-34150-001. PMID: 2786807 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fontana, Alan F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Northeast Program Evaluation Ctr, West Haven, CT, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association. Release Date: 20080714. Correction Date: 20091026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cardiovascular Disorders; Recovery (Disorders); Social Support; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Distress; Heart Surgery; Longitudinal Studies; Models; Rehabilitation; Symptoms. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 19. Issue Publication Date: 1989. Copyright Statement: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. 1989. AB - Obtained measures of support, stress, distress, and cardiac symptoms (including the UCLA Loneliness Scale and the revised SCL-90) from 73 male cardiac patients (aged 35–73 yrs) at hospitalization and at 3, 6, and 12 mo after myocardial infarction or coronary artery bypass surgery. Hypotheses regarding the direction of causality among these variables were drawn from the literature on cardiac rehabilitation, stress, and support. Structural equation modeling was used to evaluate the stability and duration of these hypotheses over 3 time-lags. Results show that support ameliorated the subsequent experience of stress and distress and had effects opposite to these variables on cardiac symptoms. Support was more influential at 6 mo than at 12 mo, whereas stress was causally predominant at 12 mo. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social support & stress & distress KW - cardiac symptoms & rehabilitation KW - 35–73 yr old cardiac patients assessed at hospitalization & 3 & 6 & 12 mo after KW - 1989 KW - Cardiovascular Disorders KW - Recovery (Disorders) KW - Social Support KW - Stress KW - Distress KW - Heart Surgery KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Models KW - Rehabilitation KW - Symptoms DO - 10.1037/0278-6133.8.2.175 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-34150-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-30889-001 AN - 1989-30889-001 AU - Garb, Howard N. T1 - Clinical judgment, clinical training, and professional experience. JF - Psychological Bulletin JO - Psychological Bulletin Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 105 IS - 3 SP - 387 EP - 396 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-2909 SN - 1939-1455 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-30889-001. PMID: 2660180 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garb, Howard N.; Highland Drive Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20110926. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis); Educational Background; Job Experience Level; Literature Review; Mental Health Personnel. Minor Descriptor: Clinical Methods Training. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Aug 30, 1988; Revised Date: Aug 2, 1988; First Submitted Date: Apr 13, 1988. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - Reviews studies on training, experience, and clinical judgment. The results on the validity of judgments generally fail to support the value of on-the-job experience in mental health fields. The validity results do provide limited support for the value of training. Other results suggest that experienced clinicians are better than less experienced judges at knowing which of their judgments are likely to be correct and which are likely to be wrong. Reasons why clinicians have trouble learning from experience are given. Recommendations are made for improving training and clinical practice. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical training & on-the-job experience KW - validity of clinical judgments & confidence ratings KW - mental health clinicians KW - literature review KW - 1989 KW - Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis) KW - Educational Background KW - Job Experience Level KW - Literature Review KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Clinical Methods Training DO - 10.1037/0033-2909.105.3.387 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-30889-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-30034-001 AN - 1989-30034-001 AU - Naliboff, Bruce D. AU - Goldstein, Iris B. AU - Shapiro, David AU - Frank, Harrison J. T1 - Mental and physical stress as moderators of the postural response in insulin-dependent diabetic patients. T3 - Clinical Health Psychology JF - Health Psychology JO - Health Psychology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 7 IS - 6 SP - 499 EP - 514 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates SN - 0278-6133 SN - 1930-7810 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-30034-001. PMID: 3215159 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Naliboff, Bruce D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association. Release Date: 20080714. Correction Date: 20091026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Diabetes Mellitus; Physiological Correlates; Posture; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Insulin. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: 1988. Copyright Statement: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. 1988. AB - In 14 insulin-dependent diabetic patients (mean age 31.3 yrs) and in 15 normal controls (mean age 30.9 yrs), continuous measures were taken of heart rate (HR), systolic blood pressure (SBP), diastolic blood pressure (DBP), and skin conductance (SC) during postural change under baseline and stressor conditions. Diabetic Ss without symptoms of neuropathy and healthy controls showed generally similar responses to postural change and to stressor conditions (mental arithmetic and isometric handgrip). SBP and DBP were more responsive to mental and physical stressors than were HR or SC, especially after standing. Two diabetics with postural hypotension showed significant increases in overall BP levels and less of a fall in BP during postural change under the stressor conditions, despite minimal HR or SC responses. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mental & physical stress as moderators of physiological response to standing KW - insulin dependent diabetic patients KW - 1988 KW - Diabetes Mellitus KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Posture KW - Stress KW - Insulin DO - 10.1037/0278-6133.7.6.499 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-30034-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-30813-001 AN - 1989-30813-001 AU - Bliss, Ryan E. AU - Garvey, Arthur J. AU - Heinold, Jerilyn W. AU - Hitchcock, Jan L. T1 - The influence of situation and coping on relapse crisis outcomes after smoking cessation. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 57 IS - 3 SP - 443 EP - 449 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-30813-001. PMID: 2738216 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bliss, Ryan E.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20091221. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Relapse (Disorders); Smoking Cessation. Minor Descriptor: Contextual Associations. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jan 23, 1989; Revised Date: Jan 4, 1989; First Submitted Date: Jul 12, 1988. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - Examines the influence of situational characteristics and coping on the outcome of a relapse crisis for 232 Ss followed for 1 month after a self-initiated smoking cessation attempt. Survival of a relapse crisis was most strongly related to the number of coping strategies used. All coping strategies were equally effective; furthermore, combining cognitive and behavioral coping strategies was not more effective than using multiple cognitive or multiple behavioral strategies. During the second half of the follow-up period (Weeks 3 and 4 postcessation), the presence of smokers resulted in a decreased likelihood of coping and an increased likelihood of smoking. In addition, active coping was marginally related to higher baseline levels of motivation to quit. When motivation and the presence of smokers were controlled, however, coping still significantly predicted outcome. Results are discussed with reference to previous relapse studies. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - situational factors & coping strategies KW - outcome of relapse crisis KW - former smokers KW - 1989 KW - Coping Behavior KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Contextual Associations DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.57.3.443 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-30813-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-28786-001 AN - 1989-28786-001 AU - Thal, Leon J. AU - Dokla, Carl P. J. AU - Armstrong, David M. T1 - Nucleus basalis magnocellularis lesions: Lack of biochemical and immunocytochemical recovery and effect of cholinesterase inhibitors on passive avoidance. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 102 IS - 6 SP - 852 EP - 860 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-28786-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Thal, Leon J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20110815. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Basal Ganglia; Choline; Cholinesterase Inhibitors; Transferases. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Sep 23, 1987; Revised Date: Sep 9, 1987; First Submitted Date: Mar 9, 1987. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1988. AB - [Correction Notice: An erratum for this article was reported in Vol 103(1) of Behavioral Neuroscience (see record [rid]2008-10623-003[/rid]). The plate for this article appears on page 997. The information should read, "Plate C. Choline acetyltransferase (CAT) immunoreactivity at 1 week and 3 months following unilateral ibotenic acid nucleus basalis magnocellularis (NBM) lesion."] Lesions of the rat nucleus basalis magnocellularis (nBM) result in a marked decrease in cortical choline acetyltransferase (CAT) and in behavioral deficits. After unilateral ibotenic acid lesions of the nBM in rats, there was significant ipsilateral loss of frontal and parietal CAT, which did not recover for 3 mo and was accompanied by a loss of CAT immunoreactivity in the peripallidal region. Bilateral ibotenate nBM lesions resulted in a marked deficit of 1-trial step-through passive avoidance (PA) at 24 hrs. Cholinesterase inhibitors including physostigmine, N-ethylalkylphenyl carbamate (RA-6), and N,N-methylethylphenyl carbamate were administered in separate experiments, for 2 days before retrieval testing or for 3 consecutive days during consolidation immediately following training. Nonsignificant improvements in PA latency were produced using physostigmine and RA-6 administered before retrieval testing. Results suggest that destruction of cholinergic neurons in the nBM is involved in the PA deficit, but does not exclude the possibility that damage to other systems may contribute to the behavioral deficit. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nucleus basalis magnocellularis lesions & cholinesterase inhibitors KW - cortical choline acetyltransferase & passive avoidance KW - rats KW - 1988 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Basal Ganglia KW - Choline KW - Cholinesterase Inhibitors KW - Transferases KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.102.6.852 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-28786-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-27186-001 AN - 1989-27186-001 AU - Brennan, Penny L. AU - Moos, Rudolf H. AU - Lemke, Sonne T1 - Preferences of older adults and experts for policies and services in group living facilities. JF - Psychology and Aging JO - Psychology and Aging Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 48 EP - 56 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0882-7974 SN - 1939-1498 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-27186-001. PMID: 2803612 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brennan, Penny L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Social Ecology Lab, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Health Personnel Attitudes; Nursing Homes; Preferences; Residential Care Institutions. Minor Descriptor: Policy Making. Classification: Nursing Homes & Residential Care (3377). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Mar 16, 1988; Revised Date: Mar 14, 1988; First Submitted Date: Nov 23, 1987. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - The Policy and Program Information Form—Ideal Form (POLIF—I) was developed to assess preferences of older adults for the policies and services of group living facilities. Compared with older community residents (n = 205), congregate apartment residents (n = 229) prefer facilities that have higher behavioral standards, deemphasize supportive services and formal avenues for resident influence, and emphasize privacy. In contrast to older respondents, experts (n = 44) prefer settings with lower behavioral standards, more supportive services, more resident input, and more privacy. Sociodemographic characteristics (marital status, occupation, education, age, gender) and functional ability are weakly associated with the policy and service preferences of older respondents. The POLIF—I has several applications, including examination of the congruence between residents' preferences and the actual policies and services of group living facilities. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - preferences for policies & services in group living facilities KW - staff vs elderly residents in nursing home or residential care or congregate apartment facilities KW - 1989 KW - Health Personnel Attitudes KW - Nursing Homes KW - Preferences KW - Residential Care Institutions KW - Policy Making DO - 10.1037/0882-7974.4.1.48 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-27186-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-25894-001 AN - 1989-25894-001 AU - Aldwin, Carolyn M. AU - Levenson, Michael R. AU - Spiro, Avron AU - Bossé, Raymond T1 - Does emotionality predict stress? Findings from the Normative Aging Study. JF - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology JO - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 56 IS - 4 SP - 618 EP - 624 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-3514 SN - 1939-1315 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-25894-001. PMID: 2709310 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Aldwin, Carolyn M.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Normative Aging Study, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20100412. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotionality (Personality); Life Experiences; Mental Health; Prediction; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Human Males; Longitudinal Studies. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Aug 30, 1988; Revised Date: Mar 4, 1988; First Submitted Date: Dec 1, 1987. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Investigated whether emotionality, assessed in 1975, predicted the reporting of both objective stress (life events) and subjective stress (hassles) 10 years later, and how emotionality affected the relation between both objective and subjective stress and mental health. The sample consisted of 1,159 older men, participants in the Normative Aging Study. Path analysis revealed that the reporting of stress was confounded with personality: Individuals higher in emotionality reported both more life events and more hassles. Furthermore, individuals higher in emotionality exhibited slightly higher levels of symptoms under stress than did individuals lower in emotionality. Nonetheless, both stress measures contributed independent variance to the prediction of psychological symptoms, even controlling for prior levels of emotionality. Implications for the assessment of stress are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - emotionality KW - prediction of objective & subjective stress & mental health KW - 40–88 yr old males KW - 10 yr study KW - 1989 KW - Emotionality (Personality) KW - Life Experiences KW - Mental Health KW - Prediction KW - Stress KW - Human Males KW - Longitudinal Studies DO - 10.1037/0022-3514.56.4.618 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-25894-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-25824-001 AN - 1989-25824-001 AU - Hall, Sharon M. AU - McGee, Richard AU - Tunstall, Chrystal AU - Duffy, Joanne AU - Benowitz, Neal T1 - Changes in food intake and activity after quitting smoking. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 57 IS - 1 SP - 81 EP - 86 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-25824-001. PMID: 2925977 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hall, Sharon M.; San Francisco Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20091221. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Activity Level; Food Intake; Smoking Cessation; Tobacco Smoking. Minor Descriptor: Body Weight; Followup Studies. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Usage (Legal) (2990). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: May 26, 1988; Revised Date: Apr 25, 1988; First Submitted Date: Nov 23, 1987. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - Quitting smoking often results in weight gain. The causes of the gain are not known. The present study evaluated changes in calories, total sugars, sucrose, fat, protein, and nonsugar carbohydrates as well as changes in activity levels after quitting smoking. Ninety-five subjects were randomly assigned to either early (Week 2) or late (Week 6) quit dates. Subjects were assessed on weight, food intake, activity levels, and smoking levels at baseline, at Weeks 4 and 8, and at Weeks 12 and 26 postquit. The results indicated significant increases in calories, sucrose, and fats 2 weeks after the quit date. Changes for total sugars were less consistent. Activity levels did not change significantly. Early caloric increases predicted weight gain at 26 weeks for abstinent women. No relation was found for abstinent men, but interpretation of this finding is weakened by a small subsample size. Abstinent subjects gained over 9 lbs by 26 weeks postquit. Despite this gain, Week 26 results showed that caloric intake for abstinent women was approximately equal to that observed at baseline, whereas that for abstinent men had dropped significantly. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - smoking cessation KW - food intake & activity level KW - adult smokers KW - 26 wk followup KW - implications for weight gain KW - 1989 KW - Activity Level KW - Food Intake KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Body Weight KW - Followup Studies DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.57.1.81 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-25824-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-24889-001 AN - 1989-24889-001 AU - Squire, Larry R. T1 - On the course of forgetting in very long-term memory. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 241 EP - 245 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0278-7393 SN - 1939-1285 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-24889-001. PMID: 2522513 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Squire, Larry R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20100510. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Forgetting; Long Term Memory. Minor Descriptor: Longitudinal Studies. Classification: Learning & Memory (2343). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jun 15, 1988; Revised Date: May 9, 1988; First Submitted Date: Jan 4, 1988. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - For practical reasons, little information is available about memory across very long learning-retention intervals. To determine the time course of forgetting in very long-term memory, a memory test was constructed that sampled events (former one-season television programs) that had occurred during a single year from 1 to 15 years ago. Updated versions of the test were administered each year for 9 consecutive years, and a forgetting curve was then calculated by superimposing the results from the nine tests. The best fitting function to the curve was monotonic and nonlinear. The findings show that forgetting in very long-term memory can be gradual and continuous for many years after learning. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - forgetting in very long term memory KW - 22–70 yr olds KW - 9 yr study KW - 1989 KW - Forgetting KW - Long Term Memory KW - Longitudinal Studies DO - 10.1037/0278-7393.15.2.241 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-24889-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-23282-001 AN - 1989-23282-001 AU - Murburg, M. Michele AU - Price, Lawrence H. AU - Jalali, Behnaz T1 - Huntington's disease: Therapy strategies. JF - Family Systems Medicine JO - Family Systems Medicine Y1 - 1988///Fal 1988 VL - 6 IS - 3 SP - 290 EP - 303 CY - US PB - Family Systems Medicine, Inc. SN - 0736-1718 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-23282-001. Other Journal Title: Families, Systems, & Health. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Murburg, M. Michele; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Seattle, WA, US. Other Publishers: Brunner/Mazel Publishers, Inc.; Educational Publishing Foundation; Families, Systems & Health, Inc.; Family Process, Inc. Release Date: 20080616. Correction Date: 20100104. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Family Therapy; Group Psychotherapy; Huntingtons Disease. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1988. Copyright Statement: Kluwer Academic/Human Sciences Press. 1988. AB - Illustrates a modified psychoeducational approach to single-family therapy and multiple-family therapy for families with Huntington's disease, using material from 6 case histories. Single-family therapy was helpful in solving problems related to specific family developmental crises and to shifts in family roles and hierarchies resulting from the worsening of Huntington's symptoms. The mobilization of hope and altruism and a lessening of the sense of isolation and helplessness in coping with the illness were facilitated by the multiple-family group. The participation of families at different stages of the illness, however, tended to threaten defenses (e.g., partial denial) that were useful in coping with the progressive course of the illness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychoeducational single & multiple family therapy KW - families with Huntington's disease KW - 1988 KW - Family Therapy KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Huntingtons Disease DO - 10.1037/h0089748 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-23282-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-16226-001 AN - 1989-16226-001 AU - Shimamura, Arthur P. AU - Squire, Larry R. T1 - Long-term memory in amnesia: Cued recall, recognition memory, and confidence ratings. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition Y1 - 1988/10// VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 763 EP - 770 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0278-7393 SN - 1939-1285 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-16226-001. PMID: 2972808 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shimamura, Arthur P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Long Term Memory; Recall (Learning); Recognition (Learning). Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Dec 4, 1987; Revised Date: Dec 4, 1987; First Submitted Date: Jun 18, 1987. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - We explored what kind of information is acquired when amnesic patients are able to exhibit significant retention on tests of cued recall and recognition memory. Amnesic patients and control subjects attempted to learn sets of sentences. Memory for the last word in each sentence was tested after 1 hr in the case of the amnesic patients, or after 1 to 2 weeks in the case of (delayed) control subjects. Amnesic patients and (delayed) control subjects performed at similar levels on tests of cued recall and recognition memory. Amnesic patients were just as confident of their correct answers as were control subjects. Moreover, amnesic patients were no more disadvantaged than control subjects when they were cued indirectly by presenting paraphrases of the original sentences. These findings demonstrate that the residual knowledge retained by amnesic patients can be as flexible, as accessible to indirect cues, and as available to awareness as the knowledge retained by (delayed) control subjects. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - retention interval KW - cued recall & recognition memory & confidence ratings KW - amnesic patients KW - 1988 KW - Amnesia KW - Long Term Memory KW - Recall (Learning) KW - Recognition (Learning) DO - 10.1037/0278-7393.14.4.763 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-16226-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-15941-001 AN - 1989-15941-001 AU - Malow, Robert M. AU - Pintard, Patricia F. AU - Sutker, Patricia B. AU - Allain, Albert N. T1 - Psychopathology subtypes: Drug use motives and patterns. JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors Y1 - 1988/// VL - 2 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 13 PB - Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-15941-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Malow, Robert M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, New Orleans, LA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070216. Correction Date: 20100104. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Habits; Motivation; Psychopathology. Minor Descriptor: Drug Rehabilitation; Preferences. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1988. Copyright Statement: Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. 1988. AB - Isolated Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI)-defined psychopathology symptom clusters (e.g., negative mood states) that were related to drug use and compared 82 adult male drug abuse inpatients assigned to modal profile types on self-reported drug use motives, drug use preferences and patterns, and convergent measures of affect. Despite limitations of typology systems, results suggest differences in Ss' drug motives and drugs of choice as well as in psychopathology for self-medicating (especially for Ss abusing prescribed drugs) compared with Ss reporting illicit use primarily for pleasure and recreation. Identification of the cognitive and affective substrates that prompt drug taking may have implications for facilitating behavior change and minimizing relapse among chronic drug abusers. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drug use motives & preferences & patterns & psychopathology KW - 28–58 yr old male drug abuse inpatients KW - treatment implications KW - 1988 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Habits KW - Motivation KW - Psychopathology KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Preferences DO - 10.1037/h0080470 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-15941-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-13187-001 AN - 1989-13187-001 AU - Erickson, Richard C. T1 - Neuropsychological assessment and the rehabilitation of persons with severe psychiatric disabilities. T3 - Psychiatric Rehabilitation JF - Rehabilitation Psychology JO - Rehabilitation Psychology Y1 - 1988///Spr 1988 VL - 33 IS - 1 SP - 15 EP - 25 CY - US PB - Springer Publishing SN - 0090-5550 SN - 1939-1544 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-13187-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Aspects of Disability. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Erickson, Richard C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brockton, MA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Division 22 of the American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20090713. Correction Date: 20100405. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neuropsychological Assessment; Psychiatric Patients; Rehabilitation; Severity (Disorders). Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1988. AB - Discusses barriers facing psychologists seeking appropriate testing material for use with persons with severe psychiatric disability (SPD), including lack of knowledge, understanding the meaning of impairment, and the need for individual testing and qualitative observations. A test protocol is offered, and findings from the author's practice are presented. Results reveal combinations of cognitive defects among persons with SPD and suggest that practical knowledge is crucial to the success of rehabilitation. The applicability of cognitive rehabilitation measures for persons who are brain-injured is discussed, and it is argued that such measures can contribute significantly to the rehabilitation of patients with SPD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuropsychological assessment & rehabilitation KW - adults with severe psychiatric disability KW - 1988 KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Rehabilitation KW - Severity (Disorders) DO - 10.1037/h0091687 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-13187-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-13204-001 AN - 1989-13204-001 AU - Kerns, Robert D. AU - Haythornthwaite, Jennifer A. T1 - Depression among chronic pain patients: Cognitive-behavioral analysis and effect on rehabilitation outcome. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 56 IS - 6 SP - 870 EP - 876 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-13204-001. PMID: 3204197 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kerns, Robert D.; West Haven Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, CT, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20091221. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chronic Pain; Major Depression; Rehabilitation; Treatment Outcomes. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Apr 4, 1988; Revised Date: Mar 11, 1988; First Submitted Date: Feb 10, 1987. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - This study addressed two issues concerning the theoretical and clinical relevance of depression to chronic pain: (a) whether reliable differences among depressed, mildly depressed, and nondepressed chronic pain patients could be identified and (b) whether depression influenced participation in or outcome following a rehabilitation program. To address the first issue, four theoretical constructs were measured by multiple scales. Multivariate analyses of each construct revealed significant differences between the three groups on instrumental activities and coping skills, with more depressed individuals reporting lower levels of functioning and less support. An analysis of the second issue revealed that depressed pain patients showed a greater tendency to drop out of treatment. Outcome did not vary with depression among treatment completers. The results reveal the need to consider a cognitive-behavioral model of depression secondary to chronic pain. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - depression & participation in or outcome of rehabilitation KW - chronic pain patients KW - 1988 KW - Chronic Pain KW - Major Depression KW - Rehabilitation KW - Treatment Outcomes DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.56.6.870 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-13204-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-11996-001 AN - 1989-11996-001 AU - Krantz, Susan E. AU - Moos, Rudolf H. T1 - Risk factors at intake predict nonremission among depressed patients. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 56 IS - 6 SP - 863 EP - 869 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-11996-001. PMID: 3204196 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Krantz, Susan E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Social Ecology Lab, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20091221. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Client Characteristics; Major Depression; Remission (Disorders). Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies; Prediction; Prognosis. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Apr 14, 1988; Revised Date: Feb 3, 1988; First Submitted Date: Jun 17, 1987. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Risk factors assessed at intake for the treatment of unipolar depression were used to predict remission, partial remission, or nonremission 1 year later. The factors included demographic variables, treatment history and severity of symptoms, stressors (medical conditions), personal deficits (avoidance coping), and social support deficits (quality of an important relationship). Each factor considered alone was associated with later remission status such that the prototypical nonremitted patient was a man at least 40 years old who had had prior treatment, an intense depression, and one or more serious medical conditions. In addition, he used avoidance coping strategies to deal with stressors, and his important relationship was not of good quality. When the risk factors were considered together, an increasing number of factors was associated with an increasing likelihood of nonremission. Separate analyses for inpatients and outpatients revealed similar patterns. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - risk factors at intake KW - prediction of remission KW - patients with unipolar depression KW - 1 yr followup KW - 1988 KW - At Risk Populations KW - Client Characteristics KW - Major Depression KW - Remission (Disorders) KW - Followup Studies KW - Prediction KW - Prognosis DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.56.6.863 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-11996-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-07814-001 AN - 1989-07814-001 AU - Paller, Ken A. AU - Zola-Morgan, Stuart AU - Squire, Larry R. AU - Hillyard, Steven A. T1 - P3-like brain waves in normal monkeys and in monkeys with medial temporal lesions. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience Y1 - 1988/10// VL - 102 IS - 5 SP - 714 EP - 725 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-07814-001. PMID: 3196441 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Paller, Ken A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychology Lab, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Evoked Potentials; Temporal Lobe. Minor Descriptor: Classical Conditioning; Monkeys. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Aug 5, 1987; Revised Date: Aug 4, 1987; First Submitted Date: Sep 11, 1986. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1988. AB - The human brain produces a characteristic electrical response to relevant events that occur unexpectedly. Recent reports have suggested that a prominent part of this event-related brain potential—the P3 wave—may be related to memory functions and may arise from activity within the medial temporal lobe, especially the hippocampus. The latter idea was tested by means of epidural recordings of brain waves in monkeys. Responses to deviant auditory stimuli bore a close resemblance to P3 waves recorded from human subjects under comparable conditions. Monkeys with bilateral lesions of the medial temporal lobe still produced P3-like brain waves, which indicates that medial temporal brain structures are not critical for their generation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neutral vs conditioned auditory stimuli KW - P-3 like scalp recorded EPs KW - monkeys with vs without bilateral lesions of medial temporal lobe KW - 1988 KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Temporal Lobe KW - Classical Conditioning KW - Monkeys DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.102.5.714 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-07814-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02900-001 AN - 1989-02900-001 AU - Brown, Sandra A. T1 - Alcohol use and type of life events experienced during adolescence. JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors Y1 - 1987/// VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 104 EP - 107 PB - Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02900-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brown, Sandra A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070216. Correction Date: 20100104. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Drug Rehabilitation; Family Relations; Life Experiences; Stress. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1987. Copyright Statement: Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. 1987. AB - Measured the incidence of stressful life events among 119 adolescents who had an alcohol abusing parent, were in treatment for alcohol/drug abuse, or had no personal or family history of alcohol abuse. Group scores were compared for 7 types of life events based on the Life Event Checklist (LEC) of M. D. Newcomb et al (see record [rid]1982-20103-001[/rid]). Adolescents in treatment experienced more deviance and emotional distress events whereas adolescents with an alcoholic parent reported significantly more family-related problems. Results provide evidence for the usefulness of the LEC in clinical populations of adolescents. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stressful life events & family factors KW - adolescents with alcohol abusing parent or undergoing drug rehabilitation KW - 1987 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Family Relations KW - Life Experiences KW - Stress DO - 10.1037/h0080447 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-02900-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-37048-001 AN - 1988-37048-001 AU - Chemtob, Claude M. AU - Hamada, Roger S. AU - Bauer, Gordon AU - Torigoe, Rodney Y. AU - Kinney, Barry T1 - Patient suicide: Frequency and impact on psychologists. JF - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice JO - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice Y1 - 1988/08// VL - 19 IS - 4 SP - 416 EP - 420 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7028 SN - 1939-1323 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-37048-001. Other Journal Title: Professional Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Chemtob, Claude M.; Veterans Administration Day Treatment Ctr, Stress Disorders Research Lab, Honolulu, HI, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clients; Epidemiology; Psychologists; Suicide. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jul 8, 1987; Revised Date: Jul 1, 1987; First Submitted Date: Mar 17, 1987. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The results of a national survey of psychologists, randomly selected from the National Register of Health Service Providers in Psychology, reveal that 22% of psychologists have experienced a patient's suicide. This event has a personal and professional impact. Of the psychologists who experienced a patient's suicide, 49% reported intrusive symptoms of stress in the weeks after the suicide; those symptoms are comparable with those of people for whom the impact of parental loss was severe enough to lead them to seek treatment. Implications for the training and practice of psychologists are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - frequency & impact of patient suicide KW - psychologists KW - 1988 KW - Clients KW - Epidemiology KW - Psychologists KW - Suicide DO - 10.1037/0735-7028.19.4.416 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-37048-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-37106-001 AN - 1988-37106-001 AU - Munley, Patrick H. AU - Sharkin, Bruce S. AU - Gelso, Charles J. T1 - Reviewer ratings and agreement on manuscripts reviewed for the Journal of Counseling Psychology.. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 35 IS - 2 SP - 198 EP - 202 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-37106-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Munley, Patrick H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Battle Creek, MI, US. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20091221. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counseling Psychology; Evaluation; Scientific Communication. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Feb 9, 1987; Revised Date: Feb 9, 1987; First Submitted Date: Oct 31, 1986. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Reviewer evaluations on seven dimensions of manuscript quality for a sample of 263 manuscripts submitted for publication in the Journal of Counseling Psychology (JCP) were studied in terms of their relationships to reviewer recommendations for the acceptance or rejection of the manuscripts, as well as to the editors' decisions to accept or reject them. Overall, reviewer evaluations on two of the seven dimensions, overall importance of the paper and quality of methodology, were more pronounced in their relationship to both reviewer recommendations on acceptance and final editorial decision. For 207 pairs of reviews in which both reviewers rated the manuscript in terms of acceptability for publication in JCP, reviewers agreed within one category in close to two thirds of the reviews and gave split reviews in approximately one third of the reviews. The intraclass correlation for reviewer recommendations on disposition was .28, and the Finn's r was .37. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - evaluations & agreement on manuscript quality KW - recommendations for acceptance or rejection & editors' decisions KW - reviewers for Journal of Counseling Psychology KW - 1988 KW - Counseling Psychology KW - Evaluation KW - Scientific Communication DO - 10.1037/0022-0167.35.2.198 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-37106-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-36735-001 AN - 1988-36735-001 AU - Houlihan, John P. T1 - Families caring for frail and demented elderly: A review of selected findings. JF - Family Systems Medicine JO - Family Systems Medicine Y1 - 1987///Fal 1987 VL - 5 IS - 3 SP - 344 EP - 356 CY - US PB - Family Systems Medicine, Inc. SN - 0736-1718 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-36735-001. Other Journal Title: Families, Systems, & Health. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Houlihan, John P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Portland, OR, US. Other Publishers: Brunner/Mazel Publishers, Inc.; Educational Publishing Foundation; Families, Systems & Health, Inc.; Family Process, Inc. Release Date: 20080616. Correction Date: 20091012. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Caregivers; Family Members; Health Impairments; Home Care. Minor Descriptor: Dementia; Disorders; Respite Care; Stress. Classification: Behavioral & Psychological Treatment of Physical Illness (3361). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1987. Copyright Statement: Kluwer Academic/Human Sciences Press. 1987. AB - The caregivers for physically frail family members and the caregivers for demented family members are considered separately in terms of their descriptive characteristics, the burdens experienced, and reports of intervention programs for each group. Supportive programs for each type of caregiver are recommended. Data indicate that caregivers for demented patients benefit from emotional support while caregivers for frail patients are more likely to be concerned with knowledge of nursing skills. Also, husbands and sons experience less stress than do wives and daughters. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - descriptive characteristics & burden & intervention KW - caregivers of physically frail vs demented aged family members KW - 1987 KW - Caregivers KW - Family Members KW - Health Impairments KW - Home Care KW - Dementia KW - Disorders KW - Respite Care KW - Stress DO - 10.1037/h0089730 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-36735-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-36377-001 AN - 1988-36377-001 AU - McCormick, Richard A. AU - Taber, Julian I. T1 - Attributional style in pathological gamblers in treatment. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1988/08// VL - 97 IS - 3 SP - 368 EP - 370 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-36377-001. PMID: 3192832 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McCormick, Richard A.; Cleveland Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brecksville Unit, Brecksville, OH, US. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20091109. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attribution; Cognitive Style; Major Depression; Pathological Gambling; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies; Relapse (Disorders). Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Feb 1, 1988; Revised Date: Dec 28, 1987; First Submitted Date: Jun 15, 1987. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1988. AB - Preliminary studies highlight the importance of depression and life trauma in a subset of pathological gamblers. This article presents data on the tendency of pathological gamblers to attribute the outcome of events to internal, stable and global causes, as postulated by the reformulated learned helplessness model of depression. There was a positive relation between measures of depression and the tendency to attribute negative events to internal, global and stable causes. Severity of gambling prior to treatment and attributional style both made significant contributions to the prediction of severity of gambling on a 6-month follow-up. Measures of depression did not have predictive value. The implications of these findings for future research with addicted patients are briefly discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - attributional style & symptoms of depression & severity of gambling KW - prediction of relapse following treatment KW - male pathological gamblers in inpatient program KW - 6 mo followup KW - 1988 KW - Attribution KW - Cognitive Style KW - Major Depression KW - Pathological Gambling KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Followup Studies KW - Relapse (Disorders) DO - 10.1037/0021-843X.97.3.368 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-36377-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-32975-001 AN - 1988-32975-001 AU - Cox, W. Miles AU - Klinger, Eric T1 - A motivational model of alcohol use. T3 - Models of Addiction JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 97 IS - 2 SP - 168 EP - 180 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 SN - 1-55798-026-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-32975-001. PMID: 3290306 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cox, W. Miles; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Indianapolis, IN, US. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20130930. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. ISBN: 1-55798-026-8. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcoholism; Motivation. Minor Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: May, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Dec 17, 1987; Revised Date: Sep 23, 1987; First Submitted Date: May 21, 1987. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1988. AB - The final, common pathway to alcohol use is motivational. A person decides consciously or unconsciously to consume or not to consume any particular drink of alcohol according to whether or not he or she expects that the positive affective consequences of drinking will outweigh those of not drinking. Various factors (e.g., past experiences with drinking, current life situation) help to form expectations of affective change from drinking, these factors always modulated by a person's neurochemical reactivity to alcohol. Such major influences include the person's current nonchemical incentives and the prospect of acquiring new positive incentives and removing current negative incentives. Our motivational counseling technique uses nonchemical goals and incentives to help the alcoholic develop a satisfying life without the necessity of alcohol. The technique first assesses the alcoholic's motivational structure and then seeks to modify it through a multicomponent counseling procedure. The counseling technique is one example of the heuristic value of the motivational model. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - motivational model of alcohol use & alcoholism & multicomponent alcoholic counseling procedure KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Alcoholism KW - Motivation KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation DO - 10.1037/0021-843X.97.2.168 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-32975-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-32349-001 AN - 1988-32349-001 AU - Bossé, Raymond AU - Aldwin, Carolyn M. AU - Levenson, Michael R. AU - Ekerdt, David J. T1 - Mental health differences among retirees and workers: Findings from the normative aging study. JF - Psychology and Aging JO - Psychology and Aging Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 2 IS - 4 SP - 383 EP - 389 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0882-7974 SN - 1939-1498 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-32349-001. PMID: 3268232 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bossé, Raymond; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Health; Retirement. Minor Descriptor: Employment Status. Classification: Psychosocial & Personality Development (2840); Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. Publication History: Accepted Date: May 11, 1987; Revised Date: May 8, 1987; First Submitted Date: Aug 25, 1986. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Researchers during the past decade have found little effect of retirement on physical health. However, retirement entails a number of losses, and its effect on mental health, as measured by the prevalence of psychological symptoms, is unclear. We examined psychological symptoms in a sample of 1,513 older men, participants in the Normative Aging Study, using the SCL-90-R (Derogatis, 1983). Analyses of variance indicated that retirees reported more psychological symptoms than did workers, even after controlling for physical health status. Exploratory analyses examining the circumstances of retirement found no effects for length of retirement or part-time employment, but did find effects for the timing of retirement. Both early and late retirees reported more psychological symptoms. Late workers (aged 66 and older) reported the fewest symptoms. Reasons for these findings are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological symptoms KW - retired vs working 40–101 yr old males KW - 1987 KW - Mental Health KW - Retirement KW - Employment Status DO - 10.1037/0882-7974.2.4.383 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-32349-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-32323-001 AN - 1988-32323-001 AU - Rybarczyk, Bruce D. AU - Hart, Robert P. AU - Harkins, Stephen W. T1 - Age and forgetting rate with pictorial stimuli. JF - Psychology and Aging JO - Psychology and Aging Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 2 IS - 4 SP - 404 EP - 406 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0882-7974 SN - 1939-1498 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-32323-001. PMID: 3268234 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rybarczyk, Bruce D.; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Hosp, Psychology Service, CA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Forgetting. Minor Descriptor: Pictorial Stimuli; Recognition (Learning). Classification: Cognitive & Perceptual Development (2820); Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. Publication History: Accepted Date: Dec 30, 1986; Revised Date: Dec 29, 1986; First Submitted Date: Jul 23, 1986. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1987. AB - The rate of forgetting standardized line drawings of common objects was assessed in groups of young (M age = 22 years) and older (M age = 70.5 years) subjects. The two groups forgot equal quantities of pictorial stimuli over successive intervals of 10 min, 2 hr, and 48 hr, after being matched for original learning. In contrast, the older subjects showed the expected age decrement in reproduction of geometric designs from memory. These findings indicate that aging does not affect retention of pictures when differences in learning and retrieval abilities are controlled. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - forgetting assessed by recognizing vs reproducing pictorial stimuli KW - 18–27 vs 62–79 yr olds KW - 1987 KW - Age Differences KW - Forgetting KW - Pictorial Stimuli KW - Recognition (Learning) DO - 10.1037/0882-7974.2.4.404 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-32323-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-32362-001 AN - 1988-32362-001 AU - Feifel, Herman AU - Strack, Stephen T1 - Old is old is old? JF - Psychology and Aging JO - Psychology and Aging Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 2 IS - 4 SP - 409 EP - 412 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0882-7974 SN - 1939-1498 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-32362-001. PMID: 3268236 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feifel, Herman; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychology Service, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adult Attitudes; Age Differences; Emotions; Personality. Classification: Psychosocial & Personality Development (2840); Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. Publication History: Accepted Date: Feb 24, 1987; Revised Date: Feb 6, 1987; First Submitted Date: Oct 15, 1986. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - We examined potential differences between two matched subgroups of elderly men: young–old (65–74 years of age; n = 56). Subjects were fairly healthy men from community agencies, who were interviewed and tested on a number of characteristics involving personality, mood, attitudes, and behaviors. Although t tests and correlations indicated some differences between the groups, the overall findings underlined their similarity on the vast majority of variables scrutinized. The crucial base for enhancing understanding in gerontology should not only focus on the age-advancing senescent person but on the whole individual. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality & mood & attitudes & behavior KW - healthy 65–74 vs 75–92 yr old males KW - 1987 KW - Adult Attitudes KW - Age Differences KW - Emotions KW - Personality DO - 10.1037/0882-7974.2.4.409 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-32362-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-30944-001 AN - 1988-30944-001 AU - Starker, Steven T1 - Do-it-yourself therapy: The prescription of self-help books by psychologists. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training Y1 - 1988///Spr 1988 VL - 25 IS - 1 SP - 142 EP - 146 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 SN - 1939-1536 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-30944-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Starker, Steven; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Portland Div, OR, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070806. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Books; Self Help Techniques; Therapist Attitudes. Classification: Professional Personnel Attitudes & Characteristics (3430). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1988. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1988. AB - Examined data from a survey of 121 psychologists in 2 urban areas regarding their experiences with and attitudes toward self-help books. Ss were found to be quite positive in their evaluation of self-help works, and most prescribed them to patients. Locale (east vs west coast) and orientation differences were observed in prescriptive practices. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - experiences with & attitudes toward self help books KW - psychologists KW - 1988 KW - Books KW - Self Help Techniques KW - Therapist Attitudes DO - 10.1037/h0085310 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-30944-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-27670-001 AN - 1988-27670-001 AU - Stainback, Robert D. T1 - Identifying and treating alcoholic medical inpatients: The psychologist's contribution. JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors Y1 - 1987/// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 22 EP - 29 PB - Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-27670-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stainback, Robert D.; Birmingham Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, AL, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070216. Correction Date: 20120305. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Hospitalized Patients; Medical Patients. Minor Descriptor: Diagnosis; Psychologists; Treatment. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1987. Copyright Statement: Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. 1987. AB - Discusses reasons for diagnostic and treatment-related problems regarding alcoholic medical inpatients. Areas of potential contribution by psychologists include (a) increasing diagnostic precision and developing effective intervention strategies through consultation, (b) developing methods to promote patient compliance with treatment recommendations, (c) educating medical staff, and (d) contributing to the research literature. It is noted that the physician's reluctance or inability to diagnose alcoholism is related to personality and attitudes concerning alcoholism. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - diagnostic & intervention related contributions of psychologists KW - alcoholic medical inpatients KW - 1987 KW - Alcoholism KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Medical Patients KW - Diagnosis KW - Psychologists KW - Treatment DO - 10.1037/h0080434 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-27670-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-26888-001 AN - 1988-26888-001 AU - Sutker, Patricia B. AU - Allain, Albert N. Jr. T1 - Issues in personality conceptualizations of addictive behaviors. T3 - Special Series: Personality Factors in Addiction: Issues and Empirical Research JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 56 IS - 2 SP - 172 EP - 182 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-26888-001. PMID: 3286701 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sutker, Patricia B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, New Orleans, LA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Addiction; Models; Personality Correlates. Minor Descriptor: Treatment. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jul 20, 1987; Revised Date: Jul 20, 1987; First Submitted Date: Jul 9, 1987. Copyright Statement: Public Domain KW - models of & issues in personality conceptualizations of addictive behavior KW - treatment implications KW - 1988 KW - Addiction KW - Models KW - Personality Correlates KW - Treatment DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.56.2.172 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-26888-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-26626-001 AN - 1988-26626-001 AU - Zarantonello, Matthew M. T1 - Comparability of the WAIS and the WAIS—R: A consideration of level of neuropsychological impairment. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 56 IS - 2 SP - 295 EP - 297 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-26626-001. PMID: 3372838 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zarantonello, Matthew M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Battle Creek, MI, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20091221. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Neuropsychological Assessment; Severity (Disorders); Test Forms; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Minor Descriptor: Brain Damage; Mental Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jul 2, 1987; Revised Date: Jun 23, 1987; First Submitted Date: Sep 15, 1986. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Subjects of varying levels of neuropsychological impairment who were administered the revised version of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS-R) were found to obtain significantly lower Full Scale, Verbal, and Performance IQs than a comparable group of subjects who were administered the original version (WAIS). Significant main effects for level of impairment were found for all IQ measures irrespective of the Wechsler scale administered. No significant interactions of Scale × Level of Impairment were found for any IQ measure. The results provide the first empirical support for neuropsychologists' use of a standard expected difference between WAIS and WAIS-R IQ scores as a baseline for assessing changes in intellectual functioning. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - level of neuropsychological impairment KW - comparability of WAIS vs WAIS-R performance KW - patients with psychiatric disorders or brain dysfunction KW - 1988 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Severity (Disorders) KW - Test Forms KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - Brain Damage KW - Mental Disorders DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.56.2.295 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-26626-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-22744-001 AN - 1988-22744-001 AU - Takahashi, Lorey K. AU - Gladstone, Clifford D. T1 - Medial amygdaloid lesions and the regulation of sociosexual behavioral patterns across the estrous cycle in female golden hamsters. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 102 IS - 2 SP - 268 EP - 275 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-22744-001. PMID: 3365322 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Takahashi, Lorey K.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Psychiatry Section, Madison, WI, US. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amygdala; Animal Aggressive Behavior; Animal Mating Behavior; Animal Scent Marking; Animal Sexual Receptivity. Minor Descriptor: Female Animals; Hamsters; Ovariectomy. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20); Female (40). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Feb 5, 1987; Revised Date: Feb 3, 1987; First Submitted Date: Oct 27, 1986. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1988. AB - Two experiments were conducted to examine the behavioral effects of medial amygdaloid (M) lesions during the estrous cycle in female golden hamsters. In Experiment 1, males were paired with gonadally intact M-lesioned, sham-operated, or ovariectomized M-lesioned females and tested in large enclosures. Medial amygdaloid lesions reduced, significantly, the occurrence of precopulatory biting attack and vaginal scent-marking behavior in females. In contrast, M lesions produced a significant increase in the duration of copulation. Mating behavior was also observed for a brief period of time in 1 M-lesioned female during the diestrus period and in 2 ovariectomized animals. After copulation, M-lesioned females attacked their mating partner less frequently than did sham-lesioned animals, which suggests that M lesions may modulate the reduction of both pre- and postcopulatory aggressive behavior by common processes. The attenuation in aggressive responsiveness was further documented in Experiment 2, which shows that during intrasexual fights, M-lesioned females exhibited significantly fewer offensive agonistic responses than did sham-operated opponents. Collectively, the results demonstrate that M lesions produce significant alterations in both social and sexual response patterns and suggest that M may be a neural component of a forebrain inhibitory system regulating the display of feminine copulatory behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - medial amygdaloid lesions KW - precopulatory & postcopulatory agonistic & scent marking behavior & copulatory lordosis KW - female hamsters with vs without ovariectomy KW - 1988 KW - Amygdala KW - Animal Aggressive Behavior KW - Animal Mating Behavior KW - Animal Scent Marking KW - Animal Sexual Receptivity KW - Female Animals KW - Hamsters KW - Ovariectomy DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.102.2.268 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-22744-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-18855-001 AN - 1988-18855-001 AU - Delis, Dean C. AU - Freeland, John AU - Kramer, Joel H. AU - Kaplan, Edith T1 - Integrating clinical assessment with cognitive neuroscience: Construct validation of the California Verbal Learning Test. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 56 IS - 1 SP - 123 EP - 130 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-18855-001. PMID: 3346437 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Delis, Dean C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20091221. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Memory; Neuropsychological Assessment; Statistical Validity; Verbal Learning. Minor Descriptor: Measurement; Nervous System Disorders. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Apr 30, 1987; Revised Date: Apr 15, 1987; First Submitted Date: Jan 21, 1987. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - A long-standing criticism of intellectual and neuropsychological assessment instruments is that they measure global achievement only and, thus, fail to quantify the different strategies, processes, and errors an examinee may display that reflect how a given task is solved. In this study, we psychometrically explored the validity of a new clinical test of verbal memory that incorporates constructs from normal and pathological memory research in order to quantify the multifactorial ways examinees learn, or fail to learn, verbal material. The results of factor analyses involving 286 normal subjects and 113 neurological patients indicated that verbal memory consists of a number of theoretically meaningful component factors, not just a single learning factor as was previously reported in clinical studies. These factors reflect learning strategy, acquisition rate, serial position effect, discriminability, and learning interference. Within the framework of traditional psychometric analysis, the study demonstrates empirically that the scope of clinical assessment can be expanded considerably when tests are designed to evaluate constructs developed in cognitive neuroscience. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - construct validity of California Verbal Learning Test KW - measurement of verbal memory KW - normal vs neurological patients KW - 1988 KW - Memory KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Statistical Validity KW - Verbal Learning KW - Measurement KW - Nervous System Disorders DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.56.1.123 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-18855-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-18888-001 AN - 1988-18888-001 AU - Keane, Terence M. AU - Caddell, Juesta M. AU - Taylor, Kathryn L. T1 - Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder: Three studies in reliability and validity. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 56 IS - 1 SP - 85 EP - 90 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-18888-001. PMID: 3346454 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Keane, Terence M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20091221. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychodiagnosis; Test Reliability; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans; Rating Scales; War. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: May 4, 1987; Revised Date: Apr 21, 1987; First Submitted Date: Aug 27, 1986. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder is a 35-item self-report scale derived from Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) criteria for the disorder. This article describes a series of three studies designed to explore the psychometric properties of the scale. Study 1 used 362 Vietnam veterans seeking help at Vet Centers (Operation Outreach) to confirm the internal consistency of the instrument and provide an assessment of its factor structure. Study 2 demonstrated the high test–retest reliability of the instrument over a period of 1 week. Study 3 indicated that the test's sensitivity was .93, specificity was .89, and overall hit rate was .90 when it was used to differentiate between a posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) group and two non-PTSD comparison groups. The utility of the test when it is administered within the context of a multiaxial approach to assess military-related PTSD is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reliability & validity of Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Vietnam veterans KW - 1988 KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - Military Veterans KW - Rating Scales KW - War DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.56.1.85 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-18888-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-17189-001 AN - 1988-17189-001 AU - Craig, Robert J. T1 - Diagnostic interviewing with drug abusers. JF - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice JO - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 19 IS - 1 SP - 14 EP - 20 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7028 SN - 1939-1323 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-17189-001. Other Journal Title: Professional Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Craig, Robert J.; West Side Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Drug Abuse Program, Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20100308. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Psychodiagnostic Interview. Minor Descriptor: Countertransference; Privileged Communication. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Apr 20, 1987; First Submitted Date: Feb 17, 1987. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Principles of diagnostic interviewing with adult male drug abusers are discussed in the light of changing concepts of addiction/dependency, confidentiality, and countertransference, and basic research relevant to each major content section is highlighted. A case example illustrates these ideas, and the article concludes with some practical recommendations for interviewing substance abusers. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - addiction/dependency & confidentiality & countertransference issues KW - diagnostic interviewing KW - drug abusing males KW - 1988 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Psychodiagnostic Interview KW - Countertransference KW - Privileged Communication DO - 10.1037/0735-7028.19.1.14 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-17189-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-16884-001 AN - 1988-16884-001 AU - Levenson, Michael R. AU - Aldwin, Carolyn M. AU - Bossé, Raymond AU - Spiro, Avron T1 - Emotionality and mental health: Longitudinal findings from the normative aging study. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 97 IS - 1 SP - 94 EP - 96 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-16884-001. PMID: 3351120 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levenson, Michael R.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20120305. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotionality (Personality); Extraversion; Mental Health. Minor Descriptor: Longitudinal Studies. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Aug 31, 1987; Revised Date: Aug 6, 1987; First Submitted Date: Apr 6, 1987. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The present longitudinal study examined the relation between the temperament types of emotionality and extraversion, as assessed by the Eysenck Personality Inventory-Q (Floderus, 1974), and self-reported psychological symptoms 10 years later, as assessed by the revised version of the Hopkins Symptom Checklist (SCL-90-R; Derogatis, 1983). The sample consisted of 1,324 older men, participants in the Normative Aging Study. Those high in emotionality were expected to report higher levels of symptoms than those low in emotionality. Symptoms of depression and anxiety, however, were hypothesized to be higher among emotional introverts, whereas hostility and psychoticism were expected to be higher among emotional extraverts. Canonical correlation analysis showed that emotionality and extraversion accounted for 25% of the variance in mental health 10 years later. However, emotionality accounted for most of the variance, with extraversion accounting for only 2%. The results are interpreted as support for the construct of negative affectivity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - emotionality & extraversion KW - psychological symptoms KW - 40–98 yr old males KW - 10 yr longitudinal study KW - 1988 KW - Emotionality (Personality) KW - Extraversion KW - Mental Health KW - Longitudinal Studies DO - 10.1037/0021-843X.97.1.94 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-16884-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-12668-001 AN - 1988-12668-001 AU - Russell, Elbert W. AU - Levy, Marie T1 - Revision of the Halstead Category Test. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 55 IS - 6 SP - 898 EP - 901 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-12668-001. PMID: 3693654 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Russell, Elbert W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Miami, FL, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neuropsychological Assessment; Test Construction; Test Forms. Minor Descriptor: Brain Damage; Statistical Validity. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. Publication History: Accepted Date: Apr 1, 1987; Revised Date: Mar 24, 1987; First Submitted Date: Jul 16, 1986. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The full Category Test of the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery appears to be too lengthy. A method of abbreviating this test that utilized an understanding of its characteristics was implemented. This revision shortened the scales and reorganized Subtests 5 and 6 into two new scales using separate principles. A comparison of this revised Category test with the full Category Test demonstrated it to be as accurate as the full test in predicting the presence or absence of brain damage in our subjects. The functions being measured were also more clearly discerned. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - construction & predictive validity of short revised version of Halstead-Reitan Category Test KW - brain damaged patients KW - 1987 KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Test Construction KW - Test Forms KW - Brain Damage KW - Statistical Validity DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.55.6.898 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-12668-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-08745-001 AN - 1988-08745-001 AU - Burling, Thomas A. AU - Singleton, Edward G. AU - Bigelow, George E. AU - Baile, Walter F. AU - Gottieb, Sheldon H. T1 - Smoking following myocardial infarction: A critical review of the literature. JF - Health Psychology JO - Health Psychology Y1 - 1984/// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 83 EP - 96 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates SN - 0278-6133 SN - 1930-7810 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-08745-001. PMID: 6399245 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Burling, Thomas A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Services, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association. Release Date: 20080714. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Health Behavior; Literature Review; Mortality Rate; Myocardial Infarctions; Smoking Cessation. Minor Descriptor: Tobacco Smoking; Treatment Compliance. Classification: Promotion & Maintenance of Health & Wellness (3365). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: 1984. AB - Reviews studies on the effects of quitting smoking following acute myocardial infarction (MI). Topics discussed include definitions of abstinence used in the literature, reliance on patient self-reports, and personality and environment variables. Findings indicate that a significant number of MI patients quit smoking without receiving formal training and that those who quit suffer less subsequent mortality from coronary heart disease. It is argued that studies have overestimated cessation rates and underestimated negative effects of continued smoking due to their methodology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self initiated vs physician advised smoking cessation rates KW - mortality rates KW - victims of myocardial infarction KW - literature review KW - 1984 KW - Health Behavior KW - Literature Review KW - Mortality Rate KW - Myocardial Infarctions KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Treatment Compliance DO - 10.1037/0278-6133.3.1.83 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-08745-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-08232-001 AN - 1988-08232-001 AU - Shear, Howard J. AU - Kundrat, Stephanie L. T1 - Providing conditions to help clients outgrow disturbing dreams. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training Y1 - 1987///Fal 1987 VL - 24 IS - 3 SP - 363 EP - 367 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 SN - 1939-1536 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-08232-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shear, Howard J.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychology Service, Baltimore, MD, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070813. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dream Analysis; Nightmares. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1987. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1987. AB - Conditions which facilitate clients' outgrowing disturbing dreams are discussed. Several incidents with clients describe these conditions and illustrate their facilitative power. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - integrative process method of dream work KW - clients with disturbing dreams KW - 1987 KW - Dream Analysis KW - Nightmares DO - 10.1037/h0085726 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-08232-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-32952-001 AN - 1974-32952-001 AU - Guidry, Lawrence S. AU - Randolph, Daniel L. T1 - Covert reinforcement in the treatment of test anxiety. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology Y1 - 1974/07// VL - 21 IS - 4 SP - 260 EP - 264 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-32952-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Guidry, Lawrence S.; Veterans Administration, New Orleans, La. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; College Students; Test Anxiety. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Assigned 36 undergraduates who had high measured test anxiety (as measured by the Suinn Test Anxiety Behavior Scale) to 1 of 3 groups; covert reinforcement, placebo control, and no-treatment control. Pretreatment, posttreatment, and follow-up scores were obtained on 3 criterion measures (Test Anxiety Questionnaire, Suinn scale, and the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory). Findings support the use of covert reinforcement for treating test anxiety. (21 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - covert reinforcement KW - test anxiety KW - college students KW - 1974 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - College Students KW - Test Anxiety DO - 10.1037/h0036724 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-32952-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-32582-001 AN - 1974-32582-001 AU - DeWolfe, Alan S. T1 - Are there two kinds of thinking in process and reactive schizophrenics? JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1974/06// VL - 83 IS - 3 SP - 285 EP - 290 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-32582-001. PMID: 4844916 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: DeWolfe, Alan S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Process Schizophrenia; Reactive Psychosis; Schizophrenia; Thought Disturbances. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Presents a tentative formulation suggesting qualitative differences between process and reactive schizophrenics. The cognitive deficit of reactive schizophrenics is due to fragmentation of relatively normal thinking under stress or during acute disturbance (i.e., on admission). The fragmentation is suggested to result from interference due to excessive responsiveness to external stimuli and task demands. The process schizophrenics are viewed as idiosyncratic (underdeveloped) in thinking, with their performance hampered by emotional withdrawal and disruption from internal stimuli. Interactions of the process-reactive dimension with stress conditions and institutionalization are inferred, since reactives' performance should vary with stress and time since admission, while processes' performance should remain consistently low. Results of 11 studies from the context of the position are presented. (17 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - thinking differences KW - process & reactive schizophrenics KW - 1974 KW - Process Schizophrenia KW - Reactive Psychosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Thought Disturbances DO - 10.1037/h0036690 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-32582-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-32596-001 AN - 1974-32596-001 AU - Glatt, Charles T. AU - Karon, Bertram P. T1 - A Rorschach validation study of the ego regression theory of psychopathology. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1974/08// VL - 42 IS - 4 SP - 569 EP - 576 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-32596-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Glatt, Charles T.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Battle Creek, Mich. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ego; Psychodiagnostic Interview; Regression (Defense Mechanism); Rorschach Test; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients; Test Validity. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Gave a psychiatric interview (to determine clinical status) and the Rorschach Test to 33 schizophrenics 4 times during a 20-mo period. Test-retest changes in 10 Rorschach indices of ego regression were then correlated with concurrent measures of clinical status change. F + %, R, Perseveration and Scorability were significantly related as predicted. Moreover, Ss not receiving medication showed more evidence of regression and recovery as their clinical status either declined or improved than did Ss receiving medication. Thus, there are certain treatment conditions under which the concept of ego regression accurately describes the pathogenic process, whereas there are other conditions under which regression is not as clearly demonstrable. (21 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of Rorschach indices of ego regression KW - correlation with concurrent clinical status change KW - schizophrenics KW - 1974 KW - Ego KW - Psychodiagnostic Interview KW - Regression (Defense Mechanism) KW - Rorschach Test KW - Schizophrenia KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Test Validity DO - 10.1037/h0036696 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-32596-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-26189-001 AN - 1974-26189-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - Chronicity and the Halstead battery in psychiatric hospitals: A reply to Levine and Feirstein. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 42 IS - 1 SP - 136 EP - 138 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-26189-001. PMID: 4814086 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Differential Diagnosis; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - J. Levine and A. Feirstein (see record [rid]1973-21307-001[/rid]) suggested that the inability of C. G. Watson, et al (1968) to find significant Halstead battery differences between psychiatric hospital organic and schizophrenic samples could have reflected differences in length of hospitalizations. The present reanalysis of the 1968 data refutes this suggestion. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - length of hospitalizations KW - significant Halstead battery differences between psychiatric hospital organic & schizophrenics KW - reply to J. Levine & A. Feirstein study KW - 1974 KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Schizophrenia DO - 10.1037/h0036070 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-26189-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25881-001 AN - 1974-25881-001 AU - Starker, Steven T1 - Hysterical reactions to hypnotic induction. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice Y1 - 1973///Sum 1973 VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 141 EP - 144 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25881-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Starker, Steven; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20071105. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hypnosis; Hysteria; Psychotherapeutic Processes. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1973. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Describes 2 incidents involving powerful and illuminating reactions of hysterical patients to a hypnotic induction procedure. Instructions for the novice hypnotherapist are presented, and the dynamic significance and usefulness of such occurrences is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hypnotic induction KW - hysterical reactions KW - 1973 KW - Hypnosis KW - Hysteria KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes DO - 10.1037/h0087558 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-25881-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-09214-001 AN - 1974-09214-001 AU - Goldstein, Gerald AU - Welch, Robert B. AU - Rennick, Phillip M. AU - Shelly, Carolyn H. T1 - The validity of a visual searching task as an indicator of brain damage. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1973/12// VL - 41 IS - 3 SP - 434 EP - 437 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-09214-001. PMID: 4803275 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Gerald; Veterans Administration Hosp., Research Service, Topeka, Kan. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Differential Diagnosis; Psychiatric Patients; Visual Perception. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Required 17 brain-damaged patients, 17 non-brain-damaged psychiatric patients, and 17 nonpatient normal controls to perform a visual search. The task discriminated among the Ss at a statistically significant level. Using an optimal cut-off point, the task was 94.1% accurate in differentiating between brain-damaged and normal Ss and 79.4% accurate in differentiating between psychiatric and brain-damaged Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual searching task KW - discriminating between normals & psychiatric & brain-damaged patients KW - 1973 KW - Brain Damage KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Visual Perception DO - 10.1037/h0035350 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-09214-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-07320-001 AN - 1974-07320-001 AU - Royer, Fred L. AU - Friedman, Steven T1 - Scanning time of schizophrenics and normals for visual designs. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 82 IS - 2 SP - 212 EP - 219 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-07320-001. PMID: 4754359 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Royer, Fred L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brecksville, O. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Reaction Time; Schizophrenia; Visual Displays. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Measured the time to locate a target design in an array of 4 designs by 12 process and 12 reactive schizophrenics and 12 hospitalized and 12 nonhospitalized normal controls. Designs and arrays differed in the size of the rotation and reflection equivalence sets from which they were selected. Differences in mean reaction time (RT) attributable to these characteristics were found as expected. Schizophrenics performed slower than the nonhospitalized normals. The mean RT of hospitalized normals, mostly spinal cord injury patients, fell between that of the process and reactive schizophrenics. No Group * Stimulus Condition interaction effects were found. Results are interpreted as not supporting leading theories of schizophrenic deficit. (21 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - rotation & reflection equivalence set size KW - scanning time for visual designs KW - process vs reactive schizophrenics vs normals KW - 1973 KW - Reaction Time KW - Schizophrenia KW - Visual Displays DO - 10.1037/h0035147 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-07320-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-06802-001 AN - 1974-06802-001 AU - Davis, Richard G. T1 - Olfactory psychophysical parameters in man, rat, dog, and pigeon. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 85 IS - 2 SP - 221 EP - 232 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-06802-001. PMID: 4756902 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, Richard G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, Knoxville, Ia. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Comparative Psychology; Odor Discrimination; Olfactory Thresholds. Minor Descriptor: Dogs; Pigeons; Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Considers C. J. Herrick's 1924 suggestion that primates possess diminished olfactory capabilities compared with other mammals. This is true for absolute detection threshold of odors by the dog and the rat; but data on the differential threshold for odor concentration change are available only for man and the pigeon. By the method of conditioned suppression the differential threshold of 7 Charles River CDF rats was found to be greater than that for man (.5 vs .1 log units, respectively). It appears that Herrick's opinion was in error for at least this 1 parameter of the primate olfactory system. In addition, evidence points to a significant role of olfaction in primate behavior. (32 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - odor detection thresholds KW - humans vs rats vs dogs vs pigeons KW - 1973 KW - Comparative Psychology KW - Odor Discrimination KW - Olfactory Thresholds KW - Dogs KW - Pigeons KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/h0035053 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-06802-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-06753-001 AN - 1974-06753-001 AU - Steranka, Larry R. AU - Barrett, Robert J. T1 - Kamin effect in rats: Differential retention or differential acquisition of an active-avoidance response? JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 85 IS - 2 SP - 324 EP - 330 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-06753-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Steranka, Larry R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Nashville, Tenn. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Retention. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Used discriminated active avoidance in an automated maze to test various interpretations of the Kamin effect. Independent groups of Charles River male rats, CDF strain (N = 63), were 1st trained on a brightness discrimination task and then tested at 1 of 3 intervals to either the same (light) or reversed (dark) stimulus. Although the typical -shaped avoidance function was observed, choice performance in both reversed and nonreversed groups showed that ability to recall the safe stimulus did not vary as a function of time since training. This finding, plus the finding that motor activity followed the same -shaped profile as avoidance performance, strongly suggests that the Kamin effect is due to shock-induced inhibition, which is incompatible with the acquisition of an active-avoidance response. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Kamin effect KW - differential retention vs acquisition of active-avoidance response KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Retention KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/h0035047 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-06753-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-06632-001 AN - 1974-06632-001 AU - Kazis, E. AU - Milligan, W. L. AU - Powell, D. A. T1 - Autonomic-somatic relationships: Blockade of heart rate and corneo-retinal potential responses. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1973/07// VL - 84 IS - 1 SP - 98 EP - 110 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-06632-001. PMID: 4717555 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kazis, E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Neuroscience Lab., Columbia, S.C. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cholinergic Blocking Drugs; Conditioned Responses; Eyeblink Reflex; Heart Rate; Unconditioned Responses. Minor Descriptor: Adrenergic Blocking Drugs; Drugs; Rabbits. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Studied unconditioned heart rate (HR) response and conditioned HR and corneo-retinal potential (CRP) responses of a total of 75 naive New Zealand rabbits. 4 experiments were performed under conditions of cholinergic (muscarinic) and beta adrenergic and double blockades in which both adrenergic and cholinergic agents were combined. Results indicate that (a) the HR UCR was an acceleration, whereas the CR was a deceleration in rate; (b) both HR CRs and UCRs were decreased by the individual administration of adrenergic and cholinergic blockades and completely abolished by double blockades; (c) both blockades also decreased CRP conditioning, and the double blockade abolished CRP CRs; (d) although HR blockade by the peripheral cholinergic agent, methylatropine, and the centrally acting atropine sulfate were comparable, CRP CRs occurred after methylatropine administration but were almost completely abolished by atropine sulfate. (27 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cholinergic & beta adrenergic & double blockades KW - unconditioned & conditioned heart rate responses & corneo-retinal potential responses KW - rabbits KW - 1973 KW - Cholinergic Blocking Drugs KW - Conditioned Responses KW - Eyeblink Reflex KW - Heart Rate KW - Unconditioned Responses KW - Adrenergic Blocking Drugs KW - Drugs KW - Rabbits DO - 10.1037/h0035027 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-06632-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-05444-001 AN - 1974-05444-001 AU - Silverman, Lloyd H. AU - Kwawer, Jay S. AU - Wolitzky, Carol AU - Coron, Mark T1 - An experimental study of aspects of the psychoanalytic theory of male homosexuality. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 82 IS - 1 SP - 178 EP - 188 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-05444-001. PMID: 4730651 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silverman, Lloyd H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., New York, N.Y. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20100412. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Incest; Male Homosexuality; Psychoanalytic Interpretation; Subliminal Perception. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Tested psychoanalytic dynamic propositions through the subliminal exposure of drive-related stimuli, using 2 groups of 36 male homosexuals and heterosexuals (mean age = 30 yrs). On the basis of both psychoanalytic clinical reports and the results of preliminary investigation, it was hypothesized that male homosexuals would show an intensification of homosexual-related reactions after the subliminal presentation of an "incest stimulus," and a decrease in such reactions after the subliminal exposure of a "symbiosis stimulus." It was found that for homosexuals, on a "sexual feelings assessment," the incest stimulus intensified "homosexual orientation." On a Rorschach-type task, the symbiosis condition led to a decrease in a "threat index." Neither of these results was found for heterosexuals. Findings lend support to (a) psychoanalytic propositions linking homosexuality in males to conflict over incestuous wishes and (b) the proposition supported by a number of earlier experimental studies that the stimulation of a fantasy of symbiotic gratification has a "therapeutic effect" on individuals in various psychiatric syndrome groupings. (31 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - subliminal exposures to incest & symbiosis stimuli KW - psychoanalytic dynamic propositions KW - male homosexuals & heterosexuals KW - 1973 KW - Incest KW - Male Homosexuality KW - Psychoanalytic Interpretation KW - Subliminal Perception DO - 10.1037/h0034961 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-05444-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-04888-001 AN - 1974-04888-001 AU - Gandy, Gerald L. T1 - Birth order and vocational interest. JF - Developmental Psychology JO - Developmental Psychology Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 9 IS - 3 SP - 406 EP - 410 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0012-1649 SN - 1939-0599 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-04888-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gandy, Gerald L.; Veterans Administration Regional Office, Columbia, S.C. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Birth Order; Human Sex Differences; Occupational Interests; Siblings. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800); Industrial & Organizational Psychology (3600). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Attempted to ascertain whether there are significant birth-order differences among male college students (N = 150) on the 22 Basic Interest scales of the SVIB; sibling sex and interaction effects were also investigated. 4 main hypotheses were proposed. Data analysis involved a 2-way multivariate analysis of variance with birth order and sex of sibling as the independent variables and the SVIB Interest scales as the dependent variables. Results of the investigation were negative. It is recommended that future researchers investigate qualitative differences within particular vocations, and dynamic interaction aspects within family units. (23 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sibling sex & birth order KW - vocational interest KW - male college students KW - 1973 KW - Birth Order KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Occupational Interests KW - Siblings DO - 10.1037/h0034927 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-04888-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-01146-001 AN - 1974-01146-001 AU - Jorgensen, Gerald T. AU - Weigel, Richard G. T1 - Training psychotherapists: Practices regarding ethics, personal growth, and locus of responsibility. JF - Professional Psychology JO - Professional Psychology Y1 - 1973/02// VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 23 EP - 27 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-0175 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-01146-001. Other Journal Title: Professional Psychology: Research and Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jorgensen, Gerald T.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychological Service, Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Professional Standards; Psychotherapy Training. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Surveyed doctoral training directors on their perceptions of various graduate training practices relevant to the APA's "Recommended Standards for Psychotherapy Education." A questionnaire was mailed to the training directors of all 106 APA-approved, initially-approved, and provisionally approved programs in clinical, counseling, and doctorate of psychology programs. Practices examined were: (a) training in professional issues/ethics, (b) opportunities for personal growth, and (c) locus of responsibility. Overall return rate was 92%. A formal course in professional problems was offered by 33% (23 clinical, 9 counseling) of the training programs responding, with an additional 48% (40 clinical, 7 counseling) indicating the topic to be adequately covered in other courses (e.g., introduction to clinical psychology, principles of psychotherapy, practica). Ethics courses were reported by 14%; formal therapy experiences were required in only 2%. Responses were divided as to the site of the major therapeutic training of students. Practicum experiences were reported as being of primary importance by 32%, whereas 25% felt the internship to be the major training site. Results present a mixed picture of the congruence between current practices in the training of psychotherapists and the recommended standards. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethics & personal growth & locus of responsibility practices & standards KW - psychotherapist training KW - 1973 KW - Professional Standards KW - Psychotherapy Training DO - 10.1037/h0034688 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-01146-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-00454-001 AN - 1974-00454-001 AU - Milligan, W. L. AU - Powell, D. A. AU - Borasio, Guido T1 - Sexual variables and shock-elicited aggression. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 83 IS - 3 SP - 441 EP - 450 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-00454-001. PMID: 4736680 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Milligan, W. L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Columbia, S.C. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Aggressive Behavior; Animal Sex Differences; Male Castration; Shock; Testosterone. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Investigated the relationship between sex and the amount of shock-elicited aggression (SEA) in 4 experiments. Results show that (a) Sprague-Dawley males (n = 48) had higher SEA frequencies than females (n = 48), but this difference was not statistically significant; (b) Long-Evans males (n = 32) exhibited higher SEA frequencies than females (n = 32); (c) sham-operated Sprague-Dawley males (n = 35) showed higher SEA frequencies than castrated males (n = 35) but this difference was diminished by testosterone replacement in the castrated group; and (d) SEA was unrelated to free-field or stabilometer activity measurement (n = 40 male Sprague-Dawley rats). Considerable aggression occurred in all Ss, suggesting that although sexual variables affect SEA, they do not play as important a role as in other kinds of aggression. (28 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sexual variables KW - shock-elicited aggression KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Animal Aggressive Behavior KW - Animal Sex Differences KW - Male Castration KW - Shock KW - Testosterone KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/h0034658 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-00454-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-31799-001 AN - 1973-31799-001 AU - Lorei, Theodore W. AU - Gurel, Lee T1 - Demographic characteristics as predictors of posthospital employment and readmission. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 40 IS - 3 SP - 426 EP - 430 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-31799-001. PMID: 4708116 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorei, Theodore W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Washington, D.C. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Demographic Characteristics; Employability; Psychiatric Hospital Readmission; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Examined relationships between background-demographic characteristics and posthospital employment and readmission within a 9-mo follow-up period after discharge for 957 male schizophrenics. The 20-variable predictor set yielded a multiple correlation of .52 with weeks of work (p <01) and (p < .01) with readmission. Extent of work in the preceding 5 yrs was the most useful predictor of posthospital employment, and number of previous hospitalizations was the most useful predictor of readmission. Background variables as defined were more predictive of work than were factor scales on a self-report biographical inventory and were roughly equivalent to psychopathology ratings made at release and again after 3 wks in the community. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - background-demographic characteristics KW - posthospital employment & readmission KW - schizophrenics KW - 1973 KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - Employability KW - Psychiatric Hospital Readmission KW - Schizophrenia DO - 10.1037/h0034564 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-31799-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-09911-001 AN - 1973-09911-001 AU - Golightly, Carole AU - Huffman, Devereaux M. AU - Byrne, Donn T1 - Liking and loaning. JF - Journal of Applied Psychology JO - Journal of Applied Psychology Y1 - 1972/12// VL - 56 IS - 6 SP - 521 EP - 523 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9010 SN - 1939-1854 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-09911-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Golightly, Carole; Veterans Administration Hosp., Richmond, Va. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitude Similarity; Graduate Students; Interpersonal Interaction; Money. Classification: Educational Psychology (3500). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Hypothesized that the amount of money approved for a loan applicant is a positive function of attitude similarity. 53 graduate business students were given relevant financial information concerning a loan applicant and irrelevant attitude information on 8 topics. Ss were then asked to indicate the amount of money to be approved for the applicant's loan. Analysis of variance indicated that proportion of similar attitudes influenced attraction toward the applicant (p < .001) and the magnitude of the loan approved (p < .005). Findings suggest the practical necessity for determining procedures to eliminate such effects. (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - attitude similarity KW - amount of money approved for loan KW - graduate students KW - 1972 KW - Attitude Similarity KW - Graduate Students KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Money DO - 10.1037/h0033746 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-09911-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-25587-001 AN - 1973-25587-001 AU - Vitale, John H. AU - Steinhelber, John C. T1 - A psychological screening battery for hospitalized medical patients. JF - Rehabilitation Psychology JO - Rehabilitation Psychology Y1 - 1972///Fal 1972 VL - 19 IS - 3 SP - 107 EP - 116 CY - US PB - Division 22 of the American Psychological Association SN - 0090-5550 SN - 1939-1544 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-25587-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Aspects of Disability. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Vitale, John H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., San Francisco, Calif. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation; Springer Publishing. Release Date: 20090511. Correction Date: 20100503. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Medical Patients; Perceptual Motor Processes; Psychodiagnosis; Verbal Ability. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1972. AB - Utilized cluster analysis of test scores of 105 medical patients to identify 3 dimensions for rapid and reliable screening of intellectual and behavioral dysfunction. Neuroticism, verbal-numerical ability, and visual-motor ability were then analyzed into 13 psychological subtypes to which clinical meaning was attached because of the differential implications of low and high scores. The proposed screening battery consists of the MMPI, Shipley-Hartford Retreat Scale for Measuring Intellectual Impairment, and a brief visual-motor test, all of which can be group-administered. The total battery requires 15 min. of examiner time and 2 hr. of patient time. (28 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuroticism & verbal-numerical & visual-motor ability KW - psychological screening battery for identifying intellectual & behavioral dysfunction KW - hospitalized medical patients KW - 1972 KW - Medical Patients KW - Perceptual Motor Processes KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Verbal Ability DO - 10.1037/h0090880 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-25587-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-25316-001 AN - 1973-25316-001 AU - Eisler, Richard M. T1 - Crisis intervention in the family of a firesetter. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice Y1 - 1972///Spr 1972 VL - 9 IS - 1 SP - 76 EP - 79 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-25316-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eisler, Richard M.; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20071008. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Disorders; Case Report; Crisis Intervention; Family Crises; Family Therapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1972. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Describes a crisis-oriented, family therapy dealing with the problems of a 14-yr-old boy who had confessed to setting grass fires. The treatment approach concentrated on precipitant factors, role relationships, and communication patterns. The intention of the study was to show the utility of viewing an S's deviant behavior as representative of disturbed social (family) relationships and to suggest that treatment should focus on these social relationships rather than on the disturbed behavior of the S. After 6 sessions, lasting from 2-3 hr. each, treatment was terminated, having revealed a series of unresolved crises in the family which led to eruption of symptoms in 1 member. The S's firesetting was seen as a desperate nonverbal communication to his family. This case suggests that intensive family-oriented intervention in a behavioral disturbance as serious as firesetting may produce significant and durable results (as revealed by a 4-mo and 1-yr follow-up) in a short time. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - crsis-oriented family therapy KW - 14 yr. old firesetter & his family KW - 1972 KW - Behavior Disorders KW - Case Report KW - Crisis Intervention KW - Family Crises KW - Family Therapy DO - 10.1037/h0086718 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-25316-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-22436-001 AN - 1973-22436-001 AU - Barrett, Robert J. AU - Leith, Nancy J. AU - Ray, Oakley S. T1 - A behavioral and pharmacological analysis of variables mediating active-avoidance behavior in rats. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1973/03// VL - 82 IS - 3 SP - 489 EP - 500 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-22436-001. PMID: 4706586 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barrett, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Nashville, Tenn. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Dextroamphetamine; Drugs; Genotypes; Scopolamine. Minor Descriptor: Rats; Unconditioned Responses. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - In Exp. I, two strains of rats (F344 and ZM) were run in a discriminated -maze avoidance task. The F344s were greatly superior to ZMs in acquiring the avoidance response although both strains learned the discrimination. Analysis of other response measures indicates that F344s made significantly more active responses, suggesting that differences in avoidance behavior were due to strain-specific differences in the unconditioned response to shock. In Exp. II, the same Ss were administered d-amphetamine, scopolamine, or a combination of the 2 drugs. These manipulations significantly improved avoidance behavior in the ZM strain and increased other active responses. Results suggest that the prepotent variable in active-avoidance acquisition is the extent to which the S's response to shock is compatible with the response required. (23 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - strain-specific differences in UCR to shock & d-amphetamine & scopolamine KW - active-avoidance mediation KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Dextroamphetamine KW - Drugs KW - Genotypes KW - Scopolamine KW - Rats KW - Unconditioned Responses DO - 10.1037/h0034111 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-22436-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-22203-001 AN - 1973-22203-001 AU - Oscar-Berman, Marlene AU - Goodglass, Harold AU - Cherlow, Diana G. T1 - Perceptual laterality and iconic recognition of visual materials by Korsakoff patients and normal adults. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1973/02// VL - 82 IS - 2 SP - 316 EP - 321 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-22203-001. PMID: 4695040 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Oscar-Berman, Marlene; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholic Psychosis; Interstimulus Interval; Lateral Dominance; Perceptual Localization; Visual Thresholds. Minor Descriptor: Recognition (Learning). Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Compared 9 male patients with Korsakoff's syndrome to 19 normal and 11 alcoholic control Ss on their threshold for recognition of words or patterns presented monocularly to the lateral visual fields. Ss were then tested on backward visual masking of the same (target) stimuli to determine the interstimulus interval (ISI) needed to escape the masking effect (critical ISI) in each lateral field. Threshold for recognition and critical ISI were elevated in Korsakoff Ss. For all Ss, the right visual field was superior to the left for word recognition but not for pattern recognition. The critical ISIs were shorter in the right visual field for both types of material, suggesting that the dominant hemisphere is more efficient in the early (iconic) stages of information processing. (22 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perceptual laterality KW - iconic recognition of visual materials KW - Korsakoff patients KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholic Psychosis KW - Interstimulus Interval KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Perceptual Localization KW - Visual Thresholds KW - Recognition (Learning) DO - 10.1037/h0034094 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-22203-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-21459-001 AN - 1973-21459-001 AU - Ellsworth, Robert AU - Maroney, Robert T1 - Characteristics of psychiatric programs and their effects on patients' adjustment. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1972/12// VL - 39 IS - 3 SP - 436 EP - 447 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-21459-001. PMID: 4649439 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ellsworth, Robert; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salem, Va. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotional Adjustment; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychiatric Patients; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Considers that measuring characteristics of psychiatric programs is an important 1st step in identifying ingredients related to treatment efficiency and effectiveness. Perception of ward (POW) scales were developed using repeated factor analyses of 1,141 male psychiatric patients' perceptions. Program dimensions identified by POW scales are evaluated. The serious problem of response variability in measuring the milieu characteristics of a ward through patient perceptions is examined. POW scores for 353 patients on 3 wards and ratings of later community adjustment revealed that staff receptivity positively affects the posthospital adjustment of certain patient subgroups. (32 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychiatric program characteristics KW - patient's adjustment KW - male psychiatric patients KW - 1972 KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation DO - 10.1037/h0034028 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-21459-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-21301-001 AN - 1973-21301-001 AU - Levine, Jacob AU - Feirstein, Alan T1 - Differences in test performance between brain-damaged, schizophrenic, and medical patients. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1972/12// VL - 39 IS - 3 SP - 508 EP - 511 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-21301-001. PMID: 4649445 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levine, Jacob; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Medical Patients; Performance Tests; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Test Performance. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Gave 18 white male hospitalized patients from each of 3 diagnostic categories (brain-damaged, schizophrenic, and medical) a battery of 9 psychological tests, including 5 from the Halstead Impairment Index, the Bender Visual-Motor Gestalt Test, the Trail Making Test (R. Reitan), and 2 tests from the WAIS. 16 measures were obtained, and the 3 groups of Ss were compared on each. The performance of the brain-damaged was significantly inferior to the medical patients on 14 of the 16 measures, and to the schizophrenics on 9 of the 16. There were no significant differences between the schizophrenics and the medical group on any of the 16 measures. When the scores on the 4 different tests were combined into Z scores, 78% of the brain-damaged, 67% of the schizophrenics, and 78% of the medical Ss were correctly diagnosed for presence or absence of brain damage. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - test performance KW - brain-damaged vs. schizophrenics vs. medical patients KW - 1972 KW - Brain Damage KW - Medical Patients KW - Performance Tests KW - Schizophrenia KW - Test Performance DO - 10.1037/h0034017 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-21301-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-08384-001 AN - 1973-08384-001 AU - Fozard, James L. AU - Weinert, Jane R. T1 - Absolute judgments of recency for pictures and nouns after various numbers of intervening items. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology Y1 - 1972/10// VL - 95 IS - 2 SP - 472 EP - 474 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-08384-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fozard, James L.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interstimulus Interval; Judgment; Perceptual Measures. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - At their own pace, 21 adult males viewed a filmed inspection sequence of unrelated pictures and nouns. In questions interspersed among the inspection items, Ss estimated the number of items that separated the presentation of a picture or a noun in a question from its earlier presentation in the inspection sequence. When the number of such items was relatively small (13 or 14), pictures were judged to be relatively more recent than nouns separated by an equivalent number of items, but as the separation became larger (49-50 other items), the differences between the judged recency of the 2 classes of stimuli decreased. The variability of the judged recency of nouns was larger than that of pictures, especially when the separations between question and inspection sequence was small. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - number of intervening items between question & inspection sequence KW - absolute judgments of recency for pictures & nouns KW - 1972 KW - Interstimulus Interval KW - Judgment KW - Perceptual Measures DO - 10.1037/h0033634 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-08384-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-08396-001 AN - 1973-08396-001 AU - Grieser, Caroline AU - Greenberg, Ramon AU - Harrison, Robert H. T1 - The adaptive function of sleep: The differential effects of sleep and dreaming on recall. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1972/12// VL - 80 IS - 3 SP - 280 EP - 286 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-08396-001. PMID: 4344832 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Grieser, Caroline; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: College Students; Dreaming; Ego; Rapid Eye Movement; Sleep. Minor Descriptor: Threat. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300); Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Tested the hypothesis that REM sleep serves an adaptive function by examining the effects of sleep and dreaming vs. dream deprivation on the recall of ego-threatening or nonthreatening material. Ss were 40 undergraduates with high ego strength, as measured by the Rorschach Concept Evaluation Technique and the Psychological Insight Test. Ss were given an interrupted task paradigm under conditions which would lead to a threat to self-esteem for failed items, and were tested for recall after REM-deprivation, NREM awakening, or 2 or 10 hr. of daytime activity. Scores on the Repression-Sensitization scale were also examined in relation to ego strength and recall on the interrupted task. Results show that Ss who slept recalled neutral material better than Ss who did not sleep, and Ss who had REM sleep recalled threatening material better than those who had no opportunity to dream. It is concluded that NREM sleep facilitates retention of nonemotional material, while REM sleep deals with material containing affective components. (39 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sleep & dreaming vs. dream deprivation KW - recall of ego-threatening or nonthreatening material KW - college students KW - 1972 KW - College Students KW - Dreaming KW - Ego KW - Rapid Eye Movement KW - Sleep KW - Threat DO - 10.1037/h0033641 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-08396-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-05811-001 AN - 1973-05811-001 AU - Angel, Ronald W. AU - Garland, Harry T1 - Transfer of information from manual to oculomotor control system. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology Y1 - 1972/11// VL - 96 IS - 1 SP - 92 EP - 96 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-05811-001. PMID: 5083135 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Angel, Ronald W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Eye Movements; Perceptual Motor Coordination; Visual Tracking. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Recorded eye position while 5 male and 2 female 24-54 yr. olds tracked a visual target. On each experimental run, S moved the target actively by means of a joy stick. Target motion was either synchronous with that of the hand or delayed by a fixed amount (.18, .36, .72, or 1.44 sec.) On each control run, target motion was a tape-recorded copy of the pattern generated by S during the previous test run. Regardless of the delay between joy stick and target motion, the frequency of saccades was generally smaller during the test run than during the matched control run. Results suggest that information about hand movement is available to the oculomotor system for a significant time following manual performance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - eye position during visual tracking task transfer of information from manual to oculomotor control system KW - 24-54 yr. olds KW - 1972 KW - Eye Movements KW - Perceptual Motor Coordination KW - Visual Tracking DO - 10.1037/h0033457 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-05811-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-05250-001 AN - 1973-05250-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - Relationships of anhedonia to learning under various contingencies. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1972/08// VL - 80 IS - 1 SP - 43 EP - 48 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-05250-001. PMID: 5045243 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Learning; Reinforcement; Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Anhedonia, the failure to experience pleasure, plays a major role in schizophrenic pathology, but has been subjected to very little systematic research. An investigation of 300 male schizophrenic inpatients under 60 yr. old tested the hypothesis that anhedonia (a) stems from a specific physiological dysfunction in a pleasure-mediating center and (b) simply represents the well-known aversion of some schizophrenics to other human beings. When the learning of high- and low-anhedonic Ss was compared under various contingencies, results did not support either theory. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - anhedonia & learning under various contingencies KW - male schizophrenics KW - 1972 KW - Learning KW - Reinforcement KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms DO - 10.1037/h0033431 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-05250-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-02526-001 AN - 1973-02526-001 AU - DeWolfe, Alan S. AU - DeWolfe, Ruthanne K. AU - McNulty, Janet T1 - Fear decrease and identifications in a psychiatric setting. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1972/08// VL - 39 IS - 1 SP - 160 EP - 165 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-02526-001. PMID: 5045275 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: DeWolfe, Alan S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Generalization; Fear; Nursing Students. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Explored the generalization of a prior identification-fear correlation and clarification of antecedent-consequent relations with 15 female student nurses on psychiatric assignment. Ss' preexposure identification with their instructor and postexposure identification with staff models were significantly related to fear decrease as predicted. Analyses of control group (N = 16) data and parental identifications in the experimental Ss indicate that the phenomena were specific to models in a fear-arousing setting, independent of initial fear levels, and unlikely to be due to artifact. Results support generalization of previous findings and a theory that identification enhances fear decrease, while fear decrease reinforces identification resulting in a reciprocally reinforcing "snowball" effect. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - preexposure identification with instructor & postexposure identification with staff models KW - fear decrease KW - student nurses KW - 1972 KW - Cognitive Generalization KW - Fear KW - Nursing Students DO - 10.1037/h0033186 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-02526-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-00470-001 AN - 1973-00470-001 AU - Walker, Don W. AU - Messer, Linda G. AU - Freund, Gerhard AU - Means, Larry W. T1 - Effect of hippocampal lesions and intertrial interval on single-alternation performance in the rat. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1972/09// VL - 80 IS - 3 SP - 469 EP - 477 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-00470-001. PMID: 5071901 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Walker, Don W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Gainesville, Fla. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebral Cortex; Hippocampus; Operant Conditioning; Reinforcement Schedules. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Trained 7 unoperated male Long-Evans hooded rats and 14 Ss with bilateral hippocampal or cortical lesions made by aspiration on a go, no-go task in which bar presses were reinforced on alternate trials. Performance was evaluated with both latency ratios (latency to 1st response on go trials/latency to 1st response on no-go trials) and response ratios (total responses on no-go trials/total responses on go trials). Ss were trained to criterion at successively increasing durations of ITI (10, 20, 40, and 80 sec.). While Ss with hippocampal lesions acquired the task more rapidly than controls with the initial 10-sec ITI, they were severely impaired when tested with the longer ITIs. (23 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - bilateral hippocampal or cortical lesions made by aspiration KW - go & no-go task with bar pressing reinforced on alternate trials KW - rats KW - 1972 KW - Cerebral Cortex KW - Hippocampus KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/h0032983 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-00470-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-31935-001 AN - 1972-31935-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - Roles of impression management in the interview, self-report, and cognitive behavior of schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1972/06// VL - 38 IS - 3 SP - 452 EP - 456 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-31935-001. PMID: 4402352 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interviews; Learning; Schizophrenia; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Symptoms. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Interview. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Attempted to determine which types of behavior serve as manipulative impression-management tools among schizophrenics. 3 groups of male open-ward inpatient schizophrenics were either (a) implicitly threatened with a return to the closed ward, (b) threatened with discharge, or (c) given neutral instructions. Differential instructions did not affect interview or cognitive behavior indexes, but apparently did lead to manipulation on the MMPI Hypochondriasis and Psychasthenia scales. An attempt to determine which subgroups of schizophrenics tend to engage in such manipulatory behavior was unproductive. (20 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - interview & self-report & cognitive behavior KW - roles of impression management KW - schizophrenics KW - 1972 KW - Interviews KW - Learning KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment KW - Symptoms DO - 10.1037/h0032921 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1972-31935-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-27494-001 AN - 1972-27494-001 AU - Subotnik, Leo T1 - 'Spontaneous remission' of deviant MMPI profiles among college students. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1972/04// VL - 38 IS - 2 SP - 191 EP - 201 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-27494-001. PMID: 4401587 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Subotnik, Leo; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychodiagnosis; Psychopathology; Symptoms; Time. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Hypothesized that, if the spontaneous remission phenomenon is genuine rather than an artifact, remission should show a relationship to the length of time elapsed. The MMPI was readministered to a total of 166 clinically-untreated freshmen, sophomores, and juniors who had obtained deviant MMPI profiles at the time of admission to college (9, 21, and 33 mo. earlier, respectively), and had been judged psychiatrically disorded by 2 of 3 MMPI diagnosticians. Ss were evaluated for improvement according to (a) changes in selected scales, (b) changes in a profile elevation score, (c) test-retest comparisons rated blindly for improvement, and (d) shifts from a psychiatric diagnosis to normal on retest. 30 analyses of variance, treating judges and diagnostic categories independently, do not support the hypothesis. (50 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - spontaneous remission of deviant MMPI profiles KW - time elapsed KW - college freshmen & sophomores & juniors KW - 1972 KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Psychopathology KW - Symptoms KW - Time DO - 10.1037/h0032625 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1972-27494-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-27524-001 AN - 1972-27524-001 AU - Lorei, Theodore W. AU - Gurel, Lee T1 - Use of a biographical inventory to predict schizophrenics' posthospital employment and readmission. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1972/04// VL - 38 IS - 2 SP - 238 EP - 243 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-27524-001. PMID: 5017782 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorei, Theodore W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Washington, D.C. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Inventories; Psychiatric Hospitals; Schizophrenia; Treatment; Vocational Rehabilitation. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Factor analyzed the posttreatment scores of 720 male schizophrenics on L. Ullman and J. Giovannoni's Palo Alto Social Background Inventory (PASBI). Factor scales and PASBI-derived Process-Reactive scale were then correlated with employment and readmission. Analysis yielded 10 factors reflecting perceived degree of disability, interpersonal orientations, regularity of employment, extent of previous hospitalization, and demographic characteristics. The bulk of the explained variance of posthospital work was accounted for by chronicity, perception of disability, and marital affiliation. The PASBI scales were not related to readmission. Work and readmission were only minimally (and negatively) related. Results support the utility of a self-administered historical inventory in making treatment decisions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - posthospital employment & readmission prediction KW - self-administered biographical inventory KW - male schizophrenics KW - 1972 KW - Inventories KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment KW - Vocational Rehabilitation DO - 10.1037/h0032628 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1972-27524-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-25208-001 AN - 1972-25208-001 AU - Sacks, Joseph M. AU - Kirtley, Donald D. T1 - Some personality characteristics related to response to subtle and obvious items on the MMPI. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 38 IS - 1 SP - 66 EP - 69 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-25208-001. PMID: 4400887 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sacks, Joseph M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Fresno, Calif. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dependency (Personality); Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychiatric Patients; Surgery. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - In developing subtle and obvious keys for the MMPI, D. Weiner (see record [rid]1948-04966-001[/rid]) concluded that emotionally disturbed people tend to respond in the deviant direction to obvious items more readily than to subtle ones because of their lack of awareness of the significance of their symptoms. Relationships of obvious and subtle MMPI responses to recognition, ego strength, and dependency were investigated. A total of 147 male neuropsychiatric patients, surgical patients, and undergraduates served as Ss. Results are interpreted in terms of positive reinforcement of obvious responses for psychiatric patients and nonreinforcement of these responses for undergraduates, with a reverse pattern of reinforcement for the subtle items. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - recognition & ego strength & dependency KW - obvious & subtle MMPI responses KW - neuropsychiatric & surgical patients & college students KW - use of D. Weiner's MMPI keys KW - 1972 KW - Dependency (Personality) KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Surgery DO - 10.1037/h0032418 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1972-25208-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-20747-001 AN - 1972-20747-001 AU - Taub, Harvey A. T1 - A comparison of young adult and old groups on various digit span tasks. JF - Developmental Psychology JO - Developmental Psychology Y1 - 1972/01// VL - 6 IS - 1 SP - 60 EP - 65 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0012-1649 SN - 1939-0599 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-20747-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Taub, Harvey A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Gerontology; Memory; Physiological Aging; Vision. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Evaluated the digit spans of 46 young (M age 25.2 yr.) and 76 old (M age 71.1 yr.) Ss in 4 experiments. The groups were equated using the Forward Digit Span subtest from the WAIS and then tested on additional span tasks which differed with respect to mode of presentation (auditory and visual), rate of presentation (1 and 2 sec/digit), and mode of response (written and verbal). Although initially equated on the standard Forward Digit Span, young Ss generally had longer spans than old Ss on the subsequent tasks, indicating that different stimulus and response conditions may differentially affect the forward digit spans of young and old groups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - digit spans KW - auditory vs. visual presentation & presentation rate & written vs. verbal response KW - Forward Digit Span subtest of WAIS KW - Ss with mean ages of 25.2 & 71.1 KW - 1972 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Gerontology KW - Memory KW - Physiological Aging KW - Vision DO - 10.1037/h0032215 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1972-20747-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-11247-001 AN - 1972-11247-001 AU - Subotnik, Leo T1 - Spontaneous remission: Fact or artifact? JF - Psychological Bulletin JO - Psychological Bulletin Y1 - 1972/01// VL - 77 IS - 1 SP - 32 EP - 48 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-2909 SN - 1939-1455 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-11247-001. PMID: 5007494 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Subotnik, Leo; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Disorders; Psychotherapy. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Suggests that the evidence that sufferers from nonpsychotic emotional disturbance generally recover without professional psychotherapy may be vitiated by contaminating artifacts and unvalidated assessment procedures. Improvement has not been found to be a function of the passage of time. Reported remission rates have varied from 37-78%, and no specific remission rate can be presumed as a comparison for the effects of treatment. Untreated patient groups in natural settings, because of selective factors, cannot be considered comparable to treated patient groups and cannot substitute for a controlled research design. Any adequate analysis of the course of treated and untreated psychological difficulties must take account of the fluctuation hypothesis, I.e., cyclical manifestations of severity arising from exogenous or endogenous factors. (3 P. Ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nonpsychotic emotional disturbance remissions KW - without psychotherapy KW - contaminating artifacts & unvalidated assessment procedures KW - 1972 KW - Mental Disorders KW - Psychotherapy DO - 10.1037/h0032117 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1972-11247-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-08212-001 AN - 1972-08212-001 AU - Royer, Fred L. T1 - Spatial orientational and figural information in free recall of visual figures. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology Y1 - 1971/12// VL - 91 IS - 2 SP - 326 EP - 332 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-08212-001. PMID: 5134676 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Royer, Fred L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychophysiological Research Lab., Brecksville, O. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Form and Shape Perception; Information; Orienting Reflex; Recall (Learning); Vision. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Constructed 3 lists of 8 visual figures from subsets of a total set of 63 figures partitioned such that each member of a subset was identical under operations of 90 rotation and mirror reflection. Selection from these subsets, called equivalence sets (es), produced lists varying according to (a) the number of members of an es present, and (b) the size of the es from which the members were selected. 60 undergraduates were exposed to each item for 3 sec. After a 6-sec pause at the conclusion of a trail, ss freely recalled as many items as possible. 10 trials were given. The number of correctly recalled figures decreased and rotational and reflectional errors increased with (a) the number of members of an es present, and (b) the size of the es from which members were selected. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - free recall of visual figures KW - spatial orientation & figural information KW - 1971 KW - Form and Shape Perception KW - Information KW - Orienting Reflex KW - Recall (Learning) KW - Vision DO - 10.1037/h0031846 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1972-08212-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-06371-001 AN - 1972-06371-001 AU - Barrett, Robert J. AU - Leith, Nancy J. AU - Ray, Oakley S. T1 - Kamin effects in rats: Index of memory or shock-induced inhibition? JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1971/11// VL - 77 IS - 2 SP - 234 EP - 239 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-06371-001. PMID: 5117204 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barrett, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Nashville, Tenn. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Discrimination; Memory; Shock. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Used discriminated active avoidance in an automated y maze to test various interpretations of the L. Kamin (see pa, vol. 33:3155) effect. Results with 126 male inbred (cdf) rats indicate that time since shock, and not necessarily time since acquisition, was the critical variable controlling this effect. Analysis of choice behavior showed that the groups tested at various intervals following original training did not differ in ability to recall correctly the safe stimulus, although the typical u-shaped avoidance function was observed. Findings suggest that the kamin effect is due to time-dependent shock-induced inhibition which is incompatible with performing an active response. (22 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discriminated active avoidance KW - Kamin effect as index of memory or shock-induced inhibition KW - rat KW - 1971 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Discrimination KW - Memory KW - Shock KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/h0031661 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1972-06371-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-04272-001 AN - 1972-04272-001 AU - Creel, Donnell J. T1 - Differences of ipsilateral and contralateral visually evoked responses in the cat: Strains compared. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 77 IS - 1 SP - 161 EP - 165 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-04272-001. PMID: 5120681 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Creel, Donnell J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Phoenix, Ariz. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electrical Activity; Evoked Potentials; Vision. Minor Descriptor: Cats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Studied visual evoked responses (vers) in 5 purebred siamese and 5 normally pigmented cats. Vers of monocularly illuminated siamese ss appeared predominantly on the contralateral cortex. Normally pigmented ss, when similarly illuminated, exhibited strong ipsilateral and contralateral responses. Results indicate that the siamese cat, known to possess an albinic allele, shares with nonpigmented rat and rabbit a functionally and anatomically diminished set of noncrossing optic fibers. It is suggested that reduced input by diminished ipsilateral optic fibers is a highly general transspecies phenomenon in albinic mammals, and that this anomaly contributes to disturbances in ocular movement. (27 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ipsi- vs. contralateral visual evoked responses KW - cat KW - 1971 KW - Electrical Activity KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Vision KW - Cats DO - 10.1037/h0031577 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1972-04272-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-04105-001 AN - 1972-04105-001 AU - Fozard, James L. AU - Myers, Judith R. AU - Waugh, Nancy C. T1 - Recalling recent exemplars of a category. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 90 IS - 2 SP - 262 EP - 267 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-04105-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fozard, James L.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classification (Cognitive Process); Recall (Learning). Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Asked 12 female undergraduates after viewing a sequence of words from any of 4 categories to remember the 2 most recent words in each category. Recall was cued by (a) naming the category and asking for recall of the 2 items in order, (b) naming 1 item and its position and asking for recall of the other item in the same category, or (c) naming both items and asking for recall of their order. Results are consistent with a hypothesis that items are retained independently of each other, and that item and order information are highly correlated in memory. (20 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - recalling recent exemplars of category KW - 1971 KW - Classification (Cognitive Process) KW - Recall (Learning) DO - 10.1037/h0031557 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1972-04105-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-03300-001 AN - 1972-03300-001 AU - Farberow, Norman L. AU - Reynolds, David K. T1 - Dyadic crisis suicides in mental hospital patients. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1971/08// VL - 78 IS - 1 SP - 77 EP - 85 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-03300-001. PMID: 5097099 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Farberow, Norman L.; Veterans Administration Center, los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interpersonal Interaction; Psychiatric Patients; Suicide. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Studied 70 cases of completed suicide among male veterans: 50 "dyadic" (precipitated by disruption of interpersonal relations), and 20 controls (precipitated by nondyadic events). Case history and hospitalization factors, personality characteristics of both members of the dyad, characteristics of their interpersonal relationships, stresses immediately prior to the suicide, and patterns of dependency were related. The dyadic suicide group showed more (a) disordered social relationships, (b) suppression or rejection of significant others when young, (c) open dependence in varied areas, and (d) diagnoses of depression. Distinguishable, although overlapping, personality configurations emerged when the dyadic group was broken down into subgroups of strained, broken, and terminated relationships. It is concluded that the dyadic partner should be included in the treatment program of suicidal patients when the main problem is the relationship. (21 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dyadic crisis suicides KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1971 KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Suicide DO - 10.1037/h0031484 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1972-03300-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-03125-001 AN - 1972-03125-001 AU - Sterne, David M. AU - Seligman, Milton T1 - Further comparisons of verbal behavior in therapist-led, leaderless, and alternating group psychotherapy sessions. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology Y1 - 1971/09// VL - 18 IS - 5 SP - 472 EP - 477 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-03125-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sterne, David M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Vancouver, Wash. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Leadership; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Verbal Communication. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Replicated M. Seligman and D. Sterne's (see pa, vol. 43:14420) study with male patients in 2 therapy groups. Ss were exposed to a sequence of 5 daily therapist-led sessions followed by a 5-session sequence in which alternate meetings were leaderless, or with the order of the sequences reversed. Tape recordings of the sessions were rated by a reliable "blind" rater, using the hill interaction matrix, form G. Therapist-led, leaderless, and alternating sequence sessions were compared. Leaderless sessions exhibited more socially oriented behavior, while the therapist-led meetings were considered more speculative and confrontive, concerned with group relationships, pertinent, and task-oriented than the leaderless sessions. The general findings and implications of the earlier study are supported. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - therapist-led vs. leaderless vs. alternating group psychotherapy sessions KW - verbal behavior KW - male patients KW - replication of M. Seligman & D. Sterne's study KW - 1971 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Leadership KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Verbal Communication DO - 10.1037/h0031477 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1972-03125-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-02517-001 AN - 1972-02517-001 AU - Powell, D. A. AU - Schneiderman, N. AU - Elster, A. J. AU - Jacobson, A. T1 - Differential classical conditioning in rabbits (oryctolagus cuniculus) to tones and changes in illumination. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1971/08// VL - 76 IS - 2 SP - 267 EP - 274 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-02517-001. PMID: 5159012 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Powell, D. A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Columbia, S.c. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classical Conditioning; Electrical Activity; Eye (Anatomy); Heart Rate; Retina. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Administered heart rate (hr) and corneoretinal potential (crp) differential conditioning and reversal training to 22 albino rabbits. Group t-t received 1 frequency tone as cs+ and another as cs-. Group l-l received increase or decrease of overall compartment illumination as cs+ and the other stimulus as cs-. Group l-t (t-l) received increase in illumination or tone as cs+ and the other stimulus as cs-. Increases in compartment illumination were effective as the cs+ for hr but not crp conditioning in the l-t (t-l) group, and for both hr and crp conditioning in l-l group. The hr crs were decelerative in the t-t group, but accelerative for l-l ss. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - heart rate & corneoretinal potential differential classical conditioning to tones & illumination level changes KW - rabbit KW - 1971 KW - Classical Conditioning KW - Electrical Activity KW - Eye (Anatomy) KW - Heart Rate KW - Retina DO - 10.1037/h0031399 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1972-02517-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-02253-001 AN - 1972-02253-001 AU - Carey, Robert J. T1 - Quinine and saccharin preference-aversion threshold determinations in rats with septal ablations. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1971/08// VL - 76 IS - 2 SP - 316 EP - 326 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-02253-001. PMID: 5159019 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carey, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.y. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aversion; Lesions; Preferences; Taste Perception; Thresholds. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Studied the intake of quinine and saccharin solutions in 67 male sprague-dawley rats in unoperated control groups and groups with lesions of (a) the ventral medial part of the septum, (b) the medial preoptic nucleus, (c) the anterior medial septum, (d) the bed nucleus of the anterior commissure, or (e) the dorsal medial septum. Group a showed decreased quinine and increased saccharin intake, while the other groups differed little or not at all in their intake of these solutions from controls. In 2-bottle choice tests with water no experimental group had a preference or aversion threshold significantly lower than intact controls. Results do not support the theory that septal lesions increase sensitivity to the taste properties of quinine or saccharin. (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - septal ablation KW - quinine & saccharin preference-aversion thresholds KW - rat KW - 1971 KW - Aversion KW - Lesions KW - Preferences KW - Taste Perception KW - Thresholds KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/h0031372 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1972-02253-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-29051-001 AN - 1971-29051-001 AU - Stein, Steven H. T1 - Arousal level in repressors and sensitizers as a function of response context. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1971/06// VL - 36 IS - 3 SP - 386 EP - 394 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-29051-001. PMID: 5561484 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stein, Steven H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brooklyn, N.Y. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Galvanic Skin Response; Physiological Arousal; Social Perception; Verbal Communication; Word Associations. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Gave 30 male and 30 female undergraduate repressors and sensitizers "noncontextual" and "contextual" tasks, with GSR as a measure of arousal. In the contextual situation, Ss were aware that they would be required to give free associations which might be self-revealing. In the noncontextual situation, Ss were not aware that they would eventually be required to form free associations. Results from the noncontextual task show that repressors had lower arousal levels than sensitizers during perception and verbal report, but higher during free association. Findings were reversed in the contextual condition. Analogies were drawn to the behavior of repressors (hysterics) and sensitizers (obsessive-compulsives) in psychoanalysis: repressors are more easily aroused by the free association condition, whereas sensitizers are able to use free association to diminish emotional reactivity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - GSR arousal level KW - social perception & verbal report & free association in contextual vs. noncontextual tasks KW - repressors vs. sensitizers KW - 1971 KW - Galvanic Skin Response KW - Physiological Arousal KW - Social Perception KW - Verbal Communication KW - Word Associations DO - 10.1037/h0031105 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1971-29051-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-28736-001 AN - 1971-28736-001 AU - Penk, Walter T1 - Developmental changes in idiodynamic set responses of children's word associations. JF - Developmental Psychology JO - Developmental Psychology Y1 - 1971/07// VL - 5 IS - 1 SP - 55 EP - 63 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0012-1649 SN - 1939-0599 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-28736-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Penk, Walter; Veterans Administration Hosp., Dallas, Tex. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Expectations; Human Sex Differences; Word Associations; Words (Phonetic Units). Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Conducted a 5 * 3 * 2 * 2 factorial study with 100 7-11 yr. olds, varying 5 age levels, 3 idiomatic set types of stimulus words, 2 sexes of S, and 2 Es. The response set for functional relationships did not decrease as anticipated. The response set based on word classes obtained a significant quadratic age trend, means increasing from ages 7-10, and decreasing at age 11. The response set for dimensional words increased at age 11 as expected; however, the developmental changes were more complex than originally supposed because nonmonotonic growth patterns occurred under the S sex and stimulus set conditions. Such trends necessitated changes in hypothesized developmental trends for each idiodynamic set, as well as changes in the terms by which development was conceptualized. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - idiodynamic set responses in word associations KW - sex & age & stimulus word differences KW - 7-11 yr. olds KW - 1971 KW - Age Differences KW - Expectations KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Word Associations KW - Words (Phonetic Units) DO - 10.1037/h0031076 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1971-28736-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-23582-001 AN - 1971-23582-001 AU - Pishkin, Vladimir AU - Burn, Julian M. T1 - Concept identification in the brain-damaged: Intertrial interval and information complexity. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 77 IS - 2 SP - 205 EP - 210 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-23582-001. PMID: 5550431 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pishkin, Vladimir; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Concepts; Information; Interstimulus Interval; Stimulus Complexity. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Investigated the effects of information complexity and ITI in a concept identification (CI) problem, using 45 brain-damaged and 45 control Ss. The CI performance of the control Ss was optimally facilitated at the 15-sec interval, but was not affected in the brain-damaged Ss. There was a linear increase in CI errors as a function of complexity in both groups, although brain-damaged Ss demonstrated a deficit on CI in terms of decision time and processing of available information. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - concept identification KW - ISI & information complexity KW - brain-damaged patients KW - 1971 KW - Brain Damage KW - Concepts KW - Information KW - Interstimulus Interval KW - Stimulus Complexity DO - 10.1037/h0030760 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1971-23582-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-20624-001 AN - 1971-20624-001 AU - Pare, William P. T1 - Six-hour escape-avoidance work shift and production of stomach ulcers. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1971/03// VL - 74 IS - 3 SP - 459 EP - 466 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-20624-001. PMID: 5546886 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pare, William P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance; Avoidance Conditioning; Digestive System; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500); Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Studied 16 male Long-Evans rats in each of 6 experiments in which they could make either an escape or an avoidance response to grid shock which was presented every 20 sec. Escape-avoidance sessions lasted 6 hr. and alternated with a 6-hr rest period for 21 days. Response rate, body weight, food and water intake, and diurnal consummatory pattern were recorded daily. Adrenal weight and ulcer incidence were noted at the termination of each experiment. Experimental Ss did not differ significantly from yoked controls on the dependent variables recorded. Only a small percentage (7.2%) of experimental "executive" Ss developed ulcers. (25 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stomach ulcers KW - 6 hr. escape-avoidance work shift KW - rat KW - 1971 KW - Avoidance KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Digestive System KW - Stress KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/h0030572 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1971-20624-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-10214-001 AN - 1971-10214-001 AU - Hamlin, Roy M. AU - Lorr, Maurice T1 - Differentiation of normals, neurotics, paranoids, and nonparanoids. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1971/02// VL - 77 IS - 1 SP - 90 EP - 96 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-10214-001. Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hamlin, Roy M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Danville, Ill. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classification (Cognitive Process); Neurosis; Paranoia (Psychosis); Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Psychodiagnosis; Psychodiagnostic Typologies. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Compared objective tests and symptom ratings in differentiating psychopathology. A univariate and 2 discriminant function analyses were carried out with 30 measures on 61 normals, 45 neurotics, 31 paranoids, and 71 nonparanoid schizophrenics. Considered separately, objective tests of psychomotor speed, cognition, and social perception all differentiate the 4 comparison groups. When symptom ratings are included in the discriminant function analysis, however, only the cognitive tests make a unique contribution not covered by the ratings. Results suggest a basic cognitive deficit, not accounted for entirely by bizarre associations, social isolation, or apathetic motivation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - differentiation of normals & neurotics & paranoids & nonparanoid schizophrenics KW - objective tests & symptom ratings in discriminant function analysis KW - 1971 KW - Classification (Cognitive Process) KW - Neurosis KW - Paranoia (Psychosis) KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies DO - 10.1037/h0030489 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1971-10214-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-10226-001 AN - 1971-10226-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - An MMPI scale to separate brain-damaged from schizophrenic men. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1971/02// VL - 36 IS - 1 SP - 121 EP - 125 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-10226-001. PMID: 5542477 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia; Statistical Validity. Minor Descriptor: Differential Diagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Developed 3 MMPI scales: (a) an unweighted scale consisting of 80 items differentially endorsed by 61 organics and 65 schizophrenics at a Veterans Administration psychiatric hospital, (b) the same items weighted as a function of their differentiating power, and (c) a short form consisting of the 30 most powerful items weighted in accordance with their differentiating strength. Scales were cross-validated in a state hospital population and a general medical and surgical Veterans Administration hospital. Results indicate that the scales differentiate male organics from schizophrenics but are of dubious value among female populations. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI scale KW - validity in differentiation of brain-damaged & schizophrenic men KW - 1971 KW - Brain Damage KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Statistical Validity KW - Differential Diagnosis DO - 10.1037/h0030490 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1971-10226-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-10092-001 AN - 1971-10092-001 AU - Sturm, Israel E. T1 - A behavioral outline of psychodrama. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice Y1 - 1970///Win 1970 VL - 7 IS - 4 SP - 245 EP - 247 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-10092-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sturm, Israel E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northport, N.Y. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20071008. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Learning Theory; Psychotherapeutic Techniques. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Win 1970. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Describes 5 of the more important psychodramatic techniques in a loose learning theory framework: (a) warm-up, in which the director elicits from Ss a large number of cues for positive reinforcement and discourages cues for punishment; (b) problem presentation, which involves the director's rewarding the Ss' revelation of personal problems and the group's selection of a focal problem; (c) self-presentation, wherein S describes the setting and enacts, directly or descriptively all roles involved, and the director analyzes covertly the cue-response-reinforcement systems represented; (d) role-playing, where the S learns important behaviors by assimilating all or parts of the roles of real or symbolic models; and (e) group participation, where all Ss share their experiences of the session and what they have learned. It is concluded that psychotherapists of any background may find occasional use of psychodrama useful in epitomizing crucial problems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychodrama techniques KW - learning theory framework KW - 1970 KW - Learning Theory KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques DO - 10.1037/h0086602 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1971-10092-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-10301-001 AN - 1971-10301-001 AU - Alkire, Armand A. AU - Goldstein, Michael J. AU - Rodnick, Eliot H. AU - Judd, Lewis L. T1 - Social influence and counterinfluence within families of four types of disturbed adolescents. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1971/02// VL - 77 IS - 1 SP - 32 EP - 41 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-10301-001. PMID: 5100124 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Alkire, Armand A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Problems; Interpersonal Interaction; Parent Child Relations; Psychopathology; Social Influences. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Investigated factors in the intrafamilial environment which may explain variations in the forms of adolescent psychopathology. Social influence messages were elicited from 24 disturbed boys and 8 disturbed girls, median age 16 yr., and their parents. These messages were used subsequently in a simulated interaction task. Application of a social influence coding system to the influence statements, expectations of others' responses, and actual responses and shifts in responses following awareness of expectations differentiated families of 4 types of disturbed adolescents. 2 parameters of parental behavior were significant in differentiating among the adolescent problem groups: (a) the overtness or assertiveness used in exerting parental social influence, and (b) the focus of power in 1 or the other parent. The interaction of these variables is discussed in relation to the types of disturbance shown in the adolescents. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - intrafamilial social influence & counterinfluence styles & form variations in adolescent psychopathology KW - disturbed adolescents & their parents KW - 1971 KW - Behavior Problems KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Parent Child Relations KW - Psychopathology KW - Social Influences DO - 10.1037/h0030494 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1971-10301-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-10080-001 AN - 1971-10080-001 AU - Scott, Robert W. AU - Kemp, David E. T1 - The A-B scale and empathy, warmth, genuineness, and depth of self-exploration. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1971/02// VL - 77 IS - 1 SP - 49 EP - 51 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-10080-001. PMID: 5100127 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Scott, Robert W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coral Gables, Fla. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neurosis; Outpatient Treatment; Personality Traits; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Psychotherapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Studied initial interviews conducted by 25 senior medical students with 25 neurotic outpatients. There were no significant relationships between the therapists' A-B scale scores and their empathy, warmth, and genuineness. B-type therapists did elicit greater depth of exploration, a result consonant with existing research. Findings suggest that these 2 sets of variables the A-B scale and empathy, warmth, and genuineness are independent sources of variance in therapeutic outcome. The A-B scale offers the potential of leading to the discovery of a new set of determinants of psychotherapeutic success. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychotherapeutic success in neurotic outpatient treatment KW - A-B scale scores & empathy & warmth & genuineness & depth of self-exploration KW - senior medical students KW - 1971 KW - Neurosis KW - Outpatient Treatment KW - Personality Traits KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Psychotherapy DO - 10.1037/h0030485 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1971-10080-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-07526-001 AN - 1971-07526-001 AU - Barrett, Robert J. AU - Hughes, Richard A. AU - Ray, Oakley S. T1 - ECS disruption of time-dependent processes in discriminated-avoidance conditioning in rats: Incubation or consolidation? JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1971/02// VL - 74 IS - 2 SP - 319 EP - 324 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-07526-001. PMID: 5100133 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barrett, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Nashville, Tenn. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Electroconvulsive Shock; Maze Learning; Retention. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Used discriminated active avoidance in an automated Y maze to study ECS-induced disruption of retention in male inbred albino CDF strain rats. Results from Exp. I with 100 Ss show that ECS increased errors to criterion avoidance on Day 2 retest when given the following either 10, 15, or 20 training trials on Day 1, but not following 0, 5, or 30 trials. In Exp. II, 96 Ss were given 15 trials followed by either ECS or training to criterion 30 sec., 1/2, 1, 3, 6, or 12 hr. later. ECS Ss were tested 24 hr. after treatment. The ECS given 30 sec., 1/2, 1, or 3 hr. following training increased errors to criterion as compared to the 12 hr., no-ECS retest group. Results suggest that incubation of fear and memory consolidation are 2 time-dependent processes which occur following training in an aversively motivated task. Valid assessment of ECS-induced amnesia is possible only at posttraining intervals during which performance is not confounded by the presence of a CER. (28 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ECS-induced disruption of retention KW - discriminated active avoidance in Y maze KW - rat KW - 1971 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Electroconvulsive Shock KW - Maze Learning KW - Retention KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/h0030320 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1971-07526-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-05197-001 AN - 1971-05197-001 AU - Knox, Wilma J. T1 - Obtaining a PhD in psychology. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1970/11// VL - 25 IS - 11 SP - 1026 EP - 1032 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-05197-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Knox, Wilma J.; Veterans Administration Center, Biloxi, Miss. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Academic Achievement; Graduate Psychology Education; Graduate Students; Human Sex Differences; Marriage. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Analyzed demographic characteristics of psychology graduate students entering 4 universities between 1955 and 1964 in relation to completion of the PhD or withdrawal. Of 593 Ss studied, 27.7% completed the PhD, 27.3% remained in school, and 45% withdrew. Mean time to completion was 3.77 yr. for Ss entering with a masters, and 5.07 yr. for those entering without one. Marital status and sex were significantly related to obtaining the PhD but not to time for degree completion. Age at entrance, graduate major, undergraduate major, and type of degree showed no relation to completion or withdrawal. Other related factors including the problem of dropouts are discussed. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - demographic characteristics KW - candidates for PhD degree in psychology KW - 1970 KW - Academic Achievement KW - Graduate Psychology Education KW - Graduate Students KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Marriage DO - 10.1037/h0030145 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1971-05197-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-03465-001 AN - 1971-03465-001 AU - Fozard, James L. T1 - Apparent recency of unrelated pictures and nouns presented in the same sequence. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology Y1 - 1970/11// VL - 86 IS - 2 SP - 137 EP - 143 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-03465-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fozard, James L.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drawing; Judgment; Serial Learning; Time; Words (Phonetic Units). Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Regularly interrupted a long inspection sequence consisting of single unrelated pictures and nouns with questions in which 42 undergraduates and instructors chose the more recently presented of the 2 items shown in the question. In 1/2 of the questions, the stimuli closer to and farther from the question in which they were being compared were both pictures or nouns; in the other 1/2, 1 was a picture, the other a noun. From best to poorest, accuracy of choice of the more recently presented item was: 2 pictures, nearer picture and farther noun, 2 nouns, and nearer noun and farther picture. Data support the hypothesis that judgments of recency for the 2 classes of stimuli differ in both average location and variability on a subjective continuum. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - recency judgments KW - location of nouns & pictures presented in same sequence KW - 1970 KW - Drawing KW - Judgment KW - Serial Learning KW - Time KW - Words (Phonetic Units) DO - 10.1037/h0029983 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1971-03465-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-02407-001 AN - 1971-02407-001 AU - Bailey, Stephen T. T1 - Independence and factor structure of self-concept metadimensions. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology Y1 - 1970/09// VL - 17 IS - 5 SP - 425 EP - 430 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-02407-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bailey, Stephen T.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Waco, Tex. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dependency (Personality); Factor Analysis; Self Concept. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Examined 12 of D. Super's 13 self-concept metadimensions for independence and underlying factor structure. Ss were a heterogeneous group of 50 18-35 yr. old males. Self-descriptive data were obtained from interviews and self-ratings on personal constructs elicited by the Kelly Role Construct Repertory Test. A 14 * 14 matrix of 91 intercorrelations, which included 2 demographic variables, yielded 19 significant rs with none greater than .57 and only 4 which were .40 or higher. A principal components factor analysis yielded 5 orthogonal factors: (a) self-concept harmony, (b) self-concept change, (c) social integration and self-differentiation, (d) cognitive complexity, and (e) concrete self-realism. Results indicate that some metadimensions lack clear independence and that a simpler structure could be obtained which accounted for 65% of the variance. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self concept metadimensions KW - independence & factor structure KW - 1970 KW - Dependency (Personality) KW - Factor Analysis KW - Self Concept DO - 10.1037/h0029866 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1971-02407-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-01462-001 AN - 1971-01462-001 AU - Lachenmeyer, Charles W. T1 - Experimentation: A misunderstood methodology in psychological and social-psychological research. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1970/07// VL - 25 IS - 7 SP - 617 EP - 624 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-01462-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lachenmeyer, Charles W.; Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20100308. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Methodology; Psychology; Social Psychology; Theories. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Attempts to place experimental methodology in its proper perspective in psychological and social psychological research. Deficiencies in traditional definitions of experimentation are examined, and an alternative conceptualization is proposed that more closely satisfies the fact of continuity between all scientific investigative procedures. A typology of experimentation is also proposed based on the functions of experimentation vis-a-vis the theory construction process. Results of the narrow conceptualization of experimental methodology extant in present research is discussed. Finally, a strategy of research is proposed that will be fundamental to the eventual development of psychological and social psychological theory. (34 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - strategy of research in psychological & social psychological theory KW - 1970 KW - Methodology KW - Psychology KW - Social Psychology KW - Theories DO - 10.1037/h0029773 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1971-01462-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-16211-001 AN - 1970-16211-001 AU - Barrett, Robert J. AU - Ray, Oakley S. T1 - Behavior in the open field, Lashley III maze, shuttle-box, and Sidman avoidance as a function of strain, sex, and age. JF - Developmental Psychology JO - Developmental Psychology Y1 - 1970/07// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 73 EP - 77 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0012-1649 SN - 1939-0599 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-16211-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barrett, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Nashville, Tenn. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Animal Sex Differences; Avoidance Conditioning; Maze Learning. Minor Descriptor: Animals; Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Compared behavior of 704 naive male and female rats of 2 ages from 4 commercial strains on 3 learning tasks and a measure of general activity. Response measures varied significantly as a function of strain on all measures, being most pronounced in shuttle-box avoidance and open-field behavior. The effect of sex and age were task specific. Females were consistently more active than males but made significantly more errors in learning a Lashley III maze. Old Ss were less active than young Ss and, except for a few Ss from the Holtzman strain, did not learn the Lashley III maze. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - open field & Lashley III maze & shuttle-box & Sidman avoidance learning KW - sex & strain & age differences KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Age Differences KW - Animal Sex Differences KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Maze Learning KW - Animals KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/h0029402 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1970-16211-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-14041-001 AN - 1970-14041-001 AU - Cullen, Joseph W. T1 - Modification of NaCl appetite in the adrenalectomized rat consequent to extensive LiCl poisoning. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1970/07// VL - 72 IS - 1 SP - 79 EP - 84 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-14041-001. PMID: 5424676 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cullen, Joseph W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pavlovian Inst., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drugs; Food Intake; Glands; Lesions. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Exposed 6 groups of male Dublin/DR albino rats to 1 of 2 molarities of LiCl (.15 or .35) for 8 days along with water or .15 M NaCl. 16% of Ss died. The toxin was then removed and the Ss were given time to reestablish their pretoxic base weights. 1/2 of the groups were then adrenalectomized (ADX) and 1/2 were sham adrenalectomized (S-ADX). Not only did the S-ADX Ss drink more salt postoperatively but 2 of the ADX groups showed protracted weight losses and 4 Ss died. Results reinforce earlier findings on NaCl aversion subsequent to LiCl poisoning, but suggest that if such an aversion is intense enough it will interfere with compensatory salt hunger in the ADX rat. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - extensive lithium chloride poisoning KW - sodium chloride appetite modification KW - adrenalectomized rat KW - 1970 KW - Drugs KW - Food Intake KW - Glands KW - Lesions KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/h0029314 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1970-14041-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-14158-001 AN - 1970-14158-001 AU - Cullen, Joseph W. T1 - Effect of a polydipsia for saccharin glucose on NaCl appetite in the adrenalectomized rat. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1970/07// VL - 72 IS - 1 SP - 72 EP - 78 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-14158-001. PMID: 5424675 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cullen, Joseph W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Food Intake; Glands; Lesions; Water Intake. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Adrenalectomized (ADX) male Dublin DR albino rats which were presented with a choice between 2.9% NaCl and saccharin glucose solution (S-G) showed a depressed NaCl intake for about 9 days and sustained a protracted weight loss throughout the postoperative period. Their salt and weight profiles differed significantly from sham ADX controls as well as ADX Ss which were given .9% NaCl and S-G. The ADX Ss which did not experience preoperative S-G polydipsia showed a typical NaCl hunger whether their postoperative alternatives were .9% or 2.9% NaCl and S-G. Results are discussed in terms of overlapping mediation systems for preferences and homeostatic regulation. (30 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - polydipsia for saccharin glucose KW - sodium chloride appetite KW - adrenalectomized rat KW - 1970 KW - Food Intake KW - Glands KW - Lesions KW - Water Intake KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/h0029315 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1970-14158-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-11953-001 AN - 1970-11953-001 AU - Hughes, Richard A. AU - Barrett, Robert J. AU - Ray, Oakley S. T1 - Training to test interval as a determinant of a temporally graded ECS-produced response decrement in rats. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1970/05// VL - 71 IS - 2, Pt.1 SP - 318 EP - 324 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-11953-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hughes, Richard A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Pittsburgh, Pa. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Brain Stimulation; Electroconvulsive Shock; Time. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: May, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Administered ECS to 270 naive male albino rats either 10, 120, or 3600 sec. after 1-trial passive-avoidance training. Separate groups of Ss were tested 1, 24, or 42 days later. Disruption of response suppression was a significantly increasing function of the training-to-test interval. The degree of disruption on tests 1 day after training was inversely related to the trianing-ECS interval. However, a dramatic decrease in this relationship was observed on tests 24 and 42 days after training. A uniprocess explanation for these data is offered as an alternative to consolidation theory. (38 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - temporally graded ECS-produced response decrement KW - training to test interval KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Brain Stimulation KW - Electroconvulsive Shock KW - Time KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/h0029124 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1970-11953-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-11956-001 AN - 1970-11956-001 AU - Merrill, H. Kent AU - Lott, Wayne J. AU - Bergen, Bruce J. T1 - Attenuation of a conditioned emotional response via reinforcing intracranial stimulation in rats. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1970/06// VL - 71 IS - 3 SP - 426 EP - 434 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-11956-001. PMID: 5480875 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Merrill, H. Kent; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Phoenix, Ariz. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Stimulation; Conditioned Responses; Emotions; Reinforcement. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - 4 experiments replicated the phenomenon that male Long-Evans rats responding for ICS fail to show a CER following fear conditioning. Procedural variations indicated that failure to suppress responding was not due to alteration of footshock thresholds, failure to perceive the CS, ICS-bound resistance to distraction, or disruption of associative processes by neural disorganization. Results were compatible with an incentive model of rewarding ICS. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reinforcing intracranial stimulation KW - attenuation of CER KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Brain Stimulation KW - Conditioned Responses KW - Emotions KW - Reinforcement KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/h0029125 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1970-11956-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-04527-001 AN - 1970-04527-001 AU - Taylor, Richard L. AU - Reilly, Stephen T1 - Naming and other methods of decoding visual information. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology Y1 - 1970/01// VL - 83 IS - 1, Pt.1 SP - 80 EP - 83 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-04527-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Taylor, Richard L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Information; Memory; Thinking; Vision. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Required 16 Ss to recognize a letter when target duration was varied under marginal viewing conditions. A within-S comparison was made between naming the target, which involved an unknown type of covert memory-matching operation, and 3 types of matching from memory operations: visually encoded figural identity, visually encoded name identity, and aurally encoded identity. Ss were relatively inefficient in making memory matches based on visually encoded name identity, while other conditions did not differ. Findings are consistent with previously reported RT data suggesting that in recognition, Ss generate visual information in order to analyze visual input, and that normally figural analysis occurs at an earlier stage than nominal analysis. Results provide circumstantial evidence that naming depends on a memory comparison based on figural identitiy rather than on nominal identity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - decoding visual information KW - target naming vs. memory-matching operations of visually encoded figural identity vs. visually encoded name identity vs. aurally encoded identity KW - 1970 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Information KW - Memory KW - Thinking KW - Vision DO - 10.1037/h0028561 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1970-04527-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-04526-001 AN - 1970-04526-001 AU - Taub, Harvey A. AU - Monty, Richard A. T1 - Order of report and coding in memory. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology Y1 - 1970/02// VL - 83 IS - 2, Pt.1 SP - 337 EP - 339 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-04526-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Taub, Harvey A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Color; Meaningfulness; Memory. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Using sequences of 8 letters color-coded into 2 4-letter sets, performance of 80 undergraduates was measured as a function of (a) order of presentation (presented 1st vs. presented 2nd), (b) order of report (ordered vs. reversed), and (c) level of meaningfulness (low vs. high pronounceability) of each of the half sets. For the stimulus set presented 1st in a sequence, ordered reports were equal or superior to reversed reports, while for stimuli presented 2nd, reversed reports led to higher accuracy. Differences between ordered and reversed reports were largest for the stimuli presented 2nd, but, with both sets, were related to the opportunity to chunk or code the letters into pronounceable units. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - memory for 8 color-coded letters KW - order of presentation & report & level of meaningfulness KW - 1970 KW - Color KW - Meaningfulness KW - Memory DO - 10.1037/h0028560 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1970-04526-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-03804-001 AN - 1970-03804-001 AU - Spiegel, Don T1 - SPI discriminators among four psychological health-sickness levels. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1969/12// VL - 33 IS - 6 SP - 750 EP - 756 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-03804-001. PMID: 4391139 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spiegel, Don; Brentwood Hosp., Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classification (Cognitive Process); Disorders; Personality Measures; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnostic Typologies. Minor Descriptor: Psychopathology. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Formed criterion groups representing 4 psychological health-sickness levels for each sex from among 87 hospitalized psychiatric patients and 145 normal adults on the basis of clinical judgments, and for normals, on the basis of an MMPI severity of pathology index. Magnitudes of mean scores for 14 scales of the Spiegel Personality Inventory were in rank order of pathology level for males and females. Univariate and multivariate methods were used to select 10 of the most promising scales: deviant response, deterioration feeling, self-dissatisfaction, intrusive thought, alienation, dread, future planlessness, olfactory minimizing, auditory minimizing, and tactual minimizing. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 4 psychological health-sickness levels KW - Spiegel Personality Inventory discriminators KW - hospitalized psychiatric patients vs. normals KW - 1969 KW - Classification (Cognitive Process) KW - Disorders KW - Personality Measures KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - Psychopathology DO - 10.1037/h0028465 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1970-03804-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-02027-001 AN - 1970-02027-001 AU - Hamilton, C. L. T1 - Ingestion of nonnutritive bulk and wheel running in the rat. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1969/11// VL - 69 IS - 3 SP - 481 EP - 484 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-02027-001. PMID: 5357882 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hamilton, C. L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Monell Chemical Senses Center, Philadelphia, Pa. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Deprivation; Food Intake; Motor Performance. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - 18 male Sprague-Dawley rats were housed in cages with activity wheels and starved. Ss provided with an edible nonnutritive bulk during starvation showed less increase in running behavior than their nonbulk eating controls. It is proposed that the increase in wheel running of the starving S is the result of 2 factors: (1) the initial increase is related to conditions of the empty gut, and (2) the continued increase is the result of a combination of the empty gut, augmented by conditions of body temperature regulation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - wheel running KW - nonnutritive bulk ingestion & body temperature KW - starved rat KW - 1969 KW - Deprivation KW - Food Intake KW - Motor Performance KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/h0028193 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1970-02027-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-16767-001 AN - 1969-16767-001 AU - Taylor, Richard L. T1 - Comparison of short-term memory and visual sensory analysis as sources of information. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology Y1 - 1969/09// VL - 81 IS - 3 SP - 515 EP - 522 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-16767-001. PMID: 5349057 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Taylor, Richard L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: College Students; Reaction Time; Short Term Memory; Vision. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - In a same-different RT task, either an item stored for 3 sec. or a current visual stimulus could match a test probe. In 5 experiments, 100 undergraduates were faster in pressing the "same" lever when the stored item matched the probe, and this difference increased with trials. The effect was independent of anticipatory strategies and invariant over the nameable and name-ambiguous figures and color patches used as stimuli. When Ss overtly named the stored item before using it as a basis for making a memory match, RTs were inhibited. No facilitation of memory-match RTs was observed when Ss used the "real" name of a stimulus, e.g., "A" for an A, over using an arbitrarily assigned name, e.g., "A" for a nonsense figure. No difference was observed between memory-match RTs based on names and those which could be based on physical identity. Data provide little support for the notion that an item in short-term memory is necessarily represented as a name, or coded in some fashion which is dependent on nominal identity, and do not support the assumption that 2 stimuli must be named before they can be compared. Consideration is given to the possibility that the initial encoding of a stimulus may take time, somewhat less for colors than for figures, and that the major effect of practice is of an iterated recoding and simplification of anonymous mnemonic stimulus representation. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - same-different RT task KW - short term memory vs. visual sensory analysis KW - college students KW - 1969 KW - College Students KW - Reaction Time KW - Short Term Memory KW - Vision DO - 10.1037/h0027894 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-16767-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-15777-001 AN - 1969-15777-001 AU - Eisenthal, Sherman AU - Sherman, Lewis J. T1 - Psychological characteristics of Neighborhood Youth Corps enrollees. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1969/08// VL - 33 IS - 4 SP - 420 EP - 424 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-15777-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eisenthal, Sherman; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Academic Achievement; Adjustment; Community Services; Education; Personality Traits. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - The entire enrollment (111 males, 150 females) of an area Neighborhood Youth Corps (NYC) was administered the CPI to facilitate program planning and evaluation. Compared to high school norms, all the enrollees showed significant achievement problems and social immaturity; the boys were more extreme than the girls. They also showed a greater potential for dropping out of school and for acting-out delinquent behavior. The NYC results were also compared with norms developed on high school disciplinary problems and school dropouts. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality traits KW - education & social-emotional adjustment KW - Neighborhood Youth Corps enrollees KW - 1969 KW - Academic Achievement KW - Adjustment KW - Community Services KW - Education KW - Personality Traits DO - 10.1037/h0027801 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-15777-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-13136-001 AN - 1969-13136-001 AU - Deckner, C. William AU - Blanton, Richard L. T1 - Effect of context and strength of association on schizophrenic verbal behavior. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1969/06// VL - 74 IS - 3 SP - 348 EP - 351 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-13136-001. PMID: 5805735 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Deckner, C. William; Veterans Administration Hosp., Murfreesboro, Tenn. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Contextual Associations; Learning; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Found the rate of decline of performance as a function of progressively weakened context to be no greater for 36 schizophrenics than for 18 normals. The variable of strength of association, however, was found to differentiate the verbal behavior of schizophrenics from that of normals; schizophrenics performed at a level comparable to normals when rewarded for choosing the strong associations of stimulus words but were significantly inferior when rewarded for choosing weak associations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - verbal behavior & context & strength of association KW - schizophrenics KW - 1969 KW - Contextual Associations KW - Learning KW - Schizophrenia DO - 10.1037/h0027605 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-13136-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-13142-001 AN - 1969-13142-001 AU - Pishkin, Vladimir AU - Bourne, Lyle E. Jr. T1 - Concept identification by schizophrenic and normal subjects as a function of problem complexity and relevance of social cues. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1969/06// VL - 74 IS - 3 SP - 314 EP - 320 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-13142-001. PMID: 5805731 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pishkin, Vladimir; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Concepts; Learning; Personality Processes; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Schizophrenic and normal Ss (N = 230) solved concept-identification (CI) problems varying in stimulus complexity, simultaneously with either a normal or a schizophrenic stooge providing relevant or irrelevant cues. Major results were (1) CI performance was a negative function of stimulus complexity, (2) social cues from a normal stooge had greater effects on problem solving than social cues from a schizophrenic stooge, and (3) schizophrenics demonstrated a deficit in problem solving connected primarily with the use of social cues. Comparisons of these data with expectations based on a mathematical model of CI revealed several significant discrepancies, attributable primarily to the fact that normals are more sensitive to social cues than are schizophrenics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - concept identification KW - problem complexity & relevance of social cues KW - schizophrenics KW - 1969 KW - Concepts KW - Learning KW - Personality Processes KW - Schizophrenia DO - 10.1037/h0027609 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-13142-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-11672-001 AN - 1969-11672-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Logue, Patrick E. T1 - Interrelationships of several process-reactive measures. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1969/02// VL - 33 IS - 1 SP - 120 EP - 122 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-11672-001. PMID: 5776294 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Factor Analysis; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - 94 schizophrenic patients served as Ss. 8 previously used and potential process-reactive measures were intercorrelated and factored by the principal-factor solution. 2 factors were rotated. The 1st factor, consisting of marital status and the Philips, Elgin, and Ullmann-Giovannoni scales, consisted of traditional process-reactive measures. The variables making up the 2nd factor do not appear to be appropriate process-reactive indices. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - process-reactive measures KW - factor analysis KW - schizophrenics KW - 1969 KW - Factor Analysis KW - Schizophrenia DO - 10.1037/h0027393 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-11672-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-11969-001 AN - 1969-11969-001 AU - Rhinehart, J. B. AU - Barrell, R. P. AU - DeWolfe, A. S. AU - Griffin, J. E. AU - Spaner, F. E. T1 - Comparative study of need satisfactions in governmental and business hierarchies. JF - Journal of Applied Psychology JO - Journal of Applied Psychology Y1 - 1969/06// VL - 53 IS - 3, Pt.1 SP - 230 EP - 235 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9010 SN - 1939-1854 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-11969-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rhinehart, J. B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coatesville, Pa. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20120903. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Business; Government; Job Satisfaction; Needs; Personnel. Classification: Industrial & Organizational Psychology (3600). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Evaluated and compared 2026 questionnaires from managers (supervisors) of a government agency (G) with L. W. Porter's (see 37:3) business and industry (B-I) sample. Satisfaction decreased from top- to lower-management levels and the greatest satisfaction deficit at all levels was in autonomy and self-actualization for both G and B-I Ss. Dissatisfaction for G was markedly greater than for B-I, confirming the study of F. T. Paine, S. J. Carroll, and B. A. Leete (see 40:8) who found 95 government managers less satisfied than B-I Ss. Government's lag in the human relations area contrasted with B-I's growing people-centered orientation is offered as a possible explanation for the need-satisfaction differences between the 2 groups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - need satisfactions KW - governmental & business hierarchies KW - 1969 KW - Business KW - Government KW - Job Satisfaction KW - Needs KW - Personnel DO - 10.1037/h0027413 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-11969-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-11589-001 AN - 1969-11589-001 AU - Darbonne, Allen R. T1 - Suicide and age: A suicide note analysis. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1969/02// VL - 33 IS - 1 SP - 46 EP - 50 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-11589-001. PMID: 5776300 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Darbonne, Allen R.; Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Suicide. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Tested the hypothesis that suicidal ideation varies with age. 259 suicide notes were analyzed. This represented all of the suicide notes written by individuals who committed suicide during a 3-yr period who resided in 34 moderately advantaged natural communities. The method of analysis involved categorizing each note according to a scheme of 5 general categories: (1) addressee, (2) reasons stated, (3) affect indicated, (4) specific content, and (5) general focus of note. The notes were divided into 4 age groups 20-39, 40-49, 50-59, and 60 and over and compared with reference to the 5 general categories. Differences between age groups were found significant at the .05 level for Categories 2 and 5. specific items within each category were discussed when such items were found statistically more or less often in the notes of 1 age group than in the notes of the other age groups. Suggestions for treatment and prevention of suicide are offered. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - suicide ideation KW - age differences KW - 1969 KW - Age Differences KW - Suicide DO - 10.1037/h0027391 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-11589-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-10911-001 AN - 1969-10911-001 AU - Cullen, Joseph W. AU - Scarborough, Barron B. T1 - Effect of a preoperative sugar preference on bar pressing for salt by the adrenalectomized rat. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1969/04// VL - 67 IS - 4 SP - 415 EP - 420 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-10911-001. PMID: 5815124 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cullen, Joseph W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Food Intake; Glands; Hormones; Lesions; Preferences. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Adrenalectomized rats in an ad-lib preference situation have previously maintained a habit preference for sugar over salt, lost weight, and died. This "anhomeostatic" effect did not obtain, however, in the present study under conditions of instrumental responding. When sucrose and salt were available on a fixed-ration 5 bar-pressing schedule, 20 adrenalectomized rats dramatically reversed a preoperative sugar preference to a salt preference. Ss, which were sham adrenalectomized, or adrenalectomized and given salt stomach loading, retained the sugar preference until they were made salt deficient by adrenalectomy and termination of stomach loading. These results are in agreement with the ubiquitous salt-seeking behavior of the adrenal-insufficient rat. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - bar pressing for salt KW - preoperative sugar preference KW - adrenalectomized rat KW - 1969 KW - Food Intake KW - Glands KW - Hormones KW - Lesions KW - Preferences KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/h0027297 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-10911-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-08897-001 AN - 1969-08897-001 AU - Silverman, Herbert T1 - Determinism, choice, responsibility and the psychologist's role as an expert witness. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1969/01// VL - 24 IS - 1 SP - 5 EP - 9 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-08897-001. PMID: 5776176 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silverman, Herbert; Veterans Administration Hosp., Allen Park, Mich. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Laws; Mental Disorders; Mental Health Personnel; Psychodiagnosis; Roles. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Discusses the legal precedent and need for the testimony of psychologists in courts of law. The problems of determinism vs. freedom of choice, inconsistencies in psychiatric concepts of human disturbances as illness, and the complexity of the issues of responsibility for behavior are considered with regard to the psychological trauma should be further developed, along with (1) the degree of external stress, (2) the degree to which a variety of effective responses are available to an individual, and (3) factors such as physiological state under stress, defense mechanisms, degree of anticipation of the precipitating stress, and past history. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychologist's role in courts of law KW - legal precedent & need KW - determinism vs. free choice KW - 1969 KW - Laws KW - Mental Disorders KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Roles DO - 10.1037/h0027106 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-08897-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-06749-001 AN - 1969-06749-001 AU - Penk, Walter T1 - Developmental patterns in children's inkblot responses. JF - Developmental Psychology JO - Developmental Psychology Y1 - 1969/01// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 55 EP - 64 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0012-1649 SN - 1939-0599 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-06749-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Penk, Walter; Veterans Administration Hosp., Dallas, Tex. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ability; Childhood Development; Projective Techniques. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100). References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - The Holtzman Inkblot Technique was administered to 5 7-11 yr. old criterion groups, to evaluate Werner's hypothesis of abrupt (discontinuous) shifts from "child-like" differentiation to "adult-like" generalization. Conceptual styles, measured by Thorpe's adaptation of Werner's genetic pattern analysis, were examined by trend analysis, tests of nonlinearity, and for effects of sex and examiners. Discontinuity hypothesis was not supported because (1) abrupt shifts in predicted directions did not occur; (2) a significant, continuity-like growth pattern was obtained; and (3) significant cubic trends (resurgences following declines) appeared among growth patterns of 2 measures. Cubic trends were interpreted as (1) demonstrating the "spirality" principle in development, (2) delineating "regression" to less mature mode of cognitive functioning among older ages, and (3) empirically demonstrating need for modifying the simple continuity-discontinuity dichotomy as explanations of developmental change. (23 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Holtzman Inkblot Technique KW - developmental patterns of responses KW - 7-11 yr. olds KW - 1969 KW - Ability KW - Childhood Development KW - Projective Techniques DO - 10.1037/h0026805 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-06749-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-04172-001 AN - 1969-04172-001 AU - Golburgh, Stephen J. T1 - An eclectic approach with hypnosis in the therapy of a drug addict. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice Y1 - 1968/// VL - 5 IS - 3 SP - 189 EP - 192 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-04172-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Golburgh, Stephen J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20080107. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Case Report; Drug Addiction; Hypnosis; Psychotherapy. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1968. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - A young male drug user from a family where a "quiet, unrecognized cold war . . . had persisted for years" was helped by hypnosis and psychotherapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hypnosis & psychotherapy KW - case report KW - 21 yr. old drug addict KW - 1968 KW - Case Report KW - Drug Addiction KW - Hypnosis KW - Psychotherapy DO - 10.1037/h0088685 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-04172-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-04250-001 AN - 1969-04250-001 AU - Day, Merle E. T1 - Attention, anxiety and psychotherapy. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice Y1 - 1968/// VL - 5 IS - 3 SP - 146 EP - 149 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-04250-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Day, Merle E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20080107. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Eye Movements; Psychotherapy; Schizophrenia; Treatment. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1968. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - Reviews the discovery of the lateral eye movement phenomenon of shifting attention in humans as it relates "to perceptual-motor behavior and to language, thinking and personality . . . ." Repeated observation of the direction of the "quick lateral eye movement in which a person appears to momentarily break eye fixation while thinking or in preparation for answering . . ." classifies the individual as a "right" or "left mover." It has been shown that the "extent and velocity of eye movement is related to level of anxiety." The 2 basic types of functional anxiety related to right and left movers are described. "The 'left mover' describes anxiety as being a tensional-jittery state with definite internal locus". . . . The 'right mover' describes anxiety as having a sinking, immobilizing, panicky . . . quality with definite external locus." Schizophrenics, whose attention is directed towards the self, can be taught to shift their attention to others socially and thus reduce anxiety. The therapeutic procedure and the therapist's role in it are described. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - eye movement & anxiety KW - therapeutic value KW - schizophrenia KW - 1968 KW - Anxiety KW - Eye Movements KW - Psychotherapy KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment DO - 10.1037/h0088678 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-04250-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-04169-001 AN - 1969-04169-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Thomas, Richard W. AU - Anderson, Dennis AU - Felling, James T1 - Differentiation of organics from schizophrenics at two chronicity levels by use of the Reitan-Halstead Organic Test Battery. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1968/12// VL - 32 IS - 6 SP - 679 EP - 684 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-04169-001. PMID: 5745758 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Nervous System Disorders; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia; Testing. Minor Descriptor: Test Battery. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - Attempted to determine whether the Reitan-Halstead Organic Test Battery separates neuropsychiatric hospital organics from schizophrenics. It was administered to 25 schizophrenics and 25 cerebral-lesion organics at each of 2 chronicity levels. Only 1 of the 24 diagnosis/diagnosis * chronicity effects used to evaluate the data was significant at the .05 level, indicating that actuarial application of Reitan-Halstead scores is of no practical value in the separation of the 2 groups. To determine whether expert clinicians might improve upon the actuarial results, protocols of 24 schizophrenics and 24 organics were sent to 8 Reitan-Halstead experts who were instructed to separate them into brain-damaged and schizophrenic diagnostic groups. The mean number of correct classifications, 25.5 out of 48 suggested that clinical judgment added nothing to actuarial prediction in this case. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Reitan-Halstead Organic Test Battery KW - discrimination of neuropsychiatric vs. schizophrenic patients KW - 1968 KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Testing KW - Test Battery DO - 10.1037/h0026602 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-04169-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-04262-001 AN - 1969-04262-001 AU - Ralph, Donald E. T1 - Stimulus generalization among schizophrenics and normal subjects. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1968/12// VL - 73 IS - 6 SP - 605 EP - 609 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-04262-001. PMID: 5717366 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ralph, Donald E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northampton, Mass. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Generalization; Discrimination; Learning; Schizophrenia; Size Discrimination. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - Compared schizophrenic and normal groups on a stimulus generalization (SG) task and attempted to explore whether differences in SG among schizophrenics were related to the type of reinforcement applied during acquisition or to diagnostic subtype. 48 chronic poor premorbid schizophrenics and 48 normal controls reached criterion on a size discrimination task under either praise or censure conditions and then were administered an SG task. Schizophrenics showed significantly greater SG than normals, but no differences were found between the praised and censured groups or between paranoid and nonparanoid schizophrenics. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stimulus generalization differences KW - size discrimination task KW - schizophrenics vs. normal Ss KW - 1968 KW - Cognitive Generalization KW - Discrimination KW - Learning KW - Schizophrenia KW - Size Discrimination DO - 10.1037/h0026608 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-04262-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-03524-001 AN - 1969-03524-001 AU - Hall, Marie M. AU - Hall, George C. AU - Lavoie, Paul T1 - Ideation in patients with unilateral or bilateral midline brain lesions. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1968/12// VL - 73 IS - 6 SP - 526 EP - 531 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-03524-001. PMID: 5717353 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hall, Marie M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Patients; Perceptual Localization; Thinking. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - Hypothesized that persons with left vs. right unilateral brain lesions differ in complicated ideational processes in 50 Ss with well localized lesions. On a multiple-discriminant analysis, 7 selected Rorschach variables differentiated the left, right, and midline-bilateral groups at the .0001 level. Interpretation of Discriminant I, ideation, yields a modus operandi of left-hemisphere Ss which is limited and constricted; of right-hemisphere Ss which is expansive and uncritically innovative. Discriminant II, uniqueness of pathology, indicates that left and right groups differ significantly and are significantly divergent, with the midline group undistinguished on this dimension. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ideation in right vs. left unilateral brain lesioned patients KW - 1968 KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Patients KW - Perceptual Localization KW - Thinking DO - 10.1037/h0026515 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-03524-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-00525-001 AN - 1969-00525-001 AU - Maller, Owen AU - Hamilton, C. L. T1 - Sucrose and caloric intake by normal and diabetic monkeys. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1968/10// VL - 66 IS - 2 SP - 444 EP - 449 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-00525-001. PMID: 4972574 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Maller, Owen; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coatesville, Pa. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biochemistry; Food Intake. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - 2-bottle 24-hr preference tests with monkeys were conducted with sucrose and sodium saccharine solutions. Both sapid solutions were accepted. Sucrose ingestion modified caloric intake but saccharine consumption did not. The response of 2 diabetic Ss to sucrose solutions was similar to that of 4 normal Ss. (23 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sucrose & caloric intake KW - normal vs. diabetic monkey KW - 1968 KW - Biochemistry KW - Food Intake KW - Monkeys DO - 10.1037/h0026341 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-00525-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-00386-001 AN - 1969-00386-001 AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Rosvold, H. Enger T1 - Effect of septal lesions on resistance to extinction and delayed alternation in monkeys. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1968/10// VL - 66 IS - 2 SP - 389 EP - 395 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-00386-001. PMID: 4972573 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Butters, Nelson; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Extinction (Learning); Learning; Responses. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - After initial training to press a bar on a variable interval schedule, 40 rhesus monkeys received septal lesions in the ventral, the dorsal, or both sectors. The Ss with lesions in the ventral sector of the septum showed an increase in resistance to extinction of the bar-press response; extinction performance of Ss with lesions in the dorsal sector did not differ from unoperated controls. Large ventral lesions were followed by repetitive errors on a spatial delayed alternation task. These results indicate that the ventral sector of the septum is part of a neuroanatomical system including the orbital frontal cortex and is concerned with the regulation of dominant response tendencies. (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - septal lesion KW - resistance to extinction & delayed alternation KW - monkey KW - 1968 KW - Extinction (Learning) KW - Learning KW - Responses KW - Monkeys DO - 10.1037/h0026315 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-00386-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-19122-001 AN - 1968-19122-001 AU - Logue, P. E. AU - Zenner, M. AU - Gohman, G. T1 - Video-tape role playing in the job interview. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology Y1 - 1968/09// VL - 15 IS - 5, Pt.1 SP - 436 EP - 438 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-19122-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Logue, P. E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Miami, Fla. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20161226. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Films; Occupational Guidance; Programmed Instruction; Psychiatric Patients; Role Playing. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Interview. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. KW - VOCATIONAL COUNSELING KW - VIDEO-TAPE ROLE PLAYING VS. PROGRAMED MATERIALS KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1968 KW - Films KW - Occupational Guidance KW - Programmed Instruction KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Role Playing DO - 10.1037/h0026217 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1968-19122-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-16540-001 AN - 1968-16540-001 AU - Palmer, Robert D. AU - Field, Peter B. T1 - Visual imagery and susceptibility to hypnosis. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1968/08// VL - 32 IS - 4 SP - 456 EP - 461 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-16540-001. PMID: 5666147 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Palmer, Robert D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brooklyn, N.Y. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Sex Differences; Hypnosis; Imagery; Sex Linked Developmental Differences; Vision. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. KW - SUSCEPTIBILITY TO HYPNOSIS KW - VISUAL IMAGERY KW - SEX DIFFERENCES KW - 1968 KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Hypnosis KW - Imagery KW - Sex Linked Developmental Differences KW - Vision DO - 10.1037/h0026053 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1968-16540-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-11751-001 AN - 1968-11751-001 AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Rosvold, H. Enger T1 - Effect of caudate and septal nuclei lesions on resistance to extinction and delayed-alternation. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1968/06// VL - 65 IS - 3, Pt.1 SP - 397 EP - 403 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-11751-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Butters, Nelson; Boston Veterans Administration Hosp., Aphasia Center, Mass. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20170102. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Extinction (Learning); Lateral Dominance; Learning; Responses. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. KW - CAUDATE & SEPTAL NUCLEI LESIONS KW - RESISTANCE TO EXTINCTION & DELAYED ALTERNATION KW - MONKEY KW - 1968 KW - Extinction (Learning) KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Learning KW - Responses KW - Monkeys DO - 10.1037/h0025805 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1968-11751-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-12311-001 AN - 1968-12311-001 AU - Gregory, Ceasar C. AU - Downie, N. M. T1 - Prognostic study of patients who left, returned, and stayed in a psychiatric hospital. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology Y1 - 1968/05// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 232 EP - 236 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-12311-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gregory, Ceasar C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Marion, Ind. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20170102. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Marital Relations; Military Personnel; Money; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Psychiatric Hospitals. Minor Descriptor: Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: May, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS LEAVING & RETURNING & STAYING IN HOSPITAL KW - AGE & MILITARY SERVICE DATES & FUNDS & HOSPITALIZATIONS & DIAGNOSIS & EDUCATION & MARITAL STATUS & EMPLOYMENT KW - 1968 KW - Marital Relations KW - Military Personnel KW - Money KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychodiagnosis DO - 10.1037/h0025867 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1968-12311-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-09033-001 AN - 1968-09033-001 AU - MILLER, CHRISTINE AU - KNAPP, SARAH C. AU - DANIELS, CLARA W. T1 - MMPI STUDY OF NEGRO MENTAL HYGIENE CLINIC PATIENTS. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1968/04// VL - 73 IS - 2 SP - 168 EP - 173 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-09033-001. PMID: 4384951 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: MILLER, CHRISTINE; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION MENTAL HYGIENE CLINIC, OAKLAND, CALIF. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blacks; Demographic Characteristics; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychiatric Patients; Socioeconomic Status. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - COMPARED MMPI DATA FOR 100 NEGRO AND 100 WHITE PATIENTS IN A MENTAL HYGIENE CLINIC. THE 2 GROUPS WERE SIMILAR IN EDUCATIONAL LEVEL, BUT THE NEGROES WERE AT A SIGNIFICANTLY LOWER OCCUPATIONAL LEVEL. THE MEAN PROFILES FOR THE 2 GROUPS WERE SIMILAR. ORDERING THE MMPIS BY THE HIGHEST AND 2 HIGHEST CLINICAL SCALE SCORES SHOWED DIFFERENCES ON FEMININE INTERESTS AND SCHIZOPHRENIA (SC) AS THE HIGHEST SCORES, AND ON HYPOCHONDRIASIS (HS)-SC, SC-HS, DEPRESSION (D)-PSYCHASTHENIA (PT), AND PT-D FOR THE 2 HIGHEST SCORES. THE CONCLUSIONS ARE THAT THE NEGROES TEND TO BE MORE CONFORMING TO MIDDLE-CLASS STANDARDS, MORE DENYING OF ANXIETY AND SENSITIVITY, AND MORE FOCUSED ON PHYSICAL SYMPTOMS THAN THE WHITES. IT ALSO APPEARED THAT ANXIETY AND HOSTILITY WERE MORE FREQUENTLY DENIED AND PROJECTED ONTO IMPERSONAL AND DISTANT OBJECTS BY THE NEGROES. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SOCIOECONOMIC STATUS KW - NEGRO MENTAL PATIENTS KW - 1968 KW - Blacks KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Socioeconomic Status DO - 10.1037/h0025619 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1968-09033-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-09015-001 AN - 1968-09015-001 AU - Cicchetti, Domenic V. AU - Ornston, Patricia S. T1 - REPORTED FAMILY DYNAMICS AND PSYCHOPATHOLOGY: II. THE REACTIONS OF MENTAL PATIENTS OF A DISTURBED FAMILY IN PSYCHOTHERAPY. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1968/04// VL - 73 IS - 2 SP - 156 EP - 161 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-09015-001. PMID: 5649175 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cicchetti, Domenic V.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., WEST HAVEN, CONN. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20161117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Communication; Family; Hospitalization; Hospitals; Nervous System Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. KW - PERCEPTION OF DISTURBED FAMILY'S COMMUNICATION KW - NEUROPSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1968 KW - Communication KW - Family KW - Hospitalization KW - Hospitals KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Psychiatric Patients DO - 10.1037/h0025614 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1968-09015-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-04983-001 AN - 1968-04983-001 AU - Simon, Stanford H. AU - Jackson, Basil T1 - Effect of a relevant versus irrelevant observation stimulus on concept-identification learning. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology Y1 - 1968/01// VL - 76 IS - 1, Pt.1 SP - 125 EP - 128 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-04983-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Simon, Stanford H.; Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20170126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Concepts; Conditioned Stimulus; Learning; Stimulus Parameters; Unconditioned Stimulus. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. KW - RELEVANT VS. IRRELEVANT OBSERVATION KW - STIMULUS KW - CONCEPT-IDENTIFICATION LEARNING KW - 1968 KW - Concepts KW - Conditioned Stimulus KW - Learning KW - Stimulus Parameters KW - Unconditioned Stimulus DO - 10.1037/h0025279 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1968-04983-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-16236-001 AN - 1967-16236-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - Interrelationships of six overinclusion measures. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1967/10// VL - 31 IS - 5 SP - 517 EP - 520 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-16236-001. PMID: 6075982 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20170216. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Measurement; Thinking. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. KW - OVERINCLUSION KW - INTERRELATIONSHIPS OF 6 MEASURES KW - 1967 KW - Measurement KW - Thinking DO - 10.1037/h0024980 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1967-16236-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-15618-001 AN - 1967-15618-001 AU - Lorei, Theodore W. AU - Gurel, Lee T1 - Comparison of ex-mental patient employment information obtained by mail and by interview. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology Y1 - 1967/09// VL - 14 IS - 5 SP - 458 EP - 461 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-15618-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorei, Theodore W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Washington, D.C. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20170216. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interviewing; Interviews; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Interview. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. KW - EX-MENTAL PATIENT KW - MAIL VS INTERVIEW INFORMATION KW - 1967 KW - Interviewing KW - Interviews KW - Psychiatric Patients DO - 10.1037/h0024938 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1967-15618-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-14046-001 AN - 1967-14046-001 AU - Lorei, Theodore W. T1 - Prediction of community stay and employment for released psychiatric patients. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1967/08// VL - 31 IS - 4 SP - 349 EP - 357 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-14046-001. PMID: 6075952 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorei, Theodore W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Washington, D.C. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20170220. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Prediction; Psychiatric Patients; Rehabilitation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - COMMUNITY STAY & EMPLOYMENT FOR RELEASED PATIENTS KW - PREDICTION OF ADJUSTMENT KW - 1967 KW - Prediction KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Rehabilitation DO - 10.1037/h0024862 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1967-14046-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-10493-001 AN - 1967-10493-001 AU - Boyd, Harry S. AU - Sisney, Vernon V. T1 - Immediate self-image confrontation and changes in self-concept. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1967/06// VL - 31 IS - 3 SP - 291 EP - 294 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-10493-001. PMID: 6046583 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boyd, Harry S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20170302. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Inventories; Psychiatric Patients; Self-Concept. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. KW - IMMEDIATE SELF-IMAGE CONFRONTATION & SELF-CONCEPT CHANGES KW - LEARY'S INTERPERSONAL CHECK LIST KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1967 KW - Inventories KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Self-Concept DO - 10.1037/h0024664 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1967-10493-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-04689-001 AN - 1967-04689-001 AU - SALZBERG, HERMAN C. T1 - Verbal behavior in group psychotherapy with and without a therapist. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology Y1 - 1967/01// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 24 EP - 27 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-04689-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: SALZBERG, HERMAN C.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., AUGUSTA, GA. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20161121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Verbal Ability; Verbal Learning; Verbal Reinforcement. Minor Descriptor: Content Analysis (Test); Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Verbal Communication; Verbal Fluency. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. KW - VERBALIZATION SPONTANEITY & CONTENT KW - THERAPIST PRESENT VS THERAPIST ABSENT KW - 1967 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Verbal Ability KW - Verbal Learning KW - Verbal Reinforcement KW - Content Analysis (Test) KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Verbal Communication KW - Verbal Fluency DO - 10.1037/h0024211 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1967-04689-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-04688-001 AN - 1967-04688-001 AU - Rothaus, Paul AU - Johnson, Dale L. AU - Hanson, Philip G. AU - Brown, Jerome B. AU - Lyle, Francis A. T1 - Sentence-completion test prediction of autonomous and therapist-led group behavior. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology Y1 - 1967/01// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 28 EP - 34 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-04688-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rothaus, Paul; HOUSTON VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., TEX. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20170213. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Prediction; Projective Techniques; Social Desirability; Sociometric Tests. Minor Descriptor: Autonomy (Government); Dependency (Personality); Social Approval. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. KW - SENTENCE-COMPLETION TEST PREDICTION KW - AUTONOMOUS VS THERAPIST-LED GROUP BEHAVIOR KW - 1967 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Prediction KW - Projective Techniques KW - Social Desirability KW - Sociometric Tests KW - Autonomy (Government) KW - Dependency (Personality) KW - Social Approval DO - 10.1037/h0024210 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1967-04688-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-04748-001 AN - 1967-04748-001 AU - Orgel, Sidney A. AU - Mcdonald, Robert D. T1 - An evaluation of the Trail Making Test. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1967/02// VL - 31 IS - 1 SP - 77 EP - 79 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-04748-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Orgel, Sidney A.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., SYRACUSE, N.Y. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20170213. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Personality Measures; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. KW - TRAIL MAKING TEST KW - BRAIN DAMAGED & NEUROPSYCHIATRIC PATIENTSE KW - 1967 KW - Brain Damage KW - Personality Measures KW - Psychodiagnosis DO - 10.1037/h0024216 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1967-04748-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-03962-001 AN - 1967-03962-001 AU - PISHKIN, VLADIMIR AU - WOLFGANG, AARON AU - RASMUSSEN, ELIZABETH T1 - Age, sex, amount, and type of memory information in concept learning. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology Y1 - 1967/01// VL - 73 IS - 1 SP - 121 EP - 124 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-03962-001. PMID: 6031651 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: PISHKIN, VLADIMIR; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., OKLAHOMA CITY, OKLA. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20161121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Concept Formation; Information; Memory; Sex Linked Developmental Differences. Minor Descriptor: Human Sex Differences. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. KW - AGE KW - & SEX KW - & INFORMATION AVAILABILITY KW - & PREVIOUS INFORMATION KW - ADOLESCENTS KW - 1967 KW - Age Differences KW - Concept Formation KW - Information KW - Memory KW - Sex Linked Developmental Differences KW - Human Sex Differences DO - 10.1037/h0024134 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1967-03962-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-03965-001 AN - 1967-03965-001 AU - WOLFGANG, AARON T1 - Effects of social cues and task complexity in concept identification. JF - Journal of Educational Psychology JO - Journal of Educational Psychology Y1 - 1967/02// VL - 58 IS - 1 SP - 36 EP - 40 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0663 SN - 1939-2176 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-03965-001. PMID: 6044473 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: WOLFGANG, AARON; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., OKLAHOMA CITY, OKLA. Other Publishers: Warwick & York. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20161121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Communication; Concepts; Learning; Task Analysis; Task Complexity. Minor Descriptor: Information. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. KW - IDENTIFICATION KW - TASK COMPLEXITY KW - 2-MAN INTERACTION VS INDIVIDUAL PERFORMANCE KW - LEARNING RATE KW - 1967 KW - Communication KW - Concepts KW - Learning KW - Task Analysis KW - Task Complexity KW - Information DO - 10.1037/h0024136 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1967-03965-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-00930-001 AN - 1967-00930-001 AU - GLAUDIN, VINCENT T1 - What models for the professions of psychology? JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1966/08// VL - 21 IS - 8 SP - 820 EP - 823 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-00930-001. PMID: 5941078 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: GLAUDIN, VINCENT; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., PORTLAND, ORE. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychologists; Simulation. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. KW - PROFESSIONAL IDENTITY KW - 1966 KW - Psychologists KW - Simulation DO - 10.1037/h0023907 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1967-00930-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-00923-001 AN - 1967-00923-001 AU - Cleveland, Sidney E. AU - Goldstone, Sanford T1 - An affiliated Veterans Administration-medical school psychology training program. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1966/08// VL - 21 IS - 8 SP - 817 EP - 820 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-00923-001. PMID: 5328708 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cleveland, Sidney E.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., HOUSTON, TEX. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20170105. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Methods Training; Counselor Education; Paraprofessional Education; Social Work Education. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. KW - VA-MEDICAL SCHOOL PROGRAM KW - 1966 KW - Clinical Methods Training KW - Counselor Education KW - Paraprofessional Education KW - Social Work Education DO - 10.1037/h0023904 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1967-00923-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-11995-001 AN - 1966-11995-001 AU - Murphy, Daniel F. T1 - Sensory deprivation, suggestion, field dependence, and perceptual regression. JF - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology JO - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology Y1 - 1966/09// VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 289 EP - 294 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-3514 SN - 1939-1315 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-11995-001. PMID: 5969155 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Murphy, Daniel F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Durham, N.C. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Field Dependence; Perception; Sensory Deprivation; Suggestibility. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. AB - 8 field-dependent and 8 field-independent Ss were assigned to each of 3 conditions: suggestion, neutral, or control. Experimental Ss underwent 2 hr. of a McGill-type sensory deprivation. Control Ss were only socially isolated. Alternate forms of a novel auditory test designed to tap structural aspects of cognition were administered shortly after S entered deprivation and 2 hr. later, before he emerged from deprivation. Cognitive decrement under social isolation was not significant. All suggestion subgroups showed decreases in mature and increases in immature functioning. The field-independent neutral subgroup did not change significantly, while the field-dependent neutral subgroup dropped in mature function. It is concluded that explicit suggestion augments the effects of sensory deprivation on some aspects of cognition, and that psychological development in the sense of greater cognitive differentiation helps to withstand these effects. (24 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sensory deprivation KW - suggestion KW - field dependence KW - perceptual regression KW - 1966 KW - Field Dependence KW - Perception KW - Sensory Deprivation KW - Suggestibility DO - 10.1037/h0023666 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1966-11995-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-09764-001 AN - 1966-09764-001 AU - Haude, Richard H. AU - Kruper, Donald C. AU - Patton, R. A. T1 - Relationships among measures of visual exploration in monkeys. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1966/08// VL - 62 IS - 1 SP - 156 EP - 159 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-09764-001. PMID: 4961266 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Haude, Richard H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Leech Farm Rd., Pittsburgh, Pa. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Learning; Monkeys; Visual Search. Classification: Learning & Motivation (2420); Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. AB - 6 rhesus monkeys learned a series of different instrumental responses, each previously reported in visual exploration studies. Visual incentive stimuli were identical for each response. Comparisons of mean response frequencies and mean total response durations of each response between pairs of incentives showed that a looking or observing response was most sensitive in detecting differences between incentive stimuli. Measures of several manual instrumental responses were less sensitive to the influence of different visual incentives. Independent measures of looking obtained concurrently with measures of manual instrumental responses showed that looking is relatively stable regardless of ongoing manual behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual exploration KW - monkeys KW - animal learning KW - 1966 KW - Animal Learning KW - Monkeys KW - Visual Search DO - 10.1037/h0023480 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1966-09764-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2009-06389-001 AN - 2009-06389-001 AU - Schubert, Herman J. P. AU - Elie, John J. AU - Chlebowy, Robert E. T1 - Employability potential and in-hospital compensated-work-program effectiveness. JF - Rehabilitation Psychology JO - Rehabilitation Psychology Y1 - 1977/// VL - 24 IS - 2 SP - 79 EP - 86 CY - US PB - Division 22 of the American Psychological Association SN - 0090-5550 SN - 1939-1544 AD - Elie, John J., Veterans Administration Hospital, Medical Research Service, 3495 Bailey Avenue, Buffalo, NY, US, 14215 N1 - Accession Number: 2009-06389-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Aspects of Disability. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schubert, Herman J. P.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Buffalo, NY, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation; Springer Publishing. Release Date: 20090511. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Information: Inter-american Congress of Psychology, 25th, Dec, 1974, Bogota, Colombia. Conference Note: Portions of this paper were presented at the aforementioned meeting. Major Descriptor: Employability; Employment Status; Hospital Programs; Program Evaluation; Rehabilitation. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1977. AB - The relationship of initial employability level on the effectiveness of a compensated- work program (CWP) in increasing employability was studied among 72 men patients of a Veterans Administration (VA) general medical and surgical (GM&S) hospital. Correlational analyses—for neuropsychiatric, GM&S, and organic-brain-damaged patients—between time on CWP and job-getting success by level of employment potential permitted determination of effects specific to each subgroup. Length of stay in the CWP was associated with job-getting success only for the subgroup of neuropsychiatric patients with low employability potential. The percentage of the workday that a patient spent actually on the CWP job was the best single predictor of job-getting success. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - initial employability KW - compensated-work program effectiveness KW - hospital programs KW - job-getting success KW - 1977 KW - Employability KW - Employment Status KW - Hospital Programs KW - Program Evaluation KW - Rehabilitation U1 - Sponsor: Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development. Grant: 2 RO1 HD 07551-03. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1037/h0091070 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2009-06389-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2008-09115-001 AN - 2008-09115-001 AU - Grunberg, Neil E. AU - Evans, Richard I. AU - Curry, Susan AU - DiClemente, Carlo AU - Epstein, Leonard H. AU - Horton, Arthur MacNeill AU - Lichtenstein, Edward AU - McCaul, Kevin AU - Perkins, Kenneth AU - Wallston, Kenneth A. AU - Wills, Thomas T1 - Smoking. JF - Health Psychology JO - Health Psychology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 8 IS - 6 SP - 767 EP - 771 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates SN - 0278-6133 SN - 1930-7810 AD - Grunberg, Neil E., Department of Medical Psychology, Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences, 4301 Jones Bridge Road, Bethesda, MD, US, 20814 N1 - Accession Number: 2008-09115-001. PMID: 2637864 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Grunberg, Neil E.; Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences, Bethesda, MD, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association. Release Date: 20080714. Correction Date: 20090817. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse Prevention; Health Care Psychology; Tobacco Smoking. Minor Descriptor: Experimentation; Government Policy Making; Relapse (Disorders); Smoking Cessation. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1989. Copyright Statement: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. 1989. AB - The task force on cigarette smoking research in health psychology addressed three questions: What are the major current research directions of health psychologists on this topic? What are the major future research directions that health psychologists should address on this topic? What barriers to smoking research exist for health psychologists? Discussion of current research focused on five areas: prevention, cessation, relapse, basic science research, and public policy. Smoking prevention research centers on school-based interventions in longitudinal trials targeting adolescent substance abuse--including cigarette smoking--and focusing on the processes influenced by the intervention that, in turn, prevent smoking. Research also is being conducted outside the school setting to test community-wide public information campaigns and to reach adolescents in other social groups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - cigarette smoking KW - health psychology KW - prevention KW - cessation KW - relapse KW - basic science research KW - public policy KW - 1989 KW - Drug Abuse Prevention KW - Health Care Psychology KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Experimentation KW - Government Policy Making KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - Smoking Cessation DO - 10.1037/h0090320 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2008-09115-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-11831-001 AN - 2005-11831-001 AU - Royer, Fred L. T1 - Sequential complexity and motor response rates. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology Y1 - 1967/06// VL - 74 IS - 2, Pt.1 SP - 199 EP - 202 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-11831-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Royer, Fred L.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Brecksville, OH, US. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Motor Development; Motor Performance; Response Frequency; Sequential Learning. Classification: Motor Processes (2330). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - Keeping pace with an auditory click presented 1 per sec. and accelerated at a rate of .2 per sec. per 8 clicks, 16 Ss reproduced binary sequences, by pressing 2 telegraph keys. Mean maximum rates of response varied 3.32-5.61 per sec. The explanation of the order of difficulty holds that runs of the same element and single alternations constitute response units (RUs). Response rate is influenced by the number of junctures of RUs in a sequence: those with longer runs are easier and have few junctures. At a more analytic level, longer sequences are strings of RUs drawn from the 4 different 2-element or the 8 different 3-element sets. Mixtures of 2- and 3-element RUs increase the difficulty. Where the number of junctures in a sequence is the same, the sequence having repetitions of the same RU is easier. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - motor response rates KW - sequential complexity KW - binary sequences KW - response units KW - 1967 KW - Motor Development KW - Motor Performance KW - Response Frequency KW - Sequential Learning DO - 10.1037/h0021273 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-11831-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10655-004 AN - 2005-10655-004 AU - Gorham, Donald R. T1 - Validity and reliability studies of a computer-based scoring system for inkblot responses. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1967/02// VL - 31 IS - 1 SP - 65 EP - 70 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10655-004. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gorham, Donald R.; Veterans Administration, Perry Point, MD, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20121015. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Computer Applications; Holtzman Inkblot Technique; Scoring (Testing); Statistical Reliability; Statistical Validity. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223); Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Holtzman Inkblot Technique DOI: 10.1037/t15100-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - A computer scoring system has been validated for scoring 17 Holtzman Inkblot Technique Variables: Location, Rejection, Form Definiteness, Color, Shading, Movement, Integration, Human, Animal, Anatomy, Sex, Abstract, Anxiety, Hostility, Barrier, Penetration, and Popular. The basic sample consisted of 145 college students to whom the HIT was group administered. An expert scorer's values were the criteria for validating computer scores. Validity of computer scoring was attested by comparability of means and standard deviations, by acceptable correlations between the 2 methods, and by identical factor structure among 8 rotated factors. The correlation of the computer with the average of 3 hand scorers equaled or approached the interscorer reliability of the scorers. Cross-validation studies demonstrated that equally satisfactory results were obtained for both Forms A and B. Finally, the computer was able to achieve scores from group records which were essentially equal to scores from records individually administered 1 wk. earlier and hand scored. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - computer-based scoring system KW - Holtzman Inkblot Technique KW - validity KW - reliability KW - 1967 KW - Computer Applications KW - Holtzman Inkblot Technique KW - Scoring (Testing) KW - Statistical Reliability KW - Statistical Validity DO - 10.1037/h0020980 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-10655-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10052-001 AN - 2005-10052-001 AU - Fontana, Alan F. AU - Klein, Edward B. T1 - Self-presentation and the schizophrenic 'deficit'. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1968/06// VL - 32 IS - 3 SP - 250 EP - 256 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10052-001. PMID: 5666123 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fontana, Alan F.; Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, CT, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Impression Management; Motivation; Psychiatric Patients; Reaction Time; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Competence; Health; Hospital Environment. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - 103 schizophrenics were selected from 2 treatment and 2 custodial buildings in 3 hospitals and were classified according to their motivation for presenting a sick, incompetent or a healthy, competent impression on others. 10 hospital employees provided base-line comparison data. 1/2 of each group of schizophrenics was tested on reaction time without evaluation, and 1/2 were tested in an evaluation condition where they were told at a break that they had been performing like most mental patients. By taking patients' self-presentations and hospital atmospheres into account, it was possible both to increase the amount of "deficit" for each group and to reduce it to the point of elimination. The implications of these results for the understanding of schizophrenia are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - self-presentation KW - schizophrenic deficit KW - impressions KW - sick & incompetent presentation vs healthy & competent presentation KW - motivation KW - reaction time KW - mental patients KW - hospital atmosphere KW - 1968 KW - Impression Management KW - Motivation KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Reaction Time KW - Schizophrenia KW - Competence KW - Health KW - Hospital Environment DO - 10.1037/h0020427 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-10052-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09710-005 AN - 2005-09710-005 AU - Schneider, Sid J. T1 - Speculating About Cognitive Experiments Using Schizophrenics. JF - Schizophrenia Bulletin JO - Schizophrenia Bulletin Y1 - 1978/// VL - 4 IS - 4 SP - 483 EP - 487 CY - US PB - National Institute of Mental Health SN - 0586-7614 SN - 1745-1701 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09710-005. PMID: 734361 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schneider, Sid J.; Center for Biological Psychiatry, Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Medical Center, Montrose, NY, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 20091005. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Cognitive Processes; Experimental Methods; Experimentation; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Reaction Time. Classification: Research Methods & Experimental Design (2260); Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1978. AB - Discusses cognitive experiments using schizophrenics. The recent issue of "Schizophrenia Bulletin" (Vol. 3[3], 1977) dealing with attention demonstrated that numerous experimental procedures have been borrowed from the cognitive laboratory and applied to schizophrenia research. The appeal of such procedures is that they can reveal easily quantifiable differences between schizophrenics and others. When a researcher measures a noncognitive variable like social interaction, he is likely to arouse debate about what constitutes an inappropriate social interaction in the first place. It is more precise to count shadowing errors on a dichotic listening task or milliseconds on a reaction time task, for example. Yet, the cognitive researcher in schizophrenia introduces a peculiar new problem: The cognitive disorder he seeks to measure interferes with its own measurement. This interference can occur in an obvious or a subtle way. Suppose a researcher wishes to discover something about schizophrenic distractibility by presenting a stimulus, which instructions define as the "important" stimulus, and watching for the effects of other, "unimportant" stimuli on the subject's reaction to the "important" stimulus. The obvious way cognitive dysfunction may interfere with the study occurs when the subject simply does not turn his attention to the entire task. Many schizophrenia researchers find that their subjects do not reliably look at the tachistoscope or listen to the tones used. Even a cooperative schizophrenic subject might be too cognitively impaired to focus on a task--which may be supposed to measure his ability to focus. There is reason to believe that schizophrenics may be particularly susceptible to certain kinds of distraction that do not affect normals very much. A researcher may inadvertently be presenting such stimuli in an experimental situation, and his schizophrenic subject's behavior may be as affected by these inadvertent distractions as it is by the deliberate experimental manipulations. Such an inadvertent stimulus might be the experimental room, its silence, equipment, or the uncertainty in the subject's mind of the purpose of the experiment. Unless the attentional style of each individual schizophrenic subject is taken into account in a cognitive experiment, the cognitive researcher might find himself as hard put to make generalizations as the researcher using an elusive noncognitive measurement. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive experiments KW - schizophrenics KW - dichotic listening task KW - attention KW - 1978 KW - Attention KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Experimental Methods KW - Experimentation KW - Schizophrenia KW - Reaction Time UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-09710-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09729-012 AN - 2005-09729-012 AU - Freedman, Robert AU - Adler, Lawrence E. AU - Gerhardt, Greg A. AU - Waldo, Merilyne AU - Baker, Neil AU - Rose, Greg M. AU - Drebing, Carla AU - Nagamoto, Herbert AU - Bickford-Wimer, Paula AU - Franks, Ronald T1 - Neurobiological Studies of Sensory Gating in Schizophrenia. JF - Schizophrenia Bulletin JO - Schizophrenia Bulletin Y1 - 1987/// VL - 13 IS - 4 SP - 669 EP - 678 CY - US PB - National Institute of Mental Health SN - 0586-7614 SN - 1745-1701 AD - Freedman, Robert, Dept. of Psychiatry, University of Colorado Health Sciences Center, C268, 4200 E. Ninth Ave., Denver, CO, US, 80262 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09729-012. PMID: 2894074 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freedman, Robert; Department of Psychiatry, Denver Veterans Administration Medical Center, Denver, CO, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 20091005. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Evoked Potentials; Neurobiology; Neurons; Schizophrenia; Sensory Gating. Minor Descriptor: Brain. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213); Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - The sensory disturbance in schizophrenia is often described as an inability to filter out extraneous noise from meaningful sensory inputs. The neurobiological basis of this inability to filter has been examined using auditory evoked potentials, which are computerized averages of the brain's electrical response to sound. The sounds are presented in pairs to test the ability of the brain to inhibit, or gate, its response to a repeated stimulus. Schizophrenic patients lack the ability to gate the neuronal response shown by a particular wave, the P₅₀ wave. The measurement of this deficit in human subjects and the exploration of its neurobiology in animals has produced evidence about several issues in the pathophysiology of schizophrenia: (1) the role of dopamine in improvement of sensory function in schizophrenic patients treated with neuroleptic drugs, (2) the interaction between familial or genetic deficits in sensory functioning in schizophrenic patients and possible abnormalities in dopamine metabolism, and (3) a mechanism by which noradrenergic hyperactivity in mania and other psychiatric illnesses might mimic some pathophysiological deficits in schizophrenia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - schizophrenic patients KW - sensory disturbance KW - neurobiology KW - auditory evoked potentials KW - brains electrical response KW - sensory gating KW - 1987 KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Neurobiology KW - Neurons KW - Schizophrenia KW - Sensory Gating KW - Brain UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-09729-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-42838-021 AN - 2013-42838-021 AU - Gariti, Peter AU - Greenstein, Robert A. AU - Olsen, Katherine AU - Harris, Patricia E. T1 - Scheduled appointments and patient-staff compliance. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 57 IS - 1 SP - 135 EP - 137 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 AD - Gariti, Peter, Philadelphia V.A. Medical Center, 1421 Cherry St., Philadelphia, PA, US, 19102 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-42838-021. PMID: 3826311 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gariti, Peter; University of Pennsylvania, School of Medicine, Philadelphia, PA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Clinics; Side Effects (Treatment); Treatment Compliance. Minor Descriptor: Resistance. Classification: Medical Treatment of Physical Illness (3363). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1987. Copyright Statement: American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. 1987. AB - Studies of medication compliance have focused primarily on patient resistance to treatment, medication side effects, or the complexity of the medication regimen. This study of patient visits in a large psychiatric clinic found that, because of failure to schedule appointments or to notify receptionists of rescheduled appointments, physician noncompliance was as important as patient failure. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - scheduled appointments KW - patient staff compliance KW - treatment resistance KW - medication side effects KW - psychiatric clinics KW - 1987 KW - Psychiatric Clinics KW - Side Effects (Treatment) KW - Treatment Compliance KW - Resistance DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1987.tb03521.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-42838-021&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-42829-003 AN - 2013-42829-003 AU - Vinogradov, Sophia AU - Dishotsky, Norman I. AU - Doty, Ann K. AU - Tinklenberg, Jared R. T1 - Patterns of behavior in adolescent rape. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 58 IS - 2 SP - 179 EP - 187 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 AD - Vinogradov, Sophia, Dept. of Psychiatry, Stanford University Medical Center, Stanford, CA, US, 94305 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-42829-003. PMID: 3369538 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Vinogradov, Sophia; Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Stanford University Medical Center, Stanford, CA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Information: American Psychiatric Association, May, 1987. Conference Note: This research was presented at the aforementioned conference. Major Descriptor: Adolescent Attitudes; Impulsiveness; Juvenile Delinquency; Rape; Rehabilitation. Minor Descriptor: Behavior. Classification: Criminal Behavior & Juvenile Delinquency (3236). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview; Qualitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. Copyright Statement: American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. 1988. AB - A study of 67 rapes by 63 California adolescents has yielded a highly representative composite picture of the typical rape episode by a juvenile assailant. Previously unexplored behavior patterns have emerged, including prior drug use, impulsivity, and lack of victim provocation. These findings have practical implications for clinicians treating rape victims and for the rehabilitation of adolescent rapists. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - behavior patterns KW - adolescent rape KW - impulsivity KW - victim provocation KW - rehabilitation KW - juvenile assailant KW - 1988 KW - Adolescent Attitudes KW - Impulsiveness KW - Juvenile Delinquency KW - Rape KW - Rehabilitation KW - Behavior DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1988.tb01579.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-42829-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-42640-017 AN - 2013-42640-017 AU - Eth, Spencer T1 - Review of The silent world of doctor and patient. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1985/10// VL - 55 IS - 4 SP - 626 EP - 628 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-42640-017. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eth, Spencer; Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Los Angeles, CA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Methods Training; Medical Sciences; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Therapist Characteristics. Minor Descriptor: Decision Making; Physicians. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Reviewed Item: Katz, Jay. The silent world of doctor and patient=254 pp. $15.95. Free Press, New York; 1984. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1985. AB - Reviews the book, The Silent World of Doctor and Patient by Jay Katz (1984). This book is a persuasive essay on the value of physician-patient communication. First chapters in this book establish the powerful opposition to informed consent that derives from the history of medicine, clinical experience, and professional training. The author next considers and refutes the core arguments against implementing true informed consent. While patients lack the medical understanding essential for meaningful communication, physicians possess the relevant expertise and are committed to altruistic behavior. The book concludes with a powerful denunciation of medical silence: "doctors distrust of patients decision-making capacity constitutes an abandonment of patients". Disregarding patients desires to be informed and heard is psychological abandonment, provokes resentment, and may fuel the current malpractice crisis. The Silent World of Doctor and Patient has several notable shortcomings. First, the consequences of nonintervention must pose an acute threat to that patient's condition. Second, the process of thinking about choice must be seriously impaired. In the final pages the author concedes that he has not specified precisely how physicians and patients are to converse, especially if the patient has ineffective communication skills. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - physician patient communication KW - medicine KW - clinical experience KW - professional training KW - decision making KW - 1985 KW - Clinical Methods Training KW - Medical Sciences KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Therapist Characteristics KW - Decision Making KW - Physicians U2 - Katz, Jay. (1984); The silent world of doctor and patient; 254 pp. $15.95. Free Press, New York DO - 10.1037/h0098842 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-42640-017&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-42639-014 AN - 2013-42639-014 AU - Ryan, Edward R. AU - Bell, Morris D. T1 - Follow-up of a psychoanalytically-oriented long-term treatment program for schizophrenic inpatients. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1983/10// VL - 53 IS - 4 SP - 730 EP - 739 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 AD - Ryan, Edward R., West Haven VA Medical Center, West Haven, CT, US, 06516 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-42639-014. PMID: 6416077 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ryan, Edward R.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, CT, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Program Evaluation; Psychoanalysis; Psychosocial Factors; Psychotherapeutic Transference; Therapeutic Environment. Minor Descriptor: Emotions; Models; Recidivism; Symptoms. Classification: Psychoanalytic Therapy (3315). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Community Oriented Program Environments Scale; Strauss-Carpenter Level of Function Scale; Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale DOI: 10.1037/t01554-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1983. Copyright Statement: American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. 1983. AB - This paper describes the perceived treatment environment of a unit that strongly espoused the psychoanalytic model. Six-month follow-up data indicate that symptom ratings, recidivism, and employment were indistinguishable from baseline rates. The program's emphasis on uncovering feelings and transference phenomena and its neglect of practical psychosocial problems are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - treatment program KW - psychosocial problems KW - psychoanalytic models KW - treatment environment KW - recidivism KW - symptom ratings KW - feelings KW - transference phenomena KW - 1983 KW - Program Evaluation KW - Psychoanalysis KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - Psychotherapeutic Transference KW - Therapeutic Environment KW - Emotions KW - Models KW - Recidivism KW - Symptoms U1 - Sponsor: Veterans Administration. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1983.tb03415.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-42639-014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-42260-003 AN - 2013-42260-003 AU - Smith, John Russell AU - Parson, Erwin R. AU - Haley, Sarah H. T1 - On health and disorder in Vietnam veterans: An invited commentary. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1983/01// VL - 53 IS - 1 SP - 27 EP - 33 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 AD - Smith, John Russell, Department of Psychology, Duke University, Durham, NC, US, 27706 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-42260-003. PMID: 6829723 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Smith, John Russell; Department of Psychology, Duke University, Durham, NC, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Priming; Response Set. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1983. Copyright Statement: American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. 1983. AB - Comments on an article by Robert L. LaGuardia et al. (see record [rid]2013-42260-002[/rid]). The study by LaGuardia et al attributes earlier findings of prevalence of stress disorder among Vietnam veterans to investigator bias. It is suggested that the focus of the present study furthers a powerful but misleading debate about mental health vs. illness of veterans, and may undermine efforts to provide needed services. Factors maintaining the health vs. disorder controversy are reviewed, assumptions about combat as a tolerable stress are examined, and evidence of a normal stress recovery process for survivors of catastrophe is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - delayed stress disorder KW - Vietnam era veterans KW - priming KW - response set KW - 1983 KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Priming KW - Response Set DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1983.tb03346.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-42260-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-42007-002 AN - 2013-42007-002 AU - Rosenheck, Robert T1 - Malignant post-Vietnam stress syndrome. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1985/04// VL - 55 IS - 2 SP - 166 EP - 176 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 AD - Rosenheck, Robert, West Haven VAMC, 116A, West Haven, CT, US, 06516 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-42007-002. PMID: 3993746 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rosenheck, Robert; Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, CT, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Social Isolation; Social Psychology. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1985. Copyright Statement: American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. 1985. AB - A particularly severe form of Post-Vietnam Stress Syndrome is described. Its most distinctive clinical characteristic is the mutually escalating interaction among four psychological and social features: explosive, violent behavior; social ostracism and isolation; extreme self-loathing; and the exceptionally vivid and persistent reexperiencing of psychological war trauma. Recognition of these features, and consideration of their diagnostic significance and etiologic background, are essential in meeting the clinical challenge posed by these veterans. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - clinical characteristic KW - etiologic background KW - post-Vietnam stress syndrome KW - psychological war trauma KW - social features KW - social ostracism KW - violent behaviorSocial Psychology KW - 1985 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Social Isolation KW - Social Psychology DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1985.tb03430.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-42007-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-12925-001 AN - 1988-12925-001 AU - Lamb, Marvin R. T1 - Selective attention: Effects of cuing on the processing of different types of compound stimuli. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 96 EP - 104 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0097-7403 SN - 1939-2184 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-12925-001. PMID: 3351440 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Learning and Cognition. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lamb, Marvin R.; Veterans Administration, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20140113. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cues; Discrimination Learning; Selective Attention; Stimulus Complexity. Minor Descriptor: Pigeons. Classification: Learning & Motivation (2420). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Feb 23, 1987; Revised Date: Feb 17, 1987; First Submitted Date: Jan 20, 1987. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1988. AB - Four White Carneaux pigeons in a matching-to-sample experiment received (a) element samples (1 of 2 colors or vertical or horizontal white lines), (b) separated compound samples (a color and a line element presented together), and (c) unified compound samples (vertical or horizontal colored lines). In Phase I, test stimuli were the 2 elements from one dimension; the dimension tested varied randomly when the sample was a compound. Element samples were matched better than unified samples, which were matched better than separated samples. In Phase II, two samples preceded the tests. On EC trials, the first sample (S1) was an element, and the second sample (S2) was a compound; on CE trials this order was reversed. Accuracy varied as a function of sample sequence when the compound was separated (EC > CE on nonprobe trials and CE > EC on probe trials). The pattern was not observed when the compound was unified. The data suggest that the element in EC trials served as a cue that increased processing of the cued dimension and decreased processing of the noncued dimension of separated compounds. However, both dimensions of unified compounds seem to have been processed regardless of cuing. It is suggested that the dimensions of unified compounds are processed or coded as a unit, whereas those of separated compounds are processed independently. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2014 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sample sequence cuing KW - selective attention in matching to sample task with elemental vs unified vs separated compound stimuli KW - pigeons KW - 1988 KW - Cues KW - Discrimination Learning KW - Selective Attention KW - Stimulus Complexity KW - Pigeons DO - 10.1037/0097-7403.14.1.96 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-12925-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-07048-001 AN - 1970-07048-001 AU - Braatz, Gordon A. T1 - Preference intransitivity as an indicator of cognitive slippage in schizophrenia. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1970/02// VL - 75 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 6 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-07048-001. PMID: 4391973 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Braatz, Gordon A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Minneapolis, Minn. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20140210. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognition; Preferences; Schizophrenia; Thinking. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Describes the development and application of a scale to detect thought disorder by means of preference intransitivity. The scale, containing a total of 120 item pairs to be judged for preference, was administered to 90 Ss (30 schizophrenics, 30 psychiatric controls, and 30 nonpsychiatric controls). Results indicate that schizophrenics produce more intransitive judgments than nonschizophrenics and that the intransitivity score is independent of age and intelligence. Although the scale may not be powerful enough for diagnostic use, the method warrants further development. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2014 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive slippage KW - preference intransitivity as indicator KW - schizophrenics KW - 1970 KW - Cognition KW - Preferences KW - Schizophrenia KW - Thinking DO - 10.1037/h0028808 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1970-07048-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09869-001 AN - 2005-09869-001 AU - McReynolds, Paul AU - Guevara, Carlos T1 - Attitudes of schizophrenics and normals toward success and failure. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1967/08// VL - 72 IS - 4 SP - 303 EP - 310 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09869-001. PMID: 6058469 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McReynolds, Paul; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20141020. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Achievement; Failure; Motivation; Schizophrenia. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Success-Failure Inventory DOI: 10.1037/t02664-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - The purpose of this study was to test the hypothesis that schizophrenics, as compared with normals, are relatively more highly motivated to avoid failure than to achieve success. A total of 291 Ss, including 136 hospitalized male schizophrenics, 103 normals, and--as a contrast group--52 neurotics, were administered the Success-Failure Inventory (SFI), a 22-item True-False instrument designed to assess attitudes toward success attainment and failure avoidance. As predicted, the schizophrenic samples manifested greater relative failure avoidance than the normals. Further, active schizophrenics evidenced greater relative failure avoidance than did remitted schizophrenics. Remitted schizophrenics and neurotics were not significantly different. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2014 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - schizophrenics KW - attitudes KW - success KW - failure KW - motivation KW - 1967 KW - Achievement KW - Failure KW - Motivation KW - Schizophrenia DO - 10.1037/h0020102 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-09869-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-28540-000 AN - 9999-28540-000 AU - Lorei, Theodore W. T1 - Patient Rating Scale JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1967/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-28540-000. Acronyms: PRS. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorei, Theodore W.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, District of Columbia, United States. Release Date: 20140407. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Test Format: The Patient Rating Scale consists of 27 items.. Language: English. Constructs: Patient Characteristics; Classification: Treatment, Rehabilitation, and Therapeutic Processes (7900). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Patient Rating Scale is to assess patient characteristics. AB - Description: Developed for use in a study on identifying characteristics of released psychiatric patients and their relatives that are associated with success in remaining in the community and obtaining employment, the Patient Rating Scale (PRS; Lorei, 1967) assesses patient characteristics. The PRS consists of 11 items taken from the Veterans Administration Program Evaluation Staff's SHAVER and 16 items developed to measure normal traits, for example, dominance and dependability. The SHAVER (symptom, history, and vocational expectation report) is an interview rating form for use by professional personnel. This form is a refinement and extension of the Symptom Rating Scale reported on by Cohen, Gurel, and Stumpf (1966). The PRS was completed by clinical social workers who had observed the patients over a period of time. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Patient Characteristics KW - Patient Rating Scale KW - Personality Traits KW - Test Development U5 - Patient Rating Scale (PRS) [Test Development]PREDICTION OF COMMUNITY STAY AND EMPLOYMENT FOR RELEASED PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. (AN: 1967-14046-001 from PsycINFO) LOREI, THEODORE W.; Aug, 1967. Source: Journal of Consulting Psychology. 31(4), American Psychological Association, US; Aug, 1967; Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Location: United States; Sample: Clinical Social Workers Keywords: Patient Characteristics; Patient Rating Scale; Personality Traits; Test Development; Subjects: Client Characteristics; Measurement; Patients; Personality Traits; Rating Scales; Test Construction; DO - 10.1037/t28540-000 L3 - Sample; Full text; 999928540_sample_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-28540-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-28538-000 AN - 9999-28538-000 AU - Lorei, Theodore W. T1 - Work and Family Attitude Scale JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1967/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-28538-000. Acronyms: WFAS. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorei, Theodore W.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, District of Columbia, United States. Release Date: 20140407. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Test Location: Table 3, Page 353. Test Format: The 75 items on the Work and Family Attitudes Scale were scored on a Likert-type scale.. Language: English. Constructs: Work Family Attitudes; Classification: Attitudes, Interests, Values, and Expectancies (5300). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Work and Family Attitude Scale is to assess psychiatric patient attitudes toward work and family. AB - Description: Developed as part of a study concerned with identifying patient and relative characteristics that are related to release outcomes for psychiatric patients, the 75-item Work and Family Attitude Scale (WFAS; Lorei, 1967) is a Likert-type questionnaire dealing with patient opinions about work and family life. Of these items, 55 were taken from the Work Value Scale (Struening & Efron, 1965). 'Parents usually treat their children fairly and sensibly,' is an illustrative item. At the time of questionnaire administration the patient was asked where he intended to live after release and whether he had been employed full time for at least 6 months in the 5 years preceding this release. The WFAS was factor analyzed with principal component analysis, and significant correlations were found between the WFAS and other measures. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Factor Analysis KW - Test Development KW - Work and Family Attitude Scale KW - Internal Consistency U5 - Work and Family Attitude Scale (WFAS) [Test Development]PREDICTION OF COMMUNITY STAY AND EMPLOYMENT FOR RELEASED PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. (AN: 1967-14046-001 from PsycINFO) LOREI, THEODORE W.; Aug, 1967. Source: Journal of Consulting Psychology. 31(4), American Psychological Association, US; Aug, 1967; Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Sample: Male Veterans Treated for Psychiatric Disorders; Location: United States Keywords: Factor Analysis; Test Development; Work and Family Attitude Scale; Internal Consistency; Subjects: Attitude Measurement; Factor Analysis; Family Work Relationship; Rating Scales; Test Construction; Test Reliability; DO - 10.1037/t28538-000 L3 - Sample; Full text; 999928538_sample_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-28538-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-28536-000 AN - 9999-28536-000 AU - Lorei, Theodore W. T1 - Survey of Opinion Questionnaire JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1967/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-28536-000. Acronyms: SOQ. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorei, Theodore W.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, District of Columbia, United States. Release Date: 20140407. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Survey. Test Format: All 60 items on the Survey of Opinion Questionnaire are scored on a Likert-type scale.. Language: English. Constructs: Attitudes toward Mental Illness; Classification: Attitudes, Interests, Values, and Expectancies (5300). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Survey of Opinion Questionnaire is to assess the attitudes toward psychiatric patients of relatives of psychiatric patients. AB - Description: Developed as part of a study that identified psychiatric patient and relative characteristics that are related to psychiatric-hospital release outcomes, the Survey of Opinion Questionnaire (SOQ; Lorei, 1967) is a 60-item Likert-type opinion questionnaire. It deals specifically with issues likely to be of concern to relative of returning patients. This questionnaire contained 25 items from the original Opinions about Mental Illness Questionnaire (OMI; Cohen & Struening, 1962). An illustrative item is 'Many mental patients use their sickness as an excuse for getting out of things they don't want to do.' This questionnaire was mailed to relatives within 5 days after each patient's release. The SOQ was factor analyzed with principal components analysis. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Chronicity/Severity of Disorder Factor KW - Distress/Alienation Factor KW - Drinking/Antisocial Behavior Factor KW - Factor Analysis KW - Feeling of Inadequacy Factor KW - Internal Consistency KW - Likert Scales KW - Opinions About Mental Illness Questionnaire KW - Patient Depreciation Factor KW - Questionnaires KW - Simple-Mindedness Factor KW - Survey of Opinion Questionnaire KW - Surveys KW - Test Development U5 - Survey of Opinion Questionnaire (SOQ) [Test Development]PREDICTION OF COMMUNITY STAY AND EMPLOYMENT FOR RELEASED PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. (AN: 1967-14046-001 from PsycINFO) LOREI, THEODORE W.; Aug, 1967. Source: Journal of Consulting Psychology. 31(4), American Psychological Association, US; Aug, 1967; Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Sample: Released Psychiatric Patients; Location: United States; Age: Adult Keywords: Chronicity/Severity of Disorder Factor; Distress/Alienation Factor; Drinking/Antisocial Behavior Factor; Factor Analysis; Feeling of Inadequacy Factor; Internal Consistency; Likert Scales; Opinions About Mental Illness Questionnaire; Patient Depreciation Factor; Questionnaires; Simple-Mindedness Factor; Survey of Opinion Questionnaire; Surveys; Test Development; Subjects: Factor Analysis; Likert Scales; Mental Illness (Attitudes Toward); Questionnaires; Surveys; Test Construction; Test Reliability; DO - 10.1037/t28536-000 L3 - Sample; Full text; 999928536_sample_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-28536-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-28530-000 AN - 9999-28530-000 AU - Gurel, Lee T1 - Behavior Rating Scale JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1967/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-28530-000. Acronyms: BRS. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gurel, Lee; Veterans Administration, Washington, D. C., District of Columbia, United States. Release Date: 20140407. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Test Location: Table 1, Page 329. Test Format: Responses to the 20 items are yes or no.. Language: English. Constructs: Patient Ward Behavior; Classification: Mental Health/Illness Related Assessment (6700). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). AB - Purpose: The Behavior Rating Scale is used to determine the behaviors seen in hospital patients. AB - Description: The Behavior Rating Scale (BRS; Gurel, 1967), used within the context of a study conceptualizing the ward behavior of hospitalized functional psychotics, measures ward behaviors seen among patients in psychiatric hospitals. The BRS consists of 20 items, used with permission, from the Hospital Adjustment Scale (from the Stanford University Press) and the Albany Behavior Rating Scale (from L. Shatin). Principal factor Varimax rotation factor analyses were performed on 7 sets of ward behavior ratings collected during a 4-yr. follow-up of functional psychotics. Four factors were identified: Withdrawal-Apathy, Hostility-Resistiveness, Deteriorated Appearance, and Schizophrenic Disorganization. Responses to behaviors (e.g., 'Pick fights with other patients') were yes or no. No psychometric data were discussed in the document detailing the development of the measure. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Behavior Rating Scale KW - Factor Structure KW - Test Development U5 - Behavior Rating Scale (BRS) [Test Development]Dimensions of Psychiatric Patient Ward Behavior. (AN: 2005-10657-006 from PsycINFO) Gurel, Lee; Jun, 1967. Source: Journal of Consulting Psychology. 31(3), American Psychological Association, US; Jun, 1967; Population: Human; Male; Female; Sample: Psychiatric Patients Keywords: Behavior Rating Scale; Factor Structure; Test Development; Subjects: Behavioral Assessment; Factor Structure; Rating Scales; Test Construction; DO - 10.1037/t28530-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999928530_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-28530-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-28432-000 AN - 9999-28432-000 AU - Ellsworth, Robert B. AU - Foster, Leslie AU - Childers, Barry AU - Arthur, Gilbert AU - Kroeker, Duane T1 - Community Adjustment Scale JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1968/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-28432-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ellsworth, Robert B.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Roseburg, Oregon, United States. Release Date: 20140310. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Test Location: Text, Page 4. Test Format: The measure consists of 39 items and utilizes a 4-point rating scale.. Language: English. Constructs: Patients' Community Behavior; Classification: Treatment, Rehabilitation, and Therapeutic Processes (7900). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). AB - Purpose: The Community Adjustment Scale assesses patients' community behavior for use by relatives. AB - Description: The Community Adjustment Scale (Ellsworth et al., 1968) was developed in the context of examining the behavioral adjustment of schizophrenics as rated by relatives, staff, and patients themselves in the hospital and in the community (before, during, and after hospitalization). The Community Adjustment Scale assesses patients' community behavior for use by relatives. Some of the items were adopted from the work of Freeman and Simmons (1963) and Berger et al. (1963) while other items were developed from interviews in which relatives described the kinds of behaviors they had typically observed during the month preceding admission. The measure consists of 39 items and utilizes a 4-point rating scale. Factor analysis revealed six factors: Dependent confusion; Agitation depression; Unacceptable behavior; Friendship skills; Organization participation; and Employment. Inter-rater reliability, test-retest reliability, and concurrent validity are supported. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Agitation Depression Subscale KW - Community Adjustment Scale KW - Concurrent Validity KW - Dependent Confusion Subscale KW - Employment Subscale KW - Factor Structure KW - Friendship Skills Subscale KW - Internal Consistency KW - Organization Participation Subscale KW - Test Development KW - Test-Retest Reliability KW - Unacceptable Behavior Subscale U5 - Community Adjustment Scale [Test Development]Hospital and community adjustment as perceived by psychiatric patients, their families, and staff. (AN: 1969-01140-001 from PsycINFO) Ellsworth, Robert B.; Foster, Leslie; Childers, Barry; Arthur, Gilbert; Kroeker, Duane; Oct, 1968. Source: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 32(5, Pt.2), American Psychological Association, US; Oct, 1968; Population: Human; Male; Female; Sample: Patients Keywords: Agitation Depression Subscale; Community Adjustment Scale; Concurrent Validity; Dependent Confusion Subscale; Employment Subscale; Factor Structure; Friendship Skills Subscale; Internal Consistency; Organization Participation Subscale; Test Development; Test-Retest Reliability; Unacceptable Behavior Subscale; Subjects: Adjustment; Factor Structure; Rating Scales; Test Construction; Test Reliability; Test Validity; DO - 10.1037/t28432-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999928432_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-28432-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-28042-000 AN - 9999-28042-000 AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - Anhedonia Scale JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1972/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-28042-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Cloud, Minnesota, United States. Release Date: 20140310. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Test Location: Text, Pages 44-45. Test Format: Responses to the 5 items are provided using 4- to 7-point Likert-type scales.. Language: English. Constructs: Anhedonia; Classification: Mental Health/Illness Related Assessment (6700). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Anhedonia Scale is to assess the extent to which patients exhibit signs and symptoms of anhedonia. AB - Description: The Anhedonia Scale (Watson, 1972) was developed in the context of a study that examined relationships of anhedonia to learning under various contingencies. This 5-item measure assesses anhedonia--the failure to experience pleasure--in several situations. It consists of the 4-item Goalless Apathy scale described by Gurel (1961) and the Elgin scale 'Interests' item (Becker, 1956). Items cover topics such as a lack of social interest, indifference/lack of feeling, lack of 'steam'/drive, social isolation, and responsibility avoidance. Most items include details or cues and are rated on Likert-type scales. The items were chosen to define anhedonia on the basis of a factor analysis (Watson, Klett, & Lorei, 1970) as they comprised the scales with the highest loadings on the anhedonia factor. Both the Goalless Apathy scale and the Elgin Interests item have been shown to be related to several established measures of anhedonia. Internal consistency and test-retest reliability were established in a sample of male psychiatric patients. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Anhedonia Scale KW - Concurrent Validity KW - Elgin Scale KW - Goalless Apathy Scale KW - Internal Consistency KW - Likert Scales KW - Test Development KW - Test-Retest Reliability U5 - Anhedonia Scale [Test Development]Relationships of anhedonia to learning under various contingencies. (AN: 1973-05250-001 from PsycINFO) Watson, Charles G.; Aug, 1972. Source: Journal of Abnormal Psychology. 80(1), American Psychological Association, US; Aug, 1972; Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Inpatient; Age: Adult; Location: United States; Sample: Newly Admitted Or Readmitted Males with a Staff Diagnosis of Schizophrenia Keywords: Anhedonia Scale; Concurrent Validity; Elgin Scale; Goalless Apathy Scale; Internal Consistency; Likert Scales; Test Development; Test-Retest Reliability; Subjects: Anhedonia; Likert Scales; Test Construction; Test Reliability; Test Validity; DO - 10.1037/t28042-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999928042_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-28042-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-10176-000 AN - 9999-10176-000 AU - Schlesinger, Louis B. AU - Kutash, Irwin L. T1 - Criminal Fantasy Technique JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1981/// AD - Schlesinger, Louis B. AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-10176-000. Other Names: Criminal Fantasy Test. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schlesinger, Louis B.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, East Orange, New Jersey, United States. Release Date: 20120409. Correction Date: 20151109. Test Format: Responses are provided using an open-answer format.. Language: English. Constructs: Fantasy; Classification: Legal and Forensic Evaluation (6600). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). N2 - Administration Method: Physical Object AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Criminal Fantasy Technique is to assess criminal fantasy in an attempt (a) to predict future antisocial behavior; and (b) to gain psychodynamic insights into such offenders. AB - Description: The Criminal Fantasy Technique (Schlesinger & Kutash, 1981) is a projective technique that utilizes criminal fantasy in an attempt to help in the prediction of crime and to gain psychodynamic insights into sex offenders. A series of twelve 20 X 25 mm. cards were developed upon which were drawn, in black ink, various crimes either about to occur, presently occurring, or having just occurred. The types of offenses depicted are as follows: drug deal, arson, bank robbery, exibitionism, break and entry, assault, embezzlement, sexual assault, child molestation, organized crime, and stealing. One card depicts no offense at all. Participants are directed to make up a story about each one. An additional 7 questions are also asked if answers do not emerge spontaneously through the participants' productions. This measure was administered to 37 male sexual offenders and 13 male substance abusers (controls). The stories were assessed to be either 'pathological' or 'not pathological,' and a high degree of interrater reliability was found in each judgment. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Criminal Fantasy Technique KW - Predicting Future Antisocial Behavior KW - Psychodynamic Insights into Offenders KW - Test Development KW - Prediction of Crime U5 - Criminal Fantasy Technique [Test Development]The criminal fantasy technique: A comparison of sex offenders and substance abusers. (AN: 1981-09292-001 from PsycINFO) Schlesinger, Louis B.; Kutash, Irwin L.; Jan, 1981. Source: Journal of Clinical Psychology. 37(1), John Wiley & Sons, US; Jan, 1981; Administration: Physical Object Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Location: United States; Sample: Sex Offenders and Drug Abuser Comparison Group Keywords: Criminal Fantasy Technique; Predicting Future Antisocial Behavior; Psychodynamic Insights into Offenders; Test Development; Prediction of Crime; Subjects: Antisocial Behavior; Criminal Behavior; Criminal Profiling; Fantasy; Forensic Evaluation; Projective Techniques; Psychodynamics; Recidivism; Test Reliability; DO - 10.1037/t10176-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999910176_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-10176-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - lbschlesinger@aol.com DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-01786-000 AN - 9999-01786-000 AU - Sheikh, Javaid I. AU - Yesavage, Jerome A. T1 - Geriatric Depression Scale—Short Form JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1986/// AD - Sheikh, Javaid I., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, California, United States, 94304 AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: Contact Publisher and Corresponding Author; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-01786-000. Acronyms: GDS-Short Form. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sheikh, Javaid I.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, California, United States. Release Date: 20120213. Correction Date: 20161212. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Test Format: Responses are recorded on a dichotomous scale of 'yes' or 'no.'. Language: English. Constructs: Geriatric Depression; Classification: Development and Aging (5800); Anxiety and Depression (5100). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Other Versions: 9999-55661-000, Geriatric Depression Scale--Short Form; Japanese Version, Translation. N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of the GDS-Short Form is to assess depression in the elderly. AB - Description: The Geriatric Depression Scale—Short Form (GDS-Short Form; Sheikh & Yesavage, 1986) is a 15-item questionnaire that assess depression in the elderly. Responses are recorded on a dichotomous scale of 'yes' or 'no.' A sample of adults above 55 years of age was given the GDS and the GDS-Short Form. Both forms were successful in differentiating depressed from non-depressed subjects and they correlated highly with each other (r = .84, p < .001). Validity was further established using a sample of healthy older adults without dementia. A factor analysis found 2 factors: Life Satisfaction and General Depressive Affect. The results from the sample of healthy adults were compared with a sample of older adults with dementia and a psychiatric sample. The GDS-Short Form has an underlying two-factor structure that is stable across a healthy sample and a cognitively impaired sample. However, the scale is unifactorial in a sample of individuals who have spent time in an inpatient psychiatric setting because of major depression. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Geriatric Depression Scale—Short Form KW - Psychological Assessment KW - Test Development KW - Factor Structure KW - Factorial Validity U5 - Geriatric Depression Scale—Short Form (GDS-Short Form) [Test Development]Geriatric Depression Scale (GDS): Recent evidence and development of a shorter version. (AN: 1988-34658-001 from PsycINFO) Sheikh, Javaid I.; Yesavage, Jerome A.; Jun, 1986. Source: Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health. 5(1-2), Haworth Press, US; Jun, 1986; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older), Aged (65 yrs & older), Very Old (85 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Keywords: Geriatric Depression Scale—Short Form; Psychological Assessment; Test Development; Subjects: Geriatric Assessment; Geriatrics; Psychological Assessment; Test Construction; U5 - Geriatric Depression Scale—Short Form (GDS-Short Form) [Test Review]Model stability of the 15-item Geriatric Depression Scale across cognitive impairment and severe depression. (AN: 2007-07952-016 from PsycINFO) Brown, Patrick J.; Woods, Carol M.; Storandt, Martha; Jun, 2007. Source: Psychology and Aging. 22(2), American Psychological Association, US; Jun, 2007; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older), Middle Age (40-64 yrs), Aged (65 yrs & older), Very Old (85 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Sample: Demented Older Adults; Non-Demented Older Adults; Older Adults Hospitalized for Depression; Location: United States Keywords: Geriatric Depression Scale—Short Form; Psychological Assessment; Factor Structure; Factorial Validity; Subjects: Factor Structure; Geriatrics; Major Depression; Psychological Assessment; Test Validity; DO - 10.1037/t01786-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999901786_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-01786-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-02471-000 AN - 9999-02471-000 AU - Calabresi, Renata AU - Cohen, Jacob T1 - Personality and Time Attitudes Scale JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1968/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-02471-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Calabresi, Renata; Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Clinic, Newark, New Jersey, United States. Release Date: 20110912. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Test Format: Items on the Personality and Time Attitudes Scale are Likert-type in format with a 6-point agree-disagree response continuum: strongly agree; agree; not sure but probably agree; not sure but probably disagree; disagree; strongly disagree.. Language: English. Constructs: Time Attitudes; Personality; Classification: Personality (7200). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The Personality and Time Attitudes Scale was developed to examine whether basic features of the personality are reflected in the individual's attitude toward time. AB - Description: The Personality and Time Attitudes Scale (Calabresi & Cohen, 1968) was developed to examine whether basic features of the personality are reflected in the individual's attitude toward time. Sets of personality and time-attitude items were administered to psychiatric hospital patients (N = 100), psychiatric patients in a mental hygiene clinic (N = 100), and college male (N = 116) and female (N = 192) students. The 5s were tested with sets of items suitable for group administration derived from the psychological literature on personality and attitudes toward time. The items were Likert-type in format with a 6-point agree-disagree response continuum: strongly agree; agree; not sure but probably agree; not sure but probably disagree; disagree; strongly disagree. Factor analyses supported four factors for both the personality and time item sets. The four factors corresponding to attitudes towards personality were as follows: Restless Dysphoria (11 items), Extraversive Adjustment (13 items), Tense Dependency (11 items), and Excitement Seeking (6 items). The Cronbach alphas in the combined sample for these four factors were as follows: .77, .65, .69, and .46 respectively. The four factors derived from the set of items related to time attitudes are: Time Anxiety (16 items), Time Submissiveness (8 items), Time Possessiveness (6 items), and Time Flexibility (9 items). Cronbach alphas in the combined sample for these factors were as follows: .79, .56, .47, and .51 respectively. Substantial relationships were found between personality and time attitude factor scores within samples, and moderate relationships of both kinds with diagnostic and demographic variables. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality KW - Personality and Time Attitudes Scale KW - test development KW - time attitudes U5 - Personality and Time Attitudes Scale [Test Development]PERSONALITY AND TIME ATTITUDES. (AN: 1968-18849-001 from PsycINFO) CALABRESI, RENATA; COHEN, JACOB; Oct, 1968. Source: Journal of Abnormal Psychology. 73(5), American Psychological Association, US; Oct, 1968; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Sample: psychiatric hospital patients; patients in a mental hygiene clinic; college students Keywords: personality; Personality and Time Attitudes Scale; test development; time attitudes; Subjects: Factor Structure; Personality Traits; Test Construction; Time; DO - 10.1037/t02471-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999902471_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-02471-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-04324-000 AN - 9999-04324-000 AU - Cowen, Emory L. AU - Bobrove, Philip H. AU - Rockway, Alan M. AU - Stevenson, John T1 - Attitudes to Deafness Scale JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1967/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-04324-000. Other Names: AD Scale. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cowen, Emory L.; University of Rochester, New York, United States. Release Date: 20110912. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Test Format: The Attitudes to Deafness Scale consists of 25 items presented in a 4-point Likert-type rating framework (strongly or mildly agree or disagree) with no neutral point.. Language: English. Constructs: Attitudes toward Deaf Persons; Classification: Attitudes, Interests, Values, and Expectancies (5300). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Attitudes to Deafness Scale is to assess antideafness attitudes. AB - Description: The Attitudes to Deafness Scale (Cowen et al, 1967) was developed to assess antideafness attitudes. The 30 items making up the original attitudes to blindness scale (Cowen et al., 1958) were recast by substituting the terms 'deafness' and 'a deaf person' for 'blindness' and a 'blind person,' respectively. Twenty additional items, each reflecting an attitude toward deafness or deaf people, were written based on statements about the deaf found in the literature. The combined total of 50 items was then given to a sample of undergraduates. Items were presented in a 4-point Likert-type rating framework (strongly or mildly agree or disagree) with no neutral point. Twenty-five items, selected primarily on the basis of discriminating power, with item-test correlations ranging from .43 to .83, were chosen to constitute the final test form. A corrected split-half reliability of .83 was established for the final 25-item version of the scale. Pearson product-moment r's were significant (p < .01), based on a sample of white undergraduate males, between AD scores and scores on the abbreviated versions of the Authoritarianism (F, 21 items), Anti- Minority (AM, 8 items), and Anti-Negro (AN, 12 items) scales. These values were .36, .50, and .50, respectively. Subjects with relatively high initial AD test scores rated 'subjects' with hearing aids significantly less favorably than their normal hearing peers, even though the overall stimulus attractability of these two types was controlled. A t test of the significance of the difference between the two means yielded a t value of 2.48, which, with df = 46, is significant at p = .02. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Attitude correlates KW - Attitudes to Deafness Scale KW - Test development KW - psychometric properties U5 - Attitudes to Deafness Scale [Test Development]DEVELOPMENT AND EVALUATION OF AN ATTITUDES TO DEAFNESS SCALE. (AN: 1967-09629-001 from PsycINFO) COWEN, EMORY L.; ROCKWAY, ALAN M.; BOBROVE, PHILIP H.; Jun, 1967. Source: Journal of Personality and Social Psychology. 6(2), American Psychological Association, US; Jun, 1967; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Sample: Introductory psychology students Keywords: Attitude correlates; Attitudes to Deafness Scale; Test development; psychometric properties; Subjects: Attitude Measures; Deaf; Personality Correlates; Physical Disabilities (Attitudes Toward); Test Construction; DO - 10.1037/t04324-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999904324_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-04324-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-03749-000 AN - 9999-03749-000 AU - Keane, Terence M. AU - Fairbank, John A. AU - Caddell, Juesta M. AU - Zimering, Rose T. AU - Taylor, Kathryn L. AU - Mora, Catherine A. T1 - Combat Exposure Scale JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1989/// AD - Keane, Terence M., PTSD Center (116B), Veterans Administration Medical, 150 South Huntington Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts, United States, 02130 AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-03749-000. Acronyms: CES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Keane, Terence M.; Veterans Administration Medical, PTSD Center, Boston, Massachusetts, United States. Release Date: 20110912. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Test Format: The 7 items on the Likert-type Combat Exposure Scale use a Likert-type format.. Language: English. Constructs: Combat Exposure Stress; Classification: Trauma, Stress, and Coping (7800); Military Personnel, Adjustment, and Training (6800). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of the CES was to measure subjective wartime stressors as experienced by combatants. AB - Description: As the role of combat exposure is assumed to be central in the development of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), the Combat Exposure Scale (CES; Keane, et al., 1989) was developed to be a self-report scale measure of combat exposure for use in clinical research. Three of the seven items on the Likert-type CES were derived from Figley's (1980) combat scale, and the remaining items were generated by consensus by four clinical psychologists. Items on the newly developed scale were weighted differentially according to the severity of the experience (i.e., 'seeing someone hit by incoming enemy rounds' is weighted more than 'firing rounds at the enemy'). Total scores ranged from 0 to 41. In as test with 362 male Vietnam-era veterans, the mean score of the CES was found to be 25.57, with scores ranging from 1-41. Internal consistency was indicated by a calculated coefficient alpha with a value of .85. Test-retest reliability of the scale, as found in a heterogeneous group of 39 Vietnam-theater veterans. Subjects completed the scale twice, with a 1-week intertest interval. Subjects were non-help-seeking Vietnam combat veterans currently employed by the Boston Veterans Administration Medical Center (n = 19), Vietnam combat veterans seeking outpatient treatment at the Boston Vet Center (n = 9), and Vietnam combat veterans receiving inpatient substance abuse treatment. Test-retest reliability with a 1-week interval was calculated for all three groups combined, r(29) = .97, p < .0001. There were no between-group differences in the test-retest correlations. The means for Time 1 and Time 2 were 23.2 and 22.2, respectively, indicating excellent stability over this time period. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - combat experience KW - Combat Exposure Scale KW - internal consistency KW - military psychology KW - psychological assessment KW - test development U5 - Combat Exposure Scale (CES) [Test Development]Clinical evaluation of a measure to assess combat exposure. (AN: 1989-24607-001 from PsycINFO) Keane, Terence M.; Fairbank, John A.; Caddell, Juesta M.; Zimering, Rose T.; Taylor, Kathryn L.; Mora, Catherine A.; Mar, 1989. Source: Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 1(1), American Psychological Association, US; Mar, 1989; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older), Thirties (30-39 yrs), Middle Age (40-64 yrs); Population: Human; Male; Location: United States; Sample: Vietnam-era military veterans seeking therapy Keywords: combat experience; Combat Exposure Scale; internal consistency; military psychology; psychological assessment; test development; Subjects: Combat Experience; Military Psychology; Psychological Assessment; Test Construction; Test Reliability; Test Validity; DO - 10.1037/t03749-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999903749_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-03749-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-01506-000 AN - 9999-01506-000 AU - Brown, Sandra A. AU - Christiansen, Bruce A. AU - Goldman, Mark S. T1 - Alcohol Expectancy Questionnaire--Adolescent Form JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1987/// AD - Brown, Sandra A., 9500 Gilman Drive (0109), San Diego, California, United States, 92093-0109 AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-01506-000. Other Names: Adolescent AEQ 100-item Revised. Acronyms: AEQ-A. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brown, Sandra A.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego, California, United States. Release Date: 20121008. Correction Date: 20160613. Instrument Type: Inventory/Questionnaire. Test Format: Responses to the 100 items (85 scored) on the Alcohol Expectancy Questionnaire--Adolescent Form are made on a 5-point scale as follows: 1 = 'Disagree Strongly,' 2 = 'Disagree Somewhat,' 3 = 'Uncertain,' 4 = 'Agree Somewhat,' and 5 = 'Agree Strongly.'. Language: English. Supporting Documentation: Other; Constructs: Alcohol Expectancies; Attitudes toward Alcohol; Classification: Addiction, Gambling, and Substance Abuse/Use (5000); Development and Aging (5800). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180); Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Alcohol Expectancy Questionnaire--Adolescent Form is to assess the degree to which adolescents expect alcohol to produce a variety of general and specific effects. AB - Description: The Alcohol Expectancy Questionnaire--Adolescent Form (AEQ-A; Brown, Christiansen, & Goldman, 1987) is a self-report measure of the degree to which adolescents expect alcohol to produce a variety of general and specific effects. This measure consists of 100 items (85 scored), which were derived in part from the statements comprising the Adult AEQ and additional interviews with adolescents ranging in age from 12 to 19 years. The AEQ-A incorporates negative effects of alcohol consumption and statements are worded generally to accommodate adolescents who have had little or no experience with alcohol. Factor analysis produced 7 expectancies: (1) global positive changes, (2) changes in social behavior, (3) improved cognitive and motor abilities, (4) sexual enhancement, (5) cognitive and motor impairment, (6) increased arousal and (7) relaxation and tension reduction. The scale was found to be internally consistent and reliable over an 8-week interval. Content, criterion, and construct validity have been established. The AEQ-A was also found to be capable of differentiating problematic from nonproblematic drinkers. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Alcohol Expectancy Questionnaire--Adolescent Form KW - Test Development KW - Global Positive Changes KW - Changes in Social Behavior KW - Improved Cognitive and Motor Abilities KW - Sexual Enhancement KW - Cognitive and Motor Impairment KW - Relaxation and Tension Reduction KW - Normative Data KW - Increased Arousal KW - Internal Consistency KW - Test-Retest Reliability U5 - Alcohol Expectancy Questionnaire--Adolescent Form (AEQ-A) [Test Development]The Alcohol Expectancy Questionnaire: An instrument for the assessment of adolescent and adult alcohol expectancies. (AN: 1988-28300-001 from PsycINFO) Brown, Sandra A.; Christiansen, Bruce A.; Goldman, Mark S.; Sep, 1987. Source: Journal of Studies on Alcohol. 48(5), Alcohol Research Documentation, US; Sep, 1987; Administration: Paper Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs), School Age (6-12 yrs), Adolescence (13-17 yrs), Adulthood (18 yrs & older), Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs); Population: Human; Male; Female; Inpatient; Sample: Adolescent Alcoholism Treatment Inpatients (Ages 12-19); Junior/Senior High School Students Keywords: Alcohol Expectancy Questionnaire--Adolescent Form; Test Development; Global Positive Changes; Changes in Social Behavior; Improved Cognitive and Motor Abilities; Sexual Enhancement; Cognitive and Motor Impairment; Relaxation and Tension Reduction; Normative Data; Increased Arousal; Internal Consistency; Test-Retest Reliability; Subjects: Adolescent Attitudes; Alcohol Drinking Attitudes; Behavior Change; Cognitive Ability; Expectations; Psychosexual Behavior; Questionnaires; Relaxation; Social Behavior; Test Construction; Test Forms; Test Reliability; Test Validity; DO - 10.1037/t01506-000 L3 - http://supp.apa.org/psyctests/supporting/999901506/aaeaee0l9qpf.html L3 - Full; Full text; 999901506_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-01506-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - sandrabrown@ucsd.edu DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-28192-000 AN - 9999-28192-000 AU - Braatz, Gordon A. T1 - Intransitivity Scale JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1970/// AD - Braatz, Gordon A., Veterans' Administration Hospital, Psychology Service, S4th Street & 48th Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota, United States, 55417 AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-28192-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Braatz, Gordon A.; Veterans' Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, United States. Release Date: 20140310. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Test Location: Text, Page 2. Language: English. Constructs: Cognitive Slippage; Preference Intransitivity; Classification: Cognitive Processes, Memory, and Decision Making (5400). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). AB - Purpose: The Intransitivity Scale was devised to detect cognitive slippage by means of intransitive preference judgments. AB - Description: The Intransitivity Scale (Braatz, 1970) is used to assess thought disorder by means of preference intransitivity. A total of 120 item pairs were judged for preference. The scale consists of two parts containing a total of 48 items which describe pleasurable and aversive activities, situations, and events. The two parts of the scale each contain four, six-item blocks presented in the paired comparison manner. Each six-item block produces 15 item pairs, giving the full scale a total of 120 item pairs to be judged. Since only a minority of the possible response combinations for each triad are intransitive or circular, the scale has a maximum of eight circularities per block of items, or an effective score range of 0 to 32 for each part of the scale. The items in the aversive part were selected from a pool of items prepared by Lykken for use in the Activity Preference Questionnaire (Lykken & Katzenmeyer, 1968). Two blocks of onerous items and one block each of physical anxiety and social anxiety items were selected so that items in each block were far enough apart on the aversiveness dimension to be easily discriminable. The positive or pleasurable items were selected from the Activity Preference Questionnaire II developed by Latané. Twenty-four items were selected and arranged in four, 6-item blocks on the basis of unambiguous content and separation along the pleasurable dimension as determined by a new scaling of the item pool. All item pairs were presented on cards in order to decide which of the two situations described in each item pair the subject would prefer, and to sort the cards accordingly. No psychometric data were discussed in the document detailing the development of the measure. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Intransitivity Scale KW - Test Development KW - Cognitive Slippage U5 - Intransitivity Scale [Test Development]Preference intransitivity as an indicator of cognitive slippage in schizophrenia. (AN: 1970-07048-001 from PsycINFO) Braatz, Gordon A.; Feb, 1970. Source: Journal of Abnormal Psychology. 75(1), American Psychological Association, US; Feb, 1970; Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Sample: Schizophrenics, Psychiatric Controls, and Nonpsychiatric Controls; Location: United States Keywords: Intransitivity Scale; Test Development; Cognitive Slippage; Subjects: Cognitive Impairment; Rating Scales; Test Construction; DO - 10.1037/t28192-000 L3 - Sample; Full text; 999928192_sample_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-28192-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-02470-000 AN - 9999-02470-000 AU - Strack, Stephen T1 - Personality Adjective Check List--Shortened Version JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1987/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-02470-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Strack, Stephen; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Los Angeles, California, United States. Release Date: 20120611. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Checklist. Language: English. Constructs: Personality Types; Classification: Personality (7200). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of this scale is to examine personality types in normal populations. AB - Description: A 405-item experimental Personality Adjective Check List (PACL; Strack 1986) was refined by Strack (1987) into a 153-item form to assess the personality types outlined by Millon (e.g., 1969) in a normal population. Over 600 test items (adjectives) were generated for each of Millon's 11 personality styles (e.g., asocial, avoidant, gregarious, conforming, paranoid) to create the initial scale. Words were selected to encompass major traits as well as typical response behaviors from sources such as 'Modern Psychopathology' (Millon, 1969). The pool of items was initially reduced to the 405-item experimental check list, which was administered to two samples of adults. Scale construction and validation followed a method outlined by Loevinger (e.g., 1957). Nine scales were developed based on the responses of 459 men and women, one for each of Millon's eight basic personalities plus an Experimental scale measuring aspects of his three more severe types. Extensive reliability and validity analyses were conducted involving over 2,200 men and women from across the United States, including a factor analysis of scales. These revealed good internal consistency for each scale, good test-retest reliability over a 3-month period, adequate factor structure, and good convergent and discriminant validity based on self-report data. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Factor Structure KW - Personality Adjective Check List-Shortened Version KW - Test Development KW - Psychometric Properties KW - Personality Adjective Check List--Shortened Version KW - Personality Measures KW - Test Reliability U5 - Personality Adjective Check List--Shortened Version [Test Development]Development and validation of an adjective check list to assess the Millon personality types in a normal population. (AN: 1988-09465-001 from PsycINFO) Strack, Stephen; Win, 1987. Source: Journal of Personality Assessment. 51(4), Lawrence Erlbaum, US; Win, 1987; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs), Adulthood (18 yrs & older), Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs), Thirties (30-39 yrs), Middle Age (40-64 yrs), Aged (65 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Location: United States; Sample: Men and Women Ages 16-72 Keywords: Factor Structure; Personality Adjective Check List-Shortened Version; Test Development; Psychometric Properties; Subjects: Adjectives; Factor Structure; Personality Measures; Test Construction; Test Forms; Test Reliability; Test Validity; U5 - Personality Adjective Check List--Shortened Version [Test Review]Conceptions of personality disorders and dimensions of personality. (AN: 1990-12339-001 from PsycINFO) Wiggins, Jerry S.; Pincus, Aaron L.; Dec, 1989. Source: Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 1(4), American Psychological Association, US; Dec, 1989; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Sample: Undergraduate Students; Location: Canada Keywords: Personality Adjective Check List--Shortened Version; Personality Measures; Test Reliability; Subjects: Adjectives; Personality Measures; Test Reliability; DO - 10.1037/t02470-000 L3 - Sample; Full text; 999902470_sample_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-02470-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-04536-000 AN - 9999-04536-000 AU - Keane, Terence M. AU - Caddell, Juesta M. AU - Taylor, Kathryn L. T1 - Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1988/// AD - Keane, Terence M., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Center, 116B, Boston, Massachusetts, United States, 02130 AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: Contact Corresponding Author; Fee: Unknown. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-04536-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Keane, Terence M.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Boston, Massachusetts, United States. Release Date: 20110912. Correction Date: 20140407. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Test Format: Ratings of the Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder by the patient are made on a 1 to 5-point Likert scale and are summed to provide a continuous measure of PTSD symptom severity. This yields a total score ranging from 35 to 175.. Language: English. Constructs: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Classification: Mental Health/Illness Related Assessment (6700); Military Personnel, Adjustment, and Training (6800). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder is used to assess symptoms of PTSD and for the diagnosis of this disorder. AB - Description: The Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (Keane, Caddell & Taylor, 1988) is a 35-item scale that samples the domain of PTSD symptoms as they are delineated in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders and also includes items for some of the frequently observed associated features. Previous measures of PTSD have simply categorized patients dichotomously into either a PTSD or a non-PTSD group. In contrast, the Mississippi scale permits an adequate range of scores so that it can be sensitive to more subtle changes in the symptom complex as they result from therapeutic interventions. Finally the scale is intended for use in diagnosing PTSD when quantitative noninferential information is needed either clinically or in the subject selection phases of research. Items for the Mississippi scale were generated by five clinical psychologists, all with extensive experience working with PTSD patients. Individuals created items that reflected the characteristics defined in the DSM-III as necessary for making the PTSD diagnosis. From an initial pool of 200 items, all five experts matched items to criteria and then determined by consensus those items that best reflected the identified criterion. Items measuring substance abuse, suicidality, and depression were added to items measuring the criteria of PTSD because these features are frequently associated with PTSD in combat veterans. A total of 35 items resulted from these procedures. The Mississippi Scale was administered to several samples of male veterans. Measures of internal consistency, factor-analytic studies, test-retest reliability, and discriminant validity data all indicated that the scale has acceptable psychometric qualities. Particularly noteworthy are the findings related to diagnostic accuracy because scale sensitivity, specificity, and overall hit rate all registered in the 90% range. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2014 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Factor Structure KW - Internal Consistency KW - Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Scale Development KW - Scale Validity KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychometric Properties KW - Confirmatory Factor Analyses KW - Latent Structure KW - Test Review KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity U5 - Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder [Test Development]Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder: Three studies in reliability and validity. (AN: 1988-18888-001 from PsycINFO) Keane, Terence M.; Caddell, Juesta M.; Taylor, Kathryn L.; Feb, 1988. Source: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 56(1), American Psychological Association, US; Feb, 1988; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Location: Us; Sample: Vietnam War-era Veterans Seeking Therapy Keywords: Factor Structure; Internal Consistency; Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Scale Development; Scale Validity; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychometric Properties; Subjects: Combat Experience; Factor Structure; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Rating Scales; Test Construction; Test Reliability; Test Validity; U5 - Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder [Test Review]Latent structure of the Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder: Exploratory and higher order confirmatory factor analyses. (AN: 1995-11917-001 from PsycINFO) King, Lynda A.; King, Daniel W.; Sep, 1994. Source: Assessment. 1(3), Sage Publications, US; Sep, 1994; Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Location: United States; Sample: Vietnam Theater and Era Veterans Keywords: Confirmatory Factor Analyses; Latent Structure; Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Test Review; Subjects: Combat Experience; Factor Analysis; Factor Structure; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Rating Scales; U5 - Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder [Test Review]Reliability and validity of Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. (AN: 1990-29867-001 from PsycINFO) McFall, Miles E.; Smith, Dale E.; Mackay, Priscilla W.; Tarver, David J.; Jun, 1990. Source: Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 2(2), American Psychological Association, US; Jun, 1990; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older), Thirties (30-39 yrs), Middle Age (40-64 yrs); Population: Human; Male; Location: US; Sample: Vietnam War Combat Veterans Keywords: Test Review; Test Reliability; Test Validity; Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Subjects: Combat Experience; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Rating Scales; Test Reliability; Test Validity; DO - 10.1037/t04536-000 L3 - Partial; Full text; 999904536_partial_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-04536-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - http://www.ptsd.va.gov/professional/pages/assessments/ncptsd-instrument-request-form.asp DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-02664-000 AN - 9999-02664-000 AU - McReynolds, Paul AU - Guevara, Carlos T1 - Success-Failure Inventory JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1967/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-02664-000. Acronyms: SFI. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McReynolds, Paul; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California, United States. Release Date: 20141013. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Inventory/Questionnaire. Test Location: Table 2, Page 305. Test Format: Responses for the 22 items were true or false.. Language: English. Constructs: Failure-Avoidance Motivation; Success Attainment Motivation; Classification: Personality (7200). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The Success-Failure Inventory measures attitudes toward success attainment and failure avoidance. AB - Description: Used within the context of a study that explored the hypothesis that schizophrenics, as compared with normals, are more highly motivated to avoid failure than to achieve success, the Success-Failure Inventory (SFI; McReynolds & Guevara, 1967) measures attitudes toward success attainment and failure avoidance. This 22-item Inventory is based on the original form of the Inventory which included 23 items developed by Guevara (1965). The Inventory was divided into two shorter scales of 11 items each, one for success-attainment motivation and the other for failure-avoidance motivation. Of the 22 items, 18 were keyed such that a given answer (Yes or No) indicates success-attainment motivation, and 16 of which are keyed such that a given response (Yes or No) indicates failure-avoidance motivation. Participants indicated whether statements related to success-attainment and failure-avoidance best described themselves (e.g. 'I have a tendency to give up easily when I meet difficult problems,' 'I have a very strong desire to be a success in the world,' 'I enjoy competitive sports,' and 'I like to avoid responsibilities and obligations'). Responses for each statement were true or false. Using normal, neurotics, and schizophrenics for the sample, the split-half reliability ranged from .52-.72. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Attitudes KW - Failure Avoidance Motivation KW - Internal Consistency KW - Success Attainment Motivation KW - Success-Failure Inventory KW - Schizophrenia U5 - Success-Failure Inventory (SFI) [Test Use]Attitudes of schizophrenics and normals toward success and failure. (AN: 2005-09869-001 from PsycINFO) McReynolds, Paul; Guevara, Carlos; Aug, 1967. Source: Journal of Abnormal Psychology. 72(4), American Psychological Association, US; Aug, 1967; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older), Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs), Thirties (30-39 yrs), Middle Age (40-64 yrs); Population: Human; Male; Inpatient; Location: United States; Sample: Firemen; Neurotics; Hospitalized Patients with Schizophrenia Keywords: Attitudes; Failure Avoidance Motivation; Internal Consistency; Success Attainment Motivation; Success-Failure Inventory; Schizophrenia; Subjects: Achievement; Attitude Measures; Failure; Inventories; Measurement; Motivation; Schizophrenia; Test Reliability; DO - 10.1037/t02664-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999902664_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-02664-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-27003-000 AN - 9999-27003-000 AU - Sherman, Mark AU - Sprafkin, Robert AU - Higgans, Kenneth T1 - Perceptions of Impression Management among Psychiatric Patients Questionnaire JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1974/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-27003-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sherman, Mark; Syracuse University, Syracuse, New York, United States. Release Date: 20140210. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Inventory/Questionnaire. Test Location: Text, Page 441. Test Format: Participants answered most on the Perceptions of Impression Management among Psychiatric Patients Questionnaire by moving a 12-inch pointer on a dial apparatus Opinion Indicator ranging from 1 to 100.. Language: English. Constructs: Attitudes toward Hospital Discharge; Impression Management; Psychiatric Patient Behavior; Classification: Treatment, Rehabilitation, and Therapeutic Processes (7900). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). N2 - Administration Method: Interview AB - Purpose: The the purpose of Perceptions of Impression Management among Psychiatric Patients Questionnaire is to assess the perceptions of hospitalized psychiatric patients about the ability of patients to influence hospital discharge. AB - Description: Developed as part of a study on the power of hospitalized psychiatric patients to influence hospital discharge dates, the 9-item Perceptions of Impression Management among Psychiatric Patients Questionnaire (Sherman, Sprafkin & Higgins, 1974) assesses psychiatric patients' perceptions of perception management. Hospitalized patients answered the questions after listening to a tape recording which was described as an interview with a patient at the hospital. The 'interviewed patient' revealed (1) his wishes to stay or leave the hospital; (2) his intentions to engage either in healthy or sick self-presentation; and (3) whether his psychiatrist was in favor of or opposed to early discharge. After listening to the interview, participants provided their own judgments on interview elements, such as the severity of the patient's mental illness, interpersonal attractiveness of these patients, and judgments about if and when the patient would be discharged. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Hospital Discharge KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Impression Management Intentions KW - Patient Perception KW - Perception Management KW - Perceptions of Impression Management Among Psychiatric Patients Questionnaire KW - Test Development U5 - Perceptions of Impression Management among Psychiatric Patients Questionnaire [Test Development]Perceived efficacy and interpersonal impact of impression management among psychiatric patients. (AN: 1975-01401-001 from PsycINFO) Sherman, Mark; Sprafkin, Robert; Higgins, Kenneth; Aug, 1974. Source: Journal of Abnormal Psychology. 83(4), American Psychological Association, US; Aug, 1974; Administration: Interview Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older), Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs), Thirties (30-39 yrs), Middle Age (40-64 yrs), Aged (65 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Location: United States; Sample: Psychiatric Patients Keywords: Hospital Discharge; Hospitalized Patients; Impression Management Intentions; Patient Perception; Perception Management; Perceptions of Impression Management Among Psychiatric Patients Questionnaire; Test Development; Subjects: Attitude Measurement; Client Attitudes; Hospital Discharge; Hospitalized Patients; Impression Management; Intention; Psychiatric Patients; Test Construction; DO - 10.1037/t27003-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999927003_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-27003-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-25700-000 AN - 9999-25700-000 AU - Duffy, Michael AU - Bailey, Su AU - Beck, Bets AU - Barker, Donald G. T1 - Nursing Home Design Questionnaire JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1986/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-25700-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Duffy, Michael; Texas A & M University, Department of Educational Psychology, Counseling Psychology Program, Texas, United States. Release Date: 20140310. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Inventory/Questionnaire. Test Location: Figure 1, Page 250. Test Format: The respondents were asked to indicate their personal preferences by circling their choice on the variables presenting either a verbal or a graphic description of differences in design of 4 nursing home settings.. Language: English. Constructs: Nursing Home Design Preferences; Classification: Attitudes, Interests, Values, and Expectancies (5300). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Nursing Home Design Questionnaire is to assess preferences among a series of design alternatives for nursing homes. AB - Description: Developed for use in a study on differences among the preferences of nursing home residents, nursing home administrators, and designers on a series of design alternatives, the Nursing Home Design Questionnaire (Duffy et al., 1986) assesses preferences among a series of design alternatives. Several of the design alternatives were visually illustrated on the questionnaire. Participants were presented two or more alternatives on a series of design issues: lounge design, dining room table design, dining room seating arrangements, overall nursing home design, and residents' room furnishings. The various design options were presented in the questionnaire that was worded to apply to all three groups of participants (nursing home residents, nursing home administrators, and design students/instructors). Each variable presented either a verbal or a graphic description of the differences in design. All subjects were asked to indicate their personal preferences among the available options for each design variable. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Nursing Home Design Questionnaire KW - Test Development KW - Consumer Attitudes U5 - Nursing Home Design Questionnaire [Test Development]Preferences in nursing home design: A comparison of residents, administrators, and designers. (AN: 1986-26041-001 from PsycINFO) Duffy, Michael; Bailey, Su; Beck, Bets; Barker, Donald G.; Mar, 1986. Source: Environment and Behavior. 18(2), Sage Publications, US; Mar, 1986; Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Location: United States; Sample: Nursing Home Residents, Administrators, and Designers Keywords: Nursing Home Design Questionnaire; Test Development; Consumer Attitudes; Subjects: Consumer Attitudes; Environmental Planning; Facility Environment; Interior Design; Nursing Homes; Questionnaires; Test Construction; DO - 10.1037/t25700-000 L3 - Sample; Full text; 999925700_sample_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-25700-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-22532-000 AN - 9999-22532-000 AU - Young, Laurens D. AU - Barboriak, Joseph J. AU - Anderson, Alfred A. AU - Hoffman, Raymond G. T1 - Coronary Prone Behavior Questionnaire JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1980/// AD - Young, Laurens D., Veterans Adminstration Medical Center, Psychiatry Service/116A, Wood, Wisconsin, United States, 53193 AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-22532-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Young, Laurens D.; Wood Veterans Administration Medical Center, Psychiatry Service, Wood, Wisconsin, United States. Release Date: 20140908. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Inventory/Questionnaire. Test Location: Appendix A, Page 317. Test Format: Responses for the 41 items ranged from multiple-choice and true/false.. Language: English. Constructs: Coronary Prone Behaviors; Classification: Personality (7200). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The Coronary Prone Behavior Questionnaire is an assessment of the types of behaviors that are risk factors for coronary heart disease. AB - Description: The Coronary Prone Behavior Questionnaire (Young et al., 1980) is an assessment of the types of coronary prone behaviors (CPBs) that are risk factors for coronary heart disease. A selection of individual items thought to represent personal attitudes and estimations about CPB were drawn from the Milwaukee Cardiovascular Registry. Three different kinds of items were thought to be suggestive of 41 CPBs: Subjective, quantitative and neurotic. The six items for subjective traits measured competitiveness being hard driving, having a fiery temper, meeting deadlines, meeting quotas and being ambitious. These items resembled or were identical to the items from an early edition of the Jenkins Activity Scale (Jenkins, Rosenman, & Friedman, 1967). The six items for quantitative traits were grouped together because the respondent was asked only to make quantitative estimates about his behavior. A third group of items called 'Neurotic' traits consisted of responses to randomly arranged true-false questions. Each neurotic item, whether thought to be related to CPB or not, dissatisfaction, impulsiveness and perfectionism was defined by appropriate answers to four or more of these questions. Psychometric information was not available at the time of test development. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Coronary Heart Disease KW - Coronary Prone Behavior Questionnaire KW - Neurotic Subscale KW - Personality Traits KW - Quantitative Subscale KW - Risk Factors KW - Subjective Subscale KW - Test Development U5 - Coronary Prone Behavior Questionnaire [Test Development]Attitudinal and behavioral correlates of coronary heart disease. (AN: 1981-33168-001 from PsycINFO) Young, Laurens D.; Barboriak, Joseph J.; Anderson, Alfred A.; Hoffman, Raymond G.; 1980. Source: Journal of Psychosomatic Research. 24(6), Elsevier Science, Netherlands; 1980; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Sample: Employed Male Patients Who Had Undergone Coronary Arteriography Keywords: Coronary Heart Disease; Coronary Prone Behavior Questionnaire; Neurotic Subscale; Personality Traits; Quantitative Subscale; Risk Factors; Subjective Subscale; Test Development; Subjects: Coronary Prone Behavior; Forced Choice (Testing Method); Heart Disorders; Measurement; Multiple Choice (Testing Method); Personality Traits; Questionnaires; Risk Factors; Test Construction; DO - 10.1037/t22532-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999922532_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-22532-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-19906-000 AN - 9999-19906-000 AU - Linn, Margaret T1 - Modifiers and Perceived Stress Scale JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1986/// AD - Linn, Margaret, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Social Science Research, 1201 N.W. 16th Street, Miami, Florida, United States AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-19906-000. Acronyms: MAPS. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Linn, Margaret; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Social Science Research Laboratory, Miami, Florida, United States. Release Date: 20130909. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Test Location: Appendix, Page 513. Test Format: This measure employs a 10-point scale (0 = none, 9 = extreme). The scale is scored by totaling the number of events and the amounts of perceived stress, anticipation, responsibility, and support.. Language: English. Constructs: Perceived Stress; Classification: Trauma, Stress, and Coping (7800). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Modifiers and Perceived Stress Scale is to assess stressful life events by number and amount of perceived stresses. AB - Description: The Modifiers and Perceived Stress Scale (MAPS; Linn, 1986) was developed to assess stressful life events by number and amount of perceived stresses. The MAPS scale contains 41 events applicable to late-adult or middle-aged men. Events are rated with the past 6 months as the frame of reference. For each reported event, subjects estimate on a 10-point scale the degree to which the event was perceived as stressful or demanding in regard to life change, the degree to which the event was anticipated, the degree of responsibility in bringing the event about, and the amount of support received from family and friends in coping with the event. Factor analysis of total and average scores for these areas identified four dimensions: Total and average anticipated and responsible scores loaded on one dimension, number of events and total perceived stress loaded on another, the two support scores loaded on a third factor, and average perceived stress loaded independently on a factor. Two-week test-retest reliabilities for scores were in the moderate to high range from r(43) = .69 to r(43) = .88. Independent assessments of stress by social workers correlated significantly with the total perceived stress score and with the average perceived stress score in a male sample. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Concurrent Validity KW - Modifiers and Perceived Stress Scale KW - Rating Scales KW - Test Development KW - Test-Retest Reliability U5 - Modifiers and Perceived Stress Scale (MAPS) [Test Development]Modifiers and Perceived Stress Scale. (AN: 1986-28980-001 from PsycINFO) Linn, Margaret W.; Aug, 1986. Source: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 54(4), American Psychological Association, US; Aug, 1986; Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Location: United States; Sample: Adults Participating in an Ongoing Study at the Veterans Administration Medical Center in Miami, Florida Keywords: Concurrent Validity; Modifiers and Perceived Stress Scale; Rating Scales; Test Development; Test-Retest Reliability; Subjects: Rating Scales; Stress; Stress Management; Test Construction; Test Reliability; Test Validity; DO - 10.1037/t19906-000 L3 - Partial; Full text; 999919906_partial_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-19906-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-18518-000 AN - 9999-18518-000 AU - Foy, David W. AU - Sipprelle, R. Carl AU - Rueger, Drue Barrett AU - Carroll, Edward M. T1 - Problem Checklist JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1984/// AD - Foy, David W., Brentwood Veterans Administration Medical Center (691/B117), 11301 Wilshire Boulevard, Los Angeles, California, United States, 90073 AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-18518-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Foy, David W.; Brentwood Veterans Administration Medical Center, Los Angeles, California, United States. Release Date: 20130311. Correction Date: 20160711. Instrument Type: Checklist. Test Format: Problem Checklist items are rated on a 5-point scale (1 = not a problem, 5 = a major problem).. Language: English. Constructs: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Classification: Anxiety and Depression (5100). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Problem Checklist is to assess a wide range of adjustment problems and psychological symptoms associated with posttraumatic stress disorder. AB - Description: Constructed in the course of a study investigating combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) etiology in Vietnam-era veterans, the Problem Checklist (Foy et al., 1984) was developed to assess a wide range of adjustment problems and psychological symptoms associated with PTSD. This instrument consists of 39 items. Fourteen items are included that are characteristic of PTSD according to DSM-III criteria. The remaining items assess problems of a more general nature. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Adjustment Problems KW - Military Psychology KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Problem Checklist KW - Psychological Symptoms KW - PTSD KW - Self-Consciousness U5 - Problem Checklist [Test Development]Etiology of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder in Vietnam veterans: Analysis of premilitary, military, and combat exposure influences. (AN: 1984-11154-001 from PsycINFO) Foy, David W.; Sipprelle, R. Carl; Rueger, Drue B.; Carroll, Edward M.; Feb, 1984. Source: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 52(1), American Psychological Association, US; Feb, 1984; Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Sample: Vietnam Veterans Keywords: Adjustment Problems; Military Psychology; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Problem Checklist; Psychological Symptoms; PTSD; Self-Consciousness; Subjects: Adjustment; Checklist (Testing); Military Psychology; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychiatric Symptoms; Self-Perception; Symptom Checklists; DO - 10.1037/t18518-000 L3 - Sample; Full text; 999918518_sample_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-18518-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-18495-000 AN - 9999-18495-000 AU - Foy, David W. AU - Sipprelle, R. Carl AU - Rueger, Drue Barrett AU - Carroll, Edward M. T1 - Combat Exposure Scale JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1984/// AD - Foy, David W. AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-18495-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Foy, David W.; Brentwood Veterans Administration Medical Center, Los Angeles, California, United States. Release Date: 20130211. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Test Format: Subjects are assigned a combat exposure score from 1 to 7 based on the highest item experienced.. Language: English. Constructs: Combat Exposure; Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Classification: Military Personnel, Adjustment, and Training (6800). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of this scale is to operationalize amount of combat involvement, as it contributes to the development of combat-related, chronic PTSD. AB - Description: In a study examining the etiology of combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder, a Combat Exposure Scale (Foy et al., 1984) was developed. Participants were Vietnam-era veterans applying for psychiatric services. The scale, designed to operationalize amount of combat involvement, was developed using relevant items from military history. A Guttman Scalogram technique (Torgerson, 1958) was used to place war-related events in order of increasing combat involvement. The scale consisted of seven items, ranging from no combat involvement to having served three tours of duty. Subjects were assigned a combat exposure score from 1 to 7 based on the highest item experienced. This ordering of items produced a coefficient of reproducibility of .93, indicating that a valid Guttman scale was achieved for 93% of the subjects. In a sample of 20 Vietnam- era veterans, comparison of scores on the Combat Exposure Scale with scores on the combat scale used by Egendorf et al. (1981) produced a Pearson's correlation coefficient of .86. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Combat Exposure Scale KW - PTSD KW - Guttman Scalogram Techniques KW - Test Development KW - Test Validation U5 - Combat Exposure Scale [Test Development]Etiology of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder in Vietnam veterans: Analysis of premilitary, military, and combat exposure influences. (AN: 1984-11154-001 from PsycINFO) Foy, David W.; Sipprelle, R. Carl; Rueger, Drue B.; Carroll, Edward M.; Feb, 1984. Source: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 52(1), American Psychological Association, US; Feb, 1984; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Sample: Vietnam Veterans Seeking Psychological Services Keywords: Combat Exposure Scale; PTSD; Guttman Scalogram Techniques; Test Development; Test Validation; Subjects: Combat Experience; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Test Construction; Test Validity; DO - 10.1037/t18495-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999918495_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-18495-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - david.foy@pepperdine.edu DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-18494-000 AN - 9999-18494-000 AU - Foy, David W. AU - Sipprelle, R. Carl AU - Rueger, Drue Barrett AU - Carroll, Edward M. T1 - Postmilitary Adjustment Index JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1984/// AD - Foy, David W. AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-18494-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Foy, David W.; Brentwood Veterans Administration Medical Center, Los Angeles, California, United States. Release Date: 20130311. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Index/Indicator. Test Format: Each item has its own scoring options. Some have ranges such as 0-20 and 1-7. Following test administration, all items are scored in a dichotomous manner (i.e., positive vs. negative adjustment). A median split is used to determine cut-off points for continuously scaled items. A subject's score on the index is the number of items scored in the direction of positive adjustment. The total score may range from -9 to 4.. Language: English. Constructs: Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Postmilitary Adjustment; Classification: Military Personnel, Adjustment, and Training (6800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). AB - Purpose: The purpose of this index is to measure postmilitary service adjustment, as it contributes to the development of combat-related, chronic PTSD. AB - Description: In a study examining the etiology of combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder, a Postmilitary Adjustment Index (Foy et al., 1984) was developed. Participants were Vietnam-era veterans applying for psychiatric services. The Postmilitary Adjustment Index consisted of 13 items covering the areas of vocational functioning, legal problems, psychiatric treatment, and current family and interpersonal relationships. Each item was scored in a dichotomous manner (i.e., positive vs. negative adjustment). A median split was used to determine cut-off points for continuously scaled items. A subject's score was the number of items scored in the direction of positive adjustment. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Family Relationships KW - Interpersonal Relationships KW - Legal Problems KW - Postmilitary Adjustment Index KW - Psychiatric Treatment KW - Vocational Functioning KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder U5 - Postmilitary Adjustment Index [Test Development]Etiology of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder in Vietnam veterans: Analysis of premilitary, military, and combat exposure influences. (AN: 1984-11154-001 from PsycINFO) Foy, David W.; Sipprelle, R. Carl; Rueger, Drue B.; Carroll, Edward M.; Feb, 1984. Source: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 52(1), American Psychological Association, US; Feb, 1984; Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Sample: Vietnam Veterans Keywords: Family Relationships; Interpersonal Relationships; Legal Problems; Postmilitary Adjustment Index; Psychiatric Treatment; Vocational Functioning; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Subjects: Emotional Adjustment; Family Relations; Interpersonal Relationships; Job Performance; Military Psychology; Personality Measures; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychiatric Hospitalization; DO - 10.1037/t18494-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999918494_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-18494-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - david.foy@pepperdine.edu DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-18493-000 AN - 9999-18493-000 AU - Foy, David W. AU - Sipprelle, R. Carl AU - Rueger, Drue Barrett AU - Carroll, Edward M. T1 - Military Adjustment Index JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1984/// AD - Foy, David W. AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-18493-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Foy, David W.; Brentwood Veterans Administration Medical Center, Los Angeles, California, United States. Release Date: 20130211. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Index/Indicator. Test Format: Each item has its own scoring options. Some are dichotomous, other have ranges such as 1-9. Following test administration, all items are scored in a dichotomous manner (i.e., positive vs. negative adjustment). A median split is used to determine cut-off points for continuously scaled items. A subject's score on the adjustment index is the number of items scored in the direction of positive adjustment. The total score may range from -5 to 1.. Language: English. Constructs: Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Military Adjustment; Classification: Military Personnel, Adjustment, and Training (6800). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of this index is to measure military service adjustment, as it contributes to the development of combat-related, chronic PTSD. AB - Description: In a study examining the etiology of combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder, a Military Adjustment Index (Foy et al., 1984) was developed. Participants were Vietnam-era veterans applying for psychiatric services. The Military Adjustment Index consisted of 6 items indicating level of substance use while in the service, occurrence of court martial and nonjudicial disciplinary actions, number of psychiatric contacts, and number of military honors. Each item was scored in a dichotomous manner (i.e., positive vs. negative adjustment). A median split was used to determine cut-off points for continuously scaled items. A subject's score was the number of items scored in the direction of positive adjustment. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Military Adjustment Index KW - Test Development KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder U5 - Military Adjustment Index [Test Development]Etiology of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder in Vietnam veterans: Analysis of premilitary, military, and combat exposure influences. (AN: 1984-11154-001 from PsycINFO) Foy, David W.; Sipprelle, R. Carl; Rueger, Drue B.; Carroll, Edward M.; Feb, 1984. Source: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 52(1), American Psychological Association, US; Feb, 1984; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Sample: -Era Veterans Applying for Psychiatric Services Keywords: Military Adjustment Index; Test Development; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Subjects: Adjustment Disorders; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Test Construction; DO - 10.1037/t18493-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999918493_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-18493-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - david.foy@pepperdine.edu DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-18492-000 AN - 9999-18492-000 AU - Foy, David W. AU - Sipprelle, R. Carl AU - Rueger, Drue Barrett AU - Carroll, Edward M. T1 - Premilitary Adjustment Index JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1984/// AD - Foy, David W. AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-18492-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Foy, David W.; Brentwood Veterans Administration Medical Center, Los Angeles, California, United States. Release Date: 20130311. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Index/Indicator. Test Format: Each item has its own scoring options. Some are dichotomous, other have ranges such as 1-18 and 1-4. Following test administration, all items are scored in a dichotomous manner (i.e., positive vs. negative adjustment). A median split is used to determine cut-off points for continuously scaled items. A subject's score on the index is the number of items scored in the direction of positive adjustment. The total score may range from -13 to 4.. Language: English. Constructs: Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Premilitary Adjustment; Classification: Military Personnel, Adjustment, and Training (6800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). AB - Purpose: The purpose of this index is to measure premilitary service adjustment, as it contributes to the development of combat-related, chronic PTSD. AB - Description: In a study examining the etiology of combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder, a Premilitary Adjustment Index (Foy et al., 1984) was developed. Participants were Vietnam-era veterans applying for psychiatric services. The Premilitary Adjustment Index consisted of 17 items covering key aspects of adjustment, including family stability, relationship with parents, school achievement, disciplinary and legal problems, and social activity. Each item was scored in a dichotomous manner (i.e., positive vs. negative adjustment). A median split was used to determine cut-off points for continuously scaled items. A subject's score was the number of items scored in the direction of positive adjustment. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Disciplinary Problems KW - Family Stability KW - Legal Problems KW - Parental Relationship KW - Premilitary Adjustment Index KW - School Achievement KW - Social Activity U5 - Premilitary Adjustment Index [Test Development]Etiology of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder in Vietnam veterans: Analysis of premilitary, military, and combat exposure influences. (AN: 1984-11154-001 from PsycINFO) Foy, David W.; Sipprelle, R. Carl; Rueger, Drue B.; Carroll, Edward M.; Feb, 1984. Source: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 52(1), American Psychological Association, US; Feb, 1984; Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Sample: Vietnam Veterans Keywords: Disciplinary Problems; Family Stability; Legal Problems; Parental Relationship; Premilitary Adjustment Index; School Achievement; Social Activity; Subjects: Academic Achievement; Emotional Adjustment; Emotional Stability; Military Psychology; Parent Child Relations; Personality Measures; Social Behavior; DO - 10.1037/t18492-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999918492_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-18492-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - david.foy@pepperdine.edu DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-15608-000 AN - 9999-15608-000 AU - Kelly, Jeffrey A. AU - St. Lawrence, Janet S. AU - Bradlyn, Andrew S. AU - Himadi, William G. AU - Graves, Kenneth A. AU - Keane, Terrence M. T1 - Interpersonal Evaluation Inventory JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1982/// AD - Kelly, Jeffrey A., Department of Psychiatry and Human Behavior, University of Mississippi Medical Center, 2500 North State St., Jackson, Mississippi, United States, 39216 AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-15608-000. Other Names: Interpersonal Attraction Questionnaire; Interpersonal Attraction Inventory. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kelly, Jeffrey A.; University of Mississippi Medical Center, Jackson, Mississippi, United States. Release Date: 20121008. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Inventory/Questionnaire. Test Format: Responses are recorded on a 7-point bipolar scale ranging from 1 = extremely truthful to 7 = extremely untruthful.. Language: English. Constructs: Personality; Classification: Personality (7200). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of the measure is to assess the personality traits of a target person. AB - Description: The Interpersonal Evaluation Inventory (Kelly et al., 1982) is a 26-item measure that is used to assess the personality of a model in a film. Responses are recorded on a 7-point bipolar scale ranging from 1 = extremely truthful to 7 = extremely untruthful. Twenty-four of the interpersonal evaluation items are adjectives which have been previously validated as sensitive to interpersonal attraction and likeability (Anderson, 1968) and which also appeared relevant to assertiveness evaluation. Two items assessed the degree to which the respondent would like to work on a committee with the model and the degree to which the respondent would like to get to know the model better at a party; both were rated on 7-point scales. A factor analysis of data from a sample of undergraduate students found four factors: Likeability, Competence, Honesty, and Tact. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Interpersonal Evaluation Inventory KW - Personality Measures KW - Social Perception KW - Test Development U5 - Interpersonal Evaluation Inventory [Test Development]Interpersonal reactions to assertive and unassertive styles when handling social conflict situations. (AN: 1982-30348-001 from PsycINFO) Kelly, Jeffrey A; St Lawrence, Janet S; Bradlyn, Andrew S; Himadi, William G; Graves, Kenneth A; Keane, Terrence M; Mar, 1982. Source: Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry. 13(1), Elsevier Science, Netherlands; Mar, 1982; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Sample: Undergraduate Students Keywords: Interpersonal Evaluation Inventory; Personality Measures; Social Perception; Test Development; Subjects: Interpersonal Interaction; Personality Measures; Social Perception; Test Construction; DO - 10.1037/t15608-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999915608_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-15608-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107207848 T1 - Topical corticosteroids: a review of properties and principles in therapeutic use. AU - Chaffman MO Y1 - 1999/06//1999 Jun N1 - Accession Number: 107207848. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990901. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; review; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Expert Peer Reviewed; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9100939. KW - Adrenal Cortex Hormones -- Therapeutic Use KW - Adrenal Cortex Hormones -- Administration and Dosage KW - Administration, Topical KW - Skin Diseases -- Drug Therapy KW - Gels KW - Creams KW - Drugs, Generic KW - Ointments KW - Occlusive Dressings KW - Adrenal Cortex Hormones -- Classification KW - Adrenal Cortex Hormones -- Adverse Effects SP - 95 EP - 105 JO - Nurse Practitioner Forum JF - Nurse Practitioner Forum JA - NURSE PRACT FORUM VL - 10 IS - 2 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - W B Saunders AB - Topical corticosteroids are used to treat a variety of dermatologic conditions. Desired therapeutic endpoints can usually be achieved when an appropriate drug selection is made from the myriad topical corticosteroids agents available for use. Proper drug selection is based on the dermatosis being treated and its anticipated corticosteroid responsiveness: the anatomic site of the dermatosis, potency of the corticosteroid, appropriateness of the delivery vehicle, and the existence of particular patient factors that can effect response to therapy. Proper drug choice, coupled with good application technique, can maximize efficacy and minimize the potential of side effects experienced with topical corticosteroids. Copyright (c) 1999 by W.B. Saunders Company SN - 1045-5485 AD - Ambulatory Care Clinical Pharmacy Specialist, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bay Pines, FL U2 - PMID: 10542586. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107207848&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107225747 T1 - Oral health and the older diabetic. AU - Martin WE Y1 - 1999/05//1999 May N1 - Accession Number: 107225747. Language: English. Entry Date: 19991101. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; review. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8603766. KW - Aging KW - Dental Care for Aged -- Methods KW - Diabetes Mellitus -- Complications KW - Mouth Diseases -- Etiology KW - Oral Health KW - Diabetes Mellitus KW - Infection -- Etiology KW - Infection -- Therapy KW - Mouth Diseases -- Therapy KW - Prognosis KW - Middle Age KW - Aged KW - Male KW - Female SP - 339 EP - 350 JO - Clinics in Geriatric Medicine JF - Clinics in Geriatric Medicine JA - CLIN GERIATR MED VL - 15 IS - 2 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - W B Saunders AB - Older diabetics are at high risk for developing certain oral complications. Conversely, these oral health problems can complicate overall diabetic management, potentially undermining good blood-glucose control and impairing mastication of nutritionally appropriate foods. This article reviews the oral complications associated with diabetes. Additionally, special considerations in dental treatment of the older diabetic patient are discussed, including management of diabetic emergencies. Copyright (c) 1999 by W.B. Saunders Company SN - 0749-0690 AD - Dental Service (11F8), Veterans Administration Medical Center, 915 N. Grand Blvd., St Louis, MO 63106 U2 - PMID: 10339637. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107225747&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107187983 T1 - Emergency! Peritonitis. AU - Breitfeller JM Y1 - 1999/04// N1 - Accession Number: 107187983. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990501. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0372646. KW - Peritonitis KW - Peritonitis -- Nursing KW - Peritoneal Dialysis, Continuous Ambulatory -- Adverse Effects KW - Staphylococcal Infections -- Complications KW - Emergency Nursing KW - Peritonitis -- Microbiology KW - Peritonitis -- Diagnosis KW - Peritonitis -- Drug Therapy KW - Nursing Assessment KW - Physical Examination KW - Diagnosis, Laboratory KW - Dialysis Solutions -- Adverse Effects KW - Antibiotics -- Therapeutic Use KW - Patient Discharge Education KW - Middle Age KW - Male KW - Inpatients SP - 33 EP - 33 JO - American Journal of Nursing JF - American Journal of Nursing JA - AM J NURS VL - 99 IS - 4 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Can you recognize the classic signs of this life-threatening complication of dialysis? SN - 0002-936X AD - Staff Nurse, Intensive Care Unit, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Northport, NY U2 - PMID: 10234320. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107187983&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107084667 T1 - Helium-oxygen: an old therapy creates new interest. AU - Fink JB Y1 - 1999/04//1999 Apr-May N1 - Accession Number: 107084667. Language: English. Entry Date: 20000201. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; review; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9305390. KW - Helium -- Therapeutic Use KW - Oxygen Therapy KW - Research KW - Asthma -- Therapy KW - Lung Diseases, Obstructive -- Therapy KW - Administration, Inhalation SP - 71 EP - 76 JO - RT: The Journal for Respiratory Care Practitioners JF - RT: The Journal for Respiratory Care Practitioners JA - RT VL - 12 IS - 3 CY - Overland Park, Kansas PB - Allied Media LLC SN - 1040-6050 AD - Program Analyst, Respiratory Care, Edward Hines Jr Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, IL UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107084667&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107186126 T1 - Coronary MR angiography. AU - Duerinckx AJ Y1 - 1999/03//1999 Mar N1 - Accession Number: 107186126. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990501. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; diagnostic images; review; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0123703. KW - Magnetic Resonance Imaging KW - Coronary Angiography KW - Coronary Vessels -- Radiography KW - Coronary Angiography -- Methods KW - Coronary Artery Bypass KW - Stents KW - Coronary Vessels -- Abnormalities SP - 273 EP - 318 JO - Radiologic Clinics of North America JF - Radiologic Clinics of North America JA - RADIOL CLIN NORTH AM VL - 37 IS - 2 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - W B Saunders AB - MR angiography of the coronary arteries became possible in 1991 with the development of a new group of fast MR imaging sequences. Although the role of coronary MR angiography in screening for coronary artery lesions has not yet been established, coronary MR angiography already has been very successful in the detection of coronary artery variants and the imaging of coronary stents and bypass grafts. Variants of these new MR imaging techniques also can quantitate velocity in native coronary arteries. Several generations of coronary MR angiographic techniques exist; all techniques use EKG-triggering. The use of MR contrast agents appears to further improve all techniques. Technical progress and changes in this subfield of cardiac MR imaging have been so fast that large-scale preclinical trials have not been conducted with the majority of the first and second generation coronary MR angiographic pulse sequences as known today. This article reviews the development of these new cardiac MR imaging techniques and the initial successes with clinical application using commercial MR scanners. Copyright (c) 1999 by W.B. Saunders Companyr SN - 0033-8389 AD - Radiology Service (Mail Route: W114), MRI, Bld #507, West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Center, 11301 Wilshire Blvd., Los Angeles, CA 90073; e-mail: ajd@ucla.edu U2 - PMID: 10198645. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107186126&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - AU - Shneidman, Edwin S.1 T1 - Information Form Useful in Vocational Counseling. JO - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal JF - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal J1 - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal PY - 1946/11// Y1 - 1946/11// VL - 25 IS - 2 CP - 2 M3 - Article SP - 108 EP - 108 SN - 21645841 AB - The article describes the development of "Questions and Answers About My Possible Occupation," an information form used in vocational counseling in the U.S. This form is intended to give the client specific questions which constitute a comprehensive listing of the major attributes of any occupation. The form also is used with certain types of counseling cases at the University of Southern California Veterans Administration Guidance Center. KW - Vocational guidance KW - Job classification KW - Job qualifications KW - Vocational interests KW - United States N1 - Accession Number: 25095963; Authors: Shneidman, Edwin S. 1; Affiliations: 1: University of Southern California Veterans Administration Guidance Center; Subject: Vocational guidance; Subject: Job classification; Subject: Job qualifications; Subject: Vocational interests; Subject: United States; Number of Pages: 1/2p; Record Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=25095963&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-14707-004 AN - 2005-14707-004 AU - Schneidler, Gwendolen G. T1 - Review of Occupational therapy in the treatment of the tuberculous patient. JF - Journal of Applied Psychology JO - Journal of Applied Psychology Y1 - 1946/02// VL - 30 IS - 1 SP - 112 EP - 114 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9010 SN - 1939-1854 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-14707-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schneidler, Gwendolen G.; Veterans Administration, Advisement and Guidance Service, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20111114. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Occupational Therapy; Tuberculosis. Minor Descriptor: Patients. Classification: Occupational & Vocational Rehabilitation (3384). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Hudson, Holland; Fish, Marjorie. Occupational therapy in the treatment of the tuberculous patient=New York: National Tuberculosis Association, 1944. Pp xii + 317. $3.00; 1944. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1946. AB - Reviews the book, Occupational therapy in the treatment of the tuberculous patient by Holland Hudson and Marjorie Fish (1944). The authors originally planned to write a text and reference book for undergraduate students of occupational therapy. They have done that and more. They have contributed a volume which is written in a refreshing and engaging style and which should be read not only by occupational therapy students planning to work in tuberculosis hospitals, but by all practitioners and "students of occupational therapy and by mature persons considering occupational therapy as a career. This book can also be read with profit by other professional workers in tuberculosis hospitals, by vocational counselors, and by training and placement workers dealing with rehabilitation problems. Every page reflects the authors' intimate knowledge of tuberculosis, its nature, diagnosis and treatment; of the tuberculous patient and the tuberculosis hospital, as well as the role, training, and techniques of the occupational therapist in the total program. Besides giving the student a generous insight into their philosophy of therapy, the authors are realistically helpful in providing numerous practical suggestions for such specific services as library service, musical therapy, graphic and plastic arts, woodworking, household and homemaking arts, prevocational and vocational training, and placement. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - tuberculous patient KW - tuberculosis KW - occupational therapy KW - 1946 KW - Occupational Therapy KW - Tuberculosis KW - Patients U2 - Hudson, Holland; Fish, Marjorie. (1944); Occupational therapy in the treatment of the tuberculous patient; New York: National Tuberculosis Association, 1944. Pp xii + 317. $3.00 DO - 10.1037/h0050859 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-14707-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-13988-002 AN - 2005-13988-002 AU - Singer, Jerome L. T1 - Review of Group psychotherapy: Studies in methodology of research and therapy. Report of a group psychotherapy research project of the U. S. Veterans Administration. JF - The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology JO - The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology Y1 - 1954/01// VL - 49 IS - 1 SP - 159 EP - 161 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-851X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-13988-002. Other Journal Title: Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Singer, Jerome L.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Montrose, NY, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimentation; Group Psychotherapy; Military Veterans. Minor Descriptor: Methodology. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50); Outpatient (60). Reviewed Item: Frank, Jerome D.; Powdermaker, Florence B. Group Psychotherapy: Studies in Methodology of Research and Therapy. Report of a group psychotherapy research project of the U. S. Veterans Administration=Cambridge: Harvard Univer. Press, 1953. Pp. xv+615. Price $6.50; 1953. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1954. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1954. AB - Reviews the book, Group Psychotherapy: Studies in Methodology of Research and Therapy. Report of a group psychotherapy research project of the U. S. Veterans Administration by Jerome D. Frank and Florence B. Powdermaker (see record [rid]1954-02756-000[/rid]). According to the reviewer, the project described in this volume was probably the first large-scale formal research into the process of group psychotherapy. The two major objectives of the investigation were to develop methods for studying the process of therapy and the specific problems faced by therapists, and to develop methods which could provide solutions to the problems isolated by the analysis of the treatment process. The book, like the project, has two main divisions, the research with neurotic clinic patients and a controlled study of group therapy with hospitalized schizophrenics. According to the reviewer, whatever its failings as pure research, there can be no question that this is an important and useful book. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group psychotherapy KW - veterans KW - methodology KW - research KW - 1954 KW - Experimentation KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Military Veterans KW - Methodology U2 - Frank, Jerome D.; Powdermaker, Florence B. (1953); Group Psychotherapy: Studies in Methodology of Research and Therapy. Report of a group psychotherapy research project of the U. S. Veterans Administration; Cambridge: Harvard Univer. Press, 1953. Pp. xv+615. Price $6.50 DO - 10.1037/h0052901 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-13988-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-13622-002 AN - 2005-13622-002 AU - Gilberstadt, Harold AU - Farkas, Edwin T1 - Another look at MMPI profile types in multiple sclerosis. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1961/10// VL - 25 IS - 5 SP - 440 EP - 444 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-13622-002. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gilberstadt, Harold; Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, MN, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Multiple Sclerosis. Minor Descriptor: Major Depression. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale; MMPI (Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1961. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1961. AB - Canter (1951) reported a descriptive study of MMPI profiles of patients with multiple sclerosis (MS). Although recognizing the limitations of the approach, he calculated the average MMPI profile for this group of 33 World War II veteran patients and inferred from the mean profile for the group that the typical personality configuration in MS included a reaction to the stress of the illness with depression and its accessory symptoms. When depression is a major variable under study, the averaging of MMPI profiles can obscure important profile differences especially if subsamples are combined, one of which has very high D scores and the other of which has very low D scores. This is a particularly important consideration in the study of an illness such as MS in which both reactions of high depression and low depression because of denial and repression have been observed. If discrete profile types were to be produced reflecting each of these reaction types, such an important difference would be cancelled out and masked by averaging. The aim of the present study was to attempt to check Canter's MMPI findings and to answer the following questions: (a) Can a typical response to MS in the direction of depression be inferred from the MMPI? (b) Among patients with neurological lesions, are MMPI profiles indicative of depression more common in MS than in other conditions? To investigate the latter question, a control group of neurological patients was selected who had suffered brain injury from external causes. A second purpose of this paper is to report on significant relationships between MMPI profile characteristics and illness and demographic variables which became apparent when profiles were studied as depressed and non-depressed types rather than as average group profiles. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - multiple sclerosis KW - MMPI profiles KW - depression KW - 1961 KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Multiple Sclerosis KW - Major Depression DO - 10.1037/h0039473 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-13622-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-13423-002 AN - 2005-13423-002 AU - Van Ness Dearborn, George T1 - Review of Five hundred delinquent women. JF - The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology JO - The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology Y1 - 1935/07// VL - 30 IS - 2 SP - 266 EP - 269 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-851X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-13423-002. Other Journal Title: Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Ness Dearborn, George; U. S. Veterans Administration, NY, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Criminal Justice; Criminal Rehabilitation; Female Criminals; Human Females. Minor Descriptor: Adjudication. Classification: Criminal Rehabilitation & Penology (3386). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Reviewed Item: Glueek, Sheldon; Glueek, Eleanor T.; Pound, Roscoe. Five hundred delinquent women=New York: A. A. Knopf, 1934. Pp. xxxiv, 539. 6 1/2 x 9 1/2 inches. $5.00 net; 1934. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1935. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1935. AB - Reviews the book "Five hundred delinquent women" by Dr. Sheldon Glueck and Dr. Eleanor T. Glueck (1934). The reviewer notes that this important work will help in the gravely needed reform of the evil penal system, for it helps point out the way. In an earlier and now famous work, "Five Hundred Criminal Careers", the Gluecks demonstrated the astounding results of a unique method of tracing the lives of ex-offenders after their release from a correctional institution. In that book they dealt entirely with men. In this new book they have utilized their method to trace the careers of five hundred delinquent women after their release from the Massachusetts Reformatory. They spent over three years in intensive and ingenious research. The result is the first reliable picture ever drawn of the characteristics, background, correctional experiences, parole history, and post-parole vicissitudes of delinquent women. Here are not only the statistical conclusions, but a series of case histories illustrating types of delinquency among women. This elaborate study is concerned with the nature and the treatment of delinquent women in the Massachusetts Reformatory for Women and with their ultimate response to such treatment. The reviewer notes that authors and sociology both are to be congratulated on the existence of this highly constructive book, a model for others. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - delinquent women KW - penal system KW - treatment KW - 1935 KW - Criminal Justice KW - Criminal Rehabilitation KW - Female Criminals KW - Human Females KW - Adjudication U2 - Glueek, Sheldon; Glueek, Eleanor T.; Pound, Roscoe. (1934); Five hundred delinquent women; New York: A. A. Knopf, 1934. Pp. xxxiv, 539. 6 1/2 x 9 1/2 inches. $5.00 net DO - 10.1037/h0051676 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-13423-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-18713-001 AN - 2011-18713-001 AU - Moran, Louis J. AU - Mefferd, Roy B. Jr. AU - Kimble, James P. Jr. T1 - Idiodynamic sets in word association. JF - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JO - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied Y1 - 1964/// VL - 78 IS - 2 SP - 1 EP - 22 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-9753 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-18713-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Review: Monograph Supplements. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moran, Louis J.; University of Texas, TX, US. Other Publishers: Macmillan & Company; Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20111003. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Information: Annual Meeting of the Society for Multivariate Experimental Psychology, 3rd, 1962, Chicago, IL, US. Conference Note: A version of the present paper was presented at the aforementioned conference. Major Descriptor: Factor Analysis; Free Association; Schizophrenia; Word Associations. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Wechsler-Bellevue Test—Vocabulary subtest, Form I. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 22. Issue Publication Date: 1964. Publication History: First Submitted Date: May 7, 1963. AB - On 4 successive days 100 normals and 96 schizophrenics were administered a list of 125 words under free-association instructions. From these samples 79 normal-schizophrenic pairs were matched for age, education, and vocabulary. Separate orthogonal factor anlyses of each day's performance by 79 normal Ss yielded essentially the same factors. 3 factors were interpreted as representing idiodynamic sets: object-referent, conceptual-referent, and speed. The manner in which these sets facilitated and interfered with mediational processes was demonstrated. Similar analyses of performance by the 79 schizophrenics revealed the same 3 idiodynamic sets. Although the sets were operative in the schizophrenics on all 4 days, the sets were less pre-emptive after the 1st day. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - idiodynamic sets KW - word association KW - schizophrenia KW - factor analysis KW - free association KW - 1964 KW - Factor Analysis KW - Free Association KW - Schizophrenia KW - Word Associations U1 - Sponsor: Hogg Foundation for Mental Health. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: University of Texas, Research Institute, US. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1037/h0093833 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2011-18713-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-18675-001 AN - 2011-18675-001 AU - Doering, Milan F. AU - Hamlin, Roy M. AU - Everstine, Louis AU - Eigenbrode, Charles R. AU - Chambers, Guinevere S. AU - Wolpin, Milton AU - Lackner, Frank M. T1 - The use of training to increase intensity of angry verbalization. JF - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JO - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied Y1 - 1962/// VL - 76 IS - 37 SP - 1 EP - 27 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-9753 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-18675-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Review: Monograph Supplements. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Doering, Milan F.; Topeka State Hospital, KS, US. Other Publishers: Macmillan & Company; Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20111003. Correction Date: 20120827. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anger; Emotional Control; Oral Communication; Training. Minor Descriptor: Egotism; Frustration. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320). Tests & Measures: Angry Verbalization Test [Appended] DOI: 10.1037/t13778-000; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale; Egotistical Verbalization Scale [Appended] DOI: 10.1037/t06856-000; Angry Verbalization Scale I DOI: 10.1037/t06857-000; Angry Verbalization Scale II [Appended] DOI: 10.1037/t08599-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 27. Issue Publication Date: 1962. Publication History: First Submitted Date: Feb 5, 1962. AB - This report consists of five studies pertaining to angry verbalization research. Angry verbalization research started as an attempt to shorten the psychotherapy process by training individuals directly to make angrier than usual verbalizations. The problem immediately encountered was what constituted an angrier than usual verbalization. The solution to this problem was found in the angry verbalization continuum. This continuum went from "not very angry" at the one end to "very angry" at the other end. On the continuum were to fall both the usually made angry verbalizations and, farther up, some verbalizations even angrier than the usual ones. In Study I, the idea of an angry verbalization continuum was made concrete with the development of two Angry Verbalization scales. Study II covers the development of an Egotistical Verbalization Scale, this scale going from "not very egotistical" at the one end to "very egotistical" at the other end. The Egotistical Verbalization Scale was set up to be a less emotional control scale to the Angry Verbalization scales. With the development of the anger and egotism scales, an attempt could be made to train individuals to make angrier than usual verbalizations. Studies III and IV are concerned with such an attempt. Study III describes a discrimination procedure in which individuals were trained to discriminate between angry verbalizations of different intensities, the different intensities being determined according to the anger scales. Study IV was concerned with what effects this discrimination training had on increasing the intensity of individuals' freely made angry verbalizations. In Study IV an Angry Verbalization Test was developed to elicit and to measure freely made angry verbalizations. Some data from this test were subsequently given both to a clinician and to a statistician. Study V is a comparison of the clinician's report of this data with the statistician's report. In the course of Study V, some potentially meaningful ways for conceptualizing intraindividual variability are presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - training KW - angry verbalizations KW - anger intensity KW - emotional control KW - egotism KW - angry verbalization continuum KW - frustration KW - 1962 KW - Anger KW - Emotional Control KW - Oral Communication KW - Training KW - Egotism KW - Frustration DO - 10.1037/h0093877 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2011-18675-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-12455-001 AN - 2011-12455-001 AU - Davis, Edward T. T1 - Heteromodal effects upon visual thresholds. JF - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JO - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied Y1 - 1966/// VL - 80 IS - 25 SP - 1 EP - 23 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-9753 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-12455-001. PMID: 5971464 Other Journal Title: Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Review: Monograph Supplements. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, Edward T.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Bedford, MA, US. Other Publishers: Macmillan & Company; Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20111003. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Stimulation; Intersensory Processes; Neuropsychology; Visual Thresholds. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520); Sensory Perception (2320). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Tests & Measures: Stanford-Binet vocabulary test. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 23. Issue Publication Date: 1966. Publication History: First Submitted Date: May 30, 1966. AB - Processes underlying the transmission and coordination of 2 different kinds of sensory excitation were studied. A neurological model accounting for specific heteromodal effects was proposed. The method involved the determination of visual thresholds in normal and brain-injured Ss while they were being subjected to an auxiliary aural stimulus of moderately loud intensity. The results demonstrated group differences in the effect sound lias on visual thresholds and provided information on the diminishing effectiveness of a constant auxiliary stimulus when it is maintained for a period of several minutes. The findings were reviewed in the light of past and present theoretical explanations and related to a brain model which accounts for both facilitative and inhibitory effects of auxiliary stimulations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - heteromodal effects KW - visual thresholds KW - neurological model KW - aural stimuli KW - 1966 KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Intersensory Processes KW - Neuropsychology KW - Visual Thresholds DO - 10.1037/h0092975 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2011-12455-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-16946-001 AN - 2011-16946-001 AU - Fisher, Seymour AU - Cleveland, Sidney E. T1 - The role of body image in psychosomatic symptom choice. JF - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JO - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied Y1 - 1955/// VL - 69 IS - 17 SP - 1 EP - 15 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-9753 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-16946-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Review: Monograph Supplements. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fisher, Seymour; Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, TX, US. Other Publishers: Macmillan & Company; Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20111003. Correction Date: 20160811. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Body Image; Choice Behavior; Somatoform Disorders; Symptoms. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Thematic Apperception Test DOI: 10.1037/t02717-000; Rorschach Test DOI: 10.1037/t03306-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: 1955. Publication History: First Submitted Date: Apr 1, 1955. KW - body image KW - psychosomatic symptoms KW - choice behavior KW - symptomatology KW - 1955 KW - Body Image KW - Choice Behavior KW - Somatoform Disorders KW - Symptoms DO - 10.1037/h0093732 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2011-16946-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1957-03497-001 AN - 1957-03497-001 AU - Wallace, Melvin T1 - Future time perspective in schizophrenia. JF - The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology JO - The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology Y1 - 1956/03// VL - 52 IS - 2 SP - 240 EP - 245 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-851X N1 - Accession Number: 1957-03497-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wallace, Melvin; Veterans Administration Regional Office, Kansas City, Mo. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychopathology; Schizophrenia; Time Perspective. Minor Descriptor: Medical Patients. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1956. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1956. AB - 34 schizophrenic patients and 34 general medical patients were given tasks which involved the spontaneous and later forced ordering of a series of future events, 4 stories in response to verbal instructions which included the beginning of each story, and estimates of the age of occurrence of 15 future events supplied by the examiner which were later placed in order of expected occurrence. On the basis of these tasks, measures of 2 aspects of future time perspective, extension and coherence, were derived. The obtained results support the hypothesis that future time perspective is significantly affected by psychopathological disturbance. 21 references. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenia KW - psychopathology KW - verbal instructions KW - 1956 KW - Psychopathology KW - Schizophrenia KW - Time Perspective KW - Medical Patients DO - 10.1037/h0039899 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1957-03497-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1947-03375-001 AN - 1947-03375-001 AU - Hawley, Paul R. T1 - The importance of clinical psychology in a complete medical program. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1946/11// VL - 10 IS - 6 SP - 292 EP - 300 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1947-03375-001. PMID: 20292028 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hawley, Paul R.; Veterans Administration, Washington. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Methods Training; Clinical Psychologists; Clinical Psychology. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1946. AB - The medical program of the Veterans Administration must have the important services of clinical psychologists to be complete. The clinical psychologist has three chief functions: diagnosis, research, and therapy. Because the demand for clinical psychologists is greater than the supply, the Veterans Administration is sponsoring a nation-wide training program in clinical psychology. 24 universities have been accredited by the American Psychological Association to give such training. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical psychology KW - training program KW - Veterans Administration KW - clinical psychologists KW - 1946 KW - Clinical Methods Training KW - Clinical Psychologists KW - Clinical Psychology DO - 10.1037/h0054661 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1947-03375-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-11684-003 AN - 2005-11684-003 AU - Rodgers, W. L. AU - Melzack, R. AU - Segal, J. R. T1 - 'Tail flip response' in goldfish. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1963/10// VL - 56 IS - 5 SP - 917 EP - 923 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-11684-003. Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rodgers, W. L.; Massachusetts Inst of Technology, Research Laboratory of Electronics, Cambridge, MA, US. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Escape Behavior; Atmospheric Conditions; Pressure Sensation; Visual Stimulation; Behavioral Ecology. Minor Descriptor: Central Nervous System; Electrical Stimulation; Goldfish; Habituation; Stimulus Parameters. Classification: Social & Instinctive Behavior (2440). Population: Animal (20). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1963. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1963. AB - Pressure wave and visual stimuli can effectively elicit the tail flip response in goldfish (sudden flexion of the tail that propels the fish away from a stimulus in a characteristic lurch). Fish respond to pressure wave changes more frequently when they are at the surface of the water than below surface; responses to visual stimuli alone occur only in fish swimming at the surface. These characteristics suggest that the tail flip response could play an important role in producing rapid escape from nonaquatic predators, e.g., birds, that strike at fish swimming at the water surface. Behavioral data are consistent with the assumption that the tail flip response is mediated by the Mauthner cells of the teleost nervous system. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - tail flip response KW - pressure wave perception KW - fish escape response KW - visual perception KW - behavioral ecology KW - electrical stimulation KW - Mauthner cells KW - habituation KW - goldfish KW - 1963 KW - Animal Escape Behavior KW - Atmospheric Conditions KW - Pressure Sensation KW - Visual Stimulation KW - Behavioral Ecology KW - Central Nervous System KW - Electrical Stimulation KW - Goldfish KW - Habituation KW - Stimulus Parameters DO - 10.1037/h0039700 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-11684-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-11643-002 AN - 2005-11643-002 AU - Laffal, Julius T1 - Psycholinguistics and the Psychology of Language. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1964/10// VL - 19 IS - 10 SP - 813 EP - 815 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-11643-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Laffal, Julius; Veterans Administration Hosp, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Language; Psycholinguistics; Psychology. Classification: Linguistics & Language & Speech (2720). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1964. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1964. AB - Comments that two recent papers in the American Psychologist deal with the problem of sentences in language (G. A. Miller, "Some psychological studies of grammar," American Psychologist, 1962, 17, 748-762, see record [rid]1963-06655-001[/rid]; C. E. Osgood, "On understanding and creating sentences," American Psychologist, 1963, 18, 735-751, see record [rid]1964-07405-001[/rid]). Earlier, a paper by Mowrer (1954) dealt with substantially the same subject. These papers attempt a psychological approach to what is traditionally a linguistic problem, hence are aptly labeled "psycholinguistic" efforts. The present author believes a distinction is in order between "psycholinguistics" in this sense, and the "psychology of language." (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychology of language KW - psycholinguistics KW - 1964 KW - Language KW - Psycholinguistics KW - Psychology DO - 10.1037/h0038581 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-11643-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10516-015 AN - 2005-10516-015 AU - Price, Frampton B. T1 - Review of Selective partial ablation of the frontal cortex. JF - Psychological Bulletin JO - Psychological Bulletin Y1 - 1951/03// VL - 48 IS - 2 SP - 185 EP - 189 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-2909 SN - 1939-1455 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10516-015. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Price, Frampton B.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Roseburg, OR, US. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Frontal Lobe; Psychosurgery. Classification: Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Mettler, F. A. (Ed). Selective partial ablation of the frontal cortex=(The Columbia Greystone Associates.) New York: Paul B. Hoeber, 1949. Pp. xiii+517. $12.50; 1949. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1951. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1951. AB - Reviews the book Selective partial ablation of the frontal cortex edited by F. A. Mettler (see record [rid]1953-01365-000[/rid]). This book has been hailed as a monumental work in the comparatively new psychiatric field of psychosurgery. Section II of this work, entitled "Medical Survey," describes in detail the laboratory findings and the physical examinations of the patients in the study. Section III is of most particular interest to clinical psychologists. It deals with several new psychologic techniques used for the first time with psychosurgical patients. Section IV deals with the results of the experiment in terms of psychiatric, neurologic, and pathologic changes as seen before and after topectomy and lobotomy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - partial ablation KW - frontal cortex KW - psychosurgery KW - psychological techniques KW - topectomy KW - lobotomy KW - 1951 KW - Frontal Lobe KW - Psychosurgery U2 - Mettler, F. A. (Ed). (1949); Selective partial ablation of the frontal cortex; (The Columbia Greystone Associates.) New York: Paul B. Hoeber, 1949. Pp. xiii+517. $12.50 DO - 10.1037/h0052773 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-10516-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10161-004 AN - 2005-10161-004 AU - Klugman, Samuel E. T1 - Intra-Individual Variability Findings for a Psychotic Population on Vocational Interest Inventories. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology Y1 - 1964///Sum 1964 VL - 11 IS - 2 SP - 191 EP - 193 CY - US PB - Wm. C. Brown Co. SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10161-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Klugman, Samuel E.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Coatesville, PA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20120827. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Occupational Interest Measures; Occupational Interests; Psychosis. Minor Descriptor: Bipolar Disorder; Inventories; Schizophrenia; Variability Measurement. Classification: Occupational & Employment Testing (2228); Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Tests & Measures: Kuder Preference Record-Vocational; Occupational Interest Inventory DOI: 10.1037/t02297-000. Methodology: Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1964. AB - This study aimed to ascertain (1) whether the statement "variability in emotionally disturbed subjects is greater than that of normals on a wide variety of psychological tasks" would also hold for vocational interest inventory results and (2) whether the results obtained from a second interest inventory would be affected by the experience of having taken another one a week earlier. It was hypothesized that validity correlations between the Kuder Preference Record--Vocational (KPR-V) and the Occupational Interest Inventory (OII) scales would be lower for a neuropsychiatric (NP) population than for a normal one since variability of performance is known to have a lowering effect upon coefficients of correlation. The hypothesis was tested by comparing the normal population's correlations between the various scales of the two inventories as reported by Roeber in the OII Manual (Lee and Thorpe, 1956) with those obtained from the hospitalized emotionally disturbed subjects used in the present investigation. To test the second aim, the regular counseling procedures were modified to the extent of administering both inventories a week apart. To one half of the emotionally-disturbed group the KPR-V was given first; to the other half the OII was given first. The subjects were 100 male psychotic patients--91 diagnosed as schizophrenics and 9 as manic depressives--who had been referred by their psychiatrists for counseling and therefore were presumably in some stage of partial remission. Their ages ranged from 18 to 50 years with a mean age of 31.2 years, and their IQ's ranged from 93 to 134 with a mean of 105.3 points. Of 81 comparisons 53 or 65.4 per cent (with r's carried to three decimal places) were lower for the abnormal population, 28 or 34.6 per cent were lower for the normal population. The difference between these proportions is significant (p<.01, chi-square test). Only 7 of the 81 comparisons, i.e. 8.6 percent, showed significant differences (p<.05) between r's (converted to z values) from the NP and normal groups. Further agreement was noted in that the signs accompanying the r's were the same in 71 out of 81 instances. However, a surprising finding is revealed by a study of these seven significant differences. Four of them, or 57 per cent, occur in areas which purport to measure the same interests on both inventories. For this reason Table 2, based on similar-interest scales, was constructed and research data were included from two other investigators who employed the KPR-V and OII with normal subjects (Lindgren, 1947; Jacobs, 1951). According to our hypothesis, the NP population's r's should be lower than those found in normal subjects. This occurred in 14 out of 21 comparisons, 9 of them significantly so (using the more conservative two-tailed test). Three of the seven instances in which the opposite occurred, none significantly, took place when the NP group was compared with Lindgren's group--the smallest of the three (N=50). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - vocational interest inventories KW - neuropsychiatric population KW - intra-individual variability KW - schizophrenia KW - manic depression KW - 1964 KW - Occupational Interest Measures KW - Occupational Interests KW - Psychosis KW - Bipolar Disorder KW - Inventories KW - Schizophrenia KW - Variability Measurement DO - 10.1037/h0038912 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-10161-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10156-001 AN - 2005-10156-001 AU - Billingslea, Fred Y. T1 - The Bender Gestalt: A review and a perspective. JF - Psychological Bulletin JO - Psychological Bulletin Y1 - 1963/05// VL - 60 IS - 3 SP - 233 EP - 251 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-2909 SN - 1939-1455 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10156-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Billingslea, Fred Y.; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, MS, US. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Bender Gestalt Test; Differential Diagnosis; Scoring (Testing); Test Construction; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Mental Age. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Cognitive & Perceptual Development (2820). Population: Human (10). Tests & Measures: Bender Gestalt Test. Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 19. Issue Publication Date: May, 1963. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1963. AB - The 1950-61 literature is covered and is organized around the test designs, the various scoring systems, and the diagnostic interpretations. When scored objectively its validity in determining mental ages for children, and as an additional tool in a test battery aimed at differential diagnoses, is acceptable. Symbolic interpretation remains highly subjective. The lack of standardization mitigates against utilizing the test as a norm against which to judge other variables. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Bender Gestalt Test KW - test design KW - scoring systems KW - diagnostic interpretation KW - differential diagnosis KW - mental ages KW - validity KW - 1963 KW - Bender Gestalt Test KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Scoring (Testing) KW - Test Construction KW - Test Validity KW - Mental Age DO - 10.1037/h0039359 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-10156-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-40428-007 AN - 2013-40428-007 AU - Bolgar, Hedda AU - Fischer, Liselotte K. T1 - Personality projection in the world test. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1947/01// VL - 17 IS - 1 SP - 117 EP - 128 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-40428-007. PMID: 20282045 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bolgar, Hedda; Veterans Administration, Mental Hygiene Clinic, Chicago, IL, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Daily Activities; Individual Differences; Personality Traits; Projective Techniques. Minor Descriptor: Cross Cultural Differences; Motivation; Realism (Philosophy). Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1947. AB - The method presented in this paper is a new non-verbal projective technique for use with adults. It attempts to furnish findings which, when properly correlated and interpreted, serve to describe an individual’s behavior pattern and the degree and manner in which he adapts to essential areas of life. The subjects consisted of fifty men and fifty women who volunteered to take part in the experiment. The one hundred personality descriptions based on the experiments were checked against biographies of the subjects and in addition, wherever possible, against descriptions of the subject by intimate friends. An adapted set of "Little World" material was presented to a group of one hundred adults. The subjects were instructed to do with the material as they pleased. The majority used the material to represent every-day life as they saw it. Norms were established for theme and type of construction, choice and motivation, form, quantity, realism of representation, and relative emphasis on five selected aspects of life in our culture. The evolving patterns were compared with the established norms and gathered into personali ty pictures which were checked against complete biographies. Validity was found to be high and not influenced by cultural differences. Experiments with clearly defined clinical and vocational groups are in progress. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality projection KW - cultural differences KW - individual behavior KW - everyday life KW - motivation KW - realism KW - 1947 KW - Daily Activities KW - Individual Differences KW - Personality Traits KW - Projective Techniques KW - Cross Cultural Differences KW - Motivation KW - Realism (Philosophy) DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1947.tb04980.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-40428-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-40224-004 AN - 2013-40224-004 AU - Haley, Jay T1 - Direct study of child-parent interactions: Workshop, 1959: 3. Observation of the family of the schizophrenic. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1960/07// VL - 30 IS - 3 SP - 460 EP - 467 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-40224-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Haley, Jay; Ethnology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Communication; Pathology; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Family; Parents. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180); Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1960. AB - This is a report on a research project which began in 1952 with an investigation of the general nature of communication. We noted then that even the lower mammals communicate at multiple levels-they play and indicate they are playing. Our interest in schizophrenia developed when we observed that the schizophrenic consistently confuses his levels of communication by qualifying what he says in an incongruent way. Our emphasis is not upon the ideas, beliefs, or attitudes of family members, but upon their patterns of responsive behavior as they interact with one another. We approach the family of the schizophrenic as a system which differs from many other possible kinds of family system, rather than as a family with something wrong with it in contrast to a "normal" family. Our observations of this type of family take place in a therapeutic setting. We observe families containing a schizophrenic member as they participate in therapy sessions where the total family is brought together as a group. At present our observations of the families of schizophrenics take place after a child has manifested a psychotic episode. Whether the family behaved in a similar way prior to the pathological behavior is unknowable. In this sense it is difficult to say that the family interaction "caused" schizophrenia. There are two possibilities: (a) If the family is a governed system and the child behaves in a schizophrenic way, then schizophrenic behavior is a necessary part of that family system. (b) Alternatively, schizophrenic behavior may be the product of a breakdown in a particular family system. The family then reorganizes a new system with schizophrenic behavior as a part, and this is what we are presently examining. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - child-parent interactions KW - particular family system KW - pathological behavior KW - responsive behavior KW - schizophrenia KW - communication KW - 1960 KW - Communication KW - Pathology KW - Schizophrenia KW - Family KW - Parents U1 - Sponsor: Macy Foundation. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: Foundations' Fund for Research in Psychiatry. Other Details: Administered by the Department of Anthropology at Stanford University. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: National Institute of Mental Health, US. Grant: OM-324. Other Details: Administered by the Palo Alto Medical Research Foundation. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1960.tb02062.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-40224-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39333-004 AN - 2013-39333-004 AU - Krasner, Leonard T1 - Social reinforcement and behavior change—Symposium, 1962: 2. Reinforcement, verbal behavior and psychotherapy. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1963/07// VL - 33 IS - 4 SP - 601 EP - 613 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39333-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Krasner, Leonard; Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Operant Conditioning; Psychotherapy; Social Reinforcement; Verbal Communication. Minor Descriptor: Clinical Psychology. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1963. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jan 30, 1963. AB - In recent years a "new" approach to investigating the psychotherapy process utilizing social reinforcement and behavior control has gained increasing prominence. The research studies in this area, such as verbal operant conditioning, are reviewed, with their implications for personality theory, clinical applications and especially for the influencing of value systems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - personality theory KW - psychotherapy process KW - social reinforcement KW - operant conditioning KW - clinical applications KW - 1963 KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Psychotherapy KW - Social Reinforcement KW - Verbal Communication KW - Clinical Psychology U1 - Sponsor: United States Public Health Service, National Institute for Mental Health Research, US. Grant: M-2458. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1963.tb01008.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-39333-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39306-014 AN - 2013-39306-014 AU - Wiener, Daniel N. T1 - Personality correlates of type of outpatient psychotherapy chosen. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1960/10// VL - 30 IS - 4 SP - 819 EP - 826 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39306-014. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wiener, Daniel N.; Veterans Administration, St. Paul, MN, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotional Adjustment; Outpatients; Personality Correlates; Psychotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Treatment. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40); Outpatient (60). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory. Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1960. AB - The idiosyncrasies of patients in psychotherapy of different types and in various settings have been studied occasionally but much more often simply assumed. There apparently have been no systematic attempts to study with some control the nature of these features personality wise. It seems, however, to be generally assumed that a kind of gradient of psychotherapy exists, with psychoanalysis skimming the cream of the patient population, eclectic psychotherapists getting a kind of balance, and public agencies having to contend with the whey. However, authors know of no systematic studies of the personality correlates of patient groups in various outpatient psychotherapeutic settings. The problems involved in selecting and testing comparable populations are substantial. The patients should be broadly representative of, and chosen from within, the same geographical area ; and should also be representative of those in specified treatment settings. They should be tested on the same instruments, and at about the same time and same point in their treatment. These conditions are extremely difficult to meet. For example, psychoanalytic therapists practically never seem to administer psychological tests to their patients. And researchers seldom leave their own lairs, whether in private or public clinics, private practice, or universities, to compare the patients of other therapists in their community with their own. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality correlates KW - outpatient psychotherapy KW - patient groups KW - treatment settings KW - psychological test KW - 1960 KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - Outpatients KW - Personality Correlates KW - Psychotherapy KW - Treatment DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1960.tb02097.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-39306-014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39306-012 AN - 2013-39306-012 AU - Plank, Robert T1 - Science fiction. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1960/10// VL - 30 IS - 4 SP - 799 EP - 810 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39306-012. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Plank, Robert; Mental Hygiene Clinic, Veterans Administration Regional Office, Cleveland, OH, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Consciousness States; Orthopsychiatry; Psychoanalysis. Minor Descriptor: Lifestyle; Literature; Public Sector; Sciences. Classification: Psychoanalytic Therapy (3315). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1960. AB - The current article highlights that science fiction was selected as an area of literature worthy of orthopsychiatric consideration must be due to a variety of factors. Even the casual observer, who is apt to think of it as of a new phenomenon, must be struck not only by the gleaming modernity, but also by the oddity of science fiction. The clinician knows the vogue it enjoys with sizable numbers of our patients as science fiction seems to respond in some way to their special interests and needs, it lends itself, as no other genre of literature does in quite that fashion, to research into the meaning of fantasy. There is the more immediate factor also that a historic incident has catapulted science fiction into public consciousness. It is like a man plying his trade quietly until suddenly he happens to be urgently needed : You do not for instance give much thought to the undertaker until someone in your family dies. As science is becoming more and more our mode of comprehending life, we will rarely see a utopia that is not also science fiction . And as science fiction grows up to its responsibilities, we will rarely see a remarkable piece of science fiction that is not a utopia. This new type of literature, forged in the fusion of the two, can be an important helpful device in facing the future. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - science fiction KW - public consciousness KW - orthopsychiatric consideration KW - clinicians KW - lifestyle KW - psychoanalysis KW - 1960 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Consciousness States KW - Orthopsychiatry KW - Psychoanalysis KW - Lifestyle KW - Literature KW - Public Sector KW - Sciences DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1960.tb02095.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-39306-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39306-007 AN - 2013-39306-007 AU - Jenkins, Richard L. AU - Blodgett, Eva T1 - Prediction of success or failure of delinquent boys from sentence completion. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1960/10// VL - 30 IS - 4 SP - 741 EP - 756 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39306-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jenkins, Richard L.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, DC, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Information: American Psychological Association Meeting, Sep, 1959, Cincinnati, OH, US. Conference Note: This research was presented at the aforementioned conference. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Male Delinquency; Prognosis. Minor Descriptor: Sentences. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1960. AB - In this article author have demonstrated that it is possible for different raters by blind comparisons of sentence completion material given before and after institutional treatment to identify those delinquent boys who fail on their return to the community and those who succeed. These predictions are supported at levels well beyond chance, and sustained at two different institutions, Annandale Reformatory and Highfields Treatment Center, a small residential center depending on a form of group therapy called guided group interaction. We have outlined a method of scoring sentence pairs as changing for the better, changing for the worse, or showing no ratable change. A total score which is + predicts success, a total score which is - predicts failure. Although we believe it is preferable to examine the sentences in their relation to each other, we have clearly demonstrated that it is possible to build useful prognositic scores by summing the ratings of screened sentence pairs examined in isolation. This description does not begin to exhaust the changes, but these are the types of changes about which we feel comfortable in drawing at least tentative conclusions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - delinquent boys KW - sentence completion KW - group therapy KW - prognositic scores KW - 1960 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Male Delinquency KW - Prognosis KW - Sentences DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1960.tb02090.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-39306-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39306-005 AN - 2013-39306-005 AU - Bower, Eli M. AU - Shellhamer, Thomas A. AU - Daily, John M. T1 - School characteristics of male adolescents who later became schizophrenic. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1960/10// VL - 30 IS - 4 SP - 712 EP - 729 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39306-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bower, Eli M.; California State Department of Education, Sacramento, CA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Peers; Personality; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: High School Students; Human Males; Leadership. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview; Qualitative Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1960. AB - High school students who later become schizophrenic were found to be significantly different from a randomly selected control group of their peers in the manner in which they are perceived by their school staffs and in certain phases of their school records. The school staff and school records were found to contain sufficient relevant data on students to adequately assess the predisposition of the pre schizophrenic group. The developing schizophrenic boys tended to have less interest in girls, group activities, and athletics. They showed less leadership skills and were more submissive, anxious, dependent and careless than the average boy. AI though they were less well liked by their peers and teachers and did less well in school, they were not usually perceived as major problems or as being emotionally disturbed. However, in almost all cases their over-all mental health and school adjustment was rated significantly poorer than the control group. With a few exceptions most of the pre schizophrenics could be characterized as tending toward the shuting, withdrawing kind of personality. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - male adolescents KW - schizophrenia KW - school characteristics KW - leadership skills KW - personality KW - high school students KW - peers KW - 1960 KW - Peers KW - Personality KW - Schizophrenia KW - High School Students KW - Human Males KW - Leadership DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1960.tb02088.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-39306-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39293-001 AN - 2013-39293-001 AU - Kutash, Samuel B. T1 - Ambulatory (borderline) schizophrenia: Psychodiagnostics and implications from psychological data. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1957/10// VL - 27 IS - 4 SP - 667 EP - 676 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39293-001. PMID: 13470015 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kutash, Samuel B.; Veterans Administration Hospital, East Orange, NJ, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Information: Annual Meeting in a Symposium on "The Ambulatory Borderline Schizophrenic Patient", 1956. Conference Note: This research was presented at the aforementioned conference. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Ego; Outpatient Treatment; Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213); Home Care & Hospice (3375). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1957. AB - In view of the kaleidoscopic variety of ambulatory schizophrenic patterns revealed by the psychological test data, what can we say about the planning of suitable therapeutic approaches? One clear implication is that each case requires first, the emphasis on the repair of the specific damages to the ego, either by lessening pressure and environmental threats or by strategically oriented dynamic therapy which depends less on one dogmatic orientation or approach than on the specific needs of the patient involved, as well as on direct advance knowledge of the state of his ego functions and his psychotic and/or neurotic defensive operations. In some instances, we might agree with Federn that the neurotic elements should be encouraged as a way of “sealing up” the ego boundaries and covering over the psychosis, making it more permanently latent. In other cases, there is partial ego damage, under the impact of specific stimuli, such as the examples of persons who regress and become disorganized on the color cards of the Rorschach, the card suggestive of the father figure, or the sexually symbolic card. Individualization is the keynote. We owe a great deal to those who have developed the clinical skills in detecting ambulatory cases at an early stage and in treating them with foreknowledge of the underlying disorder and the damages. For the borderline schizophrenic the essential problem in therapy is to provide through support to the ego and strengthening of desirable defenses a means by which the patient can “hold himself together” while he reintegrates his total personality and achieves a new and more favorable synthesis. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ambulatory cases KW - borderline schizophrenic KW - clinical skills KW - desirable defenses KW - dynamic therapy KW - ego boundaries KW - 1957 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Ego KW - Outpatient Treatment KW - Schizophrenia DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1957.tb05533.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-39293-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39118-005 AN - 2013-39118-005 AU - Gaudet, E. Louise T1 - Indications and contraindications for adult therapy: Workshop, 1958. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1959/01// VL - 29 IS - 1 SP - 60 EP - 68 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39118-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gaudet, E. Louise; Mental Hygiene Clinic, Veterans Administration, Newark, NJ, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychotherapy; Therapeutic Processes. Minor Descriptor: Schizophrenia; Suicide. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1959. AB - This article provides an overview of the 1958 Workshop of the American Orthopsychiatric Association. The theme of the Workshop was on Indications and contraindications for adult therapy. The personality of the psychotherapist certainly determines to a large extent whether a patient continues coming for psychotherapy in an outpatient clinic. Actually, the average number of therapeutic visits per patient in most psychiatric departments varies between four and five. In psychosis, the personality of the patient is probably far more important for the eventual outcome of the illness than the personality of the therapist. When the Rorschach record suggests that the mental condition of the patient is likely to remain essentially the same for several years, the patient's needs are likely to be different from those of the very anxious and terrified acute schizophrenic. The largest group of schizophrenics is composed of those whose energy control is not adequate to their energy output. The question of suicide is very important in outpatient treatment in particular. The Rorschach can function as a psychological microscope. In many cases it is easy to see in the Rorschach record the lack of concern in the face of obvious difficulties. The human movement responses doubled on the average during the first six to nine months of intensive psychotherapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - adult therapy KW - therapeutic indications KW - therapeutic contraindications KW - intensive psychotherapy KW - schizophrenia KW - suicide KW - 1959 KW - Psychotherapy KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - Schizophrenia KW - Suicide DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1959.tb00167.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-39118-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39061-013 AN - 2013-39061-013 AU - Morse, Philip W. T1 - Psychotherapy with the nonreflective aggressive patient. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1958/04// VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 352 EP - 361 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39061-013. PMID: 13545359 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morse, Philip W.; Veterans Administration Regional Office, Hartford, CT, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavioral Sciences; Concept Formation; Psychotherapy; Sociocultural Factors. Minor Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Ego Development; Mental Health; Personality Traits. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1958. AB - This paper has been prepared in reaction to two rather divergent needs. One of these is represented within the usual patient population of the VA Mental Hygiene Clinic, and probably within the patient load of any free mental health clinic for adults. This is the fairly large number of patients who, for lack of a better term, might be called nonreflective; whose customary use of language and ideas does not lead to what is usually considered therapeutically productive material. It is the purpose of this paper to illustrate the corrective process by presenting material on the psychotherapy of two nonreflective aggressive patients who have been obviously helped without insight and are leading very different kinds of lives at this time, two or three years after therapy. One of these was considered inaccessible to insight therapy by virtue of a neurotic inhibition of his readiness and ability to conceptualize and deal with the kind of material ordinarily considered therapeutic. The other, because of his socioeconomic, cultural background, it would seem, adopts only concrete, practical, day-to-day conceptual modes. In the two cases presented, significant behavioral changes were produced without the development of insight and without any attempt to develop insight. Identification with the therapist and the introjection of his standards of behavior can be the vehicles of such therapy. In such therapy basic personality changes may occur in superego and ego development. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavioral changes KW - corrective process KW - cultural background KW - conceptual modes KW - ego development KW - mental health clinic KW - aggressive patients KW - personality changes KW - psychotherapy KW - 1958 KW - Behavioral Sciences KW - Concept Formation KW - Psychotherapy KW - Sociocultural Factors KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Ego Development KW - Mental Health KW - Personality Traits DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1958.tb03753.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-39061-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-38642-004 AN - 2013-38642-004 AU - Redlich, Fredrick C. AU - Levine, Jacob AU - Sohler, Theodore P. T1 - A mirth response test: Preliminary report on a psychodiagnostic technique utilizing dynamics of humor. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1951/10// VL - 21 IS - 4 SP - 717 EP - 734 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-38642-004. PMID: 14885384 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Redlich, Fredrick C.; Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, CT, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Freud (Sigmund); Humor; Psychodiagnosis. Minor Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Personality; Sociocultural Factors. Classification: Psychoanalytic Theory (3143); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Tests & Measures: Mirth Response Test. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1951. AB - The present study was designed to investigate experimentally the application of Freud's theory of humor to the dynamics of personality. On the basis of Freud's fundamental premise, we assume that instinctual needs which have been inhibited may achieve momentary release through response to humor. Correlation of test results with clinical findings tends to corroborate Freud's theory of humor and the three postulates derived from it. Analysis of the test findings leads to inferences about the subject's aggressive sexual and dependent needs, and the defenses mobilized against their expression. Diagnostic and dynamic formulations were made concerning each subject. These were checked against clinical diagnoses and overt symptoms. Certain aspects of intellectual and emotional functions were also manifest in the test. Some important factors in humor, like cultural and social status, whose influence has not as yet been established are to be investigated. Standardization of the test with reliability and validation studies is under way. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychodiagnostic technique KW - humor KW - Freud's theory KW - personality KW - aggressive behavior KW - cultural status KW - 1951 KW - Freud (Sigmund) KW - Humor KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Personality KW - Sociocultural Factors DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1951.tb00024.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-38642-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-38609-007 AN - 2013-38609-007 AU - Deutschberger, Paul AU - Mathews, W. Mason AU - Pottharst, Karl AU - Underwood, Pauline T1 - Training for professional function in clinical psychology: 3. Supervision in the field work placement. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1951/04// VL - 21 IS - 2 SP - 319 EP - 324 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-38609-007. PMID: 14829555 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Deutschberger, Paul; Merrill-Palmer School, Detroit, MI, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychologists; Clinical Psychology Graduate Training; Curricular Field Experience; Professional Supervision; Theoretical Orientation. Minor Descriptor: Learning Strategies. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1951. AB - This article discusses professional supervision of the clinical psychologists in the field work placement. Clinical psychology today is making a broad effort to establish improved standards of training. That it should do so at all is a certain sign of maturity. That it should do so at this time particularly, when social work, psychiatry and general medicine are engaged in similar tasks, gives promise of a new professional orientation that will unify and strengthen the separate disciplines. A profession may be said to reach maturity when, in the educational processes by which it is transmitted, it can make a clear distinction between preparation for professional function and preparation for technical competence alone. By professional function is meant an understanding of one’s self, a conviction in one’s skill, a respect for the people one serves, and an identification with the larger, social goals of one’s work. Although it cannot fairly be said that training programs in clinical psychology currently make this distinction, there is an increasing recognition that professional function must be emphasized lest technical skills have no real foundation and technical workers remain mere journeymen. The supervisor takes responsibility for providing a continuous evaluation of the student’s work so that the student, at all times, knows where he stands in the learning process and is able to develop his strong points and strengthen those that are weak. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical psychologists KW - clinical psychology KW - field work placement KW - learning processes KW - professional orientation KW - professional supervision KW - 1951 KW - Clinical Psychologists KW - Clinical Psychology Graduate Training KW - Curricular Field Experience KW - Professional Supervision KW - Theoretical Orientation KW - Learning Strategies DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1951.tb06106.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-38609-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-38235-008 AN - 2013-38235-008 AU - Shaskan, Donald A. T1 - Trends in orthopsychiatric therapy: IX. Evolution and trends in group psychotherapy. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1948/07// VL - 18 IS - 3 SP - 447 EP - 454 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-38235-008. PMID: 18872374 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shaskan, Donald A.; Veterans’ Administration, Mental Hygiene Clinic, San Francisco, CA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Orthopsychiatry; Therapeutic Processes; Trends. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1948. AB - This article discusses the trends in orthopsychiatric therapy by specifically focusing on the evolution and trends in group psychotherapy. All kinds of groups are initiated, depending on what phase of individual insecurity is considered the neediest. There is an increase in economic groups, such as labor unions, to provide economic security. Religious groups are formed on the basis that the spiritual life of the individual is void and needs new values for combatting the conscience-less deeds committed both the group and the individual alike. There are interracial groups and international groups-all with the earnest desire to promote better understanding between participants. These groups were all of a repressive-inspirational nature and all have been successful in different degrees in attaining a happier life for their participants. Despite the multiplicity and the variety of groups, there still remained a large number of individuals who, though desiring to be accepted members, could not join a group, or when they did, could not remain in it because of inability to give adequate expression to their needs and feelings. Group therapy in counseling form and nondirective in attitude, has been explored by Rogers and has been the subject of research. In activity groups with delinquent children, especially the very aggressive, any attempt by the worker to interfere with destructive behavior results in more participants being drawn into the fight. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - orthopsychiatric therapy KW - therapeutic trends KW - group psychotherapy KW - therapeutic techniques KW - 1948 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Orthopsychiatry KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - Trends DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1948.tb05108.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-38235-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-37836-010 AN - 2013-37836-010 AU - Devereux, George T1 - The social structure of the hospital as a factor in total therapy. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1949/07// VL - 19 IS - 3 SP - 492 EP - 500 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-37836-010. PMID: 18134203 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Devereux, George; Winter Veterans Administration Hospital, Topeka, KS, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Disorders; Psychotherapy; Social Structure; Therapeutic Processes. Minor Descriptor: Hospitals. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210); Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1949. AB - The present discussion is divided into two parts: (1) Since every rational system of therapy presupposes some etiological hypotheses, the author proposes to offer, first, a tentative theory of the partial socio-genesis of mental disease. (2) The second part of the study outlines some of the therapeutic implications of the etiological hypotheses, which are also susceptible of serving as a point of departure for the further exploration of the possibilities and limitations of the social therapy of mental diseases. As the article states, the systematic social therapy is the very opposite of the conscious manipulation of persons, or of the deliberate exploitation of human plasticity for the purpose of making man wholly subservient to society or to the state. The ethics of social therapy are identical in essence with the great tradition of the West, that society and the state were made for the individual, and that all men have a dignity inherent in their human status. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - systematic social therapy KW - mental diseases KW - therapeutic implications KW - social structure KW - hospitals KW - 1949 KW - Mental Disorders KW - Psychotherapy KW - Social Structure KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - Hospitals DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1949.tb05447.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-37836-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-00783-003 AN - 2006-00783-003 AU - Leibowitz, H. W. AU - Pishkin, Vladimir T1 - Perceptual size constancy in chronic schizophrenia. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1961/06// VL - 25 IS - 3 SP - 196 EP - 199 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-00783-003. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Leibowitz, H. W.; University of Wisconsin, WI, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Schizophrenia; Size Constancy; Size Discrimination. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1961. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1961. AB - The ability to judge correctly the sizes of objects despite variation in viewing distance, i.e., size constancy, represents an important biological achievement of living organisms and has been studied in relation to the underlying mechanisms as well as to psychopathology. This ability to judge object size was determined for a group composed of chronic, undifferentiated schizophrenics, aged 24-56 yrs, as well as a control group of psychiatric aides (aged 25-54 yrs). There were no significant differences in the matches produced by the two groups. Both judged correctly the sizes of the test objects at all distances. It is suggested that the absence of any differences is due to the fact that size matching requires abilities which are fully developed prior to the onset of schizophrenia and which are unaffected by the characteristic withdrawal observed in this pathology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perceptual size constancy KW - object size judgment KW - chronic schizophrenia KW - 1961 KW - Schizophrenia KW - Size Constancy KW - Size Discrimination DO - 10.1037/h0038805 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2006-00783-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-13604-001 AN - 2005-13604-001 AU - Toal, Robert T1 - Reliability (Internal Consistency) of the Wechsler Memory Scale and Correlation with the Wechsler-Bellevue Intelligence Scale. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1957/04// VL - 21 IS - 2 SP - 131 EP - 135 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-13604-001. PMID: 13416430 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Toal, Robert; Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, NY, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20140217. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Statistical Correlation; Test Reliability; Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale; Wechsler Memory Scale. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220); Learning & Memory (2343). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340). Tests & Measures: Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale; Wechsler Memory Scale DOI: 10.1037/t27207-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1957. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1957. AB - Although the Wechsler Memory Scale (WMS) was published in 1945, no information is available concerning either its reliability or its validity. The lack of these vital data, however, has not precluded extravagant statements about the diagnostic efficacy of the scale. For example, Kogan in a review of the test states: "Thus, [by means of WMS] it is possible to distinguish accurately between the kind of memory impairment which is merely one aspect of generalized mental inefficiency and that which represents a specific decrement in memory function." In the same review Kogan also indicates that differences among WMS subtest scores will be useful in differential diagnosis. The study reported here is an investigation of two aspects of WMS: its reliability and its correlation with the Wechsler-Bellevue Intelligence Scale (W-B). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2014 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Wechsler-Bellevue Intelligence Scale KW - Wechsler Memory Scale KW - reliability KW - correlation KW - 1957 KW - Statistical Correlation KW - Test Reliability KW - Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale KW - Wechsler Memory Scale DO - 10.1037/h0039695 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-13604-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-17948-001 AN - 2011-17948-001 AU - Williams, Meyer AU - McGee, Thomas F. AU - Kittleson, Shirley AU - Halperin, Louis T1 - An evaluation of an intensive group living program with schizophrenic patients. JF - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JO - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied Y1 - 1962/// VL - 76 IS - 24 SP - 1 EP - 25 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-9753 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-17948-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Review: Monograph Supplements. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Williams, Meyer; Westside Veterans Administration Hospital, Chicago, IL, US. Other Publishers: Macmillan & Company; Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20111003. Correction Date: 20120827. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospital Admission; Intensive Care; Psychiatric Hospitals; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients; Interpersonal Relationships. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213); Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Tests & Measures: Hospital Adjustment Scale; Multidimensional Scale for Rating Psychiatric Patients; Rorschach Test DOI: 10.1037/t03306-000; Thematic Apperception Test (TAT); Wechsler-Bellevue Intelligence Scale--Form I DOI: 10.1037/t06871-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 25. Issue Publication Date: 1962. Publication History: First Submitted Date: Nov 16, 1961. AB - This study aimed to compare four consecutive groups of patients undergoing a group living program with similar patients treated in routine programs. The study was conducted within the same hospital service setting, facilities, and same period of time for all patients. The group living program was carried out on the psychiatric service of a Veterans Administration general medical and surgical hospital which admits only voluntary patients. The subjects of this study were recently hospitalized patients who, after having gone through the regular admissions and workup procedure, were diagnosed as schizophrenic and were recommended by their case psychiatrist as candidates for electric shock treatment, insulin treatment, or pharmacological treatment. Both experimental and control patients were evaluated by a project selection committee, and had to meet 10 criteria pertaining to severity and duration of illness, age, place of residence, etc. They were randomly assigned to the experimental group living treatment program or to the more customary types of treatment provided for withdrawn, schizophrenic patients, namely, insulin treatment, electric shock treatment, and pharmacological treatment, plus the usual ancillary therapy programs. In the group living program the experimental subjects received no medication or somatic treatment. They were treated intensively for 4 months in closed groups composed of six to eight patients each. Results show that patients treated by routine methods show improvement in personality and interpersonal relations which tends to be tenuous and can be attributed to a greater degree of repression and personality constriction. Patients treated by group living methods show more stable improvement in personality functioning and interpersonal relations which can be attributed to an improved capacity for personality growth and an increased openness to a wider variety of emotional experiences. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - intensive group living programs KW - schizophrenic patients KW - routine programs KW - hospital services KW - regular admissions KW - 1962 KW - Hospital Admission KW - Intensive Care KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Schizophrenia KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Interpersonal Relationships U1 - Sponsor: Veterans Administration, Department of Medicine and Surgery. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1037/h0093821 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2011-17948-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-17788-001 AN - 2011-17788-001 AU - Vernier, Claire M. AU - Barrell, Robert P. AU - Cummings, Jonathan W. AU - Dickerson, Joseph H. AU - Hooper, H. Elston T1 - Psychosocial study of the patient with pulmonary tuberculosis: A cooperative research approach. JF - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JO - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied Y1 - 1961/// VL - 75 IS - 6 SP - 1 EP - 32 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-9753 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-17788-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Review: Monograph Supplements. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Vernier, Claire M.; Veterans Administration Central Office, Washington, DC, US. Other Publishers: Macmillan & Company; Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20111003. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotional Adjustment; Hospitalization; Life Changes; Psychodynamics; Pulmonary Tuberculosis. Minor Descriptor: Patients. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Personnel Test for Industry, Form A; IPAT 16 Personality Factor Test, Form C; Madison Sentence Completion Test-Short Form; House-Tree-Person Test; Composite Projective Test; Hospital Adjustment Index. Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 32. Issue Publication Date: 1961. Publication History: First Submitted Date: Mar 3, 1961. AB - Study of the psychology of the patient with pulmonary tuberculosis has been of increasing interest to psychologists in recent years. The projects that are described in this report were based on the underlying premise that a person's psychological makeup largely determines the manner in which he will adjust to the complex changes in his life pattern which are demanded by hospitalization for treatment of a somatic illness such as pulmonary tuberculosis. The present research was designed to study the nature and degree of the relationships between psychological factors and behavior in each of the three areas. Accordingly, three studies were designed. The first seeks to determine the relationship between psychological factors and the way the patient adjusts to his hospital environment. The second investigates how his psychological makeup relates to the kind of response he makes to the medical treatment. The third studies psychological factors as they relate to the patient's adjustment following his return to the community. The protocols and research materials for each of the three studies were distributed to 18 Veterans Administration hospitals in September 1957. Data collection was completed by March 1958 and all materials were forwarded to the Central Research Laboratory at the Veterans Administration Hospital, Baltimore, Maryland. No significant relationships were found between the psychological or demographic variables and response to treatment in the moderately advanced group. In the far advanced group, however, freedom from anxiety was found to be significantly related to good response to treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - patients KW - pulmonary tuberculosis KW - cooperative research approaches KW - psychological factors KW - life pattern KW - hospitalization KW - psychological adjustment KW - 1961 KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - Hospitalization KW - Life Changes KW - Psychodynamics KW - Pulmonary Tuberculosis KW - Patients DO - 10.1037/h0093770 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2011-17788-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-16495-001 AN - 2011-16495-001 AU - Scherer, I. W. AU - Winne, J. F. AU - Clancy, D. D. AU - Baker, R. W. T1 - Psychological changes during the first year following prefrontal lobotomy. JF - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JO - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied Y1 - 1953/// VL - 67 IS - 7 SP - 1 EP - 24 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-9753 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-16495-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Review: Monograph Supplements. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Scherer, I. W.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Northampton, MA, US. Other Publishers: Macmillan & Company; Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20111003. Correction Date: 20120917. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Information: American Psychological Association, Sep, 1951, Chicago, IL, US. Conference Note: Abstract of this paper read at the aforementioned conference. Major Descriptor: Prefrontal Cortex; Psychological Assessment; Psychometrics; Psychosurgery. Minor Descriptor: Patients. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220); Medical Treatment of Physical Illness (3363). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Wechsler-Bellevue Scale of Adult Intelligence—Digit Symbol Subtest; Wechsler-Bellevue Scale of Adult Intelligence—Digit Span Subtest; Wechsler-Bellevue Scale of Adult Intelligence—Successive Subtraction Subtest; Hunl-Minnesota Test for Organic Brain Damage—Hard Pairs Subtest; Wechsler-Bellevue Scale of Adult Intelligence—Vocabulary Subtest; Babcock-Levy battery—Memory Paragraph Subtest; Benton Visual Memory Test; Halstead's Manual Steadiness Test—Steadiness Test; Downey Group Will-Temperament Test—Downey Inhibition Subtest; Wechsler-Bellevue Scale—Similarities Subscale; Army Individual Test; Draw-A-Woman Test; Thurstone and Chave's Scale; Aversion Test DOI: 10.1037/t14041-000; Rorschach Test DOI: 10.1037/t03306-000; Shipley-Hartford Retreat Scale DOI: 10.1037/t05141-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study; Interview; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 24. Issue Publication Date: 1953. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jan 28, 1953. AB - This article aims to analyze psychological changes during the first year following prefrontal lobotomy. The experiment reported in this paper employed an extensive battery of psychometric and projective tests which was administered to the lobotomized patients about two weeks before operation, and two weeks, three months, and one year following. A group of control patients was tested at comparable intervals. The tests used and the selection of patients will be described in greater detail in succeeding sections. The first step in the analysis of data was to formulate an integrated picture of the prelobotomy personality structure of each of a small sample of patients, and then to employ this unique configurational pattern as a frame of reference for evaluating postoperative changes. Prelobotomy test findings were integrated with all the other types of information concerning the patient, i.e., social history, psychiatric reports, ward observation notes, and behavior in the testing situation. The second step in the analysis of data, carried out by independent judges concurrently with the intra-individual analysis just described, was the longitudinal study of all patients on each single test. The third phase of the analysis consisted of statistical tests of the four hypotheses derived from the individual case studies and the longitudinal analyses. Forty-four subjects were used in this experiment, all of whom were psychotic male patients in the Veterans Administration Hospital, Northampton, Massachusetts. There is a predictable pattern of test performance following lobotomy. Performance on tests measuring mental efficiency and organicity drops sharply during the two-week postoperative period. There is an increase in ego boundaries following operation, as shown by better performance in tests reflecting degree of contact with the environment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological changes KW - prefrontal lobotomy KW - psychometric tests KW - projective tests KW - lobotomized patients KW - 1953 KW - Prefrontal Cortex KW - Psychological Assessment KW - Psychometrics KW - Psychosurgery KW - Patients DO - 10.1037/h0093652 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2011-16495-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-16361-001 AN - 2011-16361-001 AU - Samuels, Henry T1 - The validity of personality-trait ratings based on projective techniques. JF - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JO - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied Y1 - 1952/// VL - 66 IS - 5 SP - i EP - 21 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-9753 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-16361-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Review: Monograph Supplements. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Samuels, Henry; Veterans Administration Center, Columbus, OH, US. Other Publishers: Macmillan & Company; Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20111003. Correction Date: 20121217. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Clinicians; Personality Traits; Projective Techniques; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Psychometrics. Classification: Occupational & Employment Testing (2228); Professional Personnel Attitudes & Characteristics (3430). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Bender Gestalt Test; Sentence Completion Test; Rorschach Test DOI: 10.1037/t03306-000; Thematic Apperception Test (TAT); Biographical Inventory DOI: 10.1037/t06913-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Issue Publication Date: 1952. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jul 17, 1951. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association, Inc. 1952. AB - The purpose of the present investigation is to continue the study of the validity of projective techniques by considering the following questions: (1) How well are projective clinicians who use the same projective method able to describe personality? Are there differences among clinicians in this ability? (2) Are there differences in the extent to which personality is correctly described which are related to the kind of projective method used? (3) Are there differences among attributes of personality which make for differences in the degree to which they can be correctly described? The subjects, on whom the ratings investigated in this study were made, consisted of 128 male college graduates who had been accepted by various universities for graduate training in clinical psychology. In the seven-day period of each student's assessment, three staff members rated the student at frequent intervals. A given staff member would receive certain data on a student and rate, then receive other data and rate again, having filed away his previous ratings, and continue to make independent ratings based on various kinds of data. The final pooled ratings are the most comprehensive and inclusive ratings to come out of the entire week's assessment. That there are not more differences in validities between the two scales for the projective techniques is a curious finding and difficult to understand. Ratings based on the projective techniques correlated significantly with the criterion measures more frequently than was expected by chance. These correlations were preponderantly positive, but were, by usual standards, low. Correcting the criterion measures for attenuation raised the median correlations between ratings based on projective techniques and the criterion measures only slightly. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - test validity KW - personality trait ratings KW - projective techniques KW - projective clinicians KW - clinical psychology KW - psychometrics KW - 1952 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Clinicians KW - Personality Traits KW - Projective Techniques KW - Test Validity KW - Psychometrics DO - 10.1037/h0093643 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2011-16361-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-16309-001 AN - 2011-16309-001 AU - Wilensky, Harold T1 - The performance of schizophrenic and normal individuals following frustration. JF - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JO - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied Y1 - 1952/// VL - 66 IS - 12 SP - 1 EP - 20 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-9753 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-16309-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Review: Monograph Supplements. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wilensky, Harold; Franklin D. Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hospital, Montrose, NY, US. Other Publishers: Macmillan & Company; Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20111003. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Frustration; Memory; Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Tests & Measures: Benton Visual Retention Test. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 20. Issue Publication Date: 1952. Publication History: Accepted Date: Feb 6, 1952. AB - The present study was initiated to provide more nearly adequate experimental evidence regarding the difference between the frustration tolerance of schizophrenic and normal individuals. The major hypothesis in the present study is that the schizophrenic group will manifest a lower frustration tolerance than the normal group following failure to attain success within the specified tasks. A second hypothesis is that the responses of the schizophrenics will differ qualitatively from those of the normals during and following frustration—for example, they will give a greater number of bizarre responses and will be more apt to abandon the task than the normals. A third hypothesis is that as the number of tasks in which failure is encountered increases, the cumulative effect of these successive frustrations will result in a progressively greater reduction in performance, and this cumulative effect will be greater in the schizophrenic group than in the normal group. In the two memory tasks the mild stress situation was sufficient to reduce to some extent the scores of the normals, and, to a significantly greater degree, also those of the schizophrenics. In the perceptual tasks the normals were able to maintain their level of performance despite the intervening failures; the schizophrenics were not. Thus, the consistently poorer performance of the schizophrenic group following frustration as compared with the performance of the normal group supports the hypothesis that schizophrenics have a lower frustration tolerance than normals. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenia KW - frustration KW - bizarre responses KW - memory KW - 1952 KW - Frustration KW - Memory KW - Schizophrenia DO - 10.1037/h0093631 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2011-16309-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-16260-001 AN - 2011-16260-001 AU - Singer, Martin T1 - The validity of a multiple-choice projective test in psychopathological screening. JF - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JO - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied Y1 - 1950/// VL - 64 IS - 8 SP - i EP - 40 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-9753 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-16260-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Review: Monograph Supplements. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Singer, Martin; Veterans Administration Hospital, Northport, NY, US. Other Publishers: Macmillan & Company; Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20111003. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Psychometrics; Psychopathology; Schizophrenia; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Projective Techniques; Screening. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40); Outpatient (60). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Rorschach Ink Blots Test; Singer Multiple Choice Rorschach Test; Multiple-Choice Projective Test. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Issue Publication Date: 1950. Publication History: Accepted Date: Nov 7, 1949. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1950. AB - The review of previous research with multiple choice projective tests disclosed no test with sufficiently promising results to warrant further exploration of that particular instrument. Therefore, a new test was constructed, based on the results obtained with individual, group, and multiple choice projective tests, and upon recommendations of various authorities in the field of projective testing. In this test, certain conditions were fixed since time considerations limited the length of the test. As the purpose of the present study was to construct and evaluate a test which could be rapidly administered, it was thought desirable to follow a group administration procedure. The Rorschach slides were used since various investigators have found that responses made to these slides are comparable to those made to the individual cards. Over 2,000 subjects were tested, as it frequently was necessary, for administrative reasons, to include extraneous subjects in a testing group. The total number of groups tested was 90, of which 39 included only normal, 27 included only hospitalized schizophrenics, and the remaining 24 contained both anxiety reactions and out-patient schizophrenics. A fair validity has been obtained with a multiple choice projective test. When scoring-weights based on a sample of 100 subjects in each diagnostic category were cross validated on a new sample of 50 subjects in each category, the percentage of subjects incorrectly identified by the Singer Multiple Choice Rorschach (SMCR) was at most 30% for the normal-anxiety reaction comparison, 25% for the normal-schizophrenic comparison, and 30% for the anxiety reaction-schizophrenic comparison. There was an error of under 17% in predicting which of the three diagnostic categories a subject would not be in. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - test validity KW - Multiple-Choice Projective Test KW - psychopathological screening KW - schizophrenics KW - anxiety KW - psychometrics KW - 1950 KW - Anxiety KW - Psychometrics KW - Psychopathology KW - Schizophrenia KW - Test Validity KW - Projective Techniques KW - Screening DO - 10.1037/h0093626 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2011-16260-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-03927-001 AN - 1967-03927-001 AU - Crovitz, Herbert F. AU - Schiffman, Harold AU - Lipscomb, D. B. AU - Posnick, Gregory AU - Rees, James AU - Schaub, Rolf AU - Tripp, Robert T1 - Identification and localization in the letter span. JF - Canadian Journal of Psychology/Revue canadienne de psychologie JO - Canadian Journal of Psychology/Revue canadienne de psychologie Y1 - 1966/// VL - 20 IS - 4 SP - 455 EP - 461 CY - Canada PB - University of Toronto Press SN - 0008-4255 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-03927-001. PMID: 5980739 Other Journal Title: Canadian Journal of Experimental Psychology/Revue canadienne de psychologie expérimentale. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crovitz, Herbert F.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., DURHAM, N.C. Other Publishers: Canadian Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070430. Correction Date: 20161121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Perceptual Localization; Short Term Memory; Visual Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1966. Copyright Statement: Canadian Psychological Association, University of Toronto Press, and Swets & Zeitlinger, N. V. 1966. KW - LETTER SPAN KW - IDENTIFICATION & LOCALIZATION KW - 1966 KW - Perceptual Localization KW - Short Term Memory KW - Visual Perception DO - 10.1037/h0082951 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1967-03927-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1959-01282-001 AN - 1959-01282-001 AU - Klett, C. James T1 - The social desirability stereotype in a hospital population. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1957/10// VL - 21 IS - 5 SP - 419 EP - 421 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1959-01282-001. PMID: 13475546 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Klett, C. James; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northampton, Mass. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospitals; Social Desirability; Stereotyped Attitudes; Test Construction. Minor Descriptor: Psychosis. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1957. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1957. AB - "The 140 items originally scaled for social desirability during the development of the Edwards Personal Preference Schedule (EPPS) were rescaled using a group of veterans hospitalized for neuropsychiatric disorders." Among the results were the following: "There was no essential difference between psychotic and non-psychotic patients in their judgment of the desirability of items… [and]… there was a high degree of relationship between the hospitalized group and the college and high school groups in the scale values of the items. In spite of the high agreement, there were systematic differences in the social desirability of subscales representing psychological needs." (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hospital population KW - social desirability KW - stereotypes KW - Edwards Personal Preference Schedule KW - test development KW - 1957 KW - Hospitals KW - Social Desirability KW - Stereotyped Attitudes KW - Test Construction KW - Psychosis DO - 10.1037/h0045078 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1959-01282-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1948-04979-001 AN - 1948-04979-001 AU - Lipkin, Stanley T1 - The client evaluates nondirective psychotherapy. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1948/05// VL - 12 IS - 3 SP - 137 EP - 146 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1948-04979-001. PMID: 18867079 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lipkin, Stanley; Veterans Administration, Chicago, Ill. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clients; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Psychotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Emotions; Self Perception. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: May, 1948. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1948. AB - 37 clients, all of whom had been counseled nondirectively, were asked to write answers to the following questions: (1) What seemed to be the story before you came in? (2) What seemed to go on during your visits here? (3) How do things look to you now? A summarizing discussion by Carl Rogers points out that the major elements experienced by the counselees are: taking of responsibility for oneself in the counseling relationship; release of emotional tensions; exploration of emotionalized attitudes; a clearer understanding of self; a reorganization of attitudes toward the self; a choice of steps which will solve or partially solve the problem. These findings are consistent with the theory of nondirective therapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nondirective psychotherapy KW - counseling relationship KW - clients KW - emotional tensions KW - self understanding KW - 1948 KW - Clients KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Psychotherapy KW - Emotions KW - Self Perception DO - 10.1037/h0060172 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1948-04979-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1948-04952-001 AN - 1948-04952-001 AU - Patterson, C. H. T1 - A further study of two short forms of the Wechsler-Bellevue Scale. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1948/05// VL - 12 IS - 3 SP - 147 EP - 152 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1948-04952-001. PMID: 18867080 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Patterson, C. H.; Veterans Administration, Minneapolis, Minn. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Comprehension; Hospitals; Intelligence; Psychometrics; Vocabulary. Minor Descriptor: Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: May, 1948. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1948. AB - 2 short forms of the W-B Scale proposed in a previous study (see 21: 1313) of hospital subjects were checked in a sample of 100 more or less normal males. The 4-test form (Vocabulary, Comprehension, Block Design and Picture Completion) appeared to be better at the lower levels (particularly under 100 IQ). The 3-test form (Vocabulary, Comprehension and Digit Symbol) gave more accurate estimates at the higher level (over 120 IQ). Since both forms include Vocabulary and Comprehension, it would be possible after administering these 2 tests to estimate the level of intelligence and to be guided by this in determining whether to administer the 4-test or the 3-test combination. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Wechsler Bellevue Scale KW - hospital subjects KW - vocabulary and comprehension KW - intelligence level KW - 1948 KW - Comprehension KW - Hospitals KW - Intelligence KW - Psychometrics KW - Vocabulary KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale DO - 10.1037/h0056417 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1948-04952-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1948-04966-001 AN - 1948-04966-001 AU - Wiener, Daniel N. T1 - Subtle and obvious keys for the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1948/05// VL - 12 IS - 3 SP - 164 EP - 170 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1948-04966-001. PMID: 18867082 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wiener, Daniel N.; Veterans Administration, Minneapolis, Minn. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clients; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Personality Measures. Minor Descriptor: Counseling. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223); Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: May, 1948. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1948. AB - New scales are needed for personality tests to indicate test-taking attitudes which might place the counselee in an overly favorable or unfavorable light. Items in a personality test may be considered to lie on a continuum from obviousness (O) to subtlety (S). S and O keys were developed for five scales of the MMPI; D, Hy, Pd, Pa, and Ma. The O items differentiate best between abnormal and relatively normal groups; the S items probably work best in measuring the personality characteristics of normal individuals. It is probable that the use of S and O keys in counseling a relatively normal population will increase appreciably the usefulness of the MMPI in predicting vocational and educational success as well as in distinguishing test-taking attitudes of importance in the therapeutic process. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - counselee KW - therapeutic process KW - personality test KW - counseling KW - 1948 KW - Clients KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Personality Measures KW - Counseling DO - 10.1037/h0055594 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1948-04966-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-17731-001 AN - 2011-17731-001 AU - Fairweather, G. W. AU - Simon, R. AU - Gebhard, M. E. AU - Weingarten, E. AU - Holland, J. L. AU - Sanders, R . AU - Stone, G. B. AU - Reahl, J. E. T1 - Relative effectiveness of psychotherapeutic programs: A multicriteria comparison of four programs for three different patient groups. JF - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JO - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied Y1 - 1960/// VL - 74 IS - 5 SP - 1 EP - 26 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-9753 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-17731-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Review: Monograph Supplements. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fairweather, G. W.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Perry Point, MD, US. Other Publishers: Macmillan & Company; Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20111003. Correction Date: 20120827. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chronic Mental Illness; Group Psychotherapy; Individual Psychotherapy; Job Characteristics; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Minor Descriptor: Mental Disorders; Neuropsychological Rehabilitation; Psychiatric Hospitalization. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Ward Behavior Scale; Anxiety and Repression Scale; Scale of Inner Maladjustment; Hospital Adjustment Scale; Group Therapy Rating Scale; Job Behavior Scale; Follow-up Rating Scale; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory [Appended]; Thematic Apperception Test (TAT); Ego-Strength Scale DOI: 10.1037/t06943-000; Holland Vocational Preference Inventory DOI: 10.1037/t09505-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 26. Issue Publication Date: 1960. Publication History: First Submitted Date: Mar 24, 1959. AB - This investigation attempted to evaluate the relative efficiency of four psychotherapeutic psychotherapeutic programs with three patient groups on a number of different criteria. All patients in the study lived on the same experimental ward. The four treatments were: (a) group living, in which all activities were group oriented, i.e., work, living arrangements, psychotherapy, etc., (b) group therapy and an individual work assignment, (c) individual therapy and an individual work assignment, and (d) a control group with an individual work assignment and no therapy. The three patient groups were: (a) a nonpsychotic group, (b) a short-term psychotic group, and (c) a long-term psychotic group. The design was a three by four factorial type analysis of variance with an N of eight in each cell and a total N of 96. All patients were tested and rated upon entry into the program and upon departure. The instruments were: (a) Ward Behavior, (b) MMPI, (c) TAT, (d) Holland Vocational Preference Inventory, (e) Q sort, and (f) a six-month follow-up questionnaire. In addition, all patients in group therapy were rated every 30 days on Finney's (1954) Therapy Scale and 70 of the 96 were rated on job performance, both upon entry and termination of the program. Results suggest that: 1. The number of days in treatment was significantly different for both treatment and diagnostic groups. The individual therapy group took the greatest time, group living next, with group therapy and control the least and almost equivalent times. Diagnostically, long-term psychotics were in treatment longest, with short-term psychotics and nonpsychotics requiring the least and almost equivalent times. 2. Generally, significantly different variances occurred on most instruments between treatments and diagnoses. The control group usually had the smallest variance and the three psychotherapy groups the largest. Of the four treatments, group living or individual therapy usually showed the greatest variance. 3. Tests of significance between change score medians revealed only the Ma scale of the MMPI yielding a significant difference between treatments. Further results are detailed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychotherapeutic programs KW - multicriteria comparison KW - patient groups KW - treatment effectiveness KW - individual therapy KW - group therapy KW - group living KW - neuropsychiatric disorders KW - short term psychosis KW - long term psychosis KW - work assignments KW - 1960 KW - Chronic Mental Illness KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Individual Psychotherapy KW - Job Characteristics KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - Mental Disorders KW - Neuropsychological Rehabilitation KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization DO - 10.1037/h0093756 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2011-17731-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-16837-001 AN - 2011-16837-001 AU - Morton, Robert B. T1 - An experiment in brief psychotherapy. JF - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JO - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied Y1 - 1955/// VL - 69 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 17 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-9753 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-16837-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Review: Monograph Supplements. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morton, Robert B.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, TX, US. Other Publishers: Macmillan & Company; Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20111003. Correction Date: 20120827. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brief Psychotherapy; Personality; Social Adjustment; Social Learning; Frame of Reference. Minor Descriptor: Vocational Counselors. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Mooney Problem Check List, College Form; Thematic Apperception Test (TAT); Rating Scale DOI: 10.1037/t00004-000; Incomplete Sentences Blank DOI: 10.1037/t01036-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: 1955. Publication History: Accepted Date: Aug 31, 1954. AB - The purpose of this study is to evaluate the results of brief psychotherapy. Forty subjects were selected from the population of referrals made by the vocational counselors of the Ohio State University Occupational Opportunities Service. The results of exploratory research indicated that some seriously maladjusted individuals would show apparently striking and lasting changes in adjustment if their problems were analyzed in a clinical relationship that used some of the constructs of Rotter's Social Learning Theory of Personality as a frame of reference. It was found that use of the TAT both facilitated the understanding of the experimenter and expedited the development of insight for the subjects. The facilitation came through the subject's analysis of his written stories. The outline used by the subjects for analysis incorporated the basic principles later utilized by the experimenter during the therapy interviews. The analyses by the subject not only facilitated the development of his insight, but also increased the experimenter's understanding of the subject's level of insight. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - brief psychotherapy KW - vocational counselors KW - maladjusted individuals KW - social learning KW - personality KW - frame of reference KW - 1955 KW - Brief Psychotherapy KW - Personality KW - Social Adjustment KW - Social Learning KW - Frame of Reference KW - Vocational Counselors DO - 10.1037/h0093683 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2011-16837-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-16792-001 AN - 2011-16792-001 AU - Moran, Louis J. T1 - Vocabulary knowledge and usage among normal and schizophrenic subjects. JF - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JO - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied Y1 - 1953/// VL - 67 IS - 20 SP - 1 EP - 19 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-9753 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-16792-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Review: Monograph Supplements. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moran, Louis J.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, TX, US. Other Publishers: Macmillan & Company; Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20111003. Correction Date: 20130408. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Knowledge Level; Schizophrenia; Vocabulary; Word Meaning. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Sentence Construction Test; Similarities Test; Associations Test; Definitions Test; Synonym (Recall) Test; Synonym (Recognition) Test; Analogies Test; Cooperation Test; Wechsler Vocabulary Test; Word Association Test DOI: 10.1037/t01414-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 19. Issue Publication Date: 1953. Publication History: Accepted Date: Aug 3, 1953. AB - This study provides an intensive comparative analysis of the understanding and use of word meanings by schizophrenic patients and by nonpsychiatric patients. Eight hypotheses concerning alleged specific distortions in the schizophrenic's understanding of word meanings are tested. These hypotheses are derived primarily from the theorizing of Yacorzynski, Cameron, and Goldstein. The performance of 40 matched pairs of schizophrenic and control subjects on a special battery of verbal tests is compared. Each pair is matched for Wechsler-Bellevue vocabulary raw score, age, sex, and educational level. Subjects in both groups are rated on cooperation. All tests in the special battery are built around a common core of 25 familiar words. The battery includes tests of definitions, synonyms, sentence construction, similarities, analogies, and word association. When the schizophrenic group's performances on this battery are compared with the control group's, the following differences become evident: (a) The schizophrenic is significantly less precise in his understanding of word meanings. This is most evident in his relative failure to differentiate between word meanings. (b) The schizophrenic is less able to use his words as conceptual instruments, e.g., his ability to form verbal concepts and to reason in analogies tests appears impaired, (c) The schizophrenic's ability to integrate words into meaningful communications appears impaired, though he may "define" the same words in the same way that the control subject does. These results support the theories of Yacorzynski, Cameron, and Goldstein concerning the nature of the schizophrenic's understanding and use of word meanings. It is noted, however, that the differences in the schizophrenic's understanding of word meanings are not large enough to be diagnostic. Despite group differences, there remains an extensive "overlap" in group performances of the schizophrenic and the nonpsychiatric patients. Cooperation ratings correlate about .40 with performance level. No significant differences between the groups in level of cooperation are evident. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - vocabulary knowledge KW - vocabulary usage KW - comprehension KW - schizophrenia KW - word meaning KW - 1953 KW - Knowledge Level KW - Schizophrenia KW - Vocabulary KW - Word Meaning DO - 10.1037/h0093668 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2011-16792-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-41274-001 AN - 2013-41274-001 AU - Benton, Arthur L. AU - Eiduson, Samuel T1 - Brain and behavior: Session I: Symposium, 1959: 1. Neurohumors, drugs, and behavior. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1960/01// VL - 30 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 9 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-41274-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Benton, Arthur L.; State University of Iowa, Iowa City, IA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Central Nervous System; Electrical Brain Stimulation; Humor; Behavioral Neuroscience. Minor Descriptor: Biochemistry; Synapses. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1960. AB - This article presents overview on neurohumors, drugs, and behavior from the Brain and behavior symposium which was held in 1959 by American Orthopsychiatric Association. The brain, being an organ like any other in the body, but having its own particular and specific biochemical properties, has begun to yield some biochemical secrets which promise that in the future biochemistry may contribute its share to an understanding of behavior. The term "neurohumoral transmission" has come to mean the chemical mediation of electrical impulses across the synapse, at such peripheral sites as autonomic ganglia and neuromuscular junctions of smooth and skeletal muscle. It is clear that it takes only a small imaginative leap to jump from the periphery of the body to the central nervous system and therefore to postulate chemical transmission within the central nervous system. The behavioral effects of tranquilizers, hallucinogens, and the so-called psychic energizers on both the overt behavior of the total organism and the electrophysiological substrates of the brain have created a remarkably favorable climate for the investigation of the problem of transmission in the brain. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - biochemistry KW - neurohumoral transmission KW - electrical impulses KW - synapses KW - central nervous system KW - behavioral effects KW - 1960 KW - Central Nervous System KW - Electrical Brain Stimulation KW - Humor KW - Behavioral Neuroscience KW - Biochemistry KW - Synapses DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1960.tb03002.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-41274-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39476-009 AN - 2013-39476-009 AU - Hubbs, Roy S. T1 - The sheltered workshop in psychiatric rehabilitation: Therapeutic modality and socioeconomic resource. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1964/01// VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 76 EP - 79 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39476-009. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hubbs, Roy S.; Continued Treatment Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Polo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients; Rehabilitation; Therapeutic Processes. Minor Descriptor: Socioeconomic Status. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1964. Publication History: Accepted Date: Apr 3, 1963. AB - It was hypothesized that gainful employment in which at least mildly aberrant behavior could be tolerated would not only keep many erstwhile psychiatric patients out of the hospital but also lead to further social adjustment and mental improvement. A sheltered workshop was started to test these hypotheses, with the help of a continuous control series. The operation is described. Our conclusion after five years is that, when used to provide work, hence a livelihood, for released male patients unable to hold ordinary employment, the psychiatric sheltered workshop significantly reduces the number of returns to the hospital. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - psychiatric rehabilitation KW - socioeconomic resource KW - therapeutic modality KW - hospitals KW - 1964 KW - Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Rehabilitation KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - Socioeconomic Status DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1964.tb02194.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-39476-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39303-015 AN - 2013-39303-015 AU - Plank, Robert T1 - Ecology of schizophrenia: Newer research on the drift hypothesis. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1959/10// VL - 29 IS - 4 SP - 819 EP - 826 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39303-015. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Plank, Robert; Mental Hygiene Clinic, Veterans Administration Regional Office, Cleveland, OH, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ecology; Hospital Admission; Residential Care Institutions; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Neighborhoods; Psychiatry. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213); Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1959. AB - This article explores in the ecology of mental illness in its modern sense came into its own with the publication of Mental Disorders in Urban Areasin 1939 made a thorough study of the differences in the numbers of hospital admissions for specific illnesses, including schizophrenia, in different neighborhoods in Chicago. They also utilized earlier findings from other cities. Later studies which followed their lead have tended to confirm their findings. The fact has thus become established that there is a very marked difference in the frequency of hospital admissions for schizophrenia from different city neighborhoods. A consistent pattern has prevailed, at least in the United States in recent decades: Admission rates from socio economically low central districts are high; those from socio economically high suburban districts are low. The records of these 64 patients were studied and their residential status at two points in time-namely, at the time of induction into military service, and at the time of the study-was determined. As all these are cases of veterans whose psychiatric disability has been adjudicated service connected, it is to be assumed that the onset of the illness occurred after induction so that the comparison of these two points in time would show the drift during the crucial period in their lives in which we are interested. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ecology KW - schizophrenia KW - psychiatric disability KW - neighborhoods KW - hospital admissions KW - residential status KW - 1959 KW - Ecology KW - Hospital Admission KW - Residential Care Institutions KW - Schizophrenia KW - Neighborhoods KW - Psychiatry DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1959.tb00251.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-39303-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39298-010 AN - 2013-39298-010 AU - Jenkins, Richard L. T1 - Motivation and frustration in delinquency. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1957/07// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 528 EP - 537 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39298-010. PMID: 13444442 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jenkins, Richard L.; Psychiatric Evaluation Project, Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, DC, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Frustration; Juvenile Delinquency; Motivation. Minor Descriptor: Neurosis; Psychopathy. Classification: Criminal Behavior & Juvenile Delinquency (3236). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1957. AB - This article discusses motivation and frustration in juvenile delinquency. The article begins with the simple fact, recognized by any layman, that some delinquent acts are goal-motivated and others are frustration responses. The boy who intensely desires a bicycle and steals one because he cannot obtain one in any other way represents an instance of goal-motivated delinquency. On the other hand, the youngster who hates school intensely and expresses his hatred by hurling a brick through the schoolhouse window is an example of delinquency which results from frustration. The thesis of the author proceeds to the not surprising but grossly neglected observation that delinquency as a frustration response occurs particularly in individuals whose lives have been lives of frustration, and that delinquency as a goal-motivated response occurs particularly in those who have been exposed to schooling in delinquent techniques. The maladaptive delinquent, is already an over frustrated individual who needs help and encouragement in achieving some satisfaction in life and some sense of self-worth. Furthermore, the maladaptive delinquent stands, in many important regards, on the other side of the normal from the psychoneurotic. One does not analyze or take apart his superego, which is inadequate anyway; rather one seeks to help him synthesize one. Where the therapy of the psychoneurotic is often in large part freeing the individual from the effects of over severe social training, the therapy of the psychopath is one seeking to establish some social controls. This is done in essentially the way it is done with the young child. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - motivation KW - frustration KW - juvenile delinquency KW - psychoneurotics KW - psychopathy KW - 1957 KW - Frustration KW - Juvenile Delinquency KW - Motivation KW - Neurosis KW - Psychopathy DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1957.tb05518.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-39298-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39119-014 AN - 2013-39119-014 AU - Wiener, Daniel N. AU - Raths, Otto N. Jr. T1 - Contributions of the mental hygiene clinic team to clinic decisions. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1959/04// VL - 29 IS - 2 SP - 350 EP - 356 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39119-014. PMID: 13661310 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wiener, Daniel N.; Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Clinic, St. Paul, MN, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Child Guidance Clinics; Hygiene; Mental Health; Orthopsychiatry; Therapeutic Processes. Minor Descriptor: Clinics; Decision Making. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1959. AB - This study propose, instead, that serious consideration be given to other important functions which the team can perform, such as training students in the three disciplines, improving clinic coordination, and assigning and supervising therapeutic tasks. At least, we would hope that more time and effort will be spent in studying the underlying concepts, and functions, of the mental hygiene team to determine how its slender resources can be most effectively used. A study was done of diagnoses and prognoses made by individual members of interdisciplinary mental hygiene clinic teams, independently, before and after team meetings. These ratings were compared with each other, and with those made by the therapists after termination of treatment. No discipline was found to be better than another, nor were there any significant changes following the team meeting, in rating any of the factors studied. The predictions from tests alone were as accurate as from any other method, except for predicting preferred treatment. Since it appears likely that certain common activities of the interdisciplinary mental hygiene team are not being performed effectively, consideration should be given either to trying to improve their effectiveness in these areas, or to emphasizing other team functions which may be more valuable, and especially dependent upon the team approach. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mental hygiene KW - clinic decisions KW - child guidance clinics KW - therapeutic tasks KW - orthopsychiatry KW - 1959 KW - Child Guidance Clinics KW - Hygiene KW - Mental Health KW - Orthopsychiatry KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - Clinics KW - Decision Making DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1959.tb00198.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-39119-014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39039-008 AN - 2013-39039-008 AU - Jenkins, Richard L. T1 - The schizophrenic sequence: Withdrawal, disorganization, psychotic reorganization. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1952/10// VL - 22 IS - 4 SP - 738 EP - 748 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39039-008. PMID: 12996653 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jenkins, Richard L.; Psychiatry and Neurology Division, Veterans Administration, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disease Course; Psychoticism; Schizophrenia; Schizophrenia (Disorganized Type); Withdrawal (Defense Mechanism). Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1952. AB - Adolf Meyer first stressed the understandability of schizophrenia as a progressive maladaptation with habit disorganization. Norman Maier furnished a basic link in the understanding of the schizophrenic process by demonstrating experimentally that rats, subjected to continued frustration, show a replacement of adaptive behavior by a frozen stereotyped behavior which he calls frustration behavior. These two elements together give the basis for a hypothesis concerning the nature of the schizophrenic process. The schizophrenic sequence typically begins with the process of schizoid withdrawal. The second phase of the schizophrenic sequence, the actual schizophrenic process, as distinguished from mere schizoid withdrawal, is a process of progressive personality disorganization. The third element of the schizophrenic sequence is the process of psychotic reorganization. As the disease progresses, one of the three major factors is likely to become more dominant than the other two. In conclusion, there are three distinguishable factors in schizophrenia, and a consideration of these factors appears significant for the process of therapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenic process KW - withdrawal KW - disorganization KW - psychotic reorganization KW - 1952 KW - Disease Course KW - Psychoticism KW - Schizophrenia KW - Schizophrenia (Disorganized Type) KW - Withdrawal (Defense Mechanism) DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1952.tb01977.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-39039-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39039-009 AN - 2013-39039-009 AU - Williams, Meyer T1 - The experimental validation of the Rorschach Test: I. Experimental correlations. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1952/10// VL - 22 IS - 4 SP - 749 EP - 754 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39039-009. PMID: 12996654 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Williams, Meyer; Veterans Administration Hospital, Downey, IL, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Processes; Rorschach Test; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Experimentation; Methodology. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223); Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Tests & Measures: Rorschach Test DOI: 10.1037/t03306-000. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1952. AB - This paper provides a brief review and a few comments concerning promising attempts to validate the Rorschach experimentally, with particular emphasis on those studies bearing on the relationship between Rorschach response dimensions and personality processes. Recent experimental approaches to validation of Rorschach response dimensions appear to have taken three directions. The author makes a few comments concerning the general findings, some methodological considerations and some conflicting viewpoints bearing on future experimental validation research. The paper closes with a few conflicting viewpoints related to the problem of experimental validation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - experimental validation KW - Rorschach Test KW - personality processes KW - methodological considerations KW - 1952 KW - Personality Processes KW - Rorschach Test KW - Test Validity KW - Experimentation KW - Methodology DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1952.tb01978.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-39039-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39035-013 AN - 2013-39035-013 AU - Polan, Simon AU - Spark, Isadore T1 - Group psychotherapy of schizophrenics in an outpatient clinic. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1950/04// VL - 20 IS - 2 SP - 382 EP - 396 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39035-013. PMID: 15413701 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Polan, Simon; Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Clinic, Philadelphia, PA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Military Veterans; Outpatients; Schizophrenia; Social Processes. Minor Descriptor: Group Dynamics. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Outpatient (60). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1950. AB - In the Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Clinic of Philadelphia, a group of schizophrenic patients has been seen on an outpatient basis in weekly evening sessions over a period of twelve months. The posthospitalization schizophrenic patient needs to be sustained in his attempts at readjustment outside the hospital. It was hoped that the group experience would facilitate psychotherapy in the clinic, and at the same time would augment the patients’ abilities to adjust to social experiences. The patients were discharged World War II servicemen who had been hospitalized for various forms of schizophrenia. Summaries of a few of the group meetings are included in this paper to illustrate the participation of the patients as they became group-oriented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - outpatient group psychotherapy KW - schizophrenia KW - World War II servicemen KW - group experiences KW - social experiences KW - 1950 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Military Veterans KW - Outpatients KW - Schizophrenia KW - Social Processes KW - Group Dynamics DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1950.tb06049.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-39035-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-38637-009 AN - 2013-38637-009 AU - Morse, Philip W. T1 - A proposed technique for the evaluation of psychotherapy. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1953/10// VL - 23 IS - 4 SP - 716 EP - 731 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-38637-009. PMID: 13104619 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morse, Philip W.; Veterans Administration, Mental Hygiene Clinic, Hartford, CT, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinics; Psychosexual Behavior; Psychotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1953. AB - The purpose of this paper is to discuss briefly the deliberations of the staff of the Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Clinic in Hartford, Connecticut, on the problem of the evaluation of their work and to present the result of these deliberations, which takes the form of a proposed technique for the evaluation of the psychotherapy being performed at that clinic. The lack of techniques and frames of reference for the evaluation of psychotherapy has presented a stumbling block to the psychiatric and allied professions. The population to be used for the major experiment will be the entire patient population that was in treatment during the year 1950 who were seen for ten visits or more. This should provide us with an experimental population of approximately 300 patients. It is felt that the use of this large number of patients should again assist in ironing out a number of the variables mentioned above that otherwise must remain uncontrolled. When the data have been gathered on the rating scales plus the table of information on sexual behavior, they will be evaluated by use of the chi-square treatment; that is, the changes that have taken place on the average rating for each scale will be compared with that of the expected hypothetical changes that would have taken place as a matter of chance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - patient population KW - sexual behavior KW - psychotherapy KW - military veterans KW - clinics KW - 1953 KW - Clinics KW - Psychosexual Behavior KW - Psychotherapy KW - Military Veterans DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1953.tb00101.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-38637-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-38637-017 AN - 2013-38637-017 AU - Plank, Robert T1 - The family constellation of a group of schizophrenic patients. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1953/10// VL - 23 IS - 4 SP - 817 EP - 825 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-38637-017. PMID: 13104627 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Plank, Robert; Neuropsychiatry Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Cleveland, OH, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interviews; Military Veterans; Schizophrenia; Therapeutic Processes. Minor Descriptor: Family. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1953. AB - This study is based on all cases of male schizophrenics on which one social service unit in a Veterans Administration Regional Office was active during a period of half a year. There was no opportunity to conduct special interviews for the purposes of this study. It is therefore based on two sources of information: my own incidental observations in interviews with patients and collaterals; and the existing records. Work with unselected cases has the inconvenience that there are some on which little information is available; however, there are but few of those in our group. Most records were voluminous. While our material tends to support the general trend of these findings, it has to be recognized that our method is not designed to probe the subtle factors which operate in shaping a personality, but rather to present the more basic facets of the family constellation. The findings presented in this paper may be evaluated from two viewpoints, which may be termed the etiological and the therapeutic viewpoint respectively. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - family constellation KW - schizophrenic patients KW - interviews KW - therapeutic viewpoint KW - military veterans KW - 1953 KW - Interviews KW - Military Veterans KW - Schizophrenia KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - Family DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1953.tb00109.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-38637-017&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-38232-011 AN - 2013-38232-011 AU - Perlman, Bernice T1 - Group therapy: Round Table, 1948: 3. Group work with psychotic veterans. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1949/01// VL - 19 IS - 1 SP - 69 EP - 78 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-38232-011. PMID: 18122887 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Perlman, Bernice; Crile Veterans Administration Hospital, Cleveland, OH, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Military Veterans; Scientific Communication. Minor Descriptor: Orthopsychiatry; Professional Organizations; Psychosis. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1949. AB - This article provides an overview of the 1948 Round Table Conference of the American Orthopsychiatric Association. The theme of the Conference was on group therapy. This article focuses on the section: Group work with psychotic veterans. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - American Orthopsychiatric Association KW - scientific communication KW - group therapy KW - psychotic veterans KW - 1949 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Military Veterans KW - Scientific Communication KW - Orthopsychiatry KW - Professional Organizations KW - Psychosis DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1949.tb06560.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-38232-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-37854-007 AN - 2013-37854-007 AU - Schmidl, Fritz T1 - The dynamic use of the psychiatric social worker's services within the clinical team. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1950/10// VL - 20 IS - 4 SP - 765 EP - 775 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-37854-007. PMID: 14789965 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schmidl, Fritz; Mental Hygiene Clinic, Veterans Administration, Seattle, WA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinics; Mental Health Services; Military Veterans; Psychiatric Social Workers. Minor Descriptor: Hygiene; Responsibility; Treatment; Work Teams. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340). References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1950. AB - In this paper the author wants to discuss the question of the dynamic use of social work in a clinic on the basis of two case examples from the experience of the Mental Hygiene Clinic, Veterans Administration, Seattle Regional Office. The author mentioned that in the clinic the psychiatric social workers under supervision of the psychiatrists participate regularly and intensively in the process of the diagnostic study and take responsibility for treatment in selected cases. The author added that the opinions and conclusions expressed in this paper stem from the experience of the clinic and are not presented as in any way representative of a general practice in VA mental hygiene clinics. The two cases which have been sketched here are examples of the work of psychiatric social workers in a clinic where it is tried to use the members of the clinical team on the basis of the needs of each individual patient rather than on the basis of a theoretical conviction as to the functions of the professions represented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychiatric social worker services KW - clinical teams KW - mental hygiene clinics KW - veterans KW - responsibility for treatment KW - 1950 KW - Clinics KW - Mental Health Services KW - Military Veterans KW - Psychiatric Social Workers KW - Hygiene KW - Responsibility KW - Treatment KW - Work Teams DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1950.tb05475.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-37854-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-37520-015 AN - 2013-37520-015 AU - Ujhely, Valentine T1 - Polysynthetic extroversion therapy for the reduction of catatonic attacks: Case report. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1936/07// VL - 6 IS - 3 SP - 449 EP - 458 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-37520-015. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ujhely, Valentine; U. S. Veterans' Administration Facility, Bath, NY, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Hallucinations; Catatonia; Delusions; Extraversion; Therapeutic Processes. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320). References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1936. AB - This article discusses a treatment procedure employed on a 29-year old ex-soldier who was admitted for treatment and domiciliary care, he having developed delusions of reference and of racial and religious persecution with auditory hallucinations of slanderous contents. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - polysynthetic extroversion therapy KW - catatonic attacks KW - treatment procedures KW - delusions KW - auditory hallucinations KW - 1936 KW - Auditory Hallucinations KW - Catatonia KW - Delusions KW - Extraversion KW - Therapeutic Processes DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1936.tb05255.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-37520-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-29870-000 AN - 9999-29870-000 AU - Lorr, Maurice T1 - Client Perceived Therapist Behaviors Inventory JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1965/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-29870-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorr, Maurice; Veterans Administration, Washington, District of Columbia, United States. Release Date: 20140512. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Inventory/Questionnaire. Test Location: Table 1, Page 147. Test Format: The 65 items on the Client Perceived Therapist Behaviors Inventory require the patient to indicate how often the therapist exhibited the behavior described (almost never, sometimes, usually, nearly always).. Language: English. Constructs: Client Attitudes toward Therapists; Classification: Treatment, Rehabilitation, and Therapeutic Processes (7900). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Client Perceived Therapist Behaviors Inventory is to assess the main ways that clients perceive their psychotherapists. AB - Description: The Client Perceived Therapist Behaviors Inventory (Lorr, 1965) assesses the main ways that clients perceive their psychotherapists. The inventory of 65 statements was constructed to measure 8 postulated interpersonal behavior patterns. A factor analysis disclosed 5 dimensions of perceived therapist behaviors. The dimensions were labeled Accepting, Understanding, Authoritarian, Independence-Encouraging, and Critical-Hostile. Each of the constructs was defined by 4-10 statements descriptive of therapist behaviors. The patient indicated how often the therapist exhibited the behavior described (almost never, sometimes, usually, nearly always). No reliability or validity data were presented. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Client Perceived Therapist Behaviors Inventory KW - Factor Structure KW - Test Development U5 - Client Perceived Therapist Behaviors Inventory [Test Development]Client perceptions of therapists: A study of the therapeutic relation. (AN: 1965-10372-001 from PsycINFO) Lorr, Maurice; Apr, 1965. Source: Journal of Consulting Psychology. 29(2), American Psychological Association, US; Apr, 1965; Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Sample: Veterans Keywords: Client Perceived Therapist Behaviors Inventory; Factor Structure; Test Development; Subjects: Client Attitudes; Factor Structure; Inventories; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Psychotherapists; DO - 10.1037/t29870-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999929870_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-29870-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-29868-000 AN - 9999-29868-000 AU - Barrell, Robert P. AU - DeWolfe, Alan S. AU - Cummings, Jonathan W. T1 - Philosophy of Treatment Form JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1965/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-29868-000. Acronyms: POT. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barrell, Robert P.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Downey, Illinois, United States. Release Date: 20140512. Correction Date: 20151109. Test Location: Text, Page 219. Test Format: The 41 items of the Philosophy of Treatment Form were rated as 'Strongly Agree,' 'Agree,' 'Disagree,' or 'Strongly Disagree'.. Language: English. Constructs: Staff Attitudes toward Patient Care; Classification: Attitudes, Interests, Values, and Expectancies (5300). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Philosophy of Treatment Form is to assess staff attitudes toward patient care in general medical and surgical hospitals. AB - Description: The Philosophy of Treatment Form (POT; Barrell, DeWolfe, & Cummings, 1965) was constructed to assess staff attitudes toward patient care in general medical and surgical hospitals. The 144-item rating scale was rationally developed from a pool of 185 items through unanimous agreement of judges as to what attitude was tapped by each item. Cross-validation between the two samples yielded 7 attitude area scores, utilizing 41 of the 144 items. The POT measured 7 attitude areas. and the selected areas were as follows: A—Interprets rules in an authoritarian way; B—Believes patients should be informed about their condition; C—Accepts the idea that staff behavior affects patients; D—Is aware of patient needs; E—Perceives need for congeniality among staff; F—Views patients unfavorably; and G—Thinks staff should be self-critical about performance. The K-R coefficients were .95 for the cluster (sum of Areas C, D, and E) and varied from .74 to .93 for the individual areas. The data yielded test-retest reliabilities ranging from .51 to .89. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Test-Retest Reliability KW - Philosophy of Treatment Form KW - Test Development U5 - Philosophy of Treatment Form (POT) [Test Development]A measure of staff attitudes toward care of physically ill patients. (AN: 1965-12459-001 from PsycINFO) Barrell, Robert P.; Dewolfe, Alan S.; Cummings, Jonathan W.; Jun, 1965. Source: Journal of Consulting Psychology. 29(3), American Psychological Association, US; Jun, 1965; Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Sample: Medical and Surgical Staff; Location: United States Keywords: Test-Retest Reliability; Philosophy of Treatment Form; Test Development; Subjects: Health Personnel Attitudes; Measurement; Test Construction; Test Reliability; Treatment; DO - 10.1037/t29868-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999929868_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-29868-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-29749-000 AN - 9999-29749-000 AU - Feifel, Herman AU - Eells, Janet T1 - Patient and Therapist Assessment of Psychotherapy Questionnaire JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1963/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-29749-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feifel, Herman; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Los Angeles, California, United States. Release Date: 20140512. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Inventory/Questionnaire. Test Location: Text, Page 311. Test Format: The Patient and Therapist Assessment of Psychotherapy Questionnaire consists of 4 open-ended questions.. Language: English. Constructs: Patient and Therapist Attitudes toward Therapy; Classification: Treatment, Rehabilitation, and Therapeutic Processes (7900). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40); Outpatient (60). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Patient and Therapist Assessment of Psychotherapy Questionnaire is to assess attitudes toward therapy by veterans who had terminated a course of individual psychotherapy and attitudes of their therapists. AB - Description: The Patient and Therapist Assessment of Psychotherapy Questionnaire (Feifel & Eells, 1963) is an open-ended questionnaire used to assess attitudes toward therapy by veterans who had terminated a course of individual psychotherapy and attitudes of their therapists. The patient questionnaire assessed patient attitudes with 4 open-ended questions, while similar questionnaires were given to the therapists who had these patients in therapy. Therapists were asked to answer the first 3 questions and, additionally, to predict how their patients would answer these. Four years after the original questionnaire had been sent out, a follow-up questionnaire was given on the basis of how they now felt about their past therapy. Reliability of categorization of the responses was checked and two investigators assigned identical category numbers to 79% of the responses. This was gauged to represent an acceptable level of reliability of categorization. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Interrater Reliability KW - Patient and Therapist Assessment of Psychotherapy Questionnaire KW - Test Development U5 - Patient and Therapist Assessment of Psychotherapy Questionnaire [Test Development]Patients and therapists assess the same psychotherapy. (AN: 1964-02810-001 from PsycINFO) Feifel, Herman; Eells, Janet; Aug, 1963. Source: Journal of Consulting Psychology. 27(4), American Psychological Association, US; Aug, 1963; Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Outpatient; Sample: Patients and Psychotherapists; Location: United States Keywords: Interrater Reliability; Patient and Therapist Assessment of Psychotherapy Questionnaire; Test Development; Subjects: Client Attitudes; Interrater Reliability; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Psychotherapist Attitudes; Questionnaires; Test Construction; DO - 10.1037/t29749-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999929749_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-29749-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-29337-000 AN - 9999-29337-000 AU - Howard, Alvin R. AU - Correll, Paul T. T1 - Behavioral Incidents Questionnaire JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1966/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-29337-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Howard, Alvin R.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Chillicothe, Ohio, United States. Release Date: 20140407. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Inventory/Questionnaire. Test Location: Text, Page 78. Test Format: A total of 27 items requiring forced-choice responses are included in the measure.. Language: English. Constructs: Psychological Intern Behavioral Evaluation; Classification: Treatment, Rehabilitation, and Therapeutic Processes (7900). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Behavioral Incidents Questionnaire is to provide a behavioral evaluation of psychological interns/trainees. AB - Description: The Behavioral Incidents Questionnaire (Howard & Correll, 1966) was developed to provide a behavioral evaluation of psychological interns/trainees. This questionnaire was constructed for the purposes of a study examining the level at which various intern behaviors are acceptable using 283 clinical and counseling psychologists in both universities and field centers with APA-approved training programs. The Behavioral Incidents Questionnaire was administered only to those who were directly involved in evaluating trainees. A total of 27 items (e.g., 'During the course of discussions with professional colleagues, cites the names of clients that he is describing. These discussions occasionally occur in settings where privacy is obviously lacking' and 'Finds much that is humorous in those behaviors of clients which were significant factors leading to their having sought help') requiring forced-choice responses were included in the measure. The pscyhometric properties of the measure were not presented by the authors. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Behavioral Incidents Questionnaire KW - Psychological Intern/Trainee Behavioral Evaluation KW - Test Development U5 - Behavioral Incidents Questionnaire [Test Development]Evaluating psychological interns. (AN: 1966-03499-001 from PsycINFO) Howard, Alvin R.; Correll, Paul T.; Feb, 1966. Source: Journal of Consulting Psychology. 30(1), American Psychological Association, US; Feb, 1966; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Sample: Clinical and Counseling Psychologists Keywords: Behavioral Incidents Questionnaire; Psychological Intern/Trainee Behavioral Evaluation; Test Development; Subjects: Clinical Psychology Internship; Evaluation; Questionnaires; Test Construction; Therapist Trainees; DO - 10.1037/t29337-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999929337_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-29337-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-14034-000 AN - 9999-14034-000 AU - Moran, Louis J. T1 - Tests of Word Meanings Battery JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1953/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-14034-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moran, Louis J.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, Texas, United States. Release Date: 20121008. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Battery. Test Format: Each test has its own set of instructions and methods for scoring.. Language: English. Constructs: Word Meanings; Classification: Mental Health/Illness Related Assessment (6700). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of this battery of tests is to examine vocabulary knowledge and use among normal and schizophrenic subjects. AB - Description: In a study examining vocabulary knowledge and use by schizophrenic patients and nonpsychiatric patients, a Tests of Word Meanings Battery (Moran, 1953) was designed. The battery consists of seven tests of word meaning, using a common core of 25 words in each test. The battery is designed to afford measurements, for each word, of the subject's (a) ability to define; (b) conceptual level of definition; (c) 'breadth' of understanding (number of other words available to express the same meaning as that of the stimulus word); (d) preciseness of understanding; (e) ability to form concepts with the words (similarities test); (f) conceptual level pf concepts (similarities) formed with the words; (g) ability to communicate with the words; (h) ability to reason symbolically with the words; and (i) associations to the words. By administering this battery to matched pairs of schizophrenic and nonpsychiatric patients, the quantitative measures of the area of meaning around each word may be compared. Such a comparison should provide a rigorous test of the hypothesis that in schizophrenia significant distortions in word meanings take place which go undetected by present vocabulary tests. Understanding of word meanings is covered by tests measuring (1) definition, (2) synonym (recall), and (3) synonym (recognition). Ability to use the words is covered by tests of (4) sentence construction, (5) similarities, and (6) analogies. A seventh test covers word association. Each test has its own set of administration and scoring instructions. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Analogies KW - Definition KW - Recall Synonym KW - Recognition Synonym KW - Sentence Construction KW - Similarities KW - Test Development KW - Tests of Word Meanings Battery U5 - Tests of Word Meanings Battery [Test Development]Vocabulary knowledge and usage among normal and schizophrenic subjects. (AN: 2011-16792-001 from PsycINFO) Moran, Louis J.; 1953. Source: Psychological Monographs: General and Applied. 67(20), American Psychological Association, US; 1953; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older), Thirties (30-39 yrs), Middle Age (40-64 yrs); Population: Human; Inpatient; Location: United States; Sample: Patients in Veterans Administration Hospitals with Schizophrenia Or with Non-Psychiatric Illness Keywords: Analogies; Definition; Recall Synonym; Recognition Synonym; Sentence Construction; Similarities; Test Development; Tests of Word Meanings Battery; Subjects: Analogy; Recall (Learning); Recognition (Learning); Schizophrenia; Test Construction; Test Reliability; Word Meaning; DO - 10.1037/t14034-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999914034_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-14034-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-13978-000 AN - 9999-13978-000 AU - Morton, Robert B. T1 - Adjustment Rating Scale JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1955/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-13978-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morton, Robert B.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, Texas, United States. Release Date: 20120910. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Test Format: The Adjustment Rating Scale uses a 6-point scale: 6 = an unhealthy or maladjusted frame of mind or pattern of behavior which generalizes to and dominates other major areas of behavior; 5 = an unhealthy or maladjusted frame of mind which generalizes to other patterns of behavior in which the relationship or concept being rated is directly associated with the subject; 4 = attitudes or conflicts localized to specific areas of behavior and generally ineffective in handling situations specific to that area of behavior; 3 = attitudes and patterns of behavior generally effective in handling situations specific to that area of behavior; 2 = a mildly healthy frame of mind or pattern of behavior which generalizes to other patterns of behavior in which the relationship or concept being rated is directly associated with the subject; 1 = a healthy frame of mind or pattern of behavior which generalizes to and facilitates development and adjustment in other major areas of behavior.. Language: English. Constructs: Psychological Adjustment; Classification: Treatment, Rehabilitation, and Therapeutic Processes (7900). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Adjustment Rating Scale is to evaluate the effectiveness of psychotherapy. AB - Description: The Adjustment Rating Scale (Morton, 1955) was designed to be used by raters in evaluating the effectiveness of psychotherapy. In order to obtain this evaluation, they estimate the degree to which adjustment or maladjustment is contained within one area of behavior or has generalized from one area to other major areas. The development of the scale is based upon the theoretical construct of generalization or spread of effect. Adjustment was rated on generalization continua within 14 areas of behavior (Mother, Father, Siblings, Morals, Religion, Social relations, Personal relations, Sex, Marriage, Academic, Vocational occupation, Level of aspiration, Self concept, and Future). The degree of adjustment is rated on a 6-point scale. A rating of six in one area indicates that maladjustment in that area generalizes to and dominates other major areas of adjustment adversely. A rating of three indicates positive adjustment in the area rated but that adjustment or maladjustment in other areas is not influenced. A rating of one in one area indicates that positive adjustment in the area rated generalizes to and facilitates adjustment in other major areas. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Adjustment Rating Scale KW - Psychotherapy Effectiveness KW - Test Development U5 - Adjustment Rating Scale [Test Development]An experiment in brief psychotherapy. (AN: 2011-16837-001 from PsycINFO) Morton, Robert B.; 1955. Source: Psychological Monographs: General and Applied. 69(1), American Psychological Association, US; 1955; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Sample: University Students Keywords: Adjustment Rating Scale; Psychotherapy Effectiveness; Test Development; Subjects: Adjustment; Psychotherapy; Rating Scales; Test Construction; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation; DO - 10.1037/t13978-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999913978_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-13978-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-13793-000 AN - 9999-13793-000 AU - Williams, Meyer AU - McGee, Thomas F. AU - Kittleson, Shirley AU - Halperin, Louis T1 - Social Adjustment Scales JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1962/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-13793-000. Acronyms: SAS. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Williams, Meyer; Westside Veterans Administration Hospital, Chicago, Illinois, United States. Release Date: 20120910. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Test Format: Responses are provided on 3- to 5-point rating scales with varying anchors.. Language: English. Constructs: Social Adjustment; Classification: Mental Health/Illness Related Assessment (6700). Population: Human (10). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Social Adjustment Scales is to assess relatives' ratings of psychiatric patients' social adjustment. AB - Description: Constructed in the course of a study evaluating an intensive group living program with schizophrenic patients, the Social Adjustment Scales (SAS; Williams et al., 1962) were developed to assess relatives' impressions of psychiatric patients' social adjustment. This rating form was especially designed to permit quantification of social work material obtained from relatives. It consists of 11 subscales which cover a variety of areas having to do with social adjustment: Socialization, Social Conversation, Energy Level, Personal Care, Work, Recreation, Interests, General Mood Tone, Home Adjustment, Assaultive Behavior, and Alcohol as a Problem. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Ratings by Relatives KW - Schizophrenia Patients KW - Social Adjustment Scales KW - Test Development U5 - Social Adjustment Scales (SAS) [Test Development]An evaluation of an intensive group living program with schizophrenic patients. (AN: 2011-17948-001 from PsycINFO) Williams, Meyer; McGee, Thomas F.; Kittleson, Shirley; Halperin, Louis; 1962. Source: Psychological Monographs: General and Applied. 76(24), American Psychological Association, US; 1962; Administration: Paper Population: Human; Location: United States; Sample: Relatives of Hospitalized Patients with Schizophrenia Keywords: Ratings by Relatives; Schizophrenia Patients; Social Adjustment Scales; Test Development; Subjects: Adult Attitudes; Family Members; Psychosocial Readjustment; Schizophrenia; Social Adjustment; Test Construction; DO - 10.1037/t13793-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999913793_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-13793-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-13791-000 AN - 9999-13791-000 AU - Williams, Meyer AU - McGee, Thomas F. AU - Kittleson, Shirley AU - Halperin, Louis T1 - TAT Rating Scale JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1962/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-13791-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Williams, Meyer; Westside Veterans Administration Hospital, Chicago, Illinois, United States. Release Date: 20120910. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Test Format: Each subscale includes its own 4-point rating scale (e.g., from 1 = 'Severe' to 4 = 'Minimal').. Language: English. Constructs: Interpersonal Relations; Schizophrenia; Social Relations; Classification: Mental Health/Illness Related Assessment (6700). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of the TAT Rating Scale is to examine interpersonal and social relations in individuals with schizophrenia. AB - Description: In a study evaluating the effectiveness of a group living treatment approach for withdrawn, schizophrenic patients, the TAT Rating Scale (Williams et al, 1962) was developed. As part of the pretreatment and posttreatment measures, cards were selected from the Thematic Apperception Test (TAT) which depicted scenes most likely to elicit feelings and attitudes about interpersonal and social relations. The cards used and the order of presentation were as follows: 2, 6BM, 7BM, 3BM, 4, 7GF, 18GF, 13MF, and 16. In the analysis of the TAT material, a Rating Scale was designed especially to assess interpersonal functioning. It consists of 4 subscales: (1) Extent of Pathology, (2) Extent of Emotional Involvement with Others, (3) Degree of Discomfort in Interpersonal Relationships, and (4) Degree of Activity in Pursuing Interpersonal Relationships. Each subscale includes its own 4-point rating scale. Correlations were computed for 5 experienced clinical psychologists' use of the scales on a sample of 12 TAT protocols of hospitalized psychiatric patients who were neither control nor experimental subjects. Interrater reliability was found to be high. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Interpersonal Relationships KW - Schizophrenia KW - Social Interaction KW - TAT Rating Scale KW - Test Development U5 - TAT Rating Scale [Test Development]An evaluation of an intensive group living program with schizophrenic patients. (AN: 2011-17948-001 from PsycINFO) Williams, Meyer; McGee, Thomas F.; Kittleson, Shirley; Halperin, Louis; 1962. Source: Psychological Monographs: General and Applied. 76(24), American Psychological Association, US; 1962; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older), Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs), Thirties (30-39 yrs), Middle Age (40-64 yrs); Population: Human; Male; Female; Sample: Recently Hospitalized Schizophrenics (Ages 21-40) Keywords: Interpersonal Relationships; Schizophrenia; Social Interaction; TAT Rating Scale; Test Development; Subjects: Interpersonal Relationships; Rating Scales; Schizophrenia; Social Interaction; Test Construction; DO - 10.1037/t13791-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999913791_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-13791-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-13782-000 AN - 9999-13782-000 AU - Webb, Warren W. T1 - Similarities Tests JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1955/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-13782-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Webb, Warren W.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Roanoke, Virginia, United States. Release Date: 20120910. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Test. Test Format: Quality level of the responses is scored as follows: 2 points for stating a fundamental likeness, 1 point for stating any essential likeness, and 0 for giving a difference, failing to respond, or for giving some inconsequential similarity. Qualitative attributes of schizophrenic speech are scored as to the presence or absence of two broad descriptive categories: imprecision and tangentiality.. Language: English. Constructs: Schizophrenia; Conceptual Ability; Classification: Mental Health/Illness Related Assessment (6700). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of Similarities Tests is to aid in examining deficits in conceptual ability of schizophrenics. AB - Description: Similarities Tests (Webb, 1955) were developed in a study examining whether the deficit in conceptual ability of schizophrenics could be varied as a function of threat of failure. Participants were hospitalized male schizophrenic patients. The tests were developed from those of the Wechsler-Bellevue Intelligence Scales as a device for sampling ability to manipulate concepts, (e.g., 'How are air and water alike?'). Two alternate forms of the test consisting of 20 items each were constructed. The items are so arranged in sequence of administration that order of difficulty was systematically staggered. Each consecutive group of 4 items (e.g., 1-4, 5-8) range in order of difficulty from easy to hard. The two forms of the test can be used as pretests and posttests. Responses are rated so as to provide two kinds of indices of the deficit in conceptual ability of schizophrenics: (a) quality level of the responses and (b) the presence in the responses of qualitative attributes of speech which are frequently found in schizophrenics' verbalization. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Conceptual Ability KW - Schizophrenia KW - Similarities Tests KW - Test Development KW - Conceptual Verbalization Ability U5 - Similarities Tests [Test Development]Conceptual ability of schizophrenics as a function of threat of failure. (AN: 1956-01373-001 from PsycINFO) Webb, Warren W.; Mar, 1955. Source: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. 50(2), American Psychological Association, US; Mar, 1955; Administration: Paper Population: Human; Male; Sample: Hospitalized Schizophrenia Patients Keywords: Conceptual Ability; Schizophrenia; Similarities Tests; Test Development; Subjects: Cognitive Processes; Concept Formation; Measurement; Schizophrenia; Test Construction; U5 - Similarities Tests [Test Use]Cognitive processes in deaf and hearing adolescents and adults. (AN: 2011-17957-001 from PsycINFO) Kates, Solis L.; Kates, William W.; Michael, James; 1962. Source: Psychological Monographs: General and Applied. 76(32), American Psychological Association, US; 1962; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs); Population: Human; Location: United States; Sample: Deaf Students and Non-Deaf Controls Keywords: Conceptual Verbalization Ability; Similarities Tests; Subjects: Concept Formation; Measurement; Verbal Ability; DO - 10.1037/t13782-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999913782_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-13782-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-13294-000 AN - 9999-13294-000 AU - Ellsworth, Robert B. T1 - Interpersonal Behavior Inventory JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1965/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-13294-000. Other Names: Patient Perception of Staff. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ellsworth, Robert B.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Roseburg, Oregon, United States. Release Date: 20120910. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Inventory/Questionnaire. Language: English. Constructs: Psychiatric Patient Attitudes; Psychiatric Patient Perceptions; Classification: Mental Health/Illness Related Assessment (6700). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Interpersonal Behavior Inventory to determine patient ratings of the behavior of ward personnel that they know. AB - Description: The Interpersonal Behavior Inventory (Ellsworth, 1965) is a 60-item questionnaire that measures the way in which psychiatric inpatients perceive their staff. This measure was developed in the context of a study that investigated staff attitudes toward mental illness. This scale specifically measures patient perceptions of: 1. staff who endorse the attitude of restrictive control (14 items), 2. staff who endorse the attitude of protective benevolence (11 items), and 3. staff who endorse the attitude of nontraditionalism (35 items). (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Interpersonal Behavior Inventory KW - Patients Views of Staff KW - Psychiatric Patient Attitudes KW - Test Development U5 - Interpersonal Behavior Inventory [Test Development]A behavioral study of staff attitudes toward mental illness. (AN: 1965-12582-001 from PsycINFO) Ellsworth, Robert B.; Jun, 1965. Source: Journal of Abnormal Psychology. 70(3), American Psychological Association, US; Jun, 1965; Administration: Paper Population: Human; Inpatient; Sample: Psychiatric Inpatients Keywords: Interpersonal Behavior Inventory; Patients Views of Staff; Psychiatric Patient Attitudes; Test Development; Subjects: Client Attitudes; Interpersonal Relationships; Inventories; Mental Health Personnel; Test Construction; DO - 10.1037/t13294-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999913294_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-13294-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-13792-000 AN - 9999-13792-000 AU - Williams, Meyer AU - McGee, Thomas F. AU - Kittleson, Shirley AU - Halperin, Louis T1 - Adjective Check List JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1962/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-13792-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Williams, Meyer; Westside Veterans Administration Hospital, Chicago, Illinois, United States. Release Date: 20120813. Correction Date: 20160711. Instrument Type: Checklist. Test Format: Each item includes its own 6-point continua.. Language: English. Constructs: Self Perception; Classification: Personality (7200). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of this check list is to examine patients' ratings of their concepts of self, ideal self, and the normal person as indications of their feelings of personal worth and sense of relatedness. AB - Description: In a study evaluating the effectiveness of a group living treatment approach for withdrawn, schizophrenic patients, an Adjective Check List (Williams et al, 1962) was developed. The test was a patient self-rating that involved adjective ratings relating to concepts of self, ideal self, and the normal person. It was used as a measure of attitudes toward one's personal worth and sense of relatedness. The Check List consisted of 60 adjectives arranged in bipolar opposites on 30 6-point continua (e.g., Friendly/Unfriendly; Suspicious/Trusting) which were actually subscales. Thus, an individual could score from 1 to 6 on each of these 30 subscales. The items which comprised this instrument covered self-concept material relating to feelings of personal worth as well as feelings and attitudes relating to interpersonal adequacy. In the administration of this instrument the patients were asked to make three separate ratings of self, ideal self, and normal person. Specifically, they were told to make three ratings in the following order: (a) Myself as I really am, (b) Myself as I would like to be; and (c) The average person. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Adjective Check List KW - Personal Worth KW - Self Concept KW - Sense of Relatedness KW - Test Development U5 - Adjective Check List [Test Development]An evaluation of an intensive group living program with schizophrenic patients. (AN: 2011-17948-001 from PsycINFO) Williams, Meyer; McGee, Thomas F.; Kittleson, Shirley; Halperin, Louis; 1962. Source: Psychological Monographs: General and Applied. 76(24), American Psychological Association, US; 1962; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older), Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs), Thirties (30-39 yrs), Middle Age (40-64 yrs); Population: Human; Male; Female; Location: United States; Sample: Schizophrenic Inpatients (Ages 21-40) Keywords: Adjective Check List; Personal Worth; Self Concept; Sense of Relatedness; Test Development; Subjects: Adjectives; Measurement; Self-Concept; Self-Esteem; Social Cognition; Test Construction; DO - 10.1037/t13792-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999913792_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-13792-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-13778-000 AN - 9999-13778-000 AU - Doering, Milan F. AU - Hamlin, Roy M. AU - Everstine, Louis AU - Eigenbrode, Charles R. AU - Chambers, Guinevere S. AU - Wolpin, Milton AU - Lackner, Frank M. T1 - Angry Verbalization Test JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1962/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-13778-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Doering, Milan F.; Topeka State Hospital, Kansas, United States. Release Date: 20120813. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Test. Test Format: Participants complete the one-word or two-word sentence beginnings on the back of the frustrating situation cards.. Language: English. Constructs: Angry Verbalization; Classification: Emotional States, Emotional Responses, and Motivation (6000). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of this test is to examine angry verbalizations and anger intensity responses to frustrating situations. AB - Description: In a report consisting of five studies pertaining to angry verbalization research, an Angry Verbalization Test (Doering et al, 1962) was developed. Angry verbalization research started as an attempt to shorten the psychotherapy process by training individuals directly to make angrier than usual verbalizations. The Test was designed to elicit and to measure freely made angry verbalizations following anger discrimination training in a sample of male undergraduates. The test consisted of 16 item cards (Items 1-4 being warm-up items) that presented various frustrating situations. On the back of each card there were three different response fragments, each incompleted sentence being a one-word or two-word sentence beginning. These incompleted sentences were to be completed by the subject as replies to the frustrating situation on the front. From the test cards, two 12- card-long tests were constructed. One of these tests was employed after training as a posttest; the other was employed before training as a pretest. The 12 individual replies on a test were scored by giving each reply an intensity rating. The 12 intensity ratings were then summed to make a test score. Not only did this test produce a total score, but it, of course, produced the 12-item or reply scores. Being mathematically comparable with each other, these reply scores could be put into space and time patterns thought to be useful for describing variability within one individual. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Angry Verbalization Test KW - Anger Responses KW - Test Development U5 - Angry Verbalization Test [Test Development]The use of training to increase intensity of angry verbalization. (AN: 2011-18675-001 from PsycINFO) Doering, Milan F.; Hamlin, Roy M.; Everstine, Louis; Eigenbrode, Charles R.; Chambers, Guinevere S.; Wolpin, Milton; Lackner, Frank M.; 1962. Source: Psychological Monographs: General and Applied. 76(37), American Psychological Association, US; 1962; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Sample: Male Undergraduate Students; Location: United States Keywords: Angry Verbalization Test; Anger Responses; Test Development; Subjects: Anger; Oral Communication; Personality Measures; Responses; Test Construction; DO - 10.1037/t13778-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999913778_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-13778-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-08599-000 AN - 9999-08599-000 AU - Doering, Milan F. AU - Hamlin, Roy M. AU - Everstine, Louis AU - Eigenbrode, Charles R. AU - Chambers, Guinevere S. AU - Wolpin, Milton AU - Lackner, Frank M. T1 - Angry Verbalization Scale II JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1962/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-08599-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Doering, Milan F.; Topeka State Hospital, Topeka, Kansas, United States. Release Date: 20120213. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Language: English. Constructs: Angry Verbalizations; Classification: Emotional States, Emotional Responses, and Motivation (6000). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Angry Verbalization Scale II is to measure potential responses to a frustrating situation. AB - Description: The Angry Verbalization Scale II (Doering et al., 1962) is a 60-item scale that measures potential responses to a frustrating situation. It is based on the assumption that all frustration-produced behaviors fall on an unbroken continuum that ranges from very non-hostile to very hostile rather than into discrete categories of hostile and non-hostile. The scale was developed from a pool of over 1,000 replies given by about 40 different subjects to several different frustrating situations. The 60 most frequently recurring replies were selected for the scale. These replies, altered for a professor-frustrates-student situation, were rated by 32 male college student judges. The judges were given the 60 replies on slips of paper. They were asked to place the replies on a scoreboard consisting of 5 replies from the Angry Verbalization Scale I that were organized according to their level of hostility. A mean rating and a standard deviation were calculated for each reply, the replies were ordered according to their means, and the results became the scale. Inter-judge reliability was determined using four new judges that did not participate in the development of the scale. They were placed in pairs and rated the replies in the same way as the original judges. Each new set of ratings was correlated with the scale. The relatively high correlations indicate that the ratings from the new judges were comparable to those obtained from the original 32 judges. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Test Development KW - Anger KW - Emotions KW - Angry Verbalization Scale II KW - Frustrating Situations KW - Potential Responses U5 - Angry Verbalization Scale II [Test Development]The use of training to increase intensity of angry verbalization. (AN: 2011-18675-001 from PsycINFO) Doering, Milan F.; Hamlin, Roy M.; Everstine, Louis; Eigenbrode, Charles R.; Chambers, Guinevere S.; Wolpin, Milton; Lackner, Frank M.; 1962. Source: Psychological Monographs: General and Applied. 76(37), American Psychological Association, US; 1962; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Sample: Male College Students Keywords: Test Development; Anger; Emotions; Angry Verbalization Scale II; Frustrating Situations; Potential Responses; Subjects: Anger; Emotional States; Frustration; Oral Communication; Rating Scales; Responses; Test Construction; DO - 10.1037/t08599-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999908599_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-08599-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-06856-000 AN - 9999-06856-000 AU - Doering, Milan F. AU - Hamlin, Roy M. AU - Everstine, Louis AU - Eigenbrode, Charles R. AU - Chambers, Guinevere S. AU - Wolpin, Milton AU - Lackner, Frank M. T1 - Egotistical Verbalization Scale JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1962/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-06856-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Doering, Milan F.; Topeka State Hospital, Topeka, Kansas, United States. Release Date: 20111107. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Test Format: Egotistical Verbalization Scale items are rated on a 7-point scale.. Language: English. Constructs: Egotistical Verbalizations; Classification: Personality (7200). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of developing an egotism scale was to obtain scaled verbalizations that could be used as controls in a study concerned with the effects of angry verbalizations. AB - Description: The Egotistical Verbalization Scale (Doering, et al., 1962) was developed employing a method adapted from the equal-appearing-intervals technique (Joness & Thurstone, 1955; Thurstone and Chave, 1929). An egotistical verbalization refers to a person's stating the amount of something he previously possessed, he now possesses, or he hopes to possess. Fifty statements, each concerned with a student's asking his instructor for help, were composed. These statements were varied in respect both to the quantity of help asked and to the phrasing used in asking for the help. The resulting statements, it was hoped, would then vary from slightly egotistical to very egotistical. These statements, typed on separate slips of paper, and a scoreboard, containing the numbers one through seven, were placed before each of 30 male college student judges. From the obtained judgments, a mean rating and a standard deviation were calculated for each reply. The replies were ordered according to their means, and the resulting scale was called the Egotistical Verbalization Scale. It should again be noted that mean ratings were used rather than the more usual median ratings. Reliability. An interjudge reliability coefficient was calculated by correlating the means obtained from two of the judges selected at random with the means obtained from the remaining 28 judges. The resulting correlation was .91. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Egotistical Verbalization Scale KW - Test Development U5 - Egotistical Verbalization Scale [Test Development]The use of training to increase intensity of angry verbalization. (AN: 2011-18675-001 from PsycINFO) Doering, Milan F.; Hamlin, Roy M.; Everstine, Louis; Eigenbrode, Charles R.; Chambers, Guinevere S.; Wolpin, Milton; Lackner, Frank M.; 1962. Source: Psychological Monographs: General and Applied. 76(37), American Psychological Association, US; 1962; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older), Adolescence (13-17 yrs), Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs); Population: Human; Male; Location: United States; Sample: Male Undergraduates between the Ages of 17 and 28 Keywords: Egotistical Verbalization Scale; Test Development; Subjects: Egotism; Emotional States; Personality Measures; Rating Scales; Test Construction; DO - 10.1037/t06856-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999906856_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-06856-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-02565-000 AN - 9999-02565-000 AU - Brownfain, John J. T1 - Self-Rating Inventory JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1951/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-02565-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brownfain, John J.; Veterans Administration Regional Office, Detroit, Michigan, United States. Release Date: 20110912. Correction Date: 20160711. Instrument Type: Inventory/Questionnaire. Test Format: Each subject rates himself four successive times on this 25-item inventory, in four different frames of judgment, each one designed to yield a different type of self-concept as follows: private self, positive self, negative self, and social self. Ratings are made on a scale of from 1 to 8 in the private and social frames of judgment. The high end of the scale is expanded to 9 for the positively slanted ratings and the low end to 0 for the negatively slanted ratings.. Language: English. Constructs: Self Concept; Classification: Personality (7200). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The Self-Rating Inventory was developed to serve as an operational measure of the stability of self-concept. AB - Description: The Self-Rating Inventory (Brownfain, 1951) was developed to serve as an operational measure of the stability of self-concept. Many of the items of the Self-Rating Inventory were adapted from the scale developed by E. Lowell Kelly and his associates—a scale, which, in turn, was partly based upon the factors of personality developed by R. B. Cattell. The primary data of this investigation consist of several series of self-ratings on 25 personality variables, obtained successively under different instructions from 62 subjects. Each subject rated himself four successive times on this inventory, in four different frames of judgment, each one designed to yield a different type of self-concept as follows: private self, positive self, negative self, and social self. Ratings were made on a scale of from 1 to 8 in the private and social frames of judgment. The high end of the scale was expanded to 9 for the positively slanted ratings and the low end to 0 for the negatively slanted ratings to encourage shift in those individuals who had already given themselves extreme ratings in the private self-ratings. The odd-even reliability of the inventory, using ratings in the private frame of judgment, is .90. An individual who sees himself unfavorably on some of the items is very likely to see himself unfavorably on the others. Rating behavior on this inventory appears to be essentially a reflection of the general level of self-esteem. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality dimensions KW - Self-Rating Inventory KW - stability of self-concept KW - test development KW - psychometric properties U5 - Self-Rating Inventory [Test Development]Stability of the self-concept as a dimension of personality. (AN: 1953-03339-001 from PsycINFO) Brownfain, John J.; Jul, 1952. Source: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. 47(3), American Psychological Association, US; Jul, 1952; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older), Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs), Thirties (30-39 yrs); Population: Human; Male; Location: United States; Sample: Members of 2 University of Michigan cooperative houses Keywords: personality dimensions; Self-Rating Inventory; stability of self-concept; test development; psychometric properties; Subjects: Inventories; Personality Measures; Self-Concept; Self-Report; Test Construction; Test Reliability; Test Validity; DO - 10.1037/t02565-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999902565_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-02565-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-14041-000 AN - 9999-14041-000 AU - Scherer, I. W. AU - Winne, J. F. AU - Clancy, D. D. AU - Baker, R. W. T1 - Aversion Test JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1953/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-14041-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Scherer, I. W.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Northampton, Massachusetts, United States. Release Date: 20120910. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Test. Test Format: Aversion Test items are rated from 0 ('would not bother me at all') to 4 ('impossible to consider thinking or doing').. Language: English. Constructs: Antisocial Beliefs; Classification: Mental Health/Illness Related Assessment (6700). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Aversion Test is to assess attitudes towards certain asocial activities. AB - Description: Constructed in the course of a study investigating psychological changes during the first year following prefrontal lobotomy, the Aversion Test (Scherer et al., 1953) was developed to assess attitudes towards certain asocial activities. The measure consists of attitudes toward 26 asocial activities, rated from 0 ('would not bother me at all') to 4 ('impossible to consider thinking or doing' the particular activity). (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Asocial Attitudes KW - Aversion Test KW - Test Development KW - Psychosis KW - Lobotomy KW - Military Veterans U5 - Aversion Test [Test Development]Psychological changes during the first year following prefrontal lobotomy. (AN: 2011-16495-001 from PsycINFO) Scherer, I. W.; Winne, J. F.; Clancy, D. D.; Baker, R. W.; 1953. Source: Psychological Monographs: General and Applied. 67(7), American Psychological Association, US; 1953; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Inpatient; Sample: Male US Military Veteran Inpatients Following Lobotomy for Psychosis Keywords: Asocial Attitudes; Aversion Test; Test Development; Psychosis; Lobotomy; Military Veterans; Subjects: Adult Attitudes; Antisocial Behavior; Aversion; Measurement; Military Veterans; Psychosis; Psychosocial Factors; Psychosurgery; Test Construction; Treatment Outcomes; DO - 10.1037/t14041-000 L3 - Partial; Full text; 999914041_partial_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-14041-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-06857-000 AN - 9999-06857-000 AU - Doering, Milan F. AU - Hamlin, Roy M. AU - Everstine, Louis AU - Eigenbrode, Charles R. AU - Chambers, Guinevere S. AU - Wolpin, Milton AU - Lackner, Frank M. T1 - Angry Verbalization Scale I JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1962/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-06857-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Doering, Milan F.; Topeka State Hospital, Topeka, Kansas, United States. Release Date: 20120213. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Language: English. Constructs: Angry Verbalizations; Classification: Emotional States, Emotional Responses, and Motivation (6000). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Angry Verbalization Scale I is to measure potential responses to a frustrating situation. AB - Description: The Angry Verbalization Scale I (Doering et al., 1962) is a 40-item instrument that measures potential responses to a frustrating situation. It is based on the assumption that all frustration-produced behaviors fall on an unbroken continuum that ranges from very non-hostile to very hostile rather than into discrete categories of hostile and non-hostile. The scale was created using the equal-appearing-intervals technique. Forty categories of replies to frustrating situations were formulated. Then, 40 replies, all to the same professor-frustrates-student situation, were composed, each reply being a specific example of 1 of the 40 categories. The 40 replies, typed on separate slips of paper, and a scoreboard, containing the numbers one through seven, were placed before each of 30 male college student judges. A scenario was presented in which a student who is frustrated with his grade on an exam goes to talk to his instructor. Judges were given the replies and told to place them on the numbers to indicate the hostility level of each reply. From the obtained judgments a mean rating and a standard deviation were calculated for each reply. The replies were then ordered according to their means, and the resulting scale was called Angry Verbalization Scale I. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Angry Verbalization Scale I KW - Frustration KW - Reactions KW - Hostility KW - Test Development U5 - Angry Verbalization Scale I [Test Development]The use of training to increase intensity of angry verbalization. (AN: 2011-18675-001 from PsycINFO) Doering, Milan F.; Hamlin, Roy M.; Everstine, Louis; Eigenbrode, Charles R.; Chambers, Guinevere S.; Wolpin, Milton; Lackner, Frank M.; 1962. Source: Psychological Monographs: General and Applied. 76(37), American Psychological Association, US; 1962; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older), Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs); Population: Human; Male; Female; Sample: College Students Keywords: Angry Verbalization Scale I; Frustration; Reactions; Hostility; Test Development; Subjects: Anger; Frustration; Hostility; Oral Communication; Responses; Test Construction; DO - 10.1037/t06857-000 L3 - Partial; Full text; 999906857_partial_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-06857-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-32879-000 AN - 9999-32879-000 AU - Forer, Bertram R. AU - Farberow, Norman L. AU - Feifel, Herman AU - Meyer, Mortimer M. AU - Sommers, Vita S. AU - Tolman, Ruth S. T1 - Check List for Clinical Observations JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1961/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: Not Specified; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-32879-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Forer, Bertram R.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Los Angeles, California, United States. Release Date: 20140908. Correction Date: 20151207. Instrument Type: Checklist. Test Location: Table 1, Page 94. Test Format: The Check List for Clinical Observations consists of 44 items scored as 'present' or 'not present'.. Language: English. Constructs: Clinical Interactions in Therapy; Classification: Treatment, Rehabilitation, and Therapeutic Processes (7900). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Check List for Clinical Observations is to assess the presence or non-presence of clinical interactions in a therapeutic transaction. AB - Description: The Check List for Clinical Observations (Forer et al., 1961) is a checklist that assesses the presence or non-presence of clinical interactions in a therapeutic transaction. The 44-item check-list was developed to include items which might be manifested in a therapeutic hour. All items were cast in a form that permitted a rating of 'present' or 'not present.' The number of items changed as the experiment progressed. Items were classified a priori by the judges as either 'observational' or 'inferential' according to the degree of extrapolation beyond immediate data believed necessary to make the clinical judgment. The judges, diplomates in clinical psychology, observed 50-minute psychotherapeutic sessions between a patient and a therapist. The diplomates observed 3 patient-therapist teams for a total of 12 weekly psychotherapy sessions. Independent ratings of present or absent were made on the check-list containing a number of presumably observational and inferential items. After each series of three sessions the clinicians discussed, redefined, and replaced items with the goal of increasing interjudge agreement. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Check List for Clinical Observations KW - Clinical Perceptions of Therapeutic Transactions KW - Interrater Agreement KW - Observational Checklist KW - Test Development U5 - Check List for Clinical Observations [Test Development]Clinical perception of the therapeutic transaction. (AN: 1962-06657-001 from PsycINFO) Forer, Bertram R.; Farberow, Norman L.; Feifel, Herman; Meyer, Mortimer M.; Sommers, Vita S.; Tolman, Ruth S.; Apr, 1961. Source: Journal of Consulting Psychology. 25(2), American Psychological Association, US; Apr, 1961; Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Location: United States; Sample: Psychotherapy Patients; Clinicians Keywords: Check List for Clinical Observations; Clinical Perceptions of Therapeutic Transactions; Interrater Agreement; Observational Checklist; Test Development; Subjects: Checklist (Testing); Clinical Psychology; Measurement; Mental Health Personnel; Observation Methods; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Test Construction; Test Reliability; DO - 10.1037/t32879-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999932879_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-32879-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-32335-000 AN - 9999-32335-000 AU - Efron, Herman Y. T1 - Sentence Completion Test JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1960/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: Not Specified; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-32335-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Efron, Herman Y.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Lyons, New Jersey, United States. Release Date: 20140908. Correction Date: 20160808. Instrument Type: Screener. Test Location: Text, Page 157. Test Format: The Sentence Completion Test consists of 54 incomplete sentences, where the respondent fills in the 'blank'.. Language: English. Constructs: Suicidal Ideation in Hospital Patients; Classification: Treatment, Rehabilitation, and Therapeutic Processes (7900). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Sentence Completion Test is to elicit suicidal ideation in psychiatric patients in hospitals. AB - Description: The Sentence Completion Test (Efron, 1960) was constructed as a screening device to elicit suicidal ideation in psychiatric patients in hospitals. Some incomplete sentences were purloined from existing tests and new items were constructed until the finished test consisting of 54 items was evolved. Almost a third of the items appear to be weighted toward eliciting depressive thema. After patients completed the test, the tests were given to raters. They were told that some were done by suicidal patients, some by assaultive patients, and some by patients who were neither suicidal nor assaultive, and they were then asked to distribute them into their proper categories. After rater every judgment they were requested to state the degree of confidence they had in their judgment. Coding for these statements was: 1. I'm in doubt whether this is correct. 2. I feel fairly confident that this correct. 3. I feel confident that this is correct. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Assaultive Patients KW - Group-Administered Test KW - Psychiatric Hospital Patients KW - Self-Report KW - Sentence Completion Test KW - Suicidal Ideation U5 - Sentence Completion Test [Test Development]An attempt to employ a sentence completion test for the detection of psychiatric patients with suicidal ideas. (AN: 1960-07840-001 from PsycINFO) Efron, Herman Y.; Apr, 1960. Source: Journal of Consulting Psychology. 24(2), American Psychological Association, US; Apr, 1960; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Inpatient; Location: United States; Sample: Non-suicidal and Non-assaultive Hospital Patients; Sample: Psychiatric Patients; Sample: Suicidal and Assaultive Patients Keywords: Assaultive Patients; Group-Administered Test; Psychiatric Hospital Patients; Self-Report; Sentence Completion Test; Suicidal Ideation; Subjects: Group Testing; Patient Violence; Psychiatric Evaluation; Psychiatric Patients; Self-Report; Sentence Completion Tests; Suicidal Ideation; DO - 10.1037/t32335-000 L3 - Sample; Full text; 999932335_sample_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-32335-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-26490-000 AN - 9999-26490-000 AU - Chase, Wilton P. T1 - Counseling Attitude Scale JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1946/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-26490-000. Other Names: Scale of Attitudes Towards Counseling Practices. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Chase, Wilton P.; Veterans Administration, United States. Release Date: 20140113. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Test Location: Text, Pages 470-471. Language: English. Constructs: Attitudes toward Counseling; Classification: Treatment, Rehabilitation, and Therapeutic Processes (7900). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Counseling Attitude Scale is to screen for individuals with attitudes that ensure the effective application of counseling procedures. AB - Description: The Counseling Attitude Scale (Chase, 1946) is a 74-item measure of attitudes toward counseling. To develop this scale, 101 statements of opinion toward counseling procedures in relation to the Army's Separation Classification and Counseling Program were written. These were submitted in the form of a preliminary scale to 34 judges, selected because of their known understanding of and ability in counseling. The judges rated each item on a five-point scale according to their opinion as to whether the practice described in each item was: 1. Decidedly harmful, 2. Probably harmful, 3. Of doubtful value, 4. Probably good, and 5. Decidedly good. Items for which there was no majority agreement were eliminated, resulting in the final 74-item scale. In a sample of counseling students, the Spearman-Brown reliability coefficient was .77. Scores on this test showed little correlation with students' academic standing or with their scores on the Army General Classification Test (Revised). (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Counseling Attitude Scale KW - Rating Scales KW - Internal Consistency U5 - Counseling Attitude Scale [Test Development]Measurement of attitudes toward counseling. (AN: 1947-02283-001 from PsycINFO) Chase, Wilton P.; 1946. Source: Educational and Psychological Measurement. 6, Sage Publications, US; 1946; Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Location: United States; Sample: Students of Class Number Give at the Separation Classification School; Age: Adult Keywords: Counseling Attitude Scale; Rating Scales; Internal Consistency; Subjects: Adult Attitudes; Counseling; Rating Scales; Test Construction; Test Reliability; DO - 10.1037/t26490-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999926490_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-26490-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-20327-000 AN - 9999-20327-000 AU - Laffal, Julius AU - Sarason, Irwin G. AU - Ameen, Lane AU - Stern, Aaron T1 - Behaviour Rating Technique JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1957/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-20327-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Laffal, Julius; Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, Connecticut, United States. Release Date: 20131111. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Test Location: Text, Page 255. Test Format: The Behavior Rating Technique consisted of seven scales, each with a five-point range.. Language: English. Constructs: Behavior; Classification: Social, Group, and Interpersonal Relationships (7600). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Behavior Rating Technique is to measure patient behaviour in various group activities. AB - Description: The Behavior Rating Technique (Laffal et al., 1957) measures patient behaviour in various group activities. In developing the instrument it was initially felt that categorization of behaviour would be the best approach, since clearly stated items of behaviour could be more reliably scored. Ultimately the categorization approach was abandoned in favour of rating scales calling for summarization of an individual’s behaviour in the whole period. The instrument as finally developed consisted of seven scales, each with a five-point range. The scales did not evolve out of any particular theory of psychopathology, but resulted from a consideration of the areas in which patient behaviour might change as a result of hospitalization, psychotherapy, or somatic therapies. The seven scales include: Socialization, Attitude towards Authority, Control, Aggression, Anxiety, Involvement, and Role. A simple device was used in order to make possible rapid scoring of all the participants in a given activity on the seven scales. When the scales had reached a satisfactory state of clarity as reflected in discussions and trial reliability studies, a formal reliability study was launched. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Aggression Subscale KW - Anxiety Subscale KW - Attitude Subscale KW - Behaviour Rating Technique KW - Control Subscale KW - Inter-Rater Reliability KW - Involvement Subscale KW - Rating Scales KW - Role Subscale KW - Socialization Subscale U5 - Behaviour Rating Technique [Test Development]Individuals in groups: A behavior rating technique. (AN: 1958-05472-001 from PsycINFO) Laffal, Julius; Sarason, Irwin G.; Ameen, Lane; Stern, Aaron; 1957. Source: International Journal of Social Psychiatry. 2, Sage Publications, US; 1957; Population: Human; Male; Female; Sample: Psychiatric Patients Keywords: Aggression Subscale; Anxiety Subscale; Attitude Subscale; Behaviour Rating Technique; Control Subscale; Inter-Rater Reliability; Involvement Subscale; Rating Scales; Role Subscale; Socialization Subscale; Subjects: Anxiety; Client Attitudes; Client Participation; Involvement; Rating Scales; Socialization; Test Construction; Test Reliability; DO - 10.1037/t20327-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999920327_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-20327-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-18820-000 AN - 9999-18820-000 AU - Farina, Amerigo AU - Arenberg, David AU - Guskin, Samuel T1 - Minimal Social Behavior Scale JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1957/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: Yes N1 - Accession Number: 9999-18820-000. Acronyms: MSBS. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Farina, Amerigo; Veterans Administration Hospital, Roanoke, Virginia, United States. Release Date: 20130408. Correction Date: 20151109. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Test Location: Text, Page 265. Test Format: The Minimal Social Behavior Scale is an observational measure; the patient's score is the total number of items scored plus.. Language: English. Constructs: Minimal Social Behavior; Classification: Mental Health/Illness Related Assessment (6700). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). N2 - Administration Method: Interview AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Minimal Social Behavior Scale is to measure social behavior in chronic, deteriorated psychiatric patients. AB - Description: The 32-item Minimal Social Behavior Scale (MSBS; Farina, Arenberg, & Guskin, 1957) was constructed on the assumption that inappropriate interpersonal behaviors are an important facet of serious psychiatric illness. The items selected for this scale are intended to tap those habit patterns which are disrupted only in the extremes of pathology. It is assumed that clinical improvement will include the reinstitution of such simple conventional behaviors as shaking hands. A brief standardized format designed to look like an interview was selected for the administration of the scale. The MSBS and the Hospital Adjustment Scale (HAS) was administered to to four groups of male patients representing four different levels of psychopathology. The scale differentiated the four groups significantly and the means decreased, as hypothesized. The correlation between interviewer scores and scores obtained by the observer from behind the one-way screen was .95 (N = 35). (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Minimal Social Behavior Scale KW - Test Development KW - Interrater Reliability KW - Test-Retest Reliability U5 - Minimal Social Behavior Scale (MSBS) [Test Development]A scale for measuring minimal social behavior. (AN: 1958-05493-001 from PsycINFO) Farina, Amerigo; Arenberg, David; Guskin, Samuel; Jun, 1957. Source: Journal of Consulting Psychology. 21(3), American Psychological Association, US; Jun, 1957; Administration: Interview Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Sample: Psychiatric Patients Keywords: Minimal Social Behavior Scale; Test Development; Interrater Reliability; Test-Retest Reliability; Subjects: Interrater Reliability; Rating Scales; Social Behavior; Test Construction; Test Reliability; DO - 10.1037/t18820-000 L3 - Full; Full text; 999918820_full_001.pdf UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-18820-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - AU - Roberts, Tommy L.1 T1 - Computer-Assisted Counseling (Book). JO - Personnel & Guidance Journal JF - Personnel & Guidance Journal J1 - Personnel & Guidance Journal PY - 1970/11// Y1 - 1970/11// VL - 49 IS - 3 CP - 3 M3 - Book Review SP - 247 EP - 251 SN - 00315737 AB - Reviews the book "Computer-Assisted Counseling," by Donald E. Super. KW - Nonfiction KW - Counseling KW - Super, Donald E. KW - Computer-Assisted Counseling (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 14790733; Authors: Roberts, Tommy L. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Hospital, Waco, Texas.; Subject: Computer-Assisted Counseling (Book); Subject: Super, Donald E.; Subject: Counseling; Subject: Nonfiction; Number of Pages: 3p; Record Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=14790733&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - AU - Cooperman, G.1 T1 - Theories of Counseling (Book). JO - Personnel & Guidance Journal JF - Personnel & Guidance Journal J1 - Personnel & Guidance Journal PY - 1966/05// Y1 - 1966/05// VL - 44 IS - 9 CP - 9 M3 - Book Review SP - 982 EP - 984 SN - 00315737 AB - Reviews the book "Theories of Counseling," edited by Buford Steffire. KW - Nonfiction KW - Counseling KW - Steffire, Buford KW - Theories of Counseling (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 14932390; Authors: Cooperman, G. 1; Affiliations: 1: Member, Vocational Rehabilitation Board, Veterans Administration,. Washington, D.C.; Subject: Theories of Counseling (Book); Subject: Steffire, Buford; Subject: Counseling; Subject: Nonfiction; Number of Pages: 3p; Record Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=14932390&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - JOUR AU - Baechler, Jean AU - Hendin, Herbert T1 - JO - New Republic JF - New Republic J1 - New Republic PY - 1979/12/08/ Y1 - 1979/12/08/ VL - 181 IS - 23 M3 - Book Review SP - 35 EP - 37 SN - 00286583 AB - Reviews the book "Suicides," by Jean Beachler. KW - SUICIDES (Book) KW - BEACHLER, Jean KW - SUICIDE KW - OFFENSES against the person KW - NONFICTION N1 - Accession Number: 15524492; Source Information: 12/8/79, Vol. 181 Issue 23, p35; Subject Term: SUICIDES (Book); Subject Term: BEACHLER, Jean; Subject Term: SUICIDE; Subject Term: OFFENSES against the person; Subject Term: NONFICTION; Subject Term: ; Number of Pages: 3p; ; Document Type: Book Review; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=mth&AN=15524492&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - mth ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107177735 T1 - Invited review. Nutrition and breast cancer. AU - Klimberg VS Y1 - 1998/12// N1 - Accession Number: 107177735. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990401. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; review. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8606733. KW - Breast Neoplasms KW - Nutrition KW - Dietary Fats KW - Antioxidants KW - Breast Neoplasms -- Etiology SP - 263 EP - 266 JO - Nutrition in Clinical Practice JF - Nutrition in Clinical Practice JA - NUTR CLIN PRACT VL - 13 IS - 6 CY - Thousand Oaks, California PB - Sage Publications Inc. AB - The strongest predictor of breast cancer risk is family history, although the relationship of many dietary factors in regards to increased or decreased risk of future breast cancer appears to be related to their modification of estrogenic exposure. Another major mechanism of nutrients may be through their effect on the immune system. Inconsistencies in studies, their methodologies, and in some cases the lack of human data make it difficult to discern which nutrients may or may not be effective in the prevention of breast cancer, much less their mechanism of action. This review discusses the possible mechanisms of action of nutrients, types of nutrition studies and their respective merit, and available data in major areas of research-fat, alcohol, fiber, antioxidants, protein, phytoestrogens and phytochemicals, and ongoing trials. SN - 0884-5336 AD - Arkansas Cancer Research Center, John L. McClellan Veterans Administration Hospital, Little Rock, AR 72205 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107177735&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - AU - Eells, Walter Crosby1 T1 - A Noteworthy Reference Book. JO - Journal of Higher Education JF - Journal of Higher Education J1 - Journal of Higher Education PY - 1946/04// Y1 - 1946/04// VL - 17 IS - 4 CP - 4 M3 - Book Review SP - 220 EP - 222 SN - 00221546 AB - The article reviews the book "A Guide to Colleges, Universities, and Professional Schools in the United States," edited by Carter V. Good. KW - Nonfiction KW - Universities & colleges -- United States KW - Good, Carter V. KW - Guide to Colleges, Universities & Professional Schools in the United States, A (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 20991308; Authors: Eells, Walter Crosby 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration, Washington, D. C.; Subject: Guide to Colleges, Universities & Professional Schools in the United States, A (Book); Subject: Good, Carter V.; Subject: Universities & colleges -- United States; Subject: Nonfiction; Number of Pages: 3p; Record Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=20991308&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - AU - Samler, Joseph1 T1 - Getting Along with Brother and Sisters. JO - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal JF - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal J1 - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal PY - 1951/04// Y1 - 1951/04// VL - 29 IS - 7 CP - 7 M3 - Book Review SP - 562 EP - 564 SN - 21645841 AB - The article reviews several books related to social psychology including "Getting Along With Brothers and Sisters," by Frances Ullmann, "Helping Youth Choose Careers," by J. Anthony Humphreys and "Self-Understanding—A First Step to Understanding Children," by William C. Menninger. KW - Nonfiction KW - Ullmann, Frances KW - Humphreys, J. Anthony KW - Menninger, William Claire, 1899-1966 KW - Getting Along With Brothers & Sisters (Book) KW - Helping Youth Choose Careers (Book) KW - Self-UNDERSTANDING: A First Step to Understanding Children (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 25036766; Authors: Samler, Joseph 1; Affiliations: 1: Special Assistant for Operations, Advisement and Guidance Services for VR&E Veterans Administration, Washington, D. C.; Subject: Getting Along With Brothers & Sisters (Book); Subject: Helping Youth Choose Careers (Book); Subject: Self-UNDERSTANDING: A First Step to Understanding Children (Book); Subject: Ullmann, Frances; Subject: Humphreys, J. Anthony; Subject: Menninger, William Claire, 1899-1966; Subject: Nonfiction; Number of Pages: 3p; Record Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=25036766&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - JOUR ID - 106851870 T1 - Clinical challenge. The absent-minded psychologist. AU - Lutwick LI Y1 - 1999/03/25/1999 Mar 25 N1 - Accession Number: 106851870. Language: English. Entry Date: 20030725. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study. Journal Subset: Nursing; USA. NLM UID: 9804511. KW - Creutzfeldt-Jakob Syndrome -- Diagnosis KW - Creutzfeldt-Jakob Syndrome -- Etiology KW - Creutzfeldt-Jakob Syndrome -- Familial and Genetic KW - Creutzfeldt-Jakob Syndrome -- Physiopathology KW - Diagnosis, Differential KW - Encephalopathy, Bovine Spongiform KW - Male KW - Middle Age KW - Neurologic Manifestations SP - 35 EP - 36 JO - Clinical Advisor JF - Clinical Advisor JA - CLIN ADVIS VL - 2 IS - 3 CY - New York, New York PB - Haymarket Media, Inc. SN - 1524-7317 AD - Director of Infectious Diseases, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brooklyn, NY UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=106851870&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107387200 T1 - Primary and metastatic malignant tumors in soft tissue of skin. AU - Potter GK AU - Ward KA Y1 - 1996/01//1996 Jan N1 - Accession Number: 107387200. Language: English. Entry Date: 19961101. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; review. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8604974. KW - Soft Tissue Neoplasms KW - Soft Tissue Neoplasms -- Diagnosis KW - Sarcoma KW - Sarcoma -- Etiology KW - Diagnosis, Differential SP - 155 EP - 172 JO - Clinics in Podiatric Medicine & Surgery JF - Clinics in Podiatric Medicine & Surgery JA - CLIN PODIATR MED SURG VL - 13 IS - 1 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - W B Saunders SN - 0891-8422 AD - Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hospital, Montrose, New York U2 - PMID: 8849939. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107387200&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107354440 T1 - Heparin and dialyzer membranes during hemodialysis: a literature review. AU - Carbone V Y1 - 1995/10//1995 Oct N1 - Accession Number: 107354440. Language: English. Entry Date: 19960101. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; review. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8411466. KW - Dialysis Membranes KW - Heparin KW - Heparin -- Pharmacodynamics SP - 452 EP - 467 JO - ANNA Journal JF - ANNA Journal JA - ANNA J VL - 22 IS - 5 CY - Pitman, New Jersey PB - American Nephrology Nurses' Association AB - When patients with end stage renal disease (ESRD) are hemodialyzed, the thrombosis/hemorrhage dilemma occurs. The goal is to give enough, but not too much anticoagulant during the dialysis procedure. Heparin is the anticoagulant most widely used to prevent clotting while blood is in the dialysis circuit. This article discusses the relationship among blood, heparin and dialyzer membranes during the hemodialysis procedure. The information presented will help nephrology nurses recognize the necessity to reevaluate heparin prescriptions each time dialyzer changes are made or the medical conditions of patients change. SN - 8750-0779 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, CT U2 - PMID: 7487187. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107354440&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Werk, E. E., Jr.; AU - Thrasher, K.; AU - Sholiton, L. J.; AU - Olinger, C.; AU - Choi, Y.; T1 - Cortisol production in epileptic patients treated with diphenylhydantoin CT - Cortisol production in epileptic patients treated with diphenylhydantoin JO - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) JF - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) Y1 - 1971/07/01/ VL - 12 IS - Jul-Aug SP - 698 EP - 703 SN - 00099236 AD - Departments of Medicine and Neurology, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine; and the Metabolism Research Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Cincinnati, Ohio N1 - Accession Number: 9-4499; Language: English; Chemical Name: Diphenylhydantoin--57-41-0; Therapeutic Class: (28:12); AHFS Class: Anticonvulsants diphenylhydantoin; References: 16; Journal Coden: CLPTAT; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology N2 - Cortisol production and metabolism were compared in 21 patients with convulsive disorders before and during diphenylhydantoin therapy up to 24 months. During diphenylhydantoin therapy there was a positive correlation of cortisol secretion rates (CSR) with the increase in ratio in urine of 6-hydroxycortisol to 17-hydroxycorticosteroids (6-OHF/17-OHCS). A significant mean increase in CSR, of 35% above control, was found when the ratio increased more than 0.14. Since the increase in 6-OHF/17-OHCS is probably related to enhancement of hepatic microsomal enzyme activity by diphenylhydantoin, it can be concluded that, in epileptic patients treated with the drug, cortisol production will increase if there is sufficient enzyme stimulation. No deleterious effect has been observed in association with these changes in cortisol production and metabolism. KW - Diphenylhydantoin--effects-; KW - Anticonvulsants--diphenylhydantoin--effects, on cortisol production and metabolism, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-4499&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Wenger, J.; AU - Sundy, M.; T1 - Pepsin adsorption by commercial antacid mixtures. In vitro studies CT - Pepsin adsorption by commercial antacid mixtures. In vitro studies JO - J. Clin. Pharmacol. New Drugs JF - J. Clin. Pharmacol. New Drugs Y1 - 1972/04/01/ VL - 12 IS - Apr SP - 136 EP - 141 AD - Medical Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital; and the Department of Medicine, Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta, Georgia N1 - Accession Number: 9-4481; Language: English; Chemical Name: Pepsin--9001-75-6; Therapeutic Class: (56:04); AHFS Class: Antacids pepsin; References: 18; Journal Coden: JCPHB8; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: James B. Lumbard N2 - The in vitro adsorption of pepsin by 5 commercial antacid mixtures, independent of their effect on pH, was tested. The tests were conducted at 4 different \IT/p\OK/H's to simulate stomach contents following a meal. Appreciable quantities of pepsin were removed from the solution, more efficiently so at \IT/p\OK/H 5 to 6. Clear solutions at \IT/p\OK/H 1.5 and 3.0 had little adsorptive effectiveness. KW - Pepsin--adsorption-; KW - Antacids--pepsin--adsorption, in vitro, comparison of formulations; KW - Adsorption--pepsin--in vitro, comparison of antacid formulations; KW - Formulations--antacids--comparison, pepsin adsorption in vitro; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-4481&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Hollister, L. E.; T1 - Drug therapy: mental disorders\M/antianxiety and antidepressant drugs CT - Drug therapy: mental disorders\M/antianxiety and antidepressant drugs JO - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) JF - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1972/06/01/ VL - 286 IS - Jun 1 SP - 1195 EP - 1199 SN - 00284793 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, 3801 Miranda Avenue, Palo Alto, California 94304 N1 - Accession Number: 9-4474; Language: English; References: 2; Publication Type: Medical Intelligence; Journal Coden: NEJMAG; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - Drugs used in the therapy of anxiety and depression in patients are discussed. Consideration is given to the rational therapy of these conditions. KW - Rational therapy--drugs--anxiety and depression, in patients, discussion; KW - Anxiety--therapy--drugs, in patients, discussion; KW - Depression--therapy--drugs, in patients, discussion; KW - Antidepressants--therapy--in patients, discussion; KW - Psychotherapeutic agents--rational therapy--in anxiety and depression, in patients, discussion; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-4474&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Rose, H. D.; AU - Rytel, M. W.; T1 - Actinomycosis treated with clindamycin CT - Actinomycosis treated with clindamycin JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1972/08/28/ VL - 221 IS - Aug 28 SP - 1052 AD - Veterans Administration Center, Wood (Milwaukee), Wisconsin N1 - Accession Number: 9-4409; Language: English; Chemical Name: Clindamycin--18323-44-9; Therapeutic Class: (8:12); AHFS Class: Antibiotics clindamycin; References: 3; Publication Type: Letters; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - A 57-year-old man with thoracic actinomycosis was successfully treated with clindamycin. The patient received a 5-week course of I.V. administered clindamycin, 600 mg. every 6 hours. After the I.V. given clindamycin was completed, the patient was asymptomatic and had gained 5.4 kg. The patient was continued on clindamycin therapy with a similar oral dose for 12 months. KW - Clindamycin--actinomycosis-; KW - Antibiotics--clindamycin--actinomycosis, therapy, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-4409&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Thumala, A.; AU - Hammermeister, K. E.; AU - Campbell, W. B.; AU - Pomerantz, B.; AU - Overy, H.; AU - \ET/; T1 - Hemodynamic studies with sotalol in man, performed at rest, during exercise, and during right ventricular pacing CT - Hemodynamic studies with sotalol in man, performed at rest, during exercise, and during right ventricular pacing JO - Am. Heart J. JF - Am. Heart J. Y1 - 1971/10/01/ VL - 82 IS - Oct SP - 439 EP - 447 AD - reprints: Dr. H. Davies, Veterans Administration Hospital, 1055 Clermont Street, Denver, Colorado 80220 N1 - Accession Number: 9-4400; Language: English; Trade Name: MJ-1999; Generic Name: Sotalol; Chemical Name: Sotalol--3930-20-9; References: 28; Journal Coden: AHJOA2; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Investigational Drugs; Pharmacology; Abstract Author: David D. Edwards N2 - The reported study was designed to study the hemodynamic changes induced by sotalol (MJ 1999) in man at rest, during exercise and during controlled (paced) ventricular rate. The subjects were 24 adult male patients (mean age, 48 years) who were undergoing diagnostic cardiac catheterization. Determinations were made of several variable hemodynamic effects. Sotalol induced depression in cardiac index at rest and during exercise appears to be secondary to the negative chronotropic effect of the drug, since there was no change in stroke volume. The change in dP/dt and left ventricular end-diastolic pressure may also be a function of slowing of the heart rate. However, with heart rate maintained constant by right ventricular pacing, there was significant depression of cardiac function as indicated by a decrease in cardiac index, stroke index, and dP/dt, and increase in arteriovenous oxygen difference. Sotalol appears to be a less potent beta-adrenergic blocking agent than propranolol, and seems to have both a significant negative chronotropic and negative inotropic effect in man. KW - Sotalol--effects-; KW - Sympatholytic agents--beta--sotalol, hemodynamic studies, in humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-4400&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Aronow, W. S.; AU - Uycyama, R. R.; T1 - Treatment of arrhythmias with pindolol CT - Treatment of arrhythmias with pindolol JO - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) JF - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) Y1 - 1972/01/01/ VL - 13 IS - Jan-Feb SP - 15 EP - 22 SN - 00099236 AD - Cardiology Section, Medical Service, Long Beach Veterans Administration Hospital; and University of California College of Medicine, Irvine, California N1 - Accession Number: 9-4394; Language: English; Chemical Name: Pindolol--13523-86-9; Therapeutic Class: (24:04); AHFS Class: Cardiac drugs pindolol; References: 16; Journal Coden: CLPTAT; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Investigational Drugs; Abstract Author: Drew Edwards N2 - The beta-adrenergic blocking agent pindolol was administered to 30 patients with cardiac arrhythmias. Pindolol in I.V. doses of 0.2 mg. to 0.6 mg. was useful in 24 of the patients. No patient in the treatment group had an arrhythmia caused by hypoxia or electrolyte abnormality. In addition, none of the patients showed signs of congestive heart failure, shock, or had a contraindication to beta-adrenergic blocking therapy. It was concluded that pindolol was useful in slowing a rapid ventricular rate in atrial fibrillation, atrial flutter, and sinus tachycardia and in abolishing or reducing frequent premature ventricular and atrial beats, especially those induced by digitalis. Pindolol was less promising in converting atrial flutter and fibrillation to a sinus rhythm. KW - Pindolol--arrhythmias-; KW - Cardiac drugs--pindolol--arrhythmias, therapy, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-4394&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Winston, M.; AU - Halpern, S.; AU - Weiss, E.; AU - Endow, J.; AU - Blahd, W.; T1 - Critical evaluation of \SU/99\LC/m\UC/\BS/T\LC/c\UC/-F\LC/e\UC/-ascorbic acid complex as a renal scanning agent CT - Critical evaluation of \SU/99\LC/m\UC/\BS/T\LC/c\UC/-F\LC/e\UC/-ascorbic acid complex as a renal scanning agent JO - J. Nucl. Med. JF - J. Nucl. Med. Y1 - 1971/04/01/ VL - 12 IS - Apr SP - 171 EP - 175 AD - reprints: University Hospital of San Diego County, Division of Nuclear Medicine, 225 W. Dickinson St., San Diego, California 92103 AD - Veterans Administration Center, UCLA School of Medicine; and USC School of Medicine, Los Angeles, California N1 - Accession Number: 9-4269; Language: English; Chemical Name: Technetium--7440-26-8; Therapeutic Class: (78:00); AHFS Class: Radiopharmaceuticals technetium; References: 8; Journal Coden: JNMEAQ; Section Heading: Drug Metabolism and Body Distribution; Abstract Author: Nelson Der N2 - This study evaluated the renal scanning agent, \SU/99m\BS/Tc-Fe-ascorbic acid complex, with respect to protein binding, red cell binding, and its renal clearance compared with inulin clearance. There is 56% binding to plasma proteins and 10% binding to red cells. The clearance ratio between the complex and inulin is 0.36 and this ratio changes to 0.91 with the protein free complex and inulin. The complex is unstable and will form free pertechnetate upon standing due to oxidation. KW - Technetium--Tc 99m-; KW - Complexes--technetium--Tc 99m-iron-ascorbic acid, evaluation as renal scanning agent; KW - Stability--technetium--Tc 99m-iron-ascorbic acid complex, oxidation; KW - Radiopharmaceuticals--technetium--Tc 99m-iron-ascorbic acid complex, evaluation as renal scanning agent; KW - Binding--technetium--Tc 99m-iron-ascorbic acid complex, to plasma proteins and red blood cells; KW - Metabolism--technetium--Tc 99m-iron-ascorbic acid complex, binding, to plasma proteins and red blood cells; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-4269&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Smith, J. W.; AU - Utz, J. P.; T1 - Progressive disseminated histoplasmosis. A prospective study of 26 patients CT - Progressive disseminated histoplasmosis. A prospective study of 26 patients JO - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1972/04/01/ VL - 76 IS - Apr SP - 557 EP - 565 SN - 00034819 AD - reprints: Infectious Disease Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, 4500 South Lancaster Road, Dallas, Texas 75216 AD - Laboratory of Clinical Investigation, National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Maryland N1 - Accession Number: 9-4185; Language: English; Chemical Name: Amphotericin B--1397-89-3; References: 51; Journal Coden: AIMEAS; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - The clinical, laboratory, and histopathologic features of progressive disseminated histoplasmosis in 26 patients were studied prospectively. Amphotericin B was an effective agent in most patients, but relapses of infection occurred in half of those with favorable response. KW - Amphotericin B--histoplasmosis-; KW - Antibiotics, antifungal--amphotericin B--histoplasmosis, progressive disseminated, therapy, in patients; KW - Histoplasmosis--progressive disseminated--prospective study of patients, including value of amphotericin B therapy; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-4185&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Herbert, V.; T1 - Metformin and B-12 malabsorption CT - Metformin and B-12 malabsorption JO - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1972/01/01/ VL - 76 IS - Jan SP - 140 EP - 141 SN - 00034819 AD - Columbia University College of Physicians and Surgeons, and Bronx Veterans Administration Hospital, New York, New York N1 - Accession Number: 9-3948; Language: English; Chemical Name: Metformin--657-24-9; Therapeutic Class: (68:20); AHFS Class: Antidiabetic agents metformin; References: 9; Publication Type: Editorial Notes; Journal Coden: AIMEAS; Section Heading: Drug Interactions; Investigational Drugs; Abstract Author: Judith A. Kepler N2 - Malabsorption of vitamin B\IF/12\BS/ (cyanocobalamin) and/or folic acid by the oral biguanide hypoglycemic agent metformin, is discussed. Intestinal malabsorption induced by biguanides may be dose-related and it remains to be determined whether vitamin B-12 malabsorption can be induced by the 50-150 mg. daily dosage of phenformin used in the U.S., as it is by the 1-3 g. doses of metformin used in Europe. KW - Metformin--toxicity-; KW - Antidiabetic agents--metformin--toxicity, cyanocobalamin and/or folic acid, malabsorption, in humans; KW - Toxicity--metformin--cyanocobalamin, and/or folic acid, malabsorption, in humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-3948&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Katz, F. H.; AU - Eckert, R. C.; AU - Gebott, M. D.; T1 - Hypokalemia caused by surreptitious self-administration of diuretics CT - Hypokalemia caused by surreptitious self-administration of diuretics JO - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1972/01/01/ VL - 76 IS - Jan SP - 85 EP - 90 SN - 00034819 AD - Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver, Colorado 80220 N1 - Accession Number: 9-3926; Language: English; Chemical Name: Furosemide--54-31-9 Chlorthalidone--77-36-1; Therapeutic Class: (40:28); AHFS Class: Diuretics furosemide (40:28); AHFS Class: Diuretics chlorthalidone; References: 12; Journal Coden: AIMEAS; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Toxicity; Abstract Author: Judith A. Kepler N2 - Three patients with hypokalemia of obscure etiology were found to be ingesting potent diuretics (furosemide or chlorthalidone) not prescribed by a physician. Possible self-intoxication with diuretics to attain a slim figure should be considered in the differential diagnosis of obscure hypokalemia. KW - Furosemide--toxicity-; KW - Chlorthalidone--toxicity-; KW - Diuretics--furosemide--toxicity, hypokalemia, following self-administration, in patients; KW - Toxicity--chlorthalidone--hypokalemia, following self-administration, in patients; KW - Diuretics--chlorthalidone--toxicity, hypokalemia, following self-administration, in patients; KW - Drug administration--self-medication--furosemide, hypokalemia, in patients; KW - Drug administration--self-medication--chlorthalidone, hypokalemia, in patients; KW - Toxicity--furosemide--hypokalemia, following self-administration, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-3926&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Lieber, C. S.; T1 - Metabolism of ethanol and alcoholism: racial and acquired factors CT - Metabolism of ethanol and alcoholism: racial and acquired factors JO - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1972/02/01/ VL - 76 IS - Feb SP - 326 EP - 327 SN - 00034819 AD - Mt. Sinai School of Medicine of the City University of New York and Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, New York N1 - Accession Number: 9-3879; Language: English; References: 10; Publication Type: Editorial Notes; Journal Coden: AIMEAS; Section Heading: Drug Metabolism and Body Distribution; Pharmacology; Abstract Author: Judith A. Kepler N2 - Differences in rates of ethanol (ethyl alcohol) metabolism in Indians and Eskimos as compared to whites have recently been reported. To establish beyond any doubt that the reported differences in rates of ethanol metabolism and in the capacity for metabolic adaptation are due to hereditary rather than environmental factors, this investigation should be repeated under metabolic ward conditions in persons who can be studied in the same environment for extensive periods of time, both before and during the administration of ethanol. KW - Alcohols--ethyl--metabolism, in Indians and Eskimos, need for controlled studies; KW - Metabolism--alcohols--ethyl, in Indians and Eskimos, need for controlled studies; KW - Pharmacogenetics--alcohols--ethyl, metabolism, in Indians and Eskimos, need for controlled studies; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-3879&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Hollister, L. E.; T1 - Actions of various marihuana (cannabis) derivatives in man CT - Actions of various marihuana (cannabis) derivatives in man JO - Pharmacol. Rev. JF - Pharmacol. Rev. Y1 - 1971/12/01/ VL - 23 IS - Dec SP - 349 EP - 357 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California N1 - Accession Number: 9-3852; Language: English; Chemical Name: Cannabis--8063-14-7; References: 17; Journal Coden: PAREAQ; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: Ronald E. Nagata, Jr. N2 - The time course of somatic, perceptual and psychic signs and symptoms of \D/\SU/9\BS/-trans-tetrahydrocannabinol (I), \D/\SU/6a\BS/-tetrahydrocannabinol (II) and synhexyl were examined and compared. The drugs were ingested by mouth or inhaled. The oral preparations contained 10 to 70 mg. of I or 50 to 150 mg. of synhexyl. The cigarettes had 12 mg. of I, 15 mg. of II, or 15 mg. of synhexyl. Compound I was also compared with other psychoactive drugs. KW - Cannabis--derivatives-; KW - Tetrahydrocannabinol--effects-; KW - Synhexyl--effects-; KW - Dosage forms--cannabis--derivatives, effects, oral preparations and cigarettes, in humans; KW - Cigarettes--cannabis--derivatives, effects, in humans; KW - Smoking--cannabis--derivatives, cigarettes, effects, in humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-3852&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Stokes, J. W.; AU - Mendels, J.; T1 - Pyridoxine and premenstrual tension CT - Pyridoxine and premenstrual tension JO - Lancet (England) JF - Lancet (England) Y1 - 1972/05/27/ VL - 1 IS - May 27 SP - 1177 EP - 1178 SN - 00237507 AD - Depression Research Unit, Department of Psychiatry, University of Pennsylvania and Veterans Administration Hospital, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104 N1 - Accession Number: 9-3805; Language: English; Chemical Name: Pyridoxine--65-23-6; Therapeutic Class: (28:16); AHFS Class: Psychotherapeutic agents pyridoxine; References: 6; Publication Type: Letters; Journal Coden: LANCAO; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - In a preliminary investigation of 13 women with premenstrual tension-depression who were treated with pyridoxine in a double-blind fashion, improvement was noted in 9. The patients remained in the study for 8 to 12 months, and either placebo or pyridoxine was taken each month for an 18-day period which included the premenstrual and the beginning of the menstrual phase. KW - Pyridoxine--tension-; KW - Psychotherapeutic agents--pyridoxine--tension, premenstrual, and depression, therapy, in women; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-3805&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - May, C. N.; AU - Wiseman, R., Jr.; T1 - Establishment and operation of a hospital pyrogen assay program CT - Establishment and operation of a hospital pyrogen assay program JO - American Journal of Hospital Pharmacy (USA) JF - American Journal of Hospital Pharmacy (USA) Y1 - 1972/08/01/ VL - 29 IS - Aug SP - 684 EP - 686 SN - 00029289 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Memphis, Tennessee 38104 N1 - Accession Number: 9-3736; Language: English; References: 17; Journal Coden: AJHPA9; Section Heading: Institutional Pharmacy Practice; Pharmaceutical Technology N2 - The resources needed and the cost of initiating and operating a pyrogen assay program for parenteral drug products manufactured in a hospital were investigated. The space, personnel, equipment and supplies needed for such a program are discussed. Sterile irrigating solutions (516 samples) manufactured by the pharmacy service and sterile short-lived radiopharmaceuticals (4 samples) produced in the nuclear medicine department were assayed. Four batches of irrigating solutions were found to be pyrogenic and were discarded. The cost per assay was approximately $4.60. KW - Hospitals--tests--pyrogens, solutions, assay program; KW - Pyrogens--solutions--tests, hospital assay program; KW - Tests--pyrogens--solutions, hospital assay program; KW - Injections--pyrogens--tests, hospital assay program; KW - Contamination--solutions--pyrogens, hospital assay program; KW - Control, quality--solutions--pyrogens, hospital assay program; KW - Costs--tests--pyrogens, hospital assay program; KW - Personnel--hospitals--requirements, for pyrogen assay program; KW - Equipment--requirements--for hospital pyrogen assay program; KW - Solutions--pyrogens--tests, hospital assay program; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-3736&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Gale, G. R.; AU - Howle, J. A.; AU - Walker, E. M., Jr.; T1 - Antitumor and antimitogenic properties of cis-dichloro(dipyridine)platinum (II) CT - Antitumor and antimitogenic properties of cis-dichloro(dipyridine)platinum (II) JO - Cancer Research (USA) JF - Cancer Research (USA) Y1 - 1971/07/01/ VL - 31 IS - Jul SP - 950 EP - 952 SN - 00085472 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital and Department of Pharmacology, Medical University of South Carolina, Charleston, South Carolina 29403 N1 - Accession Number: 9-3648; Language: English; Therapeutic Class: (10:00); AHFS Class: Antineoplastic agents cis-dichloro(dipyridine) platinum; References: 11; Journal Coden: CNREA8; Section Heading: Preliminary Drug Testing N2 - The purpose of this study was to compare certain pharmacologic activities of cis-dichloro(dipyridine)platinum (II) with those of inorganic platinum compounds. The parameters assessed were: effects on bacterial cytokinesis; development of Ehrlich ascites carcinoma in vivo; nucleic acid and protein synthesis in tumor cells in vitro; and phytohemagglutinin-induced mitogenesis of human lymphocytes. Results indicate that this organic platinum compound possesses actions similar to those of the inorganic platinum compounds, but is somewhat less potent. KW - cis-Dichloro(dipyridine) platinum--effects-; KW - Antineoplastic agents--cis-dichloro(dipyridine) platinum--effects, antitumor and antimitogenic, compared to inorganic platinum compounds; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-3648&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Jusko, W. J.; T1 - Pharmacodynamics of chemotherapeutic effects: dose-time-response relationships for phase-nonspecific agents CT - Pharmacodynamics of chemotherapeutic effects: dose-time-response relationships for phase-nonspecific agents JO - Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (USA) JF - Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (USA) Y1 - 1971/06/01/ VL - 60 IS - Jun SP - 892 EP - 894 SN - 00223549 AD - Section of Clinical Pharmacology, Veterans Administration Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts 02130 N1 - Accession Number: 9-3633; Language: English; References: 13; Journal Coden: JPMSAE; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: D. R. Tousignaut N2 - Pharmacodynamic relationships were developed to characterize the necrobiotic effects of phase-nonspecific chemotherapeutic agents which attach irreversibly to cell receptors. The site of drug action is considered to be a specific body compartment, and target cell inactivation by the agent results from a bimolecular drug-receptor interaction. Turnover of cells is assumed to occur by natural synthetic and degradative processes. Based on these premises, a log-linear relationship was evolved to relate the fraction of surviving cells to the drug level-time integral at the pharmacologic site. The integral was shown to be proportional to the dose and independent of the mode of administration when the entire drug level-time course is evaluated. KW - Pharmacodynamics--dose-time-response relationships--for phase-nonspecific agents; KW - Drugs--dose-time-response relationships--for phase-nonspecific agents; KW - Dosage--response--pharmacodynamics, dose-time-response relationships for phase-nonspecific agents; KW - Mechanism of action--drugs--sites of action; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-3633&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Bellville, J. W.; AU - Forrest, W. H., Jr.; AU - Shroff, P.; AU - Brown, B. W.; T1 - Hypnotic effects of codeine and secobarbital and their interaction in man CT - Hypnotic effects of codeine and secobarbital and their interaction in man JO - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) JF - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) Y1 - 1971/07/01/ VL - 12 IS - Jul-Aug SP - 607 EP - 612 SN - 00099236 AD - The Department of Anesthesia, Stanford University School of Medicine, and Veterans Administration Hospitals, Palo Alto and Los Angeles, California N1 - Accession Number: 9-3589; Language: English; Chemical Name: Codeine--6059-47-8 Secobarbital--76-73-3; Therapeutic Class: (28:24); AHFS Class: Sedatives and hypnotics codeine (28:24); AHFS Class: Sedatives and hypnotics secobarbital; References: 10; Journal Coden: CLPTAT; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Interactions; Drug Evaluations N2 - Codeine and secobarbital and a combination of the 2 were studied as nighttime hypnotics. There was a positive dose effect between 60 and 180 mg. of secobarbital, but increasing the dose of codeine from 30 to 90 mg. appeared to show a stimulant effect on onset and duration of sleep. Taken together, codeine plus secobarbital were more effective than was secobarbital alone. Analysis indicated that this interaction represented synergism. KW - Codeine--and secobarbital-; KW - Secobarbital--and codeine-; KW - Drug interactions--codeine and secobarbital--synergism, hypnotic effects, in humans; KW - Sedatives and hypnotics--codeine--and secobarbital, interactions, synergism, hypnotic effects, in humans; KW - Sedatives and hypnotics--secobarbital--interactions, codeine, synergism, hypnotic effects, in humans; KW - Dosage--codeine--effects, as hypnotic, in humans; KW - Dosage--secobarbital--effects, as hypnotic, in humans; KW - Combined therapy--codeine and secobarbital--synergism, hypnotic effects, in humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-3589&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Feinstein, A.R.; T1 - Clinical biostatistics. XI. Sources of chronology bias in cohort statistics CT - Clinical biostatistics. XI. Sources of chronology bias in cohort statistics JO - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) JF - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) Y1 - 1971/09/01/ VL - 12 IS - Sep-Oct SP - 864 EP - 879 SN - 00099236 AD - Eastern research Support Center and the Department of Medicine of the West Haven Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, Connecticut N1 - Accession Number: 9-3474; Language: English; References: 19; Journal Coden: CLPTAT; Section Heading: Methodology; Abstract Author: Linda Jo Otto N2 - The purpose of this article is to show the various types of chronology bias with cohort statistics, in which a cohort is a group of people who are followed forward in time to observe the effects of a maneuver to which they have been exposed. Types of bias found were those relating to investigative time, secular time, life time, and serial time. Another problem in bias involves zero time, the choice of zero time and the inception cohort. Bias of survival cohorts is related to the multi-serial cross section and the aborted cohort. The basic scientific demands that might be made for demonstrating validity in laboratory investigations or in any other type of discipline research have been absent from the methods of cohort statistics. KW - Statistics--research--clinical, sources of chronology bias with cohort statistics; KW - Clinical studies--statistics--sources of chronology bias with cohort statistics; KW - Research--clinical--statistics, sources of chronology bias with cohort statistics; KW - Methodology--statistics--clinical studies, sources of chronology bias with cohort statistics; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-3474&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Jusko, W. J.; T1 - Fluorometric analysis of ampicillin in biological fluids CT - Fluorometric analysis of ampicillin in biological fluids JO - Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (USA) JF - Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (USA) Y1 - 1971/05/01/ VL - 60 IS - May SP - 728 EP - 732 SN - 00223549 AD - Section of Clinical Pharmacology, Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts 02130 N1 - Accession Number: 9-3290; Language: English; Chemical Name: Ampicillin--69-53-4; Therapeutic Class: (8:12); AHFS Class: Antibiotics ampicillin; References: 15; Journal Coden: JPMSAE; Section Heading: Drug Metabolism and Body Distribution; Drug Analysis; Abstract Author: D. R. Tousignaut N2 - Discussed is the development of a highly sensitive fluorometric method for quantitative measurement of ampicillin and at least one of its degradation products in serum and urine. By combining fluorometric and microbiological methods, measurement can be made of ampicillin degradation products as well as the unchanged antibiotic in serum and urine. Numerous graphs are included. KW - Ampicillin--fluorometry-; KW - Fluorometry--ampicillin--blood levels, and urine, in man; KW - Metabolism--ampicillin--fluorometry, blood and urine levels, in man; KW - Excretion--ampicillin--fluorometry, urine levels, in man; KW - Antibiotics--ampicillin--fluorometry, blood and urine levels, in man; KW - Blood levels--ampicillin--fluorometry, in man; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-3290&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Jusko, W. J.; AU - Lewis, G. P.; T1 - Precaution in pharmacokinetic evaluation of ampicillin precursors CT - Precaution in pharmacokinetic evaluation of ampicillin precursors JO - Lancet (England) JF - Lancet (England) Y1 - 1972/03/25/ VL - 1 IS - Mar 25 SP - 690 EP - 691 SN - 00237507 AD - Clinical Pharmacology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts 02130 N1 - Accession Number: 9-3185; Language: English; Chemical Name: Ampicillin--69-53-4 Hetacillin--3511-16-8; Therapeutic Class: (8:12); AHFS Class: Antibiotics ampicillin (8:12); AHFS Class: Antibiotics hetacillin; References: 10; Publication Type: Letters; Journal Coden: LANCAO; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - A study in 8 normal subjects indicated that hetacillin is not a chemotherapeutic improvement over ampicillin. The drugs were administered I.V. in 530-650 mg. molar equivalent doses. Blood levels were measured using a conventional agar plate diffusion assay and by agar gel electrophoresis. Problems in interpreting assay results are noted. KW - Ampicillin--pharmacokinetics-; KW - Hetacillin--pharmacokinetics-; KW - Pharmacokinetics--ampicillin--compared to hetacillin, in normal subjects; KW - Antibiotics--ampicillin--pharmacokinetics, compared to hetacillin, in normal subjects; KW - Antibiotics--hetacillin--pharmacokinetics, compared to ampicillin, in noraml subjects; KW - Pharmacokinetics--hetacillin--compared to ampicillin, in normal subjects; KW - Blood levels--ampicillin--and hetacillin, misinterpretation of assay results, in normal subjects; KW - Blood levels--hetacillin--and ampicillin, misinterpretation of assay results, in normal subjects; KW - Metabolism--antibiotics--blood levels, ampicillin and hetacillin, misinterpretation of assay results, in normal subjects; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-3185&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Hollister, L. E.; T1 - Psychoactive drugs in historical perspective CT - Psychoactive drugs in historical perspective JO - Journal of Drug Issues (USA) JF - Journal of Drug Issues (USA) Y1 - 1972/01/01/ VL - 2 IS - Jan SP - 1 EP - 8 SN - 00220426 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California N1 - Accession Number: 9-3113; Language: English; Journal Coden: JDGIA6; Section Heading: Sociology, Economics and Ethics; Abstract Author: Anne W. Hatch N2 - Mind-altering drugs have been used by all societies in specific manners, usually religious and medicinal; only occasionally have they been used for social reasons, as in our society. The real problem today is not that people chose to alter their consciousness; it is that society condemns them for using drugs other than alcohol. Drugs which will truely improve social, sexual and mental development without serious physical cost should be developed. KW - Drug abuse--history--historical perspective of psychoactive drugs; KW - History--drug abuse--historical perspective of psychoactive drugs; KW - Sociology--drug abuse--history, perspective, psychoactive drugs; KW - Drugs--use--history, perspective, psychoactive compounds; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-3113&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Franciosa, J. A.; AU - Limas, C. J.; AU - Guiha, N. H.; AU - Rodriguera, E.; AU - Cohn, J. N.; T1 - Improved left ventricular function during nitroprusside infusion in acute myocardial infarction CT - Improved left ventricular function during nitroprusside infusion in acute myocardial infarction JO - Lancet (England) JF - Lancet (England) Y1 - 1972/03/25/ VL - 1 IS - Mar 25 SP - 650 EP - 654 SN - 00237507 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, 50 Irving Street, N. W., Washington, D. C. 20422 N1 - Accession Number: 9-3003; Language: English; Trade Name: Sodium nitroferricyanide; Generic Name: Sodium nitroprusside; Chemical Name: Sodium nitroprusside--13755-38-9; Therapeutic Class: (24:12); AHFS Class: Vasodilating agents sodium nitroprusside; References: 24; Journal Coden: LANCAO; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - In 15 patients with acute myocardial infarction, I.V. infusion of the potent vasodilator, sodium nitroprusside (sodium nitroferricyanide), produced an average 50% fall in the elevated left ventricular filling pressure and a modest reduction in arterial pressure (average 15.5%) without a change in heart rate. Sodium nitroprusside solution was made up by dissolving the crystals, 120 mg., in 100 ml. of physiological saline solution. After filtration to attain sterility, the solution was refrigerated in tinted vials. Infusate contained 30 mg. sodium nitroprusside in 500 ml. 5% dextrose in water. Careful dose adjustment in several patients resulted in a significant fall in left ventricular filling pressure with little or no change in arterial pressure. Drug infusion was usually accompanied by subjective improvement, including relief of dyspnea and of chest pain, and reduction in ventricular irritability. These data suggest that vasodilator therapy, by reducing left ventricular afterload, can improve left ventricular performance in patients with acute myocardial infarction. Such treatment may be a rational approach to the management of patients with heart failure, pulmonary edema, or early shock. KW - Sodium nitroprusside--infarctions-; KW - Vasodilating agents--sodium nitroprusside--infarctions, myocardial, therapy, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-3003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Ramsey, T. A.; AU - Mendels, J.; AU - Stokes, J. W.; AU - Fitzgerald, R. G.; T1 - Lithium carbonate and kidney function: a failure in renal concentrating ability CT - Lithium carbonate and kidney function: a failure in renal concentrating ability JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1972/03/13/ VL - 219 IS - Mar 13 SP - 1446 EP - 1449 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, University and Woodland Avenues, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104 N1 - Accession Number: 9-2961; Language: English; Chemical Name: Lithium carbonate--554-13-2; Therapeutic Class: (28:16); AHFS Class: Psychotherapeutic agents lithium carbonate; References: 18; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Adverse Drug Reactions N2 - Three patients with manic-depressive illness who were successfully treated with lithium carbonate developed polyuria and polydipsia at varying periods after starting treatment. Water deprivation studies revealed a defect in renal concentrating ability which was not corrected by the administration of vasopressin injection. None of the patients had elevated urine volumes prior to lithium carbonate therapy, and there was no evidence of other conditions which might have affected renal concentrating ability. KW - Lithium carbonate--adverse reactions-; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--lithium carbonate--development of polyuria and polydipsia, in patients; KW - Psychotherapeutic agents--lithium carbonate--adverse reactions, development of polyuria and polydipsia, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-2961&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Greiner, G. E.; T1 - Pharmacist's role in patient discharge planning CT - Pharmacist's role in patient discharge planning JO - American Journal of Hospital Pharmacy (USA) JF - American Journal of Hospital Pharmacy (USA) Y1 - 1972/01/01/ VL - 29 IS - Jan SP - 72 EP - 76 SN - 00029289 AD - Pharmacy, Veterans Administration Hospital, Cincinnati, Ohio 45220 N1 - Accession Number: 9-2953; Language: English; References: 7; Journal Coden: AJHPA9; Section Heading: Institutional Pharmacy Practice; Information Processing and Literature N2 - A pilot study to explore the pharmacist's role in discharge planning revealed a significant need for pharmacy involvement. This relates to several areas of concern, including the patient's understanding of medications to be taken and their contraindications and precautions; continuation of therapy after discharge; and overall relationship of the pharmacist, nurse, and physician in the clinical setting. During the study, the pharmacist met 3 times a week in discharge planning conferences with the physician, nurse and social worker. The needs of each patient were evaluated from the standpoint of the patient's post-hospital care. Following the conferences, the physician wrote discharge orders. From this point, the pharmacist filled the orders after reviewing the medications and the patient's chart and consulting the physician when indicated. In a final interview with the patient, the pharmacist instructed the patient regarding the correct use of the medications and plans for continuation, if indicated. Evaluation of the pharmacist's contribution was made after counseling 156 patients who received discharge medications during this 2-month study. Several of the more interesting case studies are presented from among the complete record of patients interviewed. Follow-up of the patient group over a 6-month period showed a slight, but statistically insignificant, decrease in readmission rate. KW - Pharmacists, hospital--role--in patient discharge planning; KW - Patients--discharge--planning, hospital pharmacist's role; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-2953&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Henschel, E. O.; AU - Hamilton, L. H.; T1 - Effect of doxapram hydrochloride on unanesthetized subjects and patients with mild central nervous system (CNS) depression CT - Effect of doxapram hydrochloride on unanesthetized subjects and patients with mild central nervous system (CNS) depression JO - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) JF - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) Y1 - 1970/03/01/ VL - 12 IS - Mar SP - 142 EP - 149 SN - 0011393X AD - Anesthesiology Services, Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wisconsin 53193 N1 - Accession Number: 9-2846; Language: English; Language of Summary: sp; Chemical Name: Doxapram--309-29-5; References: 10; Journal Coden: CTCEA9; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: Barry S. Reiss N2 - Doxapram hydrochloride was studied in unanesthetized subjects and anesthetized patients to measure transthoracic impedance changes. A single I.V. injection of doxapram, 0.5 mg./kg., produced a moderate increase in ventilation and a slight increase in arterial blood pressure of awake normal subjects. When the dose was increased to 1.0 mg./kg., a profound hyperventilation and a moderate increase in systolic and diastolic blood pressure were observed. The ventilatory response to doxapram essentially subsided in 10 minutes. An infusion of doxapram at a rate of 5 mg./minute for 20 minutes had no predictable effect on ventilation of awake subjects and only slightly affected arterial blood pressure. Anesthetized patients (with mild CNS depression) had a smaller ventilatory response to doxapram than did awake patients when both groups were given 1 mg./kg. KW - Doxapram--hydrochloride-; KW - Central nervous system stimulants--doxapram--hydrochloride, effects, anesthetized and unanesthetized subjects; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-2846&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Hollister, L. E.; T1 - Tetrahydrocannabinol isomers and homologs: contrasted effects of smoking CT - Tetrahydrocannabinol isomers and homologs: contrasted effects of smoking JO - Nature (London) JF - Nature (London) Y1 - 1970/08/29/ VL - 227 IS - Aug 29 SP - 968 EP - 969 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, and Stanford University School of Medicine, Palo Alto, California N1 - Accession Number: 9-2836; Language: English; Chemical Name: Cannabis--8063-14-7; References: 4; Journal Coden: NATUAS; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: Robert A. Hall N2 - Measured doses of each of 3 cannabinoids, \D/\SU/9\BS/-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), \D/\SU/3\BS/-THC and a \D/\SU/3\BS/-THC homolog (synhexyl), as well as a cannabinoid free marijuana extract placebo were used to treat ordinary commercial cigarettes. In this double blind study, 6 experienced cigarette smokers, on separate occasions, smoked each cigarette. An observer recorded subjective reports as well as pulse rate and appearance of conjunctiva. Ranked in decreasing order of frequency and intensity of effects the drugs are: \D/\SU/9\BS/-THC, \D/\SU/3\BS/-THC, synhexyl and placebo. KW - Cannabis--constituents-; KW - Tetrahydrocannabinol--derivatives-; KW - Cannabinoids--effects--cigarette smokers; KW - Cigarettes--constituents--cannabinoids, effects, on smokers; KW - Isomers--tetrahydrocannabinol--effects, cigarette smokers; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-2836&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Francke, G. N.; AU - St. Clair, H.; T1 - I.V. additive services at Cincinnati Veterans Administration Hospital CT - I.V. additive services at Cincinnati Veterans Administration Hospital JO - Drug Intell. Clin. Pharm. JF - Drug Intell. Clin. Pharm. Y1 - 1971/11/01/ VL - 5 IS - Nov SP - 377 EP - 380 AD - Pharmacy, Cincinnati Veterans Administration Hospital, Cincinnati, Ohio N1 - Accession Number: 9-2753; Language: English; References: 2; Publication Type: I.V. Additive Review; Journal Coden: DICPBB; Section Heading: Institutional Pharmacy Practice; Abstract Author: D. R. Tousignaut N2 - Planning and implementing, extending hours for pharmacy service, developing space, equipment and supply needs, determining work load, policies and procedures, I.V. additive program and future plans of pharmacy service at the Cincinnati VA Hospital in relation to the I.V. additive program are presented. KW - Additives--injections--programs, I.V. additive services at hospital, discussion; KW - Hours--pharmacy, institutional, hospital--in relation to I.V. additive services at hospital, discussion; KW - Work load--pharmacy, institutional, hospital--in relation to I.V. additive services at hospital, discussion; KW - Administration--policies and procedures--in relation to I.V. additive services at hospital, discussion; KW - Pharmacy, institutional, hospital--additives--injections, I.V. additive services at hospital, discussion; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-2753&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Royer, F. L.; T1 - State of the science report: effects of psychoactive drugs on behavioral functions CT - State of the science report: effects of psychoactive drugs on behavioral functions JO - Journal of Drug Issues (USA) JF - Journal of Drug Issues (USA) Y1 - 1972/01/01/ VL - 2 IS - Jan SP - 29 EP - 33 SN - 00220426 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Brecksville, Ohio N1 - Accession Number: 9-2723; Language: English; Journal Coden: JDGIA6; Section Heading: Sociology, Economics and Ethics; Information Processing and Literature; Abstract Author: Anne W. Hatch N2 - A discussion of the state of knowledge about psychoactive drugs concluded that test results applicable to abuser situations, and the unbiased dispensing of information were areas in need of attention. Suggested areas of drug research were: (1) equivalency tests, e.g., establishing equally effective doses of cannabis and alcohol, (2) the effects of administration of multiple psychoactive drugs, and (3) defining social, physical and psychological reinforcers of drug addiction. Much information about abused drugs, such as interactions, doses, toxic symptomatology, and treatment for drug #OQ#OQaccidents'' should be collected from members of the drug culture. A source of drug information outside of the #OQ#OQsystem'' is needed to disseminate information to drug users. KW - Drug information--abuse--needs, by users and researchers; KW - Drug abuse--information--needs, by users and researchers; KW - Sociology--drug abuse--information, needs by abusers and researchers; KW - Research--drug abuse--suggested areas of information needs; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-2723&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Sevelius, H.; AU - McCoy, J. F.; AU - Colmore, J. P.; T1 - Dose response to codeine in patients with chronic cough CT - Dose response to codeine in patients with chronic cough JO - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) JF - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) Y1 - 1971/05/01/ VL - 12 IS - May-Jun SP - 449 EP - 455 SN - 00099236 AD - reprints: Institute of Clinical Medicine, Syntex Research, Palo Alto, California 94304 AD - Clinical Pharmacology Division of the Department of Medicine, and the Biostatistical Unit of the Department of Preventive Medicine, the University of Oklahoma Medical Center and the Veterans Administration Hospital, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma N1 - Accession Number: 9-2590; Language: English; Chemical Name: Codeine--6059-47-8; Therapeutic Class: (48:00); AHFS Class: Expectorants and cough preparations codeine; References: 12; Journal Coden: CLPTAT; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Pharmacology N2 - A dose-response curve for oral codeine phosphate was established in 12 adult male patients with chronic cough. The response measured was the percent reduction in cough counts following 4 doses of codeine as compared to placebo. The curve of response on the log of the dose used was found to be linear, and a single oral dose of 15 to 20 mg. of codeine seemed to be optimum under the conditions of this study. No correlation between the objective cough counts and the patient's subjective evaluation of the drugs was established. KW - Codeine--phosphate-; KW - Expectorants and cough preparations--codeine--phosphate, oral, dose-response curve in patients with chronic cough; KW - Dosage--codeine--phosphate, oral, dose-response curve in patients with chronic cough; KW - Methodology--codeine--phosphate, oral, dose-response curve established in patients with chronic cough; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-2590&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Klett, C. J.; T1 - Effects and implications of long-term maintenance chemotherapy CT - Effects and implications of long-term maintenance chemotherapy JO - Journal of Drug Issues (USA) JF - Journal of Drug Issues (USA) Y1 - 1972/01/01/ VL - 2 IS - Jan SP - 9 EP - 2 SN - 00220426 AD - Central NP Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Perry Point, Maryland N1 - Accession Number: 9-2586; Language: English; Chemical Name: Chlorpromazine--50-53-3 Thioridazine--50-52-2; Therapeutic Class: (28:16.08); AHFS Class: Tranquilizers chlorpromazine (28:16.08); AHFS Class: Tranquilizers thioridazine; Journal Coden: JDGIA6; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Anne W. Hatch N2 - A study on the effect of discontinuing or reducing the administration of tranquilizers (chlorpromazine and thioridazine) in hospitalized schizophrenics is presented. A group of patients taking only tranquilizers was divided into 3 sections: those who continued at the same dosage, those who received the drug 3 times weekly, and those who were given placebo. The placebo group showed definite behavioral deterioration. The 3 times weekly group had only a 15% relapse at the end of 16 weeks with, however, a worsening trend. It was suggested that probability of relapse was a time function. In a separate study, chronic schizophrenic patients who were receiving both antipsychotic and antiparkinson drugs had the latter drug replaced with placebo. At the end of the study only 7% of the patients were returned to antiparkinson drugs. However, in 11%, the patients' condition worsened and they may have been returned to antiparkinson drugs when the study was over. It was recommended that antiparkinson agents be given only in response to symptoms, rather than prophylactically and that they be discontinued periodically to evaluate their effectiveness. KW - Chlorpromazine--dosage-; KW - Thioridazine--dosage-; KW - Rational therapy--tranquilizers--in hospitalized schizophrenic patients; KW - Drug administration--tranquilizers--alone and with antiparkinson agents, effects, discontinuation of antiparkinson drug, in patients; KW - Antiparkinson agents--dosage--discontinuation, in schizophrenics receiving tranquilizers; KW - Tranquilizers--chlorpromazine--dosage, reduction or discontinuation, effects, in schizophrenic patients; KW - Tranquilizers--thioridazine--dosage, reduction or discontinuation, effects, in schizophrenic patients; KW - Drug administration--antiparkinson agents--effects, discontinuation, in patients receiving tranquilizers; KW - Dosage--tranquilizers--reduction or discontinuation, effects, in schizophrenic patients; KW - Dosage--antiparkinson agents--discontinuation, effects, in schizophrenic patients receiving tranquilizers; KW - Tranquilizers--alone and with antiparkinson agents--effects, discontinuation of antiparkinson drug; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-2586&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Kahn, T.; AU - Stein, R. M.; T1 - Gentamicin and renal failure CT - Gentamicin and renal failure JO - Lancet (England) JF - Lancet (England) Y1 - 1972/02/26/ VL - 1 IS - Feb 26 SP - 498 SN - 00237507 AD - Renal Section, Mount Sinai School of Medicine, Bronx Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, New York 10468 N1 - Accession Number: 9-2557; Language: English; Chemical Name: Gentamicin--1403-66-3; Therapeutic Class: (8:12); AHFS Class: Antibiotics gentamicin; References: 6; Publication Type: Letters; Journal Coden: LANCAO; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Adverse Drug Reactions; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - Renal failure which occurred in a patient during gentamicin therapy and progressed for a considerable time after the drug was discontinued is reported. Gentamicin was administered in a dose of 50 mg. every 8 hours for approximately 3 weeks. KW - Gentamicin--adverse reactions-; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--gentamicin--renal failure, in patient; KW - Antibiotics--gentamicin--adverse reactions, renal failure, in patient; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-2557&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Schrek, R.; AU - Dolowy, W. C.; T1 - In vitro test for sensitivity of leukemic cells to L-asparaginase CT - In vitro test for sensitivity of leukemic cells to L-asparaginase JO - Cancer Research (USA) JF - Cancer Research (USA) Y1 - 1971/05/01/ VL - 31 IS - May SP - 523 EP - 526 SN - 00085472 AD - Tumor Research Laboratory, Research Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois 60141 N1 - Accession Number: 9-2520; Language: English; Chemical Name: Asparaginase--9015-68-3; Therapeutic Class: (10:00); AHFS Class: Antineoplastic agents asparaginase; References: 19; Journal Coden: CNREA8; Section Heading: Methodology; Investigational Drugs; Abstract Author: Jimmie L. Hall N2 - This article proposes a method for measuring the cytocidal effect of asparaginase on leukemic blood cells as a possible means of screening patients for asparaginase therapy. KW - Asparaginase--effects-; KW - Antineoplastic agents--asparaginase--in vitro test for sensitivity of leukemic cells; KW - Methodology--asparaginase--in vitro test for sensitivity of leukemic cells; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-2520&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Kunin, C. M.; T1 - Antibiotic usage in patients with renal impairment CT - Antibiotic usage in patients with renal impairment JO - Hosp. Pract. JF - Hosp. Pract. Y1 - 1972/01/01/ VL - 7 IS - Jan SP - 141 EP - 149 AD - Department of Medicine, University of Wisconsin School of Medicine, and Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Madison, Wisconsin N1 - Accession Number: 9-2427; Language: English; Journal Coden: HOPRBW; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: Richard A. Hutchinson N2 - This article is a discussion of the importance and methods of using renal function as a guide to selecting the dose and dose schedule for certain antibiotics. Several charts are shown which cover about 30 antibiotics and the effect of serum creatinine concentration on half-life. KW - Antibiotics--dosage--and dosage schedules, selection, importance and methods of using renal function as a guide; KW - Dosage--antibiotics--and dosage schedules, selection, importance and methods of using renal function as a guide; KW - Dosage schedules--antibiotics--and dosage, selection, importance and methods of using renal function as a guide; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-2427&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Sochocky, S.; T1 - Acute hepatitis due to para-aminosalicylic acid CT - Acute hepatitis due to para-aminosalicylic acid JO - British Journal of Clinical Practice (England) JF - British Journal of Clinical Practice (England) Y1 - 1971/04/01/ VL - 25 IS - Apr SP - 179 EP - 182 SN - 00070947 AD - Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Center, Sioux Falls, South Dakota N1 - Accession Number: 9-2360; Language: English; Chemical Name: Aminosalicylic acid--65-49-6 Isoniazid--54-85-3; Therapeutic Class: (8:16); AHFS Class: Antituberculars aminosalicylic acid (8:16); AHFS Class: Antituberculars isoniazid; References: 12; Journal Coden: BJCPAT; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Adverse Drug Reactions; Abstract Author: Jon J. Tanja N2 - Described are the history, course and laboratory data of 3 patients (including postmortem findings in 2) with acute hepatitis. In 2 patients liver necrosis was caused by p-aminosalicylic acid (aminosalicylic acid), and in the third either para-aminosalicylic acid or isoniazid was responsible. KW - Aminosalicylic acid--adverse reactions-; KW - Isoniazid--adverse reactions-; KW - Antituberculars--aminosalicylic acid--adverse reactions, liver necrosis, in patients; KW - Antituberculars--isoniazid--adverse reactions, liver necrosis, in patients; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--aminosalicylic acid--necrosis, liver, in patients; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--isoniazid--necrosis, liver, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-2360&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Conway, G.; T1 - Treatment of acute myocardial infarction CT - Treatment of acute myocardial infarction JO - Hosp. Formul. Manage. JF - Hosp. Formul. Manage. Y1 - 1971/07/01/ VL - 6 IS - Jul SP - 15 EP - 17 AD - Cardiology Unit, Cincinnati Veterans Administration Hospital, Cincinnati, Ohio N1 - Accession Number: 9-1957; Language: English; Chemical Name: Heparin--9005-49-6 Lidocaine--137-58-6; References: 4; Journal Coden: HOFMAY; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: Marilyn A. Bearden N2 - The treatment of acute myocardial infarction with anticoagulants, heparin, anti-arrhythmic agents, digitalis glycosides, and lidocaine is discussed. KW - Heparin--infarctions-; KW - Lidocaine--infarctions-; KW - Anticoagulants--infarctions--myocardial, acute, therapy; KW - Digitalis--glycosides--infarctions, myocardial, acute, therapy; KW - Cardiac drugs--infarctions--myocardial, acute, therapy; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-1957&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Fernandes, P. C.; AU - Kovnat, P. J.; T1 - Metabolic acidosis reversed by the combination of magnesium hydroxide and a cation exchange resin CT - Metabolic acidosis reversed by the combination of magnesium hydroxide and a cation exchange resin JO - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) JF - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1972/01/06/ VL - 286 IS - Jan 6 SP - 23 EP - 24 SN - 00284793 AD - Renal Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, 39th and Woodland Avenue, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104 N1 - Accession Number: 9-1904; Language: English; Trade Name: Kayexalate; Generic Name: Sodium polystyrene sulfonate; Chemical Name: Sodium polystyrene sulfonate--9080-79-9 Magnesium hydroxide--1309-42-8; Therapeutic Class: (40:00); AHFS Class: Electrolytic, caloric and water balance sodium polystyrene sulfonate (56:12); AHFS Class: Cathartics magnesium hydroxide; References: 8; Journal Coden: NEJMAG; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Interactions; Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - The reversal of metabolic acidosis in a 43-year-old man with chronic renal failure after the use of sodium polystyrene sulfonate (Kayexalate), and magnesium hydroxide (milk of magnesia) used as a cathartic to reinforce the action of the resin, was observed. The patient received 90 g./day of resin and 30 ml. of milk of magnesia 3 times daily. Nine days later, after the arterial bicarbonate level had reached the value of 28.5 meq./liter, the resin therapy was stopped. This case emphasized a recently described and little known but potentially clinically important side effect of the combination of these 2 extensively used drugs. KW - Sodium polystyrene sulfonate--interactions-; KW - Magnesium hydroxide--interactions-; KW - Drug interactions--sodium polystyrene sulfonate and magnesium hydroxide--reversal, metabolic acidosis, in patient with chronic renal failure; KW - Electrolytic, caloric and water balance--sodium polystyrene sulfonate--interactions, magnesium hydroxide, reversal, metabolic acidosis, in patient with chronic renal failure; KW - Cathartics--magnesium hydroxide--interactions, sodium polystyrene sulfonate, reversal, metabolic acidosis, in patient with chronic renal failure; KW - Resins--sodium polystyrene sulfonate--interactions, magnesium hydroxide, reverses metabolic acidosis in patient with renal failure; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-1904&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Flowers, N. C.; AU - Horan, L. G.; T1 - Nonanoxic aerosol arrhythmias CT - Nonanoxic aerosol arrhythmias JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1972/01/03/ VL - 219 IS - Jan 3 SP - 33 EP - 37 AD - Section of Cardiology, Medical Service, Forest Hills Division, Veterans Administration Hospital, and the Department of Medicine, Medical College of Georgia, Augusta, Georgia N1 - Accession Number: 9-1805; Language: English; References: 6; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Section Heading: Toxicity; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - Cardiac arrhythmias were produced in dogs which were allowed to breathe aerosols propelled with fluorinated hydrocarbons. After the baseline electrical and blood gas information was recorded in the 16 dogs used in the study, the inside of a plastic bag approximately one foot square was sprayed or coated with one of 3 agents. The agents used were airplane glue, an antiseptic spray, and a hair spray. The glue used in the experiment contained the following hydrocarbons: 37.9% toluene, 49.1% acetone, and 1.9% phorone (diisopropylideneactone). The principal aerosols used contained about 96.9% fluoroalkane gases in combination, as follows: trichloromonofluoromethane and dichlorodifluoromethane (Genetron 11, 12 or Freon 11, 12). The coated bag was placed loosely over the head of the dog, allowing the active agent to be present in high concentration, but also allowing some mixing with room air in the case of the first 10 dogs, and deliberate oxygen flow directly into the bag along with the aerosol in the case of the last 6 dogs. At the first onset of a rhythm change, including sinoatrial slowing, the bag was removed and the dog immediately placed back on the respirator and a blood gas sample obtained. Monitoring was continued throughout the series of developing disturbances of rhythm until such time as the dog died or was killed. In spite of mixing with room air in 10 animals, and careful maintenance of normal arterial oxygen tension, carbon dioxide tension, \IT/p\OK/H, base excess, and serum carbon dioxide levels in 6 animals, the same general pattern of rhythm disturbances prevailed. These consisted mainly of slowing of the rate of the sinoatrial pacemaker with resultant junctional or ventricular escape rhythm and ultimate electrical asystole or ventricular fibrillation in 8 animals, in spite of the fact that exposure to the agents was stopped at the earliest sign of rhythm change. KW - Toxicity--aerosols--propellants, fluorinated, arrhythmias, fatal, in dogs; KW - Hydrocarbons--fluorinated--toxicity, aerosols, arrhythmias, fatal, in dogs; KW - Aerosols--hydrocarbons--fluorinated, toxicity, arrhythmias, fatal, in dogs; KW - Propellants--aerosols--hydrocarbons, fluorinated, arrhythmias, fatal, in dogs; KW - Fluoroalkanes--gases--aerosols, toxicity, arrhythmias, fatal, in dogs; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-1805&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Freis, E. D.; T1 - Chemotherapy of hypertension CT - Chemotherapy of hypertension JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1971/11/15/ VL - 218 IS - Nov 15 SP - 1009 EP - 1015 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D. C.) (reprints: c/o Mrs. Fordyce, 866 United Nations Plaza, New York, New York 10017 N1 - Accession Number: 9-1707; Language: English; Trade Name: Alpha methyldopa; Generic Name: Methyldopa; Chemical Name: Reserpine--50-55-5 Hydralazine--86-54-4 Guanethidine--55-65-2 Methyldopa--41372-08-1; Therapeutic Class: (24:08); AHFS Class: Hypotensive agents reserpine (24:08); AHFS Class: Hypotensive agents hydralazine (24:08); AHFS Class: Hypotensive agents guanethidine (24:08); AHFS Class: Hypotensive agents methyldopa; References: 54; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - In current hypertensive therapy, the 5 antihypertensive agents available in the United States which have withstood the test of time or replaced less effective drugs are the thiazide diuretics, reserpine, hydralazine, guanethidine, and alpha methyldopa (methyldopa). Each acts through somewhat different mechanisms to lower blood pressure. A choice of agents is necessary because none is uniformly effective or well tolerated in all patients. In treating most patients, a combination of drugs, usually consisting of a diuretic plus one of the other antihypertensive agents, is found to be the most satisfactory. Although it is now possible to achieve effective blood pressure control in the great majority of patients, the goal of developing a uniformly effective, completely nontoxic, inexpensive, single drug entity requiring little or no manipulation of dosage has not yet been achieved. KW - Reserpine--hypertension-; KW - Hydralazine--hypertension-; KW - Guanethidine--hypertension-; KW - Methyldopa--hypertension-; KW - Thiazides--diuretics--hypertension, therapy, discussion; KW - Hypotensive agents--thiazides--diuretics, hypertension, therapy, discussion; KW - Hypotensive agents--reserpine--hypertension, therapy, discussion; KW - Hypotensive agents--hydralazine--hypertension, therapy, discussion; KW - Hypotensive agents--guanethidine--hypertension, therapy, discussion; KW - Hypotensive agents--methyldopa--hypertension, therapy, discussion; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-1707&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Hansen, H. H.; AU - Selawry, O. S.; AU - Muggia, F. M.; AU - Walker, M. D.; T1 - Clinical studies with 1-(2-chloroethyl)-3-cyclohexyl-1-nitrosourea (NSC-79037) CT - Clinical studies with 1-(2-chloroethyl)-3-cyclohexyl-1-nitrosourea (NSC-79037) JO - Cancer Research (USA) JF - Cancer Research (USA) Y1 - 1971/03/01/ VL - 31 IS - Mar SP - 223 EP - 227 SN - 00085472 AD - National Cancer Institute\M/Veterans Administration Medical Oncology Service, Medical Branch, National Cancer Institute, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Maryland 20014 N1 - Accession Number: 9-1629; Language: English; Trade Name: NSC-79037; Generic Name: 1-(2-Chloroethyl)-3-cyclohexyl-1-nitrosourea; Therapeutic Class: (10:00); AHFS Class: Antineoplastic agents 1-(2-chloroethyl)-3-cyclohexyl-1-nitrosourea; References: 19; Journal Coden: CNREA8; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Investigational Drugs; Abstract Author: Jimmie L. Hall N2 - In this study, 1-(2-chloroethyl)-3-cyclohexyl-1-nitrosourea (NSC-79037) was administered to 40 patients with advanced cancer in order to determine its maximum tolerated dose, to explore tolerance to repeated doses, and to make preliminary observations on its possible therapeutic effects. The initial dose of NSC-79037 was 15 mg./m.\SU/2\BS/, given orally. Progressively larger doses were given at 2 to 8 week intervals. The maximum dose was determined to be 130 mg./m.\SU/2 \BS/every 6 weeks. Nausea, vomiting, and anorexia were frequent adverse effects. One patient reported shortness of breath and swelling of the face. Thrombocytopenia and leukopenia were the most consistent dose-limiting side effects. Objective responses at toxic doses were seen in 2 of 5 patients with evaluable bronchogenic carcinoma and in both patients with malignant lymphoma. Marked neurological improvement was noted in all 3 patients with glioblastoma multiforme. KW - 1-(2-Chloroethyl)-3-cyclohexyl-1-nitrosourea--effects-; KW - Antineoplastic agents--1-(2-chloroethyl)-3-cyclohexyl-1-nitrosourea--effects, in patients with advanced cancer; KW - Dosage--1-(2-chloroethyl)-3-cyclohexyl-1-nitrosourea--in patients with advanced cancer; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-1629&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Sax, D. S.; AU - Tarsy, D.; T1 - Side effects of L-dopa CT - Side effects of L-dopa JO - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) JF - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1971/10/28/ VL - 285 IS - Oct 28 SP - 1033 SN - 00284793 AD - Boston Veterans Administration Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts N1 - Accession Number: 9-1596; Language: English; Trade Name: Alpha-methyldopa; Generic Name: Methyldopa; Chemical Name: Levodopa--59-92-7 Methyldopa--41372-08-1; Therapeutic Class: (12:08.04); AHFS Class: Antiparkinson agents levodopa (24:08); AHFS Class: Hypotensive agents methyldopa and levodopa; References: 3; Publication Type: Letters; Journal Coden: NEJMAG; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Toxicity; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - Side effects of levodopa therapy are reported in 4 patients being treated for Parkinson's disease. Two patients with hypertension and evidence of an early lacunar state experienced generalized paresthesia. The other 2 patients with a degenerative corticopallidal syndrome and signs of frontal-basal involvement experienced a transient comatose state. These unusual reactions were induced by high levels of levodopa or by enhancing the effect of moderate to low levels of levodopa with the addition of alpha-methyldopa (methyldopa). Alpha-methyldopa, alpha-methyldopahydrazine (MK-486) or Ro-4-4602 (aromatic acid decarboxylase inhibitors) all permit the use of lower doses of levodopa for a similar therapeutic effect. KW - Levodopa--toxicity-; KW - Methyldopa--and levodopa-; KW - Toxicity--levodopa--side effects, in patients on high dosage or combined therapy with methyldopa; KW - Antiparkinson agents--levodopa--toxicity, side effects, in patients on high dosage or combined therapy with methyldopa; KW - Drug interactions--levodopa and methyldopa--potentiation, results in side effects, in patients; KW - Combined therapy--levodopa and methyldopa--side effects, in patients; KW - Dosage--levodopa--high, side effects, in patients; KW - Hypotensive agents--methyldopa and levodopa--combined therapy, toxicity, side effects, in patients; KW - Toxicity--methyldopa and levodopa--combined therapy, side effects, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-1596&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Duarte, C. G.; AU - Winnacker, J. L.; AU - Becker, K. L.; AU - Pace, A.; T1 - Thiazide-induced hypercalcemia CT - Thiazide-induced hypercalcemia JO - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) JF - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1971/04/15/ VL - 284 IS - Apr 15 SP - 828 EP - 830 SN - 00284793 AD - Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, 1310 24th Avenue, Nashville, Tennessee 37203 N1 - Accession Number: 9-1365; Language: English; Chemical Name: Hydrochlorothiazide--58-93-5; Therapeutic Class: (40:28); AHFS Class: Diuretics hydrochlorothiazide; Journal Coden: NEJMAG; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Adverse Drug Reactions; Abstract Author: Douglas L. Thompson N2 - The occurrence of hypercalcemia in a 42-year-old man receiving 50 mg. of hydrochlorothiazide twice daily is reported. Hypercalcemia disappeared when the drug was stopped but recurred when therapy was reinstituted. Extensive investigation failed to reveal any other possible case of hypercalcemia. This case emphasizes the need to consider thiazide administration as a cause in the differential diagnosis of hypercalcemia. KW - Hydrochlorothiazide--adverse reactions-; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--hydrochlorothiazide--hypercalcemia, case report; KW - Diuretics--hydrochlorothiazide--hypercalcemia, case report; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-1365&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Porter, H. P.; AU - Simon, F. R.; AU - Pope, C. E.; AU - Volwiler, W.; AU - Fenster, F. L.; T1 - Corticosteroid therapy in severe alcoholic hepatitis: double-blind drug trial CT - Corticosteroid therapy in severe alcoholic hepatitis: double-blind drug trial JO - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) JF - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1971/06/17/ VL - 284 IS - Jun 17 SP - 1350 EP - 1355 SN - 00284793 AD - Division of Gastroenterology, Department of Medicine, University of Washington School of Medicine, Harborview Medical Center, Veterans Administration Hospital and University of Washington Hospital, Seattle, Washington N1 - Accession Number: 9-1223; Language: English; Trade Name: Medrol; Generic Name: Methylprednisolone; Chemical Name: Methylprednisolone--83-43-2; Therapeutic Class: (68:04); AHFS Class: Steroids, cortico- methylprednisolone; References: 25; Journal Coden: NEJMAG; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - A prospective, double-blind controlled pilot study in 20 subjects of the efficacy of glucocorticosteroids in the treatment of severe, life-threatening, alcoholic hepatitis failed to demonstrate a significantly improved survival in the treated group. The presence of cirrhosis with superimposed hepatitis seemed to be associated with a much graver immediate outcome, whereas a prothrombin time that permitted a pretreatment needle liver biopsy clearly selected the patients with an improved prognosis. The Australia antigen was absent from the serums of all 16 patients in whom it was sought. The steroid treated group received methylprednisolone (Medrol), 40 mg./day in 3 divided doses parenterally for the first 10 days. If clinical improvement occurred over this interval and if nausea and vomiting were absent, the drug was administered orally and the dose gradually tapered. If there was no clinical improvement in 10 days, the initial parenteral dose of 40 mg. daily continued until improvement or death occurred. KW - Methylprednisolone--hepatitis-; KW - Steroids, cortico---methylprednisolone--hepatitis, alcoholic, therapy; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-1223&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Korol, B.; T1 - Influence of pentobarbital on some cardiovascular effects of cryptenamine in dogs CT - Influence of pentobarbital on some cardiovascular effects of cryptenamine in dogs JO - Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (USA) JF - Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (USA) Y1 - 1971/03/01/ VL - 60 IS - Mar SP - 488 EP - 490 SN - 00223549 AD - Cochran Veterans Administration Hospital and Department of Neurology and Psychiatry, St. Louis University School of Medicine, St. Louis, Missouri 63106 N1 - Accession Number: 9-1010; Language: English; Chemical Name: Pentobarbital--76-74-4; Therapeutic Class: (28:24); AHFS Class: Sedatives and hypnotics pentobarbital (24:08); AHFS Class: Hypotensive agents cryptenamine; References: 18; Journal Coden: JPMSAE; Section Heading: Drug Interactions; Pharmacology N2 - In a series of 32 conscious and anesthetized paired dogs, pentobarbital anesthesia significantly lowered basal systolic/diastolic arterial pressures, raised basal heart rate, and altered their responses to selected autonomimetic treatments. Pentobarbital anesthesia also significantly increased the effective hypotensive and/or bilateral carotid occlusion pressor response inhibiting dose of cryptenamine. Further examination of the data revealed that the conscious dog systolic depressor response to cryptenamine is the most sensitive and accurate bioassay criterion for the evaluation of cryptenamine potency. KW - Pentobarbital--effects-; KW - Cryptenamine--effects-; KW - Drug interactions--pentobarbital and cryptenamine--effects, on cardiovascular effects of cryptenamine, in dogs; KW - Sedatives and hypnotics--pentobarbital--effects, on cardiovascular effects of cryptenamine, in dogs; KW - Hypotensive agents--cryptenamine--effects, cardiovascular, in dogs, influence of pentobarbital; KW - Methodology--cryptenamine--potency, evaluation, bioassay criterion; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-1010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Klett, C. J.; AU - Hollister, L. E.; AU - Caffey, E. M.; AU - Kaims, S. C.; T1 - Evaluating changes in symptoms during acute alcohol withdrawal CT - Evaluating changes in symptoms during acute alcohol withdrawal JO - Arch. Gen. Psychiatry JF - Arch. Gen. Psychiatry Y1 - 1971/02/01/ VL - 24 IS - Feb SP - 174 EP - 178 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Perry Point, Maryland N1 - Accession Number: 9-0999; Language: English; Trade Name: Vitamins; Generic Name: Thiamine; Chemical Name: Chlordiazepoxide--58-25-3 Chlorpromazine--50-53-3 Hydroxyzine--68-88-2 Thiamine--59-43-8; References: 2; Journal Coden: ARGPAQ; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Ronald E. Nagata, Jr. N2 - Double-blind treatment with chlordiazepoxide, chlorpromazine, hydroxyzine, thiamine, or placebo for a period of 10 days was administered to 428 male patients experiencing acute alcohol withdrawal. In a cooperative study, patients who fulfilled the selection criteria of withdrawal symptoms, were assigned at random to one of the 5 treatment groups. On the first day, at 6 hour intervals, the treatment plan consisted of one of the following: 50 mg. of I.M. chlordiazepoxide; 100 mg. of oral chlorpromazine; 100 mg. of I.M. hydroxyzine; 100 mg. of oral thiamine; or placebo. On the second through tenth days, an oral and flexible dosage schedule was employed. The patients were rated three times daily by nurses using a Nurses' Rating Scale and were asked to complete a Mood Scale daily. Regardless of the treatment group, the patients generally showed a rapid improvement of their alcohol withdrawal symptomatology. Fewer symptoms were noted in the thiamine and placebo groups than in the psychoactive drug groups. However, the greater incidence of convulsions and delirium occurring in the former groups as compared to the chlordiazepoxide group, more than offset the benefits derived from supportive measures. KW - Chlordiazepoxide--alcoholism-; KW - Chlorpromazine--alcoholism-; KW - Hydroxyzine--alcoholism-; KW - Thiamine--alcoholism-; KW - Alcoholism--therapy--withdrawal symptoms, effects, thiamine, placebo and psychotherapeutic agents, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-0999&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Kuchera, L. K.; T1 - Postcoital contraception with diethylstilbestrol CT - Postcoital contraception with diethylstilbestrol JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1971/10/25/ VL - 218 IS - Oct 25 SP - 562 EP - 563 AD - University of Michigan Health Service, and the Veterans Administration Hospital, Ann Arbor, Michigan N1 - Accession Number: 9-0981; Language: English; Chemical Name: Diethylstilbestrol--56-53-1; Therapeutic Class: (68:12); AHFS Class: Contraceptives postcoital diethylstilbestrol (68:16); AHFS Class: Estrogens diethylstilbestrol; References: 7; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - The follow-up findings in 1,000 women of child bearing age who were given, within 72 hours of sexual exposure, 25 mg. of diethylstilbestrol twice daily for 5 days as a postcoital contraceptive, are presented. Of the patients studied, 715 were in midcycle, and 890 used no prophylactic measures. In each of the 1,000 cases, an interview or letter was obtained following the ingestion of diethylstilbestrol, so that it was definitely known that the patient's next menses came and that she was not pregnant. No pregnancies resulted and there were no serious adverse reactions. It was emphasized to the patient that this was an emergency type of treatment and, should she have a continuing need for contraception, other means should be sought. The mechanism of action of diethylstilbestrol appears to be on the endometrial implantation site, though other actions such as increase in speed of ovum transport through the genital tract have been noted in animal observations. KW - Diethylstilbestrol--use-; KW - Contraceptives postcoital--diethylstilbestrol--use, in patients; KW - Estrogens--diethylstilbestrol--use, as postcoital contraceptive, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-0981&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Rosenstock, H. A.; AU - Simons, D. G.; AU - Meyer, J. S.; T1 - Chronic manganism. Neurologic and laboratory studies during treatment with levodopa CT - Chronic manganism. Neurologic and laboratory studies during treatment with levodopa JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1971/09/06/ VL - 217 IS - Sep 6 SP - 1354 EP - 1358 AD - Departments of Psychiatry and Neurology, Baylor College of Medicine, and the Neurology Section and Physiometrics Research Laboratory, Houston Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, Texas N1 - Accession Number: 9-0772; Language: English; Chemical Name: Levodopa--59-92-7; Therapeutic Class: (12:08.04); AHFS Class: Antiparkinson agents levodopa; References: 14; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - Successful treatment of a patient with levodopa for manganese intoxication is presented. Samples obtained from blood serum, urine, and chest and scalp hair were examined to determine manganese concentration. All manganese determinations were made by atomic absorption spectroscopy. Treatment with levodopa was begun with an oral dose of 250 mg. twice daily, and gradually increased to 6 g. daily in divided doses over a 4-week period. Gradual increments in the dosage of levodopa continued over the next 8 weeks, at which time the patient was receiving 9 g. daily in divided doses. The dose was then increased to a maximum of 12 g. daily for one week. No adverse effects were noted on these dosage schedules. Levodopa was selected because of its known efficacy in the treatment of parkinsonism and other involuntary disorders of movement. Patients with chronic manganism supposedly are able to tolerate higher doses than patients with parkinsonism, and the fact that this patient was able to tolerate as much as 12 g. daily, supports this contention. KW - Levodopa--manganism-; KW - Antiparkinson agents--levodopa--manganese intoxication, therapy, case report; KW - Poisoning--manganese--therapy, with levodopa, case report; KW - Toxicity--manganese--therapy, with levodopa, case report; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-0772&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Lull, G. F.; AU - Bryne, J. P.; AU - Sanowski, R. A.; T1 - Barium sulfate granuloma of the rectum. A rare entity CT - Barium sulfate granuloma of the rectum. A rare entity JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1971/08/23/ VL - 217 IS - Aug 23 SP - 1102 EP - 1103 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Seventh Street and Indian School Road, Phoenix, Arizona 85012 N1 - Accession Number: 9-0743; Language: English; Chemical Name: Barium sulfate--7727-43-7; Therapeutic Class: (36:00); AHFS Class: Diagnostic agents barium sulfate; References: 7; Publication Type: Brief Reports; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Toxicity; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - Rectal injury after administration of a barium sulfate enema to a patient, resulting in granuloma, is reported. KW - Barium sulfate--enemas-; KW - Toxicity--barium sulfate--enemas, granuloma, in patient; KW - Enemas--barium sulfate--toxicity, granuloma, in patient; KW - Diagnostic agents--barium sulfate--enemas, toxicity, granuloma, in patient; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-0743&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Oh, S. J.; AU - Douglas, J. E.; AU - Brown, R. A.; T1 - Hypokalemic vacuolar myopathy associated with chlorthalidone treatment CT - Hypokalemic vacuolar myopathy associated with chlorthalidone treatment JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1971/06/14/ VL - 216 IS - Jun 14 SP - 1858 EP - 1859 AD - Division of Neurology, University of Alabama School of Medicine, and the Veterans Administration Hospital, Birmingham, Alabama N1 - Accession Number: 9-0737; Language: English; Chemical Name: Chlorthalidone--77-36-1; Therapeutic Class: (40:28); AHFS Class: Diuretics chlorthalidone; References: 10; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Adverse Drug Reactions N2 - A 56-year-old woman developed hypokalemic vacuolar myopathy following chlorthalidone therapy and laxative abuse. A complete recovery was made with the proper treatment. The importance of recognition of hypokalemic neuromuscular complications during thiazide and chlorthalidone therapy is stressed. KW - Chlorthalidone--adverse reactions-; KW - Diuretics--chlorthalidone--adverse reactions, hypokalemic vacuolar myopathy associated with therapy, in woman; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--chlorthalidone--hypokalemic vacuolar myopathy associated with therapy, in woman; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-0737&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Khan, A.; AU - Camel, G.; AU - Perry, H. M., Jr.; T1 - Clonidine (Catapres): a new antihypertensive agent CT - Clonidine (Catapres): a new antihypertensive agent JO - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) JF - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) Y1 - 1970/01/01/ VL - 12 IS - Jan SP - 10 EP - 18 SN - 0011393X AD - Hypertension Division, Department of Internal Medicine, Washington University School of Medicine, and the Washington University Medical Service, Cochran Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Louis, Missouri N1 - Accession Number: 9-0556; Language: English; Trade Name: Catapres; Generic Name: Clonidine; Chemical Name: Clonidine--4205-90-7; Therapeutic Class: (24:08); AHFS Class: Hypotensive agents clonidine; References: 12; Journal Coden: CTCEA9; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Richard M. Efman N2 - Clonidine was given orally to 26 patients in doses of 0.2-4.8 mg. daily for from one-half week to 49 weeks. Two patients of the original 26 patients were withdrawn from the study due to side effects. The most frequently reported side effects were drowsiness, dry mouth, and constipation. In 5 initially untreated patients, clonidine reduced the supine diastolic pressure an average of 33 mm. Hg. In 11 previously treated patients, substitution of clonidine for previous therapy resulted in an average decrease in diastolic pressure of 19 mm. Hg. In 8 patients treated with clonidine in addition to other drugs, the addition of clonidine and diminution of previous therapy resulted in an average decrease in diastolic pressure of 25 mm. Hg. KW - Clonidine--hypertension-; KW - Hypotensive agents--clonidine--therapy, effects, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-0556&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Dillon, M. L.; AU - Postlewait, R. W.; T1 - Cephaloridine in patients with impaired renal function CT - Cephaloridine in patients with impaired renal function JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1971/10/11/ VL - 218 IS - Oct 11 SP - 250 EP - 251 AD - Department of Surgery, Veterans Administration Hospital and Duke Medical Center, Durham, North Carolina N1 - Accession Number: 9-0515; Language: English; Trade Name: Loridine; Generic Name: Cephaloridine; Chemical Name: Cephaloridine--50-59-9; Therapeutic Class: (8:12); AHFS Class: Antibiotics cephaloridine; References: 5; Publication Type: Brief Reports; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Toxicity; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - A total of 362 patients were treated with cephaloridine (Loridine), 161 for infection and 201 as a prophylactic antibiotic, in order to assess its effect on renal function. Dosages varied in the patients studied. Patients' records were surveyed to determine if cephaloridine could be implicated as a contributing factor to the impaired renal function of the patient. A table summarizing the diagnoses and dosages of the patients is included. It was concluded that since the excretion of cephaloridine is related to renal function, dose and length of administration should be adjusted accordingly to prevent toxicity of all types from inordinately high plasma concentrations of the antibiotic. KW - Cephaloridine--toxicity-; KW - Toxicity--cephaloridine--effects, on renal function, in patients; KW - Antibiotics--cephaloridine--toxicity, effects, on renal function, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-0515&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Garcia, M.; AU - Miller, M.; AU - Moses, A. M.; T1 - Chlorpropamide-induced water retention in patients with diabetes mellitus CT - Chlorpropamide-induced water retention in patients with diabetes mellitus JO - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1971/10/01/ VL - 75 IS - Oct SP - 549 EP - 554 SN - 00034819 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Irving Ave. and University Pl., Syracuse, New York 13210 N1 - Accession Number: 9-0513; Language: English; Chemical Name: Chlorpropamide--94-20-2; Therapeutic Class: (68:20); AHFS Class: Antidiabetic agents chlorpropamide; References: 25; Journal Coden: AIMEAS; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Toxicity N2 - Two patients with diabetes mellitus who were treated with chlorpropamide developed a symptomatic clinical state of hyponatremia and water intoxication; chemical abnormalities and symptoms were reversed when the drug was withdrawn. On water-loading tests both patients were shown to have an impaired water excretion when pretreated with chlorpropamide. Six patients with diabetes mellitus were given oral water loads, and all showed an impaired water diuresis with chlorpropamide. Similarly, 23 water-loaded normal subjects demonstrated impaired water excretion with chlorpropamide. In 13 water-loaded normal subjects pretreated with tolazamide, however, no antidiuresis was demonstrated, and, in fact, this drug caused a significant diuresis. The studies indicate that chlorpropamide can cause impaired water diuresis in both normal subjects and patients with diabetes mellitus. Since patients with diabetes mellitus may have an underlying inability to excrete water normally, chlorpropamide treatment may produce sufficient water retention to cause clinically severe hyponatremia and water intoxication. The drug may act by stimulating antidiuretic hormone (ADH) release, as well as by augmenting the effects of ADH on the renal tubule. KW - Chlorpropamide--toxicity-; KW - Antidiabetic agents--chlorpropamide--induced water retention, in humans; KW - Toxicity--chlorpropamide--induced water retention, in humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-0513&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Gilliam, C. D.; AU - Cohen, M. B.; T1 - Preparation of concentrated sodium pertechnetate T\LC/c\UC/ 99\LC/m\UC/ for dynamic scintigraphic studies CT - Preparation of concentrated sodium pertechnetate T\LC/c\UC/ 99\LC/m\UC/ for dynamic scintigraphic studies JO - American Journal of Hospital Pharmacy (USA) JF - American Journal of Hospital Pharmacy (USA) Y1 - 1971/12/01/ VL - 28 IS - Dec SP - 967 EP - 969 SN - 00029289 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, California 91343 N1 - Accession Number: 9-0505; Language: English; Therapeutic Class: (78:00); AHFS Class: Radiopharmaceuticals sodium pertechnetate; References: 10; Journal Coden: AJHPA9; Section Heading: Pharmaceutical Technology N2 - A procedure for concentrating sodium pertechnetate Tc 99m from a \SU/99\BS/Mo-\SU/99m\BS/Tc generator is described. The procedure is more convenient and less complicated than repeated extraction from \SU/99\BS/Mo solution. The activity is extracted from the aqueous eluate with methyl ethyl ketone which is subsequently volatilized. The resulting dry \SU/99m\BS/Tc is aseptically reconstituted to the desired activity per unit volume. This procedure is practical and applicable to any nuclear medicine department that is utilizing the \SU/99\BS/Mo-\SU/99m\BS/Tc generator system. KW - Sodium pertechnetate--Tc 99m-; KW - Radiopharmaceuticals--sodium pertechnetate--Tc 99m, concentrated, preparing, for scintigraphic studies; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-0505&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Kones, R. J.; AU - Phillips, J. H.; T1 - Glucagon in congestive heart failure CT - Glucagon in congestive heart failure JO - Chest JF - Chest Y1 - 1971/04/01/ VL - 59 IS - Apr SP - 392 EP - 397 AD - Heart Station, Veterans Administration Hospital, New Orleans, Louisiana N1 - Accession Number: 9-0358; Language: English; Chemical Name: Glucagon--16941-32-5; Therapeutic Class: (24:04); AHFS Class: Cardiac drugs glucagon; References: 25; Journal Coden: CHETBF; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Douglas L. Thompson N2 - Glucagon, 3-5 mg./hour, was administered by continuous infusion to 19 patients with congestive heart failure. Those patients with acute processes improved, while only 1 of 12 with chronic congestive heart failure benefited from glucagon therapy. Urine output increased 495 ml./24 hours, BUN increased 4.9 mg.%, serum glucose increased 22.1 mg.% and serum potassium decreased 0.35 meq./liter. No induced arrhythmias were noted, even in the presence of digitalis toxicity. Evidence of increased ischemia was seen in 4 patients. In chronic congestive failure associated with coexisting manifest chronic obstructive pulmonary disease or pulmonary heart disease, the response to glucagon was uniformly unfavorable. Glucagon should be reserved for acute congestive heart failure and then only after other modes of therapy, especially digitalization, are unsuccessful. KW - Glucagon--evaluations-; KW - Cardiac drugs--glucagon--evaluations, in patients with congestive heart failure; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-0358&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Doherty, J. E.; AU - Hall, W. H.; AU - Murphy, M. L.; AU - Beard, O. W.; T1 - New information regarding digitalis metabolism CT - New information regarding digitalis metabolism JO - Chest JF - Chest Y1 - 1971/04/01/ VL - 59 IS - Apr SP - 433 EP - 437 AD - Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, and the Department of Medicine and Division of Cardiology, University of Arkansas School of Medicine, Little Rock, Arkansas N1 - Accession Number: 9-0257; Language: English; Chemical Name: Digoxin--20830-75-5 Digitoxin--71-63-6; Therapeutic Class: (24:04); AHFS Class: Cardiac drugs digoxin; References: 25; Journal Coden: CHETBF; Section Heading: Drug Metabolism and Body Distribution N2 - Current data regarding the absorption, excretion and metabolism of digoxin and digitoxin is reviewed. Digitoxin is completely absorbed, extensively recycled in the intestine, protein bound, metabolized, and excreted largely in the urine as metabolites. It possesses as a result, a long half-life of 5-7 days. Factors governing its excretion and metabolism are incompletely studied in human subjects. Digoxin is 80-90% absorbed, little recycled, relatively little protein bound or metabolized, and is excreted largely unchanged in the urine. As a result, it has a shorter half-life of 1.5 days and its excretion may be directly related to creatinine clearance. These properties should assist in the clinical management of patients with congestive heart failure. Smaller doses of either glycoside than usually prescribed appear to suffice for adequate digitalization, and the dangerous complication of digitalis toxicity may then be avoided. KW - Digoxin--metabolism-; KW - Digitoxin--metabolism-; KW - Cardiac drugs--digoxin--and digitoxin, knowledge of metabolism guide to rational therapy; KW - Metabolism--digoxin--knowledge, and rational therapy; KW - Metabolism--digitoxin--knowledge, and rational therapy; KW - Half-life--digoxin--knowledge, and rational therapy; KW - Half-life--digitoxin--knowledge, and rational therapy; KW - Dosage--digoxin--and digitoxin, recommendations, based on metabolism; KW - Glycosides--cardiac--digoxin and digitoxin, knowledge of metabolism aids in rational therapy; KW - Rational therapy--digoxin--and digitoxin, based on knowledge of metabolism; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-0257&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Sutter, V. L.; AU - Finegold, S. M.; T1 - Antibiotic disk susceptibility tests for rapid presumptive identification of gram-negative anaerobic bacilli CT - Antibiotic disk susceptibility tests for rapid presumptive identification of gram-negative anaerobic bacilli JO - Appl. Microbiol. JF - Appl. Microbiol. Y1 - 1971/01/01/ VL - 21 IS - Jan SP - 13 EP - 20 AD - Anaerobic Bacteriology Laboratory, Department of Medicine, Wadsworth General Hospital, Veterans Administration, and Department of Medicine, University of California at Los Angeles School of Medicine, Los Angeles, California N1 - Accession Number: 9-0064; Language: English; References: 10; Journal Coden: APMBAY; Section Heading: Microbiology; Abstract Author: Irving S. Rossoff N2 - A rapid presumptive identification method for gram-negative anaerobic bacilli is described and charted in tables. The method involves susceptibility to antibiotic impregnated paper disks (colistin 10 mcg., erythromycin 60 mcg., kanamycin 1,000 mcg., neomycin 1,000 mcg., 2 units of penicillin, and rifampin 15 mcg.) and does not predict clinical effectiveness of these drugs. Supplemental tests are also described. KW - Tests--bacteria--gram-negative, anaerobic, identification, based on susceptibility to antibiotic disks; KW - Antibiotics--disks--in identification of gram-negative anaerobic bacilli; KW - Bacteria--gram-negative--anaerobic, identification, using antibiotic disk susceptibility tests; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=9-0064&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Kantor, H. S.; AU - Shaw, W. V.; T1 - Microbial suprainfection: recognition and management CT - Microbial suprainfection: recognition and management JO - Med. Clin. North Am. JF - Med. Clin. North Am. Y1 - 1971/03/01/ VL - 55 IS - Mar SP - 471 EP - 483 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Miami, Florida) (reprints: 1201 N.W. 16th St., Miami, Florida 33125 N1 - Accession Number: 8-4541; Language: English; References: 68; Journal Coden: MCNAA9; Section Heading: Microbiology; Abstract Author: George D. Hurlow N2 - Presented is a discussion of antimicrobial agents as a major cause of superinfection in man including a review of selected aspects such as pathogenesis and factors influencing colonization and superinfection. The effects of antimicrobial therapy on the ecology of normal microbial flora are discussed. The synergistic and antagonistic interactions among indigenous microbial species are considered. Antibiotic iatrogenesis is the pathogenesis of colonization, superinfection and suprainfection. The frequency of suprainfection, the organisms involved in pneumonia and respiratory tract colonization are tabled. The factors (primary underlying disease, age, susceptibility, influence of type of chemotherapy) influencing colonization and suprainfection are considered. The criteria for diagnosing microbial suprainfection is outlined. KW - Anti-infective agents--toxicity--superinfections; KW - Antibiotics--toxicity--superinfections; KW - Infections--supra---and super, recognition and management, anti-infective agents as a source; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--antibiotics--superinfections; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-4541&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Howell, D. S.; AU - Altman, R. D.; AU - Brown, H. E., Jr.; AU - Gottlieb, M. L.; T1 - Comprehensive regimen for osteoarthritis CT - Comprehensive regimen for osteoarthritis JO - Med. Clin. North Am. JF - Med. Clin. North Am. Y1 - 1971/03/01/ VL - 55 IS - Mar SP - 457 EP - 469 AD - Jackson Memorial Hospital, Veterans Administration Hospital, and Department of Medicine, University of Miami School of Medicine, P. O. Box 875, Biscayne Ave., Miami, Florida 33152 N1 - Accession Number: 8-4496; Language: English; References: 41; Journal Coden: MCNAA9; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: George D. Hurlow N2 - Current trends in the therapy of osteoarthritis are reviewed. The biochemistry of inflammation and connective tissues along with a brief description of the disease and its pathological findings, laboratory findings, etiology and philosophy of management are considered. Osteoarthritis and rheumatoid arthritis are compared. KW - Arthritis--therapy--review; KW - Drugs--arthritis--therapy, review; KW - Anti-inflammatory agents--arthritis--therapy, review; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-4496&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Schiff, E. R.; T1 - Treatment of uncomplicated peptic ulcer disease CT - Treatment of uncomplicated peptic ulcer disease JO - Med. Clin. North Am. JF - Med. Clin. North Am. Y1 - 1971/03/01/ VL - 55 IS - Mar SP - 305 EP - 315 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, 1201 N. W. 16th St., Miami, Florida 33125 N1 - Accession Number: 8-4494; Language: English; Trade Name: Carbenoxalone; Generic Name: Carbenoxolone; Chemical Name: Carbenoxolone--5697-56-3 Amylopectin--9037-22-3; References: 31; Journal Coden: MCNAA9; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: George D. Hurlow N2 - A general discussion on peptic ulcer management, including drug therapy, is presented. The use of antacids, anticholinergics, and other drugs such as carbenoxolone, amylopectin and estrogens is noted. KW - Carbenoxolone--ulcers-; KW - Amylopectin--ulcers-; KW - Drugs--ulcers--peptic, therapy, in humans; KW - Parasympatholytic agents--ulcers--peptic, therapy, in humans; KW - Estrogens--ulcers--peptic, therapy, in humans; KW - Antacids--ulcers--peptic, therapy, in humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-4494&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Rothstein, E.; AU - O'Keeffe, A.; T1 - Combined use of lithium and disulfiram CT - Combined use of lithium and disulfiram JO - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) JF - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1971/07/22/ VL - 285 IS - Jul 22 SP - 238 SN - 00284793 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts N1 - Accession Number: 8-4423; Language: English; Chemical Name: Disulfiram--97-77-8 Lithium carbonate--554-13-2; Therapeutic Class: (28:16); AHFS Class: Psychotherapeutic agents lithium carbonate; Publication Type: Correspondence; Journal Coden: NEJMAG; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - A case study of a patient being administered disulfiram concurrently with lithium carbonate is presented. After disulfiram treatment had been instituted, the patient was given lithium carbonate at the recommended therapeutic level and was maintained on 1500 mg. daily for a period of 6 weeks. Levels of serum lithium were recorded at about 1 meq./liter. Although it is too soon to evaluate a therapeutic response, no combined toxic effect from the administration of these 2 drugs was noted in this patient. KW - Disulfiram--and lithium carbonate-; KW - Lithium carbonate--and disulfiram-; KW - Combined therapy--disulfiram and lithium carbonate--no toxic effects observed in patient; KW - Psychotherapeutic agents--lithium carbonate--and disulfiram, combined therapy, no toxic effects observed in patient; KW - Alcoholism--disulfiram--and lithium carbonate, combined therapy, no toxic effects observed in patient; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-4423&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Nagata, R. E.; AU - Lerner, C. S.; T1 - Implementation of clinical pharmacy through training CT - Implementation of clinical pharmacy through training JO - Hospital Pharmacy (USA) JF - Hospital Pharmacy (USA) Y1 - 1970/12/01/ VL - 5 IS - Dec SP - 4 EP - 8 SN - 00185787 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California N1 - Accession Number: 8-4346; Language: English; References: 4; Journal Coden: HOPHAZ; Section Heading: Pharmaceutical Education; Abstract Author: K. Richard Knoll N2 - The implementation, through hospital pharmacy internships, of the concept of clinical pharmacy (at a Veterans Administration hospital) is described. The 4-person internships that have been developed involve both patient-oriented experiences and traditional pharmacy responsibilities. It is stated that the interacting components of the clinical training program at the hospital were: (1) preclinical activities, (2) clinical experience, and (3) improved communications. KW - Clinical pharmacy--implementation--through hospital pharmacy internships; KW - Education, pharmaceutical--internships--hospital pharmacy, implementation of clinical pharmacy; KW - Pharmacy, institutional, hospital--internships--implementation of clinical pharmacy; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-4346&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Schally, A. V.; AU - Nair, R. M. G.; AU - Carter, W. H.; T1 - Countercurrent distribution as a tool for purification of hypothalamic hormones on a preparative scale CT - Countercurrent distribution as a tool for purification of hypothalamic hormones on a preparative scale JO - Anal. Chem. JF - Anal. Chem. Y1 - 1971/09/01/ VL - 43 IS - Sep SP - 1527 EP - 1529 AD - Endocrine and Polypeptide Laboratories, Veterans Administration Hospital and Department of Medicine, Tulane University School of Medicine, New Orleans, Louisiana 70140 N1 - Accession Number: 8-4273; Language: English; Journal Coden: ANCHAM; Section Heading: Pharmaceutical Chemistry KW - Purification--hormones--hypothalamic, purification, countercurrent distribution; KW - Hormones--hypothalamic--purification, use of countercurrent distribution; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-4273&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Myerberg, R. J.; T1 - Diagnostic and therapeutic aspects of stable angina pectoris CT - Diagnostic and therapeutic aspects of stable angina pectoris JO - Med. Clin. North Am. JF - Med. Clin. North Am. Y1 - 1971/03/01/ VL - 55 IS - Mar SP - 421 EP - 433 AD - Miami Veterans Administration Hospital, Miami, Florida 33125 N1 - Accession Number: 8-4247; Language: English; Chemical Name: Iodine--7553-56-2; References: 91; Journal Coden: MCNAA9; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: George D. Hurlow N2 - Treatment of angina pectoris with nitrites, beta-adrenergic blocking agents, digitalis, and radioactive iodine is considered with regard to specific reasons for using each drug. A brief overview of the clinical, metabolic and pathophysiological knowledge regarding angina pectoris is also presented. KW - Iodine--radioactive-; KW - Sympatholytic agents--beta--angina pectoris, therapy, in humans, review; KW - Digitalis--angina pectoris--therapy, in humans, review; KW - Nitrites--angina pectoris--therapy, in humans, review; KW - Angina pectoris--therapy--drugs, in humans, review; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-4247&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Deeb, E. N.; AU - Natsios, G. A.; T1 - Contamination of intravenous fluids by bacteria and fungi during preparation and administration CT - Contamination of intravenous fluids by bacteria and fungi during preparation and administration JO - American Journal of Hospital Pharmacy (USA) JF - American Journal of Hospital Pharmacy (USA) Y1 - 1971/10/01/ VL - 28 IS - Oct SP - 764 EP - 767 SN - 00029289 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts 02130 N1 - Accession Number: 8-4147; Language: English; References: 19; Journal Coden: AJHPA9; Section Heading: Pharmaceutical Technology; MicrobiologyInstitutional Pharmacy Practice N2 - The study reports on the frequency of contamination of hyperalimentation and commonly used intravenous solutions during their preparation in the pharmacy and utilization in the hospital ward area. A total of 321 intravenous infusion samples, including 85 samples of hyperalimentation solution, were collected from the patient's bedside and were cultured in thioglycollate broth. The commonly used intravenous solutions demonstrated a low rate of bacterial contamination of 3.8%. In contrast, contamination of #OQ#OQin use'' hyperalimentation fluids by \IT/Candida \OK/species occurred frequently (\GT/25%). Storage of freshly prepared hyperalimentation solutions under various conditions did not result in either bacterial or fungal contamination. The study shows that the risk of contaminating intravenous solutions, including hyperalimentation solution, during preparation in the pharmacy is low providing vigorous aseptic techniques are practiced. In vitro studies in which hyperalimentation solutions were seeded with various organisms including fungi showed that, although it was an excellent medium for maintaining the growth of fungi, bacterial survival and growth were more difficult to demonstrate. KW - Injections--intravenous--contamination, by bacteria and fungi during preparation and administration, study; KW - Contamination--injections--intravenous, by bacteria and fungi during preparation and administration, study; KW - Toxicity, environmental--injections--intravenous, contamination by bacteria and fungi during preparation and administration, study; KW - Hyperalimentation--injections--intravenous, contamination during preparation and administration, study; KW - Injections--hyperalimentation--intravenous, contamination during preparation and administration, study; KW - Caloric agents--hyperalimentation--injections, contamination during preparation and administration, study; KW - Nutrition--hyperalimentation--injections, contamination during preparation and administration, study; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-4147&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Halprin, K. M.; AU - Fukui, K.; AU - Ohkaware, A.; T1 - Flurandrenolone (Cordran) tape and carbohydrates metabolizng enzymes CT - Flurandrenolone (Cordran) tape and carbohydrates metabolizng enzymes JO - Archives of Dermatology (USA) JF - Archives of Dermatology (USA) Y1 - 1969/09/01/ VL - 100 IS - Sep SP - 336 EP - 341 SN - 0003987X AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Miami, Florida N1 - Accession Number: 8-4012; Language: English; Trade Name: Flurandrenolone--Cordran; Generic Name: Flurandrenolide; Flurandrenolide; Chemical Name: Flurandrenolide--1524-88-5; Therapeutic Class: (84:00); AHFS Class: Topical preparations flurandrenolide (68:04); AHFS Class: Steroids, cortico- flurandrenolide; References: 12; Journal Coden: ARDEAC; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - The effect of using flurandrenolone (Flurandrenolide) under an occlusive dressing on the activities of carbohydrate metabolizing enzymes was evaluated. Flurandrenolone tape or placebo (Blenderm) tape or both were applied to the lesions and to normal appearing skin of patients with psoriasis. The tape was removed and reapplied daily. All assays were done in duplicate and the results averaged to give a single value for each enzyme activity in each specimen. Both occlusive tape alone and steroid incorporated into an occlusive tape will cause inhibition of enzyme activities in the lesions of psoriasis as well as in the normal appearing skin. The steroid type is more effective than the tape alone in producing these effects. KW - Flurandrenolide--tape-; KW - Topical preparations--flurandrenolide--tape, effects, on activity of carbohydrate metabolizing enzymes; KW - Steroids, cortico---flurandrenolide--tape, effects, on activity of carbohydrate metabolizing enzymes; KW - Dressings--tapes--flurandrenolide, effects, on activity of carbohydrate metabolizing enzymes; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-4012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Gould, L.; AU - Dilieto, M.; T1 - Phentolamine, new bronchodilator CT - Phentolamine, new bronchodilator JO - N. Y. State J. Med. JF - N. Y. State J. Med. Y1 - 1970/09/15/ VL - 70 IS - Sep 15 SP - 2332 EP - 2337 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, New York N1 - Accession Number: 8-4009; Language: English; Chemical Name: Phentolamine--50-60-2; Therapeutic Class: (92:00); AHFS Class: Bronchodilators phentolamine; References: 11; Journal Coden: NYSJAM; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Paul J. Miller N2 - Phentolamine, a beta-adrenergic stimulating agent, was found to possess the same bronchodilating action as isoproterenol. Statistical evaluation of the data revealed that phentolamine produced a significant improvement in all the measured parameters of pulmonary function. It was administered by inhalation to 40 patients with chronic pulmonary emphysema and to 27 normal resident physicians, showing improvement particularly in pulmonary emphysema patients. The study indicates that phentolamine warrants further study as a bronchodilator. KW - Phentolamine--bronchodilators-; KW - Bronchodilators--phentolamine--effects, in patients with pulmonary emphysema and in normal physicians; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-4009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Wasserburger, R. H.; T1 - Digitalis effect on exercise tolerance test and its duration CT - Digitalis effect on exercise tolerance test and its duration JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1971/07/26/ VL - 217 IS - Jul 26 SP - 485 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Madison, Wisconsin N1 - Accession Number: 8-3843; Language: English; Publication Type: Questions and Answers; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - What the effect would be of a digitalis preparation given inadvertently to an otherwise normal individual before a Master's exercise tolerance test and how long after administration of the digitalis should you wait before going ahead with the test, to make sure that all effects of the drug on the ECG had been dissipated are questions answered. If the patient had inadvertently received a digitalis preparation prior to an exercise tolerance test and had only minimal or no discernable digitalis effect on the control tracing, the test should be given. If the digitalis effect was clear-cut, the test should be cancelled. KW - Cardiac drugs--digitalis--effects, exercise tolerance tests; KW - Digitalis--effects--tests, exercise tolerance; KW - Tests--exercise--tolerance, effects, digitalis; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-3843&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Hollingsworth, D. R.; AU - Amatruda, T. T.; T1 - Toxic and therapeutic effects of EMTP (fenfluramine) in obesity CT - Toxic and therapeutic effects of EMTP (fenfluramine) in obesity JO - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) JF - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) Y1 - 1969/07/01/ VL - 10 IS - Jul-Aug SP - 540 EP - 542 SN - 00099236 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, and Department of Internal Medicine, Yale University School of Medicine, West Haven, Connecticut N1 - Accession Number: 8-3777; Language: English; Chemical Name: Fenfluramine--458-24-2; Therapeutic Class: (28:20); AHFS Class: Anorexics fenfluramine; References: 2; Journal Coden: CLPTAT; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Investigational Drugs; Abstract Author: Monte S. Cohon N2 - Fenfluramine was used in a dosage of 120 mg. daily as an adjunct to an 800 calorie diet in 36 obese patients under double-blind, randomized conditions. Fenfluramine produced minimal therapeutic effects and a large number of side effects. At a dosage level of 40 mg. 3 times a day, the most frequent adverse effects were mild to moderately severe diarrhea, lethargy and insomnolence. Central nervous system stimulation did not occur but overtranquilization was a problem. Four patients had to be removed from the study because of the severity of these effects. It was concluded that there is little to be gained by adding fenfluramine to a reducing program. KW - Fenfluramine--effects-; KW - Toxicity--fenfluramine--side effects, in treating obese patients, limiting factor; KW - Anorexics--fenfluramine--side effects, in treating obese patients, limits use; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-3777&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Linde, H. W.; AU - Lamb, V. E.; AU - Quimby, C. W., Jr.; AU - Homi, J.; AU - Eckenhoff, J. E.; T1 - Search for better anesthetic agents: clinical investigation of Ethrane CT - Search for better anesthetic agents: clinical investigation of Ethrane JO - Anesthesiology JF - Anesthesiology Y1 - 1970/06/01/ VL - 32 IS - Jun SP - 555 EP - 559 AD - Department of Anesthesia and Anesthesia Research Center, Northwestern University Medical School, and Departments of Anesthesia, Chicago Wesley Memorial, Passavant Memorial and Veterans Administration Research Hospitals, Chicago, Illinois 60611 N1 - Accession Number: 8-3562; Language: English; Trade Name: Ethrane; Generic Name: Enflurane; Chemical Name: Enflurane--13838-16-9; Therapeutic Class: (28:04); AHFS Class: Anesthetics enflurane; References: 10; Journal Coden: ANESAV; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Investigational Drugs; Abstract Author: Brenda Sue Martinez N2 - Ethrane (enflurane), a volatile liquid, is currently being investigated as an anesthetic agent. Ethrane provides satisfactory inhalation anesthesia alone or in combination with nitrous oxide when administered at a maintenance concentration of approximately 3%. Cardiac rhythm and pulse are stable, while blood pressure decreases following induction of anesthesia. Respiration is depressed with increasing depth of anesthesia. Muscular relaxation and analgesia are better than that observed with halothane. Emergence from anesthesia is rapid, with a low incidence of nausea and vomiting. However, symptoms of central nervous system excitability, without sequelae, have been observed in 2% of the authors' patients. Despite this drawback, the authors feel that Ethrane deserves further study. KW - Enflurane--anesthetics-; KW - Anesthetics--enflurane--properties; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-3562&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Eisner, E. V.; AU - Crowell, E. B.; T1 - Hydrochlorothiazide-dependent thrombocytopenia due to I\LC/g\UC/M antibody CT - Hydrochlorothiazide-dependent thrombocytopenia due to I\LC/g\UC/M antibody JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1971/01/18/ VL - 215 IS - Jan 18 SP - 480 EP - 482 AD - Hematology Research Laboratory and Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital; and University of Wisconsin Medical School, Madison, Wisconsin N1 - Accession Number: 8-3536; Language: English; Chemical Name: Hydrochlorothiazide--58-93-5; References: 11; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Adverse Drug Reactions N2 - A case of immune thrombocytopenic purpura is found due to ingestion of hydrochlorothiazide. To the authors' knowledge, this is the first case of drug-induced purpura in which the responsible circulating factor, presumably an antibody, has been identified as a macroglobulin. KW - Hydrochlorothiazide--adverse reactions-; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--hydrochlorothiazide--case of immune thrombocytopenic purpura; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-3536&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Greenberg, R.; AU - Mahler, D.; AU - Pearlman, C.; T1 - Dreaming and nitrous oxide CT - Dreaming and nitrous oxide JO - Arch. Gen. Psychiatry JF - Arch. Gen. Psychiatry Y1 - 1969/12/01/ VL - 21 IS - Dec SP - 691 EP - 703 AD - Boston Veterans Administration Hospital, 150 S. Huntington Ave., Boston, Massachusetts N1 - Accession Number: 8-3404; Language: English; Chemical Name: Nitrous oxide--10024-97-2; References: 14; Journal Coden: ARGPAQ; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: Harold N. Godwin N2 - The effects of nitrous oxide on the phases of sleep were studied in 7 normal patients. Nitrous oxide appears to produce an experience which does not precisely resemble the physiological aspects of stage-REM sleep but shows psychological characteristics similar to a dream experience. KW - Nitrous oxide--effects-; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-3404&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Friedman, H.; AU - Guerry, R.; AU - Wilkins, R. H.; T1 - Intracerebral hematoma in a hemophiliac: combined surgical and factor VIII treatment CT - Intracerebral hematoma in a hemophiliac: combined surgical and factor VIII treatment JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1971/02/01/ VL - 215 IS - Feb 1 SP - 791 EP - 792 AD - Department of Surgery, Division of Neurosurgery and Pathology, Division of Hematology, Durham Veterans Administration Hospital, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, North Carolina N1 - Accession Number: 8-3118; Language: English; Trade Name: Antihemophilic Factor; Generic Name: Factor VIII; Therapeutic Class: (16:00); AHFS Class: Blood derivatives factor VIII; References: 13; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - The use of a high potency glycine precipitated antihemolytic factor (Factor VIII), used in conjunction with the surgical treatment of intracranial hemorrhage, is reported. In this study an intracerebral hematoma was successfully removed from a 50-year-old male hemophiliac patient. KW - Factor VIII--therapy-; KW - Blood derivatives--factor VIII--therapy, intracerebral hematoma in hemophiliac patient; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-3118&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Boyle, J. D.; AU - Klasky, I.; T1 - Effect of antacids on the Bernstein test in esophagitis CT - Effect of antacids on the Bernstein test in esophagitis JO - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) JF - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) Y1 - 1971/03/01/ VL - 13 IS - Mar SP - 217 EP - 220 SN - 0011393X AD - Reprints: 9808 Venice Boulevard, Culver City, California 90230 AD - Medical Services of Wadsworth Hospital, Veterans Administration Center and University of California School of Medicine, Los Angeles, California N1 - Accession Number: 8-3117; Language: English; Language of Summary: sp; Trade Name: Gelusil-M--Maalox; Generic Name: Aluminum hydroxide; Aluminum hydroxide; Chemical Name: Aluminum hydroxide--21645-51-2; Therapeutic Class: (56:04); AHFS Class: Antacids aluminum hydroxide, combination, magnesium hydroxide (56:04); AHFS Class: Antacids aluminum hydroxide, combination, magnesium trisilicate, magnesium hydroxide; References: 5; Journal Coden: CTCEA9; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Richard M. Efman N2 - The prophylactic capabilities of Gelusil-M liquid (a combination of aluminum hydroxide, magnesium trisilicate and magnesium hydroxide), Maalox suspension (a combination of aluminum hydroxide and magnesium hydroxide) or placebo liquid were determined by the Bernstein test in a randomized, double-blind crossover study involving 56 male patients. At the 5% probability level, the antacids were significantly superior to the placebo, but were not different from each other. KW - Aluminum hydroxide--combination, magnesium trisilicate, magnesium hydroxide-; KW - Aluminum hydroxide--combination, magnesium hydroxide-; KW - Antacids--aluminum hydroxide, combination, magnesium hydroxide--evaluations, in humans; KW - Antacids--aluminum hydroxide, combination, magnesium trisilicate, magnesium hydroxide--evaluations, in humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-3117&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Wenger, J.; AU - Einstein, S.; T1 - Use and misuse of aspirin: a contemporary problem CT - Use and misuse of aspirin: a contemporary problem JO - International Journal of the Addictions (USA) JF - International Journal of the Addictions (USA) Y1 - 1970/12/01/ VL - 5 IS - Dec SP - 757 EP - 775 SN - 0020773X AD - Emory University School of Medicine, and Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Atlanta, Georgia 30329 N1 - Accession Number: 8-3045; Language: English; Chemical Name: Aspirin--50-78-2; Therapeutic Class: (28:08); AHFS Class: Analgesics and antipyretics aspirin; Journal Coden: INJABN; Section Heading: Sociology, Economics and Ethics KW - Aspirin--use-; KW - Analgesics and antipyretics--aspirin--use, and misuse, discussion; KW - Drug abuse--aspirin--use, and misuse, discussion; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-3045&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Siddiqui, J. Y.; AU - Fitz, A. E.; AU - Lawton, R. L.; AU - Kirkendall, W. M.; T1 - Causes of death in patients receiving long-term hemodialysis CT - Causes of death in patients receiving long-term hemodialysis JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1970/05/25/ VL - 212 IS - May 25 SP - 1350 EP - 1354 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Iowa City, Iowa 52240 N1 - Accession Number: 8-2935; Language: English; References: 15; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - From August 1964 to June 1969, 15 of 41 patients treated by long-term hemodialysis died. Four patients died of intracranial hemorrhage and 2 had convulsive disorders of unknown etiology which directly contributed to their death. Predialysis hypertension was present in 4 of these 6 patients. Five patients died with hyperkalemia and 2 patients died of infections. Other causes of death were suicide, congestive heart failure, and accidental death. The predominance of central nervous system symptoms in this group of patients suggests strongly that the development of neurologic disorders be considered an ominous sign in the patient receiving dialysis. More extensive dialysis, bilateral nephrectomy for intractable hypertension, and administration of potassium-binding resins will hopefully improve future results. KW - Dialysis--hemo---long-term, causes of death in patients; KW - Resins--potassium-binding--use, for long-term dialysis, discussion; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-2935&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Filip, D. J.; AU - Logue, G. L.; AU - Harle, T. S.; AU - Farrar, W. H.; T1 - Pulmonary and hepatic complications of methotrexate therapy of psoriasis CT - Pulmonary and hepatic complications of methotrexate therapy of psoriasis JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1971/05/03/ VL - 216 IS - May 3 SP - 881 EP - 882 AD - Durham Veterans Administration Hospital, Durham, North Carolina N1 - Accession Number: 8-2665; Language: English; Chemical Name: Methotrexate--59-05-2; References: 8; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Adverse Drug Reactions N2 - Both pulmonary and liver disease developed in a patient with psoriasis after 5 years of weekly methotrexate therapy. KW - Methotrexate--psoriasis-; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--methotrexate--psoriasis, therapy, pulmonary and hepatic complications, case; KW - Psoriasis--methotrexate--therapy, pulmonary and hepatic complications, case; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-2665&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Teplitsky, B.; T1 - Seven hundred drugs whose names look-alike or sound-alike CT - Seven hundred drugs whose names look-alike or sound-alike JO - Pharmacy Times (USA) JF - Pharmacy Times (USA) Y1 - 1971/03/01/ VL - 37 IS - Mar SP - 27 EP - 29 SN - 00030627 AD - Pharmacy Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, New York N1 - Accession Number: 8-2638; Language: English; Journal Coden: PYTMAO; Section Heading: Information Processing and Literature; Pharmacy Practice; Abstract Author: Walter F. Stanaszek N2 - An alphabetical listing of 700 look-alike and/or sound-alike drugs is published as a guide to pharmacists. KW - Drugs--look-alike or sound-alike--listing; KW - Nomenclature--drugs--whose names look-alike or sound-alike, listing; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-2638&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Sandler, A. I.; AU - Altbach, H.; T1 - Clinical training for Veterans Administration pharmacy interns CT - Clinical training for Veterans Administration pharmacy interns JO - American Journal of Hospital Pharmacy (USA) JF - American Journal of Hospital Pharmacy (USA) Y1 - 1971/04/01/ VL - 28 IS - Apr SP - 260 EP - 266 SN - 00029289 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, New York, New York N1 - Accession Number: 8-2597; Language: English; References: 2; Journal Coden: AJHPA9; Section Heading: Pharmaceutical Education N2 - A 3-phase clinical pharmacy training program at the New York City Veterans Administration Hospital is described. Phase one is intended to give pharmacy interns their initial exposure to ward activities and to generate their interest in the overall clinical setting. This is accomplished by assigning each intern to participate in drug inspections on the nursing stations of the hospital. Phase two is divided into 2 sections and is designed to provide the interns with a period of exploration and observation. The first section consists of assigning each of the interns to a nursing station in order to review and analyze its functions, nursing methods and skills, and patient care activities. The second section consists of prerequisite assignments which prepare the interns for their subsequent clinical training period with physicians. Prior to contributing to patient care, they must be able to interpret all aspects of the patient's chart, and acquire knowledge relating to disease entities, medical terminology, abbreviations and laboratory test values. Phase three is intended to create an atmosphere of total involvement with physicians in the patient care areas. Clinical training is scheduled to encompass the departments of medicine, surgery, psychiatry, and physical medicine and rehabilitation. Areas of activity planned for interns consist of patient drug profiles, patient medication rounds, patient rounds with physicians, seminars and conferences, orientation to paramedical and ancillary health care services, and case presentations. By exposing pharmacy interns to actual clinical experiences, they are able to attain the necessary education and training to function effectively with physicians and nurses, and they are better prepared to serve as active members of the health care team in providing optimum patient care. KW - Clinical pharmacy--education--training program for VA pharmacy interns; KW - Education, pharmaceutical--clinical pharmacy--training program for VA pharmacy interns; KW - Pharmacists, hospital--interns--education, clinical pharmacy training program at VA hospital; KW - Pharmacy, institutional, hospital--interns--education, clinical pharmacy training program at VA hospital; KW - Pharmacy--interns--education, clinical pharmacy training program at VA hospital; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-2597&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Teplitsky, B.; AU - Rappel, H.; T1 - These nonbiologicals require refrigeration CT - These nonbiologicals require refrigeration JO - Pharmacy Times (USA) JF - Pharmacy Times (USA) Y1 - 1971/01/01/ VL - 37 IS - Jan SP - 31 EP - 33 SN - 00030627 AD - Pharmacy Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, New York N1 - Accession Number: 8-2512; Language: English; Journal Coden: PYTMAO; Section Heading: Drug Stability; Abstract Author: Walter F. Stanaszek N2 - A listing of 116 nonbiological drugs requiring refrigeration is published; data was obtained from various pharmaceutical manufacturers. KW - Drugs--requiring refrigeration--nonbiologicals, listing; KW - Storage--drugs--listing of nonbiologicals requiring refrigeration; KW - Stability--drugs--listing of nonbiologicals requiring refrigeration; KW - Temperature--drugs--listing of nonbiologicals requiring refrigeration; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-2512&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Hollister, L. E.; AU - Overall, J. E.; AU - Pokorny, A. D.; AU - Shelton, J.; T1 - Acetophenazine and diazepam in anxious depressions CT - Acetophenazine and diazepam in anxious depressions JO - Arch. Gen. Psychiatry JF - Arch. Gen. Psychiatry Y1 - 1971/03/01/ VL - 24 IS - Mar SP - 273 EP - 278 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, 3801 Miranda Avenue, Palo Alto, California 94304 N1 - Accession Number: 8-2476; Language: English; Trade Name: Tindal--Valium; Generic Name: Acetophenazine; Diazepam; Chemical Name: Diazepam--439-14-5; Therapeutic Class: (28:16.08); AHFS Class: Tranquilizers diazepam (28:16.08); AHFS Class: Tranquilizers acetophenazine; References: 18; Journal Coden: ARGPAQ; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Ronald E. Nagata, Jr. N2 - Clinical studies on 67 newly admitted patients with the syndrome of anxious depression were assigned randomly to be treated with acetophenazine (Tindal) or with diazepam (Valium) for 4 weeks. A fixed, daily dosage schedule of 50-200 mg. of acetophenazine or 20-40 mg. of diazepam was initiated for the first week. During the following weeks the daily dosages ranged from 50-600 mg. for acetophenazine, and from 20-160 mg. for diazepam. The patients were evaluated and analyzed according to the Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale (BPRS), Factor Construct Rating Scale (FCRS) and Self-Rating Depression Scale (Zung) on admission and at the end of the study. Improvement was evident by either type of drug. Diazepam appeared to be safer and superior for uncomplicated cases of anxious depression while acetophenazine was preferred in managing the more resistant cases complicated by alcohol abuse. KW - Acetophenazine--depression-; KW - Diazepam--depression-; KW - Tranquilizers--diazepam--depression, anxious, therapy, of patients; KW - Tranquilizers--acetophenazine--depression, anxious, therapy, of patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-2476&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Bell, C. C.; AU - Vlahcevic, Z. R.; AU - Swell, L.; T1 - Alterations in the lipids of human hepatic bile after the oral administration of bile salts CT - Alterations in the lipids of human hepatic bile after the oral administration of bile salts JO - Surg. Gynecol. Obstet. JF - Surg. Gynecol. Obstet. Y1 - 1971/01/01/ VL - 132 IS - Jan SP - 36 EP - 42 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Department of Surgery, Medical College, Richmond, Virginia N1 - Accession Number: 8-2312; Language: English; References: 13; Journal Coden: SGOBA9; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: David S. Tatro N2 - The effect of bile salts on the excretion of biliary lipids and solubilization of biliary cholesterol in 5 humans was studied. The patients served as their own controls. During test procedures 1.8 to 2.2 g. of iron bile salts were administered. Hepatic bile was drained from the patients by use of a T-tube and bile acids were analyzed. No consistent relationship between total hepatic bile flow and excretion of bile acids, phospholipids and cholesterol was found. Oral administration of bile salts increased daily excretion of biliary phospholipids and cholesterol. Increased lipid content in the bile leads to greater solubilization of biliary cholesterol. It was felt that oral administration of bile salts may be beneficial in keeping biliary cholesterol in solution. KW - Bile--salts--oral, effect on excretion of biliary lipids and solubilization of biliary cholesterol, in humans; KW - Salts--bile--oral, effect on excretion of biliary lipids and solubilization of biliary cholesterol, in humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-2312&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Streiff, R. R.; T1 - Folate deficiency and oral contraceptives CT - Folate deficiency and oral contraceptives JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1970/10/05/ VL - 214 IS - Oct 5 SP - 105 EP - 108 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital and the College of Medicine, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida) (reprints: AMA Department of Foods and Nutrition, 535 N. Dearborn Street, Chicago, Illinois 60610 N1 - Accession Number: 8-2224; Language: English; References: 38; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Adverse Drug Reactions; Abstract Author: Dale E. Johnson N2 - The report concerns 7 cases of folate deficiency and anemia apparently due to orally administered contraceptives and studies on the effect of this type of medication on folate absorption. KW - Contraceptives, oral--folate deficiency and anemia--apparently due to administration, cases; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--contraceptives, oral--folate deficiency and anemia, apparently due to administration, cases; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-2224&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Teplitsky, B.; T1 - What chief hospital R\LC/x\UC/ men think about unions CT - What chief hospital R\LC/x\UC/ men think about unions JO - Pharmacy Times (USA) JF - Pharmacy Times (USA) Y1 - 1971/02/01/ VL - 37 IS - Feb SP - 46 EP - 53 SN - 00030627 AD - Pharmacy Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, New York N1 - Accession Number: 8-2216; Language: English; Journal Coden: PYTMAO; Section Heading: Institutional Pharmacy Practice; Abstract Author: Walter F. Stanaszek N2 - An extensive discussion of the results of a survey of 191 chief hospital pharmacists regarding their opinions of unionism in hospital pharmacy is presented. Questions asked were: (1) Do you feel that professionals need a union? (20% yes) (2) Are unions a threat to pharmacy's professional status? (69% yes) (3) Do you feel that your staff pharmacists favor joining a union? (23% yes) (4) Would you object to your employees joining a union? (49% yes) (5) Do you fell that unions will assure economic security to pharmacists? (31% yes) (6) Do you believe that pharmacists would participate in strikes if they belonged to unions? (45% yes) (7) Do you feel that pharmacy organizations should act as bargaining agents for pharmacists? (74% yes) (8) Should a pharmacist join a trade union if his pharmaceutical organization does not provide bargaining means for him? (22% yes) (9) Do you feel that belonging to a trade union in which pharmacy is in the minority will submerge the demands and needs of the pharmacist? (79% yes) 910) Do unions in pharmacy pose a threat to pharmacy organizations? (64% yes). Results are tabulated by location and type of hospital. KW - Unions--pharmacy--opinions, survey of chief pharmacists of hospitals; KW - Pharmacists, hospital--opinions--unions, survey; KW - Pharmacy, institutional, hospital--unions--opinions, of chief pharmacists, survey; KW - Pharmacy--unions--opinions, of chief pharmacists of hospitals, survey; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-2216&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Di Giulio, W.; AU - Lindenauer, S. M.; T1 - Use of tolonium chloride in localization of parathyroid tissue CT - Use of tolonium chloride in localization of parathyroid tissue JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1970/12/28/ VL - 214 IS - Dec 28 SP - 2302 EP - 2306 AD - Department of Nuclear Medicine and Surgery, Veterans Administration Hospital, Ann Arbor, Michigan N1 - Accession Number: 8-2113; Language: English; Trade Name: Toluidine blue O; Generic Name: Tolonium; Therapeutic Class: (36:00); AHFS Class: Diagnostic agents tolonium; References: 8; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Section Heading: Pharmacology N2 - Tolonium chloride (toluidine blue O) is a phenothiazine dye which selectively concentrates in parathyroid tissue, abnormal thyroid tissue, heart and pancreas. Utilization of tolonium chloride infusions at the time of neck exploration for hyperparathyroidism has shortened and simplified the operative procedure, and has more often allowed identification of the remaining normal parathyroid glands. Tissue distribution ratios and preliminary work with analogs of tolonium chloride labeled with \SU/131\BS/I suggest that tolonium chloride may be successfully adapted as a vehicle for parathyroid scintiscanning. KW - Tolonium--chloride-; KW - Dyes--tolonium--chloride, use in localization of parathyroid tissue; KW - Diagnostic agents--tolonium--chloride, use in localization of parathyroid tissue; KW - Drugs, body distribution--tolonium--chloride, use in localization of parathyroid tissue; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-2113&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Scott, W. F.; T1 - Antifungal agents CT - Antifungal agents JO - Hospital Pharmacy (USA) JF - Hospital Pharmacy (USA) Y1 - 1971/01/01/ VL - 6 IS - Jan SP - 17 EP - 20 SN - 00185787 AD - Veterans Administration Center, Fargo, North Dakota N1 - Accession Number: 8-1917; Language: English; Publication Type: Treatment Trends; Journal Coden: HOPHAZ; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: K. Richard Knoll N2 - Several commercially available topical and systemic drug preparations specifically designed to manage superficial and deep fungus infections are discussed. Many chemotherapeutic agents have been developed in the last decade to treat fungus diseases. These agents include antibiotics and many complex chemical compounds. Most agents have a selective, specific action against certain fungus infections. Topical agents include tolnaftate, NP-27 aerosol powder (a product containing boric, benzoic, and salicylic acids, and propylparaben), Onycho-phytex (a product containing borotannic complex, salicylic acid, and ethyl alcohol), cranberry juice, acrisorcin, selenium sulfide, nystatin, and amphotericin B. Systemic agents include potassium iodide, sulfonamides, griseofulvin, amphotericin B, and stilbamidine isethionate. Several types of drug interactions of many common drugs and antifungal agents should be noted by the pharmacist. KW - Topical preparations--fungicides--discussion; KW - Topical preparations--antibiotics, antifungal--discussion; KW - Skin and mucous membrane preparations--fungicides--discussion; KW - Skin and mucous membrane preparations--antibiotics, antifungal--discussion; KW - Fungicides--topical and systemic--discussion; KW - Antibiotics, antifungal--topical and systemic--discussion; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-1917&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Williams, R. B.; AU - Sherter, C.; T1 - Cardiac complications of tricyclic antidepressant therapy CT - Cardiac complications of tricyclic antidepressant therapy JO - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1971/03/01/ VL - 74 IS - Mar SP - 395 EP - 398 SN - 00034819 AD - reprints: Section of Psychobiology, National Institute of Mental Health, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Maryland 20014 AD - Department of Internal Medicine, Yale-New Haven Hospital, and the Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, Connecticut N1 - Accession Number: 8-1892; Language: English; Chemical Name: Amitriptyline--50-48-6 Imipramine--50-49-7; Therapeutic Class: (28:16.04); AHFS Class: Antidepressants amitriptyline (28:16.04); AHFS Class: Antidepressants imipramine; References: 26; Journal Coden: AIMEAS; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Interactions N2 - Two similar fatal cases of unresponsive cardiac standstill secondary to toxicity of tricyclic antidepressants are reported. One is a case of deliberate overdose (1.6 g.) of amitriptyline and the other represents toxicity of therapeutic doses of imipramine (25 mg. 3 times daily) in a patient pretreated with a catecholamine depleting agent (guanethidine). Tricyclic amine antidepressants block the uptake of catecholamines by the heart, allowing enzymatic degradation and further catecholamine depletion. This group of antidepressants should therefore be contraindicated in patients receiving drugs that deplete cardiac catecholamines. KW - Amitriptyline--toxicity-; KW - Imipramine--toxicity-; KW - Antidepressants--amitriptyline--toxicity, fatal, overdose results in cardiac complications; KW - Antidepressants--imipramine--toxicity, fatal, cardiac complications; KW - Toxicity--amitriptyline--fatal, overdose, causes cardiac complications; KW - Toxicity--imipramine--cardiac complications, fatal; KW - Antidepressants--tricyclic--amines, contraindications, in patients receiving drugs that deplete cardiac catecholamines; KW - Contraindications--antidepressants--tricyclic, amines, in patients receiving drugs that deplete cardiac catecholamines, fatal cases; KW - Drug interactions--antidepressants--tricyclic amines, and drugs depleting cardiac catecholamines, fatal cases; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-1892&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Aldrete, J. A.; AU - Padfield, A.; AU - Solomon, C. C.; AU - Rubright, M. W.; T1 - Possible predictive tests for malignant hyperthermia during anesthesia CT - Possible predictive tests for malignant hyperthermia during anesthesia JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1971/03/01/ VL - 215 IS - Mar 1 SP - 1465 EP - 1469 AD - reprints: 1700 NW 10th Avenue, Miami, Florida 33136 AD - Departments of Anesthesiology and Pediatrics, University of Colorado Medical Center and Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver, Colorado N1 - Accession Number: 8-1805; Language: English; References: 20; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Adverse Drug Reactions; Pharmacology N2 - A 17-year-old patient survived an episode of fulminant hyperpyrexia during anesthesia with methohexital sodium, nitrous oxide, halothane, and succinylcholine. Five months later, studies performed in his immediate family revealed high creatine phosphokinase values in him and slightly elevated values in his mother, brother, sister, and one maternal uncle and grandmother. The patient, his mother, brother, and sister were also found to have elevated serum pyrophosphate. Upper borderline levels of lactic dehydrogenase occur at expenses of its fraction III. The authors conclude that tests may have possible predictive value in identifying susceptible patients. KW - Anesthesia--adverse reactions--possible predictive tests for malignant hyperthermia; KW - Tests--hyperthermia--malignant, during anesthesia, possible predictive tests; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--anesthesia--possible predictive tests for malignant hyperthermia; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-1805&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Scott, W. F.; T1 - Investigational drug procedures in a Veterans Administration hospital CT - Investigational drug procedures in a Veterans Administration hospital JO - Hosp. Formul. Manage. JF - Hosp. Formul. Manage. Y1 - 1970/12/01/ VL - 5 IS - Dec SP - 9 EP - 1 AD - Veterans Administration Center, Fargo, North Dakota N1 - Accession Number: 8-1595; Language: English; References: 5; Journal Coden: HOFMAY; Section Heading: Institutional Pharmacy Practice; Abstract Author: Don C. McLeod N2 - This article describes the policies of the Veterans Administration hospitals in regards to the use and control of investigational drugs. Drugs not released for general use by the FDA are considered as investigational drugs. A physician or dentist desiring to use an investigational drug submits a request protocol to the Research Committee. If this committee approves, the request is forwarded to the Chief Medical Director who must also approve the request. If he approves, the appropriate Chief of Staff is instructed to insure that proper patient consent is obtained. The pharmacy stores investigational drugs in a separate, locked area, maintains disposition records and properly labels all dispensed medication. Professional nurses administer the drugs. KW - Drugs, investigational--policies--use and control, Veterans Administration; KW - Pharmacy, institutional, hospital--drugs, investigational--use and control policies, Veterans Administration; KW - Regulations--drugs, investigational--Veterans Administration; KW - Control--drugs, investigational--policies, Veterans Administration; KW - Hospitals--drugs--investigational, Veterans Administration; KW - Veterans Administration--drugs--investigational, control; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-1595&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Mohr, J. A.; AU - Rhoades, E. R.; AU - Muchmore, H. G.; T1 - Actinomycosis treated with lincomycin CT - Actinomycosis treated with lincomycin JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1970/06/29/ VL - 212 IS - Jun 29 SP - 2260 EP - 2262 AD - University of Oklahoma School of Medicine and Veterans Administration Hospital, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma N1 - Accession Number: 8-1442; Language: English; Chemical Name: Lincomycin--154-21-2; Therapeutic Class: (8:12); AHFS Class: Antibiotics lincomycin; References: 9; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - Actinomycosis in 4 patients allergic to penicillin has been treated successfully with lincomycin hydrochloride monohydrate. The rapid good response suggests that lincomycin offers a satisfactory substitute for penicillin in allergic individuals. KW - Lincomycin--hydrochloride-; KW - Antibiotics--lincomycin--hydrochloride, actinomycosis, in patients allergic to penicillin, therapy; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-1442&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Strandness, D. E., Jr.; T1 - Ineffectiveness of isoxsuprine on intermittent claudication CT - Ineffectiveness of isoxsuprine on intermittent claudication JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1970/07/06/ VL - 213 IS - Jul 6 SP - 86 EP - 88 AD - Peripheral Vascular Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, and Department of Surgery, University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, Washington N1 - Accession Number: 8-1441; Language: English; Chemical Name: Isoxsuprine--395-28-8; Therapeutic Class: (24:12); AHFS Class: Vasodilating agents isoxsuprine; References: 5; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - The usefulness of isoxsuprine hydrochloride for the treatment of intermittent claudication was studied in 20 patients with arteriosclerosis obliterans. The study consisted of two 4-week periods during which the patient was treated with both drug and placebo, the order of which was randomly assigned. The pattern of the postexercise hyperemic response was measured by the ankle systolic blood pressure response to exercise. A comparison of the drug and placebo treatment periods indicated that isoxsuprine did not improve the hyperemic response to exercise. On the basis of these data, it was not possible to demonstrate that isoxsuprine was useful in the treatment of intermittent claudication. KW - Isoxsuprine--hydrochloride-; KW - Vasodilating agents--isoxsuprine--hydrochloride, ineffectiveness in therapy of intermittent claudication; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-1441&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Drenick, E. J.; AU - Fisler, J. L.; T1 - Prevention of recurrent weight gain with large doses of synthetic thyroid hormones CT - Prevention of recurrent weight gain with large doses of synthetic thyroid hormones JO - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) JF - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) Y1 - 1970/09/01/ VL - 12 IS - Sep SP - 570 EP - 576 SN - 0011393X AD - Veterans Administration Center and the University of California at Los Angeles Medical School, Los Angeles, California N1 - Accession Number: 8-1434; Language: English; Trade Name: L-Thyroxine; Generic Name: Levothyroxine; Chemical Name: Levothyroxine--51-48-9; References: 4; Journal Coden: CTCEA9; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Richard M. Efman N2 - Twenty-one obese patients, who had lost a mean of 93 lb. in 4 months, were treated during alternating 2-month periods with thyroid and placebo to determine if weight gain could be controlled. A mixture of L-thyroxine (levothyroxine) and L-triiodothyronine in a ratio of 4:1 was given in doses equivalent to 360-840 mg. of desiccated thyroid. With the placebo group, there was an average gain of 32 lb. The thyroid group lost 12 lb. The medication produced angina in 4 patients, and nervousness in one patient, necessitating discontinuation of the drug. It is suggested that if large doses of thyroid are used in obese patients, that these patients be closely observed during initiation of a high-dosage regimen. KW - Levothyroxine--combination, triiodothyronine-; KW - Triiodothyronine--combination, levothyroxine-; KW - Anorexics--levothyroxine, combination, triiodothyronine--evaluation, in obese patients; KW - Anorexics--triiodothyronine, combination levothyroxine--evaluation, in obese patients; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--anorexics--levothyroxine, combination, triiodothyronine, angina; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-1434&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Anderson, J. W.; AU - Herman, R. H.; T1 - Treatment of reactive hypoglycemia with sulfonylureas CT - Treatment of reactive hypoglycemia with sulfonylureas JO - Am. J. Med. Sci. JF - Am. J. Med. Sci. Y1 - 1971/01/01/ VL - 261 IS - Jan SP - 16 EP - 23 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, California 94120 AD - Metabolic Division, U. S. Army Medical Research and Nutrition Laboratory, Fitzsimons General Hospital, Denver, Colorado N1 - Accession Number: 8-1424; Language: English; References: 37; Journal Coden: AJMSA9; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - Reactive hypoglycemia may result from a variety of causes and therapy often is not satisfactory. Six patients with reactive hypoglycemia were treated with sulfonylurea agents. This therapy alleviated their symptoms, corrected their hypoglycemia, and restored their abnormal insulin responses to normal. The hypoglycemia in 2 of these patients appears to be related to alimentary factors, in 3 to diabetes mellitus, and in one patient to an isolated growth hormone deficiency. KW - Sulfonylureas--hypoglycemia--reactive, humans, therapy; KW - Antidiabetic agents--sulfonylureas--hypoglycemia, reactive, humans, therapy; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-1424&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Mikkelson, T. C.; AU - Zubancich, R. A.; AU - Scott, W. F.; T1 - Oral hypoglycemic agents CT - Oral hypoglycemic agents JO - Hosp. Formul. Manage. JF - Hosp. Formul. Manage. Y1 - 1970/08/01/ VL - 5 IS - Aug SP - 13 EP - 16 AD - Veterans Administration Center, Fargo, North Dakota N1 - Accession Number: 8-1306; Language: English; References: 14; Journal Coden: HOFMAY; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Donald A. Holloway N2 - A review of oral hypoglycemic agents and their use in specific types of diabetes is presented. Sulfonylureas stimulate the release of insulin. Rapidly absorbed, they are effective from 4 to 40 hours. Effective in stage 3 and 4 of uncomplicated adult onset diabetes, they are absolutely contraindicated in ketoacidosis and relatively contraindicated in juvenile diabetes. Hypoglycemia may result from improper diet, therapy, exercise or several physiological or disease processes. Sulfonylureas may interact with other drugs. Biguanides stimulate anaerobic intracellular glycolysis and are primarily effective in adult stable diabetes. They are contraindicated in diabetic complications, severe renal disease, and cardiovascular collapse. Obese diabetics have been helped to lose weight with biguanides. Combinations of sulfonylureas and biguanides have succeeded where individual drugs have failed. KW - Biguanide--derivatives-; KW - Sulfonylureas--diabetes--therapy, discussion; KW - Antidiabetic agents--oral--diabetes therapy; KW - Diabetes--therapy--types of diabetes and drugs used; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-1306&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Wolf, H.; AU - Brown, R. R.; AU - Price, J. M.; AU - Madsen, P. O.; T1 - Studies on tryptophan metabolism in male subjects treated with female sex hormones CT - Studies on tryptophan metabolism in male subjects treated with female sex hormones JO - J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. JF - J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. Y1 - 1970/10/01/ VL - 31 IS - Oct SP - 397 EP - 408 AD - Urology Section, Department of Surgery, Veterans Administration Hospital, Madison, Wisconsin N1 - Accession Number: 8-1303; Language: English; Chemical Name: Tryptophan--73-22-3; References: 37; Journal Coden: JCEMAZ; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology N2 - The effect of an anovulatory drug, estrogens or gestogens on tryptophan metabolism was studied in human male subjects with prostatic diseases. Estrogens were found to increase urinary excretion of tryptophan metabolites (xanthurenic acid, kynurenic acid, kynurenine, acetylkynurenine and 3-hydroxykynurenine) following a loading dose of 2 g. L-tryptophan. Estrogens were also found to enhance the conversion of the loading dose of tryptophan to urinary metabolites of nicotinic acid (N-methylnicotinamide and N-methyl-2-pyridone-5-carboxamide). These changes occurred after one week of treatment. A gradual rise in urinary excretion of tryptophan metabolites was seen as estrogen medication was extended, after 5 months of treatment reaching a level that is seen in severe vitamin B\IF/6 \BS/(pyridoxine) deficiency. Supplementation with vitamin B\IF/6 \BS/normalized urinary excretion of tryptophan metabolites. The effect on the conversion of tryptophan to urinary metabolites of nicotinic acid was independent of the length of estrogen medication, and was not influenced by vitamin B\IF/6 \BS/supplementation. The effect on tryptophan metabolism by the anovulatory drug was similar to the effect of estrogens alone, whereas gestogens alone had no effect on urinary excretion of tryptophan metabolites after a loading dose of 2 g. L-tryptophan and inhibited the conversion of the loading dose of tryptophan to nicotinic acid metabolites. KW - Tryptophan--metabolism-; KW - Metabolism--tryptophan--in male subjects treated with female sex hormones; KW - Hormones--sex--female, effect on tryptophan metabolism in male subjects; KW - Estrogens--effects--on tryptophan metabolism in male subjects; KW - Progestogens--effects--on tryptophan metabolism in male subjects, study; KW - Excretion--tryptophan--metabolism, in male subjects treated with female sex hormones; KW - Contraceptives--effects--of anovulatory drug on tryptophan metabolism in male subjects; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-1303&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Hadler, A. J.; T1 - Further studies of aminorex, a new anorexigenic agent CT - Further studies of aminorex, a new anorexigenic agent JO - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) JF - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) Y1 - 1970/10/01/ VL - 12 IS - Oct SP - 639 EP - 644 SN - 0011393X AD - Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Massachusetts N1 - Accession Number: 8-1226; Language: English; Trade Name: Apiquel; Generic Name: Aminorex; Chemical Name: Aminorex--2207-50-3; Therapeutic Class: (28:20); AHFS Class: Anorexics aminorex; References: 7; Journal Coden: CTCEA9; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Investigational Drugs; Abstract Author: Richard M. Efman N2 - This investigation was conducted to determine the weight-reducing efficacy of a single daily dose of aminorex, (Apiquel), its duration of action, incidence of side effects, and its safety. Sixty-four adults started the trial, all at least 20 lb. overweight. Medication was taken once daily for 16 weeks. Of the 64 patients, 49 completed 16 weeks, and 7 completed 12 weeks of medication. The subjects on 15 mg. of aminorex 7 days/week averaged 0.77 lb. weight loss/subject/week. Those on aminorex 5 days and placebo 2 days a week lost 0.58 lb./subject/week. Those on aminorex 2 days and placebo 5 days lost 0.41 lb./subject/week. Of the 64 patients, 46 set the duration of appetite suppression of aminorex at from 10 to more than 12 hours. No signs or symptoms suggestive of pulmonary hypertension were noted. The most common side effects were dryness of the mouth, thirst, insomnia, nervousness, and increased energy. The drug is thought to be a safe, effective anorexiant with few troublesome side effects. KW - Aminorex--clinical trial-; KW - Anorexics--aminorex--clinical trial, efficacy, duration of action, and side effects; KW - Toxicity--aminorex--side effects; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-1226&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Shafer, R. B.; AU - Adicoff, A.; T1 - Digitalis antagonism by a specific lactone CT - Digitalis antagonism by a specific lactone JO - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) JF - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) Y1 - 1970/11/01/ VL - 12 IS - Nov SP - 755 EP - 758 SN - 0011393X AD - Minneapolis Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota N1 - Accession Number: 8-1199; Language: English; Language of Summary: sp; Chemical Name: Digoxin--20830-75-5; Therapeutic Class: (24:04); AHFS Class: Cardiac drugs digoxin; References: 2; Journal Coden: CTCEA9; Section Heading: Toxicity; Pharmacology; Abstract Author: Richard M. Efman N2 - This study was undertaken to determine the antagonistic effects of I.V. tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol (THFA) 50 mg./kg. on induced digitalis toxicity in dogs. Four groups of dogs were studied: (1) those receiving THFA alone, (2) those receiving only digoxin, (3) those in which induced digitalis toxicity was treated with THFA, and (4) those pretreated with THFA prior to inducing digitalis toxicity. Only the dogs in the group which received digoxin alone survived. KW - Tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol--intravenous-; KW - Digoxin--toxicity-; KW - Alcohols--tetrahydrofurfuryl--intravenous, fails to prevent digoxin toxicity, in dogs; KW - Toxicity studies--digoxin--prevention, I.V. tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol ineffective, in dogs; KW - Cardiac drugs--digoxin--toxicity, prevention, I.V. tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol ineffective, in dogs; KW - Drug interactions--digoxin--toxicity, I.V. tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol ineffective as antidote, in dogs; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-1199&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Hall, W. H.; AU - Manion, R. E.; T1 - In vitro susceptibility of Brucella to various antibiotics CT - In vitro susceptibility of Brucella to various antibiotics JO - Appl. Microbiol. JF - Appl. Microbiol. Y1 - 1970/10/01/ VL - 20 IS - Oct SP - 600 EP - 604 AD - Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, and University of Minnesota Medical School, Minneapolis, Minnesota N1 - Accession Number: 8-1134; Language: English; Chemical Name: Tetracycline--60-54-8 Chlortetracycline--57-62-5 Erythromycin--114-07-8 Gentamicin--1403-66-3 Kanamycin--59-01-8 Rifampin--13292-46-1 Streptomycin--57-92-1 Ampicillin--69-53-4; References: 7; Journal Coden: APMBAY; Section Heading: Microbiology; Abstract Author: Irving S. Rossoff N2 - Despite the seriousness of Brucella infections, little is known about the possible effectiveness of many antimicrobial agents against them except for some strains of B. abortus and B. melitensis. In vitro susceptibility of 27 strains of 6 species of \IT/Brucella \OK/to 29 antimicrobials in clinical use was explored and reported. The tetracyclines were the most effective group, with chlortetracycline the least effective of the group. Erythromycin, gentamicin, kanamycin, rifampin, and streptomycin were effective. Except for ampicillin, the penicillin-cephalosporin group was ineffective. Species differences were noted. KW - Tetracycline--derivatives-; KW - Chlortetracycline--Brucella species-; KW - Erythromycin--Brucella species-; KW - Gentamicin--Brucella species-; KW - Kanamycin--Brucella species-; KW - Rifampin--Brucella species-; KW - Streptomycin--Brucella species-; KW - Ampicillin--Brucella species-; KW - Antibiotics--Brucella species--susceptibility, in vitro; KW - Brucella species--susceptibility--antibiotics, in vitro; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-1134&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Levin, N. W.; T1 - Furosemide and ethacrynic acid in renal insufficiency CT - Furosemide and ethacrynic acid in renal insufficiency JO - Med. Clin. North Am. JF - Med. Clin. North Am. Y1 - 1971/01/01/ VL - 55 IS - Jan SP - 107 EP - 119 AD - Veterans Administration Research Hospital, 333 East Huron Street, Chicago, Illinois 60611 N1 - Accession Number: 8-1060; Language: English; Chemical Name: Furosemide--54-31-9 Ethacrynic acid--58-54-8; Therapeutic Class: (40:28); AHFS Class: Diuretics furosemide (40:28); AHFS Class: Diuretics ethacrynic acid; References: 60; Journal Coden: MCNAA9; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: George D. Hurlow N2 - Furosemide and ethacrynic acid produce a response in a variety of clinical situations. The cellular mechanisms by which these diuretics produce their water and electrolyte effect are outlined speculatively. Their effect on inhibiting glycolysis is disucssed. Intravenous injections of these diuretics demonstrated increased blood flow. Chronic and acute renal failure are treated with high doses of diuretics. The problems associated with the high doses are aggravation of hyperuricemia, impairing the tolerance of glucose, diuretic resistance, ototoxicity and synergism of aminoglycoside antibiotics producing ototoxicity. KW - Furosemide--and ethacrynic acid-; KW - Ethacrynic acid--and furosemide-; KW - Diuretics--furosemide--and ethacrynic acid, in renal insufficiency; KW - Diuretics--ethacrynic acid--and furosemide, in renal insufficiency; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-1060&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Cohen, H.; AU - Shane, M. D.; AU - Dement, W. C.; T1 - Sleep and REM deprivation in the rat: effect of dexamethasone, a preliminary study CT - Sleep and REM deprivation in the rat: effect of dexamethasone, a preliminary study JO - Biol. Psychiatry JF - Biol. Psychiatry Y1 - 1970/10/01/ VL - 2 IS - Oct SP - 401 EP - 403 AD - Department of Psychiatry, Stanford Medical Center, Stanford University, Palo Alto, and Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California N1 - Accession Number: 8-0886; Language: English; Chemical Name: Dexamethasone--50-02-2; Therapeutic Class: (68:04); AHFS Class: Steroids, cortico- dexamethasone; References: 13; Journal Coden: BIPCBF; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - A study was conducted to determine whether or not alterations in steroid levels would exert an independent effect on sleep patterns; for this reason, high doses of dexamethasone were given to rats. Sleep patterns were unchanged although there were clear-cut indications that the drug was exerting effects in other areas. In view of the occurrence of psychotic episodes with steroid treatments, and association of the psychosis and sleep disorder, it is possible that the relative lack of effect is species specific. KW - Dexamethasone--effects-; KW - Steroids, cortico---dexamethasone--effects, lack, on sleep patterns, in rats; KW - Sleep--dexamethasone--effects, lack, on patterns, in rats; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-0886&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Miller, M.; AU - Dalakos, T.; AU - Moses, A. M.; AU - Fellerman, H.; AU - Streeten, D. H. P.; T1 - Recognition of partial defects in antidiuretic hormone secretion CT - Recognition of partial defects in antidiuretic hormone secretion JO - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1970/11/01/ VL - 73 IS - Nov SP - 721 EP - 729 SN - 00034819 AD - Department of Medicine, State University of New York, Upstate Medical Center, and the Veterans Administration Hospital, Syracuse, New York N1 - Accession Number: 8-0625; Language: English; Chemical Name: Vasopressin--11000-17-2; References: 14; Journal Coden: AIMEAS; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Judith A. Kepler N2 - A diagnostic test which was designed to separate severe forms of antidiuretic hormone deficiency from mild forms and to differentiate these conditions from other polyuric states using aqueous vasopressin injection is described. KW - Vasopressin--tests-; KW - Tests--antidiuretic hormone--deficiency, use of aqueous vasopressin injection; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-0625&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Archer, L. T.; AU - Hinshaw, L. B.; T1 - Dose-response effects of cardiac glycosides on pooling and systemic and pulmonary hemodynamics CT - Dose-response effects of cardiac glycosides on pooling and systemic and pulmonary hemodynamics JO - Can. J. Physiol. Pharmacol. JF - Can. J. Physiol. Pharmacol. Y1 - 1970/08/01/ VL - 48 IS - Aug SP - 533 EP - 541 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital and Department of Physiology, University of Oklahoma Medical Center, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma N1 - Accession Number: 8-0442; Language: English; Chemical Name: Ouabain--11018-89-6 Digoxin--20830-75-5; References: 19; Journal Coden: CJPPA3; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: A. Leon Moore N2 - The effects of ouabain and digoxin on systemic and cardiopulmonary circulations in dogs, and the degree and site of vascular pooling were evaluated in this study. A major emphasis was placed on the relationship of dosage to responses observed. Experiments were performed using a venous return (constant cardiac inflow) preparation. Animals were divided into intact and eviscerated groups. Mean cumulative doses were 27, 55 and 81 mcg./kg. for intact ouabain-injected dogs; 21, 42, 63, 84, and 105 mcg./kg. for intact digoxin-injected dogs; and 26, 52, and 77 mcg./kg. for eviscerated ouabain-injected dogs. Since there was a significant statistical increase in total peripheral resistance in intact ouabain-injected dogs but not in ouabain-treated eviscerated animals, the site of peripheral resistance changes appears to be the hepatosplanchnic vascular region. KW - Ouabain--effects-; KW - Digoxin--effects-; KW - Dosage--ouabain--effects, on systemic and cardiopulmonary circulation and vascular pooling, in dogs; KW - Dosage--digoxin--effects, on systemic and cardiopulmonary circulation and vascular pooling, in dogs; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-0442&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Kantor, G. L.; T1 - Toxic epidermal necrolysis, azotemia, and death after allopurinol therapy CT - Toxic epidermal necrolysis, azotemia, and death after allopurinol therapy JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1970/04/20/ VL - 212 IS - Apr 20 SP - 478 EP - 479 AD - Nephrology Section, Wadsworth Hospital, Veterans Administration Center, and Department of Medicine, UCLA School of Medicine, Los Angeles, California N1 - Accession Number: 8-0328; Language: English; Chemical Name: Allopurinol--315-30-0; References: 9; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Adverse Drug Reactions N2 - Shortly after initiating therapy with allopurinol, eosinophilia developed in a 72-year-old man along with toxic epidermal necrolysis and renal failure followed by sepsis, pneumonia, and death. Pathological findings revealed degeneration of the epidermis with bullae at the dermal-epidermal junction and within the epidermis and also intense immunoglobulin deposits along the glomerular basement membrane. KW - Allopurinol--toxic epidermal necrolysis, azotemia, and death after therapy-; KW - Toxicity--allopurinol--toxic epidermal necrolysis, azotemia, and death after therapy; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--allopurinol--toxic epidermal necrolysis, azotemia, and death after therapy; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-0328&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Helman, E. Z.; T1 - Emergency screening of urine, plasma, or gastric contents for barbiturates CT - Emergency screening of urine, plasma, or gastric contents for barbiturates JO - Clin. Chem. JF - Clin. Chem. Y1 - 1970/09/01/ VL - 16 IS - Sep SP - 797 EP - 798 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, 5901 East Seventh Street, Long Beach, California 90801 N1 - Accession Number: 8-0264; Language: English; References: 7; Journal Coden: CLCHAU; Section Heading: Drug Metabolism and Body Distribution N2 - A procedure is described for emergency screening for barbiturates. The method requires no specialized equipment and can be performed in less than 10 minutes, which lends itself to emergency room use. The method is highly specific and can be used to detect as little as 1 mg./100 ml. KW - Barbiturates--analysis--emergency screening of urine, plasma, or gastric contents; KW - Metabolism--barbiturates--analysis, emergency screening of urine, plasma, or gastric contents; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-0264&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Sather, M. R.; AU - Boehm, P. E.; AU - Sleight, S. M.; T1 - Review of anti-arrhythmic drugs CT - Review of anti-arrhythmic drugs JO - Hospital Pharmacy (USA) JF - Hospital Pharmacy (USA) Y1 - 1970/09/01/ VL - 5 IS - Sep SP - 3 EP - 0 SN - 00185787 AD - Veterans Administration Center, Fargo, North Dakota N1 - Accession Number: 8-0209; Language: English; References: 4; Journal Coden: HOPHAZ; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: K. Richard Knoll N2 - Nine anti-arrhythmic agents and their fundamental drug action are discussed. Since 50% of hospital deaths of myocardial infarction patients are due to arrhythmias, the principle purpose of coronary care at this time is prevention of serious arrhythmias and primary cardiac arrest by immediate detection and adequate suppression of premonitory arrhythmias. When electroshock therapy is not available, the doctor may chose from several effective drugs. The anti-arrhythmic drugs reviewed include quinidine, procainamide hydrochloride, lidocaine hydrochloride, diphenylhydantoin, scopolamine (hyoscine), isoproterenol hydrochloride, ethylenediaminetetracetic acid (EDTA), atropine, and neostigmine. Information about each drug includes, usual dose range and routes of administration, general mechanism and pharmacologic actions, complications that may follow and how to avoid them, contraindications, idiosyncrasies, toxicity, and place in sequential therapy. Special attention is given as to the best drug to use for specific arrhythmic conditions, such as fibrillation, flutter, premature beats, tachycardia, and heart block. There are many measures for treating tachycardia. Sedation and reassurance, massage of carotid sinuses, vasopressors, and rapid digitilization are widely used. KW - Cardiac drugs--anti-arrhythmic agents--general discussion; KW - Mechanism of action--cardiac drugs--anti-arrhythmic agents, discussion; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-0209&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Suki, W. N.; AU - Yium, J. J.; AU - Von Minden, M.; AU - Saller-Herbert, C.; AU - Eknoyan, G.; AU - \ET/; T1 - Acute treatment of hypercalcemia with furosemide CT - Acute treatment of hypercalcemia with furosemide JO - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) JF - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1970/10/15/ VL - 283 IS - Oct 15 SP - 836 EP - 840 SN - 00284793 AD - Renal Section, Department of Medicine, Baylor College of Medicine, and the Methodist and Veterans Administration Hospitals, Houston, Texas 77025 N1 - Accession Number: 8-0172; Language: English; Chemical Name: Furosemide--54-31-9; References: 22; Journal Coden: NEJMAG; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - Eight patients with serum calcium values ranging between 12.3 and l8.4 mg. per 100 ml. were treated with large doses of furosemide intravenously. Their urinary losses of water, sodium, and potassium were measured and carefully replaced. Serum calcium was reduced to normal in 3 patients and to near normal in another 3. In the remaining 2 patients serum calcium fell from 18.4 to 14.6, and from 18.0 to 14.8 mg. per 100 ml. The mean fall in serum calcium was 3.1 mg., with a range of 2.3 to 3.8 mg. per 100 ml. Magnesium losses were considerable and had to be replaced. The careful replacement of water and electrolyte losses (sodium, potassium and magnesium), however, is essential if this therapy is to be safe. KW - Furosemide--hypercalcemia-; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-0172&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - King, L. H., Jr.; AU - Decherd, J.; AU - Newton, J. L.; AU - Shires, D. L., Jr.; AU - Bradley, K. P.; T1 - Clinically efficient and economical lipid dialyzer. Use in treatment of glutethimide intoxication CT - Clinically efficient and economical lipid dialyzer. Use in treatment of glutethimide intoxication JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1970/01/26/ VL - 211 IS - Jan 26 SP - 652 EP - 653 AD - Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, and the Department of Medicine, Indiana University School of Medicine, Indianapolis, Indiana N1 - Accession Number: 8-0148; Language: English; Chemical Name: Glutethimide--77-21-4; References: 5; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Section Heading: Toxicity N2 - An economic and sound apparatus for lipid dialysis proved effective in a case of glutethimide intoxication. KW - Glutethimide--poisoning-; KW - Poisoning--glutethimide--therapy, using lipid dialyzer; KW - Toxicity--glutethimide--poisoning, therapy using lipid dialyzer; KW - Equipment--dialyzers--lipid, use in therapy of glutethimide intoxication; KW - Dialysis--lipid--use of lipid dialyzer in therapy of glutethimide intoxication; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-0148&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Wyrick, W. J.; AU - Rea, W. J.; AU - McClelland, R. N.; T1 - Rare complications with intravenous hyperosmotic alimentation CT - Rare complications with intravenous hyperosmotic alimentation JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1970/03/09/ VL - 211 IS - Mar 9 SP - 1697 EP - 1698 AD - Dallas Veterans Administration Hospital, Dallas, Texas N1 - Accession Number: 8-0115; Language: English; References: 12; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Section Heading: Adverse Drug Reactions N2 - More than 100 patients at the University of Texas Southwestern Medical School Hospitals have been treated by intravenous hyperosmotic alimentation as described recently by Dudrick et al. One patient had an acute hypersensitivity reaction and another patient had a hyperosmotic coma resulting from the hyperalimentation solution. KW - Hyperalimentation--injections--intravenous, rare complications; KW - Injections--hyperalimentation--intravenous, rare complications; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--hyperalimentation--injections, intravenous, rare complications; KW - Nutrition--hyperalimentation--injections, intravenous, rare complications; KW - Caloric agents--hyperalimentation--injections, intravenous, rare complications; KW - Electrolytic, caloric and water balance--hyperalimentation--injections, intravenous, rare complications; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=8-0115&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Fields, B. T., Jr.; AU - Bates, J. H.; AU - Abernathy, R. S.; T1 - Amphotericin B serum concentrations during therapy CT - Amphotericin B serum concentrations during therapy JO - Appl. Microbiol. JF - Appl. Microbiol. Y1 - 1970/06/01/ VL - 19 IS - Jun SP - 955 EP - 959 AD - Department of Medicine, University of Arkansas Medical Center and Veterans Administration Hospital, Little Rock, Arkansas 72205 N1 - Accession Number: 7-4790; Language: English; Chemical Name: Amphotericin B--1397-89-3; References: 31; Journal Coden: APMBAY; Section Heading: Drug Metabolism and Body Distribution; Abstract Author: Irving S. Rossoff N2 - The need for accurate amphotericin B serum assays is cited since a correlation between these and therapeutic results in systemic mycoses has been noted. Modification of a previously described bioassay is detailed and it permitted more accurate determinations in trials with 155 samples from 20 clinical patients. Their dosage was gradually increased until they received 50 mg. doses I.V. (0.6-1.0 mg./kg.) over a 4-6 hour period. Mean serum drug concentrations were 1.21, 0.62, and 0.32 mcg./ml. at 1, 18, and 24 hours post injections respectively with a rather wide range. Blood levels disappear between the 7th and 10th weeks. KW - Amphotericin B--blood levels-; KW - Metabolism--amphotericin B--serum levels, during therapy; KW - Blood levels--amphotericin B--during therapy, importance; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-4790&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Sax, M.; AU - Pletcher, J.; T1 - Local anesthetics: significance of hydrogen bonding in mechanism of action CT - Local anesthetics: significance of hydrogen bonding in mechanism of action JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1969/12/19/ VL - 166 IS - Dec 19 SP - 1546 EP - 1548 AD - Biocrystallography Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15240 N1 - Accession Number: 7-4762; Language: English; References: 16; Journal Coden: SCIEAS; Section Heading: Pharmacology N2 - The action of local anesthetics is considered in terms of their ability to function as the donor in a hydrogen bond. The formation of a hydrogen-bonded complex between the drug and an acceptor group on the neural membrane is suggested as a feature in the action of local anesthetics. KW - Anesthetics, local--mechanism of action--significance of hydrogen bonding; KW - Mechanism of action--anesthetics, local--significance of hydrogen bonding; KW - Bonding--hydrogen--significance in mechanism of action of local anesthetics; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-4762&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Pulle, D. F.; AU - Glass, P.; AU - Dulfano, M. J.; T1 - Controlled study of the safety and efficacy of acetylcysteine-isoproterenol combination CT - Controlled study of the safety and efficacy of acetylcysteine-isoproterenol combination JO - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) JF - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) Y1 - 1970/08/01/ VL - 12 IS - Aug SP - 485 EP - 492 SN - 0011393X AD - The Cardiopulmonary Laboratory and Emphysema Unit, Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, New York 11209 N1 - Accession Number: 7-4710; Language: English; Chemical Name: Acetylcysteine--616-91-1 Isoproterenol--7683-59-2; References: 11; Journal Coden: CTCEA9; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Richard M. Efman N2 - This double-blind crossover investigation was designed to determine whether a new mixture of 10% acetylcysteine combined with 0.5% isoproterenol will induce effective mucolysis of sputum and yet prevent bronchospasm. Twenty male patients (the primary diagnosis of 17 patients was chronic bronchitis and the remaining 3 had asthmatic bronchitis) were included in the study. Where 0.05% isoproterenol was added to 10% acetylcysteine, no instances of acute bronchospasm were seen. Results indicate that the addition of isoproterenol did not reduce the mucolytic effectiveness of acetylcysteine. KW - Acetylcysteine--combination, isoproterenol-; KW - Isoproterenol--combination, acetylcysteine-; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-4710&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Rose, H. D.; AU - Pendharker, M.; AU - Snider, G.; AU - Kory, R. C.; T1 - Evaluation of sodium colistimethate aerosol in gram-negative infections of the respiratory tract CT - Evaluation of sodium colistimethate aerosol in gram-negative infections of the respiratory tract JO - J. Clin. Pharmacol. New Drugs JF - J. Clin. Pharmacol. New Drugs Y1 - 1970/07/01/ VL - 10 IS - Jul-Aug SP - 274 EP - 281 AD - Medical Service, Wood Veterans Administration Hospital, Milwaukee, Wisconsin N1 - Accession Number: 7-4295; Language: English; References: 13; Journal Coden: JCPHB8; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Paul J. Miller N2 - Sodium colistimethate aerosol proved effective for reliable eradication or suppression of susceptible organisms during the period of actual drug administration. The predominant organisms treated were Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Klebsiella pneumoniae, and Aerobacter aerogenes. In 7 patients participating in the study, there was evidence of recurrence of the pretreatment organisms after aerosol therapy was completed. KW - Colistimethate--sodium-; KW - Aerosols--colistimethate--sodium, evaluation in gram-negative infections of respiratory tract; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-4295&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Eknoyan, G.; AU - Martinez-Maldonado, M.; AU - Yium, J. J.; AU - Suki, W. N.; T1 - Combined ascitic fluid and furosemide infusion in the management of ascites CT - Combined ascitic fluid and furosemide infusion in the management of ascites JO - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) JF - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1970/03/26/ VL - 282 IS - Mar 26 SP - 713 EP - 717 SN - 00284793 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, 2002 Holcombe Blvd., Houston, Texas 77031 N1 - Accession Number: 7-4086; Language: English; Chemical Name: Furosemide--54-31-9; References: 15; Journal Coden: NEJMAG; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - The effect of ascitic fluid infusion and furosemide administration alone and in combination was studied acutely in 8 patients with massive ascites. Ascitic fluid infusion alone increased glomerular filtration rate, renal plasma flow and potassium excretion, with no change in urine volume or sodium excretion. Furosemide infusion alone produced no change in glomerular filtration rate or renal plasma flow, but increased urinary volume, sodium and potassium excretion. The effects of combined ascitic fluid and furosemide infusion were more pronounced, resulting in a rise of 32 to 152% in glomerular filtration rate, and of 33 to 210% in renal plasma flow. This was associated with an increase in urine volume from 0.76 0.4 to 19.2 8.2 ml./minute, in sodium excretion from 8 9 to 1852 876 meq./minute, and in potassium excretion from 46 23 to 397 148 meq./minute. Weight loss ranged from 1.8 to 6.8 kg. (4 to 15 lb.). There was no deterioration in renal function during the week after the infusions. KW - Furosemide--alone-; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-4086&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Mohler, G.; T1 - Clinical trial of thiothixene (Navane) in elderly chronic schizophrenics CT - Clinical trial of thiothixene (Navane) in elderly chronic schizophrenics JO - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) JF - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) Y1 - 1970/06/01/ VL - 12 IS - Jun SP - 377 EP - 386 SN - 0011393X AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, American Lake, Tacoma, Washington 98493 N1 - Accession Number: 7-4077; Language: English; Trade Name: Navane; Generic Name: Thiothixene; Chemical Name: Thiothixene--5591-45-7; References: 15; Journal Coden: CTCEA9; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Richard M. Efman N2 - The purpose of this study was to investigate the clinical usefulness of thiothixene (Navane) in 10 long-term hospitalized male patients diagnosed schizophrenic for many years. The starting dose was 1 mg. twice daily. The average age of the patients was 69.9 years. During the period of treatment with thiothixene, there was no permanent significant or meaningful change in any of the usual categories of psychotic symptomatology or manifestations of illness. KW - Thiothixene--schizophrenia-; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-4077&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Altbach, H.; AU - Sandler, A. I.; AU - Rednor, D. J.; T1 - System of drug distribution in a Veterans Administration Hospital CT - System of drug distribution in a Veterans Administration Hospital JO - Hospital Pharmacy (USA) JF - Hospital Pharmacy (USA) Y1 - 1970/06/01/ VL - 5 IS - Jun SP - 22 EP - 25 SN - 00185787 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, New York, New York N1 - Accession Number: 7-4029; Language: English; References: 9; Journal Coden: HOPHAZ; Section Heading: Institutional Pharmacy Practice; Abstract Author: K. Richard Knoll N2 - A comprehensive floor stock distribution system employed in a 1,147 bed VA hospital is discussed. Under the automatic distribution system employed, all but the most unusual drugs are stocked on the nursing station. A quota form was established based on drugs commonly used. Then a quota level was derived for each of the drugs listed on the form, tailored to the needs of the individual nursing station. Based on this, it became the responsibility of the pharmacy to maintain and, if necessary, modify, the needs of each nursing station. This system eliminates drug trays and all related steps involving nursing personnel. As a result the availability of nurses for other patient care activities is significantly increased. KW - Drug distribution systems--floor stock--at Veterans Administration Hospital; KW - Pharmacy, institutional, hospital--drug distribution systems--floor stock, at VA hospitals; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-4029&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Elkington, S. G.; AU - Floch, M. H.; AU - Conn, H. O; T1 - Lactulose in the treatment of chronic portal-systemic encephalopathy CT - Lactulose in the treatment of chronic portal-systemic encephalopathy JO - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) JF - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1969/08/21/ VL - 281 IS - Aug 21 SP - 408 EP - 412 SN - 00284793 AD - Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, Connecticut 06516 N1 - Accession Number: 7-3866; Language: English; Chemical Name: Lactulose--4618-18-2; References: 28; Journal Coden: NEJMAG; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - In 5 of 7 cirrhotic patients with portal-systemic encephalopathy (PSE) studied in a double-blind trial using sorbitol as control treatment, lactulose caused improvement that was associated with decreased stool pH and arterial ammonia levels and improvement in EEG. Sorbitol had no such effects. Current methods of controlling chronic PSE are unsatisfactory. Recently, lactulose treatment has been proposed. This synthetic disaccharide, which is neither absorbed nor hydrolyzed in the small bowel, is degraded by colonic bacteria, decreasing the pH of the colonic contents. In 7 patients, long-term administration of lactulose was effective in preventing or ameliorating episodes of PSE despite discontinuing neomycin and doubling the daily protein intake. No consistent qualitative or quantitative alteration in stool flora was demonstrated. Improvement correlated with effective fecal acidification. Lactulose appears to exert its action by diminishing the absorption of ammonia from the acidified colonic contents. KW - Lactulose--encephalopathy-; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-3866&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Shanbour, L. L.; AU - Hinshaw, L. B.; T1 - Effects of dopamine on the liver before and following administration of endotoxin CT - Effects of dopamine on the liver before and following administration of endotoxin JO - Can. J. Physiol. Pharmacol. JF - Can. J. Physiol. Pharmacol. Y1 - 1969/11/01/ VL - 47 IS - Nov SP - 923 EP - 928 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma N1 - Accession Number: 7-3717; Language: English; Chemical Name: Dopamine--51-61-6; References: 10; Journal Coden: CJPPA3; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: A. Leon Moore N2 - The results of these studies show that dopamine (100 mcg./ml., 3.98 ml./minute) has a direct action on the isolated, denervated livers perfused via arterial and venous in-flow vessels at constant rates by donor dogs. Dopamine caused a release of blood from the liver, even after endotoxin (E. coli endotoxin, 1.5 mg./kg. of weight of the intact dog) was given. The release of blood after endotoxin was not as great as before endotoxin. The mechanism of liver shrinkage is postulated to be primarily due to sinusoidal contractions independent of changes in liver venous resistances. Dopamine markedly increased hepatic artery pressures, thus hepatic artery resistances increased since the flows were constant. In the donor animal, dopamine elevated systemic arterial pressure, pulse pressure, and heart rates. KW - Dopamine--effects-; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-3717&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Koppel, M. H.; AU - Massry, S. G.; AU - Shinaberger, J. H.; AU - Hartenbower, D. L.; AU - Coburn, J. W.; AU - et al; T1 - Thiazide-induced rise in serum calcium and magnesium in patients on maintenance hemodialysis CT - Thiazide-induced rise in serum calcium and magnesium in patients on maintenance hemodialysis JO - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1970/06/01/ VL - 72 IS - Jun SP - 895 EP - 901 SN - 00034819 AD - Veterans Administration Center, Wilshire and Sawtelle Blvds., Los Angeles, California 90073 N1 - Accession Number: 7-3699; Language: English; Chemical Name: Hydrochlorothiazide--58-93-5; References: 32; Journal Coden: AIMEAS; Section Heading: Pharmacology N2 - Hydrochlorothiazide, 200 mg. daily, was given orally for 2 to 4 weeks to 14 patients treated with maintenance hemodialysis for end-stage renal disease. Predialysis levels of serum calcium rose in 13 patients, and distinct hypercalcemia developed in 8 patients. Changes in serum levels of diffusible calcium paralleled those of total calcium concentrations. Predialysis levels of serum magnesium also rose during thiazide administration. The infusion of parathyroid extract, 1 unit/hr./kg. of body weight for 10 hours, failed to elicit a normal increase in serum calcium in most of the uremic patients who had a calcemic response to thiazides. These data demonstrate an extrarenal effect of thiazides on calcium and magnesium metabolism. It is proposed that the calcemic effect of thiazides in these patients may be due to potentiation of the action of parathyroid hormone on bone. KW - Hydrochlorothiazide--toxicity-; KW - Toxicity--hydrochlorothiazide--hypercalcemia and hypermagnesemia, in patients on maintenance hemodialysis; KW - Dialysis--hemo---maintenance, hydrochlorothiazide-induced rise in serum calcium and magnesium; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-3699&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Conn, H. O.; T1 - Cirrhosis and diabetes. IV. Effect of potassium chloride administration on glucose and insulin metabolism CT - Cirrhosis and diabetes. IV. Effect of potassium chloride administration on glucose and insulin metabolism JO - Am. J. Med. Sci. JF - Am. J. Med. Sci. Y1 - 1970/06/01/ VL - 259 IS - Jun SP - 394 EP - 404 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, West Spring Street, West Haven, Connecticut 06516 N1 - Accession Number: 7-3697; Language: English; Chemical Name: Potassium chloride--7447-40-7; References: 37; Journal Coden: AJMSA9; Section Heading: Pharmacology N2 - Serum glucose and insulin responses to oral and I.V. glucose tolerance tests were measured in 10 stable cirrhotic patients before and after the administration of 120 to 180 meq. of potassium chloride (KCl) daily for at least 10 days. Oral glucose tolerance, which was abnormal in all 10 patients before KCl, became normal in 5 after KCl. Total insulin increments, which were greatly increased before potassium in these patients, were not significantly changed after KCl. The 5 patients whose glucose tolerance improved after KCl were characterized before KCl administration by mild impairment of glucose tolerance and by the presence of an immediate, vigorous insulin response to I.V. glucose, findings compatible with an early abnormality of carbohydrate metabolism. The patients who failed to improve after KCl had had more severely impaired glucose tolerance and a diminished or absent prompt insulin response to I.V. glucose abnormalities suggestive of more advanced impairment of carbohydrate metabolism. Although the mechanism of the potassium-associated improvement is not known, it was not associated with an increased insulin response, the expected consequence of potassium repletion. KW - Potassium chloride--effects-; KW - Glucose--tolerance-; KW - Tests--glucose tolerance--oral and I.V., effects of KCl in cirrhotic patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-3697&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Brooks, A. M.; AU - Agosti, A.; AU - Bertaccini, G.; AU - Grossman, M. I.; T1 - Inhibition of gastric acid secretion in man by peptide analogs of cholecystokinin CT - Inhibition of gastric acid secretion in man by peptide analogs of cholecystokinin JO - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) JF - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1970/03/05/ VL - 282 IS - Mar 5 SP - 535 EP - 538 SN - 00284793 AD - Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, California 90073 N1 - Accession Number: 7-3624; Language: English; Chemical Name: Cholecystokinin--9011-97-6; References: 22; Journal Coden: NEJMAG; Section Heading: Investigational Drugs N2 - In human subjects gastric acid secretion was stimulated by intravenous infusion of 1 mcg. of pentagastrin/kg. hour. One hour after the start of pentagastrin, when acid secretion had reached a plateau, either caerulein (8 tests), a decapeptide extracted from frog skins, or carboxy-terminal heptapeptide amide of cholecystokinin (5 tests), each in a dose of 0.1 mcg./kg. hour, was added to the pentagastrin infusion for one hour. Both peptides produced about 70% inhibition of acid output. Since both peptides have the same carboxy-terminal tetrapeptide amide sequence as pentagastrin, presumably they inhibited by competing with pentagastrin for a common receptor. In separate tests this dose of caerulein alone produced slight stimulation of acid secretion in 2 of 5 subjects. Screening of related peptides might yield a specific competitive inhibitor of gastrin with even less stimulatory action than was noted with those tested. KW - Cholecystokinin--derivatives-; KW - Peptides--cholecystokinin--inhibition of gastric acid secretion; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-3624&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Teplitsky, B.; T1 - What hospital Rxmen think about technicians CT - What hospital Rxmen think about technicians JO - Pharmacy Times (USA) JF - Pharmacy Times (USA) Y1 - 1970/05/01/ VL - 36 IS - May SP - 27 EP - 31 SN - 00030627 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, New York N1 - Accession Number: 7-3553; Language: English; Journal Coden: PYTMAO; Section Heading: Pharmacy Practice; Abstract Author: Walter F. Stanaszek N2 - A survey of chief pharmacists in general hospitals was conducted regarding pharmacy technicians. Percentages of yes/no responses to each of the 10 survey questions from 253 pharmacists are discussed. Topics include the role of technicians in terms of education and training, functions, and relationships to pharmacists. KW - Personnel, pharmacy--nonprofessional--chief pharmacists in hospitals surveyed regarding technicians; KW - Pharmacists, hospital--surveyed regarding pharmacy technicians; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-3553&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Feinstein, A. R.; T1 - Clinical biostatistics. II. Statistics versus science in the design of experiments CT - Clinical biostatistics. II. Statistics versus science in the design of experiments JO - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) JF - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) Y1 - 1970/03/01/ VL - 11 IS - Mar-Apr SP - 282 EP - 292 SN - 00099236 AD - The Eastern Research Support Center and the Department of Medicine of the West Haven Veterans Administration Hospital, and the Departments of Medicine and Epidemiology of the Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, Connecticut N1 - Accession Number: 7-3315; Language: English; References: 38; Journal Coden: CLPTAT; Section Heading: Methodology; Abstract Author: Monte S. Cohon N2 - The design of experiments is discussed. Parameters presented include: clinical experiment structure, inadequacies of statistical design, the concepts of random sampling and random allocation, as well as the architecture of clinical biostatistics. KW - Methodology--design of experiments--statistics vs. science; KW - Research--design of experiments--statistics vs. science; KW - Clinical studies--design of experiments--statistics vs. science; KW - Statistics--bio---clinical, in experimental design; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-3315&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Roth, H. P.; AU - Caron, H. S.; AU - Hsi, B. P.; T1 - Measuring intake of a prescribed medication. A bottle count and a tracer technique compared CT - Measuring intake of a prescribed medication. A bottle count and a tracer technique compared JO - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) JF - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) Y1 - 1970/03/01/ VL - 11 IS - Mar-Apr SP - 228 EP - 237 SN - 00099236 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Cleveland, Ohio 44106 N1 - Accession Number: 7-3314; Language: English; Chemical Name: Sodium bromide--7647-15-6; References: 28; Journal Coden: CLPTAT; Section Heading: Methodology N2 - The adequacy of bottle or pill counts for assessing patients' intake of medication has not been established. A bottle count was evaluated in this 2 year follow-up of 105 patients with peptic ulcer. The authors added a trace of sodium bromide to a liquid antacid which enabled them to measure intake. There were 1,445 counts of empty bottles and 1,364 blood bromide level determinations. For 10 patients, the bottle counts did not appear to provide an accurate measure of medicine intake. These patients consistently turned in more empty bottles than justified by their blood bromide levels. For the group as a whole, individual observations (covering time periods ranging from 1 to 3 months) showed only moderate correspondence between bottle counts and their matched bromide levels (r(correlation)coefficient =0.51). The correspondence was particularly poor when 7 or more bottles were #OQ#OQmissing'' (r=0.22) or when the period of observation exceeded 35 days. Despite the inclusion of some erroneous observations, however, when a 12 or 24 month series of observations was pooled for each patient, the bottle count appeared to be moderately accurate (r=0.80). A correlation of this magnitude still leaves an error of up to 36%, and the error might be even larger if it were not possible to have the rigorous controls used in this study. KW - Sodium bromide--in measuring intake of prescribed medication-; KW - Errors, medication--measuring intake of prescribed medication--bottle count method; KW - Methodology--measuring intake of prescribed medication--bottle count method; KW - Prescriptions--intake--measuring, bottle count method; KW - Drugs--intake--measuring, bottle count method; KW - Antacids--liquids--measuring intake, bottle count method; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-3314&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Sandler, A. I.; T1 - Interactions of oral coumarin anticoagulants with other drugs CT - Interactions of oral coumarin anticoagulants with other drugs JO - Drug Intell. Clin. Pharm. JF - Drug Intell. Clin. Pharm. Y1 - 1970/06/01/ VL - 4 IS - Jun SP - 146 EP - 148 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, New York, New York 10010 N1 - Accession Number: 7-3180; Language: English; Chemical Name: Coumarin--91-64-5; Therapeutic Class: (20:12.04); AHFS Class: Anticoagulants coumarin; References: 30; Journal Coden: DICPBB; Section Heading: Drug Interactions; Abstract Author: D. R. Tousignaut N2 - Charts listing drugs reported to potentiate the effects of oral coumarin anticoagulants, drugs reported to inhibit the effects of oral coumarin anticoagulants, and the effect of oral coumarin anticoagulants on the action of other drugs are presented. KW - Coumarin--anticoagulants-; KW - Drug interactions--coumarin--anticoagulants, oral, with other drugs; KW - Anticoagulants--coumarin--group, oral, interactions with other drugs; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-3180&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Feinstein, A. R.; T1 - Clinical biostatistics. III. The architecture of clinical research CT - Clinical biostatistics. III. The architecture of clinical research JO - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) JF - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) Y1 - 1970/05/01/ VL - 11 IS - May-Jun SP - 432 EP - 441 SN - 00099236 AD - The Eastern Research Support Center and the Department of Medicine of the West Haven Veterans Administration Hospital, and the Departments of Medicine and Epidemiology of the Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, Connecticut N1 - Accession Number: 7-3073; Language: English; References: 20; Journal Coden: CLPTAT; Section Heading: Methodology; Abstract Author: Monte S. Cohon N2 - The architecture of clinical research is discussed. Parameters presented include: initial state, subsequent state and maneuvers. KW - Clinical studies--design--discussion; KW - Methodology--clinical studies--design, discussion; KW - Research--clinical--design, discussion; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-3073&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Cook, J. D.; AU - Schanberg, S. M.; T1 - Effects of methamphetamine on behavior and on the uptake, release and metabolism of norepinephrine CT - Effects of methamphetamine on behavior and on the uptake, release and metabolism of norepinephrine JO - Biochem. Pharmacol. JF - Biochem. Pharmacol. Y1 - 1970/04/01/ VL - 19 IS - Apr SP - 1165 EP - 1179 AD - Center for Cerebral Vascular Research, Laboratory of Neuropharmacology, Duke University Medical Center and Veterans Administration Hospital, Durham, North Carolina N1 - Accession Number: 7-2973; Language: English; Chemical Name: Methamphetamine--537-46-2 Norepinephrine--51-41-2; References: 45; Journal Coden: BCPCA6; Section Heading: Pharmacology N2 - The effects of methamphetamine on the levels of endogenous norepinephrine and on the metabolism of tritiated norepinephrine in brain were studied after different dose regimens and postmedication intervals. In release, as well as uptake studies, decreased levels of deaminated catechol-3H and increased normetanephrine-3H levels occurred although norepinephrine-3H levels were not significantly lowered. This supports the hypothesis that methamphetamine interferes with the deamination of norepinephrine by monoamine oxidase. Changes in behavioral rating had a time course similar to alterations in norepinephrine-3H uptake and metabolism. A high correlation was found between the changes in behavior and normetanephrine-3H levels. The authors conclude that to properly evaluate interrelationships between drug effects on metabolism and behavior, it is essential to compare several dose-response schedules rather than using a single arbitrary regimen. KW - Methamphetamine--effects-; KW - Norepinephrine--methamphetamine effects on uptake, release and metabolism-; KW - Metabolism--norepinephrine--methamphetamine effects; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-2973&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Hofmann, W. W.; AU - Ryan, R. L.; T1 - Controlled study of L-dopa in Parkinson's disease CT - Controlled study of L-dopa in Parkinson's disease JO - Calif. Med. JF - Calif. Med. Y1 - 1970/02/01/ VL - 112 IS - Feb SP - 9 EP - 4 AD - Department of Neurology, Veterans Administration Hospital, 3801 Miranda Avenue, Palo Alto, California 94304 N1 - Accession Number: 7-2928; Language: English; Chemical Name: Levodopa--59-92-7; References: 13; Journal Coden: CAMEAS; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Philip D. Hansten N2 - The effects of L-dopa in Parkinson's disease have been studied in 10 patients by a randomized double-blind crossover method and in 13 patients without these controls. Salutary effects were found in 90% of the patients treated with L-dopa, and the level of improvement was better than with standard agents. In some cases combination treatment proved helpful. Transient hallucinations appeared in 3 patients, nausea appeared in 3, and 2 patients developed transient weakness and dizziness. No significant laboratory abnormalities developed. KW - Levodopa--in Parkinson's disease-; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-2928&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Scott, W. F.; T1 - Reporting of adverse drug reactions in a veterans administration hospital CT - Reporting of adverse drug reactions in a veterans administration hospital JO - Hosp. Formul. Manage. JF - Hosp. Formul. Manage. Y1 - 1970/04/01/ VL - 5 IS - Apr SP - 12 EP - 31 AD - Veterans Administration Center, Fargo, North Dakota N1 - Accession Number: 7-2874; Language: English; References: 2; Journal Coden: HOFMAY; Section Heading: Information Processing and Literature; Abstract Author: Donald A. Holloway N2 - The policies and procedures used in reporting adverse drug reactions in the Veterans Administration Center, Fargo, North Dakota, are described. The pharmacy reports in a monthly newsletter those adverse drug reactions encountered in the hospital. This information is received from reports filed by physicians. This activity is encouraged and supported by the pharmacy and therapeutics committee and is an area of clinical involvement for the pharmacist. A sample reporting form is shown. KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--reporting--in a V. A. hospital, policies and procedures; KW - Hospitals--drugs, adverse reactions--reporting, Veterans Administration; KW - Administration--policies and procedures--in reporting adverse drug reactions in a V. A. hospital; KW - Newsletters--pharmacy--drugs, adverse reactions, reporting, in a V. A. hospital; KW - Forms--drugs, adverse reactions--reporting; KW - Drug information--adverse reactions--reporting, in a V. A. hospital, policies and procedures; KW - Veterans Administration--drugs, adverse reactions--reporting; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-2874&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Cohen, E. J.; T1 - Propranolol in angina pectoris CT - Propranolol in angina pectoris JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1969/12/15/ VL - 210 IS - Dec 15 SP - 2094 AD - Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, California N1 - Accession Number: 7-2787; Language: English; Chemical Name: Propranolol--525-66-6; Publication Type: Letters; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: Dale E. Johnson N2 - The author builds a case for his opinion that the catabolic action is the most important action of propranolol in the relief of anginal pain. KW - Propranolol--angina pectoris-; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-2787&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Green, R. A.; AU - Humphrey, E.; AU - Close, H.; AU - Patno, M. E.; T1 - Alkylating agents in bronchogenic carcinoma CT - Alkylating agents in bronchogenic carcinoma JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1969/04/01/ VL - 46 IS - Apr SP - 516 EP - 525 SN - 00029343 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, 2215 Fuller Road, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105 N1 - Accession Number: 7-2733; Language: English; Trade Name: Nitrogen mustard; Generic Name: Mechlorethamine; Chemical Name: Cyclophosphamide--6055-19-2 Mechlorethamine--51-75-2; References: 17; Journal Coden: AJMEAZ; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - A large number of patients in a group of Veterans Administration Hospitals received a variety of alkylating agents in studies in which these agents were randomized with an inert compound. Intravenous cyclophosphamide, and possibly nitrogen mustard, had a slight favorable influence upon survival for all patients. A difference between the two agents was seen: patients with squamous cell carcinoma appeared to respond best to nitrogen mustard therapy and patients with small cell undifferentiated carcinoma to cyclophosphamide therapy, in fairly striking fashion. Over-all influences upon survival, however, were not remarkable. KW - Cyclophosphamide--carcinoma-; KW - Mechlorethamine--carcinoma-; KW - Antineoplastic agents--alkylating agents--carcinoma, bronchogenic, therapy; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-2733&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - MacGee, J.; T1 - Rapid determination of diphenylhydantoin in blood plasma by gas-liquid chromatography CT - Rapid determination of diphenylhydantoin in blood plasma by gas-liquid chromatography JO - Anal. Chem. JF - Anal. Chem. Y1 - 1970/03/01/ VL - 42 IS - Mar SP - 421 EP - 422 AD - Medical Research Laboratories, Veterans Administration Hospital, 3200 Vine St., Cincinnati, Ohio 45220 N1 - Accession Number: 7-2626; Language: English; Chemical Name: Diphenylhydantoin--57-41-0; References: 7; Journal Coden: ANCHAM; Section Heading: Drug Metabolism and Body Distribution; Abstract Author: Douglas L. Thompson N2 - The procedure described is based on the ability of a very small volume of tetramethylammonium hydroxide solution to extract 5-(4-methylphenyl)-5-phenylhydantoin (MPPH) and diphenylhydantoin from toluene and to bring about the methylation of the hydantoins automatically on injection of the final extract into the chromatographic unit. In this way no time-consuming evaporation steps are necessary to achieve the concentration of the drug required for GLC analysis. Only 2 accurate volumetric measurements need be made--measurement of the plasma sample and of the internal standard (MPPH). No extremely toxic reagents are necessary, and the extra manipulations usually involved in derivative formation are eliminated. The entire procedure can be performed in well under half an hour, and an analyst can easily perform 20 analyses in a day. KW - Diphenylhydantoin--analysis-; KW - Blood levels--diphenylhydantoin--rapid analysis, GLC; KW - Metabolism--diphenylhydantoin--blood levels, analysis, GLC; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-2626&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Good, A. E.; T1 - Rheumatism and chemotherapy of tuberculosis CT - Rheumatism and chemotherapy of tuberculosis JO - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1970/05/01/ VL - 72 IS - May SP - 752 EP - 753 SN - 00034819 AD - Rheumatology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Ann Arbor, Michigan N1 - Accession Number: 7-2469; Language: English; References: 17; Publication Type: Editorial Notes; Journal Coden: AIMEAS; Section Heading: Toxicity; Abstract Author: Judith A. Kepler N2 - Rheumatic symptoms early in the course of chemotherapy of tuberculosis are probably of mixed pathogenesis, are more common in high-dose regimens, and are not related conclusively to any single agent. As host factors are important in the various toxic reactions to chemotherapy, it appears wise to observe rather ill tuberculosis patients closely during the early months of therapy to ensure adequate nutrition and to detect toxic signs and symptoms promptly. Rheumatic symptoms should prove quite rare when the current modest prophylactic dosage regimens of isoniazid are used among relatively mobile, well-nourished individuals. KW - Tuberculosis--chemotherapy--rheumatic symptoms; KW - Antituberculars--toxicity--rheumatic symptoms; KW - Toxicity--antituberculars--rheumatic symptoms; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-2469&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Zakim, D.; AU - Paradini, R. S.; AU - Herman, R. H.; T1 - Effect of clofibrate (ethyl p-chlorophenoxyisobutyrate) feeding on glycolytic and lipogenic enzymes and hepatic glycogen synthesis in the rat CT - Effect of clofibrate (ethyl p-chlorophenoxyisobutyrate) feeding on glycolytic and lipogenic enzymes and hepatic glycogen synthesis in the rat JO - Biochem. Pharmacol. JF - Biochem. Pharmacol. Y1 - 1970/01/01/ VL - 19 IS - Jan SP - 305 EP - 310 AD - Metabolic Unit, Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, California 94121 AD - reprints: Metabolic Division, U. S. Army Medical Research and Nutrition Laboratory, Fitzsimons General Hospital, Denver, Colorado 80240 N1 - Accession Number: 7-2315; Language: English; Trade Name: Ethyl p-chlorophenoxyisobutyrate; Generic Name: Clofibrate; Chemical Name: Clofibrate--637-07-0; References: 23; Publication Type: Short communications; Journal Coden: BCPCA6; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: A. Leon Moore N2 - Clofibrate (1.0 g./100 g. diet for 23-26 days) decreases the activity of several enzymes in rat liver. This effect seems to be a specific one, since fructose-1,6-diphosphate aldolase, glucose-6-P-dehydrogenase, and acetyl-CoA-carboxylase activities were decreased while hexokinase, 6-phosphogluconate dehydrogenase, and citrate cleaveage enzyme activities were not. The administration of the drug decreased glycogen synthesis from (14C6)-glucose and (14C6)-fructose in rat liver slices. These experiments indicate that clofibrate may exert its therapeutic effects because of its ability to alter enzyme activities in a specific manner. KW - Clofibrate--enzyme inhibition-; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-2315&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Hadler, A. J.; T1 - Phenmetrazine vs. phenmetrazine with amobarbital for weight reduction: a double-blind study CT - Phenmetrazine vs. phenmetrazine with amobarbital for weight reduction: a double-blind study JO - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) JF - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) Y1 - 1969/12/01/ VL - 11 IS - Dec SP - 750 EP - 754 SN - 0011393X AD - Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, 17 Court Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02108 N1 - Accession Number: 7-2265; Language: English; Chemical Name: Phenmetrazine--134-49-6 Amobarbital--57-43-2; References: 11; Journal Coden: CTCEA9; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Richard M. Efman N2 - In a double-blind study, 50 adults at least 20 pounds overweight were given either phenmetrazine or phenmetrazine plus amobarbital for 2 months. Either a 25 mg. phenmetrazine tablet or a matching tablet containing 25 mg. phenmetrazine and 30 mg. amobarbital was given 3 times daily before meals. Seventeen patients on phenmetrazine completed the 2 months of medication. Of the 17, 14 lost weight ranging from 2.5-23.5 pounds, one remained the same and 2 patients gained weight. Twenty-two patients on the combination of drugs completed the study. Of the 22, 14 lost weight ranging from 0.5-12.5 pounds, one remained the same, and 7 gained weight. The authors feel that the addition of amobarbital to phenmetrazine definitely decreases the efficacy of phenmetrazine in weight reduction, and that the combination decreases adverse central nervous system effects of the anorexigenic agent. KW - Phenmetrazine--alone-; KW - Amobarbital--combination, phenmetrazine-; KW - Drugs--combined therapy--phenmetrazine and amobarbital, weight reduction; KW - Drug interactions--phenmetrazine--and amobarbital, decreased weight reduction efficacy and decreased adverse CNS effects; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-2265&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Hollister, L. E.; AU - Curry, S. H.; AU - Derr, J. E.; AU - Kanter, S. L.; T1 - Studies of delayed-action medication. V. Plasma levels and urinary excretion of four different dosage forms of chlorpromazine CT - Studies of delayed-action medication. V. Plasma levels and urinary excretion of four different dosage forms of chlorpromazine JO - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) JF - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) Y1 - 1970/01/01/ VL - 11 IS - Jan-Feb SP - 49 EP - 59 SN - 00099236 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California, and Laboratory of Chemical Pharmacology, National Heart Institute, Bethesda, Maryland N1 - Accession Number: 7-2145; Language: English; Chemical Name: Chlorpromazine--50-53-3; References: 11; Journal Coden: CLPTAT; Section Heading: Drug Metabolism and Body Distribution; BiopharmaceuticsPharmacologyDrug Evaluations N2 - The physiological availability of chlorpromazine administered as 3 oral preparations (tablets, liquid, and long-acting capsules) and by intramuscular injection was measured in 13 psychiatric patients under steady-state conditions and 8 previously untreated subjects given single doses. Determinations of plasma levels of chlorpromazine, as well as urinary excretion of conjugated and unconjugated metabolites, were used as the criteria of physiological availability. Under each condition, the availability of drug followed the same order in regard to the oral preparations: liquid, tablets, and long-acting capsules. Differences were far more apparent in plasma levels than in urinary excretion. None of the oral dosage forms was completely reliable, but in steady-state conditions, all tended to produce sustained plasma levels. On the other hand, intramuscular injection of drug, even in doses approximating one-third of the same oral dose, led to rapid and regular appearance of significant plasma levels of drug and a consistently higher percent of the administered dose in the urine. The use of the long-acting oral dosage form does not seem warranted for a drug such as chlorpromazine; liquid or tablet dosage forms were more reliable and satisfied the claims made for long-acting dosage forms in chronic treatment. KW - Chlorpromazine--dosage forms-; KW - Dosage forms--chlorpromazine--plasma levels and urinary excretion; KW - Blood levels--chlorpromazine--dosage forms; KW - Excretion--chlorpromazine--dosage forms; KW - Drugs--clinical effectiveness--chlorpromazine, dosage forms, plasma levels and urinary excretion; KW - Metabolism--chlorpromazine--dosage forms, plasma levels and urinary excretion; KW - Drugs--availability--physiological, chlorpromazine, dosage forms, plasma levels and urinary excretion; KW - Equivalency--chlorpromazine--dosage forms, plasma levels and urinary excretion; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-2145&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Sanger, M. D.; T1 - Treatment of anxiety and depression in the allergic patient CT - Treatment of anxiety and depression in the allergic patient JO - Ann. Allergy JF - Ann. Allergy Y1 - 1969/10/01/ VL - 27 IS - Oct SP - 506 EP - 511 AD - Albert Einstein College of Medicine and Veterans Administration of Brooklyn, New York N1 - Accession Number: 7-2024; Language: English; Chemical Name: Doxepin--1668-19-5 Amitriptyline--50-48-6; References: 6; Journal Coden: ANAEA3; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Harold N. Godwin N2 - In a well controlled, double-blind study of 32 allergy patients, doxepin was shown to be significantly more effective than amitriptyline in the treatment of anxious and depressed patients with a dermatological allergy. The mean mg./day dose of both drugs was comparable. Side effects were seen with the same frequency for both drugs. KW - Doxepin--anxious and depressed patients with dermatological allergy-; KW - Amitriptyline--anxious and depressed patients with dermatological allergy-; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-2024&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Wang, R. I. H.; AU - Schuller, G.; T1 - Agranulocytosis following procainamide administration CT - Agranulocytosis following procainamide administration JO - Am. Heart J. JF - Am. Heart J. Y1 - 1969/08/01/ VL - 78 IS - Aug SP - 282 EP - 284 AD - Wood Veterans Administration Center, Marquette School of Medicine, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53193 N1 - Accession Number: 7-1986; Language: English; Chemical Name: Procainamide--51-06-9; References: 7; Journal Coden: AHJOA2; Section Heading: Adverse Drug Reactions; Abstract Author: Steven F. Schmidt N2 - A single case study of a 75-year-old male who suffered fatal agranulocytosis after undergoing procainamide therapy is presented. KW - Procainamide--agranulocytosis following therapy-; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--procainamide--agranulocytosis following therapy; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-1986&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Baylink, D.; AU - Morey, E.; AU - Rich, C.; T1 - Effect of calcitonin on the rates of bone formation and resorption in the rat CT - Effect of calcitonin on the rates of bone formation and resorption in the rat JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1969/02/01/ VL - 84 IS - Feb SP - 261 EP - 269 AD - Department of Medicine, University of Washington School of Medicine and Radioisotope Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Seattle, Washington N1 - Accession Number: 7-1906; Language: English; Chemical Name: Calcitonin--9007-12-9; Journal Coden: ENDOAO; Section Heading: Pharmacology KW - Calcitonin--effects-; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-1906&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Levister, E.; AU - Becker, K. L.; T1 - Tetracycline and renal tubular function CT - Tetracycline and renal tubular function JO - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) JF - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) Y1 - 1969/10/01/ VL - 11 IS - Oct SP - 638 EP - 640 SN - 0011393X AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D. C. N1 - Accession Number: 7-1790; Language: English; Trade Name: Achromycin; Generic Name: Tetracycline; Chemical Name: Tetracycline--60-54-8; References: 3; Journal Coden: CTCEA9; Section Heading: Toxicity; Abstract Author: Richard M. Efman N2 - A prospective investigation was undertaken of the renal tubular concentrating ability of 6 male patients during prolonged therapy with oral tetracycline hydrochloride. Tetracycline hydrochloride (Achromycin) was given as 500 mg. twice a day for 30 days to the 6 male volunteers. The patients were kept on a constant diet supplying 2 g. of protein/kg. and 10 g. of salt/day. Serum assays of antibiotic activity were performed, as well as laboratory tests. None of the laboratory tests were abnormal during the administration of the drug. As measured by the tests of renal function which were utilized, there was no detectable effect upon renal function. KW - Tetracycline--hydrochloride-; KW - Toxicity studies--tetracycline--hydrochloride, no detectable effect upon renal function; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-1790&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Douglass, C. C.; AU - Twomey, J. J.; T1 - Transient stomatocytosis with hemolysis: a previously unrecognized complication of alcoholism CT - Transient stomatocytosis with hemolysis: a previously unrecognized complication of alcoholism JO - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1970/02/01/ VL - 72 IS - Feb SP - 159 EP - 164 SN - 00034819 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital and Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, Texas N1 - Accession Number: 7-1779; Language: English; References: 19; Journal Coden: AIMEAS; Section Heading: Toxicity; Abstract Author: Judith A. Kepler N2 - Transient stomatocytosis accompanied by hemolysis was observed in 4 patients with acute alcoholism. KW - Alcohols--toxicity--transient stomatocytosis with hemolysis in patients with acute alcoholism; KW - Toxicity--alcohols--transient stomatocytosis with hemolysis in patients with acute alcoholism; KW - Alcoholism--transient stomatocytosis with hemolysis in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-1779&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Dickinson, C.; AU - Zinneman, H. H.; AU - Swaim, W. R.; AU - Doe, R. P.; AU - Seal, U. S.; T1 - Effects of testosterone treatment on plasma proteins and amino acids in men CT - Effects of testosterone treatment on plasma proteins and amino acids in men JO - J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. JF - J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. Y1 - 1969/06/01/ VL - 29 IS - Jun SP - 837 EP - 841 AD - Metabolic Research Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota N1 - Accession Number: 7-1673; Language: English; Chemical Name: Testosterone--58-22-0; References: 38; Journal Coden: JCEMAZ; Section Heading: Pharmacology N2 - Administration of testosterone cyclopentyl propionate to 10 normal males produced significant decreases in thyroxine-binding globulin, cortisol-binding globulin (CBG), trypsin inhibitor, transferrin and fibrinogen. The drug had no effect on total serum proteins, albumin, immunoglobulins, ceruloplasmin, haptoglobin and plasminogen. The decrease in CBG was accompanied by a decrease in total serum and urinary 17-OHCS, but there was no change in serum nonprotein-bound cortisol. There were no changes in urinary amino acids, but there was a significant increase in plasma proline and glutamic acid and a decrease in plasma tyrosine. The observed results, when compared with the effects of administered estrogens, were only partly opposite. KW - Testosterone--cyclopentyl propionate-; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-1673&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Forrest, F. M.; AU - Forrest, I. S.; AU - Serra, M. T.; T1 - Modification of chlorpromazine metabolism by some other drugs frequently administered to psychiatric patients CT - Modification of chlorpromazine metabolism by some other drugs frequently administered to psychiatric patients JO - Biol. Psychiat. JF - Biol. Psychiat. Y1 - 1970/01/01/ VL - 2 IS - Jan SP - 53 EP - 58 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital and Department of Psychiatry, Stanford University School of Medicine, Palo Alto, California N1 - Accession Number: 7-1631; Language: English; Trade Name: Aludrox; Generic Name: Aluminum hydroxide; Chemical Name: Aluminum hydroxide--21645-51-2 Phenobarbital--50-06-6 Chlorpromazine--50-53-3; References: 11; Journal Coden: BIPCBF; Section Heading: Drug Interactions N2 - Phenobarbital sodium and Aludrox (aluminum hydroxide with magnesium hydroxide), as representative of sedatives or antacids frequently prescribed for patients on chronic phenothiazine therapy, were studied with regard to their effect on urinary chlorpromazine excretion. Phenobarbital as an inducer of additional drug-metabolizing enzymes in hepatic microsomes, was found to increase the rate of urinary chlorpromazine excretion by 10-81%. Conversely, epileptic patients normally receiving maintenance barbiturates in addition to chlorpromazine, showed 17-55% decreases in urinary chlorpromazine excretion when their barbiturates were withdrawn for 7 days. Hence, phenobarbital sodium may be of interest in cases of acute chlorpromazine toxicity. Aludrox, acting as a physical absorbent of simultaneously administered chlorpromazine, decreased the urinary chlorpromazine excretion rate by 10-45%, thus lowering chlorpromazine efficiency. However, these decreases could be reduced, when the 2 medications were spaced at 2-hour intervals. KW - Aluminum hydroxide--combination, magnesium hydroxide-; KW - Phenobarbital--interactions-; KW - Chlorpromazine--excretion-; KW - Excretion--chlorpromazine--urinary, effect of phenobarbital or Aludrox; KW - Metabolism--chlorpromazine--excretion, urinary, effect of phenobarbital or Aludrox; KW - Drug interactions--chlorpromazine and phenobarbital or Aludrox--effects, on urinary excretion; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-1631&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Prien, R. F.; AU - Levine, J.; AU - Cole, J. O.; T1 - High dose trifluoperazine therapy in chronic schizophrenia CT - High dose trifluoperazine therapy in chronic schizophrenia JO - American Journal of Psychiatry (USA) JF - American Journal of Psychiatry (USA) Y1 - 1969/09/01/ VL - 126 IS - Sep SP - 305 EP - 313 SN - 0002953X AD - Central Neuropsychiatric Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Perry Point, Maryland N1 - Accession Number: 7-1609; Language: English; Chemical Name: Trifluoperazine--117-89-5; References: 14; Journal Coden: AJPSAO; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Larry K. Shoup N2 - Approximately 360 schizophrenic patients participated in a double-blind study to determine if long-term treatment with trifluoperazine was more effective in high doses or low doses in treating chronic schizophrenia. Patients were randomly assigned to one of 3 groups: 80 mg. trifluoperazine per day, 15 mg. trifluoperazine per day, and a placebo group. Each patient was evaluated on 39 criterion measures. Both trifluoperazine doses were more effective than placebo. There was no major difference between 15 and 80 mg. doses of trifluoperazine. KW - Trifluoperazine--schizophrenia-; KW - Dosage--trifluoperazine--schizophrenia, chronic, therapy, high vs. low doses; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-1609&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Miller, R. P.; AU - Bates, J. H.; T1 - Amphotericin B toxicity. A follow-up report of 53 patients CT - Amphotericin B toxicity. A follow-up report of 53 patients JO - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1969/12/01/ VL - 71 IS - Dec SP - 1089 EP - 1095 SN - 00034819 AD - Department of Medicine, University of Arkansas Medical Center, and the Veterans Administration Hospital, Little Rock, Arkansas N1 - Accession Number: 7-1554; Language: English; Chemical Name: Amphotericin B--1397-89-3; References: 20; Journal Coden: AIMEAS; Section Heading: Toxicity N2 - A follow-up evaluation was done on 53 patients treated with amphotericin B. These data show that an increase in the blood urea nitrogen during therapy may not be a valid reason to discontinue this therapy. Advanced age of the patient is a factor that increases the probability for the development of permanent impairment of renal function. The data further indicate that impairment of renal function, both acute and permanent, is not a dose-related phenomenon. Instead, it is an individualized and as yet an unpredictable response. The creatinine clearance during therapy may be reduced by as much as 78% of the pretreatment values and still return to the pretreatment value within 1 to 2 months after the completion of therapy. KW - Amphotericin B--toxicity studies-; KW - Toxicity studies--amphotericin B--follow-up report of 53 patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-1554&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Bloomer, H. A.; AU - Maddock, R. K.; AU - Sheehe, J. B.; AU - Adams, E. J.; T1 - Rapid diagnosis of sedative intoxication by gas chromatography CT - Rapid diagnosis of sedative intoxication by gas chromatography JO - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1970/02/01/ VL - 72 IS - Feb SP - 223 EP - 228 SN - 00034819 AD - Department of Internal Medicine, University of Utah College of Medicine and Veterans Administration Hospital, Salt Lake City, Utah N1 - Accession Number: 7-1455; Language: English; References: 19; Journal Coden: AIMEAS; Section Heading: Drug Metabolism and Body Distribution N2 - The increasing use of diuresis and dialysis for treating patients with drug coma has created a need for rapid and detailed toxicologic information about the unconscious patient. A gas chromatography method was used to screen plasma in 41 patients with suspected drug coma. In 37 instances either a barbiturate, meprobamate, glutethimide, or a combination of these sedatives was found in sufficient concentrations to explain the coma. In over one-half of these cases the history available at the time of admission was unreliable for determining the responsible drug. Gas-liquid chromatography is uniquely suited for the rapid diagnosis of drug intoxication since it permits simultaneous identification and measurement of a variety of sedative agents. KW - Sedatives and hypnotics--poisoning--diagnosis of sedative intoxication by gas chromatography; KW - Toxicity--sedatives and hypnotics--poisoning, diagnosis of sedative intoxication by gas chromatography; KW - Poisoning--sedatives and hypnotics--diagnosis of sedative intoxication by gas chromatography; KW - Chromatography, gas--sedatives and hypnotics--diagnosis of sedative intoxication; KW - Blood levels--sedatives and hypnotics--chromatography, gas, in poison cases; KW - Metabolism--sedatives and hypnotics--analysis, in plasma; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-1455&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Doe, R. P.; AU - Dickinson, P.; AU - Zinneman, H. H.; AU - Seal, U. S.; T1 - Elevated nonprotein-bound cortisol (NPC) in pregnancy, during estrogen administration and in carcinoma of the prostate CT - Elevated nonprotein-bound cortisol (NPC) in pregnancy, during estrogen administration and in carcinoma of the prostate JO - J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. JF - J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. Y1 - 1969/06/01/ VL - 29 IS - Jun SP - 757 EP - 766 AD - Metabolic Research Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55417 N1 - Accession Number: 7-1425; Language: English; Journal Coden: JCEMAZ; Section Heading: Pharmacology KW - Estrogens--effect--on nonprotein-bound cortisol, in pregnancy; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-1425&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Colwell, J. A.; AU - Kravitz, A.; AU - Homi, J.; AU - Levin, N.; AU - Parker, R.; AU - et al; T1 - Acidity of intravenous dextrose solutions: a contributing factor of thrombophlebitis? CT - Acidity of intravenous dextrose solutions: a contributing factor of thrombophlebitis? JO - Hosp. Formul. Manage. JF - Hosp. Formul. Manage. Y1 - 1969/08/01/ VL - 4 IS - Aug SP - 24 EP - 26 AD - Veterans Administration Research Hospital, Chicago, Illinois N1 - Accession Number: 7-1336; Language: English; References: 9; Journal Coden: HOFMAY; Section Heading: Toxicity; Abstract Author: Donald A. Holloway N2 - Thrombophlebitis seems to be correlated with a low pH in intravenous solutions. Heat sterilization of dextrose (glucose) solutions results in formation of gluconic acid and a pH of 3.5 to 6.5. Drugs added later can also alter the pH. Results of one study comparing heat sterilized and filter sterilized dextrose solutions showed significantly less thrombophlebitis with the filter sterilized solutions. Results of 2 other studies comparing buffered and unbuffered heat sterilized dextrose solutions also showed about 3 times as much thrombophlebitis with the unbuffered solutions. KW - Glucose--solutions-; KW - Toxicity studies--glucose--solutions, acidity of I.V. solutions as possible contributing factor of thrombophlebitis; KW - Hydrogen ion concentration--glucose--solutions, acidity of I.V. solutions as possible contributing factor of thrombophlebitis; KW - Sterilization--glucose--solutions, heating and filtering effects; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-1336&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Padilla, F.; AU - Shapiro, A. P.; AU - Jensen, W. N.; T1 - Effect of chronic lead intoxication on blood pressure in the rat CT - Effect of chronic lead intoxication on blood pressure in the rat JO - Am. J. Med. Sci. JF - Am. J. Med. Sci. Y1 - 1969/11/01/ VL - 258 IS - Nov SP - 359 EP - 365 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, 300 E. Roosevelt Road, Little Rock, Arkansas 72206 N1 - Accession Number: 7-1327; Language: English; Chemical Name: Lead--7439-92-1; References: 33; Journal Coden: AJMSA9; Section Heading: Toxicity; Abstract Author: Judith A. Kepler N2 - A double-blind study was performed to study the blood pressure in rats receiving lead by gastric intubation for 138 days. Hypertension and renal impairment did not develop in the study animals. KW - Lead--toxicity studies-; KW - Toxicity studies--lead--lack of hypertension and renal impairment following administration to rats by gastric intubation for 138 days; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-1327&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Parker, R. H.; T1 - Some guidelines to rational antibiotic therapy CT - Some guidelines to rational antibiotic therapy JO - Hosp. Formul. Manage. JF - Hosp. Formul. Manage. Y1 - 1969/07/01/ VL - 4 IS - Jul SP - 13 EP - 19 AD - Northwestern University Medical School and Committee on Therapeutic Agents, Veterans Administration Research Hospital, Chicago, Illinois N1 - Accession Number: 7-1194; Language: English; References: 18; Journal Coden: HOFMAY; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Donald A. Holloway N2 - The great increase in antibiotics has resulted in their misuse because of a lack of guidelines. General principles in choosing an antibiotic include diagnosis of the infection, tailoring the therapy to culture and sensitivity tests, knowledge of local antibiotic susceptibility patterns and subdivision of the antimicrobials into distinct groups. Further considerations include severity of infection, other diseases altering the host's handling of the drug or the infection, histories of adverse reactions, administration route and whether a bacteriostatic or bactericidal drug is needed. KW - Antibiotics--therapy--rational, guidelines; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-1194&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Gould, L.; AU - Zahir, M.; AU - Shariff, M.; AU - Giuliani, M.; T1 - Treatment of cardiac arrhythmias with phentolamine CT - Treatment of cardiac arrhythmias with phentolamine JO - Am. Heart J. JF - Am. Heart J. Y1 - 1969/08/01/ VL - 78 IS - Aug SP - 189 EP - 193 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, New York 10468 N1 - Accession Number: 7-1122; Language: English; Chemical Name: Phentolamine--50-60-2; References: 7; Journal Coden: AHJOA2; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Monte S. Cohon N2 - Patients with cardiac disease and arrhythmia received phentolamine in an intravenous dosage of 0.3 mg. per minute for 15 minutes in order to determine the efficacy of the drug in arrhythmias. Phentolamine 15 mg. was placed in 200 ml. glucose in water and infused at a rate of 60 drops per minute into the antecubital vein. The drug is valuable in reducing or abolishing ventricular extrasystoles (digitalis or nondigitalis induced). Phentolamine may be useful in second or third degree heart block of recent origin. KW - Phentolamine--arrhythmias-; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-1122&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - DiGiulio, W.; AU - Morales, J. O.; T1 - Value of the selenomethionine Se 75 scan in preoperative localization of parathyroid adenomas CT - Value of the selenomethionine Se 75 scan in preoperative localization of parathyroid adenomas JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1969/09/22/ VL - 209 IS - Sep 22 SP - 1873 EP - 1880 AD - Radioisotope Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Ann Arbor, Michigan N1 - Accession Number: 7-1114; Language: English; Chemical Name: Selenomethionine Se 75--1187-56-0; Therapeutic Class: (78:00); AHFS Class: Radiopharmaceuticals selenomethionine Se 75; References: 19; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - The selenomethionine Se 75 scan was performed in 42 patients with a clinical diagnosis of hyperparathyroidism. The scan correctly localized the abnormal gland in 13 of 23 patients with proven parathyroid adenoma. The parathyroid scan was not helpful in 7 patients with parathyroid hyperplasia. Size was the most important factor contributing to visualization of parathyroid adenomas. Adenomas larger than 2 g. were consistently visualized while those weighing less than 1 g. were commonly not detected by the scan. High background over the mediastinum precludes the possibility of detecting most mediastinal adenomas by this technique. The value of the selenomethionine Se 75 parathyroid scan is thus limited in patients with small adenomas or hyperplastic glands and in patients with adenomas or hyperplastic glands lying deep in the thorax. KW - Selenomethionine Se 75--scan-; KW - Radiopharmaceuticals--selenomethionine Se 75--scan, value in preoperative localization of parathyroid adenomas; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-1114&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - May, C. N.; T1 - Prepackaging in the pharmacy presents challenges CT - Prepackaging in the pharmacy presents challenges JO - Hosp. Manage. JF - Hosp. Manage. Y1 - 1969/08/01/ VL - 108 IS - Aug SP - 62 EP - 66 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Memphis, Tennessee N1 - Accession Number: 7-0838; Language: English; Journal Coden: HOMAAX; Section Heading: Institutional Pharmacy Practice; Abstract Author: Hugh F. Kabat N2 - Although drug distribution systems may include unit packages, individual patient containers or ward stock containers, the prepackaging program requires that the container protect the drug until administration. The label must contain complete identification and a control record must be maintained to insure absolute accuracy. Minimum labeling data includes trade and generic names, strengths, warnings, cautions, and quantity. Labeling and packaging equipment increases efficiency. Control information must permit recall. Laminar flow hoods are necessary for sterile unit dose packaging. KW - Packaging--pre---drugs, in the pharmacy; KW - Pharmacy, institutional, hospital--packaging--pre-, drugs; KW - Labeling--drugs--prepackaged in the pharmacy; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-0838&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Wickelhausen, R. H.; AU - Robinson, L. B.; T1 - Drug susceptibility testing by laboratories participating in cooperative studies on the chemotherapy of tuberculosis. XXI CT - Drug susceptibility testing by laboratories participating in cooperative studies on the chemotherapy of tuberculosis. XXI JO - Am. Rev. Resp. Dis. JF - Am. Rev. Resp. Dis. Y1 - 1969/01/01/ VL - 99 IS - Jan SP - 1 EP - 7 AD - Tuberculosis Cooperative Study Control Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Atlanta, Georgia 30329 N1 - Accession Number: 7-0554; Language: English; Language of Summary: fr; sp; References: 6; Journal Coden: ARDSBL; Section Heading: Microbiology N2 - A survey of the performances of drug susceptibility tests at 43 Veterans Administration hospital laboratories was carried out for 4 successive years (1964-1967). Eleven hundred and fifty-five cultures of mycobacteria were tested to determine their susceptibility to streptomycin, isoniazid and aminosalicylic acid. Reports on the susceptibility of 1,029 (89.1%) of the 1,115 cultures were correct. The data submitted by 36 of the 43 hospitals was consistently accurate showing only rare or minor deviations. The evaluation has demonstrated that susceptibility tests on cultures of M. tuberculosis are identical in different laboratories if standard methods are used. KW - Tests--laboratory--in 43 hospitals, for M. tuberculosis susceptibility, little variance in results; KW - Sensitivity--Mycobacterium tuberculosis--to antituberculars, little variance in laboratory test results in 43 hospitals; KW - Antituberculars--Mycobacterium tuberculosis--susceptibility, little variance in test results in 43 hospitals; KW - Mycobacterium tuberculosis--susceptibility--to antituberculars, laboratory test results in 43 hospitals show little variance; KW - Methodology--drug susceptibility testing--for M. tuberculosis; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-0554&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Ettinger, S.; AU - Gould, L.; AU - Carmichael, J. A.; AU - Tashjian, R. J.; T1 - Phentolamine: use in digitalis-induced arrhythmias CT - Phentolamine: use in digitalis-induced arrhythmias JO - Am. Heart J. JF - Am. Heart J. Y1 - 1969/05/01/ VL - 77 IS - May SP - 636 EP - 640 AD - Medical Service of the Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, New York N1 - Accession Number: 7-0481; Language: English; Chemical Name: Phentolamine--50-60-2; References: 5; Journal Coden: AHJOA2; Section Heading: Pharmacology N2 - The anti-arrhythmic effect of phentolamine was investigated in 10 normal dogs acutely digitalized with ouabain. Phentolamine was infused intravenously for an average of 10 minutes at 0.3 mg. per minute. Ventricular arrhythmias were abolished in 7 of 8 cases (there was complete heart block in one case), and the rate was increased in one case with sinus bradycardia. Administration of the drug produced no untoward side effects and did not produce hypotension. These studies indicate that phentolamine may be of clinical value as an anti-arrhythmic agent and warrants further study. KW - Phentolamine--anti-arrhythmic effect-; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-0481&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Youngchaiyud, P.; AU - Kettel, L. J.; AU - Cugell, D. W.; T1 - Effect of heparin aerosols on airway conductance in patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease CT - Effect of heparin aerosols on airway conductance in patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease JO - Am. Rev. Resp. Dis. JF - Am. Rev. Resp. Dis. Y1 - 1969/03/01/ VL - 99 IS - Mar SP - 449 EP - 452 AD - Veterans Administration Research Hospital, Chicago Illinois N1 - Accession Number: 7-0431; Language: English; Chemical Name: Heparin--9005-49-6; Journal Coden: ARDSBL; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Douglas L. Thompson N2 - The effect of heparin aerosols has been evaluated using a body plethysmograph for determining airway conductance. The heparin suspensions, 20,000 units/ml. of saline, were aerosolized using a No. 40 DeVilbiss nebulizer and compressed air source. The aerosol increased the specific conductance of patients; however, the response was about one-half that observed with isoproterenol aerosols. KW - Heparin--aerosols-; KW - Aerosols--heparin--increase airway conductance in patients with pulmonary disease; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-0431&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Cohn, J. N.; AU - Tristani, F. E.; AU - Khatri, I. M.; T1 - Cardiac and peripheral vascular effects of digitalis in clinical cardiogenic shock CT - Cardiac and peripheral vascular effects of digitalis in clinical cardiogenic shock JO - Am. Heart J. JF - Am. Heart J. Y1 - 1969/09/01/ VL - 78 IS - Sep SP - 318 EP - 330 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, 50 Irving Street N.W., Washington, D. C. 20422 N1 - Accession Number: 7-0418; Language: English; References: 30; Journal Coden: AHJOA2; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Monte S. Cohon N2 - This study in 13 patients with diagnostic criteria for cardiogenic shock demonstrated that digitalis by itself is not very effective in restoring blood flow in cardiogenic shock. In fact, the early peripheral vasoconstrictive effect following I.V. administration may be deleterious in specific individuals. KW - Digitalis--cardiac and peripheral vascular effects-; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-0418&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Zager, J.; AU - Kalmanson, G. M.; AU - Guze, L. B.; T1 - Dip stick determination of bacteriuria CT - Dip stick determination of bacteriuria JO - Am. J. Med. Sci. JF - Am. J. Med. Sci. Y1 - 1969/09/01/ VL - 258 IS - Sep SP - 214 EP - 217 AD - Veterans Administration Center, Wilshire and Sawtelle Boulevards, Los Angeles, California 90073 N1 - Accession Number: 7-0413; Language: English; References: 9; Journal Coden: AJMSA9; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - The 12-minute dip stick test (containing glucose oxidase, peroxidase and a chromogen system) proposed by Schersten was used to screen 400 urines for correlation between significant bacteriuria and urine glucose concentration below 1.5 mg%. Among 112 bacteriologically positive urines by routine culture, there were 43 false negatives. Among these were 19 diabetics and 11 patients on antibiotics. Thus, of the remaining 82 culturally positive urines, there were 13 unexplained false negative reactions (16%). There were 29 instances of false positives among 288 bacteriologically negative urines. These results compare favorably with those obtained by other tests used to screen for bacteriuria. KW - Tests--bacteriuria--dip stick; KW - Bacteria--tests--dip stick, for bacteriuria; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-0413&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Recker, R. R.; AU - Hynes, H. E.; T1 - Pure red blood cell aplasia associated with chlorpropamide therapy CT - Pure red blood cell aplasia associated with chlorpropamide therapy JO - Archives of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Archives of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1969/04/01/ VL - 123 IS - Apr SP - 445 EP - 447 SN - 00039926 AD - Division of Hematology, Departments of Medicine and Pathology, Creighton University School of Medicine and Department of Medicine, Omaha Veterans Administration Hospital, Omaha, Nebraska N1 - Accession Number: 7-0365; Language: English; Chemical Name: Chlorpropamide--94-20-2; References: 12; Journal Coden: AIMDAP; Section Heading: Adverse Drug Reactions; Abstract Author: Zina Fediay N2 - This report describes a patient, a 63-year-old man, who developed pure red blood cell aplasia after taking chlorpropamide in high dosage, 1,125 mg. daily. After administration of chlorpropamide was stopped the hemoglobin value and hematocrit reading steadily increased, reaching a normal value 6 weeks after discontinuation of chlorpropamide therapy. A review of the literature of pure red blood cell aplasia associated with drugs is included. KW - Chlorpropamide--adverse reactions-; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--chlorpropamide--aplasia, pure red blood cell, associated with therapy; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-0365&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Williams, J. F.; T1 - Glucagon and the cardiovascular system CT - Glucagon and the cardiovascular system JO - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1969/08/01/ VL - 71 IS - Aug SP - 419 EP - 423 SN - 00034819 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Indianapolis, Indiana N1 - Accession Number: 7-0056; Language: English; Chemical Name: Glucagon--16941-32-5; References: 19; Journal Coden: AIMEAS; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: Judith A. Kepler N2 - The current knowledge concerning the cardiovascular effects of glucagon in animals and man are reviewed. A number of important questions on the effects of glucagon remain unanswered. Although glucagon exerts a potent positive inotropic effect acutely in animals, this effect is not of great magnitude or even apparent in all patients with heart disease. The effect of chronic administration in the treatment of heart failure in man is not clear. We must await the results of further studies, particularly those designed to determine under what clinical conditions glucagon may be beneficial, before this drug is accepted as an important adjunct in the treatment of heart disease in man. KW - Glucagon--cardiovascular effects-; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=7-0056&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Wray, M.; T1 - IMPROVED ANTICOAGULATION MONITORING WITH A PHARMACIST RUN ANTICOAGULATION CLINIC CT - IMPROVED ANTICOAGULATION MONITORING WITH A PHARMACIST RUN ANTICOAGULATION CLINIC JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1989/12/01/ VL - 24 IS - Dec SP - P EP - D AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Prescott, AZ 86313, USA N1 - Accession Number: 27-02163; Language: English; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Pharmacy Practice; Drug Evaluations N2 - An anticoagulation clinic was initiated by Pharmacy Service July 1988. Initially, the Chief of Medicine did not want the pharmacy to initiate an anticoagulation clinic. Prior to the implementation of the clinic, a drug utilization review documented that patients on warfarin were being over-anticoagulated at this facility. It was also documented that many drug interactions were being overlooked in this patient population, the frequency of follow-up was inadequate, and many patients were being unnecessarily anticoagulated. When this information was presented to the Chief of Medicine, he reversed his decision and the clinic was approved. With the pharmacist run anticoagulation clinic, strict guidelines are followed that are recommended by the American College of Chest Physicians (AACP) and the National Heart, Lung and Blood Institute (NHLBI). Patient and physician response has been favorable. Cost effectiveness is realized due to a decrease in physician workload and a decrease in the number of patients on an anticoagulant. KW - Practice Interest Areas--Ambulatory Care/Community Practice--meeting presentations; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--pharmacist anticoagulant monitoring; KW - Anticoagulants--monitoring--pharmacists, clinic; KW - Pharmacists--role--anticoagulation clinic; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=27-02163&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Lindgren, E.; AU - Schuna, A. A.; AU - Goodfriend, T. L.; T1 - COST COMPARISON OF LISINOPRIL VERSUS ENALAPRIL IN PATIENTS WITH HYPERTENSION CT - COST COMPARISON OF LISINOPRIL VERSUS ENALAPRIL IN PATIENTS WITH HYPERTENSION JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1989/12/01/ VL - 24 IS - Dec SP - P EP - E AD - William S. Middleton Veterans Administration Hospital, 2500 Overlook Terrace, Madison, WI 53705, USA N1 - Accession Number: 27-02107; Language: English; Chemical Name: Lisinopril--83915-83-7 Enalapril--75847-73-3; Therapeutic Class: (24:08); AHFS Class: Hypotensive agents enalapril, comparison, lisinopril (24:08); AHFS Class: Hypotensive agents lisinopril, comparison, enalapril; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Sociology, Economics and Ethics; Drug Evaluations N2 - The administrative costs as well as drug costs involved in switching patients from enalapril to lisinopril in Hypertension Clinic patients were analyzed to determine a point at which changing therapy to a less expensive drug in the same therapeutic class would result in a cost savings. The study population included patients taking enalapril who were randomized to receive lisinopril or continue their enalapril. Of the 67 patients randomized, data were collected on 25 patients changed to an equal milligram dose of lisinopril and 21 patients who continued on the same dose of enalapril. Data were analyzed by one-way analysis of variance comparing blood pressure, heart rate, weight, and lab values in the lisinopril and enalapril groups both before and after the switch. To maintain blood pressure control, it was necessary to double the dose of lisinopril in 5 (20%) patients, and halve it in one (4%), while the enalapril dose was doubled in 2 (9.5%) patients. The cost incurred by these changes are included in the overall analysis. The annual drug cost savings per patient of using lisinopril instead of enalapril was $52.08, $46.80, and $120.24 for 5mg, 10mg, and 20mg tablets respectively. The administrative cost of changing from one drug to the other was $67.02 per patient in this institution. According to these calculations, it is necessary for a patient to receive 16, 17, or 7 months of treatment on the 5mg, 10mg, or 20mg doses of lisinopril respectively, before an actual cost savings will be achieved. KW - Lisinopril--comparison, enalapril-; KW - Enalapril--comparison, lisinopril-; KW - Practice Interest Areas--Ambulatory Care/Community Practice--meeting presentations; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--lisinopril, enalapril, costs; KW - Costs--lisinopril, comparison, enalapril; KW - Costs--enalapril, comparison, lisinopril; KW - Hypotensive agents--enalapril, comparison, lisinopril--costs; KW - Hypotensive agents--lisinopril, comparison, enalapril--costs; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=27-02107&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Yoon, P. S.; AU - Low, S.; AU - Florea, M.; AU - Kootsikas, M.; T1 - SULINDAC USE IN AN AMBULATORY CARE SETTING CT - SULINDAC USE IN AN AMBULATORY CARE SETTING JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1989/12/01/ VL - 24 IS - Dec SP - P EP - D AD - Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, 425 S. Hill Street, Los Angeles, CA 90013, USA N1 - Accession Number: 27-01963; Language: English; Chemical Name: Sulindac--38194-50-2; Therapeutic Class: (28:08.04); AHFS Class: Anti-inflammatory agents sulindac; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - In January of 1989, a two part utilization review was begun on the use of sulindac. The first phase was conducted to determine the appropriateness of sulindac use at our facility. The objective of the second phase was to investigate whether substituting sulindac with other nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) such as ibuprofen could reduce cost without sacrificing the quality of care. For the first phase of the utilization evaluation, charts of 251 patients with active prescriptions for sulindac were reviewed. Indications for using sulindac were determined by the following criteria: patient has abnormal renal function or had unsuccessful treatment with other NSAID's. Contraindications for sulindac use were active peptic ulcer disease and allergy to aspirin or other NSAID's. The maximum allowable dosage was 200 mg twice daily. In the second phase, patients who were taking sulindac for at least 6 months, were randomly selected for possible enrollment into the physician/pharmacist run NSAID Clinic. Patient's eligibility for enrollment was determined according to the following criteria: patient had normal renal function with no concomitant disease states such as chronic renal failure, liver cirrhosis, congestive heart failure, or coagulopathy. During the initial visit, baseline information was determined which consist of renal panel, complete blood count with diff rential and platelets, urinalysis, and subjective/objective findings. With the patient's consent, sulindac was replaced by ibuprofen. Patients were then seen one, three, and six months later. After six months of therapy with the therapeutic alternative, information will be collected for analysis. Using patients as their own control, the objective and subjective findings at baseline and six months after intervention will be evaluated for any differences. 85% of cases audited met none of the criteria and were, thus, judged to be inappropriately prescribed. 75% of the patients were 65 years of age or older. Our results indicate that sulindac is being overused. One possible explanation is the tendency to use sulindac as the first agent when NSAIDs are indicated in the elderly. Upon completion of the second phase of the evaluation we hope to determine if sulindac could be replaced in most of these patients without sacrificing the quality of care. KW - Sulindac--drug utilization-; KW - Practice Interest Areas--Ambulatory Care/Community Practice--meeting presentations; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--sulindac utilization review; KW - Anti-inflammatory agents--sulindac--utilization, ambulatory care; KW - Ambulatory care--sulindac--utilization; KW - Drug utilization--sulindac--review, ambulatory care; KW - Rational therapy--sulindac--ambulatory care; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=27-01963&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Kane, M. P.; AU - Briceland, L. L.; AU - Garris, R.; AU - Favreau, B. N.; T1 - DRUG UTILIZATION EVALUATION OF CONCURRENT USE OF H2 RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS PLUS SUCRALFATE CT - DRUG UTILIZATION EVALUATION OF CONCURRENT USE OF H2 RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS PLUS SUCRALFATE JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1989/12/01/ VL - 24 IS - Dec SP - P EP - E AD - Albany College of Pharmacy and Albany Veterans Administration Medical Center, 106 New Scotland Avenue, Albany, NY 12208, USA N1 - Accession Number: 27-01886; Language: English; Chemical Name: Sucralfate--54182-58-0; Therapeutic Class: (56:00); AHFS Class: Gastrointestinal drugs sucralfate and H\IF/2\BS/ antagonists; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Sociology, Economics and Ethics N2 - A large number of inpatients and outpatients were noted to be receiving concurrent H2 antagonist plus sucralfate therapy for what appeared to be questionably appropriate indications. In an effort to curtail this, the Pharmacy and Therapeutics Committee, in conjunction with the GI Service, developed criteria for appropriate use of combination therapy. A series of interventions followed the approval of these criteria. The goals of this study were three-fold: 1) to evaluate the effectiveness of the intervention process by comparing the extent of combination H2 antagonist-sucralfate therapy pre- and postintervention, 2) to assess the appropriateness of current H2 antagonist-sucralfate combination therapy based on pre-approved criteria, and 3) to compute any cost savings to the institution since the adoption of guidelines for appropriate combination use. Retrospective data collection for a three month period prior to adoption of criteria for appropriate combination use served as a baseline (preintervention). Data included the number of patients receiving H2 antagonists, sucralfate, and combination therapy (\PM/ antacids). Interventions, which followed adoption of criteria for appropriate combination use, included the enforcement of criteria by staff pharmacists, distribution of criteria to housestaff, providing educational inservice presentations to staff pharmacists, and instituting an automatic stop order policy. Postintervention data was collected prospectively for a similar three month period of time, and also included indications of use of H2 antagonist-sucralfate combination therapy. After the intervention steps, the number of patients receiving combination H2 antagonist-sucralfate therapy (\PM/ antacid) decreased by 40.4% from 178 to 106. Of the 61 outpatients and 45 inpatients who received combination H2 antagonist-sucralfate therapy during the postintervention phase, only seven patients (6.6%) fulfilled the criteria for combination use, and all patients had received combination therapy for greater than two weeks. The calculated annualized cost savings to the institution as a result of the 40% reduction of combination use was four to eight thousand dollars. KW - Sucralfate--and H\IF/2\BS/ antagonists-; KW - Practice Interest Areas--General Clinical Practice--meeting presentations; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--H\IF/2\BS/ antagonists and sucralfate; KW - Gastrointestinal drugs--sucralfate and H\IF/2\BS/ antagonists--rational therapy; KW - Gastrointestinal drugs--H\IF/2\BS/ antagonists--rational therapy; KW - Rational therapy--sucralfate and H\IF/2\BS/ antagonists; KW - Rational therapy--H\IF/2\BS/ antagonists and sucralfate; KW - Combined therapy--H\IF/2\BS/ antagonists and sucralfate; KW - Combined therapy--sucralfate and H\IF/2\BS/ antagonists; KW - Costs--sucralfate and H\IF/2\BS/ antagonists--concurrent therapy; KW - Costs--H\IF/2\BS/ antagonists and sucralfate--concurrent therapy; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=27-01886&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Williams, V.; AU - Washington, T. G.; AU - LaBatt, E. P.; T1 - DETERMINING THE COST AVOIDANCE OF CIMETIDINE USE IN AN AMBULATORY CARE SETTING UTILIZING CLINICAL PHARMACIST INTERVENTION\M/RESEARCH IN PROGRESS CT - DETERMINING THE COST AVOIDANCE OF CIMETIDINE USE IN AN AMBULATORY CARE SETTING UTILIZING CLINICAL PHARMACIST INTERVENTION\M/RESEARCH IN PROGRESS JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1989/12/01/ VL - 24 IS - Dec SP - P EP - R AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, 50 Irving Street, N.W., Washington, D.C., 20422, USA N1 - Accession Number: 27-01869; Language: English; Chemical Name: Cimetidine--51481-61-9; Therapeutic Class: (56:00); AHFS Class: Gastrointestinal drugs cimetidine; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Sociology, Economics and Ethics N2 - Peptic ulcer healing and the prevention of ulcer recurrence is primarily managed by the use of histamine-2-antagonists. Nevertheless, inappropriate prescribing is often evident with their use both in inpatient and outpatient settings. Inappropriate prescribing may result in increased pharmacy expenditures. Preliminary results of the review of outpatient prescriptions reveal that the H2-antagonist on our formulary, cimetidine, is often inappropriately dosed. Therefore, the primary objective of this study is two-fold: (1) to evaluate the prescribing patterns of cimetidine in the outpatient setting and (2) to determine the cost avoidance of clinical pharmacist intervention on prescribing. The experimental methodology will consist of targeting those ambulatory patients on multiple daily dosing of cimetidine with a documented peptic ulcer. The clinical pharmacist will intervene via written and/or verbal communication for those patients re- ceiving treatment beyond eight (8) weeks to either convert to prophylactic therapy or reassess healing of ulcer. The financial impact of the intervention will be evaluated. We believe the results of the study will serve as evidence for implementing mechanisms for improving prescribing patterns. Additionally, we hope to demonstrate the need for consistent clinical pharmacist intervention in the ambulatory care setting. KW - Cimetidine--prescribing-; KW - Practice Interest Areas--Ambulatory Care/Community Practice--meeting presentations; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--cimetidine prescribing costs; KW - Gastrointestinal drugs--cimetidine--prescribing costs; KW - Costs--cimetidine--prescribing; KW - Prescribing--cimetidine--costs; KW - Clinical pharmacists--role--cimetidine costs, ambulatory care; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=27-01869&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Rawls, N.; T1 - CURRENT PERSPECTIVE IN PSYCHOTROPIC DRUG USE IN THE ELDERLY: PSYCHOSES AND BEHAVIOR CONTROL CT - CURRENT PERSPECTIVE IN PSYCHOTROPIC DRUG USE IN THE ELDERLY: PSYCHOSES AND BEHAVIOR CONTROL JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1989/12/01/ VL - 24 IS - Dec SP - PI EP - 52 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1030 Jefferson Avenue, Memphis, TN 38104, USA N1 - Accession Number: 27-01866; Language: English; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - The use of medication to manage agitated behavior and psychosis in elderly patients presents a number of challenges to the pharmacist practitioner. This presentation will review the role of psychotropic drug therapy and provide guidelines for the appropriate care of elderly patients who are unable to function in our society because of agitation or psychoses. While non-pharmacologic approaches are to be preferred, the severity of symptoms may necessitate a trial on psychoactive agents. It must be remembered that psychoactive drugs have often been used excessively in an effort to control disruptive behavior associated with dementia in the elderly. Prior to beginning psychoactive drug therapy a careful differential diagnosis is necessary to identify treatable causes. Depression, Parkinsonism, endocrine disorders, delirium, and other medical conditions should be treated appropriately. Drug-induced agitation and psychotic behavior must be considered in treating the elderly due to their greater potential for adverse drug reactions. The number of elderly persons with a diagnosis of schizophrenia increases with the increase in our geriatric population and they frequently need antipsychotic drugs and require careful drug therapy management. Benzodiazepine and antipsychotic medications are routinely used when attempting to control the agitated elderly patient. These agents can cause sedation, confusion and an increased risk of falling when prescribed to the elderly. Antipsychotics can induce agitation and restlessness and also worsen neurologic disorders such as Parkinson's disease. Currently available drugs to treat agitation and disruptive behaviors in the elderly population have been shown to provide only modest benefit and require careful monitoring and the establishment of clear therapeutic goals for treatment. A variety of other agents including carbamazepine, propranolol, buspirone, and lithium have been used to decrease agitated behavior in the elderly. The role of these agents as well as other new drugs has yet to be firmly established in treating the demented elderly. The use of drugs to control behavior is of less importance than providing education and support to families and caregivers. KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--tranquilizers and geriatrics; KW - Tranquilizers--geriatrics--therapy; KW - Geriatrics--tranquilizers--therapy; KW - Psychoses--geriatrics--tranquilizers therapy; KW - Benzodiazepines--geriatrics--psychoses therapy; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=27-01866&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Wray, M.; T1 - DELAYED PSYLLIUM ALLERGY IN FOUR NURSES CT - DELAYED PSYLLIUM ALLERGY IN FOUR NURSES JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1989/12/01/ VL - 24 IS - Dec SP - P EP - D AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Prescott, AZ 86301, USA N1 - Accession Number: 27-01799; Language: English; Trade Name: Psyllium; Generic Name: Plantago seed; Chemical Name: Plantago seed--8063-16-9; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Adverse Drug Reactions N2 - Four nurses at a 100 bed VA Medical Center complained of varying degrees of psyllium (plantago seed) allergy. This reaction has been reported in the literature before; however, it may be more prevalent than previously realized. All of the reactions described were acquired over several years. One nurse described an anaphylactoid reaction including wheezing, chest congestion, swollen and watery eyes, and sneezing after dispensing psyllium; this reaction took two days to resolve despite the use of antihistamines. The nurse dispensed psyllium for eight years with minimal problems. Another nurse described chest congestion, wheezing and swollen eyes upon dispensing psyllium; this allergy took over five years to acquire. A third nurse complained of immediate sneezing and watery eyes upon dispensing psyllium; this reaction took several years to acquire. One nurse was lost to follow-up. Two of the three nurses now use face masks upon dispensing psyllium. One of the nurses refuses to dispe se psyllium. The pharmacy encourages the use of face masks if an allergic reaction to psyllium is suspected. If the allergy is severe, the nurse should not dispense psyllium. Serious allergic reactions including death due to psyllium have been described in the medical literature. Warning information should be included in the marketing information of psyllium products. KW - Plantago seed--allergies-; KW - Practice Interest Areas--General Clinical Practice--meeting presentations; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--plantago seed allergies; KW - Allergies--plantago seed--delayed, nurses; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--plantago seed--delayed allergies; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=27-01799&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Colucci, R. D.; AU - Halpern, N. A.; T1 - ROLE OF THE CRITICAL CARE PHARMACIST WITHIN THE ICU ORDER WRITING PROCESS: PRESENTATION OF A PROTOTYPE ORDER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM CT - ROLE OF THE CRITICAL CARE PHARMACIST WITHIN THE ICU ORDER WRITING PROCESS: PRESENTATION OF A PROTOTYPE ORDER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1989/12/01/ VL - 24 IS - Dec SP - P EP - E AD - Surgical Intensive Care Unit, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, NY 10468, USA N1 - Accession Number: 27-01772; Language: English; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Institutional Pharmacy Practice N2 - The hospital pharmacy has evolved from providing general hospital services to supplying specially trained personnel to serve as vital components of the multidisciplinary critical care medicine team. The critically ill patient often develops multisystem organ failure and an altered pharmacokinetic state. Patients in this condition require appropriate adjustment of their medications, careful observations for drug interactions, and thoughtful guidance in therapeutic selection. Critical care pharmacists are now recognized as being uniquely qualified to assume the above roles. In order to best serve in this capacity, the critical care pharmacist must participate in the ICU order writing process. This requires a detailed analysis and understanding of the many components and problems of this process. The following study was designed to: 1) analyze the process of order writing as it is presently being performed in various Critical Care Units, and 2) to propose the use of a prototype computerized ICU order management system to replace the traditional order writing process. One hundred and eighteen ICU directors throughout the country were surveyed regarding the methodology of order writing in their ICU's. In addition, they were asked to review a draft of a proposed computerized Surgical ICU order protocol. Sixty-two (52.5%) of the surveys were completed and returned. A majority (63%) of ICU's do not have an order writing policy. The orders are written by the house staff in 77% of the ICU's. Orders are rewritten daily in 32% of the ICU's. Of these, the daily orders are completely rewritten in 30% and only selected orders are rewritten in 70%. Computers are involved in the order writing process in only 48% of the ICU's. They are primarily used for nurse or secretary transcription of orders, as 91% of physicians handwrite the orders. Seventy percent felt that the computerized order protocol would greatly benefit the pharmacist. A large majority (77%) thought that the protocol would enhance the delivery of a consistent quality of care. Based on our survey, computers are infrequently used in the order writing process. The use of a computerized order protocol may improve the quality of medication delivery in the ICU. Further studies are required to determine the degree of improvement the order management system would offer in the overall writing process. KW - Practice Interest Areas--Cardiovascular/Critical Care--meeting presentations; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--critical care medication orders; KW - Medication orders--intensive care units--computerized protocols; KW - Hospitals--intensive care units--computerized medication order protocols; KW - Protocols--medication orders--intensive care units; KW - Computers--medication orders--protocols, intensive care units; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=27-01772&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Laven, D. L.; T1 - RADIOLOGIC PHARMACY SERVICES AT THE VETERANS ADMINISTRATION MEDICAL CENTER IN BAY PINES, FL CT - RADIOLOGIC PHARMACY SERVICES AT THE VETERANS ADMINISTRATION MEDICAL CENTER IN BAY PINES, FL JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1989/12/01/ VL - 24 IS - Dec SP - PI EP - 14 AD - Director-Nuclear Pharmacy, Nuclear Medicine Service-115, Building 100, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bay Pines, FL 33504, USA N1 - Accession Number: 27-01770; Language: English; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Institutional Pharmacy Practice; Sociology, Economics and Ethics N2 - Diversification of the professional responsibilities among pharmacists today, is an all important factor in planning for the future of pharmacy. Organized pharmacy and hospital pharmacy practice in particular, has been too complacent in addressing professional issues or in capitalizing on the many opportunities that present themselves in the area of radiologic pharmacy practice. Radiologic pharmacy practice parallels hospital pharmacy practice in many areas including, but not limited to, procurement, compounding, dispensing, quality assessment, drug information and drug use review. It is of special interest to hospital pharmacists that by adopting a positive attitude in the approach and willingness to develop professional services to the diagnostic imaging areas of the institutional setting, an overall cost-effectiveness and improvement in the quality of patient care may be realized that otherwise would not have existed. By expanding the scope of traditional professional skills and expertise, hospital pharmacists can provide many clinical contributions to nuclear medicine/radiology in areas such as product selection, drug interactions and interferences, pharmacokinetic modeling and improved drug utilization. It is also possible to note the overall operational and financial benefits gained by utilizing and applying administrative/business approaches as we have and continually evolving them relative to traditional hospital pharmacy based practice. The nuclear pharmacy program was developed back in July 1985, after analysis showed that it could be possible to reduce the overall cost of radiopharmaceutical service by switching from the use of various commercial suppliers to an in-house operation. Initial projections estimated that the annual cost of continued commercial service versus a switch to an in-house operation was $175,710.00 and $90,596.00 respectively. A two-year forecast estimated that the cost of radiopharmaceutical service from commercial vendor sources would escalate to $376,375.00 compared to $117,236.00 for the in-house service. Subsequent analysis of actual cost figures have indicated that these projections were less than 5% off in their forecast. Cost for start-up and replacement equipment was less than $4500.00 initially, and only three equipment items at a cost of $6200.00 have been added since, but these were all items scheduled for replacement regardless. Since July 1985, the cost of expired or unused r diopharmaceutical cold kits and products has been less than $4400.00 out of total budget expenditures costing $329,402.00 over the past 52 months. This relationship represents a drug wastage of only 1.3% of total acquisition costs, which further translates into an overall utilization rate averaging 99.0% for all drug items routinely used. Inventory turnover rates have averaged 45 to 60 times a year since the start of the nuclear pharmacy program. In taking these and other financial/operational factors into consideration, a total savings of over $430,000.00 has been realized in a 52 month period over that which would have otherwise been spent by obtaining radiopharmaceuticals from a commercial supplier. Based on the annual operating budget for the Nuclear Medicine Service, this cost savings represents approximately 40.0% of the overall budget. Additional cost projections and profitability studies have been undertaken with the thought in mind that this nuclear pharmacy program could provide radiopharmaceutical service to a select number of smaller community hospitals via sharing agreements. By applying the same techniques utilized in first establishing the Bay Pines VAMC nuclear pharmacy program, it was estimated that a sharing arrangement with 6 other nearby hospitals could result in a yearly profit potential of approximately $113,000.00 to the VA, while reducing the overall acquisition cost of radiopharmaceuticals in the participating hospitals by up to 48 to 67% on the average. However, while the scope of such business approach is outside of the mission statement of VA system at the present time, it is clearly evident that the establishment of a hospital-based nuclear (radiologic) pharmacy service, with or without additional sharing agreements, can result in a significant cost savings for the delivery of high calibre radiopharmaceutical services to patients, while at the same time providing the very real message that pharmacy can have an impact in the area of the radiologic sciences if it elects to do so. KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--radiopharmacy services; KW - Radiopharmacy--services--hospitals; KW - Hospitals--radiopharmacy--services; KW - Economics--radiopharmacy--services, hospitals; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=27-01770&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Swanson, K. M.; T1 - IMPLEMENTING A PROFESSIONAL CAREER LADDER USING A CLINICAL PRIVILEGE PROGRAM CT - IMPLEMENTING A PROFESSIONAL CAREER LADDER USING A CLINICAL PRIVILEGE PROGRAM JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1989/12/01/ VL - 24 IS - Dec SP - MCS EP - -23 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, 2100 Ridgecrest Drive, S.E., Albuquerque, NM 87108, USA N1 - Accession Number: 27-01699; Language: English; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Institutional Pharmacy Practice N2 - This management case study describes the development and implementation of a professional career ladder for staff pharmacists using a clinical privilege program at Veteran's Administration Medical Center. A method to ensure the quality of clinical services being provided and create a structured framework for practitioners to develop clinical skills was sought. A current Medical Center policy on clinical privileges was redefined to achieve these goals. Three categories of clinical privileges were established. A functional statement describing the activities in each category and qualifications were developed. An internal review board devised criteria to objectively measure the pharmacist's ability in each category of privileges. Implementation of the clinical privileges program has provided congruence between the pharmacist's job description, clinical privileges and skills while promoting a professional career ladder. Departmental goals of creating a structured framework for clinical activities and ensuring the quality and consistency of these services have been met. KW - Management Case Studies--meeting presentations; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--hospital pharmacists career ladders; KW - Pharmacists, hospital--careers--ladders, clinical privilege; KW - Careers--pharmacists, hospital--ladders, clinical privilege; KW - Administration--hospital pharmacy--professional career ladders; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=27-01699&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Feldman, J. A.; AU - Baran, R. G.; AU - Rooney, R. J.; T1 - IMPLEMENTATION OF AN ADVERSE DRUG REACTION REPORTING PROGRAM AT A VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSPITAL CT - IMPLEMENTATION OF AN ADVERSE DRUG REACTION REPORTING PROGRAM AT A VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSPITAL JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1989/12/01/ VL - 24 IS - Dec SP - P EP - D AD - Pharmacy Service, Lakeside Veterans Administration Hospital, 333 E. Huron, Chicago, IL 60611, USA N1 - Accession Number: 27-01691; Language: English; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Institutional Pharmacy Practice; Adverse Drug Reactions N2 - In fiscal year 1988 (October 1987 - September 1988), VA Lakeside Medical Center (VALMC) recorded only three adverse drug reaction (ADR) reports. VALMC needed to implement a practical and effective hospital-wide system for reporting adverse drug reactions. In developing an adverse drug reaction reporting program three goals were identified: to increase health professional awareness of the need to report adverse drug reaction occurrences, to improve the quality of patient care, and to increase pharmacist involvement in direct patient care. Through a review of the ADR literature, development of policy and procedures, development of an ADR reporting form, and education of all hospital employees, pharmacy service was able to implement a successful ongoing ADR reporting program. Pharmacy service has received an average of eight reports per month since the program began in September 1988. Five of these reports have been sent to the Veterans Administration Central Office, who then forwarded them to the Food and Drug Administration. The number of adverse drug reaction reports at VA Lakeside is expected to further increase as the pharmacy service's educational efforts continue. KW - Practice Interest Areas--Quality Assurance/Drug Use Evaluation--meeting presentations; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--adverse reactions reporting; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--reports--hospitals; KW - Reports--drugs, adverse reactions--hospitals; KW - Hospitals--drugs, adverse reactions--reporting programs; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=27-01691&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Burlingame, M. B.; AU - Jones, R. A.; T1 - COMPUTER-BASED, POLYPHARMACY MONITORING SERVICE ON A GENERAL MEDICINE WARD IN A VETERANS ADMINISTRATION MEDICAL CENTER CT - COMPUTER-BASED, POLYPHARMACY MONITORING SERVICE ON A GENERAL MEDICINE WARD IN A VETERANS ADMINISTRATION MEDICAL CENTER JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1989/12/01/ VL - 24 IS - Dec SP - P EP - D AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Pharmacy Services (119), Archer Road, Gainesville, FL 32602, USA N1 - Accession Number: 27-01605; Language: English; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Institutional Pharmacy Practice; Information Processing and Literature N2 - The purpose of this report is to describe the activities of a clinical pharmacy service targeting polypharmacy in an inpatient, general medicine setting. Computer-generated admission drug profiles are reviewed daily by a clinical pharmacist for all patients admitted the previous day. Only patients admitted with eight or more drugs are identified as polypharmacy and have their drug regimens evaluated routinely. Two hundred twenty patients with polypharmacy drug regimens were monitored and discharged with 2.1 fewer drugs per patient compared to admission (p\LT/0.01). Of all admission drugs cancelled during hospitalization, 12.4% were stopped as a result of clinical pharmacist recommendations. The majority of pharmacist recommendations for drug discontinuation were implemented by physicians for all drug classes except gastrointestinal and respiratory drugs. In summary, a computer-based, polypharmacy monitoring service consisting of automatic cancellation of outpatient drug therapy upon hospitalization and clinical pharmacist drug regimen review can be an effective method of monitoring and promoting appropriate drug therapy in general medicine patients prescribed multiple drugs. KW - Practice Interest Areas--General Clinical Practice--meeting presentations; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--polypharmacy monitoring; KW - Rational therapy--polypharmacy--monitoring, hospital pharmacists; KW - Pharmacists, hospital--polypharmacy--monitoring; KW - Computers--rational therapy--polypharmacy monitoring; KW - Drug utilization--computers--polypharmacy monitoring; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=27-01605&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Briceland, L. L.; AU - Fudin, J.; AU - Johnston, K. R.; T1 - EVALUATION OF MICROBIAL GROWTH IN SELECT ANTINEOPLASTIC SOLUTIONS CT - EVALUATION OF MICROBIAL GROWTH IN SELECT ANTINEOPLASTIC SOLUTIONS JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1989/12/01/ VL - 24 IS - Dec SP - P EP - E AD - Albany Veterans Administration Medical Center and Albany College of Pharmacy, 108 New Scotland Avenue, Albany, NY 12208, USA N1 - Accession Number: 27-01581; Language: English; Chemical Name: Fluorouracil--51-21-8 Cytarabine--147-94-4 Doxorubicin--23214-92-8 Vinblastine--865-21-4; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Pharmaceutical Technology; Microbiology N2 - lt is common ambulatory practice for pharmacists to prepare admixtures of chemotherapeutic agents for patient self-administration over days to weeks. During such prolonged periods, it is possible that a solution could become contaminated, increasing the risk of infection in an already immunocompromised patient. This study evaluated the potential for varying concentrations of fluorouracil, cytarabine, vinblastine, and doxorubicin to support microbial growth. Normal saline, dextrose 5% in water, and bacteriostatic normal saline were used as controls. Samples in 12 mL plastic syringes were inoculated with Staphylococcus epidermidis and incubated at 35\DG/C for 0, 1, 2, 5, 7, 14, and 21 days. The syringe contents were then filtered through a 0.22 mcM membrane, 3-4 mL sterile trypticase soy broth (TSB) were aseptically pumped through the membrane into each syringe, and the syringes incubated for 14 days. Incubated TSB-filled syringes of cytarabine and vinblastine samples showed turbidity through 21 days, while those from fluorouracil showed turbidity through 1 to 5 days, depending on the concentration and diluent tested. The results of the doxorubicin samples were invalidated because it formed a precipitate with the TSB. There was a significant difference between the colonization of samples from greater and lesser concentrations of cytarabine only. These findings indicate variable antibacterial actions of antineoplastic agents in clinical solutions, and they underscore the importance of aseptic technique to their preparation and administration. KW - Fluorouracil--contamination-; KW - Cytarabine--contamination-; KW - Doxorubicin--contamination-; KW - Vinblastine--contamination-; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--antineoplastic agents microbiological contamination; KW - Antineoplastic agents--contamination--microbiological; KW - Practice Interest Areas--Oncology--meeting presentations; KW - Contamination--microbiological--antineoplastic agents; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=27-01581&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Rawls, N.; T1 - PSYCHOTHERAPEUTIC AGENTS IN THE ALZHEIMER PATIENT CT - PSYCHOTHERAPEUTIC AGENTS IN THE ALZHEIMER PATIENT JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1988/12/01/ VL - 23 IS - Dec SP - S EP - 2 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1030 Jefferson Avenue, Memphis, TN 38104 N1 - Accession Number: 26-03363; Language: English; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations KW - Psychotherapeutic agents--Alzheimer's disease--therapy; KW - Alzheimer's disease--psychotherapeutic agents--therapy; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--Alzheimer's disease psychotherapeutic agents; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=26-03363&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Gidel, A.; T1 - PHARMACY OUTPATIENT PROFILE REVIEWS IN AN AMBULATORY CARE SETTING CT - PHARMACY OUTPATIENT PROFILE REVIEWS IN AN AMBULATORY CARE SETTING JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1988/12/01/ VL - 23 IS - Dec SP - P EP - 3 AD - Veterans Administration Medical and Regional Office Center (119), Fort Harrison, MT 59636 N1 - Accession Number: 26-03153; Language: English; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Institutional Pharmacy Practice; Drug EvaluationsSociology, Economics and Ethics N2 - The objectives of this pilot study were to measure the impact of a pharmacist's review of outpatient medication profiles to provide more cost-effective, safer drug therapy to outpatients, to enhance compliance with approved hospital prescribing restrictions, and to provide pharmacy clerkship students with the opportunity to utilize clinical skills in an outpatient setting. Patients scheduled for outpatient clinics were selected for review according to specific criteria. Their medication profiles and medical charts were reviewed prior to clinic appointments by a pharmacist and a pharmacy student. Recommendations to decrease the cost of drug therapy, to comply with hospital prescribing restrictions, to change drug dosage, and/or to order specific laboratory tests were made to clinic physicians utilizing a Recommendation Form. Recommendation Forms, noting whether recommendations were accepted or rejected, were returned to the pharmacy to evaluate therapeutic benefits and to calculate potential cost savings produced. Of the recommendations made, 69.5% were accepted, producing a potential cost-savings of $191,000 per year. In addition, workload was decreased through discontinued medications, patient safety was improved through acceptance of therapeutic recommendations, and cases of non-compliance with prescribing restrictions were identified and further addressed through the Pharmacy and Therapeutics Committee. This pilot study has shown that a pharmacist can have a major impact in reducing workload, and reducing the cost and improving the safety of drug therapy in an outpatient ambulatory care setting. KW - Ambulatory care--monitoring--patient profiles; KW - Patient information--profile--monitoring, outpatients; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--outpatient profile monitoring; KW - Costs--drugs--outpatient profile monitoring; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=26-03153&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Hutchison, L. C.; AU - Johnson, D. F.; AU - Forrester, C. W.; T1 - PHARMACIST TEAM APPROACH TO INTEGRATED PHARMACY SERVICES CT - PHARMACIST TEAM APPROACH TO INTEGRATED PHARMACY SERVICES JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1988/12/01/ VL - 23 IS - Dec SP - MCS EP - -71 AD - Little Rock Veterans Administration, 4300 W. 7th, Little Rock, AR 72205 N1 - Accession Number: 26-03146; Language: English; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Institutional Pharmacy Practice N2 - The use of a pharmacist team to provide clinical services and a clinical committee to evaluate these services is described. This approach was generated to combat problems with inconsistent and inadequate clinical programs in nutrition support, geriatrics and pharmacokinetics. Once the problem was identified, alternative solutions were evaluated. These were: (1) Segregate pharmacists into clinical or distributive roles; (2) Rotate staff pharmacists through a clinical slot; (3) Increase the length of time scheduled in providing a clinical service; (4) Assign each clinical service to be based out of separate pharmacy satellites; (5) Select 1-3 pharmacists for each service to develop expertise and lead the program. The clinical pharmacist team was implemented by first outlining the ideal pharmacist involvement in 12 service areas. Then management and the clinical coordinator chose which areas could be pursued, who would be on each team, which team member would be designated program director, what was expected from the program director and who would evaluate their progress. KW - Clinical pharmacy--team--and committee; KW - Team--clinical pharmacy--and committee; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--clinical pharmacy team; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=26-03146&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Haymond, J. D.; AU - Falbe, W. J.; T1 - IMPACT OF THE TRAVENOL ATC 212 SYSTEM ON DRUG DISTRIBUTION AND PHARMACY EXPENDITURES CT - IMPACT OF THE TRAVENOL ATC 212 SYSTEM ON DRUG DISTRIBUTION AND PHARMACY EXPENDITURES JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1988/12/01/ VL - 23 IS - Dec SP - P EP - 3 AD - Pharmacy Service (119), Veterans Administration Medical Center, Leavenworth, KS 66048 N1 - Accession Number: 26-03094; Language: English; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Institutional Pharmacy Practice; Sociology, Economics and Ethics N2 - The impact of incorporating the Travenol Automatic Tablet Counter 212 System (ATC) on drug distribution and pharmacy expenditures while expanding unit dose distribution service from 120 to 240 beds is evaluated. The ATC System is a computer controlled unit dose dispensing system designed to select any of 212 prescribed oral solid medications on a patient specific basis. Physician medication orders are downloaded from the hospital mainframe computer into the ATC; the unit then produces sealed, labeled unit dose packages in a continual strip which can be sorted by medication or administration time. The pharmacist may elect to fill orders for an individual patient, a specific nursing unit, or the entire hospital. The incorporation of the ATC System into an overall unit dose drug distribution plan greatly impacted the provision of fast, accurate, cost effective service. The expanded unit dose system favorably enhanced the distributive ability of pharmacy service by decreasing the response time to fill new medication orders and increasing nursing and other non-pharmacy personnel acceptance of unit-dose distribution. The ATC System directly impacted pharmacy expenditures by eliminating the need for stock duplication, allowing the utilization of drugs purchased in bulk quantities, and decreasing pharmacy personnel time required for the distributive function. Estimated savings to be realized from purchasing bulk quantities of drugs are approximately $35,000 annually. Since the ATC System allowed the expansion of unit-dose service without the necessity of any additional pharmacy personnel, an estimated yearly expense of $70,000 was avoided. KW - Drug distribution systems--automation--tablet counter system; KW - Equipment--counters--tablets, drug distribution; KW - Costs--drug distribution systems--tablet counter system; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--drug distribution tablet counter; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=26-03094&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Fudin, J.; T1 - EVALUATION OF THE PHORESOR II UNIT IN THE TREATMENT OF SUPERFICIAL NEOPLASMS CT - EVALUATION OF THE PHORESOR II UNIT IN THE TREATMENT OF SUPERFICIAL NEOPLASMS JO - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting JF - ASHP Midyear Clinical Meeting Y1 - 1988/12/01/ VL - 23 IS - Dec SP - P EP - 6 AD - Albany Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albany, NY 12208 N1 - Accession Number: 26-02978; Language: English; Publication Type: Abstract of Meeting Presentation; Section Heading: Pharmaceutical Technology; Drug Evaluations N2 - In the past, several problems have precluded the use of iontophoresis as a method of drug delivery. New technology has resulted in the development of the Phoresor II unit which is unique in having a drug containment electrode and in affording deeper drug penetrability. The concept of delivering cytotoxic and/or non-cytotoxic drugs directly to a tumor site is explored in an attempt to treat tumors which otherwise are untreatable by standard therapy. The tumors explored in vivo include a retroperitoneal myxoma and a fibrous histiocytoma. Several additional tumor types may be accessible for cytotoxic drug delivery by iontophoresis which offers potential advantages over more conventional drug delivery methods. Preliminary results are encouraging. New methods for drug delivery by iontophoresis may permit drug self-administration in the home since venous access or sterility would not be required. KW - Drug administration systems--Phoresor II--neoplasms, superficial; KW - Site of action--drug administration systems--neoplasms, superficial; KW - Antineoplastic agents--site of action--Phoresor II administration system; KW - ASHP meeting abstracts--drug administration systems; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=26-02978&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - DeFelice, R.; AU - Johnson, D. G.; AU - Galgiani, J. N.; T1 - Gynecomastia with ketoconazole CT - Gynecomastia with ketoconazole JO - Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy (USA) JF - Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy (USA) Y1 - 1981/06/01/ VL - 19 IS - Jun SP - 1073 EP - 1074 SN - 00664804 AD - Dept. of Internal Med., Sec. of Infectious Diseases, Veterans Administration Med. Cent., Tucson, AZ 85723 N1 - Accession Number: 19-02485; Language: English; Chemical Name: Ketoconazole--65277-42-1; Therapeutic Class: (8:12.04); AHFS Class: Fungicides ketoconazole; References: 10; Journal Coden: AMACCQ; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Toxicity; Investigational Drugs N2 - Gynecomastia and breast tenderness were reported in 3 of 40 male patients who were being treated with 200-600 mg daily of ketoconazole for disseminated coccidioidomycosis. In the 3 patients, medication was continued despite toxicity because of the seriousness of the underlying disease. The breast pain abated after several weeks, although gynecomastia persisted. It was suggested that the symptoms appeared to be due to a direct drug effect on breast tissue. KW - Ketoconazole--toxicity-; KW - Fungicides--ketoconazole--toxicity, gynecomastia, male patients; KW - Toxicity--ketoconazole--gynecomastia, male patients; KW - Mechanism of action--ketoconazole--toxicity, gynecomastia, male patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=19-02485&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Bien, R. D.; T1 - Cogwheel rigidity early in lithium therapy CT - Cogwheel rigidity early in lithium therapy JO - American Journal of Psychiatry (USA) JF - American Journal of Psychiatry (USA) Y1 - 1976/09/01/ VL - 133 IS - Sep SP - 1093 EP - 1094 SN - 0002953X AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, Connecticut) (Reprints: Dept. of Psychiatry, Yale Univ. School of Medicine, 333 Cedar St., New Haven, Connecticut 06519 N1 - Accession Number: 14-1301; Language: English; Chemical Name: Lithium--7439-93-2; Therapeutic Class: (28:16); AHFS Class: Psychotherapeutic agents lithium; Publication Type: Letters to the Editor; Journal Coden: AJPSAO; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Toxicity; Abstract Author: C. Robert Sturwold N2 - A case report is presented describing the appearance of cogwheel rigidity early in the course of lithium (I) therapy. A 19-yr-old male with bipolar illness had been treated with up to 30 mg daily of thiothixene for 3 months prior to the initiation of I therapy at which time thiothixene was discontinued. The starting dose of I was 300 mg, 3 times a day, later increased to 2.1 g/day over a 2 week period. The serum I level at that time was 0.8 meq/l. During the fourth week of therapy, the patient developed cogwheel rigidity which was unresponsive to IM injections of 4 mg of benztropine and 50 mg of diphenhydramine. Serum I revealed a level of 1.6 meq/l. Cogwheeling persisted until the I dosage was reduced 24 hr later to 300 mg, 3 times a day. It is suggested that cogwheeling should be considered as a possible initial sign of I toxicity. KW - Lithium--toxicity-; KW - Toxicity--lithium--cogwheel rigidity, blood levels, and dosage, patient; KW - Blood levels--lithium--toxicity, cogwheel rigidity, and dosage, patient; KW - Dosage--lithium--toxicity, cogwheel rigidity, and blood levels, patient; KW - Psychotherapeutic agents--lithium--toxicity, cogwheel rigidity, blood levels and dosage, patient; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=14-1301&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Puglisi, R. C.; T1 - Commercial unit-of-use packaging: important way to improve health care delivery CT - Commercial unit-of-use packaging: important way to improve health care delivery JO - Hospital Formulary (USA) JF - Hospital Formulary (USA) Y1 - 1976/06/01/ VL - 11 IS - Jun SP - 301 EP - 302 SN - 00986909 AD - Pharmacy Services Div., Veterans Administration, Washington, D.C. N1 - Accession Number: 13-6339; Language: English; Journal Coden: HOFOD9; Section Heading: Pharmaceutical Technology; Abstract Author: Douglas L. Thompson N2 - The advantages of unit-of-use packaging systems with 3-part labels are briefly described. KW - Packaging--unit-of-use--advantages; KW - Labeling--unit-of-use--labels, 3-part; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=13-6339&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Shull, H. J.; AU - Wilkinson, G. R.; AU - Johnson, R.; AU - Schenker, S.; T1 - Normal disposition of oxazepam in acute viral hepatitis and cirrhosis CT - Normal disposition of oxazepam in acute viral hepatitis and cirrhosis JO - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1976/04/01/ VL - 84 IS - Apr SP - 420 EP - 425 SN - 00034819 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, 1310 24th Avenue South, Nashville, Tennessee 37203 N1 - Accession Number: 13-6252; Language: English; Chemical Name: Oxazepam--604-75-1; Therapeutic Class: (28:16.08); AHFS Class: Tranquilizers oxazepam; References: 30; Journal Coden: AIMEAS; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Metabolism and Body Distribution; Abstract Author: Edward L. Decker N2 - Pharmacokinetic parameters of oxazepam (I) were compared in 7 patients with acute viral hepatitis, 6 with cirrhosis, and 16 age matched controls following the administration of a single oral dose. The effect of multiple daily dosing and of age upon these parameters was also studied. Plasma half-life and urinary excretion of I and its glucuronide, the apparent oral clearance, apparent volume of distribution (V\IF/d\BS/), plasma binding, and blood/plasma ratio were determined in each study group. All persons except the 2 youngest (age 14 and 15 yr) and the oldest (age 84 yr) received 45 mg of I orally following an overnight fast. The 2 youngest and the oldest received a 15 mg dose. Multiple dose data were collected from 4 subjects who received 15 mg orally 3 times a day for 14 days. The parameters for the drug in patients with hepatitis and those with cirrhosis were comparable (no significant difference, p \GT/ 0.05, Mann-Whitney U test) to values obtained in age matched controls. When young control patients (mean age = 25 2.3 yr) were compared to older control patients (mean age = 53.6 4.5 yr) there was no statistically significant difference in any of the parameters except volume of distribution which appeared larger (V\IF/d\BS/ = 61.2 4.6L) in the older group than in the younger group (V\IF/d\BS/ = 47.7 6.3L). This difference (p \GT/ 0.02) was dependent upon the method of derivation of volume of distribution. After multiple dosing, the peak plasma concentrations of unchanged and total I after the final dose were between 125% and 175% and 160% and 220%, respectively, of those observed after the initial dose in both the 2 normal subjects and the 2 with cirrhosis. This degree of accumulation is consistent with the half-lives and dosage regimen. KW - Oxazepam--pharmacokinetics-; KW - Pharmacokinetics--oxazepam--half-life, excretion, and plasma protein binding, effects of age, dosage schedules, cirrhosis and hepatitis patients; KW - Half-life--oxazepam--effects, age, dosage schedules, cirrhosis and hepatitis patients; KW - Excretion--oxazepam--effects, age, dosage schedules, cirrhosis and hepatitis patients; KW - Binding--oxazepam--plasma, protein, effects of age, dosage schedules, cirrhosis and hepatitis patients; KW - Age--effects--oxazepam, pharmacokinetics and plasma protein binding, cirrhosis and hepatitis patients; KW - Dosage schedules--oxazepam--effects, pharmacokinetics and plasma protein binding, cirrhosis and hepatitis patients; KW - Tranquilizers--oxazepam--pharmacokinetics, and plasma protein binding, effects of age, dosage schedules, cirrhosis and hepatitis patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=13-6252&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Holtzman, J. L.; T1 - Gentamicin and neuromuscular blockade CT - Gentamicin and neuromuscular blockade JO - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1976/01/01/ VL - 84 IS - Jan SP - 55 SN - 00034819 AD - Clinical Pharmacology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55417 N1 - Accession Number: 13-4209; Language: English; Chemical Name: Gentamicin--1403-66-3; References: 5; Publication Type: Letters; Journal Coden: AIMEAS; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Adverse Drug Reactions; Abstract Author: Brian Hotchkiss N2 - A 64-yr-old male admitted for vesicular lithotomy and suprapubic cystostomy developed a urinary tract infection which was treated with gentamicin (I) 80 mg every 8 hr for one day, and then changed to 45 mg every 8 hr, resulting in extreme loss of voluntary muscle use which began returning within 4 hr after I was stopped. When rechallenged with I 45 mg every 8 hr, loss of all voluntary muscle use except eye blinking and hand movement occurred in 3 hr. KW - Gentamicin--adverse reactions-; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--gentamicin--blockade, neuromuscular, in patient; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=13-4209&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Garcia, D.; AU - Tow, D.; AU - Kapur, K.; AU - Wells, H.; T1 - Relative accretion of T\LC/c\UC/ 99\LC/m\UC/ polyphosphate by forming and resorbing bone systems in rats: its significance in the pathologic basis of bone scanning CT - Relative accretion of T\LC/c\UC/ 99\LC/m\UC/ polyphosphate by forming and resorbing bone systems in rats: its significance in the pathologic basis of bone scanning JO - J. Nucl. Med. JF - J. Nucl. Med. Y1 - 1976/02/01/ VL - 17 IS - Feb SP - 93 EP - 97 AD - Harvard Univ. School of Dental Medicine, Boston Univ. School of Graduate Dentistry, Boston, and Veterans Administration Hospital, West Roxbury, Massachusetts N1 - Accession Number: 13-3971; Language: English; Chemical Name: Technetium--7440-26-8; Therapeutic Class: (78:00); AHFS Class: Radiopharmaceuticals technetium; References: 17; Journal Coden: JNMEAQ; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Nelson Der N2 - Using a rat model, the role of osteogenesis and osteolysis of technetium Tc 99m polyphosphate was investigated in 10 rats and 5 controls. It was concluded that the positive bone scan of osteolytic lesions reflects compensatory osteogenic response. KW - Technetium--Tc 99m-; KW - Radiopharmaceuticals--technetium--Tc 99m, polyphosphate, osteolytic lesions, bone scans, in rats; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=13-3971&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Latos, D.; AU - Bryan, C. S.; AU - Stone, W. J.; T1 - Carbenicillin therapy in patients with normal and impaired renal function CT - Carbenicillin therapy in patients with normal and impaired renal function JO - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) JF - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) Y1 - 1975/06/01/ VL - 17 IS - Jun SP - 692 EP - 700 SN - 00099236 AD - Medical Science, Veterans Administration Hospital and Dept. of Medicine, Vanderbilt Univ. School of Medicine, Nashville, Tennessee N1 - Accession Number: 13-3582; Language: English; Chemical Name: Carbenicillin--4697-36-3; References: 24; Journal Coden: CLPTAT; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Methodology N2 - A study of the serum clearance method of dose adjustment of carbenicillin (I) in patients with normal and impaired renal function is presented. Although optimum therapy with I usually entails use of high serum concentrations with resultant dose related toxicity, this method was found to provide levels considered to be satisfactory in every instance, by either constant rate or intermittent infusion. Implications of these findings aimed at providing dosage schedules for patients with renal failure are discussed. KW - Carbenicillin--dosage schedules-; KW - Dosage schedules--carbenicillin--methodology, in patients; KW - Methodology--carbenicillin--dosage schedules, in renal failure patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=13-3582&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Welling, P.; AU - Shaw, W.; AU - Uman, S.; AU - Tse, F.; AU - Craig, W.; T1 - Pharmacokinetics of minocycline in renal failure CT - Pharmacokinetics of minocycline in renal failure JO - Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy (USA) JF - Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy (USA) Y1 - 1975/11/01/ VL - 8 IS - Nov SP - 532 EP - 537 SN - 00664804 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Madison, Wisconsin 53705 N1 - Accession Number: 13-3560; Language: English; Chemical Name: Minocycline--10118-90-8; References: 21; Journal Coden: AMACCQ; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Metabolism and Body Distribution N2 - The pharmacokinetics of minocycline after single IV doses and repeated doses was studied in patients with varying degrees of renal impairment. There was no evidence of reduced drug clearance with reduced renal function after IV doses. There appeared to be an increase in the volume of distribution in uremia. No evidence of renal toxicity in normal or uremic subjects was observed with the repeated dosage regimen utilized. KW - Minocycline--pharmacokinetics-; KW - Pharmacokinetics--minocycline--intravenous, in renal impairment patients; KW - Excretion--minocycline--lack, effects, drug clearance, in renal impairment patients; KW - Metabolism--minocycline--excretion, lack effects, in renal impairment patients; KW - Toxicity--minocycline--lack, in renal impairment patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=13-3560&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Hollister, L. E.; T1 - Hydroxyzine hydrochloride: possible adverse cardiac interactions CT - Hydroxyzine hydrochloride: possible adverse cardiac interactions JO - Psychopharmacol. Commun. JF - Psychopharmacol. Commun. Y1 - 1975/01/01/ VL - 1 IS - Jan SP - 61 EP - 65 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California 94304 N1 - Accession Number: 13-2917; Language: English; Trade Name: Vistaril; Generic Name: Hydroxyzine; Chemical Name: Hydroxyzine--68-88-2; Therapeutic Class: (28:16.08); AHFS Class: Tranquilizers hydroxyzine; References: 4; Journal Coden: PSCOD8; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Pharmacognosy; Abstract Author: Douglas L. Thompson N2 - The cardiac effects of hydroxyzine hydrochloride (Vistaril) were studied in 25 patients receiving 300 mg daily. ECG changes were mild except for alterations of T-waves, which showed definite changes in 9 patients. In each case the T-wave was lowered in amplitude and tended to be broader and flatter in contour. In several cases the broadening and flattening on the T-wave was rather striking, producing a somewhat notched appearance of this wave. The QT interval was usually somewhat prolonged as well. In one case U-waves became quite prominent, along with the change in configuration of T-waves. This effect may be potentiated by other drugs and may be associated with an increased risk of sudden death. KW - Hydroxyzine--adverse reactions-; KW - Toxicity--hydroxyzine--cardiac, in patients; KW - Drug interactions--hydroxyzine--potentiation, cardiac toxicity, in patients; KW - Tranquilizers--hydroxyzine--adverse reactions, cardiac, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=13-2917&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Hollister, L. E.; T1 - Dose-ranging studies of clonazepam in man CT - Dose-ranging studies of clonazepam in man JO - Psychopharmacol. Commun. JF - Psychopharmacol. Commun. Y1 - 1975/01/01/ VL - 1 IS - Jan SP - 89 EP - 92 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California 94304 N1 - Accession Number: 13-2282; Language: English; Chemical Name: Clonazepam--1622-61-3; Therapeutic Class: (28:24); AHFS Class: Sedatives and hypnotics clonazepam; References: 2; Journal Coden: PSCOD8; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Methodology; Abstract Author: Douglas L. Thompson N2 - The clinical effects of various single doses of clonazepam (I) were studied in 12 male volunteers aged 18-55 yr. The study was designed as an open trial with subjects assigned to receive random single doses of placebo or 0.5, 1 and 2 mg I. After the first 4 subjects were studied, a decision was made to alter the doses to 1, 2 and 4 mg of I. Experience with the 4 mg dose did not suggest the need to increase doses further, so all 8 remaining subjects were treated with the latter dosage schedule. The 0.5 mg dose was well tolerated but produced signs of sedation in most subjects. Doses of 2 mg or more were definitely impaired motor reactions and a 4 mg dose was adequate to enforce sleep in many subjects. The onset of action was usually within an hour and effects were dose related. It was concluded that I is a potent sedative drug best tolerated in single doses of 0.5 or 1 mg, although larger doses might be tolerated with continued use. KW - Clonazepam--dosage-; KW - Dosage--clonazepam--sedatives, in humans; KW - Sedatives and hypnotics--clonazepam--dosage, in humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=13-2282&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Zimmerman, S. W.; AU - Groehler, K.; AU - Beirne, G. J.; T1 - Hydrocarbon exposure and chronic glomerulonephritis CT - Hydrocarbon exposure and chronic glomerulonephritis JO - Lancet (England) JF - Lancet (England) Y1 - 1975/08/02/ VL - 2 IS - Aug 2 SP - 199 EP - 201 SN - 00237507 AD - Nephrology Program of Univ. of Wisconsin Center for Health Sciences, and Veterans' Administration Hospital, Madison, Wisconsin 53706 N1 - Accession Number: 13-1496; Language: English; References: 8; Journal Coden: LANCAO; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Environmental Toxicity N2 - Sixty-three adult patients with advanced renal failure were interviewed to evaluate their exposure to chronically contacted or inhaled toxic substances (primarily hydrocarbon solvents). Grading of exposure revealed that patients with biopsy-proven primary proliferative glomerulonephritis and patients with a clinical presentation consistent with glomerulonephritis has significantly greater exposure than patients with a variety of other renal diseases. Patients with proliferative or suspected glomerulonephritis also had significantly more exposure than age and sex matched controls without renal disease. It was suggested that further studies to define a possible pathogenic relationship between hydrocarbon exposure and glomerulonephritis are warranted. KW - Hydrocarbons--solvents--toxicity, environmental, studies, glomerulonephritis, in humans; KW - Solvents--hydrocarbons--toxicity, environmental, studies, glomerulonephritis, in humans; KW - Toxicity, environmental--hydrocarbons--studies, solvents, glomerulonephritis, in humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=13-1496&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Galpin, J. E.; AU - Chow, A. W.; AU - Yoshikawa, T. T.; AU - Guze, L. B.; T1 - Pseudoanaphylactic reactions from inadvertant infusion of procaine penicillin G CT - Pseudoanaphylactic reactions from inadvertant infusion of procaine penicillin G JO - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1974/09/01/ VL - 81 IS - Sep SP - 358 EP - 359 SN - 00034819 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Wadsworth Hospital Center, Wilshire and Sawtelle Blvd., Los Angeles, California 90073 N1 - Accession Number: 12-6082; Language: English; Chemical Name: Penicillin G--61-33-6 Procaine--59-46-1; References: 12; Journal Coden: AIMEAS; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Toxicity; Abstract Author: Jack Kern N2 - Three case reports are presented of the consequences of accidental IV administration of procaine penicillin G (I). The patients received I accidentally via Volutrol. The patients experienced life-threatening cardiac arrhythmias and seizures after receiving I. The cardiac, CNS, and pulmonary toxicities of I are due to microembolization and direct toxicity of free procaine (2-7 mg in the cases reported). In all cases the patient had been receiving penicillin G IV then received I infusions in error. All patients recovered following discontinuation of I. KW - Penicillin G--procaine-; KW - Procaine--toxicity-; KW - Errors, medication--penicillin G--procaine, inadvertent IV infusion, in patients; KW - Toxicity--penicillin G--procaine, inadvertent IV infusions, side effects, in patients; KW - Drug administration--routes--penicillin G, procaine, inadvertent IV infusions, toxicity, in patients; KW - Toxicity--procaine--side effects, following inadvertent IV penicillin G procaine, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-6082&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Lang, C.; AU - McGrath, A.; T1 - Gelfoam for decubitus ulcers CT - Gelfoam for decubitus ulcers JO - American Journal of Nursing (USA) JF - American Journal of Nursing (USA) Y1 - 1974/03/01/ VL - 74 IS - Mar SP - 460 EP - 461 SN - 0002936X AD - Neurology Service, Boston Veterans Administration Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts N1 - Accession Number: 12-5840; Language: English; Trade Name: Gelfoam; Generic Name: Sponges; Chemical Name: Gelatin--9000-70-8; References: 4; Journal Coden: AJNUAK; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Jimmie L. Hall N2 - The use of Gelfoam (absorbable gelatin sponge) in the treatment of decubitus ulcers is discussed. KW - Gelatin--sponges-; KW - Sponges--gelatin--ulcers, decubitus, therapy, discussion; KW - Ulcers--decubitus--sponges, gelatin, therapy, discussion; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-5840&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Molnar, G. W.; AU - Read, R. C.; T1 - Propranolol enhancement of hypoglycemic sweating CT - Propranolol enhancement of hypoglycemic sweating JO - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) JF - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) Y1 - 1974/05/01/ VL - 15 IS - May SP - 490 EP - 496 SN - 00099236 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Little Rock, Arkansas N1 - Accession Number: 12-5619; Language: English; Chemical Name: Propranolol--525-66-6; Therapeutic Class: (12:16); AHFS Class: Sympatholytic agents propranolol; References: 23; Journal Coden: CLPTAT; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology N2 - Oral propranolol (I) doubled sweating during insulin-induced hypoglycemia in 19 men. Two of 7 hypoglycemic patients studied with I alone did not sweat, establishing that I does not initiate sweating either by discharges from the hypothalamus or by direct action on sweat glands. Therefore, I enhances hypoglycemic sweating by either blocking a beta adrenergic agent (perhaps epinephrine) that inhibits secretion or by potentiating the discharge of impulses by glucopenic neurones of the hypothalamus (possibly by competitive displacement of membrane calcium). KW - Propranolol--sweating-; KW - Sympatholytic agents--propranolol--sweating, hypoglycemic, induction, mechanism of action, in patients; KW - Mechanism of action--propranolol--sweating, hypoglycemic, induction, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-5619&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Ginsberg, H.; AU - Olefsky, J. M.; AU - Reaven, G. M.; T1 - Further evidence that insulin resistance exists in patients with chemical diabetes CT - Further evidence that insulin resistance exists in patients with chemical diabetes JO - Diabetes JF - Diabetes Y1 - 1974/08/01/ VL - 23 IS - Aug SP - 674 EP - 677 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Medical Service, 3801 Miranda, Palo Alto, California 94304 N1 - Accession Number: 12-5032; Language: English; Chemical Name: Insulin--9004-10-8; Therapeutic Class: (36:00); AHFS Class: Diagnostic agents glucose; References: 14; Journal Coden: DIAEAZ; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology N2 - The role of insulin resistance in the abnormal oral glucose tolerance test seen in chemical diabetes was studied in 50 nonobese subjects. By using the standard test, 60% of the subjects were classified as normal, 40%, as having chemical diabetes. Insulin resistance was determined by administering a continuous IV infusion of glucose, insulin, epinephrine, and propranolol, which has been shown to suppress endogenous insulin secretion and hepatic glucose output. Since all patients were challenged with a comparable glucose load, the height of the steady state plasma glucose response was a direct measure of individual resistance to insulin-mediated glucose uptake. By using this design, the mean steady state plasma glucose level of patients with chemical diabetes was 224 15 mg/100 ml as compared with 126 12 mg/100 ml in normal subjects. This difference was statistically significant and was not related to differences in obesity between the 2 groups. These results indicate that resistance to insulin-mediated glucose uptake is a characteristic of nonobese patients with chemical diabetes. KW - Glucose--tolerance-; KW - Insulin--resistance-; KW - Diagnostic agents--glucose--role of insulin resistance, in chemical diabetes, in patients; KW - Diabetes--chemical--tests, glucose tolerance, role of insulin resistance, in patients; KW - Resistance--insulin--role, in glucose tolerance tests, in chemical diabetes, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-5032&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Wallace, G.; AU - Hayter, J.; T1 - Karaya for chronic skin ulcers CT - Karaya for chronic skin ulcers JO - American Journal of Nursing (USA) JF - American Journal of Nursing (USA) Y1 - 1974/06/01/ VL - 74 IS - Jun SP - 1094 EP - 1098 SN - 0002936X AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Louisville, Kentucky N1 - Accession Number: 12-4868; Language: English; Journal Coden: AJNUAK; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Investigational Drugs; Abstract Author: Jimmie L. Hall N2 - The use of karaya gum in the treatment of chronic skin ulcers is discussed. KW - Karaya--gums--ulcers, chronic, skin, therapy, in patients; KW - Gums--karaya--ulcers, chronic, skin, therapy, in patients; KW - Ulcers--karaya--skin, chronic, therapy, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-4868&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Teplitsky, B.; T1 - Story behind the names of 15 drug products CT - Story behind the names of 15 drug products JO - Pharmacy Times (USA) JF - Pharmacy Times (USA) Y1 - 1974/10/01/ VL - 40 IS - Oct SP - 66 SN - 00030627 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, New York N1 - Accession Number: 12-3861; Language: English; Journal Coden: PYTMAO; Section Heading: Information Processing and Literature; Abstract Author: Walter F. Stanaszek N2 - A brief summary is presented of the background of names for 15 drug products. KW - Drugs--nomenclature--background, for 15 products; KW - Nomenclature--drugs--background, for 15 products; KW - History--nomenclature--drugs, background, for 15 products; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-3861&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Bailey, W. C.; AU - Weill, H.; AU - DeRoven, T. A.; AU - Ziskind, M. M.; AU - Jackson, H. A.; AU - \ET/; T1 - Effect of isoniazid on transaminase levels CT - Effect of isoniazid on transaminase levels JO - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1974/08/01/ VL - 81 IS - Aug SP - 200 EP - 202 SN - 00034819 AD - Reprints: Veterans Administration Hospital, 700 South 19th St., Birmingham, Alabama 35233 AD - Charity Hospital of Louisiana at New Orleans, New Orleans, Louisana N1 - Accession Number: 12-3774; Language: English; Chemical Name: Isoniazid--54-85-3; References: 5; Journal Coden: AIMEAS; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: Ann Vengrofski N2 - Transaminase elevations due to isoniazid were evaluated to determine characteristics of patients who had elevations. Elevations due to other causes were differentiated from isoniazid-induced elevation. Tuberculin-positive subjects were divided into treated and untreated groups and were evaluated by monthly measurements of serum glutamic oxaloacetic transaminase (SGOT). About 12% of drug recipients developed SGOT levels higher than 100 mU/ml. Upon withdrawal of the drug SGOT levels declined rapidly. Elevated SGOT levels were seen in subjects who were older (mean age 50.2 years) than patients with normal levels (mean age 36.9 years). KW - Isoniazid--pharmacology-; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-3774&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Prien, R. F.; AU - Caffey, E. M.; AU - Klett, C. J.; T1 - Comparison of lithium carbonate and chlorpromazine in the treatment of excited schizo-affectives CT - Comparison of lithium carbonate and chlorpromazine in the treatment of excited schizo-affectives JO - Arch. Gen. Psychiatry JF - Arch. Gen. Psychiatry Y1 - 1972/08/01/ VL - 27 IS - Aug SP - 182 EP - 189 AD - Veterans Administration and National Institute of Mental Health Collaborative Study Group, Central Neuropsychiatric Research Laboratory, V A Hospital, Perry Point, Maryland 21902 N1 - Accession Number: 12-3713; Language: English; Trade Name: Thorazine; Generic Name: Chlorpromazine; Chemical Name: Lithium carbonate--554-13-2 Chlorpromazine--50-53-3; Therapeutic Class: (28:16.08); AHFS Class: Tranquilizers chlorpromazine, comparison, lithium carbonate (28:16); AHFS Class: Psychotherapeutic agents lithium carbonate, comparison, chlorpromazine; References: 39; Journal Coden: ARGPAQ; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Ronald E. Nagata, Jr. N2 - Eighty-three hospitalized patients with a diagnosis of schizo-affective psychosis, excited state, received lithium carbonate 500 to 3000 mg/day or chlorpromazine hydrochloride (Thorazine) 200 to 3000 mg/day for 3 weeks in a double-blind controlled study. There were 59 male and 24 female patients, ages 19 to 60 years, who were classified as highly active or mildly active. The highly active patients responded more favorably to chlorpromazine than to lithium, whereas mildly active psychotics received similar benefit with either agent. The drop-out rate for the 2 treatment groups was 11% for the chlorpromazine group and 22% for the other due to poor response or toxicity; an additional 7% of the former and 14% of the latter terminated treatment because of development or intercurrent illness. Serum lithium levels ranged from 0.6 to 2.0 meq/l with a median level of 1.0 and 1.3 meq/l for the mildly active group and highly active group, respectively. The most prevalent side effects to chlorpromazine were somnolence, constipation and dry mouth, and to lithium were tremor, dry mouth, hyperactive deep tendon reflexes and transient gastric discomfort. KW - Lithium carbonate--comparison, chlorpromazine-; KW - Chlorpromazine--comparison, lithium carbonate-; KW - Tranquilizers--chlorpromazine, comparison, lithium carbonate--chlorpromazine, schizo-affective, therapy, in patients; KW - Psychotherapeutic agents--lithium carbonate, comparison, chlorpromazine--psychoses, schizo-affective, therapy in patients; KW - Blood levels--lithium carbonate--psychoses, therapy, in patients; KW - Metabolism--lithium carbonate--blood levels, psychoses therapy, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-3713&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Mason, A. S.; AU - DeWolfe, A. S.; T1 - Usage of psychotropic drugs in a mental hospital. 1. As needed (PRN) antipsychotic medications CT - Usage of psychotropic drugs in a mental hospital. 1. As needed (PRN) antipsychotic medications JO - Curr. Ther. Res. Clin. Exp. JF - Curr. Ther. Res. Clin. Exp. Y1 - 1974/08/01/ VL - 16 IS - Aug SP - 853 EP - 860 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Downey, Illinois N1 - Accession Number: 12-3412; Language: English; References: 8; Journal Coden: CTCEA9; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - A survey of antipsychotic medication given to patients with ""as needed'' (prn) orders supported the viewpoint that a large number of mental hospital physicians have not as yet developed expertise in using antipsychotic agents in the most effective and economical manner. Only 38% of the patients with prn orders were receiving regular antipsychotic medication at greater than the conservative recommended moderate dosage level. Only 45% of the orders called for IM administration. Further analysis indicated that prn orders are often unnecessary and are continued almost automatically. In 33% of the cases, the order had been in force for over 6 months; 89% of the orders had been active for more than 1 month. The original order had been written for the patient by a previous physician in 36% of the cases. Staff physicians routinely continued prn orders month after month without a critical review as to their need. Over half (52%) of the patients with active prn orders resided on an open ward. In addition, almost half (47%) of the orders had never been carried out. KW - Psychotherapeutic agents--prescriptions--prn, rational therapy, in psychiatric hospital, survey; KW - Prescriptions--prn--psychotherapeutic agents, rational therapy, in psychiatric hospital, survey; KW - Hospitals--psychiatric--prescriptions, prn, psychotherapeutic agents, rational therapy, survey; KW - Rational therapy--psychotherapeutic agents--prn, prescriptions, in psychiatric hospital, survey; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-3412&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Breckenridge, A.; AU - Orme, M.; AU - Wesseling, H.; AU - Lewis, R. J.; AU - Gibbons, R.; T1 - Pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of the enantiomers of warfarin in man CT - Pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of the enantiomers of warfarin in man JO - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) JF - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) Y1 - 1974/04/01/ VL - 15 IS - Apr SP - 424 EP - 430 SN - 00099236 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, California N1 - Accession Number: 12-3132; Language: English; Chemical Name: Warfarin--81-81-2; Therapeutic Class: (20:12.04); AHFS Class: Anticoagulants warfarin; References: 11; Journal Coden: CLPTAT; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Biopharmaceutics N2 - The rate of elimination, apparent volume of distribution, plasma clearance, and relative anticoagulant potency of the enantiomers of warfarin were determined in 9 subjects. The plasma half-life of (R)-warfarin after a single oral dose of 0.5 mg/kg ranged from 19.9-69.8 hr and was significantly longer than that of (S)-warfarin (18.0-34.1 hr). There was no significant difference in the apparent volume of distribution of the enantiomers, and thus the plasma clearance of (R)-warfarin was significantly less than that of (S)-warfarin. After multiple dosing to steady state, the plasma half-life of (R)-warfarin in 8 subjects ranged from 37.4-88.6 hr and was significantly longer than that of (S)-warfarin (21.2-42.6 hr). The apparent volume of distribution of the enantiomers was the same, and thus the plasma clearance of (R)- was again significantly less than that of (S)-warfarin. The ratio of the steady-state plasma concentration of (R)- to (S)- warfarin was 3.80:1 in 4 patient with the same degree of anticoagulant control. The relative dose requirements of (R)- to (S)-warfarin were 1.59:1 in these subjects. KW - Warfarin--pharmacokinetics-; KW - Pharmacokinetics--warfarin--enantiomers, in humans; KW - Excretion--warfarin--enantiomers, pharmacokinetics, in humans; KW - Blood levels--warfarin--enantiomers, pharmacokinetics, in humans; KW - Half-life--warfarin--enantiomers, pharmacokinetics, in humans; KW - Metabolism--warfarin--enantiomers, pharmacokinetics, in humans; KW - Drugs, clinical effectiveness--warfarin--enantiomers, pharmacokinetics, in humans; KW - Anticoagulants--warfarin--enantiomers, pharmacokinetics and clinical effectiveness, in humans; KW - Dosage schedules--warfarin--enantiomers, pharmacokinetics and clinical effectiveness, in humans; KW - Enantiomers--warfarin--pharmacokinetics, in humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-3132&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Gurbach, S. L.; AU - Haragopal, T.; T1 - Clindamycin in pure and mixed anaerobic infections CT - Clindamycin in pure and mixed anaerobic infections JO - Archives of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Archives of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1974/07/01/ VL - 134 IS - Jul SP - 87 EP - 92 SN - 00039926 AD - Infectious Disease Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, California N1 - Accession Number: 12-3060; Language: English; Trade Name: Cleocin; Generic Name: Clindamycin; Chemical Name: Clindamycin--18323-44-9; References: 36; Journal Coden: AIMDAP; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Arthur F. Shinn N2 - Serious anaerobic infections were treated with IV clindamycin (Cleocin) phosphate in 5 women and 17 men after previous therapy with other antibiotics was unsuccessful. The patients were divided into 2 groups. The first consisted of those patients having anaerobic infections only. The second group was made up of those having mixed aerobic infections. Clindamycin therapy, 600 mg IV every hr, was judged successful in all patients, although cultures continued to grow aerobes. KW - Clindamycin--infections-; KW - Infections--anaerobic--pulmonary, IV clindamycin therapy, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-3060&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Prien, R. F.; AU - Caffey, E. M.; T1 - Lithium prophylaxis: a critical review CT - Lithium prophylaxis: a critical review JO - Compr. Psychiatry JF - Compr. Psychiatry Y1 - 1974/09/01/ VL - 15 IS - Sep-Oct SP - 357 EP - 363 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Perry Point, Maryland N1 - Accession Number: 12-3046; Language: English; Chemical Name: Lithium carbonate--554-13-2; Therapeutic Class: (28:16); AHFS Class: Psychotherapeutic agents lithium carbonate; References: 31; Journal Coden: COPYAV; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Alex A. Cardoni N2 - The prophylactic use of lithium carbonate (I) in preventing the recurrence of manic and depressive episodes in patients with manic depressive illness is critically reviewed. Longitudinal studies comparing the frequency and severity of episodes during I therapy with frequency and severity during an equivalent period before I therapy are cited and comparative studies of I versus placebo and imipramine are reviewed. In patients with manic depressive disease, manic type, I was significantly more effective than placebo in preventing affective episodes: 42% of patients on I had episodes compared to 80% on placebo. With bipolar patients, I was significantly more effective than imipramine and placebo in preventing affective episodes: 28% of patients on I had these episodes while this increased to 77% for both imipramine and placebo patients. Unipolar patients responded equally well to I and imipramine and both treatments were superior to placebo: episodes occurred in 48% of I and imipramine patients, and 92% of placebo patients. The comparative efficacy of I as a prophylactic agent in preventing recurrent manic and/or depressive episodes remains unclear. The drug seems to reduce the intensity rather than the frequency of episodes. Since most studies have included patients with a history of recent hospitalization for affective illness, the prophylactic efficacy of I in patients with a history of less frequent episodes is uncertain. KW - Lithium carbonate--therapy-; KW - Psychotherapeutic agents--lithium carbonate--therapy, manic depressives, review; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-3046&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Hollister, L. E.; T1 - Doxepin hydrochloride CT - Doxepin hydrochloride JO - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1974/09/01/ VL - 81 IS - Sep SP - 360 EP - 363 SN - 00034819 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California N1 - Accession Number: 12-3042; Language: English; Chemical Name: Doxepin--1668-19-5; Therapeutic Class: (28:16.04); AHFS Class: Antidepressants doxepin; References: 13; Journal Coden: AIMEAS; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: J. Kern N2 - The use of doxepin in cases of anxiety and depression is not recommended based on a review of controlled trials and the availability of equally efficacious drugs which are less toxic. KW - Doxepin--rational therapy-; KW - Antidepressants--doxepin--rational therapy, use not recommended, in patients; KW - Rational therapy--doxepin--use, not recommended, in patients; KW - Drugs, clinical effectiveness--doxepin--use, not recommended, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-3042&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Brickman, A. S.; AU - Sherrard, D. J.; AU - Jowsey, J.; AU - Singer, F. R.; AU - Coburn, J. W.; T1 - 1,25-Dihydroxycholecalciferol effect on skeletal lesions and plasma parathyroid hormone levels in uremic osteodystrophy CT - 1,25-Dihydroxycholecalciferol effect on skeletal lesions and plasma parathyroid hormone levels in uremic osteodystrophy JO - Archives of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Archives of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1974/11/01/ VL - 134 IS - Nov SP - 883 EP - 888 SN - 00039926 AD - Reprints: Nephrology Section (691/111), Veterans Administration, Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, California 90073 N1 - Accession Number: 12-3036; Language: English; References: 31; Journal Coden: AIMDAP; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Arthur F. Shinn N2 - The study describes the effects of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol (I) on skeletal abnormalities as assessed in 8 patients with uremic osteodystrophy by changes in bone morphology and parathyroid hormone levels. Dosage ranged from 0.14-0.68 mcg/day for 8-17 weeks. Observations indicate that administration of small quantities of I to uremic patients can markedly reverse hyperparathyroid manifestations and improve lesions of osteomalacia. Possible mechanisms of drug action are offered. KW - Dihydroxycholecalciferol--osteomalacia-; KW - Mechanism of action--dihydroxycholecalciferol--osteomalacia, therapy, in patients with uremic osteodystrophy; KW - Osteodystrophy--dihydroxycholecalciferol--uremic, osteomalacia therapy, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-3036&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Yeung, K.; AU - Corn, M.; T1 - Fatal aplastic anemia with piperacetazine therapy CT - Fatal aplastic anemia with piperacetazine therapy JO - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1974/09/01/ VL - 81 IS - Sep SP - 411 SN - 00034819 AD - Hematology and Oncology Section, Veterans Administration Center, Temple, Texas 76501 N1 - Accession Number: 12-2982; Language: English; Therapeutic Class: (28:16.08); AHFS Class: Tranquilizers piperacetazine; References: 4; Publication Type: Letter; Journal Coden: AIMEAS; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Toxicity; Abstract Author: Jack Kern N2 - A case report of fatal aplastic anemia following a 17 month course of piperacetazine (10 mg/day) therapy in a 62-year-old schizophrenic patient is presented. KW - Piperacetazine--anemias-; KW - Tranquilizers--piperacetazine--anemias, aplastic, fatal, in schizophrenic patient; KW - Toxicity--piperacetazine--anemias, aplastic, fatal, in schizophrenic patient; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-2982&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Teplitsky, B.; T1 - What particular subjects are discussed in pharmacy newsletters? CT - What particular subjects are discussed in pharmacy newsletters? JO - Pharmacy Times (USA) JF - Pharmacy Times (USA) Y1 - 1974/06/01/ VL - 40 IS - Jun SP - 36 EP - 37 SN - 00030627 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, New York N1 - Accession Number: 12-2914; Language: English; Journal Coden: PYTMAO; Section Heading: Information Processing and Literature; Abstract Author: W. F. Stanaszek N2 - Over 220 issues of pharmacy newsletters published during a 6-month period were analyzed to determine subject contents. A table listing percentage frequencies of the topics discussed is included. KW - Newsletters--pharmacy--topics, frequency of inclusion; KW - Pharmacy--newsletters--topics, frequency of inclusion; KW - Drug information--newsletters--pharmacy, survey of subject contents; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-2914&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Perchalski, R. J.; AU - Scott, K. N.; AU - Wilder, B. J.; AU - Hammer, R. H.; T1 - Rapid, simultaneous GLC determination of phenobarbital, primidone, and diphenylhydantoin CT - Rapid, simultaneous GLC determination of phenobarbital, primidone, and diphenylhydantoin JO - Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (USA) JF - Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (USA) Y1 - 1973/10/01/ VL - 62 IS - Oct SP - 1735 EP - 1736 SN - 00223549 AD - Reprints: College of Medicine, Univ. of Florida, Gainesville, Florida 32610 AD - Medical Research, Veterans Administration Hospital, Gainesville, Florida 32602 N1 - Accession Number: 12-2844; Language: English; Trade Name: Diphenylhydantoin; Generic Name: Phenytoin; Chemical Name: Phenytoin--57-41-0 Primidone--125-33-7 Phenobarbital--50-06-6; References: 8; Publication Type: Notes; Journal Coden: JPMSAE; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Metabolism and Body Distribution; Drug Analysis; Abstract Author: D. R. Tousignaut N2 - A GLC determination of phenobarbital, primidone and diphenylhydantoin (phenytoin) from human blood samples is presented. A more rapid and efficient extraction method prior to the chromatography is also discussed. The limit of detection for each drug is 0.5 mcg/ml. KW - Phenytoin--chromatography, gas-; KW - Primidone--chromatography, gas-; KW - Phenobarbital--chromatography, gas-; KW - Chromatography, gas--anticonvulsants--blood levels, simultaneous determination of phenobarbital, phenytoin and primidone, in humans; KW - Anticonvulsants--chromatography, gas--blood levels, simultaneous determination of phenobarbital, phenytoin and primidone, in humans; KW - Blood levels--anticonvulsants--simultaneous, phenobarbital, primidone and phenytoin, GLC, in humans; KW - Metabolism--anticonvulsants--blood levels, simultaneous, phenobarbital, primidone and phenytoin, GLC, in humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-2844&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Serrano, E. E.; AU - Wilder, B. J.; T1 - Intramuscular administration of diphenylhydantoin CT - Intramuscular administration of diphenylhydantoin JO - Arch. Neurol. (Chicago) JF - Arch. Neurol. (Chicago) Y1 - 1974/10/01/ VL - 31 IS - Oct SP - 276 EP - 278 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Gainesville, Florida 32602 N1 - Accession Number: 12-2655; Language: English; Trade Name: Diphenylhydantoin; Generic Name: Phenytoin; Chemical Name: Phenytoin--57-41-0; Therapeutic Class: (28:12); AHFS Class: Anticonvulsants phenytoin; Journal Coden: ARNEAS; Section Heading: Toxicity N2 - Diphenylhydantoin (phenytoin) crystallization in tissues was studied following IM injections in 13 cats. Eight cats were killed 24 hrs following injection, and 5 at intervals up to 4 weeks. Hemorrhage and necrosis of muscle tissue were found in 5 of 8 specimens taken at 24 hr, and microscopic crystallization of phenytoin was seen only in association with necrotic muscle. Crystal morphology was dependent on intracellular or extracellular localization. Chromatographic analysis showed retention of phenytoin in injection sites at 24 hours. KW - Phenytoin--tissue levels-; KW - Toxicity--phenytoin--tissue levels, crystallization, following IM injection, in cats; KW - Anticonvulsants--phenytoin--tissue levels, crystallization, following IM injection, in cats; KW - Metabolism--phenytoin--tissue levels, crystallization, following IM injection, in cats; KW - Drugs, body distribution--phenytoin--tissue levels, crystallization, following IM injection, in cats; KW - Injections--phenytoin--intramuscular, crystallization, in cats; KW - Drug administration--routes--phenytoin, IM, crystallization in tissues, in cats; KW - Crystallization--phenytoin--intramuscular, following injection, in cats; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-2655&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Teplitsky, B.; T1 - Why a special pharmacist should monitor outpatient R\LC/x\UC/ problems CT - Why a special pharmacist should monitor outpatient R\LC/x\UC/ problems JO - Pharmacy Times (USA) JF - Pharmacy Times (USA) Y1 - 1974/05/01/ VL - 40 IS - May SP - 69 SN - 00030627 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, New York N1 - Accession Number: 12-2625; Language: English; Journal Coden: PYTMAO; Section Heading: Institutional Pharmacy Practice; Abstract Author: W. F. Stanaszek N2 - To assist in maintaining a more orderly and efficient outpatient operation the suggestion is made of designating 1 pharmacist in the pharmacy to screen all prescriptions for possible clarification, and of delegating to that person responsibility for solving any problems before sending the prescription to dispensing pharmacists. KW - Prescriptions--hospitals--monitoring, delegation of responsibility to 1 pharmacist; KW - Pharmacists, hospital--prescriptions--monitoring, delegation of responsibility; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-2625&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Teplitsky, B.; T1 - How nurses evaluate 12 pharmacy programs CT - How nurses evaluate 12 pharmacy programs JO - Pharmacy Times (USA) JF - Pharmacy Times (USA) Y1 - 1974/09/01/ VL - 40 IS - Sep SP - 38 EP - 43 SN - 00030627 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, New York N1 - Accession Number: 12-2621; Language: English; Journal Coden: PYTMAO; Section Heading: Institutional Pharmacy Practice; Abstract Author: W. F. Stanaszek N2 - A survey of directors of nursing services was undertaken to determine nursing needs for various pharmacy programs. Replies from 60 hospitals, both affiliated and nonaffiliated with medical schools, rated the need for the following services: parenteral admixtures; patient history and drug interviews; lectures to nurses; provision of professional literature for nurses; checking of nursing drug cabinets; 24 hour pharmacy service; automatic delivery of stock drugs to nursing stations; newsletters for nurses; total unit dose programs; satellite pharmacies; and rotating pharmacists for nursing floors. Replies to each question are tabulated and discussed. KW - Nurses--attitudes--need, for pharmacy services, survey; KW - Additives--injections--need, as pharmacy service, by nurses, survey results; KW - Patient information--services--pharmacists, need by nurses, survey results; KW - Education--nurses--need, as pharmacy service, survey results; KW - Drug information--nurses--need, as pharmacy service, survey results; KW - Storage--cabinets--control, as pharmacy service, need by nurses, survey results; KW - Hours--twenty-four hour service--pharmacy, need by nurses, survey results; KW - Floor stock--pharmacy--services, automatic delivery, need by nurses, survey results; KW - Newsletters--pharmacy--for nurses, need, survey results; KW - Drug distribution systems--unit-dose--need, nursing, survey results; KW - Pharmacy--services--needs, nursing survey; KW - Pharmacy--decentralized--need, by nurses, survey results; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-2621&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Krieger, A. J.; AU - Lyle, R. S.; T1 - Information sources for physicians CT - Information sources for physicians JO - Postgrad. Med. JF - Postgrad. Med. Y1 - 1974/10/01/ VL - 56 IS - Oct SP - 143 EP - 146 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, East Orange, New Jersey N1 - Accession Number: 12-2597; Language: English; References: 3; Journal Coden: POMDAS; Section Heading: Information Processing and Literature; Abstract Author: Norman C. Lacina N2 - Six essential sources for information are reviewed to acquaint practitioners with unfamiliar aspects of well known sources and to alert them to the existence of others. The sources reviewed include Index Medicus, Medline, Current Contents, Smithsonian Science Information Exchange, National Reference Center, and Neurological Information Network. KW - Information--physicians--sources, discussion; KW - Physicians--information--sources, discussion; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-2597&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Thadepalli, H.; AU - Gorbach, S. L.; AU - Keith, L.; T1 - Anaerobic infections of the female genital tract: bacteriologic and therapeutic aspects CT - Anaerobic infections of the female genital tract: bacteriologic and therapeutic aspects JO - American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology (USA) JF - American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology (USA) Y1 - 1973/12/15/ VL - 117 IS - Dec 15 SP - 1034 EP - 1040 SN - 00029378 AD - Infectious Diseases Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, California 91343 N1 - Accession Number: 12-2411; Language: English; Chemical Name: Clindamycin--18323-44-9 Gentamicin--1403-66-3; References: 16; Journal Coden: AJOGAH; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Norman C. Lacina N2 - Cultures of anaerobic organisms are reported in 33 women with serious genital tract infections, all of whom were treated with conventional antibiotics followed by clindamycin therapy in 4 patients unresponsive to conventional antibiotics and clindamycin with gentamicin in 2 patients. Infections included 13 pelvic abscesses, 7 septic abortions, 5 puerperal sepsis, 3 tubo-ovarian absecesses, 2 endometritis, and 1 each of vulval abscess, vaginal abscess, and Bartholin's gland abscess. Anaerobic techniques were used to isolate anaerobes in all wound cultures and the same organisms from blood cultures in all patients. Twelve patients had a pure anaerobic infection; 21 yielded mixed aerobes and anaerobes. The most frequently isolated anaerobes were bacteroides, peptostreptococci, and clostridia. KW - Clindamycin--alone and with gentamicin-; KW - Gentamicin--and clindamycin-; KW - Combined therapy--clindamycin and gentamicin--infections, genital, in women; KW - Combined therapy--gentamicin and clindamycin--infections, genital, in women; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-2411&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Wang, R. I. H.; AU - Mueller, M. A.; T1 - Identification of barbiturates in urine CT - Identification of barbiturates in urine JO - Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (USA) JF - Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (USA) Y1 - 1973/12/01/ VL - 63 IS - Dec SP - 2047 EP - 2049 SN - 00223549 AD - Clinical Pharmacology Service, Wood Veterans Administration Center, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53193 N1 - Accession Number: 12-1644; Language: English; References: 14; Publication Type: Notes; Journal Coden: JPMSAE; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Metabolism and Body Distribution; Drug Analysis N2 - A thin layer chromatographic method for the identification of barbiturates in a urine surveillance program is described. The method is sensitive to less than 1 mcg./ml. Tranquilizers and sedatives do not interfere with the barbiturate protection. The efficacy of the method was demonstrated using the urine samples obtained from both inpatients and outpatients under supervised conditions. KW - Barbiturates--chromatography, thin layer--identification, urinary, in humans; KW - Drug abuse--barbiturates--identification, TLC of urine; KW - Chromatography, thin layer--barbiturates--identification, urinary, in humans; KW - Metabolism--barbiturates--excretion, TLC urinary identification, in humans; KW - Excretion--barbiturates--urinary, TLC identification, in humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-1644&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Kanter, S. L.; AU - Hollister, L. E.; AU - Moore, F.; AU - Green, D. E.; T1 - Marihuana (cannabis) metabolites in urine of man. II. Undescribed metabolite following oral ingestion of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol CT - Marihuana (cannabis) metabolites in urine of man. II. Undescribed metabolite following oral ingestion of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol JO - Res. Commun. Chem. Pathol. Pharmacol. JF - Res. Commun. Chem. Pathol. Pharmacol. Y1 - 1974/01/01/ VL - 7 IS - Jan SP - 79 EP - 84 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California 94304 N1 - Accession Number: 12-1639; Language: English; Trade Name: Marihuana; Generic Name: Cannabis; Chemical Name: Cannabis--8063-14-7; References: 6; Journal Coden: RCOCB8; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Metabolism and Body Distribution; Drug Analysis N2 - A major metabolite derived from the metabolism of tetrahydrocannabinol (I) administered orally to man was detected using thin layer chromatography. It appears in the urine within the first 12 hours following the drug and persists for at least 36 hours. By various types of exclusion, I is not the 11-hydroxy, 8-beta-hydroxy, 8-alpha-hydroxy, or 8, 11-dihydroxy metabolite of I. KW - Cannabis--excretion-; KW - Metabolism--cannabis--excretion, urinary metabolites, TLC, in humans; KW - Excretion--cannabis--urinary, TLC of metabolites, in humans; KW - Chromatography, thin layer--cannabis--excretion, urinary metabolites, in humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-1639&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Jusko, W. J.; T1 - Pharmacodynamic model for cell cycle-specific chemotherapeutic agents CT - Pharmacodynamic model for cell cycle-specific chemotherapeutic agents JO - Journal of Pharmacokinetics and Biopharmaceutics (USA) JF - Journal of Pharmacokinetics and Biopharmaceutics (USA) Y1 - 1973/06/01/ VL - 1 IS - Jun SP - 175 EP - 200 SN - 0090466X AD - Section of Clinical Pharmacology, Veterans Administration Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts N1 - Accession Number: 12-1589; Language: English; Chemical Name: Vincristine--57-22-7 Vinblastine--865-21-4 Cytarabine--147-94-4 Cyclophosphamide--6055-19-2; References: 21; Journal Coden: JPBPBJ; Section Heading: Pharmacology N2 - A model is proposed and equations are developed for the quantitative analysis of dose-time-cell survival curves produced by the administration of cell cycle-specific chemotherapeutic agents. The essential feature of the model is an irreversible, bimolecular mechanism of drug-receptor interaction that serves as the interface between the pharmacokinetics of the drug and the cell cycle-cell proliferation kinetics of the normal and neoplastic cells. A preliminary cell system that allows adequate characterization of the experimental data is a 2-compartment model in which cells are assumed to exist in their proliferative and nonproliferative phases. The chemotherapeutic model was used to analyze dose-time-cell survival curves found in the literature for the effects of vincristine, vinblastine, cytarabine, and cyclophosphamide on lymphoma and hematopoietic cells in the mouse femur. Similarity in the values of the cell kill constants for these drugs on the 2 cell types indicates that, in the cell systems studied, the proliferative state of the cells is the primary in vivo determinant of selective chemotherapy. KW - Vincristine--pharmacokinetics-; KW - Vinblastine--pharmacokinetics-; KW - Cytarabine--pharmacokinetics-; KW - Cyclophosphamide--pharmacokinetics-; KW - Pharmacokinetics--models--antineoplastic agents, quantitation and prediction of cell killing behavior, in mice; KW - Models--pharmacokinetics--antineoplastic agents, quantitation and prediction of cell killing behavior, in mice; KW - Antineoplastic agents--pharmacokinetics--models, quantitation and prediction of cell killing behavior, in mice; KW - Methodology--pharmacokinetics--antineoplastic agents, quantitation and prediction of cell killing behavior, in mice; KW - Mechanism of action--antineoplastic agents--cell survival, effects of dose and time, in mice; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-1589&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Huffman, D. H.; T1 - Effect of spironolactone and canrenone on the digoxin radioimmunoassay CT - Effect of spironolactone and canrenone on the digoxin radioimmunoassay JO - Res. Commun. Chem. Pathol. Pharmacol. JF - Res. Commun. Chem. Pathol. Pharmacol. Y1 - 1974/12/01/ VL - 9 IS - Dec SP - 787 EP - 790 AD - Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Kansas City, Missouri 64128 N1 - Accession Number: 12-1515; Language: English; Chemical Name: Spironolactone--52-01-7 Canrenone--976-71-6 Digoxin--20830-75-5; Therapeutic Class: (40:28); AHFS Class: Diuretics spironolactone; References: 9; Journal Coden: RCOCB8; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Interactions N2 - In the radioimmunoassay of digoxin in the sera of 3 patients it was shown that canrenone was more effective than spironolactone in displacing H 3 digoxin from sheep and rabbit antisera. It was concluded that canrenone and not spironolactone is apparently the responsible material for the interference with the digoxin antibody binding. KW - Spironolactone--interactions-; KW - Canrenone--interactions-; KW - Digoxin--radioimmunoassay-; KW - Tests, laboratory--digoxin--radioimmunoassay, interference by canrenone; KW - Radioimmunoassay--digoxin--interference, by canrenone; KW - Diuretics--spironolactone--effects, lack, digoxin radioimmunoassay; KW - Drug interactions--tests, laboratory and canrenone--radioimmunoassay, digoxin, interference with binding; KW - Drug interactions--canrenone and tests, laboratory--radioimmunoassay, digoxin, interference with binding; KW - Tests, laboratory--interactions--digoxin, radioimmunoassay, interference by canrenone; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-1515&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Brown, C. R.; AU - Shroff, P. F.; AU - Forrest, W. H., Jr.; T1 - Oral hypnotic bioassay of hydroxyzine and pentobarbital for nighttime sedation CT - Oral hypnotic bioassay of hydroxyzine and pentobarbital for nighttime sedation JO - Journal of Clinical Pharmacology (USA) JF - Journal of Clinical Pharmacology (USA) Y1 - 1974/04/01/ VL - 14 IS - Apr SP - 210 EP - 214 SN - 00912700 AD - Veterans Administration Hospitals, Palo Alto, California N1 - Accession Number: 12-1492; Language: English; Chemical Name: Hydroxyzine--68-88-2 Pentobarbital--76-74-4; Therapeutic Class: (28:24); AHFS Class: Sedatives and hypnotics pentobarbital, comparison, hydroxyzine (28:24); AHFS Class: Sedatives and hypnotics hydroxyzine, comparison, pentobarbital; References: 13; Journal Coden: JCPCBR; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - In a 4-point biologic assay of a complete randomized block design, the hypnotic effects of 50 mg. and 150 mg. hydroxyzine were compared with 60 mg. and 180 mg. of pentobarbital in 58 male patients. For the most part the 2 doses of hydroxyzine and the low dose of pentobarbital were clinically similar. However, 100 mg. hydroxyzine was approximately equal to 100 mg. pentobarbital for the effects on duration of sleep. KW - Hydroxyzine--comparison, pentobarbital-; KW - Pentobarbital--comparison, hydroxyzine-; KW - Sedatives and hypnotics--pentobarbital, comparison, hydroxyzine--effects, in males; KW - Sedatives and hypnotics--hydroxyzine, comparison, pentobarbital--effects, in males; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-1492&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Brammer, G. L.; AU - Paul, M. I.; T1 - Cyclic AMP and morphine analgesia CT - Cyclic AMP and morphine analgesia JO - Lancet (England) JF - Lancet (England) Y1 - 1974/11/02/ VL - 2 IS - Nov 2 SP - 1084 EP - 1085 SN - 00237507 AD - Dept. of Psychiatry, UCLA Medical School, and Neurobiochemistry Laboratory, Brentwood Hospital, Veterans Administration, Los Angeles, California N1 - Accession Number: 12-1293; Language: English; Chemical Name: Morphine--57-27-2; Therapeutic Class: (28:08); AHFS Class: Analgesics and antipyretics morphine; References: 7; Publication Type: Letters; Journal Coden: LANCAO; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - Results of studies in rats indicated that cyclic AMP (adenosine 3\PR/,5\PR/-monophosphate) may have a role in the central nervous system aspect of morphine analgesia. KW - Morphine--analgesia-; KW - Mechanism of action--morphine--analgesia, effects, cyclic AMP, in rats; KW - Analgesics and antipyretics--morphine--mechanism of action, effects, cyclic AMP, in rats; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-1293&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Cohn, J. N.; T1 - Indications for digitalis therapy: new look CT - Indications for digitalis therapy: new look JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1974/09/30/ VL - 229 IS - Sep 30 SP - 1911 EP - 1914 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, 50 Irving St., N.W., Washington, D.C. 20422 N1 - Accession Number: 12-1210; Language: English; References: 24; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - The indications for use of digitalis as an inotropic agent have been reexamined in the context of recent emphasis on the toxicity of digitalis and current knowledge regarding the mechanisms of clinical congestive heart failure in various disease states. Digitalis may be overprescribed in patients in whom (1) the signs and symptoms of congestive heart failure are not due primarily to an impairment of myocardial contractility, (2) administration of digitalis is not associated with notable improvement in cardiac function, or (3) increases in contractility could have a deleterious effect on myocardial metabolism. There must be increased selectivity in the administration of digitalis to patients with heart disease and more emphasis on pharmacologic manipulation of other factors that control cardiac performance. KW - Digitalis--effects--inotropic, indications for use, reevaluation; KW - Cardiac drugs--digitalis--effects, inotropic, indications for use, reevaluation; KW - Rational therapy--digitalis--effects, inotropic, indications for use, reevaluation; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-1210&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Parsa, F.; AU - Wilson, S. E.; T1 - Bleeding diverticulosis in patients on oral anticoagulants CT - Bleeding diverticulosis in patients on oral anticoagulants JO - Am. J. Surg. JF - Am. J. Surg. Y1 - 1974/06/01/ VL - 127 IS - Jun SP - 708 EP - 710 AD - Surgical Services, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, University of California School of Medicine, Los Angeles, California 90073 N1 - Accession Number: 12-1147; Language: English; References: 19; Journal Coden: AJSUAB; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Toxicity; Abstract Author: S. J. Giorgianni, Jr. N2 - Of 33 postsurgical patients receiving oral anticoagulants, 7% were hospitalized within an 8-year period for bleeding diverticulosis. Anticoagulation was indicated in these patients for prophylaxis of thromboembolic disorders. These patients were successfully treated by conservative treatment with blood transfusions and vitamin K. Bleeding complications of anticoagulant therapy appear to be an extension of the therapeutic effects of these agents and may occur even in the therapeutic range of anticoagulation. KW - Anticoagulants--toxicity--diverticulosis, bleeding, in thromboembolism therapy, in patients; KW - Toxicity--anticoagulants--diverticulosis, bleeding, in thromboembolism patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-1147&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Maxwell, D.; AU - Szwed, J. J.; AU - Wahle, W.; AU - Kleit, S. A.; T1 - Ampicillin nephropathy CT - Ampicillin nephropathy JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1974/10/28/ VL - 230 IS - Oct 28 SP - 586 EP - 587 AD - Reprints: Veterans Administration Hospital/CSR, 1481 W. 10th St., Indianapolis, Indiana 46202 AD - Indiana University Medical Center and Marion County General Hospital, Indianapolis, Indiana 46202 N1 - Accession Number: 12-1122; Language: English; Chemical Name: Ampicillin--69-53-4; References: 5; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Adverse Drug Reactions; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - Ampicillin-induced interstitial nephritis was reported in a 43-year- old woman. Conservative management led to complete recovery of renal function. KW - Ampicillin--adverse reactions-; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--ampicillin--nephritis, interstitial, in patient; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-1122&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Murphy, M. L.; AU - Bulloch, R. T.; AU - Pearce, M. B.; T1 - Correlation of metabolic and utrastructural changes in emetine myocardial toxicity CT - Correlation of metabolic and utrastructural changes in emetine myocardial toxicity JO - Am. Heart J. JF - Am. Heart J. Y1 - 1974/01/01/ VL - 87 IS - Jan SP - 105 EP - 108 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, 300 East Roosevelt Rd., Little Rock, Arkansas 72206 N1 - Accession Number: 12-0998; Language: English; Chemical Name: Emetine--483-18-1; References: 17; Journal Coden: AHJOA2; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: F. James Grogan N2 - Mitochondrial preparations were studied to detect emetine effect on oxidative phosphorylation using parameters not previously reported in an effort to correlate metabolic change with specific ultrastructural abnormalities. Emetine exerts a specific effect on mitochondrial function and structure. Its action is to inhibit oxidative phosphorylation as measured by mitochondrial oxygen consumption and the respiratory control ratio. These results probably account for some of the cardiotoxicity known to result from administration of emetine. KW - Emetine--toxicity-; KW - Toxicity--emetine--studies, cardiac, effects on mitochondrial preparations, in vitro; KW - Amebacides--emetine--toxicity, studies, cardiac, effects on mitochondrial preparations, in vitro; KW - Mechanism of action--emetine--toxicity, studies, cardiac, effects on in vitro mitochondrial preparations; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-0998&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Sherter, C.; AU - Denefrio, J.; T1 - Comparative serum theophylline levels following the oral administration of Elixophyllin and Somophyllino-O, a new preparation of aminophylline CT - Comparative serum theophylline levels following the oral administration of Elixophyllin and Somophyllino-O, a new preparation of aminophylline JO - Curr. Ther. Res. Clin. Exp. JF - Curr. Ther. Res. Clin. Exp. Y1 - 1974/03/01/ VL - 16 IS - Mar SP - 239 EP - 242 AD - Reprints: Veterans Administration Hospital, 150 Huntington Ave., Boston, Massachusetts 02130 AD - Naval Hospital Boston, Chelsea, Massachusetts N1 - Accession Number: 12-0917; Language: English; Trade Name: Elixophyllin--Somophyllin-O; Generic Name: Theophylline; Aminophylline; Chemical Name: Aminophylline--317-34-0 Theophylline--5967-84-0; Therapeutic Class: (92:00); AHFS Class: Bronchodilators aminophylline, comparison, theophylline (92:00); AHFS Class: Bronchodilators theophylline, comparison, aminophylline; References: 12; Journal Coden: CTCEA9; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - In 10 healthy males aged 18-25, 15.9 ml. Somophyllin-O (aminophylline and 0.3 ml. ethyl alcohol) provided identical theophylline content and serum theophylline levels as did 75 ml. Elixophyllin (theophylline and 15 ml. ethyl alcohol). Absorption of both medications was rapid, with therapeutic serum levels achieved in 30 min. and peak serum levels in 60 min. Many of the objections to the theophylline combination (taste, quantity of dose, and feeling of mild inebriation) were not seen with the aminophylline combination. KW - Aminophylline--comparison, theophylline-; KW - Theophylline--comparison, aminophylline-; KW - Metabolism--theophylline, comparison, aminophylline--blood levels, elixirs, in humans; KW - Blood levels--theophylline, comparison, aminophylline--elixirs, in humans; KW - Metabolism--aminophylline, comparison, theophylline--blood levels, elixirs, in humans; KW - Absorption--aminophylline, comparison, theophylline--blood levels, elixirs, in humans; KW - Bronchodilators--aminophylline, comparison, theophylline--blood levels, elixirs, in humans; KW - Bronchodilators--theophylline, comparison, aminophylline--blood levels, elixirs, in humans; KW - Elixirs--aminophylline, comparison, theophylline--blood levels, in humans; KW - Elixirs--theophylline, comparison, aminophylline--blood levels, in humans; KW - Absorption--theophylline, comparison, aminophylline--blood levels, elixirs, in humans; KW - Blood levels--aminophylline, comparison, theophylline--elixirs, in humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-0917&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Davis, P. R.; AU - Burch, R. E.; T1 - Pulmonary edema and salicylate intoxication CT - Pulmonary edema and salicylate intoxication JO - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1974/04/01/ VL - 80 IS - Apr SP - 553 EP - 554 SN - 00034819 AD - Department of Medicine, Omaha Veterans Administration Hospital and Creighton University School of Medicine, Omaha, Nebraska 68105 N1 - Accession Number: 12-0865; Language: English; Chemical Name: Aspirin--50-78-2; References: 5; Publication Type: Letters; Journal Coden: AIMEAS; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Toxicity; Abstract Author: Barry L. Greenberg N2 - Fatal salicylate intoxication with pulmonary edema and no heart disease in a 59-year-old male undergoing mild alcohol withdrawal, and a 40-year-old male complaining of severe dyspnea, both of whom reported frequent ingestion of aspirin, is reported. The patients presented with rapidly progressive pulmonary edema. The mechanism is not clear, but the possiblity of salicylate toxicity in the patient without heart disease who suddenly develops severe pulmonary edema is emphasized. KW - Aspirin--toxicity-; KW - Toxicity--aspirin--edema, pulmonary, fatal, in patients; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--aspirin--edema, pulmonary, fatal, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-0865&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Rahal, J. J., Jr.; AU - Hyams, P. J.; AU - Simberkoff, M. S.; AU - Rubinstein, E.; T1 - Combined intrathecal and intramuscular gentamicin for gram negative meningitis CT - Combined intrathecal and intramuscular gentamicin for gram negative meningitis JO - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) JF - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1974/06/20/ VL - 290 IS - Jun 20 SP - 1394 EP - 1398 SN - 00284793 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, First Avenue & East 24th Street, New York, New York 10010 N1 - Accession Number: 12-0810; Language: English; Chemical Name: Gentamicin--1403-66-3; References: 24; Journal Coden: NEJMAG; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Microbiology; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - The cerebrospinal fluid pharmacokinetics and bactericidal activity resulting from intrathecal and I.M. gentamicin in the treatment of meningitis was studied. I.M. doses ranged from 40 mg. every 12 hours to 80 mg. every 8 hours, depending on body weight and renal function. Sixteen patients were given 3 to 12 doses of 4 mg. intrathecally. Within 8 hours after an Intrathecal injection in the lumbar area of 4 mg., 11 of 14 cerebrospinal fluid samples contained 19 to 46 mcg./ml.; after 20 hours two thirds contained less than 3 mcg./ml. The goemetric mean half-life of gentamicin in cerebrospinal fluid was 5.5 hours. These results suggested that intrathecal injections of 4 mg. of gentamicin must be repeated at least every 18 hours to maintain therapeutic concentrations in lumbar cerebrospinal fluid despite concomitant I.M. administration. KW - Gentamicin--pharmacokinetics-; KW - Pharmacokinetics--gentamicin--meningitis, therapy, I.M. and intrathecal, in patients; KW - Drug administration--routes--gentamicin, pharmacokinetics, following I.M. and intrathecal administration for meningitis, in patients; KW - Drugs, body distribution--gentamicin--meningitis, therapy, following I.M. and intrathecal administration, in patients; KW - Metabolism--gentamicin--half-life, CSF, in meningitis therapy, following I.M. and intrathecal administration, in patients; KW - Half-life--gentamicin--meningitis, therapy, following I.M. and intrathecal administration, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-0810&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Hollister, L. E.; AU - Overall, J. E.; AU - Kimbell, I.; AU - Pokorny, A.; T1 - Specific indications for different classes of phenothiazines CT - Specific indications for different classes of phenothiazines JO - Arch. Gen. Psychiatry JF - Arch. Gen. Psychiatry Y1 - 1974/01/01/ VL - 30 IS - Jan SP - 94 EP - 99 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, 3801 Miranda Avenue, Palo Alto, California 94304 N1 - Accession Number: 12-0664; Language: English; References: 14; Journal Coden: ARGPAQ; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - A total of 320 newly admitted schizophrenic men were randomly assigned to either an aliphatic, piperidine, or piperazine phenothiazine. Physicians chose durgs within the class assigned and used them to maximal clinical advantage. None of the drug classes was superior to another in total efficacy. Finer differences were that piperazines were more effective in patients who were older and who were categorized as having core or nonparanoid types of schizophrenia, characterized chiefly by thought disorders. The prevailing belief that these drugs are more specific antipsychotic agents was given some support. Past difficulties in replicating specific indications for antipsychotic drugs, as well as the few differences found in this study, force the clinician still to choose drugs empirically. Differing reactions of individual patients to various drugs are more likely due to differences in drug kinetics than to any important pharmacological differences. KW - Phenothiazines--schizophrenia--therapy, comparison of classes, in patients; KW - Tranquilizers--phenothiazines--schizophrenia, therapy, comparison of classes, in patients; KW - Drug utilization--phenothiazines--schizophrenia, therapy, comparison of classes, in patients; KW - Rational therapy--phenothiazines--schizophrenia, comparison of classes, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-0664&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Aronow, W. S.; AU - Vangrow, J. S.; AU - Nelson, W. H.; AU - Pagano, J.; AU - Papageorge's, N. P.; AU - \ET/; T1 - Halofenate: an effective hypolipemia- and hypouricemia-inducing drug CT - Halofenate: an effective hypolipemia- and hypouricemia-inducing drug JO - Curr. Ther. Res. Clin. Exp. JF - Curr. Ther. Res. Clin. Exp. Y1 - 1973/12/01/ VL - 15 IS - Dec SP - 902 EP - 906 AD - Cardiology Section, Long Beach Veterans Administration Hospital, Long Beach, California N1 - Accession Number: 12-0607; Language: English; Chemical Name: Halofenate--26718-25-2; Therapeutic Class: (40:40); AHFS Class: Uricosuric agents halofenate; References: 7; Journal Coden: CTCEA9; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Investigational Drugs N2 - The effects of 500 mg. halofenate once or twice daily on serum uric acid levels were evaluated in 41 patients with hypertriglyceridemia. Halofenate, administered to 21 patients for 96 weeks, significantly lowered the mean serum uric acid level 39% during the first 48 weeks of therapy, and 32% during the second 48 weeks, compared with the control period. Compared with the control plus placebo period, halofenate, administered to 20 patients for 48 weeks, significantly lowered the mean serum uric acid level 27%. KW - Halofenate--uricosuric agents-; KW - Gout--halofenate--uric acid, blood levels lowered, in lipemic patients; KW - Uricosuric agents--halofenate--uric acid, blood levels lowered, in lipemic patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-0607&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Van Putten, T.; AU - Mutalipassi, L. R.; AU - Malkin, M. D.; T1 - Phenothiazine-induced decompensation CT - Phenothiazine-induced decompensation JO - Arch. Gen. Psychiatry JF - Arch. Gen. Psychiatry Y1 - 1974/01/01/ VL - 30 IS - Jan SP - 102 EP - 105 AD - Brentwood Veterans Administration Hospital, Wilshire and Sawtelle Boulevard, Ward 210-C, Los Angeles, California 90072 N1 - Accession Number: 12-0571; Language: English; Trade Name: Akineton--Prolixin; Generic Name: Biperiden; Fluphenazine; Chemical Name: Fluphenazine--69-23-8 Biperiden--514-65-8; Therapeutic Class: (12:08.04); AHFS Class: Antiparkinson agents biperiden; References: 26; Journal Coden: ARGPAQ; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Toxicity N2 - Adverse mental reactions to conventional doses of phenothiazines in a systematic study of 80 patients with a diagnosis of schizophrenia are discussed. Nine patients experienced dramatic exacerbations of psychoses on phenothiazines with a piperazine side group, particularly fluphenazine enanthate (Prolixin). These exacerbations of psychoses are associated with a subtle akathisis. Exacerbations of psychoses were promptly reversed by biperiden (Akineton) given I.M. It is proposed that extrapyramidal involvement can have a prominent mental component which resembles an exacerbation of schizophrenia. KW - Fluphenazine--adverse reactions-; KW - Biperiden--psychoses-; KW - Phenothiazines--piperazine--adverse reactions, psychotic exacerbations, in schizophrenic patients; KW - Tranquilizers--phenothiazines--piperazine, psychotic exacerbations, in schizophrenic patients; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--phenothiazines--piperazine, psychotic exacerbations, in schizophrenic patients; KW - Antiparkinson agents--biperiden--psychoses, phenothiazine induced, therapy, in schizophrenic patients; KW - Toxicity--phenothiazines--studies, piperazine, psychotic exacerbations, in schizophrenic patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-0571&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Jusko, W. J.; AU - Gibaldi, M.; T1 - Effects of change in elimination on various parameters of the two-compartment open model CT - Effects of change in elimination on various parameters of the two-compartment open model JO - Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (USA) JF - Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (USA) Y1 - 1972/08/01/ VL - 61 IS - Aug SP - 1270 EP - 1273 SN - 00223549 AD - Section of Clinical Pharmacology, Veterans Administration Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts 02130 N1 - Accession Number: 12-0504; Language: English; Journal Coden: JPMSAE; Section Heading: Methodology KW - Pharmacokinetics--models--two-compartment open, effects, changes in excretion; KW - Models--pharmacokinetics--two-compartment open, effects, changes in excretion; KW - Metabolism--methodology--effects, of changes in excretion on 2-compartment open model; KW - Excretion--pharmacokinetics--effects, of changes, in 2-compartment open model; KW - Methodology--excretion--effects, metabolic changes on pharmacokinetics of 2-compartment open model; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-0504&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Jusko, W. J.; AU - Lewis, G. P.; T1 - Comparison of ampicillin and hetacillin pharmacokinetics in man CT - Comparison of ampicillin and hetacillin pharmacokinetics in man JO - Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (USA) JF - Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (USA) Y1 - 1973/01/01/ VL - 62 IS - Jan SP - 69 EP - 76 SN - 00223549 AD - Section of Clinical Pharmacology, Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts 02130 N1 - Accession Number: 12-0343; Language: English; Chemical Name: Ampicillin--69-53-4 Hetacillin--3511-16-8; References: 38; Journal Coden: JPMSAE; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Biopharmaceutics N2 - The pharmacokinetics of oral and I.V. doses of ampicillin(I) were studied when I was given directly and as its inactive precursor, hetacillin (II). The 2 compounds were assayed separately in plasma using an electrophoresis-bioautography method. Plasma concentration and urinary excretion rates of I after direct I.V. injection and after II administration were computer fitted using a 2 compartment open model. II hydrolized rapidly and completely to I with an in vivo half-life of 11 min. in 8 human subjects. No differences were found in the distribution rate and volume constants, elimination rates and clearance parameters, and urinary recovery of I when it was given eigher as I or II. The major effect of II is that early plasma, urine, and peripheral compartment levels of I resemble those from a rapid absorption process, with a peak plasma concentration found at about 0.5 hr. Limited bioavailability studies in 8 fasting subjects showed 32% absorption from I capsules, while 38 and 42% absorption values from II capsules were found in 4 fasting and 4 nonfasting subjects, respectively. The primary rationale for clinical use of I precursers is, in general, the improvement of the limited intestinal absorption of I as well as increasing the stability of I in aqueous solution. KW - Ampicillin--pharmacokinetics-; KW - Hetacillin--pharmacokinetics-; KW - Pharmacokinetics--ampicillin, comparison, hetacillin--in humans; KW - Pharmacokinetics--hetacillin, comparison, ampicillin--in humans; KW - Absorption--ampicillin, comparison, hetacillin--pharmacokinetics, in humans; KW - Absorption--hetacillin, comparison, ampicillin--pharmacokinetics, in humans; KW - Metabolism--ampicillin--pharmacokinetics, comparison, hetacillin, in humans; KW - Metabolism--hetacillin--pharmacokinetics, comparison, ampicillin, in humans; KW - Half-life--ampicillin--in humans; KW - Excretion--ampicillin--pharmacokinetics, comparison, hetacillin, in humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-0343&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Zung, W. W. K.; T1 - Differentiation of anxiety and depressive disorders: a psychopharmacological approach CT - Differentiation of anxiety and depressive disorders: a psychopharmacological approach JO - Psychosomatics JF - Psychosomatics Y1 - 1973/11/01/ VL - 14 IS - Nov-Dec SP - 362 EP - 366 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Program #9950-06, and Duke University Medical Center, Durham, North Carolina 27705 N1 - Accession Number: 12-0315; Language: English; Trade Name: Chlorazepate; Generic Name: Clorazepate; Chemical Name: Clorazepate--20432-69-3; Therapeutic Class: (28:16.08); AHFS Class: Tranquilizers clorazepate; References: 14; Journal Coden: PSYCBC; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Dorothy L. Smith N2 - The therapeutic efficacy and safety of a single bedtime dose of clorazepate dipotassium in relieving manifest anxiety was evaluated in 275 patients in a double-blind study. All patients had a documented history of manifest anxiety for 6 months or longer. They were tested after one week placebo washout, after one week at a average dose of 15 mg. clorazepate and after 3 weeks at an average dose of 19.5 mg. Statistical analysis using the t-test to compare clorazepate and placebo treated groups showed that there was no difference between the 2 groups on day 7 and that clorazepate was significantly better on days 14 and 28. The results of the study demonstrated that clorazepate, when given as a single bedtime dose, was able to relieve symptoms of both anxiety and depression. KW - Clorazepate--anxiety-; KW - Tranquilizers--clorazepate--anxiety, and depression, therapy, single bedtime dose, in patients; KW - Dosage schedules--clorazepate--anxiety, and depression, single bedtime dose, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-0315&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Taguchi, J.; AU - Freis, E. D.; T1 - Partial reduction of blood pressure and prevention of complications in hypertension CT - Partial reduction of blood pressure and prevention of complications in hypertension JO - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) JF - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1974/08/15/ VL - 291 IS - Aug 15 SP - 329 EP - 331 SN - 00284793 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, 50 Irving Street Northwest, Washington, D.C. 20422 N1 - Accession Number: 12-0277; Language: English; Chemical Name: Hydrochlorothiazide--58-93-5 Hydralazine--86-54-4 Reserpine--50-55-5; Therapeutic Class: (24:08); AHFS Class: Hypotensive agents hydrochlorothiazide, hydralazine and reserpine (24:08); AHFS Class: Hypotensive agents hydralazine, hydrochlorothiazide and reserpine (24:08); AHFS Class: Hypotensive agents reserpine, hydralazine and hydrochlorothiazide; References: 10; Journal Coden: NEJMAG; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - The data obtained in the Veterans Administration Cooperative Study on patients with prerandomization diastolic blood pressures averaging 90 to 114 mm. Hg were analyzed to ascertain the importance of reducing blood pressure to normal in prevention of major complications; of 380 patients, 186 were randomly assigned to active drug treatment. A prospective double-blind study was conducted using a standard treatment regimen containing hydrochlorothiazide, reserpine and hydralazine. Blood pressures recorded at the visit 4 months after randomization were used to select 2 subgroups of treated patients: Subgroup A comprised 67 patients who exhibited diastolic blood pressures of 90 mm. Hg or higher, whereas Subgroup B included 62 patients with diastolic levels of 80 mm. Hg or less. Over an average follow-up period of 3.2 years cardiovascular complications developed in 14.9% of Subgroup A and 9.7% of Subgroup B. The attack rates in Subgroup A were significantly less ( \LT/ 0.05) than the 28.9% of patients in the untreated group in whom morbid events developed. The results suggest that although normalization of blood pressure with antihypertensive drugs is desirable, considerable therapeutic benefit is still obtained with lesser degrees of pressure reduction. KW - Hydrochlorothiazide--hydralazine and reserpine-; KW - Hydralazine--hydrochlorothiazide and reserpine-; KW - Reserpine--hydralazine and hydrochlorothiazide-; KW - Hypotensive agents--hydrochlorothiazide, hydralazine and reserpine--therapy, in patients; KW - Hypotensive agents--hydralazine, hydrochlorothiazide and reserpine--therapy, in patients; KW - Hypotensive agents--reserpine, hydralazine and hydrochlorothiazide--therapy, in patients; KW - Combined therapy--hydrochlorothiazide, hydralazine and reserpine--hypertension, in patients; KW - Combined therapy--hydralazine, hydrochlorothiazide and reserpine--hypertension, in patients; KW - Combined therapy--reserpine, hydralazine and hydrochlorothiazide--hypertension, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-0277&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Linscheer, W. G.; AU - Raheja, J. L.; T1 - Effect of glycerophosphate on lithogenic bile: new approach to treatment of cholelithiasis CT - Effect of glycerophosphate on lithogenic bile: new approach to treatment of cholelithiasis JO - Lancet (England) JF - Lancet (England) Y1 - 1974/09/07/ VL - 2 IS - Sep 7 SP - 549 EP - 551 SN - 00237507 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, and Upstate Medical Center, State University of New York, Syracuse, New York 13210 N1 - Accession Number: 12-0253; Language: English; References: 5; Journal Coden: LANCAO; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Investigational Drugs N2 - This study evaluates the effect of short-term administration of \b/-glycerophosphate on bile composition in 10 patients with lithogenic bile (9 with cholelithiasis). Fasting hepatic and gallbladder bile before and after treatment with glycerophosphate (6 g. daily for 6 days) was analyzed for molar ratios of cholesterol, total bile salts and total phospholipids. In all but one of the 10 patients, the hepatic bile became less lithogenic. This observation was confirmed by plotting the molar percentages on triangular coordinates. The results suggest no change in cholesterol concentrations but an increase of phospholipid and bile salt concentrations. The composition of the gallbladder bile did not change. These studies indicate that glycerophosphate should be evaluated in lithiasis therapy. KW - Glycerophosphate--effects-; KW - Lithiasis--glycerophosphate--effects, on bile composition, in patients with lithogenic bile; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-0253&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Hollister, L. E.; T1 - Uses of psychotherapeutic drugs CT - Uses of psychotherapeutic drugs JO - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1973/07/01/ VL - 79 IS - Jul SP - 88 EP - 98 SN - 00034819 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California N1 - Accession Number: 12-0117; Language: English; References: 24; Journal Coden: AIMEAS; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Dora Johnson N2 - The rational use of psychotherapeutic drugs in discussed and includes antianxiety drugs, antidepressants, antipsychotics and antimanic agents. KW - Psychotherapeutic agents--rational therapy--discussion, in patients; KW - Rational therapy--psychotherapeutic agents--discussion, in patients; KW - Antidepressants--rational therapy--discussion, in patients; KW - Rational therapy--antidepressants--discussion, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-0117&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Ahmed, M.; AU - Doe, R. P.; AU - Nuttall, F. O.; T1 - Triiodothyronine (liothyronine) thyrotoxicosis following iodide ingestion: a case report CT - Triiodothyronine (liothyronine) thyrotoxicosis following iodide ingestion: a case report JO - J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. JF - J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. Y1 - 1974/04/01/ VL - 38 IS - Apr SP - 574 EP - 576 AD - Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, 54th St. and 48th Ave. South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55417 N1 - Accession Number: 12-0014; Language: English; Chemical Name: Liothyronine--6893-02-3; References: 34; Journal Coden: JCEMAZ; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Adverse Drug Reactions N2 - A 15-year-old male is described who developed triiodothyronine thyrotoxicosis following therapeutic doses of iodide. A spontaneous remission occurred several weeks after iodide withdrawal. This is possibly the first such case reported. KW - Liothyronine--thyrotoxicosis-; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--liothyronine--thyrotoxicosis, reversible, in adolescent; KW - Thyroid--liothyronine--thyrotoxicosis, reversible, in adolescent; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=12-0014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Allen, L. M.; AU - Creaven, P. J.; T1 - Effect of microsomal activation on interaction between isophosphamide and DNA CT - Effect of microsomal activation on interaction between isophosphamide and DNA JO - Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (USA) JF - Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (USA) Y1 - 1972/12/01/ VL - 61 IS - Dec SP - 2009 EP - 2011 SN - 00223549 AD - NCI-VA Medical Oncology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D.C. 20422 N1 - Accession Number: 11-4951; Language: English; Therapeutic Class: (10:00); AHFS Class: Antineoplastic agents isophosphamide; Publication Type: Communications; Journal Coden: JPMSAE; Section Heading: Pharmacology KW - Isophosphamide--mechanism of action-; KW - Antineoplastic agents--isophosphamide--mechanism of action, microsomal activation and interaction with DNA; KW - Mechanism of action--isophosphamide--antineoplastic agents, microsomal activation and interaction with DNA; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-4951&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Caffey, E. M.; AU - Klett, C. J.; AU - Prien, R. F.; T1 - Lithium prophylaxis in recurrent affective illness CT - Lithium prophylaxis in recurrent affective illness JO - American Journal of Psychiatry (USA) JF - American Journal of Psychiatry (USA) Y1 - 1974/02/01/ VL - 131 IS - Feb SP - 198 EP - 203 SN - 0002953X AD - Neuropsychiatric Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Perry Point, Maryland 21902 N1 - Accession Number: 11-4861; Language: English; Chemical Name: Lithium carbonate--554-13-2 Imipramine--50-49-7; Therapeutic Class: (28:16.04); AHFS Class: Antidepressants imipramine, comparison, lithium carbonate; References: 18; Journal Coden: AJPSAO; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - Two recent 2-year studies conducted to determine the effectiveness of lithium carbonate in the treatment of mania and to compare the effectiveness of lithium carbonate, imipramine, and placebo in the treatment of recurrent depression are discussed. In study one, 205 manic depressive patients, manic type, were randomly assigned to lithium or placebo. The median maintenance dose of lithium was 1000 mg./day and the median serum lithium level was 0.7 meq./l. In study two, 44 bipolar and 78 unipolar patients were randomly assigned lithium, imipramine, or placebo. The median maintenance dose of lithium was 125 mg./day and that of imipramine was 125 mg./day. The median serum lithium level was 0.8 meq./l. The results indicate that lithium is effective in preventing both manic and depressive episodes in recurrent affective illness and that imipramine is as effective as lithium in preventing depressive episodes. The findings emphasize the importance of considering the patient's previous course of illness in selecting a program of maintenance treatment. KW - Lithium carbonate--mania-; KW - Imipramine--comparison, lithium carbonate-; KW - Lithium carbonate--comparison, imipramine-; KW - Psychotherapeutic agents--lithium--mania, therapy, in patients; KW - Antidepressants--imipramine, comparison, lithium carbonate--depression, therapy, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-4861&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - McAdam, L.; AU - Paulus, H. E.; AU - Peter, J. B.; T1 - Adenocarcinoma of the lung during azathioprine therapy CT - Adenocarcinoma of the lung during azathioprine therapy JO - Arthritis and Rheumatism (USA) JF - Arthritis and Rheumatism (USA) Y1 - 1974/01/01/ VL - 17 IS - Jan SP - 92 EP - 94 SN - 00043591 AD - Medical Service, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, and the Department of Medicine, UCLA Center for the Health Sciences, Los Angeles, California N1 - Accession Number: 11-4779; Language: English; Chemical Name: Azathioprine--446-86-6; Therapeutic Class: (92:00); AHFS Class: Immunosuppressive agents azathioprine; References: 6; Journal Coden: ARHEAW; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Adverse Drug Reactions; Abstract Author: Jack M. Rosenberg N2 - A 39-year-old woman with systemic lupus erythematosus, who was treated only with azathioprine for 5 years, developed adenocarcinoma of the lung. This suggests that corticosteroids and transplanted antigens may not be prerequisites for the development of a malignancy during immunosuppressive therapy. KW - Azathioprine--adverse reactions-; KW - Immunosuppressive agents--azathioprine--adenocarcinomas, in systemic lupus erythematosus patient; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--azathioprine--adenocarcinomas, in systemic lupus erythematosus patient; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-4779&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Kopriva, C. J.; T1 - Anesthesia and propranolol CT - Anesthesia and propranolol JO - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) JF - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1974/05/23/ VL - 290 IS - May 23 SP - 1205 SN - 00284793 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver, Colorado N1 - Accession Number: 11-4626; Language: English; Chemical Name: Propranolol--525-66-6; Therapeutic Class: (24:04); AHFS Class: Cardiac drugs propranolol; References: 3; Publication Type: Letters; Journal Coden: NEJMAG; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Interactions; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - Two angina patients are discussed in whom anesthesia was safely induced within 20 hours of propranolol therapy. Both had been on average doses of 120 mg. and 160 mg./day. Anesthesia consisted of ketamine, 1.5 mg./kg. and succinylcholine, one mg./kg. KW - Propranolol--effects-; KW - Cardiac drugs--propranolol--lack, effects, on subsequent anesthesia, in angina patients; KW - Contraindications--propranolol--lack, effects, on subsequent anesthesia, in angina patients; KW - Drug interactions--propranolol and anesthetics--lack, effects, on subsequent anesthesia, in angina patients; KW - Drug interactions--anesthetics and propranolol--lack, effects, on subsequent anesthesia, in angina patients; KW - Anesthetics--interactions--propranolol, lack, effects, on subsequent anesthesia, in angina patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-4626&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Aronow, W. S.; AU - Cassidy, J.; T1 - Effect of marihuana and placebo-marihuana smoking on angina pectoris CT - Effect of marihuana and placebo-marihuana smoking on angina pectoris JO - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) JF - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1974/07/11/ VL - 291 IS - Jul 11 SP - 65 EP - 67 SN - 00284793 AD - Cardiology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Long Beach, California 90801 N1 - Accession Number: 11-4585; Language: English; Trade Name: Marihuana; Generic Name: Cannabis; Chemical Name: Cannabis--8063-14-7; References: 13; Journal Coden: NEJMAG; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Toxicity; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - The effect of smoking marihuana (cannabis) versus placebo on cardiovascular function and on exercise-induced angina in 10 patients with angina pectoris was evaluated. With the subject resting, smoking one marihuana cigarette increased the product of systolic blood pressure times heart rate and venous carboxyhemoglobin level and decreased the exercise time until angina 48%. Smoking one placebo marihuana cigarette increased the venous carboxyhemoglobin level, did not affect the product of systolic blood pressure times heart rate of resting subjects, and decreased the exercise time until angina 8.6%. Smoking marihuana significantly decreased the exercise time until angina more than smoking placebo marihuana ( \LT/ 0.001). It was suggested that smoking marihuana probably increases the myocardial oxygen demand and decreases myocardial oxygen delivery, causing patients with angina to experience angina after exercise sooner, and with less work. KW - Cannabis--smoking-; KW - Smoking--cannabis--effects, on cardiovascular function and exercise induced angina, in angina patients; KW - Toxicity--cannabis--studies, smoking, effects on cardiovascular function and exercise induced angina, in angina patients; KW - Drug abuse--cannabis--smoking, effects on cardiovascular function and exercise induced angina, in angina patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-4585&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Moore, W. L., Jr.; T1 - Nosocomial infections: an overview CT - Nosocomial infections: an overview JO - American Journal of Hospital Pharmacy (USA) JF - American Journal of Hospital Pharmacy (USA) Y1 - 1974/09/01/ VL - 31 IS - Sep SP - 832 EP - 838 SN - 00029289 AD - Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Augusta, Georgia N1 - Accession Number: 11-4532; Language: English; References: 61; Journal Coden: AJHPA9; Section Heading: Environmental Toxicity; Institutional Pharmacy Practice N2 - The results of an ongoing surveillance program for nosocomial infections in an 800-bed general hospital are presented, and considerations in conducting infection control programs in hospitals are discussed. The surveillance program is conducted by a team consisting of a nurse-epidemiologist and 3 technicians. The pharmacy submits antibiotic usage reports twice weekly under the program. During the first month of surveillance, the rate of nosocomial infections was 22%; this later dropped to 5%. The majority of infections occurred in patients with increased risk factors. General principles of nosocomial infection control are reviewed with primary emphasis on 3 problems; (1) nosocomial pneumonias, (2) hospital-acquired urinary infections and (3) postoperative wound infections. It is concluded that personnel, including pharmacists, are the prime determinants of effective infection control. KW - Toxicity, environmental--infections--nosocomial, hospital surveillance program; KW - Hospitals--infections--nosocomial, surveillance program; KW - Pharmacists, hospital--infections--nosocomial, role, surveillance program; KW - Infections--hospitals--nosocomial, surveillance program; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-4532&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Joshi, P. H.; AU - Conn, H. O.; T1 - Syndrome of methoxyflurane-associated hepatitis CT - Syndrome of methoxyflurane-associated hepatitis JO - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1974/03/01/ VL - 80 IS - Mar SP - 395 EP - 401 SN - 00034819 AD - Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven; and Department of Internal Medicine, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, Connecticut N1 - Accession Number: 11-4398; Language: English; Chemical Name: Methoxyflurane--76-38-0 Halothane--151-67-7; Therapeutic Class: (28:04); AHFS Class: Anesthetics methoxyflurane (28:04); AHFS Class: Anesthetics halothane; References: 50; Journal Coden: AIMEAS; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Toxicity; Abstract Author: John R. Cote N2 - A review of a syndrome of methoxyflurane-associated hepatitis, compared with halothane-associated liver injury, is presented. Those patients in whom methoxyflurane anesthesia was followed within 2 weeks by hepatitis, and in whom no other exposure or apparent reason for post-operative jaundice was noted, were included. Twenty-one cases were found with an additional 3 previously unpublished cases reported by physicians in response to informal request. Two thirds of the patients were women and the mean age of the patients was 51 years. Half the patients had previous exposure to halothane or methoxyflurane. Fever was the presenting symptom in half the patients and appeared from a few hours to 14 days after surgery (mean, 4 days). Evidence of hepatitis was manifested shortly thereafter (mean 5.8 days). Eosinophilia occurred in 20% of patients and liver biopsies revealed a lesion indistinguishable from viral hepatitis. Apparent cross sensitization of halothane to methoxyflurane occurred frequently. Fourteen patients died and 4 patients developed methoxyflurane-induced hepatorenal syndrome. KW - Methoxyflurane--toxicity-; KW - Halothane--toxicity-; KW - Anesthetics--methoxyflurane--toxicity, hepatic, compared to halothane, in patients; KW - Anesthetics--halothane--toxicity, hepatic, compared to methoxyflurane, in patients; KW - Toxicity--methoxyflurane--hepatic, compared to halothane, in patients; KW - Toxicity--halothane--hepatic, compared to methoxyflurane, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-4398&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Wang, R. I. H.; T1 - Objective and subjective measurement of hypnotic, trichlorethyl phosphate CT - Objective and subjective measurement of hypnotic, trichlorethyl phosphate JO - Journal of Clinical Pharmacology (USA) JF - Journal of Clinical Pharmacology (USA) Y1 - 1974/01/01/ VL - 14 IS - Jan SP - 42 EP - 50 SN - 00912700 AD - Clinical Pharmacology Service, Wood Veterans Administration Center, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53193 N1 - Accession Number: 11-4202; Language: English; Therapeutic Class: (28:24); AHFS Class: Sedatives and hypnotics trichlorethyl phosphate; References: 6; Journal Coden: JCPCBR; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - Subjective and objective methods of measuring the efficacy of a hypnotic medication, trichlorethyl phosphate, are presented. The 5 subjective parameters used in the study were onset of sleep, length of sleep, depth of sleep, number of times awakened during the night, and satisfaction with hypnotic. The objective method consisted of the use of a newly constructed motion-bed recorder and the observations of a night technician. Eleven patients completed the study and could distinguish active medication from placebo. Excellent correlation was found between the objective measurement and the subjective responses. KW - Trichlorethyl phosphate--sedatives and hypnotics-; KW - Sedatives and hypnotics--trichlorethyl phosphate--clinical effectiveness, subjective and objective assessment, in patients; KW - Methodology--trichlorethyl phosphate--clinical effectiveness, subjective and objective assessment, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-4202&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Kwaan, H. C.; T1 - Aspirin and thrombosis CT - Aspirin and thrombosis JO - Curr. Med. Dialog JF - Curr. Med. Dialog Y1 - 1973/08/01/ VL - 40 IS - Aug SP - 625 EP - 626 AD - Veterans Administration Research Hospital, Chicago, Illinois N1 - Accession Number: 11-4013; Language: English; Chemical Name: Aspirin--50-78-2; Therapeutic Class: (20:12.04); AHFS Class: Anticoagulants aspirin; References: 20; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: Brenda Sue Martinez N2 - The role and mechanisms of action of aspirin in the treatment of abnormal platelet function, associated with many thrombotic states, is presented. KW - Aspirin--platelet aggregation-; KW - Mechanism of action--aspirin--platelet aggregation, inhibition, in patients; KW - Anticoagulants--aspirin--platelet aggregation, inhibition, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-4013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Hershman, J. M.; T1 - Clinical application of thyrotropin releasing hormone CT - Clinical application of thyrotropin releasing hormone JO - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) JF - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1974/04/18/ VL - 290 IS - Apr 18 SP - 886 EP - 889 SN - 00284793 AD - Veterans Administration, Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, California 90073 N1 - Accession Number: 11-3998; Language: English; References: 53; Journal Coden: NEJMAG; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - The pharmacology of thyrotropin releasing hormone is reviewed, and its uses, both present and potential, are discussed. KW - Thyrotropin releasing hormone--pharmacology-; KW - Pharmacology--thyrotropin releasing hormone--and uses, discussion; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-3998&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Winston, M.; AU - Bluestone, R.; AU - Cracchiolo, A., III; AU - Blahd, W.; T1 - Radioisotope synovectomy with P 32 chromic phosphate kinetic studies CT - Radioisotope synovectomy with P 32 chromic phosphate kinetic studies JO - J. Nucl. Med. JF - J. Nucl. Med. Y1 - 1973/12/01/ VL - 14 IS - Dec SP - 886 EP - 889 AD - Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, University of California at Los Angeles, School of Medicine, Nuclear Medicine Service, Los Angeles, California 90073 N1 - Accession Number: 11-3955; Language: English; Therapeutic Class: (78:00); AHFS Class: Radiopharmaceuticals chromic phosphate; References: 18; Journal Coden: JNMEAQ; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Nelson Der N2 - Nine patients with rheumatoid arthritis received tracer doses of P 32 chromic phosphate instilled into the synovial cavity of one knee. In 8 of the patients, there was no migration of radioactivity into the inguinal nodes. One patient had radioactivity detected in the inguinal nodes; sacrum and liver. The radiocolloids have a biphasic elimination; the effective half-life was about 4 days and 14 days, respectively. KW - Chromic phosphate--P 32-; KW - Radiopharmaceuticals--chromic phosphate--P 32, body distribution, following intrasynovial injection, in patients; KW - Drugs, body distribution--chromic phosphate--P 32, following intrasynovial injection, in patients; KW - Metabolism--chromic phosphate--P 32, body distribution, following intrasynovial injection, in patients; KW - Half-life--chromic phosphate--P 32, following intrasynovial injection, in patients; KW - Drug administration--routes--chromic phosphate, P 32, body distribution, following intrasynovial injection, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-3955&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Rothstein, E.; T1 - Prevention of alcohol withdrawal seizures: the roles of diphenylhydantoin and chlordiazepoxide CT - Prevention of alcohol withdrawal seizures: the roles of diphenylhydantoin and chlordiazepoxide JO - American Journal of Psychiatry (USA) JF - American Journal of Psychiatry (USA) Y1 - 1973/12/01/ VL - 130 IS - Dec SP - 1381 EP - 1382 SN - 0002953X AD - Alcoholism Unit, Veterans Administration Hospital, Brocton, Massachusetts 02401 N1 - Accession Number: 11-3953; Language: English; Chemical Name: Phenytoin--57-41-0 Chlordiazepoxide--58-25-3 Thiamine--59-43-8; Therapeutic Class: (28:12); AHFS Class: Anticonvulsants phenytoin (28:16.08); AHFS Class: Tranquilizers chlordiazepoxide and thiamine; References: 8; Journal Coden: AJPSAO; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: C. Robert Sturwold N2 - Diphenylhydantoin (phenytoin) was administered to 100 of 200 acute chronic alcoholics in order to assess its role as an adjunct to chlordiazepoxide and thiamine therapy in the prevention of convulsive seizures during alcohol withdrawal. Two hundred newly admitted patients received 100 mg. of thiamine HCl orally every day for 5 days and 50 to 100 mg. of chlordiazepoxide administered orally or I.M. every few hours for the first 24 hours and, thereafter, as needed. One-half of these patients received in addition 200 mg. of diphenylhydantoin twice daily for 5 days. No withdrawal seizures occurred in either group, nor were any other differences observed. KW - Phenytoin--alcoholism-; KW - Chlordiazepoxide--and thiamine-; KW - Thiamine--and chlordiazepoxide-; KW - Anticonvulsants--phenytoin--alcoholism, withdrawal, effect, as adjunct to chlordiazepoxide, in patients; KW - Combined therapy--chlordiazepoxide and thiamine--alcoholism, withdrawal, therapy, alone and with phenytoin, in patients; KW - Combined therapy--thiamine and chlordiazepoxide--alcoholism, withdrawal, therapy, alone and with phenytoin, in patients; KW - Tranquilizers--chlordiazepoxide and thiamine--alcoholism, withdrawal, therapy, alone and with phenytoin, in patients; KW - Alcoholism--toxicity--withdrawal, effects, chlordiazepoxide and thiamine, alone and with phenytoin, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-3953&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Kittel, J.; T1 - Paraldehyde toxicity CT - Paraldehyde toxicity JO - Hospital Pharmacy (USA) JF - Hospital Pharmacy (USA) Y1 - 1973/08/01/ VL - 8 IS - Aug SP - 263 EP - 265 SN - 00185787 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Memphis, Tennessee N1 - Accession Number: 11-3914; Language: English; Chemical Name: Paraldehyde--123-63-7; Therapeutic Class: (28:24); AHFS Class: Sedatives and hypnotics paraldehyde; References: 26; Journal Coden: HOPHAZ; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Toxicity; Abstract Author: K. Richard Knoll N2 - A brief review of paraldehyde toxicity in humans is presented. KW - Paraldehyde--toxicity-; KW - Toxicity--paraldehyde--review, in humans; KW - Sedatives and hypnotics--paraldehyde--toxicity, review, in humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-3914&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Aronow, W. S.; AU - Isbell, M. W.; T1 - Carbon monoxide effect on exercise-induced angina pectoris CT - Carbon monoxide effect on exercise-induced angina pectoris JO - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1973/09/01/ VL - 79 IS - Sep SP - 392 EP - 395 SN - 00034819 AD - Cardiology Section, Medical Service, Long Beach Veterans Administration, Long Beach; and the University of California College of Medicine, Irvine, California N1 - Accession Number: 11-3913; Language: English; Chemical Name: Carbon monoxide--630-08-0; References: 9; Journal Coden: AIMEAS; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Toxicity N2 - In a double-blind study, 10 patients with angina exercised until they developed angina, before and after breathing 50 ppm carbon monoxide on 2 mornings for 2 hours and compressed, purified air on 2 mornings for 2 hours. The mean carboxyhemoglobin levels were 1.07% before and 0.77% after breathing purified air (P \LT/ 0.001) and 1.03% before and 2.68% after breathing carbon monoxide (P \LT/ 0.001). The mean exercise times until onset of angina were 226.7 seconds before and 223.0 seconds after breathing purified air (not significantly different) and 224.3 seconds before and 187.6 seconds after breathing carbon monoxide (P \LT/ 0.001). At angina there was a significant decrease in systolic blood pressure, and heart rate after breathing carbon monoxide (P \LT/ 0.001) but not after breathing purified air, compared with control levels. Breathing 50 ppm carbon monoxide for 2 hours induced angina sooner and after less cardiac work. KW - Carbon monoxide--toxicity-; KW - Toxicity--carbon monoxide--studies, cardiovascular effects, in angina patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-3913&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Good, A. E.; T1 - Bilateral aseptic necrosis of femur following a 16-day course of corticotropin CT - Bilateral aseptic necrosis of femur following a 16-day course of corticotropin JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1974/04/22/ VL - 228 IS - Apr 22 SP - 497 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, 2215 Fuller Road, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105 N1 - Accession Number: 11-3879; Language: English; Chemical Name: Corticotropin--9002-60-2; References: 4; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Adverse Drug Reactions; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - Aseptic necrosis of both femoral heads appeared in a 23-year-old man 9 months after a 16-day course of corticotropin therapy. The total dose of corticotropin was 1,070 units. The patient's primary problem was multiple sclerosis, a disease not known to be associated with aseptic necrosis. KW - Corticotropin--adverse reactions-; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--corticotropin--necrosis, aseptic femoral, in patient; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-3879&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Fessel, J. M.; AU - Conn, H. O.; T1 - Lactulose in the treatment of acute hepatic encephalopathy CT - Lactulose in the treatment of acute hepatic encephalopathy JO - Am. J. Med. Sci. JF - Am. J. Med. Sci. Y1 - 1973/08/01/ VL - 266 IS - Aug SP - 103 EP - 110 AD - Liver Disease Unit, Veterans Administration Hospital, West Spring Street, West Haven, Connecticut 06516 N1 - Accession Number: 11-3741; Language: English; Chemical Name: Lactulose--4618-18-2 Neomycin--1404-04-2; References: 18; Journal Coden: AJMSA9; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - The use of lactulose in the treatment of acute hepatic encephalopathy was compared to the use of neomycin. In preliminary uncontrolled studies, 24 episodes of acute nitrogenous hepatic coma were treated with lactulose and results were compared to 24 retrospectively matched episodes of encephalopathy treated with neomycin. The 2 groups were similar in type, severity, and laboratory features of the disease. Lactulose was administered in doses of 100 to 200 ml./day, usually following a large loading dose which functions as a cathartic. Neomycin dosage ranged from 3 to 12 g. daily. Lactulose effectively reversed the coma in 20 of the 24 episodes (83%). Neomycin was effective treatment in 23 of the 24 episodes (96%). This difference was not statistically significant. Improvement in arterial ammonia levels, in ECG, and in other measures of encephalopathy was similar in the 2 groups. Recovery from encephalopathy appeared slightly faster with lactulose than with neomycin but such a difference between nonrandomized groups is of doubtful clinical importance. KW - Lactulose--comparison, neomycin-; KW - Neomycin--comparison, lactulose-; KW - Coma--hepatic--and encephalopathy, lactulose, comparison, neomycin, therapy, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-3741&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Zanartu, J.; AU - Dabancens, A.; AU - Rodriguez-Bravo, R.; AU - Schally, A. V.; T1 - Induction of ovulation with synthetic gonadotropin releasing hormone in women with constant anovulation induced by contraceptive steroids CT - Induction of ovulation with synthetic gonadotropin releasing hormone in women with constant anovulation induced by contraceptive steroids JO - British Medical Journal (England) JF - British Medical Journal (England) Y1 - 1974/03/30/ VL - 1 IS - Mar 30 SP - 605 EP - 608 SN - 09598146 AD - Jose J. Aguirre University Hospital, University of Chile Medical School, Santiago, Chile) (Reprints: Tulane University School of Medicine and Veterans Administration Hospital, New Orleans, Louisiana N1 - Accession Number: 11-3721; Language: English; References: 12; Journal Coden: BMJOAE; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Investigational Drugs N2 - The ovarian response to stimulation with follicle stimulating hormone/luteinizing hormone releasing hormone (I) was studied in 57 young, healthy, and fertile women with constant iatrogenic anovulation caused by depot medroxyprogesterone acetate or depot chlormadinone acetate injected for contraceptive purposes. Total doses of I of less than 1 mg., 1 to 1.5 mg., 1.5 to 2 mg., and more than 2 mg. were administered. The individual I.M. dose ranged from 0.05 to 0.1 mg., injected once or twice a day over a period of 7 to 20 days. All I.V. administration was in the form of infusions, lasting 5 hours or longer, of 0.5 mg. in a 500 ml. isotonic glucose solution. Results were compared with those in unstimulated controls. The response was observed directly on the ovaries at laparotomy performed after treatment with I. A wedge biopsy provided ovarian tissue for histological and histochemical studies of steroid dehydrogenase activity. Treatment with I caused a trophic effect on the ovaries, with evidence of follicular development; ovulation occurred in 2 out of 16 treated women. Preovulatory mature follicles were found in 3 others. Clearly, the I-induced release of FSH and LH caused follicular growth up to Graafian follicles, mature preovulatory follicles, and ovulation. Mitosis in granulosa and theca cells was also observed. A wide individual variation in gonadal response to hypothalamic I was evident, however. It was concluded that these data support the possibility that treatment with I may prove valuable in patients with anovulatory sterility of hypothalamic origin. KW - Luteinizing hormone/follicle stimulating hormone releasing hormone--ovulation-; KW - Fertility agents--luteinizing hormone/follicle stimulating hormone releasing hormone--ovulation, induction, following injectable contraceptives, in women; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-3721&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Hines, R. A.; AU - Hughes, C. V.; T1 - Carpal tunnel syndrome and diazepam (intravenously) CT - Carpal tunnel syndrome and diazepam (intravenously) JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1974/05/06/ VL - 228 IS - May 6 SP - 697 AD - Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wisconsin N1 - Accession Number: 11-3681; Language: English; Chemical Name: Diazepam--439-14-5; Therapeutic Class: (28:16.08); AHFS Class: Tranquilizers diazepam; References: 3; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Adverse Drug Reactions; Abstract Author: Paul R. Webster N2 - A case report of phlebitis and carpal tunnel syndrome following diazepam, 10 mg. I.V. into a superficial wrist vein, is presented. It was suggested that when injecting diazepam, small veins be avoided, wash solution during and after injection be used, and immediate treatment of acute phlebitis be treated with heparin. KW - Diazepam--adverse reactions-; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--diazepam--phlebitis, and carpal tunnel syndrome, following I.V. injection, case report; KW - Tranquilizers--diazepam--phlebitis, and carpal tunnel syndrome, following I.V. injection, case report; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-3681&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Dettman, P. M.; AU - Storaasli, J. P.; T1 - Status of Hodgkin's disease CT - Status of Hodgkin's disease JO - Am. J. Med. Sci. JF - Am. J. Med. Sci. Y1 - 1972/05/01/ VL - 263 IS - May SP - 347 EP - 356 AD - Division of Radiation Therapy, Department of Radiology, University Hospital and Veterans Administration Hospital, Cleveland, Ohio N1 - Accession Number: 11-3555; Language: English; References: 54; Journal Coden: AJMSA9; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Drug Evaluations N2 - The status of the diagnosis and treatment of Hodgkin's disease is briefly reviewed. Certain aspects\M/pathological identification and classification, staging and staging techniques (lymphangiogram and laparotomy), radiation treatment (dose and field size), chemotherapy, and data handling\M/are discussed in relation to their effects on results being currently reported. The need for further data before conclusions are reached as to the place and extent of diagnostic and therapeutic procedures is emphasized. KW - Antineoplastic agents--Hodgkin's disease--therapy, review; KW - Radiation--Hodgkin's disease--therapy, review; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-3555&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Rothstein, E.; T1 - Allergic reaction to thioridazine CT - Allergic reaction to thioridazine JO - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) JF - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1974/02/28/ VL - 290 IS - Feb 28 SP - 521 SN - 00284793 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Brockton, Massachusetts N1 - Accession Number: 11-3491; Language: English; Trade Name: Sparine; Generic Name: Promazine; Chemical Name: Thioridazine--50-52-2 Promazine--58-40-2; Therapeutic Class: (28:16.08); AHFS Class: Tranquilizers thioridazine (28:16.08); AHFS Class: Tranquilizers promazine; Publication Type: Letters; Journal Coden: NEJMAG; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Adverse Drug Reactions; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - A patient is described who developed a skin rash and swelling of the parotid glands following administration of promazine (Sparine); the same symptoms developed 2 years later when thioridazine was administered. KW - Thioridazine--adverse reactions-; KW - Promazine--adverse reactions-; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--thioridazine--dermatologic, and parotid gland swelling, in patient; KW - Tranquilizers--thioridazine--adverse reactions, dermatologic, and parotid gland swelling, in patient; KW - Sensitivity--hyper---thioridazine, skin rash and parotid gland swelling, in patient; KW - Tranquilizers--promazine--adverse reactions, dermatologic, and parotid gland swelling, in patient; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-3491&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Peabody, R.; AU - Halse, T.; AU - Tsapogas, M.; T1 - Rapid method for preparation of human fibrinogen labeled with I 125 CT - Rapid method for preparation of human fibrinogen labeled with I 125 JO - J. Nucl. Med. JF - J. Nucl. Med. Y1 - 1974/03/01/ VL - 15 IS - Mar SP - 195 EP - 197 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Research Service, Albany, New York 12208 N1 - Accession Number: 11-3470; Language: English; Chemical Name: Fibrinogen--9001-32-5; Therapeutic Class: (78:00); AHFS Class: Radiopharmaceuticals fibrinogen; Journal Coden: JNMEAQ; Section Heading: Pharmaceutical Technology KW - Fibrinogen--I 125-; KW - Radiopharmaceuticals--fibrinogen--I 125, method of preparation; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-3470&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Alazraki, N. P.; AU - Fierer, J.; AU - Halpern, S. E.; AU - Becker, R. W.; T1 - Use of a hyperbaric solution for administration of intrathecal amphotericin B CT - Use of a hyperbaric solution for administration of intrathecal amphotericin B JO - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) JF - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1974/03/21/ VL - 290 IS - Mar 21 SP - 641 EP - 646 SN - 00284793 AD - Nuclear Medicine Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, California 92161 N1 - Accession Number: 11-3394; Language: English; Chemical Name: Amphotericin B--1397-89-3; References: 14; Journal Coden: NEJMAG; Section Heading: Drug Metabolism and Body Distribution; Pharmacology N2 - To study the distribution of hyperbaric solutions of amphotericin B in 10% dextrose in water, such solutions mixed with I 131-albumin were injected into the lumbar space of 21 monkeys, and external radioactivity was monitored to estimate the amount of injected material that reached the cisterna magna. Each animal received a final volume of 1.5 ml. composed of 0.1 ml. of amphotericin B (0.15 mg./ml.), 0.1 ml. of the radiopharmaceutical and 1.3 ml. of either dextrose in water or water. Higher cisternal concentrations of radioisotope were found in the 12 monkeys that were injected with hyperbaric material and then placed in the Trendelenburg position than in 9 monkeys that were supine and given non-hyperbaric amphotericin solutions. This technique may prove useful in treatment of fungal meningitis. KW - Amphotericin B--body distribution-; KW - Drugs, body distribution--amphotericin B--solutions, hyperbaric, in monkeys; KW - Metabolism--amphotericin B--solutions, hyperbaric, body distribution, in monkeys; KW - Drug administration--routes--amphotericin B, hyperbaric solutions, body distribution, in monkeys; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-3394&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Maleki, M.; AU - Lange, R. L.; T1 - Coronary thrombosis in young women on oral contraceptives: report of two cases and review of the literature CT - Coronary thrombosis in young women on oral contraceptives: report of two cases and review of the literature JO - Am. Heart J. JF - Am. Heart J. Y1 - 1973/06/01/ VL - 85 IS - Jun SP - 749 EP - 754 AD - Cardiovascular Section 111A, Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wisconsin 53193 N1 - Accession Number: 11-3201; Language: English; References: 20; Journal Coden: AHJOA2; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Adverse Drug Reactions; Abstract Author: F. James Grogan N2 - Two young, menstruating women with acute myocardial infarction, both taking oral contraceptives at the time of their infarcts are presented. Although such occurrences are rare, there is a high index of suspicion that synthetic estrogen therapy and coronary thrombosis are related. It was suggested that in young females presenting with chest pain who are on oral contraceptives, coronary artery disease should be suspected even though these women are still menstruating and are free of major risk factors. The mechanisms by which oral contraceptives might precipitate thrombosis were discussed. KW - Contraceptives, oral--thromboses--coronary, leading to myocardial infarction, case reports; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--contraceptives, oral--thromboses, coronary, leading to myocardial infarction, case reports; KW - Mechanism of action--contraceptives, oral--thromboses, coronary, leading to myocardial infarction, case reports; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-3201&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Young, C. G.; AU - Oden, P. W.; T1 - Treatment of decubitus ulcers in paraplegic patients: a comparison of three topical agents\M/absorbable gelatin sponge, gelatin powder and enzyme ointment CT - Treatment of decubitus ulcers in paraplegic patients: a comparison of three topical agents\M/absorbable gelatin sponge, gelatin powder and enzyme ointment JO - South Med. J. JF - South Med. J. Y1 - 1973/12/01/ VL - 66 IS - Dec SP - 1375 EP - 1378 AD - Spinal Cord Injury Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Richmond, Virginia 23249 N1 - Accession Number: 11-2995; Language: English; Chemical Name: Gelatin--9000-70-8 Silver nitrate--7761-88-8; Therapeutic Class: (84:00); AHFS Class: Topical preparations gelatin; References: 10; Journal Coden: SMJOAV; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Tim R. Covington N2 - The effects of gelatin foam and gelatin sponge on the healing of decubitus ulcers as compared to the application of an enzyme ointment were evaluated on 150 ulcers in 82 para-quadriplegic patients. Patients were divided into 3 equal groups, one group being treated with absorbable gelatin, another with gelatin powder and the last with an enzyme ointment. No other topical adjuncts were used except silver nitrate to control overgranulation. The overall healing rate in terms of time was about the same for the 3 treatment groups. It appears that powdered gelatin produces better results in small and medium sized ulcers as evidenced by formation of granulation tissue, the epithelialization process, the secretion pattern and onset of resolution. Among the adjuncts used to manage decubiti, powdered gelatin, absorbable gelatin and enzyme ointment appear to be clinically effective in lesions that are not excessively large or undermined. KW - Gelatin--ulcers-; KW - Silver nitrate--ulcers-; KW - Powders--gelatin--ulcers, decubitus, therapy, compared to foams and enzyme ointments, in patients; KW - Foams--gelatin--ulcers, decubitus, therapy, compared to powders and enzyme ointments, in patients; KW - Enzymes--ointments--ulcers, decubitus, therapy, compared to gelatin foam and powders, in patients; KW - Ointments--enzymes--ulcers, decubitus, therapy, compared to gelatin foam and powders, in patients; KW - Ulcers--decubitus--comparison, gelatin foam and powders, and enzyme ointments, therapy, in patients; KW - Topical preparations--gelatin--ulcers, decubitus, therapy, powders and foams compared to enzyme ointments, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-2995&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Stanley, M. M.; AU - Paul, D.; AU - Gacke, D.; AU - Murphy, J.; T1 - Effects of cholestyramine, Metamucil, and cellulose on fecal bile salt excretion in man CT - Effects of cholestyramine, Metamucil, and cellulose on fecal bile salt excretion in man JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1973/12/01/ VL - 65 IS - Dec SP - 889 EP - 894 AD - Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois; and the University of Illinois, Abraham Lincoln School of Medicine, Chicago, Illinois N1 - Accession Number: 11-2988; Language: English; Trade Name: Metamucil; Generic Name: Psyllium hydrophilic mucilloid; Chemical Name: Cellulose--9004-34-6; Therapeutic Class: (56:12); AHFS Class: Cathartics psyllium hydrophilic mucilloid, comparison, cellulose, cholestyramine (56:16); AHFS Class: Digestants psyllium hydrophilic mucilloid, comparison, cellulose, cholestyramine; References: 14; Journal Coden: GASTAB; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Jack M. Rosenberg N2 - A comparison of the effects of cholestyramine, Metamucil (psyllium hydrophilic mucilloid), and cellulose on fecal bile salt excretion was studied in 22 patients. Fecal excretion of 14C cholate was estimated 32 times (16-day studies) in 22 normal subjects. Each subject ate a constant diet (2-day rotation) closely resembling his usual fare. During third and fourth (4-day) periods, effects of medications, randomly assigned, administered double blind, in dosages of 15 g./day except as noted, were compared with those of methyl cellulose administered during the control of period. Metamucil and cellulose increase bile salt excretion slightly but significantly; the effect of cholestyramine is several times as great. However, Metamucil and cellulose resemble frequently ingested food components which may be important determinants of spontaneous variations in bile salt turnover. KW - Cholestyramine--comparison, cellulose, psyllium hydrophilic mucilloid-; KW - Psyllium hydrophilic mucilloid--comparison, cellulose, cholestyramine-; KW - Cellulose--comparison, cholestyramine, psyllium hydrophilic mucilloid-; KW - Cathartics--psyllium hydrophilic mucilloid, comparison, cellulose, cholestyramine--effects, fecal bile salt excretion, in patients; KW - Digestants--psyllium hydrophilic mucilloid, comparison, cellulose, cholestyramine--effects, fecal bile salt excretion, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-2988&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Rahman, F.; AU - Cain, G. D.; T1 - Current concepts in therapy: drug-induced malabsorption\M/a review CT - Current concepts in therapy: drug-induced malabsorption\M/a review JO - South Med. J. JF - South Med. J. Y1 - 1973/06/01/ VL - 66 IS - Jun SP - 724 EP - 727 AD - Division of Gastroenterology, Department of Medicine, Baylor College of Medicine; and Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, Texas) (Reprints: 1125 Lyndon, Houston, Texas 77025 N1 - Accession Number: 11-2931; Language: English; References: 56; Journal Coden: SMJOAV; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Toxicity; Abstract Author: Tim R. Covington N2 - A review of drugs which may induce malabsorption phenomena is presented. It is essential to exclude drugs as responsible agents when evaluating patients with malabsorption and a careful drug history may avoid unnecessary testing and examination. KW - Drugs--malabsorption--induction, review, in humans; KW - Toxicity--malabsorption--drug induced, review, in humans; KW - Metabolism--drugs--malabsorption, induction, review, in humans; KW - Absorption--effects--drugs, induction of malabsorption, review, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-2931&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Ober, K. F.; AU - Wang, R. I. H.; T1 - Drug interactions with guanethidine CT - Drug interactions with guanethidine JO - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) JF - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) Y1 - 1973/03/01/ VL - 14 IS - Mar-Apr SP - 190 EP - 195 SN - 00099236 AD - Wood Veterans Administration Center and the Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, Wisconsin N1 - Accession Number: 11-2680; Language: English; Chemical Name: Tripelennamine--91-81-6 Amitriptyline--50-48-6 Prochlorperazine--58-38-8 Methyldopa--41372-08-1 Dextroamphetamine--51-64-9 Guanethidine--55-65-2; Therapeutic Class: (28:20); AHFS Class: Central nervous system stimulants dextroamphetamine (4:00); AHFS Class: Antihistamines tripelennamine (28:16.04); AHFS Class: Antidepressants amitriptyline (28:16.08); AHFS Class: Tranquilizers prochlorperazine (24:08); AHFS Class: Hypotensive agents methyldopa (24:08); AHFS Class: Hypotensive agents guanethidine; References: 20; Journal Coden: CLPTAT; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Interactions N2 - The effect of a single oral dose of tripelennamine, 100 mg., methyldopa, 500 mg., dextroamphetamine, 10 mg., amitriptyline, 50 mg., or prochlorperazine, 25 mg., on the blood pressures of hypertensive patients treated chronically with guanethidine was measured half-hourly for 8 hours. Dextroamphetamine antagonized the antihypertensive effect of guanethidine in the lying systolic blood pressure, while the orthostatic hypotension persisted. The effect of dextroamphetamine seems to be due to the direct stimulation of vasoconstrictor receptors. Tripelennamine, amitriptyline and prochlorperazine had no demonstrable short-term effect on the guanethidine action. Methyldopa potentiated guanethidine in the standing diastolic blood pressure. KW - Tripelennamine--interactions-; KW - Amitriptyline--interactions-; KW - Prochlorperazine--interactions-; KW - Methyldopa--interactions-; KW - Dextroamphetamine--interactions-; KW - Guanethidine--interactions-; KW - Drug interactions--tripelennamine and guanethidine--lack, effects, hypertensive action, in patients; KW - Drug interactions--amitriptyline and guanethidine--lack, effects, hypertensive action, in patients; KW - Drug interactions--prochlorperazine and guanethidine--lack, effects, hypertensive action, in patients; KW - Drug interactions--guanethidine and tripelennamine--lack, effects, hypertensive action, in patients; KW - Drug interactions--guanethidine and amitriptyline--lack, effects, hypertensive action, in patients; KW - Drug interactions--guanethidine and prochlorperazine--lack, effects, hypotensive action, in patients; KW - Drug interactions--methyldopa and guanethidine--potentiation, hypotensive effects, in patients; KW - Drug interactions--guanethidine and methyldopa--potentiation, hypotensive effects, in patients; KW - Drug interactions--dextroamphetamine and guanethidine--inhibition, hypotensive effects, in patients; KW - Drug interactions--guanethidine and dextroamphetamine--inhibition, hypotensive effects, in patients; KW - Central nervous system stimulants--dextroamphetamine--interactions, guanethidine, inhibition, hypotensive effects, in patients; KW - Antihistamines--tripelennamine--interactions, guanethidine, lack of effects, in patients; KW - Antidepressants--amitriptyline--interactions, guanethidine, lack of effects, in patients; KW - Tranquilizers--prochlorperazine--interactions, guanethidine, lack of effects, in patients; KW - Hypotensive agents--methyldopa--interactions, guanethidine, potentiation, hypotensive effects, in patients; KW - Hypotensive agents--guanethidine--interactions, effect, on hypotensive actions, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-2680&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Fann, W. E.; T1 - Some clinically important interactions of psychotropic (psychotherapeutic) drugs CT - Some clinically important interactions of psychotropic (psychotherapeutic) drugs JO - South Med. J. JF - South Med. J. Y1 - 1973/06/01/ VL - 66 IS - Jun SP - 661 EP - 665 AD - Department of Psychiatry and Pharmacology, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, North Carolina 27710; and Veterans Administration Hospital, Durham, North Carolina 27710 N1 - Accession Number: 11-2677; Language: English; References: 21; Journal Coden: SMJOAV; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Interactions; Pharmacology; Abstract Author: Tim R. Covington N2 - A discussion of prescribing trends concerning the use of psychotropic drugs is presented with emphasis on drug-drug interactions, the role of absorption, binding, distribution, metabolism and excretion upon bioavailability and the risks associated with consuming 2 or more psychotropic agents concurrently. KW - Psychotherapeutic agents--prescriptions--trends, and pharmacokinetics, discussion; KW - Prescriptions--psychotherapeutic agents--trends, and pharmacokinetics, discussion; KW - Drug interactions--psychotherapeutic agents--discussion; KW - Pharmacokinetics--psychotherapeutic agents--effects, on availability, discussion; KW - Drugs, availability--psychotherapeutic agents--effects, of pharmacokinetics, discussion; KW - Absorption--psychotherapeutic agents--effects, on availability, in patients; KW - Binding--psychotherapeutic agents--effects, on availability, in patients; KW - Drugs, body distribution--psychotherapeutic agents--effects, on availability, in patients; KW - Excretion--psychotherapeutic agents--effects, on availability, in patients; KW - Metabolism--psychotherapeutic agents--effects, on availability, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-2677&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Lynfield, Y. L.; AU - Pertschuk, L. P.; AU - Zimmerman, A.; T1 - Pemphigus erythematosus provoked by allergic contact dermatitis CT - Pemphigus erythematosus provoked by allergic contact dermatitis JO - Archives of Dermatology (USA) JF - Archives of Dermatology (USA) Y1 - 1973/11/01/ VL - 108 IS - Nov SP - 690 EP - 693 SN - 0003987X AD - Dermatology Section, Brooklyn Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, New York N1 - Accession Number: 11-2592; Language: English; Chemical Name: Benzoin--119-53-9; References: 16; Journal Coden: ARDEAC; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Adverse Drug Reactions; Abstract Author: Dorothy L. Smith N2 - A case where a 13-year interval occurred between the surgical removal of a thymoma and the onset of pemphigus erythematosis that later became exacerbated by an allergic contact dermatitis is presented. Patch tests were performed by applying each of the substances that had previously been used in the surgical removal of the thymoma. The patch test reaction to tincture of benzoin was positive, whereas patch test reactions to tincture of benzalkonium chloride, nitrofurazone, Steri-strips and Micropore tape were negative. This is the first report documenting exacerbation of pemphigus by allergic contact dermatitis and the sixth report of thymoma and pemphigus occurring in the same patient. KW - Benzoin--tinctures-; KW - Tinctures--benzoin--pemphigus erythematosis, contact dermatitis, following thymoma removal, in patients; KW - Dermatitis--benzoin--tinctures, contact, pemphigus erythematosis, following thymoma removal, in patients; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--benzoin--tinctures, pemphigus erythematosis, following thymoma removal, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-2592&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Blumenthal, M. N.; AU - Schoenwetter, W. F.; AU - MacDonald, F. M.; AU - McHugh, R. B.; T1 - Cromolyn in extrinsic and intrinsic asthma CT - Cromolyn in extrinsic and intrinsic asthma JO - J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. JF - J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. Y1 - 1973/08/01/ VL - 52 IS - Aug SP - 105 EP - 114 AD - Department of Medicine, University of Minnesota Medical School, Minneapolis Veterans Administration Hospital and the Department of Biometry, University of Minnesota School of Public Health, Minneapolis, Minnesota N1 - Accession Number: 11-2444; Language: English; Chemical Name: Cromolyn--16110-51-3; References: 35; Journal Coden: JACIBY; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Ronald E. Nagata, Jr. N2 - In a double-blind crossover study, 30 patients with intrinsic and 29 patients with extrinsic asthma received cromolyn sodium, 20 mg., or sodium sulfate, 5 mg. placebo, via a tuboinhaler. Most significant improvement occurred in the management of the intrinsic asthmatic patients who were evaluated according to upper and lower respiratory tract symptoms, pulmonary function tests, and oral and aerosol medication use patterns during the control and treatment periods. KW - Cromolyn--asthma-; KW - Asthma--cromolyn--extrinsic, and intrinsic, inhalation therapy, in patients; KW - Aerosols--cromolyn--extrinsic, and intrinsic asthma therapy, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-2444&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Grundfest, R. L.; AU - Sandler, A. I.; T1 - Is clinical pharmacy feasible in an outpatient service? CT - Is clinical pharmacy feasible in an outpatient service? JO - Pharmacy Times (USA) JF - Pharmacy Times (USA) Y1 - 1973/11/01/ VL - 39 IS - Nov SP - 44 EP - 49 SN - 00030627 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, New York City, New York N1 - Accession Number: 11-2373; Language: English; Journal Coden: PYTMAO; Section Heading: Institutional Pharmacy Practice; Abstract Author: James Hethcox N2 - A description of a pilot project designed to determine the effects of patient consultation to out-patients and manpower and financial resources required in meeting these needs is presented. Other objectives of the project were to increase rapport between the pharmacist and the patient and between the pharmacist and other medical professionals, to monitor drug interactions and drug reactions for clinical significance, and to evaluate the feasibility of outpatient interviews on a permanent basis. Ten drugs were used in the pilot project. The staff pharmacist verbally reviewed with the patient directions for use and cautions associated with the drug. In addition, written reinforcements were provided the patient. In this patient contact, the pharmacist was guided by standardized clinical comments. Results indicated that the program maximized the patient's response to the drug at minimal cost to the pharmacy and reduced the occurrence of adverse reactions, side effects and drug interactions encountered by the patient. KW - Patient information--outpatients--consultation, effects, on following dosage schedules; KW - Patients--outpatients--consultation, effects, on following dosage schedules; KW - Pharmacists, hospital--consultation--outpatients, effect on following dosage schedules; KW - Drug information--outpatients--consultation, effect on following dosage schedules; KW - Toxicity--drugs--side effects, reduction, pharmacists, consultation with outpatients; KW - Drug interactions--reduction--pharmacists, consultation, with outpatients; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--reduction--pharmacists, consultation, with outpatients; KW - Clinical pharmacy--consultation--effects, on patients following dosage schedules; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-2373&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Digiacoma, J.; AU - Mendels, J.; T1 - Treatment of depression with a single daily dose of imipramine pamoate CT - Treatment of depression with a single daily dose of imipramine pamoate JO - American Journal of Psychiatry (USA) JF - American Journal of Psychiatry (USA) Y1 - 1973/09/01/ VL - 130 IS - Sep SP - 1022 EP - 1024 SN - 0002953X AD - Philadelphia Veterans Administration Hospital, University and Woodland Avenues, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104 N1 - Accession Number: 11-2234; Language: English; Chemical Name: Imipramine--50-49-7; Therapeutic Class: (28:16.04); AHFS Class: Antidepressants imipramine; References: 4; Journal Coden: AJPSAO; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Biopharmaceutics; Abstract Author: C. Robert Sturwold N2 - In a double-blind study, 40 patients with depression received either imipramine hydrochloride in divided daily doses or imipramine pamoate as a single, nighttime dose in order to evaluate their comparative efficacies. Twenty-one patients received 50 mg. of imipramine HCl 3 times a day. The remaining 19 received a placebo each morning and afternoon and 150 mg. of imipramine pamoate each evening. All patients were treated and evaluated for at least 21 days. Data is presented concerning efficacy and the incidence of side effects which indicate no significant differences between the 2 drugs. The administration of imipramine HCl as a single nighttime dose was also discussed. KW - Imipramine--depression-; KW - Antidepressants--imipramine--comparison, hydrochloride and pamoate, dosage schedules, in patients; KW - Dosage schedules--imipramine--depression, effects, single dose of pamoate compared to divided dose of hydrochloride, in patients; KW - Equivalency--imipramine--depression, therapy, hydrochloride compared to pamoate, dosage schedules, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-2234&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Kitabchi, A. E.; AU - Jones, G. M.; AU - Duckworth, W. C.; T1 - Effect of hydrocortisone and corticotropin on glucose-induced insulin and proinsulin secretion in man CT - Effect of hydrocortisone and corticotropin on glucose-induced insulin and proinsulin secretion in man JO - J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. JF - J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. Y1 - 1973/07/01/ VL - 37 IS - Jul SP - 79 EP - 84 AD - Laboratories of Endocrinology and Metabolism, Research Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, 1030 Jefferson Avenue, Memphis, Tennessee 38104 N1 - Accession Number: 11-2113; Language: English; Chemical Name: Corticotropin--9002-60-2 Hydrocortisone--50-23-7; Therapeutic Class: (68:04); AHFS Class: Steroids, cortico- hydrocortisone; References: 21; Journal Coden: JCEMAZ; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology N2 - The total immunoreactive insulin (I) and proinsulin-like material (II) were studied in response to oral glucose in 12 young (22-30) lean volunteers during 4-hr. infusion of \B/ 1-24 corticotropin or after 3 days of treatment with 80 mg. of hydrocortisone. Corticotropin produced no increase in baseline glucose or plasma glucose in response to oral glucose, compared to the control. The baseline or glucose induced I and II were not markedly different in the corticotropin and the control group. Hydrocortisone treatment produced a significant increase in baseline glucose without increase in I or II. In contrast, glucose-induced I and II were significantly increased at 60, 90, and 120 min. Increment of glucose, I and II above the baseline in subjects with cortisol therapy over the control, increased by 176, 165, and 306%, respectively. These studies suggest that: (1) corticotropin has no significant effect on baseline or glucose-induced I and II in man, (2) cortisol therapy induces hyperglycemia in response to glucose in normal subjects\M/this hyperglycemia is accompanied by hyperinsulinemia as well as hyperproinsulinemia, and (3) the hyperinsulinemia of cortisol therapy cannot be solely ascribed to increased proinsulin. KW - Corticotropin--effects-; KW - Hydrocortisone--effects-; KW - Steroids, cortico---hydrocortisone--effects, endogenous levels of insulin and proinsulin, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-2113&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Klingensmith, W.; AU - Ryerson, T.; T1 - Lung uptake of \SU/99\LC/m\UC/\BS/T\LC/c\UC/-sulfur colloid CT - Lung uptake of \SU/99\LC/m\UC/\BS/T\LC/c\UC/-sulfur colloid JO - J. Nucl. Med. JF - J. Nucl. Med. Y1 - 1973/04/01/ VL - 14 IS - Apr SP - 201 EP - 204 AD - University of Colorado Medical Center, Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver, Colorado) (Reprints: USAF Medical Center, Box 1000, Scott AFB, Illinois 62225 N1 - Accession Number: 11-2067; Language: English; Chemical Name: Technetium--7440-26-8; Therapeutic Class: (78:00); AHFS Class: Radiopharmaceuticals technetium; References: 17; Journal Coden: JNMEAQ; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Nelson Der N2 - A discussion of 2 patients, one with a spleen and bone marrow transplant and the other with malignant lymphoma, both demonstrating lung uptake of Tc99m sulfur colloid is presented. Other patients injected with the same preparation of colloid did not show this reaction. It was felt that the most likely mechanism for the lung uptake of the sulfur colloid would be reticuloendothelial extraction. KW - Technetium--Tc 99m-; KW - Radiopharmaceuticals--technetium--Tc 99m, sulfur colloid, lung uptake, in humans; KW - Mechanism of action--technetium--Tc 99m, sulfur colloid, lung uptake, in humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-2067&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Freed, E. Y.; T1 - Drug abuse by alcoholics: a review CT - Drug abuse by alcoholics: a review JO - International Journal of the Addictions (USA) JF - International Journal of the Addictions (USA) Y1 - 1973/03/01/ VL - 8 IS - Mar SP - 451 EP - 473 SN - 0020773X AD - Alcohol Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Lyons, New Jersey N1 - Accession Number: 11-1979; Language: English; References: 150; Journal Coden: INJABN; Section Heading: Sociology, Economics and Ethics N2 - The literature on conjoint alcohol and drug abuse is reviewed with particular reference to drug abuse by alcoholics. There are numerous hypothesized psychodynamic similarities as well as differences between alcoholism and drug addiction, and evidence for classifying specific and generalized forms of addiction. Included are indications that conjoint use of both substances is more prevalent among younger than older people, that research in this area is increasing, and that animal models may contribute to understanding addictions. KW - Drug abuse--and alcoholism--simultaneous, literature review; KW - Alcoholism--and drug abuse--simultaneous, literature review; KW - Literature--drug abuse--and alcoholism, simultaneous use, review; KW - Literature--alcoholism--and drug abuse, simultaneous use, review; KW - Age--drug abuse--and alcoholism, effect on concurrent use; KW - Models--animal--use, in understanding human dependence; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-1979&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Cohen, M. H.; T1 - Enhancement of the antitumor effect of 1,3-bis (2-chloroethyl) 1-nitrosourea by chlorpromazine and caffeine CT - Enhancement of the antitumor effect of 1,3-bis (2-chloroethyl) 1-nitrosourea by chlorpromazine and caffeine JO - Journal of the National Cancer Institute (USA) JF - Journal of the National Cancer Institute (USA) Y1 - 1973/10/01/ VL - 51 IS - Oct SP - 1323 EP - 1325 SN - 00278874 AD - NCI-VA Medical Oncology Branch, National Cancer Institute, Veterans Administration Hospital, 50 Irving Street N.W., Washington, D. C. N1 - Accession Number: 11-1842; Language: English; Trade Name: BCNU; Generic Name: Carmustine; Chemical Name: Chlorpromazine--50-53-3 Carmustine--154-93-8 Caffeine--58-08-2; Therapeutic Class: (28:16.08); AHFS Class: Tranquilizers chlorpromazine, caffeine and carmustine (28:20); AHFS Class: Central nervous system stimulants caffeine, carmustine and chlorpromazine (10:00); AHFS Class: Antineoplastic agents carmustine, caffeine and chlorpromazine; References: 13; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - A study of combined therapy with chlorpromazine, BCNU (carmustine), and caffeine, showed markedly increased survival of murine L1210 leukemic mice over treatment with BCNU alone. All 3 drugs had to be given together, because neither chlorpromazine plus BCNU nor BCNU plus caffeine treatment improved survival relative to an appropriate control group. The optimal time for chlorpromazine treatment was 6 hours before BCNU. Prior exposure to caffeine of both recipient mice and L1210 cells used for transplantation did not affect therapeutic response. The mechanism of enhancement of BCNU by chlorpromazine and caffeine is unknown. KW - Chlorpromazine--caffeine and carmustine-; KW - Carmustine--caffeine and chlorpromazine-; KW - Caffeine--carmustine and chlorpromazine-; KW - Combined therapy--carmustine, caffeine, and chlorpromazine--leukemias, therapy, improved over carmustine alone, in mice; KW - Combined therapy--caffeine, carmustine, and chlorpromazine--leukemias, therapy, improved over carmustine alone, in mice; KW - Combined therapy--chlorpromazine, caffeine, and carmustine--leukemias, therapy, improved over carmustine alone, in mice; KW - Tranquilizers--chlorpromazine, caffeine and carmustine--leukemias, therapy, improved over carmustine alone, in mice; KW - Central nervous system stimulants--caffeine, carmustine and chlorpromazine--leukemias, therapy, improved over carmustine alone, in mice; KW - Antineoplastic agents--carmustine, caffeine and chlorpromazine--leukemias, therapy, improved over carmustine alone, in mice; KW - Dosage schedules--chlorpromazine, caffeine and carmustine--pretreatment, with chlorpromazine, therapy, in leukemic mice; KW - Dosage schedules--carmustine, chlorpromazine and caffeine--pretreatment, with chlorpromazine, therapy, in leukemic mice; KW - Drug interactions--carmustine, chlorpromazine and caffeine--potentiation, effects, over carmustine alone, in leukemic mice; KW - Drug interactions--caffeine, carmustine and chlorpromazine--potentiation, effects, over carmustine alone, in leukemic mice; KW - Drug interactions--chlorpromazine, caffeine and carmustine--potentiation, effects, over carmustine alone, in leukemic mice; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-1842&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Mayfield, D. G.; T1 - Effects of intravenous methamphetamine CT - Effects of intravenous methamphetamine JO - International Journal of the Addictions (USA) JF - International Journal of the Addictions (USA) Y1 - 1973/03/01/ VL - 8 IS - Mar SP - 565 EP - 568 SN - 0020773X AD - Psychiatry Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, 508 Fulton Street, Durham, North Carolina N1 - Accession Number: 11-1725; Language: English; Chemical Name: Methamphetamine--537-46-2; Therapeutic Class: (28:20); AHFS Class: Central nervous system stimulants methamphetamine; Journal Coden: INJABN; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: Kenneth J. Bender N2 - A study of the immediate and delayed effects of methamphetamine given I.V. in 12 healthy volunteers is presented. The Clyde Mood Scale measured 12 paid Veterans Administration hospital employees before and after methamphetamine and placebo infusions in a latin square cross-over design. Immediate changes after infusion were few and unimpressive, but marked effects reported several hours after the infusion posed questions about the effect obtained by addicts using the drug I.V. KW - Methamphetamine--effects-; KW - Central nervous system stimulants--methamphetamine--effects, immediate and delayed, following I.V. administration, in healthy subjects; KW - Drug administration--routes--methamphetamine, I.V. effects, immediate and delayed, in healthy subjects; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-1725&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Crandell, W. B.; AU - MacDonald, A.; T1 - Assessment of renal function in surgical patients by urine osmolality concentration tests CT - Assessment of renal function in surgical patients by urine osmolality concentration tests JO - Am. J. Surg. JF - Am. J. Surg. Y1 - 1973/04/01/ VL - 125 IS - Apr SP - 508 EP - 514 AD - Andrew Yeomans Memorial Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Center, White River Junction, Vermont 05001 N1 - Accession Number: 11-1673; Language: English; Chemical Name: Vasopressin--11000-17-2; References: 33; Journal Coden: AJSUAB; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Harold M. Silverman N2 - Evaluation of renal function by urine concentration induced by fluid deprivation (13-15 hr.) or exogenous ADH (aqueous Pitressin; vasopressin 10 units I.M.) has been carried out in 196 patients. These studies indicate that in comparison with the endogenous creatinine clearance test, the urine osmolality concentration test is simpler, is less subject to error, and appears to be a reliable method of identifying the majority of cases with significant impairment of renal function. A small proportion of patients with elevation of serum creatinine above 1.5 mg.% may not have diminished concentrating ability; however, a combination of serum creatinine and urine osmolality tests would identify a wide span of renal functional abnormalities. Urine osmolality concentration tests deserve further definitive evaluation and currently are worthy of clinical application for the recognition of disorders of renal function. Under the conditions of an active general surgical ward, estimation of endogenous creatinine clearance is an unreliable measure of renal function. KW - Vasopressin--tests-; KW - Tests--renal failure--vasopressin, urinary concentration, preferred over creatinine clearance, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-1673&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Moran, J. M.; AU - Caralps, J. M.; AU - Mulet, J.; AU - Pifarre, R.; T1 - Propranolol and cardiac surgery CT - Propranolol and cardiac surgery JO - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) JF - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1973/12/06/ VL - 289 IS - Dec 6 SP - 1254 SN - 00284793 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois N1 - Accession Number: 11-1638; Language: English; Chemical Name: Propranolol--525-66-6; Therapeutic Class: (24:04); AHFS Class: Cardiac drugs propranolol; References: 3; Publication Type: Letters; Journal Coden: NEJMAG; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - When the safety of propranolol was assessed in patients prior to cardiac surgery, results showed that the best course of action is to avoid surgery until 48 hours have passed after the last dose of propranolol and if the delay is not possible, surgery apparently is still safe provided complete revascularization is carried out. KW - Propranolol--effects-; KW - Cardiac drugs--propranolol--effects, in cardiac surgery patients; KW - Contraindications--propranolol--in cardiac surgery patients; KW - Toxicity--propranolol--in cardiac surgery patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-1638&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Reimer, D. R.; AU - Nagaswami, S.; T1 - Serum diphenylhydantoin, triglyceride and cholesterol concentration CT - Serum diphenylhydantoin, triglyceride and cholesterol concentration JO - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) JF - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1973/10/11/ VL - 289 IS - Oct 11 SP - 808 EP - 809 SN - 00284793 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Topeka, Kansas N1 - Accession Number: 11-1331; Language: English; Trade Name: Dilantin; Generic Name: Phenytoin; Chemical Name: Phenytoin--57-41-0; Therapeutic Class: (28:12); AHFS Class: Anticonvulsants phenytoin; Publication Type: Letters; Journal Coden: NEJMAG; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Metabolism and Body Distribution; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - Five patients with inadequate control of seizure activity with diphenylhydantoin (Dilantin; phenytoin) doses of 100 mg. twice a day to 100 mg. 4 times a day were studied; of interest were the laboratory studies of these patients in which there was an apparent inverse relation of serum diphenylhydantoin levels to lipoprotein phenotype II (serum cholesterol, essential, familial) and lipoprotein phenotype IV (serum hyperglyceridemia) fractions. It was suggested that diphenylhydantoin dosage can be best controlled by routine measurements of serum concentration, and since diphenylhydantoin is fat soluble and is bound by both serum cholesterol and triglyceride, the diphenylhydantoin that is available to the brain may be reduced in the phenotypes described. KW - Phenytoin--metabolism-; KW - Metabolism--phenytoin--effects, on activity, relation to serum cholesterol and hyperglyceridemia levels, in patients; KW - Anticonvulsants--phenytoin--metabolism, effects, on activity, relation to serum cholesterol and hyperglyceridemia levels, in patients; KW - Dosage--phenytoin--pharmacokinetics, relation to serum cholesterol and hyperglyceridemia levels, in patients; KW - Pharmacogenetics--phenytoin--dosage, relation to serum cholesterol and hyperglyceridemia levels, in patients; KW - Blood levels--phenytoin--effects, on activity, relation to serum cholesterol and hyperglyceridemia levels, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-1331&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Keane, J. T.; AU - Rose, H. D.; T1 - Pneumococcal endocarditis treated with clindamycin CT - Pneumococcal endocarditis treated with clindamycin JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1973/11/26/ VL - 226 IS - Nov 26 SP - 1120 EP - 1121 AD - Veterans Administration Center, Medical College of Wisconsin, Wood, Wisconsin N1 - Accession Number: 11-1265; Language: English; Chemical Name: Clindamycin--18323-44-9; References: 2; Publication Type: Letters; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - A penicillin-sensitive patient with pneumococcal endocarditis was successfully treated with clindamycin, 900 mg. every 8 hours, for a total of 6 weeks. KW - Clindamycin--endocarditis-; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-1265&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Powell, R. D.; T1 - Development of new antimalarial drugs CT - Development of new antimalarial drugs JO - Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. JF - Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. Y1 - 1972/09/01/ VL - 21 IS - Sep SP - 744 EP - 748 AD - Department of Internal Medicine, College of Medicine, University of Iowa, and Veterans Administration Hospital, Iowa City, Iowa 52240 N1 - Accession Number: 11-1145; Language: English; Chemical Name: Chloroquine--54-05-7; Therapeutic Class: (8:20); AHFS Class: Plasmodicides chloroquine; References: 21; Journal Coden: AJTHAB; Section Heading: Microbiology; PharmacologyDrug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Richard B. Hunter N2 - The resistance of Plasmodium falciparum strains to chloroquine and other antimalarials, and the problems encountered in developing new antimalarial therapy, are discussed. The search for new drugs involves problems such as the differential susceptibility to drugs displayed by different species, different stages in the life cycle, and different strains of malaria parasites. Each new drug that shows promise of antimalarial activity may find parasites resistant to it and thus limit its usefullness. KW - Chloroquine--resistance-; KW - Resistance--chloroquine--Plasmodium falciparum strains, problems in new drug development, discussion; KW - Plasmodicides--chloroquine--resistance, P. falciparum strains, problems in new drug development, discussion; KW - Plasmodicides--research--development, problems, discussion; KW - Plasmodium falciparum--resistance--chloroquine, strains, problems in new drug development; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-1145&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Brickman, A. S.; AU - Reddy, C. R.; AU - Coburn, J. W.; AU - Passaro, E. P.; AU - Jowsey, J.; AU - \ET/; T1 - Biologic action of 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D\IF/3\BS/ in the rachitic dog CT - Biologic action of 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D\IF/3\BS/ in the rachitic dog JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1973/03/01/ VL - 92 IS - Mar SP - 728 EP - 734 AD - Medical and Surgical Services, Wadsworth Veterans Administration Hospital; The Orthopedic Research Laboratory, Mayo Clinic and Mayo Foundation, Rochester, Minnesota N1 - Accession Number: 11-1105; Language: English; References: 32; Journal Coden: ENDOAO; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Marcia S. Jacinto N2 - The effects of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol and its parent steroids were evaluated in rachitic puppies, with observations of the biologic actions of the calciferol steroids made over a prolonged period of time in the same animals. The results demonstrate potent biological activity of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol in the rachitic dog, producing increases in blood levels of Ca and P, partial healing of rickets, and enhanced intestinal absorption of Ca. KW - 1,25-Dihydroxycholecalciferol--effects-; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-1105&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Brickman, A. S.; AU - Coburn, J. W.; AU - Kurokawa, K.; AU - Bethune, J. E.; AU - Harrison, H. E.; AU - \ET/; T1 - Actions of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol in patients with hypophosphatemic, vitamin D resistant rickets CT - Actions of 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol in patients with hypophosphatemic, vitamin D resistant rickets JO - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) JF - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1973/09/06/ VL - 289 IS - Sep 6 SP - 495 EP - 498 SN - 00284793 AD - Nephrology Section, Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Wilshire & Sawtelle Boulevard, Los Angeles, California 90073 N1 - Accession Number: 11-1043; Language: English; Chemical Name: Cholecalciferol--67-97-0; References: 43; Journal Coden: NEJMAG; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Pharmacology N2 - 1,25-Dihydroxycholecalciferol (I), the active form of vitamin D, was administered orally in doses of 1.3 to 2.7 mcg./day to 4 patients with hypophosphatemic, vitamin D resistant rickets to assess whether deficient production of this steroid might be responsible for this disorder. One patient was from a kindred with X-linked, dominant transmission, and 2 were from a family showing autosomal dominant transmission. The patients responded with increased urinary calcium, decreased fecal calcium or augmented intestinal absorption of radioactive calcium. Urinary excretion of phosphorus decreased only slightly and transiently in 2 patients and increased in the other 2; the hypophosphatemia was not corrected. Thus, a physiologic response in the intestinal absorption of calcium occurred, but the defect in renal tubular reabsorption of phosphate was not corrected. These observations provide evidence that the biochemical alterations in hypophosphatemic vitamin D resistant rickets are not due to impaired synthesis or action of I. KW - Cholecalciferol--1,25-dihydroxy--; KW - 1,25-Dihydroxycholecalciferol--effects-; KW - Pharmacogenetics--1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol--effects, lack, on vitamin D resistant rickets, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-1043&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Teplitsky, B.; T1 - Wrong decimal points on these 150 drug products can kill the patient CT - Wrong decimal points on these 150 drug products can kill the patient JO - Pharmacy Times (USA) JF - Pharmacy Times (USA) Y1 - 1973/07/01/ VL - 39 IS - Jul SP - 50 EP - 51 SN - 00030627 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, New York N1 - Accession Number: 11-0987; Language: English; Journal Coden: PYTMAO; Section Heading: Pharmacy Practice; Abstract Author: J. Hethcox N2 - A compilation of 150 drug products with similar decimal strengths and methods of reducing errors resulting from misread decimals are presented. KW - Errors, medication--dosage--decimals, misinterpretation, reduction, discussion; KW - Dosage--errors, medication--decimals, misinterpretation, reduction, discussion; KW - Drugs--dosage--errors, decimals, misinterpretation, reduction, discussion; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-0987&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Hays, M.; T1 - T\LC/c\UC/ 99\LC/m\UC/ pertechnetate transport in man: absorption after subcutaneous and oral administration; secretion into saliva and gastric juice CT - T\LC/c\UC/ 99\LC/m\UC/ pertechnetate transport in man: absorption after subcutaneous and oral administration; secretion into saliva and gastric juice JO - J. Nucl. Med. JF - J. Nucl. Med. Y1 - 1973/06/01/ VL - 14 IS - Jun SP - 331 EP - 335 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, State University of New York at Buffalo, Nuclear Medicine Service, 3495 Bailey Avenue, Buffalo, NY 14215, USA N1 - Accession Number: 11-0927; Language: English; Chemical Name: Technetium Tc 99m pertechnetate--23288-61-1; Therapeutic Class: (78:00); AHFS Class: Radiopharmaceuticals technetium Tc 99m pertechnetate; References: 9; Journal Coden: JNMEAQ; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Metabolism and Body Distribution; Abstract Author: Nelson Der N2 - A study of technetium Tc 99m pertechnetate absorption by the oral, subcutaneous and IV route in 15 normal patients is presented. Marked variability was observed in the absorption of an oral dose of pertechnetate. Within one hour, technetium Tc 99m pertechnetate is absorbed almost as well from either SC or IV administration. KW - Technetium Tc 99m pertechnetate--diagnostic agents-; KW - Radiopharmaceuticals--technetium Tc 99m pertechnetate--absorption, comparison of oral, SC, and IV routes, in patients; KW - Absorption--technetium Tc 99m pertechnetate--comparison oral, SC, and IV routes, in patients; KW - Drugs, body distribution--technetium Tc 99m pertechnetate--comparison of oral, SC, and IV routes, in patients; KW - Metabolism--technetium Tc 99m pertechnetate--absorption, and body distribution, comparison of routes, in patients; KW - Drug administration--routes--technetium Tc 99m pertechnetate, absorption, comparison of oral, SC, and IV, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-0927&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Hyde, L.; T1 - Rifampin in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis CT - Rifampin in the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis JO - Calif. Med. JF - Calif. Med. Y1 - 1972/12/01/ VL - 117 IS - Dec SP - 18 EP - 21 AD - Pulmonary Disease Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Long Beach; and Department of Medicine, University of California, Irvine, California N1 - Accession Number: 11-0807; Language: English; Chemical Name: Rifampin--13292-46-1 Isoniazid--54-85-3 Ethambutol--74-55-5; References: 14; Journal Coden: CAMEAS; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - Results of a study of 68 patients treated with rifampin for pulmonary tuberculosis are presented. Rifampin is a newer semi-synthetic derivative of rifamycin. Its advantages over other derivatives are good oral absorption, high blood levels and slower excretion rate. In a randomized study of active tuberculosis patients who had not received prior chemotherapy, isoniazed-rifampin and isoniazid-PAS regimens were equally effective. In retreatment patients with active, positive tuberculosis, the regimen of isoniazid, rifampin and ethambutol proved to be very effective, especially when the 2 latter drugs had not been used previously. Infections caused by atypical acid-fast bacilli, showed results which varied with the organism isolated and the extent of the disease. Rifampin is a potent, relatively non-toxic drug especially useful in the retreatment of pulmonary tuberculosis in patients who have never received this drug previously. There is little justification for its use in initial therapy except in rare cases. KW - Rifampin--and isoniazid-; KW - Isoniazid--and rifampin-; KW - Rifampin--ethambutol and isoniazid-; KW - Ethambutol--isoniazid and rifampin-; KW - Isoniazid--ethambutol and rifampin-; KW - Combined therapy--ethambutol, isoniazid and rifampin--tuberculosis, retreatment, in patients; KW - Combined therapy--isoniazid, ethambutol and rifampin--tuberculosis, retreatment, in patients; KW - Combined therapy--rifampin, ethambutol and isoniazid--tuberculosis, retreatment, in patients; KW - Absorption--rifampin--oral, and derivatives, superiority, in patients; KW - Blood levels--rifampin--and derivatives, superiority, in patients; KW - Excretion--rifampin--and derivatives, superiority, in patients; KW - Metabolism--rifampin--and derivatives, superiority, in patients; KW - Tuberculosis--pulmonary--combined therapy, rifampin drug regimens, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-0807&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Kramer, M.; AU - Blackwell, B.; AU - Roth, T.; AU - Wray, M.; T1 - Metiapine in acute schizophrenic patients CT - Metiapine in acute schizophrenic patients JO - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) JF - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) Y1 - 1973/07/01/ VL - 15 IS - Jul SP - 465 EP - 469 SN - 0011393X AD - Department of Psychiatry, College of Medicine, University of Cincinnati, and the Veterans Administration Hospital, Cincinnati, Ohio N1 - Accession Number: 11-0743; Language: English; Therapeutic Class: (28:16.08); AHFS Class: Tranquilizers metiapine; References: 6; Journal Coden: CTCEA9; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Investigational Drugs; Abstract Author: Richard M. Efman N2 - An uncontrolled trial of 75-300 mg. metiapine daily for treatment of psychotic symptoms in 10 newly admitted acute male schizophrenics is presented. Although the study was intended to last for 42 days, the average patient stay was 21 days. The mean dosage was 88 mg. daily, and the mean maximal dosage was 220 mg. daily. An observable therapeutic effect was noted in 8 of 10 patients within the first 2 weeks of treatment, at a mean dose of 184 mg. daily. The most prominent side effect was sedation. Dry mouth was noted in all patients. Extrapyramidal effects were also noted. Eight patients gained weight during the study. KW - Metiapine--psychoses-; KW - Tranquilizers--metiapine--psychoses, therapy, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-0743&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Cousins, M. J.; AU - Mazze, R. I.; T1 - Methoxyflurane nephrotoxicity: a study of dose response in man CT - Methoxyflurane nephrotoxicity: a study of dose response in man JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1973/09/24/ VL - 225 IS - Sep 24 SP - 1611 EP - 1616 AD - Department of Anesthesia, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford University Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California 94304 N1 - Accession Number: 11-0712; Language: English; Trade Name: Penthrane; Generic Name: Methoxyflurane; Chemical Name: Methoxyflurane--76-38-0; Therapeutic Class: (28:04); AHFS Class: Anesthetics methoxyflurane; References: 20; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Toxicity N2 - Dose related abnormalities in renal function occurred in 10 of 18 patients following administration of methoxyflurane (Penthrane) with the usual anesthetic adjuvants. Eight control patients anesthetized with halothane (Fluothane) showed no abnormalities in renal function. Subclinical toxicity occurred following methoxyflurane at minimum alveolar concentration (MAC) for 2.5 to 3 hours, that is 2.5 to 3 MAC hours (serum inorganic fluoride, \GT/ 50 micromols/l.), while clinical toxicity was present in all patients at dosages greater than 5 MAC hours (serum inorganic fluoride, \GT/ 90 micromols/l.). The minimum alveolar concentration is defined as the amount of anesthetic necessary to prevent movement in response to surgical incision in 50% of patients. Superimposed on the dose response relationship were other factors that probably increased nephrotoxicity. These were as follows: individual variations in metabolism of methoxyflurane; increased sensitivity to the nephrotoxic effects of inorganic fluoride; presence of enzyme induction; and interaction of methoxyflurane with other nephrotoxic drugs. It was suggested that the use of methoxyflurane in clinical anesthesia should be restricted to situations where it offers specific advantages and where dosages less than 2.5 MAC hours can be attained. KW - Methoxyflurane--toxicity-; KW - Toxicity--methoxyflurane--renal, dose related, in patients; KW - Anesthetics--methoxyflurane--toxicity, renal, dose related, in patients; KW - Dosage--methoxyflurane--toxicity, renal, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-0712&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Timmerman, R. J.; AU - Schroer, J. A.; T1 - Lipoid pneumonia caused by methenamine mandelate suspension CT - Lipoid pneumonia caused by methenamine mandelate suspension JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1973/09/17/ VL - 225 IS - Sep 17 SP - 1524 EP - 1525 AD - Reprints: 17 East Sixth Street, Newport, Kentucky 41075 AD - Department of Internal Medicine, St. Luke Hospital and the Veterans Administration Nursing Home, Ft. Thomas, Kentucky N1 - Accession Number: 11-0702; Language: English; Trade Name: Mandelamine; Generic Name: Methenamine; Chemical Name: Methenamine--100-97-0 Sesame oil--8008-74-0; References: 9; Publication Type: Brief Reports; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Adverse Drug Reactions; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - Two senile individuals with dysphagia developed lipoid pneumonia subsequent to the administration of methenamine mandelate (Mandelamine) suspension, 250 mg./5ml. Both patients recovered when therapy was stopped. KW - Methenamine--mandelate-; KW - Sesame oil--vehicles-; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--methenamine--mandelate, suspensions, in sesame oil vehicle, lipoid pneumonia, in patients; KW - Suspensions--methenamine--mandelate, in sesame oil vehicle, lipoid pneumonia, in patients; KW - Vehicles--sesame oil--methenamine mandelate, suspensions, lipoid pneumonia, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-0702&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Barbosa, J.; AU - Seal, U. S.; AU - Doe, R. P.; T1 - Anti-estrogens and plasma proteins. II. Contraceptive drugs and gestagens CT - Anti-estrogens and plasma proteins. II. Contraceptive drugs and gestagens JO - J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. JF - J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. Y1 - 1973/04/01/ VL - 36 IS - Apr SP - 706 EP - 714 AD - Research Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, and Departments of Biochemistry and Medicine, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota N1 - Accession Number: 11-0581; Language: English; Trade Name: Norlestrin--Ovral; Generic Name: Norethindrone; Ethinyl estradiol; Chemical Name: Norethindrone--68-22-4 Ethinyl estradiol--57-63-6 Norgestrel--6533-00-2 Dydrogesterone--152-62-5; Therapeutic Class: (68:12); AHFS Class: Contraceptives, oral ethinyl estradiol, combination, norethindrone (68:12); AHFS Class: Contraceptives, oral ethinyl estradiol, combination, norgestrel (68:12); AHFS Class: Contraceptives, oral norethindrone, combination, ethinyl estradiol (68:12); AHFS Class: Contraceptives, oral norgestrel, combination, ethinyl estradiol; References: 33; Journal Coden: JCEMAZ; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology N2 - The effects of the oral contraceptives Ovral (norgestrel, combination, ethinyl estradiol) and Norlestrin (norethindrone acetate, combination, ethinyl estradiol) and the gestagen dydrogesterone on plasma proteins in humans, as well as the effects of norgestrel,\D/\SU/1\BS/-chlormadinone and cyproterone acetates on plasma proteins in green monkeys are reported. Effects upon thyroxine-binding globulin (TBG), serum thyroxine, thyroxine-binding prealbumin (TBPA), cortisol-binding globulin (CBG), serum cortisol, plasminogen, fibrinogen, haptoglobin, total proteins and transferrin were studied. Ovral resulted in plasma protein changes different from the ones seen with Norlestrin. Unlike the latter, Ovral produced an elevation of haptoglobin and had less influence on TBG than Norlestrin. Neither of the contraceptive drugs changed transferrin concentration. In monkeys, norgestrel blocked partially or completely the estrogen effects on TBG, CBG and haptoglobin. Norgestrel alone did not produce significant changes in plasma proteins. KW - Norethindrone--combination, ethinyl estradiol-; KW - Ethinyl estradiol--combination, norethindrone-; KW - Norgestrel--combination, ethinyl estradiol-; KW - Ethinyl estradiol--combination, norgestrel-; KW - Dydrogesterone--plasma proteins-; KW - Contraceptives, oral--ethinyl estradiol, combination, norethindrone--effects, plasma proteins, in humans; KW - Contraceptives, oral--ethinyl estradiol, combination, norgestrel--effects, plasma proteins, in humans; KW - Progestogens--dydrogesterone--effects, plasma proteins, in humans; KW - Contraceptives, oral--norethindrone, combination, ethinyl estradiol--effects, plasma proteins, in humans; KW - Contraceptives, oral--norgestrel, combination, ethinyl estradiol--effects, plasma proteins, in humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-0581&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Barbosa, J.; AU - Seal, U. S.; AU - Doe, R. P.; T1 - Anti-estrogens and plasma proteins. I. Clomiphene and isomers, ethamoxytriphetol, U-11, 100A and U-11, 555A CT - Anti-estrogens and plasma proteins. I. Clomiphene and isomers, ethamoxytriphetol, U-11, 100A and U-11, 555A JO - J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. JF - J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. Y1 - 1973/04/01/ VL - 36 IS - Apr SP - 666 EP - 678 AD - Research Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55417 N1 - Accession Number: 11-0580; Language: English; Trade Name: U-11100A; Generic Name: Nafoxidine; Chemical Name: Clomiphene--911-45-5; References: 46; Journal Coden: JCEMAZ; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Investigational Drugs N2 - The estrogenic and anti-estrogenic activities of the nonsteroidal anti-estrogens clomiphene citrate, cisclomiphene, transclomiphene, ethamoxytriphetol, U-11100A (Nafoxidine) and U-11555A were studied on plasma proteins in humans and monkeys alone and in combination with ethinyl estradiol. In general, anti-estrogens had estrogen-like effects on some but not all of the estrogen responsive plasma proteins studied. They prevented the estrogenic response to ethinyl estradiol only to those serum proteins which did not respond to them alone. Conversely, the anti-estrogens potentiated the estrogenic response for those serum proteins on which they had shown some estrogen-like activity, when given alone. It is hypothesized that individual receptors may be present for each plasma protein which responds to estrogens. KW - Clomiphene--and isomers-; KW - U-11555A--alone and with ethinyl estradiol-; KW - Ethamoxytriphetol--alone and with ethinyl estradiol-; KW - Nafoxidine--alone and with ethinyl estradiol--effects, estrogenic and anti-estrogenic, in monkeys and humans; KW - Anti-estrogens--nafoxidine--alone and with ethinyl estradiol, estrogenic and anti-estrogenic effects, in monkeys and humans; KW - Anti-estrogens--U-11555A--alone and with ethinyl estradiol, estrogenic and anti-estrogenic effects, in monkeys and humans; KW - Anti-estrogens--ethamoxytriphetol--alone and with ethinyl estradiol, estrogenic and anti-estrogenic effects, in monkeys and humans; KW - Anti-estrogens--clomiphene--and isomers, estrogenic and anti-estrogenic effects, in monkeys and humans; KW - Mechanism of action--anti-estrogens--effects, estrogenic and anti-estrogenic, in monkeys and humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-0580&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Singer, I.; AU - Rotenberg, D.; T1 - Mechanisms of lithium action CT - Mechanisms of lithium action JO - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) JF - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1973/08/02/ VL - 289 IS - Aug 2 SP - 254 EP - 260 SN - 00284793 AD - Renal-Electrolyte Sections, Departments of Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital and University of Pennsylvania Medical Center, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104 N1 - Accession Number: 11-0567; Language: English; Chemical Name: Lithium--7439-93-2; Therapeutic Class: (28:16); AHFS Class: Psychotherapeutic agents lithium; References: 9; Journal Coden: NEJMAG; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - This article correlates selected clinical and laboratory data to define common underlying mechanisms by which lithium produces a variety of medically important biologic actions. KW - Lithium--mechanism of action-; KW - Mechanism of action--lithium--discussion; KW - Psychotherapeutic agents--lithium--mechanism of action; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-0567&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Mendels, J.; AU - Secunda, S. K.; AU - Dyson, W. L.; T1 - Controlled study of the antidepressant effects of lithium carbonate CT - Controlled study of the antidepressant effects of lithium carbonate JO - Arch. Gen. Psychiatry JF - Arch. Gen. Psychiatry Y1 - 1972/02/01/ VL - 26 IS - Feb SP - 154 EP - 157 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104 N1 - Accession Number: 11-0516; Language: English; Chemical Name: Lithium carbonate--554-13-2 Desipramine--50-47-5; Therapeutic Class: (28:16); AHFS Class: Psychotherapeutic agents lithium carbonate, comparison, desipramine (28:16.04); AHFS Class: Antidepressants desipramine, comparison, lithium carbonate; References: 18; Journal Coden: ARGPAQ; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Ronald E. Nagata, Jr. N2 - The antidepressant effects of lithium carbonate were comparable to those of desipramine in a 3-week, double-blind crossover study on 24 depressed patients, aged 29 to 57. The patients were initially administered either 1 g. lithium carbonate or 100 mg. desipramine daily; adjustment of daily doses ranged up to 2 g. and 200 mg., respectively. KW - Lithium carbonate--comparison, desipramine-; KW - Desipramine--comparison, lithium carbonate-; KW - Psychotherapeutic agents--lithium carbonate, comparison, desipramine--in depressed patients; KW - Antidepressants--desipramine, comparison, lithium carbonate--in depressed patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-0516&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Breen, K. J.; AU - Shaw, J.; AU - Alvin, J.; AU - Henderson, G. I.; AU - Schenker, S.; AU - \ET/; T1 - Liver physiology and disease CT - Liver physiology and disease JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1973/05/01/ VL - 64 IS - May SP - 992 EP - 004 AD - Departments of Medicine (Gastroenterology) and Pharmacology, Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tennessee) (Reprints: Veterans Administration Hospital, Nashville, Tennessee 37203 N1 - Accession Number: 11-0319; Language: English; Chemical Name: Phenobarbital--50-06-6 Paraldehyde--123-63-7; Therapeutic Class: (28:24); AHFS Class: Sedatives and hypnotics phenobarbital; References: 42; Journal Coden: GASTAB; Section Heading: Drug Metabolism and Body Distribution; Abstract Author: Jack M. Rosenberg N2 - An evaluation of the effect of experimental liver damage in rats on the disappearance of phenobarbital and paraldehyde from blood is presented. Examination of the clearance of phenobarbital and paraldehyde from blood in rats with liver injury induced by graded doses of carbon tetrachloride (CC1\IF/4\BS/) and common bile duct ligation of 24 and 72 hr. was conducted. Progressive hepatic injury was documented by light microscopy and liver function tests. Paraldehyde was assayed enzymatically and phenobarbital by spectrophotometry. The specificity of the phenobarbital assay for the parent drug was confirmed by countercurrent analysis. Phenobarbital clearance from blood after CC1\IF/4\BS/ was prolonged. The half-life in normal rats was 18 hr. and in animals given 0.3, 0.6, 1.2, and 2.5 ml. of CC1\IF/4\BS//kg. it was 29.6, 31.7, 40.4, and 35.2 hr., respectively (P[0.05).]The phenobarbital half-life with varied doses of CC1\IF/4\BS/ is not statistically different (P\GT/0.05). In nephrectomized animals, CC1\IF/4\BS/ also prolonged the phenobarbital half-life. In perfused livers taken from normal rats and from those given 0.15 and 0.3 ml. of CC1\IF/4\BS//kg. phenobarbital half-life was 2.43, 5.45, and 8.48 hr., respectively (P[0.05).] CC1\IF/4\BS/-induced hepatic injury in rats delayed paraldehyde and phenobarbital clearance, and bile duct ligation caused paraldehyde accumulation in blood. These data suggest that these drugs should be used with caution in patients with hepatic damage. KW - Phenobarbital--half-life-; KW - Paraldehyde--blood levels-; KW - Sedatives and hypnotics--phenobarbital--blood levels, effects, induced hepatic injury, in rats; KW - Sedatives and hypnotics--paraldehyde--blood levels, effects, induced hepatic injury, in rats; KW - Blood levels--phenobarbital--half-life, increased by induced hepatic injury, in rats; KW - Metabolism--phenobarbital--blood levels, induced hepatic injury, in rats; KW - Blood levels--paraldehyde--increased, by induced hepatic injury, in rats; KW - Metabolism--paraldehyde--blood levels, induced hepatic injury, in rats; KW - Half-life--phenobarbital--increased, by induced hepatic injury, in rats; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-0319&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Aronow, W. S.; T1 - Management of stable angina CT - Management of stable angina JO - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) JF - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1973/09/06/ VL - 289 IS - Sep 6 SP - 516 EP - 520 SN - 00284793 AD - Cardiology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Long Beach, Califronia 90801 N1 - Accession Number: 11-0258; Language: English; Chemical Name: Nitroglycerin--55-63-0 Propranolol--525-66-6; References: 32; Publication Type: Medical Intelligence; Journal Coden: NEJMAG; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - The use of sublingual nitroglycerin, long-acting nitrites and propranolol in the management of angina pectoris is discussed. Therapy of angina patients with drugs such as tranquilizers, sedatives and hypolipidemic agents is commented upon. KW - Nitroglycerin--angina pectoris-; KW - Propranolol--angina pectoris-; KW - Nitrates--sustained-action--angina pectoris, therapy, discussion, in patients; KW - Sustained-action medications--nitrates--angina pectoris, therapy, discussion, in patients; KW - Cardiac drugs--angina pectoris--therapy, discussion, in patients; KW - Tranquilizers--therapy--discussion, in angina pectoris patients; KW - Sedatives and hypnotics--therapy--discussion, in angina pectoris patients; KW - Antilipemic agents--therapy--discussion, in angina pectoris patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-0258&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Sunderland, M.; AU - Brookeman, V.; T1 - Preparation of bolus \SU/99m\BS/Tc-sulfur colloid CT - Preparation of bolus \SU/99m\BS/Tc-sulfur colloid JO - J. Nucl. Med. JF - J. Nucl. Med. Y1 - 1973/04/01/ VL - 14 IS - Apr SP - 230 EP - 232 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, University of Florida, College of Medicine, Gainesville, Florida 32601 N1 - Accession Number: 11-0093; Language: English; Chemical Name: Technetium--7440-26-8; Therapeutic Class: (78:00); AHFS Class: Radiopharmaceuticals technetium; References: 8; Journal Coden: JNMEAQ; Section Heading: Pharmaceutics; Abstract Author: Nelson Der N2 - The preparation of a bolus of Tc 99m sulfur colloid and its use in liver scanning were discussed. KW - Technetium--Tc 99m-; KW - Radiopharmaceuticals--technetium--Tc 99m, sulfur colloid, bolus, for lung scanning; KW - Formulations--technetium--Tc 99m, sulfur colloid, preparation; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-0093&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Goodwin, D.; AU - Song, C.; AU - Finston, R.; AU - Matin, P.; T1 - Preparation, physiology, and dosimetry of In 111-labeled radiopharmaceuticals for cisternography CT - Preparation, physiology, and dosimetry of In 111-labeled radiopharmaceuticals for cisternography JO - Radiology JF - Radiology Y1 - 1973/07/01/ VL - 108 IS - Jul SP - 91 EP - 98 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Nuclear Medicine Service, Palo Alto, California 94304 N1 - Accession Number: 11-0053; Language: English; Chemical Name: Indium--7440-74-6; Therapeutic Class: (78:00); AHFS Class: Radiopharmaceuticals indium; References: 11; Journal Coden: RADLAX; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Nelson Der N2 - In this report, 37 patients undergoing cisternography were given In 111-transferrin, In 111-EDTA, (ethylene diamine tetraacetic acid) and In 111-DTPA (diethylene triamine pentaacetic acid). The count rate was highest with In 111-transferrin due to rapid absorption and excretion of In 111-labeled chelates. All 3 In 111-labeled compounds showed scan distribution similar to I 131 human serum albumin. KW - Indium--In 111-; KW - Radiopharmaceuticals--indium--In 111, cisternography, labeled, transferrin, comparison, EDTA, DTPA, in patients; KW - Absorption--indium--In 111, labeled radiopharmaceuticals, cisternography, in patients; KW - Excretion--indium--In 111, labeled radiopharmaceuticals, cisternography, in patients; KW - Metabolism--indium--In 111, labeled radiopharmaceuticals, cisternography, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-0053&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Tally, F. P.; AU - Sutter, V. L.; AU - Finegold, S. M.; T1 - Metronidazole versus anaerobes CT - Metronidazole versus anaerobes JO - Calif. Med. JF - Calif. Med. Y1 - 1972/12/01/ VL - 117 IS - Dec SP - 22 EP - 26 AD - Medical Service and the Anaerobic Bacteriology Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital and the Department of Medicine, University of California, Los Angeles Center for the Health Sciences, Los Angeles, California N1 - Accession Number: 10-5118; Language: English; Chemical Name: Metronidazole--443-48-1; Therapeutic Class: (8:32); AHFS Class: Trichomonacides metronidazole; References: 30; Journal Coden: CAMEAS; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Microbiology; Drug Evaluations N2 - Metronidazole has recently been shown to be active against various anaerobic bacteria in vitro and in experimental infections. In the present study, metronidazole showed significant activity against virtually all strains of anaerobic and microaerophilic bacteria tested, including \IT/Bacteroides fragilis\OK/. Since this organism is the anaerobe most commonly isolated from human infections and has demonstrated significant resistance to many antimicrobial agents, metronidazole may prove to be very useful. Initial clinical evaluations are presented. KW - Metronidazole--infections-; KW - Trichomonacides--metronidazole--infections, bacteria, anaerobic, effects in vitro and in vivo; KW - Bacteria--anaerobic--metronidazole, susceptibility to therapy; KW - Infections--anaerobic--metronidazole, therapy, in vitro and in vivo; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-5118&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Prien, R. F.; AU - Caffey, E. M.; AU - Klett, C. J.; T1 - Comparison of lithium carbonate and chlorpromazine in the treatment of mania CT - Comparison of lithium carbonate and chlorpromazine in the treatment of mania JO - Arch. Gen. Psychiatry JF - Arch. Gen. Psychiatry Y1 - 1972/02/01/ VL - 26 IS - Feb SP - 146 EP - 153 AD - Central Neuropsychiatric Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Perry Point, Maryland 21902 N1 - Accession Number: 10-5031; Language: English; Chemical Name: Lithium carbonate--554-13-2 Chlorpromazine--50-53-3; Therapeutic Class: (28:16); AHFS Class: Psychotherapeutic agents lithium carbonate, comparison, chlorpromazine (28:16); AHFS Class: Psychotherapeutic agents chlorpromazine, comparison, lithium carbonate; References: 24; Journal Coden: ARGPAQ; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Ronald E. Nagata, Jr. N2 - A 3-week collaborative study on 255 manic patients in 18 hospitals was conducted to compare the effectiveness of lithium carbonate and chlorpromazine. After the initial 3 times-a-day dose of either 250 mg. of lithium carbonate or 200 mg. chlorpromazine, the dosage was adjusted according to clinical response. Chlorpromazine showed superiority over lithium in treating the highly active group of manics. Only 18% had severe side effects to chlorpromazine while 31% of the lithium patients had severe adversities and nearly 40% did not complete the study. However, lithium proved more valuable than chlorpromazine in the mildly active group of manics. The common toxicities associated with chlorpromazine were somnolence, dry mouth, slurred speech and constipation and with lithium were gastrointestinal irritation and tremor. The most serious reactions with chlorpromazine were hypotension and syncope and with lithium, mental confusion. KW - Lithium carbonate--comparison, chlorpromazine-; KW - Chlorpromazine--comparison, lithium carbonate-; KW - Psychotherapeutic agents--lithium carbonate, comparison, chlorpromazine--effects, and side effects, in mania patients; KW - Psychotherapeutic agents--chlorpromazine, comparison, lithium carbonate--effects, and side effects, in mania patients; KW - Toxicity--lithium carbonate, comparison, chlorpromazine--effects, and side effects, in mania patients; KW - Toxicity--chlorpromazine, comparison, lithium carbonate--effects, and side effects, in mania patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-5031&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Dulfano, M. J.; AU - Glass, P.; T1 - Evaluation of a new beta \IF/2\BS/ adrenergic receptor stimulant, terbutaline, in bronchial asthma. II. oral comparison with ephedrine CT - Evaluation of a new beta \IF/2\BS/ adrenergic receptor stimulant, terbutaline, in bronchial asthma. II. oral comparison with ephedrine JO - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) JF - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) Y1 - 1973/04/01/ VL - 15 IS - Apr SP - 150 EP - 157 SN - 0011393X AD - The Cardiopulmonary Laboratory and Respiratory Care Unit, Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, New York 11209 N1 - Accession Number: 10-4946; Language: English; Trade Name: Bricanyl; Generic Name: Terbutaline; Chemical Name: Terbutaline--23031-25-6 Ephedrine--299-42-3; Therapeutic Class: (92:00); AHFS Class: Bronchodilators terbutaline, comparison, ephedrine (12:12); AHFS Class: Sympathomimetic agents ephedrine, comparison, terbutaline; References: 10; Journal Coden: CTCEA9; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Investigational Drugs; Abstract Author: Richard M. Efman N2 - In a double-blind crossover study, the oral effectiveness of terbutaline (Bricanyl) was evaluated in 26 stabilized bronchial asthma patients and compared with ephedrine and placebo. During the 4 days of the study each patient received the same 4 medications being tested. A single tablet was given orally every morning. Thus, the comparative effects of terbutaline 5 mg., terbutaline 2.5 mg., ephedrine 25 mg., and placebo were evaluated. All 3 active drugs demonstrated a significant change over placebo in all pulmonary function parameters studied. The greatest bronchodilator effect was obtained with 5 mg. terbutaline. A decrease in heart rate was observed with time after administration of all 4 medications. No clinically significant side effects were observed. The effects of terbutaline occurred earlier and persisted for a longer period of time than did the effects of ephedrine. In 10 patients, the effects of terbutaline continued for 6 hours. This represents a significant advantage, particularly in terms of maintenance therapy for the patient with chronic bronchial asthma. KW - Terbutaline--comparison, ephedrine-; KW - Ephedrine--comparison, terbutaline-; KW - Bronchodilators--terbutaline, comparison, ephedrine--asthma, bronchial, oral therapy, in patients; KW - Sympathomimetic agents--ephedrine, comparison, terbutaline--asthma, bronchial, oral therapy, in patients; KW - Dosage--terbutaline--asthma, bronchial, oral therapy, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-4946&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Glass, P.; AU - Dulfano, M. J.; T1 - Evaluation of a new beta \IF/2\BS/ adrenergic receptor stimulant, terbutaline, in bronchial asthma. I. Subcutaneous comparison with epinephrine CT - Evaluation of a new beta \IF/2\BS/ adrenergic receptor stimulant, terbutaline, in bronchial asthma. I. Subcutaneous comparison with epinephrine JO - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) JF - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) Y1 - 1973/04/01/ VL - 15 IS - Apr SP - 141 EP - 149 SN - 0011393X AD - The Cardiopulmonary Laboratory and Respiratory Care Unit, Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, New York 11209 N1 - Accession Number: 10-4945; Language: English; Trade Name: Bricanyl; Generic Name: Terbutaline; Chemical Name: Terbutaline--23031-25-6 Epinephrine--51-43-4; Therapeutic Class: (92:00); AHFS Class: Bronchodilators terbutaline, comparison, epinephrine (12:12); AHFS Class: Sympathomimetic agents epinephrine, comparison, terbutaline; References: 8; Journal Coden: CTCEA9; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Investigational Drugs; Abstract Author: Richard M. Efman N2 - In a double-blind crossover study, the effectiveness of terbutaline (Bricanyl) was evaluated in 15 patients and compared with placebo and epinephrine via the S.C. route. During the 4 days of the study, each participant received the same 4 solutions being tested. A single solution of 0.5 ml. was given S.C. over the deltoid area every morning. The comparative effects of 0.5 mg. terbutaline, 0.25 mg. terbutaline, 0.25 mg. epinephrine sulfate, and saline were evaluated in all patients. No significant changes in systolic or diastolic blood pressure were observed with any of the medications used. Side effects were infrequently noted with each of the preparations used. The dose response aspect of the study indicates that 0.25 mg. terbutaline will produce bronchodilator activity similar in onset, duration, and degree to that produced by 0.25 mg. of epinephrine. The 0.5 mg. dosage provided a significantly greater improvement in air flow without a clinically significant increase in adverse effects. A dosage range of 0.25-0.5 mg. of terbutaline could be safely employed for the temporary relief of acute bronchospastic conditions. KW - Terbutaline--comparison, epinephrine-; KW - Epinephrine--comparison, terbutaline-; KW - Bronchodilators--terbutaline, comparison, epinephrine--asthma, bronchial, therapy, in patients; KW - Sympathomimetic agents--epinephrine, comparison, terbutaline--asthma, bronchial, therapy, in patients; KW - Dosage--terbutaline--asthma, bronchial, therapy, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-4945&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Brown, S. T.; AU - Ahearn, D. J.; AU - Nolph, K. D.; T1 - Reduced peritoneal clearances in scleroderma increased by intraperitoneal isoproterenol CT - Reduced peritoneal clearances in scleroderma increased by intraperitoneal isoproterenol JO - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1973/06/01/ VL - 78 IS - Jun SP - 891 EP - 894 SN - 00034819 AD - Division of Nephrology, Department of Medicine, University of Missouri Medical School; and Veterans Administration Hospital, Columbia, Missouri N1 - Accession Number: 10-4704; Language: English; Chemical Name: Isoproterenol--7683-59-2; Therapeutic Class: (24:12); AHFS Class: Vasodilating agents isoproterenol; References: 16; Publication Type: Brief Communications; Journal Coden: AIMEAS; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Pharmacology N2 - In a 54-year-old male patient with scleroderma and renal failure, the addition of isoproterenol 0.12 mg. to the peritoneal dialysis solutions increased peritoneal clearance values of urea and creatinine. These values subsequently decreased following withdrawal of the drug. These data suggest that reduced peritoneal clearances can be associated with the sclerodermatous process and may be improved by the use of vasodilator drugs. Abnormalities similar to those reported for the cutaneous microvasculature may also develop in the visceral circulation in patients with scleroderma. KW - Isoproterenol--dialysis-; KW - Vasodilating agents--isoproterenol--dialysis, peritoneal, increases urea and creatinine clearances, in patient; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-4704&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Rubinstein, H. M.; AU - Dietz, A. A.; T1 - Serum Gold II. Levels in rheumatoid arthritis CT - Serum Gold II. Levels in rheumatoid arthritis JO - Ann. Rheum. Dis. JF - Ann. Rheum. Dis. Y1 - 1973/03/01/ VL - 32 IS - Mar SP - 128 EP - 132 AD - Departments of Medicine and Research, Veterans Administration Hospital, P.O. Box 54, Hines, Illinois 60141 N1 - Accession Number: 10-4607; Language: English; Chemical Name: Gold--7440-57-5; Journal Coden: ARDIAO; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Metabolism and Body Distribution; Biopharmaceutics N2 - A discussion of the blood levels of gold used in the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis and a comparison of salts is presented. After the initial injection of a gold salt the serum level rises sharply and decays over the next week. The peak is higher and the dropoff faster with an aqueous salt (gold sodium thiomalate) than with an oily preparation (gold thioglucose in sesame oil). With weekly injection there is a continuous rise in the basal value for several months, after which the serum level is relatively stable. There is considerable individual variation in the level found after a standard weekly dose of gold salt. When the period between injections is lengthened there is a steady decline in gold levels, although small amounts may be found in the serum for months. Patients with toxic reactions to gold have serum values in the normal range. KW - Gold--blood levels-; KW - Blood levels--gold--salts, therapy, rheumatoid arthritis, in patients; KW - Metabolism--gold--salts, blood levels, therapy, rheumatoid arthritis, in patients; KW - Dosage forms--gold--blood levels, aqueous salt compared to oil soluble salt, in patients; KW - Arthritis--gold--salts, blood levels, therapy, in patients; KW - Equivalency--gold--blood levels, aqueous salt compared to oil soluble salt, in patients; KW - Drugs, clinical effectiveness--gold--blood levels, aqueous salt compared to oil soluble salt, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-4607&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Lewis, G. P.; AU - Catanese, A.; AU - Wizwer, P.; T1 - Terminal corticosteroid therapy and tissue zinc levels CT - Terminal corticosteroid therapy and tissue zinc levels JO - Lancet (England) JF - Lancet (England) Y1 - 1973/05/12/ VL - 1 IS - May 12 SP - 1056 SN - 00237507 AD - Boston Veterans Administration Hospital, 150 South Huntington Avenue; and Tufts University School of Medicine, Boston, Massachusetts 02130 N1 - Accession Number: 10-4580; Language: English; References: 1; Publication Type: Letters; Journal Coden: LANCAO; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - When tissue zinc data derived from a random series of 84 necropsies was related to corticosteroid therapy, results showed that acute or subacute administration of corticosteroid drugs in either moderate or high dosage was not accompanied by a significant change in liver, lung, or kidney zinc levels. KW - Steroids, cortico---toxicity--lack, effects, on tissue zinc levels, necropsy findings; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-4580&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Zacharski, L. R.; AU - Jenny, C.; AU - McIntyre, O. R.; T1 - Intravenously given conjugated estrogens: lack of effect on capillary stability CT - Intravenously given conjugated estrogens: lack of effect on capillary stability JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1973/06/11/ VL - 224 IS - Jun 11 SP - 1519 EP - 1520 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, White River Junction, Vermont 05001 N1 - Accession Number: 10-4573; Language: English; Trade Name: Premarin; Generic Name: Estrogenic substances; References: 13; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Drug Evaluations N2 - A double-blind crossover study comparing I.V. administered conjugated estrogens (I; Premarin) and a placebo failed to demonstrate a significant effect on capillary resistance to a standard negative pressure stress or the bleeding time in 27 normal subjects. The occurrence of deep calf vein thrombosis within 24 hours of I administration in a healthy 46-year-old male volunteer raised the possibility of an etiologic relationship. The study did not support the widely held contention that I promotes hemostasis in normal individuals by enhancing capillary stability. KW - Estrogenic substances--conjugated--lack, effects, on capillary stability, in normal subjects; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-4573&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - McIndoo, M. V.; T1 - Controlled study of mesoridazine CT - Controlled study of mesoridazine JO - South Med. J. JF - South Med. J. Y1 - 1971/05/01/ VL - 64 IS - May SP - 592 EP - 596 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D.C.) (Reprints: Department of Psychiatry, Medical University of South Carolina, Charleston, South Carolina N1 - Accession Number: 10-4553; Language: English; Chemical Name: Mesoridazine--5588-33-0; Therapeutic Class: (28:16.08); AHFS Class: Tranquilizers mesoridazine; References: 9; Journal Coden: SMJOAV; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Tim R. Covington N2 - A double-blind study of placebo and mesoridazine was conducted utilizing 80 schizophrenic patients who had been sick on an average of 151 months. The Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale (BPRS) and Nurses' Observation Scale for Inpatient Evaluation (NOSIE) were used to evaluate patient response. Patients treated with mesoridazine showed improvement (p\GT/.01) on all 16 items on the BPRS scale. Mesoridazine proved much more effective than placebo. Observations made with the NOSIE scale were less explicit, due primarily to variables associated with different raters. Results obtained with mesoridazine compare favorably with those obtained with other major tranquilizers. Moreover, mesoridazine appears to be effective in treating many chronic schizophrenics unresponsive to other medication. KW - Mesoridazine--schizophrenia-; KW - Tranquilizers--mesoridazine--schizophrenia, therapy, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-4553&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Lorber, A.; AU - Atkins, C. J.; AU - Chang, C. C.; AU - Lee, Y. B.; AU - Starrs, J.; AU - \ET/; T1 - Monitoring serum gold values to improve chrysotherapy in rheumatoid arthritis CT - Monitoring serum gold values to improve chrysotherapy in rheumatoid arthritis JO - Ann. Rheum. Dis. JF - Ann. Rheum. Dis. Y1 - 1973/03/01/ VL - 32 IS - Mar SP - 133 EP - 139 AD - Reprints: Veterans Administration Hospital, Ward G3, 5901 East Seventh Street, Long Beach, California 90801 AD - University of Southern California, School of Medicine, Department of Medicine, Rheumatic Disease and Immunology Section, Los Angeles, California N1 - Accession Number: 10-4539; Language: English; Chemical Name: Gold--7440-57-5; References: 17; Journal Coden: ARDIAO; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - Serum gold levels, clinical response, and toxicity studies were compared in 18 rheumatoid arthritis patients assigned on a random basis to receive chrysotherapy on either a fixed conventional dosage or individual adjusted dosage therapy schedule. Adjusted dosage therapy in some patients was continued for more than 4 years. The higher serum gold levels recorded did not result in an increased incidence or severity of adverse reactions. Compared to the group on the fixed dosage schedule, significant clinical benefits were recorded in subjects receiving an adjusted dosage schedule to maintain serum gold levels above 300 mcg.%. KW - Gold--arthritis-; KW - Dosage schedules--gold--arthritis, therapy, fixed compared to adjusted, in patients; KW - Blood levels--gold--arthritis, therapy, monitoring, in patients; KW - Toxicity--gold--studies, arthritis therapy, in patients; KW - Metabolism--gold--blood levels, rheumatoid arthritis therapy, in patients; KW - Dosage--gold--blood levels, rheumatoid arthritis therapy, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-4539&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Sturdevant, R. A. L.; AU - Stern, D. H.; AU - Resin, H.; AU - Isenberg, J. I.; T1 - Effect of graded doses of octapeptide of cholecystokinin on gallbladder size in man CT - Effect of graded doses of octapeptide of cholecystokinin on gallbladder size in man JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1973/03/01/ VL - 64 IS - Mar SP - 452 EP - 456 AD - Medical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Wadsworth, and Medical Service, UCLA School of Medicine, Los Angeles, California N1 - Accession Number: 10-4536; Language: English; Chemical Name: Cholecystokinin--9011-97-6; Therapeutic Class: (36:00); AHFS Class: Diagnostic agents cholecystokinin; References: 18; Journal Coden: GASTAB; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Jack M. Rosenberg N2 - The purposes of this study were: (1) to determine the effect of graded doses of the C-terminal octapeptide of cholecystokinin (OP-CCK), on human gallbladder contraction, and (2) to determine if the doses tested produced any untoward effects in man. Eighteen subjects were divided into 6 groups of 3 subjects each. Each group was studied at one of the following doses of OP-CCK: 2.5, 5, 10, 20, 40, and 80 ng./kg. Each subject underwent cholecystography twice. OP-CCK caused contraction of the human gallbladder. Peak decrease in gallbladder size occurred after 20 ng./kg. Larger doses did not produce further decreases in size. It was concluded that I.V. injection of a cholecystokinetic hormone may have advantages over a fatty meal in cholecystography. KW - Cholecystokinin--octapeptide-; KW - Dosage--cholecystokinin--octapeptide, peak contraction of gallbladder, in man; KW - Diagnostic agents--cholecystokinin--contraction of gallbladder, for cholecystography; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-4536&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Sisson, M.; T1 - Student evaluation of a pilot clinical pharmacy course CT - Student evaluation of a pilot clinical pharmacy course JO - Hospital Pharmacy (USA) JF - Hospital Pharmacy (USA) Y1 - 1973/01/01/ VL - 8 IS - Jan SP - 19 EP - 21 SN - 00185787 AD - Pharmacy Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Newington, Connecticut N1 - Accession Number: 10-4195; Language: English; Journal Coden: HOPHAZ; Section Heading: Pharmaceutical Education; Abstract Author: K. Richard Knoll N2 - Three students present an evaluation of a clinical pharmacy pilot study conducted by the University of Florida College of Pharmacy in cooperation with a VA Hospital. The primary purpose of the study was to gather information for further use in evaluating current curriculum needs and possible changes. It is stated that the opinions of 80% of the participants is represented in the 3 critiques. Student opinions gained from the critiques will be incorporated into the curriculum to help shape future pharmacy courses. KW - Clinical pharmacy--programs--evaluations, undergraduate programs, by students; KW - Pharmacy--students--evaluations, of clinical pharmacy undergraduate programs; KW - Education, pharmaceutical--clinical pharmacy--evaluations, undergraduate programs, by students; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-4195&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Bissett, J. K.; AU - Doherty, J. E.; AU - Flanigan, W. J.; AU - Dalrymple, G. V.; AU - Gammill, J.; AU - \ET/; T1 - Tritiated digoxin. XIX. Turnover studies in diabetes insipidus CT - Tritiated digoxin. XIX. Turnover studies in diabetes insipidus JO - Am. J. Cardiol. JF - Am. J. Cardiol. Y1 - 1973/03/01/ VL - 31 IS - Mar SP - 327 EP - 330 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Little Rock, and Departments of Medicine and Pharmacology and Nuclear Medicine, University of Arkansas School of Medicine, Little Rock, Arkansas N1 - Accession Number: 10-4134; Language: English; Chemical Name: Digoxin--20830-75-5; Therapeutic Class: (24:04); AHFS Class: Cardiac drugs digoxin; References: 10; Journal Coden: AJCDAG; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Metabolism and Body Distribution N2 - The effect of chronically increased urinary volumes on renal digoxin excretion and digoxin turnover was studied in 2 patients with nephritogenic diabetes insipidus and urinary volumes in excess of 9 liters/24 hours. The serum half-lives were 48 and 54 hours and the 7 day urinary excretion totals 46 and 41%, respectively. Comparison with values obtained in patients with congestive heart failure demonstrated no increase in excretion of renal digoxin. Increased urinary volume without change in glomerular filtration rate does not increase excretion of digoxin, and would not be expected to decrease the duration of digitalis toxicity. KW - Digoxin--excretion-; KW - Excretion--digoxin--in diabetes insipidus patients; KW - Metabolism--digoxin--excretion, in diabetes insipidus patients; KW - Blood levels--digoxin--half-life, in diabetes insipidus patients; KW - Half-life--digoxin--blood levels, in diabetes insipidus patients; KW - Cardiac drugs--digoxin--excretion, in diabetes insipidus patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-4134&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Wizwer, P.; AU - Deeb, E. N.; T1 - Experiences with a clinical pharmacy training program in a VA hospital CT - Experiences with a clinical pharmacy training program in a VA hospital JO - American Journal of Pharmaceutical Education (USA) JF - American Journal of Pharmaceutical Education (USA) Y1 - 1972/11/01/ VL - 36 IS - Nov SP - 575 EP - 580 SN - 00029459 AD - Clinical Pharmacology Section, Boston Veterans Administration Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts N1 - Accession Number: 10-4010; Language: English; References: 10; Journal Coden: AJPDAD; Section Heading: Pharmaceutical Education; Abstract Author: Douglas L. Thompson N2 - The clinical pharmacy program at Northeastern University College of Pharmacy is described. The program carries 4 hours of academic credit and is given in the spring quarter of the 5th year of study. Each student is assigned to a hospital 2 mornings a week for a period of 10 weeks. In addition to the hospital exposure, one formal lecture is presented each week at the University. The Boston VA hospital, an 865-bed general teaching hospital, was one of the 4 hospitals participating in the program. Program goals and student comments pertaining to the course are included. KW - Clinical pharmacy--education--programs, Northeastern University and VA hospital; KW - Education, pharmaceutical--clinical pharmacy--programs, Northeastern University and VA hospital; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-4010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Deland, F.; T1 - Biological behavior of Y\LC/b\UC/ 169 DTPA after intrathecal administration CT - Biological behavior of Y\LC/b\UC/ 169 DTPA after intrathecal administration JO - J. Nucl. Med. JF - J. Nucl. Med. Y1 - 1973/02/01/ VL - 14 IS - Feb SP - 93 EP - 98 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, University of Florida, Nuclear Medicine Service (172), Gainesville, Florida 32601 N1 - Accession Number: 10-3950; Language: English; Trade Name: Penthanil; Generic Name: Diethylene triamine pentaacetic acid; Therapeutic Class: (64:00); AHFS Class: Chelating agents diethylene triamine pentaacetic acid; References: 9; Journal Coden: JNMEAQ; Section Heading: Preliminary Drug Testing; Pharmacology; Abstract Author: Nelson Der N2 - Adult and immature dogs were used to study the biological behavior and toxicity of intrathecal Yb 169-DTPA (Penthanil; diethylene triamine pentaacetic acid). In its absorption, Yb 169-DTPA appears to be biphasic; the first component has a half-life of 12-13 hr. and a second component, a half-life of 22-26 days. The biological half-life of this compound demonstrates age variance also. Puppies have a half-life of 9 hr. while adults have a half-life of 14 hr. The LD\IF/50\BS/ is very high since 1,000 times the normal doses had no toxic effect on the CNS. KW - Diethylene triamine pentaacetic acid--Yb 169-; KW - Chelating agents--diethylene triamine pentaacetic acid--Yb 169, half-life, injections, in dogs; KW - Half-life--diethylene triamine pentaacetic acid--Yb 169, injections, in dogs; KW - Metabolism--diethylene triamine pentaacetic acid--Yb 169, half-life, injections, in dogs; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-3950&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Filipi, C. J.; AU - Higgins, G. A.; T1 - Diagnosis and management of insulinoma CT - Diagnosis and management of insulinoma JO - Am. J. Surg. JF - Am. J. Surg. Y1 - 1973/02/01/ VL - 125 IS - Feb SP - 231 EP - 237 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, 50 Irving Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20422 N1 - Accession Number: 10-3890; Language: English; Chemical Name: Diazoxide--364-98-7; Therapeutic Class: (36:00); AHFS Class: Diagnostic agents diazoxide (10:00); AHFS Class: Antineoplastic agents streptozotocin; References: 32; Journal Coden: AJSUAB; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - Seven new cases of insulinoma are presented. New diagnostic tests including radioimmunoassay double antibody insulin levels, a diagnostic trial of diazoxide, and anti-insulin agents, were used. Six lesions were benign; 4 were treated by enucleation and 2 by distal pancreatectomy. The remaining patient had palliative cholecystojejunostomy for malignant insulinoma followed by chemotherapy with streptozotocin. Selective celiac angiography can now demonstrate the majority of insulinomas. With refinements in technique, more nonpalpable lesions will be demonstrated, thus simplifying the operative approach. KW - Diazoxide--insulinomas-; KW - Streptozotocin--insulinomas-; KW - Diagnostic agents--diazoxide--insulinomas, in patients; KW - Antineoplastic agents--streptozotocin--insulinomas, therapy, in patients; KW - Insulinomas--therapy--and diagnosis, discussion, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-3890&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Limas, S. J.; AU - Freis, W. D.; T1 - Minoxidil in severe hypertension with renal failure CT - Minoxidil in severe hypertension with renal failure JO - Am. J. Cardiol. JF - Am. J. Cardiol. Y1 - 1973/03/01/ VL - 31 IS - Mar SP - 355 EP - 361 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital and the Department of Medicine, Georgetown University, Washington, D.C. N1 - Accession Number: 10-3887; Language: English; Chemical Name: Minoxidil--38304-91-5; Therapeutic Class: (24:08); AHFS Class: Hypotensive agents minoxidil; References: 8; Journal Coden: AJCDAG; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - Minoxidil, 5-10 mg. twice daily, was successfully used in treating 9 uremic patients with severe uncontrollable hypertension. Supine blood pressure fell from a control value of 200 6/124 3 to 164 5/91 2 mm. Hg (mean and standard error) after administration of minoxidil, and no patient experienced orthostatic hypotension. Tachyphylaxis has not been seen during a follow-up period averaging 26 weeks. Side effects have been limited to mild hypertrichosis in 2 patients, nausea in another 2 and fluid retention, which was readily controlled by either hemodialysis or furosemide. Minoxidil appears to provide a means for controlling blood pressure in patients with severe hypertension resistant to all other antihypertensive drugs. KW - Minoxidil--hypotensive agents-; KW - Hypotensive agents--minoxidil--effects, in uremic patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-3887&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Craig, W. A.; AU - Kunin, C. M.; T1 - Trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole: pharmacodynamic effects of urinary \LC/p\UC/H and impaired renal function\M/studies in humans CT - Trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole: pharmacodynamic effects of urinary \LC/p\UC/H and impaired renal function\M/studies in humans JO - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1973/04/01/ VL - 78 IS - Apr SP - 491 EP - 497 SN - 00034819 AD - Madison Veterans Administration Hospital and Department of Medicine, University of Wisconsin School of Medicine, Madison, Wisconsin N1 - Accession Number: 10-3740; Language: English; Trade Name: Bactrim; Generic Name: Sulfamethoxazole; Chemical Name: Trimethoprim--738-70-5 Sulfamethoxazole--723-46-6; References: 39; Journal Coden: AIMEAS; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Metabolism and Body Distribution; Pharmacology; Abstract Author: Judith A. Kepler N2 - Pharmacodynamics of the combination trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole (Bactrim) was studied in persons with normal renal function and those with impaired renal function. Peak serum concentrations of nonacetylated sulfamethoxazole in uremic patients were usually lower and occurred later than those in normal patients. Similar peak trimethoprim serum concentrations were achieved in normal and uremic subjects but serum levels peaked slightly earlier in most normal subjects. The half-life of each drug was prolonged as renal function decreased. Both drugs were readily removed by hemodialysis. Serum protein binding of nonacetylated sulfamethoxazole was consistently reduced in uremic patients. Acid loading increased recovery of trimethoprim in the urine but had no significant effect on recovery of nonacetylated sulfamethoxazole. Alkali loading decreased urinary recovery of trimethoprim and increased recovery of nonacetylated sulfamethoxazole. Decreased renal function reduced recovery of both drugs in the urine but urinary concentrations above the minimum inhibitory concentration for most urinary tract pathogens were usually obtained. KW - Trimethoprim--combination, sulfamethoxazole-; KW - Sulfamethoxazole--combination, trimethoprim-; KW - Pharmacokinetics--trimethoprim, combination, sulfamethoxazole--in normal and uremic patients; KW - Blood levels--trimethoprim, combination, sulfamethoxazole--pharmacokinetics, in normal and uremic patients; KW - Blood levels--sulfamethoxazole, combination, trimethoprim--pharmacokinetics, in normal and uremic patients; KW - Metabolism--trimethoprim, combination, sulfamethoxazole--pharmacokinetics, in normal and uremic patients; KW - Metabolism--sulfamethoxazole, combination, trimethoprim--pharmacokinetics, in normal and uremic patients; KW - Excretion--trimethoprim, combination, sulfamethoxazole--pharmacokinetics, in normal and uremic patients; KW - Excretion--sulfamethoxazole, combination, trimethoprim--pharmacokinetics, in normal and uremic patients; KW - Binding--trimethoprim, combination, sulfamethoxazole--in normal and uremic patients; KW - Binding--sulfamethoxazole, combination, trimethoprim--in normal and uremic patients; KW - Half-life--trimethoprim, combination, sulfamethoxazole--in normal and uremic patients; KW - Half-life--sulfamethoxazole, combination, trimethoprim--in normal and uremic patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-3740&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Murphy, M. L.; AU - Doherty, J. E.; T1 - Comparison of heart size and serum concentration as determinants of digoxin tissue concentration in the normal and hypertrophied rabbit heart CT - Comparison of heart size and serum concentration as determinants of digoxin tissue concentration in the normal and hypertrophied rabbit heart JO - Am. J. Cardiol. JF - Am. J. Cardiol. Y1 - 1973/01/01/ VL - 31 IS - Jan SP - 47 EP - 50 AD - Department of Medicine, University of Arkansas School of Medicine, and Veterans Administration Hospital, 300 E. Roosevelt Road, Little Rock, Arkansas 72206 N1 - Accession Number: 10-3572; Language: English; Chemical Name: Digoxin--20830-75-5; Therapeutic Class: (24:04); AHFS Class: Cardiac drugs digoxin; References: 23; Journal Coden: AJCDAG; Section Heading: Drug Metabolism and Body Distribution; Abstract Author: Harold M. Silverman N2 - In a study of the roles of myocardial mass and serum concentration with respect to tissue levels of digitalis glycosides, a definite linear relation between increasing serum concentration and tissue level of digoxin was found. Tissue-serum ratios were relatively constant and averaged 2.3. Variation of myocardial mass, normal or hypertrophied, is not a significant factor in tissue concentration of digoxin. Serum concentration rather than myocardial mass is the determining factor in myocardial tissue concentration of digoxin; thus, the presence of cardiac hypertrophy does not undermine the usefulness of the serum level of digoxin in providing an estimate of myocardial digoxin tissue concentration. KW - Digoxin--blood levels-; KW - Cardiac drugs--digoxin--blood levels, tissue levels and heart size, correlations, in rabbits; KW - Metabolism--digoxin--blood levels, tissue levels and heart size, correlations, in rabbits; KW - Tissue levels--digoxin--and blood levels, and heart size, correlations, in rabbits; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-3572&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Podolsky, S.; AU - Sivaprasad R.; T1 - Assessment of growth hormone reserve: comparison of intravenous arginine and subcutaneous glucagon stimulation tests CT - Assessment of growth hormone reserve: comparison of intravenous arginine and subcutaneous glucagon stimulation tests JO - J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. JF - J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. Y1 - 1972/10/01/ VL - 35 IS - Oct SP - 580 EP - 584 AD - Medical and Nuclear Medicine Services, Veterans Administration Hospital and Department of Medicine, Boston University School of Medicine, Boston, Massachusetts N1 - Accession Number: 10-3527; Language: English; Chemical Name: Arginine--74-79-3 Glucagon--16941-32-5; Therapeutic Class: (68:20); AHFS Class: Antidiabetic agents glucagon, comparison, arginine; References: 25; Journal Coden: JCEMAZ; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Drug Evaluations N2 - The effects of arginine infusion and S.C. glucagon injection on the release of growth hormone are compared. Twenty-eight subjects received both agents on separate days and served as their own controls. Eighteen of these were tested after 48 and 72 hr. fasts in order to separate any direct growth hormone stimulating effect of glucagon from the indirect response due to falling plasma glucose levels following glucagon induced hyperglycemia. Arginine was an effective agent in the majority of patients studied. There was negligible rise of plasma growth hormone in the absence of variation in plasma glucose levels after glucagon injection. That this failure of output of growth hormone was not due to inability to secrete it is confirmed by positive arginine induced growth hormone responses in the same individuals. Arginine is a consistent and potent stimulus for growth hormone release and is superior to glucagon as a test for growth hormone reserve. The occasional subject who does not respond to arginine may exhibit a small positive response to glucagon. Lack of response to arginine or any other stimulus does not necessarily mean a patient has hypopituitarism; an alternate test for growth hormone reserve should be used for confirmation. KW - Arginine--comparison, glucagon-; KW - Glucagon--comparison, arginine-; KW - Antidiabetic agents--glucagon, comparison, arginine--effects, growth hormone release, in humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-3527&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Smith, J. W.; T1 - Synergism of amphotericin B with other antimicrobial agents CT - Synergism of amphotericin B with other antimicrobial agents JO - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1973/03/01/ VL - 78 IS - Mar SP - 450 SN - 00034819 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Dallas, Texas N1 - Accession Number: 10-3495; Language: English; Trade Name: Fluorocytosine--Actinomycin D; Generic Name: Flucytosine; Dactinomycin; Chemical Name: Amphotericin B--1397-89-3 Flucytosine--2022-85-7 Rifampin--13292-46-1 Tetracycline--60-54-8 Dactinomycin--50-76-0 Mycophenolic acid glucuronide--31528-44-6; References: 5; Publication Type: Editorial Notes; Journal Coden: AIMEAS; Section Heading: Drug Interactions; Abstract Author: Judith A. Kepler N2 - In vitro studies have shown amphotericin B and fluorocytosine (Flucytosine) to be synergistic against a variety of yeasts, amphotericin B and rifampin to be synergistic against Histoplasma capsulatum, and amphotericin B could potentiate effects of certain agents such as tetracycline, mycophenolic acid glucuronide, and actinomycin D (dactinomycin). These in vitro observations will have to be examined in vivo initially in experimental models and eventually in clinical trials. KW - Amphotericin B--interactions-; KW - Flucytosine--interactions-; KW - Rifampin--interactions-; KW - Tetracycline--interactions-; KW - Dactinomycin--interactions-; KW - Mycophenolic acid glucuronide--interactions-; KW - Drug interactions--amphotericin B and antibiotics--synergism, in vitro; KW - Antibiotics--interactions--amphotericin B, synergism, in vitro; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-3495&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Kerr, R. O.; AU - Cardamone, J.; AU - Dalmasso, A. P.; AU - Kaplan, M. E.; T1 - Two mechanisms of erythrocyte destruction in penicillin-induced hemolytic anemia CT - Two mechanisms of erythrocyte destruction in penicillin-induced hemolytic anemia JO - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) JF - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1972/12/28/ VL - 287 IS - Dec 28 SP - 1322 EP - 1325 SN - 00284793 AD - Hematology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55417 N1 - Accession Number: 10-3424; Language: English; Chemical Name: Penicillin--1406-05-9; References: 17; Journal Coden: NEJMAG; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Adverse Drug Reactions N2 - Antiglobulin testing revealed IgG, C3, C4 and C5 antiserums on the erythrocytes in a case of penicillin-induced, immune hemolytic anemia. When no penicillin was in the patient's serum, the survival times of autologous and of normal erythrocytes, measured concomitantly, were both shortened (half-time of 21 days). Antibody specific for penicillin was eluted from patient erythrocytes. On addition of eluate to a mixture of normal B cells coated with penicillin and O cells in the presence of complement, C3, but not IgG, was bound to the O cells. Addition of eluate and complement to a mixture of O erythrocytes treated with 2-amino-ethylisothiouronium bromide and penicillin-coated B cells resulted in hemolysis of the O cells. Two mechanisms of erythrocyte destruction are possible: the IgG, complement-binding, antipenicillin antibody causes destruction of patient erythrocytes coated in vivo with penicillin; and, in the absence of detectable serum penicillin, normal erythrocytes may be destroyed because they bind activated complement components. KW - Penicillin--adverse reactions-; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--penicillin--anemias, hemolytic, induced, mechanism of erythrocyte destruction, in patients; KW - Mechanism of action--penicillin--anemias, hemolytic, induced, mechanism of erythrocyte destruction, in patients; KW - Sensitivity--hyper---penicillin, induced hemolytic anemia, mechanism of erythrocyte destruction, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-3424&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Jusko, W. J.; AU - Lewis, G. P.; AU - Schmitt, G. W.; T1 - Ampicillin and hetacillin pharmacokinetics in normal and anephric subjects CT - Ampicillin and hetacillin pharmacokinetics in normal and anephric subjects JO - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) JF - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) Y1 - 1973/01/01/ VL - 14 IS - Jan-Feb SP - 90 EP - 99 SN - 00099236 AD - Clinical Pharmacology and Renal Sections, Veterans Administration Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts N1 - Accession Number: 10-3364; Language: English; Chemical Name: Ampicillin--69-53-4 Hetacillin--3511-16-8; References: 16; Journal Coden: CLPTAT; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Metabolism and Body Distribution N2 - Plasma concentrations of ampicillin and hetacillin were measured after I.V. administration to anephric patients (on and off hemodialysis) and to normal subjects. In normal subjects, 928% of a dose of ampicillin is excreted by the kidney; in patients with impaired renal function there is a marked retention of the antibiotic. Equations were developed to quantitate drug dialysis from plasma, and it was found that 40% of an ampicillin dose was usually dialyzed in 7.5 hours. The data from this study, along with ampicillin clearances from patients with partial renal function, were used to determine the maintenance dose requirements of ampicillin for patients with various degrees of renal impairment. KW - Ampicillin--comparison, hetacillin-; KW - Hetacillin--comparison, ampicillin-; KW - Pharmacokinetics--ampicillin, comparison, hetacillin--intravenous, in normal and anephric patients; KW - Pharmacokinetics--hetacillin, comparison, ampicillin--intravenous, in normal and anephric patients; KW - Excretion--ampicillin--intravenous, in normal and anephric patients; KW - Metabolism--ampicillin--intravenous, in normal and anephric patients; KW - Dosage--ampicillin--pharmacokinetics, I.V., determination, in normal and anephric patients; KW - Blood levels--ampicillin, comparison, hetacillin--intravenous, in normal and anephric patients; KW - Blood levels--hetacillin, comparison, ampicillin--intravenous, in normal and anephric patients; KW - Metabolism--ampicillin, comparison, hetacillin--blood levels, I.V., in normal and anephric patients; KW - Metabolism--hetacillin, comparison, ampicillin--blood levels, I.V., in normal and anephric patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-3364&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Menda, K. B.; AU - Gorbach, S. L.; T1 - Favorable experience with bacterial endocarditis in heroin addicts CT - Favorable experience with bacterial endocarditis in heroin addicts JO - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1973/01/01/ VL - 78 IS - Jan SP - 25 EP - 32 SN - 00034819 AD - Department of Infectious Disease, Cook County Hospital, Hektoen Institute of Medical Research; and Abraham Lincoln School of Medicine, University of Illinois College of Medicine, Chicago, Illinois) (Reprints: Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, California 91343 N1 - Accession Number: 10-3265; Language: English; Chemical Name: Diacetylmorphine--561-27-3; References: 27; Journal Coden: AIMEAS; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Judith A. Kepler N2 - During a prospective 18-month study, 23 cases of bacterial endocarditis were identified in heroin (diacetylmorphine) addicts. Various antibiotics were given but no one drug exhibited any apparent advantage. All patients survived, including 3 in whom the initial antibiotic failed and 3 who subsequently relapsed and required further treatment. KW - Diacetylmorphine--endocarditis-; KW - Antibiotics--endocarditis--therapy, in diacetylmorphine addicts; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-3265&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Long, P. I.; T1 - Cutaneous leishmaniasis treated with metronidazole CT - Cutaneous leishmaniasis treated with metronidazole JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1973/03/19/ VL - 223 IS - Mar 19 SP - 1378 EP - 1379 AD - Dermatology Section, Veterans Administration Center, 4100 West Third Street, Dayton, Ohio 45428 N1 - Accession Number: 10-3248; Language: English; Trade Name: Flagyl; Generic Name: Metronidazole; Chemical Name: Metronidazole--443-48-1; References: 6; Publication Type: Brief Reports; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - A patient with cutaneous leishmaniasis was successfully treated with metronidazole (Flagyl). The dosage used was 250 mg. 3 times a day, and the drug was given for two 10-day periods with an intervening rest period of 10 days. KW - Metronidazole--leishmaniasis-; KW - Leishmanicides--metronidazole--leishmaniasis, cutaneous, therapy, in patient; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-3248&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Smith, J. D.; AU - Knox, J. M.; T1 - Psoriasis, methotrexate and tuberculosis CT - Psoriasis, methotrexate and tuberculosis JO - British Journal of Dermatology (England) JF - British Journal of Dermatology (England) Y1 - 1971/06/01/ VL - 84 IS - Jun SP - 590 EP - 593 SN - 00070963 AD - Department of Dermatology, Baylor College of Medicine and Dermatology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, Texas 77025 N1 - Accession Number: 10-3236; Language: English; Chemical Name: Methotrexate--59-05-2; Therapeutic Class: (10:00); AHFS Class: Antineoplastic agents methotrexate; References: 7; Journal Coden: BJDEAZ; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Toxicity; Abstract Author: Dennis D. Williams N2 - Two psoriatic patients are reported who developed tuberculosis after receiving methotrexate. Methotrexate is known to decrease or reverse the PPD reaction in animals; methotrexate may make tuberculosis much worse in animals; and methotrexate appears to act by inhibiting multiplication of the lymphocytes needed for immunologic competence. Before methotrexate therapy is initiated, patients should probably have a tuberculin test and chest X-ray in addition to renal, liver, and hematological baseline studies. Antituberculous prophylactic therapy should probably be initiated, if the initial PPD is positive. KW - Methotrexate--toxicity-; KW - Antineoplastic agents--methotrexate--toxicity, occurrence of tuberculosis in psoriasis patients, guidelines for prevention; KW - Diagnostic agents--tuberculin--tests, recommended to prevent TB, in methotrexate therapy, in psoriatic patients; KW - Toxicity--methotrexate--tuberculosis, guidelines for prevention, in psoriatic patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-3236&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Kastin, A. J.; AU - Ehrensing, R. H.; AU - Schalch, D. S.; AU - Anderson, M. S.; T1 - Improvement in mental depression with decreased thyrotropin response after administration of thyrotropin-releasing hormone CT - Improvement in mental depression with decreased thyrotropin response after administration of thyrotropin-releasing hormone JO - Lancet (England) JF - Lancet (England) Y1 - 1972/10/07/ VL - 2 IS - Oct 7 SP - 740 EP - 742 SN - 00237507 AD - Endocrinology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, 1601 Perdido Street, New Orleans, Louisiana 70146 N1 - Accession Number: 10-3081; Language: English; References: 7; Publication Type: Preliminary Communication; Journal Coden: LANCAO; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - When 5 patients with mental depression received thyrotropin releasing hormone (I) for 3 days as part of a double blind crossover study, all showed improvement in the symptoms of depression. I was administered as a rapid I.V. dose of 500 mcg. to patients with mental depression who were not receiving other medication. Each patient received a daily I.V. injection on each of 6 consecutive days; for 3 successive days the injection consisted only of physiological saline solution and for the other 3 days it contained I. The plasma-thyrotropin response to I was distinctly diminished in 4 of the 5 patients, suggesting an abnormality in the hypothalamic/pituitary axis. KW - Antidepressants--thyrotropin releasing hormone--effects, in patients; KW - Thyrotropin releasing hormone--antidepressants--effects, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-3081&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Duckworth, W. C.; AU - Solomon, S. S.; AU - Kitabchi, A. E.; T1 - Effect on chronic sulfonylurea therapy on plasma insulin and proinsulin levels CT - Effect on chronic sulfonylurea therapy on plasma insulin and proinsulin levels JO - J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. JF - J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. Y1 - 1972/10/01/ VL - 35 IS - Oct SP - 585 EP - 591 AD - Laboratories of Endocrinology and Metabolism Research Service, University of Tennessee Medical Units; and Veterans Administration Hospital, 1030 Jefferson Avenue, Memphis, Tennessee 38104 N1 - Accession Number: 10-2916; Language: English; Chemical Name: Glyburide--10238-21-8; Therapeutic Class: (68:20); AHFS Class: Antidiabetic agents glyburide; References: 28; Journal Coden: JCEMAZ; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Drug Evaluations N2 - The effect of the chronic administration of glyburide on plasma glucose, insulin and proinsulin levels has been studied in a group of previously untreated adult onset diabetics. Glucose tolerance was significantly improved over pretreatment values after 6 months of therapy. Total immunoreactive material (I) and plasma proinsulin responses at 6 months were unchanged from control values. By 12 months the glucose tolerance had deteriorated slightly although remaining significantly better than control. Plasma I and plasma proinsulin responses to oral glucose were both decreased after 12 months of therapy. The pattern of response to I.V. tolbutamide showed less change after chronic glyburide therapy than did the pattern of response to glucose. KW - Glyburide--effects-; KW - Antidiabetic agents--glyburide--effects, chronic therapy, on glucose tolerance, tolbutamide response, in diabetics; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-2916&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Tinklenberg, J. R.; AU - Kopell, B. S.; AU - Melges, F. T.; AU - Hollister, L. E.; T1 - Marihuana and alcohol: time production and memory functions CT - Marihuana and alcohol: time production and memory functions JO - Arch. Gen. Psychiatry JF - Arch. Gen. Psychiatry Y1 - 1972/12/01/ VL - 27 IS - Dec SP - 812 EP - 815 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Building 4, Room C143, 3801 Miranda Avenue, Palo Alto, California 94304 N1 - Accession Number: 10-2908; Language: English; Chemical Name: Alcohols, ethyl--64-17-5 Cannabis--8063-14-7; References: 21; Journal Coden: ARGPAQ; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: Ronald E. Nagata, Jr. N2 - In a double blind study, 15 young males in their 20's received 0.35 mg./kg. doses of tetrahydrocannabinol (I), and the clinical effects of I, 95% alcohol (0.7 ml./kg.), and placebo were measured by a series of tests to determine influence on memory, attention, and time production (internal clock). Temporal distortions, such as greater frequency of inner events and increased expectancy, were most characteristic of marihuana (cannabis) intoxication. KW - Tetrahydrocannabinol--comparison, alcohols, ethyl-; KW - Alcohols, ethyl--comparison, tetrahydrocannabinol-; KW - Cannabis--tetrahydrocannabinol, comparison, alcohols, ethyl-; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-2908&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Donaldson, R. C.; T1 - Methotrexate plus bacillus Calmette-Guerin (BCG) and isoniazid in the treatment of cancer of the head and neck CT - Methotrexate plus bacillus Calmette-Guerin (BCG) and isoniazid in the treatment of cancer of the head and neck JO - Am. J. Surg. JF - Am. J. Surg. Y1 - 1972/10/01/ VL - 124 IS - Oct SP - 527 EP - 534 AD - Surgical Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, St. Louis, Missouri 63125 N1 - Accession Number: 10-2830; Language: English; Chemical Name: Methotrexate--59-05-2 Isoniazid--54-85-3; Therapeutic Class: (10:00); AHFS Class: Antineoplastic agents methotrexate, BCG vaccines and isoniazid (10:00); AHFS Class: Antineoplastic agents isoniazid, BCG vaccines and methotrexate (92:00); AHFS Class: Immunosuppressive agents BCG vaccines, isoniazid and methotrexate; References: 13; Journal Coden: AJSUAB; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Harold M. Silverman N2 - A combination of methotrexate, isoniazid, and BCG was given to 16 patients with advanced or recurrent squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck. A greater than 50% decrease in size of the lesion was achieved in 13 of 16 patients with a mean duration in excess of 265 days (range, 61 to 708). Toxicity was relatively mild. Results with this combination appear to be superior to the results achieved with methotrexate alone. KW - Methotrexate--BCG vaccines and isoniazid-; KW - Isoniazid--BCG vaccines and methotrexate-; KW - BCG vaccines--isoniazid and methotrexate-; KW - Antineoplastic agents--methotrexate, BCG vaccines and isoniazid--combined therapy, cancer, head and neck, in patients; KW - Antineoplastic agents--isoniazid, BCG vaccines and methotrexate--combined therapy, cancer, head and neck, in patients; KW - Immunosuppressive agents--BCG vaccines, isoniazid and methotrexate--combined therapy, cancer, head and neck, in patients; KW - Combined therapy--antineoplastic agents--BCG vaccines, isoniazid and methotrexate, head and neck cancer, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-2830&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Cantor, F. K.; T1 - Phenytoin treatment of thalamic pain CT - Phenytoin treatment of thalamic pain JO - British Medical Journal (England) JF - British Medical Journal (England) Y1 - 1972/12/09/ VL - 4 IS - Dec 9 SP - 590 SN - 09598146 AD - Neurology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D.C. 20422 N1 - Accession Number: 10-2808; Language: English; Trade Name: Phenytoin; Generic Name: Diphenylhydantoin; Chemical Name: Diphenylhydantoin--57-41-0; Therapeutic Class: (28:08); AHFS Class: Analgesics and antipyretics diphenylhydantoin; References: 8; Journal Coden: BMJOAE; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - Two cases illustrating successful treatment of thalamic pain with phenytoin (diphenylhydantoin) are presented. It was postulated that phenytoin may be effective in thalamic pain by reducing the spread of abnormally excessive exictatory discharges resulting from a thalamic lesion. KW - Diphenylhydantoin--pain-; KW - Analgesics and antipyretics--diphenylhydantoin--pain, thalamic, relief, mechanism of action, in patients; KW - Mechanism of action--diphenylhydantoin--pain, thalamic, relief, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-2808&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Mendels, J.; AU - Chernik, D. A.; T1 - Effects of SU-21707 on the sleep electroencephalogram of normal subjects CT - Effects of SU-21707 on the sleep electroencephalogram of normal subjects JO - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) JF - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) Y1 - 1972/08/01/ VL - 14 IS - Aug SP - 454 EP - 460 SN - 0011393X AD - Department of Psychiatry, University of Pennsylvania and Veterans Administration Hospital, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104 N1 - Accession Number: 10-2758; Language: English; References: 5; Journal Coden: CTCEA9; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Investigational Drugs; Abstract Author: Richard M. Efman N2 - The effect of 350 or 700 mg. of SU-21707 on the sleep of 12 normal subjects was studied. The drug effects at each dose were compared with baseline placebo nights and with recovery placebo periods. There were 2 treatment groups of 6 subjects each; subjects were given either 350 or 700 mg. of SU-21707 on nights 4, 5 and 6. Placebo capsules were given on nights 1, 2, 3, 7 and 8. The results show that both 350 mg. and 700 mg. of SU-21707 had little, if any, effect on sleep. Since the subjects being studied were considered to be normal on the basis of a psychiatric interview and answers to a sleep questionnaire, baseline wakefulness was minimal and consequently the hypnotic effect of SU-21707 was not fully tested in this study. KW - SU-21707--sleep--trials, effect, lack, in humans; KW - Sedatives and hypnotics--SU-21707--lack, effects, sleep, in humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-2758&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Materson, B. J.; AU - Hotchkiss, J. L.; AU - Barkin, J. S.; AU - Rietberg, B.; AU - Bailey, K.; AU - \ET/; T1 - Oral metolazone; effects on urine composition in water-loaded normal man CT - Oral metolazone; effects on urine composition in water-loaded normal man JO - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) JF - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) Y1 - 1972/09/01/ VL - 14 IS - Sep SP - 545 EP - 560 SN - 0011393X AD - Medical and Research Services, Veterans Administration Hospital and the Department of Medicine, University of Miami, School of Medicine, Miami, Florida N1 - Accession Number: 10-2755; Language: English; Trade Name: Zaroxolyn--SR-720-22; Generic Name: Metolazone; Metolazone; Chemical Name: Metolazone--17560-51-9 Furosemide--54-31-9 Hydrochlorothiazide--58-93-5; Therapeutic Class: (40:28); AHFS Class: Diuretics furosemide, comparison, metolazone, hydrochlorothiazide (40:28); AHFS Class: Diuretics metolazone, comparison, furosemide, hydrochlorothiazide; References: 28; Journal Coden: CTCEA9; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Investigational Drugs; Abstract Author: Richard M. Efman N2 - The effects of oral metolazone on the urinary electrolyte and osmolar excretion pattern of water-loaded volunteers and the time-course of action and dose-response curve of metolazone were investigated. Nine groups of 6 subjects each received one of the following drugs: metolazine (SR-720-22; Zaroxolyn) in doses of 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 and 50 mg.; hydrochlorothiazide 50 mg.; fuufrosemide 40 mg.; or placebo. Sodium excretion increased with increasing doses of metolazone. Drug effect was demonstrated within 60 minutes for all 3 drugs. Peak effect was sustained between 120-180 minutes for metolazone and hydrochlorothiazide, and at 60-120 minutes for furosemide. Furosemide is more potent, and hydrochlorothiazide less potent, than an equimolar weight of metolazone. Osmolar clearance increased with all drugs and was unchanged with placebo. No drug toxicity was demonstrated. Metolazone is effective at all dose levels tested, with a linear relationship between increasing natriuresis and log dose. Potassium loss in this study did not follow any clear pattern. KW - Metolazone--comparison, furosemide, hydrochlorothiazide-; KW - Furosemide--comparison, metolazone, hydrochlorothiazide-; KW - Hydrochlorothiazide--comparison, metolazone, furosemide-; KW - Diuretics--furosemide, comparison, metolazone, hydrochlorothiazide--in volunteers; KW - Diuretics--metolazone, comparison, furosemide, hydrochlorothiazide--sodium excretion, in volunteers; KW - Diuretics--hydrochlorothiazide, comparison, furosemide, metolazone--sodium excretion, in volunteers; KW - Dosage--metolazone--diuretics, comparison to furosemide and hydrochlorothiazide, in volunteers; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-2755&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Teplitsky, B.; T1 - Relationship between hospital pharmacists and nurses CT - Relationship between hospital pharmacists and nurses JO - Pharmacy Times (USA) JF - Pharmacy Times (USA) Y1 - 1972/12/01/ VL - 38 IS - Dec SP - 40 EP - 45 SN - 00030627 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, New York N1 - Accession Number: 10-2701; Language: English; Journal Coden: PYTMAO; Section Heading: Institutional Pharmacy Practice; Abstract Author: Walter F. Stanaszek N2 - A 1971 survey of directors of nursing dealing with relationships between pharmacy and nursing, was compared to an identical survey conducted in 1959. Responses were received from 249 hospitals, representing over 250,000 beds. Comments are presented on the significance of each area of the survey. Topics include pharmacists' lectures to nurses, checking ward drug cabinets, nursing orientation to the pharmacy, literature files and extent of services by the pharmacy. KW - Pharmacy, institutional, hospital--nursing--relationships, survey; KW - Nursing--hospital pharmacy--relationships, survey; KW - Pharmacists, hospital--nurses--relationships, survey; KW - Nurses--and pharmacists, hospital--relationships, survey; KW - Statistics--pharmacy--and nursing, relationships, survey; KW - Statistics--nursing--and pharmacy, relationships, survey; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-2701&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Lipp, M. R.; AU - Benson, S. G.; T1 - Physician use of marihuana, alcohol, and tobacco CT - Physician use of marihuana, alcohol, and tobacco JO - American Journal of Psychiatry (USA) JF - American Journal of Psychiatry (USA) Y1 - 1972/11/01/ VL - 129 IS - Nov SP - 612 EP - 616 SN - 0002953X AD - (Reprints: Psychiatry Service, San Francisco Veterans Administration Hospital, 42nd Avenue and Clement, San Francisco, California 94121 AD - Stanford University Medical Center, Stanford, California N1 - Accession Number: 10-2672; Language: English; Trade Name: Marihuana; Generic Name: Cannabis; Chemical Name: Alcohols, ethyl--64-17-5 Cannabis--8063-14-7; References: 7; Journal Coden: AJPSAO; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Sociology, Economics and Ethics; Abstract Author: Lois Neff N2 - A total of 1,314 physicians from 4 geographic areas of the United States were polled concerning their use of marihuana (cannabis), alcohol, and tobacco. Of the physicians 37% had been exposed to marihuana, 25% had tried it, and 7% were current users. Forty percent thought marihuana harmless enough to be used publicly with controls. Of the physicians polled, 92% had, at one time or another, imbibed alcoholic beverages. As for cigarette usage, 21% of the doctors answered that they were current smokers, with 40% of the respondants claiming that they had quit smoking. KW - Alcohols, ethyl--physicians-; KW - Cannabis--use-; KW - Smoking--cannabis--use, survey of U.S. physicians; KW - Smoking--cigarettes--use, survey of U.S. physicians; KW - Physicians--attitudes--and use, cannabis, cigarettes, ethyl alcohol, U.S. survey; KW - Statistics--physicians--cannabis, ethyl alcohol, and smoking, survey; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-2672&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Pivik, R. T.; AU - Zarcone, V.; AU - Dement, W. C.; AU - Hollister, L. E.; T1 - Delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol and Synhexl: Effects on human sleep patterns CT - Delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol and Synhexl: Effects on human sleep patterns JO - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) JF - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) Y1 - 1972/05/01/ VL - 13 IS - May-Jun SP - 426 EP - 435 SN - 00099236 AD - Department of Psychiatry, Stanford University School of Medicine, and Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California N1 - Accession Number: 10-2580; Language: English; References: 34; Journal Coden: CLPTAT; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology N2 - The effects of orally administered 1-trans-\TR/-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (I) on both undisturbed and experimentally altered (by rapid eye movement [REM]deprivation) sleep patterns of young adult male volunteers were studied. In the deprivation experiments, the effects of synhexl, were also studied. In the normative studies, 4 subjects received I in doses ranging from 61 to 258 mcg./kg. shortly before sleep onset, while in the deprivation experiments 2 subjects received either I (244 mcg./kg. and 259 mcg./kg.) or synhexl (733 mcg./kg. and 777 mcg./kg.) the morning after the second of 2 consecutive nights of REM deprivation. In both normative and deprivation experiments, all-night sleep recording were taken during base line, drug, and postdrug conditions. The results of both types of experiments were consistent in demonstrating increments in stage 4 sleep and decrements in REM sleep. In the normative experiments, reduction in stage 1 and time awake after sleep onset were observed at the highest dose level. Interpretation of these results and their relation to the effects of other psychoactive compounds upon sleep patterns are discussed. KW - Tetrahydrocannabinol--sleep-; KW - Synhexl--sleep-; KW - Sleep--tetrahydrocannabinol--patterns, effects, in humans; KW - Sleep--synhexl--patterns, effects, in humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-2580&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Hollister, L. E.; AU - Kanter, S. L.; AU - Moore, F.; AU - Green, D. E.; T1 - Marihuana metabolites in urine of man CT - Marihuana metabolites in urine of man JO - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) JF - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) Y1 - 1972/11/01/ VL - 13 IS - Nov-Dec SP - 849 EP - 855 SN - 00099236 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California N1 - Accession Number: 10-2300; Language: English; Trade Name: Hashish--Marihuana; Generic Name: Cannabis; Cannabis; Chemical Name: Cannabis--8063-14-7; References: 10; Journal Coden: CLPTAT; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Metabolism and Body Distribution N2 - Single doses of hashish (cannabis) extract containing 20 mg. of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (I) were followed by excretion of what appeared to be both cannabinol and cannabidiol but no unchanged I. A new material in the urine appeared to be a compound related to a cannabinoid. The pattern of metabolism of cannabinoids appears to differ between different subjects. Following single doses of the same amount of I alone, only a new drug-related metabolite could be found in the more polar range. With repeated doses, a material in the cannabinoid range was excreted in small amounts. On the whole, repeated doses of hashish extract or I as given in the present schedule did not lead to any significant accumulation of drug or metabolites. KW - Cannabis--excretion-; KW - Tetrahydrocannabinol--excretion-; KW - Excretion--cannabis--metabolites, urinary, in humans; KW - Metabolism--cannabis--excretion, urinary, metabolites, in humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-2300&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Singh, M.; AU - Black, O.; AU - Webster, P. D.; T1 - Effect of drugs on pancreatic amylase secretion in vitro CT - Effect of drugs on pancreatic amylase secretion in vitro JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1972/09/01/ VL - 63 IS - Sep SP - 449 EP - 457 AD - Gastroenterology Research Laboratories, Veterans Administration Hospital, Medical College of Georgia, Augusta, Georgia N1 - Accession Number: 10-2250; Language: English; Journal Coden: GASTAB; Section Heading: Pharmacology N2 - An experiment was designed to determine effects of selected chemical components which are known to alter cell membrane function, particularly antibiotics, on amylase secretion in vitro. Considerable evidence indicates that certain drugs mediate their effect by acting on membrane systems. Secretion or transport of pancreatic digestive enzymes represent, at least in part, membrane associated functions. Pancreatic slices were incubated aerobically in tissue culture media containing different concentrations of drugs. Amylase secretion into media and tissue amylase content were measured. Increases in secretion of amylase were found when tissue from fed animals given bethanechol chloride were compared with fasted control animals. Minimal secretion and decreases in tissue were observed under anaerobic incubation. Atropine did not alter secretion but reduced tissue amylase content. Cyanide sharply diminished amylase secretion. Tetracycline, valinomycin, and amphotericin B decreased secretion without altering tissue amylase content. Lidocaine increased secretion without altering tissue amylase content. Streptomycin increased secretion and decreased tissue content. Puromycin and actinomycin D did not alter secretion but significantly reduced amylase content. These studies show that select drugs, known to alter membrane function, also alter secretion. KW - Antibiotics--mechanism of action--effects, pancreatic amylase secretion, in vitro; KW - Mechanism of action--antibiotics--effects, pancreatic amylase secretion, in vitro; KW - Drugs--mechanism of action--effects, pancreatic amylase secretion, in vitro; KW - Mechanism of action--drugs--effects, pancreatic amylase secretion, in vitro; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-2250&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Bartlett, J. G.; AU - Sutter, V. L.; AU - Finegold, S. M.; T1 - Treatment of anaerobic infections with lincomycin and clindamycin CT - Treatment of anaerobic infections with lincomycin and clindamycin JO - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) JF - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1972/11/16/ VL - 287 IS - Nov 16 SP - 1006 EP - 1010 SN - 00284793 AD - Infectious Disease Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, 16111 Plummer, Sepulveda, California 91343 N1 - Accession Number: 10-2180; Language: English; Chemical Name: Clindamycin--18323-44-9 Lincomycin--154-21-2; Therapeutic Class: (8:12); AHFS Class: Antibiotics clindamycin (8:12); AHFS Class: Antibiotics lincomycin; References: 24; Journal Coden: NEJMAG; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - The efficacy of lincomycin and clindamycin against anaerobic bacteria was evaluated by in vitro sensitivity studies and clinical observations. Ninety-six percent of 219 stock strains of various anaerobes were sensitive to 3.1 mcg./ml. clindamycin, including 96% of 123 strains of \IT/Bacteroides fragilis\OK/. All but 2 strains (both \IT/Fusobacterium varium\OK/) were inhibited by 6.2 mcg./ml., a clinically achievable level. Most species tested were also sensitive, although less so, to lincomycin. Resistant organisms included most \IT/B. fragilis\OK/ and many \IT/Clostridium perfringens\OK/ strains. The 25 patients treated had infections due to a variety of anaerobes, including \IT/B. fragilis\OK/. Lincomycin was administered to 11 patients orally or I.M. in an average dose of 2.8 g./day for an average of 67 days. Fourteen patients were treated with clindamycin orally or I.M. in an average dose of 1.3 g./day for an average of 48 days. Response was favorable in 10 of 11 patients who were treated with lincomycin and in each of 14 patients treated with clindamycin. The data suggest that these agents, particularly clindamycin, are useful in the therapy of anaerobic infections. KW - Clindamycin--infections-; KW - Lincomycin--infections-; KW - Antibiotics--clindamycin--infections, anaerobic, in vivo and in vitro, comparison, lincomycin; KW - Antibiotics--lincomycin--infections, anaerobic, in vivo and in vitro, comparison, clindamycin; KW - Infections--anaerobic--antibiotics, therapy, comparison of clindamycin and lincomycin, in vivo and in vitro; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-2180&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Ulrych, M.; AU - Franciosa, J.; AU - Conway, J.; T1 - Comparison of a new beta-adrenergic blocker (MK-950) and propranolol in man CT - Comparison of a new beta-adrenergic blocker (MK-950) and propranolol in man JO - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) JF - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) Y1 - 1972/03/01/ VL - 13 IS - Mar-Apr SP - 232 EP - 238 SN - 00099236 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital; and Department of Medicine, Georgetown University, Washington, D.C. N1 - Accession Number: 10-2163; Language: English; Chemical Name: Propranolol--525-66-6; Therapeutic Class: (24:04); AHFS Class: Cardiac drugs propranolol, comparison, MK-950 (24:04); AHFS Class: Cardiac drugs MK-950, comparison, propranolol; References: 8; Journal Coden: CLPTAT; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Investigational Drugs; Pharmacology N2 - The effects of oral doses of MK-950 and propranolol on heart rate in the sitting and standing positions were measured in 6 volunteers. Although the response to beta blockade is related to the initial heart rate and to the log of the dose of the drug, multiple regression analysis made it possible to separate these interactions. In a dose of 2.5 mg. orally, MK-950 reduced heart rate to the same degree as did 20 mg. of propranolol. The regression lines relating dose to response of the heart rate was steeper for MK-950 than for propranolol. There was a fall of about 20% in heart rate and cardiac output after 5 mg. of MK-950, with little change in stroke volume or blood pressure. MK-950 blocked the response to isoproterenol infusion in doses up to 8 mcg./minute and reduced the heart rate response to tilting and amylnitrite inhalation and the pressure overshoot in Valsalva maneuver. KW - MK-950--comparison, propranolol-; KW - Propranolol--comparison, MK-950-; KW - Cardiac drugs--propranolol, comparison, MK-950--effects, oral doses, on heart rate, in normal humans; KW - Cardiac drugs--MK-950, comparison, propranolol--effects, oral doses, on heart rate, in normal humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-2163&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Kastin, A. J.; AU - Barbeau, A.; T1 - Preliminary clinical studies with L-prolyl-L-leucyl-glycine amide in Parkinson's disease CT - Preliminary clinical studies with L-prolyl-L-leucyl-glycine amide in Parkinson's disease JO - Canadian Medical Association Journal (Canada) JF - Canadian Medical Association Journal (Canada) Y1 - 1972/12/09/ VL - 107 IS - Dec 9 SP - 1079 EP - 1081 SN - 00084409 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, New Orleans, Louisiana 70146 N1 - Accession Number: 10-2156; Language: English; Language of Summary: fr; Chemical Name: Levodopa--59-92-7; Therapeutic Class: (12:08.04); AHFS Class: Antiparkinson agents L-prolyl-L-leucyl-glycine amide (12:08.04); AHFS Class: Antiparkinson agents levodopa and L-prolyl-L-leucyl-glycine amide; References: 15; Journal Coden: CMAJAX; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Investigational Drugs; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - This preliminary study, carried out in 16 parkinsonian patients, indicates that L-prolyl-L-leucyl-glycine amide (I) possesses some antiparkinsonian activity and that, if used with levodopa, it can reduce some of the drug induced dyskinesias. The drug was prepared and given according to 4 different protocols. (1) Acute I.V. studies: The compound was dissolved in 0.1 ml. of 0.1 M acetic acid diluted with 0.9% saline and immediately passed through a sterile syringe equipped with a Millipore filter. Two consecutive 30-minute infusions of 100 ml. saline, each containing 10 mg. of I, were administered to 8 patients on the second day of the study between 10:00 and 12:00 a.m. On the first day similar infusions, without the test compounds, had been used and the patients evaluated in the same way. No hyperthermia, allergic reaction or biological changes were noted in any of the subjects during this test. (2) Short-term oral studies: The same 8 patients were given 3 capsules a day for 2 days, each capsule containing 10 mg. of I (30 mg./day). These were taken with meals. Motor performance and neurological status were evaluated. None of these subjects had ever received levodopa or amantadine. (3) Long-term oral studies: Three different and previously untreated parkinsonian patients were given progressively higher doses of the test compound, starting with 10 mg. daily and increasing every third day by another 10 mg. until a daily dose of 50 mg. in divided doses was reached. This level was maintained for 2 months. (4) Short-term oral studies in patients on levodopa: Five parkinsonian patients with dyskinesias or akinesia paradoxica who were receiving levodopa were constantly monitored for 2 consecutive days from 08:00 to 21:00 hrs. in a metabolic unit. On the first day the incidence, amplitude and duration of dyskinesias and oscillations in performance were recorded continuously while the patients received their regular dosage schedule of levodopa. In addition, a placebo was given 5 times during the day. The second day the same observations and measurements were carried out. Levodopa was continued unchanged, but each placebo capsule was replaced by a capsule containing 10 mg. of I. Results showed that I.V. or oral administration of I in the doses utilized in this study appears to be safe in humans, since no side effects or abnormal biological reactions were observed. KW - L-Prolyl-L-leucyl-glycine amide--alone and with levodopa-; KW - Levodopa--and L-prolyl-L-leucyl-glycine amide-; KW - Combined therapy--L-prolyl-L-leucyl-glycine amide and levodopa--Parkinson's disease, in humans; KW - Antiparkinson agents--L-prolyl-L-leucyl-glycine amide--alone and with levodopa, Parkinson's disease, therapy, in humans; KW - Antiparkinson agents--levodopa and L-prolyl-L-leucyl-glycine amide--therapy, in humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-2156&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Wizwer, P.; AU - Lewis, G. P.; AU - Jusko, W. J.; AU - Slone, D.; T1 - System records drug orders, drug effects CT - System records drug orders, drug effects JO - Hospitals JF - Hospitals Y1 - 1972/09/16/ VL - 46 IS - Sep 16 SP - 86 EP - 94 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts N1 - Accession Number: 10-1933; Language: English; References: 16; Journal Coden: HOSIAJ; Section Heading: Institutional Pharmacy Practice; Abstract Author: Hugh F. Kabat N2 - A 3 form system for drug order monitoring provides a clear, precise permanent record of prescribers' orders, an original order for pharmacy and an explicit listing of current therapy with reasons for stopping drugs. Drug orders are separated from other orders on the doctor's order form. Another form is used for infusions and one time drug records. The third form documents medication administration. A unique feature of this system is the accumulation of numerator and denominator data for specific drug effects to allow determination of specific drug efficacy ratings. KW - Forms--drugs--system records drug orders, drug effects; KW - Records--drugs--system records drug orders, drug effects; KW - Drugs--records--system records drug orders, drug effects; KW - Drug information--records--system records drug orders, drug effects; KW - Patient information--records--system records drug orders, drug effects; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-1933&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Kanter, S. L.; AU - Horbaly, W. R.; T1 - Direct measurement of aspirin CT - Direct measurement of aspirin JO - Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (USA) JF - Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (USA) Y1 - 1971/12/01/ VL - 60 IS - Dec SP - 1898 EP - 1900 SN - 00223549 AD - Drug Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California 94304 N1 - Accession Number: 10-1835; Language: English; Chemical Name: Aspirin--50-78-2; Therapeutic Class: (28:08); AHFS Class: Analgesics and antipyretics aspirin; References: 4; Publication Type: Notes; Journal Coden: JPMSAE; Section Heading: Drug Analysis N2 - A modified fluorometric procedure for the direct measurement of aspirin in which interference due to salicylic acid and its conjugates was eliminated by reaction with ceric ammonium nitrate improved recovery of aspirin from 57 to 93%. KW - Aspirin--fluorometry-; KW - Fluorometry--aspirin--elimination of salicylic acid interference; KW - Analgesics and antipyretics--aspirin--fluorometry, elimination of salicylic acid interference; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-1835&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Dajani, B. M.; AU - Canady, M. S.; AU - Thompson, J. S.; AU - Kasik, J. E.; T1 - Rifampicin: an immunosuppressant? CT - Rifampicin: an immunosuppressant? JO - Lancet (England) JF - Lancet (England) Y1 - 1972/11/18/ VL - 2 IS - Nov 18 SP - 1094 SN - 00237507 AD - Department of Internal Medicine, University and Veterans Administration Hospitals, Iowa City, Iowa 52240 N1 - Accession Number: 10-1776; Language: English; Trade Name: Rifampicin; Generic Name: Rifampin; Chemical Name: Rifampin--13292-46-1; Therapeutic Class: (8:12); AHFS Class: Antibiotics rifampin (92:00); AHFS Class: Immunosuppressive agents rifampin; References: 17; Publication Type: Letters; Journal Coden: LANCAO; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - In studies on peripheral lymphocytes from 10 healthy subjects, it was found that concentrations of rifampicin (rifampin) within the limits usually achieved therapeutically do not suppress lymphocyte blastic transformation. KW - Rifampin--immunosuppression-; KW - Antibiotics--rifampin--immunosuppression, effects, lack, on peripheral lymphocytes from humans; KW - Immunosuppressive agents--rifampin--effects, lack, on peripheral lymphocytes from humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-1776&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Nastro, L. J.; AU - Finegold, S. M.; T1 - Bactericidal activity of five antimicrobial agents against Bacteroides fragilis CT - Bactericidal activity of five antimicrobial agents against Bacteroides fragilis JO - Journal of Infectious Diseases (USA) JF - Journal of Infectious Diseases (USA) Y1 - 1972/07/01/ VL - 126 IS - Jul SP - 104 EP - 107 SN - 00221899 AD - Infectious Disease Section, Wadsworth Veterans Administration Hospital; Wilshire and Sawtelle Boulevards, Los Angeles, California 90073 N1 - Accession Number: 10-1573; Language: English; Trade Name: 7-Chlorolincomycin; Generic Name: Clindamycin; Chemical Name: Rifampin--13292-46-1 Clindamycin--18323-44-9 Vancomycin--1404-90-6 Metronidazole--443-48-1 Tetracycline--60-54-8; Therapeutic Class: (8:12); AHFS Class: Antibiotics rifampin (8:12); AHFS Class: Antibiotics clindamycin (8:12); AHFS Class: Antibiotics vancomycin (8:32); AHFS Class: Trichomonacides metronidazole (8:12); AHFS Class: Antibiotics tetracycline; References: 17; Publication Type: Notes; Journal Coden: JIDIAQ; Section Heading: Microbiology N2 - Rifampin, 7-chlorolincomycin (clindamycin), vancomycin, and metronidazole (Flagyl) were evaluated for bactericidal activity against Bacteroides fragilis; tetracycline was included for comparative purposes. Metronidazole and 7-chlorolincomycin inhibited all 19 strains tested at concentrations readily achieved in serum; however, only metronidazole was consistently bactericidal (minimal bactericidal concentration 0.78-6.25 mcg./ml). All strains were resistant to vancomycin and 8 were resistant to tetracycline. Rifampin although generally very active, demonstrated the skip tube phenomenon, suggesting that resistance to this agent may be a problem with anaerobes as with other organisms. In conclusion metronidazole and 7-chlorolincomycin were effective in vitro against 19 strains of \IT/B. fragilis\OK/. Only metronidazole was consistently bactericidal and therefore, might be of benefit in the therapy of infections due to \IT/B. fragilis\OK/, particularly endocarditis. KW - Rifampin--effects-; KW - Clindamycin--Bacteroides fragilis-; KW - Vancomycin--effects-; KW - Metronidazole--effects-; KW - Tetracycline--effects-; KW - Antibiotics--rifampin--effects, against B. fragilis, in vitro; KW - Antibiotics--clindamycin--effects, against B. fragilis, in vitro; KW - Antibiotics--vancomycin--effects, against B. fragilis, in vitro; KW - Trichomonacides--metronidazole--effects, against B. fragilis, in vitro; KW - Antibiotics--tetracycline--effects, against B. fragilis, in vitro; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-1573&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Robertson, R. P.; AU - Brunzell, J. D.; AU - Hazzard, W. R.; AU - Lerner, R. L.; AU - Porte, D., Jr.; T1 - Paradoxical hypoinsulinemia: an alpha adrenergic mediated response to glucose CT - Paradoxical hypoinsulinemia: an alpha adrenergic mediated response to glucose JO - Lancet (England) JF - Lancet (England) Y1 - 1972/10/14/ VL - 2 IS - Oct 14 SP - 787 EP - 789 SN - 00237507 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, 4435 Beacon Avenue South, Seattle, Washington 98108 N1 - Accession Number: 10-1538; Language: English; Therapeutic Class: (40:00); AHFS Class: Electrolytic, caloric and water balance glucose; References: 9; Journal Coden: LANCAO; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology N2 - After the stress of a reaction to I.M. injections of iron dextran (Imferon), a previously nondiabetic subject had a unique, paradoxical decrease in circulating insulin in response to I.V. glucose. This response disappeared during \a/-adrenergic blockade with phentolamine and could be reproduced by \a/-stimulation with adrenaline. It was concluded that the \a/-receptor, possibly stimulated by endogenous catecholamine release in response to glucose, played a role in this unusual example of abnormal insulin secretion. KW - Glucose--adverse reactions-; KW - Electrolytic, caloric and water balance--glucose--adverse reactions, hypoinsulinemia, paradoxical, in patient, following I.M. iron dextran; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--glucose--hypoinsulinemia, paradoxical, in patient, following I.M. iron dextran; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-1538&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Wiberg, J. J.; AU - Nuttall, F. Q.; T1 - Methimazole toxicity from high doses CT - Methimazole toxicity from high doses JO - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1972/09/01/ VL - 77 IS - Sep SP - 414 EP - 416 SN - 00034819 AD - Metabolic Endocrine Section, Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55417 N1 - Accession Number: 10-1447; Language: English; Chemical Name: Methimazole--60-56-0; Therapeutic Class: (68:36.08); AHFS Class: Antithyroid drugs methimazole; References: 13; Journal Coden: AIMEAS; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Toxicity N2 - The toxic effects of high dose methimazole therapy (120 mg./day) were studied in 25 consecutive patients. Nine of 25 patients had toxic reactions, 8 of which were severe. Rashes were most commonly seen, but 2 cases of agranulocytosis syndrome occurred. Although hyperthyroidism may be controlled more rapidly with high doses of this blocking agent, the observed morbidity suggests that such doses should not be used routinely. KW - Methimazole--toxicity-; KW - Antithyroid drugs--methimazole--toxicity, high dose, in patients; KW - Toxicity--methimazole--high dose, in patients; KW - Dosage--methimazole--high, toxicity, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-1447&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Borden, C. W.; T1 - Current status of therapy with anticoagulants CT - Current status of therapy with anticoagulants JO - Med. Clin. North Am. JF - Med. Clin. North Am. Y1 - 1972/01/01/ VL - 56 IS - Jan SP - 235 EP - 254 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, 333 East Huron Street, Chicago, Illinois 60611 N1 - Accession Number: 10-1327; Language: English; Chemical Name: Heparin--9005-49-6 Warfarin--81-81-2 Phenindione--83-12-5; References: 68; Journal Coden: MCNAA9; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: George D. Hurlow N2 - Recent and continuing studies are resolving old conflicts about the value of prophylactic anticoagulant therapy and about the usefulness of anticoagulants in coronary artery disease and myocardial infarction. Fundamental differences between arterial and venous thrombosis are considered. Laboratory controls, the anticoagulants (heparin, warfarin, phenindione), pharmacology, general contraindications to anticoagulant therapy and therapeutic goals are presented. Use of anticoagulants is reviewed in venous thrombosis, pulmonary edema, congestive heart failure, occlusive vascular disease, coronary artery disease and long-term prophylaxis following myocardial infarction. KW - Heparin--therapy-; KW - Warfarin--therapy-; KW - Phenindione--therapy-; KW - Anticoagulants--therapy--cardiac disease, review, in humans; KW - Contraindications--anticoagulants--cardiac disease, discussion, in humans; KW - Cardiac drugs--anticoagulants--therapy, coronary artery disease and myocardial infarction, review, in humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-1327&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Hollister, L. E.; AU - Overall, J. E.; AU - Katz, G.; AU - Higginbotham, W. E.; AU - Kimbell, I., Jr.; T1 - Oxypertine and thiothixene in newly admitted schizophrenic patients: a further search for specific indications of antipsychotic drugs CT - Oxypertine and thiothixene in newly admitted schizophrenic patients: a further search for specific indications of antipsychotic drugs JO - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) JF - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) Y1 - 1971/05/01/ VL - 12 IS - May-Jun SP - 531 EP - 538 SN - 00099236 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California N1 - Accession Number: 10-1297; Language: English; Chemical Name: Oxypertine--153-87-7 Thiothixene--5591-45-7; Therapeutic Class: (28:16.08); AHFS Class: Tranquilizers oxypertine (28:16.08); AHFS Class: Tranquilizers thiothixene; References: 19; Journal Coden: CLPTAT; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - In a controlled study in 71 schizophrenic patients, it was shown that thiothixene was more effective in paranoid and oxypertine more effective in nonparanoid patients. KW - Oxypertine--schizophrenia-; KW - Thiothixene--schizophrenia-; KW - Tranquilizers--oxypertine--effects, nonparanoid schizophrenic patients; KW - Tranquilizers--thiothixene--effects, paranoid schizophrenic patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-1297&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Kwaan, H. C.; T1 - Disorders of fibrinolysis CT - Disorders of fibrinolysis JO - Med. Clin. North Am. JF - Med. Clin. North Am. Y1 - 1972/01/01/ VL - 56 IS - Jan SP - 163 EP - 176 AD - Veterans Administration Research Hospital, 33 East Huron Street, Chicago, Illinois 60611 N1 - Accession Number: 10-1284; Language: English; Trade Name: Trasylol; Generic Name: Aprotinin; Chemical Name: Aminocaproic acid--60-32-2 Aprotinin--9087-70-1; Therapeutic Class: (20:12.16); AHFS Class: Hemostatics aminocaproic acid (20:12.16); AHFS Class: Hemostatics aprotinin; References: 104; Journal Coden: MCNAA9; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Pharmacology; Abstract Author: George D. Hurlow N2 - The diagnosis and therapy of fibrinolytic bleeding in patients is discussed. The pharmacology and dosage of aminocaproic acid and its derivatives and the protease inhibitor, aprotinin (Trasylol) is included. KW - Aminocaproic acid--and derivatives-; KW - Aprotinin--fibrinolysis-; KW - Hemostatics--fibrinolysis--therapy, in patients, discussion; KW - Hemostatics--aminocaproic acid--and derivatives, fibrinolysis therapy, in patients, discussion; KW - Dosage--aminocaproic acid--and derivatives, in fibrinolysis, in patients; KW - Hemostatics--aprotinin--fibrinolysis, therapy, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-1284&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Kwaan, H. C.; AU - Simon, N. M.; AU - del Greco, F.; T1 - Hemorrhagic diathesis induced by surreptitious ingestion of coumarin drugs CT - Hemorrhagic diathesis induced by surreptitious ingestion of coumarin drugs JO - Med. Clin. North Am. JF - Med. Clin. North Am. Y1 - 1972/01/01/ VL - 56 IS - Jan SP - 263 EP - -73 AD - Veterans Administration Research Hospital, 333 East Huron Street, Chicago, Illinois 60611 N1 - Accession Number: 10-1235; Language: English; Chemical Name: Coumarin--91-64-5; Therapeutic Class: (20:12.04); AHFS Class: Anticoagulants coumarin; References: 23; Journal Coden: MCNAA9; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Toxicity; Abstract Author: George D. Hurlow N2 - Clinical recognition of hemorrhagic diathesis, which may be accidental or deliberate, is difficult because there will be no history of excessive anticoagulant administration. A detailed case report is presented. A summary of reports on overdosage of coumarin drugs is included. KW - Coumarin--derivatives-; KW - Drug abuse--coumarin--derivatives, hemorrhagic diathesis, case reports; KW - Anticoagulants--coumarin--derivatives, overdose, accidental or deliberate, hemorrhagic diathesis, case reports; KW - Toxicity--coumarin--derivatives, hemorrhagic diathesis due to accidental or deliberate overdosage, case reports; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-1235&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Parker, J. P.; AU - Beirne, G. J.; AU - Desai, J. N.; AU - Raich, P. C.; AU - Shahidi, N. T.; T1 - Androgen-induced increase in red cell, 2,3-diphosphoglycerate CT - Androgen-induced increase in red cell, 2,3-diphosphoglycerate JO - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) JF - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1972/08/24/ VL - 287 IS - Aug 24 SP - 381 EP - 383 SN - 00284793 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, 2500 Overlook Terrace, Madison, Wisconsin 53705 N1 - Accession Number: 10-1100; Language: English; Chemical Name: Testosterone--58-22-0; Therapeutic Class: (68:08); AHFS Class: Androgens testosterone; References: 13; Journal Coden: NEJMAG; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Drug Evaluations N2 - The administration of testosterone enanthate to 6 patients with chronic renal failure on biweekly hemodialysis increased erythrocyte 2,3-diphosphoglycerate (2,3-DPG) in all patients. Testosterone enanthate was administered in weekly doses of 400 to 600 mg. by deep I.M. injections before dialysis. Whereas the value was 5670 550 (mean S.E.) nmoles/ml. of red blood cells before treatment, it was 9097 760 after 12 weeks of androgen therapy. This increase was statistically significant (P \LT/ 0.01). None of a group of 7 similarly affected patients who did not receive androgens and were followed within the same period showed any increase in red cell 2,3-DPG. The shift in oxygen equilibrium curve to the right that results from testosterone enanthate should greatly enhance the unloading of oxygen to the tissues. KW - Testosterone--enanthate-; KW - Androgens--testosterone--enanthate, effects, increase in erythrocyte 2,3-diphosphoglycerate, in hemodialysis patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-1100&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Hirsch, S. B.; AU - Wechsler, A. F.; AU - Tourtellotte, W. W.; T1 - Clofibrate for the treatment of occlusive cerebrovascular disease CT - Clofibrate for the treatment of occlusive cerebrovascular disease JO - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) JF - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1972/09/28/ VL - 287 IS - Sep 28 SP - 671 SN - 00284793 AD - Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hospital Center, Los Angeles, California N1 - Accession Number: 10-0848; Language: English; Chemical Name: Clofibrate--637-07-0; Therapeutic Class: (24:06); AHFS Class: Antilipemic agents clofibrate; Publication Type: Letters; Journal Coden: NEJMAG; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - A double-blind trial using clofibrate and placebo was conducted over a 4-year period on 39 male patients with occlusive cerebrovascular disease. The patients were randomized, and 6 weeks after infarction either clofibrate, 500 mg, 4 times a day, or placebo was started. Follow-up examinations with grading on a 4-point scale of relevant neurologic signs and symptoms were done monthly for 3 months, then bimonthly for 12 months, and then every 3 months for the duration of the trial. Of the 20 patients who received clofibrate, all showed at least some improvement of initial neurologic signs and symptoms. Eight recovered sufficiently to return to their previous line of work. No further strokes occurred, and transient ischemic attacks were encountered in only one case. There were 2 deaths: one patient died after a myocardial infarction, and another from the effects of bronchogenic carcinoma first discovered 2 years after the trial began. Among the 19 patients receiving placebo, only 8 showed improvement in neurologic signs and symptoms; of these, only 3 could return to their previous occupation. Three patients suffered one or more additional strokes, and 5 more had recurrent transient ischemic attacks. In the placebo group, there was one death, caused by a massive cerebral infarction. Although these are preliminary findings, the results are highly suggestive of a salutory effect of clofibrate in the prophylactic treatment of patients with cerebral infarction due to occlusive vascular disease. KW - Clofibrate--cerebrovascular disease-; KW - Antilipemic agents--clofibrate--cerebrovascular disease, occlusive, therapy, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-0848&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Gottheit, E.; AU - Corbett, L. O.; AU - Grasberger, J. C.; AU - Cornelison, F. S., Jr.; T1 - Treating the alcoholic in the presence of alcohol CT - Treating the alcoholic in the presence of alcohol JO - American Journal of Psychiatry (USA) JF - American Journal of Psychiatry (USA) Y1 - 1971/10/01/ VL - 128 IS - Oct SP - 475 EP - 480 SN - 0002953X AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Coatesville, Pennsylvania N1 - Accession Number: 10-0631; Language: English; Chemical Name: Alcohols, ethyl--64-17-5; References: 13; Journal Coden: AJPSAO; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Mary Ann Sullivan N2 - In order to determine patterns of alcoholism on the basis of observation rather than drinking histories, the authors conducted three 6-week studies in which hospitalized alcoholics were given the choice of drinking or not at frequent fixed intervals. A total of 29 patients in 3 cycles were observed for 6 weeks each on the closed Alcoholic Treatment and Research Unit. The cycle began with a one-week predrinking phase during which no alcohol was available. The patients were introduced to the ward routine and received a series of physical and psychological and self-description tests. The next 4 weeks of the cycle constituted the drinking phase. Patients could elect to drink no alcohol, or one or 2 ounces of 80 proof ethyl alcohol straight or with water, each hour on the hour from 9:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m., Monday through Friday. Blood levels were measured 4 times a day; the maximum allowable blood alcohol level was set at 250 mg./100 ml. During the sixth week (postdrinking phase) of the cycle, alcohol was again not available and the initial assessment test battery was repeated. Therapeutic programs offered on the ward were varied, including psychotherapy, group therapy, religious and educational seminars, social work, and Alcoholics Anonymous. The results showed that on a closed ward, in the presence of others who were drinking, some took all the drinks available, one-third of the patients never took a drink, one-third began drinking but stopped, and only 2 left without completing the program. The opportunity has thus been provided to study antecedent factors and personality variables in the 3 groups. KW - Alcohols, ethyl--alcoholism-; KW - Alcoholism--therapy--in presence of alcohol, in humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-0631&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Dillenkoffer, R. L.; AU - Gallant, D. M.; AU - Phillips, J. H.; T1 - Electrocardiographic evaluation of mesoridazine (Serentil) CT - Electrocardiographic evaluation of mesoridazine (Serentil) JO - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) JF - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) Y1 - 1972/02/01/ VL - 14 IS - Feb SP - 71 EP - 72 SN - 0011393X AD - Medical Service of Veterans Administration Hospital, and the Department of Psychiatry and Neurology of Tulane University School of Medicine, New Orleans, Louisiana N1 - Accession Number: 10-0583; Language: English; Language of Summary: sp; Trade Name: Serentil; Generic Name: Mesoridazine; Chemical Name: Mesoridazine--5588-33-0; Therapeutic Class: (28:16.08); AHFS Class: Tranquilizers mesoridazine; References: 3; Journal Coden: CTCEA9; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Richard M. Efman N2 - The effects of mesoridazine were evaluated in a group of 9 chronic schizophrenic patients. Dosages were 75 mg. daily of mesoridazine for the first week, 200 mg. daily for the second week, and 300 mg. daily for the third and fourth weeks. The global ratings of improvement at termination showed 5 patients as slightly improved, 3 as moderately improved, and the remaining patient unchanged. Five patients had mild orthostatic hypotension, one had dry mouth, 4 displayed mild to moderate sedation, and one patient had a mild extrapyramidal reaction. At a dosage of 75 mg. daily, 4 of 9 patients showed mild to moderate ECG abnormalities manifested by lowering, flattening, and/or notching of the T waves and mild to moderate prolongation of the QT interval. The final results of this study suggest that mesoridazine is associated with abnormalities of myocardial repolarization. Patients treated with mesoridazine should be followed with periodic ECG's even when the daily dosage is low. KW - Mesoridazine--effects-; KW - Tranquilizers--mesoridazine--effects, abnormalities, ECG, in schizophrenic patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-0583&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Eisner, E. V.; AU - Shahidi, N. T.; T1 - Immune thrombocytopenia due to a drug metabolite CT - Immune thrombocytopenia due to a drug metabolite JO - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) JF - New England Journal of Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1972/08/24/ VL - 287 IS - Aug 24 SP - 376 EP - 381 SN - 00284793 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, 2500 Overlook Terrace, Madison, Wisconsin 53705 N1 - Accession Number: 10-0516; Language: English; Trade Name: N-Acetyl-p-aminophenol--Excedrin; Generic Name: Acetaminophen; Aspirin; Chemical Name: Aspirin--50-78-2 Caffeine--58-08-2 Salicylamide--65-45-2 Acetaminophen--103-90-2; Therapeutic Class: (28:08); AHFS Class: Analgesics and antipyretics acetaminophen; References: 18; Journal Coden: NEJMAG; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Adverse Drug Reactions N2 - A patient who developed thrombocytopenia while taking Excedrin (aspirin, caffeine, salicylamide, and acetaminophen) was found to have circulating antibody to a metabolic product of N-acetyl-p-aminophenol acetaminophen, but not to the drug itself. The antibody reacted in vitro with an antigen present in the blood of a normal volunteer who had ingested acetaminophen. The antigenic material was purified from the urine of this volunteer and shown to be the sulfate conjugate of the drug. These findings demonstrate that a drug metabolite may be antigenically active in drug-induced thrombocytopenia when the drug itself is immunologically inert, representing a form of drug-induced thrombocytopenia. KW - Aspirin--combination, caffeine, salicylamide, acetaminophen-; KW - Caffeine--combination, aspirin, salicylamide, acetaminophen-; KW - Salicylamide--combination, aspirin, caffeine, acetaminophen-; KW - Acetaminophen--combination, aspirin, caffeine, salicylamide-; KW - Drugs, adverse reactions--acetaminophen--metabolite, thrombocytopenia, in patient; KW - Analgesics and antipyretics--acetaminophen--thrombocytopenia, due to metabolite, in patient; KW - Metabolism--acetaminophen--metabolites, induce thrombocytopenia, in patient taking aspirin, combination, caffeine, salicylamide, acetaminophen; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-0516&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Teplitsky, B.; T1 - 1,000 Drugs whose names look-alike or sound-alike CT - 1,000 Drugs whose names look-alike or sound-alike JO - Pharmacy Times (USA) JF - Pharmacy Times (USA) Y1 - 1972/05/01/ VL - 38 IS - May SP - 29 EP - 31 SN - 00030627 AD - Pharmacy Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, New York N1 - Accession Number: 10-0490; Language: English; Journal Coden: PYTMAO; Section Heading: Information Processing and Literature; Abstract Author: Walter F. Stanaszek N2 - A list of 1,000 look-alike and/or sound-alike drugs is published for reference use by pharmacists. KW - Drugs--nomenclature--agents whose names look alike on,sound alike,or sound alike, listing; KW - Nomenclature--drugs--whose names look alike or sound alike, listing; KW - Drug information--nomenclature--agents whose names look alike or sound alike, listing; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-0490&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Rothstein, E.; T1 - Warfarin effect enhanced by disulfiram (Antabuse) CT - Warfarin effect enhanced by disulfiram (Antabuse) JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1972/08/28/ VL - 221 IS - Aug 28 SP - 1052 EP - 1053 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Brockton, Massachusetts N1 - Accession Number: 10-0290; Language: English; Trade Name: Antabuse; Generic Name: Disulfiram; Chemical Name: Warfarin--81-81-2 Disulfiram--97-77-8; Therapeutic Class: (20:12.04); AHFS Class: Anticoagulants warfarin; References: 8; Publication Type: Letters; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Interactions; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - A case of disulfiram's potentiation of warfarin in a patient is reported. With a dose of 12.5 mg. of warfarin sodium the prothrombin times averaged 24% on 10 tests during the month before disulfiram therapy, rising to 83% with 5 mg. of warfarin sodium. The addition of 500 mg. of disulfiram daily to 5 mg. of warfarin sodium daily brought the level down to 24%; a decrease in disulfiram to 250 mg. daily was followed by an elevation in prothrombin time to 83%, and then a decrease to therapeutic levels with 10 mg. daily of warfarin sodium and 250 mg. of disulfiram. KW - Warfarin--interactions-; KW - Disulfiram--interactions-; KW - Drug interactions--warfarin and disulfiram--potentiation, warfarin effect, in patient; KW - Anticoagulants--warfarin--interactions, disulfiram, potentiation of warfarin effect, in patient; KW - Alcoholism--disulfiram--interactions, warfarin, potentiation, in patient; KW - Drug interactions--disulfiram and warfarin--potentiation, anticoagulant effect, in patient; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-0290&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Kerstein, M. D.; T1 - Intravenous clindamycin phosphate in staphylococcal infections CT - Intravenous clindamycin phosphate in staphylococcal infections JO - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) JF - Current Therapeutic Research (USA) Y1 - 1972/03/01/ VL - 14 IS - Mar SP - 107 EP - 112 SN - 0011393X AD - Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, Connecticut) (Reprints: Veterans Administration Hospital, West Spring Street, West Haven, Connecticut 06516 N1 - Accession Number: 10-0277; Language: English; Language of Summary: sp; Chemical Name: Clindamycin--18323-44-9; Therapeutic Class: (8:12); AHFS Class: Antibiotics clindamycin; References: 18; Journal Coden: CTCEA9; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Richard M. Efman N2 - The article describes results in 8 patients with soft tissue infections treated intravenously with clindamycin phosphate. All patients received intravenous clindamycin phosphate therapy, 300 mg. every 6 hours for 4 days. In all cases, whether clindamycin was the sole therapy or used concomitantly with surgical procedures, wound drainage ceased, fever and leukocytosis abated and local signs of inflammation disappeared. There were no complications or undesirable side effects associated with clindamycin therapy. No patient developed thrombophlebitis or local irritation at intravenous sites. KW - Clindamycin--phosphate-; KW - Antibiotics--clindamycin--phosphate, I.V., in human staphylococcal infections; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-0277&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Misra, P. M.; AU - Lefevre, A.; AU - Ishii, H.; AU - Rubin, E.; AU - Lieber, C. S.; T1 - Increase of ethanol, meprobamate and pentobarbital metabolism after chronic ethanol administration in man and in rats CT - Increase of ethanol, meprobamate and pentobarbital metabolism after chronic ethanol administration in man and in rats JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1971/09/01/ VL - 51 IS - Sep SP - 346 EP - 351 SN - 00029343 AD - Section of Liver Disease and Nutrition, Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, New York 10468 N1 - Accession Number: 10-0069; Language: English; Chemical Name: Alcohols, ethyl--64-17-5 Meprobamate--57-53-4 Pentobarbital--76-74-4; Therapeutic Class: (28:16.08); AHFS Class: Tranquilizers meprobamate (28:24); AHFS Class: Sedatives and hypnotics pentobarbital; References: 41; Journal Coden: AJMEAZ; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Interactions N2 - To investigate the effects of chronic ethanol consumption on ethanol and drug metabolism, 4 alcoholic and 4 nonalcoholic volunteer subjects were given ethanol for one month under metabolic ward conditions. This resulted in accelerating the rate of disappearance of ethanol from the blood of the alcoholics and nonalcoholics from, respectively, 13.6 2.4 and 13.8 2.0 mg./100 ml./hour during the control period to 18.5 2.0 ( \LT/ 0.01) and 23.8 2.0 ( \LT/ 0.05) after the ethanol period. In the same volunteer subjects, the rate of disappearance of meprobamate from the blood was also significantly accelerated from a mean half-life of, respectively, 16.7 2.5 and 13.7 1.0 hours to 8.1 1.5 ( \LT/ 0.02). Urinary excretion of meprobamate was unaltered. Four to 8 weeks after the end of the ethanol period the rate of disappearance of alcohol and meprobamate from the blood was restored to normal. The half-life of pentobarbital was also measured in the 4 nonalcoholic subjects; there was a reduction from 35.1 6.1 to 26.3 6.3 hours after one month of ethanol feeding. KW - Alcohols, ethyl--metabolism-; KW - Alcohols, ethyl--interactions-; KW - Meprobamate--metabolism-; KW - Pentobarbital--metabolism-; KW - Half-life--meprobamate--blood levels, decreased after chronic ethanol administration, in humans; KW - Half-life--pentobarbital--decreased after chronic ethanol administration, in humans; KW - Drug interactions--alcohols, ethyl--increased metabolism of ethanol, meprobamate and pentobarbital, after chronic administration, in humans; KW - Metabolism--alcohols, ethyl--increased after chronic ethanol administration, in humans; KW - Metabolism--meprobamate--increased after chronic ethanol administration, in humans; KW - Metabolism--pentobarbital--increased after chronic ethanol administration, in humans; KW - Tranquilizers--meprobamate--metabolism, increased after chronic ethanol administration, in humans; KW - Sedatives and hypnotics--pentobarbital--metabolism, increased after chronic ethanol administration, in humans; KW - Blood levels--alcohols, ethyl--rate of disappearance increased after chronic ethanol administration, in humans; KW - Blood levels--meprobamate--rate of disappearance increased after chronic ethanol administration, in humans; KW - Drug interactions--meprobamate and alcohols, ethyl--metabolism, increased, in humans; KW - Drug interactions--pentobarbital and alcohols, ethyl--metabolism, increased, in humans; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-0069&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Raleigh, J. W.; T1 - Rifampin in treatment of advanced pulmonary tuberculosis CT - Rifampin in treatment of advanced pulmonary tuberculosis JO - Am. Rev. Resp. Dis. JF - Am. Rev. Resp. Dis. Y1 - 1972/03/01/ VL - 105 IS - Mar SP - 397 EP - 409 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, Texas N1 - Accession Number: 10-0054; Language: English; Language of Summary: fr; sp; Trade Name: INH; Generic Name: Isoniazid; Chemical Name: Rifampin--13292-46-1 Isoniazid--54-85-3 Streptomycin--57-92-1; Therapeutic Class: (8:16); AHFS Class: Antituberculars rifampin and isoniazid (8:16); AHFS Class: Antituberculars isoniazid and rifampin (8:16); AHFS Class: Antituberculars streptomycin; References: 21; Journal Coden: ARDSBL; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations N2 - The therapeutic effectiveness of 2 regimens containing rifampin was compared in a pilot study with that of streptomycin plus isoniazid (INH) in initial treatment of patients with advanced pulmonary tuberculosis. Although the differences in bacteriologic response as measured by achievement of cultures free of tubercle bacilli at 6 months were not significant, advantages of the regimen consisting of rifampin plus INH over streptomycin plus INH and streptomycin plus rifampin were suggested, particularly when the emergence of drug-resistant tubercle bacilli during treatment was taken into account. Tolerance of all 3 regimens was excellent. In 4 patients requiring interruptions of treatment for toxic effects of the drugs, none of the effects was clearly attributable to rifampin. Toxicity was due to streptomycin in 2 patients and to INH in 2 patients. Abnormalities of hepatic function tests were frequent, but were usually minor, transitory, and with 2 exceptions did not require interruption of treatment. No association between these abnormalities of hepatic function and a specific drug or drug regimen was observed. Leukopenia, neutropenia, and eosinophilia also occurred with approximately equal frequency on all 3 regimens. Leukopenia and neutropenia occurred more frequently in Negro than in white patients; eosinophilia was equally frequent in both. The association of eosinophilia with administration of streptomycin is well known; the equal frequency of eosinophilia in patients receiving INH plus rifampin has not been explained. This study lends strong support to the experience of others who have found rifampin to be a highly effective and well tolerated antitubercular. KW - Rifampin--and isoniazid-; KW - Isoniazid--and rifampin-; KW - Streptomycin--and isoniazid-; KW - Antituberculars--rifampin and isoniazid--superior to streptomycin-INH or streptomycin-rifampin, in patients; KW - Combined therapy--rifampin and isoniazid--superior to streptomycin-INH or streptomycin-rifampin, in patients; KW - Antituberculars--isoniazid and rifampin--superior to streptomycin-INH or streptomycin-rifampin, in patients; KW - Antituberculars--streptomycin--combined therapy, with INH or rifampin, comparison, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-0054&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Snider, G. L.; AU - Laguarda, R.; T1 - Albuterol and isoproterenol aerosols: controlled study of duration of effect in asthmatic patients CT - Albuterol and isoproterenol aerosols: controlled study of duration of effect in asthmatic patients JO - J. Am. Med. Assoc. JF - J. Am. Med. Assoc. Y1 - 1972/08/14/ VL - 221 IS - Aug 14 SP - 682 EP - 685 AD - Boston Veterans Administration Hospital, 150 South Huntington Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 02130 N1 - Accession Number: 10-0031; Language: English; Chemical Name: Albuterol--18559-94-9 Isoproterenol--7683-59-2; Therapeutic Class: (92:00); AHFS Class: Bronchodilators albuterol (92:00); AHFS Class: Bronchodilators isoproterenol; References: 14; Journal Coden: JAMAAP; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Investigational Drugs; Abstract Author: Joan Lentine N2 - Bronchodilator effect was objectively evaluated in 10 patients with stable asthma, using spirometry and body plethysmography in a double-blind, double-crossover study after 170 mcg. of albuterol or isoproterenol sulfate was administered as an aerosol. Baseline values of the 7 spirometric and plethysmographic indexes used were not significantly different before administration of the drugs. Initial bronchodilator response at 15 and 30 minutes was not significantly different, but peak response tended to be reached at about one hour after albuterol as opposed to 15 minutes for isoproterenol. Rate of fall of the indexes was roughly parallel after the peak was reached. Duration of albuterol treatment was approximately 4 hours as opposed to 2 hours for isoproterenol treatment. These properties together with the previously reported minimal cardiovascular effects of albuterol justify extended therapeutic trials of this drug in the treatment of bronchial asthma. KW - Albuterol--bronchodilators-; KW - Isoproterenol--sulfate-; KW - Bronchodilators--albuterol--aerosols, effects, compared to isoproterenol, in patients; KW - Bronchodilators--isoproterenol--sulfate, aerosols, effects, compared to albuterol, in patients; KW - Aerosols--albuterol--bronchodilators, effects, compared to isoproterenol, in patients; KW - Aerosols--isoproterenol--sulfate, bronchodilators, effects, compared to albuterol, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-0031&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-46783-000 AN - 9999-46783-000 AU - Carey, Michael P. AU - Jorgensen, Randall S. AU - Weinstock, Ruth S. AU - Sprakfin, Robert P. AU - Lantinga, Larry J. AU - Carnrike, C. L. M. Jr. AU - Baker, Marilyn T. AU - Meisler, Andrew W. T1 - Appraisal of Diabetes Scale JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1991/// AD - Carey, Michael P., Syracuse University, Department of Psychology, 430 Huntington Hall, Syracuse, New York, United States, 13244-2340 AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: Contact Publisher; Fee: No. Test Items: No N1 - Accession Number: 9999-46783-000. Acronyms: ADS. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carey, Michael P.; Syracuse University, Syracuse, New York, United States. Release Date: 20160411. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Test Location: Appendix, Pages 50-51. Test Format: The measure has 7 items rated on a 5-point scale.. Language: English. Constructs: Diabetes; Classification: Physical Health/Illness Related Assessment (7300). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Appraisal of Diabetes Scale is to assess a diabetic person's appraisal of his or her disease. AB - Description: The Appraisal of Diabetes Scale (ADS; Carey, et al., 1991) was developed to assess appraisal of diabetes. According to the authors, there is no psychometrically sound measure of appraisal in diabetes. Participants were 200 adult outpatient males (mean age = 58.4 years) receiving care from the Diabetes Clinic at the Syracuse Veterans Administration Medical Center. The ADS has 7 items. The items were developed on the basis of previous theory (i.e., Lazarus & Folkman, 1984) and research (i.e., Gong-Guy & Hammen, 1980; Hammen & Mayol, 1982) regarding appraisal processes. Some items were adapted from Hammen and Mayol's (1982) Attribution Questionnaire and customized to the diabetes context. Internal consistency results were acceptable as were the test-retest reliability results. Validity was proven by using the correlations with other measures: Diabetes Regimen Adherence Questionnaire (DRAQ-R; Brownlee-Duffeck et al., 1987), Diabetes Health Belief Questionnaire-Revised (DHBQ-R; Brownlee-Duffeck et al., 1987), Diabetic Daily Hassles Scale (DDHS), Perceived Stress Scale (PSS; Cohen et al., 1983), and the Psychiatric Symptom Index (PSI; Ilfeld, 1976). (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Appraisal of Diabetes Scale KW - Internal Consistency KW - Test-Retest Reliability KW - Validity U5 - Appraisal of Diabetes Scale (ADS) [Test Development]Reliability and validity of the Appraisal of Diabetes Scale. (AN: 1991-20188-001 from PsycINFO) Carey, Michael P.; Jorgensen, Randall S.; Weinstock, Ruth S.; Sprafkin, Robert P.; Lantinga, Larry J.; Carnrike, C. L. M.; Baker, Marilyn T.; Meisler, Andrew W.; Feb, 1991. Source: Journal of Behavioral Medicine. 14(1), Springer, Germany; Feb, 1991; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Location: Syracuse, NY, US; Mean Age: 58.4 Years; Sample: Outpatients from the Diabetes Clinic at the Syracuse Veterans Administration Medical Center Keywords: Appraisal of Diabetes Scale; Internal Consistency; Test-Retest Reliability; Validity; Subjects: Cognitive Appraisal; Diabetes; Rating Scales; Test Reliability; Test Validity; DO - 10.1037/t46783-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-46783-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-03675-000 AN - 9999-03675-000 AU - Kring, Ann M. AU - Sloan, Denise M. T1 - Facial Expression Coding System JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1991/// AD - Kring, Ann M., University of California, Berkeley, Department of Psychology, 3210 Tolman Hall, Berkeley, California, United States, 94720 AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: No N1 - Accession Number: 9999-03675-000. Acronyms: FACES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kring, Ann M.; University of California, Berkeley, Berkeley, California, United States. Release Date: 20110912. Correction Date: 20160808. Instrument Type: Coding Scheme. Test Format: After making a frequency rating of either positive or negative, coders then rate the intensity of the expression using a 4-point Likert scale ranging from 1 (low) to 4 (very high). Finally, coders rate the duration of the expression, denoting the time (in seconds) of the expression.. Language: English. Constructs: Valence of Facial Expressive Behavior; Classification: Emotional States, Emotional Responses, and Motivation (6000). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). AB - Purpose: The Facial Expression Coding System was designed to capture the valence of facial expressive behavior. AB - Description: The Facial Expression Coding System (FACES; Kring & Sloan, 1991) was designed to capture the valence of facial expressive behavior. FACES yields information about the frequency, intensity, and duration of facial expressions. Coders can be trained using the coding manual (Kring & Sloan, 1991), and the training can be accomplished in 10–20 hr. After making a frequency rating of either positive or negative, coders then rate the intensity of the expression using a 4-point Likert scale ranging from 1 (low) to 4 (very high). Finally, coders rate the duration of the expression, denoting the time (in seconds) of the expression. In a later study (Kring & Sloan, 2007), FACES was used with 13 diverse samples, including students, schizophrenic patients, and community adults. The participants were presented with emotion eliciting film clips, and their facial expressions were videotaped and later coded. For all samples, two trained raters coded the videotapes using FACES. Interrater Agreement was high, with an average ICC of .86. FACES ratings of positive expressions were more strongly related to the Emotion Facial Action Coding System (EMFACS) ratings of enjoyment smiles, the FACES positive ratings were also related to the EMFACS social smiles in undergraduates. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Facial Expression Coding System KW - test validity KW - Inter-rater agreement KW - Test validity U5 - Facial Expression Coding System (FACES) [Test Development]The Facial Expression Coding System (FACES): Development, validation, and utility. (AN: 2007-07953-005 from PsycINFO) Kring, Ann M.; Sloan, Denise M.; Jun, 2007. Source: Psychological Assessment. 19(2), American Psychological Association, US; Jun, 2007; Population: Human; Keywords: Facial Expression Coding System; test validity; Subjects: Facial Expressions; Test Construction; U5 - Facial Expression Coding System (FACES) [Test Primary Data] Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Sample: College students; Sample: Patients with Schizophrenia Keywords: Facial Expression Coding System; Inter-rater agreement; Test validity; Subjects: Facial Expressions; Measurement; Test Construction; Test Reliability; Test Validity; DO - 10.1037/t03675-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-03675-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - denise.sloan@va.gov UR - akring@berkeley.edu DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107378382 T1 - Culture and psychiatric diagnosis: impact on DSM-IV and ICD-10. AU - Alarcon RD Y1 - 1995/09//1995 Sep N1 - Accession Number: 107378382. Language: English. Entry Date: 19960801. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; review. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 7708110. KW - DSM KW - International Classification of Diseases KW - Culture SP - 449 EP - 465 JO - Psychiatric Clinics of North America JF - Psychiatric Clinics of North America JA - PSYCHIATR CLIN NORTH AM VL - 18 IS - 3 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - W B Saunders SN - 0193-953X AD - Atlanta Veterans Administration, Medical Center, 1670 Clairmont Road, Atlanta, GA 30033 U2 - PMID: 8545261. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107378382&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107361971 T1 - The nurse's role in fracture rehabilitation. AU - Strong M AU - Catindig C AU - Cheney AM AU - Delim M AU - Divina C AU - Flynn B AU - Santellano P Y1 - 1995/02//1995 Feb N1 - Accession Number: 107361971. Language: English. Entry Date: 19960301. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; algorithm; review; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 8800867. KW - Fractures -- Rehabilitation KW - Orthopedic Nursing KW - Nursing Practice, Theory-Based KW - Pain Measurement KW - Discharge Planning KW - Nursing Process KW - Orthoses KW - Pain -- Therapy KW - Pressure Ulcer -- Prevention and Control KW - Orem Self-Care Model KW - Orthopedic Fixation Devices SP - 227 EP - 249 JO - Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation JF - Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation JA - PHYS MED REHABIL STATE ART REV VL - 9 IS - 1 CY - Philadelphia, Pennsylvania PB - W B Saunders AB - This extensive review of the nurse's role in fracture rehabilitation addresses the assessment of a variety of conditions, intervention, evaluation, pain management, self-care activities, limit setting, care for complications, discharge planning, and other issues. The author emphasizes the importance of self-care as the major goal of rehabilitation. SN - 0888-7357 AD - Nursing Service, Veterans Health Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, California UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107361971&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107424329 T1 - Current status of thrombolysis in acute myocardial infarction. AU - Habib GB Y1 - 1995/01//1995 Jan N1 - Accession Number: 107424329. Language: English. Entry Date: 19951001. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; review; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0231335. KW - Myocardial Infarction -- Drug Therapy KW - Thrombolytic Therapy KW - Acute Disease KW - Tissue Plasminogen Activator -- Therapeutic Use KW - Anistreplase -- Therapeutic Use KW - Streptokinase -- Therapeutic Use KW - Thrombolytic Therapy -- Adverse Effects SP - 225 EP - 232 JO - CHEST JF - CHEST JA - CHEST VL - 107 IS - 1 CY - Glenview, Illinois PB - American College of Chest Physicians SN - 0012-3692 AD - Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Houston, Texas U2 - PMID: 7813283. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107424329&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 83983604 T1 - Autopsy findings in a long-surviving liver recipient. AU - Starzl, Thomas AU - Porter, Kendrick A. AU - Schroter, Gerhard AU - Corman, Jacques AU - Groth, Carl-Gustav AU - Sharp, Harvey L. AU - Starzl, T AU - Porter, K A AU - Schroter, G AU - Corman, J AU - Groth, C G AU - Sharp, H L Y1 - 1973/07/12/ N1 - Accession Number: 83983604. Language: English. Entry Date: 20161113. Revision Date: 20161202. Publication Type: journal article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. Grant Information: R01 AM007772/AM/NIADDK NIH HHS/United States. NLM UID: 0255562. KW - Liver Transplantation KW - Male KW - Hepatic Artery -- Pathology KW - Autopsy KW - Angiography KW - Cytomegalovirus Infections -- Pathology KW - Hepatic Artery -- Radiography KW - Biopsy KW - Time Factors KW - Allografts KW - Child, Preschool KW - Microscopy, Electron KW - Pneumonia, Pneumocystis -- Pathology KW - Cadaver KW - Immunosuppressive Agents -- Therapeutic Use KW - Liver -- Pathology KW - Graft Rejection SP - 82 EP - 84 JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine JA - N ENGL J MED VL - 289 IS - 2 CY - Waltham, Massachusetts PB - New England Journal of Medicine SN - 0028-4793 AD - From the departments of Surgery and Pediatrics at the University of Colorado Medical Center and the Denver Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver, Colorado, the Department of Pathology, St. Mary's Hospital and Medical School, London, England, and the Department of Pediatrics, University of Minnesota School of Medicine, Minneapolis (address reprint requests to Dr. Starzl, at the Department of Surgery, University of Colorado Medical Center, 4200 E. Ninth Ave., Denver, Col. 80220). U2 - PMID: 4351015. DO - 10.1056/NEJM197307122890207 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=83983604&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 84005688 T1 - Detection of growth-hormone deficiency. AU - Mitchell, M. L. AU - Byrne, M. J. AU - Sanchez, Y. AU - Sawin, C. T. Y1 - 1970/03/05/ N1 - Accession Number: 84005688. Language: English. Entry Date: 20161118. Revision Date: 20170223. Publication Type: journal article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0255562. KW - Human Growth Hormone -- Blood KW - Hypopituitarism -- Diagnosis KW - Glucagon -- Administration and Dosage KW - Injections, Intramuscular KW - Hypopituitarism -- Blood KW - Pituitary Diseases -- Blood KW - Injections, Subcutaneous KW - Chemical and Pharmacologic Phenomena KW - Male KW - Female KW - Radioimmunoassay KW - Time Factors SP - 539 EP - 541 JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine JA - N ENGL J MED VL - 282 IS - 10 CY - Waltham, Massachusetts PB - New England Journal of Medicine SN - 0028-4793 AD - Supported by a research grant (AM-12640) from the National Institute of Arthritis and Metabolic Diseases, National Institutes of Health, United States Public Health Service, and by Part I Research Funds from the Veterans Administration Medical Research and Education Service, Veterans Administration Central Office, Washington, D.C. U2 - PMID: 5413105. DO - 10.1056/NEJM197003052821005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=84005688&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 84039238 T1 - Effect of marihuana and placebo-marihuana smoking on angina pectoris. AU - Aronow, Wilbert S. AU - Cassidy, John AU - Aronow, W S AU - Cassidy, J Y1 - 1974/07/11/ N1 - Accession Number: 84039238. Language: English. Entry Date: 20170228. Revision Date: 20170228. Publication Type: journal article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0255562. KW - Cannabis -- Pharmacodynamics KW - Angina Pectoris -- Physiopathology KW - Human KW - Medicine, Herbal KW - Angina Pectoris -- Metabolism KW - Placebos KW - Heart Rate -- Drug Effects KW - Veins KW - Exercise Test KW - Angina Pectoris -- Chemically Induced KW - Myocardium -- Metabolism KW - Cannabis -- Administration and Dosage KW - Male KW - Oxygen Consumption KW - Blood Pressure -- Drug Effects KW - Carboxyhemoglobin -- Analysis KW - Consent KW - Clinical Trials KW - Cannabis -- Adverse Effects KW - Validation Studies KW - Comparative Studies KW - Evaluation Research KW - Multicenter Studies KW - Randomized Controlled Trials SP - 65 EP - 67 JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine JA - N ENGL J MED VL - 291 IS - 2 CY - Waltham, Massachusetts PB - New England Journal of Medicine SN - 0028-4793 AD - From the Cardiology Section, Medical Service. Long Beach Veterans Administration Hospital, and the University of California College of Medicine, Irvine (address reprint requests to Dr. Aronow at the Cardiology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Long Beach, Cal. 90801). U2 - PMID: 4599385. DO - 10.1056/NEJM197407112910203 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=84039238&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Phillips, Edmund J. T1 - A Review of the Life Satisfaction in the Elderly Scale. JO - Journal of Counseling & Development JF - Journal of Counseling & Development Y1 - 1986/04// VL - 64 IS - 8 M3 - Book Review SP - 542 PB - Wiley-Blackwell SN - 07489633 AB - Reviews the book "Life Satisfaction in the Elderly Scale," by M.J. Salamon and V.A. Conte. KW - SATISFACTION KW - NONFICTION KW - SALAMON, M. J. KW - CONTE, V. A. KW - LIFE Satisfaction in the Elderly Scale (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 4966799; Phillips, Edmund J. 1; Affiliations: 1: Chief, Psychology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Tacoma, Washington.; Issue Info: Apr86, Vol. 64 Issue 8, p542; Subject Term: SATISFACTION; Subject Term: NONFICTION; Reviews & Products: LIFE Satisfaction in the Elderly Scale (Book); People: SALAMON, M. J.; People: CONTE, V. A.; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=4966799&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107234267 T1 - Advanced practice. NPs and collaborative practice: one nurse's opinion. AU - Koku RV Y1 - 1997/05/05/1997 May 5 N1 - Accession Number: 107234267. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980101. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; brief item. Journal Subset: Nursing; USA. NLM UID: 9892043. KW - Nurse Practitioners KW - Nurse-Physician Relations KW - Joint Practice SP - 22 EP - 23 JO - Nursing Spectrum -- Florida Edition JF - Nursing Spectrum -- Florida Edition JA - NURS SPECTRUM (FLA) VL - 7 IS - 9 CY - Falls Church, VA 22042, Illinois PB - Gannett Healthcare Group SN - 1077-7946 AD - Family Practice Clinical Nurse Specialist, Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Palm Beach, FL UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107234267&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-43411-000 AN - 9999-43411-000 AU - Weaver, Frances M. AU - Bryant, Fred B. T1 - Decision Making in Discharge Planning Questionnaire JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1990/// AD - Weaver, Frances M., Hines Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois, United States, 60141 AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: Contact Publisher and Corresponding Author; Fee: No. Test Items: No N1 - Accession Number: 9999-43411-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weaver, Frances M.; Hines Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois, United States. Release Date: 20160808. Correction Date: 20160912. Instrument Type: Vignette/Scenario. Test Format: This measure consists of 16 case scenarios, each rated using a 7-point scale (1 = not at all appropriate, 7 = very appropriate). Respondents are also asked to indicate the type of follow-up they consider most appropriate for each case.. Language: English. Constructs: Discharge Planning; Classification: Treatment, Rehabilitation, and Therapeutic Processes (7900). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Decision Making in Discharge Planning Questionnaire is to assess medical professionals' discharge planning strategies. AB - Description: The Decision Making in Discharge Planning Questionnaire (Weaver & Bryant, 1990) was constructed in the context of a study examining Veterans Administration hospital medical professionals' discharge planning strategies. Items for this instrument were generated using the results of an initial survey given to health professionals regarding the factors they thought most important when planning follow-up care. This measure contains 16 case scenarios involving male patients. Degree of physical impairment, availability of a caregiver, amount of medical follow-up care required, and degree of patient compliance were varied to represent one of two values, either favorable towards discharging the patient home or not conducive to sending the patient home. Following presentation of each case, participants are asked to rate the appropriateness of four alternatives: nursing home, community nursing care, outpatient clinic, and adult daycare. Each case is rated using a 7-point scale (1 = not at all appropriate, 7 = very appropriate). Subjects are then asked to indicate the type of follow-up they considered most appropriate. Psychometric properties were not reported at the time of test development. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Decision Making in Discharge Planning Questionnaire KW - Health Professionals KW - Test Development KW - Veterans Administration KW - Decision Making in Discharge Planning U5 - Decision Making in Discharge Planning Questionnaire [Test Development]An analysis of decision making in discharge planning. (AN: 2016-27365-001 from PsycINFO) Weaver, Frances M.; Bryant, Fred B.; Mar, 1990. Source: Evaluation & the Health Professions. 13(1), Sage Publications, US; Mar, 1990; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Location: United States; Sample: Veterans Administration Hospital Medical Professionals Keywords: Decision Making in Discharge Planning Questionnaire; Health Professionals; Test Development; Veterans Administration; Decision Making in Discharge Planning; Subjects: Decision Making; Discharge Planning; Health Personnel; Military Personnel; Professional Measures; Test Construction; DO - 10.1037/t43411-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-43411-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-46120-000 AN - 9999-46120-000 AU - Stahelski, Anthony J. AU - Tsukuda, Ruth Ann T1 - Cooperation in Health Care Teams Questionnaire JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1990/// AD - Tsukuda, Ruth Ann, VA Medical Center, P.O. Box 1034, Portland, Oregon, United States AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: No N1 - Accession Number: 9999-46120-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stahelski, Anthony J.; Portland State University, Portland, Oregon, United States. Release Date: 20160208. Instrument Type: Inventory/Questionnaire. Test Location: Table 1, Page 225. Test Format: The Cooperation in Health Care Teams Questionnaire is comprised of 13 questions, which participants respond to on a 5-point scale.. Language: English. Constructs: Health Care Team Cooperation; Classification: Organizational, Occupational, and Career Development (7000); Treatment, Rehabilitation, and Therapeutic Processes (7900). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Cooperation in Health Care Teams Questionnaire is to assess cooperation among interdisciplinary work teams in the health care setting. AB - Description: The Cooperation in Health Care Teams Questionnaire (Stahelski & Tsukuda, 1990) is a 13-item questionnaire developed to assess cooperation among interdisciplinary work teams in the health care setting. Ten of the 13 questions come from the Team Development Scale (Dyer, 1987). The remaining three questions were added by the authors. The questions cover aspects of cooperation: group decision making and problem solving; goal and task compatibility; conflict resolution; team inclusion; and demands and responsibilities. Each question has a 5-point response scale. Four interdisciplinary teams at a Veterans Affairs Medical Center were initially administered the Questionnaire. Four factors with eigenvalues greater than 1 emerged from an exploratory principal components factor analysis: Work Structure, Team Cohesion, Individual Concerns, and Leader Relations. Factor loadings for each questionnaire item and the analyses of variance appeared to indicate that Factor 1, Work Structure, was the most significant cooperative factor. Multiple regression analysis indicated that the trainee/staff variable was the only significant predictor of Factor 2, the Team Cohesion variable. Additional multiple regression analyses run on Factors 3 and 4 (Individual Concerns and Leader Relations) revealed no significant predictors for these two factors among the set of group structure variables. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Cooperation KW - Cooperation in Health Teams Questionnaire KW - Exploratory Principal Components Factor Analysis KW - Group Input KW - Group Size KW - Health Care Professionals KW - Individual Concerns Factor KW - Interdisciplinary Teams KW - Leader Relations Factor KW - Team Cohesion Factor KW - Teamwork KW - Test Development KW - Work Structure Factor U5 - Cooperation in Health Care Teams Questionnaire [Test Development]Predictors of cooperation in health care teams. (AN: 1990-26771-001 from PsycINFO) Stahelski, Anthony J.; Tsukuda, Ruth A.; May, 1990. Source: Small Group Research. 21(2), Sage Publications, US; May, 1990; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older), Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs), Thirties (30-39 yrs), Middle Age (40-64 yrs); Population: Human; Male; Female; Location: United States; Sample: Health Personnel from Work Teams at a Veterans Affairs Medical Center Keywords: Cooperation; Cooperation in Health Teams Questionnaire; Exploratory Principal Components Factor Analysis; Group Input; Group Size; Health Care Professionals; Individual Concerns Factor; Interdisciplinary Teams; Leader Relations Factor; Team Cohesion Factor; Teamwork; Test Development; Work Structure Factor; Subjects: Cooperation; Factor Analysis; Factor Structure; Group Characteristics; Group Cohesion; Health Care Services; Health Personnel; Interdisciplinary Treatment Approach; Professional Measures; Questionnaires; Test Construction; Work Teams; DO - 10.1037/t46120-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-46120-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-06269-000 AN - 9999-06269-000 AU - Aldwin, Carolyn M. T1 - Elders Life Stress Inventory JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1990/// AD - Aldwin, Carolyn M., Oregon State University, College of Public Health and Human Sciences, 424 Waldo Hall, Corvallis, Oregon, United States, 97331-5102 AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: Contact Publisher and Corresponding Author; Fee: No. Test Items: No N1 - Accession Number: 9999-06269-000. Acronyms: ELSI. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Aldwin, Carolyn M.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Normative Aging Study, Boston, Massachusetts, United States. Release Date: 20130812. Correction Date: 20160111. Instrument Type: Inventory/Questionnaire. Test Format: Elders Life Stress Inventory items are rated on a scale from 1 (not at all stressful) to 5 (extremely stressful). The ELSI can be scored either as a simple count of the number of events experienced (summed items) or as a sum of the ratings (summed ratings).. Language: English. Constructs: Stressful Life Events; Classification: Development and Aging (5800). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Elders Life Stress Inventory is to assess event- and process-based approaches to stress in older populations. AB - Description: The Elders Life Stress Inventory (ELSI; Aldwin, 1990) was developed to identify stressful events that are particularly salient to older populations. An item pool for this measure was created by drawing on the literature and on informal interviews conducted during a participant observation study in a southern California retirement community. Items were selected for which respondents are asked to indicate whether or not they had had certain experiences over the past year. Two health-related items were omitted from the overall scales, so as not to confound the stress measures with health outcomes. Two subscales were constructed that contain items relating to the self and the family, respectively, as indicators of egocentric and nonegocentric stress. The 16 family-related or nonegocentric items include all deaths, health problems, institutionalization, marital problems, disruptions in relationships among family members, and retirement of spouse. The remaining 12 items are considered self-related or egocentric items, and deal mainly with the individual's own troubles. The ELSI subscales correlate modestly with health outcomes, and endorsement rates are maintained across a wide age range. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Elders Life Stress Inventory KW - Test Development U5 - Elders Life Stress Inventory (ELSI) [Test Development]The Elders Life Stress Inventory: Egocentric and nonegocentric stress. (AN: 1990-98627-003 from PsycINFO) Aldwin, Carolyn M.; 1990. Source: Stress and coping in later-life families., Stephens, Mary Ann Parris; Crowther, Janis H.; Hobfoll, Stevan E.; Tennenbaum, Daniel L.; Hemisphere Publishing Corp, Washington, DC, US; Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older), Middle Age (40-64 yrs), Aged (65 yrs & older), Very Old (85 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Location: United States; Sample: Residents of a California Retirement Community Keywords: Elders Life Stress Inventory; Test Development; Subjects: Experiences (Events); Geriatrics; Geropsychology; Stress; Test Construction; DO - 10.1037/t06269-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-06269-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - Carolyn.Aldwin@oregonstate.edu DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107348488 T1 - Pituitary adenoma. AU - Goldstein JE AU - Sherman JF Y1 - 1993/12// N1 - Accession Number: 107348488. Language: English. Entry Date: 19971201. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; case study; diagnostic images; pictorial; review; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9106715. KW - Pituitary Neoplasms -- Diagnosis KW - Adenoma -- Diagnosis KW - Eye Manifestations KW - Pituitary Neoplasms -- Complications KW - Pituitary Neoplasms -- Therapy KW - Vision Disorders -- Etiology KW - Eye Diseases -- Etiology KW - Eye Diseases -- Pathology KW - Adenoma -- Complications KW - Adenoma -- Therapy KW - Endocrine Diseases -- Etiology KW - Pituitary Diseases -- Physiopathology KW - Pituitary Gland -- Physiology KW - Pituitary Neoplasms -- Symptoms KW - Diagnosis, Laboratory KW - Magnetic Resonance Imaging KW - Vision Tests KW - Adult KW - Middle Age KW - Pregnancy KW - Male KW - Female SP - 101 EP - 125 JO - Optometry Clinics JF - Optometry Clinics JA - OPTOM CLIN VL - 3 IS - 3 CY - East Windsor, New Jersey PB - S&P Global, Inc AB - Pituitary adenoma is the most common intracranial tumor that affects the visual system. A variety of signs and symptoms of disease may be produced, either ocular or endocrine, depending on the type of tumor involved. Nonfunctional pituitary adenomas show no elevation in serum hormone concentration and produce visual symptoms that result from the compression by the tumor mass of adjacent structures. These tumors are more likely to be diagnosed by an ophthalmic clinician than functional adenomas, which cause endocrine dysfunction and are more likely to be diagnosed by an endocrinologist. Diagnostic imaging and clinical laboratory testing may be used to confirm the presence of the tumor. Treatment for pituitary adenoma includes medication, radiotherapy, surgery, or a combination of these options. SN - 1050-6918 AD - Eye Clinic, Baltimore Veterans Administration Medical Center, Baltimore, MD U2 - PMID: 8199444. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107348488&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107417363 T1 - Working smart: a professional practice forum. Field tested: tips from practicing professionals -- developing service-specific forms for computer-based patient records. AU - Flejter J AU - Juran G Y1 - 1995/07//1995 Jul-Aug N1 - Accession Number: 107417363. Language: English. Entry Date: 19950801. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; forms. Journal Subset: Blind Peer Reviewed; Computer/Information Science; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9202024. KW - Electronic Health Records KW - Software Design KW - Florida KW - Hospitals, Veterans SP - 33 EP - 34 JO - Journal of AHIMA JF - Journal of AHIMA JA - J AHIMA VL - 66 IS - 7 CY - Chicago, Illinois PB - American Health Information Management Association SN - 1060-5487 AD - West Palm Beach Veterans' Administration Medical Center, West Palm Beach FL U2 - PMID: 10143526. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107417363&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chamberlain, Patricia AU - Moreland, Sandra AU - Reid, Kathleen T1 - Enhanced Services and Stipends for Foster Parents: Effects on Retention Rates and Outcomes for Children. JO - Child Welfare JF - Child Welfare Y1 - 1992/09//Sep/Oct92 VL - 71 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 387 EP - 401 PB - Child Welfare League of America SN - 00094021 AB - The article presents information related to a study on the implications of improved stipends and services for foster parents. The aim of the study was to determine whether enhanced services stimulated the retention rate in the placements for children. Foster parents of 72 children from several counties of Oregon participated in the study. The participants were mostly from two-parent households, with both parents in their early 40s. It was found that special attention given to foster parents motivated them to continue with their services as providers. KW - FOSTER parents KW - FOSTER home care KW - SOCIAL surveys KW - CHILD care services KW - FOSTER children KW - CHILDREN & adults KW - CHILDREN -- Services for KW - INTERPERSONAL relations KW - OREGON N1 - Accession Number: 24227554; Chamberlain, Patricia 1; Moreland, Sandra 2; Reid, Kathleen 3; Source Information: Sep/Oct92, Vol. 71 Issue 5, p387; Subject: FOSTER parents; Subject: FOSTER home care; Subject: SOCIAL surveys; Subject: CHILD care services; Subject: FOSTER children; Subject: CHILDREN & adults; Subject: CHILDREN -- Services for; Subject: INTERPERSONAL relations; Geographic Terms: OREGON; Number of Pages: 15p; Illustrations: 2 Charts, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4948 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=24227554&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hynes, Denise M. AU - Bastian, Lori A. AU - Rimer, Barbara K. AU - Sloane, Richard AU - Feussner, John R. T1 - Predictors of Mammography Use Among Women Veterans. JO - Journal of Women's Health JF - Journal of Women's Health Y1 - 1998/03// VL - 7 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 239 PB - Mary Ann Liebert, Inc. SN - 10597115 AB - We examined mammography use patterns of women veterans and explored Veterans Administration (VA) health care use and military experience as predictors of mammography use by this population. We conducted a national telephone survey of women veterans. A sample of 397 women veterans was selected from all military discharges from 1971 through 1994. A 3 × 2 stratification scheme was used: three age groups (35-49, 50-64, ≥65 years old) and two VA user groups indicating whether (VA user) or not (VA nonuser) they received any health care from a VA Medical Center in the last 5 years. The response rate was 75% (297 of 397). Analyses included bivariate techniques and weighted logistic regression. We found that women veterans told to have a mammogram by a health care professional were more than five times more likely to have ever had a mammogram (OR 5.41, Cl 4.634.32) and nearly twice as likely to have had a mammogram within the past 2 years (OR 1.81, CI 1.57-2.09) as those who were not told to do so, controlling for age, race, VA user status, and length of military service. Regular VA users were more likely to have had a mammogram ever and within the past 2 years, controlling for other factors. Mammography use was not necessarily at a VA medical center. Interventions that promote belier provider-patient communication and target older women veterans may have the most potential benefit Whether VA health care is filling an important gap in access to mammography for older women veterans is an important policy question and warrants further research. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Women's Health is the property of Mary Ann Liebert, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MAMMOGRAMS KW - WOMEN -- Health KW - BREAST cancer KW - MEDICAL care KW - CANCER in women KW - HEALTH facilities N1 - Accession Number: 5880257; Hynes, Denise M. 1,2; Bastian, Lori A. 3; Rimer, Barbara K. 4; Sloane, Richard 3; Feussner, John R. 5; Source Information: Mar98, Vol. 7 Issue 2, p239; Subject: MAMMOGRAMS; Subject: WOMEN -- Health; Subject: BREAST cancer; Subject: MEDICAL care; Subject: CANCER in women; Subject: HEALTH facilities; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5880257&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Smelson, David A. AU - Roy, Alec AU - Santana, Sandra AU - Engelhart, Charles T1 - Neuropsychological deficits in withdrawn cocaine-dependent males. JO - American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse JF - American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse Y1 - 1999/05// VL - 25 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 377 PB - Taylor & Francis Ltd SN - 00952990 AB - Previous research suggests that cocaine abuse may result in neuropsychological deficits. To examine this further, we compared cocaine-withdrawn patients (N = 35) to normal controls (N = [7) on tasks of attention, concentration, perceptual-motor speed, and cognitive flexibility. The withdrawn cocaine patients performed significantly worse on Arithmetic, Grooved Peg Board Dominant and Non-Dominant, and Trails B tests. These findings suggest that with- drawn cocaine-dependent patients have more neuropsychological impairment than normal controls. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse is the property of Taylor & Francis Ltd and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DRUG abuse KW - COCAINE KW - NARCOTICS KW - TROPANES KW - COCAINE abuse KW - CRACK cocaine N1 - Accession Number: 1911711; Smelson, David A. 1; Roy, Alec 1; Santana, Sandra 1; Engelhart, Charles 1; Source Information: May99, Vol. 25 Issue 2, p377; Subject: DRUG abuse; Subject: COCAINE; Subject: NARCOTICS; Subject: TROPANES; Subject: COCAINE abuse; Subject: CRACK cocaine; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=1911711&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fleming, Michael F. AU - Manwell, Linda Baier AU - Barry, Kristen Lawton AU - Johnson, Kristen T1 - At-risk drinking in an HMO primary care sample: Prevalence and health policy implications. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1998/01// VL - 88 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 90 EP - 93 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Objectives. This study was designed to determine the prevalence of at-risk drinking using varying alcohol use criteria. Methods. A period prevalence survey was conducted in 22 primary care practices (n = 19372 adults). Results. The frequency of at-risk alcohol use varied from 7.5% (World Health Organization criteria) to 19.7% (National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism criteria). A stepwise logistic model using National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism criteria found male gender, current tobacco use, never married status, retirement, and unemployment to be significant predictors of at-risk alcohol use. Conclusions. Public health policy needs to move to a primary care paradigm focusing on identification and treatment of at-risk drinkers. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DRINKING of alcoholic beverages KW - HEALTH surveys KW - ALCOHOLISM -- Risk factors KW - TOBACCO use KW - MEDICAL policy N1 - Accession Number: 450492; Fleming, Michael F. 1; Manwell, Linda Baier 1; Barry, Kristen Lawton 2,3; Johnson, Kristen 4; Source Information: Jan1998, Vol. 88 Issue 1, p90; Subject: DRINKING of alcoholic beverages; Subject: HEALTH surveys; Subject: ALCOHOLISM -- Risk factors; Subject: TOBACCO use; Subject: MEDICAL policy; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2838 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=450492&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Katz, Steven J. AU - Hofer, Timothy P. AU - Manning, Willard G. T1 - Physician use in Ontario and the United States: The impact of Socioeconomic Status and Health Status. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1996/04// VL - 86 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 520 EP - 524 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Objective. This study compared physician use in Ontario and the midwestern and northeastern United States for persons of different socioeconomic status and health status. The distribution of health problems associated with the most recent physician visit also was compared. Methods. The design of the study was cross sectional; data derived from the 1990 Ontario Health Survey and the 1990 US National Health interview Survey were used in analyses. Results. Overall, persons in Ontario averaged 19% more visits than US residents, but differences varied markedly across income and health status. At each level of health status, low-income Canadians had 25% to 33% more visits than their US counterparts. However, among higher income persons, those in excellent or very good health had 22% more visits than Americans, while those in good, fair, or poor health had 10% fewer visits than Americans. Higher visit rates in Ontario were not associated with a greater prevalence of low- priority visits. Conclusions. Under the Canadian single-payer system, medical care in Ontario has been redistributed to low-income persons and the elderly. Compared with the United States, there has been a lower intensity of medical care for the sick higher income population. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CLINICS -- Utilization KW - MEDICAL care use KW - SOCIOECONOMIC factors KW - MEDICAL economics KW - INCOME KW - NORTH America N1 - Accession Number: 9605102318; Katz, Steven J. 1,2; Hofer, Timothy P. 3,4; Manning, Willard G. 5; Source Information: Apr96, Vol. 86 Issue 4, p520; Subject: CLINICS -- Utilization; Subject: MEDICAL care use; Subject: SOCIOECONOMIC factors; Subject: MEDICAL economics; Subject: INCOME; Geographic Terms: NORTH America; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 2 Charts, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9605102318&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Blazer, Dan G. AU - Landerman, Lawrence R. AU - Fillenbaum, Gerda AU - Homer, Ronnie T1 - Health Services Access and Use among Older Adults in North Carolina: Urban vs Rural Residents. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1995/10// VL - 85 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 1384 EP - 1390 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Objectives. This methodological view aims to determine the extent to which design and analysis aspects of chister randomization have been appropriately dealt with in reports of primary prevention trials. Methods. All reports of primary, prevention trails using chuster randomizationthat were published from 1990 to 1993 in the American Journal of Public Health and Preventive. Medicine were identified. Eadh article was examined to determine whether cluster randomization was taken into account in the design and statistical analysis. Results. Of the 21 articles, only 4 (19%) included sample size calculations or discussions of power that allowed fro clustering, while 12(57%) took clustering into account in the statistical analysis. Conclusions. Design and analysis issues associated with cluster randomization are not recognized widely enough. Reports of cluster randomized trails should include sample size calculations and statistical analyses that take chistering into account, cstimates of design effects to design effects to help others planning trails, and a table showing the baseline distribution of important characteristics by intervention group, including the member of clusters and average cluster size for each group. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MEDICAL care for the aged KW - MEDICAL care KW - COMMUNITY health services KW - RURAL health KW - URBAN health N1 - Accession Number: 9510240235; Blazer, Dan G. 1; Landerman, Lawrence R. 1; Fillenbaum, Gerda 1; Homer, Ronnie 2,3; Source Information: Oct95, Vol. 85 Issue 10, p1384; Subject: MEDICAL care for the aged; Subject: MEDICAL care; Subject: COMMUNITY health services; Subject: RURAL health; Subject: URBAN health; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 5 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9510240235&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watanabe, Kevin K. AU - Kang, Han K. AU - Dalager, Nancy A. T1 - Cancer Mortality Risk among Military Participants of a 1958 Atmospheric Nuclear Weapons Test. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1995/04// VL - 85 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 523 EP - 527 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Objectives. This study was undertaken to determine if Navy veterans who participated in an atmospheric nuclear test in 1958 were at increased risk of death from certain cancers. Methods. Cancer mortality risk of 8554 Navy veterans who participated in an atmospheric nuclear test in the Pacific was compared with that of 14 625 Navy veterans who did not participate in any test. Radiation dosage information was obtained from film badges for 88% of the test participants. Results. The median radiation dose for the test participants was 388 mrem (3.88 millisieverts [mSv]). Among participants who received the highest radiation dose (> 1000 mrem, or 10 mSv), an increased mortality risk for all causes (relative risk [RR] = 1.23; 95% confidence interval [CI] = 1.04, 1.45), all cancers (RR = 1.42; 95% CI = 1.03, 1.96), and liver cancer (RR = 6.42; 95% CI = 1.17, 35.3) was observed. The risk for cancer of the digestive organs was elevated among test participants (rate ratio = 1.47; 95% CI = 1.06, 2.04) but with no significant dose-response trend. Many of the cancers of a priori interest were not significantly elevated in the overall test participant group or in the group that received the highest radiation dose. Conclusions. Most of the cancers suspected of being radiogenic were not significantly elevated among the test participants. Nevertheless, increased risks for certain cancers cannot be ruled out at this time. Veterans who participated in the nuclear weapons tests should continue to be monitored. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CANCER -- Mortality KW - VETERANS -- Mortality KW - NAVIES KW - NUCLEAR weapons KW - RADIATION -- Dosage KW - DIGESTIVE organs -- Cancer N1 - Accession Number: 9504260430; Watanabe, Kevin K. 1; Kang, Han K. 1; Dalager, Nancy A. 1; Source Information: Apr95, Vol. 85 Issue 4, p523; Subject: CANCER -- Mortality; Subject: VETERANS -- Mortality; Subject: NAVIES; Subject: NUCLEAR weapons; Subject: RADIATION -- Dosage; Subject: DIGESTIVE organs -- Cancer; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9504260430&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - McCarthy, William J. AU - Caskey, Nicholas H. AU - Jarvik, Murray E. AU - Gross, Todd M. AU - Rosenblatt, Martin R. AU - Carpenter, Catherine T1 - Menthol vs Nonmenthol Cigarettes: Effects on Smoking Behavior. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1995/01// VL - 85 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 67 EP - 72 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Objectives. The purpose of this study was to examine intraindividual differences in smoking behavior between smoking regular and mentholated cigarettes. Methods. Healthy male smokers {n = 29) smoked either a regular or a mentholated cigarette in two separate sessions 1 week apart. Commercial brands with comparable tar, nicotine, and CO content were used. Smoking behavior was constrained by fixed 15-second interpuff intervals, but puff volume and number of puffs were unconstrained. Results. When smoking the non-mentholated brand of cigarettes, participants smoked 22% more puffs and had 13% higher mean volumes per puff than they did when smoking the mentholated brand of cigarettes. The aggregate 39% excess exposure to cigarette smoke in the regular-cigarette condition was not accompanied by commensurate excesses in expired carbon monoxide or in physiological measures normally correlated with nicotine exposure. Conclusions. These findings parallel differences in physiological correlates of exposure to nicotine found in cross-sectional comparisons of African-American and White smokers and are consistent with the results of emerging laboratory investigations. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SMOKING KW - TOBACCO use KW - CIGARETTES KW - CIGARETTE smokers KW - CARBON monoxide KW - AFRICAN Americans N1 - Accession Number: 9502140595; McCarthy, William J. 1,2,3; Caskey, Nicholas H. 3,4; Jarvik, Murray E. 3,4; Gross, Todd M. 1,3; Rosenblatt, Martin R. 3; Carpenter, Catherine 3,5; Source Information: Jan1995, Vol. 85 Issue 1, p67; Subject: SMOKING; Subject: TOBACCO use; Subject: CIGARETTES; Subject: CIGARETTE smokers; Subject: CARBON monoxide; Subject: AFRICAN Americans; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 4 Charts, 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9502140595&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lu-Yao, Grace L. AU - Baron, John A. AU - Barrett, Jane A. AU - Fisher, Elliott S. T1 - Treatment and Survival among Elderly Americans with Hip Fractures: A Population-Based Study. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1994/08// VL - 84 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 1287 EP - 1287 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Objectives. This study was undertaken to examine the patterns of treatment and survival among elderly Americans with hip fracture. Methods. A 5% national sample of Medicare claims was used to identify patients who sustained hip fractures between 1986 and 1989. In comparing treatment patterns across regions, direct standardization was used to derive age- and race-adjusted percentages. Logistic regression and Cox regression were used to examine short- and long-term survival. Results. In the United States, 64% of femoral neck fractures were treated with arthroplasty; 90% of pertrochanteric fractures were treated with internal fixation. Higher short- and long term mortality was associated with being male, being older, residing in a nursing home prior to fracture, having a higher comorbidity score, and having a pertrochanteric fracture. Blacks and Whiles had similar 90-day post-fracture mortality, but Blacks had a higher mortality later on. For femoral neck fracture, internal fixation has a modestly lower short-term mortality associated with it than arthroplasty has. Conclusion. Variation in the treatment of hip fracture was modest. The increased delayed mortality after hip fracture among Blacks requires further study. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - FRACTURES in old age KW - FRACTURES -- Treatment KW - MEDICAL care for the aged KW - MEDICARE KW - INTERNAL fixation in fractures KW - FRACTURE fixation KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 9409062811; Lu-Yao, Grace L. 1; Baron, John A. 1,2; Barrett, Jane A. 1; Fisher, Elliott S. 1,3; Source Information: Aug1994, Vol. 84 Issue 8, p1287; Subject: FRACTURES in old age; Subject: FRACTURES -- Treatment; Subject: MEDICAL care for the aged; Subject: MEDICARE; Subject: INTERNAL fixation in fractures; Subject: FRACTURE fixation; Geographic Terms: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 3 Charts, 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9409062811&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sonnenberg, Amnon T1 - The US Temporal and Geographic Variations of Diseases Related to Helicobacter Pylori. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1993/07// VL - 83 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 1006 EP - 1010 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Objectives. If Helicobacter pylori plays an important role in the occurrence of three distinct diseases - gastric cancer, gastric ulcer, and duodenal ulcer - their individual epidemiologic behaviors should show a resemblance to one common pattern. Methods. To test this hypothesis, birth cohort and linear regression analyses were used to study the US temporal and geographic variations, respectively, of mortality from the three diseases. Results. US mortality form gastric ulcer in males and duodenal ulcer in both sexes showed a clear-cut peak of occurrence in subjects born around 1885, whereas gastric cancer declined continuously in all Americans born since 1855. The geographic distributions showed a strong correlation between gastric and duodenal ulcer, as opposed to weak correlations between either ulcer type and gastric cancer. Conclusions. The similarities in the behavior of the three diseases support the idea that identical risk factors play a crucial role in their occurrence. However, the time lag between the decline in mortality from peptic ulcer and their weak geographic correlations indicate that factors beside H pylori must have influenced their epidemiology. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HELICOBACTER pylori KW - ULCERS KW - REGRESSION analysis KW - MORTALITY KW - EPIDEMIOLOGY KW - PUBLIC health N1 - Accession Number: 9309075208; Sonnenberg, Amnon 1; Source Information: Jul1993, Vol. 83 Issue 7, p1006; Subject: HELICOBACTER pylori; Subject: ULCERS; Subject: REGRESSION analysis; Subject: MORTALITY; Subject: EPIDEMIOLOGY; Subject: PUBLIC health; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 1 Chart, 9 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9309075208&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Phillips, Charles D. AU - Hawes, Catherine AU - Fries, Brant E. T1 - Reducing the Use of Physical Restraints in Nursing Homes: Will it Increase Costs? JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1993/03// VL - 83 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 342 EP - 348 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Objectives. Reducing the widespread use of physical restraints in nursing homes is a primary goal of the federal nursing home reforms enacted as part of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1987. However, some nursing home operators assert that reducing restraint use could be prohibitively expensive, costing payors perhaps as much as $1 billion annually. We investigated whether nursing home residents free from physical restraint require more care and resources than similar residents who are restrained. Methods. We examined the major component of nursing home costs-staff time-and its allocation among residents who were physically restrained. The multivariate analysis used staff-time-study data on the care of 11 932 nursing home residents in 276 facilities in seven states. Results. The analyses indicate that, when differences in impairment and care needs are controlled for, residents who are physically restrained require more nursing care than other residents. Higher levels of nursing-assistant time were consistently provided to restrained residents. Conclusions. Residents free of restraints are less costly to care for than restrained residents. The 1987 federal requirements concerning restraint use, which are aimed at improving quality of care and quality of life, can be implemented without engendering a major increase in care costs. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - NURSING care facilities KW - MEDICAL care costs KW - QUALITY of life KW - MEDICAL care KW - NURSES' aides KW - MULTIVARIATE analysis N1 - Accession Number: 9308095125; Phillips, Charles D. 1; Hawes, Catherine 2; Fries, Brant E. 3; Source Information: Mar1993, Vol. 83 Issue 3, p342; Subject: NURSING care facilities; Subject: MEDICAL care costs; Subject: QUALITY of life; Subject: MEDICAL care; Subject: NURSES' aides; Subject: MULTIVARIATE analysis; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 4 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9308095125&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weinstock, Martin A. AU - Bogaars, Hendrik A. AU - Ashley, Michelle AU - Litle, Virginia AU - Bilodeau, Elise AU - Kimmel, Steven T1 - Inaccuracies in Certification of Nonmelanoma Skin Cancer Deaths. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1992/02// VL - 82 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 278 EP - 281 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Nonmelanoma skin cancer is the most common cancer site in the United States, yet mortality from this cause is poorly understood. We sought medical records of the 116 reported deaths during 1979 through 1987 from this cause (International Classification of Diseases, 9th version [ICD-9], code 173) among Rhode Island residents to evaluate the accuracy of the reported cause of death. Of the 110 cases for which the cause of death could be classified as correct or incorrect, 59 (54%) were misclassified, 49 (83%) of which were mucous-membrane, squamous-cell carcinomas of the head and neck. For most of these, the written death certificate diagnosis was squamous-cell carcinoma of the head and neck, which was coded 173.4. Other problematic diagnoses were cancer of the head and neck and malignant fibrous histiocytoma. In response to a mailed survey, most health departments replied that squamous-cell carcinoma of the head and neck was coded under rubric 173 and malignant fibrous histiocytoma was coded under rubric 171, but there was no unanimity. The misclassification of other causes of death of ICD-9 rubric 173 is substantial. The vast majority were coded to rubric 173.4 and were due to a small number of diagnoses that are recognizable on examination of the death certificate. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SKIN care KW - DERMATOFIBROMA KW - HOSPITAL records KW - MEDICAL care KW - MEDICAL informatics KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 9206221438; Weinstock, Martin A. 1; Bogaars, Hendrik A. 1; Ashley, Michelle 1; Litle, Virginia 1; Bilodeau, Elise 1; Kimmel, Steven 2; Source Information: Feb1992, Vol. 82 Issue 2, p278; Subject: SKIN care; Subject: DERMATOFIBROMA; Subject: HOSPITAL records; Subject: MEDICAL care; Subject: MEDICAL informatics; Geographic Terms: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 4 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9206221438&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sharma, Sandra B. AU - Elkins, David AU - van Sickle, Ann AU - Roberts, Cleora S. T1 - EFFECT OF PREDISCHARGE INTERVENTIONS ON AFTERCARE ATTENDANCE: Process and Outcome. JO - Health & Social Work JF - Health & Social Work Y1 - 1995/02// VL - 20 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 15 EP - 20 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 03607283 AB - This article presents findings of a study which was conducted to determine if particular predischarge interventions had an effect on whether psychiatric patients attended their initial aftercare appointments at a Veterans Administration mental health clinic in the U.S. The identification of the major research question and its subquestions was based on three assumptions derived from the literature, patients do not tend to be compliant with outpatient therapy appointments; follow-through with outpatient mental health visits is desirable to maximize patient well-being and therapist-patient contact before discharge will decrease noncompliance with initial outpatient appointments. The sample population was drawn from three similar admitting psychiatric inpatient units and the outpatient mental health clinics of a general medical-surgical veterans hospital located in a southeastern state. Results showed a trend toward higher rates of aftercare attendance for those receiving interventions compared with those not receiving an intervention. However, with the present sample it must be concluded that predischarge interventions did not contribute significant differences in attendance at the initial aftercare appointments. KW - MEDICAL care KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - MENTAL health KW - PATIENTS KW - HEALTH facilities KW - MEDICAL appointments & schedules KW - aftercare KW - discharge planning KW - outpatient mental health programs KW - psychiatric treatment. N1 - Accession Number: 9501315535; Sharma, Sandra B. 1; Elkins, David 2; van Sickle, Ann 3; Roberts, Cleora S. 4; Source Information: Feb1995, Vol. 20 Issue 1, p15; Subject: MEDICAL care; Subject: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject: MENTAL health; Subject: PATIENTS; Subject: HEALTH facilities; Subject: MEDICAL appointments & schedules; Author-Supplied Keyword: aftercare; Author-Supplied Keyword: discharge planning; Author-Supplied Keyword: outpatient mental health programs; Author-Supplied Keyword: psychiatric treatment.; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4015 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9501315535&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Larkin, John P. AU - Hopcroft, Barbara Most T1 - IN-HOSPITAL RESPITE AS A MODERATOR OF CAREGIVER STRESS. JO - Health & Social Work JF - Health & Social Work Y1 - 1993/05// VL - 18 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 132 EP - 138 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 03607283 AB - Data on family caregiver stress obtained before, during, and following respite suggest that stress was moderated by an in-hospital respite program for patients with Alzheimer's disease. Although short-term benefits may be realized for caregivers, in-hospital Alzheimers; respite care may present a particular risk for patient decline, adverse events, and institutionalization. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Health & Social Work is the property of Oxford University Press / USA and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CAREGIVERS KW - FAMILIES KW - ALZHEIMER'S disease -- Psychological aspects KW - HOME care services KW - RESPITE care KW - CARE of the sick N1 - Accession Number: 9306115224; Larkin, John P. 1; Hopcroft, Barbara Most 2; Source Information: May1993, Vol. 18 Issue 2, p132; Subject: CAREGIVERS; Subject: FAMILIES; Subject: ALZHEIMER'S disease -- Psychological aspects; Subject: HOME care services; Subject: RESPITE care; Subject: CARE of the sick; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4053 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9306115224&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Polinsky, Margaret L. AU - Fred, Carol AU - Ganz, Patricia A. T1 - QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE ASSESSMENT OF A CASE MANAGEMENT PROGRAM FOR CANCER PATIENTS. JO - Health & Social Work JF - Health & Social Work Y1 - 1991/08// VL - 16 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 176 EP - 183 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 03607283 AB - An oncology social work case management model of intervention is described quantitatively and qualitatively. Sixty-nine newly diagnosed breast cancer patients followed by telephone for one year required 374 hours of the social worker's time in providing reassurance, information, and referral to existing community resources. This process took less than one-half hour per patient per month. Case examples provide insight into the clinical aspects of the social worker's efforts. This telephone-based model was found to be highly effective and cost-efficient in addressing the rehabilitation needs of cancer patients. It also is a generic model that can be used with cancer patients with any disease site or phase of illness. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Health & Social Work is the property of Oxford University Press / USA and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SOCIAL services case management KW - BREAST cancer -- Patients KW - SOCIAL workers KW - COMMUNITY health services KW - MEDICAL referral KW - BREAST cancer KW - MEDICAL social work KW - SOCIAL services KW - CANCER patients -- Psychology N1 - Accession Number: 24227568; Polinsky, Margaret L. 1,2; Fred, Carol 3; Ganz, Patricia A. 4,5; Source Information: Aug1991, Vol. 16 Issue 3, p176; Subject: SOCIAL services case management; Subject: BREAST cancer -- Patients; Subject: SOCIAL workers; Subject: COMMUNITY health services; Subject: MEDICAL referral; Subject: BREAST cancer; Subject: MEDICAL social work; Subject: SOCIAL services; Subject: CANCER patients -- Psychology; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 1 Diagram, 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4009 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=24227568&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lewine, Jeffrey D. AU - Andrews, Richard AU - Chez, Michael AU - Patil, Arun-Angelo AU - Devinsky, Orrin AU - Smith, Michael AU - Kanner, Andres AU - Davis, John T. AU - Funke, Michael AU - Jones, Greg AU - Chong, Brian AU - Provencal, Sherri AU - Weisend, Michael AU - Lee, Roland R. AU - Orrison Jr, William W. T1 - Magnetoencephalographic Patterns of Epileptiform Activity in Children With Regressive Autism Spectrum Disorders. JO - Pediatrics JF - Pediatrics Y1 - 1999/09//Sep99 Part 1 of 3 VL - 104 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 405 PB - American Academy of Pediatrics SN - 00314005 AB - ABSTRACT. Background. One-third of children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs) are reported to have had normal early development followed by an autistic regression between the ages of 2 and 3 years. This clinical profile partly parallels that seen in Landau-Kleffner syndrome (LKS), an acquired language disorder (aphasia) believed to be caused by epileptiform activity. Given the additional observation that one-third of autistic children experience one or more seizures by adolescence, epileptiform activity may play a causal role in some cases of autism. Objective. To compare and contrast patterns of epileptiform activity in children with autistic regressions versus classic LKS to determine if there is neurobiological overlap between these conditions. It was hypothesized that many children with regressive ASDs would show epileptiform activity in a multifocal pattern that includes the same brain regions implicated in LKS. Design. Magnetoencephalography (MEG), a noninvasive method for identifying zones of abnormal brain electrophysiology, was used to evaluate patterns of epileptiform activity during stage III sleep in 6 children with classic LKS and 50 children with regressive ASDs with onset between 20 and 36 months of age (16 with autism and 34 with pervasive developmental disorder-not otherwise specified). Whereas 5 of the 6 children with LKS had been previously diagnosed with complex-partial seizures, a clinical seizure disorder had been diagnosed for only 15 of the 50 ASD children. However, all the children in this study had been reported to occasionally demonstrate unusual behaviors (eg, rapid blinking, holding of the hands to the ears, unprovoked crying episodes, and/or brief staring spells) which, if exhibited by a normal child, might be interpreted as indicative of a subclinical epileptiform condition. MEG data were compared with simultaneously recorded electroencephalography (EEG) data, and with data from previous 1-hour and/or 24-hour clinical... [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Pediatrics is the property of American Academy of Pediatrics and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AUTISM in children KW - EPILEPSY in children N1 - Accession Number: 2304174; Lewine, Jeffrey D. 1; Andrews, Richard 2; Chez, Michael 3; Patil, Arun-Angelo 4; Devinsky, Orrin 5; Smith, Michael; Kanner, Andres 6; Davis, John T. 1; Funke, Michael 1; Jones, Greg 1; Chong, Brian 1; Provencal, Sherri 1; Weisend, Michael 7; Lee, Roland R. 7; Orrison Jr, William W. 1; Source Information: Sep99 Part 1 of 3, Vol. 104 Issue 3, p405; Subject: AUTISM in children; Subject: EPILEPSY in children; Number of Pages: 14p; Illustrations: 3 Color Photographs, 2 Black and White Photographs, 2 Diagrams; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 9491 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=2304174&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mercer-Jones, M. A. AU - Hadjiminas, D. J. AU - Heinzelmann, M. AU - Peyton, J. AU - Cook, M. AU - Cheadle, W. G. T1 - Continuous antibiotic treatment for experimental abdominal sepsis: effects on organ inflammatory cytokine expression and neutrophil sequestration. JO - British Journal of Surgery JF - British Journal of Surgery Y1 - 1998/03// VL - 85 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 385 EP - 389 PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 00071323 AB - Background Tumour necrosis factor (TNF) α and interleukin (IL) 1β are produced in the lung after peritonitis and may contribute to neutrophil-mediated organ injury. It was hypothesized that, during experimental peritonitis, continuous rather than intermittent antibiotic therapy would reduce lung expression of TNF-α and IL-1β messenger RNA (mRNA) and neutrophil sequestration. Methods After caecal ligation and puncture, mice received either intermittent or continuous cefoxitin, or continuous metronidazole or aztreonam. Cytokine mRNAs were determined by reverse transcription differential polymerase chain reaction and lung neutrophil content by myeloperoxidase (MPO) assay. Results Continuous cefoxitin reduced median (interquartile range (i.q.r.)) lung IL-1β mRNA expression ((ratio to β-actin): continuous 0·18 (0·14–0·34), intermittent 0·46 (0·44–0·49), saline 0·43 (0·38–0·53), P<0·05) and median (i.q.r.) lung MPO content (continuous 22·5 (9·7–40), intermittent 65 (57·5–76), saline 47 (41–64), P<0·05) compared with intermittent therapy and saline controls. Continuous infusion was also associated with reduced bacteraemia (P<0·05) but not serum TNF-α or endotoxin levels. Both continuous metronidazole and aztreonam reduced lung MPO concentration (P<0·05) and TNF-α and IL-1β mRNA expression (P<0·05) compared with those in saline controls. These effects were dependent on a reduction in the number of susceptible bacteria rather than serum TNF-α or endotoxin levels. Conclusion The stimulus for organ inflammatory cytokine production and neutrophil sequestration during peritonitis is the level of bacteraemia present, which is more effectively controlled with continuous antibiotic therapy. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of British Journal of Surgery is the property of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ABDOMINAL diseases -- Treatment KW - NEUTROPHILS -- Physiology KW - TUMOR necrosis factor KW - INTERLEUKINS KW - PHYSIOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 5277474; Mercer-Jones, M. A. 1; Hadjiminas, D. J. 1; Heinzelmann, M. 1; Peyton, J. 1; Cook, M. 1; Cheadle, W. G. 1; Source Information: Mar1998, Vol. 85 Issue 3, p385; Subject: ABDOMINAL diseases -- Treatment; Subject: NEUTROPHILS -- Physiology; Subject: TUMOR necrosis factor; Subject: INTERLEUKINS; Subject: PHYSIOLOGY; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1046/j.1365-2168.1998.00580.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5277474&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jankowski, Stephen AU - Videka-Sherman, Lynn AU - Laquidara-Dickinson, Karen T1 - Social Support Networks of Confidants to People with AIDS. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1996/03// VL - 41 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 206 EP - 213 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - AIDS has a devastating impact on the social support networks of those most closely involved with the person with AIDS (PWA). This qualitative study of the social support networks of confidants to PWAs reports the findings of intensive, semistructured interviews with 11 confidants. Numerous changes were observed in the confidants' supportive resources, network structure, and functioning. Implications for social work practice are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Social Work is the property of Oxford University Press / USA and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AIDS (Disease) KW - SOCIAL services KW - AIDS patients KW - HIV-positive persons KW - caregivers KW - HIV/AIDS KW - qualitative research KW - social support N1 - Accession Number: 9603115850; Jankowski, Stephen 1; Videka-Sherman, Lynn 2; Laquidara-Dickinson, Karen 3; Source Information: Mar96, Vol. 41 Issue 2, p206; Subject: AIDS (Disease); Subject: SOCIAL services; Subject: AIDS patients; Subject: HIV-positive persons; Author-Supplied Keyword: caregivers; Author-Supplied Keyword: HIV/AIDS; Author-Supplied Keyword: qualitative research; Author-Supplied Keyword: social support; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 5250 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9603115850&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rounds, Kathleen A. AU - Galinsky, Maeda J. AU - Stevens, L. Sue T1 - Linking People with AIDS in Rural Communities: The Telephone Group. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1991/01// VL - 36 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 13 EP - 18 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - People with acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS) living in rural areas have difficulty obtaining needed information and support. Bringing support groups in to the homes of rural residents through telephone conference call technology is an innovative practice strategy to address this problem. The author's describe the development, implementation, and evaluation of a model program consisting of six telephone group sessions. The goals of the psychoeducational group were to increase in information and social support, reduce feelings of isolation, and enhance individual coping with living with AIDS. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Social Work is the property of Oxford University Press / USA and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AIDS patients KW - REJECTION (Psychology) KW - ISOLATION (Hospital care) KW - MENTAL disabilities KW - ADJUSTMENT (Psychology) N1 - Accession Number: 9103251522; Rounds, Kathleen A. 1; Galinsky, Maeda J. 2; Stevens, L. Sue 3; Source Information: Jan91, Vol. 36 Issue 1, p13; Subject: AIDS patients; Subject: REJECTION (Psychology); Subject: ISOLATION (Hospital care); Subject: MENTAL disabilities; Subject: ADJUSTMENT (Psychology); Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9103251522&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2000-13437-008 AN - 2000-13437-008 AU - Meyer, John S. AU - Rauch, Gaiane M. AU - Crawford, Kate AU - Rauch, Ronald A. AU - Konno, Shizuko AU - Akiyama, Hisanao AU - Terayama, Yasuo AU - Haque, A. T1 - Risk factors accelerating cerebral degenerative changes, cognitive decline and dementia. JF - International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry JO - International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry JA - Int J Geriatr Psychiatry Y1 - 1999/12// VL - 14 IS - 12 SP - 1050 EP - 1061 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0885-6230 SN - 1099-1166 N1 - Accession Number: 2000-13437-008. PMID: 10607973 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Meyer, John S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Cerebrovascular Research Labs, Houston, TX, US. Release Date: 20000301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Cerebral Atrophy; Cognitive Ability; Dementia; Neuropathology. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1999. AB - Putative risk factors accelerating subtle cognitive decline and dementia were correlated with repeated measures of cerebral atrophy, CT densitometry, perfusions and cognitive testing among 224 normative Ss (aged 22–89 yrs) at increased risk for cognitive decline. At follow-up, 22 developed subtle cognitive decline, 19 became demented, 8 with vascular type (VAD) and 11 with Alzheimer's disease (AD) and 183 remained cognitively unchanged. Results indicated that after age 60, cerebral atrophy, ventricular enlargement, polio- and leuko-araiosis geometrically increased as perfusions declined. Risk factors accelerating perfusional decline, cerebral atrophy, polio-araiosis and leuko-araiosis were transient ischaemic attacks (TIAs), hypertension, smoking, hyperlipidemia, and male gender. At age 71.5 ± 11.9, subtle cognitive decline began, accelerated by TIAs, hypertension and heart disease. Leuko-araiosis began before cognitive decline. TIAs, hypertension and hyperlipidemia correlated with VAD. Excessive perfusional decreases and cerebral atrophy correlated with cognitive decline. Family history of neurodegenerative disease correlated with AD. TIAs, hyperlipidemia, smoking and male gender accelerate cerebral degenerative changes, cognitive decline, and dementia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - risk factors accelerating cerebral degenerative changes & subtle cognitive decline & dementia KW - 22–89 yr olds KW - 4.5 yr followup KW - 1999 KW - At Risk Populations KW - Cerebral Atrophy KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Dementia KW - Neuropathology KW - 1999 DO - 10.1002/(SICI)1099-1166(199912)14:12<1050::AID-GPS56>3.0.CO;2-Z UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2000-13437-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1999-01568-012 AN - 1999-01568-012 AU - Karel, Michele J. AU - Molinari, Victor AU - Gallagher-Thompson, Dolores AU - Hillman, Stephany L. T1 - Postdoctoral training in professional geropsychology: A survey of fellowship graduates. JF - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice JO - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice JA - Prof Psychol Res Pr Y1 - 1999/12// VL - 30 IS - 6 SP - 617 EP - 622 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7028 SN - 1939-1323 N1 - Accession Number: 1999-01568-012. Other Journal Title: Professional Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Karel, Michele J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr of Brockton, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19991201. Correction Date: 20090907. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Gerontology; Geropsychology; Postgraduate Training; Professional Competence; Psychologist Attitudes. Minor Descriptor: Professional Development. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1999. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jun 7, 1999; Revised Date: Mar 25, 1999; First Submitted Date: Apr 24, 1998. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Have psychologists who have pursued postdoctoral training in geropsychology viewed such training as a worthwhile professional investment? As the population is aging, psychologists are increasingly working with older adults. For many psychologists, competent practice with the elderly will require some continuing education, whereas other psychologists may choose to secure specialty-level training in the field. A survey of psychologists who completed such specialized postdoctoral training found a high level of satisfaction with the training and a sense of professional competence in most of the geropsychology competency areas set forth by the American Psychological Association. The need for increased opportunities for both proficiency and specialty-level training in applied geropsychology is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - satisfaction with postdoctoral training in geropsychology & sense of professional competence KW - psychologists KW - 1999 KW - Gerontology KW - Geropsychology KW - Postgraduate Training KW - Professional Competence KW - Psychologist Attitudes KW - Professional Development KW - 1999 DO - 10.1037/0735-7028.30.6.617 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-01568-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2000-08115-007 AN - 2000-08115-007 AU - Westermeyer, Joseph AU - Specker, Sheila T1 - Social resources and social function in comorbid eating and substance disorder: A matched-pairs study. JF - The American Journal on Addictions JO - The American Journal on Addictions JA - Am J Addict Y1 - 1999///Fal 1999 VL - 8 IS - 4 SP - 332 EP - 336 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 1055-0496 SN - 1521-0391 N1 - Accession Number: 2000-08115-007. PMID: 10598216 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Westermeyer, Joseph; Minneapolis Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Minneapolis, MN, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20000614. Correction Date: 20160714. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Addiction; Eating Disorders; Social Skills; Social Support. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40); Outpatient (60). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320). Tests & Measures: Global Assessment Scale DOI: 10.1037/t48384-000; Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale DOI: 10.1037/t01554-000. Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1999. AB - Compared the social resources available to patients with the dual diagnosis of a substance related disorder (SRD) and an eating disorder (ED) with those exhibiting only an SRD. 70 individuals with both ED and SRD (mean age 24.9 yrs) were matched with 70 patients displaying SRD only (mean age 25.9 yrs). Ss were rated for social resources and social function, and administered the Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale, the Hamilton Anxiety Scale, and the Global Assessment Scale. Results showed that dual-diagnosed Ss were more likely to be living with family, spouse, or friends than alone or in an institutional setting. They were more educated, belonged to a higher socioeconomic group, and had a larger social network. Marital status, employment, stressors, and coping levels were found to be similar between the 2 groups. Findings suggest that social resources can serve to reduce the social consequences of a dual diagnosis, or that substance abuse creates a level of dysfunction that is not affected by an eating disorder. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social resources & function KW - substance related disorder patients with (mean age 24.9 yrs) vs without eating disorders (mean age 25.9 yrs) KW - 1999 KW - Drug Addiction KW - Eating Disorders KW - Social Skills KW - Social Support KW - 1999 DO - 10.1080/105504999305730 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2000-08115-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2001-00147-002 AN - 2001-00147-002 AU - Bryson, Gary AU - Bell, Morris D. AU - Greig, Tamasine AU - Kaplan, Edward T1 - The Work Behavior Inventory: Prediction of future work success of people with schizophrenia. JF - Psychiatric Rehabilitation Journal JO - Psychiatric Rehabilitation Journal JA - Psychiatr Rehabil J Y1 - 1999///Fal 1999 VL - 23 IS - 2 SP - 113 EP - 117 CY - US PB - International Association of Psychosocial Rehabilitation Services and Department of Rehabilitation Counseling, Sargent College of Health and Rehabilitation Services, Boston University SN - 1095-158X SN - 1559-3126 N1 - Accession Number: 2001-00147-002. Other Journal Title: Psychosocial Rehabilitation Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bryson, Gary; Veterans Administration Connecticut Healthcare System, Work Rehabilitation Studies Program, West Haven, CT, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; International Association of Psychosocial Rehabilitation Services and Department of Rehabilitation Counseling, Sargent College of Allied Health Professions, Boston University. Release Date: 20010314. Correction Date: 20151005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Income (Economic); Measurement; Schizophrenia; Statistical Validity; Work Load. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans; Schizoaffective Disorder. Classification: Occupational & Vocational Rehabilitation (3384); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1999. AB - This study investigated the predictive validity of the Work Behavior Inventory (WBI), an instrument for the assessment of work functioning for people with severe mental illness. WBI scores for 67 veterans with diagnoses of schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder were used to determine the relationship between work performance in Week 3 of a rehabilitation program with the total number of hours worked in the program. Also, WBI scores from the final evaluation of the program were used to predict the hours worked and money earned in the 6 months following program completion. Finally, the relationship between WBI composite scores and different types of post-program work activity were analyzed. Results indicate that WBI scores can predict future performance in the rehabilitation program. Also, final WBI scores are related to hours worked and earnings in the 6 month period after completion of the rehabilitation program. WBI composite scores were able to discriminate between participants who subsequently participated in work activity from those who had no post-program work activity. The WBI's predictive validity supports its use by rehabilitation specialists wanting to evaluate and address work behaviors that affect outcomes. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hours worked & money earned & predictive validity of Work Behavior Inventory KW - veterans with diagnoses of schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder KW - 1999 KW - Income (Economic) KW - Measurement KW - Schizophrenia KW - Statistical Validity KW - Work Load KW - Military Veterans KW - Schizoaffective Disorder KW - 1999 DO - 10.1037/h0095181 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2001-00147-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1999-11209-006 AN - 1999-11209-006 AU - Petrakis, Ismene L. AU - Trevisan, Louis AU - D'Souza, Cyril AU - Gil, Roberto AU - Krasnicki, Susan AU - Webb, Elizabeth AU - Heninger, George AU - Cooney, Ned AU - Krystal, John H. T1 - CSF monoamine metabolite and beta endorphin levels in recently detoxified alcoholics and health controls: Prediction of alcohol cue-induced craving? JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JA - Alcohol Clin Exp Res Y1 - 1999/08// VL - 23 IS - 8 SP - 1336 EP - 1341 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0145-6008 SN - 1530-0277 N1 - Accession Number: 1999-11209-006. PMID: 10470976 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Petrakis, Ismene L.; West Haven Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, West Haven, CT, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19991101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Cerebrospinal Fluid; Craving; Endorphins; Monoamine Oxidases. Minor Descriptor: Metabolites; Responses. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1999. AB - Compared CSF levels of monoamine metabolites and beta endorphin levels in samples from 20 early-onset alcohol dependent patients, 14 late-onset alcohol-dependent patients (mean age 44.3 yrs), and 23 healthy controls (mean age 37.2 yrs). It also evaluated whether these CSF measures levels predicted the degree of craving experienced in response to an alcohol cue. Alcohol-dependent patients had lower CSF levels of the norepinephrine metabolite MHPG compared with the healthy subjects, but this difference disappeared when differences in age between the groups were accounted for. No other group comparisons between patients and healthy subjects reached significance. CSF levels of the dopamine metabolite HVA were significantly higher in the early-onset patients compared with the late-onset patients and controls. The CSF measures did not predict the precue levels of craving, or the increase in craving after alcohol cue exposure. These results were inconclusive about the role of monoaminergic dysregulation in recovering alcoholics. They also question the utility of these CSF measures to predict alcohol cue reactivity in patients who have been sober at least 1 mo. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cerebrospinal fluid of monoamine metabolites & beta endorphin levels & craving response KW - early vs late onset alcoholism (mean age 44.3 yrs) KW - 1999 KW - Alcoholism KW - Cerebrospinal Fluid KW - Craving KW - Endorphins KW - Monoamine Oxidases KW - Metabolites KW - Responses KW - 1999 DO - 10.1097/00000374-199908000-00007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-11209-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1999-03747-009 AN - 1999-03747-009 AU - Druss, Benjamin G. AU - Rosenheck, Robert A. AU - Stolar, Marilyn T1 - Patient satisfaction and administrative measures as indicators of the quality of mental health care. JF - Psychiatric Services JO - Psychiatric Services JA - Psychiatr Serv Y1 - 1999/08// VL - 50 IS - 8 SP - 1053 EP - 1058 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 1075-2730 SN - 1557-9700 N1 - Accession Number: 1999-03747-009. PMID: 10445654 Other Journal Title: Hospital & Community Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Druss, Benjamin G.; Veterans Administration Northeast Program Evaluation Ctr, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19991001. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Satisfaction; Mental Health Services; Prediction; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Quality of Care. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1999. AB - Although measures of consumer satisfaction are increasingly used to supplement administrative measures in assessing quality of care, little is known about the association between these two types of indicators. This study examined the association between these measures at both an individual and a hospital level. A satisfaction questionnaire was mailed to veterans discharged during a three-month period from 121 Veterans Administration inpatient psychiatric units; 5,542 responded, for a 37 percent response rate. These data were merged with data from administrative utilization files. Random regression analysis was used to determine the association between satisfaction and administrative measures of quality for subsequent outpatient follow-up. At the patient level, satisfaction with several aspects of service delivery was associated with fewer readmissions and fewer days readmitted. Better alliance with inpatient staff was associated with higher administrative measures of rates of follow-up, promptness of follow-up, and continuity of outpatient care, as well as with longer stay for the initial hospitalization. At the hospital level, only one association between satisfaction and administrative measures was statistically significant. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - patient satisfaction & psychiatric hospitalization & administrative measures as predictor of quality of mental health care KW - military veteran patients with psychiatric diagnosis KW - followup study KW - 1999 KW - Client Satisfaction KW - Mental Health Services KW - Prediction KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Quality of Care KW - Military Veterans KW - 1999 DO - 10.1176/ps.50.8.1053 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-03747-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2015-43860-003 AN - 2015-43860-003 AU - Mesches, Michael H. AU - Fleshner, Monika AU - Heman, Karen L. AU - Rose, Gregory M. AU - Diamond, David M. T1 - Exposing rats to a predator blocks primed burst potentiation in the hippocampus in vitro. JF - The Journal of Neuroscience JO - The Journal of Neuroscience JA - J Neurosci Y1 - 1999/07// VL - 19 IS - 14 SP - 1 EP - 5 CY - US PB - Society for Neuroscience SN - 0270-6474 SN - 1529-2401 AD - Diamond, David M., Department of Psychology and Neuroscience Program , University of South Florida, (BEH 339), 4202 East Fowler Avenue, Tampa, FL, US, 33620 N1 - Accession Number: 2015-43860-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mesches, Michael H.; Department of Pharmacology, University of Colorado Health Sciences Center, Denver, CO, US. Release Date: 20160822. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Grant Information: Diamond, David M. Major Descriptor: Hippocampus; Neural Plasticity; Psychological Stress; Long-term Potentiation. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20); Male (30). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1999. Publication History: Accepted Date: May 13, 1999; Revised Date: May 10, 1999; First Submitted Date: Mar 1, 1999. Copyright Statement: Society for Neuroscience. 1999. AB - This study evaluated the effects of acute psychological stress (cat exposure) in adult male rats on electrophysiological plasticity subsequently assessed in the hippocampus in vitro. Two physiological models of memory were studied in CA1 in each recording session: (1) primed burst potentiation (PBP), a lowthreshold form of plasticity produced by a total of five physiologically patterned pulses; and (2) long-term potentiation (LTP), a suprathreshold form of plasticity produced by a train of 100 pulses. Three groups of rats were studied: (1) undisturbed rats in their home cage (home cage); (2) rats placed in a chamber for 75 min (chamber); and (3) rats placed in a chamber for 75 min in close proximity to a cat (chamber/stress). At the end of the chamber exposure period, blood samples were obtained, and the hippocampus was prepared for in vitro recordings. Only the chamber/stress group had elevated (stress) levels of corticosterone. The major finding was that PBP, but not LTP, was blocked in the chamber/stress group. Thus, the psychological stress experienced by the rats in response to cat exposure resulted in an inhibition of plasticity, which was localized to the intrinsic circuitry of the hippocampus. This work provides novel observations on the effects of an ethologically relevant stressor on PBP in vitro and of the relative insensitivity of LTP to being modulated by psychological stress. We discuss the relevance of these electrophysiological findings to our behavioral work showing that predator stress impairs spatial memory. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological stress KW - neuronal plasticity KW - memory KW - LTP KW - hippocampus KW - fear KW - 1999 KW - Hippocampus KW - Neural Plasticity KW - Psychological Stress KW - Long-term Potentiation KW - Rats KW - 1999 U1 - Sponsor: Office of Naval Research. Grant: N00014-91-J- 1753. Recipients: Diamond, David M. U1 - Sponsor: Veterans Administration. Recipients: No recipient indicated UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2015-43860-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1999-05907-005 AN - 1999-05907-005 AU - Angelini, Frank J. AU - Kumar, V. K. AU - Chandler, Louis T1 - The Harvard Group Scale of Hypnotic Susceptibility and related instruments: Individual and group administrations. JF - International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis JO - International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis JA - Int J Clin Exp Hypn Y1 - 1999/07// VL - 47 IS - 3 SP - 236 EP - 250 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-7144 N1 - Accession Number: 1999-05907-005. PMID: 10616257 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Angelini, Frank J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Coatesville, PA, US. Release Date: 19990901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hypnotic Susceptibility; Measurement; Test Administration; Test Reliability; Test Validity. Classification: Consciousness States (2380); Personality Scales & Inventories (2223). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1999. AB - The Harvard Group Scale of Hypnotic Susceptibility, Form A; Tellegen's Absorption Scale (TAS); Dissociative Experiences Scale (DES); and Phenomenology of Consciousness Inventory (PCI) were administered either individually or in groups. 80 students from undergraduate Introduction to Psychology classes were randomly assigned to 1 of the 2 administration conditions with 40 students each. Although there was a general trend of differential item difficulty levels across the 2 administration conditions, a variety of results (descriptive characteristics, reliability, and validity) point to the similarity of behavioral and subjective responses to hypnosis in the 2 conditions. The TAS, DES, and PCI also produced similar results across both conditions of administration. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group vs individual administration & descriptive characteristics & reliability & validity of Harvard Group Scale of Hypnotic Susceptibility Form A & related instruments KW - college students KW - 1999 KW - Hypnotic Susceptibility KW - Measurement KW - Test Administration KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - 1999 DO - 10.1080/00207149908410035 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-05907-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1999-11596-002 AN - 1999-11596-002 AU - Brown, Gregory G. AU - McDonald, Cathleen AU - Spicer, Kevin T1 - Lexical priming on Neely's (1977) paradigm in Parkinson's disease: Where do we stand? JF - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JO - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JA - J Clin Exp Neuropsychol Y1 - 1999/06// VL - 21 IS - 3 SP - 301 EP - 311 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 1380-3395 SN - 1744-411X N1 - Accession Number: 1999-11596-002. PMID: 10474169 Other Journal Title: Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brown, Gregory G.; San Diego Veterans Administration Healthcare System, Psychology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19991101. Correction Date: 20100927. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Cognitive Processes; Lexical Decision; Parkinson's Disease; Semantic Priming. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1999. AB - Replies to comments by W. Arnott and H. Chenery (see record [rid]1999-11596-001[/rid]) on two published studies in which the present authors used a variant of J. H. Neely's (see record [rid]1978-20309-001[/rid]) lexical decision paradigm to study shifts of attention and automatic lexical activation in nondemented individuals with Parkinson's disease (C. McDonald, G. Brown, and J. Gorell, see record [rid]1997-07359-003[/rid]; Spicer, Brown, and Gorell, see record [rid]1994-41969-001[/rid]). W. Arnott and H. Chenery (in press) noticed differences between Neely's results and the results the present authors observed in their control group that raise questions about some of the conclusions presented in the McDonald et al (1996) and Spicer et al (1994) papers. Even when considering the important differences between Neely's (1977) results and those in the control groups employed by the present authors, they argue that their results support the conclusions of normal automatic semantic activation and deficient set-shifting in Parkinson's disease. They also introduce the notion of generalized priming to account for some of the priming effects observed in their studies. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - semantic hyperpriming attention-dependent processing in lexical decision KW - adults with Parkinson's disease KW - commentary reply KW - 1999 KW - Attention KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Lexical Decision KW - Parkinson's Disease KW - Semantic Priming KW - 1999 DO - 10.1076/jcen.21.3.301.921 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-11596-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1999-05167-002 AN - 1999-05167-002 AU - Myers, Mark G. T1 - Smoking intervention with adolescent substance abusers: Initial recommendations. JF - Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment JO - Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment JA - J Subst Abuse Treat Y1 - 1999/06// VL - 16 IS - 4 SP - 289 EP - 298 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0740-5472 N1 - Accession Number: 1999-05167-002. PMID: 10349601 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Myers, Mark G.; San Diego Veterans Administration Healthcare System, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19990801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Drug Rehabilitation; Psychosocial Factors; Smoking Cessation; Tobacco Smoking. Minor Descriptor: Adolescent Psychology. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1999. AB - Discusses psychosocial issues related to adolescent cigarette smoking and tobacco smoking cessation aimed at adolescent substance abusers, and the role of substance abuse treatment. In the absence of empirical evidence, recommendations for tobacco intervention with substance-abusing adolescents are proposed based on information from several sources: (1) studies of adolescent smoking cessation, adolescent developmental considerations, (2) issues specific to substance abusers, (3) motivational concerns, and (4) adult smoking-cessation techniques. An outline of components is provided to consider for inclusion in a substance-abusing adolescent smoking intervention. It is suggested that tobacco-focused interventions be incorporated as a routine part of treatment for adolescent substance abuse. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychosocial factors of cigarette smoking & recommendations for tobacco smoking cessation intervention in drug abuse treatment KW - adolescent substance abusers KW - 1999 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Adolescent Psychology KW - 1999 DO - 10.1016/S0740-5472(98)00038-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-05167-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - ORCID: 0000-0003-4044-2914 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1999-13924-001 AN - 1999-13924-001 AU - Murphy, Frances M. AU - Kang, Han AU - Dalager, Nancy A. AU - Lee, Kyung Y. AU - Allen, Robert E. AU - Mather, Susan H. AU - Kizer, Kenneth W. T1 - The health status of Gulf War veterans: Lessons learned from the Department of Veterans Affairs health registry. JF - Military Medicine JO - Military Medicine JA - Mil Med Y1 - 1999/05// VL - 164 IS - 5 SP - 327 EP - 331 CY - US PB - Assn of Military Surgeons of the US SN - 0026-4075 SN - 1930-613X N1 - Accession Number: 1999-13924-001. PMID: 10332170 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Murphy, Frances M.; Dept of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Administration, Office of Public Health & Environmental Health Hazards, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 19990701. Correction Date: 20170302. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Demographic Characteristics; Health; Military Deployment; War. Minor Descriptor: Military Personnel; Prevention. Classification: Military Psychology (3800); Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: May, 1999. AB - Describes the demographic characteristics and postwar health status of 52,835 U.S. Gulf War (GW) veterans deployed to southwest Asia who participated in the Department of Veterans Affairs (DVA) health examination registry program. Ss (mean age 30.5 yrs in 1991) volunteered for physical examinations at a DVA medical treatment facility from 1992–1996. A wide variety of symptoms and diagnoses were reported without apparent internal variation by branch and service component. The frequency of symptoms (fatigue, skin rash, headache, muscle and joint pain, and memory loss) reported increased over time, whereas the proportion of Ss with physician-diagnosed illnesses remained constant. No category of disease increased or decreased substantially over time. Veterans have experienced a variety of health problems since the GW. These problems are different from what has been seen in other conflicts. The DVA registry is a very large case series and has not identified a single, unique syndrome or new illness after GW service. An epidemiologic study would better define the prevalence of specific symptoms and medical conditions among GW veterans and to what extent any of the conditions identified are associated with GW military service. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - demographic characteristics & postwar health status KW - US Gulf War veterans (mean age 30.5 yrs) KW - implications for preventative measures & future deployment medical surveillance planning KW - 1999 KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - Health KW - Military Deployment KW - War KW - Military Personnel KW - Prevention KW - 1999 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-13924-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1999-13657-005 AN - 1999-13657-005 AU - Ryan, Joseph J. AU - Lopez, Shane J. AU - Lichtenberg, James W. T1 - Neuropsychological training in APA-accredited counseling psychology programs. T3 - Advanced quantitative methods in counseling psychology: Part I JF - The Counseling Psychologist JO - The Counseling Psychologist JA - Couns Psychol Y1 - 1999/05// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 435 EP - 442 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0011-0000 SN - 1552-3861 N1 - Accession Number: 1999-13657-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ryan, Joseph J.; Dwight D. Eisenhower Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Leavenworth, KS, US. Release Date: 19990601. Correction Date: 20121001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counseling Psychology; Graduate Psychology Education; Neuropsychology. Minor Descriptor: Graduate Students. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: May, 1999. AB - Examined the availability of neuropsychological training in American Psychological Association (APA)-accredited counseling psychology programs. A survey response rate of 53% (33 of 62 APA-accredited programs) was obtained from program training directors. Only 42% reported the availability of a neuropsychology course at their universities. Result indicate that counseling psychology students are interested in neuropsychological theory and assessment by may have difficulty finding training within their academic programs and institutions. Training directors reported that neuropsychology training is relevant to the work of counseling psychologists, but other responses suggested concerns that the identity of counseling psychology is inconsistent with neuropsychology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - availability of neuropsychological training in APA-accredited counseling psychology programs KW - graduate psychology students KW - 1999 KW - Counseling Psychology KW - Graduate Psychology Education KW - Neuropsychology KW - Graduate Students KW - 1999 DO - 10.1177/0011000099273007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-13657-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1999-13424-001 AN - 1999-13424-001 AU - Lee, Myung A. AU - Jayathilake, Karuna AU - Meltzer, Herbert Y. T1 - A comparison of the effect of clozapine with typical neuroleptics on cognitive function in the neuroleptic-responsive schizophrenia. JF - Schizophrenia Research JO - Schizophrenia Research JA - Schizophr Res Y1 - 1999/05// VL - 37 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 11 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0920-9964 N1 - Accession Number: 1999-13424-001. PMID: 10227103 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lee, Myung A.; Nashville Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Nashville, TN, US. Release Date: 19990801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Drug Therapy; Neuroleptic Drugs; Schizoaffective Disorder; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Clozapine; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: May, 1999. AB - Compared the effect of clozapine and typical neuroleptic drugs (TNDs) on cognitive function in neuroleptic-responsive schizophrenia. 64 patients (mean age 25.6 yrs) with recent onset neuroleptic-responsive schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder were randomly assigned to either clozapine or TNDs. Ss were administered a comprehensive cognitive test battery at baseline and at 6 wks, 6 mo, and 12 mo after initiating drug treatment. Treatment with clozapine improved psychomotor speed and attention and verbal fluency at 6 wks. The improvement in these measures was maintained throughout the 12-mo period. Treatment with TNDs produced no sustained improvement in any cognitive measure, except for a tendency to improve delayed recall memory. The improvement in psychomotor speed and attention and verbal fluency was significantly greater with clozapine treatment vs TNDs. These improvements were not related to improvement in psychopathology. These results suggest that clozapine is superior to TNDs in improving specific types of cognitive function in recent onset, neuroleptic-responsive schizophrenia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clozapine vs typical neuroleptics KW - cognitive function KW - patients with neuroleptic-responsive schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder (mean age 25.6 yrs) KW - 6 & 12 mo followup KW - 1999 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Drug Therapy KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Schizoaffective Disorder KW - Schizophrenia KW - Clozapine KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1999 DO - 10.1016/S0920-9964(98)00145-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-13424-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1999-01649-004 AN - 1999-01649-004 AU - Mayeda, A. R. AU - Hofstetter, J. R. T1 - A QTL for the genetic variance in free-running period and level of locomotor activity between inbred strains of mice. JF - Behavior Genetics JO - Behavior Genetics JA - Behav Genet Y1 - 1999/05// VL - 29 IS - 3 SP - 171 EP - 176 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0001-8244 SN - 1573-3297 N1 - Accession Number: 1999-01649-004. PMID: 10547923 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mayeda, A. R.; Richard L. Roudebush Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Indianapolis, IN, US. Release Date: 20000101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Circadian Rhythms; Animal Locomotion; Animal Strain Differences; Genetics; Behavioral Genetics. Minor Descriptor: Mice. Classification: Genetics (2510). Population: Animal (20). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: May, 1999. AB - Many genes support the manifestation of the circadian period in mice. In a multiple-gene trait all genes contributing in a minor way to this characteristic are quantitative trait loci (QTL). Screens of both the BXD and the CXB panels of recombinant inbred mice suggested that distal chromosome 1, between 90 and 100 cM, contained a QTL, Cplaq3, for a difference in the circadian period of locomotor activity between the C57BL/6J and the DBA/2J and between the BALB/cBy and the C57BL/6By progenitor strains. The mice studied were a commercially available congenic strain, B6.D2-Mtv7a/Ty, from 50 to 100 days old. This congenic strain contains a small DBA/2J genomic insert that covers the region of the provisional QTL in a 99.9% C57BL/6J background. The congenic mice had a shorter period than C57BL/6J mice, confirming that this region has a QTL for the difference in period between the C57BL/6J and the DBA/2J strains. In addition, these data suggest that this region has a QTL for the mean amount of daily activity and for the pattern of locomotor activity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - quantitative trait loci for genetic variance in free-running period & level of locomotor activity KW - recombinant inbred mice KW - 1999 KW - Animal Circadian Rhythms KW - Animal Locomotion KW - Animal Strain Differences KW - Genetics KW - Behavioral Genetics KW - Mice KW - 1999 DO - 10.1023/A:1021639901679 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-01649-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1999-13419-005 AN - 1999-13419-005 AU - Kressin, Nancy R. AU - Skinner, Katherine AU - Sullivan, Lisa AU - Miller, Donald R. AU - Frayne, Susan AU - Kazis, Lewis AU - Tripp, Tara T1 - Patient satisfaction with Department of Veterans Affairs health care: Do women differ from men? JF - Military Medicine JO - Military Medicine JA - Mil Med Y1 - 1999/04// VL - 164 IS - 4 SP - 283 EP - 288 CY - US PB - Assn of Military Surgeons of the US SN - 0026-4075 SN - 1930-613X N1 - Accession Number: 1999-13419-005. PMID: 10226456 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kressin, Nancy R.; Bedford Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Ctr for Health Quality, Outcomes & Economic Research, Bedford, MA, US. Release Date: 19990801. Correction Date: 20170302. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Information: Annual Meeting of the Veterans Administration Health Services Research and Development Service, Feb, 1997, Washington, DC, US. Conference Note: Parts of this paper were presented at the aforementioned meeting. Major Descriptor: Client Satisfaction; Demographic Characteristics; Health Care Services; Human Sex Differences; Socioeconomic Status. Minor Descriptor: Medical Patients; Military Veterans. Classification: Military Psychology (3800); Medical Treatment of Physical Illness (3363). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1999. AB - Compared the patient satisfaction of female (mean age 52.5 yrs) and male (mean age 62.1 yrs) veterans using Department of Veterans Affairs health care and examined the relationship between sociodemographic characteristics and satisfaction in males and females. Using data from the Department of Veterans Affairs Women's Health Project (N = 719) and the Veterans Health Study (N = 600), unadjusted and adjusted mean scores on 3 dimensions of satisfaction were examined: (1) location of health care facility, (2) access to health care, and (3) prescription services. Although the unadjusted results indicate that females were less satisfied with both location and access, there were no differences in satisfaction with prescription services. After adjusting for age, and both age and a recent physician visit, females remained less satisfied with location but were more satisfied with prescription services; there were no differences on access ratings. The results suggest that although there were not consistent differences in mean satisfaction ratings by gender, the characteristics associated with satisfaction differed for males and females. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - relationship between sociodemographic characteristics & satisfaction KW - male vs female military veterans using Dept of Veterans Affairs health care KW - 1999 KW - Client Satisfaction KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - Health Care Services KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Socioeconomic Status KW - Medical Patients KW - Military Veterans KW - 1999 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-13419-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1999-13206-002 AN - 1999-13206-002 AU - Johnson, Charlotte B. AU - Slaninka, Susan C. T1 - Barriers to accessing hospice services before a late terminal stage. JF - Death Studies JO - Death Studies JA - Death Stud Y1 - 1999/04//Apr-May, 1999 VL - 23 IS - 3 SP - 225 EP - 238 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0748-1187 SN - 1091-7683 N1 - Accession Number: 1999-13206-002. PMID: 10848152 Other Journal Title: Death Education. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Johnson, Charlotte B.; Coatesville Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Coatesville, PA, US. Release Date: 19990601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Health Care Utilization; Health Care Seeking Behavior; Hospice; Terminally Ill Patients. Minor Descriptor: Caregivers; Physicians; Health Personnel. Classification: Home Care & Hospice (3375). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Apr-May, 1999. AB - Although hospice care has been available in the US for over 25 yrs, the trends of late terminal access persists. Quality assessments and interventions that will continue through a year of bereavement are based on early interactions and the formation of caring and trusting bonds. A qualitative research study was conducted to identify and describe barriers to timely access as perceived by those involved in hospice care: 11 caregivers, 20 hospice staff and 22 volunteers, and 30 referring physicians. Major findings point to persistent knowledge deficits, including misconceptions and lack of awareness of components and skill associated with hospice care; reluctance to disclose, discuss, or acknowledge patient terminality; and access of hospice care being perceived as giving up on the patient. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - barriers to use of hospice services before late terminal stages of illness KW - caregivers & physicians of terminally ill patients & hospice staff & volunteers KW - 1999 KW - Health Care Utilization KW - Health Care Seeking Behavior KW - Hospice KW - Terminally Ill Patients KW - Caregivers KW - Physicians KW - Health Personnel KW - 1999 DO - 10.1080/074811899201055 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-13206-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2000-12202-005 AN - 2000-12202-005 AU - Sattin, Albert T1 - The role of TRH and related peptides in the mechanism of action of ECT. JF - The Journal of ECT JO - The Journal of ECT JA - J ECT Y1 - 1999/03// VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 76 EP - 92 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 1095-0680 SN - 1533-4112 N1 - Accession Number: 2000-12202-005. PMID: 10189620 Other Journal Title: Convulsive Therapy. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sattin, Albert; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 20000823. Correction Date: 20090831. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy; Major Depression; Neuropsychiatry; Peptides; Thyrotropin. Minor Descriptor: Electroconvulsive Shock. Classification: Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1999. AB - Summarizes and integrates clinical and preclinical research on thyrotropin (or thyroid) releasing hormone (TRH) and related peptides, which have regulatory effects in the limbic forebrain. Electroconvulsive shock (ECS) in rats induces synthesis of TRH in multiple subcortical limbic and frontal cortical regions, which are known, in humans, to be involved in both depression and in sleep. The increases in TRH and related peptides are regionally specific. The quantitative TRH increases in individual limbic regions have been correlated with the amount of forced swimming done by the individual animal after ECS. By considering neurobiological phenomena in depression and sleep, it is possible to outline a role for TRH and related peptides that may assist in the understanding both of depression and of the depressogenic effect of sleep in depressively vulnerable people. It is concluded that TRH and related peptides are likely to play a significant role in the inhibition of glutamatergic subcortical limbic neurons, which may be hyperactive in depression. ECT is believed to act, in part, by augmenting this inhibition. Continued exploration of TRH and related peptides will be essential for further progress toward the control of these debilitating and often lethal diseases. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - role of TRH & related peptides in the mechanism of action of ECT KW - 1999 KW - Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy KW - Major Depression KW - Neuropsychiatry KW - Peptides KW - Thyrotropin KW - Electroconvulsive Shock KW - 1999 DO - 10.1097/00124509-199903000-00007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2000-12202-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1999-10946-001 AN - 1999-10946-001 AU - Wang, Sheila AU - Mason, John T1 - Elevations of serum T₃ levels and their association with symptoms in World War II veterans with combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder: Replication of findings in Vietnam combat veterans. JF - Psychosomatic Medicine JO - Psychosomatic Medicine Y1 - 1999/03//Mar-Apr, 1999 VL - 61 IS - 2 SP - 131 EP - 138 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0033-3174 SN - 1534-7796 N1 - Accession Number: 1999-10946-001. PMID: 10204962 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wang, Sheila; Veterans Administration Connecticut, Dept of Psychiatry, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19990501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blood Serum; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychiatric Symptoms; Thyroid Hormones. Minor Descriptor: War. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Outpatient (60). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar-Apr, 1999. AB - In previous serum thyroid studies, the authors have reported an unusual thyroid profile, including elevated levels of total and free triiodothyronine (T₃), total thyroxine (T₄), and thyroxine-binding globulin (TBG) with no elevations in free T₄ and thyrotropin (TSH), in Vietnam veterans with combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) compared to control Ss. In a subsample of Vietnam veterans, they found a significant positive correlation between total and free T₃ and PTSD symptoms, specifically hyperarousal symptoms. In the present study, the authors explored the generalizability of these findings to World War II (WWII) veterans with PTSD. Clinical symptoms and serum thyroid measures were obtained from 12 WWII veterans with and 18 WWII veterans without PTSD. The PTSD Ss showed elevations of serum total and free T₃ with no elevations of free T₄ and TSH compared to controls, replicating the previous results. A significant positive relationship between total and free T₃ and PTSD symptoms, specifically hyperarousal symptoms, was also replicated in the total WWII group. Elevations of total T₄ and TBG were not replicated in the PTSD WWII Ss, which may indicate a shift with age in the free/bound dynamics of the thyroid alterations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - serum thyroid levels & clinical symptoms KW - World War II veterans with vs without PTSD vs previous findings from PTSD Vietnam combat veterans KW - 1999 KW - Blood Serum KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychiatric Symptoms KW - Thyroid Hormones KW - War KW - 1999 DO - 10.1097/00006842-199903000-00001 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-10946-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1999-10449-002 AN - 1999-10449-002 AU - Newmark, Noreen AU - Adityanjee AU - Kay, Jerald T1 - Pseudologia fantastica and factitious disorder: Review of the literature and a case report. JF - Comprehensive Psychiatry JO - Comprehensive Psychiatry JA - Compr Psychiatry Y1 - 1999/03//Mar-Apr, 1999 VL - 40 IS - 2 SP - 89 EP - 95 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0010-440X SN - 1532-8384 N1 - Accession Number: 1999-10449-002. PMID: 10080254 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Newmark, Noreen; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Dayton, OH, US. Release Date: 19990501. Correction Date: 20160407. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Deception; Factitious Disorders; Psychodiagnosis; Psychopathology. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Symptoms. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Mar-Apr, 1999. AB - Pseudologia fantastica (pathological lying) is sparsely defined in the psychiatric literature, and has not been reviewed in the English-language psychiatric literature since 1988. To redefine the role of pseudologia fantastica in factitious disorder, the case of a 56-year-old man with factitious disorder is discussed. Descriptive and diagnostic issues, as well as social/normative lying, is also discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological & physical signs & symptoms of pseudologia fantastica KW - case of 56-year-old man with factitious disorder KW - 1999 KW - Deception KW - Factitious Disorders KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Psychopathology KW - Psychiatric Symptoms KW - 1999 DO - 10.1016/S0010-440X(99)90111-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-10449-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1999-00903-006 AN - 1999-00903-006 AU - Robertson, Lynn C. T1 - Spatial frequencies as a medium for guiding attention: Comment on Lamb, Yund, and Pond (1999). JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology: General JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology: General JA - J Exp Psychol Gen Y1 - 1999/03// VL - 128 IS - 1 SP - 95 EP - 98 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-3445 SN - 1939-2222 N1 - Accession Number: 1999-00903-006. PMID: 10100394 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Robertson, Lynn C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Martinez, CA, US. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 19990301. Correction Date: 20090817. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Spatial Frequency; Stimulus Parameters. Minor Descriptor: Selective Attention; Visual Stimulation. Classification: Attention (2346). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340). Methodology: Empirical Study; Experimental Replication. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1999. Publication History: Accepted Date: May 15, 1998; Revised Date: May 15, 1998; First Submitted Date: Feb 4, 1998. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - M. R. Lamb, E. W. Yund, and H. M. Pond (see record [rid]1999-00903-005[/rid]) question the author's earlier arguments that attention can be guided by spatial frequencies when searching for a target in complex visual patterns (L. C. Robertson; see record [rid]1996-05632-001[/rid]). The 2 major findings they report that are used to argue against the author's conclusions are discussed and found inadequate for the purposes of abandoning this hypothesis. Instead, findings reported in the accompanying article in combination with previous findings reported by 2 of the same authors (M. R. Lamb & E. W. Yund, 1996) provide converging evidence to support spatial frequency as a medium for guiding attention. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - broadband & contrast balanced stimuli KW - spatial frequency & attentional selection between global & local forms KW - 18–39 yr olds KW - comment KW - 1999 KW - Attention KW - Spatial Frequency KW - Stimulus Parameters KW - Selective Attention KW - Visual Stimulation KW - 1999 DO - 10.1037/0096-3445.128.1.95 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-00903-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1999-00861-003 AN - 1999-00861-003 AU - Davis, Tania M. AU - Wood, Peggy S. T1 - Substance abuse and sexual trauma in a female veteran population. JF - Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment JO - Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment JA - J Subst Abuse Treat Y1 - 1999/03// VL - 16 IS - 2 SP - 123 EP - 127 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0740-5472 N1 - Accession Number: 1999-00861-003. PMID: 10023609 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, Tania M.; Veterans' Administration Puget Sound Health Care System, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19990501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Human Females; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Sexual Abuse. Minor Descriptor: Victimization. Classification: Military Psychology (3800); Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1999. AB - Describes a 28 female veterans (aged 21–54 yrs) in terms of their substance use, posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), and sexual assault histories. Ss completed a demographic survey, the General Severity Index of the Brief Symptom Index, an alcohol use disorders identification test, a life stressor checklist, and a general health scale. Results of this preliminary study suggest a high incidence of PTSD related to sexual trauma in a substance-abusing population of female veterans and a high incidence of substance abuse among female veterans who presented requesting help for sexual trauma. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - substance use & PTSD & sexual assault history KW - 21–54 yr old female veterans KW - 1999 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Human Females KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Sexual Abuse KW - Victimization KW - 1999 DO - 10.1016/S0740-5472(98)00014-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-00861-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1999-10045-002 AN - 1999-10045-002 AU - Ross, Katherine B. AU - Wertz, Robert T. T1 - Comparison of impairment and disability measures for assessing severity of, and improvement in, aphasia. JF - Aphasiology JO - Aphasiology JA - Aphasiology Y1 - 1999/02// VL - 13 IS - 2 SP - 113 EP - 124 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0268-7038 SN - 1464-5041 N1 - Accession Number: 1999-10045-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ross, Katherine B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Audiology & Speech Pathology, Nashville, TN, US. Release Date: 19990601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Information: 28th Annual Clinical Aphasiology Conference,, 1998, Asheville, US. Conference Note: Part of this paper was presented as a poster at the aforementioned conference. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Disability Evaluation; Recovery (Disorders); Severity (Disorders). Minor Descriptor: Communication Skills; Speech and Hearing Measures. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1999. AB - Examined the relationship between impairment and disability measures for assessing initial severity and change in aphasia. 22 aphasic adults (aged 32–78 yrs) were administered 3 aphasia tests at 2 points in time. Videotaped speech samples were collected and scored. 10 normal listeners viewed randomized, paired pre- and post-samples to provide a social judgement of change. Results show that most impairment measures were significantly related, and mostly predicted disability scores. Change on most impairment measures was not related, and change on only 1 impairment measure predicted change in disability. Three of the connected speech measures predicted listener judgements. Thus, some redundancy was observed among measures in the ability to determine severity and measure change, but the results do not support one measure as an adequate replacement for another. Moreover, the relationship between change on the standardized impairment and disability measures and listener perception of change was moderate, at best. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - relationship between impairment & disability measures for assessment of severity &/or improvement KW - 32–78 yr olds with aphasia KW - 1999 KW - Aphasia KW - Disability Evaluation KW - Recovery (Disorders) KW - Severity (Disorders) KW - Communication Skills KW - Speech and Hearing Measures KW - 1999 DO - 10.1080/026870399402235 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-10045-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2000-03703-004 AN - 2000-03703-004 AU - Rodell, Daniel E. AU - Benda, Brent B. T1 - Alcohol and crime among religious youth. JF - Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly JO - Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly JA - Alcohol Treat Q Y1 - 1999/// VL - 17 IS - 4 SP - 53 EP - 66 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0734-7324 SN - 1544-4538 N1 - Accession Number: 2000-03703-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rodell, Daniel E.; Veterans' Administration Medical Ctr, North Little Rock Div, North Little Rock, AR, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 20000601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Crime; Religiosity; Social Control; Social Learning. Minor Descriptor: Theories. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180); Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: 1999. AB - Examined the relationship between alcohol and crime among religious youth by studying 528 adolescents (aged 12–18 yrs) who regularly attend churches affiliated with primary Protestant denominations in a Midwestern state. The purpose of this study was to determine if the delinquency syndrome argument has more validity in a religious sample than noted in the general population of youth. Different scales were used to measure the following concepts: attachment, parental supervision, beliefs, self-esteem, parental abuse, religiosity, peer association, modeling, rewards, excuses, crime, and alcohol use. The authors conclude that all theoretical factors investigated were correlated significantly with both alcohol use and criminal activity, however, differences in correlations between theoretical factors and alcohol use or crime show that beliefs, parental abuse, and peer association are more highly correlated with crime. The findings support the delinquency syndrome argument in this sample of religious youth, and show that religiosity is relevant to alcohol use and not to crime. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - constructs from social control vs social learning theories KW - alcohol use & criminal activity KW - religious youth aged 12–18 yrs KW - 1999 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Crime KW - Religiosity KW - Social Control KW - Social Learning KW - Theories KW - 1999 DO - 10.1300/J020v17n04_04 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2000-03703-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2004-14063-001 AN - 2004-14063-001 AU - Fryer, Carol P. AU - Kaspi, S. P. AU - Fallon, S. K. AU - Moline, M. L. AU - Severino, S. K. T1 - Premenstrual dysphoric disorder: Literature review. JF - Archives of Women's Mental Health JO - Archives of Women's Mental Health JA - Arch Womens Ment Health Y1 - 1999/// VL - 2 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 27 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 1434-1816 SN - 1435-1102 AD - Fryer, Carol P., Department of Psychiatry, University of New Mexico Health Sciences Center, 2400 Tucker NE, Albuquerque, NM, US, 87131 N1 - Accession Number: 2004-14063-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fryer, Carol P.; University of New Mexico School of Medicine, University of New Mexico Health Sciences Center, Albuquerque, NM, US. Release Date: 20040705. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimentation; Human Females; Premenstrual Dysphoric Disorder; Premenstrual Syndrome. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 27. Issue Publication Date: 1999. AB - The original research literature concerning premenstrual disorders appearing since the review of the American Psychiatric Association's DSM-IV work group in 1994 is reviewed. Principal areas covered include methodologic approaches to premenstrual dysphoric disorder and related syndromes; biological, neuropsychiatric, and behavioral aspects of premenstrual dysphoric disorder and related syndromes; treatment of premenstrual dysphoric disorder and related syndromes. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - premenstrual dysphoric disorder KW - late luteal phase dysphoric disorder KW - premenstrual syndrome KW - premenstrual tension KW - 1999 KW - Experimentation KW - Human Females KW - Premenstrual Dysphoric Disorder KW - Premenstrual Syndrome KW - 1999 DO - 10.1007/s007370050031 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2004-14063-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2001-09364-003 AN - 2001-09364-003 AU - Kittur, Smita D. AU - Ruskin, Paul T1 - Environmental modification for treatment of agitation in Alzheimer's patients. JF - NeuroRehabilitation JO - NeuroRehabilitation JA - NeuroRehabilitation Y1 - 1999/// VL - 12 IS - 3 SP - 211 EP - 214 CY - Netherlands PB - IOS Press SN - 1053-8135 SN - 1878-6448 AD - Kittur, Smita D., Perry Point VA Medical Center, Perry Point, MD, US, 21902 N1 - Accession Number: 2001-09364-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kittur, Smita D.; U Maryland School of Medicine, Veterans Administration Maryland Health Care, MD, US. Release Date: 20011205. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Agitation; Alzheimer's Disease; Behavior Therapy; Environmental Stress; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Patients; Strategies. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1999. AB - Agitation in patients with Alzheimer's disease is a common behavior problem in middle stages of the disease. The treatment of agitation at present mostly focuses on pharmacological intervention. The patients (2 males, aged 72 and 83 yrs ) in the two case studies presented here showed agitated behavior due to mirror self-misperception. The agitation was measured by Cohen-Mansfield test one week before and after the intervention. The intervention consisted of covering mirrors accessible to the patients, which completely alleviated their agitation. This intervention illustrates the great benefits to be gained by awareness of practical solutions to overcome environmental stressors, since the simple non-pharmacological changes avoided unnecessary medication with attendant problems of drug interactions and side effects. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - environmental modification KW - treatment KW - agitation KW - Alzheimer's disease KW - patients KW - intervention strategies KW - stressors KW - 1999 KW - Agitation KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Environmental Stress KW - Treatment KW - Patients KW - Strategies KW - 1999 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2001-09364-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - kittursmitad@baltimoreva.gov DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1999-10204-015 AN - 1999-10204-015 AU - Robertson, Lynn C. AU - Kim, Min-Shik T1 - Effects of perceived space on spatial attention. JF - Psychological Science JO - Psychological Science JA - Psychol Sci Y1 - 1999/01// VL - 10 IS - 1 SP - 76 EP - 79 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0956-7976 SN - 1467-9280 N1 - Accession Number: 1999-10204-015. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Robertson, Lynn C.; Veterans Administration, Martinez, CA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19990401. Correction Date: 20100104. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Illusions (Perception); Spatial Organization; Spatial Perception; Visual Perception. Minor Descriptor: Cues; Depth Perception; Distance Perception. Classification: Attention (2346). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1999. AB - This study demonstrates that a perceptual illusion that alters the perceived length of 2 lines also affects spatial attention. The authors employed a cuing method that was introduced to study space- vs object-based attention, using 19 college students. Two parallel lines of equal length were placed so that the distance between them was equal to the length of the lines. A scene with depth cues was then added to produce a strong illusion that one line was longer than the other. The results showed that spatial attention is distributed in space as it is perceived and altered by perceptual organization. These data have implications for assumptions concerning the spatial medium that guides attention and the role of depth and distance cues in spatial orienting, as well as for understanding attentional systems related to neuropsychological functions that respond to space and objects. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perceptual illusion altering perceived length of 2 lines KW - spatial attention KW - college students KW - 1999 KW - Attention KW - Illusions (Perception) KW - Spatial Organization KW - Spatial Perception KW - Visual Perception KW - Cues KW - Depth Perception KW - Distance Perception KW - 1999 DO - 10.1111/1467-9280.00110 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-10204-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1999-08097-006 AN - 1999-08097-006 AU - Bowen, Clotilde Dent AU - Collins, James L. Sr. ED - Spurlock, Jeanne ED - Spurlock, Jeanne, (Ed) T1 - Black Americans in military psychiatry. T2 - Black psychiatrists and American psychiatry. Y1 - 1999/// SP - 95 EP - 105 CY - Arlington, VA, US PB - American Psychiatric Publishing, Inc. SN - 0-89042-411-X N1 - Accession Number: 1999-08097-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bowen, Clotilde Dent; Veterans Administration Hosp, Colorado Springs, CO, US. Release Date: 19990501. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89042-411-X, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blacks; Military Personnel; Psychiatrists. Classification: Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 11. AB - The sketches in this chapter reflect the multiple sets of responsibilities of military psychiatrists as well as the challenges inherent in the fulfillment of these responsibilities. Topics discussed include the Civil War, World War I to Vietnam, combat stress behaviors, stressors of Operation Desert Storm, and being black in the military. The authors recognize the need for and the value of a more comprehensive report of black American psychiatrists in the military and urge the readers to generate interest in garnering information from letters, diaries, videotapes, and interviews with relatives and friends for publication. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - responsibilities & challenges KW - Black military psychiatrists KW - 1999 KW - Blacks KW - Military Personnel KW - Psychiatrists KW - 1999 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-08097-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1999-02705-002 AN - 1999-02705-002 AU - Thatcher, Robert W. ED - Evans, James R. ED - Abarbanel, Andrew ED - Evans, James R., (Ed) ED - Abarbanel, Andrew, (Ed) T1 - EEG database-guided neurotherapy. T2 - Introduction to quantitative EEG and neurofeedback. Y1 - 1999/// SP - 29 EP - 64 CY - San Diego, CA, US PB - Academic Press SN - 0-12-243790-X N1 - Accession Number: 1999-02705-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Thatcher, Robert W.; Bay Pines Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Medical Research Service, Bay Pines, FL, US. Release Date: 19990901. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-12-243790-X, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biofeedback; Databases; Electroencephalography; Statistical Norms. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530); Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 36. AB - This chapter covers a broad range of EEG database issues. The author discusses the use of a 'reference' normative EEG database in conjunction with clinical EEG biofeedback and neurotherapy. He also discusses the clinical use of the EEG by discussing some of the criteria for the use of a reference normative EEG database. The author includes a brief integration of biofeedback of the EEG with the field of neuroimaging as well as a brief introduction of non-Gaussian distributed statistics in the form of modern nonparametric statistics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical use & criteria for use of reference normative EEG databases KW - 1999 KW - Biofeedback KW - Databases KW - Electroencephalography KW - Statistical Norms KW - 1999 DO - 10.1016/B978-012243790-8/50003-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-02705-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1999-02641-005 AN - 1999-02641-005 AU - Roberts, Richard J. ED - Varney, Nils R. ED - Roberts, Richard J. ED - Varney, Nils R., (Ed) ED - Roberts, Richard J., (Ed) T1 - Epilepsy spectrum disorder in the context of mild traumatic brain injury. T2 - The evaluation and treatment of mild traumatic brain injury. Y1 - 1999/// SP - 209 EP - 247 CY - Mahwah, NJ, US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers SN - 0-8058-2393-X SN - 0-8058-2394-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1999-02641-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Roberts, Richard J.; Veterans' Administration Medical Ctr, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 19990801. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8058-2393-X, Hardcover; 0-8058-2394-8, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Epilepsy; Traumatic Brain Injury. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 39. AB - The theses of this chapter are (1) that epilepsy spectrum disorder (ESD) can and does occur following mild-to-moderate closed head trauma, and (b) that ESD is likely to prove to be a major factor contributing to unexpectedly poor clinical outcomes in the minority who continue to manifest dysfunction following closed head trauma. Given that patients with ESD frequently obtain considerable benefit from treatment with anticonvulsant medications, it is important that clinicians who evaluate and treat patients with closed head injuries learn how to recognize cases of epilepsy spectrum disorder and how to intervene with such patients to improve long-term clinical outcomes. In order to facilitate these goals, subsequent sections of the chapter cover topics including the overview and clinical description of ESD, interviewing for partial seizure-like symptoms, the role of the neuropsychological assessment, ancillary neurodiagnostic testing, differential diagnosis, and other issues. A concluding section presents a brief, multiaxial schema for clinicians to guide the care and evaluation of dysfunctioning patients with mild traumatic brain injury. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - epilepsy spectrum disorder & mild traumatic brain injury KW - 1999 KW - Epilepsy KW - Traumatic Brain Injury KW - 1999 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-02641-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1999-02641-000 AN - 1999-02641-000 AU - Varney, Nils R. AU - Roberts, Richard J. ED - Varney, Nils R. ED - Roberts, Richard J. T1 - The evaluation and treatment of mild traumatic brain injury. Y1 - 1999/// CY - Mahwah, NJ, US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers SN - 0-8058-2393-X SN - 0-8058-2394-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1999-02641-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Varney, Nils R.; Veterans' Administration Medical Ctr, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 19990801. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. ISBN: 0-8058-2393-X, Hardcover; 0-8058-2394-8, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neurology; Neuropsychological Assessment; Traumatic Brain Injury; Treatment. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 541. AB - States that while this book covers a variety of topics related to minor head injury it is not intended to be proof that minor head injury is a public health problem, although arguments both pro and con are offered in a number of chapters. Some chapters deal with what is already known about minor head injury, some address issues that have probable relevance to minor head injury, and some involve a mix of direct proof and inference. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - measurement & treatment of mild traumatic brain injury KW - 1999 KW - Neurology KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Traumatic Brain Injury KW - Treatment KW - 1999 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-02641-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1999-00539-002 AN - 1999-00539-002 AU - Frankenburg, Frances R. T1 - Choices in antipsychotic therapy in schizophrenia. JF - Harvard Review of Psychiatry JO - Harvard Review of Psychiatry JA - Harv Rev Psychiatry Y1 - 1999/01//Jan-Feb, 1999 VL - 6 IS - 5 SP - 241 EP - 249 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 1067-3229 SN - 1465-7309 N1 - Accession Number: 1999-00539-002. PMID: 10372289 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Frankenburg, Frances R.; Edith Nourse Rogers Memorial Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Bedford, MA, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare; Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. Release Date: 19990301. Correction Date: 20130218. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chlorpromazine; Drug Therapy; Haloperidol; Neuroleptic Drugs; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis). Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jan-Feb, 1999. AB - Pharmacotherapy for the treatment of schizophrenia now consists, for the most part, of two groups of agents. The conventional antipsychotic agents are exemplified by chlorpromazine and haloperidol, and the atypical agents by clozapine, risperidone, olanzapine, and quetiapine. In this article, the history of the development of these two groups, and their advantages and disadvantages, are reviewed. Effectiveness, side-effect burden, mode of delivery, and cost are discussed. The new practice of 'stalled or reversed taper' is described. The clinician now has a wider range of options from which to choose, but many clinical questions remain unanswered. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - development & advantages & disadvantages of conventional vs atypical antipsychotic agents for treatment of schizophrenia KW - 1999 KW - Chlorpromazine KW - Drug Therapy KW - Haloperidol KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Schizophrenia KW - Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis) KW - 1999 DO - 10.3109/10673229909000336 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-00539-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2015-42399-027 AN - 2015-42399-027 AU - Siegel, J. M. AU - Nienhuis, R. AU - Gulyani, S. AU - Ouyang, S. AU - Wu, M. F. AU - Mignot, E. AU - Switzer, R. C. AU - McMurry, G. AU - Cornford, M. T1 - Neuronal degeneration in canine narcolepsy. JF - The Journal of Neuroscience JO - The Journal of Neuroscience JA - J Neurosci Y1 - 1999/01// VL - 19 IS - 1 SP - 248 EP - 257 CY - US PB - Society for Neuroscience SN - 0270-6474 SN - 1529-2401 AD - Siegel, J. M., Department of Psychiatry, University of California Los Angeles, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Neurobiology Research 151A3, 16111 Plummer Street, North Hills, CA, US, 91343 N1 - Accession Number: 2015-42399-027. PMID: 9870955 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Siegel, J. M.; Veterans Administration Medical Center Sepulveda, University of California Los Angeles School of Medicine, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 20160530. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amygdala; Axons; Forebrain; Narcolepsy; Corticobasal Degeneration. Minor Descriptor: Dogs. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520); Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Animal (20); Male (30); Female (40). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1999. Publication History: Accepted Date: Oct 12, 1998; Revised Date: Oct 2, 1998; First Submitted Date: Jun 15, 1998. Copyright Statement: Society for Neuroscience. 1998. AB - Narcolepsy is a lifelong illness characterized by persistent sleepiness, hypnagogic hallucinations, and episodes of motor paralysis called cataplexy. We have tested the hypothesis that a transient neurodegenerative process is linked to symptom onset. Using the amino-cupric silver stain on brain sections from canine narcoleptics, we found elevated levels of axonal degeneration in the amygdala, basal forebrain (including the nucleus of the diagonal band, substantia innominata, and preoptic region), entopeduncular nucleus, and medial septal region. Reactive neuronal somata, an indicator of neuronal pathology, were found in the ventral amygdala. Axonal degeneration was maximal at 2–4 months of age. The number of reactive cells was maximal at 1 month of age. These degenerative changes precede or coincide with symptom onset. The forebrain degeneration that we have observed can explain the major symptoms of narcolepsy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - narcolepsy KW - REM sleep KW - amygdala KW - basal forebrain KW - canine KW - amino-cupric silver KW - degeneration KW - cataplexy KW - 1999 KW - Amygdala KW - Axons KW - Forebrain KW - Narcolepsy KW - Corticobasal Degeneration KW - Dogs KW - 1999 U1 - Sponsor: United States Public Health Service, Medical Research Service of the Veterans Administration, US. Grant: NS14610; NS23724. Recipients: No recipient indicated UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2015-42399-027&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107405279 T1 - Computer applications software: integrated packages. AU - Ventura MR AU - Ackerman MH Y1 - 1995/01//1995 Jan-Feb N1 - Accession Number: 107405279. Language: English. Entry Date: 19950501. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; brief item. Journal Subset: Nursing; USA. NLM UID: 9209917. KW - Software KW - Product Evaluation SP - 6 EP - 12 JO - Nursing Quality Connection JF - Nursing Quality Connection JA - NURS QUAL CONNECT VL - 4 IS - 4 CY - New York, New York PB - Elsevier Science SN - 1055-6818 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Buffalo, New York UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107405279&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Smith, Ronald E. AU - Pine, Charles J. AU - Hawley, Mark E. T1 - Social Cognitions About Adult Male Victims of Female Sexual Assault. JO - Journal of Sex Research JF - Journal of Sex Research Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 24 IS - 1-4 M3 - Article SP - 101 PB - Routledge SN - 00224499 AB - Although men are far less likely than women to be victims of hetero-sexual assault, such cases have been reported with increasing frequency in recent years. We compared social judgments about male and female victims of heterosexual and homosexual rape and tested hypotheses concerning social cognitions that are assumed to underlie a male rape mythology. In a 2 × 2 × 2 design, 77 male and 89 female subjects made a series of judgments about a sexual assault case in which sex. of victim and sex of assailants were manipulates. Consistent with the hypotheses, the male victim of sexual assault by females was judged more likely to have initiated or encouraged the sex acts, and more enjoyment and less stress were attributed to him. This pattern of results was more pronounced among male subjects. The results are discussed in relation to stereotypic beliefs concerning male sex roles, sexual motivation, and sexual functioning that ate likely to affect the social cognitions of bath observers and male victims of heterosexual assault. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Sex Research is the property of Routledge and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SOCIAL perception KW - MALE rape victims KW - HETEROSEXUALS KW - MALE rape KW - SEXISM KW - GAY people N1 - Accession Number: 5693492; Smith, Ronald E. 1; Pine, Charles J. 2,3; Hawley, Mark E. 4; Source Information: Jan88, Vol. 24 Issue 1-4, p101; Subject: SOCIAL perception; Subject: MALE rape victims; Subject: HETEROSEXUALS; Subject: MALE rape; Subject: SEXISM; Subject: GAY people; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5693492&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Spencer, S. Lee AU - Zeiss, Antonette M. T1 - Sex Roles and Sexual Dysfunction in College Students. JO - Journal of Sex Research JF - Journal of Sex Research Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 23 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 338 PB - Routledge SN - 00224499 AB - We conducted an assessment of the nature and prevalence of sexual dysfunctions and concerns within a nonclinical population of university students. Our hypotheses were that (a) sexual, pressures would be more positively related to manifest sexual performance dysfunctions among masculine sel-typed men than among nonmasculine sex-typed men and that (b) androgynous subjects would report fewer sexual problems and concerns than nonandrogynous subjects. A questionnaire composed of the short form of the Bem Sex-Role inventory and questions regarding actual activities concerns and dysfunctions was mailed to a stratified random sample of undergraduate and graduate students. Among the 43% of students who returned the survey, approximately 13% reported experiencing sexual performance dysfunctions. The hypothesis that sexual pressure from a partner would be more closely associated with at dysfunctioning, for masculine sex typed men than for non- masculine sex-typed men was supported. However, androgynous respondents did not report lower-levels of sexual dysfunction or concern than did nonandrogynous respondents. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Sex Research is the property of Routledge and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - GENDER role KW - PARAPHILIAS KW - GRADUATE students KW - COLLEGE students KW - HYPOTHESIS KW - SURVEYS N1 - Accession Number: 5692249; Spencer, S. Lee 1; Zeiss, Antonette M. 2; Source Information: Aug87, Vol. 23 Issue 3, p338; Subject: GENDER role; Subject: PARAPHILIAS; Subject: GRADUATE students; Subject: COLLEGE students; Subject: HYPOTHESIS; Subject: SURVEYS; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5692249&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gilbert, Francis S. AU - Gamache, Michael P. T1 - The Sexual Opinion Survey: Structure and Use. JO - Journal of Sex Research JF - Journal of Sex Research Y1 - 1984/08// VL - 20 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 293 EP - 309 PB - Routledge SN - 00224499 AB - As sex research has expanded, a plethora of similar but unconnected theoretical constructs has arisen. Recently, Byrne (1977) and colleagues have developed a conceptual framework which establishes a set of relationships between erotic stimuli, theoretical constructs, and sexual behavior. One main component of this theory is a type of emotional response to secual stimuli labelled erotophobia-erotphilia as measured by the Sexual Opinion Survey. Research on this theory indicates that its constructs are important for sex therapists and researchers. Based on previous studies establishing the reliability and validity of the Sexual Opinion Survey (SOS), a study was conducted in which the Survey was administered to 327 adults. Responses to the SOS were used to develo a set of standard scores, percentiles, and preliminary norms to facilitate use of the Survey in clinical practice and research. A principal components analysis of the SOS also was conducted, yielding three reliable and interpretable factors. Analysis of various weighting systems suggested that factor scores derived from the SOS could be calculated reliably simply by addition or substraction of item scores. Application of the SOS and Byrne's theory for clinical practice, case studies, and clinical research is encouraged as a means of extending the theory and as a way of helping relate elements of sexuality to ongoing sociall behavior. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Sex Research is the property of Routledge and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SEXUAL behavior surveys KW - SOCIAL theory KW - SEXOLOGY KW - SEXUAL excitement KW - SENSES & sensation KW - AROUSAL (Physiology) N1 - Accession Number: 5691028; Gilbert, Francis S. 1,2; Gamache, Michael P. 3; Source Information: Aug84, Vol. 20 Issue 3, p293; Subject: SEXUAL behavior surveys; Subject: SOCIAL theory; Subject: SEXOLOGY; Subject: SEXUAL excitement; Subject: SENSES & sensation; Subject: AROUSAL (Physiology); Number of Pages: 17p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5691028&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Greer Jr., Donald M. AU - Mohl, Paul C. AU - Sheley, Kathy A. T1 - A Technique for Foreskin Reconstruction and Some Preliminary Results. JO - Journal of Sex Research JF - Journal of Sex Research Y1 - 1982/11// VL - 18 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 324 PB - Routledge SN - 00224499 AB - A small, carefully selected group of circumcised, predominately homosexual males, expressing severe dissatisfaction with their circumcised condition, have responded favorably to operative reconstruction of the foreskin. The surgical technique for reconstructing the foreskin and the results are described. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Sex Research is the property of Routledge and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - FORESKIN -- Surgery KW - GAY men KW - BISEXUALS KW - LGBT people KW - CIRCUMCISION KW - MALE reproductive organs N1 - Accession Number: 5693222; Greer Jr., Donald M. 1; Mohl, Paul C. 2; Sheley, Kathy A. 3; Source Information: Nov82, Vol. 18 Issue 4, p324; Subject: FORESKIN -- Surgery; Subject: GAY men; Subject: BISEXUALS; Subject: LGBT people; Subject: CIRCUMCISION; Subject: MALE reproductive organs; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5693222&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Markowski, E.M. AU - Croake, J.W. AU - Keller, J.F. T1 - Sexual History and Present Sexual Behavior of Cohabiting and Married Couples. JO - Journal of Sex Research JF - Journal of Sex Research Y1 - 1978/02// VL - 14 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 27 PB - Routledge SN - 00224499 AB - Fifty married and 50 cohabitating coupIes responded to a questionnaire containing 14 sex history and 10 present sex behavior variables. Significant differences between the samples were found on 6 of the 24 variables. Cohabiting males and females ah been involved with more sexual partners, were less satisfied with their sexual experiences, were more likely to have been involved in group sex, and were more likely to seek an abortion than were married males and females. Cohabiting females were younger at the time of first intercourse, and cohabiting miles were less satisfied With their with their initial intercourse experience. With the exception of the above, the result did not indicate that cohabating less traditional or mint nonconformist than married in their sex history or present sexual activity within theri relation-ships. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Sex Research is the property of Routledge and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MARRIED people KW - BIRTH control KW - HUMAN sexuality KW - ORGASM KW - MARRIED people -- Sexual behavior N1 - Accession Number: 5694958; Markowski, E.M. 1; Croake, J.W. 2; Keller, J.F. 3; Source Information: Feb78, Vol. 14 Issue 1, p27; Subject: MARRIED people; Subject: BIRTH control; Subject: HUMAN sexuality; Subject: ORGASM; Subject: MARRIED people -- Sexual behavior; Number of Pages: 13p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5694958&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Browner, Warren S. AU - Newman, Thomas B. T1 - Sample Size and Power Based on the Population Attributable Fraction. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 79 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 1289 EP - 1294 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: Most methods for calculating sample size use the relative risk (RR) to indicate the strength of the association between exposure and disease. For measuring the public health importance of a possible association, the population attributable fraction (PAF)--the proportion of disease incidence in a population that is attributable to an exposure--is more appropriate. We determined sample size and power for detecting a specified PAF in both cohort and case-control studies and compared the results with those obtained using conventional estimates based on the relative risk. When an exposure is rare, a study that has little power to detect a small RR often has adequate power to detect a small PAF. On the other hand, for common exposures, even a relatively large study may have inadequate power to detect a small PAF. These comparisons emphasize the importance of selecting the most pertinent measure of association, either relative risk or population attributable fraction, when calculating power and sample size. (Am J Public Health 1989; 79:1289-1294.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - METHODOLOGY KW - STATISTICS KW - SAMPLE size (Statistics) KW - DISEASES -- Risk factors KW - PUBLIC health KW - CASE studies KW - HUMAN services KW - RESEARCH -- Methodology KW - POPULATION N1 - Accession Number: 4685796; Browner, Warren S. 1,2; Newman, Thomas B. 2,3; Source Information: Sep89, Vol. 79 Issue 9, p1289; Subject: METHODOLOGY; Subject: STATISTICS; Subject: SAMPLE size (Statistics); Subject: DISEASES -- Risk factors; Subject: PUBLIC health; Subject: CASE studies; Subject: HUMAN services; Subject: RESEARCH -- Methodology; Subject: POPULATION; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4685796&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kravitz, Richard L. AU - Shapiro, Martin F. AU - Linn, Lawrence S. AU - Erika S. Sivarajan Froelicher T1 - Risk Factors Associated with Participation in the Ontario, Canada Doctors' Strike. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 79 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 1227 EP - 1233 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: To identify factors associated with participation in the 1986 Ontario, Canada doctors' strike, we surveyed 1,028 physicians; 69 percent responded, of whom 42 percent participated in the strike. Risk factors for participation included income > $135,000, being a surgeon or gynecologist, having previously "opted out" of the Ontario Health Insurance Plan, being professionally dissatisfied, being politically conservative, favoring political activism by physicians, holding a positive view of the social consequences of extra-billing, and perceiving family, associates, patients and the public to favor the strike. Eighty percent of strikers, but 32 percent of non-strikers, met criteria we established for four strike-prone groups: the "economically rational," the "ideologically committed," the "professionally disaffected," and the "socially malleable." Respondents belonging to one or more of these groups were much more likely to have participated in the strike (64 percent vs 17 percent). Strategies to deal with physician militancy should address the multiplicity of motives that appeared to have influenced doctors in Ontario. (Am J Public Health 1989; 79:1227-1233.) INSET: ANA Opts for New Structure and Broader Membership Plan. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - STRIKES & lockouts KW - PHYSICIANS -- Political activity KW - INCOME KW - PHYSICIANS -- Job satisfaction KW - ACTIVISM KW - SOCIAL impact KW - POLITICAL participation KW - PUBLIC health KW - CANADA N1 - Accession Number: 4685308; Kravitz, Richard L. 1,2; Shapiro, Martin F. 1; Linn, Lawrence S. 1; Erika S. Sivarajan Froelicher 1; Source Information: Sep89, Vol. 79 Issue 9, p1227; Subject: STRIKES & lockouts; Subject: PHYSICIANS -- Political activity; Subject: INCOME; Subject: PHYSICIANS -- Job satisfaction; Subject: ACTIVISM; Subject: SOCIAL impact; Subject: POLITICAL participation; Subject: PUBLIC health; Geographic Terms: CANADA; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4685308&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sullivan, Robert AU - Linneman Jr., Calvin C. AU - Clark, C. Scott AU - Walzer, Peter D. T1 - Seroepidemiologic Study of Giardiasis Patients and High-Risk Groups in a Midwestern City in the United States. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 77 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 960 EP - 963 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: Serum antibodies to Giardia lamblia were measured in giardiasis patients, in groups at high risk for intestinal parasite infection, and in controls by an indirect fluorescent antibody (IFA) technique. Symptomatic patients had the highest antibody titers, and antibodies remained present for up to 18 months in persons with chronic infection. Indochinese refugees and male homosexuals with the acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) and pre AIDS had higher mean antibody levels than did healthy controls, whereas sewer and highway maintenance workers had levels similar to those of controls. Serum antibodies to Entanioeba histolytica measured by an indirect hemagglutination antibody technique were detected in only a few Indochinese refugees, We conclude that serology is a promising tool in G. lamblia epidemiology and that further population studies would be of interest. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SERUM KW - GIARDIA lamblia KW - BLOOD plasma KW - PROTOZOAN diseases KW - GIARDIASIS KW - AIDS (Disease) KW - COMMUNICABLE diseases -- Transmission KW - AGGLUTINATION of blood KW - INDOCHINESE -- Diseases N1 - Accession Number: 4949734; Sullivan, Robert 1; Linneman Jr., Calvin C. 2; Clark, C. Scott 3; Walzer, Peter D. 4,5; Source Information: Aug1987, Vol. 77 Issue 8, p960; Subject: SERUM; Subject: GIARDIA lamblia; Subject: BLOOD plasma; Subject: PROTOZOAN diseases; Subject: GIARDIASIS; Subject: AIDS (Disease); Subject: COMMUNICABLE diseases -- Transmission; Subject: AGGLUTINATION of blood; Subject: INDOCHINESE -- Diseases; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4949734&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Escobar, Javier I. AU - Golding, Jacqueline M. AU - Hough, Richard L. AU - Karno, Marvin AU - Burnam, M. Audrey AU - Wells, Kenneth B. T1 - Somatization in the Community: Relationship to Disability and Use of Services. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 77 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 837 EP - 840 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: We tested the hypotheses that an abridged somatization construct that we had developed would be associated with line of health services, preferential use of medical over mental health services, and an index of disability. These hypotheses were rested using structured interview data from 3,132 randomly selected community respondents. We found that: respondents meeting criteria for somatization reported a heavier use of health services than non somatizers of those respondents meeting criteria for a psychiatric diagnosis, somatizers preferentially used medical over mental health services whereas non-somatizers reported the opposite trend; and somatizers, were more likely than non-somatizers to report recent sick leave or restricted activity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SOMATIZATION disorder KW - SOMATOFORM disorders KW - HYPOCHONDRIA KW - BRAIN diseases KW - PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis KW - MEDICAL care -- United States KW - MENTAL health services KW - NATIONAL Institute of Mental Health (U.S.) KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 4950298; Escobar, Javier I. 1,2,3; Golding, Jacqueline M. 4; Hough, Richard L. 3,5; Karno, Marvin 4; Burnam, M. Audrey 4; Wells, Kenneth B. 5; Source Information: Jul1987, Vol. 77 Issue 7, p837; Subject: SOMATIZATION disorder; Subject: SOMATOFORM disorders; Subject: HYPOCHONDRIA; Subject: BRAIN diseases; Subject: PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis; Subject: MEDICAL care -- United States; Subject: MENTAL health services; Subject: NATIONAL Institute of Mental Health (U.S.); Geographic Terms: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4950298&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Janz, Nancy K. AU - Becker, Marshall H. AU - Ktrscht, John P. AU - Eraker, Stephen A. AU - Billi, John E. AU - Woolliscroft, James O. T1 - Evaluation of a Minimal-Contact Smoking Cessation Intervention in an Outpatient Setting. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 77 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 805 EP - 809 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: We examined the ability of a provider-initiated, minimal-contact intervention to modify the smoking behavior of ambulatory clinic patients. Smokers at two outpatient sites were assigned to one of three groups: provider intervention only ??? provider intervention plus self-help manual (???), and usual care (control) group (C). The physician message emphasized the patient's personal susceptibility. the physician's concern, and the patient's ability to quit (self-efficacy). The nurse consultation concentrated on benefits and barriers associated with stopping, and on strategies for cessation. Telephone interviews were conducted with the 250 participants within a few days of their clinic visit and again at one and six months. Both PI and ??? proved to be superior to usual cure in motivating attempts to quit a both one-month and six-month follow-ups, and logistic regression analyses indicated that participants receiving the self-help manual in addition to the health provider message were between two and three times more likely to quit smoking during the study period than were participants in either of the other study groups. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EVALUATION KW - SMOKING KW - NICOTINE addiction -- Treatment KW - OUTPATIENT medical care KW - NICOTINE addiction KW - INTERVIEWS KW - PREVENTIVE health services KW - MEDICAL care N1 - Accession Number: 4950193; Janz, Nancy K. 1,2,3; Becker, Marshall H. 1,2,3; Ktrscht, John P. 1,2,3; Eraker, Stephen A. 1,2,3; Billi, John E. 1,2,3; Woolliscroft, James O. 1,2,3; Source Information: Jul1987, Vol. 77 Issue 7, p805; Subject: EVALUATION; Subject: SMOKING; Subject: NICOTINE addiction -- Treatment; Subject: OUTPATIENT medical care; Subject: NICOTINE addiction; Subject: INTERVIEWS; Subject: PREVENTIVE health services; Subject: MEDICAL care; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4950193&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Branch, Laurence G. T1 - Health Practices and Incident Disability among the Elderly. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1985/12// VL - 75 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 1436 EP - 1439 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: This investigation examines the relationships between certain personal health practices and point-incident physical limitations over a five-year period among initially physically robust elders living in the communities. Slowed down physical activities for elderly women) and a history of cigarette smoking (for elderly men) achieved associations with subsequent physical limitations, no firm associations between current lifestyle practices and onset of disability could be demonstrated. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HEALTH KW - MEDICAL care KW - HEALTH behavior KW - ATTITUDES toward health KW - HEALTH self-care KW - PHYSICAL fitness KW - OLDER people -- Health KW - STRESS management for older people KW - GERIATRICS N1 - Accession Number: 4949718; Branch, Laurence G. 1,2; Source Information: Dec1985, Vol. 75 Issue 12, p1436; Subject: HEALTH; Subject: MEDICAL care; Subject: HEALTH behavior; Subject: ATTITUDES toward health; Subject: HEALTH self-care; Subject: PHYSICAL fitness; Subject: OLDER people -- Health; Subject: STRESS management for older people; Subject: GERIATRICS; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4949718&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Glynn, Robert J. AU - Bouchard, Glen R. AU - LoCastro, Joseph S. AU - Laird, Nan M. T1 - Aging and Generational Effects on Drinking Behaviors in Men: Results from the Normative Aging Study. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1985/12// VL - 75 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 1413 EP - 1419 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: The effects of aging on alcohol consumption behaviors are unclear because of confounding with period and cohort effects. in 1973, 1,859 male participants in the Normative Aging Study, born between 1892 and 1945, described their drinking behaviors by responding to a mailed questionnaire. In 1982, 1,713 of the participants in this study responded to a similar questionnaire, We used multivariate techniques, adjusting regression coefficients for the correlations between repeated responses of the same individuals, to assess the effects of birth cohort and aging on mean alcohol consumption level, on the prevalence of problems with drinking, and on the prevalence of averaging three or more drinks per day. Older men drank significantly < younger men al both times yet there was no tendency for men to decrease their consumption levels over time. Each successively older birth cohort had a prevalence of problems with drinking estimated to be 0.037 lower than the prevalence of the next youngest cohort (95 per ¢ confidence interval: 0.029-0.045), yet there was no decrease in drinking problems over nine years, Interpretation of these findings requires consideration of the changes in attitudes as well as the increases in per capita consumption occurring in the United States throughout the 1970s. Results suggest that aging is not as important a factor in changes in drinking behaviors as generational or attitudinal changes. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AGING KW - DRINKING of alcoholic beverages KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - CONTROLLED drinking KW - YOUTH & alcohol KW - DRINKING behavior KW - ALCOHOLIC beverages KW - COHORT analysis KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 4949705; Glynn, Robert J. 1,2,3; Bouchard, Glen R. 1,2,3; LoCastro, Joseph S. 1,2,3; Laird, Nan M. 1,2,3; Source Information: Dec1985, Vol. 75 Issue 12, p1413; Subject: AGING; Subject: DRINKING of alcoholic beverages; Subject: ALCOHOLISM; Subject: CONTROLLED drinking; Subject: YOUTH & alcohol; Subject: DRINKING behavior; Subject: ALCOHOLIC beverages; Subject: COHORT analysis; Geographic Terms: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4949705&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Patrick, Donald L. AU - Sittampalam, Yoga AU - Somerville, Sheena M. AU - Carter, William B. AU - Bergner, Marilyn T1 - A Cross-cultural Comparison of Health Status Values. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1985/12// VL - 75 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 1402 EP - 1407 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: The extent to which the values attached to health states are similar in different cultures or social groups is important for understanding health and illness behaviors and for developing standardized health status measures. A cross-cultural study was conducted to compare the health status values obtained in a United States population (Seattle, Washington) with those from another English-speaking culture (London, England) on the Sickness Impact Profile. a standardized measure composed of 136 items. London judges rated the severity of dysfunction described in each item on an equal interval scale using the same methods of scaling and analysis employed in the Seattle study. A regression of English mean item values on US mean values yielded a slope of 1.00 and an intercept of -0.07, indicating that judges gave strikingly similar ratings to most items. Agreement was higher at the more severe end of the dysfunction continuum than at the least severe end a finding consistent with the notion that what constitutes health is more difficult to define than what constitutes illness. While a universal conception of dysfunction may exist in English-speaking societies, the social and cultural determinants of health status values deserve more systematic study. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PUBLIC health -- United States KW - HEALTH behavior -- Social aspects KW - HEALTH status indicators KW - PUBLIC health research KW - SOCIAL groups KW - MEDICAL statistics KW - HEALTH risk assessment KW - AMERICANS -- Health KW - BRITISH -- Health KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 4949702; Patrick, Donald L. 1; Sittampalam, Yoga 2; Somerville, Sheena M. 2; Carter, William B. 3; Bergner, Marilyn 4; Source Information: Dec1985, Vol. 75 Issue 12, p1402; Subject: PUBLIC health -- United States; Subject: HEALTH behavior -- Social aspects; Subject: HEALTH status indicators; Subject: PUBLIC health research; Subject: SOCIAL groups; Subject: MEDICAL statistics; Subject: HEALTH risk assessment; Subject: AMERICANS -- Health; Subject: BRITISH -- Health; Geographic Terms: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4949702&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Winickoff, Richard N. AU - Wiener, Susan AU - Nejsuler, Ross AU - Barnett, G. Octo T1 - Limitations of Provider Interventions in Hypertension Quality Assurance. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1985/01// VL - 75 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 43 EP - 46 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: In an institutional quality assurance program in hypertension, performance of tests, control of' blood pressure, and follow-up were monitored through a computer program that was developed to audit records in an automated record system. Two types of feedback previously shown to be effective were provided quarterly for a period of one year to experimental providers. For all hypertensives considered together, there were no differenees between scores of Experimental and Control providers based on percentage of patients meeting pre-set criteria in testing--87% vs 87%--.blood pressure control--58% vs 59%--. or follow-up--79% vs 77%. Only small but significant differences occurred in the subgroup of moderate to severe hypertensives. There appear to be limitations to what can be accomplished through hypertension quality assurance interventions directed at providers of care in this institutional setting. Interventions designed to deal directly with patients whose blood pressures are uncontrolled may be more effective. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HYPERTENSION KW - HEALTH promotion KW - QUALITY assurance KW - INSTITUTIONAL care KW - HEALTH facilities KW - BLOOD circulation disorders KW - CARDIOVASCULAR diseases KW - BLOOD pressure -- Regulation KW - BLOOD pressure measurement KW - HEALTH services administration N1 - Accession Number: 4949512; Winickoff, Richard N. 1; Wiener, Susan 2; Nejsuler, Ross 3; Barnett, G. Octo 4; Source Information: Jan1985, Vol. 75 Issue 1, p43; Subject: HYPERTENSION; Subject: HEALTH promotion; Subject: QUALITY assurance; Subject: INSTITUTIONAL care; Subject: HEALTH facilities; Subject: BLOOD circulation disorders; Subject: CARDIOVASCULAR diseases; Subject: BLOOD pressure -- Regulation; Subject: BLOOD pressure measurement; Subject: HEALTH services administration; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4949512&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wainwright, Robert B. AU - Peterson, Malcom L. AU - Farrier, Janis M. T1 - Feasible of an Extended MPH Degree Program for Fully Employed Practicing Health Professionals. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1984/11// VL - 74 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 1258 EP - 1262 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - This report describes the first four years of operation of the Extended MPH Degree Program of the University of Washington School of Public Health and Community Medicine and the features thai might explain its initial success. The format of the curriculum is radically different from the traditional two-year program of studies leading to the master of public health degree Over a three-year span of intensive on-campus courses and seminars student are able to fullfill all academic and institutional requirements necessary for the MPH degree. Many more applicants have enrolled for the Extended Degree Program than for the regular MPH program. The 94 students who have matriculated into the program ;are employed mainly in government agencies in eight western states and British Columbia; most have their prior professional training in nursing and medicine with a median of nine years professional experience. The academic performance of these students is comparable to that of regular full-time MPH program students. The administrative, fiscal, and instructional problems raised by such a transformation have been overcome and the demand for the program and our experience to date suggest that extended MPH degree programs are both feasible and desirable. Am J Public Health 1984; 74:1258-1262. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PUBLIC health KW - HIGHER education KW - OCCUPATIONAL training KW - CURRICULA (Courses of study) KW - PUBLIC health -- Study & teaching KW - MEDICAL education KW - NURSING KW - UNIVERSITIES & colleges KW - WASHINGTON (State) N1 - Accession Number: 4954214; Wainwright, Robert B. 1,2; Peterson, Malcom L. 1,3; Farrier, Janis M. 1,4; Source Information: Nov84, Vol. 74 Issue 11, p1258; Subject: PUBLIC health; Subject: HIGHER education; Subject: OCCUPATIONAL training; Subject: CURRICULA (Courses of study); Subject: PUBLIC health -- Study & teaching; Subject: MEDICAL education; Subject: NURSING; Subject: UNIVERSITIES & colleges; Geographic Terms: WASHINGTON (State); Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4954214&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - James, Sherman A. AU - Wagner, Edward H. AU - Strogatz, David S. AU - Beresford, Shirley A. A. AU - Kleinbaum, David G. AU - Williams, Carolyn A. AU - Cutchin, Lawrence M. AU - Ibrahim, Michel A. T1 - The Edgecombe County (NC) High Blood Pressure Control Program: II. Barriers to the Use of Medical Care among Hypertensives. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1984/05// VL - 74 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 468 EP - 472 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - As the initial step in a five-year project to improve control of high blood pressure in Edgecombe County, North Carolina, a survey was conducted in 1980 to determine the prevalence of hypertension and to identify factors which might constitute barriers to the use of medical care by hypertensives. This report summarizes the findings for the 539 hypertensives identified through the baseline survey. In general, Black hypertensives reported more access problems than Whites. Within race, however, males and females differed very little on selected measures of potential access to medical care. Among women, lower scores on potential access were strongly associated with being untreated, whereas for men, concerns about the safety of anti-hypertensive drug therapy were associated with being unaware. On a summary measure of the actual use of medical care in response to symptoms, both male and female treated hypertensives scored higher than their untreated counter-parts. The implications of these and other findings for community-based blood pressure control activities are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HEALTH surveys -- United States KW - HYPERTENSION KW - BLOOD pressure KW - MEDICAL care -- United States KW - NORTH Carolina N1 - Accession Number: 4958801; James, Sherman A. 1,2; Wagner, Edward H. 3; Strogatz, David S. 2; Beresford, Shirley A. A. 4; Kleinbaum, David G. 5; Williams, Carolyn A. 2; Cutchin, Lawrence M. 6; Ibrahim, Michel A. 7; Source Information: May84, Vol. 74 Issue 5, p468; Subject: HEALTH surveys -- United States; Subject: HYPERTENSION; Subject: BLOOD pressure; Subject: MEDICAL care -- United States; Geographic Terms: NORTH Carolina; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4958801&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dietrich, Allen J. AU - Goldberg, Harold T1 - Preventive Content of Adult Primary Care: Do Generalists and Subgeneralists Differ? JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1984/03// VL - 74 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 223 EP - 227 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: We compared preventive care performed by 20 generalists and 20 subspecialists practicing in Santa Clara and San Mateo Counties, California, by auditing charts of adult primary care patients for compliance with recommendation of the Canadian Task Force on the Periodic Health Examination. Generalists and subspecialists both provided 49 per cent of recommended preventive services. The two groups did not differ significantly in performance of any individual service. Performance varied widely within both groups. Of many factors explored, only two were associated with more preventive services: provision of a complete physical examination to the patient, and a physician's belief in the importance of a given service. The "generalist vs. subspecialist" debate assumes that a physician's specialty classification is an important predictor of behavior. For the performance of preventive care, this was not true in our study. Instead, physicians' beliefs and practice habits may he major determinants of the quality of preventive care provided. These exploratory findings needed confirmation in other settings. (Am J Public Health 1984: 74:223-227.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PRIMARY care (Medicine) KW - MEDICAL care KW - PHYSICIANS KW - MEDICAL personnel KW - PREVENTIVE medicine KW - CALIFORNIA N1 - Accession Number: 4960890; Dietrich, Allen J. 1,2,3; Goldberg, Harold 1,2,3; Source Information: Mar1984, Vol. 74 Issue 3, p223; Subject: PRIMARY care (Medicine); Subject: MEDICAL care; Subject: PHYSICIANS; Subject: MEDICAL personnel; Subject: PREVENTIVE medicine; Geographic Terms: CALIFORNIA; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4960890&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sugimoto, Tai AU - Rosansky, Steven J. T1 - The Incidence of Treated End Stage Renal Disease In the Eastern United States: 1973-1979. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1984/01// VL - 74 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 14 EP - 17 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Incidence rates of treated end stage renal disease (ESRD) by age, sex, race, and reported primary etiology were analyzed for 20 contiguous Eastern States for the period 1973-1979. For White males and females rates have stabilized at 60 and 40 per million person-years, respectively, since 1977. The incidence rates for Blacks (1.25 per million person-years in males, and 100 in females in 1979), for hypertensive and diabetic and diabolic nephropathy patients, and for the 65+ age group continue to increase. Higher incidence rates in males were noted for both races during the entire study period. Blacks had twice as high an incidence of treated ESRD as Whites, primarily due to hypertensive and diabetic nephropathy patients (7 and 2.5 times higher, respectively). [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CHRONIC kidney failure -- Treatment KW - DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation KW - DIABETICS KW - HYPERTENSION -- Patients KW - DIABETIC nephropathies -- Patients KW - AFRICAN Americans KW - EAST (U.S.) KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 4953742; Sugimoto, Tai 1; Rosansky, Steven J. 2,3; Source Information: Jan1984, Vol. 74 Issue 1, p14; Subject: CHRONIC kidney failure -- Treatment; Subject: DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation; Subject: DIABETICS; Subject: HYPERTENSION -- Patients; Subject: DIABETIC nephropathies -- Patients; Subject: AFRICAN Americans; Geographic Terms: EAST (U.S.); UNITED States; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4953742&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weniger, Bruce G. AU - Blaser, Martin J. AU - Gedrose, Judy AU - Lippy, Edwin C. AU - Juranek, Dennis D. T1 - An Outbreak of Waterborne Giardiasis Associated with Heavy Water Runoff Due to Warm Weather and Volcanic Ashfall. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1983/08// VL - 73 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 868 EP - 872 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - From mid-June through early August 1980, an out-break of gastrointestinal illness in Red Lodge, Montana affected approximately 780 persons, as estimated from attack rates of 33 per cent and 15 per cent in urban and rural residents, respectively. Giardia lamblia was identified in stool specimens from 51 per cent of 47 persons with a history of untreated gastrointestinal illness and in 13 per cent of 24 specimens from asymptomatic persons (p = .00045, Fisher's Exact Test). The epidemic curve was bimodal with peaks in mid-June and mid-July. Each peak occurred about three weeks after an episode of very heavy water runoff resulting from warm sunny weather and snow darkened by ashfall from the Mr. St. Helens volcanic eruption of May 18, 1980. Unfiltered and inadequately chlorinated surface water was supplied by the city water system, which was implicated as the vehicle of transmission in the outbreak. Water systems providing unfiltered surface water are more likely to become contaminated during periods of heavy water runoff. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - GASTROINTESTINAL diseases KW - EPIDEMICS KW - GIARDIA lamblia KW - RUNOFF KW - VOLCANIC eruptions KW - RED Lodge (Mont.) KW - MONTANA N1 - Accession Number: 23652851; Weniger, Bruce G. 1; Blaser, Martin J. 2; Gedrose, Judy 3; Lippy, Edwin C. 4; Juranek, Dennis D. 5; Source Information: Aug1983, Vol. 73 Issue 8, p868; Subject: GASTROINTESTINAL diseases; Subject: EPIDEMICS; Subject: GIARDIA lamblia; Subject: RUNOFF; Subject: VOLCANIC eruptions; Geographic Terms: RED Lodge (Mont.); MONTANA; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=23652851&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ekerdt, David J. AU - Baden, Lynn AU - Bossé, Raymond AU - Dibbs, Elaine T1 - The Effect of Retirement on Physical Health. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1983/07// VL - 73 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 779 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - This prospective study compared pre- to post-retirement changes in physical health among male retires with changes among age peers who continued to work. The 229 retirees and 409 workers aged 55-73 at follow-up were all participants in the Veterans Administration Normative Aging Study. Physical health at baseline and follow-up (three to four yearn apart) was rated on a four-point scale according to the findings of medical examinations. Although physical health declined generally over time, regression analyses showed no significant difference between eventual retirees and continuing workers on health change, after controlling for age and excluding men who retired due to illness or disability. Among retirees alone, pre- to post-retirement health change was also not significantly associated with several circumstances which purportedly make the retirement transition more stressful, such as mandatory retirement or retirement to a reduced standard of living. The results of this study of physical health, which corroborate those of other studies based on self-reported health measures and mortality data, support the conclusion that the event of retirement does not influence the risk of health deterioration. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RETIREMENT -- Physiological aspects KW - OLDER people -- Employment KW - OLD age KW - RETIREES KW - MEDICAL screening KW - COST & standard of living KW - MANDATORY retirement KW - CORRELATION (Statistics) KW - PUBLIC health N1 - Accession Number: 4948499; Ekerdt, David J. 1,2; Baden, Lynn 1,2; Bossé, Raymond 1,2; Dibbs, Elaine 1,2; Source Information: Jul1983, Vol. 73 Issue 7, p779; Subject: RETIREMENT -- Physiological aspects; Subject: OLDER people -- Employment; Subject: OLD age; Subject: RETIREES; Subject: MEDICAL screening; Subject: COST & standard of living; Subject: MANDATORY retirement; Subject: CORRELATION (Statistics); Subject: PUBLIC health; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4948499&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Garvey, Arthur J. AU - Bosse, Raymond AU - Glynn, Robein J. AU - Rosner, Bernard T1 - Smoking Cessation in a Prospective Study of Healthy Adult Males: Effects of Age, Time Period, And Amount Smoked. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1983/04// VL - 73 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 446 EP - 450 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: The present study examined effects on smoking cessation of three variables--chronological age, time period, and amount smoked--in 637 healthy male smokers aged 22-69 at baseline. Subjects were followed from 19621975 using life table procedures. Age was not significantly related to quitting rates (n = .150). The amount smoked effect approached significance (p = .096) with rates of quitting progressively lower' at higher' consumption levels. Powerful time-period effects were found (p = .0081. Incidence rates of quilling increased from 1962-1970. after which a maked decline occurred. (Am J Public Health 1983: 73:446-450.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SMOKING cessation KW - SMOKING KW - PUBLIC health KW - ADULTS KW - CIGARETTE smokers KW - AGE KW - MORTALITY -- Tables KW - MEDICAL care KW - HEALTH education N1 - Accession Number: 4949465; Garvey, Arthur J. 1,2; Bosse, Raymond 3; Glynn, Robein J. 4; Rosner, Bernard 5; Source Information: Apr1983, Vol. 73 Issue 4, p446; Subject: SMOKING cessation; Subject: SMOKING; Subject: PUBLIC health; Subject: ADULTS; Subject: CIGARETTE smokers; Subject: AGE; Subject: MORTALITY -- Tables; Subject: MEDICAL care; Subject: HEALTH education; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4949465&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Schlesinger, Herbert J. AU - Mumford, Emily AU - Glass, Gene V. AU - Patrick, Cathleen AU - Sharfstein, Steven T1 - Mental Health Treatment and Medical Care Utilization in a Fee-For-Service System: Outpatient Mental Health Treatment Following the Onset of a Chronic Disease. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1983/04// VL - 73 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 422 EP - 429 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: Charges for medical services of persons covered by the Blue Cross/Blue Shield Federal Employees Program from 1974 through 1978 who were first diagnosed as having one of four chronic diseases in 1975 and within one year began mental health treatment (MHT) were compared with persons who also were firm diagnosed as having one of these diseases in 1975 but had no subsequent MHT. In the third year following the diagnosis, those having seven to 20 MHT visits had medical charges $309 lower and those having over 21 MHT visits had medical charges $284 lower than the comparison group. The savings in medical charges over three years of the group having seven to 20 MHT visits were a function of lower use of inpatient services and roughly equaled the cost of 20 MHT visits. Outpatient mental health treatment can be included in a fee-for-service medical care system to improve the quality and appropriateness of care and, if not extensive, may also serve to lower medical care costs. (Am J Public Health 1983: 73:422-429.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MEDICAL care costs KW - MEDICAL care KW - RURAL health services KW - CHRONIC diseases KW - MENTAL health KW - MENTAL illness -- Treatment KW - OUTPATIENT medical care KW - PUBLIC health N1 - Accession Number: 4949454; Schlesinger, Herbert J. 1; Mumford, Emily 2; Glass, Gene V. 3; Patrick, Cathleen 4; Sharfstein, Steven 5; Source Information: Apr1983, Vol. 73 Issue 4, p422; Subject: MEDICAL care costs; Subject: MEDICAL care; Subject: RURAL health services; Subject: CHRONIC diseases; Subject: MENTAL health; Subject: MENTAL illness -- Treatment; Subject: OUTPATIENT medical care; Subject: PUBLIC health; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4949454&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Fleisher, Daniel S. AU - Mates, Susan AU - Sidel, Victor W. AU - Nevitt, Michael C. AU - Yelin, Edward H. AU - Stein, Gerald H. AU - Goldstein, Mark Kane AU - Feldman, Joseph AU - Senie, Ruby T. AU - Rosen, Paul Peter AU - Lesser, Martin L. AU - Kinne, David W. AU - Cole, Philip AU - Austin, Harland AU - Fischbein, Alf AU - Rohl, Arthur N. AU - Langer, Arthur M. AU - Selikoff, Irving J. T1 - Letters to the Editor. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1981/11// VL - 71 IS - 11 M3 - Letter SP - 1274 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Several letters to the editor are presented in response to articles in previous issues including "Quality Assessment by Process and Outcome Methods: Evaluation of Emergency Room Care of Asthmatic Adults," by Daniel S. Fleisher in the July 1981 issue, and "Disability trends in the United States population 1966-1976: Analysis of reported causes," by Michael C. Nevitt and Edward H. Yelin. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - HOSPITAL emergency services KW - ASTHMATICS KW - DISABILITIES KW - MEDICAL care N1 - Accession Number: 4946828; Fleisher, Daniel S. 1; Mates, Susan 2; Sidel, Victor W. 2; Nevitt, Michael C. 3; Yelin, Edward H. 3; Stein, Gerald H. 4; Goldstein, Mark Kane 5; Feldman, Joseph 6; Senie, Ruby T. 7; Rosen, Paul Peter 7; Lesser, Martin L. 7; Kinne, David W. 7; Cole, Philip 8; Austin, Harland 8; Fischbein, Alf 9; Rohl, Arthur N. 9; Langer, Arthur M. 9; Selikoff, Irving J. 10; Source Information: Nov81, Vol. 71 Issue 11, p1274; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: HOSPITAL emergency services; Subject: ASTHMATICS; Subject: DISABILITIES; Subject: MEDICAL care; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4946828&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Vuturo, George J. AU - Krischer, Jeffrey P. AU - McCormick, William C. T1 - Drug Product Selection: The Florida Experience. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1980/05// VL - 70 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 479 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: Drug product selection, the act of selecting and dispensing a lower cost generically equivalent product to that prescribed, is made possible in 46 states through recently enacted legislation. Florida's legislation is unique in that it requires pharmacists to product select under certain circumstances. This study reports on the results of a review of the Florida experience approximately one year after enactment of its drug product selection legislation. Nearly 132,000 prescriptions were sampled from 60 pharmacies during a four-month study period. This represents one per ¢ of all new prescriptions in the state and a three per ¢ sample of community pharmacies. Study results indicate that drug product selection on the average saves the consumer $1.92 per prescription. Further, under the provisions of this law the majority of cost savings (average reductions in acquisition costs between prescribed and dispensed products) are being passed along as savings to the consumer. During the four-month study period this amounted to a total prescription cost savings of nearly $425,000. Drug product selection occurs in approximately two per ¢ of all new prescriptions which compares favorably with results reported from other states but also suggests that additional savings can be realized under such legislation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DRUG laws & regulations KW - GENERIC drugs KW - PHARMACISTS KW - CONSUMERS KW - PHARMACEUTICAL policy KW - LEGISLATIVE bills KW - PRESCRIPTION of drugs KW - PHARMACEUTICAL industry KW - DRUGSTORES N1 - Accession Number: 4954506; Vuturo, George J. 1; Krischer, Jeffrey P. 2,3; McCormick, William C. 1; Source Information: May80, Vol. 70 Issue 5, p479; Subject: DRUG laws & regulations; Subject: GENERIC drugs; Subject: PHARMACISTS; Subject: CONSUMERS; Subject: PHARMACEUTICAL policy; Subject: LEGISLATIVE bills; Subject: PRESCRIPTION of drugs; Subject: PHARMACEUTICAL industry; Subject: DRUGSTORES; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4954506&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kurt, Thomas L. AU - Mogielnicki, R. Peter AU - Chandler, James E. AU - Hirst, Kathryn T1 - Ambient Carbon Monoxide Levels and Acute Cardiorespiratory Complaints: An Exploratory Story. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1979/04// VL - 69 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 360 EP - 363 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: Over a 92-day seasonally excessive period of ambient carbon monoxide (CO), chief cardiorespiratory complaints (CRC) of a nontraumatic origin were identified from each of 8,556 patient encounters at the Emergency Room of Colorado General Hospital. Excessive numbers of CRC were seen above a CO level of 5 ppm for the 24-hour mean and 11 ppm for the one hour mean maximum ambient CO (p<0.05 for both). Increasing relative risk was shown by comparing daily numbers of CRC with its mean in two-day trend analyses with both ambient CO measures above and below these thresholds. Other ambient pollutants were generally low during the winter period studies. These findings suggest an association between health effects and lower levels of CO than has been previously reported. (Am. J. Public Health 69:360-363, 1979.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HOSPITALS -- Complaints against KW - CARBON monoxide KW - HOSPITALS -- Public relations KW - POLLUTION -- Risk assessment KW - ENVIRONMENTAL risk assessment KW - WASTE products KW - PUBLIC health KW - INDUSTRIAL wastes KW - HOSPITAL & community N1 - Accession Number: 6006238; Kurt, Thomas L. 1; Mogielnicki, R. Peter 2,3; Chandler, James E. 4; Hirst, Kathryn 5,6; Source Information: Apr1979, Vol. 69 Issue 4, p360; Subject: HOSPITALS -- Complaints against; Subject: CARBON monoxide; Subject: HOSPITALS -- Public relations; Subject: POLLUTION -- Risk assessment; Subject: ENVIRONMENTAL risk assessment; Subject: WASTE products; Subject: PUBLIC health; Subject: INDUSTRIAL wastes; Subject: HOSPITAL & community; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=6006238&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lorei, Theodore W. AU - Francke, Gloria N. AU - Harger, Patricia S. T1 - Evaluation of Drug Dependence Treatment in VA Hospitals. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1978/01// VL - 68 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 39 EP - 43 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - A nationwide evaluation of 49 Veterans Administration drug dependence treatment programs was conducted using a sample of 1.655 patients. Their status with reference to seven treatment goals was assessed at admission and again 11 months later to determine change. The following changes were observed: a large decrease in heroin use; a Small increase in the use of alcohol; moderate decline of involvement in the drug culture; moderate increase in psychological well being; and small increase in economic independence. No statistically significant changes were observed in frequency of arrests, in establishment ot stable living arrangement, in drug related medical problems, or in the ability to relate to other people. Implications of the findings for further research and program modification are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DRUG abuse -- Treatment KW - DRUG use testing KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - CLINICAL medicine KW - MEDICAL care KW - REHABILITATION N1 - Accession Number: 5672956; Lorei, Theodore W. 1; Francke, Gloria N. 1; Harger, Patricia S. 1; Source Information: Jan1978, Vol. 68 Issue 1, p39; Subject: DRUG abuse -- Treatment; Subject: DRUG use testing; Subject: THERAPEUTICS; Subject: CLINICAL medicine; Subject: MEDICAL care; Subject: REHABILITATION; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5672956&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Linn, Margaret W. AU - Gurel, Lee AU - Linn, Bernard S. T1 - Patient Outcome as a Measure of Quality Of Nursing Home Care. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1977/04// VL - 67 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 337 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - One thousand males transferred form a general medical hospital into 40 community nursing homes were classified by their physicians as to expectations of outcome within six months and measured on physical functioning at the time of their transfer. They were followed up six months later and retested on functional status. Subjects were classified on follow-up as improved, the same, deteriorated, or dead. They were also classified as discharged from the nursing home, still in the home, or readmitted to the hospital. Nursing homes were measured every six months on structural variables. Outcomes of the patients were related to the nursing home characteristics by multivariate analysis of variance, controlling for expected outcome, age, and diagnoses of cancer and chronic brain disease. Homes with more RN hours per patient were associated with patients being alive, improved, and discharged from the home. better rating on meal services were related to being alive and improved. A higher professional staff-to-patient ratio, better medical records, and more services were related to being discharged from the nursing home. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - OUTCOME assessment (Medical care) KW - NURSING home care KW - NURSING home patients KW - HOME care services KW - HOSPITALS -- Admission & discharge KW - HOME health care use KW - NURSING care facilities -- Utilization KW - ANALYSIS of variance KW - MULTIVARIATE analysis KW - PATIENT monitoring N1 - Accession Number: 5662530; Linn, Margaret W. 1,2; Gurel, Lee 3; Linn, Bernard S. 4,5; Source Information: Apr1977, Vol. 67 Issue 4, p337; Subject: OUTCOME assessment (Medical care); Subject: NURSING home care; Subject: NURSING home patients; Subject: HOME care services; Subject: HOSPITALS -- Admission & discharge; Subject: HOME health care use; Subject: NURSING care facilities -- Utilization; Subject: ANALYSIS of variance; Subject: MULTIVARIATE analysis; Subject: PATIENT monitoring; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5662530&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Slettebak, Andy AU - Watson, Margaret Arbogast AU - Gottlieb, Jody AU - Holtzman, Reva Fine AU - Kirk-sharp, E. AU - Mckinney, Corrine Muldoon AU - Patru, Eugenia AU - Gothard, Sol T1 - Letters. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 34 IS - 3 M3 - Letter SP - 283 EP - 283 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - Presents several letters to the editor referencing articles and topics discussed in previous issues. Appreciation of the article "The Affordable Housing Crisis and Social Work," by Frederick G. Reamer on the housing problem low-income American face; Account of the article "Social Work Support for Welfare Reform: The Latest Surrender in the War on Poverty," by Ann M. Nichols-Casebolt and Jesse McClure on recognition of child rearing as legitimate work; Appraisal of the article "Sudden Death and Secret Survivors: Helping Those Who Grieve Alone," by Robert W. Weinbach on the problems of partners and lovers with AIDS. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - HOUSING KW - CHILD care KW - CHILD rearing KW - AIDS (Disease) KW - SOCIAL services N1 - Accession Number: 5281680; Slettebak, Andy 1; Watson, Margaret Arbogast 2; Gottlieb, Jody 3; Holtzman, Reva Fine 4; Kirk-sharp, E. 5; Mckinney, Corrine Muldoon 6; Patru, Eugenia 7; Gothard, Sol 8; Source Information: May89, Vol. 34 Issue 3, p283; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: HOUSING; Subject: CHILD care; Subject: CHILD rearing; Subject: AIDS (Disease); Subject: SOCIAL services; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5281680&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Harkness, Laurie AU - Mulinski, Paul T1 - Performance Standards for Social Workers. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1988/07//Jul/Aug88 VL - 33 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 339 EP - 344 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - A survey of social worker attitudes about the implementation of performance standards revealed several significant differences between the views of staff social workers and supervisors. The findings are discussed and recommendations made for how supervisors can use performance standards as a management tool. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Social Work is the property of Oxford University Press / USA and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ORGANIZATIONAL effectiveness KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - EMPLOYEES -- Rating of KW - SUPERVISORS KW - PERFORMANCE standards KW - SOCIAL workers KW - SOCIAL services N1 - Accession Number: 5279871; Harkness, Laurie 1,2; Mulinski, Paul 2,3,4; Source Information: Jul/Aug88, Vol. 33 Issue 4, p339; Subject: ORGANIZATIONAL effectiveness; Subject: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject: EMPLOYEES -- Rating of; Subject: SUPERVISORS; Subject: PERFORMANCE standards; Subject: SOCIAL workers; Subject: SOCIAL services; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5279871&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Buckingham, Stephan L. AU - Van Gorp, Wilfred G. T1 - Essential Knowledge about AIDS Dementia. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 33 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 112 EP - 115 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article discusses research findings on AIDS-related dementia. The unique social, emotional, and legal issues caused by AIDS-related dementia are identified, and recommendations are made for practitioners. Operationally, dementia can be defined as an acquired persistent impairment of intellectual function with compromise in at least three of the following spheres of mental activity language, memory visuo-spatial skills, emotions or personality, and cognition. Social workers can make a critical difference in the care and management of patients who have AIDS-related dementia. By remaining vigilant to signs of early central nervous system disruption and exercising caution in making a diagnosis, social workers can increase the quality of care available to AIDS patients. Once clinicians have gained a basic understanding of the common mental status changes resulting from AIDS-related dementia, they will be able to take several approaches to appropriate treatment. When an AIDS patient has been diagnosed as having dementia, a social worker can mobilize many resources to assist the patient in functioning more adequately. KW - AIDS dementia complex KW - AIDS (Disease) -- Complications KW - NEUROBEHAVIORAL disorders KW - MEDICAL personnel KW - AIDS patients KW - NEURODEGENERATION KW - COGNITIVE ability N1 - Accession Number: 5272612; Buckingham, Stephan L. 1; Van Gorp, Wilfred G. 2; Source Information: Mar88, Vol. 33 Issue 2, p112; Subject: AIDS dementia complex; Subject: AIDS (Disease) -- Complications; Subject: NEUROBEHAVIORAL disorders; Subject: MEDICAL personnel; Subject: AIDS patients; Subject: NEURODEGENERATION; Subject: COGNITIVE ability; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5272612&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Adkins, Bonnie J. AU - Taber, Julian I. AU - Russo, Angel M. T1 - The Spoken Autobiography: A Powerful Tool in Group Psychotherapy. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1985/09//Sep/Oct85 VL - 30 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 435 EP - 439 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article describes an approach that requires the writing and oral delivery of an autobiography as a tool in group psychotherapy for pathological gamblers. Writing as a therapeutic tool is hardly new. In the eighteenth century the physician Benjamin Rush asked his patients to record their symptoms and found that, through writing, the patients lowered their tensions and provided him with additional information about their problems. In the decade spanning from 1930 to 1940, therapists used personal documents to gather information for life histories and to enhance the development of the client's personality. In the next two decades, therapists continued to use writing in treatment. In a peer-group situation a common bond is quickly established via the autobiography, perhaps because the lives of the patients are filled with neglect, abuse, and early trauma. The emotional impact of hearing an autobiography that contains elements found in one's own life can be as great as that of delivering the life story. Thus, the clients' hope that life can be better is a common product of sharing the autobiography. The autobiography clearly establishes the universality not only of common disorders, such as pathological gambling, but of common life tragedies as well. KW - AUTOBIOGRAPHY KW - COMPULSIVE gamblers KW - GROUP psychotherapy KW - SUPPORT groups KW - CLINICAL sociology KW - PATIENTS KW - THERAPEUTICS N1 - Accession Number: 5270086; Adkins, Bonnie J. 1; Taber, Julian I. 2; Russo, Angel M. 3; Source Information: Sep/Oct85, Vol. 30 Issue 5, p435; Subject: AUTOBIOGRAPHY; Subject: COMPULSIVE gamblers; Subject: GROUP psychotherapy; Subject: SUPPORT groups; Subject: CLINICAL sociology; Subject: PATIENTS; Subject: THERAPEUTICS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5270086&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dove, Henry G. AU - Schneider, Karen C. AU - Gitelson, David A. T1 - Identifying Patients Who Need Social Work Services: An Interdisciplinary Analysis. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1985/05//May/Jun85 VL - 30 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 214 EP - 218 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article presents information on a study conducted in the U.S., which addressed the issue of which patients should be referred to social work services. The authors here remark that in some institutions, social work departments have established explicit screening criteria that serve to identify those patients who must be referred to social work services because of particular diagnoses or psychosocial conditions or both. Some of the research on this subject has focused on the classification of the psychosocial problems of hospitalized patients. The outcome of social work intervention has been addressed by a number of studies. The present study of factors that influence making a decision to refer patients for social work services involved an examination of the perceptions of members of an interdisciplinary team in regard to patients' and family members's needs and whether the needs warranted referral either at admission or during the course of treatment. This examination identified areas, or variables, of agreement and disagreement between team members in regard to referrals. KW - MEDICAL referral KW - SOCIAL services KW - HEALTH care teams KW - MEDICAL cooperation KW - MEDICAL care KW - HEALTH promotion N1 - Accession Number: 5275133; Dove, Henry G. 1; Schneider, Karen C. 2; Gitelson, David A. 3; Source Information: May/Jun85, Vol. 30 Issue 3, p214; Subject: MEDICAL referral; Subject: SOCIAL services; Subject: HEALTH care teams; Subject: MEDICAL cooperation; Subject: MEDICAL care; Subject: HEALTH promotion; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 4 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5275133&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Austin, Carol D. AU - Kravetz, Diane AU - Pollock, Katherine L. T1 - Experiences of Women as Social Welfare Administrators. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1985/03//Mar/Apr85 VL - 30 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 173 EP - 179 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article focuses on a study which examined the experiences of women as social welfare administrators. By now it is almost common knowledge that women in social work, although they constitute the vast majority of practicing social workers, are poorly represented in the ranks of administrators in social welfare agencies: two-thirds of professional social workers are women, but two-thirds of social work administrators are men. These issues have received considerable attention and have been the focus of doctoral-level research as well as conference proceedings. Although the profession has a well documented understanding of the experiences of women administrators in the aggregate, the literature does not contain information about the specific experiences of subgroups of women who hold administrative positions. This article reports the findings of an interview study of a group of 57 women administrators. The other major motivational theme that emerged in these interviews was that respondents became interested in considering administrative positions because an opportunity was presented to them. In this respect, 35 percent of the respondents reported their experience was characterized by the following circumstances: a position became available and they were recruited, an administrator resigned and they were the natural replacement or their move into an administrative position evolved that is, as they grew in expertise! their job titles were upgraded to match their professional development. KW - SOCIAL services KW - SOCIAL workers KW - CAREER development KW - WOMEN KW - JOB titles KW - PUBLIC welfare KW - CHARITIES N1 - Accession Number: 5270935; Austin, Carol D. 1,2,3; Kravetz, Diane 4; Pollock, Katherine L. 5; Source Information: Mar/Apr85, Vol. 30 Issue 2, p173; Subject: SOCIAL services; Subject: SOCIAL workers; Subject: CAREER development; Subject: WOMEN; Subject: JOB titles; Subject: PUBLIC welfare; Subject: CHARITIES; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 4 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5270935&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Torres, Esteban E. AU - Trachtman, Richard AU - Murdach, Allison D. AU - Bluth, Howard AU - Lee King, Barbara AU - Dickman, David E. AU - Tupper, Geoffrey W. AU - Kurzman, Paul A. T1 - letters. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1984/07//Jul/Aug84 VL - 29 IS - 4 M3 - Letter SP - 413 EP - 416 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - Presents several letters to the editor related to article previously published. Commendation for publishing Ramon M. Salcido's article "Social Work Practice in Political Campaigns"; Debate on individualism versus membership; Address by social treatment for alcoholism treatment and training activities. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - SOCIAL services KW - POLITICAL campaigns KW - INDIVIDUALISM KW - MEMBERSHIP KW - ALCOHOLISM -- Treatment KW - TRAINING N1 - Accession Number: 5271271; Torres, Esteban E. 1; Trachtman, Richard; Murdach, Allison D. 2; Bluth, Howard; Lee King, Barbara 3; Dickman, David E.; Tupper, Geoffrey W.; Kurzman, Paul A. 4; Source Information: Jul/Aug84, Vol. 29 Issue 4, p413; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: SOCIAL services; Subject: POLITICAL campaigns; Subject: INDIVIDUALISM; Subject: MEMBERSHIP; Subject: ALCOHOLISM -- Treatment; Subject: TRAINING; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5271271&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rothman, Gene H. T1 - Needs of Female Patients in a Veterans Psychiatric Hospital. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1984/07//Jul/Aug84 VL - 29 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 380 EP - 385 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article elaborates a study, which examined the psychiatric and medical care of female veterans. This article presents findings of a survey of 69 female patients at a Veterans Administration (VA) psychiatric facility. The purpose of the study was to assess the satisfaction with present health and mental health services and the possible need for additional services for females. The study was conducted by a Task Force on the Status of Female Veterans at the facility under the auspices of the hospital director. At a later time, the VA national administration independently called attention to the "special needs and concerns of women veteran patients" in a "Professional Services Letter," which noted that because of the high proportion of male veterans, VA health care programs are typically oriented to male health needs. There are several reasons why female veterans are important to the field of social work at the present time. First, health care for veterans is a major component of the national health care system, and female veterans are an increasing proportion of such patients. Until 1967, law to 2 percent of enlisted strength limited female participation in the armed forces. KW - WOMEN veterans KW - MEDICAL care of veterans KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospitals KW - MENTAL health facilities KW - MENTAL health services KW - SOCIAL services KW - WOMEN patients N1 - Accession Number: 5271119; Rothman, Gene H. 1; Source Information: Jul/Aug84, Vol. 29 Issue 4, p380; Subject: WOMEN veterans; Subject: MEDICAL care of veterans; Subject: PSYCHIATRIC hospitals; Subject: MENTAL health facilities; Subject: MENTAL health services; Subject: SOCIAL services; Subject: WOMEN patients; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5271119&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Quam, Jean K. AU - Austin, Carol D. T1 - Coverage of Women's Issues in Eight Social Work Journals, 1970-81. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1984/07//Jul/Aug84 VL - 29 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 360 EP - 365 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article deals with a study, which evaluate the coverage of women's issues during the "second wave" of feminism in social work journals from 1970 through 1981. Most social workers might assume that the amount of space given to research about women's issues has increased dramatically during the past fifteen years, a period that has been heralded as the second wave of feminism. But the social work literature has not been as responsive to the issues of feminism as might have been expected. Research has focused on the predominance of male authors in social work publications, as well as salary inequities, power differentials, and sexism within the profession. It is evident that women are not adequately represented in administration, professional leadership positions, academic positions, and authorship of the social work literature. But one would presume that the women's movement has had some impact on what is viewed as important within the profession and that women have had more opportunities to write about issues of importance to them, as programs and services have expanded and as a heightened consciousness of women-as-victims has emerged. KW - WOMEN KW - SOCIAL services KW - FEMINISM KW - SOCIAL services literature KW - SOCIAL workers KW - RESEARCH N1 - Accession Number: 5271102; Quam, Jean K. 1; Austin, Carol D. 2,3; Source Information: Jul/Aug84, Vol. 29 Issue 4, p360; Subject: WOMEN; Subject: SOCIAL services; Subject: FEMINISM; Subject: SOCIAL services literature; Subject: SOCIAL workers; Subject: RESEARCH; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 4 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5271102&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Karger, H. Jacob AU - Kretchmer, Lettle AU - Keith-Lucas, Alan AU - Falck, Hans S. AU - Wolff, Elizabeth AU - Pilsecker, Carleton AU - Dogoloff, Lee I. AU - Imhof, John AU - Marcus, Lawrence AU - Singer, Mark AU - Smith, Thomas Edward AU - Daldin, Herman AU - Dahl, Ana S. T1 - Letters. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1984/05//May/Jun84 VL - 29 IS - 3 M3 - Letter SP - 315 EP - 320 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - Presents letters to the editor on various issues related to social sciences. Comments of sociologist William E. Gordon on a article of sociologist Joel Fischer; Praise of sociologist Stan Taubman's article "Incest in Context"; Criticism of sociologist Thomas Edward Smith's article "Reviewing Adolescent Marijuana Abuse." KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - SOCIAL services KW - HUMAN services KW - SOCIOLOGISTS KW - FISCHER, Joel KW - MARIJUANA abuse KW - MARIJUANA N1 - Accession Number: 5273885; Karger, H. Jacob 1; Kretchmer, Lettle; Keith-Lucas, Alan 2; Falck, Hans S. 3; Wolff, Elizabeth; Pilsecker, Carleton 4; Dogoloff, Lee I. 5; Imhof, John 6; Marcus, Lawrence; Singer, Mark 7; Smith, Thomas Edward 8; Daldin, Herman 9; Dahl, Ana S.; Source Information: May/Jun84, Vol. 29 Issue 3, p315; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: SOCIAL services; Subject: HUMAN services; Subject: SOCIOLOGISTS; Subject: FISCHER, Joel; Subject: MARIJUANA abuse; Subject: MARIJUANA; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5273885&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Murdach, Allison D. T1 - Skills and Tactics in Hospital Practice. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1983/07// VL - 28 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 279 EP - 284 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article describes some of the approaches of organizational skills and strategies for hospital social service. Three activities that assist hospital social workers in building their practice in hospitals are developing the work role, gaining and using influence, and cultivating support. The health service professional is often faced with numerous work responsibilities and expectations. However, the ways these responsibilities and expectations can be fulfilled are multifarious. Workers possess or have access to information that enhances their power in the eyes of others. For example, social workers have traditionally been seen as experts regarding such areas as housing, financial benefits, transportation arrangements, and so forth. Workers also by virtue of their contacts, have access to information channels needed by others. A worker may have a friend to an outside agency such as the local welfare or social security office, who may know ways to expedite requests made by hospital staff and patients. KW - HOSPITAL care KW - SOCIAL services KW - SOCIAL workers KW - MANAGEMENT science KW - SOCIAL security KW - PUBLIC welfare N1 - Accession Number: 5274625; Murdach, Allison D. 1; Source Information: Jul83, Vol. 28 Issue 4, p279; Subject: HOSPITAL care; Subject: SOCIAL services; Subject: SOCIAL workers; Subject: MANAGEMENT science; Subject: SOCIAL security; Subject: PUBLIC welfare; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5274625&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Murdach, Allison D. T1 - A political perspective in problem solving. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1982/09// VL - 27 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 417 EP - 421 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article suggests that strategies and skills commonly used in political processes would help social workers balance the multiplicity of interests involved in clients' problems. Problem solving has emerged as a major helping method in social work, but its effectiveness is often diminished by a failure to emphasize the social context to problem. The article proposes a political approach to problem solving--an approach that takes into consideration the processes by which participants in problem solving try to order and manage their relationships in dealing with client-oriented problems. The article emphasizes such processes as negotiation, conflict resolution, and the building of support. The article reviews some deficiencies in current problem-solving theory and discusses a conceptual framework for a political approach. The study develop some general problem-solving strategies based on this framework and illustrates them with case vignettes drawn from the author's personal observations as a psychiatric social worker in a large public hospital. The article points out advantages of this approach for social work practitioners. KW - PROBLEM solving KW - SOCIAL workers KW - SOCIAL services KW - CRISIS management KW - SOCIAL sciences -- Methodology KW - SOCIAL psychology N1 - Accession Number: 5272130; Murdach, Allison D. 1; Source Information: Sep82, Vol. 27 Issue 5, p417; Subject: PROBLEM solving; Subject: SOCIAL workers; Subject: SOCIAL services; Subject: CRISIS management; Subject: SOCIAL sciences -- Methodology; Subject: SOCIAL psychology; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5272130&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Monsour, Noël AU - Robb, Susanne S. T1 - Wandering behavior in old age: a psychosocial study. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1982/09// VL - 27 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 411 EP - 416 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article explores the lifestyles of elderly wanderers and non-wanderers in long-term care. Wandering refers to disoriented activities and aimless movements and unattainable goals. The study reported in this article explored the notion that the tendency of the elderly to wander is consistent with their lifelong psychosocial patterns. Geropsychiatric and gerontological practitioners believe that organic pathologies do not account for all manifestation of functional disorders or explain the causes of behavioral disturbances. The study used an ex post facto design to examine retrospectively whether there were differences in them psychosocial lifestyles between groups of male wanderers and non-wanderers. Twenty-two matched pairs of wanderers and non-wanderers were selected from a population of approximately four hundred residents in the long-term care division of Veterans Administration medical center. The study evaluated four major hypotheses using paired t-test. Paired t-tests confirmed hypotheses indicating that wanderers had engaged in a higher level of social and leisure activities and had experienced more stressful events, motoric reactions to stress, and motoric behavioral styles prior to their illness. KW - GEROPSYCHOLOGY KW - DISEASES KW - AGING KW - T-test (Statistics) KW - LIFESTYLES KW - MEDICAL centers KW - SOCIAL psychology KW - Senility N1 - Accession Number: 5272124; Monsour, Noël; Robb, Susanne S. 1; Source Information: Sep82, Vol. 27 Issue 5, p411; Subject: GEROPSYCHOLOGY; Subject: DISEASES; Subject: AGING; Subject: T-test (Statistics); Subject: LIFESTYLES; Subject: MEDICAL centers; Subject: SOCIAL psychology; Author-Supplied Keyword: Senility; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5272124&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Walker, John Ingram AU - McLeod, Gail T1 - Group Therapy with Schizophrenics. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1982/07// VL - 27 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 364 EP - 367 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article comments on the use of group therapy for schizophrenics. Clinical reports indicate that the use of group therapy for schizophrenics reduces the recidivism rate and offers a more cost-effective method of treatment than does individual therapy. It is well known that at the beginning of group therapy for schizophrenics, there is a great deal of dependence on the therapist. However, this initial dependence gradually decreases as the members of the therapy group begin to interact with each other. In the process of improving interaction, the group passes through three stages: testing the leader, identification with the leader, and exploration of relationships. In group work with schizophrenics, rules and boundaries concerning what can and what cannot be done before, during and after group meetings should he clear-cut. Patients should be encouraged to have a say in making these rules. However, once the rules are made and are fully understood by the membership, they should be followed. KW - GROUP psychotherapy KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - RECIDIVISM KW - PATIENTS KW - MEMBERSHIP KW - MENTALLY ill N1 - Accession Number: 5272648; Walker, John Ingram 1; McLeod, Gail 2; Source Information: Jul82, Vol. 27 Issue 4, p364; Subject: GROUP psychotherapy; Subject: SCHIZOPHRENICS; Subject: RECIDIVISM; Subject: PATIENTS; Subject: MEMBERSHIP; Subject: MENTALLY ill; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5272648&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Altbuch, Peter AU - Nitzberg, Harold AU - Fredricks, Gladys AU - Juvenal, Michael AU - Eisenberg, Gideon AU - Taggart, Sarah AU - Blum, Arthur AU - Dutta, Ralyan AU - Snyder, Ronald T1 - Points and Viewpoints: Washing Dirty Sheets: The Readers Comment. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1981/11// VL - 26 IS - 6 M3 - Letter SP - 522 EP - 525 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - Presents letters to the editor referencing the article "Dirty Sheets" by Henry Milller previously published in this journal. Lamentation of a trained social worker of the past, over the amateurish views regarding social work presented in the article; Bemusement over the amusing, sympatico political nature of the article; Resentment over the inclusion of such article in the journal. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - MILLER, Henry, 1891-1980 KW - SOCIAL services KW - PUBLIC opinion KW - CRITICISM KW - PRAISE KW - READERS N1 - Accession Number: 5272321; Altbuch, Peter 1; Nitzberg, Harold 2; Fredricks, Gladys; Juvenal, Michael 3; Eisenberg, Gideon; Taggart, Sarah; Blum, Arthur 4; Dutta, Ralyan; Snyder, Ronald; Source Information: Nov81, Vol. 26 Issue 6, p522; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: MILLER, Henry, 1891-1980; Subject: SOCIAL services; Subject: PUBLIC opinion; Subject: CRITICISM; Subject: PRAISE; Subject: READERS; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5272321&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Scurfield, Raymond Monsour T1 - Clinician to administrator: difficult role transition? JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1981/11// VL - 26 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 495 EP - 501 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The author conducted a survey of social work administrators to examine the transition they made from a clinical to an administrative role. The author presents his findings, including why former clinicians choose to become administrators, which aspects of clinical practice are relevant to administration, and why administrators continue to be involved in clinical activities. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Social Work is the property of Oxford University Press / USA and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SOCIAL work administration KW - SOCIAL services KW - CLINICAL medicine KW - PHYSICIAN practice patterns KW - MEDICAL personnel KW - SOCIAL surveys N1 - Accession Number: 5272013; Scurfield, Raymond Monsour 1; Source Information: Nov81, Vol. 26 Issue 6, p495; Subject: SOCIAL work administration; Subject: SOCIAL services; Subject: CLINICAL medicine; Subject: PHYSICIAN practice patterns; Subject: MEDICAL personnel; Subject: SOCIAL surveys; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 7 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5272013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ewalt, Patricia L. AU - Honeyfield, Robert M. T1 - Needs of persons in long-term care. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1981/05// VL - 26 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 223 EP - 231 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - Meeting people's basic needs may be the key to preventing unnecessary or prolonged institutionalization. The authors found that when basic needs for money, housing, and medical care were met, institutionalized people would consider independent lying arrangements. The study found too that needs for personal social services were less frequently mentioned. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Social Work is the property of Oxford University Press / USA and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MEDICAL care KW - LONG-term care facilities KW - SOCIAL services KW - QUALITY of life KW - HOUSING KW - SOCIAL sciences N1 - Accession Number: 5273375; Ewalt, Patricia L. 1; Honeyfield, Robert M. 2; Source Information: May81, Vol. 26 Issue 3, p223; Subject: MEDICAL care; Subject: LONG-term care facilities; Subject: SOCIAL services; Subject: QUALITY of life; Subject: HOUSING; Subject: SOCIAL sciences; Number of Pages: 9p; Illustrations: 4 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5273375&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Murdach, Allison D. T1 - Bargaining and persuasion with nonvoluntary clients. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1980/11// VL - 25 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 458 EP - 461 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - Ignoring the differences between the situations of voluntary and nonvoluntary clients often frustrates both practitioner and client. This article analyzes the nonvoluntary situation and suggests substituting negotiation for traditional interventions with reluctant clients. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Social Work is the property of Oxford University Press / USA and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SOCIAL services KW - HUMAN services KW - CLIENTS KW - NEGOTIATION KW - SOCIAL systems KW - SOCIOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 5272022; Murdach, Allison D. 1; Source Information: Nov80, Vol. 25 Issue 6, p458; Subject: SOCIAL services; Subject: HUMAN services; Subject: CLIENTS; Subject: NEGOTIATION; Subject: SOCIAL systems; Subject: SOCIOLOGY; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5272022&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Stead, Peter AU - Viders, Judith T1 - A 'SHARP' approach to treating alcoholism. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1979/03// VL - 24 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 144 EP - 149 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article focuses on Share-Help Alcohol Recovery Program (SHARP), a self-help program for the treatment of chronic alcoholic veterans in the U.S. The main goals of SHARP are: to support the alcoholic in his goal of attaining and maintaining total abstinence and to provide a setting in which staff and patients can plan together for each patient to reenter the community with an improved self-image, health, and a constructive discharge plan for maintaining sobriety. The SHARP program is a twenty-eight-bed, self-help, total abstinence program for veterans. The patients spend forty-five days in the hospital and afterwards become involved in the community component of the program known as Counseling, Organization, Recreation, and Knowledge. Personal relationships of alcoholics tend to be impoverished. Many are lonely and their social contacts are with other problem drinkers, which only reinforces their excessive drinking. Often, other people with whom they come into contact, including criminal justice officials, family, peers, and employers, treat the alcoholic in an atypical fashion because of his alcoholism, which intensifies any feelings of isolation he may have. KW - ALCOHOLICS -- Rehabilitation KW - ALCOHOLISM -- Treatment KW - VETERANS -- United States KW - PATIENTS KW - HOSPITALS KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 5269960; Stead, Peter 1; Viders, Judith 2; Source Information: Mar79, Vol. 24 Issue 2, p144; Subject: ALCOHOLICS -- Rehabilitation; Subject: ALCOHOLISM -- Treatment; Subject: VETERANS -- United States; Subject: PATIENTS; Subject: HOSPITALS; Geographic Terms: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5269960&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pilsecker, Carleton T1 - Values: a problem for everyone. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1978/01// VL - 23 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 54 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article argues that social work students and experienced social workers must come to terms with their feelings and behavior in light of the high ideals maintained with the social work profession. The profession of skills and knowledge is not in itself sufficient to constitute a claim to the title of social worker. Certain basic values, such as a belief in the inherent dignity and worth of every human being, are considered trademarks of the true professional. Social workers cannot be nonjudgmental and they should not attempt to be so. They are merchants of morality and should acknowledge this fact openly instead of talking as if they believed that anything goes. Every individual possesses an ethical system that he or she more or less explicitly recognizes, a system that is also more or less consistent with the individual's behavior. The social worker's system of ethics circumscribes what he or she does with a client or attempts to help the client do. This does not necessarily mean social workers expect the same behavior of their clients that they expect of themselves. KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - SOCIAL services KW - SOCIAL workers KW - VALUES (Ethics) KW - JUDGMENT (Psychology) KW - PSYCHOLOGY KW - CHARITIES N1 - Accession Number: 5269705; Pilsecker, Carleton 1; Source Information: Jan78, Vol. 23 Issue 1, p54; Subject: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject: SOCIAL services; Subject: SOCIAL workers; Subject: VALUES (Ethics); Subject: JUDGMENT (Psychology); Subject: PSYCHOLOGY; Subject: CHARITIES; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5269705&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Miller, Mark C. T1 - A program for adult foster care. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1977/07// VL - 22 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 275 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article describes the Community Care Program, a foster program for adult foster care, of the Veterans Administration Hospital in Danville, Illinois. Adult foster care in Danville, Illinois, supervised by the Veterans Administration presents an alternative to hospitalization for mental illness. The foster care provided by the Danville VA Community Care Program is of a traditional and dramatic kind and is intended only to be a post-hospitalization alternative for patients. For those many persons who have spent long years as hospital inpatients and were never exploited to new forms of pre-hospitalization care, the Danville program is an alternative to institutionalization. KW - MENTALLY ill -- Care KW - COMMUNITY health services KW - FOSTER home care KW - PATHOLOGICAL psychology KW - DANVILLE (Ill.) KW - ILLINOIS KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 5271292; Miller, Mark C. 1; Source Information: Jul77, Vol. 22 Issue 4, p275; Subject: MENTALLY ill -- Care; Subject: COMMUNITY health services; Subject: FOSTER home care; Subject: PATHOLOGICAL psychology; Geographic Terms: DANVILLE (Ill.); ILLINOIS; UNITED States; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5271292&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pilsecker, Carleton T1 - Help for the dying. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1975/05// VL - 20 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 190 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - This article provides ideas on the role hospital social workers should play in caring for terminally ill patients and their families. It must be recognized that in a hospital the social worker is a member of a health team and does not work in as an isolated and independent individual. At times the social worker may be performing a unique function for and with the patient and his family. Some hospitals have reported successful programs for group discussion for terminally ill patients and their families. It must be realized that these sessions with patients cannot be rigidly scheduled. This is particularly true if patients are in different stages at different times. However, group therapy has been effective with relatives of terminally ill patients who are trying to cope with the same critical illness. Dying is often accompanied by pain, weakness, and mental confusion, by tubes and catheters and respiration equipment, and by a sense of isolation in the midst of a bustling hospital ward. These are some of the factors that work against the possibility of death with dignity. Social workers cannot eliminate or mitigate all their effects. But in some instances, with some patients and with some families, social work intervention can help capitalize on whatever dignity remains. KW - DEATH KW - TERMINALLY ill KW - SOCIAL workers KW - SOCIAL services KW - GROUP psychotherapy KW - MENTAL health services KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - COUNSELING N1 - Accession Number: 5266867; Pilsecker, Carleton 1; Source Information: May75, Vol. 20 Issue 3, p190; Subject: DEATH; Subject: TERMINALLY ill; Subject: SOCIAL workers; Subject: SOCIAL services; Subject: GROUP psychotherapy; Subject: MENTAL health services; Subject: THERAPEUTICS; Subject: COUNSELING; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5266867&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bailey, Katherine Pam AU - Hoeppner, Mary AU - Jeska, Susan Brakke AU - Schneller, Sharon AU - Szalapski, Judith T1 - A Consortium Approach to Nursing Staff Development. JO - Nursing Economic$ JF - Nursing Economic$ Y1 - 1989/07//Jul/Aug89 VL - 7 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 195 EP - 199 PB - Jannetti Publications, Inc. SN - 07461739 AB - Rapid advancement in healthcare technology and research, the current nursing shortage and the increased patient acuity level in medical centers require a sophisticated, responsive program of nursing staff development to assure that patients receive high quality care. While medical centers have found that excellent educational programming has a positive effect on the quality of care, this programming is expensive to provide. Minnesota's four tertiary care public teaching hospitals - Hennepin County Medical Center, Minneapolis Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Paul-Ramsey Medical Center and the University of Minnesota Hospital and Clinic - have found that high-quality nursing staff development can be provided efficiently and effectively through a consortium effort. KW - NURSES KW - MEDICAL centers KW - HOSPITALS KW - QUALITY KW - HEALTH occupations schools KW - NURSING N1 - Accession Number: 12274929; Bailey, Katherine Pam 1; Hoeppner, Mary 2; Jeska, Susan Brakke 3; Schneller, Sharon 4; Szalapski, Judith 5; Source Information: Jul/Aug89, Vol. 7 Issue 4, p195; Subject: NURSES; Subject: MEDICAL centers; Subject: HOSPITALS; Subject: QUALITY; Subject: HEALTH occupations schools; Subject: NURSING; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12274929&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Braddock, Betty AU - Sawyer, Dorothy T1 - Becoming an Independent Consultant: Essentials to Consider. JO - Nursing Economic$ JF - Nursing Economic$ Y1 - 1985/11//Nov/Dec85 VL - 3 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 332 EP - 335 PB - Jannetti Publications, Inc. SN - 07461739 AB - Nurse consultants will find challenges and rewards when starting independent practices. A successful consulting firm requires business savvy, analysis of potential clients, effective marketing strategies and continued consumer satisfaction. Although nurses possess the education and experience to meet clients' needs, they must also develop business administration skills to market their services effectively. Before striking out as independent consultants, nurses should investigate the practical, legal and financial challenges of small business ownership and become innovative in meeting market demands. KW - NURSES KW - CONSULTANTS KW - CONSULTING firms KW - BUSINESS enterprises KW - SMALL business KW - ENTREPRENEURSHIP N1 - Accession Number: 12156647; Braddock, Betty 1; Sawyer, Dorothy 2; Source Information: Nov/Dec85, Vol. 3 Issue 6, p332; Subject: NURSES; Subject: CONSULTANTS; Subject: CONSULTING firms; Subject: BUSINESS enterprises; Subject: SMALL business; Subject: ENTREPRENEURSHIP; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12156647&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-11934-003 AN - 1998-11934-003 AU - Benedetto, M. Cristina AU - Kerns, Robert D. AU - Rosenberg, Roberta AU - Burg, Matthew M. AU - Westgate, Katherine T1 - Health risk behaviors and their relationships to health care utilization among veterans receiving primary medical care. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology in Medical Settings JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology in Medical Settings JA - J Clin Psychol Med Settings Y1 - 1998/12// VL - 5 IS - 4 SP - 441 EP - 447 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 1068-9583 SN - 1573-3572 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-11934-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Benedetto, M. Cristina; Veterans Administration Connecticut Healthcare System, Dept of Psychology, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19990101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Health Behavior; Health Care Utilization. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1998. AB - Reports the findings of a behavioral health risk screening form and examines the interrelationships among behavioral risk factors and health care utilization. Participants were 1,000 veterans (aged 18–99 yrs) who completed a brief self-report questionnaire assessing affective distress and behavioral health risk factors while they waited to see their primary care provider. Participants reported a mean level of affective distress in the mild range on a scale of 0 to 20 (M = 6.4, SD = 4.95), and 22.4% reported moderate or high levels of affective distress. Fifty percent of the sample denied alcohol use; 5% of the men and none of the women reported a pattern of use that met established criteria for at-risk drinking. Twenty-six percent of the sample reported current tobacco use, 45% acknowledged concerns about diet and/or weight, and 54% reported concern about pain. These factors were largely significantly intercorrelated and several were related to indices of health care utilization. It was concluded that veterans receiving health care in primary care settings report significant levels of affective distress and other health risk behaviors and that the presence of these factors is associated with increased use of the health care system. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavioral health risk factors & health care utilization KW - 18–99 yr old veterans receiving primary medical care KW - 1998 KW - At Risk Populations KW - Health Behavior KW - Health Care Utilization KW - Military Veterans KW - 1998 DO - 10.1023/A:1026258911757 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-11934-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2001-00316-007 AN - 2001-00316-007 AU - Rausch, Jeffrey L. T1 - An hypothesis of initial conditions: Receptor–effector systems as determinants of psychopharmacologic drug response. JF - International Journal of Neuropsychopharmacology JO - International Journal of Neuropsychopharmacology JA - Int J Neuropsychopharmacol Y1 - 1998/12// VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 137 EP - 151 CY - United Kingdom PB - Cambridge University Press SN - 1461-1457 SN - 1469-5111 N1 - Accession Number: 2001-00316-007. PMID: 11281958 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rausch, Jeffrey L.; Medical Coll of Georgia, Veterans' Administration School of Medicine, Dept of Psychiatry & Health Behavior, Augusta, GA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 20010328. Correction Date: 20160502. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Neural Receptors; Psychopharmacology; Responses. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism; Antidepressant Drugs; Neuroleptic Drugs; Theories. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Human (10); Animal (20). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1998. AB - A variety of biological factors have been sought to explain why psychopharmacologic drug response varies between patients. In this work, it is hypothesized that drug response may also be significantly determined by the initial conditions of receptor site kinetics, as well as the sensitivity of downstream receptor-linked responses. This theory of initial conditions suggests that drug-action depends on receptor affinity and capacity, as well as on the conditions determining gene regulatory factors, which may influence transcription of gene products related to the emergent drug properties mediated through the receptor. The principle of initial conditions may apply not only to therapeutic psychotropic drugs, but also to drugs of abuse. This work reviews evidence to date in support of initial receptor conditions determining response to antipsychotic agents, response to antidepressants, and dependence as a response to alcohol, as conceptual examples. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - receptor–effector systems as determinants of psychopharmacologic initial conditions of response to antipsychotic & antidepressant drugs & dependence as response to alcohol KW - 1998 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Neural Receptors KW - Psychopharmacology KW - Responses KW - Alcoholism KW - Antidepressant Drugs KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Theories KW - 1998 DO - 10.1017/S1461145798001199 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2001-00316-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-03084-005 AN - 1998-03084-005 AU - Demsky, Yvonne AU - Gass, Carlton AU - Edwards, William T. AU - Golden, Charles J. T1 - Optimal short forms of the Spanish WAIS (EIWA). JF - Assessment JO - Assessment JA - Assessment Y1 - 1998/12// VL - 5 IS - 4 SP - 361 EP - 364 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 1073-1911 SN - 1552-3489 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-03084-005. PMID: 9835659 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Demsky, Yvonne; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Miami, FL, US. Release Date: 19990201. Correction Date: 20121001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intelligence Quotient; Statistical Correlation; Test Forms; Test Reliability; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Minor Descriptor: Foreign Language Translation; Test Standardization. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223); Cognitive Processes (2340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1998. AB - Determined the optimal 2-, 3-, 4-, and 5-test short forms of the Spanish version of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS), known as the Escala de Inteligencia Wechsler para Adultos (EIWA), for estimation of Full Scale IQ. Using the standardization data from the EIWA manual, average subtest reliabilities and intercorrelations were computed for the 3 reported age ranges. In addition, the relative amount of common and specific variance in the EIWA subtests was determined, along with the degree of measurement error. The study emphasizes the limitations of using the EIWA arising from its out-of-date norms, use of a restricted Spanish-speaking population, and failure to make updates since its introduction. These cautions suggest that the EIWA (long and short forms) should not be used for determining IQs; instead its use should be limited to research and to tracking cognitive changes over time. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reliabilities & intercorrelations of short-form subtests of Spanish version of WAIS KW - estimation of full scale IQ based on standardization data KW - 1998 KW - Intelligence Quotient KW - Statistical Correlation KW - Test Forms KW - Test Reliability KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - Foreign Language Translation KW - Test Standardization KW - 1998 DO - 10.1177/107319119800500405 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-03084-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1999-00049-011 AN - 1999-00049-011 AU - Chimonides, Kathryn M. AU - Frank, Deborah I. T1 - Rural and urban adolescents' perceptions of mental health. JF - Adolescence JO - Adolescence JA - Adolescence Y1 - 1998///Win 1998 VL - 33 IS - 132 SP - 823 EP - 832 CY - US PB - Libra Publishers SN - 0001-8449 N1 - Accession Number: 1999-00049-011. PMID: 9886010 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Chimonides, Kathryn M.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Tallahassee, FL, US. Release Date: 19990301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adolescent Attitudes; Health Attitudes; Mental Illness (Attitudes Toward); Rural Environments; Urban Environments. Minor Descriptor: Adolescent Development; Mental Health. Classification: Psychosocial & Personality Development (2840). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Win 1998. AB - This study investigated rural and urban adolescents' perceptions of mental health. A questionnaire containing nine vignettes (involving child abuse and adult and adolescent mental health issues) was devised based on a tool developed by J. H. Flaskerud (1980). Analysis of responses to the questionnaire indicated that there was general agreement among the students about unhealthy behaviors. However, there were some significant differences related to rural/urban setting, gender, and ethnic background. The findings provide insight into rural and urban students' perceptions of problematic behaviors, who should intervene, and how. It is recommended that health care providers assist adolescents in expanding their range of coping behaviors, especially in regard to alcohol abuse and violence. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mental health & illness attitudes KW - rural vs urban high school students KW - 1998 KW - Adolescent Attitudes KW - Health Attitudes KW - Mental Illness (Attitudes Toward) KW - Rural Environments KW - Urban Environments KW - Adolescent Development KW - Mental Health KW - 1998 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-00049-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-11244-004 AN - 1998-11244-004 AU - Skinner, Katherine M. AU - Furey, Joan T1 - The focus on women veterans who use Veterans Administration health care: The Veterans Administration Women's Health Project. JF - Military Medicine JO - Military Medicine JA - Mil Med Y1 - 1998/11// VL - 163 IS - 11 SP - 761 EP - 766 CY - US PB - Assn of Military Surgeons of the US SN - 0026-4075 SN - 1930-613X N1 - Accession Number: 1998-11244-004. PMID: 9819537 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Skinner, Katherine M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Ctr for Health Quality, Outcomes & Ecomonic Research, Bedford, MA, US. Release Date: 19990101. Correction Date: 20170302. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Health; Human Females; Military Veterans; Quality of Life. Minor Descriptor: Outpatients. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Female (40); Outpatient (60). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1998. AB - Discusses the history of women in the military and presents findings from the Veterans Administration Women's Health Project. This study was designed to describe the health-related quality of life of female military veterans who received Veterans Administration ambulatory care. The health status and health-related quality of life of 719 female veterans (aged 21–93 yrs) was assessed using the Short Form 36, an self-administered 36-item health survey. Short Form 36 scores were compared for veterans and a sample of nonveteran women from the Medical Outcomes Study (A. Tarlov et al, 1989). Results indicate that veteran women score lower on every scale compared with nonveteran women. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - health status & health related quality of life KW - 21–93 yr old female military veterans receiving outpatient military health care vs female nonveterans KW - 1998 KW - Health KW - Human Females KW - Military Veterans KW - Quality of Life KW - Outpatients KW - 1998 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-11244-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2015-41722-006 AN - 2015-41722-006 AU - Gutekunst, Claire-Anne AU - Li, Shi-Hua AU - Yi, Hong AU - Ferrante, Robert J. AU - Li, Xiao-Jiang AU - Hersch, Steven M. T1 - The cellular and subcellular localization of huntingtin-associated protein 1 (HAP1): Comparison with huntingtin in rat and human. JF - The Journal of Neuroscience JO - The Journal of Neuroscience JA - J Neurosci Y1 - 1998/10// VL - 18 IS - 19 SP - 7674 EP - 7686 CY - US PB - Society for Neuroscience SN - 0270-6474 SN - 1529-2401 AD - Hersch, Steven M., Department of Neurology, Emory University School of Medicine, WMRB Suite 6000, Atlanta, GA, US, 30322 N1 - Accession Number: 2015-41722-006. PMID: 9742138 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gutekunst, Claire-Anne; Department of Neurology, Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta, GA, US. Release Date: 20160922. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Grant Information: Gutekunst, Claire-Anne. Major Descriptor: Huntingtons Disease; Immunocytochemistry; Endoplasmic Reticulum; Mitochondria. Minor Descriptor: Proteins; Rats. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10); Animal (20); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1998. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jul 17, 1998; Revised Date: Jul 15, 1998; First Submitted Date: Apr 20, 1998. Copyright Statement: Society for Neuroscience. 1998. AB - The cellular and subcellular distribution of HAP1 was examined in rat brain by light and electron microscopic immunocytochemistry and subcellular fractionation. HAP1 localization was also determined in human postmortem tissue from control and Huntington’s disease (HD) cases by light microscopic immunocytochemistry. At the cellular level, the heterogeneity of HAP1 expression was similar to that of huntingtin; however, HAP1 immunoreactivity was more widespread. The subcellular distribution of HAP1 was examined using immunogold electron microscopy. Like huntingtin, HAP1 is a cytoplasmic protein that associates with microtubules and many types of membranous organelles, including mitochondria, endoplasmic reticulum, tubulovesicles, endosomal and lysosomal organelles, and synaptic vesicles. A quantitative comparison of the organelle associations of HAP1 and huntingtin showed them to be almost identical. Within HAP1-immunoreactive neurons in rat and human brain, populations of large and small immunoreactive puncta were visible by light microscopy. The large puncta, which were especially evident in the ventral forebrain, were intensely HAP1 immunoreactive. Electron microscopic analysis revealed them to be a type of nucleolus-like body, which has been named a stigmoid body, that may play a role in protein synthesis. The small puncta, less intensely labeled, were primarily mitochondria. These results indicate that the localization of HAP1 and huntingtin is more similar than previously appreciated and provide further evidence that HAP1 and huntingtin have localizations consistent with roles in intracellular transport. Our data also suggest, however, that HAP1 is not present in the abnormal intranuclear and neuritic aggregates containing the N-terminal fragment of mutant huntingtin that are found in HD brains. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Huntington’s disease KW - electron microscopy KW - immunogold KW - nucleolus-like bodies KW - cytoplasmic inclusions KW - stigmoid bodies KW - 1998 KW - Huntingtons Disease KW - Immunocytochemistry KW - Endoplasmic Reticulum KW - Mitochondria KW - Proteins KW - Rats KW - 1998 U1 - Sponsor: Huntington’s Disease Society of America. Other Details: Markey Center for Neurological Sciences grant. Recipients: Gutekunst, Claire-Anne U1 - Sponsor: Hereditary Disease Foundation. Other Details: Veterans Administration. Recipients: Ferrante, Robert J. U1 - Sponsor: Wills Foundation. Recipients: Li, Xiao-Jiang U1 - Sponsor: Whitehall Foundation. Recipients: Li, Xiao-Jiang U1 - Sponsor: National Institutes of Health, US. Grant: NS01624. Recipients: Hersch, Steven M. U1 - Sponsor: National Institutes of Health, US. Grant: NS35255. Recipients: Hersch, Steven M.; Gutekunst, Claire-Anne; Ferrante, Robert J. U1 - Sponsor: National Institutes of Health, US. Grant: NS36232. Recipients: Li, Xiao-Jiang UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2015-41722-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-12000-003 AN - 1998-12000-003 AU - Peterson, Charles A. AU - Sayer, Nina T1 - Schachtel on form: Once more, with feeling. T3 - Rorschach Contributions of Ernest Schachtel JF - Journal of Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Personality Assessment JA - J Pers Assess Y1 - 1998/10// VL - 71 IS - 2 SP - 160 EP - 171 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0022-3891 SN - 1532-7752 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-12000-003. Other Journal Title: Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Peterson, Charles A.; Veterans Administration, Minneapolis, MN, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19990201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Rorschach Test; Test Interpretation. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1998. AB - The Form (F) response is based on the shape-form-outline of the inkblot, and is generally considered the 'simplest' of the Rorschach determinants because it is easy to score, understand, and interpret. Allegedly, F represents affect-free, pure-picture perception and, psychiatrically, is used to assess the capacity for accurate, consensually defined reality testing. However, E. Schachtel's 1941 (modified, Schachtel, 1966) article, 'Dynamic Perception and the Symbolism of Form,' was the first to challenge this view by expanding the understanding of this determinant. His contributions are explored in this article, with particular focus on his conceptualization of the Dynamic Form response (DF), which examined the psychological function and meaning of the F response. The DF response recasts some F responses to include the presence of affect. When linked with D. Rapaport's (1958) concept of the autonomy of the ego, the DF response provides information on the ego's ability to hold, tolerate, and neutralize affect. In short, the DF response carries affect (both nutriment and discharge) that is otherwise blocked in the pure F response. The current authors build on Schachtel's work by offering suggestions for the clinical identification and use of the DF response. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - E. Schachtel's conceptualization of the Dynamic Form response in Rorschach interpretation KW - 1998 KW - Rorschach Test KW - Test Interpretation KW - 1998 DO - 10.1207/s15327752jpa7102_4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-12000-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1999-00206-007 AN - 1999-00206-007 AU - Reeves, Roy R. AU - Struve, Eva J. AU - Booker, J. Gary T1 - Catatonic state following attempted autohypnosis: A case report. JF - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JO - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JA - Am J Clin Hypn Y1 - 1998/10// VL - 41 IS - 2 SP - 168 EP - 173 CY - US PB - American Society of Clinical Hypnosis SN - 0002-9157 SN - 2160-0562 N1 - Accession Number: 1999-00206-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reeves, Roy R.; G. V. (Sonny) Montgomery Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Jackson, MS, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19990401. Correction Date: 20120702. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Autohypnosis; Catatonia; Side Effects (Treatment). Minor Descriptor: Education. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1998. AB - Presents a case involving the occurrence of a severe catatonic state following attempted autohypnosis by a 32-yr-old male with no history of psychosis. On the 4th day of hospitalization, the S awoke and spontaneously sat up in bed. 10 mo after discharge, the Ss had shown no evidence of psychosis. It is concluded that the use of hypnosis by any person without appropriate training significantly increases the risk of complications. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - attempted autohypnosis without training KW - severe catatonic state KW - 32 yr old male with no history of psychosis KW - 1998 KW - Autohypnosis KW - Catatonia KW - Side Effects (Treatment) KW - Education KW - 1998 DO - 10.1080/00029157.1998.10404205 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-00206-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-12693-004 AN - 1998-12693-004 AU - Kline, Lori AU - Decena, Eric AU - Hitzemann, Robert AU - McCaughran, James Jr. T1 - Acoustic startle, prepulse inhibition, locomotion, and latent inhibition in the neuroleptic-responsive (NR) and neuroleptic-nonresponsive (NNR) lines of mice. JF - Psychopharmacology JO - Psychopharmacology JA - Psychopharmacology (Berl) Y1 - 1998/10// VL - 139 IS - 4 SP - 322 EP - 331 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-3158 SN - 1432-2072 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-12693-004. PMID: 9809853 Other Journal Title: Psychopharmacologia. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kline, Lori; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research & Psychiatry Services, Northport, NY, US. Release Date: 19981201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Locomotion; Latent Inhibition; Neuroleptic Drugs; Prepulse Inhibition; Reflexes. Minor Descriptor: Acoustic Reflex; Startle Reflex. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1998. AB - In the present series of experiments, the acoustic startle reflex (ASR), prepulse inhibition (PPI) at 3 prepulse intensities (56, 68, and 80 dB), locomotor activity, and latent inhibition (LI) using an active avoidance paradigm were assessed in mice bidirectionally selected from a heterogeneous stock for response (NR line) or nonresponse (NNR line) to neuroleptic-induced catalepsy. A randomly selected line was used as the control. Mice from the NNR line displayed weak startle responses and a complete absence of PPI. The NR line displayed the largest ASR and the greatest PPI. The control line displayed ASRs and PPI values intermediate to the selected lines. Locomotor activity which is known to affect LI was lowest in the NR line but was similar in the NNR and control lines. In the LI paradigm, acquisition of the avoidance response was impaired in mice from the NR and control lines that were pre-exposed to the auditory CS (normal response).The acquisition of the avoidance response in the NNR line was similar in CS pre-exposed and CS non-pre-exposed animals. Results demonstrate that some of the same genetic factors which regulate neuroleptic response also play a role in PPI and LI. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - acoustic startle reflex & prepulse inhibition & locomotion activity & latent inhibition KW - mice from neuroleptic-responsive vs nonresponsive lines KW - 1998 KW - Animal Locomotion KW - Latent Inhibition KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Prepulse Inhibition KW - Reflexes KW - Acoustic Reflex KW - Startle Reflex KW - 1998 DO - 10.1007/s002130050723 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-12693-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2015-41747-021 AN - 2015-41747-021 AU - Turgeon, Victoria L. AU - Lloyd, Elizabeth D. AU - Wang, Siwei AU - Festoff, Barry W. AU - Houenou, Lucien J. T1 - Thrombin perturbs neurite outgrowth and induces apoptotic cell death in enriched chick spinal motoneuron cultures through caspase activation. JF - The Journal of Neuroscience JO - The Journal of Neuroscience JA - J Neurosci Y1 - 1998/09// VL - 18 IS - 17 SP - 6882 EP - 6891 CY - US PB - Society for Neuroscience SN - 0270-6474 SN - 1529-2401 AD - Houenou, Lucien J., Wake Forest University School of Medicine, Department of Neurobiology and Anatomy, Medical Center Boulevard, Winston-Salem, NC, US, 27157 N1 - Accession Number: 2015-41747-021. PMID: 9712658 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Turgeon, Victoria L.; Department of Neurobiology and Anatomy, Wake Forest University School of Medicine, Winston-Salem, CA, US. Release Date: 20160324. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Grant Information: Festoff, Barry W. Major Descriptor: Neural Receptors; Neuroglia. Minor Descriptor: Apoptosis; Chickens; Pathology. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1998. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jun 23, 1998; Revised Date: May 11, 1998; First Submitted Date: Mar 4, 1998. Copyright Statement: Society for Neuroscience. 1998. AB - Increasing evidence indicates several roles for thrombin-like serine proteases and their cognate inhibitors (serpins) in normal development and/or pathology of the nervous system. In addition to its prominent role in thrombosis and/or hemostasis, thrombin inhibits neurite outgrowth in neuroblastoma and primary neuronal cells in vitro, prevents stellation of glial cells, and induces cell death in glial and neuronal cell cultures. Thrombin is known to act via a cell surface protease-activated receptor (PAR-1), and recent evidence suggests that rodent neurons express PAR-1. Previously, we have shown that the thrombin inhibitor, protease nexin-1, significantly prevents neuronal cell death both in vitro and in vivo. Here we have examined the effects of human a-thrombin and the presence and/or activation of PAR-1 on the survival and differentiation of highly enriched cultures of embryonic chick spinal motoneurons. We show that thrombin significantly decreased the mean neurite length, prevented neurite branching, and induced motoneuron death by an apoptosis-like mechanism in a dose-dependent manner. These effects were prevented by cotreatment with hirudin, a specific thrombin inhibitor. Treatment of the cultures with a synthetic thrombin receptor-activating peptide (SFLLRNP) mimicked the deleterious effects of thrombin on motoneurons. Furthermore, cotreatment of the cultures with inhibitors of caspase activities completely prevented the death of motoneurons induced by either thrombin or SFLLRNP. These findings indicate that (1) embryonic avian spinal motoneurons express functional PAR-1 and (2) activation of this receptor induces neuronal cell degeneration and death via stimulation of caspases. Together with previous reports, our results suggest that thrombin, its receptor(s), and endogenous thrombin inhibitors may be important regulators of neuronal cell fate during development, after injury, and in pathology of the nervous system. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - thrombin KW - serine proteases KW - PAR-1 KW - apoptosis KW - caspases KW - spinal motoneuron cultures KW - 1998 KW - Neural Receptors KW - Neuroglia KW - Apoptosis KW - Chickens KW - Pathology KW - 1998 U1 - Sponsor: US Department of Veterans Affairs, Medical Research Service, US. Recipients: Festoff, Barry W. U1 - Sponsor: Muscular Dystrophy Association. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: Andrew’s Buddies’ Corporation. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: North Atlantic Treaty Organization. Recipients: Houenou, Lucien J. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2015-41747-021&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-12283-009 AN - 1998-12283-009 AU - Jaeger, Jeri J. AU - Lockwood, Alan H. AU - Van Valin, Robert D. Jr. AU - Kemmerer, David L. AU - Murphy, Brian W. AU - Wack, David S. T1 - Sex differences in brain regions activated by grammatical and reading tasks. JF - Neuroreport: An International Journal for the Rapid Communication of Research in Neuroscience JO - Neuroreport: An International Journal for the Rapid Communication of Research in Neuroscience JA - Neuroreport Y1 - 1998/08// VL - 9 IS - 12 SP - 2803 EP - 2807 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0959-4965 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-12283-009. PMID: 9760124 Other Journal Title: NeuroReport: For Rapid Communication of Neuroscience Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jaeger, Jeri J.; Veterans Administration Western New York Healthcare System, Ctr for Positron Emission Tomography, Buffalo, NY, US. Release Date: 19981101. Correction Date: 20090831. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebral Blood Flow; Grammar; Human Sex Differences; Neuropsychology; Reading Ability. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1998. AB - Do the brains of men and women show similar patterns of functional organization for language, or are men more strongly lateralized? We used PET to measure cerebral blood flow (CBF) as 9 men (mean age 27 ± 6 yrs) and 8 women (mean age 24 ±3 yrs) read real and nonce verbs, and produced past tense forms. While the overall patterns of reaction time, error, and brain activation were similar, there were also significant sex-related differences in CBF patterns. During the past tense generation tasks, men showed left-lateralized activation while women recruited bilateral perisylvian cortex, confirming differences in functional laterality. During all tasks, women showed higher activation in occipital and/or cerebellar regions, suggesting differences in basic reading strategies. We conclude that sex differences in functional cortical organization exist in the absence of significant behavioral differences. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sex KW - neuropsychological factors & cerebral blood flow patterns in grammatical & reading tasks KW - adults KW - 1998 KW - Cerebral Blood Flow KW - Grammar KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Neuropsychology KW - Reading Ability KW - 1998 DO - 10.1097/00001756-199808240-00022 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-12283-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-10649-007 AN - 1998-10649-007 AU - Britton, Kenneth R. T1 - Medroxyprogesterone in the treatment of aggressive hypersexual behaviour in traumatic brain injury. JF - Brain Injury JO - Brain Injury JA - Brain Inj Y1 - 1998/08// VL - 12 IS - 8 SP - 703 EP - 707 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0269-9052 SN - 1362-301X N1 - Accession Number: 1998-10649-007. PMID: 9724841 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Britton, Kenneth R.; U Minnesota, Minneapolis Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation Service, Minneapolis, MN, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19981101. Correction Date: 20150921. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Brain Damage; Drug Therapy; Paraphilias; Progesterone. Minor Descriptor: Drugs; Head Injuries. Classification: Medical Treatment of Physical Illness (3363). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1998. AB - Hypersexuality, especially inappropriate sexual comments and gestures, is also a common result of traumatic brain injury. A case of hypersexuality in a severely disabled brain injured 36-yr-old male nursing home resident is presented. An evaluation and treatment strategy for sexual dysfunction posttraumatic brain injury is presented. The patient was successfully treated with medroxyprogesterone acetate (300 mg/wk) after failure of multiple other treatment strategies including an operant conditioning program. The patient's sexually aggressive behaviors were better within 10 days and adequately controlled within 3 wks of therapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - medroxyprogesterone acetate in treatment of hypersexuality & sexual aggressiveness KW - 36-yr-old severely brain injured nursing home resident KW - 1998 KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Brain Damage KW - Drug Therapy KW - Paraphilias KW - Progesterone KW - Drugs KW - Head Injuries KW - 1998 DO - 10.1080/026990598122269 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-10649-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-10051-002 AN - 1998-10051-002 AU - Feinberg, Irwin AU - Campbell, Ian G. T1 - Haloperidol potentiates the EEG slowing of MK-801 despite blocking its motor effects: Implications for the PCP model of schizophrenia. JF - Neuroreport: An International Journal for the Rapid Communication of Research in Neuroscience JO - Neuroreport: An International Journal for the Rapid Communication of Research in Neuroscience JA - Neuroreport Y1 - 1998/07// VL - 9 IS - 10 SP - 2189 EP - 2193 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0959-4965 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-10051-002. PMID: 9694198 Other Journal Title: NeuroReport: For Rapid Communication of Neuroscience Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feinberg, Irwin; U California, Dept of Psychiatry, Veterans Administration/U California Davis Sleep Lab, Davis, CA, US. Release Date: 19981001. Correction Date: 20090831. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Locomotion; Drug Interactions; Electroencephalography; Haloperidol; Side Effects (Drug). Minor Descriptor: Animal Models; N-Methyl-D-Aspartate; Neural Receptors; Phencyclidine; Rats; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20); Male (30). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1998. AB - Reports observations made in the course of studying the effects of glutamatergic perturbations on sleep EEG. Five male rats received intraperitoneal/ly (ip) injections of 1 mg/kg haloperidol (HP), or .3 mg/kg MK-801, or 1 mg/kg HP followed 15 min later by .3 mg/kg MK-801. EEG was recorded continuously for 24 hr after each injection. Results show that the modest EEG slowing produced by HP and MK-801 individually was massively potentiated when the drugs were combined. This finding challenges the argument for the phencyclidine model of schizophrenia that assumes a general antagonism of neuroleptics and N-methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA) channel blockers. It further suggests that blockade of MK-801 motor effects is an inadequate test for antipsychotic drug actions. These data indicate that intact function of D2 receptors (or other HP targets) is required to prevent generalized EEG slowing in the presence of NMDA channel blockade. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - haloperidol &/vs MK-801 KW - motor behavior & EEG KW - male rats KW - implications for phencyclidine model of schizophrenia KW - 1998 KW - Animal Locomotion KW - Drug Interactions KW - Electroencephalography KW - Haloperidol KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Animal Models KW - N-Methyl-D-Aspartate KW - Neural Receptors KW - Phencyclidine KW - Rats KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1998 DO - 10.1097/00001756-199807130-00008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-10051-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-10024-008 AN - 1998-10024-008 AU - Weinstein, Emily T1 - Elements of the art of practice in mental health. JF - American Journal of Occupational Therapy JO - American Journal of Occupational Therapy JA - Am J Occup Ther Y1 - 1998/07//Jul-Aug, 1998 VL - 52 IS - 7 SP - 579 EP - 585 CY - US PB - American Occupational Therapy Assn SN - 0272-9490 SN - 1943-7676 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-10024-008. PMID: 9693704 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weinstein, Emily; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Veterans Health Care Ctr, Brooklyn, NY, US. Release Date: 19980901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Health Services; Occupational Therapists; Occupational Therapy; Therapist Characteristics. Classification: Professional Personnel Attitudes & Characteristics (3430). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul-Aug, 1998. AB - Explored elements of artful practice of therapists practicing in mental health treatment settings. In-depth interviews were conducted with 3 occupational therapists practicing in mental health who were considered exemplars of artful practice. Themes pertaining to their perspectives and approaches to practice were synthesized from interview data. The prevailing themes (therapeutic work as a vehicle for healing, collaborative guidance, and the Zen of therapy) are seen as elements forged by the therapist's compassion and unique personal style into a dynamic therapist–client interplay that creates a space for growth and healing to occur. Results affirmed the view of the art of practice in mental health as an intricate interplay of personal traits, interpersonal skills, and skilled use of meaningful activities within the context of a client's environment. The art of practice is a fluid, experiential process that takes place on a developmental continuum. The therapist's inner awareness of the subtlety of a multi-layered healing process is an important basis of artful practice. One's practice art can be informed by knowledge specific elements that contribute to artful practice and can be developed through education, self-reflection, personal growth, and the maturation process. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personal traits & interpersonal skills characteristic of artful practice in mental health KW - occupational therapists KW - 1998 KW - Mental Health Services KW - Occupational Therapists KW - Occupational Therapy KW - Therapist Characteristics KW - 1998 DO - 10.5014/ajot.52.7.579 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-10024-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-04804-013 AN - 1998-04804-013 AU - Adams, Barbara AU - Moghaddam, Bita T1 - Corticolimbic dopamine neurotransmission is temporally dissociated from the cognitive and locomotor effects of phencyclidine. JF - The Journal of Neuroscience JO - The Journal of Neuroscience JA - J Neurosci Y1 - 1998/07// VL - 18 IS - 14 SP - 5545 EP - 5554 CY - US PB - Society for Neuroscience SN - 0270-6474 SN - 1529-2401 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-04804-013. PMID: 9651235 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Adams, Barbara; Yale U, School of Medicine, Dept of Psychiatry, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, New Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19980901. Correction Date: 20090928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Locomotion; Cognition; Dopamine; Neurochemistry; Phencyclidine. Minor Descriptor: Neurotransmission; Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1998. AB - Examined the temporal relationship between alterations in corticolimbic dopamine and glutamate neurotransmission and 2 dopamine-dependent behavioral effects of phencyclidine (PCP) in the male Sprague Dawley rat that have relevance to the clinical phenomenology, namely, impairment of working memory, which used to model the frontal lobe deficits associated with schizophrenia, and hyperlocomotion, which is used as a predictor the propensity of a drug to elicit or exacerbate psychosis. PCP increased dopamine and glutamate efflux in the prefrontal cortex and nucleus accumbens, as measured by microdialysis. The increase in dopamine in both regions remained elevated well above baseline 2.5 hr after the injection. Locomotor activity turned to baseline in less than 2 hrs after injection. Impaired performance in a discrete trial delayed alternation to a rodent working memory task, was only evident up to 60 min after PCP injection; animals tested 80 min after injection. When cortical dopamine release was elevated at 300% of base did not exhibit impaired performance. Findings indicate that activation of dopamine neurotransmission is not sufficient to sustain PCP-induced locomotion and impairment of working memory. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - corticolimbic dopamine alterations & glutamate neurotransmission & phencyclidine KW - cognitive & locomotion ability KW - rats KW - 1998 KW - Animal Locomotion KW - Cognition KW - Dopamine KW - Neurochemistry KW - Phencyclidine KW - Neurotransmission KW - Rats KW - 1998 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-04804-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-04318-001 AN - 1998-04318-001 AU - Wertz, Robert T. AU - Auther, Linda L. AU - Burch-Sims, G. Pamela AU - Abou-Khalil, Rima AU - Kirshner, Howard S. AU - Duncan, Gary W. T1 - A comparison of the mismatch negativity (MMN) event-related potential to tone and speech stimuli in normal and aphasic adults. JF - Aphasiology JO - Aphasiology JA - Aphasiology Y1 - 1998/07//Jul-Aug, 1998 VL - 12 IS - 7-8 SP - 499 EP - 507 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0268-7038 SN - 1464-5041 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-04318-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wertz, Robert T.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Nashville, TN, US. Release Date: 19980801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Auditory Discrimination; Auditory Evoked Potentials; Severity (Disorders); Mismatch Negativity. Minor Descriptor: Auditory Stimulation. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jul-Aug, 1998. AB - Evaluated the mismatch negativity (MMN) event related potential (ERP) in 9 normal and 24 aphasic adults to tone and speech stimuli to determine aphasic patients' auditory discrimination and the relationship between MMN measures and severity of aphasia. MMNs were present in 89% of normal Ss and 79% of aphasic Ss to tone stimuli. MMNs were present in 100% of normal Ss and 54% of aphasic Ss to speech stimuli. The duration of the MMN ERP to speech stimuli was significantly related to severity of aphasia on the Western Aphasia Battery, Porch Index of Communicative Ability, and the Token Test. Thus, not all aphasic people show an early, preconscious orientation response to tone and speech stimuli. However, the duration of this response, when present, to speech stimuli appears to be related to the severity of aphasia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - auditory discrimination & mismatch negativity ERP to tone vs speech stimuli to determine severity of disorder KW - adults with aphasia KW - 1998 KW - Aphasia KW - Auditory Discrimination KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Severity (Disorders) KW - Mismatch Negativity KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - 1998 DO - 10.1080/02687039808249553 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-04318-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-11146-002 AN - 1998-11146-002 AU - Heaton, Kristin J. AU - Hill, Clara E. AU - Hess, Shirley A. AU - Leotta, Carol AU - Hoffman, Mary Ann T1 - Assimilation in therapy involving interpretation of recurrent and nonrecurrent dreams. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training JA - Psychotherapy (Chic) Y1 - 1998///Sum 1998 VL - 35 IS - 2 SP - 147 EP - 162 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 SN - 1939-1536 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-11146-002. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Heaton, Kristin J.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Boston Environmental Hazards Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19981201. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Assimilation (Cognitive Process); Brief Psychotherapy; Dream Analysis; Psychotherapeutic Processes. Minor Descriptor: Dreaming. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study; Treatment Outcome. References Available: Y. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1998. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1998. AB - We studied the process and outcome of one case of successful, brief (20 sessions), dream interpretation-focused psychotherapy with a dissociative client. During the therapy, a recurrent dream and 3 nonrecurrent dreams were explored using Hill's (1996) cognitive-experimental dream interpretation model. To explore the process of therapy, the Assimilation of Problematic Experiences Scale (APES; Stiles, Meshot, Anderson, & Sloan, 1992) was used to track changes across treatment in the client's level of assimilation of the core theme of her recurrent dream. This analysis revealed that level of assimilation increased over treatment, with most changes in assimilation occurring during sessions involving the interpretation of the recurrent dream. Use of the Hill model of dream interpretation with recurrent dreams and with dissociative clients is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - outcome of brief psychotherapy focused on interpretation of recurrent dream & assimilation of key themes in dream KW - 19 yr old female KW - 1998 KW - Assimilation (Cognitive Process) KW - Brief Psychotherapy KW - Dream Analysis KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Dreaming KW - 1998 DO - 10.1037/h0087784 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-11146-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-10489-003 AN - 1998-10489-003 AU - Kosten, Thomas R. T1 - The pharmacotherapy of relapse prevention using anticonvulsants. T3 - Anticonvulsants in the treatment of substance use disorders: A roundtable discussion JF - The American Journal on Addictions JO - The American Journal on Addictions JA - Am J Addict Y1 - 1998///Sum 1998 VL - 7 IS - 3 SP - 205 EP - 209 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 1055-0496 SN - 1521-0391 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-10489-003. PMID: 9702288 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kosten, Thomas R.; Veterans Administration Connecticut Healthcare System, Psychiatry, West Haven, CT, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19981001. Correction Date: 20100111. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anticonvulsive Drugs; Cocaine; Drug Abuse; Drug Therapy; Relapse Prevention. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1998. AB - This review of anticonvulsants for relapse prevention in substance abusers focuses on a series of clinical trials among cocaine abusers. Based on a preclinical rationale linking kindling with drug craving, several studies by J. A. Halikas et al (1991, 1992, 1997) found reductions in cocaine use and craving among 'compliant' Ss with blood levels above 4 μ/ml. Three independent randomized trials found no difference from placebo in cocaine use, although treatment retention may be higher during the first 6 wks, and alcohol use might be less at follow-up after medication discontinuation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - anticonvulsants KW - relapse prevention KW - cocaine abusers KW - 1998 KW - Anticonvulsive Drugs KW - Cocaine KW - Drug Abuse KW - Drug Therapy KW - Relapse Prevention KW - 1998 DO - 10.3109/10550499808998352 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-10489-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2010-14881-010 AN - 2010-14881-010 AU - Meyer, J. S. AU - Terayama, Y. AU - Konno, S. AU - Margishvili, G. M. AU - Akiyama, H AU - Rauch, R. A. AU - Mortel, K. F. AU - Wills, P. M. T1 - Age-related cerebrovascular disease alters the symptomatic course of migraine. JF - Cephalalgia JO - Cephalalgia JA - Cephalalgia Y1 - 1998/05// VL - 18 IS - 4 SP - 202 EP - 208 CY - United Kingdom PB - Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. SN - 0333-1024 SN - 1468-2982 AD - Meyer, J. S., Room 225, Building 110, 2002 Holcombe Boulevard-151A, Houston, TX, US, 77030 N1 - Accession Number: 2010-14881-010. PMID: 9642495 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Meyer, J. S.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, TX, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 20101025. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Cerebral Blood Flow; Cerebrovascular Disorders; Migraine Headache; Tomography. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40); Outpatient (60). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Brain Imaging; Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: May, 1998. Publication History: Accepted Date: Mar 3, 1998; First Submitted Date: Jul 28, 1997. AB - Migraine headaches usually decrease in frequency and severity and often cease during advancing age. Occasionally, migraineurs report late-life migrainous accompaniments, i.e., auras without headache, particularly when typical migraine attacks terminate or diminish following major or minor strokes, at which time the auras may become atypical. Clinical observations such as these suggest that degenerative cerebrovascular changes accompanying aging may modify the course of migraine headaches particularly those with aura. To test this hypothesis, we quantitated age-related changes in cerebral vasodilator capacitance by measuring local cerebral blood flow utilizing xenon contrast computed tomography (CT) scanning before and after oral administration of the pharmacological cerebral vasodilator, acetazolamide (Diamox®). Measurements were compared among 27 normal volunteers without headache (aged 24–94 years; mean age 61.1 ± 17.6) and 37 carefully categorized groups of migraine patients (aged 27–83 years; mean age 59.4 ±12.4). The normals comprised Group A. Migraineurs were divided into two subgroups: Group B consisted of 27 migraineurs with and without aura who continued to suffer from incapacitating and frequent headaches and Group C consisted of 10 migraineurs who no longer suffered from severe and frequent headaches, two of whom still complained of atypical auras of the 'late-life migrainous accompaniments' type. Cerebral vasodilator capacitance significantly declined with advancing age among normals and the two groups of migraineurs, confirming the development of age-related cerebrovascular diseases. Global CBF increases after Diamox® in Group B (with persistent and severe migraine), were significantly greater compared with normals without headache, and with Group C consisting of migraineurs whose headaches had decreased, subsided, or become replaced by late-life migrainous accompaniments (Group C). Results establish that cerebrovasodilator capacitance declines with advancing age, probably due to progressive cerebral atherosclerosis, since these declines were accentuated by risk factors for stroke, particularly TIAs or documented lacunar infarcts by CT. Progressive impairments of cerebral vasodilator capacitance among migraineurs were associated with: (i) reductions in frequency and severity of migrainous cephalalgia and (ii) appearance of late-life migrainous accompaniments. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cerebrovascular disease KW - age differences KW - cerebral blood flow KW - computed tomography KW - migraine headache KW - 1998 KW - Age Differences KW - Cerebral Blood Flow KW - Cerebrovascular Disorders KW - Migraine Headache KW - Tomography KW - 1998 U1 - Sponsor: US Department of Veterans Affairs, Central Office, US. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1046/j.1468-2982.1998.1804202.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2010-14881-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - margishvili@msn.com DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-10849-009 AN - 1998-10849-009 AU - Bieliauskas, Linas A. AU - Roper, Brad R. AU - Trobe, Jonathan AU - Green, Paul AU - Lacy, Maureen T1 - Cognitive measures, driving safety, and Alzheimer's disease. JF - Clinical Neuropsychologist JO - Clinical Neuropsychologist Y1 - 1998/05// VL - 12 IS - 2 SP - 206 EP - 212 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0920-1637 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-10849-009. Other Journal Title: The Clinical Neuropsychologist. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bieliauskas, Linas A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Ann Arbor, MI, US. Release Date: 19981001. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Cognitive Ability; Driving Behavior; Neuropsychology; Performance. Minor Descriptor: Test Performance. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: May, 1998. AB - The performance of 9 individuals (mean age 70 yrs) with Alzheimer's disease (DAT) and 9 age-matched controls on neuropsychological testing (NT) was compared to their performance on an on-the-road driving test. Patients with DAT differed significantly from controls on all NT and measures of driving error. None of the NT correlated significantly with driving errors for controls, and only Shipley Institute of Living Scale scores and Southern California Figure-Ground Test scores showed significant correlations with driving errors in subjects with DAT. Thus, although certain general cognitive measures appear to predict some driving errors for those with DAT, NT showed relatively weak overall power in predicting measured driving errors, consistent with most of the literature. Current studies of limited driving situations for elderly people likely emphasize relatively overlearned skills (procedural memory) which may be somewhat independent of many specific NT measures. It is postulated that NT measures will be much more predictive of challenge-related driving performance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - relationship between neuropsychological testing & on-the-road driving test performance KW - adults (mean age 70 yrs) with vs without Alzheimer's disease KW - 1998 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Driving Behavior KW - Neuropsychology KW - Performance KW - Test Performance KW - 1998 DO - 10.1076/clin.12.2.206.1994 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-10849-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-10329-001 AN - 1998-10329-001 AU - Streeter, Chris C. AU - Ciraulo, Domenic A. AU - Harris, Gordon J. AU - Kaufman, Marc J. AU - Lewis, Robert F. AU - Knapp, Clifford M. AU - Ciraulo, Ann Marie AU - Maas, Luis C. AU - Ungeheuer, Michelle AU - Szulewski, Susan AU - Renshaw, Perry F. T1 - Functional magnetic resonance imaging of alprazolam-induced changes in humans with familial alcoholism. JF - Psychiatry Research: Neuroimaging JO - Psychiatry Research: Neuroimaging Y1 - 1998/05// VL - 82 IS - 2 SP - 69 EP - 82 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0925-4927 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-10329-001. PMID: 9754450 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Streeter, Chris C.; Boston National Inst on Drug Abuse, Veterans Administration Medical Development Research Unit, Outpatient Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19980901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Alprazolam; Family Background; Magnetic Resonance Imaging; Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging. Minor Descriptor: Cerebral Blood Flow. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: May, 1998. AB - Attempted to identify whether Ss with a family history (FH+) of alcoholism had changes in regional cerebral blood volume (rCBV) after an alprazolam challenge which distinguished them from Ss without a family history (FH–) of alcoholism using functional MRI (fMRI). 12 FH+ and 8 FH– Ss were challenged with 1 mg of alprazolam or placebo in a double-blind crossover design. FMRI scans were obtained at baseline, 1 and 2 h after the challenge using the dynamic susceptibility contrast method with gadolinium. Global analysis of CBV showed a treatment by time decrease on alprazolam relative to placebo, but no effect by family history. The FH+ group showed rCBV decreases at 1 h in the left caudate and left inferior prefrontal region, while the FH– group showed rCBV decreases at 2 h in the right inferior prefrontal region and anterior cingulate in response to alprazolam relative to placebo. This fMRI technique detected global and regional CBV changes induced by alprazolam. Location and rate of alprazolam-induced rCBV changes differed between FH+ and FH– Ss. These changes may be related to the increased mood enhancement found in Ss genetically predisposed to alcoholism. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - functional magnetic resonance imaging of alprazolam-induced changes in cerebral blood volume KW - persons with family history of alcoholism KW - 1998 KW - Alcoholism KW - Alprazolam KW - Family Background KW - Magnetic Resonance Imaging KW - Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging KW - Cerebral Blood Flow KW - 1998 DO - 10.1016/S0925-4927(98)00009-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-10329-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - ORCID: 0000-0001-6728-9257 UR - ORCID: 0000-0003-4482-7678 UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0001-7706-8765 UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-8741-1990 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-01925-006 AN - 1998-01925-006 AU - Oliveto, Alison H. AU - Rosen, Marc I. AU - Kosten, Therese A. AU - Hameedi, Faiq AU - Woods, Scott W. AU - Kosten, Thomas R. T1 - Hydromorphone-naloxone combinations in opioid-dependent humans under naloxone novel-response discrimination procedure. JF - Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology JO - Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology JA - Exp Clin Psychopharmacol Y1 - 1998/05// VL - 6 IS - 2 SP - 169 EP - 178 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1064-1297 SN - 1936-2293 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-01925-006. PMID: 9608349 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Oliveto, Alison H.; Connecticut Veterans Administration Healthcare System, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19980601. Correction Date: 20100208. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Dependency; Drug Discrimination; Methadone Maintenance; Naloxone; Opiates. Minor Descriptor: Drug Dosages. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: May, 1998. Publication History: Accepted Date: Oct 27, 1997; Revised Date: Oct 20, 1997; First Submitted Date: May 19, 1997. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1998. AB - Naloxone-hydromorphone combinations were tested in participants trained to discriminate naloxone from placebo under a novel-response drug discrimination procedure while maintained on methadone. Naloxone alone produced dose-related increases in naloxone appropriate responding, little or no 'novel'-appropriate responding, and increases in opioid antagonist adjective ratings (n = 5). Hydromorphone alone produced dose-related increases in novel-appropriate responding, little or no naloxone-appropriate responding, and increases in opioid agonist adjective ratings (n = 6). When combined with naloxone, hydromorphone produced dose-related decreases in naloxone-appropriate responding and antagonist adjective ratings (n = 6). These findings are consistent with nonhuman data and suggest that this procedure may be useful as a human laboratory model of opioid withdrawal. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - naloxone &/or hydromorphone KW - dose related naloxone- & novel appropriate responding & opioid agonist & antagonist adjective ratings KW - 26–38 yr olds maintained on methadone KW - 1998 KW - Drug Dependency KW - Drug Discrimination KW - Methadone Maintenance KW - Naloxone KW - Opiates KW - Drug Dosages KW - 1998 DO - 10.1037/1064-1297.6.2.169 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-01925-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-04972-003 AN - 1998-04972-003 AU - Rasmussen, Dennis D. T1 - Effects of chronic nicotine treatment and withdrawal on hypothalamic proopiomelanocortin gene expression and neuroendocrine regulation. JF - Psychoneuroendocrinology JO - Psychoneuroendocrinology JA - Psychoneuroendocrinology Y1 - 1998/04// VL - 23 IS - 3 SP - 245 EP - 259 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0306-4530 SN - 1873-3360 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-04972-003. PMID: 9695129 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rasmussen, Dennis D.; U Washington, Veterans Administration Puget Sound Health Care System & Dept of Medicine, Mental Health Service, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19980901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Gene Expression; Hypothalamus; Nicotine; Nicotine Withdrawal; Ribonucleic Acid. Minor Descriptor: Genes; Neuroendocrinology; Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20); Male (30). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1998. AB - Investigated the effects of chronic nicotine treatment and withdrawal on: (1) mediobasohypothalamic (MBH) concentrations of proopiomelanocortin (POMC) mRNA; (2) MBH concentrations of tyrosine hydroxylase (TH) mRNA; (3) corresponding serum prolactin, corticosterone, luteinizing hormone (LH), and testosterone concentrations. POMC and TH mRNA levels were measured by RNase protection/solution hybridization assay; serum hormone levels were measured by radioimmunoassay. Male rats received injections of either nicotine or saline on an increasing frequency and dosage schedule over 4 wks. The rats were sacrificed after 4 wks treatment and at 1, 3, 7, 14 and 21 days withdrawal. Chronic daily nicotine administration induced significant changes in serum corticosterone, serum prolactin, MBH TH mRNA, and MBH POMC mRNA concentrations that tended to persist through day 3 of withdrawal; serum prolactin and MBH POMC mRNA concentrations were suppressed whereas serum corticosterone and MBH TH mRNA concentrations were stimulated. None of the parameters were significantly different from control levels following 7 or more days of withdrawal from nicotine, except for a significant decrease of MBH POMC mRNA concentrations on day 21. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chronic nicotine treatment & withdrawal KW - hypothalamic proopiomelanocortin gene expression & neuroendocrine regulation KW - rats KW - 1998 KW - Gene Expression KW - Hypothalamus KW - Nicotine KW - Nicotine Withdrawal KW - Ribonucleic Acid KW - Genes KW - Neuroendocrinology KW - Rats KW - 1998 DO - 10.1016/S0306-4530(98)00003-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-04972-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-04466-013 AN - 1998-04466-013 AU - Hofstetter, John R. AU - Mayeda, Aimee R. T1 - Provisional quantitative trait loci (QTL) for the Aschoff effect in RI mice. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1998/04// VL - 64 IS - 1 SP - 97 EP - 101 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-04466-013. PMID: 9661988 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hofstetter, John R.; Roudebush Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Veteran Affairs, Indianapolis, IN, US. Release Date: 19981001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Activity Level; Animal Circadian Rhythms; Genetic Linkage; Illumination; Phenotypes. Minor Descriptor: Animal Locomotion; Environmental Effects; Genetics; Mice; Physiological Stress; Quantitative Trait Loci. Classification: Genetics (2510). Population: Animal (20); Male (30). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1998. AB - Male mice of the CXB recombinant inbred (RI) panel were phenotyped for period of locomotor activity in continuous dark and in continuous 10-lux light. There were significant differences in the effect of the light-on period among CXB RI strains and their progenitors. By comparing strain means for light-on period effects in the CXB RI strains with typed genetic loci using a product moment correlation, it was possible to hypothesize quantitative trait loci important to the genetic variance in the effect of constant low-level light on circadian period. Provisional quantitative trait loci for light-on period were found on proximal Chromosome 8 and mid Chromosome 11 in regions near quantitative trait loci identified in a similar analysis of the BXD RI panel. This provides additional evidence for the importance of loci on Chromosomes 8 and 11. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - effects of constant low-level light vs darkness on locomotor activity & quantitative trait loci KW - phenotyped CXB recombinant inbred male mice KW - 1998 KW - Activity Level KW - Animal Circadian Rhythms KW - Genetic Linkage KW - Illumination KW - Phenotypes KW - Animal Locomotion KW - Environmental Effects KW - Genetics KW - Mice KW - Physiological Stress KW - Quantitative Trait Loci KW - 1998 DO - 10.1016/S0031-9384(98)00031-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-04466-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-02204-001 AN - 1998-02204-001 AU - Goodglass, Harold T1 - Stages of lexical retrieval. T3 - Lexical retrieval disorders JF - Aphasiology JO - Aphasiology JA - Aphasiology Y1 - 1998/04//Apr-May, 1998 VL - 12 IS - 4-5 SP - 287 EP - 298 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0268-7038 SN - 1464-5041 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-02204-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goodglass, Harold; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Aphasia Research Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19980701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Information Storage; Lexical Access; Naming; Semantic Memory. Classification: Learning & Memory (2343). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Apr-May, 1998. AB - Beginning with a consideration of visual confrontation naming, models requiring an intervening construct between semantic input and phonological access are distinguished from those which permit direct activation of phonology upon visual identification of a picture. Discrete stage models are also distinguished from non-discrete models. In considering how various types of aphasic naming errors may be reconciled with different models of naming, it was concluded that semantic substitutions are readily accommodated by a variety of models, but that phonological errors of the type characteristic of aphasics are most easily dealt with by spreading activation models. A discussion of lexical access in free discourse emphasized not only the absence of any stages related to visual processing, but the different character of the semantic activity that leads to phonological activation in running speech, in contrast to the canonical semantic representations of picture naming and naming to description. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lexical retrieval & verbal naming in description KW - 1998 KW - Human Information Storage KW - Lexical Access KW - Naming KW - Semantic Memory KW - 1998 DO - 10.1080/02687039808249534 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-02204-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-00912-001 AN - 1998-00912-001 AU - Fortney, John AU - Rost, Kathryn AU - Zhang, Mingliang T1 - A joint choice model of the decision to seek depression treatment and choice of provider sector. JF - Medical Care JO - Medical Care JA - Med Care Y1 - 1998/03// VL - 36 IS - 3 SP - 307 EP - 320 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0025-7079 SN - 1537-1948 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-00912-001. PMID: 9520956 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fortney, John; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, North Little Rock Div, HSR&D Field Program for Mental Health, North Little Rock, AR, US. Release Date: 19980501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Decision Making; Health Care Seeking Behavior; Major Depression; Mental Health Services; Primary Health Care. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies; Health Care Utilization; Models. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1998. AB - Identified object-specific casemix factors (treatment for depression) and provider (primary care vs specialty mental health) sector-specific access measures with a joint choice decision model. A community-based sample of 435 adults with current depression symptoms was compiled using random digit dial and a depression screening test. Ss were administered baseline and 6-mo follow-up surveys via telephone. All medical, pharmaceutical, and insurance records were collected and abstracted to verify service use and depression treatment. At the 6-mo follow-up, 73.3% of the sample did not seek depression treatment, 18.9% sought care from a primary care provider, and 7.8% sought care from a mental health specialist. Provider sector-specific access measures (e.g., insurance coverage and availability) significantly impacted sector choice and, thus, the decision to seek treatment. Subject-specific factors (e.g., age, gender, employment status, depression severity, and psychiatric comorbidity) significantly affected the decision to seek treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - joint choice model of decision to seek treatment & choice of primary care vs specialty mental health provider KW - adults with depression KW - 6 mo follow up KW - 1998 KW - Decision Making KW - Health Care Seeking Behavior KW - Major Depression KW - Mental Health Services KW - Primary Health Care KW - Followup Studies KW - Health Care Utilization KW - Models KW - 1998 DO - 10.1097/00005650-199803000-00008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-00912-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-00746-005 AN - 1998-00746-005 AU - Puce, Aina AU - Allison, Truett AU - Bentin, Shlomo AU - Gore, John C. AU - McCarthy, Gregory T1 - Temporal cortex activation in humans viewing eye and mouth movements. JF - The Journal of Neuroscience JO - The Journal of Neuroscience JA - J Neurosci Y1 - 1998/03// VL - 18 IS - 6 SP - 2188 EP - 2199 CY - US PB - Society for Neuroscience SN - 0270-6474 SN - 1529-2401 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-00746-005. PMID: 9482803 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Puce, Aina; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychology Lab, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19980501. Correction Date: 20090928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Facial Features; Motion Perception; Temporal Lobe; Visual Cortex. Minor Descriptor: Lipreading. Classification: Visual Perception (2323). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1998. AB - Examined whether regions of extrastriate visual cortex could be activated in 11 adults during functional magnetic resonance imaging sessions in which they viewed eye and mouth movements within a stationary face or movements of check patterns that occurred in the same spatial location as the eyes or mouth. Stimuli were superimposed on a radial background pattern that continually moved inward to control for the effect of movement per se. Activation evoked by the radial background was assessed in a separate control task. Moving eyes and mouths activated a bilateral region centered in the posterior superior temporal sulcus (STS). Activation by moving eyes and mouths was distinct from that elicited by the moving radial background, which primarily activated the posterior-temporal-occipital fossa and lateral occipital sulcus. Area MT/V5 was strongly activated by moving eyes and to a lesser extent by other moving stimuli. Results suggest that a superior temporal region centered in the STS is preferentially involved in the perception of gaze direction and mouth movements. This region of the STS may be functionally related to nearby superior temporal regions thought to be involved in lip-reading and in the perception of hand and body movement. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - viewing moving eyes & mouths in stationary faces KW - activation of regions of visual cortex KW - 25–47 yr olds KW - implications for lipreading & body movement perception KW - 1998 KW - Facial Features KW - Motion Perception KW - Temporal Lobe KW - Visual Cortex KW - Lipreading KW - 1998 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-00746-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-00132-008 AN - 1998-00132-008 AU - Llorente, Maria D. AU - Olsen, Edwin J. AU - Leyva, Oscar AU - Silverman, Michael A. AU - Lewis, John E. AU - Rivero, Jesus T1 - Use of antipsychotic drugs in nursing homes: Current compliance with OBRA regulations. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1998/02// VL - 46 IS - 2 SP - 198 EP - 201 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-00132-008. PMID: 9475449 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Llorente, Maria D.; UPBEAT, Dept of Psychiatric Veterans' Administration Medical Ctr, Miami, FL, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19980401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Information: Annual Meeting of American Psychiatric Association, May, 1996, NY, US. Major Descriptor: Compliance; Drug Therapy; Laws; Neuroleptic Drugs; Nursing Homes. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1998. AB - Examined the degree and patterns of compliance with the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (OBRA) regulations regarding the use of antipsychotic drugs in nursing homes. The authors conducted a retrospective chart review of 1,573 residents of 8 nursing homes (5 community, 2 county-owned, and 1 university-affiliated Veterans Administration facility). A structured assessment instrument was used to track compliance with each aspect of the OBRA regulations regarding antipsychotic drug use. 279 residents were actively taking antipsychotic medications (prevalence of 17.7%). Mean compliance greater than 70% was found for (1) appropriate diagnostic indication, (2) dosage within recommended limits, and 3) documented appropriate target symptoms. Dosages were more likely to exceed limits in those patients with histories of major mental illness, particularly schizophrenia. Nursing homes were better able to comply with those guidelines that are most specific. These data are useful in establishing threshold levels of performance and can be used by nursing homes for continuous quality improvement. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - degree & patterns of compliance with Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act regulations regarding use of antipsychotic drugs KW - nursing home residents KW - conference proceedings KW - 1998 KW - Compliance KW - Drug Therapy KW - Laws KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Nursing Homes KW - 1998 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1998.tb02539.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-00132-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-00132-007 AN - 1998-00132-007 AU - Fried, Terri R. AU - Pollack, Daphna M. AU - Tinetti, Mary E. T1 - Factors associated with six-month mortality in recipients of community-based long-term care. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1998/02// VL - 46 IS - 2 SP - 193 EP - 197 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-00132-007. PMID: 9475448 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fried, Terri R.; Veterans Administration Connecticut Healthcare System, Geriatrics & Extended Care, West Haven, CT, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19980401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Death and Dying; Demographic Characteristics; Health; Social Support. Minor Descriptor: Community Services; Long Term Care. Classification: Community & Social Services (3373). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1998. AB - Examined factors associated with short-term mortality in 65–85+ yr old recipients of community-based long-term care (CBLTC). Demographics; functional, cognitive, and health status; depression; and social support were obtained in an admission assessment. Six-month mortality data were obtained by linking assessment data to a state mortality registry. Results show 718 deaths among 6,784 CBLTC clients. Six-month mortality was associated with poor functional and cognitive status, the presence of cancer, heart disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, and nutritional problems, depression, perception of poor health, and hospitalization. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - demographic & functional & cognitive & health status & social support factors & short-term mortality KW - 65–85+ yr old recipients of community-based long-term care KW - 1998 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Death and Dying KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - Health KW - Social Support KW - Community Services KW - Long Term Care KW - 1998 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1998.tb02538.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-00132-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1997-36938-016 AN - 1997-36938-016 AU - Kleespies, Phillip M. AU - Niles, Barbara L. AU - Mori, DeAnna L. AU - Deleppo, James D. ED - Kleespies, Phillip M. ED - Kleespies, Phillip M., (Ed) T1 - Emergencies with suicidal patients: The impact on the clinician. T2 - Emergencies in mental health practice: Evaluation and management. Y1 - 1998/// SP - 379 EP - 397 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 1-57230-255-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-36938-016. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kleespies, Phillip M.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Emergency Room Services for Psychology, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19980401. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 1-57230-255-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Literature Review; Mental Health Personnel; Suicide. Minor Descriptor: Attempted Suicide; Suicidal Ideation; Therapist Characteristics. Classification: Professional Personnel Attitudes & Characteristics (3430). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 19. AB - There is a need to better understand the incidence of patient suicidal behavior in clinical practice and its impact on mental health practitioners at all levels. Much of the research in this area focuses on completed patient suicides, but we contend that there is a need to understand how clinicians might be better prepared to cope with the emotions aroused by a broader range of patient suicidal behavior (i.e., episodes of patient suicidal ideation and patient suicide attempts as well as patient suicide completions). This chapter reviews the literature on the following topics: the incidence of patient suicidal behavior, the impact of patient suicidal behavior on the clinician, the clinician's adaptation in response to patient suicidal behavior, preparing clinicians to cope with patient suicidal behavior, and coping with the aftermath of patient suicidal behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - impact of & coping with patient suicidal behavior KW - mental health clinicians KW - literature review KW - 1998 KW - Coping Behavior KW - Literature Review KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Suicide KW - Attempted Suicide KW - Suicidal Ideation KW - Therapist Characteristics KW - 1998 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-36938-016&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1997-36938-013 AN - 1997-36938-013 AU - White, Roberta F. AU - Marans, Karen S. AU - Krengel, Maxine ED - Kleespies, Phillip M. ED - Kleespies, Phillip M., (Ed) T1 - Psychological/behavioral symptoms in neurological disorders. T2 - Emergencies in mental health practice: Evaluation and management. Y1 - 1998/// SP - 312 EP - 331 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 1-57230-255-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-36938-013. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: White, Roberta F.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19980401. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 1-57230-255-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Nervous System Disorders; Neuropsychological Assessment; Psychiatric Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Emergency Services. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 20. AB - For the purposes of this chapter we concentrate on the expression of symptoms that traditionally were considered to be psychiatric or psychological among patients who carry traditional neurological diagnoses. The kinds of symptoms we consider include hallucinations, delusions, paranoia, apathy, restlessness, agitation, sadness/depression, anxiety, denial, and regression. The types of disorders we discuss include primary progressive dementias such as Alzheimer's disease and frontal lobe dementias, motor disorders such as Parkinson's disease and Huntington's disease, diseases involving multiple cerebral lesions such as cerebrovascular diseases and multiple sclerosis, and traumatic brain injury and epilepsy. We chose to focus on common conditions that present frequently in the context of psychological emergencies. Our discussion largely emanates from our own extensive clinical experience. We are interested in the systematic expression of behavioral changes in neurological disease that go beyond the traditional cognitive deficits assessed in neuropsychology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - evaluation of psychological/behavioral symptoms in psychological emergencies KW - patients with neurological disorders KW - 1998 KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Psychiatric Symptoms KW - Emergency Services KW - 1998 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-36938-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1997-36938-012 AN - 1997-36938-012 AU - Popp, Sabrina M. AU - Trezza, Glenn R. ED - Kleespies, Phillip M. ED - Kleespies, Phillip M., (Ed) T1 - Side effects of and reactions to psychotropic medications. T2 - Emergencies in mental health practice: Evaluation and management. Y1 - 1998/// SP - 279 EP - 311 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 1-57230-255-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-36938-012. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Popp, Sabrina M.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Substance Abuse Treatment Program, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19980401. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 1-57230-255-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Interactions; Drug Therapy; Mental Disorders; Side Effects (Drug). Minor Descriptor: Antidepressant Drugs; Neuroleptic Drugs; Tranquilizing Drugs. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 33. AB - This chapter discusses the most commonly used psychiatric medications, as well as their side effects to provide the clinician with general guidelines for medication use and management. The chapter is divided into 5 major sections: antipsychotic medications, antidepressants, mood stabilizers, antianxiety medications, and special categories/potentiating agents, including agents to treat extrapyramidal symptoms and sexual dysfunction. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - use & management & side effects of & reactions to psychotropic medications KW - 1998 KW - Drug Interactions KW - Drug Therapy KW - Mental Disorders KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Antidepressant Drugs KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Tranquilizing Drugs KW - 1998 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-36938-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1997-36938-011 AN - 1997-36938-011 AU - Trezza, Glenn R. AU - Popp, Sabrina M. ED - Kleespies, Phillip M. ED - Kleespies, Phillip M., (Ed) T1 - The evaluation and management of alcohol- and drug-related crises. T2 - Emergencies in mental health practice: Evaluation and management. Y1 - 1998/// SP - 258 EP - 276 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 1-57230-255-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-36938-011. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Trezza, Glenn R.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Substance Abuse Treatment Program, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19980401. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 1-57230-255-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Crisis Intervention; Drug Abuse; Emergency Services; Evaluation. Minor Descriptor: Alcohol Intoxication; Drug Overdoses; Drug Rehabilitation; Drug Withdrawal; Polydrug Abuse. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 19. AB - The purpose of this chapter is to describe the characteristics, assessment, and treatment options for the management of drug- and alcohol-related emergencies. Many psychiatric emergency situations may include substance use as a presenting complication, but 3 key situations may be defined as true alcohol- or drug-related crises: intoxication states, withdrawal states, and overdose. This chapter discusses each of these substance use situations as they relate to specific substances as well as provides an overview of polysubstance issues. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - crisis evaluation & management KW - patients with alcohol or drug intoxication or withdrawal or overdose KW - 1998 KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Crisis Intervention KW - Drug Abuse KW - Emergency Services KW - Evaluation KW - Alcohol Intoxication KW - Drug Overdoses KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Polydrug Abuse KW - 1998 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-36938-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1997-36938-007 AN - 1997-36938-007 AU - Kleespies, Phillip M. AU - Blackburn, Esme J. ED - Kleespies, Phillip M. ED - Kleespies, Phillip M., (Ed) T1 - The emergency telephone call. T2 - Emergencies in mental health practice: Evaluation and management. Y1 - 1998/// SP - 174 EP - 195 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 1-57230-255-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-36938-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kleespies, Phillip M.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Emergency Room Services for Psychology, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19980401. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 1-57230-255-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Crisis Intervention; Emergency Services; Mental Health Services; Telephone Systems. Minor Descriptor: Perpetrators; Therapeutic Processes; Victimization; Violence. Classification: Community & Social Services (3373). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 22. AB - It is not unusual for a clinician with an active case load to receive calls from patients who are in a crisis or an emergency of one sort or another, and attempting to deal with them can be stressful. The focus of this chapter is on the emergency telephone call that reaches the mental health professional. Topics addressed in the chapter include a brief history of the use of the telephone in the mental health delivery system; the 'duty of care' and its relevance to emergency phone contacts; the importance of a standard policy and procedure for emergency phone calls; studies of the effectiveness of emergency phone services; models for the emergency telephone interaction; skills and attributes of the emergency phone clinician; emergency calls from perpetrators and victims of violence; and the stress of managing emergency phone calls and strategies for coping with it. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - management of emergency psychological crisis telephone calls KW - 1998 KW - Crisis Intervention KW - Emergency Services KW - Mental Health Services KW - Telephone Systems KW - Perpetrators KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - Victimization KW - Violence KW - 1998 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-36938-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1997-36938-006 AN - 1997-36938-006 AU - Kleespies, Phillip M. AU - Mori, DeAnna L. ED - Kleespies, Phillip M. ED - Kleespies, Phillip M., (Ed) T1 - Life-and-death decisions: Refusing life-sustaining treatment. T2 - Emergencies in mental health practice: Evaluation and management. Y1 - 1998/// SP - 145 EP - 173 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 1-57230-255-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-36938-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kleespies, Phillip M.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Emergency Room Services for Psychology, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19980401. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 1-57230-255-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Rights; Decision Making; Life Sustaining Treatment; Professional Ethics; Treatment Withholding. Minor Descriptor: Competence; Informed Consent; Legal Processes; Measurement; Terminally Ill Patients; Treatment Refusal. Classification: Civil Rights & Civil Law (4210). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 29. AB - A tremendous amount of complexity and emotion surrounds decisions about ending life-sustaining treatment. Professionals in the mental health arena possess training and expertise that can be used to provide some guidance and assistance in this difficult process. Clinicians can help patients, families, and professionals tease apart the emotional, legal, and ethical issues that complicate decisions that may not have one clear and easy answer. This chapter addresses the following topics: withdrawing and withholding life-sustaining treatment, ethical principles underlying the right to refuse life-sustaining treatment, the legal basis for the right to refuse life-sustaining treatment, essential elements of informed consent/refusal, decision-making capacity and competency, decision making and the incompetent terminally ill patient, 'allowing to die' vs 'euthanasia' or 'suicide,' and the other side of the existential coin. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - legal & ethical issues in informed consent & assessment of decision making capacity & competence to refuse life-sustaining treatment KW - terminally ill patients KW - 1998 KW - Client Rights KW - Decision Making KW - Life Sustaining Treatment KW - Professional Ethics KW - Treatment Withholding KW - Competence KW - Informed Consent KW - Legal Processes KW - Measurement KW - Terminally Ill Patients KW - Treatment Refusal KW - 1998 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-36938-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1997-36938-002 AN - 1997-36938-002 AU - Kleespies, Phillip M. AU - Deleppo, James D. AU - Mori, DeAnna L. AU - Niles, Barbara L. ED - Kleespies, Phillip M. ED - Kleespies, Phillip M., (Ed) T1 - The emergency interview. T2 - Emergencies in mental health practice: Evaluation and management. Y1 - 1998/// SP - 41 EP - 72 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 1-57230-255-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-36938-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kleespies, Phillip M.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Emergency Room Services for Psychology, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19980401. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 1-57230-255-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Crisis Intervention; Psychodiagnostic Interview; Psychological Stress; Risk Assessment. Classification: Community & Social Services (3373). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Interview. Page Count: 32. AB - The interview presented in this chapter is intended for use in assessing and managing the patient who presents with what may be a psychological emergency (i.e., with potentially life-threatening behavior). In addition to determining the degree of risk, the major tasks in such an interview are to contain and define the emotional turmoil of the patient, and then to direct him or her to appropriate care and treatment. Topics addressed in the chapter include containment of emotional turmoil (general principles in the engagement process, involvement of family and friends in the interview, more structured containment); defining or formulating the problem (the biopsychosocial model, hypothesis testing, the interview, psychodiagnostic impressions, case formulation); disposition planning (response to risk); the written report; and training and supervision issues. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - emergency interview for assessment & management of life-threatening behavior & containment of emotional turmoil KW - 1998 KW - Crisis Intervention KW - Psychodiagnostic Interview KW - Psychological Stress KW - Risk Assessment KW - 1998 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-36938-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1997-36938-000 AN - 1997-36938-000 AU - Kleespies, Phillip M. ED - Kleespies, Phillip M. T1 - Emergencies in mental health practice: Evaluation and management. Y1 - 1998/// CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 1-57230-255-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-36938-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kleespies, Phillip M.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Emergency Room Services for Psychology, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19980401. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. ISBN: 1-57230-255-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Crisis Intervention; Emergency Services; Mental Health Services. Classification: Community & Social Services (3373). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 450. AB - Regardless of what training model they adhere to, if mental health clinicians hold themselves out as independent practitioners, it is imperative that they be prepared to assist patients in the event of life-threatening behavior or a psychological emergency. The structure of this book is intended as a curriculum for teaching a knowledge base in such emergency services. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - evaluation & management of life-threatening behavior & psychological emergencies KW - 1998 KW - Crisis Intervention KW - Emergency Services KW - Mental Health Services KW - 1998 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-36938-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-11617-007 AN - 1998-11617-007 AU - Higgins, Maura P. T1 - Alcoholic families: The crisis of early recovery. JF - Family Therapy JO - Family Therapy JA - Fam Ther Y1 - 1998/// VL - 25 IS - 3 SP - 203 EP - 219 CY - US PB - Libra Publishers SN - 0091-6544 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-11617-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Higgins, Maura P.; Edith Nourse Roger's Memorial Veterans Administration Hosp, Vetrans Ctr for Addiction Treatment, Bedford, MA, US. Release Date: 19990101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Family Relations; Recovery (Disorders); Systems Theory. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Therapy; Models. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233); Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: 1998. AB - Applies the systems theory model to explain how the alcoholic family system develops, how roles and beliefs evolve, and how family rules and behaviors keep the alcoholic family intact. It also describes the tasks of early family recovery, and integrates systems theory with cognitive–behavioral therapy, suggesting interventions to help the family reorganize. The author concludes that a systems perspective is a comprehensive way of understanding how the alcoholic family's beliefs, roles, rules, and behaviors develop in order to maintain homeostasis. As the family enters into early recovery, its members frequently experience a crisis, because homeostasis mechanisms have been disrupted. Integrating cognitive and behavioral interventions can help family members negotiate this transition period by having them reframe erroneous beliefs and unrealistic expectations, as well as help them cope with painful emotions while the family reorganizes. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - systems theory model & alcoholic families & early recovery & cognitive–behavioral interventions KW - 1998 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Family Relations KW - Recovery (Disorders) KW - Systems Theory KW - Cognitive Therapy KW - Models KW - 1998 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-11617-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1998-07925-006 AN - 1998-07925-006 AU - Bernstein, Murray M. ED - Danieli, Yael ED - Danieli, Yael, (Ed) T1 - Conflicts in adjustment: World War II prisoners of war and their families. T2 - International handbook of multigenerational legacies of trauma. T3 - The Plenum series on stress and coping Y1 - 1998/// SP - 119 EP - 124 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-45738-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-07925-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bernstein, Murray M.; Zablocki Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Social Work, Milwaukee, WI, US. Release Date: 19980901. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-306-45738-5, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Family Relations; Prisoners of War. Minor Descriptor: Family Members; Military Veterans. Classification: Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. AB - Examines some intergenerational implications of conflicts in adjustment in American WWII prisoners of war (POWs) and their families. Information was gathered through both personal interviews and correspondence with 31 POWs. Questionnaires were completed that assessed their patterns of behavior since discharge from the military. These included communication within the family regarding community and social activities, as well as self-reports of nightmares, intrusive thoughts, and outbursts of anger. Additional interviews were completed with spouses and children.Results of the interviews indicated agreement among family members regarding the POWs' emotional anxiety and mood changes. The POWs and their spouses showed emotional distance within relationships. The issue of mood swings was reported by 73% of the POWs and confirmed by 70% of the spouses. Sudden anger outbursts were noted by 67% of the POWs and confirmed by 70% of the spouses. The POWs responses showed that 38% engaged in social activities outside the home. The findings indicate a high prevalence of psychiatric morbidity for POWs. Most Ss reported some form of difficulty at home, work, and in the community. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - conflicts in adjustment KW - 67–76 yr old WWII prisoners of war & their families KW - 1998 KW - Adjustment KW - Family Relations KW - Prisoners of War KW - Family Members KW - Military Veterans KW - 1998 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4757-5567-1_7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-07925-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1998-07887-012 AN - 1998-07887-012 AU - Gold, Vivian ED - Klein, Edward B. ED - Gabelnick, Faith G. ED - Herr, Peter ED - Klein, Edward B., (Ed) ED - Gabelnick, Faith G., (Ed) ED - Herr, Peter, (Ed) T1 - Feeling the work in one's bones: Self-authorization and group dynamics from a woman's perspective. T2 - The psychodynamics of leadership. Y1 - 1998/// SP - 297 EP - 321 CY - Madison, CT, US PB - Psychosocial Press SN - 1-887841-13-X N1 - Accession Number: 1998-07887-012. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gold, Vivian; U California, Veterans Administration Hosp, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19980801. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 1-887841-13-X, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Authority; Group Dynamics; Human Females; Leadership; Organizations. Minor Descriptor: Mentor; Self-Perception; Working Conditions. Classification: Organizational Behavior (3660). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 25. AB - This chapter, focusing on the self-authorization of women within social systems, explores the interconnectedness between the experiences of women in their bones, a metaphor for the deepest internal space, and the social systems in which women seek authorization for leadership. It explores the roles of women in the work, not only in the mentoring and the induction of women into the organization, but also in changing what is learned about the dynamics of institutions. It offers some observations about the process of women entering the work, how they have been chosen and mentored, and what these factors imply. The process of women authorizing themselves within the microcosm of group relations work parallels the process of women being authorized by the self and by institutions in the macrocosm of larger organizations and politics. Women self-authorizing from the depths not only changes women's roles, but also changes perspectives about group dynamics, social systems, and work. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self-authorization & role in work & mentoring & leadership & group dynamics in organizations KW - females KW - 1998 KW - Authority KW - Group Dynamics KW - Human Females KW - Leadership KW - Organizations KW - Mentor KW - Self-Perception KW - Working Conditions KW - 1998 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-07887-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CONF ID - 1998-07366-000 AN - 1998-07366-000 AU - Sanford, Jon AU - Connell, Bettye Rose ED - Sanford, Jon ED - Connell, Bettye Rose T1 - People, places and public policy. Y1 - 1998/// CY - Edmond, OK, US PB - Environmental Design Research Association SN - 0-939922-23-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-07366-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sanford, Jon; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Rehabilitation Research & Development Ctr, Atlanta, GA, US. Release Date: 19980601. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Book Type: Conference Proceedings. ISBN: 0-939922-23-1, Paperback. Language: English. Conference Information: People, places and public policy: Proceedings of the 29th annual conference of the Environmental Design Research Association, 29th, Mar, 1998, St Louis, MO, US. Major Descriptor: Environmental Planning; Government Policy Making. Classification: Community & Environmental Planning (4050). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 191. AB - These proceedings document the state-of-the-art in environmental design research, education, and practice. The focus of the current conference was people, places and public policy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - people & places & public policy in environmental design research & education & practice KW - 1998 KW - Environmental Planning KW - Government Policy Making KW - 1998 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-07366-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1998-06533-016 AN - 1998-06533-016 AU - Allen, Daniel N. AU - Landis, Rhonda K. B. ED - Snyder, Peter Jeffrey ED - Nussbaum, Paul David ED - Snyder, Peter Jeffrey, (Ed) ED - Nussbaum, Paul David, (Ed) T1 - Neuropsychological correlates of substance use disorders. T2 - Clinical neuropsychology: A pocket handbook for assessment. Y1 - 1998/// SP - 591 EP - 612 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1-55798-514-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-06533-016. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Allen, Daniel N.; Psychology Service, Highland Drive Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19981201. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 1-55798-514-6, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Neuropsychological Assessment; Neuropsychology. Minor Descriptor: Substance Use Disorder. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). References Available: Y. Page Count: 22. AB - The lifetime prevalence rate for any substance use disorder is 16.7%, with lifetime rates for alcohol and drug use disorders of 13.5% and 6.1%, respectively. Substance use disorders are often chronic and debilitating. They are associated with increased mortality rates, increased homelessness, and increased use of health care systems. As a result, substance use disorders are enormously costly in human and economic terms. This chapter discusses the neuropsychological correlates of substance use disorders. Evaluation of cognitive functioning in patients with substance use disorders has received increasing attention because of the recognition that substance use can cause a wide range of cognitive deficits and that these cognitive deficits are either directly or indirectly related to treatment outcome. Also, because of the localizing properties of neuropsychological tests, neuropsychological investigations have provided some information relevant to the etiology of various substance use disorders. There is growing recognition of the importance of evaluating cognitive deficits in individuals who have substance use disorders. At this time, the greatest amount of information is available concerning cognitive deficits associated with prolonged and excessive alcohol consumption. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuropsychological correlates KW - neuropsychological assessment KW - substance use disorders KW - 1998 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Neuropsychology KW - Substance Use Disorder KW - 1998 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-06533-016&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1998-06360-001 AN - 1998-06360-001 AU - Westermeyer, Joseph ED - Frances, Richard J. ED - Miller, Sheldon I. ED - Frances, Richard J., (Ed) ED - Miller, Sheldon I., (Ed) T1 - Historical and social context of psychoactive substance disorders. T2 - Clinical textbook of addictive disorders, 2nd ed. Y1 - 1998/// SP - 14 EP - 32 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 1-57230-383-2 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-06360-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Westermeyer, Joseph; Minneapolis Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 19981101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 1-57230-383-2, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Drug Rehabilitation; History; Psychosocial Factors. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 19. AB - This chapter introduces historical and social factors which are key to the understanding of addictive disorders. These factors affect the rates of addictive disorders in the community, the types of substances abused, the characteristics of abusers, the course of these disorders, and the efficacy of treatment. Knowledge of these background features helps in understanding the genesis of these disorders, their treatment outcome, and preventive approaches. The historical and social factors examined in this chapter are: historical models of substance abuse; history of substance abuse treatment; social and self-help movements; factors affecting alcohol–drug epidemics; trends in problems across time and space; and trends in treatment and prevention. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - historical & social factors in understanding psychoactive substance disorders & treatment KW - 1998 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - History KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - 1998 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-06360-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-01534-004 AN - 1998-01534-004 AU - Marder, Stephen R. T1 - Facilitating compliance with antipsychotic medication. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1998/// VL - 59 IS - Suppl 3 SP - 21 EP - 25 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-01534-004. PMID: 9541334 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Marder, Stephen R.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Dept, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19980501. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Clozapine; Drug Therapy; Schizophrenia; Treatment Compliance. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Evaluation. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1998. AB - Noncompliance with medication is common among patients who have schizophrenia and is a leading cause of rehospitalization in this population. Both standard and subjective risk-factor assessments have been used to identify patients who are likely to refuse or discontinue treatment. Noncompliant patients who have schizophrenia commonly have been treated with potent D₂ dopamine-receptor antagonists and therefore may have experienced extrapyramidal side-effects. The new antipsychotics (i.e., serotonin-dopamine antagonists) are efficacious in reducing the symptoms of schizophrenia without associated dysphoria and motor side effects. Clozapine and other newer antipsychotics may improve certain aspects of cognition. The improved psychiatric state and cognitive function may facilitate 'involved compliance' as a result of increased insight, awareness, and judgment. These cognitive faculties allow patients to appreciate their improved state and take steps to maintain it. The periodic visits for blood monitoring also facilitate the formation of a therapeutic alliance that allows the clinician to monitor compliance. Facilitating compliance this way among patients with schizophrenia may reduce the cost of this disorder to society. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - risk factors & assessment for noncompliance & improved psychiatric state & cognitive function with clozapine & other newer antipsychotics KW - schizophrenic patients KW - 1998 KW - At Risk Populations KW - Clozapine KW - Drug Therapy KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment Compliance KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Evaluation KW - 1998 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-01534-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1999-13163-005 AN - 1999-13163-005 AU - Pavone, Regina M. AU - Burnett, Kent F. AU - LaPerriere, Arthur AU - Perna, Frank M. T1 - Social cognitive and physical health determinants of exercise adherence for HIV-1 seropositive, early symptomatic men and women. JF - International Journal of Behavioral Medicine JO - International Journal of Behavioral Medicine JA - Int J Behav Med Y1 - 1998/// VL - 5 IS - 3 SP - 245 EP - 258 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 1070-5503 SN - 1532-7558 N1 - Accession Number: 1999-13163-005. PMID: 16250705 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pavone, Regina M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Miami, FL, US. Other Publishers: Springer; Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19990601. Correction Date: 20100607. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Expectations; Health; HIV; Self-Efficacy; Treatment Compliance. Minor Descriptor: Exercise; Social Cognition; Symptoms. Classification: Promotion & Maintenance of Health & Wellness (3365). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: 1998. AB - Examined social cognitive and physical health factors that might explain variations in exercise adherence in a 3-mo supervised exercise intervention for a group of 34 mildly symptomatic, HIV-1 seropositive men and women. The social cognitive predictor variables were outcome expectations and self-efficacy. The physical health predictor variables included CD4+ cell counts, self-report inventories of physical symptoms, and physicians' examinations. Self-report inventories of physical symptoms were associated with physicians' examinations and combined into a composite measure of physical health. The composite measure of physical health emerged as a significant predictor of adherence rate and gave perfect prediction of remainers and a moderate prediction of dropouts. Results suggest that for this population physical health status is a better predictor of exercise adherence than either perceived self-efficacy or outcome expectancy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - outcome expectations & self efficacy & health KW - adherence to exercise regiment KW - mildly symptomatic patients with HIV KW - 1998 KW - Expectations KW - Health KW - HIV KW - Self-Efficacy KW - Treatment Compliance KW - Exercise KW - Social Cognition KW - Symptoms KW - 1998 DO - 10.1207/s15327558ijbm0503_5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-13163-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1999-00474-005 AN - 1999-00474-005 AU - Gafner, George AU - Young, Chris T1 - Hypnosis as an adjuvant treatment in chronic paranoid schizophrenia. JF - Contemporary Hypnosis JO - Contemporary Hypnosis JA - Contemp Hypn Y1 - 1998/// VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 223 EP - 226 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0960-5290 N1 - Accession Number: 1999-00474-005. Other Journal Title: British Journal of Experimental & Clinical Hypnosis; Contemporary Hypnosis & Integrative Therapy. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gafner, George; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Tucson, AR, US. Other Publishers: Crown House Publishing ltd. Release Date: 19990701. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Hypnotherapy; Schizophrenia; Self-Efficacy. Classification: Clinical Hypnosis (3351). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1998. AB - Illustrates the application of indirect, permissive hypnosis in addressing anxiety and self-efficacy in 2 case examples of a 49 and a 55 yr old male with chronic paranoid schizophrenia. Hypnosis is offered as a safe, nonpharmacological and relatively time-effective modality for an often under-served psychiatric population. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - indirect & permissive hypnosis KW - anxiety & self-efficacy KW - 49 & 55 yr old males with chronic paranoid schizophrenia KW - 1998 KW - Anxiety KW - Hypnotherapy KW - Schizophrenia KW - Self-Efficacy KW - 1998 DO - 10.1002/ch.139 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-00474-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-17074-001 AN - 2013-17074-001 AU - Cooper, Roger F. AU - Scherer, Robert F. AU - Peterson, Frederick L. T1 - Training organizational assessment and consultation skills. JF - The Psychologist-Manager Journal JO - The Psychologist-Manager Journal Y1 - 1998/// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 59 EP - 66 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 1088-7156 SN - 1550-3461 AD - Scherer, Robert F., College of Business & Administration, Wright State University, 120 Rike Hall, Dayton, OH, US, 45435 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-17074-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cooper, Roger F.; U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 20130527. Correction Date: 20140609. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Evaluation; Military Veterans; Organizational Development; Professional Consultation; Training. Minor Descriptor: Organizational Effectiveness; Teams. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Tests & Measures: Survey of Organizations. Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1998. Copyright Statement: Society of Psychologists in Management. 1998. AB - This article describes a two-term interdisciplinary-team-taught course focusing on the development of organizational assessment and consultation skills relevant for organizational managers and consultants. The approach blended theory and practice emphasizing self responsibility for learning, colloquial collaboration, and active engagement with a 'live' organizational client, a Veterans Affair Medical Center (VAMC). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - training KW - organizational assessment & consultation skills KW - interdisciplinary-team-taught course KW - Veterans Affairs Medical Center KW - 1998 KW - Evaluation KW - Military Veterans KW - Organizational Development KW - Professional Consultation KW - Training KW - Organizational Effectiveness KW - Teams KW - 1998 DO - 10.1037/h0095849 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-17074-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - rscherer@wright.edu DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-42512-002 AN - 1997-42512-002 AU - Davis, Lori L. AU - Suris, Alina AU - Lambert, Michael T. AU - Heimberg, Carolyn AU - Petty, Frederick T1 - Post-traumatic stress disorder and serotonin: New directions for research and treatment. JF - Journal of Psychiatry & Neuroscience JO - Journal of Psychiatry & Neuroscience JA - J Psychiatry Neurosci Y1 - 1997/11// VL - 22 IS - 5 SP - 318 EP - 326 CY - Canada PB - Canadian Medical Assn SN - 1180-4882 SN - 1488-2434 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-42512-002. PMID: 9401312 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Journal of the University of Ottawa. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, Lori L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Tuscaloosa, AL, US. Release Date: 19980401. Correction Date: 20100927. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Serotonin. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1997. AB - The overlap in clinical phenomenology and morbidity between posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and such conditions as major depression, anxiety disorders, and aggression, in which a serotonin dysfunction is implicated, suggests a role for serotonin in the pathophysiology of PTSD. This paper reviews current knowledge concerning the role of serotonergic mechanisms and interventions in PTSD. Since there is no clearly effective pharmacologic intervention for this disorder, the underlying neurochemical dysfunction needs to be carefully defined so that more effective treatment can be developed. Preclinical and clinical studies of the serotonergic mechanisms in the pathophysiology of PTSD and treatment trials involving serotonergic agents are limited, but indicate considerable promise. Further investigation of a serotonergic dysfunction in PTSD and of its treatment with serotonergic agents is warranted. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - role of serotonin in pathophysiology of PTSD & treatment with serotonergic agents KW - 1997 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Serotonin KW - 1997 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-42512-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-43694-007 AN - 1997-43694-007 AU - Rabiner, Donna J. AU - Grove Hipskind, Martha AU - Randolph, Randy k. T1 - Are rural elders healthier and happier upon admission to a nursing home setting? JF - Journal of Clinical Geropsychology JO - Journal of Clinical Geropsychology Y1 - 1997/10// VL - 3 IS - 4 SP - 299 EP - 319 CY - US PB - Kluwer Academic SN - 1079-9362 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-43694-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rabiner, Donna J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, National Ctr for Health Promotion, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19980301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Activity Level; Adult Attitudes; Nursing Homes; Social Environments; Word Meaning. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Followup Studies; Health; Participation; Rural Environments; Satisfaction; Urban Environments. Classification: Nursing Homes & Residential Care (3377). Population: Male (30); Female (40); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 21. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1997. AB - Examined the relationship between alternative definitions of urban/rural location and the functional status of nursing home residents, and assessed the extent to which attitudes toward nursing home services vary by urban vs rural residential settings. 93 patients (aged 63–101 yrs) admitted to nursing homes in 3 urban and rural areas were interviewed upon admission, at 1 mo follow up, and within 5 mo of initial placement. Self-reported health, cognitive status, functional status, participation in social activities, prior residential location, and attitudes toward and satisfaction with the nursing home setting were examined. Results show that prior residential location was a significant predictor in some, but not all multivariate models. Functional status varied depending on the rural/urban definition considered. A residential effect favoring small town-nursing home residents was found for independence in bathing, and rural-dwelling residents for independence in dressing. The importance of understanding urban and rural terminology before drawing firm conclusions about the effect of residential settings on health or attitudinal outcomes is emphasized. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - definitions of urban & rural location KW - health & cognitive & functional status & participation & prior residence & attitudes & satisfaction KW - 63–101 yr old nursing home residents KW - followup study KW - 1997 KW - Activity Level KW - Adult Attitudes KW - Nursing Homes KW - Social Environments KW - Word Meaning KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Followup Studies KW - Health KW - Participation KW - Rural Environments KW - Satisfaction KW - Urban Environments KW - 1997 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-43694-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-43694-006 AN - 1997-43694-006 AU - Galindo-Ciocon, Daisy AU - Ciocon, Jerry O. T1 - Chronic fatigue in the elderly. JF - Journal of Clinical Geropsychology JO - Journal of Clinical Geropsychology Y1 - 1997/10// VL - 3 IS - 4 SP - 291 EP - 298 CY - US PB - Kluwer Academic SN - 1079-9362 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-43694-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Galindo-Ciocon, Daisy; Miami Geriatric Research, Education, and Clinical Ctr, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Miami, FL, US. Release Date: 19980301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dementia; Depression (Emotion); Fatigue; Physiological Correlates; Sleep Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Chronic Illness; Exercise; Medical Treatment (General). Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40); Outpatient (60). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1997. AB - The purpose of this study was to objectively measure the presence of chronic fatigue and to identify factors, including illness, that may contribute to its occurrence in older adults. Data for 83 medical outpatients (mean age 72 yrs) with major complaint of fatigue were compared to 90 outpatients (mean age 73 yrs) who did not complain of fatigue. Ss completed the Chronic Fatigue Questionnaire and were interviewed about their sleeping habits and level of physical activity. Ss were also given complete clinical evaluation to screen for depression, to exclude dementia, and to determine the presence of chronic disease. Results show that fatigue group Ss scored significantly higher on the fatigue questionnaire, had a higher incidence of sleep disorder, and reported poor exercise habits. Sleep disorders were attributed to nocturia, anxiety, severe leg pain, and other less common disturbances. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - depression & dementia & chronic disease & sleep disorders & physical activity & pain & chronic fatigue KW - elderly medical outpatients with vs without complaint of fatigue KW - 1997 KW - Dementia KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Fatigue KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Sleep Disorders KW - Chronic Illness KW - Exercise KW - Medical Treatment (General) KW - 1997 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-43694-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-43258-001 AN - 1997-43258-001 AU - Mantyh, Patrick W. AU - Rogers, Scott D. AU - Honore, Prisca AU - Allen, Brian J. AU - Ghilardi, Joseph R. AU - Li, Jun AU - Daughters, Randy S. AU - Lappi, Douglas A. AU - Wiley, Ronald G. AU - Simone, Donald A. T1 - Inhibition of hyperalgesia by ablation of the lamina I spinal neurons expression the substance P receptor. JF - Science JO - Science JA - Science Y1 - 1997/10// VL - 278 IS - 5336 SP - 275 EP - 279 CY - US PB - American Assn for the Advancement of Science SN - 0036-8075 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-43258-001. PMID: 9323204 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mantyh, Patrick W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Molecular Neurobiology Lab, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 19980201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neural Receptors; Pain Perception; Substance P. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1997. AB - Investigated the functions of lamina I substance P receptor-expressing neurons in nociceptive signaling. When a conjugate of substance P and the ribosome-inactivating protein saporin was infused into the spinal cords of rats, it was internalized and cytotoxic to lamina I spinal cord neurons that express the substance P receptor. This treatment left responses to mild noxious stimuli unchanged, but markedly attenuated responses to highly noxious stimuli and mechanical and thermal hyperalgesia. Thus, lamina I spinal cord neurons that express the substance P receptor play a pivotal role in the transmission of highly noxious stimuli and the maintenance of hyperalgesia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - role of lamina I substance P receptors in nociceptive signaling KW - rats KW - 1997 KW - Neural Receptors KW - Pain Perception KW - Substance P KW - Rats KW - 1997 DO - 10.1126/science.278.5336.275 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-43258-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2015-39863-043 AN - 2015-39863-043 AU - Abbadie, Catherine AU - Trafton, Jodie AU - Liu, Hantao AU - Mantyh, Patrick W. AU - Basbaum, Allan I. T1 - Inflammation increases the distribution of dorsal horn neurons that internalize the neurokinin-1 receptor in response to noxious and non-noxious stimulation. JF - The Journal of Neuroscience JO - The Journal of Neuroscience JA - J Neurosci Y1 - 1997/10// VL - 17 IS - 20 SP - 8049 EP - 8060 CY - US PB - Society for Neuroscience SN - 0270-6474 SN - 1529-2401 AD - Basbaum, Allan I., Department of Anatomy, University of California San Francisco, Box 0452, San Francisco, CA, US, 94143-0452 N1 - Accession Number: 2015-39863-043. PMID: 9315923 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Abbadie, Catherine; Department of Anatomy, W. M. Keck Foundation for Integrative Neuroscience, University of California San Francisco, San Francisco, CA, US. Release Date: 20160512. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dorsal Horns; Inflammation; Neurokinins; Substance P. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20); Male (30). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1997. Publication History: Accepted Date: Aug 6, 1997; Revised Date: Jul 30, 1997; First Submitted Date: Jun 9, 1997. Copyright Statement: Society for Neuroscience. 1997. AB - Although the neurokinin-1 (NK-1)/substance P (SP) receptor is expressed by neurons throughout the spinal dorsal horn, noxious chemical stimulation in the normal rat only induces internalization of the receptor in cell bodies and dendrites of lamina I. Here we compared the effects of mechanical and thermal stimulation in normal rats and in rats with persistent hindpaw inflammation. Electron microscopic analysis confirmed the upregulation of receptor that occurs with inflammation and demonstrated that in the absence of superimposed stimulation, the increased receptor was, as in normal rats, concentrated on the plasma membrane. In general, noxious mechanical was more effective than noxious thermal stimulation in inducing NK-1 receptor internalization, and this was increased in the setting of inflammation. Although a 5 sec noxious mechanical stimulus only induced internalization in 22% of lamina I neurons in normal rats, after inflammation, it evoked near-maximal (98%) internalization in lamina I, produced significant changes in laminae III–VI, and expanded the rostrocaudal distribution of neurons with internalized receptor. Even non-noxious (brush) stimulation of the inflamed hindpaw induced internalization in large numbers of superficial and deep neurons. For thermal stimulation, the percentage of cells with internalized receptor increased linearly at >45°C, but in normal rats, these were restricted to lamina I. After inflammation, however, the 52°C stimulus also induced internalization in 25% of laminae III–IV cells. These studies provide a new perspective on the reorganization of dorsal horn circuits in the setting of persistent injury and demonstrate a critical contribution of SP. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - allodynia KW - dorsal horn KW - hyperalgesia KW - inflammation KW - neurokinin KW - substance P KW - 1997 KW - Dorsal Horns KW - Inflammation KW - Neurokinins KW - Substance P KW - Rats KW - 1997 U1 - Sponsor: National Institutes of Health, US. Grant: DE08973; NS21445; NS14627; NS23970. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale. Other Details: Bourse de Recherche à l’Étranger. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: Institut UPSA de la Douleur. Recipients: No recipient indicated UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2015-39863-043&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-07079-012 AN - 1997-07079-012 AU - Escalona, P. Rodrigo AU - Adair, John C. AU - Roberts, Brian B. AU - Graeber, David A. T1 - Obsessive-compulsive disorder following bilateral globus pallidus infarction. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1997/09// VL - 42 IS - 5 SP - 410 EP - 412 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-07079-012. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Escalona, P. Rodrigo; Albuquerque Veterans Administration Ctr, Albuquerque, NM, US. Release Date: 19970101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Carbon Monoxide Poisoning; Globus Pallidus; Obsessive Compulsive Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Attempted Suicide; Case Report; Major Depression; Remission (Disorders). Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1997. AB - Presents the case report of a 34-yr old Hispanic male with a 2-yr history of untreated major depression who had attempted suicide by carbon-monoxide poisoning. The S was diagnosed with obsessive-compulsive disorder resulting from the carbon-monoxide exposure which was caused by a bilateral globus pallidus infarction. The authors review relevant studies, and reinforce the neurochemical basis for obsessive-compulsive disorder including the role of the globus pallidus. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - attempted suicide by carbon monoxide poisoning & resulting bilateral globus pallidus infarction causing obsessive-compulsive disorder KW - 34 yr old Hispanic male with depression in remission KW - case report KW - 1997 KW - Brain Damage KW - Carbon Monoxide Poisoning KW - Globus Pallidus KW - Obsessive Compulsive Disorder KW - Attempted Suicide KW - Case Report KW - Major Depression KW - Remission (Disorders) KW - 1997 DO - 10.1016/S0006-3223(97)00262-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-07079-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1999-03336-001 AN - 1999-03336-001 AU - Jablon, Sharon L. AU - Naliboff, Bruce D. AU - Gilmore, Stephanie L. AU - Rosenthal, Mark J. T1 - Effects of relaxation training on glucose tolerance and diabetic control in Type II diabetes. JF - Applied Psychophysiology and Biofeedback JO - Applied Psychophysiology and Biofeedback JA - Appl Psychophysiol Biofeedback Y1 - 1997/09// VL - 22 IS - 3 SP - 155 EP - 169 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 1090-0586 SN - 1573-3270 N1 - Accession Number: 1999-03336-001. PMID: 9428966 Other Journal Title: Biofeedback & Self Regulation. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jablon, Sharon L.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19990901. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biofeedback; Diabetes Mellitus; Glucose Metabolism; Progressive Relaxation Therapy; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Electromyography; Type 2 Diabetes. Classification: Behavioral & Psychological Treatment of Physical Illness (3361). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Empirical Study; Treatment Outcome. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1997. AB - Examined the effects of progressive relaxation training and electromyographic response (EMG) biofeedback on acute glucose disposal in diabetic Ss, as measured by glucose tolerance and 3 other measures of diabetic metabolic control. 20 Ss (mean age 58.9 yrs) with non-insulin-using Type II diabetes took part in a progressive relaxation training and EMG biofeedback in a pre–post treatment versus wait-list experimental design. Treatment effects were assessed on glucose tolerance along with 3 measures of diabetic control: fasting blood glucose, 2-hr postprandial blood glucose, and fructosamine. Stress reduction and relaxation was assessed with 2 physiological measures and 2 subjective questionnaires. The training program produced significant reductions in stress, as measured by State-Trait Anxiety Inventory scores, and significant changes in physiological measures of muscle activity and skin conductance compared to the control condition. However, no changes were found in glucose tolerance (while practicing relaxation) nor in any of the 3 measures of general diabetic metabolic control. Relaxation training does not appear to directly improve diabetic control in mildly stressed non-insulin-using Type II diabetic patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - progressive relaxation training & EMG response KW - glucose tolerance & metabolic control & stress KW - adults with non-insulin-using Type II diabetes KW - 1997 KW - Biofeedback KW - Diabetes Mellitus KW - Glucose Metabolism KW - Progressive Relaxation Therapy KW - Stress KW - Electromyography KW - Type 2 Diabetes KW - 1997 DO - 10.1023/A:1026259725197 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-03336-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-42388-005 AN - 1997-42388-005 AU - Beckham, Jean C. AU - Burker, Eileen J. AU - Lytle, Barbara L. AU - Feldman, Michelle E. AU - Costakis, Maria J. T1 - Self-efficacy and adjustment in cancer patients: A preliminary report. JF - Behavioral Medicine JO - Behavioral Medicine JA - Behav Med Y1 - 1997///Fal 1997 VL - 23 IS - 3 SP - 138 EP - 142 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0896-4289 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-42388-005. PMID: 9397286 Other Journal Title: Journal of Human Stress. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Beckham, Jean C.; Duke U, Medical Ctr, Veterans Administration Ctr, Durham, NC, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19980301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotional Adjustment; Health Attitudes; Neoplasms; Self-Efficacy. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Cancer (3293); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Outpatient (60). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1997. AB - The relation between cancer self-efficacy and patient cancer adjustment, depression, psychological distress, and behavioral dysfunction in 42 male veteran cancer outpatients (aged 31–76 yrs) was studied in a preliminary investigation. Ss completed a Cancer Self-Efficacy Scale, the Center for Epidemiologic Studies Depression Scale, the Affect Balance Scale, and the Sickness Impact Profile. Correlational analyses indicate that self-efficacy was related to all adjustment measures. Results show that when age, education, time since initial diagnosis, and current disease status were controlled, the relationships between patient self-efficacy expectations and cancer adjustment, psychological distress, negative affect, positive affect, and behavioral dysfunction remained statistically significant. Taken together, the results of the analyses suggested that patient expectancies about control over cancer-related symptoms were related to several important aspects of patient functioning. Findings underscored the need for further investigation of this construct in cancer patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self-efficacy expectations & patient adjustment KW - 31–76 yr old male veterans with cancer KW - 1997 KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - Health Attitudes KW - Neoplasms KW - Self-Efficacy KW - Military Veterans KW - 1997 DO - 10.1080/08964289709596370 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-42388-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-05503-002 AN - 1997-05503-002 AU - Demet, Edward M. AU - Albers, Lawrence AU - Sokolski, Kenneth N. AU - Chicz-Demet, Aleksandra AU - Chen, Cheng-Chung AU - Reist, Christopher T1 - Apomorphine induced alteration in corneofundal potentials in depression. JF - Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry JO - Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry Y1 - 1997/07// VL - 21 IS - 5 SP - 775 EP - 788 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-5846 SN - 1878-4216 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-05503-002. PMID: 9278949 Other Journal Title: Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Demet, Edward M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Long Beach, CA, US. Release Date: 19980301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apomorphine; Major Depression; Retina; Visual Evoked Potentials. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1997. AB - Examined the effects of a selective pharmacological challenge on the retinal pigment epithelial model system. Neuroendocrine and ocular results are reported prior to, and following, an apomorphine ([AP]; 0.75 mg subcutaneous/ly (sc)) challenge in 12 male depressed inpatients (mean age 35.2 yrs) and 12 normal controls. AP administration increased both light and dark retinal potentials in patients whereas those of controls decreased and this group difference was significant. No group differences were detected in any measure at baseline, or in prolactin, or growth hormone levels after the AP challenge. The results indicate that the retina may serve as a more sensitive indicator of dopamine abnormalities in depressive illness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - apomorphine KW - light & dark retinal potentials KW - male inpatients with depression (mean age 35.2 yrs) KW - 1997 KW - Apomorphine KW - Major Depression KW - Retina KW - Visual Evoked Potentials KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1997 DO - 10.1016/S0278-5846(97)00078-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-05503-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-06902-004 AN - 1997-06902-004 AU - Craig, Thomas J. AU - Bromet, Evelyn J. AU - Jandorf, Lina AU - Fennig, Shmuel AU - Tanenberg-Karant, Marsha AU - Ram, Ranganathan AU - Rosen, Bruce T1 - Diagnosis, treatment, and six-month outcome status in first-admission psychosis. JF - Annals of Clinical Psychiatry JO - Annals of Clinical Psychiatry JA - Ann Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1997/06// VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 89 EP - 97 CY - Netherlands PB - Springer Netherlands SN - 1040-1237 SN - 1547-3325 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-06902-004. PMID: 9242895 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Craig, Thomas J.; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Bronx, NY, US. Other Publishers: Dowden Health Media; Elsevier Science Inc; Informa Healthcare; Quadrant HealthCom Inc.; Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19970101. Correction Date: 20130107. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Bipolar Disorder; Major Depression; Psychosis; Schizophrenia; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies; Social Adjustment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1997. AB - Six-month outcome status was examined in 202 1st-admission inpatients with Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-III-Revised (DSM-III-R) schizophrenia spectrum (N = 96), psychotic bipolar disorder (N = 64), and psychotic depression (N = 42) drawn from 10 facilities in Suffolk County, New York. Schizophrenics fared significantly worse on all outcome variables except rehospitalization, which ranged from 17.7 to 23.4%. Bipolars had good psychosocial outcomes regardless of clinical outcome, while the 2 outcome domains were uncorrelated among schizophrenics and psychotic depressed. Schizophreniform patients had significantly better outcome than those with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder. Posthospital treatment was generally unrelated to outcome except that fewer rehospitalized schizophrenics received continuous treatment, and patients with psychotic depression with poorer psychosocial outcome received medication less frequently. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychosocial & clinical outcomes & treatment experiences KW - 1st or recent admission patients with schizophrenia vs psychotic bipolar disorder vs major depression with psychosis KW - 6 mo followup KW - 1997 KW - Bipolar Disorder KW - Major Depression KW - Psychosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Followup Studies KW - Social Adjustment KW - 1997 DO - 10.1023/A:1026205319204 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-06902-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-00326-003 AN - 2006-00326-003 AU - McGlinchey-Berroth, Regina T1 - Visual information processing in hemispatial neglect. JF - Trends in Cognitive Sciences JO - Trends in Cognitive Sciences JA - Trends Cogn Sci Y1 - 1997/06// VL - 1 IS - 3 SP - 91 EP - 97 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 1364-6613 AD - McGlinchey-Berroth, Regina, Department of Psychiatry, Harvard University Medical School, Brockton/West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1400 VFW Parkway, West Roxbury, MA, US, 02132 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-00326-003. PMID: 21223871 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McGlinchey-Berroth, Regina; Department of Psychiatry, Harvard University Medical School, Brockton/West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Roxbury, MA, US. Release Date: 20070806. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebral Cortex; Cognitive Processes; Nervous System Disorders; Sensory Neglect. Minor Descriptor: Neuropsychology. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1997. AB - Hemispatial neglect is a complex neuropsychological disorder characterized by a severe attentional deficit that produces a lack of awareness for information appearing in contralesional hemispace. Despite this lack of phenomenal awareness, recent studies suggest that a great deal of visual information processing does occur and can influence the performance of patients in certain tasks. The current review will present this evidence and suggest a new theoretical framework that may help to direct future research into uncovering the underlying mechanism(s). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual information processing KW - hemispatial neglect KW - neuropsychological disorder KW - attention & awareness of information in contralesional hemispace KW - 1997 KW - Cerebral Cortex KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Sensory Neglect KW - Neuropsychology KW - 1997 U1 - Sponsor: National Institute of Neurological Disease and Stroke. Grant: NS29342. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: Claud D. Pepper Older Americans Independence Center. Grant: AG08812. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1016/S1364-6613(97)89054-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-00326-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - mcglinchey-berroth.regina@brockton.va.gov DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-06156-005 AN - 1997-06156-005 AU - Reber, Paul J. AU - Kotovsky, Kenneth T1 - Implicit learning in problem solving: The role of working memory capacity. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology: General JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology: General JA - J Exp Psychol Gen Y1 - 1997/06// VL - 126 IS - 2 SP - 178 EP - 203 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-3445 SN - 1939-2222 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-06156-005. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reber, Paul J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 19970101. Correction Date: 20090817. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Information Storage; Implicit Learning; Learning; Problem Solving; Short Term Memory. Classification: Learning & Memory (2343). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 26. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1997. Publication History: Accepted Date: Aug 14, 1996; Revised Date: Mar 12, 1996; First Submitted Date: Oct 30, 1995. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1997. AB - Participants solving the Balls and Boxes puzzle for the first time were slowed in proportion to the level of working memory (WM) reduction resulting from a concurrent secondary task. On a second and still challenging solution of the same puzzle, performance was greatly improved, and the same WM load did not impair problem-solving efficiency. Thus, the effect of WM capacity reduction was selective for the first solution of the puzzle, indicating that learning to solve the puzzle, a vital part of the first solution, is slowed by the secondary WM-loading task. Retrospective verbal reports, tests of specific puzzle knowledge, and a recognition test of potential strategies all indicated that participants were unaware of their knowledge of the puzzle, suggesting that it had been learned implicitly. Concurrent protocols collected from participants supported this conclusion and further suggested that participants were not aware of learning to solve the puzzle as this learning occurred. These results provide evidence that implicit learning depends on WM capacity and that implicit memory can play an important role in problem solving. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - working memory capacity KW - implicit learning in problem solving KW - college students KW - 1997 KW - Human Information Storage KW - Implicit Learning KW - Learning KW - Problem Solving KW - Short Term Memory KW - 1997 DO - 10.1037/0096-3445.126.2.178 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-06156-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-05423-012 AN - 1997-05423-012 AU - Charter, Richard A. T1 - Effect of measurement error on tests of statistical significance. JF - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JO - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JA - J Clin Exp Neuropsychol Y1 - 1997/06// VL - 19 IS - 3 SP - 458 EP - 462 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 1380-3395 SN - 1744-411X N1 - Accession Number: 1997-05423-012. PMID: 9268818 Other Journal Title: Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Charter, Richard A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Long Beach, CA, US. Release Date: 19970101. Correction Date: 20100927. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Error of Measurement; Mean; Statistical Tests. Classification: Statistics & Mathematics (2240). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1997. AB - Examined the effects of measurement error on statistical tests for the difference between an obtained mean and a hypothesized mean, and the difference between 2 means, using the domain-sampling model from classical test theory. Results indicate that lowering the reliability (i.e., increasing measurement error) of dependent variable data increases the chance of obtaining a nonsignificant result when a significant result is the correct outcome. Lowering the reliability also produces reduced estimates of strength of association. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - measurement error KW - statistical tests for mean differences KW - 1997 KW - Error of Measurement KW - Mean KW - Statistical Tests KW - 1997 DO - 10.1080/01688639708403872 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-05423-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-06378-001 AN - 1997-06378-001 AU - Porkka-Heiskanen, Tarja AU - Strecker, Robert E. AU - Thakkar, Mahesh AU - Bjørkum, Alvhild A. AU - Greene, Robert W. AU - McCarley, Robert W. T1 - Adenosine: A mediator of the sleep-inducing effects of prolonged wakefulness. JF - Science JO - Science JA - Science Y1 - 1997/05// VL - 276 IS - 5316 SP - 1265 EP - 1267 CY - US PB - American Assn for the Advancement of Science SN - 0036-8075 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-06378-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Porkka-Heiskanen, Tarja; Harvard Medical School, Dept of Psychiatry, Brockton Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19970101. Correction Date: 20130715. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adenosine; Physiological Arousal; Sleep; Wakefulness. Minor Descriptor: Cats. Classification: Physiological Processes (2540). Population: Animal (20). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1997. AB - Both subjective and EEG arousal diminish as a function of the duration of prior wakefulness. Data reported here suggest that the major criteria for a neural sleep factor mediating the somnogenic effects of prolonged wakefulness are satisfied by adenosine, a neuromodulator whose extracellular concentration increases with brain metabolism and which, in vitro, inhibits basal forebrain cholinergic neurons. In vivo microdialysis measurements in freely behaving cats show that adenosine extracellular concentrations in the basal forebrain cholinergic region increased during spontaneous wakefulness as contrasted with slow wave sleep; exhibited progressive increases during sustained, prolonged wakefulness; and declined slowly during recovery sleep. Furthermore, the sleep-wakefulness profile occurring after prolonged wakefulness was mimicked by increased extracellular adenosine induced by microdialysis perfusion of an adenosine transport inhibitor in the cholinergic basal forebrain but not by perfusion in a control noncholinergic region. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - adenosine KW - mediation of sleep inducing prolonged wakefulness KW - cats KW - 1997 KW - Adenosine KW - Physiological Arousal KW - Sleep KW - Wakefulness KW - Cats KW - 1997 DO - 10.1126/science.276.5316.1265 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-06378-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - ORCID: 0000-0001-5705-7495 UR - DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-06497-003 AN - 1997-06497-003 AU - Thatcher, Robert W. T1 - Neural coherence and the content of consciousness. JF - Consciousness and Cognition: An International Journal JO - Consciousness and Cognition: An International Journal JA - Conscious Cogn Y1 - 1997/03// VL - 6 IS - 1 SP - 42 EP - 49 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 1053-8100 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-06497-003. PMID: 9170559 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Thatcher, Robert W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research & Development Service, Bay Pines, FL, US. Release Date: 19980301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Electrophysiology; Evoked Potentials; Neural Pathways; Short Term Memory. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1997. AB - Comments on the study by E. R. John et al (see record [rid]1997-06497-001[/rid]) in that 2 critical and still unanswered questions remain: (1) What are the mechanisms by which distributed neural ensembles become coherently active or zero phase lag? and (2) What are the mechanisms by which neural resource is allocated through the zero phase lag coherent activity? (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - event related potential of spatiotemporal coherence of neural subsystems of events stored in working memory KW - adults KW - commentary KW - 1997 KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Electrophysiology KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Neural Pathways KW - Short Term Memory KW - 1997 DO - 10.1006/ccog.1997.0291 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-06497-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-03174-001 AN - 1997-03174-001 AU - Van Lancker, Diana T1 - Rags to riches: Our increasing appreciation of cognitive and communicative abilities of the human right cerebral hemisphere. JF - Brain and Language JO - Brain and Language JA - Brain Lang Y1 - 1997/03// VL - 57 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 11 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0093-934X N1 - Accession Number: 1997-03174-001. PMID: 9126403 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Lancker, Diana; U Southern California, School of Medicine, Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19970101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Communication; Right Hemisphere. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1997. AB - Presents a review of neurobehavioral research from the 1950s to the present on dissociable findings in memory and other neuropsychological hemispheric specializations. The role of the right hemisphere in visuospatial processing and auditory, affective/emotional functions, personal relevance, idiosyncratic lexical organization, and communicative pragmatics is reviewed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive & communicative faculties of right cerebral hemisphere KW - 1997 KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Communication KW - Right Hemisphere KW - 1997 DO - 10.1006/brln.1997.1850 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-03174-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-03127-005 AN - 1997-03127-005 AU - DeRoma, Virginia M. AU - Hansen, David J. AU - Tishelman, Amy C. AU - D'Amico, Peter T1 - Influence of information related to child physical abuse on professional ratings of adjustment and prognosis. JF - Child Abuse & Neglect JO - Child Abuse & Neglect JA - Child Abuse Negl Y1 - 1997/03// VL - 21 IS - 3 SP - 295 EP - 308 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0145-2134 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-03127-005. PMID: 9134260 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: DeRoma, Virginia M.; Gulfport Veterans Administration, Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychology, Gulfport, MS, US. Release Date: 19970101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Child Abuse; Evaluation; Physical Abuse; Prognosis. Minor Descriptor: Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis); Clinical Psychologists; Patient History; Professional Personnel; Social Adjustment; Social Services; Treatment. Classification: Professional Personnel Attitudes & Characteristics (3430); Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1997. AB - Investigates the influence of access to information of a history of physical maltreatment on the evaluative responding of 20 24–52 yr old social service professionals and 20 22–37 yr old clinical psychology professionals. 12 case vignettes were used to manipulate: (a) abuse history; (b) behavior problems; and (c) gender of the child. Professionals rated children along 5 treatment-related dimensions: (a) overall adjustment; (b) predicted 6 mo temporal stability of behavior; (c) likelihood of treatment referral; (d) expected home intervention success; and (e) expected school intervention success. Dimensions of social functioning were also rated, including likelihood of the child being: (a) recommended to assist the teacher; (b) elected as a school activity team leader; (c) elected as a class officer; and (d) nominated as a candidate for successful completion of a summer camp program. Findings verified the influence of information related to a history of maltreatment on professional judgments, despite matched vignette content for all factors other than maltreatment status. The results suggests a failure to recognize that some children have been buffered from the negative effects of abuse and point to the risk of erroneous judgments that may be directed at maltreated children. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - access to information of history of child physical maltreatment KW - evaluative responding & ratings of child adjustment & prognosis KW - 22–52 yr old social service & clinical psychology professionals KW - 1997 KW - Adjustment KW - Child Abuse KW - Evaluation KW - Physical Abuse KW - Prognosis KW - Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis) KW - Clinical Psychologists KW - Patient History KW - Professional Personnel KW - Social Adjustment KW - Social Services KW - Treatment KW - 1997 DO - 10.1016/S0145-2134(96)00155-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-03127-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-07396-004 AN - 1997-07396-004 AU - Marottoli, Richard A. AU - Mendes de Leon, Carlos F. AU - Glass, Thomas A. AU - Williams, Christianna S. T1 - Driving cessation and increased depressive symptoms: Prospective evidence from the New Haven EPESE. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1997/02// VL - 45 IS - 2 SP - 202 EP - 206 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-07396-004. PMID: 9033520 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Marottoli, Richard A.; Veterans Administration, Geriatrics & Extended Care, West Haven, CT, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19970101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Activities of Daily Living; Drivers; Driving Behavior; Gerontology; Reactive Depression. Minor Descriptor: Longitudinal Studies. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1997. AB - Determined the association between driving cessation and depressive symptoms among older drivers (mean age 72.1 in 1982) from an urban community. A driving survey was administered in 1989 to surviving noninstitutionalized members of the New Haven Established Populations for Epidemiologic Studies of the Elderly cohort. Of 1,316 respondents, 502 were active drivers as of 1988, 92 had stopped driving between 1982 and 1987, and the remainder had either never driven or had stopped before 1982. Individuals who stopped driving exhibited substantial increases in depressive symptoms during the 6-yr intervals. It is concluded that driving cessation is associated with an increase in depressive symptoms even when accounting for sociodemographic and health-related factors. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - driving cessation KW - depressive symptoms KW - older drivers (mean age 72.1 yrs) KW - 6 yr study KW - 1997 KW - Activities of Daily Living KW - Drivers KW - Driving Behavior KW - Gerontology KW - Reactive Depression KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - 1997 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1997.tb04508.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-07396-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-05238-003 AN - 1997-05238-003 AU - Casey, Daniel E. T1 - Will the new antipsychotics bring hope of reducing the risk of developing extrapyramidal syndromes and tardive dyskinesia? JF - International Clinical Psychopharmacology JO - International Clinical Psychopharmacology JA - Int Clin Psychopharmacol Y1 - 1997/02// VL - 12 IS - Suppl 1 SP - S19 EP - S27 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0268-1315 SN - 1473-5857 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-05238-003. PMID: 9179640 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Casey, Daniel E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19980301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Extrapyramidal Symptoms; Neuroleptic Drugs; Side Effects (Drug); Tardive Dyskinesia. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1997. AB - Treatment of psychotic symptoms with traditional neuroleptics has been complicated by acute extrapyramidal syndromes (EPS) and late occurring tardive dyskinesia. These widely prevalent disorders have both motor and mental components which impose additional impairments on patients who are already substantially limited by their psychoses. Research activities with new drugs involve multiple neurotransmitters and different receptor subtypes. These new approaches have produced an increasingly desirable group of antipsychotic agents with a low EPS profile. The initial advances in low EPS with clozapine and risperidone are being followed up with further gains using agents such as sertindole, olanzapine and seroquel. The advent of these new agents seems likely to fulfill the promise that it is possible to have antipsychotic agents with a low EPS liability, and possibly a low risk of tardive dyskinesia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - new antipsychotic drugs & reduction of development of extrapyramidal syndromes & tardive dyskinesia KW - patients KW - 1997 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Extrapyramidal Symptoms KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Tardive Dyskinesia KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1997 DO - 10.1097/00004850-199702001-00004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-05238-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-03168-010 AN - 1997-03168-010 AU - Casey, Daniel E. T1 - How antipsychotic drug pharmacology relates to side effects. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychiatry Monograph Series JO - Journal of Clinical Psychiatry Monograph Series Y1 - 1997/02// VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 30 EP - 33 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0742-1915 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-03168-010. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Casey, Daniel E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19970101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Neuroleptic Drugs; Side Effects (Drug). Minor Descriptor: Schizophrenia. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1997. AB - To assess the relative potential of specific newer antipsychotic medications to cause various adverse events, the author presents the pharmacologic profiles of these medications and compares the adverse event profiles that have been developed with clinical use of traditional vs novel neuroleptic drugs. It is concluded that, for the most part, the adverse effect profiles of novel antipsychotic medications are much milder than that of traditional neuroleptic drugs. (0 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - side effect profiles of novel vs traditional antipsychotic drugs KW - implications for treatment of schizophrenia KW - 1997 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1997 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-03168-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1997-08976-027 AN - 1997-08976-027 AU - Rasmusson, Ann M. AU - Charney, Dennis S. ED - Yehuda, Rachel ED - McFarlane, Alexander C. ED - Yehuda, Rachel, (Ed) ED - McFarlane, Alexander C., (Ed) T1 - Animal models of relevance to PTSD. T2 - Psychobiology of posttraumatic stress disorder. T3 - Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences; Vol 821; ISSN: 0077-8923 (Print) Y1 - 1997/// VL - 821 SP - 332 EP - 351 CY - New York, NY, US PB - New York Academy of Sciences SN - 0077-8923 SN - 1-57331-078-6 SN - 1-57331-079-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-08976-027. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rasmusson, Ann M.; Connecticut Veterans Administration Healthcare System, Psychiatry Service, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19970101. Correction Date: 20150713. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 1-57331-078-6, Hardcover; 1-57331-079-4, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Models; Neurobiology; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Psychobiology. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520); Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Animal (20). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 20. AB - This chapter sets forth a broad range of animal models that have potential for studying neurobiologic processes of apparent relevance to posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). We then suggest means of integrating these apparently disparate models to more effectively study neurobiologic endpoints of postulated significance to PTSD. We take into account several clinically observed phenomena that appear to influence the development of PTSD as well as consider previous recommendations regarding important characteristics to be possessed by valid animal models of PTSD. Conversely, because progress in understanding and treating human disease largely depends on an interactive interplay between knowledge gained on the basic and clinical research fronts, we make recommendations regarding future directions for clinical inquiries based on data from the animal models discussed. Topics discussed include: stress and hippocampal neurodegeneration in animals as a model of hippocampal pathology in PTSD; sensitization models and PTSD; fear conditioning as a means of exploring processes relevant to reexperiencing, avoidance, and hyperarousal symptoms in PTSD; fear-potentiated startle as a model of arousal symptoms in PTSD; learned helplessness as a model of attention and concentration in PTSD; is there an animal model for peritraumatic dissociation; early developmental experience vs genetic endowment as determinants of stress sensitivity; and construction of an 'ideal' animal model of PTSD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - animal models for studying neurobiologic processes relevant to PTSD KW - 1997 KW - Animal Models KW - Neurobiology KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychobiology KW - 1997 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-08976-027&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1997-08958-001 AN - 1997-08958-001 AU - Russell, Elbert W. ED - Goldstein, Gerald ED - Incagnoli, Theresa M. ED - Goldstein, Gerald, (Ed) ED - Incagnoli, Theresa M., (Ed) T1 - Developments in the psychometric foundations of neuropsychological assessment. T2 - Contemporary approaches to neuropsychological assessment. T3 - Critical issues in neuropsychology Y1 - 1997/// SP - 15 EP - 65 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-45521-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-08958-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Russell, Elbert W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Miami, FL, US. Release Date: 19970101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-45521-8, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Computer Applications; Neuropsychological Assessment; Psychometrics; Scoring (Testing). Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 51. AB - The last decade for neuropsychology has been a fruitful period for developing a new psychometric methodology. The major development in methodology has also initiated a significant theoretical advance. The methodological development has been the creation of computerized scoring programs. The construction of these programs utilized new methods to norm large test batteries. These methods, in turn, required the perfection of a methodology theory related to groups or batteries of tests. The theory may be called a test set theory. While there have been many developments in regard to individual tests, this chapter concentrates on those aspects of neuropsychology that are related to this development of computerized assessment batteries. Specific tests addressed include: the Halstead-Reitan Battery (HRB); the Neuropsychological Deficit Scale (NDS); the Comprehensive Norms for and Extended Halstead Reitan Battery (CNEHRB) and the Halstead-Russell Neuropsychological Evaluation System (HRNES). The general conclusion is that all of these programs are well qualified for their purposes. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - developments in psychometric methodology & computerized scoring of assessment batteries in neuropsychology KW - 1997 KW - Computer Applications KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Psychometrics KW - Scoring (Testing) KW - 1997 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4757-9820-3_2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-08958-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-04125-008 AN - 1997-04125-008 AU - Hutzell, R. R. AU - Halverson, Steve AU - Burke, Tom AU - Carpenter, Bob AU - Hecke, Ann AU - Wooldridge, Heather AU - Stanley, Carolyn AU - Chambers, Teri AU - Hooper, Richard T1 - A multimodal, second generation, posttraumatic stress disorder rehabilitation program. JF - Journal of Traumatic Stress JO - Journal of Traumatic Stress JA - J Trauma Stress Y1 - 1997/01// VL - 10 IS - 1 SP - 109 EP - 116 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0894-9867 SN - 1573-6598 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-04125-008. PMID: 9018681 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hutzell, R. R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Knoxville, IA, US. Release Date: 19980301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Combat Experience; Military Veterans; Multimodal Treatment Approach; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychosocial Rehabilitation. Classification: Military Psychology (3800); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1997. AB - Second Generation posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) treatment programs were recently proposed as one component of a model of treatment of chronic PTSD. While First Generation PTSD programs emphasized trauma work. Second Generation programs emphasize skills for the present/future ability to adapt within society. The present paper describes a functioning Second Generation PTSD treatment program for Vietnam combat veterans. The guiding principles underlying this multimodal and vocational rehabilitation program are outlined. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - multimodal second generation rehabilitation program KW - Vietnam combat veterans with chronic PTSD KW - 1997 KW - Combat Experience KW - Military Veterans KW - Multimodal Treatment Approach KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychosocial Rehabilitation KW - 1997 DO - 10.1023/A:1024864531634 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-04125-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-04125-003 AN - 1997-04125-003 AU - Bremner, J. Douglas AU - Brett, Elizabeth T1 - Trauma-related dissociative states and long-term psychopathology in posttraumatic stress disorder. JF - Journal of Traumatic Stress JO - Journal of Traumatic Stress JA - J Trauma Stress Y1 - 1997/01// VL - 10 IS - 1 SP - 37 EP - 49 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0894-9867 SN - 1573-6598 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-04125-003. PMID: 9018676 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bremner, J. Douglas; West Haven Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, National Ctr for Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19980301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Combat Experience; Dissociative Disorders; Emotional Trauma; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychopathology. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1997. AB - Examined dissociative responses to premilitary, combat-related and postmilitary traumatic events and long-term psychopathology in Vietnam combat veterans (mean age 44.4 yrs) with (n = 34) and without (n = 28) posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). PTSD patients reported higher levels of dissociative states at the time of combat-related traumatic events than non-PTSD patients. Higher levels of dissociative states persisted in PTSD patients in the form of higher levels of dissociative states in response to postmilitary traumatic events. In addition, dissociative responses to combat trauma were associated with higher long-term general dissociative symptomatology as measured by scores on the Dissociative Experience Scale, as well as increases in the number of flashbacks since the time of the war. These findings are consistent with previous formulations that dissociation in the face of trauma is a marker of long-term psychopathology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - trauma-related dissociative state & long-term psychopathology KW - Vietnam combat veterans with vs without PTSD (mean age 44.4 yrs) KW - 1997 KW - Combat Experience KW - Dissociative Disorders KW - Emotional Trauma KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychopathology KW - Military Veterans KW - 1997 DO - 10.1023/A:1024804312978 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-04125-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-01705-001 AN - 1998-01705-001 AU - Jacob, Theodore AU - Johnson, Sheri T1 - Parenting influences on the development of alcohol abuse and dependence. JF - Alcohol Health & Research World JO - Alcohol Health & Research World JA - Alcohol Health Res World Y1 - 1997/// VL - 21 IS - 3 SP - 204 EP - 209 CY - US PB - Superintendent of Documents SN - 0090-838X N1 - Accession Number: 1998-01705-001. PMID: 15706770 Other Journal Title: Alcohol Research & Health; Alcohol Research: Current Reviews. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jacob, Theodore; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Health Care System, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19980601. Correction Date: 20121112. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Alcoholism; Family Relations; Interpersonal Influences; Parent Child Relations. Minor Descriptor: Offspring. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1997. AB - Discusses influences originating in the family environment, particularly parenting influences, that are relevant to the development of alcohol abuse and dependence in the offspring. The discussion includes 2 types of family influence: alcohol-specific and non-alcohol-specific. Alcohol-specific effects reflect the impact of parental alcohol use and abuse on the child's alcohol use and abuse behavior; accordingly, these influences are more relevant to children of alcoholics (COAs) than to non-COAs. Non-alcohol-specific effects, in contrast, include more general features of the family environment that increase the child's risk for deviant behavior, including alcohol abuse. As a result, these influences affect all children and adolescents and are not specific to COAs. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcohol & non-alcohol specific parenting & other family influences KW - development of alcohol abuse & dependence KW - children & adolescents KW - 1997 KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Alcoholism KW - Family Relations KW - Interpersonal Influences KW - Parent Child Relations KW - Offspring KW - 1997 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-01705-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-02862-006 AN - 1997-02862-006 AU - Chang, Qiang AU - Natelson, Benjamin H. AU - Goldstein, Chelsea D. AU - Ottenweller, John E. T1 - The role of stressor intensity and underlying vasculopathy in altering coronary reactivity in cardiomyopathic hamsters. JF - Psychosomatic Medicine JO - Psychosomatic Medicine Y1 - 1997/01//Jan-Feb, 1997 VL - 59 IS - 1 SP - 51 EP - 57 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0033-3174 SN - 1534-7796 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-02862-006. PMID: 9021866 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Chang, Qiang; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurobehavioral Unit, East Orange, NJ, US. Release Date: 19970101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cardiovascular Reactivity; Stress; Stress Reactions. Minor Descriptor: Hamsters. Classification: Psychophysiology (2560). Population: Animal (20); Male (30). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jan-Feb, 1997. AB - Tested the hypothesis that there is an interaction between stressor intensity and microvascular vulnerability (MVV) in cardiomyopathic hamsters (CMHs). Male CMHs at ages 1.5, 2.5 and 3.5 mo were stressed with supine immobilization for 5 days. Stressor intensity was manipulated by immobilizing groups of CMHs at room temperature at different time periods. CMHs were anesthetized and sacrificed 5 days after stress, and their hearts were perfused using a modified Langendorff system. Body weight changes and baseline coronary vascular resistance (CVR) were recorded. CVR was measured after coronary artery infusion of arginine vasopressin (AVP). Results showed stress-induced coronary hyperactivity to AVP seen in 2.5 mo old CMHs diminished when MVV was lower in 3.5 mo old CMHs. For the 1.5 mo old CMHs, the resting CVR was high, so that the addition of stress produced no further increase. Thus, stressor intensity interacted with MVV to alter the consequences of stress. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stressor intensity & microvascular vulnerability KW - coronary reactivity KW - cardiomyopathic hamsters KW - 1997 KW - Cardiovascular Reactivity KW - Stress KW - Stress Reactions KW - Hamsters KW - 1997 DO - 10.1097/00006842-199701000-00007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-02862-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1997-97548-016 AN - 1997-97548-016 AU - Smith, Glenn P. ED - Rogers, Richard ED - Rogers, Richard, (Ed) T1 - Assessment of malingering with self-report instruments. T2 - Clinical assessment of malingering and deception, 2nd ed. Y1 - 1997/// SP - 351 EP - 370 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 1-57230-173-2 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-97548-016. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Smith, Glenn P.; James A. Haley Veterans Administration Hosp, Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Clinical Team, Tampa, FL, US. Release Date: 19970901. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 1-57230-173-2, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Malingering; Psychometrics; Screening Tests; Self-Report. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 20. AB - [discusses] the use of screening instruments specifically designed for the detection of malingering / this approach is derived from a practical consideration (e.g., limited time) as well as an assessment vantage point (e.g., some conditions are not detectable through standardized tests) / conceptually, screening measures should provide a threshold method for malingering, when used alone / in combination with additional testing, they may serve as a source of confirmatory data established screens [M Test, Malingering Scale] / new generation screens [Tehachapi Malingering Scale, Malingering Detection Scale, Malingering Probability Scale, Structured Inventory of Malingered Symptomatology, Inventory of Problems, Sentence Completion Test] / threshold and clinical decision models (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychometrics of self-report screening instruments for assessment of malingering KW - 1997 KW - Malingering KW - Psychometrics KW - Screening Tests KW - Self-Report KW - 1997 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-97548-016&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1997-97338-012 AN - 1997-97338-012 AU - Denison, M. Elena AU - Paredes, Alfonso AU - Booth, Jenia Bober ED - Galanter, Marc ED - Galanter, Marc, (Ed) T1 - Alcohol and cocaine interactions and aggressive behaviors. T2 - Recent developments in alcoholism, Vol. 13: Alcohol and violence: Epidemiology, neurobiology, psychology, family issues. T3 - Recent developments in alcoholism, Vol. 13 Y1 - 1997/// SP - 283 EP - 303 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-45358-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-97338-012. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Denison, M. Elena; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration, UCLA Drug Abuse Research Ctr, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19970801. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-45358-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Alcohols; Antisocial Behavior; Cocaine; Drug Interactions. Minor Descriptor: Drug Addiction; Drug Usage; Polydrug Abuse; Violence. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 21. AB - presents (1) a review of several studies on the relationship between violent/aggressive behavior and the use of cocaine and/or the use of alcohol; and (2) findings from our study of cocaine-dependent men, illustrating deviant and violent behavior before and during cocaine addiction careers / [the authors] had available a large database from Ss who participated in [their] investigations of the progression of cocaine dependence and factors that influence clinical and treatment outcomes / with these data, [the authors] initiated a preliminary examination of the behaviors of [their] Ss during periods of different states of drug use: cocaine only, alcohol only, cocaine and alcohol in combination, and abstinence from both alcohol and cocaine (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcohol & cocaine interactions KW - violent & aggressive & deviant behaviors KW - 1997 KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Alcohols KW - Antisocial Behavior KW - Cocaine KW - Drug Interactions KW - Drug Addiction KW - Drug Usage KW - Polydrug Abuse KW - Violence KW - 1997 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-97338-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1997-97067-007 AN - 1997-97067-007 AU - Rait, Douglas S. AU - Ross, Joan M. AU - Rao, Stephen M. ED - O'Connor, Michael Francis ED - Yalom, Irvin D. ED - O'Connor, Michael Francis, (Ed) ED - Yalom, Irvin D., (Ed) T1 - Treating couples and families with HIV: A systemic approach. T2 - Treating the psychological consequences of HIV. T3 - The Jossey-Bass library of current clinical technique Y1 - 1997/// SP - 225 EP - 268 CY - San Francisco, CA, US PB - Jossey-Bass SN - 0-7879-0314-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-97067-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rait, Douglas S.; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Health Care System, Family Therapy Program, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19970601. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-7879-0314-0, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Couples Therapy; Family Therapy; HIV; Systems Theory. Minor Descriptor: Disease Course; Professional Consultation; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 44. AB - complement other established clinical approaches by providing an overview of premises for a family systems approach to the person with HIV disease, a developmental view of the family's responses to the illness at various points in its course, a model for assessing couples and families, and a practical guide to consultation and clinical interventions based on family systems principles dimensions of family adaptation (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - family systems approach to adaptation & response to disease course & assessment & consultation & clinical interventions KW - persons with HIV & their families & couples KW - 1997 KW - Adjustment KW - Couples Therapy KW - Family Therapy KW - HIV KW - Systems Theory KW - Disease Course KW - Professional Consultation KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1997 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-97067-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-90028-005 AN - 1997-90028-005 AU - Mellman, Thomas A. AU - Nolan, Bruce AU - Hebding, Joanne AU - Kulick-Bell, Renee T1 - A polysomnographic comparison of veterans with combat-related PTSD, depressed men, and non-ill controls. JF - Sleep: Journal of Sleep Research & Sleep Medicine JO - Sleep: Journal of Sleep Research & Sleep Medicine JA - Sleep Y1 - 1997/01// VL - 20 IS - 1 SP - 46 EP - 51 CY - US PB - American Academy of Sleep Medicine SN - 0161-8105 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-90028-005. PMID: 9130334 Other Journal Title: Sleep: Journal of Sleep and Sleep Disorders Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mellman, Thomas A.; U Miami, School of Medicine, Miami Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Psychiatry Service, Miami, FL, US. et al. Release Date: 19980301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biological Markers; Major Depression; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; REM Sleep; Sleep Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Sleep. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1997. AB - Compared the polysomnographic indices of sleep disturbance and correlates of symptomatic awakenings in 25 38–48 yr old male patients with combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), 16 33–50 yr old male patients with principal diagnosis of major depression, and 10 asymptomatic male controls. Data were obtained from recordings made after an accommodation night. Sleep efficiency was decreased in the PTSD compared to the major depression and control groups. Likewise, REM density was comparably increased, while the amount of REM sleep was reduced. These sleep measures were not significantly associated with comorbid depression, substance-use disorder histories, or subclinical sleep apnea or limb movements within the PTSD group. These findings support sleep maintenance being impaired in chronic PTSD patients. Divergence of REM time between the clinical groups suggests the possibility of different underlying mechanisms. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - polysomnographic indices of sleep disturbance & correlates of symptomatic awakenings KW - 33–50 yr old males with combat-related PTSD vs those with major depression KW - 1997 KW - Biological Markers KW - Major Depression KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - REM Sleep KW - Sleep Disorders KW - Sleep KW - 1997 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-90028-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-90028-002 AN - 1997-90028-002 AU - Ancoli-Israel, Sonia AU - Klauber, Melville R. AU - Jones, Denise Williams AU - Kripke, Daniel F. T1 - Variations in circadian rhythms of activity, sleep and light exposure related to dementia in nursing-home patients. JF - Sleep: Journal of Sleep Research & Sleep Medicine JO - Sleep: Journal of Sleep Research & Sleep Medicine JA - Sleep Y1 - 1997/01// VL - 20 IS - 1 SP - 18 EP - 23 CY - US PB - American Academy of Sleep Medicine SN - 0161-8105 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-90028-002. PMID: 9130329 Other Journal Title: Sleep: Journal of Sleep and Sleep Disorders Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ancoli-Israel, Sonia; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, San Diego, CA, US. et al. Release Date: 19980301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dementia; Human Biological Rhythms; Illumination; Sleep. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1997. AB - Compared sleep and circadian-rhythm variables among institutionalized patients with severe dementia contrasted to a composite group of those with moderate, mild, or no dementia to understand how dementia interacts with sleep/wake activity (SWA) and circadian rhythms of activity. An Actillume recorder was used to record SWA and light exposure in 77 60–100 yr old Ss. Cosinor analyses were computed to determine the mesor, amplitude, acrophase and circadian quotient of the activity rhythms. Results showed that sleep was extremely fragmented in both groups of nursing-home patients. Severely demented patients (1) slept more both at night and day, but there were no significant differences in the number of awakenings during the night or in the number of naps during the day when compared with the composite group; (2) had lower activity mesor, more blunted amplitude, and were more phase delayed than the other group; and (3) spent less time exposed to bright light. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sleep vs circadian rhythm variables & light exposure KW - 60–100 yr olds with & without severe & moderate & mild dementia KW - 1997 KW - Dementia KW - Human Biological Rhythms KW - Illumination KW - Sleep KW - 1997 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-90028-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107085668 T1 - Practice resources. AU - Baker RL Y1 - 1999///1999 Fall N1 - Accession Number: 107085668. Language: English. Entry Date: 20000201. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; website. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9215067. KW - Information Resources KW - Spinal Cord Injuries KW - World Wide Web SP - 107 EP - 107 JO - SCI Psychosocial Process JF - SCI Psychosocial Process JA - SCI PSYCHOSOC PROCESS VL - 12 IS - 3 CY - Washington, District of Columbia PB - American Association of Spinal Cord Injury Psychologists & Social Workers SN - 1543-1088 AD - Clinical Social Worker, Edward Hines, Jr. Veterans Administration Medical Center, Hines, IL UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107085668&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107079406 T1 - Practice resources. AU - Baker RL Y1 - 1999///1999 Summer N1 - Accession Number: 107079406. Language: English. Entry Date: 20000101. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; website. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9215067. KW - Health Information KW - Housing KW - Assistive Technology Devices KW - Internet SP - 77 EP - 77 JO - SCI Psychosocial Process JF - SCI Psychosocial Process JA - SCI PSYCHOSOC PROCESS VL - 12 IS - 2 CY - Washington, District of Columbia PB - American Association of Spinal Cord Injury Psychologists & Social Workers SN - 1543-1088 AD - Edward Hines, Jr. Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107079406&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107033905 T1 - Veterans Health Administration develops National Health Care Plan (NHCP) AU - Fenton SH Y1 - 1993/05//1993 May N1 - Accession Number: 107033905. Language: English. Entry Date: 20010629. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Journal Subset: Blind Peer Reviewed; Computer/Information Science; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9202024. KW - National Health Programs -- United States KW - United States Department of Veterans Affairs KW - United States SP - 67 EP - 68 JO - Journal of AHIMA JF - Journal of AHIMA JA - J AHIMA VL - 64 IS - 5 CY - Chicago, Illinois PB - American Health Information Management Association SN - 1060-5487 AD - Health Information Program Specialist, Department of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Health Administration Central Office, Washington, DC U2 - PMID: 10128927. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107033905&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A method for the determination of sodium, potassium, magnesium and lithium concentrations in erythrocytes. AU - FRAZER, A. AU - SECUNDA, S. K. AU - MENDELS, J. JO - Clinica Chimica Acta JF - Clinica Chimica Acta Y1 - 1972/// VL - 36 IS - 2 SP - 499 EP - 509 SN - 0009-8981 AD - FRAZER, A.: Affective Diseases Research Unit, Veterans Administration Hospital, Philadelphia, Pa. 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721495118. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7439-93-2, 7439-95-4. N2 - Plasma trapped in the red cell column was estimated by centrifuging with the ligand cobalt-EDTA as marker and was about 3% (v/v) of the packed cell column. Values obtained for electrolytes in erythrocytes from healthy subjects were in good agreement with values reported in the literature. KW - analysis KW - determination KW - electrolytes KW - estimation KW - lithium KW - magnesium KW - methodology KW - techniques KW - methods KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721495118&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - GEN T1 - Lipid storage diseases. Enzymatic defects and clinical implications. AU - BERNSOHN, J. AU - GROSSMAN, H. J. A2 - BERNSOHN, J. A2 - GROSSMAN, H. J. T2 - Lipid storage diseases. Enzymatic defects and clinical implications. Y1 - 1971/// PB - New York, USA, Academic Press, Inc. SN - 0120928507 AD - BERNSOHN, J.: Neuropsychiatric Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721494967. Publication Type: Book. Language: English. N2 - Proceedings of a Symposium held in Chicago, Illinois, April 23-24, 1970. Sponsored by the National Tay-Sachs Society, Chicago Chapter. KW - Illinois KW - USA KW - East North Central States of USA KW - North Central States of USA KW - USA KW - North America KW - America KW - Developed Countries KW - OECD Countries KW - Corn Belt States of USA KW - United States of America KW - Animal Nutrition (General) (LL500) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721494967&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Density as a determinant of food and water intake. AU - MALLER, O. AU - WANK, H. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1971/// VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 49 EP - 56 AD - MALLER, O.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Philadelphia, Pa. 19104, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721493715. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. N2 - Diets with an energy value of 2.3 kcal/g and with density from 0.86 to 1.8 g/ml and diets with a density of 0.86 g/ml and energy value from 1 to 6 kcal/g were given to 160 Fischer rats weighing from 200 to 400 g. The intake of solids in g increased by about 40% when the density of the diet was doubled. When intake was considered as a volume there was a decrease in the volume of solids eaten as the density of the diet increased; at the same time volume of water drunk increased. Total volume of solids and water taken was uniform for the range of densities. When the energy value of the diet was varied while density remained constant the weight of diet eaten remained the same. Volume of water and solids taken was again uniform. D. W. H. S. KW - animal models KW - diets KW - energy value KW - food KW - intake KW - water intake KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - small mammals KW - eukaryotes KW - caloric value KW - calorie value KW - calorific value KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Food Science and Food Products (Human) (QQ000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721493715&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Growth effects of vanadium in the rat. AU - SCHWARZ, K. AU - MILNE, D. B. JO - American Association for the Advancement of Science. Science JF - American Association for the Advancement of Science. Science Y1 - 1971/// VL - 174 IS - 4007 SP - 426 EP - 428 AD - SCHWARZ, K.: Lab. Experimental Metabolic Diseases, Veterans Administration Hospital, Long Beach, Calif. 90801, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721493615. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-62-2. N2 - Inbred, littermate, male weanling Fischer 344 rats were in plastic isolators on a purified amino acid diet. Supplements of Vd were added to the diet as vanadyl chloride or sodium orthovanadate and the rats were weighed and inspected at intervals of from 3 to 4 days. After 26 to 28 days they were killed. Nearly optimum growth response was produced with 5 and 10 µg sodium orthovanadate/100 g diet; the maximum effect of over 40% increase in growth was obtained with 25 and 50 µg. Sodium orthovanadate seemed to give the best results, as seen from a series of tests with from 1 to 5 µg/100 g diet. Experiments with other Vd compounds showed that they differed in potency. Sodium orthovanadate was effective, metavanadate less active and pyrovanadate without activity. Tetravalent Vd, supplied as vanadyl sulfate or acetate, was utilised but gave smaller responses. The amounts of Vd required to elicit the growth response in rats are within the range of concentrations found naturally in foods and tissues of higher animals.-G. F. G. See also Absts. 2845, 2849, 3040-1, 3266, 3535, 3585, 3588, 3677. KW - animal models KW - foods KW - growth factors KW - supplements KW - vanadium KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - small mammals KW - eukaryotes KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Food Science and Food Products (Human) (QQ000) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721493615&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Interrelationship between selenium and specific trace elements. AU - MCCONNELL, K. P. AU - CARPENTER, D. M. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1971/// VL - 137 IS - 3 SP - 996 EP - 1001 SN - 0037-9727 AD - MCCONNELL, K. P.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Louisville, Ky. 40202, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721493599. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7782-49-2. N2 - Male rats, weighing 100 to 150 g, were given subcutaneously a single dose of 75SeO32- providing 4.5 mg stable Se/kg bodyweight and containing 20 to 40 µCi 75Se. Zn, Cd, As or Te was given simultaneously in molar ratios of 1: 1 to 12: 1 with 75Se either as a mixture at one site or separately at 2 different sites. Excretion and tissue distribution of 75Se 24 h after the injection showed that when Zn or Cd and Se were given as a mixture, excretion and distribution of 75Se was limited through localization of 75Se at the site of injection: Zn and Cd given separately had no effect on 75Se metabolism. Te and As slightly reduced losses of 75Se by lungs and in urine but increased 75Se losses in faeces and tissue 75Se concentrations.-N. S. KW - animal models KW - body weight KW - excretion KW - faeces KW - losses KW - lungs KW - minerals KW - ratios KW - selenium KW - trace elements KW - urine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - small mammals KW - eukaryotes KW - feces KW - microelements KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721493599&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fluoride metabolism in man. AU - SPENCER, H. AU - LEWIN, I. AU - WISTROWSKI, E. AU - SAMACHSON, J. JO - American Journal of Medicine JF - American Journal of Medicine Y1 - 1970/// VL - 49 IS - 6 SP - 807 EP - 813 SN - 0002-9343 AD - SPENCER, H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141. N1 - Accession Number: 19721493555. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 16984-48-8. N2 - F balances were estimated in man under controlled dietary conditions before and during the intake of sodium fluoride and after its discontinuation. F intake was 4.4 mg daily in the control period and 13.8 mg during the addition of a mean 21 mg NaF daily. The main pathway of F excretion was by the kidney. F in urine corresponded to about 50% of the F intake in the control study and during the intake of NaF. F in faeces was low, about 0.29 mg daily in the control period and 0.88 mg daily during the NaF study. F balances were +1.9 mg daily in the control period and +5.4 mg daily during the addition of 9.1 mg F as NaF. Retention corresponded to 42.9% of the F intake in the control period and to 39.3% in the NaF study. After the discontinuation of NaF, balances were lower than in the control study. The loss of F in sweat was not estimated. KW - diets KW - excretion KW - faeces KW - fluoride KW - intake KW - metabolism KW - retention KW - urine KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - feces KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721493555&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Physiologic effects of acute sodium depletion. AU - FULTON, R. L. AU - RIDOLPHO, P. JO - Annals of Surgery JF - Annals of Surgery Y1 - 1971/// VL - 173 IS - 3 SP - 344 EP - 356 SN - 0003-4932 AD - FULTON, R. L.: Albuquerque Veterans Administration Hospital, N. Mex. 87106, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721493550. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. N2 - Conditioned healthy dogs weighing between 13 and 24 kg were studied 2 weeks after spleen removal. In all the dogs a large arteriovenous shunt was made between the left carotid artery and the left femoral vein. In the experimental group of 8 dogs arterial blood passed through a dialysis tank containing glucose, KCl and CaCl2 in water. In the control group of 6 dogs blood was not passed through the dialyser and glucose and water were given through the shunt tubing. The amount of glucose given was about the same as that absorbed by the experimental group from the dialysis tank. At intervals during a 5-h experimental period estimations were made of a number of cardiovascular and metabolic variables. Dialysis produced Na deficits of up to 12 m-equiv/kg bodyweight. Compared with controls dogs acutely depleted of Na showed lower oxygen consumption, glucose utilization, cardiac output and respiratory control efficiency. In the experimental group there was a rapid fall in volume of urine excreted. Serum Na concentration fell but slowly. It is suggested that acute Na deficiency slows oxidative phosphorylation and decreases rate of utilization of ATP with a resulting decline in neuromuscular activity.-F. C. A. KW - body weight KW - cardiovascular system KW - deficiency KW - depletion KW - dialysis KW - oxygen consumption KW - phosphorylation KW - spleen KW - utilization KW - dogs KW - man KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - small mammals KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - circulatory system KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Pets and Companion Animals (LL070) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721493550&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of pyridoxine deficiency on inducibility and circadian rhythms of some pyridoxine-dependent enzymes. AU - YUWILER, A. AU - GELLER, E. AU - EIDUSON, S. JO - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta JF - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta Y1 - 1971/// VL - 244 IS - 3 SP - 557 EP - 566 AD - YUWILER, A.: Neurobiochemistry Lab., T-85, Brentwood Hospital (Psychosocial Medicine), Veterans Administration, Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721493094. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 50-23-7, 50-03-3, 13609-67-1, 6000-74-4, 125-04-2, 51-41-2, 51-40-1, 69815-49-2, 903-99-0, 65-23-6, 73-22-3, 60-18-4. N2 - Rats deprived of vitamin B-6 had in liver normal amounts of tryptophan peroxidase (EC.l.11.1.4), tyrosine and tryptophan aminotransferases (EC. 2.6.1.5), but reduced amounts of aromatic amino acid decarboxylase. The response of the transferases to injections of hydrocortisone, tryptophan, allyliso-propylacetamide and norepinephrine was normal. The variation between day and night values for the transferases and the decarboxylase was also not affected by vitamin B-6 deficiency. KW - animal models KW - aromatic compounds KW - circadian rhythm KW - deficiency KW - enzymes KW - hydrocortisone KW - liver KW - norepinephrine KW - peroxidase KW - pyridoxine KW - transferases KW - tryptophan KW - tyrosine KW - variation KW - vitamin deficiencies KW - vitamins KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - small mammals KW - eukaryotes KW - aromatics KW - cortisol KW - noradrenaline KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721493094&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A new color reaction for cholesterol assay. AU - JUNG, D. H. AU - PAREKH, A. C. JO - Clinica Chimica Acta JF - Clinica Chimica Acta Y1 - 1971/// VL - 35 IS - 1 SP - 73 EP - 78 SN - 0009-8981 AD - JUNG, D. H.: Dept. Clin. Pathol., Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721492718. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 57-88-5. N2 - A new Fe-cholesterol reaction, based on the method of Parekh and Jung (Abst. 2209, Vol. 41) is described. The colour obtained is stable and is unaffected by instability of reaction temperature or moisture content of H2SO4. The colour reaction obeys Beer's law over a wide clinical range of serum cholesterol. The reaction can be applied to the assay of cholesterol either as part of the direct method or to cholesterol pre-extracted by employing other techniques. A close correlation with simultaneous measurements by the method of Abell et al. (Abst. 1540, Vol. 22) was obtained. The analytical data are discussed with reference to the reported significance of the chromogenicity of the free and ester forms of cholesterol. No effect of the presence of digitonin on the colour reaction was noted. The proposed reaction is presented as the colour reaction of choice for cholesterol estimation. KW - analysis KW - assays KW - blood chemistry KW - blood serum KW - cholesterol KW - colorimetry KW - composition KW - detection KW - methodology KW - moisture content KW - techniques KW - methods KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721492718&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Availability in man of protein and minerals from fish protein concentrate. AU - SPENCER, H. AU - SAMACHSON, J. AU - FOWLER, J. AU - KULKA, M. J. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1971/// VL - 24 IS - 3 SP - 311 EP - 317 SN - 0002-9165 AD - SPENCER, H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141. N1 - Accession Number: 19721490651. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9001-78-9, 16984-48-8. N2 - Ten men in hospital were given a control adequate and balanced diet followed by a diet in which about 37% of the meat protein was replaced by a fish protein concentrate (FPC), and finally the control diet again. Experimental periods varied for individual patients but averaged 23, 26 and 22 days. N, Ca and P balances were studied in 6-day metabolic periods throughout the experiment. Results for each metabolic period are given for one patient as well as average values for all patients. N, Ca and P balances were similar on the control and FPC diets. The intake of these elements was somewhat higher from the FPC than from the control diet; excess N and P were excreted in the urine and excess Ca in the faeces. There were individual variations in both urinary and faecal Ca. The percentage of dietary N and P excreted in the urine was similar for the control and FPC diets but urinary Ca from the latter diet was less, possibly because of the fluoride content of the FPC. FPC was well tolerated by all patients and no significant changes were observed in serum albumin, globulin, Ca, P and alkaline phosphatase.-K. M. H. KW - albumins KW - alkaline phosphatase KW - blood chemistry KW - blood serum KW - composition KW - diets KW - faeces KW - fish meal KW - fish protein concentrate KW - fluoride KW - globulins KW - intake KW - men KW - minerals KW - protein concentrates KW - serum albumin KW - urine KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - alkaline phosphomonoesterase KW - feces KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721490651&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Factors affecting bone enzymatic activity in vitamin D-deficient rats. AU - WERGEDAL, J. E. AU - BAYLINK, D. J. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1971/// VL - 220 IS - 2 SP - 406 EP - 409 SN - 0002-9513 AD - WERGEDAL, J. E.: Radioisotope Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Seattle 98108. N1 - Accession Number: 19721490454. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9001-78-9, 50-14-6, 51-48-9, 1406-16-2. N2 - Weanling rats were kept in the dark and fed freely on semi-synthetic diets without vitamin D or with ergocalciferol 2 IU/g for controls. With 0.6% each of Ca and P in the diet the rats developed hypocalcaemia and slightly high serum P and rate of growth decreased; the changes were evident within 2 weeks and did not progress between 2 and 4 weeks. Acid phenylphosphatase in bone fell within 2 weeks, lactate dehydrogenase fell and pH 8 protease, alkaline phosphatase and acid β-glycerophosphatase rose in metaphyseal bone during the 3rd week, after hypocalcaemia had appeared. With 1 2 % Ca in the diet the enzyme changes were absent but with 1.8% Ca they appeared as with 0.6% Ca except for acid phenylphosphatase which did not change significantly; on the high-Ca diet serum Ca was normal but P was low. In rats with thyroid and parathyroids removed and with thyroxine replacement therapy, serum Ca fell in vitamin D deficiency despite a diet with 1.5% Ca, but serum P fell sharply; bone alkaline phosphatase and protease active at pH 8 increased, lactate dehydrogenase and acid phenylphosphatase fell. It is concluded that the changes in serum Ca or P and not the deficiency itself cause the bone enzyme changes in vitamin D deficiency.-D. L. D. KW - alkaline phosphatase KW - animal models KW - blood serum KW - bones KW - deficiency KW - diets KW - enzymes KW - ergocalciferol KW - growth rate KW - proteinases KW - therapy KW - thyroid gland KW - thyroxine KW - vitamin D KW - vitamin deficiencies KW - vitamins KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - small mammals KW - eukaryotes KW - alkaline phosphomonoesterase KW - calciferol KW - proteases KW - therapeutics KW - thyroid KW - vitamin D2 KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721490454&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hepatic chromium content in diabetic subjects. AU - MORGAN, J. M. JO - Metabolism JF - Metabolism Y1 - 1972/// VL - 21 IS - 4 SP - 313 EP - 316 AD - MORGAN, J. M.: Trace Metals Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Birmingham, Ala., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721409290. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-47-3. N2 - The mean Cr content of the liver estimated by atomic absorption spectroscopy post mortem was for 31 patients with diabetes 8.59, for 18 nondiabetic patients with isehaemic heart disease 9.96, for 19 nondiabetic patients with hypertension 10.2 and for 24 control patients who had no diabetes or heart disease 12.7 µg/g. The reduction in values was significant only in the diabetic subjects.-I. E. F. KW - analysis KW - chromium KW - composition KW - diabetes KW - heart KW - heart diseases KW - hypertension KW - liver KW - spectroscopy KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - coronary diseases KW - high blood pressure KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Non-communicable Human Diseases and Injuries (VV600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721409290&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Fatal hyperalimentation syndrome. Animal studies. AU - SILVIS, S. E. AU - PARAGAS, P. V. AU - Jr. JO - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine JF - Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine Y1 - 1971/// VL - 78 IS - 6 SP - 918 EP - 930 SN - 0022-2143 AD - SILVIS, S. E.: Gastroenterology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, 54th St. and 48th Ave. S., Minneapolis, Minn. 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721408970. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. N2 - Normal and starved dogs which had lost at least 50% of normal weight were given an infusion of glucose, minerals and vitamins without or with fibrin hydrolysate supplying 150 kcal/kg daily. Some dogs had 36.4 m-equiv phosphate/litre added to the infusion to replace a similar amount of chloride; the others had no phosphate. All normal dogs given the infusion for 2 weeks survived and their weight rose slightly. Mean survival time for the 16 starved dogs was 5.4 days; there was no significant difference between survival times of dogs given different infusions. On the 5th day of infusion serum inorganic phosphate for normal dogs was 3.4 mg/100 ml and for starved dogs was 0.4 mg/100 ml. Male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing initially from 250 to 350 g were given three-quarters of their free intake for 1 week, half of their free intake for 1 week and a quarter of their free intake until they reached 75% of their original weight. Starved rats were maintained for 1 or 2 weeks at 75% of normal weight. Other rats were given no food for 7 days. All the rats were given infusions similar to those given to the dogs but without phosphate at a rate of from 360 to 420 kcal/kg or 180 to 210 kcal/kg daily. Normal rats survived 5.6 days; starved rats survived 1.4 days on the rapid infusion and 4.0 days on the slow infusion. When starved rats were given 165 or 215 kcal supplied by glucose or 215 kcal two-thirds supplied by glucose and one-third by fibrin hydrolysate mortality rose from 10% to 40% with extra energy from either source. When starved rats which had not been kept at a constant weight were given 215 kcal/kg daily mortality at 4 days was 60% but with starved rats which had been maintained at a constant weight for 1 and 2 weeks mortality was 0 and 20%, respectively. When rats were given glucose to supply 200 kcal and fibrin hydrolysate to supply 90 kcal/kg daily mortality at 4 days was for those deprived of food for 1 week 36, for normal controls 10 and for those starved with continuing weight loss 100%. D. W. H. S. KW - animal models KW - food KW - minerals KW - mortality KW - research KW - vitamins KW - weight reduction KW - dogs KW - rats KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - small mammals KW - eukaryotes KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - death rate KW - studies KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Pets and Companion Animals (LL070) KW - Food Science and Food Products (Human) (QQ000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721408970&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Divalent cation uptakes by rabbit aorta-interaction with phospholipids. AU - SAHAGIAN, B. M. AU - SPRARAGEN, S. C. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1972/// VL - 102 IS - 5 SP - 673 EP - 679 SN - 0022-3166 AD - SAHAGIAN, B. M.: Nuclear Medicine Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, N.Y. 11209, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721408842. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 57-88-5. N2 - Aortic intima-media strips prepared from normal rabbits and ones given cholesterol were separately incubated with 10-4 M labelled solutions of Mn2+, Ca2+, Cd2+, Zn2+ and Hg2+. Mn uptake by intima-media strips was the lowest and Zn and Hg uptakes the highest. The ratios of the total amount in ng-atoms of each metal retained by 100 mg of normal wet tissue using Mn2+ uptake as unity were: Mn: Ca: Cd: Zn: Hg = 1: 3: 7: 13: 14. There was little difference in the metal uptakes by aortic strips between normal and cholesterol-fed rabbits. Zn2+ and Cd2+ uptakes of the cholesterol-fed rabbits seemed to be lower. When pairs of metal ion species were tested there was competition between them for tissue uptake. Hg2+ inhibited Zn2+ uptake sharply, but Zn2+ had no effect of Hg2+ uptake. Zn2+ and Cd2+ uptakes were mutually inhibitory, and Cd2+ and Zn2+ at higher concentrations were inhibitory to Ca2+ uptake. Phosphatidyl serine and, to a lesser degree, phosphatidyl ethanolamine added to the incubation medium inhibited Zn2+ uptake by normal aortic strips. By contrast, phosphatidyl choline had no inhibitory effect on Zn2+ uptake. The significance of the results and their possible relation to the pathogenesis of atherosclerosis is indicated. See also Absts. 8432, 8496, 8512, 8589. KW - atherosclerosis KW - cholesterol KW - inhibition KW - pathogenesis KW - phospholipids KW - ratios KW - uptake KW - rabbits KW - Leporidae KW - Lagomorpha KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - small mammals KW - eukaryotes KW - arteriosclerosis KW - Animal Nutrition (General) (LL500) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721408842&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of fasting and feeding on protein synthesis by the rat pancreas. AU - MORISSET, J. A. AU - WEBSTER, P. D. JO - Journal of Clinical Investigation JF - Journal of Clinical Investigation Y1 - 1972/// VL - 51 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 8 SN - 0021-9738 AD - MORISSET, J. A.: Section of Gastroenterology, Veterans Administration Hospital and Medical College of Georgia, Augusta, Ga. 30904, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721408822. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 63-91-2, 56227-39-5. N2 - Groups of male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing 250 to 300 g were fed on Purina rat chow and killed after deprivation of food for 24, 48 or 72 h or in the fed state. Pancreas from these rats was incubated for 1 h with L-phenylalanine-14C and the mean uptake of radioactivity/mg tissue protein in rats deprived for 24, 48 and 72 h was 82, 79 and 71% of that in fed rats. When pancreas was incubated with phenylalanine-14C for 15 min the radioactivity/mg protein associated with microsomes isolated at the end of incubation for rats deprived for 48 and 72 h was 56 and 41% of that for rats not deprived. No change was observed for rats deprived for 24 h. Radioactivity in microsomal protein/mg ribosomal RNA in rats deprived for 24, 48 and 72 h was 108, 72 and 54%, respectively, of that in normal rats. Amylase was isolated and purified by Sephadex and ion-exchange chromatography from pancreas of fed rats and rats deprived for 48 h, after incubation with phenylalanine-14C. The radioactivity/ mg protein of enzyme from the deprived rats was only 43% of that of the preparation from fed rats. When microsomes and cytosol from deprived rats were incubated together with phenylalanine-14C radioactivity incorporated into protein was only 56% of that obtained when the incubation was with microsomes and cytosol from fed rats. When either preparation of microsomes was incubated with cytosol from fed rats the observed incorporation of radioactivity was 23-8% greater than when they were incubated with cytosol from deprived rats. The decreased uptake of radioactivity by pancreas of deprived rats was therefore due to alterations to both microsomal and cytosol fractions of the cell. Mean ratio of pancreas wet weight/mg pancreas DNA was 132.1, 133.6, 99.7 and 80.9 in fed rats and rats deprived for 24, 48 and 72 h. Corresponding mean values of ratio of pancreatic protein/ DNA were 14.7, 24.0, 13.3 and 10.7. Mean free phenylalanine content estimated automatically by column chromatography in pancreas of fed rats deprived for 48 h was 58 and 60 nmoles/g tissue wet weight. When pancreas from fed rats and rats deprived for 48 h was incubated with phenylalanine-14C, there was greater uptake of radioactivity from medium and a more rapid incorporation into protein by the former but pancreas from deprived rats accumulated more radioactivity in tissue water. C. M. G. KW - amylases KW - analytical methods KW - animal models KW - chromatography KW - deprivation KW - DNA KW - fasting KW - feeding KW - food KW - incorporation KW - microsomes KW - pancreas KW - phenylalanine KW - protein synthesis KW - radioactivity KW - RNA KW - uptake KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - small mammals KW - eukaryotes KW - analytical techniques KW - deoxyribonucleic acid KW - polidexide KW - protein biosynthesis KW - ribonucleic acid KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Food Science and Food Products (Human) (QQ000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721408822&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Hepatic choline uptake under the influence of dietary alcohol and fat. AU - TUMA, D. J. AU - BARAK, A. J. AU - SORRELL, M. F. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1971/// VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 165 EP - 170 AD - TUMA, D. J.: Medical Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Omaha, Nebr. 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721408803. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 57-50-1. N2 - Rats were given Rockland pellets plus 15% ethanol and controls were pair-fed on pellets plus 30% sucrose; fat was 11 and ethanol 22% of the total energy intake and the feeding period was 3 months. Other rats were given the liquid diets of Lieben et al. (Abst. 1897, Vol. 36); rats given ethanol and controls had 43% of total energy as fat and the diets were given for 24 days. The last group was given for 24 days the liquid diets of Takada et al. (Abst. 6719, Vol. 37) in which total energy as fat was 25.6% for rats on alcohol, but 40% for controls. At the end of the feeding periods choline uptake by liver was studied for up to 2 h. In rats given diets low in fat there was no difference in uptake between controls and those given alcohol. When the Lieben diets were given, there was greater uptake by liver from rats given alcohol in the first hour, but not thereafter. In the last group, the control livers showed greater uptake of choline, during the full 2 h, than those from rats given alcohol. Only on the Lieben and alcohol diet did fatty accumulation take place in the liver.-E. H. KW - animal models KW - diets KW - energy intake KW - feeding KW - liquid diets KW - liver KW - pellets KW - sucrose KW - uptake KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - small mammals KW - eukaryotes KW - saccharose KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721408803&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cardiac isocitrate dehydrogenase and manganese under the influence of alcohol feeding and choline deficiency. AU - AFLATOONI, A. AU - BARAK, A. J. AU - SORRELL, M. F. JO - Nutrition Reports International JF - Nutrition Reports International Y1 - 1971/// VL - 4 IS - 6 SP - 383 EP - 386 AD - AFLATOONI, A.: Medical Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital and Liver Study Unit, Omaha, Nebr. 68105, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721408797. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7439-96-5. N2 - Sprague-Dawley rats were pair-fed for 6 weeks on control and alcohol diets (Lieber et al., Journal of Clinical Investigation (1965) 44, 1009). The control rats had gained a mean 3 g more than rats given ethanol. Rats were pair-fed on a control diet and on one deficient in choline. On the 5th and 21st days of the diet 5 pairs of rats were killed and the hearts were removed. At 5 days the difference in weight between control rats and those deprived of choline was 6 g and at 21 days it was 12 g. Mn in heart tissue varied with the amount of choline in the diet. Ethanol intake or choline deficiency did not change the Mn values, but reduced NADP-linked isocitrate dehydrogenase activity in the heart.-J. A. S. KW - animal models KW - deficiency KW - diets KW - enzymes KW - feeding KW - heart KW - manganese KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - small mammals KW - eukaryotes KW - Mn KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721408797&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effects of fasting and feeding on the pancreas. AU - WEBSTER, P. D. AU - SINGH, M. AU - TUCKER, P. C. AU - BLACK, O. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1972/// VL - 62 IS - 4 SP - 600 EP - 605 SN - 0016-5085 AD - WEBSTER, P. D.: Gastroenterology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital (FHD), Augusta, Ga. 30904, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721408306. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. N2 - Rats were fed, fasted 24, 48, 72 or 96 h, or fasted 96 h and refed for 4, 24, 48, or 72 h. Protein synthesis was estimated from incorporation of L-phenylalanine-14C into protein. With fasting there were progressive decreases in total protein, amylase, RNA and water content of pancreas. Refeeding for 4 h was associated with further decreases in total protein, amylase and RNA. Refeeding for 24, 48 and 72 h was associated with increases to equal or greater values than in fed rats. KW - amylases KW - animal models KW - composition KW - fasting KW - feeding KW - incorporation KW - pancreas KW - protein synthesis KW - refeeding KW - RNA KW - water content KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - small mammals KW - eukaryotes KW - protein biosynthesis KW - ribonucleic acid KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721408306&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Control of gastric emptying by amino acids. AU - COOKE, A. R. AU - MOULANG, J. JO - Gastroenterology JF - Gastroenterology Y1 - 1972/// VL - 62 IS - 4 SP - 528 EP - 532 SN - 0016-5085 AD - COOKE, A. R.: Dept. Internal Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, 7-E 47, Iowa City, Iowa 52240, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721408279. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 56-40-6. N2 - Studies were made of gastric emptying of amino acids in 6 healthy subjects by test meals of 350 ml containing phenol red and the appropriate amino acid. Gastric contents were aspirated at 20 min and samples were tested for phenol red concentration and titratable acidity. The amino acids were glycine, ss-alanine, L-leucine, L-lysine and DL-methionine and the concentrations were 0.1, 0.2, 0.5 and 1.0 molar. It was found that all amino acids in concentrations of 0.2 molar delayed emptying significantly when compared with test meals containing water and phenol red only. The delay in emptying was related to the molar concentration of the amino acid in the test meal and unrelated to the molecular weight of the amino acid and to the amount of acid secreted. The results indicate that gastric emptying of amino acids is related to their osmolar concentration. KW - acidity KW - amino acids KW - control KW - glycine KW - research KW - stomach KW - studies KW - Animal Nutrition (General) (LL500) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721408279&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cyanocobalamin transport proteins in canine plasma. AU - RAPPAZZO, M. E. AU - HALL, C. A. JO - American Journal of Physiology JF - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1972/// VL - 222 IS - 1 SP - 202 EP - 206 SN - 0002-9513 AD - RAPPAZZO, M. E.: Hematology Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Albany, N.Y. 12208. N1 - Accession Number: 19721408200. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 68-19-9. N2 - A protein binding vitamin B-12 was found in plasma of dogs; it eluted from DEAE-cellulose with the ss-globulins, had ss mobility on paper electrophoresis and a molecular size of about 38 000, carried cyano-cobalamin as it was absorbed, and reacted immuno-logically with antitranscobalamin II. All those properties are shared by human transcobalamin II. The counterpart of human transcobalamin I appeared to be present but perhaps in lower concentrations than in man, and its function is not clear. KW - binding KW - blood plasma KW - cyanocobalamin KW - electrophoresis KW - properties KW - vitamin B12 KW - vitamins KW - dogs KW - man KW - Canis KW - Canidae KW - Fissipeda KW - carnivores KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - small mammals KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - cobalamin KW - Pets and Companion Animals (LL070) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721408200&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Dynamics of serum binding of intravenously administered 57Co vitamin B12. AU - MEYER, L. M. AU - GIZIS, E. J. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1971/// VL - 137 IS - 2 SP - 574 EP - 577 SN - 0037-9727 AD - MEYER, L. M.: Hematology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Brooklyn, N.Y. 11209. N1 - Accession Number: 19721408199. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 68-19-9. N2 - Cyanocobalamin-57Co of specific activity 10 to 18 µCi/µg was injected by vein in doses of 2 µCi and blood was withdrawn at intervals from 1 min to 48 h afterwards and serum was subjected to DEAE-cellulose column chromatography to separate trans-cobalamins I and II (TCI, TCII). Good agreement was obtained in amounts of cyanocobalamin-57Co bound to the 2 proteins at 1 min, but the percentage bound to TCI subsequently increased while the absolute amounts bound to both decreased progressively. In 9 patients with pernicious anaemia the pattern was similar. In 4 patients with chronic myelogenous leucaemia the initial TCI content was higher and the decrease in residual activity after the first min was less than in the other groups. Although clearance of both was slower, the more rapid loss of label from TCII than from TCI was again present. D. L. D. KW - anaemia KW - analytical methods KW - binding KW - blood serum KW - chromatography KW - cyanocobalamin KW - leukaemia KW - vitamin B12 KW - vitamins KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - analytical techniques KW - anemia KW - blood cancer KW - cobalamin KW - leucaemia KW - leukemia KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Non-communicable Human Diseases and Injuries (VV600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721408199&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Analysis of stable strontium in biological materials by atomic absorption spectrophotometry. AU - WARREN, J. M. AU - SPENCER, H. JO - Clinica Chimica Acta JF - Clinica Chimica Acta Y1 - 1972/// VL - 38 IS - 2 SP - 435 EP - 439 SN - 0009-8981 AD - WARREN, J. M.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721407816. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-24-6. N2 - Trace levels of Sr were estimated in diet and excreta. KW - analysis KW - organic matter KW - spectrophotometry KW - strontium KW - Animal Nutrition (General) (LL500) KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721407816&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Separation of thyroidal iodoamino acids on columns of controlled-pore glass. AU - WILLIAMS, A. D. AU - FREEMAN, D. E. AU - FLORSHEIM, W. H. JO - Journal of Chromatographic Science JF - Journal of Chromatographic Science Y1 - 1971/// VL - 9 IS - October SP - 619 EP - 623 SN - 0021-9665 AD - WILLIAMS, A. D.: Medical Research Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Long Beach, Calif. 90801, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721407740. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. N2 - Iodoamino acids in a preparation of rat thyroid were separated by chromatography on controlled pore glass, CPG-10-75, with ethyl acetate, methanol and 2 N NH4OH (20: 5: 2) as solvent.-A. H. KW - analysis KW - analytical methods KW - chromatography KW - techniques KW - thyroid gland KW - analytical techniques KW - thyroid KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721407740&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Effect of specific amino acids on in vitro protein synthesizing system from rats. AU - LAMAR, C. AU - Jr. AU - IMM, B. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1971/// VL - 101 IS - 11 SP - 1589 EP - 1594 SN - 0022-3166 AD - LAMAR, C.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Univ. Wisconsin Medical School, Madison, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721406279. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 71-00-1, 61-90-5, 63-68-3, 63-91-2, 72-18-4. N2 - Ribosomes, pt 5 enzymes and pH 5 supernatant fractions were isolated from the brains of 40 Holtzman rats killed at 18 to 21 days old. A standard incubation mixture contained in 1 ml 0.5 ml amino acid mixture, 200 to 300 µg ribosomal protein, 750 to 900 µg pH enzyme protein, ATP, GTP, NaCl and one labelled amino acid together with leucine-14C and, after 20 min incubation, leucine-12C was added. Another incubation medium contained no ribosomes and a third included 1000 cpm of previously synthetised leucine-t RNA labelled with 14C instead of leucine-14C. The systems were used to study 3 phases of protein synthesis: amino acid activation, the incorporation of labelled amino acids into protein and the incorporation of leucine-14C into protein from leucine-t RNA. The effect of single unlabelled amino acids added in excess was studied. Exogenous amino acids were added to the concentrations of endogenous amino acids in the medium. The incorporation of labelled leucine depended entirely on the presence of ATP, pH 5 fraction and ribosomes. The absence of GTP decreased incorporation by 10% of that when it was present. Only isoleucine, valine, histidine, methionine, aspartate and phenylalanine of 18 amino acids inhibited the incorporation of leucine-14C into protein.-B. A. O. KW - amino acids KW - animal models KW - enzymes KW - histidine KW - in vitro KW - incorporation KW - leucine KW - methionine KW - phenylalanine KW - protein synthesis KW - RNA KW - valine KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - small mammals KW - eukaryotes KW - protein biosynthesis KW - ribonucleic acid KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721406279&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Urinary excretion of radiosulfur following taurine-35S injection in zinc deficient rats. AU - ANTHONY, W. L. AU - WOOSLEY, R. L. AU - Hsu, J. M. JO - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine JF - Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Y1 - 1971/// VL - 138 IS - 3 SP - 989 EP - 992 SN - 0037-9727 AD - ANTHONY, W. L.: Biochemistry Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, 3900 Loch Raven Boulevard, Baltimore, Md. 21218, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721406210. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 107-35-7, 7440-66-6. N2 - The effect of Zn deficiency on taurine oxidation was studied by comparing the amounts of labelled 35S in inorganic sulfate and taurine in urine after injection of taurine-35S into rats deprived of Zn or given sufficient Zn. Rats given a diet low in Zn excreted significantly more 35S, more 35SO42- and taurine-35S than controls. The findings suggest Zn deficiency increased the rate of taurine oxidation. There was a significant rise in 14C in 24-h urine of rats deprived of Zn compared with values for controls after injection of taurine-1, 2-14C. The radioactivity in the lipid extract of faeces was not affected by Zn deficiency, indicating that deprived rats were capable of forming taurine-bile acid conjugate. KW - animal models KW - deficiency KW - diets KW - excretion KW - faeces KW - mineral deficiencies KW - radioactivity KW - taurine KW - urine KW - zinc KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - small mammals KW - eukaryotes KW - feces KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721406210&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Origin of cholesteryl esters in the blood of cholesterol-fed rabbits: relative contributions of serum lecithin-cholesterol acyltransferase and hepatic ester synthesis. AU - ROSE, H. G. JO - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta JF - Biochimica et Biophysica Acta Y1 - 1972/// VL - 260 IS - 2 SP - 312 EP - 326 AD - ROSE, H. G.: Dept. Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, N.Y. 10468, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721406090. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 57-88-5, 9031-14-5. N2 - Cholesterol esterifying activity in rabbit serum has been identified as lecithin-cholesterol acyltransferase. Net esterification during a 24-h incubation was 340± 68 µmoles/litre and the esterification rate, measured during the initial phase of the reaction with native lipoprotein as substrates, was 33.4± 6.7 µmoles/litre h. Activity in the rabbit was lower than has been reported in other species. Cholesterol feeding reduced net esterification by 27-3% and the esterification rate by 51.4%. The activity would be insufficient to account for the elevation of blood cholesteryl esters produced by the diet. When lipoproteins labelled with cholesterol-4-14C were injected into a recipient animal and simultaneously added to a portion of recipient serum for incubation, ester cholesterol labelling in vivo far exceeded that in vitro. Specific activity data after injection of lipoproteins labelled with mevalonic acid-2-14C or cholesterol-4-14C were compatible with the liver as the major source of blood esters. KW - blood KW - blood serum KW - cholesterol KW - cholesteryl esters KW - esterification KW - feeding KW - in vitro KW - labelling KW - lipoproteins KW - liver KW - phosphatidylcholine-sterol acyltransferase KW - synthesis KW - rabbits KW - Leporidae KW - Lagomorpha KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - small mammals KW - eukaryotes KW - cholesterol esters KW - labeling KW - labels KW - lecithin-cholesterol acyltransferase KW - Animal Nutrition (General) (LL500) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721406090&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Glycolytic and pentose phosphate pathway enzymes in jejunal mucosa, adaptive responses to alloxan-diabetes and fasting in the rat. AU - TYRRELL, J. B. AU - ANDERSON, J. W. JO - Endocrinology JF - Endocrinology Y1 - 1971/// VL - 89 IS - 5 SP - 1178 EP - 1185 AD - TYRRELL, J. B.: Metabolic Research Unit, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, Calif. 94121, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721405625. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9001-51-8, 9001-59-6, 127-17-3. N2 - Glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase, 6-phospho-gluconate dehydrogenase, malic enzyme, hexokinase and pyruvate kinase activities were measured in supernatant fraction of jejunal mucosa and liver of control, alloxan-diabetic and 72-h fasted rats. Alloxan diabetes was associated with high activities of these enzymes in jejunal mucosa. In contrast, fasting reduced the activities of the enzymes. Hepatic enzyme activities were reduced by both diabetes and fasting. Pair-feeding or a 24-h fast reduced the mucosal weight of diabetic rats to that of control animals, but jejunal enzyme activity remained similar to control values suggesting that hyperphagia and mucosal hypertrophy are not the sole cause of the high enzyme activity in diabetic jejunum. KW - animal models KW - diabetes KW - diseases KW - enzyme activity KW - enzymes KW - fasting KW - hexokinase KW - hyperphagia KW - hypertrophy KW - jejunum KW - kinases KW - liver KW - models KW - mucosa KW - pentoses KW - pyruvate kinase KW - pyruvic acid KW - rats KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - small mammals KW - eukaryotes KW - animal model KW - mucous membrane KW - pyruvate KW - pyruvic kinase KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721405625&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - GEN T1 - Studies on the serum binding of vitamin B12 in the newborn human infant. AU - KUMENTO, A. T2 - Acta Paediatrica Scandinavica JO - Acta Paediatrica Scandinavica JF - Acta Paediatrica Scandinavica Y1 - 1969/// IS - Suppl. 194 SP - 55 EP - 55 AD - KUMENTO, A.: Hematology and Radioisotope Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hospital, Albany, N.Y., USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721405573. Publication Type: Journal Issue. Language: English. Registry Number: 68-26-8, 68-19-9. N2 - The serum binding of vitamin B-12 in the newborn infant was studied by labelling of serum proteins in vitro with cyanocobalamin-57Co and ion exchange chromatography for separation of the binders. In the carrier of native vitamin B-12, transcobalamin I, no difference was found between adult and cord serum. For the binder of exogenous or "new" vitamin, transcobalamin II, in cord serum it was found to carry endogenous vitamin. A third binder, designated fetal transcobalamin, was found in cord serum; it did not carry endogenous vitamin but bound that added in vitro. Some of the serum samples from mothers contained a binder which behaved similarly on chromatography. KW - analytical methods KW - binding KW - blood chemistry KW - blood proteins KW - blood serum KW - chromatography KW - cyanocobalamin KW - fetus KW - in vitro KW - labelling KW - neonates KW - research KW - retinol KW - vitamin B12 KW - vitamins KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - analytical techniques KW - axerophthol KW - blood plasma proteins KW - blood serum proteins KW - cobalamin KW - foetus KW - labeling KW - labels KW - newborn infants KW - studies KW - vitamin A KW - vitamin A alcohol KW - vitamin A1 KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721405573&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Folate levels in citrus and other juices. AU - STREIFF, R. R. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1971/// VL - 24 IS - 12 SP - 1390 EP - 1392 SN - 0002-9165 AD - STREIFF, R. R.: Gainesville Veterans Administration Hospital, Fla. 32601. N1 - Accession Number: 19721405559. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 59-30-3. N2 - Orange juice appears to be a good dietary supplement for folic acid. Fresh orange juice or frozen concentrated orange juice have relatively high levels of folacin, 100 to 250 ml of the juice supplying the usual adult minimum daily requirement. It would appear also to be a reasonable and stable dietary supplement for people needing additional amounts of folacin, but would not replace oral folic acid tablets for treatment of frank deficiency. See also Abst. 6998. KW - deficiency KW - diets KW - folic acid KW - juices KW - orange juice KW - therapy KW - vitamin B complex KW - Citrus KW - Rutaceae KW - Sapindales KW - dicotyledons KW - angiosperms KW - Spermatophyta KW - plants KW - eukaryotes KW - folacin KW - folate KW - Rutales KW - therapeutics KW - vitamin B KW - Crop Produce (QQ050) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721405559&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Nicotinic acid and alcohol-induced lipemia. AU - BARBORIAK, J. J. AU - MEADE, R. C. JO - Atherosclerosis JF - Atherosclerosis Y1 - 1971/// VL - 13 IS - 2 SP - 199 EP - 203 SN - 0021-9150 AD - BARBORIAK, J. J.: Research and Nuclear Medicine Services, Wood Veterans Administration Center, Milwaukee, Wis. 53193, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721405522. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 59-67-6. N2 - Seven young adults drank 120 ml bourbon whisky diluted to 200 ml, followed by a meal of 2 eggs, toast, butter, milk and coffee. The procedure was repeated after a week; 100 mg nicotinic acid was taken before one of the meals, and 5 separate doses of 100 mg at hourly intervals after the meal. Samples of venous blood were taken for estimation of plasma alcohol and lipids. Of 25 female Sprague-Dawley rats given ethanol and maize oil, 9 were pretreated with 200 mg nicotinic acid, given in 2 doses before and after the meal; 7 rats were given the oil and glucose. At 16 h after the meal blood was collected and the livers were removed for triglyceride estimations. The other study with 15 rats differed in the incorporation of 14C-labelled dietary fat. The 14C was measured in the lipid extracts by liquid scintillation counting. Nicotinic was found to reduce the postprandial lipaemic response in man. Plasma triglycerides increased after meals without and decreased with nicotinic acid. Plasma alcohol was similarly lower with nicotinic acid. In the rats nicotinic acid reduced the ethanol-induced lipaemia and gave lower hepatic triglyceride levels. In the second group low 14C counts corresponded with low plasma triglyceride levels; high 14C counts corresponded with an increase in plasma triglyceride after an alcohol and fat meal. J. A. S. KW - animal models KW - blood lipids KW - blood plasma KW - butter KW - coffee KW - diets KW - eggs KW - estimation KW - extracts KW - fat KW - incorporation KW - lipaemia KW - liver KW - maize KW - maize oil KW - milk products KW - nicotinic acid KW - techniques KW - triacylglycerols KW - Coffea KW - man KW - rats KW - Zea mays KW - Rubiaceae KW - Rubiales KW - Gentianales KW - dicotyledons KW - angiosperms KW - Spermatophyta KW - plants KW - eukaryotes KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - small mammals KW - Zea KW - Poaceae KW - Cyperales KW - monocotyledons KW - corn KW - corn oil KW - dairy products KW - lipemia KW - niacin KW - triglycerides KW - whiskey KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) KW - Physiology of Human Nutrition (VV120) KW - Milk and Dairy Produce (QQ010) KW - Crop Produce (QQ050) KW - Eggs and Egg Products (QQ040) KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721405522&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Serum tocopherol levels and vibratory threshold changes with age. AU - VATASSERY, G. T. AU - ALTER, M. AU - STADLAN, E. M. JO - Journal of Gerontology JF - Journal of Gerontology Y1 - 1971/// VL - 26 IS - 4 SP - 481 EP - 484 SN - 0022-1422 AD - VATASSERY, G. T.: Neurology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis 55417, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721405453. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. N2 - In an attempt to correlate serum tocopherol levels with a possible degradation of gracilis and cuneate nuclei in man, a group of 47 men aged from 21 to 76 were studied. All were patients with no peripheral nerve disease. A "biothesiometer" was used to measure the vibratory threshold in the big toe and serum tocopherol was estimated in fasting blood. The vibratory threshold rose with age; serum tocopherol did not change significantly with age or correlate with vibratory threshold. It was suggested that serum tocopherol did not necessarily reflect concentrations in the central nervous system and study will continue.-J. E. H. KW - central nervous system KW - degradation KW - estimation KW - fasting KW - men KW - tocopherols KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - CNS KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721405453&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Calcium-binding method revisited. AU - SCHATZ, B. C. JO - Clinica Chimica Acta JF - Clinica Chimica Acta Y1 - 1971/// VL - 35 IS - 1 SP - 251 EP - 252 AD - SCHATZ, B. C.: Veterans Administration, Wilshire and Sawtelle Blvds., Los Angeles, Calif. 90073, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721405126. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. N2 - This is a criticism of the work of Pruden et al. (Title 4594, Vol. 40) who found unsatisfactory the dry dextran gel method for estimating protein-bound and unbound Ca. KW - estimation KW - methodology KW - techniques KW - methods KW - Techniques and Methodology (ZZ900) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721405126&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Studies of fluoride and calcium metabolism in patients with osteoporosis. AU - SPENCER, H. AU - LEWIN, I. AU - OSIS, D. AU - SAMACHSON, J. JO - American Journal of cine JF - American Journal of cine Y1 - 1970/// VL - 49 IS - 6 SP - 814 EP - 822 AD - SPENCER, H.: Metabolic Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Ill. 60141. N1 - Accession Number: 19721404262. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 7440-70-2, 16984-48-8. N2 - Metabolism of Ca and F was studied in constant metabolic conditions in 3 patients with osteoporosis who were given from 88 to 100 mg sodium fluoride daily for 2.5 to 3 months. There was a very high retention of F, from 11.2 to 17.7 mg daily. Values for Ca in urine fell gradually in all 3 patients and values for P fell in 2 of the 3 patients. There were no other changes in Ca or P metabolism. KW - calcium KW - fluoride KW - metabolism KW - osteoporosis KW - research KW - retention KW - urine KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - studies KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) KW - Non-communicable Human Diseases and Injuries (VV600) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721404262&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Neutropenia in prolonged fasting. AU - DRENICK, E. J. AU - ALVAREZ, L. C. JO - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition JF - American Journal of Clinical Nutrition Y1 - 1971/// VL - 24 IS - 7 SP - 859 EP - 863 SN - 0002-9165 AD - DRENICK, E. J.: Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, Calif. N1 - Accession Number: 19721404205. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 59-30-3. N2 - Grossly obese men fasted for 23 to 65 days and were given water and vitamin mixture without folacin. During the first 10 days total neutrophil counts in blood samples were 24% above baseline values in 7 of the 13 subjects; counts fell during the second period of 10 days below the baseline value and continued to fall during the first month, becoming stable at 35 to 60% of the values before starvation. This decline gave a change from on average 5500 neutrophils/mma to between 2200 and 2600/mm3. A second group of obese subjects fasted for 26 to 71 days but folacin was included in the vitamins given daily. The rate of decline in the number of neutrophils was not as steep as in the group who had no folacin. Another group who fasted for 2 months got folacin during the second month. The folacin did not improve the neutropenia. Lobe counts were made at weekly intervals in 9 subjects in the first group and in 4 in the second. Intake of folacin did not affect the number of lobes per neutrophil which was constant for 5 weeks. There was no change in the number of neutrophils after 100 g glucose was given daily; the latter abolished fasting ketosis. Daily intake of 300 to 600 kcal containing 30 to 50 g protein did not restore the neutrophil counts to normal. In 5 subjects there was a slightly positive N balance during the first 30 days of refeeding. Average nuclear lobe count in 3 subjects was constant during the first 30 days. Original baseline levels of neutrophils were restored on a diet supplying at least 1000 kcal and 50 g protein. Under the stimulus of acute viral or bacterial infection in 8 subjects the number of neutrophils increased regardless of the duration of the preceding fast.-B. A. O. KW - blood KW - diets KW - fasting KW - folic acid KW - intake KW - ketosis KW - men KW - metabolism KW - neutrophils KW - nitrogen balance KW - obesity KW - refeeding KW - starvation KW - vitamins KW - man KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - acetonaemia KW - fatness KW - folacin KW - folate KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) KW - Nutrition Related Disorders and Therapeutic Nutrition (VV130) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721404205&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Methionine metabolism in mammals. Regulation of homocysteine methyltransferases in rat tissue. AU - FINKELSTEIN, J. D. AU - KYLE, W. E. AU - HARRIS, B. J. JO - Archives of Biochemistry JF - Archives of Biochemistry Y1 - 1971/// VL - 146 IS - 1 SP - 84 EP - 92 AD - FINKELSTEIN, J. D.: Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, D.C. 20422, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721403161. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 107-43-7, 6027-13-0, 63-68-3. N2 - Two mammalian enzymes capable of remethylating homocysteine were studied. Betaine homocysteine methyltransferase was found only in rat liver while 5-methyltetrahydrofolate homocysteine methyltransferase could be demonstrated in all tissues except small intestinal mucosa. The responses of the two transmethylases to dietary changes differed. Betaine homocysteine methyltransferase increased with protein and methionine feeding; 5-methyltetrahydrofolate homocysteine methyltransferase increased in conditions that suggested the need for methionine synthesis. It is concluded that 5-methyltetrahydrofolate homocysteine methyltransferase contributes significantly to the regulation of methionine metabolism in mammals. High-protein diets repress the synthesis of this enzyme in liver. KW - animal models KW - betaine KW - diets KW - enzymes KW - feeding KW - homocysteine KW - intestinal mucosa KW - intestines KW - liver KW - metabolism KW - methionine KW - regulation KW - synthesis KW - man KW - rats KW - Homo KW - Hominidae KW - Primates KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - eukaryotes KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - small mammals KW - glycinebetaine KW - intestine epithelium KW - Human Nutrition (General) (VV100) KW - Animal Models of Human Nutrition (VV140) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721403161&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Control of mouse ectoparasites with resin vaporizer strips containing Vapona. AU - WAGNER, J. E. JO - Laboratory Animal Care JF - Laboratory Animal Care Y1 - 1969/// VL - 19 SP - 804 EP - 807 AD - WAGNER, J. E.: City Veterans Administration Hospital, Kansas City, Missouri 64128, USA. N1 - Accession Number: 19721001417. Publication Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Registry Number: 9001-08-5, 62-73-7. N2 - Examples of Myocoptes musculinus (Koch) and Myobia musculi (Schr.) in closed petri dishes containing 1-g pieces of dichlorvos resin strip all died within 30 min. Infested mice were freed from the mites when placed for 24 h in an unventilated fume hood containing half a dichlorvos resin strip. In individual cages, a complete kill of mites by means of a portion of strip took 18-24 h, depending on the presence or absence of a filter cap on the cage. Breeding was delayed by 10-14 days in young breeding mice exposed to the strips for 48 h, although there was no permanent effect. Serum cholinesterase was greatly depressed in mice exposed to a high concentration of dichlorvos vapour. KW - cholinesterase KW - dichlorvos KW - ectoparasites KW - mice KW - mites KW - Myobia KW - Myobia musculi KW - Myocoptes KW - Myocoptes musculinus KW - Muridae KW - rodents KW - mammals KW - vertebrates KW - Chordata KW - animals KW - small mammals KW - eukaryotes KW - Acari KW - Arachnida KW - arthropods KW - invertebrates KW - Myobiidae KW - Prostigmata KW - mites KW - Myobia KW - Myocoptidae KW - Astigmata KW - Myocoptes KW - DDVP KW - Parasites, Vectors, Pathogens and Biogenic Diseases of Animals (LL820) (Discontinued March 2000) UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=gha&AN=19721001417&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - gha ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107181902 T1 - Tips from the clinical experts. Preserving 24-hour urine samples. AU - Baer DM Y1 - 1998/11// N1 - Accession Number: 107181902. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990501. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; brief item. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0225602. KW - Specimen Handling KW - Urine KW - Urinalysis KW - Time Factors SP - 8 EP - 8 JO - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JF - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JA - MLO VL - 30 IS - 11 CY - Sarasota, Florida PB - NP Communications, LLC SN - 0580-7247 AD - Director of Microbiology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, OR UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107181902&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107162203 T1 - Tips from the clinical experts. Aminoglycoside tests. AU - Sewell DL Y1 - 1998/10// N1 - Accession Number: 107162203. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990201. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; brief item. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0225602. KW - Aminoglycosides -- Analysis KW - Chemistry, Clinical SP - 10 EP - 10 JO - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JF - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JA - MLO VL - 30 IS - 10 CY - Sarasota, Florida PB - NP Communications, LLC SN - 0580-7247 AD - Director of Microbiology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, OR UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107162203&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107163996 T1 - Tips from the clinical experts. PCR versus cultures for TB. AU - Sewell DL Y1 - 1998/09// N1 - Accession Number: 107163996. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990201. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; brief item. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0225602. KW - Tuberculosis -- Diagnosis KW - Diagnosis, Laboratory KW - Microbiological Techniques KW - Chemistry, Clinical SP - 12 EP - 12 JO - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JF - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JA - MLO VL - 30 IS - 9 CY - Sarasota, Florida PB - NP Communications, LLC SN - 0580-7247 AD - Director of Microbiology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland OR UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107163996&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107163995 T1 - Tips from the clinical experts. Refrigerated specimens for glucose. AU - Dufour DR Y1 - 1998/09// N1 - Accession Number: 107163995. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990201. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; brief item. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0225602. KW - Specimen Handling KW - Blood Glucose -- Analysis KW - Chemistry, Clinical KW - Temperature SP - 12 EP - 12 JO - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JF - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JA - MLO VL - 30 IS - 9 CY - Sarasota, Florida PB - NP Communications, LLC SN - 0580-7247 AD - Chief, Dept of Pathology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, DC UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107163995&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107160880 T1 - Tips from the clinical experts. MIC for Streptococcus pneumoniae. AU - Sewell DL Y1 - 1998/08// N1 - Accession Number: 107160880. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990201. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; brief item. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0225602. KW - Microbial Culture and Sensitivity Tests KW - Streptococcus KW - Pneumonia -- Drug Therapy KW - Drug Resistance SP - 16 EP - 16 JO - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JF - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JA - MLO VL - 30 IS - 8 CY - Sarasota, Florida PB - NP Communications, LLC SN - 0580-7247 AD - Director of Microbiology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, OR UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107160880&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107160877 T1 - Tips from the clinical experts. Routine vaginal cultures. AU - Sewell DL Y1 - 1998/08// N1 - Accession Number: 107160877. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990201. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; brief item. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0225602. KW - Prenatal Care KW - Cervical Smears -- In Pregnancy KW - Streptococcus KW - Pregnancy KW - Female SP - 14 EP - 14 JO - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JF - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JA - MLO VL - 30 IS - 8 CY - Sarasota, Florida PB - NP Communications, LLC SN - 0580-7247 AD - Director of Microbiology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, OR UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107160877&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107288848 T1 - Practice resources. AU - Baker RL Y1 - 1998/07//1998 Jul N1 - Accession Number: 107288848. Language: English. Entry Date: 19981001. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; brief item; directories. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 9215067. KW - Information Resources KW - Disabled KW - Child KW - Spinal Cord Injuries KW - Reproductive Health KW - Medicare KW - Insurance, Disability -- Legislation and Jurisprudence -- In Infancy and Childhood KW - Radio KW - Book Reviews KW - Internet SP - 14 EP - 14 JO - SCI Psychosocial Process JF - SCI Psychosocial Process JA - SCI PSYCHOSOC PROCESS VL - 11 IS - 2 CY - Washington, District of Columbia PB - American Association of Spinal Cord Injury Psychologists & Social Workers SN - 1543-1088 AD - Edward Hines Jr. Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, Illinois UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107288848&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107160857 T1 - Tips from the clinical experts. PSA screening. AU - Dufour DR Y1 - 1998/07// N1 - Accession Number: 107160857. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990201. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; brief item. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0225602. KW - Prostate-Specific Antigen -- Analysis KW - Chemistry, Clinical KW - Cancer Screening KW - Diagnosis, Laboratory SP - 12 EP - 12 JO - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JF - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JA - MLO VL - 30 IS - 7 CY - Sarasota, Florida PB - NP Communications, LLC SN - 0580-7247 AD - Chief, Dept of Pathology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, DC UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107160857&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107298854 T1 - The prevalence of impotence after radical prostatectomy... this article is reprinted with permission of the Urologic Nursing, December 1997, 17(4), p. 142-145. (published by Mosby Yearbook Incorporated) AU - Harris J Y1 - 1998/05/02/1998 May Urology Nurses Online N1 - Accession Number: 107298854. Language: English. Entry Date: 19981201. Revision Date: 20150818. Publication Type: Journal Article; tables/charts. Supplement Title: 1998 May Urology Nurses Online. Journal Subset: Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. KW - Impotence -- Epidemiology KW - Prostatectomy -- Adverse Effects KW - Prostatic Neoplasms -- Surgery KW - Prostatectomy -- Methods KW - Penile Erection -- Physiology KW - Urologic Nursing KW - Impotence -- Diagnosis KW - Impotence -- Nursing KW - Risk Factors KW - Middle Age KW - Aged KW - Male SP - N.PAG EP - N.PAG JO - Digital Urology Journal JF - Digital Urology Journal JA - DIGIT UROL J PB - Digital Urology Journal AD - Urology Department, San Francisco Veterans Administration, San Francisco, California UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107298854&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107276481 T1 - Tips from the clinical experts. No-growth urine cultures. AU - Sewell DL Y1 - 1998/05// N1 - Accession Number: 107276481. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980801. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; brief item. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0225602. KW - Urinalysis KW - Microbiological Techniques KW - False Negative Results SP - 10 EP - 10 JO - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JF - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JA - MLO VL - 30 IS - 5 CY - Sarasota, Florida PB - NP Communications, LLC SN - 0580-7247 AD - Director of Microbiology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, OR UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107276481&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107273961 T1 - Tips from the clinical experts. Culturing mycobacteria. AU - Sewell DL Y1 - 1998/04// N1 - Accession Number: 107273961. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980801. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; brief item. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0225602. KW - Microbiological Techniques KW - Mycobacterium -- Analysis SP - 52 EP - 52 JO - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JF - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JA - MLO VL - 30 IS - 4 CY - Sarasota, Florida PB - NP Communications, LLC SN - 0580-7247 AD - Director of Microbiology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, OR UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107273961&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107273948 T1 - Tips from the clinical experts. Identifying strains of E. coli. AU - Sewell DL Y1 - 1998/04// N1 - Accession Number: 107273948. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980801. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; brief item. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0225602. KW - Escherichia Coli -- Analysis KW - Microbiological Techniques KW - Escherichia Coli Infections -- Microbiology SP - 10 EP - 10 JO - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JF - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JA - MLO VL - 30 IS - 4 CY - Sarasota, Florida PB - NP Communications, LLC SN - 0580-7247 AD - Director of Microbiology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, OR UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107273948&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107268138 T1 - Tips from the clinical experts. Reference for susceptibility of organisms. AU - Sewell DL Y1 - 1998/03// N1 - Accession Number: 107268138. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980701. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; brief item. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0225602. KW - Microbial Culture and Sensitivity Tests SP - 15 EP - 15 JO - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JF - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JA - MLO VL - 30 IS - 3 CY - Sarasota, Florida PB - NP Communications, LLC SN - 0580-7247 AD - Department of Microbiology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland OR UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107268138&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107268136 T1 - Tips from the clinical experts. Fecal fat from uncontrolled diet. AU - Dufour DR Y1 - 1998/03// N1 - Accession Number: 107268136. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980701. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; brief item. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0225602. KW - Feces -- Analysis KW - Fatty Acids -- Analysis KW - Dietary Fats -- Administration and Dosage SP - 12 EP - 12 JO - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JF - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JA - MLO VL - 30 IS - 3 CY - Sarasota, Florida PB - NP Communications, LLC SN - 0580-7247 AD - Department of Pathology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Washington, DC UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107268136&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107254618 T1 - Tips from the clinical experts. Home versus lab tests for HIV. AU - Sewell DL Y1 - 1998/02// N1 - Accession Number: 107254618. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980401. Revision Date: 20150820. Publication Type: Journal Article; brief item. Journal Subset: Allied Health; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0225602. KW - AIDS Serodiagnosis -- Methods KW - Reagent Kits, Diagnostic KW - Home Environment KW - Specimen Handling -- Methods SP - 10 EP - 10 JO - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JF - MLO: Medical Laboratory Observer JA - MLO VL - 30 IS - 2 CY - Sarasota, Florida PB - NP Communications, LLC SN - 0580-7247 AD - Director, Dept of Microbiology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, OR UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107254618&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-02904-042 AN - 1997-02904-042 AU - Mendez, Mario F. AU - Cherrier, Monique M. AU - Meadows, Robert S. T1 - Depth perception in Alzheimer's disease. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1996/12// VL - 83 IS - 3, Pt 1 SP - 987 EP - 995 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1997-02904-042. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mendez, Mario F.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Ctr, Neurobehavior Unit, Los Angeles, CA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19980301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Depth Perception; Stereoscopic Presentation. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1996. AB - Evaluated 15 patients (mean age 73.4 yrs) with mild Alzheimer's disease (AD) and 15 controls matched for age, sex, and education on measures of local stereopsis (stereoscopic testing), global stereopsis (random dots), motion parallax (Howard-Dolman apparatus), and monocular depth perception by relative size, interposition, and perspective. Compared to controls, the patients were significantly impaired in over-all depth perception. This impairment was largely due to disturbances in local stereopsis and in the interpretation of depth from perspective, independent of other visuospatial functions. Patients with AD have disturbed interpretation of monocular as well as binocular depth cues. This information could lead to optic interventions to improve their visual depth perception. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stereoscopic & monocular depth perception KW - patients with mild Alzheimer's disease (mean age 73.4 yrs) KW - 1996 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Depth Perception KW - Stereoscopic Presentation KW - 1996 DO - 10.2466/pms.1996.83.3.987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-02904-042&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-02739-010 AN - 1997-02739-010 AU - Finney, J. W. AU - Moos, Rudolf H. T1 - The effectiveness of inpatient and outpatient treatment for alcohol abuse: Effect sizes, research design issues and explanatory mechanisms. JF - Addiction JO - Addiction JA - Addiction Y1 - 1996/12// VL - 91 IS - 12 SP - 1813 EP - 1820 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0965-2140 SN - 1360-0443 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-02739-010. Other Journal Title: British Journal of Addiction. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Finney, J. W.; Veterans Administration Palo Alto Health Care System, Ctr for Health Care Evaluation, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19970101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Literature Review; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Minor Descriptor: Hospitalization; Hospitalized Patients; Outpatient Treatment; Outpatients. Classification: Medical Treatment of Physical Illness (3363). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50); Outpatient (60). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Literature Review. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1996. AB - Responds to comments made by J. R. McKay, H. M. Annis, W. Feuerlein and H. Küfner, W. Hall, R. Longabaugh, D. Samarasinghe, and L. Lindström (see records [rid]1997-02739-003[/rid], [rid]1997-02739-004[/rid], [rid]1997-02739-005[/rid], [rid]1997-02739-006[/rid], [rid]1997-02739-007[/rid], [rid]1997-02739-008[/rid], [rid]1997-02739-009[/rid]). The authors first consider an issue raised by most commentators—the need to go beyond a box-score review of the findings and examine the data on effect size. They then comment on research design issues and causal mechanisms that may explain how and for whom setting effects do and do not occur. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - inpatient vs outpatient treatment effectiveness KW - patients treated for alcohol abuse KW - literature review KW - commentary reply KW - 1996 KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Literature Review KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - Hospitalization KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Outpatient Treatment KW - Outpatients KW - 1996 DO - 10.1111/j.1360-0443.1996.tb03810.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-02739-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-02739-001 AN - 1997-02739-001 AU - Finney, John W. AU - Hahn, Annette C. AU - Moos, Rudolf H. T1 - The effectiveness of inpatient and outpatient treatment for alcohol abuse: The need to focus on mediators and moderators of setting effects. JF - Addiction JO - Addiction JA - Addiction Y1 - 1996/12// VL - 91 IS - 12 SP - 1773 EP - 1796 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0965-2140 SN - 1360-0443 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-02739-001. PMID: 8997760 Other Journal Title: British Journal of Addiction. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Finney, John W.; Veterans Administration Palo Alto Health Care System, Ctr for Health Care Evaluation, Menlo Park, CA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19970101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Literature Review; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Minor Descriptor: Hospitalization; Hospitalized Patients; Outpatient Treatment; Outpatients. Classification: Medical Treatment of Physical Illness (3363). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50); Outpatient (60). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Literature Review. Page Count: 24. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1996. AB - In this review, the conceptual rationales that have been offered to support inpatient and outpatient treatment are first considered. Results of the relevant research on setting effects are then presented. Five studies had significant setting effects favoring inpatient treatment, 2 studies found day hospital to be significantly more effective than inpatient treatment, and 7 studies yielded no significant differences on drinking-related outcome variables. In all but one instance in which a significant effect emerged, patients in the superior setting received more intensive treatment and patients were not preselected for their willingness to accept random assignment to treatment in either setting. Studies finding significant setting effects also conducted more treatment contrasts, and had a mean statistical power level of 0.71 to detect a medium-sized effect, whereas studies with no significant findings had an average power level of 0.55. When inpatient treatment was found to be more effective, outpatients did not receive a respite in the form of inpatient detoxification and the studies were slightly less likely to have social stability inclusion criteria and to use random assignment to treatment settings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - inpatient vs outpatient treatment effectiveness KW - patients treated for alcohol abuse KW - literature review KW - 1996 KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Literature Review KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - Hospitalization KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Outpatient Treatment KW - Outpatients KW - 1996 DO - 10.1111/j.1360-0443.1996.tb03801.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-02739-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-02202-001 AN - 1997-02202-001 AU - Kramer, Josea AU - Barker, Judith C. T1 - Homelessness among older American Indians, Los Angeles, 1987–1989. JF - Human Organization JO - Human Organization JA - Hum Organ Y1 - 1996///Win 1996 VL - 55 IS - 4 SP - 396 EP - 408 CY - US PB - Society for Applied Anthropology SN - 0018-7259 SN - 1938-3525 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-02202-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kramer, Josea; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research Education & Clinical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19980301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: American Indians; Health; Health Care Utilization; Homeless; Mental Health. Minor Descriptor: Social Services; Welfare Services (Government). Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Win 1996. AB - For decades, Native Americans of all ages have been over-represented among the urban homeless but thus far no studies have examined how homelessness affects elderly Native Americans in cities. A survey of 335 older Native Americans living in Los Angeles County in 1987–1989 revealed that a large proportion, 16%, were homeless. Compared to domiciled older Native Americans, homeless older Native Americans were younger (median age of 53 yrs rather than 58 yrs, using the local Native American community definition of 'elder') yet self-reported higher rates of physical and mental health problems, including hypertension, shortness of breath, diabetes, chest pains, alcoholism, depression, sadness, and loneliness. Of homeless elders who reported usual habitat, all those aged 60 or more years lived on the street year-round; in contrast, 11 of 37 (30%) people aged 60 yrs or less at least occasionally rented rooms for shelter. Institutional and cultural barriers prevented some homeless individuals from accessing social and welfare services. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - physical & mental health status & use of social & welfare services KW - older homeless Native Americans living in Los Angeles County KW - 1987–1989 KW - 1996 KW - American Indians KW - Health KW - Health Care Utilization KW - Homeless KW - Mental Health KW - Social Services KW - Welfare Services (Government) KW - 1996 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-02202-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2015-38559-007 AN - 2015-38559-007 AU - Flores, Christopher M. AU - DeCamp, Raquel M. AU - Kilo, Sonja AU - Rogers, Scott W. AU - Hargreaves, Kenneth M. T1 - Neuronal nicotinic receptor expression in sensory neurons of the rat trigeminal ganglion: Demonstration of α3β4, a novel subtype in the mammalian nervous system. JF - The Journal of Neuroscience JO - The Journal of Neuroscience JA - J Neurosci Y1 - 1996/12// VL - 16 IS - 24 SP - 7892 EP - 7901 CY - US PB - Society for Neuroscience SN - 0270-6474 SN - 1529-2401 AD - Flores, Christopher M., University of Minnesota, 18-186 Moos Health Sciences Tower, 515 Delaware Street SE, Minneapolis, MN, US, 55455 N1 - Accession Number: 2015-38559-007. PMID: 8987817 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Flores, Christopher M.; Department of Restorative Sciences, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 20160505. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Grant Information: Flores, Christopher M. Major Descriptor: Cholinergic Receptors; Ganglia; Nervous System; Sensory Neurons; Trigeminal Nerve. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20); Male (30). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1996. Publication History: Accepted Date: Oct 1, 1996; Revised Date: Sep 25, 1996; First Submitted Date: Jul 16, 1996. Copyright Statement: Society for Neuroscience. 1996. AB - The identification of a family of neuronal nicotinic receptor subunit genes establishes the potential for multiple subtypes with diverse physiological functions. Virtually all of the high affinity nicotinic receptors measured to date in the rodent CNS are composed of α4 and β2 subunits only. However, the demonstration of other subunit transcripts in a variety of central and peripheral nervous tissues suggests a greater degree of receptor subtype heterogeneity than so far has been elucidated. The purpose of the present studies was to determine at the mRNA and protein levels which neuronal nicotinic receptor subunits are expressed by sensory neurons of the rat trigeminal ganglion and in what combinations these gene products associate to form neuronal nicotinic receptor subtypes in this tissue. Radioreceptor binding analysis indicated that in the adult rat trigeminal ganglion there exist at least two nicotinic receptor binding sites with differing affinities for [³H]-epibatidine. In situ hybridization histochemical studies revealed the existence of mRNA encoding the α3, α4, α5, β2, and β4 subunits, but not the α2 subunit. Immunoprecipitation with subunit-specific antisera demonstrated that each of the subunits present in the ganglion at the mRNA level is a constituent of nicotinic receptors capable of binding ³H-epibatidine. Various applications of these approaches yielded strong evidence that, in addition to α4β2, which is thought to be the predominant neuronal nicotinic receptor subtype in the rodent CNS, trigeminal sensory neurons express as the principal subtype α3β4, which has not been demonstrated previously in mammalian nervous tissue. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nicotinic receptor subtype KW - sensory neurons KW - trigeminal ganglion KW - radioreceptor binding KW - [ 3H]-epibatidine KW - immunoprecipitation KW - subunit composition KW - in situ hybridization KW - mRNA KW - 1996 KW - Cholinergic Receptors KW - Ganglia KW - Nervous System KW - Sensory Neurons KW - Trigeminal Nerve KW - Rats KW - 1996 U1 - Sponsor: Smokeless Tobacco Research Council. Grant: 0490. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: National Institutes of Health, US. Grant: DA10510. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: National Institutes of Health, US. Grant: 5F32-DE05659. Other Details: National Research Service Award Fellowship. Recipients: Flores, Christopher M. U1 - Sponsor: National Institutes of Health, US. Grant: NS30990; AG04418. Recipients: Rogers, Scott W. U1 - Sponsor: US Department of Veterans Affairs, US. Other Details: Merit Award. Recipients: Rogers, Scott W. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2015-38559-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-07879-009 AN - 1997-07879-009 AU - Berg, Bruce J. AU - Dhopesh, Vasant T1 - Unscheduled admissions and AMA discharges from a substance abuse unit. JF - The American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse JO - The American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse JA - Am J Drug Alcohol Abuse Y1 - 1996/11// VL - 22 IS - 4 SP - 589 EP - 593 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0095-2990 SN - 1097-9891 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-07879-009. PMID: 8911595 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Berg, Bruce J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Substance Abuse Treatment Unit, Philadelphia, PA, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19970101. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Hospital Admission; Hospital Discharge; Treatment Dropouts. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1996. AB - Examination of the inpatient substance abuse service of the Philadelphia Veterans Administration Hospital found that patients who were admitted to the hospital 'unscheduled' had a disproportionately higher incidence of subsequent AMA (against medical advice) discharge, particularly if they were alcoholic. This finding calls into question the cost-effectiveness of hospitalization as an initial treatment strategy for substance abusers who enter treatment impulsively and points out the need for additional study to determine the most cost-effective treatments for addicts whose primary motivation for treatment may be to obtain relief from precipitating stressors. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - unscheduled hospital admissions KW - against medical advice discharges KW - substance abuse patients KW - 1996 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Hospital Admission KW - Hospital Discharge KW - Treatment Dropouts KW - 1996 DO - 10.3109/00952999609001683 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-07879-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2000-00401-012 AN - 2000-00401-012 AU - Reidelberger, Roger D. AU - Tuma, Dean J. AU - Woltman, Todd A. AU - Donohue, Terrence M. Jr. T1 - Feeding patterns of rats chronically ingesting an ethanol-containing liquid diet. JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JA - Alcohol Clin Exp Res Y1 - 1996/10// VL - 20 IS - 7 SP - 1275 EP - 1282 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0145-6008 SN - 1530-0277 N1 - Accession Number: 2000-00401-012. PMID: 8904982 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reidelberger, Roger D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Omaha, NE, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20000823. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Diets; Ethanol; Fluid Intake; Food Intake. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20); Male (30). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1996. AB - Compared the feeding patterns of male Sprague-Dawley rats ingesting a 36% ethanol-containing liquid diet for 30 days with those of rats pair-fed an isolcaloric liquid control diet or provided control diet or ground rat chow ad libitum. Ethanol-fed rats consumed fewer calories per day and gained less body weight than rats fed control diets ad libitum. Daily caloric intakes were approximately 50% lower during the first 10 days and 20% thereafter. Lower intakes in ethanol-fed rats occurred through a decrease in mean meal size rather than number of meals per day, although meals were more evenly distributed diurnally. Pair-fed rats ingested most of their food in 1 or 2 meals within a few hrs of presentation. In a related experiment, a 4-hr duodenal infusion of ethanol at a rate comparable to that of ethanol ingestion resulted in plasma ethanol levels of 28±4 mM and suppressed 5-hr intake by approximately 40% by increasing the mean postmeal interval and satiety ratio. These results suggest that the suppressive effect of ethanol ingestion on food intake may be mediated in part by a post-gastric mechanism of ethanol action. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chronic ingestion of ethanol-containing liquid diet KW - feeding patterns KW - male Sprague-Dawley rats KW - 1996 KW - Diets KW - Ethanol KW - Fluid Intake KW - Food Intake KW - Rats KW - 1996 DO - 10.1111/j.1530-0277.1996.tb01123.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2000-00401-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-05229-002 AN - 1997-05229-002 AU - Goldsmith, R. Jeffrey AU - Miller, Norman S. T1 - Training of the resident in psychiatry and primary care: Liaison and collaboration. JF - Psychiatric Annals JO - Psychiatric Annals JA - Psychiatr Ann Y1 - 1996/10// VL - 26 IS - 10 SP - 417 EP - 424 CY - US PB - SLACK SN - 0048-5713 SN - 1938-2456 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-05229-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldsmith, R. Jeffrey; Veterans' Administration Medical Ctr, Dual Diagnosis Program, Cincinnati, OH, US. Release Date: 19980201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Consultation Liaison Psychiatry; Medical Residency; Primary Health Care; Psychiatric Training. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Location: US. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1996. AB - Reviews recent changes in health care delivery, including the growth of managed care, that are affecting the demands for specialists and primary care physicians. The increased emphasis on primary care has decreased the demand for specialists, including psychiatrists, and has given primary care physicians a gatekeeping power. Benefits of training in both psychiatry and primary care are discussed. The specific benefits of training the psychiatrist in primary care and of training the primary care physician in behavioral medicine are detailed. As the emphasis shifts to primary care and the number of psychiatry residents decreases, psychiatrists will be spending more time enhancing the quality of care delivered by others. Primary care residents will need more training in assessment, diagnosis, and office-based interventions with patient and family. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - effect of increased emphasis on primary care on psychiatry training KW - implications for primary care and psychiatric residents KW - 1996 KW - Consultation Liaison Psychiatry KW - Medical Residency KW - Primary Health Care KW - Psychiatric Training KW - 1996 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-05229-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2015-38430-033 AN - 2015-38430-033 AU - Minelli, Andrea AU - DeBiasi, Silvia AU - Brecha, Nicholas C. AU - Zuccarello, Laura Vitellaro AU - Conti, Fiorenzo T1 - GAT-3, a high-affinity GABA plasma membrane transporter, is localized to astrocytic processes, and it is not confined to the vicinity of GABAergic synapses in the cerebral cortex. JF - The Journal of Neuroscience JO - The Journal of Neuroscience JA - J Neurosci Y1 - 1996/10// VL - 16 IS - 19 SP - 6255 EP - 6264 CY - US PB - Society for Neuroscience SN - 0270-6474 SN - 1529-2401 AD - Conti, Fiorenzo, Istituto di Fisiologia Umana, Universita di Ancona, Via Ranieri, Monte d’Ago, I-60131, Ancona, Italy N1 - Accession Number: 2015-38430-033. PMID: 8815906 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Minelli, Andrea; Institute of Human Physiology, University of Ancona, Ancona, Italy. Release Date: 20160225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebral Cortex; Gamma Aminobutyric Acid Agonists; Neurotransmission; Astrocytes. Minor Descriptor: Mice. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1996. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jul 8, 1996; Revised Date: Jun 27, 1996; First Submitted Date: Dec 1, 1995. Copyright Statement: Society for Neuroscience. 1996. AB - The termination of GABA synaptic action by high-affinity, Na+-dependent, neuronal, and glial plasma membrane transporters plays an important role in regulating neuronal activity in physiological and pathological conditions. We have investigated the cellular localization and distribution in the cerebral cortex of adult rats of one GABA transporter (GAT), GAT-3, by immunocytochemistry with affinity-purified polyclonal antibodies directed to its predicted C terminus that react monospecifically with a protein of ∼70 kDa. Light microscopic studies revealed specific GAT-3 immunoreactivity (ir) in small punctate structures, and it was never observed in fibers or cell bodies. No changes in immunostaining were observed in sections incubated with GAT-3 antibodies preadsorbed with the related rat GAT-1 or mouse GAT-2/BGT-1 C-terminal peptides, whereas in sections incubated with GAT-3 antibodies preadsorbed with rat GAT-3 C-terminal peptide, ir was not present. The highest number of GAT-3-positive puncta was in layer IV and in a narrow band corresponding to layer Vb, followed by layers II and III. Many GAT-3-positive puncta were in close association with pyramidal and nonpyramidal neuron cell bodies. Ultrastructural studies showed that GAT-3 ir was localized exclusively to astrocytic processes, which were found in the neuropil and adjacent to axon terminals having either symmetric or asymmetric specializations. In sections processed by both preembedding labeling for GAT-3 and postembedding immunogold labeling for GABA, only some of the GAT-3-positive astrocytic processes were found close to GABAergic profiles. These findings on the localization of GAT-3 in the cerebral cortex indicate that this transporter mediates GABA uptake into glial cells, and suggest that glial GABA uptake may function to limit the spread of GABA from the synapse, as well as to regulate overall GABA levels in the neuropil. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - synaptic transmission KW - GABA KW - GABA transporters KW - neocortex KW - symmetric and asymmetric synapses KW - astrocytes KW - 1996 KW - Cerebral Cortex KW - Gamma Aminobutyric Acid Agonists KW - Neurotransmission KW - Astrocytes KW - Mice KW - 1996 U1 - Sponsor: NATO. Grant: CRG 910273. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: Consiglio Nazionale delle Ricerche. Grant: AI 90-01371; 91-00731; CT04. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: Ministero dell’Università e della Ricerca Scientifica e Tecnologica. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: National Institutes of Health, US. Grant: EY04067. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: US Department of Veterans Affairs, Medical Research Funds and Morphology Imaging, US. Grant: DK 41301. Other Details: CORE. Recipients: No recipient indicated UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2015-38430-033&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1996-05632-001 AN - 1996-05632-001 AU - Robertson, Lynn C. T1 - Attentional persistence for features of hierarchical patterns. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology: General JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology: General JA - J Exp Psychol Gen Y1 - 1996/09// VL - 125 IS - 3 SP - 227 EP - 249 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-3445 SN - 1939-2222 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-05632-001. PMID: 8751819 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Robertson, Lynn C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Service 127, Martinez, CA, US. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 19960101. Correction Date: 20090921. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Pattern Discrimination; Priming; Stimulus Parameters; Visual Perception. Minor Descriptor: Color; Intertrial Interval; Spatial Frequency; Spatial Memory; Visual Contrast; Visual Field. Classification: Visual Perception (2323). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 23. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1996. Publication History: Accepted Date: Nov 28, 1995; Revised Date: Oct 11, 1995; First Submitted Date: Jun 12, 1995. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1996. AB - Priming for perceptual wholes and parts was examined in 4 experiments involving patterns arranged in a spatial hierarchy (D. Navon, see record [rid]1978-11488-001[/rid]). Previous studies have demonstrated 'level-specific priming' across successive trials for these patterns (L. C. Robertson et al, see record 80:40200; L. M. Ward, see record 69:02582), and studies in neuropsychology have shown an absence of this priming effect in patient groups with parietal damage (R. Rafal & L. M. Robertson, 1995). The present experiments demonstrate that level-specific priming is linked to the spatial frequency differences between global and local forms in hierarchical patterns. They also show that level-specific priming is present even when the stimulus as a whole changes location. The effects last for up to 3 sec without diminution and are not affected by changes in color, polarity, or contrast. These findings are discussed as they relate to spatial attention, object perception, and memory. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stimulus location & intertrial interval & spatial frequency & polarity & contrast & color in hierarchical patterns KW - attentional persistence & level specific priming in visual tasks KW - college students KW - 1996 KW - Attention KW - Pattern Discrimination KW - Priming KW - Stimulus Parameters KW - Visual Perception KW - Color KW - Intertrial Interval KW - Spatial Frequency KW - Spatial Memory KW - Visual Contrast KW - Visual Field KW - 1996 DO - 10.1037/0096-3445.125.3.227 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-05632-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1996-06588-003 AN - 1996-06588-003 AU - Kline, Jeffrey AU - Horn, Donna AU - Patterson, C. Mark T1 - Meaning and development in the interpersonal treatment of severe psychopathology. JF - Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic JO - Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic JA - Bull Menninger Clin Y1 - 1996///Sum 1996 VL - 60 IS - 3 SP - 314 EP - 330 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0025-9284 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-06588-003. PMID: 8885472 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kline, Jeffrey; Veterans Administration, Palo Alto Health Care Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19960101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Boundaries (Psychological); Interpersonal Psychotherapy; Psychopathology; Self-Concept; Symbolism. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1996. AB - Since a more comprehensive understanding of severe mental disorders is gained through both empirical causal explanation and the discovery of meaning, clinicians are currently under a greater challenge to help patients cultivate more phenomenologically meaningful change experiences. An interpersonal treatment approach based upon narrative, intersubjective, developmental, and relational principles of understanding severe psychopathology that is complementary to behavioral and biomedical intervention is presented. Four universal maturational processes (interpersonal self, boundary formation, symbolization, response differentiation) are then described and used to illustrate how life-story repair, adjustment, and elaboration can create more meaningful treatment experiences. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - interpersonal self & boundary formation & symbolization & response differentiation in interpersonal treatment of severe psychopathology KW - 1996 KW - Boundaries (Psychological) KW - Interpersonal Psychotherapy KW - Psychopathology KW - Self-Concept KW - Symbolism KW - 1996 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-06588-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1996-05353-008 AN - 1996-05353-008 AU - Charter, Richard A. AU - Feldt, Leonard S. T1 - Testing the equality of two alpha coefficients. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1996/06// VL - 82 IS - 3, Pt 1 SP - 763 EP - 768 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1996-05353-008. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Charter, Richard A.; Veterans Administration Ctr, Psychology Service, Long Beach, CA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19960101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Statistical Reliability; Statistical Tests. Minor Descriptor: Applied Psychology; Experimental Psychology. Classification: Statistics & Mathematics (2240). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1996. AB - Reviews and illustrates statistical tests of the equality of 2 values of Cronbach's alpha reliability coefficient. Tests for independent and dependent coefficients are considered. Possible pitfalls in determining the critical value for these tests or in computing the p value associated with the tests' outcome are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - statistical tests of equality of value of alpha reliability coefficient KW - implications for applied & research psychologists KW - 1996 KW - Statistical Reliability KW - Statistical Tests KW - Applied Psychology KW - Experimental Psychology KW - 1996 DO - 10.2466/pms.1996.82.3.763 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-05353-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1996-04939-010 AN - 1996-04939-010 AU - Avery, Jack D. AU - Liss, Julie M. T1 - Acoustic characteristics of less-masculine-sounding male speech. JF - Journal of the Acoustical Society of America JO - Journal of the Acoustical Society of America JA - J Acoust Soc Am Y1 - 1996/06// VL - 99 IS - 6 SP - 3738 EP - 3748 CY - US PB - Acoustical Society of American SN - 0001-4966 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-04939-010. PMID: 8655805 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Avery, Jack D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Speech Pathology Section, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 19960101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Acoustics; Articulation (Speech); Human Sex Differences; Oral Communication; Speech Characteristics. Minor Descriptor: Speech Perception. Classification: Auditory & Speech Perception (2326). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1996. AB - Explored potential acoustic differences in the speech production patterns of 2 groups of men (8 less-masculine-sounding [LMS] and 8 more-masculine sounding [MMS] men). Speech samples were presented to 35 female listeners in a paired-comparison perceptual experiment. Acoustic analysis revealed differences between the LMS and MMS speakers in terms of their prosodic contours, vowel formant values, sibilant energy distributions, and articulation rates. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - acoustic differences in less vs more masculine sounding speech production patterns of male speakers KW - female listeners KW - 1996 KW - Acoustics KW - Articulation (Speech) KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Oral Communication KW - Speech Characteristics KW - Speech Perception KW - 1996 DO - 10.1121/1.414970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-04939-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1999-01307-001 AN - 1999-01307-001 AU - Llorente, Maria D. AU - Eisdorfer, Carl AU - Loewenstein, David A. AU - Zarate, Yolanda A. T1 - Suicide among Hispanic elderly: Cuban Americans in Dade County, Florida 1990-1993. JF - Journal of Mental Health and Aging JO - Journal of Mental Health and Aging JA - J Ment Health Aging Y1 - 1996///Sum-Fal 1996 VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 79 EP - 87 CY - US PB - Springer Publishing SN - 1078-4470 N1 - Accession Number: 1999-01307-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Llorente, Maria D.; Miami Veterans' Administration Medical Ctr, Miami, FL, US. Release Date: 20000101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Racial and Ethnic Differences; Suicide; Latinos/Latinas. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Sum-Fal 1996. AB - Examined suicide among elderly Cuban-Americans and compare known risk factors for suicide with an American-born group that also committed suicide. Files of persons aged 65 and older and determined by the Medical Examiner to have committed suicide were reviewed. Rates of suicide per 100,000 were as follows: Cuban males 66; American males 39.6; Cuban females 9.0; American females 6.2. The Cubans differed with respect to lower educational level, greater presence of support system, and equal likelihood of hanging or gunshot wound as method of choice. It is concluded that elderly Cuban males had a rate of suicide 1.67 times that of older Americans. Better recognition of and prompt referral for treatment of depression may be an important intervention in preventing suicides in older Hispanics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - suicide rates KW - Cuban American vs US-born 65 yr olds & older KW - 1996 KW - Racial and Ethnic Differences KW - Suicide KW - Latinos/Latinas KW - 1996 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-01307-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1996-04566-002 AN - 1996-04566-002 AU - Picard, Nathalie AU - Strick, Peter L. T1 - Motor areas of the medial wall: A review of their location and functional activation. JF - Cerebral Cortex JO - Cerebral Cortex JA - Cereb Cortex Y1 - 1996/05//May-Jun, 1996 VL - 6 IS - 3 SP - 342 EP - 353 CY - United Kingdom PB - Oxford University Press SN - 1047-3211 SN - 1460-2199 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-04566-002. PMID: 8670662 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Picard, Nathalie; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Syracuse, NY, US. Release Date: 19960101. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Literature Review; Motor Cortex; Neuroanatomy. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: May-Jun, 1996. AB - Provides an anatomical framework for the analysis of the motor functions of the medial wall of the hemisphere in humans and laboratory primates. Converging evidence indicates that this region of the frontal lobe contains multiple areas involved in motor control. In the monkey, the medial wall contains 4 premotor areas that project directly to both the primary motor cortex and the spinal cord. These are the supplementary motor area (SMA) on the superior frontal gyrus and 3 motor areas buried within the cingulate sulcus. In addition. there is evidence that a 5th motor field, the pre-SMA, lies rostral to the SMA proper. In the human, no consensus exists on the number of distinct motor fields on the medial wall. In this review, results are summarized of positron emission tomography (PET) studies that examined functional activation on the medial wall of humans. It is suggested that it is possible to identify at least 4 separate cortical areas on the medial wall. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - medial wall supplementary & cingulate motor areas KW - humans vs monkeys KW - literature review KW - 1996 KW - Literature Review KW - Motor Cortex KW - Neuroanatomy KW - Monkeys KW - 1996 DO - 10.1093/cercor/6.3.342 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-04566-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1996-04514-005 AN - 1996-04514-005 AU - DeBord, Jeffrey AU - Romans, John S. C. AU - Krieshok, Thomas T1 - Predicting dyadic adjustment from general and relationship-specific beliefs. JF - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JO - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JA - J Psychol Y1 - 1996/05// VL - 130 IS - 3 SP - 263 EP - 280 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-3980 SN - 1940-1019 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-04514-005. PMID: 8667285 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: DeBord, Jeffrey; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Danville, IL, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19960101. Correction Date: 20140303. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Irrational Beliefs; Marital Relations. Minor Descriptor: Couples. Classification: Marriage & Family (2950). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: May, 1996. AB - Examined the role of general and relationship-specific irrational beliefs in predicting the perceived quality of marital adjustment in 101 married or cohabiting couples (mean age 42 yrs). Ss were administered a demographic sheet, the Dyadic Adjustment Scale, the Irrational Beliefs Test, and the Relationship Beliefs Questionnaire (J. S. C. Romans & J. B. DeBord, 1994). Results indicate that adherence to irrational or dysfunctional relationship-specific beliefs was more prevalent in highly adjusted marriages than in the maladjusted ones. However, higher levels of general irrational beliefs correlated with lower levels of dyadic adjustment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - general & relationship-specific irrational beliefs KW - prediction of marital adjustment KW - married or cohabiting couples KW - 1996 KW - Irrational Beliefs KW - Marital Relations KW - Couples KW - 1996 DO - 10.1080/00223980.1996.9915008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-04514-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2004-17787-049 AN - 2004-17787-049 AU - Zeiss, Antonette M. T1 - Scholarship and Politics in the Examination of Late-Life Depression. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1996/05// VL - 41 IS - 5 SP - 491 EP - 493 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2004-17787-049. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zeiss, Antonette M.; Palo Alto Veterans Administration (VA) Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education, & Clinical Ctr, Interdisciplinary Team Training Program, US. Release Date: 20041012. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatric Patients; Major Depression. Minor Descriptor: Aging; Late Life Depression. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Reviewed Item: Schneider, Lon S. (Ed); Reynolds, Charles F. III (Ed); Lebowitz, Barry D. (Ed); Friedhoff, Arnold J. (Ed). Diagnosis and Treatment of Depression in Late Life: Results of the NIH Consensus Development Conference=Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press. 535 pp. $46.50; 1994. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1996. AB - This is an invaluable, yet frequently troubling, edited volume. Its importance and strengths are compelling. The aging of the American population is a well-documented phenomenon, which has impact on many aspects of society. Summaries of information on mental health issues with the elderly are invaluable, both for geropsychologists and for other clinicians, who will be serving an increasing number of older adults. The National Institutes of Health Consensus Conference format is useful in bringing together experts and generating state-of-the- art summaries. The format of the consensus conference that led to this volume was interdisciplinary, with involvement from leading figures in psychiatry, psychology, neurology, sociology, epidemiology, public health, and statistics. What is so troubling? Perhaps the best way to answer this question is to explore the content and practice recommendations presented in this volume. The book is well organized, covering epidemiological and descriptive information, biological and psychosocial correlates of depression, treatment outcome data (using both scholarly review and meta-analytic techniques), attention to special issues (such as grief and suicide), and a final consensus statement intended to integrate the prior topics. In summary, this volume is extremely valuable; it is essential reading for anyone interested in psychopathology research with the elderly and for all clinicians dealing with adult patients. Readers will come away with a greatly enriched knowledge of late-life depression and its treatment. They will also come away, I hope, recognizing the need for psychologists to continue to develop and disseminate research that positively emphasizes alternatives to a predominantly biomedical model of late-life depression and to a pharmacological model of treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - aging KW - late life depression KW - elderly KW - mental health issues KW - 1996 KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Major Depression KW - Aging KW - Late Life Depression KW - 1996 U2 - Schneider, Lon S. (Ed); Reynolds, Charles F. III (Ed); Lebowitz, Barry D. (Ed); Friedhoff, Arnold J. (Ed). (1994); Diagnosis and Treatment of Depression in Late Life: Results of the NIH Consensus Development Conference; Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press. 535 pp. $46.50; 0-88048-556-6. DO - 10.1037/004464 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2004-17787-049&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1996-00440-013 AN - 1996-00440-013 AU - O'Donnell, Brian F. AU - Swearer, Joan M. AU - Smith, Lloyd T. AU - Nestor, Paul G. AU - Shenton, Martha E. AU - McCarley, Robert W. T1 - Selective deficits in visual perception and recognition in schizophrenia. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1996/05// VL - 153 IS - 5 SP - 687 EP - 692 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-00440-013. PMID: 8615416 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Donnell, Brian F.; Brockton Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19960101. Correction Date: 20130513. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Recognition (Learning); Schizophrenia; Visual Discrimination. Minor Descriptor: Pattern Discrimination; Spatial Frequency. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: May, 1996. AB - Evaluated the performance of 13 male medicated patients with schizophrenia and 13 normal comparison Ss on tests of visual discrimination and recognition of different stimulus features. Ss were tested on 4 stimulus features: spatial frequency, pattern, location, and trajectory. Ss had to make both discrimination and recognition judgments at 3 levels of stimulus disparity. The responses of the patient group were slower and less accurate than those of the comparison group on both the discrimination and recognition tasks. Patients were less accurate than comparison Ss in processing spatial features of the stimuli, but were unimpaired in processing form attributes. When the results of pattern and trajectory tasks were matched against the accuracy performance of the comparison group, the patients were less accurate on trajectory than on pattern judgments and less accurate on recognition than on discrimination performance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - tests of visual discrimination & recognition of spatial frequency & pattern & location & trajectory KW - 20–55 yr old male medicated patients with schizophrenia KW - 1996 KW - Recognition (Learning) KW - Schizophrenia KW - Visual Discrimination KW - Pattern Discrimination KW - Spatial Frequency KW - 1996 DO - 10.1176/ajp.153.5.687 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-00440-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1996-00440-001 AN - 1996-00440-001 AU - Altshuler, Lori L. AU - Cohen, Lee AU - Szuba, Martin P. AU - Burt, Vivien K. AU - Gitlin, Michael AU - Mintz, Jim T1 - Pharmacologic management of psychiatric illness during pregnancy: Dilemmas and guidelines. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1996/05// VL - 153 IS - 5 SP - 592 EP - 606 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-00440-001. PMID: 8615404 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Altshuler, Lori L.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19960101. Correction Date: 20130513. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Mental Disorders; Meta Analysis; Pregnancy; Prenatal Exposure. Minor Descriptor: Drugs; Fetus; Prenatal Development. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Methodology: Meta Analysis. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: May, 1996. AB - Reviews articles from 1966 to 1995 regarding the effects of prenatal exposure to psychotropic medications (PTMs) on fetal outcome. Where sufficient data were available and when methodologically appropriate, meta-analyses were performed to assess risk of fetal exposure by PTM class. Three primary effects were associated with PTM use during pregnancy: teratogenicity, perinatal syndromes (neonatal toxicity), and postnatal behavioral sequelae. Exposure to certain psychotropic drugs in utero may increase the risk for some specific congenital anomalies, but the rate of occurrence of these anomalies even with the increased risk remains low. Use of PTMs during pregnancy is appropriate in many clinical situations and should include the weighing of risk of prenatal exposure vs risk of relapse following drug discontinuation. Disorder-based guidelines are presented for PTM use during pregnancy and for psychiatrically ill women who wish to conceive. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychotropic medications KW - fetal outcome KW - pregnant females with psychiatric disorders KW - meta analysis KW - 1996 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Mental Disorders KW - Meta Analysis KW - Pregnancy KW - Prenatal Exposure KW - Drugs KW - Fetus KW - Prenatal Development KW - 1996 DO - 10.1176/ajp.153.5.592 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-00440-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1996-03970-004 AN - 1996-03970-004 AU - Fossey, Mark D. AU - Lydiard, R. Bruce AU - Ballenger, James C. AU - Laraia, Michele T. AU - Bissette, Garth AU - Nemeroff, Charles B. T1 - Cerebrospinal fluid corticotropin-releasing factor concentrations in patients with anxiety disorders and normal comparison subjects. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1996/04// VL - 39 IS - 8 SP - 703 EP - 707 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-03970-004. PMID: 8731457 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fossey, Mark D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Charleston, SC, US. Release Date: 19960101. Correction Date: 20130211. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety Disorders; Corticotropin Releasing Factor; Obsessive Compulsive Disorder; Panic Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Age Differences; Human Sex Differences. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1996. AB - Studied the effect of dysregulation of the neuronal function of corticotropin-releasing factor (CRF) on anxiety, and the relationship of age and gender with CRF production and regulation. 28 females and 15 males (mean age 30 yrs) with panic (PD), generalized anxiety (GAD) or obsessive compulsive disorders and 14 controls completed various measures of anxiety. Their CSF CRF concentrations were also measured. Results show that there were no significant differences in CSF CRF concentrations between the 4 diagnostic categories. Males with obsessive compulsive disorder had higher CSF CRF concentrations than males with PD and GAD, and male controls. The CSF CRF concentration was positively correlated with age in females, but not in males. Results suggest that central neuronal CRF regulation is affected by both age and gender. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dysregulation & production of corticotropin releasing factor neuronal function & age KW - males vs females with obsessive compulsive vs generalized anxiety vs panic disorder KW - conference presentation KW - 1996 KW - Anxiety Disorders KW - Corticotropin Releasing Factor KW - Obsessive Compulsive Disorder KW - Panic Disorder KW - Age Differences KW - Human Sex Differences KW - 1996 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(95)00197-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-03970-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1996-04589-003 AN - 1996-04589-003 AU - Craig, Thomas J. AU - Branchey, Marc AU - Buydens-Branchey, Laure AU - Bernstein, David AU - Chapman, Bonita AU - Goldfarb, Warren AU - Handelsman, Leonard AU - Ness, Robert AU - Roy, Alec AU - Wolfsohn, Roger T1 - Admission criteria for inpatient substance abuse/dependence rehabilitation: Implications for managed care. JF - Annals of Clinical Psychiatry JO - Annals of Clinical Psychiatry JA - Ann Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1996/03// VL - 8 IS - 1 SP - 11 EP - 17 CY - US PB - Elsevier Science Inc SN - 1040-1237 SN - 1547-3325 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-04589-003. PMID: 8743643 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Craig, Thomas J.; Brooklyn Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brooklyn, NY, US. Other Publishers: Dowden Health Media; Informa Healthcare; Quadrant HealthCom Inc.; Springer Netherlands; Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19960101. Correction Date: 20130211. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Drug Rehabilitation; Facility Admission; Residential Care Institutions. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1996. AB - Examined the extent to which 296 patients of an inpatient rehabilitation for alcohol or drug abuse/dependence met criteria suggesting a preferential need for inpatient or residential care. Ss completed the Addiction Severity Index. Most Ss met at least one criterion dimension considered indicative of a need for such services, with over two-thirds meeting two or more dimensions. Findings suggest a continuing need for initial primary inpatient or residential rehabilitation for such patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - admission criteria for primary inpatient or residential rehabilitation for alcohol or drug abuse/dependence KW - patients KW - 1996 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Facility Admission KW - Residential Care Institutions KW - 1996 DO - 10.3109/10401239609149085 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-04589-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2000-12109-013 AN - 2000-12109-013 AU - Swartz, Barbara E. AU - Halgren, E. AU - Simpkins, F. AU - Fuster, J. AU - Mandelkern, M. AU - Krisdakumtorn, T. AU - Gee, M. AU - Brown, C. AU - Ropchan, J. R. AU - Blahd, W. H. T1 - Primary or working memory in frontal lobe epilepsy: An ¹⁸FDG-PET study of dysfunctional zones. JF - Neurology JO - Neurology Y1 - 1996/03// VL - 46 IS - 3 SP - 737 EP - 747 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0028-3878 SN - 1526-632X N1 - Accession Number: 2000-12109-013. PMID: 8618675 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Swartz, Barbara E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Epilepsy Ctr, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 20000816. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Epilepsy; Frontal Lobe; Long Term Memory; Short Term Memory. Minor Descriptor: Electrical Activity. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1996. AB - The authors previously demonstrated that patients with frontal lobe epilepsy show deficits on a visual working memory paradigm and that this paradigm produces increased ¹⁸FDG uptake in the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex (DPFC), premotor cortex, angular and supramarginal gyri, basal forebrain, and ventral frontal poles of normal Ss when compared with a control task. It was hypothesized that Ss with frontal lobe epilepsy would have impaired frontal activation during this task. One resting and 2 activated images were obtained with ¹⁸FDGPET in 15 Ss and 14 controls. One was a delayed (DMS) and one an immediate (IMS) match to sample paradigm. Discriminant and factor analyses were used to analyze the data, supplemented bv selected t tests. No differences in glucose uptake were found between the DMS and IMS in the epilepsy Ss, in distinct contrast to controls. A comparison between controls and epilepsy Ss showed differences both ipsilateral and contralateral to the epileptic focus in the frontal regions involved in the task, with small changes in nonfrontal, task-related regions as well. The task itself brought out or highly exaggerated differences seen at rest. There was weak evidence that other frontal and temporal regions were attempting to compensate for the DPFC deficit. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - impaired frontal activation KW - primary or working memory KW - persons with frontal lobe epilepsy KW - 1996 KW - Epilepsy KW - Frontal Lobe KW - Long Term Memory KW - Short Term Memory KW - Electrical Activity KW - 1996 DO - 10.1212/WNL.46.3.737 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2000-12109-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1996-03443-004 AN - 1996-03443-004 AU - Sokolski, Kenneth N. AU - Demet, Edward M. T1 - Increased pupillary sensitivity to pilocarpine in depression. JF - Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry JO - Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry Y1 - 1996/03// VL - 20 IS - 2 SP - 253 EP - 261 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-5846 SN - 1878-4216 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-03443-004. Other Journal Title: Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sokolski, Kenneth N.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Long Beach, CA, US. Release Date: 19960101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adrenergic Nerves; Cholinergic Nerves; Major Depression; Pilocarpine; Pupil Dilation. Minor Descriptor: Neural Receptors; Theory Verification. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1996. AB - Examined the hypothesis that muscarinic receptor sensitivity is increased in depression. Pupillary responses to increasing concentrations of pilocarpine (0.08%–0.23%) were compared between 10 male patients with major depression and a matched group of normal controls. Individual differences in pupil size due to anatomic variability or adrenergic tone were evaluated under conditions of maximum pupil dilation following cholinergic blockade (tropicamide, 0.5%). In contrast to controls, depressed Ss exhibited significantly greater reductions in pupillary diameter following pilocarpine in doses between 0.095%–0.185%. This was true regardless of whether or not the results were adjusted for differences in dilated pupil size. These results are consistent with the idea that muscarinic sensitivity is increased in depression and indicate that depressed patients may be discriminated from controls on the basis of pupillary sensitivity to pilocarpine. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - pilocarpine in increasing concentrations KW - muscarinic receptor sensitivity & pupil dilation KW - male patients with depression KW - test of cholinergic-adrenergic imbalance theory KW - 1996 KW - Adrenergic Nerves KW - Cholinergic Nerves KW - Major Depression KW - Pilocarpine KW - Pupil Dilation KW - Neural Receptors KW - Theory Verification KW - 1996 DO - 10.1016/0278-5846(95)00308-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-03443-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1996-03405-001 AN - 1996-03405-001 AU - Sterman, M. Barry T1 - Physiological origins and functional correlates of EEG rhythmic activities: Implications for self-regulation. JF - Biofeedback & Self Regulation JO - Biofeedback & Self Regulation JA - Biofeedback Self Regul Y1 - 1996/03// VL - 21 IS - 1 SP - 3 EP - 33 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0363-3586 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-03405-001. PMID: 8833314 Other Journal Title: Applied Psychophysiology and Biofeedback. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sterman, M. Barry; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychology Research, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19960101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biofeedback Training; Electroencephalography; Literature Review; Self-Regulation. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 31. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1996. AB - Reviews 82 articles, published 1927–1995, on the neurophysiological and functional bases of EEG characteristics and the clinical use of EEG in self-regulation. Thalamocortical mechanisms for sensory processing and anatomical and expanding functional evidence, which have provided a framework for interpreting EEG rhythmic activities, is integrated with animal studies, which were the foundation for many current applications of EEG self-regulation as a clinical tool. Basic evidence concerning the origins, frequency modulation, and functional significance of normal EEG rhythmic activities is considered to provide guiding principles for the interpretation of clinical abnormalities and their remediation with EEG feedback training. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neurophysiological & functional bases of EEG characteristics & clinical use of EEG in self regulation KW - literature review KW - 1996 KW - Biofeedback Training KW - Electroencephalography KW - Literature Review KW - Self-Regulation KW - 1996 DO - 10.1007/BF02214147 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-03405-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1996-02023-003 AN - 1996-02023-003 AU - DiPino, Raymond K. AU - Kane, Robert L. T1 - Neurocognitive functioning in chronic fatigue syndrome. JF - Neuropsychology Review JO - Neuropsychology Review JA - Neuropsychol Rev Y1 - 1996/03// VL - 6 IS - 1 SP - 47 EP - 60 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 1040-7308 SN - 1573-6660 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-02023-003. PMID: 9144668 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: DiPino, Raymond K.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychology, Baltimore, MD, US. Release Date: 19960101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chronic Fatigue Syndrome; Cognitive Ability; Neuropsychology. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1996. AB - Although substantial research has been conducted on chronic fatigue syndrome (CFS) over the past decade, the syndrome remains poorly understood. The most recent case definition describes CFS as being characterized both by disabling fatigue and by subjective reports of difficulty with concentration and 'short-term' memory. However, research into the neurocognitive and psychological functioning of individuals with CFS has provided mixed objective results. The current paper reviews studies that have examined the neurocognitive and/or psychological functioning of individuals with CFS. Changes in research design and instruments employed to study individuals with CFS are suggested. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neurocognitive & psychological functioning KW - individuals with chronic fatigue syndrome KW - 1996 KW - Chronic Fatigue Syndrome KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Neuropsychology KW - 1996 DO - 10.1007/BF01875419 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-02023-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1996-03584-002 AN - 1996-03584-002 AU - Sullivan, Edith V. AU - Shear, Paula K. AU - Lim, Kelvin O. AU - Zipursky, Robert B. AU - Pfefferbaum, Adolf T1 - Cognitive and motor impairments are related to gray matter volume deficits in schizophrenia. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1996/02// VL - 39 IS - 4 SP - 234 EP - 240 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-03584-002. PMID: 8645769 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sullivan, Edith V.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19960101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Size; Cerebral Cortex; Motor Performance; Neuropsychology; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Military Veterans; Neuropathology; Gray Matter. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1996. AB - Examined whether the neuropsychological deficits observed in patients with schizophrenia were related to cortical gray matter volume deficits. Ss were 34 male veterans (mean age 36.9 yrs) with Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-III-Revised (DSM-III-R) schizophrenia and 47 age-matched healthy controls. Ss received a battery of 21 tests, assessing 4 different functional domains: executive functions, short-term memory and production, declarative memory, and motor ability. The schizophrenic group had significantly smaller cortical gray matter magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) volumes and lower test scores in all functional domains than the control group. Within the schizophrenic group, lower scores in each domain were significantly correlated with smaller total cortical gray matter volumes; however, no predictable relationships were observed between neuropsychological test performance and the volumes of specific cortical regions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cortical gray matter volume deficits KW - neuropsychological & motor deficits KW - male veterans with schizophrenia KW - 1996 KW - Brain Size KW - Cerebral Cortex KW - Motor Performance KW - Neuropsychology KW - Schizophrenia KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Military Veterans KW - Neuropathology KW - Gray Matter KW - 1996 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(95)00135-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-03584-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1996-02806-008 AN - 1996-02806-008 AU - Mohit, Diane L. T1 - Management and care of mentally ill mothers of young children: An innovative program. JF - Archives of Psychiatric Nursing JO - Archives of Psychiatric Nursing JA - Arch Psychiatr Nurs Y1 - 1996/02// VL - 10 IS - 1 SP - 49 EP - 54 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0883-9417 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-02806-008. PMID: 8904035 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mohit, Diane L.; Bronx Veterans Administration Hosp, Dept of Nursing, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19960101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Case Management; Mental Disorders; Mothers; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Childhood Development; Knowledge Level; Psychiatric Hospitalization. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1996. AB - Describes intervention strategies developed for seriously mentally ill mothers of young children in a community-focused program. The program uses supportive psychotherapy techniques and a clinical case management framework to address the demands faced by the mothers. Interventions are designed to reduce rehospitalization by increasing mothers' parenting skills and knowledge concerning child growth and development while ensuring a supportive environment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - supportive psychotherapy & case management hospital program KW - parenting skills & knowledge of child development & reduced hospitalizations KW - seriously mentally ill mothers of young children KW - 1996 KW - Case Management KW - Mental Disorders KW - Mothers KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychotherapy KW - Childhood Development KW - Knowledge Level KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - 1996 DO - 10.1016/S0883-9417(96)80086-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-02806-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1996-97651-014 AN - 1996-97651-014 AU - Henninger, Polly ED - Hameroff, Stuart R. ED - Kaszniak, Alfred W. ED - Scott, Alwyn C. ED - Hameroff, Stuart R., (Ed) ED - Kaszniak, Alfred W., (Ed) ED - Scott, Alwyn C., (Ed) T1 - Inkblot testing of commissurotomy subjects: Contrasting modes of organizing reality. T2 - Toward a science of consciousness: The first Tucson discussions and debates. T3 - Complex adaptive systems Y1 - 1996/// SP - 203 EP - 221 CY - Cambridge, MA, US PB - The MIT Press SN - 0-262-08249-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-97651-014. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Henninger, Polly; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19961001. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-262-08249-7, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Commissurotomy; Rorschach Test; Stimulus Presentation Methods. Minor Descriptor: Drawing; Lateral Dominance; Left Hemisphere; Right Hemisphere; Visual Field; Visual Perception. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 19. AB - presented 'inkblots' (Rorschach and those of her [the author's] own design) to the . . . left and right visual half-fields [of 2 male split-brain patients], and asked them to draw what they had seen with their left and right hands, respectively / drawings by the left hand (right hemisphere) generally consisted of simplified, blot-like shapes; right hand (left hemisphere) drawings tended to be unidentifiable, or when verbalized, to resemble the verbal description / concludes that the right hemisphere organizes perception in terms of spatial templates, whereas the left hemisphere has difficulty with ambiguous shapes unless they can be verbally labeled (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - inkblot presentation to left vs right visual half fields KW - reproductive drawing of stimuli in left vs right hand KW - male split brain patients KW - implications for organization of perception in cerebral hemispheres KW - 1996 KW - Commissurotomy KW - Rorschach Test KW - Stimulus Presentation Methods KW - Drawing KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Left Hemisphere KW - Right Hemisphere KW - Visual Field KW - Visual Perception KW - 1996 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-97651-014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1996-97317-009 AN - 1996-97317-009 AU - Rosenthal, Mark J. ED - Ruskin, Paul E. ED - Talbott, John A. ED - Ruskin, Paul E., (Ed) ED - Talbott, John A., (Ed) T1 - Behavioral and physiological responses to stress in aging animals. T2 - Aging and posttraumatic stress disorder. Y1 - 1996/// SP - 203 EP - 241 CY - Arlington, VA, US PB - American Psychiatric Association SN - 0-88048-513-2 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-97317-009. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rosenthal, Mark J.; Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Clinical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19960801. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-88048-513-2, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aging; Animal Models; Stress Reactions. Minor Descriptor: Animal Ethology; Mice; Rats. Classification: Psychophysiology (2560). Population: Animal (20). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 39. AB - selected age-related changes in behavioral and hormonal responses to stressful situations in rodents are discussed / mice and rats serve as useful models for the investigation of stress reactions with age / changes in behaviors and endocrine functioning that occur with aging are described / behaviors and hormonal responses in rodents that typically occur with stress are then reviewed / the interaction of stress and age on these behaviors and hormonal responses is described (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age related changes in behavioral & hormonal responses to stress KW - aging mice & rats KW - animal models KW - 1996 KW - Aging KW - Animal Models KW - Stress Reactions KW - Animal Ethology KW - Mice KW - Rats KW - 1996 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-97317-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1996-97004-021 AN - 1996-97004-021 AU - Strack, Stephen AU - Feifel, Herman ED - Zeidner, Moshe ED - Endler, Norman S. ED - Zeidner, Moshe, (Ed) ED - Endler, Norman S., (Ed) T1 - Age differences, coping, and the adult life span. T2 - Handbook of coping: Theory, research, applications. Y1 - 1996/// SP - 485 EP - 501 CY - Oxford, England PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0-471-59946-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-97004-021. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Strack, Stephen; US Dept of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19960601. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-471-59946-8, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Age Differences; Coping Behavior. Minor Descriptor: Methodology; Models; Theories. Classification: Psychosocial & Personality Development (2840). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 17. AB - the aim of this chapter is to look at the broad horizon of the adult life span to find clues to the role that age plays in the process of adaptation / covers theories, models, and hunches provided by a number of influential thinkers concerning age-related processes in coping / addresses methodological issues in studying interactions between coping and age / presents current research findings / offers a summary and suggestions for future research (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - methodological issues & theories & models of age differences in coping & adjustment KW - adults KW - 1996 KW - Adjustment KW - Age Differences KW - Coping Behavior KW - Methodology KW - Models KW - Theories KW - 1996 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-97004-021&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1996-04126-001 AN - 1996-04126-001 AU - Carroll, Brendan T. AU - Goforth, Harold W. AU - Kennedy, John C. AU - Dueño, Otto R. T1 - Mania due to general medical conditions: Frequency, treatment, and cost. JF - International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine JO - International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine JA - Int J Psychiatry Med Y1 - 1996/// VL - 26 IS - 1 SP - 5 EP - 13 CY - US PB - Baywood Publishing SN - 0091-2174 SN - 1541-3527 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-04126-001. PMID: 8707455 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carroll, Brendan T.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Chillicothe, OH, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19960101. Correction Date: 20150126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Comorbidity; Epidemiology; Etiology; Mania; Physical Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Medical Records; Psychiatric Hospital Admission; Psychiatric Patients; Treatment. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1996. AB - Reviewed the charts of patients admitted to an adult psychiatric service over a 9-yr period (January 1985 to December 1993). 227 patients were diagnosed with organic affective syndrome in 241 episodes. There were 47 manic or mixed episodes in 40 patients. When Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-IV (DSM-IV) criteria for Mood Disorder due to a General Medical Condition manic or mixed type was applied, 25 patients with 27 episodes were found. Irritable mood predominated in 27 of the 30 trials. Treatment included anticonvulsants in 63%, neuroleptics in 63%, and lithium in 40% of patients. Favorable responses to anticonvulsants were seen; however, combination therapy was used more frequently. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - frequency & treatment of mania due to general medical conditions KW - chart review KW - patients admitted to an adult psychiatric service KW - 1985–1993 KW - 1996 KW - Comorbidity KW - Epidemiology KW - Etiology KW - Mania KW - Physical Disorders KW - Medical Records KW - Psychiatric Hospital Admission KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Treatment KW - 1996 DO - 10.2190/7MAM-XP7F-QW2K-FNH7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-04126-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1996-03776-001 AN - 1996-03776-001 AU - Brothers, Leslie T1 - Brain mechanisms of social cognition. JF - Journal of Psychopharmacology JO - Journal of Psychopharmacology JA - J Psychopharmacol Y1 - 1996/// VL - 10 IS - 1 SP - 2 EP - 8 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0269-8811 SN - 1461-7285 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-03776-001. PMID: 22302721 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brothers, Leslie; Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Office of Research, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19960101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neural Pathways; Neurophysiology; Social Cognition. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1996. AB - Discusses the basis of social cognition in neural systems. Lesion and stimulation studies of the brain and single neuron studies in monkeys are summarized. The author suggests that the brain structures that have on one hand inputs from one or more high-level sensory regions and on the other, direct efferents to motor, autonomic, and endocrine structures, will participate most heavily in social cognition. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - basis of social cognition in neural systems & brain structures KW - 1996 KW - Neural Pathways KW - Neurophysiology KW - Social Cognition KW - 1996 DO - 10.1177/026988119601000102 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-03776-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-07587-002 AN - 1997-07587-002 AU - James, Miller AU - Johnson, David Read T1 - Drama therapy in the treatment of combat-related post-traumatic stress diorder. JF - The Arts in Psychotherapy JO - The Arts in Psychotherapy Y1 - 1996/// VL - 23 IS - 5 SP - 383 EP - 395 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0197-4556 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-07587-002. Other Journal Title: Art Psychotherapy. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: James, Miller; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Creative Arts Therapies, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19970101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Creative Arts Therapy; Drama; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychotherapeutic Processes. Minor Descriptor: Combat Experience. Classification: Military Psychology (3800); Art & Music & Movement Therapy (3357). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1996. AB - Presents a drama therapy program for Vietnam veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) that focuses on (a) process (i.e., playing in an imaginative world of drama), (b) practice (learning effective coping behaviors through role playing), and (c) performance (preparing autobiographical theater for audiences). The basic approach of the drama therapy work is Developmental Transformations which evolves through 3 phases. These phases are described and illustrated by 2 extended case examples. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drama therapy program & psychotherapeutic phases KW - Vietnam veterans with PTSD KW - 1996 KW - Creative Arts Therapy KW - Drama KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Combat Experience KW - 1996 DO - 10.1016/S0197-4556(96)00045-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-07587-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-03089-006 AN - 1997-03089-006 AU - Sajatovic, Martha AU - Ramirez, Luis F. AU - Vernon, Lance AU - Brescan, Debra AU - Simon, Michelle AU - Jurjus, George T1 - Outcome of risperidone therapy in elderly patients with chronic psychosis. JF - International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine JO - International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine JA - Int J Psychiatry Med Y1 - 1996/// VL - 26 IS - 3 SP - 309 EP - 317 CY - US PB - Baywood Publishing SN - 0091-2174 SN - 1541-3527 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-03089-006. PMID: 8976471 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sajatovic, Martha; Cleveland Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brecksville, OH, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19970101. Correction Date: 20150126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Psychosis; Risperidone; Side Effects (Drug). Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1996. AB - Reviewed the efficacy and tolerability of risperidone (RIS) therapy in 26 elderly patients (aged 65–85 yrs) with chronic psychosis at the Cleveland Veterans Affairs Medical Center. Data collected included psychiatric diagnosis, RIS dosage/side effects, concurrent medications, comorbid medical diagnosis, and response to treatment. Treatment response was quantified on a graduated scale. 69% of the Ss had schizophrenia, 8% had schizoaffective disorder, 8% had bipolar disorder, and 15% had other psychotic disorders. Ss had a mean of 2.4 medical diagnoses in addition to their primary psychiatric diagnosis. The mean RIS dosage was 3.8 mg/day for a mean duration of 251 days. 85% of Ss showed clinical improvement on RIS, 77% showed improvement that was either marked or moderate. RIS therapy was very well tolerated in this elderly population with 73% remaining on RIS therapy at completion of the study. Medical illness did not appear to be worsened or complicated by RIS therapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - efficacy & tolerability of risperidone KW - 65–85 yr olds with chronic psychosis KW - 1996 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Psychosis KW - Risperidone KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - 1996 DO - 10.2190/NY2L-6YF4-B1DA-W6DX UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-03089-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1996-98900-013 AN - 1996-98900-013 AU - Kramer, B. Josea ED - Yeo, Gwen ED - Gallagher-Thompson, Dolores ED - Yeo, Gwen, (Ed) ED - Gallagher-Thompson, Dolores, (Ed) T1 - Dementia and American Indian populations. T2 - Ethnicity and the dementias. Y1 - 1996/// SP - 175 EP - 181 CY - Philadelphia, PA, US PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 1-56032-436-8 SN - 1-56032-437-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-98900-013. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kramer, B. Josea; Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research Education Clinical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19970501. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 1-56032-436-8, Hardcover; 1-56032-437-6, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: American Indians; Cross Cultural Treatment; Dementia. Minor Descriptor: Demographic Characteristics; Elder Care; Sociocultural Factors. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 7. AB - Outlines the tribal, cultural, and regional diversity among American Indians and its effect on health behaviors and incidence of disease. Summarizes some demographic aspects of dementia among elderly American Indians (including low prevalence, barriers to diagnosis, and the impact of sociocultural beliefs on diagnosis) and highlights areas of concern in providing care for elderly urban or rural dwellers with dementia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - tribal & regional & cultural diversity KW - dementia incidence & sociocultural beliefs & caregiving concerns KW - elderly American Indians with dementia KW - 1996 KW - American Indians KW - Cross Cultural Treatment KW - Dementia KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - Elder Care KW - Sociocultural Factors KW - 1996 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-98900-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1996-98518-022 AN - 1996-98518-022 AU - Schneider, Jeanette ED - Carstensen, Laura L. ED - Edelstein, Barry A. ED - Dornbrand, Laurie ED - Carstensen, Laura L., (Ed) ED - Edelstein, Barry A., (Ed) ED - Dornbrand, Laurie, (Ed) T1 - Geriatric psychopharmacology. T2 - The practical handbook of clinical gerontology. Y1 - 1996/// SP - 481 EP - 542 CY - Thousand Oaks, CA, US PB - Sage Publications, Inc SN - 0-8039-5237-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-98518-022. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schneider, Jeanette; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Psychiatry Clinic, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19970301. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-8039-5237-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Geriatric Patients; Psychopharmacology. Minor Descriptor: Agitation; Anxiety; Behavior Disorders; Insomnia; Major Depression; Psychosis; Side Effects (Drug). Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 62. AB - reviews the general pharmacological factors to be considered in prescribing drugs for elderly patients and the use of psychotropic drugs for treating specific problems, including depression, anxiety, insomnia, psychosis, mood swings, agitation, and behavioral disturbance age-related changes in drug metabolism and effects / side effects of psychotropic drugs [sedation, orthostatic hypotension, anticholinergic side effects, cardiac side effects, sexual dysfunction] / drug interactions / pharmacological treatment of depression [drug-responsive depression, selection of an antidepressant, approach to antidepressant drug treatment, maintenance therapy in depression, antidepressant drugs, other new antidepressants] / treatment of anxiety [benzodiazepines, azapirones, antidepressants, antihistamines, beta adrenergic blockers, neuroleptics] / treatment of insomnia / antipsychotics / drugs for mood stabilization / pharmacotherapy of agitation and behavioral disturbance (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - side effects & pharmacology & use of psychotropic drugs KW - elderly patients with depression or anxiety or insomnia or psychosis or mood swings or agitation or behavioral disturbances KW - 1996 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Psychopharmacology KW - Agitation KW - Anxiety KW - Behavior Disorders KW - Insomnia KW - Major Depression KW - Psychosis KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - 1996 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-98518-022&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1996-98518-015 AN - 1996-98518-015 AU - Liberto, Joseph G. AU - Oslin, David W. AU - Ruskin, Paul E. ED - Carstensen, Laura L. ED - Edelstein, Barry A. ED - Dornbrand, Laurie ED - Carstensen, Laura L., (Ed) ED - Edelstein, Barry A., (Ed) ED - Dornbrand, Laurie, (Ed) T1 - Alcoholism in the older population. T2 - The practical handbook of clinical gerontology. Y1 - 1996/// SP - 324 EP - 348 CY - Thousand Oaks, CA, US PB - Sage Publications, Inc SN - 0-8039-5237-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-98518-015. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Liberto, Joseph G.; Baltimore Veterans Administration, Substance Abuse Treatment Program, Baltimore, MD, US. Release Date: 19970301. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-8039-5237-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Epidemiology. Minor Descriptor: Comorbidity; Literature Review; Onset (Disorders); Consequence. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 25. AB - review the literature on the epidemiology, physical consequences, and treatment of alcohol use and abuse among elderly persons / present recommendations for diagnosis and treatment of alcohol disorders / discuss the limitations of the current research and directions for future research age of onset / comorbidity / clinical considerations (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - onset & epidemiology & physical consequences & comorbidity & treatment KW - elderly individuals with alcoholism KW - literature review KW - 1996 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Epidemiology KW - Comorbidity KW - Literature Review KW - Onset (Disorders) KW - Consequence KW - 1996 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-98518-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1996-98495-001 AN - 1996-98495-001 AU - Zeiss, Antonette M. AU - Steffen, Ann ED - Zarit, Steven H. ED - Knight, Bob G. ED - Zarit, Steven H., (Ed) ED - Knight, Bob G., (Ed) T1 - Behavioral and cognitive-behavioral treatments: An overview of social learning. T2 - A guide to psychotherapy and aging: Effective clinical interventions in a life-stage context. Y1 - 1996/// SP - 35 EP - 60 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1-55798-373-9 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-98495-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zeiss, Antonette M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19970301. Correction Date: 20150824. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 1-55798-373-9, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety Disorders; Cognitive Therapy; Major Depression. Minor Descriptor: Dementia; Geriatric Psychotherapy; Insomnia; Psychoeducation; Sexual Function Disturbances. Classification: Cognitive Therapy (3311); Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). References Available: Y. Page Count: 26. AB - present basic concepts of cognitive and cognitive-behavioral approches to treatment / discuss adapting this approach to treatment, with an emphasis on responding to potential changes in the way older adults learn, because these approaches use a psychoeducational format / review data and clinical experience of using cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT), with particualr attention to anxiety and depression / using a case example, we illustrate the CBT approach to the treatment of mixed depression and anxiety in a homebound [67-yr-old] woman / cover CBT for treatment of insomnia, sexual dysfunction, and problems related to dementia / provide suggestions for further training in CBT with older adults (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive-behavioral therapy KW - elderly patients with depression or anxiety or insomnia or sexual dysfunction or dementia KW - 1996 KW - Anxiety Disorders KW - Cognitive Therapy KW - Major Depression KW - Dementia KW - Geriatric Psychotherapy KW - Insomnia KW - Psychoeducation KW - Sexual Function Disturbances KW - 1996 DO - 10.1037/10211-001 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-98495-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1997-97088-005 AN - 1997-97088-005 AU - Smith, G. Richard ED - Steinwachs, Donald M. ED - Flynn, Laurie M. ED - Norquist, Grayson S. ED - Skinner, Elizabeth A. ED - Steinwachs, Donald M., (Ed) ED - Flynn, Laurie M., (Ed) ED - Norquist, Grayson S., (Ed) ED - Skinner, Elizabeth A., (Ed) T1 - State of the science of mental health and substance abuse patient outcomes assessment. T2 - Using client outcomes information to improve mental health and substance abuse treatment. T3 - New directions for mental health services, No. 71; ISSN: 0193-9416 (Print) Y1 - 1996/// SP - 59 EP - 67 CY - San Francisco, CA, US PB - Jossey-Bass SN - 0193-9416 SN - 0-7879-9925-3 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-97088-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Smith, G. Richard; U Arkansas for Medical Sciences, Dept of Psychiatry, Veterans Administration Health Services Research & Development Field Program for Mental Health, Little Rock, AR, US. Release Date: 19970601. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-7879-9925-3, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Rehabilitation; Measurement; Mental Health Services; Treatment Outcomes. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 9. AB - explores mental health and substance abuse patient outcomes assessment and makes recommendations for advancing the field objectives of patient outcomes assessment / achievements in patient outcomes assessment / issues of scientific debate / future challenges [consumer preferences, interpretation and management of assessment results, technology development] (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - issues of scientific debate & challenges to field of mental health & substance abuse patient outcomes assessment KW - 1996 KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Measurement KW - Mental Health Services KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - 1996 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-97088-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Zaza, Anthony S. AU - Barké, Charles R. T1 - JO - Journal of Counseling & Development JF - Journal of Counseling & Development J1 - Journal of Counseling & Development PY - 1986/02// Y1 - 1986/02// VL - 64 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 413 SN - 07489633 AB - The article presents the Clinical Analysis Questionnaire (CAQ), designed by the Institute for Personality and Ability Testing, to simultaneously measure both normal and pathological traits of individuals, thereby providing a comprehensive, multidimensional profile of the person. Its development is based on previous research and development of another clinical instrument , the 16 Personality factor questionnaire (16PF), in use for over a decade. The normal personality scales of the CAQ purport to measure characteristics of the individual that are hypnotized to apply to normal functioning, and the extent of pathological characteristics of individuals in distress. Although comprehensive in nature, the scales and traits represented are efficiently reviewed. The manual that accompanies the CAQ is generally clear, concise, and descriptive. In terms of reliability, the clinical scales of the CAQ are found more reliable than the normal scales. CAQ, also, has some drawbacks which should be taken care of while using it. But despite such limitations, the CAQ is an admirable effort to provide a comprehensive portrait of the individual. KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PERSONALITY assessment KW - PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS KW - QUESTIONNAIRES KW - DATA analysis KW - KRUG, S. E. N1 - Accession Number: 4965280; Source Information: Feb86, Vol. 64 Issue 6, p413; Subject Term: CLINICAL psychology; Subject Term: PERSONALITY assessment; Subject Term: PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS; Subject Term: QUESTIONNAIRES; Subject Term: DATA analysis; Subject Term: KRUG, S. E.; Subject Term: ; Number of Pages: 2p; ; Document Type: Article; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=trh&AN=4965280&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - trh ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Traumatic disorders of the shoulder. AU - Cone, R.O. AU - Resnick, D. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1984/07/27/ VL - 252 IS - 4 SP - 540 EP - 543 CY - ; SN - 00987484 N1 - Accession Number: SPH183580; Author: Cone, R.O.: 1 Author: Resnick, D.: 2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Departments of Radiology, the University of Texas Health Science Center at San Antonio: 2 Department of Radiology, University of California - San Diego; Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego, California; No. of Pages: 4; Language: English; Parent Item: SPHP942349; References: 10; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 19981201; SIRC Article No.: 183580 KW - *WOUNDS & injuries KW - *DISLOCATIONS KW - *SHOULDER joint KW - *RADIOLOGY KW - REVIEW L2 - http://articles.sirc.ca/search.cfm?id=183580 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=SPH183580&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - http://articles.sirc.ca/search.cfm?id=183580 DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - A nutritional and hematologic assessment of elite ballet dancers. / Bilans alimentaire et hematologique chez des danseurs classiques d ' elite. AU - Cohen, J.L. AU - Potosnak, L. AU - Frank, O. AU - Baker, H. JO - Physician & Sportsmedicine JF - Physician & Sportsmedicine Y1 - 1985/05// VL - 13 IS - 5 SP - 43 EP - 50;54 CY - ; SN - 00913847 N1 - Accession Number: SPH166937; Author: Cohen, J.L.: 1 Author: Potosnak, L. Author: Frank, O. Author: Baker, H. ; Author Affiliation: 1 Medical SErvice, Veterans Administration Medical Center, East orange, NJ 07019, United States; No. of Pages: 9; Language: English; Parent Item: SPHP935; References: 32; General Notes: Illustrated. INSEP, PARIS. Cote: PE 198. Acces: copie. K5.6 - DIETETIQUE; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 19981201; SIRC Article No.: 166937 N2 - The nutritional and hematologic status of 22 professional ballet dancers (10 men, 12 women, mean age 25) from American Ballet Theatre was studied by analyzing daily dietary intake and laboratory data including blood vitamin assays. The dancers had low percent body fat. daily calorie intake was 2,967 plus or minus 667 kcal for men and 1,673 plus or minus 450 kcal for women. Carbohydrate consumption (38 percent of the total daily calorie intake for men and 50 percent for women) was too low for efficient energy use. Hemoglobin and red cell indexes were normal, but serum ferritin was below normal in eight women and three men. Serum chemistry values were normal. N2 - (HERACLES) Analyse du regime alimentaire et bilan hematologique complet chez 10 danseurs et 12 danseuses professionnelles (age moyen: 25 ans). Cette etude permet d ' evaluer certaines carences ou insuffisances alimentaires; notamment chez les danseuses. KW - *BALLET KW - *HEMATOLOGY KW - *VITAMINS KW - *DIET KW - *ELITE athletes KW - *SEX differences KW - *AMENORRHEA KW - DANSE-CLASSIQUE KW - ATHLETE KW - DIETETIQUE KW - SEXE-MASCULIN KW - SEXE-FEMININ L2 - http://articles.sirc.ca/search.cfm?id=166937 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=SPH166937&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - http://articles.sirc.ca/search.cfm?id=166937 UR - http://www.mcgraw-hill.com/ DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Aerobic power of several groups of laborers in Columbia and the United States. AU - Maksud, M.G. AU - Spurr, G.B. AU - Barac-Nieto, M. JO - European Journal of Applied Physiology & Occupational Physiology JF - European Journal of Applied Physiology & Occupational Physiology Y1 - 1976/08/12/ VL - 35 IS - 3 SP - 173 EP - 182 CY - ; SN - 03015548 N1 - Accession Number: SPH15257; Author: Maksud, M.G.: 1 Author: Spurr, G.B. Author: Barac-Nieto, M. ; Author Affiliation: 1 Research Service/151, Veterans Administration Center, Wood, WI 53193, United States; No. of Pages: 10; Language: English; Parent Item: SPHP496; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 19981201; SIRC Article No.: 15257 KW - *ENERGY metabolism KW - *AEROBIC capacity KW - *ANTHROPOMETRY KW - *OXYGEN -- Physiological transport KW - *PHYSICAL fitness KW - *HEART beat KW - *BODY composition KW - COMPARATIVE studies KW - MALES KW - AGRICULTURE KW - UNITED States KW - COLOMBIA L2 - http://articles.sirc.ca/search.cfm?id=15257 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=SPH15257&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - http://articles.sirc.ca/search.cfm?id=15257 UR - http://link.springer.de DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Cardio-respiratory fitness of young and older active and sedentary men. AU - Steinhaus, L A AU - Dustman, R E AU - Ruhling, R O AU - Emmerson, R Y AU - Johnson, S C AU - Shearer, D E AU - Shigeoka, J W AU - Bonekat, W H JO - British Journal of Sports Medicine JF - British Journal of Sports Medicine Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 22 IS - 4 SP - 163 EP - 166 SN - 03063674 N1 - Accession Number: 66085757; Author: Steinhaus, L A: 1 Author: Dustman, R E: 1 Author: Ruhling, R O: 1 Author: Emmerson, R Y: 1 Author: Johnson, S C: 1 Author: Shearer, D E: 1 Author: Shigeoka, J W: 1 Author: Bonekat, W H: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Neuropsychology Research, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Salt Lake City, UT 84148.; No. of Pages: 4; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20111005 N2 - ABSTRACT FROM PUBLISHER UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=66085757&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107314148 T1 - Critical care extra. Understanding diagnostic cardiac catheterization. AU - Tremko LA Y1 - 1997/02// N1 - Accession Number: 107314148. Language: English. Entry Date: 19970301. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Core Nursing; Nursing; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0372646. KW - Heart Catheterization -- Nursing KW - Preoperative Education KW - Critical Care Nursing KW - Perioperative Care KW - Monitoring, Direct Pressure KW - Angiography SP - 16K EP - R JO - American Journal of Nursing JF - American Journal of Nursing JA - AM J NURS VL - 97 IS - 2 CY - Baltimore, Maryland PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins AB - Your most important considerations for patient care and teaching. SN - 0002-936X AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, CA UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107314148&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-10629-001 AN - 2007-10629-001 AU - Auerbach, John S. T1 - Review of Shame and the self. JF - Psychoanalytic Psychology JO - Psychoanalytic Psychology JA - Psychoanal Psychol Y1 - 1995///Win 1995 VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 159 EP - 163 PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. SN - 0736-9735 SN - 1939-1331 AD - Auerbach, John S., Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center, Psychology Service (116B), 130 West Kingsbridge Road, Bronx, NY, US, 10468 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-10629-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Auerbach, John S.; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, NY, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070716. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Developmental Psychology; Narcissism; Psychoanalytic Theory; Self-Concept; Shame. Minor Descriptor: Darwinism; Psychoanalysis. Classification: Psychoanalytic Theory (3143). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Broucek, Francis J. Shame and the self=New York: Guilford Press, 1991, xx + 168 pp., $26.95; 1991. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Win 1995. Copyright Statement: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. 1995. AB - Reviews the book, Shame and the self by Francis J. Broucek (see record [rid]1991-97963-000[/rid]). Broucek's Shame and the Self synthesizes ideas from psychoanalysis, neo-Darwinian affect theory, developmental psychology, existential phenomenology, and cultural theory in explaining the connections among shame, the self, and narcissism. In this review, Auerbach details Broucek's revision of the problem of narcissism and the self. Narcissism, whether normal or pathological, is a relational concept that refers to a propensity to treat others primarily as objects (i.e., as narcissistic extensions of oneself) and not as subjects (i.e., not as selves with their own desires and needs). It is additionally, in Broucek's formulation, a representational concept that entails reflexive self-awareness. Broucek similarly overreaches himself in discussing the narcissistic elements of the psychotherapeutic process and of modern culture. Nevertheless, his discussion of these issues is always intriguing. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - shame KW - self KW - developmental psychology KW - narcissism KW - self awareness KW - 1995 KW - Developmental Psychology KW - Narcissism KW - Psychoanalytic Theory KW - Self-Concept KW - Shame KW - Darwinism KW - Psychoanalysis KW - 1995 U2 - Broucek, Francis J. (1991); Shame and the self; New York: Guilford Press, 1991, xx + 168 pp., $26.95 DO - 10.1037/h0085193 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2007-10629-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1996-29273-001 AN - 1996-29273-001 AU - Craig, Robert J. AU - Cannon, Bridgit AU - Olson, Ronald E. T1 - Psychological screening of impotence with Finney's MMPI-derived Impotence Scale. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1995/12// VL - 77 IS - 3, Pt 1 SP - 1019 EP - 1026 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1996-29273-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Craig, Robert J.; Veterans Administration West Side Medical Ctr, Chicago, IL, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19961001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Differential Diagnosis; Erectile Dysfunction; Screening Tests. Classification: Health Psychology Testing (2226); Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1995. AB - Examined the utility of the Impotence Scale (J. C. Finney, 1965) in the detection of impotency, and determined whether biogenic and psychogenic impotence could be differentially identified by the scale. 308 Ss with sexual dysfunction due to organic (mean age 58.2 yrs) and psychogenic (mean age 44.9 yrs) causes and substance abuse (mean age 33.3 yrs) were administered the Impotence Scale. Findings indicate that while scores on the scale did not distinguish between biogenic and psychogenic groups, the scores were 3 times higher than average scores among Ss in the standardization sample. Scores on the scale were similarly elevated among substance abusers. Results suggest that the Impotence Scale may serve as a useful screening tool. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - differential diagnostic utility of MMPI-derived Impotence Scale KW - patients with biogenic vs psychogenic sexual dysfunction KW - 1995 KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Erectile Dysfunction KW - Screening Tests KW - 1995 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1995.77.3.1019 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-29273-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1995-37516-001 AN - 1995-37516-001 AU - Beckham, Jean C. AU - Burker, Eileen J. AU - Rice, John R. AU - Talton, Shannon L. T1 - Patient predictors of caregiver burden, optimism, and pessimism in rheumatoid arthritis. JF - Behavioral Medicine JO - Behavioral Medicine JA - Behav Med Y1 - 1995///Win 1995 VL - 20 IS - 4 SP - 171 EP - 178 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0896-4289 N1 - Accession Number: 1995-37516-001. PMID: 7620229 Other Journal Title: Journal of Human Stress. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Beckham, Jean C.; Duke U Medical Ctr, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology & Psychiatry Divs, Durham, NC, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19951001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Caregiver Burden; Demographic Characteristics; Optimism; Pessimism; Rheumatoid Arthritis. Minor Descriptor: Caregivers. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Win 1995. AB - Investigated the relationship between rheumatoid arthritis (RA) parents' demographic, medical and functional status and caregivers' burden, optimism, and pessimism. Ss were 65 RA patients and their caregivers who were recruited from an outpatient rheumatology clinic. Each caregiver completed the Burden Interview to measure caregiver burden and the Life Orientation Test to measure optimism and pessimism. Each RA patient completed the Arthritis Impact Measurement Scale to measure pain and physical disability as well as a number of cognitive measures to assess 2 summary psychological cognitive factors labeled self-efficacy expectations and distorted cognitions. Findings suggest that patient expectancies about control over arthritis-related symptoms (including pain) are strongly related to caregiver burden and caregiver optimism and that patient physical status is strongly related to caregiver pessimism. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - patient demographic & medical & functional status KW - caregiver burden & optimism & pessimism KW - rheumatoid arthritis patients & caregivers KW - 1995 KW - Caregiver Burden KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - Optimism KW - Pessimism KW - Rheumatoid Arthritis KW - Caregivers KW - 1995 DO - 10.1080/08964289.1995.9933734 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1995-37516-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1995-26574-001 AN - 1995-26574-001 AU - Weinman, Efim AU - Ruskin, Paul E. T1 - Levodopa dependence and hypersexuality in an older Parkinson's disease patient. JF - The American Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry JA - Am J Geriatr Psychiatry Y1 - 1995///Win 1995 VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 81 EP - 83 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 1064-7481 SN - 1545-7214 N1 - Accession Number: 1995-26574-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weinman, Efim; Baltimore Veterans Administration, MD, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19950701. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Dependency; Drug Therapy; Hypersexuality; Levodopa; Parkinson's Disease. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Side Effects (Drug). Classification: Medical Treatment of Physical Illness (3363). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Win 1995. AB - Presents the case of a 63-yr-old White male with a 10-yr history of Parkinson's disease (PD) who experienced hypersexuality after being treated with levodopa. Ss was initially motivated to abuse levodopa in an attempt to control the PD, but the abuse eventually led to high-risk, uncontrollable sexual behavior. The increased sexual drive was noted by the patient 3–4 mo after beginning treatment. Reduction of dosage reduced hypersexuality, but the S returned to the high dosage of levodopa on his own, complaining that without it, his PD severely affected his mobility. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - levodopa dependence & hypersexuality KW - 63 yr old male with Parkinson's disease KW - case report KW - 1995 KW - Drug Dependency KW - Drug Therapy KW - Hypersexuality KW - Levodopa KW - Parkinson's Disease KW - Case Report KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - 1995 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1995-26574-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-03770-006 AN - 2011-03770-006 AU - Sydow, O. AU - Hansson, P. AU - Young, D. AU - Meyerson, B. AU - Backlund, E‐O. AU - Ebendal, T. AU - Farnebo, L. O. AU - Freedman, R. AU - Hamberger, B. AU - Hoffer, B. AU - Seiger, Å. AU - Strömberq, I. AU - Olson, L. T1 - Long‐term beneficial effects of adrenal medullary autografts supported by nerve growth factor in Parkinson's disease. JF - European Journal of Neurology JO - European Journal of Neurology JA - Eur J Neurol Y1 - 1995/11// VL - 2 IS - 5 SP - 445 EP - 454 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 1351-5101 SN - 1468-1331 AD - Sydow, O., Department of Neurology, Karolinska Institutet, Danderyd Hospital, S-182 88, Danderyd, Sweden N1 - Accession Number: 2011-03770-006. PMID: 24283725 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sydow, O.; Department of Neurology, Karolinska Institutet, Danderyd Hospital, Danderyd, Sweden. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20110606. Correction Date: 20120618. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dopamine; Nerve Growth Factor; Parkinson's Disease; Substantia Nigra; Growth Factor. Minor Descriptor: Neurons; Immunodepression. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: Sweden. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Tests & Measures: Hoehn-Yahr Scale; Unified Parkinson Disease Rating Scale. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1995. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jun 20, 1995; First Submitted Date: Dec 27, 1994. Copyright Statement: Rapld Science Publishers. 1995. AB - Parkinson's disease has been the object of several therapeutic strategies based upon replacement of the degenerating dopaminergic neurons. Adrenal medullary transplants were tried initially, because of the biochemical relationship between chromaffin cells of the medulla and dopaminergic neurons of the substantia nigra. Compared to transplant of fetal neurons, autologous grafts of adrenal medullary tissue has the advantage of using a readily available source of tissue without the problems of immunosuppression. However, these cells have not proven to be as effective as fetal neurons, probably because they do not fully differentiate into neurons. In animal models, brief treatment with nerve growth factor can facilitate such differentiation. This study is a clinical evaluation of the efficacy of adrenal medullary cell transplantation, combined with nerve growth factor infusion. Two patients were selected who were moderately to severely affected (Hoehn-Yahr stage 2 in on-phase and stage 4 in Off-phase). After adrenalectomy, small pieces of medulla were prepared and implanted stereotactically into the dorsal putamen on one side of the brain. A catheter filled with mouse beta-nerve growth factor (NGF) was placed close to the grafts. Infusion of NGF was continued for one month. Despite a progressively deteriorating course prior to surgery, both patients showed improvement on the rating scales post-operatively. There was also significant improvement in timed motor tests. Motor readiness evoked potentials showed increased voltage over the operated hemisphere. The study points to methods and feasibility of supplying nerve growth factor intraparenchymally to the human brain. Possible implications with respect to other growth factors, particularly Glial cell-line Derived Neurotrophic factor (GDNF) are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - adrenal medullary autografts KW - nerve growth factor KW - Parkinson's disease KW - substantia nigra KW - neurons KW - dopamine KW - 1995 KW - Dopamine KW - Nerve Growth Factor KW - Parkinson's Disease KW - Substantia Nigra KW - Growth Factor KW - Neurons KW - Immunodepression KW - 1995 U1 - Sponsor: Swedish Medical Research Council, Sweden. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: Swedish Natural Science Research Council, Sweden. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: Magnus Bergvalls Stiftelse. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: Karolinska Institutets Fonder. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: Loo and Hans Ostermans Fund. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: Kung Gustav V and Drottning Victorias Stiftelse. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: Miami Project Foundation. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: US Department of Veterans Affairs, US. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: US Public Health Service, US. Grant: MH-00289; MH-38321; NS-09199. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1111/j.1468-1331.1995.tb00154.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-03770-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-11729-012 AN - 1998-11729-012 AU - Casey, D. E. T1 - Motor and mental aspects of extrapyramidal syndromes. JF - International Clinical Psychopharmacology JO - International Clinical Psychopharmacology JA - Int Clin Psychopharmacol Y1 - 1995/09// VL - 10 IS - Suppl 3 SP - 105 EP - 114 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0268-1315 SN - 1473-5857 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-11729-012. PMID: 8866772 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Casey, D. E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19990201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Information: Lundbeck Symposium, Jun, 1995, Copenhagen, Denmark. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Extrapyramidal Symptoms; Neuroleptic Drugs; Side Effects (Drug). Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Motor Processes. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1995. AB - Neuroleptic-induced extrapyramidal syndromes (EPS) are major limitations to effective antipsychotic therapy. There are both motor (objective) and mental (subjective) components to EPS, which must be considered in the evaluation and differential diagnosis of treatment-related adverse events. In addition to causing motor impairment, these syndromes can also produce irritability, anxiousness and secondary negative symptoms of slow thinking and emotional blunting. The EPS of akathisia, dystonia, and parkinsonism have unique characteristics that are influenced by patient, drug and temporal aspects. With the advent of new and novel antipsychotic drugs that have low EPS liability, patients will have fewer side effects, be less non-compliant and more able to benefit from rehabilitation efforts. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - motor & mental components of neuroleptic induced extrapyramidal syndromes KW - 1995 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Extrapyramidal Symptoms KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Motor Processes KW - 1995 DO - 10.1097/00004850-199509000-00014 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-11729-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1996-15491-001 AN - 1996-15491-001 AU - Blasch, Bruce B. AU - Stuckey, Kenneth A. T1 - Accessibility and mobility of persons who are visually impaired: A historical analysis. JF - Journal of Visual Impairment & Blindness JO - Journal of Visual Impairment & Blindness JA - J Vis Impair Blind Y1 - 1995/09//Sep-Oct, 1995 VL - 89 IS - 5 SP - 417 EP - 422 CY - US PB - American Foundation for the Blind SN - 0145-482X SN - 1559-1476 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-15491-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Blasch, Bruce B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Rehabilitation Research & Development Ctr, Decatur, GA, US. Release Date: 19960501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mobility Aids; Physical Mobility; Vision Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Blind. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sep-Oct, 1995. AB - Traces the historical development of orientation and mobility training and environmental modifications to increase access for the blind. Attitudinal change has always been the greatest barrier to accessibility and mobility for the visually impaired. Until the 20th century, use of any mobility aid was considered to indicate that people who were blind were different and often helpless. The work of Seeing Eye and other guide dog schools brought major changes in attitudes of both the general public and people who are blind. Some environmental modifications, social policy, and laws facilitating accessibility were initiated 60 yrs before the American National Standards Institute accessibility standards were developed in 1959, which generally is considered the beginning of the accessibility movement. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - history of orientation & mobility training & environmental modification in accessibility movement KW - visually impaired KW - 1995 KW - Mobility Aids KW - Physical Mobility KW - Vision Disorders KW - Blind KW - 1995 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-15491-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1996-14554-001 AN - 1996-14554-001 AU - Griffith, Jay AU - Hoffer, Lee D. AU - Adler, Lawrence E. AU - Zerbe, Gary O. AU - Freedman, Robert T1 - Effects of sound intensity on a midlatency evoked response to repeated auditory stimuli in schizophrenic and normal subjets. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1995/09// VL - 32 IS - 5 SP - 460 EP - 466 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-14554-001. PMID: 7568640 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Griffith, Jay; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Psychiatry Service, Dallas, TX, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19960501. Correction Date: 20130211. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Evoked Potentials; Auditory Thresholds; Schizophrenia; Sensory Gating; Stimulus Intensity. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1995. AB - Examined effects of stimulus intensity on inhibitory gating of the auditory P50 wave in 10 schizophrenic patients (mean age 27.3 yrs) and 10 normal Ss (mean age 26.8 yrs). Ss listened to paired clicks, 500 msec apart, 50 db above threshold. The normal Ss showed more decrement of response to the 2nd stimulus than did the schizophrenics. When sounds were 70 db above threshold, gating of response diminished similarly in both groups. A difference between schizophrenics and normal Ss was also observed when the sounds were 30 db above threshold, but the difference was smaller than that at 50 db. At any stimulus intensity, concomitant eye movements led to loss of gating of P50 in the normal Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stimulus intensity KW - inhibitory gating of auditory P50 wave KW - schizophrenic patients vs normal adults KW - 1995 KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Auditory Thresholds KW - Schizophrenia KW - Sensory Gating KW - Stimulus Intensity KW - 1995 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1995.tb02097.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-14554-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1996-19347-001 AN - 1996-19347-001 AU - Carey, Robert J. AU - Dai, Huiliang AU - Krost, Markus AU - Huston, Joseph P. T1 - The NMDA receptor and cocaine: Evidence that MK-801 can induce behavioral senitization effects. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1995/08// VL - 51 IS - 4 SP - 901 EP - 908 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-19347-001. PMID: 7675875 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carey, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Syracuse, NY, US. Release Date: 19960701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cocaine; Drug Sensitivity; N-Methyl-D-Aspartate. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1995. AB - Evaluated behavioral drug sensitization with respect to cocaine and the noncompetitive N-methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA) antagonist, MK-801. 24 male Sprague-Dawley rats, divided equally into 4 groups, were administered either saline, cocaine, MK-801, or MK-801 and cocaine. Three drug tests, spaced 1 wk apart, were preceded by 2 nondrug baseline tests. Ss' behavior was recorded in a test chamber with ambient white noise. Biochemical assays of the medial prefrontal cortex, neostriatum and limbic tissue samples were conducted. All groups had equivalent activity levels in the baseline tests. In the 1st drug test, only the MK-801-cocaine group exhibited hyperactivity. By the 3rd test, the MK-801 group also displayed hyperactivity. Behavioral drug sensitization developed only with MK-801-treated groups. Results suggest that NMDA receptor antagonism can be a highly effective treatment, under some circumstances, for the induction of behavioral sensitization effects. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MK-801 &/vs cocaine KW - behavioral drug sensitization KW - male Sprague-Dawley rats KW - 1995 KW - Cocaine KW - Drug Sensitivity KW - N-Methyl-D-Aspartate KW - Rats KW - 1995 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(95)00074-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-19347-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2015-37310-057 AN - 2015-37310-057 AU - Barr, Deborah S. AU - Lambert, Nevin A. AU - Hoyt, Kendall L. AU - Moore, Scott D. AU - Wilson, Wilkie A. T1 - Induction and reversal of long-term potentiation by low- and high-intensity theta pattern stimulation. JF - The Journal of Neuroscience JO - The Journal of Neuroscience JA - J Neurosci Y1 - 1995/07// VL - 15 IS - 7 SP - 5402 EP - 5410 CY - US PB - Society for Neuroscience SN - 0270-6474 SN - 1529-2401 AD - Wilson, Wilkie A., Veterans Administration Medical Center, 508 Fulton Street, Building 16, Room 25, Durham, NC, US, 27705 N1 - Accession Number: 2015-37310-057. PMID: 7623162 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barr, Deborah S.; Department of Pharmacology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 20160818. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hippocampus; N-Methyl-D-Aspartate; Neural Receptors; Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation; Long-term Potentiation. Minor Descriptor: Long-term Depression (Neuronal). Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20); Male (30). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1995. Publication History: Accepted Date: Mar 10, 1995; Revised Date: Feb 10, 1995; First Submitted Date: Oct 11, 1994. Copyright Statement: Society for Neuroscience. 1995. AB - Reversal of long-term potentiation by low-frequency stimulation is often referred to as depotentiation. However, it is not clear whether depotentiation induced by low-frequency stimulation and long-term depression (LTD) induced by similar stimuli are distinct phenomena. We have performed a series of experiments in area CA1 of rat hippocampal slices in which a single pattern of theta-burst (TB) stimulation (Larson, et al., 1986; Staubli and Lynch, 1987) was found to produce either LTP or reversal of LTP depending on the intensity of the stimulation. TB stimulation (10 trains consisting of 4 pulses at 100 Hz, 200 msec apart) delivered at test pulse-intensity induced LTP. However, the same stimulation delivered at a higher intensity (10 times that of the test pulse, evoking a maximal response) did not induce LTP or depression of control responses, but produced lasting depression of previously potentiated responses. This reversal of LTP (TB depotentiation) was observed when the stimulus was delivered between 0.5 and 110 min after induction of LTP. TB depotentiation was reversible, cumulative and saturable when high-intensity TB trains were delivered in succession. TB depotentiation was also blocked by antagonists at NMDA receptors. Low-frequency (1 Hz) stimulation induced LTD, indicating that responses were not already maximally depressed. In addition, high-intensity TB stimulation did not reverse LTD. These results suggest that depotentiation induced by maximal TB stimulation and LTD induced by low-frequency stimulation are distinct phenomena, yet share some characteristics common to forms synaptic plasticity mediated by NMDA receptor activation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - long-term potentiation KW - long-term depression KW - depotentiation KW - theta-burst KW - NMDA receptor KW - hippocampus KW - 1995 KW - Hippocampus KW - N-Methyl-D-Aspartate KW - Neural Receptors KW - Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation KW - Long-term Potentiation KW - Long-term Depression (Neuronal) KW - 1995 U1 - Sponsor: Sponsor name not included. Grant: NS-17771. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: VA Medical Center, US. Recipients: No recipient indicated UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2015-37310-057&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2014-08961-001 AN - 2014-08961-001 AU - Holmes, Douglas S. AU - Tinnin, Louis W. T1 - The problem of auditory hallucinations in combat PTSD. JF - Traumatology JO - Traumatology JA - Traumatology (Tallahass Fla) Y1 - 1995/06// VL - 1 IS - 2 CY - US PB - Green Cross Project SN - 1534-7656 SN - 1085-9373 AD - Tinnin, Louis W., WVU School of Medicine, 930 Chestnut Ridge Road, Morgantown, WV, US, 26505 N1 - Accession Number: 2014-08961-001. Other Journal Title: Traumatology: An International Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Holmes, Douglas S.; Louis A. Johnson Veterans Administration Medical Center, Clarksburg, WV, US. Other Publishers: Academy of Traumatology; Educational Publishing Foundation; Sage Publications. Release Date: 20150427. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Hallucinations; Combat Experience; Intervention; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Dissociation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Outpatient (60). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Symptom Checklist-45; Dissociative Experiences Scale DOI: 10.1037/t07472-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Qualitative Study. References Available: Y. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1995. Copyright Statement: Traumatology Forum. 1995. AB - In a study of 115 combat veterans with post-traumatic stress disorder, the majority (65%) reported hearing voices. These dissociative voices included command hallucinations to which the individuals responded with a feeling of automatic obedience. We describe an evolving series of psychological interventions that appear to diminish dissociation. These techniques teach the patient to objectively clarify, to conduct a dialogue with, and to negotiate with their voices. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - auditory hallucinations KW - combat veterans KW - command hallucinations KW - dissociative voices KW - post-traumatic stress disorder KW - psychological interventions KW - 1995 KW - Auditory Hallucinations KW - Combat Experience KW - Intervention KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Dissociation KW - 1995 DO - 10.1177/153476569500100201 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2014-08961-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - tinnin.louis@consult.hsc.wvu.edu DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1996-15517-001 AN - 1996-15517-001 AU - Wiseman, Eve J. AU - McMillan, Donald E. T1 - Transdermal nicotine and drug craving. JF - The American Journal on Addictions JO - The American Journal on Addictions JA - Am J Addict Y1 - 1995///Sum 1995 VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 261 EP - 266 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 1055-0496 SN - 1521-0391 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-15517-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wiseman, Eve J.; John L. McClellan Memorial Veterans Administration Hosp, Psychiatry Service, Little Rock, AR, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19960501. Correction Date: 20100111. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cocaine; Drug Abuse; Drug Withdrawal; Nicotine; Smoking Cessation. Minor Descriptor: Drug Administration Methods; Drug Rehabilitation; Drug Therapy; Tobacco Smoking. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1995. AB - Examined the effect of transdermally administered nicotine (NIC) on the drug craving of 15 male inpatients (aged 32–45 yrs) with NIC dependence and recent cocaine abuse. Transdermal NIC and placebo patches were applied in a crossover, double-blind design, and outcome was assessed by visual analog scales to measure drug craving. The NIC patches reduced craving for cigarettes without affecting cigarette use. The patches did not reduce cocaine craving. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - transdermal nicotine patch during drug rehabilitation KW - drug craving KW - cocaine abusing male 32–45 yr old inpatients with nicotine dependence KW - 1995 KW - Cocaine KW - Drug Abuse KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Nicotine KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Drug Administration Methods KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Drug Therapy KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - 1995 DO - 10.3109/10550499509038111 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-15517-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2015-37188-013 AN - 2015-37188-013 AU - Mantyh, Patrick W. AU - Rogers, Scott D. AU - Allen, Clark J. AU - Catton, Mark D. AU - Ghilardi, Joseph R. AU - Levin, Leonard A. AU - Maggio, John E. AU - Vigna, Steven R. T1 - β₂-Adrenergic receptors are expressed by glia in vivo in the normal and injured central nervous system in the rat, rabbit, and human. JF - The Journal of Neuroscience JO - The Journal of Neuroscience JA - J Neurosci Y1 - 1995/01// VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 152 EP - 164 CY - US PB - Society for Neuroscience SN - 0270-6474 SN - 1529-2401 AD - Mantyh, Patrick W., Molecular Neurobiology Lab, VA Medical Center, 151, Minneapolis, MN, US, 55417 N1 - Accession Number: 2015-37188-013. PMID: 7823126 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mantyh, Patrick W.; Molecular Neurobiology Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 20160818. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adrenergic Receptors; Central Nervous System; Neuroglia. Minor Descriptor: Rabbits; Rats. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10); Animal (20); Male (30). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1995. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jun 9, 1994; Revised Date: May 20, 1994; First Submitted Date: Dec 28, 1993. Copyright Statement: Society for Neuroscience. 1995. AB - Previous studies have demonstrated that glial cells in culture express several subtypes of functional adrenergic receptors. To determine if similar receptors are expressed by glia in vivo, we examined the expression of adrenergic receptors in the normal, crushed, and transected optic nerves of the rabbit and rat using quantitative receptor autoradiography. Additionally, we examined the expression of adrenergic receptors in the normal and damaged human optic nerve. High levels of α₁-, α₂-, β₁-, and β₂-adrenergic receptors were identified in the rabbit and rat forebrain. In the normal rabbit, rat, and human optic nerves, only α₁ and β₂ receptors were observed, and these were present in low to moderate densities. Combined immunohistochemistry and autoradiography suggests that the majority of β₂-adrenergic receptors in the rabbit, rat, and human optic nerve are expressed by astrocytes. After unilateral optic nerve crush or transection, only β₂-adrenergic receptors were significantly increased. This increase in β₂ receptors was first detectable at days 7 and 28 post-transection in the rabbit and rat, respectively. The expression of β₂ receptors in the transected optic nerve continued to increase with time, so that by 90 d post-transection the density of β₂ receptors in both the rabbit and rat optic nerve was among the highest of any area in the forebrain. Taken together with previous studies, these results suggest that in vivo, β₂-adrenergic receptors may provide a therapeutic target for regulation of astrocyte functions including glycogen metabolism, cytokine release, and the hypertrophy and proliferation that occurs in response to neuronal injury. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuroglia KW - adrenergic receptors KW - catecholamine KW - astrocytes KW - CNS KW - trauma KW - 1995 KW - Adrenergic Receptors KW - Central Nervous System KW - Neuroglia KW - Rabbits KW - Rats KW - 1995 U1 - Sponsor: US Department of Veterans Affairs, US. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: National Institutes of Health, US. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: Minnesota Medical Foundation, US. Recipients: No recipient indicated UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2015-37188-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1999-00183-001 AN - 1999-00183-001 AU - Alarcón, Renato D. AU - Foulks, Edward F. T1 - Personality disorders and culture: Contemporary clinical views (Part B). JF - Cultural Diversity and Mental Health JO - Cultural Diversity and Mental Health JA - Cult Divers Ment Health Y1 - 1995/// VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 79 EP - 91 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons, Inc. SN - 1077-341X N1 - Accession Number: 1999-00183-001. PMID: 9225550 Other Journal Title: Cultural Diversity and Ethnic Minority Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Alarcón, Renato D.; Emory U, School of Medicine, Atlanta Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Atlanta, GA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19990301. Correction Date: 20090817. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Culture (Anthropological); Personality Disorders; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1995. Copyright Statement: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1995. AB - This article reviews the basic concepts surrounding the clinical relationships between culture and personality disorders (PDs). Herein, culture's role as a diagnostic/nosological factor is discussed through the use of measurement instruments and the cultural formulation included in Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-IV (DSM-IV). In addition to these three roles, some authors would also consider a therapeutic/protective function for culture in PDs. Following a critique of the biological perspective, a research model based on the definition of the cultural profile and the estimation of the cultural distance between clinical examiners and populations is proposed. It is important to reject both biological reductionism and the extremes of cultural determinism, in order to better assess the intraethnic distribution of psychopathology, and interethnic variations represented by the notion of cultural relativism. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - culture as a diagnostic factor for personality disorders KW - 1995 KW - Culture (Anthropological) KW - Personality Disorders KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1995 DO - 10.1037/1099-9809.1.2.79 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-00183-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1996-02670-003 AN - 1996-02670-003 AU - Sajatovic, Martha AU - Ramirez, Luis T1 - Clozapine therapy in patients with neurologic illness. JF - International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine JO - International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine JA - Int J Psychiatry Med Y1 - 1995/// VL - 25 IS - 4 SP - 331 EP - 344 CY - US PB - Baywood Publishing SN - 0091-2174 SN - 1541-3527 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-02670-003. PMID: 8822385 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sajatovic, Martha; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brecksville, OH, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19960101. Correction Date: 20150126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clozapine; Drug Therapy; Nervous System Disorders. Classification: Medical Treatment of Physical Illness (3363). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: 1995. AB - Analyzed the use of clozapine in patients with neurologic illness. Attention was focused particularly on patients with seizure disorder, head injury, mental retardation, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, tardive dyskinesia, and selected other neurological disorders. Although clozapine therapy should be reserved for those patients who are refractory to conventional psychotropic medications, when used appropriately it may offer a safe and effective way of improving quality of life for patients with behavioral symptoms and neurologic illness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - use of clozapine in patients with neurologic illness KW - 1995 KW - Clozapine KW - Drug Therapy KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - 1995 DO - 10.2190/4EC8-H122-HJAL-YDLV UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-02670-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1996-21063-001 AN - 1996-21063-001 AU - Lerer, Gertie T1 - Helping the irascible patient in long term care: Towards a theoretical and practice design. JF - Journal of Gerontological Social Work JO - Journal of Gerontological Social Work JA - J Gerontol Soc Work Y1 - 1995/// VL - 24 IS - 1-2 SP - 169 EP - 184 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0163-4372 SN - 1540-4048 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-21063-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lerer, Gertie; Brooklyn Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, St Albans Extended Care Ctr, NY, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19960701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Attitudes; Irritability; Nursing Homes; Social Casework; Therapeutic Processes. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Nursing Homes & Residential Care (3377); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: 1995. AB - Many patients in long-term care institutions have inordinate emotional needs that the staff's provision of standard treatment, comfort, and personal hygiene cannot meet. This clash between patient needs and staff responses produces the irascible patient. To understand and treat problems of such patients in a VA nursing home, common developmental histories were examined and treatment was undertaken that went beyond the usual supportive endeavors. To help these patients recover a sense of their lost competence and identity, the social worker reviewed their work experiences with them and elicited the capabilities they used when they lived independently. Although this process, as illustrated by case material, did not make them compliant contented patients, useful memories were revived and dimmed identities were rediscovered. The patients were able to develop more trust in their caregivers and set more reasonable expectations for their care. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social work intervention KW - irascibility caused by discrepancy in needs & staff response KW - patients in VA nursing home KW - 1995 KW - Client Attitudes KW - Irritability KW - Nursing Homes KW - Social Casework KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - Military Veterans KW - 1995 DO - 10.1300/J083V24N01_12 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-21063-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1996-20123-001 AN - 1996-20123-001 AU - Freedman, Robert AU - Strömberg, Ingrid AU - Nordström, Anna-Lena AU - Seiger, Åke AU - Olson, Lars AU - Bygdeman, Marc AU - Wiesel, Frits-Axel AU - Granholm, Ann-Charlotte AU - Hoffer, Barry J. T1 - Neuronal development in embryonic brain tissue derived from schizophrenic women and grafted to animal hosts. JF - Schizophrenia Research JO - Schizophrenia Research JA - Schizophr Res Y1 - 1994/10// VL - 13 IS - 3 SP - 259 EP - 270 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0920-9964 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-20123-001. PMID: 7841140 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freedman, Robert; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Denver, CO, US. Release Date: 19960701. Correction Date: 20130211. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: First International Workshop on Cell Membrane Pathology in Schizophrenia (1993, Augusta, Georgia). Major Descriptor: Hippocampus; Neural Development; Neural Transplantation; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Fetus; Rats. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Animal (20). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale DOI: 10.1037/t01554-000. Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1994. AB - Reports on a hippocampal transplant derived from the aborted fetus of a 27-yr-old schizophrenic woman compared with the transplant of a normal control. The S's onset of illness was 8 yrs before the abortion at age 19. Her Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale score was 25. Clinical studies have suggested that behavioral defects in children at risk for schizophrenia precede by many years the onset of the illness. Similarly, some psychophysiological deficits are transmitted as autosomal dominants, but this would predict pathology in only half the children of schizophrenic women. For ethical reasons, women in this study were not identified as schizophrenic until they were present at the gynecology clinic. The transplants from the schizophrenic patient appeared to fit within the normal spectrum of transplant survival and growth. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuronal development & morphology of transplanted embryonic hippocampal tissue from aborted fetus from schizophrenic patient KW - rats KW - conference presentation KW - 1994 KW - Hippocampus KW - Neural Development KW - Neural Transplantation KW - Schizophrenia KW - Fetus KW - Rats KW - 1994 DO - 10.1016/0920-9964(94)90051-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-20123-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1995-01839-001 AN - 1995-01839-001 AU - Davies, Ruth M. AU - Sieber, Kimberly O. AU - Hunt, Sandra L. T1 - Age-cohort differences in treating symptoms of mental illness: A process approach. JF - Psychology and Aging JO - Psychology and Aging JA - Psychol Aging Y1 - 1994/09// VL - 9 IS - 3 SP - 446 EP - 453 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0882-7974 SN - 1939-1498 N1 - Accession Number: 1995-01839-001. PMID: 7999329 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davies, Ruth M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, St. Louis, MO, US. Release Date: 19950101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Aging; Classification (Cognitive Process); Major Depression; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Health Care Utilization; Symptoms. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1994. Publication History: Accepted Date: Feb 24, 1994; Revised Date: Jan 3, 1994; First Submitted Date: Oct 16, 1992. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1994. AB - Examines age-cohort differences in conceptually organizing, observing, and responding to unclustered symptoms of mental illness. Older (M = 70.8) and younger (M = 19.9) adults sorted symptoms of depression, schizophrenia, and age-associated changes into similarity groupings. Hierarchical cluster analysis showed that both older and younger adults sorted the statements similarly, although labels given for depressive symptoms differed across groups. Participants then reported which symptoms they had observed within their families and listed what actions were taken. Age groups showed significant differences in symptom reporting, with older individuals observing depressive symptoms less frequently. There were small differences in the kinds of actions reported. These results suggest that differences in help-seeking behavior for mental illness may be explained by differences in the way symptoms are observed by younger and older cohorts. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - conceptual organization & observation of & response to symptoms of schizophrenia vs depression vs aging KW - 18–25 vs 60–80 yr olds KW - 1994 KW - Age Differences KW - Aging KW - Classification (Cognitive Process) KW - Major Depression KW - Schizophrenia KW - Health Care Utilization KW - Symptoms KW - 1994 DO - 10.1037/0882-7974.9.3.446 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1995-01839-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2015-36160-015 AN - 2015-36160-015 AU - Bender, Alex S. AU - Norenberg, Michael D. T1 - Calcium dependence of hypoosmotically induced potassium release in cultured astrocytes. JF - The Journal of Neuroscience JO - The Journal of Neuroscience JA - J Neurosci Y1 - 1994/07// VL - 14 IS - 7 SP - 4237 EP - 4243 CY - US PB - Society for Neuroscience SN - 0270-6474 SN - 1529-2401 AD - Bender, Alex S., Department of Pathology, University of Miami School of Medicine, (D-33), P.O. Box 016960, Miami, FL, US, 33101 N1 - Accession Number: 2015-36160-015. PMID: 8027775 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bender, Alex S.; Laboratory of Neuropathology, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Department of Pathology, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, FL, US. Release Date: 20160825. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Calcium; Potassium; Astrocytes. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1994. Publication History: Accepted Date: Dec 31, 1993; Revised Date: Dec 10, 1993; First Submitted Date: Aug 20, 1993. Copyright Statement: Society for Neuroscience. 1994. AB - A major mechanism in cell volume regulation after hypoosmotic stress is K+ release. Our studies show that in astrocytes, K+ release during hypoosmotic stress is a Ca2+-dependent process. Agents that increase intracellular Ca2+, such as ionomycin and ouabain, potentiated hypoosmotically stimulated K+ release, while compounds that block Ca2+ entry during hypoosmotic stress, such as nimodipine, bepridil, and MK-801, inhibited hypoosmotically stimulated K+ release. Similarly, chelation of intracellular Ca2+ blocked hypoosmotically induced K+ release. Caffeine and U-73122 also inhibited K+ efflux under hypoosmotic conditions, suggesting that intracellular Ca2+ release from Ca2+-induced Ca2+ release stores and inositol trisphosphate-sensitive intracellular Ca2+ stores play a role in the mechanism of K+ release. Blocking the activity of calmodulin, and of CaM kinase, attenuated hypoosmotically induced K+ release. Our findings indicate that entry of extracellular Ca2+ and Ca2+ release from intracellular stores play a key role in the activation of K+ release under hypoosmotic conditions and thus in cell volume regulation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - astrocytes KW - calcium KW - hypoosmotic stress KW - potassium KW - volume regulation KW - 1994 KW - Calcium KW - Potassium KW - Astrocytes KW - Rats KW - 1994 U1 - Sponsor: US Department of Veterans Affairs, US. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: GRECC. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: USPHS, US. Grant: NS-30291; DK-38153. Recipients: No recipient indicated UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2015-36160-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1996-93579-001 AN - 1996-93579-001 AU - Gordon, Janice T. AU - Tomlinson, Elizabeth E. AU - Greenberg, Joel AU - Dratman, Mary B. T1 - An acute dose of desmethylimipramine inhibits brain uptake of [–1–2–5I]3,3′,5-triiodothyronine (T₃) in thyroxine-induced but not T₃-induced hyperthyroid rats: Implications for tricyclic antidepressant therapy. JF - The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics JO - The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics JA - J Pharmacol Exp Ther Y1 - 1994/07// VL - 270 IS - 1 SP - 111 EP - 117 CY - US PB - American Society for Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics ASPET SN - 0022-3565 SN - 1521-0103 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-93579-001. PMID: 8035306 Other Journal Title: Pharmacological Reviews. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gordon, Janice T.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Medical Research Svc, Philadelphia, PA, US. Release Date: 19960101. Correction Date: 20090907. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Desipramine; Hypothyroidism; Thyroxine; Triiodothyronine. Minor Descriptor: Brain; Neurochemistry. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1994. AB - Investigated the effects of the tricyclic antidepressant (TAD) desmethylimipramine (DMI) on rats following surgical thyroparathyroidectomy. Hyperthyroid rats were given oral 3,3′,5-triiodothyronine (T₃) or oral thyroxine (T₄). The effect of DMI on T₃ uptake in rat brains was determined by intraperitoneal/ly (ip) injections of DMI 5 min after intravenous injections of T₃. After 3 hrs the rats were sacrificed and their brains were analyzed. T₄ uptake was studied in identical fashion. Acute DMI administration significantly decreased T₃ and T₄ uptake in the whole brain minus the cerebellum in hypothyroid rats and T₄ uptake in the T₄ hyperthyroid rat brain. DMI did not inhibit the uptake of T₃ in the rat brain in the presence of excess T₃, a possible explanation of the greater efficiency of T₃ over T₄ in augmenting TAD therapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - acute tricyclic antidepressant desmethylimipramine KW - thyroxine vs triiodothyronine uptake in brain KW - male hypothyroidal vs hyperthyroidal rats KW - 1994 KW - Desipramine KW - Hypothyroidism KW - Thyroxine KW - Triiodothyronine KW - Brain KW - Neurochemistry KW - 1994 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-93579-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2015-36295-044 AN - 2015-36295-044 AU - Mantyh, Patrick W. AU - Allen, Clark J. AU - Rogers, Scott AU - DeMaster, Eric AU - Ghilardi, Joseph R. AU - Mosconi, Tony AU - Kruger, Lawrence AU - Mannon, Peter J. AU - Taylor, Ian L. AU - Vigna, Steven R. T1 - Some sensory neurons express neuropeptide Y receptors: Potential paracrine inhibition of primary afferent nociceptors following peripheral nerve injury. JF - The Journal of Neuroscience JO - The Journal of Neuroscience JA - J Neurosci Y1 - 1994/06// VL - 14 IS - 6 SP - 3958 EP - 3968 CY - US PB - Society for Neuroscience SN - 0270-6474 SN - 1529-2401 AD - Mantyh, Patrick W., Molecular Neurobiology Lab, VA Medical Center, (151), Minneapolis, MN, US, 55417 N1 - Accession Number: 2015-36295-044. PMID: 8207499 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mantyh, Patrick W.; Molecular Neurobiology Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 20160620. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Grant Information: Mantyh, Patrick W. Major Descriptor: Neuropeptide Y; Nociceptors; Peripheral Nervous System; Sensory Neurons; Trigeminal Nerve. Minor Descriptor: Ganglion Cells (Retina). Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20); Male (30). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1994. Publication History: Accepted Date: Dec 31, 1993; Revised Date: Dec 13, 1993; First Submitted Date: Sep 24, 1993. Copyright Statement: Society for Neuroscience. 1994. AB - Neuropeptide Y (NPY) has been suggested to exert antinociceptive actions by inhibiting the release of neurotransmitters from trigeminal and dorsal root ganglia (DRG) neurons, but the site of direct NPY action in vivo and the NPY receptor subtype mediating these effects are unknown. ¹²⁵I-peptide YY (PYY) was used to localize and characterize NPY receptor binding sites in trigeminal ganglia, DRG, and spinal cord of the rat, rabbit, and monkey. In the rat, rabbit, and monkey, 5–20% of trigeminal ganglia and DRG neurons express NPY binding sites. Unilateral cuff-induced neuropathy or transection of the rat sciatic nerve did not significantly alter the density or number of DRG neurons expressing NPY receptors. A unimodal size distribution for L4 and L5 DRG neurons expressing NPY binding sites in the rat was determined, with a mean cross-sectional area of 947 μm². In the spinal cord the highest concentration of NPY receptors is found in laminae I, II, V, X, and Onuf's nucleus. Pharmacological experiments using selective Y1 and Y2 receptor antagonists suggest that Y2 is the prominent NPY receptor subtype expressed in trigeminal ganglia neurons, DRG neurons, and spinal cord. Previous studies have demonstrated that a population of large-diameter, presumably myelinated primary afferents express NPY after peripheral nerve injury. NPY released from these injured large- diameter DRG neurons may act in a paracrine fashion to block the transmission of nociceptive information from the small- and medium-diameter DRG neurons that constitutively express NPY receptors. NPY receptors are therefore uniquely positioned to inhibit primary afferent nociceptors directly, especially after peripheral nerve injury. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dorsal root ganglion KW - sensory neurons KW - neuropeptide Y KW - nociceptor KW - neuropeptide Y receptors KW - peripheral nerves KW - trigeminal ganglion KW - 1994 KW - Neuropeptide Y KW - Nociceptors KW - Peripheral Nervous System KW - Sensory Neurons KW - Trigeminal Nerve KW - Ganglion Cells (Retina) KW - 1994 U1 - Sponsor: US Department of Veterans Affairs, US. Other Details: Merit Review. Recipients: Mantyh, Patrick W. U1 - Sponsor: National Institutes of Health, US. Grant: NS-23970. Recipients: Mantyh, Patrick W. U1 - Sponsor: National Institutes of Health, US. Grant: DK-44072. Recipients: Taylor, Ian L. U1 - Sponsor: National Institutes of Health, US. Grant: NS-5685. Recipients: Kruger, Lawrence U1 - Sponsor: National Institutes of Health, US. Grant: NS-09176. Other Details: NRSA Fellowship. Recipients: Mosconi, Tony UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2015-36295-044&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1995-10967-001 AN - 1995-10967-001 AU - Stovall, Jeffrey AU - Flaherty, Joseph T1 - Homeless women, disaffiliation and social agencies. JF - International Journal of Social Psychiatry JO - International Journal of Social Psychiatry JA - Int J Soc Psychiatry Y1 - 1994///Sum 1994 VL - 40 IS - 2 SP - 135 EP - 140 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0020-7640 SN - 1741-2854 N1 - Accession Number: 1995-10967-001. PMID: 7989175 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stovall, Jeffrey; Westside Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 19950301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Health Care Utilization; Homeless; Human Sex Differences; Social Services; Social Support. Classification: Community & Social Services (3373). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1994. AB - Administered the Schedule of Affective Disorders and Schizophrenia to 102 homeless individuals (68% male) in shelters and analyzed Ss' ratings of perceived level of support from friends, family, and social agencies. There was a higher level of perceived support by males than by females, particularly in the area of support from social agencies. Females rated support from these organizations as significantly lower than did males. Findings were unchanged when age, presence of psychiatric illness, or length of time homeless were factored in. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perceived support from friends & family & social agencies KW - homeless males vs females KW - 1994 KW - Health Care Utilization KW - Homeless KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Social Services KW - Social Support KW - 1994 DO - 10.1177/002076409404000205 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1995-10967-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1994-46707-001 AN - 1994-46707-001 AU - Bleiberg, Jody Lauren AU - Devlin, Peter AU - Croan, Jerry AU - Briscoe, Raymond T1 - Relationship between treatment length and outcome in a therapeutic community. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1994/04// VL - 29 IS - 6 SP - 729 EP - 740 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1994-46707-001. PMID: 8034382 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bleiberg, Jody Lauren; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Washington, DC, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19941201. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Rehabilitation; Drug Usage; Therapeutic Community; Treatment Duration; Treatment Outcomes. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1994. AB - Examined the association between treatment length and treatment outcome among drug users treated in a therapeutic community. The therapeutic community employed in the study had been changed from a 6-mo to a 1-mo program by external administrative mandate, but had undergone virtually no other changes. 22 adult males who received 6 mo of treatment and 22 adult males who received 1 mo of treatment were compared. Ss were administered the Addiction Severity Index, a structured interview that yields a severity score and a composite score for each of 7 problem areas. The 6-mo group had more Ss with successful outcome than the 1-mo group did. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - treatment length KW - outcomes KW - drug using male adults in therapeutic community KW - 1994 KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Drug Usage KW - Therapeutic Community KW - Treatment Duration KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - 1994 DO - 10.3109/10826089409047906 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1994-46707-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1994-46167-001 AN - 1994-46167-001 AU - Randolph, Eugenia T. AU - Eth, Spencer AU - Glynn, Shirley M. AU - Paz, George G. AU - Leong, G. B. AU - Shaner, A. L. AU - Strachan, A. AU - Van Vort, W. AU - Escobar, J. I. AU - Liberman, R. P. T1 - Behavioural family management in schizophrenia: Outcome of a clinic-based intervention. JF - The British Journal of Psychiatry JO - The British Journal of Psychiatry JA - Br J Psychiatry Y1 - 1994/04// VL - 164 SP - 501 EP - 506 CY - United Kingdom PB - Royal College of Psychiatrists SN - 0007-1250 SN - 1472-1465 N1 - Accession Number: 1994-46167-001. PMID: 8038939 Other Journal Title: Journal of Mental Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Randolph, Eugenia T.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19941201. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Family Therapy; Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Expressed Emotion; Family Members. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale DOI: 10.1037/t01554-000. Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1994. AB - Compared a clinic-based version of in-home behavioral family management (BFM) for schizophrenic patients with customary care alone for 41 schizophrenic patients in a VA mental health clinic. BFM provided patients and their families with education about schizophrenia, training in communication skills, and instruction in problem solving. Methods included role rehearsal, modeling, and social reinforcement. Monthly Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale ratings, conducted by clinic psychiatrists who were blind to the patients' assignment, revealed that 3 patients who received BFM as well as customary care, as compared with 11 patients who received customary care alone, had symptomatic exacerbations during the 1st yr of treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - customary care with vs without behavioral family management KW - symptomatic exacerbation KW - schizophrenic 18–55 yr olds from high vs low expressed emotion families KW - 1994 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Family Therapy KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - Expressed Emotion KW - Family Members KW - 1994 DO - 10.1192/bjp.164.4.501 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1994-46167-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1995-00715-001 AN - 1995-00715-001 AU - Motter, Brad C. T1 - Neural correlates of attentive selection for color or luminance in extrastriate area V4. JF - The Journal of Neuroscience JO - The Journal of Neuroscience JA - J Neurosci Y1 - 1994/04// VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 2178 EP - 2189 CY - US PB - Society for Neuroscience SN - 0270-6474 SN - 1529-2401 N1 - Accession Number: 1995-00715-001. PMID: 8158264 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Motter, Brad C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Syracuse, NY, US. Release Date: 19950101. Correction Date: 20090928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Color Perception; Luminance; Neurons; Visual Cortex. Minor Descriptor: Attention; Electrical Activity; Monkeys; Spatial Perception; Visual Discrimination. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1994. AB - Examined whether the selection of a particular stimulus feature produces changes in the neural responses to stimuli with that feature. Three rhesus monkeys were trained on a 2-stage conditional orientation discrimination (CD) task requiring them to select a bar stimulus based on its color (CO) or luminance (LU), then to discriminate the angular tilt of the selected stimulus. The majority of neurons studied during task performance were selectively activated when the CO or LU of the stimulus in the receptive field matched the CO or LU of the cue. The activity was attenuated when there was no match between the stimulus and the cue. The differential activation was based on the presence or absence of the stimulus feature and was independent of spatial location. For extrastriate area V4 neurons, optimal stimuli that matched the selected CO or LU elicited about twice the activity as stimuli that did not match the selected feature. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - color vs luminance perception & angular tilt discrimination KW - activity of extrastriate area V4 neurons KW - monkeys KW - implications for attentive processes for stimulus features KW - 1994 KW - Color Perception KW - Luminance KW - Neurons KW - Visual Cortex KW - Attention KW - Electrical Activity KW - Monkeys KW - Spatial Perception KW - Visual Discrimination KW - 1994 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1995-00715-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2015-36261-018 AN - 2015-36261-018 AU - Jinnah, H. A. AU - Wojcik, E. AU - Hunt, M. AU - Narang, N. AU - Lee, K. Y. AU - Goldstein, M. AU - Wamsley, J. K. AU - Langlais, P. J. AU - Friedmann, T. T1 - Dopamine deficiency in a genetic mouse model of Lesch-Nyhan disease. JF - The Journal of Neuroscience JO - The Journal of Neuroscience JA - J Neurosci Y1 - 1994/03// VL - 14 IS - 3 SP - 1164 EP - 1175 CY - US PB - Society for Neuroscience SN - 0270-6474 SN - 1529-2401 AD - Friedmann, T., Department of Neurosciences, Center for Molecular Genetics, University of California, San Diego, School of Medicine, La Jolla, CA, US, 92093 N1 - Accession Number: 2015-36261-018. PMID: 7509865 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jinnah, H. A.; Department of Neurosciences, Center for Molecular Genetics, University of California, San Diego, School of Medicine, La Jolla, CA, US. Release Date: 20160606. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Grant Information: Jinnah, H. A. Major Descriptor: Dopamine Agonists; Neurotransmitter Transporters. Minor Descriptor: Genetics. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20); Male (30). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1994. Publication History: First Submitted Date: May 26, 1996. Copyright Statement: Society for Neuroscience. 1994. AB - We have examined several aspects of neurotransmitter function in the brains of mice carrying a deletion mutation in the gene encoding the purine salvage enzyme hypoxanthine-guanine phosphoribosyltransferase (HPRT). During the first 6 weeks of postnatal development, dopamine levels in whole-brain extracts from the mutant mice (HPRT−) failed to increase at rates comparable to normal animals, resulting in 40% lower dopamine levels throughout adulthood. Regional analysis in adult animals showed the caudoputamen to be the most severely affected region, with dopamine deficits of 48–64%. Dopamine levels in other regions were normal or less severely affected. The decrease in dopamine was accompanied by a decrease in tyrosine hydroxylase (TH) activity, the rate-limiting step in dopamine synthesis. Kinetic analysis of TH extracted from the caudoputamen of normal and HPRT− mice demonstrated a 45% decrease in Vmax with an increased affinity for the tetrahydropterin cofactor in the mutants. Labeling of midbrain dopamine neurons using TH immunohistochemistry revealed no obvious deficits in the number of midbrain dopamine neurons, but quantitative autoradiographic studies revealed significant reductions in the binding of ³H-N-[1-(2-benzo(β)thiophenyl)cyclohexyl]piperidine (³H-BTCP) to dopamine uptake sites in the forebrain of the mutants. In contrast to these abnormalities of the dopamine systems in the mutant mice, other neurotransmitter systems appeared relatively unaffected. Norepinephrine, 5-HT, tryptophan hydroxylase, and glutamic acid decarboxylase were present at normal levels in the brains of the mutants. ChAT activity was slightly lower than normal in the caudoputamen of the mutant animals, but was normal in all other brain regions examined. These results indicate that HPRT deficiency is associated with a relatively specific deficit in basal ganglia dopamine systems that emerges during the first 2 months of postnatal development. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hypoxanthine-goanine phosphoribosyltransferase KW - animal model KW - neorogenetics KW - neurochemistry KW - 1994 KW - Dopamine Agonists KW - Neurotransmitter Transporters KW - Genetics KW - 1994 U1 - Sponsor: UCSD, Medical School Training Program, US. Recipients: Jinnah, H. A. U1 - Sponsor: National Institutes of Health, US. Grant: HD20034. Recipients: Friedmann, T. U1 - Sponsor: National Institutes of Health, US. Grant: RR04754. Recipients: Langlais, P. J. U1 - Sponsor: US Department of Veterans Affairs, US. Other Details: Merit Program Award. Recipients: Langlais, P. J. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2015-36261-018&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1994-40205-001 AN - 1994-40205-001 AU - Emmerson-Hanover, Rita AU - Shearer, Donald E. AU - Creel, Donnell J. AU - Dustman, Robert E. T1 - Pattern reversal evoked potentials: Gender differences and age-related changes in amplitude and latency. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology: Evoked Potentials JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology: Evoked Potentials Y1 - 1994/03// VL - 92 IS - 2 SP - 93 EP - 101 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science Publishers SN - 0168-5597 N1 - Accession Number: 1994-40205-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Emmerson-Hanover, Rita; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychology Research, Salt Lake City, UT, US. Release Date: 19941101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Evoked Potentials; Human Sex Differences; Pattern Discrimination; Visual Evoked Potentials. Minor Descriptor: Aging; Development. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180); Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1994. AB - Described pattern reversal evoked potentials (EPs) component amplitudes and latencies in a large sample comprised of 209 males and 197 females (aged 6–80 yrs) divided into developmental (aged 6–20 yrs) and adult (aged 21–80 yrs) groups. The groups were then subdivided into 3 groups by age. Ss performed tasks using linear and nonlinear models, results of which were analyzed using regression analysis for all Ss and for the 2 main groups. There were minimal gender differences in latencies during development, but males tended to have longer latencies than females during adulthood. Across the lifespan, amplitudes were larger for females. It was shown that normal values could vary depending on age range and relative proportion of males and females comprising a reference sample. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - contrast checkerboard pattern discrimination KW - pattern reversal EPs KW - male vs female 6–80 yr olds KW - 1994 KW - Age Differences KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Pattern Discrimination KW - Visual Evoked Potentials KW - Aging KW - Development KW - 1994 DO - 10.1016/0168-5597(94)90049-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1994-40205-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1994-39683-001 AN - 1994-39683-001 AU - Cerella, John T1 - Generalized slowing in Brinley plots. JF - Journal of Gerontology JO - Journal of Gerontology JA - J Gerontol Y1 - 1994/03// VL - 49 IS - 2 SP - P65 EP - P71 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0022-1422 N1 - Accession Number: 1994-39683-001. PMID: 8126361 Other Journal Title: The Journals of Gerontology: Series A: Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cerella, John; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19941101. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aging; Cognitive Processes; Linear Regression; Theories. Classification: Statistics & Mathematics (2240); Cognitive & Perceptual Development (2820). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1994. AB - Explores the logic of generalized slowing theories. A common format for existing theories is generalized to define a class of 1-dimensional aging theories, a tiny subset of all possible aging theories. A corresponding class of compatible data is demonstrated, in terms of allowable configurations of a Brinley plot. Nonconforming configurations have the force of disconfirming the entire class of aging theories. It is shown that, for a slowing theory to be indisputably general, it must be associated with a multidimensional information processing theory. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - monotonicity of Brinley plots & logic of single factor theories of generalized age related slowing vs multidimensional information processing theories KW - 1994 KW - Aging KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Linear Regression KW - Theories KW - 1994 DO - 10.1093/geronj/49.2.P65 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1994-39683-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1994-29902-001 AN - 1994-29902-001 AU - Marsh, Laura AU - Suddath, Richard L. AU - Higgins, Ned AU - Weinberger, Daniel R. T1 - Medial temporal lobe structures in schizophrenia: Relationship of size to duration of illness. JF - Schizophrenia Research JO - Schizophrenia Research JA - Schizophr Res Y1 - 1994/02// VL - 11 IS - 3 SP - 225 EP - 238 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0920-9964 N1 - Accession Number: 1994-29902-001. PMID: 8193061 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Marsh, Laura; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Dept of Psychiatry, Lab of Physiological & Structural Brain Imaging, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19940801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Disease Course; Schizophrenia; Temporal Lobe. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1994. AB - Investigated whether neuropathological changes in the size of medial temporal lobe structures in schizophrenia are presented premorbidly or if they reflect an adult-onset progressive process. Quantitative measures were made of the lateral and 3rd ventricles, amygdala, hippocampus, and cerebral hemispheres from coronal magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) images of 33 schizophrenic Ss (aged 20–47 yrs) and 41 age-matched normal controls. MRI results showed a decrease in amygdala, hippocampal, and amygdala-hippocampal size bilaterally and an increase in 3rd and lateral ventricular volume. Advancing age in normal Ss was associated with a decrease in the size of medial temporal structures and an increase in lateral ventricular size. In schizophrenics, there was a correlation between age and lateral ventricle size, but duration of illness was not associated with reduction in medial temporal tissue ventricular enlargement. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age & illness duration KW - size of medial temporal lobe structures KW - schizophrenic 20–47 yr olds KW - 1994 KW - Age Differences KW - Disease Course KW - Schizophrenia KW - Temporal Lobe KW - 1994 DO - 10.1016/0920-9964(94)90016-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1994-29902-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1996-97496-011 AN - 1996-97496-011 AU - Squire, Larry R. ED - Sporns, Olaf ED - Tononi, Giulio ED - Sporns, Olaf, (Ed) ED - Tononi, Giulio, (Ed) T1 - Memory and forgetting: Long-term and gradual changes in memory storage. T2 - Selectionism and the brain. T3 - International review of neurobiology, Vol. 37; ISSN: 0074-7742 (Print) Y1 - 1994/// SP - 243 EP - 269 CY - San Diego, CA, US PB - Academic Press SN - 0074-7742 SN - 0-12-366837-9 SN - 0-12-658110-X N1 - Accession Number: 1996-97496-011. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Squire, Larry R.; US Dept of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19960901. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-12-366837-9, Hardcover; 0-12-658110-X, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Forgetting; Memory; Neural Development. Minor Descriptor: Amnesia; Cerebral Cortex; Human Information Storage; Neuroanatomy; Temporal Lobe. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 27. AB - observes a possible conceptual connection between effects at the level of developmental neuroanatomy and certain characteristics of long-term memory in humans / reviews the phenomenon of retrograde amnesia and presents evidence that suggests that the memory system of the medial temporal lobe is engaged at an early stage of memory formation but that more permanent memories are established elsewhere, presumably in the neocortex (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) AB - memory consolidation and forgetting from a brain-systems perspective / time-limited role of the medial temporal lobe memory system [quantitative studies of retrograde amnesia in etiologically distinct patient groups] (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - developmental neuroanatomy & long term memory consolidation & forgetting & retrograde amnesia KW - 1994 KW - Forgetting KW - Memory KW - Neural Development KW - Amnesia KW - Cerebral Cortex KW - Human Information Storage KW - Neuroanatomy KW - Temporal Lobe KW - 1994 DO - 10.1016/S0074-7742(08)60250-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-97496-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1995-30666-001 AN - 1995-30666-001 AU - Lerer, Gertie T1 - Social work role in a case of withdrawal of basic life supports. JF - Social Work in Health Care JO - Social Work in Health Care Y1 - 1994/// VL - 20 IS - 2 SP - 109 EP - 115 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0098-1389 SN - 1541-034X N1 - Accession Number: 1995-30666-001. PMID: 7716684 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lerer, Gertie; Brooklyn Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, St Albans Extended Care Ctr, New York, NY, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19950801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Decision Making; Family Members; Social Casework; Terminally Ill Patients; Treatment Withholding. Classification: Community & Social Services (3373). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1994. AB - Describes problems faced by a family in making a decision about the maintenance of nutrition and hydration for a family member who had suffered a stroke and was considered terminal. The impact of the family's decision to withdraw nutrition and hydration on staff is described. The role of the social worker in dealing with the patient's family is discussed, and the stress of interdisciplinary collaboration on both professional and administrative staff is addressed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - role of social work in decision making about basic life supports for terminal stroke victim KW - family members KW - 1994 KW - Decision Making KW - Family Members KW - Social Casework KW - Terminally Ill Patients KW - Treatment Withholding KW - 1994 DO - 10.1300/J010v20n02_07 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1995-30666-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1995-30659-001 AN - 1995-30659-001 AU - Freedman, Marjorie T1 - Helping home bound elderly clients understand and use advance directives. JF - Social Work in Health Care JO - Social Work in Health Care Y1 - 1994/// VL - 20 IS - 2 SP - 61 EP - 73 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0098-1389 SN - 1541-034X N1 - Accession Number: 1995-30659-001. PMID: 7716687 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freedman, Marjorie; Brooklyn Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, St Albans Extended Care Ctr, New York, NY, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19950801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Advance Directives; Home Visiting Programs; Homebound; Social Workers. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Social Casework. Classification: Community & Social Services (3373). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1994. AB - Reports findings of a social worker in a home health care program who initiated discussion of advance directives (ADTs) with 39 individuals during home visits. All Ss needed assistance to complete the documents. The problems encountered, how help was given, and what was learned can be used by other social workers in both practice and planning. Case vignettes are provided to illustrate common themes expressed by Ss, including (1) dealing with issues of dependency and control, (2) using ADTs to escape from pain, (3) and recognizing the need to make ADTs. Social workers need to be informed about ADTs and make every effort to promote their use to ensure that people understand how they work and their significance in their lives. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - role of social worker in helping clients understand & complete advance directives during home visits KW - homebound elderly KW - case reports KW - 1994 KW - Advance Directives KW - Home Visiting Programs KW - Homebound KW - Social Workers KW - Case Report KW - Social Casework KW - 1994 DO - 10.1300/J010v20n02_04 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1995-30659-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1994-98938-006 AN - 1994-98938-006 AU - Brammer, Gary L. AU - Raleigh, Michael J. AU - McGuire, Michael T. ED - Ellis, Lee ED - Ellis, Lee, (Ed) T1 - Neurotransmitters and social status. T2 - Social stratification and socioeconomic inequality, Vol. 2: Reproductive and interpersonal aspects of dominance and status. Y1 - 1994/// SP - 75 EP - 91 CY - Westport, CT, US PB - Praeger Publishers/Greenwood Publishing Group SN - 0-275-94526-X SN - 0-275-93262-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1994-98938-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brammer, Gary L.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurobiochemistry Lab, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19950601. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-275-94526-X, Hardcover; 0-275-93262-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dominance Hierarchy; Individual Differences; Serotonin. Minor Descriptor: Animal Models; Monkeys; Neurotransmitters; Status. Classification: Physiological Processes (2540). Population: Animal (20). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 17. AB - focus on [the authors'] examinations of the neurotransmitter serotonin in vervet monkeys / suggest that the dominant-subordinate relationship in captive male vervet monkeys is a heuristic model of aspects of human stratification / demonstrate that dominant or subordinate status affects body chemistry and that, conversely, altering body chemistry influences the attainment of dominant status / the relationship between an individual's social status and his body chemistry is bidirectional / individual differences in social status result in interindividual physiological differences in serotonin, and individual differences in serotonin and other neurotransmitter systems result in differences in behavior (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social status & individual differences in serotonin & other neurotransmitter levels KW - male vervet monkeys KW - heuristic model of human stratification KW - 1994 KW - Dominance Hierarchy KW - Individual Differences KW - Serotonin KW - Animal Models KW - Monkeys KW - Neurotransmitters KW - Status KW - 1994 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1994-98938-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1994-98247-023 AN - 1994-98247-023 AU - Mortimer, James A. AU - Boss, Pauline G. AU - Caron, Wayne AU - Horbal, Joan ED - Light, Enid ED - Niederehe, George ED - Lebowitz, Barry D. ED - Light, Enid, (Ed) ED - Niederehe, George, (Ed) ED - Lebowitz, Barry D., (Ed) T1 - Measurement issues in caregiver research. T2 - Stress effects on family caregivers of Alzheimer's patients: Research and interventions. Y1 - 1994/// SP - 370 EP - 384 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Springer Publishing Co SN - 0-8261-7890-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1994-98247-023. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mortimer, James A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 19950201. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8261-7890-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Caregivers; Dementia; Experimentation. Minor Descriptor: Experimental Design; Measurement. Classification: Home Care & Hospice (3375). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 15. AB - examine issues in measurement and study design as they apply to studies of dementia caregivers / approach taken is largely epidemiologic, recognizing that effective interventions must take into account the great diversity of both patients and caregivers in order to adequately reflect the various processes influencing outcomes / focus on a number of methodological problems encountered in previous studies selection bias / sample size and heterogeneity / information bias / need for longitudinal studies / Alzheimer caregiving and boundary ambiguity / exclusion of the Alzheimer care recipient from caregiver studies / outcome measure selection / selection of comparison groups / studies of family caregivers are not studies of the family (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - measurement issues in research & study design KW - caregivers of dementia patients KW - 1994 KW - Caregivers KW - Dementia KW - Experimentation KW - Experimental Design KW - Measurement KW - 1994 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1994-98247-023&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1994-98247-005 AN - 1994-98247-005 AU - Irwin, Michael AU - Patterson, Thomas L. ED - Light, Enid ED - Niederehe, George ED - Lebowitz, Barry D. ED - Light, Enid, (Ed) ED - Niederehe, George, (Ed) ED - Lebowitz, Barry D., (Ed) T1 - Neuroendocrine and neural influences on stress-induced suppression of immune function. T2 - Stress effects on family caregivers of Alzheimer's patients: Research and interventions. Y1 - 1994/// SP - 76 EP - 92 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Springer Publishing Co SN - 0-8261-7890-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1994-98247-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Irwin, Michael; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Clinical Ctr for Research on Alcoholism, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19950201. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8261-7890-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Caregivers; Psychoneuroimmunology; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Adrenal Glands; Alzheimer's Disease; Central Nervous System; Corticotropin Releasing Factor; Neuroendocrinology; Pituitary Gland; Stress Reactions; Sympathetic Nervous System. Classification: Home Care & Hospice (3375). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 17. AB - reviews the clinical data that describe the relationship between adverse life events, psychologic responses, and altered immunity / purported mechanisms by which the CNS might modulate immunity through the central release of neuropeptides such as corticotropin releasing factor and the activation of the pituitary adrenal axis and the autonomic [sympathetic] nervous system are discussed (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - adverse life events KW - psychologic responses & changes in pituitary-adrenal axis & sympathetic nervous system & immunity KW - caregivers of Alzheimer's patients KW - 1994 KW - Caregivers KW - Psychoneuroimmunology KW - Stress KW - Adrenal Glands KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Central Nervous System KW - Corticotropin Releasing Factor KW - Neuroendocrinology KW - Pituitary Gland KW - Stress Reactions KW - Sympathetic Nervous System KW - 1994 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1994-98247-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR AU - PARKER, RICHARD H. AU - FOSSIECK, Jr., BYRON E. T1 - Intravenous Followed by Oral Antimicrobial Therapy for Staphylococcal Endocarditis. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1980/12// VL - 93 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 832 EP - 834 SN - 00034819 AB - We have treated 35 cases of staphylococcal endocarditis in 33 patients with intravenous followed by oral antimicrobial therapy. All patients had three or more blood cultures positive for Staphylococcus aureus, and all had cardiac murmurs characteristic of valvular insufficiency. The mean total duration of antimicrobial therapy was 42.4 d, consisting of a mean of 16.4 d of intravenous therapy followed by a mean of 26 d of oral therapy. Intravenous antimicrobial therapy included sodium nafcillin (32 cases; mean dose 9.2 g daily) and clindamycin (three cases). Oral therapy included dicloxacillin or oxacillin (30 cases; mean dose 4.5 g daily), clindamycin (four cases), and potassium penicillin V (one case). Serum bactericidal titers using the blood culture isolates showed similar activity with both intravenous and oral drugs. All patients treated with this sequential intravenous and oral regimen were cured. A regimen of initial intravenous followed by oral antimicrobial therapy, monitored with serum antibacterial activity studies, is a safe, effective, well-tolerated, and economical treatment for staphylococcal endocarditis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Annals of Internal Medicine is the property of American College of Physicians and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - INFECTIVE endocarditis -- Treatment KW - STAPHYLOCOCCUS aureus infections KW - INTRAVENOUS therapy KW - ANTI-infective agents KW - ENDOCARDITIS -- Treatment N1 - Accession Number: 74463733; PARKER, RICHARD H. 1; FOSSIECK, Jr., BYRON E. 1; Source Information: Dec80, Vol. 93 Issue 6, p832; Subject: INFECTIVE endocarditis -- Treatment; Subject: STAPHYLOCOCCUS aureus infections; Subject: INTRAVENOUS therapy; Subject: ANTI-infective agents; Subject: ENDOCARDITIS -- Treatment; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=74463733&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kane, James G. AU - Parker, Richard H. AU - Jordan, George W. AU - Hoeprich, Paul D. T1 - Nafcillin Concentration in Cerebrospinal Fluid During Treatment of Staphylococcal Infections. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1977/09// VL - 87 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 309 EP - 311 SN - 00034819 AB - The nafcillin concentration of simultaneous cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) and serum specimens from nine patients being treated with parenteral nafcillin for staphylococcal infection were measured. Marked variations in the ratio of CSF/serum nafcillin concentration were observed. However, the concentration of nafcillin in the CSF was greater than the minimum lethal concentration (MLC) for Staphylococcus aureus in eight of the nine patients. In five patients with CSF pleocytosis, the nafcillin concentration was three to 100 times the MLC. These results support the recommendation to use nafcillin in doses of at least 100 to 200 mg/kg body weight day for treatment of meningitis caused by S. aureus. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Annals of Internal Medicine is the property of American College of Physicians and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - STAPHYLOCOCCAL diseases KW - BACTERIAL diseases KW - CEREBROSPINAL fluid KW - BODY fluids KW - SERUM KW - ANTHROPOMETRY N1 - Accession Number: 14153487; Kane, James G. 1; Parker, Richard H. 2; Jordan, George W. 3; Hoeprich, Paul D. 4; Source Information: Sep77, Vol. 87 Issue 3, p309; Subject: STAPHYLOCOCCAL diseases; Subject: BACTERIAL diseases; Subject: CEREBROSPINAL fluid; Subject: BODY fluids; Subject: SERUM; Subject: ANTHROPOMETRY; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14153487&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06466-038 AN - 2006-06466-038 AU - Pachana, Nancy A. AU - Thompson, Larry W. T1 - Delirium: A Summary of Current Clinical and Research Efforts. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1993/11// VL - 38 IS - 11 SP - 1215 EP - 1217 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06466-038. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pachana, Nancy A.; Department of Psychology, Palo Alto Veterans Affairs Medical Center, CA, US. Release Date: 20061218. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Delirium; Diagnosis; Etiology. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Miller, Nancy E. (Ed); Lipowski, Zbigniew J. (Ed); Lebowitz, Barry D. (Ed). Delirium: Advances in Research and Clinical Practice. International Psychogeriatrics, Vol. 3, No. 2=New York: Springer, 1991. 318 pp. $25.00; 1991. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1993. AB - Reviews the book, Delirium: Advances in Research and Clinical Practice. International Psychogeriatrics, Vol. 3, No. 2 edited by Nancy E. Miller, Zbigniew J. Lipowski, with Barry D. Lebowitz (1991). The tasks that Miller, Lipowski, and Lebowitz set out to accomplish in their jointly edited special issue of International Psychogeriatrics titled Delirium: Advances in Research and Clinical Practice, are threefold: to review the current major empirical findings in the field of delirium, to delineate major impediments to research productivity in this area, and to highlight those research questions that they deem worthy of immediate attention. Broadly speaking, they accomplish these goals handily, bringing together articles by a number of authorities that speak to the incidence, prevalence, etiology, and clinical diagnosis of delirium, as well as several current research efforts to isolate possible underlying mechanisms. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical diagnosis KW - clinical practice KW - delirium KW - international psychogeriatrics KW - 1993 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Delirium KW - Diagnosis KW - Etiology KW - 1993 U2 - Miller, Nancy E. (Ed); Lipowski, Zbigniew J. (Ed); Lebowitz, Barry D. (Ed). (1991); Delirium: Advances in Research and Clinical Practice. International Psychogeriatrics, Vol. 3, No. 2; New York: Springer, 1991. 318 pp. $25.00 DO - 10.1037/032797 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06466-038&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-8927-4205 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2015-34982-031 AN - 2015-34982-031 AU - Morrisett, Richard A. AU - Swartzwelder, H. Scott T1 - Attenuation of hippocampal long-term potentiation by ethanol: A patch-clamp analysis of glutamatergic and GABAergic mechanisms. JF - The Journal of Neuroscience JO - The Journal of Neuroscience JA - J Neurosci Y1 - 1993/05// VL - 13 IS - 5 SP - 2264 EP - 2272 CY - US PB - Society for Neuroscience SN - 0270-6474 SN - 1529-2401 AD - Morrisett, Richard A., Department of Pharmacology, University of Nebraska Medical Center, 600 South 42nd Street, Omaha, NE, US, 68198-6260 N1 - Accession Number: 2015-34982-031. PMID: 8478698 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morrisett, Richard A.; Department of Pharmacology, University of Nebraska Medical Center, Omaha, NE, US. Release Date: 20160901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Grant Information: Morrisett, Richard A. Major Descriptor: Drug Interactions; Ethanol; Gamma Aminobutyric Acid Agonists; Glutamic Acid; Synapses. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Animal (20); Male (30). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: May, 1993. Publication History: Accepted Date: Dec 8, 1992; Revised Date: Dec 2, 1992; First Submitted Date: Aug 27, 1992. Copyright Statement: Society for Neuroscience. 1993. AB - Long-term potentiation of synpatic transmission (LTP) of the perforant path—dentate gyrus synapse is induced by 5 Hz, theta-like stimulation patterns. Such stimuli induce plasticity that is most likely driven by a decrease in synaptic inhibition (disinhibition) mediated by GABAB autoreceptors. In the present study, we demonstrate that LTP induced in this manner is completely antagonized by ethanol. In order to determine the site of ethanol inhibition of LTP induced by theta-like stimulation, we combined slice patch recordings with pharmacologic isolation of the individual glutamatergic and GABAergic synaptic currents. The present experiments revealed that ethanol inhibited NMDA receptor-mediated synaptic currents without potentiation of GABAA currents or attenuation of GABAB-mediated fading of GABAA synaptic currents. These observations with ethanol contrasted with the actions of the water-soluble benzodiazepine midazolam, which strongly potentiated GABAA synaptic currents, reversed the effect of GABAB-mediated fading of GABAA synaptic currents, and therefore blocked the resulting NMDA synaptic currents. These data indicate that the effects of ethanol on long-term changes in synaptic strength in the rat hippocampal formation are due primarily to an action at the NMDA receptor-channel complex. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethanol KW - long-term potentiation KW - plasticity KW - glutamate KW - GABA KW - benzodiazepine KW - synaptic current KW - patch clamp KW - 1993 KW - Drug Interactions KW - Ethanol KW - Gamma Aminobutyric Acid Agonists KW - Glutamic Acid KW - Synapses KW - 1993 U1 - Sponsor: National Research Service. Recipients: Morrisett, Richard A. U1 - Sponsor: State of Nebraska, US. Recipients: Morrisett, Richard A. U1 - Sponsor: Alcohol Beverage Medical Research Foundation. Recipients: Morrisett, Richard A. U1 - Sponsor: National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, US. Grant: AA 07207. Recipients: Swartzwelder, H. Scott U1 - Sponsor: National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, US. Grant: AA 09230. Recipients: Morrisett, Richard A. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2015-34982-031&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2015-34982-011 AN - 2015-34982-011 AU - Freedman, Robert AU - Wetmore, Cynthia AU - Strömberg, lngrid AU - Leonard, Sherry AU - Olson, Lars T1 - α-bungarotoxin binding to hippocampal interneurons: Immunocytochemical characterization and effects on growth factor expression. JF - The Journal of Neuroscience JO - The Journal of Neuroscience JA - J Neurosci Y1 - 1993/05// VL - 13 IS - 5 SP - 1965 EP - 1975 CY - US PB - Society for Neuroscience SN - 0270-6474 SN - 1529-2401 AD - Freedman, Robert, Department of Psychiatry, University of Colorado Health Sciences Center, C-268-71, 4200 Fast Ninth Avenue, Denver, CO, US, 80262 N1 - Accession Number: 2015-34982-011. PMID: 8478687 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freedman, Robert; Department of Histology and Neurobiology, Karolinska Institute, Stockholm, Sweden. Release Date: 20160901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hippocampus; Neuropeptide Y; Brain Derived Neurotrophic Factor; Interneurons. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20); Male (30). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: May, 1993. Publication History: Accepted Date: Nov 13, 1992; Revised Date: Oct 30, 1992; First Submitted Date: Apr 2, 1992. Copyright Statement: Society for Neuroscience. 1993. AB - The nicotinic cholinergic antagonist α-bungarotoxin (α-BT) binds throughout the rat hippocampal formation. The binding is displaceable by d-tubocurarine. The most heavily labeled cells are GABA-containing interneurons in the dentate and in Ammon's horn. These neurons have several different morphologies and contain several neuropeptides. α-BT-labeled interneurons in the dentate are small cells between the granular and molecular layers that often contain neuropeptide Y. α-BT-labeled interneurons in CA1 are medium-sized interneurons, occasionally found in stratum pyramidale, but more often found in stratum radiatum and stratum lacunosum moleculare. These neurons often contain cholecystokinin. The largest α-BT-labeled interneurons are found in CA3, in both stratum radiatum and stratum lucidum. These neurons are multipolar and frequently are autofluorescent. They often contain somatostatin or cholecystokinin. These large interneurons have been found to receive medial septal innervation and may also have projections that provide inhibitory feedback directly to the medial septal nucleus. The cholinergic innervation of the hippocampus from the medial septal nucleus is under the trophic regulation of NGF and brain-derived neurotrophic factor, even in adult life. Expression of mRNA for both these factors is increased in CA3 and the dentate after intraventricular administration of α-BT, but not after administration of the muscarinic antagonist atropine. α-BT-sensitive cholinergic receptors on inhibitory interneurons may be critical to medial septal regulation of the hippocampal activity, including the habituation of response to sensory input. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - bungarotoxin KW - hippocampus KW - interneurons KW - NGF KW - brain-derived neurotrophic factor KW - cholecystokinin KW - somatostatin KW - neuropeptide Y KW - nicotinic receptors KW - 1993 KW - Hippocampus KW - Neuropeptide Y KW - Brain Derived Neurotrophic Factor KW - Interneurons KW - Rats KW - 1993 U1 - Sponsor: Medical Research Council, Sweden. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: US Department of Veterans Affairs, Medical Research Service, US. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: National Institute of Mental Health, US. Grant: MH-44212; MH-38231. Recipients: No recipient indicated UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2015-34982-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2015-17177-005 AN - 2015-17177-005 AU - Feifel, Herman T1 - The problem of death. JF - Illness, Crisis, & Loss JO - Illness, Crisis, & Loss JA - Illn Crises Loss Y1 - 1993/01// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 29 EP - 33 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 1054-1373 SN - 1552-6968 N1 - Accession Number: 2015-17177-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feifel, Herman; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Los Angeles, CA, US. Other Publishers: Baywood Publishing. Release Date: 20161017. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aging; Death and Dying; Life Experiences. Minor Descriptor: Death Attitudes; Life Span. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1993. AB - This article discusses about the problems of death. Aging in the twentieth century has a singular stamp. There are more older people around than ever before because of the advances of medical science in decreasing infant mortality and prolonging life; and they enjoy better health than most of their progenitors. Nevertheless, with the shift from an agrarian to an essentially urban economy in this country, there has come a depersonalizing technology with an attendant devaluation of the older person. Traditional authority over the young, occupational status, social influence- all are becoming echoes from a dim past. The intensity of this disavowing judgment is such that even the aging person himself has become infected by its thesis. The twentieth century underlines changes not only in the significance of old age but in the interpretation of death as well. According to the author, the concept of death must be integrated into the self to subdue estrangement from the fundamental nature of our being. This should help undercut projected violence, seemingly related to compulsive needs to extrovert fear of death and killing inward alienation and free us for more constructive experiences. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - aging KW - death and dying KW - death attitudes KW - prolonging life KW - experiences KW - 1993 KW - Aging KW - Death and Dying KW - Life Experiences KW - Death Attitudes KW - Life Span KW - 1993 DO - 10.2190/IL3.1.e UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2015-17177-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1992-98753-015 AN - 1992-98753-015 AU - Strack, Stephen ED - Craig, Robert J. ED - Craig, Robert J., (Ed) T1 - Measuring Millon's personality styles in normal adults. T2 - The Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory: A clinical research information synthesis. Y1 - 1993/// SP - 253 EP - 278 CY - Hillsdale, NJ, US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc SN - 0-8058-1145-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-98753-015. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Strack, Stephen; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19930501. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8058-1145-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Item Analysis (Test); Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory; Personality Traits. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223); Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 26. AB - addresses Millon's . . . model of personality as it applies to normals and focuses on measurement of his styles in nonpatient populations / major elements of the model that distinguish normal and pathological character are presented along with a review of Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory [MCMI] . . . studies that examined personality in normal adults / this leads to an item analysis of MCMI-I and MCMI-II personality scales for the purpose of evaluating their usefulness in nonpatient samples / a detailed presentation is made of the Personality Adjective Check List . . . a measure developed specifically to assess Millon's personalities in normal form (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - focuses on the use of the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory in measuring normal personalities KW - 1993 KW - Item Analysis (Test) KW - Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - Personality Traits KW - 1993 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-98753-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1992-98753-009 AN - 1992-98753-009 AU - Hyer, Leon AU - Melton, Mary AU - Gratton, Cheryl ED - Craig, Robert J. ED - Craig, Robert J., (Ed) T1 - Post-traumatic stress disorders and MCMI-based assessment. T2 - The Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory: A clinical research information synthesis. Y1 - 1993/// SP - 159 EP - 171 CY - Hillsdale, NJ, US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc SN - 0-8058-1145-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-98753-009. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hyer, Leon; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 19930501. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8058-1145-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Combat Experience; Psychodiagnosis; Psychodiagnostic Typologies; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Psychotherapy. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 13. AB - addresses issues of the trauma response, especially that of chronic combat–related victims with Post–Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) [and the use of the MCMI (Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory) in its assessment] / consider four areas / first, the complexity of this form of trauma is considered / in an effort to simplify, our second section considers assessment and treatment / third, we argue for personologic primacy in the transcoding of trauma within the victim and provide a rough typology based on the MCMI / fourth, we outline three therapeutic considerations: (a) the importance of the relationship; (b) the need to understand the person of the trauma victim, personality styles, and symptoms; and (c) the work of therapy on core personality processes and evolving symptoms (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - examine the use of the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory in assessing post-traumatic stress disorder in combat-related victims KW - 1993 KW - Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Combat Experience KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Psychotherapy KW - 1993 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-98753-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1992-98753-006 AN - 1992-98753-006 AU - Choca, James AU - Bresolin, Linda ED - Craig, Robert J. ED - Craig, Robert J., (Ed) T1 - Affective disorders and the MCMI. T2 - The Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory: A clinical research information synthesis. Y1 - 1993/// SP - 111 EP - 124 CY - Hillsdale, NJ, US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc SN - 0-8058-1145-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-98753-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Choca, James; Lakeside Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 19930501. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8058-1145-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory; Psychodiagnosis. Minor Descriptor: Test Reliability; Test Validity. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 14. AB - focuses on using the MCMI [Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory] to assess affective disorders / review . . . the MCMI scales that are designed to measure mood, the validity and reliability of these scales, and the scale profile patterns typical of affective disorder patients mood scales of the MCMI / profile interpretation / etiology of depressive disorders and the MCMI (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - examines the use of the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory to assess affective disorders KW - 1993 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - 1993 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-98753-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1992-98753-005 AN - 1992-98753-005 AU - Greenblatt, Richard L. AU - Davis, William E. ED - Craig, Robert J. ED - Craig, Robert J., (Ed) T1 - The MCMI in the diagnosis and assessment of schizophrenia. T2 - The Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory: A clinical research information synthesis. Y1 - 1993/// SP - 93 EP - 109 CY - Hillsdale, NJ, US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc SN - 0-8058-1145-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-98753-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Greenblatt, Richard L.; Hines Veterans Administration Hosp, Hines, IL, US. Release Date: 19930501. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8058-1145-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory; Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 17. AB - evaluates the effectiveness of the MCMI [Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory] and MCMI-II in identifying patients afflicted with schizophrenia reviews the use of the MCMI in assessing schizophrenia / discuss empirical studies that evaluate the effectiveness of the MCMI in the diagnosis and assessment of schizophrenia / conclude with case examples of psychiatric inpatients (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - evaluates the effectiveness of the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory in identifying patients with schizophrenia KW - 1993 KW - Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1993 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-98753-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2004-14108-012 AN - 2004-14108-012 AU - Johnson, Willard L. AU - Malow, Robert M. AU - Corrigan, Sheila A. AU - West, Jeffery A. ED - McCown, William G. ED - Johnson, Judith L. ED - Shure, Myrna B. ED - McCown, William G., (Ed) ED - Johnson, Judith L., (Ed) ED - Shure, Myrna B., (Ed) T1 - Impulsive behavior and substance abuse. T2 - The impulsive client: Theory, research, and treatment. Y1 - 1993/// SP - 225 EP - 246 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1-55798-208-2 N1 - Accession Number: 2004-14108-012. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Johnson, Willard L.; Koochiching Counseling Ctr, International Falls, MN, US. Release Date: 20040524. Correction Date: 20160714. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 1-55798-208-2, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Impulsiveness; Psychobiology; Psychopathology; Treatment. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233); Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). References Available: Y. Page Count: 22. AB - In this chapter we discuss the prevalence of impulsivity among substance abusers and the interrelationships among impulsivity, psychopathology, and substance abuse. The psychobiology of impulsive behavior as it relates to substance abuse, treatment issues, and suggested research directions in this area are also addressed. We use the terms impulsivity and impulsiveness interchangeably and do not attempt to exclude or differentiate between studies on the basis of definition. Rather, we survey a representative sample of studies relevant to the topic of impulsivity among substance abusers. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - impulsive behavior KW - substance abuse KW - impulsivity KW - psychobiology KW - treatment issues KW - psychopathology KW - 1993 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Impulsiveness KW - Psychobiology KW - Psychopathology KW - Treatment KW - 1993 DO - 10.1037/10500-012 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2004-14108-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1994-09899-001 AN - 1994-09899-001 AU - Ayala, Milton R. T1 - Mean-work hours of substance abusing employees. JF - Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly JO - Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly JA - Alcohol Treat Q Y1 - 1993/// VL - 10 IS - 1-2 SP - 203 EP - 208 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0734-7324 SN - 1544-4538 N1 - Accession Number: 1994-09899-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ayala, Milton R.; Veterans Administration Medical & Regional Office Ctr, Wichita, KS, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19940301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Workday Shifts. Minor Descriptor: Business and Industrial Personnel. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1993. AB - Analyzed the working hours of 58 adult male employees from a metropolitan service union who attended the same inpatient rehabilitation center. Employee hours 6 mo before and 6 mo after treatment were compared. Mean number of hours dropped after treatment. Clinical records were reviewed to assess the variables of problem awareness, diagnosis, aftercare follow-up, and relapse. 64% of Ss had no prior treatment, and 67% were from families in which substance abuse was prevalent. Multiple drug use was common, with most Ss diagnosed as alcohol, cocaine, and cannabis dependent. The majority did not complete aftercare (57%), and did not join self-help groups (60%). 55% had relapsed within 1 mo, and 79% within 1 yr; 21% were known to be sober. Workers who maintained sobriety as compared with those who relapsed reported a steady number of work hours. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - work hours KW - substance abusing male employees KW - 1993 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Workday Shifts KW - Business and Industrial Personnel KW - 1993 DO - 10.1300/J020V10N01_14 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1994-09899-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1993-98897-011 AN - 1993-98897-011 AU - Rathbone-McCuan, Eloise ED - Bull, C. Neil ED - Bull, C. Neil, (Ed) T1 - Rural geriatric mental health care: A continuing service dilemma. T2 - Aging in rural America. T3 - Sage focus editions, Vol. 162 Y1 - 1993/// SP - 146 EP - 160 CY - Thousand Oaks, CA, US PB - Sage Publications, Inc SN - 0-8039-4885-9 SN - 0-8039-4886-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1993-98897-011. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rathbone-McCuan, Eloise; Colmery-O'Neil Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Social Work Service for Research, Associate Chief, Topeka, KS, US. Release Date: 19940501. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8039-4885-9, Hardcover; 0-8039-4886-7, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Health Care Delivery; Mental Health Services; Rural Environments. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 15. AB - identify the major issues contributing to the lack of adequate mental health services for the rural elderly / suggest steps to address the critical shortage of these resources (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lack of adequate mental health services KW - rural elderly KW - 1993 KW - Health Care Delivery KW - Mental Health Services KW - Rural Environments KW - 1993 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1993-98897-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1993-98090-013 AN - 1993-98090-013 AU - Squire, Larry R. ED - Ono, Taketoshi ED - Squire, Larry R. ED - Raichle, Marcus E. ED - Perrett, David I. ED - Fukuda, Masaji ED - Ono, Taketoshi, (Ed) ED - Squire, Larry R., (Ed) ED - Raichle, Marcus E., (Ed) ED - Perrett, David I., (Ed) ED - Fukuda, Masaji, (Ed) T1 - The organization of declarative and nondeclarative memory. T2 - Brain mechanisms of perception and memory: From neuron to behavior. Y1 - 1993/// SP - 219 EP - 227 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Oxford University Press SN - 0-19-507770-9 N1 - Accession Number: 1993-98090-013. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Squire, Larry R.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Dept of Psychiatry, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19940101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-19-507770-9, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Classification (Cognitive Process); Memory. Minor Descriptor: Brain; Priming; Tomography. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. AB - it appears that amnesia has revealed a biological natural division in how the nervous system has organized its capacity for acquiring, storing, and retrieving information / one kind of memory, termed declarative or explicit memory, is dependent on the integrity of the hippocampus and related structures . . . and affords the capacity for conscious recollection and recall / the other kind, termed nondeclarative or implicit memory, is not one thing but a heterogeneous collection of separate nonconscious learning abilities, which depend on any of several different brain systems [describes] the results of two recent studies / the first concerns the long-standing issue of how category-level knowledge and the ability to classify arise from specific experiences [in amnesic patients] / the second concerns an early attempt to study memory and priming [in normal Ss], using the technique of positron emission tomography (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses two experiments on the organization of declarative & nondeclarative memory in amnesic & normal Ss KW - 1993 KW - Amnesia KW - Classification (Cognitive Process) KW - Memory KW - Brain KW - Priming KW - Tomography KW - 1993 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1993-98090-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1993-98076-006 AN - 1993-98076-006 AU - Roy, Alec AU - Linnoila, Markku ED - Mann, Joseph John ED - Kupfer, David J. ED - Mann, Joseph John, (Ed) ED - Kupfer, David J., (Ed) T1 - Depression in alcoholism. T2 - Biology of depressive disorders, Part B: Subtypes of depression and comorbid disorders. T3 - The depressive illness series, Vol. 4 Y1 - 1993/// SP - 109 EP - 125 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-44296-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1993-98076-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Roy, Alec; Veterans Administration Hosp, Brooklyn, NY, US. Release Date: 19940101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-44296-5, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Etiology; Major Depression. Minor Descriptor: Comorbidity. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 17. AB - depression among alcoholics is common and probably best viewed as multidetermined / genetic, personality, psychosocial, alcohol consumption, neurochemical, and other variables play a part in its etiology alcoholism and comorbidity / genetics and depressed alcoholics / HPA [hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal] axis and depression in alcoholics / HPT [hypothalamic-pituitary-thyroid] axis and depression in alcoholics / CSF studies in depressed alcoholics / immune function in depressed alcoholics / subtypes of alcoholism / personality and depression in alcoholics / outcome in depressed alcoholics (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses the etiology of comorbid alcoholism & depression KW - 1993 KW - Alcoholism KW - Etiology KW - Major Depression KW - Comorbidity KW - 1993 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4757-9501-1_6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1993-98076-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1993-97736-015 AN - 1993-97736-015 AU - Maisto, Stephen A. AU - O'Farrell, Timothy J. AU - Worthen, Mark AU - Walitzer, Kimberly ED - Bellack, Alan S. ED - Hersen, Michel ED - Bellack, Alan S., (Ed) ED - Hersen, Michel, (Ed) T1 - Alcohol abuse and dependence. T2 - Handbook of behavior therapy in the psychiatric setting. T3 - Critical issues in psychiatry Y1 - 1993/// SP - 293 EP - 310 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-44275-2 N1 - Accession Number: 1993-97736-015. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Maisto, Stephen A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19931101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-306-44275-2, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Behavior Therapy; Behavioral Assessment. Minor Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Hospital Programs. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 18. AB - review the behavioral assessment and treatment of alcohol dependence in the hospital setting / we are concerned here with alcohol rehabilitation procedures the current behavioral approach to assessment of alcohol use disorders follows a multivariate model / it involves the objective, multimethod measurement of an individual's functioning in a wide range of areas treatment planning / application of treatment techniques / relapse prevention and intervention / considerations for a behaviorist working in a 12-step alcohol treatment program / individualized nature of treatment intervention (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses behavioral assessment & treatment of alcohol abuse & dependence in the hospital setting KW - 1993 KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Behavioral Assessment KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Hospital Programs KW - 1993 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4899-2430-8_15 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1993-97736-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1993-97623-008 AN - 1993-97623-008 AU - Peyser, Carol E. AU - Folstein, Susan E. ED - Starkstein, Sergio E. ED - Robinson, Robert George ED - Starkstein, Sergio E., (Ed) ED - Robinson, Robert George, (Ed) T1 - Depression in Huntington disease. T2 - Depression in neurologic disease. T3 - The Johns Hopkins series in psychiatry and neuroscience Y1 - 1993/// SP - 117 EP - 138 CY - Baltimore, MD, US PB - Johns Hopkins University Press SN - 0-8018-4567-X N1 - Accession Number: 1993-97623-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Peyser, Carol E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Assistant Professor, Menlo Park, CA, US. Release Date: 19931001. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8018-4567-X, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Huntingtons Disease; Major Depression. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 22. AB - there is a strikingly high rate of affective disorders, including bipolar disorders, in patients with HD [Huntington disease] / most evidence suggests it is not plausible to explain the mood disorder in HD as an understandable reaction to adversity; instead, it is likely that biologic factors are involved in the genesis of the mood disorder in HD touched on the evidence that mood disorders are a characteristic feature of diseases of the basal ganglia and have examined in this light the characteristic neuropathology of HD with damage to the caudate and frontal cortex our recent glucose positron-emission tomography scan study demonstrated clear differences in glucose metabolism between well-matched depressed and never-depressed patients with HD (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - examines the etiology of affective disorders in Huntington's disease KW - 1993 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Huntingtons Disease KW - Major Depression KW - 1993 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1993-97623-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1993-97600-015 AN - 1993-97600-015 AU - Squire, Larry R. AU - Zola-Morgan, S. AU - Cave, C. B. AU - Haist, F. AU - Musen, G. AU - Suzuki, W. A. ED - Meyer, David E. ED - Kornblum, Sylvan ED - Meyer, David E., (Ed) ED - Kornblum, Sylvan, (Ed) T1 - Memory: Organization of brain systems and cognition. T2 - Attention and performance 14: Synergies in experimental psychology, artificial intelligence, and cognitive neuroscience. Y1 - 1993/// SP - 393 EP - 424 CY - Cambridge, MA, US PB - The MIT Press SN - 0-262-13284-2 N1 - Accession Number: 1993-97600-015. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Squire, Larry R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19931001. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter; Reprint. ISBN: 0-262-13284-2, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Memory; Neuroanatomy. Minor Descriptor: Animal Models; Cognitive Ability; Learning; Monkeys. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Animal (20). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 32. AB - consider the nature of the primary deficit in global human amnesia, namely, impaired ability to learn new material / discuss what has been learned about memory from the analysis of retrograde amnesia, namely, the loss of material acquired before the onset of memory impairment / review the scope and limits of human memory impairment, focusing on the important finding that even severely amnesic patients are entirely normal at some kinds of learning and memory / consider recent work in monkeys, which has been successful during the past decade in establishing an animal model of human amnesia / with this animal model, it has been possible to identify the structures and connections that comprise the medial temporal lobe memory system (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - considers the neuroanatomy of memory & the nature of the primary deficit in human amnesia KW - 1993 KW - Amnesia KW - Memory KW - Neuroanatomy KW - Animal Models KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Learning KW - Monkeys KW - 1993 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1993-97600-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1993-97359-001 AN - 1993-97359-001 AU - Dratman, Mary B. ED - Joffe, Russell T. ED - Levitt, Anthony J. ED - Joffe, Russell T., (Ed) ED - Levitt, Anthony J., (Ed) T1 - Cerebral versus peripheral regulation and utilization of thyroid hormones. T2 - The thyroid axis and psychiatric illness. Y1 - 1993/// SP - 3 EP - 94 CY - Arlington, VA, US PB - American Psychiatric Association SN - 0-88048-364-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1993-97359-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dratman, Mary B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Medicine, Professor, Philadelphia, PA, US. Release Date: 19930901. Correction Date: 20121231. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-88048-364-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Thyroid Hormones. Minor Descriptor: Neurophysiology. Classification: Physiological Processes (2540). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 92. AB - focuses on the details of thyroid transactions as they can be studied in laboratory animals / the reader gains insight at the cellular and subcellular level and comes to realize the myriad points at which the thyroid economy, of brain or of periphery, can be influenced / the brain, it seems, enjoys a series of fail-safe systems / do these brain-guarding and brain-sparing mechanisms always function without fault (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) AB - the course and vicissitudes of newly synthesized thyroid hormone molecules are tracked from their inception in the thyroid gland to the time of their irreversible loss from the body / hormone molecules examined during their travels through the brain will receive the most attention / the presently known differences between thyroid hormone processing in brain and in periphery [peripheral tissues] will then become apparent emphasis is placed on often overlooked sources of problems related to thyroid hormone (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - focuses on the details of thyroid transactions at the cellular & subcellular level KW - with particular emphasis on the course & role of thyroid hormone molecules in the brain KW - 1993 KW - Brain KW - Thyroid Hormones KW - Neurophysiology KW - 1993 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1993-97359-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1993-97167-002 AN - 1993-97167-002 AU - Kahn, René S. AU - Moore, Clare ED - Hoehn-Saric, Rudolf ED - McLeod, Daniel R. ED - Hoehn-Saric, Rudolf, (Ed) ED - McLeod, Daniel R., (Ed) T1 - Serotonin in the pathogenesis of anxiety. T2 - Biology of anxiety disorders. T3 - Progress in psychiatry, No. 36 Y1 - 1993/// SP - 61 EP - 102 CY - Arlington, VA, US PB - American Psychiatric Association SN - 0-88048-476-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1993-97167-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kahn, René S.; Bronx Veterans Administration Hosp, Special Treatment Unit, Acting Unit Chief, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19930801. Correction Date: 20121231. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-88048-476-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety Disorders; Etiology; Serotonin. Minor Descriptor: Animal Models. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520); Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Animal (20). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 42. AB - [discuss] a possible role of 5-HT [5-hydroxytryptamine] dysfunction in the pathogenesis of anxiety [disorders] / first review the compelling evidence from animal studies suggesting a role for 5-HT in anxiety before venturing into a review of human studies (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses animal & human studies exploring the role of serotonin in the pathogenesis of anxiety disorders KW - 1993 KW - Anxiety Disorders KW - Etiology KW - Serotonin KW - Animal Models KW - 1993 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1993-97167-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2015-33339-026 AN - 2015-33339-026 AU - Ghilardi, Joseph R. AU - Allen, Clark J. AU - Vigna, Steven R. AU - McVey, Douglas C. AU - Mantyhls, Patrick W. T1 - Trigeminal and dorsal root ganglion neurons express CCK receptor binding sites in the rat, rabbit, and monkey: Possible site of opiate-CCK analgesic interactions. JF - The Journal of Neuroscience JO - The Journal of Neuroscience JA - J Neurosci Y1 - 1992/12// VL - 12 IS - 12 SP - 4854 EP - 4866 CY - US PB - Society for Neuroscience SN - 0270-6474 SN - 1529-2401 AD - Mantyhls, Patrick W., Molecular Neurobiology Lab, VA Medical Center, 15 1, Minneapolis, MN, US, 55417 N1 - Accession Number: 2015-33339-026. PMID: 1334505 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ghilardi, Joseph R.; Molecular Neurobiology Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 20160901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dorsal Roots; Ganglia; Neurons; Receptor Binding. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys; Rabbits; Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20); Male (30). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1992. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jul 7, 1992; Revised Date: Jun 11, 1992; First Submitted Date: Mar 13, 1992. Copyright Statement: Society for Neuroscience. 1992. AB - ¹²⁵I-Bolton-Hunter sulfated cholecystokinind was used to localize and characterize cholecystokinin (CCK) receptor binding sites in trigeminal and dorsal root ganglia, and in the spinal cord of the rat, rabbit, and monkey. In the rabbit and monkey, a substantial number, 90 ± 21% and 24 ± 8%, respectively, of trigeminal and dorsal root ganglion neurons express CCK binding sites. In the spinal cord, the highest concentration of CCK receptors is found in laminae I and II, which is the major termination site of dorsal root ganglia neurons expressing CCK receptor binding sites. Neonatal capsaicin treatment of the rat results in a 70% decline in CCK receptor binding sites in laminae I and II of the spinal cord, indicating that dorsal root ganglia neurons are a major source of CCK receptors in the spinal cord. Pharmacological experiments using selective CCK-A and CCK-B receptor antagonists demonstrate that CCK-B is the prominent CCK receptor subtype in trigeminal and dorsal root ganglia neurons in the rat, rabbit, and monkey. In the rat and rabbit spinal cord, CCK-B binding sites are the prominent subtype, whereas in the monkey cord, CCK-A is the prominent receptor subtype. These results demonstrate that CCK-B receptors are expressed by a substantial percentage of dorsal root ganglion neurons at all spinal levels, and that CCK may antagonize opiate analgesia at the level of the primary afferent neuron itself. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dorsal root KW - ganglion KW - neurons KW - CCK receptor binding KW - 1992 KW - Dorsal Roots KW - Ganglia KW - Neurons KW - Receptor Binding KW - Monkeys KW - Rabbits KW - Rats KW - 1992 U1 - Sponsor: National Institutes of Health, US. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: National Science Foundation. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: US Department of Veterans Affairs. Recipients: No recipient indicated UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2015-33339-026&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2015-33374-001 AN - 2015-33374-001 AU - Miller, Margaret A. AU - DeVries, Geert J. AU - Al-Shamma, Hussien A. AU - Dorsa, Daniel M. T1 - Decline of vasopressin lmmunoreactivity and mRNA levels in the bed nucleus of the stria terminalis following castration. JF - The Journal of Neuroscience JO - The Journal of Neuroscience JA - J Neurosci Y1 - 1992/08// VL - 12 IS - 8 SP - 2881 EP - 2887 CY - US PB - Society for Neuroscience SN - 0270-6474 SN - 1529-2401 AD - Miller, Margaret A., Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, University of Washington, RP-10, Seattle, WA, US, 98195 N1 - Accession Number: 2015-33374-001. PMID: 1494938 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Miller, Margaret A.; Geriatric Research, Education, and Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 20160616. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Grant Information: Dorsa, Daniel M. Major Descriptor: Immunoreactivity; Rats; Striatum; Vasopressin. Minor Descriptor: mRNA. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20); Male (30). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1992. Publication History: Accepted Date: Mar 2, 1992; Revised Date: Feb 12, 1992; First Submitted Date: Nov 22, 1991. Copyright Statement: Society for Neuroscience. 1992. AB - Vasopressinergic (VP) neurons in the bed nucleus of the stria terminalis (BNST) of the rat are regulated by gonadal steroids. Gonadectomy causes the projections of the BNST to lose their VP immunoreactivity gradually over a period lasting more than 2 months. Here we have compared the rate of decline of VP mRNA and VP immunoreactivity in the BNST of adult male rats following castration. In experiment 1, the peak number of VP-immunoreactive cells and the level of VP gene expression were compared in sham-operated controls and at 1, 3, or 8 weeks postcastration. The number of VP-immunoreactive cells was not decreased at 1 week postcastration but was significantly reduced (p < 0.0001) at 3 and 8 weeks postcastration. VP gene expression declined more rapidly, and both the total number of labeled cells (p < 0.0001) and the average number of grains per cell (p < 0.01) were significantly reduced by 1 week postcastration. No VP-expressing cells were detectable at 3 or 8 weeks. The difference in the rate of decline in the number of cells labeled by the two techniques following castration did not appear to be due to colchicine pretreatment. In experiment 2, VP mRNA in the BNST was compared in sham-operated controls or at 1, 3, or 7 d postcastration. A significant decrease (p < 0.01) in the average number of grains per cell was detectable by just 1 d following castration, and the number of labeled cells was significantly reduced (p < 0.001) by 3 d postcastration. These results indicate that the capacity of BNST cells to synthesize VP responds more dynamically to changes in gonadal steroid levels than do levels of VP immunoreactivity. This difference may reflect the delay between VP gene expression and the processing of VP precursor molecules. Alternatively, gonadal steroids may modulate the release of VP from cells in the BNST. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - vasopressin immunoreactivity KW - mRNA levels KW - bed nucleus KW - stria terminalis KW - rats KW - 1992 KW - Immunoreactivity KW - Rats KW - Striatum KW - Vasopressin KW - mRNA KW - 1992 U1 - Sponsor: National Institutes of Health, US. Grant: NS20311. Recipients: Dorsa, Daniel M. U1 - Sponsor: us Department of Veterans Affairs, US. Recipients: Dorsa, Daniel M. U1 - Sponsor: National Science Foundation. Grant: BNS 8809799. Recipients: DeVries, Geert J. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2015-33374-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1993-04792-001 AN - 1993-04792-001 AU - Flood, James F. AU - Morley, John E. T1 - Differential effects of amylin on memory processing using peripheral and central routes of administration. JF - Peptides JO - Peptides JA - Peptides Y1 - 1992/05//May-Jun, 1992 VL - 13 IS - 3 SP - 577 EP - 580 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0196-9781 N1 - Accession Number: 1993-04792-001. PMID: 1523170 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Flood, James F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research Education & Clinical Ctr, St Louis, MO, US. Release Date: 19930201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Administration Methods; Intraperitoneal Injections; Memory; Peptides. Minor Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Mice. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May-Jun, 1992. AB - Administered amylin peripherally or centrally following weak or strong training on footshock avoidance conditioning in a T-maze. Peripheral administration of amylin significantly improved retention under the weak training conditions at 10–200 μg/kg. Under the strong training condition, amnesia was induced at 25–200 μg/kg. This indicates that amylin administered peripherally is a memory enhancer under appropriate conditions of training. Amylin administered centrally showed a dose-dependent impairment of memory processing under strong training. The difference between peripheral (enhancing) and central (amnestic) effects suggests that the effects of amylin on memory processing following peripheral administration are not mediated by amylin's crossing the blood–brain barrier but rather involve a peripheral mechanism of action. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ip vs icv amylin KW - memory processing following weak vs strong footshock avoidance conditioning KW - male mice KW - 1992 KW - Drug Administration Methods KW - Intraperitoneal Injections KW - Memory KW - Peptides KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Mice KW - 1992 DO - 10.1016/0196-9781(92)90092-H UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1993-04792-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1992-43771-001 AN - 1992-43771-001 AU - Elliott, Timothy R. AU - Herrick, Stephen M. AU - Witty, Thomas E. AU - Godshall, Frank AU - Spruell, Michael T1 - Social support and depression following spinal cord injury. JF - Rehabilitation Psychology JO - Rehabilitation Psychology JA - Rehabil Psychol Y1 - 1992///Spr 1992 VL - 37 IS - 1 SP - 37 EP - 48 CY - US PB - Springer Publishing SN - 0090-5550 SN - 1939-1544 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-43771-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Aspects of Disability. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Elliott, Timothy R.; Medical College of Virginia/Virginia Commonwealth University, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Division 22 of the American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19921201. Correction Date: 20160908. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Major Depression; Social Support; Spinal Cord Injuries. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1992. Copyright Statement: Division of Rehabilitation Psychology of the American Psychological Association. 1992. AB - Examined the associations of different social relationships with depressive behavior among 182 adults with acquired spinal cord injuries. Trained interviewers administered a social provisions scale and an inventory to diagnose depression. A cross-sectional design was used to investigate possible differential effects across time since the onset of injury. Relationships that reassured the worth of the individual were predictive of lower depression scores. To a lesser extent, relationships providing a sense of social integration were associated with lower depression scores. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social support KW - depression KW - 18–23 yr olds with spinal cord injuries KW - 1992 KW - Major Depression KW - Social Support KW - Spinal Cord Injuries KW - 1992 DO - 10.1037/h0079091 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-43771-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1992-98945-024 AN - 1992-98945-024 AU - Canoso, Rosa ED - Kane, John M. ED - Lieberman, Jeffrey A. ED - Kane, John M., (Ed) ED - Lieberman, Jeffrey A., (Ed) T1 - Effects of neuroleptics on the immune system. T2 - Adverse effects of psychotropic drugs. Y1 - 1992/// SP - 395 EP - 407 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 0-89862-885-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-98945-024. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Canoso, Rosa; Brockton-West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brockton Div, Hematology/Oncology Dept, Associate Chief, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19930601. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89862-885-7, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Immune System; Immunology; Phenothiazine Derivatives; Psychopharmacology. Minor Descriptor: Mammals. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 13. AB - review the in vivo and in vitro studies of phenothiazines on innate and specific acquired immunity in mammalian species, including their immunogenetic regulation and clinical significance (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses effects of phenothiazines on the mammalian immune system KW - 1992 KW - Immune System KW - Immunology KW - Phenothiazine Derivatives KW - Psychopharmacology KW - Mammals KW - 1992 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-98945-024&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1992-98833-004 AN - 1992-98833-004 AU - Liberman, Robert Paul AU - Wallace, Charles J. AU - Blackwell, Gayla AU - MacKain, Sally AU - Eckman, Thad A. ED - Cottraux, Jean ED - Legeron, Patrick ED - Mollard, Evelyne ED - Cottraux, Jean, (Ed) ED - Legeron, Patrick, (Ed) ED - Mollard, Evelyne, (Ed) T1 - Training social & independent living skills: Applications and impact in chronic schizophrenia. T2 - Which psychotherapies in year 2000?. T3 - Annual series of European research in behavior therapy, 6; ISSN: 0921-9439 (Print) Y1 - 1992/// SP - 65 EP - 85 CY - Lisse, Netherlands PB - Swets & Zeitlinger Publishers SN - 0921-9439 SN - 90-265-1276-7 SN - 90-265-1277-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-98833-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Liberman, Robert Paul; Brentwood Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Rehabilitation Medicine Service, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19930601. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 90-265-1276-7, Hardcover; 90-265-1277-5, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Schizophrenia; Self-Care Skills; Social Skills Training. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 21. AB - Describes social skills training techniques 'packaged' as modules to enable practitioners to teach social and independent living skills to persons with schizophrenia. Describes research to determine the effectiveness of the modules when conducted by professional and paraprofessional staff at field test sites in California and nationwide. The average age of the patients that were used as subjects in the California tests was 33 years. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reports on the use of social skills training techniques packaged as self-contained modules to enable practitioners to teach social & independent living skills to persons with schizophrenia KW - 1992 KW - Schizophrenia KW - Self-Care Skills KW - Social Skills Training KW - 1992 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-98833-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1992-98715-011 AN - 1992-98715-011 AU - Goldstein, Gerald ED - Long, Charles J. ED - Ross, Leslie K. ED - Long, Charles J., (Ed) ED - Ross, Leslie K., (Ed) T1 - Memory rehabilitation. T2 - Handbook of head trauma: Acute care to recovery. T3 - Critical issues in neuropsychology Y1 - 1992/// SP - 191 EP - 201 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-43947-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-98715-011. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Gerald; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19930501. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-306-43947-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Rehabilitation; Head Injuries; Memory Disorders. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 11. AB - propose a distinction between memory rehabilitation and recovery from organic memory disorders / material presented here will focus on memory rehabilitation [of head-injured patients] provides summaries of two studies accomplished in our [the author's] laboratory / major points to be made here are that memory training methods can be quite diverse, depending upon the condition of the patient, and that different goals may be appropriate for different kinds of patients (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses memory rehabilitation of the head-injured patient KW - 1992 KW - Cognitive Rehabilitation KW - Head Injuries KW - Memory Disorders KW - 1992 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4899-0706-6_11 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-98715-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1992-98715-006 AN - 1992-98715-006 AU - Pusakulich, Robert L. ED - Long, Charles J. ED - Ross, Leslie K. ED - Long, Charles J., (Ed) ED - Ross, Leslie K., (Ed) T1 - Using a model of cognitive function to plan cognitive treatment. T2 - Handbook of head trauma: Acute care to recovery. T3 - Critical issues in neuropsychology Y1 - 1992/// SP - 91 EP - 105 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-43947-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-98715-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pusakulich, Robert L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychology, Memphis, TN, US. Release Date: 19930501. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-306-43947-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Cognitive Rehabilitation; Diagnosis. Minor Descriptor: Cerebral Cortex; Cognitive Processes; Models; Neuropsychological Assessment. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 15. AB - rehabilitative interventions for cognitive retraining . . . require assessment and description of debilitated and normal cortical functions / the selection of tests for an assessment battery or any other clinical test aggregate requires either an explicit or implicit model or scheme based upon the kinds or types of cortical functions expected to be assessed and described / a deductive model of cortical functions will be offered the model attempts to produce a 'list' of specific and general cortical brain functions that have a biological connection and that may help to remedy the 'arbitrariness' that often plagues the taxonomy of cortical functions / directed toward assisting clinical neuropsychologists who must describe the status of cortical brain functions in diagnostic clinical reports and in retraining and rehabilitation (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - presents a model of cortical brain functions for use in clinical diagnosis KW - cognitive retraining KW - & rehabilitation of brain-injured patients KW - 1992 KW - Brain Damage KW - Cognitive Rehabilitation KW - Diagnosis KW - Cerebral Cortex KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Models KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - 1992 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4899-0706-6_6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-98715-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1992-98715-003 AN - 1992-98715-003 AU - Phay, Andrew J. ED - Long, Charles J. ED - Ross, Leslie K. ED - Long, Charles J., (Ed) ED - Ross, Leslie K., (Ed) T1 - Use of history in neuropsychological assessments. T2 - Handbook of head trauma: Acute care to recovery. T3 - Critical issues in neuropsychology Y1 - 1992/// SP - 35 EP - 56 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-43947-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-98715-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Phay, Andrew J.; Alvin C. York Veterans Administration Ctr, Murfreesboro, TN, US. Release Date: 19930501. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-306-43947-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Head Injuries; Neuropsychological Assessment; Patient History. Minor Descriptor: Psychodiagnostic Interview. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 22. AB - the purpose of this chapter is to offer suggestions to the clinician as to how he/she can conduct a richer (i.e., more informative about brain–behavior relationships) interview and history in the course of the neuropsychological assessment describe the patient's functioning / facilitate test usage and interpretation / discover points of intervention (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - provides clinicians with guidelines for interviewing & history-taking in the neuropsychological assessment of head-injured patients KW - 1992 KW - Head Injuries KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Patient History KW - Psychodiagnostic Interview KW - 1992 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4899-0706-6_3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-98715-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1992-98594-006 AN - 1992-98594-006 AU - Booth, Brenda M. AU - Blow, Frederic C. AU - Cook, Cynthia A. Loveland ED - Watson, Ronald Ross ED - Watson, Ronald Ross, (Ed) T1 - Relationship between alcoholism treatment and health care utilization: Issues and trends. T2 - Alcohol abuse treatment. T3 - Drug and alcohol abuse reviews, Vol. 3 Y1 - 1992/// SP - 143 EP - 167 CY - Totowa, NJ, US PB - Humana Press SN - 0-89603-242-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-98594-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Booth, Brenda M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Health Services Research, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 19930501. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89603-242-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Health Care Utilization; Residential Care Institutions. Minor Descriptor: Client Characteristics. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 25. AB - focus on issues related to alcoholism treatment and use of health services / focus on formal inpatient rehabilitation as opposed to detoxification services examine the literature documenting that alcoholics tend to use considerably more overall health services than nonalcoholics / review the current literature regarding the offset effect of alcoholism treatment, emphasizing its strengths, weaknesses, and implications / call attention to issues regarding patient factors predicting health care utilization after treatment / show how our current research and earlier research fit into the framework of health care utilization and alcoholism treatment / conclude with recommendations for future research (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - examines the relationship between inpatient alcoholism treatment & health care utilization KW - 1992 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Health Care Utilization KW - Residential Care Institutions KW - Client Characteristics KW - 1992 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4612-0363-6_6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-98594-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1992-98591-006 AN - 1992-98591-006 AU - Cushman, Paul Jr. ED - Litten, Raye Z. ED - Allen, John P. ED - Litten, Raye Z., (Ed) ED - Allen, John P., (Ed) T1 - Blood and liver markers in the estimation of alcohol consumption. T2 - Measuring alcohol consumption: Psychosocial and biochemical methods. Y1 - 1992/// SP - 135 EP - 147 CY - Totowa, NJ, US PB - Humana Press SN - 0-89603-231-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-98591-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cushman, Paul Jr.; Northport Veterans Administration Hosp Ctr, Northport, NY, US. Release Date: 19930501. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89603-231-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Biological Markers; Measurement. Minor Descriptor: Blood Cells; Enzymes; Liver. Classification: Physiological Processes (2540); Drug & Alcohol Usage (Legal) (2990). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 13. AB - focus primarily on liver enzymes and red blood cell size as markers of alcohol use / for estimation of recent consumption in ambulatory alcohol or unselected patients, liver and blood markers are of some help, especially in distinguishing heavy vs very low categories of subjects (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - focuses on liver enzymes & red blood cell size as markers of alcohol use KW - 1992 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Biological Markers KW - Measurement KW - Blood Cells KW - Enzymes KW - Liver KW - 1992 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4612-0357-5_6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-98591-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1992-98488-012 AN - 1992-98488-012 AU - Binder, Laurence M. ED - Puente, Antonio E. ED - McCaffrey, Robert J. III ED - Puente, Antonio E., (Ed) ED - McCaffrey, Robert J. III, (Ed) T1 - Deception and malingering. T2 - Handbook of neuropsychological assessment: A biopsychosocial perspective. T3 - Critical issues in neuropsychology Y1 - 1992/// SP - 353 EP - 374 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-43940-9 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-98488-012. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Binder, Laurence M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19930401. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-306-43940-9, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Costs and Cost Analysis; Malingering; Neuropsychological Assessment. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 22. AB - describes the evaluation of the possibility of malingering in neuropsychological assessment / cases with financial incentives will be emphasized—e.g. workers compensation, personal injury litigation, and Social Security disability (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - describes the evaluation of malingering in neuropsychological assessment KW - emphasizing cases with a financial incentive KW - 1992 KW - Costs and Cost Analysis KW - Malingering KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - 1992 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4899-0682-3_13 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-98488-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1992-98420-007 AN - 1992-98420-007 AU - Klimas, Nancy AU - Morgan, Robert AU - Salvato, Fernando AU - Van Riel, Flavia AU - Millon, Carrie AU - Fletcher, Mary Ann ED - Schneiderman, Neil ED - McCabe, Philip ED - Baum, Andrew ED - Schneiderman, Neil, (Ed) ED - McCabe, Philip, (Ed) ED - Baum, Andrew, (Ed) T1 - Chronic fatigue syndrome and psychoneuroimmunology. T2 - Stress and disease processes. T3 - Perspectives in behavioral medicine Y1 - 1992/// SP - 121 EP - 137 CY - Hillsdale, NJ, US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc SN - 0-8058-1161-3 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-98420-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Klimas, Nancy; Miami Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Miami, FL, US. Release Date: 19930401. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8058-1161-3, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chronic Illness; Fatigue; Psychoneuroimmunology. Minor Descriptor: Syndromes. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 17. AB - given the data reported . . . regarding the frequency of psychological symptoms such as anxiety, tension, depression, and so on, in these patients [with chronic fatigue syndrome] (Millon et al., 1989), it is clearly desirable to learn the relationship between immune parameters and psychological variables as they relate to the clinical status of patients / [describes a cross-sectional, correlational] study on a group of 24 patients who met the current Centers for Disease Control criteria for the diagnosis of chronic fatigue syndrome virology / immunology / psychoneuroimmunology and chronic fatigue syndrome / psychoneurologic correlations in chronic fatigue syndrome (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - examines the relationship between immune parameters & psychological variables in patients with chronic fatigue syndrome KW - 1992 KW - Chronic Illness KW - Fatigue KW - Psychoneuroimmunology KW - Syndromes KW - 1992 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-98420-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1992-98401-014 AN - 1992-98401-014 AU - Hayashida, Motoi ED - Saitoh, Satoru ED - Steinglass, Peter ED - Schuckit, Marc Alan ED - Saitoh, Satoru, (Ed) ED - Steinglass, Peter, (Ed) ED - Schuckit, Marc Alan, (Ed) T1 - Our experiences in family therapy. T2 - Alcoholism and the family. Y1 - 1992/// SP - 231 EP - 240 CY - Tokyo, Japan; Philadelphia, PA, US PB - Seiwa Shoten PB - Brunner/Mazel SN - 0-87630-626-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-98401-014. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hayashida, Motoi; U Pennsylvania, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Philadelphia, PA, US. Release Date: 19930401. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-87630-626-1, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Family Therapy. Minor Descriptor: Systems Theory. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233); Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 10. AB - presents a commentary on the concept of alcoholism as a family disease / argues that not all problems affect the rest of the system, so that [the] solution of such a problem need not involve the rest of the system / similarly, not every problem is definable by forces within the system and may be subject to forces from outside / provides a few caveats for the therapist since, on entering the system in any capacity, the therapist takes the risk of becoming part of this ecological system / various forms of family therapy are reported in favorable terms (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - examines alcoholism as a family disease & discusses the use of family therapy in treating alcoholism KW - 1992 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Family Therapy KW - Systems Theory KW - 1992 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-98401-014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1992-98073-037 AN - 1992-98073-037 AU - Brown, Sandra A. AU - Mott, Mariam A. AU - Stewart, Michael A. ED - Walker, Clarence Eugene ED - Roberts, Michael C. ED - Walker, Clarence Eugene, (Ed) ED - Roberts, Michael C., (Ed) T1 - Adolescent alcohol and drug abuse. T2 - Handbook of clinical child psychology, 2nd ed. T3 - Wiley series on personality processes Y1 - 1992/// SP - 677 EP - 693 CY - Oxford, England PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0-471-50361-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-98073-037. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brown, Sandra A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19930201. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-471-50361-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Drug Abuse. Minor Descriptor: Adolescent Development; Alcohol Rehabilitation; Drug Rehabilitation; Drugs. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 17. AB - provides an overview of adolescent alcohol and drug abuse problems, and assessment and intervention strategies for adolescents / because major differences exist between addiction among adults and alcohol and drug abuse among adolescents, prominent theories highlighting developmental factors and prevalence patterns of teen drug abuse are reviewed prevalence / risk factors / interactionist theories of adolescent substance abuse / abuse and dependence concepts / drugs of abuse / epidemiology / assessment / intervention (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - provides an overview of adolescent alcohol & drug abuse problems KW - & assessment & intervention strategies for adolescents KW - 1992 KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Drug Abuse KW - Adolescent Development KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Drugs KW - 1992 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-98073-037&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1992-97902-010 AN - 1992-97902-010 AU - Margolin, David Ira AU - Goodman-Shulman, Roberta ED - Margolin, David Ira ED - Margolin, David Ira, (Ed) T1 - Oral and written spelling impairments. T2 - Cognitive neuropsychology in clinical practice. Y1 - 1992/// SP - 263 EP - 297 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Oxford University Press SN - 0-19-506422-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-97902-010. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Margolin, David Ira; Fresno Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Cognitive Neuroscience Lab, Director, Fresno, CA, US. Release Date: 19930101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-19-506422-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Agraphia; Neuropsychological Assessment; Spelling. Minor Descriptor: Aneurysms; Brain Damage; Cognitive Processes; Head Injuries; Writing Skills. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 35. AB - Margolin (1984) presented an information processing model of writing and spelling based upon analysis of the neuropsychological data / that model and the key assumptions behind it will be reviewed [and updated] / the chapter will be devoted to scrutinizing some of the more informative cases which have appeared in the literature since then, and describing a cognitive approach to the clinical assessment of spelling disorders describe a spelling battery, the Johns Hopkins University Dysgraphia Battery . . . that was developed within the framework of the information-processing model of spelling / brief case reports [of agraphia following a ruptured middle cerebral artery aneurism in one case and head injury in the other] (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - updates a cognitive model of writing & spelling presented in 1984 KW - demonstrates the use of the Johns Hopkins University Dysgraphia Battery in clinical assessment of brain damaged patients with spelling & writing disorders KW - 1992 KW - Agraphia KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Spelling KW - Aneurysms KW - Brain Damage KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Head Injuries KW - Writing Skills KW - 1992 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-97902-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1992-97902-002 AN - 1992-97902-002 AU - Margolin, David Ira ED - Margolin, David Ira ED - Margolin, David Ira, (Ed) T1 - Probing the multiple facets of human intelligence: The cognitive neuropsychologist as clinician. T2 - Cognitive neuropsychology in clinical practice. Y1 - 1992/// SP - 18 EP - 40 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Oxford University Press SN - 0-19-506422-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-97902-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Margolin, David Ira; Fresno Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Cognitive Neuroscience Lab, Director, Fresno, CA, US. Release Date: 19930101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-19-506422-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Neuropsychological Assessment. Minor Descriptor: Intelligence Measures. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 23. AB - through a discussion of the clinical syndrome of dementia of the Alzheimer's type (DAT), this chapter reveals the subtle but increasingly important influence of cognitive neuropsychology on the initial diagnostic workup of patients—including the use of wideranging, screening, or survey assessments of intellect (i.e., mental status tests) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - demonstrates KW - through a discussion of the clinical syndrome of dementia of the Alzheimer's type KW - the influence of cognitive neuropsychology on mental status examination KW - 1992 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Intelligence Measures KW - 1992 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-97902-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1992-97902-001 AN - 1992-97902-001 AU - Margolin, David Ira ED - Margolin, David Ira ED - Margolin, David Ira, (Ed) T1 - Clinical cognitive neuropsychology: An emerging specialty. T2 - Cognitive neuropsychology in clinical practice. Y1 - 1992/// SP - 9 EP - 17 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Oxford University Press SN - 0-19-506422-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-97902-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Margolin, David Ira; Fresno Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Cognitive Neuroscience Lab, Director, Fresno, CA, US. Release Date: 19930101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-19-506422-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Disorders; Cognitive Psychology; Neuropsychology. Minor Descriptor: Intelligence; Neural Networks; Neuropsychological Assessment; Reaction Time. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 9. AB - cognitive psychology and cognitive neuropsychology are two branches of cognitive science which study the same intelligent system—the human brain / they differ in that cognitive psychologists study normal brain function, while cognitive neuropsychologists study individuals with brain dysfunction / this chapter lays the groundwork for the subsequent discussions of specific clinical disorders by reviewing some of the more well-established concepts, vocabulary, experimental paradigms, and assessment techniques in cognitive neuropsychology, as well as touching upon current controversial issues and newer topics of investigation intelligence is multifaceted / the chronometric approach and reaction time (RT) methodology / neural networks (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reviews some of the concepts KW - research topics KW - experimental paradigms KW - & assessment techniques in cognitive neuropsychology KW - 1992 KW - Brain Disorders KW - Cognitive Psychology KW - Neuropsychology KW - Intelligence KW - Neural Networks KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Reaction Time KW - 1992 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-97902-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1992-97902-000 AN - 1992-97902-000 AU - Margolin, David Ira ED - Margolin, David Ira T1 - Cognitive neuropsychology in clinical practice. Y1 - 1992/// CY - New York, NY, US PB - Oxford University Press SN - 0-19-506422-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-97902-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Margolin, David Ira; Fresno Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Cognitive Neuroscience Lab, Director, Fresno, CA, US. Release Date: 19930101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. ISBN: 0-19-506422-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Psychology; Mental Disorders; Neuropsychology. Minor Descriptor: Attention; Language Disorders; Memory Disorders. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 548. AB - The goal of this book is to introduce cognitive neuropsychology to a broad audience of clinicians and researchers. Sufficient introductory material is provided for readers who are interested in disorders of higher cortical function, but have little background in psychology. However, each topic is also explored in enough depth to serve as a reference for professionals in the field, with full descriptions of the vocabulary, theoretical framework, and information-processing models of cognitive psychology and how they are applied to specific disorders. Each chapter provides an overview of the disorder being discussed, develops a rationale for selecting the stimulus materials, and demonstrates how a given patient's deficits can be understood in terms of a breakdown in one or more cognitive domains. The contributors offer step-by-step clinically oriented guidelines for disorders of attention, memory, language, spatial intelligence, calculation, motor control, and artistic ability. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - provides a clinically oriented overview of neuropsychological functions in cognitive disorders KW - 1992 KW - Cognitive Psychology KW - Mental Disorders KW - Neuropsychology KW - Attention KW - Language Disorders KW - Memory Disorders KW - 1992 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-97902-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1992-97809-000 AN - 1992-97809-000 AU - Ainslie, George T1 - Picoeconomics: The strategic interaction of successive motivational states within the person. T3 - Studies in rationality and social change Y1 - 1992/// CY - New York, NY, US PB - Cambridge University Press SN - 0-521-26093-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-97809-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ainslie, George; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatrist, Coatesville, PA, US. Release Date: 19921201. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. ISBN: 0-521-26093-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intrinsic Motivation; Motivation; Self-Defeating Behavior. Minor Descriptor: Goals; Internal Rewards; Preferences. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 440. AB - This book examines an elementary human paradox: that we are endangered by our own wishes; or, as Oscar Wilde put it, 'When the gods want to punish us they answer our prayers.' Even though this observation is ancient and confirmed by wide experience, none of the disciplines that deal with decision making has explained it. Dr. Ainslie uses findings from behavioral experiments to show that there is a basic tendency for both lower animals and human beings to form temporary preferences for the poorer but earlier of two goals, when the poorer goal is close at hand. People compensate for this tendency by strategically adjusting behavior in anticipation of their own future motivational states. Unlike theories that have accounted for irrationalities on the basis of the repression or conditioning of motives, this book proposes that temporary preferences for objectively inferior goals arise inevitably from the way both animals and human beings perceive delay. The implications of this change in viewpoint help provide a rationale for hitherto puzzling behavior, from Freud's defense mechanism to the force of willpower, as well as conspicuous failures of willpower in addictions and other psychiatric disorders. This approach also sheds light on subjects that have been controversial in moral philosophy: weakness of will, self-deception, freedom, and responsibility. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - presents a self-motivation theory in which self-defeating behavior is understood in terms of a marketplace within the individual KW - 1992 KW - Intrinsic Motivation KW - Motivation KW - Self-Defeating Behavior KW - Goals KW - Internal Rewards KW - Preferences KW - 1992 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-97809-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1992-97767-007 AN - 1992-97767-007 AU - Vinick, Barbara H. AU - Ekerdt, David J. ED - Szinovacz, Maximiliane ED - Ekerdt, David Joseph ED - Vinick, Barbara H. ED - Szinovacz, Maximiliane, (Ed) ED - Ekerdt, David Joseph, (Ed) ED - Vinick, Barbara H., (Ed) T1 - Couples view retirement activities: Expectation versus experience. T2 - Families and retirement. T3 - Sage focus editions, Vol. 137 Y1 - 1992/// SP - 129 EP - 144 CY - Thousand Oaks, CA, US PB - Sage Publications, Inc SN - 0-8039-4194-3 SN - 0-8039-4195-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-97767-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Vinick, Barbara H.; Veterans Administration Normative Aging Study, Research Associate, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19921201. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8039-4194-3, Hardcover; 0-8039-4195-1, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Activity Level; Expectations; Retirement. Minor Descriptor: Human Sex Differences; Husbands; Wives. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 16. AB - place retirement in a broad theoretical context, characterizing it as a life-course transition in which marital partners are implicated, both in preparatory and experiential phases / highlights issues of meaning and personal expectation as important conceptual areas which heretofore have been subject to neglect and/or confusion in the literature examines a narrow aspect of subjective expectation, change in activities after retirement, and compares it with assessments of the same by current role occupants / differences between husbands and wives in expectations and assessments are explored and described / compared the expectations and experiences of older couples in which husbands had and had not retired / husband's median age at retirement was 62.3 years (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - compares husbands'' & wives'' expectations & assessments of changes in activity after the husbands'' retirement KW - 1992 KW - Activity Level KW - Expectations KW - Retirement KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Husbands KW - Wives KW - 1992 DO - 10.4135/9781483325354.n8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-97767-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1992-97667-023 AN - 1992-97667-023 AU - Moore, Dana L. ED - Freedheim, Donald K. ED - Freudenberger, Herbert J. ED - Kessler, Jane W. ED - Messer, Stanley B. ED - Peterson, Donald R. ED - Strupp, Hans H. ED - Wachtel, Paul L. ED - Freedheim, Donald K., (Ed) ED - Freudenberger, Herbert J., (Ed) ED - Kessler, Jane W., (Ed) ED - Messer, Stanley B., (Ed) ED - Peterson, Donald R., (Ed) ED - Strupp, Hans H., (Ed) ED - Wachtel, Paul L., (Ed) T1 - The Veterans Administration and its training program in psychology. T2 - History of psychotherapy: A century of change. Y1 - 1992/// SP - 776 EP - 800 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1-55798-149-3 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-97667-023. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moore, Dana L.; US Veterans Administration, Dept of Veterans Affairs, Leadership Veterans Administration Program, Executive Director, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 19921101. Correction Date: 20150824. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 1-55798-149-3, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Continuing Education; Government Agencies. Minor Descriptor: Graduate Psychology Education; History; Mental Health Programs; Military Veterans. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). References Available: Y. Page Count: 25. AB - some historians have claimed that modern clinical psychology was invented by the Veterans Administration (VA) in 1946 / shows how it all came about, beginning with the tradition of care for American war veterans that goes back to the Plymouth colony, continuing through the frequently faltering efforts of the U.S. government to accommodate masses of veterans returning from major wars, and moving through establishment of VA programs in the mental health fields after World War II / shows how it might never have happened except for the enterprise of one psychologist/psychiatrist [James Grier Miller] the VA training program in psychology: origin and early developments / it had been a tenet since James G. Miller that the VA psychology training program needed to prepare students for continued learning throughout their careers (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - describes the role of the Veterans Administration in the development of modern clinical psychology education & training KW - 1992 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Continuing Education KW - Government Agencies KW - Graduate Psychology Education KW - History KW - Mental Health Programs KW - Military Veterans KW - 1992 DO - 10.1037/10110-023 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-97667-023&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1992-97647-018 AN - 1992-97647-018 AU - Roth, Walton T. ED - Ehlers, Anke ED - Fiegenbaum, Wolfgang ED - Florin, Irmela ED - Margraf, Jürgen ED - Ehlers, Anke, (Ed) ED - Fiegenbaum, Wolfgang, (Ed) ED - Florin, Irmela, (Ed) ED - Margraf, Jürgen, (Ed) T1 - Biological vs. psychological treatments of anxiety disorders. T2 - Perspectives and promises of clinical psychology. T3 - Applied clinical psychology Y1 - 1992/// SP - 205 EP - 225 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-44098-9 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-97647-018. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Roth, Walton T.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Professor of Psychiatry, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19921101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-44098-9, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety Disorders; Drug Therapy; Systematic Desensitization Therapy. Minor Descriptor: Agoraphobia; Alprazolam; Etiology; Panic Disorder. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 21. AB - examine outcome studies of purportedly successful biological and psychological treatments of anxiety disorders alprazolam has at least a short-term positive therapeutic effect in panic disorder / does the success of alprazolam prove that panic disorder has a biological cause / did alprazolam actually produce its effects at a biological level / is alprazolam the treatment of choice in that it has the highest benefit/risk ratio of existing alternative treatments, including no treatment [examines] in vivo exposure for agoraphobia / there is little question that exposure is successful in treating agoraphobia / raise three corresponding questions / does the success of exposure indicate that agoraphobia has a psychological cause / did exposure produce its effects at a psychological level / is exposure the treatment of choice for agoraphobia (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses drug therapy with alprazolam vs psychological therapy through in vivo exposure for the treatment of anxiety disorders: panic disorder & agoraphobia KW - 1992 KW - Anxiety Disorders KW - Drug Therapy KW - Systematic Desensitization Therapy KW - Agoraphobia KW - Alprazolam KW - Etiology KW - Panic Disorder KW - 1992 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-97647-018&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1992-97647-017 AN - 1992-97647-017 AU - Roth, Walton T. ED - Ehlers, Anke ED - Fiegenbaum, Wolfgang ED - Florin, Irmela ED - Margraf, Jürgen ED - Ehlers, Anke, (Ed) ED - Fiegenbaum, Wolfgang, (Ed) ED - Florin, Irmela, (Ed) ED - Margraf, Jürgen, (Ed) T1 - Biological vs. psychological perspectives on anxiety disorders. T2 - Perspectives and promises of clinical psychology. T3 - Applied clinical psychology Y1 - 1992/// SP - 195 EP - 204 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-44098-9 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-97647-017. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Roth, Walton T.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Professor of Psychiatry, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19921101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-44098-9, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety Disorders; Theoretical Orientation. Minor Descriptor: Biology; Psychology. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 10. AB - [discusses] tensions between what I call here 'psychological' and 'biological' perspectives [on anxiety disorders] before the mental health professions asserted themselves / the evolving ideologies of mental health professions / empiricism overcomes quackery / promise of clinical psychology (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses psychological vs biological perspectives on anxiety disorders KW - 1992 KW - Anxiety Disorders KW - Theoretical Orientation KW - Biology KW - Psychology KW - 1992 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-97647-017&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1992-97624-044 AN - 1992-97624-044 AU - Imber, Stanley D. AU - Glanz, Lawrence M. AU - Elkin, Irene AU - Sotsky, Stuart M. AU - Boyer, Jenny L. AU - Leber, William R. ED - Kazdin, Alan E. ED - Kazdin, Alan E., (Ed) T1 - Ethical issues in psychotherapy research: Problems in a collaborative clinical trials study. T2 - Methodological issues & strategies in clinical research. Y1 - 1992/// SP - 665 EP - 686 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1-55798-154-X SN - 1-55798-167-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-97624-044. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Imber, Stanley D.; U Pittsburgh, School of Medicine, Western Psychiatric Inst & Clinic, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19921101. Correction Date: 20151221. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 1-55798-154-X, Hardcover; 1-55798-167-1, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimental Ethics; Experimentation; Professional Ethics; Psychotherapeutic Outcomes; Psychotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Clinical Trials. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310); Research Methods & Experimental Design (2260). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). References Available: Y. Page Count: 22. AB - This reprinted article originally appeared in (American Psychologist, 1986, 41[2], 137-146). (The following abstract of the original article appeared in record [rid]1986-17822-001[/rid].) Addresses ethical issues of psychotherapy research in the context of the pilot study phase of a large collaborative study that examined 2 forms of brief psychotherapy (cognitive-behavior and interpersonal) for the treatment of depression. The issues include those that emanated from the use of a clinical trials design (e.g., random treatment assignment, control conditions) and those derived from the collaborative nature of the research (e.g., comprehensibility of informed consent forms, security of data transmission). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethical issues in collaborative clinical trials study of psychotherapy outcome KW - 1992 KW - Experimental Ethics KW - Experimentation KW - Professional Ethics KW - Psychotherapeutic Outcomes KW - Psychotherapy KW - Clinical Trials KW - 1992 DO - 10.1037/10109-044 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-97624-044&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1992-97241-000 AN - 1992-97241-000 AU - Kantor, Martin T1 - The human dimension of depression: A practical guide to diagnosis, understanding, and treatment. Y1 - 1992/// CY - New York, NY, England PB - Praeger Publishers SN - 0-275-94007-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-97241-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kantor, Martin; East Orange Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatrist, Brick, NJ, US. Release Date: 19920901. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. ISBN: 0-275-94007-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Major Depression. Minor Descriptor: Etiology; Prevention; Psychodiagnosis; Treatment. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 233. AB - This book describes the depressive in his natural habitat, studies the everyday problems that cause his depression, and develops treatment approaches directed to his real-world plight. The book is in four sections: diagnosis, cause, prevention, and treatment. The section on diagnosis presents the mental status abnormalities in depression, includes a differential diagnosis of 'classic' depressive symptoms, indicates when so-called 'classic' symptoms of another disorder are in fact depressive, lists the physical complaints that are the product of depression, discusses normal depression, and touches briefly on hypomania. The section on cause recognizes that common things are common and rare things are rare, with real troubles common and chemical troubles rare. The sections on prevention and treatment are not attached to any one school of thought. They are formulated and expressed simply and humanistically, and offer commonsense solutions to the depressive's everyday problems with himself and with his world. There are three potential audiences for this text: (1) the professional in clinical practice to whom the practical/academic approach appeals; (2) the depressive himself; (3) the targets of the depressive [family and friends]. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - describes the depressive & the diagnosis KW - causes KW - prevention & treatment of depression KW - 1992 KW - Major Depression KW - Etiology KW - Prevention KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Treatment KW - 1992 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-97241-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1998-07238-006 AN - 1998-07238-006 AU - Crumbaugh, James C. ED - Beyerstein, Barry L. ED - Beyerstein, Dale F. ED - Beyerstein, Barry L., (Ed) ED - Beyerstein, Dale F., (Ed) T1 - Graphoanalytic cues. T2 - The write stuff: Evaluations of graphology, the study of handwriting analysis. Y1 - 1992/// SP - 105 EP - 118 CY - Amherst, NY, US PB - Prometheus Books SN - 0-87975-612-8 SN - 0-87975-613-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-07238-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crumbaugh, James C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Gulfport, MS, US. Release Date: 19980501. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter; Reprint. ISBN: 0-87975-612-8, Hardcover; 0-87975-613-6, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Handwriting; History; Statistical Validity. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 14. AB - Provides a brief history of graphology, up to M. N. Bunker's founding of the Graphoanalysis movement in 1929. The chapter also outlines graphoanalytic procedures, distinguishing between 2 sorts of handwriting traits: (1) primary, which can be determined from a single feature of handwriting, and (2) evaluated, which are inferred from 2 or more primary traits. The author maintains that graphoanalysis can discern emotions, optimism, loyalty, logical thinking, impulsiveness, prejudice, diplomacy, selfish, and fears, as well as many other traits. However, he specifically asserts that graphoanalysis cannot diagnose mental or physical disease. He also expresses doubts about graphotherapy, a movement which asserts that changing one's handwriting changes the associated personality traits. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - history & validity & practice of graphoanalysis KW - 1992 KW - Handwriting KW - History KW - Statistical Validity KW - 1992 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-07238-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1993-98935-017 AN - 1993-98935-017 AU - Barglow, Peter AU - Chandler, Seeley AU - Molitor, Nancy AU - Offer, Daniel ED - Feldman, Judith L. ED - Fitzpatrick, Richard J. ED - Feldman, Judith L., (Ed) ED - Fitzpatrick, Richard J., (Ed) T1 - Managed psychiatric care for adolescents: Problems and possibilities. T2 - Managed mental health care: Administrative and clinical issues. Y1 - 1992/// SP - 261 EP - 271 CY - Arlington, VA, US PB - American Psychiatric Association SN - 0-88048-355-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1993-98935-017. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barglow, Peter; US Veterans Administration Hosp, Substance Abuse Services, Chief, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19940501. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-88048-355-5, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Managed Care; Psychiatry. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 11. AB - Discusses various issues concerning managed psychiatric care for adolescents. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) AB - the psychiatric acute care unit / Adolescent Intensive Treatment Program / characteristics of Humana Michael Reese Health Plan Adolescent Program (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - managed psychiatric care KW - adolescent patients KW - 1992 KW - Managed Care KW - Psychiatry KW - 1992 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1993-98935-017&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1993-98645-016 AN - 1993-98645-016 AU - Prather, Penny AU - Gardner, Howard ED - Rapin, Isabelle ED - Segalowitz, Sidney J. ED - Rapin, Isabelle, (Ed) ED - Segalowitz, Sidney J., (Ed) T1 - Developmental neuropsychology: Lessons from cognitive development. T2 - Handbook of neuropsychology, Vol. 6. T3 - Handbook of neuropsychology Y1 - 1992/// SP - 419 EP - 437 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0-444-90492-1 SN - 0-444-81192-3 N1 - Accession Number: 1993-98645-016. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Prather, Penny; Boston U, School of Medicine, Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19940401. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-444-90492-1, Hardcover; 0-444-81192-3, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Development; Neuropsychology. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Processes. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 19. AB - view neuropsychology in a theoretically neutral way as the study of . . . brain–cognitive relations / [examine] the search for a scientific explanation of how individuals come to know the world both directly (through interactions with physical and social reality) and indirectly (mediated by various types of symbols and media) examine the central points and principles of [the Piagetian approach, the Soviet school, the Information Processing approach, and the Constraints approach] to the study of cognitive development / provide prototypical examples of applications to the study of developmental neuropsychological issues / briefly sketch the bases of a separate discipline of 'cognitive developmental neuropsychology' that is based solidly in both cognitive development and neuropsychology (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - examines how the principles of cognitive development contribute to the study of developmental neuropsychological issues KW - 1992 KW - Cognitive Development KW - Neuropsychology KW - Cognitive Processes KW - 1992 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1993-98645-016&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1993-98040-023 AN - 1993-98040-023 AU - Glynn, Shirley M. AU - MacKain, Sally ED - Kavanagh, David J. ED - Kavanagh, David J., (Ed) T1 - Training life skills. T2 - Schizophrenia: An overview and practical handbook. Y1 - 1992/// SP - 393 EP - 406 CY - Boca Raton, FL PB - Chapman & Hall/CRC SN - 0-412-38900-2 SN - 1-56593-054-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1993-98040-023. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Glynn, Shirley M.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brentwood Div, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19940101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-412-38900-2, Hardcover; 1-56593-054-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Activities of Daily Living; Education; Mental Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Schizophrenia; Self-Care Skills; Token Economy Programs. Classification: Interpersonal & Client Centered & Humanistic Therapy (3314). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 14. AB - [discusses] three primary [training] approaches to improving the life skills of patients with schizophrenia and other serious psychiatric illnesses: (1) the token economy, (2) the community support model, and (3) the modular skills training approach (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses the use of life skills training to remediate the deficits in psychiatric patients' living skills KW - 1992 KW - Activities of Daily Living KW - Education KW - Mental Disorders KW - Schizophrenia KW - Self-Care Skills KW - Token Economy Programs KW - 1992 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4899-4457-3_26 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1993-98040-023&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1993-98040-019 AN - 1993-98040-019 AU - Marder, Stephen R. ED - Kavanagh, David J. ED - Kavanagh, David J., (Ed) T1 - Pharmacological treatment of schizophrenia. T2 - Schizophrenia: An overview and practical handbook. Y1 - 1992/// SP - 325 EP - 338 CY - Boca Raton, FL PB - Chapman & Hall/CRC SN - 0-412-38900-2 SN - 1-56593-054-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1993-98040-019. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Marder, Stephen R.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brentwood Div, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19940101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-412-38900-2, Hardcover; 1-56593-054-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Neuroleptic Drugs; Schizophrenia. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 14. AB - [reviews] pharmacological treatments for schizophrenia, examining their effects on the treatment of episodes and their role in long-term maintenance / highlights strategies to reduce the risks of side effects and improve compliance / discusses the relationships between neuroleptic treatment and psychosocial interventions (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses the pharmacological treatment of schizophrenia with neuroleptic drugs KW - 1992 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1992 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4899-4457-3_22 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1993-98040-019&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1993-97149-008 AN - 1993-97149-008 AU - Ainslie, George AU - Haslam, Nick ED - Loewenstein, George ED - Elster, Jon ED - Loewenstein, George, (Ed) ED - Elster, Jon, (Ed) T1 - Self-control. T2 - Choice over time. Y1 - 1992/// SP - 177 EP - 209 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Russell Sage Foundation SN - 0-87154-558-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1993-97149-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ainslie, George; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr & Thomas Jefferson Medical Coll, Psychologist, Coatesville, PA, US. Release Date: 19930801. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-87154-558-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Choice Behavior; Impulsiveness; Self-Control. Minor Descriptor: Rewards. Classification: Cognitive Processes (2340). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 33. AB - argue . . . that successively dominant rewards cannot be weighed against each other, but give rise to interests, sets of behaviors to obtain these rewards / these interests relate to one another strategically / the dominant interest at a given moment makes choices so as to forestall other interests that might undermine its plans, and allows for the possibility that interests dominant at other times may do the same toward it / this situation is responsible for the familiar properties of impulsiveness and self-control, which is a matter of forestalling anticipated temporary preferences for inferior goods (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - examines the behaviors associated with impulsiveness & self control focusing on the forestalling of rewards KW - 1992 KW - Choice Behavior KW - Impulsiveness KW - Self-Control KW - Rewards KW - 1992 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1993-97149-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1993-97149-003 AN - 1993-97149-003 AU - Ainslie, George AU - Haslam, Nick ED - Loewenstein, George ED - Elster, Jon ED - Loewenstein, George, (Ed) ED - Elster, Jon, (Ed) T1 - Hyperbolic discounting. T2 - Choice over time. Y1 - 1992/// SP - 57 EP - 92 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Russell Sage Foundation SN - 0-87154-558-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1993-97149-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ainslie, George; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr & Thomas Jefferson Medical Coll, Psychologist, Coatesville, PA, US. Release Date: 19930801. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-87154-558-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Choice Behavior; Self-Defeating Behavior; Time. Classification: Cognitive Processes (2340). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 36. AB - review how people have been described to devalue the future, then argue that such devaluation must occur in a curve that is more deeply bowed than economists' familiar exponential curve if it is to explain self-defeating behavior / show that a well-documented discount function, Herrnstein's matching law, has the necessary shape / the matching law predicts temporary preferences for poorer, earlier alternatives when they are imminently available deal with the counter-intuitive quality of such a model, then point out some of the long-standing puzzles it can explain / show that regularly recurring preferences . . . depending on their duration . . . may induce a variety of ambivalently valued activities such as (1) addictions; (2) briefer itchlike urges that include some psychiatric symptoms; (3) subjectively involuntary experiences, including pain and fear; and (4) more stable but still undesirable activities that are often ascribed to character flaws (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - examines human choice behavior over time using Herrnstein's matching law to explain self-defeating behaviors KW - 1992 KW - Choice Behavior KW - Self-Defeating Behavior KW - Time KW - 1992 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1993-97149-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1993-97051-006 AN - 1993-97051-006 AU - Miller, Thomas W. ED - Başoğlu, Metin ED - Başoğlu, Metin, (Ed) T1 - Long-term effects of torture in former prisoners of war. T2 - Torture and its consequences: Current treatment approaches. Y1 - 1992/// SP - 107 EP - 135 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Cambridge University Press SN - 0-521-39299-3 N1 - Accession Number: 1993-97051-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Miller, Thomas W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Chief, Lexington, KY, US. Release Date: 19930701. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-521-39299-3, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Prisoners of War; Torture. Minor Descriptor: Adjustment; Interpersonal Interaction; Major Depression; Military Veterans; Victimization; Consequence. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 29. AB - highlight the long-term consequences of torture . . . [in] ex-POWs [prisoners of war] / presents a detailed review of the literature on POW experience during World War II and the Korean War, with particular focus on psychological consequences of captivity, mediating variables in the development of PTSD [posttraumatic stress disorder], impact of torture during captivity, captor–captive relationship, methodological issues in research, and treatment prospects (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) AB - assessed . . . the presence of depressive symptoms in post-traumatic stress disorder in [86] veterans who were former prisoners of war / it is the intent of this research to assist mental health professionals in identifying the critical factors helpful in evaluating former prisoners of war and their subsequent adjustment in civilian life (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - highlights the long-term consequences of torture in former prisoners of war KW - focusing on the presence of depressive symptoms in post-traumatic stress disorder & adjustment in civilian life KW - 1992 KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Prisoners of War KW - Torture KW - Adjustment KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Major Depression KW - Military Veterans KW - Victimization KW - Consequence KW - 1992 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1993-97051-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-98960-010 AN - 1991-98960-010 AU - Lohr, James B. ED - Keshavan, Matcheri S. ED - Kennedy, John S. ED - Keshavan, Matcheri S., (Ed) ED - Kennedy, John S., (Ed) T1 - Tardive dyskinesia. T2 - Drug-induced dysfunction in psychiatry. Y1 - 1992/// SP - 131 EP - 144 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - Hemisphere Publishing Corp SN - 0-89116-961-X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-98960-010. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lohr, James B.; U California, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19920701. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89116-961-X, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neuroleptic Drugs; Side Effects (Drug); Tardive Dyskinesia. Minor Descriptor: Chlorpromazine; Diagnosis; Drug Therapy; Prevention; Treatment. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 14. AB - the discovery of the antipsychotic effects of chlorpromazine in the early 1950s revolutionized the treatment of mental illness and was one of the primary factors ushering in the modern age of psychopharmacology / yet in spite of the dramatic effects of these medications and their high therapeutic index, antipsychotics are associated with several unwanted side effects / the side effect tardive dyskinesia (TD) has gained particular notice, since it may persist long after discontinuation of the antipsychotics risk factors [aging and TD] / pathophysiology / clinical features / subtypes of TD [course, severity, distribution, type of movement] / differential diagnosis / assessment / prevention and treatment (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1992 KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Tardive Dyskinesia KW - Chlorpromazine KW - Diagnosis KW - Drug Therapy KW - Prevention KW - Treatment KW - 1992 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-98960-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-97299-004 AN - 1988-97299-004 AU - Rose, Jed E. ED - Pomerleau, Ovide F. ED - Pomerleau, Cynthia S. ED - Fagerström, Karl Olov ED - Henningfield, Jack E. ED - Hughes, John R. ED - Pomerleau, Ovide F., (Ed) ED - Pomerleau, Cynthia S., (Ed) ED - Fagerström, Karl Olov, (Ed) ED - Henningfield, Jack E., (Ed) ED - Hughes, John R., (Ed) T1 - The role of upper airway stimulation in smoking. T2 - Nicotine replacement: A critical evaluation. T3 - Progress in clinical and biological research, Vol. 261 Y1 - 1992/// SP - 95 EP - 106 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Alan R. Liss SN - 0-8451-5111-8 SN - 1-56024-250-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-97299-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rose, Jed E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr/West Los Angeles, Nicotine Research, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8451-5111-8, Hardcover; 1-56024-250-7, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Addiction; Respiratory Tract Disorders; Tobacco Smoking. Minor Descriptor: Nicotine. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 12. AB - summarize several independent lines of evidence that lead to a rather surprising conclusion: smokers' craving for cigarettes is satisfied more effectively by irritation from smoke in the upper respiratory tract than by nicotine's direct pharmacologic effects on the central nervous system argued that the desire for a cigarette is not fully satisfied by nicotine alone dissociation of peripheral and central components of smoking (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1992 KW - Addiction KW - Respiratory Tract Disorders KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Nicotine KW - 1992 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-97299-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-25119-001 AN - 1991-25119-001 AU - Bradshaw, Samuel L. AU - Ohlde, Carroll D. AU - Horne, James B. T1 - The love of war: Vietnam and the traumatized veteran. JF - Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic JO - Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic JA - Bull Menninger Clin Y1 - 1991///Win 1991 VL - 55 IS - 1 SP - 96 EP - 103 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0025-9284 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-25119-001. PMID: 2009412 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bradshaw, Samuel L.; Colmery-O'Neil Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Topeka, KS, US. Release Date: 19910901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Combat Experience; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychoanalysis; War. Classification: Psychoanalytic Therapy (3315); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Win 1991. AB - Many veterans treated for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) keep alive their war experiences because of their significance and meaning. For these veterans, combat was a positive as well as a negative experience. The authors suggest that many veterans suffer from PTSD because they are continuing to live out their war experiences and to hold onto the meaning of these experiences. Effective treatment requires these veterans to develop a competent peacetime self that incorporates the positive features of the warrior identity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychoanalytic theory based treatment incorporating positive features of war experience & warrior identity KW - veterans treated for PTSD KW - 1991 KW - Combat Experience KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychoanalysis KW - War KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-25119-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-21945-001 AN - 1991-21945-001 AU - Reed, Karen M. AU - Rogers, Robert L. AU - Meyer, John S. T1 - Cerebral magnetic resonance imaging compared in Alzheimer's and multi-infarct dementia. JF - The Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences JO - The Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences Y1 - 1991///Win 1991 VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 51 EP - 57 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0895-0172 SN - 1545-7222 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-21945-001. PMID: 7580172 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reed, Karen M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Cerebral Blood Flow Labs, Houston, TX, US. Release Date: 19910801. Correction Date: 20090727. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Tomography; Vascular Dementia. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Win 1991. AB - Compared cerebral magnetic resonance images (MRIs) between 25 patients with senile dementia of the Alzheimer's type (SDAT) and 25 patients with multi-infarct dementia (MID). Ss were aged 60+ yrs. MRI was clinically useful for differentiating SDAT from MID Ss, using a multivariate model of 6 MRI criteria: ventricular-brain ratio, presence of subcortical infarcts, bifrontal ventricular ratio, bicaudate ventricular ratio, 3rd ventricular ratio, and presence of diffuse periventricular high-intensity white matter lucencies. Using MRI criteria, classification by discriminant function analysis provided 84% correct diagnostic agreement with clinical classification of MID Ss, 92% for SDAT Ss, and 88% of the total cohort. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cerebral MRIs KW - 60 yr olds & older with senile dementia of Alzheimer's type or multi-infarct dementia KW - 1991 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Tomography KW - Vascular Dementia KW - 1991 DO - 10.1176/jnp.3.1.51 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-21945-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-19556-001 AN - 1991-19556-001 AU - Burling, Thomas A. AU - Bigelow, George E. AU - Robinson, J. Courtland AU - Mead, Andrew M. T1 - Smoking during pregnancy: Reduction via objective assessment and directive advice. JF - Behavior Therapy JO - Behavior Therapy JA - Behav Ther Y1 - 1991///Win 1991 VL - 22 IS - 1 SP - 31 EP - 40 CY - US PB - Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy SN - 0005-7894 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-19556-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Burling, Thomas A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19910701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Feedback; Pregnancy; Smoking Cessation; Tobacco Smoking. Minor Descriptor: Carbon Monoxide. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Win 1991. AB - Examined tobacco smoking during pregnancy in 411 pregnant outpatients and tested a randomized intervention trial using data from 139 Ss classified as smokers at the 1st study contact. Self-report and expired air carbon monoxide (CO) assessments conducted at prenatal clinic visits revealed a high prevalence of smoking among all patients, especially young Caucasian women. Smokers were randomized into a usual care condition or a minimal intervention condition consisting of a brief letter that provided feedback about CO elevations and recommended smoking cessation (SCS). SCS was significantly greater among the intervention group than the control group at the following clinic visit. The significant difference between groups was not maintained at the last prenatal visit, due to an increase in cessation among controls. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - objective assessment & directive advice & feedback on carbon monoxide levels KW - tobacco smoking cessation KW - pregnant outpatients KW - 1991 KW - Feedback KW - Pregnancy KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Carbon Monoxide KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/S0005-7894(05)80241-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-19556-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1992-02631-001 AN - 1992-02631-001 AU - Boczkowski, Judith A. AU - Levine, Ellen G. T1 - Pseudodepression in hyponatremia. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1991/08// VL - 179 IS - 8 SP - 508 EP - 510 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1992-02631-001. PMID: 1741820 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boczkowski, Judith A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19920101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antidepressant Drugs; Blood and Lymphatic Disorders; Drug Therapy; Major Depression. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Symptoms. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1991. AB - The cases of 2 male patients (aged 44 and 73 yrs) illustrate some of the behavioral changes seen in hyponatremic patients that may suggest a need for antidepressants, even though antidepressant therapy may not prove beneficial. Greater recognition of the possible link between mild hyponatremia and depressive symptoms may decrease the likelihood of unnecessary medication. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - unnecessary antidepressant treatment KW - hyponatremic male 44 & 73 yr olds with depressive symptoms KW - case report KW - 1991 KW - Antidepressant Drugs KW - Blood and Lymphatic Disorders KW - Drug Therapy KW - Major Depression KW - Case Report KW - Symptoms KW - 1991 DO - 10.1097/00005053-199108000-00015 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-02631-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1992-05528-001 AN - 1992-05528-001 AU - Hyer, Leon A. AU - Summers, Mary N. T1 - 'Alexithymia and posttraumatic stress disorder': Reply. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1991/07// VL - 52 IS - 7 SP - 317 EP - 319 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-05528-001. Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hyer, Leon A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 19920201. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Alexithymia; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychopathology. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1991. AB - Responds to comments by W. A. Alvarez and S. Shipko (see record [rid]1992-05514-001[/rid]) on a study by L. Hyer et al (see record [rid]1990-31033-001[/rid]) showing that alexithymia is prevalent among posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) patients but is largely independent of objective and subjective ratings of psychophysiologic responses. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alexithymia KW - Vietnam veterans in PTSD vs alcohol abuse vs psychiatric groups KW - commentary reply KW - 1991 KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Alexithymia KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychopathology KW - Military Veterans KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-05528-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1992-04670-001 AN - 1992-04670-001 AU - Becker, Howard C. AU - Hale, Robert L. T1 - RO15-4513 antagonizes the anxiolytic effects of ethanol in a nonshock conflict task at doses devoid of anxiogenic activity. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1991/07// VL - 39 IS - 3 SP - 803 EP - 807 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-04670-001. PMID: 1686108 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Becker, Howard C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Charleston, SC, US. Release Date: 19920201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Behavioral Contrast; Benzodiazepines; Drug Dosages; Ethanol. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1991. AB - Examined whether the partial benzodiazepine inverse agonist RO15-4513 is capable of antagonizing the anxiolytic effects of ethanol in a nonshock conflict task at doses that, by themselves, do not reveal the compound's intrinsic anxiogenic properties. The consummatory conflict task (negative contrast) involved quantifying how male rats responded to an abrupt, unexpected reduction in reward (sucrose solution). Depressed consummatory behavior engendered by reward reduction was significantly alleviated by ethanol. This anxiolytic effect of ethanol, however, was antagonized dose dependently by RO15-4513. Results suggest that RO15-4513 interacted with the anxiolytic effects of ethanol in a nonadditive fashion. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - RO15-4513 KW - anxiolytic ethanol effects in nonshock conflict task at doses devoid of anxiogenic activity KW - male rats KW - 1991 KW - Anxiety KW - Behavioral Contrast KW - Benzodiazepines KW - Drug Dosages KW - Ethanol KW - Rats KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(91)90169-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-04670-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-34405-001 AN - 1991-34405-001 AU - Thalheimer, Linda B. T1 - Occupational therapy in the Department of Veterans Affairs: Focus on health care of the elderly veteran. T3 - Serving older adults JF - American Journal of Occupational Therapy JO - American Journal of Occupational Therapy JA - Am J Occup Ther Y1 - 1991/07// VL - 45 IS - 7 SP - 613 EP - 620 CY - US PB - American Occupational Therapy Assn SN - 0272-9490 SN - 1943-7676 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-34405-001. PMID: 1928277 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Thalheimer, Linda B.; Brockton-West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research Education & Clinical Ctr, West Roxbury, MA, US. Release Date: 19911201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Government Agencies; Health Care Services; Military Veterans; Occupational Therapists; Therapist Role. Minor Descriptor: Personnel Recruitment. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1991. AB - The Department of Veteran Affairs (VA) operates the largest integrated health care system in the world, with designated departments and programs designed to meet long-term care needs of the aging veteran. Occupational therapy is an important intervention to maximize the quality of life of older persons. Because of the increasing number of aging veterans and the national shortage of occupational therapists, the VA has been devising programs to recruit and retain occupational therapists in VA medical centers. The combination of long-term care programs and the VA's commitment to ongoing research, education, and occupational therapy services points to a promising outlook for care of aging veterans. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - long term health care system & programs & role & recruitment of occupational therapists in VA KW - elderly veterans KW - 1991 KW - Government Agencies KW - Health Care Services KW - Military Veterans KW - Occupational Therapists KW - Therapist Role KW - Personnel Recruitment KW - 1991 DO - 10.5014/ajot.45.7.613 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-34405-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-34400-001 AN - 1991-34400-001 AU - O'Leary, Stephanie AU - Mann, Charlotte AU - Perkash, Inder T1 - Access to computers for older adults: Problems and solutions. T3 - Serving older adults JF - American Journal of Occupational Therapy JO - American Journal of Occupational Therapy JA - Am J Occup Ther Y1 - 1991/07// VL - 45 IS - 7 SP - 636 EP - 642 CY - US PB - American Occupational Therapy Assn SN - 0272-9490 SN - 1943-7676 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-34400-001. PMID: 1833978 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Leary, Stephanie; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Computer Evaluation & Learning Lab, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19911201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Computer Applications; Disorders; Occupational Therapy. Minor Descriptor: Education; Microcomputers; Occupational Therapists. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1991. AB - Suggests that activity involving a personal computer is a valuable modality for the rehabilitation of older adults. The therapist without specialized training, however, may have difficulty integrating computer use with adults with chronic health problems that impede such use. Positioning, visual access, and input problems are described that may interfere with computer access, and solutions are presented for use by the occupational therapist. Resources for adaptive computer hardware, software, and positioning devices are identified, and examples are provided of how computer activities can be integrated into nursing home, day-care, and home-care programs. Recommendations are made for training for occupational therapists with limited experience with personal computers and adaptive computer technology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personal computers in occupational therapy & recommendations for therapist training KW - older adults with chronic health problems KW - 1991 KW - Computer Applications KW - Disorders KW - Occupational Therapy KW - Education KW - Microcomputers KW - Occupational Therapists KW - 1991 DO - 10.5014/ajot.45.7.636 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-34400-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-34056-001 AN - 1991-34056-001 AU - Cummings, Jeffrey L. T1 - Behavioral complications of drug treatment of Parkinson's disease. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1991/07// VL - 39 IS - 7 SP - 708 EP - 716 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-34056-001. PMID: 2061539 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cummings, Jeffrey L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr-West Los Angeles, Neurobehavior Unit, Los Angeles, CA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19911201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Literature Review; Parkinson's Disease; Side Effects (Drug). Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1991. AB - Summarizes current information regarding behavioral disturbances (BDs) associated with Parkinson's disease (PD) treatment. A variety of neuropharmacologic agents, including anticholinergic drugs, amantadine hydrochloride, levodopa, selegiline, bromocriptine, and pergolide are now available for the treatment of PD. When administered in excessive doses or to susceptible individuals, anti-parkinsonian agents may produce alterations in mood, thought content, attention, personal security or sexual behavior. Major BDs observed in the course of PD treatment include hallucinations, delusions, mania, hypomania, euphoria, depression, anxiety, altered sexual behavior, and confusion. BDs were considered a consequence of the therapy when they appeared for the 1st time soon after initiation of treatment or after an increase in drug dosage. BDs improve when the drug is discontinued or the dose decreased. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuropharmacologic therapy KW - behavioral disturbances KW - patients with Parkinson's disease KW - literature review KW - 1991 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Literature Review KW - Parkinson's Disease KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - 1991 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1991.tb03627.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-34056-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-32095-001 AN - 1991-32095-001 AU - Weinberger, Morris AU - Samsa, Gregory P. AU - Hanlon, Joseph T. AU - Schmader, Kenneth AU - Doyle, M. E. AU - Cowper, P. A. AU - Uttech, K. M. AU - Cohen, H. J. AU - Feussner, J. R. T1 - An evaluation of a brief health status measure in elderly veterans. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1991/07// VL - 39 IS - 7 SP - 691 EP - 694 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-32095-001. PMID: 2061535 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weinberger, Morris; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Ctr for Health Services Research in Primary Care, Durham, NC, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19911201. Correction Date: 20130513. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Health; Lower Income Level; Measurement; Military Veterans. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220); Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1991. AB - Examined the feasibility of a brief health status measure (SF-36) in elderly male veterans, by comparing it with the 136-item Sickness Impact Profile (SIP). 25 elderly, low-income veterans (age 65+ yrs) were interviewed with both the SIP and SF-36. The SF-36 took less time to administer. The 2 instruments were highly correlated and provided similar ranking of Ss' health status. The significantly shorter administration time of the SF-36 is an attractive feature of both researchers and clinicians interested in assessing health status. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - evaluation of brief health status measure KW - low income 65 yr old & older male veterans KW - 1991 KW - Health KW - Lower Income Level KW - Measurement KW - Military Veterans KW - 1991 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1991.tb03623.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-32095-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-32022-001 AN - 1991-32022-001 AU - Gilbert, Francis S. T1 - Development of a 'Steps Questionnaire.' JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1991/07// VL - 52 IS - 4 SP - 353 EP - 360 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0096-882X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-32022-001. PMID: 1875709 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs; Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gilbert, Francis S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcoholism Rehabilitation Lab, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19911201. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholics Anonymous; Alcoholism; Client Attitudes; Questionnaires; Test Construction. Minor Descriptor: Longitudinal Studies; Military Veterans; Test Validity. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1991. AB - Describes the development of a scale to measure alcoholics' levels of agreement with the 1st 3 steps of the 12-step recovery program developed by Alcoholics Anonymous (AA) and to test the relationship between sobriety and belief in these 3 steps. Using both factor analysis and Rasch analysis, 2 versions of a 'Steps Questionnaire' were developed. 96 male veteran alcoholic inpatients were assessed quarterly for 1 yr following treatment to determine the predictive validity of the questionnaire. Results suggest that agreement with AA's 1st 3 steps can be measured and that agreement with AA's 1st step correlates with number of sober days posttreatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - development & validity of Steps Questionnaire KW - assessment of attitudes & beliefs related to 1st 3 steps of Alcoholics Anonymous 12 step program KW - alcoholic male veterans KW - 1 yr study KW - 1991 KW - Alcoholics Anonymous KW - Alcoholism KW - Client Attitudes KW - Questionnaires KW - Test Construction KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Military Veterans KW - Test Validity KW - 1991 DO - 10.15288/jsa.1991.52.353 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-32022-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1992-04420-001 AN - 1992-04420-001 AU - Fields, Jeremy Z. AU - Drucker, George E. AU - Wichlinski, Lawrence AU - Gordon, John H. T1 - Neurochemical basis for the absence of overt 'stereotyped' behaviors in rats with up-regulated striatal D₂ dopamine receptors. JF - Clinical Neuropharmacology JO - Clinical Neuropharmacology JA - Clin Neuropharmacol Y1 - 1991/06// VL - 14 IS - 3 SP - 199 EP - 208 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0362-5664 SN - 1537-162X N1 - Accession Number: 1992-04420-001. PMID: 1676931 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fields, Jeremy Z.; Edward Hines Jr. Veterans Administration Hosp, Research Service, Hines, IL, US. Release Date: 19920201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Models; Basal Ganglia; Dopamine; Neural Receptors; Tardive Dyskinesia. Minor Descriptor: Rats; Stereotyped Behavior. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1991. AB - Investigated a mechanism by which female rats suppress dyskinetic movements normally associated with elevated D₂ dopamine (DA) receptor density. Neurochemical changes were correlated with behavioral changes using several animal models, including nonneuroleptic ones, which elicit varied levels of DA receptor upregulation. There was a significant positive correlation between striatal DA receptor density and apomorphine-induced stereotypic behaviors. In contrast, there was a significant negative correlation between increased DA receptor density and synthesis capacity for striatal DA (Vmax for tyrosine hydroxylase). This decrease in Vmax appears to be a compensatory adjustment of the nigrostriatal DA tract for the increased DA receptor density induced in the animal models. An observed increase in receptor density may not predict a functional change because compensatory neural mechanisms exist. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - elevation of striatal dopamine receptor density KW - mechanism for suppression of dyskinetic movements KW - rats KW - animal model of tardive dyskinesia KW - 1991 KW - Animal Models KW - Basal Ganglia KW - Dopamine KW - Neural Receptors KW - Tardive Dyskinesia KW - Rats KW - Stereotyped Behavior KW - 1991 DO - 10.1097/00002826-199106000-00002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-04420-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1992-02167-001 AN - 1992-02167-001 AU - Axelrod, Bradley N. AU - Rosenbaum, Gerald AU - Adams, Kenneth M. T1 - Cognitive and motor deficits in selected unilateral brain-injured patients. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1991/06// VL - 72 IS - 3, Pt 1 SP - 767 EP - 771 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1992-02167-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Axelrod, Bradley N.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Allen Park, MI, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19920101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Cerebrovascular Accidents; Spatial Ability; Verbal Ability. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1991. AB - 16 right-hemisphere and 16 left-hemisphere, nonaphasic brain-injured male stroke patients (aged 43–75 yrs) were compared with 16 matched normal controls on the verbal and visuospatial paired-associate tasks developed by R. Stark (1961) as a partial replication to a more severely impaired population. Right-brain-injured Ss showed a significant visuospatial deficit and contralateral motor impairment. Left-brain-injured Ss, screened for aphasia, showed contralateral motor impairment but did not show impairment on the verbal task. Examination of the areas of infarct resulting from the cerebrovascular accident in the left-hemisphere Ss suggests that the presence of a contralateral motor deficit without verbal impairment results from specific focal occlusions of branches of the middle cerebral artery in this group. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - verbal & visuospatial paired associate task performance KW - male 43–75 yr old stroke patients with unilateral brain injury KW - 1991 KW - Brain Damage KW - Cerebrovascular Accidents KW - Spatial Ability KW - Verbal Ability KW - 1991 DO - 10.2466/PMS.72.3.767-771 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-02167-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1992-01912-001 AN - 1992-01912-001 AU - Kleespies, Phillip M. T1 - 'Social factors in suicide': Comment. JF - Suicide and Life-Threatening Behavior JO - Suicide and Life-Threatening Behavior JA - Suicide Life Threat Behav Y1 - 1991///Sum 1991 VL - 21 IS - 2 SP - 188 EP - 195 PB - Human Sciences Press, Inc. SN - 0363-0234 SN - 1943-278X N1 - Accession Number: 1992-01912-001. Other Journal Title: Life-Threatening Behavior; Suicide. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kleespies, Phillip M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Boston, MA, US. Other Publishers: Behavioral Publications; Guilford Publications; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19920101. Correction Date: 20130610. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Methodology; Psychodiagnosis; Psychosocial Factors; Suicide. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1991. AB - Comments on the findings of G. Murphy and E. Robins (1967) concerning interpersonal loss as a factor in the suicides of alcoholics and suggests that their findings have not been subjected to scrutiny in the light of more recent developments in the field (e.g., a heightened focus on the importance of a multidimensional or multiaxial approach to diagnosis). Future research would optimally be prospective and utilize a standardized diagnostic interview. Efforts should be made to analyze or control for the contribution of coexisting and/or secondary diagnoses. Diagnostic groups should not be merged and used in comparisons to studies with single diagnosis groups without empirically justifying the combination. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - interpersonal loss as precipitating factor & diagnostic & methodological issues KW - alcoholic suicide victims KW - commentary KW - 1991 KW - Alcoholism KW - Methodology KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - Suicide KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-01912-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1992-01686-001 AN - 1992-01686-001 AU - Miller, L. Stephen AU - Faustman, William O. AU - Moses, James A. AU - Csernansky, John G. T1 - Evaluating cognitive impairment in depression with the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery: Severity correlates and comparisons with nonpsychiatric controls. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1991/06// VL - 37 IS - 3 SP - 219 EP - 227 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-01686-001. PMID: 1891505 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Miller, L. Stephen; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19920101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Luria Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery; Major Depression; Severity (Disorders). Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1991. AB - Hypothesized that 28 depressed male inpatients (aged 27–66 yrs) would demonstrate increased deficits on cognitive testing relative to 28 matched male nonpsychiatric controls (aged 23–69 yrs), and that depression severity would correlate with cognitive performance. Ss were administered the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery and a subset of 20 depressed Ss also completed the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Revised (WAIS—R). Cognitive functioning in depressed Ss did not differ significantly from that in controls and was independent of symptom severity. Clinicians should be aware of the need for routine assessments of the cognitive status of depressed patients and should not conclude that patients are free of cognitive deficits when they are not exhibiting depressive symptomatology, or that patients have cognitive difficulties when they are symptomatic. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - utility of Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery KW - assessment of cognitive performance & correlation with illness severity KW - depressed vs nonpsychiatric male 23–69 yr olds KW - 1991 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Luria Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery KW - Major Depression KW - Severity (Disorders) KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(91)90058-W UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-01686-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-34528-001 AN - 1991-34528-001 AU - Neumann, Joseph K. AU - Thompson, William AU - Woolley, Thomas W. T1 - Christianity versus humanism: The influence of values on the nonclinical professional decisions of Veterans Administration psychologists. JF - Journal of Psychology and Theology JO - Journal of Psychology and Theology JA - J Psychol Theol Y1 - 1991///Sum 1991 VL - 19 IS - 2 SP - 166 EP - 177 CY - US PB - University of Biola SN - 0091-6471 SN - 2328-1162 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-34528-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Neumann, Joseph K.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Mountain Home, TN, US. Release Date: 19911201. Correction Date: 20170220. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Decision Making; Personal Values; Psychologists; Religious Beliefs. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1991. AB - Examined the relationship of values to nonclinical professional decisions among 105 psychologists. Ss rated vignettes that reflected either Christian or humanist values. Humanist vignettes received significantly greater approval than did Christian vignettes, suggesting a humanistic bias in psychology. Methodological issues, the separation of church and state issue, the slippery slope hypothesis, and several specific professional implications (e.g., research opportunities, licensing procedures) are discussed. A structural pluralism is encouraged to avoid the apparent nontheistic basis in the nonclinical, professional decisions of psychologists. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Christian vs humanist personal values KW - nonclinical professional decisions KW - VA psychologists KW - 1991 KW - Decision Making KW - Personal Values KW - Psychologists KW - Religious Beliefs KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-34528-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-34377-001 AN - 1991-34377-001 AU - Welch, H. Gilbert AU - Larson, Eric H. T1 - Patients requiring at least five admissions in 1 year: Data from Washington State. JF - Medical Care JO - Medical Care JA - Med Care Y1 - 1991/06// VL - 29 IS - 6 SP - 578 EP - 582 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0025-7079 SN - 1537-1948 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-34377-001. PMID: 1904519 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Welch, H. Gilbert; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Medical Service, White River Junction, VT, US. Release Date: 19911201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Demographic Characteristics; Disorders; Hospital Admission. Minor Descriptor: Hospitalized Patients. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1991. AB - Reviewed 462,908 discharge records linked to 350,424 patient records in the general inpatient population of Washington state in 1 calendar year, focusing on patients requiring at least 5 admissions in that year. Multiple admission Ss were older and more likely to be male than Ss admitted once. The diagnoses with the greatest risk for multiple admission generally involved oncologic and hematologic disorders. The high proportion of short stays associated with chemotherapy, uterine and adnexa malignancy, and red blood cell disorders may represent services that could be administered on an outpatient basis. The high mortality of Ss after 5 or more admissions for radiotherapy could be viewed as evidence of the futility of multiple hospital admissions in this setting. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - demographic characteristics & diagnoses KW - medical patients with at least 5 hospital admissions in 1 yr KW - 1991 KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - Disorders KW - Hospital Admission KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - 1991 DO - 10.1097/00005650-199106000-00016 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-34377-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-34036-001 AN - 1991-34036-001 AU - Payne, Thomas J. AU - Colletti, Gep T1 - Treatment of a 15-year-old girl with chronic muscle-contraction headache using implosive therapy. JF - British Journal of Medical Psychology JO - British Journal of Medical Psychology JA - Br J Med Psychol Y1 - 1991/06// VL - 64 IS - 2 SP - 173 EP - 177 CY - United Kingdom PB - British Psychological Society SN - 0007-1129 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-34036-001. Other Journal Title: Psychology and Psychotherapy: Theory, Research and Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Payne, Thomas J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Jackson, MS, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19911201. Correction Date: 20111114. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Implosive Therapy; Muscle Contraction Headache; Sexual Abuse. Minor Descriptor: Victimization. Classification: Behavior Therapy & Behavior Modification (3312). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1991. AB - Describes the case of a 15-yr-old girl with chronic muscle-contraction headache who was treated initially using a behaviorally based headache program. Little change in headache activity resulted. Implosive therapy was incorporated into treatment after the S revealed a past epidose of sexual abuse. This therapy emphasized sexual approaches by the S's father to increase the S's feelings of control. A substantial reduction in headache activity was noted at posttreatment and follow-up. The S also indicated greater comfort in actual interactions with her father. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - implosive therapy incorporated into behavioral treatment KW - sexually abused female 15 yr old with chronic muscle contraction headache KW - 1991 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Implosive Therapy KW - Muscle Contraction Headache KW - Sexual Abuse KW - Victimization KW - 1991 DO - 10.1111/j.2044-8341.1991.tb01654.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-34036-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-33544-001 AN - 1991-33544-001 AU - Adinoff, Bryon AU - Martin, Peter R. AU - Eckardt, Michael J. AU - Bone, George H. AU - Gold, Philip W. AU - Linnoila, Markku T1 - Pituitary-adrenal responses to oCRH and central neuropeptide levels in alcohol amnestic disorder. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1991/06// VL - 29 IS - 11 SP - 1153 EP - 1155 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-33544-001. PMID: 1651774 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Adinoff, Bryon; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Charleston, SC, US. Release Date: 19911201. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Amnesia; Corticotropin; Hypothalamo Hypophyseal System; Peptides. Minor Descriptor: Blood Plasma; Cerebrospinal Fluid; Hydrocortisone; Neurochemistry; Sobriety. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1991. AB - Explored hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis organization and its relationship to central neuropeptide concentrations in alcohol amnestic disorder (AAD). Plasma adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH) and cortisol response to (o)corticotropin-releasing hormone (oCRH) administration was measured, along with cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) concentrations of CRH and ACTH, in 11 abstinent alcoholic male patients with AAD and in 15 male controls. Patients and controls did not differ in baseline levels of ACTH and cortisol or in ACTH and cortisol responses to oCRH administration. Findings suggest that chronic ethanol abuse results in a progressive alteration in neuroendocrine functioning. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - corticotropin KW - pituitary adrenal response & plasma & CSF cortisol & ACTH & corticotropin releasing hormone KW - abstinent males with alcohol amnestic disorder KW - 1991 KW - Alcoholism KW - Amnesia KW - Corticotropin KW - Hypothalamo Hypophyseal System KW - Peptides KW - Blood Plasma KW - Cerebrospinal Fluid KW - Hydrocortisone KW - Neurochemistry KW - Sobriety KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(91)90257-M UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-33544-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-33443-001 AN - 1991-33443-001 AU - Siever, Larry J. AU - Bernstein, David P. AU - Silverman, Jeremy M. T1 - Schizotypal personality disorder: A review of its current status. T3 - Special Series: DSM-IV and personality disorders JF - Journal of Personality Disorders JO - Journal of Personality Disorders JA - J Pers Disord Y1 - 1991///Sum 1991 VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 178 EP - 193 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0885-579X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-33443-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Siever, Larry J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19911201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Disorders; Psychodiagnostic Typologies; Psychosis; Schizotypal Personality Disorder. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1991. AB - Examines the relationship of schizotypal personality disorder (SPD) to other personality disorders and to Axis I psychotic disorders (specifically, the schizophrenic and paranoid disorders). The relationship is considered from phenomenologic, genetic, biologic, outcome, and treatment response vantage points. Information was gathered through a review of studies pertaining to SPD. Proposed modifications in the diagnostic criteria for SPD in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-IV) are directed toward reducing the high degree of diagnostic overlap between SPD and other personality disorders that fall outside of the 'schizophrenia spectrum,' particularly borderline personality disorder. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - relationship of schizotypal personality disorder to other personality & Axis I psychotic disorders & recommendations for DSM-IV criteria KW - 1991 KW - Personality Disorders KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - Psychosis KW - Schizotypal Personality Disorder KW - 1991 DO - 10.1521/pedi.1991.5.2.178 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-33443-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-31281-001 AN - 1991-31281-001 AU - Stern, Robert G. AU - Duffelmeyer, Michelle E. AU - Zemishlany, Zvi AU - Davidson, Michael T1 - The use of benzodiazepines in the management of behavioral symptoms in demented patients. JF - Psychiatric Clinics of North America JO - Psychiatric Clinics of North America JA - Psychiatr Clin North Am Y1 - 1991/06// VL - 14 IS - 2 SP - 375 EP - 384 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0193-953X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-31281-001. PMID: 1676508 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stern, Robert G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19911101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Behavior Problems; Benzodiazepines; Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1991. AB - Hard data on the efficacy of benzodiazepines (BZs) in the treatment of behavioral disturbances in Alzheimer's disease (AD) are not available. Short-acting BZs, such as oxazepam, appear safer than long-acting BZs and more efficient than placebo in the short-term (4–8 wks) treatment of behavioral disturbances in geriatric, psychogeriatric, and demented patients. When, despite the lack of well-founded knowledge in this field, such a treatment modality is chosen for AD, short-acting BZs should be preferred over long-acting agents. Drug interactions and pharmacokinetic aspects of the specific agent in the individual patient should always be considered carefully. Methodological recommendations are made for future studies of the efficacy of BZs in AD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - benzodiazepines KW - behavioral disturbances KW - patients with Alzheimer's disease KW - 1991 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Behavior Problems KW - Benzodiazepines KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-31281-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-31199-001 AN - 1991-31199-001 AU - Fingeret, Murray AU - Schuettenberg, Susan P. T1 - Patient drug schedules and compliance. JF - Journal of the American Optometric Association JO - Journal of the American Optometric Association JA - J Am Optom Assoc Y1 - 1991/06// VL - 62 IS - 6 SP - 478 EP - 480 CY - US PB - American Optometric Assn SN - 0003-0244 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-31199-001. PMID: 1813544 Other Journal Title: Optometry: Journal of the American Optometric Association. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fingeret, Murray; St Albans Veterans Administration, NY, US. Release Date: 19911101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Dosages; Drug Therapy; Glaucoma; Treatment Compliance. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1991. AB - Discusses the problem of noncompliance in managing and treating patients with glaucoma. A patient dosage schedule is presented to help improve patient compliance. The dosage schedule codes the names of the medication by bottle or cap color. By using a dosage schedule, patients benefit and doctors gain insight into successful patient management. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drug dosage schedule KW - treatment compliance & management KW - glaucoma patients KW - 1991 KW - Drug Dosages KW - Drug Therapy KW - Glaucoma KW - Treatment Compliance KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-31199-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-31191-001 AN - 1991-31191-001 AU - Davidson, Michael AU - Stern, Robert G. T1 - The treatment of cognitive impairment in Alzheimer's disease: Beyond the cholinergic approach. JF - Psychiatric Clinics of North America JO - Psychiatric Clinics of North America JA - Psychiatr Clin North Am Y1 - 1991/06// VL - 14 IS - 2 SP - 461 EP - 482 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0193-953X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-31191-001. PMID: 2062728 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davidson, Michael; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19911101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Catecholamines; Cholinomimetic Drugs; Cognitive Ability; Drug Therapy. Minor Descriptor: Drugs. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 22. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1991. AB - Reviews trends in the treatment of cognitive dysfunction in Alzheimer's disease (AD), focusing on strategies to enhance cholinergic neurotransmission, including the use of cholinergic agonists, acetylcholine esterase inhibitors, and other cholinomimetics (CHLs). Monoaminergic (MON) drugs, drugs affecting central nervous system (CNS) peptide systems, and nootropics and other cognition-enhancing drugs are also discussed. New trends include glutamatergic manipulations, calcium channel blockers, and beta-amyloid and neurotropic factors. Despite the well-founded rationale for using CHL and MON agents in treating AD, these strategies have only led to modest results. None of the drugs assessed have been shown to improve cognitive function to a clinically significant degree in patients with AD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cholinomimetic & monoaminergic & other drugs KW - cognitive dysfunction KW - patients with Alzheimer's disease KW - 1991 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Catecholamines KW - Cholinomimetic Drugs KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drugs KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-31191-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-31158-001 AN - 1991-31158-001 AU - Fudge, Ronald C. AU - Thailer, Sheryl A. AU - Alpert, Murray AU - Intrator, Joanne T1 - The effects of electromyographic feedback training on suppression of the oral-lingual movements associated with tardive dyskinesia. JF - Biofeedback & Self Regulation JO - Biofeedback & Self Regulation JA - Biofeedback Self Regul Y1 - 1991/06// VL - 16 IS - 2 SP - 117 EP - 129 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0363-3586 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-31158-001. PMID: 1677276 Other Journal Title: Applied Psychophysiology and Biofeedback. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fudge, Ronald C.; Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp, Psychology Service, Montrose, NY, US. Release Date: 19911101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biofeedback Training; Electromyography; Motor Processes; Tardive Dyskinesia. Classification: Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1991. AB - 20 adult male inpatients diagnosed as having tardive dyskinesia (TD) using the Abnormal Involuntary Movements Scale (AIMS) by W. Guy (1976) were randomly assigned to 1 of 2 treatment conditions (true feedback or false feedback). Ss were given feedback training consisting of 10 14-min sessions. Group 1 Ss were provided with a tone contingent upon oral-lingual movements above a yoked threshold. Group 2 Ss were given noncontingent feedback tones generated randomly. Weekly AIMS were administered as well as an initial baseline during each session. Analysis indicated significantly more suppression of oral-lingual activity in the contingent group vs the noncontingent feedback group. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EMG true vs false feedback training KW - oral lingual movements KW - male inpatients with tardive dyskinesia KW - 1991 KW - Biofeedback Training KW - Electromyography KW - Motor Processes KW - Tardive Dyskinesia KW - 1991 DO - 10.1007/BF01000185 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-31158-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-26810-001 AN - 1991-26810-001 AU - Dekker, Ad J. AU - Connor, Donald J. AU - Thal, Leon J. T1 - The role of cholinergic projections from the nucleus basalis in memory. JF - Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews JO - Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews JA - Neurosci Biobehav Rev Y1 - 1991///Sum 1991 VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 299 EP - 317 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0149-7634 SN - 1873-7528 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-26810-001. PMID: 1852317 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dekker, Ad J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Neurology, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19911001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Basal Ganglia; Cholinergic Nerves; Literature Review; Memory. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 19. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1991. AB - Reviews the behavioral effects of lesions of the nucleus basalis magnocellularis (NBM), focusing on the anatomical extent of the lesion, the involvement of neurotransmitter systems, and the alterations in memory processes. Most behavioral deficits after NBM lesions can be attributed to damage to the NBM itself. The neurochemical deficit underlying the behavioral impairments is most likely the decrease in cholinergic functioning. Lesions of the NBM also affect other behavioral processes, such as discrimination and habituation. A common process underlying these impairments could be insufficiently focused processing of stimuli. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lesions of nucleus basalis magnocellularis KW - cholinergic involvement in memory KW - literature review KW - 1991 KW - Basal Ganglia KW - Cholinergic Nerves KW - Literature Review KW - Memory KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/S0149-7634(05)80008-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-26810-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-26260-001 AN - 1991-26260-001 AU - Timko, Christine AU - Moos, Rudolf H. T1 - Assessing the quality of residential programs: Methods and applications. T3 - Environment and its significance to residential services JF - Adult Residential Care Journal JO - Adult Residential Care Journal Y1 - 1991///Sum 1991 VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 113 EP - 129 CY - US PB - Adult Residential Care Journal SN - 0899-1995 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-26260-001. Other Journal Title: Adult Foster Care Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Timko, Christine; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Health Services Research & Development Program, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19911001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Facility Environment; Program Evaluation; Residential Care Institutions; Test Construction. Minor Descriptor: Measurement. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Nursing Homes & Residential Care (3377). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1991. AB - Presents an overview of the development, content, and uses of the Multiphasic Environmental Assessment Procedure (MEAP). The MEAP assesses the physical features, policies and services, resident and staff characteristics, and social climate in group residential facilities for older people. The conceptual framework on which the MEAP is based and 4 instruments that comprise the MEAP are reviewed. Comparisons of different types of residential facilities on MEAP dimensions are summarized, as well as research that examines resident–facility matching. Practical applications of the MEAP are presented for program implementation, change, design, and evaluation in adult residential care settings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - development & content & uses of Multiphasic Environmental Assessment Procedure KW - quality of residential programs KW - elderly KW - 1991 KW - Facility Environment KW - Program Evaluation KW - Residential Care Institutions KW - Test Construction KW - Measurement KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-26260-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-23286-001 AN - 1991-23286-001 AU - Cerella, John T1 - Age effects may be global, not local: Comment on Fisk and Rogers (1991). JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology: General JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology: General JA - J Exp Psychol Gen Y1 - 1991/06// VL - 120 IS - 2 SP - 215 EP - 223 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-3445 SN - 1939-2222 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-23286-001. PMID: 1830612 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cerella, John; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 19910901. Correction Date: 20120206. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Memory; Visual Search. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1991. Publication History: Accepted Date: Dec 17, 1990; First Submitted Date: Dec 14, 1990. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - A series of analyses of variance on target search times allowed A. Fisk and W. Rogers (see record [rid]1991-23287-001[/rid]) to reject the null hypothesis that age had a uniform, additive effect across search conditions. It does not, however, follow that age affected some conditions in an exceptional way, as Fisk and Rogers concluded. Age may have had a uniform but nonadditive effect across conditions. In this article, it is shown that age had a uniform linear, or perhaps slightly curvilinear, effect on search times. This 'null hypothesis' adequately accounted for the age effects in all 27 search conditions. Indeed, it accounted for the age effects in 107 conditions abstracted from other visual search studies and for the age effects in 154 conditions abstracted from a miscellaneous collection of nonsearch processing-time studies. The only variation in age outcomes across studies was consistent with sampling error, given the known variance in response times. It is concluded that age is experienced as a generalized slowing of the central nervous system uniformly affecting all information processes. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age KW - performance on memory & visual search tasks KW - adults KW - commentary KW - 1991 KW - Age Differences KW - Memory KW - Visual Search KW - 1991 DO - 10.1037/0096-3445.120.2.215 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-23286-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-30939-001 AN - 1991-30939-001 AU - Prather, Penny AU - Shapiro, Lewis AU - Zurif, Edgar AU - Swinney, David T1 - Real-time examinations of lexical processing in aphasics. T3 - Sentence processing JF - Journal of Psycholinguistic Research JO - Journal of Psycholinguistic Research JA - J Psycholinguist Res Y1 - 1991/05// VL - 20 IS - 3 SP - 271 EP - 281 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0090-6905 SN - 1573-6555 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-30939-001. PMID: 1880765 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Prather, Penny; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Aphasia Research Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19911101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Brain Damage; Computer Applications; Lexical Access; Neuroanatomy. Minor Descriptor: Psycholinguistics. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: May, 1991. AB - Argues that the lesion localizing value of disruptions to modular information processing systems emerges most clearly from on-line analyses of processing. In this respect, it is shown that left anterior (but not left posterior) damage causes slowed information access. The manner in which this slowing might yield some of the specific syntactic limitations charted in Broca's aphasia is discussed. The cortical area implicated in Broca's aphasia is not necessarily the locus of syntactic representations; this area may instead sustain particular time-based operating characteristics that in turn sustain normal real-time parsing. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - online analysis of lesion locale in lexical processing KW - aphasic patients KW - 1991 KW - Aphasia KW - Brain Damage KW - Computer Applications KW - Lexical Access KW - Neuroanatomy KW - Psycholinguistics KW - 1991 DO - 10.1007/BF01067219 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-30939-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-30735-001 AN - 1991-30735-001 AU - Ward, L. Charles AU - Rothaus, Paul T1 - The measurement of denial and rationalization in male alcoholics. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1991/05// VL - 47 IS - 3 SP - 465 EP - 468 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-30735-001. PMID: 2066419 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ward, L. Charles; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Tuscaloosa, AL, US. Release Date: 19911101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Denial; Measurement; Rationalization (Defense Mechanism). Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1991. AB - 200 male alcoholics in a detoxification unit or alcohol rehabilitation program were given 94 true–false items constructed to characterize alcoholic defensiveness. A factor analysis revealed 2 strong factors. The 1st factor (Denial) was correlated with items that asserted an ability to control one's drinking, denied being an alcoholic or needing treatment or minimized the consequences of alcohol abuse. Items that loaded the other factor (Rationalization) gave reasons, justifications, and excuses for drinking. Two derived scales were examined in a replication sample of 66 male alcoholics, and alpha coefficients (.84 and.85) from the 1st sample did not show undue shrinkage in the 2nd sample (.86 and .77). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - measurement of denial & rationalization KW - alcoholic males in detoxification unit or alcohol rehabilitation KW - 1991 KW - Alcoholism KW - Denial KW - Measurement KW - Rationalization (Defense Mechanism) KW - 1991 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(199105)47:3<465::AID-JCLP2270470322>3.0.CO;2-J UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-30735-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-30596-001 AN - 1991-30596-001 AU - Arora, Ramesh C. AU - Meltzer, Herbert Y. T1 - Laterality and –3H-imipramine binding: Studies in the frontal cortex of normal controls and suicide victims. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1991/05// VL - 29 IS - 10 SP - 1016 EP - 1022 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-30596-001. PMID: 1648414 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Arora, Ramesh C.; Edward Hines Jr. Veterans Administration Hospital Dept of Psychiatry, Section on Biological Psychiatry, Hines, IL, US. Release Date: 19911101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Frontal Lobe; Imipramine; Lateral Dominance; Serotonin; Suicide. Minor Descriptor: Receptor Binding. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: May, 1991. AB - Determined serotonin 5-hydroxytryptamine (5-HT)-sensitive imipramine binding (IB) in the left and right hemisphere of frontal cortex of 6 suicide victims and 10 nonpsychiatric controls who died due to myocardial infarction or accident. Results indicate significant differences in Kd between left and right hemispheres, but they do not support the finding of serotonergic asymmetry as measured by IB (Bmax) in normal controls and suicide victims. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 5-HT sensitive imipramine binding in right vs left hemisphere of frontal cortex KW - suicide victims KW - 1991 KW - Frontal Lobe KW - Imipramine KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Serotonin KW - Suicide KW - Receptor Binding KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(91)90358-S UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-30596-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-30577-001 AN - 1991-30577-001 AU - Trestman, Robert L. AU - Coccaro, Emil F. AU - Bernstein, David AU - Lawrence, Timothy AU - Gabriel, Steven M. AU - Horvath, Thomas B. AU - Siever, Larry J. T1 - Cortisol responses to mental arithmetic in acute and remitted depression. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1991/05// VL - 29 IS - 10 SP - 1051 EP - 1054 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-30577-001. PMID: 2065138 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Trestman, Robert L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19911101. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Hydrocortisone; Major Depression; Remission (Disorders). Minor Descriptor: Blood Plasma. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1991. AB - Used a mental arithmetic task (MAT) to test the hypothesis that the response of plasma cortisol to a voluntary effortful task would be state-independent in depression and would be decreased in both acute and remitted depressed patients. Nine acute (aged 31–62 yrs) and 9 remitted (aged 41–70 yrs) depressed male patients and 12 normal male controls (aged 33–68 yrs) completed the MAT. Depressed Ss demonstrated a tendency toward decreased responsiveness of the hypothalamic–pituitary–adrenal axis to appropriate effortful environmental stimuli. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - voluntary mental arithmetic task KW - plasma cortisol KW - acute vs remitted depressed 31–70 yr olds KW - 1991 KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Hydrocortisone KW - Major Depression KW - Remission (Disorders) KW - Blood Plasma KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(91)90361-O UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-30577-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-3306-4380 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-30285-001 AN - 1991-30285-001 AU - Rose, Jed E. AU - Levin, Edward D. T1 - Inter-relationships between conditioned and primary reinforcement in the maintenance of cigarette smoking. T3 - Future directions in tobacco research JF - British Journal of Addiction JO - British Journal of Addiction JA - Br J Addict Y1 - 1991/05// VL - 86 IS - 5 SP - 605 EP - 609 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0952-0481 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-30285-001. PMID: 1859927 Other Journal Title: Addiction. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rose, Jed E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Durham, NC, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19911101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Conditioned Responses; Primary Reinforcement; Tobacco Smoking. Minor Descriptor: Smoking Cessation. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Usage (Legal) (2990). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: May, 1991. AB - Suggests that the sensory aspects of smoking may be potent conditioned reinforcing stimuli linked to the actions of nicotine. Strategies for disrupting association between the conditioned stimulus/stimuli (CS) and unconditioned stimulus/stimuli (UCS) may be useful in developing more effective smoking cessation treatment. These include counterconditioning of the CS, presenting the CS alone, presenting the CS with the UCS but pharmacologically blocking the UCS, and presenting the CS and UCS in an unconnected fashion. The role of sensory cues in alleviating craving for cigarettes is discussed, and specific techniques for duplicating relevant sensory aspects of smoking without delivering significant doses of nicotine are described. The combination of nicotine and nicotinic antagonists to block primary reinforcement and hasten extinction of conditioned reinforcement is also considered. (French & Spanish abstracts) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - role of sensory cues & interrelationships between conditioned & primary reinforcement in cigarette smoking KW - implications for smoking cessation KW - 1991 KW - Conditioned Responses KW - Primary Reinforcement KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Smoking Cessation KW - 1991 DO - 10.1111/j.1360-0443.1991.tb01816.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-30285-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-29822-001 AN - 1991-29822-001 AU - Held, Irene R. AU - Sayers, Scott T. AU - McLane, Jerry A. T1 - Acetylcholine receptor gene expression in skeletal muscle of chronic ethanol-fed rats. JF - Alcohol JO - Alcohol JA - Alcohol Y1 - 1991/05//May-Jun, 1991 VL - 8 IS - 3 SP - 173 EP - 177 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0741-8329 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-29822-001. PMID: 2069731 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Held, Irene R.; Edward Hines Jr. Veterans Administration Hosp, Neuroscience Research Lab, Hines, IL, US. Release Date: 19911101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Acetylcholine; Ethanol; Genes; Muscles; Neural Receptors. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism; Animal Models; Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: May-Jun, 1991. AB - Evaluated the expression of the neuromuscular acetylcholine receptor (AChR) alpha-subunit gene in soleus muscles from an animal model of chronic alcoholism. At 8 wks of age, male rats were placed on a nutritionally complete liquid diet containing 6.7% ethanol. Matched controls were pair-fed an isocaloric liquid diet. After a 16-wk diet period, soleus muscles were obtained and total RNA and poly(A)+ RNA were isolated. Muscle RNA levels from ethanol-fed and control Ss were comparable. AChR alpha-subunit mRNA was detected by hybridization of muscle poly(A)+ RNA with a –3–2P-labeled, complementary riboprobe. The steady-state level of AChR alpha-subunit mRNA was reduced by 39% in soleus muscles from the ethanol-fed Ss compared with pair-fed controls. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethanol KW - expression of neuromuscular acetylcholine receptor alpha subunit gene in soleus muscles KW - male rats KW - animal model of chronic alcoholism KW - 1991 KW - Acetylcholine KW - Ethanol KW - Genes KW - Muscles KW - Neural Receptors KW - Alcoholism KW - Animal Models KW - Rats KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0741-8329(91)90742-F UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-29822-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-29645-001 AN - 1991-29645-001 AU - Shiromani, Priyattam J. AU - Klemfuss, Harry AU - Lucero, Sam AU - Overstreet, David H. T1 - Diurnal rhythm of core body temperature is phase advanced in a rodent model of depression. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1991/05// VL - 29 IS - 9 SP - 923 EP - 930 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-29645-001. PMID: 2049491 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shiromani, Priyattam J.; Brockton-West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MA, US. Release Date: 19911101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Biological Rhythms; Animal Models; Body Temperature; Major Depression. Minor Descriptor: Animal Strain Differences; Rats. Classification: Physiological Processes (2540). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: May, 1991. AB - Examined the diurnal rhythm of core body temperature in a strain of rats with an upregulated central muscarinic receptor system. The Flinders-Sensitive Line (FSL) was derived by selectively breeding rats for sensitivity to cholinergic agonists. When compared with 6 male control rats, the 6 male FSL rats showed a strong phase advance of the acrophase in body temperature during a standard light–dark schedule. Some patients with some types of depression also show phase advances in a number of circadian rhythms, including temperature. The finding of a phase advance in a rodent model with a known upregulated muscarinic receptor system is compatible with both the phase advance and the muscarinic overdrive theories of depression. Findings also further validate the usefulness of the FSL rats in the study of depression. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - diurnal rhythm of core body temperature KW - Flinders-Sensitive Line male rats KW - animal model of phase advance in depression KW - 1991 KW - Animal Biological Rhythms KW - Animal Models KW - Body Temperature KW - Major Depression KW - Animal Strain Differences KW - Rats KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(91)90059-U UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-29645-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-28591-001 AN - 1991-28591-001 AU - Timko, Christine AU - Moos, Rudolf H. T1 - A typology of social climates in group residential facilities for older people. JF - Journal of Gerontology JO - Journal of Gerontology JA - J Gerontol Y1 - 1991/05// VL - 46 IS - 3 SP - S160 EP - S169 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0022-1422 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-28591-001. PMID: 2030286 Other Journal Title: The Journals of Gerontology: Series A: Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Timko, Christine; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19911001. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Homes; Nursing Homes; Residential Care Institutions; Social Environments; Taxonomies. Classification: Nursing Homes & Residential Care (3377). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: May, 1991. AB - Developed a typology of the social climates of group residential facilities for older people by conducting a cluster analysis of social climate attributes of 235 nursing homes, residential care facilities, and congregate apartments. Analysis yielded 6 distinct types of social climate: supportive, self-directed; supportive, well-organized; open conflict; suppressed conflict; emergent-positive; and unresponsive. Facility and resident characteristics were related to social climate type. Type of social climate was related to resident adaptation. Supportive, self-directed and supportive, well-organized facilities had residents who rated higher in well-being and levels of self-initiated activities and who used fewer health services. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - residential facilities social climates typology KW - residents of nursing homes or congregate apartments or residential care facilities KW - 1991 KW - Group Homes KW - Nursing Homes KW - Residential Care Institutions KW - Social Environments KW - Taxonomies KW - 1991 DO - 10.1093/geronj/46.3.S160 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-28591-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-26683-001 AN - 1991-26683-001 AU - Ford, Judith M. AU - Pfefferbaum, Adolf T1 - Event-related potentials and eyeblink responses in automatic and controlled processing: Effects of age. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1991/05// VL - 78 IS - 5 SP - 361 EP - 377 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-26683-001. PMID: 1711455 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ford, Judith M.; Stanford U School of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19911001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Auditory Stimulation; Evoked Potentials; Eyeblink Reflex. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: May, 1991. AB - 17 young (aged 17–24 yrs) and 16 elderly (aged 64–83 yrs) women were tested with event-related potential paradigms designed to elicit responses in reaction time (RT) tasks and to a startling noise burst. Data suggested that the elderly Ss did not perform worse than the young Ss. Nevertheless, the physiological responses of the elderly differed significantly from those of the young Ss. While the task-dependent P3s at Pz were smaller in elderly Ss, the automatic P3 was smaller yet. Single-trial startle eye-blink responses to intense noise bursts during the automatic paradigm were less frequent in elderly Ss, although their individual startle blinks were actually larger. Electrophysiological responses of the elderly are different from the young both in tasks eliciting automatic responses and in tasks requiring controlled processing. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EPs & eyeblink response to startling noise burst KW - 17–24 vs 64–83 yr olds KW - 1991 KW - Age Differences KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Eyeblink Reflex KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(91)90098-O UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-26683-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-34330-001 AN - 1991-34330-001 AU - Funari, David J. AU - Piekarski, Alexander M. AU - Sherwood, Roger J. T1 - Treatment outcomes of Vietnam veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1991/04// VL - 68 IS - 2 SP - 571 EP - 578 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-34330-001. PMID: 1862189 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Funari, David J.; Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp, Montrose, NY, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19911201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Hospital Programs; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1991. AB - Examined changes on the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory (MCMI) for 36 Vietnam veterans (aged 35–52 yrs) with and without posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) who completed a specialized inpatient treatment program. Ss' average length of stay was 140 days. Scores on the MCMI decreased on 12 scales and increased on 8. Significant decreases were seen in PTSD-related symptoms of anxiety and dysthymia as well as PTSD-related schizoid, avoidant, and passive-aggressive character styles. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group oriented inpatient treatment KW - male 35–52 yr old Vietnam veterans with PTSD KW - 1991 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Hospital Programs KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - 1991 DO - 10.2466/PR0.68.2.571-578 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-34330-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-33317-001 AN - 1991-33317-001 AU - Benson, Kathleen L. AU - Faull, Kym F. AU - Zarcone, Vincent P. T1 - Evidence for the role of serotonin in the regulation of slow wave sleep in schizophrenia. JF - Sleep: Journal of Sleep Research & Sleep Medicine JO - Sleep: Journal of Sleep Research & Sleep Medicine JA - Sleep Y1 - 1991/04// VL - 14 IS - 2 SP - 133 EP - 139 CY - US PB - American Academy of Sleep Medicine SN - 0161-8105 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-33317-001. PMID: 1714097 Other Journal Title: Sleep: Journal of Sleep and Sleep Disorders Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Benson, Kathleen L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19911201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Homovanillic Acid; Hydroxyindoleacetic Acid (5-); Methoxyhydroxyphenylglycol (3,4); Schizophrenia; Sleep. Minor Descriptor: Cerebrospinal Fluid. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1991. AB - Measured nocturnal sleep data and cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) concentrations of the biogenic amine metabolites in 20 male schizophrenics (aged 19–55 yrs) and 15 male nonpsychiatric controls (aged 21–47 yrs). Consistent with other reports of a Stage 4 sleep deficit in schizophrenia, measures of Stage 4 sleep were low in schizophrenics relative to normal reference data. Measures of Stage 4 sleep in absolute amounts and corrected for total sleep were positively correlated with CSF concentrations of the serotonin metabolite 5-hydroxyindoleacetic acid (5-HIAA). CSF 5-HIAA was also correlated with measures of Stage 3 sleep and total sleep time, suggesting that serotonin may modulate the amount of slow-wave sleep and possibly sleep duration. Total Stage 4 time was also correlated with the dopamine metabolite homovanillic acid. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nocturnal sleep & CSF 5-HIAA & HVA & MHPG concentrations KW - schizophrenic male 19–55 yr olds KW - 1991 KW - Homovanillic Acid KW - Hydroxyindoleacetic Acid (5-) KW - Methoxyhydroxyphenylglycol (3,4) KW - Schizophrenia KW - Sleep KW - Cerebrospinal Fluid KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-33317-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-32007-001 AN - 1991-32007-001 AU - Delis, Dean C. AU - McKee, Richard AU - Massman, Paul J. AU - Kramer, Joel H. AU - Kaplan, Edith AU - Gettman, Dennis T1 - Alternate form of the California Verbal Learning Test: Development and reliability. JF - Clinical Neuropsychologist JO - Clinical Neuropsychologist Y1 - 1991/04// VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 154 EP - 162 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0920-1637 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-32007-001. Other Journal Title: The Clinical Neuropsychologist. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Delis, Dean C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19911201. Correction Date: 20130729. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Measurement; Memory; Test Construction; Test Forms. Minor Descriptor: Test Reliability; Verbal Learning. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220); Learning & Memory (2343). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1991. AB - An alternate form of the California Verbal Learning Test (CVLT) was developed and compared with the original form. Ss were 41 normal volunteers (aged 19–79 yrs). The 2 CVLT forms yielded equivalent mean scores for all 19 learning and memory variables analyzed. No significant practice effects were found regardless of the order of administration of the 2 forms. The 2 forms yielded almost identical relationships between overall memory performance and age and education. 16 of the CVLT variables resulted in significant alternate form reliability coefficients. The coefficients for the traditional recall measures of the CVLT were particularly robust and higher than those reported for other, commonly used clinical memory tests. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - development & reliability of alternate form of California Verbal Learning Test KW - memory assessment KW - 19–79 yr olds KW - 1991 KW - Measurement KW - Memory KW - Test Construction KW - Test Forms KW - Test Reliability KW - Verbal Learning KW - 1991 DO - 10.1080/13854049108403299 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-32007-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-31226-001 AN - 1991-31226-001 AU - Kalus, Oren AU - Asnis, Gregory M. AU - Rubinson, Eileen AU - Kahn, Rene AU - Harkavy Friedman, Jill M. AU - Iqbal, Naveed AU - Grosz, Dan AU - Van Praag, Herman AU - Cahn, Wiepke T1 - Desipramine treatment in panic disorder. JF - Journal of Affective Disorders JO - Journal of Affective Disorders JA - J Affect Disord Y1 - 1991/04// VL - 21 IS - 4 SP - 239 EP - 244 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-0327 SN - 1573-2517 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-31226-001. PMID: 1829745 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kalus, Oren; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19911101. Correction Date: 20160407. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Desipramine; Drug Therapy; Panic Disorder. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1991. AB - Conducted a 6 wk open trial of desipramine (DMI), preceded by a 10-day placebo lead-in, in 15 patients (aged 21–51 yrs) with panic disorder (PD). By Week 6, 80% of the Ss were globally rated as much or very much improved. Much of the improvement resulted from a reduction in nonpanic attack symptomatology (i.e., psychic, somatic, and phobic anxiety). Longer duration of illness, male gender, and residual psychic anxiety were associated with poorer response. Results suggest a significant medication responsive nonpanic illness component and caution against over-reliance on panic attacks in assessing both illness severity and treatment response. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - desipramine KW - 21–51 yr olds with panic disorder KW - 1991 KW - Desipramine KW - Drug Therapy KW - Panic Disorder KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0165-0327(91)90003-B UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-31226-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-29895-001 AN - 1991-29895-001 AU - Phillips, Tamara J. AU - Burkhart-Kasch, Sue AU - Terdal, Erik S. AU - Crabbe, John C. T1 - Response to selection for ethanol-induced locomotor activation: Genetic analyses and selection response characterization. JF - Psychopharmacology JO - Psychopharmacology JA - Psychopharmacology (Berl) Y1 - 1991/04// VL - 103 IS - 4 SP - 557 EP - 566 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-3158 SN - 1432-2072 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-29895-001. PMID: 2062990 Other Journal Title: Psychopharmacologia. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Phillips, Tamara J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19911101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Activity Level; Animal Strain Differences; Drug Sensitivity; Ethanol; Genetics. Minor Descriptor: Mice; Selective Breeding. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1991. AB - Conducted 6 experiments with 17 generations of selectively bred FAST and SLOW mice, which are more or less susceptible, respectively, to the locomotor stimulant effects of ethanol. Heritability estimates indicate that approximately 15% of the variance in the FAST lines is of additive genetic origin, while low susceptibility is ostensibly nonheritable. Measurement reliability for sensitivity to this ethanol effect was high when measured in circular and square open fields. Results indicate that selections were made for differences in sensitivity to ethanol rather than for differences in habituation to the test environment. The difference in response to ethanol between FAST and SLOW mice extended to tests varying in duration and to a range of ethanol doses. It is suggested that the genetic architecture underlying the locomotor stimulant response may be simpler than previously proposed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - heritability of susceptibility to locomotor stimulant effects of ethanol KW - selectively bred fast vs slow mice KW - 1991 KW - Activity Level KW - Animal Strain Differences KW - Drug Sensitivity KW - Ethanol KW - Genetics KW - Mice KW - Selective Breeding KW - 1991 DO - 10.1007/BF02244259 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-29895-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-29698-001 AN - 1991-29698-001 AU - Naliboff, Bruce D. AU - Tachiki, Ken H. T1 - Autonomic and skeletal muscle responses to nonelectrical cutaneous stimulation. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1991/04// VL - 72 IS - 2 SP - 575 EP - 584 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-29698-001. PMID: 1852567 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Naliboff, Bruce D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19911101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cutaneous Sense; Electromyography; Skin Resistance; Skin Temperature; Tactual Stimulation. Minor Descriptor: Autonomic Nervous System; Muscles; Physiological Correlates. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1991. AB - Examined skin conductance (SKC), skin temperature (ST), and electromyograph (EMG) before and for 30 min at the trapezius and forearm muscles after application of a nonelectrical cutaneous stimulation device (Dermapoints massage) and an active placebo massage in 48 healthy volunteers. Both massages resulted in small increases in local ST at both massage sites. Compared with the placebo, the Dermapoints massage significantly decreased forearm muscle activity; however, both massages increased EMGs when applied to the trapezius muscle. For both sites, only the Dermapoints massage increased SKC, indicating increased sympathetic activation. Results support a model of activation of Pacinian receptors as a possible mechanism for the antinociceptive properties of cutaneous stimulation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nonelectrical cutaneous stimulation KW - skin conductance & temperature & EMG at trapezius vs forearm muscles KW - healthy adults KW - 1991 KW - Cutaneous Sense KW - Electromyography KW - Skin Resistance KW - Skin Temperature KW - Tactual Stimulation KW - Autonomic Nervous System KW - Muscles KW - Physiological Correlates KW - 1991 DO - 10.2466/PMS.72.2.575-584 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-29698-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-28236-001 AN - 1991-28236-001 AU - Kimmel, Lee H. T1 - The concept of elastic boundaries applied to group therapy with veterans over 60 years old. JF - Archives of Psychiatric Nursing JO - Archives of Psychiatric Nursing JA - Arch Psychiatr Nurs Y1 - 1991/04// VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 91 EP - 98 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0883-9417 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-28236-001. PMID: 2059068 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kimmel, Lee H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19911001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chronic Illness; Group Psychotherapy; Military Veterans. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1991. AB - Develops the concept of elastic boundaries within a supportive model of group therapy for 7 male veterans (aged 60–76 yrs) with chronic medical and psychiatric illnesses in a Veterans Affairs Medical Center outpatient service. The rationale for deviating from established group boundaries in therapist and patient behavior is discussed in relation to group goals and Veterans Affairs culture. Vignettes demonstrate how elastic boundaries as a concept developed within the group. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - elastic boundaries within supportive model of group therapy KW - 60–76 yr old military veterans with chronic illnesses KW - 1991 KW - Chronic Illness KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Military Veterans KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/S0883-9417(05)80022-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-28236-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-28091-001 AN - 1991-28091-001 AU - Zind, Roberta T1 - Mental health care and illness knowledge among chronic schizophrenics. JF - Military Medicine JO - Military Medicine JA - Mil Med Y1 - 1991/04// VL - 156 IS - 4 SP - 159 EP - 166 CY - US PB - Assn of Military Surgeons of the US SN - 0026-4075 SN - 1930-613X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-28091-001. PMID: 2030834 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zind, Roberta; Ioannis A. Lougaris Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Reno, NV, US. Release Date: 19911001. Correction Date: 20170302. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Attitudes; Knowledge Level; Mental Disorders; Mental Health Services; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Outpatients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10); Outpatient (60). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1991. AB - Examined perceived and actual knowledge about mental health care and illness among 116 male chronic schizophrenic outpatients (aged 25–71 yrs) and studied the relationship of knowledge to S characteristics. Perceived knowledge was assessed by a Likert format questionnaire. Open-ended questions, some of which paralleled items assessing perceived knowledge, were used to determine actual knowledge. There was a broad range of actual knowledge among Ss, who were most informed about the dose, purpose, and side effects of neuroleptic medication, and about where to go should they have questions. Age and length of illness were the only S characteristics to correlate significantly with knowledge. Implications for research and for psychiatric nurses are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perceived & actual knowledge about mental health care & illness KW - male chronic schizophrenic 25–71 yr old outpatients KW - 1991 KW - Client Attitudes KW - Knowledge Level KW - Mental Disorders KW - Mental Health Services KW - Schizophrenia KW - Outpatients KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-28091-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-27534-001 AN - 1991-27534-001 AU - Hyer, Lee AU - Woods, Marilyn G. AU - Boudewyns, Patrick A. T1 - A three tier evaluation of PTSD among Vietnam combat veterans. JF - Journal of Traumatic Stress JO - Journal of Traumatic Stress JA - J Trauma Stress Y1 - 1991/04// VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 165 EP - 194 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0894-9867 SN - 1573-6598 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-27534-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hyer, Lee; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 19911001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Lifestyle; Military Veterans; Personality Traits; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Early Memories; Emotional Trauma; Irrational Beliefs; Psychosocial Factors. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 30. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1991. AB - 100 Vietnam war veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) completed the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) and the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory (MCMI), were included in a lifestyle analysis procedure, and were evaluated on symptoms. Tier 1 consisted of a lifestyle analysis in which data on early recollections and irrational beliefs were presented. Results reflected negative or trauma themes and an excessive amount of irrational beliefs. Tier 2 involved the MCMI. A typology was developed based on a traumatic personality (passive aggressive and avoidant) and 3 variants. Tier 3 involved psychosocial and trauma symptoms. Results showed multiple psychosocial symptoms and emphasized the need to contextualize these within the personality (and lifestyle). Traumatic memories were collected and 4 questions were developed to address these memories in therapy. The case of a 39-yr-old White man with PTSD illustrates this evaluation method. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lifestyle & early recollections & irrational beliefs & personality & psychosocial & trauma symptoms KW - Vietnam veterans with PTSD KW - 1991 KW - Lifestyle KW - Military Veterans KW - Personality Traits KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Symptoms KW - Early Memories KW - Emotional Trauma KW - Irrational Beliefs KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - 1991 DO - 10.1002/jts.2490040203 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-27534-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-25375-001 AN - 1991-25375-001 AU - Ruskin, Paul E. AU - Nyman, Gary T1 - Discontinuation of neuroleptic medication in older, outpatient schizophrenics: A placebo-controlled, double-blind trial. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1991/04// VL - 179 IS - 4 SP - 212 EP - 214 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-25375-001. PMID: 1672547 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ruskin, Paul E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Baltimore, MD, US. Release Date: 19910901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Third Congress of the International Psychogeriatric Association (1987, Chicago, Illinois). Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Haloperidol; Neuroleptic Drugs; Schizophrenia. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Trial; Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1991. AB - 35 male schizophrenic outpatients (aged 50+ yrs) who had been stable on neuroleptic medication were all switched to haloperidol. 10 Ss were unable to tolerate the haloperidol and 2 dropped out of the study. The remaining 23 Ss were randomly and blindly assigned to haloperidol or placebo and then followed for 6 mo. Five Ss did not complete the study. Among Ss who completed the study, 5 of 10 randomized to placebo relapsed compared with only 1 of 8 randomized to haloperidol. However, 3 of 10 Ss randomized to placebo have remained stable without medication for 2.5 yrs. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - haloperidol KW - male schizophrenic 50 yr olds & older previously stablized on neuroleptic medication KW - conference presentation KW - 1991 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Haloperidol KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1991 DO - 10.1097/00005053-199104000-00006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-25375-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-25245-001 AN - 1991-25245-001 AU - Miller, David J. T1 - Simple phobia as a symptom of posttraumatic stress disorder in a former prisoner of war. JF - Behavior Modification JO - Behavior Modification JA - Behav Modif Y1 - 1991/04// VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 250 EP - 260 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0145-4455 SN - 1552-4167 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-25245-001. PMID: 1674858 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Miller, David J.; Pittsburgh Veterans Administration Internship Consortium, PA, US. Release Date: 19910901. Correction Date: 20121008. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Air Transportation; Imagery; Phobias; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Systematic Desensitization Therapy. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Military Veterans; Prisoners of War. Classification: Behavior Therapy & Behavior Modification (3312); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1991. AB - Presents the case of a 64-yr-old male with a phobic condition that had lasted approximately 45 yrs. Treatment included a combination of systematic desensitization, visual imagery, and in vivo exposure. The intervention was effective even though the S carried a concomitant diagnosis of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavioral treatment including systematic desensitization & visual imagery & in vivo exposure KW - flying phobia KW - 64 yr old male former prisoner of war with concomitant PTSD KW - case report KW - 1991 KW - Air Transportation KW - Imagery KW - Phobias KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Systematic Desensitization Therapy KW - Case Report KW - Military Veterans KW - Prisoners of War KW - 1991 DO - 10.1177/01454455910152008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-25245-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-24938-001 AN - 1991-24938-001 AU - Robertson, Lynn C. AU - Lamb, Marvin R. T1 - Neuropsychological contributions to theories of part/whole organization. JF - Cognitive Psychology JO - Cognitive Psychology JA - Cogn Psychol Y1 - 1991/04// VL - 23 IS - 2 SP - 299 EP - 330 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0010-0285 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-24938-001. PMID: 2055002 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Robertson, Lynn C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19910901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Concept Formation; Neuropsychology. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Neurology. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 32. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1991. AB - Discusses neuropsychological evidence (NE) that suggests a modular system is responsible for the organization of parts and wholes by the visual system. Both normal and NE that suggest that hierarchical organization of objects within objects involves the coordination of at least 4 separate subsystems are reviewed. These subsystems include ones that emphasize the global properties of a figure and the local properties of a figure, one that controls the distribution of attentional resources to these subsystems, and one that interconnects global and local properties and relies on the integrity of posterior temporal–temporal pathways. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neural & cognitive mechanisms of modular system of perceived hierarchical organization of objects KW - normal & brain damaged Ss KW - 1991 KW - Brain Damage KW - Concept Formation KW - Neuropsychology KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Neurology KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0010-0285(91)90012-D UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-24938-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-24200-001 AN - 1991-24200-001 AU - Delamater, Ronald J. AU - McNamara, J. Regis T1 - Perceptions of assertiveness by women involved in a conflict situation. JF - Behavior Modification JO - Behavior Modification JA - Behav Modif Y1 - 1991/04// VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 173 EP - 193 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0145-4455 SN - 1552-4167 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-24200-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Delamater, Ronald J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19910901. Correction Date: 20121008. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Assertiveness; Conflict; Human Females; Social Perception. Minor Descriptor: Emotional Responses; Interpersonal Interaction. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 21. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1991. AB - Extended previous research (e.g., J. R. McNamara et al; see record [rid]1989-05006-001[/rid]) by examining the social impact of assertiveness on differentially assertive Ss under more naturalistic assessment conditions. 45 low- and 45 high-assertive female undergraduates interacted with a female confederate who displayed unassertive, assertive, or empathic-assertive behaviors in the context of conflict resolution. Results suggest that in a live conflict situation, assertiveness is regarded less favorably on some dimensions of interpersonal attraction than is unassertiveness. Also, low-assertive Ss experienced more anxiety and personal sacrifice during their interaction with the confederate. High- and low-assertive Ss did not differ in their compliance with assertive requests, calling into question the behavioral validity of the Assertion Inventory (E. Gambrill and C. Richey, 1975). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - interpersonal & intrapersonal effects & social perceptions of other's assertiveness in conflict situation KW - high vs low assertive female college students KW - 1991 KW - Assertiveness KW - Conflict KW - Human Females KW - Social Perception KW - Emotional Responses KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - 1991 DO - 10.1177/01454455910152004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-24200-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-23952-001 AN - 1991-23952-001 AU - Mulligan, Thomas AU - Palguta, Robert F. T1 - Sexual interest, activity, and satisfaction among male nursing home residents. JF - Archives of Sexual Behavior JO - Archives of Sexual Behavior JA - Arch Sex Behav Y1 - 1991/04// VL - 20 IS - 2 SP - 199 EP - 204 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0004-0002 SN - 1573-2800 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-23952-001. PMID: 2064543 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mulligan, Thomas; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Richmond, VA, US. Release Date: 19910901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Distress; Human Males; Psychosexual Behavior; Satisfaction; Sexual Attitudes. Minor Descriptor: Nursing Homes. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1991. AB - Interviewed 61 male nursing home residents (aged 42–100 yrs), 30 of whom had female partners, on their sexual activity. Two-thirds of all Ss reported sexual interest; interest was higher among Ss with a partner. A majority of Ss, even those without a partner, expressed a preference for coitus as opposed to hugging, kissing, oral sex, or masturbation. Most Ss with partners were sexually active, although this was dependent on how sexual activity was defined. Sexual satisfaction was high. Positive correlates of satisfaction were intercourse frequency, functional status, and age. Sexual distress was low among all Ss, although it was higher among Ss with partners. Institutionalized elderly males may require special considerations or counseling regarding sexual activity when a partner is available. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sexual interest & activity & satisfaction & distress KW - male 42–100 yr old nursing home residents KW - 1991 KW - Distress KW - Human Males KW - Psychosexual Behavior KW - Satisfaction KW - Sexual Attitudes KW - Nursing Homes KW - 1991 DO - 10.1007/BF01541944 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-23952-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-20713-001 AN - 1991-20713-001 AU - Lloyd, Robert L. AU - Kling, Arthur S. T1 - Delta activity from amygdala in squirrel monkeys (Saimiri sciureus): Influence of social and environmental context. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience JA - Behav Neurosci Y1 - 1991/04// VL - 105 IS - 2 SP - 223 EP - 229 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-20713-001. PMID: 2043270 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lloyd, Robert L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19910801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amygdala; Animal Environments; Electrical Activity; Lateral Dominance; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Cues; Electrical Stimulation; Monkeys. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1991. Publication History: Accepted Date: Sep 5, 1990; Revised Date: Aug 10, 1990; First Submitted Date: Feb 21, 1990. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1991. AB - A previous study (A. S. Kling et al, 1979) reported that power in the delta band of the amygdala is selectively elevated when primates are exposed to affectively ladened stimuli. Radiotelemetric recordings suggested that this elevation was greatest when the animal was confronted with conspecific behaviors that could be interpreted as 'ambiguous.' In the present study, a specific elevation of delta activity was observed when the animal was placed in an environment in which uncued shock had previously been received, in relation to environments in which shock had always been cued. This occurred even though the conditioned stimulus or unconditioned stimulus (or both) was not presented. A specific elevation in delta activity also occurred when a conspecific was present, in relation to when the animal was alone. Finally, recordings in an environment in which shock training had previously occurred showed a striking lateralization of delta activity in the right amygdala but not in the cortex. At other times, no lateralization was observed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - uncued vs cued shock induced stressful environment KW - delta activity of right vs left amygdala KW - squirrel monkeys KW - 1991 KW - Amygdala KW - Animal Environments KW - Electrical Activity KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Stress KW - Cues KW - Electrical Stimulation KW - Monkeys KW - 1991 DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.105.2.223 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-20713-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-16484-004 AN - 2005-16484-004 AU - Lee, Robert E. T1 - Developing an Elephant Gun Where a Fly Swatter Would Suffice. JF - Professional Psychology JO - Professional Psychology Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 4 IS - 4 SP - 375 EP - 376 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-0175 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-16484-004. Other Journal Title: Professional Psychology: Research and Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lee, Robert E.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Allen Park, MI, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Health Care Services; Health Care Utilization; Hospitalized Patients. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholics Anonymous. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - This article examines working out a solution to a chronic hospital problem: the poor attendance of patients at the midweek Alcoholics Anonymous meeting. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hospitals KW - patient attendance KW - Alcoholics Anonymous KW - 1973 KW - Health Care Services KW - Health Care Utilization KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Alcoholics Anonymous DO - 10.1037/h0021434 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-16484-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-58947-001 AN - 1990-58947-001 AU - Starker, Steven T1 - Self-help treatment books: The rest of the story. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 43 IS - 7 SP - 599 EP - 600 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-58947-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Starker, Steven; Portland Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, OR, US. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20090720. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Books; Professional Ethics; Professional Standards; Psychotherapy; Self Help Techniques. Classification: Professional Ethics & Standards & Liability (3450); Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1988. AB - Asserts that there are additional aspects of the problems of self-help books (SHBs) that G. M. Rosen (see record [rid]1987-16844-001[/rid]) did not consider. Data are presented to support the author's contention that the prescription of SHBs has become commonplace among practicing psychologists. Clinicians appear to be strikingly optimistic about their potential benefits and relatively unworried about their potential ill effects. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - limitations on utility & concerns regarding professional ethics & standards KW - self help treatment books written by psychologists KW - commentary KW - 1988 KW - Books KW - Professional Ethics KW - Professional Standards KW - Psychotherapy KW - Self Help Techniques DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.43.7.599.b UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-58947-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-58346-001 AN - 1990-58346-001 AU - Cleveland, Sidney E. T1 - A disservice to both professions. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1977/10// VL - 32 IS - 10 SP - 883 EP - 884 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-58346-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cleveland, Sidney E.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Houston, TX, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Graduate Psychology Education; Psychiatric Training; Psychology. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1977. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1977. AB - C. A. Kiesler's (1977) editorial on the training of psychologists and psychiatrists does a disservice to both professions by presenting a biased and prejudicial viewpoint. The invidious comparisons between psychology and psychiatry are meant to show that psychology is superior, but this kind of inaccurate reporting may boomerang to the disadvantage of psychology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - training of psychologists vs psychiatrists KW - legitimacy of science of psychology KW - commentary KW - 1977 KW - Graduate Psychology Education KW - Psychiatric Training KW - Psychology DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.32.10.883.b UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-58346-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-58251-001 AN - 1990-58251-001 AU - Knox, Wilma J. T1 - Attitudes of psychology students toward drug abuse. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 29 IS - 1 SP - 63 EP - 64 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-58251-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Knox, Wilma J.; Veterans Administration Ctr, Biloxi, MS, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Government Agencies; Postgraduate Students; Psychology; Student Attitudes. Minor Descriptor: Drug Usage Attitudes; Graduate Psychology Education. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233); Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Reports the results of a survey of 174 Veterans Administration trainees concerning their attitudes toward drug abuse. An antipathy was shown for the use of the prison system. Preferred treatment modalities for opiate abusers were therapeutic community, methadone, group psychotherapy, and halfway houses. Many Ss were willing to treat drug abusers. The need for graduate school curricula and practicum experience in the area of drug abuse treatment is emphasized. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - attitudes toward drug abuse KW - VA trainees KW - 1974 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Government Agencies KW - Postgraduate Students KW - Psychology KW - Student Attitudes KW - Drug Usage Attitudes KW - Graduate Psychology Education DO - 10.1037/h0038242 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-58251-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-57124-001 AN - 1990-57124-001 AU - de Vol, Thomas I. T1 - A new look at British graduate students. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1974/06// VL - 29 IS - 6 SP - 479 EP - 480 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-57124-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: de Vol, Thomas I.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Counseling Psychology Section, Cleveland, OH, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Demographic Characteristics; Graduate Psychology Education; Graduate Students; Student Characteristics. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Location: United Kingdom. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Discusses findings of a survey of British graduate students in psychology conducted in late 1972 and 1973. Responses were obtained from 34 of the 89 British departments offering advanced courses or supervision for research leading to the PhD in psychology or one of its subspecialties. The total enrollment of all postbaccalaureate students in psychology was 1,112, but only 277 of these were in PhD programs; the number is almost 8 times higher in the US. UK postgraduate training in psychology seems to be conducted on a much smaller scale than in the US, the students enter doctoral training at an earlier age than American students, and females and non-White minority students are well represented in UK doctoral training programs. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - enrollment characteristics KW - doctoral students in psychology KW - UK KW - 1974 KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - Graduate Psychology Education KW - Graduate Students KW - Student Characteristics DO - 10.1037/h0038156 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-57124-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-56830-001 AN - 1990-56830-001 AU - Wright, George D. T1 - A further note on ranking the important psychologists. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1970/07// VL - 25 IS - 7 SP - 650 EP - 651 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-56830-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wright, George D.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Cincinnati, OH, US. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20100308. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: History of Psychology; Psychologists; Psychology. Minor Descriptor: Professional Organizations. Classification: History & Systems (2140). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Responses of 246 American Psychological Association members (of 1,000 surveyed) ranked Freud, Skinner, Watson, Pavlov, and Hull, respectively, as having the greatest influence on 20th century psychology. Skinner, Rogers, Hebb, Piaget, and Harlow, respectively, were ranked as the 5 most influential contemporary contributors. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ranking of 20th century's most influential psychologists KW - APA members KW - 1970 KW - History of Psychology KW - Psychologists KW - Psychology KW - Professional Organizations DO - 10.1037/h0037874 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-56830-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-56707-001 AN - 1990-56707-001 AU - Crumbaugh, James C. T1 - Validity versus volume: On taking tests at home. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1967/03// VL - 22 IS - 3 SP - 236 EP - 237 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-56707-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crumbaugh, James C.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Gulfport, MS, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Professional Ethics; Test Administration; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Clients. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - Describes two cases in which psychological tests, the Guilford-Zimmerman Temperament Survey and the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI), respectively, were completed by counselees/patients at home and suggests that this practice raises issues about both test validity and testing ethics. (0 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - test validity & ethics of home administration of Guilford Zimmerman Temperament Survey & MMPI KW - counselees or patients KW - 1967 KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Professional Ethics KW - Test Administration KW - Test Validity KW - Clients DO - 10.1037/h0037772 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-56707-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-55887-001 AN - 1990-55887-001 AU - Myers, William A. T1 - Presidential addresses of Miller and Walker. T3 - The Place of Psychology in the Universe JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1970/05// VL - 25 IS - 5 SP - 469 EP - 470 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-55887-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Myers, William A.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20100308. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychology; Sciences; Social Processes. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: May, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Comments on APA presidential addresses by G. A. Miller (see record [rid]1970-10231-001[/rid]) and E. L. Walker (see record [rid]1969-17272-001[/rid]), both of which emphasize science and scientists as a force for good, and discusses contemporary pressures on psychologists. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychology & science as force for social good KW - commentary KW - 1970 KW - Psychology KW - Sciences KW - Social Processes DO - 10.1037/h0037746 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-55887-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-24644-001 AN - 1989-24644-001 AU - Russell, Elbert W. AU - Barron, Jamie H. T1 - A difference that is not a difference: Reply to Vanderploeg and Logan. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 57 IS - 2 SP - 317 EP - 318 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-24644-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Russell, Elbert W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Miami, FL, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060710. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Neuropsychological Assessment; Test Forms; Test Validity. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jul 21, 1988; Revised Date: Jul 7, 1988; First Submitted Date: Jun 21, 1988. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Replies to Vanderploeg and Logan's comment on Russell and Levy's (1987) article. We used statistics to support the contention that differences in the Revised Category Test (RCAT), which was introduced by Russell and Levy, did not change what the original Category Test (CAT) was measuring. Rather than being a substitute for the test–retest criterion method, rescoring items from the CAT eliminated much of the variance introduced by retesting. Two new forms of criterion testing that reduce error variance are suggested. Multiplying the RCAT raw score by 2.2 provides scores that are close to those derived from the CAT. Finally, evidence is presented that, for the subject, the primary difficulty in the CAT is making conceptual rather than perceptual shifts. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of revised Halstead Category Test vs Category Test KW - male patients with brain damage KW - commentary reply KW - 1989 KW - Brain Damage KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Test Forms KW - Test Validity DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.57.2.317 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-24644-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-18224-001 AN - 1988-18224-001 AU - Garb, Howard N. T1 - Comment on 'Research on human judgment and its application to clinical practice.' JF - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice JO - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 18 IS - 6 SP - 548 EP - 549 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7028 SN - 1939-1323 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-18224-001. Other Journal Title: Professional Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garb, Howard N.; Highland Drive Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20100308. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis); Clinical Practice; Judgment. Minor Descriptor: Experimentation. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1987. AB - Contends that D. Faust (see record [rid]1987-05373-001[/rid]), in discussing the accuracy of judgments made by clinical psychologists, overlooked much of the research done on overall level of validity, incremental validity, the appropriateness of confidence ratings, the relation between experience and clinical judgment, and the reliability of diagnoses. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - research findings on human judgment & relation to clinical practice KW - commentary KW - 1987 KW - Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis) KW - Clinical Practice KW - Judgment KW - Experimentation DO - 10.1037/0735-7028.18.6.548 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1988-18224-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25567-001 AN - 1974-25567-001 AU - Levine, Jacob T1 - Differences between organic and schizophrenic groups on the Halstead-Reitan battery: A reply to Watson. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 42 IS - 1 SP - 134 EP - 135 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25567-001. PMID: 4814085 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levine, Jacob; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Differential Diagnosis; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Questions C. G. Watson's (see PA, Vol 52:Issue 3) attempt to explain apparent inconsistencies in findings between his and the present authors' studies in terms of sample differences. Despite Watson's reanalysis of his data by matched pairs, he fails adequately to control for differences in chronicity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Halstead-Reitan battery KW - apparent inconsistencies & differences between organic & schizophrenic groups KW - reply to C. G. Watson's data KW - 1974 KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Schizophrenia DO - 10.1037/h0036047 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-25567-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-29565-001 AN - 1973-29565-001 AU - Lee, Robert E. T1 - A note on the relationship of critical behavior and self-esteem in the hospitalized veteran. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice Y1 - 1972///Sum 1972 VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 130 EP - 131 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-29565-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lee, Robert E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Allen Park, Mich. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20071008. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospital Admission; Hospitalization; Military Veterans; Negativism; Self Esteem. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1972. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Investigates the theory of W. Kir-Stimon that the hostile and aggressive patient is a better rehabilitation risk than the passive one, indicating a correlation between self-esteem and negativism. Ss were 53 35-55 yr. old male veterans who were administered paper and pencil tests which included measures of Self-Esteem, Internal Causality, and Anomie. First and multiple admission Ss were divided for purposes of analyses which allowed intra- as well as intergroup comparisons. Only on the Self-Esteem Scale was the personality variable a significant factor, with those Ss high in self-esteem complaining less and vice versa. Across all 3 personality measures 1st admission Ss complained significantly more than multiple admission Ss. A slight interaction effect was noticed between the Self-Esteem Scale and length of hospitalization, highlighting the more pronounced difference among the 1st admission Ss. It is suggested that, for some patients, criticism may be inversely related to self-esteem as popularly defined (and otherwise not related at all). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self-esteem & negativism KW - hospitalization length & admission KW - 35-55 yr. old male veterans KW - 1972 KW - Hospital Admission KW - Hospitalization KW - Military Veterans KW - Negativism KW - Self Esteem DO - 10.1037/h0086732 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-29565-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-05941-001 AN - 1973-05941-001 AU - Cermak, Laird S. AU - Sampson, James B. T1 - Decay of acoustic proactive facilitation. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology Y1 - 1972/11// VL - 96 IS - 1 SP - 237 EP - 238 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-05941-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cermak, Laird S.; Boston Veterans Administration Hosp., Mass. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: College Students; Memory Decay; Proactive Inhibition; Short Term Memory. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Randomly assigned 216 undergraduates to 1 of 9 groups in a short-term memory experiment. Word triads presented within the context of the distractor procedure were either completely or partially repeated on immediately adjacent trials or on trials separated by 1 or 2 unrelated triads. A complete repetition consisted of presenting exactly the same material on 2 separate trials, while a partial repetition consisted of presenting homonym triads (an acoustic repetition) on separate trials. While retrieval was facilitated for complete repetitions regardless of the number of intervening trials, the facilitation effect decreased across trials for the acoustic repetitions. This is interpreted as evidence that differential rates of decay exist for at least the 2 levels of encoding employed in this experiment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - decay of acoustic proactive facilitation in short-term memory KW - college students KW - 1972 KW - College Students KW - Memory Decay KW - Proactive Inhibition KW - Short Term Memory DO - 10.1037/h0033483 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-05941-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-04404-001 AN - 1971-04404-001 AU - Haven, George A. AU - Wood, B. S. T1 - The effectiveness of eclectic group psychotherapy in reducing recidivism in hospitalized patients. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice Y1 - 1970///Fal 1970 VL - 7 IS - 3 SP - 153 EP - 154 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-04404-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Haven, George A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Waco, Tex. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20071008. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Psychiatric Hospitals. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1970. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Hypothesized that recidivism for 34 20-58 yr. old hospitalized veterans (experimental group) exposed to group psychotherapy twice/wk would be significantly lower than for 34 controls not given psychotherapy. After discharge from the hospital, all Ss were followed for 1 yr. to determine whether they were readmitted with the same diagnosis, to any hospital in the area. Results from 3 tests given 12 mo. later did not reveal significant differences between the 2 groups in either patients discharged and readmitted, or those discharged and not readmitted compared to those never discharged. A 4th test, however, did show that of 21 experimental group members who carried a diagnosis of anxiety reaction, 17 were discharged and not readmitted as compared to the control group where only 4 of 12 Ss with a similar diagnosis were discharged and not readmitted. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - recidivism reduction KW - eclectic group psychotherapy KW - 20-58 yr. old hospitalized veterans KW - 1970 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Psychiatric Hospitals DO - 10.1037/h0086576 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1971-04404-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-16033-001 AN - 1969-16033-001 AU - Spiegel, Don AU - Keith-Spiegel, Patricia AU - Abrahams, Joel AU - Kranitz, Lionel T1 - Humor and suicide: Favorite jokes of suicidal patients. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1969/08// VL - 33 IS - 4 SP - 504 EP - 505 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-16033-001. PMID: 5810596 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spiegel, Don; Veterans Administration Center, Brentwood Hosp., Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotions; Psychiatric Patients; Suicide. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - During an interview 20 patients who had attempted suicide and 20 matched nonsuicidal patients were asked to relate their favorite joke. Jokes were told by 12 attempters and 9 controls. 2 raters, blind to the purpose and nature of the study, rated each joke for direction of punishment expressed in the themes. Based on the combined chi-square probabilities associated with ratings by the 2 judges, suicidal Ss told significantly more jokes with a self-punishing theme than did nonsuicidal controls. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - suicide & humor KW - neuropsychiatric patients KW - 1969 KW - Emotions KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Suicide DO - 10.1037/h0027823 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-16033-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-15539-001 AN - 1968-15539-001 AU - Pierce, Richard M. T1 - Comment on the prediction of posthospital work adjustment with psychological tests. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology Y1 - 1968/07// VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 386 EP - 387 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-15539-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pierce, Richard M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Buffalo, N.Y. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Occupations; Prediction; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis; Vocational Rehabilitation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. KW - PREDICTION OF VOCATIONAL ADJUSTMENT KW - WAIS & MMPI & RORSCHACH KW - EX-PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1968 KW - Occupations KW - Prediction KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Vocational Rehabilitation DO - 10.1037/h0026008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1968-15539-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-13684-001 AN - 1967-13684-001 AU - MILLER, ANTHONY G. T1 - AUTOKINETIC WORD TECHNIQUE: AN ATTEMPT AT REPLICATION. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1967/08// VL - 72 IS - 4 SP - 379 EP - 380 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-13684-001. PMID: 6058477 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: MILLER, ANTHONY G.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., AMERICAN LAKE, WIS. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimental Instructions; Individual Differences; Projective Personality Measures; Projective Techniques; Projective Testing Technique. Minor Descriptor: Responses. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - ATTEMPTED TO REPLICATE A. RECHTSCHAFFEN AND S. A. MEDNICK'S (SEE 30:3) AUTOKINETIC WORD TECHNIQUE (AWT) STUDY IN WHICH SS REPORTED SEEING WORDS OF A PROJECTIVE NATURE WRITTEN BY THE LIGHT SOURCE IN THE AUTOKINETIC SITUATION. NONE OF THE RESULTS OF THE ORIGINAL STUDY WAS DUPLICATED IN THE ATTEMPTED REPLICATION. THE DISCREPANCIES IN THE RESULTS OF THE 2 STUDIES ARE EXPLAINED IN TERMS OF INTER-S DIFFERENCES IN THE RESPONSE TO THE INSTRUCTIONS USED IN THE AWT. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - AUTOKINETIC WORD TECHNIQUE KW - INTER-S INSTRUCTION RESPONSE DIFFERENCES KW - REPLICATION KW - 1967 KW - Experimental Instructions KW - Individual Differences KW - Projective Personality Measures KW - Projective Techniques KW - Projective Testing Technique KW - Responses DO - 10.1037/h0024852 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1967-13684-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-11948-001 AN - 1967-11948-001 AU - Frank, George H. AU - Hiester, Douglas S. T1 - Reliability of the ideal-self-concept. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology Y1 - 1967/07// VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 356 EP - 357 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-11948-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Frank, George H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brooklyn, N.Y. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20170223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Measurement; Personality Change; Self-Concept; Statistical Reliability; Test Reliability. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. KW - IDEAL DISCREPANCY KW - RELIABILITY AS MEASURE OF PERSONALITY CHANGE KW - 1967 KW - Measurement KW - Personality Change KW - Self-Concept KW - Statistical Reliability KW - Test Reliability DO - 10.1037/h0024743 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1967-11948-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-09852-001 AN - 1966-09852-001 AU - Ray, O. S. AU - Bivens, L. W. T1 - Development of Sidman avoidance responding under three R-S, S-S intervals. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1966/08// VL - 62 IS - 1 SP - 152 EP - 153 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-09852-001. PMID: 5968266 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ray, O. S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Leech Farm Rd., Pittsburgh, Pa. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning. Minor Descriptor: Avoidance; Rats. Classification: Learning & Motivation (2420). Population: Animal (20). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. AB - Rats were trained on 3 Sidman avoidance schedules: S-S 5 sec., R-S 20 sec.; S-S 7.5 sec., R-S 30 sec.; and S-S 10 sec., R-S 40 sec. Rate of acquisition was similar for all 3 schedules, but group differences in terminal response rates were highly significant. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Sidman avoidance responding KW - group differences KW - 1966 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Avoidance KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/h0023500 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1966-09852-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2009-09835-001 AN - 2009-09835-001 AU - Goodglass, Harold T1 - Review of Clinical neuropsychology of intervention. JF - Neuropsychology JO - Neuropsychology Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 22 EP - 23 CY - US PB - Philadelphia Clinical Neuropsychology Group SN - 0894-4105 SN - 1931-1559 N1 - Accession Number: 2009-09835-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goodglass, Harold; Aphasia Unit, Veterans' Administration Medical Center, Boston, MA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation; Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 20090713. Correction Date: 20100405. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Neuropsychological Rehabilitation; Neuropsychology; Traumatic Brain Injury. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Uzzell, Barbara; Gross, Yigal. Clinical neuropsycbology of intervention=Matrinus Nijhoff Medical Publishers/a Kluwer Academic Publisher; No Year Specified. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: May, 1987. AB - Reviews the book, Clinical neuropsycbology of intervention by Barbara Uzzell and Yigal Gross. Doctors Uzzell and Gross have performed a great service for the field of Neuropsychology by editing the volume which they entitle Clinical Neuropsychology of Intervention. They have succeeded in making the book a depiction of the state of the art of neuropsychological rehabilitation in 1986. The contributions, of uniformly high quality, are by individuals who are experienced in service delivery to the brain injured. The contributions reflect both an underlying concern with psychological theory and with principles of neuropsychology and reflect an effort by each author to analyze and codify his/her own experience so as to present it systematically to the reader. These efforts are all successful—some to such a degree that those chapters constitute superb, self-contained treatments of their topics. Surely, this coherence of approach and the high quality of the result have to reflect the skillful editing by Doctors Uzzell and Gross. The reviewer recommends this book as obligatory reading for anyone involved in the evaluation or treatment of brain damaged patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - clinical neuropsychology KW - neuropsychological rehabilitation & intervention KW - brain injury KW - 1987 KW - Brain Damage KW - Neuropsychological Rehabilitation KW - Neuropsychology KW - Traumatic Brain Injury U2 - Uzzell, Barbara; Gross, Yigal. (No Year Specified); Clinical neuropsycbology of intervention; Matrinus Nijhoff Medical Publishers/a Kluwer Academic Publisher DO - 10.1037/h0091798 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2009-09835-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2009-06846-001 AN - 2009-06846-001 AU - Roberts, Richard J. T1 - Review of Behavioral approaches to cardiovascular disease. JF - Rehabilitation Psychology JO - Rehabilitation Psychology Y1 - 1986///Sum 1986 VL - 31 IS - 2 SP - 117 EP - 118 CY - US PB - Division 22 of the American Psychological Association SN - 0090-5550 SN - 1939-1544 N1 - Accession Number: 2009-06846-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Aspects of Disability. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Roberts, Richard J.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, IA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation; Springer Publishing. Release Date: 20090518. Correction Date: 20100405. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cardiovascular Disorders; Health Care Psychology; Heart Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Headache; Hypertension; Migraine Headache. Classification: Behavioral & Psychological Treatment of Physical Illness (3361); Cardiovascular Disorders (3295). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Surwit, Richard S.; Williams, Redford B. JR; Shapiro, David. Behavioral approaches to cardiovascular disease=New York: Academic Press; 1982. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1986. AB - Reviews the book, Behavioral approaches to cardiovascular disease by Richard S. Surwit, Redford B. Williams Jr., and David Shapiro (1982). The authors' stated purpose in this book is to provide a complete and critical review of the state of knowledge in cardiovascular behavioral medicine (as of 1982). The organization of this volume includes four introductory chapters on the conceptual bases of behavioral medicine, summaries of cardiovascular regulation and psychophysiology, and principles of conditioning as they pertain to modifying cardiovascular functions. The core of the book consists of the next four chapters on specific disorders: coronary heart disease, hypertension, Raynaud's phenomenon, and migraine/vascular headache. A final chapter deals with selected clinical issues in the application of behavioral medicine technology. This book is generally clear and well-written, with a consistent style maintained throughout. The authors' message is presented in a manner that is likely to be accepted by physicians as well as psychologists. Unfortunately, the text occasionally presupposes a degree of knowledge of physiology and anatomy that some psychologists may lack (e.g., "attenuation of the baroreceptor-mediated inhibition of sympathetic outflow" —p. 27). This volume is likely to prove most useful to cardiovascular researchers and practitioners in cardiovascular rehabilitation programs or general medical hospitals who employ biofeedback, relaxation techniques, and life style modification procedures. Although it is no longer the "timely review" it was when first published, this book will remain a valuable reference work. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cardiovascular disease KW - behavioral approaches KW - behavioral medicine KW - coronary heart disease KW - hypertension KW - Raynaud's phenomenon KW - migraine & vascular headache KW - 1986 KW - Cardiovascular Disorders KW - Health Care Psychology KW - Heart Disorders KW - Headache KW - Hypertension KW - Migraine Headache U2 - Surwit, Richard S.; Williams, Redford B. JR; Shapiro, David. (1982); Behavioral approaches to cardiovascular disease; New York: Academic Press DO - 10.1037/h0091532 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2009-06846-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2009-06829-001 AN - 2009-06829-001 AU - Eisenberg, M. G. T1 - Review of Art and disabilities. JF - Rehabilitation Psychology JO - Rehabilitation Psychology Y1 - 1984///Sum 1984 VL - 29 IS - 2 SP - 122 EP - 123 CY - US PB - Springer Publishing SN - 0090-5550 SN - 1939-1544 N1 - Accession Number: 2009-06829-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Aspects of Disability. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eisenberg, M. G.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Hampton, VA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Division 22 of the American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20090511. Correction Date: 20100405. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Art; Disabilities. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Katz, F. Ludin; Katz, E. Art and disabilities=Available through Institute of Art and Disabilities, 2839 Ashby Avenue, Berkeley, CA 94705; 1983. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1984. AB - Reviews the book, Art and disabilities by F. Ludin Katz and E. Katz (1983). This book describes the mechanics of establishing an art center for persons with disabilities. Although the authors purport to discuss the philosophical and conceptual importance of encouraging an artistic outlet for disabled individuals, the text's real contribution lies in its methodical and detailed "how-to" discussion of implementing an art center. The book is designed to provide a step-by-step account of problems to anticipate and solutions to be tried. Its authors clearly delineate how to establish an independent art center for people with disabilities. From discussion of by-laws to consideration of public relations and financial support, the reader is shown in the most concrete of ways how to establish such a center. In summary, while variable in quality, this book meets its primary objective of presenting a "cookbook" to those hoping to establish a creative arts center. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - creative arts center development KW - persons with disabilities KW - 1984 KW - Art KW - Disabilities U2 - Katz, F. Ludin; Katz, E. (1983); Art and disabilities; Available through Institute of Art and Disabilities, 2839 Ashby Avenue, Berkeley, CA 94705 DO - 10.1037/h0091100 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2009-06829-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09922-001 AN - 2005-09922-001 AU - Powers, Robert J. T1 - An alternative to DSM-III. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1978/09// VL - 33 IS - 9 SP - 852 EP - 853 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09922-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Powers, Robert J.; East Orange Veterans Administration Hospital, East Orange, NJ, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Diagnostic and Statistical Manual; Mental Disorders; Psychodiagnostic Typologies. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1978. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1978. AB - Comments on the article by Schacht and Nathan (see record [rid]1978-29497-001[/rid]), which presented a critical analysis of the 3rd edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III). Schacht and Nathan note the inappropriateness of categorizing all mental disorders as a subset of medical disorders. The current author suggests that this may result in insurers and legislators increasingly relying on psychiatrists for both diagnosis and treatment of mental problems. He suggests that the American Psychological Association should develop its on diagnostic manual to be free of the biases and limitations of the DSM-III. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - evaluation KW - Diagnostic & Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders KW - 1978 KW - Diagnostic and Statistical Manual KW - Mental Disorders KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies DO - 10.1037/h0078564 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-09922-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10657-004 AN - 2005-10657-004 AU - Simon, Stanford H. T1 - Effect of Tranquilizers on the Trail Making Test with Chronic Schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1967/06// VL - 31 IS - 3 SP - 322 EP - 323 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10657-004. PMID: 6046588 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Simon, Stanford H.; Veterans Administration Center, Wood, WI, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Drug Withdrawal; Schizophrenia; Tranquilizing Drugs. Minor Descriptor: Brain Damage; Comorbidity; Differential Diagnosis; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Test Performance. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Tests & Measures: Trail Making Test DOI: 10.1037/t00757-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - 46 chronic schizophrenics with at least 3 years of continuous hospitalization, no secondary diagnosis of brain damage, age under 59, and all stabilized on their current medication were tested twice on the Trail Making Test (TMT) with 6 wk. between testings. The experimental group (N = 28) had the 2nd testing, following 5 weeks of being off all drugs. Results show: (a) previous findings that TMT is not a sensitive test for organicity with schizophrenics are true whether or not Ss are on tranquilizers, (b) no relationship between amount of drugs and performance on TMT, and (c) drug withdrawal did not affect performance on TMT. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - tranquilizers KW - chronic schizophrenics KW - hospitalization KW - drug therapy KW - drug withdrawal KW - trail making test performance KW - brain damage comorbidity KW - 1967 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Schizophrenia KW - Tranquilizing Drugs KW - Brain Damage KW - Comorbidity KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Test Performance DO - 10.1037/h0021001 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-10657-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-10129-001 AN - 2007-10129-001 AU - Shipley, William A. T1 - Review of Neuropsychology of alcoholism: Implications for diagnosis and treatment. JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors Y1 - 1988/// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 92 EP - 93 PB - Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-10129-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shipley, William A.; Richard L. Roudebush Veterans Administration Medical Center, Indianapolis, IN, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070713. Correction Date: 20100104. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Diagnosis; Neuropsychology. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233); Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Parsons, Oscar A. (Ed); Butters, Nelson (Ed); Nathan, Peter E. (Ed). Neuropsychology of alcoholism: Implications for diagnosis and treatment=New York: Guilford Press; 1987. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1988. Copyright Statement: Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. 1988. AB - Reviews the book, Neuropsychology of alcoholism: Implications for diagnosis and treatment edited by Oscar A. Parsons, Nelson Butters, and Peter E. Nathan (see record [rid]1987-98184-000[/rid]). This book is an important work because it organizes empirical findings and presents theoretical and research issues in the rapidly expanding area of neuropsychological evaluation and recovery in alcoholic populations. This up-to-date, comprehensive overview includes chapters written by internationally recognized experts in the areas of structural changes in the brain accompanying alcohol abuse, neuropsychological deficits associated with alcoholism, recovery of functions with continued abstinence, and remediation efforts with alcoholics. The book is divided into four sections: Changes in Brain Structure and Function in Alcoholics, Neuropsychological Consequences of Alcohol Abuse, Recovery and Remediation of Neuropsychological Functions, and Implications for Treatment and Future Research Directions. Overall, this is an excellent reference book and is thought-provoking in its presentation of research ideas. This is an important work every researcher in this area should examine. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuropsychology KW - alcoholism KW - diagnosis KW - treatment KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Diagnosis KW - Neuropsychology U2 - Parsons, Oscar A. (Ed); Butters, Nelson (Ed); Nathan, Peter E. (Ed). (1987); Neuropsychology of alcoholism: Implications for diagnosis and treatment; New York: Guilford Press DO - 10.1037/h0084860 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2007-10129-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-10128-001 AN - 2007-10128-001 AU - Cox, W. Miles T1 - Introduction to the special series. T3 - Special Series: Nontraditional Approaches to Treating Alcohol-Dependent Veterans JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors Y1 - 1988/// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 51 EP - 52 PB - Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 AD - Cox, W. Miles, Psychology Service (116B), North Chicago Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Health Sciences/The Chicago Medical School, 3001 Green Bay Road, North Chicago, IL, US, 60064 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-10128-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cox, W. Miles; North Chicago Veterans Administration Medical Center, North Chicago, IL, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070713. Correction Date: 20100104. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Military Veterans. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1988. Copyright Statement: Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. 1988. AB - A symposium was conducted at the 94th Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association (Cox, 1986) that depicted psychologists' innovative, nontraditional work with alcohol-dependent veterans. The articles in this special series represent expansions of a portion of the earlier convention presentations. Psychologists from other VA medical centers (and elsewhere) might wish to incorporate the approaches that are discussed into their own treatment programs. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcohol-dependent veterans KW - treatment programs KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Military Veterans DO - 10.1037/h0084859 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2007-10128-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-10125-001 AN - 2007-10125-001 AU - Sladen, Bernard J. T1 - Review of A family like yours: Breaking the patterns of drug abuse. JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors Y1 - 1988/// VL - 2 IS - 1 SP - 42 EP - 43 PB - Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-10125-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sladen, Bernard J.; Hines Veterans Administration Hospital, IL, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070713. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Drug Rehabilitation; Family Relations; Family Systems Theory; Self Help Techniques. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Sorensen, James L.; Bernal, Guillermo. A family like yours: Breaking the patterns of drug abuse=San Francisco: Harper and Row; 1987. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1988. Copyright Statement: Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. 1988. AB - Reviews the book, A family like yours: Breaking the patterns of drug abuse by James L. Sorensen and Guillermo Bernal (1987). A family like yours is a self-help guide aimed at families with a drug-abusing member. It attempts to fill a gap in the self-help literature on substance abuse and families. The problem readers may encounter is one of integrating without outside help the overwhelming amount of material presented. The chapters cover many basic concepts in family systems and life cycle theory without sufficient space devoted to particular concepts or points. Points are made with little elaboration, and the reader may not be able to integrate much of the material. However, for the family that is involved in treatment, the book may prove helpful in promoting insights into the functioning of the family and may serve as a valuable adjunct to treatment by provoking questions and insights that can move a family toward change. The authors' emphasis on providing the family support and optimism tempered by realistic limits may also serve to make this book a useful adjunct to treatment. This book serves as a valuable addition to the self-help literature on drug abuse in families and partially fills a gap currently existing in that marketplace. It covers a great deal of material that is not easily available to the lay reader at this time. This book is more likely to be insight provoking, practical, and motivating, however, to the drug abusing family that is in treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drug abuse KW - self-help KW - family systems KW - family functioning KW - 1988 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Family Relations KW - Family Systems Theory KW - Self Help Techniques U2 - Sorensen, James L.; Bernal, Guillermo. (1987); A family like yours: Breaking the patterns of drug abuse; San Francisco: Harper and Row DO - 10.1037/h0084856 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2007-10125-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-10124-001 AN - 2007-10124-001 AU - Stainback, Robert D. T1 - Review of Clinical management of substance abuse programs. JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors Y1 - 1988/// VL - 2 IS - 1 SP - 40 EP - 41 PB - Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-10124-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stainback, Robert D.; Alcohol Dependence Treatment Program, Birmingham Veterans Administration Medical Center, Birmingham, AL, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070713. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Rehabilitation; Health Care Administration. Minor Descriptor: Drug Abuse. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Craig, Robert J. Clinical management of substance abuse programs=Springfield, Illinois: Charles C. Thomas; 1987. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1988. Copyright Statement: Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. 1988. AB - Reviews the book, Clinical management of substance abuse programs by Robert J. Craig (see record [rid]1987-97819-000[/rid]). Clinical management of substance abuse programs is a significant contribution to substance abuse program management. The author provides the program director with specific information about increasing program effectiveness. His thesis is that broad program activities have greater impact on total patient care than does any individual activity with a particular patient. The book is divided into three parts. Part I is devoted to the following sections: (a) an introduction and review of the book's contents, (b) diagnostic interviewing, and (c) psychological testing. The three chapters in Part II review general models of treatment, including multimodal, combined alcohol and drug, and treatment matching. Part III, which contains four chapters, details clinical program management activities. In this section the author offers the nuts and bolts for designing a substance abuse program based on effective evaluation and quality control. The author is successful in providing a basic text to assist clinician/managers in designing more effective treatment programs for substance abusers. I recommend this book to any professional responsible for program development in substance abuse treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical program management KW - substance abuse programs KW - 1988 KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Health Care Administration KW - Drug Abuse U2 - Craig, Robert J. (1987); Clinical management of substance abuse programs; Springfield, Illinois: Charles C. Thomas DO - 10.1037/h0084855 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2007-10124-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-58939-001 AN - 1990-58939-001 AU - Mazza, Dan T1 - Comment on Miller and Hester's 'Inpatient alcoholism treatment: Who benefits?' JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 43 IS - 3 SP - 199 EP - 200 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-58939-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mazza, Dan; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Syracuse, NY, US. Release Date: 20090720. Correction Date: 20100405. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Residential Care Institutions. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - W. R. Miller and R. K. Hester (see record [rid]1986-28253-001[/rid]) conclude that inpatient treatment of alcoholism is no more effective than outpatient treatment of alcoholism for most individuals. However, they fail to adequately distinguish between alcohol abuse and alcohol dependence, draw their conclusions from admittedly methodologically weak studies, and appear to prefer outpatient treatment because it is cheaper. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - residential vs nonresidential settings & longer vs shorter programs & intensive vs less intensive interventions in treatment of alcohol abuse KW - commentary KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Residential Care Institutions DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.43.3.199 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-58939-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-58485-001 AN - 1990-58485-001 AU - Madell, Thomas O. AU - Madell, Chris M. T1 - A professional pair at the job market: A reply. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1979/03// VL - 34 IS - 3 SP - 275 EP - 276 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-58485-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Madell, Thomas O.; Veterans Administration Regional Office, San Francisco, CA, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dual Careers; Job Search; Professional Development; Psychologists; Spouses. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1979. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1979. AB - Comments on the job-hunting difficulties of married professional couples described by J. R. and L. H. Matthews, based on personal experiences. The importance of finding the right job in the right location is emphasized, and job-hunting tips are presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychology job hunting difficulties KW - professional couples KW - commentary KW - 1979 KW - Dual Careers KW - Job Search KW - Professional Development KW - Psychologists KW - Spouses DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.34.3.275 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-58485-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-58405-001 AN - 1990-58405-001 AU - Cox, W. Miles AU - Catt, Viola T1 - 'University productivity rankings: A psychologist by any other name': Reply. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1978/07// VL - 33 IS - 7 SP - 695 EP - 696 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-58405-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cox, W. Miles; Veterans Administration Hosp, Psychology Service, Kansas City, MO, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Graduate Psychology Education; Productivity; Professional Organizations; Psychology; Scientific Communication. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1978. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1978. AB - Responds to the report by J. Levin et al (1978) of inconsistencies between data reported by W. M. Cox and V. Catt (see record [rid]1978-21651-001[/rid]) and that of J. Levin et al regarding productivity ratings of graduate psychology programs based on publication in American Psychological Association journals. A reexamination of Cox and Catt's tabulations suggests that the inconsistencies are in fact errors of J. Levin et al. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - publications in APA journals KW - productivity ratings of graduate psychology programs KW - commentary reply KW - 1978 KW - Graduate Psychology Education KW - Productivity KW - Professional Organizations KW - Psychology KW - Scientific Communication DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.33.7.695 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-58405-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-58407-001 AN - 1990-58407-001 AU - Cox, W. Miles AU - Catt, Viola T1 - 'More mischief': Reply. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1978/07// VL - 33 IS - 7 SP - 697 EP - 698 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-58407-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cox, W. Miles; Veterans Administration Hosp, Psychology Service, Kansas City, MO, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Graduate Psychology Education; Professional Organizations; Psychology; Scientific Communication. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1978. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1978. AB - Addresses the errors that A. O. Ross (1978) found in W. M. Cox and V. Catt's (see record [rid]1978-21651-001[/rid]) article on productivity ratings of graduate psychology programs, objecting to Ross's attempt to discredit the authenticity of Cox and Catt's data. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - publications in APA journals KW - productivity ratings of graduate psychology programs KW - commentary reply KW - 1978 KW - Graduate Psychology Education KW - Professional Organizations KW - Psychology KW - Scientific Communication DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.33.7.697 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-58407-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-56861-001 AN - 1990-56861-001 AU - Russell, Elbert W. T1 - Overpopulation. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1970/12// VL - 25 IS - 12 SP - 1171 EP - 1172 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-56861-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Russell, Elbert W.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Cincinnati, OH, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Overpopulation. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - While overpopulation is a humanitarian problem, as W. R. Bartz (see record [rid]1970-18782-001[/rid]) noted, it should be kept in perspective. It is not a new, controversial, neglected, or dangerous problem. While population growth can be technologically controlled, the problem is more psychological and cultural. Relative to other problems, such as atomic war, overpopulation is not extremely important. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - overpopulation as humanitarian problem KW - commentary KW - 1970 KW - Overpopulation DO - 10.1037/h0037904 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-56861-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-27400-001 AN - 1989-27400-001 AU - Cox, W. Miles AU - Blount, Joseph P. T1 - Research productivity in psychology. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 44 IS - 4 SP - 735 EP - 736 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-27400-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cox, W. Miles; North Chicago Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, IL, US. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20090817. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Colleges; Experimentation; Productivity; Psychology; Scientific Communication. Minor Descriptor: Graduate Psychology Education. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - Comments on the study of research productivity in psychology by G. S. Howard et al (see record [rid]1988-09385-001[/rid]) as a follow-up to a study by W. M. Cox and V. Catt (see record [rid]1978-21651-001[/rid]). The present authors suggest caution in interpreting the 3 indices of productivity used in the previous report. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - research productivity of graduate psychology programs based on number of articles published in APA journals & reputational ratings KW - commentary KW - 1989 KW - Colleges KW - Experimentation KW - Productivity KW - Psychology KW - Scientific Communication KW - Graduate Psychology Education DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.44.4.735 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-27400-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-26054-001 AN - 1989-26054-001 AU - Dalton, John E. AU - Tom, Agnes AU - Rosenblum, Mark L. AU - Garte, Sumner H. AU - Aubuchon, Ivan N. T1 - Faking on the Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. JF - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 56 EP - 57 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1040-3590 SN - 1939-134X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-26054-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dalton, John E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychology Lab, North Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 20060710. Correction Date: 20100308. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Faking; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Rating Scales. Minor Descriptor: Anxiety Disorders; Differential Diagnosis; Drug Abuse; War. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Nov 10, 1988; Revised Date: Nov 1, 1988; First Submitted Date: Jul 6, 1988. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder is a 35-item inventory developed for the differential diagnosis of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Thirty Veterans Administration Medical Center patients receiving vocational counseling were asked to fake PTSD on this scale. These volunteers were age and gender cohorts of Vietnam combat veterans and had primary diagnoses of substance abuse or anxiety disorder. None had been in combat or in Vietnam, nor had any lived with a Vietnam veteran. The feigning group obtained significantly lower scores than did a group of 30 inpatients in a PTSD treatment program, but 77% successfully faked PTSD by scoring higher than the suggested cutoff of 107. The Mississippi Scale is a unique and useful instrument for the evaluation and diagnosis of PTSD, but feigning must be ruled out by other methods. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - faking on Mississippi Scale for Combat Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - veteran medical center patients with substance abuse or anxiety disorder KW - implications for differential diagnosis KW - 1989 KW - Faking KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Rating Scales KW - Anxiety Disorders KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Drug Abuse KW - War DO - 10.1037/1040-3590.1.1.56 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1989-26054-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-27985-001 AN - 1974-27985-001 AU - Sutker, Patricia B. AU - Moan, Charles E. AU - Allain, Albert N. T1 - WAIS performance in unincarcerated groups of MMPI-defined sociopaths and normal controls. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1974/04// VL - 42 IS - 2 SP - 307 EP - 308 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-27985-001. PMID: 4150899 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sutker, Patricia B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, Charleston, S.C. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antisocial Personality Disorder; Prisoners; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Examined WAIS performance by 32 sociopaths and 33 normal controls, as defined by MMPI criteria. The 2 groups showed no differences in overall intellectual functioning. Differences in performance on some measures, however, challenge the idea that sociopaths are attentive only to aspects of the environment that lead to immediate gratification. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - WAIS performance KW - MMPI-defined incarcerated sociopaths & normals KW - 1974 KW - Antisocial Personality Disorder KW - Prisoners KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale DO - 10.1037/h0036243 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1974-27985-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-07650-001 AN - 1970-07650-001 AU - Boudewyns, Patrick A. AU - Madison, Harry L. T1 - Luminance as a reinforcement parameter in probability learning. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology Y1 - 1970/03// VL - 83 IS - 3, Pt.1 SP - 502 EP - 503 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-07650-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boudewyns, Patrick A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Wood, Wis. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Illumination; Probability Learning; Reinforcement. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - 5 groups of 80 undergraduates each predicted the occurrences of reinforcing lights differing in luminance or the occurrence vs. nonoccurrence of 1 light. Little effect of luminance difference was found, contrary to findings of a study by J. R. Nazarro and J. C. Todorov (see 40:6), but preference for predicting occurrence of 1 light confirmed findings of H. L. Madison and P. A. Boudewyns (see 41:10). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - probability learning KW - luminance as reinforcement parameter KW - comments on J. Nazarro's & H. Madison's experiments KW - 1970 KW - Illumination KW - Probability Learning KW - Reinforcement DO - 10.1037/h0028855 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1970-07650-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-06530-001 AN - 1967-06530-001 AU - Crovitz, Herbert F. AU - Friedman, Larry A. T1 - Configurational letter spans. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology Y1 - 1967/04// VL - 73 IS - 4, Pt.1 SP - 628 EP - 629 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-06530-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crovitz, Herbert F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Durham, N.C. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: College Students; Recognition (Learning); Visual Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. KW - CONFIGURATIONAL LETTER SPANS KW - RECOGNITION KW - COLLEGE STUDENTS KW - 1967 KW - College Students KW - Recognition (Learning) KW - Visual Perception DO - 10.1037/h0024322 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1967-06530-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-03880-001 AN - 1967-03880-001 AU - PISHKIN, VLADIMIR T1 - Availability of feedback-corrected error instances in concept learning. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology Y1 - 1967/02// VL - 73 IS - 2 SP - 318 EP - 319 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-03880-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: PISHKIN, VLADIMIR; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., OKLAHOMA CITY, OKLA. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20161121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Concepts; Errors; Feedback; Learning. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. KW - LEARNING KW - CORRECTED ERROR FEEDBACK KW - 1967 KW - Concepts KW - Errors KW - Feedback KW - Learning DO - 10.1037/h0024103 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1967-03880-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-42268-027 AN - 2013-42268-027 AU - Wong, Martin R. T1 - Review of Adult development: A new dimension in psychodynamic theory and practice. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1983/07// VL - 53 IS - 3 SP - 563 EP - 564 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-42268-027. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wong, Martin R.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Battle Creek, MI, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adult Development; Cognitive Generalization; Psychoanalysis; Psychodynamics. Classification: Psychoanalytic Therapy (3315). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Colarusso, Calvin A.; Nemiroff, Robert A. Adult development: A new dimension in psychodynamic theory and practice=290 pp. $22. 50. Plenum Press, New York; 1981. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1983. AB - Reviews the book, Adult Development: A New Dimension in Psychodynamic Theory and Practice by Calvin A. Colarusso and Robert A. Nemiroff (1981). This book is in some ways an attempt to coalesce the thought that has emerged from recent attempts in research to explore patterns in adult development. Presenting these new ideas within the psychoanalytic framework, the authors use psychoanalytic thought as a basis and attempt to elaborate upon it. It would not be difficult to continue in a critical vein, for there are other shortcomings in this loosely structured . sometimes not-too-well focused book. Yet on the whole . the generalization of psychoanalytic ideas and structure across the total span of development is accomplished with thoughtfulness and some innovativeness . It remains for future efforts at thought and research to discard the chaff and further nourish the fruit. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - adult development KW - psychoanalytic ideas KW - psychodynamic theory KW - innovativeness KW - generalization KW - 1983 KW - Adult Development KW - Cognitive Generalization KW - Psychoanalysis KW - Psychodynamics U2 - Colarusso, Calvin A.; Nemiroff, Robert A. (1981); Adult development: A new dimension in psychodynamic theory and practice; 290 pp. $22. 50. Plenum Press, New York DO - 10.1037/h0098811 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-42268-027&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-41269-026 AN - 2013-41269-026 AU - Shaskan, Donald A. T1 - Review of Beyond the couch: Dialogues in teaching and learning psychoanalysis in groups. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 41 IS - 3 SP - 521 EP - 522 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-41269-026. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shaskan, Donald A.; Mental Hygiene Clinic, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, CA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Attitudes; Group Psychotherapy; Psychoanalysis. Minor Descriptor: Learning; Teaching. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Wolf, Alexander; Schwartz, Emanuel K.; McCarty, Gerald J.; Goldberg, Irving A. Beyond the couch: Dialogues in teaching and learning psychoanalysis in groups=New York: Science House. 364 pp. $12.50; 1970. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1971. AB - Reviews the book, Beyond the Couch: Dialogues in Teaching and Learning Psychoanalysis in Groups by Alexander Wolf, Emanuel K. Schwartz, Gerald J. McCarty, and Irving A. Goldberg (1970). The book provides an overview about psychoanalytic group psychotherapy. The book cover topics such as conceptual perceptions and current constructs, the borderline patient and termination; references are given in an excellent format. Beginning group therapists will get the flavor of the exchange of feeling so necessary for teaching this method. More experienced group therapists will have many a chuckle as they witness their colleagues' struggle with the doubts, uncertainties and satisfactions in teaching, learning and doing group psychotherapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - teaching KW - group psychoanalysis KW - group learning KW - psychoanalytic group psychotherapy KW - client attitudes KW - 1971 KW - Client Attitudes KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Psychoanalysis KW - Learning KW - Teaching U2 - Wolf, Alexander; Schwartz, Emanuel K.; McCarty, Gerald J.; Goldberg, Irving A. (1970); Beyond the couch: Dialogues in teaching and learning psychoanalysis in groups; New York: Science House. 364 pp. $12.50 DO - 10.1037/h0098586 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-41269-026&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-08433-003 AN - 2005-08433-003 AU - Gallagher, Dolores AU - Breckenridge, James AU - Steinmetz, Julia AU - Thompson, Larry T1 - The Beck Depression Inventory and Research Diagnostic Criteria: Congruence in an Older Population. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1983/12// VL - 51 IS - 6 SP - 945 EP - 946 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 AD - Gallagher, Dolores, Veterans Administration Medical Center, GRECC (182-B), 3801 Miranda Avenue, Palo Alto, CA, US, 94304 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-08433-003. PMID: 6655109 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gallagher, Dolores; Geriatric Research, Education, and Clinical Center Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Beck Depression Inventory; Geriatric Patients; Major Depression; Research Diagnostic Criteria. Minor Descriptor: Diagnostic Criteria. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Clinical Psychological Testing (2224). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Beck Depression Inventory DOI: 10.1037/t00741-000; Schedule for Affective Disorders and Schizophrenia DOI: 10.1037/t07870-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1983. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1983. AB - This study examined the congruence between conventional cutoff scores on the Beck Depression Inventory (BDI) and selected diagnostic classifications of the Research Diagnostic Criteria in a sample of 102 elders seeking psychological treatment. Only 16.67% were misclassified by customary BDI cutoff scores. Minor Depressive Disorders were less clearly identified than Major Depressive Disorders or nondepressed status. Similar results were obtained in a second sample of elders not seeking treatment. Findings support the utility of the BDI as a screening instrument for identification of clinically depressed elders. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - Research Diagnostic Criteria KW - psychological treatment KW - Beck Depression Inventory KW - elderly KW - depressive disorders KW - 1983 KW - Beck Depression Inventory KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Major Depression KW - Research Diagnostic Criteria KW - Diagnostic Criteria DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.51.6.945 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-08433-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-34686-001 AN - 1991-34686-001 AU - Pendorf, James E. T1 - The role of alcohol abuse in career decision-making readiness among high school students. JF - Journal of Alcohol and Drug Education JO - Journal of Alcohol and Drug Education JA - J Alcohol Drug Educ Y1 - 1991///Spr 1991 VL - 36 IS - 3 SP - 54 EP - 62 CY - US PB - American Alcohol & Drug Information Foundation SN - 0090-1482 SN - 2162-4119 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-34686-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pendorf, James E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Lebanon, PA, US. Other Publishers: Journal of Alcohol and Drug Education, Inc. Release Date: 19911201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Occupational Choice. Minor Descriptor: Decision Making; High School Students. Classification: Classroom Dynamics & Student Adjustment & Attitudes (3560). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1991. AB - Examined the relationship between different levels of self-reported alcohol use and career decision-making readiness, as indicated by the Career Decision Scale, among 115 10th graders and 107 12th graders. Ss in both grades were equally prepared to make career decisions, and no gender differences were found in career decidedness in either grade level. Contrary to expectations, heavy alcohol users were more ready to make a career decision than moderate or nonusers of alcohol. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - level of self reported alcohol use KW - career decision making readiness KW - 10th vs 12th graders KW - 1991 KW - Age Differences KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Occupational Choice KW - Decision Making KW - High School Students KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-34686-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-31260-001 AN - 1991-31260-001 AU - Peselow, Eric D. AU - Corwin, June AU - Fieve, Ronald R. AU - Rotrosen, John AU - Cooper, Thomas B. T1 - Disappearance of memory deficits in outpatient depressives responding to imipramine. JF - Journal of Affective Disorders JO - Journal of Affective Disorders JA - J Affect Disord Y1 - 1991/03// VL - 21 IS - 3 SP - 173 EP - 183 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-0327 SN - 1573-2517 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-31260-001. PMID: 1829740 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Peselow, Eric D.; New York Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, US. Release Date: 19911101. Correction Date: 20160407. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Imipramine; Learning; Major Depression; Memory. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1991. AB - Evaluated learning and memory in 50 depressed adults prior to and following 4 wk treatment with imipramine (IMI) compared with 21 normal controls tested at corresponding times. At baseline, depressives did worse than normals on most memory tasks, with difficult memory tasks distinguishing between depressive and normal memory. Following IMI treatment, responders performed better than nonresponders on difficult memory tasks, and not significantly differently from controls on most tasks. This, and the facts that (1) responders improved to a greater degree than controls and (2) at 4 wks complete responders to IMI did significantly better than partial responders to IMI indicated that relief from depression was highly related to improved memory functioning. IMI apparently did not have significant adverse effects on memory. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - imipramine KW - learning & memory KW - depressed adults KW - 1991 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Imipramine KW - Learning KW - Major Depression KW - Memory KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0165-0327(91)90038-T UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-31260-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-28448-001 AN - 1991-28448-001 AU - Pearlman, Robert A. AU - Uhlmann, Richard F. T1 - Quality of life in elderly, chronically ill outpatients. JF - Journal of Gerontology JO - Journal of Gerontology JA - J Gerontol Y1 - 1991/03// VL - 46 IS - 2 SP - M31 EP - M38 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0022-1422 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-28448-001. PMID: 1997570 Other Journal Title: The Journals of Gerontology: Series A: Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pearlman, Robert A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Seattle, WA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19911001. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatric Patients; Health Maintenance Organizations; Hospitals; Private Practice; Quality of Life. Minor Descriptor: Outpatients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10); Outpatient (60). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1991. AB - Interviewed 258 elderly patients (mean age 74.4 yrs) from 3 health care settings (Veterans Affairs, health maintenance organizations, and community settings) to identify the attributes and events that affect self-assessment of quality of life (QL). Ss rated their QL as acceptable, citing medical care, health, interpersonal relationships, financial status, and functional status as affecting their QL. Overall QL ratings were not strongly associated with objective indicators such as demographic characteristics and use of health care services. Subjective indicators, including patient perceptions of their emotional, socioeconomic, intellectual, and physical functioning, were the major determinants of QL. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - quality of life KW - elderly outpatients in VA medical centers vs HMOs vs private practice care KW - 1991 KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Health Maintenance Organizations KW - Hospitals KW - Private Practice KW - Quality of Life KW - Outpatients KW - 1991 DO - 10.1093/geronj/46.2.M31 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-28448-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-27586-001 AN - 1991-27586-001 AU - Roth, Walton T. AU - Goodale, Jayme AU - Pfefferbaum, Adolf T1 - Auditory event-related potentials and electrodermal activity in medicated and unmedicated schizophrenics. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1991/03// VL - 29 IS - 6 SP - 585 EP - 599 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-27586-001. PMID: 1675890 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Roth, Walton T.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19911001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Evoked Potentials; Schizophrenia; Skin Resistance. Minor Descriptor: Drug Therapy. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1991. AB - Studied event-related potentials and electrodermal activity in 31 medicated or unmedicated male schizophrenics (SCZs) and 23 matched controls. Ss were run in 3 auditory stimulus paradigms that permitted measurement of the longer latency skin conductance response (SCR). In every paradigm, medicated but not unmedicated SCZs had smaller N120 amplitudes and fewer SCRs than controls. Medicated SCZs also showed reduced P200 amplitude and latency, longer P320 latency, and reduced skin conductance levels in certain paradigms. These effects cannot be attributed to different mental states of medicated and unmedicated SCZs, since Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale scores were similar. Antipsychotic and antiparkinsonian drugs may reduce electrodermal activity through anticholinergic mechanisms, and antipsychotic drugs may attenuate N120 through other biological mechanisms. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - auditory EPs & skin conductance response KW - medicated vs unmedicated schizophrenic patients KW - 1991 KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Schizophrenia KW - Skin Resistance KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(91)90094-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-27586-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-25703-001 AN - 1991-25703-001 AU - Barton, Gail M. T1 - Education and certification of mental health administrators: The role of professional associations. T3 - Education in mental health administration JF - Administration and Policy in Mental Health JO - Administration and Policy in Mental Health JA - Adm Policy Ment Health Y1 - 1991/03// VL - 18 IS - 4 SP - 279 EP - 283 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0894-587X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-25703-001. Other Journal Title: Administration and Policy in Mental Health and Mental Health Services Research; Administration in Mental Health. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barton, Gail M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, White River Junction, VT, US. Release Date: 19910901. Correction Date: 20100920. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Management Personnel; Management Training; Mental Health Personnel; Professional Certification; Professional Organizations. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1991. AB - Professional organizations play a role in the education of mental health administrators. Some professional associations have certification examinations for administrative psychiatry. Others include questions on administration on their examinations. Meetings sponsored by various organizations have topics aimed at enhancing the skills of their membership. Requisites for competency of health administrators are embodied in membership requirements in some organizations. With all the variety of credentialling, sponsorship, and different levels of training that are accredited, there needs to be consistency and coordination among the professional organizations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - role in education & certification of mental health administrators KW - professional organizations KW - 1991 KW - Management Personnel KW - Management Training KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Professional Certification KW - Professional Organizations KW - 1991 DO - 10.1007/BF00706052 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-25703-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-25082-001 AN - 1991-25082-001 AU - Pomerantz, Andrew S. AU - de Nesnera, Alexander T1 - Informed consent, competency, and the illusion of rationality. JF - General Hospital Psychiatry JO - General Hospital Psychiatry JA - Gen Hosp Psychiatry Y1 - 1991/03// VL - 13 IS - 2 SP - 138 EP - 142 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0163-8343 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-25082-001. PMID: 2037244 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pomerantz, Andrew S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, White River Junction, VT, US. Release Date: 19910901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Competence; Disorders; Hospitalized Patients; Informed Consent; Treatment Withholding. Minor Descriptor: Nausea; Rationality. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1991. AB - Presents 2 cases in which acutely ill patients gave apparently rational refusals of potentially life-prolonging treatment. Case 1, a 69-yr-old male with steroid and oxygen-dependent chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, was admitted to hospital for failure to thrive, dyspnea, and a recent episode of loss of consciousness and incontinence. Case 2, a 92-yr-old male, was admitted to hospital for nausea and mental status changes. Following their recovery, both Ss viewed their earlier decisions as irrational. These cases demonstrate some of the difficulties in assessing competency and rationality in gravely ill patients and the need for careful evaluation regardless of the apparent rationality of expressed desires. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - competency & illusion of rationality in informed treatment refusal decisions KW - 69 & 92 yr old males with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease or nausea & mental status changes KW - 1991 KW - Competence KW - Disorders KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Informed Consent KW - Treatment Withholding KW - Nausea KW - Rationality KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0163-8343(91)90025-R UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-25082-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-25077-001 AN - 1991-25077-001 AU - Pearlman, Chester T1 - Electroconvulsive therapy: Current concepts. JF - General Hospital Psychiatry JO - General Hospital Psychiatry JA - Gen Hosp Psychiatry Y1 - 1991/03// VL - 13 IS - 2 SP - 128 EP - 137 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0163-8343 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-25077-001. PMID: 2037243 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pearlman, Chester; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19910901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy. Classification: Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1991. AB - Reviews recent developments (R. Abrams, 1988; S. Malitz and H. A. Sackeim, 1986) in the practice and theory of electroconvulsive therapy (ECT). Indications, efficacy, and risk/benefit considerations are discussed with emphasis on the clinical utility and cost-effectiveness of increased and earlier usage of ECT in hospitalized patients. Treatment procedures are detailed with listings of medical considerations, management of complications, and other applications to general hospital practice. Research on the mechanisms of action and some training issues are briefly discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - developments in practice & theory of ECT KW - 1991 KW - Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0163-8343(91)90024-Q UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-25077-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-24839-001 AN - 1991-24839-001 AU - Gass, Carlton S. AU - Russell, Elbert W. T1 - MMPI profiles of closed head trauma patients: Impact of neurologic complaints. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1991/03// VL - 47 IS - 2 SP - 253 EP - 260 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-24839-001. PMID: 2030130 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gass, Carlton S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Miami, FL, US. Release Date: 19910901. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Head Injuries; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Neurology; Symptoms. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1991. AB - Estimated the effects of neurologic-based complaints on Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) profiles and possible artifactual effects due to neurologic-related MMPI items (NRIs) for 58 closed head trauma (CHT) male patients (mean age 34.9 yrs). MMPI profiles were analyzed before and after statistical correction was made for 42 NRIs that were identified by 3 neurologists. Significant effects occurred on Hs, D, Hy, PT, and Sc scales in regard to their T scores, frequency of pathological elevation, and representation in configural codes. Results suggest that MMPI content scales and subscales may help to distinguish the relative contribution of neurologic and emotional complaints on MMPI profiles. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neurologic based complaints KW - MMPI profiles KW - male patients with closed head trauma KW - 1991 KW - Head Injuries KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Neurology KW - Symptoms KW - 1991 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(199103)47:2<253::AID-JCLP2270470210>3.0.CO;2-A UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-24839-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-23808-001 AN - 1991-23808-001 AU - Naliboff, Bruce D. AU - Benton, Donna AU - Solomon, George F. AU - Morley, John E. AU - Fahey, J. L. AU - Bloom, E. T. AU - Makinodan, T. AU - Gilmore, S. L. T1 - Immunological changes in young and old adults during brief laboratory stress. JF - Psychosomatic Medicine JO - Psychosomatic Medicine Y1 - 1991/03//Mar-Apr, 1991 VL - 53 IS - 2 SP - 121 EP - 132 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0033-3174 SN - 1534-7796 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-23808-001. PMID: 2031066 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Naliboff, Bruce D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19910901. Correction Date: 20130513. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Lymphocytes; Psychoneuroimmunology; Stress Reactions. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800); Psychophysiology (2560). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Mar-Apr, 1991. AB - 12 young women (aged 21–41 yrs) showed increases in natural killer (NK) cell activity, and in the numbers of circulating CD8 suppressor/cytotoxic T cells, and natural killer lymphocytes following a 12-min stressful mental arithmetic examination. 11 older women (aged 65–85 yrs) failed to show the stress-related increase in NK activity. All other stress responses were similar for the 2 age groups. Results show that brief psychological stress is associated with some rapid immune cell changes, including release of CD8 suppressor/cytotoxic T cells and NK cells into circulation, and in young Ss, increases in NK activity. The absence of an NK activity increase in the older Ss indicates that NK cell mobilization and cell lysis induced by NK cells may be differentially affected by stress. Results also suggest the possibility of an age-related deficit in the up-regulation of NK activity under some environmental demands. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - brief stress KW - CD8 suppressor/cytotoxic T cells & natural killer cell activity KW - 21–41 vs 65–85 yr old females KW - 1991 KW - Age Differences KW - Lymphocytes KW - Psychoneuroimmunology KW - Stress Reactions KW - 1991 DO - 10.1097/00006842-199103000-00002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-23808-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-23631-001 AN - 1991-23631-001 AU - Arts, Kathleen S. AU - Holmes, Blythe B. AU - Fujimoto, James M. T1 - Differential contribution of descending serotonergic and noradrenergic systems to central Tyr-D-Ala–2-Gly-NMePhe–4-Gly-ol–5 (DAMGO) and morphine-induced antinociception in mice. JF - The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics JO - The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics JA - J Pharmacol Exp Ther Y1 - 1991/03// VL - 256 IS - 3 SP - 890 EP - 896 CY - US PB - American Society for Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics ASPET SN - 0022-3565 SN - 1521-0103 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-23631-001. PMID: 2005587 Other Journal Title: Pharmacological Reviews. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Arts, Kathleen S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Research Service, Milwaukee, WI, US. Release Date: 19910901. Correction Date: 20090907. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Analgesia; Drugs; Morphine; Neural Pathways; Pain Perception. Minor Descriptor: Mice; Norepinephrine; Serotonin. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1991. AB - Demonstrated differences in the modes of antinociceptive (inhibition of tail-flick response) action of 2 mu receptor agonists, DAMGO and morphine (MOR), in male mice. Whereas icv MOR activated both descending noradrenergic and serotonergic analgesic pathways, icv DAMGO activated only a descending serotonergic antinociceptive pathway. The decrease in analgesic effect produced by high doses of icv DAMGO was due to activation of spinal 5-hydroxytryptamine₁ (5-HT₁) receptors in that intrathecally administered pindolol enhanced analgesia. Administration of MOR icv seemed to involve activation of a latent antianalgesic system mediated by dynorphin A(1–27) at the spinal level. In the spinal cord, intrathecally administered MOR, through delta receptor activation, interacted synergistically with intrathecally administered clonidine, whereas intrathecally administered DAMGO did not. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - DAMGO vs morphine KW - activation of descending noradrenergic vs serotonergic analgesic pathways in antinociception KW - male mice KW - 1991 KW - Analgesia KW - Drugs KW - Morphine KW - Neural Pathways KW - Pain Perception KW - Mice KW - Norepinephrine KW - Serotonin KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-23631-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-23261-001 AN - 1991-23261-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Kucala, Teresa AU - Juba, Mark P. AU - Manifold, Victor AU - Anderson, Patricia E. D. AU - Anderson, Douglas T1 - A factor analysis of the DSM-III post-traumatic stress disorder criteria. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1991/03// VL - 47 IS - 2 SP - 205 EP - 214 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-23261-001. PMID: 2030125 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, St CLoud, MN, US. Release Date: 19910901. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Factor Structure; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychodiagnostic Typologies. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1991. AB - Analyzed Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III)-based posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptom ratings made on 131 male Vietnam-veteran PTSD patients (mean age 35.8 yrs). Five factors termed Intrusive Thoughts and Their Effects, Increased Arousal, Impoverished Relationships, Guilt, and Cognitive Interference emerged. The factor structure supported the R. S. Laufer et al (1985) conceptualization of PTSD more than it supported M. J. Horowitz's (1976), DSM-III, or DSM-III—Revised (DSM-III—R) systems. Suggestions were generated for future editions of the diagnostic manual. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - factor structure of DSM-III based PTSD symptom ratings KW - male Vietnam veterans with PTSD KW - 1991 KW - Factor Structure KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - 1991 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(199103)47:2<205::AID-JCLP2270470205>3.0.CO;2-W UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-23261-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-23260-001 AN - 1991-23260-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Juba, Mark P. AU - Manifold, Victor AU - Kucala, Teresa AU - Anderson, Patricia E. D. T1 - The PTSD interview: Rationale, description, reliability, and concurrent validity of a DSM-III-based technique. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1991/03// VL - 47 IS - 2 SP - 179 EP - 188 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-23260-001. PMID: 2030122 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, St Cloud, MN, US. Release Date: 19910901. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychodiagnostic Interview; Test Reliability; Test Validity. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1991. AB - Examined the Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Interview (PTSD-I). This measure was developed to meet 4 specifications: (1) close correspondence to Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) standards; (2) binary present/absent and continuous severity/frequency outputs on each symptom and the entire syndrome; (3) administrable by trained subprofessionals; and (4) substantial reliability and validity. The PTSD-I demonstrated high internal consistency and test–retest reliability in a study of 31 Vietnam veteran inpatients (mean age 38.2 yrs). The PTSD-I correlated strongly with parallel Diagnostic Interview Schedule criteria in Study 2 with 53 Vietnam veterans (mean age 39.3 yrs). The PTSD-I is appended. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reliability & validity of PTSD Interview KW - Vietnam veterans KW - interview appended KW - 1991 KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychodiagnostic Interview KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - 1991 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(199103)47:2<179::AID-JCLP2270470202>3.0.CO;2-P UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-23260-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-22039-001 AN - 1991-22039-001 AU - MacLean, Barbara T1 - Developing a meaningful quality assurance program. JF - The Arts in Psychotherapy JO - The Arts in Psychotherapy Y1 - 1991///Spr 1991 VL - 18 IS - 1 SP - 51 EP - 58 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0197-4556 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-22039-001. Other Journal Title: Art Psychotherapy. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: MacLean, Barbara; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Recreation Service, Albany, NY, US. Release Date: 19910801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Health Program Evaluation; Music Therapy; Quality Control. Classification: Art & Music & Movement Therapy (3357). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1991. AB - Presents information to help supervisors and music therapists understand quality assurance (QA) and design a QA program in their departments. Although presented for music therapists, the principles discussed are identical for other creative arts as well as any other clinical discipline. The why, what, how, where, who, and when of QA are covered. Approaches to quality care (structure, process, outcome) and processes that come before and after QA are discussed. Also addressed are clinical privileges, performance standards, and education and training. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - music therapy quality assurance program KW - 1991 KW - Mental Health Program Evaluation KW - Music Therapy KW - Quality Control KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0197-4556(91)90007-W UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-22039-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-21580-001 AN - 1991-21580-001 AU - Tsuang, Ming T. AU - Gilbertson, Mark W. AU - Faraone, Stephen V. T1 - The genetics of schizophrenia: Current knowledge and future directions. JF - Schizophrenia Research JO - Schizophrenia Research JA - Schizophr Res Y1 - 1991/03//Mar-Apr, 1991 VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 157 EP - 171 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0920-9964 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-21580-001. PMID: 2039759 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tsuang, Ming T.; Brockton-West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, MA, US. Release Date: 19910801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Veterans Administration Medical Research Service Symposium on: Biomedical research in schizophrenia (1989, Denver, Colorado). Major Descriptor: Genetics; Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Mar-Apr, 1991. AB - Reviews research strategies that have been used to examine the genetic hypothesis of schizophrenia (SCZ), including family, twin, and adoption studies. Quantitative modeling studies represent more specific attempts to identify the genetic mechanism and mode of inheritance responsible for the familial distribution of SCZ. However, these models have not unequivocally supported a specific mode of genetic transmission. Linkage analysis offers a more powerful technique for testing the hypothesis of a single pathogenic gene, although the results are still preliminary. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - research on genetic hypothesis of schizophrenia KW - conference presentation KW - 1991 KW - Genetics KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0920-9964(91)90031-L UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-21580-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-21544-001 AN - 1991-21544-001 AU - Roszell, Douglas K. AU - McFall, Miles E. AU - Malas, Kenneth L. T1 - Frequency of symptoms and concurrent psychiatric disorder in Vietnam veterans with chronic PTSD. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1991/03// VL - 42 IS - 3 SP - 293 EP - 296 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-21544-001. PMID: 2030013 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Roszell, Douglas K.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19910801. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Comorbidity; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1991. AB - Examined the frequency of symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) within each of 3 categories (reexperiencing, avoidance or numbing, and physiological arousal) in 116 Vietnam combat veterans with a diagnosis of PTSD. The prevalence of all PTSD symptoms was greater than 50% except for flashbacks, psychogenic amnesia, and sense of foreshortened future. Comorbidity in a subgroup of 48 patients was assessed using operational criteria for Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-III—Revised (DSM-III—R) mental disorders. Mood disorders, psychoactive substance abuse disorders, and other anxiety disorders frequently co-occurred with PTSD, but psychotic disorders were uncommon. Findings provide empirical validation of the DSM-III-R diagnostic criteria for PTSD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - frequency of symptoms & psychiatric comorbidity KW - Vietnam combat veterans with PTSD KW - 1991 KW - Comorbidity KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Symptoms KW - Military Veterans KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-21544-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-21528-001 AN - 1991-21528-001 AU - Pfefferbaum, Adolf AU - Zipursky, Robert B. T1 - Neuroimaging studies of schizophrenia. JF - Schizophrenia Research JO - Schizophrenia Research JA - Schizophr Res Y1 - 1991/03//Mar-Apr, 1991 VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 193 EP - 208 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0920-9964 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-21528-001. PMID: 2039761 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pfefferbaum, Adolf; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19910801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Veterans Administration Medical Research Service Symposium on: Biomedical research in schizophrenia (1989, Denver, Colorado). Major Descriptor: Neuroanatomy; Schizophrenia; Tomography. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Mar-Apr, 1991. AB - Neuroimaging studies of schizophrenia (SCZ) have identified abnormalities in neuroanatomy, regional brain metabolism, and receptor physiology. Computerized tomography (CT) studies have demonstrated gross ventricular and sulcal enlargement. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) studies, which offer higher resolution and greater flexibility in imaging plane, are currently focusing on specific neuroanatomic sites (e.g., limbic system, basal ganglia, frontal cortex) implicated in the pathophysiology of SCZ by neuropathological or clinical studies. Positron emission tomography enables investigators to study brain metabolism and receptor physiology. Evidence suggests that there may be significant abnormalities in the pattern of cerebral glucose use as well as in the density of dopamine receptors in patients with SCZ. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - imaging & tomography of neuroanatomy studies of schizophrenia KW - conference presentation KW - 1991 KW - Neuroanatomy KW - Schizophrenia KW - Tomography KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0920-9964(91)90033-N UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-21528-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-21510-001 AN - 1991-21510-001 AU - McCarley, Robert W. AU - Faux, Steven F. AU - Shenton, Martha E. AU - Nestor, Paul G. AU - Adams, Jane T1 - Event-related potentials in schizophrenia: Their biological and clinical correlates and a new model of schizophrenic pathophysiology. JF - Schizophrenia Research JO - Schizophrenia Research JA - Schizophr Res Y1 - 1991/03//Mar-Apr, 1991 VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 209 EP - 231 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0920-9964 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-21510-001. PMID: 2039762 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McCarley, Robert W.; Brockton-West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19910801. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Veterans Administration Medical Research Service Symposium on: Biomedical research in schizophrenia (1989, Denver, Colorado). Major Descriptor: Evoked Potentials; Pathology; Pathophysiology; Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 23. Issue Publication Date: Mar-Apr, 1991. AB - Examines event-related potentials (ERPs) abnormalities in schizophrenia (SCZ) that may be related to dysfunction in this brain region, including the N100/P200, P300, and N400 components. Computerized tomography (CT) and clinical data have led to a hypothesis that temporal lobe damage is present in SCZ. This damage is evidenced electrophysiologically as ERP alterations, structurally as tissue loss/derangement, and clinically as positive symptoms. A model is proposed in which positive symptoms of SCZ are related to limbic system pathology and dysregulation of the N-methyl-D-aspartate form of excitatory amino acid transmission; these changes are potentiated by stress. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EP abnormalities in pathophysiology of schizophrenia KW - conference presentation KW - 1991 KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Pathology KW - Pathophysiology KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0920-9964(91)90034-O UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-21510-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0001-5705-7495 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-21485-001 AN - 1991-21485-001 AU - Keefe, Richard S. AU - Lobel, Daniel S. AU - Mohs, Richard C. AU - Silverman, Jeremy M. AU - Harvey, Philip D. AU - Davidson, Michael AU - Losonczy, Miklos F. AU - Davis, Kenneth L. T1 - Diagnostic issues in chronic schizophrenia: Kraepelinian schizophrenia, undifferentiated schizophrenia, and state-independent negative symptoms. JF - Schizophrenia Research JO - Schizophrenia Research JA - Schizophr Res Y1 - 1991/03//Mar-Apr, 1991 VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 71 EP - 79 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0920-9964 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-21485-001. PMID: 2039764 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Keefe, Richard S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19910801. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Veterans Administration Medical Research Service Symposium on: Biomedical research in schizophrenia (1989, Denver, Colorado). Major Descriptor: Differential Diagnosis; Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Mar-Apr, 1991. AB - Three studies compared 127 schizophrenics (aged 22–65 yrs) with kraepelinian (KLN) and other diagnoses. KLN Ss met criteria for schizophrenia (SCH) in more diagnostic systems than did other Ss, were less responsive to haloperidol, had more severe negative symptoms and formal thought disorder, and had similarly severe positive symptoms. The cerebral ventricles of KLN Ss showed more left-to-right asymmetry, and there was a greater family history of SCH. Compared to Ss with simple undifferentiated SCH, Ss with mixed undifferentiated SCH had more severe positive and negative symptoms and formal thought disorder, worse social functioning, and a worse response to haloperidol. KLN and mixed undifferentiated Ss showed more severe negative symptoms than other patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - symptomatology & diagnostic issues KW - male 22–65 yr olds with remitted vs exacerbated vs kraepelinian schizophrenia KW - conference presentation KW - 1991 KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0920-9964(91)90026-N UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-21485-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-18518-001 AN - 1991-18518-001 AU - Darko, Denis F. AU - Wilson, Nevin W. AU - Gillin, J. Christian AU - Golshan, Shahrokh T1 - A critical appraisal of mitogen-induced lymphocyte proliferation in depressed patients. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1991/03// VL - 148 IS - 3 SP - 337 EP - 344 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-18518-001. PMID: 1992836 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Darko, Denis F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19910701. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Immunology; Lymphocytes; Major Depression. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1991. AB - Evaluated the utility of mitogen-induced lymphocyte proliferation assays in clinical research in psychoimmunology. 23 depressed male patients and 23 controls (aged 22–71 yrs) were examined with the assay. Ss also completed the Schedule for Affective Disorders and Schizophrenia, Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression, Beck Depression Inventory, and Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale (BPRS). Results were combined with the results of a study by D. F. Darko et al (see record [rid]1989-40087-001[/rid]) of 20 depressed patients and 20 comparison Ss to examine possible determinants of lymphocyte proliferation in depression. Ss with lower proliferative responses than controls had lower Depression subscale, Anergia subscale, and Total scores on the BPRS than did Ss with higher proliferative responses than controls. Ss with lower proliferative responses than controls also had fewer obsessions and compulsions and less psychomotor agitation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mitogen induced lymphocyte proliferation KW - assessment of psychoimmunology KW - depressed male 22–71 yr olds KW - 1991 KW - Immunology KW - Lymphocytes KW - Major Depression KW - 1991 DO - 10.1176/ajp.148.3.337 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-18518-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-17277-001 AN - 1991-17277-001 AU - Sutker, Patricia B. AU - Bugg, Franlynn AU - Allain, Albert N. T1 - Psychometric prediction of PTSD among POW survivors. JF - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - Psychol Assess Y1 - 1991/03// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 105 EP - 110 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1040-3590 SN - 1939-134X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-17277-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sutker, Patricia B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, New Orleans, LA, US. Release Date: 19910701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Measures; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Prisoners of War; Test Validity. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1991. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jun 7, 1990; Revised Date: May 29, 1990; First Submitted Date: May 29, 1990. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Reports indicate a high prevalence of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in former World War II (WWII) and Korean Conflict prisoners of war (POWs), but little information is available on the utility of psychometric instruments for assessment of PTSD among survivors of severe trauma. This study determined the extent to which a psychometric battery, including the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale–Revised (WAIS–R); selected scales of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI), including the T. M. Keane et al (see record [rid]1985-02913-001[/rid]) PTSD scale and PTSD decision rule; the Beck Depression Inventory; and the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI) distinguished PTSD and non-PTSD diagnosed groups. POW survivors assigned diagnoses of PTSD (n = 121) differed significantly from their nondiagnosed counterparts (n = 40) on most indices of personality and mood functioning. Group differentiation was achieved with 77% effectiveness by discriminant function entry of 4 variables, scores on the STAI A-Trait scale and MMPI scales Sc, F, and PTSD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of personality measures KW - measurement of diagnostic prediction KW - WWII and Korean Conflict POWs with vs without PTSD KW - 1991 KW - Personality Measures KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Prisoners of War KW - Test Validity KW - 1991 DO - 10.1037/1040-3590.3.1.105 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-17277-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-17195-001 AN - 1991-17195-001 AU - Delis, Dean C. AU - Massman, Paul J. AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Salmon, David P. AU - Cermak, Laird S. AU - Kramer, Joel H. T1 - Profiles of demented and amnesic patients on the California Verbal Learning Test: Implications for the assessment of memory disorders. JF - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - Psychol Assess Y1 - 1991/03// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 19 EP - 26 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1040-3590 SN - 1939-134X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-17195-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Delis, Dean C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19910701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Measurement; Memory Disorders; Statistical Validity. Minor Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Huntingtons Disease; Korsakoffs Psychosis. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1991. Publication History: Accepted Date: Apr 16, 1990; Revised Date: Apr 3, 1990; First Submitted Date: Jan 29, 1990. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The construct validity of the California Verbal Learning Test (CVLT) was investigated by comparing the CVLT profiles of 20 Alzheimer, 20 Huntington, and 8 alcoholic Korsakoff patients. Consistent with results of past experimental studies, the Alzheimer and Korsakoff groups displayed a similar CVLT profile, with comparable levels of recall, learning and forgetting rates, semantic clustering, primacy–recency effects, recall consistency, intrusion and perseveration rates, vulnerability to interference, and recognition discriminability. The Huntington patients displayed levels of immediate recall and learning strategies comparable to those of the other groups, but they showed better retention over time, lower intrusion rates, less vulnerability to interference, and better recognition performance. Results are discussed in terms of (a) difficulties and common errors that are made in assessing the memory deficits of these populations, and (b) procedures for improving the clinical assessment of memory disorders. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - construct validity of California Verbal Learning Test KW - assessment of memory performance profiles KW - patients with Alzheimer's vs Huntington's disease vs Korsakoff's psychosis KW - 1991 KW - Measurement KW - Memory Disorders KW - Statistical Validity KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Huntingtons Disease KW - Korsakoffs Psychosis KW - 1991 DO - 10.1037/1040-3590.3.1.19 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-17195-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-29903-001 AN - 1991-29903-001 AU - Rose, Jed E. AU - Behm, Frederique M. T1 - Psychophysiological interactions between caffeine and nicotine. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1991/02// VL - 38 IS - 2 SP - 333 EP - 337 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-29903-001. PMID: 2057503 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rose, Jed E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Nicotine Research Lab, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19911101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Caffeine; Emotional States; Nicotine; Physiological Arousal. Minor Descriptor: Tobacco Smoking. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1991. AB - Measured mood and physiologic responses to the pharmacologic components nicotine and caffeine in 12 smokers while controlling for the sensory/behavioral aspects of smoking and coffee drinking. There was a significant interactive effect of caffeine and nicotine on subjective arousal such that nicotine decreased arousal only in the presence of caffeine. The effects of nicotine on subjective arousal may depend not only on nicotine dose, but also on the presence of caffeine. Heart rate was increased by nicotine, and systolic and diastolic blood pressures were elevated by caffeine. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nicotine & caffeine KW - mood & physiological arousal KW - smokers KW - 1991 KW - Caffeine KW - Emotional States KW - Nicotine KW - Physiological Arousal KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(91)90287-C UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-29903-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-29852-001 AN - 1991-29852-001 AU - Levin, Edward D. AU - Rose, Jed E. T1 - Interactive effects of D₁ and D₂ agonists with scopolamine on radial-arm maze performance. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1991/02// VL - 38 IS - 2 SP - 243 EP - 246 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-29852-001. PMID: 1676165 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levin, Edward D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Nicotine Research Lab, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19911101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dopamine Agonists; Drug Interactions; Maze Learning; Scopolamine. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1991. AB - Examined interactions between scopolamine and selective agonists of D₁ (SKF 38393) and D₂ (quinpirole) receptors on choice accuracy performance of female rats in the radial-arm maze. SKF 38393 significantly alleviated the scopolamine-induced choice accuracy deficit. In contrast, quinpirole did not alter the effects of scopolamine on choice accuracy but did have supra-additive effects of increasing choice latency. Both the D₁ agonist SKF 38393 and the D₁ antagonist SCH 23390 have been found to reverse the choice accuracy deficit caused by scopolamine and the deficit resulting from lesions of the medial projection from the basal forebrain to the cortex. Possible mechanisms for these effects are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - scopolamine & SKF 38393 & quinpirole KW - choice accuracy maze performance KW - female rats KW - 1991 KW - Dopamine Agonists KW - Drug Interactions KW - Maze Learning KW - Scopolamine KW - Rats KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(91)90272-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-29852-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-26076-001 AN - 1991-26076-001 AU - Sutker, Patricia B. AU - Allain, Albert N. T1 - MMPI profiles of veterans of WWII and Korea: Comparisons of former POWS and combat survivors. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1991/02// VL - 68 IS - 1 SP - 279 EP - 284 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-26076-001. PMID: 2034767 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sutker, Patricia B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, New Orleans, LA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19910901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Combat Experience; Military Veterans; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Prisoners of War; War. Classification: Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1991. AB - Compared Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) profile patterns between combat veteran groups of 168 prisoner of war (POW) survivors and 67 non-POWs (mean age 64.4 yrs) during WWII or the Korean Conflict. The Hypochondriasis, Depression, and Hysteria scales were characteristically elevated among former POWs. Psychasthenia, Paranoia, and Ego Strength scale scores also contributed to differentiating the groups, suggesting that negative ruminations, heightened anxiety, interpersonal anger and suspiciousness, and low self-esteem may contribute significantly to differentiating former POWs from non-POWs. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI profile patterns KW - WWII vs Korean Conflict combat veterans vs POW survivors KW - 1991 KW - Combat Experience KW - Military Veterans KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Prisoners of War KW - War KW - 1991 DO - 10.2466/PR0.68.1.279-284 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-26076-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-25636-001 AN - 1991-25636-001 AU - Calsyn, Donald A. AU - Saxon, Andrew J. AU - Freeman, George AU - Whittaker, Stephen T1 - Needle-use practices among intravenous drug users in an area where needle purchase is legal. JF - AIDS JO - AIDS JA - AIDS Y1 - 1991/02// VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 187 EP - 193 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0269-9370 SN - 1473-5571 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-25636-001. PMID: 2031691 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Calsyn, Donald A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19910901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Rehabilitation; Drug Usage; Intravenous Injections; Sharing (Social Behavior). Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1991. AB - Examined needle-sharing practices of 313 in-treatment iv drug users in Seattle, Washington, an area with legalized injection equipment and low human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) seroprevalence rates. Ss who preferred to obtain sterile injection equipment from drug stores appeared less likely to share this equipment. Results suggest that availability of legal injection equipment was associated with reduced needle sharing among Ss and lessened HIV transmission. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - availability of legal injection equipment KW - needle sharing KW - iv drug users in treatment KW - 1991 KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Drug Usage KW - Intravenous Injections KW - Sharing (Social Behavior) KW - 1991 DO - 10.1097/00002030-199102000-00009 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-25636-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-24969-001 AN - 1991-24969-001 AU - Strong, R. AU - Huang, J. S. AU - Huang, S. S. AU - Chung, H. D. AU - Hale, C. AU - Burke, W. J. T1 - Degeneration of the cholinergic innervation of the locus ceruleus in Alzheimer's disease. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1991/02// VL - 542 IS - 1 SP - 23 EP - 28 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-24969-001. PMID: 2054656 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Strong, R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research Education & Clinical Ctr, St Louis, MO, US. Release Date: 19910901. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Choline; Locus Ceruleus; Neurons; Transferases. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1991. AB - Measured choline acetyltransferase (ChAT) enzyme activity and neuron density in the locus ceruleus (LC) of autopsied brains of 6 neurologically normal males (aged 60–88 yrs at death) and 12 males (aged 64–90 yrs at death) who had Alzheimer's disease (AD). Neuron density in the LC of AD Ss was significantly reduced to approximately 50% of normal values. ChAT activity was also reduced by about 50%. Also, the number of pigmented neurons was highly correlated with presynaptic ChAT activity. Mitogen activity was significantly reduced (50%) in AD Ss. Mitogen activity was significantly correlated with ChAT activity and the density of neurons in the LC. The loss of cholinergic nerve terminals in the LC in AD may be functionally significant, since acetylcholine has important effects on LC physiology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - choline acetyltransferase enzyme activity & neuron density in locus ceruleus KW - postmortem brains of male 60–88 yr olds with Alzheimer's disease KW - 1991 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Choline KW - Locus Ceruleus KW - Neurons KW - Transferases KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(91)90992-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-24969-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-24544-001 AN - 1991-24544-001 AU - Wahby, V. S. AU - Ibrahim, G. A. AU - Giller, Earl L. AU - Saddik, F. W. AU - Mason, J. W. AU - Adams, J. R. T1 - The dexamethasone suppression test in a group of research diagnostic criteria schizoaffective depressed men. JF - Neuropsychobiology JO - Neuropsychobiology JA - Neuropsychobiology Y1 - 1991/02// VL - 23 IS - 3 SP - 129 EP - 133 CY - Switzerland PB - Karger SN - 0302-282X SN - 1423-0224 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-24544-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wahby, V. S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, North Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 19910901. Correction Date: 20160523. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Dexamethasone Suppression Test; Major Depression; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Diagnostic Criteria. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1991. AB - A dexamethasone suppression test (DST) was performed on 8 schizoaffective depressed men. Cross-sectional comparisons were made with 3 groups: 10 schizophrenics, 23 unipolar major depressives, and 43 healthy controls. Participants were aged 20–66 yrs. The Research Diagnostic Criteria was used for diagnosis, and the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression (HRSD) for depressive symptom rating. DST nonsuppression, defined as a blood cortisol level of ≥5.0 μg/dl at 16.00 hrs postdexamethasone, was observed in 43.5% of the major depressive disorder patients. This was higher than the other 3 groups: 12.5% in schizoaffective depressed, 10.0% in schizophrenics, and 9.3% in healthy controls. Although schizoaffective depressed patients were significantly different from major depressive disorder patients in their DST responses, both groups were similar in their total HRSD scores and different from the schizophrenics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - DST response pattern KW - 20–66 yr old schizophrenic vs schizoaffective vs unipolar major depressed males KW - 1991 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Dexamethasone Suppression Test KW - Major Depression KW - Schizophrenia KW - Diagnostic Criteria KW - 1991 DO - 10.1159/000119439 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-24544-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-21896-001 AN - 1991-21896-001 AU - Li, Ge AU - Shen, Y. C. AU - Chen, C. H. AU - Zhau, Y. W. AU - Li, S. R. AU - Lu, M. T1 - A three-year follow-up study of age-related dementia in an urban area of Beijing. JF - Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica JO - Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica JA - Acta Psychiatr Scand Y1 - 1991/02// VL - 83 IS - 2 SP - 99 EP - 104 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0001-690X SN - 1600-0447 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-21896-001. PMID: 2017918 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Li, Ge; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Bronx, NY, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19910801. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Dementia; Epidemiology. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Location: China. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1991. AB - Followed up a cohort of 739 Ss (aged 60+ yrs) 3 yrs after a cross- sectional survey of dementia (G. Li et al; see record [rid]1990-01900-001[/rid]). As expected, the rate of dementia increased sharply with age. Results show that multi-infarct dementia was more common than primary degenerative dementia. Ss with less education, a history of consistent unemployment, limited physical activity, and stroke history had a higher risk for developing dementia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - incidence & age & other distribution characteristics KW - 60 yr olds & older with dementia KW - China KW - 3 yr followup KW - 1991 KW - Age Differences KW - Dementia KW - Epidemiology KW - Followup Studies KW - 1991 DO - 10.1111/j.1600-0447.1991.tb07373.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-21896-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-21550-001 AN - 1991-21550-001 AU - Schwartz, Barbara L. AU - Deutsch, Lynn H. AU - Cohen, Cynthia AU - Warden, Deborah AU - Deutsch, Stephen I. T1 - Memory for temporal order in schizophrenia. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1991/02// VL - 29 IS - 4 SP - 329 EP - 339 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-21550-001. PMID: 1674663 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schwartz, Barbara L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatric Service, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 19910801. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Memory; Recency Effect; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Temporal Order (Judgment). Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1991. AB - Examined memory for temporal order information in 16 patients (aged 27–53 yrs) with chronic schizophrenia and 16 healthy controls, using a recency discrimination task (RDT). Ss performed the Wisconsin Card Sorting Test (WCST). Schizophrenics were impaired on the RDT, compared with controls. For schizophrenics, performance on the RDT was inversely related to the number of perseverative errors on the WCST. Results support prefrontal-type cognitive deficits in schizophrenia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - memory for temporal order on recency discrimination task KW - schizophrenic 27–53 yr olds KW - 1991 KW - Memory KW - Recency Effect KW - Schizophrenia KW - Temporal Order (Judgment) KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(91)90218-B UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-21550-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-21403-001 AN - 1991-21403-001 AU - Thevos, Angelica K. AU - Johnston, Amanda L. AU - Latham, Patricia K. AU - Randall, Carrie L. AU - Adinoff, Bryon AU - Malcolm, Robert T1 - Symptoms of anxiety in inpatient alcoholics with and without DSM-III—R anxiety diagnoses. JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JA - Alcohol Clin Exp Res Y1 - 1991/02// VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 102 EP - 105 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0145-6008 SN - 1530-0277 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-21403-001. PMID: 2024720 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Thevos, Angelica K.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Charleston, SC, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19910801. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Anxiety; Anxiety Disorders; Dual Diagnosis. Minor Descriptor: Treatment. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1991. AB - Administered the Hamilton Rating Scale for Anxiety (M. Hamilton, 1959) to 33 male alcohol-dependent inpatients during acute withdrawal and regularly for 3 wks. Ss were diagnosed by the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-III—Revised (DSM-III—R) and divided into 2 groups: alcohol dependence and anxiety disorder and alcohol dependence. The dual-diagnosed Ss experienced higher anxiety levels during and after acute alcohol withdrawal. It may be possible to identify alcoholics who require additional psychiatric evaluation early in treatment. This would allow a treatment plan which could be used to address both psychiatric and substance abuse problems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dual diagnosis KW - state anxiety KW - alcohol dependent male inpatients with vs without anxiety disorder KW - treatment implications KW - 1991 KW - Alcoholism KW - Anxiety KW - Anxiety Disorders KW - Dual Diagnosis KW - Treatment KW - 1991 DO - 10.1111/j.1530-0277.1991.tb00525.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-21403-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-21391-001 AN - 1991-21391-001 AU - Rothman, Margaret L. AU - Hedrick, Susan C. AU - Bulcroft, Kris A. AU - Hickam, David H. AU - Rubenstein, Laurence Z. T1 - The validity of proxy-generated scores as measures of patient health status. JF - Medical Care JO - Medical Care JA - Med Care Y1 - 1991/02// VL - 29 IS - 2 SP - 115 EP - 124 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0025-7079 SN - 1537-1948 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-21391-001. PMID: 1994145 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rothman, Margaret L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Health Services Research & Development Field Program, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19910801. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatric Patients; Health; Measurement; Statistical Validity. Minor Descriptor: Caregivers. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1991. AB - Examined the validity of proxy assessments as substitutes for patient assessments of patient physical and psychosocial health status. Data were obtained on the Sickness Impact Profile (SIP) from 275 pairs of patients (aged 40–103 yrs) and proxies (aged 21–200 yrs). 77% of the proxies were married to patients. Although patient-generated (PATG) and proxy-generated (PROG) physical scores were highly correlated, the correlation between psychosocial scores was not high enough to consider proxy responses as valid substitutes for patient responses. By comparing regression equations predicting PATG and PROG physical and psychosocial SIP dimension scores, variance in the PATG psychosocial score was explained by physical function, psychological distress, cognitive status and patient age. PROG psychosocial scores were primarily explained by the caregiver's psychological distress and perceived burden. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of proxy assessments of physical & psychosocial health status KW - 40–103 yr old patients & their 21–100 yr old informal caregivers KW - 1991 KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Health KW - Measurement KW - Statistical Validity KW - Caregivers KW - 1991 DO - 10.1097/00005650-199102000-00004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-21391-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-18284-001 AN - 1991-18284-001 AU - Martin, Harold P. T1 - The coming-out process for homosexuals. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1991/02// VL - 42 IS - 2 SP - 158 EP - 162 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-18284-001. PMID: 1705235 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Martin, Harold P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Denver, CO, US. Release Date: 19910701. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Homosexuality; Socialization. Classification: Sexual Behavior & Sexual Orientation (2980). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1991. AB - Discusses coming out as a core developmental process for homosexuals that spans many years. It usually begins in childhood with feelings of being different and progresses through various stages, including acknowledgment of homosexuality, disclosure to others, acceptance of a homosexual identity, experimentation and exploration, and intimacy. Ideally, the process ends in consolidation, a stage in which homosexuals no longer view themselves primarily in terms of sexual orientation. Therapy with homosexual patients is also discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - coming out process KW - homosexuals KW - 1991 KW - Homosexuality KW - Socialization KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-18284-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CONF ID - 1992-97912-000 AN - 1992-97912-000 AU - Squire, Larry R. AU - Weinberger, Norman M. AU - Lynch, Gary AU - McGaugh, James L. ED - Squire, Larry R. ED - Weinberger, Norman M. ED - Lynch, Gary ED - McGaugh, James L. T1 - Memory: Organization and locus of change. Y1 - 1991/// CY - New York, NY, US PB - Oxford University Press SN - 0-19-506921-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-97912-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Squire, Larry R.; U California-San Diego, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, La Jolla, CA, US. Release Date: 19921201. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Book Type: Conference Proceedings. ISBN: 0-19-506921-8, Hardcover. Language: English. Conference Note: This book is based on a conference held at the University of California at Irvine on Oct 17–20, 1990. Major Descriptor: Brain; Memory; Neurosciences. Minor Descriptor: Learning. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 423. AB - Contemporary work on memory is directed at several levels of analysis and draws on a number of different disciplines. In particular, questions about memory make use of the methods and approaches traditionally associated with both psychology and neuroscience. The contents of this volume reflect this diversity as well as the excitement of what has been for many years a highly productive area of research. The book begins with an introductory chapter that considers the psychology of memory at the global, structural level. The remainder of the book is divided into three related parts. The first focuses on recent approaches, which are based in part on new technology, that aim to measure and describe activity in relatively large populations of neurons. The second focuses on memory at the level of brain systems. One major theme to emerge from work at this level is that memory is composed of multiple, separable components and that different components can be identified with specific anatomical structures and connections. The third part focuses on molecular and cellular studies of how individual neurons and their synapses show history-dependent behavior. This work concerns both short-lasting changes in synaptic plasticity as well as longer-lasting changes in connectivity that depend on altered gene expression and morphological growth and change. Altogether, the chapters provide a rich summary of the breadth and the excitement of contemporary research on the biology of memory. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - examines the neural & physiological aspects of memory KW - 1991 KW - Brain KW - Memory KW - Neurosciences KW - Learning KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-97912-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1992-97326-020 AN - 1992-97326-020 AU - Milberg, William ED - Lister, Richard G. ED - Weingartner, Herbert J. ED - Lister, Richard G., (Ed) ED - Weingartner, Herbert J., (Ed) T1 - The speed of constituent mental operations and its relationship to neuronal representation: An hypothesis. T2 - Perspectives on cognitive neuroscience. Y1 - 1991/// SP - 368 EP - 383 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Oxford University Press SN - 0-19-506151-9 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-97326-020. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Milberg, William; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, GRECC, West Roxbury, MA, US. Release Date: 19921001. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-19-506151-9, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Cognitive Processes. Classification: Cognitive Processes (2340). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 16. AB - argues that the apparent variations in the 'localizability' of cognitive functions are not random occurrences or merely artifacts of our methods of assessment / it is surmised that cognitive functions vary in the degree to which they may be localized because of the principles of neural representation that underlie them / it is hypothesized that the form in which a particular function is represented in the cerebral cortex is mandated by the intrinsic processing demands required by that function as well as by natural limitations imposed by biology / a number of possible 'rules' will be examined that might be used to predict the 'localizability' of a particular cognitive function, with the ultimate goal being the description of general principles of neural representation (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hypothesizes that cognitive functions vary in the degree to which they are localized depending on the processing demands of the particular mental operation KW - 1991 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Cognitive Processes KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-97326-020&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1992-97203-012 AN - 1992-97203-012 AU - Oscar-Berman, Marlene AU - McNamara, Patrick AU - Freedman, Morris ED - Levin, Harvey S. ED - Eisenberg, Howard M. ED - Benton, Arthur L. ED - Levin, Harvey S., (Ed) ED - Eisenberg, Howard M., (Ed) ED - Benton, Arthur L., (Ed) T1 - Delayed-response tasks: Parallels between experimental ablation studies and findings in patients with frontal lesions. T2 - Frontal lobe function and dysfunction. Y1 - 1991/// SP - 230 EP - 255 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Oxford University Press SN - 0-19-506284-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-97203-012. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Oscar-Berman, Marlene; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Aphasia Resource Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19920901. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-19-506284-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Frontal Lobe; Reaction Time. Minor Descriptor: Neuroanatomy; Neuropsychology. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 26. AB - begin by defining a category of tasks usually referred to as delayed-response tasks / describe the classic direct method delayed-response (DR) task, and the spatial delayed alternation (DA) task briefly outline the neuroanatomic systems important for performing DR and DA tasks, and we review results of DR and DA testing in several human populations with neurologic dysfunction one of our goals is to contribute toward an understanding of two basic issues: (1) the extent to which prefrontal cortex may be involved in DR and DA performance in humans, and (2) the nature of the neuropsychologic functions necessary for the successful performance of DR and DA tasks by humans / the ultimate aim is to clarify the behavioral manifestations of human brain disorders causing cognitive changes, and to help solve the enigma of the frontal lobe syndrome (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clarify the behavioral manifestations (response times) of human brain disorders in the frontal lobe causing cognitive changes KW - 1991 KW - Brain Damage KW - Frontal Lobe KW - Reaction Time KW - Neuroanatomy KW - Neuropsychology KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-97203-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-06160-001 AN - 1998-06160-001 AU - Emrick, Chad D. AU - Aarons, Gregory A. T1 - Program evaluation and treatment outcome: Contemporary developments. JF - Annual Review of Addictions Research & Treatment JO - Annual Review of Addictions Research & Treatment Y1 - 1991/// VL - 1 SP - 215 EP - 231 CY - United Kingdom PB - Elsevier Science Ltd./Pergamon SN - 0955-663X N1 - Accession Number: 1998-06160-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Emrick, Chad D.; U Colorado, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Health Sciences Ctr, Denver, CO, US. Release Date: 19981201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Psychological Assessment; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Minor Descriptor: Test Reliability; Test Validity; Treatment Outcomes. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383); Clinical Psychological Testing (2224). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: 1991. AB - Reviews contemporary program evaluation issues as they pertain to the assessment and treatment of alcohol problems. Specific issues of reliability and validity in the measurement of drinking behavior and related variables are discussed, with a focus on the reliability and validity of measurement of Ss' functioning before, during, and after a chemical dependency treatment event. The development of an instrument and accompanying procedures for detecting substance use problems across diverse cultural settings is presented. Consideration is given to current deliberations involving the theory of and methods for understanding and evaluating therapeutic outcomes. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - treatment program evaluation issues & reliability & validity of assessment measures KW - persons with alcohol problems KW - 1991 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Psychological Assessment KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-06160-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1993-97769-013 AN - 1993-97769-013 AU - Till, James A. AU - Alp, Linda A. ED - Moore, Christopher A. ED - Yorkston, Kathryn M. ED - Beukelman, David R. ED - Moore, Christopher A., (Ed) ED - Yorkston, Kathryn M., (Ed) ED - Beukelman, David R., (Ed) T1 - Aerodynamic and temporal measures of continuous speech in dysarthric speakers. T2 - Dysarthria and apraxia of speech: Perspectives on management. Y1 - 1991/// SP - 185 EP - 203 CY - Baltimore, MD, US PB - Paul H Brookes Publishing SN - 1-55766-069-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1993-97769-013. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Till, James A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dysarthria Lab, Director, Long Beach, CA, US. Release Date: 19931101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 1-55766-069-7, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Articulation (Speech); Dysarthria. Classification: Speech & Language Disorders (3270). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 19. AB - provides a rationale for using continuous speech in the diagnostic evaluation of dysarthria and presents data describing continuous speech disruption in dysarthric speakers [aged 22–72 years] when compared with normal speakers [aged 22–39 years] (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - compares continuous speech disruption in adults with dysarthria & in normal adults KW - 1991 KW - Articulation (Speech) KW - Dysarthria KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1993-97769-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1993-97769-006 AN - 1993-97769-006 AU - Gerratt, Bruce R. AU - Till, James A. AU - Rosenbek, John C. AU - Wertz, Robert T. AU - Boysen, Allen E. ED - Moore, Christopher A. ED - Yorkston, Kathryn M. ED - Beukelman, David R. ED - Moore, Christopher A., (Ed) ED - Yorkston, Kathryn M., (Ed) ED - Beukelman, David R., (Ed) T1 - Use and perceived value of perceptual and instrumental measures in dysarthria management. T2 - Dysarthria and apraxia of speech: Perspectives on management. Y1 - 1991/// SP - 77 EP - 93 CY - Baltimore, MD, US PB - Paul H Brookes Publishing SN - 1-55766-069-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1993-97769-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gerratt, Bruce R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Audiology & Speech Pathology Service, Assistant Chief, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19931101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 1-55766-069-7, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Case Management; Dysarthria; Speech Therapy. Minor Descriptor: Computer Applications; Health Personnel Attitudes; Speech Therapists. Classification: Speech & Language Therapy (3385). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 17. AB - since 1988, an advisory group of the Department of Veterans Affairs (DVA) has met to develop a training program in dysarthria management / the advisory group developed and distributed a questionnaire to each DVA Medical Center with a Speech Pathology Service to assess the level of service and methods and attitudes of providers / attempted to determine what amount of clinical practice was devoted to the management of patients with dysarthria, and the availability and nature of computer resources for assessment and treatment / wanted to know what assessment techniques clinicians use, how clinicians value them, and whether they would use additional techniques eighty-eight DVA speech pathologists responded to the questionnaire, and 66 clinics within the DVA responded to questions concerning volume of service and availability of computer resources Appendix A: Clinician's questionnaire / Appendix B: Questionnaire for the service chief (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses the results obtained from questionnaires designed to assess clinicians' use & perceived value of measures used in the management of patients with dysarthria KW - 1991 KW - Case Management KW - Dysarthria KW - Speech Therapy KW - Computer Applications KW - Health Personnel Attitudes KW - Speech Therapists KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1993-97769-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1992-02228-001 AN - 1992-02228-001 AU - Nestor, Paul G. AU - Parasuraman, Raja AU - Haxby, James V. AU - Grady, Cheryl L. T1 - Divided attention and metabolic brain dysfunction in mild dementia of the Alzheimer's type. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1991/// VL - 29 IS - 5 SP - 379 EP - 387 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-02228-001. PMID: 1886681 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Nestor, Paul G.; Harvard Medical School, Brockton-West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MA, US. Release Date: 19920101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Neurochemistry; Reaction Time; Task Complexity. Minor Descriptor: Attention. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1991. AB - Investigated the relationship between reaction time (RT) performance under single-task and dual-task conditions and resting levels of brain metabolism, as measured by positron emission tomography, among 10 patients (mean age 66.4 ± 9.2 yrs) with mild dementia of the Alzheimer type (DAT) and 9 age- and education-matched controls. Slowing of RT in dual-task but not single-task conditions correlated with reductions in brain metabolism in right premotor and right parietal association areas only for the mild DAT Ss. Results suggest that reduced brain metabolism in mild DAT is associated with a differential slowing in RT in the face of increasing processing demands of dividing attention between 2 simple tasks. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - single vs dual task RT vs resting levels of brain metabolism KW - elderly with mild dementia of Alzheimer's type KW - 1991 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Neurochemistry KW - Reaction Time KW - Task Complexity KW - Attention KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(91)90026-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-02228-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-99016-001 AN - 1991-99016-001 AU - Korsten, Mark A. AU - Lieber, Charles S. ED - Palmer, T. Norman ED - Palmer, T. Norman, (Ed) T1 - Alcoholism: Social and medical dimensions. T2 - The molecular pathology of alcoholism. T3 - Molecular medicine Y1 - 1991/// SP - 1 EP - 59 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Oxford University Press SN - 0-19-261903-9 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-99016-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Korsten, Mark A.; Veterans' Administration Medical Ctr, Alcohol Research & Treatment Ctr, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19920801. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-19-261903-9, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Nutritional Deficiencies; Pathology. Minor Descriptor: Disorders. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 59. AB - the pathophysiology and clinical features of some of . . . [the] medical sequelae of alcoholism are the main focus of this chapter / wherever possible, the relative pathogenetic roles of alcohol and malnutrition will be delineated / describe the diseases which are not caused directly by alcohol but are linked secondarily to alcohol-induced damage in other systems, or associated malnutrition gastroenterological complications [mouth, oesophagus, stomach, pancreas, liver, intestine] / nutritional aspects of alcoholism [folic acid deficiency, pyridoxine deficiency, thiamine deficiency, iron, zinc deficiency, fat soluble vitamin deficiency] / endocrinological complications [adrenocortical function, adrenomedullary function, thyroid function, gonadal function, pituitary function, other metabolic complications] / haematologic complications [red cells, white cells, platelets] / cardiovascular problems / alcohol withdrawal syndromes and other neurologic sequelae [tremulousness, withdrawal seizures, delirium tremens, treatment, neurological syndromes] / musculoskeletal features [osteoporosis, aseptic necrosis, myopathy] / skin (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - examines the pathophysiology & clinical features of medical conditions associated with alcoholism & subsequent malnutrition KW - 1991 KW - Alcoholism KW - Nutritional Deficiencies KW - Pathology KW - Disorders KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-99016-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-98984-020 AN - 1991-98984-020 AU - Goldstein, Gerald ED - Steinhauer, Stuart R. ED - Gruzelier, J. H. ED - Zubin, J. ED - Steinhauer, Stuart R., (Ed) ED - Gruzelier, J. H., (Ed) ED - Zubin, J., (Ed) T1 - Comprehensive neuropsychological test batteries and research in schizophrenia. T2 - Neuropsychology, psychophysiology, and information processing. T3 - Handbook of schizophrenia, Vol. 5 Y1 - 1991/// SP - 525 EP - 551 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0-444-90437-9 SN - 0-444-81267-9 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-98984-020. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Gerald; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychology Research, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19920701. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-444-90437-9, Hardcover; 0-444-81267-9, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Halstead Reitan Neuropsychological Battery; Luria Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Test Battery. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 27. AB - Reviews schizophrenia research utilizing the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery (HRB) and the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Test Battery (LNNB). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) AB - scientific and clinical efficacy of application of neuropsychological test batteries to schizophrenics / neuropsychology and psychiatric rehabilitation (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reviews schizophrenia research utilizing the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery (HRB) & the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Test Battery (LNNB) KW - 1991 KW - Halstead Reitan Neuropsychological Battery KW - Luria Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery KW - Schizophrenia KW - Test Battery KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-98984-020&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-98589-025 AN - 1991-98589-025 AU - Paré, W. P. AU - Robbins, D. S. AU - Martin, J. L. AU - Hoffman, P. M. ED - Kurstak, Edouard ED - Kurstak, Edouard, (Ed) T1 - Effects of stress on a murine neurotropic retrovirus infection. T2 - Psychiatry and biological factors. Y1 - 1991/// SP - 287 EP - 293 CY - New York, NY, England PB - Plenum Medical Book Co/Plenum Press SN - 0-306-43621-3 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-98589-025. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Paré, W. P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Perry Point, MD, US. Release Date: 19920501. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-43621-3, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychological Stress; Viral Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Behavior Disorders; Immunology; Mice; Neuropathology; Symptoms. Classification: Psychophysiology (2560). Population: Animal (20). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 7. AB - test the hypothesis that psychological stress during the latent period following MuLV [murine retrovirus] infection would adversely affect disease outcome by accelerating immune dysfunction, neurological symptom expression, and behavioral abnormalities first study evaluated the effects of housing condition on the clinical and neuropathological expression of Cas-Br-M [biologically cloned ectopic] MuLV infection [in the second study] mice were randomly assigned to either the acute stress, chronic stress, or a no-stress control treatment (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - examined the effect of psychological stress during the latency period following murine retrovirus infection in mice KW - 1991 KW - Psychological Stress KW - Viral Disorders KW - Behavior Disorders KW - Immunology KW - Mice KW - Neuropathology KW - Symptoms KW - 1991 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4684-5811-4_26 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-98589-025&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-98427-002 AN - 1991-98427-002 AU - Rathbone-McCuan, Eloise AU - Tebb, Susan AU - Harbert, Terry Lee ED - Bricker-Jenkins, Mary ED - Hooyman, Nancy R. ED - Gottlieb, Naomi ED - Bricker-Jenkins, Mary, (Ed) ED - Hooyman, Nancy R., (Ed) ED - Gottlieb, Naomi, (Ed) T1 - Feminist social work with older women caregivers in a DVA medical setting. T2 - Feminist social work practice in clinical settings. T3 - Sage sourcebooks for the human services, Vol. 19 Y1 - 1991/// SP - 35 EP - 57 CY - Thousand Oaks, CA, US PB - Sage Publications, Inc SN - 0-8039-3625-7 SN - 0-8039-3626-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-98427-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rathbone-McCuan, Eloise; Colmery-O'Neil Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Social Work Service, Associate Chief, Topeka, KS, US. Release Date: 19920401. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8039-3625-7, Hardcover; 0-8039-3626-5, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Caregivers; Feminism; Social Casework. Minor Descriptor: Husbands; Military Veterans; Wives. Classification: Community & Social Services (3373); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 23. AB - describes an application of feminist practice with older women who are care-providing spouses to aging veterans / the Caregiver Support Program (CSP) operates under the . . . Department of Veterans Affairs (DVA) medical center / before discussing the specific medical setting that sponsors the Caregiver Support Program and the older women participants in the program, we will provide a brief overview of the DVA system as it relates to social work practice the veterans medical center as a practice environment / feminist gerontological social work as a practice base / oppression of older women [economics, exploitation, isolation] / components of the health/strengths model and feminist practice / caregiver's experience of self-actualization (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - presents a feminist social work based support program for older women who are caregivers to their veteran spouses KW - 1991 KW - Caregivers KW - Feminism KW - Social Casework KW - Husbands KW - Military Veterans KW - Wives KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-98427-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-98389-007 AN - 1991-98389-007 AU - Rathbone-McCuan, Eloise AU - Dyer, Larry AU - Wartman, Judith ED - Van Den Bergh, Nan ED - Van Den Bergh, Nan, (Ed) T1 - Double jeopardy: Chemical dependence and codependence in older women. T2 - Feminist perspectives on addictions. Y1 - 1991/// SP - 101 EP - 113 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Springer Publishing Co SN - 0-8261-7350-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-98389-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rathbone-McCuan, Eloise; Colmery-O'Neil Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Associate Chief of Social Services for Research & Education, Topeka, KS, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8261-7350-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Codependency; Drug Abuse; Drug Rehabilitation. Minor Descriptor: Human Females. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 13. AB - the older woman who suffers from chemical dependence or codependence is in double jeopardy of falling through the cracks in a complex, reimbursement oriented service system and, consequently, may not get treatment for alcoholism, drug addiction, and codependence reviews pertinent literature regarding women and older adults [50 years and older] in relation to the development and treatment of substance abuse problems, looks at special risk factors for older women, points out the barriers to treatment for older women who are either substance abusers or codependent, explores the special strengths that older women possess to facilitate recovery once assistance is offered and draws some implications for practice within this special population (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses the development & treatment of substance abuse & codependency in older women KW - 1991 KW - Codependency KW - Drug Abuse KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Human Females KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-98389-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-98024-037 AN - 1991-98024-037 AU - Kanas, Nick ED - Beutler, Larry E. ED - Crago, Marjorie ED - Beutler, Larry E., (Ed) ED - Crago, Marjorie, (Ed) T1 - University of California, San Francisco: Group therapy research program. T2 - Psychotherapy research: An international review of programmatic studies. Y1 - 1991/// SP - 305 EP - 308 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1-55798-090-X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-98024-037. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kanas, Nick; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Francisco, CA, US. Release Date: 19920101. Correction Date: 20151221. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 1-55798-090-X, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Psychotherapeutic Outcomes; Psychotherapeutic Processes. Minor Descriptor: Schizophrenia; Support Groups. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. AB - aim of the [research] program has been to study the process, content, and outcome of individuals interacting in therapy groups, support groups, and other small group settings / major focus dealt with therapy groups composed of schizophrenic patients (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - describes research program that studies the dynamics of group therapy settings KW - 1991 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Psychotherapeutic Outcomes KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Schizophrenia KW - Support Groups KW - 1991 DO - 10.1037/10092-037 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-98024-037&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-97816-015 AN - 1991-97816-015 AU - Cicchetti, Domenic V. AU - Sparrow, Sara S. AU - Rourke, Byron P. ED - Matson, Johnny L. ED - Mulick, James A. ED - Matson, Johnny L., (Ed) ED - Mulick, James A., (Ed) T1 - Adaptive behavior profiles of psychologically disturbed and developmentally disabled children. T2 - Handbook of mental retardation, 2nd ed. T3 - Pergamon general psychology series, Vol. 121 Y1 - 1991/// SP - 222 EP - 239 CY - Elmsford, NY, US PB - Pergamon Press SN - 0-08-035862-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-97816-015. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cicchetti, Domenic V.; West Haven Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Senior Research Psychologist & Biostatistician, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-08-035862-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adaptive Behavior; Emotional Disturbances; Intellectual Development Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Behavior Problems; Genetic Disorders; Learning Disabilities; Nonverbal Learning. Classification: Developmental Disorders & Autism (3250). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 18. AB - suggest that . . . certain adaptive behavior profiles appear to differentiate reliably those children with psychological disturbance [or mental retardation] from comparable children not so afflicted / the purposes of this chapter are to update recent findings, to place them into a theoretical context, and to discuss their heuristic value in terms of broader research and clinical implications for the field at large rationale [beyond cognitive deficits, availability of reliable and valid diagnostic procedures] / description of Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales study samples and patients [a 6-year-old boy referred for learning difficulties, a 9-year, 3-month-old girl referred for emotional/behavioral problems in the classroom, two preadolescent boys with mental retardation NLD [nonverbal learning disability] syndrome / additional disorders: genetically-linked subtypes of mental retardation (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses differences in adaptive behavior of emotionally disturbed KW - learning disabled & mentally retarded children KW - 1991 KW - Adaptive Behavior KW - Emotional Disturbances KW - Intellectual Development Disorder KW - Behavior Problems KW - Genetic Disorders KW - Learning Disabilities KW - Nonverbal Learning KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-97816-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-97753-028 AN - 1991-97753-028 AU - Mattson, Richard H. ED - Smith, Dennis B. ED - Treiman, David M. ED - Trimble, Michael R. ED - Smith, Dennis B., (Ed) ED - Treiman, David M., (Ed) ED - Trimble, Michael R., (Ed) T1 - Emotional effects on seizure occurrence. T2 - Neurobehavioral problems in epilepsy. T3 - Advances in neurology, Vol. 55 Y1 - 1991/// SP - 453 EP - 460 CY - New York, NY, England PB - Raven Press, Publishers SN - 0-88167-714-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-97753-028. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mattson, Richard H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Veterans Affairs, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-88167-714-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotions; Epileptic Seizures; Psychodynamics. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 8. AB - the effect of emotional or psychological factors in the frequency of seizures was studied in several ways a detailed survey was carried out in a group of epileptic patients and a strong relationship was reported by patients and families clinical neurophysiological patient study (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - seizure frequency KW - effect of emotional & psychological factors KW - epileptic patients KW - 1991 KW - Emotions KW - Epileptic Seizures KW - Psychodynamics KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-97753-028&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-97753-021 AN - 1991-97753-021 AU - Treiman, David M. ED - Smith, Dennis B. ED - Treiman, David M. ED - Trimble, Michael R. ED - Smith, Dennis B., (Ed) ED - Treiman, David M., (Ed) ED - Trimble, Michael R., (Ed) T1 - Psychobiology of ictal aggression. T2 - Neurobehavioral problems in epilepsy. T3 - Advances in neurology, Vol. 55 Y1 - 1991/// SP - 341 EP - 356 CY - New York, NY, England PB - Raven Press, Publishers SN - 0-88167-714-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-97753-021. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Treiman, David M.; Veterans Administration West Los Angeles Medical Ctr, Neurology & Research Services, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-88167-714-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Epileptic Seizures; Psychobiology. Minor Descriptor: Anatomy; Neurobiology; Physiological Correlates. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 16. AB - [a] persistent and prevailing view that there is a positive relationship between epilepsy and violence has been based on the assumption that epilepsy is more common among violent people and that violence is more common among epileptics / however, there are few data to support this assumption the remainder of this chapter will focus on what is known about the anatomy and physiology of ictal violence / in order to answer the question of whether ictal violence occurs and, if so, under what circumstances, the following questions will be considered: what do we know about the nature of aggression and of violent behavior / what do we know about the anatomy, physiology, and clinical presentation of ictal events / what evidence is there that ictal aggression occurs / if ictal aggression occurs, what are its anatomical and physiological substrates / what should be the future directions of research in the consideration of the neurobiology of possible ictal aggression (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - possible ictal violence KW - anatomy & physiology KW - epileptic patients KW - 1991 KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Epileptic Seizures KW - Psychobiology KW - Anatomy KW - Neurobiology KW - Physiological Correlates KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-97753-021&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1991-97565-000 AN - 1991-97565-000 AU - Anchor, Kenneth N. ED - Anchor, Kenneth N. T1 - The handbook of medical psychotherapy: Cost effective strategies in mental health. Y1 - 1991/// CY - Ashland, OH, US PB - Hogrefe & Huber Publishers SN - 0-920887-67-8 SN - 3-456-81838-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-97565-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Anchor, Kenneth N.; Vanderbilt U, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Internship in Professional Psychology, Director & Associate Professor, Nashville, TN, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-920887-67-8, Hardcover; 3-456-81838-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Costs and Cost Analysis; Medical Psychology; Psychotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Psychotherapeutic Processes; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Psychotherapists. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 402. AB - A wide range of cost effective medical psychotherapy perspectives and methods are presented in this volume. Though they may differ in terms of content, structure, and form, each contributes to the current fund of knowledge available to the well prepared psychotherapist. Certainly, the success of psychotherapeutic methods for altering personality and behavior still leaves much room for improvement. Leading theorists have argued in support of research to compare the effectiveness of different approaches applied to various populations (Garfield & Bergin, 1978). Individualized medical psychotherapy is not being touted as a panacea. Rather this book is intended to invite psychotherapists to explore for themselves the value and applicability of: 1. Varying the level of interpersonal intensity shown with different patients; 2. Varying the amounts of time spent in treatment sessions with patients; [and] 3. Varying the techniques used with each patient and individualizing each treatment plan to accommodate the patient's own life circumstances. Contributors from diverse fields address behavioral neurology, pain, post traumatic stress, humor, treatment recommendation letters, biofeedback, differential diagnosis, plastic surgery, psychosomatic disorders, and agoraphobia. Papers dealing with psychological autopsy and a legal-economic valuation of life discuss topics alien to most helping professionals. Each author relates his/her topic to the theme of cost-effectiveness in light of current projections for limited public expenditures for mental health programs. The extent to which a therapist becomes directly involved in a patient's life is a topic which elicits a wide range of reactions. Most likely, the prevailing attitude is it will depend on the patient and the nature of the clinical issues being addressed in therapy. This volume is intended to celebrate the richness and diversity found among the broad spectrum of mental health disciplines. Staking out a frontier reflective of unity among practitioners will position our society such that eradication of mental illness need no longer be a fantasy. Contributors to this volume have thoughtfully and diligently taken into account that cost containment and accountability measures are imperative. Moreover, the enterprise of medical psychotherapy occurs not in a vacuum but relative to economic, cultural, legal, and governmental forces. This volume highlights some memorable challenges which have confronted my colleagues, students, interns, and me during the past eighteen years. . . . The methods presented are seminal and will continue to be reformulated and re-evaluated with the passage of time. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) AB - This book is intended for use by practitioners and students of medical psychotherapy across mental health disciplines. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1991 KW - Costs and Cost Analysis KW - Medical Psychology KW - Psychotherapy KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Psychotherapists KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-97565-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-97377-033 AN - 1991-97377-033 AU - Eth, Spencer ED - Sadavoy, Joel ED - Lazarus, Lawrence W. ED - Jarvik, Lissy F. ED - Sadavoy, Joel, (Ed) ED - Lazarus, Lawrence W., (Ed) ED - Jarvik, Lissy F., (Ed) T1 - Ethical issues in clinical care. T2 - Comprehensive review of geriatric psychiatry. Y1 - 1991/// SP - 653 EP - 666 CY - Arlington, VA, US PB - American Psychiatric Association SN - 0-88048-362-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-97377-033. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eth, Spencer; Veterans Administration Hosp, Acting Chief of Psychiatry, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20121231. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-88048-362-8, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis); Professional Ethics; Psychiatrists. Minor Descriptor: Death and Dying; Geriatric Patients; Geriatrics; Nursing Homes; Privileged Communication. Classification: Professional Ethics & Standards & Liability (3450). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 14. AB - survey a broad range of compelling ethical issues that are relevant to geriatric psychiatry, while focusing on those that significantly affect clinical decision making allocation of scarce resources / truth telling / confidentiality / consent / competence / nursing home placement / death and dying / research concerns (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses ethical issues facing psychiatrists working with geriatric patients KW - particularly those issues relating to clinical judgment KW - 1991 KW - Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis) KW - Professional Ethics KW - Psychiatrists KW - Death and Dying KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Geriatrics KW - Nursing Homes KW - Privileged Communication KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-97377-033&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-97184-016 AN - 1991-97184-016 AU - Levine, Allen S. AU - Billington, Charles J. ED - McCubbin, James A. ED - Kaufmann, Peter G. ED - Nemeroff, Charles B. ED - McCubbin, James A., (Ed) ED - Kaufmann, Peter G., (Ed) ED - Nemeroff, Charles B., (Ed) T1 - Stress, peptides, and regulation of ingestive behavior. T2 - Stress, neuropeptides, and systemic disease. Y1 - 1991/// SP - 327 EP - 339 CY - San Diego, CA, US PB - Academic Press SN - 0-12-482490-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-97184-016. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levine, Allen S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuroendocrine Research Lab, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-12-482490-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ingestion; Peptides; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Animals; Corticotropin; Eating Behavior; Neurotransmitters; Opiates. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 13. AB - [consider] the effects of stress on one activity, eating review information about alterations in feeding behavior produced by administration of various stress-related neurotransmitters to sites within the brain review what is known about stress effects on the overall behavior of feeding corticotropin-releasing factor and consummatory behaviors / opioid-induced changes in eating behavior / other regulators of stress-induced eating / effect of stress on consummatory behavior in humans / stress-induced consummatory behaviors in animals (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - considers the effects of stress on eating behavior KW - 1991 KW - Ingestion KW - Peptides KW - Stress KW - Animals KW - Corticotropin KW - Eating Behavior KW - Neurotransmitters KW - Opiates KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/B978-0-12-482490-4.50020-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-97184-016&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-97184-011 AN - 1991-97184-011 AU - Morley, John E. AU - Benton, Donna AU - Solomon, George F. ED - McCubbin, James A. ED - Kaufmann, Peter G. ED - Nemeroff, Charles B. ED - McCubbin, James A., (Ed) ED - Kaufmann, Peter G., (Ed) ED - Nemeroff, Charles B., (Ed) T1 - The role of stress and opioids as regulators of the immune response. T2 - Stress, neuropeptides, and systemic disease. Y1 - 1991/// SP - 221 EP - 231 CY - San Diego, CA, US PB - Academic Press SN - 0-12-482490-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-97184-011. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morley, John E.; St Louis Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Education & Clinical Ctr, Geriatric Research, St Louis, MO, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-12-482490-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Endogenous Opiates; Immunology; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Animals; Drug Addiction; Drug Therapy; Morphine. Classification: Physiological Processes (2540). Population: Animal (20). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 11. AB - provide an overview of current knowledge on the role of opioid peptides as immunomodulators review the effects of opioid peptides in vitro and then discuss the emerging evidence that opioid peptides acutely modulate natural killer (NK) cell activity in humans in vivo effects of morphine treatment on the immune system in animals will then be addressed the possible role of the immune system in the development of opiate addiction will be discussed (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - provide an overview of current knowledge on the role of endogenous opiates as immunomodulators KW - 1991 KW - Endogenous Opiates KW - Immunology KW - Stress KW - Animals KW - Drug Addiction KW - Drug Therapy KW - Morphine KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/B978-0-12-482490-4.50015-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-97184-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-97054-002 AN - 1991-97054-002 AU - Rubenstein, Laurence Z. AU - Robbins, Alan S. AU - Josephson, Karen R. ED - Katz, Paul R. ED - Kane, Robert L. ED - Mezey, Mathy D. ED - Katz, Paul R., (Ed) ED - Kane, Robert L., (Ed) ED - Mezey, Mathy D., (Ed) T1 - Falls in the nursing-home setting: Causes and preventive approaches. T2 - Advances in long-term care, Vol. 1. Y1 - 1991/// SP - 28 EP - 42 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Springer Publishing Co SN - 0-8261-6830-2 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-97054-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rubenstein, Laurence Z.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Clinical Director, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8261-6830-2, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Accidents; Falls; Nursing Homes. Minor Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Diagnosis; Epidemiology; Etiology; Prevention; Treatment. Classification: Nursing Homes & Residential Care (3377). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 15. AB - falls are a major cause of morbidity, immobility, and mortality among older persons, especially among those living in nursing homes / many etiologies and risk factors predispose to falls / if falls are to be prevented, there needs to be a systematic and individualized diagnostic and therapeutic approach to patients who have fallen / attention should also be paid to identifying and reducing risk factors for falls among frail older persons who have not yet fallen presents a systematic approach for determining why an elderly person falls and for minimizing the chances of recurrence in the nursing home setting epidemiologic considerations / etiologic considerations [causes of falls, risk factors] / diagnostic approach / therapy and prevention (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses an approach for determining why an elderly person falls & for minimizing the chances of recurrence in the nursing home setting KW - 1991 KW - Accidents KW - Falls KW - Nursing Homes KW - At Risk Populations KW - Diagnosis KW - Epidemiology KW - Etiology KW - Prevention KW - Treatment KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-97054-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-34412-001 AN - 1991-34412-001 AU - Cawthra, Ellen AU - Borrego, Nancy AU - Emrick, Chad D. T1 - Involving family members in the prevention of relapse: An innovative approach. JF - Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly JO - Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly JA - Alcohol Treat Q Y1 - 1991/// VL - 8 IS - 1 SP - 101 EP - 111 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0734-7324 SN - 1544-4538 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-34412-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cawthra, Ellen; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Denver, CO, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19911201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Family Members; Prevention; Relapse (Disorders). Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1991. AB - Explored among 300 veterans a different approach to involving family members in the treatment of relatively disaffiliated and recently abstinent chemically dependent veterans. Non-compliance was one of the major problems identified. The case studies of a 50-yr-old male with a long drinking history, a 55-yr-old male paranoid schizophrenic with a long history of chemical dependence, and a 33-yr-old male who was court ordered for treatment, but volunteered for the relapse group illustrate the benefits of family member participation. The optional introduction of family members in the relapse group proved a fertile ground for self-disclosure, open interactions among patients and family members, receptivity to learning new coping methods, and commitment to planning and developing new actions to solve problems. The group assisted members to work together for a common purpose to prevent relapse. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - involvement of family members in relapse prevention treatment KW - disaffiliated & recently abstinent chemically dependent veterans KW - 1991 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Family Members KW - Prevention KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - Military Veterans KW - 1991 DO - 10.1300/J020V08N01_07 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-34412-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-30830-001 AN - 1991-30830-001 AU - Edinger, Jack D. AU - Marsh, Gail R. AU - McCall, W. Vaughn AU - Erwin, C. William T1 - Sleep variability across consecutive nights of home monitoring in older mixed DIMS patients. JF - Sleep: Journal of Sleep Research & Sleep Medicine JO - Sleep: Journal of Sleep Research & Sleep Medicine JA - Sleep Y1 - 1991/// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 13 EP - 17 CY - US PB - American Academy of Sleep Medicine SN - 0161-8105 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-30830-001. PMID: 1811313 Other Journal Title: Sleep: Journal of Sleep and Sleep Disorders Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Edinger, Jack D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Durham, NC, US. et al. Release Date: 19911101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Insomnia; Monitoring; Sleep. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1991. AB - Monitored 20 patients (aged 45–72 yrs) with difficulties initiating and maintaining sleep (DIMS), using ambulatory polysomnography (PSG). Following 3 nights of monitoring, Ss provided ratings of sleep disturbance and tolerance of PSG equipment. Friedman analysis of variance (ANOVA) showed that Ss evidenced no systematic 1st-night effects (FNEs) in response to monitoring. Inspection of data from each individual S, nevertheless, showed that half did experience multiple FNEs. Several Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) scales discriminated Ss who showed multiple FNEs from those who did not. Clinically significant intrasubject variability across nights was observed for each sleep parameter measured. Given this finding, a single ambulatory PSG study may not fully convey the nature of the sleep disturbance experienced by the DIMS patient even when FNEs are absent. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - monitoring by ambulatory polysomnography KW - sleep disturbance & tolerance of polysomnography equipment KW - 45–72 yr olds with difficulties initiating & maintaining sleep KW - 1991 KW - Insomnia KW - Monitoring KW - Sleep KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-30830-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-27829-001 AN - 1991-27829-001 AU - Ganz, Patricia A. AU - Bernhard, Jürg AU - Hürny, Christoph T1 - Quality-of-life and psychosocial oncology research in Europe: State of the art. JF - Journal of Psychosocial Oncology JO - Journal of Psychosocial Oncology JA - J Psychosoc Oncol Y1 - 1991/// VL - 9 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 22 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0734-7332 SN - 1540-7586 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-27829-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ganz, Patricia A.; U California-Los Angeles San Fernando Valley Program, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19911001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimentation; Neoplasms; Psychosocial Factors; Quality of Life; Oncology. Minor Descriptor: Cross Cultural Differences. Classification: Cancer (3293). Population: Human (10). Location: Europe; Great Britain; US. Page Count: 22. Issue Publication Date: 1991. AB - Surveyed British and European research groups to review current research on quality of life and psychosocial oncology. 28 groups responded. Active areas of research include (1) methods of assessing quality of life (validation studies, instrument comparison and translation, new scales, cross-cultural comparisons), (2) integration of quality-of-life measures into clinical trials, (3) the coping process, and (4) rehabilitation and supportive care. In contrast, US researchers focused on the more pragmatic aspects of psychosocial oncology, especially the psychosocial sequelae of a cancer diagnosis. This divergence in approach may relate to cultural characteristics as well as differences in the research funding process. Most of the survey respondents were enthusiastic about pursuing cooperative research with North American investigators, and the review identified many areas for potential collaboration. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - research on quality of life & psychosocial oncology KW - Great Britain & Europe vs US KW - 1991 KW - Experimentation KW - Neoplasms KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - Quality of Life KW - Oncology KW - Cross Cultural Differences KW - 1991 DO - 10.1300/J077v09n01_01 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-27829-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-27753-001 AN - 1991-27753-001 AU - Arena, John G. AU - Hannah, Susan L. AU - Bruno, Glenda M. AU - Smith, James D. AU - Meador, Kimford J. T1 - Effect of movement and position on muscle activity in tension headache sufferers during and between headaches. JF - Journal of Psychosomatic Research JO - Journal of Psychosomatic Research JA - J Psychosom Res Y1 - 1991/// VL - 35 IS - 2-3 SP - 187 EP - 195 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0022-3999 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-27753-001. PMID: 2046052 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Arena, John G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Psychology Service, Biofeedback & Psychophysiological Disorders Clinic, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 19911001. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Motor Processes; Muscle Contraction Headache; Muscles; Posture. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1991. AB - In Study 1, 20 tension headache Ss were evaluated in both a headache and nonheadache state on bilateral trapezius and unilateral frontalis electromyographic activity during 6 positions: standing, bending from the waist, rising, sitting with back unsupported, sitting with back supported, and prone. Results indicate no effect of headache state on either measure. In a 2nd study, 11 of the tension headache sufferers in Study 1 and 11 age-matched controls were compared on the same measures. Results indicate a diagnosis by position interaction, with post hoc tests revealing the muscle activity of tension headache sufferers to be considerably higher during the prone position than that of nonheadache controls. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - movement & position KW - muscle activity KW - tension headache sufferers KW - 1991 KW - Motor Processes KW - Muscle Contraction Headache KW - Muscles KW - Posture KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0022-3999(91)90073-W UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-27753-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-27170-001 AN - 1991-27170-001 AU - Vinick, Barbara H. AU - Ekerdt, David J. T1 - Retirement: What happens to husband-wife relationships? JF - Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry JO - Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry JA - J Geriatr Psychiatry Y1 - 1991/// VL - 24 IS - 1 SP - 23 EP - 40 CY - US PB - International Universities Press SN - 0022-1414 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-27170-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Vinick, Barbara H.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Normative Aging Study, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19911001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotional Adjustment; Life Satisfaction; Retirement; Spouses. Minor Descriptor: Husbands; Marital Relations; Wives. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: 1991. AB - Interviewed 92 couples in which the husband (aged 55+ yrs) had been retired for 6–12 mo to study the effects of the transition to retirement. The majority of men reported that they had increased their participation in household tasks, and the majority of couples had increased their leisure activities together. In regard to personal leisure activities, half of the husbands reported that their level of activity had not changed, while over 40% of the wives had decreased personal activities. The majority claimed to be satisfied when they evaluated retirement globally, suggesting that couples' transition to retirement was positive. Half the female Ss reported feelings of impingement on their sphere of activity, but reported that they had adjusted. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - transition to retirement KW - activities & satisfaction & adjustments & problems KW - 55 yr old & older males retired for 6–12 mo & their wives KW - 1991 KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - Life Satisfaction KW - Retirement KW - Spouses KW - Husbands KW - Marital Relations KW - Wives KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-27170-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-22414-001 AN - 1991-22414-001 AU - Amundson, Roy AU - Dyer, Larry AU - Henderson, Wilmer AU - Rathbone-McCuan, Eloise T1 - Vacation therapy: A community normalization experience for persons with long-term mental illness. JF - Psychosocial Rehabilitation Journal JO - Psychosocial Rehabilitation Journal Y1 - 1991/01// VL - 14 IS - 3 SP - 81 EP - 91 CY - US PB - International Association of Psychosocial Rehabilitation Services and Department of Rehabilitation Counseling, Sargent College of Allied Health Professions, Boston University SN - 0147-5622 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-22414-001. Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Rehabilitation Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Amundson, Roy; Colmery-O'Neil Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Social Work Service, Topeka, KS, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; International Association of Psychosocial Rehabilitation Services and Department of Rehabilitation Counseling, Sargent College of Health and Rehabilitation Services, Boston University. Release Date: 19910801. Correction Date: 20140303. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospitalized Patients; Psychiatric Patients; Recreation Therapy; Social Casework. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1991. AB - Describes a social work program in which institutionalized patients plan and participate in vacations. The experience of becoming travelers provides patients with an alternative to their status inherent in being members of a stigmatized group. Case management provides concepts that frame the therapeutic use of vacations, including an expanded concept of environment, the promotion of feelings of competence, the use of self-determination, the use of the therapeutic community, and the importance of recreational activities. After the trips, patients may be more willing to explore resources in their own community as an outgrowth of the normalization process. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social work program of vacation therapy KW - institutionalized patients with long term mental illness KW - 1991 KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Recreation Therapy KW - Social Casework KW - 1991 DO - 10.1037/h0099429 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-22414-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-21959-001 AN - 1991-21959-001 AU - Schwartz, Lauren AU - Slater, Mark A. AU - Birchler, Gary R. AU - Atkinson, J. Hampton T1 - Depression in spouses of chronic pain patients: The role of patient pain and anger, and marital satisfaction. JF - Pain JO - Pain JA - Pain Y1 - 1991/01// VL - 44 IS - 1 SP - 61 EP - 67 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0304-3959 SN - 1872-6623 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-21959-001. PMID: 2038490 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schwartz, Lauren; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Pain Management Program, San Diego, CA, US. Other Publishers: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. Release Date: 19910801. Correction Date: 20160421. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Back Pain; Chronic Pain; Depression (Emotion); Marital Satisfaction; Spouses. Minor Descriptor: Anger. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1991. AB - A battery of questionnaires was administered to 29 male chronic benign low back pain patients (aged 21–64 yrs) and their spouses to examine the role of patient, spouse, and marital factors in spouse depressive symptomatology. 28% of spouses reported significantly depressed mood. A 2-stage regression analysis was employed that revealed 3 significant predictors of spouse's depressed mood: patient's average pain, patient's reported levels of anger and hostility, and spouse's level of marital satisfaction. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - patient pain & anger & marital satisfaction KW - depression in spouses KW - 21–64 yr old males with chronic low back pain & their spouses KW - 1991 KW - Back Pain KW - Chronic Pain KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Marital Satisfaction KW - Spouses KW - Anger KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0304-3959(91)90148-Q UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-21959-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-21857-001 AN - 1991-21857-001 AU - Harrington, Deborah L. AU - Haaland, Kathleen Y. T1 - Hemispheric specialization for motor sequencing: Abnormalities in levels of programming. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1991/// VL - 29 IS - 2 SP - 147 EP - 163 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-21857-001. PMID: 2027431 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Harrington, Deborah L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Albuquerque, NM, US. Release Date: 19910801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebrovascular Accidents; Cognitive Ability; Lateral Dominance; Motor Processes. Classification: Cardiovascular Disorders (3295). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: 1991. AB - Combined error measures with reaction time (RT), interresponse time, and total movement time (MT) data from correct trials to examine the roles of the hemispheres as they relate to specific cognitive deficits in motor sequencing. 37 normal controls, 16 left hemisphere (LH) stroke patients, and 18 right hemisphere (RH) stroke patients (mean ages 63 and 65 yrs) were given neuropsychological tests to describe their cognitive functioning more broadly. Neither stroke group had problems preprogramming sequences prior to movement. The only deficit seen for the RH Ss was a greater difference in MT between heterogeneous and repetitive sequences relative to controls. LH Ss were slower to execute single postures, had difficulty scheduling motor programs, and made more errors on heterogeneous sequences. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive deficits in motor sequencing KW - right vs left hemisphere stroke patients KW - 1991 KW - Cerebrovascular Accidents KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Motor Processes KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(91)90017-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-21857-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-21843-001 AN - 1991-21843-001 AU - Giannitrapani, Duilio AU - Collins, Joseph AU - Vassiliadis, Diana T1 - The EEG spectra of Alzheimer's disease. T3 - IX International Symposium: Neurophysiological correlates of psychopathological conditions JF - International Journal of Psychophysiology JO - International Journal of Psychophysiology JA - Int J Psychophysiol Y1 - 1991/01// VL - 10 IS - 3 SP - 259 EP - 269 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0167-8760 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-21843-001. PMID: 2010321 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Giannitrapani, Duilio; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Perry Point, MD, US. Release Date: 19910801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Dementia; Electroencephalography. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1991. AB - 16 Alzheimer's disease (AD) patients (aged 54–81 yrs), 16 non-AD dementia patients (aged 45–89 yrs), and 10 normal controls (aged 48–84 yrs) were given an EEG examination during an awake-resting condition. Power spectra were obtained in 12 brain areas for 18 frequency bands. There was an increase in slow activity and a decrease in fast activity for demented groups. These EEG features were not related to dementia per se since the AD group exhibited a spectral curve having a maximum at 1 Hz and an exponential asymptotic power characterized by decreasing power with increasing frequency without additional features or remnant of dominant activity. Thus, the decrease in frequency of alpha activity is perhaps more significant in identifying dementia of the non-AD type. The characteristics shown by the AD group may be related to the presence of neurofibrillary tangles and plaques, which are more prevalent in AD patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EEG spectral characteristics KW - 45–89 yr olds with Alzheimer's disease vs dementia KW - 1991 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Dementia KW - Electroencephalography KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0167-8760(91)90037-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-21843-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-21351-001 AN - 1991-21351-001 AU - Gass, Carlton S. T1 - Emotional variables and neuropsychological test performance. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1991/01// VL - 47 IS - 1 SP - 100 EP - 104 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-21351-001. PMID: 2026762 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gass, Carlton S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Miami, FL, US. Release Date: 19910801. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Halstead Reitan Neuropsychological Battery; Military Veterans; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Neuropsychology; Personality Correlates. Minor Descriptor: Test Battery; Test Performance. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1991. AB - Investigated Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) correlates of Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery (HRB) performance in a sample of 105 military veterans with neuropsychological referrals (predominantly psychiatric) who had negative neurologic findings. Results indicate significant effects for age and education on many of the HRB tests, with smaller but significant relationships between the quality of HRB test performance and MMPI scores. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI correlates of Halstead Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery performance KW - military veterans with neuropsychological referrals KW - 1991 KW - Halstead Reitan Neuropsychological Battery KW - Military Veterans KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Neuropsychology KW - Personality Correlates KW - Test Battery KW - Test Performance KW - 1991 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(199101)47:1<100::AID-JCLP2270470116>3.0.CO;2-H UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-21351-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-20253-001 AN - 1991-20253-001 AU - Tamkin, Arthur S. AU - Dolenz, John J. T1 - Some correlates of the Weigl Color-Form Sorting Test in alcoholics. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1991/01// VL - 47 IS - 1 SP - 170 EP - 174 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-20253-001. PMID: 2026773 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tamkin, Arthur S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 19910801. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Classification (Cognitive Process); Cognitive Ability; Measurement. Minor Descriptor: Color Perception; Form and Shape Perception. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1991. AB - Explored the correlates of E. Weigl's (1941) Color-Form Sorting Test in 48 adult alcoholic inpatients. It was predicted that Weigl performance would be related to conceptual flexibility (Trails B, a subtest of the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery [HRNB]); verbal conceptual ability (Similarities, a subtest of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Revised [WAIS—R]); and symbol substitution (Digit Symbol, a WAIS—R subtest). It was predicted further that the Weigl would be unrelated to the WAIS—R Vocabulary subtest and the HRNB Trails A subtest. Significant correlation coefficients for the Weigl were obtained with education, Vocabulary, Digit Symbol, and Trails B. However, a stepwise regression analysis disclosed that only Trails B was a significant predictor of Weigl performance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive correlates of Weigl Color Form Sorting Test KW - alcoholic adults KW - 1991 KW - Alcoholism KW - Classification (Cognitive Process) KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Measurement KW - Color Perception KW - Form and Shape Perception KW - 1991 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(199101)47:1<170::AID-JCLP2270470126>3.0.CO;2-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-20253-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-20250-001 AN - 1991-20250-001 AU - Slater, Mark A. AU - Hall, Holly F. AU - Atkinson, J. Hampton AU - Garfin, Steven R. T1 - Pain and impairment beliefs in chronic low back pain: Validation of the Pain and Impairment Relationship Scale (PAIRS). JF - Pain JO - Pain JA - Pain Y1 - 1991/01// VL - 44 IS - 1 SP - 51 EP - 56 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0304-3959 SN - 1872-6623 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-20250-001. PMID: 1828111 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Slater, Mark A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Pain Management Program, San Diego, CA, US. Other Publishers: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. Release Date: 19910801. Correction Date: 20160421. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Back Pain; Chronic Pain; Rating Scales; Statistical Reliability; Statistical Validity. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1991. AB - Examined validity and reliability of the PAIRS (J. F. Riley et al, 1988), which assesses beliefs and attitudes patients have regarding pain or ability to function despite discomfort. 31 men (aged 21–64 yrs) with chronic low back pain (CLBP) and 19 healthy male controls were administered sickness impact, physical impairment, pain, self-perception, and depression questionnaires along with the PAIRS. Data indicate that the PAIRS was internally consistent and significantly related to impairment. Discriminant, convergent, and divergent validity was supported. Impairment beliefs assessed with the PAIRS were more prominent in CLBP Ss than in controls. Scores on the PAIRS were significantly related to physical impairment, but not to physicians' ratings of disease severity. Impairment beliefs assessed with the PAIRS were distinguishable from cognitive distortions and emotional distress; PAIRS scores for CLBP Ss were relatively consistent over time. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity & reliability of Pain & Impairment Relationship Scale KW - 21–64 yr olds with chronic low back pain KW - 1991 KW - Back Pain KW - Chronic Pain KW - Rating Scales KW - Statistical Reliability KW - Statistical Validity KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0304-3959(91)90146-O UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-20250-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-20235-001 AN - 1991-20235-001 AU - Munley, Patrick H. T1 - A comparison of MMPI-2 and MMPI T-scores for men and women. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1991/01// VL - 47 IS - 1 SP - 87 EP - 91 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-20235-001. PMID: 2026783 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Munley, Patrick H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Battle Creek, MI, US. Release Date: 19910801. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Sex Differences; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Test Forms; Test Norms. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223); Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1991. AB - Compared the original Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) linear T-score norms with the new linear and uniform T-score norms for the MMPI-2 across basic validity and clinical scales for both men and women. The comparison indicated more pronounced normative changes for certain scales and somewhat more pronounced changes for men than for women. Relationships between MMPI-2 and MMPI T-scores across scales are complex; a few MMPI-2 scales showed enhancement, while others showed attenuation in the middle and lower ranges of the scale with enhancement in the upper ranges. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sex KW - MMPI vs MMPI-2 T-score norms KW - adults KW - 1991 KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Test Forms KW - Test Norms KW - 1991 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(199101)47:1<87::AID-JCLP2270470113>3.0.CO;2-M UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-20235-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-20211-001 AN - 1991-20211-001 AU - Janes, Gail R. AU - Goldberg, Jack AU - Eisen, Seth A. AU - True, William R. T1 - Reliability and validity of a combat exposure index for Vietnam era veterans. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1991/01// VL - 47 IS - 1 SP - 80 EP - 86 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-20211-001. PMID: 2026782 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Janes, Gail R.; Hines Veterans Administration Cooperative Studies Program Coordinating Ctr, IL, US. Release Date: 19910801. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Combat Experience; Measurement; Military Veterans; Test Reliability; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies; Health; Mental Health; Self-Report; Twins. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1991. AB - Examined the reliability and validity of a self-report measure of combat exposure in a cohort of male–male twin pairs who served in the military during the Vietnam era. Test–retest reliability for a 5-level ordinal index of combat exposure was assessed using responses of 192 individuals who responded to a questionnaire on combat experiences and on physical and psychological health in 1985 and again in 1987. As a measure of criterion-related validity, the combat index was correlated with the award of combat-related military medals, ascertained from the military records. The probability of receiving a Purple Heart, Bronze Star, Commendation Medal, and Combat Infantry Badge was associated strongly with the combat exposure index. Thus, this index is a reliable and valid measure of combat exposure. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reliability & validity of self report measure KW - assessment of combat exposure & physical & psychological health KW - male twin Vietnam era veterans KW - 2 yr followup KW - 1991 KW - Combat Experience KW - Measurement KW - Military Veterans KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - Followup Studies KW - Health KW - Mental Health KW - Self-Report KW - Twins KW - 1991 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(199101)47:1<80::AID-JCLP2270470112>3.0.CO;2-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-20211-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-19066-001 AN - 1991-19066-001 AU - Ferrell, Bruce A. T1 - Pain management in elderly people. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1991/01// VL - 39 IS - 1 SP - 64 EP - 73 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-19066-001. PMID: 1670940 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ferrell, Bruce A.; U California School of Medicine Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education, & Clinical Ctr, Sepulveda, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19910701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chronic Pain; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis); Drug Therapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1991. AB - Reviews issues related to pain in the elderly, including the pathophysiology of pain, clinical evaluation, analgesic drugs, nonpharmacologic pain management, and high-technology pain management. It is argued that more research and education are needed to further the understanding of pain and its management among the elderly. Suggestions include the investigation of functional status and coping, and new drugs with milder side effects. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - pathophysiology of pain & clinical evaluation & drug & other treatments in chronic pain management KW - elderly KW - 1991 KW - Chronic Pain KW - Treatment KW - Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis) KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1991 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1991.tb05908.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-19066-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-19034-001 AN - 1991-19034-001 AU - Verfaellie, Mieke AU - Bauer, Russell M. AU - Bowers, Dawn T1 - Autonomic and behavioral evidence of 'implicit' memory in amnesia. JF - Brain and Cognition JO - Brain and Cognition JA - Brain Cogn Y1 - 1991/01// VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 10 EP - 25 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-2626 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-19034-001. PMID: 2009168 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Verfaellie, Mieke; Boston Veterans' Administration Medical Ctr, Memory Disorders Research Ctr, MA, US. Release Date: 19910701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Brain Damage; Galvanic Skin Response; Memory; Recognition (Learning). Minor Descriptor: Fornix; Implicit Memory. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1991. AB - Tested a profoundly amnesic 39-yr-old right-handed man with a left retrosplenial-fornix lesion on a recognition task that evaluated both verbal and electrodermal aspects of new learning. Implicit memory tasks (mirror reading and perceptual identification) were also given. The S displayed strong evidence of learning on all tasks, although the results of this learning were not represented in explicit recall or recognition. Findings provide autonomic as well as behavioral evidence of spared memory functions in amnesia. The specific meaning of electrodermal recognition and its possible place in the distinction between implicit and explicit memory are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - autonomic & behavioral evidence of implicit memory in recognition learning task KW - profoundly amnesic 39 yr old male with left retrosplenial fornix lesion KW - 1991 KW - Amnesia KW - Brain Damage KW - Galvanic Skin Response KW - Memory KW - Recognition (Learning) KW - Fornix KW - Implicit Memory KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0278-2626(91)90012-W UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-19034-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0001-5535-4584 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-19030-001 AN - 1991-19030-001 AU - Tresch, Donald D. AU - Sims, Farrol H. AU - Duthie, Edmund H. AU - Goldstein, Michael D. T1 - Patients in a persistent vegetative state: Attitudes and reactions of family members. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1991/01// VL - 39 IS - 1 SP - 17 EP - 21 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-19030-001. PMID: 1987252 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tresch, Donald D.; Medical Coll of Wisconsin Zablocki Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Div of Geriatrics/Gerontology, Milwaukee, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19910701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adult Attitudes; Brain Damage; Emotional Adjustment; Family Members. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1991. AB - Surveyed 33 family members (aged 41–89 yrs) of 33 patients (aged 19–95 yrs) in a persistent vegetative state, to examine their attitudes and reactions toward such patients. Findings indicate that despite negative expectations for future improvement, the majority of family members desired the patient to undergo therapeutic interventions (e.g., antibiotics). 72% of family members thought the patient was aware of their presence. Most family members were physically and emotionally committed to the patient. However, many desired more access to family counseling and psychological assistance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - attitudes & reactions toward brain damaged 19–95 yr olds in persistent vegetative state KW - 41–89 yr old family members KW - 1991 KW - Adult Attitudes KW - Brain Damage KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - Family Members KW - 1991 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1991.tb05900.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-19030-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-18946-001 AN - 1991-18946-001 AU - Kanof, Philip D. AU - Mohs, Richard C. AU - Gross, Joel AU - Davidson, Michael AU - Bierer, Linda M. AU - Davis, Kenneth L. T1 - Platelet phospholipid synthesis in Alzheimer's disease. JF - Neurobiology of Aging JO - Neurobiology of Aging JA - Neurobiol Aging Y1 - 1991/01//Jan-Feb, 1991 VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 65 EP - 69 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0197-4580 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-18946-001. PMID: 2002885 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kanof, Philip D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19910701. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Choline; Ethanol; Phosphatides. Minor Descriptor: Blood Platelets; Membranes. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jan-Feb, 1991. AB - Compared the rates of incorporation of [–3H]choline and [–3H]ethanolamine into membrane phospholipids of platelets from 22 drug-free Alzheimer's disease (AD) patients and 18 elderly controls. No significant differences between groups were found. If alterations in lipid metabolism are involved in the pathophysiological processes underlying AD, such alterations are not manifest in measures of radiolabeled base incorporation into platelet phospholipids. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - incorporation rate of 3H choline vs ethanolamine into membrane phospholipids of platelets KW - drug free patients with Alzheimer's disease KW - 1991 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Choline KW - Ethanol KW - Phosphatides KW - Blood Platelets KW - Membranes KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0197-4580(91)90041-H UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-18946-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-18611-001 AN - 1991-18611-001 AU - McFall, Miles E. AU - Murburg, M. Michele AU - Smith, Dale E. AU - Jensen, Carl F. T1 - An analysis of criteria used by VA clinicians to diagnose combat-related PTSD. JF - Journal of Traumatic Stress JO - Journal of Traumatic Stress JA - J Trauma Stress Y1 - 1991/01// VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 123 EP - 136 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0894-9867 SN - 1573-6598 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-18611-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McFall, Miles E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19910701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Combat Experience; Mental Health Personnel; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychodiagnostic Typologies. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans; Psychiatrists; Psychologist Attitudes; Psychologists. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1991. AB - 448 psychologists and psychiatrists at Veterans Administration (VA) hospitals perceived the various Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-III—Revised (DSM-III—R) criteria for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) as differentially useful in making diagnostic judgments. Evidence of exposure to traumatic stress and symptoms of reexperiencing the trauma were consistently rated as more influential than criteria of avoidance/numbing and increased arousal. Symptoms directly ascribed to the traumatic event were rated more influential than those not directly related to the event. Clinicians report using additional information to supplement the DSM-III—R criteria for PTSD; this information is as important as many official DSM-III—R symptom criteria. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ratings of usefulness of DSM-III-R criteria for diagnosis of combat related PTSD KW - VA psychologists & psychiatrists KW - 1991 KW - Combat Experience KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - Military Veterans KW - Psychiatrists KW - Psychologist Attitudes KW - Psychologists KW - 1991 DO - 10.1002/jts.2490040110 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-18611-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-18538-001 AN - 1991-18538-001 AU - Friedman, Matthew J. T1 - Biological approaches to the diagnosis and treatment of post-traumatic disorder. JF - Journal of Traumatic Stress JO - Journal of Traumatic Stress JA - J Trauma Stress Y1 - 1991/01// VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 67 EP - 91 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0894-9867 SN - 1573-6598 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-18538-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Friedman, Matthew J.; National Ctr for PTSD, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, White River Junction, VT, US. Release Date: 19910701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biology; Diagnosis; Drug Therapy; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 25. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1991. AB - Reviews advances in biological research on posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). A biological perspective may complement psychological diagnostic techniques for identifying PTSD. This is especially pertinent in distinguishing PTSD from either major depressive disorder or panic disorder. Pharmacotherapy for PTSD is reviewed in the context of the unique pathophysiology of this disorder. Neurobiological models suggest why PTSD patients may be particularly susceptible to alcohol or chemical abuse/dependency. These theoretical considerations have treatment implications for patients with the dual diagnosis of PTSD and chemical abuse/dependency. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - biological approaches to diagnosis & pharmacotherapy of PTSD KW - 1991 KW - Biology KW - Diagnosis KW - Drug Therapy KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - 1991 DO - 10.1002/jts.2490040107 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-18538-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-16642-001 AN - 1991-16642-001 AU - Finney, John W. AU - Moos, Rudolf H. T1 - The long-term course of treated alcoholism: I. Mortality, relapse and remission rates and comparisons with community controls. JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1991/01// VL - 52 IS - 1 SP - 44 EP - 54 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0096-882X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-16642-001. PMID: 1994122 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs; Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Finney, John W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19910601. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Mortality Rate; Relapse (Disorders); Remission (Disorders). Minor Descriptor: Disease Course; Followup Studies; Residential Care Institutions. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1991. AB - Examines the course of alcoholism for 124 patients who were followed up 2 yrs and 10 yrs after an index residential treatment episode. The Ss were 9.5 times as likely to die as the 113 matched community controls over the 8-yr interval between the 2 follow-ups, a ratio considerably higher than that found in previous studies. Of the 83 surviving and successfully followed patients, 57% were classified as remitted at the 10-yr follow-up. Of the patients classified as remitted at the 2-yr follow-up and recontacted 8 yrs later, 77% had the same outcome status at the long-term follow-up; 67% of the initially relapsed patients retained that status at the 10-yr follow-up. The 10-yr remitted patients generally were functioning as well as matched, nonproblem-drinking community controls, whereas the relapsed patients exhibited dysfunction in a number of areas. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - residential treatment KW - mortality & relapse & remission rates KW - alcoholic patients KW - 2 & 10 yr followups KW - 1991 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Mortality Rate KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - Remission (Disorders) KW - Disease Course KW - Followup Studies KW - Residential Care Institutions KW - 1991 DO - 10.15288/jsa.1991.52.44 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-16642-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-15401-001 AN - 1991-15401-001 AU - Douglass, Alan B. AU - Hays, Peter AU - Pazderka, F. AU - Russell, James M. T1 - Florid refractory schizophrenias that turn out to be treatable variants of HLA-associated narcolepsy. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1991/01// VL - 179 IS - 1 SP - 12 EP - 17 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-15401-001. PMID: 1985143 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Douglass, Alan B.; US Dept of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Ann Arbor, MI, US. Release Date: 19910601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Hallucinations; Narcolepsy; Schizophrenia; Visual Hallucinations. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1991. AB - Examined 5 White female patients (aged 30–48 yrs) who were diagnosed with schizophrenia and who had visual and auditory hallucinations to see whether any had an unrecognized psychotic variant of narcolepsy. Conventional antipsychotic drugs were ineffectual, but treatment with stimulants produced substantial improvement. The diagnosis of narcolepsy was formed by human leukocyte antigen typing and sleep laboratory testing. These results support the 'REM intrusion' hypothesis of the causation of schizophrenia in as many as 7% of a series of schizophrenic patients. Implications for diagnosis and treatment are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychotic variant of narcolepsy KW - schizophrenic White female 30–48 yr olds with visual & auditory hallucinations KW - 1991 KW - Auditory Hallucinations KW - Narcolepsy KW - Schizophrenia KW - Visual Hallucinations KW - 1991 DO - 10.1097/00005053-199101000-00003 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-15401-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-15321-001 AN - 1991-15321-001 AU - McFall, Miles E. AU - Mackay, Priscilla W. AU - Donovan, Dennis M. T1 - Combat-related PTSD and psychosocial adjustment problems among substance abusing veterans. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1991/01// VL - 179 IS - 1 SP - 33 EP - 38 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-15321-001. PMID: 1985146 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McFall, Miles E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19910601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Combat Experience; Drug Abuse; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychosocial Readjustment. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1991. AB - Of 489 male veterans presenting for treatment, 10.7% had significant Vietnam combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptoms as measured by the Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related PTSD (T. M. Keane et al; see record [rid]1988-18888-001[/rid]). Clinically significant PTSD symptoms occurred among 46% of the subsample of combat-exposed Vietnam veterans with substance abuse problems. Degree of combat exposure was the most important military stressor that distinguished Vietnam veterans with PTSD from those without PTSD, but the groups also differed on age during war zone duty, duration of war zone duty, and whether they were wounded. The subgroup of Vietnam veterans with PTSD symptoms reported significantly greater psychosocial adjustment problems than their counterparts who did not have PTSD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - combat related PTSD & substance abuse & psychosocial adjustment KW - male Vietnam veterans KW - 1991 KW - Combat Experience KW - Drug Abuse KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychosocial Readjustment KW - 1991 DO - 10.1097/00005053-199101000-00007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-15321-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-14587-001 AN - 1991-14587-001 AU - Yamaguchi, Shuhei AU - Knight, Robert T. T1 - P300 generation by novel somatosensory stimuli. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1991/01// VL - 78 IS - 1 SP - 50 EP - 55 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-14587-001. PMID: 1701715 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Yamaguchi, Shuhei; U California-Davis, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Martinez, US. Release Date: 19910601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Somatosensory Evoked Potentials; Stimulus Novelty; P300. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1991. AB - Examined whether task-irrelevant novel stimuli generate somatosensory novelty P300 responses. 12 Ss pressed a button to mechanical taps of the 5th finger, randomly interposed in sequences of taps to the 2nd finger. Results indicate that task-irrelevant novel somatosensory stimuli generate a novelty P300 event related potential. Differences in scalp distribution, latency, and habituation characteristics suggest that the novelty P300 may have contributions from intracranial generators independent from target P300 sources. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - novel somatosensory stimuli KW - P300 responses KW - adults KW - 1991 KW - Somatosensory Evoked Potentials KW - Stimulus Novelty KW - P300 KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(91)90018-Y UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-14587-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-11839-001 AN - 1991-11839-001 AU - Lamb, Marvin R. T1 - Attention in humans and animals: Is there a capacity limitation at the time of encoding? JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes JA - J Exp Psychol Anim Behav Process Y1 - 1991/01// VL - 17 IS - 1 SP - 45 EP - 54 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0097-7403 SN - 1939-2184 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-11839-001. PMID: 2002306 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Learning and Cognition. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lamb, Marvin R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19910501. Correction Date: 20140113. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Information Storage; Memory; Species Differences; Stimulus Duration; Stimulus Salience. Minor Descriptor: Pigeons. Classification: Learning & Motivation (2420). Population: Animal (20). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1991. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jun 29, 1990; Revised Date: Jun 27, 1990; First Submitted Date: Apr 20, 1990. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1991. AB - Investigators have suggested that pigeons have a limited capacity input channel and that as a result performance suffers when information load is great. This information overload hypothesis is based on converging findings from experiments using the matching-to-sample paradigm. Fundamental among these findings are that (a) performance improves as sample duration increases, (b) performance is better when the sample contains one relevant feature (elements) than when it contains two (compounds), and (c) this element superiority effect can be reduced by making the relevant feature of compound samples predictable. Exps 1 and 2 show that these effects occur for humans as well. However, Exps 3, 4, and 5 show that in humans at least some of these effects do not result from information overload at the time of encoding. Thus, the assertion that these effects do reflect such a limitation in pigeons must be reevaluated. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - number of relevant features & stimulus duration KW - encoding limitation KW - 27–40 yr olds vs pigeons KW - 1991 KW - Human Information Storage KW - Memory KW - Species Differences KW - Stimulus Duration KW - Stimulus Salience KW - Pigeons KW - 1991 DO - 10.1037/0097-7403.17.1.45 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-11839-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-99029-007 AN - 1990-99029-007 AU - van Kammen, Daniel P. AU - Peters, Jeffrey L. AU - Yao, Jeffrey AU - van Kammen, Welmoet B. AU - Neylan, Thomas AU - Shaw, David ED - Greden, John F. ED - Tandon, Rajiv ED - Greden, John F., (Ed) ED - Tandon, Rajiv, (Ed) T1 - Noradrenergic mechanisms, state dependency, and negative symptoms in schizophrenia. T2 - Negative schizophrenic symptoms: Pathophysiology and clinical implications. T3 - Progress in psychiatry, No. 28 Y1 - 1991/// SP - 115 EP - 129 CY - Arlington, VA, US PB - American Psychiatric Association SN - 0-88048-192-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-99029-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: van Kammen, Daniel P.; Highland Drive Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Chief of Staff, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-88048-192-7, Hardcover. Language: English. Conference Note: Parts of this chapter were presented at the Negative Symptom Symposium of the American Psychiatric Association Meeting, Montreal, Canada, May 1988, and at the Negative Symptom Symposium of the Regional Meeting of the World Psychiatric Association, Washington, DC, Oct 1988. Major Descriptor: Norepinephrine; Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Neuroleptic Drugs; Relapse (Disorders). Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 15. AB - present data implicating noradrenergic dysregulation in the production of negative symptoms, suggesting that whereas increased noradrenergic activity may be involved in the production of both positive and negative symptoms in the psychotic phase of schizophrenia, decreased noradrenergic activity may contribute to 'deficit' symptoms in the chronic, residual phase of the illness (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) AB - noradrenergic mechanisms / differences between relapsers and nonrelapsers / changes between haloperidol and drug-free phases discussion / differentiation of negative symptoms / can increased norepinephrine and negative symptoms be prodromes of relapse / noradrenergic modulation of symptoms / primary role for noradrenergic dysregulation in schizophrenic symptomatology / negative symptoms and neuroleptic treatment response / norepinephrine and dopamine interactions (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - examines role of norepinephrine in schizophrenia symptoms KW - 1991 KW - Norepinephrine KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-99029-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1990-98923-000 AN - 1990-98923-000 AU - Maisto, Stephen A. AU - Galizio, Mark AU - Connors, Gerard J. T1 - Drug use and misuse. Y1 - 1991/// CY - Fort Worth, TX, England PB - Holt, Rinehart & Winston Inc SN - 0-03-014973-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98923-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Maisto, Stephen A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20090119. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Book Type: Textbook/Study Guide. ISBN: 0-03-014973-8, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Drug Usage; Psychopharmacology. Minor Descriptor: Biology; Drug Rehabilitation; Personality Correlates; Psychosocial Factors. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 474. AB - Our aim was to provide a textbook for the college undergraduate that was scholarly yet understandable to the student who may have little background in the biological or behavioral-social sciences. We also wanted the book to reflect the complexity of psychoactive drug use on biological, psychological, and social levels. The book is inclusive, in its providing, first, fundamental background information for studying psychopharmacology. Furthermore, all of the major psychoactive drugs or drug classes, including over-the-counter drugs, are covered. Each is presented by integrating biological, psychological, and social perspectives, as well as by covering historical and current patterns of use. In the final section of the book we include chapters on personality and social factors as they relate to drug use in general, and on the prevention and treatment of drug problems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychoactive drugs KW - drug usage KW - drug abuse KW - drug misuse KW - drug problems KW - psychopharmacology KW - biological & psychological & social perspectives KW - usage patterns KW - personality KW - prevention KW - treatment KW - 1991 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Drug Usage KW - Psychopharmacology KW - Biology KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Personality Correlates KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98923-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1990-98830-000 AN - 1990-98830-000 AU - Morrison, James AU - Muñoz, Rodrigo ED - Morrison, James ED - Muñoz, Rodrigo T1 - Boarding time: A psychiatry candidate's guide to Part II of the ABPN examination. Y1 - 1991/// CY - Arlington, VA, US PB - American Psychiatric Association SN - 0-88048-366-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98830-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morrison, James; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Chief, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20121231. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-88048-366-0, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Professional Certification; Psychiatrists; Test Taking. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 163. AB - The ABPN [American Board of Psychiatry & Neurobiology] serves the public, not candidates. Its function is evaluative, not educational, so it is not prepared to offer the assistance candidates require. This help must come from individuals and from organizations such as psychiatric training programs and the American Psychiatric Association (APA). The APA encourages its district branches to offer mock examinations; at annual meetings it sponsors discussions of a host of issues related to certification. This manual also aims to help physicians preparing for this examination to succeed. It is a manual of advice, not a scientific treatise. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - π a manual designed to help the psychiatric candidate on Part II of the ABPN examination KW - 1991 KW - Professional Certification KW - Psychiatrists KW - Test Taking KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98830-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1959-02748-001 AN - 1959-02748-001 AU - Lorr, Maurice T1 - Orthogonal versus oblique rotations. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1957/12// VL - 21 IS - 6 SP - 448 EP - 449 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1959-02748-001. PMID: 13481201 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorr, Maurice; Veterans Administration, Washington, D. C. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Oblique Rotation; Orthogonal Rotation. Classification: Statistics & Mathematics (2240). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1957. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1957. AB - Continuing a discussion of orthogonal versus oblique rotation. Lorr discusses the advantages of oblique rotations in factor analysis. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - oblique rotations KW - orthogonal rotations KW - 1957 KW - Oblique Rotation KW - Orthogonal Rotation DO - 10.1037/h0039976 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1959-02748-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-11883-004 AN - 2005-11883-004 AU - Canter, Aaron H. T1 - ABEPP Standard Too High? JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1961/10// VL - 16 IS - 10 SP - 655 EP - 656 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-11883-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Canter, Aaron H.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Phoenix, AZ, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Professional Organizations; Psychologists; Psychology. Minor Descriptor: Professional Standards. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1961. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1961. AB - Commends the Board of Trustees of the American Board of Examiners in Professional Psychology (ABEPP) for their report "The Meaning of the ABEPP Diploma" (see record [rid]1962-02007-001[/rid].) The current author discusses the high standards of the ABEPP and the resulting relative paucity of applicants for the diploma. The author suggests the board continue their efforts to make the examination more realistic, less difficult, and less time consuming. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - American Board of Examiners in Professional Psychology KW - diploma KW - standards KW - psychologists KW - 1961 KW - Professional Organizations KW - Psychologists KW - Psychology KW - Professional Standards DO - 10.1037/h0038649 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-11883-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-11652-008 AN - 2005-11652-008 AU - Leon, Sidney AU - Whitmyre, John W. T1 - The Patient-Therapist. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1964/09// VL - 19 IS - 9 SP - 776 EP - 777 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-11652-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Leon, Sidney; Veterans Administration Hospital, Coatesville, PA, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Motivation; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Psychiatric Patients; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Therapists. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1964. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1964. AB - The patient-therapist technique is aimed at remotivation of the long-term, chronic, hospitalized psychiatric patient. The authors have used this approach at the Coatesville Veterans Administration Hospital for 2 years and it has had some good results, although it is still too early to evaluate its total effectiveness. The approach stimulates discussion and may be used as a vehicle of expression for the problems of the patient-therapists who are not motivated or are anxious about leaving the hospital. For the very withdrawn patient, the approach enables him or her to have contact with another patient, and the company of another patient enables him or her to acquire gradual desensitization of the fear of venturing out into the community. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - patient-therapist technique KW - remotivation KW - hospitalized psychiatric patient KW - discussion KW - leaving the hospital KW - 1964 KW - Motivation KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Therapists DO - 10.1037/h0038793 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-11652-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-11647-006 AN - 2005-11647-006 AU - Rothaus, Paul AU - Hanson, Philip G. AU - Cleveland, Sidney E. AU - Johnson, Dale L. T1 - Mental Illness and Employment. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1964/03// VL - 19 IS - 3 SP - 200 EP - 201 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-11647-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rothaus, Paul; Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, TX, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Employment Status; Hospitalization; Mental Disorders; Personnel Selection; Psychiatric Patients. Minor Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Job Applicant Interviews. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210); Industrial & Organizational Psychology (3600). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1964. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1964. AB - Comments on an article by Sturm and Lipton, and the article they are commenting on, by Rothaus, Cleveland and Johnson (see record [rid]1964-02889-001[/rid]). Sturm and Lipton criticize the study by Rothaus, Hanson, Cleveland and Johnson (the current authors) on the grounds that employment of psychiatrically discharged patients is controlled by personnel directors and not by employment interviewers. In our study we had found it advantageous for the psychiatric patient seeking employment to describe his recent hospitalization as a learning experience designed to aid him in coping with the problems of living rather than alluding to his hospitalization as treatment or a cure for illness. Using the former approach, ex-psychiatric-patients were judged by employment interviewers of the Texas Employment Commission as being more readily employable than patients using the mental-illness approach. But Sturm and Lipton complain that we were working with the wrong people since only personnel directors and employers do the direct hiring. In Texas at least, this is not necessarily so. The authors also comment on other criticisms of Sturm and Lipton. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mental illness KW - employment KW - psychiatrically discharged patients KW - hospitalization KW - coping KW - employment interviews KW - employee selection KW - 1964 KW - Employment Status KW - Hospitalization KW - Mental Disorders KW - Personnel Selection KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Coping Behavior KW - Job Applicant Interviews DO - 10.1037/h0038960 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-11647-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-11050-006 AN - 2005-11050-006 AU - Matty, H. B. T1 - A Visit to a Research Hospital. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1960/04// VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 272 EP - 273 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-11050-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Matty, H. B.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Coral Gables, FL, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavioral Sciences; Experimental Laboratories; High School Students; Psychology; Science Education. Classification: Educational Psychology (3500). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1960. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1960. AB - Describes a visit of high school students and their science teachers to a psychology laboratory, at the invitation of the Manager of the Coral Gables Veterans Administration. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - high school students KW - psychology laboratory KW - behavioral science KW - 1960 KW - Behavioral Sciences KW - Experimental Laboratories KW - High School Students KW - Psychology KW - Science Education DO - 10.1037/h0039527 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-11050-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39739-023 AN - 2013-39739-023 AU - Plank, Robert T1 - Are we treating all schizophrenics? JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1965/07// VL - 35 IS - 4 SP - 793 EP - 794 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39739-023. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Plank, Robert; Mental Hygiene Clinic, Veterans Administration HospitaI, Cleveland, OH, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Medical Sciences; Schizophrenia; Stigma; Theoretical Orientation. Minor Descriptor: Treatment. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1965. AB - This article discusses the question of whether it is sound to assume that virtually all, or at least most, schizophrenics are in treatment. The Veterans Administration (VA) has relatively comprehensive information on illnesses attributed to the service, since veterans' benefits depend on medical findings and veterans therefore have a powerful incentive to make their disabilities known to the VA. The VA has at the same time relatively comprehensive information on the treatment these veterans receive. The VA is in an advantageous position in offering treatment to these veterans. Facilities are rather superior to those available to the general public. There is less stigma attached to their use. It therefore can be assumed that the proportion of schizophrenics seeking treatment will be even lower, perhaps much lower, in the general population . All this supports the opinion that only a minority of schizophrenics, rather than almost all of them, are in treatment. Accurate figures are not available, partly because certain questions of definition would have to be settled first. It is to be hoped that definite studies will clear up this question since it is of great significance, not only for the theoretical problems noted above, but also for practical purposes of planning. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - medical findings KW - practical purposes KW - theoretical problems KW - schizophrenics treatment KW - stigma KW - 1965 KW - Medical Sciences KW - Schizophrenia KW - Stigma KW - Theoretical Orientation KW - Treatment DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1965.tb00453.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-39739-023&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39298-028 AN - 2013-39298-028 AU - Jenkins, Richard L. T1 - Review of Dynamics of psychotherapy: The psychology of personality change, Vol. 1, principles. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1957/07// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 657 EP - 658 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39298-028. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jenkins, Richard L.; Psychiatric Evaluation Project, Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, DC, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Change; Psychotherapy; Readiness to Change. Minor Descriptor: Clinical Psychologists. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Symonds, Percival M. Dynamics of psychotherapy: The psychology of personality change, Vol. 1, Principles=Grune & Stratton, New York. pp. 211. $5.50; 1956. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1957. AB - Reviews the book, Dynamics of Psychotherapy: The Psychology of Personality Change, Vol. 1, Principles by Percival M. Symonds (see record [rid]1956-07318-000[/rid]). This is the first of three volumes, the next two of which are to deal respectively with Process and Procedure. The author addressed to students in training and to practitioners in the field of psychotherapy, whether psychiatrists, clinical psychologists, or social workers, to serve as a text or manual; and to workers in religion, law, or education as a book of reference. The author wrote clear and understandable prose, and while this may be said also of some of his sources, it represents an important advance over others. Perhaps it is these qualities of industry and clarity of expression which, applied to the setting of ideas in parallel, serve to underline some of these deficiencies. It is worth emphasizing that according to Symonds, education is needed by the psychopath to make up for some of his original deficiencies in superego development, after which we infer that he may perhaps be accessible to psychotherapy. Psychotherapy, according to the author, goes much deeper than education. That much good psychotherapy is of this nature is beyond dispute, but his readiness to leave the whole conception of psychotherapy at this level suggests that the author is better able to collate than to integrate. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychotherapy KW - personality change KW - clinical psychologists KW - readiness KW - 1957 KW - Personality Change KW - Psychotherapy KW - Readiness to Change KW - Clinical Psychologists U2 - Symonds, Percival M. (1956); Dynamics of psychotherapy: The psychology of personality change, Vol. 1, Principles; Grune & Stratton, New York. pp. 211. $5.50 DO - 10.1037/h0096911 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-39298-028&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-05500-001 AN - 2007-05500-001 AU - Gelfand, Sidney T1 - Some comments on Wolff's critique. JF - Canadian Journal of Psychology/Revue canadienne de psychologie JO - Canadian Journal of Psychology/Revue canadienne de psychologie Y1 - 1964/// VL - 18 IS - 3 SP - 254 EP - 255 CY - Canada PB - University of Toronto Press SN - 0008-4255 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-05500-001. Other Journal Title: Canadian Journal of Experimental Psychology/Revue canadienne de psychologie expérimentale. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gelfand, Sidney; Veterans Administration Hospital, Salt Lake City, UT, US. Other Publishers: Canadian Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070507. Correction Date: 20090831. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Pain; Pain Perception; Pain Thresholds; Psychophysics. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1964. Copyright Statement: Canadian Psychological Association, University of Toronto Press, and Swets & Zeitlinger, N. V. 1964. AB - Responds to commentary by B. B. Wolff (see record [rid]2007-05501-001[/rid]) on the current author's original article (see record [rid]1965-00330-001[/rid]) regarding the relationship of experimental pain tolerance to pain threshold. Wolff has emphasized several important methodological and conceptual problems in experimental algesimetry and has offered additional evidence pertinent to some of my hypotheses. Several of his points remain controversial, however. Wolff's critique clarifies several important issues in the study of pain. The additional evidence he submits supports some of my hypotheses and modifies others. Some of the issues remain controversial and will ultimately be decided when considerably more information about the factors concerned is available. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - threshold KW - pain vs pain tolerance KW - pain KW - tolerance vs threshold KW - psychophysics KW - 1964 KW - Pain KW - Pain Perception KW - Pain Thresholds KW - Psychophysics DO - 10.1037/h0083488 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2007-05500-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-14423-005 AN - 2005-14423-005 AU - Wiener, Daniel N. T1 - Connotations of 'sin'. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1961/05// VL - 16 IS - 5 SP - 259 EP - 260 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-14423-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wiener, Daniel N.; Veterans Administration Center, St. Paul, MN, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Letter. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychotherapy; Sin. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: May, 1961. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1961. AB - Comments on the concept of "sin" as used by Mowrer, and discusses it respect to psychotherapy and psychoanalysis. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sin KW - psychotherapy KW - psychoanalysis KW - 1961 KW - Psychotherapy KW - Sin DO - 10.1037/h0038660 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-14423-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-14422-003 AN - 2005-14422-003 AU - De Palma, Nicholas T1 - Professional ethics: Another look. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1961/04// VL - 16 IS - 4 SP - 199 EP - 200 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-14422-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: De Palma, Nicholas; Veterans Administration Hospital, Murfreesboro, TN, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Column/Opinion. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Professional Ethics; Professional Standards. Classification: Professional Ethics & Standards & Liability (3450). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1961. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1961. AB - It was in 1943 that the APA gave serious thought to codifying ethics, but not until 1947 that the Committee on Ethical Standards for Psychology was appointed to draw up a code of ethics (Hobbs, 1948). Provisional adoption of the manual entitled Ethical Standards of Psychologists came in 1952, and a revision of this original document has recently been accepted for a trial period of 3 years (APA, 1959). It is herein proposed that this abbreviated, watered down, revision is no improvement on the original. It remains highly possible that the need for a revision is not perceived by most psychologists. It is further suggested that the proposed revision is a trend toward greater abstraction that may only serve to engender ambiguity and individual latitude--a trend away from Hobbs' (1948) original recommendation that "the code should be formulated in specific terms." It is suggested that the APA seriously consider nominating an editorial board for a new Journal of Professional Ethics in Psychology to serve as a constant sounding board for the profession and the Committee on Ethical Standards. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - professional ethics KW - ethical standards KW - 1961 KW - Professional Ethics KW - Professional Standards DO - 10.1037/h0039313 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-14422-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-13145-002 AN - 2005-13145-002 AU - Lorr, Maurice AU - McNair, Douglas M. AU - Klett, C. James AU - Lasky, Julian J. T1 - Canonical Variates and Second-Order Factors: A Reply. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1963/04// VL - 27 IS - 2 SP - 180 EP - 181 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-13145-002. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorr, Maurice; Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, DC, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Multivariate Analysis; Psychosis; Psychoticism; Statistical Correlation. Minor Descriptor: Quantitative Methods; Statistical Variables. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1963. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1963. AB - Replies to a comment by H. J. Eysenck (see record [rid]2005-13145-001[/rid]) on the authors' original article (see record [rid]1963-05468-001[/rid]). Eysenck argues that the authors' statement, "There is no evidence in support of Eysenck's contention that there is a single second-order factor of psychoticism," is unjustified. His arguments are for the most part based on a confusion or blurring of the difference between (a) second-order factors in the Tucker-Thurstonian sense (Thurstone, 1947), which are factors obtained from the correlations among the first-order factors, and (b) canonical variates. The canonical variate procedure is a way of determining the minimum number of dimensions needed to describe differences between c groups on q quantitative variables (Lubin, 1950). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - second-order factor KW - psychoticism KW - first-order factors KW - canonical variates KW - quantitative variables KW - correlations KW - 1963 KW - Multivariate Analysis KW - Psychosis KW - Psychoticism KW - Statistical Correlation KW - Quantitative Methods KW - Statistical Variables DO - 10.1037/h0038824 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-13145-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-11486-002 AN - 2005-11486-002 AU - Scott, Thomas R. T1 - Beyond the Abstracts: Fluting versus Computing. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1963/03// VL - 18 IS - 3 SP - 161 EP - 162 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-11486-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Scott, Thomas R.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Columbia, SC, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Auditory Stimulation; Computer Applications; Perceptual Aftereffect; Pitch (Frequency). Classification: Sensory Perception (2320). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1963. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1963. AB - Recent interest in the coding of research literature, the frequency with which publications of different ages are cited, and the necessity (or lack of it) for PhD language exams prompted the telling of the following tale. In connection with some research on visual motion aftereffects (Scott & Medlin, 1962), the question arose whether there might be analogous aftereffects in the auditory sense. It was hypothesized that an auditory stimulus of changing pitch might produce the aftereffect of illusory change in pitch of an actually unchanging sound stimulus presented immediately following it. An auditory stimulus was conceived which would be composed of a number of sinusoidal signals, simultaneously present, and having octave spacing so as to include most of the audible range. Expressed in musical notation, this composition is shown in Figure 1. Such a sound stimulus was constructed by Edward E. David of the Bell Telephone Laboratories. He created this stimulus by programming a computer according to the specifications given above and recording the output on tape. Thirty college students were exposed to this sound for a period of 10 seconds after which a constant tone was presented. The subjects were instructed to signal whether the constant tone appeared to be rising or falling in pitch. They were required to guess if uncertain. This experiment was also performed with the tape running in the opposite direction. The results of both experiments were negative, that is, a chi square based upon the number of "rising judgments" and the number of "falling judgments" was not significant. After the above research was done with its distinctively twentieth-century use of the electronic computer, it was discovered that the same problem had been investigated almost a century earlier by V. Dvorak (1871). That author did not have access to a computer, but not being dismayed by this lack, he invented an ingenious piece of apparatus which consisted of a flute having a continuous slot down one side instead of holes. A metal disk having a spiral slit cut in it was rotated very close to the slotted side of the flute. As the disk revolved, the spiral slit provided an opening at varying distances from the mouthpiece, thus producing a sound stimulus very similar to that described above. He, too, was unable to obtain any aftereffect of changing pitch. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - computer applications KW - aftereffects KW - auditory stimulus KW - pitch KW - computer program KW - 1963 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Computer Applications KW - Perceptual Aftereffect KW - Pitch (Frequency) DO - 10.1037/h0039529 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-11486-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10162-013 AN - 2005-10162-013 AU - Wright, Fred H. T1 - Review of Client-Centered Counseling in the Secondary Schools. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology Y1 - 1964///Fal 1964 VL - 11 IS - 3 SP - 310 EP - 311 CY - US PB - Wm. C. Brown Co. SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10162-013. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wright, Fred H.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Gulfport, MS, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Centered Therapy; Counselor Role; School Counseling; School Counselors. Minor Descriptor: Schools; Secondary Education. Classification: Educational/Vocational Counseling & Student Services (3580). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Reviewed Item: Boy, Angelo V.; Pine, Gerald J. Client-Centered Counseling in the Secondary Schools=Boston: Houghton Mifflin; 1963. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1964. AB - Reviews Client-Centered Counseling in the Secondary Schools by Angelo V. Boy and Gerald J. Pine (1963). The reviewer evaluates the book along three dimensions: (1) the role of the professional counselor in a school setting, (2) client-centered philosophy, and (3) client-centered practice. The greatest contribution made by Boy and Pine is seen along the first dimension, which adequately covers not only the case for counselors who operate in a professional role to the exclusion of other roles, but also offers constructive guidelines for the creation and implementation of a proper counselor image. The other contribution of this book is the demonstration that the client-centered approach was actually applied successfully in at least one junior high school. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - client centered counseling KW - secondary schools KW - counselor role KW - 1964 KW - Client Centered Therapy KW - Counselor Role KW - School Counseling KW - School Counselors KW - Schools KW - Secondary Education U2 - Boy, Angelo V.; Pine, Gerald J. (1963); Client-Centered Counseling in the Secondary Schools; Boston: Houghton Mifflin DO - 10.1037/h0038531 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-10162-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-08124-005 AN - 2005-08124-005 AU - Rogers, Lawrence S. T1 - Proceedings of the Twentieth Annual Meeting of the Rocky Mountain Branch of the American Psychological Association. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1950/09// VL - 5 IS - 9 SP - 490 EP - 491 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-08124-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rogers, Lawrence S.; Veterans Administration, Denver, CO, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: American Psychological Association; Professional Organizations; Scientific Communication. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1950. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1950. AB - The Rocky Mountain Branch of the American Psychological Association held its 20th annual meeting with the Psychology Section of the Colorado-Wyoming Academy of Science on May 12 and 13, 1950, at the Colorado A & M College, Fort Collins, Colorado. This article provides the program for the aforementioned meeting. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - American Psychological Association KW - Rocky Mountain Branch KW - scientific communication KW - 1950 KW - American Psychological Association KW - Professional Organizations KW - Scientific Communication DO - 10.1037/h0057584 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-08124-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39304-001 AN - 2013-39304-001 AU - Shaskan, Donald A. T1 - Combined individual and group psychoanalysis: Symposium, 1959: Combined therapy. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1960/04// VL - 30 IS - 2 SP - 223 EP - 224 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39304-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shaskan, Donald A.; Veterans Administration, San Francisco, CA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Information: Joint Meeting of the American Orthopsychiatric Association and the American Group Psychotherapy Association. Conference Note: This research was presented at the aforementioned conference. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Psychoanalysis; Therapeutic Processes. Minor Descriptor: Hostility; Individual Differences; Treatment. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1960. AB - The current article discusses, psychoanalysis as a body of knowledge representing achievement in the approach to treatment by using groups of two might be opposed to the larger groups usually used in group psychotherapy, perhaps the converse is not sufficiently understood, that larger groups may be opposed to groups of two as in the usual psychoanalytic situation. There is an even broader point to be considered. If one agrees with Freud's statement that "perhaps the most important activity of analysis" is its application to education, one realizes that practical application is impossible without utilization of group methods. If the antagonism between group and individual methods is based on irrational conflicts then it is only possible to apply the discoveries of psychoanalysis to group methods after we learn to realize what the antagonism is and understand what it means. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - combined individual therapy KW - group psychoanalysis KW - antagonism KW - treatment KW - therapeutic processes KW - 1960 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Psychoanalysis KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - Hostility KW - Individual Differences KW - Treatment DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1960.tb02335.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-39304-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-29851-001 AN - 1991-29851-001 AU - Levin, Edward D. AU - Rose, Jed E. T1 - Anticholinergic sensitivity following chronic nicotine administration as measured by radial-arm maze performance in rats. JF - Behavioural Pharmacology JO - Behavioural Pharmacology JA - Behav Pharmacol Y1 - 1990///Win 1990 VL - 1 IS - 6 SP - 511 EP - 520 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0955-8810 SN - 1473-5849 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-29851-001. PMID: 11175437 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levin, Edward D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Nicotine Research Lab, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19911101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Maze Learning; Mecamylamine; Nicotine; Scopolamine; Short Term Memory. Minor Descriptor: Choice Behavior; Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Win 1990. AB - Rats were trained to asymptotic levels of choice accuracy performance on a working memory paradigm in an 8-arm radial maze. During and after 3 wks of chronic nicotine (NC) treatment, rats were tested for sensitivity to acute doses of the nicotinic and muscarinic receptor antagonists, mecamylamine (MC) and scopolamine. During the 1st wk of administration, NC-treated rats were supersensitive to the sedation caused by MC. This suggests that NC may not have been acting as a simple nicotinic agonist, since in this case, the opposite effect, an attenuated effect of MC in the NC-treated group, would have been expected. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mecamylamine vs scopolamine & nicotine KW - choice accuracy performance on 8-arm radial maze working memory task KW - rats KW - 1990 KW - Maze Learning KW - Mecamylamine KW - Nicotine KW - Scopolamine KW - Short Term Memory KW - Choice Behavior KW - Rats KW - 1990 DO - 10.1097/00008877-199000160-00005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-29851-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-25328-001 AN - 1991-25328-001 AU - Kalus, Oren AU - Kahn, René S. AU - Wetzler, Scott AU - Asnis, Gregory M. AU - Van Praag, Herman M. T1 - Hypersensitivity to m-chlorophenylpiperazine in a subject with subclinical panic attacks. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 28 IS - 12 SP - 1053 EP - 1057 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-25328-001. PMID: 2288999 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kalus, Oren; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19910901. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Drug Sensitivity; Drug Therapy; Panic Disorder; Serotonin Agonists. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Serotonin Antagonists. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1990. AB - Describes the behavioral effects of m-chlorophenylpiperazine (MCPP) on a 50-yr-old female with a history of subclinical panic attacks and family loading for anxiety disorders. The S demonstrated repeated anxiety increases (including panic attacks) on MCPP. Pretreatment with the serotonin (5-hydroxytryptomine [5-HT]) antagonists metergoline and methysergide considerably attenuated this anxiety. Metergoline's suppression of MCPP-induced anxiety in the S provides further evidence that 5-HT mechanisms may be involved in MCPP anxiety/panic induction. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - metergoline & methysergide KW - m-chlorophenylpiperazine induced anxiety KW - 50 yr old female with history of panic attacks KW - case report KW - 1990 KW - Anxiety KW - Drug Sensitivity KW - Drug Therapy KW - Panic Disorder KW - Serotonin Agonists KW - Case Report KW - Serotonin Antagonists KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(90)90606-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-25328-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-22303-001 AN - 1991-22303-001 AU - Mozdzierz, Gerald J. T1 - Adlerian psychology and the challenge of hypnosis. JF - Individual Psychology: Journal of Adlerian Theory, Research & Practice JO - Individual Psychology: Journal of Adlerian Theory, Research & Practice JA - Individ Psychol Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 46 IS - 4 SP - 544 EP - 557 CY - US PB - North American Society of Adlerian Psychology SN - 0277-7010 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-22303-001. Other Journal Title: American Journal of Individual Psychology; Individual Psychologist; Journal of Individual Psychology; The Journal of Individual Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mozdzierz, Gerald J.; Edward Hines Jr. Veterans Administration Hosp, Psychology Service, Hines, IL, US. Other Publishers: American Society of Adlerian Psychology; University of Texas Press. Release Date: 19910801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adlerian Psychotherapy; Hypnotherapy; Individual Psychotherapy. Classification: Clinical Hypnosis (3351). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1990. AB - Reviews and critiques articles in the present issue by R. Dreikurs (see record [rid]1991-22296-001[/rid]); M. S. Carich (see record [rid]1991-22294-001[/rid]); R. J. Corsini (see record [rid]1991-22585-001[/rid]); W. E. O'Connell and E. A. Gomez (see record [rid]1991-22304-001[/rid]); and H. Gunnison (see record [rid]1991-22299-001[/rid]). Other articles include those by L. Sperry (see record [rid]1991-22306-001[/rid]); C. Warren (see record [rid]1991-22309-001[/rid]); M. Mays (see record [rid]1991-22301-001[/rid]); S. Bliss and R. E. Klein (see record [rid]1991-22292-001[/rid]); and R. J. McBrien (see record [rid]1991-22302-001[/rid]). Articles by L. Sperry and J. Carlson (see record [rid]1991-22578-001[/rid]); E. D. Laser (see PA, Vol 78:22555 and 22300); and B. Fairfield (see record [rid]1991-22298-001[/rid]) are also reviewed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - application of hypnosis to Adlerian psychology KW - commentary KW - 1990 KW - Adlerian Psychotherapy KW - Hypnotherapy KW - Individual Psychotherapy KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-22303-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-17101-001 AN - 1991-17101-001 AU - Edinger, Jack D. AU - Marsh, Gail R. AU - McCall, W. Vaughn AU - Erwin, C. William T1 - Daytime functioning and nighttime sleep before, during, and after a 146-hour tennis match. JF - Sleep: Journal of Sleep Research & Sleep Medicine JO - Sleep: Journal of Sleep Research & Sleep Medicine JA - Sleep Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 13 IS - 6 SP - 526 EP - 532 CY - US PB - American Academy of Sleep Medicine SN - 0161-8105 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-17101-001. PMID: 2281250 Other Journal Title: Sleep: Journal of Sleep and Sleep Disorders Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Edinger, Jack D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Durham, NC, US. et al. Release Date: 19910601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Athletes; Cognitive Ability; Emotional States; Sleep Deprivation; Sleep Onset. Minor Descriptor: Tennis. Classification: Sports (3720). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1990. AB - Studied 2 fit adult males (aged 31 and 35 yrs) while they participated in a week-long marathon tennis match under conditions of extreme sleep restriction (4–5 hr reductions per night). Polysomnographic monitoring was conducted on the 2 nights prior to the marathon, continuously throughout the match, and on 2 recovery nights. Measures of daytime sleepiness, mood state, and cognitive performance were obtained. Despite undergoing marked sleep restriction, both Ss continued to obtain their usual (baseline) amounts of slow wave sleep throughout the marathon. Also, both Ss showed a pre- to postmatch decline in memory (as measured by the Wechsler Memory Scale) and perceptual/motor coding (as measured by the Digit Symbol Test). However, Ss differed markedly in their ratings of sleepiness, mood ratings, recovery sleep patterns, and endurance with respect to the demands of the match. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - extreme sleep restriction KW - daytime sleepiness & mood state & cognitive performance during marathon tennis match KW - male 31 & 35 yr olds KW - 1990 KW - Athletes KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Emotional States KW - Sleep Deprivation KW - Sleep Onset KW - Tennis KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-17101-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-16667-001 AN - 1991-16667-001 AU - Wolfsohn, Roger AU - Angrist, Burt T1 - A pilot trial of levodopa/carbidopa in early cocaine abstinence. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology JA - J Clin Psychopharmacol Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 10 IS - 6 SP - 440 EP - 442 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0271-0749 SN - 1533-712X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-16667-001. PMID: 2286717 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wolfsohn, Roger; New York Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, US. Release Date: 19910601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Carbidopa; Cocaine; Detoxification; Drug Abuse; Levodopa. Minor Descriptor: Drug Interactions; Drug Therapy. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1990. AB - Eight patients (aged 27–40 yrs) who abused cocaine were administered levodopa (250 mg) and carbidopa (25 mg) on admission to a detoxification unit. This was repeated after 3–4 hrs. Ss were interviewed after the drug administration and the next day. The next day, all Ss indicated that they felt better than expected, compared with past episodes of cocaine discontinuation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - levodopa & carbidopa KW - cocaine abusing 27–40 yr olds in detoxification unit KW - 1990 KW - Carbidopa KW - Cocaine KW - Detoxification KW - Drug Abuse KW - Levodopa KW - Drug Interactions KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-16667-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-16234-001 AN - 1991-16234-001 AU - Duncan, Erica AU - Adler, Lenard AU - Angrist, Burt AU - Rotrosen, John T1 - Nifedipine in the treatment of tardive dyskinesia. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology JA - J Clin Psychopharmacol Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 10 IS - 6 SP - 414 EP - 416 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0271-0749 SN - 1533-712X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-16234-001. PMID: 1981070 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Duncan, Erica; New York Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, US. Release Date: 19910601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Schizophrenia; Tardive Dyskinesia; Vasodilator Drugs. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1990. AB - Administered 30–60 mg/day of the calcium antagonist nifedipine (NIF) to 8 schizophrenic male inpatients (aged 37–60 yrs) with tardive dyskinesia (TD) for 7–24 days. There was a statistically significant decrease in TD after treatment with NIF. NIF was well tolerated by all Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nifedipine KW - 37–60 yr old schizophrenic males with tardive dyskinesia KW - 1990 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Schizophrenia KW - Tardive Dyskinesia KW - Vasodilator Drugs KW - 1990 DO - 10.1097/00004714-199010060-00006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-16234-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-15687-001 AN - 1991-15687-001 AU - Worobec, Thomas G. AU - Turner, Winston M. AU - O'Farrell, Timothy J. AU - Cutter, Henry S. AU - Bayog, Rogelio D. AU - Tsuang, Ming T. T1 - Alcohol use by alcoholics with and without a history of parental alcoholism. JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JA - Alcohol Clin Exp Res Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 14 IS - 6 SP - 887 EP - 892 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0145-6008 SN - 1530-0277 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-15687-001. PMID: 2088125 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Worobec, Thomas G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcohol & Drug Dependence Program, Brockton, MA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19910601. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcoholism; Family Background. Minor Descriptor: Parents. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1990. AB - Assessed the association between parental history of alcoholism (AL) and the nature of AL among 116 male alcoholics without a parental history of AL (PH) and 147 male alcoholics with a parental history of AL (PH+). Measures included the Family Tree Questionnaire (R. E. Mann et al; see record [rid]1986-13437-001[/rid]). Parental AL was associated with more severe AL on most parameters of alcohol use (e.g., age of onset) and alcohol-related problems (e.g., cognitive). The association between parental history of AL and more severe AL was independent of age of onset of AL current age, and socioeconomic status (SES). PH+ Ss were more reliant on alcohol to manage their moods but did not differ significantly from PH– Ss in the use of alcohol to improve sociability or mental functioning. The degree of concern, guilt, and worry over the negative consequences of drinking was not significantly different for PH+ Ss, although negative consequences were more severe for this group. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - parental history of alcoholism & own alcohol use KW - alcoholic males KW - 1990 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Alcoholism KW - Family Background KW - Parents KW - 1990 DO - 10.1111/j.1530-0277.1990.tb01832.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-15687-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-15670-001 AN - 1991-15670-001 AU - Randall, Carrie L. AU - Ekblad, Ulla AU - Anton, Raymond F. T1 - Perspectives on the pathophysiology of fetal alcohol syndrome. JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JA - Alcohol Clin Exp Res Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 14 IS - 6 SP - 807 EP - 812 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0145-6008 SN - 1530-0277 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-15670-001. PMID: 2088115 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Randall, Carrie L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Charleston, SC, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19910601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Fetal Alcohol Syndrome; Pathophysiology; Prenatal Development. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1990. AB - Examines data on possible mechanisms of fetal alcohol syndrome (FAS). Topics discussed include ethanol- and acetaldehyde-induced embryotoxicity, chromosomal anomalies, ethanol-induced placental dysfunction and dysmorphology, zinc deficiency, ethanol-induced reduction in blood flow, the role of prostaglandins in alcohol-induced teratogenesis, and miscellaneous potential mechanisms. Recommendations for future research emphasize the use of rodent models to explore mechanisms for the teratogenic action of alcohol in mammals. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - pathophysiology & mechanisms of fetal alcohol syndrome KW - 1990 KW - Fetal Alcohol Syndrome KW - Pathophysiology KW - Prenatal Development KW - 1990 DO - 10.1111/j.1530-0277.1990.tb01818.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-15670-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-15521-001 AN - 1991-15521-001 AU - Strack, Stephen AU - Lorr, Maurice AU - Campbell, Lionel T1 - An evaluation of Millon's circular model of personality disorders. JF - Journal of Personality Disorders JO - Journal of Personality Disorders JA - J Pers Disord Y1 - 1990///Win 1990 VL - 4 IS - 4 SP - 353 EP - 361 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0885-579X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-15521-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Strack, Stephen; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychology Service, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19910601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Disorders; Personality Traits; Psychiatric Patients. Minor Descriptor: Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory; Personality Measures. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Win 1990. AB - T. Millon's personality styles in both normal and abnormal test form were examined from the point of view of L. Guttman's (1954) circumplex. Data came from 159 psychiatric patients (aged 19–71 yrs) who completed the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory—II (MCMI—II) and from 841 college students who completed the Personality Adjective Check List (PACL). Principal components analyses were conducted. Ordering of scales from the MCMI—II and PACL on the 1st 2 principal components were comparable. MCMI—II scales formed a more complete circle than did PACL scales, with best results coming from scores corrected for acquiescence. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - circular model of personality styles & disorders assessed by Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory-II & Personality Adjective Check List KW - 19–71 yr old psychiatric patients vs college students KW - 1990 KW - Personality Disorders KW - Personality Traits KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - Personality Measures KW - 1990 DO - 10.1521/pedi.1990.4.4.353 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-15521-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-15384-001 AN - 1991-15384-001 AU - Charney, Dennis S. AU - Woods, Scott W. AU - Nagy, Linda M. AU - Southwick, Steven M. AU - Krystal, J. H. AU - Heninger, G. R. T1 - Noradrenergic function in panic disorder. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 51 IS - Suppl A SP - 5 EP - 11 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-15384-001. PMID: 2258377 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Charney, Dennis S.; West Haven Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, CT, US. Release Date: 19910601. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: 143rd Annual Meeting of the American Psychiatric Association (1990, New York, New York). Major Descriptor: Neurochemistry; Norepinephrine; Panic Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Longitudinal Studies. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1990. AB - There is neuroanatomical, neurochemical, neurophysiologic, and behavioral preclinical evidence that suggests that the development of anxiety or fear relates, in part, to increased brain noradrenergic (NOR) neuronal activity. In laboratory animals, uncontrollable stress has been shown to be associated with increases and altered regulation of brain NOR function. Pharmacologic or electrical activation of NOR neurons of the major brain NOR nucleus, the locus ceruleus (LC), has anxiogenic effects in nonhuman primates. Elevated LC neuron firing is associated with anxiety or fear responses in freely moving cats. These observations are supported by clinical investigations that have demonstrated abnormal NOR system regulation in panic disorder patients. An NOR developmental theory of panic disorder is presented, and NOR function and treatment for panic disorder is described. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - increased brain noradrenergic neuronal activity in panic disorder KW - humans & animals KW - conference presentation KW - 1990 KW - Neurochemistry KW - Norepinephrine KW - Panic Disorder KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-15384-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-14527-001 AN - 1991-14527-001 AU - Brothers, Leslie AU - Ring, Brian AU - Kling, Arthur T1 - Response of neurons in the macaque amygdala to complex social stimuli. JF - Behavioural Brain Research JO - Behavioural Brain Research JA - Behav Brain Res Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 41 IS - 3 SP - 199 EP - 213 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0166-4328 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-14527-001. PMID: 2288672 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brothers, Leslie; U California-Los Angeles-Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Council, Office of Research, Sepulveda, US. Release Date: 19910601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amygdala; Animal Social Behavior; Auditory Stimulation; Neurons; Visual Stimulation. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1990. AB - Describes a method for presenting moving segments of macaque behavior, visual and auditory, to animal Ss during single unit recording. The method permits a broad range of stimuli to be used both as probes and as controls. In addition, a novel technique for monitoring eye position in alert macaque Ss is described. Data from single units, recorded in the amygdala of 1 S are presented. Results are presented from the medial amygdala and adjacent cortex, demonstrating that neurons in these regions respond selectively to features of the social environment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual & auditory presentation of social interaction KW - neuronal responses in amygdala & temporal cortex KW - macaques KW - 1990 KW - Amygdala KW - Animal Social Behavior KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Neurons KW - Visual Stimulation KW - Monkeys KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0166-4328(90)90108-Q UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-14527-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-14193-001 AN - 1991-14193-001 AU - Hyer, Lee AU - Woods, Marilyn G. AU - Boudewyns, Patrick A. AU - Harrison, William R. AU - Tamkin, Arthur S. T1 - MCMI and 16-PF with Vietnam veterans: Profiles and concurrent validation of MCMI. JF - Journal of Personality Disorders JO - Journal of Personality Disorders JA - J Pers Disord Y1 - 1990///Win 1990 VL - 4 IS - 4 SP - 391 EP - 401 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0885-579X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-14193-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hyer, Lee; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 19910601. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory; Sixteen Personality Factors Questionnaire; Statistical Validity. Minor Descriptor: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Win 1990. AB - Administered the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory (MCMI) and the Sixteen Personality Factor Questionnaire (16PF) to 60 Vietnam veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Findings show that the passive–aggressive and avoidant personality styles with schizoid and borderline features and symptoms of dysthymia and anxiety were characteristic of these Ss. Ss' 16PF pattern showed that these Ss were low on Warmth, Emotional Stability, Happy-Go-Lucky, Boldness, Self-Discipline, and Extraversion; Ss were high on Suspiciousness, Insecurity, Self-Sufficiency, Tension, and Anxiety. There was considerable concurrent validity between the MCMI and 16PF. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - concurrent validity of Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory & 16PF KW - Vietnam veterans with PTSD KW - 1990 KW - Military Veterans KW - Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - Sixteen Personality Factors Questionnaire KW - Statistical Validity KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - 1990 DO - 10.1521/pedi.1990.4.4.391 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-14193-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-13668-001 AN - 1991-13668-001 AU - Moffett, Louis A. AU - Bruto, Liliana T1 - Therapeutic theatre with personality-disordered substance abusers: Characters in search of different characters. T3 - The creative arts therapies in the treatment of substance abuse JF - The Arts in Psychotherapy JO - The Arts in Psychotherapy Y1 - 1990///Win 1990 VL - 17 IS - 4 SP - 339 EP - 348 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0197-4556 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-13668-001. Other Journal Title: Art Psychotherapy. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moffett, Louis A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19910501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Drama; Drug Abuse; Personality Disorders; Recreation Therapy. Minor Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Defense Mechanisms. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Win 1990. AB - Discusses the advantages of drama therapy for personality-disordered substance abusers. Chronic substance abusers are dependent on immature defenses and require treatment goals that include the development of their defenses to a more adaptive level. A residential therapeutic community for personality-disordered substance-dependent men is described at which models of mature coping are promoted. Dramatic methods (e.g., role playing, psychodrama) are used for this promotion. Specifically, therapeutic theater is used, which employs scripted roles written for a specific patient population whose members serve as actors and audience. Rehearsals and performancess are discussed under the guidance of a counselor, and the discussions serve as empathy exercises. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drama therapy KW - defenses & coping KW - personality disordered substance dependent males KW - 1990 KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Drama KW - Drug Abuse KW - Personality Disorders KW - Recreation Therapy KW - Coping Behavior KW - Defense Mechanisms KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0197-4556(90)90054-T UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-13668-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-13635-001 AN - 1991-13635-001 AU - Lynch, William J. T1 - Selecting a computer for rehabilitation. JF - The Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilitation JO - The Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilitation JA - J Head Trauma Rehabil Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 5 IS - 4 SP - 101 EP - 103 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0885-9701 SN - 1550-509X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-13635-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lynch, William J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brain Injury Rehabilitation Unit, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19910501. Correction Date: 20091026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Computers; Rehabilitation. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1990. AB - Offers guidelines to help the prospective computer buyer decide on the ideal system for a traumatic brain injury rehabilitation program. Topics discussed include the need for a computer, the appropriate system, peripherals (e.g., printer), and user interface (graphical is preferred). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - selection of computer system for traumatic brain injury rehabilitation program KW - 1990 KW - Brain Damage KW - Computers KW - Rehabilitation KW - 1990 DO - 10.1097/00001199-199012000-00011 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-13635-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-13309-001 AN - 1991-13309-001 AU - Kanas, Nick AU - Smith, A. J. T1 - Schizophrenic group process: A comparison and replication using the HIM-G. JF - Group JO - Group JA - Group (New York) Y1 - 1990///Win 1990 VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 246 EP - 252 CY - US PB - International Universities Press SN - 0362-4021 SN - 1573-3386 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-13309-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kanas, Nick; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, San Francisco, CA, US. Other Publishers: Mental Health Resources. Release Date: 19910501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Dynamics; Group Psychotherapy; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Experimental Replication. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Experimental Replication. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Win 1990. AB - Tested the robustness of a model for treating schizophrenic patients in group therapy by replicating a previous study of an inpatient schizophrenic group (N. Kanas et al; see record [rid]1986-18264-001[/rid]). Processes were also explored in an outpatient schizophrenic group using the Hill Interaction Matrix (HIM-G). Results showed the groups to have a uniquely high Confrontive score, representing the highest level of group work in the Hill system. The rank order of HIM-G scores of the groups correlated significantly with each other. This suggests that this clinical approach can be taught to different therapists and has reliability across settings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - efficacy of group therapy model & group process using Hill Interactive Matrix KW - schizophrenic inpatients vs outpatients KW - replication KW - 1990 KW - Group Dynamics KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Schizophrenia KW - Experimental Replication KW - 1990 DO - 10.1007/BF01459561 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-13309-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-02504-001 AN - 1991-02504-001 AU - Rinsley, Donald B. T1 - The severely disturbed adolescent: Indications for hospital and residential treatment. JF - Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic JO - Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic JA - Bull Menninger Clin Y1 - 1990///Win 1990 VL - 54 IS - 1 SP - 3 EP - 12 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0025-9284 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-02504-001. PMID: 2302473 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rinsley, Donald B.; Colmery-O'Neil Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Topeka, KS, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Characteristics; Mental Disorders; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Residential Care Institutions; Self-Destructive Behavior. Minor Descriptor: Borderline States; Narcissistic Personality Disorder. Classification: Nursing Homes & Residential Care (3377). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Win 1990. AB - Describes the diagnostic criteria (e.g., self-injurious behavior, failure to respond to outpatient services) that justify hospitalization or residential placement of preadolescent and adolescent children with developmental and adaptive problems. Diagnostic and developmental considerations are discussed, focusing on borderline and narcissistic personality disorders. The need is emphasized for a psychodynamic-developmental approach to milieu treatment and for the provision of growth-promoting experiences. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self injurious behavior & failure to respond to outpatient services KW - hospitalization or residential placement KW - severely disturbed children & adolescents KW - 1990 KW - Client Characteristics KW - Mental Disorders KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Residential Care Institutions KW - Self-Destructive Behavior KW - Borderline States KW - Narcissistic Personality Disorder KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-02504-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-12716-001 AN - 1991-12716-001 AU - Keane, Terence M. AU - Wolfe, Jessica T1 - Comorbidity in post-traumatic stress disorder: An analysis of community and clinical studies. T3 - Special Issues: Traumatic stress: New perspectives in theory, measurement, and research: II. Research findings JF - Journal of Applied Social Psychology JO - Journal of Applied Social Psychology JA - J Appl Soc Psychol Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 20 IS - 21, Pt 1 SP - 1776 EP - 1788 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0021-9029 SN - 1559-1816 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-12716-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Keane, Terence M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, National Ctr for PTSD, Boston, MA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19910501. Correction Date: 20130114. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Comorbidity; Literature Review; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1990. AB - Considers literature regarding comorbidity in posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), including studies of clinical samples, veterans community surveys, and population surveys. Data firmly support the notion that PTSD, regardless of the nature of the trauma, is associated with high rates of other major psychological disorders including substance abuse, major depression, and personality disorders. Several issues in analyzing the rates of comorbidity in PTSD are addressed. These include (1) problems of the diagnostic nomenclature used in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-III—Revised (DSM-III—R) and (2) the extent to which results of studies in PTSD represent the diffuse nature of the PTSD constellation vs a tendency for traumatized individuals to endorse large numbers of symptoms. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - comorbidity in PTSD KW - literature review KW - 1990 KW - Comorbidity KW - Literature Review KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - 1990 DO - 10.1111/j.1559-1816.1990.tb01511.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-12716-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-12714-001 AN - 1991-12714-001 AU - Karson, Craig N. AU - Bracha, H. Stefan AU - Powell, Andrew AU - Adams, Linda T1 - Dyskinetic movements, cognitive impairment, and negative symptoms in elderly neuropsychiatric patients. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 147 IS - 12 SP - 1646 EP - 1649 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-12714-001. PMID: 2244644 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Karson, Craig N.; John L. McClellan Memorial Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Little Rock, AR, US. Release Date: 19910501. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Psychiatric Patients; Psychopathology; Tardive Dyskinesia. Minor Descriptor: Neuropsychiatry. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1990. AB - Assessed the presence or absence of tardive dyskinesia, cognitive status, and psychopathology in 49 elderly male psychiatric patients in a nursing home setting. 25 Ss had tardive dyskinesia, which was associated with a greater degree of cognitive impairment and negative symptoms. This finding was not related to obvious macroscopic organic pathologies, which were less prevalent in the dyskinetic Ss. In fact, Ss with frontal lesions (primarily lobotomies) had a significantly lower prevalence of tardive dyskinesia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - tardive dyskinesia & cognitive status & psychopathology KW - male elderly psychiatric patients KW - 1990 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychopathology KW - Tardive Dyskinesia KW - Neuropsychiatry KW - 1990 DO - 10.1176/ajp.147.12.1646 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-12714-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-12067-001 AN - 1991-12067-001 AU - Buchanan, Shirley L. AU - Thompson, Richard H. T1 - Mediodorsal thalamic lesions and Pavlovian conditioning of heart rate and eyeblink responses in the rabbit. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience JA - Behav Neurosci Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 104 IS - 6 SP - 912 EP - 918 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-12067-001. PMID: 2285490 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Buchanan, Shirley L.; William Jennings Bryan Dorn Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Columbia, SC, US. Release Date: 19910501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Eyelid Conditioning; Heart Rate; Thalamic Nuclei. Minor Descriptor: Classical Conditioning; Rabbits. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jun 6, 1990; Revised Date: May 15, 1990; First Submitted Date: Mar 15, 1990. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Rabbits received ibotenic acid lesions of the mediodorsal nucleus of the thalamus (MD) or sham lesions. These animals were compared on 4 sessions of Pavlovian eyeblink and heart rate conditioning, in which a tone was the conditioned stimulus/stimuli (CS) and a paraorbital electrical shock was the unconditioned stimulus/stimuli (UCS). Lesions of MD retarded acquisition of the eyeblink conditioned response (CR) and abolished the late-occurring tachycardiac component of the heart rate CR. The data are compatible with previous experiments (H. Groenewegen, 1988), suggesting that MD participated in the sympathetic control associated with somatomotor learning. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lesions of mediodorsal nucleus of thalamus KW - Pavlovian eyeblink & heart rate conditioning KW - rabbits KW - 1990 KW - Eyelid Conditioning KW - Heart Rate KW - Thalamic Nuclei KW - Classical Conditioning KW - Rabbits KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.104.6.912 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-12067-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-11493-001 AN - 1991-11493-001 AU - Craig, Robert J. AU - Olson, Ronald E. T1 - MMPI characteristics of drug abusers with and without histories of suicide attempts. JF - Journal of Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Personality Assessment JA - J Pers Assess Y1 - 1990///Win 1990 VL - 55 IS - 3-4 SP - 717 EP - 728 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0022-3891 SN - 1532-7752 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-11493-001. PMID: 2280335 Other Journal Title: Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Craig, Robert J.; West Side Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Chicago, IL, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19910501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attempted Suicide; Drug Addiction; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Patient History. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Win 1990. AB - 50 drug addicts who had attempted suicide were characterized by higher levels of maladjustment than 50 addicts without a history of attempts, particularly in the areas of depression, feelings of alienation, and use of projection and externalization. Suicidal addicts were also more emotionally withdrawn. Certain Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) codetypes that appeared in the attempt group were not seen in the no-history group. 13 drug addicts with suicidal ideation but no attempt history did not differ significantly from the other 2 groups, and their inclusion as a comparison group masked the real differences between the other 2 groups. The MMPI results suggest it may be possible to identify a suicide attempt group in substance abusers, but not when they are contrasted with a suicidal ideation group. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI characteristics KW - drug addicted patients with vs without history of suicide attempts KW - 1990 KW - Attempted Suicide KW - Drug Addiction KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Patient History KW - 1990 DO - 10.1207/s15327752jpa5503&4_29 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-11493-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-10075-001 AN - 1991-10075-001 AU - Tunis, Sandra L. AU - Fridhandler, Bram M. AU - Horowitz, Mardi J. T1 - Identifying schematized views of self with significant others: Convergence of quantitative and clinical methods. JF - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology JO - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology JA - J Pers Soc Psychol Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 59 IS - 6 SP - 1279 EP - 1286 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-3514 SN - 1939-1315 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-10075-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tunis, Sandra L.; U California, San Francisco Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, US. Release Date: 19910401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Self-Perception; Social Perception; Social Phobia. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Mar 22, 1990; Revised Date: Mar 20, 1990; First Submitted Date: Nov 8, 1989. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - This study was designed to bring together quantitative and clinical methods to describe schematized views of self. A hierarchical cluster analysis was conducted on a single S's ratings of self in 9 contexts. Descriptors had been generated by the S (seen in therapy for social phobia) in dream reports, interviews, and projective test responses. The 4-cluster solution revealed that her self-views were similar with her husband and the therapist (actual self), with her father and her close friend (desired self), and with her mother and when she is at the center of attention. The undesired self formed a separate cluster. Evidence for the solution's validity was obtained through S ratings on a modified version of the Structural Analysis of Social Behavior. Clinical elaboration of the schemas was obtained through case material. Convergent information was interpreted in terms of the S's interpersonal patterns and her phobia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - quantitative & clinical methods of assessment of view of self & convergence with description by significant others KW - socially phobic females KW - 1990 KW - Self-Perception KW - Social Perception KW - Social Phobia KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/0022-3514.59.6.1279 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-10075-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-08852-001 AN - 1991-08852-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - Psychometric posttraumatic stress disorder measurement techniques: A review. JF - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - Psychol Assess Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 2 IS - 4 SP - 460 EP - 469 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1040-3590 SN - 1939-134X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-08852-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, St Cloud, MN, US. Release Date: 19910401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Measurement; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Statistical Validity; Test Reliability. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Apr 16, 1990; Revised Date: Apr 5, 1990; First Submitted Date: Nov 10, 1989. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The strengths and weaknesses of 12 representative psychometric posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) measures are reviewed. Only 5 follow Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III)/DSM-III—Revised (DSM-III—R) criteria precisely. No comprehensive reliability assessments have appeared, but encouraging partial studies are available on 7. Consistently robust concurrent validations have appeared on 4. Weaker and/or inconsistent validations are available on 4 more, and the relationships of the remaining 4 instruments to other PTSD measures are unknown. None of the 12 have been shown to have good concurrent validity in nonclinical populations. Ten furnish both continuous severity/frequency measures and dichotomous present/absent outputs; 5 also generate continuous and binary outputs on individual symptoms, maximizing the number of uses to which they can be put. All but 1 can be administered by subprofessionals. At present, the literature seems to recommend the Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related PTSD (T. M. Keane et al; see record [rid]1988-18888-001[/rid]), R. L. Spitzer and J. B. Williams's (1986) Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-III PTSD module, and the C. G. Watson et al (in press) PTSD Interview. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reliability & concurrent validity of 12 psychometric PTSD measures KW - 1990 KW - Measurement KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Statistical Validity KW - Test Reliability KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/1040-3590.2.4.460 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-08852-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-08845-001 AN - 1991-08845-001 AU - Taylor, Donald J. AU - Hunt, Connie AU - Glaser, Brian T1 - A crossvalidation of the Revised Category Test. JF - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - Psychol Assess Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 2 IS - 4 SP - 486 EP - 488 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1040-3590 SN - 1939-134X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-08845-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Taylor, Donald J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Ft Meade, SD, US. Release Date: 19910401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classification (Cognitive Process); Measurement; Test Validity. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220); Cognitive Processes (2340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Mar 20, 1990; Revised Date: Feb 27, 1990; First Submitted Date: Sep 7, 1989. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The Revised Category Test (RCAT) and 2 other well-known short forms of the Halstead Category Test (W. E. Halstead, 1947) were assessed with regard to accuracy of prediction of total errors on the standard Halstead Category Test (CAT). Because of its brevity and theoretical underpinnings, the recently developed RCAT represents a promising new approach to shortening the CAT. CAT protocols from 294 male veterans were rescored using the items from each short form. The RCAT correlated at .96 with the CAT and had a standard error of estimate of ±8.32. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cross validation of Revised Category Test KW - male veterans KW - 1990 KW - Classification (Cognitive Process) KW - Measurement KW - Test Validity KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/1040-3590.2.4.486 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-08845-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-20444-001 AN - 1990-20444-001 AU - Florsheim, Margaret J. AU - Herr, John J. T1 - Family counseling with elders. T3 - Counseling and therapy for elders JF - Generations: Journal of the American Society on Aging JO - Generations: Journal of the American Society on Aging JA - Generations Y1 - 1990///Win 1990 VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 40 EP - 42 CY - US PB - American Society on Aging SN - 0738-7806 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-20444-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Florsheim, Margaret J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Family Research & Resource Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19900801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Family Therapy; Social Support. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Win 1990. AB - Describes the process of family counseling with elderly persons, an approach that attempts to solve problems associated with aging by viewing them in relation to the elder's social support (interactional) system. Discussion focuses on (1) common presenting problems, (2) how to contact families with elders, (3) conditions of family counseling with elders, (4) the process of family problem solving, and (5) strengths and limitations of this therapeutic approach. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - family counseling & social support issues KW - elderly KW - 1990 KW - Family Therapy KW - Social Support KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-20444-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-17977-001 AN - 1990-17977-001 AU - Koenig, Harold G. AU - Breitner, John C. T1 - Use of antidepressants in medically ill older patients. JF - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JO - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JA - Psychosomatics Y1 - 1990///Win 1990 VL - 31 IS - 1 SP - 22 EP - 32 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0033-3182 SN - 1545-7206 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-17977-001. PMID: 2405449 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Koenig, Harold G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Durham, NC, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19900701. Correction Date: 20130923. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antidepressant Drugs; Disorders; Drug Therapy; Major Depression. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Win 1990. AB - Examines the common occurrence of major depression in elderly patients, which can exert a deleterious effect on the treatment, course, and outcome of physical illnesses. Prescribing practices of physicians are discussed, focusing on the risks and benefits of therapy with tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs). Therapeutic effects of treatment with TCAs can be improved if plasma drug levels are carefully monitored. Conservative guidelines are recommended for TCA use in elderly medically ill patients. Alternate therapies are also discussed, including treatment with monoamine oxidase (MAO) inhibitors, psychostimulants, and electroconvulsive shock therapy (ECT). Because some symptoms of depression are situational, counseling and supportive care should be offered regardless of whether antidepressants are prescribed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - antidepressant drug & alternative therapy KW - elderly patients with major depression & physical disorders KW - 1990 KW - Antidepressant Drugs KW - Disorders KW - Drug Therapy KW - Major Depression KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/S0033-3182(90)72213-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-17977-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-17907-001 AN - 1990-17907-001 AU - Boudewyns, Patrick A. AU - Hyer, Lee T1 - Physiological response to combat memories and preliminary treatment outcome in Vietnam veteran PTSD patients treated with direct therapeutic exposure. JF - Behavior Therapy JO - Behavior Therapy JA - Behav Ther Y1 - 1990///Win 1990 VL - 21 IS - 1 SP - 63 EP - 87 CY - US PB - Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy SN - 0005-7894 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-17907-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boudewyns, Patrick A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Augusta War Trauma Project, GA, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19900701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Imagery; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans; Physiological Correlates; War. Classification: Behavior Therapy & Behavior Modification (3312); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 25. Issue Publication Date: Win 1990. AB - Compared direct therapeutic exposure (DTE) with conventional counseling in the treatment of 51 male Vietnam veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Physiological responses (PRs) to imaginal exposure scenes of stressful combat memories were recorded prior to and immediately following treatment. Self-reports of arousal and anxiety during the exposure session were also recorded. Three physiological measures indicated strong PRs to exposure scenes at both pre- and posttreatment. While there were no significant differences between treatment conditions in PRs after therapy, the DTE group had decreased PRs to the exposure scenes compared with controls. Ss with decreased PRs to the imaginal scenes immediately following treatment also improved psychologically at 3-mo follow-up when compared with Ss who did not have reduced PRs, regardless of treatment received. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - direct therapeutic exposure vs conventional counseling KW - physiological responses to combat memories KW - male Vietnam veterans with PTSD KW - 1990 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Imagery KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Military Veterans KW - Physiological Correlates KW - War KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/S0005-7894(05)80189-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-17907-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-15670-001 AN - 1990-15670-001 AU - Stephen, Louis S. T1 - Requiem for a counselor training program: The history and development of the Veterans Administration's Alcohol and Drug Counselor Training Program. JF - Journal of Alcohol and Drug Education JO - Journal of Alcohol and Drug Education JA - J Alcohol Drug Educ Y1 - 1990///Win 1990 VL - 35 IS - 2 SP - 55 EP - 60 CY - US PB - American Alcohol & Drug Information Foundation SN - 0090-1482 SN - 2162-4119 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-15670-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stephen, Louis S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Ft Lyon, CO, US. Other Publishers: Journal of Alcohol and Drug Education, Inc. Release Date: 19900601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Counselor Education; Drug Rehabilitation; Mental Health Programs. Minor Descriptor: History; Military Veterans. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Win 1990. AB - Describes the history and development of the Veterans Administration's unique Alcohol and Drug Counselor Training Program at the Fort Lyon Veterans Administration's Medical Center. In the ensuing 17 yrs since its inception in 1968 to its close in 1985, this school with its enrollees of extremely diverse backgrounds, graduated 1,052 counselors. They have subsequently been employed in county, state, and private treatment centers, as well as federal facilities. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - history & development of VA Alcohol & Drug Counselor Training Program KW - 1990 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Counselor Education KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Mental Health Programs KW - History KW - Military Veterans KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-15670-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2009-00921-024 AN - 2009-00921-024 AU - Wagner, Kenneth R. AU - Kleinholz, Maria AU - Myers, Ronald E. T1 - Delayed decreases in specific brain mitochondrial electron transfer complex activities and cytochrome concentrations following anoxia/ischemia. JF - Journal of the Neurological Sciences JO - Journal of the Neurological Sciences JA - J Neurol Sci Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 100 IS - 1-2 SP - 142 EP - 151 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0022-510X AD - Wagner, Kenneth R., Medical Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 151, 3200 Vine Street, Cincinnati, OH, US, 45220 N1 - Accession Number: 2009-00921-024. PMID: 2089131 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wagner, Kenneth R.; Medical Research Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cincinnati, OH, US. Release Date: 20100823. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Abstract Collection. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anoxia; Cytochrome Oxidase; Hyperglycemia; Ischemia. Minor Descriptor: Brain; Cats. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Animal (20). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Aug 3, 1990; Revised Date: Jul 30, 1990; First Submitted Date: Mar 20, 1990. Copyright Statement: Elsevier Science Publishers B.V. (Biomedical Division). 1990. AB - Hyperglycemic, but not normoglycemic cats exposed to anoxia develop neurologic signs following reoxygenation including fasciculations, focal and tonic-clonic seizures and coma after a symptom-free period. These symptomatic hyperglycemic cats may develop brain edema and will show diffuse neuronal injury or brain infarction depending on length of survival. Brain mitochondria isolated from symptomatic but not asymptomatic cats have decreased ADP- and uncoupler-stimulated oxygen consumption rates. Since impaired respiration could result from altered electron transport chain function, we measured cytochrome c, b and aa₃ concentrations and the activities of the five electron transfer complexes in isolated brain mitochondria. In symptomatic cats marked alterations were present in particular in complex IV, cytochrome oxidase, with a 57% reduction in activity and a 45% reduction in prosthetic group (cytochrome aa₃) concentrations. Less marked reductions in other segments of the chain included 27% and 41% decreases, respectively, in cytochrome c concentrations and in electron transfer complex II, succinate:ubiquinone oxidoreductase activity. Cytochrome b concentrations and complex I, II and V activities were unchanged. Small but significant decreases in cytochrome aa₃ concentrations ( 18% ) and cytochrome oxidase activity (20% ) were also present in mitochondria from postanoxic hyperglycemic cats prior to appearance of neurologic signs. These results indicate that delayed decreases in the activities of specific electron transfer complexes are correlated with impaired mitochondrial respiration and neurologic deterioration in postanoxic hyperglycemic cats. However, it is presently unclear if these postanoxic brain mitochondrial alterations are primary or secondary events in the development of brain injury. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - brain mitochondria KW - electron transfer complex activities KW - cytochrome concentrations KW - anoxia KW - ischemia KW - cats KW - hyperglycemia KW - 1990 KW - Anoxia KW - Cytochrome Oxidase KW - Hyperglycemia KW - Ischemia KW - Brain KW - Cats KW - 1990 U1 - Sponsor: Veterans Administration, Medical Research Service. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1016/0022-510X(90)90025-I UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2009-00921-024&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-20660-001 AN - 1991-20660-001 AU - Morley, John E. AU - Flood, James F. T1 - Neuropeptide Y and memory processing. JF - Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences JO - Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences JA - Ann N Y Acad Sci Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 611 SP - 226 EP - 231 CY - US PB - New York Academy of Sciences SN - 0077-8923 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-20660-001. PMID: 2248477 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morley, John E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research Education & Clinical Ctr, St Louis, MO, US. Release Date: 19910801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Memory; Neurochemistry; Neuropeptide Y; Peptides. Classification: Psychophysiology (2560). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1990. AB - Postulates that neuropeptide Y (NPY) may play a role in memory modulation. Memory retention appears to be under the regulation of numerous neurotransmitters, and many of these seem to play a modulatory role in allowing the development of the memory trace. NPY is a potent physiological modulator of memory, and NPY's effects are anatomically specific. It is possible that an imbalance of NPY together with other neurotransmitters may play a role in the pathogenesis of Alzheimer's disease. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuropeptide Y KW - memory modulation KW - 1990 KW - Memory KW - Neurochemistry KW - Neuropeptide Y KW - Peptides KW - 1990 DO - 10.1111/j.1749-6632.1990.tb48934.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-20660-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-18657-001 AN - 1991-18657-001 AU - Southwick, Steven M. AU - Yehuda, Rachel AU - Giller, Earl L. AU - Perry, Bruce D. T1 - Platelet alpha₂-adrenergic receptor binding sites in major depressive disorder and borderline personality disorder. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 34 IS - 2 SP - 193 EP - 203 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-18657-001. PMID: 1962862 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Southwick, Steven M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Program, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19910701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adrenergic Nerves; Borderline States; Comorbidity; Major Depression; Receptor Binding. Minor Descriptor: Adrenergic Receptors; Blood Platelets. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1990. AB - Measured platelet α₂-adrenergic receptor binding sites in 23 patients (aged 24–66 yrs) with major depressive disorder (MDD) and in 25 normal controls (aged 23–56 yrs). 15 of the MDD Ss were also diagnosed as having borderline personality disorder (BPD). When MDD Ss were compared to controls, there were no differences in either affinity Kd of the ligand or total binding site (number/platelet), although a significant change in the ratio of high to low affinity states was observed in MDD Ss. However, MDD Ss who also had BPD had significantly fewer α₂ high affinity binding sites, while the group with depression alone had significantly more binding sites (both low and high affinity) than the control group. Results support the concept that assessment of comorbid diagnoses may be essential to biological studies of depression. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - platelet alpha-2-adrenergic receptor binding sites KW - 24–66 yr olds with major depressive disorder with vs without cormorbid borderline personality disorder KW - 1990 KW - Adrenergic Nerves KW - Borderline States KW - Comorbidity KW - Major Depression KW - Receptor Binding KW - Adrenergic Receptors KW - Blood Platelets KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(90)90019-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-18657-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-17750-001 AN - 1991-17750-001 AU - Oxenkrug, Gregory F. AU - Dragovic, Ljubisa J. AU - Marks, Bernard H. AU - Yuwiler, Arthur T1 - Effect of cocaine on rat pineal melatonin synthesis in vivo and in vitro. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 34 IS - 2 SP - 185 EP - 191 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-17750-001. PMID: 2287649 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Oxenkrug, Gregory F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Providence, RI, US. Release Date: 19910701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adrenal Glands; Cocaine; Melatonin; Pineal Body; Spinal Ganglia. Minor Descriptor: Animal Circadian Rhythms; Rats; Surgery; Transferases. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1990. AB - Moderate concentrations of cocaine increased melatonin content and N-acetylserotonin and serotonin-N-acetyltransferase (NAT) activity in rat pineal glands (taken from 30-day-old rats) freshly placed in organ culture. Pineals cultured for 48 hrs or taken from ganglionectomized Ss did not respond to cocaine. Both procedures markedly reduced pineal noradrenalin. Cocaine given to 3-mo-old intact rats stimulated pineal melatonin synthesis but only in Ss exposed to constant light for 24 hrs. Results confirm and extend those of R. W. Holtz et al (1974) showing cocaine stimulation of NAT activity in pineals in acute organ culture. Findings also provide direct evidence that the increase in enzyme activity is translated into increased melatonin synthesis. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - exposure to 24 hr light cycle & superior cervical ganglioectomy or adrenal dimedullation & cocaine KW - acetyltransferase & pineal melatonin synthesis KW - rats KW - 1990 KW - Adrenal Glands KW - Cocaine KW - Melatonin KW - Pineal Body KW - Spinal Ganglia KW - Animal Circadian Rhythms KW - Rats KW - Surgery KW - Transferases KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(90)90018-Z UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-17750-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-14889-001 AN - 1991-14889-001 AU - Wu, Ming-fung AU - Siegel, Jerome M. T1 - Facilitation of the acoustic startle reflex by ponto-geniculo-occipital waves: Effects of PCPA. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 532 IS - 1-2 SP - 237 EP - 241 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-14889-001. PMID: 2149298 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wu, Ming-fung; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19910601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Evoked Potentials; Geniculate Bodies (Thalamus); Pons; Serotonin Antagonists; Startle Reflex. Minor Descriptor: Acoustic Reflex; Cats; Motor Processes; NREM Sleep; Wakefulness. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1990. AB - Studied the relationship between ponto-geniculo-occipital (PGO) waves and motor activity during waking and non-REM (NREM) sleep stages in cats treated with the serotonin synthesis inhibitor p-chlorophenylalanine (PCPA). Following PCPA treatment, Ss showed spontaneous PGO spikes during waking and NREM sleep. These spontaneous PGO waves facilitated the acoustic startle response (ASR), with maximal facilitation at 50 msec after the peak of the PGO wave. ASRs were similarly facilitated by the eye-movement potentials in drug-naive Ss, suggesting a common arousing function of the spontaneous PGO waves and the PGO waves released by the serotonin depletion. There was a close temporal relationship between head-body movements and the occurrence of PGO spikes. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - parachlorophenylalanine KW - ponto-geniculo-occipital waves & motor activity during waking & non-Rem sleep & facilitation of acoustic startle reflex KW - cats KW - 1990 KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Geniculate Bodies (Thalamus) KW - Pons KW - Serotonin Antagonists KW - Startle Reflex KW - Acoustic Reflex KW - Cats KW - Motor Processes KW - NREM Sleep KW - Wakefulness KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(90)91765-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-14889-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-14568-001 AN - 1991-14568-001 AU - Powell, D. A. AU - Watson, Karen L. AU - Buchanan, Shirley L. T1 - Neuronal activity in the mediodorsal and intralaminar nuclei of the dorsal thalamus during classical heart rate conditioning. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 532 IS - 1-2 SP - 211 EP - 221 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-14568-001. PMID: 2282515 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Powell, D. A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuroscience Lab, Columbia, SC, US. Release Date: 19910601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classical Conditioning; Electrical Activity; Heart Rate; Thalamus. Minor Descriptor: Rabbits. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1990. AB - Recorded multiple unit activity from chronically implanted electrodes in either the mediodorsal (MD) or the intralaminar (IL) nuclei of the dorsal thalamus in rabbits during (1) habituation of the cardiac orienting reflex, (2) Pavlovian heart rate (HR) conditioning, and (3) extinction of the HR conditioned response (CR). Other Ss with similar recording electrodes received explicitly unpaired presentations of the conditioned stimulus/stimuli (CS) and unconditioned stimulus/stimuli (UCS). These recordings suggest that neuronal activity in both MD and IL is related to the early events involved in Pavlovian conditioning and that the relative roles of these 2 related thalamic nuclei in associative learning must be different. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - classical heart rate conditioning KW - multiple unit activity in mediodorsal & intralaminar nuclei of dorsal thalamus KW - rabbits KW - 1990 KW - Classical Conditioning KW - Electrical Activity KW - Heart Rate KW - Thalamus KW - Rabbits KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(90)91762-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-14568-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-14526-001 AN - 1991-14526-001 AU - Bonhaus, Douglas W. AU - Perry, W. Bryan AU - McNamara, James O. T1 - Decreased density, but not number, of N-methyl-D-aspartate, glycine and phencyclidine binding sites in hippocampus of senescent rats. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 532 IS - 1-2 SP - 82 EP - 86 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-14526-001. PMID: 2178039 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bonhaus, Douglas W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19910601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aspartic Acid; Neurochemistry; Physiological Aging; Receptor Binding. Minor Descriptor: Hippocampus; Rats. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1990. AB - Examined whether age-dependent reductions in neuronal plasticity are the consequence of decreased N-methyl-{d}-aspartate (NMDA) receptor-mediated neurotransmission. Ligand binding was quantified to 3 distinct sites on the NMDA receptor/channel complex in hippocampal membranes prepared from 3- and 24-mo-old rats. Aging was associated with a 30% reduction in the density of each of the 3 binding sites. However, this reduction in receptor density was the consequence of increased protein content in the hippocampus of aged Ss, not a reduction in the number of binding sites. Findings suggest that a selective alteration in the NMDA receptor/channel complex itself does not account for age-dependent reductions in neuronal plasticity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - aging & decrease of N-methyl-D-aspartate receptor mediated neurotransmission KW - reduction in neuronal plasticity KW - 3 vs 24 mo old rats KW - 1990 KW - Aspartic Acid KW - Neurochemistry KW - Physiological Aging KW - Receptor Binding KW - Hippocampus KW - Rats KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(90)91745-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-14526-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-13664-001 AN - 1991-13664-001 AU - Lorr, Joan A. AU - Lorr, Maurice AU - Devlin, Peter T1 - Mood changes in substance abuse patients as a result of therapy. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 46 IS - 6 SP - 912 EP - 915 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-13664-001. PMID: 2286691 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorr, Joan A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 19910501. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Drug Rehabilitation; Emotional States. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1990. AB - Evaluated 57 drug abuse patients (aged 21–50 yrs) who were participating in a broad residential treatment program for changes in negative affect. The Profile of Mood States (POMS) was administered once a week for 4 wks. The 4-wk changes on 5 of the 6 mood scales were significantly positive after treatment. The Interpersonal Style Inventory (ISI), completed at the beginning of the program, provided a mean scale score profile. Stylistically, Ss were low in interpersonal involvement and distinctly below average in level of socialization (expedient, cynical, and hostile). Ss could be characterized as anxious and dysphoric, impulsive, and dependent as judged by the norm sample. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - residential treatment program KW - change in negative affect KW - drug abusing 21–50 yr olds KW - 1990 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Emotional States KW - 1990 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(199011)46:6<912::AID-JCLP2270460635>3.0.CO;2-Z UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-13664-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-13387-001 AN - 1991-13387-001 AU - Garvey, Michael AU - Hollon, Steve D. AU - DeRubeis, Robert J. AU - Evans, Mark D. AU - Tuason, V. B. T1 - Does 24-h urinary MHPG predict treatment response to antidepressants? I. A review. JF - Journal of Affective Disorders JO - Journal of Affective Disorders JA - J Affect Disord Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 20 IS - 3 SP - 173 EP - 179 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-0327 SN - 1573-2517 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-13387-001. PMID: 2148337 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garvey, Michael; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 19910501. Correction Date: 20160407. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antidepressant Drugs; Drug Therapy; Imipramine; Literature Review; Norepinephrine Metabolites. Minor Descriptor: Treatment Outcomes; Urine. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1990. AB - Reviews the ability of pretreatment 3-methoxy-4-hydroxyphenylglycol (MHPG) to predict response to various antidepressants. Nine studies with imipramine, 12 with amitriptyline, 13 with other single antidepressants, and 6 with antidepressant combinations are cited. Results indicate that MHPG appears to be a modest predictor of treatment response to imipramine but does not appear to be a reliable predictor for other antidepressants. Conditions under which MHPG could be used in clinical treatment are addressed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 24 hr urinary MHPG KW - prediction of treatment response to imipramine & other antidepressants KW - literature review KW - 1990 KW - Antidepressant Drugs KW - Drug Therapy KW - Imipramine KW - Literature Review KW - Norepinephrine Metabolites KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Urine KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0165-0327(90)90141-T UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-13387-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-13386-001 AN - 1991-13386-001 AU - Garvey, Michael AU - DeRubeis, Robert J. AU - Hollon, Steve D. AU - Evans, Mark D. AU - Tuason, V. B. T1 - Does 24-h urinary MHPG predict treatment response to antidepressants? II. Association between imipramine response and low MHPG. JF - Journal of Affective Disorders JO - Journal of Affective Disorders JA - J Affect Disord Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 20 IS - 3 SP - 181 EP - 184 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-0327 SN - 1573-2517 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-13386-001. PMID: 2148338 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garvey, Michael; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 19910501. Correction Date: 20160407. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Imipramine; Major Depression; Norepinephrine Metabolites. Minor Descriptor: Treatment Outcomes; Urine. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1990. AB - Examined whether low 3-methoxy-4-hydroxyphenylglycol (MHPG) was associated with improved treatment response in unipolar patients treated with imipramine. 30 depressed patients collected 24-hr urine samples for an MHPG determination prior to imipramine treatment. Ss responding to 12 wks of treatment (as measured by the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression) had lower levels of MHPG than did nonresponders. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 24 hr urinary MHPG KW - prediction of treatment response to imipramine KW - depressed patients KW - 1990 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Imipramine KW - Major Depression KW - Norepinephrine Metabolites KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Urine KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0165-0327(90)90142-U UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-13386-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-12997-001 AN - 1991-12997-001 AU - Dobbins, Cynthia AU - Russell, Elbert W. T1 - Left temporal lobe brain damage pattern on the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 46 IS - 6 SP - 863 EP - 868 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-12997-001. PMID: 2286684 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dobbins, Cynthia; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Miami, FL, US. Release Date: 19910501. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Test Scores; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Minor Descriptor: Frontal Lobe; Occipital Lobe; Parietal Lobe; Temporal Lobe. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297); Clinical Psychological Testing (2224). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1990. AB - Compared 36 right-handed Caucasian patients with localized left-hemisphere brain damage in the frontal, parietal or occipital, and temporal lobe, using an index calculated from Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) Information, Vocabulary, and Similarities subtest scaled scores. Index scores were adjusted for age. 75% of temporal Ss had negative index scores, and 75% of frontal Ss had positive index scores. Temporal Ss tended to score more negatively on the index than did frontal Ss. Results support an association of left temporal brain damage with unusual WAIS subtest patterns of more impaired Information and Vocabulary vs Similarities scores. Temporal lesions may impair well-learned verbal memory more than reasoning skills. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - WAIS index scores KW - right handed patients with localized left hemisphere damage in frontal vs parietal vs occipital vs temporal lobe KW - 1990 KW - Brain Damage KW - Test Scores KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - Frontal Lobe KW - Occipital Lobe KW - Parietal Lobe KW - Temporal Lobe KW - 1990 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(199011)46:6<863::AID-JCLP2270460628>3.0.CO;2-M UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-12997-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-12759-001 AN - 1991-12759-001 AU - Parsons, John AU - Kehle, Thomas J. AU - Owen, Steve V. T1 - Incidence of behavior problems among children of Vietnam war veterans. JF - School Psychology International JO - School Psychology International JA - Sch Psychol Int Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 11 IS - 4 SP - 253 EP - 259 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0143-0343 SN - 1461-7374 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-12759-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Parsons, John; Veterans Administration, Providence, RI, US. Release Date: 19910501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Problems; Combat Experience; Parental Attitudes; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Emotional Development; Offspring; Psychosocial Development. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1990. AB - Compared Vietnam combat veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) to noncombat Vietnam era veterans without PTSD on their perceptions of their children's social and emotional functioning. 107 veterans completed a parent's behavior checklist on their 191 children. Fathers with PTSD perceived their children as exhibiting a substantially greater degree of dysfunctional social and emotional behavior. The types of behaviors were a function of the child's age and sex; however, they were significantly more likely to exhibit a lack of self-control resulting in aggression, hyperactivity, and delinquency. These children were perceived as having difficulty establishing and maintaining friendships. Thus, a father's anxiety disorder may be related to his children's social and emotional functioning. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perceptions of children's social & emotional behaviors as problematic KW - Vietnam combat vs noncombat veterans with vs without PTSD KW - 1990 KW - Behavior Problems KW - Combat Experience KW - Parental Attitudes KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Emotional Development KW - Offspring KW - Psychosocial Development KW - 1990 DO - 10.1177/0143034390114002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-12759-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-12687-001 AN - 1991-12687-001 AU - Davis, William E. AU - Greenblatt, Richard L. T1 - Age differences among psychiatric inpatients on the MCMI. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 46 IS - 6 SP - 770 EP - 774 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-12687-001. PMID: 2286668 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, William E.; Edward G. Hines Jr. Veterans Administration Hosp, Psychology Service, Hines, IL, US. Release Date: 19910501. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory; Racial and Ethnic Differences; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Blacks; Paranoid Schizophrenia; Personality Traits; Symptoms; Test Scores; Whites. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213); Clinical Psychological Testing (2224). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1990. AB - Applied a 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 multivariate analysis of variance (MANOVA) to Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory (MCMI) scores obtained from 310 newly admitted psychiatric inpatients to test the effect of Ss' age, race (White/Black), and diagnosis (paranoid schizophrenic/nonparanoid schizophrenic/nonpsychotic, nonaffectively disturbed) across MCMI personality and clinical syndrome scales. On the MCMI personality syndrome scales, age, race, and diagnosis were significant. Older Ss (aged 36+ yrs) tended to produce lower symptom scale scores than younger Ss, with the most meaningful difference found on the Drug Abuse scale. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age & diagnosis KW - scores on Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory personality & clinical syndrome scales KW - White vs Black paranoid vs nonparanoid schizophrenic vs nonpsychotic inpatients KW - 1990 KW - Age Differences KW - Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - Racial and Ethnic Differences KW - Schizophrenia KW - Blacks KW - Paranoid Schizophrenia KW - Personality Traits KW - Symptoms KW - Test Scores KW - Whites KW - 1990 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(199011)46:6<770::AID-JCLP2270460611>3.0.CO;2-I UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-12687-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-11528-001 AN - 1991-11528-001 AU - Munley, Patrick H. AU - Zarantonello, Matthew M. T1 - A comparison of MMPI profile types with corresponding estimated MMPI-2 profiles. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 46 IS - 6 SP - 803 EP - 811 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-11528-001. PMID: 2286675 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Munley, Patrick H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Battle Creek, MI, US. Release Date: 19910501. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Profiles (Measurement); Psychometrics; Test Forms. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223); Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1990. AB - Examined changes in mean elevation, dispersion, overall configuration, and code type of well-defined Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) profiles after transformation to estimated MMPI-2 (J. N. Butcher et al, 1989) profiles. 34 MMPI profiles from H. Gilberstadt and J. Duker (1965) and P. A. Marks et al (1974) were analyzed using contemporary MMPI-2 T-scores. Results yielded a reduction in mean elevation and increases and decreases in scatter around profile means on transformation to MMPI-2 norms. The total configuration of linear MMPI and estimated MMPI-2 T-score profiles correlated highly with each other and manifested a similar pattern of correlation with the total configuration of H. A. Skinner and D. N. Jackson's (see record [rid]1979-06181-001[/rid]) 3 modal MMPI types. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mean elevation & dispersion & overall configuration & code type of well defined MMPI vs estimated MMPI-2 profiles KW - 1990 KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Profiles (Measurement) KW - Psychometrics KW - Test Forms KW - 1990 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(199011)46:6<803::AID-JCLP2270460619>3.0.CO;2-Q UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-11528-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-11017-001 AN - 1991-11017-001 AU - Sayette, Michael A. AU - Mayne, Tracy J. T1 - Survey of current clinical and research trends in clinical psychology. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 45 IS - 11 SP - 1263 EP - 1266 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-11017-001. PMID: 2268097 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sayette, Michael A.; Brown U Clinical Psychology Internship Consortium, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Providence, RI, US. Release Date: 19910401. Correction Date: 20090420. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology Graduate Training; Trends. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1990. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - Surveyed directors of 115 clinical PhD and PsyD psychology programs with accreditation from the American Psychological Association to explore trends in the training of clinical psychologists. The most popular area of clinical research appeared to be behavioral medicine/health psychology. The most popular specialty clinics allowing training in a specific domain of clinical psychology were family therapy, behavioral medicine, neuropsychology/rehabilitation, and couples therapy. Ss in PhD programs were more likely than those in PsyD programs to subscribe to a cognitive-behavioral/social-learning orientation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - trends in clinical psychologist training KW - directors of clinical PhD & PsyD psychology programs KW - 1990 KW - Clinical Psychology Graduate Training KW - Trends KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.45.11.1263 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-11017-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-10526-001 AN - 1991-10526-001 AU - Reich, James T1 - The effect of personality on placebo response in panic patients. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 178 IS - 11 SP - 699 EP - 702 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-10526-001. PMID: 2230757 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reich, James; Brockton Veterans Administration, Psychiatry Service, MA, US. Release Date: 19910401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Panic Disorder; Personality Disorders; Placebo; Treatment Compliance; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Personality Traits. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1990. AB - Studied 28 adults (mean age 39.4 yrs) who participated as a placebo group in a treatment study of panic disorder to determine the effect of personality on study completion and outcome. Measures included the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory, a personality diagnostic questionnaire, and a structured interview. Ss who completed only 3 wks had significantly more pathological personality traits than Ss who continued in the study. For Ss continuing beyond 3 wks, there were negative correlations between the paranoid and borderline personality traits and a global outcome measure. Spontaneous panic attacks were not affected by personality. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - DSM-III personality traits & disorders KW - compliance with & outcome of placebo treatment KW - patients with panic disorder KW - 1990 KW - Panic Disorder KW - Personality Disorders KW - Placebo KW - Treatment Compliance KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Personality Traits KW - 1990 DO - 10.1097/00005053-199011000-00005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-10526-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-09211-001 AN - 1991-09211-001 AU - Levin, Edward D. AU - McGurk, Susan R. AU - Rose, Jed E. AU - Butcher, Larry L. T1 - Cholinergic-dopaminergic interactions in cognitive performance. JF - Behavioral & Neural Biology JO - Behavioral & Neural Biology JA - Behav Neural Biol Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 54 IS - 3 SP - 271 EP - 299 CY - US PB - Academic Press SN - 0163-1047 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-09211-001. PMID: 2078161 Other Journal Title: Behavioral Biology; Communications in Behavioral Biology. Part A. Original Articles; Neurobiology of Learning and Memory. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levin, Edward D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Nicotine Research Lab, Durham, NC, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19910401. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Acetylcholine; Cognitive Ability; Dopamine; Literature Review. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 29. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1990. AB - Reviews literature concerning the complex interaction of acetylcholinergic (ACh) and dopaminergic (DA) systems, crucial for maintaining accurate cognitive performance. Choice accuracy deficits (CADs) in the radial-arm maze can be induced by blockade of muscarinic- or nicotinic-ACh receptors. The CAD induced by blockade of muscarinic receptors with scopolamine can be reversed by the DA receptor blocker, haloperidol. The CAD induced by nicotinic blockade with mecamylamine is potentiated by haloperidol. Possible neural circuits for these interactions are discussed. The effectiveness of selective DA treatments in reversing cognitive deficits due to ACh underactivation suggests a new approach to treating cognitive dysfunction as in Alzheimer's disease. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - acetylcholinergic & dopaminergic systems KW - maintenance of accurate cognitive performance KW - literature review KW - 1990 KW - Acetylcholine KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Dopamine KW - Literature Review KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0163-1047(90)90639-N UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-09211-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-17335-001 AN - 1991-17335-001 AU - Gass, Carlton S. AU - Daniel, Susan K. T1 - Emotional impact on Trail Making Test performance. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1990/10// VL - 67 IS - 2 SP - 435 EP - 438 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-17335-001. PMID: 2263691 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gass, Carlton S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Miami, FL, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19910701. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Emotional States; Halstead Reitan Neuropsychological Battery; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory. Minor Descriptor: Test Battery; Test Performance. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1990. AB - Assessed the effect of emotional factors on performance on the Trail-Making Test—Part B (Trails B) of the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery. Ss were 105 neuropsychological referrals for whom there was no neurodiagnostic evidence of brain damage. Ss also completed the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI). Trails B scores declined in relation to elevated MMPI scores on the Paranoia, Psychasthenia, and Schizophrenia subscales, although only 9 Ss performed within the impaired range. Results suggest that (1) Trails B performance is resilient to a variety of emotional influences; (2) psychotic symptoms and severe anxiety impede Trails B performance, although rarely to the extent caused by brain damage; and (3) the MMPI provides objective criteria that help rule out emotional effects on Trails B performance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - emotional factors & MMPI scores KW - performance on Trail Making Test of Halstead Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery KW - adults referred for neuropsychological assessment KW - 1990 KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Emotional States KW - Halstead Reitan Neuropsychological Battery KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Test Battery KW - Test Performance KW - 1990 DO - 10.2466/PR0.67.6.435-438 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-17335-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-17210-001 AN - 1991-17210-001 AU - Glover, Hillel AU - Pelesky, Cathy A. AU - Bruno, Ralph AU - Sette, Richard T1 - Post-traumatic stress disorder conflicts in Vietnam combat veterans: A confirmatory factor analytic study. JF - Journal of Traumatic Stress JO - Journal of Traumatic Stress JA - J Trauma Stress Y1 - 1990/10// VL - 3 IS - 4 SP - 573 EP - 591 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0894-9867 SN - 1573-6598 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-17210-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Glover, Hillel; East Orange Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, NJ, US. Release Date: 19910701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Combat Experience; Factor Structure; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Questionnaires. Minor Descriptor: Emotional Adjustment; Life Experiences; Test Validity. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 19. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1990. AB - 339 Vietnam combat veterans with the diagnosis of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) were administered the Vietnam Related Experiences Questionnaire developed by the authors. The items on this questionnaire were constructed to highlight 4 combat related conflicts postulated to represent the salient symptom clusters within PTSD: fear-anxiety, mistrust, survival guilt, and guilt secondary to aggression. Exploratory factor analysis followed by a confirmatory factor analytic procedure using maximum likelihood estimate demonstrated a 5-factor solution: vulnerability, guilt, dreams of death/destruction, depression, and rebelliousness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity & factor analysis of Vietnam Related Experiences Questionnaire KW - assessment of factors identified with combat histories & current adjustment KW - Vietnam combat veterans with PTSD KW - 1990 KW - Combat Experience KW - Factor Structure KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Questionnaires KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - Life Experiences KW - Test Validity KW - 1990 DO - 10.1002/jts.2490030408 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-17210-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-15473-001 AN - 1991-15473-001 AU - Nestor, Paul G. AU - Faux, Steven F. AU - McCarley, Robert W. AU - Shenton, Martha E. AU - Sands, Stephen F. T1 - Measurement of visual sustained attention in schizophrenia using signal detection analysis and a newly developed computerized CPT task. JF - Schizophrenia Research JO - Schizophrenia Research JA - Schizophr Res Y1 - 1990/10//Oct-Dec, 1990 VL - 3 IS - 5-6 SP - 329 EP - 332 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0920-9964 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-15473-001. PMID: 2282338 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Nestor, Paul G.; Brockton-West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19910601. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention Span; Measurement; Schizophrenia; Visual Perception. Minor Descriptor: Computer Assisted Testing; Signal Detection (Perception). Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Oct-Dec, 1990. AB - Assessed sustained attention in schizophrenia with a modified, computerized version of the continuous performance test (CPT) in which specific attentional effects could be distinguished from nonspecific factors by signal detection theory (SDT). Ss were 19 male schizophrenics (aged 21–61 yrs) and 20 controls (aged 27–57 yrs). Schizophrenic Ss showed a more rapid decline in specific attentional processes, but not nonspecific processes, as measured by SDT parameters A′ and B″, respectively. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - computerized version of continuous performance test & signal detection analysis in assessment of visual sustained attention KW - 21–61 yr old schizophrenic males KW - 1990 KW - Attention Span KW - Measurement KW - Schizophrenia KW - Visual Perception KW - Computer Assisted Testing KW - Signal Detection (Perception) KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0920-9964(90)90018-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-15473-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - ORCID: 0000-0001-5705-7495 UR - DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-12744-001 AN - 1991-12744-001 AU - Merrin, Edward L. AU - Meek, Patricia AU - Floyd, Thomas C. AU - Callaway, Enoch T1 - Topographic segmentation of waking EEG in medication-free schizophrenic patients. JF - International Journal of Psychophysiology JO - International Journal of Psychophysiology JA - Int J Psychophysiol Y1 - 1990/10// VL - 9 IS - 3 SP - 231 EP - 236 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0167-8760 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-12744-001. PMID: 2276941 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Merrin, Edward L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, San Francisco, CA, US. Release Date: 19910501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroencephalography; Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1990. AB - Used topographic segmentation techniques (D. Lehmann et al, 1987) to study 9 channel EEGs recorded from 11 medication-free schizophrenic (SCZ) patients and 10 normal controls (NCs) during resting and active task conditions. Eight Ss were retested after neuroleptic treatment. NCs and SCZs did not differ in the number or types of switches between EEG segments, or the frequency of hemisphere crossing of potential extrema. However, EEGs of NCs were characterized by significantly more unused theta segment types (TSTs). Moreover, medication significantly increased the number of unused TSTs in EEGs of SCZs. Findings suggest increased spatial variability of brain electrical activity in SCZs. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - channel EEGs during resting vs active tasks KW - medication free schizophrenic 25–67 yr olds KW - 1990 KW - Electroencephalography KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0167-8760(90)90055-I UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-12744-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-12195-001 AN - 1991-12195-001 AU - Sparr, Landy F. AU - Erstling, Susan S. AU - Boehnlein, James K. T1 - Sam Shepard and the dysfunctional American family: Therapeutic perspectives. JF - American Journal of Psychotherapy JO - American Journal of Psychotherapy JA - Am J Psychother Y1 - 1990/10// VL - 44 IS - 4 SP - 563 EP - 576 CY - US PB - Assn for the Advancement of Psychotherapy SN - 0002-9564 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-12195-001. PMID: 2285080 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sparr, Landy F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19910501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drama; Dysfunctional Family; Family Relations; Theoretical Interpretation. Minor Descriptor: Family Therapy. Classification: Literature & Fine Arts (2610); Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1990. AB - Using Curse of the Starving Class as a model, this article examines family processes in the play and the biographical roots of author Sam Shepard's interest in dysfunctional families. Curse illustrates Shepard's exploration of differentiation, boundaries, marital disintegration, parental ineffectiveness, isolation, family goals and purpose, and intergenerational legacies. Shepard's plays remind therapists who focus primarily on techniques and/or internal family dynamics to consider community ties and the significance of family rituals. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - interpretation of S. Shepard's play 'Curse of the Starving Class' as model of dysfunctional family processes KW - implications for family therapy KW - 1990 KW - Drama KW - Dysfunctional Family KW - Family Relations KW - Theoretical Interpretation KW - Family Therapy KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-12195-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-10695-001 AN - 1991-10695-001 AU - Calamari, John E. AU - McNally, Richard J. AU - Benson, David S. AU - Babington, Colleen M. T1 - Case study: Use of propranolol to reduce aggressive behavior in a woman who is mentally retarded. JF - Behavioral Residential Treatment JO - Behavioral Residential Treatment Y1 - 1990/10// VL - 5 IS - 4 SP - 287 EP - 296 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0884-5581 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-10695-001. Other Journal Title: Behavioral Interventions. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Calamari, John E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, North Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 19910401. Correction Date: 20100927. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Drug Therapy; Propranolol; Intellectual Development Disorder. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1990. AB - Reports a case study in which the beta-blocker propranolol was used to treat the aggressive behavior of a 23-yr-old woman with severe mental retardation. Initiation of treatment was correlated with a dramatic decrease in aggression and a less pronounced improvement in self-injurious behavior. An increase in resting heart rate was associated with a significant increase in aggression, and progressive increases in propranolol dosage were correlated with reductions in heart rate and in significant behavioral improvement. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - propranolol KW - aggressive behavior KW - severely mentally retarded 23 yr old female KW - 1990 KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Drug Therapy KW - Propranolol KW - Intellectual Development Disorder KW - 1990 DO - 10.1002/bin.2360050407 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-10695-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-09403-001 AN - 1991-09403-001 AU - Irwin, Michael R. AU - Hauger, Richard L. AU - Jones, Lee AU - Provencio, Michaelyn AU - Britton, Karen T. T1 - Sympathetic nervous system mediates central corticotropin-releasing factor induced suppression of natural killer cytotoxicity. JF - The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics JO - The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics JA - J Pharmacol Exp Ther Y1 - 1990/10// VL - 255 IS - 1 SP - 101 EP - 107 CY - US PB - American Society for Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics ASPET SN - 0022-3565 SN - 1521-0103 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-09403-001. PMID: 2120421 Other Journal Title: Pharmacological Reviews. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Irwin, Michael R.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, CA, US. Release Date: 19910401. Correction Date: 20130513. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Corticotropin; Neurochemistry; Sympathetic Nervous System. Minor Descriptor: Rats; Spleen. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1990. AB - Tested the hypothesis that activation of the sympathetic nervous system induced by corticotropin-releasing factor (CRF) mediates the suppression of splenic natural killer (NK) cell activity. Chemical sympathectomy, nonselective beta adrenergic receptor blockade, and selective beta-2 adrenergic receptor antagonism abolished CRF-induced suppression of splenic NK cytotoxicity in male rats. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - corticotropin factor induced sympathetic nervous system activation KW - suppression of splenic natural killer cell activity KW - male rats KW - 1990 KW - Corticotropin KW - Neurochemistry KW - Sympathetic Nervous System KW - Rats KW - Spleen KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-09403-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-09366-001 AN - 1991-09366-001 AU - Cannon, Dale S. AU - Leeka, Jay K. T1 - Effect of body weight on ethanol-induced taste aversion learning. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1990/10// VL - 37 IS - 2 SP - 379 EP - 381 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-09366-001. PMID: 2080197 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cannon, Dale S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Dallas, TX, US. Release Date: 19910401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aversion Conditioning; Body Weight; Ethanol; Saccharin. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1990. AB - Conditioned saccharin aversions using ethanol (ET) in 2 experiments with male rats of different body weights. There was a nonuniform relation between ET dose and strength of conditioned taste aversion. Heavier rats learned stronger aversions at the same dose, and a weak dose was effective only in heavier rats. Rats should be equated on body weight in studies of ET-induced taste aversion learning and in studies of ET preference. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - body weight KW - ethanol induced saccharin aversion KW - male rats KW - 1990 KW - Aversion Conditioning KW - Body Weight KW - Ethanol KW - Saccharin KW - Rats KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(90)90352-I UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-09366-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-09349-001 AN - 1991-09349-001 AU - Wu, Ming-fung AU - Siegel, Jerome M. AU - Shouse, Margarate N. AU - Schenkel, Elizabeth T1 - Lesions producing REM sleep without atonia disinhibit the acoustic startle reflex without affecting prepulse inhibition. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1990/10// VL - 528 IS - 2 SP - 330 EP - 334 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-09349-001. PMID: 2271932 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wu, Ming-fung; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19910401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Acoustic Reflex; Rapid Eye Movement; Startle Reflex. Minor Descriptor: Cats; Medulla Oblongata; Tegmentum. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1990. AB - Examined whether the brainstem motor inhibition system that mediates muscle atonia during REM sleep is involved in the elicitation and prepulse inhibition of the acoustic startle reflex (ASR) in 15 adult cats. Electrolytic or neurotoxic lesions were made in the dorsolateral pontine tegmentum or the medial medulla, respectively, to produce REM sleep without atonia. Startle responses were released during REM sleep following lesions. However, the amount of startle suppression produced by auditory prepulse after the lesion did not differ from that seen in intact controls. REM sleep suppression of ASRs appears to be mediated by the system responsible for tonic motor inhibition, but auditory prepulse inhibition of ASRs does not. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - REM sleep without atonia KW - elicitation & prepulse inhibition of acoustic startle reflex KW - cats with pontine or medullary lesions KW - 1990 KW - Acoustic Reflex KW - Rapid Eye Movement KW - Startle Reflex KW - Cats KW - Medulla Oblongata KW - Tegmentum KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(90)91677-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-09349-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-07917-001 AN - 1991-07917-001 AU - Glynn, Shirley M. T1 - Token economy approaches for psychiatric patients: Progress and pitfalls over 25 years. T3 - Recent developments in the behavioral treatment of chronic psychiatric illness JF - Behavior Modification JO - Behavior Modification JA - Behav Modif Y1 - 1990/10// VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 383 EP - 407 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0145-4455 SN - 1552-4167 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-07917-001. PMID: 2252466 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Glynn, Shirley M.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brentwood Div, CA, US. Release Date: 19910301. Correction Date: 20121008. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Disorders; Schizophrenia; Token Economy Programs. Classification: Behavior Therapy & Behavior Modification (3312). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 25. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1990. AB - Token economies are among the most well-validated and effective behavioral treatments for schizophrenia and other serious psychiatric disorders. However, their use in clinical and research settings has declined from a peak in the early 1970s. Reasons for this decrease in use include staff resistance, reduced length of inpatient admissions, greater emphasis on community-based treatments, economic constraints, and legal and ethical challenges. Nevertheless, a small but enthusiastic group of proponents still conducts token economy research and treatment. Important topics pertaining to the token economy remain to be addressed. These include specifying its remediative components, developing strategies to promote generalization and maintenance of treatment gains, and creating better methods to identify patients who would benefit most from participating in these programs. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - token economy approaches in treatment KW - patients with schizophrenia or other psychiatric disorders KW - 1990 KW - Mental Disorders KW - Schizophrenia KW - Token Economy Programs KW - 1990 DO - 10.1177/01454455900144002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-07917-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-07753-001 AN - 1991-07753-001 AU - Van Gorp, Wilfred G. AU - Tulin, Steven J. AU - Evans, Gwenn AU - Satz, Paul T1 - Incidence of the WAIS—R Fuld profile in HIV-1 infection. JF - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JO - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JA - J Clin Exp Neuropsychol Y1 - 1990/10// VL - 12 IS - 5 SP - 807 EP - 811 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 1380-3395 SN - 1744-411X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-07753-001. PMID: 2258439 Other Journal Title: Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Gorp, Wilfred G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr-West Los Angeles, Neuropsychology Lab, CA, US. Release Date: 19910301. Correction Date: 20100927. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: AIDS; Bisexuality; Cholinergic Nerves; Male Homosexuality; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Immunological Disorders (3291). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1990. AB - Assessed the incidence of P. A. Fuld's (see record [rid]1985-07049-001[/rid]) Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Revised (WAIS—R) subtest marker sensitive to cholinergic dysfunction in 116 homosexual or bisexual men with symptomatic stages of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection. 40 had acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS), and 76 had AIDS-related complex (ARC). All Ss were administered the WAIS—R. As a group, Ss with AIDS or ARC did not show an increased incidence of the Fuld profile associated with cholinergic disruption. Results lend cautious support to the application of the Fuld formula for psychometrically differentiating between dementia of the Alzheimer's type and other dementia syndromes (e.g., HIV encephalopathy). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - incidence of P. A. Fuld's WAIS-R subtest marker for cholinergic dysfunction KW - homosexual or bisexual males with AIDS or ARC KW - 1990 KW - AIDS KW - Bisexuality KW - Cholinergic Nerves KW - Male Homosexuality KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - 1990 DO - 10.1080/01688639008401021 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-07753-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-07700-001 AN - 1991-07700-001 AU - Massman, Paul J. AU - Delis, Dean C. AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Levin, Bonnie E. AU - Salmon, David P. T1 - Are all subcortical dementias alike? Verbal learning and memory in Parkinson's and Huntington's disease patients. JF - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JO - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JA - J Clin Exp Neuropsychol Y1 - 1990/10// VL - 12 IS - 5 SP - 729 EP - 744 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 1380-3395 SN - 1744-411X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-07700-001. PMID: 2147923 Other Journal Title: Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Massman, Paul J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19910301. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Huntingtons Disease; Memory; Parkinson's Disease; Verbal Learning. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1990. AB - Investigated the utility of the concept of subcortical dementia by comparing the verbal learning and memory abilities of 19 Parkinson's disease (PD) patients, 19 Huntington's disease (HD) patients, and 19 normal controls. Many similarities between PD and HD groups emerged, including impaired immediate memory spans, inconsistency of recall across learning trials, deficient use of a semantic clustering learning strategy, impaired recognition memory performance, normal vulnerability to proactive or retroactive interference, and normal types of intrusion errors. HD Ss, however, displayed inferior free recall, deficient improvement across learning trials, abnormal serial position recall effects, higher perseveration rates, and supranormal improvement on recognition testing compared with free recall. Overall, results support the neuropsychological validity of the cortical–subcortical dementia distinction. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - verbal learning & memory ability KW - patients with Parkinson's vs Huntington's disease KW - 1990 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Huntingtons Disease KW - Memory KW - Parkinson's Disease KW - Verbal Learning KW - 1990 DO - 10.1080/01688639008401015 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-07700-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-07349-001 AN - 1991-07349-001 AU - Allen, John S. AU - Matsunaga, Katsuya AU - Hacisalihzade, Selim AU - Stark, Lawrence T1 - Smooth pursuit eye movements of normal and schizophrenic subjects tracking an unpredictable target. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/10// VL - 28 IS - 8 SP - 705 EP - 720 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-07349-001. PMID: 2242390 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Allen, John S.; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CA, US. Release Date: 19910301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Eye Movements; Schizophrenia; Visual Tracking. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1990. AB - Examined smooth pursuit eye movements of 14 normal and 16 schizophrenic (SCZ) Ss (aged 20–47 yrs) tracking an unpredictable target (composed of summed sine waves). Eye tracking performance was evaluated qualitatively and quantitatively using percent root-mean-square error and pursuit gain scores. SCZs were capable of generating an internal model for predicting the future path of predictable target movements and were capable of quickly making estimations of future target motion based on immediate prior target motion while tracking an unpredictable target. Thus, eye tracking dysfunction in SCZs may be due to postregistration information processing deficits. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - smooth pursuit eye movements during tracking of unpredictable target KW - schizophrenic 20–47 yr olds KW - 1990 KW - Eye Movements KW - Schizophrenia KW - Visual Tracking KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(90)90457-D UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-07349-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-21657-001 AN - 1991-21657-001 AU - Calsyn, Donald A. AU - Saxon, Andrew J. T1 - Personality disorder subtypes among cocaine and opioid addicts using the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 25 IS - 9 SP - 1037 EP - 1049 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-21657-001. PMID: 2090633 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Calsyn, Donald A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Addiction Treatment Ctr Outpatient Services, Seattle, WA, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19910801. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cocaine; Drug Addiction; Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory; Opiates; Personality Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Military Veterans; Psychosis; Subtypes (Disorders). Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1990. AB - Administered the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory (MCMI) to 73 opioid and 37 cocaine addicts entering treatment. Ss were all male veterans. MCMI protocols were then sorted 4 times to identify (1) Ss with psychotic disturbances, (2) Ss with affective disturbances, (3) Ss with severe personality disorders, and (4) basic personality disorder subtypes. The MCMI found Axis II disorders in 90% of opiate and 97% of cocaine addicts. The covariabilities of all 4 categories with drug of choice are presented. The covariabilities of the 1st 3 categories with the 4th category are also presented. The MCMI appears to be a useful instrument for psychiatric diagnosis of opioid and cocaine addicts. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - identification of psychotic & affective disturbances & personality disorder subtypes KW - opioid & cocaine addicted male veterans KW - 1990 KW - Cocaine KW - Drug Addiction KW - Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - Opiates KW - Personality Disorders KW - Affective Disorders KW - Military Veterans KW - Psychosis KW - Subtypes (Disorders) KW - 1990 DO - 10.3109/10826089009058871 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-21657-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-20155-001 AN - 1991-20155-001 AU - O'Connell, Walter E. T1 - Natural high theory and practice (NHTP) as a model of Adlerian holism. JF - Individual Psychology: Journal of Adlerian Theory, Research & Practice JO - Individual Psychology: Journal of Adlerian Theory, Research & Practice JA - Individ Psychol Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 46 IS - 3 SP - 263 EP - 269 CY - US PB - North American Society of Adlerian Psychology SN - 0277-7010 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-20155-001. Other Journal Title: American Journal of Individual Psychology; Individual Psychologist; Journal of Individual Psychology; The Journal of Individual Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Connell, Walter E.; Veterans Administration, US. Other Publishers: American Society of Adlerian Psychology; University of Texas Press. Release Date: 19910801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Individual Psychology; Philosophies. Classification: Philosophy (2630). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1990. AB - Replies to the contention that Adlerian psychology lacks holistic perspectives by considering the NHTP Adlerian system, a holistic treatment and education for overcoming inner and outer constrictions of democratic (cooperation-as-equals) and psychospiritual (self-esteem and self-interest) experiences. NHTP teaches through stimulating, modeling, and reinforcing. The tolerance of the Adlerian movement for extreme polarities and specific approaches to NHTP are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - holistic perspective & natural high theory & practice model of Adlerian psychology KW - 1990 KW - Individual Psychology KW - Philosophies KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-20155-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-13265-001 AN - 1991-13265-001 AU - Peterson, Charles A. T1 - Administration of the Thematic Apperception Test: Contributions of psychoanalytic psychotherapy. JF - Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy JO - Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy JA - J Contemp Psychother Y1 - 1990///Fal 1990 VL - 20 IS - 3 SP - 191 EP - 200 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0022-0116 SN - 1573-3564 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-13265-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Peterson, Charles A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Day Hospital Program, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 19910501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychoanalysis; Test Administration; Thematic Apperception Test. Classification: Psychoanalytic Therapy (3315). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1990. AB - Suggests that the basic Thematic Apperception Test (TAT) instruction ought to be modified and that greater attention should be paid to an explicit theoretical rationale by which the cards are selected and presented. Inviting the patient to collaborate in a self-interpretation of the TAT can serve as an assessment of the patient's capacity for introspection and the development of the working alliance. Moreover, psychoanalytic developmental theory can function as an epigenetic organizer of the patient's TAT protocol. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychoanalytic psychotherapy KW - modification of TAT administration KW - 1990 KW - Psychoanalysis KW - Test Administration KW - Thematic Apperception Test KW - 1990 DO - 10.1007/BF00946055 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-13265-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-11647-001 AN - 1991-11647-001 AU - Durkin, Martin AU - Prescott, Louisa AU - Jonet, C. Jean AU - Frank, Elaine AU - Niggel, Michael AU - Powell, Donald A. T1 - Photoresistive measurement of the Pavlovian conditioned eyelid response in human subjects. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 27 IS - 5 SP - 599 EP - 603 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-11647-001. PMID: 2274623 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Durkin, Martin; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuroscience Lab, Columbia, SC, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19910501. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Eyelid Conditioning; Transducers. Minor Descriptor: Methodology. Classification: Sensory Perception (2320). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1990. AB - Describes an inexpensive optical eyelid transducer system for measuring eyelid closure during classical (Pavlovian) conditioning experiments. This system was tested by studying eyeblink conditioning in 13 human Ss and 10 controls who received pseudoconditioning. The system employs a densitometric device that focuses a beam of infrared light on the cornea. Reflection of the light is interrupted by the eyelids when they are closed, which is sensed by an infrared detector. The latter causes a voltage change to occur, which can then be measured in a variety of ways. Details of the hardware required and software developed for this purpose are described. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - description & test of optical transducer system for measuring eyelid closure during classical conditioning KW - humans KW - 1990 KW - Eyelid Conditioning KW - Transducers KW - Methodology KW - 1990 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1990.tb01983.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-11647-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-10935-001 AN - 1991-10935-001 AU - Timko, Christine AU - Moos, Rudolf H. T1 - Determinants of interpersonal support and self-direction in group residential facilities. JF - Journal of Gerontology JO - Journal of Gerontology JA - J Gerontol Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 45 IS - 5 SP - S184 EP - S192 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0022-1422 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-10935-001. PMID: 2394919 Other Journal Title: The Journals of Gerontology: Series A: Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Timko, Christine; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19910401. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Attitudes; Health Personnel Attitudes; Residential Care Institutions; Social Support. Minor Descriptor: Facility Environment; Medical Personnel. Classification: Nursing Homes & Residential Care (3377). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1990. AB - Examined determinants of residents' and staff's judgments of interpersonal support and self-direction in group residential facilities for older people. The Multiphasic Assessment Procedure was used to assess social climate dimensions and their determinants in 244 facilities. Residents saw more interpersonal support and self-direction in facilities with more physical resources (comfort and staff facilities) and policies providing more autonomy. A similar pattern was found for staff's perceptions of self-direction. Residents and staff also viewed facilities as providing more interpersonal support and self-direction when residents were more socially competent. Larger facility size was associated with residents' assessments of more conflict, and a higher staff–resident ratio was related to residents' judgments of having less independence and influence. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social climate & judgments of interpersonal support & self direction KW - elderly & staff at group residential facilities KW - 1990 KW - Client Attitudes KW - Health Personnel Attitudes KW - Residential Care Institutions KW - Social Support KW - Facility Environment KW - Medical Personnel KW - 1990 DO - 10.1093/geronj/45.5.S184 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-10935-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-10464-001 AN - 1991-10464-001 AU - White, Roberta F. T1 - Emotional and cognitive correlates of multiple sclerosis. JF - The Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences JO - The Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences Y1 - 1990///Fal 1990 VL - 2 IS - 4 SP - 422 EP - 428 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0895-0172 SN - 1545-7222 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-10464-001. PMID: 2136396 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: White, Roberta F.; Boston Veterans Administration Hosp, Jamaica Plain, MA, US. Release Date: 19910401. Correction Date: 20090727. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Epidemiology; Genetics; Multiple Sclerosis; Neuropsychology. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1990. AB - Presents an overview of multiple sclerosis (MS) and discusses the genetics and epidemiology and neuropsychology of MS. As the disease progresses and the involvement of subcortical white matter becomes more widespread, a picture of diffuse cognitive change, with all types of cognitive problems, emerges. These include difficulties with naming, general language, visuospatial skills, and memory. Work on the psychiatry of MS centers around hysterical symptoms, affective disorders, and psychotic symptoms. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - genetics & epidemiology & neuropsychology of multiple sclerosis KW - 1990 KW - Epidemiology KW - Genetics KW - Multiple Sclerosis KW - Neuropsychology KW - 1990 DO - 10.1176/jnp.2.4.422 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-10464-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-10364-001 AN - 1991-10364-001 AU - Lipe, Hillary AU - Longstreth, W. T. AU - Bird, T. D. AU - Linde, M. T1 - Sexual function in married men with Parkinson's disease compared to married men with arthritis. JF - Neurology JO - Neurology Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 40 IS - 9 SP - 1347 EP - 1349 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0028-3878 SN - 1526-632X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-10364-001. PMID: 2392215 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lipe, Hillary; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Div of Neurology, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19910401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Arthritis; Husbands; Parkinson's Disease; Psychosexual Behavior. Minor Descriptor: Age Differences; Major Depression; Severity (Disorders). Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1990. AB - Evaluated the effects of age, severity of Parkinson's disease (PD), and depression on the sexual function of 41 married men with PD and a comparison group of 29 married men with arthritis. Total sexual functioning and categories of desire, arousal, orgasm, and satisfaction did not differ significantly between the groups. For both groups, increased age, severity of illness, and depression were associated with reduced sexual function. Sexual dysfunction may be common in married men with PD, but no more so than in men with chronic illnesses that do not involve the nervous system. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age & depression & severity of illness KW - sexual function KW - married males with Parkinson's disease vs arthritis KW - 1990 KW - Arthritis KW - Husbands KW - Parkinson's Disease KW - Psychosexual Behavior KW - Age Differences KW - Major Depression KW - Severity (Disorders) KW - 1990 DO - 10.1212/WNL.40.9.1347 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-10364-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-10182-001 AN - 1991-10182-001 AU - Pendorf, James E. T1 - Syndrome analysis: Chronic alcoholism in adults. JF - Journal of Alcohol and Drug Education JO - Journal of Alcohol and Drug Education JA - J Alcohol Drug Educ Y1 - 1990///Fal 1990 VL - 36 IS - 1 SP - 115 EP - 126 CY - US PB - American Alcohol & Drug Information Foundation SN - 0090-1482 SN - 2162-4119 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-10182-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pendorf, James E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Services, Lebanon, PA, US. Other Publishers: Journal of Alcohol and Drug Education, Inc. Release Date: 19910401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1990. AB - Analyzes the outcome of chronic alcoholism on 9 systems levels ranging from cellular effects to effects on the macroenvironment. Each effect of alcoholism is cross-referenced with research citations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - outcome of chronic alcoholism KW - 1990 KW - Alcoholism KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-10182-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-10049-001 AN - 1991-10049-001 AU - Reist, Christopher AU - Haier, Richard J. AU - DeMet, Edward AU - Chicz-DeMet, Aleksandra T1 - Platelet MAO activity in personality disorders and normal controls. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 33 IS - 3 SP - 221 EP - 227 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-10049-001. PMID: 2243899 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reist, Christopher; Long Beach Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, CA, US. Release Date: 19910401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Monoamine Oxidases; Personality Disorders; Sensation Seeking. Minor Descriptor: Blood Platelets. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1990. AB - Measured platelet monoamine oxidase (MAO) activity in personality disorders and determined its relationship to symptoms analogous to sensation seeking in 28 males (mean age 25.6 yrs) admitted to a psychiatric unit with a Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-III—Revised (DSM-III—R) diagnosis of personality disorder and in 13 normal controls. There was no difference in MAO activity between patients and controls, although it was lower in borderline patients. MAO activity was inversely correlated with sensation seeking, especially in the patient group. Results are consistent with the view that platelet MAO activity is a marker of general psychopathology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - platelet MAO activity & sensation seeking KW - male adults with personality disorder KW - 1990 KW - Monoamine Oxidases KW - Personality Disorders KW - Sensation Seeking KW - Blood Platelets KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(90)90039-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-10049-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-10046-001 AN - 1991-10046-001 AU - Reich, James T1 - Criteria for diagnosing DSM-III Borderline Personality Disorder. JF - Annals of Clinical Psychiatry JO - Annals of Clinical Psychiatry JA - Ann Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 2 IS - 3 SP - 189 EP - 197 CY - US PB - Elsevier Science Inc SN - 1040-1237 SN - 1547-3325 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-10046-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reich, James; Brockton Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, MA, US. Other Publishers: Dowden Health Media; Informa Healthcare; Quadrant HealthCom Inc.; Springer Netherlands; Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19910401. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Borderline States; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis; Psychodiagnostic Typologies; Statistical Validity. Minor Descriptor: Diagnostic Criteria. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1990. AB - Examined 159 psychiatric outpatients to determine which criteria for borderline personality disorder (BPD) from the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) were most valid. These criteria were evaluated in terms of sensitivity, specificity, predictive power positive, and predictive power negative. Combinations of 2 criteria predicted better than individual ones and combinations of 3 criteria predicted better than 2. Results were compared to previous findings (e.g., H. G. Nurnberg et al; see record [rid]1990-09875-001[/rid]). The exact criteria that best discriminate appear to depend on the comparison groups used. The current criteria for BPD seem capable of discriminating diverse S groups. The possibility of searching for core criteria that broadly discriminate between differing S groups is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sensitivity & specificity & predictive power of DSM-III diagnostic criteria for borderline personality disorder KW - psychiatric outpatients KW - 1990 KW - Borderline States KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - Statistical Validity KW - Diagnostic Criteria KW - 1990 DO - 10.3109/10401239009147943 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-10046-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-09969-001 AN - 1991-09969-001 AU - Caligiuri, Michael P. AU - Lohr, James B. T1 - Fine force instability: A quantitative measure of neuroleptic-induced dyskinesia in the hand. JF - The Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences JO - The Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences Y1 - 1990///Fal 1990 VL - 2 IS - 4 SP - 395 EP - 398 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0895-0172 SN - 1545-7222 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-09969-001. PMID: 1983784 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Caligiuri, Michael P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Motor Function Lab, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19910401. Correction Date: 20090727. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hand (Anatomy); Neuroleptic Drugs; Tardive Dyskinesia. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1990. AB - Reports the results of a procedure for the quantification of tardive dyskinesia (TD) in the hand. Fourier analyses were made of steady-state isometric force control in 41 neuroleptic-treated patients with and without hand TD, 10 patients who had not received neuroleptics, and 22 normal controls. All Ss with TD had low-frequency spectral amplitude power values that exceeded 2 standard deviations of normal. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - steady state isometric force control KW - neuroleptic treated vs untreated patients with vs without tardive dyskinesia in hand KW - 1990 KW - Hand (Anatomy) KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Tardive Dyskinesia KW - 1990 DO - 10.1176/jnp.2.4.395 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-09969-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-06807-001 AN - 1991-06807-001 AU - Flood, James F. AU - Garland, Jon S. AU - Morley, John E. T1 - Vasoactive intestinal peptide (VIP): An amnestic neuropeptide. JF - Peptides JO - Peptides JA - Peptides Y1 - 1990/09//Sep-Oct, 1990 VL - 11 IS - 5 SP - 933 EP - 938 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0196-9781 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-06807-001. PMID: 2178250 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Flood, James F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, St Louis, MO, US. Release Date: 19910301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Memory; Peptides. Minor Descriptor: Amnesia; Maze Learning; Mice. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sep-Oct, 1990. AB - Injected VIP, a neuropeptide present in high concentrations in the hippocampus, into the 3rd ventricle of the brain in male mice trained on a left–right footshock avoidance task in a T-maze. VIP resulted in amnesia when administered directly into the rostral portion of the hippocampus at a 10-fold lower dose than was needed to produce amnesia when VIP was administered icv. Memory-improving compounds were tested for a selective ability to block amnesia induced by VIP. The amnestic effect of VIP was blocked by peripheral administration of the memory-enhancing agents arecoline, naloxone, and ST 587 (a noradrenergic receptor agonist). It is concluded that VIP is a potent amnestic peptide. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - vasoactive intestinal peptide KW - memory for footshock avoidance task in T maze KW - male mice KW - 1990 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Memory KW - Peptides KW - Amnesia KW - Maze Learning KW - Mice KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0196-9781(90)90012-T UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-06807-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-06315-001 AN - 1991-06315-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Juba, Mark AU - Anderson, Patricia E. AU - Manifold, Victor T1 - What does the Keane et al. PTSD scale for the MMPI measure? JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 46 IS - 5 SP - 600 EP - 606 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-06315-001. PMID: 2246366 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, St Cloud, MN, US. Release Date: 19910301. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Combat Experience; Military Veterans; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychodiagnostic Typologies. Minor Descriptor: Statistical Correlation. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1990. AB - Studied correlations between the posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) scale for the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) developed by T. M. Keane et al (see record [rid]1985-02913-001[/rid]) and various elements of the definition of PTSD found in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III). These DSM-III elements included symptom, section, and factor score ratings. Correlations with combat experience were also studied. Ss were 61 individuals who had served in Vietnam. Correlations of the Keane et al scale with the various symptom criteria were both substantial and consistent. However, relationships of the MMPI PTSD scale with trauma history measures were modest and frequently nonsignificant. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI PTSD scale & correlation with DSM-III definition elements & combat experience KW - Vietnam veterans KW - 1990 KW - Combat Experience KW - Military Veterans KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - Statistical Correlation KW - 1990 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(199009)46:5<600::AID-JCLP2270460509>3.0.CO;2-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-06315-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-05702-001 AN - 1991-05702-001 AU - Lynch, William J. T1 - Cognitive prostheses for the brain impaired. JF - The Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilitation JO - The Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilitation JA - J Head Trauma Rehabil Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 5 IS - 3 SP - 78 EP - 80 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0885-9701 SN - 1550-509X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-05702-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lynch, William J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brain Injury Rehabilitation Unit, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19910201. Correction Date: 20091026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Cognitive Rehabilitation; Computer Applications; Head Injuries. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Prostheses. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1990. AB - Describes a computer systems design for the cognitively impaired, based on the work of E. Cole (1989). The case of a 54-yr-old woman with traumatic brain injury illustrates the application of this cognitive prosthesis technique. Intervention involved observing the S with the prescribed computer system and checking the system for optimum functionality. Assessments of the S's performance led to several system modifications. The S became self-sufficient in writing documents and in completing home financial transactions after 3 training sessions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - computer systems design for cognitive prosthesis technique KW - 54 yr old females with traumatic brain injury KW - case report KW - 1990 KW - Brain Damage KW - Cognitive Rehabilitation KW - Computer Applications KW - Head Injuries KW - Case Report KW - Prostheses KW - 1990 DO - 10.1097/00001199-199009000-00015 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-05702-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-05672-001 AN - 1991-05672-001 AU - Rosenheck, Robert AU - Astrachan, Boris T1 - Regional variation in patterns of inpatient psychiatric care. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 147 IS - 9 SP - 1180 EP - 1183 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-05672-001. PMID: 2386251 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rosenheck, Robert; West Haven Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Northeast Program Evaluation Ctr, CT, US. Release Date: 19910201. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geography; Psychiatric Hospitals; Treatment Duration. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1990. AB - Examined regional variation in both average length of stay and number of beds per 100,000 population for inpatient psychiatric care in the US during 1983. Data were taken from a 1983 National Institute of Mental Health biennial inventory (M. J. Witkin et al). The greatest differences were between the Northeast and Midatlantic regions and the Pacific and Southwest regions. Medical centers of the US Department of Veterans Affairs, whose policies are largely centrally determined, followed the same regional trends. Regional average length of stay, particularly in public sector mental health care organizations, was higher in regions with more occupied beds per 100,000 population. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - regional variation in average length of stay & number of beds per 100 KW - 000 for inpatient psychiatric care KW - 1983 KW - US KW - 1990 KW - Geography KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Treatment Duration KW - 1990 DO - 10.1176/ajp.147.9.1180 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-05672-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-05185-001 AN - 1991-05185-001 AU - Pearlman, Chester AU - Richmond, Janet T1 - New data on the methohexital-thiopental-arrhythmia issue. JF - Convulsive Therapy JO - Convulsive Therapy JA - Convuls Ther Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 6 IS - 3 SP - 221 EP - 223 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0749-8055 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-05185-001. PMID: 11941071 Other Journal Title: The Journal of ECT. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pearlman, Chester; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MA, US. Release Date: 19910201. Correction Date: 20090831. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Arrhythmias (Heart); Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy; Methohexital; Thiopental. Classification: Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1990. AB - Re-examined previous reports by F. N. Pitts et al (1965) and R. A. Woodruff et al (1968) of a much greater incidence of arrhythmias with thiopental anesthesia for electroconvulsive shock therapy (ECT) than methohexital and reconsidered the possible role of hypercapnia. Review of 50 ECT treatments with each agent in 11 male patients (aged 32–70 yrs) and 2 female patients (aged 26–32 yrs) who had received each revealed only one brief episode of arrhythmia, suggesting that factors other than the anesthetic agent may have been responsible for the observed arrhythmias. The importance of postictal hyperventilation in preventing hypercapnia and associated arrhythmias is suggested. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - thiopental vs methohexital anesthesia KW - cardiac arrhythmia during ECT KW - 26–70 yr olds KW - 1990 KW - Arrhythmias (Heart) KW - Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy KW - Methohexital KW - Thiopental KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-05185-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-05184-001 AN - 1991-05184-001 AU - Pearlman, Chester T1 - Neuroleptic malignant syndrome and electroconvulsive therapy. JF - Convulsive Therapy JO - Convulsive Therapy JA - Convuls Ther Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 6 IS - 3 SP - 251 EP - 254 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0749-8055 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-05184-001. Other Journal Title: The Journal of ECT. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pearlman, Chester; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, MA, US. Release Date: 19910201. Correction Date: 20090831. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy; Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome. Classification: Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1990. AB - Notes several reports of the use of electroconvulsive shock therapy (ECT) in patients with neuroleptic malignant syndrome (NMS) and suggests that the overall impression from these and the cases described by D. A. Casey (1987) is that, with appropriate attention to anesthetic issues, ECT can be safely performed in NMS patients. ECT is a treatment option in cases of NMS that do not respond to other approaches, especially when a catatonic state is suspected or in cases where the S's psychiatric disorder is worsened by dopamine antagonists. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ECT KW - patients with neuroleptic malignant syndrome KW - 1990 KW - Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy KW - Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-05184-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-05165-001 AN - 1991-05165-001 AU - Mann, Stephan C. AU - Caroff, Stanley N. AU - Bleier, Henry R. AU - Antelo, Eduardo AU - Un, Hyong T1 - Electroconvulsive therapy of the lethal catatonia syndrome. JF - Convulsive Therapy JO - Convulsive Therapy JA - Convuls Ther Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 6 IS - 3 SP - 239 EP - 247 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0749-8055 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-05165-001. PMID: 11941074 Other Journal Title: The Journal of ECT. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mann, Stephan C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Philadelphia, PA, US. Release Date: 19910201. Correction Date: 20130513. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Bipolar Disorder; Catatonia; Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy. Minor Descriptor: Case Report. Classification: Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1990. AB - Presents the case of a 38-yr-old man with bipolar mood disorder and lethal catatonia (LC) who was successfully treated by electroconvulsive shock therapy (ECT). Results support the use of ECT as a safe and effective treatment for LC occurring in the context of the major psychoses. Anecdotal evidence suggests that ECT is dramatically effective in LC regardless of etiology. The use of ECT in the treatment of neuroleptic malignant syndrome (NMS), viewed here as a subtype of LC, is considered and compared with that of specific drug therapies for NMS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ECT KW - 38 yr old male with bipolar mood disorder & lethal catatonia KW - case report KW - 1990 KW - Bipolar Disorder KW - Catatonia KW - Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy KW - Case Report KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-05165-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-05135-001 AN - 1991-05135-001 AU - Chen, Jang-june AU - Velamati, Sudha AU - Stewart, Carole T1 - Detection of prolonged seizure by audible EEG. JF - Convulsive Therapy JO - Convulsive Therapy JA - Convuls Ther Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 6 IS - 3 SP - 248 EP - 250 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0749-8055 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-05135-001. Other Journal Title: The Journal of ECT. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Chen, Jang-june; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, North Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 19910201. Correction Date: 20090831. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy; Major Depression; Seizures; Side Effects (Treatment). Minor Descriptor: Response Duration. Classification: Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1990. AB - The detection and termination of unusually long seizures during electroconvulsive shock therapy (ECT) treatment may minimize cognitive side effects. The use of audible EEG monitoring has become the standard for this purpose. Case examples of a 56-yr-old and an 18-yr-old male with depression are presented. In these cases, audible EEG allowed timely recognition, observation, and treatment of prolonged seizures. With both Ss, a protracted seizure occurred with the 1st ECT in the course, suggesting that EEG monitoring of the 1st seizure is especially important. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - detection & termination of unusually long seizures during ECT KW - cognitive side effects KW - depressed 18 & 56 yr old males KW - 1990 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy KW - Major Depression KW - Seizures KW - Side Effects (Treatment) KW - Response Duration KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-05135-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-05105-001 AN - 1991-05105-001 AU - Volicer, Ladislav AU - Crino, Peter B. T1 - Involvement of free radicals in dementia of the Alzheimer type: A hypothesis. JF - Neurobiology of Aging JO - Neurobiology of Aging JA - Neurobiol Aging Y1 - 1990/09//Sep-Oct, 1990 VL - 11 IS - 5 SP - 567 EP - 571 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0197-4580 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-05105-001. PMID: 2146522 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Volicer, Ladislav; Edith Nourse Rogers Memorial Veterans Administration Hosp, Bedford, MA, US. Release Date: 19910201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Etiology; Neurochemistry; Neurons. Minor Descriptor: Oxygen. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Sep-Oct, 1990. AB - Proposes that increased formation of oxygen-derived free radicals, such as the superoxide and hydroxyl species, may be responsible for progressive neural degeneration in dementia of the Alzheimer type (DAT). Several processes increase free radical formation and some of them (e.g., brain trauma, aging) are risk factors for DAT. There is some evidence for increased free radical formation in Down's syndrome, which is associated with development of DAT pathology. Free radicals alone may induce cell death by damaging lipids or proteins, while reactions between free radicals and neurotransmitters may lead to formation of endogenous neurotoxin(s). There is evidence that partial oxidation of serotonin (5-hydroxytryptamine [5-HT]) by exposure to hydroxyl radicals results in formation of a novel neurotoxin, tryptamine-4,5-dione. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - formation of oxygen derived free radicals KW - hypothesis on responsibility for progressive neural degeneration in dementia of Alzheimer's type KW - 1990 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Etiology KW - Neurochemistry KW - Neurons KW - Oxygen KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0197-4580(90)90119-K UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-05105-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-04951-001 AN - 1991-04951-001 AU - Dysken, Maurice W. AU - Nelson, Mary J. AU - Hoover, Kathleen M. AU - Kuskowski, Michael A. AU - McGeachie, Robert T1 - Rapid dynamic CT scanning in primary degenerative dementia and age-matched controls. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 28 IS - 5 SP - 425 EP - 434 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-04951-001. PMID: 2207220 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dysken, Maurice W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr Program, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 19910201. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dementia; Tomography. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1990. AB - Dynamic computerized tomography (CT) scanning of the brain was performed in 26 patients (aged 52–84 yrs) with primary degenerative dementia (PDD) and in 15 controls without a dementing illness. Changes in CT density values over time were obtained for 16 regions of interest (ROIs) chosen to avoid overlap with adjacent cerebrospinal fluid (CSF), sulsi, or bone. CT density washout curves were compared between patients and controls to detect regions where blood brain barrier (BBB) permeability might be increased. Although patients' washout curves declined more gradually than control curves in 11 of the 14 ROIs with a functioning BBB, in no case did the difference reach significance. Results do not support the hypothesis of an increase in BBB permeability in Alzheimer's disease. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dynamic computerized tomography scanning KW - 52–84 yr olds with primary degenerative dementia KW - 1990 KW - Dementia KW - Tomography KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(90)90410-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-04951-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-04731-001 AN - 1991-04731-001 AU - Ward, L. Charles AU - Dillon, Elizabeth A. T1 - Psychiatric symptom correlates of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) Masculinity-Femininity scale. JF - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - Psychol Assess Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 2 IS - 3 SP - 286 EP - 288 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1040-3590 SN - 1939-134X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-04731-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ward, L. Charles; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Tuscaloosa, AL, US. Release Date: 19910201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Femininity; Masculinity; Mental Disorders; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Aug 21, 1989; Revised Date: Jul 24, 1989; First Submitted Date: Nov 28, 1988. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - The Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) was administered to 72 female and 51 male outpatients, and subjects were rated on the Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale. Raw scores on Masculinity–Femininity (Mf) correlated positively with ratings of emotional distress, even with gender effects removed. Male and female patients who scored high (feminine direction) on Mf were rated higher on anxiety, depressed mood, guilt feelings, and tension than were low scorers. Mf was the only MMPI scale to correlate significantly with guilt feelings, and its relationships with anxiety, depressed mood, and tension were largely independent of other MMPI clinical scales. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychiatric symptom correlates of MMPI Masculinity-Femininity scale KW - male & female psychiatric outpatients KW - 1990 KW - Femininity KW - Masculinity KW - Mental Disorders KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Symptoms KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/1040-3590.2.3.286 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-04731-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-04654-001 AN - 1991-04654-001 AU - Lohr, James B. AU - Kuczenski, Ronald AU - Bracha, H. Stefan AU - Moir, Melinda AU - Jeste, Dilip V. T1 - Increased indices of free radical activity in the cerebrospinal fluid of patients with tardive dyskinesia. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 28 IS - 6 SP - 535 EP - 539 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-04654-001. PMID: 1699612 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lohr, James B.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, CA, US. Release Date: 19910201. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chemicals; Lipids; Metabolites; Tardive Dyskinesia. Minor Descriptor: Cerebrospinal Fluid. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1990. AB - Evaluated the role of free radicals in tardive dyskinesia (TD) by measuring concentrations of putative indicators of free radical activity or lipid peroxidation and biogenic monoamine metabolites in the cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) of 10 psychiatric patients with and 16 without TD. Increased CSF concentrations of thiobarbituric acid-reactive substances and conjugated dienes in patients with TD and a positive correlation of conjugated dienes with total abnormal involuntary movement scores were observed. Findings support the association of TD with increased lipid peroxidation or increased free radical activity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - putative indicators of free radical activity or lipid peroxidation & biogenic monoamine metabolites in CSF KW - patients with or without tardive dyskinesia KW - 1990 KW - Chemicals KW - Lipids KW - Metabolites KW - Tardive Dyskinesia KW - Cerebrospinal Fluid KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(90)90490-S UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-04654-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-04603-001 AN - 1991-04603-001 AU - Garvey, Michael J. AU - Noyes, Russell AU - Cook, Brian L. T1 - Comparison of panic disordered patients with high versus low MHPG. JF - Journal of Affective Disorders JO - Journal of Affective Disorders JA - J Affect Disord Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 20 IS - 1 SP - 7 EP - 12 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-0327 SN - 1573-2517 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-04603-001. PMID: 2147192 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garvey, Michael J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 19910201. Correction Date: 20160407. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Agoraphobia; Methoxyhydroxyphenylglycol (3,4); Panic Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Disease Course; Family Background; Severity (Disorders); Symptoms. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1990. AB - 28 panic disorder (PD) patients with agoraphobia were divided, on the basis of urinary analysis, into groups of 14 Ss (mean age 39 yrs) with low 3-methoxy-4-hydroxyphenylglycol (MHPG) and 14 Ss (mean age 40 yrs) with high MHPG. The groups were compared on clinical features (e.g., anxiety, phobic symptoms), longitudinal course, severity of illness, and family history of psychiatric illness. Ss with low MHPG were significantly more likely during the preceding month to have experienced spontaneous panic attacks than were Ss with high MHPG. Ss with high MHPG had increased severity ratings on several individual symptoms of anxiety. The differences between the groups are consistent with the hypothesis that PD patients with high or low MHPG represent subtypes of PD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - symptoms & course & severity of illness & family history KW - adults with panic disorder with agoraphobia with low vs high MHPG KW - 1990 KW - Agoraphobia KW - Methoxyhydroxyphenylglycol (3,4) KW - Panic Disorder KW - Disease Course KW - Family Background KW - Severity (Disorders) KW - Symptoms KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0165-0327(90)90044-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-04603-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-04576-001 AN - 1991-04576-001 AU - Buydens-Branchey, L. AU - Noumair, D. AU - Branchey, M. T1 - Duration and intensity of combat exposure and posttraumatic stress disorder in Vietnam veterans. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 178 IS - 9 SP - 582 EP - 587 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-04576-001. PMID: 2394978 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Buydens-Branchey, L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19910201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Combat Experience; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1990. AB - Assessed the relationship between posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and 2 quantitative aspects of war trauma: duration of exposure to combat (in months) and intensity of combat, as measured by the Laufer Combat Scale (R. S. Laufer et al, 1981). These stressor characteristics were examined in relation to PTSD prevalence and persistence. Ss were 84 veterans inducted during the Vietnam War who attended an orthopedic clinic. Longer combat exposure and more intense combat experiences were found to be associated with a higher prevalence of and more persistent PTSD symptoms. The quantitative aspects of combat characteristics should be evaluated in assessments of the role played by other mediating variables in PTSD symptom expression. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PTSD & duration of exposure to & intensity of combat KW - Vietnam War veterans KW - 1990 KW - Combat Experience KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - 1990 DO - 10.1097/00005053-199009000-00005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-04576-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-04571-001 AN - 1991-04571-001 AU - Brady, Kathleen T. AU - Anton, Raymond F. AU - Ballenger, James C. AU - Lydiard, R. Bruce AU - Adinoff, Bryon AU - Selander, Jean T1 - Cocaine abuse among schizophrenic patients. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 147 IS - 9 SP - 1164 EP - 1167 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-04571-001. PMID: 2386250 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brady, Kathleen T.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Charleston, SC, US. Release Date: 19910201. Correction Date: 20130513. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: 143rd Annual Meeting of the American Psychiatric Association (1990, New York, New York). Major Descriptor: Cocaine; Drug Abuse; Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1990. AB - Compared 17 male cocaine-abusing schizophrenic patients (mean age 34.4 yrs) with 22 male schizophrenic patients (mean age 37.5 yrs) who did not use cocaine. Ss were rated, using the Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale and the Abnormal Involuntary Movements Scale (W. Guy, editor, 1976). The cocaine-abusing Ss had been hospitalized more frequently, were more likely to be of the paranoid subtype, and were more likely to be depressed at the time of interview. Cocaine abuse may influence both the psychopathologic presentation of schizophrenic patients and the intensity of care that they require. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cocaine abuse KW - schizophrenic male patients KW - conference presentation KW - 1990 KW - Cocaine KW - Drug Abuse KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1990 DO - 10.1176/ajp.147.9.1164 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-04571-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-04510-001 AN - 1991-04510-001 AU - Gurrera, Ronald J. T1 - Some biological and behavioral features associated with clinical personality types. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 178 IS - 9 SP - 556 EP - 566 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-04510-001. PMID: 2203879 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gurrera, Ronald J.; Brockton-West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MA, US. Release Date: 19910201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biology; Personality Traits; Psychodiagnostic Typologies. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1990. AB - Reviews evidence for the existence of 2 personality prototypes that correspond to 2 Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-III—Revised (DSM-III—R) personality clusters. These hypothetical personality prototypes are characterized by extreme variations along several interrelated personality trait dimensions (sensation seeking, extraversion–introversion and psychoticism, novelty seeking and harm avoidance) and by differences in 2 biological measures, platelet monoamine oxidase (MAO) activity and cortical evoked potentials. The possibility that individual differences in central serotonin and/or catecholamine activity may underlie some of the features associated with these prototypes is discussed in light of current data. The usefulness of this concept as a supplemental axis of personality classification is suggested. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality traits & biological measures in DSM-III-R clinical personality clusters KW - 1990 KW - Biology KW - Personality Traits KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - 1990 DO - 10.1097/00005053-199009000-00002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-04510-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-03904-001 AN - 1991-03904-001 AU - Lynch, Minda R. AU - Carey, Robert J. T1 - Chronic low-dose haloperidol effects on self-stimulation rate-intensity functions. JF - Psychopharmacology JO - Psychopharmacology JA - Psychopharmacology (Berl) Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 102 IS - 1 SP - 122 EP - 129 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-3158 SN - 1432-2072 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-03904-001. PMID: 2392500 Other Journal Title: Psychopharmacologia. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lynch, Minda R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research & Development Service, Syracuse, NY, US. Release Date: 19910201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Self Stimulation; Haloperidol; Response Frequency. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1990. AB - 12 male rats responding to biphasic square wave stimulation to the ventral tegmental area (VTA) were treated for 26 days with a low dose (0.07 mg/kg) of haloperidol and tested at 1 hr postinjection. Initially, the drug induced a pronounced lateral displacement of the baseline rate-intensity function, concomitant with a depression in slope. Over the course of chronic treatment, partial tolerance was observed to the drug-induced increases in threshold, concomitant with the onset of a significant suppression in peak response rate. Biochemical tolerance to stimulated dopamine metabolism was significant only for mesolimbic regions in Ss receiving haloperidol according to pre- and posttest administration schedules. Selective biochemical tolerance in mesolimbic regions supports suggestions that mesolimbic dopamine is important as a substrate for subtle low-dose neuroleptic effects that may be relevant for pharmacotherapeutic treatment issues. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - haloperidol KW - self stimulation rate intensity functions KW - male rats KW - 1990 KW - Brain Self Stimulation KW - Haloperidol KW - Response Frequency KW - Rats KW - 1990 DO - 10.1007/BF02245756 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-03904-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-03711-001 AN - 1991-03711-001 AU - Verfaellie, Mieke AU - Heilman, Kenneth M. T1 - Hemispheric asymmetries in attentional control: Implications for hand preference in sensorimotor tasks. JF - Brain and Cognition JO - Brain and Cognition JA - Brain Cogn Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 70 EP - 80 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-2626 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-03711-001. PMID: 2223046 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Verfaellie, Mieke; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Memory Disorders Research Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19910201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Handedness; Perceptual Motor Processes; Selective Attention. Minor Descriptor: Lateral Dominance. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1990. AB - Examined how attentional asymmetries may contribute to hand preferences. 24 right-handed male undergraduates were given information about where a target stimulus on a reaction time (RT) task would occur (selective attention) or which hand to use for responding (selective intention). Findings show that these processes influenced each other reciprocally and favored a state of optimal attentional and intentional preparation of the right hand in right-handers. These hemispheric asymmetries in attentional control may contribute to hand preferences in certain sensorimotor tasks. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hemispheric asymmetries in attentional control KW - hand preferences in sensorimotor tasks KW - right handed male college students KW - 1990 KW - Handedness KW - Perceptual Motor Processes KW - Selective Attention KW - Lateral Dominance KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0278-2626(90)90061-R UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-03711-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0001-5535-4584 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-03133-001 AN - 1991-03133-001 AU - Levenson, Michael R. AU - Aldwin, Carolyn M. AU - Butcher, James N. AU - de Labry, Lorraine AU - Workman-Daniels, K. AU - Bossé, R. T1 - The MAC scale in a normal population: The meaning of 'false positives.' JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1990/09// VL - 51 IS - 5 SP - 457 EP - 462 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0096-882X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-03133-001. PMID: 2232800 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs; Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levenson, Michael R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Normative Aging Study, Bedford, MA, US. Release Date: 19910201. Correction Date: 20130513. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Rating Scales; Test Interpretation; Test Norms. Minor Descriptor: Test Scores. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1990. AB - Examined the distribution of scores from the MacAndrew Alcoholism Scale (MAC) of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) among 1,117 normal men (aged 42–89 yrs). Also, correlates of high MAC scores other than alcohol-related problems (e.g., arrest history) were investigated. Heavier drinkers and problem drinkers reported significantly higher MAC scores than did lighter and nonproblem drinkers. Arrestees without drinking problems had MAC scores nearly identical to those of problem drinkers without arrest histories. Of the 152 Ss who had MAC scores above 27, 71% had no problems, either with arrest or drinking. Results are interpreted as supporting C. MacAndrew's (1981) interpretation of the meaning of the MAC scale as a general personality measure rather than a specific alcoholism instrument. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - distribution of scores from MacAndrew Alcoholism Scale of MMPI KW - normal 42–89 yr old males KW - 1990 KW - Alcoholism KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Rating Scales KW - Test Interpretation KW - Test Norms KW - Test Scores KW - 1990 DO - 10.15288/jsa.1990.51.457 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-03133-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-02560-001 AN - 1991-02560-001 AU - Alterman, Arthur I. AU - Kushner, Harvey AU - Holahan, John M. T1 - Cognitive functioning and treatment outcome in alcoholics. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1990/08// VL - 178 IS - 8 SP - 494 EP - 499 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-02560-001. PMID: 2380694 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Alterman, Arthur I.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Philadelphia, PA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Cognitive Ability; Treatment Compliance. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism; Followup Studies; Partial Hospitalization. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1990. AB - Compared the association of cognitive and noncognitive subject variables to treatment completion and 1- and 6-mo posttreatment outcomes for 62 male alcoholic patients attending a 1-mo day hospital rehabilitation program. Ss were administered the Addiction Severity Index by A. T. McLellan et al (see record [rid]1986-00148-001[/rid]) and the Michigan Alcoholism Screening Test. Correlates of improvement in alcohol problem level at 1 and 6 mo were associated with greater baseline severity of alcohol and drug problems. Ss with additional drug problems were more likely to show improvement in alcohol problem levels at follow-up. A combination of psychological/psychiatric, drug, and family/social severity levels at baseline was associated with improved functioning at 1-mo outcome. Findings indicate the existence of 2 independent canonical variates, a substance abuse factor and a health/illness factor. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive functioning KW - treatment completion & posttreatment outcomes KW - male alcoholic patients in day hospital rehabilitation program KW - 1 & 6 mo followups KW - 1990 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Treatment Compliance KW - Alcoholism KW - Followup Studies KW - Partial Hospitalization KW - 1990 DO - 10.1097/00005053-199017880-00004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-02560-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-02546-001 AN - 1991-02546-001 AU - Pendorf, James E. T1 - Vocational rehabilitation for psychiatric inpatient Vietnam combat veterans. JF - Military Medicine JO - Military Medicine JA - Mil Med Y1 - 1990/08// VL - 155 IS - 8 SP - 369 EP - 371 CY - US PB - Assn of Military Surgeons of the US SN - 0026-4075 SN - 1930-613X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-02546-001. PMID: 2119020 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pendorf, James E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Lebanon, PA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20170302. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Vocational Rehabilitation. Minor Descriptor: Hospitalized Patients. Classification: Occupational & Vocational Rehabilitation (3384); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1990. AB - Compared 2 treatment programs for Vietnam veterans with symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). One program was an evening stress program with vocational emphasis, and the other was a day stress program without employment emphasis. 45 participants' responses to the Ward Atmosphere Scale were used to compare the programs after 6 mo. No significant differences between the 2 programs were found. Both programs were evaluated as involved, effective, clear, consistent, and helpful. Results support the position that employment is a valuable component of psychiatric treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - day vs evening stress program with vs without vocational emphasis KW - Vietnam combat veteran inpatients with PTSD KW - 1990 KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Vocational Rehabilitation KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-02546-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-02427-001 AN - 1991-02427-001 AU - Henderson, Martha T1 - Beyond the living will. JF - The Gerontologist JO - The Gerontologist JA - Gerontologist Y1 - 1990/08// VL - 30 IS - 4 SP - 480 EP - 485 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0016-9013 SN - 1758-5341 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-02427-001. PMID: 2394382 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Henderson, Martha; Veterans Administration Hosp, Hospital Based Home Care Program, Durham, NC, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counseling; Death Anxiety; Death Education; Legal Processes. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1990. AB - Studied 63 residents (aged 60+ yrs) of a retirement community with living wills to see if more specific planning for, and thus control over, their dying process would decrease their anxiety about death. The experimental group received intervention in the form of counseling and filling out a questionnaire regarding specific treatments (e.g., cardiopulmonary resuscitation, feeding tubes), proxy decision making, and other related questions. The mean death anxiety score for the experimental group decreased on the Death Anxiety Scale of D. I. Templer (1970), whereas the control group's mean score did not change significantly. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - additional counseling & planning KW - death anxiety KW - 60 yr old & older retirement community residents with living wills KW - 1990 KW - Counseling KW - Death Anxiety KW - Death Education KW - Legal Processes KW - 1990 DO - 10.1093/geront/30.4.480 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-02427-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-02257-001 AN - 1991-02257-001 AU - Roberts, Richard J. AU - Varney, Nils R. AU - Paulsen, Jane S. AU - Richardson, Emily D. T1 - Dichotic listening and complex partial seizures. JF - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JO - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JA - J Clin Exp Neuropsychol Y1 - 1990/08// VL - 12 IS - 4 SP - 448 EP - 458 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 1380-3395 SN - 1744-411X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-02257-001. PMID: 2211969 Other Journal Title: Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Roberts, Richard J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20100927. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anticonvulsive Drugs; Auditory Perception; Dichotic Stimulation; Drug Therapy; Seizures. Minor Descriptor: Diagnosis; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1990. AB - 24 patients (aged 19–68 yrs) with multiple symptoms of untreated complex partial seizures (CPS) who performed poorly at baseline assessment on a brief dichotic word listening (DWL) task improved following successful anticonvulsant therapy directed at treating seizure symptoms. DWL can be sensitive to cerebral dysfunction associated with multiple symptoms of CPS. The DWL task may hold promise as a diagnostic tool and as an index of response to treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dichotic listening performance KW - 19–68 yr olds with complex partial seizures before vs after anticonvulsant treatment KW - implications for diagnosis & treatment response index KW - 1990 KW - Anticonvulsive Drugs KW - Auditory Perception KW - Dichotic Stimulation KW - Drug Therapy KW - Seizures KW - Diagnosis KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - 1990 DO - 10.1080/01688639008400992 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-02257-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-01829-001 AN - 1991-01829-001 AU - Margolin, David I. AU - Pate, Debra S. AU - Friedrich, Frances J. AU - Elia, Elizabeth T1 - Dysnomia in dementia and in stroke patients: Different underlying cognitive deficits. JF - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JO - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JA - J Clin Exp Neuropsychol Y1 - 1990/08// VL - 12 IS - 4 SP - 597 EP - 612 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 1380-3395 SN - 1744-411X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-01829-001. PMID: 2211980 Other Journal Title: Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Margolin, David I.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Neurology Cognitive Neuroscience Lab, Fresno, CA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20100927. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Aphasia; Cerebrovascular Accidents; Language Disorders; Word Recognition. Classification: Cardiovascular Disorders (3295). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1990. AB - Compared the performance of 11 patients (aged 51–82 yrs) with dementia of the Alzheimer's type (DAT), 8 male anomic aphasic stroke patients (aged 31–65 yrs), and 32 normal elderly Ss (aged 55–79 yrs) on the Boston Naming Test (BNT) and the Controlled Oral Word Association Test (COW) of the Multilingual Aphasia Examination. DAT and stroke Ss were significantly impaired on the BNT; DAT Ss were significantly farther from normal. Levels of impairment on the COW were reversed; stroke Ss' performance was worse than that of DAT Ss. This pattern of performance on the 2 tests is consistent with the hypothesis that impaired word finding reflects impaired processing mainly of semantic information for DAT Ss, mainly of lexical-phonological information for anomic aphasic Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dysnomia KW - 31–82 yr olds with dementia of Alzheimer's type vs anomic aphasic stroke KW - 1990 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Aphasia KW - Cerebrovascular Accidents KW - Language Disorders KW - Word Recognition KW - 1990 DO - 10.1080/01688639008401004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-01829-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-01314-001 AN - 1991-01314-001 AU - Irwin, Michael AU - Caldwell, Cindy AU - Smith, Tom L. AU - Brown, Sandra AU - Schuckit, Marc A. AU - Gillin, J. Christian T1 - Major depressive disorder, alcoholism, and reduced natural killer cell cytotoxicity: Role of severity of depressive symptoms and alcohol consumption. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/08// VL - 47 IS - 8 SP - 713 EP - 719 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-01314-001. PMID: 2378542 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Irwin, Michael; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Clinical Ctr for Research on Alcoholism, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20130513. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Cytology; Dual Diagnosis; Major Depression; Remission (Disorders). Minor Descriptor: Cells (Biology); Leucocytes; Natural Killer Cells. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1990. AB - Tested the hypothesis that alcoholism is associated with further decrement of natural killer (NK) cell activity in depressed patients by comparing NK cell activity and white blood counts among 122 men: 50 controls, 19 alcoholics, 9 alcoholics with secondary depression, 18 depressed patients, and 26 depressives with histories of alcoholism in remission. Depression was associated with an approximate 50% reduction of NK cell activity and a significant increase in the number of circulating white blood cells and neutrophils. Alcoholic Ss who were abstinent for more than 2 wks and free of severe liver disease showed a significant reduction in NK cell cytotoxicity. Dual diagnoses of alcoholism and depression further decreased NK cell activity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - natural killer cell activity & white blood counts KW - males with alcoholism with vs without secondary depression vs depression with vs without history of alcoholism in remission KW - 1990 KW - Alcoholism KW - Cytology KW - Dual Diagnosis KW - Major Depression KW - Remission (Disorders) KW - Cells (Biology) KW - Leucocytes KW - Natural Killer Cells KW - 1990 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1990.01810200021003 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-01314-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-08030-001 AN - 1991-08030-001 AU - Tang, Siu Wa AU - Remington, Gary AU - Persad, Emmanuel AU - Rosenblat, Rebecca T1 - Coadministration of a beta-adrenergic antagonist and a tricyclic antidepressant: A pilot study. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1990/08// VL - 33 IS - 2 SP - 101 EP - 106 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-08030-001. PMID: 2243886 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tang, Siu Wa; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Long Beach, CA, US. Release Date: 19910301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Desipramine; Drug Interactions; Drug Therapy; Major Depression; Propranolol. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1990. AB - After a 7-day washout period, 16 Ss suffering from unipolar depression were randomly assigned to either desipramine (DI) or DI plus propranolol treatment for 21 days. Both groups showed a significant improvement in their scores on the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression (HRSD) after 21 days of drug treatment. However, there was no significant difference in the improvement in HRSD scores between the 2 groups. Results support the need to reevaluate the belief that propranolol induces or worsens depression. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - desipramine with vs without propranolol KW - patients with unipolar depression KW - 1990 KW - Desipramine KW - Drug Interactions KW - Drug Therapy KW - Major Depression KW - Propranolol KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(90)90062-A UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-08030-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-05462-001 AN - 1991-05462-001 AU - Southwick, Steven M. AU - Yehuda, Rachel AU - Giller, Earl L. AU - Perry, Bruce D. T1 - Altered platelet !a₂-adrenergic receptor binding sites in borderline personality disorder. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/08// VL - 147 IS - 8 SP - 1014 EP - 1017 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-05462-001. PMID: 2165368 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Southwick, Steven M.; West Haven Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Post Traumatic Stress Disorder Unit, CT, US. Release Date: 19910201. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adrenergic Nerves; Benzodiazepines; Borderline States; Drug Therapy; Receptor Binding. Minor Descriptor: Adrenergic Receptors; Blood Platelets. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1990. AB - Significantly fewer total platelet α₂-adrenergic receptor binding sites were found in 13 nonmedicated patients with borderline personality disorder than in 11 patients with borderline personality disorder who were receiving low doses of benzodiazepines and 18 nonpsychiatric control Ss. All Ss were aged 23–44 yrs. The 2 patient groups showed comparable degrees of depression as assessed by the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression. Nonmedicated borderline Ss were considerably more anxious than medicated Ss, raising the possibility that lower α₂-adrenergic receptor binding in borderline personality disorder is related to anxiety. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - platelet alpha 2-adrenergic receptor binding sites KW - 23–44 yr olds with borderline personality disorder receiving no medication vs low dose benzodiazepines KW - 1990 KW - Adrenergic Nerves KW - Benzodiazepines KW - Borderline States KW - Drug Therapy KW - Receptor Binding KW - Adrenergic Receptors KW - Blood Platelets KW - 1990 DO - 10.1176/ajp.147.8.1014 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-05462-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-05427-001 AN - 1991-05427-001 AU - Maletta, Gabe J. T1 - Pharmacologic treatment and management of the aggressive demented patient. JF - Psychiatric Annals JO - Psychiatric Annals JA - Psychiatr Ann Y1 - 1990/08// VL - 20 IS - 8 SP - 446 EP - 455 CY - US PB - SLACK SN - 0048-5713 SN - 1938-2456 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-05427-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Maletta, Gabe J.; Veterans' Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education, & Clinical Ctr, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 19910201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Dementia; Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1990. AB - Discusses identification of psychiatric vs nonpsychiatric behaviors as a way of determining behavioral disorders that would respond to pharmacotherapy and suggests several general principles for devising a rational approach to pharmacologic treatment of aggressive demented patients (who are usually elderly). These include using all nondrug approaches before deciding on medication, having a well-defined problem to treat, tailoring the chosen drug therapy to the specific patient, and monitoring the efficacy of the medication over time. Psychotropic medications that can be used to treat a dysfunctionally aggressive demented patient are discussed and include antianxiety agents, neuroleptics, anticonvulsants, beta blockers, and Li. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - pharmacologic treatment KW - aggressive demented elderly KW - 1990 KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Dementia KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1990 DO - 10.3928/0048-5713-19900801-09 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-05427-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-05125-001 AN - 1991-05125-001 AU - Zeiss, Antonette M. AU - Davies, Helen D. AU - Wood, Mary AU - Tinklenberg, Jared R. T1 - The incidence and correlates of erectile problems in patients with Alzheimer's disease. JF - Archives of Sexual Behavior JO - Archives of Sexual Behavior JA - Arch Sex Behav Y1 - 1990/08// VL - 19 IS - 4 SP - 325 EP - 331 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0004-0002 SN - 1573-2800 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-05125-001. PMID: 2400296 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zeiss, Antonette M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19910201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Erection (Penis); Sexual Function Disturbances. Minor Descriptor: Age Differences; Cognitive Ability; Major Depression; Onset (Disorders). Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1990. AB - Loss of erection was reported in 53% of 55 male Alzheimer's disease (AD) patients (mean age of 70.25 yrs) who completed measures that included the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression and the Mini-Mental State Examination. Loss of erection was not related to degree of cognitive impairment, age, or depression. Modal time of onset of erectile problems was concurrent with onset of AD symptoms. Ss with erectile problems were not taking more medications overall than those without problems and had no greater overall incidence of concurrent physical problems. There may be an elevated incidence of erectile failure in patients with AD as a primary problem not attributable to other age-related factors. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prevalence & onset of erectile problems in relation to cognitive impairment & age & depression KW - elderly with Alzheimer's disease KW - 1990 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Erection (Penis) KW - Sexual Function Disturbances KW - Age Differences KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Major Depression KW - Onset (Disorders) KW - 1990 DO - 10.1007/BF01541927 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-05125-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-04691-001 AN - 1991-04691-001 AU - Perconte, Stephen T. AU - Goreczny, Anthony J. T1 - Failure to detect fabricated posttraumatic stress disorder with the use of the MMPI in a clinical population. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/08// VL - 147 IS - 8 SP - 1057 EP - 1060 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-04691-001. PMID: 2375441 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Perconte, Stephen T.; Highland Drive Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19910201. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Faking; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Mental Disorders; Military Veterans. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1990. AB - Attempted to replicate previous studies (e.g., J. A. Fairbank et al; see record [rid]1985-19055-001[/rid]) that used the Frequency (F) scale and the posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) subscale of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) to discriminate Vietnam veterans with PTSD from well-adjusted veterans and mental health professionals who feigned symptoms of PTSD. Profiles of 13 veterans with PTSD were compared with those of 13 veterans with non-PTSD psychiatric disorders and 13 veterans with fabricated PTSD symptoms who sought treatment. All Ss were aged 34–42 yrs. Discriminant analysis of F scale and PTSD subscale scores correctly identified only 43.6% of the Ss, thus failing to support use of the MMPI in detecting fabricated symptoms of PTSD in a clinical population. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI F scale vs PTSD subscales KW - detection of feigned PTSD KW - 34–42 yr old Vietnam veterans with PTSD vs other psychiatric disorders vs fabricated symptoms KW - 1990 KW - Faking KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Mental Disorders KW - Military Veterans KW - 1990 DO - 10.1176/ajp.147.8.1057 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-04691-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-04507-001 AN - 1991-04507-001 AU - Garvey, Michael J. AU - Noyes, Russell AU - Cook, Brian L. AU - Barrickman, Les AU - Noel, Mary AU - Ghosheh, Rajai T1 - Elevated levels of N-acetyl-!b-glucosaminidase in affective disorders and chemical dependence. JF - Journal of Affective Disorders JO - Journal of Affective Disorders JA - J Affect Disord Y1 - 1990/08// VL - 19 IS - 4 SP - 279 EP - 285 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-0327 SN - 1573-2517 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-04507-001. PMID: 2146305 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garvey, Michael J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 19910201. Correction Date: 20160407. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Dependency; Enzymes; Mental Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1990. AB - Levels of N-acetyl-β-glucosaminidase (NAG) were examined in 575 patients with various psychiatric diagnoses and 38 non-ill controls. 10% of affectively disordered patients and 19% of chemically dependent patients had abnormal NAG levels, whereas none of the 38 controls did. Other psychiatric diagnostic groups were not associated with abnormal levels of this enzyme. Possible mechanisms of these elevated urinary NAG levels and their relationship to pathogenesis of affective disorders are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - N-acetyl-beta-glucosaminidase levels KW - psychiatric & chemically dependent patients KW - 1990 KW - Drug Dependency KW - Enzymes KW - Mental Disorders KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0165-0327(90)90106-I UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-04507-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-22959-001 AN - 1991-22959-001 AU - Bonnet, M. H. T1 - Dealing with shift work: Physical fitness, temperature, and napping. T3 - Factors for promoting adjustment to night and shift work JF - Work & Stress JO - Work & Stress JA - Work Stress Y1 - 1990/07//Jul-Sep, 1990 VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 261 EP - 274 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0267-8373 SN - 1464-5335 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-22959-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bonnet, M. H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Long Beach, CA, US. Release Date: 19910801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Physical Fitness; Sleep; Temperature Effects; Workday Shifts. Classification: Working Conditions & Industrial Safety (3670). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Jul-Sep, 1990. AB - Reviews the effects of generally controllable factors such as physical conditioning, ambient temperature, and amount of prior sleep in adjustment to night work periods and shift work. Ability to perform work declines as the length of the work period increases but depends on individual tasks. Physical conditioning improves mood and general well-being but has not been shown to increase tolerance or adjustment to shift work. Increased ambient temperature increases the stress of work. The use of short sleep periods either as preparation for a shift change, as a response to a shift change, or even as a mechanism for being able to maintain alertness during a nocturnal shift is becoming a more frequently considered alternative. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - physical condition & ambient temperature & naps KW - adjustment to night & shift work KW - 1990 KW - Adjustment KW - Physical Fitness KW - Sleep KW - Temperature Effects KW - Workday Shifts KW - 1990 DO - 10.1080/02678379008256988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-22959-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-19559-001 AN - 1991-19559-001 AU - Donovan, Dennis M. AU - Salzberg, Philip M. AU - Chaney, Edmund F. AU - Queisser, Henne R. T1 - Prevention skills for alcohol-involved drivers. JF - Alcohol, Drugs & Driving JO - Alcohol, Drugs & Driving JA - Alcohol Drugs Driving Y1 - 1990/07//Jul-Dec, 1990 VL - 6 IS - 3-4 SP - 169 EP - 188 CY - US PB - UCLA - Brain Information Service SN - 0891-7086 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-19559-001. Other Journal Title: Alcohol, Drugs & Driving - Abstracts & Reviews. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Donovan, Dennis M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Addictions Treatment Ctr, Seattle, WA, US. et al. Release Date: 19910701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: International Symposium on Prevention of Recidivism by DWI Offenders (1990, Santa Monica, California). Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcohol Rehabilitation; Driving Under the Influence; Prevention; Recidivism. Minor Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Criminals. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 20. Issue Publication Date: Jul-Dec, 1990. AB - Investigated the relative effectiveness of a secondary intervention program in reducing the likelihood of driving while intoxicated (DWI) reconvictions among 750 first offender DWI arrestees. The program was based on a model of drinking and driving that emphasized the function these behaviors serve in attempting to cope with emotional and interpersonal situations having a high risk for recidivism. The goal of the intervention was to decrease the likelihood of subsequent DWI arrests and to decrease potentially problematic drinking. The treatment group was compared with a minimal contact alcohol and driving education session and a no-treatment control condition. Findings suggest that the treatment group intervention led to a relatively larger drop in DWI reconvictions than did the control conditions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Prevention Skills for Alcohol Involved Drivers program KW - coping skills & DWI reconvictions KW - 18–35 yr old 1st offender DWI arrestees KW - conference presentation KW - 1990 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Driving Under the Influence KW - Prevention KW - Recidivism KW - Coping Behavior KW - Criminals KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-19559-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-31672-001 AN - 1990-31672-001 AU - Rausch, Jeffrey L. AU - Stahl, Stephen M. AU - Hauger, Richard L. T1 - Cortisol and growth hormone responses to the 5-HT1A agonist gepirone in depressed patients. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 28 IS - 1 SP - 73 EP - 78 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-31672-001. PMID: 1973905 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rausch, Jeffrey L.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, U California School of Medicine, La Jolla, US. Release Date: 19901201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Hydrocortisone; Major Depression; Serotonin Agonists; Somatotropin. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1990. AB - The 5-hydroxytryptamine 1A (5-HT1A) agonist properties of gepirone were used to test the effects of the drug on serum cortisol levels in humans 90 min after a 10 mg oral dose. 14 patients (aged 35–64 yrs) with major depression according to the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression were tested in a single-blind, within-Ss, placebo design. Findings indicate that relatively low doses of gepirone may stimulate cortisol secretion in depressed patients, and cortisol levels after gepirone challenge may correlate with depression severity. A desensitization to gepirone's effects on cortisol may occur after chronic gepirone administration. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - gepirone KW - cortisol & growth hormone responses KW - 35–64 yr olds with major depression KW - 1990 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Hydrocortisone KW - Major Depression KW - Serotonin Agonists KW - Somatotropin KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(90)90434-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-31672-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-02019-001 AN - 1991-02019-001 AU - Boudewyns, Patrick A. AU - Hyer, Lee AU - Woods, Marilyn G. AU - Harrison, William R. AU - McCranie, Edward T1 - PTSD among Vietnam veterans: An early look at treatment outcome using direct therapeutic exposure. JF - Journal of Traumatic Stress JO - Journal of Traumatic Stress JA - J Trauma Stress Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 3 IS - 3 SP - 359 EP - 368 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0894-9867 SN - 1573-6598 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-02019-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boudewyns, Patrick A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Implosive Therapy; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychotherapeutic Counseling; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies; Severity (Disorders). Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1990. AB - Compared the effectiveness of direct therapeutic exposure (DTE) and conventional individual therapy for the treatment of chronic posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) among 58 inpatient Vietnam veterans. At 3-mo follow-up, significantly more Ss treated with DTE were identified as treatment successes based on adjustment scale scores. The number of failures was greater for those treated with the more conventional therapy, and the number of successes was greater with DTE. DTE, when offered as part of an inpatient milieu, shows promise as an effective treatment for chronic/severe combat veteran PTSD sufferers. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - effectiveness of direct therapeutic exposure vs conventional individual therapy KW - Vietnam veterans with chronic/severe PTSD KW - 3 mo followup KW - 1990 KW - Implosive Therapy KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychotherapeutic Counseling KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Followup Studies KW - Severity (Disorders) KW - 1990 DO - 10.1002/jts.2490030305 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-02019-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-01808-001 AN - 1991-01808-001 AU - Katz, Robert B. AU - Goodglass, Harold T1 - Deep dysphasia: Analysis of a rare form of repetition disorder. JF - Brain and Language JO - Brain and Language JA - Brain Lang Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 39 IS - 1 SP - 153 EP - 185 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0093-934X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-01808-001. PMID: 2207619 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Katz, Robert B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Aphasia Research Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Diagnosis; Dysphasia; Etiology; Experimentation. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 33. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1990. AB - Presents the case of a 71-yr-old Black man with deep dysphasia who showed part of speech, word/nonword, and concreteness effects in repetition; made semantic errors; and whose oral reading was relatively spared. The S did not have difficulty perceiving spoken stimuli or deciding lexical status, but was deficient at semantically processing spoken words. The S's phonemic memory was impaired. The routes for repetition that function without semantic mediation appear to have been defective, and deficits in phonemic memory further diminished their effectiveness, since initial phonological encoding of spoken words was not available to guide output stages of phonological processing. The semantically mediated route for repetition was unreliable because semantic processing was faulty and the S could not accurately label concepts. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical findings & experimental diagnostic procedures & probable pathogenesis KW - Black male 71 yr old with deep dysphasia KW - 1990 KW - Diagnosis KW - Dysphasia KW - Etiology KW - Experimentation KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90009-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-01808-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-01785-001 AN - 1991-01785-001 AU - Heindel, William C. AU - Salmon, David P. AU - Butters, Nelson T1 - Pictorial priming and cued recall in Alzheimer's and Huntington's disease. JF - Brain and Cognition JO - Brain and Cognition JA - Brain Cogn Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 13 IS - 2 SP - 282 EP - 295 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-2626 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-01785-001. PMID: 2143907 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Heindel, William C.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Huntingtons Disease; Pictorial Stimuli; Priming; Recall (Learning). Minor Descriptor: Cues. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1990. AB - Compared priming and cued recall performances of 12 patients (mean age 52.3 yrs) with Huntington's disease (HD), 12 patients (mean age 70.6 yrs) with dementia of the Alzheimer type (DAT), and 24 age-matched, neurologically intact controls (NCs). NCs and HD Ss, but not DAT Ss, demonstrated similar increases in ability to identify fragmented versions of previously seen pictures relative to novel pictures. NCs demonstrated better performance on the cued-recall than on the priming version of the picture fragment test. HD Ss evidenced the opposite relationship on the 2 tasks, and DAT Ss were equally impaired on both tests. Findings support the notion that HD patients' memory impairment is characterized primarily by an inability to initiate systematic retrieval strategies. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - pictorial priming vs cued recall performance KW - elderly with Alzheimer's or Huntington's disease KW - 1990 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Huntingtons Disease KW - Pictorial Stimuli KW - Priming KW - Recall (Learning) KW - Cues KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0278-2626(90)90053-Q UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-01785-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-01750-001 AN - 1991-01750-001 AU - Dysken, Maurice W. AU - Falk, Antoinette AU - Pew, Becky AU - Kuskowski, Michael A. AU - Krahn, Dean D. T1 - Gender differences in TRH-stimulated TSH and prolactin in primary degenerative dementia and elderly controls. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 144 EP - 150 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-01750-001. PMID: 2116189 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dysken, Maurice W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education, & Clinical Ctr Program, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dementia; Prolactin; Thyrotropin. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1990. AB - Performed thyrotropin-releasing hormone (TRH) stimulation testing in 18 outpatients aged (aged 55–78 yrs) who met both Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) criteria for primary degenerative dementia and National Institute of Neurological and Communicative Disorders and Stroke and the Alzheimer's Disease and Related Disorders Association (NINCDS-ADRDA) criteria for probable dementia. TRH stimulation testing was also performed on 12 healthy elderly controls. Six patients were retested 21–30 mo later. No significant differences were found between patients and controls for TRH, thyrotropin-stimulating hormone (TSH), or prolactin. Duration of illness, severity of dementia, and severity of depressive symptoms did not correlate significantly with stimulation test results. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - TRH stimulated TSH & prolactin KW - 55–78 yr olds with primary degenerative dementia KW - 1990 KW - Dementia KW - Prolactin KW - Thyrotropin KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(90)90631-B UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-01750-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-01624-001 AN - 1991-01624-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Tilleskjor, Curt AU - Jacobs, Lyle T1 - The construct validity of an aftereffect-based subtyping system for alcoholics. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 46 IS - 4 SP - 507 EP - 517 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-01624-001. PMID: 2212056 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, St Cloud, MN, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcoholism; Side Effects (Drug); Statistical Validity. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1990. AB - Assessed the construct validity of 5 alcohol-consumption aftereffect factors identified by C. G. Watson et al (see record [rid]1985-14837-001[/rid]), using 100 male inpatients. Validity was assessed using 47 Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI), self-report, and recidivism criteria. The number of significant relationships between factors and criteria significantly exceeded chance. Hangover related to social maladjustment and to 5 MMPI scales. Euphoria was associated with a high number of job losses, but a low incidence of certain physical sequelae. Flushing was associated with high consumption, late development of alcoholism, many physical complaints, and older age. The Seizure factor correlated with high consumption, facial puffiness, tremors, and lack of defensiveness on the MMPI. Sleepiness was associated with a good prognosis and several mild MMPI elevations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - construct validity of alcohol consumption aftereffect factors KW - alcoholic male inpatients KW - 1990 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Alcoholism KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Statistical Validity KW - 1990 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(199007)46:4<507::AID-JCLP2270460420>3.0.CO;2-L UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-01624-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-01622-001 AN - 1991-01622-001 AU - Verfaellie, Mieke AU - Cermak, Laird S. AU - Blackford, Susan P. AU - Weiss, Susan T1 - Strategic and automatic priming of semantic memory in alcoholic Korsakoff patients. JF - Brain and Cognition JO - Brain and Cognition JA - Brain Cogn Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 13 IS - 2 SP - 178 EP - 192 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-2626 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-01622-001. PMID: 2390233 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Verfaellie, Mieke; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Memory Disorders Research Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Korsakoffs Psychosis; Priming; Semantic Memory. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1990. AB - Conducted 3 experiments with 10 male alcoholic Korsakoff patients (aged 53–68 yrs) and 17 matched alcoholic controls to examine the organization of semantic memory, using tasks that did not require active search for stored information. The 1st 2 tasks used a perceptual identification paradigm in which Ss had to identify briefly presented targets preceded by associatively (Exp 1) or categorically (Exp 2) related primes. On both tasks, Korsakoff patients demonstrated intact priming effects. Because priming in these tasks was thought to reflect the operation of strategic processes, Exp 3 assessed automatic spreading activation using a lexical decision task. Korsakoff patients again demonstrated intact priming. Results support the view that the organization of semantic memory in Korsakoff patients is not disrupted and that these patients remain sensitive to associative and categorical relationships between words. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - automatic & strategic priming of semantic memory KW - male 53–68 yr olds with alcoholic Korsakoff's psychosis KW - 1990 KW - Alcoholism KW - Korsakoffs Psychosis KW - Priming KW - Semantic Memory KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0278-2626(90)90049-T UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-01622-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0001-5535-4584 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-01621-001 AN - 1991-01621-001 AU - Turner, John A. AU - Mayr, Suzanne T1 - Interpersonal types among alcohol abusers: A comparison with drug abusers. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 46 IS - 4 SP - 500 EP - 506 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-01621-001. PMID: 2212055 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Turner, John A.; Portland Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Vancouver Div, OR, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Fundamental Interpersonal Relation Orientation Behavior Ques; Interpersonal Interaction. Minor Descriptor: Drug Abuse. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1990. AB - Examined interpersonal types among 135 male alcohol abusers, using the 9-type system of D. S. Calsyn et al (see record [rid]1989-08869-001[/rid]) for classifying Fundamental Interpersonal Relations Orientation-Behavior (FIRO-B) profiles. Frequencies of the 9 FIRO-B types among these Ss were compared with those Calsyn et al previously found for male veteran drug abusers, as well as a normative veteran sample and a general population sample. Ss were more likely to be categorized as loners, rebels, and pessimists than was the general population sample. While showing preferences for interpersonal types that emphasized social withdrawal, avoidance of responsibility, and mistrust of others, both alcohol and drug abusers were heterogeneous groups whose members showed a variety of interpersonal types. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - interpersonal types & FIRO-B profiles KW - alcohol abusing males KW - comparison with veteran drug abusing males KW - 1990 KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Fundamental Interpersonal Relation Orientation Behavior Ques KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Drug Abuse KW - 1990 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(199007)46:4<500::AID-JCLP2270460419>3.0.CO;2-G UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-01621-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-01476-001 AN - 1991-01476-001 AU - Sperr, Edwin V. AU - Sperr, Shelby J. AU - Craft, R. Bruce AU - Boudewyns, Patrick A. T1 - MMPI profiles and post-traumatic symptomatology in former prisoners of war. JF - Journal of Traumatic Stress JO - Journal of Traumatic Stress JA - J Trauma Stress Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 3 IS - 3 SP - 369 EP - 378 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0894-9867 SN - 1573-6598 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-01476-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sperr, Edwin V.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Prisoners of War; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Profiles (Measurement); Symptoms. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1990. AB - Investigated whether 71 56–80 yr old former prisoners of war (POWs), predominantly from World War II, present a characteristic Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) profile and whether differences occur in POW profiles if they are subgrouped according to stressor variables. Ss produced a characteristic MMPI profile with elevations on Hs, D, and Hy, similar to profiles noted by H. Klonoff et al (see record [rid]1977-03331-001[/rid]) and G. Goldstein et al (see record [rid]1988-04520-001[/rid]). Significant differences were found for different subgroupings on specific scales, but the same basic 1, 2, 3 configuration was maintained for all groups. Ss displayed considerable posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptomatology; these symptoms dissipated over time. Results are discussed in terms of how this population differs from Vietnam combat veterans with PTSD in the manifestation of PTSD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stressors KW - MMPI profiles & PTSD symptomatology KW - 56–80 yr old former prisoners of war KW - 1990 KW - Military Veterans KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Prisoners of War KW - Stress KW - Profiles (Measurement) KW - Symptoms KW - 1990 DO - 10.1002/jts.2490030306 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-01476-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-01473-001 AN - 1991-01473-001 AU - Siever, Larry J. AU - Silverman, Jeremy M. AU - Horvath, Thomas B. AU - Klar, Howard M. AU - Coccaro, Emil AU - Keefe, Richard S. E. AU - Pinkham, Lynne AU - Rinaldi, Paul AU - Mohs, Richard C. AU - Davis, Kenneth L. T1 - Increased morbid risk for schizophrenia-related disorders in relatives of schizotypal personality disordered patients. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 47 IS - 7 SP - 634 EP - 640 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-01473-001. PMID: 2360857 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Siever, Larry J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20130513. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Family Members; Paranoid Personality Disorder; Schizophrenia; Schizotypal Personality Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Family Background. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1990. AB - The morbid risk of major psychiatric disorders was determined by the family history method in the relatives of patients with schizotypal personality disorder (SPD) and/or paranoid personality disorder (PPD) and compared with that of the relatives of patients with other nonschizophrenia-related personality disorders. Ss were 56 male patients with personality disorder, and the index probands consisted of 30 patients who met criteria for SPD or PPD. Results suggest familial aggregation of schizophrenia-related disorders and are consistent with a genetic relationship between SPD and other schizophrenia-related disorders. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - family history KW - morbid risk for schizophrenia KW - 1st degree relatives of patients with schizotypal &/or paranoid vs nonschizophrenia related personality disorders KW - 1990 KW - At Risk Populations KW - Family Members KW - Paranoid Personality Disorder KW - Schizophrenia KW - Schizotypal Personality Disorder KW - Family Background KW - 1990 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1990.01810190034005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-01473-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-01433-001 AN - 1991-01433-001 AU - Mason, John W. AU - Giller, Earl L. AU - Kosten, Thomas R. AU - Wahby, Victor S. T1 - Serum testosterone levels in post-traumatic stress disorder inpatients. JF - Journal of Traumatic Stress JO - Journal of Traumatic Stress JA - J Trauma Stress Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 3 IS - 3 SP - 449 EP - 457 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0894-9867 SN - 1573-6598 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-01433-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mason, John W.; Yale U School of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Bipolar Disorder; Major Depression; Paranoid Schizophrenia; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Testosterone. Minor Descriptor: Blood Serum. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1990. AB - Measured serum testosterone levels at 2-wk intervals in 34 male inpatients (aged 20–64 yrs) with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), endogenous major depressive disorder (MDD), paranoid schizophrenia (PS), or manic bipolar disorder (BD) and 24 matched, normal controls. Mean levels were significantly higher in PTSD, PS, and control Ss. The same group differences were significant in the 1st sample, while the last sample values were significantly higher in the PTSD and PS groups. In spite of considerable depressive symptomatology, PTSD patients do not show the relatively low testosterone levels seen in MDD patients and instead align more closely with schizophrenic patients with regard to the pituitary-gonadal system. Chronic basal testosterone levels in PTSD patients may be elevated in comparison with normal controls. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - serum testosterone levels KW - male 24–64 yr olds with PTSD vs major depression vs manic bipolar disorder vs paranoid schizophrenia KW - 1990 KW - Bipolar Disorder KW - Major Depression KW - Paranoid Schizophrenia KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Testosterone KW - Blood Serum KW - 1990 DO - 10.1002/jts.2490030313 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-01433-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-01353-001 AN - 1991-01353-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Vassar, Patricia AU - Plemel, Duane AU - Herder, Joseph AU - Manifold, Victor AU - Anderson, Douglas T1 - A factor analysis of Ellis' irrational beliefs. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 46 IS - 4 SP - 412 EP - 415 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-01353-001. PMID: 2212042 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, St Cloud, MN, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Factor Structure; Irrational Beliefs; Psychopathology; Self-Defeating Behavior. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1990. AB - Identified, organized, and operationally defined the philosophies underlying A. Ellis's (1962) self-defeating beliefs, by factoring an 11-item irrational-values self-report instrument given to 190 adult psychiatric patients. The instrument was developed by A. P. MacDonald and R. G. Games (1972). Four factors emerged and were named to reflect the contents of their items: 'I need to control a dangerous world,' 'Self-assertion is painful,' 'I need affirmation,' and 'I lack control over my fate.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - factor analysis of A. Ellis's self defeating beliefs KW - adult psychiatric patients KW - 1990 KW - Factor Structure KW - Irrational Beliefs KW - Psychopathology KW - Self-Defeating Behavior KW - 1990 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(199007)46:4<412::AID-JCLP2270460406>3.0.CO;2-M UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-01353-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-01335-001 AN - 1991-01335-001 AU - Pfefferbaum, Adolf AU - Ford, Judith M. AU - Kraemer, Helena C. T1 - Clinical utility of long latency 'cognitive' event-related potentials (P3): The cons. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 76 IS - 1 SP - 6 EP - 12 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-01335-001. PMID: 1694485 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pfefferbaum, Adolf; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dementia; Differential Diagnosis; Evoked Potentials; Major Depression; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Pseudodementia; P300. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1990. AB - Summarized data from 5 studies (published 1980–1988) of the diagnostic utility of P3 and reassessed data of A. Pfefferbaum et al (1984), using a signal detection analysis that evaluated trade-offs between sensitivity and specificity at different cutoffs for P3 latency. Two analogous paradigms were used: an auditory and a visual oddball reaction task that elicited P3s to target and nontarget infrequent stimuli and reaction times (RTs) to the target stimuli. Ss were demented patients and depressed and schizophrenic patient controls. The oddball task appeared to be sensitive to dementia. The visual paradigm RT test had equivalent overall quality and nearly as good quality of specificity as the auditory paradigm target P3 latency test. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ability of P3 EPs to distinguish true dementia from pseudodementia KW - demented vs depressed vs schizophrenic patients KW - 1990 KW - Dementia KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Major Depression KW - Schizophrenia KW - Pseudodementia KW - P300 KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(90)90052-L UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-01335-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-01313-001 AN - 1991-01313-001 AU - Inman, David J. AU - Silver, Steven M. AU - Doghramji, Karl T1 - Sleep disturbance in Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder: A comparison with non-PTSD insomnia. JF - Journal of Traumatic Stress JO - Journal of Traumatic Stress JA - J Trauma Stress Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 3 IS - 3 SP - 429 EP - 437 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0894-9867 SN - 1573-6598 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-01313-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Inman, David J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Coatesville, PA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dreaming; Insomnia; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Sleep Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Combat Experience. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1990. AB - Compared sleep disturbance in 35 Vietnam war combat veterans (aged 25–60 yrs) having posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) with 37 age-matched non-PTSD (NPTSD) patients having insomnia without other PTSD symptoms. PTSD Ss reported symptoms of anxiety, agitation, and concurrent body movement that were associated with insomnia. Nightmares of these Ss were more repetitive and more disruptive to sleep than those of NPTSD insomnia Ss. PTSD Ss also reported more fatigue during daytime functioning and more anxiety during waking hours, attributable to relationship, legal, financial, and physical difficulties, than NPTSD insomnia Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dream patterns & sleep disturbances KW - 25–60 yr old Vietnam combat veterans with PTSD vs patients with insomnia KW - 1990 KW - Dreaming KW - Insomnia KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Sleep Disorders KW - Combat Experience KW - 1990 DO - 10.1002/jts.2490030311 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-01313-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-00961-001 AN - 1991-00961-001 AU - Spiro, Avron AU - Aldwin, Carolyn M. AU - Levenson, Michael R. AU - Bossé, Raymond T1 - Longitudinal findings from the Normative Aging Study: II. Do emotionality and extraversion predict symptom change? JF - Journal of Gerontology JO - Journal of Gerontology JA - J Gerontol Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 45 IS - 4 SP - P136 EP - P144 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0022-1422 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-00961-001. PMID: 2365969 Other Journal Title: The Journals of Gerontology: Series A: Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spiro, Avron; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotionality (Personality); Extraversion; Physiological Aging; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Longitudinal Studies. Classification: Psychosocial & Personality Development (2840). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1990. AB - 1,034 males aged 23–82 yrs completed the Sixteen Personality Factor Questionnaire (16PF) and the Cornell Medical Index Health Questionnaire at least twice over 2–25 yrs. Emotionality was positively related to the numbers of both physical and psychological symptoms reported at baseline, while extraversion was negatively related. Only emotionality was associated with level of symptom-reporting. Emotionality was unrelated to physical symptom slopes and only weakly related to psychological slopes. While personality and symptom-reporting are related cross-sectionally, personality does not predict changes in symptom reporting. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - emotionality & extraversion KW - symptom reporting during aging KW - male 23–82 yr olds KW - 2–25 yr study KW - 1990 KW - Emotionality (Personality) KW - Extraversion KW - Physiological Aging KW - Symptoms KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - 1990 DO - 10.1093/geronj/45.4.P136 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-00961-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-00597-001 AN - 1991-00597-001 AU - Eisenstein, E. M. AU - Eisenstein, Doris AU - Bonheim, Paul AU - Welch, Elizabeth A. T1 - Habituation of the galvanic skin response in adult males as a function of age. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 48 IS - 1 SP - 169 EP - 173 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-00597-001. PMID: 2236265 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eisenstein, E. M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Radiology Service, Northport, NY, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Galvanic Skin Response; Habituation. Minor Descriptor: Shock. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1990. AB - Studied habituation of the galvanic skin response (GSR) to electric shock in 28 male college students (aged 18–39 yrs). Shock was presented every 1–3 min above the right ankle in a preprogrammed sequence. GSR, measured as a change in palmar skin conductance to the shock, was examined over the 1st 17 shock trials. Although little change in learning and memory as a function of age would be expected in this group, there was a significant correlation between age and rate of initial habituation. This result resembles the findings of a study by H. N. Wagner (1985) in which the caudate nucleus showed an exponential decrease in dopamine receptors with age, with about half of the decrease occurring rapidly between the ages of 20 and 30 yrs. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age KW - habituation of GSR to electric shock KW - 18–39 yr old males KW - 1990 KW - Age Differences KW - Galvanic Skin Response KW - Habituation KW - Shock KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(90)90279-D UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-00597-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-00463-001 AN - 1991-00463-001 AU - Garvey, Michael J. AU - Cook, Brian L. AU - Noyes, Russell AU - Blum, Nancee T1 - Psychiatric family history and urinary MHPG in healthy control subjects. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 174 EP - 176 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-00463-001. PMID: 2378922 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garvey, Michael J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Family Background; Mental Disorders; Norepinephrine Metabolites. Minor Descriptor: Urine. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1990. AB - Examined the relationship between levels of urinary 3-methoxy-4-hydroxyphenylglycol (MHPG), a norepinephrine metabolite, and the psychiatric family histories of healthy control Ss. 29 individuals who had never had depression or other psychiatric difficulties collected 24 hr urine specimens. Significant differences were found for MHPG in healthy controls with and without a family history of psychiatric illness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - urinary MHPG & family psychiatric history KW - healthy adults without history of mental illness KW - 1990 KW - Family Background KW - Mental Disorders KW - Norepinephrine Metabolites KW - Urine KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(90)90636-G UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-00463-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-00137-001 AN - 1991-00137-001 AU - Ward, L. Charles T1 - Prediction of verbal, performance, and full scale IQs from seven subtests of the WAIS—R. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 46 IS - 4 SP - 436 EP - 440 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-00137-001. PMID: 2212047 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ward, L. Charles; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Tuscaloosa, AL, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intelligence Quotient; Psychopathology; Statistical Estimation; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1990. AB - Administered the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Revised (WAIS—R) to 70 adult male patients and estimated Ss' IQs from 7 WAIS—R subtests (Information, Digit Span, Arithmetic, Similarities, Picture Completion, Block Design, and Digit Symbol) that require about half the administration time of the full test. Estimates correlated well with Verbal, Performance, and Full Scale IQs, and mean estimated IQs differed by less than 1 IQ point from actual means. Error sizes in predicting Full Scale IQs were small and exceeded 4 IQ points in only 3 cases. In comparison, error sizes for J. E. Doppelt's (1956) short version of the WAIS—R were significantly larger and were greater than 4 IQ points in 20 cases. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - estimation of IQ from WAIS-R subtests KW - male adult psychiatric patients KW - 1990 KW - Intelligence Quotient KW - Psychopathology KW - Statistical Estimation KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - 1990 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(199007)46:4<436::AID-JCLP2270460411>3.0.CO;2-M UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-00137-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-31289-001 AN - 1990-31289-001 AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Heindel, William C. AU - Salmon, David P. T1 - Dissociation of implicit memory in dementia: Neurological implications. JF - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JO - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JA - Bull Psychon Soc Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 28 IS - 4 SP - 359 EP - 366 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society, Inc. SN - 0090-5054 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-31289-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Butters, Nelson; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, La Jolla, CA, US. Release Date: 19901201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: 30th Annual Meeting of the Psychonomic Society Symposium: Implicit memory: Multiple perspectives (1989, Atlanta, Georgia). Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Huntingtons Disease; Lexical Decision; Memory; Perceptual Motor Learning. Minor Descriptor: Implicit Memory; Priming; Weight Perception. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1990. AB - Reviews studies in which lexical and pictorial priming tasks as well as tests of motor skill learning and weight biasing were administered to patients in the early stages of Alzheimer's Disease (AD) and Huntington's Disease (HD). Although both patient groups were severely impaired on explicit memory tasks, they exhibited marked dissociations on the implicit tests. AD Ss showed little lexical and pictorial priming but performed like the controls on the weight-biasing and pursuit-rotor tasks. HD Ss were unable to acquire the pursuit-rotor skill and demonstrated little weight biasing while performing like controls on the lexical and pictorial priming tasks. Different forms of implicit memory may depend on distinct constellations of brain structures. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lexical & pictorial priming & motor skill learning & weight biasing KW - implicit memory KW - patients with Alzheimer's or Huntington's disease KW - conference presentation KW - 1990 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Huntingtons Disease KW - Lexical Decision KW - Memory KW - Perceptual Motor Learning KW - Implicit Memory KW - Priming KW - Weight Perception KW - 1990 DO - 10.3758/BF03334042 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-31289-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-31124-001 AN - 1990-31124-001 AU - Lucas, Peter B. AU - Pickar, David AU - Kelsoe, John AU - Rapaport, Mark AU - Pato, Carlos AU - Hommer, Daniel T1 - Effects of the acute administration of caffeine in patients with schizophrenia. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 28 IS - 1 SP - 35 EP - 40 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-31124-001. PMID: 2375945 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lucas, Peter B.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Dept of Psychiatry, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19901201. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Arterial Pulse; Blood Pressure; Caffeine; Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Physiological Correlates. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Trial; Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1990. AB - Administered caffeine (10 mg/kg) to 13 schizophrenic patients (aged 18–36 yrs) in a double-blind, placebo-controlled study of caffeine's behavioral effects. Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale (BPRS) total scores; BPRS Thought Disorder, Unusual Thought Content, and Euphoria-Activation; and several individual BPRS items were significantly increased in Ss given caffeine. Nurses' ratings of psychosis and mania, comparing the day before with the day after pharmacological challenge, increased significantly. Compared to placebo, caffeine produced significant increases of diastolic blood pressure and cortisol. Findings indicate that caffeine increases arousal and has a psychotogenic effect when administered to schizophrenic patients. The possible roles of various neurotransmitters are discussed, with emphasis on caffeine's actions on dopaminergic and adenosinergic systems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - acute caffeine KW - symptoms & pulse & BP KW - schizophrenic 18–36 yr olds KW - 1990 KW - Arterial Pulse KW - Blood Pressure KW - Caffeine KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - Physiological Correlates KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(90)90429-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-31124-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-28679-001 AN - 1990-28679-001 AU - Arena, John G. AU - Sherman, Richard A. AU - Bruno, Glenda M. AU - Young, Timothy R. T1 - Temporal stability of paraspinal electromyographic recordings in low back pain and non-pain subjects. JF - International Journal of Psychophysiology JO - International Journal of Psychophysiology JA - Int J Psychophysiol Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 9 IS - 1 SP - 31 EP - 37 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0167-8760 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-28679-001. PMID: 2142149 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Arena, John G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service Biofeedback & Psychophysiological Disorders Clinic, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 19901101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Back Pain; Electromyography; Muscles; Spinal Column. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1990. AB - Conducted 2 experiments in which bilateral surface electromyogram (EMG) recordings of paraspinal muscle tension were measured in 29 lower back pain patients (aged 18–63 yrs) and 20 normal Ss (aged 19–60 yrs) in 6 different positions on 2 occasions. Measures were highly reliable when examined using analysis of variance (ANOVA) procedures. Statistically significant reliability coefficients were obtained when the absolute values of the measures were examined. When examined as relative values, the normal Ss were statistically more reliable than lower back pain Ss during every condition. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - paraspinal muscle tension EMG KW - 18–63 yr olds with vs without lower back pain KW - 1990 KW - Back Pain KW - Electromyography KW - Muscles KW - Spinal Column KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0167-8760(90)90005-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-28679-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-28364-001 AN - 1990-28364-001 AU - Faraone, Stephen V. AU - Kremen, William S. AU - Tsuang, Ming T. T1 - Genetic transmission of major affective disorders: Quantitative models and linkage analyses. JF - Psychological Bulletin JO - Psychological Bulletin JA - Psychol Bull Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 108 IS - 1 SP - 109 EP - 127 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-2909 SN - 1939-1455 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-28364-001. PMID: 2200070 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Faraone, Stephen V.; Brockton-West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Brockton, MA, US. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 19901101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Analysis; Genetics; Literature Review; Models. Minor Descriptor: Disease Transmission. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 19. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Sep 26, 1989; Revised Date: Sep 12, 1989; First Submitted Date: May 19, 1988. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1991. AB - We comprehensively reviewed 2 types of studies aimed at specifying the mode of inheritance of major affective disorders: quantitative models and linkage analyses. Quantitative models attempt to represent the genetic mechanism responsible for the familial distribution of a disorder. Despite efforts to refine models by incorporating the bipolar–unipolar distinction or the sex effect, consistent support for a specific mode of transmission has not been found. Some mixed genetic models support single major locus inheritance, but transmission probabilities do not conform to Mendelian expectations. Linkage analysis is a more powerful technique used for testing the single gene hypothesis. Linkage results have also been inconsistent, showing moderate support for an X-linked variant of bipolar-related disorder and equivocal support for linkages to Chromosomes 6 and 11. However, relatively few genetic loci have been examined. Methodological factors, genetic heterogeneity, and phenotypic heterogeneity are discussed as potential explanations for inconsistent findings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - quantitative models vs linkage analysis of genetic transmission of major affective disorders KW - literature review KW - 1990 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Analysis KW - Genetics KW - Literature Review KW - Models KW - Disease Transmission KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/0033-2909.108.1.109 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-28364-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-09426-001 AN - 1991-09426-001 AU - Phillips, Tamara J. AU - Terdal, Erik S. AU - Crabbe, John C. T1 - Response to selection for sensitivity to ethanol hypothermia: Genetic analyses. JF - Behavior Genetics JO - Behavior Genetics JA - Behav Genet Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 20 IS - 4 SP - 473 EP - 480 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0001-8244 SN - 1573-3297 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-09426-001. PMID: 2256890 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Phillips, Tamara J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19910401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ethanol; Hypothermia; Selective Breeding. Minor Descriptor: Mice. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1990. AB - Reports the responses of 2 genetically independent HOT (insensitive to the hypothermic effects of ethanol) and 2 COLD (sensitive to the hypothermic effects of ethanol) mouse lines to additional generations of selection. The breeding program was in the 14th selected, and HOT and COLD mice differed by about 4°C in selected hypothermic response (HR). 22% of the variance in ethanol-induced HR in mice may be of additive origin. No fertility problems were noted. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - selective breeding for insensitivity vs sensitivity to hypothermic effects of ethanol KW - mice KW - 1990 KW - Ethanol KW - Hypothermia KW - Selective Breeding KW - Mice KW - 1990 DO - 10.1007/BF01067713 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-09426-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-05712-001 AN - 1991-05712-001 AU - Atkinson, Roland M. AU - Tolson, Robert L. AU - Turner, John A. T1 - Late versus early onset problem drinking in older men. JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JA - Alcohol Clin Exp Res Y1 - 1990/07//Jul-Aug, 1990 VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 574 EP - 579 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0145-6008 SN - 1530-0277 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-05712-001. PMID: 2221286 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Atkinson, Roland M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Portland, OR, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19910201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Client Characteristics; Onset (Disorders). Minor Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Military Veterans; Outpatient Treatment. Classification: Outpatient Services (3371); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul-Aug, 1990. AB - Age at onset of problem drinking was studied in 132 older men (age 60+ yrs) admitted to a Veterans Administration geriatric alcoholism outpatient treatment program. Demographics, alcohol history, self-reported psychological status, special treatment, and treatment compliance variables were tested for association with onset age. Late onset (defined as onset of the 1st alcohol problem at or after age 60 yrs) was not uncommon, occurring in 15% of the sample (29% of patients aged 65 or older). Compared to earlier onset cases, late onset alcohol problems were milder and more circumscribed and were associated with less family alcoholism and greater psychological stability. Late onset patients were also more compliant with outpatient treatment requirements; however, treatment program variables were better predictors of compliance than onset age. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age at onset of problem drinking KW - client & treatment characteristics KW - elderly male veterans in alcoholism outpatient treatment KW - 1990 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Client Characteristics KW - Onset (Disorders) KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Military Veterans KW - Outpatient Treatment KW - 1990 DO - 10.1111/j.1530-0277.1990.tb01203.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-05712-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-05450-001 AN - 1991-05450-001 AU - Satel, Sally L. T1 - Mental status changes in children receiving glucocorticoids: Review of the literature. JF - Clinical Pediatrics JO - Clinical Pediatrics JA - Clin Pediatr (Phila) Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 29 IS - 7 SP - 382 EP - 388 CY - US PB - Westminster Publications SN - 0009-9228 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-05450-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Satel, Sally L.; West Haven Veterans Administration, CT, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19910201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Glucocorticoids; Psychopathology; Side Effects (Drug). Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1990. AB - Discusses glucocorticoid preparations commonly used in the treatment of many diseases in children and adolescents. Although their physiologic side effects have been described well, the psychiatric side effects of these medications have received little attention. Limited data from the pediatric literature suggest that disturbances of affect and behavior may occur in 25–50% of children receiving glucocorticoid. These steroid-induced mental changes may be underrecognized in children, and yet these changes can have considerable impact on social and psychological functioning and treatment outcome. An enhanced awareness and reporting of this phenomenon by clinicians, parents, and teachers would likely lead to better compliance with treatment, improved outcomes, and greater understanding of emotional concomitants of illness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychiatric side effects of glucocorticoids KW - children & adolescents KW - 1990 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Glucocorticoids KW - Psychopathology KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - 1990 DO - 10.1177/000992289002900704 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-05450-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-04581-001 AN - 1991-04581-001 AU - Cook, Brian L. AU - Noyes, Russell AU - Garvey, Michael J. AU - Beach, Vickie AU - Sobotka, Jenelle AU - Chaudhry, Dewat T1 - Anxiety and the menstrual cycle in panic disorder. JF - Journal of Affective Disorders JO - Journal of Affective Disorders JA - J Affect Disord Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 19 IS - 3 SP - 221 EP - 226 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-0327 SN - 1573-2517 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-04581-001. PMID: 2145343 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cook, Brian L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 19910201. Correction Date: 20160407. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Menstrual Cycle; Panic Disorder. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1990. AB - 19 females (mean age 34.7 yrs) with panic disorder were studied, using daily prospective home diary ratings of various general health-related items, a short anxiety self-rating scale, a survey of late luteal phase dysphoric symptoms, as well as a record of the number and severity of panic attacks. The Ss collected information for 60 consecutive days, and information regarding 30 menstrual cycles was available for analysis. Data from the 5 premenstrual and 5 postmenstrual days were averaged across individuals and compared across time periods. Overall, Ss retrospectively reported increases in their anxiety symptoms during premenstrual days, but this was not demonstrated consistently on daily prospective ratings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - menstrual cycle KW - anxiety symptoms KW - adult females with panic disorder KW - 1990 KW - Anxiety KW - Menstrual Cycle KW - Panic Disorder KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0165-0327(90)90095-P UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-04581-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-04449-001 AN - 1991-04449-001 AU - Moos, Rudolf H. AU - Swindle, Ralph W. T1 - Stressful life circumstances: Concepts and measures. T3 - II–IV. Advances in measuring life stress JF - Stress Medicine JO - Stress Medicine JA - Stress Med Y1 - 1990/07//Jul-Sep, 1990 VL - 6 IS - 3 SP - 171 EP - 178 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0748-8386 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-04449-001. Other Journal Title: Stress and Health: Journal of the International Society for the Investigation of Stress. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moos, Rudolf H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Far West Health Services Field Program, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19910201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Concepts; Measurement; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Life Experiences. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120); Personality Scales & Inventories (2223). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul-Sep, 1990. AB - Examines recent work on the conceptualization and measurement of life stressors (LSTs) and presents a perspective on LSTs that considers ongoing stressful circumstances and acute life events. This broad approach incorporates conceptual distinctions likely to advance stress and coping theory. The approach is embodied in a method for measuring ongoing stressors, discrete life events, and social resources in multiple domains. Recent work (e.g., R. Moos et al; in press) on alcohol abuse and depression illustrates applications of the framework. Applications for diagnosis and treatment and for program planning and evaluation are described. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - conceptualization & measurement of stressful life circumstances KW - 1990 KW - Concepts KW - Measurement KW - Stress KW - Life Experiences KW - 1990 DO - 10.1002/smi.2460060302 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-04449-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-03444-001 AN - 1991-03444-001 AU - Van Denburg, Eric J. T1 - Hypnotic age regression and the autokinetic effect. JF - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JO - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JA - Am J Clin Hypn Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 33 IS - 1 SP - 50 EP - 55 CY - US PB - American Society of Clinical Hypnosis SN - 0002-9157 SN - 2160-0562 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-03444-001. PMID: 2220656 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Denburg, Eric J.; Veterans Administration Lakeside Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Chicago, IL, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19910201. Correction Date: 20120702. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Regression (Hypnotic); Autokinetic Illusion; Hypnosis. Classification: Consciousness States (2380). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1990. AB - Examined whether hypnotically age-regressed adults would respond differentially across stimuli conditions on an autokinetic illusion. 18 highly susceptible Ss (aged 18–27 yrs), assessed on the Harvard Group Susceptibility Scale, were assigned to 1 of 3 groups: 6 waking controls, 6 Ss under standard hypnotic induction, and 6 Ss under hypnosis with age regression. Three target shapes were presented: a control stimulus (circle), a representational stimulus (profile of a man), and a symbolic stimulus (cross). Results failed to show reinstatement of childlike performance on this perceptual illusion. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hypnosis with vs without age regression KW - performance on autokinetic perceptual illusion KW - 18–27 yr olds KW - 1990 KW - Age Regression (Hypnotic) KW - Autokinetic Illusion KW - Hypnosis KW - 1990 DO - 10.1080/00029157.1990.10402900 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-03444-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-29532-001 AN - 1991-29532-001 AU - Brothers, Leslie T1 - The neural basis of primate social communication. T3 - Empathy JF - Motivation and Emotion JO - Motivation and Emotion JA - Motiv Emot Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 14 IS - 2 SP - 81 EP - 91 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0146-7239 SN - 1573-6644 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-29532-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brothers, Leslie; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Office of Research, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19911101. Correction Date: 20160512. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Communication; Neurology. Minor Descriptor: Animal Social Behavior; Primates (Nonhuman). Classification: Social & Instinctive Behavior (2440). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. AB - Examines a sophisticated ability to generate displays of emotion and to respond to expressive behaviors of other individuals as a specialization in the course of primate evolution. Studies of the social behavior of nonhuman primates indicate that monkeys and apes are able to interpret social signals so as to assess the motivations of others. Studies of brain activity in monkeys looking at pictures of faces, facial expressions, and body movements, reveal regions of apparent specialized responsiveness to visual social stimuli. The existence of a discrete neural system in humans for cognition which generates a psychological model of others is suggested by patterns of deficit seen in certain neurologic syndromes. Empathy has several components and appears to lie on an evolutionary continuum. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neural basis of social communication KW - primates KW - 1990 KW - Animal Communication KW - Neurology KW - Animal Social Behavior KW - Primates (Nonhuman) KW - 1990 DO - 10.1007/BF00991637 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-29532-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-31747-001 AN - 1990-31747-001 AU - Ventura, Marlene R. AU - Todd, Karen AU - Burch, Karen AU - Grace, Mary L. AU - Crosby, Frances AU - Lohr, Ginny T1 - Patient newsletter: A teaching tool. JF - Patient Education and Counseling JO - Patient Education and Counseling JA - Patient Educ Couns Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 269 EP - 274 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0738-3991 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-31747-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ventura, Marlene R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Buffalo, NY, US. Release Date: 19901201. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cardiovascular Disorders; Client Education; Health Education; Nursing. Minor Descriptor: Behavior Modification; Written Communication. Classification: Promotion & Maintenance of Health & Wellness (3365). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. AB - Evaluated the impact of a behaviorally oriented nursing intervention on well-being and health care utilization of patients with peripheral vascular disease (PVD). Incorporated into the intervention was the production and distribution of a patient newsletter, which addressed topics related to PVD risk factor reduction. Experiences developing the newsletter for use with PVD patients are described. In addition to the anticipated benefit for the patients, nurses developing the newsletters derived secondary gains. Guidelines for preparation, topics addressed, and patients' reactions are discussed. Of 26 patients who evaluated the newsletter, 65% reported that the newsletter's information stimulated a positive change in behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behaviorally oriented program & newsletter as nursing intervention KW - well being & health care utilization KW - patients with peripheral vascular disease KW - 1990 KW - Cardiovascular Disorders KW - Client Education KW - Health Education KW - Nursing KW - Behavior Modification KW - Written Communication KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0738-3991(90)90102-Q UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-31747-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-02327-001 AN - 1991-02327-001 AU - Lee, Melinda A. T1 - Depression and refusal of life support in older people: An ethical dilemma. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 38 IS - 6 SP - 710 EP - 714 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-02327-001. PMID: 2358631 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lee, Melinda A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Veterans Affairs, Portland, OR, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disorders; Life Sustaining Treatment; Major Depression; Professional Ethics; Treatment Withholding. Minor Descriptor: Hemodialysis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. AB - Discusses the ethical dilemma that occurs when a depressed older person refuses necessary life support. The case is described of a 77-yr-old man with medical problems and severe depression who refused hemodialysis and asked to be allowed to die. Because his physicians believed that his depression impaired his capacity to make an informed decision, the dialysis was continued and antidepressant medication begun. After 5 wks, when no mood improvement occurred, the family asked that lifesaving measures be discontinued. Comfort measures were instituted, and the patient died. This ethical dilemma is reviewed in terms of depression and decision-making capacity, suicide vs life-sustaining therapy, surrogate decision making, and autonomy and beneficence for the depressive. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethical dilemma of refusal of life support KW - 77 yr old male with medical problems & severe depression KW - 1990 KW - Disorders KW - Life Sustaining Treatment KW - Major Depression KW - Professional Ethics KW - Treatment Withholding KW - Hemodialysis KW - 1990 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1990.tb01433.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-02327-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-01478-001 AN - 1991-01478-001 AU - Sutker, Patricia B. AU - Bugg, Franlynn AU - Allain, Albert N. T1 - Person and situation correlates of post-traumatic stress disorder among POW survivors. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 66 IS - 3, Pt 1 SP - 912 EP - 914 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-01478-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sutker, Patricia B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Psychology Service, New Orleans, LA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Environment; Individual Differences; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Prisoners of War. Minor Descriptor: Military Personnel. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. AB - Examined person and situation characteristics that may be associated with development of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in 193 male former prisoners of war. Ss were identified as PTSD-positive or PTSD-negative based on their responses to diagnostic interviews. PTSD-positive Ss were characterized by greater confinement weight loss, lower socioeconomic status (SES), greater psychological and biological hardship, and lower military rank compared with PTSD-negative Ss. A discriminant function based on these 4 variables correctly classified 75% of the Ss. Data support a relationship between person and situation variables and psychopathological symptoms in predicting risk for PTSD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - person & situation characteristics & development of PTSD KW - male prisoners of war during WWII or Korean conflict KW - 1990 KW - Environment KW - Individual Differences KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Prisoners of War KW - Military Personnel KW - 1990 DO - 10.2466/PR0.66.3.912-914 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-01478-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-01399-001 AN - 1991-01399-001 AU - Goldstein, Jill M. AU - Faraone, Stephen V. AU - Chen, Wei J. AU - Tolomiczencko, George S. AU - Tsuang, M. T. T1 - Sex differences in the familial transmission of schizophrenia. JF - The British Journal of Psychiatry JO - The British Journal of Psychiatry JA - Br J Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 156 SP - 819 EP - 826 CY - United Kingdom PB - Royal College of Psychiatrists SN - 0007-1250 SN - 1472-1465 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-01399-001. PMID: 2207512 Other Journal Title: Journal of Mental Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Jill M.; Brockton Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, MA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Disease Transmission; Family Members; Human Sex Differences; Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. AB - Tested the hypothesis that schizophrenic (SCZ) men have a lower familial risk for schizophrenia than SCZ women using the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) diagnosed samples from family studies described by J. Morrison et al (1972). Male and female relatives of SCZ men had a significantly lower risk for schizophrenia and schizophreniform and schizoaffective disorders than relatives of SCZ women. However, the effect was not significant for the full spectrum or when analyzed by sex of relative. Sex differences in the risk for other psychiatric disorders among relatives of SCZ probands were not significant. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - familial transmission of schizophrenia KW - schizophrenic males vs females & their families KW - 1990 KW - At Risk Populations KW - Disease Transmission KW - Family Members KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1990 DO - 10.1192/bjp.156.6.819 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-01399-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-00677-001 AN - 1991-00677-001 AU - Flood, James F. AU - Baker, Margaret L. AU - Hernandez, Ernesto N. AU - Morley, John E. T1 - Modulation of memory retention by neuropeptide K. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 520 IS - 1-2 SP - 284 EP - 290 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-00677-001. PMID: 2169954 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Flood, James F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, St Louis, MO, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amino Acids; Avoidance Conditioning; Memory; Peptides; Retention. Minor Descriptor: Brain; Cerebral Ventricles; Injections; Mice. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. AB - Four experiments investigated the roles of neuropeptide K (NPK) and neurokinin A (NKA) in memory modulation in male mice. Both NPK and NKA administered icv after footshock avoidance training in the T-maze enhanced memory retention (MR). Local microinjections of NPK enhanced MR when injected into the rostral and caudal portions of the hippocampus and the amygdala, but were without effect when injected into the septum and the caudate. Since NPK occurs in the same precursor molecule as substance P, NPK may be co-released with substance P and act with it, in a synergistic manner, to enhance memory processing. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - icv vs brain structure injections of neuropeptide K vs neurokinin A KW - memory retention modulation for footshock training KW - male mice KW - 1990 KW - Amino Acids KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Memory KW - Peptides KW - Retention KW - Brain KW - Cerebral Ventricles KW - Injections KW - Mice KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(90)91717-U UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-00677-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-00676-001 AN - 1991-00676-001 AU - Flood, James F. AU - Baker, Margaret L. AU - Davis, Joel L. T1 - Modulation of memory processing by glutamic acid receptor agonists and antagonists. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 521 IS - 1-2 SP - 197 EP - 202 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-00676-001. PMID: 2169959 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Flood, James F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, St Louis, MO, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Glutamic Acid; Memory; Retention. Minor Descriptor: Kainic Acid; Mice. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. AB - Mice trained on a shock avoidance learning paradigm and injected icv after training with agonists and antagonists of various classes of glutamate receptors were tested for retention a week later. N-Methyl-{d}-aspartate (NMDA) receptor agonists enhanced retention in a dose-dependent manner. Enhancement of retention by the non-NMDA agonist kainic acid and by quisqualic acid was dose-dependent. {l}-Glutamic acid, but not {d}-glutamic acid, enhanced retention. Both NMDA and non-NMDA receptor antagonists produced dose-dependent impairment of retention. Thus, low doses of excitatory amino acids improved memory retention while antagonists impaired retention. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - glutamic acid receptor agonists vs antagonists KW - memory retention KW - mice KW - 1990 KW - Glutamic Acid KW - Memory KW - Retention KW - Kainic Acid KW - Mice KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(90)91543-P UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-00676-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-00649-001 AN - 1991-00649-001 AU - Carey, Robert J. T1 - Antiparkinsonian effects of caffeine depend upon Pavlovian drug conditioning processes. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 518 IS - 1-2 SP - 186 EP - 192 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-00649-001. PMID: 2117987 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carey, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research & Development Service, Syracuse, NY, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apomorphine; Caffeine; Classical Conditioning; Motor Processes. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. AB - Used a Pavlovian conditioning procedure in which groups of male rats injected with 6-hydroxydopamine (6-OHDA) were given sc apomorphine treatments paired or unpaired with a test environment. Ss in the paired or conditioning treatment groups exhibited contralateral rotation (COR) when tested with caffeine, while Ss in the unpaired treatment groups displayed only enhanced ipsilateral rotation. The activation of the conditioned COR by caffeine in the paired group occurred even after the response was suppressed by extinction. Findings implicate caffeine mechanisms in drug conditioning processes. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - caffeine after apomorphine treatments with vs without Pavlovian conditioning KW - rotation behavior KW - male rats with 6-OHDA lesions KW - 1990 KW - Apomorphine KW - Caffeine KW - Classical Conditioning KW - Motor Processes KW - Rats KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(90)90971-D UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-00649-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-00574-001 AN - 1991-00574-001 AU - Deutsch, Stephen I. AU - Rosse, Richard B. AU - Huntzinger, James A. AU - Novitzki, Monica R. AU - Mastropaolo, John T1 - Profound stress-induced alterations in flurazepam's antiseizure efficacy can be attenuated. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 520 IS - 1-2 SP - 272 EP - 276 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-00574-001. PMID: 2207636 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Deutsch, Stephen I.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Benzodiazepines; Drug Sensitivity; Electroconvulsive Shock; Neural Receptors; Stress Reactions. Minor Descriptor: Flurazepam; Mice; Seizures. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. AB - Examined (a) the ability of an incremental electroconvulsive shock (IECS) procedure to serve as a functional measure of benzodiazepine receptor sensitivity and (b) the ability of this IECS procedure to demonstrate stress-induced changes in male mice. A 'GABA-negative' benzodiazepine mimicked the effects of swim stress, whereas treatment of Ss prior to swim stress with Ro15-1788, a 'GABA-neutral' benzodiazepine, attenuated these stress-induced alterations. Data suggest that these stress effects may be mediated by an endogenous ligand and that Ro15-1788 may have a novel indication as a prophylactic intervention for Ss at risk for exposure to severe and unusual stress. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - RO 15-1788 vs flurazepam KW - antagonism of seizures induced by stressful incremental ECS as measure of benzodiazepine receptor sensitivity KW - male mice KW - 1990 KW - Benzodiazepines KW - Drug Sensitivity KW - Electroconvulsive Shock KW - Neural Receptors KW - Stress Reactions KW - Flurazepam KW - Mice KW - Seizures KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(90)91715-S UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-00574-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-31239-001 AN - 1990-31239-001 AU - Tamkin, Arthur S. AU - Dolenz, John J. T1 - Cognitive impairment in alcoholics. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 70 IS - 3, Pt 1 SP - 816 EP - 818 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-31239-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tamkin, Arthur S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Augusta, GA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19901201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Cognitive Ability; Cognitive Impairment. Minor Descriptor: Experimental Replication; Military Veterans. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Experimental Replication. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. AB - Replicated findings of A. S. Tamkin (see record [rid]1984-15275-001[/rid]) for alcoholics using 104 male veterans (mean age 42 yrs) in an alcohol rehabilitation unit. Ss completed (1) the Weigl Color-Form Sorting Test (WCST; A. S. Tamkin and J. T. Kunce; [see PA, Vol 69:7115]); (2) Vocabulary, Similarities, and Digit Symbol subtests of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS); and (3) Trails A and B of the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery. Ss differed from norms on Trails A and B and the WAIS subtests. The proportion of Ss unable to shift concepts on the WCST did not differ significantly from that in Tamkin's study. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive impairment KW - alcoholic male veterans KW - replication KW - 1990 KW - Alcoholism KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Cognitive Impairment KW - Experimental Replication KW - Military Veterans KW - 1990 DO - 10.2466/PMS.70.3.816-818 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-31239-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-31229-001 AN - 1990-31229-001 AU - Levenson, Michael R. T1 - Risk taking and personality. JF - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology JO - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology JA - J Pers Soc Psychol Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 58 IS - 6 SP - 1073 EP - 1080 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-3514 SN - 1939-1315 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-31229-001. PMID: 2391639 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levenson, Michael R.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19901201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antisocial Behavior; Heroes; Personality Traits; Prosocial Behavior; Risk Taking. Minor Descriptor: Drug Abuse. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Nov 13, 1989; Revised Date: Sep 11, 1989; First Submitted Date: Oct 31, 1988. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - Comparisons were made of the personality and social orientations of antisocial risk takers, defined as residents in a long-term drug-treatment facility (N = 24); adventurous risk takers, defined as rock climbers (N = 18); and prosocial risk takers, or heroes, defined as policemen and firemen decorated for bravery (N = 21). Measures included substance abuse proclivity, emotional arousability, conformity, moral reasoning, empathy, psychopathy, and sensation seeking. Discriminant analysis identifed two functions that correctly classified 98.18% of the sample. Drug-unit residents had high scores on an Antisocial function, characterized by emotionality, depression, psychopathy, substance abuse proclivity, and lower scores on moral reasoning. Rock climbers had high scores on an Antistructural function, characterized by sensation seeking and moral reasoning, the latter reflecting the higher education level of the rock climbers. Neither discriminant function characterized the heroes. Thus, drug-unit residents, rock climbers, and heroes appear to represent both different psychological types and different forms of risk taking. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - risk taking & personality & social orientation KW - drug unit residents vs rock climbers vs heroes KW - 1990 KW - Antisocial Behavior KW - Heroes KW - Personality Traits KW - Prosocial Behavior KW - Risk Taking KW - Drug Abuse KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/0022-3514.58.6.1073 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-31229-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-31033-001 AN - 1990-31033-001 AU - Hyer, Lee AU - Woods, M. Gail AU - Summers, Mary N. AU - Boudewyns, Patrick AU - Harrison, W. R. T1 - Alexithymia among Vietnam veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 51 IS - 6 SP - 243 EP - 247 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-31033-001. PMID: 2189870 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hyer, Lee; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 19901201. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Alexithymia; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychopathology. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. AB - 76 members of a posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) group, 76 members of an alcohol abuse group, and 75 members of a general psychiatric group at a Veterans Administration medical center were given a battery of psychological tests, including the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI), the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory, and the Beck Depression Inventory, along with several cognitive measures. Alexithymia was more characteristic of PTSD patients than of the other groups and was inversely related to heart rate. Alexithymia was not significantly correlated with the subjective experience of stressors. The authors discuss the importance of the construct of alexithymia among PTSD patients and recommend the use of the alexithymia scale for these patients. The independence of this measure from the psychophysiologic condition of hyperarousal and the subjective experience of this state were also addressed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alexithymia KW - Vietnam veterans in PTSD vs alcohol abuse vs psychiatric groups KW - 1990 KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Alexithymia KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychopathology KW - Military Veterans KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-31033-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-30459-001 AN - 1990-30459-001 AU - Levine, Allen S. AU - Grace, Martha AU - Billington, Charles J. T1 - The effect of centrally administered naloxone on deprivation and drug-induced feeding. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 36 IS - 2 SP - 409 EP - 412 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-30459-001. PMID: 2356216 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levine, Allen S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 19901201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Feeding Behavior; Drugs; Food Deprivation; Naloxone. Minor Descriptor: Gamma Aminobutyric Acid Agonists; Norepinephrine; Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. AB - Evaluated the effect of administration of naloxone icv on feeding induced by food deprivation, norepinephrine (NE), muscimol, and neuropeptide Y (NPY) in 100 male rats. Naloxone (50, 100, and 200 μg) decreased deprivation-induced feeding. Only the 200 μg dose of naloxone decreased NE-induced feeding and the 200 and 100 μg doses decreased muscimol-induced feeding. Eating stimulated by central administration of NPY was potently decreased by doses of naloxone ranging from 10–200 μg. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - naloxone KW - deprivation & norepinephrine & muscimol & neuropeptide Y induced feeding KW - male rats KW - 1990 KW - Animal Feeding Behavior KW - Drugs KW - Food Deprivation KW - Naloxone KW - Gamma Aminobutyric Acid Agonists KW - Norepinephrine KW - Rats KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(90)90424-G UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-30459-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-29867-001 AN - 1990-29867-001 AU - McFall, Miles E. AU - Smith, Dale E. AU - Mackay, Priscilla W. AU - Tarver, David J. T1 - Reliability and validity of Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. JF - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - Psychol Assess Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 114 EP - 121 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1040-3590 SN - 1939-134X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-29867-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McFall, Miles E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19901201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Rating Scales; Test Reliability; Test Validity; War. Minor Descriptor: Drug Abuse. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Aug 1, 1989; Revised Date: Jul 21, 1989; First Submitted Date: May 23, 1989. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - This study examined the reliability and validity of the Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (M-PTSD) in a sample of Vietnam combat veterans with PTSD (n = 101) and substance-abusing patients without combat-related PTSD (n = 102). The M-PTSD was found to have high internal consistency, and a principle-components analysis indicated that its items measure three dimensions: intrusive reexperiencing/numbing-avoidance, anger/lability, and social alienation. Discriminant validity of the M-PTSD was supported by its high sensitivity in identifying PTSD patients (93%) and specificity in discriminating them from substance-abusing control subjects (88.2%). Finally, convergent validity of the M-PTSD was substantiated by significant correlations of the instrument with measures of combat exposure and interview and psychometric measures of PTSD symptomatology. The M-PTSD was shown to be a highly reliable and valid measure of the spectrum of PTSD symptoms in Vietnam combat veterans. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reliability & validity of Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Vietnam combat veterans with PTSD vs substance abusing patients KW - 1990 KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Rating Scales KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - War KW - Drug Abuse KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/1040-3590.2.2.114 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-29867-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-29840-001 AN - 1990-29840-001 AU - Gass, Carlton S. AU - Russell, Elbert W. AU - Hamilton, Richard A. T1 - Accuracy of MMPI-based inferences regarding memory and concentration in closed-head-trauma patients. JF - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - Psychol Assess Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 175 EP - 178 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1040-3590 SN - 1939-134X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-29840-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gass, Carlton S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Miami, FL, US. Release Date: 19901201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Concentration; Head Injuries; Memory; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Neuropsychological Assessment. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Nov 8, 1989; Revised Date: Aug 3, 1989; First Submitted Date: Apr 24, 1989. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - This study examined the validity of MMPI scores and MMPI-based cognitive complaints as indicators of memory and concentrational disturbances in 70 closed-head-trauma patients. The relation of scores on the MMPI Depression (D), Schizophrenia (Sc), Mental Dullness (D4), Lack of Ego Mastery, Cognitive (Sc2A), and Organic Symptoms (Org) scales to actual memory performance on the WAIS—R Digit Span and Wechsler Memory Scale (Russell's revision) subtests was explored. The results suggest an absence of any relation between actual memory performance on any of these subtests and MMPI scores or a Cognitive Complaint Index consisting of 8 MMPI items. Findings are discussed in light of the questionable validity of memory complaints in other samples, as well as possible limitations in the ecological validity of current tests of memory. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of MMPI scores & MMPI based cognitive complaints KW - assessment of memory & concentration disturbances KW - patients with closed head trauma KW - 1990 KW - Concentration KW - Head Injuries KW - Memory KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Test Validity KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/1040-3590.2.2.175 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-29840-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-29356-001 AN - 1990-29356-001 AU - Levin, Edward D. AU - Rose, Jed E. AU - Behm, Frederique T1 - Development of a citric acid aerosol as a smoking cessation aid. JF - Drug and Alcohol Dependence JO - Drug and Alcohol Dependence JA - Drug Alcohol Depend Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 25 IS - 3 SP - 273 EP - 279 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0376-8716 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-29356-001. PMID: 2189719 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levin, Edward D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Nicotine Research Lab, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19901101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Acids; Smoking Cessation; Tobacco Smoking. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. AB - Results of 2 experiments with volunteer cigarette smokers (aged 20–65 yrs) show that citric acid aerosol delivered by a new pocket-sized system produced a significant degree of satisfaction to experienced smokers. The satisfaction was highly correlated with the intensity of the throat sensation produced. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - citric acid aerosol as smoking cessation aid KW - 20–65 yr old cigarette smokers KW - 1990 KW - Acids KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0376-8716(90)90152-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-29356-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-29350-001 AN - 1990-29350-001 AU - Garcia, Manuel E. AU - Schmitz, Joy M. AU - Doerfler, Leonard A. T1 - A fine-grained analysis of the role of self-efficacy in self-initiated attempts to quit smoking. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 58 IS - 3 SP - 317 EP - 322 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-29350-001. PMID: 2365894 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garcia, Manuel E.; Dallas Veterans Administration Hosp, TX, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19901101. Correction Date: 20091221. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Self-Efficacy; Smoking Cessation; Tobacco Smoking. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Nov 3, 1989; Revised Date: Sep 21, 1989; First Submitted Date: Jan 19, 1989. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - The relation between self-efficacy ratings and smoking behavior was explored among 36 people who were trying to quit smoking on their own. Ss self-monitored high-risk situations, coping efforts to withstand the temptation to smoke, and self-efficacy in coping with similar temptations for 4 weeks after quitting. Self-efficacy ratings were significantly related to the outcome of these situations, with Ss reporting higher efficacy ratings after situations in which they did not smoke as opposed to those in which they did smoke. Self-efficacy was predictive of smoking outcome, but there was considerable intersubject variability in the strength of the relation between efficacy and smoking behavior. Both efficacy and previous smoking behavior predicted smoking outcome equally well, however. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self efficacy KW - smoking behavior KW - 18–33 yr olds attempting tobacco cessation alone KW - 1990 KW - Self-Efficacy KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.58.3.317 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-29350-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-28855-001 AN - 1990-28855-001 AU - Gallagher-Thompson, Dolores AU - Hanley-Peterson, Patricia AU - Thompson, Larry W. T1 - Maintenance of gains versus relapse following brief psychotherapy for depression. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 58 IS - 3 SP - 371 EP - 374 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-28855-001. PMID: 2365900 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gallagher-Thompson, Dolores; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education, & Clinical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19901101. Correction Date: 20091221. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Brief Psychotherapy; Cognitive Therapy; Major Depression. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Oct 27, 1989; Revised Date: Oct 9, 1989; First Submitted Date: Jul 18, 1989. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - Cross-sectional and longitudinal data are presented from a 2-year follow-up study of 91 older adults, initially diagnosed as in an episode of major depressive disorder (MDD), who were treated with brief cognitive, behavioral, or psychodynamic psychotherapy. Using research diagnostic criteria (RDC), 52%, 58%, and 70% of the sample did not meet criteria for any RDC depressive disorder at posttherapy, and 12- and 24-month follow-ups, respectively. There were no significant differences in response rate by therapy modality. Using Longitudinal Interval Follow-Up Evaluation (LIFE) by R. Shapiro and M. Keller (1979) and M. B. Keller et al (see record [rid]1988-01549-001[/rid]) methodology, we noted that patients not depressed at posttreatment remained depression-free for longer time periods than those who were minor or MDD. These rates compare favorably with published reports on younger depressed patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - brief cognitive vs behavioral vs psychodynamic psychotherapy KW - elderly with major depression KW - 2 yr followup KW - 1990 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Brief Psychotherapy KW - Cognitive Therapy KW - Major Depression KW - Followup Studies KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.58.3.371 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-28855-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-28807-001 AN - 1990-28807-001 AU - Sutker, Patricia B. AU - Galina, Z. Harry AU - West, Jeffrey A. AU - Allain, Albert N. T1 - Trauma-induced weight loss and cognitive deficits among former prisoners of war. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 58 IS - 3 SP - 323 EP - 328 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-28807-001. PMID: 2365895 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sutker, Patricia B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, New Orleans, LA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19901101. Correction Date: 20091221. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Body Weight; Cognitive Processes; Military Veterans; Prisoners of War; Weight Loss. Minor Descriptor: Emotional Trauma; Injuries; War. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Nov 15, 1989; Revised Date: Nov 15, 1989; First Submitted Date: Jun 9, 1989. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Former prisoners of war (POWs) from the Korean Conflict and WWII reporting confinement weight losses of >35% (n = 60) and ≤35% (n = 113) and non-POW combat veterans (n = 50) were compared on Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Revised (WAIS—R) and Wechsler Memory Scale (WMS) Logical Memory indices. High weight-loss POWs performed more poorly than combat veterans on Performance IQ, Arithmetic, Similarities, and Picture Completion subtests, Witkin-Goodenough Attention–Concentration Factor, and WMS Immediate and Delayed Recall and more poorly than low weight-loss POWs on Arithmetic, Attention–Concentration Factor, and the WMS immediate memory measure. Low weight-loss POWs and combat veterans differed only on WMS immediate memory. Findings support the hypothesis of P. Thygesen et al (1970) that severity of POW confinement stress reflected by trauma-induced weight-loss is predictive of long-term compromise in cognitive performance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive processes KW - prisoners of war with trauma induced weight loss vs nonprisoners of war combat veterans KW - 1990 KW - Body Weight KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Military Veterans KW - Prisoners of War KW - Weight Loss KW - Emotional Trauma KW - Injuries KW - War KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.58.3.323 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-28807-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-28616-001 AN - 1990-28616-001 AU - Ward, L. Charles AU - Jackson, Don B. T1 - A comparison of primary alcoholics, secondary alcoholics, and nonalcoholic psychiatric patients on the MacAndrew Alcoholism scale. JF - Journal of Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Personality Assessment JA - J Pers Assess Y1 - 1990///Sum 1990 VL - 54 IS - 3-4 SP - 729 EP - 735 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0022-3891 SN - 1532-7752 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-28616-001. PMID: 2348352 Other Journal Title: Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ward, L. Charles; Veterans Administration Ctr, Psychology Service, Tuscaloosa, AL, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19901101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Mental Disorders; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Rating Scales. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1990. AB - Examined the MacAndrew Alcoholism (MAC) Scale and the Sc scale of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) in 4 groups of 20 adult male patients. Comparisons were made among primary alcoholics (PRAs), secondary alcoholics (alcoholic psychiatric patients), nonalcoholic psychiatric patients (mixed diagnoses), and conservatively defined, nonalcoholic schizophrenics. PRAs scored higher on the MAC scale than did secondary alcoholics and other groups; schizophrenics scored lower than all other groups. PRAs were lower on the Sc scale than schizophrenics but did not differ from other groups. Results support C. MacAndrew's (1981) distinction between PRAs and secondary alcoholics and suggest that the MAC scale may enhance differentiation among diagnoses other than alcoholism. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MacAndrew Alcoholism & MMPI Sc scales KW - primary vs secondary alcoholic vs nonalcoholic psychiatric patients KW - 1990 KW - Alcoholism KW - Mental Disorders KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Rating Scales KW - 1990 DO - 10.1207/s15327752jpa5403&4_25 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-28616-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-28551-001 AN - 1990-28551-001 AU - Lewis, Charles N. T1 - Psychological assessment of an artist and impostor. JF - Journal of Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Personality Assessment JA - J Pers Assess Y1 - 1990///Sum 1990 VL - 54 IS - 3-4 SP - 656 EP - 670 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0022-3891 SN - 1532-7752 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-28551-001. PMID: 2348348 Other Journal Title: Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lewis, Charles N.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Bedford, MA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19901101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Artists; Behavior Disorders; Jungian Psychology; Rorschach Test. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1990. AB - Examines a Rorschach record and a narrative poem to determine how imagination expressed the psychological trauma experienced by a 57-yr-old man exposed as an impostor. The S had been trained as a medical corpsman and deceived people under the grandiose fantasy that he was a doctor. The role of the impostor physician is seen as an imaginative identity designed with an adaptive purpose. A Jungian analysis of the S's suicide attempt and of the Rorschach suggests that the impostor role was a masculine compensatory fantasy that served as a counterforce to negative maternal imagery, linked to death, that was present in the S's imagination. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Rorschach & Jungian analysis KW - 57 yr old artist & impostor KW - 1990 KW - Artists KW - Behavior Disorders KW - Jungian Psychology KW - Rorschach Test KW - 1990 DO - 10.1207/s15327752jpa5403&4_19 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-28551-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-28466-001 AN - 1990-28466-001 AU - Roth, Walton T. AU - Ehlers, A. AU - Taylor, C. Barr AU - Margraf, J. AU - Agras, W. S. T1 - Skin conductance habituation in panic disorder patients. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 27 IS - 11 SP - 1231 EP - 1243 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-28466-001. PMID: 2191728 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Roth, Walton T.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19901101. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Habituation; Panic Disorder; Skin Resistance. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. AB - Compared skin conductance (SKC) habituation in 38 panic disorder patients and 29 normal controls. Patients and controls received either 75 or 100 dB SPL tones. All indices (number of trials to response habituation, total number of responses, and slope of decline of SKC level) showed slowed habituation in patients compared with controls. Patients also had more nonspecific fluctuations, higher SKC levels, and a shorter response latency to the 1st stimulus. Stepwise discriminant analyses classified patients and controls better in the 100 dB than in the 75 dB condition and showed that the various SKC variables were largely redundant at the higher intensity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - skin conductance habituation KW - adults with panic disorder KW - 1990 KW - Habituation KW - Panic Disorder KW - Skin Resistance KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(90)90421-W UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-28466-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - ORCID: 0000-0001-5207-7016 UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-8742-0192 UR - DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-27788-001 AN - 1990-27788-001 AU - Hale, Robert L. AU - Johnston, Amanda L. AU - Becker, Howard C. T1 - Indomethacin does not antagonize the anxiolytic action of ethanol in the elevated plus-maze. JF - Psychopharmacology JO - Psychopharmacology JA - Psychopharmacology (Berl) Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 101 IS - 2 SP - 203 EP - 207 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-3158 SN - 1432-2072 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-27788-001. PMID: 1971956 Other Journal Title: Psychopharmacologia. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hale, Robert L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Charleston, SC, US. Release Date: 19901101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anti Inflammatory Drugs; Anxiety; Drug Interactions; Ethanol; Maze Learning. Minor Descriptor: Animal Strain Differences; Mice. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. AB - Ethanol (ET) significantly increased the percentage of open-arm entries and time spent on the open arms in inbred C57BL/6J and outbred CD-1 mouse strains in the elevated plus-maze test of anxiety. This anxiolytic effect of ET was not significantly antagonized by pretreatment with the prostaglandin (PG) synthesis inhibitor indomethacin (5 and 10 mg/kg) in either strain. ET also significantly increased total arm entries in CD-1 Ss, but not in C57BL/6J Ss. Data from C57BL/6J Ss indicate that the low-dose stimulant properties of ET can be dissociated from the anxiolytic action of the drug in the plus-maze task. Results suggest some specificity with regard to the role of PGs in mediating the neurobehavioral actions of ET and indicate that the anxiolytic and stimulant effects of ET may be mediated by different mechanisms. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethanol & indomethacin KW - anxiety measured by open arm entries in elevated plus maze KW - male C57BL/6J vs CD-1 mice KW - 1990 KW - Anti Inflammatory Drugs KW - Anxiety KW - Drug Interactions KW - Ethanol KW - Maze Learning KW - Animal Strain Differences KW - Mice KW - 1990 DO - 10.1007/BF02244127 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-27788-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-27268-001 AN - 1990-27268-001 AU - Stein, Carol AU - Yerxa, Elizabeth J. T1 - A test of fine finger dexterity. JF - American Journal of Occupational Therapy JO - American Journal of Occupational Therapy JA - Am J Occup Ther Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 44 IS - 6 SP - 499 EP - 504 CY - US PB - American Occupational Therapy Assn SN - 0272-9490 SN - 1943-7676 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-27268-001. PMID: 2141237 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stein, Carol; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Wadsworth Div, CA, US. Release Date: 19901101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Fine Motor Skill Learning; Fingers (Anatomy); Measurement; Test Reliability; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Handedness; Human Sex Differences; Nervous System Disorders. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. AB - The Rosenbusch Test of Finger Dexterity that measures the speed of interdigital manipulation of objects by each hand separately, was tested on 64 Ss (aged 20–60 yrs) with normal hand function and 10 Ss (aged 20–60 yrs) known to have disabilities affecting fine dexterity. The determination of significant differences by the Ss' sex, dominant and nondominant hands, and normal and dysfunctional hands was performed with t tests. The scores of the Ss with normal hand function vs those with disabled hand function were then compared on all variables. Findings demonstrate that this instrument compares favorably with current commercial tests on both reliability and validity coefficients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reliability & validity of Rosenbusch Test of Finger Dexterity KW - measurement of speed of interdigital manipulation KW - male vs female right vs left handed 20–60 yr olds with vs without dexterity problems KW - 1990 KW - Fine Motor Skill Learning KW - Fingers (Anatomy) KW - Measurement KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - Handedness KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - 1990 DO - 10.5014/ajot.44.6.499 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-27268-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-27244-001 AN - 1990-27244-001 AU - McCormack, Joseph K. AU - Patterson, Tom W. AU - Ohlde, Carroll D. AU - Garfield, Nancy J. AU - Schauer, Andrew T1 - MMPI configural interpretation as applied to posttraumatic stress disorder in Vietnam veterans. JF - Journal of Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Personality Assessment JA - J Pers Assess Y1 - 1990///Sum 1990 VL - 54 IS - 3-4 SP - 628 EP - 638 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0022-3891 SN - 1532-7752 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-27244-001. PMID: 2348346 Other Journal Title: Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McCormack, Joseph K.; Colmery-O'Neil Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Topeka, KS, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19901101. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Test Interpretation. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1990. AB - Administered the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI), the Army Alpha Examination, stress surveys, and demographic questionnaires to 51 Vietnam combat veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), 100 Vietnam combat veterans without PTSD, 90 noncombat Vietnam veterans, and 95 Vietnam-era veterans who did not serve in Vietnam. Profiles of the 4 groups were compared on 4 MMPI configural variables from J. T. Kunce (1979) and H. A. Skinner and D. N. Jackson (see record [rid]1979-06181-001[/rid]). Hospitalized Ss with PTSD had significantly higher scores on Skinner and Jackson's neurotic profile; both hospitalized and nonhospitalized Ss with PTSD had scores on the psychotic profile. Both groups of Ss with PTSD were more reserved on Kunce's emotional expression dimension. PTSD is viewed as having cognitive, somatic, and affective features. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI configural interpretation KW - Vietnam combat veterans with PTSD KW - 1990 KW - Military Veterans KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Test Interpretation KW - 1990 DO - 10.1207/s15327752jpa5403&4_17 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-27244-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-27209-001 AN - 1990-27209-001 AU - Choca, James P. AU - Shanley, Luke A. AU - Peterson, Charles A. AU - Van Denburg, Eric T1 - Racial bias and the MCMI. JF - Journal of Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Personality Assessment JA - J Pers Assess Y1 - 1990///Sum 1990 VL - 54 IS - 3-4 SP - 479 EP - 490 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0022-3891 SN - 1532-7752 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-27209-001. PMID: 2348337 Other Journal Title: Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Choca, James P.; Veterans Administration Lakeside Medical Ctr, Chicago, IL, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19901101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blacks; Cultural Test Bias; Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory; Whites. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1990. AB - Studied Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory (MCMI) scores of 235 Black and 471 White male psychiatric inpatients to determine possible racial bias. In predicting psychopathology for the 2 races, significant differences were found for all diagnoses except personality disorders. Black and White Ss were then matched into 2 groups of 209 according to diagnoses. At the item level, 45 of 175 items were answered significantly different by the 2 racial groups, which suggests possible deficiencies in the culture-fairness of MCMI items. At the scale level, scores obtained by the 2 groups were significantly different on 9 of 20 scales. Blacks obtained higher scores than Whites on 8 scales. At the structural level, however, principal components factor analyses of each group resulted in identical factor structures. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - racial bias in Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - Black vs White psychiatric patients KW - 1990 KW - Blacks KW - Cultural Test Bias KW - Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - Whites KW - 1990 DO - 10.1207/s15327752jpa5403&4_5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-27209-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-26028-001 AN - 1990-26028-001 AU - Hartmann, Steven J. AU - Saldivia, Aida T1 - ECT in an elderly patient with skull defects and shrapnel. JF - Convulsive Therapy JO - Convulsive Therapy JA - Convuls Ther Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 6 IS - 2 SP - 165 EP - 171 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0749-8055 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-26028-001. PMID: 11941059 Other Journal Title: The Journal of ECT. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hartmann, Steven J.; Emory U School of Medicine, Atlanta Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Decatur, GA, US. Release Date: 19901001. Correction Date: 20090831. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy; Ideation; Major Depression; Skull; Suicide. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Injuries. Classification: Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. AB - Presents a case in which electroconvulsive shock therapy (ECT) was used safely and effectively to treat a 59-yr-old man who was hospitalized for depressive symptoms and suicidal ideation. The S had large neurosurgical defects of the cranium and small pieces of shrapnel in the zygoma and neck. Theoretical considerations of current pathway in ECT suggest an alteration through the brain when the skull is deformed, but this does not appear to affect clinical outcome. Skull defects are not a contraindication to ECT, but the defects should probably be avoided when administering the electrical stimulus. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ECT KW - male 59 yr old with depression & suicidal ideation & skull defects & shrapnel KW - case report KW - 1990 KW - Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy KW - Ideation KW - Major Depression KW - Skull KW - Suicide KW - Case Report KW - Injuries KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-26028-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-25527-001 AN - 1990-25527-001 AU - Siever, Larry J. AU - Keefe, Richard AU - Bernstein, David P. AU - Coccaro, Emil F. AU - Klar, Howard M. AU - Zemishlany, Zvi AU - Peterson, Ann E. AU - Davidson, Michael AU - Mahon, Theresa AU - Horvath, Thomas AU - Mohs, Richard T1 - Eye tracking impairment in clinically identified patients with schizotypal personality disorder. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 147 IS - 6 SP - 740 EP - 745 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-25527-001. PMID: 2343917 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Siever, Larry J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19901001. Correction Date: 20130812. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Disorders; Schizoid Personality Disorder; Schizophrenia; Visual Tracking. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. AB - Assessed eye tracking accuracy in 26 patients with schizotypal personality disorder (PD), 17 controls with other nonschizophrenia-related PDs, 29 normal controls, and 44 schizophrenic patients. Both schizotypal and schizophrenic Ss, but not controls with other PDs, demonstrated significantly more impaired tracking than did normal controls. Clinically defined schizotypal PD may be related to schizophrenia with respect to genetics, biology, treatment response, and outcome. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - eye tracking accuracy KW - adults with schizotypal personality disorder vs nonschizophrenic personality disorder vs schizophrenia KW - 1990 KW - Personality Disorders KW - Schizoid Personality Disorder KW - Schizophrenia KW - Visual Tracking KW - 1990 DO - 10.1176/ajp.147.6.740 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-25527-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-24334-001 AN - 1990-24334-001 AU - Ryan, Joseph J. AU - Paolo, Anthony M. AU - Brungardt, Terry M. T1 - Factor analysis of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Revised for persons 75 years and older. JF - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice JO - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice JA - Prof Psychol Res Pr Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 21 IS - 3 SP - 177 EP - 181 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7028 SN - 1939-1323 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-24334-001. Other Journal Title: Professional Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ryan, Joseph J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dwight D. Eisenhower Dept Psychology Service, Leavenworth, KS, US. Release Date: 19901001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Factor Analysis; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Statistics & Mathematics (2240); Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jan 22, 1990; Revised Date: Jan 19, 1990; First Submitted Date: Sep 27, 1989. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - We factor analyzed the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Revised (WAIS—R) protocols of 130 normal elderly. For age and education, Ms = 81.24 years (SD = 5.24) and 9.54 years (SD = 2.50). Results indicated that the WAIS—R may be interpreted as a 1-, 2-, or 3-factor battery. In the 1-factor solution, interpretative emphasis was placed on the Full Scale IQ as a measure of g. In the 2-factor solution, a Verbal Comprehension factor consisted of Information, Digit Span, Vocabulary, Comprehension, and Similarities. A Perceptual Organization factor comprised Block Design, Object Assembly, and Digit Symbol. In the 3-factor solution, the subtest alignments for the Verbal Comprehension and Perceptual Organization factors remained highly similar, whereas Arithmetic constituted a Freedom From Distractibility factor. Overall, 1- or 2-factor models seem to offer the most plausible and parsimonious structures for this sample. Seven subtests had high or intermediate levels of specific variance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - factor analysis of WAIS-R KW - 75 yr olds & older KW - 1990 KW - Factor Analysis KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/0735-7028.21.3.177 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-24334-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-10327-001 AN - 1991-10327-001 AU - Hinkin, Charles AU - Cummings, Jeffrey L. AU - Van Gorp, Wilfred G. AU - Satz, Paul AU - Mitrushina, Maura AU - Freeman, David T1 - Frontal/subcortical features of normal aging: An empirical analyis. JF - Canadian Journal on Aging JO - Canadian Journal on Aging JA - Can J Aging Y1 - 1990///Sum 1990 VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 104 EP - 119 CY - Canada PB - University of Toronto Press SN - 0714-9808 SN - 1710-1107 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-10327-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hinkin, Charles; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CA, US. Other Publishers: Cambridge University Press. Release Date: 19910401. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aging; Encephalopathies; Frontal Lobe; HIV; Neuropsychological Assessment. Classification: Immunological Disorders (3291). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1990. AB - 14 normal elderly persons, 12 younger males with human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) encephalopathy, and 14 young neurologically intact controls were administered a neuropsychological test battery. The normal elderly and HIV Ss showed a strong similarity in both level and pattern of neuropsychological performance, despite their considerable age disparity. Results support the notion that normal aging affects functions subserved by frontal-subcortical brain regions differently. (French abstract) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - aging KW - development of structural changes in frontal subcortical axis KW - normal elderly vs younger males with HIV encephalopathy KW - 1990 KW - Aging KW - Encephalopathies KW - Frontal Lobe KW - HIV KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - 1990 DO - 10.1017/S0714980800013106 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-10327-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-07259-001 AN - 1991-07259-001 AU - Hershberger, Paul J. T1 - Self-complexity and health promotion: Promising but premature. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 66 IS - 3, Pt 2 SP - 1207 EP - 1216 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-07259-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hershberger, Paul J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Dayton, OH, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19910301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Health Behavior; Self-Concept; Stress; Symptoms; World View. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. AB - Tested a clinical application of the finding (P. W. Linville, see record [rid]1987-22025-001[/rid]) that high self-complexity is beneficial under conditions of high stress. 110 undergraduates, who scored at or above the mean on either the Life Experiences Survey or a perceived stress scale, participated. Ss, divided into convenient groups of 4 to 9, participated in 1 of 3 psychoeducational interventions or a control group and completed measures of self-complexity, physical symptoms, and life purpose and meaning. Results do not corroborate those found by Linville. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self complexity & stress & physical symptoms & life purpose & meaning & health promotion KW - college students KW - 1990 KW - Health Behavior KW - Self-Concept KW - Stress KW - Symptoms KW - World View KW - 1990 DO - 10.2466/PR0.66.4.1207-1216 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-07259-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-06925-001 AN - 1991-06925-001 AU - Kidd, R. M. AU - Kidd, A. H. T1 - High school students and their pets. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 66 IS - 3, Pt 2 SP - 1391 EP - 1394 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-06925-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kidd, R. M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Martinez, CA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19910301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Development; Developmental Stages; Empathy; Pets; Role Taking. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. AB - Hypothesized that (1) cognitive elements would progress from the concrete operations stage to the formal operations stage, (2) empathy and perspective taking would continue developing, and (3) behavioral elements would be closely related to realistically assessed characteristics of pets among 25 male and 25 female high school students interviewed about their pets. Data support Hypotheses 2 and 3. Only 30 Ss had received the formal operational stage of cognition. A higher percentage of Ss indicated closeness to and love for their pets when compared with data obtained previously (A. H. Kidd and R. M. Kidd, see record [rid]1986-29711-001[/rid]) for grade-school students. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - concrete vs formal operations stage & empathy & perspective taking & behavioral elements KW - high school students with pets KW - 1990 KW - Cognitive Development KW - Developmental Stages KW - Empathy KW - Pets KW - Role Taking KW - 1990 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1990.66.3c.1391 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-06925-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-05534-001 AN - 1991-05534-001 AU - Macnamara, Susan E. AU - Gummow, Linda J. AU - Goka, Richard AU - Gregg, Charles H. T1 - Caregiver strain: Need for late poststroke intervention. JF - Rehabilitation Psychology JO - Rehabilitation Psychology JA - Rehabil Psychol Y1 - 1990///Sum 1990 VL - 35 IS - 2 SP - 71 EP - 78 CY - US PB - Springer Publishing SN - 0090-5550 SN - 1939-1544 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-05534-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Aspects of Disability. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Macnamara, Susan E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychology Lab, Salt Lake City, UT, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Division 22 of the American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19910201. Correction Date: 20100104. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Caregivers; Cerebrovascular Accidents; Home Care; Rehabilitation; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Working Conditions. Classification: Behavioral & Psychological Treatment of Physical Illness (3361); Working Conditions & Industrial Safety (3670). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1990. Copyright Statement: Division of Rehabilitation Psychology of the American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - Surveyed 41 resident caregivers of stroke victims, using a daily activities measure and an open-ended interview. Surveys took place a mean of 14.63 mo poststroke. Data show that, even in successful caregivers (i.e., those who had not sought assistance concerning their caregiver role), anxiety increased with time spent caregiving. Rehabilitation facilities should explore institution-initiated postdischarge caregiver support programs. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - identification of occupational stress & strain KW - resident caregivers of stroke victims KW - 1990 KW - Caregivers KW - Cerebrovascular Accidents KW - Home Care KW - Rehabilitation KW - Stress KW - Working Conditions KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/h0079051 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-05534-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-05209-001 AN - 1991-05209-001 AU - Asbury, Helen T1 - The evolution of the self through optimal gratification. JF - Clinical Social Work Journal JO - Clinical Social Work Journal JA - Clin Soc Work J Y1 - 1990///Sum 1990 VL - 18 IS - 2 SP - 131 EP - 144 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0091-1674 SN - 1573-3343 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-05209-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Asbury, Helen; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Cincinnati, OH, US. Release Date: 19910201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Frustration; Need Satisfaction; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Self-Psychology. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1990. AB - Explores the construct of transmuting internalization as viewed in self psychology. This construct assumes a climate of attunement, but emphasizes the frustration inherent in the therapeutic process. An alternative way of conceptualizing the process is offered in an attempt to refine theory to better reflect current research, clinical observations, and therapeutic experience. Specifically, the primacy of optimal frustration as the curative factor is challenged. Gratification of basic needs through an attuned environment is proposed as the fundamental foundation for the process of self structuralization. In this view, it is the overall gratifying element of empathy that is imperative to the healing process in psychotherapy and to development of healthy self structure. A clinical example illustrates the development of self structure in a female client through gratification rather than optimal frustration. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - optimal frustration vs gratification of basic needs in self psychology therapeutic process KW - 1990 KW - Frustration KW - Need Satisfaction KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Self-Psychology KW - 1990 DO - 10.1007/BF00756474 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-05209-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-03437-001 AN - 1991-03437-001 AU - Friedman, Howard AU - Taub, Harvey A. AU - Sturr, Joseph F. AU - Monty, Richard A. T1 - Hypnosis and hypnotizability in cognitive task performance. JF - British Journal of Experimental & Clinical Hypnosis JO - British Journal of Experimental & Clinical Hypnosis Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 7 IS - 2 SP - 103 EP - 107 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons N1 - Accession Number: 1991-03437-001. Other Journal Title: Contemporary Hypnosis; Contemporary Hypnosis & Integrative Therapy. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Friedman, Howard; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Syracuse, NY, US. Other Publishers: Crown House Publishing ltd. Release Date: 19910201. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Hypnosis; Hypnotic Susceptibility; Memory; Visual Perception. Classification: Consciousness States (2380). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. AB - Studied the relationship of hypnosis and hypnotizability to cognitive performance in a visual memory task. 88 university students were classified as either high- or low-hypnotizable based on scores on the Stanford Hypnotic Susceptibility Scale (SHSS). Contrary to expectation, the performance of a high-hypnotizable control group (who simply relaxed prior to administration of the SHSS) was signficantly poorer than that of 2 low-hypnotizable S groups. Two further studies, with another 31 university students, evaluated possible methodological confounding. These experiments were unable to demonstrate a significant relationship between cognitive performance and hypnosis or hypnotizability. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hypnosis & hypnotizability KW - cognitive performance in visual memory task KW - college students KW - 1990 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Hypnosis KW - Hypnotic Susceptibility KW - Memory KW - Visual Perception KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-03437-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-31673-001 AN - 1990-31673-001 AU - Reich, James H. T1 - Effect of DSM-III personality disorders on outcome of tricyclic antidepressant-treated nonpsychotic outpatients with major or minor depressive disorder. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1990/05// VL - 32 IS - 2 SP - 175 EP - 181 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-31673-001. PMID: 2367602 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reich, James H.; Brockton Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, MA, US. Release Date: 19901201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antidepressant Drugs; Drug Therapy; Major Depression; Personality Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies; Outpatient Treatment. Classification: Outpatient Services (3371). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: May, 1990. AB - Presents the 1st outcome report of the effect of a personality disorder (PD) on nonhospitalized major depressive patients, using a standardized Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) measure (Schedule of Affective Disorders) without prescreening to eliminate certain PDs. The 6-mo outcome was compared for 26 nonpsychotic patients with major depression and a DSM-III PD and 11 Ss who did not have a PD. Ss without a PD had significantly better outcome as measured by the Global Assessment Scale and employment status. There was also a trend for less physician utilization in this group. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality disorder KW - tricyclic antidepressant outcome KW - nonpsychotic outpatients with major or minor depression KW - 6 mo followup KW - 1990 KW - Antidepressant Drugs KW - Drug Therapy KW - Major Depression KW - Personality Disorders KW - Followup Studies KW - Outpatient Treatment KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(90)90084-I UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-31673-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-01910-001 AN - 1991-01910-001 AU - Varney, Nils R. T1 - Litigation concerning mild head injury. JF - Cognitive Rehabilitation JO - Cognitive Rehabilitation Y1 - 1990/05//May-Jun, 1990 VL - 8 IS - 3 SP - 30 EP - 33 CY - US PB - NeuroScience Publishers SN - 1062-2969 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-01910-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Cognitive Rehabilitation. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Varney, Nils R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Expert Testimony; Head Injuries; Neuropsychology; Witnesses. Minor Descriptor: Psychologists. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290); Forensic Psychology & Legal Issues (4200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May-Jun, 1990. AB - Suggests that although a head injury is medically minor, this does not mean that its neuropsychological consequences will be trivial. Issues concerning neuropsychologists serving as expert witnesses focus on conducting the initial exam, accounting for delayed onset in children, and educating lawyers, as well as handling discovery depositions, court testimony, and evidentiary depositions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - role as expert witness in mild head injury cases KW - neuropsychologists KW - 1990 KW - Expert Testimony KW - Head Injuries KW - Neuropsychology KW - Witnesses KW - Psychologists KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-01910-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-30147-001 AN - 1990-30147-001 AU - Gower, E. C. T1 - The long-term retention of events in monkey memory. JF - Behavioural Brain Research JO - Behavioural Brain Research JA - Behav Brain Res Y1 - 1990/05// VL - 38 IS - 3 SP - 191 EP - 198 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0166-4328 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-30147-001. PMID: 2363839 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gower, E. C.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, MA, US. Release Date: 19901201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Long Term Memory; Recognition (Learning). Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Learning & Motivation (2420). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: May, 1990. AB - Nine monkeys demonstrated long-term memory for objects in a recognition task based on the non-matching-to-sample (NMTS) paradigm. Ss were required to choose a novel object when it was paired with an alternative that had become familiar in previous NMTS training. When the familiar objects had been experienced an average of 3.4 times 4–9 mo previously, 5 Ss made 79% correct choices of the novel object. Three other Ss exposed to the objects a mean of 12.8 times were 65% accurate at retention intervals of 20 mo. A 9th S achieved an accuracy of 68% after a retention interval of 34 mo, based on an exposure frequency of 10.6. In monkey event memory, the mnemonic representation of an object is quite durable, and a proportion of visual information may last for at least 3 yrs. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - long term memory for objects in recognition task KW - monkeys KW - 1990 KW - Long Term Memory KW - Recognition (Learning) KW - Monkeys KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0166-4328(90)90174-D UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-30147-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-30145-001 AN - 1990-30145-001 AU - Elkins, Ralph L. AU - Walters, Paul A. AU - Harrison, William R. AU - Albrecht, William T1 - Congruity of rotational and pharmacological taste aversion (TA) conditioning within strains of selectively bred TA prone and TA resistant rats. JF - Learning and Motivation JO - Learning and Motivation JA - Learn Motiv Y1 - 1990/05// VL - 21 IS - 2 SP - 190 EP - 198 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0023-9690 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-30145-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Elkins, Ralph L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 19901201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Strain Differences; Aversion Conditioning; Taste Stimulation. Minor Descriptor: Antineoplastic Drugs; Motion Sickness; Rats. Classification: Learning & Motivation (2420). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: May, 1990. AB - Studied rotationally induced (motion sickness) taste aversions (TAs) in rats selectively bred as efficient or inefficient learners of cyclophosphamide-induced TAs to a saccharin solution. As hypothesized, rotation following saccharin ingestion produced reliable TAs within the TA-prone strain but had no comparable effect on TA-resistant Ss. Pseudoconditioning- and restraint-control procedures supported a conditioning (associative) interpretation of strain differences in TA acquisition. Results confirm that strain differences in TA conditionability are not restricted to the cyclophosphamide-induced TAs that were the selection bases of strain development. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cyclophosphamide & rotationally induced taste aversion conditioning KW - taste aversion prone bred rats KW - 1990 KW - Animal Strain Differences KW - Aversion Conditioning KW - Taste Stimulation KW - Antineoplastic Drugs KW - Motion Sickness KW - Rats KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0023-9690(90)90019-K UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-30145-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-29361-001 AN - 1990-29361-001 AU - Monti, Peter M. AU - Abrams, David B. AU - Binkoff, Jody A. AU - Zwick, William R. AU - Liepman, Michael R. AU - Nirenberg, Ted D. AU - Rohsenow, Damaris J. T1 - Communication skills training, communication skills training with family and cognitive behavioral mood management training for alcoholics. JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1990/05// VL - 51 IS - 3 SP - 263 EP - 270 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0096-882X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-29361-001. PMID: 2342366 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs; Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Monti, Peter M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Providence, RI, US. Release Date: 19901101. Correction Date: 20130513. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Cognitive Therapy; Communication Skills Training; Emotional States; Family Members. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: May, 1990. AB - Evaluated 3 social learning approaches to the treatment of alcoholism in 69 males (aged 24–71 yrs). Ss took part in either a communication skills training group (CST), a communication skills training group with family participation (CSTF), or a cognitive behavioral mood management training group (CBM). CST or CSTF Ss drank significantly less alcohol per drinking day during a 6-mo follow-up than Ss in CBM. All groups improved in skill and anxiety on a battery of process measures, including role play (RP) tests of general and alcohol-specific coping skills, but CST Ss improved most in skill in alcohol-specific high-risk RPs and in ability to relax after the RPs. Social skill, response latency, anxiety, and urge to drink during alcohol-specific RPs were highly correlated with treatment outcome. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive behavioral mood management vs communication skills training with vs without family participation KW - alcoholic male 24–71 yr olds KW - 6 mo followup KW - 1990 KW - Alcoholism KW - Cognitive Therapy KW - Communication Skills Training KW - Emotional States KW - Family Members KW - Followup Studies KW - 1990 DO - 10.15288/jsa.1990.51.263 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-29361-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-29141-001 AN - 1990-29141-001 AU - Clipp, Elizabeth C. AU - George, Linda K. T1 - Caregiver needs and patterns of social support. JF - Journal of Gerontology JO - Journal of Gerontology JA - J Gerontol Y1 - 1990/05// VL - 45 IS - 3 SP - S102 EP - S111 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0022-1422 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-29141-001. PMID: 2335732 Other Journal Title: The Journals of Gerontology: Series A: Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Clipp, Elizabeth C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Durham, NC, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19901101. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Caregivers; Family Members; Social Support. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies. Classification: Behavioral & Psychological Treatment of Physical Illness (3361). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: May, 1990. AB - Used levels of caregiver need to predict 4 patterns of continuity and change in social support over a 1-yr interval among 376 adults (aged 21–90 yrs) caring for a family member with Alzheimer's disease. Canonical correlation analysis was used to identify predictors of each support pattern from selected caregiver characteristics and needs (i.e., demographics, financial resources, physical and mental health, social and recreational activities, and aspects of the caregiving situation). Three significant canonical variates emerged for each type of support, instrumental and perceived adequacy of support, correctly classifying more than half of the caregiver sample. Caregiver need did not necessarily elicit support. Most caregivers fall into 1 of 2 patterns of social support: high stable or low stable. The neediest caregivers were those who received the least tangible assistance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - levels of caregiver need & continuity & change in social support KW - 21–90 yr olds caring for family member with Alzheimer's disease KW - 1 yr followup KW - 1990 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Caregivers KW - Family Members KW - Social Support KW - Followup Studies KW - 1990 DO - 10.1093/geronj/45.3.S102 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-29141-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-28501-001 AN - 1990-28501-001 AU - Woodward, Steven H. AU - Owens, Justine AU - Thompson, Larry W. T1 - Word-to-word variation in ERP component latencies: Spoken words. JF - Brain and Language JO - Brain and Language JA - Brain Lang Y1 - 1990/05// VL - 38 IS - 4 SP - 488 EP - 503 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0093-934X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-28501-001. PMID: 2375978 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Woodward, Steven H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19901101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroencephalography; Experimental Instructions; Major Depression; Word Meaning; Word Recognition. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: May, 1990. AB - 10 normal university students (mean age 19.7 yrs) and 10 older depressed Ss (mean age 63.2 yrs) listened to a list of 48 spoken words in 6 random orders under 2 instructional sets: first, to think about the meanings of the words, and second, to learn the list. The scalp EEG associated with hearing and identifying the words was recorded. Standard within-Ss time-locked averaging across words showed a late negative-positive complex with N2-P3 topography, the negative component peaking around 480 msec, the positive component peaking around 830 msec. Averaging within words across Ss uncovered considerable latency variability in both components. Within-word N2 and P3 component latencies covaried with word durations and with the recognition points predicted for the words by the cohort theory of word recognition. N2 latencies corresponded closely to the N400 effect elicited with semantically incongruous sentence-final spoken words. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - instructions to think about meaning vs learn list of spoken words KW - scalp EEG KW - college students vs depressed elderly KW - 1990 KW - Electroencephalography KW - Experimental Instructions KW - Major Depression KW - Word Meaning KW - Word Recognition KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0093-934X(90)90133-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-28501-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-27786-001 AN - 1990-27786-001 AU - Flood, James F. AU - Morley, John E. T1 - Pharmacological enhancement of long-term memory retention in old mice. JF - Journal of Gerontology JO - Journal of Gerontology JA - J Gerontol Y1 - 1990/05// VL - 45 IS - 3 SP - B101 EP - B104 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0022-1422 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-27786-001. PMID: 2335717 Other Journal Title: The Journals of Gerontology: Series A: Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Flood, James F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, St Louis, MO, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19901101. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Drugs; Hormones; Memory; Neurotransmitters. Minor Descriptor: Mice; Retention. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1990. AB - Examined memory retention deficits in 24-mo-old vs 4-mo-old mice to determine whether an altered functional state of neurotransmitters or hormones modulates memory. Old Ss were administered pharmacological compounds known to improve retention in young Ss. 11 of 13 pharmacological agents improved retention in old Ss at the dose previously shown to be optimal in young Ss (e.g., J. F. Flood and A. Cherkin; see record [rid]1987-09692-001[/rid]). Clonidine and ST 587, the 2 alpha noradrenergic agonists tested, failed to enhance retention at the optimum dose for young Ss. A lower dose of clonidine (1 mg/kg) improved retention in old Ss rather than the optimal dose (3 mg/kg) for young Ss. Memory retention in old Ss is similar to that of young Ss, with the exception of alpha noradrenergic receptors. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - pharmacologic agents KW - neurotransmitter & hormone enhanced memory retention KW - 4 vs 24 mo old mice KW - 1990 KW - Age Differences KW - Drugs KW - Hormones KW - Memory KW - Neurotransmitters KW - Mice KW - Retention KW - 1990 DO - 10.1093/geronj/45.3.B101 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-27786-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-27771-001 AN - 1990-27771-001 AU - Crabbe, John C. AU - Feller, Daniel J. AU - Terdal, Erik S. AU - Merrill, Catherine D. T1 - Genetic components of ethanol responses. JF - Alcohol JO - Alcohol JA - Alcohol Y1 - 1990/05//May-Jun, 1990 VL - 7 IS - 3 SP - 245 EP - 248 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0741-8329 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-27771-001. PMID: 2184836 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crabbe, John C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19901101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism Neuroscience and Behavioral Research Branch Workshop on the Neurochemical Bases of Alcohol-Related Behavior (1989, Bethesda, Maryland). Major Descriptor: Drug Withdrawal; Ethanol; Genetics; Hypothermia; Seizures. Minor Descriptor: Animal Strain Differences; Mice. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May-Jun, 1990. AB - Withdrawal-seizure-prone (WSP) and -resistant (WSR) mouse lines were selected for severe and minimal handling-induced convulsions, respectively, after withdrawal from chronic ethanol (EtOH) inhalation. WSP mice were more sensitive than WSR mice to many such drugs. Thus, genetic determination of a behavioral response to EtOH in this case cannot be traced to the influence of a single neurotransmitter system. COLD and HOT mice were selectively bred to show severe and mild hypothermia, respectively, after acute EtOH administration. COLD mice were more sensitive to opioid and serotonergic drugs. Thus, analysis of these selected lines was successful in identifying particular neurotransmitters that may be important in EtOH-induced hypothermia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chronic ethanol inhalation & withdrawal KW - convulsive & hypothermic responses KW - selectively bred mouse lines KW - conference presentation KW - 1990 KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Ethanol KW - Genetics KW - Hypothermia KW - Seizures KW - Animal Strain Differences KW - Mice KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0741-8329(90)90013-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-27771-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-27697-001 AN - 1990-27697-001 AU - Carey, Robert J. T1 - Dopamine receptors mediate drug-induced but not Pavlovian conditioned contralateral rotation in the unilateral 6-OHDA animal model. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1990/05// VL - 515 IS - 1-2 SP - 292 EP - 298 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-27697-001. PMID: 2113414 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carey, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research & Development Service, Syracuse, NY, US. Release Date: 19901101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apomorphine; Classical Conditioning; Dopamine Antagonists; Motor Processes. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: May, 1990. AB - Following Pavlovian conditioning treatment sessions with apomorphine (APO), rats receiving this paired treatment showed substantial contralateral rotation (COR) when placed without drugs into the test environment previously paired to the APO injection. Ss in an unpaired control treatment showed only ipsilateral rotation (IPR). Subsequent tests with SCH 23390 or haloperidol partially suppressed the APO-induced COR response; combined treatment with the D₁-D₂ antagonists completely suppressed this response. The same COR response in the paired APO treatment group was not attenuated by dopamine receptor blockage. In both paired and unpaired groups, the spontaneous IPR response was completely blocked. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Pavlovian conditioning with vs without apomorphine & dopamine antagonists KW - contralateral & ipsilateral rotation KW - rats with 6-OHDA lesions KW - 1990 KW - Apomorphine KW - Classical Conditioning KW - Dopamine Antagonists KW - Motor Processes KW - Rats KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(90)90609-F UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-27697-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-27392-001 AN - 1990-27392-001 AU - Lamb, Marvin R. AU - Robertson, Lynn C. T1 - The effect of visual angle on global and local reaction times depends on the set of visual angles presented. JF - Perception & Psychophysics JO - Perception & Psychophysics JA - Percept Psychophys Y1 - 1990/05// VL - 47 IS - 5 SP - 489 EP - 496 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0031-5117 SN - 1532-5962 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-27392-001. PMID: 2349061 Other Journal Title: Attention, Perception, & Psychophysics. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lamb, Marvin R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Martinez, CA, US. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19901101. Correction Date: 20110110. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Reaction Time; Stimulus Parameters; Visual Perception. Minor Descriptor: Attention. Classification: Visual Perception (2323). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: May, 1990. AB - R. A. Kinchla and J. M. Wolfe (see record [rid]1980-29403-001[/rid]) have shown that there is a transition from a global to a local advantage in reaction time (RT) as visual angle increases. This transition may reflect lower level (e.g., retinal) processes. Three experiments, with a total of 30 right-handed men (18–70 yrs old), examined whether higher level (e.g., attentional) processes play a role in this transition. In Exp 1, the transition from a global to a local RT advantage took place at a larger visual angle for the large-stimuli set than for the small-stimuli set. The same effects of stimulus set were found in Exp 2. In Exp 3, eye position was monitored to rule out Ss adopting different fixation strategies depending on the stimulus set. Findings suggest a major role for attention in determining the relative speed of processing of local- and global-level information. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - set of visual angles KW - RT advantage for global vs local stimuli KW - male 18–70 yr olds KW - implications for attention KW - 1990 KW - Reaction Time KW - Stimulus Parameters KW - Visual Perception KW - Attention KW - 1990 DO - 10.3758/BF03208182 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-27392-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-27246-001 AN - 1990-27246-001 AU - McFall, Miles E. AU - Smith, Dale E. AU - Roszell, Douglas K. AU - Tarver, David J. AU - Malas, Kenneth L. T1 - Convergent validity of measures of PTSD in Vietnam combat veterans. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/05// VL - 147 IS - 5 SP - 645 EP - 648 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-27246-001. PMID: 2327495 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McFall, Miles E.; Seattle Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, WA, US. Release Date: 19901101. Correction Date: 20130513. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Measurement; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychodiagnostic Typologies; Test Validity. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1990. AB - Evaluated the convergent validity of several tests of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptoms against criteria of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-III—Revised (DSM-III—R) for PTSD in 130 Vietnam combat veterans (mean age 40.9 yrs). Significant positive correlations were found between (1) the Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related PTSD (T. M. Keane et al; see record [rid]1988-18888-001[/rid]), (2) the Impact of Events Scale (M. J. Horowitz et al; see record [rid]1980-26834-001[/rid]), and (3) the PTSD subscale of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI), and the number of DSM-III—R symptoms endorsed, thus supporting the validity of psychometric instruments as continuous measures of PTSD symptom severity. Predicted relationships between stressors and symptoms were supported by significant correlations between degree of traumatic combat exposure and DSM-III—R and psychometric indexes of PTSD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - convergent validity of PTSD symptoms tests against DSM-III-R criteria KW - Vietnam combat veterans KW - 1990 KW - Measurement KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - Test Validity KW - 1990 DO - 10.1176/ajp.147.5.645 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-27246-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-27193-001 AN - 1990-27193-001 AU - Taub, Harvey A. AU - Sturr, Joseph F. T1 - Evaluating informed consent for research: A methodological study with older adults. JF - Educational Gerontology JO - Educational Gerontology JA - Educ Gerontol Y1 - 1990/05//May-Jun, 1990 VL - 16 IS - 3 SP - 273 EP - 281 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0360-1277 SN - 1521-0472 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-27193-001. PMID: 11651022 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Taub, Harvey A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Syracuse, NY, US. Release Date: 19901101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimental Methods; Informed Consent. Classification: Research Methods & Experimental Design (2260); Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: May-Jun, 1990. AB - 80 older adults (aged 60–82 yrs) participated in an evaluation of the methods used for studying informed consent for research studies. Multiple choice and fill-in questions were selected as representatives of commonly used testing formats and were compared using separate measures of comprehension and delayed memory. Findings suggest that poor memory or recall of the consent information is not necessarily the result of poor comprehension. Comparisons of the question formats indicated that either could be used when testing for comprehension. However, the use of the multiple choice format to evaluate delayed memory could lead to underestimation of the extent of the problems associated with older Ss' memory of information provided during the consent sign-up period. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - evaluation of informed consent for research studies KW - 60–82 yr olds KW - 1990 KW - Experimental Methods KW - Informed Consent KW - 1990 DO - 10.1080/0380127900160304 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-27193-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-26333-001 AN - 1990-26333-001 AU - Risse, Steven C. AU - Whitters, Alan AU - Burke, James AU - Chen, Stephen AU - Scurfield, R. M. AU - Raskind, M. A. T1 - Severe withdrawal symptoms after discontinuation of alprazolam in eight patients with combat-induced posttraumatic stress disorder. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/05// VL - 51 IS - 5 SP - 206 EP - 209 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-26333-001. PMID: 2335496 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Risse, Steven C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Tacoma, WA, US. Release Date: 19901001. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alprazolam; Drug Therapy; Drug Withdrawal; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Side Effects (Drug). Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1990. AB - Eight patients (aged 38–46 yrs) with combat-induced posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) receiving long-term alprazolam therapy for anxiety or depression had alprazolam therapy withdrawn. Most Ss underwent gradual medication withdrawal. During withdrawal, all Ss had severe reactions including anxiety, sleep disturbance, rage reactions, hyperalertness, increased nightmares, and intrusive thoughts; 6 of the 8 Ss had homicidal ideation. The potential for severe withdrawal reactions, even with gradual tapering, should be considered before prescribing alprazolam therapy for this group of patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - severe withdrawal symptoms after discontinuation of alprazolam KW - 38–46 yr olds with combat induced PTSD KW - 1990 KW - Alprazolam KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-26333-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-26282-001 AN - 1990-26282-001 AU - Delgado, Pedro L. AU - Charney, Dennis S. AU - Price, Lawrence H. AU - Aghajanian, George K. AU - Landis, Harold AU - Heninger, George R. T1 - Serotonin function and the mechanism of antidepressant action: Reversal of antidepressant-induced remission by rapid depletion of plasma tryptophan. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/05// VL - 47 IS - 5 SP - 411 EP - 418 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-26282-001. PMID: 2184795 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Delgado, Pedro L.; West Haven Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Mental Hygiene Clinic, CT, US. Release Date: 19901001. Correction Date: 20130513. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antidepressant Drugs; Drug Therapy; Major Depression; Relapse (Disorders); Tryptophan. Minor Descriptor: Remission (Disorders); Serotonin. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: May, 1990. AB - Investigated whether rapid tryptophan (TRP) depletion would induce a return of depression in 21 antidepressant-maintained, recently remitted depressed patients (aged 24–62 yrs). Remission criteria included improved performance on the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression. Acute TRP depletion led to a clinically significant return of depressive symptoms in 14 Ss. Control testing produced no significant depressive symptoms. Ss maintained with selective 5-hydroxytryptamine (5-HT) reuptake inhibitors or monoamine oxidase (MAO) inhibitors may have been more prone to relapse. The functional integrity of the 5-HT system may be necessary for the maintenance of remission induced by some antidepressant drugs. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - rapid tryptophan depletion KW - reversal of antidepressant induced remission KW - depressed 24–62 yr olds KW - implications for serotonin KW - 1990 KW - Antidepressant Drugs KW - Drug Therapy KW - Major Depression KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - Tryptophan KW - Remission (Disorders) KW - Serotonin KW - 1990 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1990.01810170011002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-26282-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-25667-001 AN - 1990-25667-001 AU - Jensen, Carl F. AU - Cowley, Deborah S. AU - Walker, R. Dale T1 - Drug preferences of alcoholic polydrug abusers with and without panic. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/05// VL - 51 IS - 5 SP - 189 EP - 191 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-25667-001. PMID: 1970811 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jensen, Carl F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19901001. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Drug Abuse; Panic; Panic Disorder; Tranquilizing Drugs. Minor Descriptor: Drugs. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1990. AB - Hypothesized that 27 alcoholic Ss (aged 28–56 yrs) with panic attacks would abuse anxiolytic drugs more and panic-inducing drugs less frequently than 27 matched nonanxious alcoholic Ss, and that their abuse of panic-inducing drugs would predate the age at panic onset. Findings show that alcoholic Ss with panic attacks (but not panic disorder) abused opiates and sedatives to a greater degree than nonanxious alcoholic Ss and abused marijuana, a panic-inducing drug, at a younger age. More alcoholic Ss with panic disorder than with panic attacks abused cocaine. The prevalence of abuse and the ages at onset of abuse of other drugs were similar for both the panic and the nonpanic group. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - anxiolytic vs panic inducing drug abuse KW - alcoholic 28–56 yr olds with vs without panic attacks vs panic disorder KW - 1990 KW - Alcoholism KW - Drug Abuse KW - Panic KW - Panic Disorder KW - Tranquilizing Drugs KW - Drugs KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-25667-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-25532-001 AN - 1990-25532-001 AU - Somoza, Eugene AU - Mossman, Douglas T1 - Optimizing REM latency as a diagnostic test for depression using receiver operating characteristic analysis and information theory. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/05// VL - 27 IS - 9 SP - 990 EP - 1006 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-25532-001. PMID: 2334748 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Somoza, Eugene; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatric Evaluation Ctr, Cincinnati, OH, US. Release Date: 19901001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Diagnosis; Information Theory; Mental Disorders; REM Sleep; Statistical Analysis. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: May, 1990. AB - Using receiver operating characteristic analysis and concepts from information theory, the authors developed a mathematical and graphical method to evaluate, compare, and optimize the performance of diagnostic tests for any value of disorder prevalence. The method is appropriate to any test that sorts disordered from nondisordered Ss using a continuous or nonbinary diagnostic variable; its characterization of the fundamental properties of such tests thus has important implications for the evaluation and optimization of diagnostic modalities used by clinicians in all medical specialties. Published data from 5 studies that used sleep architecture as a 'biological marker' for depression help illustrate the method. REM latency is comparable to the dexamethasone suppression test (DST) in its ability to discriminate depressed from control Ss. Optimal REM latency cut-off times may be selected so that diagnostic information yield is maximized. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - receiver operating characteristic analysis & information theory KW - optimization of REM latency as diagnostic test KW - patients with mental disorders KW - 1990 KW - Diagnosis KW - Information Theory KW - Mental Disorders KW - REM Sleep KW - Statistical Analysis KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(90)90036-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-25532-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-24855-001 AN - 1990-24855-001 AU - Santucci, Anthony C. AU - Schroeder, Harmony AU - Riccio, David C. T1 - Homeostatic disruption and memory: Effect of insulin administration in rats. JF - Behavioral & Neural Biology JO - Behavioral & Neural Biology JA - Behav Neural Biol Y1 - 1990/05// VL - 53 IS - 3 SP - 321 EP - 333 CY - US PB - Academic Press SN - 0163-1047 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-24855-001. PMID: 2190550 Other Journal Title: Behavioral Biology; Communications in Behavioral Biology. Part A. Original Articles; Neurobiology of Learning and Memory. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Santucci, Anthony C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Bronx, NY, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19901001. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Hypoglycemia; Insulin; Memory. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: May, 1990. AB - Examined the effect of insulin-induced hypoglycemia on 24-hr retention of passive avoidance in rats. In the initial experiment, 72 male rats received either insulin or saline injections 30 min prior to training and testing. Impairments in retention were observed when animals were trained with insulin and tested with saline. This anterograde memory loss was attenuated when insulin was administered prior to both training and testing. A subsequent experiment with 48 male rats further explored the disruptive effect of hypoglycemia on memory. Data indicate that lower doses of insulin at training (5 and 10 U/rat) yielded impairments in 24-hr retention of passive avoidance. Disruption of glucoregulation can produce state-dependent anterograde memory losses in rats. Implications for the effects of hypoglycemia on cognitive functioning in humans are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - insulin induced hypoglycemia KW - 24 hr retention of passive avoidance KW - male rats KW - 1990 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Hypoglycemia KW - Insulin KW - Memory KW - Rats KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0163-1047(90)90184-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-24855-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-24818-001 AN - 1990-24818-001 AU - Levin, Edward D. AU - Bushnell, Philip J. AU - Baysinger, Craig M. T1 - d-Amphetamine-induced 'floating limb' syndrome in young rhesus monkeys. JF - Psychopharmacology JO - Psychopharmacology JA - Psychopharmacology (Berl) Y1 - 1990/05// VL - 101 IS - 1 SP - 112 EP - 117 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-3158 SN - 1432-2072 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-24818-001. PMID: 2343071 Other Journal Title: Psychopharmacologia. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levin, Edward D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Nicotine Research Lab, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19901001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Activity Level; Amphetamine; Syndromes. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: May, 1990. AB - Acute d-amphetamine administration to 10 young rhesus monkeys caused a motor syndrome of hypoactivity and chorea-like postures and motor movements, termed floating limb. Frequently after sc injections of 0.3 or 0.6 mg/kg d-amphetamine, an affected monkey raised one or both legs or arms and held the limb(s) motionless in the air. In other cases, the monkey assumed bizarre and contorted postures that were held for prolonged periods. Such postures were often accompanied by gentle repetitive brushing of the ears and facial hair with extremities of the affected limbs. d-Amphetamine treatment in young monkeys may provide a viable model of human choreoathetoid disorders induced by disease or drug use. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dextroamphetamine KW - hypoactivity & chorea like postures & motor movements KW - rhesus monkeys KW - 1990 KW - Activity Level KW - Amphetamine KW - Syndromes KW - Monkeys KW - 1990 DO - 10.1007/BF02253727 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-24818-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-24770-001 AN - 1990-24770-001 AU - Carey, Robert J. T1 - Reinstatement by caffeine of an extinguished conditioned dopaminergic drug response. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1990/05// VL - 36 IS - 1 SP - 127 EP - 132 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-24770-001. PMID: 2349255 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carey, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research & Development Service, Syracuse, NY, US. Release Date: 19901001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Caffeine; Conditioned Responses; Extinction (Learning); Response Parameters. Minor Descriptor: Dopamine; Mesencephalon; Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: May, 1990. AB - Studied the extinction (EXT) of conditioned drug-induced effects to determine (1) duration of the EXT effect and (2) stability of EXT as determined by a challenge with a stimulant drug. Male rats with 6-hydroxydopamine (6-OHDA) substantia nigra lesions were assigned to paired and unpaired treatment groups in a Pavlovian conditioning paradigm. Paired Ss received apomorphine prior to placement into a test chamber, and unpaired Ss received apomorphine 30 min following test chamber placement. Following Pavlovian conditioning, only paired Ss exhibited contralateral rotation in a nondrug test trial. This conditioned response (CR) underwent EXT after 1 nondrug EXT trial, and the EXT effect persisted for 2 mo. When tested with caffeine, paired Ss again exhibited substantial contralateral rotation. Unpaired Ss showed only an increase in ipsilateral rotation in response to caffeine. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - caffeine KW - duration & stability of extinguished conditioned dopaminergic drug response KW - male rats with substantia nigra lesions KW - 1990 KW - Caffeine KW - Conditioned Responses KW - Extinction (Learning) KW - Response Parameters KW - Dopamine KW - Mesencephalon KW - Rats KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(90)90137-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-24770-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-24622-001 AN - 1990-24622-001 AU - Dustman, Robert E. AU - Emmerson, Rita Y. AU - Ruhling, R. O. AU - Shearer, D. E. AU - Steinhaus, L. A. AU - Johnson, S. C. AU - Bonekat, H. W. AU - Shigeoka, J. W. T1 - Age and fitness effects on EEG, ERPs, visual sensitivity, and cognition. JF - Neurobiology of Aging JO - Neurobiology of Aging JA - Neurobiol Aging Y1 - 1990/05//May-Jun, 1990 VL - 11 IS - 3 SP - 193 EP - 200 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0197-4580 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-24622-001. PMID: 2362652 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dustman, Robert E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Salt Lake City, UT, US. Release Date: 19901001. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Electroencephalography; Evoked Potentials; Physical Fitness; Visual Acuity. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Ability. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: May-Jun, 1990. AB - Measures of EEG, event-related potentials (ERPs), visual sensitivity, and cognition were obtained from 30 young (20–31 yrs) and 30 older (50–62 yrs) healthy men. Age groups were divided between Ss with low and high fitness levels documented by oxygen use during a maximal exercise test. Compared with young Ss, older Ss had reduced visual sensitivity, delayed ERP latencies, greater homogeneity of EEG activity across recording sites, more positive visual-evoked potential (VEP) amplitude-intensity slope, and poorer performance on a battery of neurocognitive tests. In general, the measures that differentiated groups on the basis of age were also sensitive to differences in aerobic fitness. Physically active Ss had shorter ERP latencies, stronger central inhibition, better neurocognitive performance, and better visual sensitivity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age & fitness level KW - EEG & EPs & visual sensitivity & cognition KW - male 20–31 vs 50–62 yr olds KW - 1990 KW - Age Differences KW - Electroencephalography KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Physical Fitness KW - Visual Acuity KW - Cognitive Ability KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0197-4580(90)90545-B UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-24622-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-24236-001 AN - 1990-24236-001 AU - Koretzky, Martin B. AU - Peck, Alan H. T1 - Validation and cross-validation of the PTSD Subscale of the MMPI with civilian trauma victims. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1990/05// VL - 46 IS - 3 SP - 296 EP - 300 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-24236-001. PMID: 2347934 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Koretzky, Martin B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Ft Howard, MD, US. Release Date: 19901001. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotional Trauma; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Subtests; Test Validity. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: May, 1990. AB - Administered the 49-item Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) subscale, developed for the MMPI by T. M. Keane et al (see record [rid]1985-02913-001[/rid]) and validated with Vietnam combat veterans, to validation and cross-validation samples of PTSD patients who had experienced nonmilitary traumatic events and to psychiatric controls (N = 69). Using a cutting score of 19, derived from the validation sample only, the PTSD subscale correctly classified 87% of all validation Ss and 88% of all cross-validation Ss. Results support the utility of MMPI assessment of PTSD with civilian trauma victims as one component of a broad assessment strategy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity & cross validation of PTSD Subscale of MMPI KW - civilian trauma victims KW - 1990 KW - Emotional Trauma KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Subtests KW - Test Validity KW - 1990 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(199005)46:3<296::AID-JCLP2270460308>3.0.CO;2-A UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-24236-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-22738-001 AN - 1990-22738-001 AU - McFall, Miles E. AU - Murburg, M. Michele AU - Ko, Grant N. AU - Veith, Richard C. T1 - Autonomic responses to stress in Vietnam combat veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/05// VL - 27 IS - 10 SP - 1165 EP - 1175 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-22738-001. PMID: 2340325 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McFall, Miles E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Psychiatry Service, Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Treatment Team, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19900901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Catecholamines; Emotional States; Physiological Correlates; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; War. Minor Descriptor: Autonomic Nervous System; Military Veterans. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: May, 1990. AB - Tested the hypothesis that combat veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) experience sympathetic nervous system activation in response to war-related laboratory stimuli. Circulating plasma catecholamines, vital signs, and affect ratings were measured in 10 Vietnam combat veterans with PTSD and 11 controls during and after viewing combat and noncombat stress films. PTSD Ss responded more strongly than controls to the combat film, with greater increases in plasma epinephrine, pulse, blood pressure, and subjective distress. The increases in autonomic activity of PTSD Ss were more pronounced and long-lasting in response to the combat film than to the noncombat film. Findings are consistent with biological models that posit sympathoadrenal activation in response to memory-evoking cues of traumatic events in PTSD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - combat vs noncombat stress films KW - plasma catecholamines & vital signs & affect KW - Vietnam combat veterans with PTSD KW - 1990 KW - Catecholamines KW - Emotional States KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - War KW - Autonomic Nervous System KW - Military Veterans KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(90)90053-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-22738-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-22724-001 AN - 1990-22724-001 AU - Lee, Myung A. AU - Cameron, Oliver G. AU - Gurguis, George N. AU - Glitz, Debra AU - Smith, Charles B. AU - Hariharan, M. AU - Abelson, James L. AU - Curtis, George C. T1 - Alpha₂-adrenoreceptor status in obsessive-compulsive disorder. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/05// VL - 27 IS - 10 SP - 1083 EP - 1093 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-22724-001. PMID: 2160292 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lee, Myung A.; Cleveland Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Brecksville, OH, US. Release Date: 19900901. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clonidine; Obsessive Compulsive Disorder; Physiological Correlates; Somatotropin. Minor Descriptor: Blood Pressure; Heart Rate; Norepinephrine Metabolites. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: May, 1990. AB - 10 patients with obsessive-compulsive disorder and 13 normal controls received iv infusions of clonidine and normal saline on separate days. It was found that plasma growth hormone, 3-methoxy-4-hydroxyphenylglycol (MHPG), blood pressure, and heart rate responses to clonidine did not differ between groups. Patients reported more symptoms than normal Ss, and clonidine was sedating for both groups. Patients did not differ from normal Ss in the symptom response to clonidine. The maximum number of binding sites for tritiated clonidine was significantly greater in patients than in normals. This pattern of alpha₂-adrenoreceptor status differs from the patterns found in major depression and panic anxiety. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clonidine KW - plasma growth hormone & MHPG & BP & heart rate KW - patients with obsessive compulsive disorder KW - implications for adrenergic function KW - 1990 KW - Clonidine KW - Obsessive Compulsive Disorder KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Somatotropin KW - Blood Pressure KW - Heart Rate KW - Norepinephrine Metabolites KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(90)90045-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-22724-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-20190-001 AN - 1990-20190-001 AU - Lamb, Marvin R. AU - Robertson, Lynn C. AU - Knight, Robert T. T1 - Component mechanisms underlying the processing of hierarchically organized patterns: Inferences from patients with unilateral cortical lesions. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition JA - J Exp Psychol Learn Mem Cogn Y1 - 1990/05// VL - 16 IS - 3 SP - 471 EP - 483 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0278-7393 SN - 1939-1285 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-20190-001. PMID: 2140405 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lamb, Marvin R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19900801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Lateral Dominance; Pattern Discrimination; Stimulus Presentation Methods; Visual Stimulation. Minor Descriptor: Reaction Time. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: May, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Sep 11, 1989; Revised Date: Jul 31, 1989; First Submitted Date: May 3, 1989. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - Subjects identified target letters that occurred randomly at the local or global level in a divided attention task. The visual angle of the stimuli was varied. Neurologically intact controls showed a reaction time advantage for local targets which increased as visual angle increased. Patients with lesions centered in the posterior superior temporal gyrus (STG) showed a larger local advantage than controls if the lesion was on the right and a global advantage if the lesion was on the left. STG patients were no more influenced by visual angle than were controls. Control subjects also showed the usual interference of global distractors on responding to local targets. STG patients showed little evidence of interference. Control patients with lesions centered in the rostral inferior parietal lobe performed normally. The findings suggest that several component mechanisms are involved in the processing of hierarchical levels of structure, each linked to specific anatomical regions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual angle of stimuli KW - RT in processing hierarchically organized patterns KW - patients with unilateral cortical lesions KW - 1990 KW - Brain Damage KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Pattern Discrimination KW - Stimulus Presentation Methods KW - Visual Stimulation KW - Reaction Time KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/0278-7393.16.3.471 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-20190-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-28352-001 AN - 1990-28352-001 AU - Csernansky, John G. AU - King, Roy J. AU - Faustman, William O. AU - Moses, James A. AU - Poscher, M. E. AU - Faull, K. F. T1 - 5-HIAA in cerebrospinal fluid and deficit schizophrenic characteristics. JF - The British Journal of Psychiatry JO - The British Journal of Psychiatry JA - Br J Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 156 SP - 501 EP - 507 CY - United Kingdom PB - Royal College of Psychiatrists SN - 0007-1250 SN - 1472-1465 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-28352-001. PMID: 1696842 Other Journal Title: Journal of Mental Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Csernansky, John G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19901101. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Homovanillic Acid; Hydroxyindoleacetic Acid (5-); Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Cerebrospinal Fluid; Neurochemistry. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. AB - Examined whether cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) homovanillic acid (HVA) correlated inversely and CSF 5-hydroxyindoleacetic acid (5-HIAA) correlated directly with deficit characteristics in schizophrenics. To derive a single reliable measure of deficit characteristics in 36 male schizophrenic inpatients, 4 items of the Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale reflecting negative symptoms, a work history measure, and 3 subscale scores of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Revised (WAIS—R) were entered into a principal-components analysis to derive a single factor score. The CSF 5-HIAA concentrations were within the normal range of values and correlated directly with this factor score, but CSF HVA concentrations were not associated with the deficit factor score. Findings support the hypothesis that brain serotonin (5-hydroxytryptamine [5-HT]) function is associated with deficit schizophrenic characteristics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - CSF HVA & 5-HIAA & deficit characteristics KW - schizophrenic male inpatients KW - 1990 KW - Homovanillic Acid KW - Hydroxyindoleacetic Acid (5-) KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - Cerebrospinal Fluid KW - Neurochemistry KW - 1990 DO - 10.1192/bjp.156.4.501 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-28352-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-27833-001 AN - 1990-27833-001 AU - Takahashi, Lorey K. AU - Kalin, Ned H. AU - Baker, Eric W. T1 - Corticotropin-releasing factor antagonist attenuates defensive-withdrawal behavior elicited by odors of stressed conspecifics. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience JA - Behav Neurosci Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 104 IS - 2 SP - 386 EP - 389 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-27833-001. PMID: 2346630 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Takahashi, Lorey K.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Psychiatry Section, Madison, WI, US. Release Date: 19901101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Defensive Behavior; Conspecifics; Drugs; Olfactory Stimulation; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Corticotropin; Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jul 3, 1989; Revised Date: Jun 29, 1989; First Submitted Date: Feb 3, 1989. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - This study examined the hypothesis that defensive responsiveness induced by threatening stimuli of biological origin is mediated by the action of endogenous corticotropin-releasing factor (CRF). Rats were exposed for 15 min to a large open field containing a small chamber. Twenty-four hours later, rats received intracerebroventricular injections of either vehicle or 20 μg of α-helical CRF(9–41), a CRF receptor antagonist. After 20 min, rats were reexposed to the open field, which now contained odors of urine and feces from a stressed conspecific. In the reexposure test, vehicle- and antagonist-treated rats withdrew rapidly into the chamber. Antagonist-treated rats, however, emerged subsequently from the chamber to explore the open field as indicated by a significant increase in the number of passages made between the chamber and the open field. Results suggest that central injection of α-helical CRF(9–41) reduces the level of fear induced by odors associated with threat. In addition, CRF receptors are implicated in mediating the species-typical display of defensive withdrawal behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alpha helical CRF(9-41) KW - defensive withdrawal elicited by odors of stressed conspecifics KW - male rats KW - 1990 KW - Animal Defensive Behavior KW - Conspecifics KW - Drugs KW - Olfactory Stimulation KW - Stress KW - Corticotropin KW - Rats KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.104.2.386 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-27833-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-27704-001 AN - 1990-27704-001 AU - Goldstein, Larry B. AU - Davis, James N. T1 - Influence of lesion size and location on amphetamine-facilitated recovery of beam-walking in rats. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience JA - Behav Neurosci Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 104 IS - 2 SP - 320 EP - 327 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-27704-001. PMID: 2346626 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Larry B.; Durham Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Research Lab, NC, US. Release Date: 19901101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amphetamine; Motor Processes. Minor Descriptor: Motor Cortex; Rats; Somatosensory Cortex. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jun 5, 1989; Revised Date: Jun 1, 1989; First Submitted Date: Feb 21, 1989. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - Amphetamine treatment facilitates recovery of beam-walking in rats with unilateral sensorimotor cortex lesions. Lesion extent was studied in amphetamine- and saline-treated rats selected for rapid and slow recoveries. Lesion volume, lesion depth, and the amount of medial cortex damage were not different among the 4 groups of rats. When the data were analyzed without regard to drug treatment, both lesion depth in rostral forebrain and maximum amount of medial cortex damage negatively correlated with recovery rate. Thus, lesion extent influences the rate of recovery of beam-walking in rats but does not explain the lack of effectiveness of amphetamine in selected animals. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lesion extent KW - amphetamine facilitated beam walking recovery KW - male rats with unilateral sensorimotor cortex lesions KW - 1990 KW - Amphetamine KW - Motor Processes KW - Motor Cortex KW - Rats KW - Somatosensory Cortex KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.104.2.320 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-27704-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-26629-001 AN - 1990-26629-001 AU - Needham, Walter E. AU - Eldridge, Linda S. T1 - Performance of blind vocational rehabilitation clients on the Minnesota Rate of Manipulation Tests. JF - Journal of Visual Impairment & Blindness JO - Journal of Visual Impairment & Blindness JA - J Vis Impair Blind Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 84 IS - 4 SP - 182 EP - 185 CY - US PB - American Foundation for the Blind SN - 0145-482X SN - 1559-1476 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-26629-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Needham, Walter E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19901001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blind; Measurement; Motor Processes; Practice; Vocational Rehabilitation. Classification: Occupational & Vocational Rehabilitation (3384). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. AB - Studied the effects of additional practice trials on the Displacing Test and Turning Test of the Minnesota Rate of Manipulation Test (MRMT) to determine whether the use of normative data from sighted persons in evaluating the motor skills of blind individuals was valid. 100 blind vocational rehabilitation clients (aged 16–60 yrs) were given the MRMT after 3 practice trials. Ss scored lower than people with normal vision. Low or very low range scores were obtained by 83% and 68% of the Ss on the Displacing Test and Turning Test, respectively. The use of this procedure can unfairly penalize blind persons. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - additional practice trials KW - performance on Displacing & Turning Tests of Minnesota Rate of Manipulation Test KW - 16–60 yr old blind vocational rehabilitation clients KW - 1990 KW - Blind KW - Measurement KW - Motor Processes KW - Practice KW - Vocational Rehabilitation KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-26629-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-26592-001 AN - 1990-26592-001 AU - Scurfield, Raymond M. AU - Kenderdine, Shawn K. AU - Pollard, Richard J. T1 - Inpatient treatment for war-related post-traumatic stress disorder: Initial findings on a longer-term outcome study. JF - Journal of Traumatic Stress JO - Journal of Traumatic Stress JA - J Trauma Stress Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 3 IS - 2 SP - 185 EP - 201 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0894-9867 SN - 1573-6598 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-26592-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Scurfield, Raymond M.; American Lake Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Tacoma, WA, US. Release Date: 19901001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Symptoms; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans; War. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. AB - 86 male war veterans (aged 33–57 yrs) who were graduates of an inpatient posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) program completed symptom checklists and a follow-up questionnaire, and their responses were compared with measures obtained while Ss were inpatients. Significant differences between testing occasions were found on a symptom checklist, and positive trends toward symptom reduction were noted. Demographic characteristics of the Ss were discussed, as were responses to open-ended questions regarding the ways in which the program helped most and least. Positive changes were noted in self-esteem, interpersonal relationships, and symptoms of numbing and arousal. PTSD-related intrusive symptoms had the least clear-cut improvement. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - treatment outcomes & symptoms KW - male 33–57 yr old war veterans in PTSD treatment program KW - 1990 KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Symptoms KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Military Veterans KW - War KW - 1990 DO - 10.1002/jts.2490030203 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-26592-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-26556-001 AN - 1990-26556-001 AU - Ferrell, Bruce A. AU - Ferrell, Betty R. AU - Osterweil, Dan T1 - Pain in the nursing home. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 38 IS - 4 SP - 409 EP - 414 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-26556-001. PMID: 2109765 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ferrell, Bruce A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19901001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatric Patients; Nursing Homes; Pain; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Activity Level; Cognitive Processes; Major Depression. Classification: Nursing Homes & Residential Care (3377). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. AB - 97 Ss from a 311-bed multilevel teaching nursing home were interviewed, and charts were reviewed for pain problems and management strategies. Functional status, depression, and cognitive impairment were also evaluated. 71% of the Ss had at least one pain complaint. Moderately strong correlations were found between pain and infrequent attendance at recreational and social activities. However, little correlation was observed between pain and the Geriatric Depression Scale (J. Yesavage et al; see record [rid]1984-02939-001[/rid]), the Mini-Mental State Examination, or Activities of Daily Living Scale (S. Katz et al, 1963). Pain is a major problem in long-term care, and strategies for pain management appear to be limited in scope and application in this setting. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - pain & management strategies KW - functional status & depression & cognition KW - nursing home patients KW - 1990 KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Nursing Homes KW - Pain KW - Treatment KW - Activity Level KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Major Depression KW - 1990 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1990.tb03538.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-26556-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-26278-001 AN - 1990-26278-001 AU - Corwin, June AU - Peselow, Eric D. AU - Feenan, Kelly AU - Rotrosen, John AU - Fieve, Ronald T1 - Disorders of decision in affective disease: An effect of !b-adrenergic dysfunction? JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 27 IS - 8 SP - 813 EP - 833 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-26278-001. PMID: 2158825 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Corwin, June; Veterans Administration Ctr, Psychiatry Service, New York, NY, US. Release Date: 19901001. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Major Depression; Mania; Response Bias; Stimulus Discrimination. Minor Descriptor: Hypertension; Imipramine; Lithium; Memory; Propranolol; Recognition (Learning); Side Effects (Drug). Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 21. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. AB - Investigated response bias in 2 experiments, using a variant of signal detection theory with the discrimination measure dL′ and the bias measure CL. In Exp 1, 28 manics, 50 depressed Ss, and 21 matched normal controls were tested with a recognition memory task before and after 1 mo of pharmacological treatment with Li or imipramine. Abnormally conservative bias was characteristic of depression, and liberal (yea-saying) bias was found in mania. After treatment, aspects of discrimination worsened in hypomanic and depressed nonresponders. In Exp 2, 26 male psychiatrically normal hypertensives were tested with a short-term memory scanning task on and off treatment with propranolol. With treatment, bias became more conservative. Results suggest that disorders of decision may be modulated by β-adrenergic function. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lithium vs imipramine vs propranolol KW - response bias & discrimination in recognition memory task KW - manic vs depressed vs hypertensive patients KW - 1990 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Major Depression KW - Mania KW - Response Bias KW - Stimulus Discrimination KW - Hypertension KW - Imipramine KW - Lithium KW - Memory KW - Propranolol KW - Recognition (Learning) KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(90)90463-C UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-26278-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-25888-001 AN - 1990-25888-001 AU - Naeser, Margaret A. AU - Gaddie, Ann AU - Palumbo, Carole L. AU - Stiassny-Eder, Denise T1 - Late recovery of auditory comprehension in global aphasia: Improved recovery observed with subcortical temporal isthmus lesion vs Wernicke's cortical area lesion. JF - Archives of Neurology JO - Archives of Neurology JA - Arch Neurol Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 47 IS - 4 SP - 425 EP - 432 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-9942 SN - 1538-3687 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-25888-001. PMID: 2322136 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of Neurology; JAMA Neurology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Naeser, Margaret A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19901001. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: American Speech, Language, and Hearing Association Meetings (1987, New Orleans, Louisiana). Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Cerebrovascular Accidents; Diencephalon; Cerebrum. Minor Descriptor: Brain Damage; Tomography. Classification: Cardiovascular Disorders (3295). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. AB - Examined language behavior and computerized tomography (CT) scans of 14 right-handed, globally aphasic stroke patients (aged 50–66 yrs) with left-hemisphere lesions (LEs). Ss were tested for aphasia 1–4 mo after stroke onset and again 1–2 yrs after stroke onset. Most Ss with only subcortical temporal isthmus LEs (vs Wernicke's cortical area LEs) in the temporal lobe had increased recovery of auditory comprehension 1 yr after onset. Results indicate that careful examination of cortical vs subcortical LEs in the temporal lobe on CT scans can provide information regarding potential for recovery of some auditory (especially single-word) language comprehension 1 yr after stroke onset in some global aphasia patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - language behavior & computed tomographic scans KW - 50–66 yr olds with globally aphasic stroke & lesions of subcortical temporal isthmus vs Wernicke's cortical area KW - conference presentation KW - 1990 KW - Aphasia KW - Cerebrovascular Accidents KW - Diencephalon KW - Cerebrum KW - Brain Damage KW - Tomography KW - 1990 DO - 10.1001/archneur.1990.00530040073021 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-25888-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-25707-001 AN - 1990-25707-001 AU - Sullivan, John L. AU - Baenziger, John C. AU - Wagner, David L. AU - Rauscher, Frederick P. AU - Nurnberger, John I. AU - Holmes, J. Steven T1 - Platelet MAO in subtypes of alcoholism. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 27 IS - 8 SP - 911 EP - 922 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-25707-001. PMID: 2331498 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sullivan, John L.; Richard L. Roudebush Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Indianapolis, IN, US. Release Date: 19901001. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Blood Platelets; Monoamine Oxidases; Neurochemistry. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. AB - Determined platelet monoamine oxidase (MAO) activity in 25 Type I and 31 Type II male alcoholics and 22 controls (all aged 20–59 yrs). Type I alcoholism is characterized by adult onset and low heritability, while Type II is characterized by early onset and high heritability. Results show reduced platelet MAO activity in Type II Ss, compared with Type I male Ss and controls. Low platelet MAO activity in alcoholics is possibly related to state and trait factors and may be a useful biochemical measure to assist with subtyping. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - platelet MAO activity KW - 20–59 yr old males with Type I vs Type II alcoholism KW - 1990 KW - Alcoholism KW - Blood Platelets KW - Monoamine Oxidases KW - Neurochemistry KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(90)90473-F UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-25707-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-25393-001 AN - 1990-25393-001 AU - Benson, Kathleen L. AU - King, Roy AU - Gordon, Dan AU - Silva, J. Arturo AU - Zarcone, Vincent P. T1 - Sleep patterns in borderline personality disorder. JF - Journal of Affective Disorders JO - Journal of Affective Disorders JA - J Affect Disord Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 18 IS - 4 SP - 267 EP - 273 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-0327 SN - 1573-2517 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-25393-001. PMID: 2140379 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Benson, Kathleen L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sleep Lab, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19901001. Correction Date: 20160407. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Borderline States; Electroencephalography; Sleep. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. AB - Compared sleep patterns of 8 male affective borderline patients (aged 26–45 yrs), 10 male nonaffective borderlines (aged 22–47 yrs), and 15 matched healthy controls using all-night polysomnography. The 3 groups could not be distinguished in terms of REM latency. Borderlines had less total sleep, more Stage 1 sleep, and less Stage 4 sleep than controls, but the 2 borderline groups were not distinguished on any measure of sleep continuity or staging. The strong form of the H. S. Akiskal et al (see record [rid]1985-14622-001[/rid]) hypothesis, that borderlines are similar to depressives in their biological features, was not supported. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sleep patterns KW - male 22–47 yr olds with affective vs nonaffective borderline disorder KW - 1990 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Borderline States KW - Electroencephalography KW - Sleep KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0165-0327(90)90078-M UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-25393-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-25081-001 AN - 1990-25081-001 AU - Bearon, Lucille B. AU - Koenig, Harold G. T1 - Religious cognitions and use of prayer in health and illness. JF - The Gerontologist JO - The Gerontologist JA - Gerontologist Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 30 IS - 2 SP - 249 EP - 253 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0016-9013 SN - 1758-5341 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-25081-001. PMID: 2347508 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bearon, Lucille B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Education & Clinical Ctr, Durham, NC, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19901001. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disorders; Illness Behavior; Prayer; Religious Beliefs; Symptoms. Classification: Religion (2920); Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. AB - Conducted face-to-face structured interviews with 40 adults (aged 65–74 yrs) about God's role in health and illness and about Ss' use of prayer in response to recent physical symptoms. Most Ss indicated belief in a benevolent God but were not clear about God's role in health and illness. Over half had prayed about at least one symptom the last time it occurred. The least-educated Ss and Baptist Ss were most likely to pray. Symptoms discussed with a physician or for which drugs were taken were more likely than others to be prayed over. This suggests that prayer may be used for symptoms seen as serious and that prayer and medical help-seeking are not mutually exclusive. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - religious cognitions & use of prayer for physical symptoms KW - 65–74 yr olds KW - 1990 KW - Disorders KW - Illness Behavior KW - Prayer KW - Religious Beliefs KW - Symptoms KW - 1990 DO - 10.1093/geront/30.2.249 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-25081-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-24779-001 AN - 1990-24779-001 AU - Crabbe, John C. AU - Phillips, Tamara J. AU - Kosobud, Ann AU - Belknap, John K. T1 - Estimation of genetic correlation: Interpretation of experiments using selectively bred and inbred animals. JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JA - Alcohol Clin Exp Res Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 14 IS - 2 SP - 141 EP - 151 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0145-6008 SN - 1530-0277 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-24779-001. PMID: 2190477 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crabbe, John C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Portland, OR, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19901001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohols; Drug Sensitivity; Genotypes; Phenotypes; Statistical Correlation. Minor Descriptor: Experimentation; Mice; Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. AB - Discusses principles underlying phenotypic and genotypic correlational analyses with selected mouse or rat lines in drug- and alcohol-sensitivity studies. A scheme is presented to allow standardization across laboratories of inferences about the relative strength of genetic association from experiments with selected lines. Estimates of genetic correlations can also be derived from the correlation of mean trait values across a panel of inbred strains. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - phenotypic & genotypic correlational analyses in drug & alcohol sensitivity studies KW - mice & rats KW - 1990 KW - Alcohols KW - Drug Sensitivity KW - Genotypes KW - Phenotypes KW - Statistical Correlation KW - Experimentation KW - Mice KW - Rats KW - 1990 DO - 10.1111/j.1530-0277.1990.tb00461.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-24779-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-22779-001 AN - 1990-22779-001 AU - Steinberg, Alan AU - Ritzmann, Ron F. T1 - A living systems approach to understanding the concept of stress. JF - Behavioral Science JO - Behavioral Science JA - Behav Sci Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 35 IS - 2 SP - 138 EP - 146 CY - US PB - General Systems Science Foundation SN - 0005-7940 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-22779-001. PMID: 2327936 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Steinberg, Alan; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Bioethics Committee, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19900901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Stress; Systems Theory. Minor Descriptor: Experimentation; Mental Disorders. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. AB - Defines basic concepts used in conceptualizing stress and classifying its related phenomena, and proposes a framework for understanding interrelationships among these concepts that is intended to be applicable across disciplines including the biological and the behavioral and social sciences. This model is based largely on the living systems theory developed by J. G. Miller (1978) and the work of H. Selye (1950). Implications of the model for research and treatment of stress-related disorders are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - living systems theory in relation to stress KW - implications for research & treatment of stress related disorders KW - 1990 KW - Stress KW - Systems Theory KW - Experimentation KW - Mental Disorders KW - 1990 DO - 10.1002/bs.3830350206 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-22779-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-13094-001 AN - 1991-13094-001 AU - Roberts, Richard J. AU - Varney, Nils R. AU - Hulbert, James R. AU - Paulsen, Jane S. AU - Richardson, Emily D. AU - Springer, Jane A. AU - Shepherd, Janet Smith AU - Swan, Cynthia M. AU - Legrand, Joseph A. AU - Harvey, John H. AU - Struchen, Margaret A. AU - Hines, Marc E. T1 - The neuropathology of everyday life: The frequency of partial seizure symptoms among normals. JF - Neuropsychology JO - Neuropsychology JA - Neuropsychology Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 65 EP - 85 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0894-4105 SN - 1931-1559 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-13094-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Roberts, Richard J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Iowa City, IA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation; Philadelphia Clinical Neuropsychology Group. Release Date: 19910501. Correction Date: 20100329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Epidemiology; Seizures. Minor Descriptor: Symptoms. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 21. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. Copyright Statement: Philadelphia Neuropsychology Society. 1990. AB - Investigated the phenomenology of partial seizure-like symptoms in 3 studies. Although the findings from Study 1 with 661 undergraduates and Study 2 with 435 undergraduates demonstrated that normal individuals do report experiencing partial seizure-like phenomena, such symptoms are quite infrequent. Increased levels of symptom reporting were observed in healthy young adults who had experienced various risk factors for cerebral dysfunction (e.g., loss of consciousness due to head trauma, severe febrile illness in adulthood or adolescence). In Study 3, 15 selected brain-injured patients reported a breadth and frequency of partial seizure-like symptomatology that surpassed the limits of normal variability. Findings support the proposition that experiencing of partial seizure phenomena can be conceptualized on a continuum ranging from a healthy, essentially symptom-free state to overt central nervous system (CNS) dysfunction with multiple partial seizure symptoms. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prevalence of partial seizure symptoms KW - normal college students vs brain injured adults KW - 1990 KW - Brain Damage KW - Epidemiology KW - Seizures KW - Symptoms KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/0894-4105.4.2.65 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-13094-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-07516-001 AN - 1991-07516-001 AU - Casadonte, Paul P. AU - des Jarlais, Don C. AU - Friedman, Samuel R. AU - Rotrosen, John P. T1 - Psychological and behavioral impact among intravenous drug users of learning HIV test results. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 25 IS - 4 SP - 409 EP - 426 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-07516-001. PMID: 2246090 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Casadonte, Paul P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Substance Abuse Services, New York, NY, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19910301. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Change; Drug Usage; Emotional Responses; HIV; Screening Tests. Minor Descriptor: Intravenous Injections. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. AB - Assessed psychological and behavioral changes in 50 iv drug users (IVDUs) who learned human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) test results and in 31 nontested IVDU controls. Ss were aged 27–63 yrs. Reactions of the 15 seropositives 2 wks after test results (TR) included anxiety, anger, morbid thoughts, depressed mood, fear of developing acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS), and sleep disturbance. At 10 wks after TR, anxiety had not increased or had decreased for most Ss. The 35 seronegative Ss' reactions at both 2 and 10 wks were primarily psychological reactions of relief, feeling lucky, and feeling born again. Both seropositives and negatives made significant behavioral changes such as reducing iv drug use, decreasing needle sharing, decreasing sexual contacts (particularly with prostitutes), and increasing use of condoms. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological & behavioral changes & reactions to HIV test results KW - iv drug using 27–63 yr olds KW - 1990 KW - Behavior Change KW - Drug Usage KW - Emotional Responses KW - HIV KW - Screening Tests KW - Intravenous Injections KW - 1990 DO - 10.3109/10826089009053168 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-07516-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-20863-001 AN - 1990-20863-001 AU - Hall, Sharon M. AU - Havassy, Barbara E. AU - Wasserman, David A. T1 - Commitment to abstinence and acute stress in relapse to alcohol, opiates, and nicotine. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 58 IS - 2 SP - 175 EP - 181 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-20863-001. PMID: 2335634 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hall, Sharon M.; San Francisco Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19900801. Correction Date: 20100104. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Commitment; Drug Abuse; Relapse (Disorders); Sobriety; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism; Opiates; Tobacco Smoking. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Sep 19, 1989; Revised Date: Aug 23, 1989; First Submitted Date: Feb 13, 1989. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The effects of commitment to abstinence and acute stress on return to drug use were examined in a study of treated alcoholics, opiate users, and cigarette smokers (N = 221). Subjects were followed for 12 weeks or until they used their problem drug for 7 consecutive days. Commitment to absolute abstinence at end of treatment was related to a lower risk of returning to use and longer time between the first use and relapse. Withdrawal symptoms and negative and positive moods predicted first drug use, but only when assessed retrospectively. Prospective analyses failed to reveal a link between these variables and return to use. These findings suggest a reevaluation of current models of relapse. Acute stress may be less important in precipitating return to drug use than previously believed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - commitment to abstinence & acute stress KW - return to drug use KW - cigarette smokers or alcoholic or drug abusing patients KW - 1990 KW - Commitment KW - Drug Abuse KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - Sobriety KW - Stress KW - Alcoholism KW - Opiates KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.58.2.175 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-20863-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-20802-001 AN - 1990-20802-001 AU - Massad, Phillip M. AU - West, Alan N. AU - Friedman, Matthew J. T1 - Relationship between utilization of mental health and medical services in a VA hospital. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 147 IS - 4 SP - 465 EP - 469 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-20802-001. PMID: 2316733 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Massad, Phillip M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Services, White River Junction, VT, US. Release Date: 19900801. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Costs and Cost Analysis; Health Care Services; Hospital Programs; Mental Health Services. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. AB - Investigated the offset effect (the relationship between the use of psychiatric services and a reduction in use and cost of medical services) in a Veterans Administration (VA) medical center following the initiation of psychiatric services for 145 patients. 145 patients who had no psychiatric appointments were controls. The offset effect emerged only for Ss with high rates of medical services use who received abbreviated mental health treatment (lasting for 1 yr). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - initiation of psychiatric services KW - utilization & cost of medical services KW - patients in VA medical centers KW - implications for offset effect KW - 1990 KW - Costs and Cost Analysis KW - Health Care Services KW - Hospital Programs KW - Mental Health Services KW - 1990 DO - 10.1176/ajp.147.4.465 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-20802-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-20066-001 AN - 1990-20066-001 AU - Schuckit, Marc A. AU - Irwin, Michael AU - Mahler, Heike I. T1 - Tridimensional Personality Questionnaire scores of sons of alcoholic and nonalcoholic fathers. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 147 IS - 4 SP - 481 EP - 487 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-20066-001. PMID: 2316736 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schuckit, Marc A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19900801. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adult Offspring; Alcoholism; Drug Abuse; Personality. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. AB - Studied 33 men (aged 18–25 yrs) whose fathers had severe alcohol-related problems and 33 aged-matched men with no family history of alcoholism (AL). The former supplied information about the course of their fathers' alcohol problems; all 66 Ss answered questions about their own drinking and drug use and completed the Tridimensional Personality Questionnaire (C. R. Clonger [see PA Vol 75:17186]; Clonger et al [1988]). There were no significant relationships between any of the 18 questionnaire scores and an S's quantity/frequency of drinking or family history of AL. Results do not support the clinical relevance of the Tridimensional Personality Questionnaire in identifying Ss with unique characteristics related to their drinking histories, family histories, or characteristics of fathers' AL. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcohol & drug use & personality KW - 18–25 yr old sons of alcoholic fathers KW - 1990 KW - Adult Offspring KW - Alcoholism KW - Drug Abuse KW - Personality KW - 1990 DO - 10.1176/ajp.147.4.481 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-20066-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-20041-001 AN - 1990-20041-001 AU - Irwin, Michael AU - Schuckit, Marc A. AU - Smith, Tom L. T1 - Clinical importance of age at onset in Type 1 and Type 2 primary alcoholics. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 47 IS - 4 SP - 320 EP - 324 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-20041-001. PMID: 2322083 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Irwin, Michael; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19900801. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Onset (Disorders). Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. AB - Explored the relative clinical importance of age at onset (AAO) of alcoholism of the Type 1 vs Type 2 framework in 171 primary alcoholic males. Data were gathered through interviews with the Ss and at least one resource person. AAO was significantly associated with more severe alcohol, other drug, and childhood criminality problem histories. Findings suggest the existence of a subgroup with a more severe course of alcoholism who are also at risk for meeting criteria for drug abuse or antisocial personality. The Type 1 vs Type 2 construct did not contribute to classification of alcoholic subtypes differing in clinical histories. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age at onset KW - Type 1 vs Type 2 alcoholism KW - primary alcoholic males KW - 1990 KW - Alcoholism KW - Onset (Disorders) KW - 1990 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1990.01810160020003 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-20041-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-20010-001 AN - 1990-20010-001 AU - Adinoff, Bryon AU - Martin, Peter R. AU - Bone, George H. AU - Eckardt, Michael J. AU - Roehrich, Laurie AU - George, David T. AU - Moss, Howard B. AU - Eskay, Robert AU - Linnoila, Markku AU - Gold, Philip W. T1 - Hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis functioning and cerebrospinal fluid corticotropin releasing hormone and corticotropin levels in alcoholics after recent and long-term abstinence. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 47 IS - 4 SP - 325 EP - 330 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-20010-001. PMID: 2157379 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Adinoff, Bryon; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcohol/Drug Dependence Treatment Program, Charleston, SC, US. Release Date: 19900801. Correction Date: 20130513. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adrenal Glands; Alcoholism; Corticotropin; Hypothalamo Hypophyseal System; Sobriety. Minor Descriptor: Cerebrospinal Fluid; Physiological Correlates. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. AB - Examined hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis organization following cessation of alcohol ingestion in persons with alcoholism by studying the functional integrity of their pituitary corticotroph cells. A total of 31 alcoholics and 15 healthy controls were administered synthetic ovine corticotropin releasing hormone (oCRH) at 1 and 3 wks of abstinence or after longer periods of abstinence. In most alcoholics who were abstinent for 1 and 3 wks, the integrated corticotropin response to oCRH stimulation was blunted compared with controls, despite normal baseline control levels. In a subset of patients, an exaggerated integrated corticotropin response was associated with a significant increase in heart rate. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - recent vs long term abstinence KW - hypothalamic pituitary adrenal axis functioning & CSF corticotropin releasing hormone & ACTH levels KW - alcoholic adults KW - 1990 KW - Adrenal Glands KW - Alcoholism KW - Corticotropin KW - Hypothalamo Hypophyseal System KW - Sobriety KW - Cerebrospinal Fluid KW - Physiological Correlates KW - 1990 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1990.01810160025004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-20010-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-19002-001 AN - 1990-19002-001 AU - Olson, Douglas H. AU - Claiborn, Charles D. T1 - Interpretation and arousal in the counseling process. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology JA - J Couns Psychol Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 37 IS - 2 SP - 131 EP - 137 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-19002-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Olson, Douglas H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Minneapolis, MN, US. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 19900801. Correction Date: 20120130. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counseling; Interviews; Physiological Arousal; Theoretical Interpretation. Classification: Motivation & Emotion (2360). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Sep 22, 1989; Revised Date: Sep 20, 1989; First Submitted Date: Jul 3, 1989. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - We tested whether level of arousal affects the delivery of interpretations. Sixty undergraduate participants were assigned to high or low arousal or to control conditions. Participants in arousal conditions received a 30-min counseling interview for procrastination, which included two interpretations. Arousal was manipulated by interventions made before the interpretations, either confrontations (high arousal) or reflections (low arousal). Galvanic skin response measures confirmed the arousal manipulation (p < .0005). Participants responded more positively to the first interpretation in the high arousal condition, which was associated with a decrease in arousal, than to the first interpretation in the low arousal condition, which was not (p < .05). High arousal participants also indicated greater acceptance of the interpretations than control participants (p < .05). Interpretations delivered during high arousal thus seemed to be more influential. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - level of arousal KW - delivery of interpretations in simulated counseling interview KW - college students KW - 1990 KW - Counseling KW - Interviews KW - Physiological Arousal KW - Theoretical Interpretation KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/0022-0167.37.2.131 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-19002-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-18655-001 AN - 1990-18655-001 AU - Feifel, Herman T1 - Psychology and death: Meaningful rediscovery. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 45 IS - 4 SP - 537 EP - 543 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-18655-001. PMID: 2186680 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feifel, Herman; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychology Service, Los Angeles, US. Release Date: 19900801. Correction Date: 20090713. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: American Psychological Association: Distinguished Professional Contributions Award Address (1988, Atlanta, Georgia). Major Descriptor: Death and Dying; History of Psychology. Classification: History & Systems (2140). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The place of death in psychology is reviewed historically. Leading causes for its being slighted as an area of investigation during psychology's early years are presented. Reasons for its rediscovery in the mid-1950s as a legitimate sector for scientific inquiry are discussed, along with vicissitudes encountered in carrying out such research. This is followed by a summary of empirical findings, clinical perceptions, and perspectives emerging from work in the thanatological realm. The probability that such urgent social issues as abortion, acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS), and euthanasia, and such destructive behaviors as drug abuse, alcoholism, and certain acts of violence have to do with attitudes toward death challenges psychology to enhance the response to maladaptive conduct and loss. Recognition of personal mortality is a major entryway to self-knowledge. Although death is manifestly too complex to be the special sphere of any one discipline, psychology's position as an arena in which humanist and physicist-engineer cultures intersect provides a meaningful opportunity to increase comprehension of how death can serve life. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - death in history of psychology KW - conference presentation KW - 1990 KW - Death and Dying KW - History of Psychology KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.45.4.537 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-18655-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-31809-001 AN - 1990-31809-001 AU - Blake, Dudley D. AU - Owens, Michelle D. AU - Keane, Terence M. T1 - Increasing group attendance on a psychiatric unit: An alternating treatments design comparison. JF - Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry JO - Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry JA - J Behav Ther Exp Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 21 IS - 1 SP - 15 EP - 20 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0005-7916 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-31809-001. PMID: 2373766 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Blake, Dudley D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19901201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Modification; Group Psychotherapy; Hospitalized Patients; Psychiatric Patients; Treatment Compliance. Minor Descriptor: Feedback; Group Participation; Satisfaction; Verbal Communication. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. AB - Discusses compliance as a critical factor for success in the treatment of chronic psychiatric patients and describes an alternating treatments design to assess the use of verbal instructions and feedback to promote group attendance on a psychiatric unit. These methods significantly increased group attendance but had no significant effect on patient satisfaction. Results are discussed with regard to cost-efficient methods for promoting treatment compliance with psychiatric inpatients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alternating verbal instructions & feedback KW - group attendance & treatment satisfaction KW - 26–72 yr old psychiatric inpatients KW - 1990 KW - Behavior Modification KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Treatment Compliance KW - Feedback KW - Group Participation KW - Satisfaction KW - Verbal Communication KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0005-7916(90)90044-L UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-31809-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-02261-001 AN - 1991-02261-001 AU - Rosenlicht, Nicholas Z. AU - Gerner, Robert H. T1 - Systematic approach to the psychopharmacologic treatment of resistant depression. JF - Annals of Clinical Psychiatry JO - Annals of Clinical Psychiatry JA - Ann Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 2 IS - 1 SP - 57 EP - 65 CY - US PB - Elsevier Science Inc SN - 1040-1237 SN - 1547-3325 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-02261-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rosenlicht, Nicholas Z.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Martinez, CA, US. Other Publishers: Dowden Health Media; Informa Healthcare; Quadrant HealthCom Inc.; Springer Netherlands; Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20110418. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Major Depression. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. AB - Explores possible reasons for inadequate treatment of depressed patients. Criteria for the definition of true treatment-resistant depression are provided, and a systematic approach to treating such depressed patients is outlined. Guidelines in choosing an antidepressant for treatment are presented. Issues examined include medical causes for depression masquerading as treatment-resistant depression. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychopharmacologic treatment KW - patients with treatment resistant depression KW - 1990 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Major Depression KW - 1990 DO - 10.3109/10401239009150008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-02261-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-01870-001 AN - 1991-01870-001 AU - Ranseen, John T1 - Positive personality change following traumatic head injury: Four case studies. JF - Cognitive Rehabilitation JO - Cognitive Rehabilitation Y1 - 1990/03//Mar-Apr, 1990 VL - 8 IS - 2 SP - 8 EP - 12 CY - US PB - NeuroScience Publishers SN - 1062-2969 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-01870-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Cognitive Rehabilitation. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ranseen, John; Lexington Veterans Administration Medical Ctrs, KY, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Head Injuries; Personality Change. Minor Descriptor: Case Report. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar-Apr, 1990. AB - Focused on 4 head-injury patients who were not adversely affected by their injury. In each case both the patient and his significant family members viewed the personality changes that resulted from a traumatic head injury in distinctly positive terms, actually improving the patient's interpersonal functioning. These cases were followed for a year during which time each patient returned to pre-injury functional levels with a persistent positively viewed change in personality functioning. These cases suggest that personality change is not always associated with behaviors that are viewed negatively. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - positive personality change KW - patients with head injury KW - case reports KW - 1990 KW - Head Injuries KW - Personality Change KW - Case Report KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-01870-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-01402-001 AN - 1991-01402-001 AU - Gorelick, David A. AU - Irwin, Michael R. AU - Schmidt-Lackner, Susan AU - Marder, Stephen R. T1 - Alcoholism among male schizophrenic inpatients. JF - Annals of Clinical Psychiatry JO - Annals of Clinical Psychiatry JA - Ann Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 2 IS - 1 SP - 19 EP - 22 CY - US PB - Elsevier Science Inc SN - 1040-1237 SN - 1547-3325 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-01402-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gorelick, David A.; Brentwood Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Los Angeles, CA, US. Other Publishers: Dowden Health Media; Informa Healthcare; Quadrant HealthCom Inc.; Springer Netherlands; Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20110418. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. AB - Evaluated 41 consecutively admitted male schizophrenic inpatients (aged 24–62 yrs) with the Michigan Alcoholism Screening Test (MAST). An alcohol history was obtained, and clinical psychopathology was rated with the Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale. 14 Ss met Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) criteria for alcohol abuse/dependence, and 30 had a MAST score of 5 or greater, suggestive of alcoholism. Ss with DSM-III alcoholism diagnoses had a greater number of medical hospitalizations. Findings show a high prevalence of alcoholism in schizophrenics and suggest that the MAST can be useful in screening for alcoholism among acutely psychotic schizophrenic patients, even though it is not accurate enough to make the diagnosis. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcoholism KW - male schizophrenic 24–62 yr old inpatients KW - 1990 KW - Alcoholism KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1990 DO - 10.3109/10401239009150001 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-01402-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-31253-001 AN - 1990-31253-001 AU - Katz, Robert B. T1 - Cross-modality word matching in letter-by-letter readers. JF - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JO - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JA - Cortex Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 26 IS - 1 SP - 65 EP - 76 CY - Italy PB - Masson Italia SN - 0010-9452 SN - 1973-8102 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-31253-001. PMID: 2354646 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Katz, Robert B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Aphasia Research Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Masson SAS. Release Date: 19901201. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intersensory Processes; Letters (Alphabet); Reading Disabilities; Words (Phonetic Units). Classification: Learning Disorders (3253). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. AB - Tested the possibility that cross-modality word matching in letter-by-letter readers depends on sequential letter-processing skill. Two elderly patients were tested; Ss had limited reading ability, but could match a spoken word to its printed form. They were tested using letters as stimuli, matching a spoken word to its printed form, and letter processing ability. Their ability to match letters was better than their ability to name letters. They both had limited ability on reading tests. Both Ss had difficulty in matching spoken, high frequency, irregular words to their printed forms. They matched a spoken word to its printed counterpart by scanning the printed words for a recognizable letter. They relied on sequential letter processing for cross-modality word matching. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cross modality word matching KW - elderly letter by letter readers KW - 1990 KW - Intersensory Processes KW - Letters (Alphabet) KW - Reading Disabilities KW - Words (Phonetic Units) KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/S0010-9452(13)80075-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-31253-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-27694-001 AN - 1990-27694-001 AU - Belknap, J. K. AU - Lamé, M. AU - Danielson, P. W. T1 - Inbred strain differences in morphine-induced analgesia with the hot plate assay: A reassessment. T3 - Molecular ethology JF - Behavior Genetics JO - Behavior Genetics JA - Behav Genet Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 20 IS - 2 SP - 333 EP - 338 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0001-8244 SN - 1573-3297 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-27694-001. PMID: 2353915 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Belknap, J. K.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19901101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Analgesia; Animal Strain Differences; Morphine. Minor Descriptor: Heat Effects; Mice. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. AB - Compared DBA/2J, C57BL/6J, and C3H/HeJ mice on 2 behavioral end points: (1) the initial response to the hot plate, either a hindpaw lift, shake, or lick, whichever occurred first, or (2) latency to the hindpaw lick response. In response to either morphine or saline, all 3 strains showed roughly equivalent latencies to the initial response, but the DBA/2J strain was markedly slow to show hindpaw lick as a nocifensive response compared with the C57BL/6J strain. As a result, only at End Point 2 were there significant differences among the 3 inbred strains in morphine analgesia. Differences in analgesic sensitivity among these strains are largely a function of the behavioral end point used to assess nociception to the hot plate. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - inbred strain differences KW - response to hot plate & morphine induced analgesia KW - DBA/2J vs C57BL/6J vs C3H/HeJ mice KW - 1990 KW - Analgesia KW - Animal Strain Differences KW - Morphine KW - Heat Effects KW - Mice KW - 1990 DO - 10.1007/BF01067800 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-27694-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-26669-001 AN - 1990-26669-001 AU - Liskow, Barry AU - Nickel, Elizabeth AU - Tunley, Naomi AU - Powell, Barbara J. AU - Penick, Elizabeth C. T1 - Alcoholics' attitudes toward and experiences with disulfiram. JF - The American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse JO - The American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse JA - Am J Drug Alcohol Abuse Y1 - 1990/03//Mar-Jun, 1990 VL - 16 IS - 1-2 SP - 147 EP - 160 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0095-2990 SN - 1097-9891 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-26669-001. PMID: 2330935 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Liskow, Barry; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Kansas City, MO, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19901001. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcoholism; Client Attitudes; Disulfiram; Drug Therapy. Minor Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Military Veterans. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Mar-Jun, 1990. AB - Assessed 345 alcoholic inpatients' attitudes toward and experiences with disulfiram with a 43-item questionnaire. Approximately 50% of the Ss entering an alcohol unit had taken disulfiram in the past. Approximately 50% of those who had taken disulfiram had drunk ethanol within 1 wk of stopping the medication. Over 75% of those who drank on disulfiram reported experiencing a disulfiram ethanol reaction (DER), and more than 33% of those experiencing the DER reported it to be severe. Neither drinking on disulfiram nor experiencing a DER was associated with such patients being less likely to agree to take disulfiram in the future compared with those who had not drunk on disulfiram and those who had not experienced a DER. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - attitudes toward & experiences with disulfiram KW - alcoholic military veteran inpatients KW - 1990 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Alcoholism KW - Client Attitudes KW - Disulfiram KW - Drug Therapy KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Military Veterans KW - 1990 DO - 10.3109/00952999009001579 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-26669-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-26639-001 AN - 1990-26639-001 AU - Booth, Brenda M. AU - Yates, William R. AU - Petty, Fred AU - Brown, Keith T1 - Longitudinal characteristics of hospital use before and after alcoholism treatment. JF - The American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse JO - The American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse JA - Am J Drug Alcohol Abuse Y1 - 1990/03//Mar-Jun, 1990 VL - 16 IS - 1-2 SP - 161 EP - 170 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0095-2990 SN - 1097-9891 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-26639-001. PMID: 2330936 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Booth, Brenda M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Iowa Health Services Research & Development Field Program, Iowa City, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19901001. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Health Care Utilization; Hospital Admission; Recovery (Disorders). Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism; Longitudinal Studies; Military Veterans. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Mar-Jun, 1990. AB - Evaluated the frequency of inpatient hospital care for 3 yrs before and 3 yrs after alcoholism treatment for 255 patients treated for alcoholism at a rural Veterans Administration Medical Center. Results confirm those of earlier research (A. B. Forsythe et al, 1982) that showed frequent hospitalizations by alcoholics, especially for alcohol-related problems. Alcohol-related hospital use was more frequent and more extensive in terms of length of stay after alcoholism treatment than before. This was true both short-term (comparing 1 yr before and after) and longer-term (3 yrs before and after). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcoholism treatment KW - inpatient hospital care KW - recovering alcoholic military veterans KW - longitudinal study KW - 1990 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Health Care Utilization KW - Hospital Admission KW - Recovery (Disorders) KW - Alcoholism KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Military Veterans KW - 1990 DO - 10.3109/00952999009001580 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-26639-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-26595-001 AN - 1990-26595-001 AU - Silva, J. Arturo AU - Leong, Gregory B. AU - O'Reilly, Tara T1 - An unusual case of Capgras syndrome: The psychiatric ward as a stage. JF - Psychiatric Journal of the University of Ottawa JO - Psychiatric Journal of the University of Ottawa JA - Psychiatr J Univ Ott Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 44 EP - 46 CY - Canada PB - Canadian Medical Assn SN - 0702-8466 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-26595-001. PMID: 2326388 Other Journal Title: Journal of Psychiatry & Neuroscience. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silva, J. Arturo; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr-West Los Angeles, Psychiatry Service, Brentwood Div, CA, US. Release Date: 19901001. Correction Date: 20100927. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Capgras Syndrome; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Psychiatric Patients. Minor Descriptor: Case Report. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. AB - Discusses the case of a 31-yr-old male psychiatric patient who presented with an unusual multifaceted delusion of misidentification including Capgras syndrome, in which people in the immediate environment (the other patients and hospital staff) were seen as hired actors in a stage production. The genesis and reinforcement of his delusional thinking appears to be the result of psychological, organic, and ecological factors. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perception of psychiatric ward as stage & staff & other patients as actors KW - male 31 yr old with Capgras syndrome KW - case report KW - 1990 KW - Capgras Syndrome KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Case Report KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-26595-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-26211-001 AN - 1990-26211-001 AU - Greene, Les R. T1 - Relationships among semantic differential change measures of splitting, self-fragmentation and object relations in borderline psychopathology. JF - British Journal of Medical Psychology JO - British Journal of Medical Psychology JA - Br J Med Psychol Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 63 IS - 1 SP - 21 EP - 32 CY - United Kingdom PB - British Psychological Society SN - 0007-1129 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-26211-001. Other Journal Title: Psychology and Psychotherapy: Theory, Research and Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Greene, Les R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, West Haven, CT, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19901001. Correction Date: 20111114. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Borderline States; Object Relations; Psychotherapeutic Outcomes; Self-Perception; Semantic Differential. Minor Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. AB - Investigated associations among change measures in 17 patients with borderline personality disorder participating in an intensive, group-oriented day treatment program. Change scores over 4 mo were calculated from measures of splitting dynamics, self-perceptions, and experiences of interpersonal relationships. Correlations provided partial empirical support for associations among these variables. As splitting decreased, Ss developed a more benevolent and more anaclitic view of self-in-the-world. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - semantic differential change measures of splitting mechanisms & self representations & object relations KW - patients with borderline personality disorder in group day treatment KW - 1990 KW - Borderline States KW - Object Relations KW - Psychotherapeutic Outcomes KW - Self-Perception KW - Semantic Differential KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - 1990 DO - 10.1111/j.2044-8341.1990.tb02853.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-26211-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-25953-001 AN - 1990-25953-001 AU - Verfaellie, Mieke AU - Rapcsak, Steven Z. AU - Heilman, Kenneth M. T1 - Impaired shifting of attention in Balint's syndrome. JF - Brain and Cognition JO - Brain and Cognition JA - Brain Cogn Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 12 IS - 2 SP - 195 EP - 204 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-2626 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-25953-001. PMID: 2340151 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Verfaellie, Mieke; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Memory Disorders Research Ctr, MA, US. Release Date: 19901001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Brain Damage; Parietal Lobe; Visual Perception; Balint's Syndrome. Minor Descriptor: Cues. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. AB - Assessed the efficiency of attentional shifts across the horizontal and vertical axes of the visual field in a 41-yr-old left-handed female patient with Balint's syndrome caused by bilateral parieto-occipital infarctions. This was performed using an adaptation of M. I. Posner's (see record [rid]1981-09397-001[/rid]) peripheral cuing paradigm. In contrast to 7 normal controls and patients with unilateral parietal lesions previously reported, the S did not benefit from cues directing attention to the left or right visual field. The S appeared to benefit only when the cues directed attention to the upper visual field. This suggests a defect in shifting attention that may occur following bilateral parietal lesions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - peripheral cues KW - attentional shifts across horizontal & vertical axes of visual field KW - left handed 41 yr old female with Balint's syndrome caused by bilateral parieto-occipital infarctions KW - 1990 KW - Attention KW - Brain Damage KW - Parietal Lobe KW - Visual Perception KW - Balint's Syndrome KW - Cues KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0278-2626(90)90015-G UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-25953-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0001-5535-4584 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-25526-001 AN - 1990-25526-001 AU - Siever, Larry J. T1 - Commentary on 'Toward an integrated theory of schizotaxia, schizotypy, and schizophrenia.' JF - Journal of Personality Disorders JO - Journal of Personality Disorders JA - J Pers Disord Y1 - 1990///Spr 1990 VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 116 EP - 119 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0885-579X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-25526-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Siever, Larry J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19901001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Schizoid Personality Disorder; Schizophrenia; Taxonomies; Theories; Schizotypy. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1990. AB - Comments on P. E. Meehl's (see record [rid]1990-25487-001[/rid]) conceptual approach to understanding the spectrum of schizophrenic disorders. This formulation involves 3 levels of analysis: a psychological level (schizotypy), an inherited brain integrative dysfunction (schizotaxia), and a specific neuronal mechanism (hypokrisia). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - P. Meehl's integrated theory of schizotaxia & schizotypy & schizophrenia KW - commentary KW - 1990 KW - Schizoid Personality Disorder KW - Schizophrenia KW - Taxonomies KW - Theories KW - Schizotypy KW - 1990 DO - 10.1521/pedi.1990.4.1.116 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-25526-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-25523-001 AN - 1990-25523-001 AU - Schwartz, Barry D. AU - Satter, Elizabeth AU - O'Neill, Patrick T. AU - Winstead, Daniel K. T1 - Bilateral hemispheric processing deficits in schizophrenia. JF - Schizophrenia Research JO - Schizophrenia Research JA - Schizophr Res Y1 - 1990/03//Mar-Apr, 1990 VL - 3 IS - 2 SP - 147 EP - 154 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0920-9964 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-25523-001. PMID: 2278978 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schwartz, Barry D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, New Orleans, LA, US. Release Date: 19901001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Lateral Dominance; Schizophrenia; Visual Perception. Minor Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Major Depression; Visual Stimulation. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar-Apr, 1990. AB - Examined the effects of activation/inaction of the sustained and transient channels on hemispheric processing in 19 schizophrenic, 12 depressed, 6 schizoaffective, and 11 control Ss (aged 18–45 yrs), using a forced-choice continuity-of-form task. Normal and depressed Ss did not differ statistically from each other, while schizophrenics and schizoaffectives differed from other groups and on some conditions from each other. No hemispheric asymmetries were observed for any group. Results are discussed in terms of differential deficits in schizophrenics in the absence of early occurring asymmetries. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - activation or inaction of sustained & transient visual channels KW - hemispheric processing KW - 18–45 yr olds with schizophrenia vs depression vs schizoaffective disorder KW - 1990 KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Schizophrenia KW - Visual Perception KW - Affective Disorders KW - Major Depression KW - Visual Stimulation KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0920-9964(90)90048-C UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-25523-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-25510-001 AN - 1990-25510-001 AU - Prasad, R. Bhawani AU - Val, Eduardo R. AU - Lahmeyer, Henry W. AU - Gaviria, Moises T1 - Associated diagnoses (comorbidity) in patients with borderline personality disorder. JF - Psychiatric Journal of the University of Ottawa JO - Psychiatric Journal of the University of Ottawa JA - Psychiatr J Univ Ott Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 22 EP - 27 CY - Canada PB - Canadian Medical Assn SN - 0702-8466 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-25510-001. PMID: 2326383 Other Journal Title: Journal of Psychiatry & Neuroscience. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Prasad, R. Bhawani; Veterans Administration West Side Hosp, Dept of Psychiatry, Chicago, IL, US. et al. Release Date: 19901001. Correction Date: 20100927. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Borderline States; Mental Disorders. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. AB - Administered the Diagnostic Interview Schedule to 21 patients (aged 20–46 yrs) with borderline personality disorder. Ss met criteria for various other Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) diagnoses, meeting exclusion criteria in some cases but not in other cases. Frequency distribution of each diagnosis and the diagnoses of each individual S are presented. Affective disorder was the most common diagnosis (85%). Of these, 62% had primary major depression and 23% had secondary depression. Other diagnoses were bipolar disorder, dysthymia, panic, agoraphobia, alcohol and drug abuse, and somatization disorder. While borderline disorder may be a sub-affective disorder, a specific diagnostic profile that accounts for the presence of other Axis I and Axis II syndromes has yet to be delineated. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - associated diagnoses KW - 20–46 yr olds with borderline personality disorder KW - 1990 KW - Borderline States KW - Mental Disorders KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-25510-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-25497-001 AN - 1990-25497-001 AU - Newcomer, John W. AU - Faustman, William O. AU - Yeh, Welli AU - Csernansky, John G. T1 - Distinguishing depression and negative symptoms in unmedicated patients with schizophrenia. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 31 IS - 3 SP - 243 EP - 250 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-25497-001. PMID: 2333356 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Newcomer, John W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19901001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Differential Diagnosis; Major Depression; Rating Scales; Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. AB - To evaluate whether concurrent use of the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression (HRSD) and the Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale (BPRS) could successfully separate depression (DEP) and negative symptoms (NESs) in schizophrenia, ratings on 69 unmedicated male schizophrenic inpatients (aged 19–63 yrs) were examined. A BPRS DEP subscale score (from items assessing depressed mood, guilt, anxiety, somatic concern) correlated highly with the HRSD total score. The BPRS NES subscale score (from items assessing blunted affect, emotional withdrawal, motor retardation) was unrelated to the BPRS and HRSD DEP summary measures. Among individual HRSD items, NESs correlated only with work/activities and retardation. Findings suggest that NESs and DEP may be assessed independently in schizophrenia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - concurrent use of Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression & Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale KW - distinguishing depression vs negative symptoms KW - unmedicated schizophrenic 19–63 yr olds KW - 1990 KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Major Depression KW - Rating Scales KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(90)90093-K UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-25497-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-25437-001 AN - 1990-25437-001 AU - Goldstein, Gerald AU - Zubin, Joseph T1 - Neuropsychological differences between young and old schizophrenics with and without associated neurological dysfunction. JF - Schizophrenia Research JO - Schizophrenia Research JA - Schizophr Res Y1 - 1990/03//Mar-Apr, 1990 VL - 3 IS - 2 SP - 117 EP - 126 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0920-9964 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-25437-001. PMID: 2278976 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Gerald; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19901001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Neuropathology; Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Mar-Apr, 1990. AB - Examined age differences among 134 schizophrenics (SCZs) with associated neurological dysfunction, 160 SCZs without such dysfunction, 285 non-SCZs with neurological dysfunction, and 240 patient controls, using the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery. All Ss were male. Findings suggest that SCZs did not differ from controls in age differences on the kinds of complex cognitive task performances that typically deterioriate with age or the acquisition of structural brain damage. However, the combination of schizophrenia with a structural brain disorder may be associated with deterioration of skills heavily influenced by sociocultural stimulation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age KW - schizophrenic males with vs without associated neurological dysfunction KW - 1990 KW - Age Differences KW - Neuropathology KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0920-9964(90)90044-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-25437-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-24789-001 AN - 1990-24789-001 AU - Flood, James F. AU - Silver, Andrew J. AU - Morley, John E. T1 - Do peptide-induced changes in feeding occur because of changes in motivation to eat? JF - Peptides JO - Peptides JA - Peptides Y1 - 1990/03//Mar-Apr, 1990 VL - 11 IS - 2 SP - 265 EP - 270 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0196-9781 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-24789-001. PMID: 2162529 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Flood, James F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, St Louis, MO, US. Release Date: 19901001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Bombesin; Cholecystokinin; Food Intake; Motivation; Peptides. Minor Descriptor: Mice. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Mar-Apr, 1990. AB - Explored the motivational aspects of peptide suppression of feeding in male mice. Gastrin-related peptide, cholecystokinin octapeptide (CCK-8), and bombesin suppressed lever pressing (LP) for milk reinforcement. Prefeeding (PF) of Ss with milk increased suppression of LP to a greater extent in peptide-treated Ss than in saline-treated Ss. As duration of PF increased, LP decreased. When required to make more lever presses to obtain milk, saline-treated Ss did so at a higher rate than Ss treated with CCK-8. Since Ss had to work to obtain food, changes in LP seem to be due to changes in hunger resulting from peptide administration. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - motivation KW - gastrin related peptide vs cholecystokinin octapeptide vs bombesin suppression of feeding KW - male mice KW - 1990 KW - Bombesin KW - Cholecystokinin KW - Food Intake KW - Motivation KW - Peptides KW - Mice KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0196-9781(90)90080-O UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-24789-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-24629-001 AN - 1990-24629-001 AU - Goldstein, Gerald T1 - Contributions of Kurt Goldstein to neuropsychology. JF - Clinical Neuropsychologist JO - Clinical Neuropsychologist Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 3 EP - 17 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0920-1637 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-24629-001. Other Journal Title: The Clinical Neuropsychologist. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Gerald; Highland Drive Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19901001. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: History of Psychology; Neuropsychology. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. AB - Presents an analysis of the major contributions of K. Goldstein (published 1924–1959), a pioneer of neuropsychology. Many of Goldstein's previously ignored or rejected ideas have gained wide acceptance in their modern versions. These ideas include localization and holistic theories, conceptualization of symptom formation, frontal lobe function, the abstract attitude, aphasia, schizophrenia, rehabilitation of brain-damaged patients, and neuropsychological assessment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - K. Goldstein's contributions to neuropsychology KW - 1990 KW - History of Psychology KW - Neuropsychology KW - 1990 DO - 10.1080/13854049008401492 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-24629-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-24313-001 AN - 1990-24313-001 AU - Cicchetti, Domenic V. AU - Showalter, Donald AU - McCarthy, Paul T1 - A computer program for calculating subject-by-subject kappa or weighted kappa coefficients. JF - Educational and Psychological Measurement JO - Educational and Psychological Measurement JA - Educ Psychol Meas Y1 - 1990///Spr 1990 VL - 50 IS - 1 SP - 153 EP - 158 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0013-1644 SN - 1552-3888 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-24313-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cicchetti, Domenic V.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19901001. Correction Date: 20121001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Computer Software; Data Processing; Statistical Analysis; Statistical Data. Classification: Statistics & Mathematics (2240). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1990. AB - Presents a computer program that calculates individual S kappa or weighted kappa coefficients for each of 3 types of categorical data: (1) nominal (dichotomous/polychotomous), (2) ordinal (dichotomous/continuous), and (3) mixed scales of measurement (containing both nominal and ordinal features). Additional output includes criteria for determining levels of both statistical and clinical significance, as well as specific tests of examiner bias. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - computer program for calculation of kappa coefficients for different types of categorical data KW - 1990 KW - Computer Software KW - Data Processing KW - Statistical Analysis KW - Statistical Data KW - 1990 DO - 10.1177/0013164490501018 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-24313-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-24270-001 AN - 1990-24270-001 AU - Ryan, Joseph J. AU - Paolo, Anthony M. AU - Brungardt, Terry M. T1 - WAIS—R reliability and standard errors for persons 75 to 79, 80 to 84, and 85 and older. JF - Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment JO - Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment JA - J Psychoeduc Assess Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 8 IS - 1 SP - 9 EP - 14 CY - US PB - Psychoeducational Corp SN - 0734-2829 SN - 1557-5144 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-24270-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ryan, Joseph J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Leavenworth, KS, US. Other Publishers: Clinical Psychology Publishing Co.; Grune & Stratton, Inc.; Sage Publications. Release Date: 19901001. Correction Date: 20121015. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Error of Measurement; Test Reliability; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220); Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. AB - Examined the reliability of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Revised (WAIS—R) in 226 normal elderly adults. Ss were divided into 3 age groups: 75–79 yrs, 80–84 yrs, and 85 yrs and older. For each group, internal consistency estimates and standard errors of measurement, estimation, and prediction were calculated for the IQs and subtests. Vocabulary (.96–.92) was consistently the most reliable subtest, while Picture Arrangement (.71–.54) and Object Assembly (.74–.56) were the least reliable. The summary scores were highly reliable. Results suggest that WAIS—R is a reliable instrument for evaluating elderly Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reliability & standard errors of WAIS-R KW - 75–79 vs 80–84 vs 85 yr olds & older KW - 1990 KW - Age Differences KW - Error of Measurement KW - Test Reliability KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - 1990 DO - 10.1177/073428299000800102 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-24270-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-23759-001 AN - 1990-23759-001 AU - Crenshaw, Ruth S. AU - McLin, Patricia A. AU - Lewis, Donna J. T1 - Continuing education in gerontological nursing. JF - Journal of Gerontological Nursing JO - Journal of Gerontological Nursing JA - J Gerontol Nurs Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 16 IS - 3 SP - 6 EP - 10 CY - US PB - SLACK SN - 0098-9134 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-23759-001. PMID: 2313063 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crenshaw, Ruth S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Nursing Home Care Unit, Fargo, ND, US. Release Date: 19900901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Continuing Education; Gerontology; Nurses; Nursing. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. AB - Describes the assessment, development, implementation, and evaluation of a gerontological nursing continuing education program for nursing personnel in a Veterans Administration health-care facility. The program was designed to clarify staff attitudes toward the elderly, increase staff awareness, describe normal physiological and psychosocial changes occurring as part of the aging process, elucidate pharmacological concerns, and depict factors that promote a therapeutic milieu. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - assessment & development & implementation & evaluation of gerontological nursing continuing education program KW - nurses in VA health care facility KW - 1990 KW - Continuing Education KW - Gerontology KW - Nurses KW - Nursing KW - 1990 DO - 10.3928/0098-9134-19900301-04 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-23759-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-23628-001 AN - 1990-23628-001 AU - Negley, Elaine N. AU - Manley, Joanne T. T1 - Environmental interventions in assaultive behavior. JF - Journal of Gerontological Nursing JO - Journal of Gerontological Nursing JA - J Gerontol Nurs Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 16 IS - 3 SP - 29 EP - 33 CY - US PB - SLACK SN - 0098-9134 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-23628-001. PMID: 2313060 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Negley, Elaine N.; Perry Point Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alzheimer's & Related Dementias Unit, MD, US. Release Date: 19900901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Attack Behavior; Hospital Environment. Minor Descriptor: Nursing. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. AB - Examined whether a change in the location of a hospital dining room would decrease the number of patient-to-patient assaults (ASs) among patients in an Alzheimer's unit. Before changing the location, most assaults coincided with mealtime activities, and 17 patients were involved in 47 assaults. After the move, 27 assaults were reported. Assaultive behavior can be affected by extrinsic factors such as organizational and environmental structure, and environmental manipulation can change the behaviors of confused, disoriented patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - change in location of hospital dining room KW - patient to patient assaultive behavior KW - patients with Alzheimer's disease KW - nursing implications KW - 1990 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Attack Behavior KW - Hospital Environment KW - Nursing KW - 1990 DO - 10.3928/0098-9134-19900301-09 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-23628-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-23462-001 AN - 1990-23462-001 AU - Clipp, Elizabeth C. AU - George, Linda K. T1 - Psychotropic drug use among caregivers of patients with dementia. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 38 IS - 3 SP - 227 EP - 235 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-23462-001. PMID: 2313004 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Clipp, Elizabeth C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Durham, NC, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19900901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Caregivers; Dementia; Drug Usage. Minor Descriptor: Drugs. Classification: Behavioral & Psychological Treatment of Physical Illness (3361). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. AB - Investigated the correlates of psychotropic drug use among 510 21–90 yr old caregivers of demented older adults. The prevalence of psychotropic drug use among Ss was substantially higher than previously reported (e.g., G. Mellinger et al; see record [rid]1980-06018-001[/rid]) among the general population and community-dwelling elderly. S characteristics (e.g., gender, health, relationship to the patient) rather than severity of the patient's condition predicted antianxiety, antidepressant, and sedative/hypnotic use. The S's perception of support in the caregiving role was a correlate of psychotropic drug use, especially antidepressants. Caregivers may be a high-risk group for the development of emotional symptoms (e.g., nervousness, exhaustion, decreased appetite, difficulty sleeping) that may or may not constitute a psychiatric disorder. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychotropic drug use KW - 21–90 yr old caregivers of demented elderly KW - 1990 KW - Caregivers KW - Dementia KW - Drug Usage KW - Drugs KW - 1990 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1990.tb03496.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-23462-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-23089-001 AN - 1990-23089-001 AU - Long, Richard G. AU - Rieser, John J. AU - Hill, Everett W. T1 - Mobility in individuals with moderate visual impairments. JF - Journal of Visual Impairment & Blindness JO - Journal of Visual Impairment & Blindness JA - J Vis Impair Blind Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 84 IS - 3 SP - 111 EP - 118 CY - US PB - American Foundation for the Blind SN - 0145-482X SN - 1559-1476 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-23089-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Long, Richard G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Rehabilitation Research & Development Ctr, Atlanta, GA, US. Release Date: 19900901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Illumination; Motor Skills; Vision Disorders. Classification: Vision & Hearing & Sensory Disorders (3299). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. AB - Used the work of J. A. Marron and I. L. Bailey (1982) to assess variations in the indoor and outdoor locomotor mobility of 22 low vision adults (aged 19–58 yrs). Visual acuity, visual field, and contrast sensitivity data were obtained on all Ss. Ss were also videotaped while walking unfamiliar indoor and outdoor routes under normal and reduced illumination. These videotapes were viewed by orientation and mobility instructors, who recorded such incidents as stopping or contacting objects during travel. Individuals' visual fields and contrast sensitivities were found to be related to mobility performance, whereas their visual acuities were not. Visual field and contrast sensitivity together accounted for 39% of the variation in mobility performance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - normal vs reduced illumination KW - indoor & outdoor locomotor mobility KW - low vision 19–58 yr olds KW - 1990 KW - Illumination KW - Motor Skills KW - Vision Disorders KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-23089-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-23056-001 AN - 1990-23056-001 AU - Harrington, Deborah L. AU - Haaland, Kathleen Y. AU - Yeo, Ronald A. AU - Marder, Ellen T1 - Procedural memory in Parkinson's disease: Impaired motor but not visuoperceptual learning. JF - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JO - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JA - J Clin Exp Neuropsychol Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 12 IS - 2 SP - 323 EP - 339 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 1380-3395 SN - 1744-411X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-23056-001. PMID: 2341560 Other Journal Title: Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Harrington, Deborah L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Albuquerque, NM, US. Release Date: 19900901. Correction Date: 20100927. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Basal Ganglia; Learning; Parkinson's Disease; Perceptual Motor Learning; Visual Perception. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. AB - Tested the role of the basal ganglia in regulating different types of procedural skills by comparing performance on a motor and a visuoperceptual skill learning task in 20 Parkinson's disease (PD) patients (aged 54–77 yrs) and 20 normal, age-matched controls. Ss performed 2 procedural learning tasks (rotary pursuit [RP] and mirror reading [MRE]) and 1 declarative learning task (paired associates [PASs]) over 3 days. PD Ss were not impaired on MRE or PAS learning. RP performance levels on Day 1 were similar between groups, but the PD group showed less improvement across days than controls. Only PD Ss with more advanced symptoms of PD showed impaired RP learning, and this could not be attributed directly to deficits in primary motor or general cognitive function. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - role of basal ganglia KW - motor & visuoperceptual skill learning KW - 54–77 yr olds with Parkinson's disease KW - 1990 KW - Basal Ganglia KW - Learning KW - Parkinson's Disease KW - Perceptual Motor Learning KW - Visual Perception KW - 1990 DO - 10.1080/01688639008400978 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-23056-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-22892-001 AN - 1990-22892-001 AU - Craig, Robert J. AU - Olson, Ronald E. T1 - MCMI comparisons of cocaine abusers and heroin addicts. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 46 IS - 2 SP - 230 EP - 237 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-22892-001. PMID: 2324307 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Craig, Robert J.; West Side Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Drug Abuse Program, Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 19900901. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cocaine; Drug Addiction; Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory; Opiates; Test Scores. Minor Descriptor: Blacks. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. AB - 107 Black male cocaine addicts and 86 Black male opiate addicts in treatment for drug abuse were compared on the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory (MCMI). Cocaine addicts showed more traits of the antisocial personality style, whereas opiate addicts evinced more problems with anxiety and somatic distress. Analyses revealed 4 distinct clusters that aligned by underlying personality style and clinical syndrome expression rather than by drug of choice. Results do not support the pharmacodynamic theory of drug abuse. Similarities in personality between these 2 groups were greater than their differences. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory scores KW - Black male cocaine vs opiate addicted adults KW - 1990 KW - Cocaine KW - Drug Addiction KW - Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - Opiates KW - Test Scores KW - Blacks KW - 1990 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(199003)46:2<230::AID-JCLP2270460217>3.0.CO;2-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-22892-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-22889-001 AN - 1990-22889-001 AU - Calsyn, Donald A. AU - Saxon, Andrew J. AU - Daisy, Fransing T1 - Validity of the MCMI Drug Abuse Scale with drug abusing and psychiatric samples. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 46 IS - 2 SP - 244 EP - 246 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-22889-001. PMID: 2324309 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Calsyn, Donald A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Drug Dependency Treatment Program, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19900901. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cocaine; Drug Abuse; Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory; Opiates; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. AB - Studied the validity of the Drug Abuse scale (T) from the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory (MCMI) by administering the MCMI to 75 White male veterans in treatment for opioid or cocaine dependence and 60 non-drug dependent White male veterans who were receiving psychiatric care. Only 39.4% of drug-abusing Ss were classified correctly, while only 12% of psychiatric Ss were misclassified. The MCMI T scale is limited in its ability to identify drug users but is also unlikely to misclassify psychiatric patients as drug abusers when they are not. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory Drug Abuse scale KW - opioid vs cocaine vs nondrug dependent White male veterans KW - 1990 KW - Cocaine KW - Drug Abuse KW - Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - Opiates KW - Test Validity KW - Military Veterans KW - 1990 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(199003)46:2<244::AID-JCLP2270460219>3.0.CO;2-P UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-22889-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-22685-001 AN - 1990-22685-001 AU - Davis, William E. AU - Greenblatt, Richard L. AU - Pochyly, Jonathan M. T1 - Test of MCMI Black norms for five scales. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 46 IS - 2 SP - 175 EP - 178 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-22685-001. PMID: 2324300 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, William E.; Edward G. Hines, Jr. Veterans Administration Memorial Hosp, Psychology Service, Hines, IL, US. Release Date: 19900901. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Educational Background; Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory; Racial and Ethnic Differences; Schizophrenia; Test Scores. Minor Descriptor: Blacks; Psychopathology; Whites. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. AB - Analyzed the effects of race (Black vs White), education (high school graduate vs less than high school education), and diagnosis (schizophrenic vs nonschizophrenic) on the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory (MCMI) Asocial, Avoidant, Schizotypal, Psychotic Thinking, and Psychotic Delusions scale scores obtained from 310 (194 White and 116 Black) male psychiatric inpatients. Special norms for Black and White patients provided in the MCMI manual supplement (T. Millon, 1984) were used to compute scale scores. Race was the only significant effect; Blacks scored higher than Whites on the Asocial, Avoidant, Psychotic Thinking, and Psychotic Delusions scales. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - race & high school education & schizophrenic vs other diagnosis KW - Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory scale scores KW - Black vs White male psychiatric patients KW - 1990 KW - Educational Background KW - Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - Racial and Ethnic Differences KW - Schizophrenia KW - Test Scores KW - Blacks KW - Psychopathology KW - Whites KW - 1990 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(199003)46:2<175::AID-JCLP2270460208>3.0.CO;2-Q UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-22685-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-22262-001 AN - 1990-22262-001 AU - Koenig, Harold G. AU - Siegler, Ilene C. AU - Meador, Keith G. AU - George, Linda K. T1 - Religious coping and personality in later life. JF - International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry JO - International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry JA - Int J Geriatr Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/03//Mar-Apr, 1990 VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 123 EP - 131 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0885-6230 SN - 1099-1166 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-22262-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Koenig, Harold G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Education & Clinical Ctr, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19900901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Personality Traits; Religious Beliefs. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Mar-Apr, 1990. AB - Based on responses to open-ended coping (COP) questions, 100 adults (aged 55–80 yrs) were categorized as religious (RCs) or nonreligious copers (NCs). There were few differences between groups when mean scores on 16 personality traits were compared. However, RCs were less aggressive or hostile, and more humble, submissive, responsible, conscientious, and moralistic than NCs. Over 6 yrs stability or change in personality was not related to COP style. No evidence was found to support the notion that religious COP over the years results in an unhealthy repression of lower impulses, prevents resolution of intrapsychic conflict, or predisposes to anxiety or neurotic personality traits in later life. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality KW - religious coping KW - 55–80 yr olds KW - 1990 KW - Coping Behavior KW - Personality Traits KW - Religious Beliefs KW - 1990 DO - 10.1002/gps.930050210 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-22262-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-22041-001 AN - 1990-22041-001 AU - Levin, Edward D. AU - Lee, Charles AU - Rose, Jed E. AU - Reyes, Antonio AU - Ellison, Gaylord AU - Jarvik, Murray AU - Gritz, Ellen T1 - Chronic nicotine and withdrawal effects on radial-arm maze performance in rats. JF - Behavioral & Neural Biology JO - Behavioral & Neural Biology JA - Behav Neural Biol Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 53 IS - 2 SP - 269 EP - 276 CY - US PB - Academic Press SN - 0163-1047 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-22041-001. PMID: 2331235 Other Journal Title: Behavioral Biology; Communications in Behavioral Biology. Part A. Original Articles; Neurobiology of Learning and Memory. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levin, Edward D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Nicotine Research Lab, Durham, NC, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19900901. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Choice Behavior; Maze Learning; Nicotine. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. AB - Examined whether chronic nicotine administration would improve choice accuracy in a nonstressful cognitive task (the radial-arm maze test) in 37 female rats. Ss were tested for choice accuracy during and after chronic administration of nicotine via implanted glass and Silastic capsules. Nicotine administration significantly improved choice accuracy in Ss relative to controls. The effect gradually became apparent over the first 2 wks of exposure and persisted through the 3rd wk. Significant facilitation of the nicotine-treated Ss relative to controls continued for 2 wks after the end of nicotine administration. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chronic nicotine KW - choice accuracy in radial arm maze performance KW - female rats KW - 1990 KW - Choice Behavior KW - Maze Learning KW - Nicotine KW - Rats KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0163-1047(90)90509-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-22041-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-21467-001 AN - 1990-21467-001 AU - Roberts, Richard J. AU - Hamsher, Kerry D. AU - Bayless, John D. AU - Lee, Gregory P. T1 - Presidents Test performance in varieties of diffuse and unilateral cerebral disease. JF - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JO - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JA - J Clin Exp Neuropsychol Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 12 IS - 2 SP - 195 EP - 208 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 1380-3395 SN - 1744-411X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-21467-001. PMID: 2341550 Other Journal Title: Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Roberts, Richard J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 19900901. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Disorders; Dementia; Episodic Memory; Measurement; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Mental Confusion; Test Performance. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. AB - Examined the validity of the Presidents Test (K. deS. Hamsher, 1982). Study 1 substantiated that impairment for recent presidents occurs frequently in multifocal and diffuse cerebral disease. Performances of 31 normal elderly Ss (mean age 67 yrs) on all 4 subtests were superior to those of 51 Ss with confusional state, dementia, or dementia and confusion (aged 45+ yrs). In Study 2, memory impairment for recent presidents was rare among 40 patients (mean age 55 yrs) with right-hemisphere (RH) lesions and 40 patients (mean age 61 yrs) with left-hemisphere (LH) lesions. A selective impairment in temporal sequencing was preferentially associated with RH disease; verbal deficits were more common in Ss with LH lesions. Findings document the validity of the Presidents Test. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of Presidents Test KW - assessment of memory of episodic events KW - elderly with multifocal or diffuse cerebral disease or confusion and/or dementia KW - 1990 KW - Brain Disorders KW - Dementia KW - Episodic Memory KW - Measurement KW - Test Validity KW - Mental Confusion KW - Test Performance KW - 1990 DO - 10.1080/01688639008400967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-21467-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-09686-001 AN - 1991-09686-001 AU - Powell, D. A. AU - Furchtgott, Ernest AU - Henderson, Marian AU - Prescott, Louisa AU - Mitchell, Alma AU - Hartis, Patricia AU - Valentine, James D. AU - Milligan, W. L. T1 - Some determinants of attrition in prospective studies on aging. JF - Experimental Aging Research JO - Experimental Aging Research JA - Exp Aging Res Y1 - 1990///Spr-Sum 1990 VL - 16 IS - 1-2 SP - 17 EP - 24 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0361-073X SN - 1096-4657 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-09686-001. PMID: 2265661 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Powell, D. A.; William Jennings Bryan Dorn Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuroscience Lab, Columbia, SC, US. Release Date: 19910401. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Demographic Characteristics; Experimentation; Health; Psychosocial Factors. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Spr-Sum 1990. AB - Demographic measures, psychosocial variables, and objective and subjective measures of physical impairment were assessed in 136 elderly men (aged 65–85 yrs) twice at intervals of 12–18 mo. Canonical discriminant function analysis of the relationship between these predictor variables on the first testing and whether participants (1) returned for retesting, (2) did not return because of apparent disinterest, or (3) did not return because of illness or death, revealed 2 significant canonical variates. The first, characterized by decreased mental and physical capacity, discriminated between the deceased/ill group and the other 2 groups. The second was characterized by decreased social interaction and life satisfaction, and increased life events, and distinguished between the disinterested group and the other 2 groups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - demographic & psychosocial variables & objective & subjective measures of physical impairment KW - attrition from research KW - male 65–85 yr olds KW - 12–18 mo followup KW - 1990 KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - Experimentation KW - Health KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - Followup Studies KW - 1990 DO - 10.1080/03610739008253870 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-09686-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-20862-001 AN - 1990-20862-001 AU - Gillin, J. Christian AU - Smith, Tom L. AU - Irwin, Michael AU - Kripke, Daniel F. AU - Schuckit, Marc T1 - EEG sleep studies in 'pure' primary alcoholism during subacute withdrawal: Relationships to normal controls, age, and other clinical variables. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 27 IS - 5 SP - 477 EP - 488 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-20862-001. PMID: 2310803 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gillin, J. Christian; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, La Jolla, CA, US. Release Date: 19900801. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Drug Withdrawal; Electroencephalography; Sleep. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. AB - Compared EEG sleep recordings in 31 male alcoholic inpatients (aged 26–61 yrs) who had been abstinent for about 17 days and 34 age- and sex-matched normal controls (CTLs). Compared with CTLs, patients took longer to fall asleep, slept less, and had poor sleep efficiency. Sleep loss reflected reduced nonrapid eye movement (NREM) sleep, especially stage 2 sleep, stage 4 sleep, and total delta (stage 3 and 4) sleep. Patients had higher REM density of the 1st REM period. Sleep deteriorated with age in both patients and CTLs, with younger patients showing sleep patterns typical of older CTLs. The shorter the duration of sobriety at the time of the study, the later patients went to bed and fell asleep. The number of drinks per drinking day in the 3 mo before admission was directly related to the duration of the 1st REM period. The maximum number of withdrawal symptoms patients had ever experienced was inversely related to the amount of delta sleep. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EEG sleep recordings KW - 26–61 yr old alcoholic male inpatients in subacute withdrawal vs healthy controls KW - 1990 KW - Alcoholism KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Electroencephalography KW - Sleep KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(90)90439-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-20862-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-1502-8431 UR - DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-20492-001 AN - 1990-20492-001 AU - Pekala, Ronald J. AU - Forbes, Elizabeth J. T1 - Subjective effects of several stress management strategies: With reference to attention. JF - Behavioral Medicine JO - Behavioral Medicine JA - Behav Med Y1 - 1990///Spr 1990 VL - 16 IS - 1 SP - 39 EP - 43 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0896-4289 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-20492-001. PMID: 2182141 Other Journal Title: Journal of Human Stress. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pekala, Ronald J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Coatesville, PA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19900801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Hypnosis; Progressive Relaxation Therapy; Respiration; Stress Management. Classification: Behavior Therapy & Behavior Modification (3312). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1990. AB - Assessed variations in reported attentional experience (ATE) associated with stress management (STM) techniques (hypnosis, progressive relaxation, deep abdominal breathing) and baseline (eyes closed) as a function of hypnotic susceptibility as measured by the Harvard Group Scale of Hypnotic Susceptibility. 300 nursing students experienced the STM conditions and afterward completed a self-report inventory of ATE in reference to each condition. Progressive relaxation, hypnosis, and deep abdominal breathing were characterized by differences in reported ATE that are further moderated by an individual's hypnotic susceptibility. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stress management technique of hypnosis or progressive relaxation or deep abdominal breathing or eyes closed KW - attentional experience KW - nursing students KW - 1990 KW - Attention KW - Hypnosis KW - Progressive Relaxation Therapy KW - Respiration KW - Stress Management KW - 1990 DO - 10.1080/08964289.1990.9934590 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-20492-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-20029-001 AN - 1990-20029-001 AU - Donovan, Dennis M. AU - Umlauf, Robert L. AU - Salzberg, Philip M. T1 - Bad drivers: Identification of a target group for alcohol-related prevention and early intervention. JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 51 IS - 2 SP - 136 EP - 141 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0096-882X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-20029-001. PMID: 2308351 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs; Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Donovan, Dennis M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Addictions Treatment Ctr, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19900801. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drivers; Driving Under the Influence; Legal Arrest. Minor Descriptor: Prevention. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. AB - Investigated whether 254 male 'bad drivers' (BDs) with a history of multiple nonalcohol-related driving convictions would be more likely to receive an initial arrest for driving while intoxicated (DWI) than would males in the general driving population (GDP). It was found that 11.4% of BDs received an initial DWI arrest over a 3-yr period compared with a 2% figure among men from the GDP. The same high rate of subsequent DWI arrest among drivers having 4 or more driving offenses within the index year was found in a sample of 39,011 drivers from the GDP. Ss from the original group of BDs who received an initial DWI had significantly higher levels of drinking than those who did not receive a DWI. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - likelihood of DWI arrest KW - drivers with history of multiple nonalcoholic related driving convictions KW - preventive implications KW - 1990 KW - Drivers KW - Driving Under the Influence KW - Legal Arrest KW - Prevention KW - 1990 DO - 10.15288/jsa.1990.51.136 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-20029-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-20023-001 AN - 1990-20023-001 AU - Burk, Jeffrey P. AU - Sher, Kenneth J. T1 - Labeling the child of an alcoholic: Negative stereotyping by mental health professionals and peers. JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 51 IS - 2 SP - 156 EP - 163 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0096-882X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-20023-001. PMID: 2308354 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs; Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Burk, Jeffrey P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Dallas, TX, US. Release Date: 19900801. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Offspring; Stereotyped Attitudes. Minor Descriptor: Adolescent Attitudes; Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis); Health Personnel Attitudes; Mental Health Personnel. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. AB - Investigated the possibility of negative stereotypes toward children of alcoholics (COAs) emanating from peers and from the mental health community. In Study 1, 570 15–19 yr olds rated separate roles (typical teenagers, teenagers with an alcoholic parent, and mentally ill teenagers) using 11 bipolar adjective pairs. Ss rated COAs as significantly different overall from both typical teenagers and mentally ill teenagers. When individual nonsignificant differences occurred, COAs were more often grouped with mentally ill teenagers. In Study 2, 80 adult mental health workers who viewed videotaped interviews judged adolescent targets labeled COA as more pathological than those labeled non-COA. These judgments held regardless of the teenagers' labeled current behavior. Both studies demonstrated robust negative stereotypes about COAs both from the COAs' peers and from those responsible for treating COAs. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - negative stereotypes toward children of alcoholics KW - 15–19 yr olds & adult mental health workers KW - 1990 KW - Alcoholism KW - Offspring KW - Stereotyped Attitudes KW - Adolescent Attitudes KW - Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis) KW - Health Personnel Attitudes KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - 1990 DO - 10.15288/jsa.1990.51.156 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-20023-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-17558-001 AN - 1990-17558-001 AU - Fein, George AU - Van Dyke, Craig AU - Davenport, Linda AU - Turetsky, Bruce AU - Brant-Zawadzki, Michael AU - Zatz, Leslie AU - Dillon, William AU - Valk, Peter T1 - Preservation of normal cognitive functioning in elderly subjects with extensive white-matter lesions of long duration. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 47 IS - 3 SP - 220 EP - 223 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-17558-001. PMID: 2306163 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fein, George; San Francisco Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CA, US. Release Date: 19900701. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Cognitive Ability; White Matter. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. AB - Examined magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) and cognitive testing of 6 elderly persons in 1984 and 1987, along with computerized tomography (CT) scans, to determine the role of deep white-matter lesions (DWMLs) in cognitive decline. MRIs from 1984 showed extensive DWMLs in 3 Ss. There was little change in the MRIs over the 3 yrs, and Ss without DWMLs in 1984 remained that way in 1987. The maintenance of a high level of cognitive and neurologic functioning over 3–6 yrs in 2 Ss with extensive DWMLs on MRI suggests caution in attributing clinical significance to MRI findings of DWMLs. If there is an association between DWMLs and cognitive changes in elderly persons, it may be very complex. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - deep white matter lesions KW - cognitive decline KW - elderly KW - 1990 KW - Brain Damage KW - Cognitive Ability KW - White Matter KW - 1990 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1990.01810150020004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-17558-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-17419-001 AN - 1990-17419-001 AU - Cannon, Dale S. AU - Bell, William E. AU - Fowler, D. Robert AU - Penk, Walter E. AU - Finkelstein, Allan S. T1 - MMPI differences between alcoholics and drug abusers: Effect of age and race. JF - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - Psychol Assess Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 2 IS - 1 SP - 51 EP - 55 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1040-3590 SN - 1939-134X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-17419-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cannon, Dale S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Dallas, TX, US. Release Date: 19900701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Drug Dependency; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Racial and Ethnic Differences. Minor Descriptor: Blacks; Drug Rehabilitation; Military Veterans; Whites. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jun 21, 1989; Revised Date: May 30, 1989; First Submitted Date: Feb 23, 1989. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Inpatients in Veterans Administration substance-abuse treatment programs voluntarily took the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) as part of a routine clinical evaluation. The alcohol-dependence-only group (n = 207) were older (M = 49.6 years) and had a higher percentage of White Ss (72.9%) than did either the drug-dependence group (n = 49, M = 32.9 years, Whites = 53.1%) or a mixed alcohol- and drug-dependence group (n = 160, M = 35.0 years, Whites = 60.0%). Previously reported differences between alcoholics and drug abusers in depression and psychopathy were obtained when age and race were not used as covariates, but no differences were found when the effects of age and race were statistically controlled. Mixed alcohol and drug abusers had somewhat more pathological MMPI scores than did alcoholics, even when effects due to age and race were partialed out. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age & race KW - MMPI performance KW - drug vs alcohol dependent White vs Black inpatient male veterans KW - 1990 KW - Alcoholism KW - Drug Dependency KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Racial and Ethnic Differences KW - Blacks KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Military Veterans KW - Whites KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/1040-3590.2.1.51 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-17419-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-17330-001 AN - 1990-17330-001 AU - Swanson, Greg S. AU - Blount, John AU - Bruno, Ralph T1 - Comprehensive System Rorschach data on Vietnam combat veterans. JF - Journal of Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Personality Assessment JA - J Pers Assess Y1 - 1990///Spr 1990 VL - 54 IS - 1-2 SP - 160 EP - 169 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0022-3891 SN - 1532-7752 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-17330-001. PMID: 2313538 Other Journal Title: Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Swanson, Greg S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Augusta, GA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19900701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Rorschach Test. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1990. AB - Administered the Rorschach to 50 Vietnam combat veterans (aged 32–52 yrs) in treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Data were collected according to the Comprehensive Rorschach System (J. E. Exner, 1986). Ss demonstrated a low level of stress tolerance and were likely to respond impulsively to stressful situations. This low stress tolerance appears to be a long-term adjustment problem, and Ss' perception of reality was unconventional and often distorted. Data indicate that the use of structure would be important for successful therapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Rorschach structural summary data KW - 32–52 yr old Vietnam combat veterans in treatment for PTSD KW - 1990 KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Rorschach Test KW - 1990 DO - 10.1207/s15327752jpa5401&2_16 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-17330-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-17255-001 AN - 1990-17255-001 AU - Hartman, Wayne L. AU - Clark, Michael E. AU - Morgan, Mary K. AU - Dunn, Victoria K. AU - Fine, Allan AU - Perry, Glenn AU - Winsch, David T1 - Rorschach structure of a hospitalized sample of Vietnam veterans with PTSD. JF - Journal of Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Personality Assessment JA - J Pers Assess Y1 - 1990///Spr 1990 VL - 54 IS - 1-2 SP - 149 EP - 159 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0022-3891 SN - 1532-7752 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-17255-001. PMID: 2313536 Other Journal Title: Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hartman, Wayne L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Bay Pines, FL, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19900701. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Rorschach Test. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1990. AB - In an attempt to add to the literature on the use of the Rorschach protocol on Vietnam veterans showing posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptoms, protocols were administered to 41 Vietnam combat veterans (mean age 39.0 yrs) in treatment for PTSD. Administration and scoring followed the Exner Comprehensive System (ECS; J. E. Exner, 1986). Results suggest that Ss exhibit impaired reality-testing abilities and use ineffective coping strategies. Structural summary factors are presented as incipient normative data for the ECS on patients with PTSD. These protocols suggest a more severe and pervasive level of psychopathology than would be expected from theoretical descriptions of PTSD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Rorschach structural summary variables KW - Vietnam combat veterans in treatment for PTSD KW - 1990 KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Rorschach Test KW - 1990 DO - 10.1207/s15327752jpa5401&2_15 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-17255-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-17191-001 AN - 1990-17191-001 AU - Sutker, Patricia B. AU - Winstead, Daniel K. AU - Galina, Z. Harry AU - Allain, Albert N. T1 - Assessment of long-term psychosocial sequelae among POW survivors of the Korean Conflict. JF - Journal of Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Personality Assessment JA - J Pers Assess Y1 - 1990///Spr 1990 VL - 54 IS - 1-2 SP - 170 EP - 180 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0022-3891 SN - 1532-7752 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-17191-001. PMID: 2313539 Other Journal Title: Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sutker, Patricia B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, New Orleans, LA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19900701. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Traits; Prisoners of War; Psychopathology; Psychosocial Factors; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans; Sequelae. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1990. AB - Examined stress experiences and psychosocial and personality characteristics among 20 male prisoner-of-war Korean-Conflict survivors. Psychiatric interviews were conducted with each S, and Ss' psychological assessments included intellectual and personality measures; semistructured preservice, military, and postservice adjustment scales; and diagnostic interviews. Results revealed biological and psychological abuse with weight losses exceeding 35% of preservice weights and long-term cognitive, emotional, and behavioral sequelae. The full range of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptoms was seen in 90% to 100% of the cases with high prevalence of co-morbidity, specifically mood (75%), other anxiety (45%), and alcohol abuse (20%) disorders. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stress experiences & psychosocial & personality characteristics KW - psychiatric & psychological sequelae KW - male prisoner of war Korean Conflict survivors KW - 1990 KW - Personality Traits KW - Prisoners of War KW - Psychopathology KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - Stress KW - Military Veterans KW - Sequelae KW - 1990 DO - 10.1207/s15327752jpa5401&2_17 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-17191-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-16272-001 AN - 1990-16272-001 AU - Kreiman, Jody AU - Gerratt, Bruce R. AU - Precoda, Kristin T1 - Listener experience and perception of voice quality. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JA - J Speech Hear Res Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 33 IS - 1 SP - 103 EP - 115 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Assn SN - 0022-4685 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-16272-001. PMID: 2314068 Other Journal Title: Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kreiman, Jody; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19900701. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dysphonia; Experience Level; Speech Characteristics; Speech Perception. Classification: Auditory & Speech Perception (2326). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. AB - Five speech-language clinicians and 5 naive listeners rated the similarity of pairs of normal and dysphonic voices. Multidimensional scaling was used to determine voice characteristics that were perceptually important for each voice set and listener group. Naive and expert Ss attended to different aspects of voice quality when judging the similarity of both normal and pathological voices. All naive Ss used similar perceptual strategies; however, individual clinicians differed in the parameters they considered important when judging similarity. These differences were large enough to suggest that care must be taken when using data averaged across clinicians to avoid obscuring important aspects of individual perceptual behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - characteristics of dysphonic & normal voice pairs KW - expert vs naive listeners KW - 1990 KW - Dysphonia KW - Experience Level KW - Speech Characteristics KW - Speech Perception KW - 1990 DO - 10.1044/jshr.3301.103 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-16272-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-16151-001 AN - 1990-16151-001 AU - Peterson, Charles A. AU - Horowitz, Michael T1 - Perceptual robustness of the nonrelationship between psychopathology and popular responses on the Hand Test and the Rorschach. JF - Journal of Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Personality Assessment JA - J Pers Assess Y1 - 1990///Spr 1990 VL - 54 IS - 1-2 SP - 415 EP - 418 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0022-3891 SN - 1532-7752 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-16151-001. PMID: 2179522 Other Journal Title: Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Peterson, Charles A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Minneapolis, MN, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19900701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Measurement; Psychodiagnosis; Psychosis; Rorschach Test; Test Reliability. Minor Descriptor: Gestures; Hand (Anatomy). Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1990. AB - Investigated the Hand Test Populars plus Rorschach Populars to determine if they could discriminate psychotics from nonpsychotics in a sample of 124 psychiatric inpatients. Six popular responses to the Hand Test were derived from 106 undergraduates. Neither the newly established Hand Test Popular response nor the Rorschach Popular discriminated psychotic from nonpsychotic inpatients, but as expected, Rorschach x + % and Rorschach WSum6 were significant. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reliability of Hand Test plus Rorschach Populars KW - discrimination of psychosis KW - psychiatric inpatients & college students KW - 1990 KW - Measurement KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Psychosis KW - Rorschach Test KW - Test Reliability KW - Gestures KW - Hand (Anatomy) KW - 1990 DO - 10.1207/s15327752jpa5401&2_38 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-16151-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-15889-001 AN - 1990-15889-001 AU - Bossé, Raymond AU - Aldwin, Carolyn M. AU - Levenson, Michael R. AU - Workman-Daniels, Kathryn AU - Ekerdt, David J. T1 - Differences in social support among retirees and workers: Findings from the Normative Aging Study. JF - Psychology and Aging JO - Psychology and Aging JA - Psychol Aging Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 5 IS - 1 SP - 41 EP - 47 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0882-7974 SN - 1939-1498 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-15889-001. PMID: 2317300 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bossé, Raymond; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Normative Aging Study, Bedford, MA, US. Release Date: 19900601. Correction Date: 20100531. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Employee Interaction; Personnel; Retirement; Social Support. Classification: Occupational Interests & Guidance (3610). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: May 9, 1989; Revised Date: Apr 26, 1989; First Submitted Date: Oct 17, 1988. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Cross-sectional differences between retirees and workers in the importance of coworkers as a source of support, as well as in general quantitative support (social networks and frequency of interaction) and qualitative support (confidants and the perceived reliability of support) were examined. The sample consisted of 1,513 older men (mean age = 61), participants in the Normative Aging Study. Half (56%) were working, and the rest were retired. Slightly fewer retirees than workers reported coworker friends, especially among those who were long-term retirees or who did not work at all in retirement. Whereas similar findings were seen with quantitative support, workers and retirees reported nearly identical levels of qualitative support. However, retirees almost never discussed personal problems with former coworkers. The relevance of these findings for the convoy construct is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - qualitative & quantitative support of coworkers KW - retirees vs workers KW - 1990 KW - Employee Interaction KW - Personnel KW - Retirement KW - Social Support KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/0882-7974.5.1.41 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-15889-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-14493-001 AN - 1990-14493-001 AU - Yesavage, Jerome A. AU - Sheikh, Javaid I. AU - Friedman, Leah AU - Tanke, Elizabeth T1 - Learning mnemonics: Roles of aging and subtle cognitive impairment. JF - Psychology and Aging JO - Psychology and Aging JA - Psychol Aging Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 5 IS - 1 SP - 133 EP - 137 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0882-7974 SN - 1939-1498 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-14493-001. PMID: 2317292 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Yesavage, Jerome A.; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Clinical Research Ctr for the Study of Senile Dementia, CA, US. Release Date: 19900601. Correction Date: 20100531. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Cognitive Impairment; Mnemonic Learning; Physiological Aging. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jul 13, 1989; Revised Date: Jun 30, 1989; First Submitted Date: May 2, 1989. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Previously validated methods of memory training were used in conjunction with the Folstein Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE) to explore the relationship between complexity of learned mnemonic, aging, and subtle cognitive impairment. Subjects were 218 community-dwelling elderly. Treatment included imagery mnemonics for remembering names and faces and lists. There was a significant interaction among age, type of learning task (face-name vs. list), and improvement when controlling for MMSE score. There was also a significant interaction among MMSE score, type of learning task, and improvement when controlling for age. Scores on the more complex list-learning mnemonic were more affected by age and MMSE scores than were scores on the face-name mnemonic. Implications for the findings for cognitive training of the old and the impaired are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - aging & subtle cognitive impairment KW - complexity of learned mnemonics KW - 55–87 yr olds KW - 1990 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Cognitive Impairment KW - Mnemonic Learning KW - Physiological Aging KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/0882-7974.5.1.133 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-14493-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2016-27365-001 AN - 2016-27365-001 AU - Weaver, Frances M. AU - Bryant, Fred B. T1 - An analysis of decision making in discharge planning. JF - Evaluation & the Health Professions JO - Evaluation & the Health Professions JA - Eval Health Prof Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 13 IS - 1 SP - 121 EP - 142 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0163-2787 SN - 1552-3918 AD - Weaver, Frances M., Hines Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, IL, US, 60141 N1 - Accession Number: 2016-27365-001. PMID: 10128556 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weaver, Frances M.; Hines Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, IL, US. Release Date: 20160613. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Decision Making; Discharge Planning; Medical Personnel. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 22. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. Copyright Statement: Sage Publications, Inc. 1990. AB - A repeated-measures design was used to examine medical professionals' discharge planning strategies. Physicians, residents, nurses, and social workers were presented with 16 hypothetical case scenarios and asked to: (1) rate the appropriateness of four discharge options (nursing home, community nursing, adult day, and outpatient clinic care), and (2) select the most appropriate discharge plan for each case. Four within-group variables were included in the scenarios: physical impairment, caregiver availability, follow-up required, and patient compliance. Decisions were greatly influenced by caregiver availability. When a caregiver was available, respondents preferred community-based options (i.e., community nursing care or outpatient clinic); if the case involved complications (i.e., severe physical impairment, heavy follow-up, noncompliant patient), they considered community nursing care more appropriate than outpatient clinic. When a caregiver was unavailable, respondents preferred institution-based options (i.e., nursing home or adult daycare); if there were complications, they considered nursing home more appropriate that adult daycare. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - decision making KW - discharge planning KW - medical professionals KW - 1990 KW - Decision Making KW - Discharge Planning KW - Medical Personnel KW - 1990 DO - 10.1177/016327879001300107 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2016-27365-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-23387-001 AN - 1990-23387-001 AU - Ciraulo, Domenic A. AU - Antal, Edward J. AU - Smith, Randall B. AU - Olson, David R. AU - Goldberg, David A. AU - Rand, Elizabeth H. AU - Raskin, Robert B. AU - Phillips, J. Paul AU - Shader, Richard I. AU - Greenblatt, David J. T1 - The relationship of alprazolam dose to steady-state plasma concentrations. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology JA - J Clin Psychopharmacol Y1 - 1990/02// VL - 10 IS - 1 SP - 27 EP - 32 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0271-0749 SN - 1533-712X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-23387-001. PMID: 2407754 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ciraulo, Domenic A.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychiatry Service, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19900901. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Agoraphobia; Alprazolam; Drug Therapy; Panic Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Avoidance; Blood Plasma; Drug Dosages; Physiological Correlates; Social Phobia. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Trial; Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1990. AB - Examined the relationship between chronic oral doses of alprazolam (APZ) and steady-state plasma concentrations in a parallel, double-blind, placebo-controlled study of 36 patients (aged 20–57 yrs) with agoraphobia with panic attacks or panic disorder with limited phobic avoidance. 25 Ss received APZ and 11 received placebo. APZ dosage was begun at 1 mg/day and increased weekly until either a maximum tolerated dose or 10 mg/day was achieved. Plasma APZ levels were linearly related to dose, with a 1 mg increment in dose producing a corresponding 10 ng/ml increase in steady state levels. There was a positive correlation between response and plasma level up to about 60 ng/ml (corresponding to dosages of about 6 mg daily). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alprazolam & steady state plasma concentrations KW - 20–57 yr olds with agoraphobia with panic attacks or panic disorder with limited phobic avoidance KW - 1990 KW - Agoraphobia KW - Alprazolam KW - Drug Therapy KW - Panic Disorder KW - Avoidance KW - Blood Plasma KW - Drug Dosages KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Social Phobia KW - 1990 DO - 10.1097/00004714-199002000-00005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-23387-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0001-7706-8765 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-22612-001 AN - 1990-22612-001 AU - Faustman, William O. AU - Moses, J. A. AU - Csernansky, J. G. T1 - Limitations of the Mini-Mental State Examination in predicting neuropsychological functioning in a psychiatric sample. JF - Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica JO - Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica JA - Acta Psychiatr Scand Y1 - 1990/02// VL - 81 IS - 2 SP - 126 EP - 131 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0001-690X SN - 1600-0447 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-22612-001. PMID: 2327274 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Faustman, William O.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Stanford/Veterans Administration Mental Health Clinical Research Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19900901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neuropsychological Assessment; Neuropsychology; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1990. AB - Examined the relationship between scores on the Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE) and subsequent performance on the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery (LNNB) on a diagnostically mixed sample of 90 men (aged 23–66 yrs). Correlations between the tests were statistically significant but modest. The MMSE did not detect many patients who demonstrated significant deficits on the LNNB. Additional correlational analyses between the MMSE and the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Revised (WAIS—R) in a subset of 72 patients also showed a modest relationship. The MMSE may seriously underestimate cognitive impairment in samples exclusively composed of psychiatric patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - scores on Mini Mental State Examination KW - prediction of Luria Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery scores KW - male 23–66 yr old psychiatric patients KW - 1990 KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Neuropsychology KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1990 DO - 10.1111/j.1600-0447.1990.tb06464.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-22612-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-22012-001 AN - 1990-22012-001 AU - Halliday, Roy AU - Gregory, Keith AU - Naylor, Hilary AU - Callaway, Enoch AU - Yano, Lovelle T1 - Beyond drug effects and dependent variables: The use of the Poisson–Erlang model to assess the effects of d-amphetamine on information processing. JF - Acta Psychologica JO - Acta Psychologica JA - Acta Psychol (Amst) Y1 - 1990/02// VL - 73 IS - 1 SP - 35 EP - 54 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0001-6918 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-22012-001. PMID: 2180255 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Halliday, Roy; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Francisco, CA, US. Release Date: 19900901. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Choice Behavior; Dextroamphetamine; Pimozide; Reaction Time; Stochastic Modeling. Minor Descriptor: Drug Interactions; Human Information Storage; Task Complexity. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 20. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1990. AB - Applied the Poisson-Erlang (PE) stochastic model of choice reaction time (RT) proposed by J. P. M. Pieters (see record [rid]1986-21158-001[/rid]) to the RT distribution. RTs were collected from 16 males (aged 21–30 yrs) using a task with easy and hard stimulus and response complexity. Ss were tested pre- and postadministration of placebo, dextro-amphetamine (DAMP), pimozide, and a combination of DAMP and pimozide. Processing time (PT), mean time per distraction, distraction rate, and total distraction time per trial were measured. Mean RT and PT were increased by both stimulus and response complexities. DAMP speeded mean RT. However, this effect did not interact with the task factors. DAMP speeded processing and reduced distraction. Processing was speeded only in the hard response condition; distraction time was reduced only in the easy response condition. The PE model can be successfully applied to fast RT tasks. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dextroamphetamine &/vs pimozide & task complexity KW - information processing & choice RT evaluated by Poisson Erlang stochastic model KW - male 21–30 yr olds KW - 1990 KW - Choice Behavior KW - Dextroamphetamine KW - Pimozide KW - Reaction Time KW - Stochastic Modeling KW - Drug Interactions KW - Human Information Storage KW - Task Complexity KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0001-6918(90)90057-M UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-22012-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-08259-001 AN - 1991-08259-001 AU - Rogalski, Carol J. T1 - The Addiction Severity Index: Predicting relationship to a hospital and a professional. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1990/02// VL - 25 IS - 2 SP - 179 EP - 193 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-08259-001. PMID: 2228332 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rogalski, Carol J.; Veterans Administration West Side Medical Ctr, Chicago, IL, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19910301. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Nineteenth Annual Conference of the Society for Psychotherapy Research (1988, Santa Fe, New Mexico). Major Descriptor: Client Attitudes; Drug Rehabilitation; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Drug Abuse. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1990. AB - 190 self-identified substance abusers (aged 20–47 yrs) in a detoxification unit completed the Addiction Severity Index (ASI) of A. T. McLellan et al (1980) in a study of the importance of mental life (i.e., the patient's desire for psychological intervention) in the stabilization of addicts. When discharge type was predicted from the ASI and the S's reaction to one treatment provider was not considered, the factors important in maintaining an S in treatment were (1) medical need, (2) frequency of detoxifications, (3) the amount of heroin used, (4) the amount of subjective distress, (5) the admission of problems with friends, and (6) whether or not the S was Black. When discharge type was predicted considering the desire for a relationship with the treatment provider, psychological, physiological, and sociological factors became more apparent. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - desire for psychological intervention KW - stabilization of addiction KW - 20–47 yr old substance abusers in detoxification unit KW - conference presentation KW - 1990 KW - Client Attitudes KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Drug Abuse KW - 1990 DO - 10.3109/10826089009056207 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-08259-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-20814-001 AN - 1990-20814-001 AU - Rosenheck, Robert AU - Massari, Louis AU - Astrachan, Boris M. T1 - The impact of DRG-based budgeting on inpatient psychiatric care in Veterans Administration Medical Centers. JF - Medical Care JO - Medical Care JA - Med Care Y1 - 1990/02// VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 124 EP - 134 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0025-7079 SN - 1537-1948 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-20814-001. PMID: 2105414 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rosenheck, Robert; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Northeast Program Evaluation Ctr, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19900801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Costs and Cost Analysis; Diagnosis Related Groups; Health Care Delivery; Hospital Programs; Mental Health Services. Minor Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Drug Rehabilitation; Hospitalized Patients; Military Veterans; Psychopathology. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1990. AB - Assessed the impact of the system of diagnosis-related groups (DRGs) on psychiatric care on all Veterans Administration discharges for psychiatric or substance abuse disorders that occurred during the 4 yrs before and the 4 yrs after this system was implemented. During the 4 yrs following the implementation of DRG-based budgeting, the number of annual discharges increased by 28.7%, and the number of unique patients discharged increased by 15.5%. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - DRG based budgeting KW - inpatient psychiatric care at VA medical centers KW - veterans with psychiatric or substance abuse disorders KW - 1990 KW - Costs and Cost Analysis KW - Diagnosis Related Groups KW - Health Care Delivery KW - Hospital Programs KW - Mental Health Services KW - Drug Abuse KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Military Veterans KW - Psychopathology KW - 1990 DO - 10.1097/00005650-199002000-00003 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-20814-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-20315-001 AN - 1990-20315-001 AU - Maletta, Gabe J. T1 - The concept of 'reversible' dementia: How nonreliable terminology may impair effective treatment. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1990/02// VL - 38 IS - 2 SP - 136 EP - 140 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-20315-001. PMID: 2299117 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Maletta, Gabe J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Minneapolis, MN, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19900801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dementia; Psychological Terminology; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Memory Decay. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1990. AB - Argues that in the dementia literature, there is in some areas a lack of clarity and rigor regarding terminology. The variety of definitions of dementia, and especially the label, 'reversible dementia,' exemplifies this problem. Disease-specific dementias, pseudodementia, and delirium are 3 clinical situations that may or may not be classified as 'reversible dementias,' depending on individual training, custom, and jargon. Use of the term 'reversible dementia' may cause misunderstanding and inefficiency and benefits neither patient nor caregiver. The problems inherent in using this term are illustrated by the case vignette of a 72-yr-old retired male school principal with a 4-yr history of progressive memory loss. The fact that all patients with cognitive/functional decline are treatable must be emphasized. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - use of term 'reversible dementia' KW - impairment of treatment KW - 72 yr old male with progressive memory loss KW - 1990 KW - Dementia KW - Psychological Terminology KW - Treatment KW - Memory Decay KW - 1990 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1990.tb03474.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-20315-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-20196-001 AN - 1990-20196-001 AU - Litz, Brett T. AU - Zeiss, Antonette M. AU - Davies, Helen D. T1 - Sexual concerns of male spouses of female Alzheimer's disease patients. JF - The Gerontologist JO - The Gerontologist JA - Gerontologist Y1 - 1990/02// VL - 30 IS - 1 SP - 113 EP - 116 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0016-9013 SN - 1758-5341 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-20196-001. PMID: 2311953 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Litz, Brett T.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19900801. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Caregivers; Sexual Function Disturbances. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Erection (Penis); Husbands. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1990. AB - The attendant cognitive changes that occur in the Alzheimer's patient present the caregiver with many, often conflicting, challenges to a couple's sexual functioning. These issues are highlighted by the case study of a 72-yr-old man who was the primary caregiver of his wife diagnosed with Alzheimer's disease 6 yrs previously. The S reported an erectile dysfunction directly stemming from stressful changes that had occurred in his relationship to his wife. General themes and relevant hypotheses are derived and clinical practice implications are explored. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sexual concerns & erectile dysfunction KW - 72 yr old husband of patient with Alzheimer's disease KW - case report KW - clinical practice implications KW - 1990 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Caregivers KW - Sexual Function Disturbances KW - Case Report KW - Erection (Penis) KW - Husbands KW - 1990 DO - 10.1093/geront/30.1.113 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-20196-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-19934-001 AN - 1990-19934-001 AU - Van Kammen, Daniel P. AU - Peters, Jeffrey AU - Yao, Jeffrey AU - Van Kammen, Welmoet B. AU - Neylan, Thomas AU - Shaw, David AU - Linnoila, Markku T1 - Norepinephrine in acute exacerbations of chronic schizophrenia: Negative symptoms revisited. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/02// VL - 47 IS - 2 SP - 161 EP - 168 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-19934-001. PMID: 1689140 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Kammen, Daniel P.; Highland Drive Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19900801. Correction Date: 20130513. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Haloperidol; Norepinephrine; Norepinephrine Metabolites; Relapse (Disorders); Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Cerebrospinal Fluid; Severity (Disorders); Symptoms. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1990. AB - Hypothesized that cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) norepinephrine (NE) and 3-methoxy-4-hydroxyphenylglycol (MHPG) would be negatively related to severity of negative symptoms in 32 male schizophrenics (aged 20–51 yrs). At lumbar puncture, CSF NE and MHPG levels were increased in Ss who relapsed. Negative symptoms correlated significantly with CSF NE and MHPG. Relapse following haloperidol withdrawal was associated with both increased negative symptoms and increased CSF NE and MHPG. Increased noradrenergic activity may be associated with relapse, and residual negative symptoms might be related to decreased central nervous system (CNS) noradrenergic activity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chronic haloperidol & relapse KW - CSF norepinephrine & MHPG & severity of negative symptoms KW - schizophrenic male 20–51 yr olds KW - 1990 KW - Haloperidol KW - Norepinephrine KW - Norepinephrine Metabolites KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - Schizophrenia KW - Cerebrospinal Fluid KW - Severity (Disorders) KW - Symptoms KW - 1990 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1990.01810140061009 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-19934-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-19910-001 AN - 1990-19910-001 AU - Paulman, Ronald G. AU - Devous, Michael D. AU - Gregory, Rodrick R. AU - Herman, John H. AU - Jennings, Linda AU - Bonte, Frederick J. AU - Nasrallah, Henry A. AU - Raese, Joachim D. T1 - Hypofrontality and cognitive impairment in schizophrenia: Dynamic single-photon tomography and neuropsychological assessment of schizophrenic brain function. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/02// VL - 27 IS - 4 SP - 377 EP - 399 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-19910-001. PMID: 2106922 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Paulman, Ronald G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Psychiatry Service, Schizophrenia Research Ctr, Dallas, TX, US. Release Date: 19900801. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blood Flow; Brain; Cognitive Ability; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Neuropsychology. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 23. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1990. AB - Assessed regional cerebral blood flow (rCBF) in 20 medicated and 20 unmedicated chronic male schizophrenic patients (aged 23–46 yrs) and 31 age- and sex-matched normal controls using dynamic single-photon emission computed tomography. Patients exhibited significant bifrontal and bitemporal rCBF deficits. Frontal flow deficits were most prominent in the 21 paranoid patients, and right temporal deficits were most prominent in the remaining nonparanoid patients. These relative regional declines were observed within the context of significantly elevated hemispheric blood flow in patients compared with controls. Reduced left frontal rCBF was associated with neuropsychological impairment on the Wisconsin Card Sorting Test and Luria-Nebraska Battery. Increased hemispheric CBF was correlated with the presence of positive schizophrenic symptoms. Hypofrontality has important implications for cognitive function in some schizophrenic individuals. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - regional cerebral blood flow & neuropsychological impairment KW - schizophrenic male 23–46 yr olds KW - 1990 KW - Blood Flow KW - Brain KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Schizophrenia KW - Neuropsychology KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(90)90549-H UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-19910-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-19907-001 AN - 1990-19907-001 AU - Paige, Stephen R. AU - Reid, Graham M. AU - Allen, Mary G. AU - Newton, Joseph E. T1 - Psychophysiological correlates of posttraumatic stress disorder in Vietnam veterans. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/02// VL - 27 IS - 4 SP - 419 EP - 430 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-19907-001. PMID: 2310797 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Paige, Stephen R.; John L. McClellan Memorial Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychiatric Research Lab, North Little Rock, AR, US. Release Date: 19900801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Evoked Potentials; Heart Rate; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1990. AB - Measured event-related brain potential component amplitudes and heart rate (HR) to 4 intensities of randomly presented tones in 12 male Vietnam veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and 6 normal combat veterans. There was a significant group by intensity interaction for P2 peak amplitude at vertex. Ss were classified as augmenters or reducers, with positive P2 slopes as a function of stimulus intensity implying augmentation and negative slopes implying reduction. As predicted, 9 PTSD Ss were reducers and 5 normal controls were augmenters. By the 3rd and 4th sec following tone onset, the mean HR of PTSD Ss increased more than twice that of controls. HR change scores were significantly responsive to the manipulation of stimulus intensity and to the difference between groups. P2 reduction differentiated Vietnam veterans with and without combat-related PTSD, and PTSD Ss were more autonomically arousable than their combat veteran peers. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - random tones KW - EP component amplitudes & heart rate KW - Vietnam veterans with PTSD KW - 1990 KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Heart Rate KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(90)90552-D UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-19907-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-19895-001 AN - 1990-19895-001 AU - Metzer, W. Steven AU - Newton, Joseph E. AU - Steele, Russell W. AU - Claybrook, Marsha AU - Paige, Stephen R. AU - McMillan, D. E. AU - Hays, Sarah T1 - HLA antigens in tardive dyskinesia. JF - Journal of Neuroimmunology JO - Journal of Neuroimmunology JA - J Neuroimmunol Y1 - 1990/02// VL - 26 IS - 2 SP - 179 EP - 181 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-5728 SN - 1872-8421 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-19895-001. PMID: 2298884 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Metzer, W. Steven; McClellan Memorial Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Service, Little Rock, AR, US. Release Date: 19900801. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antigens; Lymphocytes; Schizophrenia; Tardive Dyskinesia. Minor Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Neuroleptic Drugs. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1990. AB - 53 male neuroleptic-treated patients with chronic schizophrenia were examined for the presence of tardive dyskinesia (TD) and were tissue typed. 25 TD Ss were compared with 28 Ss without TD. The human lymphocyte-antigen (HLA)-DR4 was more prevalent in the group with TD than in the group without TD, with a relative risk of 3.04 for TD with HLA-DR4 present; this finding was not significant when corrected for the number of nonparametric comparisons. Results are discussed in terms of other studies (e.g., R. T. Canoso et al, 1982) reporting an association between HLA-B44 and TD or between HLA-B44 and neuroleptic-induced parkinsonism. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - presence of tardive dyskinesia & human lymphocyte antigen HLA-DR4 KW - neuroleptic treated males with chronic schizophrenia KW - 1990 KW - Antigens KW - Lymphocytes KW - Schizophrenia KW - Tardive Dyskinesia KW - Drug Therapy KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0165-5728(90)90089-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-19895-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-19838-001 AN - 1990-19838-001 AU - Faustman, William O. AU - Faull, Kym F. AU - Whiteford, Harvey A. AU - Borchert, Catherine AU - Csernansky, John G. T1 - CSF 5-HIAA, serum cortisol, and age differentially predict vegetative and cognitive symptoms in depression. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/02// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 311 EP - 318 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-19838-001. PMID: 1689187 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Faustman, William O.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19900801. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Major Depression; Physiological Correlates; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Hydrocortisone; Hydroxyindoleacetic Acid (5-). Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1990. AB - Reported the ability of cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) 5-hydroxyindoleacetic acid (5-HIAA), age, and serum cortisol levels (SCLs) to predict vegetative and cognitive symptom clusters of the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression. 30 male inpatients (aged 26–66 yrs) with major depression participated in serum cortisol collection and a lumbar puncture for CSF. The multiple regression was highly significant overall and found that age and SCL predicted vegetative symptoms. The regression to predict the cognitive cluster narrowly missed overall significance. CSF 5-HIAA and SCL predicted cognitive symptoms and 5-HIAA predicted the cognitive cluster. Age did not predict symptoms. Results suggest a dissociation between SCLs and CSF 5-HIAA in predicting vegetative and cognitive symptom clusters in depression. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - CSF 5-HIAA & age & serum cortisol levels KW - prediction of vegetative & cognitive symptom clusters KW - 26–66 yr old males with major depression KW - 1990 KW - Age Differences KW - Major Depression KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Symptoms KW - Hydrocortisone KW - Hydroxyindoleacetic Acid (5-) KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(90)90005-M UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-19838-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-19580-001 AN - 1990-19580-001 AU - Rogers, Robert L. AU - Meyer, John S. AU - Mortel, Karl F. T1 - After reaching retirement age physical activity sustains cerebral perfusion and cognition. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1990/02// VL - 38 IS - 2 SP - 123 EP - 128 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-19580-001. PMID: 2299115 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rogers, Robert L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Cerebral Blood Flow Lab, Houston, TX, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19900801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Activity Level; Cognitive Ability; Employment Status; Physical Activity; Physiological Aging. Minor Descriptor: Cerebral Cortex; Longitudinal Studies; Physiological Correlates; Retirement. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1990. AB - Among neurologically normal volunteers approaching age 65 yrs with an option for retirement, a 4-yr prospective longitudinal study was designed to examine effects of different levels of physical activity on cerebral perfusion by between-group comparisons. Three groups were compared, each composed of 30 elderly volunteers, assigned as follows: Group 1, who continued to work; Group 2, who retired but participated in regular physical activities; and Group 3, who retired but did not participate in regular, planned physical activities. Group 3 Ss exhibited significant declines in cerebral blood flow (CBF) throughout 4 yrs of follow-up. Group 1 and Group 2 Ss sustained more constant CBF levels; Group 1 Ss also scored better on cognitive testing after the 4th yr of follow-up compared to inactive retirees. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - work &/or physical activity KW - cerebral perfusion & cognition KW - 62–70 yr olds KW - 4 yr study KW - 1990 KW - Activity Level KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Employment Status KW - Physical Activity KW - Physiological Aging KW - Cerebral Cortex KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Retirement KW - 1990 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1990.tb03472.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-19580-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-19340-001 AN - 1990-19340-001 AU - Szymusiak, Ronald AU - McGinty, Dennis AU - Shouse, Margaret N. AU - Shepard, Diane AU - Sterman, Maurice B. T1 - Effects of systemic atropine sulfate administration on the frequency content of the cat sensorimotor EEG during sleep and waking. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience JA - Behav Neurosci Y1 - 1990/02// VL - 104 IS - 1 SP - 217 EP - 225 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-19340-001. PMID: 2317279 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Szymusiak, Ronald; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19900801. Correction Date: 20091109. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Atropine; Drug Dosages; Electroencephalography; Perceptual Motor Processes. Minor Descriptor: Cats; Sleep; Wakefulness. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: May 9, 1989; Revised Date: May 8, 1989; First Submitted Date: Mar 14, 1989. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - Sensorimotor electroencephalogram (EEG) frequencies in cats were evaluated with power spectral analysis before and after 3 doses of atropine sulfate. All doses of atropine tested caused enhanced EEG slow waves (0–7 Hz) and spindles (8–25 Hz) during waking immobility, and postdrug frequency profiles during slow-wave sleep and waking immobility were identical. With 0.75 mg/kg atropine, movement (head movement, locomotion) resulted in EEG desynchronization and reduced power in all frequencies less than 24 Hz. After 1.5 or 3.0 mg/kg atropine, power in low frequencies remained elevated during movement, but power in spindle frequencies was significantly reduced compared with other states. During active REM sleep after 1.5 mg/kg atropine, power in spindle frequencies was significantly lower than that during quiet REM sleep. These results indicate that the sensorimotor cortical EEG in cats is under the control of multiple systems. At least 1 of these systems is active during movement, and its actions are resistant to muscarinic receptor blockade. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dosages of atropine sulfate KW - EEG frequencies during sleep & waking with vs without movement KW - cats KW - 1990 KW - Atropine KW - Drug Dosages KW - Electroencephalography KW - Perceptual Motor Processes KW - Cats KW - Sleep KW - Wakefulness KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.104.1.217 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-19340-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-19225-001 AN - 1990-19225-001 AU - Belknap, J. K. T1 - Physical dependence induced by the voluntary consumption of morphine in inbred mice. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1990/02// VL - 35 IS - 2 SP - 311 EP - 315 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-19225-001. PMID: 2320638 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Belknap, J. K.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19900801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Strain Differences; Drug Dependency; Morphine. Minor Descriptor: Mice; Preferences. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1990. AB - When given a 2-bottle choice between gradually increasing morphine concentrations (in 0.2% saccharin) and plain tap water, C57BL/6J male mice consumed almost 90% of their daily fluid intake from the morphine-saccharin bottle, while the DBA/2J males consumed 13% or less from the morphine-saccharin solution. The C57BL/6J Ss consistently consumed mean daily doses of morphine sulfate in excess of 200 mg/kg, which was sufficient to induce an easily discernable withdrawal syndrome upon removal of the morphine solution, either with or without naloxone challenge. Hypothermia, tremor, wet dog shakes, jumping, and diarrhea were prominent withdrawal signs. Morphine-saccharin preference is genetically determined, and a high degree of physical dependence can result in the morphine-preferring strain. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - increasing morphine concentration in saccharin solution KW - preference for & physical dependence upon morphine KW - C57BL/6J vs DBA/2J male mice KW - 1990 KW - Animal Strain Differences KW - Drug Dependency KW - Morphine KW - Mice KW - Preferences KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(90)90161-A UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-19225-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-19199-001 AN - 1990-19199-001 AU - Takahashi, Lorey K. AU - Baker, Eric W. AU - Kalin, Ned H. T1 - Ontogeny of behavioral and hormonal responses to stress in prenatally stressed male rat pups. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1990/02// VL - 47 IS - 2 SP - 357 EP - 364 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-19199-001. PMID: 2159165 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Takahashi, Lorey K.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Psychiatry Service, Madison, WI, US. Release Date: 19900801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Activity Level; Electrical Stimulation; Hormones; Prenatal Development; Social Isolation. Minor Descriptor: Infants (Animal); Physiological Correlates; Rats. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1990. AB - Examined the effects of prenatal stress on stress-induced behavioral and hormonal responses in preweanling rats at 14 and 21 days old. Prenatal stress treatments involved the application of uncontrollable electric shocks to pregnant rats every other day throughout gestation. 14-day-old prenatally stressed pups emitted significantly fewer ultrasonic vocalizations and exhibited significantly lower percent increases in tail-flick latencies than control pups in response to isolation and shock. Plasma adrenocorticotropic hormone however, was significantly elevated in prenatally stressed Ss, suggesting that exposure to different tests was a stress-inducing event. At 21 days of age, prenatally stressed Ss no longer differed significantly from controls in the exhibition of ultrasonic vocalizations, defensive freezing, and tail-flick latencies. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prenatal electric shock KW - isolation & shock induced behavioral & hormonal responses KW - preweanling rats KW - 1990 KW - Activity Level KW - Electrical Stimulation KW - Hormones KW - Prenatal Development KW - Social Isolation KW - Infants (Animal) KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Rats KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(90)90154-V UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-19199-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-19198-001 AN - 1990-19198-001 AU - Pitman, David L. AU - Ottenweller, John E. AU - Natelson, Benjamin H. T1 - Effect of stressor intensity on habituation and sensitization of glucocorticoid responses in rats. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience JA - Behav Neurosci Y1 - 1990/02// VL - 104 IS - 1 SP - 28 EP - 36 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-19198-001. PMID: 2156523 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pitman, David L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Primate Neurobehavioral Unit, East Orange, NJ, US. Release Date: 19900801. Correction Date: 20091109. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Corticotropin; Habituation; Shock; Stimulus Intensity; Stress Reactions. Minor Descriptor: Electrical Stimulation; Rats; Sensory Adaptation. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jul 24, 1989; Revised Date: Jun 2, 1989; First Submitted Date: Nov 3, 1988. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Studied the effect of stressor intensity on habituation/sensitization of the adrenocortical stress response (ASR) in rats. When lower intensity shock was given, the response first habituated to no-shock control levels but later returned to the same magnitude as seen on the 1st probe day. Plasma corticosterone responses given higher intensity shock never habituated and instead demonstrated an increased response indicative of sensitization. Responsiveness to exogenous adrenocorticotropin 24 hr after the last stress session was monotonically related to the intensity of the stressor presented during the experimental sessions. Data are consistent with the rule from habituation literature that stimulus intensity is inversely related to the magnitude of habituation and extend the dual process theory of P. M. Groves and R. F. Thompson (see record [rid]1971-02046-001[/rid]) to an endocrine respondent. The data also suggest that an explanation as to the discrepancies in the literature concerning ASR to repeated presentation of stressors may relate to differences in the stressor parameters used. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - intensity of shock KW - habituation & sensitization of adrenocortical stress response KW - rats KW - 1990 KW - Corticotropin KW - Habituation KW - Shock KW - Stimulus Intensity KW - Stress Reactions KW - Electrical Stimulation KW - Rats KW - Sensory Adaptation KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.104.1.28 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-19198-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-19170-001 AN - 1990-19170-001 AU - Glick, Zvi AU - Yamini, S. AU - Lupien, J. AU - Sod-Moriah, U. T1 - Estrous cycle irregularities in overfed rats. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1990/02// VL - 47 IS - 2 SP - 307 EP - 310 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-19170-001. PMID: 2333347 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Glick, Zvi; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research Education & Clinical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19900801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Feeding Behavior; Body Temperature; Estrus. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1990. AB - Proposes that reproductive functions are finely tuned with body temperature, and that an excess feeding-induced brown adipose tissue (BAT) thermogenesis may underlie the disruption in estrous cycle observed during overfeeding in rats. Cafeteria feeding was associated with hyperphagia and an increased BAT thermogenesis, in association with long estrous cycles. The latter was accounted for by a long diestrous phase. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - overfeeding KW - estrous cycle & body temperature KW - female rats KW - 1990 KW - Animal Feeding Behavior KW - Body Temperature KW - Estrus KW - Rats KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(90)90147-V UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-19170-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-17946-001 AN - 1990-17946-001 AU - Fitten, L. Jaime AU - Perryman, Kent M. AU - Gross, Patricia L. AU - Fine, Harriet AU - Cummins, Joseph AU - Marshall, Charles T1 - Treatment of Alzheimer's disease with short- and long-term oral THA and lecithin: A double-blind study. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/02// VL - 147 IS - 2 SP - 239 EP - 242 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-17946-001. PMID: 2405720 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fitten, L. Jaime; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19900701. Correction Date: 20130513. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Choline; Cholinesterase Inhibitors; Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1990. AB - Examined the effects of oral tetrahydroaminoacridine (THA) and lecithin on the cognition of 10 male Alzheimer's disease inpatients (aged 62+ yrs). After 3 wks there was no clear therapeutic effect. Three of six patients able to continue in long-term treatment showed measurable cognitive improvement, but only one displayed clinically obvious improvement. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - po tetrahydroaminoaridine & lecithin KW - 62 yr old & older males with Alzheimer's disease KW - 1990 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Choline KW - Cholinesterase Inhibitors KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1990 DO - 10.1176/ajp.147.2.239 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-17946-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-17681-001 AN - 1990-17681-001 AU - Risse, Steven C. AU - Raskind, Murray A. AU - Nochlin, David AU - Sumi, S. Mark AU - Lampe, Thomas H. AU - Bird, Thomas D. AU - Cubberley, Lyndel AU - Peskind, Elaine R. T1 - Neuropathological findings in patients with clinical diagnoses of probable Alzheimer's disease. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/02// VL - 147 IS - 2 SP - 168 EP - 172 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-17681-001. PMID: 2301654 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Risse, Steven C.; American Lake Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Tacoma, WA, US. Release Date: 19900701. Correction Date: 20130513. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Medical Diagnosis; Neuropathology; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1990. AB - Assessed the accuracy of standard antemortem clinical diagnostic criteria for Alzheimer's disease through postmortem examinations performed on 25 patients who had met Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) criteria for primary degenerative dementia and National Institute of Neurological and Communicative Disorders and Stroke criteria for probable Alzheimer's disease. 17 Ss (68%) met neuropathological criteria for Alzheimer's disease. Two presenile-onset Ss had diffuse neocortical senile plaques of insufficient number for definite Alzheimer's disease. Six patients had non-Alzheimer's disease diagnoses. Five of these six had presenile-onset dementia. Results suggest caution in the antemortem diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease in presenile-onset dementia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuropathology KW - patients with clinical diagnosis of probable Alzheimer's disease KW - 1990 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Medical Diagnosis KW - Neuropathology KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1990 DO - 10.1176/ajp.147.2.168 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-17681-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-17427-001 AN - 1990-17427-001 AU - Gerstley, Linda J. AU - Alterman, Arthur I. AU - McLellan, A. Thomas AU - Woody, George E. T1 - Antisocial personality disorder in patients with substance abuse disorders: A problematic diagnosis? JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/02// VL - 147 IS - 2 SP - 173 EP - 178 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-17427-001. PMID: 2405719 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gerstley, Linda J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Philadelphia, PA, US. Release Date: 19900701. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antisocial Personality Disorder; Drug Abuse; Literature Review. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1990. AB - Reviews literature that suggests that the relationship between antisocial personality disorder and substance abuse is complex and not yet fully understood. Confusion regarding the relationship between the disorders may be magnified by the emphasis in Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) and DSM-III—R on behavioral criteria and their failure to require that antisocial behaviors exist independently of substance abuse. DSM-III and DSM-III—R formulations of antisocial personality disorder may encompass 2 subgroups of substance abusers (1) 'true' psychopathic individuals and (2) symptomatic psychopaths with little psychopathy. Psychoneurotic symptoms and favorable treatment responses might be found more often in the latter group. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - antisocial personality disorder KW - patients with substance abuse disorders KW - literature review KW - 1990 KW - Antisocial Personality Disorder KW - Drug Abuse KW - Literature Review KW - 1990 DO - 10.1176/ajp.147.2.173 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-17427-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-33194-001 AN - 1991-33194-001 AU - Moos, Rudolf H. AU - Swindle, Ralph W. T1 - Person€nvironment transactions and the stressor-appraisal-coping process. JF - Psychological Inquiry JO - Psychological Inquiry JA - Psychol Inq Y1 - 1990/// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 30 EP - 32 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 1047-840X SN - 1532-7965 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-33194-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moos, Rudolf H.; Veterans Administration-Stanford U Medical Ctrs, Far West Health Services Field Program & Social Ecology Lab, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19911201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimentation; Measurement; Psychological Stress; Systems Theory; Theories. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Coping Behavior. Classification: Personality Theory (3140); Personality Scales & Inventories (2223). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Agrees with R. S. Lazarus's (see record [rid]1991-33185-001[/rid]) systems framework of the stressor-appraisal-coping process and with the idea that theory should guide development of assessment procedures and research directions. However, greater focus should be placed on the need to distinguish between stressors and appraisal and to identify the environmental and personal determinants of appraisal and coping. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stress measurement & research based on metatheoretical concepts of systems thinking & transaction & processes & appraisal & coping KW - commentary KW - 1990 KW - Experimentation KW - Measurement KW - Psychological Stress KW - Systems Theory KW - Theories KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Coping Behavior KW - 1990 DO - 10.1207/s15327965pli0101_8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-33194-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-30460-001 AN - 1991-30460-001 AU - Eschen, Janet E. AU - Glenwick, David S. T1 - An interactional approach to attributional dimensions in dysphoria. JF - Social Behavior and Personality JO - Social Behavior and Personality JA - Soc Behav Pers Y1 - 1990/// VL - 18 IS - 2 SP - 267 EP - 277 CY - New Zealand PB - Society for Personality Research SN - 0301-2212 SN - 1179-6391 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-30460-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eschen, Janet E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Northport, NY, US. Release Date: 19911101. Correction Date: 20120430. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attribution; Cognitive Style; Major Depression. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Administered the Attributional Style Questionnaire (ASQ) and the Beck Depression Inventory to 105 college students and tested the hypothesis that internality, stability, globality, and the additive composite score of the ASQ would all be positively correlated with depression. Analyses examined the relationship to dysphoria of (1) the traditional composite score of the ASQ; (2) multiple regression analyses, including interactions among the various dimensions; and (3) indices of behavioral self-blame, characterological self-blame, and external blame. Results provide modest support for the hypothesized interactional model and appear to support the validity of the standard manner in which dysphoric attributional style is viewed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - internality & stability & globality & negative or positive attributional style KW - depressed college students KW - 1990 KW - Attribution KW - Cognitive Style KW - Major Depression KW - 1990 DO - 10.2224/sbp.1990.18.2.267 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-30460-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-29700-001 AN - 1991-29700-001 AU - Orr, T. Edward AU - Meyerhoff, James L. AU - Mougey, Edward H. AU - Bunnell, Bradford N. T1 - Hyperresponsiveness of the rat neuroendocrine system due to repeated exposure to stress. JF - Psychoneuroendocrinology JO - Psychoneuroendocrinology JA - Psychoneuroendocrinology Y1 - 1990/// VL - 15 IS - 5-6 SP - 317 EP - 328 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0306-4530 SN - 1873-3360 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-29700-001. PMID: 1966300 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Orr, T. Edward; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Div, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 19911101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Corticosterone; Corticotropin; Physiological Stress; Prolactin. Minor Descriptor: Blood Plasma; Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Examined changes in plasma hormonal responses over repeated stress sessions and assessed whether stress-induced hyperresponsiveness (HPR) depends on re-exposure to familiar stressful stimuli. In Exp 1, plasma corticosterone (CST) levels in rats exposed to tailshock were higher on Days 2–5 than levels following acute tailshock on Day 1, showing HPR to repeated stress. HPR of CST secretion also occurred in Ss restrained for 4 or 5 days. Prolactin (PRL) levels differed between stress conditions. In Exp 2, HPR to repeated tailshock, but not immobilization, was reflected in plasma levels of CST and adrenocorticotropic hormone, but not PRL. HPR did not depend on re-exposure to familiar stressors. However, HPR did occur in Ss first exposed to tailshock and then switched to immobilization. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - repeated familiar stress KW - hyperresponsiveness of plasma corticosterone & prolactin & corticotropin KW - rats KW - 1990 KW - Corticosterone KW - Corticotropin KW - Physiological Stress KW - Prolactin KW - Blood Plasma KW - Rats KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0306-4530(90)90057-G UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-29700-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-25025-001 AN - 1991-25025-001 AU - Florsheim, Margaret J. AU - Gallagher-Thompson, Dolores T1 - Cognitive/behavioral treatment of atypical bereavement: A case study. JF - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JO - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JA - Clin Gerontol Y1 - 1990/// VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 73 EP - 76 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0731-7115 SN - 1545-2301 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-25025-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Florsheim, Margaret J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19910901. Correction Date: 20091012. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Therapy; Grief; Interdisciplinary Treatment Approach. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Illustrates a highly successful application of psychoeducational and cognitive/behavioral (C/B) principles for the treatment of pathological grief in a widower in his 70s. Early therapy sessions were spent on the S's current complaints and on helping him understand the relationship between his current concerns and his bereavement experience. The C/B model was then presented, and later the S reviewed the skills he had learned. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychoeducational & cognitive behavioral strategies KW - pathological grief KW - widower in 70s KW - 1990 KW - Cognitive Therapy KW - Grief KW - Interdisciplinary Treatment Approach KW - 1990 DO - 10.1300/J018v10n02_07 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-25025-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-19368-001 AN - 1991-19368-001 AU - Grove, Karen T1 - Tardive dyskinesia: A key issue facing the psychiatric/mental health nurse. JF - Perspectives in Psychiatric Care JO - Perspectives in Psychiatric Care JA - Perspect Psychiatr Care Y1 - 1990/// VL - 26 IS - 3 SP - 29 EP - 32 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0031-5990 SN - 1744-6163 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-19368-001. PMID: 2255581 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Grove, Karen; Veterans Administration Hosp, Mental Hygiene Clinic, Butler, PA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19910701. Correction Date: 20130114. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Informed Consent; Neuroleptic Drugs; Psychiatric Nurses; Tardive Dyskinesia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Describes tardive dyskinesia (TD) and discusses legal and nursing implications of TD. Focus is on the need to monitor patients who are on neuroleptics, the principle of informed consent, and the prevention of TD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuroleptic treatment KW - patients with tardive dyskinesia KW - implications for informed consent & monitoring by psychiatric nurses KW - 1990 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Informed Consent KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Psychiatric Nurses KW - Tardive Dyskinesia KW - 1990 DO - 10.1111/j.1744-6163.1990.tb00314.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-19368-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-16272-001 AN - 1991-16272-001 AU - Khan, René S. AU - Amin, Farooq AU - Powchik, Peter AU - Knott, Peter AU - Goldstein, Marvin AU - Apter, Seth AU - Kerman, Ben AU - Jaff, Stacey AU - Davidson, Michael T1 - Increments in plasma homovanillic acid concentrations after neuroleptic discontinuation are associated with worsening of schizophrenic symptoms. JF - Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry JO - Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/// VL - 14 IS - 6 SP - 879 EP - 884 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-5846 SN - 1878-4216 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-16272-001. PMID: 1980541 Other Journal Title: Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Khan, René S.; Mt Sinai Medical Ctr/Bronx Veterans Administration Hosp, Dept of Psychiatry, New York, NY, US. Release Date: 19910601. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Homovanillic Acid; Neuroleptic Drugs; Schizophrenia; Treatment Termination. Minor Descriptor: Blood Plasma; Symptoms. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Assessed the plasma concentrations of homovanillic acid (HVA) of 32 male schizophrenic patients (mean age 39.1 yrs) at 2 times: once on the neuroleptic medication (NM) and twice a week for a maximum of 6 wks after its discontinuation. Psychiatric symptomatology was assessed once on NM and once a week for maximum of 6 wks after discontinuation of NM, using the Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale (BPRS). HVA and total BPRS score increased significantly after discontinuation of NM as compared to baseline. Thus, worsening of schizophrenic symptoms after discontinuation of NM is associated with increased HVA concentrations. Data confirm the hypothesis that NM is effective in schizophrenic patients by decreasing dopamine turnover. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuroleptic discontinuation KW - plasma HVA concentrations & worsening of psychiatric symptoms KW - male schizophrenic patients KW - 1990 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Homovanillic Acid KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment Termination KW - Blood Plasma KW - Symptoms KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0278-5846(90)90074-Q UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-16272-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-14670-001 AN - 1991-14670-001 AU - West, A. Preston T1 - Neurobehavioral studies of forced swimming: The role of learning and memory in the forced swim test. JF - Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry JO - Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/// VL - 14 IS - 6 SP - 863 EP - 877 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-5846 SN - 1878-4216 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-14670-001. PMID: 2277851 Other Journal Title: Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: West, A. Preston; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19910601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Models; Electrical Stimulation; Learned Helplessness; Major Depression; Swimming. Minor Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Reviews behavioral studies of forced swimming (FS), or behavioral despair, and compares them with certain behavioral effects of exposure to inescapable shock (IS), or learned helplessness. Exposure to IS impairs subsequent coping responses; however, detailed behavioral studies of FS indicate that immobility during FS is not a failure of coping but instead reflects a relatively successful coping strategy that employs energy conserving behaviors. Certain neurobiological studies of FS are reinterpreted in light of the behavioral evidence that immobility during FS reflects effects of learning and memory rather than effects of despair or depression. Thus, the development of immobile behavior in the water cylinder no longer seems to be a valid model of depression. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - forced swim test vs inescapable shock KW - behavioral despair vs learned helplessness & role of learning & memory KW - rats KW - test of animal model of depression KW - 1990 KW - Animal Models KW - Electrical Stimulation KW - Learned Helplessness KW - Major Depression KW - Swimming KW - Coping Behavior KW - Rats KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0278-5846(90)90073-P UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-14670-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-13738-001 AN - 1991-13738-001 AU - McCown, William G. AU - Johnson, Judith T1 - Academic affiliation and career satisfaction among private practitioners. JF - Psychotherapy in Private Practice JO - Psychotherapy in Private Practice Y1 - 1990/// VL - 8 IS - 3 SP - 55 EP - 68 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0731-7158 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-13738-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Psychotherapy in Independent Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McCown, William G.; New Orleans Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, LA, US. Release Date: 19910501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: 96th Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association: Hypnotherapy with children and adolescents (1988, Atlanta, Georgia). Major Descriptor: College Teachers; Job Satisfaction; Private Practice; Psychologists. Minor Descriptor: Professional Specialization; Teacher Student Interaction. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - 109 responses were obtained from a brief survey sent to a sample of American Psychological Association Division 42 members regarding academic affiliation with universities. 49% of the Ss maintained an academic affiliation; 57% had little or no contact with psychology students. Higher student contact was associated with greater career satisfaction. Both high and low contact private practitioners desired increased student contact and felt they could offer unique opportunities to graduate students. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - academic affiliation & student contact & career satisfaction KW - APA Division 42 member private practitioners KW - conference presentation KW - 1990 KW - College Teachers KW - Job Satisfaction KW - Private Practice KW - Psychologists KW - Professional Specialization KW - Teacher Student Interaction KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-13738-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-13674-001 AN - 1991-13674-001 AU - Scott, Reda R. AU - Mayer, Joni A. AU - Denier, Carol A. AU - Dawson, Brenda L. AU - Lamparski, Danuta T1 - Long-term smoking status of cardiac patients following symptom-specific cessation advice. JF - Addictive Behaviors JO - Addictive Behaviors JA - Addict Behav Y1 - 1990/// VL - 15 IS - 6 SP - 549 EP - 552 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0306-4603 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-13674-001. PMID: 2075852 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Scott, Reda R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Long Beach, CA, US. Release Date: 19910501. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Heart Disorders; Smoking Cessation; Tobacco Smoking. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Administered structured cessation advice using carbon monoxide feedback to 48 male veterans (mean age 58.9 yrs) with a history of smoking and cardiac problems; 31 Ss were smoking and 17 were abstinent at initial assessment. At 12-mo follow-up, 18% of the abstinent Ss had resumed smoking while none of the smokers had become abstinent. Ss who maintained abstinence significantly increased their estimates of the contribution of smoking to their cardiac problems, whereas Ss who continued to smoke showed no change in estimates. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cessation advice & carbon monoxide feedback KW - smoking abstinence KW - adult cardiac patients with history of tobacco smoking KW - 1990 KW - Heart Disorders KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0306-4603(90)90055-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-13674-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-31804-001 AN - 1990-31804-001 AU - Armstrong, Keith T1 - The discharge issues group: A model for acute psychiatric inpatient units. T3 - Group work with the emotionally disabled JF - Social Work with Groups: A Journal of Community and Clinical Practice JO - Social Work with Groups: A Journal of Community and Clinical Practice JA - Soc Work Groups Y1 - 1990/// VL - 13 IS - 1 SP - 93 EP - 101 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0160-9513 SN - 1540-9481 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-31804-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Armstrong, Keith; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Francisco, CA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19901201. Correction Date: 20100322. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Group Psychotherapy; Psychiatric Hospital Discharge; Treatment Duration. Minor Descriptor: Models; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Reviews literature on discharge issues groups. Long-term psychiatric units focus on patients' feelings about leaving the hospital, but existing acute adult psychiatric unit groups do not. The Discharge Issues Group model allows patients to express their feelings about discharge. Each session is a prestanding and separate event. The average number of sessions attended is three. Two case examples are cited. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discharge issues group model KW - long term psychiatric patients leaving hospital KW - 1990 KW - Adjustment KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Psychiatric Hospital Discharge KW - Treatment Duration KW - Models KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1990 DO - 10.1300/J009v13n01_09 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-31804-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-97375-008 AN - 1990-97375-008 AU - Heinemann, Gloria D. AU - Evans, Patricia L. ED - Brubaker, Timothy H. ED - Brubaker, Timothy H., (Ed) T1 - Widowhood: Loss, change, and adaptation. T2 - Family relationships in later life, 2nd ed. T3 - Sage focus editions, Vol. 64 Y1 - 1990/// SP - 142 EP - 168 CY - Thousand Oaks, CA, US PB - Sage Publications, Inc SN - 0-8039-3321-5 SN - 0-8039-3322-3 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-97375-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Heinemann, Gloria D.; Buffalo Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Interdisciplinary Team Training in Geriatrics Program, Director, Buffalo, NY, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8039-3321-5, Hardcover; 0-8039-3322-3, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Widowers; Widows. Minor Descriptor: Adjustment; Life Experiences; Models. Classification: Marriage & Family (2950). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 27. AB - place widowhood in a larger context of loss, change, and adaptation / a process model of loss and change is presented first; next the widowhood literature is discussed, using this model as an organizing framework research findings are presented that support aspects of the model with regard to widowhood chapter ends with a discussion of the implications of the model and the findings for service providers, policy makers, and researchers in the area of widowhood (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1990 KW - Coping Behavior KW - Widowers KW - Widows KW - Adjustment KW - Life Experiences KW - Models KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-97375-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-97328-005 AN - 1990-97328-005 AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Salmon, David P. AU - Heindel, William C. ED - Goldberg, Elkhonon ED - Goldberg, Elkhonon, (Ed) T1 - Processes underlying the memory impairments of demented patients. T2 - Contemporary neuropsychology and the legacy of Luria. T3 - Institute for research in behavioral neuroscience Y1 - 1990/// SP - 99 EP - 126 CY - Hillsdale, NJ, US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc SN - 0-8058-0334-3 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-97328-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Butters, Nelson; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Chief, La Jolla, CA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8058-0334-3, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Dementia. Minor Descriptor: Episodic Memory; History of Psychology; Neuropsychology; Semantic Memory. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 28. AB - Luria's neuropsychology exemplified the enormous advantages of the process-achievement approach to clinical phenomena (Luria, 1966a) / review recent studies from our laboratory in which the process-achievement approach has been used to differentiate the global memory impairments manifested by patients with various forms of amnesia and dementia episodic and semantic memory / implicit memory (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1990 KW - Amnesia KW - Dementia KW - Episodic Memory KW - History of Psychology KW - Neuropsychology KW - Semantic Memory KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-97328-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-97319-008 AN - 1990-97319-008 AU - Cerella, John ED - Commons, Michael L. ED - Herrnstein, Richard J. ED - Kosslyn, Stephen M. ED - Mumford, David B. ED - Commons, Michael L., (Ed) ED - Herrnstein, Richard J., (Ed) ED - Kosslyn, Stephen M., (Ed) ED - Mumford, David B., (Ed) T1 - Shape constancy in the pigeon: The perspective transformations decomposed. T2 - Behavioral approaches to pattern recognition and concept formation. T3 - Quantitative analyses of behavior, Vol. 8 Y1 - 1990/// SP - 145 EP - 163 CY - Hillsdale, NJ, US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc SN - 0-8058-0398-X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-97319-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cerella, John; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8058-0398-X, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Form and Shape Perception; Perceptual Constancy. Minor Descriptor: Pigeons; Stimulus Variability. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 19. AB - the transformations of perspective are several, but they pose a common problem, critical patterns are deformed and to be recognized the deformation must be reversed by the observer / our research has confronted the pigeon with each of the perspective transformations in turn and has recorded a varied pattern of success and failure / success was seen with shifts, small dilations, mirror reversals, and lateral contractions / in each case there was at least an initial tendency to treat the deformed probe as equivalent to the prototype / failure was seen with rotations around the X, Y, and Z axes / in these cases probes were treated as equivalent to negatives (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1990 KW - Form and Shape Perception KW - Perceptual Constancy KW - Pigeons KW - Stimulus Variability KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-97319-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-02488-001 AN - 1991-02488-001 AU - Magan, Sharon J. AU - Gibbon, E. Joyce AU - Mrozek, Ruth T1 - Nursing theory applications: A practice model. JF - Issues in Mental Health Nursing JO - Issues in Mental Health Nursing JA - Issues Ment Health Nurs Y1 - 1990/// VL - 11 IS - 3 SP - 297 EP - 312 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0161-2840 SN - 1096-4673 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-02488-001. PMID: 2380045 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Magan, Sharon J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Nursing; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Psychiatric Patients. Minor Descriptor: Mental Disorders; Models. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - A theoretical model derived from the open system nursing principles of R. Parse (1981), M. Newman (1983), and M. Rogers (1970) guided the development of nursing practice applications designed to promote the health and quality of life of hospitalized, chronically mentally ill patients. The harmonious accord model operationalizes the concepts of value, movement, and creative expression patterns in specific nursing assessment and intervention strategies. Practice applications of the model are discussed, and suggestions for evaluating the model's effectiveness in increasing patient quality of life are included. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nursing practice based on open system principles KW - assessment & intervention KW - chronically mentally ill inpatients KW - 1990 KW - Nursing KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Mental Disorders KW - Models KW - 1990 DO - 10.3109/01612849009014562 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-02488-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-02477-001 AN - 1991-02477-001 AU - Johnson, David R. AU - Agresti, Al AU - Jacob, Mary C. AU - Nies, Kristie T1 - Building a therapeutic community through specialized groups in a nursing home. T3 - Mental health in the nursing home JF - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JO - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JA - Clin Gerontol Y1 - 1990/// VL - 9 IS - 3-4 SP - 203 EP - 217 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0731-7115 SN - 1545-2301 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-02477-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Johnson, David R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, West Haven, CT, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20091012. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Facility Environment; Group Discussion; Nursing Homes; Personnel. Minor Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy. Classification: Nursing Homes & Residential Care (3377). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Describes the development and implementation in a nursing home care unit of a group program in which a therapeutic persona was used to create community feeling. The staff created a playful interpersonal environment through humor, mild self-disclosure, and provocation that encouraged community members to experience the suppressed negative aspects of their own experience. The success of these techniques appeared to be due to the outlet they provided for residents' aggression. A transcript of a group discussion is included. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - development & implementation of group program in nursing home KW - community feeling KW - staff KW - 1990 KW - Facility Environment KW - Group Discussion KW - Nursing Homes KW - Personnel KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - 1990 DO - 10.1300/J018v09n03_12 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-02477-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-02227-001 AN - 1991-02227-001 AU - Kuskowski, Michael A. AU - Morley, Gerald AU - Malone, Stephen M. AU - Dysken, Maurice W. AU - Okaya, Amy T1 - Hydergine treatment and psychophysiological measures in primary degenerative dementia. JF - Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry and Neurology JO - Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry and Neurology JA - J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol Y1 - 1990/01//Jan-Mar, 1990 VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 41 EP - 47 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0891-9887 SN - 1552-5708 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-02227-001. PMID: 2189430 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kuskowski, Michael A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Evoked Potentials; Dementia; Drug Therapy; Ergot Derivatives; Eye Movements. Minor Descriptor: Response Latency. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Clinical Trial; Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jan-Mar, 1990. AB - Studied changes in smooth pursuit eye movements and the late positive component (P300) latency of the auditory evoked potential in 18 Ss (aged 56–87 yrs) with primary degenerative dementia during a double-blind placebo-controlled study of ergoloid mesylates (Hydergine). After 18 wks of treatment, P300 latency and amplitude recorded at 3 scalp electrode sites had not changed significantly. Smooth pursuit gain was elevated for Ss receiving Hydergine under some stimulus conditions, suggesting a normalization of pursuit eye movement functioning. However, several other measures of the quality of pursuit eye movements (e.g., compensatory saccade rate, saccadic intrusion rate) failed to corroborate this finding. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hydergine KW - smooth pursuit eye movement changes & auditory EP late positive component latency KW - 56–87 yr olds with primary degenerative dementia KW - 1990 KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Dementia KW - Drug Therapy KW - Ergot Derivatives KW - Eye Movements KW - Response Latency KW - 1990 DO - 10.1177/089198879000300109 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-02227-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-01812-001 AN - 1991-01812-001 AU - Kerns, Robert D. AU - Haythornthwaite, J. AU - Southwick, S. AU - Giller, Earl L. T1 - The role of marital interaction in chronic pain and depressive symptom severity. JF - Journal of Psychosomatic Research JO - Journal of Psychosomatic Research JA - J Psychosom Res Y1 - 1990/// VL - 34 IS - 4 SP - 401 EP - 408 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0022-3999 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-01812-001. PMID: 2142961 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kerns, Robert D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chronic Pain; Depression (Emotion); Interpersonal Communication; Marital Conflict; Spouses. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Attests to the important relationship between (1) marital distress, aversive communication, and depression and (2) the potentially deleterious role of the solicitous spouse in the maintenance of chronic pain. Pain-contingent responses from 106 spouses, but not global marital satisfaction (GMS), accounted for a significant proportion of the variance in reported pain severity. GMS predicted depressive symptom severity. The interaction between GMS and the reported frequency of punishing responses to pain behavior added significantly to the prediction of depressive symptoms. Similarly, the interaction between marital satisfaction and degree of spouse solicitousness significantly predicted pain severity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - marital distress & aversive communication & depression KW - solicitous spouse's role in maintenance of chronic pain KW - chronic pain patients KW - 1990 KW - Chronic Pain KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Interpersonal Communication KW - Marital Conflict KW - Spouses KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0022-3999(90)90063-A UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-01812-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-01398-001 AN - 1991-01398-001 AU - Goldstein, Gerald T1 - Neuropsychological heterogeneity in schizophrenia: A consideration of abstraction and problem-solving abilities. JF - Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology JO - Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology JA - Arch Clin Neuropsychol Y1 - 1990/// VL - 5 IS - 3 SP - 251 EP - 264 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0887-6177 SN - 1873-5843 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-01398-001. PMID: 14589685 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Gerald; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Abstraction; Neuropsychology; Problem Solving; Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Examined heterogeneity (HTG) in abstraction and problem-solving (APS) abilities among 136 male schizophrenic patients through a cluster analysis of scores from the Halstead Category Test, the Tactual Performance Test, Part B of the Trail Making Test, and the Wisconsin Card Sorting Test. Extensive HTG was noted among the 5 clusters extracted, marked by differences in both level and pattern of performance. Associations between cluster membership and age, education, general intelligence, neurological comorbidity, and medication status were noted in all cases, but the role of medication was equivocal. Some of the HTG on tests of APS was found to be associated with variations in age, education, general intelligence, and neurological comorbidity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - heterogeneity in abstraction & problem solving on neuropsychological tests KW - schizophrenic males KW - 1990 KW - Abstraction KW - Neuropsychology KW - Problem Solving KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0887-6177(90)90024-J UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-01398-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-01108-001 AN - 1991-01108-001 AU - Craig, Mary E. T1 - Coercive sexuality in dating relationships: A situational model. JF - Clinical Psychology Review JO - Clinical Psychology Review JA - Clin Psychol Rev Y1 - 1990/// VL - 10 IS - 4 SP - 395 EP - 423 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0272-7358 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-01108-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Craig, Mary E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Bay Pines, FL, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Literature Review; Psychosexual Behavior; Social Dating. Classification: Sexual Behavior & Sexual Orientation (2980). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 29. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Reviews the literature on coercive sexuality in dating relationships and identifies methodological issues, including problems of definition and measurement, a lack of experimental studies, and a base that is largely atheoretical. A situation model of social behavior (M. Snyder and W. Ickes, 1985) is applied to sexual coercion. This model offers a more complete explanation of the occurrence of coercive sex than either a trait or an interactional approach. The utility of the model and directions for future research are included. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - coercive sexuality in dating relationships KW - literature review KW - 1990 KW - Literature Review KW - Psychosexual Behavior KW - Social Dating KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0272-7358(90)90045-C UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-01108-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-01055-001 AN - 1991-01055-001 AU - Hershberger, Paul J. AU - Walsh, W. Bruce T1 - Multiple role involvements and the adjustment to conjugal bereavement: An exploratory study. JF - Omega: Journal of Death and Dying JO - Omega: Journal of Death and Dying JA - Omega (Westport) Y1 - 1990/// VL - 21 IS - 2 SP - 91 EP - 102 CY - US PB - Baywood Publishing SN - 0030-2228 SN - 1541-3764 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-01055-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hershberger, Paul J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Dayton, OH, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20150126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Death and Dying; Emotional Adjustment; Grief; Roles; Spouses. Minor Descriptor: Involvement. Classification: Marriage & Family (2950). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Examined the significance of multiple role involvements (RI) for positive adjustment to conjugal bereavement in 49 surviving spouses (aged 24–74 yrs). RI included roles as a parent, employee, friend, student, hobbyist, and participant in social, community, political, and religious organizations. The self-report behavioral measure of RI after bereavement was a better predictor of adjustment than was sex, age, time elapsed from spouse's death, educational attainment, income level, or religiosity. The number of RI was significantly and positively correlated with a sense of purpose in life. RI before the death of the spouse explained most of the variance in the number of current roles. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - multiple role involvement KW - positive adjustment to conjugal bereavement KW - 24–74 yr old surviving spouses KW - 1990 KW - Death and Dying KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - Grief KW - Roles KW - Spouses KW - Involvement KW - 1990 DO - 10.2190/K8D3-NTBT-KTMF-58CB UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-01055-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-00991-001 AN - 1991-00991-001 AU - Koenig, Harold G. T1 - Research on religion and mental health in later life: A review and commentary. JF - Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry JO - Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry JA - J Geriatr Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/// VL - 23 IS - 1 SP - 23 EP - 53 CY - US PB - International Universities Press SN - 0022-1414 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-00991-001. PMID: 2212522 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Koenig, Harold G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research Education & Clinical Ctr, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Help Seeking Behavior; Literature Review; Religious Beliefs. Minor Descriptor: Attitudes; Disorders; Experimentation; Mental Health. Classification: Gerontology (2860); Behavioral & Psychological Treatment of Physical Illness (3361). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 31. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Presents an overview of research on the prevalence of religious behaviors, attitudes, and coping behaviors in community-dwelling elderly persons and in those seeking attention for medical illness. Recent cross-sectional and longitudinal studies have explored the relationship between religion and mental health, functional disability, satisfaction with health, and perception of pain. The results of a study of primary care physicians' perspectives on the role of religion in the doctor–patient relationship are reviewed. Implications of these findings for the therapist are discussed, and avenues for future research are explored. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - research on prevalence of religious behaviors & attitudes & coping behaviors KW - community dwelling elderly & those seeking attention for medical illness KW - literature review KW - 1990 KW - Coping Behavior KW - Help Seeking Behavior KW - Literature Review KW - Religious Beliefs KW - Attitudes KW - Disorders KW - Experimentation KW - Mental Health KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-00991-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-99061-013 AN - 1990-99061-013 AU - Grant, Igor AU - Hesselink, John R. AU - Kennedy, Caroline J. AU - Atkinson, J. Hampton III ED - Ostrow, David G. ED - Ostrow, David G., (Ed) T1 - HIV disease: Brain-behavior relationships. T2 - Behavioral aspects of AIDS. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 247 EP - 266 CY - New York, NY, England PB - Plenum Medical Book Co/Plenum Press SN - 0-306-43452-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-99061-013. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Grant, Igor; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-43452-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: AIDS; Brain Disorders; Nervous System Disorders. Classification: Immunological Disorders (3291); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 20. AB - AIDS [acquired immune deficiency syndrome] dementia complex [ADC], or AIDS-associated organic mental disorder [AAOMD] / early findings in ADC/AAOMD / later signs of ADC/AAOMD / ADC/AAOMD presenting as a primary psychiatric disorder / the neuropsychology of ADC/AAOMD / brain imaging in ADC/AAOMD reports of neuropsychiatric complications [associated with AIDS] began appearing as early as 1982 / Horowitz et al. described nine patients with retinopathy, seven of whom had neurological involvement, which included mental status changes and seizures / three cases that went on to autopsy included acute necrotizing encephalitis with vasculitis due to cytomegalovirus (CMV), multifocal necrotizing toxoplasmosis, and multifocal cerebritis Britton et al. described four homosexual men with neurological complications / three of these patients had organic psychosis with paranoid delusions, hostility, and agitation / one of these three also had quadriparesis, resting tremor, rigidity, and dystonia / all three patients had generalized seizures / autopsy in three of these cases showed changes consistent with encephalitis, and it was suggested that CMV was implicated an autopsy series of 50 brains revealed neuropathology in 18 / the most common finding was an encephalitis, which Snider et al. termed subacute encephalitis / clinical manifestations before death included subtle cognitive deficits, disturbances in affect, motivation, and social activity / the term AIDS dementia complex (ADC) is now used to describe this neuropsychiatric syndrome (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses AIDS in terms of neuropsychiatric complications it causes KW - discusses AIDS KW - AIDS dementia complex KW - & AIDS associated organic mental disorder KW - includes case reports KW - 1990 KW - AIDS KW - Brain Disorders KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-99061-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-99035-013 AN - 1990-99035-013 AU - Woods, David L. ED - Rohrbaugh, John W. ED - Parasuraman, Raja ED - Johnson, Ray Jr. ED - Rohrbaugh, John W., (Ed) ED - Parasuraman, Raja, (Ed) ED - Johnson, Ray Jr., (Ed) T1 - The physiological basis of selective attention: Implications of event-related potential studies. T2 - Event-related brain potentials: Basic issues and applications. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 178 EP - 209 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Oxford University Press SN - 0-19-504891-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-99035-013. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Woods, David L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Service, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20110912. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-19-504891-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Evoked Potentials; Physiological Correlates; Selective Attention. Minor Descriptor: Neuroanatomy; Neurophysiology; Neuropsychology; Perception. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 32. AB - ERPs [event-related potentials] may one day serve as a bridge between the independent approaches of cognitive psychologists and cellular neurophysiologists / progress toward this goal is reviewed in seven sections [.rt error 1] (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - describes physiological study of selective attention KW - in particular implications of event-related potential studies KW - 1990 KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Selective Attention KW - Neuroanatomy KW - Neurophysiology KW - Neuropsychology KW - Perception KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-99035-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-99035-001 AN - 1990-99035-001 AU - Knight, Robert T. ED - Rohrbaugh, John W. ED - Parasuraman, Raja ED - Johnson, Ray Jr. ED - Rohrbaugh, John W., (Ed) ED - Parasuraman, Raja, (Ed) ED - Johnson, Ray Jr., (Ed) T1 - Neural mechanisms of event-related potentials: Evidence from human lesion studies. T2 - Event-related brain potentials: Basic issues and applications. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 3 EP - 18 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Oxford University Press SN - 0-19-504891-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-99035-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Knight, Robert T.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Service, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20110912. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-19-504891-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Evoked Potentials; Neural Pathways. Minor Descriptor: Neurochemistry. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 16. AB - study of humans with neurochemical deficits, implanted intracranial electrodes, and focal brain lesions has contributed data on the neural systems involved in generation of certain scalp-recorded, event-related potentials (ERPs) / evidence from each of these endeavors will be reviewed in turn neurochemical syndromes / intracranial recording / focal brain lesions (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses studies of neural mechanisms of event-related brain potentials in brain damaged humans KW - 1990 KW - Brain Damage KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Neural Pathways KW - Neurochemistry KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-99035-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-98942-008 AN - 1990-98942-008 AU - Haller, Ronald G. AU - Lewis, Steven F. ED - Taylor, Albert W. ED - Gollnick, Philip D. ED - Green, Howard J. ED - Ianuzzo, C. David ED - Noble, Earl G. ED - Métivier, Guy ED - Sutton, John R. ED - Taylor, Albert W., (Ed) ED - Gollnick, Philip D., (Ed) ED - Green, Howard J., (Ed) ED - Ianuzzo, C. David, (Ed) ED - Noble, Earl G., (Ed) ED - Métivier, Guy, (Ed) ED - Sutton, John R., (Ed) T1 - Human respiratory chain disorders: Implications for muscle oxidative metabolism. T2 - Biochemistry of exercise 7. T3 - International series on sport sciences, Vol. 21 Y1 - 1990/// SP - 251 EP - 264 CY - Champaign, IL, England PB - Human Kinetics Publishers SN - 0-87322-260-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98942-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Haller, Ronald G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-87322-260-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Metabolism; Muscles; Respiratory Tract Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Exercise; Fatigue. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 14. AB - human muscle respiratory chain defects are rare metabolic abnormalities that profoundly impair muscle oxidative capacity and characteristically produce intolerance of dynamic exercise, with rapid muscle fatigue / these defects disrupt the normal relationship between oxygen delivery and utilization in exercise and apparently disturb the normal relationship between habitual muscle contractile activity and mitochondrial biogenesis / these responses provide novel insights into the possible regulatory roles of muscle oxidative phosphorylation in the acute and chronic adaptations of skeletal muscle to exercise clinical manifestations of respiratory chain defects / mitochondrial biogenesis in muscle respiratory chain defects / exercise response in muscle respiratory chain defects / metabolic milieu of working muscle in respiratory chain defects / implications for muscle adaptation (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses implications for muscle oxidative metabolism in human respiratory chain disorders KW - 1990 KW - Metabolism KW - Muscles KW - Respiratory Tract Disorders KW - Exercise KW - Fatigue KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98942-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-98926-008 AN - 1990-98926-008 AU - Cicchetti, Domenic V. AU - Sparrow, Sara S. ED - Johnson, James H. ED - Goldman, Jacquelin ED - Johnson, James H., (Ed) ED - Goldman, Jacquelin, (Ed) T1 - Assessment of adaptive behavior in young children. T2 - Developmental assessment in clinical child psychology: A handbook. T3 - Pergamon general psychology series, 163 Y1 - 1990/// SP - 173 EP - 196 CY - Elmsford, NY, US PB - Pergamon Press SN - 0-08-036446-2 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98926-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cicchetti, Domenic V.; West Haven Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Senior Research Psychologist & Biostatistician, CT, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-08-036446-2, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adaptability (Personality); Behavioral Assessment; Cognitive Ability. Minor Descriptor: Scaling (Testing). Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Infancy (2-23 mo) (140); Preschool Age (2-5 yrs) (160). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 24. AB - the purposes of this chapter were to define adaptive behavior in the context of its historical roots, beginning with the pioneering work of Edgar Doll; to discuss the properties of relevant adaptive behavior scales (content areas, norms, psychometric properties); the relevance of the Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales; and the 'cognitive' and adaptive behavior profiles of prototypic clinic cases of young children who are representative of our usual caseload the chapter will suffice as an overview of cognitive and adaptive assessments of infants and other young children definition of adaptive behavior / development of adaptive behavior scales [AAMD Adaptive Behavior Scales (ABS), Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales] / criticisms of the Vineland Scales / adaptive behavior assessments of infants and preschoolers / case histories (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses cognitive & adaptive assessments of infants & young children KW - 1990 KW - Adaptability (Personality) KW - Behavioral Assessment KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Scaling (Testing) KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98926-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-98814-010 AN - 1990-98814-010 AU - Goldstein, Gerald ED - Goldstein, Gerald ED - Hersen, Michel ED - Goldstein, Gerald, (Ed) ED - Hersen, Michel, (Ed) T1 - Comprehensive neuropsychological assessment batteries. T2 - Handbook of psychological assessment, 2nd ed. T3 - Pergamon general psychology series, Vol. 131 Y1 - 1990/// SP - 197 EP - 227 CY - Elmsford, NY, US PB - Pergamon Press SN - 0-08-035866-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98814-010. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Gerald; Highland Drive Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychology Research Program, Director, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-08-035866-7, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neuropsychological Assessment. Minor Descriptor: Test Construction; Test Reliability; Test Standardization; Test Validity. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 31. AB - provide a general introduction to neuropsychological assessment and deal specifically with the extensive standard test batteries used with adults problems in construction and standardization of test batteries / practical concerns in test construction / issues related to validity and reliability an introduction to the comprehensive batteries / the Halstead-Reitan Battery / the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1990 KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Test Construction KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Standardization KW - Test Validity KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98814-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-98814-001 AN - 1990-98814-001 AU - Goldstein, Gerald AU - Hersen, Michel ED - Goldstein, Gerald ED - Hersen, Michel ED - Goldstein, Gerald, (Ed) ED - Hersen, Michel, (Ed) T1 - Historical perspectives. T2 - Handbook of psychological assessment, 2nd ed. T3 - Pergamon general psychology series, Vol. 131 Y1 - 1990/// SP - 3 EP - 17 CY - Elmsford, NY, US PB - Pergamon Press SN - 0-08-035866-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98814-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Gerald; Highland Drive Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychology Research Program, Director, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-08-035866-7, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: History of Psychology; Psychometrics. Minor Descriptor: Behavioral Assessment; Intelligence Measures; Neuropsychological Assessment; Personality Measures. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 15. AB - attempted to provide a brief historical overview of several major areas in psychological evaluation: intellectual, personality, neuropsychological, and behavioral assessment (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - provides a brief historical overview of major areas of psychological assessment KW - 1990 KW - History of Psychology KW - Psychometrics KW - Behavioral Assessment KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Personality Measures KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98814-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1990-98814-000 AN - 1990-98814-000 AU - Goldstein, Gerald AU - Hersen, Michel ED - Goldstein, Gerald ED - Hersen, Michel T1 - Handbook of psychological assessment., 2nd ed. T3 - Pergamon general psychology series, Vol. 131 Y1 - 1990/// CY - Elmsford, NY, US PB - Pergamon Press SN - 0-08-035866-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98814-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Gerald; Highland Drive Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychology Research Program, Director, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-08-035866-7, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychometrics. Minor Descriptor: Achievement Measures; Intelligence Measures; Interviewing; Minority Groups; Neuropsychological Assessment; Personality Measures. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 593. AB - The first edition of the 'Handbook of Psychological Assessment' appeared in 1984. This second edition was written with several goals in mind. First, there appeared to be the need to update the material presented in the first edition since the field of psychological assessment is a rapidly growing one (e.g, development of the Multiphasic Personality Inventory-2). Second, the editors wanted to provide the opportunity for distinguished authorities in various areas of assessment who did not contribute to the first edition to write chapters concerning their areas from their own perspectives. Therefore, some of the chapters in the second edition are on the same topics as they were in the first edition, but are written by different authors. Finally, the editors wanted to present chapters on two important topics not covered in the first edition; testing of minority group members and computer-assisted psychological testing. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - handbook surveying the following areas of psychological assessment & psychometrics: intelligence KW - achievement & aptitude & interest measurement KW - neuropsychological assessment KW - interviewing KW - personality KW - assessment-treatment issues KW - & minority group & computer-assisted assessment KW - 1990 KW - Psychometrics KW - Achievement Measures KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Interviewing KW - Minority Groups KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Personality Measures KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98814-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-98771-005 AN - 1990-98771-005 AU - Gage, Bruce C. ED - Beck, James C. ED - Beck, James C., (Ed) T1 - The duty to protect in inpatient psychiatry. T2 - Confidentiality versus the duty to protect: Foreseeable harm in the practice of psychiatry. T3 - Issues in psychiatry Y1 - 1990/// SP - 55 EP - 76 CY - Arlington, VA, US PB - American Psychiatric Association SN - 0-88048-170-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98771-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gage, Bruce C.; Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Staff Psychiatrist, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-88048-170-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Professional Liability; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Psychiatry. Minor Descriptor: Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis); Commitment (Psychiatric); Psychiatric Patients; Duty to Protect. Classification: Professional Ethics & Standards & Liability (3450). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 22. AB - focus on the management of several prominent medicolegal problems encountered in the inpatient setting / intention is to show how such issues can, and should, be woven into the treatment plan along with all other clinical considerations / first case example approaches the familiar problem of repeatedly admitting and releasing someone who is 'potentially dangerous' / second case example uses this strategy [combine tort law and the criminal responsibility test as a tool for making decisions about whether to pursue commitment and for determining if a duty to protect is present] under different clinical circumstances and focuses more on its application / third case example examines the duty to protect within a hospital (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - examined legal problems encountered in an inpatient setting KW - including duty to protect KW - 1990 KW - Professional Liability KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Psychiatry KW - Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis) KW - Commitment (Psychiatric) KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Duty to Protect KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98771-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-98749-004 AN - 1990-98749-004 AU - Jernigan, Terry L. ED - Boulton, Alan A. ED - Baker, Glen B. ED - Hiscock, Merrill ED - Boulton, Alan A., (Ed) ED - Baker, Glen B., (Ed) ED - Hiscock, Merrill, (Ed) T1 - Techniques for imaging brain structure: Neuropsychological applications. T2 - Neuropsychology. T3 - Neuromethods, Vol. 17 Y1 - 1990/// SP - 81 EP - 105 CY - Totowa, NJ, US PB - Humana Press SN - 0-89603-133-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98749-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jernigan, Terry L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Depts of Psychiatry & Radiology, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89603-133-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Computer Assisted Diagnosis; Neuropsychology; Tomography. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 25. AB - describe briefly the technical bases of the two major structural brain imaging methods: X-ray computed tomography (CT) and magnetic resonance (MR) imaging and then to discuss some of the methodological issues and strategies relevant to their interpretation / finally, some exciting prospects for the future are outlined (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1990 KW - Computer Assisted Diagnosis KW - Neuropsychology KW - Tomography KW - 1990 DO - 10.1385/0-89603-133-0:81 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98749-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-98651-005 AN - 1990-98651-005 AU - Van Putten, Theodore AU - Marder, Stephen R. AU - Wirshing, William AU - Midha, Kamal K. ED - Angrist, Burt ED - Schulz, S. Charles ED - Angrist, Burt, (Ed) ED - Schulz, S. Charles, (Ed) T1 - Neuroleptic plasma levels in treatment-resistant schizophrenic patients. T2 - The neuroleptic-nonresponsive patient: Characterization and treatment. T3 - Progress in psychiatry, No. 27 Y1 - 1990/// SP - 69 EP - 85 CY - Arlington, VA, US PB - American Psychiatric Association SN - 0-88048-461-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98651-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Putten, Theodore; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brentwood Div, Assistant Professor of Psychiatry, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20121231. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-88048-461-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blood Plasma; Neuroleptic Drugs; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Drug Dosages; Drug Sensitivity; Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 17. AB - there is enormous (up to a 100-fold) variation in plasma levels of most neuroleptics in patients on the same dose / this raised the hope that plasma levels of neuroleptics could standardize dosing practices and that aberrant plasma levels could explain some cases of treatment resistence one important question is whether the drug is bioavailable to the patient / Pi and Simpson (1981) even suggested that determinations of plasma level can provide laboratory evidence to extend and tighten the definition of refractory schizophrenia bioavailability as a cause of treatment failure / identification of behavioral toxicity / high plasma level and behavioral toxicity / assays / a new study with haloperidol plasma levels (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - π discusses plasma levels as an indicator of resistance to neuroleptics in schizophrenics KW - 1990 KW - Blood Plasma KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Schizophrenia KW - Drug Dosages KW - Drug Sensitivity KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98651-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-98651-001 AN - 1990-98651-001 AU - Keefe, Richard S. E. AU - Mohs, Richard C. AU - Silverman, Jeremy M. AU - Losonczy, Miklos F. AU - Davidson, Michael AU - Horvath, Thomas B. AU - Davis, Kenneth L. ED - Angrist, Burt ED - Schulz, S. Charles ED - Angrist, Burt, (Ed) ED - Schulz, S. Charles, (Ed) T1 - Characteristics of Kraepelinian schizophrenia and their relation to premorbid sociosexual functioning. T2 - The neuroleptic-nonresponsive patient: Characterization and treatment. T3 - Progress in psychiatry, No. 27 Y1 - 1990/// SP - 3 EP - 21 CY - Arlington, VA, US PB - American Psychiatric Association SN - 0-88048-461-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98651-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Keefe, Richard S. E.; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry & Schizophrenia Biological Research Ctr, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20121231. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-88048-461-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Premorbidity; Psychosexual Behavior; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Client Characteristics; Psychodiagnostic Typologies; Psychosocial Factors; Treatment Outcomes. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 19. AB - conducted a two-part investigation of the characteristics of very poor outcome schizophrenia and their relation to premorbid social factors first study / compared a group of severly deteriorated schizophrenic male veterans, who for the past 5 years had been either continuously hospitalized or unable to provide themselves with necessities such as food, shelter, and clothing, to a group of other chronic schizophrenic male veterans, whose prior longitudinal course included periods of total or partial remission alternating with exacerbations requiring inpatient care / the Kraepelinian patients, if they were distinguishable from other chronic schizophrenic patients, would be expected to differ by diagnostic measures, such as the frequency of diagnosis of schizophrenia according to various diagnostic criteria . . . as well as by descriptive measures associated with poor prognosis, such as absence of response to neuroleptic treatment, time in hospital, age at onset, and level of functioning second study / investigated the hypothesis that the concurrent characteristics of these Kraepelinian patients, rather than being a result of long-term social deterioration, would be associated with premorbid factors, such as poor premorbid sociosexual functioning (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - investigates characteristics of very poor outcome schizophrenia & their relation to premorbid social factors KW - 1990 KW - Premorbidity KW - Psychosexual Behavior KW - Schizophrenia KW - Client Characteristics KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98651-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-98627-003 AN - 1990-98627-003 AU - Aldwin, Carolyn M. ED - Stephens, Mary Ann Parris ED - Crowther, Janis H. ED - Hobfoll, Stevan E. ED - Tennenbaum, Daniel L. ED - Stephens, Mary Ann Parris, (Ed) ED - Crowther, Janis H., (Ed) ED - Hobfoll, Stevan E., (Ed) ED - Tennenbaum, Daniel L., (Ed) T1 - The Elders Life Stress Inventory: Egocentric and nonegocentric stress. T2 - Stress and coping in later-life families. T3 - Series in applied psychology; ISSN: 1048-8146 (Print) Y1 - 1990/// SP - 49 EP - 69 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - Hemisphere Publishing Corp SN - 1048-8146 SN - 0-89116-928-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98627-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Aldwin, Carolyn M.; Boston Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Normative Aging Study, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89116-928-8, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Egocentrism; Health; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Measurement. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 21. AB - purpose of this chapter is to present a developmental perspective on stress in later life / the relevance of Erikson's (1953) construct of generativity to stress processes in later life will be explored, utilizing data from the Elders Life Stress Inventory (ELSI) / the ELSI is designed specifically for use in older populations, and encompasses both event- and process-based approaches to stress review the literature on age and the stress process, including appraisal processes, types of stress experienced, and health effects / describe the development of the Elders Life Stress Inventory and its use in three community surveys, the first in a California retirement community and the other two in a large, longitudinal panel in Boston / both life events and daily stressors data will be examined for evidence of nonegocentric stress, and the relations of egocentric and nonegocentric stress to health will be contrasted (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - examines stress & health effects in aged through Elders Life Stress Inventory KW - examines data for nonegocentric & egocentric stress in relation to health KW - 1990 KW - Egocentrism KW - Health KW - Stress KW - Measurement KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98627-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-98517-014 AN - 1990-98517-014 AU - Eth, Spencer AU - Mills, Mark J. ED - Rosner, Richard ED - Weinstock, Robert ED - Rosner, Richard, (Ed) ED - Weinstock, Robert, (Ed) T1 - Treating patients who threaten violence: Ethical concerns. T2 - Ethical practice in psychiatry and the law. T3 - Critical issues in American psychiatry and the law, Vol. 7 Y1 - 1990/// SP - 197 EP - 206 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-43476-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98517-014. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eth, Spencer; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-43476-8, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Professional Ethics; Treatment; Violence. Minor Descriptor: Commitment (Psychiatric); Informed Consent; Psychiatry. Classification: Professional Ethics & Standards & Liability (3450). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 10. AB - focus on one specific clinical situation that raises many of the common ethical questions facing the practicing psychiatrist—how to manage best the patient who threatens violence informed consent paradigm / civil commitment paradigm / duty-to-protect paradigm (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses psychiatric management of patients who threaten violence KW - ethical problems KW - 1990 KW - Professional Ethics KW - Treatment KW - Violence KW - Commitment (Psychiatric) KW - Informed Consent KW - Psychiatry KW - 1990 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4899-1663-1_14 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98517-014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-98517-012 AN - 1990-98517-012 AU - Eth, Spencer ED - Rosner, Richard ED - Weinstock, Robert ED - Rosner, Richard, (Ed) ED - Weinstock, Robert, (Ed) T1 - Ethical problems regarding sex between therapist and patient. T2 - Ethical practice in psychiatry and the law. T3 - Critical issues in American psychiatry and the law, Vol. 7 Y1 - 1990/// SP - 175 EP - 182 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-43476-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98517-012. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eth, Spencer; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-43476-8, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Professional Ethics; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Sexual Intercourse (Human). Minor Descriptor: Professional Liability. Classification: Professional Ethics & Standards & Liability (3450). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 8. AB - considers the ethical problems of sex between therapist and patient / discusses the role of district branches of the APA [American Psychiatric Association] in the enforcement process for violations of ethical guidelines, and gives an illustrative example (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses ethical guidelines regarding sexual relations between therapist & patient KW - 1990 KW - Professional Ethics KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Sexual Intercourse (Human) KW - Professional Liability KW - 1990 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4899-1663-1_12 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98517-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-98427-006 AN - 1990-98427-006 AU - Charney, Dennis S. AU - Woods, Scott W. AU - Krystal, John H. AU - Nagy, Linda M. AU - Heninger, George R. ED - Coccaro, Emil F. ED - Murphy, Dennis L. ED - Coccaro, Emil F., (Ed) ED - Murphy, Dennis L., (Ed) T1 - Hypotheses relating serotonergic dysfunction to the etiology and treatment of panic and generalized anxiety disorders. T2 - Serotonin in major psychiatric disorders. T3 - Progress in psychiatry, No. 21 Y1 - 1990/// SP - 129 EP - 152 CY - Arlington, VA, US PB - American Psychiatric Association SN - 0-88048-292-3 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98427-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Charney, Dennis S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Chief, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-88048-292-3, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety Disorders; Panic Disorder; Serotonin. Minor Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Etiology; Neurobiology; Tranquilizing Drugs. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 24. AB - there has been considerable research designed to increase the understanding of the neurobiologic etiology of anxiety disorders and the mechanism of action of antianxiety drugs there is preclinical evidence suggesting that alterations in serotonin (5-hydroxytryptamine [5-HT]) function may relate to the development of certain types of anxiety and to the therapeutic effectiveness of specific antianxiety drugs there are several recent clinical reports that have assessed 5-HT function in anxiety disorder patients before and during antianxiety drug treatment review preclinical and clinical investigations that impact on the hypothesis that 5-HT function is important in the genesis and treatment of [panic and] anxiety disorders (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Discusses serotonergic dysfunction & how it relates to etiology & treatment of panic & generalized anxiety disorders. KW - 1990 KW - Anxiety Disorders KW - Panic Disorder KW - Serotonin KW - Drug Therapy KW - Etiology KW - Neurobiology KW - Tranquilizing Drugs KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98427-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-98321-010 AN - 1990-98321-010 AU - Verfaellie, Mieke AU - Bowers, Dawn AU - Heilman, Kenneth M. ED - Proctor, Robert W. ED - Reeve, T. Gilmour ED - Proctor, Robert W., (Ed) ED - Reeve, T. Gilmour, (Ed) T1 - Attentional processes in spatial stimulus-response compatibility. T2 - Stimulus-response compatibility: An integrated perspective. T3 - Advances in psychology, Vol. 65 Y1 - 1990/// SP - 261 EP - 275 CY - Oxford, England PB - North-Holland SN - 0-444-88092-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98321-010. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Verfaellie, Mieke; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Memory Disorders Research Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-444-88092-5, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Responses; Stimulation. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Spatial Organization. Classification: Cognitive Processes (2340). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 15. AB - attempted to outline two major accounts of spatial compatibility effects / proposed a model for how attention may be mediated in the brain, and within this framework, we have provided some data that further specify the role of attentional processes in the occurrence of spatial compatibility effects (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stimulus-response spatial compatibility effects KW - model illustrating role of mediation of attentional processes in brain KW - 1990 KW - Attention KW - Responses KW - Stimulation KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Spatial Organization KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98321-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-98317-018 AN - 1990-98317-018 AU - Sparr, Landy F. ED - Wolf, Marion E. ED - Mosnaim, Aron D. ED - Wolf, Marion E., (Ed) ED - Mosnaim, Aron D., (Ed) T1 - Legal aspects of posttraumatic stress disorder: Uses and abuses. T2 - Posttraumatic stress disorder: Etiology, phenomenology, and treatment. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 239 EP - 264 CY - Arlington, VA, US PB - American Psychiatric Association SN - 0-88048-299-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98317-018. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sparr, Landy F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20121231. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-88048-299-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Legal Processes; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Disability Evaluation; Injuries; Insanity Defense; Professional Liability; Workers' Compensation Insurance. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Forensic Psychology & Legal Issues (4200). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 26. AB - the legal aspects of PTSD [posttraumatic stress disorder] that will be discussed in this chapter include 1) the insanity defense, 2) disability, 3) duty to protect, 4) workers' compensation, and 5) personal injury (torts) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses various legal aspects of posttraumatic stress disorder KW - including insanity defense KW - disability KW - duty to protect KW - workers' compensation KW - & personal injuries KW - 1990 KW - Legal Processes KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Disability Evaluation KW - Injuries KW - Insanity Defense KW - Professional Liability KW - Workers' Compensation Insurance KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98317-018&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-98317-017 AN - 1990-98317-017 AU - Embry, Charles K. ED - Wolf, Marion E. ED - Mosnaim, Aron D. ED - Wolf, Marion E., (Ed) ED - Mosnaim, Aron D., (Ed) T1 - Psychotherapeutic interventions in chronic posttraumatic stress disorder. T2 - Posttraumatic stress disorder: Etiology, phenomenology, and treatment. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 227 EP - 236 CY - Arlington, VA, US PB - American Psychiatric Association SN - 0-88048-299-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98317-017. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Embry, Charles K.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Louisville, KY, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20121231. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-88048-299-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Countertransference; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Psychotherapeutic Transference. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 10. AB - describe psychotherapeutic reassessment and management strategies for chronic or delayed onset PTSD [posttraumatic stress disorder] parameters for effective psychotherapy [rapport building, limit setting with supportive confrontation, affective modeling, defocusing on stress, transference-countertransference issues, understanding secondary gain, positive therapeutic attitude] [case examples] (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - describes psychotherapeutic reassessment & management strategies for posttraumatic stress disorder KW - examines parameters for effective psychotherapy & provides case examples KW - 1990 KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychotherapy KW - Countertransference KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Psychotherapeutic Transference KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98317-017&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-98317-016 AN - 1990-98317-016 AU - Friedman, Matthew J. ED - Wolf, Marion E. ED - Mosnaim, Aron D. ED - Wolf, Marion E., (Ed) ED - Mosnaim, Aron D., (Ed) T1 - Interrelationships between biological mechanisms and pharmacotherapy of posttraumatic stress disorder. T2 - Posttraumatic stress disorder: Etiology, phenomenology, and treatment. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 205 EP - 225 CY - Arlington, VA, US PB - American Psychiatric Association SN - 0-88048-299-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98317-016. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Friedman, Matthew J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, National Ctr for Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Studies, White River Junction, VT, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20121231. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-88048-299-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Diagnosis; Drug Therapy; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Animal Models; Biology; Methodology; Psychopharmacology. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Animal (20). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 21. AB - evaluate the current status of basic and clinical research on PTSD [posttraumatic stress disorder] and . . . show that biologic approaches to the diagnosis and treatment of PTSD clearly complement more traditional psychological approaches focus on the most common concurrent psychiatric diagnoses associated with PTSD to determine whether such clinical comorbidities can be understood in terms of the pathophysiology of PTSD / address biologic issues pertinent to the co-occurrence of PTSD and comorbid diagnoses such as alcoholism, drug abuse and dependency, personality disorders, major depression, and panic disorder review the current status of psychopharmacologic research on PTSD with regard to antidepressants, antipanic/anxiolytics, carbamazepine, lithium, and neuroleptics reflect on three methodological issues specifically pertinent to PTSD: 1) PTSD can be produced in the clinical laboratory; 2) there are animal models of PTSD; and 3) PTSD comorbidities raise important questions about the relationship between PTSD and frequently associated disorders (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses methodological issues KW - psychopharmacological research KW - & concurrent psychiatric diagnoses related to posttraumatic stress disorder KW - 1990 KW - Diagnosis KW - Drug Therapy KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Animal Models KW - Biology KW - Methodology KW - Psychopharmacology KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98317-016&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-98317-015 AN - 1990-98317-015 AU - Lipper, Steven ED - Wolf, Marion E. ED - Mosnaim, Aron D. ED - Wolf, Marion E., (Ed) ED - Mosnaim, Aron D., (Ed) T1 - Carbamazepine in the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder: Implications for the kindling hypothesis. T2 - Posttraumatic stress disorder: Etiology, phenomenology, and treatment. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 185 EP - 203 CY - Arlington, VA, US PB - American Psychiatric Association SN - 0-88048-299-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98317-015. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lipper, Steven; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20121231. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-88048-299-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Carbamazepine; Drug Therapy; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Psychodiagnostic Typologies. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 19. AB - the only study in which carbamazepine has been systematically evaluated in patients meeting DSM-III [Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders—Third Edition] (American Psychiatric Association 1980) criteria for PTSD [posttraumatic stress disorder] . . . is reviewed and critically examined (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses use of carbamazepine in treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder & its implications for kindling hypothesis KW - 1990 KW - Carbamazepine KW - Drug Therapy KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98317-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-98317-011 AN - 1990-98317-011 AU - Pitman, Roger K. AU - Orr, Scott P. AU - van der Kolk, Bessel A. AU - Greenberg, Mark S. AU - Meyerhoff, James L. AU - Mougey, Edward H. ED - Wolf, Marion E. ED - Mosnaim, Aron D. ED - Wolf, Marion E., (Ed) ED - Mosnaim, Aron D., (Ed) T1 - Analgesia: A new dependent variable for the biological study of posttraumatic stress disorder. T2 - Posttraumatic stress disorder: Etiology, phenomenology, and treatment. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 141 EP - 147 CY - Arlington, VA, US PB - American Psychiatric Association SN - 0-88048-299-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98317-011. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pitman, Roger K.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Manchester, NH, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20121231. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-88048-299-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Analgesia; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Dependent Variables; Experimentation; Pain Perception. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 7. AB - to investigate the utility of analgesia as a measurement of phasic response in PTSD [posttraumatic stress disorder], we exposed PTSD and control Vietnam veterans to a combat-related stimulus and measured changes in pain sensibility / this study . . . will only be summarized (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - examines analgesia as a dependent variable in biological study of posttraumatic stress disorder by exposing Vietnam veterans to a combat-related stimulus & measuring changes in pain sensitivity KW - 1990 KW - Analgesia KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Dependent Variables KW - Experimentation KW - Pain Perception KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98317-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-98317-005 AN - 1990-98317-005 AU - Reich, James H. ED - Wolf, Marion E. ED - Mosnaim, Aron D. ED - Wolf, Marion E., (Ed) ED - Mosnaim, Aron D., (Ed) T1 - Personality disorders and posttraumatic stress disorder. T2 - Posttraumatic stress disorder: Etiology, phenomenology, and treatment. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 65 EP - 79 CY - Arlington, VA, US PB - American Psychiatric Association SN - 0-88048-299-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98317-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reich, James H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20121231. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-88048-299-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Disorders; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Predisposition. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 15. AB - focus on the relationship of personality disorder to posttraumatic stress disorder [PTSD] / examine the subject mainly from a psychiatrist's perspective research on personality and PTSD can be divided into two broad areas / the first is whether personality pathology is associated with PTSD after the onset of PTSD or concurrently with PTSD / the second area is whether personality or personality disorder can predispose to the development of PTSD (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - examines relationship between personality disorders & posttraumatic stress disorder from a psychiatrist's perspective KW - 1990 KW - Personality Disorders KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Predisposition KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98317-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-98317-004 AN - 1990-98317-004 AU - Wolfe, Jessica AU - Keane, Terence M. ED - Wolf, Marion E. ED - Mosnaim, Aron D. ED - Wolf, Marion E., (Ed) ED - Mosnaim, Aron D., (Ed) T1 - Diagnostic validity of posttraumatic stress disorder. T2 - Posttraumatic stress disorder: Etiology, phenomenology, and treatment. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 49 EP - 63 CY - Arlington, VA, US PB - American Psychiatric Association SN - 0-88048-299-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98317-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wolfe, Jessica; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20121231. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-88048-299-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychodiagnosis; Statistical Validity. Minor Descriptor: Biology; Empirical Methods; Epidemiology; Models. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 15. AB - efforts to validate the diagnosis of PTSD [posttraumatic stress disorder] . . . have been organized into four content areas: empirical efforts in diagnosis (based extensively on a variety of assessment procedures); model-building attempts (emphasizing phenomenology and conceptual formulations); focused biologic and physiologic approaches (reflecting the search for instrinsic biologic or centrally mediated markers); and epidemiologic approaches (examining disease distributions across populations) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses validational & diagnostic efforts in posttraumatic stress disorder: empirical efforts in diagnosis KW - models emphasizing phenomenology & conceptual formulations KW - biological & physiological approaches KW - & epidemiological approaches KW - 1990 KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Statistical Validity KW - Biology KW - Empirical Methods KW - Epidemiology KW - Models KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98317-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CONF ID - 1990-98317-000 AN - 1990-98317-000 AU - Wolf, Marion E. AU - Mosnaim, Aron D. ED - Wolf, Marion E. ED - Mosnaim, Aron D. T1 - Posttraumatic stress disorder: Etiology, phenomenology, and treatment. Y1 - 1990/// CY - Arlington, VA, US PB - American Psychiatric Association SN - 0-88048-299-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98317-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wolf, Marion E.; North Chicago Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Tardive Dyskinesia Program, Chief, North Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20121231. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Book Type: Conference Proceedings. ISBN: 0-88048-299-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Conference Note: This book was developed from the symposium "Posttraumatic Stress Disorder: Biological Mechanisms and Clinical Aspects" held at the annual meeting of the American Psychiatric Association, San Francisco, CA, May 1989. Major Descriptor: Phenomenology; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Diagnosis; Etiology; Legal Processes; Military Veterans. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 270. AB - The text is organized into three sections: etiology, phenomenology, and treatment. The first book to deal with the sensitive issue of vulnerability, 'Posttraumatic Stress Disorder: Etiology, Phenomenology, and Treatment' addresses psychological factors of importance in the etiology of PTSD, offering a comprehensive view of the role of vulnerability factors in determining the psychological consequences of traumatic stress. The role of personality disorders in PTSD is also discussed. Little is known about the adjustment of individuals who have been exposed to trauma, but do not develop PTSD. This text opens a window to studies in this important new direction. The section on phenomenology includes a review of recent validation and diagnostic efforts in PTSD that have promoted a better understanding of this disorder. The book includes in-depth coverage of comorbidities of PTSD with Axis I, II, and III diagnoses, and examines the etiological and treatment implications of each. The section on treatment includes chapters on pharmacotherapy and psychotherapy in treatment of PTSD. Several chapters in this volume deal specifically with Vietnam veterans, and a comprehensive review of legal aspects in PTSD is also included. 'Posttraumatic Stress Disorder: Etiology, Phenomenology, and Treatment' bridges the gap between the views of practitioners who deny the existence of this disorder and the views of those who idealize the PTSD patient. Psychiatrists, psychologists, mental health administrators in the Armed Forces, and social workers will find that 'Posttraumatic Stress Disorder: Etiology, Phenomenology, and Treatment' is a much-needed reference. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1990 KW - Phenomenology KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Treatment KW - Diagnosis KW - Etiology KW - Legal Processes KW - Military Veterans KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98317-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-98277-020 AN - 1990-98277-020 AU - Moore, Nanci I. ED - Miller, Thomas W. ED - Miller, Thomas W., (Ed) T1 - The multidisciplinary chronic pain treatment team. T2 - Chronic pain, Vols. 1 & 2. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 639 EP - 665 CY - Madison, CT, US PB - International Universities Press, Inc SN - 0-8236-0850-6 SN - 0-8236-0851-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98277-020. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moore, Nanci I.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Chief & Clinical Associate Professor, Louisville, KY, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20090907. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8236-0850-6, Hardcover; 0-8236-0851-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chronic Pain; Interdisciplinary Treatment Approach. Minor Descriptor: Communication; Medical Personnel. Classification: Medical Treatment of Physical Illness (3363). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 27. AB - the role of the multidisciplinary chronic pain treatment team is addressed / specifically . . . the disciplines constituting a multidisciplinary pain treatment team also explored are the problems encountered in interdisciplinary communication and potential conflicts among the disciplines represented the composition of an ideal multidisciplinary team, free of the problems often encountered between disciplines, is also explored (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses role of a multidisciplinary treatment team in treatment of chronic pain KW - 1990 KW - Chronic Pain KW - Interdisciplinary Treatment Approach KW - Communication KW - Medical Personnel KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98277-020&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-98238-005 AN - 1990-98238-005 AU - Clark, Carolyn Chambers ED - Zahourek, Rothlyn P. ED - Zahourek, Rothlyn P., (Ed) T1 - Stress and coping: Working with the well population. T2 - Clinical hypnosis and therapeutic suggestion in patient care. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 61 EP - 74 CY - Philadelphia, PA, US PB - Brunner/Mazel SN - 0-87630-606-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98238-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Clark, Carolyn Chambers; Veterans Administration Hosp, Nursing Consultant, Bay Pines, FL, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-87630-606-7, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Imagery; Stress; Stress Management. Minor Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Guided Imagery. Classification: Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 14. AB - the chief purpose of assessment and intervention with the well population is to locate warning signals via imagery and use individualized prescriptions to help the client return to a higher level of wellness / imagery and inner dialogue techniques are especially well suited to this purpose client preparation / use of suggestion for stress reduction / designing stress reduction suggestions / using stress coping thoughts / helping clients refute irrational ideas / teaching clients to use a stress reduction hierarchy / using guided imagery with clients / problem-solving guided imagery / helping clients contact their inner adviser (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Discusses use of imagery & inner dialogue to help relatively well people increase their level of wellnes by reducing stress & using their inner adviser. KW - 1990 KW - Imagery KW - Stress KW - Stress Management KW - Coping Behavior KW - Guided Imagery KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98238-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-98201-008 AN - 1990-98201-008 AU - Shimamura, Arthur P. ED - McGaugh, James L. ED - Weinberger, Norman M. ED - Lynch, Gary ED - McGaugh, James L., (Ed) ED - Weinberger, Norman M., (Ed) ED - Lynch, Gary, (Ed) T1 - Forms of memory: Issues and directions. T2 - Brain organization and memory: Cells, systems, and circuits. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 159 EP - 173 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Oxford University Press SN - 0-19-505496-2 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98201-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shimamura, Arthur P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20130204. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter; Comment/Reply. ISBN: 0-19-505496-2, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Memory; Neurobiology; Neuropsychology. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 15. AB - a critical issue in understanding the neurobiological basis of memory is to identify and characterize the neural architecture that supports such behavioral expressions of memory evalute evidence that has been used to argue for different forms of memory, particularly in the domain of neuropsychological research (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) AB - Comments on chapters by T. Carew et al (see 90-215046-002), R. Morris (see 90-215046-003), P. Holland (see 90-215046-004), and M. Johnson (see 90-215046-005). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Evaluates evidence that has been used to argue for different forms of memory KW - particularly in domain of neuropsychological research. KW - 1990 KW - Memory KW - Neurobiology KW - Neuropsychology KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98201-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-98174-009 AN - 1990-98174-009 AU - Joos, Sandra K. AU - Hickam, David H. ED - Glanz, Karen ED - Lewis, Frances Marcus ED - Rimer, Barbara K. ED - Glanz, Karen, (Ed) ED - Lewis, Frances Marcus, (Ed) ED - Rimer, Barbara K., (Ed) T1 - How health professionals influence health behavior: Patient-provider interaction and health care outcomes. T2 - Health behavior and health education: Theory, research, and practice. T3 - The Jossey-Bass health series Y1 - 1990/// SP - 216 EP - 241 CY - San Francisco, CA, US PB - Jossey-Bass SN - 1-55542-243-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98174-009. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Joos, Sandra K.; Portland Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Health Services Research & Development Program, Investigator, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20110912. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 1-55542-243-8, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Health Behavior; Patients; Therapeutic Processes. Minor Descriptor: Medical Personnel. Classification: Health Psychology & Medicine (3360). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 26. AB - provide a brief historical overview of models of patient-provider relationships, describe current social-psychological perspectives on patient-provider interaction, review the observational and experimental research on patient-provider communication and health care outcomes, and discuss this research in light of these frameworks current perspectives on patient-provider interaction [cognition and information processing, interpersonal interaction, conflict between patient and provider perspectives, social influence] my research on patient and provider interaction consists of observational studies of the association between patient-provider communication behaviors and a variety of health care outcomes / the few experimental studies have examined the effects of interventions to enhance patient-provider interaction and health care outcomes (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses role of patient-provider relationship in influencing health behavior & health care outcomes KW - 1990 KW - Health Behavior KW - Patients KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - Medical Personnel KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98174-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-98141-023 AN - 1990-98141-023 AU - Theut, Susan K. AU - Kohrman, Arthur F. ED - Deutsch, Stephen I. ED - Weizman, Abraham ED - Weizman, Ronit ED - Deutsch, Stephen I., (Ed) ED - Weizman, Abraham, (Ed) ED - Weizman, Ronit, (Ed) T1 - Ethical issues in research in child psychiatry. T2 - Application of basic neuroscience to child psychiatry. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 383 EP - 389 CY - New York, NY, England PB - Plenum Medical Book Co/Plenum Press SN - 0-306-43357-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98141-023. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Theut, Susan K.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-43357-5, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Child Psychiatry; Experimentation; Professional Ethics. Minor Descriptor: Neurosciences; Peer Evaluation. Classification: Professional Ethics & Standards & Liability (3450). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 7. AB - attempts to highlight those ethical questions that investigators in psychiatry and the neural sciences must consider in designing their projects to ensure the protection of children who are research subjects and to meet the scrutiny of the IRB [Institutional Review Board] process (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethical issues for researchers in psychiatry & neurosciences conducting research with child subjects KW - 1990 KW - Child Psychiatry KW - Experimentation KW - Professional Ethics KW - Neurosciences KW - Peer Evaluation KW - 1990 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4613-0525-5_25 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98141-023&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-98141-009 AN - 1990-98141-009 AU - Deutsch, Stephen I. AU - Deutsch, Lynn H. AU - Weizman, Ronit ED - Deutsch, Stephen I. ED - Weizman, Abraham ED - Weizman, Ronit ED - Deutsch, Stephen I., (Ed) ED - Weizman, Abraham, (Ed) ED - Weizman, Ronit, (Ed) T1 - Nonketotic hyperglycinemia: A paradigm for the application of neuroscience to the understanding and treatment of a developmental disorder. T2 - Application of basic neuroscience to child psychiatry. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 165 EP - 180 CY - New York, NY, England PB - Plenum Medical Book Co/Plenum Press SN - 0-306-43357-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98141-009. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Deutsch, Stephen I.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-43357-5, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Developmental Disabilities; Metabolism Disorders; Neurosciences. Minor Descriptor: Treatment. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290); Developmental Disorders & Autism (3250). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 16. AB - in many ways, nonketotic hyrperglycinemia serves as a paradigm for the application of a basic neuroscience to the understanding and treatment of a developmental disorder biochemical considerations of nonketotic hyperglycinemia / heterogeneity of clinical expression: nonketotic hyperglycinemia as a cause of unexplained developmental delay / therapeutic intervention in nonketotic hyperglycinemia (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nonketotic hyperglycinemia as a paradigm for neuroscientific investigation & treatment of a developmental disorder KW - 1990 KW - Developmental Disabilities KW - Metabolism Disorders KW - Neurosciences KW - Treatment KW - 1990 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4613-0525-5_11 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98141-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-98141-005 AN - 1990-98141-005 AU - Mastropaolo, John AU - Riley, Anthony L. ED - Deutsch, Stephen I. ED - Weizman, Abraham ED - Weizman, Ronit ED - Deutsch, Stephen I., (Ed) ED - Weizman, Abraham, (Ed) ED - Weizman, Ronit, (Ed) T1 - Drug discrimination studies in animals: A behavioral approach to understanding the role of neurotransmitter receptor complexes in mediating drug effects. T2 - Application of basic neuroscience to child psychiatry. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 125 EP - 140 CY - New York, NY, England PB - Plenum Medical Book Co/Plenum Press SN - 0-306-43357-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98141-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mastropaolo, John; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-43357-5, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Models; Drug Discrimination; Neural Receptors. Minor Descriptor: Aversion Conditioning. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 16. AB - drug discrimination in behavioral pharmacology / focuses on drug discriminations, a technique for assessing the receptor activity of pharmacologically active compounds / this technique uses the ability of the animal to 'report' this receptor activity by making different responses that have come under the control of the drug exteroceptive versus interoceptive stimuli drug discrimination with conditioned taste aversions / PCP [phencyclidine] as a discriminative stimulus in taste aversions / drug discrimination with naloxone (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - animal modeling techniques using taste aversion for study of drug discrimination activity at neurotransmitter receptor level KW - 1990 KW - Animal Models KW - Drug Discrimination KW - Neural Receptors KW - Aversion Conditioning KW - 1990 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4613-0525-5_7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98141-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-98141-003 AN - 1990-98141-003 AU - Deutsch, Stephen I. AU - Weizman, Abraham AU - Weizman, Ronit AU - Vocci, Frank J. Jr. AU - Kook, Karin A. ED - Deutsch, Stephen I. ED - Weizman, Abraham ED - Weizman, Ronit ED - Deutsch, Stephen I., (Ed) ED - Weizman, Abraham, (Ed) ED - Weizman, Ronit, (Ed) T1 - Role of the GABA-benzodiazepine receptor complex in stress: In vivo approaches and potential relevance to childhood psychopathology. T2 - Application of basic neuroscience to child psychiatry. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 61 EP - 76 CY - New York, NY, England PB - Plenum Medical Book Co/Plenum Press SN - 0-306-43357-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98141-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Deutsch, Stephen I.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-43357-5, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Benzodiazepines; Environmental Stress; Neural Receptors. Minor Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Hypnotic Drugs; Sedatives; Tranquilizing Drugs. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 16. AB - an appreciation of the structure and function of the GABA[subscript]A-benzodiazepine receptor-chloride ionophore complex is necessary in order to understand the therapeutic mechanism of action of several major classes of anxiolytic and sedative-hypnotic drugs / this chapter provides the background necessary to appreciate these structural and functional considerations selectively reviews studies describing the plasticity of the benzodiazepine-GABA receptor complex in response to environmental stress (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - action of GABA-benzodiazepine receptors in responding to environmental stress KW - implications for understanding of therapeutic action of anxiolytic & sedative-hypnotic drugs KW - 1990 KW - Benzodiazepines KW - Environmental Stress KW - Neural Receptors KW - Drug Therapy KW - Hypnotic Drugs KW - Sedatives KW - Tranquilizing Drugs KW - 1990 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4613-0525-5_4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98141-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1990-98141-000 AN - 1990-98141-000 AU - Deutsch, Stephen I. AU - Weizman, Abraham AU - Weizman, Ronit ED - Deutsch, Stephen I. ED - Weizman, Abraham ED - Weizman, Ronit T1 - Application of basic neuroscience to child psychiatry. Y1 - 1990/// CY - New York, NY, England PB - Plenum Medical Book Co/Plenum Press SN - 0-306-43357-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98141-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Deutsch, Stephen I.; US Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. ISBN: 0-306-43357-5, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Child Psychiatry; Interdisciplinary Research; Neurosciences. Minor Descriptor: Diagnosis; Drug Therapy; Mental Disorders; Professional Ethics; Psychopharmacology. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 400. AB - The most optimistic goals in editing this book were that it would serve as a catalyst for interaction between investigators from seemingly unrelated areas and would lead to novel approaches to the understanding and treatment of major disorders in child psychiatry. There is a compelling need to apply the developments in the neurosciences to child psychiatry as rapidly as they emerge in order to relieve children of life-long disabilities. The editors hope that this book will introduce clinicians to developments in the neurosciences, and basic neuroscientists to clinical problems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1990 KW - Child Psychiatry KW - Interdisciplinary Research KW - Neurosciences KW - Diagnosis KW - Drug Therapy KW - Mental Disorders KW - Professional Ethics KW - Psychopharmacology KW - 1990 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4613-0525-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98141-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-98137-028 AN - 1990-98137-028 AU - Patterson, Roger L. ED - Bellack, Alan S. ED - Hersen, Michel ED - Kazdin, Alan E. ED - Bellack, Alan S., (Ed) ED - Hersen, Michel, (Ed) ED - Kazdin, Alan E., (Ed) T1 - Geriatric populations. T2 - International handbook of behavior modification and therapy, 2nd ed. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 581 EP - 596 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-43348-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98137-028. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Patterson, Roger L.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Daytona Beach, FL, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-306-43348-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatric Patients; Geriatrics; Health Care Psychology. Minor Descriptor: Dementia; Home Care; Major Depression; Self-Management. Classification: Health Psychology & Medicine (3360). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 16. AB - behavioral approaches to the elderly / major problem areas social behavior [social effectiveness] / anxiety / behavioral medicine [sleep, headaches, mobility, obesity, constipation, dental care, urinary and fecal incontinence] / behavior associated with dementia / home management / depression / dependency and self care / ADL training (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1990 KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Geriatrics KW - Health Care Psychology KW - Dementia KW - Home Care KW - Major Depression KW - Self-Management KW - 1990 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4613-0523-1_28 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98137-028&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-98137-007 AN - 1990-98137-007 AU - Goldstein, Gerald ED - Bellack, Alan S. ED - Hersen, Michel ED - Kazdin, Alan E. ED - Bellack, Alan S., (Ed) ED - Hersen, Michel, (Ed) ED - Kazdin, Alan E., (Ed) T1 - Behavioral neuropsychology. T2 - International handbook of behavior modification and therapy, 2nd ed. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 139 EP - 149 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-43348-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-98137-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Gerald; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-306-43348-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Cognitive Rehabilitation; Neuropsychology. Minor Descriptor: Brain Damage; Learning Disabilities. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 11. AB - behavioral neuropsychology may be defined as the application of behavior therapy techniques to problems of organically impaired individuals while using a neuropsychological assessment and intervention perspective / it has a particular focus in the area of rehabilitation of brain-damaged patients [this chapter] considered the general problem of generalization of clinic- or laboratory-based rehabilitation training to everyday life, and noted that success in meeting training criteria does not necessarily assure generalization suggestions were made to promote application of training through use of prosthetics and instruction to caretakers brief summaries were also offered of several major areas of cognitive rehabilitation, including remediation of deficits in the areas of attention, memory, language, affect, and social behavior, and adult-learning disability the problem of attention / memory training / rehabilitation of language / treatment of behavioral difficulties associated with brain damage / the problem of learning disability in adults (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1990 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Cognitive Rehabilitation KW - Neuropsychology KW - Brain Damage KW - Learning Disabilities KW - 1990 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4613-0523-1_7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-98137-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-97962-013 AN - 1990-97962-013 AU - Goldstein, Gerald AU - Starratt, Christopher AU - Malec, Elaine ED - Hersen, Michel ED - Van Hasselt, Vincent B. ED - Hersen, Michel, (Ed) ED - Van Hasselt, Vincent B., (Ed) T1 - Stroke. T2 - Psychological aspects of developmental and physical disabilities: A casebook. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 246 EP - 257 CY - Thousand Oaks, CA, US PB - Sage Publications, Inc SN - 0-8039-3191-3 SN - 0-8039-3702-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-97962-013. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Gerald; Highland Drive Veterans Administration, Professor of Psychology, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8039-3191-3, Hardcover; 0-8039-3702-4, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebrovascular Accidents; Major Depression; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Medical Diagnosis; Neuropsychological Assessment; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Behavioral & Psychological Treatment of Physical Illness (3361). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. AB - description of the disorder / from the standpoint of the psychological aspects of this disorder, a crucial consideration is the side of the brain affected by the stroke / right homonymous hemianopia / aphasia / left homonymous hemianopia / constructional apraxia case identification / he had recovered from the medical consequences of his strokes . . . but was in treatment at an outpatient clinic for depression / presenting complaints / history assessment / medical evaluation / clinical assessment / neuropsychological assessment selection of treatment / pharmacological treatment with nortriptyline / cognitive rehabilitation program / course of treatment / memory training / ward treatment program / family therapy / termination / follow-up (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1990 KW - Cerebrovascular Accidents KW - Major Depression KW - Treatment KW - Case Report KW - Medical Diagnosis KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-97962-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-97796-013 AN - 1990-97796-013 AU - Stainback, Robert D. AU - Walker, Carol P. ED - Lerner, William D. ED - Barr, Marjorie A. ED - Lerner, William D., (Ed) ED - Barr, Marjorie A., (Ed) T1 - Discharge planning and selection of aftercare. T2 - Handbook of hospital based substance abuse treatment. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 184 EP - 201 CY - Elmsford, NY, US PB - Pergamon Press SN - 0-08-036077-7 SN - 0-08-036076-9 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-97796-013. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stainback, Robert D.; Birmingham Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcohol Dependence Treatment Program, Chief, Birmingham, AL, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-08-036077-7, Hardcover; 0-08-036076-9, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aftercare; Hospital Discharge. Minor Descriptor: Relapse (Disorders); Treatment Compliance. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 18. AB - this chapter is devoted to preparing patients for discharge, facilitating their transition to aftercare, and choosing the most appropriate aftercare resource discusses the problem of relapse, including its frequency, determinants, and prevention / aftercare is presented as a treatment method to assist patients in preventing relapse focuses on discharge planning / models accounting for why changes occur in addictive behaviors are presented with implications for discharge planning / methods to increase patients' motivation to comply with aftercare recommendations are reviewed / matching patients with appropriate aftercare is discussed reviews specific modalities available as aftercare resources / general characteristics of each modality are described along with guidelines for matching patients to resources / attention is also devoted to treatment of patient groups with special needs (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1990 KW - Aftercare KW - Hospital Discharge KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - Treatment Compliance KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-97796-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-97770-020 AN - 1990-97770-020 AU - Hills, Vernice Griffin ED - Milkman, Harvey B. ED - Sederer, Lloyd I. ED - Milkman, Harvey B., (Ed) ED - Sederer, Lloyd I., (Ed) T1 - Interventions with the substance-abusing nurse. T2 - Treatment choices for alcoholism and substance abuse. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 341 EP - 350 CY - Lexington, MA, England PB - Lexington Books/D. C. Heath and Com SN - 0-669-20019-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-97770-020. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hills, Vernice Griffin; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Fitzsimons Psychophysiology Lab, Chronic Pain Research, Aurora, CO, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-669-20019-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Rehabilitation; Nurses. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 10. AB - reports on the treatment of twenty-three nurses evaluated and admitted for treatment at the Halsted Clinic / referrals of nurses to the Halsted Clinic for substance abuse treatment have often come as a result of investigations and charges for possession, theft, and use of controlled substances (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) AB - presents outcome data for a contingency contracting approach to treatment / the focal point of this technique is a contract whereby the substance-abusing nurse agrees to surrender his or her license to the state board of nursing if at any time during treatment an obtained urine specimen contains an illicit drug (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1990 KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Nurses KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-97770-020&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-97770-017 AN - 1990-97770-017 AU - Frye, Robert Vaughn ED - Milkman, Harvey B. ED - Sederer, Lloyd I. ED - Milkman, Harvey B., (Ed) ED - Sederer, Lloyd I., (Ed) T1 - Affective modes in multimodality addiction treatment. T2 - Treatment choices for alcoholism and substance abuse. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 287 EP - 307 CY - Lexington, MA, England PB - Lexington Books/D. C. Heath and Com SN - 0-669-20019-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-97770-017. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Frye, Robert Vaughn; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Denver, CO, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-669-20019-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Rehabilitation; Emotional Adjustment; Interdisciplinary Treatment Approach. Minor Descriptor: Biofeedback; Marathon Group Therapy; Recreation Therapy; Stress Management. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 21. AB - discusses the role of improved affect regulation as an integral adjunct to a cognitive-behavioral treatment regimen / clients may be trained in achieving an affective experience that may alter consciousness and awareness and produce positive changes in emotion, mood, and temperament / such states may be considered natural highs and may help fill the void caused by abstinence from psychoactive substances affective modes may include stress management training such as deep relaxation and meditation; covert conditioning; biofeedback; charismatic therapy; creative therapies that use dance, music, art, movement, and drama; suggestion; and group marathon therapy (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) AB - treatment planning / change and recovery (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1990 KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - Interdisciplinary Treatment Approach KW - Biofeedback KW - Marathon Group Therapy KW - Recreation Therapy KW - Stress Management KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-97770-017&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-97770-016 AN - 1990-97770-016 AU - Emrick, Chad D. AU - Aarons, Gregory A. ED - Milkman, Harvey B. ED - Sederer, Lloyd I. ED - Milkman, Harvey B., (Ed) ED - Sederer, Lloyd I., (Ed) T1 - Cognitive-behavioral treatment of problem drinking. T2 - Treatment choices for alcoholism and substance abuse. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 265 EP - 286 CY - Lexington, MA, England PB - Lexington Books/D. C. Heath and Com SN - 0-669-20019-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-97770-016. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Emrick, Chad D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Denver, CO, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-669-20019-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Cognitive Therapy. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 22. AB - summarize some of the contributions that this theory [cognitive-behavioral theory] and associated research have made to understanding the development, maintenance, and treatment of alcohol problems theory / behavioral factors / social factors / cognitive factors / expectancies / attributions treatment / assessment / alcohol expectancies / coping resources / interventions / [case illustrations] (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) AB - the cognitive-behavioral therapist considers the patient to be suffering from distorted cognitions and environmental contingencies that can be corrected through behavioral skills training and education directed toward developing effective cognitive strategies with life's challenges / the therapist's role is primarily as an educator who expects clients 'to set their own standards, monitor their own performance, and reward or reinforce themselves appropriately' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1990 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Cognitive Therapy KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-97770-016&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-97770-003 AN - 1990-97770-003 AU - Renner, John A. Jr. ED - Milkman, Harvey B. ED - Sederer, Lloyd I. ED - Milkman, Harvey B., (Ed) ED - Sederer, Lloyd I., (Ed) T1 - Biological approaches to addiction treatment. T2 - Treatment choices for alcoholism and substance abuse. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 43 EP - 71 CY - Lexington, MA, England PB - Lexington Books/D. C. Heath and Com SN - 0-669-20019-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-97770-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Renner, John A. Jr.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychiatry Service, Assistant Chief, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-669-20019-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Rehabilitation; Drug Therapy; Pharmacology. Minor Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Smoking Cessation. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 29. AB - provides a state-of-the-art overview of mechanisms of action and biological interventions for the substances most commonly abused in modern society: opiates, alcohol, cocaine, benzodiazepines, nicotine, and polydrug combinations chemical substitutes may be prescribed for narcotics detoxification, and pharmacologic stabilization may be achieved through methadone maintenance / chemical treatments for alcoholism and tranquilizer abuse include medication for detoxification, substitution and aversion therapy, and biochemical treatments for psychiatric complications / cocaine pharmacotherapy may involve detoxification and management of acute withdrawal through noneuphoriant dopamine agonists, along with treatment for concurrent psychiatric disorders / reviews withdrawal in terms of immediate and long-term behavioral effects and delineates medications that have been found useful in diminishing symptoms associated with smoking cessation (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1990 KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Drug Therapy KW - Pharmacology KW - Drug Abuse KW - Smoking Cessation KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-97770-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-97683-002 AN - 1990-97683-002 AU - Morley, John E. AU - Flood, James F. AU - Silver, Andrew J. ED - Koob, George F. ED - Sandman, Curt A. ED - Strand, Fleur L. ED - Koob, George F., (Ed) ED - Sandman, Curt A., (Ed) ED - Strand, Fleur L., (Ed) T1 - Opioid peptides and aging. T2 - A decade of neuropeptides: Past, present, and future. T3 - Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences; Vol 579; ISSN: 0077-8923 (Print) Y1 - 1990/// VL - 579 SP - 123 EP - 132 CY - New York, NY, US PB - New York Academy of Sciences SN - 0077-8923 SN - 0-89766-563-5 SN - 0-89766-564-3 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-97683-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morley, John E.; Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Education & Clinical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89766-563-5, Hardcover; 0-89766-564-3, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Gerontology; Opiates; Peptides. Minor Descriptor: Drinking Behavior; Ingestion; Memory; Sexual Function Disturbances. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 10. AB - discusses the evidence correlating age-related changes in opioid peptide secretion with age related changes in behavior functions of the immune system, and a diabetes mellitus model of aging effects of aging on opioids and their receptors / opioids, feeding and aging / opioids, drinking, and aging / opioids and memory / opioids and sexual dysfunction / beta-endorphin, immune system, and aging (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1990 KW - Gerontology KW - Opiates KW - Peptides KW - Drinking Behavior KW - Ingestion KW - Memory KW - Sexual Function Disturbances KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-97683-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-97439-012 AN - 1990-97439-012 AU - Cerella, John ED - Birren, James E. ED - Schaie, K. Warner ED - Birren, James E., (Ed) ED - Schaie, K. Warner, (Ed) T1 - Aging and information-processing rate. T2 - Handbook of the psychology of aging, 3rd ed. T3 - The handbooks of aging Y1 - 1990/// SP - 201 EP - 221 CY - San Diego, CA, US PB - Academic Press SN - 0-12-101280-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-97439-012. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cerella, John; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Bedford, MA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-12-101280-8, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Physiological Aging; Response Latency. Minor Descriptor: Neural Pathways; Task Complexity. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 21. AB - begin with . . . a model of striking simplicity that describes with great economy some of the classic effects of age on information-processing latencies / outline a second generation of models spawned by the failures of the first / the theoretical gain aging in a neural network / latency as a function of age / latency as a function of task contrary views / increased cautiousness / decreased use / strategy shift (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1990 KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Physiological Aging KW - Response Latency KW - Neural Pathways KW - Task Complexity KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-97439-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-29308-001 AN - 1990-29308-001 AU - Sternberg, Josef AU - Spector, William D. AU - Drugovich, Margaret L. AU - Fretwell, Marsha D. T1 - Use of psychoactive drugs in nursing homes: Prevalence and residents' characteristics. JF - Journal of Geriatric Drug Therapy JO - Journal of Geriatric Drug Therapy Y1 - 1990/// VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 47 EP - 60 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 8756-4629 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-29308-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Aging & Pharmacotherapy. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sternberg, Josef; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Providence, RI, US. et al. Release Date: 19901101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Characteristics; Drug Therapy; Nursing Homes. Minor Descriptor: Drugs; Geriatrics. Classification: Nursing Homes & Residential Care (3377). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Assessed the use of psychoactive medications in long-term care facilities and associated residents' characteristics by studying a representative sample of 3,352 nursing home residents. 54% of the Ss received at least 1 psychoactive drug, and 15.5% received at least two. Residents more likely to receive those medications were younger (aged <65 yrs), less dependent in mobility but more cognitively impaired, incontinent, and more often exhibiting different kinds of disruptive behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychoactive drug use & residents' characteristics KW - nursing home residents KW - 1990 KW - Client Characteristics KW - Drug Therapy KW - Nursing Homes KW - Drugs KW - Geriatrics KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-29308-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-28693-001 AN - 1990-28693-001 AU - Brownell, Hiram H. AU - Simpson, Tracy L. AU - Bihrle, Amy M. AU - Potter, Heather H. AU - Gardner, Howard T1 - Appreciation of metaphoric alternative word meanings by left and right brain-damaged patients. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1990/// VL - 28 IS - 4 SP - 375 EP - 383 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-28693-001. PMID: 1692980 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brownell, Hiram H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19901101. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Brain Damage; Cerebral Dominance; Metaphor. Minor Descriptor: Cerebrovascular Accidents. Classification: Cardiovascular Disorders (3295). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Assessed contributions of the left (LH) and right (RH) hemispheres of the brain to lexical-semantic processing by contrasting 15 RH brain-damaged (RHD) and 19 LH brain-damaged (LHD) Ss' (aged <70 yrs) performances with metaphoric and nonmetaphoric polysemous (PSM) words. Words were either PSM adjectives having metaphoric alternative meanings or PSM nouns having nonmetaphoric alternative meanings. Ss performed worse than the 10 matched normal controls. A qualitative difference was found in the way that LHD and RHD Ss process certain aspects of word meaning. RHD Ss did not appreciate metaphoric meaning fully. The selective deficit of RHD Ss suggests a role for the intact RH in identifying and evaluating metaphoric meanings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - response to metaphoric polysemous adjectives & nonmetaphoric polysemous nouns KW - 70 yr olds or younger with stroke with vs without aphasia with left or right hemisphere damage KW - 1990 KW - Aphasia KW - Brain Damage KW - Cerebral Dominance KW - Metaphor KW - Cerebrovascular Accidents KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(90)90063-T UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-28693-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-27721-001 AN - 1990-27721-001 AU - Rosse, Richard B. AU - Mastropaolo, John AU - Novitzki, Monica R. AU - Deutsch, Stephen I. T1 - Depot testosterone attenuates the anticonvulsant effect of flurazepam in mice. JF - Psychoneuroendocrinology JO - Psychoneuroendocrinology JA - Psychoneuroendocrinology Y1 - 1990/// VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 83 EP - 85 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0306-4530 SN - 1873-3360 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-27721-001. PMID: 2164232 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rosse, Richard B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 19901101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electrical Stimulation; Flurazepam; Seizures; Testosterone. Minor Descriptor: Mice. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - A testosterone/benzodiazepine interaction was examined by testing the ability of flurazepam to increase the threshold voltage for seizure production in mice given vehicle or testosterone cypionate (1 or 5 mg/kg) 21 days prior to testing in an electroconvulsive shock paradigm. Depot testosterone treatment reduced flurazepam's antiseizure potency in this paradigm. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - testosterone cypionate KW - flurazepam increased seizure threshold voltages KW - mice KW - 1990 KW - Electrical Stimulation KW - Flurazepam KW - Seizures KW - Testosterone KW - Mice KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0306-4530(90)90050-J UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-27721-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-27207-001 AN - 1990-27207-001 AU - Cannon, Dale S. AU - Leeka, Jay K. AU - Patterson, Earl T. AU - Baker, Timothy B. T1 - Principal components analysis of the Inventory of Drinking Situations: Empirical categories of drinking by alcoholics. JF - Addictive Behaviors JO - Addictive Behaviors JA - Addict Behav Y1 - 1990/// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 265 EP - 269 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0306-4603 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-27207-001. PMID: 2378286 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cannon, Dale S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Dallas, TX, US. Release Date: 19901101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcoholism; Inventories; Statistical Analysis. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Administered the Inventory of Drinking Situations, a 100-item questionnaire that asks Ss to rate the frequency with which they drank in various situations during the previous year, to 336 alcoholic male veterans (mean age 44.3 yrs). Analysis of the responses suggested there are 3 major categories of situations in which alcoholics are likely to drink: negative affect states, positive affect states combined with social cues to drink, and attempts to test one's ability to control one's drinking. These categories are compared with recent empirical attempts (e.g., T. B. Baker et al; 1987) to define categories of alcohol and smoking relapse. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - principal components analysis of Inventory of Drinking Situations KW - assessment of frequency of alcohol consumption in various situations over previous yr KW - alcoholic male veterans KW - 1990 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Alcoholism KW - Inventories KW - Statistical Analysis KW - Military Veterans KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0306-4603(90)90069-A UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-27207-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-26471-001 AN - 1990-26471-001 AU - Baldwin, Dana M. T1 - Meeting production: The economics of contracting mental illness. T3 - Critical perspectives in clinically applied medical anthropology JF - Social Science & Medicine JO - Social Science & Medicine JA - Soc Sci Med Y1 - 1990/// VL - 30 IS - 9 SP - 961 EP - 968 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0277-9536 SN - 1873-5347 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-26471-001. PMID: 2336574 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Baldwin, Dana M.; Brentwood Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Los Angeles, US. Release Date: 19901001. Correction Date: 20110905. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Community Mental Health Services; Funding; Morale; Organizational Structure; Quality of Care. Minor Descriptor: Mental Health Personnel; Partial Hospitalization. Classification: Community & Social Services (3373). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Presents a case study based on 2.5 yrs of ethnographic research at a community-based psychiatric day treatment program that illustrates the impact that economic forces can have on organizational structure and clinical practice. Specifically, the stresses that staff experience as a result of having to manipulate different sources of funding in order to 'meet production' are examined. Contracts are made and quotas set each year to produce different kinds of services. The two main types of services, habilitative and socialization, are not funded equally. As a consequence of the demands of meeting production, both staff morale and the treatment of clients are adversely affected. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - manipulation of funding & quotas KW - organizational structure & clinical practice & morale KW - staff at community psychiatric day treatment program KW - 1990 KW - Community Mental Health Services KW - Funding KW - Morale KW - Organizational Structure KW - Quality of Care KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Partial Hospitalization KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0277-9536(90)90143-G UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-26471-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-26201-001 AN - 1990-26201-001 AU - Byers, Patricia H. AU - Mullis, Marcia R. AU - Lipe, Diane M. T1 - Psychiatric nurses' and patients' perceptions of discussion topics in therapeutic groups. JF - Issues in Mental Health Nursing JO - Issues in Mental Health Nursing JA - Issues Ment Health Nurs Y1 - 1990/// VL - 11 IS - 2 SP - 185 EP - 191 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0161-2840 SN - 1096-4673 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-26201-001. PMID: 2325533 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Byers, Patricia H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Bay Pines, FL, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19901001. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Attitudes; Group Psychotherapy; Health Personnel Attitudes; Psychiatric Nurses. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - 84 male veteran outpatients and 26 psychiatric nurses rated discussion topics for group therapy sessions for importance. Topics were measured by scales of personal problems and feelings (PAFs), lifestyle, response to health care, and nonhealth self-disclosure. No significant differences were found in importance ratings among therapeutic (depression, posttraumatic stress disorder [PTSD], and day treatment transition) groups or between nurses and patients. Scale rankings were the same among therapeutic groups and between nurses and patients, with PAFs receiving the highest score. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perception of importance of topics for group therapy sessions KW - male veterans vs psychiatric nurses KW - 1990 KW - Client Attitudes KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Health Personnel Attitudes KW - Psychiatric Nurses KW - Military Veterans KW - 1990 DO - 10.3109/01612849009014553 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-26201-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-25686-001 AN - 1990-25686-001 AU - Moffett, Louis A. AU - Radenhausen, Russell A. T1 - Assessing depression in substance abusers: Beck Depression Inventory and SCL-90R. JF - Addictive Behaviors JO - Addictive Behaviors JA - Addict Behav Y1 - 1990/// VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 179 EP - 181 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0306-4603 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-25686-001. PMID: 2343793 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moffett, Louis A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19901001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Beck Depression Inventory; Drug Abuse; Major Depression; Rating Scales. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Administered the Beck Depression Inventory (BDI) and 2 depression subscales of the SCL-90-R to 32 male inpatient substance abusers (aged 23–58 yrs) and 22 outpatient substance abusers (aged 17–43 yrs) to compare the instruments' assessment of depression. 27 inpatients were retested 1 mo later. Test–retest reliabilities were high for all 3 tests. The BDI correlated highly with the 2 depression scales. While using both the BDI and the SCL-90-R in the same study may provide redundant rather than complementary information, using both self-report and interview measures is likely to provide a more comprehensive assessment of depression in substance abusers than would either type of measure alone. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Beck Depression Inventory vs depression subscales of SCL-90-R KW - inpatient vs outpatient male substance abusing 17–58 yr olds KW - 1990 KW - Beck Depression Inventory KW - Drug Abuse KW - Major Depression KW - Rating Scales KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0306-4603(90)90023-Q UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-25686-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-23031-001 AN - 1990-23031-001 AU - Davidoff, Gary AU - Roth, Elliot AU - Thomas, Paula AU - Doljanac, Robert AU - Dijkers, Marcel AU - Berent, Stanley AU - Morris, Jeri AU - Yarkony, Gary T1 - Depression and neuropsychological test performance in acute spinal cord injury patients: Lack of correlation. JF - Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology JO - Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology JA - Arch Clin Neuropsychol Y1 - 1990/// VL - 5 IS - 1 SP - 77 EP - 88 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0887-6177 SN - 1873-5843 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-23031-001. PMID: 14589546 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davidoff, Gary; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Rehabilitation Medicine Service, Ann Arbor, MI, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19900901. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Major Depression; Neuropsychology; Spinal Cord Injuries; Test Scores. Minor Descriptor: Test Performance. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Examined whether abnormal neuropsychologic test results may be associated with depression by administering the Self-Rating Depression Scale (SDS) and a comprehensive, predominantly motor-free neuropsychological test battery to 66 18–55 yr old acute spinal cord injury (SCI) patients approximately 8 wks following injury. SCI groups were dichotomized based on their SDS scores. Comparison of neuropsychological test scores between SCI groups failed to demonstrate any impairment in neuropsychological performance, within the limits of this test battery administered, suggesting that cognitive performance in this sample of acute SCI patients may not be influenced by the presence of depression. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - depression KW - neuropsychological test performance KW - 18–55 yr olds with acute spinal cord injuries KW - 1990 KW - Major Depression KW - Neuropsychology KW - Spinal Cord Injuries KW - Test Scores KW - Test Performance KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0887-6177(90)90009-E UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-23031-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-22788-001 AN - 1990-22788-001 AU - Tsuang, Ming T. AU - Lyons, Michael J. AU - Faraone, Stephen V. T1 - Heterogeneity of schizophrenia: Conceptual models and analytic strategies. JF - The British Journal of Psychiatry JO - The British Journal of Psychiatry JA - Br J Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 156 SP - 17 EP - 26 CY - United Kingdom PB - Royal College of Psychiatrists SN - 0007-1250 SN - 1472-1465 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-22788-001. PMID: 2404538 Other Journal Title: Journal of Mental Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tsuang, Ming T.; Brockton/West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19900901. Correction Date: 20120611. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Etiology; Models; Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1990. AB - Schizophrenia (SCZ) is clinically heterogeneous but it is not known whether this is due to the existence of discrete subtypes. For the purpose of explication, 'indicators' of SCZ are divided into 3 levels: phenomenology, pathophysiology, and etiology. Six approaches to subtyping with differing patterns of indicators at different levels are described, as well as some quantitative approaches. The multifactorial polygenic model appears to be the most attractive. A multifactorial approach seems needed to encompass all the factors that may be related to SCZ. It is imperative to apply rigorous methods of study to the comparison of unitary models and competing heterogeneity models of SCZ. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - unitary vs multifactorial models of etiology of schizophrenia KW - 1990 KW - Etiology KW - Models KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1990 DO - 10.1192/bjp.156.1.17 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-22788-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-22040-001 AN - 1990-22040-001 AU - Levin, Edward D. AU - DeLuna, Raul AU - Uemura, Etsuro AU - Bowman, Robert E. T1 - Long-term effects of developmental halothane exposure on radial arm maze performance in rats. JF - Behavioural Brain Research JO - Behavioural Brain Research JA - Behav Brain Res Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 36 IS - 1-2 SP - 147 EP - 154 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0166-4328 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-22040-001. PMID: 2302314 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levin, Edward D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Nicotine Research Lab, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19900901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anesthetic Drugs; Choice Behavior; Maze Pathways; Prenatal Development. Minor Descriptor: Postnatal Period; Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1990. AB - In Exp 1, chronic exposure of rats to 100 parts per million (ppm) of halothane in the air either on an intermittent or continuous schedule from Day 2 of conception until 60 days after birth significantly impaired choice accuracy in the radial arm maze, whereas exposure to 25 ppm on a continuous schedule did not cause a deficit. In Exp 2, the adverse effects on choice accuracy were seen in Ss exposed to halothane during gestation and until 30 days after birth, Ss exposed from Day 31 until Day 90, and those exposed during both early and late periods, using the 100 ppm intermittent exposure regimen. The late exposure caused the most severe effects. Results show that developmental exposure to halothane, which impairs synaptogenesis, also causes long-lasting cognitive impairment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - long term halothane exposure KW - choice accuracy in radial arm maze KW - rats KW - 1990 KW - Anesthetic Drugs KW - Choice Behavior KW - Maze Pathways KW - Prenatal Development KW - Postnatal Period KW - Rats KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0166-4328(90)90168-E UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-22040-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-21473-001 AN - 1990-21473-001 AU - Schag, C. Anne AU - Heinrich, Richard L. AU - Aadland, Rebecca L. AU - Ganz, Patricia A. T1 - Assessing problems of cancer patients: Psychometric properties of the Cancer Inventory of Problem Situations. JF - Health Psychology JO - Health Psychology JA - Health Psychol Y1 - 1990/// VL - 9 IS - 1 SP - 83 EP - 102 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates SN - 0278-6133 SN - 1930-7810 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-21473-001. PMID: 2323331 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schag, C. Anne; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association. Release Date: 19900901. Correction Date: 20100104. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experiences (Events); Inventories; Neoplasms; Psychometrics; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Factor Structure; Test Reliability; Test Validity; Treatment. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Cancer (3293). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 20. Issue Publication Date: 1990. Copyright Statement: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. 1990. AB - Evaluated in 479 cancer patients the psychometric properties of the Cancer Inventory of Problem Situations (CIPS), a cancer-specific survey designed to assess day-to-day problems and rehabilitation needs. CIPS was factored into 31 clinically useful subscales and 5 higher order factors representing the physical, psychosocial, medical interaction, marital, and sexual problem areas characteristic of cancer and its treatment. Internal consistency of all the scales was high. Test–retest reliability and validity of the instrument were studied in 120 cancer patients. Analyses of items, subscales, higher order factors, and total CIPS score suggest excellent reliability. The pattern of correlations of CIPS with other measures provided preliminary evidence of concurrent, discriminant, and convergent validity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - factor structure & internal consistency & test retest reliability & validity of Cancer Inventory of Problem Situations KW - assessment of daily problems & rehabilitation needs KW - cancer patients KW - 1990 KW - Experiences (Events) KW - Inventories KW - Neoplasms KW - Psychometrics KW - Stress KW - Factor Structure KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - Treatment KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/0278-6133.9.1.83 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-21473-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-12891-001 AN - 1991-12891-001 AU - Horton, Arthur M. AU - Fiscella, Robert AU - Schwartz, Nick AU - Anilane, Juhane T1 - Diagnosis of attention deficit disorder in adult alcoholics: The case of DSM III—R. JF - Psychotherapy in Private Practice JO - Psychotherapy in Private Practice Y1 - 1990/// VL - 8 IS - 3 SP - 123 EP - 127 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0731-7158 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-12891-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Psychotherapy in Independent Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Horton, Arthur M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcoholism Section, Baltimore, MD, US. et al. Release Date: 19910501. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: 96th Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association: The Adopted Child Syndrome: What therapists should know (1988, Atlanta, Georgia). Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Attention Deficit Disorder; Psychodiagnostic Typologies; Statistical Correlation; Symptom Checklists. Minor Descriptor: Checklist (Testing). Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Examined the relationship between scores on the Childhood Symptom Checklist (R. De Obaldia and O. Parsons; see record [rid]1985-05607-001[/rid]) and the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-III—Revised (DSM-III—R) to test the hypothesis that the checklist could accurately identify the presence of attention deficit disorder, residual type (ADD-RT) among 26 adult male alcoholic patients. A chi-square analysis demonstrated a statistically significant relationship between the Childhood Symptom Checklist and ADD-RT as diagnosed by the number of DSM-III—R symptoms in these Ss. These findings suggest that the earlier relationship found between ADD and DSM-III criteria can also be found between ADD and DSM-III—R criteria. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - relationship between scores on Childhood Symptom Checklist & DSM-III-R KW - identification of attention deficit disorder-residual type KW - alcoholic males KW - conference presentation KW - 1990 KW - Alcoholism KW - Attention Deficit Disorder KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - Statistical Correlation KW - Symptom Checklists KW - Checklist (Testing) KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-12891-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-10432-001 AN - 1991-10432-001 AU - Shimamura, Arthur P. AU - Janowsky, Jeri S. AU - Squire, Larry R. T1 - Memory for the temporal order of events in patients with frontal lobe lesions and amnesic patients. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1990/// VL - 28 IS - 8 SP - 803 EP - 813 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-10432-001. PMID: 2247207 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shimamura, Arthur P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19910401. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Brain Damage; Frontal Lobe; Memory; Time. Minor Descriptor: Experiences (Events); Korsakoffs Psychosis; Temporal Order (Judgment). Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - 18 adults with frontal lobe lesions (FLLs), Korsakoff's syndrome amnesia (KSA), or non-Korsakoff amnesia were compared with 16 age-matched controls on temporal order memory tasks in 2 experiments. FLL Ss were impaired in placing items in correct temporal order, despite normal item memory. Amnesic Ss showed impaired memory for temporal order as well as impaired item memory. KSA Ss exhibited poorer temporal order memory than the other amnesic Ss, despite similar levels of item memory. Findings show that Ss with FLLs have difficulty organizing information temporally. Ss with KSA have memory impairment together with a disproportionate deficit in memory for temporal order. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - memory for temporal order of events KW - adults with frontal lobe lesions vs Korsakoff's syndrome amnesia vs non-Korsakoff amnesia KW - 1990 KW - Amnesia KW - Brain Damage KW - Frontal Lobe KW - Memory KW - Time KW - Experiences (Events) KW - Korsakoffs Psychosis KW - Temporal Order (Judgment) KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(90)90004-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-10432-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-10059-001 AN - 1991-10059-001 AU - Sparr, Landy F. AU - Boehnlein, James K. T1 - Posttraumatic stress disorder in tort actions: Forensic minefield. JF - Bulletin of the American Academy of Psychiatry & the Law JO - Bulletin of the American Academy of Psychiatry & the Law JA - Bull Am Acad Psychiatry Law Y1 - 1990/// VL - 18 IS - 3 SP - 283 EP - 302 CY - US PB - American Academy of Psychiatry & the Law SN - 0091-634X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-10059-001. PMID: 2245244 Other Journal Title: Journal of the American Academy of Psychiatry and the Law. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sparr, Landy F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19910401. Correction Date: 20161201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Legal Processes; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Victimization. Minor Descriptor: Case Report. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Political Processes & Political Issues (2960). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 20. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Discusses posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) as a basis for personal injury litigation. Three case examples raise issues related to (1) the controversy surrounding expansion of tort liability, (2) the courtroom use of psychiatric nomenclature as represented in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-III—Revised (DSM-III—R), and (3) ethical concerns regarding psychiatric expert witnesses. Psychiatrists have become major players in the expansion of personal injury liability because the courts have been more willing to compensate victims for emotional distress. An analysis of current problems is presented as well as suggestions for improvement. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PTSD as basis for personal liability litigation KW - complainants KW - case reports KW - 1990 KW - Legal Processes KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Victimization KW - Case Report KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-10059-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-07685-001 AN - 1991-07685-001 AU - Lanto, Andrew B. AU - Riege, Walter H. AU - Mazziotta, John C. AU - Pahl, Jorg J. AU - Phelps, Michael E. T1 - Increased false alarms in a subset of persons at-risk for Huntington's disease. JF - Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology JO - Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology JA - Arch Clin Neuropsychol Y1 - 1990/// VL - 5 IS - 4 SP - 393 EP - 404 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0887-6177 SN - 1873-5843 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-07685-001. PMID: 14589535 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lanto, Andrew B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19910301. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Decision Making; Huntingtons Disease; Memory; Word Recognition. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Evaluated the accuracy and decision criterion of 51 persons (aged <50 yrs) at-risk (AR) for Huntington's disease (HD) and 36 age-matched healthy controls, using a word recognition memory test. AR Ss were less accurate than controls at recognizing a previously learned word list. 13 AR Ss were identified who committed significantly more false alarms than the remaining AR control Ss. The 13 AR Ss also showed evidence of lower cerebral metabolic ratios in frontal, caudate, and insula regions and were considered to be at high risk for HD. One of the 13 AR Ss became symptomatic since testing, confirming the high risk status. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - accuracy & decision criterion in word recognition memory test KW - 50 yr olds & younger at risk for Huntington's disease KW - 1990 KW - At Risk Populations KW - Decision Making KW - Huntingtons Disease KW - Memory KW - Word Recognition KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0887-6177(90)90017-J UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-07685-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-06301-001 AN - 1991-06301-001 AU - Ryan, Joseph J. AU - Prifitera, Aurelio T1 - The WAIS—R index for estimating premorbid intelligence: Accuracy in predicting short form IQ. JF - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology JO - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology Y1 - 1990/// VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 20 EP - 23 CY - US PB - MelNic Press, Inc. SN - 0749-8470 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-06301-001. Other Journal Title: Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ryan, Joseph J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Leavenworth, KS, US. Release Date: 19910301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intelligence Quotient; Statistical Regression; Test Validity; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220); Cognitive Processes (2340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Examined whether the Barona Index, a demographically-based regression equation developed by A. Barona et al (see record [rid]1985-04035-001[/rid]), estimates short form IQ with the same degree of accuracy as it predicts Full Scale IQ. 225 normal Ss were administered a Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Revised (WAIS—R) short form consisting of Arithmetic, Vocabulary, Picture Completion, and Block Design. Using the appropriate Barona Index formula, Full Scale IQ estimates were calculated for each S. The correlation between short form IQ and estimated Full Scale IQ was significant. However, the Index demonstrated a tendency to underestimate short form IQs in the range 110–219 and was inaccurate for predicting short form IQs above 120. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Barona Index regression equation KW - estimation of WAIS-R short form IQ KW - adults KW - 1990 KW - Intelligence Quotient KW - Statistical Regression KW - Test Validity KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-06301-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-06291-001 AN - 1991-06291-001 AU - Moses, James A. AU - Maruish, Mark E. T1 - A critical review of the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery literature: XI. Critiques and rebuttals: II. JF - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology JO - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology Y1 - 1990/// VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 37 EP - 45 CY - US PB - MelNic Press, Inc. SN - 0749-8470 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-06291-001. Other Journal Title: Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moses, James A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19910301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Literature Review; Luria Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery; Test Construction; Test Validity; Theories. Minor Descriptor: Content Analysis (Test); Statistical Validity. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Reviews 13 articles concerning the content and construct validity, test construction, theoretical model, and experimental validation of the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery (LNNB). These evaluations were not empirically based or tested, but they provide opportunities to demonstrate clinical utility of the technique and to clarify misconceptions about LNNB scale construction. Methodological shortcomings of the early research are acknowledged, and work in progress to remedy them is described. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - construction & content & construct & experimental validity & theoretical model of Luria Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery KW - literature review KW - 1990 KW - Literature Review KW - Luria Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery KW - Test Construction KW - Test Validity KW - Theories KW - Content Analysis (Test) KW - Statistical Validity KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-06291-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-04836-001 AN - 1991-04836-001 AU - Cummins, J. T. AU - Sack, M. AU - von Hungen, Kern T1 - The effect of chronic ethanol on glutamate binding in human and rat brain. JF - Life Sciences JO - Life Sciences JA - Life Sci Y1 - 1990/// VL - 47 IS - 10 SP - 877 EP - 882 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0024-3205 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-04836-001. PMID: 2145488 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cummins, J. T.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Addiction Research Lab, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19910201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Amino Acids; Ethanol; Hippocampus; Receptor Binding. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Examined changes in glutamate binding (GB) in male rats following a 5-day course of alcohol administration and in human brain postmortem tissues from male alcoholics. Highly significant decreases were found in GB to the N-methyl-D-aspartate receptor in the CA₁ region of the hippocampus in both the rats and the alcoholics. No significant effect of alcohol administration was shown on GB in the caudate, parietal cortex and the CA₃ region of the hippocampus. These results help validate the use of the gavage animal model for studies on alcoholism. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chronic ethanol KW - glutamate binding in hippocampus KW - rats & alcoholic males KW - 1990 KW - Alcoholism KW - Amino Acids KW - Ethanol KW - Hippocampus KW - Receptor Binding KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0024-3205(90)90601-M UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-04836-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-04735-001 AN - 1991-04735-001 AU - Wolf, Marion E. AU - Mosnaim, Aron D. AU - Puente, Javier AU - Ignacio, Romeo T1 - Methionine-enkephalin in post traumatic stress disorder: Plasma levels and degradation. JF - Research Communications in Psychology, Psychiatry & Behavior JO - Research Communications in Psychology, Psychiatry & Behavior JA - Res Commun Psychol Psychiatr Behav Y1 - 1990/// VL - 15 IS - 1-2 SP - 73 EP - 78 CY - US PB - PJD Publications SN - 0362-2428 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-04735-001. Other Journal Title: Research Communications in Biological Psychology & Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wolf, Marion E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, North Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 19910201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Enkephalins; Methionine; Peptides; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Blood Plasma; Military Veterans. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Explored the possible role of methionine-enkephalin (met-enk) in posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) by determining the peptide circulating levels and its in vitro plasma degradation half-life in 13 Vietnam veterans (aged 36–43 yrs) with PTSD and in 28 healthy controls. In vitro met-enk is degraded mostly by aminopeptidase(s) hydrolysis of the tyrosine-glycine bond. Half-life for this reaction in patients was significantly higher than in controls. Contrary to what could have been expected from these findings, plasma met-enk levels in the PTSD Ss were similar to those of controls, suggesting that PTSD may be characterized by decreased met-enk release into the circulation accompanied by compensatory homeostatic mechanisms regulating plasma peptide levels. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - peptide circulating levels & in vitro plasma degradation half life of methionine enkephalin KW - male 36–43 yr old Vietnam veterans with PTSD KW - 1990 KW - Enkephalins KW - Methionine KW - Peptides KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Blood Plasma KW - Military Veterans KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-04735-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-04715-001 AN - 1991-04715-001 AU - Silva, J. Arturo AU - Leong, Gregory B. AU - Shaner, Andrew L. T1 - A classification system for misidentification syndromes. JF - Psychopathology JO - Psychopathology JA - Psychopathology Y1 - 1990/01//Jan-Feb, 1990 VL - 23 IS - 1 SP - 27 EP - 32 CY - Switzerland PB - Karger SN - 0254-4962 SN - 1423-033X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-04715-001. PMID: 2399300 Other Journal Title: Psychiatria Clinica. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silva, J. Arturo; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr-West Los Angeles, Psychiatry Service, CA, US. Release Date: 19910201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Capgras Syndrome; Delusions; Taxonomies. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jan-Feb, 1990. AB - Presents a classification system that encompasses the main misidentification syndromes, including Capgras syndrome, intermetamorphosis, and the syndrome of subjective doubles. This classification system is illustrated with the cases of (1) a 52-yr-old woman who thought, among other things, that her sons lacked internal organs and (2) a 32-yr-old man who insisted that at least 2 other persons were physically identical to him. The classification system uses the physical and psychological identities of the self and others as variables, allows for possible quantification of the misidentification delusion, and may allow for clearer explanations about the intrinsic biopsychosocial nature of misidentification phenomenology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - description & categorization of misidentification syndromes KW - 32 yr old male & 52 yr old female with misidentification delusions KW - 1990 KW - Capgras Syndrome KW - Delusions KW - Taxonomies KW - 1990 DO - 10.1159/000284634 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-04715-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-03460-001 AN - 1991-03460-001 AU - Cerella, John T1 - Pigeon pattern perception: Limits on perspective invariance. JF - Perception JO - Perception JA - Perception Y1 - 1990/// VL - 19 IS - 2 SP - 141 EP - 159 CY - United Kingdom PB - Pion SN - 0301-0066 SN - 1468-4233 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-03460-001. PMID: 2235283 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cerella, John; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19910201. Correction Date: 20150706. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Pattern Discrimination; Stimulus Parameters. Minor Descriptor: Pigeons. Classification: Learning & Motivation (2420). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 19. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Measured the response of pigeons to perspective transformations of a pattern target. In Exp 1, an alphabet letter was taken as the pattern target (the positive) and the response to its perspective transforms was compared to the response to nontarget letters (negative) over the course of discrimination training. In Exp 2, irregular quadrilaterals were used as positives and the responses to slight perspective deformations of the prototypes were compared to the responses to random transformations of the same magnitude under steady-state conditions. The amount of differential responding (DR) depended on the type of transformation. There was DR to small reductions and enlargements of the target. There was also DR to translated targets. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perspective transformation of pattern target KW - responses KW - pigeons KW - 1990 KW - Pattern Discrimination KW - Stimulus Parameters KW - Pigeons KW - 1990 DO - 10.1068/p190141 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-03460-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1992-98609-011 AN - 1992-98609-011 AU - Faraone, Stephen V. ED - Suedfeld, Peter ED - Suedfeld, Peter, (Ed) T1 - Psychology's role in the campaign to abolish torture: Can individuals and organizations make a difference? T2 - Psychology and torture. T3 - The series in clinical and community psychology; ISSN: 0146-0846 (Print) Y1 - 1990/// SP - 185 EP - 193 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - Hemisphere Publishing Corp SN - 0146-0846 SN - 0-89116-976-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-98609-011. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Faraone, Stephen V.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Clinical Psychologist, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19930601. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89116-976-8, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Professional Organizations; Psychologists; Torture. Minor Descriptor: Human Rights; Involvement. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400); Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 9. AB - [discusses] whether psychologists at the individual or organizational level can play a role in eradicating the current epidemic of torture / pursue the answer to this question by examining the rationale for professional involvement, the development of relevant institutional infrastructures, and organizational activities in countries where torture is routinely practiced (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1990 KW - Professional Organizations KW - Psychologists KW - Torture KW - Human Rights KW - Involvement KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-98609-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1992-98609-002 AN - 1992-98609-002 AU - Engdahl, Brian E. AU - Eberly, Raina E. ED - Suedfeld, Peter ED - Suedfeld, Peter, (Ed) T1 - The effects of torture and other maltreatment: Implications for psychology. T2 - Psychology and torture. T3 - The series in clinical and community psychology; ISSN: 0146-0846 (Print) Y1 - 1990/// SP - 31 EP - 47 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - Hemisphere Publishing Corp SN - 0146-0846 SN - 0-89116-976-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-98609-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Engdahl, Brian E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Counseling Psychology Section, Chief, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 19930601. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89116-976-8, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Physical Abuse; Prisoners; Torture. Minor Descriptor: Concentration Camps; Prisoners of War; Consequence. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 17. AB - the effects of torture and other maltreatment have been most widely recognized and studied among survivors of World War II German concentration camps / review research on those survivors as well as on those held as prisoners of war (POWs) and political prisoners of repressive governments who have been tortured or otherwise severely maltreated outline the psychological issues raised by the long-term consequences of being exposed to maltreatment in captivity / because these consequences are influenced by the characteristics of the maltreatment itself (e.g., its duration, intensity, and nature) and the characteristics of the individual (e.g., age at exposure, coping mechanisms, and predisposition), these consequences are key areas for psychologists outline the status of current knowledge and the methodological dilemmas of research in this area / use the Department of Veterans Affairs' (VA) experience in serving a group of survivors of captivity as a backdrop for discussing the directions that research, treatment, and public action should take (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - outline the psychological issues raised by the long-term consequences of being exposed to maltreatment & torture in captivity KW - 1990 KW - Physical Abuse KW - Prisoners KW - Torture KW - Concentration Camps KW - Prisoners of War KW - Consequence KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-98609-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1992-98502-012 AN - 1992-98502-012 AU - Sprafkin, Robert P. AU - Goldstein, Arnold P. ED - Willis, Sherry L. ED - Dubin, Samuel S. ED - Willis, Sherry L., (Ed) ED - Dubin, Samuel S., (Ed) T1 - Using behavioral modeling to enhance professional competence. T2 - Maintaining professional competence: Approaches to career enhancement vitality, and success throughout a work life. T3 - The Jossey-Bass Higher Education Series and The Jossey-Bass Management Series Y1 - 1990/// SP - 262 EP - 277 CY - San Francisco, CA, US PB - Jossey-Bass SN - 1-55542-227-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1992-98502-012. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sprafkin, Robert P.; Veterans' Administration, Medical Ctr, Day Treatment Ctr, Chief, Syracuse, NY, US. Release Date: 19930601. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 1-55542-227-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Competence; Imitation (Learning); Professional Development. Classification: Personnel Attitudes & Job Satisfaction (3650). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 16. AB - to understand the development of generic approaches to behavior modeling for the purpose of enhancing professional competence, it is useful to trace the evolution of one particular approach, . . . structured learning / this approach exemplifies the development of the field and embodies the most widely used procedures structured learning procedures [modeling, role playing, performance feedback, transfer of training] / applications: trainer and trainee population (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses the structured learning approach to behavior modeling for the maintenance of professional competence KW - 1990 KW - Competence KW - Imitation (Learning) KW - Professional Development KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-98502-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-98470-024 AN - 1991-98470-024 AU - Sloan, Patrick T1 - Neuropsychological assessment of dementia. T2 - Alzheimer's disease: A handbook for caregivers. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 221 EP - 240 CY - St Louis, MO, US PB - C V Mosby Co SN - 0-8016-2026-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-98470-024. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sloan, Patrick; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Clinical Psychologist, Johnson City, TN, US. Release Date: 19920401. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-8016-2026-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dementia; Neuropsychological Assessment. Minor Descriptor: AIDS; Alcoholism; Alzheimer's Disease; Amnesia; Brain Damage; Case Report; Major Depression; Malingering; Pseudodementia. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 20. AB - focuses on the neuropsychological evaluation of brain dysfunction, particularly in dementia / the clinical neuropsychological evaluation attempts to describe both quantitatively and qualitatively the behavioral expression of brain dysfunction / this approach to assessment is historically rooted in clinical, physiological, and experimental psychology, behavioral neurology, and testing and measurement procedures for clinical neuropsychological evaluation / nature of dementia / clinical differentiation / case study 1: senile dementia of the Alzheimer's type (SDAT) / case study 2: multiinfarct dementia (MID) / case studies 3 and 4: so-called subcortical dementias / case study 5: the AIDS [acquired immune difficiency syndrome] dementia complex / case study 6: alcohol amnestic disorder and associated dementia / case study 7: depression and other pseudodementias / case study 8: focal lesions posing as dementia—the angular gyrus syndrome malingering and psychological dysfunction / emotional factors (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - focuses on the neuropsychological evaluation of brain dysfunction KW - particularly in dementia KW - 1990 KW - Dementia KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - AIDS KW - Alcoholism KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Amnesia KW - Brain Damage KW - Case Report KW - Major Depression KW - Malingering KW - Pseudodementia KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-98470-024&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-98470-023 AN - 1991-98470-023 AU - Sloan, Patrick T1 - The normal brain: An overview. T2 - Alzheimer's disease: A handbook for caregivers. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 208 EP - 220 CY - St Louis, MO, US PB - C V Mosby Co SN - 0-8016-2026-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-98470-023. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sloan, Patrick; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Clinical Psychologist, Johnson City, TN, US. Release Date: 19920401. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-8016-2026-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Neurology. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 13. AB - to better understand how a brain disorder such as Alzheimer's disease affects brain functioning, it is important first to have some basic understanding of the normal brain and its functions nerve cells / brain structure / central nervous system / hemispheres and lobes / brain functions / cerebellum / reticular formation / cranial nerves / basal ganglia / thalamus / limbic system / integration and specialization of higher cortical functions (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - provides an overview of normal brain function in order that brain functioning with brain disorders such as Alzheimer's disease can be better understood KW - 1990 KW - Brain KW - Neurology KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-98470-023&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-98470-022 AN - 1991-98470-022 AU - Hamdy, Ronald C. T1 - The aging process. T2 - Alzheimer's disease: A handbook for caregivers. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 197 EP - 207 CY - St Louis, MO, US PB - C V Mosby Co SN - 0-8016-2026-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-98470-022. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hamdy, Ronald C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Associate Chief of Staff/Extended Care & Geriatrics, Johnson City, TN, US. Release Date: 19920401. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-8016-2026-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aging; Disorders; Life Expectancy. Minor Descriptor: Side Effects (Drug). Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 11. AB - life expectancy / diseases common in old age [chronic degenerative diseases, multiple pathologies and polypharmacy] / no medication is free of side effects / avoiding polypharmacy / diseases are not part of the normal aging process / the 'normal aging process' is difficult to study / factors that may affect the functions of aging organs / effect of aging on mental functions / aging and the central nervous system / aging and impaired vision and auditory acuity / older people and isolation (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses life expectancy KW - & issues on aging & disorders KW - 1990 KW - Aging KW - Disorders KW - Life Expectancy KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-98470-022&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-98470-018 AN - 1991-98470-018 AU - Lancaster, Mary McLeod AU - Broome, Joyce T1 - The role of the nurse in an Alzheimer's unit. T2 - Alzheimer's disease: A handbook for caregivers. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 169 EP - 173 CY - St Louis, MO, US PB - C V Mosby Co SN - 0-8016-2026-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-98470-018. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lancaster, Mary McLeod; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Clinical Nurse Specialist--Gerontology, Mountain Home, TN, US. Release Date: 19920401. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-8016-2026-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Nurses; Nursing. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 5. AB - nurses who work on the Alzheimer's unit of a nursing home or some other institution have many functions, including coordinating communication, teaching, and helping the patient to stay as healthy as possible (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses the role of the nurse with Alzheimer's patients KW - 1990 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Nurses KW - Nursing KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-98470-018&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-98470-016 AN - 1991-98470-016 AU - Lancaster, Mary McLeod AU - Patrick, Edith AU - Abernathy, Bea T1 - Support groups for relatives. T2 - Alzheimer's disease: A handbook for caregivers. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 155 EP - 160 CY - St Louis, MO, US PB - C V Mosby Co SN - 0-8016-2026-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-98470-016. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lancaster, Mary McLeod; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Clinical Nurse Specialist--Gerontology, Mountain Home, TN, US. Release Date: 19920401. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-8016-2026-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Family Members; Support Groups. Classification: Self Help Groups (3353). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 6. AB - Discusses use of support groups for family members of Alzheimer's disease patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) AB - dangers of support groups (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses use of support groups for family members of Alzheimer's disease patients KW - 1990 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Family Members KW - Support Groups KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-98470-016&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-98470-013 AN - 1991-98470-013 AU - Lancaster, Mary McLeod T1 - Family education. T2 - Alzheimer's disease: A handbook for caregivers. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 123 EP - 131 CY - St Louis, MO, US PB - C V Mosby Co SN - 0-8016-2026-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-98470-013. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lancaster, Mary McLeod; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Clinical Nurse Specialist--Gerontology, Mountain Home, TN, US. Release Date: 19920401. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-8016-2026-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Family Members; Health Education. Minor Descriptor: Caregivers. Classification: Behavioral & Psychological Treatment of Physical Illness (3361). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 9. AB - a number of areas of information must be explored with family members who are caring for someone with Alzheimer's disease / also, providing this information helps the caregivers feel more competent in their role / each member of the health care team must take it upon himself or herself to become involved in the educational process and to lend knowledge, expertise, and support to the family caregiver (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses the need of the health care team to educate family caregivers of patients with Alzheimer's disease KW - 1990 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Family Members KW - Health Education KW - Caregivers KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-98470-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-98470-011 AN - 1991-98470-011 AU - Lancaster, Mary McLeod T1 - Urinary incontinence: Aids for management. T2 - Alzheimer's disease: A handbook for caregivers. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 108 EP - 115 CY - St Louis, MO, US PB - C V Mosby Co SN - 0-8016-2026-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-98470-011. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lancaster, Mary McLeod; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Clinical Nurse Specialist--Gerontology, Mountain Home, TN, US. Release Date: 19920401. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-8016-2026-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Medical Therapeutic Devices; Urinary Incontinence. Minor Descriptor: Home Care. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 8. AB - urinary incontinence is a disturbing problem for both the caregiver and patient / the patient may feel ashamed and embarrassed, especially if he needs assistance / the caregiver also may feel embarrassed if accidents occur in public places / the onset of incontinence is the 'last straw' for many caregivers and often results in the patient's being placed in a long-term care facility / however, a number of products and aids can lessen the strain of incontinence on caregiver and patient, and finding the most appropriate form of management can enable the family to care for the patient at home for a longer period patient mobility / elevated seats / urinals/bedpans / patient clothing / urine collection devices [indwelling catheters, external catheters, drainage bags, absorbant pads, adult diapers, adult briefs or pants, protective pads] / skin care / insurance coverage (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses health aids for patients with urinary incontinence KW - Alzheimer's disease patients KW - 1990 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Medical Therapeutic Devices KW - Urinary Incontinence KW - Home Care KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-98470-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-98470-010 AN - 1991-98470-010 AU - Hamdy, Ronald C. T1 - Urinary incontinence. T2 - Alzheimer's disease: A handbook for caregivers. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 97 EP - 107 CY - St Louis, MO, US PB - C V Mosby Co SN - 0-8016-2026-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-98470-010. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hamdy, Ronald C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Associate Chief of Staff/Extended Care & Geriatrics, Johnson City, TN, US. Release Date: 19920401. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-8016-2026-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Urinary Incontinence. Minor Descriptor: Client Education. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 11. AB - reluctance to admit incontinence / urinary incontinence and Alzheimer's disease / discussing incontinence with the patient / common types of urinary incontinence [stress incontinence, urge incontinence (detrusor instability), overflow incontinence, drug-induced urinary retention and overflow incontinence, functional incontinence] / information for the physician [characteristics of the incontinence, clinical examination] (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses urinary incontinence in the Alzheimer's patient KW - 1990 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Urinary Incontinence KW - Client Education KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-98470-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-98470-007 AN - 1991-98470-007 AU - Hamdy, Ronald C. AU - Acuff, Robert V. T1 - Nutrition and Alzheimer's disease. T2 - Alzheimer's disease: A handbook for caregivers. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 69 EP - 77 CY - St Louis, MO, US PB - C V Mosby Co SN - 0-8016-2026-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-98470-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hamdy, Ronald C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Associate Chief of Staff/Extended Care & Geriatrics, Johnson City, TN, US. Release Date: 19920401. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-8016-2026-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Nutritional Deficiencies. Minor Descriptor: Toxic Disorders. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 9. AB - several surveys have revealed that most, if not all patients with Alzheimer's disease appear to be underweight and malnourished compared to patients who do not have the disease / even when compared to patients with other dementing illnesses, those with Alzheimer's disease appear to be consistently underweight / it is therefore unlikely that this weight loss is the result only of a poor dietary intake secondary to the patient's mental impairment and his forgetting to eat regularly / furthermore, patients with Alzheimer's disease appear to 'fade away' gradually / these observations have led some investigators to suspect that Alzheimer's disease may be caused by malnutrition, and a number of research projects have been undertaken to discover whether this is the case is Alzheimer's disease caused by nutritional deficiencies / is Alzheimer's disease caused by food poisoning [aluminum and Alzheimer's disease] / malnutrition and Alzheimer's disease [the role of food and drink in society, fluid intake, food intake] / classification of food substances [energy-producing substances, vitamins, dietary fiber] (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses the role that nutrition deficiency may play in Alzheimer's disease KW - 1990 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Nutritional Deficiencies KW - Toxic Disorders KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-98470-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-98470-003 AN - 1991-98470-003 AU - Hamdy, Ronald C. T1 - Factors that aggravate Alzheimer's disease. T2 - Alzheimer's disease: A handbook for caregivers. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 25 EP - 36 CY - St Louis, MO, US PB - C V Mosby Co SN - 0-8016-2026-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-98470-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hamdy, Ronald C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Associate Chief of Staff/Extended Care & Geriatrics, Johnson City, TN, US. Release Date: 19920401. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-8016-2026-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Susceptibility (Disorders). Minor Descriptor: Brain Disorders; Cardiovascular Disorders. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 12. AB - currently Alzheimer's disease is believed to be an irreversible, slowly progressive process characterized by gradual deterioration / nevertheless, not infrequently a patient who is known to have Alzheimer's disease will deteriorate suddenly / the patient's relatives and even some physicians and nurses may attribute this sudden downturn to the underlying Alzheimer's disease process, but this often is not the case / in many instances some other specific disease is responsible for the rapid deterioration / it is important to detect any factor that may worsen the patient's mental and/or physical state, since many of these factors are reversible if treated early / if not detected in time, they may lead to further irreversible deterioration since patients with Alzheimer's disease already have a reduced number of brain cells, they are particularly vulnerable to a number of factors that may interfere with the functions of the remaining nerve cells / these factors include the following: / sudden reduction in the number of neurons [strokes (cerebrovascular accidents), subdural hematomas, space-occupying lesions in the skull] / sudden decrease in the blood supply to the brain [myocardial infarctions, arrhythmias (irregular heart rate)] / diminished quality of blood reaching the brain [reduced oxygenation of the blood, reduced blood glucose (hypoglycemia), toxic substances in the bloodstream] / altered messages from the environment [impaired vision, impaired hearing, sudden change in surroundings, pain and discomfort] / drugs / other influences [physical restraints, sleep deprivation, other medical conditions] (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses the importance of diagnosing & treating the presence of other disorders the Alzheimer patient is susceptible to KW - 1990 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Susceptibility (Disorders) KW - Brain Disorders KW - Cardiovascular Disorders KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-98470-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-98470-001 AN - 1991-98470-001 AU - Hamdy, Ronald C. T1 - Clinical presentation. T2 - Alzheimer's disease: A handbook for caregivers. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 3 EP - 15 CY - St Louis, MO, US PB - C V Mosby Co SN - 0-8016-2026-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-98470-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hamdy, Ronald C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Associate Chief of Staff/Extended Care & Geriatrics, Johnson City, TN, US. Release Date: 19920401. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-8016-2026-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Symptoms. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 13. AB - Discusses the symptoms characteristic of Alzheimer's disease. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) AB - age of onset / familial tendency / clinical symptoms [memory deficit, inability to acquire new knowledge information, language difficulties, impaired visuospatial skills and apraxia, poor judgment, self-neglect, behavioral problems, physical deterioration, cause of death] (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses the characteristic features of Alzheimer's disease KW - 1990 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Symptoms KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-98470-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1991-98470-000 AN - 1991-98470-000 AU - Hamdy, Ronald C. AU - Turnbull, James M. AU - Norman, Linda D. AU - Lancaster, Mary M. T1 - Alzheimer's disease: A handbook for caregivers. Y1 - 1990/// CY - St Louis, MO, US PB - C V Mosby Co SN - 0-8016-2026-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-98470-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hamdy, Ronald C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Associate Chief of Staff/Extended Care & Geriatrics, Johnson City, TN, US. Release Date: 19920401. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-8016-2026-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Caregivers; Health Care Delivery. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297); Behavioral & Psychological Treatment of Physical Illness (3361). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 282. AB - This book was written in response to a request from caregivers in our community—individuals who care for victims at home and health care professionals who look after patients in nursing homes. We recognized the need for a comprehensive book that would address many of the issues faced by caregivers who are expected to help the victims of this devastating illness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) AB - Contains a wealth of practical information about the effects of Alzheimer's on the patient's day-to-day life. The book offers detailed descriptions of the stages of the disease, the options for treatment, and the effects of other mental and physical characteristics upon the expression of Alzheimer's. It also offers valuable suggestions for approaching issues such as nutrition, sleep habits, and therapy. The book is a perfect bridge between those who know most about the disease—and those who know most about the patient. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - provides comprehensive information on issues faced by caregivers of persons with Alzheimer's disease KW - 1990 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Caregivers KW - Health Care Delivery KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-98470-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-97476-013 AN - 1991-97476-013 AU - Shouse, M. N. AU - King, A. AU - Langer, J. AU - Wellesley, K. AU - Vreeken, T. AU - King, K. AU - Siegel, J. AU - Szymusiak, R. ED - Wada, Juhn A. ED - Wada, Juhn A., (Ed) T1 - Basic mechanisms underlying seizure-prone and seizure-resistant sleep and awakening states in feline kindled and penicillin epilepsy. T2 - Kindling 4. T3 - Advances in behavioral biology, Vol. 37 Y1 - 1990/// SP - 313 EP - 327 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-43605-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-97476-013. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shouse, M. N.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sleep Disturbance Research, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-43605-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Consciousness States; Epilepsy. Minor Descriptor: Amygdala; Animal Models; Cats; Kindling; Penicillins; Seizures; Sleep Deprivation. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Animal (20). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 15. AB - sleep-waking state physiology is one of the most well documented factors affecting the clinical expression or suppression of human epilepsy / our laboratory is identifying the brain mechanisms for these seizure-prone and seizure-resistant states in humans / the initial objective was to establish animal models of human generalized epilepsies with sleep or awakening convulsions feline models of sleep and awakening epilepsy / amygdala kindling model of sleep epilepsy / kindled sleep epilepsy vs. penicillin-induced awakening epilepsy / anatomical substrates of seizure prone and seizure resistant states / kindling: reticulothalamocortical pathways in sleep-activated epilepsy / penicillin epilepsy: hypothalamocortical pathways in awakening convulsions / REM sleep suppression of seizures in kindled and penicillin epilepsy (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) AB - A discussion by S. L. Moshe and M. N. Shouse follows this chapter. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - examines which states of sleep are seizure-prone or seizure-resistant in experiments in feline kindled & penicillin epilepsy KW - 1990 KW - Consciousness States KW - Epilepsy KW - Amygdala KW - Animal Models KW - Cats KW - Kindling KW - Penicillins KW - Seizures KW - Sleep Deprivation KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-97476-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-97249-019 AN - 1991-97249-019 AU - Keane, Terence M. AU - Litz, Brett T. AU - Blake, Dudley David ED - Hersen, Michel ED - Last, Cynthia G. ED - Hersen, Michel, (Ed) ED - Last, Cynthia G., (Ed) T1 - Post-traumatic stress disorder in adulthood. T2 - Handbook of child and adult psychopathology: A longitudinal perspective. T3 - Pergamon general psychology series, 161 Y1 - 1990/// SP - 275 EP - 291 CY - Elmsford, NY, US PB - Pergamon Press SN - 0-08-036101-3 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-97249-019. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Keane, Terence M.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical & Outpatient Clinic, Chief of Psychology Service, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-08-036101-3, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Differential Diagnosis; Epidemiology; Etiology; Symptoms. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 17. AB - description of the disorder / clinical presentation / epidemiology [combat-related PTDS [post-traumatic stress disorder], crime-related PTSD, man-made disaster-related PTSD, natural disaster-related PTSD] / natural history / impairment and complications / differential diagnosis / case example / childhood and familial antecedents PTDS [post-traumatic stress disorder] is characterized by a host of reliving experiences that can preoccupy the person with florid details of the traumatic event / PTSD is also accompanied by social withdrawal, avoidance behavior, and numbing of emotional reactance, all of which serve to isolate the individual and impair social support systems / symptoms of increased arousal, indicative of the imbalance between physiological activation and inhibition, complete the diagnostic criteria for PTSD / difficulties with sleep, concentration impairment, physiological hyperreactivity to cues of the traumatic event, hypervigilance, and startle responses are additional symptoms of arousal that are associated with PTSD (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses post-traumatic stress disorder in adults KW - 1990 KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Epidemiology KW - Etiology KW - Symptoms KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-97249-019&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-97249-018 AN - 1991-97249-018 AU - Eth, Spencer ED - Hersen, Michel ED - Last, Cynthia G. ED - Hersen, Michel, (Ed) ED - Last, Cynthia G., (Ed) T1 - Post-traumatic stress disorder in childhood. T2 - Handbook of child and adult psychopathology: A longitudinal perspective. T3 - Pergamon general psychology series, 161 Y1 - 1990/// SP - 263 EP - 274 CY - Elmsford, NY, US PB - Pergamon Press SN - 0-08-036101-3 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-97249-018. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eth, Spencer; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Acting Chief of Psychiatry, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-08-036101-3, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Differential Diagnosis; Epidemiology; Etiology; Prognosis; Symptoms. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 12. AB - description of the disorder / clinical presentation / epidemiology / natural history / impairment and complications / differential diagnosis / case example / continuity and discontinuity with adult presentation PTSD [post-traumatic stress disorder] refers to the cluster of symptoms that typically arises after an extremely disturbing event / although the DSM-III-R [Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders] avoids etiological assumptions, for PTSD there is the clear implication that the psychosocial stressor, which must be outside the range of usual human experience, would be markedly distressing to almost anyone and actually precipitates the initial intense fear, terror, and helplessness primary prevention of PTSD would require the eradication of violence and disasters, and is not possible / because the syndrome will cause prolonged distress and disability for the child, early diagnosis is critical / although treatment has not been addressed in this chapter, it is important to note that effective therapeutic interventions are readily available (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses post-traumatic stress disorder in children KW - 1990 KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Epidemiology KW - Etiology KW - Prognosis KW - Symptoms KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-97249-018&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-97211-012 AN - 1991-97211-012 AU - Malone, Steven W. AU - Jason, Leonard A. ED - Watson, Ronald R. ED - Watson, Ronald R., (Ed) T1 - Using incentives, lotteries, and competitions in work-site smoking cessation interventions. T2 - Drug and alcohol abuse prevention. T3 - Drug and alcohol abuse reviews Y1 - 1990/// SP - 313 EP - 337 CY - Totowa, NJ, US PB - Humana Press SN - 0-89603-179-9 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-97211-012. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Malone, Steven W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Behavioral Medicine Clinic, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89603-179-9, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Employee Assistance Programs; Smoking Cessation. Minor Descriptor: Competition; Environment; Incentives; Organizational Change; Reinforcement. Classification: Personnel Management & Selection & Training (3620); Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 25. AB - smoking cessation interventions have been most frequently based on individual-level and group-level conceptualizations several advantages of a larger-scale perspective will be reviewed some of the most promising smoking cessation interventions that employ incentives, lotteries, and competitions will be reviewed / these types of interventions are believed to have the most potential for changing organizational norms regarding smoking in the final section of this chapter, several issues will be reviewed that are particularly important for organizational change agents, including assessing environmental factors that influence smoking behaviors and evaluating methods of increasing participation rates in smoking cessation programs interventions at the individual and group levels / increasing participation rates / relapse / organizational factors / rationale for offering material reinforcers / reinforcement programs / organizational influences / stepped care / marketing considerations / cost-outcome analyses (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses smoking cessation programs in the work environment KW - 1990 KW - Employee Assistance Programs KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Competition KW - Environment KW - Incentives KW - Organizational Change KW - Reinforcement KW - 1990 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4612-0465-7_12 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-97211-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-97166-016 AN - 1991-97166-016 AU - Larsen, Kathie G. ED - Johnson, Dale L. ED - Johnson, Dale L., (Ed) T1 - The role of the two-year internship in training psychologists in the provision of services to the seriously mentally ill. T2 - Service needs of the seriously mentally ill: Training implications for psychology. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 89 EP - 92 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1-55798-102-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-97166-016. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Larsen, Kathie G.; Psychology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20150824. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 1-55798-102-7, Paperback. Language: English. Conference Information: National Conference on Clinical Training in Psychology: Improving the Participation of Psychologists in the Provision of Services to the Seriously Mentally Ill, Apr, 1988, University of Texas, Houston, TX, US. Conference Note: This research was presented at the aforementioned conference. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology Internship; Mental Health Services; Psychologists. Minor Descriptor: Chronic Mental Illness; Severity (Disorders). Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 4. AB - This chapter examines the role of having a two-year internship for training psychologists in providing services to the seriously mentally ill. Topics discussed include rationale for the two-year internship, attracting interns to work with the seriously mentally ill, a proposed model, and recommendations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - training psychologists KW - two-year internship KW - services KW - seriously mentally ill KW - 1990 KW - Clinical Psychology Internship KW - Mental Health Services KW - Psychologists KW - Chronic Mental Illness KW - Severity (Disorders) KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/10077-016 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-97166-016&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-97152-028 AN - 1991-97152-028 AU - Young, Gary P. AU - Dailey, Robert H. ED - Porter, Roger J. ED - Mattson, Richard H. ED - Cramer, Joyce A. ED - Diamond, Ivan ED - Schoenberg, Devera G. ED - Porter, Roger J., (Ed) ED - Mattson, Richard H., (Ed) ED - Cramer, Joyce A., (Ed) ED - Diamond, Ivan, (Ed) ED - Schoenberg, Devera G., (Ed) T1 - Treatment of alcohol withdrawal seizures with intravenous phenobarbital. T2 - Alcohol and seizures: Basic mechanisms and clinical concepts. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 298 EP - 303 CY - Philadelphia, PA, US PB - F A Davis SN - 0-8036-7008-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-97152-028. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Young, Gary P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Emergency Medicine Section, Chief, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8036-7008-7, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Drug Withdrawal; Phenobarbital. Minor Descriptor: Anticonvulsive Drugs; Blood Serum; Drug Dosages; Drug Therapy; Intravenous Injections; Seizures. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 6. AB - stress both the benefits of IV-PB [intravenous phenobarbital] in preventing AWS [alcohol withdrawal seizures] and the relationship between the dose of IV-PB administered and the resultant serum PB level in alcoholic patients and in patients on chronic PB therapy (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses the treatment of alcohol withdrawal seizures with intravenous phenobarbital KW - 1990 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Phenobarbital KW - Anticonvulsive Drugs KW - Blood Serum KW - Drug Dosages KW - Drug Therapy KW - Intravenous Injections KW - Seizures KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-97152-028&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-97152-022 AN - 1991-97152-022 AU - Mattson, Richard H. AU - Fay, M. Linda AU - Sturman, John K. AU - Cramer, Joyce A. AU - Wallace, Jan D. AU - Mattson, Elena M. ED - Porter, Roger J. ED - Mattson, Richard H. ED - Cramer, Joyce A. ED - Diamond, Ivan ED - Schoenberg, Devera G. ED - Porter, Roger J., (Ed) ED - Mattson, Richard H., (Ed) ED - Cramer, Joyce A., (Ed) ED - Diamond, Ivan, (Ed) ED - Schoenberg, Devera G., (Ed) T1 - The effect of various patterns of alcohol use on seizures in patients with epilepsy. T2 - Alcohol and seizures: Basic mechanisms and clinical concepts. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 233 EP - 240 CY - Philadelphia, PA, US PB - F A Davis SN - 0-8036-7008-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-97152-022. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mattson, Richard H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Epilepsy Research, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8036-7008-7, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Epileptic Seizures. Minor Descriptor: Epilepsy; Neurophysiology. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 8. AB - studied the effect of alcohol use in nonalcoholic patients with epilepsy neurophysiological findings (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - studied the effect of alcohol use in nonalcoholic patients with epilepsy KW - 1990 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Epileptic Seizures KW - Epilepsy KW - Neurophysiology KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-97152-022&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-97152-015 AN - 1991-97152-015 AU - Victor, Maurice ED - Porter, Roger J. ED - Mattson, Richard H. ED - Cramer, Joyce A. ED - Diamond, Ivan ED - Schoenberg, Devera G. ED - Porter, Roger J., (Ed) ED - Mattson, Richard H., (Ed) ED - Cramer, Joyce A., (Ed) ED - Diamond, Ivan, (Ed) ED - Schoenberg, Devera G., (Ed) T1 - Alcohol withdrawal seizures: An overview. T2 - Alcohol and seizures: Basic mechanisms and clinical concepts. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 148 EP - 161 CY - Philadelphia, PA, US PB - F A Davis SN - 0-8036-7008-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-97152-015. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Victor, Maurice; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Distinguished Physician, White River Junction, VT, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8036-7008-7, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Drug Withdrawal; Seizures. Minor Descriptor: Hospitalized Patients. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 14. AB - the concept of AWS [alcohol withdrawal seizures] / convulsive seizures in the alcoholic: analysis of the clinical features observed in hospitalized patients / the cause of 'rum fits' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - provides an overview of alcohol withdrawal seizures KW - 1990 KW - Alcoholism KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Seizures KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-97152-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-97152-014 AN - 1991-97152-014 AU - Mattson, Richard H. ED - Porter, Roger J. ED - Mattson, Richard H. ED - Cramer, Joyce A. ED - Diamond, Ivan ED - Schoenberg, Devera G. ED - Porter, Roger J., (Ed) ED - Mattson, Richard H., (Ed) ED - Cramer, Joyce A., (Ed) ED - Diamond, Ivan, (Ed) ED - Schoenberg, Devera G., (Ed) T1 - Alcohol-related seizures. T2 - Alcohol and seizures: Basic mechanisms and clinical concepts. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 143 EP - 147 CY - Philadelphia, PA, US PB - F A Davis SN - 0-8036-7008-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-97152-014. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mattson, Richard H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Epilepsy Research, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8036-7008-7, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Epilepsy; Seizures. Minor Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Drug Usage; Syndromes. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 5. AB - the relationship between alcohol use and seizures this chapter catagorizes the various clinical syndromes / two major groups can be identified: persons with alcoholism who have seizures, and persons with epilepsy who use alcohol (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses the relationship between alcohol use & seizures KW - 1990 KW - Alcoholism KW - Epilepsy KW - Seizures KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Drug Usage KW - Syndromes KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-97152-014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-97107-009 AN - 1991-97107-009 AU - DelMaestro, Susan ED - Genevay, Bonnie ED - Katz, Renée S. ED - Genevay, Bonnie, (Ed) ED - Katz, Renée S., (Ed) T1 - Sharing despair: Working with distressed caregivers. T2 - Countertransference and older clients. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 123 EP - 135 CY - Thousand Oaks, CA, US PB - Sage Publications, Inc SN - 0-8039-3850-0 SN - 0-8039-3851-9 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-97107-009. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: DelMaestro, Susan; Philadelphia Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Staff Psychologist, Philadelphia, PA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8039-3850-0, Hardcover; 0-8039-3851-9, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Caregivers; Emotions; Mental Health Personnel. Minor Descriptor: Anger; Denial; Hopelessness. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 13. AB - family caregivers and professional helpers encounter similar experiences when we work together / identifying with caregivers can both help and hinder our work, depending on how we use the information our own feelings provide us / we may find that we mirror our client's experiences of powerlessness, hopelessness, anger, or denial that the loved one is ill (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - examines how health professionals may experience feelings of powerlessness KW - hopelessness KW - anger KW - or denial when working with distressed caregivers KW - 1990 KW - Caregivers KW - Emotions KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Anger KW - Denial KW - Hopelessness KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-97107-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-97105-015 AN - 1991-97105-015 AU - Cook, Mary Ann AU - Coe, Rodney M. AU - Hanson, Kristin ED - Stahl, Sidney M. ED - Stahl, Sidney M., (Ed) T1 - Physician-elderly patient communication: Processes and outcomes of medical encounters. T2 - The legacy of longevity: Health and health care in later life. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 291 EP - 309 CY - Thousand Oaks, CA, US PB - Sage Publications, Inc SN - 0-8039-4001-7 SN - 0-8039-4002-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-97105-015. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cook, Mary Ann; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, St Louis, MO, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8039-4001-7, Hardcover; 0-8039-4002-5, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatric Patients; Physicians; Therapeutic Processes. Minor Descriptor: Interpersonal Communication; Methodology; Treatment Outcomes. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 19. AB - examines selected aspects of interaction between physicians and elderly patients / a particular focus is on resolving apparent discrepancies among research reports on the relationship between 'styles' of communication and cognitive, affective, behavioral, and clinical outcomes of the encounters / thus far, however, there is some inconsistency in reports on the relationship of communication processes and patient-related outcomes / this chapter will briefly review some conceptual approaches to the issue, identify main methodological procedures, and try to explain some apparent inconsistencies (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - examines communication between physicians & elderly patients & its relation to patient-related outcomes KW - 1990 KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Physicians KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - Interpersonal Communication KW - Methodology KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-97105-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-97012-016 AN - 1991-97012-016 AU - Prinz, Patricia AU - Poceta, J. Steven AU - Vitiello, Michael V. ED - Nebes, Robert D. ED - Corkin, S. ED - Nebes, Robert D., (Ed) ED - Corkin, S., (Ed) T1 - Sleep in the dementing disorders. T2 - Handbook of neuropsychology, Vol. 4. T3 - Handbook of neuropsychology Y1 - 1990/// SP - 335 EP - 347 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0-444-90492-1 SN - 0-444-81234-2 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-97012-016. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Prinz, Patricia; U Washington, University Hosp, Psychiatry & Behavioral Sciences, Clinical Research Ctr, American Lake Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sleep & Aging Research Program, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-444-90492-1, Hardcover; 0-444-81234-2, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dementia; Sleep Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Disorders; Drug Usage; Mental Disorders. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 13. AB - aged / nocturnal respiratory dysfunction (sleep apnea) / nocturnal myoclonus / sleep disturbance secondary to physical illness or toxic metabolic states / sleep disturbances secondary to psychiatric illness / sleep disturbance associated with drug and alcohol use / sleep disturbances related to circadian rhythm changes / other sleep disorders / sleep disturbance secondary to dementing conditions brain structure and sleep-wake function / sleep change associated with AD [Alzheimer's disease] / sleep changes associated with other dementing disorders [Parkinson's disease, alcohol and alcoholic dementia, cerebrovascular disorders, head trauma, Pick's disease, Huntington's disease (HD), other degenerative disorders] (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses sleep disorders in the aged with dementia KW - 1990 KW - Dementia KW - Sleep Disorders KW - Disorders KW - Drug Usage KW - Mental Disorders KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-97012-016&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-20856-001 AN - 1990-20856-001 AU - Craig, Robert J. AU - Olson, Ronald E. AU - Shalton, Glenn T1 - Improvement in psychological functioning among drug abusers: Inpatient treatment compared to outpatient methadone maintenance. JF - Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment JO - Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment JA - J Subst Abuse Treat Y1 - 1990/// VL - 7 IS - 1 SP - 11 EP - 19 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0740-5472 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-20856-001. PMID: 2313767 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Craig, Robert J.; West Side Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 19900801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Rehabilitation; Hospitalized Patients; Methadone Maintenance; Outpatient Treatment; Personality. Minor Descriptor: Cocaine; Drug Abuse; Opiates. Classification: Outpatient Services (3371). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Compared 68 Black male opiate and cocaine abusers receiving hospital-based, multimodal treatment for drug abuse in a 14–21 day program and 47 Black male patients newly admitted to methadone maintenance (MM) on changes in psychological functioning, using a pretreatment–posttreatment design. Psychological changes were assessed by the Adjective Checklist, measuring the construct of need. Inpatient treatment resulting in abstinence was associated with positive, meaningful, and significant changes in need pattern that were internally consistent. An equivalent amount of time on MM outpatient treatment produced no improvement in psychological functioning, except that these patients evidenced increased dependency needs. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological functioning KW - opiate & cocaine abusing Black males in outpatient methadone maintenance vs inpatient multimodal treatment KW - 1990 KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Methadone Maintenance KW - Outpatient Treatment KW - Personality KW - Cocaine KW - Drug Abuse KW - Opiates KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0740-5472(90)90032-L UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-20856-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-20265-001 AN - 1990-20265-001 AU - Weinberger, Morris AU - Tierney, William M. AU - Booher, Patricia AU - Hiner, Sharon L. T1 - Social support, stress and functional status in patients with osteoarthritis. JF - Social Science & Medicine JO - Social Science & Medicine JA - Soc Sci Med Y1 - 1990/// VL - 30 IS - 4 SP - 503 EP - 508 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0277-9536 SN - 1873-5347 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-20265-001. PMID: 2315733 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weinberger, Morris; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Health Services Research & Development Field Program, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19900801. Correction Date: 20110905. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Arthritis; Social Support; Stress. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Administered arthritis impact measurement scales (AIMS), a hassles scale, and an interpersonal support evaluation list to 439 patients with osteoarthritis. Exposure to stressors and low self-esteem support were associated with increased disability along all AIMS dimensions. Physical disability was associated with being older and having less tangible support; psychological disability with being younger, Caucasian, and having less belonging support; and pain with being younger, Caucasian, and having less education. Self-esteem was the most, and appraisal the least, consistent social support dimension when predicting functional status. While exposure to stressors negatively affected all AIMS dimensions, its impact was greatest with respect to psychological disability. Social support had a direct impact on functional status. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social support & stress & functional status KW - adults with osteoarthritis KW - 1990 KW - Arthritis KW - Social Support KW - Stress KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0277-9536(90)90353-T UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-20265-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-19789-001 AN - 1990-19789-001 AU - Rahe, Richard H. AU - Karson, Samuel AU - Howard, Noel S. AU - Rubin, Robert T. AU - Poland, Russell E. T1 - Psychological and physiological assessments on American hostages freed from captivity in Iran. JF - Psychosomatic Medicine JO - Psychosomatic Medicine Y1 - 1990/01//Jan-Feb, 1990 VL - 52 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 16 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0033-3174 SN - 1534-7796 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-19789-001. PMID: 2305018 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rahe, Richard H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Nevada Stress Ctr, Reno, US. Release Date: 19900801. Correction Date: 20130513. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Evaluation; Hostages; Physiological Correlates; Psychodynamics. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Jan-Feb, 1990. AB - Medical evaluations of 52 Americans (mean age 31.5 yrs for military personnel; mean age 42.0 yrs for civilians) held hostage in Iran for 444 days included psychological testing such as the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) and the Sixteen Personality Factor Questionnaire (16PF) and physiological measures (serum, salivary, and urinary cortisol values, plasma and urinary catecholamine levels, and salivary testosterone). Psychological testing indicated that the former hostages, as a group, were generally well defended, appearing to have endured their ordeal well. In contrast, plasma and saliva cortisol, urinary catecholamines, and saliva testosterone were highly elevated and appeared to reflect distress, anxiety, and elation. Psychiatrists' disturbance ratings appeared to be a valid psychometric estimate, as adduced from their correlations with MMPI and 16PF major scales. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological & physiological assessment KW - former American hostages in Iran KW - 1990 KW - Evaluation KW - Hostages KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Psychodynamics KW - 1990 DO - 10.1097/00006842-199001000-00001 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-19789-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-19152-001 AN - 1990-19152-001 AU - Lovallo, William R. AU - Pincomb, Gwendolyn A. AU - Brackett, Daniel J. AU - Wilson, Michael F. T1 - Heart rate reactivity as a predictor of neuroendocrine responses to aversive and appetitive challenges. JF - Psychosomatic Medicine JO - Psychosomatic Medicine Y1 - 1990/01//Jan-Feb, 1990 VL - 52 IS - 1 SP - 17 EP - 26 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0033-3174 SN - 1534-7796 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-19152-001. PMID: 2305020 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lovallo, William R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Behavioral Sciences Labs, Oklahoma City, OK, US. Release Date: 19900801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aversive Stimulation; Heart Rate; Hydrocortisone; Norepinephrine; Rewards. Minor Descriptor: Blood Plasma; Physiological Correlates; Reaction Time. Classification: Psychophysiology (2560). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jan-Feb, 1990. AB - Examined the neuroendocrine influences of aversive and reward incentives (noise and shock vs monetary bonuses) presented during reaction time (RT) tasks administered to 71 men (aged 21–35 yrs) classified as high or low in heart rate (HR) reactivity. Ss worked on 1 of 2 visual RT tasks: either to avoid exposure to noise and shock or to earn monetary bonuses. High HR reactors showed significant plasma norepinephrine rises from baseline both to aversive incentives and to reward, although they showed significant cortisol responses only during aversive incentives; low HR reactors were unresponsive in cortisol and norepinephrine during either type of incentive. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - aversive vs reward incentives during RT task KW - plasma norepinephrine & cortisol KW - 21–35 yr old males with high vs low heart rate reactivity KW - 1990 KW - Aversive Stimulation KW - Heart Rate KW - Hydrocortisone KW - Norepinephrine KW - Rewards KW - Blood Plasma KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Reaction Time KW - 1990 DO - 10.1097/00006842-199001000-00002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-19152-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-18740-001 AN - 1990-18740-001 AU - Maisto, Stephen A. AU - McKay, James R. AU - Connors, Gerard J. T1 - Self-report issues in substance abuse: State of the art and future directions. T3 - Self-reports across addictive behaviors: Issues and future directions in clinical and research settings JF - Behavioral Assessment JO - Behavioral Assessment JA - Behav Assess Y1 - 1990/// VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 117 EP - 134 CY - US PB - Pergamon Press, Inc. SN - 0191-5401 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-18740-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Maisto, Stephen A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19900801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Meta Analysis; Self-Report; Test Reliability; Test Validity. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Meta Analysis. Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Summarizes 14 studies published during 1967–1988 on the reliability and validity of drug abusers' self-reports of drug use. The review shows a high degree of variability in self-report validity, both within and between studies. Results are discussed by identifying methodological and research context variables that contribute to the variance in self-report validity. These variables include the specific measure used, the corroborating source, and the interpretation of urinalysis results. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reliability & validity of self reports of drug use KW - substance abusing adults KW - 1967–88 KW - meta analysis KW - 1990 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Meta Analysis KW - Self-Report KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-18740-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-18143-001 AN - 1990-18143-001 AU - Blake, Dudley D. AU - Keane, Terence M. AU - Wine, Pamela R. AU - Mora, Catherine AU - Taylor, Kathryn L. AU - Lyons, Judith A. T1 - Prevalence of PTSD symptoms in combat veterans seeking medical treatment. JF - Journal of Traumatic Stress JO - Journal of Traumatic Stress JA - J Trauma Stress Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 15 EP - 27 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0894-9867 SN - 1573-6598 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-18143-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Blake, Dudley D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19900701. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Medical Patients; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychopathology; War. Minor Descriptor: Hospitalized Patients. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1990. AB - Investigated (1) the degree to which posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptomatology is present in veterans who are inpatients on medical units, (2) rates of PTSD symptoms of combat veterans from World War II, Korea, and Vietnam, and (3) psychological disturbance across the 3 wars. 161 nonpsychiatric combat and former prisoner of war veteran patients served as Ss, with 70.2% of these having served in World War II. Ss completed a demographic data sheet, the Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related PTSD (T. M. Keane et al; 1988), the SCL-90 (Revised), and a combat exposure scale. Results show a 24% overall PTSD rate. While no differences in combat exposure were found among 3 war groups, psychiatric disturbance was most apparent among Vietnam veterans. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PTSD symptoms & psychological disturbance KW - WWII vs Korean vs Vietnam war veteran inpatients on medical units KW - 1990 KW - Medical Patients KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychopathology KW - War KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - 1990 DO - 10.1002/jts.2490030103 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-18143-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-17933-001 AN - 1990-17933-001 AU - Chenitz, W. Carole AU - Salisbury, Sally AU - Stone, Joyce T. T1 - Drug misuse and abuse in the elderly. JF - Issues in Mental Health Nursing JO - Issues in Mental Health Nursing JA - Issues Ment Health Nurs Y1 - 1990/// VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 16 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0161-2840 SN - 1096-4673 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-17933-001. PMID: 2298558 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Chenitz, W. Carole; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Francisco, CA, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19900701. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Drug Usage; Prevention; Treatment Compliance. Minor Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Nursing. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Explores the problem of drug misuse and abuse (DMA), focusing on prevention, assessment, and intervention for psychiatric nurses. Cases of 2 women (aged 80 and 86 yrs) illustrate the complexity of the problem of DMA. It is concluded that DMA in the elderly is not well understood or described. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drug misuse & abuse KW - 80 & 86 yr old females KW - implications for prevention & assessment & intervention in psychiatric nursing KW - 1990 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Drug Usage KW - Prevention KW - Treatment Compliance KW - Drug Therapy KW - Nursing KW - 1990 DO - 10.3109/01612849009014541 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-17933-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-17916-001 AN - 1990-17916-001 AU - McCarran, Meredith S. AU - Andrasik, Frank T1 - Behavioral weight-loss for multiply-handicapped adults: Assessing caretaker involvement and measures of behavior change. JF - Addictive Behaviors JO - Addictive Behaviors JA - Addict Behav Y1 - 1990/// VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 13 EP - 20 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0306-4603 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-17916-001. PMID: 2138405 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McCarran, Meredith S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcohol Dependency Treatment Program, Northampton, MA, US. Release Date: 19900701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Modification; Caregivers; Multiple Disabilities; Obesity; Weight Control. Minor Descriptor: Cerebral Palsy; Weight Loss; Intellectual Development Disorder. Classification: Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Two groups of 4 cerebral palsied, mentally retarded, overweight adults (aged 19–42 yrs, IQ range 50–80) received training in 7 behavioral self-control techniques for reducing caloric intake and increasing activity levels over 19 wks. One group's parents/caretakers had frequent contacts from the diet leader (home-help group); the other group had no caretaker-directed communications other than initial notification (no-help group). Measures of adherence were included to assess the process of behavioral change during the diet program. A significant treatment effect accrued for all participants in the diet program, with the home-help group of dieters showing clinically, but not statistically, superior weight loss at treatment end and at follow-ups through 1 yr. Specific behaviors taught, such as replacing utensils after each bite and eating slowly, showed significant changes in the expected directions with weight change. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - caretaker involvement KW - effectiveness of behavioral weight loss treatment KW - mentally retarded overweight 19–42 yr olds with cerebral palsy KW - 1990 KW - Behavior Modification KW - Caregivers KW - Multiple Disabilities KW - Obesity KW - Weight Control KW - Cerebral Palsy KW - Weight Loss KW - Intellectual Development Disorder KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0306-4603(90)90003-G UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-17916-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-17453-001 AN - 1990-17453-001 AU - Willenbring, Mark L. AU - Anton, Raymond F. AU - Spring, William D. AU - Shafer, Rex B. AU - Dorus, Walter T1 - Thyrotropin and prolactin response to thyrotropin-releasing hormone in depressed and nondepressed alcoholic men. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 27 IS - 1 SP - 31 EP - 38 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-17453-001. PMID: 2105105 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Willenbring, Mark L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 19900701. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Prolactin; Thyrotropin. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1990. AB - Administered 500 μg iv thyrotropin-releasing hormone (TRH) to 81 alcoholic (AL) men after 3 wks of abstinence, and measured TSH and prolactin (PRL) at baseline, and 15 and 30 min later. 27 Ss with and 54 Ss without a lifetime history of depression and 9 nondepressed, non-AL controls were compared. AL Ss with/without a depression history did not differ from each other or from controls in TSH or PRL response area under the curve. A blunted Δmax TSH response to TRH was present in 12–22% of AL Ss, depending on how blunting was defined. Contrary to expectation, depressed Ss were slightly less likely to show blunted responses than nondepressed Ss. Never depressed Ss had the highest proportion of blunted responses, currently depressed Ss had none, and lifetime depressed Ss were intermediate, no matter how blunting was defined. Some AL Ss showed a blunted TSH response to TRH injection, which may be a function primarily of the alcoholism itself. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - TRH KW - TSH & prolactin KW - alcoholic males KW - 1990 KW - Alcoholism KW - Prolactin KW - Thyrotropin KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(90)90017-V UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-17453-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-17446-001 AN - 1990-17446-001 AU - Schuckit, Marc A. AU - Irwin, Michael AU - Brown, Sandra A. T1 - The history of anxiety symptoms among 171 primary alcoholics. JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 51 IS - 1 SP - 34 EP - 41 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0096-882X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-17446-001. PMID: 2299847 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs; Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schuckit, Marc A.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcohol Research Ctr, CA, US. Release Date: 19900701. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Anxiety. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans; Patient History. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1990. AB - Conducted patient and resource person interviews to explore the history of anxiety symptoms and syndromes in 171 primary alcoholic male veterans (aged 22–70 yrs) in an alcohol treatment program. 98% reported at least 1 symptom of anxiety during drinking or withdrawal, including 80% who related problems with palpitations and/or shortness of breath. In addition, 7 Ss described at least 1 episode of panic lasting 1 or more hours. These histories did not indicate an elevated incidence of either panic disorder or generalized anxiety that was independent of heavy drinking. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - history of anxiety symptoms & syndromes KW - primary alcoholic male 22–70 yr old military veterans KW - 1990 KW - Alcoholism KW - Anxiety KW - Military Veterans KW - Patient History KW - 1990 DO - 10.15288/jsa.1990.51.34 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-17446-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-17421-001 AN - 1990-17421-001 AU - Cooney, Ned L. AU - Kadden, Ronald M. AU - Litt, Mark D. T1 - A comparison of methods for assessing sociopathy in male and female alcoholics. JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 51 IS - 1 SP - 42 EP - 48 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0096-882X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-17421-001. PMID: 2299848 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs; Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cooney, Ned L.; Yale U School of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Psychology Service, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19900701. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Antisocial Behavior. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1990. AB - Compared 4 methods for assessing sociopathy in 79 male and 39 female inpatient alcoholics (mean age 38.8 yrs). Ss were administered (1) the Diagnostic Interview Schedule (DIS), which provides a diagnosis of antisocial personality disorder (APD) and an antisocial symptom count; (2) the Hare Psychopathy Checklist (R. D. Hare; see record [rid]1982-02477-001[/rid]); (3) the Socialization scale from the California Psychological Inventory (CPI—So); and (4) the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI)-168 Psychopathic Deviate scale. Factor analysis for the 4 continuous measures resulted in a 1-factor solution, implying that all 4 scales measured a single underlying construct. The CPI—So had the highest loading, indicating the strongest degree of association with the underlying construct of sociopathy. Only the CPI—So reliably discriminated between alcoholics diagnosed APD and non-APD by the DIS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - methods for assessment of sociopathy KW - alcoholic adults KW - 1990 KW - Alcoholism KW - Antisocial Behavior KW - 1990 DO - 10.15288/jsa.1990.51.42 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-17421-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-17325-001 AN - 1990-17325-001 AU - Southwick, Steven M. AU - Satel, Sally L. T1 - Exploring the meanings of substance abuse: An important dimension of early work with borderline patients. JF - American Journal of Psychotherapy JO - American Journal of Psychotherapy JA - Am J Psychother Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 44 IS - 1 SP - 61 EP - 67 CY - US PB - Assn for the Advancement of Psychotherapy SN - 0002-9564 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-17325-001. PMID: 2327520 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Southwick, Steven M.; West Haven Veterans Administration, Post Traumatic Stress Disorders Program, CT, US. Release Date: 19900701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Borderline States; Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis); Drug Abuse; Emotional Control; Psychodynamics. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1990. AB - Exploring the psychological role played by the use of substances in patients with borderline personality disorders can enrich the evaluation phase of treatment by illuminating deficits in personality structure (PS) and regulation of affect. Focus on the psychological functions of substances may also strengthen the initial therapeutic alliance and stimulate interest among treaters. Clinical examples are presented from the 14–21 day evaluations of 3 borderline patients (aged 32–38 yrs) who used substances as a partial solution to overwhelming affective states. Clinicians' attention to substance use led to a deeper understanding of PS deficits, especially the inability to understand and control affect. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - substance abuse & emotional control & psychodynamics KW - 32–38 yr olds with borderline personality disorders KW - implications for patient evaluation KW - 1990 KW - Borderline States KW - Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis) KW - Drug Abuse KW - Emotional Control KW - Psychodynamics KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-17325-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-17310-001 AN - 1990-17310-001 AU - Pitman, Roger K. AU - Orr, Scott P. T1 - Twenty-four hour urinary cortisol and catecholamine excretion in combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 27 IS - 2 SP - 245 EP - 247 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-17310-001. PMID: 2294983 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pitman, Roger K.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Research Service, Manchester, NH, US. Release Date: 19900701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Catecholamines; Hydrocortisone; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans; Urine. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1990. AB - Measured 24-hr urinary-free cortisol (UFC) and catecholamine excretion in 13 ambulatory Vietnam veteran posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) patients and 10 mentally healthy controls. Results did not replicate previous findings (e.g., J. W. Mason et al [see PA, Vols 73:19959 and 76:5278]) of decreased 24-hr UFC excretion, increased catecholamine excretion, and increased catecholamine cortisol excretion ratio in combat-related PTSD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 24 hr urinary free cortisol & catecholamine excretion KW - Vietnam veterans with combat related PTSD KW - 1990 KW - Catecholamines KW - Hydrocortisone KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Military Veterans KW - Urine KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(90)90654-K UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-17310-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-17265-001 AN - 1990-17265-001 AU - Irwin, Michael AU - Patterson, Tom AU - Smith, Tom L. AU - Caldwell, Cindy AU - Brown, Sandra A. AU - Gillin, J. Christian AU - Grant, Igor T1 - Reduction of immune function in life stress and depression. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 27 IS - 1 SP - 22 EP - 30 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-17265-001. PMID: 2297549 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Irwin, Michael; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Clinical Research Ctr on Alcoholism, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19900701. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Immunology; Life Experiences; Major Depression; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Hospitalized Patients; Physiological Correlates. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1990. AB - Examined the interaction between severe life stress and major depression to produce immune alterations in 36 matched pairs of hospitalized depressed male patients (aged 24–67 yrs) and age-matched nondepressed controls. Ss were assessed on the Schedule for Affective Disorders and Schizophrenia and the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression (HRSD), and life events and difficulties were determined. Both major depressive disorder and the presence of threatening life events in controls were independently associated with a 50% reduction of natural killer cytotoxicity. A decrease in natural cytotoxicity was significantly associated with depressive symptoms as measured by the HRSD, but not with age, alcohol consumption, or tobacco smoking. These findings of altered immunity provide further evidence that the physiological responses in chronic stress parallel those found in the syndrome of depression. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - life stress & major depression KW - immune function KW - hospitalized depressed 24–67 yr olds KW - 1990 KW - Immunology KW - Life Experiences KW - Major Depression KW - Stress KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Physiological Correlates KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(90)90016-U UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-17265-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-1502-8431 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-17012-001 AN - 1990-17012-001 AU - Alterman, Arthur I. AU - Hall, Julia G. AU - Purtill, James J. AU - Searles, John S. AU - Holahan, John M. AU - McLellan, A. Thomas T1 - Heavy drinking and its correlates in young men. JF - Addictive Behaviors JO - Addictive Behaviors JA - Addict Behav Y1 - 1990/// VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 95 EP - 103 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0306-4603 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-17012-001. PMID: 2316417 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Alterman, Arthur I.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Philadelphia, PA, US. Release Date: 19900701. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns. Minor Descriptor: Prediction. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Usage (Legal) (2990). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Examined the drinking behavior of 98 college men and the relationship to drinking of a variety of variables, using a background interview, a childhood history questionnaire, the Sensation Seeking Scale (SSS), and the MacAndrew Alcoholism Scale. 40% of the Ss could be described as problem drinkers. Illicit drug use and the disinhibition factor of the SSS were the most consistent correlates of drinking behavior and its adverse consequences. Five variables accounted for 51% of the total variance in drinking behavior. Significant predictors included a heavy drug use factor, a smoking factor, fraternity membership, drug/alcohol use before age 15 yrs, and having a family member who had received alcoholism treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - predictors of heavy drinking KW - male college students KW - 1990 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Prediction KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0306-4603(90)90012-M UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-17012-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-16648-001 AN - 1990-16648-001 AU - Levin, Edward D. AU - Rose, Jed E. AU - McGurk, Susan R. AU - Butcher, Larry L. T1 - Characterization of the cognitive effects of combined muscarinic and nicotinic blockade. JF - Behavioral & Neural Biology JO - Behavioral & Neural Biology JA - Behav Neural Biol Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 53 IS - 1 SP - 103 EP - 112 CY - US PB - Academic Press SN - 0163-1047 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-16648-001. PMID: 1967931 Other Journal Title: Behavioral Biology; Communications in Behavioral Biology. Part A. Original Articles; Neurobiology of Learning and Memory. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levin, Edward D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Nicotine Research Lab, Durham, NC, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19900701. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Dopamine Agonists; Drug Interactions; Mecamylamine; Scopolamine. Minor Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1990. AB - The nicotinic (NIC) blocker mecamylamine and the muscarinic (MUS) blocker scopolamine acted together in a greater than additive fashion in disrupting radial-arm maze choice accuracy in 13 adult female rats by inducing a pronounced impairment. The dopaminergic D₂ agonist LY 17155 attenuated the cognitive impairment caused by combined NIC and MUS blockade, but the dopaminergic D₁ antagonist SCH 23390 did not. Since combined NIC and MUS blockade approximates generalized cholinergic underactivation, treatments like LY 17155 may be useful in treating syndromes like Alzheimer's disease, which are characterized by generalized cholinergic loss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - LY 17155 & SCH 23390 KW - cognitive impairment by combined mecamylamine & scopolamine KW - female rats KW - implications for treatment of Alzheimer's disease KW - 1990 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Dopamine Agonists KW - Drug Interactions KW - Mecamylamine KW - Scopolamine KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Rats KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0163-1047(90)90865-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-16648-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-16544-001 AN - 1990-16544-001 AU - Haroutunian, Vahram AU - Mantin, Ricky AU - Kanof, Philip D. T1 - Frontal cortex as the site of action of physostigmine in nbM-lesioned rats. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 47 IS - 1 SP - 203 EP - 206 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-16544-001. PMID: 2326337 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Haroutunian, Vahram; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, NY, US. Release Date: 19900701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Forebrain; Frontal Lobe; Physostigmine; Retention. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1990. AB - Tested the hypothesis that physostigmine (PTG)-induced alleviation of nucleus basalis of Meynert (nbM) lesion-induced retention deficits was mediated by PTG action at the level of the frontal cortex (FC) and was not due to cholinergic activity augmentation. 49 male rats received excitotoxic or sham lesions of the basal forebrain, the FC, or both. Immediately after 1-trial passive avoidance training, Ss were injected with either saline or PTG. PTG enhanced the 72-hr retention test performance of sham-operated and basal forebrain-lesioned Ss but failed to affect the performance of Ss with cortical lesions. Data are consistent with the hypothesis that the memory-enhancing effects of PTG are at least partially mediated by the FC. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - passive avoidance training & physostigmine KW - delayed retention KW - male rats with lesions of frontal cortex &/vs nucleus basalis of Meynert KW - 1990 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Forebrain KW - Frontal Lobe KW - Physostigmine KW - Retention KW - Rats KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(90)90061-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-16544-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-16483-001 AN - 1990-16483-001 AU - Bickford-Wimer, Paula C. AU - Nagamoto, Herbert AU - Johnson, Robert AU - Adler, Lawrence E. AU - Egan, Michael AU - Rose, Greg M. AU - Freedman, Robert T1 - Auditory sensory gating in hippocampal neurons: A model system in the rat. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 27 IS - 2 SP - 183 EP - 192 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-16483-001. PMID: 2294981 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bickford-Wimer, Paula C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Denver, CO, US. Release Date: 19900701. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Evoked Potentials; Hippocampus; Sensory Neurons. Minor Descriptor: Neurobiology; Rats. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1990. AB - Diminished evoked response to repeated auditory stimuli, an example of sensory gating normally present in humans, is often absent in schizophrenics. The pattern of diminished response to the 2nd of paired auditory stimuli was found in activity recorded from the CA3 region of the hippocampus of anesthetized male rats. Amphetamine, which diminished sensory gating in both animals and humans (e.g., P. H. Connell [1958]), diminished the gating of the evoked potential recorded in the hippocampus. The rat hippocampus may contain neurons that can be used to study the neurobiology of sensory gating. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - diminished evoked response to paired auditory stimuli in hippocampus KW - rats KW - implications for neurobiology of sensory gating KW - 1990 KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Hippocampus KW - Sensory Neurons KW - Neurobiology KW - Rats KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(90)90648-L UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-16483-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-16382-001 AN - 1990-16382-001 AU - Choquette, Keith A. AU - Ludvigson, H. Wayne T1 - Schedule interaction within contexts set by starting stimuli, background stimuli, and time. JF - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JO - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JA - Bull Psychon Soc Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 28 IS - 1 SP - 57 EP - 60 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society, Inc. SN - 0090-5054 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-16382-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Choquette, Keith A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Project CALM, Research Dept, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19900701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavioral Contrast; Contextual Associations; Reinforcement Schedules; Response Frequency. Minor Descriptor: Pigeons. Classification: Learning & Motivation (2420). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1990. AB - Used pigeons to determine whether behavioral contrast would emerge between 2 stimuli that differed in relative favorableness within their respective stimulus contexts, in spite of the fact that the 2 stimuli signaled the same reinforcement rate. Separate contexts were established via 2 starting stimuli, each of which signaled the occurrence of 2 discriminative stimuli with their associated reward schedules, and 2 background stimuli, which both preceded and accompanied a pair of discriminative stimuli. A difference in response rate to the stimuli signaling VI 90 sec emerged in all 4 Ss as a result of stimulus context. The effect was most pronounced when only one of the 2 chains was presented in a daily session. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stimuli with same reinforcement schedules but different background & starting & time contexts KW - response rate KW - pigeons KW - 1990 KW - Behavioral Contrast KW - Contextual Associations KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Response Frequency KW - Pigeons KW - 1990 DO - 10.3758/BF03337648 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-16382-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-15549-001 AN - 1990-15549-001 AU - Glynn, Shirley M. AU - Pugh, Robert AU - Rose, Gordon T1 - Predictors of relatives' attendance at a state hospital workshop on schizophrenia. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 41 IS - 1 SP - 67 EP - 70 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-15549-001. PMID: 2295480 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Glynn, Shirley M.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brentwood Div, CA, US. Release Date: 19900601. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Characteristics; Client Education; Coping Behavior; Family Background; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Hospital Programs; Prediction. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1990. AB - Collected data from charts of 84 patients with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder (aged <36 yrs) and conducted telephone interviews with their relatives to determine predictors of relatives' participation at a 1-day workshop on coping with schizophrenia. 32% of the 84 invited relatives attended the workshop. Significant predictors of attendance included relatives' proximity to the hospital, previous number of visits with the patient, knowledge about schizophrenia, and familiarity with the National Alliance for the Mentally Ill. Apparently, a substantial proportion of relatives of the seriously mentally ill desire information and help in coping with their ill family member. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - client or family characteristics KW - prediction of relatives' attendance at hospital based coping workshop KW - adults with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder & their families KW - 1990 KW - Client Characteristics KW - Client Education KW - Coping Behavior KW - Family Background KW - Schizophrenia KW - Affective Disorders KW - Hospital Programs KW - Prediction KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-15549-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-15130-001 AN - 1990-15130-001 AU - Ostrove, Joan M. AU - Simpson, Tracy AU - Gardner, Howard T1 - Beyond scripts: A note on the capacity of right hemisphere-damaged patients to process social and emotional content. JF - Brain and Cognition JO - Brain and Cognition JA - Brain Cogn Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 144 EP - 154 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-2626 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-15130-001. PMID: 2297431 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ostrove, Joan M.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MA, US. Release Date: 19900601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Emotional Content; Lateral Dominance; Social Perception. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1990. AB - Investigated the point beyond simple scripts at which patients with right hemisphere damage (RHD) begin to experience difficulties. Three-sentence, script-like vignettes that described everyday situations were created along social and emotional dimensions. 12 right hemisphere-damaged adult patients were asked to provide emotional characterizations of, and continuations to, these situational vignettes. Ss with RHD were more likely than 12 male, age-matched non-brain-damaged adult controls to attribute a positive emotional state to a character in a neutral situation. RHD Ss made significantly more factual errors in their continuations than did control Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - emotional characterizations & continuations of vignettes with social & emotional content KW - adults with right brain damage KW - 1990 KW - Brain Damage KW - Emotional Content KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Social Perception KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0278-2626(90)90010-L UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-15130-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-14887-001 AN - 1990-14887-001 AU - Weiss, Kenneth M. T1 - Advantages of reconceptualizing schizophrenia in clinical practice. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 46 IS - 1 SP - 21 EP - 28 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-14887-001. PMID: 1968070 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weiss, Kenneth M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Cleveland, OH, US. Release Date: 19900601. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Physiological Arousal; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Health Care Delivery; Treatment. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1990. AB - Proposes that a reconceptualization of schizophrenia based on cognitive information processing and physiological arousal dysfunctions is of greater clinical use than the present symptom-based diagnosis for schizophrenia research. The present system is criticized as confusing treatment of symptoms with treatment of the underlying process. The proposed model would have the clinical advantages of greater patient acceptance and less social stigma. It would also provide a treatment agenda, allow objective measurement of deficits along a continuum, be more comprehensible by both patient and family, and be more relevant to daily living. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical advantages of reconceptualization of schizophrenia based on cognitive information processing & physiological arousal dysfunction KW - 1990 KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Physiological Arousal KW - Schizophrenia KW - Health Care Delivery KW - Treatment KW - 1990 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(199001)46:1<21::AID-JCLP2270460104>3.0.CO;2-E UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-14887-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-14764-001 AN - 1990-14764-001 AU - Chemtob, Claude M. AU - Bauer, Gordon B. AU - Neller, Gary AU - Hamada, Roger AU - Glisson, C. AU - Stevens, V. T1 - Post-traumatic stress disorder among Special Forces Vietnam Veterans. JF - Military Medicine JO - Military Medicine JA - Mil Med Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 155 IS - 1 SP - 16 EP - 20 CY - US PB - Assn of Military Surgeons of the US SN - 0026-4075 SN - 1930-613X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-14764-001. PMID: 2106635 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Chemtob, Claude M.; Veterans Administration, Honolulu, HI, US. Release Date: 19900601. Correction Date: 20170302. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Characteristics; Epidemiology; Military Training; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Prediction. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1990. AB - Examined 57 Special Forces Vietnam Veterans to determine if special selection and rigorous training affected the frequency and pattern of predictors of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). No absolute immunity of PTSD was conferred. Frequency (25%) and predictors of PTSD were similar to those reported for other groups of Vietnam Veterans. Symptoms of PTSD were associated with poorer preservice relationships, being wounded, being wounded after return from rest and relaxation, having friends missing in action, feeling guilt over the death of a friend, lack of emotional preparation to leave the unit or service, and failure to discuss feelings on return from Vietnam. Even the rigorous selection and training required of Special Forces soldiers do not provide absolute immunity from the long-term effects of traumatic stress. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - special selection & rigorous training KW - predictive factors & incidence of PTSD KW - male Special Forces Vietnam veterans KW - 1990 KW - Client Characteristics KW - Epidemiology KW - Military Training KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Prediction KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-14764-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-14063-001 AN - 1990-14063-001 AU - Yund, E. W. AU - Efron, Robert AU - Nichols, D. R. T1 - Target detection in one visual field in the presence or absence of stimuli in the contralateral field by right- and left-handed subjects. JF - Brain and Cognition JO - Brain and Cognition JA - Brain Cogn Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 117 EP - 127 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-2626 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-14063-001. PMID: 2297429 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Yund, E. W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Neurophysiology-Biophysics Research Lab, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19900601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Lateral Dominance; Pattern Discrimination; Visual Field; Visual Stimulation. Minor Descriptor: Theories. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1990. AB - In previous studies by E. W. Yund et al, and by R. Efron et al (see PA, Vol 77:13859; 13830; 13860, and 13831), these authors have attributed detectability differences, and the right visual field detectability superiority associated with them, to a serial (scanning) mechanism that tends to examine stimuli in the right field earlier than those in the left. The present experiment involving 68 right-handed and 60 left-handed Ss tests the hypothesis that there are 2 independent serial processors (one in each hemisphere) a hypothesis that might account for the differences in detectability within and between the 2 half-fields in terms of hemispheric processing differences. Results are inconsistent with the dual independent serial processor hypothesis but are consistent with a single serial processor, a scanning mechanism, which has access to the information presented to both visual half-fields. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - presence of stimuli in contralateral visual field KW - target pattern detection in opposite field KW - right vs left handed adults KW - test of dual vs single serial processor hypotheses KW - 1990 KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Pattern Discrimination KW - Visual Field KW - Visual Stimulation KW - Theories KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0278-2626(90)90008-C UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-14063-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-14041-001 AN - 1990-14041-001 AU - Efron, Robert AU - Yund, E. W. AU - Nichols, D. R. T1 - Visual detectability gradients: The effect of distractors in contralateral field. JF - Brain and Cognition JO - Brain and Cognition JA - Brain Cogn Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 128 EP - 143 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-2626 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-14041-001. PMID: 2297430 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Efron, Robert; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Neurophysiology-Biophysics Research Lab, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19900601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Distraction; Lateral Dominance; Pattern Discrimination; Visual Field; Visual Search. Minor Descriptor: Theories. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1990. AB - Using visual spatial patterns in a search paradigm, E. W. Yund et al (see record [rid]1990-14063-001[/rid]) found that the typical right visual field performance superiority associated with linguistic stimuli is enhanced by bilateral presentations (simultaneous stimuli in both visual half-fields) compared to unilateral presentations (stimuli in only one half-field on a trial). This was accounted for in terms of the operating characteristics of a visual scanning mechanism that serially examines a decaying neural representation of the stimuli. These operating characteristics were exploited in 2 experiments to influence this difference between unilateral and bilateral presentations. Results are consistent with the assumptions of the scanning hypothesis and provide new information pertinent to the operating characteristics of this mechanism. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - distractors in contralateral visual field KW - detectability gradients KW - adults KW - implications for scanning hypothesis KW - 1990 KW - Distraction KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Pattern Discrimination KW - Visual Field KW - Visual Search KW - Theories KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0278-2626(90)90009-D UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-14041-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-13860-001 AN - 1990-13860-001 AU - Yund, E. W. AU - Efron, Robert AU - Nichols, D. R. T1 - Detectability as a function of spatial location: Effects of selective attention. JF - Brain and Cognition JO - Brain and Cognition JA - Brain Cogn Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 42 EP - 54 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-2626 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-13860-001. PMID: 2297434 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Yund, E. W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Neurophysiology-Biophysics Research Lab, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19900601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Pattern Discrimination; Selective Attention; Spatial Organization; Visual Perception; Visual Search. Classification: Visual Perception (2323). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1990. AB - Previous reports by E. W. Yund et al (see record [rid]1990-13859-001[/rid]) and R. Efron et al (see record [rid]1990-13831-001[/rid]) described differences in detectability of a target in a background of nontarget patterns as a function of its spatial location. These differences, referred to as a 'detectability gradient,' have been attributed to target detection accomplished by a serial processing mechanism, a scan. The mathematical model of such a mechanism, developed in the previous report, is equally applicable to a series of attentional shifts or to a perceptual, or a preattentive, mechanism. Two experiments with 80 right-handed neurologically normal Ss tested the hypothesis that this scan is attentional in nature. Results provide additional evidence for the scanning hypothesis but do not support the view that this scan represents a series of attentional shifts. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - selective attention shifts & target spatial location KW - pattern detectability KW - adults KW - 1990 KW - Pattern Discrimination KW - Selective Attention KW - Spatial Organization KW - Visual Perception KW - Visual Search KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0278-2626(90)90003-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-13860-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-13859-001 AN - 1990-13859-001 AU - Yund, E. W. AU - Efron, Robert AU - Nichols, D. R. T1 - Detectability gradients as a function of target location. JF - Brain and Cognition JO - Brain and Cognition JA - Brain Cogn Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 16 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-2626 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-13859-001. PMID: 2297427 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Yund, E. W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Neurophysiology-Biophysics Research Lab, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19900601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Pattern Discrimination; Spatial Organization; Visual Field; Visual Masking; Visual Search. Classification: Visual Perception (2323). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1990. AB - Examined the ability of 60 normal right-handed Ss to detect a specified visual pattern (a target) in a randomly selected location when it was briefly presented with 11 other spatially distributed nontarget patterns and also when it was presented by itself for the same duration (50 msec) on a background of visual noise. Two experiments were designed to measure target detectability as a function of its location in the visual field (VF) where all possible target locations were equidistant from the fovea. A right VF detection superiority was obtained in both experiments. In addition, highly significant detectability differences were observed within the right and left VFs in both experiments. The origin of these detectability differences are interpreted in terms of parallel and serial processing mechanisms. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - location of target in visual field with vs without spatially distributed nontarget patterns KW - detectability KW - adults KW - 1990 KW - Pattern Discrimination KW - Spatial Organization KW - Visual Field KW - Visual Masking KW - Visual Search KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0278-2626(90)90001-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-13859-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-13831-001 AN - 1990-13831-001 AU - Efron, Robert AU - Yund, E. W. AU - Nichols, D. R. T1 - Detectability as a function of target location: Effects of spatial configuration. JF - Brain and Cognition JO - Brain and Cognition JA - Brain Cogn Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 102 EP - 116 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-2626 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-13831-001. PMID: 2297428 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Efron, Robert; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Neurophysiology-Biophysics Research Lab, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19900601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Pattern Discrimination; Spatial Organization; Visual Discrimination; Visual Search. Minor Descriptor: Attention. Classification: Visual Perception (2323). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1990. AB - In 3 studies previously reported by E. W. Yund et al and by R. Efron et al (see PA, Vol 77:13859; 13830; and 13860), marked differences in detectability as a function of spatial location, a 'detectability gradient,' were observed when Ss were required to detect a briefly exposed target pattern of uncertain location in the presence of a number of nontarget patterns. The present 2 experiments with 140 neurologically normal right-handed Ss tested the hypothesis of an attentional scan by presenting the target and nontarget patterns in spatially segregated groups. If the scan is attentional, then target detectability under these circumstances would be expected to exhibit the characteristic phenomenon of 'group processing,' a close clustering of detection performance for targets located within a group and large differences in detectability across groups. Results are consistent with a nonattentional scan. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - location of target & nontarget patterns in spatially segregated configuration KW - detectability KW - adults KW - implications for attention KW - 1990 KW - Pattern Discrimination KW - Spatial Organization KW - Visual Discrimination KW - Visual Search KW - Attention KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0278-2626(90)90007-B UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-13831-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-13830-001 AN - 1990-13830-001 AU - Efron, Robert AU - Yund, E. W. AU - Nichols, D. R. T1 - Serial processing of visual spatial patterns in a search paradigm. JF - Brain and Cognition JO - Brain and Cognition JA - Brain Cogn Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 17 EP - 41 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-2626 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-13830-001. PMID: 2297433 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Efron, Robert; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Neurophysiology-Biophysics Research Lab, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19900601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Pattern Discrimination; Visual Field; Visual Search. Classification: Visual Perception (2323). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 25. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1990. AB - Describes 2 experiments similar to those reported by E. W. Yund et al (see record [rid]1990-13859-001[/rid]). Exp 1 determined whether the detectability of the target used in those experiments would exhibit the characteristic inverse relationship with the number of nontarget patterns expected of a serial process, using 100 right-handed Ss. 30 right-handed Ss participated in Exp 2, which measured spatial resolution without contamination by any effects on detectability due to scanning order by using a single pattern, and also examined the effect of the scan when additional patterns were introduced. Both experiments provide strong evidence that the target pattern was detected by a serial process, a sequential scan. Results are also consistent with a mathematical model of the details of the relationship between the results which can be observed by an experimenter and the deeper workings of this serial processing mechanism to which the experimenter has no access. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - serial process & sequential scan KW - target spatial pattern detection KW - adults KW - 1990 KW - Pattern Discrimination KW - Visual Field KW - Visual Search KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0278-2626(90)90002-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-13830-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-09054-001 AN - 1990-09054-001 AU - Musen, Gail AU - Treisman, Anne T1 - Implicit and explicit memory for visual patterns. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition JA - J Exp Psychol Learn Mem Cogn Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 16 IS - 1 SP - 127 EP - 137 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0278-7393 SN - 1939-1285 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-09054-001. PMID: 2136749 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Musen, Gail; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19900401. Correction Date: 20100412. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Forced Choice (Testing Method); Memory; Stimulus Novelty; Visual Stimulation. Classification: Learning & Memory (2343). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1990. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jul 14, 1989; Revised Date: May 4, 1989; First Submitted Date: Dec 22, 1988. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - The article reports an investigation of implicit and explicit memory for novel, visual patterns. Implicit memory was assessed by a speeded perception task, and explicit memory by a four-alternative, forced-choice recognition task. Tests were given either immediately after testing or 7 days later. The results suggest that a single exposure of a novel, nonverbal stimulus is sufficient to establish a representation in memory that is capable of supporting long-lived perceptual priming. In contrast, recognition memory showed significant loss over the same delay. Performance measures in the two tasks showed stochastic independence on the first trial after a single exposure to each pattern. Finally, a specific occurrence of a previously studied item could be retrieved from explicit memory but did not affect the accuracy of perception in the implicit memory test. The results extend the domain of experimental dissociations between explicit and implicit memory to include novel, nonverbal stimuli. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - implicit & explicit memory for novel visual patterns in forced choice recognition task KW - college students KW - 1990 KW - Forced Choice (Testing Method) KW - Memory KW - Stimulus Novelty KW - Visual Stimulation KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/0278-7393.16.1.127 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-09054-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-98624-005 AN - 1989-98624-005 AU - Rubenstein, Laurence Z. AU - Wieland, Darryl ED - Lawton, M. Powell ED - Lawton, M. Powell, (Ed) T1 - Comprehensive geriatric assessment. T2 - Annual review of gerontology and geriatrics, Vol. 9. T3 - Annual review of gerontology and geriatrics; ISSN: 0198-8794 (Print) Y1 - 1990/// SP - 145 EP - 192 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Springer Publishing Co SN - 0198-8794 SN - 0-8261-6491-9 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-98624-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rubenstein, Laurence Z.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Education & Clinical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8261-6491-9, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatric Patients; Geriatrics; Measurement. Minor Descriptor: Diagnosis; Literature Review. Classification: Health Psychology Testing (2226); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 48. AB - comprehensive geriatric assessment is a multidimensional, often interdisciplinary diagnostic process designed to define an elderly individual's medical, psychosocial, and functional capabilities and problems to arrive at an overall plan for therapy and long-term follow-up provides a critical review of the literature on geriatric assessment and an evaluation of the evidence of its benefits identify issues and problems regarding the knowledge base of geriatric assessment and the effectiveness of geriatric assessment programs, pointing the way to new research (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1990 KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Geriatrics KW - Measurement KW - Diagnosis KW - Literature Review KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-98624-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-98524-005 AN - 1989-98524-005 AU - Whitaker, John N. AU - Benveniste, Etty N. ED - Pearlman, Alan L. ED - Collins, Robert C. ED - Pearlman, Alan L., (Ed) ED - Collins, Robert C., (Ed) T1 - Demyelinating disease. T2 - Neurobiology of disease. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 323 EP - 338 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Oxford University Press SN - 0-19-505318-4 SN - 0-19-505319-2 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-98524-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Whitaker, John N.; U Alabama, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Neurology, Chairman & Professor, Birmingham, AL, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Textbook/Study Guide. ISBN: 0-19-505318-4, Hardcover; 0-19-505319-2, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Multiple Sclerosis; Myelitis. Minor Descriptor: Etiology. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 16. AB - general clinical and pathological features and the laboratory abnormalities in multiple sclerosis will be described current views on its etiology and pathogenesis will then be considered (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1990 KW - Multiple Sclerosis KW - Myelitis KW - Etiology KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-98524-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-98458-015 AN - 1989-98458-015 AU - Lynch, William J. ED - Rosenthal, Mitchell ED - Bond, Michael R. ED - Griffith, Ernest R. ED - Miller, J. Douglas ED - Rosenthal, Mitchell, (Ed) ED - Bond, Michael R., (Ed) ED - Griffith, Ernest R., (Ed) ED - Miller, J. Douglas, (Ed) T1 - Neuropsychological assessment. T2 - Rehabilitation of the adult and child with traumatic brain injury, 2nd ed. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 310 EP - 326 CY - Philadelphia, PA, US PB - F A Davis SN - 0-8036-7626-3 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-98458-015. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lynch, William J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brain Injury Rehabilitation Unit, Program Chief, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Reference Book. ISBN: 0-8036-7626-3, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Head Injuries; Neuropsychological Assessment. Minor Descriptor: Prediction; Rehabilitation. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 17. AB - definition and background / neuropsychological assessment can provide useful data for the prediction and for the determination of outcome after head injury description of the prominent test batteries or approaches / Halstead-Reitan Battery / Luria's neuropsychological investigation / Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery / additional techniques / language functions / memory functions / neuropsychological assessment in rehabilitation settings / prediction and determination of outcome / organization and presentation of neuropsychological data (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1990 KW - Head Injuries KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Prediction KW - Rehabilitation KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-98458-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09774-011 AN - 2005-09774-011 AU - Turner, Winston M. AU - Tsuang, Ming T. T1 - Impact of Substance Abuse on the Course and Outcome of Schizophrenia. JF - Schizophrenia Bulletin JO - Schizophrenia Bulletin JA - Schizophr Bull Y1 - 1990/// VL - 16 IS - 1 SP - 87 EP - 95 CY - US PB - National Institute of Mental Health SN - 0586-7614 SN - 1745-1701 AD - Tsuang, Ming T., Psychiatric Service (116-A), Section on Epidemiology and Genetics, Brockton/West Roxbury VA Medical Center, 940 Belmont St., Brockton, MA, US, 02401 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09774-011. PMID: 2185537 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Turner, Winston M.; Family History and Alcoholism Project, Psychiatry Service (151-D), Brockton/West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brockton, MA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 20051011. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disease Course; Drug Abuse; Schizophrenia; Treatment Outcomes. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Numerous pharmacological agents have been shown to have powerful effects on cognitive behavior. Schizophrenia-like reactions have been reported in some instances. There have also been persistent reports of drug abuse among psychiatric patients before and during hospitalization. These phenomena have led to speculation that psychoactive substances are affecting the course and outcome of psychiatric illnesses, and in particular, schizophrenia. This report first reviews the evidence for psychotomimetic effects of various drugs, and then focuses on reports of the effect that substance abuse has on the course of schizophrenia and long-term outcome. The evidence to date indicates that there is a need for a large epidemiological analysis of the interplay between drug abuse and schizophrenia as well as more intensive case studies of afflicted individuals. This discussion concludes with suggestions for improved research methods and two designs for future investigations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - substance abuse KW - schizophrenia KW - disease course KW - psychoactive substances KW - psychotomimetic effects KW - long term outcone KW - 1990 KW - Disease Course KW - Drug Abuse KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - 1990 DO - 10.1093/schbul/16.1.87 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-09774-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09774-002 AN - 2005-09774-002 AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - Schizophrenic Birth Seasonality and the Age-Incidence Artifact. JF - Schizophrenia Bulletin JO - Schizophrenia Bulletin JA - Schizophr Bull Y1 - 1990/// VL - 16 IS - 1 SP - 5 EP - 10 CY - US PB - National Institute of Mental Health SN - 0586-7614 SN - 1745-1701 AD - Watson, Charles G., Research Service, VA Medical Center, 4801 8th Street North, St. Cloud, MN, US, 56303 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09774-002. PMID: 2333481 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Cloud, MN, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 20051011. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Epidemiology; Etiology; Schizophrenia; Seasonal Variations. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Lewis (see record [rid]2005-09722-006[/rid]) dismisses a large number of articles in which schizophrenic winter birthrate excesses have been reported as the result of either design problems or the age-incidence artifact. We review about 20 studies in which the effects of age incidence have been controlled in one way or another. The majority support the conclusion that the seasonality effect is due neither to artifact nor deficient research design. We also correct two significant errors in Lewis' description of our prior work. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age incidence KW - season of birth KW - etiology KW - schizophrenia KW - 1990 KW - Age Differences KW - Epidemiology KW - Etiology KW - Schizophrenia KW - Seasonal Variations KW - 1990 DO - 10.1093/schbul/16.1.5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-09774-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2004-14107-011 AN - 2004-14107-011 AU - Bonnet, Michael H. ED - Bootzin, Richard R. ED - Kihlstrom, John F. ED - Schacter, Daniel L. ED - Bootzin, Richard R., (Ed) ED - Kihlstrom, John F., (Ed) ED - Schacter, Daniel L., (Ed) T1 - The perception of sleep onset in insomniacs and normal sleepers. T2 - Sleep and cognition. Y1 - 1990/// SP - 148 EP - 158 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1-55798-083-7 N1 - Accession Number: 2004-14107-011. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bonnet, Michael H.; Long Beach Veterans Administration Hosp, Long Beach, CA, US. Release Date: 20040524. Correction Date: 20150824. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 1-55798-083-7, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitudes; Insomnia; Sleep; Sleep Onset. Classification: Consciousness States (2380); Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. AB - The ability to measure the onset of sleep reliably is clearly a central component of modern sleep research. Because behavioral quiescence, muscular relaxation, alpha drop, respiratory decrease, and auditory threshold increase generally show strong agreement, sleep onset may be considered to be well-defined. Unfortunately, subjective reports of sleep onset frequently do not agree well with physiological measures. It is not unusual for people to report having been awake when they are awakened from sleep. Some patients, usually those who are depressed, claim to have had no sleep during nights in which physiological indicators suggest that they had several hours of sleep. One of the most persistent areas of disagreement exists between objective and subjective reports (from patients with reported difficulty falling asleep) of the length of time it initially takes to fall asleep at night. This chapter reviews studies on sleep onset in insomniacs and normal sleepers. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sleep onset KW - perceptions KW - sleep KW - insomnia KW - 1990 KW - Attitudes KW - Insomnia KW - Sleep KW - Sleep Onset KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/10499-011 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2004-14107-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107092232 T1 - Cast in bronze. AU - Murphy CJ Y1 - 1999/08/09/1999 Aug 9 N1 - Accession Number: 107092232. Language: English. Entry Date: 20000301. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; anecdote. Journal Subset: Nursing; USA. NLM UID: 9892047. KW - Art KW - Professional Recognition KW - Nurses SP - 20 EP - 20 JO - Nursing Spectrum -- New England Edition JF - Nursing Spectrum -- New England Edition JA - NURS SPECTRUM (N ENGL) VL - 3 IS - 16 CY - Falls Church, VA 22042, Illinois PB - Gannett Healthcare Group AD - Firm Manager, Ambulatory Care Program, Providence Veterans Administration, Providence, RI UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107092232&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107161320 T1 - The quintessential nurse. AU - Caldito O Y1 - 1998/07/27/1998 Jul 27 N1 - Accession Number: 107161320. Language: English. Entry Date: 19990201. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; brief item. Journal Subset: Nursing; USA. NLM UID: 9892043. KW - Cross Training KW - Critical Care Nursing SP - 9 EP - 9 JO - Nursing Spectrum -- Florida Edition JF - Nursing Spectrum -- Florida Edition JA - NURS SPECTRUM (FLA) VL - 8 IS - 15 CY - Falls Church, VA 22042, Illinois PB - Gannett Healthcare Group SN - 1077-7946 AD - Staff Nurse, Medical Intensive Care Unit/Coronary Care Unit, Bay Pines Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bay Pines, FL UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107161320&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107234316 T1 - Advanced practice. NPs and collaborative practice: one nurse's opinion. AU - Koku RV Y1 - 1997/05/05/1997 May 5 N1 - Accession Number: 107234316. Language: English. Entry Date: 19980101. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article; brief item. Journal Subset: Nursing; USA. NLM UID: 9892046. KW - Nurse-Physician Relations KW - Nurse Practitioners KW - Joint Practice SP - 4 EP - 4 JO - Nursing Spectrum -- Illinois & Indiana Edition JF - Nursing Spectrum -- Illinois & Indiana Edition JA - NURS SPECTRUM (CHICAGO ILLINOIS INDIANA) VL - 10 IS - 9 CY - Falls Church, VA 22042, Illinois PB - Gannett Healthcare Group AD - Family Practice Clinical Nurse Specialist, Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Palm Beach, FL UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107234316&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107351383 T1 - Advanced practice. Should NPs and CNSs merge? AU - Koku R Y1 - 1997/03/10/1997 Mar 10 N1 - Accession Number: 107351383. Language: English. Entry Date: 19971201. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; brief item. Journal Subset: Nursing; USA. NLM UID: 9892046. KW - Nurse Practitioners KW - Clinical Nurse Specialists KW - Professional Role SP - 18 EP - 18 JO - Nursing Spectrum -- Illinois & Indiana Edition JF - Nursing Spectrum -- Illinois & Indiana Edition JA - NURS SPECTRUM (CHICAGO ILLINOIS INDIANA) VL - 10 IS - 5 CY - Falls Church, VA 22042, Illinois PB - Gannett Healthcare Group AD - Family Practice Clinical Nurse Specialist, Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Palm Beach, FL UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107351383&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107351442 T1 - A look into the future: the protective care unit. AU - Figueroa N Y1 - 1997/02/24/1997 Feb 24 N1 - Accession Number: 107351442. Language: English. Entry Date: 19971201. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Nursing; USA. NLM UID: 9892043. KW - Hospital Units KW - Tuberculosis, Pulmonary -- Transmission KW - Respiratory Protective Devices KW - Occupational Exposure -- Prevention and Control KW - Patient Isolation KW - Hospitals, Veterans -- Florida KW - Florida SP - 18 EP - 18 JO - Nursing Spectrum -- Florida Edition JF - Nursing Spectrum -- Florida Edition JA - NURS SPECTRUM (FLA) VL - 7 IS - 4 CY - Falls Church, VA 22042, Illinois PB - Gannett Healthcare Group SN - 1077-7946 AD - Nurse Manager, Protective Care Unit, James A. Haley Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tampa, FL UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107351442&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107351434 T1 - Advanced practice. Should NPs and CNSs merge? AU - Koku RV Y1 - 1997/02/24/1997 Feb 24 N1 - Accession Number: 107351434. Language: English. Entry Date: 19971201. Revision Date: 20150819. Publication Type: Journal Article. Journal Subset: Nursing; USA. NLM UID: 9892043. KW - Nurse Practitioners KW - Clinical Nurse Specialists KW - Professional Role SP - 9 EP - 9 JO - Nursing Spectrum -- Florida Edition JF - Nursing Spectrum -- Florida Edition JA - NURS SPECTRUM (FLA) VL - 7 IS - 4 CY - Falls Church, VA 22042, Illinois PB - Gannett Healthcare Group SN - 1077-7946 AD - Family Practice Clinical Nurse Specialist, Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Palm Beach, FL UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107351434&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Little, Sherwin E. T1 - Handbook of Post-Traumatic Therapy (Book). JO - Journal of Traumatic Stress JF - Journal of Traumatic Stress Y1 - 1996/07// VL - 9 IS - 3 M3 - Book Review SP - 661 EP - 662 SN - 08949867 AB - Reviews the book "Handbook of Post-Traumatic Therapy," edited by Mary Beth Williams and John F. Sommer, Jr. KW - POST-traumatic stress disorder KW - NONFICTION KW - WILLIAMS, Mary Beth KW - SOMMER, John KW - HANDBOOK of Post-Traumatic Therapy (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 9611050266; Little, Sherwin E. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Outreach and Resource Center, U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, Springfield, Virginia; Source Info: Jul96, Vol. 9 Issue 3, p661; Subject Term: POST-traumatic stress disorder; Subject Term: NONFICTION; Reviews & Products: HANDBOOK of Post-Traumatic Therapy (Book); People: WILLIAMS, Mary Beth; People: SOMMER, John; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=9611050266&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Iber, Frank T1 - The Liver. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/09/22/ VL - 262 IS - 12 M3 - Book Review SP - 1702 EP - 1703 SN - 00987484 AB - Reviews the book 'The Liver: Biology and Pathobiology,' edited by Irwin M. Arias and William B. Jacoby. KW - LIVER KW - NONFICTION KW - LIVER: Biology & Pathobiology, The (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 10976174; Iber, Frank 1; Affiliation: 1: Hines Veterans Administration Hospital, Loyola University; Source Info: 9/22/89, Vol. 262 Issue 12, p1702; Subject Term: LIVER; Subject Term: NONFICTION; Reviews & Products: LIVER: Biology & Pathobiology, The (Book); Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10976174&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Faling, L. Jack T1 - Immunology, Pulmonary Medicine. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/07/28/ VL - 262 IS - 4 M3 - Book Review SP - 570 EP - 571 SN - 00987484 AB - Reviews the book 'Immunology and Immunologic Diseases of the Lung,' edited by Ronald P. Daniels. KW - LUNG diseases KW - NONFICTION KW - IMMUNOLOGY & Immunologic Diseases of the Lung (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 10975818; Faling, L. Jack 1; Affiliation: 1: Boston Veterans Administration Medical Center, Tufts University School of Medicine, Medford, Mass.; Source Info: 7/28/89, Vol. 262 Issue 4, p570; Subject Term: LUNG diseases; Subject Term: NONFICTION; Reviews & Products: IMMUNOLOGY & Immunologic Diseases of the Lung (Book); Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10975818&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ziegler, John L. T1 - AIDS. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/06/30/ VL - 261 IS - 25 M3 - Book Review SP - 3621 EP - 3622 SN - 00987484 AB - Reviews the book 'Color Atlas of AIDS and HIV Disease,' by Charles Farthing, Simon Brown and Richard Staughton. KW - FARTHING, Charles F., 1953-2014 KW - BROWN, Simon KW - STAUGHTON, Richard KW - COLOR Atlas of AIDS & HIV Disease (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 10976241; Ziegler, John L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of California-San Francisco; Source Info: 6/30/89, Vol. 261 Issue 25, p3621; Reviews & Products: COLOR Atlas of AIDS & HIV Disease (Book); People: FARTHING, Charles F., 1953-2014; People: BROWN, Simon; People: STAUGHTON, Richard; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10976241&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Orrok, Barbara G. T1 - Alcoholics Anonymous. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/06/09/ VL - 261 IS - 22 M3 - Book Review SP - 3315 EP - 3316 SN - 00987484 AB - Reviews the book 'Alcoholics Anonymous: The Story of How Many Thousands of Men and Women Have Recovered From Alcoholism.' KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - NONFICTION KW - ALCOHOLICS Anonymous (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 10982496; Orrok, Barbara G. 1; Affiliation: 1: University of Connecticut Health Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center.; Source Info: 6/9/89, Vol. 261 Issue 22, p3315; Subject Term: ALCOHOLISM; Subject Term: NONFICTION; Reviews & Products: ALCOHOLICS Anonymous (Book); Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10982496&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weiler, John M. T1 - Contemporary complementology. JO - BioScience JF - BioScience Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 39 IS - 1 M3 - Book Review SP - 47 EP - 48 SN - 00063568 AB - Reviews the book `The Complement System,' edited by K. Rother and G.O. Till. KW - BIOCHEMISTRY KW - NONFICTION KW - COMPLEMENT System, The (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 8902201084; Weiler, John M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Iowa City Veterans Administration Medical Center and the Department of Internal Medicine, University of Iowa, Iowa City, IA 52242; Source Info: Jan1989, Vol. 39 Issue 1, p47; Subject Term: BIOCHEMISTRY; Subject Term: NONFICTION; Reviews & Products: COMPLEMENT System, The (Book); Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Book Review; Full Text Word Count: 682 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=8902201084&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fisher, Harvey AU - Fisher, Harvey A. T1 - ROAD TRIP. JO - BioScience JF - BioScience Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 38 IS - 4 M3 - Book Review SP - 289 EP - 290 SN - 00063568 AB - Reviews the book "Dynamic Analysis of Enzyme Systems: An Introduction," by K. Hayashi and N. Sakomoto. KW - LIFE sciences KW - NONFICTION KW - HAYASHI, K. KW - SAKOMOTO, N. KW - DYNAMIC Analysis of Enzyme Systems: An Introduction (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 10109283; Fisher, Harvey Fisher, Harvey A. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration, Medical Center, Kansas City, MO 64128; Source Info: Apr88, Vol. 38 Issue 4, p289; Subject Term: LIFE sciences; Subject Term: NONFICTION; Reviews & Products: DYNAMIC Analysis of Enzyme Systems: An Introduction (Book); NAICS/Industry Codes: 541712 Research and Development in the Physical, Engineering, and Life Sciences (except Biotechnology); People: HAYASHI, K.; People: SAKOMOTO, N.; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Book Review; Full Text Word Count: 817 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10109283&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - SHEPPARD, ASHER AU - Sheppard, Asher T1 - ELF STUDIES . JO - BioScience JF - BioScience Y1 - 1987/11// VL - 37 IS - 10 M3 - Book Review SP - 740 EP - 741 SN - 00063568 AB - Reviews the book "Biological Effects and Dosimetry of Static and ELF Electromagnetic Fields," edited by M. Grandolfo, S. M. Michaelson, and A. Rindi. KW - ELF electromagnetic fields KW - NONFICTION KW - BIOLOGICAL Effects & Dosimetry of Static & ELF Electromagnetic Fields (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 10120926; SHEPPARD, ASHER Sheppard, Asher 1; Affiliation: 1: Research Physicist, Veterans Administration, Loma Linda, CA 92357; Source Info: Nov87, Vol. 37 Issue 10, p740; Subject Term: ELF electromagnetic fields; Subject Term: NONFICTION; Reviews & Products: BIOLOGICAL Effects & Dosimetry of Static & ELF Electromagnetic Fields (Book); Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10120926&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Di Carlo, Louis M. T1 - The Deaf Population of the United States. JO - Exceptional Children JF - Exceptional Children Y1 - 1975/11// VL - 42 IS - 3 M3 - Book Review SP - 158 EP - 159 SN - 00144029 AB - The article reviews the book "The Deaf Population of the United States," by J. D. Schein and M. T. Delk Jr. KW - DEAF KW - NONFICTION KW - SCHEIN, J. D. KW - DELK, M. T. KW - DEAF Population of the United States, The (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 20932092; Di Carlo, Louis M. 1; Affiliation: 1: Chief of Audiology and Speech Pathology, Veterans Administration Hospital, Syracuse, New York; Source Info: Nov1975, Vol. 42 Issue 3, p158; Subject Term: DEAF; Subject Term: NONFICTION; Reviews & Products: DEAF Population of the United States, The (Book); People: SCHEIN, J. D.; People: DELK, M. T.; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=20932092&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bollers, Helena AU - Panwalker, Anand P. T1 - AIDS. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/03/03/ VL - 261 IS - 9 M3 - Book Review SP - 1347 EP - 1348 SN - 00987484 AB - Reviews the book 'AIDS: A Guide for the Primary Physician,' edited by King K. Holmes and Amo G. Motulsky. KW - AIDS (Disease) KW - NONFICTION KW - AIDS (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 10975913; Bollers, Helena 1,2 Panwalker, Anand P. 1,2; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical and Regional Office Center, Wilmington, Del 2: Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia, Pa; Source Info: 3/3/89, Vol. 261 Issue 9, p1347; Subject Term: AIDS (Disease); Subject Term: NONFICTION; Reviews & Products: AIDS (Book); Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10975913&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR ID - 107414042 T1 - Training: an important issue. AU - Ventura MR AU - Gugerty B Y1 - 1994/11//1994 Nov-Dec N1 - Accession Number: 107414042. Language: English. Entry Date: 19950801. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; brief item. Journal Subset: Nursing; USA. NLM UID: 9209917. KW - Computer User Training KW - Staff Development SP - 9 EP - 9 JO - Nursing Quality Connection JF - Nursing Quality Connection JA - NURS QUAL CONNECT VL - 4 IS - 3 CY - New York, New York PB - Elsevier Science SN - 1055-6818 AD - Veterans Administration Medical Center, Buffalo, New York U2 - PMID: 7767293. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=107414042&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1999-11827-020 AN - 1999-11827-020 AU - Fecik, Suzanne E. AU - Stoner, Steven C. AU - Raphael, Jose AU - Lindsey, Cameron T1 - Recurrent acute pancreatitis associated with valproic acid use for mood stabilization. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology JA - J Clin Psychopharmacol Y1 - 1999/10// VL - 19 IS - 5 SP - 483 EP - 484 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0271-0749 SN - 1533-712X N1 - Accession Number: 1999-11827-020. PMID: 10505598 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fecik, Suzanne E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19991201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Letter. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Pancreas; Paranoid Schizophrenia; Physical Disorders; Side Effects (Drug); Valproic Acid. Minor Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Chronic Mental Illness; Mood Stabilizers. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1999. AB - Most patients experience pancreatitis associated with valproic acid (VPA) during the 1st yr of therapy. This article reports a case of the redevelopment of pancreatitis after VPA rechallenge. A 37-yr-old African American male with chronic paranoid schizophrenia who had been taking VPA for 17 mo for tonic-clonic seizure control and chronic aggression presented with epigastric pain, fever, and vomiting for 2 days. In addition to 1,000 mg of VPA twice a day, the patient was also taking phenobarbital, trazodone, thiothixene, propranolol, and benztropine. Symptoms progressed and 4 days after the onset of complaints, the patient exhibited new symptoms including confusion, ataxia, and total body pain. Seven days after the onset of symptoms, the patient was admitted to the hospital where VPA was withheld and pancreatitis was diagnosed. The patient was rechallenged 19 mo after VPA had been discontinued. The dose of VPA was titrated to 1,000 mg twice a day and the patient took VPA for 60 days without incident until symptoms of pancreatitis occurred. Recurrent pancreatitis was diagnosed and VPA was discontinued. With the increased use of VPA in psychiatric settings as a mood stabilizer, clinicians need to be aware of pancreatitis as a potential side effect. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - redevelopment of pancreatitis with valproic acid rechallenge for mood stabilization 17 mo after previous valproic acid discontinuation KW - 37 yr old male with chronic paranoid schizophrenia KW - 1999 KW - Pancreas KW - Paranoid Schizophrenia KW - Physical Disorders KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Valproic Acid KW - Affective Disorders KW - Chronic Mental Illness KW - Mood Stabilizers KW - 1999 DO - 10.1097/00004714-199910000-00021 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1999-11827-020&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wolinsky, Fredric D. AU - Fitzgerald, John F. T1 - Subsequent Hip Fracture Among Older Adults. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1994/08// VL - 84 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 1316 EP - 1316 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Subsequent hip fracture among the 368 Longitudinal Study on Aging respondents who fractured their hips from 1984 through 1991 was prospectively examined. Case-by-case review of the billing records indicated that 27 subsequent hip fractures occurred, for a rate of 1 every 33.8 person-years. Multivariable proportional hazard regression revealed that increased risks of subsequent hip fracture were associated with poor perceived health status and dizziness. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - FRACTURES in old age KW - OLDER people -- Wounds & injuries KW - OLDER people -- Health KW - MEDICAL care for the aged KW - OLDER people -- Diseases KW - DIZZINESS N1 - Accession Number: 9409062818; Wolinsky, Fredric D. 1,2; Fitzgerald, John F. 1,2,3; Source Information: Aug1994, Vol. 84 Issue 8, p1316; Subject: FRACTURES in old age; Subject: OLDER people -- Wounds & injuries; Subject: OLDER people -- Health; Subject: MEDICAL care for the aged; Subject: OLDER people -- Diseases; Subject: DIZZINESS; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9409062818&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Williams, Brent C. AU - Demitrack, Lucy B. AU - Fries, Brant E. T1 - The Accuracy of the National Death Index When Personal Identifiers Other Than Social Security Number Are Used. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1992/08// VL - 82 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 1145 EP - 1145 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - This study analyzed the accuracy of the National Death Index when personal identifiers were used that included or excluded Social Security number. Computerized records of the Department of Veterans Affairs were used for comparison. Different combinations of identifiers other than Social Security number correctly identified from 83 to 92 percent of dead and 92 to 99 percent of living persons. These results should prove useful in ascertaining the mortality status of patient populations without information on Social Security numbers. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MORTALITY -- Statistics KW - MORTALITY -- United States KW - PERSONAL identification numbers KW - SOCIAL security KW - UNITED States. Dept. of Veterans Affairs KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 9212140369; Williams, Brent C. 1,2; Demitrack, Lucy B. 3; Fries, Brant E. 1,3; Source Information: Aug1992, Vol. 82 Issue 8, p1145; Subject: MORTALITY -- Statistics; Subject: MORTALITY -- United States; Subject: PERSONAL identification numbers; Subject: SOCIAL security; Subject: UNITED States. Dept. of Veterans Affairs; Geographic Terms: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9212140369&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN T1 - Risk of AIDS among Lesbians. AU - Dicker, Barbara G. AU - Cherkin, Dan AU - Egilman, David AU - Feldman, Robert H. L. AU - Grazzini, Grazia AU - Cecchiai, Silvia AU - Bartoli, Dusca AU - Ciatto, Stefano AU - Schade, Charles P. AU - Lambert, Elizabeth Y. AU - Harkess, John R. AU - Jelliffe, Derrick B. AU - Jelliffe, E. F. Patrice AU - Garn, Stanley M. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 79 IS - 11 SP - 1569 EP - 1569 SN - 00900036 N1 - Accession Number: 4690740; Author: Dicker, Barbara G.: 1 Author: Cherkin, Dan: 2 Author: Egilman, David: 3 Author: Feldman, Robert H. L.: 4 Author: Grazzini, Grazia: 5 Author: Cecchiai, Silvia: 6 Author: Bartoli, Dusca: 5 Author: Ciatto, Stefano: 5 Author: Schade, Charles P.: 7 Author: Lambert, Elizabeth Y.: 8 Author: Harkess, John R.: 9 Author: Jelliffe, Derrick B.: 10 Author: Jelliffe, E. F. Patrice: 11 Author: Garn, Stanley M.: 12,13,14 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Research Fellow, Health Services Research and Development (152), Seattle Veterans Administration Medical Center, 1660 South Columbia Way, Seattle, WA 98108.: 2 Center for Health Studies, Group Health Cooperative of Puget Sound, 521 Wall Street, Seattle, WA 98121.: 3 Training Exchange, 90 West Street, Foxboro, MA 02035.: 4 Director, Program in Health Behavior: 5 Associate Professor of Health Education, University of Maryland, Suite 2387 PERH Bldg., College Park, MD 20742.: 6 Oncologist, Centro per lo Studio e la Prevenzione Oncologica, Viale A. Volta 171, Firenze, I-50131, Italia.: 7 American Public Health Association, 1015 15th St, NW, Washington, DC 20005.: 8 National Institute on Drug Abuse, Parklawn Building, 5600 Fishers Lane, Rockville, MD 20857.: 9 Epidemiology Service, Oklahoma State Department of Health, Box 53551, Oklahoma City, OK 73152.: 10 Professor of Public Health and Pediatrics, UCLA.: 11 Researcher and Lecturer in Public Health, University of California, Los Angeles, School of Public Health, 10833 Le Conte Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90024-1772.: 12 Fellow, Center for Human Growth and Development, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI 8109-0406.: 13 Professor of Anthropology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI 8109-0406.: 14 Professor of Nutrition, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI 8109-0406.; No. of Pages: 2/3; Language: English; Publication Type: Letter; Update Code: 20060608 N2 - A letter to the editor is presented regarding the risk of AIDS (acquired immunodeficiency syndrome) in the female homosexual community. KW - *AIDS (Disease) KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - RISK factors UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=4690740&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Blood Alcohol Measurements in the Emergency Department: Who Needs Them? AU - Simel, David L. AU - Feussner, John R. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 78 IS - 11 SP - 1478 SN - 00900036 N1 - Accession Number: 4690867; Author: Simel, David L.: 1 Author: Feussner, John R.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Ambulatory Care Service and Health Services Research Field Program, Durham Veterans Administration Medical Center, Division of General Internal Medicine, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, NC; No. of Pages: 2; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20060503 N2 - Abstract: We surveyed North Carolina emergency physicians to determine current medical practices regarding the use of blood alcohol concentrations using a hypothetical scenario. Most physicians (88 per ¢) would not have obtained blood alcohol concentrations in a patient who had alcohol on his breath but was coherent and cooperative. For marginally impaired patients, more liberal use of blood alcohol concentrations and explicit instructions to avoid driving while impaired might improve patient care and promote highway safety. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *BLOOD alcohol KW - *ALCOHOL in the body KW - *PATIENTS KW - *MEDICAL care KW - ANALYSIS KW - DRUNK driving KW - PHYSICIAN practice patterns KW - MEDICAL offices KW - EMERGENCY medical services KW - NORTH Carolina UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=4690867&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Patient Characteristics and Eligibility in a Veterans Administration Ambulatory Care Triage Clinic. AU - Feussner, John R. AU - McFall, Stephanie L. AU - Cockrell III, Willis E. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 78 IS - 9 SP - 1224 EP - 1225 SN - 00900036 N1 - Accession Number: 4686216; Author: Feussner, John R.: 1 Author: McFall, Stephanie L.: 1 Author: Cockrell III, Willis E.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Ambulatory Care Service, Health Services Research Field Program, Durham Veterans Administration Medical Center (VAMC), Departments of Medicine and of Community and Family Medicine, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, NC; No. of Pages: 2; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20060608 N2 - We surveyed 5,225 consecutive patients presenting to a Veterans Administration (VA) Ambulatory Care Triage Clinic to ascertain the characteristics of patients and to assess the role of eligibility in determining disposition from triage. Most patients (66 per cent) had non-service connected (low eligibility) conditions and had no health insurance (64 per cent). Lack of service connected priority (high eligibility) did not influence access to hospitalization (8.3 per cent) or longitudinal outpatient care (24.5 per cent). The study suggests that veterans with no health insurance, with low eligibility for VA service, use the VA triage clinic for episodic medical care. (Am J Public Health 1988; 78:1224-1225.) ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *OUTPATIENT medical care KW - *MEDICAL care KW - *MEDICAL screening KW - *CLINICS KW - *HEALTH insurance KW - MEDICAL care of veterans KW - TRIAGE (Medicine) KW - EMERGENCY medical services KW - MASS casualties UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=4686216&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - GEN T1 - Changing Patterns of Drug Abuse in a Seaport: New Orleans, 1975-85. AU - Schwartz, B. D. AU - Murray, L. AU - Alexander, B. AU - Kauders, F. R. AU - Gallant, D. M. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 78 IS - 6 SP - 720 EP - 721 SN - 00900036 N1 - Accession Number: 21084775; Author: Schwartz, B. D.: 1 Author: Murray, L.: 1 Author: Alexander, B.: 1 Author: Kauders, F. R.: 1 Author: Gallant, D. M.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Tulane University School of Medicine, and Veterans Administration Medical Center, New Orleans, LA; No. of Pages: 2; Language: English; Publication Type: Letter; Update Code: 20060608 N2 - A letter to the editor is presented in response to investigation of drug use patterns in 1975 and 1980 of all patients admitted to the New Orleans Veterans Administration Medical Center. KW - *DRUG abuse KW - LETTERS to the editor UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=21084775&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - GEN T1 - Screening for HIV Exposure. AU - Stankaitis, Joseph A. AU - Bigos, John P. AU - Rivas, Priscilla AU - Braveman, Poula AU - Mora, Fernando AU - Kinde, Mark R. AU - Yankauer, Alfred AU - Ayiomamitis, Anthony AU - Bairagi, Radheshyam AU - Edmonston, Barry AU - Mills, James L. AU - Poole, Charles JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 77 IS - 10 SP - 1354 EP - 1354 SN - 00900036 N1 - Accession Number: 4949858; Author: Stankaitis, Joseph A.: 1 Author: Bigos, John P.: 2 Author: Rivas, Priscilla Author: Braveman, Poula: 3 Author: Mora, Fernando: 4 Author: Kinde, Mark R.: 5 Author: Yankauer, Alfred Author: Ayiomamitis, Anthony Author: Bairagi, Radheshyam: 6 Author: Edmonston, Barry: 7 Author: Mills, James L.: 8 Author: Poole, Charles: 9 ; Author Affiliation: 1 State University of New York at Buffalo, School of Medicine, Health Care Plan, 900 Guaranty Bldg., Buffalo, NY 14202.: 2 Veterans Administration Medical Outpatient Department, Boston, MA.: 3 Division of Family and Community Medicine, School of Medicine, University of California, San Francisco, CA 94143.: 4 Director, Division de Ciencias Biologicas y de la Salud, Universidad Autonoma Metropolitana-Xochimilcho, Mexico, D.F.: 5 Epidemiologist, Division of Diseases Control, North Dakota State Health Department, Bismarck, ND 58505.: 6 Population Studies Unit, Indian Statistical Institute, 203, Barrackpore Trunk Road, Calcutta, 700 035, India.: 7 Life Insurance Marketing and Research Association P.O. Box 208, Hartford, CT 06141, USA.: 8 Senior Investigator, Epidemiology Branch, PRP/NICHD/NIH, Landow Building, Room 8A04, Bethesda, MD 20892.: 9 Associate Epidemiologist, Epidemiology Resources Inc., P.O. Box 57, Chestnut Hill, MA 02167.; No. of Pages: 2/3; Language: English; Publication Type: Letter; Update Code: 20060608 N2 - A response to a letter to the editor concerning the situation surrounding human immunodeficiency virus screening is presented. KW - *HIV (Viruses) KW - LETTERS to the editor UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=4949858&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Risk of Postmenopausal Hip Fracture in Mexican Women. AU - Bauer, Richard L. AU - Diehl, AndrewK. AU - Barton, Sara A. AU - Brender, Jean AU - Deyo, Richard A. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1986/08// VL - 76 IS - 8 SP - 1020 EP - 1021 SN - 00900036 N1 - Accession Number: 4686230; Author: Bauer, Richard L.: 1 Author: Diehl, AndrewK.: 1 Author: Barton, Sara A.: 2 Author: Brender, Jean: 3 Author: Deyo, Richard A.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Division of General Medicine, Department of Medicine, University of Texas Health Science Center, San Antonio, TX 78284.: 2 Center for Demographic and Population Genetics, University of Texas Health Science Center, Houston.: 3 Research Health Scientist, Audie Murphy Veterans Administration Hospital, San Antonio.; No. of Pages: 2; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20060609 N2 - Abstract: To assess the risk of hip fracture in Mexican Americans, the ethnicity of 80 women aged 50 years and over admitted with hip fractures to a Texas hospital was compared with that of age-matched women hospitalized for other reasons. The risk of fracture for Mexican Americans was only 35 per ¢ that of Whites (95% CI = 19 per ¢, 65 per ¢). This finding was confirmed in a chart survey performed in a second hospital population. These results suggest that Mexican American women may receive less potential benefit from preventive measures for hip fracture than Whites. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *HEALTH risk assessment KW - *FRACTURES KW - *HIP joint KW - *DISEASES KW - *BONES -- Wounds & injuries KW - *WOMEN -- Diseases KW - RISK management in business KW - RISK factors KW - FRACTURES in old age KW - OSTEOPOROSIS in women KW - OLDER Mexican American women UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=4686230&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Sudden Death Associated with Alcohol Consumption. AU - Panos, Ralph J. AU - Sutton, Frederick J. AU - Young-Hyman, Paul AU - Peters, Robert JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 11 IS - 4 SP - 423 EP - 424 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17479103; Author: Panos, Ralph J.: 1,2 Author: Sutton, Frederick J.: 1,2 Author: Young-Hyman, Paul: 1,2 Author: Peters, Robert: 1,2 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Department of Medicine and the Department of Cardiology, University of Maryland School of Medicine: 2 Department of Cardiology, Loch Raven Veterans Administration Medical Center, Baltimore, Maryland; No. of Pages: 2; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050630 N2 - Evaluation of a binge drinker who died suddenly after a weekend of heavy beer consumption, and had been resuscitated successfully, revealed no evidence of clinically detectable heart disease. Baseline electrophysiological testing was normal. Following intravenous ethanol infusion, paired ventricular extrastimuli from the right ventricle induced a rapid polymorphic ventricular tachycardia requiring cardioversion. Repeat electrophysiological testing 24 hours later without alcohol infusion was again normal. The patient was discharged on no medications and was instructed to refrain from drinking alcohol. Approximately 3 months later the patient died suddenly after heavy beer consumption. Alcohol should be considered in the evaluation of survivors of cardiac arrest and alcohol challenge may be useful in their evaluation. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *SUDDEN death KW - *DRINKING of alcoholic beverages KW - *HEART diseases KW - *ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY KW - *TACHYCARDIA KW - BINGE drinking KW - ELECTRIC countershock KW - alcohol KW - electrophysiological study KW - sudden death UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17479103&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Prolonged Sinus Arrest Complicating a Thrombotic Stroke. AU - Kushner, Mark AU - Peters, Robert W. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1986/03// VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 248 EP - 249 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17570319; Author: Kushner, Mark: 1 Author: Peters, Robert W.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Cardiology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center and University of Maryland, Baltimore, Maryland; No. of Pages: 2; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050712 N2 - A 56-year-old man developed sinus node dysfunction culminating in 27 seconds of asystole during a thrombotic stroke. Bradyarrhythmias resolved over a period of 96 hours, of which time sinus node recovery times were normal. Sinus node dysfunction has not recurred during the two years of follow-up. We suggest that cardiac rhythm be closely monitored in acute stroke patients. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CARDIAC arrest KW - *HEART diseases KW - *DISEASE complications KW - *CEREBRAL embolism & thrombosis KW - *CEREBROVASCULAR disease KW - *THROMBOSIS KW - CEREBRAL ischemia KW - sinus node dysfunction KW - stroke UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17570319&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - Pacemaker Malfunction Simulated by Amplifier Saturation. AU - Murdock, David K. AU - Moran, John F. AU - Hwang, Ming H. AU - Zhen En Piao AU - Scanlon, Patrick J. JO - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology JF - Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology Y1 - 1985/09// VL - 8 IS - 5 SP - 757 EP - 758 SN - 01478389 N1 - Accession Number: 17352644; Author: Murdock, David K.: 1 Author: Moran, John F.: 1 Author: Hwang, Ming H.: 1 Author: Zhen En Piao: 1 Author: Scanlon, Patrick J.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Department of Medicine. Section of Cardiology. Hines Veterans Administration Hospital. Hines, Illinois. and Loyola University Medical Center. Mawood, Illinois; No. of Pages: 2; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050621 N2 - In this case report, pacemaker malfunction is simulated by prolonged pauses after each pacemaker discharge. The pauses were due to saturation of the input of the telemetry monitor amplifier by the discharge voltage of the pacemaker. It is important to recognize amplifier saturation as a form of artifact that can mimic pacemaker malfunction. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *CARDIAC pacemakers KW - *IMPLANTED cardiovascular instruments KW - *BIOMEDICAL engineering KW - *ELECTRONICS in cardiology KW - *ARTIFICIAL implants KW - PRODUCT liability -- Medical instruments & apparatus KW - MEDICAL equipment KW - amplifier saturation pacemaker KW - pacemaker malfunction UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17352644&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - THE EFFECTS OF CORE FACILITATIVE CONDITIONS IN MOTHER ON ADOLESCENT SELF-ESTEEM. AU - Miller, Thomas W. JO - Journal of Social Psychology JF - Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1976/10// VL - 100 IS - 1 SP - 147 SN - 00224545 N1 - Accession Number: 5393794; Author: Miller, Thomas W.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Veterans Administration Hospital, Buffalo, New York.; No. of Pages: 2; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20011024 N2 - Rogers has theorized that such conditions as empathy, genuineness, and positive regard are essential and sufficient components in effective interpersonal functioning. Carkhuff has investigated these facilitative conditions and found them to be relevant in exploring the effectiveness of relationships between both adults and adolescents. The purpose of the present study was to assess the core facilitative conditions of mother as emphasized by Rogers and how they relate to self-esteem in the adolescent. It was hypothesized that mothers who are more empathic, genuine, and possessing positive regard had adolescents with higher levels of self-esteem than those mothers who were lacking in empathy, genuineness, and positive regard. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *TEENAGERS KW - *SOCIAL psychology KW - *SELF-esteem KW - MOTHERS KW - EMPATHY KW - CARING UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=5393794&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MEASURES OF INTELLECTUAL FUNCTIONING AND EXTREME RESPONSE STYLE. AU - Wilkinson, A. Earl JO - Journal of Social Psychology JF - Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1970/08// VL - 81 IS - 2 SP - 271 EP - 272 SN - 00224545 N1 - Accession Number: 16487832; Author: Wilkinson, A. Earl: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Psychology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, North Little Rock, Arkansas.; No. of Pages: 2; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050322 N2 - The article explores the relationship between Extreme Response Style (ERS) and intelligence, utilizing data from patients entering an alcoholic treatment program. The studies utilized a variety of samples, including American elementary, high school, and college students, as well as neurotic and schizophrenic patients from a hospital in England. It appears unlikely that variables such as sex, age, or cultural background contributed significantly to the inverse relationship found between ERS and intelligence. The results is found to warrant the conclusion that the relationship between intelligence and ERS does, however, vary with the aspect of intellectual functioning involved and with content features of the instrument used to elicit ERS measures. KW - *ALCOHOLISM KW - *INTELLECT KW - *HIGH schools KW - *COLLEGE students KW - INTELLIGENCE levels KW - STUDY & teaching KW - ENGLAND UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=16487832&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - GROUP THERAPY INTERACTION WITH AND WITHOUT THE LEADER. AU - Holmes, J. Steven AU - Cureton, Edward E. JO - Journal of Social Psychology JF - Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1970/06// VL - 81 IS - 1 SP - 127 EP - 128 SN - 00224545 N1 - Accession Number: 17363110; Author: Holmes, J. Steven: 1 Author: Cureton, Edward E.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Veterans Administration Hospital, Indianapolis, Indiana and Student Health Service, Indiana University.; No. of Pages: 2; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050621 N2 - The article reports some aspects of a larger study in which group activity with and without the leader was a primary variable. Four groups of six psychiatric inpatient men met for four sessions. All members were in contact with reality and were of comparable age and educational levels. Data were collected from an electronic Group Interaction Recording System which provides highly reliable recordings of number of comments, comment durations and other derived measures. All subjects were interviewed prior to the study. The groups were described as short term, try-out therapy groups and only patients who volunteered were accepted. Standard instructions were used to orient patients at the first group meeting. The therapist for all groups was a psychiatric resident who had not had any contact with the patients prior to the first group session. He was not involved in other aspects of the group members' treatment. The current data suggest that the effects of the leader's presence are more complex than just increasing or reducing the group activity level. KW - *PATIENTS KW - SOCIAL groups KW - GROUP process KW - LEADERS KW - VOLUNTEER service KW - PSYCHIATRIC rating scales UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=17363110&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - MODIFICATION OF GALVANIC SKIN RESPONSES BY REACTION TIME MEASUREMENTS. AU - McDaniel, C. Douglas AU - Mefferd Jr., Roy B. AU - Wieland, Betty A. AU - Sadler, Timothy G. AU - Benton, Richard G. JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1968/01// VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 340 EP - 341 SN - 00485772 N1 - Accession Number: 11236433; Author: McDaniel, C. Douglas: 1 Author: Mefferd Jr., Roy B.: 1 Author: Wieland, Betty A.: 1 Author: Sadler, Timothy G.: 1 Author: Benton, Richard G.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Psychiatric and Psychosomatic Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital Houston, Texas; No. of Pages: 2; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20040119 N2 - Galvanic skin responses (GSRs) were measured on 12 male Ss under four conditions: rest, reaction time measurements, a cold pressor, and a combination of cold pressor and reaction time measurements. Both reaction time measurements alone and cold pressor alone caused increased sympathetic activity, but when the former was combined with cold pressor the ongoing autonomic activity was depressed. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *GALVANIC skin response KW - *REACTION time KW - *PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY KW - *REST KW - *SYMPATHETIC nervous system KW - *STRESS (Physiology) KW - MALES KW - Cold pressor KW - GSR. KW - Reaction times KW - Stress UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=11236433&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR T1 - MODIFICATION IN AUTONOMICALLY MEDIATED PHYSIOLOGICAL RESPONSES TO COLD PRESSOR BY COGNITIVE ACTIVITY: AN EXTENSION. AU - Sadler, Timothy G. AU - Wieland, Betty A. AU - Mefferd, Jr., Roy B. AU - Benton, Richard G. AU - McDaniel, C. Douglas JO - Psychophysiology JF - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1967/10// VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 229 EP - 230 SN - 00485772 N1 - Accession Number: 11237637; Author: Sadler, Timothy G.: 1 Author: Wieland, Betty A.: 1 Author: Mefferd, Jr., Roy B.: 1 Author: Benton, Richard G.: 1 Author: McDaniel, C. Douglas: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Psychiatric and Psychosomatic Research Laboratory Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, Texas.; No. of Pages: 2; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20040119 N2 - The SNS response decrement obtained by Mefferd and Wieland (1965) when a congitive task was imposed during a painful stimulus was reproduced with 15 Ss under conditions involving minimal motor activity. The results support the conclusion that cognitive activity per se was the major determinant of the decrement. ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR KW - *GALVANIC skin response KW - *PAIN KW - *ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY KW - COGNITIVE consistency KW - STIMULUS generalization KW - CONDITIONED response KW - BSR. KW - Cognitive activity KW - Cold pressor KW - GSR KW - SNS KW - Stress UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=11237637&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-11734-018 AN - 1998-11734-018 AU - Garb, Howard N. T1 - Recommendations for training in the use of the Thematic Apperception Test (TAT). JF - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice JO - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice JA - Prof Psychol Res Pr Y1 - 1998/12// VL - 29 IS - 6 SP - 621 EP - 622 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7028 SN - 1939-1323 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-11734-018. Other Journal Title: Professional Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garb, Howard N.; Pittsburgh Veterans Administration Health Care System, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19990101. Correction Date: 20100308. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology Graduate Training; Curriculum Development; Educational Personnel; Thematic Apperception Test. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223); Professional Education & Training (3410). Tests & Measures: Thematic Apperception Test (TAT). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1998. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Comments on the article by E. D. Rossini and R. J. Moretti (see record [rid]1997-04849-016[/rid]) regarding interpretation of the Thematic Apperception Test (TAT). The present author notes that issues of test validity, use of quantified scoring systems, and appropriate normative data when interpreting the TAT were ignored. The present author notes that one should not evade issues of validity by alluding to 'self-conferred expert clinical judgment.' It is also argued that because predictive methods have almost always been more accurate than or as accurate as clinicians, it is inappropriate to assert that such expertise is exactly what the master psychodiagnostician offers beyond actuarial personality evaluation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - use of Thematic Apperception Test in syllabus of clinical psychology doctoral programs KW - clinical training directors KW - commentary KW - 1998 KW - Clinical Psychology Graduate Training KW - Curriculum Development KW - Educational Personnel KW - Thematic Apperception Test KW - 1998 DO - 10.1037/0735-7028.29.6.621.b UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-11734-018&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-11148-016 AN - 1998-11148-016 AU - Workman, Richard H. Jr. T1 - 'The use of risperidone for psychosis and agitation in demented patients with Parkinson's disease': Reply. JF - The Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences JO - The Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences Y1 - 1998///Fal 1998 VL - 10 IS - 4 SP - 474 EP - 475 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0895-0172 SN - 1545-7222 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-11148-016. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Workman, Richard H. Jr.; Houston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Houston, TX, US. Release Date: 19981201. Correction Date: 20090727. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Agitation; Dementia; Parkinson's Disease; Psychosis; Risperidone. Minor Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Hospitalized Patients. Classification: Medical Treatment of Physical Illness (3363). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1998. AB - Replies to the J. H. Friedman et al comment (see record [rid]1998-11148-015[/rid]) on Workman et al original article (see record [rid]1997-38688-012[/rid]). Workman states that all the patients in the original study had idiopathic Parkinson''s disease, dementia, psychotic features, and behavioral disturbances. Workman also states that at the time of the data base study, risperidone was the only treatment option other than the typical antipsychotics and clozapine, which was not an option due to risk of adverse reactions and its prohibitive cost. The current author also counters the Friedman et al statement that risperidone is not an atypical antipsychotic. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - risperidone KW - psychosis & agitation KW - 66–78 yr old inpatients with Parkinson's disease & dementia KW - commentary reply KW - 1998 KW - Agitation KW - Dementia KW - Parkinson's Disease KW - Psychosis KW - Risperidone KW - Drug Therapy KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - 1998 DO - 10.1176/jnp.10.4.474 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-11148-016&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-02235-009 AN - 1998-02235-009 AU - Howsepian, A. A. T1 - Post-traumatic stress disorder following needle-stick contaminated with suspected HIV-positive blood. JF - General Hospital Psychiatry JO - General Hospital Psychiatry JA - Gen Hosp Psychiatry Y1 - 1998/03// VL - 20 IS - 2 SP - 123 EP - 124 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0163-8343 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-02235-009. PMID: 9582599 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Howsepian, A. A.; U California-San Francisco, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Fresno, CA, US. Release Date: 19980701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Letter. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Combat Experience; HIV; Major Depression; Panic Disorder; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Health Personnel. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1998. AB - Reports the case of a 45-yr-old male physician assistant with a history of major depressive disorder, panic disorder, and Vietnam combat-related PTSD. In the course of performing a venipuncture on a suspected HIV-positive heroin addict, the S accidentally stuck a needle contaminated with the patient's blood deep into his left thenar eminance. One week later the S began experiencing intense feelings of fear, victimization, and impeding doom. In addition, he experienced visual flashbacks and hallucinations of sharp pain. Other symptoms presented included anger, insomnia, and autonomic arousal. The S met the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-IV (DSM-IV) diagnosis of PTSD. It is suggested that this S's idiosyncratic vulnerability to this disorder is partly a result of his previous combat-related PTSD which sensitized him to other forms of perceived life-threatening trauma. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - needle-stick contaminated with suspected HIV-positive blood KW - PTSD KW - 45-yr-old male physician assistant with history of major depressive & panic disorder & combat-related PTSD KW - 1998 KW - Combat Experience KW - HIV KW - Major Depression KW - Panic Disorder KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Health Personnel KW - 1998 DO - 10.1016/S0163-8343(97)00118-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-02235-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Baer, Daniel M. AU - Belsey, Richard E. AU - Skeels, Micheal R. T1 - A Survey of State Regulation of Testing for Drugs of Abuse Outside of Licensed (accredited) Clinical Laboratories. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 80 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 713 EP - 715 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: We surveyed all 50 states to find out if testing for drugs of abuse outside of clinical laboratories was regulated. In 14 states such regulations existed or were contemplated. Eight additional states indicated that regulatory language does not restrict their oversight of Such testing. Content of the regulations is described for each of these 22 states. (Am J Public Health 1990; 80:713-715.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DRUGS of abuse KW - PSYCHIATRIC drugs KW - PATHOLOGICAL laboratories KW - DRUG laws & regulations KW - PHARMACEUTICAL policy KW - PUBLIC health laws KW - NARCOTIC laws KW - PUBLIC health KW - HEALTH KW - HUMAN services N1 - Accession Number: 4685110; Baer, Daniel M. 1; Belsey, Richard E. 2; Skeels, Micheal R. 3; Source Information: Jun90, Vol. 80 Issue 6, p713; Subject: DRUGS of abuse; Subject: PSYCHIATRIC drugs; Subject: PATHOLOGICAL laboratories; Subject: DRUG laws & regulations; Subject: PHARMACEUTICAL policy; Subject: PUBLIC health laws; Subject: NARCOTIC laws; Subject: PUBLIC health; Subject: HEALTH; Subject: HUMAN services; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4685110&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Reuler, James B. T1 - Health Care for the Homeless in a National Health Program. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 79 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 1033 EP - 1035 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: To assess the impact of adoption of a national health program on homeless care in the United States, care for this group in Britain's National Health Service (NHS) was evaluated. Although hospital and medication charges are eliminated, primary care for the homeless lacks central government directive, suffers from overlap of statutory agencies and mechanistic biases, is disproportionately delivered in emergency rooms, and has relied on advocacy by the non-profit sector. Disadvantages of this void in NHS provision are marginalization of the homeless and continuation of a two-class care system. Removal of financial barriers to care by enactment of a national health program in the US would not solve all issues related to delivery of quality care for the homeless unless its structure addressed the special needs of disenfranchised groups. (Am J Public Health 1989; 79:1033-1035.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MEDICAL care KW - HOMELESS persons KW - PUBLIC health KW - PRIMARY care (Medicine) KW - FEDERAL government KW - HOSPITAL emergency services KW - NATIONAL health services KW - GREAT Britain. National Health Service KW - GREAT Britain N1 - Accession Number: 4685406; Reuler, James B. 1; Source Information: Aug1989, Vol. 79 Issue 8, p1033; Subject: MEDICAL care; Subject: HOMELESS persons; Subject: PUBLIC health; Subject: PRIMARY care (Medicine); Subject: FEDERAL government; Subject: HOSPITAL emergency services; Subject: NATIONAL health services; Subject: GREAT Britain. National Health Service; Geographic Terms: GREAT Britain; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4685406&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Joseph, Anne T1 - Compliance with Fecal Occult Blood Testing: The Role of Restrictive Diets. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 78 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 839 EP - 841 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: In this clinical trial, 786 patients screened for colorectal cancer with fecal occult blood testing were assigned to either a "diet" or "no diet" group to examine the effect of advice to restrict intake of red meat and peroxidase-containing vegetables on patient compliance and positivity rates. Restrictive diets did not significantly decrease compliance. Interviews of patients in the "diet" group demonstrated that the majority followed instructions. Positivity rates were similar in the two groups, and clinically significant lesions were found with comparable frequency. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CLINICAL trials KW - CLINICAL medicine -- Research KW - MEDICAL research KW - FECAL incontinence KW - DEFECATION disorders KW - COLON cancer KW - DIET KW - CANCER patients KW - COMPLIANCE N1 - Accession Number: 4692650; Joseph, Anne 1; Source Information: Jul1988, Vol. 78 Issue 7, p839; Subject: CLINICAL trials; Subject: CLINICAL medicine -- Research; Subject: MEDICAL research; Subject: FECAL incontinence; Subject: DEFECATION disorders; Subject: COLON cancer; Subject: DIET; Subject: CANCER patients; Subject: COMPLIANCE; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4692650&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Revicki, Dennis A. AU - Israel, Richard G. T1 - Relationship between Body Mass Indices and Measures of Body Adiposity. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1986/08// VL - 76 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 992 EP - 994 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: We examined the relationship between various body mass indices (BMIs), skinfold measures, and laboratory measures of body fat in 474 males aged 20-70 years. Evaluations included height, weight, skinfold thickness, and hydrostatic measurements of adiposity. The weight-height ratio (W/H), Quetelet index (W/H&sup 2;), Khosla-Lowe index (W/H&sup 3;), and Berm index (W/H[sup P]) were calculated. The correlations among the various BMIs were high, ranging from 0.91 to 0.99, and all were strongly correlated with weight (rs = 0.81 - 0.98), while only W/H&sup 2; (r = -.03) and W/H[sup P] (r = -.01) were not correlated with height. The W/H&sup 2; and W/H[sup P] had the strongest correlation with hydrostatic and skinfold measurements, although all the BMIs were significantly correlated with these measurements. Results suggest that the Benn index and the Quetelet index are equally valid estimates of body fat in respect to their relationship with hydrostatic measures. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BODY mass index KW - OBESITY KW - HUMAN physiology KW - SKINFOLD thickness KW - BODY weight KW - FAT KW - PHYSICAL diagnosis KW - ANTHROPOMETRY KW - HUMAN body composition N1 - Accession Number: 4686104; Revicki, Dennis A. 1; Israel, Richard G. 2; Source Information: Aug1986, Vol. 76 Issue 8, p992; Subject: BODY mass index; Subject: OBESITY; Subject: HUMAN physiology; Subject: SKINFOLD thickness; Subject: BODY weight; Subject: FAT; Subject: PHYSICAL diagnosis; Subject: ANTHROPOMETRY; Subject: HUMAN body composition; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4686104&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lawrence, Charles E. AU - Reilly, Andrew A. AU - Quickenton, Phillip AU - Greenwald, Peter AU - Page, William F. AU - Kuntz, Amy J. T1 - Mortality Patterns of New York State Vietnam Veterans. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1985/03// VL - 75 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 277 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: Mortality odds ratios (MORs) comparing veterans with Vietnam service who died in New York State to veterans of the Vietnam era with no Vietnam service were estimated (N - 1.496). The most elevated M()Rs and their confidence intervals were nonmotor vehicular injuries of transport (MOR = 2.18. (l. 19. 3.96}). other accidents and burns MOR = 1.37. 10.95. l.98)), and homicide (MOR = 1.59. (0.86. 2.94). (Am J Public Health 1985; 75:277-279.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MORTALITY -- Statistics KW - DEATH -- Causes KW - ACCIDENTS KW - DIOXINS KW - HERBICIDES -- Physiological effect KW - VIETNAM veterans KW - VIETNAM War, 1961-1975 KW - PUBLIC health KW - NEW York (State) N1 - Accession Number: 4948576; Lawrence, Charles E. 1; Reilly, Andrew A. 1; Quickenton, Phillip 1; Greenwald, Peter 2; Page, William F. 3; Kuntz, Amy J. 3; Source Information: Mar1985, Vol. 75 Issue 3, p277; Subject: MORTALITY -- Statistics; Subject: DEATH -- Causes; Subject: ACCIDENTS; Subject: DIOXINS; Subject: HERBICIDES -- Physiological effect; Subject: VIETNAM veterans; Subject: VIETNAM War, 1961-1975; Subject: PUBLIC health; Geographic Terms: NEW York (State); Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4948576&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Connelly, Shirley V. AU - Connelly, Patricia A. T1 - Physicians' Patient Referrals to a Nurse Practitioner in a Primary Care Medical Clinic . JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1979/01// VL - 69 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 73 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - The article discusses the impact of the nurse practitioners (NP) role on health care delivery. In this context, the author mentioned the consumer dissatisfaction with depersonalized and crisis-oriented health care that is well documented. These studies show that NP can be utilized to manage common ailments and chronic-stabilized conditions of patients with effectiveness comparing favorably to physician management of such conditions. A Veterans Administration Hospital Primary Care Medical Clinic with a health care team had conducted these studies. KW - NURSE practitioners KW - MEDICAL care KW - NURSING -- Practice KW - MEDICAL personnel KW - HEALTH care teams KW - MEDICAL research KW - PRIMARY care (Medicine) KW - FIRST aid in illness & injury KW - MEDICAL referral N1 - Accession Number: 6008683; Connelly, Shirley V. 1; Connelly, Patricia A. 1; Source Information: Jan1979, Vol. 69 Issue 1, p73; Subject: NURSE practitioners; Subject: MEDICAL care; Subject: NURSING -- Practice; Subject: MEDICAL personnel; Subject: HEALTH care teams; Subject: MEDICAL research; Subject: PRIMARY care (Medicine); Subject: FIRST aid in illness & injury; Subject: MEDICAL referral; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=6008683&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wallace, Robert B. AU - Donta, Sam T. T1 - Antibody to Escherichia coli Enterotoxin in Meat-Packing Workers. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1978/01// VL - 68 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 68 EP - 70 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - The article focuses on antibody to Escherichia coli enterotoxin in Meat-Packing workers. It is nearly 50 years since the suggestion was made that certain strains of Escherichia coli could cause human diarrhea. It is now apparent that certain Escherichia coli strains are interopathogenIc by three mechanisms: production of heat-stable (SD or heat-labile (LT) enterotoxins or by direct invasion of the gut, similar to Shigelia species. The adrenal cell tissue culture assay for detecting heatable E. coli enterotoxin and antitoxin has been previously described. On the basis of this, briefly, the assay is based on the antibody neutralization of a standardized quantity of heat-labile enterotoxin. Absence of antibody allows the enterotoxin to alter the morphology of the adrenal cells. Statistical differences between various analytical groups within the study were determined by application of the standard t-test to the reciprocal geometric mean titers of the individual groups. KW - ESCHERICHIA coli -- Physiology KW - PACKING houses (Meat packing industry) KW - DIARRHEA KW - DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation KW - TISSUE culture KW - ENTEROTOXINS N1 - Accession Number: 5673980; Wallace, Robert B. 1; Donta, Sam T. 2; Source Information: Jan1978, Vol. 68 Issue 1, p68; Subject: ESCHERICHIA coli -- Physiology; Subject: PACKING houses (Meat packing industry); Subject: DIARRHEA; Subject: DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation; Subject: TISSUE culture; Subject: ENTEROTOXINS; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5673980&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Tennant, Jeffrey S. AU - McClelland, Gus AU - Oram, Rachel AU - Seymour, B. J. AU - Weed, Verne AU - Wallerstein, Florence AU - O'Leary, James E. AU - Gualtieri, Helen AU - Reed, Diana T1 - letters. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1985/03//Mar/Apr85 VL - 30 IS - 2 M3 - Letter SP - 190 EP - 192 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - Presents several letters to the editor. Use of ophthalmology in the treatment of a person; Discussion about the amount of stress in the person with visual impairment; Discussion about treatment of nearsightedness with therapy. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - SOCIAL services KW - VISION disorders KW - BLINDNESS KW - MYOPIA KW - THERAPEUTICS N1 - Accession Number: 5271016; Tennant, Jeffrey S. 1; McClelland, Gus 2; Oram, Rachel; Seymour, B. J. 3; Weed, Verne; Wallerstein, Florence; O'Leary, James E.; Gualtieri, Helen; Reed, Diana 4; Source Information: Mar/Apr85, Vol. 30 Issue 2, p190; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: SOCIAL services; Subject: VISION disorders; Subject: BLINDNESS; Subject: MYOPIA; Subject: THERAPEUTICS; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5271016&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Thistle, Pamela T1 - The Therapist's Own Family: Focus of Training for Family Therapists. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1981/05// VL - 26 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 248 EP - 250 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article focuses on training for family therapists. Practitioners of family therapy are usually trained through ex post facto supervision in the form of individual or group discussions between supervisor and trainees. Although trainees generally participate in fieldwork of various kinds, few if any training programs at major universities deal with the dynamics of the students own closest relationship. The purpose of this article is to describe a model of training and supervision in the area of family therapy that is used by graduate students and psychiatric residents in the Veterans Administration teaching hospital affiliated with a noted university. This model is based on the use of a Therapist's Own Family (TOF) group; in which members study family systems theory by applying it to their own families. The overall method of coaching is based on the notion of systems concepts, which involves thinking of people in the context of their family's emotional system rather than focusing on the kind and degree of Pathology in any one member. The TOF program to be described began in 1975, when TOF groups were set up as six-month seminars. KW - FAMILY therapists KW - OCCUPATIONAL training KW - PATHOLOGY KW - FIELDWORK (Educational method) KW - COLLEGE students KW - PREVENTIVE medicine N1 - Accession Number: 5273391; Thistle, Pamela 1; Source Information: May81, Vol. 26 Issue 3, p248; Subject: FAMILY therapists; Subject: OCCUPATIONAL training; Subject: PATHOLOGY; Subject: FIELDWORK (Educational method); Subject: COLLEGE students; Subject: PREVENTIVE medicine; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5273391&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Levin, Sharon S. AU - Groves, Anne C. AU - Lurie, Judith D. T1 - 'Sharing the Move'--Support Groups for Relocated Women. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1980/07// VL - 25 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 323 EP - 325 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article discusses the concept of "moving" as an inherent part of life in the U.S., as support for relocated women. Despite its acceptance, however, moving has a disruptive effect upon individuals, families, and significant others. It can become a crisis in which the individual is constantly called upon to adjust and adapt, while his or her sense of identity is repeatedly threatened and challenged. An organization for women serves an area with a high density of mobile corporate families. It was discovered the newcomers, particularly the wives, were given ample audience in the new community for their positive feelings about moving. Two support groups were initiated for women who had moved to the community within the last year. A third group was held at a large corporation to help spouses of employees deal with their impending transfer out of state. Several common themes emerged from the three groups. Sadness and grieving for what was left behind were central themes that emerged early in the sessions. The grieving was not only for significant people in their lives, but also for familiar places, activities and even weather. KW - HOUSEHOLD moving KW - MARRIED women KW - WOMEN -- Social networks KW - MENTAL depression KW - SADNESS KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 5269997; Levin, Sharon S. 1; Groves, Anne C. 2; Lurie, Judith D. 3; Source Information: Jul80, Vol. 25 Issue 4, p323; Subject: HOUSEHOLD moving; Subject: MARRIED women; Subject: WOMEN -- Social networks; Subject: MENTAL depression; Subject: SADNESS; Geographic Terms: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5269997&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dewane, Claudia M. T1 - Humor in Therapy. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1978/11// VL - 23 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 508 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article presents information on the use of humor in therapy. Humor, as referred to in this article, is the mental faculty of discovering, expressing, or appreciating some-thing that is or is designed to be comical or amusing. Unfortunately, not much literature can be found concerning the use of humor in social work practice. It seems that social workers take themselves very seriously and rarely write articles about anything as frivolous as humor in therapy. Throughout social work training, social workers are taught to keep an amicable distance between themselves and the client. Often they are taught that to attempt to become "close" to a client reflects the worker's need to be accepted by the client and signifies the worker's insecurity; to joke with a client shows an attempt to diminish the severity of the client's distress and demonstrates the worker's inability to handle the stress of the situation. Humor is seen, then, as an avoidance mechanism for both client and worker. This concept has merit. It is true that the inappropriate use of humor could appear to diminish the importance of the client's problem and could create a distance between client and worker. But, as with any technique, humor's appropriateness depends on the circumstances in which it is used. KW - WIT & humor in medicine KW - SOCIAL services KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - PUBLIC welfare KW - SOCIAL workers KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - ANXIETY N1 - Accession Number: 5275040; Dewane, Claudia M. 1; Source Information: Nov78, Vol. 23 Issue 6, p508; Subject: WIT & humor in medicine; Subject: SOCIAL services; Subject: THERAPEUTICS; Subject: PUBLIC welfare; Subject: SOCIAL workers; Subject: STRESS (Psychology); Subject: ANXIETY; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5275040&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pilsecker, Carleton T1 - Vive la différence. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1977/11// VL - 22 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 484 EP - 486 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article focuses on the controversy over the innate behavioral differences between the sexes. Anatomical and physiological differences clearly separated the two sexes few years ago. Along with the structural contrasts between the sexes, immutable, inherent, and laudable variations in terms of abilities, interests, and behavior were presumed to exist. In the attempt to discard lifelong indoctrination concerning sexual differences, there is an inclination to fill the resulting vacuum with a hasty assertion that there are no meaningful variations. This can be especially tempting for social workers, who like to find as few inherent differences between people as possible. Early in a child's life, he or she receives clues from the environment and especially from the approval or disapproval of the parents regarding what is expected from him as a male or from her as a female. Thus begins a series of postnatal events that have a weighty import on the determination of an individual's sex-specific behavior. KW - SEX differences (Biology) KW - BEHAVIORAL assessment KW - PHYSIOLOGY KW - PSYCHOLOGY -- Methodology KW - FAMILIES N1 - Accession Number: 5274781; Pilsecker, Carleton 1; Source Information: Nov77, Vol. 22 Issue 6, p484; Subject: SEX differences (Biology); Subject: BEHAVIORAL assessment; Subject: PHYSIOLOGY; Subject: PSYCHOLOGY -- Methodology; Subject: FAMILIES; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5274781&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Freedman, Joel T1 - An Adoptee in Search of identity. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1977/05// VL - 22 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 227 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article presents a manuscript describing a case of an adoptee who was searching for his biological parents. Not long ago, a 26-year-old Vietnam veteran dropped by the office to see the author, requesting help with a situation that required counseling, collateral agency contact, and legal involvement. The author decided to conduct his own investigation, but in discussing the matter with local attorneys, caseworkers, and judges there seemed to be almost unanimous agreement that the client should learn to live with his situation, rather than try to resolve it. The author's client My client, John C. Richardson of Phelps, New York, is an adoptee. He was searching for his biological parents. It was his desire to know his origins, not out of rejection of his adoptive parents, but as a way of establishing his own identity. After having several talks, Mr. Richardson and the author attended a conference on adoption held at the Rochester institute of Technology. The author further shares his experiences on the topic. KW - COMPARISON (Psychology) KW - RESEMBLANCE (Philosophy) KW - BIRTHPARENTS KW - ATTORNEY & client KW - COURTS -- Officials & employees KW - VIETNAM N1 - Accession Number: 5270350; Freedman, Joel 1; Source Information: May77, Vol. 22 Issue 3, p227; Subject: COMPARISON (Psychology); Subject: RESEMBLANCE (Philosophy); Subject: BIRTHPARENTS; Subject: ATTORNEY & client; Subject: COURTS -- Officials & employees; Geographic Terms: VIETNAM; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5270350&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Keve, Paul W. AU - Brill, Naomi AU - Walsh, Richard J. AU - Hall Jr., Robert A. AU - Lebedun, Morty AU - Weinberg, Michael H. AU - Schreiber, Meyer AU - Hoover, Michael J. AU - Bachman, Richard S. T1 - letters. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1975/09// VL - 20 IS - 5 M3 - Letter SP - 421 EP - 423 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - Presents several letters to the editor relating to articles published in previous issues of the journal "Social Work." Comments on the article "Not with My Daughter, You Don't!" by Dale G. Hardman; Response to the article on Mental Health System by Jeffrey R. Solomon; Discusses the article "A Political View of the United Way" by Stanley Wenocur. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - MENTAL health KW - WENOCUR, Stanley KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - PERIODICALS KW - SOCIAL services N1 - Accession Number: 5267100; Keve, Paul W. 1; Brill, Naomi; Walsh, Richard J. 2; Hall Jr., Robert A. 3; Lebedun, Morty 4; Weinberg, Michael H. 5; Schreiber, Meyer 6; Hoover, Michael J. 7; Bachman, Richard S. 8; Source Information: Sep75, Vol. 20 Issue 5, p421; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: MENTAL health; Subject: WENOCUR, Stanley; Subject: PSYCHIATRY; Subject: PERIODICALS; Subject: SOCIAL services; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5267100&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR T1 - DIFFERENCES IN POLITICAL AND SOCIAL ATTITUDES OF PRO-EISENHOWER AND PRO-STEVENSON STUDENTS. AU - Stotsky, Bernard A. AU - Lachman, Sheldon J. JO - Journal of Social Psychology JF - Journal of Social Psychology Y1 - 1956/08// VL - 44 IS - 1 SP - 143 EP - 144 SN - 00224545 N1 - Accession Number: 16605359; Author: Stotsky, Bernard A.: 1 Author: Lachman, Sheldon J.: 1 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Veterans Administration and Wayne University.; No. of Pages: 2; Language: English; Publication Type: Article; Update Code: 20050401 N2 - The article discusses the differences in the political and social attitudes of pro-Eisenhower and pro-Stevenson students. A few months prior to the presidential nominating conventions for the two major political parties in 1952, it was found that there were significant differences in California F-Scale scores among people favoring different potential presidential nominees. It was also found that those favoring Eisenhower and Stevenson had the lowest F-Scale scores. Two classes of college students in introductory psychology and one in the psychology of adjustment served as subjects (N = 102). During the week prior to the 1952 national presidential election they completed a questionnaire which included 11 personal data items, 10 items expanded from Centers' Conservatism-Radicalism Questionnaire, seven items selected from the E-Scale, and 30 items of the F-Scale. Of the 102 subjects, 62 preferred Stevenson and 40 Eisenhower. These results correspond closely to the popular vote figures for Wayne County and were fairly representative of Wayne University, if results of an almost simultaneous campus poll can be accepted as representative. No relationships appeared to exist between candidate preference of the respondents and party preferences of parents. Candidate preference was not related to income or occupational group of parents. KW - *STUDENTS -- Attitudes KW - *UNIVERSITIES & colleges KW - *SOCIAL psychology KW - PRESIDENTIAL elections KW - PUBLIC support KW - POLITICAL attitudes UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=16605359&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR AU - Viatori, Maximilian S. T1 - JO - Journal of Counseling & Development JF - Journal of Counseling & Development J1 - Journal of Counseling & Development PY - 1985/04// Y1 - 1985/04// VL - 63 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 531 SN - 07489633 AB - The article focuses on Psychiatric Diagnostic Interview (PDI), that systematically records patients' reports of the past or present occurrence of symptoms associated with selected psychiatric syndromes. The structure of PDI is one of its major strengths. It allows for comprehensive yet efficient review of syndromes. The PDI has also fared well in concurrent validity studies that examined: (a) agreement with a psychiatrist's diagnoses based on chart reviews; (b) agreement with another structured interview; and (c) ability to identify syndromes in carefully screened criterion groups of patients. The sole purpose of PDI is to screen for the presence of psychiatric disorders. It provides an organized method for teaching the basics of psychiatric diagnosis. The most pressing of the concerns of the concerns of PDI is the Lifetime diagnosis. There are many reasons to suspect that the recollections of long past events and symptoms are less than accurate to say the least about the PDI. KW - INTERVIEWING in psychiatry KW - PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis KW - NEUROBEHAVIORAL disorders KW - SYMPTOMS KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - ABILITY N1 - Accession Number: 4962589; Source Information: Apr85, Vol. 63 Issue 8, p531; Subject Term: INTERVIEWING in psychiatry; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis; Subject Term: NEUROBEHAVIORAL disorders; Subject Term: SYMPTOMS; Subject Term: PSYCHIATRY; Subject Term: ABILITY; Subject Term: ; Number of Pages: 1p; ; Document Type: Article; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=trh&AN=4962589&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - trh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2004-17620-029 AN - 2004-17620-029 AU - Peterson, Charles A. T1 - What might this be? JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1996/06// VL - 41 IS - 6 SP - 572 EP - 573 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2004-17620-029. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Peterson, Charles A.; Veterans Administration Minneapolis Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 20040927. Correction Date: 20170130. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Rorschach Test; Test Interpretation. Minor Descriptor: Content Analysis (Test). Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Aronow, Edward; Reznikoff, Marvin; Moreland, Kevin. The Rorschach Technique: Perceptual Basics, Content Interpretation, and Applications=Boston: Allyn & Bacon, 1994. 297 pp; 1994. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1996. AB - The authors of The Rorschach Technique, Edward Aronow, Marvin Reznikoff, and Kevin Moreland (see record [rid]1994-97521-000[/rid]), invoke but unnecessarily dichotomize Allport's (1961) classic distinction between the nomothetic (the discovery of general laws) and the idiographic (discovery of the unique features of the individual) approaches to personality assessment. Specifically, the perceptual-nomothetic approach to the Rorschach is pitted against the content-idiographic approach to the Rorschach, the former represented by the work of John Exner (1974), the latter championed by Aronow et al. The content-idiographic approach to the Rorschach focuses less on whether, say, movement or dimensionality was projected onto the inkblot and more on what the patient saw (e.g., animal, vegetable, or mineral) and how that response can be further illuminated by the patient's subsequent associations. Although they dutifully present a traditional approach to the test (their scoring system invites intellectual regression, returning to a pre-1974 pasticcio of the great Rorschach systems and obscure research scales), it is clear that their heart lies elsewhere. The reviewer states that, just as Rorschach's inkblots were 'suggestive,' this text may be considered suggestive, provoking a thoughtful, benevolently eclectic approach to the still robust Rorschach. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perceptual-nomothetic approach KW - content-idiographic approach KW - Rorschach test KW - 1996 KW - Rorschach Test KW - Test Interpretation KW - Content Analysis (Test) KW - 1996 U2 - Aronow, Edward; Reznikoff, Marvin; Moreland, Kevin. (1994); The Rorschach Technique: Perceptual Basics, Content Interpretation, and Applications; Boston: Allyn & Bacon, 1994. 297 pp; 0-205-14912-X. DO - 10.1037/002960 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2004-17620-029&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2004-17632-050 AN - 2004-17632-050 AU - Zeiss, Robert A. T1 - The Many Handbooks of Behavior Therapy. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1995/07// VL - 40 IS - 7 SP - 702 EP - 703 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2004-17632-050. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zeiss, Robert A.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Psychiatric Intensive Care Unit, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 20041012. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Problems; Behavior Therapy. Minor Descriptor: Family Relations; Mental Disorders. Classification: Behavior Therapy & Behavior Modification (3312). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Bellack, Alan S. (Ed); Hersen, Michel (Ed). Handbook of Behavior Therapy in the Psychiatric Setting=New York: Plenum, 656 pp. $85.00; 1993. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1995. AB - This handbook (see record [rid]1993-97736-000[/rid]) is divided into four major sections, reviewing separately General Issues, Treatment of Adult Disorders, Treatment of Childhood and Adolescent Disorders, and Family Problems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavior therapy KW - family problems KW - behavior problems KW - 1995 KW - Behavior Problems KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Family Relations KW - Mental Disorders KW - 1995 U2 - Bellack, Alan S. (Ed); Hersen, Michel (Ed). (1993); Handbook of Behavior Therapy in the Psychiatric Setting; New York: Plenum, 656 pp. $85.00; 0-306-44275-2. DO - 10.1037/003832 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2004-17632-050&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2004-17630-016 AN - 2004-17630-016 AU - Snyder, Edward W. T1 - Families and Alcoholism: Science, Practice, and Myth. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1995/05// VL - 40 IS - 5 SP - 440 EP - 441 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2004-17630-016. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Snyder, Edward W.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albuquerque, NM, US. Release Date: 20040927. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Family Relations; Family. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: O'Farrell, Timothy J. (Ed). Treating Alcohol Problems: Marital and Family Interventions=New York: Guilford, 1993. 446 pp. $36.95; 1993. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: May, 1995. AB - The reviewer notes that this book (see record [rid]1994-97074-000[/rid]) represents a sampling of efforts to understand and to influence family process as it interacts with the behavior of the alcoholic. Within each chapter, the reader is first oriented to the importance of the subject matter and then provided with a conceptual skeleton on which to hang an organized set of useful, for the most part sensible, and occasionally intriguing techniques. Practical, real-life examples then contribute to the consolidation of learning. The book's three sections consider the stages of treatment: enlisting the non-help seeking alcoholic, stabilizing the newly sober alcoholic, and preventing relapse. The book provides a balanced perspective of approaches to studying and treating families. Straightforward, testable behavioral technology is balanced and complemented, often in the same chapter, by the complex, intriguing, but sometimes empirically resistant notions of family systems. In short, the book is a success in the stated goal of educating the practitioner about various techniques that involve the family in the three stages of treatment of the alcoholic. However, the reviewer notes that in the process, the book seems to make a promise that is not always kept. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - families KW - alcoholism KW - treatment KW - family process KW - 1995 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Family Relations KW - Family KW - 1995 U2 - O'Farrell, Timothy J. (Ed). (1993); Treating Alcohol Problems: Marital and Family Interventions; New York: Guilford, 1993. 446 pp. $36.95; 0-89862-195-X. DO - 10.1037/003641 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2004-17630-016&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2004-17627-034 AN - 2004-17627-034 AU - Varney, Nils R. T1 - Aphasia made relatively easy. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1995/02// VL - 40 IS - 2 SP - 152 EP - 153 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 AD - Varney, Nils R., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, IA, US N1 - Accession Number: 2004-17627-034. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Varney, Nils R.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 20040927. Correction Date: 20170130. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Language; Syndromes. Classification: Speech & Language Disorders (3270). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Goodglass, Harold. Understanding Aphasia=San Diego, CA: Academic Press, 1993. 297 pp. $54.95; 1993. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1995. AB - The subject of aphasia has proven to be a highly complex and controversy-ridden topic for better than a century. This debate has extended into a variety of areas, ranging from the neurolinguistic nature of aphasic syndromes to the anatomical substrate of the various acquired disorders of language. Indeed, the very definition of aphasia has been the occasional subject of debate (and upgrading) since the 1870s. Thus, Understanding Aphasia ( [rid]1993-98781-000[/rid]) has potential value not only within its component disciplines but to many other branches of psychology as a model for what is a uniquely human brain function and how its central nervous system mediation is understood, has yet to be deciphered, and has been misconstrued in the past. Goodglass has taken on the rather daunting task of simultaneously writing a comprehensible introductory text concerning aphasia while also attempting to integrate or reconcile the various subdiciplines of aphasia, all presented with a concurrent discussion of relevant contemporary theories of language processing. This is no small accomplishment. Nevertheless, Goodglass offers the modest disclaimer that 'it would be rash to claim we are anywhere near understanding' aphasia and says instead that the work is intended to 'bring the reader abreast of current theory and controversy in most aspects of aphasic language impairments.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - aphasic language impairments KW - language processing KW - aphasic syndromes KW - 1995 KW - Aphasia KW - Language KW - Syndromes KW - 1995 U2 - Goodglass, Harold. (1993); Understanding Aphasia; San Diego, CA: Academic Press, 1993. 297 pp. $54.95; 0-12-290040-5. DO - 10.1037/003418 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2004-17627-034&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06475-069 AN - 2006-06475-069 AU - Maisto, Stephen A. T1 - An Alternative to the Disease Model. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1993/08// VL - 38 IS - 8 SP - 861 EP - 862 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06475-069. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Maisto, Stephen A.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 20061218. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Addiction; Recovery (Disorders). Minor Descriptor: Habits. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Peele, Stanton; Brodsky, Archie. The Truth About Addiction and Recovery: The Life Process Program for Outgrowing Destructive Habits=New York: Simon & Schuster, 1991. 430 pp. $14.00 paperback; 1991. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1993. AB - Reviews the book, The Truth About Addiction and Recovery: The Life Process Program for Outgrowing Destructive Habits by Stanton Peele and Archie Brodsky (1991). The aAuthors' purpose in writing this book was to build an approach to addictions that is 'workable' and then to present it in a way that would allow readers to use it. The book seems to be written for a generally well-educated lay audience, although this is not specified. This book has several strengths and weaknesses. It is clearly written and extremely well documented in scientific studies. A major problem is that the writing sometimes is acerbic, particularly in the first half of the book. There is a good chance this tone will turn off many readers Another problem is that the book likely is too densely written and too long for its purported target audiences. All in all authors have presented a well-documented, wide-ranging review of two contrasting approaches to explaining and modifying addictive behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - addiction KW - recovery KW - destructive habits KW - addictive behavior KW - 1993 KW - Drug Addiction KW - Recovery (Disorders) KW - Habits KW - 1993 U2 - Peele, Stanton; Brodsky, Archie. (1991); The Truth About Addiction and Recovery: The Life Process Program for Outgrowing Destructive Habits; New York: Simon & Schuster, 1991. 430 pp. $14.00 paperback; 0-671-66901-X (Hardcover); 0-671-75530-7 (Paperback). DO - 10.1037/033637 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06475-069&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06475-026 AN - 2006-06475-026 AU - Howieson, Diane B. T1 - Tackling the Problems of Aging and Age-Related Diseases. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1993/08// VL - 38 IS - 8 SP - 811 EP - 812 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06475-026. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Howieson, Diane B.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 20061218. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aging; Brain Disorders; Neuropsychology. Minor Descriptor: Brain; Dementia. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Knight, Robert G. The Neuropsychology of Degenerative Brain Diseases=Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum, 1992. 351 pp. $69.95; 1992. Bergener, Manfred (Ed); Hasegawa, Kazuo (Ed); Finkel, Sanford I. (Ed); Nishimura, Tsuyoshi (Ed). Aging and Mental Disorders: International Perspectives=New York: Springer, 1992. 426 pp. $54.95; 1992. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1993. AB - Reviews the books, The Neuropsychology of Degenerative Brain Diseases by Robert G. Knight (1992); and Aging and Mental Disorders: International Perspectives edited by Manfred Bergener, Kazuo Hasegawa, Sanford I. Finkel, and Tsuyoshi Nishimura (1992). These two books approach the inherent problems from different levels of analysis. The former is a review of the more common degenerative brain diseases with a special emphasis on their neuropsychological aspects. The latter focuses on new societal challenges created by the combination of the lengthening of the life span and a change in family structure. Both books are a timely presentation of information and ideas that are shaping decisions about caring for elders. However, they are quite different in organization and appeal. Knight admirably achieves his goal of succinctly reviewing current clinical and research knowledge of degenerative brain diseases in a format valuable to the clinician. Second book is likely to be of interest to mental health educators and policy administrators where a multicultural view of aging and dementia offers a fresh perspective to pressing societal problems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuropsychology KW - degenerative brain diseases KW - aging KW - dementia KW - 1993 KW - Aging KW - Brain Disorders KW - Neuropsychology KW - Brain KW - Dementia KW - 1993 U2 - Knight, Robert G. (1992); The Neuropsychology of Degenerative Brain Diseases; Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum, 1992. 351 pp. $69.95; 0-8058-0927-9. U2 - Bergener, Manfred (Ed); Hasegawa, Kazuo (Ed); Finkel, Sanford I. (Ed); Nishimura, Tsuyoshi (Ed). (1992); Aging and Mental Disorders: International Perspectives; New York: Springer, 1992. 426 pp. $54.95; 0-8261-7030-7. DO - 10.1037/033594 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06475-026&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06473-059 AN - 2006-06473-059 AU - Rothi, Leslie J. Gonzalez T1 - What is Language? The Question is Deceptively Easy While the Answer is Clearly Controversial. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1993/06// VL - 38 IS - 6 SP - 640 EP - 641 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06473-059. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rothi, Leslie J. Gonzalez; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Gainesville, FL, US. Release Date: 20061218. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Language; Neuropsychology; Reading; Writing Skills. Minor Descriptor: Linguistics. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520); Linguistics & Language & Speech (2720). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Caramazza, Alfonso. Issues in Reading, Writing and Speaking: A Neuropsychological Perspective=Norwell, MA: Kluwer Academic, 1991. 448 pp. $89.00 (£52.00, df. 150,--); 1991. Yamada, Jeni E. Laura: A Case for the Modularity of Language=Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1990. 169 pp. $27.50; 1990. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1993. AB - Reviews the books, Issues in Reading, Writing and Speaking: A Neuropsychological Perspective by Alfonso Caramazza (see record [rid]1991-97185-000[/rid]) and Laura: A Case for the Modularity of Language by Jeni E. Yamada (see record [rid]1991-97328-000[/rid]). The Caramazza book is a compilation of 12 previously published articles around the theme of specific aspects of language including reading, spelling, and speaking. And then there is the story of Laura by Yamada. Though written as documentation of her linguistic state, this is as much a story of Laura and her life as it is detailed empirical data. Easy to read, this work captivates the reader's attention and presents data in logical sequence supporting the notion of language modularity. And so two excellent sources are available--the Caramazza book and the Yamadabook--both speaking in support of the modularity of language. Though neither alone answers the aforementioned question convincingly, it was not necessarily the intent of either of these works to do so. However, each offers a piece, the total collection of these pieces offers the opportunity to pursue more informed discussions as to what might constitute a theory of language, including its relationship to mind and brain. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - language KW - reading KW - writing KW - speaking KW - neuropsychological perspective KW - Laura KW - 1993 KW - Brain KW - Language KW - Neuropsychology KW - Reading KW - Writing Skills KW - Linguistics KW - 1993 U2 - Caramazza, Alfonso. (1991); Issues in Reading, Writing and Speaking: A Neuropsychological Perspective; Norwell, MA: Kluwer Academic, 1991. 448 pp. $89.00 (£52.00, df. 150,--); 0-7923-0996-0. U2 - Yamada, Jeni E. (1990); Laura: A Case for the Modularity of Language; Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1990. 169 pp. $27.50; 0-262-24030-0. DO - 10.1037/033439 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06473-059&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1993-33683-001 AN - 1993-33683-001 AU - Pitman, Roger K. AU - Orr, Scott P. AU - Shalev, Arieh Y. T1 - Once bitten, twice shy: Beyond the conditioning model of PTSD. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1993/02// VL - 33 IS - 3 SP - 145 EP - 146 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1993-33683-001. PMID: 8448261 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pitman, Roger K.; Veterans Administration Research Services, Manchester, NH, US. Release Date: 19930901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotions; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1993. AB - Discusses emotive biasing (EB [R. E. Adamec, 1978]), a difference from birth in relative strength of defensive response, as a test model of the lasting transformations in emotional disposition found in posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). EB cannot be explained on the basis of conditioning but is related to kindling. As a model of PTSD, EB has the advantage over kindling of having a behavioral rather than electrophysiological endpoint. Understanding heightened unconditional responses potentially informs aspects of PTSD that resist conditioning explanations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - emotive biasing model of PTSD KW - 1993 KW - Emotions KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - 1993 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(93)90132-W UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1993-33683-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-10174-001 AN - 2007-10174-001 AU - Donovan, Dennis M. T1 - Review of Drinking and driving: Advances in research and prevention. JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JA - Psychol Addict Behav Y1 - 1992/12// VL - 6 IS - 4 SP - 239 EP - 240 CY - US PB - Educational Publishing Foundation SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-10174-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Donovan, Dennis M.; Addictions Treatment Center, Seattle Veterans Administration Medical Center, Seattle, WA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. Release Date: 20070716. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohols; Drinking Behavior; Driving Under the Influence; Experimentation; Prevention. Minor Descriptor: Drivers. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Wilson, R. Jean (Ed); Mann, Robert E. (Ed). Drinking and driving: Advances in research and prevention=New York: Guilford Press, 294 pages; $37.50; 1990. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1992. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Reviews the book, Drinking and driving: Advances in research and prevention by R. Jean Wilson and Robert E. Mann (see record [rid]1990-98349-000[/rid]). This book is an exciting compilation of well-organized and well-written reviews of recent theoretical and empirical work in the area of drinking and driving. The contributors to the book are well-respected researchers and practitioners in the area of drinking and driving, bringing a high level of scholarly and practical perspective to the problem from their international experiences and multidisciplinary backgrounds. The specific chapters are all of interest and fit well within the three general sections of the book. The first section deals with the driver and his or her immediate environment. The second section of the book focuses on both general and specific deterrence strategies as they relate to the prevention of driving while impaired. The third section deals with a number of different approaches to the prevention of drinking and driving. I feel this is a very timely book composed of chapters from internationally known researchers, the content of which will prove to be extremely valuable for researchers, policymakers and planners, and clinicians working in the areas of primary, secondary, and tertiary prevention of driving while impaired by alcohol. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drinking KW - driving KW - research KW - prevention KW - 1992 KW - Alcohols KW - Drinking Behavior KW - Driving Under the Influence KW - Experimentation KW - Prevention KW - Drivers KW - 1992 U2 - Wilson, R. Jean (Ed); Mann, Robert E. (Ed). (1990); Drinking and driving: Advances in research and prevention; New York: Guilford Press, 294 pages; $37.50 DO - 10.1037/h0084905 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2007-10174-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06456-030 AN - 2006-06456-030 AU - Krinsley, Karen E. AU - Keane, Terence M. T1 - Integrating Psychology and Pharmacology in Treating Anxiety. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1992/12// VL - 37 IS - 12 SP - 1289 EP - 1290 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06456-030. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Krinsley, Karen E.; National Center, Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD), Boston Veterans Administration (VA) Medical Center, MA, US. Release Date: 20061218. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety Disorders; Anxiety Management; Pharmacology. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Coryell, William (Ed); Winokur, George (Ed). The Clinical Management of Anxiety Disorders=New York: Oxford University Press, 1991. 156 pp. $27.95; 1991. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1992. AB - Reviews the book, The Clinical Management of Anxiety Disorders edited by William Coryell and George Winokur (see record [rid]1991-97702-000[/rid]). The editors of this new volume rightly point out that findings are scattered among pharmacological, behavioral, and cognitive-behavioral literatures; their goal is to summarize and integrate state-of-the-art knowledge on psychological and pharmacological treatment of anxiety in one volume and to provide a handbook for clinicians interested in this area. Nevertheless, the title Clinical Management of the Anxiety Disorders may be a trifle misleading, because the book provides a more thorough analysis of pharmacological treatments than psychological treatments of the various anxiety disorders. The volume is noteworthy due to its focused and brief nature. This brevity, of course, is also a liability. It is virtually impossible to teach specific details of cognitive-behavioral interventions with these space limitations. Rather, this volume should be considered a summary of available knowledge, rather than a practitioner's handbook. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - integrating psychology KW - pharmacology KW - treating anxiety KW - clinical management KW - anxiety disorders KW - 1992 KW - Anxiety Disorders KW - Anxiety Management KW - Pharmacology KW - 1992 U2 - Coryell, William (Ed); Winokur, George (Ed). (1991); The Clinical Management of Anxiety Disorders; New York: Oxford University Press, 1991. 156 pp. $27.95; 0-19-505953-0. DO - 10.1037/031703 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06456-030&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06454-023 AN - 2006-06454-023 AU - Randahl, Gloria J. T1 - Wanted and Found: A Counselor's Practical Guide to Assessment. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1992/10// VL - 37 IS - 10 SP - 1022 EP - 1023 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06454-023. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Randahl, Gloria J.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Spinal Cord Injury Center, Albuquerque, NM, US. Release Date: 20061218. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counselors; Psychological Assessment; Psychometrics; Test Reliability; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Criminal Justice. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Hood, Albert B.; Johnson, Richard W. Assessment in Counseling: A Guide to the Use of Psychological Assessment Procedures=Alexandria, VA: American Association for Counseling and Development, 1991. 286 pp. $26.95 paperback; 1991. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1992. AB - Reviews the book, Assessment in Counseling: A Guide to the Use of Psychological Assessment Procedures by Albert B. Hood and Richard W. Johnson (1991). The authors emphasize their view that the test taker is the primary user of test results and that the counselor's proper role is to facilitate effective use and understanding of those test results. Thus, this is a book for those professionals whose clients are individuals, rather than for those professional screeners whose client is a large corporation or the criminal justice system. The text is consistently clear and concise, emphasizing utility. The chapters proceed logically, from basic concepts such as the purpose of psychological assessment, a review of measurement concepts (i. e., norms, different types of scores, reliability, validity, and statistics), and discussion of the initial assessment and interview to careful descriptions of 109 tests, inventories, and other assessment measures in 11 categories. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological assessment KW - couseling KW - test validity KW - test reliability KW - psychometrics KW - criminal justice system KW - counselors KW - 1992 KW - Counselors KW - Psychological Assessment KW - Psychometrics KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - Criminal Justice KW - 1992 U2 - Hood, Albert B.; Johnson, Richard W. (1991); Assessment in Counseling: A Guide to the Use of Psychological Assessment Procedures; Alexandria, VA: American Association for Counseling and Development, 1991. 286 pp. $26.95 paperback; 1-55620-074-9 (Paperback). DO - 10.1037/031465 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06454-023&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06454-018 AN - 2006-06454-018 AU - Maisto, Stephen A. T1 - Everything You Wanted to Know About Children of Alcoholics. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1992/10// VL - 37 IS - 10 SP - 1017 EP - 1018 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06454-018. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Maisto, Stephen A.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 20061218. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Children of Alcoholics. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Galanter, Marc (Ed). Recent Developments in Alcoholism, Vol. 9=New York: Plenum Press, 1991. 382 pp. $72.50; 1991. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1992. AB - Reviews the book, Recent Developments in Alcoholism, Vol. 9 by Marc Galanter (see record [rid]1991-98457-000[/rid]). The stated purpose of the book is to bring 'a large body of knowledge together and μake] it understandable not only to those actively working in the area, but also to those in unrelated fields of study who are interested in the problem of alcohol and substance abuse generally.' Another aim of this book, as with the volumes that preceded it in this series, is to cover topics 'that are timely, informative, and challenging.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcoholism KW - children of alcoholics KW - 1992 KW - Alcoholism KW - Children of Alcoholics KW - 1992 U2 - Galanter, Marc (Ed). (1991); Recent Developments in Alcoholism, Vol. 9; New York: Plenum Press, 1991. 382 pp. $72.50; 0-306-43840-2. DO - 10.1037/031460 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06454-018&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06460-071 AN - 2006-06460-071 AU - Rothi, Leslie J. Gonzalez AU - Geldmacher, David S. T1 - Integrating Neuroanatomy--Neurology and Speech-Language Pathology. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1992/05// VL - 37 IS - 5 SP - 491 EP - 492 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06460-071. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rothi, Leslie J. Gonzalez; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Gainesville, FL, US. Release Date: 20061218. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Language Disorders; Neuroanatomy; Neurology; Oral Communication; Speech Therapists. Minor Descriptor: Speech Language Pathology. Classification: Speech & Language Disorders (3270). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Murdoch, B. E. Acquired Speech and Language Disorders: A Neuroanatomical and Functional Neurological Approach=New York: Routledge, Chapman & Hall, 1990. 349 pp. $32.50 ($39.00, Canada) paperback; 1990. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: May, 1992. AB - Reviews the book, Acquired Speech and Language Disorders: A Neuroanatomical and Functional Neurological Approach by B. E. Murdoch (see record [rid]1990-98575-000[/rid]). Murdoch cites the lack of integration as his reason for writing this book in which he attempted to 'provide a better balance between neuroanatomy-neurology and speech-language pathology'. In Murdoch's book, the review of neuroanatomy is concentrated in the first chapter, but pertinent elements are distributed throughout the text. The descriptions are clear and well supported by charts and drawings, as might be expected of someone with almost two decades of experience in teaching neuroanatomy. The coverage tends to be superficial and oversimplified (especially in comparison with that of neuroanatomy), and it fails to communicate the process of neurologic evaluation. In conclusion, although Murdoch proposes to integrate neuroanatomy-neurology and speech-language pathology in regard to neurologic communication disorders, this book falls short of its stated goal. Although Murdoch provides a resource on the neuroanatomy underlying speech and language function, he leaves neurology and psychology relatively underdeveloped. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuroanatomy KW - neurology KW - speech-language pathology KW - language disorders KW - 1992 KW - Language Disorders KW - Neuroanatomy KW - Neurology KW - Oral Communication KW - Speech Therapists KW - Speech Language Pathology KW - 1992 U2 - Murdoch, B. E. (1990); Acquired Speech and Language Disorders: A Neuroanatomical and Functional Neurological Approach; New York: Routledge, Chapman & Hall, 1990. 349 pp. $32.50 ($39.00, Canada) paperback; 0-412-33440-2 (Paperback). DO - 10.1037/032148 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06460-071&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-10167-001 AN - 2007-10167-001 AU - Noel, Nora E. T1 - Review of Dual diagnosis: Counseling the mentally ill substance abuser. JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JA - Psychol Addict Behav Y1 - 1992/03// VL - 6 IS - 1 SP - 58 EP - 59 CY - US PB - Educational Publishing Foundation SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-10167-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Noel, Nora E.; Brockton/West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brockton, MA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. Release Date: 20070716. Correction Date: 20091116. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counseling; Drug Abuse; Dual Diagnosis; Mental Disorders. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Evans, Katie; Sullivan, J. Michael. Dual diagnosis: Counseling the mentally ill substance abuser=New York: Guilford Press; 191 pages; $35.00 (hardcover), $16.95 (paperback); 1991. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1992. Copyright Statement: Educational Publishing Foundation. 1992. AB - Reviews the book, Dual diagnosis: Counseling the mentally ill substance abuser by Katie Evans and J. Michael Sullivan (1991). This book is intended to be a practical guide for counseling a particularly difficult group of clients. The authors hope that it will be read by a wide audience, including psychologists, psychiatrists, social workers, chemical dependency counselors, family and marital therapists, child protective service workers, court examiners, school counselors, and others. The 10 chapters cover a variety of topics, touching on several aspects of working with 'dual diagnosis' clients (i.e., people who present for treatment with both substance use and major psychiatric disorders). The authors have attempted to cover a complicated and extensive set of problems and a variety of issues and approaches in this short book. Many readers will appreciate the practical and straightforward suggestions for assessing and treating the dual diagnosis client. However, along with the straightforward approach comes simplification of some difficult problems. For example, the chapter on identifying chemical dependency includes no discussion of assessing patterns of drug or alcohol use or the antecedents or consequences that may be peculiar to people with a particular disorder. Dual diagnosis clients seem to use mental health and substance abuse services at a disproportionately high rate, yet they also seem the most likely to 'fall through the cracks.' Use of some of the treatment suggestions discussed in this book may help remedy the situation and could be useful for someone not yet familiar with dual diagnosis clients. However, in the end, one wishes that the book was more focused and detailed. Instead, probably because of the large scope of intended readers and clients, it becomes more of an outline and loses some of its practical significance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dual diagnosis KW - mental disorders KW - substance abuse KW - counseling KW - 1992 KW - Counseling KW - Drug Abuse KW - Dual Diagnosis KW - Mental Disorders KW - 1992 U2 - Evans, Katie; Sullivan, J. Michael. (1991); Dual diagnosis: Counseling the mentally ill substance abuser; New York: Guilford Press; 191 pages; $35.00 (hardcover), $16.95 (paperback) DO - 10.1037/h0084898 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2007-10167-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1992-00099-001 AN - 1992-00099-001 AU - Goldman, Robert S. AU - Axelrod, Bradley N. AU - Tandon, Rajiv AU - Berent, Stanley T1 - Analysis of executive functioning in schizophrenics using the Wisconsin Card Sorting Test. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1991/08// VL - 179 IS - 8 SP - 507 EP - 508 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1992-00099-001. PMID: 1856718 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldman, Robert S.; Dept of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Ann Arbor, MI, US. Release Date: 19920101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Measurement; Schizophrenia; Executive Function. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1991. AB - Data on the Wisconsin Card Sorting Test performance of 30 higher-functioning, consecutively hospitalized schizophrenic inpatients support previous research on the severity of executive functioning impairment in schizophrenics (T. E. Goldberg et al; see record [rid]1988-10810-001[/rid]). Findings suggest that deficits in abilities mediated by the prefrontal cortex are particularly dense in these Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - scores on Wisconsin Card Sorting Test KW - assessment of executive functioning KW - higher functioning schizophrenic inpatients KW - 1991 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Measurement KW - Schizophrenia KW - Executive Function KW - 1991 DO - 10.1097/00005053-199108000-00014 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-00099-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1992-01911-001 AN - 1992-01911-001 AU - Kleespies, Phillip M. T1 - 'Social factors in suicide': Reply. JF - Suicide and Life-Threatening Behavior JO - Suicide and Life-Threatening Behavior JA - Suicide Life Threat Behav Y1 - 1991///Sum 1991 VL - 21 IS - 2 SP - 202 EP - 203 PB - Human Sciences Press, Inc. SN - 0363-0234 SN - 1943-278X N1 - Accession Number: 1992-01911-001. Other Journal Title: Life-Threatening Behavior; Suicide. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kleespies, Phillip M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Other Publishers: Behavioral Publications; Guilford Publications; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19920101. Correction Date: 20130610. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Comorbidity; Psychodiagnosis; Psychosocial Factors; Suicide. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1991. AB - Replies to G. Murphy (see record [rid]1992-01918-001[/rid]) and C. L. Rich's (see record [rid]1992-01922-001[/rid]) comments on the author's (see PA, Vol 19930008) critique of the findings of G. Murphy and E. Robins (1967) concerning interpersonal loss as a factor in the suicides of alcoholics. Comments focus on diagnosis and comorbidity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - interpersonal loss as precipitating factor & diagnosis & comorbidity KW - alcoholic suicide victims KW - commentary KW - 1991 KW - Alcoholism KW - Comorbidity KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - Suicide KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-01911-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-27848-001 AN - 1991-27848-001 AU - Jacobson, Louis AU - Mariano, Anthony J. AU - Chabal, Charles AU - Chaney, Edmund F. T1 - Simultaneous interview technique for patients with persistent pain. JF - Pain JO - Pain JA - Pain Y1 - 1991/04// VL - 45 IS - 1 SP - 105 EP - 106 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0304-3959 SN - 1872-6623 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-27848-001. PMID: 1861873 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jacobson, Louis; U Washington Clinical Pain Service, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Seattle, US. Other Publishers: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. Release Date: 19911001. Correction Date: 20160421. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Pain; Psychodiagnostic Interview. Minor Descriptor: Physicians; Psychologists. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Interview. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1991. AB - Describes a simultaneous interview technique (SIT) wherein physicians and psychologists in an outpatient pain clinic interview patients simultaneously. SIT transforms the traditional patient–provider interaction and appears to facilitate patient management. Patients who would not comply with a psychological referral appear more willing to participate in the presence of a physician. SIT constitutes an efficient use of time because reduplication of questioning and separate conferences between psychologists and physicians become unnecessary. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - simultaneous physician & psychologist interview technique KW - outpatients with persistent pain KW - 1991 KW - Pain KW - Psychodiagnostic Interview KW - Physicians KW - Psychologists KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0304-3959(91)90171-S UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-27848-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-16822-001 AN - 2007-16822-001 AU - Rizzo, Joseph L. T1 - A sensitive appreciation: The patient, his problem, and my discomfort. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice Y1 - 1973///Fal 1973 VL - 10 IS - 3 SP - 198 EP - 198 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 AD - Rizzo, Joseph L., Veterans Administration Hospital, 10701 East Boulevard, Cleveland, OH, US, 44106 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-16822-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rizzo, Joseph L.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Cleveland, OH, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20071105. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitude Change; Homosexuality (Attitudes Toward); Male Homosexuality; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Therapist Attitudes. Classification: Professional Personnel Attitudes & Characteristics (3430). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1973. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - The author describes his experiences working as a therapist outside of his comfort zone. The client's disposition sheet listed that "this individual admits that he is a homosexual" and the Intake Team strongly recommended that the homosexual issue be avoided. The therapist not only had not much experience with male homosexuals but felt that men should achieve a heterosexual adjustment if possible. Through a sensitive appreciation of the individual as he was, the therapist's attitudes and feelings on homosexuality--which could have greatly limited the process and its effectiveness--became more aware to him and therefore subject to change. At the conclusion of the psychotherapeutic process, the author felt that he had grown perhaps as much as the client. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - homosexuality KW - therapist attitudes KW - psychotherapeutic process KW - attitude change KW - 1973 KW - Attitude Change KW - Homosexuality (Attitudes Toward) KW - Male Homosexuality KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Therapist Attitudes DO - 10.1037/h0087573 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2007-16822-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-16821-001 AN - 2007-16821-001 AU - Boies, Karen G. T1 - Review of Reality games. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice Y1 - 1973///Win 1973 VL - 10 IS - 4 SP - 368 EP - 368 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 AD - Boies, Karen G., Veterans Administration Hospital, Montrose, NY, US, 10548 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-16821-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boies, Karen G.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Montrose, NY, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20071105. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Communication Skills; Insight; Self Evaluation. Minor Descriptor: Empathy. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Sax, Saville; Hollander, Sandra. Reality games=New York: The MacMillian Company; 1972. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Win 1973. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Reviews the book, Reality games by Saville Sax and Sandra Hollander (1972). The authors define Reality Games as clearly structured interactions which teach communication and self-exploration behaviors resulting in growth, insight, personal integration and expansion of feelings. Specific skills which the authors believe the games help develop are: (1) in depth exploration of one's thoughts, feelings and values; (2) sensitivity, perceptiveness and empathy; (3) reflection and drawing out of another's thoughts, feelings and values; (4) integration of feeling, knowledge and skill; (5) confronting and resolving conflicts while strengthening relationships; (6) developing a cohesive and supportive group capable of accomplishing common and individual objectives; and (7) teaching and learning more effectively. The authors define Reality Games as '...a book for doing, not a book for reading." Emphasis is on detailed descriptions of procedures rather than conceptual development or integration of the games. As a result, the book leaves the reader with a feeling of disorganization. However, the book is useful to both professionals and inexperienced persons in that it explicitly identifies adaptive and maladaptive individual and group communication skills. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - communication KW - self exploration behaviors KW - personal growth KW - insight KW - personal integration KW - expansion of feelings KW - 1973 KW - Communication Skills KW - Insight KW - Self Evaluation KW - Empathy U2 - Sax, Saville; Hollander, Sandra. (1972); Reality games; New York: The MacMillian Company DO - 10.1037/h0087632 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2007-16821-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-58649-001 AN - 1990-58649-001 AU - Lovern, John D. T1 - Reaction to Cummings on addiction. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1981/01// VL - 36 IS - 1 SP - 99 EP - 99 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-58649-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lovern, John D.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Loma Linda, CA, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Addiction; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Brief Psychotherapy; Communication Theory; Group Psychotherapy; Insight Therapy; Operant Conditioning; Reality Therapy. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1981. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1981. AB - Argues that there is an assumption in N. A. Cummings's (see record [rid]1980-08234-001[/rid]) article that is unfortunate for psychologists who work with addiction and for their patients. Cummings devotes only a short paragraph to Alcoholics Anonymous (AA) and speaks in a way that dismisses AA as not worthy of serious consideration in the treatment of addictions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - exclusion & reality & insight & group therapy & operant conditioning & brief psychotherapy & communication theory & therapeutic contracts KW - treatment of addiction related problems KW - commentary KW - 1981 KW - Addiction KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Treatment KW - Brief Psychotherapy KW - Communication Theory KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Insight Therapy KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Reality Therapy DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.36.1.99.a UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-58649-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-57058-001 AN - 1990-57058-001 AU - Haven, George A. T1 - Creators and producers. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1973/04// VL - 28 IS - 4 SP - 358 EP - 358 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-57058-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Haven, George A.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Dallas, TX, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Analysis; Creativity. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Addresses J. G. Nichols's (see record [rid]1973-02491-001[/rid]) heuristic analysis on creativity. Consistent with Nichols's comments, evidence from R. B. Ammons (1962) and G. A. Haven (1965) suggests that creative productivity can be developed through human engineering and is learned behavior, rather than a result of a personality trait or habitual divergent thinking. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - heuristic analysis of creativity KW - commentary KW - 1973 KW - Analysis KW - Creativity DO - 10.1037/h0038091 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-57058-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-04769-001 AN - 1973-04769-001 AU - Lottman, Thomas J. AU - DeWolfe, Alan S. T1 - Internal versus external control in reactive and process schizophrenia. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1972/10// VL - 39 IS - 2 SP - 344 EP - 344 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-04769-001. PMID: 5075887 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lottman, Thomas J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Downey, Ill. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Internal External Locus of Control; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Administered the Rotter Internal-External Control Scale to 25 reactive schizophrenics, 25 process schizophrenics, and 25 nonschizophrenic psychiatric controls. Process schizophrenics scored as significantly more external than the reactives (p < .001) and the nonschizophrenics (p < .01) who did not differ significantly from each other. The use of operant conditioning for treating process schizophrenics is discussed in relation to the findings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Rotter Internal-External Control Scale KW - reactive vs. process schizophrenics KW - 1972 KW - Internal External Locus of Control KW - Schizophrenia DO - 10.1037/h0033406 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1973-04769-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-00132-001 AN - 1972-00132-001 AU - Palmer, Robert D. AU - Field, Peter B. T1 - Cognitive factors in hypnotic susceptibility. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1971/08// VL - 37 IS - 1 SP - 165 EP - 165 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-00132-001. PMID: 5565622 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Palmer, Robert D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brooklyn, N.y. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anatomy; Attention; Cognitive Style; Hypnosis. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Conducted 3 pilot studies with a total of 50 undergraduates to test 3 hypotheses derived from M. Gill and M. Brenman's (see pa, vol. 34:5325) study of hypnosis: (a) strong automatizers are less susceptible to hypnosis, (b) highly hypnotizable ss are more prone to distraction, and (c) highly hypnotizable ss produce more amorphous figure drawings. Performances on the stanford hypnotic susceptibility scale, the stroop color-word test, and the draw-a-person test support only the 2nd and 3rd hypotheses. Further testing using 4 verbal and 6 visual-motor measures on 40 male and 33 female undergraduates support the 2nd and 3rd hypotheses only for females. Analysis of pilot study data indicate that sex differences may have been present there also. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hypnotic susceptibility KW - automatization & attention & body experience KW - college students KW - test of M. Gill & M. Brenman's hypotheses KW - 1971 KW - Anatomy KW - Attention KW - Cognitive Style KW - Hypnosis DO - 10.1037/h0031250 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1972-00132-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-04666-001 AN - 1971-04666-001 AU - Resh, Mary G. T1 - Asthma of unknown origin as a psychological group. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1970/12// VL - 35 IS - 3 SP - 429 EP - 429 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-04666-001. PMID: 4395202 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Resh, Mary G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Denver Colo. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disorders; Personality Traits; Somatoform Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Data from 30 adolescent and adult asthmatics suggest "that patients with asthma of unknown origin are psychologically different from asthmatics whose illness can be demonstrated to have an allergic basis." It is suggested that psychosomatic groups may be psychologically heterogeneous. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - asthma of unknown origin vs. with allergic basis KW - psychological differences KW - adolescent & adult asthmatics KW - 1970 KW - Disorders KW - Personality Traits KW - Somatoform Disorders DO - 10.1037/h0030123 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1971-04666-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-13466-001 AN - 1969-13466-001 AU - Buttiglieri, Matthew W. AU - Woodson, M. I. AU - Guenette, Marie AU - Thomson, Mae T1 - Driver accidents and the neuropsychiatric patient. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1969/06// VL - 33 IS - 3 SP - 381 EP - 381 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-13466-001. PMID: 4389337 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Buttiglieri, Matthew W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Driving Behavior; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Personality Traits; Psychiatric Patients; Schizophrenia. Classification: Engineering & Environmental Psychology (4000); Social Psychology (3000). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Compared the driving records of 533 neuropsychiatric patients with a random sample of 86,717 California drivers in an attempt to improve prediction of accident records. Results indicated that Ss diagnosed schizophrenic reaction had a lower accident rate, while those with a high Mania score on the MMPI or who drank had a higher rate. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - driver accident record & schizophrenic vs. mania reaction on MMPI KW - hospitalized neuropsychiatric patients KW - 1969 KW - Driving Behavior KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Personality Traits KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Schizophrenia DO - 10.1037/h0027625 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1969-13466-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-07227-001 AN - 1968-07227-001 AU - Ralph, Donald E. T1 - Attitudes toward mental illness among two groups of college students in neuropsychiatric hospital setting. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1968/02// VL - 32 IS - 1 SP - 98 EP - 98 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-07227-001. PMID: 5649215 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ralph, Donald E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northampton, Mass. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20170126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitudes; Mental Disorders; Recreation; Treatment. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900); Sport Psychology & Leisure (3700). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. KW - MENTAL ILLNESS/TOWARD KW - COMPANION VS. RECREATIONAL THERAPY VOLUNTEERS KW - 1968 KW - Attitudes KW - Mental Disorders KW - Recreation KW - Treatment DO - 10.1037/h0025428 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1968-07227-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-06380-001 AN - 1968-06380-001 AU - Cicchetti, Domenic V. AU - Ornston, Patricia S. T1 - Reliability of reported parent-child relationships among neuropsychiatric patients. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1968/02// VL - 73 IS - 1 SP - 15 EP - 15 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-06380-001. PMID: 5639998 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cicchetti, Domenic V.; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20170126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitude Measures; Intelligence Measures; Interest Inventories; Personality Measures; Preference Measures. Minor Descriptor: Childrearing Practices; Parent Child Relations; Psychiatric Patients; Statistical Reliability; Test Reliability. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. KW - CHILD REARING ATTITUDE SCALE KW - RELIABILITY KW - NEUROPSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1968 KW - Attitude Measures KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Interest Inventories KW - Personality Measures KW - Preference Measures KW - Childrearing Practices KW - Parent Child Relations KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Statistical Reliability KW - Test Reliability DO - 10.1037/h0025361 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1968-06380-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-01713-001 AN - 1967-01713-001 AU - GOLDSTEIN, GERALD AU - CHOTLOS, JOHN W. T1 - Stability of field dependence in chronic alcoholic patients. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1966/12// VL - 71 IS - 6 SP - 420 EP - 420 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-01713-001. PMID: 5978031 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: GOLDSTEIN, GERALD; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., TOPEKA, KAN. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Psychiatric Patients; Visual Field. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. KW - FIELD DEPENDENCE STABILITY KW - CHRONIC ALCOHOLIC PATIENTS KW - 1966 KW - Alcoholism KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Visual Field DO - 10.1037/h0023968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1967-01713-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-11164-001 AN - 1966-11164-001 AU - Apfeldorf, Max AU - Scheinker, J. Leonad AU - Whitman, Gloria L. T1 - MMPI responses of aged domiciled veterans with disciplinary records. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1966/08// VL - 30 IS - 4 SP - 362 EP - 362 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-11164-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Apfeldorf, Max; Veterans Administration Center, Martinsburg, W. Va. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: No terms assigned. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. KW - VETERAN KW - MMPI RESPONSES OF AGED DOMICILED KW - WITH DISCIPLINARY RECORDS KW - MINNESOTA MULTIPHASIC PERSONALITY INVENTORY (MMPI) KW - & AGED DOMICILED VETERANS WITH DISCIPLINARY RECORDS KW - PERSONALITY MEASUREMENT KW - 1966 KW - No terms assigned DO - 10.1037/h0023572 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1966-11164-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2009-06827-001 AN - 2009-06827-001 AU - Eisenberg, M. G. T1 - Review of Physical disability—A psychosocial approach (2nd ed.). JF - Rehabilitation Psychology JO - Rehabilitation Psychology Y1 - 1984///Fal 1984 VL - 29 IS - 3 SP - 183 EP - 183 CY - US PB - Springer Publishing SN - 0090-5550 SN - 1939-1544 N1 - Accession Number: 2009-06827-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Aspects of Disability. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eisenberg, M. G.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Hampton, VA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Division 22 of the American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20090511. Correction Date: 20160922. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Physical Disorders; Psychosocial Factors. Minor Descriptor: Social Environments. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Wright, Beatrice A. Physical disability—A psychosocial approach (2nd ed.)=New York: Harper & Row; 1983. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1984. KW - physical disabilities KW - psychosocial factors & issues KW - 1984 KW - Physical Disorders KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - Social Environments U2 - Wright, Beatrice A. (1983); Physical disability—A psychosocial approach (2nd ed.); New York: Harper & Row DO - 10.1037/h0091098 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2009-06827-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10691-005 AN - 2005-10691-005 AU - Knox, Wilma J. T1 - Age of obtaining a PhD in psychology. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1966/06// VL - 21 IS - 6 SP - 572 EP - 572 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10691-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Knox, Wilma J.; Veterans Administration Center, Biloxi, MS, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Graduate Psychology Education; Graduate Students; Psychology; School Graduation. Minor Descriptor: Educational Degrees; Trends. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. AB - Article comments on informal discussion among colleagues which yielded the generalization that graduate students in psychology were chronologically younger and had been since the GI students left the universities. Using a sample that was drawn from all odd-numbered pages of the American Psychological Association 1964 Directory, taking the first PhD listed whose biography included the date of birth, the comment author found that the impression that graduate students were chronologically younger in recent years as compared to pre-World-War-II years proved false. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - graduate students in psychology KW - doctoral degrees KW - age at graduation KW - trends KW - 1966 KW - Age Differences KW - Graduate Psychology Education KW - Graduate Students KW - Psychology KW - School Graduation KW - Educational Degrees KW - Trends DO - 10.1037/h0021028 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-10691-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10659-001 AN - 2005-10659-001 AU - Boyd, Harry S. AU - Sisney, Vernon V. T1 - Immediate self-image confrontation and changes in self-concept: Erratum. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1967/10// VL - 31 IS - 5 SP - 535 EP - 535 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10659-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boyd, Harry S.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Oklahoma City, OK, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Erratum/Correction. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Inventories; Psychiatric Patients; Self Concept. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - Reports an error in the article "Immediate Self-Image Confrontation and Changes in Self-Concept" by Harry S. Boyd and Vernon V. Sisney (Journal of Consulting Psychology, 1967[Jun], 31[3], 291-294). On page 292, column 2, line 18, the sentence should read as follows: "The S was given a standardized interview which was designed to elicit a relatively high level of involvement and which lasted approximately 10 minutes." (The following abstract of this article originally appeared in record [rid]1967-10493-001[/rid].) Changes in self-concept and concepts of interpersonal behavior of inpatients on a psychiatric ward were measured by Leary's interpersonal check list following self-image confrontation via video tape, and compared with a control group which was not given the self-image confrontation. Hypotheses regarding directions and kinds of change were developed and were supported. Interpersonal concept of the self, the ideal self, and the public self became less pathological and less discrepant with one another following the self-image confrontation, and differences between experimental and control groups remained significant 2 wk. later, with 1 exception. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - immediate self-image confrontation KW - self concept changes KW - Leary's interpersonal check list KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1967 KW - Inventories KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Self Concept DO - 10.1037/h0021006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-10659-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10656-003 AN - 2005-10656-003 AU - Cicchetti, Domenic V. AU - Farina, Amerigo T1 - Relationship between reported and observed dominance and conflict among parents of schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1967/04// VL - 31 IS - 2 SP - 223 EP - 223 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10656-003. PMID: 6042064 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cicchetti, Domenic V.; Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, CT, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20150420. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Conflict; Dominance; Parent Child Relations; Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Parental Attitude Research Instrument DOI: 10.1037/t28527-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - The results of well-controlled studies indicate no significant differences among the mothers of schizophrenics and those of controls in the amount of reported dominance. However, several equally well-controlled studies demonstrate that the parents of schizophrenics behave in a more conflictual manner toward each other than is true of the parents of controls. The subjects for this study were 35 sets of Caucasian parents: 11 were parents of hospitalized poor premorbid schizophrenics, 12 were parents of hospitalized good premorbid schizophrenics, and 12 were parents of hospitalized tubercular patients (controls). The parents were asked individually whether they agreed or disagreed with the dominance and conflict items from the Parental Attitude Research Instrument. They were then asked to resolve, individually then jointly, 12 hypothetical child-rearing problems. The parental dialogues were all tape-recorded and later scored for dominance and conflict. The results suggest that parents in general are not reliable judges of dominant behavior, but appear to be better estimators of conflictual behavior. The latter finding is especially marked for the parents of controls. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved). (journal abstract) KW - schizophrenia KW - dominance KW - parents KW - conflict KW - offspring KW - 1967 KW - Conflict KW - Dominance KW - Parent Child Relations KW - Schizophrenia DO - 10.1037/h0020997 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-10656-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-57187-001 AN - 1990-57187-001 AU - Nagle, George S. T1 - A classical form of psychological literature. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1975/11// VL - 30 IS - 11 SP - 1094 EP - 1094 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-57187-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Nagle, George S.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Cinic, Chattanooga, TN, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Professional Standards; Psychology; Scientific Communication. Classification: Professional Ethics & Standards & Liability (3450). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1975. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1975. AB - Notes that the publication manual of the American Psychological Association (1974) only briefly mentions the acknowledgments section of dissertations. The traditional acknowledgments model demands 4 sections: professional help; research support; organization and preparation of the manuscript; and dependence, or interpersonal support. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - APA model of acknowledgements section of psychology dissertations KW - 1975 KW - Professional Standards KW - Psychology KW - Scientific Communication DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.30.11.1094.a UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-57187-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-55857-001 AN - 1990-55857-001 AU - Carman, Philip M. T1 - A word for psychologists. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1968/07// VL - 23 IS - 7 SP - 534 EP - 534 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-55857-001. PMID: 5660356 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carman, Philip M.; Veterans Administration Ctr, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychologists; Roles. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - Suggests that "psycho-logistics," a term coined by the author for group work with disabled, institutionalized veterans, is an appropriate term for most activities of professional psychologists. (0 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 'psychologistics' & work with disabled clients & institutionalized veterans KW - psychologists KW - 1968 KW - Psychologists KW - Roles DO - 10.1037/h0037717 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1990-55857-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-25308-001 AN - 1972-25308-001 AU - Davis, William E. T1 - Age and the discriminative 'power' of the MMPI with schizophrenic and nonschizophrenic patients. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 38 IS - 1 SP - 151 EP - 151 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-25308-001. PMID: 4400886 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, William E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Reasearch Lab., Downey, Ill. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Compared the responses of 4 groups of 20 patients on 12 scales of the MMPI according to age (18-28 yr. or 45-56 yr.) and diagnosis (schizophrenic or nonschizophrenic). Results indicate that although young schizophrenics and nonschizophrenics were distinguished on the basis of expected profile differences, no significant differences were found between the 2 older groups. It is suggested that the greater communality of experiences shared by older Ss tends to have a leveling effect on overall profile differences. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI profile differences KW - age KW - schizophrenics vs. nonschizophrenics KW - 1972 KW - Age Differences KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia DO - 10.1037/h0032424 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1972-25308-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-25178-001 AN - 1972-25178-001 AU - Golightly, Carole T1 - Sociometric status and adjustment of hospitalized disturbed children. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 38 IS - 1 SP - 145 EP - 145 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-25178-001. PMID: 4551622 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Golightly, Carole; Veterans Administration Hosp., Richmond, Va. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Intelligence Quotient; Mental Disorders; Psychodiagnosis; Social Approval. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Investigated the relationship between the social status and adjustment of 38 7-16 yr. old psychiatric inpatients. Sociometric information was obtained by comparing the friendship choices of each S, and adjustment was measured by staff ratings and S's length of stay in the hospital. No relationship was found between sociometric status and Ss' age, IQ, diagnosis, or popularity with staff members. There was a tendency, however, for long-term Ss to have fewer friends than short-term Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hospital adjustment KW - social status & age & IQ & diagnosis & popularity with staff members KW - 7-16 yr. old psychiatric inpatients KW - 1972 KW - Age Differences KW - Intelligence Quotient KW - Mental Disorders KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Social Approval DO - 10.1037/h0032414 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1972-25178-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-25028-001 AN - 1972-25028-001 AU - Davis, William E. AU - DeWolfe, Alan S. AU - Gustafson, Robert C. T1 - Intellectual deficit in process and reactive schizophrenia and brain injury. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 38 IS - 1 SP - 146 EP - 146 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-25028-001. PMID: 5010653 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, William E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Downey, Ill. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Schizophrenia; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Compared the performance of reactive schizophrenics, process schizophrenics, and brain-damaged patients (n = 26) on the 11 subtests of the WAIS. It was found that both schizophrenic groups scored higher than brain-damaged Ss on the Block Design, Similarities, and Object Assembly tests, and that reactive schizophrenics were superior to the other 2 groups on the Digit Symbol test. No significant differences were found with the other 7 subtests, supporting the hypothesis that schizophrenic and brain-injured patients arrive at the some quantitative level of performance through the use of different abilities. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - WAIS KW - reactive vs. process schizophrenics vs. brain-damaged patientss KW - 1972 KW - Brain Damage KW - Schizophrenia KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale DO - 10.1037/h0032403 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1972-25028-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-18084-001 AN - 1968-18084-001 AU - Cicchetti, Domenic V. AU - Lerner, Emanuel T1 - Measures of reliability and validity of verbal intelligence among neuropsychiatric patients. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology Y1 - 1968/10// VL - 73 IS - 5 SP - 420 EP - 420 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-18084-001. PMID: 5722378 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cicchetti, Domenic V.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Eastern Research Support Center, West Haven, Conn. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20161226. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intelligence Measures; Psychiatric Patients; Statistical Reliability; Statistical Validity; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Test Reliability; Verbal Ability; Verbal Communication; Verbal Fluency; Verbal Learning; Verbal Reinforcement. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. KW - VERBAL INTELLIGENCE/MEASUREMENT OF KW - THORDIKE SCALE KW - & RELIABILITY KW - NEUROPSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1968 KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Statistical Reliability KW - Statistical Validity KW - Test Validity KW - Test Reliability KW - Verbal Ability KW - Verbal Communication KW - Verbal Fluency KW - Verbal Learning KW - Verbal Reinforcement DO - 10.1037/h0026144 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1968-18084-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-12785-001 AN - 1966-12785-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Uecker, Albert E. T1 - An attempted cross-validation of the Minnesota Percepto-Diagnostic Test. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1966/10// VL - 30 IS - 5 SP - 461 EP - 461 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-12785-001. PMID: 5916883 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: No terms assigned. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. KW - VALIDITY KW - MINNESOTA PERCEPTO-DIAGNOSTIC TEST KW - TEST & TESTING KW - MINNESOTA PERCEPTO-DIAGNOSTIC KW - CROSS-VALIDATION KW - TESTING KW - 1966 KW - No terms assigned DO - 10.1037/h0023733 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1966-12785-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2009-06270-009 AN - 2009-06270-009 AU - Falk, David T1 - Review of Disabled people as second class citizens. JF - Rehabilitation Psychology JO - Rehabilitation Psychology Y1 - 1982///Win 1982 VL - 27 IS - 4 SP - 251 EP - 251 CY - US PB - Springer Publishing SN - 0090-5550 SN - 1939-1544 N1 - Accession Number: 2009-06270-009. Other Journal Title: Psychological Aspects of Disability. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Falk, David; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cleveland, OH, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Division 22 of the American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20090511. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disabled (Attitudes Toward); Discrimination; Prejudice; Society. Minor Descriptor: Rehabilitation; Contempt. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Eisenberg, M. G.; Griggens, C.; Duval, R. Disabled people as second class citizens=New York: Springer; 1982. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Win 1982. AB - Reviews the book, Disabled people as second class citizens by M. G. Eisenberg, C. Griggens, and R. Duval (1982). This book attempts to sensitize its readers to the discrimination, neglect, and contempt that the disabled face in our society. The contributors to this volume, many of whom are disabled professionals, describe pervasive, if not systematic, prejudicial attitudes and malevolent behaviors that are seen as examples of cultural, social, economic, and political oppression of disabled people. While this is not necessarily a new perspective, what is striking in this volume on rehabilitation is the rage and indignation that leaps out of many of its chapters. The content is disturbing, provocative, and, at times, inflammatory. Thus the book can serve as a useful instructional text. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - disabled people KW - society KW - discrimination KW - neglect KW - contempt KW - oppression KW - prejudicial attitudes KW - rehabilitation KW - 1982 KW - Disabled (Attitudes Toward) KW - Discrimination KW - Prejudice KW - Society KW - Rehabilitation KW - Contempt U2 - Eisenberg, M. G.; Griggens, C.; Duval, R. (1982); Disabled people as second class citizens; New York: Springer DO - 10.1037/h0091055 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2009-06270-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2008-10623-003 AN - 2008-10623-003 AU - Thal, Leon J. AU - Dokla, Carl P. J. AU - Armstrong, David M. T1 - 'Nucleus basalis magnocellularis lesions: Lack of biochemical and immunocytochemical recovery and effect of cholinesterase inhibitors on passive avoidance': Correction. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 103 IS - 1 SP - 53 EP - 53 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 2008-10623-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Thal, Leon J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 20080926. Correction Date: 20110815. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Erratum/Correction. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Basal Ganglia; Choline; Cholinesterase Inhibitors; Transferases. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1989. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - Reports an error in "Nucleus basalis magnocellularis lesions: Lack of biochemical and immunocytochemical recovery and effect of cholinesterase inhibitors on passive avoidance" by Leon J. Thal, Carl P. Dokla and David M. Armstrong (Behavioral Neuroscience, 1988[Dec], Vol 102[6], 852-860). The plate for this article appears on page 997. The information should read, "Plate C. Choline acetyltransferase (CAT) immunoreactivity at 1 week and 3 months following unilateral ibotenic acid nucleus basalis magnocellularis (NBM) lesion." (The following abstract of the original article appeared in record [rid]1989-28786-001[/rid].) Lesions of the rat nucleus basalis magnocellularis (nBM) result in a marked decrease in cortical choline acetyltransferase (CAT) and in behavioral deficits. After unilateral ibotenic acid lesions of the nBM in rats, there was significant ipsilateral loss of frontal and parietal CAT, which did not recover for 3 mo and was accompanied by a loss of CAT immunoreactivity in the peripallidal region. Bilateral ibotenate nBM lesions resulted in a marked deficit of 1-trial step-through passive avoidance (PA) at 24 hrs. Cholinesterase inhibitors including physostigmine, N-ethylalkylphenyl carbamate (RA-6), and N,N-methylethylphenyl carbamate were administered in separate experiments, for 2 days before retrieval testing or for 3 consecutive days during consolidation immediately following training. Nonsignificant improvements in PA latency were produced using physostigmine and RA-6 administered before retrieval testing. Results suggest that destruction of cholinergic neurons in the nBM is involved in the PA deficit, but does not exclude the possibility that damage to other systems may contribute to the behavioral deficit. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nucleus basalis magnocellularis lesions & cholinesterase inhibitors KW - cortical choline acetyltransferase & passive avoidance KW - rats KW - 1989 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Basal Ganglia KW - Choline KW - Cholinesterase Inhibitors KW - Transferases KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/h0090460 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2008-10623-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10306-001 AN - 2005-10306-001 AU - Hughes, Richard A. T1 - 'Retrograde amnesia in rats produced by hippocampal injections of potassium chloride: Gradient of effect and recovery': Erratum. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1969/12// VL - 69 IS - 4, Pt.1 SP - 772 EP - 772 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10306-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hughes, Richard A.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Psychology Research Laboratory, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Erratum/Correction. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Brain Stimulation; Hippocampus; Rat Learning; Retrograde Amnesia. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Reports an error in the original article by Richard A. Hughes (Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 1969[Aug], Vol 68[4], 637-644). On page 637, the fourth line of the abstract should read as follows: "1, injections were given either 1, 3, 7, or 21 days after training. All tests ....". (The following abstract of this article originally appeared in record [rid]1969-13814-001[/rid].) Injected potassium chloride (KC1) or physiological saline (Sal) into the posterior hippocampus of 90 male Sprague-Dawley albino anesthetized rats that had previously been exposed to conditioned emotional response (CER) training. In Exp. I, injections were given either 1, 3, 7, or 21 days after training. All tests were given 4 days after injections. In Exp. II, injections were given 1 day after training; tests were given either 4, 7, or 21 days after injections. Hippocampal EEG recorded after injections indicated that KC1 injections disrupted the CER at all training-to-injection intervals. In Exp. II, these injections disrupted the CER at injection-to-test intervals of 4 and 7 days. Recovery was evident, but incomplete, at 21 days. Sal injections did not disrupt the CER in either experiment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hippocampal injections KW - potassium chloride KW - retrograde amnesia KW - effect & recovery gradient KW - rats KW - 1969 KW - Amnesia KW - Brain Stimulation KW - Hippocampus KW - Rat Learning KW - Retrograde Amnesia KW - Rats DO - 10.1037/h0020603 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-10306-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10027-003 AN - 2005-10027-003 AU - Kops, Victor T1 - Behavioral Science and Change. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1971/07// VL - 26 IS - 7 SP - 666 EP - 666 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10027-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kops, Victor; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavioral Sciences; Clinical Psychology Graduate Training. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - A conventional wisdom often bandied about is how responsive the behavioral sciences are to change. I contend that this is bordering on a delusion and that clinical psychology training programs epitomize the intransigence in higher education. I am obliquely referring to that anachronism entitled a dissertation submitted in partial fulfillment of the Doctor of Philosophy degree. The Boulder scientific-practitioner is still very much with us despite some verbalizations that would lead us to believe otherwise. Numerous articles have decried just how archaic this model is, but this insight has not resulted in many actual changes. Most clinical training programs continue to mold their neophytes in this traditional model and then ponder why they produce so few really good scientists or practitioners. Clinical psychology has got to do away with this hydraheaded concept of training and allow the individual student more responsibility for his final course. I would like to see a program in which the student and his doctoral committee could responsibly select between his doing a dissertation, postdoctoral training, a PSiD, etc. Numerous alternatives have been proposed over coffee and drinks, but directors of programs seem to be fearful of trying to implement them. It is disquieting and ironic to note just how many tenets of individual growth are violated in training programs. No wonder psychotherapy is still an art! (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavioral sciences KW - clinical psychology training programs KW - Boulder scientific-practitioner KW - 1971 KW - Behavioral Sciences KW - Clinical Psychology Graduate Training DO - 10.1037/h0020351 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-10027-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09911-001 AN - 2005-09911-001 AU - Silverman, Lloyd H. T1 - Silverman replies to Lasser. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1977/07// VL - 32 IS - 7 SP - 578 EP - 578 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09911-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silverman, Lloyd H.; New York Veterans Administration Hospital, NY, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ethics; Experimentation; Psychopathology. Classification: Professional Ethics & Standards & Liability (3450). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1977. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1977. AB - Lasser's (see record [rid]1990-58318-001[/rid]) concern about the ethics of conducting research in which psychopathology is intensified is fully justified and one that I have spent considerable time reflecting on. There were two relevant references (Footnotes 9 and 14) in the Silverman (1976) article, but to do justice to the ethical issues would have required a lengthy discussion that was not in place in that article. The explicit purpose of the Rubin and Mitchell (1976) article, to which Lasser alludes, was the unintended effects of research procedures on human subjects, while the purpose of the Silverman (1976) article was very different. To set the record straight, as far as our own research is concerned, the following points can be made, each of which has been elaborated on in the past and are now discussed collectively in a single document (Silverman, Note 1): (a) Informed consent is regularly obtained, (b) Pathology intensification brought about by subliminal psychodynamic activation is slight and, with but rare exceptions, very fleeting. Note that pathology-intensifying stimuli are presented only in a single session. It is only pathology-reducing stimuli, which are given for therapeutic purposes, that are presented over a period of time, (c) Extensive debriefings are regularly carried out at the end of each experiment, one part of which involves revealing the content of stimuli to the subjects. This, we have found, further lessens the possibility of any lingering negative effects, (d) In the rare instances where there are indications that there may be such effects, clinical interviews are conducted and further appropriate action taken, if necessary. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychopathology intensification KW - research KW - ethical issues KW - 1977 KW - Ethics KW - Experimentation KW - Psychopathology DO - 10.1037/h0078518 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-09911-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09890-005 AN - 2005-09890-005 AU - Johnson, Arthur F. T1 - The codification of research ethics: Views of a doubting Thomas: Comment. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1974/06// VL - 29 IS - 6 SP - 470 EP - 470 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09890-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Johnson, Arthur F.; Veterans Administration Center, Hines, IL, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimentation; Professional Ethics; Psychology. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - The current author comments on the article by Gergen (see record [rid]1974-11186-001[/rid]). It is a basic contravention of human rights and human dignity to argue that we can set aside the possible effects of research procedures on humans until they are demonstrated to be harmful. If this attitude "reflects [in Gergen's words] only the historically dependent sentiments of but one segment of the plurality," so be it. Gergen is entitled to investigate in an ethical fashion whether or not various research practices do indeed have their purported effects. The outcomes of such experiments do not bear on the ethical question. Ethical principles and standards are not held on such a contingent basis. One has regard for the rights of others quite independently of whether they have regard for their own rights, or for one's own for that matter. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - critical examination of code of ethical standards for research in psychology KW - 1974 KW - Experimentation KW - Professional Ethics KW - Psychology DO - 10.1037/h0020172 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-09890-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-42233-002 AN - 2013-42233-002 AU - Abrams, Arnold T1 - Erratum on aging. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1982/01// VL - 52 IS - 1 SP - 2 EP - 2 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-42233-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Abrams, Arnold; Day Treatment Center, Veterans Administration, Boston, MA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adult Development; Gerontology; Mental Health. Minor Descriptor: Aging. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1982. AB - Comments on the article by K. Warner Schaie, "Issues of aging: Psychological changes from midlife to early old age: Implications for the maintenance of mental health" (see record [rid]2013-42219-002[/rid]). In the article, the author stated ”. . . the U.S. census in 1970 identified more than 106,000 Americans 100 years or older” (pg 199). However, on reflection, it seemed to me that the figure was overstated and I finally checked with the U.S. Census Bureau to find that it is, in fact, incorrect. And the fact is that the number of people 100 years of age or older at the time of the 1970 census was less than 1/10 of 106,000 cited in the article. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological changes KW - mental health KW - aging KW - adult development KW - gerontology KW - 1982 KW - Adult Development KW - Gerontology KW - Mental Health KW - Aging DO - 10.1037/h0098911 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2013-42233-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-22271-001 AN - 1991-22271-001 AU - Rosenberg, Paul B. AU - Pearlman, Chester A. T1 - NMS-like syndrome with a lithium/doxepin combination. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology JA - J Clin Psychopharmacol Y1 - 1991/02// VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 75 EP - 76 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0271-0749 SN - 1533-712X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-22271-001. PMID: 2040723 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rosenberg, Paul B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, New England Medical Center Hosps, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19910801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antidepressant Drugs; Drug Interactions; Drug Therapy; Lithium; Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome. Minor Descriptor: Psychosis; Side Effects (Drug). Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1991. AB - Reports the case of a 64-yr-old man with a history of depression with psychotic features in whom a syndrome like neuroleptic malignant syndrome (NMS) developed with the use of Li and doxepin. Several features of NMS were demonstrated in the absence of neuroleptic exposure: fever, muscle rigidity, changes in level of consciousness, and autonomic dysfunction. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lithium & doxepin KW - development of syndrome like neuroleptic malignant syndrome KW - 64 yr old male with depression & psychotic features KW - 1991 KW - Antidepressant Drugs KW - Drug Interactions KW - Drug Therapy KW - Lithium KW - Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome KW - Psychosis KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - 1991 DO - 10.1097/00004714-199102000-00023 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-22271-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-22221-001 AN - 1991-22221-001 AU - Brophy, Michael H. T1 - Cyproheptadine for combat nightmares in post-traumatic stress disorder and dream anxiety disorder. JF - Military Medicine JO - Military Medicine JA - Mil Med Y1 - 1991/02// VL - 156 IS - 2 SP - 100 EP - 101 CY - US PB - Assn of Military Surgeons of the US SN - 0026-4075 SN - 1930-613X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-22221-001. PMID: 1900585 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brophy, Michael H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Dallas, TX, US. Release Date: 19910801. Correction Date: 20170302. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Major Depression; Nightmares; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Serotonin Antagonists. Minor Descriptor: Antidepressant Drugs; Military Veterans. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1991. AB - Describes the cases of 4 male veterans with major depression and/or posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) who, in addition to antidepressants, received cyproheptadine (2–28 mg at night) to treat combat nightmares. In 3 cases, the nightmares stopped, while in the 4th case treatment was discontinued due to excessive morning sedation. The role of cyproheptadine as a serotonin antagonist is discussed in the context of chronic alcohol intake. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cyproheptadine & antidepressants KW - combat nightmares KW - male veterans with major depression &/vs PTSD KW - 1991 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Major Depression KW - Nightmares KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Serotonin Antagonists KW - Antidepressant Drugs KW - Military Veterans KW - 1991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-22221-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-16486-017 AN - 2005-16486-017 AU - Weinlander, Max M. T1 - Psychologists can direct community mental health centers. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1965/09// VL - 20 IS - 9 SP - 796 EP - 796 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-16486-017. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weinlander, Max M.; Veterans Administration Center, Dayton, OH, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Community Mental Health Centers; Government Policy Making; Psychologists; Health Care Administration. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1965. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1965. AB - Psychologists in Divisions 12 and 13 of the American Psychological Association are concerned about the apparent downgrading of their profession in community mental health centers by the Federal Government. In 1963, The Community Mental Health Centers Act (Pub. L. No. 88-164, 88th Cong., 1st Sess., Oct. 31, 1963) authorized Federal grants for the construction of local sites and stated in Section 54.212, Subsection C,2 "a qualified psychiatrist will be responsible for the clinical program, and the medical responsibility for every patient will be vested in a physician." Some psychologists have interpreted this regulation as discriminating against their experience, training, and competence by assuming that the director of a community mental health center must be selected on the basis of identity with a particular profession--medical. After having conferred with his Congressman, the author notes there is no Federal discrimination against professions or competency in the selection of a director for a community mental health center. Instead, the qualifications of this official are a matter of individual state policy, as long as there is medical responsibility for each patient. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Community Mental Health Centers Act KW - psychologist role KW - mental health center directors KW - 1965 KW - Community Mental Health Centers KW - Government Policy Making KW - Psychologists KW - Health Care Administration DO - 10.1037/h0021480 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-16486-017&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-13562-014 AN - 2005-13562-014 AU - Patterson, C. H. T1 - 'A further study of two short forms of the Wechsler-Bellevue Scale': Correction. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1948/09// VL - 12 IS - 5 SP - 363 EP - 363 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-13562-014. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Patterson, C. H.; Veterans Administration, Minneapolis, MN, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Erratum/Correction. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Testing; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Minor Descriptor: Test Scores. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1948. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1948. AB - Reports an error in the original article by C. H. Patterson (Journal of Consulting Psychology, 1948, Vol No. 12, 147-152). On page 151, in the left-hand column, lines 39 to 45 should read, "discrepancies in the direction of overestimation appeared to be influenced by low Digit Span, Arithmetic and Picture Completion scores, and discrepancies in the direction of underestimation appeared to be influenced by the low Digit Symbol scores" (The following abstract of this article originally appeared in record [rid]1948-04952-001[/rid]): 2 short forms of the W-B Scale proposed in a previous study (see 21: 1313) of hospital subjects were checked in a sample of 100 more or less normal males. The 4-test form (Vocabulary, Comprehension, Block Design and Picture Completion) appeared to be better at the lower levels (particularly under 100 IQ). The 3-test form (Vocabulary, Comprehension and Digit Symbol) gave more accurate estimates at the higher level (over 120 IQ). Since both forms include Vocabulary and Comprehension, it would be possible after administering these 2 tests to estimate the level of intelligence and to be guided by this in determining whether to administer the 4-test or the 3-test combination. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Wechsler-Bellevue Intelligence Scale KW - short forms KW - evaluation KW - methodology KW - 1948 KW - Testing KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - Test Scores DO - 10.1037/h0053201 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-13562-014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-12023-003 AN - 2005-12023-003 AU - Welsh, George S. T1 - An atlas for the clinical use of the MMPI: Book Review. JF - Journal of Applied Psychology JO - Journal of Applied Psychology Y1 - 1952/08// VL - 36 IS - 4 SP - 279 EP - 279 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9010 SN - 1939-1854 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-12023-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Welsh, George S.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Oakland, CA, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychologists; Diagnosis; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Patient History; Psychiatric Patients. Minor Descriptor: Personality Traits; Profiles (Measurement). Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Reviewed Item: Hathaway, S. R.; Meehl, P. E. An atlas for the clinical use of the MMPI=Minneapolis: Univ. of Minnesota Press, 1951. Pp. xliv+799. $9.75; 1951. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1952. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1952. AB - Reviews the book "An atlas for the clinical use of the MMPI," by S. R. Hathaway and P. E. Meehl, (see record [rid]1951-07468-000[/rid]). Despite the title, the Atlas does not deal with clinical uses of the MMPI. It consists of 798 brief case histories abstracted by the senior author from the clinical records of in-patients at the Psychiatric Unit of the Univ. of Minnesota Hospitals. These are supplemented by 170 cases, obtained from eleven other sources, including prisoners, college students, Veterans Administration hospital patients, guidance clients, and patients in an English hospital. The histories are factual rather than interpretive in nature. Each of the 968 cases is headed by one or more MMPI profiles and related diagnostic and descriptive data. The profiles have been reduced to a code which summarizes the form or shape and gives some information about the intensity or elevation. The cases are arranged according to this code and are extensively indexed and cross-indexed. This enables the user to look up cases on the basis of the MMPI pattern and provides material on all the usual profile configurations and many atypical ones. According to the reviewer, the Atlas should encourage clinical workers to utilize the profile patterning and configural approach to the MMPI and should discourage the unprofitable adherence to the diagnostic terminology of the individual scales. It will then be possible to determine empirically and without psychiatric bias the personality correlates--both normal and abnormal--of the various profile patterns. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical use of the MMPI KW - case histories KW - psychiatric unit in-patients KW - diagnostic KW - personality correlates KW - profile KW - 1952 KW - Clinical Psychologists KW - Diagnosis KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Patient History KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Personality Traits KW - Profiles (Measurement) U2 - Hathaway, S. R.; Meehl, P. E. (1951); An atlas for the clinical use of the MMPI; Minneapolis: Univ. of Minnesota Press, 1951. Pp. xliv+799. $9.75 DO - 10.1037/h0049876 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-12023-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-11885-005 AN - 2005-11885-005 AU - Bookbinder, Lawrence J. T1 - A Division of Psychotherapy. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1961/08// VL - 16 IS - 8 SP - 532 EP - 532 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-11885-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bookbinder, Lawrence J.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Ann Arbor, MI, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Professional Organizations; Psychotherapy. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1961. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1961. AB - Discusses the consideration of forming a Division of Psychotherapy within the American Psychological Association. The author provides the percentage of total members that are interested in psychotherapy and feels that despite the pros and cons of forming a Division of Psychotherapy, the sheer magnitude of these numbers warrants serious consideration. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychotherapy KW - professional organizations KW - 1961 KW - Professional Organizations KW - Psychotherapy DO - 10.1037/h0038359 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-11885-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-11886-002 AN - 2005-11886-002 AU - Rothstein, Charles T1 - Illness, Responsibility, and Intervention. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1961/09// VL - 16 IS - 9 SP - 601 EP - 601 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-11886-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rothstein, Charles; Veterans Administration Center, Togus, ME, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Illness Behavior; Intervention; Mental Disorders; Psychiatric Patients; Responsibility. Minor Descriptor: Psychopathology. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1961. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1961. AB - In a recent article (Amer. Psychologist, 1961, 16, 69-74; see record [rid]1962-03334-001[/rid]), Ausubel has questioned Szasz' position that mental illness is a disease process only by virtue of its having been so labeled. While Szasz' position seems to imply that the mentally ill patient is responsible for his behavior rather than being a passive participant in an ego-alien disease process, Ausubel contends that most mentally ill patients should be considered to be victims of a disease process and accorded the same exemption from ethical considerations as is enjoyed by people with any illness. While both positions seem to be well argued, it appears that the authors have neglected a possible alternative to the two extremes of responsibility versus no responsibility in the so-called mental illness (or any other illness, for that matter). The current author suggests that at different points in the longitudinal process we call mental illness, patients' responsibility for their behavior will vary. An analogy we might use in discussing responsibility in mental illness is peptic ulcer. During the preulcer phase when anxiety is the dominant symptom, we can and should hold the individual responsible for learning more effective methods for meeting the stresses of life than he now employs. Similarly, during the postulcer phase, we can and should hold the individual responsible for not utilizing his ulcer for secondary gain. However, during the ulcer phase when the gastric hyperacidity actually erodes the gastric mucosa, the ulcer per se follows physiological laws more closely than it does psychosocial laws. Perhaps this alternate view of patient responsibility during any pathological process will help the helping professions to clarify their responsibilities in the treatment of the "sick" individual. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mental illness KW - mentally ill patients KW - responsibility KW - victims KW - pathological process KW - intervention KW - patient behavior KW - 1961 KW - Illness Behavior KW - Intervention KW - Mental Disorders KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Responsibility KW - Psychopathology DO - 10.1037/h0038416 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-11886-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-07782-005 AN - 2005-07782-005 AU - Rogers, Lawrence S. T1 - Proceedings of the Nineteenth Annual Meeting of the Rocky Mountain Branch of the American Psychological Association. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1949/08// VL - 4 IS - 8 SP - 360 EP - 360 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-07782-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rogers, Lawrence S.; Veterans Administration, Denver, CO, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Professional Organizations; Scientific Communication. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Location: US. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1949. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1949. AB - Presents proceedings of the annual meeting of the Rocky Mountain Branch of the American Psychological Association's Psychology Section of the Colorado-Wyoming Academy of Science in 1949 in Laramie, Wyoming. The business meeting is briefly discussed, and the program is presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - American Psychological Association's Rocky Mountain Branch KW - annual meeting proceedings KW - 1949 KW - Professional Organizations KW - Scientific Communication DO - 10.1037/h0059861 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-07782-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-00783-023 AN - 2006-00783-023 AU - Jones, Robert E. T1 - Identification in terms of personal constructs: Reconciling a paradox in theory. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1961/06// VL - 25 IS - 3 SP - 276 EP - 276 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-00783-023. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jones, Robert E.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Danville, IL, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interpersonal Attraction; Neuropsychiatry; Psychiatric Patients; Self Perception. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Complexity. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Tests & Measures: Role Construct Repertory Test. Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1961. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1961. AB - In this study, identification is defined as perceived similarity of self and others, experienced in terms of personal constructs. The psychology of personal constructs is a perceptual approach to the prediction and explanation of human behavior. One's personal constructs are the vehicles, verbally expressed, by which one anticipates the behavior of others and guides his own behavior. A form of the Role Construct Repertory Test is employed to measure identification with "significant others." Identification with male figures in the Repertory test was taken as the central measure in the present research. The central hypotheses were two: (a) neuropsychiatric (NP) patients more often than normal adult males will either overidentify or underidentify with personally significant male figures; and (b) the personal construct matrices of NP patients will be simpler than those of controls. Findings show that NPs are more likely to see others as extremely like the self than are normals. Also, the idiographic factors required to "explain" the interpersonal matrix are significantly fewer for NPs than for the controls. For NPs, but not for normals, the more simple the factor matrix the more fully it is explained by a value construct. The findings support the contention that both over- and underidentification reflect the same neurotic dynamic: undue perceptual restriction to the value dimension. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personal construct KW - identification with significant others KW - neuropsychiatric patients KW - 1961 KW - Interpersonal Attraction KW - Neuropsychiatry KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Self Perception KW - Cognitive Complexity DO - 10.1037/h0038592 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2006-00783-023&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-00783-020 AN - 2006-00783-020 AU - Marks, John B. AU - Klahn, James E. T1 - Verbal and perceptual components in WISC performance and their relation to social class. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1961/06// VL - 25 IS - 3 SP - 273 EP - 273 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-00783-020. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Marks, John B.; Veterans Administration Hospital, American Lake, WA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20130401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intelligence; Nonverbal Ability; Social Class; Verbal Ability; Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children. Classification: Educational Measurement (2227); Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180). Tests & Measures: Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1961. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1961. AB - Most investigators have found measured intelligence positively related to social class and have found this relation closer with verbal rather than nonverbal materials. The present study relates social class to two WISC measures of verbal-nonverbal difference: (a) Verbal IQ-Performance IQ, and (6) the difference between weighted scores of subtests highly loaded on Cohen's (1959) verbal factors and weighted scores of subtests highly loaded on the perceptual factor. Subjects were 211 primary school children divided by age and sex into two younger and two older groups. From information about the father's occupation each subject was assigned to an occupational class group. Occupational ratings correlated positively with IQs in both the younger and the older groups. The two measures of verbal-nonverbal difference were tested for their relation to occupational level, both directly through correlations, and by contrasting the difference measures for unskilled and semiskilled labor children with those for white collar children. The difference between verbal and performance IQs was in the expected direction but not significant. These results are consonant now with results using other instruments. On the WISC both younger and older groups show a correlation of IQ with occupational class, and this correlation is higher when verbal materials are used than it is for nonverbal. The closer relation between occupational level and IQ among girls than among boys may stem from the higher peer value which girls put upon middle class verbality. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social class KW - verbal-nonverbal difference KW - measured intelligence KW - WISC performance KW - parental occupational class group KW - primary school children KW - 1961 KW - Intelligence KW - Nonverbal Ability KW - Social Class KW - Verbal Ability KW - Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children DO - 10.1037/h0039231 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2006-00783-020&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-13613-003 AN - 2005-13613-003 AU - Rozynko, Vitali V. T1 - Social desirability in the Sentence Completion Test. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1959/06// VL - 23 IS - 3 SP - 280 EP - 280 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-13613-003. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rozynko, Vitali V.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Seattle, WA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients; Sentence Completion Tests; Sentence Structure; Sentences; Social Desirability. Minor Descriptor: Inventories. Classification: Social Perception & Cognition (3040). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1959. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1959. AB - This study attempted to show that the Social Desirability (SD) of sentence stems is directly related to the SD of the responses to those stems, and the tendency to give socially desirable responses on an inventory type test was related to a similar response tendency on a sentence completion test. Fifteen sentence stems were selected so that their SD scale values were relatively evenly distributed throughout the rating range. The responses to these stems of 5O psychiatric patients at Seattle VAH were then rated for SD by 5O judges. SD scores were computed for each sentence stem and for each patient. These scores were compared with the SD scale values of the sentence stems and with the patient's scores on the SD scale of the MMPI. It was concluded that the SD of the sentence stem performs the function of establishing the direction of the response. A socially desirable stem tends to evoke a socially desirable response and vice versa; that only patients scoring extremely high on the SD scale tend to perpetuate this response set on the sentence completion test. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social desirability KW - sentence completion test KW - sentence stems KW - psychiatric patients KW - socially desirable response KW - 1959 KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Sentence Completion Tests KW - Sentence Structure KW - Sentences KW - Social Desirability KW - Inventories DO - 10.1037/h0038307 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-13613-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-13148-007 AN - 2005-13148-007 AU - Sidle, Allan T1 - Originality in Problem Solving as a Function of Anxiety and Withdrawal in Schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1963/12// VL - 27 IS - 6 SP - 550 EP - 550 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-13148-007. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sidle, Allan; Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Personality Disorders; Problem Solving; Schizophrenia; Social Isolation. Minor Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Creativity; Interpersonal Interaction; Social Anxiety. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Life Problems Test; Howard Maze Tests. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1963. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1963. AB - One characteristic of personality disturbance may be a reduced ability to cope with problems in an original manner. To test this possibility, negative relationships were hypothesized between originality in problem solving and two pervasive clinical variables, (a) anxiety and (b) social withdrawal (SW). Fifty male schizophrenics (mean age, 44; mean hospitalization, 9 years) served as subjects. The subjects were rated by four staff members on anxiety and SW. A paper-pencil inventory (reliability .95), developed by McReynolds and Acker (1962), provided a second measure of anxiety. Two measures of problem solving were used: a "Life Problems Test" (LPT) and Form A of the Howard (1961) Maze Tests. It can be further hypothesized that the negative correlation between SW and LPT should be greater for the interpersonal problems than for the noninterpersonal problems. The findings fail to support the first hypothesis concerning anxiety, but they are in accord with the hypothesized negative relationship between SW and originality in problem solving. There is some evidence that socially withdrawn individuals are less able to cope in an original manner with problems of an interpersonal nature than with noninterpersonal problems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenia KW - personality disturbance KW - anxiety KW - social withdrawal KW - problem solving originality KW - interpersonal problems KW - coping KW - 1963 KW - Anxiety KW - Personality Disorders KW - Problem Solving KW - Schizophrenia KW - Social Isolation KW - Coping Behavior KW - Creativity KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Social Anxiety DO - 10.1037/h0039618 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-13148-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-13145-007 AN - 2005-13145-007 AU - Fairweather, George W. AU - Simon, Ralph T1 - A Further Follow-up Comparison of Psychotherapeutic Programs. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1963/04// VL - 27 IS - 2 SP - 186 EP - 186 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-13145-007. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fairweather, George W.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Perry Point, MD, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Correction Date: 20111003. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Dynamics; Group Homes; Individual Psychotherapy; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychosis. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1963. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1963. AB - In an earlier publication by G. W. Fairweather et al (see record [rid]2011-17731-001[/rid]) four psychotherapy programs were compared for nonpsychotic, short-term and long-term psychotic patients. The four contrasted treatments were: a control consisting of individual work assignments; individual psychotherapy and individual work assignments; group psychotherapy and individual work assignments; and a group living situation consisting of group activities. Comparisons were made on a number of diverse inventories, projective devices, behavior rating scales and 6-month follow-up community adjustment. This study continues the follow-up comparisons at 18 months. The questionnaire consists of nine items administered to 86 of the original 96 subjects. The items concern: (a) employment, (b) rehospitalization, (e) alcoholic indulgence, (d) antisocial behavior, (e) friendships, (f) interpersonal communication, (g) general adjustment, (h) problem behavior, and (i) degree of illness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychotherapeutic programs KW - psychotic patients KW - individual psychotherapy KW - group living KW - group activities KW - follow-up comparison KW - 1963 KW - Group Dynamics KW - Group Homes KW - Individual Psychotherapy KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychosis KW - Followup Studies DO - 10.1037/h0038247 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-13145-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1959-01329-001 AN - 1959-01329-001 AU - Tamkin, Arthur S. AU - Scherer, Isidor W. T1 - What is measured by the 'cannot say' scale of the group MMPI? JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1957/10// VL - 21 IS - 5 SP - 370 EP - 370 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1959-01329-001. PMID: 13475533 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tamkin, Arthur S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northampton, Mass. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: No terms assigned. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1957. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1957. KW - MINNESOTA MULTIPHASIC PERSONALITY INVENTORY KW - 'CANNOT SAY' SCALE KW - DIAGNOSIS & EVALUATION KW - 1957 KW - No terms assigned DO - 10.1037/h0041346 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1959-01329-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1959-00849-001 AN - 1959-00849-001 AU - Tamkin, Arthur S. AU - Klett, C. James T1 - Barron's ego-strength scale: A replication of an evaluation of its construct validity. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology Y1 - 1957/10// VL - 21 IS - 5 SP - 412 EP - 412 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1959-00849-001. PMID: 13475543 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tamkin, Arthur S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northampton, Massachusetts. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: No terms assigned. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1957. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1957. KW - BARRON'S EGO-STRENGTH SCALE KW - CONSTRUCT VALIDITY IN KW - PERSONALITY KW - 1957 KW - No terms assigned DO - 10.1037/h0047308 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=1959-00849-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-11080-004 AN - 2005-11080-004 AU - Lowe, C. Marshall T1 - Values and Dilemma. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist Y1 - 1960/10// VL - 15 IS - 10 SP - 666 EP - 666 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-11080-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lowe, C. Marshall; Veterans Administration Hospital, Chillicothe, OH, US. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Professional Ethics; Psychologists; Values. Minor Descriptor: Psychology. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1960. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1960. AB - Replies to comments by Adelson and by Callahan (American Psychologist, 1960, 15, 269-270) on "Value-Orientations--An Ethical Dilemma" (see record [rid]1961-00097-001[/rid]). Adelson and Callahan propose contradictory solutions to the ethical dilemma. The former feels that the ethical dilemma is solved by empathizing and becoming more emotional, while the latter seems to believe that the solution is to become more rational. The original article was written to describe certain basic values. The value-orientations described need not characterize everyone perfectly. Rather, they are guidelines, which like degrees of latitude, are useful in comparing locations. The value-orientations the author describes are criteria which provide yardsticks for measuring human behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - value orientations of psychologists KW - professional aspects of psychology KW - 1960 KW - Professional Ethics KW - Psychologists KW - Values KW - Psychology DO - 10.1037/h0039552 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-11080-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10162-012 AN - 2005-10162-012 AU - Wright, Fred H. T1 - Review of The School Counselor. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology Y1 - 1964///Fal 1964 VL - 11 IS - 3 SP - 310 EP - 310 CY - US PB - Wm. C. Brown Co. SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10162-012. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wright, Fred H.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Gulfport, MS, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counselor Role; Graduate Education; School Counselors. Classification: Educational Administration & Personnel (3510); Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Reviewed Item: Roeber, Edward C. The School Counselor=Washington, D.C.: The Center for Applied Research in Education; 1963. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1964. AB - Reviews Edward C. Roeber's The School Counselor (1963), which Roeber was invited to write as one of one hundred matched volumes "constituting a coherent and concise presentation of the entire profession of education". Because of this the reviewer sees no ax ground in this book. Roeber's contribution lacks the zeal of a biased writer but rather accomplishes his intended task in an objective scholarly fashion. Roeber presents a good behavioral analysis of the duties performed by school counselors according to actual research findings, as well as studies regarding role concepts of counselors, students, administrators, teachers, parents, etc. Roeber gives a comprehensive account of present and projected graduate curricula for the preparation of school counselors and advocates more supervised practicum work as well as research orientation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - school counselors KW - professional role KW - counselor graduate education KW - 1964 KW - Counselor Role KW - Graduate Education KW - School Counselors U2 - Roeber, Edward C. (1963); The School Counselor; Washington, D.C.: The Center for Applied Research in Education DO - 10.1037/h0038785 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-10162-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10163-004 AN - 2005-10163-004 AU - McCourt, James F. T1 - Predicting Success on a Psychiatric Rehabilitation Program. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology Y1 - 1964///Win 1964 VL - 11 IS - 4 SP - 406 EP - 406 CY - US PB - Wm. C. Brown Co. SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10163-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McCourt, James F.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Brockton, MA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association. Release Date: 20060329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Legal Arrest; Psychiatric Patients; Rehabilitation; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Prediction; Psychiatry. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study; Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial. References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Win 1964. AB - The present study was designed to determine the relationship between a history of alcoholic involvement, non-psychiatric arrests, and rehabilitation outcomes for NP patients transferred to the current patient-employee program at the Brockton VA Hospital. Of the two predictor variables tested, that concerned with a patient's history of non-psychiatric arrests differentiated the successful from the unsuccessful patient-employees. Examination of the 27 failures on the program indicated that overindulgence in alcohol and exacerbation of symptoms accounted equally for the unsuccessful outcomes. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2013 APA, all rights reserved) KW - patient-employee program KW - program success KW - prediction KW - psychiatric rehabilitation KW - alcohol problems KW - non-psychiatric arrests KW - 1964 KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Legal Arrest KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Rehabilitation KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Prediction KW - Psychiatry DO - 10.1037/h0038355 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pdh&AN=2005-10163-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pdh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-24400-001 AN - 1991-24400-001 AU - Freedman, Robert T1 - Evoked response to repeated auditory stimuli. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 28 IS - 12 SP - 1065 EP - 1066 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-24400-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freedman, Robert; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Denver, CO, US. Release Date: 19910901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Evoked Potentials; Schizophrenia; Sensory Gating; Sensory Neurons. Minor Descriptor: Experimental Replication. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Experimental Replication. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1990. AB - In response to N. Kathman and R. R. Engel's (see record [rid]1990-28396-001[/rid]) inability to confirm the finding of diminished evoked potential (EP) response to repeated auditory stimuli, the EP response of a normal S was recorded. The suppression of the test stimulus was not so ephemeral that change in recording conditions abolished it. Failure to monitor and control for certain artifacts may result in failure to observe suppression of the test response. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - suppression of auditory EP P50 & sensory gating KW - schizophrenic vs normal adults KW - commentary on replication KW - 1990 KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Schizophrenia KW - Sensory Gating KW - Sensory Neurons KW - Experimental Replication KW - 1990 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(90)90609-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-24400-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-12814-001 AN - 1991-12814-001 AU - Block, Paul T1 - Doing violence to '…violence against women.' JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 45 IS - 12 SP - 1386 EP - 1387 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-12814-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Block, Paul; Worcester Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, MA, US. Release Date: 19910501. Correction Date: 20090420. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Feminism; Human Females; Psychotherapy; Victimization; Violence. Minor Descriptor: Battered Females; Feminist Psychology. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10); Female (40). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1990. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - Suggests that neither the comments by M. E. Mills (1990) and D. E. Mould (see record [rid]1990-22858-001[/rid]) on L. E. A. Walker's (see record [rid]1989-26311-001[/rid]) article nor Walker's (1990) response spoke to the point so clearly identified by Walker's article. It is argued that the incidence of women's violence toward men is largely irrelevant to the study of violence against women. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - feminist psychology & issues in psychotherapy related to violence against females KW - commentary on conference presentation KW - 1990 KW - Feminism KW - Human Females KW - Psychotherapy KW - Victimization KW - Violence KW - Battered Females KW - Feminist Psychology KW - 1990 DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.45.12.1386.b UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-12814-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2009-16525-001 AN - 2009-16525-001 AU - Barnett, Irving T1 - Review of How to do experiential psychotherapy: A manual for practitioners. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training JA - Psychotherapy (Chic) Y1 - 1990///Win 1990 VL - 27 IS - 4 SP - 659 EP - 660 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 SN - 1939-1536 N1 - Accession Number: 2009-16525-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barnett, Irving; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brooklyn, NY, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20091012. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experiential Psychotherapy; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Psychotherapists. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410); Interpersonal & Client Centered & Humanistic Therapy (3314). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Mahrer, Alvin R. How to do experiential psychotherapy: A manual for practitioners=Ottawa: University of Ottawa Press, 153 pp. $12.95; 1989. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Win 1990. AB - Reviews the book, How to do experiential psychotherapy: A manual for practitioners by Alvin R. Mahrer (see record [rid]1989-97894-000[/rid]). This is a 153-page manual of psychotherapy which Mahrer has written for beginners as well as advanced therapists. It is described as 'complete' and 'sufficiently detailed' including examples, and a transcript to enable one without a background in theory to become an experiential psychotherapist; furthermore, we are told that the willing patient can 'undergo profound personality and behavior change in each session.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - experiential psychotherapy KW - experiential psychotherapists KW - 1990 KW - Experiential Psychotherapy KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Psychotherapists KW - 1990 U2 - Mahrer, Alvin R. (1989); How to do experiential psychotherapy: A manual for practitioners; Ottawa: University of Ottawa Press, 153 pp. $12.95 DO - 10.1037/h0092245 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2009-16525-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-10913-001 AN - 1991-10913-001 AU - Kamp, Peter AU - Rosse, Richard B. T1 - Benefits of routine laboratory investigations. JF - The British Journal of Psychiatry JO - The British Journal of Psychiatry JA - Br J Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/10// VL - 157 SP - 620 EP - 621 CY - United Kingdom PB - Royal College of Psychiatrists SN - 0007-1250 SN - 1472-1465 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-10913-001. PMID: 2131149 Other Journal Title: Journal of Mental Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kamp, Peter; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 19910401. Correction Date: 20120611. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Medical Diagnosis; Psychiatric Hospital Admission; Psychiatric Patients; Screening. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1990. AB - Concurs with the position advocated by A. J. White and B. Barraclough (see record [rid]1990-05778-001[/rid]) that only limited routine testing was justified for adult psychiatric admissions. Findings were examined from 2,308 tests on 50 patients with substance use, psychotic, or major mood disorders. Most abnormalities were predictable and were not helpful in establishing previously unsuspected organic causes for psychiatric symptoms; this supports White and Barraclough's suggestion for only a selective laboratory screening on admission. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - laboratory tests in hospital admission KW - 15–65 yr olds in psychiatric unit KW - commentary KW - 1990 KW - Medical Diagnosis KW - Psychiatric Hospital Admission KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Screening KW - 1990 DO - 10.1192/bjp.157.4.620 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-10913-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-10666-001 AN - 2007-10666-001 AU - Gummow, Linda J. T1 - Review of Women with disabilities: Essays in psychology, culture, and politics. JF - Rehabilitation Psychology JO - Rehabilitation Psychology JA - Rehabil Psychol Y1 - 1990///Fal 1990 VL - 35 IS - 3 SP - 187 EP - 188 CY - US PB - Division 22 of the American Psychological Association SN - 0090-5550 SN - 1939-1544 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-10666-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Aspects of Disability. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gummow, Linda J.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Salt Lake City, UT, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation; Springer Publishing. Release Date: 20070716. Correction Date: 20100111. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disabilities; Feminism; Human Females; Social Issues; Sociocultural Factors. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Sex Roles & Women's Issues (2970). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Reviewed Item: Fine, Michelle (Ed); Asch, Adrienne (Ed). Women with disabilities: Essays in psychology, culture, and politics=Philadelphia: Temple University Press; 1988. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1990. Copyright Statement: Division of Rehabilitation Psychology of the American Psychological Association. 1990. AB - Reviews the book, Women with disabilities: Essays in psychology, culture, and politics edited by Michelle Fine and Adrienne Asch (see record [rid]1988-97420-000[/rid]). This edited collection of essays examines issues central to the place of disabled women in American society. The editors' stated goals were four: (1) to introduce gender into disability scholarship; (2) to introduce disability into feminist thought; (3) to introduce both into the mainstream of social science; and (4) to demand attention to the lives and experiences of women with disabilities from all aspects of society (p. 31). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - disability scholarship KW - American society KW - women KW - females KW - 1990 KW - Disabilities KW - Feminism KW - Human Females KW - Social Issues KW - Sociocultural Factors KW - 1990 U2 - Fine, Michelle (Ed); Asch, Adrienne (Ed). (1988); Women with disabilities: Essays in psychology, culture, and politics; Philadelphia: Temple University Press DO - 10.1037/h0085230 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2007-10666-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-02279-001 AN - 1991-02279-001 AU - Van Putten, Theodore AU - Marder, Stephen R. AU - Wirshing, William C. AU - Chabert, Nicole AU - Aravagiri, M. T1 - Surreptitious noncompliance with oral fluphenazine in a voluntary inpatient population. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/08// VL - 47 IS - 8 SP - 786 EP - 787 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-02279-001. PMID: 2198855 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Putten, Theodore; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20130513. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Fluphenazine; Schizophrenia; Treatment Compliance. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1990. AB - Reports that 7 out of 91 newly readmitted schizophrenic men did not swallow their fluphenazine tablets. Of the 7 noncompliant patients, 4 had increasing depression ratings. Patients with increasing depression ratings may be at increased risk for noncompliance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - noncompliance with oral fluphenazine KW - newly readmitted schizophrenic males KW - 1990 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Fluphenazine KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment Compliance KW - 1990 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1990.01810200094015 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-02279-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-00068-001 AN - 1991-00068-001 AU - Christensen, Kathy J. AU - Dysken, Maurice W. T1 - The Geriatric Depression Scale in Alzheimer's disease. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 38 IS - 6 SP - 724 EP - 725 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-00068-001. PMID: 2136325 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Christensen, Kathy J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Minneapolis, MN, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Geriatrics; Major Depression; Psychodiagnosis; Screening Tests. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. AB - Argues against the conclusion of W. J. Burke et al (see record [rid]1990-06435-001[/rid]) that the Geriatric Depression Scale (J. A. Yesavage; see record [rid]1984-02939-001[/rid]) is not suitable for use with elderly patients with Alzheimer's disease. If the data of Burke et al are reconstructed somewhat differently on their graph, a bias emerges in the direction of underdiagnosis of depression in Alzheimer's patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - utility of Geriatric Depression Scale KW - 70.6–86.4 yr olds with vs without Alzheimer's disease KW - commentary KW - 1990 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Geriatrics KW - Major Depression KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Screening Tests KW - 1990 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1990.tb01442.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-00068-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-28606-001 AN - 1990-28606-001 AU - Schuckit, Marc A. AU - Irwin, Michael T1 - Type 1 and Type 2 alcoholics: Schuckit & Irwin reply. JF - British Journal of Addiction JO - British Journal of Addiction JA - Br J Addict Y1 - 1990/05// VL - 85 IS - 5 SP - 684 EP - 685 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0952-0481 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-28606-001. Other Journal Title: Addiction. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schuckit, Marc A.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, CA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19901101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adult Offspring; Alcoholism; Client Characteristics; Psychodiagnostic Typologies. Minor Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Fathers; Sons. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: May, 1990. AB - Agrees with F. M. Vanclay and B. Raphael (see record [rid]1990-28613-001[/rid]) that the paper published by M. Schuckit and M. Irwin (see record [rid]1990-04965-001[/rid]) cannot be taken as disproving the hypothesis of C. R. Cloninger (see record [rid]1988-17186-001[/rid]). Two additional studies by M. Irwin et al (in press) and M. Schuckit et al (in press) are reviewed to answer the reservations raised by Vanclay and Raphael. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical relevance of Type 1 & Type 2 alcoholic subtypes KW - 21–25 yr old sons of alcoholic fathers KW - commentary reply KW - 1990 KW - Adult Offspring KW - Alcoholism KW - Client Characteristics KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - At Risk Populations KW - Fathers KW - Sons KW - 1990 DO - 10.1111/j.1360-0443.1990.tb03532.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-28606-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 83985823 T1 - Endoscopic papillotomy for choledocholithiasis. AU - Zimmon, David S. AU - Falkenstein, David B. AU - Kessler, Richard E. AU - Zimmon, D S AU - Falkenstein, D B AU - Kessler, R E Y1 - 1975/12/04/ N1 - Accession Number: 83985823. Language: English. Entry Date: In Process. Revision Date: 20170307. Publication Type: journal article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0255562. KW - Cholelithiasis -- Surgery KW - Endoscopy KW - Duodenum -- Surgery KW - Cholelithiasis KW - Electrosurgery KW - Radiography KW - Middle Age KW - Male KW - Methodological Research KW - Human KW - Validation Studies KW - Comparative Studies KW - Evaluation Research KW - Multicenter Studies SP - 1181 EP - 1182 JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine JA - N ENGL J MED VL - 293 IS - 23 CY - Waltham, Massachusetts PB - New England Journal of Medicine SN - 0028-4793 AD - From the Gastroenterology Section, Medical Service, and the Surgical Service, Manhattan Veterans Administration Hospital, and New York University School of Medicine (address reprint requests to Dr. Zimmon at the Gastroenterology Section, Manhattan Veterans Administration Hospital, 408 First Ave., New York, NY 10010). U2 - PMID: 1186790. DO - 10.1056/NEJM197512042932307 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=83985823&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 83987460 T1 - Treatment of massive hemorrhage after renal biopsy with angiographic injection of clot. AU - Silber, Sherman J. AU - Clark, Robert E. AU - Silber, S J AU - Clark, R E Y1 - 1975/06/26/ N1 - Accession Number: 83987460. Language: English. Entry Date: In Process. Revision Date: 20170307. Publication Type: journal article. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Blind Peer Reviewed; Editorial Board Reviewed; Expert Peer Reviewed; Peer Reviewed; USA. NLM UID: 0255562. KW - Biopsy -- Adverse Effects KW - Kidney -- Pathology KW - Hemorrhage -- Therapy KW - Hemostasis KW - Kidney Diseases -- Therapy KW - Renal Veins KW - Male KW - Arteriovenous Fistula KW - Postoperative Complications -- Therapy KW - Renal Artery KW - Kidney Diseases -- Etiology KW - Hemorrhage -- Etiology KW - Kidney Diseases KW - Middle Age KW - Arteriovenous Fistula -- Therapy KW - Angiography KW - Hemorrhage KW - Embolism KW - Arteriovenous Fistula -- Etiology SP - 1387 EP - 1388 JO - New England Journal of Medicine JF - New England Journal of Medicine JA - N ENGL J MED VL - 292 IS - 26 CY - Waltham, Massachusetts PB - New England Journal of Medicine SN - 0028-4793 AD - From the departments of Urology and Radiology, University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco, and the sections of Urology and Radiology. Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco (address reprint requests to Dr. Silber at the Department of Urology, University of California School of Medicine, San Francisco, CA 94121 ). U2 - PMID: 1138167. DO - 10.1056/NEJM197506262922607 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=83987460&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 104754677 T1 - Preliminary observations on clotting under three hydrocolloid dressings. AU - Mulder, G D AU - Walker, A Y1 - 1989/12// N1 - Accession Number: 104754677. Language: English. Entry Date: 20110610. Revision Date: 20150711. Publication Type: Journal Article; clinical trial; research. Journal Subset: Biomedical; Europe; Peer Reviewed; UK & Ireland. NLM UID: 7802879. KW - Blood Coagulation KW - Colloids KW - Occlusive Dressings KW - Wound Healing KW - Hydrocolloid Dressings KW - Human KW - Clinical Trials SP - 739 EP - 740 JO - Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine JF - Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine JA - J R SOC MED VL - 82 IS - 12 PB - Sage Publications, Ltd. AB - Four patients with five wounds were randomly assigned to treatment with three occlusive dressings: DuoDERM, Restore and Comfeel Ulcus; the dressings were left intact for 24-48 h. When the dressings were removed, it was found that wounds that had been covered with Restore and Comfeel contained coagulated sanguinous material. Two wounds that had been covered with Comfeel and Restore, respectively, were then covered with DuoDERM, while one wound previously covered with DuoDERM was covered with Restore. Either no clotting occurred under DuoDERM or clots may have resolved. Although these preliminary data suggest that DuoDERM gel may have fibrinolytic properties, more extensive and controlled studies are needed to assess the characteristics of this dressing. SN - 0141-0768 AD - Surgery Department, Veterans Administration Hospital, Denver, Colorado. U2 - PMID: 2614768. UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=rzh&AN=104754677&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - rzh ER - TY - JOUR AU - FREIBERGER, HOWARD T1 - Artificial Vision. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1971/09/10/ VL - 173 IS - 4001 M3 - Book Review SP - 1014 EP - 1015 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 87615542; FREIBERGER, HOWARD 1; Affiliations: 1: Research and Development Division, Prosthetic and Sensory Aids Service, Veterans Administration, New York City; Issue Info: 9/10/1971, Vol. 173 Issue 4001, p1014; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=87615542&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-26332-001 AN - 1990-26332-001 AU - Ragheb, Mohammed T1 - The interaction of lithium with phenylbutazone in bipolar affective patients. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology JA - J Clin Psychopharmacol Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 149 EP - 150 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0271-0749 SN - 1533-712X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-26332-001. PMID: 2341593 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ragheb, Mohammed; Carl T. Hayden Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Phoenix, AZ, US. Release Date: 19901001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Bipolar Disorder; Drug Interactions; Drug Therapy; Drugs; Lithium. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. AB - Evaluated the interaction of Li and phenylbutazone in 5 patients with bipolar affective illness (aged 58–68 yrs). Findings indicate that PZ administration produced small increments in serum Li levels. One hypomanic S experienced significant side effects (e.g., paranoid ideations). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lithium & phenylbutazone KW - 58–68 yr olds with bipolar affective illness KW - 1990 KW - Bipolar Disorder KW - Drug Interactions KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drugs KW - Lithium KW - 1990 DO - 10.1097/00004714-199004000-00030 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-26332-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-26296-001 AN - 1990-26296-001 AU - Jarecke, C. Rick AU - Reid, Parlane J. T1 - Acute dystonic reaction induced by a monoamine oxidase inhibitor. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology JA - J Clin Psychopharmacol Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 144 EP - 145 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0271-0749 SN - 1533-712X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-26296-001. PMID: 2341590 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jarecke, C. Rick; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Gainesville, FL, US. Release Date: 19901001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dysthymic Disorder; Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors; Muscular Disorders; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Side Effects (Drug). Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Drug Therapy; Military Veterans. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. AB - Reports a case of suspected monoamine oxidase (MAO) inhibitor-induced acute dystonia in a 41-yr-old male Vietnam veteran with a history of dysthymia and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Use of a tricyclic antidepressant prior to MAO inhibitor therapy may have played a role in the S's acute dystonic reaction. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MAO inhibitor induced acute dystonia KW - male 41 yr old Vietnam veteran with dysthymia & PTSD KW - case report KW - 1990 KW - Dysthymic Disorder KW - Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors KW - Muscular Disorders KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Case Report KW - Drug Therapy KW - Military Veterans KW - 1990 DO - 10.1097/00004714-199004000-00026 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-26296-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-26279-001 AN - 1990-26279-001 AU - Crowe, David AU - Collins, Joseph P. AU - Rosse, Richard B. T1 - Thyroid hormone supplementation of fluoxetine treatment. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology JA - J Clin Psychopharmacol Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 150 EP - 151 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0271-0749 SN - 1533-712X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-26279-001. PMID: 2341594 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crowe, David; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 19901001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antidepressant Drugs; Drug Interactions; Major Depression; Thyroid Hormones. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. AB - Presents a case involving thyroid hormone supplementation (THS) of fluoxetine treatment for a 73-yr-old man with recurrent major depression. The case suggests that the utility of THS might not be limited to potentiation of the effects of tricyclic antidepressants. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - thyroid hormone supplementation of fluoxetine KW - 73 yr old male with major depression KW - case report KW - 1990 KW - Antidepressant Drugs KW - Drug Interactions KW - Major Depression KW - Thyroid Hormones KW - Case Report KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1990 DO - 10.1097/00004714-199004000-00031 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-26279-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-23381-001 AN - 1990-23381-001 AU - Brody, David AU - Adler, Lenard A. AU - Kim, Tony AU - Angrist, Burt AU - Rotrosen, John T1 - Effects of buspirone in seven schizophrenic subjects. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology JA - J Clin Psychopharmacol Y1 - 1990/02// VL - 10 IS - 1 SP - 68 EP - 69 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0271-0749 SN - 1533-712X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-23381-001. PMID: 1968473 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brody, David; New York Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, US. Release Date: 19900901. Correction Date: 20130805. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Schizophrenia; Tranquilizing Drugs. Minor Descriptor: Restlessness; Side Effects (Drug); Symptoms. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1990. AB - Studied the effects of buspirone on psychosis, negative symptoms, dyskinetic movements, and akathisia in 7 schizophrenic patients. Six Ss were maintained on constant neuroleptic doses and 1 S was neuroleptic-free throughout the trial. Buspirone treatment was initiated at 10–25 mg/day and was increased by 5–20 mg/week as tolerated. Buspirone produced no consistent or significant effect on any clinical parameter. However, buspirone appeared to have the potential to worsen akathisia, extrapyramidal symptoms, dyskinetic movements, and possibly psychotic symptoms. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - buspirone KW - psychosis & dyskinetic movements & akathisia & extrapyramidal symptoms KW - schizophrenic patients KW - 1990 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Schizophrenia KW - Tranquilizing Drugs KW - Restlessness KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Symptoms KW - 1990 DO - 10.1097/00004714-199002000-00025 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-23381-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-20527-001 AN - 1990-20527-001 AU - Gracia, Rafael I. AU - Gutierrez, Jose M. AU - Faraone, Stephen V. AU - Tsuang, Ming T. T1 - Use of lorazepam for increased anxiety after neuroleptic dose reduction. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/02// VL - 41 IS - 2 SP - 197 EP - 198 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-20527-001. PMID: 1968029 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gracia, Rafael I.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19900801. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety Disorders; Drug Dosages; Drug Therapy; Lorazepam; Neuroleptic Drugs. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Schizophrenia. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1990. AB - Presents the case of a 59-yr-old chronic schizophrenic male who developed anxiety after his maintenance dose of neuroleptic was significantly reduced. Treatment with lorazepam was started and slowly increased over 2 wks until the anxiety symptoms decreased. S completed the dose-reduction protocol without further complications and continued on his low neuroleptic maintenance dose and anxiolytic medication for 14 mo without incident. As an alternative to increasing neuroleptics, benzodiazepine treatment may be more effective and have fewer side effects when anxiety is clearly identified as the target symptom during neuroleptic dose reduction. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lorazepam KW - anxiety following neuroleptic dose reduction KW - male chronic schizophrenic 59 yr old KW - case report KW - 1990 KW - Anxiety Disorders KW - Drug Dosages KW - Drug Therapy KW - Lorazepam KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Case Report KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-20527-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05393-041 AN - 2006-05393-041 AU - Novelly, Robert A. T1 - The Clinical Psychology of Epilepsy. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1990/02// VL - 35 IS - 2 SP - 158 EP - 159 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05393-041. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Novelly, Robert A.; Clinical Neuropsychology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 20061211. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Epidemiology; Epilepsy; Psychopathology. Minor Descriptor: Psychosis; Stigma; Violence. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Whitman, Steven (Ed); Hermann, Bruce P. (Ed). Psychopathology in Epilepsy: Social Dimensions=New York: Oxford University Press, 1986. 309 pp. $39.95; 1986. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1990. AB - Reviews the book, Psychopathology in Epilepsy: Social Dimensions edited by Steven Whitman and Bruce P. Hermann (1986). The editors of this important text, both experienced researchers in epilepsy, have assembled a list of stellar topics and contributors that fills an embarrassingly vacant area of significance to psychologists. To date, a critical appraisal of psychopathology in epilepsy has not been available, and the appearance of this readable, well-edited, and thoughtfully organized text will serve as a benchmark for research, teaching, and psychological treatment in this area. The book provides further detailed chapters on the epidemiology of psychosocial problems in epilepsy, the fear of seizures as a major contributor to psychopathology, the role of social stigma, epilepsy in children, the patient's perspective, and the evolution of an integrated approach using each of the tripartite variable sets. There are two chapters on psychosis and violence in epilepsy. The latter two topics have been the primary source of bias and sensationalistic statements regarding epilepsy both in textbooks and in the popular press. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical psychology KW - epilepsy KW - psychopathology KW - epidemiology KW - psychosocial problems KW - social stigma KW - psychosis KW - violence KW - 1990 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Epidemiology KW - Epilepsy KW - Psychopathology KW - Psychosis KW - Stigma KW - Violence KW - 1990 U2 - Whitman, Steven (Ed); Hermann, Bruce P. (Ed). (1986); Psychopathology in Epilepsy: Social Dimensions; New York: Oxford University Press, 1986. 309 pp. $39.95; 0-19-503656-5. DO - 10.1037/028276 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-05393-041&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-18532-001 AN - 1991-18532-001 AU - Feinberg, Irwin T1 - Cortical pruning and the development of schizophrenia. JF - Schizophrenia Bulletin JO - Schizophrenia Bulletin JA - Schizophr Bull Y1 - 1990/// VL - 16 IS - 4 SP - 567 EP - 568 CY - US PB - National Institute of Mental Health SN - 0586-7614 SN - 1745-1701 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-18532-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feinberg, Irwin; Dept of Veterans Affairs, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Martinez, CA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19910701. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebral Cortex; Computer Applications; Etiology; Neural Development; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Models; Neural Pruning. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Comments that the article by R. E. Hoffman and S. K. Dobscha (see record [rid]2005-09776-014[/rid]) overlooked earlier discussions by I. Feinberg (1982) on the same hypothesis. Some of Hoffman and Dobscha's findings are disputed, and work by Feinberg et al (1990) that is relevant to issues raised in the article is highlighted. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - computer model of cortical pruning & development of schizophrenia KW - commentary KW - 1990 KW - Cerebral Cortex KW - Computer Applications KW - Etiology KW - Neural Development KW - Schizophrenia KW - Models KW - Neural Pruning KW - 1990 DO - 10.1093/schbul/16.4.567 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-18532-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-05467-001 AN - 1991-05467-001 AU - Thal, Leon J. T1 - THA, a putative drug in the treatment of Alzheimer's disease? JF - Acta Neurologica Scandinavica JO - Acta Neurologica Scandinavica JA - Acta Neurol Scand Y1 - 1990/// VL - 82 IS - 129, Suppl SP - 27 EP - 28 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0001-6314 SN - 1600-0404 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-05467-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Thal, Leon J.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19910201. Correction Date: 20141124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Analeptic Drugs; Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1990. AB - Describes the status of research testing the efficacy of tetrahydroaminoacridine (THA) in the treatment of Alzheimer's disease. Although early research was interrupted because of dose-related hepatotoxicity, more recent study indicates that approximately 40% of Ss exposed to THA showed a best dose response, and approximately 35% of Ss exposed to THA demonstrated elevated transaminase levels. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - tetrahydroaminoacridine KW - patients with Alzheimer's disease KW - 1990 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Analeptic Drugs KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1990 DO - 10.1111/j.1600-0404.1990.tb02600.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-05467-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-20883-001 AN - 1990-20883-001 AU - Stead, Peter AU - Rozynko, Vitali AU - Berman, Stephen T1 - The SHARP carwash: A community-oriented work program for substance abuse patients. JF - Social Work JO - Social Work JA - Soc Work Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 35 IS - 1 SP - 79 EP - 80 CY - United Kingdom PB - Oxford University Press SN - 0037-8046 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-20883-001. PMID: 2315766 Other Journal Title: Social Work Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stead, Peter; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Menlo Park, CA, US. Release Date: 19900801. Correction Date: 20160922. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Community Services; Drug Rehabilitation. Minor Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Social Integration; Social Isolation. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1990. AB - Describes a work program (the Share Help and Recovery Program [SHARP]) initiated by substance abuse patients involved in a rehabilitation program. The patients started a carwash, which provided financial support and productive interpersonal experiences for the patients involved. The carwash provided opportunities to negotiate, compromise, be assertive, take responsibility, and accept criticism. Participation in the carwash reduced social isolation and increased social integration into the community. Details of the eventual failure of the carwash are included. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - community oriented carwash work program KW - social isolation & integration KW - substance abusing patients in rehabilitation programs KW - 1990 KW - Community Services KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Drug Abuse KW - Social Integration KW - Social Isolation KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-20883-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-18217-001 AN - 1990-18217-001 AU - Macfadden, Wayne AU - Maany, Iradj AU - Dhopesh, Vasant AU - Woody, George E. T1 - Methadone and edema. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 51 IS - 1 SP - 36 EP - 37 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-18217-001. PMID: 2295593 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Macfadden, Wayne; Philadelphia Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Inpatient Substance Abuse Unit, PA, US. Release Date: 19900701. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cardiovascular Disorders; Methadone Maintenance; Side Effects (Treatment). Minor Descriptor: Case Report. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1990. AB - Reports the cases of 3 male patients (aged 33, 45, 63 yrs) on methadone maintenance, who had not used intravenous drugs recently but exhibited unexplained peripheral edema. Ss had not injected drugs into their legs and none had significant heart, kidney, or liver disease. When methadone was discontinued the edema improved. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - peripheral edema KW - male 33–63 yr olds on methadone maintenance KW - case reports KW - 1990 KW - Cardiovascular Disorders KW - Methadone Maintenance KW - Side Effects (Treatment) KW - Case Report KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-18217-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-18159-001 AN - 1990-18159-001 AU - Keepers, George A. T1 - Pathological preoccupation with video games. JF - Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry JO - Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry JA - J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 29 IS - 1 SP - 49 EP - 50 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0890-8567 SN - 1527-5418 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-18159-001. PMID: 2295578 Other Journal Title: Journal of the American Academy of Child Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Keepers, George A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Portland Div, OR, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19900701. Correction Date: 20110207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Computer Games; Family Therapy; Marriage Counseling; Obsessions; Residential Care Institutions. Minor Descriptor: Case Report. Classification: Nursing Homes & Residential Care (3377). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1990. AB - Reports the case of a 12-yr-old boy whose pathological preoccupation with playing video games (VGs) was a partially successful adaptive response to the marital and family problems that were evident in his home. S's continuation of repetitive play and his stealing to continue to play far exceeded the degree of habituation with VGs observed in other children. Placement in a residential treatment center together with marital and family counseling resulted in resolution of S's difficulty. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - residential treatment center placement with marital & family counseling KW - male 12 yr old with pathological preoccupation with playing video games KW - case report KW - 1990 KW - Computer Games KW - Family Therapy KW - Marriage Counseling KW - Obsessions KW - Residential Care Institutions KW - Case Report KW - 1990 DO - 10.1097/00004583-199001000-00009 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-18159-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-10151-001 AN - 2007-10151-001 AU - Gilbride, Thomas V. AU - Malow, Robert M. T1 - Review of Willpower's not enough: Understanding and recovering from addictions of every kind. JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JA - Psychol Addict Behav Y1 - 1990/// VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 118 EP - 119 PB - Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-10151-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gilbride, Thomas V.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, New Orleans, KY, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070716. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Addiction; Recovery (Disorders); Self-Control. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Washton, Arnold M.; Boundy, Donna. Willpower's not enough: Understanding and recovering from addictions of every kind=New York: Harper & Row, Publishers, 1989, 272 pages; $18.95; 1989. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1990. Copyright Statement: Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. 1990. AB - Reviews the book, Willpower's not enough: Understanding and recovering from addictions of every kind by Arnold M. Washton and Donna Boundy (1989). The present book aspires to unravel the puzzle of addictive behaviors for the nonprofessional reader. Specifically, its intended audience appears to be persons experiencing an addictedness and those personally related to them. Sensibly, early on the authors give the following cautions: The volume is not a 'quick-fix' manual; it is not a substitute for professional services, and any concerned addicted individual should consult a qualified health-care professional. The volume offers to its readers a description of various features of addiction (albeit from a particular perspective) and an optimistic message that recovery and prevention of relapse are possible. Most psychologists, however, may find little novel in this text. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - willpower KW - addiction KW - recovery KW - 1990 KW - Addiction KW - Recovery (Disorders) KW - Self-Control KW - 1990 U2 - Washton, Arnold M.; Boundy, Donna. (1989); Willpower's not enough: Understanding and recovering from addictions of every kind; New York: Harper & Row, Publishers, 1989, 272 pages; $18.95 DO - 10.1037/h0084882 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2007-10151-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05392-062 AN - 2006-05392-062 AU - Binder, Laurence M. T1 - Hypothesis Testing in Neuropsychology. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 35 IS - 1 SP - 79 EP - 80 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05392-062. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Binder, Laurence M.; Portland Veterans Administration Medical Center, US. Release Date: 20061211. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hypothesis Testing; Medical Diagnosis; Neuropsychology; Patients; Testing. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Orsini, D. L.; Van Gorp, W. G.; Boone, K. B. The Neuropsychology Casebook=New York: Springer-Verlag, 1988. 270 pp. (New York); (Berlin). $46.00; 1988. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1990. AB - Reviews the book, The Neuropsychology Casebook by D. L. Orsini, W. G. Van Gorp, and K. B. Boone (see record [rid]1988-98122-000[/rid]). This book emphasizes clinical interpretation of test results and report writing and is aimed at both the student and the practicing clinician. All cases presented are adults. This reviewer believes that test selection is merely one aspect of clinical judgment and that good clinicians will generally agree about clear-cut cases regardless of how they test the patient. This belief is based on faith and clinical observation and has not been systematically studied. The authors of the present book place themselves firmly in the hypothesis-testing camp, joining the author of another casebook. Most troublesome to this reviewer were the repetitive case descriptions. In most case presentations, the reader will not be lead astray, but the clinical judgment of the authors is occasionally arguable. This book can be recommended chiefly for its methodical review of test and historical data analysis and report writing on a variety of case material and for brief literature reviews of most of the commonly seen disorders. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuropsychology casebook KW - clinical judgment KW - hypothesis testing KW - patients KW - 1990 KW - Hypothesis Testing KW - Medical Diagnosis KW - Neuropsychology KW - Patients KW - Testing KW - 1990 U2 - Orsini, D. L.; Van Gorp, W. G.; Boone, K. B. (1988); The Neuropsychology Casebook; New York: Springer-Verlag, 1988. 270 pp. (New York); (Berlin). $46.00; 0-387-96681-1; 3-540-96681-1. DO - 10.1037/028195 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-05392-062&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - AU - Roblee, Dana B.1 T1 - Hearing is Believing. JO - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal JF - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal J1 - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal PY - 1949/05// Y1 - 1949/05// VL - 27 IS - 8 CP - 8 M3 - Book Review SP - 605 EP - 606 SN - 21645841 AB - The article reviews the book "Hearing Is Believing," by Marie Hays Heiner. KW - Nonfiction KW - Hearing KW - Heiner, Marie Hays KW - Hearing Is Believing (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 25096120; Authors: Roblee, Dana B. 1; Affiliations: 1: Vocational Rehabilitation and Education, Veterans Administration, Washington, D.C.; Subject: Hearing Is Believing (Book); Subject: Heiner, Marie Hays; Subject: Hearing; Subject: Nonfiction; Number of Pages: 2p; Record Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=25096120&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - AU - Logie, Iona R.1,2 T1 - Counseling Technics in College and Secondary School. JO - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal JF - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal J1 - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal PY - 1949/05// Y1 - 1949/05// VL - 27 IS - 8 CP - 8 M3 - Book Review SP - 602 EP - 603 SN - 21645841 AB - The article reviews the book "Counseling Technics in College and Secondary School," by Ruth Strang. KW - Nonfiction KW - Educational counseling KW - Strang, Ruth KW - Counseling Technics in College & Secondary School (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 25096118; Authors: Logie, Iona R. 1,2; Affiliations: 1: Vocational Appraiser, Veterans Administration Guidance Center, San Francisco Unified School District; 2: Instructor, Counseling, University of California, Berkeley; Subject: Counseling Technics in College & Secondary School (Book); Subject: Strang, Ruth; Subject: Educational counseling; Subject: Nonfiction; Number of Pages: 2p; Record Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=25096118&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - AU - Forer, Betram R.1 T1 - The Aviation Psychology Program in the Army Air Forces. Report No. 1. JO - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal JF - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal J1 - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal PY - 1949/01// Y1 - 1949/01// VL - 27 IS - 4 CP - 4 M3 - Book Review SP - 286 EP - 287 SN - 21645841 AB - The article reviews the book "The Aviation Psychology Program in the Army Air Forces: Report No. 1," edited by John C. Flanagan. KW - Nonfiction KW - Aviation psychology KW - Flanagan, John C. KW - Aviation Psychology Program in the Amy Air Forces, The (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 25029569; Authors: Forer, Betram R. 1; Affiliations: 1: Clinical Psychologist, Veterans Administration, Mental Hygiene Clinic, Los Angeles, California; Subject: Aviation Psychology Program in the Amy Air Forces, The (Book); Subject: Flanagan, John C.; Subject: Aviation psychology; Subject: Nonfiction; Number of Pages: 2p; Record Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=25029569&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-44779-000 AN - 9999-44779-000 AU - White, Diana L. AU - Pearlman, Robert A. T1 - Difficulties Delivering Health Care to the Elderly Survey JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1986/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: Contact Corresponding Author; Fee: No. Test Items: No N1 - Accession Number: 9999-44779-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: White, Diana L.; Veterans Administration, Portland, Oregon, United States. Release Date: 20161212. Instrument Type: Survey. Test Format: Participants are asked to rate the importance of each of 92 items using a 7-point rating scale.. Language: English. Constructs: Health Care Delivery Difficulties; Classification: Treatment, Rehabilitation, and Therapeutic Processes (7900). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Difficulties Delivering Health Care to the Elderly Survey is to measure the problems encountered by health professionals in providing health care to elderly veterans. AB - Description: The Difficulties Delivering Health Care to the Elderly Survey (White & Pearlman, 1986) was developed to measure the problems encountered by health professionals in providing health care to elderly veterans. A modified Delphi approach was used to survey a wide range of health professionals (N = 90). Nearly 400 problem statements were identified and evaluated by an expert panel. A total of 92 items were tested for their validity by a sample of health professionals (N = 77) in Stage 2 of development. The results indicated that 15 of the 17 multi-item scales had Cronbach alphas of .70 or above, and 10 of 14 scales of three or more items were unidimensional. Support for the general validity of the four scales with two or more factors was found based on their larger reliability coefficients (alphas ranged from .74 to .92) in comparison with the shorter subscales. Of the 92 items, 87% were ranked by at least one respondent as one of the top five problems related to the care of the elderly, suggesting that these items reflected the original concerns expressed by the respondents. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Difficulties Delivering Health Care to the Elderly Survey KW - Factor Analysis KW - Health Professionals KW - Internal Consistency KW - Test Development KW - Validity KW - Veterans U5 - Difficulties Delivering Health Care to the Elderly Survey [Test Development]Delivering health care to the elderly: The development and validation testing of a typology of problems. (AN: 2016-45889-001 from PsycINFO) White, Diana L.; Pearlman, Robert A.; Sep, 1986. Source: Research on Aging. 8(3), Sage Publications, US; Sep, 1986; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Location: United States; Sample: Health Professionals Keywords: Difficulties Delivering Health Care to the Elderly Survey; Factor Analysis; Health Professionals; Internal Consistency; Test Development; Validity; Veterans; Subjects: Elder Care; Factor Analysis; Health Care Delivery; Health Personnel Attitudes; Military Veterans; Professional Measures; Test Construction; Test Reliability; Test Validity; Treatment Barriers; DO - 10.1037/t44779-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-44779-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-44756-000 AN - 9999-44756-000 AU - Revicki, Dennis A. AU - Mitchell, Jim T1 - Social Support in the Elderly Measure JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1986/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: No N1 - Accession Number: 9999-44756-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Revicki, Dennis A.; Veterans Administration, Health Services Research and Development Special Projects Office, Perry Point, Maryland, United States. Release Date: 20160208. Instrument Type: Inventory/Questionnaire. Test Location: Table 1, Page 239. Test Format: This measure consists of 26 self-report items.. Language: English. Constructs: Social Support; Classification: Social, Group, and Interpersonal Relationships (7600). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). N2 - Administration Method: Interview AB - Purpose: The Social Support in the Elderly Measure is designed to assess socioemotional and instrumental support among the elderly. AB - Description: The Social Support in the Elderly Measure (Revicki & Mitchell, 1986) is a 26-item, multidimensional measure of socioemotional and instrumental support that is validated in an elderly population. A combination of items from several existing scales were used to construct this measure. The Social Health Scale developed by Donald and Ware (1982) was used to measure the quantity and frequency of social contacts with friends, relatives, and formal organizations. Social resource questions from the OARS Multidimensional Functional Assessment Questionnaire (Duke OARS, 1978) were included to assess the extent and types of social contacts, the availability of a confidant, and the availability, duration, and sources of help. An index was constructed using items from the measure developed by Lin et al. (1981) to assess the type and intensity of support received by individuals from either a close friend or relative. Lastly, a measure developed by Strogatz (1982) to assess the availability of instrumental support in response to specific circumstances where assistance might be required, was also included. Using a randomly selected sample of elderly adults in the US, factor analysis yielded four factors: 1. Support Intensity, 2. Social Contacts, 3. Social Resource Availability, and 4. Telephone Contacts. Factor reliabilities ranged from .66 to .83. The four dimensions exhibited different relationships with life satisfaction and physical and mental health measures. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Composite Measure KW - Factor Analysis KW - Factor Structure KW - Instrumental Support KW - Internal Consistency KW - Social Contacts Factor KW - Social Resource Availability Factor KW - Social Support in the Elderly Measure KW - Socioemotional Support KW - Support Intensity Factor KW - Telephone Contacts Factor KW - Test Development KW - Test Validity U5 - Social Support in the Elderly Measure [Test Development]Social support factor structure in the elderly. (AN: 1987-23793-001 from PsycINFO) Revicki, Dennis A.; Mitchell, Jim; Jun, 1986. Source: Research on Aging. 8(2), Sage Publications, US; Jun, 1986; Administration: Interview Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older), Aged (65 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Location: United States; Sample: Elderly Adult Patients of a Family Practice Center Keywords: Composite Measure; Factor Analysis; Factor Structure; Instrumental Support; Internal Consistency; Social Contacts Factor; Social Resource Availability Factor; Social Support in the Elderly Measure; Socioemotional Support; Support Intensity Factor; Telephone Contacts Factor; Test Development; Test Validity; Subjects: Aging; Factor Analysis; Factor Structure; Geriatric Assessment; Interpersonal Interaction; Needs Assessment; Social and Interpersonal Measures; Social Support; Sociometric Tests; Test Construction; Test Reliability; Test Validity; DO - 10.1037/t44756-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-44756-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-12934-000 AN - 9999-12934-000 AU - Tyrer, P. AU - Owen, R. T. AU - Cicchetti, D. V. T1 - Brief Scale for Anxiety JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1984/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: Contact Publisher and Corresponding Author; Fee: No. Test Items: No N1 - Accession Number: 9999-12934-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tyrer, P.; UK and Veterans Administration Medical Center, Mapperley Hospital, Nottingham, West Haven, Connecticut, United States. Release Date: 20131209. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Test Location: Appendix, Page 974. Test Format: The measure consists of 10 items and utilizes a 7 point rating scale.. Language: English. Constructs: Anxiety Symptoms; Classification: Anxiety and Depression (5100). Population: Human (10). AB - Purpose: The Brief Scale for Anxiety assesses the severity of symptoms in a patient's anxiety. AB - Description: The Brief Scale for Anxiety (Tyrer, Owen, & Cicchetti, 1984) is a rating scale suitable for recording anxious symptoms. It is a subdividision of the Comprehensive Psychopathological Rating Scale. The measure consists of 10 items and utilizes a 7 point rating scale. The categories of the ten items are as follows: Inner tension; Hostile feelings; Hypochondriasis; Worrying over trifles; Phobias; Reduced sleep; Autonomic disturbances; Aches and pains; Autonomic disturbances; and Muscular tension. The authors note that it is suitable for the rating of pathological anxiety anxiety alone or for anxiety occurring in the setting of other psychological or medical disorder. The scale takes 10-15 minutes to complete. In describing the development of this test, no psychometric data was provided. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2014 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Brief Scale for Anxiety KW - Test Development U5 - Brief Scale for Anxiety [Test Development]The brief scale for anxiety: A subdivision of the comprehensive psychopathological rating scale. (AN: 1985-19102-001 from PsycINFO) Tyrer, Peter J.; Owen, R. T.; Cicchetti, D. V.; Sep, 1984. Source: Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry. 47(9), BMJ Publishing Group, United Kingdom; Sep, 1984; Population: Human; Sample: Anxious Patients Keywords: Brief Scale for Anxiety; Test Development; Subjects: Anxiety; Rating Scales; Test Construction; DO - 10.1037/t12934-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-12934-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-07412-000 AN - 9999-07412-000 AU - Nelson, Linda D. AU - Satz, Paul AU - Mitrushina, Maura AU - Van Gorp, Wilfred AU - Cicchetti, Domenic AU - Lewis, Richard AU - Van Lancker, Diana T1 - Neuropsychology Behavior and Affect Profile JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1989/// AD - Nelson, Linda D., University of California, Irvine, Medical Center, Department of Psychiatry, Outpatient Psychiatry, 101 City Drive, Building 7, Route 88, Orange, California, United States, 92668 AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: Contact Publisher and Corresponding Author; Fee: No. Test Items: No N1 - Accession Number: 9999-07412-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Nelson, Linda D.; University of California, Department of Psychiatry, Irvine, California, United States. Release Date: 20111212. Test Format: Response choices are either 'yes' (i.e., typically or often) or 'no' (i.e., seldom or hardly at all).. Language: English. Constructs: Affective Change; Brain Impairment; Personality Change; Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (6900). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Neuropsychology Behavior and Affect Profile is to measure personality and affective change in brain-impaired individuals. AB - Description: The Neuropsychology Behavior and Affect Profile (Nelson et al., 1989) consists of 5 peer-rated scales (106 items) designed to measure personality and affective change in brain-impaired individuals. Also incorporated into the test is the use of an alternative reporting source (i.e., significant other). The original item pool was intentionally constructed with a minimum number of items twice as large as that expected to be retained through eventual test construction procedures. To reflect the 'change' component implied in the theoretical framework, items were designed to be answered twice by respondents: once as a descriptor of perceived premorbid status and again as an indication of perceived current functioning. An initial pool of 106 items was selected that purported to measure five hypothesized behavioral and affective domains as well as one neutral category: Indifference (15 items), Inappropriateness (14 items), Depression (16 items), Pragnosia (19 items), Mania (27 items), and Neutral (15 items). Content relevance of the items was examined by having six doctoral-level professionals in the field of clinical psychology blind-sort each of the items into five forced categories corresponding to the five behavioral and affective domains. 66 items survived this content-relevant analysis. Neutral items, as well as those that failed to meet the strict criterion set in the content-sort procedure (n = 25), were retained in the total item pool (N = 106) comprising the Neuropsychology Behavior and Affect Profile. Relatives of 61 Ss identified as demented were used to determine the test's internal consistency. Results showed moderate levels of internal consistency across the 5 scales, with slightly higher coefficients obtained for present (vs. premorbid) emotional status. High test-retest reliability was demonstrated in another study. The last study established discriminant validity; the instrument differentiated 61 demented Ss from 88 normal elderly controls on the basis of present behavioral affective style. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2014 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Pragmatic Communication Problems KW - Dementia KW - Depression KW - Inappropriateness KW - Indifference KW - Internal Consistency KW - Mania KW - Neuropsychology Behavior and Affect Profile KW - Neutral Behavior KW - Personality and Affective Change in Brain Impairment KW - Pragnosia KW - Test Development KW - Test-Retest Reliability U5 - Neuropsychology Behavior and Affect Profile [Test Development]Development and validation of the Neuropsychology Behavior and Affect Profile. (AN: 1990-11305-001 from PsycINFO) Nelson, Linda D.; Satz, Paul; Mitrushina, Maura; Van Gorp, Wilfred; Cicchetti, Domenic; Lewis, Richard; Van Lancker, Diana; Dec, 1989. Source: Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 1(4), American Psychological Association, US; Dec, 1989; Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older), Thirties (30-39 yrs), Middle Age (40-64 yrs), Aged (65 yrs & older), Very Old (85 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Location: United States; Sample: Dementia Clinic Outpatients; Sample: VA Neurobehavior Clinic Outpatients Keywords: Pragmatic Communication Problems; Dementia; Depression; Inappropriateness; Indifference; Internal Consistency; Mania; Neuropsychology Behavior and Affect Profile; Neutral Behavior; Personality and Affective Change in Brain Impairment; Pragnosia; Test Development; Test-Retest Reliability; Subjects: Behavior Change; Behavior Problems; Brain Damage; Dementia; Depression (Emotion); Emotional States; Mania; Neuropsychological Assessment; Personality Change; Pragmatics; Profiles (Measurement); Test Construction; DO - 10.1037/t07412-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-07412-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-06508-000 AN - 9999-06508-000 AU - Bell, Morris AU - Billington, Randall AU - Becker, Bonnie T1 - Bell Object Relations Inventory JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1986/// AD - Bell, Morris, West Haven VA Medical Center, Psychology Service (116B), West Haven, Connecticut, United States, 06516 AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: Contact Corresponding Author; Fee: No. Test Items: No N1 - Accession Number: 9999-06508-000. Acronyms: BORI. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bell, Morris; Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, Connecticut, United States. Release Date: 20111212. Instrument Type: Inventory/Questionnaire. Test Format: Participants read each statement and decide whether, recently, it has been generally true or generally false for them.. Language: English. Constructs: Object Relations; Classification: Personality (7200). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40); Inpatient (50); Outpatient (60). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of this scale is to measure object relations, which involves the capacity of individuals for human relatedness. AB - Description: The Bell Object Relations (OR) Inventory (Bell; Billington & Becker, 1986) is a true-false self-report questionnaire composed of items adapted from patients' descriptions of their experience of relationships and their characteristic patterns of relating. Development of the Bell OR Inventory proceeded according to Jackson's (1970) recommendation that empirical and rational methods of test construction use Loevinger's (1957) three components of construct validity--theoretical substantive, structural, and external--as sequential steps. Items first were derived from an explicit theoretical framework of object relations ego functioning. The next concern was internal-structural validity. Because theory suggests that object relations is a multidimensional construct (Urist, 1980), it seemed plausible that several dimensions that represented an underlying empirical structure for object relations functioning might emerge from a factor analysis of OR self-report items. Subjects in the first factor analysis were selected from seven subpopulations to ensure that a wide range of ego functioning was represented in the development of subscales and that the instrument could be useful for assessment of object relations functioning in nonclinical as well as clinical samples. These included college students, community adults, outpatients, and psychiatric inpatients. Subjects in the factor replication resembled those in the original sample. Instructions for the test are to 'Read each statement carefully and decide whether, most recently, it has been generally true or generally false for you.' The current version contains 45 OR items retained from an earlier version. Factor analysis of the Bell OR Inventory items produced four subscales interpreted to be underlying dimensions of object relations. Replication factor analysis confirmed the factor structure. Subscales had high internal consistency and were free of age, sex, or social desirability response bias. Subscales had low intercorrelations with Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale (BPRS) sum scores. Global Assessment Scale scores, and most BPRS symptoms. Subscales appear to represent common features of personality and to sample a domain that is distinct from symptomatology, but related to variations in psychopathology. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2014 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Bell Object Relations Inventory KW - Human Relatedness Capacity KW - Test Development KW - Alienation KW - Insecure Attachment KW - Egocentricity KW - Social Incompetence U5 - Bell Object Relations Inventory (BORI) [Test Development]A scale for the assessment of object relationships: Reliability, validity, and factorial invariance. (AN: 1987-02849-001 from PsycINFO) Bell, Morris D.; Billington, Randall; Becker, Bonnie; Sep, 1986. Source: Journal of Clinical Psychology. 42(5), John Wiley & Sons, US; Sep, 1986; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older), Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs), Thirties (30-39 yrs), Middle Age (40-64 yrs), Aged (65 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Inpatient; Outpatient; Sample: Clinical and Nonclinical Groups (Community Adults Were Ages 19-79 and Students Were Ages 18-48); Location: United States Keywords: Bell Object Relations Inventory; Human Relatedness Capacity; Test Development; Alienation; Insecure Attachment; Egocentricity; Social Incompetence; Subjects: Alienation; Attachment Behavior; Egocentrism; Emotional Security; Inventories; Object Relations; Social Skills; Test Construction; DO - 10.1037/t06508-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-06508-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-04449-000 AN - 9999-04449-000 AU - Shiffman, Saul M. AU - Jarvik, Murray E. T1 - Smoking Withdrawal Questionnaire JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1976/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: Contact Publisher; Fee: Unknown. Test Items: No N1 - Accession Number: 9999-04449-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shiffman, Saul M.; University of California, Department of Psychology, Los Angeles, California, United States. Release Date: 20111212. Instrument Type: Inventory/Questionnaire. Test Format: For each item, respondents are to check one of the 7 responses ranging from 'very definitely' to 'very definitely not.' The wording of the items is such that a response of 'very definitely' indicates high dysphoria for half the items and low dysphoria for the other half.. Language: English. Constructs: Smoking Withdrawal Symptoms; Classification: Addiction, Gambling, and Substance Abuse/Use (5000). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Smoking Withdrawal Questionnaire is to trace the course of a number of different withdrawal symptoms over a 12-day period of abstinence. AB - Description: The Smoking Withdrawal Questionnaire (Shiffman & Jarvik, 1976) is a revised version of Gritz and Jarvik's (1973) instrument which was designed to assess the abstinence syndrome over a 48-hr period of abstinence. The Smoking Withdrawal Questionnaire, however, is a measure of the course of withdrawal symptoms over a 12-day period of abstinence. For the purposes of a study on trends in smoking withdrawal symptoms, 25 items items were abstracted from the 43-item questionnaire used by Gritz and Jarvik. These items were selected on the basis of their loadings in the factor analysis performed on the Gritz and Jarvik data. The wording of some items was modified and the scaling was revised. Items were designed to assess subjects' desire to smoke, as well as symptoms such as tremor, insomnia, anxiety, and inability to concentrate. The The Smoking Withdrawal Questionnaire was administered to 40 volunteers participating in a smoking cessation clinic and a factor analysis was performed. Four factors emerged with eigenvalues greater than 1.5. The subscales are as follows: 1. craving (7 items), 2. physical symptoms (4 items), 3. stimulation (4 items), and 4. psychological symptoms (3 items). (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2014 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Smoking Withdrawal Questionnaire KW - Test Development KW - Abstinence KW - Craving Subscale KW - Physical Symptoms Subscale KW - Stimulation Subscale KW - Psychological Symptoms Subscale U5 - Smoking Withdrawal Questionnaire [Test Development]Smoking withdrawal symptoms in two weeks of abstinence. (AN: 1978-06332-001 from PsycINFO) Shiffman, Saul M.; Jarvik, Murray E.; 1976. Source: Psychopharmacology. 50(1), Springer, Germany; 1976; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older), Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs), Thirties (30-39 yrs), Middle Age (40-64 yrs); Population: Human; Male; Female; Sample: Smoking Cessation Clinic Participants (Ages 18-44); Location: United States Keywords: Smoking Withdrawal Questionnaire; Test Development; Abstinence; Craving Subscale; Physical Symptoms Subscale; Stimulation Subscale; Psychological Symptoms Subscale; Subjects: Craving; Drug Abstinence; Drug Withdrawal; Mental Disorders; Physical Disorders; Questionnaires; Stimulation; Test Construction; Tobacco Smoking; DO - 10.1037/t04449-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-04449-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-04822-000 AN - 9999-04822-000 AU - Schuckit, Marc A. AU - Irwin, Michael AU - Howard, Tara AU - Smith, Tom T1 - Alcohol Research Center Intake Interview JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1987/// AD - Schuckit, Marc A., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Alcohol Research Center, 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, California, United States, 92161 AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: Contact Publisher and Corresponding Author; Fee: Unknown. Test Items: No N1 - Accession Number: 9999-04822-000. Other Names: ARC Intake Interview. Acronyms: ARC. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schuckit, Marc A.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Alcohol Research Center, San Diego, California, United States. Release Date: 20111107. Correction Date: 20160613. Instrument Type: Interview Schedule/Guide. Test Format: Structured, precoded, face-to-face interview. Language: English. Constructs: Alcohol and Substance Use and Abuse; Psychiatric Disorders; Classification: Addiction, Gambling, and Substance Abuse/Use (5000); Mental Health/Illness Related Assessment (6700). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). N2 - Administration Method: Interview AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Alcohol Research Center Intake Interview is to provide detailed information about alcohol and substance use and problems and includes objective Research Diagnostic Criteria and DSM-III criteria for other relevant major disorders. AB - Description: The Alcohol Research Center Intake Interview (ARC Intake Interview; Schuckit, et al., 1987) was constructed from the Schedule of Affective Disorders and Schizophrenia (SADS) parts I and II and from the Diagnostic Interview Schedule family history section by extracting information on diagnoses most likely to be seen in alcoholic patients and by expanding the data set with questions relevant to alcohol and drug use. The Interview is said to take only 45 minutes to complete. Section 1 gathers information on demographics. Section 2 reviews early life achievements and problems as well as adult antisocial difficulties, gathering enough information on schooling, family, police and interpersonal difficulties to allow for the diagnosis of antisocial personality disorder. Section 3, the alcohol history, reviews recent quantity and frequency of drinking, lifetime problems related to alcohol (including information on the age of first occurrence and the number of problems in each category), periods of abstinence, histories of treatment and involvement with Alcoholics Anonymous (A.A.) and evidence of medical problems and alcohol withdrawal. Section 4 gathers similar information as it relates to drugs of abuse. Section 5 uses RDC and DSM-III criteria for psychiatric disorders including major and minor depressions, manic episodes, dysthymia, panic disorder, generalized anxiety disorder and psychotic disorders. Sections 6 and 7 deal with the family history of psychiatric disorders in first- and second-degree relatives. The test-retest reliability for patients' primary and secondary diagnoses included a kappa of 1.00 for the comparison of interviewers A and B (100% agreement) and of .76 for interviewers A and C. The validity of ARC Intake Interview patient diagnoses as compared to the SADS demonstrated an overall agreement between 91 and 100%. Reliabilities for labeling of families as positive or negative for specific illness in any first-degree relatives revealed a kappa of 1.00; validities on family diagnoses ranged from 77 to 100%, with the ARC Intake Interview identifying more illness in families than the SADS. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Test Development KW - Psychometric Properties KW - Alcohol Research Center Intake Interview KW - Primary Alcoholism KW - Structured Diagnostic Interview U5 - Alcohol Research Center Intake Interview (ARC) [Test Development]A structured diagnostic interview for identification of primary alcoholism: A preliminary evaluation. (AN: 1989-00136-001 from PsycINFO) Schuckit, Marc A.; Irwin, Michael; Howard, Tara; Smith, Tom; Jan, 1988. Source: Journal of Studies on Alcohol. 49(1), Alcohol Research Documentation, US; Jan, 1988; Administration: Interview Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Inpatient; Location: United States; Sample: Alcoholics Entering an Inpatient Alcohol Treatment Program Keywords: Test Development; Psychometric Properties; Alcohol Research Center Intake Interview; Primary Alcoholism; Structured Diagnostic Interview; Subjects: Alcoholism; Diagnostic Interview Schedule; Intake Interview; Test Construction; Test Reliability; Test Validity; DO - 10.1037/t04822-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-04822-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-04201-000 AN - 9999-04201-000 AU - Barrett, Edwin T. Jr. AU - Gleser, Goldine C. T1 - Cognitive Status Examination JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1987/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: No N1 - Accession Number: 9999-04201-000. Acronyms: CSE. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barrett, Edwin T. Jr.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cincinnati, Ohio, United States. Release Date: 20110912. Test Format: Each item is assigned a weighted score; the maximum total CSE score is 100.. Language: English. Constructs: Cognitive Status; Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (6900). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The Cognitive Status Examination allows clinicians to assess a patient's mental status quickly and efficiently. AB - Description: The Cognitive Status Examination (CSE; Barrett & Goldine 1987) is a valid, structured format to assess cognitive status. The exam is composed of 58 items representing six cognitive, motor, and sensory areas. The CSE was initially developed as a reminder to the examiner to address multiple behaviors when assessing mental status. It was composed of 80 scorable items drawn from clinical practice, from the Reitan Indiana Aphasia Screening Test (Reitan, 1984), from the Klove-Reitan Sensory Perceptual Examination {Reitan, 1984), and from the Luria Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery (Golden, Hammeke, & Purisch, 1980). The items were divided into eight content areas (i.e., orientation, memory, reasoning, expressive language, receptive language, visual-spatial, motor, and sensory). Each item was assigned a weighted score (1-4) based on its suspected discriminating strength ('copy cross' = 4, 'orientation to name' = 1) and a desire to equally distribute weights across the eight content areas. The maximum total CSE score was 100. The items and their weights in a total score were developed on a relatively large sample and were validated on an independent sample. The CSE was able to discriminate a brain-damaged group from psychiatric and medical groups. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2014 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Cognitive Status KW - Cognitive Status Examination KW - Motor Assessment KW - Sensory Assessment KW - Test Development U5 - Cognitive Status Examination (CSE) [Test Development]Development and validation of the Cognitive Status Examination. (AN: 1988-12589-001 from PsycINFO) Barrett, Edwin T.; Gleser, Goldine C.; Dec, 1987. Source: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 55(6), American Psychological Association, US; Dec, 1987; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Sample: Brain-damaged, psychiatric and medical patients Keywords: Cognitive Status; Cognitive Status Examination; Motor Assessment; Sensory Assessment; Test Development; Subjects: Cognitive Ability; Neuropsychological Assessment; Test Construction; Test Validity; DO - 10.1037/t04201-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-04201-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-04394-000 AN - 9999-04394-000 AU - Keane, Terence M. AU - Malloy, Paul F. AU - Fairbank, John A. T1 - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory--Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Subscale JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1984/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: Contact Publisher; Fee: No. Test Items: No N1 - Accession Number: 9999-04394-000. Other Names: MMPI--PTSD Subscale; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory--PTSD Subscale. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Keane, Terence M.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Jackson, Mississippi, United States. Release Date: 20110912. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Language: English. Constructs: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Classification: Mental Health/Illness Related Assessment (6700). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory--Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Subscale is a special reformulation of the MMPI to be used for identifying PTSD. AB - Description: The Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory--Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Subscale ( Keane, Malloy, & Fairbank, 1984) is an empirically constructed subscale of the MMPI for identifying PTSD. Using a validation sample of Vietnam conmbat veterans, the first 400 items of the MMPI Form R were submitted to chi-square analyses to determine which items were endorsed differentially by the PTSD and control groups. Forty-nine items produced chi-squares with p values less than .001, and these items were then summed to produce a PTSD scale score for each subject. Inspection of the frequency distribution of PTSD scale scores in the validation sample indicated that 30 was the optimal cutting score for separating the PTSD and control groups. This cutting score was then applied to the PTSD scale scores of all subjects to determine the correct classification rates in both the validation and cross-validation samples. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2014 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory--Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Subscale KW - psychological assessment KW - test development KW - MMPI-PTSD U5 - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory--Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Subscale [Test Development]Empirical development of an MMPI subscale for the assessment of combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder. (AN: 1985-02913-001 from PsycINFO) Keane, Terence M.; Malloy, Paul F.; Fairbank, John A.; Oct, 1984. Source: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 52(5), American Psychological Association, US; Oct, 1984; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Location: United States; Sample: Two hundred male veterans referred for differential diagnosis (100 PTSD subjects and 100 psychiatric control subjects) Keywords: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory--Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Subscale; psychological assessment; test development; MMPI-PTSD; Subjects: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychological Assessment; Test Construction; Test Validity; DO - 10.1037/t04394-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-04394-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-05007-000 AN - 9999-05007-000 AU - Eisler, Richard M. AU - Hersen, Michel AU - Miller, Peter M. AU - Blanchard, Edward B. T1 - Behavioral Assertiveness Test-Revised JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1975/// AD - Hersen, Michel, ABPP Pacific University, 2043 College Way, Forest Grove, Oregon, United States, 97116 AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: No N1 - Accession Number: 9999-05007-000. Acronyms: BAT-R. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eisler, Richard M.; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Mississippi, United States. Release Date: 20110912. Instrument Type: Test. Test Format: Behavioral Assertiveness Test-Revised consists of role-play scenarios.. Language: English. Constructs: Assertiveness; Classification: Personality (7200). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Behavioral Assertiveness Test-Revised is to provide assertive situations for role-play. AB - Description: The Behavioral Assertiveness Test-Revised (Eisler et al., 1975) was revised from the Behavioral Assertiveness Test (Eisler Miller, & Hersen, 1973) which was designed to simulate real-life situations and administered to male hospitalized psychiatric patients. In the 1975 study, a series of interpersonal encounters requiring assertive responses was constructed by the authors. A female role model was employed in test situations as the patient's wife, sales clerk, waitress, etc., to promote S's responses in role-play situations. In the Behavioral Assertiveness Test-Revised, 32 role-played situations that required assertive responding in simulated real-life encounters were used. Some of the role-played scenes that required responses to familiar and unfamiliar females were adapted from previous research on hostile assertion (Eisler, Miller, and Hersen, 1973). Sixteen of the 32 scenes required the subject to express 'positive' feelings such as praise, appreciation, or liking for his interpersonal partner, while the remaining 16 required the subject to express 'negative' feelings such as anger, displeasure, or disappointment toward the role-played partner. Situational context was varied by having the subjects respond to male and female interpersonal partners who were either familiar or unfamiliar to patients. Responses were videotaped and rated on five measures of speech content and seven measures of nonverbal behavior. Additionally, groups of high- and low-assertive patients were identified from the total sample using a behavioral measure of global assertiveness and a self-report instrument. Two judges were used to assess interrater reliability. One judge rated the 60 subjects on all behavioral measures across all scenes while the second judge rated the behavior of 20 subjects selected at random. For the five measures of speech content, number of speech disturbances, and frequency of smiles, interjudge agreement was computed by dividing the total number of agreements by the total number of' judgments (agreements plus disagreements) for each context. For these measures, percentage of agreement was over 95% across all situational contexts. For the remaining continuous measures, Pearson product-moment correlations were computed between the two sets of ratings. Correlation coefficients were all greater than .94. Results indicated that interpersonal behavior in assertive situations varied as a function of social context. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2014 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Behavioral Assertiveness Test-Revised KW - Interpersonal Situations KW - Test Development KW - Psychometric Properties U5 - Behavioral Assertiveness Test-Revised (BAT-R) [Test Development]Components of assertive behavior. (AN: 1976-12209-001 from PsycINFO) Eisler, Richard M.; Miller, Peter M.; Hershen, Michel; Jul, 1973. Source: Journal of Clinical Psychology. 29(3), John Wiley & Sons, US; Jul, 1973; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older), Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs), Thirties (30-39 yrs), Middle Age (40-64 yrs); Population: Human; Male; Location: United States; Sample: Hospitalized Veterans Administration Center Psychiatric Patients Keywords: Behavioral Assertiveness Test-Revised; Interpersonal Situations; Test Development; Psychometric Properties; Subjects: Anxiety; Behavioral Assessment; Interpersonal Interaction; Test Construction; Test Forms; U5 - Behavioral Assertiveness Test-Revised (BAT-R) [Test Development]Situational determinants of assertive behaviors. (AN: 1975-25448-001 from PsycINFO) Eisler, Richard M.; Hersen, Michel; Miller, Peter M.; Blanchard, Edward B.; Jun, 1975. Source: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 43(3), American Psychological Association, US; Jun, 1975; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older), Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs), Thirties (30-39 yrs), Middle Age (40-64 yrs), Aged (65 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Inpatient; Location: United States; Sample: Veterans Administration Center Psychiatric Patients Keywords: Behavioral Assertiveness Test-Revised; Interpersonal Situations; Test Development; Subjects: Behavioral Assessment; Interpersonal Interaction; Test Construction; DO - 10.1037/t05007-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-05007-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - hersenm@pacificu.edu DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-04098-000 AN - 9999-04098-000 AU - Rychtarik, Robert G. AU - Carstensen, Laura L. AU - Alford, Geary S. AU - Schlundt, David G. AU - Scott, W. Owen T1 - Spouse Situation Inventory JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1988/// AD - Rychtarik, Robert G., Research Institute on Alcoholism, 1021 Main Street, Buffalo, New York, United States, 14203 AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: Contact Corresponding Author; Fee: No. Test Items: No N1 - Accession Number: 9999-04098-000. Acronyms: SSI. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rychtarik, Robert G.; Research Institute on Alcoholism, Buffalo, New York, United States. Release Date: 20110912. Instrument Type: Inventory/Questionnaire. Test Format: To complete the Spouse Situation Inventory, subjects are instructed to do the following: (a) imagine themselves in the situation, as if it were really happening at that moment and (b) write down in the space provided exactly what they would say and do.. Language: English. Constructs: Coping Behavior; Classification: Family Relationships and Parenting (6100). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Spouse Situation Inventory is to assess coping skills in spouses of alcoholics. AB - Description: The Spouse Situation Inventory (SSI; R. G. Rychtarik et al., 1988) was developed to measure coping skills in spouses of alcoholics. The SSI is a situation-specific inventory developed according to behavioral-analytic guidelines provided by Goldfried and D'Zurilla (1969). A pool of alcohol-related problem situations encountered by spouses of alcoholics was identified through (a) systematic survey of spouses of male alcoholics, (b) survey of the self-help literature for spouses of alcoholics, and (c) survey of alcoholism counselors. As a result of these surveys, 120 problem situations were identified. This initial pool of situations was then reduced by eliminating redundancies and condensing situations into a single version, resulting in a 12-item inventory. Subjects were 45 spouses of male alcoholics. To complete the SSI, subjects were instructed to do the following: (a) imagine themselves in the situation, as if it were really happening at that moment and (b) write down in the space provided exactly what they would say and do. Responses were independently rated by two trained raters who were blind to Alanon experience level or spouse identification. Results indicated that most of the variance in performance was accounted for by cross-situational differences within wives, differences among situations alone, and differences among wives. A coefficient of generalizability of .75 was obtained. Alanon-experienced wives scored significantly higher than did those with little or no Alanon experience. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2014 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcohol-related coping skills KW - situational assessment KW - Spouse Situation Inventory KW - test development KW - wives of alcoholics KW - psychometric properties U5 - Spouse Situation Inventory (SSI) [Test Development]Situational assessment of alcohol-related coping skills in wives of alcoholics. (AN: 1989-38661-001 from PsycINFO) Rychtarik, Robert G.; Carstensen, Laura L.; Alford, Geary S.; Schlundt, David G.; Scott, W. Owen; 1988. Source: Psychology of Addictive Behaviors. 2(2), Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; 1988; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Female; Location: United States; Sample: 45 female spouses of male alcoholics Keywords: alcohol-related coping skills; situational assessment; Spouse Situation Inventory; test development; wives of alcoholics; psychometric properties; Subjects: Alcoholism; Coping Behavior; Inventories; Spouses; Test Construction; Wives; DO - 10.1037/t04098-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-04098-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-04202-000 AN - 9999-04202-000 AU - Russell, Elbert W. AU - Levy, Marie T1 - Revised Category Test JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1987/// AD - Russell, Elbert W., Veterans Administration Medical Center, 116B, 1201 Northwest 16th Street, Miami, Florida, United States, 33125 AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: Contact Corresponding Author; Fee: No. Test Items: No N1 - Accession Number: 9999-04202-000. Other Names: Halstead Category Test--Revised. Acronyms: RCAT. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Russell, Elbert W.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Miami, Florida, United States. Release Date: 20110912. Instrument Type: Test. Language: English. Constructs: Abstraction Ability; Classification: Cognitive Processes, Memory, and Decision Making (5400). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Revised Category Test is to serve as an abbreviated version of the original Category Test, which was designed to measure what was called 'abstraction ability' in the 1940s. AB - Description: The Category Test (CAT; Halstead, 1947) is one of the major tests in the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery (HRB). The CAT was designed to measure what was called 'abstraction ability' in the 1940s (Halstead, 1947; Goldstein & Scheerer, 1941; Walsh, 1978). It is relatively clear now that there are several functions that were included under the term abstraction that are distinct and may be related to different parts of the brain. There was a widespread consensus that the CAT may be too lengthy, therefore, the Revised Category Test (RCAT; Russel & Levy, 1987) was developed in order to provide an abbreviated version of the CAT. To shorten this scale, a method utilizing an understanding of the characteristics of the CAT was implemented. The revision shortened the scales and reorganized Subtests 5 and 6 into two new scales using separate principles. The RCAT was administered to 120 neurology patients, including 25 normal control participants and 95 brain-damaged participants. The total CAT score correlated with the total RCAT score at the .97 level, which suggests that the tests were measuring almost exactly the same thing. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2014 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Abstraction Ability KW - Psychometric Properties KW - Revised Category Test KW - Test Development U5 - Revised Category Test (RCAT) [Test Development]Revision of the Halstead Category Test. (AN: 1988-12668-001 from PsycINFO) Russell, Elbert W.; Levy, Marie; Dec, 1987. Source: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 55(6), American Psychological Association, US; Dec, 1987; Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Location: United States; Sample: Brain-Damaged Patients; Control Subjects Keywords: Abstraction Ability; Psychometric Properties; Revised Category Test; Test Development; Subjects: Abstraction; Neuropsychological Assessment; Test Construction; Test Validity; DO - 10.1037/t04202-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-04202-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-04349-000 AN - 9999-04349-000 AU - Linn, Margaret W. AU - Linn, Bernard S. T1 - Self-Evaluation of Life Function Scale JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1984/// AD - Linn, Margaret W. AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: Contact Publisher; Fee: No. Test Items: No N1 - Accession Number: 9999-04349-000. Acronyms: SELF Scale. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Linn, Margaret W.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Social Science Research, Miami, Florida, United States. Release Date: 20121210. Correction Date: 20140512. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Test Format: Scale ratings ranging from 1-4 to indicate number of times 'over the past month' or 'currently.'. Language: English. Constructs: Functional Ability; Classification: Cognitive Processes, Memory, and Decision Making (5400). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Self-Evaluation of Life Function Scale is to be a comprehensive, short, self-report that covers indicators of physical, psychological, and social function in elderly adults. AB - Description: The 54-item Self-Evaluation of Life Function Scale (SELF Scale; Linn & Linn, 1984) was developed as a part of a study of culture, perceived health, and function in 285 elderly adults (Linn et al., 1979, 1980). The sample represented levels of care from inpatient through outpatient to no treatment at all. Items were selected from existing scales and modified slightly for elderly adults. The original pool of 130 items were from 8 scales. The physical indicators included activities of daily living (ADL) and instrumental ADL items. This area also provided for retrieval of common diagnoses and major medications. The psychological areas covered life satisfaction, self-esteem, depression, anxiety, somatization, and locus of control. The social area rested on the self-report version of the Social Dysfunction Rating Scale (Linn et al., 1969), a social participation scale by Graney (1975), and a list of activities. Factor analysis resulted in the 130 items being reduced to 70 items which were then entered into second-order factor analysis. Seven factors accounted for the largest share of variance (57 of 70 items). These 7 factors were named: Physical Disability, Symptoms of Aging, Self-Esteem, Mobility, Depression, Social Satisfaction, and Personal Control. The data were re-scored to obtain factor scores that correlated with physician's global estimates of patient health. The scale was then modified for self-report in which a uniform scoring system of 1-4 was adopted throughout except for number of diagnoses. Normative data were collected in a separate sample of elderly adults with wide ranges of abilities to test the reliability, factor structure, sensitivity to change, and predictive validity of the self-report version. Subsequent factor analyses identified factor structure with factors identified as: Physical Disability (13 items), Symptoms of Aging (13 items), Self-esteem (7 items), Social Satisfaction (6 items), Depression (11 items), and Personal Control (4 items). Three items referring to diagnoses not used in the scoring, were noted for possible use in some situations. Intraclass correlations between ratings at baseline and 3-5 days later for 101 Ss showed item reliabilities ranging from .99 to .36. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2014 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Discriminant validity KW - Functional status KW - Gerontology KW - Retest reliability KW - Self-Evaluation of Life Function Scale KW - Test development U5 - Self-Evaluation of Life Function Scale (SELF Scale) [Test Development]Self-Evaluation of Life Function (SELF) Scale: A short, comprehensive self-report of health for elderly adults. (AN: 1985-19080-001 from PsycINFO) Linn, Margaret W.; Linn, Bernard S.; Sep, 1984. Source: Journal of Gerontology. 39(5), Gerontological Society of America, US; Sep, 1984; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older), Middle Age (40-64 yrs), Aged (65 yrs & older), Very Old (85 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Location: United States; Sample: Adults 60 Years of Age Or Older Who Scored Above a 20 on the Mini-Mental State Scale Keywords: Discriminant validity; Functional status; Gerontology; Retest reliability; Self-Evaluation of Life Function Scale; Test development; Subjects: Ability Level; Gerontology; Test Construction; Test Reliability; Test Validity; DO - 10.1037/t04349-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-04349-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-04231-000 AN - 9999-04231-000 AU - Gurel, Lee AU - Linn, Margaret W. AU - Linn, Bernard S. T1 - Physical and Mental Impairment-of-function Evaluation JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1972/// AD - Gurel, Lee, 5712 Roosevelt St., Bethesda, Maryland, United States, 20034 AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: Contact Publisher; Fee: No. Test Items: No N1 - Accession Number: 9999-04231-000. Acronyms: PAMIE. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gurel, Lee; Veterans Administration, Department of Medicine and Surgery, Office of Professional Services, Program Evaluation Staff, Washington, District of Columbia, United States. Release Date: 20121210. Correction Date: 20160613. Test Format: PAMIE ratings were based on behavior during the week preceding rating.. Language: English. Constructs: Behavioral Evaluation; Mental Functioning; Classification: Physical Health/Illness Related Assessment (7300). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The PAMIE was developed as a rating device for the quantitative description of a wide range of behaviors in the chronically ill aged. AB - Description: The Physical and Mental Impairment-of-function Evaluation (PAMIE; L. Gurel et al, 1972) was developed as an instrument for the quantitative description of a wide range of behaviors relevant to the adult chronically ill generally and to institutionalized geriatric patients specifically. The intent was that the PAMIE reflect the psychobiological unity of behavior in the chronically ill. A corollary requirement was that the PAMIE yield a multifunctional assessment, one that would reflect physical, psychological, and social/interpersonal disabilities. The PAMIE was an outgrowth of 2 previously used instruments. The first of these, the Self-care Inventory (SCI), consisted simply of severity ratings in the areas of ambulation, feeding, dressing, toileting, and bathing. An effort to improve the SCI led to development of the Patient Evaluation Scale (PES), whose major use was in the assessing of outplacement potential of patients in VA hospitals. Factor analyses of PES ratings on a medically heterogeneous patient sample suggested the following dimensions: Impairment in Ambulation, Self-care Dependency, Verbal Hostility, Bedfastness, Sensorimotor Impairment, Mental Disorganization/Confusion, and Cooperation. Revision of the PES into the 77-item PAMIE was intended to improve measurement of these 7 factors and to yield 5 additional factors reflecting Deteriorated Appearance, Withdrawal/Apathy, Anxiety/Depression, Irritability, and Paranoid/Suspicion. In addition, several items not measuring any factor were included to measure specific point of concern when making a nursing home placement (e.g., blindness). PAMIE ratings were obtained on all male veterans (mean age 66 years) directly placed in nursing home care during a 6-month period from 9 predominantly psychiatric and 9 general medical VA hospitals. Factor analysis of the test items yielded 10 factors plus special issues items. The factors were (1) Self-care Dependent, (2) Belligerent/irritable, (3) Mentally disorganized/confused, (4) Anxious/depressed, (5) Bedfast/moribund, (6) Behaviorally deteriorated, (7) Paranoid/suspicious, (8) Sensorimotor impaired, (9) Withdrawn/apathetic, and (10) Ambulatory. Internal consistency (Cronbach alpha) coefficients and intercorrelations indicate that the PAMIE factors were sufficiently reliable for further use. Factor scores were significantly related to several external criteria, indicating that they were valid in the sense of being criterion relevant. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Behavioral Evaluation KW - Mental Functioning KW - Physical and Mental Impairment-of-Function Evaluation KW - Test Development KW - Ability Measures KW - Chronic Illness KW - Geriatric Patients KW - PAMIE KW - Self Care Skills KW - Psychobiologic Unity of Behavior KW - Psychological Functioning KW - Biological Functioning KW - Social Interpersonal Functioning U5 - Physical and Mental Impairment-of-function Evaluation (PAMIE) [Test Development]Physical and mental impairment-of-function evaluation in the aged: The PAMIE Scale. (AN: 1973-07162-001 from PsycINFO) Gurel, Lee; Linn, Margaret W.; Linn, Bernard S.; Jan, 1972. Source: Journal of Gerontology. 27(1), Gerontological Society of America, US; Jan, 1972; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older), Aged (65 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Sample: Veterans in VA Hospitals; General Medical & Surgical Patients; Psychiatric Patients Keywords: Behavioral Evaluation; Mental Functioning; Physical and Mental Impairment-of-Function Evaluation; Test Development; Subjects: Behavioral Assessment; Cognitive Impairment; Functional Analysis; Mental Disorders; Physical Disorders; Test Construction; U5 - Physical and Mental Impairment-of-function Evaluation (PAMIE) [Test Use]Psychologic and behavioral assessment of geriatric patients: A review. (AN: 1978-05989-001 from PsycINFO) Goga, John A.; Hambacher, William O.; May, 1977. Source: Journal of the American Geriatrics Society. 25(5), Blackwell Publishing, United Kingdom; May, 1977; Administration: Paper Population: Human; Male; Female; Intended Population: Geriatric Patients Keywords: Ability Measures; Chronic Illness; Geriatric Patients; PAMIE; Physical and Mental Impairment-of-Function Evaluation; Self Care Skills; Psychobiologic Unity of Behavior; Psychological Functioning; Biological Functioning; Social Interpersonal Functioning; Subjects: Aptitude Measures; Chronic Illness; Cognitive Ability; Geriatrics; Physical Health; Psychobiology; Self-Care Skills; Social Skills; DO - 10.1037/t04231-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-04231-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-04053-000 AN - 9999-04053-000 AU - Linn, Margaret W. AU - Sculthorpe, William B. AU - Evje, Margaret AU - Slater, Phillip H. AU - Goodman, Spencer P. T1 - Social Dysfunction Rating Scale JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1969/// AD - Linn, Margaret W., Veterans Administration Hospital, Miami, Florida, United States, 33125 AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: Contact Publisher; Fee: No. Test Items: No N1 - Accession Number: 9999-04053-000. Acronyms: SDRS. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Linn, Margaret W.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Miami, Florida, United States. Release Date: 20121210. Correction Date: 20140512. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Test Format: The SDRS contains 21 six-point ordered category rating scales that range from 1--Not Present to 6--Very Severe.. Language: English. Constructs: Social Dysfunction; Classification: Mental Health/Illness Related Assessment (6700). Population: Human (10). AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Social Dysfunction Rating Scale is to assess the dysfunctional aspects of adjustment. AB - Description: The Social Dysfunction Rating Scale (SDRS; Linn et al, 1969) was developed primarily as a research tool to assess the dysfunctional aspects of adjustment. Dysfunction is seen as coping with either personal, interpersonal, or geographic environment in a maladaptive manner. Over a three-year period, the scale has undergone a series of modifications and revisions. The present version of the scale contains 21 six-point ordered category rating scales. Items call for a combination of subjective and objective evaluations involving the rater's opinion and the subject's own self-evaluation. The scale draws heavily on personal satisfaction and self-fulfillment as important elements of functioning and to a lesser extent social role performance. Intraclass correlation was used as a measure of reliability. Independent ratings were made by two raters on a sample of subjects living in the community. The item reliabilities ranged from .54 to .86. In addition, total score reliability was tested by seven raters independently rating schizophrenic patients. Using Kendall's rank order correlation, a W = 0.91 was obtained for total score reliability. Validity was tested two ways: (1) The scale's ability to discriminate between psychiatric and nonpsychiatric subjects and (2) correlation of scale scores with global judgments made by three social workers unfamiliar with the scale. Ninety-two percent of the sample was correctly classified into psychiatric and nonpsychiatric groups and a correlation of r = 0.89 (product-moment) was obtained between total scores and global judgments of levels of adjustment by the social workers. Principal factor varimax rotation factor analysis was performed on ratings of the psychiatric and nonpsychiatric subjects. Five factors were identified: I = Apathetic-Detachment, II = Dissatisfaction, III = Hostility, IV = Health-Finance Concern, and V = Manipulative-Dependency. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2014 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Dysfunctional Aspects of Adjustment KW - Maladaptive Coping KW - Social Dysfunction Rating Scale KW - Test Development U5 - Social Dysfunction Rating Scale (SDRS) [Test Development]A social dysfunction rating scale. (AN: 1970-05321-001 from PsycINFO) Linn, Margaret W.; Sculthorpe, William B.; Evje, Margaret; Slater, Phillip H.; Goodman, Spencer P.; 1969. Source: Journal of Psychiatric Research. 6(4), Elsevier Science, Netherlands; 1969; Population: Human; Sample: Schizophrenics & Non-psychiatric Outpatients; Location: United States Keywords: Dysfunctional Aspects of Adjustment; Maladaptive Coping; Social Dysfunction Rating Scale; Test Development; Subjects: Abnormal Psychology; Coping Behavior; Rating Scales; Social Adjustment; Social Skills; Test Construction; DO - 10.1037/t04053-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-04053-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-28980-000 AN - 9999-28980-000 AU - Kurtzke, John F. T1 - Expanded Disability Status Scale JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1983/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: Contact Publisher and Corresponding Author; Fee: No. Test Items: No N1 - Accession Number: 9999-28980-000. Other Names: Kurtzke Expanded Disability Status Scale. Acronyms: EDSS. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kurtzke, John F.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, District of Columbia, United States. Release Date: 20140811. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Test Location: Appendix A, Page 1450. Test Format: This measure consists of a single rating scale divided in increments of .5 (0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, etc.). The measure is ranked from 0 to 10.. Language: English. Constructs: Disability Status; Classification: Physical Health/Illness Related Assessment (7300). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40); Inpatient (50); Outpatient (60). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Expanded Disability Status Scale is to measure neurologic impairment in multiple sclerosis. AB - Description: The Expanded Disability Status Scale (EDSS; Kurtzke, 1983) was developed to measure neurologic impairment in multiple sclerosis. One method of evaluating the degree of neurologic impairment in MS has been the combination of grades (0 = normal to 5 or 6 = maximal impairment) within 8 Functional Systems (FS) and an overall Disability Status Scale (DSS) that had steps from 0 (normal) to 10 (death due to MS). A new Expanded Disability Status Scale (EDSS) is presented, with each of the former steps (1,2,3 . . . 9) now divided into two (1.0, 1.5, 2.0 . . . 9.5). The lower portion is obligatorily defined by Functional System grades. The FS are Pyramidal, Cerebellar, Brain Stem, Sensory, Bowel & Bladder, Visual, Cerebral, and Other; the Sensory and Bowel & Bladder Systems have been revised. Patterns of FS and relations of FS by type and grade to the DSS are demonstrated. Psychometrics were not presented in the development of the measure. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2014 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Expanded Disability Status Scale KW - Test Development KW - Concurrent Validity KW - Multiple Sclerosis KW - Convergent Validity KW - Disability KW - Discriminant Validity KW - Face Validity KW - Inter-Rater Reliability KW - Intra-Rater Reliability KW - Anxiety KW - Depression KW - Effect Size KW - Score Distributions KW - Psychometric Evaluation U5 - Expanded Disability Status Scale (EDSS) [Test Development]Rating neurologic impairment in multiple sclerosis: An Expanded Disability Status Scale (EDSS). (AN: 2014-20070-001 from PsycINFO) Kurtzke, John F.; Nov, 1983. Source: Neurology. 33(11), Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, US; Nov, 1983; Population: Human; Sample: Disabled Patients Keywords: Expanded Disability Status Scale; Test Development; Subjects: Disability Evaluation; Rating Scales; Test Construction; U5 - Expanded Disability Status Scale (EDSS) [Test Review]Comparison of the Kurtkze Expanded Disability Status Scale and the Functional Independence Measure: Measures of multiple sclerosis-related disability. (AN: 2013-35446-004 from PsycINFO) Rabadi, Meheroz H.; Vincent, Andrea S.; Oct, 2013. Source: Disability and Rehabilitation: An International, Multidisciplinary Journal. 35(22), Informa Healthcare, US; Oct, 2013; Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Ethnicity: White, Black, Native American, Unknown; Sample: US Veterans; Multiple Sclerosis Patients Keywords: Concurrent Validity; Expanded Disability Status Scale; Multiple Sclerosis; Subjects: Disability Evaluation; Multiple Sclerosis; Test Validity; U5 - Expanded Disability Status Scale (EDSS) [Test Review]The psychometric properties of clinical rating scales used in multiple sclerosis. (AN: 1999-10135-008 from PsycINFO) Sharrack, Basil; Hughes, Richard A. C.; Soudain, Sara; Dunn, Graham; Jan, 1999. Source: Brain: A Journal of Neurology. 122(1), Oxford University Press, United Kingdom; Jan, 1999; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Inpatient; Location: UK; Sample: Relapsing–Remitting Or Secondary Progressive Multiple Sclerosis Patients Keywords: Convergent Validity; Disability; Discriminant Validity; Expanded Disability Status Scale; Face Validity; Inter-Rater Reliability; Intra-Rater Reliability; Multiple Sclerosis; Subjects: Disability Evaluation; Interrater Reliability; Multiple Sclerosis; Test Reliability; Test Validity; U5 - Expanded Disability Status Scale (EDSS) [Test Use]Associations of the Expanded Disability Status Scale with anxiety and depression in multiple sclerosis outpatients. (AN: 2006-22579-004 from PsycINFO) Tsivgoulis, G.; Triantafyllou, N.; Papageorgiou, C.; Evangelopoulos, M. E.; Kararizou, E.; Sfagos, C.; Vassilopoulos, D.; Jan, 2007. Source: Acta Neurologica Scandinavica. 115(1), Blackwell Publishing, United Kingdom; Jan, 2007; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Outpatient; Sample: Relapsing–Remitting Multiple Sclerosis Patients Keywords: Disability; Expanded Disability Status Scale; Multiple Sclerosis; Anxiety; Depression; Subjects: Anxiety Disorders; Disability Evaluation; Major Depression; Multiple Sclerosis; Rating Scales; U5 - Expanded Disability Status Scale (EDSS) [Test Review]Kurtzke scales revisited: The application of psychometric methods to clinical intuition. (AN: 2000-15639-008 from PsycINFO) Hobart, Jeremy; Freeman, Jenny; Thompson, Alan; May, 2000. Source: Brain: A Journal of Neurology. 123(5), Oxford University Press, United Kingdom; May, 2000; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Inpatient; Location: UK; Sample: Multiple Sclerosis Patients Keywords: Convergent Validity; Disability; Discriminant Validity; Effect Size; Expanded Disability Status Scale; Inter-Rater Reliability; Intra-Rater Reliability; Multiple Sclerosis; Score Distributions; Psychometric Evaluation; Subjects: Disability Evaluation; Effect Size (Statistical); Interrater Reliability; Multiple Sclerosis; Psychometrics; Test Reliability; Test Scores; Test Validity; DO - 10.1037/t28980-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-28980-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-25146-000 AN - 9999-25146-000 AU - Swan, Gary E. AU - MacDonald, Marian L. T1 - National Survey of Behavior Therapists Questionnaire JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1978/// AD - MacDonald, Marian L. AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: Contact Corresponding Author; Fee: No N1 - Accession Number: 9999-25146-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Swan, Gary E.; Palo Alto Veterans' Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, California, United States. Release Date: 20131111. Test Format: Responses were rated on Likert type scales, time estimation checklists, and percentages.. Language: English. Constructs: Behavior Therapy; Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). AB - Purpose: The purpose of the National Survey of Behavior Therapists Questionnaire is to determine how behavior therapy as it is reported to be applied clinically. AB - Description: The self-rated National Survey of Behavior Therapists Questionnaire (Swan & MacDonald, 1978) investigated the characteristics of behavior therapy as it is reported to be applied clinically. Part 1 of the questionnaire included 60 questions designed to elicit information in 6 categories: (1) self-descriptive demographic and professional characteristics; (2) characteristics of the respondents' clienteles; (3) self-ratings on general issues about assessment and intervention; (4) reported use of various assessment procedures; (5) reported types of encountered client problems; and (6) reported use of various intervention techniques. Items for the first 4 categories were generated by the authors. Response alternatives for types of client problems and category examples were drawn from Cautela and Upper's (1973) Behavioral Coding Scheme. Response alternatives for types of intervention techniques and category examples were drawn from the table of contents organizing Kanfer and Goldstein's (1975) intervention text. Part 2 of the questionnaire included 1 of 6 clinical vignettes and several scales tapping respondent perceptions of the case description. Coding reliability checks were computed on a randomly selected percentage of questionnaires, with a resulting coefficient of .97. KW - National Survey of Behavior Therapists Questionnaire KW - Test Development KW - Reliability U5 - National Survey of Behavior Therapists Questionnaire [Test Development]Behavior therapy in practice: A national survey of behavior therapists. (AN: 1979-29197-001 from PsycINFO) Swan, Gary E.; MacDonald, Marian L.; Nov, 1978. Source: Behavior Therapy. 9(5), Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy, US; Nov, 1978; Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Sample: Behavior Therapists; Location: United States Keywords: National Survey of Behavior Therapists Questionnaire; Test Development; Reliability; Subjects: Behavior Therapy; Psychotherapist Attitudes; Questionnaires; Surveys; Test Construction; Test Reliability; DO - 10.1037/t25146-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-25146-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - madonal@psych.umass.edu DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-19267-000 AN - 9999-19267-000 AU - Russell, Elbert W. T1 - Russell-Modification of the Wechsler Memory Scale JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1975/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: Contact Publisher; Fee: No N1 - Accession Number: 9999-19267-000. Other Names: WMS-R. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Russell, Elbert W.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Miami, Florida, United States. Release Date: 20130311. Language: English. Constructs: Memory; Population: Male (30); Female (40); Human (10). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Russell-Modification of the Wechsler Memory Scale (Russell, 1975) is to provide a new scoring method for the Wechsler Memory Scale. AB - Description: Based on the Wechsler Memory Scale (WMS; Wechsler, 1945), the Russell-Modification of the Wechsler Memory Scale (Russell, 1975) was developed to provide a new memory scoring method. The construction of this new memory scoring method takes into consideration recent developments by scoring lateralized verbal and figural memory and long- and short-term memory. Six independent memory scales were developed: verbal short term, verbal long term, verbal % retained, figural short term, figural long term, and figural % retained. This new method of scoring includes measures of the relative amount of lateralized impairment for both short- and long-term memory related to the Halstead-Reitan battery. In normal and brain damaged subjects, this scoring method was reliable and validly separated brain damage from normal and right- from left-hemisphere cases. It was also strongly coordinated with the Halstead-Reitan battery Average Impairment scale. KW - Russell-Modification of the Wechsler Memory Scale KW - Memory KW - Test Development KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - Wechsler Memory Scale KW - Scoring U5 - Russell-Modification of the Wechsler Memory Scale [Test Development]A multiple scoring method for the assessment of complex memory functions. (AN: 1976-08657-001 from PsycINFO) Russell, Elbert W.; Dec, 1975. Source: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 43(6), American Psychological Association, US; Dec, 1975; Administration: Paper Population: Male; Female; Human; Location: United States; Sample: Brain-Damaged Subjects; Control Subjects; Left-Hemisphere-Damaged Subjects; Right-Hemisphere-Damaged Subjects Keywords: Russell-Modification of the Wechsler Memory Scale; Memory; Test Development; Test Reliability; Test Validity; Wechsler Memory Scale; Scoring; Subjects: Memory; Scoring (Testing); Test Construction; Test Reliability; Test Validity; Wechsler Memory Scale; DO - 10.1037/t19267-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-19267-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-18821-000 AN - 9999-18821-000 AU - Miller, Peter M. AU - Hersen, Michel AU - Eisler, Richard M. AU - Elkin, Thomas E. T1 - Taste Test Measure JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1974/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: Contact Publisher; Fee: No N1 - Accession Number: 9999-18821-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Miller, Peter M.; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Mississippi, United States. Release Date: 20131007. Test Format: Participants in the Test Taste Measure used a semantic differential rating sheet to evaluate task beverages.. Language: English. Constructs: Alcohol Drinking Behavior; Taste Preferences; Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). N2 - Administration Method: Physical Object AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Taste Test Measure is to assess the relationship between drinking on laboratory-analogue measures at the onset of inpatient alcoholism treatment and abstinence subsequent to treatment AB - Description: The Taste Test Measure (Miller et al., 1974) was developed as part of a study on the relationship between drinking on laboratory-analogue measures at the onset of inpatient alcoholism treatment and abstinence subsequent to treatment. The measure was initially adapted from a procedure used by Schachter (1971). It is described as a taste experiment to participants with chronic alcoholism before they entered treatment. During the 'experiment' each participant is seated before a table on which are placed six beverages (3 alcoholic and 3 non-alcoholic), with equal amounts of liquid in each glass. Glasses are opaque. Each participant is presented with semantic differential rating sheets and given the following instructions: 'This is a taste experiment. We want you to judge each beverage on the taste dimensions (sweet, sour, etc.) listed on these sheets. Some of the drinks are alcoholic, and some are nonalcoholic. Taste as little or as much as you want of each beverage in making your judgments. The important thing is that your ratings be as accurate as possible.' Each patient is allowed 10 min to taste the beverages and complete the rating sheets. Then data is collected about the total amount consumed from each glass and the score of the ratings on the evaluative scale. Measurement sessions were held for each participant at the same time of day. Beverage presentation order was randomly rotated from session to session. KW - Taste Preferences KW - Taste Test Measure KW - Test Development KW - Abstinence KW - Alcohol Drinking Behavior KW - Alcoholism U5 - Taste Test Measure [Test Development]A retrospective analysis of alcohol consumption on laboratory tasks as related to therapeutic outcome. (AN: 2013-00806-002 from PsycINFO) Miller, Peter M.; Hersen, Michel; Eisler, Richard M.; Elkin, Thomas E.; May, 1974. Source: Behaviour Research and Therapy. 12(2), Elsevier Science, Netherlands; May, 1974; Administration: Physical Object Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older), Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs), Thirties (30-39 yrs), Middle Age (40-64 yrs); Population: Human; Male; Female; Sample: Chronic Alcoholics Keywords: Taste Preferences; Taste Test Measure; Test Development; Abstinence; Alcohol Drinking Behavior; Alcoholism; Subjects: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcohol Withdrawal; Alcoholic Beverages; Alcoholism; Beverages (Nonalcoholic); Preference Measures; Taste Perception; Test Construction; DO - 10.1037/t18821-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-18821-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-32837-000 AN - 9999-32837-000 AU - Lorr, Maurice AU - Katz, Martin M. AU - Rubinstein, Eli A. T1 - Behavior Disturbance Scale JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1958/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: May use for Research/Teaching; Fee: No. Test Items: No N1 - Accession Number: 9999-32837-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorr, Maurice; U. S. Veterans Administration, United States. Release Date: 20170109. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Test Format: The Behavior Disturbance Scale consists of 39 true/false items.. Language: English. Constructs: Behavior Disturbances; Classification: Mental Health/Illness Related Assessment (6700). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). N2 - Administration Method: Paper AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Behavior Disturbance Scale is to elicit information concerning the extent of certain behavior in a mental patient's past. AB - Description: Developed for use in a study concerning mental hygiene clinic patients' characteristics that differentiate patients who terminate prematurely from those who remain, the Behavior Disturbance Scale (Lorr, Katz, & Rubinstein, 1958) elicits information concerning the extent of certain behavior in the patient's past. In an earlier study, psychological tests and questionnaires were found to be predictive of length of stay in treatment (Rubinstein & Lorr, 1956). Patients from Veterans Administration outpatient clinics throughout the country who remained in psychotherapy for at least six months were compared with those who terminated within a month. The items were selected on the basis of a double cross-validation on two random halves of a sample of these cases. The 39-item Behavior Disturbance scale was taken from a longer unpublished inventory devised by Applezweig and Dibner. The true-false items include elements primarily of a biographical nature designed to elicit information concerning the extent of certain behavior in the patient's past. The items ask questions concerning lack of personal ties or loyalties, lack of impulse control, restlessness, frequent trouble with the law, lack of ethical standards, hostility to authority, and lack of goal persistence. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Behavior Disturbance History KW - Behavior Disturbance Scale KW - Mental Patients KW - Patient History KW - Self-Administered KW - Test Development U5 - Behavior Disturbance Scale [Test Development]The prediction of length of stay in psychotherapy. (AN: 1960-01519-001 from PsycINFO) Lorr, Maurice; Katz, Martin M.; Rubinstein, Eli A.; Oct, 1958. Source: Journal of Consulting Psychology. 22(5), American Psychological Association, US; Oct, 1958; Administration: Paper Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Intended Sample: Mental Hygiene Clinic Patients; Location: United States; Sample: Patients from Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinics Keywords: Behavior Disturbance History; Behavior Disturbance Scale; Mental Patients; Patient History; Self-Administered; Test Development; Subjects: Behavior Problems; Client Characteristics; Measurement; Mental Disorders; Patient History; Self-Report; Test Construction; DO - 10.1037/t32837-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-32837-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-31468-000 AN - 9999-31468-000 AU - Anker, James M. T1 - Chronicity of Neuropsychiatric Hospitalization Scale JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1961/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: Contact Publisher; Fee: No. Test Items: No N1 - Accession Number: 9999-31468-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Anker, James M.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Perry Point, Maryland, United States. Release Date: 20140707. Instrument Type: Rating Scale. Test Location: Table 2, Page 427. Test Format: The Chronicity of Neuropsychiatric Hospitalization Scale consists of 21 items.. Language: English. Constructs: Chronicity of Neuropsychiatric Hospital Stay; Classification: Treatment, Rehabilitation, and Therapeutic Processes (7900). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). AB - Purpose: The purpose of the Chronicity of Neuropsychiatric Hospitalization Scale is to predict the length of time that newly admitted patients will stay confined in a neuropsychiatric hospital. AB - Description: The Chronicity of Neuropsychiatric Hospitalization Scale (Anker, 1961) predicts the length of time that newly admitted patients will stay confined in a neuropsychiatric hospital. The item pool from Meeker's (1958) MMPI scale was item analyzed against a dichotomous criterion of neuropsychiatric hospital chronicity. The 55 items which were found to discriminate the criterion groups in the original sample were cross-validated on the pooled data from three separate Veterans Administration neuropsychiatric hospitals. A 21 item scale was generated which was able to predict the 'long-stay' patient at various dichotomies in duration of stay better than one could by chance or by base rate information. The final 21 items were phrased as statements (e.g., 'My face has never been paralyzed' and 'have often felt that strangers were looking at me critically'). (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2014 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Chronicity of Neuropsychiatric Hospitalization Scale KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Test Development U5 - Chronicity of Neuropsychiatric Hospitalization Scale [Test Development]Chronicity of neuropsychiatric hospitalization: A predictive scale. (AN: 1963-03210-001 from PsycINFO) Anker, James M.; Oct, 1961. Source: Journal of Consulting Psychology. 25(5), American Psychological Association, US; Oct, 1961; Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Age: Adult; Location: United States; Sample: Neuropsychiatric Patients Keywords: Chronicity of Neuropsychiatric Hospitalization Scale; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Test Development; Subjects: Psychiatric Hospitalization; Test Construction; Treatment Duration; DO - 10.1037/t31468-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-31468-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - Gen ID - 9999-38439-000 AN - 9999-38439-000 AU - Griffith, Richard M. AU - Miyagi, Otoya AU - Tago, Akira T1 - Typical Dreams Questionnaire JF - PsycTESTS JO - PsycTESTS Y1 - 1958/// AV - Commercial: No; Permissions: Contact Corresponding Author; Fee: No. Test Items: No N1 - Accession Number: 9999-38439-000. Acronyms: TDQ. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Griffith, Richard M.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Lexington, Kentucky, United States. Release Date: 20150511. Instrument Type: Inventory/Questionnaire. Test Location: Table 1, Page 1177. Test Format: There are 34 items.. Language: English; Japanese. Constructs: Dream Content; Classification: Cognitive Processes, Memory, and Decision Making (5400). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Other Versions: 9999-38438-000, Typical Dreams Questionnaire--Modified Version, Revision. AB - Purpose: The Typical Dreams Questionnaire is used to measure common dream themes. AB - Description: The Typical Dreams Questionnaire (TDQ; Griffith, Miyagi, & Tago, 1958) was developed within the context of a study of similarities and differences between the dreams of Japanese and American people. The 34-item questionnaire assesses the content of typical dreams. An earlier version of the questionnaire contained 50 items (Griffith, 1950). Translated into Japanese, the questionnaire was administered to Tokyo college students. The psychometric properties of the TDQ were not reported in the test development article. (PsycTESTS Database Record (c) 2015 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Japanese College Students KW - Test Development KW - Typical Dream Themes KW - Typical Dreams Questionnaire U5 - Typical Dreams Questionnaire (TDQ) [Test Development]Universality of typical dreams: Japanese vs. Americans. (AN: 1959-09900-001 from PsycINFO) Griffith, Richard M.; Miyagi, Otoya; Tago, Akira; 1958. Source: American Anthropologist. 60, University of California Press, US; 1958; Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older); Population: Human; Male; Female; Location: Japan; Sample: College Students Keywords: Japanese College Students; Test Development; Typical Dream Themes; Typical Dreams Questionnaire; Subjects: College Students; Dream Content; Japanese Cultural Groups; Questionnaires; Test Construction; DO - 10.1037/t38439-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=pst&AN=9999-38439-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - pst ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kochar, Mahendr S. T1 - Roundsmanship. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1991/11/06/ VL - 266 IS - 17 M3 - Book Review SP - 2473 EP - 2473 SN - 00987484 AB - Reviews the book 'Roundsmanship '91-'92: A Year Book Guide to Clinical Medicine,' edited by Bruce B. Dan. KW - CLINICAL medicine KW - NONFICTION KW - ROUNDMANSHIP '91-'92 (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 11019986; Kochar, Mahendr S. 1; Affiliation: 1: The Medical College of Wisconsin, The Zablocki Veterans Administration Medical Center; Source Info: 11/6/91, Vol. 266 Issue 17, p2473; Subject Term: CLINICAL medicine; Subject Term: NONFICTION; Reviews & Products: ROUNDMANSHIP '91-'92 (Book); Number of Pages: 1/3p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11019986&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Widmann, Frances K. T1 - Laboratory Medicine. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/12/08/ VL - 262 IS - 22 M3 - Book Review SP - 3207 EP - 3207 SN - 00987484 AB - Reviews the book 'Administration and Supervision in Laboratory Medicine,' 2nd ed., edited by John R. Snyder and Donald A. Senhauser. KW - CLINICAL pathology KW - NONFICTION KW - ADMINISTRATION & Supervision in Laboratory Medicine (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 10982082; Widmann, Frances K. 1; Affiliation: 1: Durham (NC) Veterans Administration Medical Center; Source Info: 12/8/89, Vol. 262 Issue 22, p3207; Subject Term: CLINICAL pathology; Subject Term: NONFICTION; Reviews & Products: ADMINISTRATION & Supervision in Laboratory Medicine (Book); Number of Pages: 4/9p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10982082&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Glauser, Frederick L. T1 - Ventilation. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/09//9/1/89 VL - 262 IS - 9 M3 - Book Review SP - 1248 EP - 1248 SN - 00987484 AB - Reviews the book 'Disorders of Ventilation,' by John Shneerson. KW - MEDICINE KW - NONFICTION KW - SHNEERSON, John KW - DISORDERS of Ventilation (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 11019476; Glauser, Frederick L. 1; Affiliation: 1: Medical College of Virginia, McGuire Veterans Administration, Richmond; Source Info: 9/1/89, Vol. 262 Issue 9, p1248; Subject Term: MEDICINE; Subject Term: NONFICTION; Reviews & Products: DISORDERS of Ventilation (Book); People: SHNEERSON, John; Number of Pages: 2/3p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=11019476&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fisher, Harvey F. T1 - PYRIDINE NUCLEOTIDE COENZYMES. JO - BioScience JF - BioScience Y1 - 1984/06// VL - 34 IS - 6 M3 - Book Review SP - 387 EP - 387 SN - 00063568 AB - Reviews the book 'The Pyridine Nucleotide Coenzymes,' edited by Johannes Everse, Bruce Anderson, and Kwan-Sa You. KW - ENZYMES KW - NONFICTION KW - PYRIDINE Nucleotide Coenzymes, The (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 10106399; Fisher, Harvey F. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4801 Linwood Blvd., Kansas City, MO 64128; Source Info: Jun84, Vol. 34 Issue 6, p387; Subject Term: ENZYMES; Subject Term: NONFICTION; Reviews & Products: PYRIDINE Nucleotide Coenzymes, The (Book); Number of Pages: 1/3p; Document Type: Book Review; Full Text Word Count: 478 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10106399&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR AU - Benedek, Thomas G. T1 - Rheumatic Diseases. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/04/14/ VL - 261 IS - 14 M3 - Book Review SP - 2134 EP - 2134 SN - 00987484 AB - Reviews the book 'Diagnosis and Management of Rheumatic Diseases,' edited by Warren Katz. KW - RHEUMATISM KW - NONFICTION KW - DIAGNOSIS & Management of Rheumatic Diseases (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 10868457; Benedek, Thomas G. 1; Affiliation: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center; Source Info: 4/14/89, Vol. 261 Issue 14, p2134; Subject Term: RHEUMATISM; Subject Term: NONFICTION; Reviews & Products: DIAGNOSIS & Management of Rheumatic Diseases (Book); Number of Pages: 1/3p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=aph&AN=10868457&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - aph ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Strickland, R. D.; T1 - Electrophoresis CT - Electrophoresis JO - Anal. Chem. JF - Anal. Chem. Y1 - 1974/04/01/ VL - 46 IS - Apr SP - 95R EP - 00R AD - Research Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Albuquerque, New Mexico N1 - Accession Number: 11-3576; Language: English; References: 277; Publication Type: Review; Journal Coden: ANCHAM; Section Heading: Drug Analysis; Abstract Author: Douglas L. Thompson N2 - Significant developments in the methodology and the theory of electrophoresis are reviewed for the period covering the latter half 1969 to the end of 1973. KW - Electrophoresis--theory--methodology, review; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-3576&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Hollister, L. E.; T1 - Clinical use of psychotherapeutic drugs. III. Antipsychotic drugs. IV. Antimanic drugs CT - Clinical use of psychotherapeutic drugs. III. Antipsychotic drugs. IV. Antimanic drugs JO - New Ethicals Med. Prog. JF - New Ethicals Med. Prog. Y1 - 1973/09/01/ VL - 10 IS - Sep SP - 155 EP - 175 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital and Stanford University School of Medicine, Palo Alto, California N1 - Accession Number: 11-2721; Language: English; Chemical Name: Lithium--7439-93-2; Publication Type: Review; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Drug Evaluations; Abstract Author: Douglas L. Thompson N2 - Antipsychotic therapy with phenothiazines, thioxanthene and butyrophenones, and antimanic therapy with lithium are reviewed. KW - Lithium--therapy-; KW - Thioxanthene--derivatives-; KW - Psychotherapeutic agents--therapy--clinical, review, in patients; KW - Phenothiazines--therapy--review, in patients; KW - Butyrophenones--psychotherapeutic agents--therapy, review, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-2721&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Hollister, L. E.; T1 - Clinical use of psychotherapeutic drugs. I. Antipsychotic and antimanic drugs CT - Clinical use of psychotherapeutic drugs. I. Antipsychotic and antimanic drugs JO - Drugs (New Zealand) JF - Drugs (New Zealand) Y1 - 1972/01/01/ VL - 4 IS - Feb SP - 321 EP - 360 SN - 00126667 AD - Veterans Administration Hospital and Stanford University School of Medicine, Palo Alto, California N1 - Accession Number: 11-2084; Language: English; Chemical Name: Lithium carbonate--554-13-2; Therapeutic Class: (28:16); AHFS Class: Psychotherapeutic agents lithium carbonate; References: 80; Publication Type: Review; Journal Coden: DRUGAY; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Drug Evaluations; Pharmacology; Abstract Author: Douglas L. Thompson N2 - A general review of clinically important aspects of phenothiazine derivatives, thioxanthene derivatives and butyrophenones is presented. Antimanic therapy with lithium carbonate is also discussed. The review emphasizes the indications, dosage, and side effects. KW - Lithium carbonate--therapy-; KW - Thioxanthene--derivatives-; KW - Psychotherapeutic agents--therapy--dosage, and side effects, review, in patients; KW - Dosage--psychotherapeutic agents--discussion, in patients; KW - Toxicity--psychotherapeutic agents--side effects, discussion, in patients; KW - Psychotherapeutic agents--lithium carbonate--therapy, dosage and side effects, review, in patients; KW - Phenothiazines--psychotherapeutic agents--therapy, review, in patients; KW - Butyrophenones--psychotherapeutic agents--therapy, review, in patients; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=11-2084&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Gochman, N.; AU - Young, D. S.; T1 - Clinical chemistry CT - Clinical chemistry JO - Anal. Chem. JF - Anal. Chem. Y1 - 1973/04/01/ VL - 45 IS - Apr SP - 11R EP - 38R AD - Veterans Administration Hospital, San Diego, California 92161 N1 - Accession Number: 10-3117; Language: English; References: 848; Publication Type: Review; Journal Coden: ANCHAM; Section Heading: Pharmaceutical Chemistry; Abstract Author: Douglas L. Thompson N2 - The literature of clinical chemistry between the period December 1970 to November 1972 is reviewed. The primary emphasis has been on the development and evaluation of the analytical methodology of clinical chemistry. Articles dealing with toxicology, drugs and vitamins are included. KW - Chemistry--clinical--analysis, methodology, review; KW - Analysis--chemistry--clinical, methodology, review; KW - Analysis--drugs--methodology, clinical chemistry, review; KW - Vitamins--analysis--methodology, clinical chemistry, review; KW - Toxicology--chemistry--clinical, analysis, methodology, review; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-3117&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Connor, E. B.; T1 - Chemoprophylaxis of amebiasis and african trypanosomiasis CT - Chemoprophylaxis of amebiasis and african trypanosomiasis JO - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) JF - Annals of Internal Medicine (USA) Y1 - 1972/11/01/ VL - 77 IS - Nov SP - 797 EP - 805 SN - 00034819 AD - Department of Community Medicine, University of California, San Diego, School of Medicine, c/o Veterans Administration Hospital, 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, San Diego, California 92161 N1 - Accession Number: 10-1656; Language: English; Trade Name: Chlorphenoxamide; Generic Name: Clefamide; Chemical Name: Metronidazole--443-48-1 Suramin--145-63-1 Pentamidine--100-33-4; References: 62; Publication Type: Review; Journal Coden: AIMEAS; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Investigational Drugs; Abstract Author: Judith A. Kepler N2 - Trials of chemoprophylaxis of amebiasis with hydroxyquins, glycobiarsol, clefamide and metronidazole and of African trypanosomiasis with suramin and pentamidine are reviewed. Because the risk of acquiring amebiasis and African sleeping sickness is less than the risk of drug toxicity, chemoprophylaxis is not recommended for most travelers who make occasional brief visits to endemic areas. KW - Clefamide--amebiasis-; KW - Glycobiarsol--amebiasis-; KW - Metronidazole--amebiasis-; KW - Suramin--trypanosomiasis-; KW - Pentamidine--isethionate-; KW - Amebacides--chemoprophylaxis--amebiasis, and trypanosomiasis, risks, in travelers, review; KW - Amebiasis--prophylaxis--risks, in travelers, review; KW - Trypanosomiasis--prophylaxis--risks, in travelers, review; KW - Toxicity--amebacides--chemoprophylaxis, risks, amebiasis and trypanosomiasis, in travelers, review; KW - Trypanosomicides--chemoprophylaxis--trypanosomiasis, and amebiasis, risks, in travelers, review; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-1656&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - JOUR TY - GEN AU - Jones, R. J.; AU - Phillips, J. H.; T1 - Glucagon: present status in cardiovascular disease CT - Glucagon: present status in cardiovascular disease JO - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) JF - Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (USA) Y1 - 1971/05/01/ VL - 12 IS - May-Jun SP - 427 EP - 444 SN - 00099236 AD - Heart Station, Department of Medicine, Veterans Administration Hospital, New Orleans, Louisiana N1 - Accession Number: 10-1340; Language: English; Chemical Name: Glucagon--16941-32-5; Therapeutic Class: (24:04); AHFS Class: Cardiac drugs glucagon; References: 134; Publication Type: Review; Journal Coden: CLPTAT; Human Indicator: Yes; Section Heading: Pharmacology; Abstract Author: Monte S. Cohon N2 - The present status of glucagon in the treatment of cardiovascular disease is reviewed. Extracardiac and metabolic effects; cardiac properties based on animal studies; electrophysiological effects; studies during cardiac catheterization in man; effect on myocardial metabolism, energetics, and blood vessels; clinical trials; and mechanism of action are all discussed. KW - Glucagon--evaluations-; KW - Cardiac drugs--glucagon--status, cardiovascular disease, review; UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=ipa&AN=10-1340&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - ipa ER - TY - GEN T1 - Non-Physician Providers. AU - Cawley, James F. AU - Combs, Glen E. AU - Weiner, Jonathan P. AU - Steinwachs, Donald M. AU - Williamson, John W. AU - Humble, Charles G. AU - Samet, Jonathan M. AU - Ruiz, Jorge AU - Kleinman, Joel C. AU - Zemach, Rita AU - Pernick, Martin S. AU - Murray, Dennis L. AU - Cleveland, Ronald P. AU - Keefe, Carole AU - Block, Alan B. AU - Snider Jr., Dixie E. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1986/11// VL - 76 IS - 11 SP - 1360 EP - 1360 SN - 00900036 N1 - Accession Number: 4687124; Author: Cawley, James F.: 1 Author: Combs, Glen E. Author: Weiner, Jonathan P.: 2 Author: Steinwachs, Donald M.: 2 Author: Williamson, John W.: 3 Author: Humble, Charles G.: 4 Author: Samet, Jonathan M.: 5 Author: Ruiz, Jorge: 6 Author: Kleinman, Joel C.: 7 Author: Zemach, Rita: 8 Author: Pernick, Martin S.: 9 Author: Murray, Dennis L.: 10 Author: Cleveland, Ronald P.: 10 Author: Keefe, Carole: 10 Author: Block, Alan B.: 11 Author: Snider Jr., Dixie E.: 12 ; Author Affiliation: 1 Associate Professor, Department of Health Care Sciences, George Washington University Medical Center, Washington, DC 20037.: 2 Johns Hopkins University, Health Services Research and Development Center, 624 N. Broadway, Baltimore, MD 21205.: 3 Veterans Administration Medical Center, Salt Lake City, UT.: 4 Epidemiology Section Manager, University of New Mexico Medical Center, Albuquerque, NM 87131.: 5 Associate Professor of Medicine, University of New Mexico Medical Center, Albuquerque, NM 87131.: 6 Health Services, Management Unit, University of Manchester, Booth St West, Manchester M156PB, England.: 7 Director, Division of Analysis, National Center for Health Statistics, FCB No.2, Rm, 2-27, 3700 East West Highway, Hyattsville, MD 20782.: 8 Emergency Medical Services, Bureau of Health Facilities.: 9 Associate Professor, Department of History, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mi 48109-1045.: 10 Department of Pediatrics and Human Development and Office of Medical Education, College of Human Medicine, Michigan State University, East Lansing, MI 48824.: 11 Chief, Statistics and Analysis Section, Program Services Branch, Division of Tuberculosis Control, Center for Prevention Services CDC, Atlanta.: 12 Director, Division of Tuberculosis Control, Center for Prevention Services CDC, Atlanta.; No. of Pages: 1; Language: English; Publication Type: Letter; Update Code: 20060608 N2 - A letter to the editor is presented in response to the article on the issues related to health manpower supply and demand of nurse practitioner. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - NURSE practitioners UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=s3h&AN=4687124&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - s3h ER - TY - JOUR AU - Query, William T. T1 - The Nonprofessional Revolution in Mental Health (Book). JO - American Sociological Review JF - American Sociological Review Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 36 IS - 5 M3 - Book Review SP - 957 EP - 958 SN - 00031224 AB - Reviews the book "The Nonprofessional Revolution in Mental Health," by Francine Sobey. KW - MENTAL health KW - NONFICTION KW - SOBEY, Francine KW - NONPROFESSIONAL Revolution in Mental Health, The (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 14846686; Query, William T. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Center, Fargo, N. D.; Issue Info: Oct71, Vol. 36 Issue 5, p957; Subject Term: MENTAL health; Subject Term: NONFICTION; Reviews & Products: NONPROFESSIONAL Revolution in Mental Health, The (Book); NAICS/Industry Codes: 621330 Offices of Mental Health Practitioners (except Physicians); People: SOBEY, Francine; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=buh&AN=14846686&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - buh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2004-17577-026 AN - 2004-17577-026 AU - Varney, Nils R. T1 - Aphasiology: An important milestone. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1997/09// VL - 42 IS - 9 SP - 818 EP - 818 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2004-17577-026. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Varney, Nils R.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 20040927. Correction Date: 20170130. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Neuroanatomy; Neuropsychology; Neurosciences. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Benson, D. Frank; Ardila, Alfredo. Aphasia: A Clinical Perspective=New York: Oxford University Press, 1996. 441 pp. $49.95; 1996. References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1997. AB - This volume (see record [rid]1996-98121-000[/rid]) represents another important milestone in the neurobehavioral or neuropsychological literature on aphasia. It is also a substantial expansion of F. Benson and N. Geschwind's influential 1971 article The aphasias and related disturbances. This book should command the attention of anyone working in the field of aphasia or who wishes a comprehensible text on clinical aphasiology. It contains an integrated mix of hands-on advice about assessment of aphasics and theoretical discussions about both normal and impaired language functioning. In the process, it also explains a variety of clinical views of aphasia that lead, in turn, to advice on aphasia assessment, ranging from the bedside examination to an overview of different aphasia assessment batteries. As in Benson's 1971 article, the book offers a clearly comprehensible view of the various aphasic syndromes and their relation to locus of lesion. Finally, it presents a detailed discussion integrating clinical aphasiology with neurolinguistic theory and contemporary functional neuroanatomy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical aphasiology KW - aphasia KW - neuropsychology KW - neurolinguistics KW - functional neuroanatomy KW - 1997 KW - Aphasia KW - Neuroanatomy KW - Neuropsychology KW - Neurosciences KW - 1997 U2 - Benson, D. Frank; Ardila, Alfredo. (1996); Aphasia: A Clinical Perspective; New York: Oxford University Press, 1996. 441 pp. $49.95; 0-19-508934-0. DO - 10.1037/001334 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2004-17577-026&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2004-17488-053 AN - 2004-17488-053 AU - Thomas, Stephen James T1 - Review of Foundations of Vision. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1997/07// VL - 42 IS - 7 SP - 649 EP - 649 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2004-17488-053. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Thomas, Stephen James; Northern California System of Clinics, Veterans Administration, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 20040927. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Vision. Classification: Visual Perception (2323). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Wandell, Brian A. Foundations of Vision=Sunderland, MA: Sinauer Associates, Inc. 476 pp. $45.95; 1995. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1997. AB - In Foundations of Vision (see record [rid]1995-98050-000[/rid]), Brian Wandell divides the study of vision into three parts: encoding, representation, and interpretation. Each part is designed to inform students on how to study these basic problems of vision. The author's goal is to provide the reader with the tools and methods necessary for the study of vision by leading the reader through the stages of investigation and theory that have informed our current knowledge of vision. Each section further discusses vision from the aspects of theory, data, and application. A primary emphasis is placed on linear systems theory. In addition to the rich presentation of theory, data, and application, the author has provided a plethora of useful quantities within the front cover, a set of computationally oriented appendixes, and a diverse range of exercises at the end of each chapter. The exercises cover factual, theoretical, and conceptual aspects of each chapter and also questions that require the integration of the concepts in previous chapters. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - vision KW - 1997 KW - Vision KW - 1997 U2 - Wandell, Brian A. (1995); Foundations of Vision; Sunderland, MA: Sinauer Associates, Inc. 476 pp. $45.95; 0-87893-853-2. DO - 10.1037/000258 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2004-17488-053&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-03906-009 AN - 1997-03906-009 AU - Swartz, Conrad M. T1 - Flawed model of caffeine effects on electroconvulsive therapy. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1997/05// VL - 41 IS - 9 SP - 991 EP - 991 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-03906-009. PMID: 9110107 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Swartz, Conrad M.; East Tennessee State U & Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry,, Johnson City, TN, US. Release Date: 19970101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Caffeine; Electroconvulsive Shock; Hippocampus; Neurons. Minor Descriptor: Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy; Rats. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: May, 1997. AB - Comments that due to discrepancies, the study of electroconvulsive shock (ECS) stimulation reported by M. Enns et al (1996) does not apply to the clinical practice of augmenting electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) seizures with caffeine as hypothesized. The present author's concerns with S age, the description of hippocampal damage from caffeine and anesthesia alone, as well as the results of his own one-tailed statistical analysis of the study's findings are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - caffeine augmented ECSs KW - hippocampal neuron damage KW - male rats KW - implications for caffeine augmentation in human ECT KW - comment KW - 1997 KW - Caffeine KW - Electroconvulsive Shock KW - Hippocampus KW - Neurons KW - Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy KW - Rats KW - 1997 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-03906-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Finlay, William AU - Mutran, Elizabeth J. AU - Zeitler, Rodney R. AU - Randall, Christina S. T1 - Experience, Attitudes, and Plans. JO - Work & Occupations JF - Work & Occupations Y1 - 1991/11// VL - 18 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 447 EP - 458 SN - 07308884 AB - This article examines the performance of medical students, interns, residents, and practicing physicians. The productivity of professional employees, such as medical residents, is an under-researched area. Case studies have suggested that administrators and managers are concerned about professional productivity for example, in a study of salaried physicians in a large medical group, he revealed that administrators attempted to specify the number of hours physicians worked and the number of patients per hour seen by physicians, yet hard data on this topic are lacking. Another problem is that it is difficult to interpret physician productivity, a highly regarded physician with a large practice may see more patients than a less renowned physician, even though the two are equally quick workers. In this study, fortunately, they have a setting which enables them to assess physician productivity directly. In the primary care clinic, patients form a line and are seen by whichever resident is available; each resident works the same hours. The number of patients a resident sees, therefore, is a direct result of the speed at which he or she works. KW - MEDICAL students KW - INTERNS (Medicine) KW - HOSPITAL medical staff KW - PHYSICIANS (General practice) KW - MEDICAL care KW - PATIENTS N1 - Accession Number: 9705311057; Finlay, William 1; Mutran, Elizabeth J. 2; Zeitler, Rodney R. 3; Randall, Christina S. 4; Source Information: Nov91, Vol. 18 Issue 4, p447; Subject: MEDICAL students; Subject: INTERNS (Medicine); Subject: HOSPITAL medical staff; Subject: PHYSICIANS (General practice); Subject: MEDICAL care; Subject: PATIENTS; Number of Pages: 12p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4026 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9705311057&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Greifzu, Sherry AU - Tiedemann, Dawn AU - O'Connor, Eileen T1 - The pros and cons of treatment. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1995/06// VL - 58 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 22 EP - 26 SN - 00337021 AB - Discusses the benefits and drawbacks of treatment for prostate cancer. Prevalence; Symptoms; Diagnosis; Dispute over early and late treatment; Disease progression; Hormonal therapy methods include estrogen, LHRH analogues and antiandrogens; Radical prostatectomy; Radiation therapy; Chemotherapy; Nursing interventions before and after treatment. KW - PROSTATE cancer -- Treatment N1 - Accession Number: 9507200366; Greifzu, Sherry 1; Tiedemann, Dawn 2; O'Connor, Eileen; Source Information: Jun95, Vol. 58 Issue 6, p22; Subject: PROSTATE cancer -- Treatment; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 1 Diagram; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2799 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9507200366&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Greene, Lisa M. AU - Gerlach, Carol Jean AU - O'Connor, Eileen T1 - Central lines have moved out. (cover story) JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1994/05// VL - 57 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 27 EP - 30 SN - 00337021 AB - Features applications of peripherally inserted central catheters (PICC) in acute care settings. Flexibility and longevity of PICCs; Provision of venous access sans repeated needlesticks; Maintenance of patency; Management and prevention of potential problems; Instruction of home patients on catheter care. INSET: The ins and outs of PICCs.. KW - INTRAVENOUS catheterization -- Equipment & supplies N1 - Accession Number: 9407015032; Greene, Lisa M. 1; Gerlach, Carol Jean 2; O'Connor, Eileen; Source Information: May94, Vol. 57 Issue 5, p27; Subject: INTRAVENOUS catheterization -- Equipment & supplies; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 1 Color Photograph, 1 Diagram, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2321 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9407015032&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gardner, Sylvia S. AU - Messner, Roberta L. AU - Cerrato, Paul L. T1 - Upper GI bleeds. (cover story) JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1992/12// VL - 55 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 42 EP - 46 SN - 00337021 AB - Describes the symptoms and causes of gastrointestinal (GI) bleeding. Recognizing the symptoms; Possible causes; Interpreting the signs of a GI bleed; Pinpointing the causes; Patient testing and assessment; Use of endoscopy in diagnosis and treatment; Providing immediate and long-term relief. INSETS: Earn CE credit (quiz).;Lab values that signal a GI bleed (significant markers).. KW - GASTROINTESTINAL diseases -- Treatment N1 - Accession Number: 9308055802; Gardner, Sylvia S. 1; Messner, Roberta L. 2; Cerrato, Paul L.; Source Information: Dec92, Vol. 55 Issue 12, p42; Subject: GASTROINTESTINAL diseases -- Treatment; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 5 Color Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2101 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9308055802&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gerrity, Martha S. AU - Cole, Steven A. AU - Dietrich, Allen J. AU - Barrett, James E. T1 - Improving the Recognition and Management of Depression.Is There a Role for Physician Education? JO - Journal of Family Practice JF - Journal of Family Practice Y1 - 1999/12// VL - 48 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 949 EP - 957 SN - 00943509 AB - BACKGROUND. Many patients who visit primary care physicians suffer from depression, but physicians may miss the diagnosis or undertreat these patients. Improving physicians' communication skills pertaining to diagnosing and managing depression may lead to better outcomes. METHODS. We performed a randomized controlled trial involving 49 primary care physicians to determine the effect of the Depression Education Program on their knowledge of depression and their behavior toward depressed patients. After randomization, physicians in the intervention group completed the Depression Education Program, which consists of 2 4-hour interactive workshops that combine lectures, discussion, audiotape review, and role-playing. Between sessions, physicians audiotaped an interview with one of their patients. Two to 6 weeks following the intervention program, physicians completed a knowledge test and received office visits from 2 unannounced people acting as standardized patients with major depression. These "patients" completed a checklist and scales. Logistic and linear regression were used to control for sex, specialty, and suspicion that the patient was a standardized patient. RESULTS. For both standardized patients, more intervention physicians than control physicians asked about stresses at home, and they also scored higher on the Participatory Decision-Making scale. During the office visits of one of the standardized patients, more intervention physicians asked about at least 5 criteria for major depression (82% and 38%, P = .006), discussed the possibility of depression (96% and 65%, P = .049), scheduled a return visit within 2 weeks (67% and 33%, P = .004), and scored higher than control physicians on the Patient Satisfaction scale (40.3 and 35.5, P = .014). CONCLUSIONS. The Depression Education Program changed physicians' behavior and may be an important component in the efforts to improve the care of depressed patients. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Family Practice is the property of Frontline Medical Communications and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MENTAL depression -- Diagnosis KW - PHYSICIANS KW - MEDICAL education KW - PHYSICIAN practice patterns KW - MEDICAL care -- Evaluation KW - PRIMARY care (Medicine) KW - communication KW - communication. KW - Depression KW - education N1 - Accession Number: 2661687; Gerrity, Martha S. 1,2; Email Address: gerritym@OHSU.edu; Cole, Steven A. 3; Dietrich, Allen J. 4,5; Barrett, James E. 4,5; Source Information: Dec1999, Vol. 48 Issue 12, p949; Subject: MENTAL depression -- Diagnosis; Subject: PHYSICIANS; Subject: MEDICAL education; Subject: PHYSICIAN practice patterns; Subject: MEDICAL care -- Evaluation; Subject: PRIMARY care (Medicine); Author-Supplied Keyword: communication; Author-Supplied Keyword: communication.; Author-Supplied Keyword: Depression; Author-Supplied Keyword: education; Number of Pages: 9p; Illustrations: 4 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=2661687&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Barry, Kristen Lawton AU - Fleming, Michael F. AU - Manwell, Linda Baier AU - Copeland, Laurel A. T1 - Conduct Disorder and Antisocial Personality in Adult Primaey Care Patients. JO - Journal of Family Practice JF - Journal of Family Practice Y1 - 1997/08// VL - 45 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 151 EP - 158 SN - 00943509 AB - BACKGROUND. Conduct disorder has been linked to substance use disorders in clinical populations. This study examined the relationships of conduct disorder and antisocial personality (ASP) disorder to substance use, substance abuse problems, depression, and demographic factors in primary care settings. METHODS. As part of a larger clinical trial, a survey of 1898 patients in the offices of 64 primary care physicians was conducted using a self-administered health habits questionnaire. Childhood conduct disorder and adult antisocial personality disorder were assessed using criteria from the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Third Edition, Revised. RESULTS. Eight percent of men and 3.1% of women met criteria for a diagnosis of ASP disorder. The frequency of a history of childhood conduct disorders was higher, with 13.4% for men and 4% for women. Antisocial personality disorder was predicted by male sex, being unmarried (single, separated, divorced), lifetime history of depression, binge drinking, self-reported history of drug problems, current smoking, and younger age. The predictors of a history of child conduct disorder were similar to those of ASP. CONCLUSIONS. Primary care physicians treat many patients who have personality disorders and other conditions such as alcohol problems and depression. These patients need to be identified because of the high potential for comorbidity and the barriers to treatment inherent in these disorders. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Family Practice is the property of Frontline Medical Communications and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CONDUCT disorders in adolescence KW - ADOLESCENT psychopathology KW - BEHAVIOR disorders KW - ANTISOCIAL personality disorders KW - PRIMARY care (Medicine) KW - antisocial personality disorder KW - Child behavior disorders KW - family KW - physicians KW - physicians, family KW - substance abuse N1 - Accession Number: 9709251619; Barry, Kristen Lawton 1,2; Fleming, Michael F. 3; Manwell, Linda Baier 3; Copeland, Laurel A. 1; Source Information: Aug1997, Vol. 45 Issue 2, p151; Subject: CONDUCT disorders in adolescence; Subject: ADOLESCENT psychopathology; Subject: BEHAVIOR disorders; Subject: ANTISOCIAL personality disorders; Subject: PRIMARY care (Medicine); Author-Supplied Keyword: antisocial personality disorder; Author-Supplied Keyword: Child behavior disorders; Author-Supplied Keyword: family; Author-Supplied Keyword: physicians; Author-Supplied Keyword: physicians, family; Author-Supplied Keyword: substance abuse; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9709251619&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ferris, Daron G. AU - Krumholz, Burton A. AU - Jester, David M. AU - Crosby, John H. AU - Hanly, Mark G. AU - Messing, Mark J. T1 - Atypical Glandular Cells of Undetermined Significance and Adenocarcinoma In Situ: Summoning Colposcopic Expertise? JO - Journal of Family Practice JF - Journal of Family Practice Y1 - 1996/08// VL - 43 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 181 EP - 187 SN - 00943509 AB - In comparison with cervical squamous neoplasia, glandular cell neoplasia is uncommon. The evaluation of a patient with atypical glandular cells of undetermined significance is challenging because subtle colposcopic signs are frequently inaccessible to view and cytologic interpretations are extremely challenging for many cytopathologists. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Family Practice is the property of Frontline Medical Communications and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CANCER KW - GLANDS KW - COLPOSCOPY KW - CELLULAR pathology KW - WOMEN -- Health KW - adenocarcinoma KW - cervical intraepithelial neoplasia KW - colposcopy KW - Vaginal smears N1 - Accession Number: 9703201483; Ferris, Daron G. 1,2; Krumholz, Burton A. 3; Jester, David M. 2; Crosby, John H. 4; Hanly, Mark G. 5; Messing, Mark J. 6; Source Information: Aug1996, Vol. 43 Issue 2, p181; Subject: CANCER; Subject: GLANDS; Subject: COLPOSCOPY; Subject: CELLULAR pathology; Subject: WOMEN -- Health; Author-Supplied Keyword: adenocarcinoma; Author-Supplied Keyword: cervical intraepithelial neoplasia; Author-Supplied Keyword: colposcopy; Author-Supplied Keyword: Vaginal smears; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 3 Color Photographs, 2 Diagrams; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9703201483&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ferris, Daron G. AU - Messing, Mark J. AU - Crosby, John H. T1 - Vaginal intraepithelial neoplasia III detected after hysterectomy for benign conditions. JO - Journal of Family Practice JF - Journal of Family Practice Y1 - 1995/01// VL - 40 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 81 EP - 85 SN - 00943509 AB - Because primary vaginal cancer is rare, many experts discourage routine cytologic sampling of the vaginal vault following hysterectomy for benign circumstances. The following report describes a case of vaginal intraepithelial neoplasia III (VAIN III) detected by a vaginal vault Papanicolaou smear obtained from an asymptomatic 57-year-old woman 23 years after she had a total abdominal hysterectomy for a benign condition. As VAIN III is a true vaginal cancer precursor, the innocent disregard of recommended screening practices averted significant morbidity and possibility mortality for this otherwise healthy woman. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Family Practice is the property of Frontline Medical Communications and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - VAGINAL cancer KW - CYTOLOGY KW - HYSTERECTOMY KW - STERILIZATION of women KW - PAP test KW - Vaginal diseases KW - vaginal neoplasia KW - vaginal smears N1 - Accession Number: 9503012775; Ferris, Daron G. 1; Messing, Mark J. 2; Crosby, John H. 3; Source Information: Jan1995, Vol. 40 Issue 1, p81; Subject: VAGINAL cancer; Subject: CYTOLOGY; Subject: HYSTERECTOMY; Subject: STERILIZATION of women; Subject: PAP test; Author-Supplied Keyword: Vaginal diseases; Author-Supplied Keyword: vaginal neoplasia; Author-Supplied Keyword: vaginal smears; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 2 Color Photographs, 2 Black and White Photographs, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9503012775&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bennnett, R. M. AU - Cornell, K. A. AU - Merritt, M. J. AU - Bakke, A. C. AU - Hsu, P. H. AU - Hefeneider, S. H. T1 - Autoimmunity to a 28-30 kD cell membrane DNA binding protein: occurrence in selected sera from patients with SLE and mixed connective tissue disease (MCTD). JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1991/12// VL - 86 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 374 EP - 379 SN - 00099104 AB - Previous experiments have established the presence of a 30-kD DNA binding protein on the surface of human leukocytes. Herein we report that selected sera from patients with systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) and MCTD are reactive with a 28 30 kD protein on immunoblots of peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) cell membrane preparations; the reactivity is abolished by prior incubation of the blot with DNA. Antibodies eluted from the 28-30 kD strip inhibited the binding of 3H.DNA to human PBMC. An immunomatrix of 28-30 kD reactive immunoglobulins was able to extract a 29-kD DNA binding protein from a PBMC cell membrane preparation. Flow cytometry experiments confirmed the cell surface IgG reactivity of sera with T lymphocytes. Additional experiments indicated that cell surface IgG binding was not due to antibodies binding lo cell surface DNA, DNA anti-DNA immune complexes reacting with a DNA binding protein, anti-histone antibodies or anti-Sm antibodies. It is hypothesized that this autoimmune response could be one component of an idiotypic network involving anti-DNA antibodies. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CARRIER proteins KW - DNA KW - CELL membranes KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus KW - MIXED connective tissue disease KW - antibodies KW - cell surface KW - DNA binding protein KW - MCTD KW - SLE N1 - Accession Number: 16305400; Bennnett, R. M. 1; Cornell, K. A. 1; Merritt, M. J. 1; Bakke, A. C. 2; Hsu, P. H. 1; Hefeneider, S. H. 3; Source Information: Dec1991, Vol. 86 Issue 3, p374; Subject: CARRIER proteins; Subject: DNA; Subject: CELL membranes; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus; Subject: MIXED connective tissue disease; Author-Supplied Keyword: antibodies; Author-Supplied Keyword: cell surface; Author-Supplied Keyword: DNA binding protein; Author-Supplied Keyword: MCTD; Author-Supplied Keyword: SLE; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16305400&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Densen, Peter T1 - COMPLEMENT DEFICIENCIES AND MENINGOCOCCAL DISEASE. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1991/10/02/Oct1991 Supplement VL - 86 M3 - Article SP - 57 EP - 62 SN - 00099104 AB - The article aims to review the epidemiology of complement deficiency states, to discuss the pattern of clinical infection associated with different deficiency states. It compares and contrast three aspects of meningococcal disease in complement deficient and sufficient individuals: clinical features, immune response to infection, and importance of antibody to distinct meningococcal antigens for protection. Investigation of inherited diseases often provides insight illuminating both abnormal and normal physiology and improves the diagnosis and care of affected individuals. KW - COMPLEMENT deficiency (Immunology) KW - EPIDEMIOLOGY KW - IMMUNOLOGICAL deficiency syndromes KW - IMMUNE response KW - GENETIC disorders KW - PUBLIC health N1 - Accession Number: 16441308; Densen, Peter 1; Source Information: Oct1991 Supplement, Vol. 86, p57; Subject: COMPLEMENT deficiency (Immunology); Subject: EPIDEMIOLOGY; Subject: IMMUNOLOGICAL deficiency syndromes; Subject: IMMUNE response; Subject: GENETIC disorders; Subject: PUBLIC health; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16441308&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tarkowski, A. AU - Moldoveanu, Z. AU - Koopman, W. J. AU - Radl, J. AU - Haaijman, J. J. AU - Mestecky, J. T1 - Cellular origins of human polymeric and monomeric IgA: enumeration of single cells secreting polymeric IgAl and IgA2 in peripheral blood, bone marrow, spleen, gingiva and synovial tissue. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1991/08// VL - 85 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 341 EP - 348 SN - 00099104 AB - Using modified ELISA and spot-ELISA. which permit the parallel determination of heavy chain subclass and the presence of covalently linked J chain, we analysed IgA found in cell culture supernatants or secreted by individual cells from peripheral blood, spleen, bone marrow, gingiva and synovial tissue, with respect to its polymeric or monomeric IgA form (pIgA, mIgA1 and IgA1 or lgA2 subclass. The ELISA for determination of J chain in tissue culture supernatants was specific and highly sensitive (detection limit in pg). The results demonstrated that IgA1-producing cells predominated in the tissues examined, and that J chain could he detected in association with the majority of IgA1 and lgA2 secreted by individual cells. With respect to the frequency of cells secreting polymeric, J chain-containing IgA, only 20-30% of cells from the bone marrow were engaged in the synthesis of pIgA. In other tissues the frequency of cells secreting pIgA1 and pIgA2 was considerably higher. Peripheral blood mononuclear cells secreting pIgA2 were easily inducible during stimulation with T cell-dependent pokeweed mitogen, whereas Epstein Barr virus-transformed cells secreted preferentially mIgA1. When the frequencies of pIgA-, pIgA1 - or pIgA2-secreting cells (determined by spot-ELISA technique) from different tissues were correlated with the proportion at pIgA to mIgA (and IgA subclasses) secreted in tissue culture supernatants, data obtained suggest that many individual IgA-producing cells could be engaged in simultaneous secretion of mIgA and pIgA. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ENZYME-linked immunosorbent assay KW - CELL culture KW - GUMS KW - SYNOVIAL membranes KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN A KW - TISSUE culture KW - IgA KW - IgA-secreting cells KW - IgA1 KW - IgA2 KW - monomeric KW - polymeric IgA N1 - Accession Number: 16173513; Tarkowski, A. 1; Moldoveanu, Z. 1; Koopman, W. J. 1; Radl, J. 2; Haaijman, J. J. 2; Mestecky, J. 1; Source Information: Aug1991, Vol. 85 Issue 2, p341; Subject: ENZYME-linked immunosorbent assay; Subject: CELL culture; Subject: GUMS; Subject: SYNOVIAL membranes; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULIN A; Subject: TISSUE culture; Author-Supplied Keyword: IgA; Author-Supplied Keyword: IgA-secreting cells; Author-Supplied Keyword: IgA1; Author-Supplied Keyword: IgA2; Author-Supplied Keyword: monomeric; Author-Supplied Keyword: polymeric IgA; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16173513&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cremer, M. A. AU - Townes, A. S. AU - Kang, A. H. T1 - Adjuvant-induced arthritis in rats. Evidence that autoimmunity to homologous collagens types I, II, IX and XI is not involved in the pathogenesis of arthritis. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 82 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 307 EP - 312 SN - 00099104 AB - We examined the sera of arthritic outbred Wistar and Sprague Dawley rats and inbred Fisher 344 and Wistar-Lewis rats for autoantibodies to rat type I, II, IX and XI collagens following the induction of arthritis with mycobacteria (MTB), Although many sera collected over an extended time were assayed in addition to acid cluates of arthritic joints, convincing evidence for autoimmunity to collagen could not be demonstrated. Instead, modest non-specific reactions were observed to collagen, irrelevant proteins, and buffer-treated plastic microtitre wells. In contrast, antibodies to purified protein derivative (PPD) were detected in the sera of rats developing adjuvant-induced arthritis, and antibodies to type II collagen, in the sera and joint eluate of rats developing experimental collagen-induced arthritis. Lastly, delayed-type hypersensitivity responses to collagen could not bed elected. nor could adjuvant-induced arthritis be attenuated by soluble collagen injected intravenously before challenge with MTB- We conclude that adjuvant-induced arthritis and experimental collagen-induced arthritis are distinct models of rheumatic disease and that autoimmunity to collagen is neither prevalent in adjuvant-induced arthritis nor necessary for its pathogenesis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ARTHRITIS KW - JOINTS (Anatomy) -- Diseases KW - IMMUNOLOGICAL adjuvants KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - AUTOIMMUNITY KW - adjuvant arthritis KW - autoimmunity KW - cartilage KW - collagen N1 - Accession Number: 15987399; Cremer, M. A. 1; Townes, A. S. 2; Kang, A. H. 1; Source Information: Nov1990, Vol. 82 Issue 2, p307; Subject: ARTHRITIS; Subject: JOINTS (Anatomy) -- Diseases; Subject: IMMUNOLOGICAL adjuvants; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject: AUTOIMMUNITY; Author-Supplied Keyword: adjuvant arthritis; Author-Supplied Keyword: autoimmunity; Author-Supplied Keyword: cartilage; Author-Supplied Keyword: collagen; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15987399&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Franzblau, Alfred AU - Rock, Cheryl L. AU - Werner, Robert A. AU - Albers, James W. AU - Kelly, Matthew P. AU - Johnston, Elizabeth C. T1 - The Relationship of Vitamin B6 Status to Median Nerve Function and Carpal Tunnel Syndrome Among Active Industrial Workers. JO - Journal of Occupational Medicine JF - Journal of Occupational Medicine Y1 - 1996/05// M3 - Article SP - 485 EP - 491 SN - 00961736 AB - Case reports and small case series suggest that vitamin B6 deficiency is an important etiologic factor in carpal tunnel syndrome (CTS). This hypothesis has never been examined in a randomly selected study population, particularly among active workers. We examined 125 randomly selected active workers from two industrial plants. Each worker completed a self-administered symptom questionnaire and underwent electrodiagnostic testing of the median and ulnar sensory nerves. Laboratory biochemical analyses of vitamin B6 status were also performed using the erythrocyte glutamic pyruvic transaminase assay, and quantification of plasma pyridoxal-5' phosphate. Measurements of vitamin B6 status were unrelated to self-reported symptoms potentially consistent with CTS, electrophysiologically determined median or ulnar nerve function, and CTS defined on the basis of self-reported symptoms and electrophysiologic measurements. These results suggest that CTS among active industrial workers is unrelated to vitamin B6 status. Furthermore, in our opinion, empiric prescription of vitamin B6 to patients with CTS is unwarranted and potentially hazardous. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Occupational Medicine is the property of Lippincott Williams & Wilkins and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 113379605; Franzblau, Alfred 1; Rock, Cheryl L. 1; Werner, Robert A. 1; Albers, James W. 1; Kelly, Matthew P. 1; Johnston, Elizabeth C. 1; Source Information: May1996, p485; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4285 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=113379605&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Watanabe, Kevin K. AU - Kang, Han K. T1 - Mortality Patterns among Vietnam Veterans. JO - Journal of Occupational Medicine JF - Journal of Occupational Medicine Y1 - 1996/03// M3 - Article SP - 272 EP - 278 SN - 00961736 AB - The mortality experience of 33,833 US Army and Marine Corps Vietnam veterans who died during 1965-1988 was compared with that of 36, 797 deceased non-Vietnam veterans using proportionate mortality ratios (PMRs). Military service information was abstracted from military personnel records and cause of death information recorded from death certificates.Army Vietnam veterans had statistically significant excesses of deaths from laryngeal cancer (PMR = 1.38) and lung cancer (PMR = 1.08). There was an excess of external causes (PMR = 1.03), including motor vehicle accidents (PMR = 1.03) and accidental poisonings (PMR = 1.17). In contrast to Army Vietnam veterans, the results for Marine Vietnam veterans varied according to the referent population used. When compared with non-Vietnam veterans, Marine Vietnam veterans had significantly elevated PMRs for lung cancer (PMR = 1.17) and skin cancer (PMR = 1.33). There was also a significant excess of external causes of death (PMR = 1.06), accidental poisonings (PMR = 1.19), and homicides (PMR = 1.16) compared with all non-Vietnam veterans. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Occupational Medicine is the property of Lippincott Williams & Wilkins and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 113379732; Watanabe, Kevin K. 1; Kang, Han K. 1; Source Information: Mar1996, p272; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3223 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=113379732&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Keeler, Theodore E. AU - Teh-Wei Hu AU - Barnett, Paul G. AU - Manning, Willard G. AU - Hai-Yen Sung T1 - Do cigarette producers price-discriminate by state?: An empirical analysis of local cigarette pricing and taxation. JO - Journal of Health Economics JF - Journal of Health Economics Y1 - 1996/08// VL - 15 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 499 EP - 512 SN - 01676296 AB - This study analyzes the interactive effects of oligopoly pricing, state taxation, and anti-smoking regulations on retail cigarette prices by state, using panel data for the 50 US states between 1960 and 1990. The results indicate that cigarette producers do price-discriminate by state, though the effect is not large relative to the final retail price. There are two further results: (1) state taxes are more than passed on - a 1-cent state tax increase results in a price increase of 1.11 cents, and (2) sellers offset state and local anti-smoking laws with lower prices, thereby blunting effects of the regulations. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Health Economics is the property of Elsevier Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - OLIGOPOLIES KW - STATE taxation KW - SMOKING -- Law & legislation KW - CIGARETTES KW - PRICES KW - UNITED States KW - Cigarettes KW - Oligopoly KW - Taxation KW - Tobacco N1 - Accession Number: 11895786; Keeler, Theodore E. 1; Teh-Wei Hu 2; Barnett, Paul G. 3; Manning, Willard G. 4; Hai-Yen Sung 5; Source Information: Aug1996, Vol. 15 Issue 4, p499; Subject: OLIGOPOLIES; Subject: STATE taxation; Subject: SMOKING -- Law & legislation; Subject: CIGARETTES; Subject: PRICES; Geographic Terms: UNITED States; Author-Supplied Keyword: Cigarettes; Author-Supplied Keyword: Oligopoly; Author-Supplied Keyword: Taxation; Author-Supplied Keyword: Tobacco; Number of Pages: 14p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=11895786&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Heng, M. C. Y. AU - Allen, S. G. AU - Kim, A. T1 - Tannic-acid staining material on high endothelial venules and lymphocytes in skin a peripheral lymph nodes in Staphylococcus aureus-associated erythroderma. JO - Clinical & Experimental Dermatology JF - Clinical & Experimental Dermatology Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 15 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 415 EP - 421 SN - 03076938 AB - The recognition and binding of glycoprotein receptors on lymphocytes to specific antigens present on high endothelial venules (HEV) precedes the egress of lymphocytes from the blood stream into the tissues. In this paper, we report the presence of HEVs with tannic-acid staining material (TASM[SUP+] HEVS) in Stahylococcus aureus-associated erythroderma, which allow the migration of CD8[SUP+] lymphocytes from the bloodstream into the epidermis TASM positivity is also expressed on lymphocytes within the regional lymph nodes, and by intravascular lymphocytes prior to leaving the TASM[SUP+] HEV. It is proposed that TASM positivity may represent a molecule, which may function in binding lymhocytes to HEVs prior to egress from the HEV (TASM is lost from lymphocytes after leaving the HEVS.) The expression of TASM positivity may form an essential part of the CD8[SUP+] lymhocyte-HEV recognition system, and may be the means whereby CD8[SUP+] lymphocytes generated in the regional lymph nodes by various mitogens (in this case by staphylococcal mitogens) may 'home' to specific sites with the epidermis TASM positivity on both the within the epidermis TASM positivity on both the HEVs and lymphocytes may serve as a convenient market of such a system. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Dermatology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - LYMPH nodes KW - ANTIGENS KW - STAPHYLOCOCCUS aureus KW - TANNINS N1 - Accession Number: 11519632; Heng, M. C. Y. 1; Allen, S. G. 1; Kim, A. 1; Source Information: Nov90, Vol. 15 Issue 6, p415; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: LYMPH nodes; Subject: ANTIGENS; Subject: STAPHYLOCOCCUS aureus; Subject: TANNINS; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2230.ep11519632 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=11519632&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Reidelberger, Roger D. T1 - Cholecystokinin and Control of Food Intake. JO - Journal of Nutrition JF - Journal of Nutrition Y1 - 1994/08/02/Aug94 Supplement VL - 124 M3 - Article SP - 1327S EP - 1333S SN - 00223166 AB - Two mechanisms have been suggested for the inhibitory effect of cholecystokinin on food intake: a central action of brain cholecystokinin on the brain feeding system, and a peripheral, presumably hormonal, action of gut cholecystokinin mediated by abdominal vagal afferent nerves. Existing evidence suggests that 1) endogenous cholecystokinin contributes to the production of satiety, 2) this satiety effect is primarily mediated by the type A receptor subtype, which is predominantly located in the periphery, but also found in discrete regions of the central nervous system, 3) postprandial increases in circulating cholecystokinin are neither sufficient nor necessary for normal satiety to occur, and 4) activation of abdominal vagal afferent neurons is not the only means by which endogenous cholecystokinin produces satiety. It remains to be determined whether endogenous cholecystokinin acts centrally and (or) peripherally by endocrine, paracrine, or neurocrine mechanisms to produce satiety. Peripheral actions of cholecystokinin that may contribute directly or indirectly to the production of satiety include inhibition of gastric emptying, activation of visceral sensory nerves, stimulation of the exocrine pancreas and gallbladder to facilitate digestion and absorption of ingested nutrients, and stimulation of insulin secretion. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Nutrition is the property of American Society for Nutrition and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CHOLECYSTOKININ KW - ENDOCRINE glands KW - CENTRAL nervous system KW - PARACRINE mechanisms KW - CELLULAR control mechanisms KW - INSULIN KW - SECRETION KW - INGESTION KW - NUTRITION KW - cholecystokinin KW - endocrine KW - neurocrine KW - paracrine KW - satiety N1 - Accession Number: 22587278; Reidelberger, Roger D. 1,2; Source Information: Aug94 Supplement, Vol. 124, p1327S; Subject: CHOLECYSTOKININ; Subject: ENDOCRINE glands; Subject: CENTRAL nervous system; Subject: PARACRINE mechanisms; Subject: CELLULAR control mechanisms; Subject: INSULIN; Subject: SECRETION; Subject: INGESTION; Subject: NUTRITION; Author-Supplied Keyword: cholecystokinin; Author-Supplied Keyword: endocrine; Author-Supplied Keyword: neurocrine; Author-Supplied Keyword: paracrine; Author-Supplied Keyword: satiety; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 2 Diagrams, 3 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=22587278&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jaume, J. C. AU - Burek, C. L. AU - Hoffman, W. H. AU - Rose, N. R. AU - Mclachlan, S. M. AU - Rapoport, B. T1 - Thyroid peroxidase autoantibody epitopic 'fingerprints' in juvenile Hashimoto's thyroiditis: evidence for conservation over time and in families. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1996/04// VL - 104 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 115 EP - 123 SN - 00099104 AB - In Hashimoto's thyroiditis, the humoral component is manifest by autoantibodies to thyroid peroxidase (TPO). Epitopic 'fingerprinting' of polyclonal serum TPO autoantibodies has been facilitated by the molecular cloning and expression as Fab of a repertoire of human TPO autoantibody genes. To investigate whether TPO autoantibody fingerprints are (i) stable over long periods of time (∼15 years), and (ii) inherited, we studied a cohort of nine patients with juvenile Hashimoto's thyroiditis and 21 first degree relatives of four of these piuients. Fingerprints were determined by competition between four selected Fab and serum autoantibodies for binding to 125I-TPO. Regardless of titre, the TPO epitopic profile was stable in 10/12 individuals whose TPO autoantibody levels were sufficient for analysis on two or three occasions over 12-15 years. Although the TPO epitopic fingerprint profiles in two families raised the possibility of inheritance, overall the data from all four families did not reveal an obvious pattern of genetic control. In no family was the TPO epitopic fingerprint associated with HLA A, B or DR. In conclusion, TPO autoantibody epitopic fingerprints are frequently conserved over many years. Studies on additional families are necessary to establish whether or not the epitopic profiles of TPO autoantibodies are inherited. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IODIDE peroxidase KW - AUTOIMMUNE thyroiditis KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - THYROIDITIS KW - PEROXIDASE KW - autoantibody KW - epitope KW - fingerprint KW - thyroid peroxidase KW - thyroiditis N1 - Accession Number: 15897563; Jaume, J. C. 1,2; Burek, C. L. 3,4; Hoffman, W. H. 5; Rose, N. R. 3,4; Mclachlan, S. M. 1,2; Rapoport, B. 1,2; Source Information: Apr1996, Vol. 104 Issue 1, p115; Subject: IODIDE peroxidase; Subject: AUTOIMMUNE thyroiditis; Subject: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: THYROIDITIS; Subject: PEROXIDASE; Author-Supplied Keyword: autoantibody; Author-Supplied Keyword: epitope; Author-Supplied Keyword: fingerprint; Author-Supplied Keyword: thyroid peroxidase; Author-Supplied Keyword: thyroiditis; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15897563&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Vanham, G. AU - Edmonds, K. AU - Qing, L. AU - Hom, D. AU - Toossi, Z. AU - Jones, B. AU - Daley, C. L. AU - Huebner, R. AU - Kestens, L. AU - Gigase, P. AU - Ellner, J. J. T1 - Generalized immune activation in pulmonary tuberculosis: co-activation with HIV infection. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1996/01// VL - 103 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 30 EP - 34 SN - 00099104 AB - Parameters of immune activation /differentiation were studied in a group of newly diagnosed HIV and HIV+ pulmonary tuberculosis (TB) patients. Compared with controls, HLA-DR expression on both CD4 and CD8 T cells from the HIV- TB patients was approximately doubled; HLA-DR on T cells from the HIV+ group was tripled. The monocytes from both groups of patients expressed abnormally high levels of the Fcγ receptors I and III. Serum levels of tumour necrosis factor-alpha (TNF-α), neopterin and β2-microglobulin were increased in HIV- and even more so in HIV+ TB patients. The expression of HLA-DR on T cell subsets and of FcγR on monocytes correlated with each other, but not with serum activation markers. This pattern of non-specific activation during TB infection may be associated with enhanced susceptibility to HIV infection. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - TUBERCULOSIS KW - PATIENTS KW - T cells KW - MONOCYTES KW - SERUM KW - HIV infections KW - FC&gamma receptor KW - HIV KW - HLA-DR KW - immune activation KW - tuberculosis N1 - Accession Number: 15947243; Vanham, G. 1; Edmonds, K. 2; Qing, L. 2; Hom, D. 2; Toossi, Z. 2; Jones, B. 3; Daley, C. L. 4; Huebner, R. 5; Kestens, L. 1; Gigase, P. 1; Ellner, J. J. 2; Source Information: Jan1996, Vol. 103 Issue 1, p30; Subject: TUBERCULOSIS; Subject: PATIENTS; Subject: T cells; Subject: MONOCYTES; Subject: SERUM; Subject: HIV infections; Author-Supplied Keyword: FC&gamma receptor; Author-Supplied Keyword: HIV; Author-Supplied Keyword: HLA-DR; Author-Supplied Keyword: immune activation; Author-Supplied Keyword: tuberculosis; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15947243&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Brito, B. E. AU - Romano, E. L. AU - Grunfeld, C. T1 - Increased lipopolysaccharide-induced tumour necrosis factor levels and death in hypercholesterolaemic rabbits. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1995/08// VL - 101 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 357 EP - 361 SN - 00099104 AB - Nutritional-induced hypercholesterolaemia in New Zealand rabbits causes increased susceptibility to experimental infections. Rabbits fed cholesterol (0.5g%) for 8 weeks were injected intravenously with varying doses of Escherichia coli 0127: B8 lipopolysaccharide (LPS; 3-100 μg/kg). The levels of cholesterol, triglycerides, tumour necrosis factor (TNF), and the survival rates of treated rabbits were then measured. Rabbits fed either normal chow or chow impregnated with sesame oil were used as controls. LPS induced higher serum TNF levels in hypercholesterolaemic rabbits than in normal rabbits or rabbits fed with chow containing sesame oil. TNF levels rose faster in hypercholesterolaemic rabbits than in normal rabbits, reaching maximum levels at 60 min and 120 min, respectively, after LPS injection. The survival rate of hypercholesterolaemic rabbits (1/11) was lower than in normal rabbits (6/7) or rabbits fed with the sesame oil chow (4/4) at the higher LPS doses. No death occurred at lower doses. One possible interpretation of these results, also supported by neutralization experiments, is that increased TNF secretion in hypercholesterolaemic rabbits raises the host's susceptibility to experimental endotoxaemia and possibly to Gram-negative infection. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HYPERCHOLESTEREMIA KW - BLOOD cholesterol KW - LOW-cholesterol diet KW - ESCHERICHIA coli KW - CYTOKINES KW - TUMOR necrosis factor KW - endotoxin KW - experimental infection KW - hypercholesterolaemia KW - susceptibility KW - tumour necrosis factor N1 - Accession Number: 16195615; Brito, B. E. 1; Romano, E. L. 1; Grunfeld, C. 2; Source Information: Aug1995, Vol. 101 Issue 2, p357; Subject: HYPERCHOLESTEREMIA; Subject: BLOOD cholesterol; Subject: LOW-cholesterol diet; Subject: ESCHERICHIA coli; Subject: CYTOKINES; Subject: TUMOR necrosis factor; Author-Supplied Keyword: endotoxin; Author-Supplied Keyword: experimental infection; Author-Supplied Keyword: hypercholesterolaemia; Author-Supplied Keyword: susceptibility; Author-Supplied Keyword: tumour necrosis factor; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16195615&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Yoshizawa, Y. AU - Ohtani, Y. AU - Inoue, T. AU - Miyake, S. AU - Ikeda, A. AU - Tanba, M. AU - Kurup, V. P. T1 - Immune responsiveness to inhaled antigens: local antibody production in the respiratory tract in health and lung diseases. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1995/06// VL - 100 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 395 EP - 400 SN - 00099104 AB - The pulmonary defence mechanism in summer type hypersensitivity pneumonitis induced by Trichosporon cutaneum was investigated. We have studied the antibody response to fungal antigens in sera and bronchoalveolar lavage (BAL) fluids from patients with summer type hypersensitivity pneumonitis, bird fancier's lung, interstitial pneumonia associated with collagen vascular disease (INT-PNE), and from normal volunteers. Antigens extracted from fungi frequently isolated from home environments were used in ELISA to detect IgG and IgA antibodies in sera and BAL fluids. The results of the present study show that antibody titre in the respiratory tract to a variety of fungi from home environments is modulated by ongoing pulmonary inflammation, and that antibody production against inhaled antigens is altered by pulmonary inflammation resulting from diverse pathogenesis. This study concludes that the preexisting pulmonary inflammatory disease alters antibody production in the respiratory tract in response to inhaled fungi, and that the type of alteration depends in part on the etiology of the preexisting disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - IMMUNE response KW - LUNG diseases KW - BRONCHOALVEOLAR lavage KW - PNEUMONIA KW - COLLAGEN KW - antibody against inhaled fungi KW - bronchoalveolar lavage fluids KW - pulmonary defence mechanism KW - pulmonary inflammation N1 - Accession Number: 16194559; Yoshizawa, Y. 1; Ohtani, Y. 1; Inoue, T. 1; Miyake, S. 1; Ikeda, A. 2; Tanba, M. 2; Kurup, V. P. 3; Source Information: Jun1995, Vol. 100 Issue 3, p395; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: IMMUNE response; Subject: LUNG diseases; Subject: BRONCHOALVEOLAR lavage; Subject: PNEUMONIA; Subject: COLLAGEN; Author-Supplied Keyword: antibody against inhaled fungi; Author-Supplied Keyword: bronchoalveolar lavage fluids; Author-Supplied Keyword: pulmonary defence mechanism; Author-Supplied Keyword: pulmonary inflammation; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16194559&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Macdermot, R. P. AU - Schreiber, S. AU - Nash, G. S. AU - Koopman, W. J. T1 - Increased spontaneous secretion of rheumatoid factor by intestinal lamina propria mononuclear cells from Crohn's disease but not ulcerative colitis patients. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1993/04// VL - 92 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 152 EP - 157 SN - 00099104 AB - Increased levels of rheumatoid factors (RF) have been observed in the serum of Crohn's disease but not ulcerative colitis patients, and have been proposed to relate to an increased state of intestinal lymphocyte activation. We have therefore examined the spontaneous in vitro secretion of RF by intestinal lamina propria mononuclear cells (MNC) isolated from specimens from control and inflammatory bowel disease (Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis) patients. Normal intestinal lamina propria MNC spontaneously secrete rheumatoid factors of different isotypes during 14 days of in vitro culture (9 7 ng/ml IgA RF. 11 6 ng/ml IgM RF and 64-6 ng/ml IgA anti-Fe (IgG)). In matched studies intestinal MNC isolated from normal large bowel exhibited significantly greater levels of RF synthesis and secretion in vitro than normal small bowel intestinal MNC. A large increase in spontaneous RF secretion was observed from Crohn's disease intestinal MNC (214 ng/ml IgA RF. 21 4 ng/ml IgM RF. and 108-15 ng/ml IgA anti-Fe (IgG)). when compared with normal controls. The amount of RF secreted was dependent on the amount of inflammatory activity of the bowel specimens, from which the MNC were isolated (198-3 ng/ml of IgA anti-Fc(IgG) from involved vrsus 50.0 ng/ml from matched non-involved tissue). Ulcerative colitis MNC released decreased amounts of RF(7.1 ng/ml IgA RF, 6-2 ng/ml IgM RF.and42'3 ng/ml IgA anti-Fe(IgG)). These observations using isolated intestinal MNC may explain the findings of RF changes in the sera of inflammatory bowel disease patients. Our observations support the hypothesis of a heightened state of activation in normal intestinal lamina propria MNC, which is further increased in active Crohn's disease. The dissimilarities observed between Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis may indicate fundamental differences in disease pathophysiology and will lead to further studies exploring intestinal immunoregulatory properties of RF. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CROHN'S disease KW - SERUM KW - INFLAMMATORY bowel diseases KW - ULCERATIVE colitis KW - IMMUNOGENETICS KW - PATHOLOGICAL physiology KW - inflammatory bowel disease KW - intestinal immunoglobulin secretion KW - intestinal inflammation KW - rheumatoid factor N1 - Accession Number: 16211595; Macdermot, R. P. 1; Schreiber, S. 2; Nash, G. S. 1; Koopman, W. J. 3,4; Source Information: Apr1993, Vol. 92 Issue 1, p152; Subject: CROHN'S disease; Subject: SERUM; Subject: INFLAMMATORY bowel diseases; Subject: ULCERATIVE colitis; Subject: IMMUNOGENETICS; Subject: PATHOLOGICAL physiology; Author-Supplied Keyword: inflammatory bowel disease; Author-Supplied Keyword: intestinal immunoglobulin secretion; Author-Supplied Keyword: intestinal inflammation; Author-Supplied Keyword: rheumatoid factor; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16211595&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ferrando, Stephen J. AU - Wall, Tamara L. AU - Batki, Steven L. AU - Sorensen, James L. T1 - Psychiatric Morbidity, Illicit Drug Use and Adherence to Zidovudine (AZT) Among Injection Drug Users with HIV Disease. JO - American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse JF - American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse Y1 - 1996/11// VL - 22 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 475 EP - 487 SN - 00952990 AB - This study describes the relationship between the need for psychiatric consultation, illicit drug use, and zidovudine (AZT) adherence in HIV-infected injection drug users (IDUs) in methadone maintenance treatment (MMT). The treatment records of 57 IDUs in MMT who had been prescribed AZT between May and August of 1991 were reviewed. Those who required psychiatric consultation (P+, N = 46, 81%) were compared with those who did not require psychiatric consultation (P-, N = 11, 19%) on adherence to AZT treatment (using the mean corpuscular volume [MCV] as a biological marker), on recent illicit drug use, and on CD4 lymphocyte (T cell) count changes from the beginning to the end of AZT treatment. The P+ subjects were less likely than P- subjects to adhere to AZT treatment: fewer in the P+ group had an MCV outside of the normal range, and P+ subjects had a lower average monthly increase in MCV since the beginning of AZT treatment. Recent illicit drug use and CD4 lymphocyte count changes from the beginning to the end of AZT treatment did not show group differences. Psychiatric morbidity among HIV-infected IDUs in MMT is common, and may contribute to poor adherence to AZT treatment. Psychiatric screening and adherence-enhancing interventions should be targeted to IDUs entering drug treatment programs. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse is the property of Taylor & Francis Ltd and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DRUG abuse -- Treatment KW - HIV-positive persons KW - METHADONE treatment programs KW - PSYCHIATRIC consultation KW - AZT (Drug) KW - BIOCHEMICAL markers N1 - Accession Number: 9702171192; Ferrando, Stephen J. 1; Wall, Tamara L. 2; Batki, Steven L. 3; Sorensen, James L. 3; Source Information: Nov96, Vol. 22 Issue 4, p475; Subject: DRUG abuse -- Treatment; Subject: HIV-positive persons; Subject: METHADONE treatment programs; Subject: PSYCHIATRIC consultation; Subject: AZT (Drug); Subject: BIOCHEMICAL markers; Number of Pages: 13p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9702171192&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Heithoff, Kim A. AU - Wiseman, Eve J. T1 - Reliability of Paper-Pencil Assessment of Drug Use Severity. JO - American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse JF - American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse Y1 - 1996/02// VL - 22 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 109 EP - 122 SN - 00952990 AB - This research examines whether sell-reported information about drug use severity can be obtained as reliably using a paper/pencil format as the traditional interviewer format. A sample of 67 patients seeking treatment for substance use disorders was recruited from a Veterans Administration Medical Center. Subjects sell-reported information related to drug use severity using both paper/pencil and interview formats. The results of comparisons of the two approaches indicate that method of test administration does not affect the test-retest reliability for most questions tested. Test-retest reliability estimates for these relatively brief indicators of drug use severity generally ranged from good to excellent. Although assessing drug use severity using a paper/pencil format is certainly not appropriate for all individuals with substance use disorders, for many individuals and situations it may prove to be a cost-effective alternative to the interview format. Further research is required to determine if parallel paper/pencil versions of widely used interviews can be developed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse is the property of Taylor & Francis Ltd and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DRUG abuse KW - VICTIMLESS crimes KW - SUBSTANCE abuse KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - COST effectiveness KW - MEDICAL centers N1 - Accession Number: 9603280441; Heithoff, Kim A. 1; Wiseman, Eve J. 2,3; Source Information: Feb96, Vol. 22 Issue 1, p109; Subject: DRUG abuse; Subject: VICTIMLESS crimes; Subject: SUBSTANCE abuse; Subject: ALCOHOLISM; Subject: COST effectiveness; Subject: MEDICAL centers; Number of Pages: 14p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9603280441&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Eiler, Kathryn AU - Schaefer, Melodle R. AU - Salstrom, Daniel AU - Lowery, Rebecca T1 - Double-Blind Comparison of Bromocriptine and Placebo in Cocaine Withdrawal. JO - American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse JF - American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse Y1 - 1995/02// VL - 21 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 65 EP - 79 SN - 00952990 AB - Twenty-nine cocaine-dependent male veterans without other drug dependence completed a double-blind controlled, randomly-assigned study examining the efficacy of bromocriptine versus placebo in the management of cocaine abstinence symptomatology. Serum prolactin (PL) and growth hormone (GH) levels were obtained prior to and after the study was completed. Patients were seen daily and completed several self-report questionnaires, including the Symptom Checklist-90-Revised, the Beck Depression Inventory, and a Cocaine Craving Report, The patients were also asked to rate a variety of cocaine withdrawal symptoms. Overall, there did not appear to be any advantage lo receiving bromocriptine versus placebo during the first 3 weeks following cocaine use cessation with the possible exception of changes in activity and appetite level. The placebo group showed a statistically significant increase in activity level during the first week in treatment and a significant increase in appetite throughout the study. Patients in both groups showed significant improvement in the other areas assessed, with improvement appearing to progress according to length of treatment, Hyperprolactinemia or abnormal GH levels were not found in this patient sample as a group. Thirty-four of the original 63 patients dropped out of the study. Seventeen received bromocriptine, and 17 received placebo. There was no significant difference between drug groups in incidence of retaining patients in treatment. The high dropout rate may reflect the difficulty incurred In retaining cocaine-dependent patients in treatment. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse is the property of Taylor & Francis Ltd and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - COCAINE abuse KW - DRUG withdrawal symptoms KW - BECK Depression Inventory KW - DRUG addiction KW - COCAINE KW - MENTAL depression -- Diagnosis N1 - Accession Number: 9505022966; Eiler, Kathryn 1,2; Schaefer, Melodle R. 3; Salstrom, Daniel 4; Lowery, Rebecca 5; Source Information: Feb95, Vol. 21 Issue 1, p65; Subject: COCAINE abuse; Subject: DRUG withdrawal symptoms; Subject: BECK Depression Inventory; Subject: DRUG addiction; Subject: COCAINE; Subject: MENTAL depression -- Diagnosis; Number of Pages: 15p; Illustrations: 3 Charts, 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9505022966&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chakraborti, Sajal AU - Michael, John R. AU - Sanyal, Tapati T1 - Defining the role of protein kinase c in calcium-ionophore-(A23187)-mediated activation of phospholipase A2 in pulmonary endothelium. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1992/06/15/ VL - 206 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 965 EP - 972 SN - 00142956 AB - We sought to investigate the mechanisms by which the calcium ionophore A23187 triggers arachidonic acid release in bovine pulmonary endothelial cells and to test the hypothesis that protein kinase C is involved in this process. Our results indicate that the mechanism by which A23187 increases phospholipase A2 activity and arachidonic acid release in bovine pulmonary arterial endothelial cells depends upon the concentration studied. At concentrations of 1 µM and 2.5 µM, A23187 increases phospholipase A2 activity and arachidonic acid release without stimulating protein kinase C. At concentrations of 5-12.5 µM, A23187 increases arachidonic acid release and phospholipase A2 activity in conjunction with a dose-dependent activation of membrane-bound protein kinase C. To test the hypothesis that these doses of A23187 increase phospholipase A2 activity by stimulating protein kinase C, we studied the effect of prior treatment with the protein kinase C inhibitor sphingosine. Sphingosine inhibits the increase in phospholipase A2 activity and arachidonic acid release caused by A23187 over the range 5-12.5 µM. To investigate further the potential role of protein kinase C, we studied the effects of the inactive phorbol ester 4α-phorbol 12β-myristate 13αacetate (4α-PMA) and an active phorbol ester 4β-phorbol 12β-myristate 13α-acetate (4β PMA). Neither 4α-PMA nor 4β-PMA affected basal arachidonic acid release. 4α-PMA also did not augment the effects of A23187. In contrast, 4β-PMA significantly augments the increase in phospholipase A2 activity and arachidonic acid release caused by lower doses of A23187. Under these conditions, sphingosine completely inhibits the stimulatory effects of 4β-PMA on protein kinase C translocation, phospholipase A2 and arachidonic acid release. Thus, at low doses (1 µM and 2.5 µM) A23187 increases phospholipase A2 activity and arachidonic acid release by a mechanism that does not involve protein kinase C. At these A23187 doses, activating membrane-bound protein kinase C with 4β-PMA causes a synergistic increase in phospholipase A2 activity and arachidonic acid release. At higher doses (5-12.5 µM), A23187 acts in large part by stimulating protein kinase C translocation. Overall, our results indicate that activating membrane-bound protein kinase C by itself is an insufficient stimulus to increase phospholipase A2 activity and arachidonic acid release in pulmonary endothelial cells, but activating protein kinase C can substantially augment the increase in phospholipase A2 activity and arachidonic acid caused by a small increase in intracellular calcium. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PROTEIN kinase C KW - IONOPHORES KW - PULMONARY endothelium KW - PHOSPHOLIPASES KW - PROTEIN kinases KW - BIOLOGICAL transport N1 - Accession Number: 13682977; Chakraborti, Sajal 1; Michael, John R. 2; Sanyal, Tapati 3; Source Information: 6/15/92, Vol. 206 Issue 3, p965; Subject: PROTEIN kinase C; Subject: IONOPHORES; Subject: PULMONARY endothelium; Subject: PHOSPHOLIPASES; Subject: PROTEIN kinases; Subject: BIOLOGICAL transport; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13682977&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Prónai, Lászió AU - Ichimori, Kohji AU - Nozaki, Hiroyuki AU - Nakazawa, Hiroe AU - Okino, Haruka AU - Carmichael, Alasdair J. AU - Arroyo, Carmen M. T1 - Investigation of the existence and biological role of L-arginine/nitric oxide pathway in human platelets by spin-trapping/EPR studies. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1991/12/18/ VL - 202 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 923 EP - 930 SN - 00142956 AB - The aim of the present study was to apply spin trapping/EPR spectroscopy to investigate the existence and biological role of the L-arginine/nitric oxide pathway in human platelet aggregation. Three different spin traps were used: two nitroso, 3,5-dibromo-4-nitrosobenzenesulfonate (DBNBS) and 2-methyl-2-nitrosopropane (MNP), and a nitrone, 5,5-dimethyl-1-pyrroline N-oxide (DMPO). The effect of spin-trap concentration on the collagen-induced human platelet aggregation was compared to the anti-aggregatory effect caused by L-arginine. The results show that the nitroso spin traps (DBNBS and MNP) are more effective than L-arginine in preventing platelet aggregation. DMPO has virtually no effect on the collagen-induced aggregation except at a high concentration (300 mM). Furthermore, activation of platelets with a low concentration of collagen (17 μg/ml) and in the presence of DBNBS or MNP yields several EPR-detectable spin adducts. Some of the observed spin adducts do not correspond to those originating from the interaction of a free radical, nitric oxide (NO[This symbol cannot be presented in ASCII format]) gas, with the spin traps [Arroyo, C. M. & Kohno, M. (1991) Free Radical Res. Commun. 14, 145–155]. Only one adduct of DBNBS, with a relative intensity of 0.1, observed in the washed-platelet experiment and in the presence of superoxide dismutase, is similar to the EPR spectrum obtained following a reaction of pure NO[This symbol cannot be presented in ASCII format] gas with DBNBS. This suggests that the EPR spectrum of the DBNBS adduct consisting of a triplet may originate from the production of NO[This symbol cannot be presented in ASCII format] by these cells. Additional DBNBS and MNP spin adducts were generated during platelet activation in the presence of Ca2+ and of a cytosol-depleted L-arginine preparation from washed platelets to which L-arginine was subsequently added. The formation of these DBNBS and MNP spin adducts were inhibited by Nω-methyl-L-arginine (MeArg, 100 μM), suggesting that these originated from a product of NO synthase. Furthermore, the formation of DBNBS and MNP spin adducts in platelet suspensions was enhanced by the presence of superoxide dismutase; however, their formation was prevented by the endothelial-derived relaxing factor (EDRF) inhibitors methylene blue and hemoglobin. The results from the MeArg and EDRF inhibitor experiments support the existence of the L-arginine/NO pathway in platelets. In addition, the prevention of spin-adduct formation by EDRF inhibitors, suggests that the mechanisms of EDRF formation and the L-arginine/NO pathway in endothelial cells and platelets are similar. The potent platelet anti-aggregatory effect shown by DBNBS and MNP, in addition to the results obtained from experiments involving MeArg and EDRF inhibitors, raise doubts with respect to the true identity of EDRF which has previously been suggested to be identical to NO[This symbol cannot be presented in ASCII format] originating from L-arginine. The results suggest that EDRF may be a nitroxylated compound, a hydroxyguanidinium cation radical, with strong nucleophilic properties and with pharmacological properties similar to NO[This symbol cannot be presented in ASCII format]. It is possible, following an electron reduction, that such a hydroxyguanidinium cation radical could yield NO[This symbol cannot be presented in ASCII format]. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ARGININE KW - NITRIC oxide KW - BLOOD platelets KW - EINSTEIN-Podolsky-Rosen experiment KW - SPECTRUM analysis KW - BIOCHEMISTRY N1 - Accession Number: 15826635; Prónai, Lászió 1; Ichimori, Kohji 1; Nozaki, Hiroyuki 1; Nakazawa, Hiroe 1; Okino, Haruka 1; Carmichael, Alasdair J. 2; Arroyo, Carmen M. 3; Source Information: 12/18/91, Vol. 202 Issue 3, p923; Subject: ARGININE; Subject: NITRIC oxide; Subject: BLOOD platelets; Subject: EINSTEIN-Podolsky-Rosen experiment; Subject: SPECTRUM analysis; Subject: BIOCHEMISTRY; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15826635&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pike, Cathy King AU - Hudson, Walter W. AU - Murphy, Douglas L. AU - McCuan, Eloise Rathbone T1 - Using Second-Order Factor Analysis in Examining Multiple Problems of Clients. JO - Research on Social Work Practice JF - Research on Social Work Practice Y1 - 1998/03// VL - 8 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 200 EP - 211 SN - 10497315 AB - This article assesses the potential of second-order factor analysis in examining, interpreting, and directing person-environment interventions with an array of different but related individual and environmental problem. Factor analysis is used often in developing instruments designed to measure client problems, aptitudes, or attitudes. Researchers use factor analysis to examine the items of their instruments and provide information about the content and construct validity of a new instrument. The most common rationale for undertaking studies of higher-order factor analysis of instruments has been to determine whether a more parsimonious explanation of the primary factor structures of instruments can be obtained. Higher-order factor studies can be used in social work to describe the general needs of client populations and to develop knowledge about those populations served by social work. This study reports the use of second-order factor analysis as a tool for examining an array of client data from a multidimensional tool. KW - CORRELATION (Statistics) KW - FACTOR analysis KW - PATH analysis (Statistics) KW - PROBLEM solving KW - SOCIAL services KW - RESEARCH N1 - Accession Number: 305053; Pike, Cathy King 1; Hudson, Walter W. 2; Murphy, Douglas L. 3; McCuan, Eloise Rathbone 3; Source Information: Mar98, Vol. 8 Issue 2, p200; Subject: CORRELATION (Statistics); Subject: FACTOR analysis; Subject: PATH analysis (Statistics); Subject: PROBLEM solving; Subject: SOCIAL services; Subject: RESEARCH; Number of Pages: 12p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4263 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=305053&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Anthony Jr., Dominic J. T1 - A Retrospective Evaluation of Factors Influencing Successful Outcomes on an Inpatient Psychiatric Crisis Unit. JO - Research on Social Work Practice JF - Research on Social Work Practice Y1 - 1992/01// VL - 2 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 56 EP - 64 SN - 10497315 AB - This retrospective chart review conducted by a Veterans Administration Medical Center social worker examined 69 records from inpatients receiving services at a short-term crisis intervention unit (CIU) between July 1985 and March 1986. The purpose of this study was to examine the characteristics of CIU patients successfully discharged to the community (n = 41) versus those requiring a transfer to a long-term care unit (n = 28). Treatment compliance and family support were found to be significant factors associated with successful program completion. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Research on Social Work Practice is the property of Sage Publications Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CRISIS intervention (Mental health services) KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PATIENT compliance KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY -- Evaluation KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY -- Outcome assessment N1 - Accession Number: 9609115802; Anthony Jr., Dominic J. 1; Source Information: Jan92, Vol. 2 Issue 1, p56; Subject: CRISIS intervention (Mental health services); Subject: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject: PATIENT compliance; Subject: PSYCHOTHERAPY -- Evaluation; Subject: PSYCHOTHERAPY -- Outcome assessment; Number of Pages: 9p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3036 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9609115802&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rushton, Patricia AU - Brown, Sherry T1 - Patient and Caregiver Perceptions of Cancer Pain Control. JO - Cancer Practice JF - Cancer Practice Y1 - 1999/09// VL - 7 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 257 EP - 261 SN - 10654704 AB - objectives: This study measured the perceptions of cancer patients and caregivers in Utah concerning knowledge about and adequacy of pharmacologic cancer pain control. materials and methods: A descriptive survey was sent to a stratified random sample of adult cancer patients obtained from the Utah Tumor Registry. Questionnaires asked cancer patients and caregivers about their knowledge of pain control and about perceptions of the adequacy of pharmacologic cancer pain management. results: The study had a 52% response rate (259 of 500) after two mailings. Eighty-five percent (219 of 259) of the respondents stated that they had no cancer pain. With the first mailing, a “no pain” response was not offered as an option. When the researchers realized that this might be a possible response, a second mailing was sent, which may be the reason for the high response rate. conclusions: Cancer literature indicates that much cancer pain is not effectively controlled. The majority of the respondents of this study reported no pain. Because this result is different than that reported in the literature, it may indicate that education of healthcare providers, patients, and families can improve cancer pain management and control. It may also indicate an inability of the study to obtain data from those patients having cancer pain. This study should be repeated with a focused population of advanced stage cancer patients with types of cancer typically producing high levels of cancer pain. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Cancer Practice is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CANCER pain KW - DRUGS -- Effectiveness KW - UTAH KW - UNITED States KW - Cancer, pain KW - Caregiver KW - Pain control KW - Patient perception N1 - Accession Number: 5303698; Rushton, Patricia 1; Brown, Sherry 2; Source Information: Sep99, Vol. 7 Issue 5, p257; Subject: CANCER pain; Subject: DRUGS -- Effectiveness; Geographic Terms: UTAH; UNITED States; Author-Supplied Keyword: Cancer, pain; Author-Supplied Keyword: Caregiver; Author-Supplied Keyword: Pain control; Author-Supplied Keyword: Patient perception; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 7 Charts; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1046/j.1523-5394.1999.75009.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5303698&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lutz, Gabriele K. AU - Butzlaff, Martin E. AU - Atlas, Steven J. AU - Keller, Robert B. AU - Singer, Daniel E. AU - Deyo, Richard A. AU - Lutz, G K AU - Butzlaff, M E AU - Atlas, S J AU - Keller, R B AU - Singer, D E AU - Deyo, R A T1 - The relation between expectations and outcomes in surgery for sciatica. JO - JGIM: Journal of General Internal Medicine JF - JGIM: Journal of General Internal Medicine Y1 - 1999/12// VL - 14 IS - 12 M3 - journal article SP - 740 EP - 744 SN - 08848734 AB - Objective: To describe the expectations that patients and their physicians have for outcomes after surgical treatment for sciatica and to examine the associations between expectations and outcomes.Design: Prospective cohort study.Setting/patients: We recruited 273 patients, from the offices of orthopedic surgeons, neurosurgeons, and occupational medicine physicians in Maine, who had diskectomy for sciatica.Measurements and Main Results: Patients' and physicians' expectations were measured before surgery. Satisfaction with care and changes in symptoms and functional status were measured 12 months after surgery. More patients who expected a shorter recovery tJgie after surgery were "delighted," "pleased," or "mostly satisfied" with their outcomes 12 months after surgery than patients who expected a longer recovery tJgie (odds ratio [OR] 2.2; 95% confidence interval [CI] 1.1, 4.4). Also, more patients who preferred surgery after learning that sciatica could get better without surgery had good symptom scores 12 months after surgery than patients who did not prefer surgery (OR 2.9; 95% CI 1.2, 7.0). When physicians predicted a "great deal of Jgiprovement" after surgery, 39% of patients were not satisfied with their outcomes and 25% said their symptoms had not Jgiproved.Conclusions: More patients with favorable expectations about surgery had good outcomes than patients with unfavorable expectations. Physicians' expectations were overly optJgiistic. Patient expectations appear to be Jgiportant predictors of outcomes, and eliciting them may help physicians identify patients more likely to benefit from diskectomy for sciatica. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of JGIM: Journal of General Internal Medicine is the property of Springer Science & Business Media B.V. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SCIATICA -- Treatment KW - SURGERY KW - diskectomy KW - patient expectations KW - physician expectations KW - sciatica N1 - Accession Number: 5527839; Lutz, Gabriele K.; Butzlaff, Martin E. 1; Atlas, Steven J. 2; Keller, Robert B. 3; Singer, Daniel E. 2; Deyo, Richard A. 4; Lutz, G K 5; Butzlaff, M E; Atlas, S J; Keller, R B; Singer, D E; Deyo, R A; Source Information: Dec1999, Vol. 14 Issue 12, p740; Subject: SCIATICA -- Treatment; Subject: SURGERY; Author-Supplied Keyword: diskectomy; Author-Supplied Keyword: patient expectations; Author-Supplied Keyword: physician expectations; Author-Supplied Keyword: sciatica; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: journal article L3 - 10.1046/j.1525-1497.1999.10417.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5527839&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Stern, David T. AU - Caldicott, Catherine V. T1 - Turfing. JO - JGIM: Journal of General Internal Medicine JF - JGIM: Journal of General Internal Medicine Y1 - 1999/04// VL - 14 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 243 EP - 248 SN - 08848734 AB - OBJECTIVE: To examine the language of “turfing,” a ubiquitous term applied to some transfers of patients between physicians, in order to reveal aspects of the ideology of internal medicine residency. SETTING: Academic internal medicine training program. MEASUREMENTS: Using direct observation and a focus group, we collected audiotapes of medical residents’ discussions of turfing. These data were analyzed using interpretive and conversation analytic methods. The focus group was used both to validate and to further elaborate a schematic conceptual framework for turfing. MAIN RESULTS: The decision to call a patient “turfed” depends on the balance of the values of effectiveness of therapy, continuity of care, and power. For example, if the receiving physician cannot provide a more effective therapy than can the transferring physician, medical residents consider the transfer inappropriate, and call the patient a turf. With appropriate transfers, these residents see their service as honorable, but with turfs, residents talk about the irresponsibility of transferring physicians, burdens of service, abuse, and powerlessness. CONCLUSIONS: Internal medicine residents can feel angry and frustrated about receiving patients perceived to be rejected by other doctors, and powerless to prevent the transfer of those patients for whom they may have no effective treatment or continuous relationship. This study has implications for further exploration of how the relationships between physicians may uphold or conflict with the underlying moral tenets of the medical profession. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of JGIM: Journal of General Internal Medicine is the property of Springer Science & Business Media B.V. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PHYSICIANS KW - PATIENTS KW - patient transfers KW - professional relationships KW - professional values KW - residency KW - turfing N1 - Accession Number: 5527774; Stern, David T. 1; Caldicott, Catherine V. 1; Source Information: Apr1999, Vol. 14 Issue 4, p243; Subject: PHYSICIANS; Subject: PATIENTS; Author-Supplied Keyword: patient transfers; Author-Supplied Keyword: professional relationships; Author-Supplied Keyword: professional values; Author-Supplied Keyword: residency; Author-Supplied Keyword: turfing; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1046/j.1525-1497.1999.00325.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5527774&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - MacFarlane, D. E. AU - Manzel, L. AU - Krieg, A. M. T1 - Unmethylated CpG-containing oligodeoxynucleotides inhibit apoptosis in WEHI231 B lymphocytes induced by several agents: evidence for blockade of apoptosis at a distal signalling step. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1997/08// VL - 91 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 586 EP - 593 SN - 00192805 AB - Certain oligodeoxynucleotides (ODN) containing cytosine followed by guanosine (CpG) protect B cells from apoptosis, and induce B-cell proliferation and cytokine production. We investigated the effect of phosphorothioate CpG-containing ODNs (5'-ATAATCGACGTTCAAGCAAG-3' or 5'-TCCATGACGTTCCTGACGTT-3') and control ODNs (which did not contain CpG) on apoptosis and cell growth in WEHI 231 murine B lymphoma cells. Anti-surface (α-s)IgM antibody induces 40-60% DNA degradation and growth arrest of WEHI 231 cells in 24 h. Both of these effects were substantially reversed by 30 ng/ml CpG-ODN added up to 8 hr after α-sIgM. Control ODNs not containing the CpG motif were without effect. We explored various hypotheses to account for these effects. The phorbol ester, 12-O-tetradecanoyl phorbol-13-acetate, inhibits apoptosis induced by α-sIgM, but the anti-apoptotic effect of CpG-ODN was not affected by inhibitors of protein kinase C, indicating that CpG-ODN does not act via protein kinase C. CpG-ODN inhibited apoptosis and growth arrest induced by C2- and C8-ceramide, sphingomyelinase and an intracellular Ca2+ pump inhibitor thapsigargin, indicating that inhibition is not mediated via suppression of the ceramide cycle or suppression of Ca2+ mobilization. CpG-ODN partially inhibited apoptosis induced by okadaic acid, a protein phosphatase inhibitor, and by menadione, a free radical generator. CpG-ODN also inhibited apoptosis and growth arrest induced by ultraviolet-irradiation, glucocorticoid, vinca alkaloids, and doxorubicin. CpG-ODN significantly protected cells from DNA fragmentation induced by α-sIgM in the presence of cycloheximide, but cycloheximide itself induces apoptosis which was unaffected by CpG-ODN. These results suggest that CpG-ODNs powerfully modulate the process by which immune cells are committed to death or proliferation by a mechanism acting on distal cell signalling events. CpG-ODNs may be able to decrease immunosuppression in patients undergoing cancer chemotherapy. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - B cells KW - CELLULAR immunity KW - IMMUNE response -- Regulation KW - APOPTOSIS KW - PROTEIN kinases KW - ANTINEOPLASTIC agents N1 - Accession Number: 14054146; MacFarlane, D. E. 1; Manzel, L. 1; Krieg, A. M. 1; Source Information: Aug97, Vol. 91 Issue 4, p586; Subject: B cells; Subject: CELLULAR immunity; Subject: IMMUNE response -- Regulation; Subject: APOPTOSIS; Subject: PROTEIN kinases; Subject: ANTINEOPLASTIC agents; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14054146&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Singer, N. G. AU - Richardson, B. C. AU - Powers, D. AU - Hooper, F. AU - Lialios, F. AU - Endres, J. AU - Bott, C. M. AU - Fox, D. A. T1 - Role of the CD6 glycoprotein in antigen-specific and autoreactive responses of cloned human T lymphocytes. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1996/08// VL - 88 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 537 EP - 543 SN - 00192805 AB - CD6 is a 130000 MWT-cell surface glycoprotein that can deliver coactivating signals to mature T lymphocytes. Studies using monoclonal antibodies (mAb) have defined at least four epitopes on CD6, and distinct functional responses are elicited by mAb to the different epitopes. The function of CD6 is unknown. Multiple CD6 iigands are predicted, based on data that a soluble CD6 fusion protein precipitates at least three peptides. A cDNA clone for one of these ligands, termed activated leucocyte-cell adhesion molecule (ALCAM) has recently been isolated. In order to further characterize the role of CD6 in cell-cell interactions, we have examined the role of CD6 in a variety of responses by tetanus toxoid (TT) specific human T-cell clones. Anti-CD6 mAb UMCD6 (epitope 3) inhibits antigen-specific responses of such clones to TT, but not to the superantigen SEA. Responses of clones to nominal antigen are CD6-dependent using either peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) or macrophage-depleted E rosette negative cells as the antigen- presenting cell (APC) population. Furthermore, these clones made autoreactive with DNA methyltransferase inhibitors express increased CD6, and autoreactivity is inhibited by UMCD6. Taken together, the data suggests the existence of a functional CD6 ligand in peripheral blood which is expressed by APC, including cells other than macrophages. Interactions between CD6 and CD6 ligands may regulate both antigen specific and autoreactive responses of human T lymphocytes. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - GLYCOPROTEINS KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - MONOCLONAL antibodies KW - ANTIGENIC determinants KW - PEPTIDES KW - LIGANDS (Biochemistry) N1 - Accession Number: 14088897; Singer, N. G. 1,2; Richardson, B. C. 1,3,4; Powers, D. 1; Hooper, F. 1; Lialios, F. 1; Endres, J. 1; Bott, C. M. 1; Fox, D. A. 1,3,5; Source Information: Aug96, Vol. 88 Issue 4, p537; Subject: GLYCOPROTEINS; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: MONOCLONAL antibodies; Subject: ANTIGENIC determinants; Subject: PEPTIDES; Subject: LIGANDS (Biochemistry); Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14088897&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Giese, N. A. AU - Gazzinelli, R. T. AU - Actor, J. K. AU - Morawetz, R. A. AU - Sarzotti, M. AU - Morse III, H. C. T1 - Retrovirus-elicited interleukin-12 and tumour necrosis factor-α as inducers of interferon-γ-mediated pathology in mouse AIDS. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1996/03// VL - 87 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 467 EP - 474 SN - 00192805 AB - Spleen cells from mice resistant or sensitive to mouse acquired immune deficiency syndrome (MAIDS) were examined for cytokine mRNA. In MAIDS-resistant BALB/c mice, cytokine transcripts peaked at 1 week after infection with Type 1 cytokines [interleukin-2 (IL-2), turnout necrosis factor-α (TNF-α), interferon-γ (IFN-γ), IL-12], dominating over Type 2 cytokines (IL-4, IL-10). Expression of cytokines other than IL-2 later declined to levels seen in uninfected mice. In MAIDS-sensitive B6 mice, transcripts for all cytokines were increased at 1 week and, except for IL-2, increased progressively. Spontaneous production of IFN-γ protein was associated with enhanced mRNA expression at 1 week after infection of either strain, but none was detectable in association with even higher levels of transcripts at later times after infection of B6 mice. Spleen cells from longer-term-infected B6 mice, however, produced substantial amounts of IFN-γ following treatment with lipopolysaccharide (LPS) or IL-12. Inclusion of anti-IL-12 or anti- TNF-α antibodies blocked induction of IFN-γ by LPS. Induction of IFN-γ by IL-12 was potentiated by TNF-α following stimulation of intact spleen cells and purified CD4+ or CD8+ T cells, as well as negatively selected CD4-8- cells from infected B6 mice. Further studies showed that IFN-γ knockout mice on a B6 background developed MAIDS with a prolonged time-course, whereas BALB/c knockout mice were unchanged in their resistance to MAIDS. These studies suggest that continuing low-level expression of IFN-γ stimulated by IL-12 and TNF-α contributes to the susceptibility of B6 mice to MAIDS but is not required for the resistance of BALB/c mice to disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AIDS (Disease) KW - MICE as laboratory animals KW - INTERLEUKIN-12 KW - TUMOR necrosis factor KW - INTERFERONS KW - RETROVIRUSES KW - IMMUNOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 14086405; Giese, N. A. 1; Gazzinelli, R. T. 2; Actor, J. K. 2; Morawetz, R. A. 1; Sarzotti, M. 3; Morse III, H. C. 1; Source Information: Mar96, Vol. 87 Issue 3, p467; Subject: AIDS (Disease); Subject: MICE as laboratory animals; Subject: INTERLEUKIN-12; Subject: TUMOR necrosis factor; Subject: INTERFERONS; Subject: RETROVIRUSES; Subject: IMMUNOLOGY; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14086405&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Myers, L.K. AU - Miyahara, H. AU - Terato, K. AU - Seyer, J.M. AU - Stuartt, J.M. AU - Kang, A.H. T1 - Collagen-induced arthritis in B10.RIII mice (H-2r): identification of an arthritogenic T-cell determinant. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1995/04// VL - 84 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 509 EP - 513 SN - 00192805 AB - Susceptibility to collagen-induced arthritis (CIA), a murine model of autoimmune arthritis, is strongly linked to only two major histocompatibility complex (MHC) haplotypes, H-2q and H-2r. In order to identify the determinants of type II collagen (CII) required to induce arthritis in H-2rbeating mice, B10.RIII mice were immunized with bovine, chick or human CII. Only bovine Cfi induced significant arthritis and autoantibodies. When the major CNBr peptides of bovine collagen were isolated and used for immunization, only mice immunized with CB8, representing CII 403-551, developed arthritis. To identify immunogenic epitope(s) within CB8, a panel of synthetic peptides representing overlapping sequences of the bovine peptide was generated. When each peptide was cultured with T cells from B10.RIII mice immunized with CII, one peptide, representing CII 430-466, contained a major T-cell epitope. By using an in vitro lymphokine production assay, the T-cell epitope was further narrowed to CII 442-456. These findings suggest that a T-cell determinant important for the initiation of arthritis in B10.RIII (H-2r) mice is located within a 15 amino acid sequence, residues 442-456 of bovine CII. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ARTHRITIS KW - MAJOR histocompatibility complex KW - HLA histocompatibility antigens KW - MICE as laboratory animals KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS N1 - Accession Number: 13373652; Myers, L.K. 1; Miyahara, H. 1; Terato, K. 2; Seyer, J.M. 2; Stuartt, J.M. 2; Kang, A.H. 2; Source Information: Apr95, Vol. 84 Issue 4, p509; Subject: ARTHRITIS; Subject: MAJOR histocompatibility complex; Subject: HLA histocompatibility antigens; Subject: MICE as laboratory animals; Subject: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13373652&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wicher, V. AU - Baughn, R.E. AU - Wicher, K. T1 - Congenital and neonatal syphilis in guinea-pigs show a different pattern of immune response. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1994/07// VL - 82 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 404 EP - 409 SN - 00192805 AB - C4-defident (C4D) and Albany strains of guinea-pigs transplacentally and neonatally infected with Treponema pallidum showed distinctive patterns of humoral immune responses. Congenitally infected progeny of both strains originated from dams intradermally (i.d.) infected at midpregnancy with virulent T. pallidum. In the neonatal groups families of C4D and Albany strains consisting of l-3-day-old offspring and their mothers were i.d. infected with a similar dose of T. pallidum. Regardless of the strain, asymptomatic congenitally infected guinea-pigs (n = 16) responded from the first day of life with high levels of IgM [T. pallidum (TP) ELISA] antitreponemal antibodies and up to 85% presented with IgM CIC (circulating immune complexes) and IgM RF (rheumatoid factor). Although relatively high levels of IgM antitreponernal antibodies persisted in these animals throughout the 4-month experimental period, significant levels of host IgG anfitreponemal antibodies were detectable after 2-3 months of age. Neonatally infected guinea-pigs of both strains (n = 27) responded similarly to the infected sow but with relatively lower levels of IgM and IgG antitreponemal antibodies at 1 and 4 weeks, respectively, both of which increased with the time of infection. Antibodies were also detected in these animals by fluorescent treponemal antibody adsorption test (FTA-ABS). Unlike congenital syphilis, neonatally infected animals developed IgG-CIC after 2-3 months of infection and none of them showed any RF. In neonatal syphilis, FTA-ABS antibody levels were closely associated with the onset of lesions, whereas those of TP ELISA were not. The distinctive immune responses observed in these experimental models have the potential to differentiate between congenitally and neonatally infected human infants, even though the current clinical management is the same. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SYPHILIS KW - IMMUNE response KW - TREPONEMA pallidum KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - IMMUNE complexes KW - RHEUMATOID factor N1 - Accession Number: 13375923; Wicher, V. 1; Baughn, R.E. 2; Wicher, K. 1; Source Information: Jul94, Vol. 82 Issue 3, p404; Subject: SYPHILIS; Subject: IMMUNE response; Subject: TREPONEMA pallidum; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: IMMUNE complexes; Subject: RHEUMATOID factor; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13375923&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Quddus, J. AU - Kaplan, A. AU - Richardson, B. C. T1 - Anti-CD11a prevents deletion of self-reactive T cells in neonatal C57BR mice. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1994/06// VL - 82 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 301 EP - 305 SN - 00192805 AB - The process of thymic maturation permits development of T cells expressing receptors which recognize self-major histocompatibility complex (MHC) determinants, but deletes T cells recognizing self-MHC determinants with high affinity. This selection process is evolutionarily conserved, and presumably serves in part to prevent the release of autoreactive cells. However, the mechanisms involved in the selection process, and the molecules required are incompletely characterized. Lymphocyte function-associated antigen-1 (LFA-l) is an accessory molecule important in T-cell activation, is involved in thymocyte-epithelial cell binding, and contributes to the maturation of CD4 - CD8 - thymocytes to the CD4 + CD8 + stage. In this report we have investigated whether LFA- 1 also contributes to the thymic deletion of potentially self-reactive cells. Neonatal C57Br mice were injected with amounts of a monoclonal antibody to LFA-l that saturated thymic binding sites, then splenocytes were examined for I cells expressing receptors normally deleted in the thymus. The results demonstrate that Vβl 7a + T cells, normally deleted in this strain, can be detected in the spleen following administration of anti-LFA- 1, thus supporting the hypothesis that LFA-1 also contributes to negative selection. The potential significance of LFA-1 involvement in multiple thymic maturation events is discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - NEONATAL infections KW - T cells KW - THYMIC hormones KW - MICE KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS N1 - Accession Number: 13377231; Quddus, J. 1; Kaplan, A. 1; Richardson, B. C. 1,2; Source Information: Jun94, Vol. 82 Issue 2, p301; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: NEONATAL infections; Subject: T cells; Subject: THYMIC hormones; Subject: MICE; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13377231&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Baughn, R. E. AU - Wicher, V. AU - Wicher, K. T1 - Production of rheumatoid factor in adoptively immune guinea-pigs after challenge with Treponema pallidum. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1992/08// VL - 76 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 548 EP - 552 SN - 00192805 AB - Guinea-pigs of inbred strains 2 and C4D were infused with various concentrations (1 × 108 to 4 × 108 of syngeneic nylon wool-purified Treponema pallidum-immune T lymphocytes (TPI-T) and challenged 24 hr later with virulent T. pallidum (108 organisms). The degree of protection depended on the number of infused T cells and was associated with an accelerated production of IgM rheumatoid factor (RF). Fully protected animals (4 × 108 TPI-T) did not produce treponemal antibodies or circulating immune complexes (CIC) but produced IgM RF detectable 10 days after infection. Partially protected animals (⩽ 2 × 108 TPI-T) produced, 30 days post-infection, relatively low levels of treponemal antibodies but high levels of CIC and RE. Control animals infused with 2 × 108 TPI-T lymphocytes but not infected with T. pallidum, when monitored for a period of 6 weeks, did not produce treponemal antibodies, CIC, or RE, excluding the possibility that IgM RF could be generated by the donor's B cells contaminating (circa 3%) the TPI-T lymphocytes. Moreover, unprotected syngeneic control animals infused, prior to infection, with T. phagedenis biotype Reiterimmune T cells or with T. pallidum-free testicular inflammatory fluid-immune T cells responded with increasing levels of treponemal antibodies; only a few animals produced RE and CIC 5 months after infection similarly to control guinea-pigs infected only. The production of RF in partially protected animals responding to infection with treponemal antibodies and CIC was apparently associated with the presence of the CIC; but the mechanism of RE production in fully protected animals in which no antibodies or CIC were detected is currently unknown. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RHEUMATOID factor KW - GUINEA pigs KW - TREPONEMA pallidum KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - ANTI-immunoglobulin autoantibodies KW - IMMUNOGENETICS N1 - Accession Number: 13391319; Baughn, R. E. 1,2,3; Wicher, V. 4; Wicher, K. 4; Source Information: Aug92, Vol. 76 Issue 4, p548; Subject: RHEUMATOID factor; Subject: GUINEA pigs; Subject: TREPONEMA pallidum; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: ANTI-immunoglobulin autoantibodies; Subject: IMMUNOGENETICS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13391319&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Suzuki, Y. AU - Joh, K. AU - Orellana, M. A. AU - Conley, F. K. AU - Remington, J. S. T1 - A gene(s) within the H-2D region determines the development of toxoplasmic encephalitis in mice. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1991/12// VL - 74 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 732 EP - 739 SN - 00192805 AB - Studies were performed in a murine model to determine if there is genetic control of the development of toxoplasmic encephalitis. Ten weeks after infection with the MEA9 strain of Toxoplasma gondii, mice with the H-2b haplotype (C57BL/6, C57BL/10) and H-2k hapiotype (C3H/He, CBA/J) developed remarkable inflammatory changes in their brains, whereas mice with the H-2a haplotype (A/J) and H-2d haplotype (BALB/c, DBA/2) did not. In the area of acute focal inflammation in mice with the H-2b and H-2k haplotypes, tachyzoites and toxoplasma antigens were demonstrated by immunoperoxidase staining, suggesting that the focal inflammation was induced by toxoplasma organisms. B10 congenic mice were used for further analysis of this genetic regulation. Presence of the encephalitis in B10 and B10.BR but not in B10.A and B10.D2 mice at 10 weeks after infection indicated regulation of the inflammation by a gene(s) within the H-2 complex. The encephalitis developed in B10.A (2R) and B10.A (4R) mice but not in B10.A (3R) and B10.A (18R) during infection. These results clearly indicated that the development of toxoplasmic encephalitis was controlled by a gene(s) in the H-2D region. The Qa and Tla genes did not appear to be critical in determining susceptibility to the encephalitis. There was no correlation between serum toxoplasma antibody titres and occurrence of the encephalitis. Injection of a monoclonal antibody to interferon- gamma (IFN-γ) remarkably augmented the inflammatory changes in the brains of the infected B 10 mice. In contrast, the treatment did not induce any inflammatory response in the brains of the infected BALB/c mice. A similar genetic regulation may be operative in determining development of toxoplasmic encephalitis in AIDS and other immunocompromised patients. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ENCEPHALITIS KW - TOXOPLASMA gondii KW - MICE as laboratory animals KW - BRAIN diseases KW - AIDS patients KW - INFLAMMATION N1 - Accession Number: 13488239; Suzuki, Y. 1; Joh, K. 2; Orellana, M. A. 3; Conley, F. K. 4; Remington, J. S. 3; Source Information: Dec91, Vol. 74 Issue 4, p732; Subject: ENCEPHALITIS; Subject: TOXOPLASMA gondii; Subject: MICE as laboratory animals; Subject: BRAIN diseases; Subject: AIDS patients; Subject: INFLAMMATION; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13488239&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pappo, J. AU - Ermak, T. H. AU - Steger, H. J. T1 - Monoclonal antibody-directed targeting of fluorescent polystyrene microspheres to Peyer's patch M cells. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1991/07// VL - 73 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 277 EP - 280 SN - 00192805 AB - The ability to deliver particulates to Peyer's patch M cells for uptake into gut-associated lymphoid tissue was examined by administering simultaneously fluorescent green and red polystyrene microspheres into NZW rabbit intestinal loops containing Peyer's patches. Whereas green and red microspheres were taken up by M cells at equivalent concentrations (120±17 versus 125±18/mm length of dome), partioles conjugated to the anti-M-celI monoclonal antibody 5811 (1gM, K) were internalized by M cells 3-35 times more efficiently than conjugates displaying 1gM of unrelated specificity (TEPC 183) or native particles of the reciprocal colour inoculated into the same loop at a comparable load. The microspheres formed a concentration gradient from lumen to subepithelial dome, and localized on M-cell apical membranes, M-cell pockets, and subepithelial domes. The transport rate across M cells of 5811 or TEPC 183 conjugates was similar to that of untreated microspheres. These observations show that intestinal uptake into Peyer's patches can be up- regulated by targeting M-cell luminal membrane structures. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MONOCLONAL antibodies KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - MOLECULAR cloning KW - LYMPHOID tissue KW - POLYSTYRENE KW - BIOLOGICAL membranes N1 - Accession Number: 13398808; Pappo, J. 1; Ermak, T. H. 1; Steger, H. J. 2; Source Information: Jul91, Vol. 73 Issue 3, p277; Subject: MONOCLONAL antibodies; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: MOLECULAR cloning; Subject: LYMPHOID tissue; Subject: POLYSTYRENE; Subject: BIOLOGICAL membranes; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13398808&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jarvik, Lissy F. AU - Wiseman, Eve J. T1 - A checklist for managing the dementia patient. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1991/05// VL - 46 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 31 EP - 40 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 15817947; Jarvik, Lissy F. 1; Wiseman, Eve J. 2; Source Information: May1991, Vol. 46 Issue 5, p31; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2981 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15817947&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Malone, Michael J. AU - Allison, John G. T1 - How not to practice geriatrics. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1990/12// VL - 45 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 67 EP - 70 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 15824326; Malone, Michael J. 1,2; Allison, John G. 3,4; Source Information: Dec1990, Vol. 45 Issue 12, p67; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2327 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15824326&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Davidoff, RA AU - Davidoff, R A T1 - Trigger points and myofascial pain: toward understanding how they affect headaches. JO - Cephalalgia JF - Cephalalgia Y1 - 1998/09// VL - 18 IS - 7 M3 - journal article SP - 436 EP - 448 SN - 03331024 AB - Myofascial pain, referred from hyperalgesic trigger points located in skeletal muscle and its associated fascia, is a common cause of persistent regional pain. Clinical and experimental literature on manifestations, pathophysiology, and management of pain from myofascial trigger points is reviewed with priority given to how pain referred from trigger points generates, triggers, and maintains headaches--especially chronic and recurrent ones. Because treating myofascial problems may be the only way to offer complete relief from certain types of headache, clinicians must learn to diagnose and manage trigger points in neck, shoulder, and head muscles. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Cephalalgia is the property of Sage Publications, Ltd. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MYOFASCIAL pain syndromes KW - HEADACHE KW - PAIN KW - PATHOLOGICAL physiology KW - Headaches KW - muscle KW - myofascial pain KW - Referred pain KW - trigger points N1 - Accession Number: 4997360; Davidoff, RA 1; Davidoff, R A 2; Source Information: Sep98, Vol. 18 Issue 7, p436; Subject: MYOFASCIAL pain syndromes; Subject: HEADACHE; Subject: PAIN; Subject: PATHOLOGICAL physiology; Author-Supplied Keyword: Headaches; Author-Supplied Keyword: muscle; Author-Supplied Keyword: myofascial pain; Author-Supplied Keyword: Referred pain; Author-Supplied Keyword: trigger points; Number of Pages: 13p; Document Type: journal article L3 - 10.1046/j.1468-2982.1998.1807436.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4997360&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Xiang, J. AU - Daniels, K.J. AU - Soll, D.R. AU - Schmidt, W.N. AU - LaBrecque, D.R. AU - Stapleton, J.T. T1 - Visualization and characterization of GB virus-C particles: evidence for a nucleocapsid. JO - Journal of Viral Hepatitis JF - Journal of Viral Hepatitis Y1 - 1999/07/02/Jul1999 Supplement VL - 6 M3 - Article SP - 16 EP - 22 SN - 13520504 AB - GB virus type C (GBV-C) is a member of the hepacivirus genus within the Flaviviradae. Persistent GBV-C infection is common in humans, yet it remains unclear if GBV-C causes any disease. Although GBV-C infection has been associated with acute non-A to non-E post-transfusion hepatitis, it does not appear to cause chronic hepatitis. GBV-C is closely related to hepatitis C virus (HCV), but indirect evidence suggests that it does not encode a core protein at the amino terminus of the open reading frame (ORF). This has led to speculation that GBV-C does not have a nucleocapsid. We evaluated the buoyant density of GBV-C, and found very low density particles consistent with virions, and intermediate density particles consistent with nucleocapsids in GBV-C-infected people. In addition, electron microscopy demonstrated an apparent nucleocapsid within an enveloped particle. Although these biophysical data strongly suggest that GBV-C utilizes a nucleocapsid, they do not indicate the origin of the protein content of this particle. To assess this, we evaluated patient plasma for reactivity with a synthetic oligopeptide representing a conserved region near the amino terminus of the predicted ORF. Specific antibody was detected in some individuals, similar to data of Feucht et al. who identified antibody against a recombinant core protein in GBV-C-infected people. These data indicate that GBV-C particles contain nucleocapsids. At least in some patients, the region upstream of the GBV-C E1 protein coding region appears to be expressed, and this region may represent the structural protein of the nucleocapsid. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Viral Hepatitis is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - VIRUS diseases -- Patients KW - NUCLEOCAPSIDS KW - DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation KW - ELECTRON microscopy KW - VIRAL antibodies KW - PROTEIN structure KW - RECOMBINANT proteins KW - DATA analysis N1 - Accession Number: 64379050; Xiang, J. 1; Daniels, K.J. 2; Soll, D.R. 2; Schmidt, W.N. 1; LaBrecque, D.R. 1; Stapleton, J.T. 1; Source Information: Jul1999 Supplement, Vol. 6, p16; Subject: VIRUS diseases -- Patients; Subject: NUCLEOCAPSIDS; Subject: DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation; Subject: ELECTRON microscopy; Subject: VIRAL antibodies; Subject: PROTEIN structure; Subject: RECOMBINANT proteins; Subject: DATA analysis; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1046/j.1365-2893.1999.00003.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=64379050&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Halpern, Samuel AU - Tarburton, John AU - Sudora, Eve AU - Hagan, Phillip T1 - Alterations in an indium-111 Fab′ under conditions of utilization. JO - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine JF - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine Y1 - 1992/06// VL - 19 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 387 EP - 393 SN - 03406997 N1 - Accession Number: 71144731; Halpern, Samuel; Tarburton, John 1; Sudora, Eve 2; Hagan, Phillip 1; Source Information: Jun1992, Vol. 19 Issue 6, p387; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1007/BF00177364 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=71144731&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-12691-012 AN - 1998-12691-012 AU - Levin, Ze'ev AU - Hwang, Michael Y. T1 - Novel neuroleptics in treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorder. JF - Neuropsychiatry, Neuropsychology, & Behavioral Neurology JO - Neuropsychiatry, Neuropsychology, & Behavioral Neurology JA - Neuropsychiatry Neuropsychol Behav Neurol Y1 - 1996/07// VL - 9 IS - 3 SP - 218 EP - 218 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0894-878X N1 - Accession Number: 1998-12691-012. Other Journal Title: Cognitive and Behavioral Neurology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levin, Ze'ev; New York Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, New York, NY, US. Release Date: 19981101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chlorimipramine; Compulsions; Drug Therapy; Obsessions; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Obsessive Compulsive Disorder. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1996. AB - Replies to comments by N. Atre-Vaidya (see record [rid]1996-17324-001[/rid]) regarding the present authors' report (see record [rid]1996-18005-001[/rid]) of the case of a 35-yr-old male with schizophrenia treated with adjunctive serotonin (5-hydroxytryptamine [5-HT]) reuptake inhibitor clomipramine. They reassert that clinical findings suggest that although 5-HT² antagonists increase or exacerbate obsessive-compulsive symptoms, the central 5-HT-enhancing medications appear to decrease them. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clomipramine KW - rituals & other obsessive compulsive symptoms KW - 35 yr old male with schizophrenia KW - commentary reply KW - 1996 KW - Chlorimipramine KW - Compulsions KW - Drug Therapy KW - Obsessions KW - Schizophrenia KW - Obsessive Compulsive Disorder KW - 1996 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-12691-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Schulze, Carol AU - Hurley, Mary Lou T1 - Aortic dissection--an ICU crisis. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1990/08// VL - 53 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 42 EP - 101 SN - 00337021 AB - Deals with a case of a patient with a diagnosis of dissecting abdominal aortic aneurysm. Description of the condition of the patient; Surgery done to the patient; Importance of the involvement of the family in home care. INSET: Aortic aneurysm: Who's at risk?. KW - AORTIC dissection KW - SURGERY N1 - Accession Number: 4939546; Schulze, Carol 1; Hurley, Mary Lou; Source Information: Aug90, Vol. 53 Issue 8, p42; Subject: AORTIC dissection; Subject: SURGERY; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 4 Color Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2526 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4939546&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dickinson, Rebecca AU - Jaffe, Elizabeth S. T1 - Our way, VI ulcers heal. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 53 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 32 EP - 101 SN - 00337021 AB - Deals with the treatment for venous insufficiency patients. Description of the condition of the patients; Details on the development of a chronic venous insufficiency; Importance of patient education and participation. KW - VENOUS insufficiency KW - PATIENTS N1 - Accession Number: 4937408; Dickinson, Rebecca 1; Jaffe, Elizabeth S.; Source Information: Jul90, Vol. 53 Issue 7, p32; Subject: VENOUS insufficiency; Subject: PATIENTS; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 2 Color Photographs, 1 Diagram; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1689 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4937408&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Blake, Patricia T1 - Precision moves that counter cardiogenic shock. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 52 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 52 EP - 71 SN - 00337021 AB - Presents information on cardiogenic shock. Causes of cardiogenic shock; Details of the stages of cardiogenic shock; Signs and symptoms of shock; Effects of cardiogenic shock on patients; Types of drugs used for treatment. KW - CARDIOGENIC shock KW - SHOCK (Pathology) N1 - Accession Number: 4948046; Blake, Patricia 1; Source Information: May89, Vol. 52 Issue 5, p52; Subject: CARDIOGENIC shock; Subject: SHOCK (Pathology); Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 1 Color Photograph, 2 Diagrams, 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2422 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4948046&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pritchard, Vicki T1 - Geriatric infections: Skin and soft tissue. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 51 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 60 EP - 63 SN - 00337021 AB - Focuses on skin and soft-tissue infections in elderly patients. Information on how to cope with diabetic skin infections; Threat of varicella; Types of skin and soft-tissue infections. KW - SKIN -- Infections KW - SOFT tissue injuries N1 - Accession Number: 4930655; Pritchard, Vicki 1; Source Information: Jun88, Vol. 51 Issue 6, p60; Subject: SKIN -- Infections; Subject: SOFT tissue injuries; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 1 Color Photograph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1500 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4930655&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Frank, Arline AU - Murray, Susan M. T1 - A no-guess guide for urinary color assessment. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 51 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 46 EP - 51 SN - 00337021 AB - Presents a chart for urinary color assessment. Tips for using the chart; Description of the chart. KW - URINE -- Examination KW - CLINICAL chemistry N1 - Accession Number: 4930628; Frank, Arline 1; Murray, Susan M. 2; Source Information: Jun88, Vol. 51 Issue 6, p46; Subject: URINE -- Examination; Subject: CLINICAL chemistry; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 800 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4930628&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Merry, Judy Ann T1 - Take your assessment all the way down to the toes. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 51 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 60 EP - 63 SN - 00337021 AB - Reports on chronic foot problems in the elderly. Difference between corns and calluses; Causes of bunions; Tips on foot care. INSET: Tips on foot care. KW - FOOT -- Diseases KW - OLDER people -- Diseases KW - BUNION N1 - Accession Number: 4932990; Merry, Judy Ann 1; Source Information: Jan88, Vol. 51 Issue 1, p60; Subject: FOOT -- Diseases; Subject: OLDER people -- Diseases; Subject: BUNION; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 1 Diagram; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1527 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4932990&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pritchard, Vicki AU - Coleman, Deborah A. AU - Heximer, Betsy AU - Mims, Barbara Clark AU - Stevens, Peggy AU - Jones, Sande AU - Carden, Robert G. AU - Malkiewiez, Judy AU - Malkiewicz, Judy AU - Pandolfo, Francine T1 - CONSULT STAT. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 50 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 155 EP - 159 SN - 00337021 AB - Presents an update related to nursing as of October 1, 1987. Exercises to identify tendon injuries; Effect of influenza vaccine on the aged; Management of a skin breakdown from a condom catheter; Proper position for a gastrostomy tube. KW - NURSING KW - EXERCISE KW - TENDONS -- Wounds & injuries KW - INFLUENZA -- Vaccination KW - CATHETERS N1 - Accession Number: 4929222; Pritchard, Vicki 1; Coleman, Deborah A. 2; Heximer, Betsy; Mims, Barbara Clark; Stevens, Peggy; Jones, Sande; Carden, Robert G.; Malkiewiez, Judy; Malkiewicz, Judy; Pandolfo, Francine; Source Information: Oct87, Vol. 50 Issue 10, p155; Subject: NURSING; Subject: EXERCISE; Subject: TENDONS -- Wounds & injuries; Subject: INFLUENZA -- Vaccination; Subject: CATHETERS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1548 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4929222&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Schamel, Kathy T1 - How to assess the patient in long-term care. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 50 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 65 EP - 68 SN - 00337021 AB - Describes several cases which illustrate the importance of good assessment skills in managing a patient under long-term care. Evaluation of patients on long-term care; Application of the assessment guidelines on the patients; Diagnosis of the patients. KW - NURSING assessment KW - PATIENTS KW - NURSING KW - LONG-term care of the sick N1 - Accession Number: 4928775; Schamel, Kathy 1; Source Information: Oct87, Vol. 50 Issue 10, p65; Subject: NURSING assessment; Subject: PATIENTS; Subject: NURSING; Subject: LONG-term care of the sick; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 1 Color Photograph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1356 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4928775&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Waide, Rebecca AU - Ladson, Iona T1 - All we could do was help him live with dignity. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1986/09// VL - 49 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 55 EP - 61 SN - 00337021 AB - Relates about a nursing approach used by nurses to a patient with a rare disease. Information on the disease of the patient; Description of the patient's behavior; Technique used in calming the patient; Medications of the patient. INSET: ALD: double disease, double trouble. KW - NURSING KW - PATIENTS KW - RARE diseases KW - CARING N1 - Accession Number: 4932366; Waide, Rebecca 1; Ladson, Iona 1; Source Information: Sep86, Vol. 49 Issue 9, p55; Subject: NURSING; Subject: PATIENTS; Subject: RARE diseases; Subject: CARING; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1725 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4932366&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Anderson, Debra AU - Null, Jeniece AU - Miller, Betty AU - Sowers, Linda AU - Tornabeni, Jolene AU - O'Brien, Beth AU - Platt, Jeanne Meadows T1 - 119 days in the ICU: Nursing Buster back from the brink. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1985/01// VL - 48 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 30 EP - 36 SN - 00337021 AB - Focuses on the experiences of nurses in giving care to patients. Focus on the case of a patient with Guillain-Barr é syndrome; Description of the attitude of nurses when giving care; Relationship between a nurse and a patient. KW - NURSE & patient KW - GUILLAIN-Barre syndrome KW - NURSES -- Attitudes KW - PATIENTS KW - CARING N1 - Accession Number: 4932536; Anderson, Debra 1; Null, Jeniece 2; Miller, Betty 3; Sowers, Linda 4; Tornabeni, Jolene 5; O'Brien, Beth 6; Platt, Jeanne Meadows; Source Information: Jan85, Vol. 48 Issue 1, p30; Subject: NURSE & patient; Subject: GUILLAIN-Barre syndrome; Subject: NURSES -- Attitudes; Subject: PATIENTS; Subject: CARING; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 4 Color Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3719 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4932536&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hagarty, Eileen T1 - Weaning your COPD patient from the ventilator. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1984/07// VL - 47 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 36 EP - 40 SN - 00337021 AB - Presents a set of guidelines for nurses about the weaning of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease patients from mechanical ventilation. Preparation of patient for weaning through coaching and psychology; Involvement of the family in the process; Steps in the removal of the artificial airway. INSETS: Nutrition: the forotten factor;Protocols for wening methods. KW - NURSING -- Practice KW - RESPIRATORS (Medical equipment) KW - OBSTRUCTIVE lung diseases KW - RESPIRATORY disease nursing N1 - Accession Number: 4940820; Hagarty, Eileen 1; Source Information: Jul84, Vol. 47 Issue 7, p36; Subject: NURSING -- Practice; Subject: RESPIRATORS (Medical equipment); Subject: OBSTRUCTIVE lung diseases; Subject: RESPIRATORY disease nursing; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 2 Color Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2648 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4940820&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Meador, Billie T1 - Warning signs to watch for in your post-MI patient. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1981/07// VL - 44 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 25 EP - 31 SN - 00337021 AB - Provides information on the warning signs to watch for in post-myocardial infarction (MI). Aim for the management of patient with MI; Symptoms of left- and right-sided failure; Cardinal signs of cardiogenic shock. INSET: What the patient's record can tell you. KW - MYOCARDIAL infarction -- Complications -- Prevention KW - CORONARY heart disease -- Complications N1 - Accession Number: 5131984; Meador, Billie 1; Source Information: Jul81, Vol. 44 Issue 7, p25; Subject: MYOCARDIAL infarction -- Complications -- Prevention; Subject: CORONARY heart disease -- Complications; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 5 Color Photographs, 3 Charts, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3265 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5131984&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Harford, Thomas AU - Solomon, Leonard T1 - "Reformed sinner" and "lapsed saint" strategies in the Prisoner's Dilemma game. JO - Journal of Conflict Resolution JF - Journal of Conflict Resolution Y1 - 1967/03// VL - 11 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 104 SN - 00220027 AB - The article focuses on an experiment that use Prisoner's Dilemma game. Recent experiments using the Prisoner's Dilemma (PD) have been equivocal with regard to how variations in the strategy of the other player affect the development of mutual cooperation. In an experiment the effects of two simulated strategies were compared in which there were systematic variations in the number and sequence of cooperative runs. The first strategy progressed through 40 trials with 95 percent cooperation, 20 trials with 50 percent cooperation, 80 trials with five percent cooperation, 20 trials with 50 percent cooperation, and 40 trials of 95 percent cooperation. The second strategy, while retaining the same sequence of runs, inverted the order of cooperation (5, 50, 95, 50, and 5 percent). The purpose was to determine in what way the changes in progressions from descending to ascending levels of cooperation would affect the subjects' game behavior. The results indicated that the ascending levels of cooperation (5, 50, 95 percent) elicited a significant increase in the simulated strategies level of cooperative response. KW - PRISONER'S dilemma game KW - GAME theory KW - COOPERATIVENESS KW - DILEMMA KW - CHOICE (Psychology) KW - SOCIAL psychology KW - Administrative Processes and Organizational Variables KW - METHODS AND MISCELLANEOUS N1 - Accession Number: 4563370; Harford, Thomas 1; Solomon, Leonard 2; Source Information: Mar67, Vol. 11 Issue 1, p104; Subject: PRISONER'S dilemma game; Subject: GAME theory; Subject: COOPERATIVENESS; Subject: DILEMMA; Subject: CHOICE (Psychology); Subject: SOCIAL psychology; Author-Supplied Keyword: Administrative Processes and Organizational Variables; Author-Supplied Keyword: METHODS AND MISCELLANEOUS; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Chart, 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4563370&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Carethers, Michael T1 - Diagnosing vitamin B12 deficiency, a common geriatric disorder. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 43 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 89 EP - 111 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 15842598; Carethers, Michael 1; Source Information: Mar1988, Vol. 43 Issue 3, p89; Number of Pages: 11p; Illustrations: 1 Diagram, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 5879 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15842598&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lonergan, Edmund T. T1 - Aging and the kidney: Adjusting treatment to physiologic change. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 43 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 27 EP - 33 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 15842528; Lonergan, Edmund T. 1,2; Source Information: Mar1988, Vol. 43 Issue 3, p27; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Diagram, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2995 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15842528&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mahler, Michael E. T1 - Seizures: Common causes and treatment in the elderly. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 42 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 73 EP - 78 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 15865447; Mahler, Michael E. 1,2; Source Information: Jul1987, Vol. 42 Issue 7, p73; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2959 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15865447&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Shepard Jr., John W. T1 - Cardiopulmonary disorders during sleep: Diagnosis and management. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1987/02// VL - 42 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 51 EP - 60 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 15862163; Shepard Jr., John W. 1,2; Source Information: Feb1987, Vol. 42 Issue 2, p51; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 2 Charts, 5 Graphs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2528 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15862163&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Leghari, Rahmat T1 - An atypical cardiac lesion yields to clinical alertness. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1986/11// VL - 41 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 95 EP - 100 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17360808; Leghari, Rahmat 1,2; Source Information: Nov1986, Vol. 41 Issue 11, p95; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 1 Color Photograph, 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1209 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17360808&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Nagami, Pamela T1 - Management of common infections in the elderly outpatient. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1986/11// VL - 41 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 67 EP - 80 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17360806; Nagami, Pamela 1,2; Source Information: Nov1986, Vol. 41 Issue 11, p67; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 2 Color Photographs, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2669 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17360806&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Verghese, Asraham AU - Smith, Brian T1 - Early diagnosis of the older cardiac patient with multiple disorders. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1986/08// VL - 41 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 39 EP - 46 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17308318; Verghese, Asraham 1; Smith, Brian 1; Source Information: Aug1986, Vol. 41 Issue 8, p39; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2829 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17308318&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Anderson, James W. AU - Gustafson, Nancy J. T1 - Type II diabetes: Current nutrition management concepts. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1986/08// VL - 41 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 28 EP - 38 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17308317; Anderson, James W. 1,2; Gustafson, Nancy J. 3; Source Information: Aug1986, Vol. 41 Issue 8, p28; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 1 Color Photograph, 1 Chart, 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4043 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17308317&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Massie, Barry T1 - Updated diagnosis and management of congestive heart failure. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1986/03// VL - 41 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 30 EP - 42 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17275235; Massie, Barry 1,2; Source Information: Mar1986, Vol. 41 Issue 3, p30; Number of Pages: 10p; Illustrations: 1 Color Photograph, 3 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3752 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17275235&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Berk, Steven L. AU - Alvarez, Salvador AU - Gleckman, Richard A. T1 - Vaccinating the elderly: Recommendations and rationale. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1986/01// VL - 41 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 79 EP - 91 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17472700; Berk, Steven L. 1,2; Alvarez, Salvador 3,4; Gleckman, Richard A. 5; Source Information: Jan1986, Vol. 41 Issue 1, p79; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2950 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17472700&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Reddy, M. P. T1 - Management of common 'pinched nerves' in the elderly. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1986/01// VL - 41 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 61 EP - 74 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17472699; Reddy, M. P. 1,2; Source Information: Jan1986, Vol. 41 Issue 1, p61; Number of Pages: 9p; Illustrations: 2 Black and White Photographs, 2 Charts, 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3047 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17472699&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Warner, Joseph J. AU - Greer, Melvin T1 - Headaches in older patients: Ddx and Tx of common nonvascular causes. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1985/11// VL - 40 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 69 EP - 76 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 19431569; Warner, Joseph J. 1,2; Greer, Melvin 3; Source Information: Nov1985, Vol. 40 Issue 11, p69; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 3 Black and White Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2513 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=19431569&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kofoed, Lial L. AU - Morse, Robert M. T1 - OTC drug overuse in the elderly: What to watch for. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1985/10// VL - 40 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 55 EP - 60 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18145320; Kofoed, Lial L. 1,2; Morse, Robert M. 3; Source Information: Oct1985, Vol. 40 Issue 10, p55; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2394 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18145320&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Warner, Joseph J. AU - Greer, Melvin T1 - Headaches in older patients: Ddx and Tx of vascular and inflammatory pain. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1985/10// VL - 40 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 30 EP - 44 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18145318; Warner, Joseph J. 1,2; Greer, Melvin 3; Source Information: Oct1985, Vol. 40 Issue 10, p30; Number of Pages: 10p; Illustrations: 2 Black and White Photographs, 1 Diagram, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4386 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18145318&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ahmann, Frederick R. T1 - Dilemmas in managing prostate carcinoma (part II): Metastatic disease. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1985/09// VL - 40 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 61 EP - 72 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17432498; Ahmann, Frederick R. 1; Source Information: Sep1985, Vol. 40 Issue 9, p61; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 4 Black and White Photographs, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2887 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17432498&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Miles, Steven H. T1 - The terminally ill elderly: Dealing with the ethics of feeding. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1985/05// VL - 40 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 112 EP - 120 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17472758; Miles, Steven H. 1,2; Source Information: May1985, Vol. 40 Issue 5, p112; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2080 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17472758&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Agarwal, Ashok K. T1 - Aortic stenosis: Ddx and Tx of the elderly patient. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1985/02// VL - 40 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 105 EP - 112 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17433444; Agarwal, Ashok K. 1,2,3; Source Information: Feb1985, Vol. 40 Issue 2, p105; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Diagram, 1 Chart, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2069 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17433444&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ham, Richard AU - Clark, Beverly G. AU - Vestal, Robert E. T1 - Adverse drug reactions in the elderly: Case studies. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1984/12// VL - 39 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 53 EP - 66 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17548634; Ham, Richard 1,2; Clark, Beverly G. 3; Vestal, Robert E. 4,5; Source Information: Dec1984, Vol. 39 Issue 12, p53; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3104 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17548634&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Khan, A. Haleem AU - Rubinstein, Paul C. T1 - Ischemic bowel disease: Diagnosis and prognosis. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1984/11// VL - 39 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 63 EP - 74 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17579402; Khan, A. Haleem 1; Rubinstein, Paul C. 2; Source Information: Nov1984, Vol. 39 Issue 11, p63; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 4 Black and White Photographs, 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3085 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17579402&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - McCauley, Karen M. AU - Nelson, Ralph A. T1 - A case in which treatment proved the diagnosis. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1984/10// VL - 39 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 114 EP - 117 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17704583; McCauley, Karen M. 1; Nelson, Ralph A. 2; Source Information: Oct1984, Vol. 39 Issue 10, p114; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2070 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17704583&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Yatto, Robert P. AU - Siegel, Jerome H. T1 - Cholestasis: An alternative to surgery in older patients. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1984/05// VL - 39 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 113 EP - 122 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18145289; Yatto, Robert P. 1,2,3; Siegel, Jerome H. 4,5; Source Information: May1984, Vol. 39 Issue 5, p113; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 1 Color Photograph, 2 Black and White Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1320 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18145289&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hall, Richard C. W. AU - Beresford, Thomas P. T1 - Tricyclic antidepressants in treatment of the elderly. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1984/04// VL - 39 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 81 EP - 93 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 20992765; Hall, Richard C. W. 1; Beresford, Thomas P. 2; Source Information: Apr1984, Vol. 39 Issue 4, p81; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 4 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3821 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=20992765&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rupp, Ralph R. AU - Vaughn, Gwenyth R. AU - Lightfoot, Robert K. T1 - Nontraditional 'aids' to hearing: Assistive listening devices. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1984/03// VL - 39 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 55 EP - 73 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 19869460; Rupp, Ralph R. 1; Vaughn, Gwenyth R. 2,3; Lightfoot, Robert K. 4; Source Information: Mar1984, Vol. 39 Issue 3, p55; Number of Pages: 9p; Illustrations: 6 Black and White Photographs, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3704 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=19869460&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kauffman, Carol A. AU - Jones, Paula G. T1 - Diagnosing fever of unknown origin in older patients. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1984/02// VL - 39 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 46 EP - 51 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18120226; Kauffman, Carol A. 1,2; Jones, Paula G. 3; Source Information: Feb1984, Vol. 39 Issue 2, p46; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2562 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18120226&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Khan, A. Haleem T1 - Colorectal carcinoma: Risk factors, screening, early detection. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1984/01// VL - 39 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 42 EP - 47 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18937316; Khan, A. Haleem 1; Source Information: Jan1984, Vol. 39 Issue 1, p42; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 5 Black and White Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2469 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18937316&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dotz, Warren AU - Berman, Brian T1 - The facts about treatment of dry skin. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1983/09// VL - 38 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 93 EP - 100 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18120264; Dotz, Warren 1; Berman, Brian 2; Source Information: Sep1983, Vol. 38 Issue 9, p93; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 3 Color Photographs, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2060 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18120264&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Adams, Harry G. T1 - Herpes: A problem in older age groups. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1983/07// VL - 38 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 91 EP - 100 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17536942; Adams, Harry G. 1; Source Information: Jul1983, Vol. 38 Issue 7, p91; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4415 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17536942&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Reddy, Moola Prabhakar T1 - Decubitus ulcers: Principles of prevention and management. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1983/07// VL - 38 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 55 EP - 61 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17536939; Reddy, Moola Prabhakar 1,2; Source Information: Jul1983, Vol. 38 Issue 7, p55; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 5 Color Photographs, 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1583 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17536939&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Albert, Stephen F. AU - Jahnigen, Dennis W. T1 - Treating common foot disorders in older patients. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1983/06// VL - 38 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 42 EP - 55 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17433043; Albert, Stephen F. 1; Jahnigen, Dennis W. 2,3; Source Information: Jun1983, Vol. 38 Issue 6, p42; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 7 Color Photographs, 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3427 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17433043&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weber, Michael A. AU - Drayer, Jan I. M. T1 - Severe hypertension: Special problems in the elderly. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1983/04// VL - 38 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 40 EP - 52 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18145254; Weber, Michael A. 1,2; Drayer, Jan I. M. 2,3; Source Information: Apr1983, Vol. 38 Issue 4, p40; Number of Pages: 9p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4344 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18145254&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Margolis, Mitchell L. AU - Israel, Harold L. T1 - Sarcoidosis in older patients-clinical characteristics and course. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1983/01// VL - 38 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 121 EP - 128 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17308370; Margolis, Mitchell L. 1; Israel, Harold L. 2; Source Information: Jan1983, Vol. 38 Issue 1, p121; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 3 Black and White Photographs, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1499 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17308370&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gebhard, Roger L. AU - Soltis, Ronald D. T1 - Malabsorption--a cause of geriatric nutritional failure. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1983/01// VL - 38 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 97 EP - 106 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17308368; Gebhard, Roger L. 1,2; Soltis, Ronald D. 3; Source Information: Jan1983, Vol. 38 Issue 1, p97; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Black and White Photograph, 1 Diagram; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2553 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17308368&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Crawford, Jeffrey AU - Cohen, Harvey Jay T1 - An approach to monoclonal gammopathies in the elderly. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1982/10// VL - 37 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 97 EP - 112 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18071581; Crawford, Jeffrey 1,2; Cohen, Harvey Jay 3,4; Source Information: Oct1982, Vol. 37 Issue 10, p97; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 1 Black and White Photograph, 2 Charts, 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3829 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18071581&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Maletta, Gabe J. T1 - Guidelines for detecting thought disorders in the elderly. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1982/07// VL - 37 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 79 EP - 86 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 19837719; Maletta, Gabe J. 1,2; Source Information: Jul1982, Vol. 37 Issue 7, p79; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2121 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=19837719&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Yoshikawa, Thomas T. AU - Nagami, Pamela H. T1 - Adverse drug reactions in TB therapy: Risks and recommendations. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1982/07// VL - 37 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 61 EP - 68 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 19837717; Yoshikawa, Thomas T. 1,2; Nagami, Pamela H. 3; Source Information: Jul1982, Vol. 37 Issue 7, p61; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=19837717&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sharma, G. V. R. K. AU - Mukerjee, D. K. AU - Sasahara, A. A. AU - Podolsky, Stephen T1 - Fibrinolytic guidelines in diabetes. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1982/04// VL - 37 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 38 EP - 46 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 20976918; Sharma, G. V. R. K. 1,2; Mukerjee, D. K.; Sasahara, A. A. 3,4; Podolsky, Stephen; Source Information: Apr1982, Vol. 37 Issue 4, p38; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Color Photograph, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2211 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=20976918&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Yoshikawa, Thomas T. AU - Guze, Lucien B. T1 - UTI: Special problems in the elderly. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1982/03// VL - 37 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 109 EP - 118 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17340163; Yoshikawa, Thomas T. 1,2; Guze, Lucien B. 3,4; Source Information: Mar1982, Vol. 37 Issue 3, p109; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2881 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17340163&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bond, John H. T1 - Office-based management of diarrhea. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1982/02// VL - 37 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 52 EP - 64 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17321122; Bond, John H. 1,2; Source Information: Feb1982, Vol. 37 Issue 2, p52; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3672 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17321122&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Abbasi, All A. T1 - Diabetes: Diagnostic and therapeutic significance of taste impairment. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1981/12// VL - 36 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 73 EP - 78 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17525014; Abbasi, All A. 1,2; Source Information: Dec1981, Vol. 36 Issue 12, p73; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 3 Graphs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1503 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17525014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weinstock, Frank J. AU - Carlow, Thomas J. AU - Bicknell, Joseph M. T1 - Stroke and the eye: Diagnostic clues and treatment approaches. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1981/12// VL - 36 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 28 EP - 36 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17525010; Weinstock, Frank J.; Carlow, Thomas J. 1; Bicknell, Joseph M. 2; Source Information: Dec1981, Vol. 36 Issue 12, p28; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 1 Color Photograph, 1 Diagram, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3578 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17525010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Reuler, James B. AU - Girard, Donald E. AU - Vaughan, William P. T1 - The primary care physician's role in cancer management. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1981/11// VL - 36 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 41 EP - 50 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17433124; Reuler, James B. 1,2; Girard, Donald E. 1,2,3; Vaughan, William P.; Source Information: Nov1981, Vol. 36 Issue 11, p41; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2400 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17433124&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - McClain, Craig J. AU - Schwartz, Michael L. T1 - Liver disease: Diet, diuretics, or shunting? JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1981/09// VL - 36 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 109 EP - 120 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17590135; McClain, Craig J. 1,2; Schwartz, Michael L. 3; Source Information: Sep1981, Vol. 36 Issue 9, p109; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 2 Black and White Photographs, 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2935 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17590135&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hyers, Thomas Morgan AU - Pierson, David J. AU - Hudson, Leonard D. T1 - Pulmonary embolism in the aging patient. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1981/08// VL - 36 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 79 EP - 86 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17524968; Hyers, Thomas Morgan 1,2; Pierson, David J.; Hudson, Leonard D.; Source Information: Aug1981, Vol. 36 Issue 8, p79; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Black and White Photograph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2293 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17524968&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lender, Menahem AU - Menczel, Jacob T1 - Office management of Paget's disease. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1981/05// VL - 36 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 105 EP - 112 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17433101; Lender, Menahem 1,2; Menczel, Jacob 3,4; Source Information: May1981, Vol. 36 Issue 5, p105; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 3 Black and White Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1952 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17433101&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Anderson, James W. AU - Sieling, Beverly T1 - High-fiber diets for diabetics: Unconventional but effective. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1981/05// VL - 36 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 64 EP - 72 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17433096; Anderson, James W. 1,2; Sieling, Beverly 3; Source Information: May1981, Vol. 36 Issue 5, p64; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Chart, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2299 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17433096&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jacobs, William R. AU - Loeb, Henry S. AU - Gunnar, Rolf M. T1 - Vasodilator therapy for left ventricular failure. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1981/04// VL - 36 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 137 EP - 143 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 19431545; Jacobs, William R. 1,2; Loeb, Henry S. 3,4; Gunnar, Rolf M. 5; Source Information: Apr1981, Vol. 36 Issue 4, p137; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Black and White Photograph, 2 Diagrams, 1 Chart, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2607 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=19431545&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - McClain, Craig J. AU - Knodell, Robert G. AU - Farleigh, Richard M. T1 - Chronic active hepatitis: A plea for conservative management. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1981/04// VL - 36 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 111 EP - 115 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 19431543; McClain, Craig J.; Knodell, Robert G. 1,2; Farleigh, Richard M. 3; Source Information: Apr1981, Vol. 36 Issue 4, p111; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 1 Black and White Photograph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2520 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=19431543&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Walsh, John R. AU - Cassel, Christine K. AU - Madler, Jerome J. T1 - Iron deficiency in the elderly: It's often nondietary. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1981/03// VL - 36 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 121 EP - 132 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17525134; Walsh, John R. 1,2; Cassel, Christine K. 3; Madler, Jerome J. 3; Source Information: Mar1981, Vol. 36 Issue 3, p121; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3702 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17525134&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fenske, Neil A. AU - Millns, John L. AU - Smith, Edgar B. T1 - Scanning the skin for signs of connective tissue disorders. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1981/03// VL - 36 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 47 EP - 66 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17525128; Fenske, Neil A. 1,2; Millns, John L. 3; Smith, Edgar B.; Source Information: Mar1981, Vol. 36 Issue 3, p47; Number of Pages: 9p; Illustrations: 8 Color Photographs, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3622 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17525128&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rees, E. Douglas T1 - Serum lipid disorders: What levels should you aim for? JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1981/02// VL - 36 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 77 EP - 86 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17414902; Rees, E. Douglas 1,2; Source Information: Feb1981, Vol. 36 Issue 2, p77; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 3 Charts, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2265 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17414902&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weingeist, Thomas A. AU - Smith, Ian T1 - Herpes zoster and the aging eye. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1981/01// VL - 36 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 81 EP - 90 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17432980; Weingeist, Thomas A. 1,2; Smith, Ian; Source Information: Jan1981, Vol. 36 Issue 1, p81; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 2 Color Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2104 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17432980&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Podolsky, Stephen AU - El-Beheri, Barbara T1 - The principles of a diabetic diet. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1980/12// VL - 35 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 73 EP - 78 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17432965; Podolsky, Stephen 1,2,3; El-Beheri, Barbara 4; Source Information: Dec1980, Vol. 35 Issue 12, p73; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2914 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17432965&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - McClain, Craig J. T1 - When liver disease causes brain damage. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1980/10// VL - 35 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 74 EP - 89 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17415188; McClain, Craig J. 1,2; Source Information: Oct1980, Vol. 35 Issue 10, p74; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Black and White Photograph, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2896 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17415188&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Franciosa, Joseph A. AU - Simon, Geza AU - Eckhoff, Patricia A. T1 - Hypertensive Complications--a common geriatric problem. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1980/10// VL - 35 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 65 EP - 73 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17415187; Franciosa, Joseph A. 1; Simon, Geza 2; Eckhoff, Patricia A. 3; Source Information: Oct1980, Vol. 35 Issue 10, p65; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2723 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17415187&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Levenson, Alvin J. AU - Beard, Owen W. AU - Murphy, Marvin L. T1 - Major tranquilizers and heart disease: To use or not to use. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1980/10// VL - 35 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 55 EP - 61 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17415186; Levenson, Alvin J. 1,2; Beard, Owen W. 3,4; Murphy, Marvin L. 5; Source Information: Oct1980, Vol. 35 Issue 10, p55; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1936 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17415186&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gebhard, Roger L. AU - Vennes, Jack A. AU - McClain, Craig J. T1 - Recent advances in diagnosis and treatment of cholestatic jaundice. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1980/08// VL - 35 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 43 EP - 54 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17321108; Gebhard, Roger L. 1,2; Vennes, Jack A. 1,3; McClain, Craig J.; Source Information: Aug1980, Vol. 35 Issue 8, p43; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 1 Color Photograph, 3 Black and White Photographs, 1 Diagram, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3533 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17321108&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rogers, Elizabeth London AU - Schwartz, George R. T1 - Emergency management of gastrointestinal bleeding. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1980/06// VL - 35 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 34 EP - 40 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17253230; Rogers, Elizabeth London 1; Schwartz, George R.; Source Information: Jun1980, Vol. 35 Issue 6, p34; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 1 Color Photograph, 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2344 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17253230&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Barnes, Robert AU - Raskind, Murray T1 - Strategies for diagnosing and treating agitation in the aging. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1980/03// VL - 35 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 111 EP - 119 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17266272; Barnes, Robert 1; Raskind, Murray 2,3; Source Information: Mar1980, Vol. 35 Issue 3, p111; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3195 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17266272&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gleckman, Richard A. AU - Esposito, Anthony L. T1 - Antibiotics in the elderly: Skating on therapeutic thin ice. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1980/01// VL - 35 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 26 EP - 37 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17266221; Gleckman, Richard A. 1; Esposito, Anthony L. 1; Source Information: Jan1980, Vol. 35 Issue 1, p26; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 1 Color Photograph, 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2860 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17266221&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Barnes, Robert W. T1 - The noninvasive diagnosis of venous disease. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1979/11// VL - 34 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 71 EP - 75 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17266337; Barnes, Robert W. 1,2; Source Information: Nov1979, Vol. 34 Issue 11, p71; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 1 Diagram, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1928 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17266337&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Yesavage, Jerome T1 - Dementia: Differential diagnosis and treatment. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1979/09// VL - 34 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 51 EP - 59 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17729536; Yesavage, Jerome 1,2; Source Information: Sep1979, Vol. 34 Issue 9, p51; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 4 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3362 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17729536&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Smith, Edgar B. AU - Becker, Larry E. T1 - Herpes zoster: A geriatric disease. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1979/09// VL - 34 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 41 EP - 47 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17729535; Smith, Edgar B.; Becker, Larry E. 1,2; Source Information: Sep1979, Vol. 34 Issue 9, p41; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 3 Color Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2271 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17729535&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - DeVeaugh-Geiss, Joseph T1 - Neuroleptic drugs: How to reduce the risk of tardive dyskinesia. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1979/07// VL - 34 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 59 EP - 66 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17741731; DeVeaugh-Geiss, Joseph 1,2; Source Information: Jul1979, Vol. 34 Issue 7, p59; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1927 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17741731&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Steel, Knight AU - Feldman, Robert G. AU - Jernigan, James A. AU - Reynolds, Richard C. T1 - Diagnosing dementia and its treatable causes. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1979/03// VL - 34 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 79 EP - 88 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18955225; Steel, Knight 1; Feldman, Robert G. 2,3; Jernigan, James A.; Reynolds, Richard C.; Source Information: Mar1979, Vol. 34 Issue 3, p79; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4353 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18955225&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Podolsky, Stephen T1 - Hyperosmolar nonketotdc coma: Death can be prevented. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1979/03// VL - 34 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 29 EP - 42 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18955150; Podolsky, Stephen 1,2; Source Information: Mar1979, Vol. 34 Issue 3, p29; Number of Pages: 9p; Illustrations: 3 Color Photographs, 2 Diagrams, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3339 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18955150&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Karmody, Allastair M. AU - Leather, Robert P. T1 - Guidelines for vascular surgery referral. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1979/02// VL - 34 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 45 EP - 54 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17962152; Karmody, Allastair M. 1,2; Leather, Robert P. 1; Source Information: Feb1979, Vol. 34 Issue 2, p45; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 2 Black and White Photographs, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3055 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17962152&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gfeller, Eduard T1 - Pinpointing the cause of disturbed behavior in the elderly. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1978/12// VL - 33 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 26 EP - 30 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17579324; Gfeller, Eduard 1,2; Source Information: Dec1978, Vol. 33 Issue 12, p26; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2756 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17579324&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rosen, Theodore AU - Rudolph, Andrew H. AU - Smith, Edgar B. T1 - Identifying and treating bacterial and fungal infections of the skin. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1978/10// VL - 33 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 71 EP - 82 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17579439; Rosen, Theodore 1; Rudolph, Andrew H. 1; Smith, Edgar B.; Source Information: Oct1978, Vol. 33 Issue 10, p71; Number of Pages: 9p; Illustrations: 5 Color Photographs, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4386 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17579439&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Willis, Isaac AU - Smith, Edgar B. T1 - Sunlight, aging, and skin cancer. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1978/08// VL - 33 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 33 EP - 36 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17321089; Willis, Isaac 1; Smith, Edgar B.; Source Information: Aug1978, Vol. 33 Issue 8, p33; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2132 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17321089&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mass, Robert E. AU - Linman, James V. T1 - Brief review: Diagnosing and managing plasma cell (multiple) myeloma. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1978/07// VL - 33 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 53 EP - 61 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17321244; Mass, Robert E. 1,2; Linman, James V.; Source Information: Jul1978, Vol. 33 Issue 7, p53; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 1 Diagram, 3 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2470 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17321244&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hunter, Kathleen I. AU - Linn, Margaret W. AU - Linn, Bernard S. T1 - Misperceiving the age of the sick elderly patient. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1978/05// VL - 33 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 88 EP - 94 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 21053884; Hunter, Kathleen I. 1; Linn, Margaret W. 2,3; Linn, Bernard S. 4,5; Source Information: May1978, Vol. 33 Issue 5, p88; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2788 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=21053884&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Freemon, Frank R. AU - Greer, Melvin T1 - Evaluation and treatment of headache. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1978/05// VL - 33 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 82 EP - 85 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 21053883; Freemon, Frank R. 1; Greer, Melvin; Source Information: May1978, Vol. 33 Issue 5, p82; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2299 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=21053883&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Walsh, John R. AU - Linman, James W. T1 - Polycythemia vera: Diagnosis, treatment, and relationship to leukemia. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1978/05// VL - 33 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 61 EP - 69 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 21053881; Walsh, John R. 1; Linman, James W.; Source Information: May1978, Vol. 33 Issue 5, p61; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3585 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=21053881&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Linman, James W. AU - Richert-Boe, Kathryn E. AU - Bagby Jr., Grover C. T1 - Treating acute nonlymphocytic leukemia. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1978/02// VL - 33 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 50 EP - 55 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18954842; Linman, James W.; Richert-Boe, Kathryn E. 1; Bagby Jr., Grover C. 2,3; Source Information: Feb1978, Vol. 33 Issue 2, p50; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3275 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18954842&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Schultz, Alvin L. AU - Tuck, Michael T1 - The role of adrenal mineralocorticoids in hypertension. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1978/01// VL - 33 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 77 EP - 83 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17266212; Schultz, Alvin L.; Tuck, Michael 1; Source Information: Jan1978, Vol. 33 Issue 1, p77; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 3 Diagrams, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3398 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17266212&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Deykin, Daniel AU - Gurewich, Victor AU - Harker, Laurence AU - Hirsh, J. T1 - Treating thromboembolic disease. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1977/10// VL - 32 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 119 EP - 128 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17275256; Deykin, Daniel 1,2; Gurewich, Victor 3; Harker, Laurence 4; Hirsh, J. 5; Source Information: Oct1977, Vol. 32 Issue 10, p119; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4209 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17275256&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ford, Judith M. AU - Roth, Walton T. T1 - Do cognitive abilities decline with age? JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1977/09// VL - 32 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 59 EP - 62 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17266348; Ford, Judith M. 1,2; Roth, Walton T. 1,2; Source Information: Sep1977, Vol. 32 Issue 9, p59; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 1 Black and White Photograph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2100 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17266348&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Blechman, Wilbur AU - Roth, Sanford AU - Lorber, Arthur AU - Multz, Carter T1 - Experience with naproxen in treating osteoarthritis. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1977/07// VL - 32 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 72 EP - 82 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17321219; Blechman, Wilbur 1; Roth, Sanford 2; Lorber, Arthur 3,4; Multz, Carter 5,6; Source Information: Jul1977, Vol. 32 Issue 7, p72; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 6 Charts, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4518 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17321219&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Donta, Sam T. T1 - The risk of diarrhea and colitis with antibiotic therapy. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1977/03// VL - 32 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 103 EP - 106 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17266254; Donta, Sam T. 1,2,3; Source Information: Mar1977, Vol. 32 Issue 3, p103; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3119 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17266254&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kasik, J. E. AU - Schuldt, Sally T1 - Why tuberculosis is still a health problem in the aged. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1977/03// VL - 32 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 63 EP - 72 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17266250; Kasik, J. E. 1,2; Schuldt, Sally 1,2; Source Information: Mar1977, Vol. 32 Issue 3, p63; Number of Pages: 9p; Illustrations: 4 Black and White Photographs, 3 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 5043 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17266250&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Straker, Manuel T1 - Important factors in rehabilitating the psychiatric patient. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1976/12// VL - 31 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 72 EP - 77 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17239138; Straker, Manuel 1,2; Source Information: Dec1976, Vol. 31 Issue 12, p72; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3032 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17239138&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Klaus, Sidney N. AU - Kierland, Robert R. T1 - When primary cancer spreads to the skin. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1976/12// VL - 31 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 39 EP - 43 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17239134; Klaus, Sidney N. 1,2; Kierland, Robert R.; Source Information: Dec1976, Vol. 31 Issue 12, p39; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 5 Black and White Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2543 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17239134&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Baehler, Richard W. AU - Galla, John H. T1 - Conservative management of chronic renal failure. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1976/09// VL - 31 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 46 EP - 50 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18745943; Baehler, Richard W. 1,2; Galla, John H. 1,2; Source Information: Sep1976, Vol. 31 Issue 9, p46; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3588 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18745943&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Unger, James L. AU - McGregor, Douglas H. T1 - When esophageal carcinoma is obscured by other factors. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1976/02// VL - 31 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 53 EP - 58 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17208318; Unger, James L. 1; McGregor, Douglas H. 2,3; Source Information: Feb1976, Vol. 31 Issue 2, p53; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 5 Black and White Photographs, 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2328 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17208318&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kerstein, Morris D. AU - Zimmer, Howard AU - Dugdale, Frederick E. AU - Lerner, Emanuel T1 - What influence does age have on rehabilitation of amputees? JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1975/12// VL - 30 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 67 EP - 71 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17741669; Kerstein, Morris D. 1,2; Zimmer, Howard; Dugdale, Frederick E.; Lerner, Emanuel 3; Source Information: Dec1975, Vol. 30 Issue 12, p67; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 7 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2203 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17741669&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lilla, James A. AU - Friedrichs, Robert R. AU - Vistnes, Lars M. T1 - Flotation mattresses for preventing and treating tissue breakdown. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1975/09// VL - 30 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 71 EP - 75 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17590112; Lilla, James A. 1; Friedrichs, Robert R. 2; Vistnes, Lars M. 3,4; Source Information: Sep1975, Vol. 30 Issue 9, p71; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 1 Diagram, 3 Graphs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2197 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17590112&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Vetra, Helga AU - Whittaker, Derrick T1 - Hydrotherapy and topical collagenase for decubitus ulcers. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1975/08// VL - 30 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 53 EP - 58 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 19448969; Vetra, Helga 1; Whittaker, Derrick 2; Source Information: Aug1975, Vol. 30 Issue 8, p53; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 5 Color Photographs, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2770 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=19448969&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Miscia, Vincent F. AU - Holsinger JR., James W. T1 - Indications and techniques for cardiac pacing. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1975/07// VL - 30 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 73 EP - 85 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18954207; Miscia, Vincent F. 1,2; Holsinger JR., James W. 3,4; Source Information: Jul1975, Vol. 30 Issue 7, p73; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 2 Black and White Photographs, 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4464 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18954207&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lee, Lilly K. AU - Ambrus, Julian L. T1 - Collagenase therapy for decubitus ulcers. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1975/05// VL - 30 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 91 EP - 98 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18953013; Lee, Lilly K. 1; Ambrus, Julian L. 2,3; Source Information: May1975, Vol. 30 Issue 5, p91; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 2 Black and White Photographs, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2606 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18953013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jansen, G. Thomas T1 - Practical therapy for hyperkeratotic skin lesions. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1975/03// VL - 30 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 71 EP - 80 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18945447; Jansen, G. Thomas 1,2; Source Information: Mar1975, Vol. 30 Issue 3, p71; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 11 Black and White Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2457 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18945447&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Horenstein, Simon AU - Greer, Melvin T1 - Managing gait disorders. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1974/12// VL - 29 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 86 EP - 94 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17911165; Horenstein, Simon 1,2; Greer, Melvin; Source Information: Dec1974, Vol. 29 Issue 12, p86; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 5739 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17911165&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Parker, Richard H. AU - Fossieck Jr., Byron E. T1 - A five-step approach to antimicrobial medication. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1974/12// VL - 29 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 75 EP - 83 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17911164; Parker, Richard H. 1,2; Fossieck Jr., Byron E. 3,4; Source Information: Dec1974, Vol. 29 Issue 12, p75; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 4 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2706 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17911164&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Aronow, Wilbert S. T1 - Effects of carbon monoxide on coronary heart disease. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1974/10// VL - 29 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 141 EP - 146 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18945029; Aronow, Wilbert S. 1,2; Source Information: Oct1974, Vol. 29 Issue 10, p141; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18945029&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kornitzer, George D. AU - Olsson, Carl A. T1 - Methods of urinary diversion. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1974/09// VL - 29 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 85 EP - 93 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17886875; Kornitzer, George D. 1,2; Olsson, Carl A. 3,4; Source Information: Sep1974, Vol. 29 Issue 9, p85; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 9 Black and White Photographs, 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3252 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17886875&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chandrasekhar, A. J. AU - Buehler, John H. T1 - Diagnostic evaluation of pleural effusion. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1974/07// VL - 29 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 116 EP - 123 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17751597; Chandrasekhar, A. J. 1,2; Buehler, John H. 3; Source Information: Jul1974, Vol. 29 Issue 7, p116; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3336 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17751597&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Banaszak, Edward F. AU - Thiede, Walter H. T1 - Hypersensitivity pneumonitis. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1974/07// VL - 29 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 65 EP - 71 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17751590; Banaszak, Edward F. 1,2,3,4; Thiede, Walter H. 1,2,3,4; Source Information: Jul1974, Vol. 29 Issue 7, p65; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 2 Black and White Photographs, 1 Diagram, 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3321 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17751590&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Shields, T. W. T1 - Selecting appropriate therapy for bronchial carcinoma. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1974/07// VL - 29 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 54 EP - 60 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17751589; Shields, T. W. 1,2; Source Information: Jul1974, Vol. 29 Issue 7, p54; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3848 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17751589&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Benson, D. Frank T1 - Normal pressure hydrocephalus: A controversial entity. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1974/06// VL - 29 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 125 EP - 132 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17751624; Benson, D. Frank 1,2; Source Information: Jun1974, Vol. 29 Issue 6, p125; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3190 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17751624&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lutwak, Leo T1 - Continuing need for dietary calcium throughout life. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1974/05// VL - 29 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 171 EP - 178 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18933696; Lutwak, Leo 1; Source Information: May1974, Vol. 29 Issue 5, p171; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Diagram, 3 Charts, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3088 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18933696&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Colt, James D. T1 - Bypassing vascular enigmas. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1974/04// VL - 29 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 122 EP - 132 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18933265; Colt, James D. 1; Source Information: Apr1974, Vol. 29 Issue 4, p122; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 5 Diagrams, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3179 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18933265&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kieffer, Stephen A. T1 - Normal pressure hydrocephalus. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1974/03// VL - 29 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 77 EP - 88 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18932918; Kieffer, Stephen A. 1,2; Source Information: Mar1974, Vol. 29 Issue 3, p77; Number of Pages: 10p; Illustrations: 4 Black and White Photographs, 3 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4652 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18932918&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Heilman, Kenneth M. AU - Greer, Melvin T1 - Neuropsychologic changes in the stroke patient. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 29 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 153 EP - 160 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18932692; Heilman, Kenneth M. 1; Greer, Melvin; Source Information: Feb1974, Vol. 29 Issue 2, p153; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3047 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18932692&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Zackai, A. Hertsel AU - Weber, Donald AU - Noth, Robert T1 - Cardiac findings in Warner's syndrome. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 29 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 141 EP - 148 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18932679; Zackai, A. Hertsel 1; Weber, Donald 2; Noth, Robert 3,4; Source Information: Feb1974, Vol. 29 Issue 2, p141; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 3 Black and White Photographs, 1 Chart, 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2306 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18932679&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Papper, Solomon T1 - The effects of age in reducing renal function. (cover story) JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 28 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 83 EP - 87 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17525162; Papper, Solomon 1,2; Source Information: May1973, Vol. 28 Issue 5, p83; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 1 Chart, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2169 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17525162&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Preston, Thomas A. AU - Yates, James D. AU - Brymer, James F. T1 - Three therapeutic approaches in tachycardia. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1973/03// VL - 28 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 110 EP - 116 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17536990; Preston, Thomas A. 1,2; Yates, James D. 3; Brymer, James F. 4; Source Information: Mar1973, Vol. 28 Issue 3, p110; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 2 Charts, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3151 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17536990&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jamshidi, Khosrow AU - Ansari, Azam AU - Windschitl, Harold E. AU - Swaim, William R. T1 - Primary thrombocythemia. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1973/01// VL - 28 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 121 EP - 133 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17629206; Jamshidi, Khosrow 1,2; Ansari, Azam 1,2; Windschitl, Harold E. 1,2; Swaim, William R. 1,2; Source Information: Jan1973, Vol. 28 Issue 1, p121; Number of Pages: 13p; Illustrations: 1 Black and White Photograph, 1 Diagram, 3 Charts, 3 Graphs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 5335 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17629206&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Criep, Leo H. T1 - Corticoid therapy in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1973/01// VL - 28 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 111 EP - 115 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17629205; Criep, Leo H. 1; Source Information: Jan1973, Vol. 28 Issue 1, p111; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 2 Diagrams; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2122 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17629205&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sun, David C. H. T1 - Iatrogenic gastrointestinal diseases in the aged. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1972/09// VL - 27 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 89 EP - 95 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17537102; Sun, David C. H. 1; Source Information: Sep1972, Vol. 27 Issue 9, p89; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3773 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17537102&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Linn, Margaret W. AU - Linn, Bernard S. AU - Gurel, Lee T1 - Patterns of illness in persons who lived to extreme old age. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1972/06// VL - 27 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 67 EP - 70 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17602286; Linn, Margaret W.; Linn, Bernard S. 1; Gurel, Lee 2; Source Information: Jun1972, Vol. 27 Issue 6, p67; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2010 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17602286&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Murphy, Marvin L. AU - Dalrymple, Glenn V. AU - Rivarola, Carlos T1 - Silent pulmonary embolism in the elderly surgical patient. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1972/04// VL - 27 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 87 EP - 93 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17718738; Murphy, Marvin L. 1; Dalrymple, Glenn V. 2; Rivarola, Carlos 3; Source Information: Apr1972, Vol. 27 Issue 4, p87; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 4 Black and White Photographs, 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2027 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17718738&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rubin, Peter E. AU - Block, A. Jay T1 - Nonspecific lung abscess. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 27 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 125 EP - 136 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17579356; Rubin, Peter E. 1; Block, A. Jay; Source Information: Feb1972, Vol. 27 Issue 2, p125; Number of Pages: 12p; Illustrations: 8 Black and White Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 5091 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17579356&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ansari, Azam T1 - Carcinoma of the esophagus. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1971/05// VL - 26 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 98 EP - 104 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 15905262; Ansari, Azam 1; Source Information: May1971, Vol. 26 Issue 5, p98; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 3 Black and White Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2532 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15905262&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - King, Philip S. AU - Marshall, Robert C. AU - Gunderson, Herbert E. T1 - Management of the older laryngectomee. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 26 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 112 EP - 118 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 15905129; King, Philip S. 1; Marshall, Robert C.; Gunderson, Herbert E. 2; Source Information: Apr1971, Vol. 26 Issue 4, p112; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3581 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15905129&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Thomas, Thomas V. T1 - Benign vascular shadows in chest X-rays. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1971/03// VL - 26 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 134 EP - 139 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 15905244; Thomas, Thomas V. 1,2; Source Information: Mar1971, Vol. 26 Issue 3, p134; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 5 Black and White Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15905244&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Steinberg, Gustave T1 - Trophoneuropathic bone changes versus osteomyelitis in diabetes mellitus. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1971/03// VL - 26 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 111 EP - 116 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 15905233; Steinberg, Gustave 1; Source Information: Mar1971, Vol. 26 Issue 3, p111; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 11 Black and White Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2094 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15905233&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Youngs, John AU - Nicoloff, Demetre M. T1 - Medical versus surgical management of esophageal perforation. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1971/03// VL - 26 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 100 EP - 105 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 15905225; Youngs, John 1; Nicoloff, Demetre M. 1; Source Information: Mar1971, Vol. 26 Issue 3, p100; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2223 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15905225&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Eliot, Robert S. AU - Streiff, Richard R. T1 - The low incidence of coronary thrombosis: A poor target for long-term anticoagulants. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1971/01// VL - 26 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 152 EP - 157 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 15905656; Eliot, Robert S. 1; Streiff, Richard R. 2; Source Information: Jan1971, Vol. 26 Issue 1, p152; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Diagram, 2 Charts, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2117 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15905656&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Castillo, Cesar A. AU - Castellanos Jr., Agustin AU - Berkovits, Barouh V. T1 - Use of electrical pacemakers in the management of cardiac arrhythmias. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1970/11// VL - 25 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 117 EP - 131 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 15807942; Castillo, Cesar A. 1; Castellanos Jr., Agustin 2; Berkovits, Barouh V. 3; Source Information: Nov1970, Vol. 25 Issue 11, p117; Number of Pages: 15p; Illustrations: 9 Graphs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 6105 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15807942&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Criep, Leo H. T1 - The management of bronchial asthma in the aged. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1970/09// VL - 25 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 135 EP - 145 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 15806813; Criep, Leo H. 1,2; Source Information: Sep1970, Vol. 25 Issue 9, p135; Number of Pages: 11p; Illustrations: 3 Black and White Photographs, 1 Diagram; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4392 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15806813&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Brant, Bolek AU - Vetto, R. Mark AU - Krippaehne, William W. T1 - Aneurysm resection in the geriatric patient. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1970/06// VL - 25 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 95 EP - 101 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 15857010; Brant, Bolek 1; Vetto, R. Mark 1; Krippaehne, William W. 1; Source Information: Jun1970, Vol. 25 Issue 6, p95; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 1 Black and White Photograph, 2 Graphs, 1 Map; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2491 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15857010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Helgason, A. H. AU - Boushy, S. F. AU - Billig, D. M. AU - Gyorky, F. T1 - Changes with time in morphologic bronchitis. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1970/05// VL - 25 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 101 EP - 106 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 15855127; Helgason, A. H. 1,2; Boushy, S. F. 1,2; Billig, D. M. 1,2; Gyorky, F. 1,2; Source Information: May1970, Vol. 25 Issue 5, p101; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 2 Black and White Photographs, 3 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1754 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15855127&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ansari, Azam T1 - Carcinoma of the pancreas. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1970/01// VL - 25 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 91 EP - 99 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17536917; Ansari, Azam 1; Source Information: Jan1970, Vol. 25 Issue 1, p91; Number of Pages: 9p; Illustrations: 5 Black and White Photographs, 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2742 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17536917&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Salmon, James H. T1 - Senile and presenile dementia. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1969/12// VL - 24 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 67 EP - 72 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17432933; Salmon, James H. 1; Source Information: Dec1969, Vol. 24 Issue 12, p67; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Black and White Photograph, 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1803 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17432933&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Burrows, Benjamin AU - Kettel, Louis J. T1 - Important considerations in emphysema-chronic bronchitis syndrome. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1969/11// VL - 24 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 72 EP - 82 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18302130; Burrows, Benjamin 1; Kettel, Louis J. 2; Source Information: Nov1969, Vol. 24 Issue 11, p72; Number of Pages: 11p; Illustrations: 1 Diagram, 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4120 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18302130&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Yood, Bernard AU - Davis, E. T. T1 - Placement of elderly psychiatric patients. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1969/06// VL - 24 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 129 EP - 133 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17433020; Yood, Bernard 1; Davis, E. T. 1; Source Information: Jun1969, Vol. 24 Issue 6, p129; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1762 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17433020&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Maroney, Robert J. AU - Gurel, Lee AU - Davis Jr., John E. T1 - Patient perceptions of nursing home placement. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1969/06// VL - 24 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 119 EP - 128 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17433019; Maroney, Robert J. 1; Gurel, Lee 1; Davis Jr., John E. 2; Source Information: Jun1969, Vol. 24 Issue 6, p119; Number of Pages: 10p; Illustrations: 6 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3714 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17433019&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Brantner, John T1 - VIEWPOINT. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1969/05// VL - 24 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 48 EP - 56 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18302067; Brantner, John 1; Source Information: May1969, Vol. 24 Issue 5, p48; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 1 Black and White Photograph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1465 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18302067&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - McMahon, J. E. AU - Sako, Y. T1 - Arterial embolism and embolectomy. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1968/09// VL - 23 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 132 EP - 136 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17415207; McMahon, J. E. 1; Sako, Y. 1; Source Information: Sept1968, Vol. 23 Issue 9, p132; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17415207&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wolff, Kurt T1 - A new conceptualization of the geriatric patient. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1968/08// VL - 23 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 157 EP - 162 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 19207014; Wolff, Kurt 1,2; Source Information: Aug1968, Vol. 23 Issue 8, p157; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2818 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=19207014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chen, Li-Ching Yen T1 - "Talking hand" for aphasic stroke patients. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1968/04// VL - 23 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 145 EP - 148 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17184442; Chen, Li-Ching Yen 1; Source Information: Apr1968, Vol. 23 Issue 4, p145; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 2 Diagrams; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1127 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17184442&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Billig, Donal M. AU - Boushy, S. F. AU - Helgason, A. T1 - Use of bronchospirometry in preoperative evaluation of patients with bronchogenic carcinoma. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1968/04// VL - 23 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 115 EP - 121 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17184438; Billig, Donal M. 1; Boushy, S. F. 2; Helgason, A. 3; Source Information: Apr1968, Vol. 23 Issue 4, p115; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 4 Black and White Photographs, 3 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1863 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17184438&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Linn, Margaret W. AU - Linn, Bernard S. AU - Gurel, Lee T1 - Physical resistance in the aged. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1967/10// VL - 22 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 134 EP - 138 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17133638; Linn, Margaret W. 1; Linn, Bernard S. 2,3; Gurel, Lee 4; Source Information: Oct1967, Vol. 22 Issue 10, p134; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2149 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17133638&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hall, Charles A. T1 - Pernicious anemia. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1967/10// VL - 22 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 109 EP - 118 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17133635; Hall, Charles A. 1; Source Information: Oct1967, Vol. 22 Issue 10, p109; Number of Pages: 10p; Illustrations: 3 Charts, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4234 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17133635&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Desroches, Harry F. AU - Kaiman, Bernard D. AU - Ballard, H. Ted T1 - Factors influencing reporting of physical symptoms by the aged patient. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1967/09// VL - 22 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 169 EP - 175 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17184963; Desroches, Harry F. 1; Kaiman, Bernard D. 1; Ballard, H. Ted 1; Source Information: Sep1967c, Vol. 22 Issue 9, p169; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2695 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17184963&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cohen, Archibald C. T1 - Nontuberculous complications of pulmonary tuberculosis. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1967/05// VL - 22 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 125 EP - 131 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17120992; Cohen, Archibald C. 1; Source Information: May1967, Vol. 22 Issue 5, p125; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3351 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17120992&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sullivan, Mary E. T1 - Posthospital care. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1967/02// VL - 22 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 181 EP - 190 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17184600; Sullivan, Mary E. 1; Source Information: Feb1967, Vol. 22 Issue 2, p181; Number of Pages: 10p; Illustrations: 4 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3929 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17184600&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Linn, Margaret W. T1 - A nursing home rating scale. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1966/10// VL - 21 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 188 EP - 192 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17495097; Linn, Margaret W. 1; Source Information: Oct1966, Vol. 21 Issue 10, p188; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1908 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17495097&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Strandness Jr., D. E. T1 - Long-term value of lumbar sympathectomy. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1966/10// VL - 21 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 144 EP - 155 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17495092; Strandness Jr., D. E. 1; Source Information: Oct1966, Vol. 21 Issue 10, p144; Number of Pages: 12p; Illustrations: 2 Diagrams, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 5153 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17495092&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wolff, Kurt T1 - Personality type and reaction toward aging and death. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1966/08// VL - 21 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 189 EP - 192 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18932427; Wolff, Kurt 1; Source Information: Aug1966, Vol. 21 Issue 8, p189; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1614 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18932427&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hamilton, L. Dean T1 - Aged brain and the phenothiazines. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1966/05// VL - 21 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 131 EP - 138 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17184832; Hamilton, L. Dean 1; Source Information: May1966, Vol. 21 Issue 5, p131; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3506 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17184832&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Walske, Benedict R. T1 - The solitary pulmonary nodule. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1966/04// VL - 21 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 157 EP - 161 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17133176; Walske, Benedict R. 1; Source Information: Apr1966, Vol. 21 Issue 4, p157; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1797 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17133176&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bradley, Robert L. AU - Bradley, Elizabeth J. T1 - Amputation in the elderly. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1966/01// VL - 21 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 189 EP - 192 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17226508; Bradley, Robert L. 1; Bradley, Elizabeth J. 2; Source Information: Jan1966, Vol. 21 Issue 1, p189; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 6 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1173 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17226508&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Desroches, Harry F. AU - Kaiman, Bernard D. AU - Larsen, Ernest R. AU - Carman, Philip M. T1 - Age and leisure-time activities in a VA domiciliary. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1965/12// VL - 20 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 1065 EP - 1069 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17120825; Desroches, Harry F. 1; Kaiman, Bernard D. 1; Larsen, Ernest R. 2; Carman, Philip M. 3; Source Information: Dec1965, Vol. 20 Issue 12, p1065; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1992 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17120825&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Versalovic, J. AU - Nash, Z.-D. AU - Carinhas, R. AU - Musher, D. M. AU - Baughn, R. E. T1 - Immunoglobulin class and subclass restriction of autoimmune responses in secondary syphilis. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 80 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 381 EP - 386 SN - 00099104 AB - The immunoglobulin (Ig) class and IgG subclasses of autoantibodies to commercial VDRL antigen, creatine kinase (CK), and fibronectin (Fn) in the sera of patients with various stages of syphilis were quantified using solid-phase radioimmunoassays (RIA) and ELISA. Sera from patients with active secondary syphilis, initially positive for anti-Fn and anti-CK autoantibodies by RIA, were re- evaluated by ELISA using monoclonal antibodies (MoAb) for detection of human Ig class and subclass responses. Results of these assays revealed that anti-Fn and anti-CK responses were not only IgO in nature, but dramatically skewed to lgG 1 and IgG3 subclasses. While the restricted, co-expression of these isotypes seemingly paralleled anti-treponemal activity, inverse relationships actually existed between the subclass responses to Fn and those to Treponema pallidum. In contrast, anti-VDRL were predominantly IgM in 17 of 22 patients. Of those sera exhibiting detectable anti- VDRL IgO activity, responses appeared to be restricted to IgG I. These results suggest that different control mechanisms may be responsible for regulation of the various autoantibody responses expressed during syphilitic infection. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - ANTIGENS KW - CREATINE kinase KW - FIBRONECTINS KW - ENZYME-linked immunosorbent assay KW - autoimmune responses KW - IgG subclasses KW - secondary syphilis N1 - Accession Number: 15950897; Versalovic, J. 1; Nash, Z.-D. 2; Carinhas, R. 3; Musher, D. M. 4; Baughn, R. E. 5; Source Information: Jun1990, Vol. 80 Issue 3, p381; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject: ANTIGENS; Subject: CREATINE kinase; Subject: FIBRONECTINS; Subject: ENZYME-linked immunosorbent assay; Author-Supplied Keyword: autoimmune responses; Author-Supplied Keyword: IgG subclasses; Author-Supplied Keyword: secondary syphilis; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15950897&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jones, M. M. AU - Seilheimer, D. K. AU - Pier, G. B. AU - Rossen, R. D. T1 - Increased elastase secretion by peripheral blood monocytes in cystic fibrosis patients. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 80 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 344 EP - 349 SN - 00099104 AB - Morbidity and mortality in cystic fibrosis (CF) is predominantly due to destruction of pulmonary tissue, The host immune response may. in part. play a pathogenic role in pulmonary destruction in these patients. To further understand host immune response in CF, we examined the state of activation of peripheral blood monocytes in CF. Baseline elastase activity was 22-fold greater in the CF monocytes than in controls. Pseudomona aeeruginosa mucoid exopolysaccharide (MEP) and high molecular weight polysaccharide (I-IMP) increased elastase activity in both control and (`F monocytes. with a greater absolute increase in the CF monocytes. There was no difference in baseline or MEP-stimulated secretion of interleukin-1 (IL-1) or interleukin-6 (IL-6) between CF and control monocytes. Ibuprofen enhanced both MEP and HMP-stimulated elastase activity, whereas dexamethasone suppressed both baseline and stimulated elastase activity >20% in both CF and control monocytes. These results suggest that circulating monocytes in CF are stimulated in vivo, resulting in a remarkably elevated elastase activity in vitro. Elevated elastase release by peripheral blood monocytes as they enter the lung in response to chemotactic stimuli may contribute to lung destruction in CF. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LUNG diseases KW - CYSTIC fibrosis KW - DISEASES KW - IBUPROFEN KW - INTERLEUKIN-6 KW - MONOCYTES KW - cystic fibrosis KW - elastase KW - monocytes N1 - Accession Number: 15950869; Jones, M. M. 1; Seilheimer, D. K. 2; Pier, G. B. 3; Rossen, R. D. 1; Source Information: Jun1990, Vol. 80 Issue 3, p344; Subject: LUNG diseases; Subject: CYSTIC fibrosis; Subject: DISEASES; Subject: IBUPROFEN; Subject: INTERLEUKIN-6; Subject: MONOCYTES; Author-Supplied Keyword: cystic fibrosis; Author-Supplied Keyword: elastase; Author-Supplied Keyword: monocytes; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15950869&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cheung, A. K. AU - Parker, C. J. AU - Wilcox, L. T1 - Effects of two types of cobra venom factor on porcine complement activation and pulmonary artery pressure. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 78 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 299 EP - 306 SN - 00099104 AB - Autologous porcine plasma that has been incubated with cuprophan haemodialysis membranes causes pulmonary hypertension and peripheral leucopenia following reinfusion into swine. These effects appear to be mediated by biologically active fragments of C3 and C5 that are generated as a consequence of ex vivo activation of complement. Putatively, C5a induces the leucopenia; however, the specific contributions of products of C3 and C5 activation to the pulmonary vasoconstriction have not been elucidated. In the present study, the effects of in vivo infusion of two different types of cobra venom factor (CVF) on peripheral leucocyte count and pulmonary artery pressure in the swine are reported. The CVF from Naja n. naja (CVFTS) was shown to activate both porcine C3 and C5, whereas the CVF from Naja h. haje (CVFNH) activated only C3. Both types of CVF produced pulmonary hypertension. Significant peripheral leucopenia, however, was observed only with CVFTN. These results suggest that activation products of C3 contribute to the pulmonary hypertension but not to the peripheral leucopenia observed during haemodialysis using dialysis membranes that activate complement. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HYPERTENSION KW - POISONOUS animals KW - VENOM KW - COBRAS KW - PULMONARY artery KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - cobra venom factor KW - complement KW - pulmonary hypertension KW - swine N1 - Accession Number: 16195415; Cheung, A. K. 1; Parker, C. J. 1; Wilcox, L. 1; Source Information: Nov1989, Vol. 78 Issue 2, p299; Subject: HYPERTENSION; Subject: POISONOUS animals; Subject: VENOM; Subject: COBRAS; Subject: PULMONARY artery; Subject: LEUCOCYTES; Author-Supplied Keyword: cobra venom factor; Author-Supplied Keyword: complement; Author-Supplied Keyword: pulmonary hypertension; Author-Supplied Keyword: swine; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16195415&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Krug, H. E. AU - Mahowald, M. L. AU - Clark, C. T1 - Progressive ankylosis (ank/ank) in mice: an animal model of spondyloarthropathy. III. Proliferative spleen cell response to T cell mitogens. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1989/10// VL - 78 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 97 EP - 101 SN - 00099104 AB - Murine progressive ankylosis is a spontaneous disorder of mice resulting from a homozygous recessive genetic defect (ank/ank) which produces an inflammatory arthritis of peripheral and axial joints eventually resulting in ankylosis of these joints. This disorder resembles the human spondyloarthropathies clinically, radiographically and histologically. Various studies in humans with spondyloarthropathies have described defects of cellular immunity but these results are conflicting. We measured the spleen cell response to mitogen in ank/ank mice and in normal littermates. The spleen cell response to the T cell mitogens phytohaemagglutinin and concanavalin A was decreased in ank/ank mice compared with their normal littermates. The response to the B cell mitogen lypopolysaccharide was normal in both ank/ank mice and normal littermates. Serum from ank/ank mice did not inhibit spleen cell responses to mitogen. Ank/ank spleen cells were not inhibitory of normal spleen cell responses to mitogens. Addition of irradiated normal spleen cells to ank/ank spleen cells did not restore the mitogen responses to normal. It is possible that the ank/ank gene results in the phenotypic expression of an abnormal or decreased cell product involved in T cell proliferation. Several recently described cytokines could be potential candidates for this product. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANKYLOSIS KW - JOINTS (Anatomy) -- Diseases KW - T cells KW - MICE as laboratory animals KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - CELLULAR immunity KW - ankylosing spondylitis KW - murine progressive ankylosis KW - spleen cell proliferation. KW - spondyloarthropathics mitogens N1 - Accession Number: 17163925; Krug, H. E. 1,2; Mahowald, M. L. 1,2; Clark, C. 1,2; Source Information: Oct1989, Vol. 78 Issue 1, p97; Subject: ANKYLOSIS; Subject: JOINTS (Anatomy) -- Diseases; Subject: T cells; Subject: MICE as laboratory animals; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: CELLULAR immunity; Author-Supplied Keyword: ankylosing spondylitis; Author-Supplied Keyword: murine progressive ankylosis; Author-Supplied Keyword: spleen cell proliferation.; Author-Supplied Keyword: spondyloarthropathics mitogens; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17163925&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Williams, M. L. AU - Loughran Jr., T. P. AU - Kidd, P. G. AU - Starkebaum, G. A. T1 - Polyclonal proliferation of activated suppressor/cytotoxic T cells with transient depression of natural killer cell function in acute infectious mononucleosis. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 77 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 71 EP - 76 SN - 00099104 AB - In acute infectious mononucleosis large numbers of atypical lymphocytes proliferate in response lo B cells infected with Epstein-Barr virus, generally resulting in a self-limited illness, Although both T-cells and NK cells are known to be involved. The precise origin of the large granular lymphocytes in this disorder is incompletely understood. Using two-colour immunofluoroscent flow cytometry, we sequentially examined the phenotype of selected T cell and NK cell subsets from nine patients with infectious mononucleosis. In parallel, we determined whether these lymphocytes utilized a restricted repertoire of the T cell receptor gene and also measured their NK activity. Our results show that in acute infectious mononucleosis there was a greater than three-fold increase in T lymphocytes with the phenotype CD2+,CD3+,CD8+ and DR+. A modest increase in Lcu7(HNK1) + and CD4+ T cells was also seen. In addition, there was three-fold increase in cells co-expressing CD3- and CD16+, the phenotype reported to represent most NK cells. In spite of this latter finding, however, a marked decrease in NK function was found at the time of diagnosis, gradually returning to normal by day 28. Finally, Southern blot analysis of DNA from patient lymphocytes showed polyclonal rearrangements of the T cell receptor beta chain gene. These studies indicate that the proliferation of activated suppressor/cytotoxic T lymphocytes in acute infectious mononucleosis is polyclonal and is associated with transient depression of NK function. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MONONUCLEOSIS KW - EPSTEIN-Barr virus diseases KW - LEUCOCYTOSIS KW - KILLER cells KW - T cell receptors KW - PHENOTYPE KW - CELL proliferation -- Molecular aspects KW - infectious mononucleosis KW - large granular lymphocytes N1 - Accession Number: 16137228; Williams, M. L. 1,2,3; Loughran Jr., T. P. 1,2,3; Kidd, P. G. 1,2,3; Starkebaum, G. A. 1,2,3; Source Information: Jul1989, Vol. 77 Issue 1, p71; Subject: MONONUCLEOSIS; Subject: EPSTEIN-Barr virus diseases; Subject: LEUCOCYTOSIS; Subject: KILLER cells; Subject: T cell receptors; Subject: PHENOTYPE; Subject: CELL proliferation -- Molecular aspects; Author-Supplied Keyword: infectious mononucleosis; Author-Supplied Keyword: large granular lymphocytes; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16137228&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Reichlin, M. AU - Rader, M. AU - Harley, J. B. T1 - Autoimmune response to the Ro/SSA particle is directed to the human antigen. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 76 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 373 EP - 377 SN - 00099104 AB - Autoantibodies to defined cellular antigens in systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) are usually directed to conserved epitopes on ubiquitous macromolecules including histone, Sm+nRNP (URNP particles). DNA, and La(SSB). We report here that the autoimmune response to the Ro(SSA) RNAprotein particle is directed to epitopes on the human antigen which are not conserved in evolution. Ro(SSA) from bovine, rat, and mouse Ro(SSA) particles cross-read with human autoantibodies less effectively than does human Ro(SSA). and antigenically active Ro(SSA) is not detectable in chicken thymus extracts with the assays employed. These data suggest a special role for the Ro(SSA) antigen in the initiation and/or perpetuation of the anti-Ro(SSA) response in autoimmune disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - COLLAGEN diseases KW - ANTIGENS KW - anti Ro (SSA) KW - species specific KW - Systemic lupus erythematosus N1 - Accession Number: 16003002; Reichlin, M. 1; Rader, M. 2; Harley, J. B. 3; Source Information: Jun1989, Vol. 76 Issue 3, p373; Subject: SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus; Subject: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: COLLAGEN diseases; Subject: ANTIGENS; Author-Supplied Keyword: anti Ro (SSA); Author-Supplied Keyword: species specific; Author-Supplied Keyword: Systemic lupus erythematosus; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16003002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pappo, J. AU - Ermak, T. H. T1 - Uptake and translocation of fluorescent latex particles by rabbit Peyer's patch follicle epithelium: a quantitative model for M cell uptake. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 76 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 144 EP - 148 SN - 00099104 AB - A quantitative, light microscopic morphometric model for uptake of particulates by Peyer's patch M cells was developed. Rabbit intestinal loops containing Peyer's patches were inoculated with fluorescent, non-degradable polystyrene microparticles (600-750 nm). and their localization in Peyer's patches was traced after varying time periods. The particles were localized sequentially at the FAE cell surface, spanning the entire width of FAE cells, and within the subepithelial dome as a function of time. The particles were associated with 5D9+ or 1D9+ M cells, but were not taken up or transported by villus epithelia. The kinetics suggested a synchronous wave of uptake and transepithelial transport. Quantitative analysis revealed a considerably greater uptake efficiency of polystyrene microspheres in comparison to other biological particles. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CELL membranes KW - EPITHELIUM KW - POLYSTYRENE KW - MICROSPHERES KW - CELLS KW - EPITHELIAL cells KW - follicle-associated epithelium KW - M cells KW - Peyer's patches KW - phagocytosis N1 - Accession Number: 16239196; Pappo, J. 1,2,3; Ermak, T. H. 1,2,3; Source Information: Apr1989, Vol. 76 Issue 1, p144; Subject: CELL membranes; Subject: EPITHELIUM; Subject: POLYSTYRENE; Subject: MICROSPHERES; Subject: CELLS; Subject: EPITHELIAL cells; Author-Supplied Keyword: follicle-associated epithelium; Author-Supplied Keyword: M cells; Author-Supplied Keyword: Peyer's patches; Author-Supplied Keyword: phagocytosis; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16239196&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ming, R. H. AU - Strickland, R. G. AU - Listrom, Margaret AU - Fenoglio-Preiser, Cecelia T1 - The CD4 Leu 8- T helper cell in colonic mucosa: a quantitative and functional analysis. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 75 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 297 EP - 300 SN - 00099104 AB - CD4 T cells in the colonic lamina propria are primarily B cell helper as identified by their surface phenotype CD4 Leu 8- (CD4 Leu 8+ : CD4 Leu 8- ratio= 1 : 3.5). This is in contrast to autologous peripheral blood where CD4 Leu 8+ cells predominate (CD4 Leu 8- : CD4 Leu 8- ratio = 2.4 : 1). Functionally CD4 Leu 8- T cells isolated from the colon are able to provide autologous peripheral blood B cell help comparable to that of peripheral blood CD4 Leu 8- T cells. Immunoperoxidase staining of colonic tissue sections confirmed the relative lack of Leu 8 staining cells in the lamina propria and that when present these cells are located in the outer margins of lymphoid follicles. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - T cells KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - B cells KW - CD4 antigen KW - BLOOD KW - LYMPHOID tissue KW - colonic lamina KW - Leu 8 KW - propria KW - T helper cell N1 - Accession Number: 16159164; Ming, R. H. 1; Strickland, R. G. 1; Listrom, Margaret 2; Fenoglio-Preiser, Cecelia 2; Source Information: Feb1989, Vol. 75 Issue 2, p297; Subject: T cells; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: B cells; Subject: CD4 antigen; Subject: BLOOD; Subject: LYMPHOID tissue; Author-Supplied Keyword: colonic lamina; Author-Supplied Keyword: Leu 8; Author-Supplied Keyword: propria; Author-Supplied Keyword: T helper cell; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16159164&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - O'Dell, J. R. AU - McGivern, Janet P. AU - Kay, H. D. AU - Klassen, Lynell W. T1 - Improved survival in murine lupus as the result of selenium supplementation. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1988/08// VL - 73 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 322 EP - 327 SN - 00099104 AB - Selenium is a trace mineral and a required nutrient for animals and humans. Selenium intake appears to be inversely correlated with the risk of developing cancer. Since immunological effects of selenium have been described we studied the capacity of selenium to modify the lupus-like disease of NZB/NZW female mice. Our data indicate that selenium supplementation (sodium selenite 4 parts per million in the drinking water) significantly improves survival in these autoimmune mice: mean survival 55.6±4.6 weeks (mean± s.e.) for treated mice versus 36.1 ± 1.9 weeks for controls (P< 0.04), Additionally, selenium supplemented mice bad significantly higher natural killer cell activity (P<0-0.01). However, no obvious effects of selenium supplementation on autoantibody production were observed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SELENIUM KW - LUPUS erythematosus KW - AUTOIMMUNITY KW - TRACE elements KW - MICE as laboratory animals KW - CANCER KW - autoimmunity KW - lupus KW - natural killer cells KW - NZB/NZW mice KW - selenium N1 - Accession Number: 16177194; O'Dell, J. R. 1; McGivern, Janet P. 1; Kay, H. D. 1; Klassen, Lynell W. 1; Source Information: Aug1988, Vol. 73 Issue 2, p322; Subject: SELENIUM; Subject: LUPUS erythematosus; Subject: AUTOIMMUNITY; Subject: TRACE elements; Subject: MICE as laboratory animals; Subject: CANCER; Author-Supplied Keyword: autoimmunity; Author-Supplied Keyword: lupus; Author-Supplied Keyword: natural killer cells; Author-Supplied Keyword: NZB/NZW mice; Author-Supplied Keyword: selenium; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16177194&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dang, H. AU - Takei, M. AU - Isenberg, D. AU - Shoenfeld, Y. AU - Backimer, R. AU - Rauch, Joyce AU - Talal, N. T1 - Expression of an interspecies idiotype in sera of SLE patients and their first--degree relatives. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 71 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 445 EP - 450 SN - 00099104 AB - Sera from 29 SLE patients and 81 first-degree healthy family members were tested for quantitative expression of a cross-reactive idiotype present on a murine monoclonal anti-Sm autoantibody (Y2). Forty-one percent of SLE patients and 27% of all relatives showed increased serum levels of the Y2 idiotype compared to 6% in a normal, unrelated control group. In addition, female relatives of SLE patients showed slightly increased levels of anti-Sm antibodies compared to male relatives (15 vs 3%). In one of the 28 families and three unrelated SLE patients studied, there was a significant correlation between the Y2 idiotype expression and expresion of another idiotype present on anti- DNA antibodies (1341d). Affinity column absorption studies showed that these two idiotypes were present on different antibody molecules. This study demonstrates: (1) a genetic predisposition for an anti-Sm antibody idiotype expression in humans: and (2) that two different idiotypes may be under parallel or coordinate regulation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BLOOD plasma KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - ANTIGENS KW - DNA KW - NUCLEIC acids KW - SERUM KW - autoantihodies KW - Genetic predisposition KW - SLE idiotypes N1 - Accession Number: 16016980; Dang, H. 1; Takei, M. 1; Isenberg, D. 2; Shoenfeld, Y. 3; Backimer, R. 3; Rauch, Joyce 4; Talal, N. 1; Source Information: Mar1988, Vol. 71 Issue 3, p445; Subject: BLOOD plasma; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: ANTIGENS; Subject: DNA; Subject: NUCLEIC acids; Subject: SERUM; Author-Supplied Keyword: autoantihodies; Author-Supplied Keyword: Genetic predisposition; Author-Supplied Keyword: SLE idiotypes; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2249.ep16016980 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16016980&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mizuma, H. AU - Litwin, S. AU - Zolla-Pazner, Susan T1 - B--cell activation in HIV infection: relationship of spontaneous immunoglobulin secretion to various immunological parameters. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 71 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 410 EP - 416 SN - 00099104 AB - Peripheral blood mononuclear cells from HIV-infected individuals spontaneously secrete elevated levels of IgG, IgM and IgD. This increased level of synthesis and secretion is similar in HIV-infected subjects with no or few symptoms, in ARC patients and in AIDS patients. Thus, abnormal B-cell activation is characteristic of patients with mild as well as severe manifestations of HIV infection. The level of spontaneous cellular secretion of IgG. IgM and IgD correlates with serum levels of these isotypes. Levels of spontaneous cellular secretion of IgG and IgM correlate negatively with the percentage but not with the absolute number of T4-positive cells and correlate positively with the percentage but not with the absolute number of T8-positive cells. The data suggest that the proportional distribution of these T-cell subsets is a critical factor in the B-cell dysregulation leading to overproduction of IgG and IgM. On the other hand, spontaneous IgD secretion correlates with neither the percent nor the absolute number of T4 or T8 cells suggesting that the increase of IgD- secretion by B cells is independent of the T-cell defects. The data imply that more than one mechanism underlies the B-cell activation in HIV-infected individuals. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HIV infections KW - AIDS (Disease) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - LENTIVIRUS diseases KW - BLOOD plasma KW - B cells KW - AIDS polyclonal KW - B-cell activation KW - hyperglobulinaemia IgD N1 - Accession Number: 16016938; Mizuma, H. 1; Litwin, S. 2; Zolla-Pazner, Susan 1,3; Source Information: Mar1988, Vol. 71 Issue 3, p410; Subject: HIV infections; Subject: AIDS (Disease); Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject: LENTIVIRUS diseases; Subject: BLOOD plasma; Subject: B cells; Author-Supplied Keyword: AIDS polyclonal; Author-Supplied Keyword: B-cell activation; Author-Supplied Keyword: hyperglobulinaemia IgD; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2249.ep16016938 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16016938&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Takei, M. AU - Dang, H. AU - Talal, N. T1 - A common idiotype expressed on a murine anti--Sm monoclonal antibody and antibodies in SLE sera. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 70 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 546 EP - 554 SN - 00099104 AB - A rabbit anti-idiotypic antiserum made against a murine monoclonal anti-Sm autoantibody (Y2) was used in a solid-phase radioimmunoassay to investigate idiotypic cross-reactivity among anti-Sm antibodies present in sera from patients with systemic lupus erythematosus. Sera from 25 of 51 SLE patients (49%) containing anti-Sm antibodies were positive for this Y2 idiotype compared to only one of 22 normal human sera. Nine of 28 SLE patients (32%) whose sera were anti-Sm negative were also positive for the Y2 idiotype in low titre. Binding was not due to rheumatoid factor-like activity but was specific for the Y2 determinant and could be eliminated by absorption with Y2 monoclonal antibodies. The anti-idiotypic antibody blocked the ability of 12 of 25 anti-Sm positive lupus sera to bind Sm. Conversely, Sm antigen inhibited the binding of anti-idiotypic antibody in nine of 12 lupus sera. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANTI-idiotypic antibodies KW - RABBITS as laboratory animals KW - IMMUNE system KW - MONOCLONAL antibodies KW - RADIOIMMUNOASSAY KW - SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus KW - autoantibodies KW - idiotypes KW - SLE N1 - Accession Number: 16112028; Takei, M. 1; Dang, H. 1; Talal, N. 1; Source Information: Dec1987, Vol. 70 Issue 3, p546; Subject: ANTI-idiotypic antibodies; Subject: RABBITS as laboratory animals; Subject: IMMUNE system; Subject: MONOCLONAL antibodies; Subject: RADIOIMMUNOASSAY; Subject: SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus; Author-Supplied Keyword: autoantibodies; Author-Supplied Keyword: idiotypes; Author-Supplied Keyword: SLE; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16112028&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mizuma, H. AU - Zolla-Pazner, Susan AU - Litwin, S. AU - Wafaa El-Sadr AU - Sharpe, Sandra AU - Zehr, B. AU - Weiss, S. AU - Saxinger, W.C. AU - Marmor, M- T1 - Serum IgD elevation is an early marker of B cell activation during infection with the human immunodeficiency viruses. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1987/04// VL - 68 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 5 EP - 14 SN - 00099104 AB - IgD levels in individuals infected with the human immunodeficiency viruses (HIV) were studied as a means of monitoring the character and timing of B cell activation in individuals with this infection. Significantly increased levels of IgD were characteristic of homosexual men who were HIV seropositive but asymptomatic or mildly symptomatic. The hyper IgD globulinaemia became progressively more pronounced in patients with increasingly severe infection and reached its most marked level in patients with AID Sreiated complex (ARC), In ARC patients, IgD levels were increased 8-8-fold above normal which was disproportionately greater than the 2 4-fold increase in IgG, the 1-8- fold increase in IgA and the 1-6-fold increase in IgM. IgD levels declined in AIDS patients (although remained elevated compared to controls). The data suggest that an unusual type of B cell activation is responsible for the unique pattern of hypergammaglobulinaemia seen in this disease and that the B cell activation occurs early in the pathogenesis of HIV infection, often before development of symptoms, and continues throughout the course of infection. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SERUM KW - B cells KW - HIV (Viruses) KW - AIDS (Disease) KW - HYPERGAMMAGLOBULINEMIA KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - AIDS KW - HIV KW - IgD KW - polyclonal B cell activation N1 - Accession Number: 16166910; Mizuma, H. 1,2; Zolla-Pazner, Susan 1,2; Litwin, S. 3; Wafaa El-Sadr 4,5; Sharpe, Sandra 2; Zehr, B. 3; Weiss, S. 6; Saxinger, W.C. 6; Marmor, M- 7; Source Information: Apr1987, Vol. 68 Issue 1, p5; Subject: SERUM; Subject: B cells; Subject: HIV (Viruses); Subject: AIDS (Disease); Subject: HYPERGAMMAGLOBULINEMIA; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Author-Supplied Keyword: AIDS; Author-Supplied Keyword: HIV; Author-Supplied Keyword: IgD; Author-Supplied Keyword: polyclonal B cell activation; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16166910&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Michalski, J. P. AU - Bozelka, B. AU - Walter, H. T1 - Subfractionation of human T lymphocyte subpopulations by partitioning: surface heterogeneity of the OKT8/Leu2+ T cell subset. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 67 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 656 EP - 571 SN - 00099104 AB - Human peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) were subjected to countercurrent distribution in a charge-sensitive dextran-poly (ethylene glycol) aqueous two-phase system. Cells are thereby subfractionated on the basis of their charge-associated surface properties. The helper/inducer T cell subset (OKT4/Leu3+) has a single distribution curve with a low partition ratio (P). In contrast, the suppressor/cytotoxic(OKT8/Leu2+) subset is clearly heterogeneous and gives two peaks, one with a lower and the other with a higher P value. The cells in the latter peak constitute part of a minor subpopulation of cells enriched with natural killer (Leu7+) cells. Double labelling studies indicate that a majority of Leu2+ cells with a high P value also have a marker of natural killer cells (HNK-1), whereas the Leu2+ cells with low partition ratio are depleted with respect to cells bearing both markers. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - T cells KW - ETHYLENE glycol KW - KILLER cells KW - GLUCANS KW - CD8 subsets KW - cell separation KW - NK cells KW - partitioning KW - polymers KW - T cell subpopulations N1 - Accession Number: 16024955; Michalski, J. P. 1; Bozelka, B. 2; Walter, H. 3,4; Source Information: Mar1987, Vol. 67 Issue 3, p656; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: LEUCOCYTES; Subject: T cells; Subject: ETHYLENE glycol; Subject: KILLER cells; Subject: GLUCANS; Author-Supplied Keyword: CD8 subsets; Author-Supplied Keyword: cell separation; Author-Supplied Keyword: NK cells; Author-Supplied Keyword: partitioning; Author-Supplied Keyword: polymers; Author-Supplied Keyword: T cell subpopulations; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16024955&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tedesco, F. AU - Densen, P. AU - Villa, Maria A. AU - Presani, G. AU - Roncelli, Lucia AU - Rosso di San Secondo, V. E. M. T1 - Functional C8 associated with human platelets. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1986/11// VL - 66 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 472 EP - 480 SN - 00099104 AB - Haemolytic assay for C8 revealed its association in functionally active form with washed human platelets. Platelet-bound C8 haemolytic activity was inhibited by F(ab')2 anti-C8 and was undetectable in the platelet suspension obtained from three C8 deficient patients. Incubation of platelets from C8 deficient individuals in normal plasma did not restore C8 haemolytic activity, indicating that platelets do not absorb C8 from plasma in vitro during platelet preparation. Thrombin, a mediator of the platelet release reaction, did not induce the release of C8 from normal platelets. Conversely, lysis of EAC1-7.9 by platelet bound C8 was not accompanied by release of β-thromboglobulin or serotonin from the platelets. C8 was detected in a homogenate prepared from platelets as well as in the supernatant collected after high speed centrifugation of the homogenate. The association of C8 with platelets as an individual component rather than as part of the C5b-9 membrane-attack complex was supported by the following evidence: (a) platelet bound C8 eluted from a Sephacryl S-200 column at the same volume as C8 from normal human serum; (b) F(ab')2 anti-C8, but not F(ab')2 anti-C5, inhibited platelet C8 activity; (c) the platelet homogenate, which lysed EAC1-7,9 had no effect on EAC43 which are susceptible lo the lytic activity of the C5b-9 complex. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HEMOLYSIS & hemolysins KW - BLOOD platelets KW - SEROTONIN KW - NEUROTRANSMITTERS KW - SERUM KW - CELL culture KW - CELLULAR immunity KW - C8 KW - functional KW - platelets N1 - Accession Number: 15985273; Tedesco, F. 1,2,3,4; Densen, P. 1,2,3,4; Villa, Maria A. 1,2,3,4; Presani, G. 1,2,3,4; Roncelli, Lucia 1,2,3,4; Rosso di San Secondo, V. E. M. 1,2,3,4; Source Information: Nov1986, Vol. 66 Issue 2, p472; Subject: HEMOLYSIS & hemolysins; Subject: BLOOD platelets; Subject: SEROTONIN; Subject: NEUROTRANSMITTERS; Subject: SERUM; Subject: CELL culture; Subject: CELLULAR immunity; Author-Supplied Keyword: C8; Author-Supplied Keyword: functional; Author-Supplied Keyword: platelets; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15985273&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - McRury, Jonna AU - de Messias, Iara T. AU - Walzer, P. D. AU - Huitger, Theresa AU - Genta, R. M. T1 - Specific IgE responses in human strongyloidiasis. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1986/09// VL - 65 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 631 EP - 638 SN - 00099104 AB - IgE antibodies directed against Strongyloides stercoralis larval antigens were measured by a newly developed radioallergosorbant test (RAST). One hundred and fifty-two samples of sera from patients with parasitologically proven S. stercoralis infection were tested. One hundred and thirty-six of these (89.5%) were positive for parasite-specific 1gE. Of 50 presumably non-infected North American adult control sera, 49 (98%) were negative. All sera from patients with other parasites were negative, except for two sera from subjects with Ascaris lumbricoides, who exhibited low positivity. Of eight sera from non-infected patients with allergies and high IgE levels, one was weakly positive, and the other seven were negative. Considerable individual variability was present in the levels of specific IgE as measured by the RAST in the infected patients. Significant differences were also found among the three major demographic groups which composed our study population, with Asians having higher values than Latin Americans and the latter having higher values than North American patients. We conclude that the majority of patients with strongyloidiasis develop IgE antibodies directed against antigens from filariform larvae, the invasive form of the parasite. While the functional significance of this response remains to be defined, the RAST for IgE may be a useful adjunct in the immunological evaluation of these patients. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANTIGENS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - STRONGYLOIDIASIS KW - DEVELOPMENTAL biology KW - IMMUNITY KW - UNITED States KW - IgE antibodies KW - S. stercoralis KW - strongyloidiasis N1 - Accession Number: 16169110; McRury, Jonna 1; de Messias, Iara T. 2; Walzer, P. D. 3; Huitger, Theresa 1; Genta, R. M. 1; Source Information: Sep1986, Vol. 65 Issue 3, p631; Subject: ANTIGENS; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: STRONGYLOIDIASIS; Subject: DEVELOPMENTAL biology; Subject: IMMUNITY; Geographic Terms: UNITED States; Author-Supplied Keyword: IgE antibodies; Author-Supplied Keyword: S. stercoralis; Author-Supplied Keyword: strongyloidiasis; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16169110&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Drexler, H. G. AU - Menon, Mira AU - Klein, Mary AU - Bhoopalam, Nirmala AU - Messmore, H. L. AU - Ada, J. Minow T1 - Correlation of surface marker expression with morphologically and immunologically defined subclasses of acute myeloid leukaemias. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1986/08// VL - 65 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 363 EP - 372 SN - 00099104 AB - The expression of myeloid-associated cell surface antigens detected by monoclonal antibodies (MoAb: MCS-2, MCS-1, MY7, MY9, Leu-MI, OKMI, VIM-D5, Mol, My- 1, MY8, MY4. Leu-M3. VIM-D2. Mo2) of the HLA-DR/Ia-like antigen and of the Fc-receptor was determined on the blast cells from 91 patients with acute myeloid leukaemias classified as M1-M5 in the French-Amerivan-British (FAB) system. The surface antigen analysis revealed a highly heterogeneous reaction profile. Nevertheless, distinctive patterns of marker expression referring to morphologically defined subgroups were delineated. Several MoAb (especially MCS-2 and MY7 which were positive in most cases of the five FAB subgroups) appear to be useful for the recognition of myelomonocytic cells regardless of the commitment to either the granulocytic or monocytic cell lineage whereas other MoAb (especially MY4, Leu-M3, VIM-D2, Mo2) react predominantly with the monocytic variants and are helpful in the identification of monocytic commitment. The 91 cases could be divided into three immunologically defined phenotypes (Types I-III) corresponding to sequential differentiation levels. Correlations of these MoAb-defined phenotypes with the FAB subtyping showed that immunological and morphological classifications are not completely concordant and that only the parameters Type I and FAB MI were significantly related. A scheme of early myeloid differentiation sequences based on the expression of surface antigens is presented. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ACUTE myeloid leukemia KW - CELL surface antigens KW - PHENOTYPE KW - MORPHOLOGY KW - IMMUNOLOGY KW - ANTIGENS KW - AML KW - FAB KW - leukaemia KW - monoclonal antibodies KW - surface markers N1 - Accession Number: 16099788; Drexler, H. G. 1,2; Menon, Mira 1,2; Klein, Mary 2,3; Bhoopalam, Nirmala 2,3; Messmore, H. L. 2,3; Ada, J. Minow 2; Source Information: Aug1986, Vol. 65 Issue 2, p363; Subject: ACUTE myeloid leukemia; Subject: CELL surface antigens; Subject: PHENOTYPE; Subject: MORPHOLOGY; Subject: IMMUNOLOGY; Subject: ANTIGENS; Author-Supplied Keyword: AML; Author-Supplied Keyword: FAB; Author-Supplied Keyword: leukaemia; Author-Supplied Keyword: monoclonal antibodies; Author-Supplied Keyword: surface markers; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16099788&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bhoopalam, Nirmala AU - Price, Katherine AU - Norgello, H. AU - Barone-Varelas, Judy AU - Fried, W. T1 - Busulfan and chloramphenicol induced T cell lymphoma: cell surface characteristics and functional properties. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1986/06// VL - 64 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 646 EP - 655 SN - 00099104 AB - We report the immunological studies on three transplantable lymphoma lines that developed when CAF1 mice were injected with busulfan and chloramphenicol. The lymphoma cells displayed Thy-1, 2. brain associated antigen, and H-2d alloantigen. they were negative for surface IgM and la antigens. Expression of T cell differentiation antigens differed among the three lines. The 508 tumour line displayed only Thy-I ,2: 408 tumour line displayed Thy-L2. Lyt-2.2 and TL: and 808 tumour line was positive for Thy- 1.2, Lyt-l.2, Lyt-2.2 and TL antigens. We established in vitro culture lines from 508 and 808 lymphoma cells. The lymphoma cells did not respond to mitogens and antigens. The splenic cells from mice bearing 508 or 808 had decreased phytohaemaglutinin (PHA), concanavalin A (Con A) and mixed leucocyte responses (MLR). When mitomycin-C treated lymphoma cells from the tumour hearing mice were cocultured with normal splenic mononuclear cells, the 808 lymphoma cells suppressed the mitogenic responses of the normal cells more profoundly than 508 lymphoma cells. Adherent cells from both tumours suppressed the Con A responses of normal spleen cells. Cells from in vitro 508 or 808 cell lines had no effect on mitogenic responses of normal cells. Plasma from tumour hearing mice. but not the supernatants taken from cultures of these lymphoma cells. suppressed the mitogenic responses of normal lymphocytes. Spleen cells from normal CAF1 mice responded in mixed leucocyte tumour reactions (MLTR) when cocultured with lymphoma cells. Mice immunized with rnitomycin-( treated tumour cells had greater response. Responder cells taken from mice with established 508 or 808 tumors had suppressed MLTR responses. Although prior immunization with tumor antigen increased the MLTR response. injection of live tumour cells into immunized mice resulted in a more rapid tumour growth and suppression of NI LTR response. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOMAS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - T cells KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - CANCER cells KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - busulfan induced T cell lymphoma KW - cell surface markers and functions KW - cell surface markers in lymphoma KW - T cell lymphoma N1 - Accession Number: 16062609; Bhoopalam, Nirmala 1; Price, Katherine 1; Norgello, H. 2; Barone-Varelas, Judy 1; Fried, W. 3; Source Information: Jun1986, Vol. 64 Issue 3, p646; Subject: LYMPHOMAS; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: T cells; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: CANCER cells; Subject: LEUCOCYTES; Author-Supplied Keyword: busulfan induced T cell lymphoma; Author-Supplied Keyword: cell surface markers and functions; Author-Supplied Keyword: cell surface markers in lymphoma; Author-Supplied Keyword: T cell lymphoma; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16062609&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Levy, R. J. AU - Haidar, M. AU - Park, H. AU - Tar, L. AU - Levison, A. I. T1 - Bacterial peptidoglycan induces in vitro rheumatoid factor production by lymphocytes of healthy subjects. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1986/05// VL - 64 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 311 EP - 317 SN - 00099104 AB - The present studies were carried out to further characterize the polyclonal B cell activating properties of bacterial peptidoglycan (PG) and lo determine if this ubiquitous agent induces in vitro IgM rheumatoid factor (RF) production by lymphocytes from healthy volunteers. Peripheral Wood mononuclear cells (PBMC) were cultured in the presence of peptidoglycan, pokeweed mitogen (PWM), a standard polyclonal B cell activator, or additional culture medium. Supernatants were harvested on days 7-8 for determination of total IgM, total IgG, and IgM RF by an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA). PG and PWM induced comparable amounts of total IgM production but PG was a less potent stimulant of total IgG production. PG induced in vitro IgM-RT production in 9/33 experiments, a frequency of response of less than that observed in corresponding PWM stimulated cultures (22/33 experiments). PG-induced IgM-RF production depended upon active protein synthesis and did not correlate with the magnitude of PG-induced total IgM production. The latter finding suggests that PG-induced IgM-RF may not merely reflect polyclonal B cell activation. These results add to a growing list of PG's functional properties and provide further impetus for considering this ubiquitous agent as a potential stimulant for in vivo RF production. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PEPTIDOGLYCANS KW - BACTERIAL cell walls KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - RHEUMATOID factor KW - IMMUNOGENETICS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - peptidoglycan rheumatoid factor polyclonal B cell pokeweed mitogen. N1 - Accession Number: 16181702; Levy, R. J. 1; Haidar, M. 1; Park, H. 1; Tar, L. 1; Levison, A. I. 1; Source Information: May1986, Vol. 64 Issue 2, p311; Subject: PEPTIDOGLYCANS; Subject: BACTERIAL cell walls; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: RHEUMATOID factor; Subject: IMMUNOGENETICS; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Author-Supplied Keyword: peptidoglycan rheumatoid factor polyclonal B cell pokeweed mitogen.; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16181702&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pisetsky, D. S. AU - Haughton, G. T1 - Cyclosporine inhibition of a murine B cell lymphoma. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1986/03// VL - 63 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 549 EP - 554 SN - 00099104 AB - The effect of cyclosporine (CsA) on the CH12 murine B cell lymphoma was investigated to determine whether sensitivity to this agent is retained by malignant B cells. This tumour produces an antibody to bromelain-treated red blood cells and may represent transformation of a B cell with certain activation properties associated with early resting B cells. In in vitro cultures, the growth and proliferation of CH12 were inhibited by CsA in concentrations of 0.1-1.0 μg/ml; these levels were ineffective against non-lymphoid tumours, although some non-specific cell toxicity was noted at higher levels. IgM antibody production, as measured by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), was inhibited over the same range. CH12 cells stimulated by lipopolysaccharide, however, were less sensitive to CsA than untreated cells. These studies indicate that malignant B cells may be sensitive to CsA, perhaps reflecting their derivation from a functionally distinct B cell population with enhanced drug sensitivity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CYCLOSPORINE KW - LYMPHOMAS KW - B cells KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - RETICULO-endothelial system -- Tumors KW - B cell lymphoma KW - cyclosporine KW - immunosuppression N1 - Accession Number: 16177384; Pisetsky, D. S. 1; Haughton, G. 2; Source Information: Mar1986, Vol. 63 Issue 3, p549; Subject: CYCLOSPORINE; Subject: LYMPHOMAS; Subject: B cells; Subject: IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: RETICULO-endothelial system -- Tumors; Author-Supplied Keyword: B cell lymphoma; Author-Supplied Keyword: cyclosporine; Author-Supplied Keyword: immunosuppression; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16177384&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fischbach, M. AU - Talal, N. T1 - Ability of isoprinosine to restore interleukin--2 production and T cell proliferation in autoimmune mice. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1985/08// VL - 61 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 242 EP - 247 SN - 00099104 AB - Autoimmune mice bearing the single autosomal recessive gene 1pr are unable to produce the T cell growth factor. interleukin-2(IL-2). A physiological consequence of this defect is the inability of T cells from C57B1/6J-lpr/lpr mice to respond to antigen presented by macrophages. In an attempt to reverse these abnormalities, we administered the inosine containing drug isoprinosine. Injection of isoprinosine after antigen immunization restored both antigen presentation and IL-2 production. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases KW - IMMUNOLOGIC diseases KW - AUTOIMMUNITY KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - GROWTH factors KW - CYTOKINES KW - autoimmunity KW - interleukin-2 KW - isoprinosine N1 - Accession Number: 16089635; Fischbach, M. 1; Talal, N. 2; Source Information: Aug1985, Vol. 61 Issue 2, p242; Subject: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Subject: IMMUNOLOGIC diseases; Subject: AUTOIMMUNITY; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: GROWTH factors; Subject: CYTOKINES; Author-Supplied Keyword: autoimmunity; Author-Supplied Keyword: interleukin-2; Author-Supplied Keyword: isoprinosine; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16089635&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dang, H. AU - Fischbach, M. AU - Erdos, M. AU - Talal, N. T1 - Monoclonal anti-poly(rA) hybridoma antibodies from an autoimmune MRL/MpJ-1pr/1pr mouse. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1985/07// VL - 61 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 9 EP - 14 SN - 00099104 AB - Three B cell hybridomas were produced by the fusion of spleen cells from a 5 month old MRL/Mp-/lpr/lpr mouse with the myeloma cell line. NS-1. By competitive inhibition, all three monoclonal antibodies (MoAb) were specific for poly(rA) and were inhibited to a lesser extent by dDNA, nDNA, poly(rl) and poly(rC). Moreover, the three MoAb were not inhibited by mononucleosides and the nucleotide, ATP. Competitive inhibition, using poly(rA) of defined lengths, showed that the recognition site among the MoAb varied, one demonstrating binding of poly(rA) as small as two bases in length. This study suggests that the spontaneous autoimmune repertoire to poly(rA) is restricted as compared to other monoclonal autoantibodies to nucleic acids, but contains within itself micro heterogeneity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HYBRIDOMAS KW - B cells KW - CELL lines KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - NUCLEIC acids KW - antigenic specificity. KW - monoclonal antibodies N1 - Accession Number: 16182816; Dang, H. 1; Fischbach, M. 1; Erdos, M. 1; Talal, N. 1; Source Information: Jul1985, Vol. 61 Issue 1, p9; Subject: HYBRIDOMAS; Subject: B cells; Subject: CELL lines; Subject: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Subject: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject: NUCLEIC acids; Author-Supplied Keyword: antigenic specificity.; Author-Supplied Keyword: monoclonal antibodies; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16182816&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Handwerger, B. S. AU - Fernandes, G. AU - Riehm, Terri AU - Yoon, J.-W. AU - Sutherland, D. E. R. AU - Brown, D. M. T1 - Alterations in immunological reactivity in encephalomyocarditis virus-induced murine diabetes. I. Defective primary IgM plaque forming cell responses to sheep erythrocytes: correction by islet cell transplantation. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1985/04// VL - 60 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 145 EP - 150 SN - 00099104 AB - Increasing data suggest a possible viral aetiology of juvenile onset, insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus. The M variant of the encephalomyocarditis (EMC) virus infects murine pancreatic beta cells and causes a diabetes like syndrome in susceptible strains of mice. Abnormalities in immunological function have been documented in patients with diabetes mellitus and in spontaneous. streptozotocin-induced and alloxan-induced diabetes in animals. The present study documents a significant impairment of the ability of mice with EMC virus (M variant)-induced diabetes to generate a direct. IgM PFC response after in vivo immunization with sheep erythrocytes. This abnormality appears to be a direct consequence of the diabetic state and not EMC virus infection, per se, since (1) mice infected with EMC virus that do not become diabetic have normal direct PEC responses and (2) islet cell transplantation, which cures the diabetes. corrects the defect in PFC responsiveness. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DIABETES KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN M KW - CELLS KW - ERYTHROCYTES KW - CARBOHYDRATE intolerance KW - PANCREATIC beta cells KW - IMMUNIZATION KW - diabetes KW - EMC virus KW - immunity N1 - Accession Number: 15961599; Handwerger, B. S. 1,2,3; Fernandes, G. 4; Riehm, Terri 2; Yoon, J.-W. 5; Sutherland, D. E. R. 5; Brown, D. M. 3; Source Information: Apr1985, Vol. 60 Issue 1, p145; Subject: DIABETES; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULIN M; Subject: CELLS; Subject: ERYTHROCYTES; Subject: CARBOHYDRATE intolerance; Subject: PANCREATIC beta cells; Subject: IMMUNIZATION; Author-Supplied Keyword: diabetes; Author-Supplied Keyword: EMC virus; Author-Supplied Keyword: immunity; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15961599&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Warren, R. W. AU - Sailstad, Denise M. AU - Pisetsky, D. S. T1 - Monoclonal rheumatoid factors from B6-lpr/lpr mice. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1984/12// VL - 58 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 731 EP - 736 SN - 00099104 AB - Monoclonal rheumatoid factors (MoRF) were prepared from autoimmune B6-lpr/lpr mice to investigate the influence of strain background on the specificity of these autoantibodies. Using screening assays for binding to heterologous rabbit IgG, four IgM MoRF were obtained. Three of these antibodies showed a broad pattern of reactivity with IgG antigen, binding BALB/c myeloma IgG1, IgG2a and IgG3 as well as heterologous IgG. One of the antibodies, however, had a distinct form of IgG interaction and was without reactivity with any of the BALB/c myelomas tested. None of the antibodies had significant reactivity with IgG2b. These results suggest common features of B6-lpr/lpr rheumatoid factor (RF) specificities, some of which may be shared by comparable products derived from MRL-lpr/lpr mice. Comparison of these antibodies with those in other reported series suggests that the background genome as well as the nature of the inducing mechanisms may affect the specificity of RF as well as their pathogenetic role. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - IMMUNOGENETICS KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - GENOMES KW - GENETICS KW - autoimmunity KW - lpr mice KW - monoclonal autoantibodies KW - rheumatoid factor N1 - Accession Number: 18000981; Warren, R. W. 1,2; Sailstad, Denise M. 1,2; Pisetsky, D. S. 1,2; Source Information: Dec1984, Vol. 58 Issue 3, p731; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: IMMUNOGENETICS; Subject: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject: DIAGNOSIS; Subject: GENOMES; Subject: GENETICS; Author-Supplied Keyword: autoimmunity; Author-Supplied Keyword: lpr mice; Author-Supplied Keyword: monoclonal autoantibodies; Author-Supplied Keyword: rheumatoid factor; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18000981&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fierer, J. AU - Salmon, J. A. AU - Askonas, Brigitte A. T1 - African trypanosomiasis alters prostaglandin production by murine peritoneal macrophages. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1984/12// VL - 58 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 548 EP - 556 SN - 00099104 AB - Many factors contribute to the severe immunosuppression associated with African trypanosomiasis. Macrophages have been shown to be important target cells which after uptake of parasites, mediate immune dysfunction in vivo. We observed that infection of mice with Trypanosome brucei brucei (clone NIM 6) induces profound changes in arachidonic acid metabolism and prostaglandin (PG) secretion by macrophages. Normal macrophages release more PGI2 than PGE2 and production of both these prostaglandins is stimulated equally by endotoxin (LPS). Macrophages taken from NIM 6 infected mice at the peak of the first parasitaemia, release increased amounts of PGE2 and are hyperresponsive to LPS stimulation, white PGI2 secretion remains normal. As the infection progresses, there is a striking decrease in both basal PGE2 and PGI2 secretion and the ability of macrophages to respond to LPS. By the third week of infection, shortly before death, peritoneal macrophages resemble thioglycollate elicited macrophages in their inability to be stimulated by LPS to synthesize prostaglandins. Infection with a more virulent clone of T. brucei (NIM9) results in suppression of both PGE2 and PGI2 release by day 9 of infection. The increased production of PGE2 by macrophages during the eight of infection is likely to contribute to the general immunosuppression associated with African trypanosomiasis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AFRICAN trypanosomiasis KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSION KW - BIOLOGICAL transport KW - PROTOZOAN diseases KW - ARACHIDONIC acid KW - African trypanosomiasis KW - immunosuppression KW - macrophage activation KW - prostaglandin F2 N1 - Accession Number: 17999185; Fierer, J. 1; Salmon, J. A. 2,3; Askonas, Brigitte A. 2,3; Source Information: Dec1984, Vol. 58 Issue 3, p548; Subject: AFRICAN trypanosomiasis; Subject: IMMUNOSUPPRESSION; Subject: BIOLOGICAL transport; Subject: PROTOZOAN diseases; Subject: ARACHIDONIC acid; Author-Supplied Keyword: African trypanosomiasis; Author-Supplied Keyword: immunosuppression; Author-Supplied Keyword: macrophage activation; Author-Supplied Keyword: prostaglandin F2; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17999185&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mizushima, Y. AU - Wepsic, H. T. AU - Yamamura, Y. AU - Desilva, M. A. T1 - Tumour-induced suppressor macrophages in rats: differences in their suppressive effects on the Con A and PHA responses. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1984/08// VL - 57 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 371 EP - 379 SN - 00099104 AB - Spleen cells obtained from ACI rats bearing a syngeneic hepatoma (9098) (TBR spleen cells) shows a strongly depressed mitogen responses to concanavalin A (Con A) and to phytohaemagglutinin-P (P1-IA) at various concentrations ol the tested mitogens. The activity of suppressor cells in TBR spleens was demonstrated in mixtures with normal spleen cells where a marked depression of' the mitogen response was observed. The properties of tumour-induced suppressor cells were adherent to plastic or nylon wool phagocytic, and radioresistant (maybe macrophages). The Con A response of TBR spleen cells was more completely restored than was the PHA response alter the removal of adherent or phagocytic cells. The suppression when THR spleen cells (2,0(X) i-ad) were added to normal spleen cells at 0. 24. and 45 h after culture initiation was greater in the PLIA response than in the Con A response. The PHA assay appeared to be more sensitive method than the Con A assay for the detection of suppressor cell activity in tumour bearing rats. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HEPATOMA KW - SPLEEN -- Blood-vessels KW - LIVER tumors KW - SUPPRESSOR cells KW - T cells KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSION KW - suppressor macrophages concanavalin A phytohaemagglutinin tumour bearing rats sensitivity N1 - Accession Number: 15943693; Mizushima, Y. 1; Wepsic, H. T. 1,2; Yamamura, Y. 1; Desilva, M. A. 1; Source Information: Aug1984, Vol. 57 Issue 2, p371; Subject: HEPATOMA; Subject: SPLEEN -- Blood-vessels; Subject: LIVER tumors; Subject: SUPPRESSOR cells; Subject: T cells; Subject: IMMUNOSUPPRESSION; Author-Supplied Keyword: suppressor macrophages concanavalin A phytohaemagglutinin tumour bearing rats sensitivity; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15943693&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chen, Y.-H. AU - Heller, P. T1 - Diffusible suppressor factor from splenic macrophages in murine plasmacytoma. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1984/07// VL - 57 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 171 EP - 177 SN - 00099104 AB - The immunosuppressive effect of splenic macrophages (MΦ) in mice bearing plasmacy- toma was previously shown to be mediated by a diffusible factor. This diffusible suppressor factor (DSF) was found to be non-dialysable and sensitive to heating to 56°C and to the proteolytic action of trypsin. The suppressor factor could be removed from culture supernatants by binding to ligands that specifically bind to corresponding myeloma proteins. DSF from splenic suppressor MΦ of mice bearing MOPC 315 was capable of binding dinitrophenyl i-lysine, and that from mice bearing MOPC 104E, dextran S. The suppressor factor apparently cross-reacted with anti-idiotypic antibody to the corresponding myeloma protein, but did not interact with anti-isotypic antibody to mouse immunoglobulins (Ig). A higher concentration of mouse Ig than that found in DSF preparations did not have a suppressive effect. Metabolic inhibitors for RNA and protein, but not DNA synthesis effectively blocked the production of DSF. These findings suggest that DSF is a non-Ig protein that may have a structural similarity to myeloma idiotype. Continuous RNA and protein synthesis is required for the elaboration of DSF by splenic suppressor MΦ in cultures. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MACROPHAGES KW - MICE -- Diseases KW - TRYPSIN KW - MYELOMA proteins KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - BLOOD proteins KW - macrophages KW - plasmacytoma KW - suppressor factor N1 - Accession Number: 17561836; Chen, Y.-H. 1; Heller, P. 1; Source Information: Jul1984, Vol. 57 Issue 1, p171; Subject: MACROPHAGES; Subject: MICE -- Diseases; Subject: TRYPSIN; Subject: MYELOMA proteins; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: BLOOD proteins; Author-Supplied Keyword: macrophages; Author-Supplied Keyword: plasmacytoma; Author-Supplied Keyword: suppressor factor; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17561836&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Abrass, Christine K. T1 - Evaluation of the presence of circulating immune complexes and their relationship to glomerular IgG deposits in streptozotocin-induced diabetic rats. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1984/07// VL - 57 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 17 EP - 24 SN - 00099104 AB - Circulating immune complexes CIC have been postulated to contribute to the development of secondary complications in diabetes mellitus. In this study. CR' were measured in control rats and both insulin deficient and insulin treated streptozotocin- induced diabetic rats. CIC were more prevalent in both groups of diabetic rats as determined by the fluid and solid phase Clq binding assays. By 42 days after induction of diabetes, 80% of insulin deficient and 50% of insulin treated rats had detectable did by either/or both assays. As determined by direct immunofluorescence, there was progressive accumulation of rat IgG in the glomerular mesangium. The presence of CIC paralleled the glomerular deposition of IgG. The relationship of circulating insulin levels to the clearance of did and the glomerular deposition of IgG is discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DIABETES -- Complications KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - HORMONES KW - STREPTOZOTOCIN KW - ANTINEOPLASTIC antibiotics KW - IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE KW - circulating immune complexes KW - diabetic nephropathy KW - diahetes meIlitus N1 - Accession Number: 17561697; Abrass, Christine K. 1; Source Information: Jul1984, Vol. 57 Issue 1, p17; Subject: DIABETES -- Complications; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject: HORMONES; Subject: STREPTOZOTOCIN; Subject: ANTINEOPLASTIC antibiotics; Subject: IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE; Author-Supplied Keyword: circulating immune complexes; Author-Supplied Keyword: diabetic nephropathy; Author-Supplied Keyword: diahetes meIlitus; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17561697&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Calvanico, N. J. AU - Ambegaonkar, Sunandini AU - Geoghegan, W. D. AU - Carey Hanly, W. T1 - Analysis of rabbit lung lavage immunoglobulins during the course of pulmonary inflammation induced with aerosolized antigen. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1984/05// VL - 56 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 302 EP - 310 SN - 00099104 AB - Lung lavage fluids (LLF) from rabbits with pigeon dropping extract (PDE)-induced granulomatous pulmonary inflammation were studied for protein and immunoglobulin (Ig) G and A levels. It was found that the protein levels of the lung fluids of rabbits increased to a maximum after 2-3 weeks of aerosol treatment with PDK during which time inflammation of the lung increases. This is followed by a gradual decrease in protein content as the inflammation wanes and the lung returns to normal. These variations primarily reflect changes in IgG and IgA levels, IgG and IgA levels follow different courses. IgA reaches a maximum in the first week of inflammation and then gradually decreases. In contrast, IgG reaches a maximum level (2-3 weeks) and stays at an elevated level throughout the 12 week period of aerosol treatment with PDE. Antibodies to PDE in these two classes of immunoglobulins do not entirely reflect the immunoglobulin class levels. IgA antibody levels reach a maximum after extended aerosol challenge while IgG antibody reaches a maximum early and then declines to background levels. The specificity of the non-PDE antibody IgG is unknown at present. The distribution of IgA subclass producing cells in the lung is different than in the gut. In the lung the major subclass is g while in the gut it is f. The distribution of subclasses of IgA in the LLF, however, does not appear to reflect the cellular distribution. The reason for this is not clear. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LUNGS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - ANTIGENS KW - PLASMA cells KW - RABBITS KW - PATHOLOGY KW - hypersensitivity pneumonitis KW - lung immunity KW - pulmonary inflammation KW - secretory IgA N1 - Accession Number: 15958540; Calvanico, N. J. 1,2,3; Ambegaonkar, Sunandini 1,2,3; Geoghegan, W. D. 1,2,3; Carey Hanly, W. 1,2,3; Source Information: May1984, Vol. 56 Issue 2, p302; Subject: LUNGS; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: ANTIGENS; Subject: PLASMA cells; Subject: RABBITS; Subject: PATHOLOGY; Author-Supplied Keyword: hypersensitivity pneumonitis; Author-Supplied Keyword: lung immunity; Author-Supplied Keyword: pulmonary inflammation; Author-Supplied Keyword: secretory IgA; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15958540&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pardo, I. AU - Carafa, C. AU - Dziarski, R. AU - Levinson, A. I. T1 - Analysis of in vitro polyclonal B cell differentiation responses to bacterial peptidoglycan and pokeweed mitogen in rheumatoid arthritis. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1984/05// VL - 56 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 253 EP - 262 SN - 00099104 AB - To gain insight into possible determinants of in vivo polyclonal B cell activation seen in rheumatoid arthritis (RA), we enumerated immunoglobulin secreting cells appearing in cultures of peripheral blood mononuclear ceils that were stimulated with pokeweed mitogen (PWM) or a newly described polyclonal B cell activator, bacterial peptidoglycan. Peptidoglycan, the major constituent of the cell wall of gram positive bacteria, has properties which warrant its consideration in the pathogenesis of RA; including the ability to induce rheumatoid factor production as well as a RA like syndrome in experimental animals. RA patients as a group had similar immuoglobulin secreting cell responses in PWM stimulated cultures compared to arthritis controls and showed moderately depressed responses compared to healthy volunteers. However, their in vitro responses to peptidoglycan were markedly depressed when compared to those of both control groups, or note, severely reduced peptidoglycan-induced responses were seen in 26 of 55 rheumatoid patients who demonstrated infact PWM-induced responses. These impaired responses to peptidoglycan were not due to (1) aberrant kinetic response; (2) shift in the dose-response pattern; (3) decreased cell survival in culture or (4) the inability of peptidoglycan to activate RA cells. Cell fractionation studies indicated that peptidoglycan reactive B cells were present in the blood of some patients but their reactivity was abrogated by suppressor T cells. These studies provide evidence of aberrant in vitro polyclonal B cell activation in patients with RA and provide a basis for further investigation of peptidoglycan as an immunopathogenetic agent in this disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RHEUMATOID arthritis KW - MITOGENS KW - MITOSIS KW - LECTINS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - T cells KW - peptidoglycan KW - polyclonal B cell differentiation KW - rheumatoid arthritis N1 - Accession Number: 15957786; Pardo, I. 1,2; Carafa, C. 1,2; Dziarski, R. 1,2; Levinson, A. I. 1,2; Source Information: May1984, Vol. 56 Issue 2, p253; Subject: RHEUMATOID arthritis; Subject: MITOGENS; Subject: MITOSIS; Subject: LECTINS; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: T cells; Author-Supplied Keyword: peptidoglycan; Author-Supplied Keyword: polyclonal B cell differentiation; Author-Supplied Keyword: rheumatoid arthritis; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15957786&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Buxbaum, J. N. AU - Kammerman, Sandra T1 - Immunoglobulin abnormalities in Paget's disease of bone. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1984/04// VL - 56 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 200 EP - 204 SN - 00099104 AB - Several patients with Paget's disease have been reported to have monoclonal IgM proteins in their serum. We have systematically studied 26 patients with Paget's disease severe enough to require diphosphonate therapy. Five of these patients were found to have isolated elevations of serum IgM which were well outside the normal range for their age, sex and race. An additional patient had elevations of both IgG and IgM. These patients seem to represent a subset of Pagetics. They do not differ from the remainder of the group with respect to severity or extent of disease, response to therapy, presence of intercurrent disease or age. They do have a different male to female ratio. These observations suggest that some patients with Paget's disease may have disordered immune regulation or that they may be undergoing a primary response to an agent involved in the aetiology or pathogenesis of the disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - OSTEITIS deformans KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - PROTEINS KW - SERUM KW - BONES -- Diseases KW - DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation KW - dysglobulinaemia KW - hyperimmunoglobulinaemia KW - Paget's disease N1 - Accession Number: 17561558; Buxbaum, J. N. 1; Kammerman, Sandra 2; Source Information: Apr1984, Vol. 56 Issue 1, p200; Subject: OSTEITIS deformans; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: PROTEINS; Subject: SERUM; Subject: BONES -- Diseases; Subject: DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation; Author-Supplied Keyword: dysglobulinaemia; Author-Supplied Keyword: hyperimmunoglobulinaemia; Author-Supplied Keyword: Paget's disease; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17561558&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Nagura, H. AU - Tsutsumi, Y. AU - Hasegawa, H. AU - Watanabe, K. AU - Nakane, P. K. AU - Brown, W. R. T1 - IgA plasma cells in biliary mucosa: a likely source of locally synthesized IgA in human hepatic bile. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1983/12// VL - 54 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 671 EP - 680 SN - 00099104 AB - IgA synthesized in hepatobiliary tissues accounts for about one-half of the IgA present in human hepatic bile, but the location of the IgA synthesizing cells has been in doubt because few plasma cells are present in normal liver. Therefore, we immunocytochemically localized IgA. J chain and secretory component in bile duel tissues of six patients operated upon for biliary duct obstruction. Numerous plasma cells containing IgA and J chain were found surrounding the accessory glands of the major bile ducts and in the area just beneath the surface epithelium of the ducts. At the ultrastructural level, IgA and SC in the epithelial cells had the features characteristic of secretory component-mediated endocytic translocation of IgA. We conclude that plasma cells in biliary duct mucosa are the likely source of much of the locally synthesized IgA that is secreted into human hepatic bile. The IgA probably reaches the bile by direct transfer across biliary epithelium. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PLASMA cells KW - LYMPHOID tissue KW - EPITHELIAL cells KW - BILIARY tract KW - EPITHELIUM KW - MUCOUS membrane KW - biliary mucosa KW - IgA KW - Immunohistochemistry KW - J chain KW - secretory component N1 - Accession Number: 16253707; Nagura, H. 1; Tsutsumi, Y. 1; Hasegawa, H. 1; Watanabe, K. 1; Nakane, P. K. 1; Brown, W. R. 2; Source Information: Dec1983, Vol. 54 Issue 3, p671; Subject: PLASMA cells; Subject: LYMPHOID tissue; Subject: EPITHELIAL cells; Subject: BILIARY tract; Subject: EPITHELIUM; Subject: MUCOUS membrane; Author-Supplied Keyword: biliary mucosa; Author-Supplied Keyword: IgA; Author-Supplied Keyword: Immunohistochemistry; Author-Supplied Keyword: J chain; Author-Supplied Keyword: secretory component; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16253707&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gupta, R. K. AU - Leitch, A. Marilyn AU - Morton, D. L. T1 - Detection of tumour associated antigen in eluates from protein A columns used for ex vivo immunoadsorption of plasma from melanoma patients by radioimmunoassay. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1983/09// VL - 53 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 589 EP - 599 SN - 00099104 AB - Tumour associated antigen (TAA) of defined specificity and anti-TAA antibodies were isolated by elution with 0.1 M glycine-HCl buffer (pH 3.5) and 2.5 M MgCl2 from non-viable Staphylococcus aureus used in ex vivo immunoadsorption of plasma from four melanoma patients. The anti-TAA antibody activity in the MgCl2 eluate was determined by its ability to bind a melanoma 125I-TAA. The melanoma 125I-TAA was isolated and purified from the spent culture medium of a human melanoma cell line. The activity and specificity of TAA in the glycine-HCl eluates were determined by competitive inhibition in a radioimmunoassay in which melanoma 125I-TAA and an allogeneic antiserum obtained from a melanoma patient were used as the reagents. Results indicated that 0.04 -0.81% of the total protein contained in the glycine-HCl eluates was TAA. The proportion of TAA to total protein in these eluates varied from patient to patient and treatment to treatment. Inhibition by the glycine-HCl eluates in the competitive radioimmunoassay was dose-dependent. Similarly, binding of melanoma 125I-TAA in a direct radioimmunoassay decreased with decreasing amounts of the anti-TAA antibody fraction. Quantitative analysis revealed that the MgCl2 eluates contained anti-TAA protein at levels ranging from 0.15 to 5.78%, of total protein. Because both TAA and anti-TAA activities were found in eluates from S. aureus (protein A positive) used for immunoadsorption of plasma from melanoma patients, and because melanoma 125I-TAA isolated and purified from a human melanoma cell line did not bind to protein A directly, the results indicated that TAAs immunologically similar to the melanoma TAA were circulating in the form of immune complexes in plasma of four patients with melanoma and that these complexes could be removed from plasma by ex vivo immunoadsorption. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOADSORPTION KW - ADSORPTION KW - ANTIGENS KW - RADIOIMMUNOASSAY KW - RADIOLIGAND assay KW - TUMORS KW - immunoadsorption KW - melanoma KW - protein A KW - radioimmunoassay KW - tumour associated antigens N1 - Accession Number: 15961810; Gupta, R. K. 1; Leitch, A. Marilyn 1; Morton, D. L. 1; Source Information: Sep1983, Vol. 53 Issue 3, p589; Subject: IMMUNOADSORPTION; Subject: ADSORPTION; Subject: ANTIGENS; Subject: RADIOIMMUNOASSAY; Subject: RADIOLIGAND assay; Subject: TUMORS; Author-Supplied Keyword: immunoadsorption; Author-Supplied Keyword: melanoma; Author-Supplied Keyword: protein A; Author-Supplied Keyword: radioimmunoassay; Author-Supplied Keyword: tumour associated antigens; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15961810&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Birdsall, Holly H. AU - Rossen, R. D. T1 - Characterization of anti-Fab′ antibodies in human sera: identification of soluble immune complexes that contain hidden anti-KLH and blocking anti-immunoglobulins following immunization with keyhole limpet haemocyanin. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1983/08// VL - 53 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 497 EP - 504 SN - 00099104 AB - After immunization with keyhole limpet haemocyanin (KLH), increased concentrations of anti-KLH and anti-Fab' antibodies (Abs) were demonstrated in sera from 18 of 20 volunteers. In many cases, post-immunization sera contained soluble immune complexes that incorporated both anti-Fab' and 'hidden' or 'blocked' anti-KLH antibodies;. The complexes containing hidden anti-KLH and blocking anti-Fab' Abs were not found in pre-immunization sera. The hidden Abs to KLH were revealed by demonstrating increases in anti-KLH activity in sera incubated previously with Fab' fragments, immobilized on plastic microtitre tray wells. Incubation with insoluble Fab' did not influence the quantity of anti-tetanus toxoid (TT) that was detected in these sera. Addition of affinity purified anti-Fab' Abs to samples, previously 'unblocked' by adsorption with immobilized Fab', depressed their anti-KLH activity to levels present before adsorption, hut did not change the quantity of Abs to Dermatophytin, Trychophyton, or TT therein, These results suggest that some autoantibodies generically recognized as 'Fab' specific' have properties that are usually considered to be characteristic of autoanti-idiotypes. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - FISSURELLIDAE KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - SERUM KW - BLOOD plasma KW - ANTIGENS KW - anti-Fab' antibodies KW - anti-immunoglobulins KW - autoanti-idiotypes KW - blocking antibodies KW - immune complexes N1 - Accession Number: 16017433; Birdsall, Holly H. 1,2; Rossen, R. D. 3; Source Information: Aug1983, Vol. 53 Issue 2, p497; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: FISSURELLIDAE; Subject: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject: SERUM; Subject: BLOOD plasma; Subject: ANTIGENS; Author-Supplied Keyword: anti-Fab' antibodies; Author-Supplied Keyword: anti-immunoglobulins; Author-Supplied Keyword: autoanti-idiotypes; Author-Supplied Keyword: blocking antibodies; Author-Supplied Keyword: immune complexes; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16017433&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sibbitt, W. L. AU - Eroelich, C J. AU - Bankhurst, A. D. T1 - Natural cytotoxicity in systemic lupus erythematosus: mechanisms of suppression by inhibitory serum factors. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1983/08// VL - 53 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 363 EP - 370 SN - 00099104 AB - Spontaneous cytotoxicity mediated by natural killer (NK) cells is impaired in several human diseases including systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE). The present study was designed to describe factors in SLE sera which suppress the NK function of unfractionated mononuclear cells and NK enriched suspensions. NK activity was determined in 19 SLE patients and 25 normal controls by a standard chromium release assay. Sera obtained from SLE patients suppressed normal NK activity by an average of 29.4%. The presence of anti-lymphocyte antibodies (ALA) of the IgM class which were reactive with unfractionated mononuclear cells or the NK cell enriched OKMl positive subset correlated with serum-mediated suppression, NK inhibitory SLE sera did not interfere with normal effector-target conjugate formation. These results demonstrate the modulatory effects of immune aggregates and A EA on lymphocyte function in SLE, These factors suppress NK function without evidence of lymphocyte cell death or inhibition of NK effector cell binding to tumour targets. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus KW - KILLER cells KW - MONONUCLEOSIS KW - CHROMIUM KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - COLLAGEN diseases KW - cytotoxicity natural killer cells. KW - Systemic lupus erythematosus N1 - Accession Number: 16017214; Sibbitt, W. L. 1; Eroelich, C J. 2; Bankhurst, A. D. 1; Source Information: Aug1983, Vol. 53 Issue 2, p363; Subject: SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus; Subject: KILLER cells; Subject: MONONUCLEOSIS; Subject: CHROMIUM; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: COLLAGEN diseases; Author-Supplied Keyword: cytotoxicity natural killer cells.; Author-Supplied Keyword: Systemic lupus erythematosus; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16017214&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Shih, Wendy W. H. AU - Baumhefner, R. W. AU - Tourtellotte, W. W. AU - Haskell, C. M. AU - Korn, E. L. AU - Fahey, J. F. T1 - Difference in effect of single immunosuppressivc agents (cyclophosphamide, CCNU, 5-FU) on peripheral blood immune cell parameters and central nervous system immunoglobulin synthesis rate in patients with multiple sclerosis. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1983/07// VL - 53 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 122 EP - 132 SN - 00099104 AB - Cyclophosphamide (CY), 1-(2-chloroethyl)-3-cyclohexyl-l-nitrosourea (CCNU) and 5-fluorouracil (5-FU) were given in single course schedules to chronic progressive multiple sclerosis (MS) patients clinically stable for 6 months. The following peripheral immune cellular parameters were measured before, during and after each drug administration: white blood count (WBCL polymorphonuclear count (PMN). lymphocyte count. percentage of I cells, I cell response to phytohaemagglutinin (PHA), percentage of B cells, percentage of cells bearing receptors for the Fe portion of immunoglobulin (% FcR cells), killer (K) cell activity defined by antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC). and natural killer (NK) cell activity. Central nervous system (CNS) immunoglobulin U (IgG) synthesis was also measured. The patients were followed carefully by both quantitative and qualitative methods for any change in their neurologic condition. Selective reduction in NK activity was observed with CY and 5-FU while no significant alteration was seen in %FcR cells and K activity. CY differed from 5-FU in reducing lymphocyte count and B cell percentage while 5-FU decreased the percentage of T cells. CCNU, but not the other drugs. reduced T cell proliferative response to PHA. In addition, CCNU, which is known to penetrate well into the nervous system, caused a modest reduction in CNS IgG synthesis, while 5-FU had an uncertain effect. Clinically the patients were unchanged or continued to progress in their disability. The results suggest an independence of the CNS immune from the systemic immune system in MS in response to many immunosuppressive drugs. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents KW - CENTRAL nervous system KW - CELLS KW - MULTIPLE sclerosis KW - KILLER cells KW - B cells KW - 5-FU KW - CCNU KW - Cyclophosphamide KW - immune cells. KW - immunoglobulin synthesis KW - multiple KW - sclerosis N1 - Accession Number: 15961584; Shih, Wendy W. H. 1; Baumhefner, R. W. 1; Tourtellotte, W. W. 1; Haskell, C. M. 1; Korn, E. L. 1; Fahey, J. F. 2; Source Information: Jul1983, Vol. 53 Issue 1, p122; Subject: IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents; Subject: CENTRAL nervous system; Subject: CELLS; Subject: MULTIPLE sclerosis; Subject: KILLER cells; Subject: B cells; Author-Supplied Keyword: 5-FU; Author-Supplied Keyword: CCNU; Author-Supplied Keyword: Cyclophosphamide; Author-Supplied Keyword: immune cells.; Author-Supplied Keyword: immunoglobulin synthesis; Author-Supplied Keyword: multiple; Author-Supplied Keyword: sclerosis; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15961584&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Twomey, J. J. AU - Laughter, Arline AU - Brown, M. F. T1 - A comparison of the regulatory effects of human monocytes, pulmonary alveolar macrophages (PAMs) and spleen macrophages upon lymphocyte responses. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1983/05// VL - 52 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 449 EP - 454 SN - 00099104 AB - Human monocytes, pulmonary alveolar macrophages (PAMs) and spleen macrophages were concentrated by immobilization on cold insoluble globulins. These cell preparations were 90 ± 3%, 95±1% and 83±3% esterase rich, respectively, 87±4%, 95±3% and 66 ± 11 % phagocytic and 78 ± 3%. 79 ± 9% and 68 ± 5% reactive with OKM1 monoclonal antibody. Spleen macrophages differed from the other two cell preparations in that significantly fewer reacted with 61D3 or 63D2 monoclonal antibodies. Monocytes and PAMs promoted the mixed leucocyte response by autologous lymphocytes when added at low concentrations, but suppressed this response at high concentrations. Spleen macrophages only promoted the mixed leucocyte reaction but were required in much higher numbers than either monocytes or PAMs for optimal promotion. Likewise, the added presence of monocytes or PAMs in high numbers suppressed Ig synthesis stimulated with pokeweed mitogen, while spleen macrophages were not suppressive in this system. This study shows that the distribution of macrophages that differ in their regulatory effects upon lymphocyte responses varies in different tissues. The human spleen is deficient in macrophage related suppression. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MONOCYTES KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - MACROPHAGES KW - RETICULO-endothelial system KW - LYMPHOID tissue KW - IMMUNE system N1 - Accession Number: 15938461; Twomey, J. J. 1; Laughter, Arline 1; Brown, M. F. 1; Source Information: May1983, Vol. 52 Issue 2, p449; Subject: MONOCYTES; Subject: LEUCOCYTES; Subject: MACROPHAGES; Subject: RETICULO-endothelial system; Subject: LYMPHOID tissue; Subject: IMMUNE system; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15938461&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Michalski, J. P. AU - McCombs, C. C. AU - Roubinian, J. R. AU - Talal, N. T1 - Effect of androgen therapy on survival and suppressor cell activity in aged NZB/NZW F1 hybrid mice. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1983/04// VL - 52 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 229 EP - 233 SN - 00099104 AB - Male NZB/NZW F1 hybrid (B/W) mice survive their first year of life and die of luptis nephritis or lymphoid malignancy during the second year. Androgen therapy, even if delayed until 9 months of age, improves survival considerably. We report here that androgen therapy in aged B/W mice is associated with improved cell-mediated immune function as welt as increased survival. Androgen treated mice have significantly augmented spleen cell responses to phytohaemagglutinin (PHA) and a decreased incidence of abnormal splenic suppressor activity. These results suggest that androgen may prolong survival in B/W mice in part through an effect on abnormally suppressive regulatory cells that impair T lymphocyte function. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANDROGENS KW - DRUG therapy KW - MICE as laboratory animals KW - ANDROSTANE KW - LABORATORY animals KW - LYMPHOID tissue N1 - Accession Number: 15985514; Michalski, J. P. 1; McCombs, C. C. 1; Roubinian, J. R. 2; Talal, N. 3; Source Information: Apr1983, Vol. 52 Issue 1, p229; Subject: ANDROGENS; Subject: DRUG therapy; Subject: MICE as laboratory animals; Subject: ANDROSTANE; Subject: LABORATORY animals; Subject: LYMPHOID tissue; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15985514&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Abrass, Christine K. AU - Heber, D. AU - Lieberman, J. T1 - Circulating immune complexes in patients with diabetes mellitus. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1983/04// VL - 52 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 164 EP - 172 SN - 00099104 AB - Circulating immune complexes (CIC) were detected by the solid phase Clq binding assay in 16% of 103 diabetic patients and by the fluid phase Clq binding assay in 31 % of patients as compared to 5% of 58 control subjects for each assay. Plasma glucose determinations revealed that most patients were moderately hyperglycaemic (mean glucose = 264 mg/dl), and thus were not selected for tight metabolic control. All but six patients had elevated levels of plasma insulin, including both the insulin treated and diet treated subgroups. There was no correlation between the presence of CIC detected by either assay and plasma glucose, insulin, or the presence of microangiopathy. Multiple factors must contribute to the increase in CIC in both insulin deficient and insulin resistant diabetics. The role of these various factors remains to be defined. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DIABETES KW - IMMUNE complexes KW - DIABETICS KW - CARBOHYDRATE intolerance KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - INSULIN N1 - Accession Number: 15985496; Abrass, Christine K. 1,2; Heber, D. 1,2; Lieberman, J. 1,2; Source Information: Apr1983, Vol. 52 Issue 1, p164; Subject: DIABETES; Subject: IMMUNE complexes; Subject: DIABETICS; Subject: CARBOHYDRATE intolerance; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: INSULIN; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15985496&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Schultz, Jane AU - Demott-Friberg, Roberta AU - Walker, Sara AU - Beals, T. F. T1 - Tissue graft rejection in murine models of autoimmune disease. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1983/03// VL - 51 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 325 EP - 332 SN - 00099104 AB - Syngeneic grafts of liver tissue slices are accepted by normal murine recipients except in the case of male to female grafts in strains which carry the H-2b haplotype. In mouse strains which are known models of autoimmune disease, liver tissue slices are sometimes rejected even when donors and recipients are of the same sex. Although New Zealand Black (NZB) male liver tissue grafts survive in NZB males. Female liver tissue grafts are rejected by NZB females. NZB females in which the mouse's own liver has been surgically traumatized accept female liver tissue grafts. In PN females, liver tissue grafts from syngeneic females proliferate. Male to male and male to female grafts show high levels of immunological activity although mostly surviving at 70 days alter grafting. MRL male to male. BXSB female to female and NZB male to female grafts all proliferate. Mouse models of autoimmune disease show patterns of liver tissue graft survival which are different from those seen in non-autoimmune mice. These patterns vary among autoimmune strains. Males and females have different antigraft response as well as different cellular lesions controlling their autoimmune disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - TISSUE extracts KW - LIVER extract KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases KW - IMMUNOLOGIC diseases KW - MICE as laboratory animals KW - RODENTS as laboratory animals N1 - Accession Number: 16253503; Schultz, Jane 1,2; Demott-Friberg, Roberta 1; Walker, Sara 3; Beals, T. F. 1,4; Source Information: Mar1983, Vol. 51 Issue 3, p325; Subject: TISSUE extracts; Subject: LIVER extract; Subject: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Subject: IMMUNOLOGIC diseases; Subject: MICE as laboratory animals; Subject: RODENTS as laboratory animals; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16253503&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Miller, L. G. AU - Sparrow, D. AU - Ginns, L., C. T1 - Role of T lymphocytes in collagen II induced arthritis in rats. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1983/01// VL - 51 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 117 EP - 125 SN - 00099104 AB - The role of T lymphocytes in collagen II induced arthritis in rats has been investigated. Functional T cells were needed for the development of arthritis since none out of 14 nude rats injected with collagen type II developed arthritis, whereas 11 out of 14 of their normal counterparts did. With the help of antibodies specific for Ia antigens and different T cell subsets in the rats, an immunohistochemical method was used to demonstrate that T cells, predominantly of "helper" type and anti-la reactive non-T cells were abundant in the arthritic synovial tissue. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - COLLAGEN KW - ARTHRITIS KW - RATS KW - CELLS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS N1 - Accession Number: 16029088; Miller, L. G. 1; Sparrow, D. 1; Ginns, L., C. 1; Source Information: Jan1983, Vol. 51 Issue 1, p117; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: COLLAGEN; Subject: ARTHRITIS; Subject: RATS; Subject: CELLS; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16029088&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Virella, G. AU - Espinoza, A. AU - Patrick, H. AU - Colwell, J. A. T1 - Polymorphonuclear leucocytes release a factor(s) that induces platelet aggregation and ATP release after interaction with insoluble and surface-fixed immune complexes. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1982/12// VL - 50 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 684 EP - 694 SN - 00099104 AB - We have found that human polymorphonuclear leucocytes (PMN) can be stimulated by large aggregates (heat-aggregated IgG, chemically polymerized IgG, heavily aggregated human immune complexes) and by surface-bound immune complexes (IC) to release enzymes (lysozyme, β glucuronidase) and a factor (s) able to induce platelet aggregation and ATP release from the platelets. Surface-bound IC were most effective in stimulating the release of this factor(s). We used several substrates for their preparation: plastic-adsorbed antigen, Sepharose-coupled antigen and polymerized antigen. The platelet-aggregating factor(s) released by IC-stimulated PMN and zymosan-stimulated PMN were compared for their susceptibility to inhibition by indomethacin. Both induced a first phase of platelet aggregation that was resistant to indomethacin, but the second phase of aggregation and the release of platelet ATP were inhibited to a variable degree, more pronounced in the case of the factor(s) released after PMN-IC interaction. The lack of inhibition of the early phases of aggregation induced by our factor(s) when platelets were simultaneously exposed to indomethacin suggests that the classical, phospholipid PAF is released under these experimental conditions. Although, further experiments will be necessary to fully characterize the factor(s) involved, our observations suggest a complex interrelationship between human PMN and platelet activation, which may play an important role in the sequence of events that mediate the tissue deposition of IC and appearance of inflammatory changes. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - NEUTROPHILS KW - BLOOD platelet aggregation KW - CELL aggregation KW - IMMUNE complexes KW - INDOMETHACIN KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS N1 - Accession Number: 16307745; Virella, G. 1; Espinoza, A. 1; Patrick, H. 1; Colwell, J. A. 1; Source Information: Dec1982, Vol. 50 Issue 3, p684; Subject: NEUTROPHILS; Subject: BLOOD platelet aggregation; Subject: CELL aggregation; Subject: IMMUNE complexes; Subject: INDOMETHACIN; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16307745&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Levinson, A. I. AU - Dziarski, Agnes AU - Hooks, J. J. T1 - Modulation of polyclonal B cell differentiation by human leucocyte alpha interferon. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1982/12// VL - 50 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 677 EP - 683 SN - 00099104 AB - Although interferon (IFN) profoundly affects immune responses in animals, less is known about its immunoregulatory activity in man. Therefore, peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBM) from 20 healthy volunteers were incubated with pokeweed mitogen (PWM) in the presence and absence of human leucocyte alpha interferon (IFNα). In 18/20 experiments. IFNα added at initiation of culture markedly suppressed PWM-induced generation of immunoglobulin secreting cells (IgSC). IFNα suppressed proliferative responses in all experiments but the degree of suppression was not correlated with concomitant suppression of IgSC responses. Suppressive activity was resistant to pH 2 treatment but sensitive to treatment with trypsin. Delayed addition of IFNα was associated with decreased suppression. Suppression was not due to non-specific cytotoxicity since we observed (l)comparable viabilities in cultures with or without IFNα and (2) negligible effect when IFNα was added for the final 24 hr of culture. The data confirm previously described effects of !FN on mitogen stimulated PBM and, more importantly. provide convincing evidence that IFNα regulates human B cell functions. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - B cells -- Differentiation KW - INTERFERONS KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - IMMUNE response -- Regulation KW - POKEWEED mitogens KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSION N1 - Accession Number: 16307466; Levinson, A. I. 1; Dziarski, Agnes 1; Hooks, J. J. 1; Source Information: Dec1982, Vol. 50 Issue 3, p677; Subject: B cells -- Differentiation; Subject: INTERFERONS; Subject: LEUCOCYTES; Subject: IMMUNE response -- Regulation; Subject: POKEWEED mitogens; Subject: IMMUNOSUPPRESSION; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16307466&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sauvezie, B. AU - Miyasaka, N. AU - Charron, D. AU - Kielich, C. AU - Loeb, J. AU - Daniels, T. E. AU - Talal, N. T1 - An increase in peripheral blood la-positive T cells in Sjögren's syndrome correlates with a decrease in the autologous mixed lymphocyte response. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1982/10// VL - 50 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 50 EP - 58 SN - 00099104 AB - The defective autologous MLR was studied in Sjögren's syndrome (SS) in relation to Ia+ cells as determined by reactivity with a monoclonal anti-human Ia antibody. By indirect immunofluorescence, the percentage of Ia+T lymphocytes was increased in nine of 15 patients. There was no correlation with clinical features or drugs. The percentage of Ia+ T cells in the non-T cell preparations was normal. An inverse correlation was found between the percentage of Ia+ T cells and the proliferative response to autologous non-T cells. Removal of Ia+ T cells enhanced both the autologous MLR and the allogeneic MLR. Thus Ia+ T cells contain suppressor cells in the MLR. but this may not be the sole explanation for the defective autologous MLR. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - T cells KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - SJOGREN'S syndrome KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE KW - IMMUNE response N1 - Accession Number: 16062816; Sauvezie, B. 1; Miyasaka, N. 2,3; Charron, D. 4; Kielich, C. 2,3; Loeb, J. 2,3; Daniels, T. E. 2,3; Talal, N. 2,3; Source Information: Oct1982, Vol. 50 Issue 1, p50; Subject: T cells; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: SJOGREN'S syndrome; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE; Subject: IMMUNE response; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16062816&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chen, Y.-H. AU - Heller, P. T1 - Suppressor activity of splenic macrophages in murine plasmacytoma(PC) is inhibited by PC specific ligands. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1982/08// VL - 49 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 366 EP - 373 SN - 00099104 AB - Spleens of BALB/C mice with plasmacytoma contain macrophages (Mφ) which were found to suppress the in vitro immune function of normal splenic cells through a diffusible factor. The suppressor activity of these macrophages was reversibly inhibited by ligands specific for the corresponding PC globulin, but not by anti-idiotypic antibody. Anti-idiotypic antibody with complement, however, abrogated the suppressor function, presumably by cytotoxicity. Anti-isotype with complement was ineffective. These findings suggest binding of ligand to a surface receptor ofthe suppressor Mφ that although clearly not PC globulin, may be structurally similar to the PC idiotype. These receptors are retained in 3 day cultures of macrophages and are not removed by intensive washing. Ligand binding appears to modulate the suppressor function of Mφ through blocking of the production of diffusible suppressor factor. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PLASMACYTOMA KW - LYMPHOMAS KW - MACROPHAGES KW - RETICULO-endothelial system KW - CONNECTIVE tissue cells KW - LIGANDS (Biochemistry) N1 - Accession Number: 16253026; Chen, Y.-H. 1; Heller, P. 1; Source Information: Aug1982, Vol. 49 Issue 2, p366; Subject: PLASMACYTOMA; Subject: LYMPHOMAS; Subject: MACROPHAGES; Subject: RETICULO-endothelial system; Subject: CONNECTIVE tissue cells; Subject: LIGANDS (Biochemistry); Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16253026&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Brown, W. R. AU - Smith, P. D. AU - Lee, Evelyn AU - McCalmon, R. T. AU - Nagura, H. T1 - A search for an enriched source of polymeric IgA in human thoracic duct lymph, portal vein blood and aortic blood. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1982/04// VL - 48 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 85 EP - 90 SN - 00099104 AB - Because human bile contains a lot of secretory IgA, it has been suspected that the human liver, like rat liver, transfers polymeric IgA from plasma to bile. Hence, a rich source of polymeric IgA might enter the general circulation of man. We examined human thoracic duct lymph, portal vein blood and aortic blood for content and molecular size of IgA. None of the fluids was found to have either a higher total concentration of IgA or a higher proportion of polymeric IgA than that found in peripheral venous blood. It is possible that hepatic clearance of plasma IgA does not occur in man to the extent that it does in the rat, and a relatively larger proportion of human biliary IgA might originate from synthesis in hepatobiliary tissues. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - AORTIC paraganglia KW - BILIARY tract KW - BLOOD-vessels KW - PRESERVATION of organs, tissues, etc. KW - LIVER N1 - Accession Number: 16334613; Brown, W. R. 1; Smith, P. D. 2; Lee, Evelyn 1; McCalmon, R. T. 3; Nagura, H. 4; Source Information: Apr1982, Vol. 48 Issue 1, p85; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: AORTIC paraganglia; Subject: BILIARY tract; Subject: BLOOD-vessels; Subject: PRESERVATION of organs, tissues, etc.; Subject: LIVER; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16334613&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kauffman, Carol A. AU - Bergman, Alice G. AU - O'Cconnor, Richard P. T1 - Distemper virus infection in ferrets: an animal model of measles-induced immunosuppression. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1982/03// VL - 47 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 617 EP - 625 SN - 00099104 AB - Distemper virus is very similar antigenically to measles virus, and the disease produced in ferrets by distemper is a systemic illness quite similar to measles infection in humans. Using an attenuated strain of distemper virus, we produced a mild systemic illness in ferrets and were able to study the effects of the viral infection on cell-mediated immunity (CMI), Beginning on day 5 after viral inoculation and continuing to day 30, infected ferrets showed a marked lymphopenia, with a reduction in total numbers of all lymphocyte subpopulations studied. Transformation of circulating lymphocytes to the mitogens phytohaemagglutinin, concanavalin A, and pokeweed mitogen was suppressed on day 5, reached a nadir by days 8 to 11, and returned toward normal by days 23 to 30 after viral inoculation. Production of macrophage migration inhibitory factor by splenic macrophages was diminished during distemper infection. In contrast to marked suppression of these in vitro assays for CMI, delayed hypersensitivity skin test responses were only slightly diminished in animals infected with distemper virus. This model should prove useful in exploring the mechanisms of measles induced immunosuppression. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - VIRUS diseases KW - FERRET KW - ANIMAL models in research KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSION KW - CELLULAR immunity KW - LYMPHOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 16345889; Kauffman, Carol A. 1; Bergman, Alice G. 1; O'Cconnor, Richard P. 1; Source Information: Mar1982, Vol. 47 Issue 3, p617; Subject: VIRUS diseases; Subject: FERRET; Subject: ANIMAL models in research; Subject: IMMUNOSUPPRESSION; Subject: CELLULAR immunity; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16345889&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chen, Y. AU - Hwang, L. T. AU - Heller, P. T1 - Immunosuppression in plasmacytoma: induction of suppressor cells. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1982/01// VL - 47 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 191 EP - 204 SN - 00099104 AB - Immunosuppression in BALB/c mice with plasmacytomas (PC) is, at least in part, due to increased suppressor activity of splenic adherent cells. A PC subcellular fraction rich in intracisternal A particles, previously shown to have an immunosuppressive effect in normal BALB/c mice, is now shown to exert this effect through the development of splenic suppressor cells. The splenic suppressor cells induced with this subcellular fraction were found to be radioresistant adherent macrophages that suppressed the immune response of normal splenic cells to sheep erythrocytes through a diffusible factor, but did not influence their polyclonal IgM secretion after LPS stimulation in vitro. These characteristics are identical to those of the naturally occurring suppressor macrophages in mice with PC. Whether the induction of suppressor cells is due to the intracisternal A particles themselves or a factor co-purified with them, remains to be established. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSION KW - IMMUNE response -- Regulation KW - PLASMACYTOMA KW - LYMPHOMAS KW - RETICULO-endothelial system -- Tumors KW - SUPPRESSOR cells N1 - Accession Number: 16345240; Chen, Y. 1,2; Hwang, L. T. 1,2; Heller, P. 1,2; Source Information: Jan1982, Vol. 47 Issue 1, p191; Subject: IMMUNOSUPPRESSION; Subject: IMMUNE response -- Regulation; Subject: PLASMACYTOMA; Subject: LYMPHOMAS; Subject: RETICULO-endothelial system -- Tumors; Subject: SUPPRESSOR cells; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16345240&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sohnle, P. G. AU - Collins-Lech, Cathleen AU - Huhta, Kimberly E. T1 - Age-related effects on the number of human lymphocytes in culture initially responding to an antigenic stimulus. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1982/01// VL - 47 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 138 EP - 146 SN - 00099104 AB - Lymphocyte transformation responses to the antigen streptokinase streptodornase were evaluated in a group of 14 healthy elderly subjects by enumeration of antigen-responsive cells, first-generation responding lymphocytes and progeny generated per responding cell. Peak lymphocyte transformation responses to the antigen were diminished in the elderly subjects when compared to a group of young adult subjects. Antigen-responsive cells were found by limiting-dilution analysis to be significantly decreased in the elderly subjects (geometric means of antigen-responsive cells per 105 mononuclear cells = 4.35 in the elderly versus 14.79 in the younger group, P<0.001). The number of cells recruited into the first-generation lymphocyte response per antigen-responsive cell were equivalent in the two groups. Also, the proliferation into progeny of each first-generation lymphocyte was of the same magnitude for the elderly and young subjects within the six to eight cell divisions required for this response. Therefore, in this system the diminished total lymphocyte transformation responses to the antigen streptokinase-streptodornase of cells from elderly humans can be accounted for by a reduction in the number of lymphocytes initially responsive to the antigen. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTE transformation KW - TISSUE culture KW - STREPTOKINASE KW - PLASMINOGEN activators KW - FIBRINOLYTIC agents KW - ANTIGENS N1 - Accession Number: 16344968; Sohnle, P. G. 1; Collins-Lech, Cathleen 1; Huhta, Kimberly E. 1; Source Information: Jan1982, Vol. 47 Issue 1, p138; Subject: LYMPHOCYTE transformation; Subject: TISSUE culture; Subject: STREPTOKINASE; Subject: PLASMINOGEN activators; Subject: FIBRINOLYTIC agents; Subject: ANTIGENS; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16344968&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Davis, S. AU - Abuchowski, A. AU - Park, Y. K. AU - Davis, F. F. T1 - Alteration of the circulating life and antigenic properties of bovine adenosine deaminase in mice by attachment of polyethylene glycol. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1981/12// VL - 46 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 649 EP - 652 SN - 00099104 AB - Polyethylene glycol was attached covalently to adenosine deaminase (ADA) using cyanuric chloride as the coupling agent. The modified adenosine deaminase (PEG-ADA) appears to lose its immunogenicity in mice following multiple intravenous injections. PEG-ADA does not react with antibodies raised against native ADA. The circulating half-life (T½) of PEG-ADA was increased to 28 hr. The lack of detectable antibody formation and long circulating life may make PEG-ADA suitable for treating human ADA deficiency. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANTIGENIC determinants KW - IMMUNOSPECIFICITY KW - CATTLE -- Anatomy KW - POLYETHYLENE glycol KW - POLYOLS KW - ADENINE N1 - Accession Number: 15951948; Davis, S. 1; Abuchowski, A. 2; Park, Y. K. 1; Davis, F. F. 1; Source Information: Dec1981, Vol. 46 Issue 3, p649; Subject: ANTIGENIC determinants; Subject: IMMUNOSPECIFICITY; Subject: CATTLE -- Anatomy; Subject: POLYETHYLENE glycol; Subject: POLYOLS; Subject: ADENINE; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15951948&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - I. Penn T1 - Depressed immunity and the development of cancer. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1981/12// VL - 46 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 459 EP - 474 SN - 00099104 AB - This article cites a study on depressed immunity and the development of cancer. Transplantation of tumours in animals is usually performed in inbred strains in order to avoid histocompatibility differences between the donor's cancer cells and the recipient's immune system that usually result in rejection of the graft. Transplantation across histocompatibility barriers usually necessitates some type of immunosuppressive therapy, or the use of a congenitally immunodeficient species such as the `nude' mouse, which will even accept grafts of human. Transplantation of malignant cells in man has been studied in cancer patients, in those with chronic debilitating diseases and in healthy volunteers. It is usually unsuccessful except in individuals with advanced malignancies, who presumably have markedly impaired immune reactivity. Survival of transplanted cancer in healthy humans is extremely rare. KW - IMMUNITY KW - IMMUNOLOGY KW - TUMORS KW - CANCER cells KW - CELLULAR pathology KW - TRANSPLANTATION of organs, tissues, etc. N1 - Accession Number: 15951870; I. Penn 1; Source Information: Dec1981, Vol. 46 Issue 3, p459; Subject: IMMUNITY; Subject: IMMUNOLOGY; Subject: TUMORS; Subject: CANCER cells; Subject: CELLULAR pathology; Subject: TRANSPLANTATION of organs, tissues, etc.; Number of Pages: 16p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15951870&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ragsdale, Carol G. AU - Arend, W. P. T1 - Characteristics of fibrinolytic enzyme release from human monocytes. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1981/10// VL - 46 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 214 EP - 224 SN - 00099104 AB - We have investigated further two patterns of neutral protease secretion previously described in cultured human monocytes. Freshly isolated or cultured monocytes were plated onto 125I-Iibrin substrates either with or without adherent immune complexes. Fibrinolysis was quantified in the presence or absence of added plasminogen. Freshly isolated monocytes cultured on plain fibrin produced fibrinolysis primarily through secretion of plasminogen activator (PA). while contact with adherent complexes induced the release of plasminogen-independent fibrinolytic enzymes. In vitro differentiation of monocytes led to altered enzyme release. PA secretion rose six-fold over the first 3 days of culture, then decreased. Plasminogen-independent enzyme release fell 70% after 24 hr of culture then declined no further. Whereas adherent complexes inhibited secretion of PA in freshly isolated cells, such complexes stimulated PA activity after 3 or more days of culture. PA secretion from freshly isolated monocytes was inhibited by cycloheximide, indicating a requirement for protein synthesis, and by cytochalasin 13. PA secretion was also reduced by the local anaesthetics ethanol. octanol or lidocaine, but was enhanced by propranolol. The reduced PA activity of freshly isolated monocytes cultured on adherent immune complexes was partially reversed by ethanol or propranolol, but not by cytochalasin B. The plasminogen-independent fibrinolytic activity of monocytes on adherent complexes was enhanced by cytochalasin B, but unaffected by cychloheximide, suggesting that the enzymes were granule-associated. This secretion was reduced by preincubation with 8-Br-cAMP and methyl isobutyl xanthine and by the local anaesthetics examined. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - EXCRETION KW - BIOLOGICAL transport KW - MONOCYTES KW - FIBRINOLYTIC agents KW - ENZYMES KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - PROTEOLYTIC enzymes N1 - Accession Number: 16011583; Ragsdale, Carol G. 1,2,3; Arend, W. P. 1,2,3; Source Information: Oct1981, Vol. 46 Issue 1, p214; Subject: EXCRETION; Subject: BIOLOGICAL transport; Subject: MONOCYTES; Subject: FIBRINOLYTIC agents; Subject: ENZYMES; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: PROTEOLYTIC enzymes; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16011583&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Calvanico, N. J. AU - du Pont, Bonita L. AU - Huang, Caecilia J. AU - Patterson, R. AU - Fink, J. N. AU - Kurup, V. P. T1 - Antigens of A spergillus fumigatus. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1981/09// VL - 45 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 662 EP - 671 SN - 00099104 AB - An antigen has been purified from the mycelial cell sap of Aspergillus fumigatus (strain 507). The same component appears to be present in the extracellular phase (culture filtrate) in a partially degraded form. The cell sap protein has a structure composed of four polypeptides of 45,000 daltons linked through disulphidc bonds. The isoelectric point (2.5 5.6) and carbohydrate content (12.5% neutral hexose) indicate that this protein is an acidic glycoprotein. It shows reactions with 75% of sera from patients with aspergilloma and allergic bronchopulmonary aspergillosis and is not reactive with sen from normal individuals or patients with other fungal diseases. It also appears to be a component of other 4. fwnigatus strains. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANTIGENS KW - IMMUNITY KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - ASPERGILLUS fumigatus KW - ORGANIC compounds KW - BLOOD plasma N1 - Accession Number: 16246865; Calvanico, N. J. 1; du Pont, Bonita L. 1; Huang, Caecilia J. 1; Patterson, R. 1; Fink, J. N. 1; Kurup, V. P. 2; Source Information: Sep1981, Vol. 45 Issue 3, p662; Subject: ANTIGENS; Subject: IMMUNITY; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: ASPERGILLUS fumigatus; Subject: ORGANIC compounds; Subject: BLOOD plasma; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16246865&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chen, Y. AU - Heller, P. T1 - The mode of action of splenic suppressor cells in murine plasmacytoma. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1981/09// VL - 45 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 514 EP - 522 SN - 00099104 AB - Polyclonal IgM secretion alter LPS stimulation and antigen-dependent antibody production by splenic cells of BALB c mice with plasmacytoma were found to be markedly reduced. The former occurred without mediation of suppressor cells. probably as the result of a quantitative reduction of mitogen-responsive B lymphocytes. On the other hand. the reduction in the generation of antibodies to sheep erythrocytes in vitro, as determined by the number of PFC. was found to he dependent on the activity of suppressor cells which had the functional characteristics of macrophages. The targets of these suppressor cells were found to he normal macrophages. B and T lymphocytes which were all independently suppressed. A diffusible factor appeared to be responsible for the suppressive died of the suppressor macrophages interfering mainly with those early stages of the immune response involving antigen-triggered B cell activation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PLASMACYTOMA KW - LYMPHOMAS KW - HYBRIDOMAS KW - MULTIPLE myeloma KW - SUPPRESSOR cells KW - T cells KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSION N1 - Accession Number: 16246742; Chen, Y. 1; Heller, P. 1; Source Information: Sep1981, Vol. 45 Issue 3, p514; Subject: PLASMACYTOMA; Subject: LYMPHOMAS; Subject: HYBRIDOMAS; Subject: MULTIPLE myeloma; Subject: SUPPRESSOR cells; Subject: T cells; Subject: IMMUNOSUPPRESSION; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16246742&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jordon, R. E. AU - Struve, M. F. AU - Bushkell, L. L. T1 - Serum and blister fluid immune complexes in bullous pemphigoid: detection with C1q and monoclonal rheumatoid factor. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1981/07// VL - 45 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 29 EP - 36 SN - 00099104 AB - Eighty serum samples and 24 blister fluids from 51 patients with active bullous pemphigoid were tested for the presence of immune complexes by both a monoclonal rheumatoid factor (mRF) inhibition radioassay and Li Clq-binding radioassay. Forty-two of the SO serum samples were positive by the mRF assay, while 27 were positive by the C Iq-binding assay. Antibody titres to the basement membrane zone did not correlate with levels of circulating immune complexes. Thirteen of 24 blister fluids had detectable immune complexes by the Clq assay, while only seven of 24 blister fluids were positive by the mRF assay. Sucrose density-gradient ultracentrifugation studies suggest that the mRF- and Clq-reactive substances in both bullous pemphigoid sera and blister fluids are ofa size compatible with immune complexes. Although immune complexes tire detectable in a high percentage of bullous pemphigoid patients, their role in this disease may be epiphenomenal rather than pathogenetic. merely reflecting the presence of autoantibody and soluble antigen. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANTIGENS KW - BLOOD plasma KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - BIOLOGICAL membranes KW - BLOOD proteins KW - IMMUNE serums N1 - Accession Number: 15943849; Jordon, R. E. 1,2; Struve, M. F. 1,2; Bushkell, L. L. 1,2; Source Information: Jul1981, Vol. 45 Issue 1, p29; Subject: ANTIGENS; Subject: BLOOD plasma; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: BIOLOGICAL membranes; Subject: BLOOD proteins; Subject: IMMUNE serums; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15943849&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Aldo-Benson, Marlene A. AU - Petersen, B. H. AU - Benson, M. D. T1 - Suppression of in vitro antibody response of human peripheral blood lymphocytes by a heat-labile factor in normal human serum. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1981/06// VL - 44 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 638 EP - 645 SN - 00099104 AB - When fresh autologous serum was added to normal human peripheral blood lymphocytes (PBL), it suppressed greater than 90% of the in vitro anti-SRBC response of these cells. Heating the serum for 30 mm at 56°C reversed this suppression. Serum from a patient with rheumatoid arthritis and circulating immune complexes had no suppressive effect on the anti-SRBC response of normal human PBL, but serum from patients having the same disease, without circulating immune complexes, did suppress over 90% of the plaque-forming cell response. Serum from an agammaglobulinaemic patient was also suppressive. Addition of serum from patients with congenital deficiencies of C2, C3, C5 and C8 also had a suppressive effect. Absorption of normal serum with immune complexes markedly decreased levels of Cl and C4, and also reversed the suppressive effect of this serum. These data suggest that a heat-labile factor in normal human serum which can be absorbed by immune complexes suppresses the antibody response to a T-dependent antigen. Other immune suppressors found in normal human serum are heat-stable or do not suppress in the presence of normal serum proteins. Thus the suppressive protein described in these studies may be unique. It is possible that either Cl or C4 or both may play a role in the suppression noted here. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - SUPPRESSOR cells KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - SERUM KW - IMMUNE serums KW - PATIENTS N1 - Accession Number: 16253435; Aldo-Benson, Marlene A. 1; Petersen, B. H. 2; Benson, M. D. 3; Source Information: Jun1981, Vol. 44 Issue 3, p638; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: SUPPRESSOR cells; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: SERUM; Subject: IMMUNE serums; Subject: PATIENTS; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16253435&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fischbach, M. AU - Volberding, P. AU - Talal, N. AU - Levy, J. T1 - Genetic analysis of induction of anti-polyadenylie acid antibodies and xenotropic type-C viruses. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1981/06// VL - 44 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 615 EP - 619 SN - 00099104 AB - Normal mice can be induced by lipopolysaccharide to produce anti-polyadenylic acid (poly A) antibodies and xenotropic (X-tropic) type-C viruses. To determine whether these traits are genetically linked, high anti-poly A antibody, high virus-producing NZB mice were crossed with low anti-poly A antibody-producing, virus-negative SWR mice. All mice in the F1 generation could be induced by LPS to produce high levels of both anti-poly A antibodies and X-tropic virus. When F2 hybrids were back-crossed to the SWR parent, all offspring were high anti-poly A antibody producers, but one-third of the mice remained virus-negative. These results demonstrate that these two LPS responses of a B lymphocyte are not genetically-linked and that the anti-poly A antibody response is multigenic. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - GENETIC disorders KW - MICE KW - VIRUSES KW - B cells KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - MUTAGENS N1 - Accession Number: 16253421; Fischbach, M. 1,2; Volberding, P. 2,3; Talal, N. 1,2; Levy, J. 2,3; Source Information: Jun1981, Vol. 44 Issue 3, p615; Subject: GENETIC disorders; Subject: MICE; Subject: VIRUSES; Subject: B cells; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: MUTAGENS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16253421&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - McPhaul Jr., J. J. AU - Montgomery, W. R. T1 - Cryoimmunoglobulinaemia in patients with renal disease. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1981/06// VL - 44 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 560 EP - 566 SN - 00099104 AB - Seventeen patients found to have cryoimmunoglobulinaemia (CIG) while undergoing diagnostic renal biopsy and two patients with CIG without renal disease were studied. The cryoprecipitates (CP) from four of seven patients tested contained enhanced concentrations of autoantibodies: to vascular smooth muscle, autologous skeletal muscle, nuclear antigen and cardiac muscle. Antisera were made in rabbits against each of the 19 CP; six antisera contained antibodies to sarcolemma of skeletal muscle, nuclear antigen, elastin, reticulin, renal eluate and autologous kidney immune deposits respectively. Although one anti-CP antiserum bound to renal deposits, eight others tested on autologous renal biopsies did not. The data suggest that CP frequently may contain enhanced concentrations of circulating autoantibodies and/or tissue antigens, possibly as immune complexes. In only one case was it possible to demonstrate that there was a common immunological identity between CP and renal Ig deposits. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - KIDNEY diseases KW - CLINICAL pathology KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - IMMUNE serums KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - ANTIGENS N1 - Accession Number: 16253400; McPhaul Jr., J. J. 1; Montgomery, W. R. 1; Source Information: Jun1981, Vol. 44 Issue 3, p560; Subject: KIDNEY diseases; Subject: CLINICAL pathology; Subject: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject: IMMUNE serums; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: ANTIGENS; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16253400&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hofman, F. AU - Foon, K. AU - Smith, D. AU - Kransler, K. AU - Cicciarelli, J. AU - Billing, R. T1 - Functional properties of subsets of T lymphocytes defined by specific antigens. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1981/06// VL - 44 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 476 EP - 484 SN - 00099104 AB - Heteroantisera raised to the acute lymphocytic leukaemia T (ALL) cell line HSB2 and to Sézary cells react with distinct subpopulations of T lymphocytes. Each antiserum reacts with a different T ceil antigen and defines a distinct subpopulation that represents approximately 50% of peripheral blood T lymphocytes. The anti-HSB2-positive subpopulation contained suppressor cells for pokeweed mitogen-dependent immunoglubulin (Ig) synthesis whereas the anti-Séary cell serum-positive population included helper cells for Ig synthesis and mixed lymphocyte responder cells. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - LYMPHOCYTIC leukemia KW - ANTIGENS KW - SERUM KW - LYMPHOPROLIFERATIVE disorders KW - T cells N1 - Accession Number: 16253360; Hofman, F. 1; Foon, K. 2; Smith, D. 3; Kransler, K.; Cicciarelli, J.; Billing, R. 4; Source Information: Jun1981, Vol. 44 Issue 3, p476; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: LYMPHOCYTIC leukemia; Subject: ANTIGENS; Subject: SERUM; Subject: LYMPHOPROLIFERATIVE disorders; Subject: T cells; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16253360&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Reichlin, M. T1 - Current perspectives on serological reactions in SLE patients. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1981/04// VL - 44 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 1 EP - 10 SN - 00099104 AB - The article focuses on some new perspectives on serological reactions in systemic lupus erythematosus patients. It summarizes the correlation that exists between specific antibodies and clinical diagnosis. It puts emphasis on some of the newer insights into the overall immunobiological significance of these reactions that have resulted from biochemical, immunochemical, immunogenetic and molecular biological studies of these antigens and the production of their associated antibodies. Overall it discusses the issue in following two parts corresponding to the two classes of antigens: DNA-containing antigens and non-DNA-containing antigens. KW - SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - SKIN diseases KW - VASCULAR diseases KW - DIAGNOSIS N1 - Accession Number: 16144867; Reichlin, M. 1; Source Information: Apr1981, Vol. 44 Issue 1, p1; Subject: SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus; Subject: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: SKIN diseases; Subject: VASCULAR diseases; Subject: DIAGNOSIS; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16144867&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Muichnick, M. G. AU - Hderman, H. M. AU - Missirian, A. AU - Johnson, A. G. T1 - In vitro synthesis of IgG by peripheral blood lymphocytes in chronic liver disease. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1981/02// VL - 43 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 370 EP - 375 SN - 00099104 AB - In vitro IgG synthesis by peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBM) from patients with chronic liver disease (CLD) was studied. In addition, the effect of pokeweed mitogen (PWM), polyadeylic polyundylie acid complexes (poly, AU) and thymosin fractions 5 on IgG synthesis was determined. Unstimulated cultures of PBM from patients with chronic active hepatitis (CAH) and alcoholic carrhosis (AC) synthesized significantly higher quantities of IgG than the controls. Moreover, there was a direct correlation between serum IgG concentrations and the quantity of newly synthesized IgG in these unstimulated cultures PWM, poly MU and thymosin each stimulated increased IgG synthesis in the controls. While neither poly AC not thymosin enhanced IgG synthesis in patients with CLD. PWM increased IgG synthesis in CNH, but not AC. These results indicate that spontaneous in vitro B cell synthesis of IgG is enhanced in CLD and may reflect antigenic stimulation in vitro. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PEPTIDE hormones KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - LIVER diseases KW - HEPATITIS KW - BILIARY tract KW - LINEAR algebras N1 - Accession Number: 16012058; Muichnick, M. G. 1; Hderman, H. M. 2; Missirian, A. 3; Johnson, A. G. 4; Source Information: Feb1981, Vol. 43 Issue 2, p370; Subject: PEPTIDE hormones; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject: LIVER diseases; Subject: HEPATITIS; Subject: BILIARY tract; Subject: LINEAR algebras; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16012058&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fischbach, M. AU - Lindstrom, J. AU - Talal, N. T1 - Antibodies to polyadenylic acid in patients with myasthenia gravis. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1981/01// VL - 43 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 73 EP - 79 SN - 00099104 AB - Sera from 100 patients with myasthenia gravis and 45 patients with non-myasthenia gravis neuromuscular diseases were studied for antibodies to poly rA, poly rA.rU, native and denatured DNA. All patients with myasthenia gravis had significant anti-acetylcholine receptor antibodies with a mean titre of 1.2 × 10-7M. Forty-eight per cent of the myasthenia gravis patients had anti-poly rA antibody levels which were greater than 3 standard deviations from the mean of 65 control patients by Millipore filter radioimmunoassay. The antibody was specific for poly rA and present in a much higher frequency than antibodies to the other nucleic acids tested. Sucrose-gradient ultracentrifugation demon-strated that the antibody was limited to the IgM class alone. Mechanisms relating these findings to a more generalized immunological dysfunction are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MYASTHENIA gravis KW - NERVOUS system -- Diseases KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - DNA KW - RADIOIMMUNOASSAY KW - BLOOD proteins N1 - Accession Number: 16279207; Fischbach, M. 1,2; Lindstrom, J. 3; Talal, N. 2; Source Information: Jan1981, Vol. 43 Issue 1, p73; Subject: MYASTHENIA gravis; Subject: NERVOUS system -- Diseases; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: DNA; Subject: RADIOIMMUNOASSAY; Subject: BLOOD proteins; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16279207&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Denman, A. M. AU - Fialkow, P. J. AU - Pelton, B. K. AU - Salo, Armi C. AU - Appleford, D. J. AU - Gilchrist, C. T1 - Lymphocyte abnormalities in Behcet's syndrome. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1980/10// VL - 42 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 175 EP - 185 SN - 00099104 AB - In order to lest indirectly the hypothesis that Beh¸et's syndrome is caused by a virus, lymphocytes from eighty-six patients were evaluated for two parameters consistent with persistent virus infection: chromosomal abnormalities and decreased ability of herpes simplex virus type I (HSV) to grow in lymphocyte cultures stimulated by PHA. Whereas HSV grew in lymphocytes cultured from all normal donors, replication was impaired in lymphocytes from 37% of the patients with Beh¸et's syndrome. This figure is increased to 57% if patients receiving steroids or cytotoxic drugs were excluded. Lymphocytes were scored as chromosomally abnormal from sixteen of the thirty-eight patients examined, compared with only one of seventeen normal controls. There was damage to specific chromosomes in four patients. The frequency with which chromosomal abnormalities were detected was significantly related to failure to replicate HSV and inversely related to concomitant steroid treatment. The findings are consistent with a viral aetiology for Beh¸et's syndrome but other explanations are not excluded. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - BEHCET'S disease KW - VIRUSES KW - HERPES simplex virus KW - HERPESVIRUS diseases KW - DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation N1 - Accession Number: 16434518; Denman, A. M. 1; Fialkow, P. J. 2; Pelton, B. K. 1; Salo, Armi C. 3; Appleford, D. J. 1; Gilchrist, C. 1; Source Information: Oct1980, Vol. 42 Issue 1, p175; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: BEHCET'S disease; Subject: VIRUSES; Subject: HERPES simplex virus; Subject: HERPESVIRUS diseases; Subject: DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16434518&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gomez-Reino, J. AU - Habicht, Gail S. T1 - The effect of the plant lectins phytohaemagglutinin and concanavalin A on human T cell populations bearing receptors for IgG and IgM. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1980/08// VL - 41 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 372 EP - 379 SN - 00099104 AB - The effect of long-term culture with the plant lectins phytohaemagglutinin (PHA) and concanavalin A (con A) on the percentages of human T cells bearing Fc receptors for IgG (TG) and IgM (TM) was investigated. Con A produced an early increase in the percentage of TG cells as compared to control cells cultured without mitogen. TM cells decreased. PHA suppressed the percentages of both TG and TG. These changes were not due to loss of cell viability nor to loss of cell surface receptors in general since up to 98% of the cells continued to form sheep erythrocyte rosettes in the virtual absence of IgM Fc receptors. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PLANT proteins KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - CELL proliferation KW - MACROPHAGES KW - CELL receptors KW - CELL membranes KW - T cells N1 - Accession Number: 15985166; Gomez-Reino, J. 1,2; Habicht, Gail S. 2,3; Source Information: Aug1980, Vol. 41 Issue 2, p372; Subject: PLANT proteins; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject: CELL proliferation; Subject: MACROPHAGES; Subject: CELL receptors; Subject: CELL membranes; Subject: T cells; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15985166&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Loveridge, N. AU - Lucillebitensky AU - Chayen, J. AU - Hausamen, T. U. AU - Fisher, J. M. AU - Taylor, K. B. AU - Gardner, J. D. AU - Bottazzo, G. F. AU - Doniach, D. T1 - Inhibition of parietal cell function by human gammaglobulin containing gastric parietal cell antibodies. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1980/08// VL - 41 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 264 EP - 270 SN - 00099104 AB - Parietal cell antibodies (PCA) arc found in up to 90% of sera from pernicious anaemia patients but it is often stated that they could represent an epiphenomenon without being directly responsible for the achlorhydria. In the present studies a direct effect of these antibodies on the secretory function of gastric acid-secreting cells has been demonstrated in two different experimental systems. In one set of experiments IgGs containing PCA activity were shown to inhibit acid secretion specifically in the living gastric mucosa of the bull frog suspended as a diaphragm between two chambers. The other system demonstrated their inhibition of carbonic anhydrase activity in a cytochemical bioassay for human G17-gastrin, suggesting a blocking effect on the gastrin receptors in the canalicular microvilli or the cell membrane. These experiments suggest a direct pathogenic role for PCA in autoimmune fundal gastritis and in pernicious anaemia. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - PERNICIOUS anemia KW - BLOOD diseases KW - BIOLOGICAL assay KW - GASTROINTESTINAL hormones KW - GASTRIC secretions KW - METABOLIC disorders N1 - Accession Number: 15985109; Loveridge, N. 1; Lucillebitensky 1; Chayen, J. 1; Hausamen, T. U. 2; Fisher, J. M. 2; Taylor, K. B. 2; Gardner, J. D. 3; Bottazzo, G. F. 4; Doniach, D. 4; Source Information: Aug1980, Vol. 41 Issue 2, p264; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: PERNICIOUS anemia; Subject: BLOOD diseases; Subject: BIOLOGICAL assay; Subject: GASTROINTESTINAL hormones; Subject: GASTRIC secretions; Subject: METABOLIC disorders; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15985109&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Green, F. A. AU - Jung, C. Y. AU - Rampal, A. AU - Lorusso, D. J. T1 - Alpha-methyldopa and the erythrocyte membrane. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1980/06// VL - 40 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 554 EP - 560 SN - 00099104 AB - Alpha-methyldopa binds to human erythrocyte membrane proteins. A portion of this binding is readily dissociable in SDS but a significant amount is very tightly bound and does not come off even under rigorous conditions. The binding is increased under oxidizing conditions and very much inhibited in the presence of reducing agents as well as superoxide dismutase and catalase. Haemoglobin competes with membrane peptides for alpha-methyldopa binding. It is postulated that haemoglobin acts as a `sinks' for the drug in the intact cell and that the first step in the pathogenesis of Coombs positivity and haemolytic anaemia results from an alteration of a critical membrane peptide secondary to binding of the drug during normal membrane breakdown. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CELL membranes KW - MEMBRANE proteins KW - SUPEROXIDE dismutase KW - HEMOLYSIS & hemolysins KW - BLOOD diseases KW - HEMOLYTIC anemia N1 - Accession Number: 18001983; Green, F. A. 1; Jung, C. Y. 1; Rampal, A. 1; Lorusso, D. J. 2; Source Information: Jun1980, Vol. 40 Issue 3, p554; Subject: CELL membranes; Subject: MEMBRANE proteins; Subject: SUPEROXIDE dismutase; Subject: HEMOLYSIS & hemolysins; Subject: BLOOD diseases; Subject: HEMOLYTIC anemia; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18001983&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wood, G. AU - Rucker, M. AU - Davis, J. W. AU - Entwistle, R. AU - Anderson, B. T1 - Interaction of plasma fibronectin with selected cryoglobulins. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1980/05// VL - 40 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 358 EP - 364 SN - 00099104 AB - Plasma fibronectin (PFN) is associated with cryoglobulins of the polyclonal type. Cryoglobulins from two patients with essential mixed cryoglobulinaemia were analysed immunoelectrophoretically to determine a possible association between PFN and immunoglobulin complexes in the formation of cryoprecipitates. In cryoglobulins from each patient, distinctive alterations in electrophoretic migration patterns of both PFN and immunoglobulin were associated with the formation of a cryoprecipitate. The observations indicate that PFN binds to some serum component in the process of cryoglobulin formation. That component may be immunoglobulin. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - FIBRONECTINS KW - CRYOGLOBULINS KW - SERUM KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - PATIENTS KW - IMMUNOELECTROPHORESIS N1 - Accession Number: 16218191; Wood, G. 1; Rucker, M. 1; Davis, J. W. 2; Entwistle, R. 3,4,5; Anderson, B. 3,4,5; Source Information: May1980, Vol. 40 Issue 2, p358; Subject: FIBRONECTINS; Subject: CRYOGLOBULINS; Subject: SERUM; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: PATIENTS; Subject: IMMUNOELECTROPHORESIS; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16218191&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Roselle, G. A. AU - Kaufman, Carol A. T1 - Amphotericin B and 5-fluorocytosine: effects on cell-mediated immunity. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1980/04// VL - 40 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 186 EP - 192 SN - 00099104 AB - Although single-dose amphotericin B therapy appears to be immunostimulatory in mice, no data are available regarding the effects of chronic anti-fungal drug therapy on the immune system. We studied the effects on the guinea-pig cellular immune system of 4 weeks of treatment with amphotericin B, 5-tluorocytosine, or the combination of both drugs. The in vitro lymphocyte response to phytohaemagglutinin and the specific antigen, picryl human serum albumin (picHSA), were not affected by anti-fungal drug treatment. At 1.5 weeks of therapy with amphotericin B, skin test reactivity to picHSA was significantly reduced but returned toward normal by the end of 3.5 weeks of drug therapy, Macrophage migration inhibitory factor production by guinea-pig peripheral blood lymphocytes was significantly reduced after 4 weeks of amphotericin B therapy. No immunostimulatory properties could be ascribed to amphotericin B.5-fluorocytosine had no effect on cellular immunity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AMPHOTERICIN B KW - IMMUNITY KW - PHYTOHEMAGGLUTININS KW - ANTIGENS KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - MACROPHAGES N1 - Accession Number: 17557509; Roselle, G. A. 1; Kaufman, Carol A. 2; Source Information: Apr1980, Vol. 40 Issue 1, p186; Subject: AMPHOTERICIN B; Subject: IMMUNITY; Subject: PHYTOHEMAGGLUTININS; Subject: ANTIGENS; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: MACROPHAGES; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17557509&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Masaomi Higuchi AU - Robinson, David S. AU - Cailleau, Relda AU - Irie, Reiko F. AU - Morton, Donald L. T1 - A serologic study of cultured breast cancer cell lines: lack of antibody response to tumour specific membrane antigens in patients. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1980/03// VL - 39 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 90 EP - 96 SN - 00099104 AB - Humoral antibodies to tumour associated membrane antigens of cultured human breast cancer cell lines were studied using the immune adherence (IA) test. Sera from 353 post-operative breast cancer patients and from twenty-five patients immunized by allogeneic breast cancer cells were tested against the MDA-MB-436 cell line. Fifty-five (15.6%) sera samples from the non-vaccinated group and 131 (773%) of 168 sera samples from the immunotherapy group were IA-positive to this cell line after absorption with bovine erythrocytes to exclude antibody to heterologous membrane antigens (HM Ag). Forty-five of the 55 positive-sera from the non-immunized group and 113 of the 131 positive sera from the immunized group became IA-negative after further absorption with lymphoblastoid cells autologous to MDA-MB-436. Subsequently, the twenty-eight positive sera remaining were tested for oncofetal antigens (OFA). After absorption with OFA rich tissues (fetal brain and M14 melanoma cells), no reactivity remained in the sera samples. In order to identify antibodies specific to breast cancer antigens, the 129 sera samples from non-immunized patients were tested against four other breast cancer cell lines; MDA-MB-157, MDA-MB-231, MCF-7 and UCLASO-BI. Four sera which reacted to more than three of the cell lines were identified. The reactivity of three of the four was due to anti-OFA antibody. The last serum sample was reactive to anti-HLA antibodies. These results indicate that sera of patients with breast cancer contain antibodies to OFA, but do not detect breast histologic type specific antigens as tested by IA using five breast cancer cultured cell lines. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BREAST cancer KW - ANTIGENS KW - BREAST cancer -- Patients KW - CELL lines KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - CANCER cells N1 - Accession Number: 17324533; Masaomi Higuchi 1,2; Robinson, David S. 1,2; Cailleau, Relda 1,2; Irie, Reiko F. 1,2; Morton, Donald L. 1,2; Source Information: Mar1980, Vol. 39 Issue 3, p90; Subject: BREAST cancer; Subject: ANTIGENS; Subject: BREAST cancer -- Patients; Subject: CELL lines; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: CANCER cells; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17324533&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Starkebaum, G. AU - Singer, J. W. AU - Arend, W. P. T1 - Analysis of immune complexes in synovial effusions of patients with rheumatoid arthritis. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1980/02// VL - 39 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 297 EP - 306 SN - 00099104 AB - Immune complexes were isolated from the synovial effusions of patients with seropositive definite or classical rheumatoid arthritis by centrifugation over a sucrose-polyethylene glycol gradient. Physicochemical and immunochemical analysis showed IgG and IgM to be the predominant molecular species with lesser amounts of Clq and moderate amounts of IgA and activated C4 and C3. Very low concentrations of CĪr, C&Īs, factor B and β2-microglobulin were detected. Trace amounts of four other components totalling less than 4% oft he total protein, were .seen and their molecular weights established. Reasons were advanced for thinking that fibrinogen, human serum albumin and α2-macroglobulin were only secondarily associated with the complexes. The data are consistent with the hypothesis that IgG is the main, if not the only antigen, responsible for provoking and maintaining the pathological changes in rheumatoid arthritis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNE complexes KW - SYNOVIAL fluid KW - IMMUNOCHEMISTRY KW - GLYCOLS KW - SUCROSE polyester KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN A KW - RHEUMATOID arthritis N1 - Accession Number: 15960817; Starkebaum, G. 1; Singer, J. W. 1; Arend, W. P. 2; Source Information: Feb1980, Vol. 39 Issue 2, p297; Subject: IMMUNE complexes; Subject: SYNOVIAL fluid; Subject: IMMUNOCHEMISTRY; Subject: GLYCOLS; Subject: SUCROSE polyester; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULIN A; Subject: RHEUMATOID arthritis; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15960817&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Neilan, Barbara A. AU - Taddeini, L. AU - McJilton, C. E. AU - Handwerger, B. S. T1 - Decreased T cell function in mice exposed to chronic, low levels of lead. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1980/01// VL - 39 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 746 EP - 749 SN - 00099104 AB - The immune responsiveness of mice given low levels of lead acetate (1300 p.p.m.) in their drinking water for 8 weeks was determined. Mean percentages of splenic T and B lymphocytes in lead-exposed mice were slightly lower than in controls. Mean mitogen response to phytohaemagglutinin and concanavalin A in mice exposed to lead was significantly decreased compared to controls. The response to lipopolysaccharide on the other hand was not significantly different in the two groups. These data suggest that T lymphocyte function as measured by mitogenic response to phytohaemagglutinin and concanavalin A is impaired in mice exposed chronically to low concentrations of lead. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNE response KW - B cells KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - T cells KW - FRESH water KW - RODENTS N1 - Accession Number: 17335451; Neilan, Barbara A. 1; Taddeini, L. 2; McJilton, C. E. 3; Handwerger, B. S. 4; Source Information: Jan1980, Vol. 39 Issue 1, p746; Subject: IMMUNE response; Subject: B cells; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: T cells; Subject: FRESH water; Subject: RODENTS; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17335451&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Panush, R. S. AU - Ossakow, S. J. T1 - Effects of acetaminophen on normal human peripheral blood lymphocytes: enhancement of mitogen- and antigen-stimulated incorporation of tritiated thymidine. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1979/12// VL - 38 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 539 EP - 548 SN - 00099104 AB - This report describes hitherto unrecognized immunoenhancing properties of acetaminophen on cultured human lymphocytes. The addition of acetaminophen (2.5-300 μg/ml) significantly enhanced mitogen-induced blastogenesis. The stimulation of cells by Candida albicans, from individuals who were skin-test positive for antigen and two-way responses of mixed lymphocytes, were similarly augmented. Cells stimulated in the presence of acetaminophen were comparably enhanced in cultures lasting for 24-168 hr. Enhancement of stimulated cells was noted only if the drug was added during the first hours of culture. Exposure of cells to acetaminophen before mitogen stimulation did not enhance responses unless the cells were simultaneously cultured with mitogen and the drug. Cells obtained from normal subjects before, during and after ingestion of therapeutic amounts of acetaminophen for 3 days, were cultured in a medium without acetaminophen, and did not display increased in vitro responses during or after drug consumption. These data indicated: (1) pharmacological concentrations of acetaminophen significantly enhanced lymphocyte responses to specific, non-specific, soluble and insoluble stimulation in vitro; and (2) enhancement by acetaminophen occurred only when the drug was in contact with cells during the early period of cell activation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ACETAMINOPHEN KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - BLOOD plasma KW - THYMIDINE KW - MITOGENS KW - ANTIGENS KW - DRUG utilization N1 - Accession Number: 16145563; Panush, R. S. 1; Ossakow, S. J. 2; Source Information: Dec1979, Vol. 38 Issue 3, p539; Subject: ACETAMINOPHEN; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: BLOOD plasma; Subject: THYMIDINE; Subject: MITOGENS; Subject: ANTIGENS; Subject: DRUG utilization; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16145563&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - ABST AU - Fuson, E. W. AU - Shaw, M.W. AU - Hubbard, R. A. AU - Lamon, E. W. T1 - Antibody-antigen complex stimulated lysis of non-sensitized sheep red cells by human lymphocytes I. REQUIREMENT FOR IgG COMPLEXES. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1979/10// VL - 38 IS - 1 M3 - Abstract SP - 158 EP - 165 SN - 00099104 AB - IgG antibody-antigen complexes stimulated lysis of non-sensitized sheep erythrocytes (SRBC) by normal human peripheral blood lymphocytes (PBL). Heat-aggregated human IgG, rabbit IgG-ovalbumin complexes and rabbit IgG-sensitized ox erythrocytes (ORBC) were effective in the induction of SRBC lysis by PBL. However, IgM-sensitized ORBC and IgM-complement-sensitized ORBC were ineffective. As only SRBC and not ORBC or chicken erythrocytes (CRBC) were lysed under identical experimental conditions, it is conceivable that the SRBC receptor present on the T cell is involved. Furthermore, 45% inhibition of lysis was obtained by pre- treating the effector cells with anti-human thymocyte globulin (ATG) and complete inhibition was obtained by adding SRBC stroma to the reaction mixture. The requirement for the inclusion of IgG complexes and the absence of specific anti-target cell antibody distinguish this reaction from natural cell-mediated cytotoxicity and antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC). Immune killer T cells would not appear to be responsible as eight different donors were used and none of these were cytotoxic to SRBC in the absence of IgG complexes. The induction of this cytotoxic reaction appears to require the recognition and interaction by the effector cells of two separate molecular entities, i.e. the SRBC membrane by the T cell and the IgG Fc region by an IgG-Fc receptor-bearing cell. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNE complexes KW - ERYTHROCYTES KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - T cells KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - ANTIBODY-dependent cell cytotoxicity N1 - Accession Number: 16436912; Fuson, E. W. 1,2; Shaw, M.W. 1,2; Hubbard, R. A. 1,2; Lamon, E. W. 3; Source Information: Oct1979, Vol. 38 Issue 1, p158; Subject: IMMUNE complexes; Subject: ERYTHROCYTES; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: T cells; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject: ANTIBODY-dependent cell cytotoxicity; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Abstract UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16436912&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wasicek, C. A. AU - Maddison, P. J. AU - Reichlin, M. T1 - Occurrence of antibodies to single-stranded DNA in ANA negative patients. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1979/08// VL - 37 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 190 EP - 195 SN - 00099104 AB - Five patients with clinical features of a connective tissue disease most suggestive of systemic lupus erythematosus were found to have a negative ANA by conventional screening at 1/20 dilution on mouse liver. However, significant titres of antibodies to single-stranded DNA were detected using a double antibody radioimmunoassay. Thus, certain patients have antibodies to DNA restricted to single-stranded determinants as detected by radioimmunoassay with single-stranded DNA as antigen and a negative ANA test. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LUPUS erythematosus KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - DNA KW - MEDICAL screening KW - RADIOIMMUNOASSAY KW - CONNECTIVE tissues N1 - Accession Number: 16434574; Wasicek, C. A. 1; Maddison, P. J. 1; Reichlin, M. 1; Source Information: Aug1979, Vol. 37 Issue 2, p190; Subject: LUPUS erythematosus; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: DNA; Subject: MEDICAL screening; Subject: RADIOIMMUNOASSAY; Subject: CONNECTIVE tissues; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16434574&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - M. Floyd AU - Tesar, J. T. T1 - The role of IgM rheumatoid factor in experimental immune vasculitis. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1979/04// VL - 36 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 165 EP - 174 SN - 00099104 AB - The effect of IgM rheumatoid factor (RF) on reversepassive cutaneous Arthus reaction in rats was studied. The RF was obtained from the serum cryoglobulin of a patient with symptoms of purpura, arthralgia and digital gangrene. The cryoglobulin was of IgG-IgM type and when given i.v. it induced a prompt hypocomplementaemia in experimental animals. The purified RF also induced low serum complement levels when injected i.v. along with complexes of noncomplement- fixing, aggregated IgG. A reverse passive Arthus reaction was induced by intradermal injection of IgG anti-bovine serum albumin (BSA), followed by an i.v. dose of antigen (Ag). The cutaneous inflammatory reaction was aggravated by simultaneous administration of IgM RF intradermally, but not by IgM without antibody (Ab) properties. Intradermal injection of low concentrations of non-complement-fixing IgG anti-BSA, along with normal human IgM, followed by i.v. injection of BSA, resulted in a complete lack of cutaneous inflammation. At higher Ab concentrations there was only a mild inflammation. However, when IgM RF was substituted for normal IgM and injected with non-complement-fixing anti-BSA, an effective reverse passive cutaneous Arthus reaction and vasculitis was induced. The inflammatory response was greatly suppressed by decomplementation of animals by cobra venom factor. This study provides evidence favouring an inflammatory, complement-dependent role for RF in vasculitis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - VASCULAR diseases KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - INFLAMMATION KW - INTRADERMAL injections KW - PATHOLOGY KW - BLOOD proteins KW - SERUM albumin N1 - Accession Number: 16246349; M. Floyd 1; Tesar, J. T. 1; Source Information: Apr1979, Vol. 36 Issue 1, p165; Subject: VASCULAR diseases; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject: INFLAMMATION; Subject: INTRADERMAL injections; Subject: PATHOLOGY; Subject: BLOOD proteins; Subject: SERUM albumin; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16246349&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wolinsky, J. S. AU - Dau, P. C. AU - Buimovici-Klein, Elena AU - Mednick, J. AU - Berg, B. O. AU - Lang, P. B. AU - Cooper, L. Z. T1 - Progressive rubella panencephalitis: immunovirological studies and results of isoprinosine therapy. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1979/03// VL - 35 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 397 EP - 404 SN - 00099104 AB - Two patients with progressive rubella panencephalitis, one with and one without stigmata of congenital rubella, were treated for 9 months with isoprinosine and showed continued clinical deterioration. Immunovirological studies performed before, during and after treatment were unaffected by drug therapy. The virus was recovered on one occasion from the lymphocytes of one of these cases. Neither patient showed any major defects in cellular or humoral immunity. However, the lymphocytes of the patient with stigmata of congenital rubella failed to respond to rubella virus in vitro anti had a heat stable, non-dialysable serum inhibitor of in vitro protein A stimulated proliferative responses. Both patients' serum interfered with the production of interferon by normal donor lymphocytes following stimulation with rubella and varicella virus antigen. Increasing serum titles of interferon which did not appear to he lymphoid or immune-specific in origin were found in these two cases. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RUBELLA KW - TOGAVIRUS infections KW - ANTIVIRAL agents KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - BLOOD plasma KW - IMMUNOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15987739; Wolinsky, J. S. 1,2; Dau, P. C. 1,3; Buimovici-Klein, Elena 4; Mednick, J. 3; Berg, B. O. 1; Lang, P. B. 4; Cooper, L. Z. 4; Source Information: Mar1979, Vol. 35 Issue 3, p397; Subject: RUBELLA; Subject: TOGAVIRUS infections; Subject: ANTIVIRAL agents; Subject: LEUCOCYTES; Subject: BLOOD plasma; Subject: IMMUNOLOGY; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15987739&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kirkpatrick, C. H. AU - Greenberg, Lynn E. AU - Chapman, S. W. AU - Goldstein, G. AU - Lewis, Verna M. AU - Twomey, J. J. T1 - Plasma thymic hormone activity in patients with chronic mucocutaneous candidiasis. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1978/12// VL - 34 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 311 EP - 317 SN - 00099104 AB - To further characterize the immunological abnormalities in patients with chronic mucocutaneous candidiasis, the thymic hormone activity in their plasma was measured. Of the sixteen patients in the study, seven had chronic diffuse candidiasis, five had candidiasis with endocrinopathies and four had candidiasis with thymoma. Only one patient, an anergic child with chronic diffuse candidiasis had severe deficiency of plasma thymic hormone activity. Two patients, a woman with candidiasis and multiple endocrinopathies and an elderly man with metastatic epithelial thymoma had supranomal values. These studies indicate that the immunological deficit in most patients with these forms of chronic mucucutaneous candidiasis is not due to deficiency of a thymic inductive activity and suggest that an intrinsic defect exists in the maturation of antigen-responsive lymphoid cells. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CANDIDIASIS KW - THYMIC hormones KW - BLOOD plasma KW - LYMPHOID tissue KW - MYCOSES KW - THYMUS extract N1 - Accession Number: 16616163; Kirkpatrick, C. H. 1,2,3; Greenberg, Lynn E. 1,2,3; Chapman, S. W. 1,2,3; Goldstein, G. 1,2,3; Lewis, Verna M. 1,2,3; Twomey, J. J. 1,2,3; Source Information: Dec1978, Vol. 34 Issue 3, p311; Subject: CANDIDIASIS; Subject: THYMIC hormones; Subject: BLOOD plasma; Subject: LYMPHOID tissue; Subject: MYCOSES; Subject: THYMUS extract; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16616163&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - ABST AU - O'Connor, D. T. AU - Weisman, M. H. AU - Fierer, J. T1 - Activation of the alternate complement pathway in Staph. aureus infective endocarditis and its relationship to thrombocytopenia, coagulation abnormalities, and acute glomerulonephritis. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1978/11// VL - 34 IS - 2 M3 - Abstract SP - 179 EP - 187 SN - 00099104 AB - Twenty-four patients with infective endocarditis (IE) are described; fourteen with Staph. aureus and ten with other organisms. Despite the acute nature of the infection, ten of the fourteen with Stapli. Aureus IE, were hypocomplementaemic; six of these ten had normal levels of C4 associated with low C3 levels, suggesting activation of the alternate complement pathway. Factor B (C3PA) was also low in three of these six cases. In the ten patients with non-Staph. IE, three had hypocomplementaemia with low levels of C4, C3, and Factor H, prohably due to Cl (classical pathway) activation with feedback activation of the alternate pathway. In addition, thrombocytopenia was noted in nine of the twenty-four patients and was associated with hypocomplementaemia; the degree of renal insufficiency noted in these patients also correlated with hypocomplementaemia. In Staph. aureus IE thrombocytopenia and hypocomplementacmia, occurring early in the course of the disease, may be due to a non-immune interaction of Staph. cell wall products (Protein A) with immunoglobulin, complement components, and thrombocytes. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ENDOCARDITIS KW - ENDOCARDIUM -- Diseases KW - STAPHYLOCOCCUS aureus KW - THROMBOCYTOPENIA KW - BLOOD coagulation disorders KW - GLOMERULONEPHRITIS N1 - Accession Number: 16434967; O'Connor, D. T. 1; Weisman, M. H. 1; Fierer, J. 1; Source Information: Nov1978, Vol. 34 Issue 2, p179; Subject: ENDOCARDITIS; Subject: ENDOCARDIUM -- Diseases; Subject: STAPHYLOCOCCUS aureus; Subject: THROMBOCYTOPENIA; Subject: BLOOD coagulation disorders; Subject: GLOMERULONEPHRITIS; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Abstract UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16434967&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - White, T. G. AU - Mebust, W. K. AU - Mirikitani, F. K. T1 - Induction of canine autoantibody to prostatic neoantigen. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1978/07// VL - 33 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 174 EP - 184 SN - 00099104 AB - Electrodesiccation surgery of the prostate glands was completed on a total of seventy-one dogs. Disc electrophoresis, thin layer gel electrofocus and agar double diffusion studies demonstrated unique changes in the extracts of convalescent prostatic tissue that had persisted for at least 6 months when compared with pre-treatment extracts from seventeen of these dogs. The length of the period following electrodesiccation did not appear to affect the quality of the changes observed. Rabbit antisera to extracts of desiccated prostatic tissue contained antibody specific only for the autologous extract; however, cross-reactivity with altered antigen in homologous extracts could not be verified. In all dogs, generalized adverse effects were not detectable up to 10 months post-surgery. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PROSTATE KW - ISOELECTRIC focusing KW - DOGS as laboratory animals KW - ANTIGENS KW - BLOOD products KW - EXTRACTS N1 - Accession Number: 16278413; White, T. G. 1,2; Mebust, W. K. 1,2; Mirikitani, F. K. 1,2; Source Information: Jul1978, Vol. 33 Issue 1, p174; Subject: PROSTATE; Subject: ISOELECTRIC focusing; Subject: DOGS as laboratory animals; Subject: ANTIGENS; Subject: BLOOD products; Subject: EXTRACTS; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16278413&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Turner, F. N. AU - Kaltreider, H. B. T1 - Immunology of the lower respiratory tract. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1978/07// VL - 33 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 128 EP - 135 SN - 00099104 AB - The distribution of antibody-forming cells to sheep erythrocytes among canine pulmonary and systemic lympboid tissues differs distinctively depending on whether antigen is administered by the intrapulmonary or the intravenous (i.v.) route. After local (intrapulmonary) immunization, antibody- forming cells are restricted to the lung and regional lymph nodes; after i.v., they are widespread. To test the hypothesis that the tissue distribution of antigen is an important determinant of the resultant distribution of antihody-forming cells, dogs were immunized with radioiodinated sheep erythrocytes, either intrapulmonary (i.p.) or i.v. After 4 days, the concentrations of tissue-bound radioactivity and of antibody-forming cells in various lymphoid tissues were compared. The distrihution of tissue-bound radioactivity among lymphoid tissues was clearly determined and different depending on the route of immunization. After i.p. administration, radioactivity was bound to lung and hilar lymph nodes; after i.v., it was found in the lung, liver, spleen and occasionally hilar nodes, Antihody-forming cells appeared in those lymphoid preparations which contained tissue-bound radioactivity. The exception was that locally applied antigen elicited antibody-forming cells in the lung poorly, despite the fact that abundant antigen remained localized to the lung, Notably, i.v. immunization resulted in the appearance of both antibody forming cells and cell-bound radioactivity in the lung. It is concluded that the distribution of antigen among tissues is a major determinant of the distinctive patterns of appearance of antibody-forming cells after different routes of immunization. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SHEEP as laboratory animals KW - ERYTHROCYTES KW - LYMPHOID tissue KW - ANTIGENS KW - RADIOACTIVITY KW - LYMPH nodes N1 - Accession Number: 16278401; Turner, F. N. 1; Kaltreider, H. B. 1; Source Information: Jul1978, Vol. 33 Issue 1, p128; Subject: SHEEP as laboratory animals; Subject: ERYTHROCYTES; Subject: LYMPHOID tissue; Subject: ANTIGENS; Subject: RADIOACTIVITY; Subject: LYMPH nodes; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16278401&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Anthony, C. R. AU - Panush, R. S. T1 - Interaction of [14C]acetylsalicylic acid with normal human peripheral blood lymphocytes. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1978/03// VL - 31 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 482 EP - 489 SN - 00099104 AB - Therapeutic concentrations of acetylsalicylic acid (ASA) have strikingly inhibited in vitro and in vivo mitogen- and antigen-induced blastogenesis by human lymphocytes. These observations may be pertinent to the anti-inflammatory actions of ASA, To investigate further the possible effects of ASA on cellular responses, we studied the in vitro interaction of [14C]ASA with lymphocytes. Results indicated that the [14C]ASA association with cells was (a) proportional to ASA concentrations, (b) non-saturable at high concentrations of ASA, (c) dependent on pH, (d) independent of temperature, (e) dependent on cell concentration, (f) not consistently displaced by unlabelled ASA or other drugs, (g) rapid and unchanged over 1 min to 72 hr incubations and (h) reversed by repeated cell washing. These data confirmed that ASA indeed interacted with lymphocytes. The association was rapid, reversible, pH-dependent and not demonstrably specific under these experimental conditions. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ASPIRIN KW - SALICYLIC acid KW - ANALGESICS KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - IMMUNOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 16244978; Anthony, C. R. 1,2; Panush, R. S. 1,2; Source Information: Mar1978, Vol. 31 Issue 3, p482; Subject: ASPIRIN; Subject: SALICYLIC acid; Subject: ANALGESICS; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: LEUCOCYTES; Subject: IMMUNOLOGY; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16244978&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - McPhaul Jr., J. J. T1 - Cryoimmunoglobulinaemia in patients with primary renal disease and systemic lupus erythematosus. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1978/01// VL - 31 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 131 EP - 140 SN - 00099104 AB - Sera were tested for cryoglobulin precipitates from 206 consecutive patients with renal disease, ninety-eight normals and sixteen patients with systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) without evident renal disease. Cryoprecipitates were detected in 17% of test subjects overall and 2% of normals; the incidence was highest in patients with SLE, regardless of detectable renal disease. Cryoprecipitates usually were comprised of IgG and IgM or IgG, IgM, and IgA in thirty-six out of forty-two instances, although a single immunoglobulin class was detected in five patients. Co-precipitation experiments showed IgG-binding by virtually all sera forming cryoprecipitates; isolated cryoprecipitates bound radiolabelled homologous IgG, its Fc fragment and sometimes IgG subclass proteins preferentially. Freshly forming cryoprecipitates sometimes co-precipitated DNA, whereas all isolated cryoprecipitates co-precipitated DNA from dilute solutions. The data are compatible with the current hypothesis that cryoimmunoprecipitates are immune complexes that are insoluble in vitro in the cold, that they usually comprise mixed immunoglobulins with anti-IgG activity, and may contain a mixture of antigens and antibodies. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases KW - NUCLEIC acids KW - BLOOD proteins KW - PLASMA cells KW - GENES N1 - Accession Number: 16253696; McPhaul Jr., J. J. 1,2; Source Information: Jan1978, Vol. 31 Issue 1, p131; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Subject: NUCLEIC acids; Subject: BLOOD proteins; Subject: PLASMA cells; Subject: GENES; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16253696&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kermani-Arab, V. AU - Leslie, G. A. AU - Burger, D. R. T1 - Structure and biological functions of human IgD. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1977/12// VL - 30 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 450 EP - 456 SN - 00099104 AB - Specifically purified anti-human δ stimulated the in vitro incorporation of [3H]thymidine by human peripheral lymphocytes from patients with chronic lymphocytic leukaemia (CLL). The peak response varied between individuals; those with 5-52% IgD-bearing lymphocytes exhibited maximum stimulation at 3 days, whereas a patient with only 1% IgD-bearing cells showed optimal activation at 6 days. In agreement with others, our data indicated that, in most instances, lymphocytes from patients with CLL respond poorly to PHA. One of the most important findings in this study is the enhancement of PHA responsiveness by anti-δ. Lymphocytes that exhibited reduced responsiveness to PHA alone, when pre-treated with anti-δ, showed transformation greater than the sum of the anti-5 plus PHA responses. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - THYMIDINE KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - LEUKEMIA KW - CHRONIC diseases KW - CHRONIC lymphocytic leukemia KW - LYMPHOPROLIFERATIVE disorders N1 - Accession Number: 16248016; Kermani-Arab, V. 1; Leslie, G. A. 1; Burger, D. R. 1,2; Source Information: Dec1977, Vol. 30 Issue 3, p450; Subject: THYMIDINE; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: LEUKEMIA; Subject: CHRONIC diseases; Subject: CHRONIC lymphocytic leukemia; Subject: LYMPHOPROLIFERATIVE disorders; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16248016&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hand, W. L. AU - King, N. L. T1 - Deficiency of serum bactericidal activity against Salmonella typhimurium in sickle cell anaemia. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1977/11// VL - 30 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 262 EP - 270 SN - 00099104 AB - Systemic salmonellosis is a recognized complication of sickle cell anemia (SCA). In our initial study of SCA host defences against salmonella, we evaluated the bactericidal activity of serum against Salmonella typhimurium. When compared to controls, sera from eight out of nineteen SCA patients were deficient in bactericidal function. Levels of factor B, haemolytic complement and agglutinating antibody were similar in SCA and control sera. However, abnormalities that might theoretically account for the decreased antibacterial activity were observed in many SCA sera. These abnormal findings included: (a) defective function of the alternative complement pathway (decreased bacterial killing in the presence of Mg EGTA); (b) low serum C3 concentration; and (c) decreased total iron-binding capacity (TIBC), with a resultant increase in per cent saturation of iron-binding capacity. Of these deficiencies only the abnormal alternative pathway function was significantly associated with decreased serum bactericidal activity. A suggested function of serum bactericidal activity is prevention of bacteraemia by susceptible organisms. Thus diminished serum bactericidal capacity may increase the risk of Salmonella bacteraemia in some individuals with sickle cell disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - FOOD poisoning KW - SICKLE cell anemia KW - BLOOD diseases KW - AGGLUTINATION KW - HEMOGLOBINOPATHY N1 - Accession Number: 15938594; Hand, W. L. 1; King, N. L. 2; Source Information: Nov1977, Vol. 30 Issue 2, p262; Subject: FOOD poisoning; Subject: SICKLE cell anemia; Subject: BLOOD diseases; Subject: AGGLUTINATION; Subject: HEMOGLOBINOPATHY; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15938594&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Colombo, M. AU - Vernace, S. J. AU - Paronetto, F. T1 - T and B lymphocytes in patients with chronic active hepatitis (CAH). JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1977/10// VL - 30 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 4 EP - 9 SN - 00099104 AB - Absolute numbers of T and B lymphocytes as well as active E rosette-forming cells were measured in twenty-seven patients with chronic active hepatitis (CAH), and in thirty control patients. In patients with CAH without cirrhosis, active E rosette-forming cells (a subpopulation of T lymphocytes considered to be actively involved in cell-mediated immune reactions) as well as lymphocytes with surface markers for IgA, IgM and IgG were increased. In patients with CAH and cirrhosis, total T lymphocytes were decreased. These results emphasize the significance of lymphocytes in CAH, and suggest the importance of monitoring T- and B-cell populations in patients with this disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - CHRONIC active hepatitis KW - PATIENTS KW - CIRRHOSIS of the liver KW - T cells KW - B cells N1 - Accession Number: 15993985; Colombo, M. 1; Vernace, S. J. 1; Paronetto, F. 2; Source Information: Oct1977, Vol. 30 Issue 1, p4; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: CHRONIC active hepatitis; Subject: PATIENTS; Subject: CIRRHOSIS of the liver; Subject: T cells; Subject: B cells; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15993985&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Persson, K. AU - Kindmark, C.-O. AU - Pensky, J. AU - Nafi, G. T1 - Quantitative measurement of properdin in normal human serum by electroimmunoassay and single radial immunodiffusion. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1977/07// VL - 29 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 84 EP - 88 SN - 00099104 AB - Properdin in normal serum was measured by electroimmunoassay (EIA) and single radial immunodiffusion (SRID). Fresh sera gave much lower properdin values in SRID in gels containing Mg2+ ions. Storage of sera at 4°C resulted in a gradual increase of the properdin values measured by SRID but not of those of the EIA. With 10 mM of EDTA in the gels no difference between the properdin values obtained by the different methods was found. Evidence is presented that immunodiffusion values of properdin might be affected by precipitation of a C3-properdin complex in gels containing Mg2+ ions after the activation of the properdin system by agarose. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOASSAY KW - BLOOD plasma KW - ANTIGEN-antibody reactions KW - GELATION KW - IMMUNOLOGY KW - ANTIGENS N1 - Accession Number: 15945345; Persson, K. 1,2; Kindmark, C.-O. 1,2; Pensky, J. 1,2; Nafi, G. 1,2; Source Information: Jul1977, Vol. 29 Issue 1, p84; Subject: IMMUNOASSAY; Subject: BLOOD plasma; Subject: ANTIGEN-antibody reactions; Subject: GELATION; Subject: IMMUNOLOGY; Subject: ANTIGENS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15945345&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Brooks, W. H. AU - Roszman, T. L. AU - Mahaley, M. S. AU - Woosley, R. E. T1 - Immunobiology of primary intracranial tumours II. ANALYSIS OF LYMPHOCYTE SUBPOPULATIONS IN PATIENTS WITH PRIMARY BRAIN TUMOURS. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1977/07// VL - 29 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 61 EP - 66 SN - 00099104 AB - Circulating peripheral blood lymphocyte subpopulations were analysed in patients with primary intracranial neoplasia. Patients with tumours of glial origin demonstrated a significant depletion of E-rosetting lymphocytes whereas the quantitative lymphocyte profiles of patients with non-glial brain tumours were normal. The number of immunoglobulin and Fc receptor-bearing cells was not significantly altered in any group of patients: however, the EAC-RFC subpopulation was increased in those with malignant gliomas. Two hypotheses are suggested to explain these observations: first, the presence of cross-reacting antibody between T cells and brain (glial) cells; and secondly, the proliferation of EAC-RFC in response to malignant degeneration. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - TUMORS KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - CELL receptors KW - T cells KW - IMMUNOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15945182; Brooks, W. H. 1; Roszman, T. L. 2; Mahaley, M. S. 3; Woosley, R. E. 3; Source Information: Jul1977, Vol. 29 Issue 1, p61; Subject: TUMORS; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: LEUCOCYTES; Subject: CELL receptors; Subject: T cells; Subject: IMMUNOLOGY; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15945182&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hurd, E. R. AU - Andreis, M. AU - Ziff, M. T1 - Phagocytosis of immune complexes by polymorphonuclear leucocytes in patients with Felty's syndrome. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1977/06// VL - 28 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 413 EP - 425 SN - 00099104 AB - The possible rule of phagocytosis of circulating immune complexes by neutrophils in the production of the neutropenia of Felty's syndrome has been investigated. Normal neutrophils phitgocytosed massive inclusions from the sera from twelve of fifteen patients with Felty's syndrome when incubated with these sera. Such inclusions were phagocytosed from only three of fifteen patients with seropositive RA who did not have Felty's syndrome. Normal neutrophils were more effective than patient neutrophils with regard to phagocytosis of inclusions from the patients' serum suggesting a defect in phagocytic function of Felty's neutrophils. The titre of granulocyte-reactive antinuclear antibodies did not appear to be related to the degree of neutropenia. The data suggest that phagocytosis of circulating immune complexes by neutrophils may interfere with the function of these cells in combating infection and also render them susceptible to removal from the circulation thus leading to the development of neutropenia. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PHAGOCYTOSIS KW - IMMUNE response KW - NEUTROPHILS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - SERUM KW - GRANULOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 16075195; Hurd, E. R. 1; Andreis, M. 1; Ziff, M. 1; Source Information: Jun1977, Vol. 28 Issue 3, p413; Subject: PHAGOCYTOSIS; Subject: IMMUNE response; Subject: NEUTROPHILS; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: SERUM; Subject: GRANULOCYTES; Number of Pages: 13p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16075195&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Friedman, J. M. AU - Fialkow, P. J. AU - Davis, S. D. AU - Ochs, H. D. AU - Wedgwood, R. J. T1 - Autoimmunity in the relatives of patients with immunodeficiency diseases. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1977/06// VL - 28 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 375 EP - 388 SN - 00099104 AB - Autoimmune disorders are reportedly more frequent than expected in immunodeficient patients and in their relatives. The hypothesis that genetic factors related to immunodeficiency may predispose to the development of autoimmunity was studied in relatives of patients with variable immunodeficiency (VID), ataxia-telangiectasia(A-T), or X-linked infantile agammaglubulinaemia (X-LA). Close relatives of patients with VID or A-T had thyroid and gastric autoantibodies significantly more frequently than did control subjects. No abnormalities were detected in unaffected relatives of X-LA patients. The increased incidence of organ-specific autoantibodies in close relatives of VID patients was confined to those families with more than one member with immunodeficiency. These data suggest that there are at least two forms of VID, one of which is associated with familial autoimmunity. It is postulated that heterozygous carriers of the A-T gene and persons with genes involved in the development of VID may exhibit T-lymphocyte dysfunction which predisposes them to autoimmunity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - IMMUNODEFICIENCY KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - VASODILATION KW - HEREDITY KW - PATIENTS N1 - Accession Number: 16075016; Friedman, J. M. 1; Fialkow, P. J. 2; Davis, S. D. 3; Ochs, H. D. 2; Wedgwood, R. J. 2; Source Information: Jun1977, Vol. 28 Issue 3, p375; Subject: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject: IMMUNODEFICIENCY; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: VASODILATION; Subject: HEREDITY; Subject: PATIENTS; Number of Pages: 14p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16075016&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wyle, F. A. AU - Kent, J. R. T1 - Immunosuppression by sex steroid hormones I. THE EFFECT UPON PHA- AND PPD-STIMULATED LYMPHOCYTES. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1977/03// VL - 27 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 407 EP - 415 SN - 00099104 AB - Progesterone, estradiol, testosterone, cortisol, and 11-desoxycortisol (Compound S) were added to cultures of human lymphocytes stimulated with phytohaemagglutinin (PHA) and purified protein derivative (PPD). The immunosuppressive effect of cortisol was verified and the three sex-steroid hormones also were found to inhibit lymphocyte transformation although at concentrations higher than for cortisol. Compound S, a steroid of low biological potency, also had immunosuppressive activity. At concentrations (0.01-1.0 μg/ml), progesterone, oestrogen, testosterone, and Compound S augmented the transformation response to PPD hut not to PHA. Marked variation from individual to individual in the suppressive effects of all the steroids were noted. The clinical implications of immunosuppression by the sex steroid hormones are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSION KW - PROGESTERONE KW - TESTOSTERONE KW - IMMUNE response -- Regulation KW - LEUCOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 15945657; Wyle, F. A. 1; Kent, J. R. 1; Source Information: Mar1977, Vol. 27 Issue 3, p407; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: IMMUNOSUPPRESSION; Subject: PROGESTERONE; Subject: TESTOSTERONE; Subject: IMMUNE response -- Regulation; Subject: LEUCOCYTES; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15945657&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hurd, Eric R. AU - Ziff, Morris T1 - Quantitative studies of immunoglobulin deposition in the kidney, glomerular cell proliferation and glomerulosclerosis in NZB.-NZWF1 hybrid mice. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1977/02// VL - 27 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 261 EP - 268 SN - 00099104 AB - Using the NZH and NZ13/NZW Fl (B/W) hybrid mouse as a model for systemic lupus erythematosus, an effort has been made to quantitate: (1) immune complex deposition in the glomeruli by immunofluorescent staining of immunoglobulin, (2) glomerular cellular proliferation by radioautographic measurement of [3H]'I'dr incorporation into the glomerular cells in viva, and (3) glomerular scarring by PAS staining. The relationship between these changes and increasing age has been examined. fly radioautography it was observed that dividing glomerular cells were labelled In vivo after injection of [3H]Tdr. This provided a reproducible measure of the proliferative process in the nephritis of B/W mice. In C57B1/6J anti CBA/J mice, which have a low incidence of glomerular disease, little change in the amount of glomerular cell proliferation was observed with increasing age. The NZB strain of animals showed a somewhat increased level of proliferation hut this did not increase with age. in striking contrast, glomerular cell proliferation in the B/W mice increased rapidly with age. The earliest change observed in the kidney was the deposition of immunoflourescent material in the n;esangium and glomerular capillary basement membrane beginning between 3 and S months of age and reaching a peak at 9 months. Increase in glomerular cell proliferation began about 2 months after the onset of immune complex deposition but also reached a maximum at months. Glomerular sclerosis was the last change to appear and continued after the other two parameters measured had begun to decline. These data suggest that the deposition of immune complexes in the glomerulus may he an important triggering mechanism for renal cell proliferation and glomerulosclerosis in the B/W mouse. The techniques described would provide a sensitive and reproducible quantitative method for analysing the differential effects of various types of treatment of immune complex nephritis in animals. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - LUPUS erythematosus KW - CELL proliferation KW - KIDNEY glomerulus KW - KIDNEY diseases KW - MICE as laboratory animals N1 - Accession Number: 16075877; Hurd, Eric R. 1; Ziff, Morris 2; Source Information: Feb1977, Vol. 27 Issue 2, p261; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: LUPUS erythematosus; Subject: CELL proliferation; Subject: KIDNEY glomerulus; Subject: KIDNEY diseases; Subject: MICE as laboratory animals; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16075877&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Moutsopoulos, H. AU - Fye, K. H. AU - Sawada, S. AU - Becker, M. J. AU - Goldstein, A. AU - Talal, N. T1 - In vitro effect of thymosin on T-lymphocyte rosette formation in rheumatic diseases. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1976/12// VL - 26 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 563 EP - 573 SN - 00099104 AB - The in vitro effect of calf thymosin fraction 5 on T-rosette forming cells (E-RFC) was studied in Sjögren's syndrome (SS), rheumatoid arthritis (RA), and systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE). The baseline percent E-RFC in sixteen normal controls was 67.2±6.9. E-RFC was significantly decreased in SLE (42.6±17.0, P < 0.0001) and SS (51.8±16.9, P < 0.002) but not in RA (59.7 ± 14.1). Ten of twenty-five SS patients and two of eleven RA patients had less than 50% E-RFC, and all showed a significant increase after incubation with thymosin (+ 16.5 ± 6.5%, P < 0.0001, and + 11 ± 4.9%, P < 0.001, respectively). Eleven of sixteen SLE patients had less than 50% E-RFC. Their response to thymosin was less dramatic but still statistically significant (+ 5.3 ± 6.0%, P = 0.03). There was no response to thymosin in control subjects or in patients with baseline E-RFC greater than 50%. No increase in E-RFC was seen after incubation with calf spleen fraction 5 or known stimulators of cyclic-AMP. Sera from four active SLE patients, as well as the supernatant obtained from overnight culture of the lymphocytes from one SLE patient, were able to block T-rosette formation by normal lymphocytes, even after exposure to thymosin. Two 'blocking' sera were fractionated by sucrose density gradient ultracentrifugation. In one, the blocking capacity was found to reside in the 19S region containing IgM. In the second, the blocking capacity was in the 7S region containing IgG. Four 'blocking' lupus sera were depleted of IgG or IgM by immunoabsorption with goat antihuman IgG or goat anti-human IgM sepharose 4B. The blocking ability in three sera was partially decreased by depletion of either IgG or IgM, and in a fourth, only by removing IgG. The percent of lymphocytes staining with fluorescein labelled goat anti-human immunoglobulin antisera was increased in SLE patients (35.9 ± 20.2 vs 21.7±5.9 in controls, P = 0.02). After overnight culture, the percent of staining cells decreased to normal values. These results suggest that thymosin can stimulate the differentiation of T-lymphocytes in patients with SS, SLE, and RA when the baseline E-RFC is decreased. Furthermore, the decreased percent E-RFC in SLE is probably due to cell-bound anti-lymphocyte antibodies that block sheep erythrocyte receptors on the T-cell and, possibly, thymosin receptors on undifferentiated lymphocytes. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - THYMOSIN KW - THYMIC hormones KW - IMMUNOTHERAPY KW - RHEUMATOID arthritis KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases KW - IMMUNOLOGIC diseases N1 - Accession Number: 15950798; Moutsopoulos, H. 1; Fye, K. H. 1; Sawada, S. 1; Becker, M. J. 1; Goldstein, A. 1; Talal, N. 2; Source Information: Dec1976, Vol. 26 Issue 3, p563; Subject: THYMOSIN; Subject: THYMIC hormones; Subject: IMMUNOTHERAPY; Subject: RHEUMATOID arthritis; Subject: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Subject: IMMUNOLOGIC diseases; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15950798&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weisbart, R. H. AU - Morris, R. I. AU - Terasaki, P. I. AU - Bluestone, R. AU - Goldberg, E. S. T1 - Lymphocyte response to IgG in patients with ankylosing spondylitis and their families. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1976/12// VL - 26 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 441 EP - 448 SN - 00099104 AB - Lymphocyte responsiveness to IgG was measured by an agarose method in nine patients with ankylosing spondylitis (AS), one patient with Reiter's Syndrome (RS), and thirty-six of their family members. Similar studies were also performed in five patients with rheumatoid arthritis (RA) and twenty-nine of their first degree relatives as well as in seven control families (twenty seven subjects). Lymphocytes from the ten spondylitic patients and twenty-four of thirty-six family members responded in vitro to autologous IgG. Although most of these subjects had the histocompatibility antigen, B27, there was no association between B27 and response to IgG. Four of the five patients with RA and twenty of their twenty-nine first degree relatives responded in vitro to IgG, whereas only six of twenty-seven control family members gave a positive reaction. There was no difference in the incidence of antiglobulins (detected by agglutination tests) in the family members of patients with AS and RA or in control family members. These data indicate that lymphocyte responsiveness to IgG is the only aberrant immune response thus far described which is shared by patients with AS and RA and their family members. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - ANKYLOSING spondylitis KW - SPONDYLOARTHROPATHIES KW - HISTOCOMPATIBILITY KW - TRANSPLANTATION immunology KW - AGGLUTINATION N1 - Accession Number: 15950624; Weisbart, R. H. 1; Morris, R. I. 1; Terasaki, P. I. 1; Bluestone, R. 1; Goldberg, E. S. 2; Source Information: Dec1976, Vol. 26 Issue 3, p441; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject: ANKYLOSING spondylitis; Subject: SPONDYLOARTHROPATHIES; Subject: HISTOCOMPATIBILITY; Subject: TRANSPLANTATION immunology; Subject: AGGLUTINATION; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15950624&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dau, P. C. AU - Johnson, K. P. AU - Spitler, Lynn E. T1 - The effect of levamisole on cellular immunity in multiple sclerosis. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1976/11// VL - 26 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 302 EP - 309 SN - 00099104 AB - The lymphocyte stimulation test has been standardized in a normal human population using four virus cell-associated antigens (VCAA): human embryonic lung cells infected with the LEC and Norrby strains of measles virus, mumps virus, and vaccinia virus. Following 1 week of treatment with the immunopotentiating drug levamisole, a group of multiple sclerosis (MS) patients was found to have increased lymphocyte stimulation responses towards VCAA and increased delayed hypersensitivity responses towards a battery of skin test antigens. No change in the percentage of short- or long-incubation E rosettes occurred. Measles haemagglutinin inhibition (HI) antibody titres measured before and after the entire course of levamisole therapy (12 weeks) did not change. The neurological status of five out of seven MS patients deteriorated while they were taking levamisole. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CELLULAR immunity KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - IMMUNOLOGICAL adjuvants KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - ANTIGENS KW - CATTLE -- Virus diseases KW - PARAMYXOVIRUSES N1 - Accession Number: 15947128; Dau, P. C. 1; Johnson, K. P. 2; Spitler, Lynn E. 3; Source Information: Nov1976, Vol. 26 Issue 2, p302; Subject: CELLULAR immunity; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: IMMUNOLOGICAL adjuvants; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: ANTIGENS; Subject: CATTLE -- Virus diseases; Subject: PARAMYXOVIRUSES; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15947128&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chen, T. AU - Leevy, Carroll M. T1 - Lymphocyte proliferation inhibitory factor (PIF) in alcoholic liver disease. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1976/10// VL - 26 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 42 EP - 45 SN - 00099104 AB - Lymphocyte proliferation inhibitory factor (PIF) was determined in the supernatants of PHA-stimulated lymphocytes from patients with alcoholic liver disease. PIF was assayed by determining inhibition of DNA synthesis in WI-38 human lung fibroblasts. A two-fold greater inhibition in thymidine incorporation into DNA by lung fibroblasts was observed in supernatants of PHA stimulated lymphocytes from patients with alcoholic hepatitis or active Laennec's cirrhosis as compared with that found in control subjects or patients with fatty liver. It is suggested that decreased liver cell regeneration seen in some patients with alcoholic hepatitis may be due to increased elaboration of PIF. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - LIVER diseases KW - FATTY liver KW - NUCLEIC acids KW - FIBROBLASTS KW - HEPATITIS N1 - Accession Number: 16017573; Chen, T. 1; Leevy, Carroll M. 2; Source Information: Oct1976, Vol. 26 Issue 1, p42; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: LIVER diseases; Subject: FATTY liver; Subject: NUCLEIC acids; Subject: FIBROBLASTS; Subject: HEPATITIS; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16017573&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dehoratius, R. J. AU - Henderson, Carolyn AU - Strickland, R. G. T1 - Lymphocytotoxins in acute and chronic hepatitis. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1976/10// VL - 26 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 21 EP - 27 SN - 00099104 AB - Scrum lymphocytotoxicity (LCT) was detected in 49% of fifty-one patients with acute viral hepatitis and 72% of twenty-nine patients with chronic hepatitis. LCT was not detected in ten chronic carriers of hepatitis B surface antigen. Characterization of LCT revealed it to be active at physiologic temperatures and to be reactive against both T and B lymphocytes. The occurrence of LCT was transient in acute hepatitis and intermittent in chronic hepatitis. There was a significant inverse relationship between the percentage change in LCT over time and peripheral blood T-cell proportions amongst the patients studied. These findings indicate the importance of liver damage in the appearance of LCT and suggest that LCT may contribute to depressed lymphocyte function in liver disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LIVER diseases KW - CELL-mediated lympholysis KW - IMMUNOCOMPETENT cells KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - T cells KW - VIRAL hepatitis N1 - Accession Number: 16017530; Dehoratius, R. J. 1; Henderson, Carolyn 2; Strickland, R. G. 2; Source Information: Oct1976, Vol. 26 Issue 1, p21; Subject: LIVER diseases; Subject: CELL-mediated lympholysis; Subject: IMMUNOCOMPETENT cells; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: T cells; Subject: VIRAL hepatitis; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16017530&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Talal, N. AU - Pillarisetty, R. J. AU - DeHoratius, R. J. AU - Messner, R. P. T1 - Immunologic regulation of spontaneous antibodies to DNA and RNA I. SIGNIFICANCE OF IgM AND IgG ANTIBODIES IN SLE PATIENTS AND ASYMPTOMATIC RELATIVES. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1976/09// VL - 25 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 377 EP - 382 SN - 00099104 AB - Nine individuals from four families of patients with systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) were studied by sucrose density gradient fractionation and filter radioimmunoassay for the presence of 19S IgM and 7S IgG antibodies to DNA, poly rA, and poly rA-poly rU. One individual in each family was totally asymptomatic, and at least one had active systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE). The results indicate: (1) a correlation between 7S antibody to DNA and RNA and active SLE, and (2) the presence of 19S antibody to RNA in the asymptomatic relatives. These findings suggest that SLE may be a disorder of immunological regulation. The distribution of antibodies between IgM and IgG is closely related to disease severity. The asymptomatic relatives may have a partial regulatory abnormality resulting in the limited production of IgM antibodies to RNA. SLE patients may have a more complete failure of regulation permitting the additional synthesis of IgG antibodies to DNA and RNA. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN M KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - COLLAGEN diseases KW - DNA KW - RNA N1 - Accession Number: 15950945; Talal, N. 1,2; Pillarisetty, R. J. 1,2; DeHoratius, R. J. 3; Messner, R. P. 3; Source Information: Sep1976, Vol. 25 Issue 3, p377; Subject: SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULIN M; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject: COLLAGEN diseases; Subject: DNA; Subject: RNA; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15950945&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Graybill, J. Richard AU - Alford, R. H. T1 - Variability of sequential studies of lymphocyte blastogenesis in normal adults. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1976/07// VL - 25 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 28 EP - 35 SN - 00099104 AB - Sixteen healthy adults had serial studies of delayed-type skin test reactivity and in vitro lymphocyte blastogenesis to several antigens over a period of 7 months. In many subjects blastogenesis varied broadly from month to month without apparent cause. Responses to all antigens usually increased or decreased together on sequential testing. Blastogenesis to coccidioidin appeared to result largely from cross-react ion with histoplasmin. Humoral factors were not demonstrably responsible for these changes. Blastogenesis rose consistently and non-specifically in subjects following revaccination to vaccinia virus. These studies reflect the lymphocyte blastogenesis reaction as a dynamic equilibrium, subject to spontaneous variation, and responding non-specifically to stimuli such as vaccination. Whatever the causes for these changes, it is clear that serial determinations of blastogenesis response to various antigens do not carry the apparent consistency of the skin test response to that antigen, and single tests must he cautiously interpreted. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BLASTOGENESIS (Embryology) KW - EMBRYOLOGY KW - ANTIGENS KW - IMMUNITY KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - LYMPHOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 15950860; Graybill, J. Richard 1; Alford, R. H. 1; Source Information: Jul1976, Vol. 25 Issue 1, p28; Subject: BLASTOGENESIS (Embryology); Subject: EMBRYOLOGY; Subject: ANTIGENS; Subject: IMMUNITY; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15950860&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bhoopalam, N. AU - Chen, Y. AU - Yakulis, V. AU - Heller, P. T1 - Surface immunoglobulins of lymphocytes in plasmacytoma V. THE EFFECT OF RNA-RICH EXTRACT FROM MOUSE PLASMACYTOMA MOPC 104E ON THE IMMUNE RESPONSE. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1976/05// VL - 24 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 357 EP - 367 SN - 00099104 AB - BALB/c mice with the plasmacytoma MOPC 104E producing monoclonal IgM-lambda; with antibody activity to α-1,3 dextran were found to have B lymphocytes with surface immunoglobuhins with the immunochemical characteristics of in4E IgM capable of binding a-1,3 dextran. RNA extracted from this plasmacytoma induced the synthesis of such surface immunoglobulins on normal H lymphocytes in vitro and in vivo. Injection of 200μg of MOPC I04E RNA into normal mice 72 hr prior to the administration of the antigen kept the immune response to dextran-S intact, but suppressed that to other antigens, such as DNP-Ficoll and LPS, T cell-independent antigens, and SRBC and BSA which are T cell-dependent. The effect of the RNA was abolished by RNase but not by pronase and DNase. RNA extracted from LPC-1 tumour (γ2a-k without known antibody activity) significantly suppressed the immune response to dextran-S and to other antigens in normal mice. Thus, opposite effects to MOPC 1041'" RNA on the response to specific and non-specific antigens strengthen the hypothesis that the immune deficiency in plasmacytoma hearing mice is due to the conversion of normal surface immunoglobulin of a population of B lymphocytes to the idiotype of the respective myeloma globulin. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MONOCLONAL antibodies KW - LYMPHOMAS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN M KW - IMMUNE response KW - BLOOD proteins KW - PLASMA cells KW - IMMUNOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 15949961; Bhoopalam, N. 1; Chen, Y. 1; Yakulis, V. 1; Heller, P. 1; Source Information: May1976, Vol. 24 Issue 2, p357; Subject: MONOCLONAL antibodies; Subject: LYMPHOMAS; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULIN M; Subject: IMMUNE response; Subject: BLOOD proteins; Subject: PLASMA cells; Subject: IMMUNOLOGY; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15949961&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Terman, D. S. AU - Stewart, I. AU - Robinette, J. AU - Carr, R. AU - Harbeck, R. T1 - Specific removal of DNA antibodiesin vivo with an extracorporeal immuno-adsorbent. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1976/05// VL - 24 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 231 EP - 237 SN - 00099104 AB - The selective removal of circulating antibody specific fur DNA was effected with an immunoabsorbent consisting of DNA-cellulose incorporated into agar gel. Antisera to DNA obtained from a patient with systemic lupus erythematosus was circulated in vitro through experimental and control columns by a dual channel haemodialysis pump and serial aliquots were withdrawn and assayed for antibody. A 65% reduction in DNA binding of serum was achieved at a flow rate of 210 ml/min over a 4-hr period with no release of 125I-labelled DNA from the column into the serum. For in vivo studies, 2-6-3-8 kg rabbits were actively immunized with methylated bovine serum albumin conjugated to single-stranded DNA (MBSA-ssDNA). Whole blood was pumped from the femoral artery through an immuno-adsorbent composed of ssDNA-cellulose in an agar matrix. Results showed significant reductions in ssDNA binding activity over various periods after connection of the rabbit's circulation to the immuno-adsorbent with only minimal changes in USA binding during the same period. Little release of incorporated 125I-labelled DNA from the column as assayed in the blood and tissues of the experimental animals occurred during the procedure. The immuno-adsorbent columns showed no residual cellular debris or thrombotic material. These results suggest that this immuno-adsorbent system may be used to specifically withdraw circulating DNA antibodies in vivo. Such a system may have clinical potential for specific therapy of systemic lupus erythematosus. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DNA KW - SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus KW - NUCLEIC acids KW - CELLULOSE KW - ALBUMINS KW - FILTRATION of blood N1 - Accession Number: 15949767; Terman, D. S. 1; Stewart, I. 1; Robinette, J. 1; Carr, R. 1; Harbeck, R. 1; Source Information: May1976, Vol. 24 Issue 2, p231; Subject: DNA; Subject: SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus; Subject: NUCLEIC acids; Subject: CELLULOSE; Subject: ALBUMINS; Subject: FILTRATION of blood; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15949767&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rossen, R. D. AU - Duffy, J. AU - McCredie, K. B. AU - Reisberg, M. A. AU - Sharp, J. T. AU - Hersh, E. M. AU - Eknoyan, G. AU - Suki, W. N. T1 - Treatment of Goodpasture syndrome with cyclophosphamide, prednisone and plasma exchange transfusions. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1976/04// VL - 24 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 218 EP - 222 SN - 00099104 AB - Repeated plasma exchanges were performed in a 44-year-old man with Goodpasture syndrome, also treated with cyclophosphamide and prednisone. Improvement was observed within 3 weeks of starting the protocol, and by the 76th week, endogenous creatinine clearance had increased from 30 to 56 ml/min/1-73 M² and serum albumin from 2-7 to 3-7 g/dl. Prior treatment with immunosuppressive drugs had not significantly influenced circulating antibody levels. But sustained suppression of antibody was achieved after the plasma exchanges were begun, suggesting that physical removal of circulating antibody combined with antiproliferative drug treatment may be a useful way to control undesirable humoral immune responses. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PREDNISONE KW - ALBUMINS KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents KW - PLASMA exchange (Therapeutics) KW - IMMUNE response KW - BLOOD transfusion N1 - Accession Number: 17119765; Rossen, R. D. 1,2,3; Duffy, J. 1,2,3; McCredie, K. B. 1,2,3; Reisberg, M. A. 1,2,3; Sharp, J. T. 1,2,3; Hersh, E. M. 1,2,3; Eknoyan, G. 1,2,3; Suki, W. N. 1,2,3; Source Information: Apr1976, Vol. 24 Issue 1, p218; Subject: PREDNISONE; Subject: ALBUMINS; Subject: IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents; Subject: PLASMA exchange (Therapeutics); Subject: IMMUNE response; Subject: BLOOD transfusion; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17119765&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Taverne, Janice AU - Reichlin, M. AU - Turk, J. L. AU - Rees, R. J. W. T1 - Detection of immune complexes in mice infected with Mycobacterium lepraemurium. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1976/04// VL - 24 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 157 EP - 167 SN - 00099104 AB - A specific binding test was used to detect immune complexes containing antigens of Mycobacterium Iepraemurium in the serum and tissues of infected mice. Complexes were precipitated by antiserum against immunoglobulin. free antigen removed by washing and the presence of bound antigen demonstrated by measurement of uptake of radioactively labelled specific antibody by the precipitate. Tests were done both with 125-labelled IgG from rabbit antiserum against M. lepraemurium and with 125-Iabelled Fab prepared from an immune precipitate. Out of seventy-nine serum samples taken monthly up to the 5th month after infection, only three were positive (one at 2 months and two at 3 months). Kidneys taken from infected mice were also examined for immune complexes. Although deposits of 1gM and sometimes of lgG were observed by immunofluor- escence in glomeruli of normal mice, deposits of lgG were more frequent later on in infected mice. Nevertheless, binding tests done on acid eluates were positive in only one out of fifty-three infected mice. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANTIGENS KW - MYCOBACTERIUM KW - BLOOD plasma KW - PRESERVATION of organs, tissues, etc. KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - URINARY organs N1 - Accession Number: 17119518; Taverne, Janice 1,2; Reichlin, M. 3; Turk, J. L. 1,2; Rees, R. J. W. 1,2; Source Information: Apr1976, Vol. 24 Issue 1, p157; Subject: ANTIGENS; Subject: MYCOBACTERIUM; Subject: BLOOD plasma; Subject: PRESERVATION of organs, tissues, etc.; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject: URINARY organs; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17119518&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Palmer, D. W. AU - Dauphinée, M. J. AU - Murphy, Eileen AU - Talal, N. T1 - Hyperactive T-cell function in young NZB mice; Increased proliferative responses to allogenic cells. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1976/03// VL - 23 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 578 EP - 581 SN - 00099104 AB - The one-way mixed lymphocyte reaction was employed to study proliferative responses to antigens by mature, immunocompetent T cells from NZB mice 3 weeks to 4 months old. Compared to cells from control mice of the same H-2 type, thymus, spleen and lymph node cells from NZB mice were hyperactive in this response. The results are discussed in relation to possible effects of chronic stimulation by endogenous type C leukaemia virus upon differentiation of functional T cells or upon regulation by T cells of other T-cell functions, including augmentation of antibody responses. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - T cells KW - LYMPHOID tissue KW - ENDOCRINE glands KW - LYMPH nodes KW - HUMAN anatomy N1 - Accession Number: 15987615; Palmer, D. W. 1,2; Dauphinée, M. J. 1,2; Murphy, Eileen 1,2; Talal, N. 1,2; Source Information: Mar1976, Vol. 23 Issue 3, p578; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: T cells; Subject: LYMPHOID tissue; Subject: ENDOCRINE glands; Subject: LYMPH nodes; Subject: HUMAN anatomy; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15987615&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bhoopalam, N. AU - Yakulis, V. AU - Giacomoni, D. AU - Heller, P. T1 - Surface immunoglobulins of lymphocytes in mouse plasmacytoma. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1976/01// VL - 23 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 139 EP - 148 SN - 00099104 AB - The previous findings were confirmed that RNA extracted from murine plasma-cytoma alters the character of the lymphocyte surface immunoglobulins (Slg) to express the idiotypic specificity of the Ig of the plasmacytoma from which the RNA was derived (cell conversion). RNA extracted from spleens of plasmacytoma-RNA-injected BALB'c mice also had converting activity, and if injected into other mice, caused the appearance of RNA active in cell conversion in spleens of the second set of mice. This activity was lost only after two additional transfers. When splenic cells from animals 1 hr after injection with RNA extracted from MOPC 300. LPC-1 or MOPC 104E, were cultured for 7 days, the proportion of cells with the Sig specific for these tumours increased. The cell-converting activity of the RNA extracted from the cultured cells after 7 day incubation (`7-day' RNA) was higher than that of RNA extracted from cells alter 1 hr incubation (`immediate' RNA). 'Seven-day' RNA could be used for sequential transfers without marked loss of activity in cell conversion for at least five transfers. The repetitive transferability of the phenomenon by the injection of plasmacytoma-RNA suggests the possibility of RNA replication in the recipient cells. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - BLOOD proteins KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - B cells KW - PLASMACYTOMA KW - LYMPHOMAS N1 - Accession Number: 15985097; Bhoopalam, N. 1; Yakulis, V. 1; Giacomoni, D. 1; Heller, P. 1; Source Information: Jan1976, Vol. 23 Issue 1, p139; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: BLOOD proteins; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: B cells; Subject: PLASMACYTOMA; Subject: LYMPHOMAS; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15985097&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Panush, R. S. AU - Anthony, C. R. T1 - Effects of acetylsalicylic acid on normal human peripheral blood lymphocytes. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1976/01// VL - 23 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 114 EP - 125 SN - 00099104 AB - Since mechanisms for known anti-inflammatory effects of acetylsalicylic acid (ASA) in rheumatic or immunological diseases are poorly understood, we have studied effects of ASA on in vitro responses of human lymphocytes. Viable lymphocytes from normal individuals were cultured sterilely at 106 cells/ml in RPMI 1640 supplemented with 20%, pooled AB plasma, at 37°C, 5% CO2. Replicate cultures were incubated with or without adding ASA and unstimulated or stimulated by PHA. Con-A, PWM, Candida, or SK-SD. Cultures contained >95% mononuclear and >80% viable cells before pulsing with [³H]TdR, harvesting, and counting. Results indicated that adding 3-40 mg/100 ml ASA to culture resulted in significant inhibition of mitogen-induced blastogenesis. As little as 5-10 mg/100 ml ASA caused approximately 30% inhibition of [³H]TdR uptake, and virtually complete inhibition occurred with 20 mg/100 ml of ASA. Stimulation of cells from persons who were skin-test positive for candida and SK-SD by these antigens in vitro was similarly suppressed by ASA. Exposure of cells to ASA before stimulation in medium without ASA still demonstrated time- and concentration-dependent inhibition of blastogenesis. Cells from normal individuals, obtained immediately and several days after orally ingesting therapeutic amounts of ASA (plasma level 23 mg/100 ml), cultured in medium without ASA, stimulated less well to mitogens than did cells obtained from these persons before ASA ingestion. These data show that: (1) therapeutic concentrations of ASA inhibit lymphocyte blastogenesis to both mitogens and antigens: (ii) inhibition was non-cytotoxic and partially reversible: and (iii) cells from normal subjects who had ingested therapeutic amounts of ASA responded less well to mitogens in vitro than before ASA ingestion. These observations are pertinent to clinical investigations of cellular immune responses of individuals on drug therapy and to the possible mechanism(s) of anti-inflammatory action of ASA in immunologically mediated diseases. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ASPIRIN KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - B cells KW - IMMUNOLOGIC diseases KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases KW - ANTIGENS KW - IMMUNITY N1 - Accession Number: 15985092; Panush, R. S. 1; Anthony, C. R. 2; Source Information: Jan1976, Vol. 23 Issue 1, p114; Subject: ASPIRIN; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: B cells; Subject: IMMUNOLOGIC diseases; Subject: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Subject: ANTIGENS; Subject: IMMUNITY; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15985092&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Arend, W. P. AU - Silverblatt, F. J. T1 - Serum disappearance and catabolism of homologous immunoglobulin fragments in rats. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1975/12// VL - 22 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 502 EP - 513 SN - 00099104 AB - The serum disappearance, metabolic clearance and whole body catabolism of homologous immunoglobulin fragments were studied in rats. The rapid disappearance of Fab fragments from serum seen in normal animals was no longer present after nephrectomy. In contrast, the serum disappearance curve of Fc fragments was not altered by nephrectomy. The results of three different experiments, however, indicated that similar to Fab fragments. some Fc fragments underwent filtration and de- gradation in the kidneys. First, the amount of intact Fc fragments excreted in the first day after injection increased from 6% of the injected dose in normal rats to 17% in rats pretreated with sodium maleate. Secondly, nephrectomy eliminated the rapid phase of whole body catabolism of injected Fc fragments. Thirdly, auto- radiographic studies showed localization of Fc fragments in the renal proximal tubule cells in the first 3 hr after injection. An identical localization was seen with Fab fragments. These results support the conclusion that removal from circulation by glomerular filtration and subsequent reabsorption and degradation in proximal tubule cells represent the major mechanism for catabolism of Fab fragments. Although some Fc fragments undergo the same fate, most injected Fc fragments equilibrate with unknown sites where they are possibly bound and made unavailable for filtration in the kidneys. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SERUM KW - METABOLISM KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - PLASMA cells KW - RATS -- Physiology KW - MURIDAE N1 - Accession Number: 15950695; Arend, W. P. 1,2; Silverblatt, F. J. 1,2; Source Information: Dec1975, Vol. 22 Issue 3, p502; Subject: SERUM; Subject: METABOLISM; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: PLASMA cells; Subject: RATS -- Physiology; Subject: MURIDAE; Number of Pages: 13p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15950695&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pillarisetty, R. J. AU - Becker, M. J. AU - Palmer, D. W. AU - Talal, N. T1 - Antibodies binding polyriboadenylic acid in systemic lupus erythematosus. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1975/12// VL - 22 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 419 EP - 425 SN - 00099104 AB - Antibodies specific for polyriboadenylic acid (poly rA) are present in sera from patients with systemic lupus erythematosus and from NZB/NZW F1 mice. The specificity of these antibodies was established by inhibition of [³H]poly rA binding and by affinity chromatography. Poly rA binding was associated with the 19S and 7S regions when serum was fractionated by sucrose density gradient ultracentrifugation. Young NZB/NZW F1 mice (15 months) had only 19S anti-poly rA, whereas old NZB/NZW F1 mice (2 years) had activity in both 19S and 7S regions, suggesting a possible age-dependent switching mechanism in the spontaneous development of antibodies to nucleic acids. The gamma-globulin fraction from an SLE patient was subjected to affinity chromatography on a column of poly rA covalently linked to Sepharose. An enriched population of IgG antibodies binding only poly rA, but not native or denatured DNA, was isolated in this manner. This procedure may have broad biological applicability for the preparation of isolated immunospecific anti-nucleic acid antibodies. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis KW - LUPUS erythematosus KW - SKIN -- Tuberculosis KW - ERYTHEMA KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases N1 - Accession Number: 15950592; Pillarisetty, R. J. 1; Becker, M. J. 1; Palmer, D. W. 1; Talal, N. 1; Source Information: Dec1975, Vol. 22 Issue 3, p419; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis; Subject: LUPUS erythematosus; Subject: SKIN -- Tuberculosis; Subject: ERYTHEMA; Subject: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15950592&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Putnam, C. W. AU - Fialgrimson, C. G. AU - Groth, C. G. AU - Kashiwagi, N. AU - Porter, K. A. AU - Starzl, T. E. T1 - IMMUNOSUPPRESSION WITH CYCLOPHOSPHAMIDE IN THE DOG. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1975/11// VL - 22 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 323 EP - 329 SN - 00099104 AB - Cyclophosphamide significantly diminished the canine humoral antibody response to sheep red blood cells and tended to prevent arterial lesions in renal homografts. However, cyclophosphamide failed to prolong renal homograft survival when administered to dogs as the sole immunosuppressive agent, and it did not add to the effectiveness of azathioprine when given as a supplement to the azathioprine and administered simultaneously or sequentially. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSION KW - IMMUNE response -- Regulation KW - BLOOD cells KW - ERYTHROCYTES KW - HOMOGRAFTS KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents N1 - Accession Number: 15931827; Putnam, C. W. 1,2,3; Fialgrimson, C. G. 1,2,3; Groth, C. G. 1,2,3; Kashiwagi, N. 1,2,3; Porter, K. A. 1,2,3; Starzl, T. E. 1,2,3; Source Information: Nov1975, Vol. 22 Issue 2, p323; Subject: IMMUNOSUPPRESSION; Subject: IMMUNE response -- Regulation; Subject: BLOOD cells; Subject: ERYTHROCYTES; Subject: HOMOGRAFTS; Subject: IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15931827&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kauffman, Carol A. AU - Manzler, A. D. AU - Phair, J. P. T1 - CELL-MEDIATED IMMUNITY IN PATIENTS ON LONG-TERM HAEMODIALYSIS. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1975/10// VL - 22 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 54 EP - 61 SN - 00099104 AB - Several parameters of cell-mediated immunity were assessed in thirty patients with chronic renal failure treated with long-term haemodialysis. Lymphopenia was uncommon, and only two patients showed diminished numbers of thymus-derived peripheral blood lymphocytes. Skin test energy to three antigens was documented in only one patient. No serious infections with intracellular organisms were noted in any oldie patients. Phytohaemagglutinin (PHA) induced DNA synthesis in eleven patients was lower than that shown by normal subjects. This poor responsiveness to PHA was not corrected by haemodialysis, and in only two patients was the response improved by substituting normal human plasma for uraemic plasma in the lymphocyte cultures. Thus with the exception of PHA response, other parameters of cell- mediated immunity were intact in this group chronic stable haemodialysis patients. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PATIENTS KW - FILTRATION of blood KW - IMMUNITY KW - KIDNEY diseases KW - LYMPHOID tissue KW - LEUCOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 15944723; Kauffman, Carol A. 1,2; Manzler, A. D. 1,2; Phair, J. P. 1,2; Source Information: Oct1975, Vol. 22 Issue 1, p54; Subject: PATIENTS; Subject: FILTRATION of blood; Subject: IMMUNITY; Subject: KIDNEY diseases; Subject: LYMPHOID tissue; Subject: LEUCOCYTES; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15944723&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Boyer, J. T. AU - Wyde, P. AU - Bier, M. T1 - HYPOCHLORITE-INDUCED ALTERATIONS TO CANINE SERUM COMPLEMENT. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1975/08// VL - 21 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 345 EP - 350 SN - 00099104 AB - Changes in the concentration of the components of complement produced by NaOC1 both in vitro and in vivo are recorded. C1, C4 and C7 are particularly sensitive to this oxidizing agent, although all components decrease at high concentrations of NaOC1. Following oxidation, complement components return rapidly to normal. Data are presented to indicate that part of this repair mechanism is due to the action of reducing agents such as ascorbic acid and part is due to the synthesis of the individual components. The unique sensitivity of complement components to oxidation make this treatment of potential value in suppressing the inflammatory response. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HYPOCHLORITES KW - SERUM KW - BLOOD plasma KW - OXIDIZING agents KW - VITAMIN C KW - INFLAMMATION N1 - Accession Number: 16022129; Boyer, J. T. 1,2; Wyde, P. 1,2; Bier, M. 1,2; Source Information: Aug1975, Vol. 21 Issue 2, p345; Subject: HYPOCHLORITES; Subject: SERUM; Subject: BLOOD plasma; Subject: OXIDIZING agents; Subject: VITAMIN C; Subject: INFLAMMATION; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16022129&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gotch, Frances M. AU - Spry, C. J. F. AU - Mowat, A. G. AU - Beeson, P. B. AU - MacLennan, L. C. M. T1 - REVERSIBLE GRANULOCYTE KILLING DEFECT IN ANOREXIA NERVOSA. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1975/08// VL - 21 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 244 EP - 249 SN - 00099104 AB - Three patients are described with anorexia nervosa in whom malnutrition was present with neutropenia and a granulocyte bactericidal defect. Their peripheral blood granulocytes were found to have a reduced rate of killing of Staphylococcus aureus and E. coli in vitro. The opsonic activity of the patients' sera towards Staphylococcus aureus was normal. One of these patients had recurrent episodes of infection which stopped after she had gained 13 kg in weight. Clinical recovery was associated with a return of granulocyte function to normal. It is concluded that granulocyte bactericidal capacity towards a activity of bacteria may be reduced in patients with anorexia nervosa who have malnutrition. This type of acquired granulocyte bacterial deficiency appears to be reversible. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - GRANULOCYTES KW - ANOREXIA nervosa KW - MALNUTRITION KW - EATING disorders KW - STAPHYLOCOCCUS aureus KW - ESCHERICHIA coli KW - BLOOD plasma N1 - Accession Number: 16021787; Gotch, Frances M. 1; Spry, C. J. F. 2; Mowat, A. G. 3; Beeson, P. B. 4; MacLennan, L. C. M. 1; Source Information: Aug1975, Vol. 21 Issue 2, p244; Subject: GRANULOCYTES; Subject: ANOREXIA nervosa; Subject: MALNUTRITION; Subject: EATING disorders; Subject: STAPHYLOCOCCUS aureus; Subject: ESCHERICHIA coli; Subject: BLOOD plasma; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16021787&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wara, D. W. AU - Goodman, J. R. AU - Ochs, H. AU - Doyle, N. F. AU - Ammann, A. J. T1 - TUBULAR RETICULAR STRUCTURES IN PERIPHERAL MONONUCLEAR CELLS OF MALES WITH CHRONIC GRANULOMATOUS DISEASE AND FEMALE CARRIERS. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1975/07// VL - 21 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 54 EP - 58 SN - 00099104 AB - Eight mothers of children with chronic granulomatous disease have been reported to have documented discoid lupus erythematosus (DLE) or clinical histories compatible with OLE. Tubular reticular structures (TRS) have previously been demonstrated in the peripheral blood lymphocytes and monocytes of patients with systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) and DLE. identification of TRS in peripheral blood lymphocytes and monocytes from five of ten patients with chronic granulomatous disease provides additional support for an association and or shared defect in patients with DLE. SLE and chronic granulomatous disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PERIPHERAL circulation KW - CHRONIC diseases KW - CROHN'S disease KW - ERYTHEMA KW - CHRONIC granulomatous disease KW - SKIN diseases N1 - Accession Number: 16173336; Wara, D. W. 1,2,3; Goodman, J. R. 1,2,3; Ochs, H. 1,2,3; Doyle, N. F. 1,2,3; Ammann, A. J. 1,2,3; Source Information: Jul1975, Vol. 21 Issue 1, p54; Subject: PERIPHERAL circulation; Subject: CHRONIC diseases; Subject: CROHN'S disease; Subject: ERYTHEMA; Subject: CHRONIC granulomatous disease; Subject: SKIN diseases; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16173336&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weisbart, R. H. AU - Bluestone, R. AU - Goldberg, L. S. T1 - CELLULAR IMMUNITY TO AUTOLOGOUS IgG IN RHEUMATOID ARTHRITIS AND RHEUMATOID- LIKE DISORDERS. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1975/06// VL - 20 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 409 EP - 417 SN - 00099104 AB - Cellular immunity to autologous IgG was determined by a modified agarose leucocyte migration test in twenty-seven patients with rheumatoid arthritis, sixteen patients with ankylosing spondylitis, thirteen patients with Reiter's syndrome, and in a control group consisting of twenty-four healthy, gouty and osteoarthritic subjects. Lymphocytes isolated from peripheral blood were incubated with native and aggregated autologous IgG for 7 days and the supernatants were assayed for the presence of leucocyte migration inhibitory and leucocyte migration enhancement factors. Both factors have been shown to be in vitro correlates of the delayed hypersensitive reaction. Positive responses to autologous IgG were observed in twenty-three of twenty-seven patients with rheumatoid arthritis, twelve of sixteen subjects with ankylosing spondylitis, five of thirteen individuals with Reiter's syndrome, and four of twenty-four subjects in the control group. Serum antiglobulins to IgG measured by agglutination techniques were present in 77% of patients with rheumatoid arthritis and in none of the subjects with ankylosing spondylitis. There was no correlation between cellular immunity to IgG and the presence of serum antiglobulins. These data indicate that cellular immunity to autologous IgG is an immunological abnormality common to both rheumatoid arthritis and ankylosing spondylitis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CELLULAR immunity KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - RHEUMATOID arthritis KW - ANKYLOSING spondylitis KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - CYTOKINES N1 - Accession Number: 15951110; Weisbart, R. H. 1; Bluestone, R. 1; Goldberg, L. S. 1; Source Information: Jun1975, Vol. 20 Issue 3, p409; Subject: CELLULAR immunity; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject: RHEUMATOID arthritis; Subject: ANKYLOSING spondylitis; Subject: LEUCOCYTES; Subject: CYTOKINES; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15951110&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Brown, W. R. AU - Borthistle, B. K. AU - Chen, S.-T. T1 - IMMUNOGLOBULIN E (IgE) AND IgE--CONTAlNING CELLS IN HUMAN GASTROINTESTINAL FLUIDS AND TISSUES. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1975/05// VL - 20 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 227 EP - 237 SN - 00099104 AB - Human gastric, small intestinal, colonic and rectal mucosae were examined for IgE-containing cells by single- and double-antibody immunofluorescence techniques, and IgE in intestinal fluids was measured by a double-antibody radio- immunoassay. IgF-containing cells were identified in all tissue specimens and comprised about 2% of all immunoglobulin-containing cells. Although less numerous than cells containing IgA, IgM or IgG, they were remarkably numerous in relation to the concentration of IgE in serum (about 0.001% of total immuno- globulin). IgE immunocytes were significantly more numerous in stomach and proximal small bowel than in colon and rectum, and were very numerous at bases of gastric and duodenal peptic ulcers. Measurable IgE was found in seventy-eight of eighty-five (92%) intestinal fluids. Sucrose gradient ultracentrifugation analysis of four of the fluids revealed that the immunologically reactive IgE was largely in fractions corresponding to molecules of lower molecular weight than that of albumin, which suggests that IgE in gut contents is degraded by proteolytic enzymes. The presence of IgE-forming cells in gastrointestinal tissues, and IgE or a fragment of IgE in intestinal fluids, suggests that IgE antibodies are available for participation in local reaginic-type reactions in the gut. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN E KW - GASTROINTESTINAL mucosa KW - IMMUNOLOGY -- Technique KW - COLON (Anatomy) KW - RECTUM KW - FLUORESCENT antibody technique N1 - Accession Number: 15954430; Brown, W. R. 1; Borthistle, B. K. 1; Chen, S.-T. 2; Source Information: May1975, Vol. 20 Issue 2, p227; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULIN E; Subject: GASTROINTESTINAL mucosa; Subject: IMMUNOLOGY -- Technique; Subject: COLON (Anatomy); Subject: RECTUM; Subject: FLUORESCENT antibody technique; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15954430&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tom, B. H. AU - Huang, L. O. AU - Jakstys, Milda M. AU - Kakan, B. D. T1 - CHARACTERISTICS OF THE LEUCOCYTE-AGGREGATION ASSAY FOR CELL-MEDIATED IMMUNITY. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1975/04// VL - 20 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 131 EP - 141 SN - 00099104 AB - The leucocyte aggregation assay detects cell-mediated immunity by the specific adherence of sensitized lymphocytes onto target cell monolayers. Leucocyte aggregates appear to develop by instruction of non-immune cells by sensitized T lymphocytes. B cells may function in a secondary capacity to amplify aggregate formation. The reactions are sensitive to low temperatures and to metabolic inhibitors of protein and RNA synthesis and function. Serum factors alternatively enhanced or blocked the phenomenon, depending upon the immune status of the patient. This assay may prove useful for the dissection of allograft rejection and tumor resistance due to its brevity, reflection of T-cell immunity, and sensitivity to host humoral factors. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - IMMUNITY KW - CELLULAR immunity KW - T cells KW - B cells KW - SERUM N1 - Accession Number: 16100764; Tom, B. H. 1; Huang, L. O. 1; Jakstys, Milda M. 1; Kakan, B. D. 1; Source Information: Apr1975, Vol. 20 Issue 1, p131; Subject: LEUCOCYTES; Subject: IMMUNITY; Subject: CELLULAR immunity; Subject: T cells; Subject: B cells; Subject: SERUM; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16100764&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Goldblum, R. AU - Pillarisetty, R. AU - Dauphinee, M. J. AU - Talal, N. T1 - ACCELERATION OF AUTOIMMUNITY IN NZB/NZW F1 MICE BY GRAFT-VERSUS-HOST DISEASE. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1975/02// VL - 19 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 377 EP - 385 SN - 00099104 AB - Chronic graft-versus-host (GVH) disease was induced in NZB/NZW Fl (B/W) hybrid female mice by the weekly injection of parental NZB spleen cells. Control mice received injections of syngeneic spleen cells only. The mice were assayed for antibodies to [³H]DNA and [³H]polyadenylic--polyuridylic acid by a cellulose ester filter radioimrnunoassay. and for antibody to thymocytes by a cytotoxicity method. GVH disease accelerated the development of all three autoantibodies in B/W mice. In addition, sucrose density gradient ultracentrifugation of pooled sera suggested that an accelerated switch from 19S to 7S anti-DNA production may be an early effect of GVH. The mechanism of acceleration is discussed in terms of immunological and viral factors generated by the GVH reaction. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - GRAFT versus host disease KW - GRAFT versus host reaction KW - MICE as laboratory animals KW - CELLS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - DNA KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - ULTRACENTRIFUGATION N1 - Accession Number: 15945702; Goldblum, R. 1,2; Pillarisetty, R. 1,2; Dauphinee, M. J. 1,2; Talal, N. 1,2; Source Information: Feb1975, Vol. 19 Issue 2, p377; Subject: GRAFT versus host disease; Subject: GRAFT versus host reaction; Subject: MICE as laboratory animals; Subject: CELLS; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: DNA; Subject: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject: ULTRACENTRIFUGATION; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15945702&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dixon, J. A. AU - Sugai, S. AU - Talal, N. T1 - AN UNUSUAL MOUSE MYELOMA PROTEIN BINDING NATIVE DNA. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1975/02// VL - 19 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 347 EP - 354 SN - 00099104 AB - SP 104 is an IgA-κ myeloma protein produced by a lymphoid tumour of CA F1 mice. It arose originally in mice injected intraperitoneally with cell-free extract of spleen from a dog with systemic lupus erythematosus. The monoclonal nature of the IgA was shown by characteristic appearance on immunoelectrophoresis, restriction to a single light chain type and ability to induce anti-idiotypic antiserum. This protein has antibody activity against native (double-stranded) DNA and its specificity is similar to the antibodies against DNA found in the sera of humans with SLE and NZBJNZW F1 mice. its idiotype does not cross-react with idiotypes of other mouse myeloma proteins known to bind DNA. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN A KW - MYELOMA proteins KW - DNA-binding proteins KW - DNA KW - SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus KW - LYMPHOID tissue KW - IMMUNOELECTROPHORESIS N1 - Accession Number: 15945671; Dixon, J. A. 1; Sugai, S. 2; Talal, N. 3; Source Information: Feb1975, Vol. 19 Issue 2, p347; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULIN A; Subject: MYELOMA proteins; Subject: DNA-binding proteins; Subject: DNA; Subject: SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus; Subject: LYMPHOID tissue; Subject: IMMUNOELECTROPHORESIS; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15945671&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Paronetto, F. AU - Vernace, S. T1 - IMMUNOLOGICAL STUDIES IN PATIENTS WITH CHRONIC ACTIVE HEPATITTS. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1975/01// VL - 19 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 99 EP - 104 SN - 00099104 AB - The cytotoxic activity of lymphocytes against autochthonous liver cells was studied in patients with chronic liver diseases and in controls. Cytotoxicity of lymphocytes was observed in eight often patients with chronic active hepatitis. two patients with chronic persistent hepatitis, one patient with primary biliary cirrhosis, one patient with alcoholic hepatitis and carcinoma of the pancreas, anti in three of live patients with acute viral hepatitis, but not in seven patients without liver alteration or with miscellaneous liver diseases. Serum was not cytotoxic. but in three patients it decreased the cytotoxicity of lymphocytes. Cytotoxicity WZLS seen in both HBAe-positive and H BAg-negative patients. appears to be influenced by therapy, and does not correlate with autoantibodies. These data support the hypothesis of an aggressive activity of lymphocytes in certain liver diseases. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - PATIENTS KW - CELL-mediated cytotoxicity KW - HEPATITIS KW - SERUM KW - AUTOANTIBODIES N1 - Accession Number: 15948950; Paronetto, F. 1; Vernace, S. 2; Source Information: Jan1975, Vol. 19 Issue 1, p99; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: PATIENTS; Subject: CELL-mediated cytotoxicity; Subject: HEPATITIS; Subject: SERUM; Subject: AUTOANTIBODIES; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15948950&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ooi, B. S. AU - Orlina, A. R. AU - Pesce, A. J. AU - Mendoza, N. AU - Masaitis, L. AU - Pollak, V. E. T1 - LYMPHOCYTOTOXIC ANTIBODIES IN PATIENTS WITH SYSTEMIC LUPUS ERYTHEMATOSUS. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1974/06// VL - 17 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 237 EP - 243 SN - 00099104 AB - Lymphocytotoxic activity could be demonstrated in the sera of patients with systemic lupus erythematosus. The number of positive reactions varied with temperature of incubation. Lymphocytotoxicity was present in 88%, 49% and 11% of sera tested at 15°C, 22°C and 37°C respectively. At an incubation temperature of 22°C, the presence of the lymphocytotoxic antibody in the sera could be correlated with significantly higher titres of anti-nuclear factor, anti-single-stranded DNA and the histological appearance of active diffuse glomerulonephritis in renal biopsies. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases KW - NUCLEIC acids KW - SERUM KW - BLOOD plasma KW - SKIN diseases N1 - Accession Number: 16244649; Ooi, B. S. 1,2; Orlina, A. R. 1,2; Pesce, A. J. 1,2; Mendoza, N. 1,2; Masaitis, L. 1,2; Pollak, V. E. 3; Source Information: Jun1974, Vol. 17 Issue 2, p237; Subject: SYSTEMIC lupus erythematosus; Subject: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Subject: NUCLEIC acids; Subject: SERUM; Subject: BLOOD plasma; Subject: SKIN diseases; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16244649&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bhoopalam, N. AU - Yakulis, V. AU - Heller, P. T1 - MONOCLONAL IgM SURFACE IMMUNOGLOBULIN ON LYMPHOCYTES OF AGING NZB MICE AND ITS INDUCTION IN YOUNG MICE BY RNA. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 16 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 243 EP - 258 SN - 00099104 AB - The increase in serum immunoglobulins in aged NZB mice is associated with the appearance of a monoclonal IgM. The decrease in the proportion of circulating lymphocytes with normal receptors (IgM and lgG) of the aging NZB mouse is due to the replacement of these surface immunoglobulins by a monoclonal IgM. RNA extracted from spleen and plasma of aging NZB mice induced the development of such monoclonal receptors on normal lymphocytes in vitro and in vivo. RNA was detected in plasma of aging NZB mice bound to an α-globulin. Evidence is presented suggesting that the mediating factor in the development of monoclonal receptors is plasma RNA. Receptor conversion, previously also detected in plasmacytoma of mice appears to be a cause of B-cell dysfunction interfering with the normal sequence of the immune response. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - LYMPHOID tissue KW - IMMUNE response KW - BLOOD proteins KW - PLASMA cells N1 - Accession Number: 16223884; Bhoopalam, N. 1; Yakulis, V. 1; Heller, P. 1; Source Information: Feb1974, Vol. 16 Issue 2, p243; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: LYMPHOID tissue; Subject: IMMUNE response; Subject: BLOOD proteins; Subject: PLASMA cells; Number of Pages: 16p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16223884&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Heilman, Dorothy H. AU - Gambrill, Margaret R. AU - Lefchner, J. P. T1 - THE EFFECT OF HYDROCORTISONE ON THE INCORPORATION OF TRITIATED THYMIDINE BY HUMAN BLOOD LYMPHOCYTES CULTURED WITH PHYTOHAEMAGGLUTININ AND POKEWEED MITOGEN. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 15 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 203 EP - 212 SN - 00099104 AB - Methods based on [3H]thymidine incorporation and morphology were used for further studies on the effect of hydrocortisone on the transformation of human lymphocytes by phytohaemagglutinin (PHA) and pokeweed mitogen (PWM). Result obtained with both methods showed inhibition of PHA stimulation in cultures preincubated with 0.01-10 μg/ml of hydrocortisone. [3H]thymidine incorporation due to PWM in vertical tube cultures was depressed by 10μg/ml of hydrocortisone in cultures harvested at 48 hr, but not in similar cultures incubated for 3, 4 and 5 days. In vertical cultures 10μg/ml of hormone depressed the level of uptake in most experiments. By contrast [3H]thymidine incorporation was enhanced in horizontal PWM cultures by 0.1 and 1.0/μ/ml of hydrocortisone, and 10μg/ml caused stimulation or a return to the normal PWM level. Microscopic and time-lapse observations on living cells showed that typical PWM blasts first appeared on the third day of incubation and after 5 days were numerous in corticosteroid-treated as well as in untreated cultures. Ten micrograms per millilitre of hydrocortisone increased the fragility of PWM blasts in both kinds of cultures and caused degeneration of variable numbers of blasts in 5-day-old vertical tube cultures. The depression of [3H]thymidine uptake in vertical cultures was thought to be due to a combination of enhanced toxicity of corticosteroid hormone in deep cultures, and loss of incorporated [3H]thymidine due to increased cellular fragility. Results obtained with the isotopic and morphologic methods indicated that the transformation of B lymphocytes by PWM is relatively resistant to the action of hydrocortisone in vitro. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HYDROCORTISONE KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - GLUCOCORTICOIDS KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - AGRICULTURE KW - EUGENICS N1 - Accession Number: 16096611; Heilman, Dorothy H. 1,2; Gambrill, Margaret R. 1,2; Lefchner, J. P. 1,2; Source Information: Oct1973, Vol. 15 Issue 2, p203; Subject: HYDROCORTISONE; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: GLUCOCORTICOIDS; Subject: LEUCOCYTES; Subject: AGRICULTURE; Subject: EUGENICS; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16096611&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Husberg, B. S. T1 - IN VITRO STUDIES OF THE CELL-BOUND AND ANTIBODY-MEDIATED IMMUNITY EVOKED BY MURINE RENAL ALLO- TRANSPLANTS. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 14 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 271 EP - 292 SN - 00099104 AB - The influence of presensitization, total body irradiation and several immunosuppressive drugs on the immune response evoked by allogeneic rat kidneys was studied in vitro and in vivo. The cytotoxic effect of recipient thoracic duct lymphoid cells and fresh or heat-inactivated recipient serum against donor target cells was measured with 51Cr assay. Rats that had undergone two consecutive allogeneic transplantations from isogenous donors had thoracic duct lymphoid cells and serum with an increased cytotoxic effect against donor strain target cells as compared to control rats transplanted only once. Heat-inactivated recipient serum from such animals also had an increased blocking effect on cell-mediated cytotoxicity. ALS had the strongest depressive effect on the cell-bound immunological responses evoked by the transplants in the recipient rats, decreasing both the number of lymphoid cells in the thoracic duct lymph and the cytotoxic activity of the remaining cells. Methylprednisolone and methotrexate also strongly suppressed the cellular immunological events in the way just mentioned. Actinomycin-C and total body irradiation depressed cell-bound immune response only by causing a decrease in the number of cells in the thoracic duct lymph. Azathioprine did not influence cell-bound immunological responses to allogeneic kidney transplants. Total body irradiation, methotrexate and methylprednisolone treatment markedly diminished the cytotoxic effect of fresh recipient serum against target cells and reduced the blocking effect of heat-inactivated recipient serum on lymphoid cell-mediated cytotoxicity. The other tested agents all caused a moderate depression of the cytotoxic and blocking effect of fresh and heat-inactivated recipient serum, respectively. When folinic acid was given regularly between consecutive methotrexate injections, the depression of the lymphoid cell amount in the thoracic duct lymph was markedly less. The results of the cytotoxicity tests were similar to those obtained with methotrexate treatment alone. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNITY KW - IMMUNOLOGY KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents KW - IMMUNOPHARMACOLOGY KW - CELL-mediated cytotoxicity KW - CELL death N1 - Accession Number: 16243494; Husberg, B. S. 1; Source Information: Jun1973, Vol. 14 Issue 2, p271; Subject: IMMUNITY; Subject: IMMUNOLOGY; Subject: IMMUNOSUPPRESSIVE agents; Subject: IMMUNOPHARMACOLOGY; Subject: CELL-mediated cytotoxicity; Subject: CELL death; Number of Pages: 22p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16243494&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Stastny, P. AU - Cooke, T. D. AU - Ziff, M. T1 - PRODUCTION OF A MACROPHAGE MIGRATION INHIBITORY FACTOR IN RABBITS WITH EXPERIMENTAL ARTHRITIS. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 14 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 141 EP - 147 SN - 00099104 AB - Cultures of synovial tissue from rabbits with an antigen-induced arthritis were tested for production of macrophage migration inhibitory factor to investigate the possible role of cellular immunity in this experimental model. Culture supernatants of ten specimens of normal rabbit synovium and six specimens from joints injected with saline did not inhibit macrophage migration; and in thirteen experiments with synovium from an arthritis produced by injection of urate crystals only one showed significant inhibitory activity on macrophages. In contrast nineteen of twenty-five antigen challenged joints produced migration inhibitory factor detectable in the culture supernatants. Inhibition ranged from 20 to 87 percent with a mean of 31. 7±4.3 per cent. The migration inhibitory factor in these fluids was non-dialysable and was eluted with an albumin marker from Sephadex G-200. The finding that a macrophage migration inhibitory agent is produced in the course of antigen-induced synovitis is consistent with the postulated role of cellular immunity in the synovial lesion. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - JOINTS (Anatomy) -- Diseases KW - IMMUNE response KW - CELLULAR immunity KW - KILLER cells KW - FLUID mechanics KW - COLLOIDS N1 - Accession Number: 16243189; Stastny, P. 1,2; Cooke, T. D. 1,2; Ziff, M. 1,2; Source Information: May1973, Vol. 14 Issue 1, p141; Subject: JOINTS (Anatomy) -- Diseases; Subject: IMMUNE response; Subject: CELLULAR immunity; Subject: KILLER cells; Subject: FLUID mechanics; Subject: COLLOIDS; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16243189&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Anderson, L. G. AU - Tarpley, T. M. AU - Talal, N. AU - Cummings, N. A. AU - Wolf, R. O. AU - Schall, G. L. T1 - CELLULAR-VERSUS-HUMORAL AUTOIMMUNE RESPONSES TO SALIVARY GLAND IN SJÖGREN'S SYNDROME. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1973/03// VL - 13 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 335 EP - 342 SN - 00099104 AB - In Sjögren's syndrome (SS), the earliest glandular infiltration by lymphoid cells surrounds the salivary ducts, which are also the target of the organ-specific antisalivary duct (ASD) autoantibody found in some patients with this disorder. A sensitizing antigen localized in ductal epithelial cells may elicit both humoral and cellular immune responses. In a study using coded specimens from twenty-five patients with SS and eight with rheumatoid arthritis, sera were tested for ASD, and lip biopsies were graded for the degree of lymphoid infiltration and destruction of labial salivary glands. Significantly less cellular infiltration was found in SS patients who had ASD compared to those who lacked this antibody. In SS, the group of ASD-negative patients had greater gland destruction and more severe xerostomia. The possible role of ASD as a blocking antibody is suggested. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases KW - SEEPAGE KW - ARTHRITIS KW - ANTIGENS KW - IMMUNE response KW - RHEUMATOID arthritis N1 - Accession Number: 14544405; Anderson, L. G. 1; Tarpley, T. M. 2; Talal, N. 3; Cummings, N. A. 2; Wolf, R. O. 2; Schall, G. L. 4; Source Information: Mar1973, Vol. 13 Issue 3, p335; Subject: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Subject: SEEPAGE; Subject: ARTHRITIS; Subject: ANTIGENS; Subject: IMMUNE response; Subject: RHEUMATOID arthritis; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14544405&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Andrada, J. A. AU - Comini, E. AU - Premachandra, B. N. T1 - STUDIES ON THYROID IMMUNITY VII. SPLENECTOMY AND MONKEY IMMUNE THYROIDITIS: THYROIDAL FUNCTION AND THYROXINE TRANSPORT. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1973/02// VL - 13 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 303 EP - 326 SN - 00099104 AB - The role of the spleen in humoral antibody formation and in the pathogenesis of immune thyroiditis was studied by splenectomizing four monkeys (Macaca mulatta) prior to thyroid isoimmunization. Splenectomized animals, as well as intact controls, were subjected to sequential immunizations and the course of the immune disease was followed by periodic thyroid biopsies and frequent humoral antibody measurements over a period exceeding 1 yr. Extirpation of the secondary lymphoid organ markedly inhibited agglutinating antibody response, prevented formation of complement-fixing antibodies, but had no effect on thyrocytotoxic antibodies. In animals subjected to immunization in complete adjuvant a trend towards a decrease in serum complement levels was evident at the terminal stages of the experiments. Despite the inhibitory effects on some immunological parameters, splenectomy in monkeys prior to thyroid isoimmunization did not interfere with the initiation and progression of pathological processes in the thyroid. Indeed in all splenectomized animals immunized with thyroid plus complete adjuvant, fibrotic thyroid lesions (4+) with virtual obliteration of thyroid follicles were evident, in some as early as 120 days after primary immunization; in contrast, non-fibrotic and less severe lesions were noted in the intact animal despite being repeatedly subjected to similar immunization procedures over a period of 340 days. Immunization in the absence of complete adjuvant did not induce thyroid lesions in the presence or absence of spleen. In all animals with severe thyroid lesions, thyroid function decreased as revealed by T4 and 131I-T3 resin uptake measurements. Paper electrophoresis of serum specimens from a monkey subjected to thyroid isoimmunization in complete adjuvant (and after equilibration with 125I-T4) showed a pronounced retention of 125I-T4 radioactivity at the gamma globulin region indicating formation of antibodies to thyroxine. On the other hand, in sera with a low thyroid antibody titre as in splenectomized monkeys or in those animals immunized within complete adjuvant, T4-binding antibodies were not evident. It is concluded that removal of the spleen prior to thyroid isoimmunization in monkeys, rather than inhibiting the severity of the disease may even aid and abet immunopathogenic events destructive to the thyroid. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNITY KW - IMMUNIZATION KW - THYROID hormones KW - SPLENECTOMY KW - THYROXINE KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS N1 - Accession Number: 14544346; Andrada, J. A. 1; Comini, E. 1; Premachandra, B. N. 2; Source Information: Feb73, Vol. 13 Issue 2, p303; Subject: IMMUNITY; Subject: IMMUNIZATION; Subject: THYROID hormones; Subject: SPLENECTOMY; Subject: THYROXINE; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Number of Pages: 24p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14544346&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Abdou, N. I. AU - Abdou, Nancy L. T1 - IMMUNOGLOBULIN RECEPTORS ON HUMAN LEUCOCYTES III. COMPARATIVE STUDY OF HUMAN BONE MARROW AND BLOOD B CELLS: ROLE OF IgM RECEPTORS. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1973/01// VL - 13 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 45 EP - 54 SN - 00099104 AB - A comparative study of B cells present in human bone marrow and blood was performed. In both compartments the cells carrying the Ig receptors were found to be small mononuclear cells. Predominance of IgM receptors was found on bone marrow cells whereas Ig receptors present on peripheral blood cells were predominantly of the IgG class. Bone marrow lymphoid cells of non-sensitized donors were capable of binding a primary antigen, keyhole limpet haemocyanin (KLH) and could be retained on glass bead columns coated with either KLH or with goat anti-human IgM antiserum but not with anti-IgG. Whereas bone marrow cells of donors immunized with KLH 16-27 days earlier lacked KLH reactive cells, the latter cells could be demonstrated in the blood. It is concluded that human bone marrow B cells carrying IgM receptors are essential for the early antigen recognition step following which recruitment of these cells into the circulation takes place. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNE system KW - BONE marrow cells KW - KILLER cells KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - GRANULAR materials KW - LYMPHOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 14542420; Abdou, N. I. 1,2,3,4; Abdou, Nancy L. 1,2,3,4; Source Information: Jan1973, Vol. 13 Issue 1, p45; Subject: IMMUNE system; Subject: BONE marrow cells; Subject: KILLER cells; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject: GRANULAR materials; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14542420&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chused, T. M. AU - Steinberg, A. D. AU - Talal, N . T1 - THE CLEARANCE AND LOCALIZATION OF NUCLEIC ACIDS BY NEW ZEALAND AND NORMAL MICE. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1972/12// VL - 12 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 465 EP - 476 SN - 00099104 AB - The clearance and localization of native DNA, denatured DNA, and doublestranded synthetic RNA was studied in New Zealand Black/White hybrid mice, which develop an illness closely resembling human systemic lupus erythematosus, a n d in normal mice. The three nucleic acids were rapidly cleared from the circulation in all strains studied. Serum nucleases did not account for this rapid clearance, indicating that the nucleic acids were taken up as macromolecules. The polymers were concentrated in the liver and spleen, suggesting uptake by the reticulo-endothelial system. Animals with circulating antibody cleared the nucleic acids even more rapidly. New Zealand mice did not differ from normal mice in their metabolism of nucleic acids. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DNA KW - RNA KW - METABOLISM KW - MICE as laboratory animals KW - NUCLEIC acids KW - BIOCHEMISTRY N1 - Accession Number: 14541942; Chused, T. M. 1; Steinberg, A. D. 2; Talal, N . 3; Source Information: Dec72, Vol. 12 Issue 4, p465; Subject: DNA; Subject: RNA; Subject: METABOLISM; Subject: MICE as laboratory animals; Subject: NUCLEIC acids; Subject: BIOCHEMISTRY; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14541942&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Torisu, M. AU - Yokoyama, T. AU - Kohler, P. F. AU - Durst, A. L. AU - Martineau, G. AU - Schroter, G. AU - Amemiya, H. AU - Groth, C. G. AU - Starzl, T. E. T1 - SERUM COMPLEMENT AFTER ORTHOTOPIC TRANSPLANTATION OF THE HUMAN LIVER. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1972/09// VL - 12 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 21 EP - 30 SN - 00099104 AB - In five patients with terminal liver failure, replacement of the diseased liver with a well functioning homograft restored markedly depressed total complement and C4 and C3 to normal levels. Concomitantly, C5 protein also increased. Postoperatively, two patients developed a marked drop in C4 and C3 probably in relation to homograft rejection. In contrast, serum hepatitis and biliary obstruction were not accompanied by significant changes. It is concluded that the liver is an important source of synthesis of C4, C3 and C5 and that complement assays might aid in otherwise equivocal diagnosis of hepatic homograft rejection. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LIVER failure KW - HOMOGRAFTS KW - TRANSPLANTATION of organs, tissues, etc. KW - HEPATITIS B KW - LIVER diseases KW - VIRAL hepatitis N1 - Accession Number: 14544407; Torisu, M. 1,2,3,4; Yokoyama, T. 1,2,3,4; Kohler, P. F. 1,2,3,4; Durst, A. L. 1,2,3,4; Martineau, G. 1,2,3,4; Schroter, G. 1,2,3,4; Amemiya, H. 1,2,3,4; Groth, C. G. 1,2,3,4; Starzl, T. E. 1,2,3,4; Source Information: Sep72, Vol. 12 Issue 1, p21; Subject: LIVER failure; Subject: HOMOGRAFTS; Subject: TRANSPLANTATION of organs, tissues, etc.; Subject: HEPATITIS B; Subject: LIVER diseases; Subject: VIRAL hepatitis; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14544407&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Heilman, Dorothy H. T1 - FAILURE OF HYDROCORTISONE TO INHIBIT BLASTOGENESIS BY POKEWEED MITOGEN IN HUMAN LEUCOCYTE CULTURES. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1972/07// VL - 11 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 393 EP - 403 SN - 00099104 AB - Hydrocortisone was added to cultures of human peripheral blood leucocytes 30 mm before the addition of phytohaemagglutinin (PHA) or pokeweed mitogen (PWM). A concentration of 10 μg/ml of hydrocortisone inhibited a major part of the blastogenic response to PHA at 3 days of incubation and prevented a decline in the number of macrophages. A portion of corticosteroid-resistant PHA-stimulated blasts was observed in all experiments. Hydrocortisone (10 μg/mI) caused a slight decrease in the mitogenic response to PWM at 2 and 3 days of incubation, but at 5 days the proportion of blasts equalled or exceeded that seen in cultures with PWM alone. Hydrocortisone did not prevent the virtual disappearance of macrophages from cultures incubated with PWM or with a combination of PHA and PWM. The effect of hormone on both lymphocytes and macrophages indicated that the principal action of PWM was on a subpopulation of lymphocytes not responsive to PHA. In addition a small number of corticosteroid-sensitive cells was transformed by PWM early in incubation. Results indicated that the prior addition of corticosteroids to leucocyte cultures was useful in determining the response of segments of the circulating lymphocyte population to different mitogenic stimulants. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HYDROCORTISONE KW - LEUCOCYTES KW - GLUCOCORTICOIDS KW - MITOGENS KW - MACROPHAGES KW - ADRENOCORTICAL hormones N1 - Accession Number: 14545007; Heilman, Dorothy H. 1; Source Information: Jul72, Vol. 11 Issue 3, p393; Subject: HYDROCORTISONE; Subject: LEUCOCYTES; Subject: GLUCOCORTICOIDS; Subject: MITOGENS; Subject: MACROPHAGES; Subject: ADRENOCORTICAL hormones; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14545007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Amemiya, H. AU - Yokoyama, T. AU - Torisu, M. AU - Putnam, C. W. AU - Anderson, J. T. AU - Starzl, T. E. T1 - THE REDUCTION OF ANTIGENICITY OF HETEROLOGOUS ANTILYMPHOCYTE SERUM WITH ACID TAKA-PROTEASE. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 11 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 67 EP - 81 SN - 00099104 AB - Horse anti-dog and anti-mouse ALS were digested for varying intervals with acid Taka-protease, a proteolytic enzyme. A progressive reduction in antigenicity was demonstrated, as determined by in vitro precipitin reactions with standard antisera and by passive cutaneous and systemic anaphylaxis tests. Leukoagglutinins and lymphocytotoxins were conserved in anti-dog ALS but there was a marked diminution in anti-platelet and anti-erthrocyte activity. Both anti-red cell and anti-white cell antibodies of anti-mouse ALS were reduced. Digestion appeared to completely degrade some protein fractions such as albumin and to alter the immunoglobulin molecule, possibly by cleavage of the terminal portion of the Fc fragment. Digestion of ALS with Taka-protease may prove to be a useful procedure particularly since it was demonstrated that immunosuppressive potency was partially retained. For further evaluation a belter standardized Taka-protease will be required. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PROTEOLYTIC enzymes KW - HYDROLASES KW - ANAPHYLAXIS KW - ALLERGY KW - SERUM KW - BLOOD plasma N1 - Accession Number: 14545189; Amemiya, H. 1; Yokoyama, T. 1; Torisu, M. 1; Putnam, C. W. 1; Anderson, J. T. 1; Starzl, T. E. 1; Source Information: May72, Vol. 11 Issue 1, p67; Subject: PROTEOLYTIC enzymes; Subject: HYDROLASES; Subject: ANAPHYLAXIS; Subject: ALLERGY; Subject: SERUM; Subject: BLOOD plasma; Number of Pages: 15p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2249.ep14545189 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14545189&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Spiegelberg, H. L. AU - Fishkin, B. G. T1 - THE CATABOLISM OF HUMAN γG IMMUNOGLOBULINS OF DIFFERENT HEAVY CHAIN SUBCLASSES III. THE CATABOLISM OF HEAVY CHAIN DISEASE PROTEINS AND OF Fc FRAGMENTS OF MYELOMA PROTEINS. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1972/04// VL - 10 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 599 EP - 607 SN - 00099104 AB - The catabolism of 131I and 125I paired labelled Fc fragments of myeloma proteins and of H chain disease proteins of different heavy chain subclasses was studied in men and monkeys. In contrast to the previously demonstrated catabolic heterogeneity of intact -γG immunoglobulins, the Fc fragments and H chain disease proteins of all subclasses tested were catabolized at a similar rale. These data suggest that structures not present of the Fc fragments are responsible for the faster turnover rate of 7G3 immunoglobulins and for the differences in half-lives of myeloma proteins within a given subclass. The catabolic features of the H chain disease proteins differed from those of intact γG. Although the whole body half-lives of the two proteins were similar, the fractional turnover rate of the H chain disease proteins was higher than that of γG, on the average 8% of the intravascular pool/day as compared to 4% for γG. One-half to 1% of the intravascular pool of the H chain disease protein and less than 0-1% of the γG was excreted into the urine. An average of 24% of the H chain disease proteins and 44% of the γG equilibrated into the intravascular compartment. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MYELOMA proteins KW - METABOLISM KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - TUMOR proteins KW - BLOOD proteins KW - ANTIGENS N1 - Accession Number: 14617650; Spiegelberg, H. L. 1,2; Fishkin, B. G. 1,2; Source Information: Apr72, Vol. 10 Issue 4, p599; Subject: MYELOMA proteins; Subject: METABOLISM; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: TUMOR proteins; Subject: BLOOD proteins; Subject: ANTIGENS; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14617650&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Amemiya, H. AU - Yokoyama, T. AU - Putnam, C. W. AU - Torisu, M. AU - Starzl, T. E. T1 - IMMUNOGLOBULIN LEVELS AND ANTIBODY TO CANDIDA ALBICANS IN HUMAN CERVICOVAGINAL SECRETIONS. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1972/03// VL - 10 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 427 EP - 434 SN - 00099104 AB - ALG raised against lymphoblasts grown in pure culture for many generations contained antiplatelet activity. The thromboaggkitinins could be completely removed by absorption with lymphoblasts, indicating that they had been raised to antigens shared by lymphoblasts and platelets. Anti-spleen ALG possessed levels of such anti-platelet antibodies but in substantially higher titres, because an additional contribution was made by contaminating thrombocytes in the immunizing injectate. By chromatographic separation and immunoelectrophoretic analysis of the eluate from platelet-antibody complexes generated during the absorption of anti- spleen ALG with thrombocytes, the thromboagglutinins were shown to reside almost exclusively (977%) in the area of the IgA fraction. The direct Coombs' reacting platelets from patients receiving equine anti-spleen ALG with guinea-pig antisera against normal horse serum, showed a highly significant, but not in Variable correlation with clinical platelet depression, which was not, however, clearly related to the thromboagglutinin titre of the ALG being administered. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - GUINEA pigs as laboratory animals KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN A KW - BLOOD platelets KW - IMMUNE serums KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - ANTIGENS N1 - Accession Number: 14545335; Amemiya, H. 1; Yokoyama, T. 1; Putnam, C. W. 1; Torisu, M. 1; Starzl, T. E. 1; Source Information: Mar1972, Vol. 10 Issue 3, p427; Subject: GUINEA pigs as laboratory animals; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULIN A; Subject: BLOOD platelets; Subject: IMMUNE serums; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: ANTIGENS; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14545335&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Torisu, M. AU - Yokoyama, T. AU - Durst, A. L. AU - Schroter, G. AU - Putnam, C. W. AU - Halgrimson, C. G. AU - Starzl, T. E. T1 - DETECTION OF AUSTRALIA ANTIGEN BY BIOLOGICAL ASSAY IN 'Au NEGATIVE' KIDNEY HOMOGRAFT RECIPIENTS WITH HEPATIC DYSFUNCTION. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1972/03// VL - 10 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 409 EP - 416 SN - 00099104 AB - Rabbits were immunized with the sera from patients with known Au antigenaemia; from kidney homograft recipients who were Au negative with direct conventional tests but who had hepatic dysfunction; and from normal volunteers. Heterologous anti-Au antibodies were raised by the first of these kinds of sera but not by the third. Sera from seven of the eleven immunosuppressed kidney recipients of the second group did not raise anti-Au antibodies in the rabbit, but sera from the other four did. The results indicate that the Au antigen may be present in trace quantities in significant numbers of immunosuppressed patients previously thought to be Au negative. However, they do not unequivocally establish an aetiologic association between Au antigenaemia and 'post-transplantation liver disease', probably because of the obscuring and important factor of hepatotoxicity of the immunosuppressive agents. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RABBITS as laboratory animals KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSION KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - HEPATOTOXICOLOGY KW - DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation KW - TRANSPLANTATION of organs, tissues, etc. N1 - Accession Number: 14545329; Torisu, M. 1; Yokoyama, T. 1; Durst, A. L. 1; Schroter, G. 1; Putnam, C. W. 1; Halgrimson, C. G. 1; Starzl, T. E. 1; Source Information: Mar1972, Vol. 10 Issue 3, p409; Subject: RABBITS as laboratory animals; Subject: IMMUNOSUPPRESSION; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: HEPATOTOXICOLOGY; Subject: DISEASES -- Causes & theories of causation; Subject: TRANSPLANTATION of organs, tissues, etc.; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14545329&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Heller, P. AU - Bhoopalam, N. AU - Yakulis, V. J. AU - Costea, N. T1 - KAPPA AND LAMBDA RECEPTOR SITES ON SINGLE LYMPHOCYTES. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1971/11// VL - 9 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 637 EP - 643 SN - 00099104 AB - Light chain receptors on human circulating lymphocytes of thirty-three normal individuals were visualized by the immunocyto-adhesion reaction in which human (anuclear) erythrocytes coated with κ chains and chicken (nucleated) erythrocytes coated with λ chains (or vice versa) were used, 4.4 (±2.3)% of the lymphocytes had κ and 4.15 (±2.4)% had λ receptors, when the lymphocytes were sensitized with antisera to either κ and λ chains. When both antisera were used simultaneously only 5.3 (±3)% were found to have receptors and the majority of cells carried both κ and λ receptors. These findings suggest that in these cells the genes for the constant regions of both light chains are active. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - ERYTHROCYTES KW - CELLS KW - GENES KW - BLOOD cells KW - LEUCOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 14542514; Heller, P. 1; Bhoopalam, N. 1; Yakulis, V. J. 1; Costea, N. 1; Source Information: Nov71, Vol. 9 Issue 5, p637; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: ERYTHROCYTES; Subject: CELLS; Subject: GENES; Subject: BLOOD cells; Subject: LEUCOCYTES; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14542514&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jasin, H. E. AU - Lennard, Dorothy AU - Ziff, M. T1 - STUDIES ON ANTIMACROPHAGE GLOBULIN. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1971/05// VL - 8 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 801 EP - 814 SN - 00099104 AB - The immunosuppressive and anti-inflammatory Properties of rabbit antirat macrophage (AMG) and rabbit antirat thymocyte globulin (ALG) have been compared. Iv vitro experiments showed that both AMG and ALG contained antibodies directed against rat thymocytes and macrophages. When AMG was absorbed with large numbers of thymocytes, the final product was found to lack agglutinating and Cytotoxic antibodies against such cells, However, AMG was cytotoxic to rat peritoneal macrophages at a dilution of 1/512 while the ALG cytotoxic titre was 1/64. It was also shown that AMG was able to suppress phagocytosis by peritoneal mononuclear cells while ALG was ineffective. The immunosuppressive activity of AMG and ALG when given at the time of induction of the immune response was studied in vivo. Rats were pretreated with the antisera prior to induction of Freund's adjuvant arthritis and immunization with sheep erythrocytes. Administration of ALG prior to induction of adjuvant arthritis resulted in complete inhibition of the disease while AMG treated rats developed, arthritis. ALG treated rats produced almost no haemagglutinating antibody to sheep erythrocytes used as antigen while the AMG treated group developed titres not significantly different from the control group. When the same animals were rechallenged with sheep erythrocytes 5 weeks later the response of the AMG treated group was similar to that of controls, while the ALG treated animals developed a primary antibody responses. When the antisera were given to animals coinciding with the development of generalized arthritis in order to study their anti-inflammatory activity, AMG treated rats showed a small decrease in the severity of arthritis, ALG was much more effective in reducing the inflammatory signs of the disease and its suppressive effects lasted for 2 weeks after the last injection. The anti-inflammatory properties of ALO were also evident in the marked inhibition of the granuloma in the adjuvant-injected paw Which paralleled the effects of treatment on the poly- arthritis. Similarly, ALG treatment produced a severe depression of the delayed hypersensitivity response to tuberculin while AMG was ineffective. The above results indicate that ALG is a strong anti-inflammatory and immunosuppressive agent while AMG has no immunosuppressive properties and is only a mild anti-inflammatory agent. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MACROPHAGES KW - GLOBULINS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - PHAGOCYTOSIS KW - CELLS KW - ARTHRITIS N1 - Accession Number: 14553893; Jasin, H. E. 1; Lennard, Dorothy 1; Ziff, M. 1; Source Information: May71, Vol. 8 Issue 5, p801; Subject: MACROPHAGES; Subject: GLOBULINS; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: PHAGOCYTOSIS; Subject: CELLS; Subject: ARTHRITIS; Number of Pages: 14p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14553893&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hsu, Clement C. S. AU - Leevy, Carroll M. T1 - INHIBITION OF PHA-STIMULATED LYMPHOCYTE TRANSFORMATION BY PLASMA FROM PATIENTS WITH ADVANCED ALCOHOLIC CIRRHOSIS. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1971/05// VL - 8 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 749 EP - 760 SN - 00099104 AB - Studies of lymphocyte transformation in patients with alcoholic cirrhosis of the liver indicate lymphocytes of such patients respond normally to PHA stimulation; however, their plasma or serum contains factors which block expected response to PITA. This effect was diminished by heating at 56°C for 60 minutes but was not affected by freezing and thawing. it could be overcome by increasing the dose of PHA. Blocking was also encountered in the response to pokeweed mitogen and Candida antigen stimulation but was not seen in the mixed lymphocyte reaction. Indentical results were obtained with Plasma from patients with allergic rhinitis, uraemia, carcinomatosis, and granuloma to us hepatitis. The magnitude of blocking effects in all of these conditions was negatively correlated with the serum γ-globulin levels. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTE transformation KW - BLOOD plasma KW - CIRRHOSIS of the liver KW - PATIENTS KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - RHINITIS N1 - Accession Number: 14553424; Hsu, Clement C. S. 1; Leevy, Carroll M. 1; Source Information: May71, Vol. 8 Issue 5, p749; Subject: LYMPHOCYTE transformation; Subject: BLOOD plasma; Subject: CIRRHOSIS of the liver; Subject: PATIENTS; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: RHINITIS; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14553424&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Stroud, M. AU - Nagaki, K. AU - Pickering, R. J. AU - Giwurz, H. AU - Good, R. A. AU - Cooper, M. D. T1 - SUB-UNITS OF THE FIRST COMPLEMENT COMPONENT IN IMMUNOLOGIC DEFICIENCY SYNDROMES: INDEPENDENCE OF Cls AND Clq. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1970/08// VL - 7 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 133 EP - 137 SN - 00099104 AB - Normal concentrations of Cl esterase, Cls, have been found in nineteen individuals with a variety of immunologic deficiency syndromes. Clq levels are markedly low in patients with lymphopenic hypogammaglobulinaemia. The lack of correlation of serum concentrations of Cls with Clq in several patients suggests a separate mode of synthesis or catabolism for these Cl subunits. Furthermore, the extreme Clq deficiency in lymphopenic hypogammaglobulinaemic patients may play a role in their serious prognosis; however the normal Cls concentrations would allow some complement mediated functions. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOLOGICAL deficiency syndromes KW - AGAMMAGLOBULINEMIA KW - COMPLEMENT (Immunology) KW - ESTERASES KW - SERUM KW - PROGNOSIS N1 - Accession Number: 14588326; Stroud, M. 1,2; Nagaki, K. 1,2; Pickering, R. J. 1,2; Giwurz, H. 1,2; Good, R. A. 1,2; Cooper, M. D. 1,2; Source Information: Aug70, Vol. 7 Issue 2, p133; Subject: IMMUNOLOGICAL deficiency syndromes; Subject: AGAMMAGLOBULINEMIA; Subject: COMPLEMENT (Immunology); Subject: ESTERASES; Subject: SERUM; Subject: PROGNOSIS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14588326&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kantor, G. L. AU - van Merle, A. J. AU - Barnett, E. V. T1 - AUTO-ANTIBODIES OF THE IgD CLASS. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1970/06// VL - 6 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 951 EP - 962 SN - 00099104 AB - Utilizing immunofluorescent techniques, antinuclear an antithyroid antibodies were demonstrated within the IgD class of immunoglobulins. Glomerular deposits of IgD were detected in three kidneys with glomerulonephritis and one renal allograft. Similar deposits were not present in four kidneys with respective diagnosis of interstitial nephritis, lupus nephritis, chronic glomerulonephritis, and focal glomerulonephritis. IgD antibodies may be formed in response to a variety of antigenic stimuli and are present in some autoimmune disorders;.The detection of glomerular deposits of IgD suggests that immunoglobulins of this class may be present in association with some immunologically induced lesions. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN D KW - GLOMERULONEPHRITIS KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases KW - INTERSTITIAL nephritis KW - KIDNEY glomerulus -- Diseases N1 - Accession Number: 14588515; Kantor, G. L. 1,2; van Merle, A. J. 1,2; Barnett, E. V. 1,2; Source Information: Jun70, Vol. 6 Issue 6, p951; Subject: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULIN D; Subject: GLOMERULONEPHRITIS; Subject: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Subject: INTERSTITIAL nephritis; Subject: KIDNEY glomerulus -- Diseases; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14588515&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Starzl, T. E. AU - Porter, K. A. AU - Andres, G. AU - Groth, C. G. AU - Putnam, C. W. AU - Penn, I. AU - Halgrimson, C. G. AU - Starkie, S. J. AU - Brettschneider, L. T1 - THYMECTOMY AND RENAL HOMOTRANSPLANTATION. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1970/06// VL - 6 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 803 EP - 814 SN - 00099104 AB - The course of forty-six consecutive patients were studied for 3½-5 years after renal homotransplantation from related and unrelated donors. Transthoracic thymectomy was performed before transplantation in twenty-four cases; the other twenty-two recipients served as controls. A similar spectrum of donor-recipient lymphocyte antigen compatibility was present in both the test and control series. In both the related and non-related cases, there was no clinical evidence that the patients with thymectomy had either an early or late advantage in terms of survival, reduced drug dosages, or quality of renal functions However, pathologic studies with light and electron microscopy and with immunofluorescence revealed that the homografts in the thymectomized patients had fewer and less severe lesions of the kind that would be expected to limit the functional life time of these organs. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - THYMECTOMY KW - KIDNEY transplants KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - ANTIGENS KW - HOMOGRAFTS KW - THYMUS -- Surgery N1 - Accession Number: 14588212; Starzl, T. E. 1,2,3; Porter, K. A. 1,2,3; Andres, G. 1,2,3; Groth, C. G. 1,2,3; Putnam, C. W. 1,2,3; Penn, I. 1,2,3; Halgrimson, C. G. 1,2,3; Starkie, S. J. 1,2,3; Brettschneider, L. 1,2,3; Source Information: Jun70, Vol. 6 Issue 6, p803; Subject: THYMECTOMY; Subject: KIDNEY transplants; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: ANTIGENS; Subject: HOMOGRAFTS; Subject: THYMUS -- Surgery; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14588212&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Amemiya, H. AU - Kashiwagi, N. AU - Putnam, C. W. AU - Starzl, T. E. T1 - CROSS-REACTIVITY STUDIES OF HORSE, GOAT AND RABBIT ANTI-LYMPHOCYTE GLOBULIN. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1970/02// VL - 6 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 279 EP - 289 SN - 00099104 AB - In the sera of ten normal humans and twenty-eight candidates for organ transplantation; the passive haemagglutination test detected a 50%, incidence of preformed antibodies of low litre directed against horse serum, Such antibodies were also found to cross react with goat or rabbit sera in most instances, Seventeen of the organ recipients were later studied after the institution of treatment with horse antihuman-lymphocyte globulin (ALG). The incidence of anti-horse-serum antibodies rose to 100%. At the same time, an increased activity against goat serum developed; cross-reactions against rabbit serum were also demonstrated but to a less pronounced degree. With immunoelectrophoresis and Ouchterlony diffusion tests, it was shown that the cross-reactivity was to similar although not necessariIy identical protein components of the different heterologous sera. These data suggest that there is an inherent risk in switching from one ALG to another, particularly if horse and goat derivatives are used sequentially. Since rabbit ALO does not cross react so extensively with horse or goat serum it would be predicted to be a relatively safer second-line agent. These expectations seemed to have been realized in six patients who were given more than one kind of ALG always beginning with horse globulin. When goat ALG was administered second, anaphylactic reactions tended to appear early, but when the rabbit product was given second or third, it was relatively well tolerated. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CROSS reactions (Immunology) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - TRANSPLANTATION of organs, tissues, etc. KW - GLOBULINS KW - ANAPHYLAXIS KW - SERUM N1 - Accession Number: 14584522; Amemiya, H. 1,2; Kashiwagi, N. 1,2; Putnam, C. W. 1,2; Starzl, T. E. 1,2; Source Information: Feb70, Vol. 6 Issue 2, p279; Subject: CROSS reactions (Immunology); Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: TRANSPLANTATION of organs, tissues, etc.; Subject: GLOBULINS; Subject: ANAPHYLAXIS; Subject: SERUM; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14584522&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Macsween, R. N. M. AU - Ono, K. AU - Bell, P. R. F. AU - Thomason, Charlotte M. AU - Starzl, T. E. T1 - EXPERIMENTAL ALLERGIC THYROIDITIS IN RATS: SUPPRESSION BY HETEROLOGOUS (RABBIT) ANTI-LYMPHOCYTE SERA TO LYMPH NODE, THYMIC AND SPLENIC LYMPHOCYTES. JO - Clinical & Experimental Immunology JF - Clinical & Experimental Immunology Y1 - 1970/02// VL - 6 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 273 EP - 278 SN - 00099104 AB - Heterologous (rabbit) anti-lymphocyte sera, raised by immunization with rat lymph node, thymic and splenic lymphocytes, have been shown to be of equal potency in, suppressing experimental allergic thyroiditis in rats sensitized to allogeneic thyroid-adjuvant emulsion and pertussis vaccines [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - THYROIDITIS KW - RATS as laboratory animals KW - SERUM KW - LYMPH nodes KW - WHOOPING cough -- Vaccination KW - EMULSIONS (Pharmacy) N1 - Accession Number: 14584515; Macsween, R. N. M. 1,2,3; Ono, K. 1,2,3; Bell, P. R. F. 1,2,3; Thomason, Charlotte M. 1,2,3; Starzl, T. E. 1,2,3; Source Information: Feb70, Vol. 6 Issue 2, p273; Subject: THYROIDITIS; Subject: RATS as laboratory animals; Subject: SERUM; Subject: LYMPH nodes; Subject: WHOOPING cough -- Vaccination; Subject: EMULSIONS (Pharmacy); Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14584515&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Goueli, Said A. AU - Steer, Randolph C. AU - Wilson, Michael J. AU - Ahmed, Khalil T1 - Partial Purification and Differential Androgen Sensitivity of Protein Phosphokinases from Nuclei of Rat Ventral Prostate. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1980/12/15/ VL - 113 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 45 EP - 51 SN - 00142956 AB - Total protein kinase activity associated with nuclei of rat ventral prostate was extracted and fractionated with the aid of DEAE-Sephadex column chromatography. The flow-through peak contained kinase activities towards dephosphophosvitin, lysine-rich histone, and nonhistone proteins as phosphoprotein substrates. These activities were not stimulated by addition of cAMP, although the cAMP-dependent protein kinase inhibitor reduced the lysine-rich histone kinase activity by 70 % or more, suggesting that it might represent the catalytic subunit of the cAMP-dependent histone kinase. By contrast, the inhibitor produced a stimulation of kinase activities toward dephospho- phosvitin and nonhistone proteins by 15 % and 50 %, respectively. The bound fraction on the DEAE- Sephadex column was elated in two peaks of protein kinase activity, one at 0.15 - 0.20 M (NH4)2SO4, and the other at 0.25 -0.30 M (NH4)2SO4. The first peak contained activity only toward nonhistone proteins, whereas the second had activity toward dephosphophosvitin, lysine-rich histone, and nonhistone proteins. None of these was inhibited by the cAMP-dependent protein kinase inhibitor. The effect of orchiectomy on the activity of the various protein kinase fractions was deter- mined. The kinase activity toward dephosphophosvitin, in the flow-through peak, was reduced by about 20 % and 40 % at 24 and 48 h post-orchiectomy, respectively, and in the bound peak by 33% and 50%, under the same circumstances. Little change was observed in the kinase activity toward lysine-rich histone in the flow-through peak or in the bound peak at 24 h post-orchiectomy. However, at 48 h post-orchiectomy, it increased by 250 % in both fractions. This particular kinase activity toward lysine-rich histone might be localized to nucleoplasm rather than chromatin. The protein kinase active toward nonhistone proteins present in the flow-through peak did not change at 24 h post-orchiectomy, but declined by 50 % at 48 h post-orchiectomy. Of the two bound nonhistone protein kinase activities, that eluting at 0.25-0.30 M (NH4)2SO4 was reduced by over 80% within 24 h post-orchiectomy, whereas that eluting at 0.15-0.20 M increased by 100 % at 24 h and 200 % at 48 h post-orchiecitomy. These data demonstrate a differential response of prostatic nuclear-associated protein kinases to androgen deprivation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANDROGENS KW - PROTEINS KW - RATS as laboratory animals KW - HISTONES KW - CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis KW - AMINO acids N1 - Accession Number: 12689370; Goueli, Said A. 1; Steer, Randolph C. 1; Wilson, Michael J. 1; Ahmed, Khalil 1; Source Information: 12/15/80, Vol. 113 Issue 1, p45; Subject: ANDROGENS; Subject: PROTEINS; Subject: RATS as laboratory animals; Subject: HISTONES; Subject: CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis; Subject: AMINO acids; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12689370&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dixit, Saryu N. T1 - Type-IV Collagens. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1980/05/16/ VL - 106 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 563 EP - 570 SN - 00142956 AB - Two sets of structurally distinct collagen components resembling type IV collagen have been isolated and purified from the pepsin digest of kidney cortex homogenates. C and D chains with the size of α chains were separated from disulfide-linked material on molecular sieves and were further purified by ion-exchange chromatography. The molecular gel filtration of the starting material also gave two high-molecular-weight collageneous fractions. The reduction of these fractions with dithiothreitol followed by carboxymethyl-cellulose chromatography resulted in the separation of two major peaks, one corresponding to C-1 and the second peak corresponding to D-1 and a 75000-Mr components. These latter two components were further separated from each other by molecular sieve chromatography. In addition some smaller peptides (two 50000-Mr and one 15000-Mr peptides) were purified and analyzed. By amino acid composition, chromatographic properties and cyanogen bromide peptide patterns on sodium dodecyl sulfate/polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, the C-1 and C chains and one of the 50000-M, components appear to be derived from the same chain by pepsin cleavage at different sites. Similarly, the D1 and D chains, and the 75000-Mr, the second 50000-Mr and the 15000-Mr components are related to each other but are structurally distinct from the C-1 and C components. The presented data are consistent with the presence of two structurally distinct chains in basement membrane collageneous molecules. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - COLLAGEN KW - KIDNEY cortex KW - KIDNEYS KW - PEPSIN KW - CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis KW - CATTLE KW - BIOCHEMISTRY N1 - Accession Number: 13490362; Dixit, Saryu N. 1; Source Information: 5/16/80, Vol. 106 Issue 2, p563; Subject: COLLAGEN; Subject: KIDNEY cortex; Subject: KIDNEYS; Subject: PEPSIN; Subject: CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis; Subject: CATTLE; Subject: BIOCHEMISTRY; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13490362&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Finkelstein, Mary B. AU - Auringer, Michael P. AU - Halper, Laura A. AU - Linn, Tracy C. AU - Singh, Manoranjan AU - Srere, Paul A. T1 - Binding of Specific ATP Citrate Lyase and Fatty Acid Synthetase Antibodies to Heavy Populations of Rat Liver Polysomes. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1979/08/15/ VL - 99 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 209 EP - 216 SN - 00142956 AB - The polysome fractions involved in the synthesis of the rat-liver inducible lipogenic enzymes, ATP citrate lyase and fatty acid synthetase, were identified by their binding of radioiodinated specific antibodies to enzyme. Both of these populations of specific polysomes were shown to be markedly heavier than the average rat liver polysomes and significantly heavier than specific polysomes involved in albumin synthesis. The quantity of antibody bound to the lipogenic enzyme-related polysomes was markedly affected by the dietary status of the animal. A dietary regimen which induced lipogenesis resulted in a tenfold increase in the hepatic activities of these enzymes found in normally fed animals. The radioactivity bound to hepatic polysomes of induced rats was likewise greater than tenfold higher, presumably reflecting an increase in the number of polysomes active in enzyme synthesis. The fasting state resulted in lower hepatic enzyme activity than normal and correspondingly less binding of ATP citrate lyase and fatty acid synthetase antibodies to the heavy polysomes of the sucrose gradient. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ADENOSINE triphosphate KW - ENZYMES KW - CITRATES KW - FATTY acids KW - ANIMAL models in research KW - BIOCHEMISTRY N1 - Accession Number: 13682948; Finkelstein, Mary B. 1; Auringer, Michael P. 1; Halper, Laura A. 1; Linn, Tracy C. 1; Singh, Manoranjan 1; Srere, Paul A. 1; Source Information: 8/15/79, Vol. 99 Issue 1, p209; Subject: ADENOSINE triphosphate; Subject: ENZYMES; Subject: CITRATES; Subject: FATTY acids; Subject: ANIMAL models in research; Subject: BIOCHEMISTRY; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13682948&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dixit, Saryu N. AU - Seyer, Jerome M. AU - Kang, Andrew H. T1 - Covalent Structure of Collagen: Amino-Acid Sequence of Chymotryptic Peptides from the Carboxyl-Terminal Region of α2-CB3 of Chick-Skin Collagen. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1977/12/15/ VL - 81 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 599 EP - 607 SN - 00142956 AB - The amino acid sequence of chymotryptic peptides C4 and C5 which together make up 206 COOH-terminal residues of α2-CB3 of chick skin collagen is described. Thus in combination with the sequence of 132 residues from the amino-terminal region published earlier [Dixit. Seyer. and Kang (1977) Eur. d. Biochem. 73, 213-221] completes the total amino acid sequence of the large CNBr peptide, α2-CB3 of chick skin collagen. The amino acid sequence was determined by automated Edman degradation of intact peptides C4 and C5 and their respective tryptic and maleylated tryptic peptides, and thermolytic peptides of C4. The comparison of the sequence with the homologous segment of αl(l) chain showed striking variance of over 51 % within the same species. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AMINO acids KW - PEPTIDES KW - COLLAGEN KW - AMINO acid sequence KW - PROTEINS -- Analysis KW - BIOCHEMISTRY N1 - Accession Number: 13602055; Dixit, Saryu N. 1; Seyer, Jerome M. 1; Kang, Andrew H. 1; Source Information: 12/15/77, Vol. 81 Issue 3, p599; Subject: AMINO acids; Subject: PEPTIDES; Subject: COLLAGEN; Subject: AMINO acid sequence; Subject: PROTEINS -- Analysis; Subject: BIOCHEMISTRY; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13602055&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Harkness, Donald R. AU - Isaacks, Russell E. AU - Roth, Sandra C. T1 - Purification and Properties of 2,3-Bisphosphoglycerate Phosphatase-Mutase from Erythrocytes of Day-Old Chicks. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1977/09//9/1/77 VL - 78 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 343 EP - 351 SN - 00142956 AB - 1. Large quantities of 2,3-bisphosphoglycerate accumulate in the red blood cells of the chick embryo during the week prior to hatching; the 2,3-bisphosphoglycerate then abruptly decreases to very small amounts within a few days after hatching. 2. The enzyme 2,3-bisphosphoglycerate phosphatase was purified from the red blood cells of the day old chick. The elution profiles for bisphosphoglycerate phosphatase and 2,3-bisphosphoglycerate mutase were identical upon gradient elution from columns of hydroxylapatite and diethylamino-ethylcellulose and by gel filtration on Sephadex G-100. At each stage of purification the ratio of phosphatase to mutase activity was the same. It was concluded that, just as in the human erythrocyte, both bisphosphoglycerate phosphatase and 2,3-bisphosphoglycerate mutase activities in chick erythrocytes reside on one protein. 3. Bisphosphoglycerate phosphatase has a pH of optimal activity of 7.0. Its activity is stimulated by 2-phosphoglycolate, phosphoenolpyruvate, bisulfite and dithionite and is inhibited by 2-phosphoglycerate, 3-phosphoglycerate, inorganic pyrophosphate and phytic acid. These properties are very similar to those described for bisphosphoglycerate phosphatase purified from human erythrocytes. 4. The purified bisphosphoglycerate phosphatase-mutase contained 3-phosphoglycerate mutase activity. Although the 2,3-bisphosphoglycerate mutase and 3-phosphoglycerate mutase activities were nearly equal in the purified enzyme, this protein accounts for a maximum of only 6% of the 3-phosphoglycerate mutase activity in these cells. 5. The total activity of the bisphosphoglycerate phosphatase in the erythrocytes was measured at intervals during development of the embryo, in the young chick, and in the mature chicken. Its activity increases during the time of 2,3-bisphosphoglycerate accumulation. The enzyme activity decreases gradually from its maximum in the two-day-old chick (1.67 µmol h-1 g hemoglobin... [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ERYTHROCYTES KW - DIPHOSPHONATES KW - PHOSPHATASES KW - CHICKENS -- Hatcheries KW - EGGS -- Incubation N1 - Accession Number: 13886801; Harkness, Donald R. 1; Isaacks, Russell E. 1; Roth, Sandra C. 1; Source Information: 9/1/77, Vol. 78 Issue 2, p343; Subject: ERYTHROCYTES; Subject: DIPHOSPHONATES; Subject: PHOSPHATASES; Subject: CHICKENS -- Hatcheries; Subject: EGGS -- Incubation; Number of Pages: 9p; Illustrations: 3 Charts, 5 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13886801&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Isaacks, Russell AU - Harkness, Donald AU - Sampsell, Ronald AU - Adler, Janet AU - Roth, Sandra AU - Chang Kim AU - Goldman, Phllis T1 - Studies on Avian Erythrocyte Metabolism. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1977/08//8/1/77 VL - 77 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 567 EP - 574 SN - 00142956 AB - The erythrocyte count of the adult ostrich (≈ 2.0 × 106/mm³) is about 40% of that of man (≈ 5.0 × 106/mm³) but the red blood cell is approximately three times larger (220 µm³). The total phosphate content per cm³ red blood cell is 37.7 µmol. Inositol tetrakisphosphate (inositol-P4), a compound not previously reported in the erythrocytes of any species of animal, is the major organic phosphate in erythrocytes of the adult ostrich, accounting for 35% of the total phosphate. Inositol pentakisphosphate (inositol-P5), the major phosphorylated compound in the erythrocytes of most mature species of birds, is also present but in amounts approximately half that of inositol-P4. The effects of adenosine triphosphate, 2,3-bisphosphoglyceric acid (P2-glycerate), inositol-P4, inositol- P5, and inositol hexakisphosphate (inositol-P6) on the oxygen affinity of whole 'stripped' hemoglobin, hemoglobin A (major component), and hemoglobin D (minor component) isolated from erythrocytes of the mature ostrich have been determined. All five compounds cause a right shift in the oxygen dissociation curve of each hemoglobin and their relative effectiveness in decreasing the oxygen affinity is ATP < P2-glycerate < inositol-P4 < inositol-P5 < inositol-P6. No preferential interaction of inositol-P4 or inositol-P5 with either hemoglobin A or hemoglobin D was observed. The unique organic phosphate composition of the erythrocyte of the ostrich probably explains the relatively high whole blood oxygen affinity (P50 = 24.5 torr) of these birds. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BLOOD cells KW - INOSITOL KW - VITAMIN B complex KW - ALCOHOLS (Chemical class) KW - HEMOGLOBIN KW - ADENINE nucleotides N1 - Accession Number: 13746201; Isaacks, Russell 1; Harkness, Donald 1; Sampsell, Ronald 1; Adler, Janet 1; Roth, Sandra 1; Chang Kim 1; Goldman, Phllis 1; Source Information: 8/1/77, Vol. 77 Issue 3, p567; Subject: BLOOD cells; Subject: INOSITOL; Subject: VITAMIN B complex; Subject: ALCOHOLS (Chemical class); Subject: HEMOGLOBIN; Subject: ADENINE nucleotides; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13746201&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Zakim, David AU - Vessey, Donald A. T1 - Regulation of Microsomal UPD-glucuronyltransferase by Metal Ions. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1976/05//May76 Part 1 VL - 64 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 459 EP - 463 SN - 00142956 AB - Mn2+ activates UDP-glucuronyltransferase (assayed with p-nitrophenol as aglycone) in assays of the forward reaction. The kinetic mechanism of this activation is an increase in activity at V. The rate of the reverse reaction catalyzed by UDP-glucuronyltransferase (UDP-dependent hydrolysis of p-nitrophenylglucuronic acid) is inhibited by Mn2+. The basis for this inhibition is an increase in KUDP, and a small increase in KNphG1cUA. Mn2+ appears to have no effect of the activity of the reverse reaction at saturating concentrations of both substrates. The differential effects of divalent metal ions on rates of the forward and reverse reactions catalyzed by UDP-gtucuronyltransferase are due in part to differences in the affinities of UDP-glucuronic acid and UDP for metals. Keq for the formation of UDP-Mn2+ is 8.6× 103; Keq for the formation of UDP-glucuronic acid-Mn2+ is 4.8× 102. High concentrations of UDP thus can compete for metal ions bound to UDP-glucuronyltransferase, but UDP-glucuronic acid is less likely to do so. This competition for metal ions between the enzyme and substrates accounts for the failure of Mn2+ to increase the activity at V of the reverse reaction. Mn2+-induced inhibition of the reverse reaction, due to an increase of KUDP, reflects that the affinity of the affinity of the enzyme for UDP is greater than that for UDP-Mn2+. On the other hand, formation of a complex between UDP-glucuronic and Mn2+ does not alter the affinity of UDP-glueuronyltransferase for this nucleotide derivative. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IONS KW - ELECTRONS KW - METALLURGY KW - ENZYMES KW - HYDROLYSIS KW - METAL ions N1 - Accession Number: 13488772; Zakim, David 1,2; Vessey, Donald A. 1,2; Source Information: May76 Part 1, Vol. 64 Issue 2, p459; Subject: IONS; Subject: ELECTRONS; Subject: METALLURGY; Subject: ENZYMES; Subject: HYDROLYSIS; Subject: METAL ions; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13488772&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Vessey, Donald A. AU - Zakim, David T1 - Characterization of the Reaction of GDP-Mannose with Dolichol Phosphate in Liver Membranes. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1975/05//May75 Part 1 VL - 53 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 499 EP - 504 SN - 00142956 AB - The Mn2+-dependent mannosyl transfer reaction between GDP-[14C]mannose and dolichol phosphate, which is catalyzed by liver membranes, could not be followed accurately with the existing assay systems. Thus, GDP-[14C]mannose is hydrolyzed rapidly by a pyrophosphatase present in microsornal and Golgi fractions from liver cells. The rate of the hydrolysis is rapid enough to limit the extent of incorporation of [14C]mannose into endogenous acceptors. AMP was an effective inhibitor of the pyrophosphatase in Golgi membranes, and protected GDP-mannose from metabolism in alternative pathways. In the presence of AMP it was possible accurately to follow the time course of synthesis of dolichol phosphate [14C]mannose over short time periods. Even though the time course of the reaction was measured over 2 s intervals, no linear portion could be detected in plots of product formed versus time. The kinetics of synthesis did, however, fit an equation for a first-order kinetic process. The basis for the first-order kinetics seems related to the very small amounts of dolichol phosphate in membranes. The values of the first-order rate constant is dependent on the concentrations of GDP-mannose and Mn2+ added to the assays. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RHYNCHOSIA KW - MANNOSE KW - MONOSACCHARIDES KW - PHOSPHATES KW - LIVER cells KW - SACCHARIDES KW - LEGUMES N1 - Accession Number: 15805334; Vessey, Donald A. 1; Zakim, David 1; Source Information: May75 Part 1, Vol. 53 Issue 2, p499; Subject: RHYNCHOSIA; Subject: MANNOSE; Subject: MONOSACCHARIDES; Subject: PHOSPHATES; Subject: LIVER cells; Subject: SACCHARIDES; Subject: LEGUMES; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15805334&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kenney, William C. AU - Edmondson, Dale E. AU - Singer, Thomas P. T1 - The Covalently Bound Flavin of Chromatium Cytochrome c552. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1974/10/15/Oct74 Part 2 VL - 48 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 449 EP - 453 SN - 00142956 AB - The previous paper in this series described the isolation of tryptic-chymotryptic and peptic flavin peptides from Chromatium cytochrome c552 in homogeneous form and presented evidence that the FAD component is covalently linked to a cysteinyl residue via a hemiacetal linkage to the 8α position of the isoalloxazine ring. The amino acid sequence of the peptic and tryptic-chymotryptic flavin peptides were found to be Tyr-Thr-Cys(FAD)-Tyr and Thr-Cys(FAD)-Tyr. respectively. However, the presence of the NH2-tyrosyl residue in the former, imparts markedly greater stability to the cysteinyl flavin linkage, and even results in essentially quenched fluorescence of the flavin after performic acid oxidation of the sulfur moiety. Osidatlon at 40°C, which destroys tyrosine, results in the same level of fluorescence as found when the tryptic-chymotryptic peptide is oxidized at 0 C. Removal of this tyrosyl residue from the peptic peptide, oxidized at 0°C, by aminopeptidase M also leads to an increase in fluorescence. Evidence for a tyrosyl-flavin interaction has been further obtained from CD spectra. The peptic peptide has a broad, positive Cotton effect with a maximum at 484 to 490 nm, which is enhanced after treatment with pyrophosphatase and phosphatase and negative bands at 305 and 375 nm. The tryptic-chymotryptic peptide, on the other hand. has a positive band at 340 nm, as m FAD. but only a small negative band at 380 nm. Thus the tyrosyl-flavin interaction appears to be responsible for the stabilization of the thiohemiacetal bond in the peptide and perhaps also in the protein. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - FLAVINS KW - FLAVOPROTEINS KW - AMINO acid sequence KW - MOLECULAR association KW - CHEMICAL structure KW - CHEMICAL bonds N1 - Accession Number: 12905356; Kenney, William C. 1; Edmondson, Dale E. 1; Singer, Thomas P. 1; Source Information: Oct74 Part 2, Vol. 48 Issue 2, p449; Subject: FLAVINS; Subject: FLAVOPROTEINS; Subject: AMINO acid sequence; Subject: MOLECULAR association; Subject: CHEMICAL structure; Subject: CHEMICAL bonds; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12905356&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Walker, Wolfram H. AU - Kenney, William C. AU - Edmondson, Dale E. AU - Singer, Thomas P. AU - Cronin, John R. AU - Hendriks, R. T1 - The Covalently Bound Flavin of Chromatium Cytochrome c552. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1974/10/15/Oct74 Part 2 VL - 48 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 439 EP - 448 SN - 00142956 AB - Reports in the literature indicate that the flavin prosthetic group of Chromatium cytochrome c552 is not acid-extractable but is dissociated from the protein by various treatments, including prolonged incubation with urea solution, which are not expected to break covalent bonds. In the present paper it is established by isolation of peptic and of tryptic-chymotryptic flavin peptides that the flavin component is covalently linked to the protein. The peptide chain is attached to the 8α group of the FAD, as in other enzymes containing covalently bound flavin, as evidenced by a hypochromic shift of the near ultraviolet absorption maximum, the characteristics of the hyperfine EPR spectrum, and the release of 8-carboxy-FMN from the cytochrome on oxidation with cold performic acid with concomitant hydrolysis of the pyrophosphate linkage. The fluorescence of the flavin peptides, at the FAD, FMN and riboflavin level, is extensively quenched, with less than 1% of the quantum yield of fluorescence, compared with riboflavin, in the peptic peptide. On oxidation of the tryptic-chymotryptic peptide with performic acid the fluorescence increases to 50% of that given by an equimolar concentration of riboflavin. This increase is accompanied by a further hypochromic shift of the near ultraviolet absorption maximum. This behavior, the tendency of the flavin peptide to undergo autooxidation, and the positive chloroplatinic acid test resemble the properties of cysteinylflavin thioether and its peptides and suggest that the flavin is bonded to a cysteine residue, as in monoamine oxidase. The presence of cysteine in both flavin peptides from cytochrome c552 has been verified by the liberation of cysteine on acid hydrolysis. Despite these similarities to peptides containing a cysteinyl flavin thioether. the peptic and tryptic-chymotryptic peptides from cytochrome c552 show several properties which preclude a thioether linkage. Evidence is summarized to indicate that the flavin is linked via a thiohemiacetal bond to a cysteinyl residue in the polypeptide chain. Thus, the flavin released from the peptides by acid hydrolysis is in every respect identical to 8-formylriboflavin. Further, two flavin components were detected on high voltage electrophoresis after aminopeptidase M digestion of the peptic peptide, which had mobilities expected for the aminoacylflavin and a thiazolidine derivative. A thiohemiacetal structure also ac-counts for the much greater lability of the flavin peptide linkage than that found for monoamine oxidase. Thus from the evidence presented, it is concluded that the structure of the covalently bound flavin in Chromatium cytochrome c552 is 8α-S-cysteinyl-8α-hydroxy-FAD. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - FLAVINS KW - FLAVOPROTEINS KW - CYTOCHROME c KW - PEPTIDES KW - OXIDATION-reduction reaction KW - MOLECULAR structure N1 - Accession Number: 12905342; Walker, Wolfram H. 1; Kenney, William C. 1; Edmondson, Dale E. 1; Singer, Thomas P. 1; Cronin, John R. 2; Hendriks, R.; Source Information: Oct74 Part 2, Vol. 48 Issue 2, p439; Subject: FLAVINS; Subject: FLAVOPROTEINS; Subject: CYTOCHROME c; Subject: PEPTIDES; Subject: OXIDATION-reduction reaction; Subject: MOLECULAR structure; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12905342&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Zakim, David AU - Goldenberg, Jovita AU - Vessey, Donald A. T1 - Influence of Membrane Lipids on the Regulatory Properties of UDP-Glucuronyltransferase. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1973/09// VL - 38 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 59 EP - 63 SN - 00142956 AB - The maximal potential activity of UDP-glucuronyltransferase is constrained by the structure of the phospholipid environment in intact microsomal membranes. This constraint can be relieved by treatment of microsomes with phospholipase A. As shown by the data in this paper, however, relief of constraint is associated with a loss of specificity in the binding of UDP-sugars at the UDP-glucuronic acid site of UDP-glucuronyltransferase. As a result, several UDP-sugars which have no effect on the activity of the untreated enzyme act as inhibitors of the unconstrained, phospholipase A-treated form of UDP-glucuronyltransferase. In addition to the loss of specificity of substrate binding, the phospholipase-A-treated form of UDP-glucuronyltransfease cannot be activated by UDP-N-acetylglucosamine, which is a positive K-type of allosteric effector for the untreated form of the enzyme. UDP-N-acetylglucosamine, in fact, is an inhibitor of the phospholipase-A-treated form of the enzyme. In contrast to the effects of other UDP-sugars, inhibition by UDP-N-acetylglucosamine seems to result from the binding of UDP-N-acetylglucosamine at an allosteric site rather than the active site. Inhibition of the phospholipase-A-treated form of UDP-glucuronyltransferase by UDP-N-acetylglucosamine and other UDP-sugars is additive. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MEMBRANE lipids KW - GLUCURONOSYLTRANSFERASE KW - BIOLOGICAL membranes KW - ENZYMES KW - BINDING sites (Biochemistry) KW - BIOCHEMISTRY N1 - Accession Number: 13658448; Zakim, David 1; Goldenberg, Jovita 1; Vessey, Donald A. 1; Source Information: 1973, Vol. 38 Issue 1, p59; Subject: MEMBRANE lipids; Subject: GLUCURONOSYLTRANSFERASE; Subject: BIOLOGICAL membranes; Subject: ENZYMES; Subject: BINDING sites (Biochemistry); Subject: BIOCHEMISTRY; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13658448&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Baskin, Frankie K. AU - Kitabchi, Abbas E. AU - Bobal, Mary A. T1 - Substrate Studies for Insulin-Specific Protease. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1973/08/15/ VL - 37 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 489 EP - 496 SN - 00142956 AB - Insulin-specific protease, a soluble cellular enzyme from rat skeletal muscle which has been purified recently as a single enzyme, has been studied in regard to its substrate specificity, using various immunoreactive and biologically active insulin and proinsulin intermediates. The rate of degradation of pork insulin taken as 100% was compared to other insulin and proinsulin derivatives. Porcine proinsulin intermediates consisting of cleaved proinsulin, desdipeptide, desnonapeptide and destridecapeptide-proinsulin, as well as desalanine, monoarginine and diarginine-iusulin, were degraded at 19.8, 25.6, 63.5, 73.7, 101.5, 98 and 98% of the activity of insulin, respectively. Rates of degradation of beef proinsulin, and intermediates I and II were 6, 20.8 and 5.9% of that of insulin with insulin-specific protease, respectively. Studies of Km and V determinations of pork insulin and proinsulin and their intermediates revealed that all the substrates had similar V values (1.0 pmol/min); whereas the Km values (nM) were as follows: insulin, 22.2 ; desalanine-insulin, 15.8; monoarginine-insulin, 24.4; diarginine-insulin, 24.4; proinsulin, 857.2; cleaved proinsulin, 234.2; desdipeptide-proinsulin, 176.0; desnonapeptide.proinsulin, 55; and destridecapeptideproinsulin, 44. Reduced proinsulin, labeled with iodo[14C]acetamidc, did not show increased degradability by insulin-specific protease as compared to native proinsulin. These studies suggest that one requirement for optimal substrate activity may be the deblocking of the amino end of the A chain of insulin. The blocking of the amino end, which is present in proinsulin or proinsulin intermediate, will reduce degradability of these substrates by insulin-specific protease. The fact that the cleavage of disulfide bonds of proinsulin resulted in no further activation of proinsulin supports the above and indicates that steric hindrance may have a lesser role in the proinsulin molecule's inability to be degraded by insulin.specific protease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - INSULIN KW - PANCREATIC secretions KW - INSULIN receptors KW - PROTEOLYTIC enzymes KW - HYDROLASES KW - PORCINE somatotropin N1 - Accession Number: 13657887; Baskin, Frankie K. 1; Kitabchi, Abbas E. 1; Bobal, Mary A. 1; Source Information: 1973, Vol. 37 Issue 3, p489; Subject: INSULIN; Subject: PANCREATIC secretions; Subject: INSULIN receptors; Subject: PROTEOLYTIC enzymes; Subject: HYDROLASES; Subject: PORCINE somatotropin; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13657887&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sharma, Rameshwar K. T1 - Metabolic Regulation of Steroidogenesis in Adrenocortical Carcinoma Cells of Rat. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1973/02// VL - 32 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 506 EP - 512 SN - 00142956 AB - The effect of adrenocorticotropin and cyclic AMP on the transformation of pregnenolone to corticosterone has been studied in adrenocortical carcinoma and isolated normal adrenal cells of rat. Tins has been carried out using both chemical and double labeling techniques. Adrenocorticotropin or cyclic AMP did not shown any effect on the corticosteroidogenesis produced from pregnenolone in the isolated adrenal cells whereas the synthesis of deoxycorticosterone and corticosterone was inhibited by adrenocorticotropin in adrenal tumor cells. A similar inhibitory effect of adrenocorticotropin was observed when progesterone was used as a precursor for corticosteroido-genesis in tumor cells but the incorporation of deoxycorticosterone into corticosterone was not inhibited by this substance. These studies, therefore, suggest that the site of inhibition of adrenocorticotropin on corticosterone synthesis in the tumor lies between progesterone and deoxy- corticosterone. Cyclic AMP also inhibited the synthesis of corticosterone from pregnenolone but no inhibition of deoxycorticosterone synthesis was observed Similar results were obtained with N6,2'-O-dibutyryl adenosine 3' :5'-monophosphate. It is suggested that the mechanism of inhibition of corticosteroidogenesis by adrenocorticotropin in the tumor may be different from that of cyclic AMP. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - METABOLIC regulation KW - LABORATORY animals KW - CELLS KW - ACTH (Hormone) KW - PREGNENOLONE KW - CORTICOSTERONE KW - PROGESTERONE N1 - Accession Number: 13596802; Sharma, Rameshwar K. 1,2; Source Information: 1973, Vol. 32 Issue 3, p506; Subject: METABOLIC regulation; Subject: LABORATORY animals; Subject: CELLS; Subject: ACTH (Hormone); Subject: PREGNENOLONE; Subject: CORTICOSTERONE; Subject: PROGESTERONE; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13596802&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kenney, William C. AU - Zakim, David AU - Hogue, Patricia K. AU - Singer, Thomas P. T1 - Multiplicity and Origin of Isoenzymes of Lipoyl Dehydrogenase. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1972/07// VL - 28 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 253 EP - 260 SN - 00142956 AB - Reports in the literature on the number of isoenzymes of lipoyl dehydrogenase in mammalian heart mitochondria vary from 2 to 13 and one report claims that no isoenzymes occur in vivo. The present paper provides evidence that 6 main isoenzymes and 2 minor ones of lipoyl dehydrogenase occur in beef and pig heart, 3 of the main components being associated with 2-oxoglutarate dehydrogenase, 3 with pyruvate dehydrogenase. Failure to detect these in some previous studies has been explained in terms of the experimental conditions used. Heart and liver mitochondria from several mammalian species present the same isoenzyme pattern. Evidence is presented that "free" (uncomplexed) lipoyl dehydrogenase detected in extracts of mitochondria by several investigators originates largely from the pyruvate dehydrogenase complex. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DEHYDROGENASES KW - ISOENZYMES KW - MITOCHONDRIA KW - HEART KW - MAMMALS KW - ENZYMES N1 - Accession Number: 12514038; Kenney, William C. 1; Zakim, David 1; Hogue, Patricia K. 1; Singer, Thomas P. 1; Source Information: 1972, Vol. 28 Issue 2, p253; Subject: DEHYDROGENASES; Subject: ISOENZYMES; Subject: MITOCHONDRIA; Subject: HEART; Subject: MAMMALS; Subject: ENZYMES; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12514038&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Walker, Wolfram H. AU - Singer, Thomas P. AU - Ghisla, Sandro AU - Hemmerich, Peter T1 - Studies on Succinate Dehydrogenase 8α-Histidyl-FAD as the Active Center of Succinate Dehydrogenase. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1972/03// VL - 26 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 279 EP - 289 SN - 00142956 AB - Succinate dehydrogenase flavocoenzyme (‘SD-flavin’), previously shown to be an 8α-substituted riboflavin derivative containing a tertiary nitrogen homoconjugated to the flavin nucleus, was subjected to further hydrolysis and to reduction under acid conditions. Both conditions resulted in the liberation of 1 mole of histidine per mole of flavin. This proves histidine to be the covalent link between flavin and peptide backbone in succinate dehydrogenase and imidazole to be the tertiary nitrogen function homoconjugated to the flavin. 8α-Histidyl-riboflavin has been synthesized starting from riboflavin chemically and shown to be completely identical with the natural product in optical, ESR and NMR spectra, pH-fluorescence curve and behavior on thin-layer and paper chromatography, as well as paper electrophoresis. [This equation cannot be represented into ASCII Text] 3. Both the natural compound isolated by acid hydrolysis of flavin peptide and the synthetic one contain two isomers, which may be separated by high voltage electrophoresis. The isomers appear to be the N(1)- and N(3)-imidazole substituted compounds. Digestion of the flavin peptide with aminopeptidase M yields only one isomer but on treatment with 6-N HCl this is gradually converted to a mixture of the two isomers. The absolute assignment of the natural isomer is suggested as 8α-[N(3)-histidyl]-riboflavin on the basis of imidazole quaternization with CH3I, reductive cleavage of the flavin-imidazole bond and identification of the methyl-histidine liberated as 1-methyl-histidine. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SUCCINATE dehydrogenase KW - FLAVINS KW - VITAMIN B2 KW - HYDROLYSIS KW - PAPER chromatography KW - ELECTROPHORESIS N1 - Accession Number: 12462295; Walker, Wolfram H. 1; Singer, Thomas P. 1; Ghisla, Sandro 2; Hemmerich, Peter 2; Source Information: 1972, Vol. 26 Issue 2, p279; Subject: SUCCINATE dehydrogenase; Subject: FLAVINS; Subject: VITAMIN B2; Subject: HYDROLYSIS; Subject: PAPER chromatography; Subject: ELECTROPHORESIS; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12462295&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Salach, Jim AU - Walker, Wolfram H. AU - Singer, Thomas P. AU - Ehrenberg, Anders AU - Hemmerich, Peter AU - Ghisla, Sandro AU - Hartmann, Ursula T1 - Studies on Succinate Dehydrogenase Site of Attachment of the Covalently-Bound Flavin to the Peptide Chain. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1972/03// VL - 26 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 267 EP - 278 SN - 00142956 AB - Improved methods have been devised for the isolation in μmole quantities of a pure flavin pentapeptide and its acid-hydrolysis product (SD-flavin) from inner-membrane preparations of heart mitochondria and from soluble, purified succinate dehydrogenase. SD-flavin differs from riboflavin in still having an amino acid covalently linked to the isoalloxazine ring system. SD-flavin may be compared with riboflavin and with various 8α-substituted synthetic flavins by optical spectrophotometry in the neutral and cationic states and by ESR and ENDOR spectrometry in the cationic radical state. On the basis of these experiments is was concluded that the FAD prosthetic group of mitochondrial succinate dehydrogenase is covalently linked through the 8α-position to the peptide backbone of the protein. This conclusion is in accord with the acid stability of the natural product and its tendency to yield riboflavin under reductive conditions. The unusual ph-fluorescence spectrum of the flavin strongly suggests that the 8α-methylene group is linked to an amino acid through a tertiary nitrogen group. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - FLAVINS KW - MITOCHONDRIA KW - DEHYDROGENASES KW - VITAMIN B2 KW - AMINO acids KW - INORGANIC cyclic compounds N1 - Accession Number: 12462273; Salach, Jim 1; Walker, Wolfram H. 1; Singer, Thomas P. 1; Ehrenberg, Anders 2; Hemmerich, Peter 3; Ghisla, Sandro 3; Hartmann, Ursula 3; Source Information: 1972, Vol. 26 Issue 2, p267; Subject: FLAVINS; Subject: MITOCHONDRIA; Subject: DEHYDROGENASES; Subject: VITAMIN B2; Subject: AMINO acids; Subject: INORGANIC cyclic compounds; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12462273&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Baker, Nome AU - Lynen, Feodor T1 - Factors Involved in Fatty Acyl CoA Desaturation by Fungal Microsomes. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1971/03/02/ VL - 19 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 200 EP - 210 SN - 00142956 AB - 1. Microsomes were prepared from strain 74a Neurospora crassa mycelium. Gas-liquid chro-matographic analysis indicated that approximately 80% of the microsomal fatty acids contained 18 carbon atoms; 90% of the 18-carbon fatty acids were unsaturated, and of these linoleic acid was the major component. 2. Microsome suspended in 0.1 M phosphate buffer pH 7.1 could desaturate both [1-14C]- stearyl CoA and [1-14C]oleyl CoA; however, the latter Δ 12 desaturation was always an order of magnitude slower than the Δ 9 desaturation as assayed by radiogasachromatography. Attempts to solubilize the desaturase activity were unsuccessful. 3. Oxygen and a nucleotide were required for both Δ 9 and Δ 12 desaturation. The rate of desaturation was higher with NADH than with NADPH, and NADP was almost as effective as NADPH. Δ 9 desaturation in the presence of NAD was slow, and no detectable desauration at Δ 12 occurred with this oxidized nucleotide. 4. Mycelial microsomes were used to test the hypothesis that phospholipids are intermediates in Δ 9 and Δ 12 desaturation. Microsomes were incubated at 30°C with 14C-labeled acyl CoA substrates in the absence of reduced nucleotides, then washed to remove unused acyl CoA, and, finally, incubated at 30°C with NADH. No Δ 9 desaturation of stearyl CoA occurred under these conditions; however, the [14C]oleyl-labled microsomes were converted to linoleyl phospholipid at a normal rate. 5. Stearyl CoA was rapidly converted to oleyl phospholipid in the presence of NADH and to free stearic acid in the absence of NADH. 6. Oleyl CoA was much more rapidly incorporated into phospholipid than hydrolyzed to the free fatty acid, even in the absence of a reduced nucleotide. 7. Stearyl CoA, free stearic acid, and oleyl CoA were all tightly, but not covalently, bound to the microsomes. 8. The data rule out the possibility of stearyl phospholipid being an intermediate in the Δ 9 desaturation. However, these experiments are consistent with oleyl phospholipid's being an intermediate in the conversion of oleyl CoA to linoleyl phospholipid. 9. The data do not establish whether or not phospholipids are the direct substrates for Δ 12 desaturases in fungal microsomes. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MICROSOMES KW - FATTY acids KW - PHOSPHOLIPIDS KW - NEUROSPORA crassa KW - ESSENTIAL fatty acids KW - LINOLEIC acid KW - RIBOSOMES KW - FATTY-acyl-CoA N1 - Accession Number: 13465146; Baker, Nome 1; Lynen, Feodor 1; Source Information: 1971, Vol. 19 Issue 2, p200; Subject: MICROSOMES; Subject: FATTY acids; Subject: PHOSPHOLIPIDS; Subject: NEUROSPORA crassa; Subject: ESSENTIAL fatty acids; Subject: LINOLEIC acid; Subject: RIBOSOMES; Subject: FATTY-acyl-CoA; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13465146&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rosenberg, Jack M. AU - Sangkachand, Pongsri T1 - 'Take with meals'...or not? Part II. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1981/06// VL - 44 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 60 EP - 65 SN - 00337021 AB - Part II. Presents a guide for giving several commonly prescribed drugs with meals. KW - ADMINISTRATION of drugs KW - DINNERS & dining N1 - Accession Number: 5131632; Rosenberg, Jack M. 1,2; Sangkachand, Pongsri 3; Source Information: Jun81, Vol. 44 Issue 6, p60; Subject: ADMINISTRATION of drugs; Subject: DINNERS & dining; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1173 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5131632&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rosenberg, Jack M. AU - Sangkachand, Pongsri T1 - 'Take with meals'--or not Quick answers to a pesky question. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1981/05// VL - 44 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 46 EP - 52 SN - 00337021 AB - Presents a list of commonly prescribed drugs that may be affected by the presence or lack of food in the stomach. Role of food in the stomach; Administration of atropine sulfate; Information on glycopyrrolate. KW - DRUGS KW - FOOD -- Physiological aspects N1 - Accession Number: 5125042; Rosenberg, Jack M. 1,2; Sangkachand, Pongsri 3; Source Information: May81, Vol. 44 Issue 5, p46; Subject: DRUGS; Subject: FOOD -- Physiological aspects; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Color Photograph, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1310 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5125042&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cordes, Rosemarie Selgas AU - Eddy, Joyce AU - Boyer, Marjorie T1 - RN/MD TEAM-UP... WITH NO HASSLES. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1981/04// VL - 44 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 58 EP - 115 SN - 00337021 AB - Provides information on the team system approach of nurses and physicians at the medical Oncology Branch of the NCI-VA. Progress of the team system; Basic plan of the hospital; Changes that were made for the team system approach. KW - TEAM nursing KW - HEALTH care teams N1 - Accession Number: 5124694; Cordes, Rosemarie Selgas 1; Eddy, Joyce 1; Boyer, Marjorie 1; Source Information: Apr81, Vol. 44 Issue 4, p58; Subject: TEAM nursing; Subject: HEALTH care teams; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1659 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5124694&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Meador, Billie T1 - WHY COPED CAN END IN HEART FAILURE... and what you can do about it. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1980/05// VL - 43 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 64 EP - 72 SN - 00337021 AB - Presents the case of a patient with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD). Medical history of the patient; Diagnosis of cor pulmonale; Information on COPD patients; Role of pulmonary function tests in detecting the problem. KW - PULMONARY heart disease KW - OBSTRUCTIVE lung diseases N1 - Accession Number: 4890765; Meador, Billie 1; Source Information: May80, Vol. 43 Issue 5, p64; Subject: PULMONARY heart disease; Subject: OBSTRUCTIVE lung diseases; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 1 Color Photograph, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1788 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4890765&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gerber, Frances AU - del Bueno, Dorothy J. T1 - DIABETES OUT OF CONTROL. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1979/09// VL - 42 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 65 EP - 68 SN - 00337021 AB - Deals with the diagnosis and care of patients with diabetes in the U.S. Benefits of a nursing diagnosis in the delivery of patient care; Objectivity of the nurse during assessment; Key factors in the formulation of a nursing diagnosis for diabetic patients. KW - DIABETICS KW - NURSING diagnosis KW - MEDICAL care -- United States KW - CARING KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 4876800; Gerber, Frances 1; del Bueno, Dorothy J.; Source Information: Sep79, Vol. 42 Issue 9, p65; Subject: DIABETICS; Subject: NURSING diagnosis; Subject: MEDICAL care -- United States; Subject: CARING; Geographic Terms: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 1 Color Photograph, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2382 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4876800&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bielan, Barbara T1 - WHAT THAT RASH REALLY MEANS. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1979/02// VL - 42 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 58 EP - 63 SN - 00337021 AB - Presents information on several types of skin allergies. Pityriasis rosea; Contact dermatitis; Scarlet fever. KW - SKIN KW - ALLERGY KW - PITYRIASIS rosea KW - CONTACT dermatitis KW - SCARLATINA N1 - Accession Number: 4879377; Bielan, Barbara 1; Source Information: Feb79, Vol. 42 Issue 2, p58; Subject: SKIN; Subject: ALLERGY; Subject: PITYRIASIS rosea; Subject: CONTACT dermatitis; Subject: SCARLATINA; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3035 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4879377&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Falotico, Jane Bondi T1 - Pulmonary embolism. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1979/02// VL - 42 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 47 EP - 52 SN - 00337021 AB - Presents information about pulmonary embolism. People at risk for pulmonary embolism; Symptoms; Treatment. KW - PULMONARY embolism KW - LUNG diseases N1 - Accession Number: 4879342; Falotico, Jane Bondi 1; Source Information: Feb79, Vol. 42 Issue 2, p47; Subject: PULMONARY embolism; Subject: LUNG diseases; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4606 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4879342&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gates, Mary Sue AU - Mayer, Gloria Gilbert T1 - Are you too sure of your stand on the right to die? JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1978/12// VL - 41 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 74 EP - 82 SN - 00337021 AB - Presents clinical cases of patients who wanted to die and the nursing intervention provided to them. Details on the nursing care for a woman patient with carcinoma of the intestine; Effect of a dying patient on a nurse. KW - RIGHT to die KW - MEDICAL care N1 - Accession Number: 5124572; Gates, Mary Sue; Mayer, Gloria Gilbert 1; Source Information: Dec78, Vol. 41 Issue 12, p74; Subject: RIGHT to die; Subject: MEDICAL care; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1516 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5124572&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Aspinall, Mary Jo AU - Koban, Bernice T1 - Could you cope with this case When one small clue can mean survival. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1978/07// VL - 41 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 56 EP - 62 SN - 00337021 AB - Reports on the case of a patient with multiple injuries and complications resulting from a gunshot wound. Description of the patient's vascular and renal injuries; Management problems concerning the patient's renal failure. KW - BLOOD-vessels -- Wounds & injuries KW - RENAL artery -- Wounds & injuries KW - GUNSHOT wounds KW - ACUTE kidney failure N1 - Accession Number: 5133180; Aspinall, Mary Jo 1; Koban, Bernice 2; Source Information: Jul78, Vol. 41 Issue 7, p56; Subject: BLOOD-vessels -- Wounds & injuries; Subject: RENAL artery -- Wounds & injuries; Subject: GUNSHOT wounds; Subject: ACUTE kidney failure; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3175 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5133180&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Michael, Helene R. T1 - A personal memory helped me care. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1977/02// VL - 40 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 56 EP - 66 SN - 00337021 AB - Presents a story about a nurse whose terminally ill patient is similar to the nurse's long-dead father. Health condition of the patient; Role of nurses in comforting terminally ill patients. KW - NURSES KW - TERMINALLY ill KW - NURSING N1 - Accession Number: 4875303; Michael, Helene R. 1; Source Information: Feb77, Vol. 40 Issue 2, p56; Subject: NURSES; Subject: TERMINALLY ill; Subject: NURSING; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1499 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4875303&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Heng, M. C. Y. AU - Heng, H. L. AU - Allen, S. G. T1 - Basement membrane changes in psoriatic patients on long-term topical corticosteroid therapy. JO - Clinical & Experimental Dermatology JF - Clinical & Experimental Dermatology Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 15 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 83 EP - 90 SN - 03076938 AB - It has been observed that the beneficial anti-inflammatory effects of topical steroids in psoriasis are counter-acted by increasing instability of the disease, with rebound phenomena associated with the cessation of these drugs. We report the occurrence of multi-layered fragmentation and disorganization of the basal laminae in active, untreated psoriatic lesion, resolving and uninvolved, inadvertently steroid-treated psoriatic skin, as well as in a variety of non-psoriatic dermatoses treated with fluorinated topical steroids for prolonged periods. These changes, which were associated with a moderate to severe loss of dermal collagen, were not found in untreated and treated psoriatic controls, with or without concomitant α[sub1]-antitrypsin deficiency, who had not received steroids, suggesting that they were probably the consequence of prolonged fluorinated steroid use. This conclusion is supported by the observation that the largest number of layers (10-15) of fragmented basal laminae was noted in the patients who had received fluorinated steroids for 6 years or more, while those on 4 years or less of fluorinated steroid therapy exhibited only three to seven layers of fragmented basal laminae. In psoriatic lesions, the fragmentation of the basal lamina was associated with the presence of basal lamina was associated with the presence of basal keratinocyte herniations (BKH), the frequency of which has been shown to parallel clinical psoriatic activity. The persistence of these electron-microscopic markers of psoriatic activity (i.e. BKH) in psoriatic plaques treated with prolonged fluorinated steroids suggests that loss of integrity of the basement members, as indicated by the presence of multi-layered fragmentation of the basal lamina, may account for the instability of the psoriatic lesions treated with prolonged topical fluorinated steroids. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Dermatology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PSORIASIS -- Patients KW - BASAL lamina KW - ADRENOCORTICAL hormones KW - STEROIDS N1 - Accession Number: 11520960; Heng, M. C. Y. 1; Heng, H. L. 1; Allen, S. G. 1; Source Information: Mar1990, Vol. 15 Issue 2, p83; Subject: PSORIASIS -- Patients; Subject: BASAL lamina; Subject: ADRENOCORTICAL hormones; Subject: STEROIDS; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2230.ep11520960 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=11520960&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Heng, M. C. Y. AU - Allen, S. G. AU - Heng, S. Y. AU - Matsuyama, R. AU - Fazier, J. T1 - An electron microscopic study of the epidermal infiltrate in recurrent herpes simplex. JO - Clinical & Experimental Dermatology JF - Clinical & Experimental Dermatology Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 14 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 199 EP - 202 SN - 03076938 AB - Host immunity has been suspected of playing a role in recurrent herpes simplex. In this preliminary ultrastructural study of two patients with acute herpetic eruption, it was noted that the keratinocytes exhibiting the most severe damage are those adjacent to large granular lymphocytes. In contrast, many keratinocytes filled with viral particles of herpes simplex show little or no signs of keratinocyte damage. These observations suggest that in recurrent herpes simplex the epidermal damage may be due, at least in part, to ceLl-mediated host immunity as well as to the viral infection. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Dermatology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HERPES simplex KW - SKIN -- Infections KW - DISEASE relapse KW - IMMUNITY KW - KERATINOCYTES KW - ULTRASTRUCTURE (Biology) KW - ELECTRON microscopy N1 - Accession Number: 12002672; Heng, M. C. Y. 1; Allen, S. G. 1; Heng, S. Y. 1; Matsuyama, R. 1; Fazier, J. 1; Source Information: May89, Vol. 14 Issue 3, p199; Subject: HERPES simplex; Subject: SKIN -- Infections; Subject: DISEASE relapse; Subject: IMMUNITY; Subject: KERATINOCYTES; Subject: ULTRASTRUCTURE (Biology); Subject: ELECTRON microscopy; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2230.ep12002672 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12002672&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Marley, Wayne M. AU - Belew, Patricia W. AU - Rosen- Berg, E.William AU - Urmson, Joan R. AU - Stitzel, Ann E. AU - Spitzer, Roger E. T1 - Abnormalities in the alternative pathway of complement in psoriasis. JO - Clinical & Experimental Dermatology JF - Clinical & Experimental Dermatology Y1 - 1982/07// VL - 7 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 387 EP - 396 SN - 03076938 AB - Some of the immunologic aspects of psoriasis suggest that complement may be involved in the pathophysiology of that disease. The purpose of this work was to examine the complement system in mare detail in 20 patients with psoriasis. Classical pathway determinations, RCH 50 and factor B levels were normal or elevated. Abnormally low properdin levels were seen in 12/20 patients. No patient had a serum properdin value greater than I standard deviation above the control mean. Mean C3-C9 consumption after zymosan or cobra venom incubation was also significantly less than normal (P < 0.001). Thus, abnormalities of the complement system are present in psoriasis and seem limited to the alternative pathway. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Dermatology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PSORIASIS -- Patients KW - PATHOLOGICAL physiology KW - SERUM KW - VENOM KW - IMMUNOLOGY KW - ZYMOSAN N1 - Accession Number: 11677528; Marley, Wayne M. 1,2; Belew, Patricia W. 1,3; Rosen- Berg, E.William 1,2; Urmson, Joan R. 4; Stitzel, Ann E. 4; Spitzer, Roger E. 4; Source Information: Jul82, Vol. 7 Issue 4, p387; Subject: PSORIASIS -- Patients; Subject: PATHOLOGICAL physiology; Subject: SERUM; Subject: VENOM; Subject: IMMUNOLOGY; Subject: ZYMOSAN; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2230.ep11677528 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=11677528&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Howard, Janice E. AU - Davies, Janet L. AU - Roghmann, Klaus J. T1 - Respiratory teaching of patients: how effective is it? JO - Journal of Advanced Nursing JF - Journal of Advanced Nursing Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 12 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 207 EP - 214 SN - 03092402 AB - In order to evaluate the effectiveness of a structured respiratory teaching programme, clients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease who were hospitalized in a 13-month period both prior to and following the implementation of the programme were compared on several parameters to assess changes in their ability to manage their disabilities. The study demonstrated that clients who participated in the teaching sessions had fewer hospital admissions, shorter lengths of hospital stay, and longer stays in the community. A sub-group of clients who were or had been in at-risk occupations was identified as representing the `revolving door' client with shorter hospital and community stays. The teaching programme is described as well as specific elements that can be used for a shorter teaching experience to respond to time constraints when necessary. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Advanced Nursing is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - COMMUNITY health services KW - OBSTRUCTIVE lung diseases KW - HOSPITALS -- Admission & discharge KW - DISABILITIES KW - DISABILITY studies KW - RESPIRATORY infections N1 - Accession Number: 13104871; Howard, Janice E. 1; Davies, Janet L. 2; Roghmann, Klaus J. 3; Source Information: Mar1987, Vol. 12 Issue 2, p207; Subject: COMMUNITY health services; Subject: OBSTRUCTIVE lung diseases; Subject: HOSPITALS -- Admission & discharge; Subject: DISABILITIES; Subject: DISABILITY studies; Subject: RESPIRATORY infections; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2648.ep13104871 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13104871&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Louie, S. AU - Krzanowski Jr., J. J. AU - Bukantz, S. C. AU - Lockey, R. F. T1 - Effects of ergometrine on airway smooth muscle contractile responses. JO - Clinical Allergy: Journal of the British Allergy Society JF - Clinical Allergy: Journal of the British Allergy Society Y1 - 1985/09// VL - 15 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 173 EP - 178 SN - 00099090 AB - A 26-year-old asthmatic female developed severe asthma within a few hours of receiving three oral doses of 0⋅4 mg ergometrine maleate for the control of postpartum haemorrhaging. This experience and two previous reports of bronchospasm in asthmatic subjects following ergometrine suggested that ergometrine altered airway smooth muscle tone. In the present investigation the effect of ergometrine was studied on canine tracheal smooth muscle strips. Ergometrine (10-9 M- 10-4 M) induced contraction of canine tracheal smooth muscle. The concentration causing 50% of maximal contraction (EC50) was 4⋅73 x 10-8 M. The acetylcholine EC50 was not altered by ergometrine (10-9 M or 10-8 M); however, acetylcholine (10-4 M and 10-3 M) induced contractions were enhanced by ergometrine (10-8 M). The data suggest that ergometrine maleate may cause broncho-constriction in some patients with asthma. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical Allergy: Journal of the British Allergy Society is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ASTHMA KW - BRONCHIAL diseases KW - ACETYLCHOLINE KW - NEUROTRANSMITTERS KW - LUNG diseases N1 - Accession Number: 16195861; Louie, S. 1; Krzanowski Jr., J. J. 1; Bukantz, S. C. 1; Lockey, R. F. 1; Source Information: Sep1985, Vol. 15 Issue 5, p173; Subject: ASTHMA; Subject: BRONCHIAL diseases; Subject: ACETYLCHOLINE; Subject: NEUROTRANSMITTERS; Subject: LUNG diseases; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Chart, 3 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16195861&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lutsky, I. AU - Fink, J. N. AU - Arkins, J. A. AU - Hoffman, R. AU - Morouse, Marlene T1 - Skin test reactivity to dog-derived antigens. JO - Clinical Allergy: Journal of the British Allergy Society JF - Clinical Allergy: Journal of the British Allergy Society Y1 - 1980/05// VL - 10 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 331 EP - 340 SN - 00099090 AB - Skin test reactivity to canine antigens was studied by testing atopic patients and veterinarians using a commercially prepared mixed-dog epithelial antigen and breed-specific antigens including dander extracts, serum and urine, obtained from thirty-one different pure-bred dogs. Increased skin test reactivity was noted using breed-specific antigens as compared to the mixed-dog commercial screening extract. Variation in skin test responsivity related to specific breed antigens was also noted. The results suggest that skin tests using canine urine and serum antigens, in addition to the conventional dander antigens, may be useful in the diagnosis of hypersensitivity to dogs. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical Allergy: Journal of the British Allergy Society is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SKIN tests KW - DOGS KW - ANTIGENS KW - SERUM KW - URINE KW - VETERINARIANS N1 - Accession Number: 16218714; Lutsky, I. 1,2,3; Fink, J. N. 1,2; Arkins, J. A. 1,2; Hoffman, R. 1,2; Morouse, Marlene 1,2; Source Information: May1980, Vol. 10 Issue 3, p331; Subject: SKIN tests; Subject: DOGS; Subject: ANTIGENS; Subject: SERUM; Subject: URINE; Subject: VETERINARIANS; Number of Pages: 10p; Illustrations: 5 Charts, 3 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16218714&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Scribner, Gertrude H. AU - Barboriak, J. J. AU - Fink, J. N. T1 - Prevalence of precipitins in groups at risk of developing hypersensitivity pneumonitis. JO - Clinical Allergy: Journal of the British Allergy Society JF - Clinical Allergy: Journal of the British Allergy Society Y1 - 1980/01// VL - 10 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 91 EP - 95 SN - 00099090 AB - A study was made of the prevalence of serum precipitins to Micropolyspora faeni, Thermoactinomyces vulgaris, Aspergillus fumigatus, and pigeon serum in population groups suspected to be at high risk for the development of hypersensitivity pneumonitis. Pigeon breeders' sera contained precipitins mainly to pigeon serum (38%) and A. fumigatus (18%). Occupants of homes in which forced air heating systems were investigated for the presence of microorganisms reacted mostly with M. faeni (13%) and A. fumigatus (8%). Individuals from environments where several cases of hyper-sensitivity pneumonitis were discovered reacted largely with M. faeni (28%) and T. vulgaris (21%). Sera supplied by physicians from patients with respiratory symptoms reacted primarily to A. fumigatus (24%) and to a lesser extent to M. faeni (16%) and T. vulgaris (9%). The results indicate that the prevalence of precipitins to the tested antigens is not uniform and may be influenced by the environment. Furthermore, the prevalence of precipitins in groups at risk is greater than previously reported for the normal population. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical Allergy: Journal of the British Allergy Society is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANTIGENS KW - PRECIPITIN reaction KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - HYPERSENSITIVITY pneumonitis KW - RESPIRATORY allergy N1 - Accession Number: 16991447; Scribner, Gertrude H. 1; Barboriak, J. J. 1; Fink, J. N. 1; Source Information: Jan1980, Vol. 10 Issue 1, p91; Subject: ANTIGENS; Subject: PRECIPITIN reaction; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: HYPERSENSITIVITY pneumonitis; Subject: RESPIRATORY allergy; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16991447&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tebo, Thomas H. AU - Moore, Vernon L. AU - Fink, Jordan N. T1 - Antigens in pigeon breeder's disease. JO - Clinical Allergy: Journal of the British Allergy Society JF - Clinical Allergy: Journal of the British Allergy Society Y1 - 1977/03// VL - 7 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 103 EP - 108 SN - 00099090 AB - Sera from patients with pigeon breeder's disease were analysed for precipitating antibodies by immunodiffusion and immunoelectrophoresis using whole pigeon dropping extract (PDE) and a purified fraction of PDE (PDE1) as antigens. For comparison, sera from asymptomatic pigeon breeders and normal individuals were also tested for precipitating antibodies. Whereas whole PDE formed precipitin lines with normal serum as well as with serum from symptomatic and asymptomatic pigeon breeders. PDE1 formed precipitin lines only with serum from individuals exposed to pigeons. This suggests that whole PDE forms non-specific (non-antigen-antibody reactions) as well as specific precipitin lines, while PDE1 appears to form only specific lines. These data indicate that whole PDE has limited usefulness in studies of pigeon breeder's disease. It is also possible that PDE1 will be useful in studies of this disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical Allergy: Journal of the British Allergy Society is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SERUM KW - BIRD breeders KW - DISEASES KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - ANTIGENS N1 - Accession Number: 16237098; Tebo, Thomas H. 1,2; Moore, Vernon L. 1,2; Fink, Jordan N. 1,2; Source Information: Mar1977, Vol. 7 Issue 2, p103; Subject: SERUM; Subject: BIRD breeders; Subject: DISEASES; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: ANTIGENS; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 5 Diagrams; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16237098&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Owen, George C. AU - Glassner, David M. AU - Fink, Jordan N. T1 - Allergic bronchopulmonary aspergillosis of prolonged duration. JO - Clinical Allergy: Journal of the British Allergy Society JF - Clinical Allergy: Journal of the British Allergy Society Y1 - 1974/06// VL - 4 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 141 EP - 147 SN - 00099090 AB - Presents a case study involving a man diagnosed with allergic bronchopulmonary aspergillosis. Conditions associated with his asthma attacks; Part of the lungs where Aspergillus fumigatus was recovered; Use of prednisone drugs in treating the allergic bronchopulmonary aspergillosis; Factors that were considered in diagnosing the man with allergic bronchopulmonary aspergillosis. KW - PULMONARY aspergillosis KW - ASTHMA KW - ASPERGILLUS fumigatus KW - PREDNISONE KW - FUNGAL lung diseases N1 - Accession Number: 16218421; Owen, George C. 1,2,3; Glassner, David M. 1,2,3; Fink, Jordan N. 1,2,3; Source Information: Jun1974, Vol. 4 Issue 2, p141; Subject: PULMONARY aspergillosis; Subject: ASTHMA; Subject: ASPERGILLUS fumigatus; Subject: PREDNISONE; Subject: FUNGAL lung diseases; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 6 Black and White Photographs, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16218421&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Barboriak, J. J. AU - Sosman, A. J. AU - Fink, J. N. AU - Maksud, M. G. AU - McConnell, L. H. AU - Hamilton, L. H. T1 - Metabolic changes in exercise-induced asthma. JO - Clinical Allergy: Journal of the British Allergy Society JF - Clinical Allergy: Journal of the British Allergy Society Y1 - 1973/03// VL - 3 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 83 EP - 89 SN - 00099090 AB - Five patients with a history of post-exercise bronchoconstriction and eleven control subjects were exposed to gradually increasing work loads on a bicyle ergometer. The asthmatic patients showed higher blood lactic acid levels at all work loads than the control subjects. In contrast to findings in the controls, the plasma free fatty acid in the asthmatics failed to 'rebound' following the cessation of exercise; and in two out of three patients plasma FFA did not rise after epinephrine injection. In addition, the asthmatic patients consumed less oxygen during the exercise than the controls. The results of this study suggest that patients with post-exercise asthma may have to rely more on carbohydrates as the main source of energy because of the reduced availability of FFA. Since the consumption of oxygen is also reduced, this may lead to a higher lactate production. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical Allergy: Journal of the British Allergy Society is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DYNAMOMETER KW - ASTHMATICS KW - FATTY acids KW - EXERCISE-induced asthma KW - EXERCISE N1 - Accession Number: 16263378; Barboriak, J. J. 1,2,3; Sosman, A. J. 1,2,3; Fink, J. N. 1,2,3; Maksud, M. G. 1,2,3; McConnell, L. H. 1,2,3; Hamilton, L. H. 1,2,3; Source Information: Mar1973, Vol. 3 Issue 1, p83; Subject: DYNAMOMETER; Subject: ASTHMATICS; Subject: FATTY acids; Subject: EXERCISE-induced asthma; Subject: EXERCISE; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 4 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=16263378&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ponterotto, Joseph G. AU - Pace, Terry M. AU - Kavan, Michale G. T1 - A Counselor's Guide to the Assessment of Depression. JO - Journal of Counseling & Development JF - Journal of Counseling & Development Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 67 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 301 SN - 07489633 AB - This article discusses various methods and procedures for assessing depression in clients. The following eight clinician rating and client self-report measures of depression are reviewed on the basis of their psychometric properties and applied pragmatic utility: the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression, the Beck Depression Inventory, the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory-Scale 2 (Depression), the Depression Adjective Checklists, the Multiple Affect Adjective Checklist, the Zung Self-Rating Depression Scale, the Hopkins Symptom Checklist-90, and the Children's Depression Inventory. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Counseling & Development is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MENTAL depression -- Diagnosis KW - PSYCHOMETRICS KW - BECK Depression Inventory KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - MEASURES of Psychosocial Development KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 4962239; Ponterotto, Joseph G. 1; Pace, Terry M. 2; Kavan, Michale G. 3; Source Information: Jan89, Vol. 67 Issue 5, p301; Subject: MENTAL depression -- Diagnosis; Subject: PSYCHOMETRICS; Subject: BECK Depression Inventory; Subject: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject: MEASURES of Psychosocial Development; Geographic Terms: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 10p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4962239&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kongstvedt, Sheryl J. T1 - Cognitive Approaches to Pain Control: Common Factors Underlying Their Effectiveness. JO - Journal of Counseling & Development JF - Journal of Counseling & Development Y1 - 1987/06// VL - 65 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 538 SN - 07489633 AB - The author reviews the cognitive approaches to pain control and discusses how expectancy of success in general and self-efficacy in particular mediate successful outcomes.
In this article I review the cognitive approaches to pain control, focusing particularly on what makes one approach more likely to be effective than another, and bring together the common factors that may influence successful I treatment of chronic pain. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Counseling & Development is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CHRONIC pain KW - SELF-efficacy KW - COGNITION KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - ANALGESICS KW - CONDITIONED response N1 - Accession Number: 4979707; Kongstvedt, Sheryl J. 1,2; Source Information: Jun87, Vol. 65 Issue 10, p538; Subject: CHRONIC pain; Subject: SELF-efficacy; Subject: COGNITION; Subject: THERAPEUTICS; Subject: ANALGESICS; Subject: CONDITIONED response; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4979707&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kanoy, B. E. AU - Felton, D. A. AU - White, J. T. AU - Bayne, C. T1 - Effects of the porcelain firing sequence on the bond strengths of cements. JO - Journal of Oral Rehabilitation JF - Journal of Oral Rehabilitation Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 16 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 335 EP - 343 SN - 0305182X AB - Bond strengths for the retention of ceramic bonded to metal alloys to the tooth structure involve cavity preparation variables, cement variables and ceramic bonded to metal alloy variables. The aim of this work was to evaluate the retentive strength differences between alloy surfaces, unfired and fired, for porcelain alloys retained with different dental cement compositions. The clinical situation was simulated by using standardized tooth preparations, extracted teeth and castings cemented with zinc phosphate and polycarboxylate cements, which were debonded on an Instron. Jelenko O. Cameo, Jelstar and Genesis II alloys were compared unfired and fired to simulate porcelain application. Fired Jelenko O. casting alloy cemented with polycarboxylate cement produced the greatest bond strength (6.0±1.0 MPa). Polycarboxylate cemented castings had greater bond strengths for all alloys whether fired or not. The only effect of firing was an improvement with Jelenko O alloys produced with both cements. All of these differences were statistically significant at the P<0.01 level using Tukey's post hoc evaluation. The improvements observed were related to the oxide formation on the internal surfaces of the casting and the ability off polycarboxylate cement to adhere chemically to those layers. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Oral Rehabilitation is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DENTAL materials KW - DENTAL chemistry KW - DENTISTRY KW - DENTAL care KW - DENTAL pathology KW - MEDICAL care N1 - Accession Number: 13471922; Kanoy, B. E. 1; Felton, D. A. 1; White, J. T. 2; Bayne, C. 1; Source Information: Jul1989, Vol. 16 Issue 4, p335; Subject: DENTAL materials; Subject: DENTAL chemistry; Subject: DENTISTRY; Subject: DENTAL care; Subject: DENTAL pathology; Subject: MEDICAL care; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2842.ep13471922 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13471922&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Morris, H. AU - Farah, J. W. AU - Craig, R. G. AU - Hood, J. A. A. T1 - Stress distribution within circumferential clasp arms. JO - Journal of Oral Rehabilitation JF - Journal of Oral Rehabilitation Y1 - 1976/10// VL - 3 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 387 EP - 394 SN - 0305182X AB - An analysis of stress distributions within circumferential clasp arms with various tapers, was undertaken in an effort to (1) determine the area of maximum stress concentration in both tapered and non-tapered clasps, and (2) to compare this point of maximum stress concentration with the area of frequent clasp breakage. The non- tapered clasp showed better distribution of stresses than the tapered clasps. The less favourable stress concentrations could result in eventual failure of the clasp when coupled with other factors such as porosities. The maximum shear stresses in the non-tapered clasp also were lower than those in the tapered clasps. As the taper of the clasp became more accentuated, the magnitude of the stresses increased and shifted towards the tip of the clasp. The maximum tensile stress calculated in a replica of a chromium-cobalt-nickel clasp was in the order of 34 MN/m² which is well below the ultimate tensile strength of the alloy, This observation leads to the proposal that failure of clasps is a function not only of design but also of other variables, such as porosities, surface irregularities, and fatigue. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Oral Rehabilitation is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CLASPS KW - FINITE element method KW - NUMERICAL analysis KW - POLARISCOPE KW - OPTICAL instruments KW - ELASTICITY N1 - Accession Number: 13605789; Morris, H. 1,2; Farah, J. W. 1,2; Craig, R. G. 1,2; Hood, J. A. A. 1,2; Source Information: Oct1976, Vol. 3 Issue 4, p387; Subject: CLASPS; Subject: FINITE element method; Subject: NUMERICAL analysis; Subject: POLARISCOPE; Subject: OPTICAL instruments; Subject: ELASTICITY; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2842.ep13605789 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13605789&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Blankenship, John R. AU - Ramfjord, Sigurd P. T1 - Lateral displacement of the mandible in Rhesus monkeys. JO - Journal of Oral Rehabilitation JF - Journal of Oral Rehabilitation Y1 - 1976/01// VL - 3 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 83 EP - 99 SN - 0305182X AB - Lateral displacement of the mandible was induced experimentally in five adult male Rhesus monkeys. Following from 21 weeks to 19 months, the animals were sacrificed and examined histologically. Two of the monkeys received H³ proline 4 months prior to sacrifice and radioautographs were prepared. The lateral displacement apparently caused great discomfort because the monkeys refused to eat and lost weight rapidly for a few months. After about 12 months, the monkeys could again eat their normal diet to the extent they started to gain weight slowly. The histological and radio-autographic findings indicated almost no changes of the articular surfaces of the temporomandibular joints. However, extensive reorganization of the neck of the condyles was observed. Severe periodontal trauma and extensive movements of the teeth occurred in spite of the fact that the teeth in each jaw were splinted firmly together. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Oral Rehabilitation is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RHESUS monkey KW - NUTRITION KW - MACAQUES KW - JAWS KW - DENTISTRY KW - DENTAL care N1 - Accession Number: 13602302; Blankenship, John R. 1; Ramfjord, Sigurd P. 2; Source Information: Jan1976, Vol. 3 Issue 1, p83; Subject: RHESUS monkey; Subject: NUTRITION; Subject: MACAQUES; Subject: JAWS; Subject: DENTISTRY; Subject: DENTAL care; Number of Pages: 17p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2842.ep13602302 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13602302&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dixit, Saryu N. T1 - Short-chain basement membrane collagen. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1989/12/08/ VL - 186 IS - 1/2 M3 - Article SP - 411 EP - 414 SN - 00142956 AB - The paper describes further characterization of the 55-kDa short-chain collagen from lens capsule. Lens capsules were extracted with 5.5 M guanidine · HCl and the extracted material was fractionated on agarose A5M followed by high-pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC). By amino acid composition, the major fraction obtained from HPLC was found to be different than type-IV collagen fragments. The 55-kDa short-chain collagen on pepsin digestion produced a 45-kDa pepsin-resistant fragment. The undifferentiated embryonal carcinoma (F-9) cells were found to synthesize increased amounts of 55-kDa short-chain collagen. The identity of this biosynthesized molecule with 55-kDa short-chain collagen from lens capsules was established by immunoprecipitation experiments. The results indicated a close similarity or identical nature of the short-chain collagens from these two sources. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - COLLAGEN KW - GUANIDINES KW - GUANIDINE KW - AMINO acids KW - PEPSIN KW - CANCER cells N1 - Accession Number: 13788066; Dixit, Saryu N. 1; Source Information: 12/8/89, Vol. 186 Issue 1/2, p411; Subject: COLLAGEN; Subject: GUANIDINES; Subject: GUANIDINE; Subject: AMINO acids; Subject: PEPSIN; Subject: CANCER cells; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13788066&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sandor, Attila AU - Hoppel, Charles L. T1 - Butyrobetaine availability in liver is a regulatory factor for carnitine biosynthesis in rat. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1989/11/20/ VL - 185 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 671 EP - 675 SN - 00142956 AB - Urinary excretion of total camitine in 48-h fasted rats dropped to 0.30 ± 0.01 µmol/day from 2.23 ± 0.4 µmol/day found in fed, control animals (mean ± SEM). Despite this marked retention, the total carnitine content of the whole body remained constant, about 83 µmol, predicting a slow-down in biosynthesis. The conversion of butyrobetaine into carnitine takes place only in the liver in rats. 48 h of starvation caused a decrease in the liver butyrobetaine level from 11.6 ± 1.19 nmol/g to 9.30 ± 1.19 nmol/g, which in whole livers corresponds to a decrease from 138 nmol to 61.3 nmol. The conversion rate of butyrobetaine into carnitine was studied with radiolabelled butyrobetaine. 30 min after injection of [³H]butyrobetaine the carnitine pool in the liver of fasted rats was labelled to about the same extent as that in fed rats, but from a butyrobetaine pool with higher specific radioactivity. Therefore, the conversion rate of butyrobetaine into carnitine was reduced. The newly formed carnitine found in the whole body of fasted rats was estimated to be 59% of controls. We conclude that the biosynthesis of carnitine in fasted rats slows down, for which a decreased availability of butyrobetaine in the liver is responsible. Urinary excretion of butyrobetaine in the fasted group decreased to 74.1 nmol/day from the 222-nmol/day control value while the butyrobetaine content of whole body did not significantly decrease (2.85 µmol vs. 3.04 µmol). Urinary excretion of trimethyllysine was also depressed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CARNITINE KW - LIVER KW - BIOSYNTHESIS KW - RADIOACTIVITY KW - NUCLEAR reactions KW - RATS N1 - Accession Number: 13772250; Sandor, Attila 1; Hoppel, Charles L. 2; Source Information: 11/20/89, Vol. 185 Issue 3, p671; Subject: CARNITINE; Subject: LIVER; Subject: BIOSYNTHESIS; Subject: RADIOACTIVITY; Subject: NUCLEAR reactions; Subject: RATS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13772250&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Seyer, Jerome M. AU - Hasty, Karen A. AU - Kang, Andrew H. T1 - Covalent structure of collagen. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1989/04/15/ VL - 181 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 159 EP - 173 SN - 00142956 AB - Bovine articular type II collagen was prepared by limited pepsin digestion, differential salt fractionation and carboxymethylcellulose chromatography. Cyanogen bromide digestion of purified type II collagen α chains yielded twelve distinct peptides designated CB1-12. The peptide α1(II)-CB11 was isolated by carboxymethylcellulose chromatography and Sephadex G-75S gel filtration. Automated Edman degradation together with chymotrypsin, thermolysin and trypsin digestion enabled identification of its complete amino acid sequence. Compared with type I and type III collagen, the data show similarity with α1(I)-CB8 and α1(III)-CB6-1-8-10-2 peptides, respectively. The peptide is located within residues 124-402 of the α1 (II) collagen chain and with its identification, now extends the known amino acid sequence of bovine type II cartilage collagen to 660 amino acid residues including α1(II)-CB1-2-6-12-11-8-10 (partial). This corresponds to α1(I)-CB0-1-2-4-5-8-3-7 (partial; 1-660) and α1(III)-CB3A-3B-3C-7-6-1-8-10-2-4-5 (partial; 1-660) of bovine α1 (I) and α1(III) collagen chains. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PEPSIN KW - GASTRIC juice KW - ASPARTIC proteinases KW - DIGESTIVE enzymes KW - CYANOGEN compounds KW - BIOCHEMISTRY N1 - Accession Number: 13798654; Seyer, Jerome M. 1,2; Hasty, Karen A. 3; Kang, Andrew H. 4; Source Information: 4/15/89, Vol. 181 Issue 1, p159; Subject: PEPSIN; Subject: GASTRIC juice; Subject: ASPARTIC proteinases; Subject: DIGESTIVE enzymes; Subject: CYANOGEN compounds; Subject: BIOCHEMISTRY; Number of Pages: 15p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13798654&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kimura, Tomoatsu AU - Mattei, Marie-Geneviève AU - Stevens, Jeff W. AU - Goldring, Mary B. AU - Ninomiya, Yoshifumi AU - Olsen, Bjorn R. T1 - Molecular cloning of rat and human type IX collagen cDNA and localization of the α1(1X) gene on the human chromosome 6. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1989/01/15/ VL - 179 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 71 EP - 78 SN - 00142956 AB - Type IX collagen is found in hyaline cartilage, where it is associated with type II collagen in quarter-staggered collagen fibrils. Chicken type IX collagen has been extensively characterized and shown to contain molecules with three triple-helical domains, interspersed with non-triple-helical sequences. The molecule contains three, genetically distinct, subunits and one of these subunits carries a covalently bound glycosaminoglycan side chain. In the present report, we describe for the first time the primary structure of mammalian type IX collagen chains, based on cloning and sequencing of eDNA from rat and human eDNA libraries. The results suggest that mammalian αl(IX) chains have the same multi-domain structure as the avian protein. We also demonstrate, by in situ hybridization of chromosome spreads, that the human α1 (IX) collagen gene is located on the long arm of chromosome 6. The cloning of human type IX collagen eDNA provides a probe for molecular studies of human chondrodysplasias that may involve abnormalities in this extracellutar collagen-proteoglycan. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - COLLAGEN KW - EXTRACELLULAR matrix proteins KW - CONNECTIVE tissues KW - CHICKENS KW - BIOCHEMISTRY KW - MOLECULAR biology N1 - Accession Number: 13747093; Kimura, Tomoatsu 1; Mattei, Marie-Geneviève 2; Stevens, Jeff W. 3; Goldring, Mary B. 4; Ninomiya, Yoshifumi 1; Olsen, Bjorn R. 1; Source Information: 1/15/89, Vol. 179 Issue 1, p71; Subject: COLLAGEN; Subject: EXTRACELLULAR matrix proteins; Subject: CONNECTIVE tissues; Subject: CHICKENS; Subject: BIOCHEMISTRY; Subject: MOLECULAR biology; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13747093&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sumegi, Balazs AU - Liposits, Zsolt AU - Inman, Lindsey AU - Paull, Willis K. AU - Srere, Paul A. T1 - Electron microscopic study on the size of pyruvate dehydrogenase complex in situ. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1987/11/16/ VL - 169 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 223 EP - 230 SN - 00142956 AB - Isolated pig heart pyruvate dehydrogenase complex (PDC) has been reported to have a molecular mass of 8000 kDa (large PDC) and a diameter of about 45 nm. Studies were carried out to determine the size of PDC in situ. Active enzyme centrifugation showed that extracts of pig heart mitochondria contain, in addition to large (S20,w= 100-200 5) active complexes, catalytically active small PDC (S20,w = 30 S). In addition, small PDC (1000 - 3000 kDa) could be obtained by gel filtration of mitochondrial extract. If pure large PDC was chromatographed in Triton X-100, then a fraction of it appears in the 1000 -3000-kDa range. Isolation of small PDC and rechromatography showed the formation of large PDC, Anti-PDC and ferritin-labeled second antibody were used in an attempt to determine the size of PDC in isolated inner membrane vesicles containing PDC and in permeabilized mitochondria. In both studies no large aggregates of ferritin particles were found which would correspond to the size of large PDC, The conclusion of these experiments is that PDC exists in situ in a smaller form than the isolated pure enzyme. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DEHYDROGENASES KW - PYRUVATES KW - MITOCHONDRIA KW - ENZYMES KW - CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis KW - POROUS materials N1 - Accession Number: 15801378; Sumegi, Balazs 1; Liposits, Zsolt 2; Inman, Lindsey 3,4; Paull, Willis K. 2; Srere, Paul A. 5,6; Source Information: 11/16/87, Vol. 169 Issue 1, p223; Subject: DEHYDROGENASES; Subject: PYRUVATES; Subject: MITOCHONDRIA; Subject: ENZYMES; Subject: CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis; Subject: POROUS materials; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15801378&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Talor, Zvi AU - Gold, Robert M. AU - Wu-Chang Yang AU - Arruda, Jose A.L. T1 - Anion exchanger is present in both luminal and basolateral renal membranes. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1987/05/04/ VL - 164 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 695 EP - 702 SN - 00142956 AB - Binding of the anion-exchange inhibitor ³H2-labeled 4,4'-diisothiocyano-2,2'-stilbene disulfonic acid (DIDS) to highly purified luminal and basolateral beef kidney tubular membranes was characterized. Specific binding of [³H2]DIDS is present in both luminal and basolateral membranes. Scatchard analysis revealed a Kd for [³H2]DIDS of 5.5 µM and 19.3 µM and a maximal number of binding sites of 10.9 nmol and 31.7 nmol DIDS/mg protein in basolateral and luminal membranes, respectively. To assess the role of this putative anion exchanger on transport we measured 35SO4 uptake by luminal and basolateral membranes. In both luminal and basolateral membranes sulfate uptake was significantly greater in the presence of an outward-directed el gradient, OH gradient or HCO3 gradient than in the absence of these gradients. There was an early anion-dependent sulfate uptake of five to ten times the equilibrium uptake at 60 min. The sulfate taken in could be released by lysis of the vesicles indicating true uptake and not binding of sulfate. No significant difference in SO4 uptake was found in the presence and in the absence of valinomycin, indicating that the anion exchanger is electroneutral. The anion-dependent sulfate uptake was completely inhibited by either DIDS or furosemide in both luminal and basolateral membranes. Dixon analysis of HCO3-dependent SO4 uptake by luminal membranes in the presence of different concentrations of DIDS revealed a Ki for DIDS of 20 µM. The similar values of the Kd for [³H2]DIDS binding and the Ki for DIDS inhibition of SOn uptake might suggest an association between DIDS binding and the inhibition of SO4 transport. In addition, an inward-directed Na gradient stimulated sulfate uptake in luminal but not in basolateral membranes. The Na-dependent sulfate uptake in luminal membranes was also inhibited by DIDS. We conclude that, in addition to the well-known Na-dependent sulfate uptake in luminal membranes, there exists an anion exchanger in both basolateral and luminal membranes capable of sulfate transport. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ION exchange (Chemistry) KW - EXCHANGE reactions KW - ANIONS KW - KIDNEYS KW - BIOLOGICAL membranes KW - CHEMICAL reactions N1 - Accession Number: 13802763; Talor, Zvi 1; Gold, Robert M. 2; Wu-Chang Yang 1; Arruda, Jose A.L. 1; Source Information: 5/4/87, Vol. 164 Issue 3, p695; Subject: ION exchange (Chemistry); Subject: EXCHANGE reactions; Subject: ANIONS; Subject: KIDNEYS; Subject: BIOLOGICAL membranes; Subject: CHEMICAL reactions; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13802763&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Freeman, Dale A. T1 - Regulation of the cholesterol ester cycle of cultured Leydig tumor cells. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1987/04/15/ VL - 164 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 351 EP - 356 SN - 00142956 AB - The MA-10 Leydig tumor cells take up low-density lipoprotein (LDL) from the medium and store the LDL-derived cholesterol as cholesterol esters that can be subsequently mobilized and used for steroid hormone synthesis. The present studies investigate the mechanisms by which cAMP acutely regulates the cellular content of cholesterol esters. In the absence of cholesterol utilization for steroidogenesis, cAMP stimulates cholesterol ester hydrolysis and ester resynthesis proportionally. The augmentation of ester hydrolysis by cAMP is completely matched by increased activity of the acyl-coenzyme-A: cholesterol acyltransferase and thus does not regulate cellular cholesterol ester concentration per se. The more important action of cAMP is to interrupt the cycle of hydrolysis and ester resynthesis by decreasing cholesterol re-esterification. In cells actively synthesizing steroid hormones, cholesterol reesterification is decreased by 82%. The decrease in cholesterol re-esterification occurs because cAMP directs cholesterol normally destined for re-esterification into steroid synthesis; simply blocking the utilization of cholesterol for steroidogenesis completely prevents net cholesterol ester hydrolysis and increases the cellular rate of cholesterol esterification. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LEYDIG cells KW - TESTIS KW - LOW density lipoproteins KW - BLOOD lipoproteins KW - CHOLESTEROL KW - BIOCHEMISTRY KW - CHEMISTRY KW - MEDICAL sciences N1 - Accession Number: 13853799; Freeman, Dale A. 1; Source Information: 4/15/87, Vol. 164 Issue 2, p351; Subject: LEYDIG cells; Subject: TESTIS; Subject: LOW density lipoproteins; Subject: BLOOD lipoproteins; Subject: CHOLESTEROL; Subject: BIOCHEMISTRY; Subject: CHEMISTRY; Subject: MEDICAL sciences; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13853799&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dutta-Roy, Asim K. AU - Gopalswamy, Narsimh AU - Trulszch, Dietmar V. T1 - Prostaglandin E1 binds to Z protein of rat liver. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1987/02/02/ VL - 162 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 615 EP - 619 SN - 00142956 AB - Z protein or fatty-acid-binding protein is abundant in the cytosol of many cell types including liver cells. It is considered to play an important role in intracellular transport and metabolism of long-chain fatty adds and other organic anions. We studied the role of Z protein in the metabolism of prostaglandin E1 (PGE1). Binding of tritiated prostaglandin E1 to this fatty-acid-binding protein (Z protein) purified from rat liver was determined. The binding of [³H]prostaglandin E1 to Z protein is rapid, saturable and reversible. Scatchard analysis of [³H]PGE1 binding to Z protein showed a single class of binding sites with a dissociation constant (Kd) of 37 nM. The binding capacity is 110 nmol/mg Z protein. Optimal [³H]PGE1 binding occurred at pH 7.4. The presence of 3 mM MgC12 stimulated the prostaglandin E1 binding to Z protein. Competition experiments show that the binding of this autacoid to Z protein is highly specific. It could not be displaced by other prostaglandins (PGA1, PGA2, PGE2, PGB2, PGI2, PGD2, PGF2a, and 6-ketoPGF1a). Z protein might be involved in the metabolism of prostaglandins in the cytosol. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - FATTY acid-binding proteins KW - CYTOSOL KW - LIVER KW - PROSTAGLANDINS KW - PROTEIN binding KW - RATS KW - BINDING sites (Biochemistry) N1 - Accession Number: 13749858; Dutta-Roy, Asim K. 1; Gopalswamy, Narsimh 1; Trulszch, Dietmar V. 1; Source Information: 2/2/87, Vol. 162 Issue 3, p615; Subject: FATTY acid-binding proteins; Subject: CYTOSOL; Subject: LIVER; Subject: PROSTAGLANDINS; Subject: PROTEIN binding; Subject: RATS; Subject: BINDING sites (Biochemistry); Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13749858&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sallman, Alan L. AU - Lubansky, Harry J. AU - Talor, Zvi AU - Arruda, Jose A. L. T1 - Plasma membrane proton ATPase from human kidney. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1986/06/16/ VL - 157 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 547 EP - 551 SN - 00142956 AB - Distal urinary acidification is thought to be mediated by a proton ATPase (H+-ATPase). We isolated a plasma membrane fraction from human kidney cortex and medulla which contained H+-ATPase activity. In both the cortex and medulla the plasma membrane fraction was enriched in alkaline phosphatase, maltase, Na-,K+-ATPase and devoid of mitochondrial and lysosomal contamination, in the presence of oligomycin (to inhibit mitochondrial ATPase) in the presence of ouabain (to inhibit Na+,K+-ATPase) and in the absence of Ca (to inhibit Ca2+-ATPase) this plasma membrane fraction showed ATPase activity which was sensitive to dicyclohexylcarbodiimide and N-ethylmaleimide. This ATPase activity was also inhibited by vanadate, 4,4′-diisothiocyano-2.2′-disulfonic stilbene and ZnSO4. In the presence of ATP, but not GTP or UTP, the plasma membrane fraction of both cortex and medulla was capable of quenching of acridine orange fluorescence, which could be dissipated by nigericin indicating acidification of the interior of the vesicles. The acidification was not affected by presence of oligomycin or ouabain indicating that it was not due to mitochondrial ATPase or Na+,K+-ATPase, respectively. Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide and N-ethylmaleimide completely abolished the acidification by this plasma membrane fraction. In the presence of vatinomycin and an outward-directed K gradient, there was increased quenching of acridine orange, indicating that the H+-ATPase is electrogenic. Acidification was not altered by replacement of Na by K, but was critically dependent on the presence of chloride. In summary, the plasma membrane fraction of the human kidney cortex and medulla contains a H+-ATPase, which is similar to the H+-ATPase described in other species, and we postulate that this H+-ATPase may be involved in urinary acidification. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ADENOSINE triphosphatase KW - CELL membranes KW - PROTONS KW - KIDNEY physiology KW - MOLECULAR biology KW - BIOCHEMISTRY N1 - Accession Number: 12234024; Sallman, Alan L. 1; Lubansky, Harry J. 1; Talor, Zvi 2; Arruda, Jose A. L. 2; Source Information: 6/16/86, Vol. 157 Issue 3, p547; Subject: ADENOSINE triphosphatase; Subject: CELL membranes; Subject: PROTONS; Subject: KIDNEY physiology; Subject: MOLECULAR biology; Subject: BIOCHEMISTRY; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12234024&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sawhney, Rajinder S. AU - Dixit, Saryu N. T1 - Biosynthesis and in vitro translation of type IV procollagens. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1985/08/15/ VL - 151 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 11 EP - 16 SN - 00142956 AB - The present paper describes how epithelial cells, cultured from bovine anterior lens capsule explants, synthesize and secrete procollagen type IV polypeptide chains α1(IV) and α2(IV). Metabolic labeling of these cells with [14C]proline for different rime intervals and subsequent analysis by SDS/polycrylamide gel electrophoresis revealed the presence of two polypeptide chains with apparent molecular masses of 180 kDa and 170 kDa. the procollagens were bacterial-collagenase-sensitive and were specifically immunoprecipitated by antibodies raised against the 7S domain of type IV collagen. Type IV procolagen poly(A)-rich RNA was isolated from cultured lens capsule cells and translated in a reticulocyte lysate cell-free system. Two polypeptides with apparent molecular masses of 152 kDa and 145 kDa were identified as procollagen type IV unmodified chains by gel electrophoresis, collagenase digestion and specific immunoprecipitation. During experiments in which cells were labeled in the presence of α,α'-bipyridyl, type IV procollagen appeared as one major comigrating with a 145 kDa polypeptide on SDS-gel electrophoresis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - COLLAGEN KW - PEPTIDE hormones KW - BIOSYNTHESIS KW - ELECTROPHORESIS KW - BIOCHEMISTRY N1 - Accession Number: 13929302; Sawhney, Rajinder S. 1; Dixit, Saryu N. 1; Source Information: 8/15/85, Vol. 151 Issue 1, p11; Subject: COLLAGEN; Subject: PEPTIDE hormones; Subject: BIOSYNTHESIS; Subject: ELECTROPHORESIS; Subject: BIOCHEMISTRY; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13929302&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Di Iorio, Ernesto E. AU - Winterhalter, Kaspar H. AU - Mansouri, Ali AU - Blumberg, William E. AU - Peisach, Jack T1 - Studies on the oxidation of hemoglobin Zurich (beta63E7 Arg). JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1984/12/17/ VL - 145 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 549 EP - 554 SN - 00142956 AB - Autoxidation and chemically-induced oxidation of hemoglobin Zurich (beta63 E7 Arg) have been investigated by electron paramagnetic resonance and optical absorption spectroscopy. The results show that the replacement of the distal histidine of the hemoglobin beta chains by all arginine greatly enhances the susceptibility of the home-iron to oxidative challenge. Both the kinetics and the products of the oxidation are pH dependent. Thus, at acidic and neutral pH, treatment of the protein with ferricyanide leads to a fast conversion of the oxy-protein to aquo-methemoglobin, which, eventually, is slowly converted to hemichromes. In contrast, the hydroxy-met derivative, formed upon chemical oxidation at high pH, is rapidly converted to hemichromes. The electron paramagnetic resonance features of the ferric derivatives of hemoglobin Zurich are somewhat singular, reflecting the modifications of the heme enviromnent in the distal region of the abnormal chains. However, they can be related to heme complexes having their structural counterparts in oxidation products of hemoglobin A. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PHYSIOLOGICAL oxidation KW - HEMOGLOBIN KW - BLOOD proteins KW - LIGHT absorption KW - ELECTRON paramagnetic resonance KW - SPECTRUM analysis N1 - Accession Number: 13832287; Di Iorio, Ernesto E. 1; Winterhalter, Kaspar H. 1; Mansouri, Ali 1; Blumberg, William E. 1; Peisach, Jack 1; Source Information: 12/17/84, Vol. 145 Issue 3, p549; Subject: PHYSIOLOGICAL oxidation; Subject: HEMOGLOBIN; Subject: BLOOD proteins; Subject: LIGHT absorption; Subject: ELECTRON paramagnetic resonance; Subject: SPECTRUM analysis; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13832287&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Canellakis, Zoe N. AU - Bondy, Philip K. AU - May Jr., Jesse A. AU - Myers-Robfogel, Marjorie K. AU - Sartorelli, Alan C. T1 - Identification of a glycosidase activity with apparent specificity for 2-deoxy-D-glucose in glycosidic linkage. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1984/08/15/ VL - 143 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 159 EP - 163 SN - 00142956 AB - 2-Deoxy-D-glucose (dGlc) is a carbohydrate with significant activity as an inhibitor of glucose metabolism and as a precursor in the synthesis of glycosylated macromolecules; several of the enzymes associated with its metabolism remain uncharacterized. In the present report, the partial purification and some of the properties of a mammalian enzyme that appears to be relatively specific for the hydrolysis of dGlc bound in glycosidic linkage is described. The physiological function of this enzymatic activity is unknown. In addition, dGlc has been shown to be taken up by HTC cells in culture and incorporated into macromolecular bound form, both as dGlc and as 2-deoxygalactose which is formed from dGlc. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - GLUCOSE KW - SUCROSE KW - MONOSACCHARIDES KW - ENZYMES KW - GLYCOPROTEINS KW - HEMOGLOBIN polymorphisms KW - MACROMOLECULES KW - HYDROLYSIS N1 - Accession Number: 15832244; Canellakis, Zoe N. 1; Bondy, Philip K. 1; May Jr., Jesse A. 2; Myers-Robfogel, Marjorie K. 2; Sartorelli, Alan C. 2; Source Information: 8/15/84, Vol. 143 Issue 1, p159; Subject: GLUCOSE; Subject: SUCROSE; Subject: MONOSACCHARIDES; Subject: ENZYMES; Subject: GLYCOPROTEINS; Subject: HEMOGLOBIN polymorphisms; Subject: MACROMOLECULES; Subject: HYDROLYSIS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15832244&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dalvit, Claudio AU - Miura, Shigetoshi AU - Alice AU - De Young AU - Noble, Robert W. AU - Cerdonio, Massimo AU - Chien Ho T1 - A high-resolution proton nuclear-magnetic-resonance investigation of carp hemoglobin. Conformational differences between carp and human normal adult hemoglobins in solution. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1984/06//6/1/84 VL - 141 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 255 EP - 259 SN - 00142956 AB - The high-resolution proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectra of carp hemoglobin have been compared to those of human normal adult hemoglobin. Carp deoxy and carbonmonoxy hemoglobins in the deoxy-type q ua ternary stale exhibit two downfield exchangeable proton resonances as compared to four seen in human normal adult deoxyhemoglobin. This suggests that two of the hydrogen bonds present in human normal adult deoxyhemoglobin are absent or occur in very different environments in carp hemoglobin. One of the exchangeable proton resonances of carp hemoglobin, while present in the deoxy-type quaternary stare of the carbonmonoxy and deoxy derivatives, is absent in the oxy-type quaternary state of both, in agreement with the assignments of these quaternary structures by other methods. The ring-current-shifted proton resonances (sensitive tertiary structural markers) of carp carbonmonoxyhemoglobin are substantially different from those of human normal adult hemoglobin. The aromatic proton resonance region of carp hemoglobin has fewer resonances than that of human normal adult hemoglobin, consistent with its much reduced histidine content. The hyperfine-shifted proximal histidyl NH-exchangeable proton resonances of carp hemoglobin suggest that during the transition from the oxy to the deoxy quaternary structure, there is a greater alteration in the heme pocket of one type of subunits (presumably the β chain) than that in the other subunit. The present results suggest that there are differences in both tertiary and quaternary structures between carp and human normal adult hemoglobins which could contribute to the great differences in the Functional properties between these two proteins. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - NUCLEAR magnetic resonance KW - HEMOGLOBIN KW - ERYTHROCYTES KW - BLOOD proteins KW - SPECTRUM analysis KW - HEMOGLOBIN polymorphisms N1 - Accession Number: 13823827; Dalvit, Claudio 1,2,3; Miura, Shigetoshi 1,2,3; Alice; De Young 1,2,3; Noble, Robert W. 1,2,3; Cerdonio, Massimo 1,2,3; Chien Ho 1,2,3; Source Information: 6/1/84, Vol. 141 Issue 2, p255; Subject: NUCLEAR magnetic resonance; Subject: HEMOGLOBIN; Subject: ERYTHROCYTES; Subject: BLOOD proteins; Subject: SPECTRUM analysis; Subject: HEMOGLOBIN polymorphisms; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13823827&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Noble, Robert W. AU - De Young, Alice AU - Di Iorio, Ernesto AU - Winterhalter, Kaspar H. AU - Cerdonio, Massimo C. AU - Morante, Silvia AU - Vitale, Stefano T1 - Quaternary Structure and Spin Equilibria in Ferric Hemoglobins. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1983/06/15/ VL - 133 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 475 EP - 478 SN - 00142956 AB - The effective magnetic moments for a number of human and carp methemoglobin derivatives were determined in solution at room temperature. The data permit us to confirm the dependence of the spin-state equilibrium of azide methemoglobin on the quaternary state of the hemoglobin and to demonstrate a similar dependence for both human and carp aquomethemoglobin. In addition, the pH dependence of the effective magnetic moment and the Sorer spectrum of carp azide-methemoglobin are compared. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HEMOGLOBIN KW - EQUILIBRIUM KW - SPIN temperature KW - BLOOD proteins KW - ERYTHROCYTES KW - SPECTRUM analysis N1 - Accession Number: 13906061; Noble, Robert W. 1; De Young, Alice 1; Di Iorio, Ernesto 1; Winterhalter, Kaspar H. 1; Cerdonio, Massimo C. 1; Morante, Silvia 1; Vitale, Stefano 1; Source Information: 6/15/83, Vol. 133 Issue 2, p475; Subject: HEMOGLOBIN; Subject: EQUILIBRIUM; Subject: SPIN temperature; Subject: BLOOD proteins; Subject: ERYTHROCYTES; Subject: SPECTRUM analysis; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 1 Chart, 4 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13906061&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cerdonio, Massimo AU - Morante, Silvia AU - Vitale, Stefano AU - Dalvit, Claudio AU - Russu, Irina M. AU - Chien Ho AU - De Young, Alice AU - Noble, Robert W. T1 - Magnetic and Spectral Properties of Carp Carbonmonoxyhemoglobin. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1983/05/16/ VL - 132 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 461 EP - 467 SN - 00142956 AB - We have extended our studies on the magnetic properties of carp carbonmonoxyhemoglobin and the dependence of these properties upon solution variables. Using an improved version of the superconducting magnetometer, we have found that the magnetic susceptibility of carp carbonmonoxyhemoglobin is sensitive to both inositol hexakisphosphate and chloride ion. The dependence upon chloride ion Concentration is complex. At relatively low concentrations this anion reverses the effect of inositol hexakisphosphate, restoring paramagnetism. At higher chloride concentrations the protein is converted to a roughly diamagnetic state in the absence of inositol hexakisphosphate. Along with these susceptibility studies, we have examined the effects of these anions on other properties of carp carbonmonoxyhemoglobin. The positions of the Soret bands of human and carp methemoglobin derivatives arc correlated with spin state; changes in the magnetic susceptibility of carbonmonoxyhemoglobin are similarly associated with alterations in this spectral band. We have also examined the effects of these anions on the proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum of carp carbonmonoxyhemoglobin. Both chloride and inositol hexakisphosphate alter the position of the proton resonances in the ring-current-shifted region of the spectrum. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - OXYHEMOGLOBIN KW - HEMOGLOBIN KW - MAGNETIC properties KW - CARBON monoxide KW - CHLORIDES KW - IONS KW - PROTEINS N1 - Accession Number: 13823730; Cerdonio, Massimo 1,2,3,4; Morante, Silvia 1,2,3,4; Vitale, Stefano 1,2,3,4; Dalvit, Claudio 1,2,3,4; Russu, Irina M. 1,2,3,4; Chien Ho 1,2,3,4; De Young, Alice 1,2,3,4; Noble, Robert W. 1,2,3,4; Source Information: 5/16/83, Vol. 132 Issue 3, p461; Subject: OXYHEMOGLOBIN; Subject: HEMOGLOBIN; Subject: MAGNETIC properties; Subject: CARBON monoxide; Subject: CHLORIDES; Subject: IONS; Subject: PROTEINS; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13823730&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Messner, Roberta AU - Smith, Martha Neff T1 - Neurofibromatosis: relinquishing the masks; a quest for quality of life. JO - Journal of Advanced Nursing JF - Journal of Advanced Nursing Y1 - 1986/07// VL - 11 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 459 EP - 464 SN - 03092402 AB - Neurofibromatosis (NF)or von Recklinghausen's disease is mankind's most common neurologic genetic disorder, occurring in one of every 3000 live births. While many individuals with NF suffer disfiguring, disabling, or life-threatening complications, NF is extremely variable in its symptoms, intensity, and progression. For many of its victims, NF is a pseudonym for uncertainty and physical and psychosocial havoc. John Merrick, 'The Elephant Man', endured one of the most severe cases of NF ever recorded. Merrick's rejection by post-Dickensian England forced him to become a sideshow circus attraction just to survive. The essence of nursing intervention with NF patients and their families engaged in the quest for quality of life is to restore them to optimal physical and psychosocial functioning, and, ideally, to help them utilize the experience for growth. Many individuals respond to the frustration of NF and society's reactions to the disorder by the wearing of psychological masks. Likewise, nurses may wear emotional masks as a defence against their own discomfort and fears concerning the disorder. Comprehensive nursing management of NF is realized only as nurses and patients relinquish their respective masks. This article examines the nurse's role in genetic disorders with special considerations presented by NF. Adaptation to NF involves coping with NF and its accompanying sequelae and coping with life as it is affected by NF. The concepts of 'chromosomal coping', 'genetophobia', 'genetic guilt, and 'genetic overload syndrome' are presented and analyzed utilizing the theoretical nursing frameworks of Imogene King and Sister Callista Roy. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Advanced Nursing is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - NEUROFIBROMATOSIS KW - GENETIC disorders KW - QUALITY of life KW - NURSES KW - NURSING KW - NEUROFIBROMA N1 - Accession Number: 13116289; Messner, Roberta 1; Smith, Martha Neff 2; Source Information: Jul86, Vol. 11 Issue 4, p459; Subject: NEUROFIBROMATOSIS; Subject: GENETIC disorders; Subject: QUALITY of life; Subject: NURSES; Subject: NURSING; Subject: NEUROFIBROMA; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2648.ep13116289 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13116289&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Davis, Marcella Z. T1 - Nursing and the chronically ill patient in the acute-care hospital. JO - Journal of Advanced Nursing JF - Journal of Advanced Nursing Y1 - 1984/05// VL - 9 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 257 EP - 266 SN - 03092402 AB - The purpose of this exploratory interview study was to delineate the experience of nurses in a large acute-care/teaching hospital who provided nursing care to patients whose condition is characterized by: (a) chronicity, (b) severe functional debilitation, (c) whose care needs require maximum staff effort, and (d) whose potential for improvement was minimal. These patients are of significance for nurses because their predominant care needs are nursing, yet most nurses in the acute setting find the experience of providing care to these patients to be burdensome and discouraging. However, based on the data to be reported on here, there were nurses in the study who found the experience to be both challenging and rewarding. Discussion is on the experience of nurses who found a challenge and reward in the experience and focuses on (a) what they found in the nursing care of these patients to be a challenge and rewarding and why, (b) how their expectations for the patient and their perspective on the patient's progress enhanced provision of care to these patients, and (c) their impact on the ward vis-à-vis their peers. Implications for nursing practice are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Advanced Nursing is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - NURSING KW - CARE of the sick KW - HOSPITALS KW - HEALTH facilities KW - NURSE & patient KW - MEDICAL teaching personnel N1 - Accession Number: 14365081; Davis, Marcella Z. 1; Source Information: May84, Vol. 9 Issue 3, p257; Subject: NURSING; Subject: CARE of the sick; Subject: HOSPITALS; Subject: HEALTH facilities; Subject: NURSE & patient; Subject: MEDICAL teaching personnel; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2648.ep14365081 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14365081&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chenitz, W. Carole AU - Swanson, Janice M. T1 - Surfacing nursing process: a method for generating nursing theory from practice. JO - Journal of Advanced Nursing JF - Journal of Advanced Nursing Y1 - 1984/03// VL - 9 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 205 EP - 215 SN - 03092402 AB - The process dimension in nursing is far more complex than currently recognized. Lack of knowledge about process in nursing has consequences for professional development and nursing theory. A method for generating theory from systematic observation, description, identification and analysis of nursing practice is presented. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Advanced Nursing is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - NURSING -- Study & teaching KW - CONTINUING education KW - PROFESSIONAL education KW - NURSING informatics KW - NURSING audit KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 14366648; Chenitz, W. Carole 1,2; Swanson, Janice M. 3; Source Information: Mar1984, Vol. 9 Issue 2, p205; Subject: NURSING -- Study & teaching; Subject: CONTINUING education; Subject: PROFESSIONAL education; Subject: NURSING informatics; Subject: NURSING audit; Geographic Terms: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2648.ep14366648 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14366648&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lavan, Helen AU - Welsch, Harold P. AU - Full, James M. T1 - A Contingency Approach to Organization Development Based on Differentiated Roles. JO - Group & Organization Studies JF - Group & Organization Studies Y1 - 1981/06// VL - 6 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 176 EP - 189 SN - 03641082 AB - As a logical extension of the principle of individual differences, it is suggested that there are various differentiated groups within organizations that may require customized interventions. Administrators and professionals are two such groups represented in most organizations. Focusing on job satisfaction as the dependent variable in a health-care organization, the results indicate that a contingency perspective is warranted. Overall, the theory predicted accurately and significantly in sixty-five of a possible 136 relationships for the professionals and in only forty-four of the relationships for the administrators. This result indicates that differential-intervention strategies should be utilized for the two groups, even in the same organization. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Group & Organization Studies is the property of Sage Publications Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ORGANIZATIONAL change KW - INDIVIDUAL differences KW - HEALTH services administrators KW - MEDICAL personnel KW - JOB satisfaction KW - STRESS (Physiology) KW - MANAGEMENT N1 - Accession Number: 6551674; Lavan, Helen 1; Welsch, Harold P. 1; Full, James M. 2; Source Information: Jun81, Vol. 6 Issue 2, p176; Subject: ORGANIZATIONAL change; Subject: INDIVIDUAL differences; Subject: HEALTH services administrators; Subject: MEDICAL personnel; Subject: JOB satisfaction; Subject: STRESS (Physiology); Subject: MANAGEMENT; Number of Pages: 14p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=6551674&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sepsi Jr., Victor J. T1 - Girl Recidivists. JO - Journal of Research in Crime & Delinquency JF - Journal of Research in Crime & Delinquency Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 11 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 70 EP - 79 SN - 00224278 AB - The purpose of this study was to investigate statistically the relationships between personal variables which distinguish between female juvenile recidivists and nonrecidivists. From data obtained solely from institutional records, 104 variables were selected on the basis of availability and objectivity. The 210 subjects of this study consisted of 105 recidivists and 105 nonrecidivists from an Ohio girls' training school. Results suggest that early age at the onset of delinquency, less formal education, and family relationships are significantly associated with recidivism among girls. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Research in Crime & Delinquency is the property of Sage Publications Inc. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RECIDIVISTS KW - WOMEN criminals KW - JUVENILE delinquents KW - CRIMINALS KW - YOUTH KW - JUVENILE delinquency KW - RECIDIVISM N1 - Accession Number: 5542328; Sepsi Jr., Victor J. 1; Source Information: Jan74, Vol. 11 Issue 1, p70; Subject: RECIDIVISTS; Subject: WOMEN criminals; Subject: JUVENILE delinquents; Subject: CRIMINALS; Subject: YOUTH; Subject: JUVENILE delinquency; Subject: RECIDIVISM; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5542328&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kay, N.E. AU - Morley, J.E. AU - Allen, J.I. T1 - Interaction between endogenous opioids and IL-2 on PHA-stimulated human lymphocytes. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1990/08// VL - 70 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 485 EP - 491 SN - 00192805 AB - Endogenous opioids exert a variety of extra central nervous system (CNS) functions, including modulation of some human lymphocyte functions. The latter opioid activity may result in elevation of human natural killer (NK) function (i.e. by β-endorphin), which is reversed by an opioid antagonist, Naloxone. Since recent evidence has suggested both structural and functional similarities between lymphokines known to elevate human NK function (interferon and interleukin-2) and endogenous opioids, we investigated if Naloxone could modulate lymphokine-enhanced human NK activity. Naloxone blunted, in a dose-dependent fashion, the NK-enhancing activity of peripheral blood lymphocytes or large granular lymphocytes by recombinant interferon-alpha (IFN-α) or interleukin-2 (IL-2). Naloxone decreased the uptake of radiolabelled IL-2 receptors. β-endorphin also decreased the binding of radiolabelled IL-2 or IL-2 receptor-positive human lymphocytes. Finally, labelled Naloxone was inhibited from binding to phytohaemagglutinin (PHA)-stimulated lymphocytes by either β-endorphin or IL-2. These findings strongly suggest that human lymphocyte receptors for opioid, IFN or IL-2 molecules, once occupied, have distinct influences on the alternate receptor. In addition, these data further strengthen the potential role of CNS-mediated influences on the human immune system. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - OPIOIDS KW - INTERLEUKIN-2 KW - CENTRAL nervous system KW - KILLER cells KW - IMMUNE system N1 - Accession Number: 13383251; Kay, N.E. 1; Morley, J.E. 2; Allen, J.I. 1; Source Information: Aug90, Vol. 70 Issue 4, p485; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: OPIOIDS; Subject: INTERLEUKIN-2; Subject: CENTRAL nervous system; Subject: KILLER cells; Subject: IMMUNE system; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13383251&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Heyworth, M. F. AU - Ho, K. E. AU - Pappo, J. T1 - Generation and characterization of monoclonal antibodies against Giardia muris trophozoites. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 68 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 341 EP - 345 SN - 00192805 AB - Mouse monoclonal antibodies (mAb) were produced against Giardia muris trophozoite surface antigens. To generate B-cell hybridomas, P3/NS1/1-Ag4-1 myeloma cells were fused with splenic lymphocytes from BALB/c mice that had been immunized parenterally with G. muris trophozoites. Hybridoma culture supernatants were screened for mAb by flow cytometry of G. muris trophozoites incubated with culture supernatant followed by fluorescein-conjugated anti-mouse IgG and IgM. Flow cytometry showed three types of trophozoite staining by mAb: (i) bright staining of >90% of trophozoites, with aggregation of the organisms; (ii) bright staining of approximately 90% of trophozoites, with little or no aggregation; (iii) dull staining of approximately 20% of trophozoites, without aggregation. Western blotting of mAb on G. muris trophozoite antigens separated by polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis showed that a mAb exhibiting the third of these flow cytometry staining patterns recognized trophozoite antigens of MW ∼31,000 and 35,000. Immunoprecipitation studies indicated that the same mAb specifically precipitated two 125I-labelled trophozoite surface antigens of MW ∼30,000. Monoclonal antibodies generated in this study may facilitate the purification and biochemical characterization of trophozoite antigens that are targets for protective intestinal antibody in G. muris-infected mice. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MONOCLONAL antibodies KW - GIARDIA KW - PROTOZOA KW - ANTIGENS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - IMMUNITY KW - FLOW cytometry N1 - Accession Number: 13354955; Heyworth, M. F. 1; Ho, K. E. 1; Pappo, J. 1; Source Information: Nov89, Vol. 68 Issue 3, p341; Subject: MONOCLONAL antibodies; Subject: GIARDIA; Subject: PROTOZOA; Subject: ANTIGENS; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: IMMUNITY; Subject: FLOW cytometry; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13354955&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mookerjee, B.K. AU - Chen, P.B. AU - Pauly, J.L. T1 - IL-2-induced polyclonal proliferation of human peripheral blood lymphocytes: functional and phenotypic characteristics of proliferating cells. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 66 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 176 EP - 182 SN - 00192805 AB - Unstimulated human peripheral blood lymphocytes (HPBL) were found to proliferate when cultured in vitro with interleukin-2 (IL-2). In bulk long-term cultures of HPBL cultured with IL-2, cell numbers usually doubled after 8-11 days of culture, and a 10-fold increase in cell number occurred between the second and third weeks of culture. These cells retained their ability to respond to a panel of T-cell dependent antigens, phytomitogens and allogeneic cells up to Day 21 of culture. The proliferating cells predominantly expressed the T-cell antigens (CD3, CD4 and CD8), but not antigens of natural killer (NK) cells, B cells or mononuclear phagocytic cells. The proportion of cells expressing CD3 and CD4 antigens progressively increased with length of culture. Purified lymphocytes expressing either CD4 or CD8 antigens were also found to be capable of showing a proliferative response to IL-2, especially when provided with autologous accessory cells. However, purified human peripheral blood B cells expressing the Leu 12 antigen did not respond with or without autologous accessory cells. Unlike the responses to phytomitogen, soluble antigens or allogeneic cells, the proliferative responses of HPBL to IL-2 were not inhibited by a monoclonal antibody (OK-1a-1) to the non-polymorphic part of human class II histocompatibility antigens. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - BLOOD cells KW - CELL proliferation KW - INTERLEUKIN-2 KW - CELL culture KW - T cells N1 - Accession Number: 13373705; Mookerjee, B.K. 1; Chen, P.B. 2; Pauly, J.L. 3; Source Information: Feb89, Vol. 66 Issue 2, p176; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: BLOOD cells; Subject: CELL proliferation; Subject: INTERLEUKIN-2; Subject: CELL culture; Subject: T cells; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13373705&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Shores, E. W. AU - Pisetsky, D. S. AU - Grudier, J. AU - Eisenberg, R. A. AU - Cohen, P. L. T1 - Immunization with the Sm nuclear antigen induces anti-Sm antibodies in normal and MRL mice. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 65 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 473 EP - 478 SN - 00192805 AB - The spontaneous occurrence of antibodies against the Sm nuclear antigen is a highly specific marker for the diagnois of SLE. We have previously shown that anti-Sm can be elicited by immunization of SLE-prone mice with purified Sm antigen. In the present study, this autoanfibody was induced in normal mice by a similar immunization protocol. Anti-Sm produced by normal strains was predominantly IgG1, which is similar to the isotype distribution in Sm-immunized MRL mice, but unlike the IgG2a-dominated response seen for spontaneous anti-Sm. Anti-Sm raised by immunization in most strains recognized epitopes not seen by spontaneous human and murine SLE anti-Sm; of the eleven normal strains tested, only C3H and AKR, strains from which MRL was partially derived, responded to these determinants. Further, immunoblot analysis of anti-Sm generated by immunization of MRL and normal mice revealed that the same proteins recognized by spontaneous human and murine anti-Sm were also seen by these sera. This study shows that an autoantibody highly characteristic of SLE can be produced in normal and MRL mice after appropriate immunization, and that the fine specificity of such experimentally induced antibody can be similar to that of spontaneous anti-Sm autoantibodies. The results imply a role for autoimmunization with Sm in the production of anti-Sm. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNIZATION KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - MONOCLONAL antibodies KW - ANTIGENS KW - PROTEINS KW - ANTIGENIC determinants N1 - Accession Number: 14004005; Shores, E. W. 1; Pisetsky, D. S. 2; Grudier, J. 2; Eisenberg, R. A. 1; Cohen, P. L. 1; Source Information: Nov88, Vol. 65 Issue 3, p473; Subject: IMMUNIZATION; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject: MONOCLONAL antibodies; Subject: ANTIGENS; Subject: PROTEINS; Subject: ANTIGENIC determinants; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14004005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Abrass, C. K. T1 - Measurement of the rates of basal pinocytosis of horseradish peroxidase and internalization of heat-aggregated IgG by macrophages from normal and streptozotocin-induced diabetic rats. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 65 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 411 EP - 415 SN - 00192805 AB - The rates of basal pinocytosis and internalization of Fc receptor-bound model immune complexes by macrophages from control (Group 1, n= 9), insulin-treated non-diabetic (2, n= 9), insulin-deficient diabetic (3, n= 8) and insulin-treated diabetic (4, n= 8) rats were measured Pinocytic rates, as determined by uptake of horseradish peroxidase (HRP), were comparable for all experimental groups(1, 19.6±5.3; 2, 18.6±6.0; 3, 18.7±5.5; 4, 24.5±9.1;mean±1SD,pg per min per 106 celIs, analysis of variance P>0.05). The rates of internalization of Fc receptor-bound model immune complexes were decreased in insulin-treated non-diabetic rats (2, 411±10) and both groups of diabetic rats (3, 39.3 ± 5.6; 4, 44.6 ±6.9) compared with control animals (1, 54.4± 7.2; mean ±ISD, percentage internalized per 10 min per 106 cells, analysis of variance P <001). Under the conditions of study, comparable amounts of model immune complexes were bound by macrophages from each of the groups; thus, the amount of internalized material was decreased in all three experimental groups (2,3 and 4). These data suggest that Insulin treatment, as well as the diabetic environment, can contribute to a decreased rate of internalization of Fc receptor-bound immune complexes, and may thereby contribute to impaired phagocytosis that has been demonstrated to occur in diabetes. These changes appear to be specific to Fc receptor-mediated internalization, at no differences In the rates of basal pinocytosis were observed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PINOCYTOSIS KW - PEROXIDASE KW - MACROPHAGES KW - STREPTOZOTOCIN KW - FC receptors KW - DIABETES N1 - Accession Number: 14003930; Abrass, C. K. 1; Source Information: Nov88, Vol. 65 Issue 3, p411; Subject: PINOCYTOSIS; Subject: PEROXIDASE; Subject: MACROPHAGES; Subject: STREPTOZOTOCIN; Subject: FC receptors; Subject: DIABETES; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14003930&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Scumucker, D. L. AU - Daniels, C. K. AU - Wang, R. K. AU - Smith, K. T1 - Mucosal immune response to cholera toxin in ageing rats. I ANTIBODY AND ANTIBODY-CONTAINING CELL RESPONSE. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1988/08// VL - 64 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 691 EP - 695 SN - 00192805 AB - Although ageing is accompanied by systemic immunodeficiencies, the status of the mucosal immune system in the elderly remains unresolved. The gastrointestinal mucosal immune response was evaluated in young, mature and old male rats subjected to intra-intestinal immunization with cholera toxin (CTx). Five days following secondary immunization, the α-CTx-lgA titre in the bile of immunized rats was markedly reduced, i.e. the values measured in young rats were approximately five-fold higher than those of old animals. α-CTx-IgA levels in non-immunized rats were negligible and age-related shifts in other antibody titres (α-CFx IgG and IgM) were not significant. The antibody response to CTx was not reflected in the total IgA content of the samples. The number of α-CTx antibody-containing cells (ACCs) in the small intestinal lamina propria was significantly reduced in old immunized rats in comparison with the young or mature animals. These data suggest that ageing compromises both non-immune cell (antibody transport by hepatocytes) and immune cell (number of ACCs in the gut wall) functions in response to cholera toxin immunization in this animal model. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNE response KW - AGING KW - IMMUNODEFICIENCY KW - TOXINS KW - GASTROINTESTINAL agents KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - LAMINA epithelialis N1 - Accession Number: 14007043; Scumucker, D. L. 1,2,3; Daniels, C. K. 1,2,3; Wang, R. K. 1,2; Smith, K. 1; Source Information: Aug88, Vol. 64 Issue 4, p691; Subject: IMMUNE response; Subject: AGING; Subject: IMMUNODEFICIENCY; Subject: TOXINS; Subject: GASTROINTESTINAL agents; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: LAMINA epithelialis; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14007043&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pappo, J. AU - Ebersole, J. L. AU - Taubman, M. A. T1 - Phenotype of mononuclear leucocytes resident in rat major salivary and lacrimal glands. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 64 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 295 EP - 300 SN - 00192805 AB - The phenotypic distribution of lymphocytes and mononuclear phagocytes resident in rat secretory glands was examined. Isolated exocrine gland mononuclear leucocyte populations contained 50- 61% W3/13+ T cells and greater proportions of W3/254 T helper cells relative to OX8+ T suppressor cells. Surface Ig+ cells (slg) constituted from 32% to 34% of the cells and their distribution was slgM > sIgA > sIgG. The macrophage populations comprised from 0.02% to 0 .1 % of the unfractionated gland cells. Fractionated secretory gland-adherent cells consisted primarily of non-specific esteraset, phagocytic and Fc receptor-bearing cells. From 35% to 79% of the macrophages in exocrine glands expressed I-A molecules. The results suggest that exocrine glands have the ability to respond locally to an antigenic challenge independently of a central mucosal immune response. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MACROPHAGES KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - MONONUCLEOSIS KW - T cells KW - CELL receptors KW - IMMUNE response KW - IMMUNOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 14009218; Pappo, J. 1; Ebersole, J. L. 2; Taubman, M. A. 3; Source Information: Jun88, Vol. 64 Issue 2, p295; Subject: MACROPHAGES; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: MONONUCLEOSIS; Subject: T cells; Subject: CELL receptors; Subject: IMMUNE response; Subject: IMMUNOLOGY; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14009218&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hernandez, A. D. AU - Cremer, M. A. AU - Townes, A. S. AU - Stuart, J. M. AU - Kang, A. H. T1 - The immune response of guinea-pigs to type II collagen: poor cross-reactivity with homologous type II collagen accounts for resistance to collagen-induced arthritis. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 63 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 619 EP - 624 SN - 00192805 AB - In order to determine the susceptibility of guinea-pigs to collagen-induced arthritis (CIA), Hartley and Strain 13 guinea-pigs were immunized with heterologous or homologous type II collagen. None of the animals developed CIA. Because immunity to type II collagen plays a critical role in CIA, we characterized the guinea-pig's immune response to determine the basis for this resistance. Guinea- pigs develop cellular and humoral reactivity to heterologous type II collagen similar to that of CIA-susceptible rats. The reactions distinguish type I from type II collagen but not among several heterologous type II collagens. The cell-mediated immune (CMI) response was specific for determinants on the primary amino acid structure of collagen, whether native or denatured collagen was used for immunization; however, the humoral response was specific for the form of the molecule used for immunization. Guinea-pigs differ from CIA-susceptible rats in that immunization with homologous or heterologous type II collagen fails to induce significant cross-reactive immunity with the homologous antigen. A transient arthritis could be induced in animals immunized with heterologous type II collagen by injecting them intra-articularly with heterologous but not with homologous type II collagen. Our results show that the disparity between immunity to type II collagen and the susceptibility to develop CIA in guinea-pigs is due to their poor cross-reactive immune response to autologous type II collagen. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNE response KW - ANIMAL models in research KW - COLLAGEN KW - ARTHRITIS KW - CROSS reactions (Immunology) KW - ANTIGEN-antibody reactions N1 - Accession Number: 14023165; Hernandez, A. D. 1; Cremer, M. A. 1; Townes, A. S. 1; Stuart, J. M. 1; Kang, A. H. 1; Source Information: Apr88, Vol. 63 Issue 4, p619; Subject: IMMUNE response; Subject: ANIMAL models in research; Subject: COLLAGEN; Subject: ARTHRITIS; Subject: CROSS reactions (Immunology); Subject: ANTIGEN-antibody reactions; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14023165&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kris, R. M . AU - Yetter, R. A. AU - Cogliano, R. AU - Ramphal, R. AU - Small, P. A. T1 - Passive serum antibody causes temporary recovery from influenza virus infection of the nose, trachea and lung of nude mice. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 63 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 349 EP - 353 SN - 00192805 AB - BALB/c normal and nude mice were infected with a non-lethal mouse-passaged A/PC/1/73 (H3N2) influenza virus in order to assess the role of T cells on the course of disease of the nose, trachea and lung. The tracheal epithelium of both mouse strains was desquamated by 3 days after infection. Although normal regeneration began, nude mice never completed that regeneration whereas normal mice had fully regenerated trachea by Day 14. This failure to complete the recovery was also evident from the continued virus shedding by the nude mouse. In order to assess the role of serum antibody on recovery from infection, ferret, goat or mouse antibody to H3N2 influenza virus was passively administered to nude mice after infection, it resulted in a transient decrease in virus shedding from the nose, trachea and lung, and complete but temporary regeneration of the tracheal epithelium. However, later in the course of the infection, when serum antibody levels were no longer detectable, the tracheal epithelium of these animals redesquamated and large amounts of virus were again shed from nose, trachea and lungs. We conclude that: (i) desquamation of the ciliated epithelium of the trachea is not T-cell dependent; and (ii) serum antibody can contribute to temporary recovery from infection, but by itself is insufficient for permanent recovery of the nose, trachea or lung. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - SERUM KW - INFLUENZA viruses KW - INFECTION KW - T cells KW - RESPIRATORY infections N1 - Accession Number: 14013612; Kris, R. M . 1; Yetter, R. A. 2; Cogliano, R. 3; Ramphal, R. 4; Small, P. A. 5; Source Information: Mar88, Vol. 63 Issue 3, p349; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: SERUM; Subject: INFLUENZA viruses; Subject: INFECTION; Subject: T cells; Subject: RESPIRATORY infections; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14013612&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Yoshiyama, Y. AU - Brown, W. R. T1 - Specific antibodies to cholera toxin in rabbit milk are protective against Vibrio cholerae-induced intestinal secretion. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 61 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 543 EP - 547 SN - 00192805 AB - Breast feeding helps to protect the nursing infant against infectious diarrhoeas, but the relative importance of antibodies compared with other components present in milk is unsettled. In order to aid in resolving this issue we evaluated the ability of milk, collected from rabbits not immunized or immunized enterally during pregnancy with toxinogenic, live Vibrio cholerae, to inhibit water secretion induced by V. cholerae in rat ileal loops. Non-immune milk was not inhibitory, whereas immune milk was. The inhibitory component of the immune milk was immunoglobulin by virtue of its molecular weight and absorption by an anti-rat immunoglobulin immunosorbent. In addition, the inhibitory antibodies were principally antibodies to cholera toxin because they could be removed from the milk by a cholera toxin immunosorbent but were only partially removed by incubation with whole V. cholerae. Thus, in rabbit milk, we could implicate specific antibodies in protection against intestinal water secretion induced by V. cholerae. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - LACTATION KW - INFANTS -- Care KW - DIARRHEA KW - CHOLERA KW - VIBRIO infections KW - TOXINS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS N1 - Accession Number: 14010390; Yoshiyama, Y. 1; Brown, W. R. 2; Source Information: Aug87, Vol. 61 Issue 4, p543; Subject: LACTATION; Subject: INFANTS -- Care; Subject: DIARRHEA; Subject: CHOLERA; Subject: VIBRIO infections; Subject: TOXINS; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14010390&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fidelus, R. K. AU - Tsan, M. F. T1 - Glutathione and lymphocyte activation: a function of ageing and auto-immune disease. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 61 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 503 EP - 508 SN - 00192805 AB - A decline in tissue and serum of glutathione (GSH) content and GSH-metabolizing enzymes with age has been implicated in the increasing susceptibility to carcinogens, disease and drugs which occurs with advanced age. Immunological senescence has been directly associated with increased incidence of cancer and infection with age. The auto-immune diseases of rheumatoid arthritis (RA) and systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) demonstrate depressed T-cell function together with B-cell hyperactivity. In addition, RA and SLE are chronic inflammatory conditions which have been associated with low serum and erythrocyte GSH concentrations when compared to normal. We hypothesized that augmentation of intracellular GSH concentrations in lymphocytes may enhance immune function in depressed immune states. Our data, using murine animal models for ageing (C578L/6J) and the RA/SLE-like auto-immune diseases of the MRL/lpr mouse, indicate that intracellular glutathione of splenic lymphocytes does not decline with age or with a chronic inflammatory auto-immune disease. In contrast, immune responsiveness in splenic lymphocytes does decline. We can, however, augment both intracellular GSH concentrations and the immune response of splenic lymphocytes from animals of all ages as well as in those animals with the SLE-like autoimmune disease. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SERUM KW - GLUTATHIONE KW - ARTHRITIS KW - VASCULAR diseases KW - IMMUNE response KW - TISSUES KW - B cells KW - LYMPHOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 14010324; Fidelus, R. K. 1; Tsan, M. F. 2; Source Information: Aug87, Vol. 61 Issue 4, p503; Subject: SERUM; Subject: GLUTATHIONE; Subject: ARTHRITIS; Subject: VASCULAR diseases; Subject: IMMUNE response; Subject: TISSUES; Subject: B cells; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14010324&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Karounos, D. G. AU - Pisetsky, D. S. T1 - Specificity analysis of monoclonal anti-DNA antibodies. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1987/04// VL - 60 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 497 EP - 501 SN - 00192805 AB - The specificity of a panel of murine monoclonal anti-DNA antibodies for DNA antigenic determinants was evaluated by testing their relative binding to various animal and bacterial DNAs. The antibody panel consisted of six monoclonal anti-DNAs of MRL-1pr/1pr and B6-1pr/1pr origin, while the antigens tested were calf thymus (CT), salmon testes (ST), E. coil (EC) and Micrococcus (MC) DNA. While all antibodies bound to CT, ST, and EC DNA to a similar extent by direct ELISA, only one showed an equivalent level of interaction with MC DNA. The relationship of antigenic sites recognized by the antibodies was evaluated further by competition ELISA, assessing the ability of the anti-DNAs to block the interaction of a biotinylated anti-DNA with solid-phase DNA antigen. For each of the DNAs tested, two patterns of DNA interaction could be distinguished on the basis of the relative inhibitory activity of the different monoclonals. These results suggest that anti-DNA antibodies can be characterized using naturally occurring DNAs, with the observed patterns of binding suggesting recognition of unique antigenic sites, some of which are discrete and non-overlapping. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ANTIGENIC determinants KW - ANTIGENS KW - DNA KW - MICROCOCCUS KW - MICROCOCCUS luteus KW - ENZYME-linked immunosorbent assay N1 - Accession Number: 14016177; Karounos, D. G. 1,2; Pisetsky, D. S. 1; Source Information: Apr87, Vol. 60 Issue 4, p497; Subject: ANTIGENIC determinants; Subject: ANTIGENS; Subject: DNA; Subject: MICROCOCCUS; Subject: MICROCOCCUS luteus; Subject: ENZYME-linked immunosorbent assay; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14016177&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Abrass, C. K. AU - Hori, M. T. T1 - Alterations in plasma clearance and tissue localization of model immune complexes in rats with streptozotocin-induced diabetes. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 60 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 331 EP - 336 SN - 00192805 AB - In order to study the in vivo clearance of model immune complexes, radiolabelled aggregated rat gamma globulin (ARU), aggregated human serum albumin (ANSA) and "Fe-tagged etythrocytes were intravenously injected into control, and insulin-deficient and insulin-treated rats with streptozotocin-induced diabetes. Plasma clearance and organ uptake were measured. The rate of plasma clearance of ARC was studied at trace (18 μg)and near-saturating(10 mg) doses. AHSA was cleared slowly from the circulation, and there were no observed differences between the study groups. At trace doses of ARC, plasma clearance was similar in the three animal groups; however, at the higher dose, clearance was significantly slowed in both insulin-deficient and insulin-treated diabetic rats as compared to control animals (P < 0.01). Organ uptake of ANSA was similar in all study groups. Hepatic uptake at 10 mm after injection of ARC was comparable in control and insulin- deficient rats; however, the rate of removal from the liver was significantly slowed in these diabetic rats. Insulin-treated diabetic rats had less hepatic-associated ARC, as compared to the other animals, throughout the study. Splenic uptake of ARC was comparable in both control and insulin-treated animals, but was significantly less in insulin-deficient diabetic animals. These alterations in plasma clearance and tissue localization of ARC in diabetic animals suggest that abnormal phagocytosis may contribute to the elevated levels of circulating immune complexes that have been demonstrated in diabetic subjects. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DIABETES KW - STREPTOZOTOCIN KW - ANTINEOPLASTIC antibiotics KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - IMMUNE system KW - RATS as laboratory animals N1 - Accession Number: 14005964; Abrass, C. K. 1; Hori, M. T. 1; Source Information: Mar1987, Vol. 60 Issue 3, p331; Subject: DIABETES; Subject: STREPTOZOTOCIN; Subject: ANTINEOPLASTIC antibiotics; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: IMMUNE system; Subject: RATS as laboratory animals; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14005964&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tamaru, T. AU - Brown, W. R. T1 - IgA antibodies in rat bile inhibit cholera toxin-induced secretion in ileal loops in situ. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1985/08// VL - 55 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 579 EP - 583 SN - 00192805 AB - The biological actions of IgA antibodies in bile are largely undefined. We therefore tested whether biliary IgA antibodies could specifically inhibit cholera enterotoxin (CT)-induced secretion in the rat ileum. Rats were immunized by CT given orally or by injection into Peyer's patches. Bile was collected by bile duct cannulation, and anti-CF antibodies in the bile were measured by ELISA. CT plus bile from either immunized or unimmunized rats, or CT plus anti-CT-containing bile which had been absorbed by a CT immunosorbent, were instilled into in situ ileal loops in unimmunized rats: CT alone, or buffer was instilled into other loops. The bile used from the immunized rats contained IgA, but neither IgG nor IgM, anti-CT antibodies. It was found that bile containing IgA anti-CT antibodies almost totally inhibited the secretory effect of CT, and this inhibition was abrogated by absorption of the IgA anti-CT antibodies. Thus, IgA antibodies to an enterotoxin, secreted into bile, are effective against the enterotoxin in the rat intestine in vivo. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN A KW - ENTEROTOXINS KW - RATS KW - CHOLERA KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - BACTERIAL toxins N1 - Accession Number: 14002766; Tamaru, T. 1; Brown, W. R. 1; Source Information: Aug85, Vol. 55 Issue 4, p579; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULIN A; Subject: ENTEROTOXINS; Subject: RATS; Subject: CHOLERA; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: BACTERIAL toxins; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14002766&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Knutson, D. W. AU - Chia, D. AU - Barnett, E. V. AU - Levy, L. T1 - Blood clearance and tissue localization of soluble aggregates of IgG in NZB/W and NZB mice. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1985/03// VL - 54 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 439 EP - 448 SN - 00192805 AB - We studied the capacity of the mononuclear phagocytic system (MPS) of NZB/W and NZB mice to clear trace and saturating doses of soluble heat-aggregates of IgG (A-IgG) from the blood. Mature female NZB/W mice (aged 5–7 months) with early glomerulonephritis showed no differences in MPS clearance of A-IgG compared with younger NZB/W mice without glomerulonephritis. In contrast, mature NZB mice had a more rapid clearance of A-IgG and greater MPS localization of A-IgG than their younger counterparts. Further studies showed that older NZB/W mice (> 10 months) had a slightly more rapid clearance of A-IgG than 2–5-month-old mice (t&frac;12 = 3.34±0.27 SEM vs 3.76±0.34 SEM, P<0.01), whereas NZB mice mice older than 10 months of age had a markedly more rapid clearance than 2–5-month-old NZB mice (t½=2.84±0.15 SEM vs 3.76±0.32, P<0.005). The more rapid clearance seen in NZB mice was partly explained by greater splenic localization of A-IgG and appeared to be restricted to Fc- and/or C3b-receptor mediated clearance, in that clearance of aggregated albumin was not changed. We conclude that NZB/W mice have no impairment in MPS clearance capacity at the onset of their glomerulonephritis, and slightly increased clearance capacity late in the course of their disease. Thus, the presence of circulating immune complexes and the development of glomerulonephritis in NZB/W mice is unlikely to be due to a diminished MPS clearance capacity. NZB mice have an increase in MPS capacity to clear A-IgG as a function of age. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - MICE as laboratory animals KW - MICE KW - IMMUNOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 13991261; Knutson, D. W. 1,2; Chia, D. 3; Barnett, E. V. 3; Levy, L. 3; Source Information: Mar85, Vol. 54 Issue 3, p439; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: MICE as laboratory animals; Subject: MICE; Subject: IMMUNOLOGY; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13991261&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Collisson, E. Whited AU - Andersson, B. AU - Lamon, E. W. T1 - Avidities of hapten-specific antibodies when the responses are modulated by anti-carrier antibodies. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1984/11// VL - 53 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 443 EP - 449 SN - 00192805 AB - Either alone or in combination with antibodies having specificity for the carrier erythrocyte, TNP-ORBC were injected i.p. into CBA/J mice. Five days later, their spleens were removed and evaluated for TNP-specific PFC. The spleens from animals receiving 19S antibody (IgM) with carrier specificity displayed 3-A-fold more direct and indirect hapten-specific PFC than control animals receiving the TNP-erythrocyte conjugate only. Animals receiving 7S antibodies (IgG) with carrier specificity displayed very little change in their direct PFC response to the hapten. However, the indirect response to the hapten was suppressed as much as 16-fold by carrier specific IgG. Evaluation by haptenic inhibition of the relative avidity of the antibodies being secreted by these cells revealed the following: the relative avidity of antibodies secreted by indirect PFC in the spleens of animals receiving TNP-ORBC only was approximately 20-fold higher than antibodies secreted by the direct PFC. The 3-4-fold potentiation of the hapten-specific PFC response by carder-specific IgM antibody did not result in a change in relative avidity of direct or indirect PFC. IgG with carrier specificity did not change the relative avidity of the antibodies secreted by direct PFC having specificity for the hapten. However, evaluation of the remaining PFC in spleens from animals whose indirect hapten-specific PFC response had been suppressed by carrier-specific IgG revealed that the remaining PFC had a lower avidity than indirect PFC from animals receiving TNP-ORBC only. In other words, carrier-specific IgG selectively induced suppression of high avidity hapten-specific IgG antibody secreting cells. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ERYTHROCYTES KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - SPLEEN KW - HAPTENS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN M N1 - Accession Number: 13954393; Collisson, E. Whited 1,2; Andersson, B. 3; Lamon, E. W. 1; Source Information: Nov84, Vol. 53 Issue 3, p443; Subject: ERYTHROCYTES; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: SPLEEN; Subject: HAPTENS; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULIN M; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13954393&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - McSherry, Elisabeth T1 - Spiritual Resources in Older Hospitalized Men. JO - Social Compass JF - Social Compass Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 34 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 515 EP - 537 SN - 00377686 AB - This article looks at the role of U.S. churches in equipping the individual spiritual resources of middle aged and older men as seen when impacted by the adversity of hospitalization. Of the majority of the older men who did attend church regularly, the church did not resource them well. Of the 57% very regularly churched persons, the great majority acquired little spiritual resources, beyond very primitive personal intercessory prayer similar to their childhood range of prayers. Of the 5 type of prayers: praise, gratitude, confession, personal intercessory and other-person intercessory, a very child-like personal intercessory was the only type generally reported. A resourcing church group would have exposed the individuals to theological levels of development whereby fear is met with praise and gratitude is first in all life events or conditions. It was shown that other resources such as mature prayer concepts, mature concepts of God, scriptual resource, small groups for faith development and spiritual development such that service was a key element of faith expression, were not widely present in U.S. people. All these elements provide a more powerful resource structure for the individual to face life events. KW - INTERCESSORY prayer KW - CHURCH buildings KW - OLDER men KW - HOSPITAL care KW - CHURCH attendance KW - FAITH development KW - CHURCH group work with men KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 14899829; McSherry, Elisabeth 1,2; Source Information: 1987, Vol. 34 Issue 4, p515; Subject: INTERCESSORY prayer; Subject: CHURCH buildings; Subject: OLDER men; Subject: HOSPITAL care; Subject: CHURCH attendance; Subject: FAITH development; Subject: CHURCH group work with men; Geographic Terms: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 23p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14899829&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rodriguez, Rolando D. AU - Schocken, Douglas D. T1 - Update on sick sinus syndrome, a cardiac disorder of aging. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 45 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 26 EP - 36 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 15818379; Rodriguez, Rolando D. 1,2; Schocken, Douglas D. 1,2; Source Information: Jan1990, Vol. 45 Issue 1, p26; Number of Pages: 9p; Illustrations: 1 Color Photograph, 4 Graphs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4319 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15818379&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Harris, M. Jackuelyn AU - Gierz, Monika AU - Lohr, James B. T1 - Recognition and treatment of depression in Alzheimer's disease. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 44 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 26 EP - 30 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 15821245; Harris, M. Jackuelyn 1; Gierz, Monika 2; Lohr, James B. 1; Source Information: Dec1989, Vol. 44 Issue 12, p26; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2598 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15821245&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Yoshikawa, Thomas T. T1 - Pneumonia, UTI, and decubiti in the nursing home: Optimal management. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1989/10// VL - 44 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 32 EP - 43 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17223860; Yoshikawa, Thomas T. 1; Source Information: Oct1989, Vol. 44 Issue 10, p32; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4229 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17223860&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Robbins, A. S. T1 - Hypothermia and heat stroke: Protecting the elderly patient. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 44 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 73 EP - 80 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 15824412; Robbins, A. S. 1,2; Source Information: Jan1989, Vol. 44 Issue 1, p73; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2955 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15824412&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Shettigar, Udipi R. T1 - A commonly overlooked diagnosis leads to neurologic consequences. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1988/08// VL - 43 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 85 EP - 89 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17381433; Shettigar, Udipi R. 1,2; Source Information: Aug1988, Vol. 43 Issue 8, p85; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3042 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17381433&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Katz, Paul R. AU - Magenheim, Mark J. T1 - Primary care role in reducing nursing home morbidity. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 43 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 90 EP - 97 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 15852393; Katz, Paul R. 1,2; Magenheim, Mark J. 3,4; Source Information: Jun1988, Vol. 43 Issue 6, p90; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2723 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15852393&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kinzel, Terry T1 - Symptom control in geriatric patients with terminal cancer: Pain, nausea, and vomiting. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 43 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 83 EP - 89 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 15852092; Kinzel, Terry 1,2,3; Source Information: Jun1988, Vol. 43 Issue 6, p83; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 1 Diagram, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2787 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15852092&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - SAGAR, S. M. AU - SHARP, F. R. AU - CURRAN, T. T1 - Expression of c-fos Protein in Brain: Metabolic Mapping at the Cellular Level. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1988/06/03/ VL - 240 IS - 4857 M3 - Article SP - 1328 EP - 1331 SN - 00368075 AB - The proto-oncogene c-fos is expressed in neurons in response to direct stimulation by growth factors and neurotransmitters. In order to determine whether the c-fos protein (Fos) and Fos-related proteins can be induced in response to polysynaptic activation, rat hindlimb motor/sensory cortex was stimulated electrically and Fos expression examined immunohistochemically. Three hours after the onset of stimulation, focal nuclear Fos staining was seen in motor and sensory thalamus, pontine nuclei, globus pallidus, and cerebellum. Moreover, 24-hour water deprivation resulted in Fos expression in paraventricular and supraoptic nuclei. Fos immunobistochemistry therefore provides a cellular method to label polysynaptically activated neurons and thereby map fimctional pathways. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87460485; SAGAR, S. M. 1; SHARP, F. R. 2; CURRAN, T. 3; Source Information: 6/3/1988, Vol. 240 Issue 4857, p1328; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=87460485&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - KEROACK, MARK AU - FIELDS, BERNARD N. T1 - Viral Shedding and Transmission Between Hosts Determined by Reovirus L2 Gene. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1986/06/27/ VL - 232 IS - 4758 M3 - Article SP - 1635 EP - 1638 SN - 00368075 AB - Two reovirus isolates (type 1 Lang and type 3 Dearing) differ in their transmissibility between littermates ofnewborn mice. They also differ in the amounts ofvirus excreted by the gastrointestinal tract. With the use of reassortant viruses, these properties were mapped to the L2 gene. Thus environmental spread of reovirus is a genetic property. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87519479; KEROACK, MARK 1,2; FIELDS, BERNARD N. 1,3; Source Information: 6/27/1986, Vol. 232 Issue 4758, p1635; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=87519479&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hine, Louis K. AU - Laird, Nan M. AU - Hewitt, Peg AU - Chalmers, Thomas C. T1 - Meta-analysis of Empirical Long-term Antiarrhythmic Therapy After Myocardial Infarction. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/12//12/1/89 VL - 262 IS - 21 M3 - Article SP - 3037 EP - 3040 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a meta-analysis of empirical long-term antiarrhythmic therapy after myocardial infarction. Clinical characteristics of people who become victims of sudden cardiac death; Risk factors for increased mortality after myocardial infarction; Statistical methods used for summarizing data from individual studies concerning the condition. KW - ARRHYTHMIA -- Treatment KW - MYOCARDIAL infarction KW - CARDIAC arrest N1 - Accession Number: 10982449; Hine, Louis K. 1; Laird, Nan M. 2; Hewitt, Peg 1; Chalmers, Thomas C. 1,3,4; Source Information: 12/1/89, Vol. 262 Issue 21, p3037; Subject: ARRHYTHMIA -- Treatment; Subject: MYOCARDIAL infarction; Subject: CARDIAC arrest; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10982449&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Davidson, Kent W. AU - Hackler, Chris AU - Caradine, Delbra R. AU - McCord, Ronald S. T1 - Physicians' Attitudes on Advance Directives. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/11/03/ VL - 262 IS - 17 M3 - Article SP - 2415 EP - 2419 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents study findings about the attitudes of physicians from Arkansas on advance directives. Benefits of such directives acknowledged by the phsycians; Percentage of the respondents who expressed a negative attitude on the topic. KW - ADVANCE directives (Medical care) KW - PHYSICIAN & patient KW - PATIENT advocacy N1 - Accession Number: 10975634; Davidson, Kent W. 1; Hackler, Chris 2; Caradine, Delbra R. 3; McCord, Ronald S. 1; Source Information: 11/3/89, Vol. 262 Issue 17, p2415; Subject: ADVANCE directives (Medical care); Subject: PHYSICIAN & patient; Subject: PATIENT advocacy; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10975634&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Adrogue, Horacio J. AU - Barrero, Jorge AU - Eknoyan, Garabed T1 - Salutary Effects of Modest Fluid Replacement in the Treatment of Adults With Diabetic Ketoacidosis. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/10/20/ VL - 262 IS - 15 M3 - Article SP - 2108 EP - 2113 SN - 00987484 AB - Focuses on the salutary effects of modest fluid replacement in the treatment of adults with diabetic ketoacidosis. Release of counterregulatory hormones which contributes to morbidity and mortality; Reduction in the overall cost of medical therapy; Rates of saline infusion. KW - FLUID therapy KW - DIABETIC acidosis KW - SALINE injections KW - MORTALITY N1 - Accession Number: 10981422; Adrogue, Horacio J. 1,2; Barrero, Jorge 2; Eknoyan, Garabed 2; Source Information: 10/20/89, Vol. 262 Issue 15, p2108; Subject: FLUID therapy; Subject: DIABETIC acidosis; Subject: SALINE injections; Subject: MORTALITY; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10981422&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - del Regato, Juan A. AU - del Regato, J A T1 - The unfolding of therapeutic radiology. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/10/13/ VL - 262 IS - 14 M3 - journal article SP - 1998 EP - 2001 SN - 00987484 AB - Focuses on the medical field of therapeutic radiology. Author's teaching of courses of roentgentherapy; Effectiveness of radium dosage for brachytherapy of superficial tumors; Benefits of the author's work with Henri Coutard, head of the roentgentherapy department in the Saint Antoine Hospital; Clinical radiotherapy in the United States. KW - MEDICAL radiology KW - RADIUM -- Therapeutic use KW - COUTARD, Henri KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 10981322; del Regato, Juan A. 1,2,3; del Regato, J A 4; Source Information: 10/13/89, Vol. 262 Issue 14, p1998; Subject: MEDICAL radiology; Subject: RADIUM -- Therapeutic use; Subject: COUTARD, Henri; Geographic Terms: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: journal article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10981322&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cornell, Joseph J. AU - Callaghan, James T. AU - Kohn, Gary M. AU - Hensler, Eugene C. AU - Rogers, Robert M. T1 - In-flight Medical Emergencies. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/09/22/ VL - 262 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 1653 EP - 1656 SN - 00987484 AB - Reports on trends pertaining to in-flight medical emergencies for commercial U.S. aircraft. Requirement for aircrafts to carry an enhanced medical emergency kit; Types of in-flight medical emergencies; Effectiveness and benefits from medical kits; Aspects of giving medical care to passengers. KW - AIRCRAFT survival equipment KW - MEDICAL emergencies KW - MEDICAL care KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 10976187; Cornell, Joseph J. 1,2,3; Callaghan, James T. 1; Kohn, Gary M. 4; Hensler, Eugene C. 4; Rogers, Robert M. 5; Source Information: 9/22/89, Vol. 262 Issue 12, p1653; Subject: AIRCRAFT survival equipment; Subject: MEDICAL emergencies; Subject: MEDICAL care; Geographic Terms: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10976187&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Breakey, William R. AU - Fischer, Pamela J. AU - Kramer, Morton AU - Nestadt, Gerald AU - Romanoski, Alan J. AU - Ross, Alan AU - Royall, Richard M. AU - Stine, Oscar C. T1 - Health and Mental Health Problems of Homeless Men and Women in Baltimore. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/09/08/ VL - 262 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 1352 EP - 1357 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a study of homeless people in Baltimore, Maryland which focuses on their health and other characteristics emphasizing their needs for service. Collection of data on sociodemographics and health for both men and women; Revelation of the disaffiliation of the homeless and drug abuse prevalence; Existence of mental illnesses and physical disorders; Need for mental health and substance abuse services. KW - HOMELESS persons KW - HEALTH surveys KW - DEMOGRAPHY KW - DRUG abuse KW - MEDICAL care N1 - Accession Number: 10940974; Breakey, William R. 1; Fischer, Pamela J. 1; Kramer, Morton 2; Nestadt, Gerald 1; Romanoski, Alan J. 1; Ross, Alan 3; Royall, Richard M. 3; Stine, Oscar C. 4; Source Information: 9/8/89, Vol. 262 Issue 10, p1352; Subject: HOMELESS persons; Subject: HEALTH surveys; Subject: DEMOGRAPHY; Subject: DRUG abuse; Subject: MEDICAL care; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 7 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10940974&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cramer, Joyce A. AU - Mattson, Richard H. AU - Prevey, Mary L. AU - Scheyer, Richard D. AU - Ouellette, Valinda L. T1 - How Often Is Medication Taken as Prescribed? JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/06/09/ VL - 261 IS - 22 M3 - Article SP - 3273 EP - 3277 SN - 00987484 AB - Assesses the compliance with long-term medications among newly treated and long-term epilepsy patients. No significant relationship found between the coefficients of variation of drug serum concentrations and compliance rates; Increased overestimation of compliance by pill counts as compliance with the prescribed regimen declined. KW - EPILEPSY KW - BRAIN diseases N1 - Accession Number: 10982508; Cramer, Joyce A. 1,2; Mattson, Richard H. 1,2; Prevey, Mary L. 1,3; Scheyer, Richard D. 1,2; Ouellette, Valinda L. 1; Source Information: 6/9/89, Vol. 261 Issue 22, p3273; Subject: EPILEPSY; Subject: BRAIN diseases; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10982508&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Drummond, David J. AU - Sparr, Landy F. AU - Gordon, Geoffrey H. T1 - Hospital Violence Reduction Among High-Risk Patients. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/05/05/ VL - 261 IS - 17 M3 - Article SP - 2531 SN - 00987484 AB - Describes the success of the Portland Veterans Administration Medical Center, Oregon in reducing violent behavior among a group of repetitively disruptive patients. Pilot phase during which violent incidents at the medical center were characterized by location, type and person responsible; Comparison of the number of violent incidents and the number of visits to the medical center; Approaches to the management of violent behavior. KW - VIOLENCE KW - HOSPITAL patients KW - PORTLAND (Or.) KW - OREGON KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 10811140; Drummond, David J. 1,2; Sparr, Landy F. 1,2; Gordon, Geoffrey H. 1,2; Source Information: 5/5/89, Vol. 261 Issue 17, p2531; Subject: VIOLENCE; Subject: HOSPITAL patients; Geographic Terms: PORTLAND (Or.); OREGON; UNITED States; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10811140&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cunningham, Glenn R. AU - Cordero, Emilia AU - Thornby, Jack I. T1 - Testosterone Replacement With Transdermal Therapeutic Systems. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/05/05/ VL - 261 IS - 17 M3 - Article SP - 2525 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a study to determine the link between physiological serum testosterone and elevated dihydrotesterone levels. Transdermal administration to hypogonadal men under three protocols; Serum testosterone and dihydrotestosterone ratio; Protocol designs. KW - TESTOSTERONE KW - HYPOGONADISM KW - ANDROGENS KW - TRANSDERMAL medication N1 - Accession Number: 10811139; Cunningham, Glenn R. 1; Cordero, Emilia 1; Thornby, Jack I. 1; Source Information: 5/5/89, Vol. 261 Issue 17, p2525; Subject: TESTOSTERONE; Subject: HYPOGONADISM; Subject: ANDROGENS; Subject: TRANSDERMAL medication; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 4 Charts, 3 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10811139&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Nickoloff, Brian J. AU - Griffiths, Christopher E.M. AU - Baadsgaard, Ole AU - Voohrees, John J. AU - Hanson, Curtis A. AU - Cooper, Kevin D. T1 - Markedly Diminished Epidermal Keratinocyte Expression of Intercellular Adhesion Molecule-1 (ICAM-1) in Sezary Syndrome. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/04/21/ VL - 261 IS - 15 M3 - Article SP - 2217 SN - 00987484 AB - Suggests that in mycosis fungoides, the malignant T cell express lymphocyte function-associated antigen-1, which allows them to bind to epidermal keratinocytes expressing the gamma interferon-inducible intercellular adhesion molecule-1. Characteristics of mycosis fungoides; Clinical presentation; Skin immunoperoxidase staining. KW - MYCOSIS fungoides KW - T cells KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - KERATINOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 10868289; Nickoloff, Brian J. 1; Griffiths, Christopher E.M. 1; Baadsgaard, Ole 1; Voohrees, John J. 1; Hanson, Curtis A. 1; Cooper, Kevin D. 1,2; Source Information: 4/21/89, Vol. 261 Issue 15, p2217; Subject: MYCOSIS fungoides; Subject: T cells; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: KERATINOCYTES; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 4 Black and White Photographs, 3 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10868289&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kaplan, Lawrence D. AU - Abrams, Donald I. AU - Feigal, Ellen AU - McGrath, Michael AU - Kahn, James AU - Neville, Padraic AU - Ziegler, John AU - Volberding, Paul A. T1 - AIDS-Associated Non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma in San Francisco. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/02/03/ VL - 261 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 719 EP - 724 SN - 00987484 AB - Reveals the characteristics of AIDS-associated non-Hodgkin's lymphoma in patients diagnosed and treated at San Francisco General Hospital, California. Epidemiology; Histological classification; Extralymphatic disease; Virological studies; Treatment; Patient survival. KW - LYMPHOMAS -- Patients KW - AIDS (Disease) -- Complications KW - SAN Francisco (Calif.) KW - CALIFORNIA KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 10949437; Kaplan, Lawrence D. 1; Abrams, Donald I. 1; Feigal, Ellen 1; McGrath, Michael 1; Kahn, James 1; Neville, Padraic 1; Ziegler, John 2; Volberding, Paul A. 1; Source Information: 2/3/89, Vol. 261 Issue 5, p719; Subject: LYMPHOMAS -- Patients; Subject: AIDS (Disease) -- Complications; Geographic Terms: SAN Francisco (Calif.); CALIFORNIA; UNITED States; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 4 Charts, 7 Graphs; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10949437&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Virella, G. AU - Lopes-Virella, Maria F.L. AU - Seiuler, Carol AU - Sherwood, T. AU - Espinoza, G. A. AU - Winocour, P. AU - Colwell, J. A. T1 - Release of PAF by human polymorphonuclear leucocytes stimulated by immune complexes bound to Sepharose particles and human erythrocytes. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1983/09// VL - 50 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 43 EP - 51 SN - 00192805 AB - Human polymorphonuclear leucocytes (PMN) incubated with surface-bound immune complexes (IC) release a substance that induces platelet aggregation and serotonin release. This substance was identified as platelet-activating factor (PAF) on the basis of its sensitivity to phospholipase A2 and of its purification by thin-layer chromatography in identical conditions to those used to purify zymosan-induced PAF. We used two types of substrates to absorb our IC:Sepharose particles to which we coupled human serum albumin, and which were later incubated with specific rabbit antiserum to form surface-bound immune complexes, and human erythrocytes, to which soluble IC can be passively adsorbed. Both types of surface-bound IC were found to stimulate the release of PAF by human PMN in the absence of complement. These results suggest that PMN may play a central role in the early stages of IC-induced inflammation: they recognize IC adsorbed to red cells or to any other cell able to adsorb IC, and they induce the activation of platelets and release of vasoactive amines, which leads to the increase of vascular permeability believed to be essential for extravascular IC deposition. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - NEUTROPHILS KW - IMMUNE complexes KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - SEPHAROSE KW - CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis KW - SERUM N1 - Accession Number: 13403651; Virella, G. 1; Lopes-Virella, Maria F.L. 2; Seiuler, Carol 2; Sherwood, T. 2; Espinoza, G. A. 2; Winocour, P. 2; Colwell, J. A. 3; Source Information: Sep83, Vol. 50 Issue 1, p43; Subject: NEUTROPHILS; Subject: IMMUNE complexes; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: SEPHAROSE; Subject: CHROMATOGRAPHIC analysis; Subject: SERUM; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13403651&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Piechura, J. E. AU - Huang, Caecilia J. AU - Cohen, S. H. AU - Kidd, J. M. AU - Kurup, V. P. AU - Calvanico, N. J. T1 - Antigens of Asperigillus fumigatus II. ELECTROPHORETIC AND CLINICAL STUDIES. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1983/08// VL - 49 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 657 EP - 665 SN - 00192805 AB - Cell sap (CS) and culture filtrate (CF) preparations of Aspergillus fumigatus strains Ag-507, Ag-515, and Ag-534 were analysed by two dimensional electrophoresis (2-DE; i.e., first dimension isoelectric focusing, second dimension sodium dodecyl sulphate gradient pore gel), which enabled detection of strain- and species-specific components. In CS preparations it was shown that CS2, a fraction isolated from strain Ag-507 by gel filtration, consists of the major protein components in the CS of the three A. fumigatus strains tested. Culture filtrate preparations of the three A. fumigatus strains analysed by 2-DE exhibited patterns dissimilar to the CS patterns, as well as to each other, presumably due to proteolysis. Culture filtrate preparations are therefore a less reliable source of standardized antigens than CS preparations. CS2 has a major component with a mol. wt. of approximately 150,000 and an Sapp of 6.3 S. CS2 reacts on immunoelectrophoresis, producing one major precipitin arc with aspergilloma or allergic bronchopulmonary aspergillosis (ABPA) patient sera. Antibody titres of the IgG and IgA classes to CS2, as measured by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), were demonstrated to be similar in aspergilloma and ABPA patients; IgG titres were higher than IgA. Similar titres were also obtained utilizing sera of patients that did or did not exhibit precipitating antibodies to CS2. In the diagnosis of ABPA, skin tests with CS2 were comparable in specificity to currently available commercial preparations. Importantly, CS2 is a standardized major antigenic preparation of the CS of three A. fumigatus strains which has been shown to be diagnostically useful. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ASPERGILLUS fumigatus KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - ELECTROPHORESIS KW - PROTEINS KW - PROTEOLYSIS KW - ANTIGENS N1 - Accession Number: 13523350; Piechura, J. E. 1; Huang, Caecilia J. 1; Cohen, S. H. 1; Kidd, J. M.; Kurup, V. P. 1; Calvanico, N. J. 1; Source Information: Aug83, Vol. 49 Issue 4, p657; Subject: ASPERGILLUS fumigatus; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: ELECTROPHORESIS; Subject: PROTEINS; Subject: PROTEOLYSIS; Subject: ANTIGENS; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13523350&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Connie AU - Clark AU - A.P. AU - Dalmasso T1 - Delayed hypersensitivity responses to human IgG and methylated bovine serum albumin are regulated by different mechanisms. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1982/09// VL - 47 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 19 EP - 29 SN - 00192805 AB - We found marked differences in in vitro and in vivo delayed hypersensitivity (DH) responses to human IgG (human γ-globulin, HGG) and methylated bovine serum albumin (MeBSA). Lymph node cells (LNC) from cyclophosphamide (CY) pretreated, antigen-adjuvant immunized mice exhibited increased HGG-induced and decreased MeBSA-induced proliferative responses in vitro compared with LNC from similarly immunized but non-CY-pretreated animals. These effects were antigen-specific. Further, treatment of CY-HGG-adjuvant immunized mice with aqueous (aq) HGG either before or after immunization markedly suppressed HGG-specific in vitro proliferation and in vivo DH responses. Therefore, induction of suppression by aqHGG did not appear to depend on CY-sensitive cells either as a possible source of suppressor cell precursors or as participants in the regulatory events. In contrast, in vivo DH reactivity to McBSA was unaffected by administration of aqMcBSA either before or after mice were immunized with CY-MeBSA-adjuvant. Our results suggest that DH responses to HGG and MeBSA are regulated by distinct mechanisms which influence the induction and the development of sensitivity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ALLERGY KW - IMMUNE response KW - IMMUNOLOGY KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - SERUM albumin KW - LYMPH nodes N1 - Accession Number: 13936255; Connie; Clark 1; A.P.; Dalmasso 1; Source Information: Sep82, Vol. 47 Issue 1, p19; Subject: ALLERGY; Subject: IMMUNE response; Subject: IMMUNOLOGY; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: SERUM albumin; Subject: LYMPH nodes; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13936255&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ulrich, F. T1 - In vitro generation of splenic suppressor cells by trypsin. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1982/06// VL - 46 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 369 EP - 380 SN - 00192805 AB - Rat spleen cells were milogenically stimulated with concanavalin A (Con A) or sodium periodate and cultured for 14–20 hr with trypsin. When these trypsin-activated ceils were co-cultured with fresh mitogenically stimulated cells, [³H]-thymidine incorporation into the fresh ceils was suppressed. Artifactual and trivial effects of trypsin (e.g. increased release of cold thymidine, decreased cell viability, and a change in thymidine transport) could not account for the suppressor effect, Suppressor activity was not affected by removing B cells or macrophages before trypsin activation nor by treating the trypsinized cells with mitomycin C. Suppressor activity could only be generated when the spleen cells were stimulated with Con A or periodate during culture with trypsin, and supernates from the trypsin-activated cells did not have suppressor activity. The physiological significance of the results and possible mechanisms of action of the suppressor cells are discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - TRYPSIN KW - BLASTOGENESIS (Embryology) KW - MACROPHAGES KW - ANTIONCOGENES KW - NEUTRAL proteinases KW - IMMUNOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 13991051; Ulrich, F. 1; Source Information: Jun82, Vol. 46 Issue 2, p369; Subject: TRYPSIN; Subject: BLASTOGENESIS (Embryology); Subject: MACROPHAGES; Subject: ANTIONCOGENES; Subject: NEUTRAL proteinases; Subject: IMMUNOLOGY; Number of Pages: 12p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13991051&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Arend, W. P. AU - Massoni, R. J. T1 - The effect of complement in adherent immune complexes on Fc and C3 receptor expression in human monocytes. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1981/12// VL - 44 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 717 EP - 725 SN - 00192805 AB - The effect of complement in surface-bound immune complexes on the expression of Fc and C3 receptors in membranes of adherent human monocytes was examined. Monocytes were isolated from mononuclear leucocyte preparations by adherence to substrates containing fibrin, fibrin with immune complexes (containing rabbit IgG antibodies), or fibrin with immune complexes and mouse complement. Fc or C3 receptors on the top or exposed surface of the monocytes were detected by rosette formation with sheep erythrocytes coated with IgG (EA) or IgM and complement (EAC). Monocytes adherent to surface-bound immune complexes exhibited an absence of EA rosette-forming ability without any change in EAC rosettes. This specific loss of Fc receptor function was induced more easily in freshly-isolated monocytes than in cells maintained in suspension culture for up to 7 days. The presence of complement in the immune complex substrates did not reverse the decrease in Fc receptors seen with freshly-isolated or cultured monocytes. Monocytes adherent to immune complexes and complement exhibited a decrease in C3 receptor function. This decrease was more readily induced in cells cultured for three days in the presence of serum than in freshly-isolated monocytes. Experiments performed with EAC or immune complex substrates relatively enriched in C3b or C3bi indicated that C3b in the substrate induced a decrease in monocyte C3b receptors and C3bi led to a decrease in C3bi receptors. No evidence was found for C3d receptors on the human monocytes although these receptors on a subpopulation of human lymphocytes appeared to be altered in a similar fashion. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - FC receptors KW - IMMUNE complexes KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - MONOCYTES KW - CELL receptors N1 - Accession Number: 13998306; Arend, W. P. 1,2,3; Massoni, R. J. 1,2,3; Source Information: Dec81, Vol. 44 Issue 4, p717; Subject: FC receptors; Subject: IMMUNE complexes; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: MONOCYTES; Subject: CELL receptors; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13998306&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Morton, Jane I. AU - Weyant, Debra A. AU - Siegel, B. V. AU - Golding, B. T1 - Androgen sensitivity and autoimmune disease I. INFLUENCE OF SEX AND TESTOSTERONE ON THE HUMORAL IMMUNE RESPONSE OF AUTOIMMUNE AND NON-AUTOIMMUNE MOUSE STRAINS TO SHEEP ERYTHROCYTES. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1981/12// VL - 44 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 661 EP - 669 SN - 00192805 AB - Pre and post-puberal NZB, DBA/2 and BALB/c mice showed no sex differences in primary IgM plaque-forming cell responses to sheep erythrocyte immunization. Orchiectomy increased and testosterone implants reduced antibody responses only if followed by sublethal irradiation suggesting that androgens may affect rapidly regenerating stem cells and/or their differentiating progeny. Strain differences in target organ sensitivity to androgen were not observed suggesting that NZB autoimmunity does not arise from a pathologic defect in androgen responsiveness. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AUTOIMMUNE diseases KW - IMMUNOLOGIC diseases KW - ERYTHROCYTES KW - ANDROGENS KW - TESTOSTERONE KW - IMMUNE response KW - SHEEP N1 - Accession Number: 13998160; Morton, Jane I. 1; Weyant, Debra A. 1; Siegel, B. V. 1; Golding, B. 1; Source Information: Dec81, Vol. 44 Issue 4, p661; Subject: AUTOIMMUNE diseases; Subject: IMMUNOLOGIC diseases; Subject: ERYTHROCYTES; Subject: ANDROGENS; Subject: TESTOSTERONE; Subject: IMMUNE response; Subject: SHEEP; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13998160&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Geoghegan, W. D. AU - Dawson, C. A. AU - Calvanico, N. J. T1 - The effect of IgG and IgG fragments on the absorption in inhaled antigens across the air-blood barrier of isolated perfused rabbit lungs. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1981/10// VL - 44 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 331 EP - 337 SN - 00192805 AB - The absorption of inhaled soluble protein antigens across the alveolocapillary membrane can be inhibited by passive immunization in isolated rabbit lungs. The present study was carried out to determine the immunoglobulin class and structural features (Fc-receptor binding, divalent antigen binding) required to effect the inhibition. Isolated rabbit lungs from unimmunized rabbits were perfused with autologous blood to which whole antiserum, IgG or IgG fragments specific for either ovalbumin (OA) or human serum albumin (HSA) was added. The lungs were insufflated with an aerosol containing 125I-OA and 131I-HSA and blood samples were analysed for 125I and 131I in trichloracetic acid (TCA)-precipitable and TCA-soluble forms for 4 hr after insufflation. Whole antiserum and the IgG immunoglobulin fraction of the whole antiserum were equally effective in inhibiting the antigen absorption, indicating that the IgG antibody is sufficient for the effect. The F(ab′)2 and Fab′ fragments of the IgG molecule were as effective as native IgG, indicating that the antigen- binding site is the only structural requirement and that Fc-receptor and divalent antigen binding are not required. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN G KW - PROTEINS KW - ANTIGENS KW - IMMUNIZATION KW - IMMUNE serums KW - SERUM albumin KW - LUNGS N1 - Accession Number: 13967970; Geoghegan, W. D. 1; Dawson, C. A. 1; Calvanico, N. J. 1; Source Information: Oct81, Vol. 44 Issue 2, p331; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULIN G; Subject: PROTEINS; Subject: ANTIGENS; Subject: IMMUNIZATION; Subject: IMMUNE serums; Subject: SERUM albumin; Subject: LUNGS; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13967970&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lafrenz, D. E. AU - Feldbush, T. L. T1 - Role of T cells in the development of memory B cells. Quantitative and qualitative analysis. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1981/09// VL - 44 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 177 EP - 186 SN - 00192805 AB - The purpose of this investigation was to address the current controversy regarding the T-cell requirement for the generation of B-memory cells. We have circumvented the possible objection to previous experiments regarding residual T cells in T-deprived animals by examining memory cell generation in relation to the numbers of T cells participating in the immune response. Thymectomized and lethally-irradiated rats were reconstituted with foetal liver or a more mature stem cell source, neonatal liver. These animals were given graded doses of purified T cells one day before immunization with alum-precipitated DNP-BGG + Bordetella pertussis. Four weeks after priming, cell suspensions from experimental groups were adoptively transferred to carrier primed recipients and challenged with DNP-BGG in saline to assess memory cell development. The data demonstrate that in the absence of T cells only minimal memory development occurred. However, when T cells were present, the level of memory cell development increased with increasing numbers of T cells. By examining the relative affinity of the antibody produced in the primary and secondary responses, the increase in memory cell development in relation to increased numbers of T cells was shown to be due to the selective generation of high affinity memory B cells. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - T cells KW - B cells KW - CELL proliferation KW - IMMUNE response KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS N1 - Accession Number: 13958970; Lafrenz, D. E. 1; Feldbush, T. L. 1; Source Information: Sep81, Vol. 44 Issue 1, p177; Subject: T cells; Subject: B cells; Subject: CELL proliferation; Subject: IMMUNE response; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13958970&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lamon, E. W. AU - Pollok, B. A. AU - Walia, A. S. AU - Fuson, E. W. AU - Williams, Barbara T1 - Murine T cells that lyse antibody-sensitized target cells III. CONTRIBUTION OF THY 1-BEARING CELLS TO THE LYTIC ACTIVITY OF NORMAL SPLEEN. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1981/08// VL - 43 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 643 EP - 651 SN - 00192805 AB - Murine spleen cells were analysed for their capacity to lyse 51Cr-labelled antibody-sensitized erythrocytes and a human lymphoma cell line. Incubation of spleen cells with iron powder followed by removal of iron-containing cells with a magnet significantly decreased the lytic capacity of the remaining cells against erythrocyte target cells. However, substantial cytotoxicity remained in the relatively phagocyte-depleted population. Both antibody-sensitized erythrocytes and tumour cells were lysed by phagocyte-depleted effector cells. However, more spleen cells were required to lyse nucleated target cells than were required to produce comparable lysis of the erythrocytes. Such phagocyte-depleted spleen cells were subsequently treated with three different antisera containing specificities for thymus-dependent antigens and a monoclonal IgM anti-Thy 1.2 in the presence of complement. The remaining viable cells were recovered and tested as effector cells. All four reagents in the presence of complement caused an inhibition of antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC) that was proportional to the percentage of T cells eliminated. However, the antisera also inhibited ADCC in the absence of complement, even when the cells were trypsinized following the antiserum treatment to remove attached antibodies. On the other hand, treatment of spleen cells with the monoclonal IgM anti-Thy 1.2 followed by trypsin treatment did not inhibit ADCC unless complement was added. Thus, with the latter reagent, decreased ADCC could be ascribed to elimination of T cells and not immune complex inhibition. Cells bearing Thy 1.2 accounted for approximately half of the lytic activity of phagocyte-depleted spleen cells against antibody-sensitized target cells. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - T cells KW - SPLEEN KW - ERYTHROCYTES KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - PHAGOCYTES KW - IMMUNOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 13989743; Lamon, E. W. 1,2; Pollok, B. A. 1,2; Walia, A. S. 1,2; Fuson, E. W. 1,2; Williams, Barbara 1,2; Source Information: Aug81, Vol. 43 Issue 4, p643; Subject: T cells; Subject: SPLEEN; Subject: ERYTHROCYTES; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: PHAGOCYTES; Subject: IMMUNOLOGY; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13989743&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mutchnick, M.G. AU - Keren, D.F. T1 - In vitro synthesis of antibody to specific bacterial lipopoiysaccharide by peripheral blood mononuclear cells from patients with alcoholic cirrhosis. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1981/05// VL - 43 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 177 EP - 182 SN - 00192805 AB - An enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay was used to detect antibody to specific bacterial lipopolysaccharide (LPS) in serum and in pokeweed mitogen (PWM) stimulated culture supernatants of peripheral blood mononuclear cells from four patients with alcoholic cirrhosis (AC). Antibody to LPS (derived from a single strain of Escherichia coli isolated from each patient's stool), was detected in the sera of each patient to a 10-4 dilution. Only one of four control sera was positive at the 10-4 dilution, with the others positive at a 10-3 dilution. Antibody to LPS was detected in the culture supernatants in three of the four patients and in none of the control subjects. Supernatants from patient cultures pretreated with mitomycin C or harvested after 1 day of incubation did not have detectable antibody. These results indicate that we can expand, in vitro, the population of peripheral blood B lymphocytes obtained from patients with AC and cause them to synthesize antibody against specific LPS from their own gut flora. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - ENZYME-linked immunosorbent assay KW - ENDOTOXINS KW - CELL culture KW - B cells KW - ESCHERICHIA coli N1 - Accession Number: 13395966; Mutchnick, M.G. 1; Keren, D.F. 1; Source Information: May81, Vol. 43 Issue 1, p177; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: ENZYME-linked immunosorbent assay; Subject: ENDOTOXINS; Subject: CELL culture; Subject: B cells; Subject: ESCHERICHIA coli; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13395966&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weisbart, R. H. AU - Billing, R. T1 - Requirement for B-lymphocyte alloantigen in the production of neutrophil migration inhibition factor from T lymphocytes (NIF-T). JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1980/04// VL - 39 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 577 EP - 582 SN - 00192805 AB - Neutrophil migration inhibition factor from T lymphocytes (NIF-T) is produced in response to mitogens as the result of cellular interactions between T and B lymphocytes. The requirement for B-cell altoantigen in this interaction process was indicated by (1) collaboration between peripheral blood T ceils with various B lymphoblast cell lines but not with non-B lymphoblast cells for NIF-T production. (2) inhibition of NIF-T production by treating collaborating B lymphoblasts with B-cell specific antiserum, and (3) inhibition of NIF-T production by peripheral blood lymphocytes in the presence of anti-B-cell antiserum and F(ab′)2 with anti-B-cell specificity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - NEUTROPHILS KW - T cells KW - MITOGENS KW - LYMPHOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 13971507; Weisbart, R. H. 1; Billing, R. 1; Source Information: Apr80, Vol. 39 Issue 4, p577; Subject: NEUTROPHILS; Subject: T cells; Subject: MITOGENS; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13971507&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Boldt, D. H. AU - Lyons, Ruth D. T1 - Fractionation of human lymphocytes with plant lectins II. IDENTIFICATION CELLS REGULATING THE IN VITRO RESPONSE TO L-PHYTOHAEMAGGLUTININ. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1980/04// VL - 39 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 519 EP - 527 SN - 00192805 AB - Peripheral blood lymphocytes (PBL) were separated into two subclasses by differential adherence to wheat germ agglutinin (WGA). WGA-adherent PBL differed structurally (different WGA-binding properties) and functionally from WGA-non-adherent cells. As judged by [³H]-thymidine incorporation, WGA-adherent PBL responded less well to L-phytofhaemagglutinin (L-PHA) than non-adherent cells. This difference was not due to different L-PHA dose requirements or different response kinetics, WGA-adherent and non-adherent PBL bound identical amounts of 125I-L-PHA and contained comparable percentages of T cells. B cells, and monocytes. Addition of mitomycin-C-pre-treated WGA-adherent cells to non-adherent cells caused suppression of the L-PHA response. Maximal suppression occurred at a ratio of 1 adherent: 2 non-adherent cells and on days 5–7 of culture. Under these conditions the adherent cells themselves did not proliferate indicating that active proliferation was not required for inhibition. Suppression was selective for L-PHA as it did not occur in cultures stimulated with concanavalin A, pokeweed mitogen. Less culinaris lectin, or in the mixed leucocyte reaction. Cell fractionation techniques indicated that plastic adherent cells (presumably monocytes) in the WGA-adherent subclass were critical for mediation of suppression. These data provide evidence for a specific human suppressor cell of the in vitro response to L-PHA. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BLOOD KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - AGGLUTININS KW - T cells KW - MITOMYCIN C KW - MONOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 13971045; Boldt, D. H. 1; Lyons, Ruth D. 1; Source Information: Apr80, Vol. 39 Issue 4, p519; Subject: BLOOD; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: AGGLUTININS; Subject: T cells; Subject: MITOMYCIN C; Subject: MONOCYTES; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13971045&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ulrich, F. T1 - Protease potentiation of thymocyte blastogenesis. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1979/12// VL - 38 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 705 EP - 715 SN - 00192805 AB - When rat thymocytes were cultured with concanavalin A (con A), addition of trypsin increased the incorporation of [³H]-thymidine (³H-TdR) several fold over that observed with mitogen alone. The potentiating effect of trypsin was greatest with suboptimal concentrations of mitogen, less with optimal, and least with superoptimal concentrations. Trypsin also increased blaslogenesis and stimulated [³H]-leucine incorporation into thymocyte proteins. Thymocytes cultured with trypsin in the absence of mitogen sometimes showed increased ³H-TdR incorporation but the increase was usually small and not consistent. The potentiating action of trypsin is due to its proteolyric activity since it was completely blocked by soybean trypsin inhibitor. Elastase, α-chymotrypsin, and subtilisin also potentiated the action of con A, while papain, collagenase, thrombin, and plasmin had either very little or no effect. Trypsin potentiated ³H-TdR incorporation into thymocytes cultured in serum-free or serum-supplemented media, but its effects were usually greater in media supplemented with 5% autoIogous serum. Although heating serum at 56 for 0.5 or ... h markedly reduced stimulation by con A, the effects of trypsin were relatively greater in media supplemented with heated serum. The possible physiological significance of the results was discussed with respect to protease secretion by macrophages and lymphocyte-macrophage interactions. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BLASTOGENESIS (Embryology) KW - EMBRYOLOGY KW - PROTEOLYTIC enzymes KW - CELL differentiation KW - AMINO acids KW - TRYPSIN N1 - Accession Number: 13395107; Ulrich, F. 1; Source Information: Dec79, Vol. 38 Issue 4, p705; Subject: BLASTOGENESIS (Embryology); Subject: EMBRYOLOGY; Subject: PROTEOLYTIC enzymes; Subject: CELL differentiation; Subject: AMINO acids; Subject: TRYPSIN; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13395107&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Simchowitz, L. AU - Spilberg, I. T1 - Evidence for the role of superoxide radicals in neutrophil-mediated cytotoxicity. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1979/06// VL - 37 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 301 EP - 309 SN - 00192805 AB - Human peripheral neutrophils became cytotoxic to chicken red blood cells (CRBC) in the presence of lectins as assessed by release of 51chromium from labelled target cells. Phytohaemagglutinin (PHA) end concanavalin A (Con A), which caused time-dependent and dose-dependent cytotoxicity over a concentration range of 25–400 μg/ml, also caused significant generation of superoxide radicals as measured by ferricytochrome C reduction. Pokeweed mitogen, which does not indus cytotoxicity over the same concentration range, was unable to promote superoxide generation by neutrophils. PHA-induced generation of superoxide paralleled and appeared to precede PHA-dependent cytotoxicity. Superoxide dismutase (SOD), which enzymatically destroys superoxide, caused moderate inhibition of PHA-dependent cytotoxicity over the concentration range of 100–500 μg/ml whereas catalytically inactive enzyme had no effect. Incubation under oxygen-depleted conditions caused a marked decrease in both PHA-induced superoxide generation and cytotoxicity relative to that obtained with neutrophils incubated aerobically. These findings suggest a central role for superoxide radicals in causing target cell damage in this model of neutrophil-mediated cytotoxicity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - NEUTROPHILS -- Immunology KW - ANTIBODY-dependent cell cytotoxicity KW - ERYTHROCYTES KW - POKEWEED mitogens KW - PLANT lectins KW - SUPEROXIDES KW - RADICALS (Chemistry) N1 - Accession Number: 13503253; Simchowitz, L. 1; Spilberg, I. 1; Source Information: Jun79, Vol. 37 Issue 2, p301; Subject: NEUTROPHILS -- Immunology; Subject: ANTIBODY-dependent cell cytotoxicity; Subject: ERYTHROCYTES; Subject: POKEWEED mitogens; Subject: PLANT lectins; Subject: SUPEROXIDES; Subject: RADICALS (Chemistry); Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13503253&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Behrens, Ursula J. AU - F. Paronetto T1 - Liver-specific and shared cell membrane antigens. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1978/08// VL - 35 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 289 EP - 298 SN - 00192805 AB - Liver-specific and shared saline-insoluble cell surface antigens were localized by immunofluorescence as well as by light- and electron microscopic immunoenzyme techniques. Antisera against purified mouse liver cell membranes were surface membrane but not organ-specific. Variable quantities of shared antigens were present in endoderm- and mesoderm-derived organs but not in ectodermal nerve tissue. Species crossreactivity was observed for the rat. Repeated absorption produced liver-specific antisera that reacted with antigenic sites distributed along the entire hepatocyte and sinusoidal cell surfaces. For the precise localization as well as the detection of low concentrations of both liver-specific and nonspecific antigens, the ultrastructural visualization of reactive sites proved essential. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CELL membranes KW - ANTIGENS KW - ELECTRON microscopy KW - IMMUNOENZYME technique KW - IMMUNE serums KW - LIVER cells KW - IMMUNOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 13989118; Behrens, Ursula J. 1; F. Paronetto 1; Source Information: Aug78, Vol. 35 Issue 2, p289; Subject: CELL membranes; Subject: ANTIGENS; Subject: ELECTRON microscopy; Subject: IMMUNOENZYME technique; Subject: IMMUNE serums; Subject: LIVER cells; Subject: IMMUNOLOGY; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13989118&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Roubinian, J.R. AU - Papoian, R. AU - Pillarisetty, R. AU - Sawada, S. AU - Talal, N. T1 - Immunological regulation of spontaneous antibodies to DNA and RNA: III EARLY EFFECTS OF NEONATAL THYMECTOMY AND SPLENECTOMY. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1977/09// VL - 33 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 399 SN - 00192805 AB - Reports results of a study focused on the immunological regulation of spontaneous antibodies to DNA and RNA. Examination of the effects of neonatal thymectomy and splenectomy; Results suggesting that the newborn thymus and spleen contain regulatory cells exerting different controlling influences on spontaneous antibodies to DNA and Poly A; Indications that the male thymus exert a suppressor influence while the female thymus exerts primarily a helper effect. KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - DNA KW - THYMECTOMY KW - SPLENECTOMY KW - SUPPRESSOR cells N1 - Accession Number: 11179379; Roubinian, J.R. 1; Papoian, R. 1; Pillarisetty, R. 1; Sawada, S. 1; Talal, N. 1; Source Information: Sep77, Vol. 33 Issue 3, p399; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: DNA; Subject: THYMECTOMY; Subject: SPLENECTOMY; Subject: SUPPRESSOR cells; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=11179379&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Papoian, R. AU - Pillarisetty, R. AU - Talal, N. T1 - Immunological regulation of spontaneous antibodies to DNA and RNA. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1977/01// VL - 32 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 75 SN - 00192805 AB - Examines the immunological regulation of spontaneous antibodies to DNA and RNA. Use of sucrose density gradient ultracentrifugation and filter radioimmunoassay; Sequential and ordered appearance of antibodies to nucleic acids; Immunologic regulatory mechanisms. KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - DNA KW - RNA N1 - Accession Number: 11160977; Papoian, R. 1,2; Pillarisetty, R. 1,2; Talal, N. 1,2; Source Information: Jan77, Vol. 32 Issue 1, p75; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: DNA; Subject: RNA; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=11160977&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Smith, J. W. AU - Kaijser, B. T1 - Local immune response in experimental pyelonephritis in the rabbit III. LYMPHOCYTE RESPONSIVENESS TO O AND K ANTIGENS OF ESCHERICHIA COLI. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1976/08// VL - 31 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 233 EP - 237 SN - 00192805 AB - The response of circulating and infected kidney lymphocytes to the O (lipopolysaccharide) and K (polysaccharide) antigens of an Escherichia coli O6 K 13 H1 strain was determined. Both circulating and kidney lymphocytes showed significant incorporation of [³H-methyl]thymidine into DNA when incubated with the O antigen, whereas neither responded to the K antigen. The lipid moiety of the lipopolysaccharide was required for lymphocyte responsiveness. Upon sequential incubation of O antigen and fluoresceinated homologous antiserum, 24-30 per cent of kidney lymphocytes were shown to have surface receptors for O antigen, whereas none had surface receptors for K antigen. Although the K antigen is an important determinant of invasiveness of the upper urinary tract, it fails to elicit a cellular immune response or attach to lymphocytes from the infected kidney in experimental pyelonephritis. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MICROBIAL polysaccharides KW - ESCHERICHIA coli KW - ANTIGEN-antibody reactions KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - CELL receptors KW - IMMUNE response N1 - Accession Number: 13373238; Smith, J. W. 1; Kaijser, B. 1; Source Information: Aug76, Vol. 31 Issue 2, p233; Subject: MICROBIAL polysaccharides; Subject: ESCHERICHIA coli; Subject: ANTIGEN-antibody reactions; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: CELL receptors; Subject: IMMUNE response; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13373238&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Smith, J. W. T1 - Local Immune Response in Experimental Pyelonephritis in the Rabbit II. LYMPHOCYTE STIMULATION BY LIPOPOLYSACCHARIDE OF INFECTING ORGANISM. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1975/12// VL - 29 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 1077 EP - 1085 SN - 00192805 AB - The response of circulating and kidney lymphocytes from rabbits with experimental haematogenous pyelonephritis to somatic (O) antigen (lipopolysaccharide) from the infecting organism was evaluated. Lymphocytes were cultured for 3 days in the presence and absence of lipopolysaccharide from the infecting organism, Escherichia coli O75 and a heterologous organism. Circulating lymphocytes showed a significant response to the homologous lipopolysaccharide by day 5 of infection, and kidney lymphocytes responded by day 19 of infection but failed to respond after day 33. The lipid moiety of somatic antigen was required for the stimulation of lymphocytes since antigen preparations in which lipid was low or absent did not activate lymphocytes. B lymphocytes from kidney were stimulated by this antigen whereas both T and B circulating lymphocytes responded. Thus, pyelonephritis in rabbits is associated with the activation of a subpopulation of circulating cells which have specific receptors for the homologous antigen. B lymphocytes that are specifically activated by the homologous or 0 antigen then localize to the infected site. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNE response KW - ENDOTOXINS KW - PYELONEPHRITIS KW - IMMUNOLOGY KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - ANTIGENS N1 - Accession Number: 13405584; Smith, J. W. 1,2; Source Information: Dec75, Vol. 29 Issue 6, p1077; Subject: IMMUNE response; Subject: ENDOTOXINS; Subject: PYELONEPHRITIS; Subject: IMMUNOLOGY; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: ANTIGENS; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13405584&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Smith, J. W. AU - Adkins, Martha Jane AU - McCreary, Dee T1 - Local Immune Response in Experimental Pyelonephritis in the Rabbit I. MORPHOLOGICAL AND FUNCTIONAL FEATURES OF THE LYMPHOCYTIC INFILTRATE. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1975/12// VL - 29 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 1067 EP - 1076 SN - 00192805 AB - The cellular activity of circulating lymphocytes and lymphocytes isolated from the infected kidney of animals with experimental haematogenous pyelonephritis was evaluated. The incorporation of [³H-methyl]thymidine into DNA by lymphocytes was studied with mitogens such as phytohaemagglutinin (PHA), pokeweed mitogen (PWM) and goat anti-rabbit IgG (GARIG). Lymphocytes from infected kidney had a high baseline DNA synthesis compared to circulating lymphocytes from days 5 to 27 of infection. Infected kidney lymphocytes failed to respond to PHA, PWM, or GARIG, whereas circulating lymphocytes did respond to these mitogens. Uropod-bearing lymphocytes, which were shown to be T lymphocytes, were present from days 5 to 77 of infection. B lymphocytes, as determined by surface immunofluorescent technique, were present by day 12, coincident with the onset of local synthesis of antibody. These studies reveal that in pyelonephritis, the cellular response goes through sequential changes and indicate a dynamic interrelationship between T and B lymphocytes at an infected site. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PYELONEPHRITIS KW - LYMPHOCYTES KW - KIDNEY diseases KW - IMMUNE response KW - IMMUNOLOGY KW - MITOGENS KW - DNA N1 - Accession Number: 13405581; Smith, J. W. 1; Adkins, Martha Jane 1; McCreary, Dee 2; Source Information: Dec75, Vol. 29 Issue 6, p1067; Subject: PYELONEPHRITIS; Subject: LYMPHOCYTES; Subject: KIDNEY diseases; Subject: IMMUNE response; Subject: IMMUNOLOGY; Subject: MITOGENS; Subject: DNA; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13405581&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weisbart, R.H. AU - Isaacson, Judith AU - Bluestone, R. AU - Goldberg, L.S. T1 - Human Polymorphonuclear Leucocyte Migration Inhibitory Factor. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1975/08// VL - 29 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 223 EP - 230 SN - 00192805 AB - Studies were performed on human polymorphonuclear leucocyte migration inhibitory factor (PMN-MIF) to determine its antigen dependence. PMN-MIF produced by lymphocytes in response to purified protein derivative or coccidioidin was measured in an agarose gel system with buffy coat leucocytes as indicator cells. PMN-MIF activity contained in the lymphocyte supernatants uniformly disappeared when the supernatants were diluted 1:50 with medium; the inhibitory activity was only restored when the diluted supernatants were reconstituted with specific antigen. PMN-MIF isolated by polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis showed the same properties as PMN-MIF present in whole supernatants. This Factor consistently migrated in the albumin region on gel electrophoresis. These data indicate that human PMN-MIF is antigen-dependent. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - NEUTROPHILS KW - CELL migration KW - POLYACRYLAMIDE gel electrophoresis KW - ALBUMINS KW - ANTIGENS KW - LEUCOCYTES N1 - Accession Number: 12902085; Weisbart, R.H. 1; Isaacson, Judith 1; Bluestone, R. 1; Goldberg, L.S. 1; Source Information: Aug75, Vol. 29 Issue 2, p223; Subject: NEUTROPHILS; Subject: CELL migration; Subject: POLYACRYLAMIDE gel electrophoresis; Subject: ALBUMINS; Subject: ANTIGENS; Subject: LEUCOCYTES; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12902085&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Reed, W. P. T1 - Scrum Factors Capable of Opsonizing Shigella for Phagocytosis by Polymorphonuclear Neutrophils. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1975/06// VL - 28 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 1051 EP - 1059 SN - 00192805 AB - Twenty-five Shigella strains were tested for their susceptibility to phagocytosis and killing by polymorphonuclear neutrophils (PMN). The studies identified several serum factors that could participate in opsonization. The strains varied remarkably in their susceptibility to killing when heat-stable opsonins were employed, but all strains were killed when exposed to heat-labile opsonins and PMN. The heat-stable opsonin was shown to be IgG, whereas IgM was ineffective in the absence of complement, and 11S IgA was never effective. Heat- labile opsonization required immunoglobulin as well as complement, but IgM was the only immunoglobulin demonstrated to participate in this reaction. The alternative C3 activating pathway is required for efficient heat-labile opsonization of Shigella, but some opsonization also appeared to occur through the C1-C4-C2 pathway of C3 activation. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SHIGELLA KW - PHAGOCYTOSIS KW - NEUTROPHILS KW - OPSONINS & opsonic index KW - SERUM KW - IMMUNE response N1 - Accession Number: 13372917; Reed, W. P. 1; Source Information: Jun75, Vol. 28 Issue 6, p1051; Subject: SHIGELLA; Subject: PHAGOCYTOSIS; Subject: NEUTROPHILS; Subject: OPSONINS & opsonic index; Subject: SERUM; Subject: IMMUNE response; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13372917&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Goldblum, R. AU - Pillarisetty, R. AU - Talal, N. T1 - Independent Appearance of Anti-thymocyte and Anti-RNA Antibodies in NZB/NZW F1 Mice. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1975/04// VL - 28 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 621 EP - 628 SN - 00192805 AB - NZB and NZB/NZW (B/W) mice were studied for natural thymocytotoxic autoantibody (NTA) and antibody to reovirus RNA by cytotoxicity and radioimmunoassay respectively. NZB mice developed NTA by 2-3 months of age. RNA antibodies appeared later if at all. NTA and anti-RNA were present in B/W mice starting at 4-5 months and increased in frequency with age. Either activity could appear first and could be present without the other. Thus, all four possible patterns of autoantibody occurrence were found. NTA and anti-RNA in 12-month B/W sera were separable by sucrose density gradient ultracentrifugation; NTA is a 19S IgM antibody whereas anti-RNA is 7S. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - RNA KW - RADIOIMMUNOASSAY KW - MICE as laboratory animals KW - SUCROSE KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN M N1 - Accession Number: 13371304; Goldblum, R. 1; Pillarisetty, R. 1; Talal, N. 1; Source Information: Apr75, Vol. 28 Issue 4, p621; Subject: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject: RNA; Subject: RADIOIMMUNOASSAY; Subject: MICE as laboratory animals; Subject: SUCROSE; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULIN M; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13371304&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mookerjee, B.K. AU - Poulter, Lyndall T1 - Interaction of Anti-thymocyte Serum with Haematopoietic Stem Cells II. STIMULATION OF COLONY FORMATION IN VITRO. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1974/10// VL - 27 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 601 EP - 607 SN - 00192805 AB - When mouse haematopoietic cells are incubated in vitro in appropriate dilutions of horse anti-mouse thymocyte serum or globulin (HAMTS or HAMTG), the number of in vitro colonies formed by such cells is increased. There was a good correlation between the immunosuppressive potency and the colony-enhancing property of a given serum preparation. Correlation between the thymocytotoxicity titre and the colony enhancing property of the sera was poor. For colony enhancement, it was found necessary to have an added source of colony stimulating factor in the medium, whether in the form of mouse serum or human urine. Unlike the effect produced by exposure of bone marrow cells to certain antigens, HAMTG or HAMTS enhanced colonies in the absence of the alpha-globulin component of mouse serum. Thymus-derived immunocompetent cells are not involved in enhancement since this effect was also observed using foetal liver cells. It appears likely that the interaction of an antibody on the surface of some cell or cells involved in vitro colony formation permits a larger fraction of the colony-forming cells to proliferate in vitro. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HEMATOPOIETIC stem cells KW - IMMUNE serums KW - IMMUNOSUPPRESSION KW - IMMUNE system KW - GLOBULINS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS N1 - Accession Number: 13364296; Mookerjee, B.K. 1; Poulter, Lyndall 1; Source Information: Oct74, Vol. 27 Issue 4, p601; Subject: HEMATOPOIETIC stem cells; Subject: IMMUNE serums; Subject: IMMUNOSUPPRESSION; Subject: IMMUNE system; Subject: GLOBULINS; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13364296&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Reed, W. P. AU - Albright, Elizabeth L. T1 - Serum Factors Responsible for Killing of Shigella. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 26 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 205 EP - 215 SN - 00192805 AB - Eight strains of Shigella were tested for susceptibility to killing by seven normal human sera. Although there was a wide range of susceptibility between strains of bacteria, there was surprisingly little difference in the killing activity of individual sera and no relationship between antibody titres and killing capacity. Bacteriolysis required small amounts of antibody, but as little as 0.02 mg of a 19S fraction from normal serum restored full killing capacity to 1 ml of antibody depleted serum. Neither 11S IgA nor Cohn fraction II restored the bacteriolytic ability. Both the early reacting complement sequence and the alternate C3 activating pathway appeared to participate in killing as indicated by the roles of C2 and C3PA. Killing occurred, but with reduced efficiency, when either of the two substances was missing. However, serum lacking both C2 and C3PA could no longer kill Shigella. Killing also required the presence of C3, and presumably some of the later components of complement are subsequently involved. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SHIGELLA KW - SERUM KW - BACTERIOLYSIS KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - CELL death KW - BACTERIA N1 - Accession Number: 12827800; Reed, W. P. 1; Albright, Elizabeth L. 1; Source Information: Jan74, Vol. 26 Issue 1, p205; Subject: SHIGELLA; Subject: SERUM; Subject: BACTERIOLYSIS; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: CELL death; Subject: BACTERIA; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12827800&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wynne-Roberts, C. Rosales T1 - The Evaluation of Hydrocortisone Antibodies Produced in Rabbits and Sheep. I. RADIOIMMUNOASSAY. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 26 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 97 EP - 113 SN - 00192805 AB - In response to an albumin-hydrocortisone hemisuccinate conjugate, antisteroid hormone antibodies have been produced in rabbits and sheep. Evaluation via competitive protein binding (radioimmunoassay) yielded the specificities of the antibodies to steroids. Steroids most closely related to the hapten bound to the antibodies, namely: hydrocortisone, cortisone, prednisolone, hydrocortisone sodiumsuccinate, THE and THF; in contrast, progesterone, 17 β-oestradiol, testosterone, cholesterol, and aldosterone failed to bind. Antigenicity and binding related to the C-17 α-hydroxyl and also the side groups on the D, C, B and A rings of the steroids. Least important were the changes in molecular structure or side groups of the A-ring. Finally, radioimmunoassay proved a sensitive method of evaluating antihormone antibodies. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - ALBUMINS KW - HYDROCORTISONE KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - RADIOIMMUNOASSAY KW - HORMONE antagonists KW - ALDOSTERONE N1 - Accession Number: 12827727; Wynne-Roberts, C. Rosales 1; Source Information: Jan74, Vol. 26 Issue 1, p97; Subject: ALBUMINS; Subject: HYDROCORTISONE; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: RADIOIMMUNOASSAY; Subject: HORMONE antagonists; Subject: ALDOSTERONE; Number of Pages: 17p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12827727&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gerstl, B. AU - Uyeda, C.T. AU - Hunt, H. AU - Eng, L.F. T1 - A Physiological Mechanism Preventing Experimental Allergic Encephalitis. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1972/09// VL - 23 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 395 EP - 403 SN - 00192805 AB - Autoimmunization has been assumed to be a factor in the etiology of multiple sclerosis (MS). MS, however, almost never occurs subsequent to brain injury. Thus, it was hypothesized that human serum contains a component capable of neutralizing the effect of the encephalitogenic protein (EP) when released by injury. Small amounts of human or rabbit serum added to the EP-adjuvant inoculum prevented the disease in guinea-pigs. Neither albumin, IgG, β-lipoprotein, serum lipids, including phosphatidyl-serine, pre-albumin, nor circulating antibodies, are implicated in the preventive effect of human or rabbit serum. Antigenic competition or enzymatic cleavage of the EP do not appear to be the mechanism involved. Haemocyanin, however, is capable of preventing EAE when injected together with, or separately from, the EP. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MULTIPLE sclerosis KW - AUTOIMMUNITY KW - SERUM KW - MYELIN basic protein KW - ENCEPHALITIS KW - ALLERGY N1 - Accession Number: 13383986; Gerstl, B. 1; Uyeda, C.T. 1; Hunt, H. 1; Eng, L.F. 1; Source Information: Sep72, Vol. 23 Issue 3, p395; Subject: MULTIPLE sclerosis; Subject: AUTOIMMUNITY; Subject: SERUM; Subject: MYELIN basic protein; Subject: ENCEPHALITIS; Subject: ALLERGY; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13383986&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Werdelin, O. AU - D. H. Boehme T1 - Immunization of BSVS Mice with Heterologous and Homologous Adrenal Gland. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1969/02// VL - 16 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 205 EP - 215 SN - 00192805 AB - Mice of the BSVS strain were immunized intracutaneously with bovine and intracutaneously and intraperitoneally with homologous adrenal homogenates in complete Freund's adjuvant. Immunization with bovine adrenal elicited the production of antibodies directed against an adrenal-specific antigen restricted to the bovine species as well as non-organ specific antibodies directed against the bovine species. These organ-specific antibodies were demonstrated by passive haemagglutination, gel precipitation and immunoelectrophoresis. Antisera against bovine adrenal reacted stronger with antigen extracts prepared from the cortico-medullary junction than with extracts of isolated medulla or outer cortex indicating that the adrenal antigen may be located primarily in the cortical zona reticularis. Immunization with mouse adrenal did not elicit production of anti-bodies reactive with routine or bovine adrenal, or histological lesions in the adrenal gland. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - IMMUNITY KW - IMMUNIZATION KW - ADRENAL glands KW - ANTIGENS N1 - Accession Number: 13351304; Werdelin, O. 1,2; D. H. Boehme 1,2; Source Information: Feb69, Vol. 16 Issue 2, p205; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: IMMUNITY; Subject: IMMUNIZATION; Subject: ADRENAL glands; Subject: ANTIGENS; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13351304&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jasin, H. E. AU - Ziff, M. T1 - Effect of Phytohaemagglutinin on the Immune Response. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1968/05// VL - 14 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 735 EP - 743 SN - 00192805 AB - The effect of phytohaemagglutinin (PHA) on the immune response of mice and rats has been investigated. A marked depression of anti-sheep erythrocyte agglutinin titres was found in both species following primary immunization. The decrease in titre was due to a depression of 2-mercaptoethanol resistant antibodies. The treated rats also developed antibodies against the haemagglutinating component of PHA. PHA produced no depression of the delayed hypersensitivity response to tuberculin; nor did it suppress adjuvant arthritis in the rat. Histological examination of the lymphoid organs of PHA treated mice revealed reactive hyperplasia. Similar histological challenges were seen in mice injected at the same time with a strong antigen such as horse ferritin. The depressive effect of PHA on IgG antibody formation and the absence of an effect on IgM antibody formation, delayed hypersensitivity, and adjuvant arthritis arc discussed. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - PHYTOHEMAGGLUTININS KW - IMMUNE response KW - LABORATORY animals KW - DELAYED hypersensitivity KW - CELLULAR immunity KW - IMMUNOLOGY -- Animal models N1 - Accession Number: 13345828; Jasin, H. E. 1; Ziff, M. 1; Source Information: May68, Vol. 14 Issue 5, p735; Subject: PHYTOHEMAGGLUTININS; Subject: IMMUNE response; Subject: LABORATORY animals; Subject: DELAYED hypersensitivity; Subject: CELLULAR immunity; Subject: IMMUNOLOGY -- Animal models; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13345828&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Shulman, S. AU - Brandt, E. J. AU - Yantorno, C. T1 - Studies in Cryo-Immunology II. TISSUE AND SPECIES SPECIFICITY OF THE AUTOANTIBODY RESPONSE AND COMPARISON WITH ISO-IMMUNIZATION. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1968/02// VL - 14 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 149 EP - 158 SN - 00192805 AB - Antibodies produced as a result of experimental cryosurgery were shown to be highly specific with regard to the tissue frozen and the species of origin. As a consequence of destructive freezing in the coagulating gland and seminal vesicle of the rabbit, antibody is produced which reacts with extracts of the seminal vesicle, coagulating, prostate and bulbo-urethral glands, but fails to react with rabbit serum or with extracts of testis, kidney, liver, thyroid, vagina, spleen, stomach, epididymis or synovium of the rabbit. It also fails to react with prostatic or related tissue of human, guinea-pig and rat. This spectrum of tissue and species specificity, along with the proof that this antibody is an autoantibody, indicates that the same antigenic material is responsible for this antibody response as was responsible for antibodies elicited by iso-immunization by injection of tissue extracts with complete Freund's adjuvant. Additional proof was obtained, of this identity by use of purified fractions of rabbit prostatic tissue. Only one of the fractions was active with an antiserum produced by iso-immunization, and this same fraction was active with an antiserum produced by cryo-immunization. Although the same autoantigen seems to be involved, the autoantibody response to the freezing of tissue is initiated much more quickly, and rises to a maximum in a much shorter period, than the analogous autoantibody response that follows repeated intradermal injections. The cryo-immunization response is generally at a maximum within 7–10 days, whereas stimulation by injection requires a period of many weeks of repeated injections, before a similar level of antibody is reached. KW - TISSUES KW - ANIMALS KW - CRYOSURGERY KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - IMMUNITY KW - IMMUNOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 13343308; Shulman, S. 1; Brandt, E. J. 1; Yantorno, C. 1; Source Information: Feb68, Vol. 14 Issue 2, p149; Subject: TISSUES; Subject: ANIMALS; Subject: CRYOSURGERY; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: IMMUNITY; Subject: IMMUNOLOGY; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13343308&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Yantorno, C. AU - Soanes, W. A. AU - Gonder, M. J. AU - Shulman, S. T1 - Studies in Cryo-Immunology I. THE PRODUCTION OF ANTIBODIES TO UROGENITAL TISSUE IN CONSEQUENCE OF FREEZING TREATMENT. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1967/04// VL - 12 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 395 EP - 410 SN - 00192805 AB - Experimental cryosurgery has been found to result in the formation of circulating antibodies, directed against antigenic material of the tissue frozen. These antibodies were detected by passive haemagglutination and immunodiffusion. The tissue that was subjected to destructive freezing by means of this surgical procedure was the coagulating gland and seminal vesicle of rabbit. A probe carrying liquid nitrogen and a thermocouple assembly for measuring temperature changes was utilized. Control rabbits were manipulated in the same way but with no freezing. A large number of rabbits subjected to tissue freezing exhibited the development of a rapid antibody response, achieving a maximum titre in 7–10 days, followed by a decline. This antibody response has been compared to that seen following isoimmunization by injection. As an additional comparison, several rabbits were autoimmunized by injection of homogenate from their own accessory tissue; these rabbits also produced antibodies. It was found that the time sequence in the antibody production was quite similar for auto- and isoimmunization, but was quite distinctive for cryo-stimulation. By several means of evaluation, it was shown that the antibody response to the freezing of tissue was an autoantibody. It was not, however, an antibody against serum γ-globulin. The consequences of the freezing of tissue are thus seen to simulate the effects of incorporating adjuvant. This method of producing autoantibodies and of investigating the nature of the response has been termed cryo-immnnology. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - CRYOBIOLOGY KW - IMMUNOGLOBULINS KW - GENITOURINARY organs KW - LIQUID nitrogen KW - COLD therapy KW - IMMUNE response N1 - Accession Number: 13335743; Yantorno, C. 1; Soanes, W. A. 1; Gonder, M. J. 1; Shulman, S. 1; Source Information: Apr67, Vol. 12 Issue 4, p395; Subject: CRYOBIOLOGY; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULINS; Subject: GENITOURINARY organs; Subject: LIQUID nitrogen; Subject: COLD therapy; Subject: IMMUNE response; Number of Pages: 16p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13335743&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Shulman, S. AU - Yantorno, C. AU - Soanes, W. A. AU - Gonder, M. J. AU - Witebsky, E. T1 - Studies on Organ Specificity XVI. UROGENITAL TISSUES AND AUTOANTIBODIES. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1966/02// VL - 10 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 99 EP - 113 SN - 00192805 AB - Autoantibodies to the male accessory tissues of reproduction could be produced in rabbits by intensive isoimmunization, using saline extracts (SE) of prostate gland or of the total complex of accessory glands. Concomitant production of isoantibodies was shown to be rather improbable. Although the prostate gland was the tissue of major interest, the autoantigenic material in this tissue was found to be shared by the other accessory glands; namely, seminal vesicle, coagulating gland and bulbo-urethral gland. It was also found in seminal plasma, but evidence was collected to show that this activity resulted from admixture of fluids from the accessory tissues. This material was, however, absent from other members of the urogenital system such as kidney, bladder, testis and epididymis. It was also absent from a large variety of other rabbit tissues that were tested. The antigen can therefore be considered as an accessory glands-specific antigen. It was absent from the prostatic tissue of a number of other species, suggesting a high degree of species specificity. In some of the studies, the line of precipitation showed itself clearly double, although the two lines were always quite close together. The picture suggested that there were in fact two autoantigens. A second group of investigations was based on the use of ethanol-resistant (ER) preparations of accessory tissue. As with the SE preparations, antibodies could be elicited by isoimmunization. Although antibody levels by haemagglutination were much lower than in the SE systems, they were of significant magnitude, and the gel diffusion precipitation was at least as strong as for the SE system. The ER-anti-ER system showed two clear and well-separated lines, which were completely distinct from the anti-SE lines. Therefore, there are two additional antigens of accessory tissue that can be effective in isoimmunization. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - AUTOANTIBODIES KW - MALE reproductive organs KW - REPRODUCTION KW - PROSTATE KW - SEMEN KW - GENITOURINARY organs KW - ANTIGENS N1 - Accession Number: 13281592; Shulman, S. 1,2; Yantorno, C. 1,2; Soanes, W. A. 1,2; Gonder, M. J. 1,2; Witebsky, E. 1,2; Source Information: Feb66, Vol. 10 Issue 2, p99; Subject: AUTOANTIBODIES; Subject: MALE reproductive organs; Subject: REPRODUCTION; Subject: PROSTATE; Subject: SEMEN; Subject: GENITOURINARY organs; Subject: ANTIGENS; Number of Pages: 15p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13281592&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - GASSON, JUDITH C. AU - WEISBART, RICHARD H. AU - KAUFMAN, SUSAN E. AU - CLARK, STEVEN C. AU - HEWICK, RODNEY M. AU - WONG, GORDON G. AU - GOLDE, DAVID W. T1 - Purffied Human Granulocyte-Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor: Direct Action on Neutrophils. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1984/12/14/ VL - 226 IS - 4680 M3 - Article SP - 1339 EP - 1342 SN - 00368075 AB - Neutrophil migration inhibition factorfrom T lymphocytes (NIF-T) is a lymphokine that acts to localize granulocytes. Medium conditioned by the Mo human T-lymphoblast cell line was used to purify NIF-T, a glycoprotein with a molecular weight of 22,000. The NIF-T wasfound to potently stimulate the growth of granulocyte and macrophage colonies from human bone marrow and colony formation by the KG-I myeloid leukemia cell line. Thus a human lymphokine (NIF-T) that modulates the activities of mature neutrophilic granulocytes is also a colonystimulating factor acting on precursors to induce growth and differentiation of new effector cells. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 84692147; GASSON, JUDITH C. 1; WEISBART, RICHARD H. 2; KAUFMAN, SUSAN E. 3; CLARK, STEVEN C. 4; HEWICK, RODNEY M. 4; WONG, GORDON G. 4; GOLDE, DAVID W. 3; Source Information: 12/14/1984, Vol. 226 Issue 4680, p1339; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=84692147&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Barondes, Samuel H. T1 - Soluble Lectins: A New Class of Extracellular Proteins. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1984/03/23/ VL - 223 IS - 4642 M3 - Article SP - 1259 EP - 1264 SN - 00368075 N1 - Accession Number: 84672124; Barondes, Samuel H. 1,2; Source Information: 3/23/1984, Vol. 223 Issue 4642, p1259; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=84672124&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Abdel-Nabi, Hani AU - Ortman-Nabi, Judith AU - See, William AU - Lee, John AU - Ireton, Robert AU - Boileau, Michael AU - Unger, Michael AU - Halverson, Craig T1 - Clinical experience with intra lymphatic administration ofIn-labelled monoclonal antibody PAY 276 for the detection of pelvic nodal metastases in prostatic carcinoma. JO - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine JF - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 16 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 149 EP - 156 SN - 03406997 N1 - Accession Number: 71143734; Abdel-Nabi, Hani; Ortman-Nabi, Judith 1; See, William 2; Lee, John 3; Ireton, Robert 2; Boileau, Michael 2; Unger, Michael 4; Halverson, Craig 4; Source Information: Mar1990, Vol. 16 Issue 3, p149; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1007/BF01146853 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=71143734&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Herbst, Charles AU - Dormer, Kenneth AU - Brackett, Daniel AU - Wilson, Michael AU - Barkan, Brian AU - Burow, Robert T1 - Digitizing and signal averaging of left ventricular pressure signals using a dedicated radionuclide imaging system. JO - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine JF - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 13 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 338 EP - 342 SN - 03406997 N1 - Accession Number: 71143389; Herbst, Charles 1; Dormer, Kenneth 2; Brackett, Daniel 2; Wilson, Michael 2; Barkan, Brian 2; Burow, Robert 2; Source Information: Oct1987, Vol. 13 Issue 7, p338; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1007/BF00252991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=71143389&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Russell, Charles T1 - Estimation of glomerular filtration rate using Tc-DTPA and the gamma camera. JO - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine JF - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine Y1 - 1987/02// VL - 12 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 548 EP - 552 SN - 03406997 N1 - Accession Number: 71143231; Russell, Charles 1; Source Information: Feb1987, Vol. 12 Issue 11, p548; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1007/BF00296095 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=71143231&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ackerman, Leo AU - Freeman, Maynard AU - Pacold, Ivan AU - Barnes, W. AU - Johnson, Bruce AU - Reid, Ralston AU - Loeb, Henry AU - Kaplan, Ervin T1 - Effect of acute postinfusion lipemia and free fatty acids on myocardial contractility: Assessment with radionuclide ventriculography. JO - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine JF - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine Y1 - 1986/08// VL - 12 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 201 EP - 204 SN - 03406997 N1 - Accession Number: 71143114; Ackerman, Leo 1; Freeman, Maynard 1; Pacold, Ivan 2; Barnes, W. 1; Johnson, Bruce 3; Reid, Ralston 4; Loeb, Henry 2; Kaplan, Ervin 1; Source Information: Aug1986, Vol. 12 Issue 4, p201; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1007/BF00256922 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=71143114&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gelezunas, Vincent AU - Lyons, Kenneth AU - Karlsberg, Ronald T1 - Silicon avalanche radiation detectors: The basis for a new in vivo radiation detection probe. JO - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine JF - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine Y1 - 1983/10// VL - 8 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 421 EP - 424 SN - 03406997 N1 - Accession Number: 71142698; Gelezunas, Vincent 1; Lyons, Kenneth 1; Karlsberg, Ronald 1; Source Information: Oct1983, Vol. 8 Issue 10, p421; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1007/BF00252939 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=71142698&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tisdale, H. AU - Hauber, J. AU - Prager, G. AU - Turini, P. AU - Singer, T. P. T1 - Studies on Succinate Dehydrogenase 15. Isolation, Molecular Properties, and Isoenzymes of Fumarate Reductase. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1968/06// VL - 4 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 472 EP - 477 SN - 00142956 AB - Autolysates of brewer's yeast contain several isoenzymes of fumarate reductase. One group (Type I) has a molecular weight of 62,000 to 63,000, as determined by chromatography on Sephadex, and 5 components in the group have been detected and partially or completely separated on triethylaminoethyl cellulose. Another group (Type II) consists of at least 2 isoenzymes. The predominant component shows a molecular weight of 34,000 and the minor one 112,000 ± 10,000 on Sephadex. One of the Type I enzymes has been extensively purified until it shows a single component on gradient, centrifugation, although it appears to be heterogeneous on polyacrylamide electrophoresis. The prosthetic group is FAD and, in addition, iron and possibly, copper appear to be present. In contrast to mitochondrial succinate dehydrogenase the FAD is not covalently bound and the non heme iron is not linked to labile sulfide. Preliminary electron paramagnetic resonance data suggest, that the iron may undergo oxidation-reduction during the catalytic cycle. The absorption spectrum manifests the 450 mμ band of flavoproteins but, there is an anomalous absorption below 400 mμ and in the long wave-length region. Dithionite and succinate bleach the 450 mμ band and fumarate partially restores the color of the enzyme. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SUCCINATE dehydrogenase KW - MOLECULAR weights KW - ISOENZYMES KW - OXIDATION-reduction reaction KW - SUCCINIC acid KW - ENZYMES N1 - Accession Number: 12787451; Tisdale, H. 1; Hauber, J. 1; Prager, G. 1; Turini, P. 1; Singer, T. P. 1; Source Information: 1968, Vol. 4 Issue 4, p472; Subject: SUCCINATE dehydrogenase; Subject: MOLECULAR weights; Subject: ISOENZYMES; Subject: OXIDATION-reduction reaction; Subject: SUCCINIC acid; Subject: ENZYMES; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12787451&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hauber, J. AU - Singer, T. P. T1 - Studies of Succinate Dehydrogenase 14. Intracellular Distribution, Catalytic Properties and Regulation of Fumarate Reductases in Yeast. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1967/12// VL - 3 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 107 EP - 116 SN - 00142956 AB - The cytoplasm of yeast contains several enzymes for the reduction of fumarate to succinate. One of these is excluded on Sephadex G-200 and in this respect as in all of its known properties, resembles mitochondrial succinate dehydrogenase in the soluble form. Another type is distinguished by the apparent inability to oxidize succinate with any of the conventional electron acceptors. This enzyme has been subdivided into two types (I and II) which may be readily separated by chromatography on hydroxylapatite. Type I and II fumarate reductases differ from mitochondrial succinate dehydrogenase in containing acid-extractable (rather than covalently bound) FAD, in their intracellular location, in being more stable and more resistant to inhibition by mercurial. The fumarate reductases also differ from the dehydrogenase in molecular weight, in lack of activation by substrate, and in having lower affinities for succinate and malonate and a higher one for fumarate. Conditions which are optimal for the development of mitochondrial succinate dehydrogenase (high O2 tension, low glucose concentration) repress the development of type I and II fumarate reductases and vice versa. ‘Petite’ mutants, which lack succinate dehydrogenase, have a normal content of these fumarate reductases. Type I and II fumarate reductases, while similar in most respects, differ in molecular weight, kinetic constants and reactivity with electron donors. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - SUCCINATE dehydrogenase KW - YEAST KW - SEPHADEX KW - MITOCHONDRIA KW - ELECTRONS KW - MOLECULES N1 - Accession Number: 12762224; Hauber, J. 1; Singer, T. P. 1; Source Information: 1967, Vol. 3 Issue 1, p107; Subject: SUCCINATE dehydrogenase; Subject: YEAST; Subject: SEPHADEX; Subject: MITOCHONDRIA; Subject: ELECTRONS; Subject: MOLECULES; Number of Pages: 10p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12762224&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1996-11393-001 AN - 1996-11393-001 AU - Fein, George T1 - 'Alcohol abuse and HIV': Response. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1995/09// VL - 38 IS - 5 SP - 344 EP - 344 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1996-11393-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fein, George; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, San Francisco, CA, US. Release Date: 19960401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Auditory Evoked Potentials; Frontal Lobe; HIV. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1995. AB - Replies to J. H. Mendelson's (see record [rid]1996-11404-001[/rid]) discussion of distinctions between alcohol abusers and the alcohol dependent in a study of the effects of alcohol use in HIV-positive men, by clarifying that classifications in their study were made on the basis of Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-III-Revised (DSM-III-R) criteria. The conditions under which an S's self-report of alcohol use is reliable are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - frontal cortex function & auditory EP P3A latency KW - adults with HIV & alcohol abuse KW - commentary reply KW - 1995 KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Frontal Lobe KW - HIV KW - 1995 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1996-11393-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2004-17627-036 AN - 2004-17627-036 AU - Rothi, Leslie J. Gonzalez T1 - What Is It About Language That Makes It So Vulnerable to Left-Hemisphere Damage? JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1995/02// VL - 40 IS - 2 SP - 154 EP - 154 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 AD - Rothi, Leslie J. Gonzalez, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Gainesville, FL, US N1 - Accession Number: 2004-17627-036. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rothi, Leslie J. Gonzalez; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Gainesville, FL, US. Release Date: 20040927. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Communication; Language Development; Left Hemisphere; Motor Processes. Minor Descriptor: Language; Linguistics; Neurology; Semantics. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Kimura, Doreen. Neuromotor Mechanisms in Human Communication=New York: Clarendon Press/Oxford University Press, 1993. 197 pp. $39.95; 1993. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1995. AB - As in the question raised in the title of this review, why is it that language is so vulnerable to left-hemisphere damage? It is one of those 'Why is there air?' questions that seems like it should be so easy to answer. But the complexities of the question and answer have yet to be defined, leaving most of us to answer, in short, 'just because.' Kimura, however, has been pondering this question for decades and has produced this monograph as a summation of 20 years of her extensive research on the topic. She begins by isolating two commonly held assumptions that she believes her data defy. That is, she focuses this book (see record [rid]1993-98303-000[/rid]) on dismissing the commonly held notions that the critical role of the left hemisphere in communication is based on a specialization for linguistic/semantic function and . . . that language behavior is organized quite separately from nonlanguage behaviors in the brain'. The reviewer contends that although Kimura encourages the reader to question some basic assumptions about how language and motor systems are represented in the nervous system, her data, as yet, fall short of providing an answer. Yet she successfully makes readers be less comfortable with their answer of 'just because' than they once were. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuromotor mechanisms KW - human communication KW - linguistic functioning KW - semantics KW - language behavior KW - motor systems KW - left-hemisphere damage KW - 1995 KW - Brain Damage KW - Communication KW - Language Development KW - Left Hemisphere KW - Motor Processes KW - Language KW - Linguistics KW - Neurology KW - Semantics KW - 1995 U2 - Kimura, Doreen. (1993); Neuromotor Mechanisms in Human Communication; New York: Clarendon Press/Oxford University Press, 1993. 197 pp. $39.95; 0-19-505492-X. DO - 10.1037/003420 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2004-17627-036&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-09745-001 AN - 2007-09745-001 AU - Rafal, Robert T1 - Inhibitory neural mechanisms in spatial orienting. JF - Canadian Psychology/Psychologie canadienne JO - Canadian Psychology/Psychologie canadienne JA - Can Psychol Y1 - 1994/01// VL - 35 IS - 1 SP - 111 EP - 111 CY - Canada PB - Canadian Psychological Association SN - 0708-5591 SN - 1878-7304 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-09745-001. Other Journal Title: Canadian Psychological Review/Psychologie canadienne; Canadian Psychologist/Psychologie canadienne; The Canadian Psychologist. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rafal, Robert; Martinez Veterans Administration Hospital, Martinez, CA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070702. Correction Date: 20091109. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Neural Networks; Spatial Orientation (Perception). Minor Descriptor: Brain; Cerebral Cortex; Eye Movements. Classification: Cognitive Processes (2340). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1994. Copyright Statement: Canadian Psychological Association. 1994. AB - This talk reviews studies in normal and brain-injured humans which have revealed separate neural structures which control covert attention and others which regulate eye movements. These studies have also identified subcortical brain regions critical for reflexive orienting, and cortical regions important for endogenously controlled orienting. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - inhibitory neural mechanisms KW - spatial orienting KW - covert attention KW - eye movements KW - 1994 KW - Attention KW - Neural Networks KW - Spatial Orientation (Perception) KW - Brain KW - Cerebral Cortex KW - Eye Movements KW - 1994 DO - 10.1037/h0084717 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2007-09745-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sullivan, Mary E. T1 - A study of discharge planning for older hospitalized veterans. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1965/09// VL - 20 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 778 EP - 782 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17108011; Sullivan, Mary E. 1; Source Information: Sep1965, Vol. 20 Issue 9, p778; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2322 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17108011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bell, J. W. T1 - Open abdominal biopsy before thoracotomy for lung cancer. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1965/09// VL - 20 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 715 EP - 727 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17108004; Bell, J. W. 1; Source Information: Sep1965, Vol. 20 Issue 9, p715; Number of Pages: 13p; Illustrations: 3 Black and White Photographs, 5 Charts, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4253 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17108004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Baum, Gerald L. T1 - Diagnosis of pulmonary histoplasmosis. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1965/08// VL - 20 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 675 EP - 682 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17091433; Baum, Gerald L. 1; Source Information: Aug1965, Vol. 20 Issue 8, p675; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 5 Black and White Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2756 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17091433&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Steinberg, Gustave T1 - Foam rubber boot for foot ulcers. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1965/07// VL - 20 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 570 EP - 578 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17067375; Steinberg, Gustave 1; Source Information: Jul1965, Vol. 20 Issue 7, p570; Number of Pages: 9p; Illustrations: 5 Black and White Photographs, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2211 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17067375&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Anderson, Richard W. T1 - Clinicopathologic conference. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1965/05// VL - 20 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 415 EP - 424 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17145114; Anderson, Richard W. 1; Source Information: May1965, Vol. 20 Issue 5, p415; Number of Pages: 10p; Illustrations: 3 Black and White Photographs, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3633 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17145114&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lipton, Philip AU - Michels, Joan G. T1 - The effects of nicotinic acid on rabbit hypercholesterolemia and atherogenesis. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1965/05// VL - 20 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 379 EP - 387 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17145109; Lipton, Philip 1; Michels, Joan G. 2; Source Information: May1965, Vol. 20 Issue 5, p379; Number of Pages: 9p; Illustrations: 1 Black and White Photograph, 2 Charts, 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3290 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17145109&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Grosberg, Saul J. T1 - Polyps in malignancies of the colon. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1965/01// VL - 20 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 42 EP - 46 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17133297; Grosberg, Saul J. 1; Source Information: Jan1965, Vol. 20 Issue 1, p42; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2385 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17133297&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Marks, Leon J. T1 - Carcinoma of the lung and Cushing's syndrome. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1964/12// VL - 19 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 881 EP - 886 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17133272; Marks, Leon J. 1; Source Information: Dec1964, Vol. 19 Issue 12, p881; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Black and White Photograph, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2162 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17133272&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Calkins, W. Graham T1 - Premalignant gastrointestinal lesions. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1964/10// VL - 19 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 707 EP - 717 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17083497; Calkins, W. Graham 1,2; Source Information: Oct1964, Vol. 19 Issue 10, p707; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 5797 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17083497&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Anderson, Richard W. AU - Pfohl, Richard T1 - Clinicopathological conference. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1964/06// VL - 19 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 456 EP - 464 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17133363; Anderson, Richard W. 1; Pfohl, Richard; Source Information: Jun1964, Vol. 19 Issue 6, p456; Number of Pages: 9p; Illustrations: 3 Black and White Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3263 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17133363&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Palumbo, Louis T. AU - Sharpe, Wendell S. AU - Fortenberry, F. R. AU - Zaayer, D. W. T1 - Primary inguinal hernioplasty in geriatrics. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1964/05// VL - 19 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 342 EP - 347 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17133489; Palumbo, Louis T. 1; Sharpe, Wendell S. 1; Fortenberry, F. R. 1; Zaayer, D. W. 1; Source Information: May1964, Vol. 19 Issue 5, p342; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 6 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2278 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17133489&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lyon, George M. AU - Hoback, John H. AU - Murdock Jr., Harold R. T1 - Serum electrophoretic patterns in the geriatric patient. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1964/03// VL - 19 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 196 EP - 201 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17083430; Lyon, George M. 1; Hoback, John H. 2; Murdock Jr., Harold R. 3; Source Information: Mar1964, Vol. 19 Issue 3, p196; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 4 Charts, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2082 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17083430&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Calkins, W. Graham T1 - Clues to diagnosis of pancreatic disease. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1964/03// VL - 19 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 160 EP - 173 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17083426; Calkins, W. Graham 1,2; Source Information: Mar1964, Vol. 19 Issue 3, p160; Number of Pages: 14p; Illustrations: 3 Black and White Photographs, 4 Graphs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 5573 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17083426&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hadley, Robert G. AU - Levy, William V. AU - Manson, Morse P. T1 - Group therapy in a mental hospital. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1963/12// VL - 18 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 910 EP - 915 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17120801; Hadley, Robert G. 1; Levy, William V. 1; Manson, Morse P. 2; Source Information: Dec1963, Vol. 18 Issue 12, p910; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2641 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17120801&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lewis, Augustus T1 - Attitudes of geriatric patients toward planned activity. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1963/09// VL - 18 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 725 EP - 728 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17067246; Lewis, Augustus 1; Source Information: Sep1963, Vol. 18 Issue 9, p725; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1923 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17067246&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dagradi, Angelo E. AU - Rappaport, Irving T1 - Management of esophageal hiatus sliding hernia. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1963/08// VL - 18 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 642 EP - 653 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17083337; Dagradi, Angelo E. 1; Rappaport, Irving 2; Source Information: Aug1963, Vol. 18 Issue 8, p642; Number of Pages: 12p; Illustrations: 4 Black and White Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4567 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17083337&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wolcott, Mark W. AU - Morgan, Marvin W. T1 - Unrecognized pyogenic lung abscess. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1963/05// VL - 18 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 378 EP - 381 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17145090; Wolcott, Mark W. 1; Morgan, Marvin W. 1; Source Information: May1963, Vol. 18 Issue 5, p378; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1750 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17145090&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wolff, Kurt T1 - Occupational therapy for the geriatric patient. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1963/03// VL - 18 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 251 EP - 254 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17107741; Wolff, Kurt 1,2; Source Information: Mar1963, Vol. 18 Issue 3, p251; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1839 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17107741&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rosenblum, Marcus P. AU - Bachrach, David L. T1 - Study of behavioral aspects of the aging psychiatric patient. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1963/03// VL - 18 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 247 EP - 250 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17107740; Rosenblum, Marcus P. 1; Bachrach, David L. 2; Source Information: Mar1963, Vol. 18 Issue 3, p247; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1549 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17107740&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kurtzke, John F. T1 - Epilepsy and cerebral neoplasms. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1963/03// VL - 18 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 211 EP - 219 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17107736; Kurtzke, John F. 1,2; Source Information: Mar1963, Vol. 18 Issue 3, p211; Number of Pages: 9p; Illustrations: 6 Charts, 5 Graphs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3213 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17107736&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - McGavack, Thomas Hodge T1 - Aging as seen by the endocrinologist. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1963/03// VL - 18 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 181 EP - 191 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17107732; McGavack, Thomas Hodge 1; Source Information: Mar1963, Vol. 18 Issue 3, p181; Number of Pages: 11p; Illustrations: 2 Diagrams, 1 Chart, 3 Graphs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4432 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17107732&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Middleton, William S. T1 - Some medical reflections on aging. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1963/03// VL - 18 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 168 EP - 173 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17107730; Middleton, William S. 1; Source Information: Mar1963, Vol. 18 Issue 3, p168; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2725 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17107730&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cohen, Archibald C. T1 - Problem of drug-resistant tubercle bacilli. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1963/01// VL - 18 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 49 EP - 56 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17083362; Cohen, Archibald C. 1; Source Information: Jan1963, Vol. 18 Issue 1, p49; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3794 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17083362&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Turner, James E. T1 - Medications for radiation therapy. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1963/01// VL - 18 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 39 EP - 48 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17083361; Turner, James E. 1; Source Information: Jan1963, Vol. 18 Issue 1, p39; Number of Pages: 10p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4861 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17083361&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hamilton, L. Dean AU - Bennett, Jesse L. T1 - Acetophenazine for hyperactive geriatric patients. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1962/09// VL - 17 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 596 EP - 601 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 19102722; Hamilton, L. Dean 1; Bennett, Jesse L. 2; Source Information: Sep1962, Vol. 17 Issue 9, p596; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2827 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=19102722&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Yarbro, John H. T1 - Clinicopathologic conference. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1962/03// VL - 17 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 188 EP - 194 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17067517; Yarbro, John H. 1; Source Information: Mar1962, Vol. 17 Issue 3, p188; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 4 Black and White Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2640 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17067517&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lair, Charles V. AU - Smith, J. D. AU - Deaton, A. N. T1 - Short-term rehabilitation therapy for aging medical patients. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1962/03// VL - 17 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 183 EP - 187 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17067514; Lair, Charles V. 1; Smith, J. D. 2; Deaton, A. N.; Source Information: Mar1962, Vol. 17 Issue 3, p183; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2147 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17067514&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Nichols, Margaret R. AU - Cummins, James F. T1 - Social adjustment of Spanish-American War Veterans. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1961/12// VL - 16 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 641 EP - 646 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17107585; Nichols, Margaret R. 1; Cummins, James F. 2; Source Information: Dec1961, Vol. 16 Issue 12, p641; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3305 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17107585&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Manson, Morse P. T1 - Study of a geriatric psychiatric population. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1961/11// VL - 16 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 612 EP - 618 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17107788; Manson, Morse P. 1; Source Information: Nov1961, Vol. 16 Issue 11, p612; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 5 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2497 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17107788&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lair, Charles V. AU - Smith, J. D. AU - Deaton, Andy N. T1 - Combined group recreation and psychotherapy for hospitalized geriatric patients. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1961/11// VL - 16 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 598 EP - 603 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17107784; Lair, Charles V. 1; Smith, J. D. 2; Deaton, Andy N.; Source Information: Nov1961, Vol. 16 Issue 11, p598; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2766 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17107784&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mulhausen, Robert O. AU - Zinneman, Horace H. AU - Yarbro, John W. T1 - Clinicopathologic conference. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1961/10// VL - 16 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 555 EP - 560 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17067566; Mulhausen, Robert O. 1; Zinneman, Horace H. 2; Yarbro, John W. 3; Source Information: Oct1961, Vol. 16 Issue 10, p555; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 4 Black and White Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2141 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17067566&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fremont, Rudolph E. T1 - Controlled observations on clinical efficacy of isosorbide dinitrate. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1961/10// VL - 16 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 520 EP - 529 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17067559; Fremont, Rudolph E. 1,2; Source Information: Oct1961, Vol. 16 Issue 10, p520; Number of Pages: 10p; Illustrations: 1 Diagram, 4 Charts, 5 Graphs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4288 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17067559&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Yarbro, John W. T1 - Clinicopathologic conference. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1961/09// VL - 16 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 471 EP - 478 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18071039; Yarbro, John W. 1; Source Information: Sep1961, Vol. 16 Issue 9, p471; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 4 Black and White Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3643 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18071039&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Crawshaw, Ralph S. AU - Peterson, Leonard V. T1 - Supportive psychotherapy with an aged transient. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1961/09// VL - 16 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 454 EP - 458 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18071034; Crawshaw, Ralph S. 1; Peterson, Leonard V. 2; Source Information: Sep1961, Vol. 16 Issue 9, p454; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2533 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18071034&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lawton, Alfred H. AU - Dexter, Morris W. T1 - Aortic stenosis and sudden death. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1961/07// VL - 16 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 351 EP - 354 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18974190; Lawton, Alfred H. 1; Dexter, Morris W. 2; Source Information: Jul1961, Vol. 16 Issue 7, p351; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1884 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18974190&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Adams, Mark E. AU - Vedder, Clyde B. T1 - Age and crime. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1961/04// VL - 16 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 177 EP - 181 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17133119; Adams, Mark E. 1; Vedder, Clyde B. 2; Source Information: Apr1961, Vol. 16 Issue 4, p177; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2245 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17133119&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Jimenez, Edward AU - Zinneman, Horace H. AU - Yarbro, John W. Y. T1 - Clinicopathologic Conference. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1961/03// VL - 16 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 157 EP - 163 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17067464; Jimenez, Edward 1; Zinneman, Horace H. 2; Yarbro, John W. Y. 3; Source Information: Mar1961, Vol. 16 Issue 3, p157; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 4 Black and White Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3228 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17067464&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bowlin, Paul F. T1 - Clinicopathologic Conference. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1961/02// VL - 16 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 100 EP - 107 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17810163; Bowlin, Paul F. 1; Source Information: Feb1961, Vol. 16 Issue 2, p100; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 2 Black and White Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3722 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17810163&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Thomson, James E.M. AU - Fusfeld, Robert D. T1 - The treatment of certain fractures in old people. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1960/12// VL - 15 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 837 EP - 847 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 20878982; Thomson, James E.M. 1; Fusfeld, Robert D. 2; Source Information: Dec1960, Vol. 15 Issue 12, p837; Number of Pages: 11p; Illustrations: 10 Black and White Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4521 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=20878982&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Zankel, Harry T. T1 - Stimulation assistive exercise in hemiplegia. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1960/09// VL - 15 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 616 EP - 622 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 20879008; Zankel, Harry T. 1; Source Information: Sep1960, Vol. 15 Issue 9, p616; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 2 Charts, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2942 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=20879008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chazin, Benjamin J. T1 - Effect of nicotinic acid on blood cholesterol. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1960/06// VL - 15 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 423 EP - 429 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 19635720; Chazin, Benjamin J. 1; Source Information: Jun1960, Vol. 15 Issue 6, p423; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 1 Chart, 3 Graphs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2827 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=19635720&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Henderson, F.W. T1 - Beriberi heart disease in the elderly patient. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1960/05// VL - 15 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 398 EP - 403 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 20878499; Henderson, F.W. 1; Source Information: May1960, Vol. 15 Issue 5, p398; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3120 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=20878499&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Zinneman, Horace H. AU - Bowlin, Paul F. T1 - Clinicopathologic conference. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1960/05// VL - 15 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 355 EP - 365 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 20878492; Zinneman, Horace H. 1,2; Bowlin, Paul F. 1; Source Information: May1960, Vol. 15 Issue 5, p355; Number of Pages: 11p; Illustrations: 7 Black and White Photographs, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=20878492&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lillehei, James P. AU - Zinneman, Horace H. T1 - Clinicopathologic Conference. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1960/03// VL - 15 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 197 EP - 204 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 20877937; Lillehei, James P. 1; Zinneman, Horace H. 2; Source Information: Mar1960, Vol. 15 Issue 3, p197; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 2 Black and White Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3650 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=20877937&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Solez, Chester T1 - Prolonged course of untreated gastric neoplasm. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1959/04// VL - 14 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 252 EP - 256 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 20877877; Solez, Chester 1; Source Information: Apr1959, Vol. 14 Issue 4, p252; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 6 Black and White Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1784 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=20877877&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Filer, Richard N. T1 - An activity program for old persons in a sheltered living community. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1959/04// VL - 14 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 229 EP - 236 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 20877871; Filer, Richard N. 1; Source Information: Apr1959, Vol. 14 Issue 4, p229; Number of Pages: 8p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4510 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=20877871&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Halpert, Bela AU - Foster, Riley P. AU - Musser, M.J. T1 - Multiple malignant neoplasms in a man aged 89 years. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1959/03// VL - 14 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 194 EP - 200 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 20754985; Halpert, Bela 1; Foster, Riley P. 2; Musser, M.J. 3; Source Information: Mar1959, Vol. 14 Issue 3, p194; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 7 Black and White Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2688 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=20754985&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Larkin JR., John C. AU - Stevick, Charles P. AU - Flanagan, James B. AU - Phillips, Samuel T1 - Stimulatory effects of iproniazid in active pulmonary tuberculosis. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1959/02// VL - 14 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 89 EP - 93 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 19100453; Larkin JR., John C. 1,2,3; Stevick, Charles P. 1,2,4; Flanagan, James B. 1; Phillips, Samuel 1,2,5; Source Information: Feb1959, Vol. 14 Issue 2, p89; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2494 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=19100453&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gordon, Benjamin S. T1 - Clinicopathologic Conference: Bronx Veterans Administration Hospital. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1959/01// VL - 14 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 59 EP - 65 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 20877901; Gordon, Benjamin S. 1,2; Source Information: Jan1959, Vol. 14 Issue 1, p59; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3729 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=20877901&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rochelle III, J. B. AU - Ford, Ralph V. T1 - Clinical evaluation of Win 14, 020-2 as an antihypertensive agent. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1958/12// VL - 13 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 815 EP - 818 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17775656; Rochelle III, J. B. 1; Ford, Ralph V. 2; Source Information: Dec1958, Vol. 13 Issue 12, p815; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 1 Graph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1469 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17775656&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Reider, Richard A. AU - Sullivan, James F. AU - Mack, Robert E. T1 - Incidence and type of bleeding in diverticular disease of colon. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1958/12// VL - 13 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 790 EP - 794 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17775649; Reider, Richard A. 1; Sullivan, James F. 2; Mack, Robert E. 3; Source Information: Dec1958, Vol. 13 Issue 12, p790; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 4 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2057 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17775649&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kellow, William F. AU - Heller, Paul T1 - Diagnosis and management of pleural effusion. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1958/11// VL - 13 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 699 EP - 708 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17810297; Kellow, William F. 1; Heller, Paul 2,3; Source Information: Nov1958, Vol. 13 Issue 11, p699; Number of Pages: 10p; Illustrations: 3 Black and White Photographs, 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4924 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17810297&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Zinneman, Horace H. AU - Gleason, Donald T1 - Minneapolis Veterans Administration Hospital. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1958/10// VL - 13 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 682 EP - 688 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17821647; Zinneman, Horace H. 1; Gleason, Donald; Source Information: Oct1958, Vol. 13 Issue 10, p682; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 2 Black and White Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3653 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17821647&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wenger, Paul T1 - A comparative study of the aging process in groups of schizophrenic and mentally well veterans. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1958/06// VL - 13 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 367 EP - 370 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17878022; Wenger, Paul 1; Source Information: Jun1958, Vol. 13 Issue 6, p367; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2270 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17878022&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bennett, H. D. T1 - Hepatitis in the geriatric patient. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1958/06// VL - 13 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 345 EP - 351 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17878018; Bennett, H. D. 1,2; Source Information: Jun1958, Vol. 13 Issue 6, p345; Number of Pages: 7p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3650 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17878018&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Blodi, Frederick C. T1 - Provocative tests for diagnosis of early glaucoma. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1958/04// VL - 13 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 227 EP - 231 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17842072; Blodi, Frederick C. 1,2; Source Information: Apr1958, Vol. 13 Issue 4, p227; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2239 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17842072&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Troedsson, Bror S. T1 - Rehabilitation of the aged amputee. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1958/03// VL - 13 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 180 EP - 189 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17775813; Troedsson, Bror S. 1; Source Information: Mar1958, Vol. 13 Issue 3, p180; Number of Pages: 10p; Illustrations: 5 Black and White Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4907 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17775813&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rosenfeld, Samuel AU - Bogdanski, K. AU - Goldner, Martin G. T1 - Fecal impaction and its management in the chronically ill. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1958/02// VL - 13 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 106 EP - 109 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17810112; Rosenfeld, Samuel 1; Bogdanski, K. 2; Goldner, Martin G. 3,4; Source Information: Feb1958, Vol. 13 Issue 2, p106; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1711 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17810112&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sullivan, James F. AU - Ezzo, Joseph A. AU - Fitzgerald, William T. AU - Mack, Robert E. T1 - Mesenteric vascular inadequacy. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1958/02// VL - 13 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 97 EP - 101 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17810110; Sullivan, James F. 1,2; Ezzo, Joseph A. 3; Fitzgerald, William T. 4; Mack, Robert E. 5; Source Information: Feb1958, Vol. 13 Issue 2, p97; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 4 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2552 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17810110&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bledsoe, C. W. T1 - Rehabilitation of the blind geriatric patient. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1958/02// VL - 13 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 91 EP - 96 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17810109; Bledsoe, C. W. 1; Source Information: Feb1958, Vol. 13 Issue 2, p91; Number of Pages: 6p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3377 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17810109&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Homburger, Freddy AU - Robins, Morton T1 - Clinical and pathologic correlation in pyelonephritis. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1958/01// VL - 13 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 25 EP - 28 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17775725; Homburger, Freddy 1; Robins, Morton 2; Source Information: Jan1958, Vol. 13 Issue 1, p25; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 3 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1631 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17775725&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Warren, John M. AU - Cameron, Laura M. T1 - A study of prednisone therapy for emphysema. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1957/11// VL - 12 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 653 EP - 656 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17775873; Warren, John M. 1; Cameron, Laura M. 1; Source Information: Nov1957, Vol. 12 Issue 11, p653; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1852 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17775873&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ehrentheil, Otto F. T1 - Differential diagnosis of organic dementias and affective disorders in aged patients. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1957/07// VL - 12 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 426 EP - 432 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17797135; Ehrentheil, Otto F. 1,2; Source Information: Jul1957, Vol. 12 Issue 7, p426; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3858 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17797135&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Falk, Abraham T1 - Nonmalignant, nontuberculous hemoptysis in the older age group. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1957/06// VL - 12 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 360 EP - 363 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17810205; Falk, Abraham 1; Source Information: Jun1957, Vol. 12 Issue 6, p360; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2112 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17810205&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Simonson, Ernst T1 - Changes of physical fitness and cardiovascular functions with age. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1957/01// VL - 12 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 28 EP - 39 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17414913; Simonson, Ernst 1,2; Source Information: Jan1957, Vol. 12 Issue 1, p28; Number of Pages: 12p; Illustrations: 12 Charts, 4 Graphs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 6951 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17414913&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Stieglitz, Edward J. T1 - Impressions of Mexico. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1956/12// VL - 11 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 549 EP - 553 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17333433; Stieglitz, Edward J. 1; Source Information: Dec1956, Vol. 11 Issue 12, p549; Number of Pages: 5p; Illustrations: 1 Black and White Photograph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2670 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17333433&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Leavit, Lewis A. T1 - Rehabilitation technics adapted to the severely disabled patient. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1956/11// VL - 11 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 484 EP - 487 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17266293; Leavit, Lewis A. 1,2; Source Information: Nov1956, Vol. 11 Issue 11, p484; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 7 Black and White Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1541 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17266293&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Simonson, Ernst T1 - Photoelectric plethysmography. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1956/10// VL - 11 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 425 EP - 433 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17308516; Simonson, Ernst 1,2,3; Source Information: Oct1956, Vol. 11 Issue 10, p425; Number of Pages: 9p; Illustrations: 2 Black and White Photographs, 4 Diagrams, 2 Charts, 1 Graph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4122 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17308516&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tallent, Norman AU - Lucas, Daniel T1 - Socialization of the aged. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1956/06// VL - 11 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 266 EP - 272 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17208341; Tallent, Norman 1; Lucas, Daniel 2; Source Information: Jun1956, Vol. 11 Issue 6, p266; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 4 Diagrams; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3445 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17208341&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Feifel, Herman T1 - Older persons look at death. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1956/03// VL - 11 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 127 EP - 130 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17226580; Feifel, Herman 1; Source Information: Mar1956, Vol. 11 Issue 3, p127; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2099 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17226580&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cohen, Sumner S. T1 - Chemotherapy for pulmonary tuberculosis in older adults. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1956/03// VL - 11 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 103 EP - 106 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17226573; Cohen, Sumner S. 1,2,3; Source Information: Mar1956, Vol. 11 Issue 3, p103; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 1 Graph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1978 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17226573&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mayock, Peter P. AU - Burns, Charles N. T1 - Vesical neck obstruction in women. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1956/02// VL - 11 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 79 EP - 82 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17239164; Mayock, Peter P. 1,2,3; Burns, Charles N. 1,2,3,4; Source Information: Feb1956, Vol. 11 Issue 2, p79; Number of Pages: 4p; Illustrations: 4 Black and White Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17239164&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Eisert, Otto T1 - Dynamic exercises after lower extremity amputation. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1956/02// VL - 11 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 65 EP - 70 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17239160; Eisert, Otto 1,2; Source Information: Feb1956, Vol. 11 Issue 2, p65; Number of Pages: 6p; Illustrations: 8 Black and White Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2028 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17239160&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Boyle, Robert W. AU - Schwartz, Louis AU - Prosser, Edna L. T1 - A sheltered workshop program in a geriatric hospital. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1955/09// VL - 10 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 436 EP - 439 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17886851; Boyle, Robert W. 1; Schwartz, Louis 2; Prosser, Edna L. 3; Source Information: Sep1955, Vol. 10 Issue 9, p436; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1825 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17886851&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Roth, Russell B. AU - Kaminsky, Anthony F. AU - Hess, Elmer T1 - Surgical Management of Renal Tumors. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1954/11// VL - 9 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 524 EP - 528 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17590075; Roth, Russell B. 1; Kaminsky, Anthony F. 1,2; Hess, Elmer 1,3,4; Source Information: Nov1954, Vol. 9 Issue 11, p524; Number of Pages: 5p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2716 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17590075&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cannon, Jack A. AU - Barker, Wiley F. T1 - Indications for Vein Interruption in Treatment of Venous Thrombosis. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1954/11// VL - 9 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 507 EP - 514 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17590072; Cannon, Jack A. 1,2; Barker, Wiley F. 3,4; Source Information: Nov1954, Vol. 9 Issue 11, p507; Number of Pages: 8p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4069 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17590072&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Trevathan, R. D. T1 - Convulsive Seizures During Oral Pentylenetetrazol Therapy. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1954/10// VL - 9 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 489 EP - 492 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17579415; Trevathan, R. D. 1; Source Information: Oct1954, Vol. 9 Issue 10, p489; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2102 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17579415&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lieberman, Arnold Leo AU - Schwartz, Stanley S. AU - Cooper, Max T1 - Evaluation of Intravenous and Oral Use of Metrazol in Hospitalized Arteriosclerotic Psychiatric Patients. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1954/08// VL - 9 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 371 EP - 374 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17524919; Lieberman, Arnold Leo 1; Schwartz, Stanley S. 2; Cooper, Max 2,3; Source Information: Aug1954, Vol. 9 Issue 8, p371; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2011 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17524919&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kutash, Samuel B. T1 - Personality Patterns of Old Age and the Rorschach Test. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1954/08// VL - 9 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 367 EP - 370 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17524917; Kutash, Samuel B. 1,2; Source Information: Aug1954, Vol. 9 Issue 8, p367; Number of Pages: 4p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1742 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17524917&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Palumbo, Louis T. AU - Mighell, Scott J. T1 - Primary Inguinal Hernioplasty in Geriatrics. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1954/01// VL - 9 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 8 EP - 14 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17886726; Palumbo, Louis T. 1; Mighell, Scott J. 2; Source Information: Jan1954, Vol. 9 Issue 1, p8; Number of Pages: 7p; Illustrations: 6 Diagrams, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3190 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17886726&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bishop, Harold F. T1 - THE THROMBOSIS-EMBOLISM PROBLEM ASSOCIATED WITH HIP FRACTURES IN THE AGED. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1948/01//Jan/Feb1948 VL - 3 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 26 EP - 34 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17718759; Bishop, Harold F. 1,2,3; Source Information: Jan/Feb1948, Vol. 3 Issue 1, p26; Number of Pages: 9p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 4254 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17718759&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Thorbecke, G. Jeanette AU - Walter, Harry T1 - Experiments with Labelled Complement I. COMPLEMENT LABELLED IN VIVO. JO - Immunology JF - Immunology Y1 - 1962/01// VL - 5 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 93 EP - 103 SN - 00192805 AB - Guinea pigs were injected with 35S-amino acids and their sera were subsequently used as a source of labelled complement. The adsorption of radio-activity from such sera by specific immune precipitates and by insoluble, suspended, denatured proteins was studied under various experimental conditions. It was found that heat-inactivation of the serum sharply reduced the radioactivity carried down as did the addition of ethylene diamine tetraacetic acid to fresh serum. The latter effect could be overcome by the addition of calcium and magnesium ions. The addition of fresh unlabelled guinea-pig serum to heat-inactivated labelled guinea-pig serum increased the radioactivity adsorbed by the immune precipitates. This indicated that, when the heat-labile components of complement are thus supplied, the labelled heat-stable components can again be adsorbed. This effect of unlabelled complement could not be obtained with labelled serum that had been treated with hydrazine. It was also shown that the heat-stable, hydrazine-sensitive component was present in midpiece and absent from endpiece, indicating that it was not C′4, but probably a component of C′3. The adsorption of active C′1 by some heat-denatured suspended serum protein preparations was demonstrated. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Immunology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - GUINEA pigs as laboratory animals KW - AMINO acids KW - COMPLEMENT (Immunology) KW - BLOOD proteins KW - RADIOACTIVITY KW - IMMUNOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 12534664; Thorbecke, G. Jeanette 1; Walter, Harry 1; Source Information: Jan62, Vol. 5 Issue 1, p93; Subject: GUINEA pigs as laboratory animals; Subject: AMINO acids; Subject: COMPLEMENT (Immunology); Subject: BLOOD proteins; Subject: RADIOACTIVITY; Subject: IMMUNOLOGY; Number of Pages: 11p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12534664&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Heller, Paul T1 - Biochemical Methods in Red Cell Genetics (Book). JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1970/06// VL - 72 IS - 6 M3 - Book Review SP - 965 EP - 966 SN - 00034819 AB - Reviews the book "Biochemical Methods in Red Cell Genetics," edited by Jorge Yunis. KW - BIOCHEMICAL Methods in Red Cell Genetics (Book) KW - YUNIS, Jorge KW - BIOCHEMISTRY KW - NONFICTION N1 - Accession Number: 12584456; Heller, Paul 1,2; Source Information: Jun70, Vol. 72 Issue 6, p965; Subject: BIOCHEMICAL Methods in Red Cell Genetics (Book); Subject: YUNIS, Jorge; Subject: BIOCHEMISTRY; Subject: NONFICTION; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12584456&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Good, Armin E. T1 - Rheumatism and Chemotherapy of Tuberculosis. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1970/05// VL - 72 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 752 EP - 753 SN - 00034819 AB - Studies the ability of the drug isoniazid to induce rheumatic syndrome. Symptoms exhibited by patients suffering from isoniazid-induced polyneuritis; Host factors associated with the complication; Mixed pathogenesis of rheumatic symptoms early in the course of chemotherapy of tuberculosis. KW - ISONIAZID KW - RHEUMATISM KW - DRUGS -- Side effects KW - POLYNEURITIS KW - ANTITUBERCULAR agents KW - COLLAGEN diseases N1 - Accession Number: 12556840; Good, Armin E. 1; Source Information: May70, Vol. 72 Issue 5, p752; Subject: ISONIAZID; Subject: RHEUMATISM; Subject: DRUGS -- Side effects; Subject: POLYNEURITIS; Subject: ANTITUBERCULAR agents; Subject: COLLAGEN diseases; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12556840&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Welch, Martin H. AU - Guenter, Clarence A. T1 - Antitrypsin Deficiency in Pulmonary Disease. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1970/01// VL - 72 IS - 1 M3 - Letter SP - 147 EP - 148 SN - 00034819 AB - Presents a letter to the editor that answers the issue regarding data on a pathogenetic role for antitrypsin deficiency in pulmonary diseases, featured in an article published in the September 1969 issue of "Annals of Internal Medicine." KW - TRYPSIN inhibitors KW - LUNG diseases KW - LETTERS to the editor N1 - Accession Number: 12538507; Welch, Martin H. 1; Guenter, Clarence A. 1; Source Information: Jan70, Vol. 72 Issue 1, p147; Subject: TRYPSIN inhibitors; Subject: LUNG diseases; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12538507&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - O'Connor, Brain M. AU - Lawrence, William D. AU - Logue, Gerald L. AU - O'Connor, B M AU - Clifford, J S AU - Lawrence, W D AU - Logue, G L T1 - Alpha-interferon for severe cold agglutinin disease. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1989/08//8/1/89 VL - 111 IS - 3 M3 - journal article SP - 255 EP - 256 SN - 00034819 AB - Reports on the clinical and serologic response to recombinant alpha-interferon in a patient with severe cold agglutinin disease. Classification of cold agglutinin disease; Symptoms of the disease; Usefulness of alpha-interferon in the treatment of the disease; Aim of the therapy. KW - COLD agglutinin syndrome -- Patients KW - INTERFERONS N1 - Accession Number: 6948134; O'Connor, Brain M.; Lawrence, William D.; Logue, Gerald L.; O'Connor, B M 1; Clifford, J S; Lawrence, W D; Logue, G L; Source Information: 8/1/89, Vol. 111 Issue 3, p255; Subject: COLD agglutinin syndrome -- Patients; Subject: INTERFERONS; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: journal article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=6948134&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Arnaout, Mohammed A. AU - Garthwaite, Thomas L. AU - Krubsack, Arnold J. AU - Hagen, Thad C. T1 - Galactorrhea, Gynecomastia, and Hypothyroidism in a Man. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 106 IS - 5 M3 - Letter SP - 779 EP - 780 SN - 00034819 AB - A letter to the editor is presented that reports on a case of the occurrence of galactorrhea, gynecomastia, and hypothyroidism in a 59-year-old man with seronegative rheumatoid arthritis. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - LACTATION disorders -- Treatment KW - GYNECOMASTIA -- Treatment KW - HYPOTHYROIDISM -- Treatment N1 - Accession Number: 51387344; Arnaout, Mohammed A. 1; Garthwaite, Thomas L. 1; Krubsack, Arnold J. 1; Hagen, Thad C. 1; Source Information: May87, Vol. 106 Issue 5, p779; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: LACTATION disorders -- Treatment; Subject: GYNECOMASTIA -- Treatment; Subject: HYPOTHYROIDISM -- Treatment; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=51387344&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - JACOBSON, ERIC S. AU - STRAUS, STEPHEN E. AU - WHEAT, L. JOSEPH T1 - Serologic Tests for Histoplasmosis. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1983/04// VL - 98 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 560 EP - 561 SN - 00034819 N1 - Accession Number: 20427588; JACOBSON, ERIC S. 1; STRAUS, STEPHEN E. 2; WHEAT, L. JOSEPH 3; Source Information: Apr83, Vol. 98 Issue 4, p560; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=20427588&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Benedek, Thomas C. T1 - Röntgendiagnostik der Skeletterkrankungen (Book). JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1977/07// VL - 87 IS - 1 M3 - Book Review SP - 141 EP - 142 SN - 00034819 AB - Reviews the book "Röntgendiagnostik der Skeletterkrankungen," by J. Franzen, F. Heuck, J. Kolár, V. Sváb, R. Vrabec, and G. Zubiani. KW - RONTGENDIAGNOSTIK der Skeletterkrankungen (Book) KW - HEUCK, F. KW - VRABEC, R. KW - FRANZEN, J. KW - KOLAR, J. KW - SVAB, J. KW - HUMAN skeleton KW - NONFICTION N1 - Accession Number: 14152310; Benedek, Thomas C. 1; Source Information: Jul77, Vol. 87 Issue 1, p141; Subject: RONTGENDIAGNOSTIK der Skeletterkrankungen (Book); Subject: HEUCK, F.; Subject: VRABEC, R.; Subject: FRANZEN, J.; Subject: KOLAR, J.; Subject: SVAB, J.; Subject: HUMAN skeleton; Subject: NONFICTION; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14152310&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Parker, Richard H. T1 - Immunologic and Infectious Reactions in the Lung (Book). JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1977/07// VL - 87 IS - 1 M3 - Book Review SP - 139 EP - 140 SN - 00034819 AB - Reviews the book "Immunologic and Infectious Reactions in the Lung," edited by Charles H. Kirkpatrick and Herbert Y. Reynolds. KW - IMMUNOLOGIC & Infectious Reactions in the Lung (Book) KW - KIRKPATRICK, Charles H. KW - REYNOLDS, Herbert Y. KW - LUNGS KW - NONFICTION N1 - Accession Number: 14152266; Parker, Richard H. 1; Source Information: Jul77, Vol. 87 Issue 1, p139; Subject: IMMUNOLOGIC & Infectious Reactions in the Lung (Book); Subject: KIRKPATRICK, Charles H.; Subject: REYNOLDS, Herbert Y.; Subject: LUNGS; Subject: NONFICTION; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14152266&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06475-054 AN - 2006-06475-054 AU - Gummow, Linda J. T1 - From Freud to Neuronal Plasticity: A Ride on a Conceptual Roller Coaster. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1993/08// VL - 38 IS - 8 SP - 845 EP - 845 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06475-054. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gummow, Linda J.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Salt Lake City, UT, US. Release Date: 20061218. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neural Plasticity; Neurosciences; Psychoanalysis. Minor Descriptor: Psychoanalytic Theory; Psychodynamics. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500); Psychoanalytic Theory (3143). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Levin, Fred M. Mapping the Mind: The Intersection of Psychoanalysis and Neuroscience=Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic Press, 1991. 264 pp. $37.00; 1991. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1993. AB - Reviews the book, Mapping the Mind: The Intersection of Psychoanalysis and Neuroscience by Fred M. Levin (1991). In this offering, the author reminds readers that Freud was a neurologist who had confidence that many of the psychodynamic issues seen in his practice had a physiological basis. Levin's stated goals are several. His principal goal is to integrate the current neurophysiological literature with psychoanalytic concepts and practices. If the book has any significant flaws, they are the degree of documentation and the writing style. The author is like a 'kid in a candy shop.' He is clearly fascinated by his topic, but he appears to find it difficult to decide which material to choose. Thus, the documentation sometimes obscures the points that the author is trying to make. The author's writing style is scholarly, if not labored. As a result, the book taxes the reader's attention. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neurophysiology KW - psychoanalysis KW - psychodynamics KW - neuroscience KW - neuronal plasticity KW - 1993 KW - Neural Plasticity KW - Neurosciences KW - Psychoanalysis KW - Psychoanalytic Theory KW - Psychodynamics KW - 1993 U2 - Levin, Fred M. (1991); Mapping the Mind: The Intersection of Psychoanalysis and Neuroscience; Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic Press, 1991. 264 pp. $37.00; 0-88163-124-8. DO - 10.1037/033622 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06475-054&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06475-028 AN - 2006-06475-028 AU - Gummow, Linda J. T1 - Cognitive Rehabilitation for the Rest of Us. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1993/08// VL - 38 IS - 8 SP - 813 EP - 813 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06475-028. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gummow, Linda J.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Salt Lake City, UT, US. Release Date: 20061218. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Cognitive Ability; Cognitive Rehabilitation. Minor Descriptor: Nutrition. Classification: Cognitive Processes (2340). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Chafetz, Michael D. Smart for Life: How to Improve Your Brain Power at Any Age=New York: Penguin Books, 1992. 236 pp. $10.00 ($12.99, Canada) paperback; 1992. References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1993. AB - Reviews the book, Smart for Life: How to Improve Your Brain Power at Any Age by Michael D. Chafetz (1992). Chafetz has written a pleasant little book that argues for the benefits of a brain fitness program for the rest of us. It is the author's two-fold purpose to argue that (a) exercise of the cognitive faculties can increase an individual's mental efficiency and (b) the exercises presented in the text can be helpful in this regard. The author's interest in nutrition is evident as well. While the debate about the efficacy of cognitive rehabilitation continues within research circles, this book has attempted to provide a practical guide for increasing cognitive efficiency. Although there is no guarantee that the techniques presented in the book are, in fact, helpful, the book could still be used as bibliotherapy for higher functioning patients who, for instance, have suffered head traumas, because it presents an optimistic view of neuronal plasticity and the potential for cognitive growth. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive rehabilitation KW - cognitive efficiency KW - brain fitness KW - 1993 KW - Brain KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Cognitive Rehabilitation KW - Nutrition KW - 1993 U2 - Chafetz, Michael D. (1992); Smart for Life: How to Improve Your Brain Power at Any Age; New York: Penguin Books, 1992. 236 pp. $10.00 ($12.99, Canada) paperback; 0-14-013173-6 (Paperback). DO - 10.1037/033596 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06475-028&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1993-39078-001 AN - 1993-39078-001 AU - Pierce, Philip S. T1 - Karl Florien Heiser (1904–1991): Obituary. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1993/05// VL - 48 IS - 5 SP - 582 EP - 582 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1993-39078-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pierce, Philip S.; Togus Veterans Administration Medical & Regional Office Ctr, Psychology Service, ME, US. Release Date: 19931001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Obituary. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Advocacy; Psychologists. Minor Descriptor: Psychology. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: May, 1993. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1993. AB - Memorializes Karl Florien Heiser (1904–1991). Heiser was a former Executive Secretary of the American Psychological Association (APA), founder and president of the Connecticut State Society of Psychologists, and one of the authors of the 1st psychology certification law in the US, for which he received a plaque by the Division of State Psychological Association Affairs of APA. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lifetime work & achievements & contributions to psychology advocacy KW - K. F. Heiser KW - obituary KW - 1993 KW - Advocacy KW - Psychologists KW - Psychology KW - 1993 DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.48.5.582 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1993-39078-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06468-045 AN - 2006-06468-045 AU - Varney, Nils R. T1 - Goodbye to the Black Box. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1993/01// VL - 38 IS - 1 SP - 69 EP - 69 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06468-045. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Varney, Nils R.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 20061218. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Cognition; Neuroimaging; Neuropsychology. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Bigler, Erin D. (Ed); Yeo, Ronald A. (Ed); Turkheimer, Eric (Ed). Neuropsychological Function and Brain Imaging=New York: Plenum Press, 1989. 354 pp. $49.50; 1989. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1993. AB - Reviews the book, Neuropsychological Function and Brain Imaging edited by Erin D. Bigler, Ronald A. Yeo, and Eric Turkheimer (1989). Currently, in human neurosciences, the study of the relation between various aspects of dynamic brain function or brain disease and behavior have become common. It has also become common for some neuropsychologists to become specialists in neuroradiology itself. The editors and authors of this text represent such a group of psychologists. Yet this text is concerned with elucidating various aspects of exactly that field (i. e., the relation between mental functions- cognition and the neurosciences), particularly as represented by neuroimaging techniques. The behaviors in question are those that are impaired or that appear to be impaired, depending on the neurological disease in question, and the relationship to localized lesions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mental functions KW - brain function KW - neuropsychology KW - brain imaging KW - cognition KW - 1993 KW - Brain KW - Cognition KW - Neuroimaging KW - Neuropsychology KW - 1993 U2 - Bigler, Erin D. (Ed); Yeo, Ronald A. (Ed); Turkheimer, Eric (Ed). (1989); Neuropsychological Function and Brain Imaging; New York: Plenum Press, 1989. 354 pp. $49.50; 0-306-43045-2. DO - 10.1037/032964 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06468-045&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2016-45889-001 AN - 2016-45889-001 AU - White, Diana L. AU - Pearlman, Robert A. T1 - Delivering health care to the elderly: The development and validation testing of a typology of problems. JF - Research on Aging JO - Research on Aging JA - Res Aging Y1 - 1986/09// VL - 8 IS - 3 SP - 441 EP - 454 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0164-0275 SN - 1552-7573 N1 - Accession Number: 2016-45889-001. PMID: 3332405 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: White, Diana L.; Veterans Administration, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 20161006. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatric Patients; Health Care Delivery; Taxonomies; Test Construction; Treatment Barriers. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans; Health Personnel; Professional Measures. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220); Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Tests & Measures: Problem Identification Survey. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1986. Copyright Statement: Sage Publications, Inc. 1986. AB - This article reports on a project to identify and describe systematically problems encountered in providing health care to elderly veterans. A modified Delphi approach was used to survey a wide range of health professionals. A typology of problems was developed in Stage 1 of the Delphi. Problems represented by the typology were then rated by importance in Stage 2. Analysis of Stage 2 data indicates that the typology is conceptually sound. As such, it is a useful tool for describing problems and guiding future research. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - elderly veterans KW - health care delivery problems KW - health professionals KW - typology of problems KW - test development KW - 1986 KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Health Care Delivery KW - Taxonomies KW - Test Construction KW - Treatment Barriers KW - Military Veterans KW - Health Personnel KW - Professional Measures KW - 1986 U1 - Sponsor: Veterans Administration, Northwest Health Services Research and Development Field Program, US. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1177/0164027586008003006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2016-45889-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-27551-001 AN - 1991-27551-001 AU - Lyons, Judith A. T1 - Posttraumatic stress disorder in children and adolescents: A review of the literature. JF - Annual Progress in Child Psychiatry & Child Development JO - Annual Progress in Child Psychiatry & Child Development Y1 - 1988/// SP - 451 EP - 467 CY - US PB - Brunner/Mazel Publishers, Inc. SN - 0066-4030 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-27551-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lyons, Judith A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19911001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Literature Review; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - (This reprinted article originally appeared in Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics, 1987, Vol 8[6], 349–356.) Addresses some of the central issues pertaining to posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in children and adolescents, using pertinent research and clinical reports for illustration. Theory, diagnosis, age, sex differences, treatment, and future directions are discussed. Clinical issues regarding assessment and intervention are the primary focus. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PTSD KW - children & adolescents KW - literature review KW - reprint KW - 1988 KW - Literature Review KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-27551-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-24324-001 AN - 1991-24324-001 AU - Kish, George B. AU - Moody, David R. T1 - Psychopathology and life purpose. JF - International Forum for Logotherapy JO - International Forum for Logotherapy Y1 - 1989///Spr 1989 VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 40 EP - 45 CY - US PB - Viktor Frankl Inst of Logotherapy SN - 0191-3379 SN - 0360-8182 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-24324-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kish, George B.; Veterans Administration Ctr, Alcohol Dependency Treatment Program, Salem, VA, US. Release Date: 19910901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Life Satisfaction; Meaning; Psychopathology. Minor Descriptor: Quality of Life. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1989. AB - Hypothesized that psychopathology would be negatively correlated with a sense of meaning and purpose in life in 48 male patients in an alcohol dependency program. At the end of the 1st wk in the program, Ss completed the Shipley Institute of Living Scale for Measuring Intellectual Impairment; the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI); the Life Purpose Questionnaire (R. Hablas and R. R. Hutzell, 1982); and the Existential Depression Scale (R. R. Hutzell and M. S. Peterson, 1985). Results indicate that a good sense of life purpose was accompanied by a lesser degree of psychopathology in Ss. Lack of meaning and purpose in life was related to a wide variety of psychological syndromes. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sense of meaning & purpose in life & psychopathology KW - male patients in alcohol dependency program KW - 1989 KW - Alcoholism KW - Life Satisfaction KW - Meaning KW - Psychopathology KW - Quality of Life KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-24324-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-19278-001 AN - 1991-19278-001 AU - Garvey, Michael J. AU - Cook, Brian L. AU - Tollefson, Gary D. AU - Schaffer, Charles B. T1 - Antidepressant response in chronic major depression. JF - Comprehensive Psychiatry JO - Comprehensive Psychiatry JA - Compr Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/05//May-Jun, 1989 VL - 30 IS - 3 SP - 214 EP - 217 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0010-440X SN - 1532-8384 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-19278-001. PMID: 2731418 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garvey, Michael J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 19910701. Correction Date: 20160407. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chronic Illness; Desipramine; Drug Therapy; Imipramine; Major Depression. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May-Jun, 1989. AB - Administered imipramine or desipramine (150–250 mg/day) for 5 wks to 59 patients with nonchronic major depression and 35 patients with chronic major depression. Ss were rated on the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression at 5 wks after treatment initiation. Ss with chronic major depression had a poorer response to imipramine or desipramine than did nonchronic Ss. It is suggested that the improved reponsiveness of nonchronic Ss may be due to a greater placebo response observed in these Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - imipramine or desipramine KW - patients with chronic vs nonchronic major depression KW - 1989 KW - Chronic Illness KW - Desipramine KW - Drug Therapy KW - Imipramine KW - Major Depression KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0010-440X(89)90040-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-19278-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-19086-001 AN - 1991-19086-001 AU - Miller, Thomas W. AU - Martin, Walter AU - Spiro, Kay T1 - Traumatic stress disorder: Diagnostic and clinical issues in former prisoners of war. JF - Comprehensive Psychiatry JO - Comprehensive Psychiatry JA - Compr Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/03//Mar-Apr, 1989 VL - 30 IS - 2 SP - 139 EP - 148 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0010-440X SN - 1532-8384 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-19086-001. PMID: 2920549 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Miller, Thomas W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr-Lexington, Psychology Service, KY, US. Release Date: 19910701. Correction Date: 20160407. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Prisoners of War; Psychodiagnosis; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Mar-Apr, 1989. AB - Examined clinical issues in the diagnosis and treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) of 62 former prisoners of war (POWs) in World War II. Complexities in understanding and diagnosing PTSD in former POWs presenting symptomatic complaints associated with this disorder are explored. Data collected on Ss diagnosed by Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-III—Revised (DSM-III—R) criteria revealed Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) and Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory clinical profiles appropriate for clinical application. Comparative data between German-held and Japanese-held POWs experiencing PTSD and adjustment-related stressors are discussed. Current treatment approaches are outlined. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical issues in diagnosis & treatment KW - former WWII POWs with PTSD KW - 1989 KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Prisoners of War KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Treatment KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0010-440X(89)90066-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-19086-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-15990-001 AN - 1991-15990-001 AU - Horton, Arthur M. T1 - Luria's contributions to clinical and behavioral neuropsychology. JF - Neuropsychology JO - Neuropsychology JA - Neuropsychology Y1 - 1987/11// VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 39 EP - 44 CY - US PB - Philadelphia Clinical Neuropsychology Group SN - 0894-4105 SN - 1931-1559 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-15990-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Horton, Arthur M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Medical Service Alcoholism Section, Baltimore, MD, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation; Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19910601. Correction Date: 20100405. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Clinical Psychology; History of Psychology; Neuropsychology. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1987. AB - The famous Soviet neuropsychologist and neurologist A. R. Luria made many important contributions to clinical and behavioral neuropsychology including the understanding of human brain functioning, the clinical assessments of higher cortical functioning (especially aphasia), and the development of personal therapy plans for the rehabilitation of individuals with local brain lesions. These contributions are best understood from reviewing certain family intellectual and political considerations, which influenced Luria's remarkable blending of psychology and neurology. Also, the relevance of Luria's contribution to behavior neuropsychology, the use of behavior therapy techniques with brain-damaged individuals, is examined. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - A. R. Luria's contributions to clinical & behavioral neuropsychological therapy KW - 1987 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Clinical Psychology KW - History of Psychology KW - Neuropsychology KW - 1987 DO - 10.1037/h0091774 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-15990-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-15939-001 AN - 1991-15939-001 AU - Varney, Nils R. AU - Martzke, J. S. AU - Roberts, Richard J. T1 - Major depression in patients with closed head injury. JF - Neuropsychology JO - Neuropsychology JA - Neuropsychology Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 7 EP - 9 CY - US PB - Philadelphia Clinical Neuropsychology Group SN - 0894-4105 SN - 1931-1559 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-15939-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Varney, Nils R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Iowa City, IA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation; Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19910601. Correction Date: 20100405. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Head Injuries; Major Depression. Minor Descriptor: Etiology; Followup Studies. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1987. AB - Interviewed 120 patients with closed head injury (CHI) with regard to depressive symptoms at least 2 yrs after the date of injury. 92 Ss met Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) criteria for major depressive disorder. Half of the depressed CHI Ss did not manifest depressive symptoms until at least 6 mo after being injured. Bipolar affective disorder and schizophrenia were uncommon following CHI. CHI patients may be at increased risk for development of major depressive disorder. CHI patients should be screened for depressive symptoms after they appear to have made a 'full' recovery. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - major depression KW - patients with closed head injury assessed 2 yrs after injury KW - 1987 KW - Head Injuries KW - Major Depression KW - Etiology KW - Followup Studies KW - 1987 DO - 10.1037/h0091773 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-15939-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-15904-001 AN - 1991-15904-001 AU - Russell, Elbert W. T1 - Neuropsychological interpretation of the WAIS. JF - Neuropsychology JO - Neuropsychology JA - Neuropsychology Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 2 EP - 6 CY - US PB - Philadelphia Clinical Neuropsychology Group SN - 0894-4105 SN - 1931-1559 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-15904-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Russell, Elbert W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Miami, FL, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation; Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19910601. Correction Date: 20100405. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Minor Descriptor: Neuropsychology. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: May, 1987. AB - Discusses the use of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) to detect brain damage. Patterns produced by types of damage that have been recognized in relation to WAIS subtests include chronic lateralized damage, acute lateralized damage, and slowly progressive diffuse damage. It is concluded that the WAIS is a valuable instrument for assessing brain damage when it is used in conjunction with other tests of brain damage. However, the WAIS is not a good diagnostic tool for determining either the existence of damage or laterality when it is used by itself. Most brain damaged patterns that are found on the WAIS can be produced by several types of other conditions, both functional and organic. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - WAIS KW - assessment of brain damage KW - 1987 KW - Brain Damage KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - Neuropsychology KW - 1987 DO - 10.1037/h0091768 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-15904-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-14871-001 AN - 1991-14871-001 AU - Solvason, H. Brent AU - Hiramoto, Raymond N. AU - Ghanta, Vithal K. T1 - Naltrexone blocks the expression of the conditioned elevation of natural killer cell activity in BALB/c mice. JF - Brain, Behavior, and Immunity JO - Brain, Behavior, and Immunity JA - Brain Behav Immun Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 3 IS - 3 SP - 247 EP - 262 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0889-1591 SN - 1090-2139 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-14871-001. PMID: 2482096 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Solvason, H. Brent; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Microbiology, Birmingham, AL, US. Release Date: 19910601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Immunology; Naltrexone; Natural Killer Cells. Minor Descriptor: Mice. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1989. AB - An elevation of natural killer (NK) cell activity was conditioned in female mice by the association of a camphor odor conditioned stimulus/stimuli (CS) with an injection of 20 μg polyinosinic:poly-cytidylic acid (poly I:C), the unconditioned stimulus/stimuli (UCS). Reexposure to CS occurred on Days 3 and 5 after the association trial on Day 0. Immediately following CS exposure on Day 5, 1 μg poly I:C was administered to all Ss. This resulted in an increased NK cell activity in conditioned Ss but not nonconditioned Ss. Expression of the conditioned response (CR) was blocked by injection of naltrexone (NTX) at 10 mg/kg ip when given immediately prior to the 2 test CS odor exposures. Peripheral treatment with a quaternary form of NTX did not block the CR. Formation of the conditioned association did not appear to be disrupted by NTX at the 10 mg/kg dose when given immediately prior to the trial odor exposure on Day 0. The likely site of opiate receptors involved in the elicitation of the CR is in the central nervous system (CNS). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - naltrexone KW - camphor conditioned enhancement of natural killer cell activity KW - female mice KW - 1989 KW - Immunology KW - Naltrexone KW - Natural Killer Cells KW - Mice KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0889-1591(89)90040-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-14871-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-14181-001 AN - 1991-14181-001 AU - Fields, Francis R. T1 - Brain dysfunction: Relative discrimination accuracy of Halstead-Reitan and Luria-Nebraska neuropsychological test batteries. JF - Neuropsychology JO - Neuropsychology JA - Neuropsychology Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 9 EP - 12 CY - US PB - Philadelphia Clinical Neuropsychology Group SN - 0894-4105 SN - 1931-1559 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-14181-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fields, Francis R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Lebanon, PA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation; Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19910601. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Differential Diagnosis; Halstead Reitan Neuropsychological Battery; Luria Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery. Minor Descriptor: Test Battery. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1987. AB - Administered the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery and the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery to 53 Ss with medically documented brain damage and 22 Ss who were believed to have brain damage but had no medical documentation. All Ss were aged 19–75 yrs. The Halstead-Reitan presented more positive evidence of brain compromise for Ss with suspected and documented brain damage. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discrimination accuracy of Halstead Reitan vs Luria Nebraska Neuropsychological Test Battery KW - 19–75 yr olds with vs without medically documented brain damage KW - 1987 KW - Brain Damage KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Halstead Reitan Neuropsychological Battery KW - Luria Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery KW - Test Battery KW - 1987 DO - 10.1037/h0091753 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-14181-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-13462-001 AN - 1991-13462-001 AU - Voris, John C. AU - Barchiesi, Alessandro T1 - Experimental withdrawal of amitriptyline. JF - Psychiatric Forum JO - Psychiatric Forum JA - Psychiatr Forum Y1 - 1989///Win 1989 VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 53 EP - 56 CY - US PB - Hall Psychiatric Institute SN - 0033-2690 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-13462-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Voris, John C.; Dorn Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Columbia, SC, US. Release Date: 19910501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amitriptyline; Drug Therapy; Drug Withdrawal; Dysthymic Disorder; Major Depression. Minor Descriptor: Skin Resistance. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Win 1989. AB - 19 male psychiatric inpatients (aged 27–62 yrs) with major depression or dysthymic disorder received either interrupted or continued treatment with the tricyclic antidepressant (TCA) amitriptyline. Abrupt dose reduction produced a subjective increase in unusual dreams and a striking increase in instrumentally measured palmar skin conductance. Findings conform to the general interruption of cholinergic rebound as the primary effects of TCA withdrawal, without excluding a possible associated adrenergic mechanism. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - interrupted vs continued amitriptyline KW - exposure & withdrawal effects & skin conductance KW - hospitalized 27–62 yr olds with major depression or dysthymic disorder KW - 1989 KW - Amitriptyline KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Dysthymic Disorder KW - Major Depression KW - Skin Resistance KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-13462-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-13109-001 AN - 1991-13109-001 AU - Solomon, George F. T1 - Psychoneuroimmunologic approaches to research on AIDS. JF - Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences JO - Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences JA - Ann N Y Acad Sci Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 496 SP - 628 EP - 636 CY - US PB - New York Academy of Sciences SN - 0077-8923 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-13109-001. PMID: 3474994 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Solomon, George F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19910501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: AIDS; Psychoneuroimmunology; Psychosocial Factors. Minor Descriptor: Experimentation. Classification: Immunological Disorders (3291). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: May, 1987. AB - Argues that a psychoneuroimmunologic frame of reference should be applied to psychosocial research on acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS) and AIDS-related complex to identify correlations between psychosocial variables and specific immune measures. Psychoneuroimmunology, as the field dealing with the complex bidirectional interactions between the central nervous system (CNS) and the immune system, can provide testable hypotheses with regard to human T-lymphotropic virus Type III (HTLV-III) diseases. Nine of these hypotheses are addressed, involving such topics as the effects of stress on HTLV-III, correlations between psychological variables and alterations in immune function, the effects of the prenatal endocrine environment on sexual orientation and immune competence, and the influence of psychological interventions on psychic distress associated with AIDS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychoneuroimmunological frame of reference for research on psychosocial variables in AIDS & ARC KW - 1987 KW - AIDS KW - Psychoneuroimmunology KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - Experimentation KW - 1987 DO - 10.1111/j.1749-6632.1987.tb35823.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-13109-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-31669-001 AN - 1990-31669-001 AU - Preskorn, Sheldon H. AU - Katz, Stephen E. T1 - Bupropion plasma levels: Intraindividual and interindividual variability. JF - Annals of Clinical Psychiatry JO - Annals of Clinical Psychiatry JA - Ann Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 59 EP - 61 CY - US PB - Elsevier Science Inc SN - 1040-1237 SN - 1547-3325 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-31669-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Preskorn, Sheldon H.; Wichita Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, KS, US. Other Publishers: Dowden Health Media; Informa Healthcare; Quadrant HealthCom Inc.; Springer Netherlands; Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19901201. Correction Date: 20110418. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antidepressant Drugs; Individual Differences; Major Depression. Minor Descriptor: Blood Plasma; Metabolites. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - Examined plasma levels of bupropion and 3 of its metabolites in 8 patients (aged 18–69 yrs) with refractory major depression. There was significant variation in steady-state plasma levels of bupropion and its metabolites, but little variability within individuals. The relevance of this finding to clinical usage of bupropion is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - intraindividual & interindividual plasma levels of bupropion & its metabolites KW - 18–69 yr olds with refractory major depression KW - 1989 KW - Antidepressant Drugs KW - Individual Differences KW - Major Depression KW - Blood Plasma KW - Metabolites KW - 1989 DO - 10.3109/10401238909149866 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-31669-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-31653-001 AN - 1990-31653-001 AU - Irwin, Michael AU - Van Putten, Theodore AU - Guze, Barry AU - Marder, Stephen R. T1 - Pharmacologic treatment of veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder and concomitant affective disorder. JF - Annals of Clinical Psychiatry JO - Annals of Clinical Psychiatry JA - Ann Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 127 EP - 130 CY - US PB - Elsevier Science Inc SN - 1040-1237 SN - 1547-3325 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-31653-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Irwin, Michael; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, San Diego, CA, US. Other Publishers: Dowden Health Media; Informa Healthcare; Quadrant HealthCom Inc.; Springer Netherlands; Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19901201. Correction Date: 20110418. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Drug Therapy; Lithium; Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - Eight 30–51 yr old veterans with severe chronic posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and a concurrent affective disorder were given a 3–6 wk trial of treatment with antidepressant medication including monoamine oxidase inhibitors and/or lithium. Substantial improvement was noted in 5 of the 8 cases. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MAO inhibitors &/or lithium KW - 30–51 yr old veterans with severe chronic PTSD & concurrent affective disorder KW - 1989 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Drug Therapy KW - Lithium KW - Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Military Veterans KW - 1989 DO - 10.3109/10401238909149968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-31653-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-97118-028 AN - 1990-97118-028 AU - Yesavage, Jerome A. AU - Lapp, Danielle AU - Sheikh, Javaid I. ED - Poon, Leonard W. ED - Rubin, David C. ED - Wilson, Barbara A. ED - Poon, Leonard W., (Ed) ED - Rubin, David C., (Ed) ED - Wilson, Barbara A., (Ed) T1 - Mnemonics as modified for use by the elderly. T2 - Everyday cognition in adulthood and late life. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 598 EP - 611 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Cambridge University Press SN - 0-521-37148-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-97118-028. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Yesavage, Jerome A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research Educational & Clinical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-521-37148-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Rehabilitation; Mnemonic Learning. Minor Descriptor: Physiological Aging. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 14. AB - review the cognitive changes that occur with normal aging, critically discuss prior attempts to reduce these losses, present some recent modifications to these attempts, and then finally focus on the limitations of current studies with implications for future research brief review of prior studies of mnemonics and the elderly (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Cognitive Rehabilitation KW - Mnemonic Learning KW - Physiological Aging KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-97118-028&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-97118-019 AN - 1990-97118-019 AU - Perlmuter, Lawrence C. AU - Monty, Richard A. ED - Poon, Leonard W. ED - Rubin, David C. ED - Wilson, Barbara A. ED - Poon, Leonard W., (Ed) ED - Rubin, David C., (Ed) ED - Wilson, Barbara A., (Ed) T1 - Motivation and aging. T2 - Everyday cognition in adulthood and late life. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 373 EP - 393 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Cambridge University Press SN - 0-521-37148-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-97118-019. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Perlmuter, Lawrence C.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Memory Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-521-37148-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Motivation; Performance. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Ability. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 21. AB - this literature review will examine the effects of motivation on mental activity in the aged it will show that motivation significantly affects performance on a variety of tasks, but does not eliminate age-related cognitive deficits the findings demonstrate that failure to consider the influence of motivation on performance in the aged can lead to an exaggeration of the magnitude of the deleterious effects of aging on cognitive functioning, and an increase in motivation can improve memory functioning in aged individuals, including those who are experiencing memory problems (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Motivation KW - Performance KW - Cognitive Ability KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-97118-019&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-97118-013 AN - 1990-97118-013 AU - Bowles, Nancy L. AU - Obler, Loraine K. AU - Poon, Leonard W. ED - Poon, Leonard W. ED - Rubin, David C. ED - Wilson, Barbara A. ED - Poon, Leonard W., (Ed) ED - Rubin, David C., (Ed) ED - Wilson, Barbara A., (Ed) T1 - Aging and word retrieval: Naturalistic, clinical, and laboratory data. T2 - Everyday cognition in adulthood and late life. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 244 EP - 264 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Cambridge University Press SN - 0-521-37148-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-97118-013. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bowles, Nancy L.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-521-37148-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Memory; Physiological Aging; Recall (Learning). Minor Descriptor: Experimental Methods; Mental Disorders; Naming; Words (Phonetic Units). Classification: Cognitive & Perceptual Development (2820). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 21. AB - [a] word-retrieval (or naming) type of memory task provides a special opportunity to compare the approaches taken in the naturalistic, clinical, and laboratory environments and to observe how each has contributed to our understanding of behavior this chapter summarizes some of the major findings in each setting and attempts to understand what each tells us about the processing involved in successful and unsuccessful word retrieval and about how this processing might be affected by cognitive changes associated with aging what follows is a selective review that illustrates the common themes that recur in the study of naming / changes in automatic and controlled retrieval processes, in activation of semantic memory, and in the structure and organization of the semantic network are postulated to account for naming impairment in aging, aphasia, and dementia (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Memory KW - Physiological Aging KW - Recall (Learning) KW - Experimental Methods KW - Mental Disorders KW - Naming KW - Words (Phonetic Units) KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-97118-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-55951-001 AN - 1991-55951-001 AU - Morphy, Murray A. T1 - A double-blind comparison of alprazolam and placebo in the treatment of anxious schizophrenic outpatients. JF - Current Therapeutic Research JO - Current Therapeutic Research JA - Curr Ther Res Clin Exp Y1 - 1986/09// VL - 40 IS - 3 SP - 551 EP - 560 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0011-393X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-55951-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morphy, Murray A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Buffalo, NY, US. Release Date: 19910901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alprazolam; Anxiety; Drug Therapy; Schizophrenia. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1986. AB - Compared the anxiolytic efficacy of alprazolam and placebo in a 4-wk protocol involving 29 chronic schizophrenic outpatients (aged 31–64 yrs). Ss had moderate to severe symptoms of anxiety despite stabilization of other psychiatric symptoms with neuroleptic medication. On 6 major parameters of efficacy, alprazolam was more effective than placebo in relieving symptoms of anxiety. Side effect profile differences between the 2 treatment groups were minimal. Alprazolam, along with other benzodiazepines, appears safe and useful as an adjunctive treatment for anxiety in schizophrenic patients who are otherwise stabilized on antipsychotic medication. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alprazolam vs placebo KW - anxiety KW - 31–64 yr olds with chronic schizophrenia KW - 1986 KW - Alprazolam KW - Anxiety KW - Drug Therapy KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-55951-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-55941-001 AN - 1991-55941-001 AU - Zung, William W. AU - Mendels, Joseph AU - Tillman, Shirley AU - MacDonald, James T1 - A comparison of the incidence of sedation in anxious outpatients treated with diazepam and prazepam. JF - Current Therapeutic Research JO - Current Therapeutic Research JA - Curr Ther Res Clin Exp Y1 - 1986/04// VL - 39 IS - 4 SP - 480 EP - 489 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0011-393X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-55941-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zung, William W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19910901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Benzodiazepines; Diazepam; Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1986. AB - Examined (1) the incidence of sedation occurring with the use of diazepam vs prazepam as experienced by 64 anxious outpatients (aged 18–70 yrs) and (2) the clinical efficacy of diazepam, prazepam, and placebo over 4 wks. Generally, sedation did not increase significantly with active benzodiazepine treatment. Sedation was a part of the disorder and drug-related phenomenon since sedation decreased significantly over time in Ss treated with placebo. There were significant improvements in the 2 drug-treated groups over placebo at the end of Weeks 1 and 2, but not at the end of Week 4. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - diazepam vs prazepam KW - anxiety & sedation KW - anxious 18–70 yr old outpatients KW - 1986 KW - Anxiety KW - Benzodiazepines KW - Diazepam KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-55941-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-02259-001 AN - 1991-02259-001 AU - Rohrbaugh, Robert M. AU - Siegal, Alan P. T1 - Reversible anorexia and rapid weight loss associated with neuroleptic administration in Alzheimer's disease. JF - Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry and Neurology JO - Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry and Neurology JA - J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol Y1 - 1989/01//Jan-Mar, 1989 VL - 2 IS - 1 SP - 45 EP - 47 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0891-9887 SN - 1552-5708 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-02259-001. PMID: 2568117 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rohrbaugh, Robert M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20121008. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Body Weight; Drug Therapy; Neuroleptic Drugs; Side Effects (Drug). Minor Descriptor: Eating Disorders; Weight Loss. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan-Mar, 1989. AB - Presents a case of reversible weight loss (WL) associated with neuroleptic use in an 85-yr-old female patient with Alzheimer's disease (AD) and discusses a possible pathophysiological basis for the WL. Although WL is common in the latter stages of dementing illness, early satiety and rapid WL in patients with advanced AD may be associated with dopamine antagonists and may be reversed by withdrawing medications. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuroleptic drugs KW - development of reversible weight loss & anorexia KW - 85 yr old female with Alzheimer's disease KW - 1989 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Body Weight KW - Drug Therapy KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Eating Disorders KW - Weight Loss KW - 1989 DO - 10.1177/089198878900200109 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-02259-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-01760-001 AN - 1991-01760-001 AU - Flynn, Frederick G. AU - Cummings, Jeffrey L. AU - Scheibel, Joan AU - Wirshing, William C. T1 - Monosymptomatic delusions of parasitosis associated with ischemic cerebrovascular disease. JF - Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry and Neurology JO - Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry and Neurology JA - J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol Y1 - 1989/07//Jul-Sep, 1989 VL - 2 IS - 3 SP - 134 EP - 139 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0891-9887 SN - 1552-5708 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-01760-001. PMID: 2590374 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Flynn, Frederick G.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurobehavior Unit, CA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20121008. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebral Ischemia; Delusions. Minor Descriptor: Case Report. Classification: Cardiovascular Disorders (3295). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul-Sep, 1989. AB - Describes the case of a 67-yr-old male who presented with the recent onset of the monosymptomatic delusion of parasitic infestation secondary to cerebral ischemic changes. The temporal association between the delusional disorder and the ischemic injury was readily apparent, and there was a unique association between the laterality of the lesion and the side of the perceived infestation. The diagnosis of organic delusional disorder was supported by the late onset of the disorder, the presence of cerebrovascular risk factors, the temporal relationship of signs of ischemia to the onset of the delusion, and evidence of cerebral ischemic injury. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - monosymptomatic delusion of parasitic infestation KW - male 67 yr old with ischemic cerebrovascular disease KW - case report KW - 1989 KW - Cerebral Ischemia KW - Delusions KW - Case Report KW - 1989 DO - 10.1177/089198878900200303 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-01760-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-01445-001 AN - 1991-01445-001 AU - Morrison, James T1 - Managing depression in a woman with somatization disorder: Case report. JF - Annals of Clinical Psychiatry JO - Annals of Clinical Psychiatry JA - Ann Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 1 IS - 4 SP - 255 EP - 257 CY - US PB - Elsevier Science Inc SN - 1040-1237 SN - 1547-3325 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-01445-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morrison, James; Martinez Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, CA, US. Other Publishers: Dowden Health Media; Informa Healthcare; Quadrant HealthCom Inc.; Springer Netherlands; Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20110418. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Comorbidity; Dual Diagnosis; Major Depression; Somatoform Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Diagnosis; Treatment. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - Discusses difficulties encountered in the diagnosis and treatment of a 38-yr-old woman who met Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-III—Revised (DSM-III—R) criteria for Briquet's syndrome and major depression. Throughout adulthood, the S had exhibited a variety of physical symptoms ranging from blurred vision, joint and back pain, food intolerance, and migraine to weakness, although laboratory tests were negative. During the 18 mo prior to presentation, S developed phobias, depression, insomnia, suicidal ideation, and poor concentration. Dexamethasone suppression test (DST) values suggested antidepressant treatment. Treatment trials with lithium, desipramine, and trazodone were discontinued because of reported side effects. Combination therapy with phenalzine and trimipramine produced nearly complete resolution of symptoms, but these recurred upon discontinuation of medication. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - diagnosis & treatment of Briquet's syndrome & depression KW - 38 yr old female KW - case report KW - 1989 KW - Comorbidity KW - Dual Diagnosis KW - Major Depression KW - Somatoform Disorders KW - Case Report KW - Diagnosis KW - Treatment KW - 1989 DO - 10.3109/10401238909149992 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-01445-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-01329-001 AN - 1991-01329-001 AU - Morrison, James T1 - Increased suicide attempts in women with somatization disorder. JF - Annals of Clinical Psychiatry JO - Annals of Clinical Psychiatry JA - Ann Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 1 IS - 4 SP - 251 EP - 254 CY - US PB - Elsevier Science Inc SN - 1040-1237 SN - 1547-3325 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-01329-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morrison, James; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Martinez, CA, US. Other Publishers: Dowden Health Media; Informa Healthcare; Quadrant HealthCom Inc.; Springer Netherlands; Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20110418. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attempted Suicide; Human Females; Somatoform Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - Reviews data from studies of suicide attempts among women with somatization disorder, including studies by J. Purtell et al (1951), M. Perley and S. Guze (1962), and J. Morrison and J. Herbstein (see record [rid]1989-12024-001[/rid]). In 2 generations, suicide attempts in females with somatization disorder have increased from nearly 0% to 50% in a series of 60 patients diagnosed using Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) criteria. 95% also qualified for diagnoses of Briquet's syndrome. There has been no comparable increase in women with primary affective disorder. Psychiatric diagnoses related to personality disorder may account for much of the recently noted rise in reported suicide attempts. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - incidence of attempted suicide KW - females with somatization disorders KW - 1989 KW - Attempted Suicide KW - Human Females KW - Somatoform Disorders KW - 1989 DO - 10.3109/10401238909149991 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-01329-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1990-97506-003 AN - 1990-97506-003 AU - Wasterlain, Claude G. AU - Morin, Anne M. AU - Fujikawa, Denson G. AU - Bronstein, Jeff M. ED - Bolwig, Tom G. ED - Trimble, Michael R. ED - Bolwig, Tom G., (Ed) ED - Trimble, Michael R., (Ed) T1 - Chemical kindling. T2 - The clinical relevance of kindling. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 35 EP - 53 CY - Oxford, England PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0-471-92449-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-97506-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wasterlain, Claude G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Epilepsy Research Lab, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-471-92449-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chemical Brain Stimulation; Kindling. Minor Descriptor: Animal Models; Cells (Biology); Epilepsy; Neurotransmitters. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Animal (20). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 19. AB - chemical kindling provides strong evidence that kindled epilepsy is the pathological expression of the activation of physiological adaptive synaptic cerebral mechanisms at multiple levels of the central nervous system kindling with agonists of excitatory neurotransmitters / kindling with antagonists of inhibitory neurotransmitters / anatomical specificity of kindling circuits / chemical specificity of kindling circuits / cellular changes associated with kindling (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) AB - discusses differences and similarities between electrically and chemically induced kindling in animals (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Chemical Brain Stimulation KW - Kindling KW - Animal Models KW - Cells (Biology) KW - Epilepsy KW - Neurotransmitters KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-97506-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-31626-001 AN - 1990-31626-001 AU - Boza, Ramon A. AU - Milanes, Fernando AU - Hanna, S. George AU - Kaye, Jonas AU - Talcott, Viola AU - Clerch, Anthony T1 - Noncompliance in chronic depression: Assessment of serum antidepressant determination with the enzyme-immunoassay method. JF - Annals of Clinical Psychiatry JO - Annals of Clinical Psychiatry JA - Ann Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 43 EP - 49 CY - US PB - Elsevier Science Inc SN - 1040-1237 SN - 1547-3325 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-31626-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boza, Ramon A.; Miami Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, FL, US. Other Publishers: Dowden Health Media; Informa Healthcare; Quadrant HealthCom Inc.; Springer Netherlands; Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19901201. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: American Academy of Clinical Psychiatrists Meeting (1988, Seattle, Washington). Major Descriptor: Antidepressant Drugs; Methodology; Treatment Compliance. Minor Descriptor: Major Depression; Military Veterans. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - Of 43 outpatient veterans treated with tricyclic antidepressants with doses of 75 mg/day or higher, 15 had nondetectable serum antidepressant levels. Noncompliant Ss had significantly fewer prescription refills during 1 year and tended to have higher Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) F scale scores. Of the Ss prescribed amitryptaline or imipramine, 45% were noncompliant, whereas only 1 of 12 Ss prescribed desimipramine was noncompliant. Of the 28 compliant Ss, 22 were alcohol abstinent and 21 had a better understanding of their medications. Five Ss who also had diabetes mellitus were compliant. Findings suggest that assessment of noncompliance is a significant part of optimal patient management. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - enzyme immunoassay method KW - assessment of compliance with antidepressant therapy KW - chronically depressed veterans KW - conference KW - 1989 KW - Antidepressant Drugs KW - Methodology KW - Treatment Compliance KW - Major Depression KW - Military Veterans KW - 1989 DO - 10.3109/10401238909149863 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-31626-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-31443-001 AN - 1990-31443-001 AU - Van Gorp, Wilfred G. AU - Mitrushina, Maura AU - Cummings, Jeffrey L. AU - Satz, Paul T1 - Normal aging and the subcortical encephalopathy of AIDS: A neuropsychological comparison. JF - Neuropsychiatry, Neuropsychology, & Behavioral Neurology JO - Neuropsychiatry, Neuropsychology, & Behavioral Neurology JA - Neuropsychiatry Neuropsychol Behav Neurol Y1 - 1989///Spr 1989 VL - 2 IS - 1 SP - 5 EP - 20 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0894-878X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-31443-001. Other Journal Title: Cognitive and Behavioral Neurology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Gorp, Wilfred G.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychology Lab, CA, US. et al. Release Date: 19901201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: IVth International Conference on AIDS (1988, Stockholm, Sweden). Major Descriptor: AIDS; Alzheimer's Disease; Dementia; Neuropsychology. Minor Descriptor: Performance. Classification: Immunological Disorders (3291). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1989. AB - Compared the neuropsychological (NPY) performance of 3 groups: 14 males with no history of neurologic, psychiatric, or substance abuse history; 14 males diagnosed with acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS) dementia complex; and 13 male patients (mean ages 37.5–71.5 yrs) with dementia of the Alzheimer type (DAT). Ss completed a battery of tests. Despite dramatic age differences between the normal elderly and AIDS dementia Ss, a marked similarity was found in the NPY test performance of these 2 groups. DAT Ss were notably worse on nearly all NPY measures. The AIDS dementia complex affects primarily subcortical structures whereas DAT produces cortical dysfunction. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuropsychological performance KW - males with AIDS dementia complex vs dementia of Alzheimer's type KW - conference presentation KW - 1989 KW - AIDS KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Dementia KW - Neuropsychology KW - Performance KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-31443-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-31384-001 AN - 1990-31384-001 AU - Morrison, James T1 - Childhood molestation reported by women with somatization disorder. JF - Annals of Clinical Psychiatry JO - Annals of Clinical Psychiatry JA - Ann Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 25 EP - 32 CY - US PB - Elsevier Science Inc SN - 1040-1237 SN - 1547-3325 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-31384-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morrison, James; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, San Diego, CA, US. Other Publishers: Dowden Health Media; Informa Healthcare; Quadrant HealthCom Inc.; Springer Netherlands; Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19901201. Correction Date: 20110418. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Child Abuse; Early Experience; Psychopathology; Sexual Abuse; Somatoform Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Patient History; Symptoms. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - Few adult symptoms were associated with a history of childhood sexual molestation in 60 women with somatization disorder (SD). Molested Ss were more likely to come from broken childhood homes with absent fathers and young mothers. These Ss reported anorgasmia, suicide attempts, and substance abuse, but these differences from Ss who had not been molested were not significant when corrected for the effect of multiple comparisons. Alcoholism in patients was strongly correlated with alcoholism in biologic parents. No substantial evidence implicated childhood molestation in the etiology of SD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - history of childhood sexual molestation KW - psychopathological symptoms KW - adult females with somatization disorder KW - 1989 KW - Child Abuse KW - Early Experience KW - Psychopathology KW - Sexual Abuse KW - Somatoform Disorders KW - Patient History KW - Symptoms KW - 1989 DO - 10.3109/10401238909149860 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-31384-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-31332-001 AN - 1990-31332-001 AU - Greiffenstein, Manfred F. AU - Verma, Narayan P. AU - Nichols, Cynthia D. AU - Delacruz, Chester R. T1 - Neuropsychological validation of two dementia categories: A preliminary study. JF - Neuropsychiatry, Neuropsychology, & Behavioral Neurology JO - Neuropsychiatry, Neuropsychology, & Behavioral Neurology JA - Neuropsychiatry Neuropsychol Behav Neurol Y1 - 1989///Spr 1989 VL - 2 IS - 1 SP - 21 EP - 30 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0894-878X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-31332-001. Other Journal Title: Cognitive and Behavioral Neurology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Greiffenstein, Manfred F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychology Services, Allen Park, MI, US. Release Date: 19901201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Dementia; Educational Background; Nervous System Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Severity (Disorders). Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1989. AB - Compared 20 dementia patients with motoric disturbance and 14 dementia patients without motoric disturbance matched on global dementia severity, age, and education on operational measures of bradyphrenia (BRY) and amnesia. Instruments used included the Boston Naming Test and a simplified free recall test. Ss with dementia and movement disorder were more bradyphrenic, but BRY was not accounted for by severity of primary motor disturbance. Naming disturbance was equally frequent and severe but qualitatively different. No differences were found in either the frequency and severity of memory disorder in free or cued recall. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age & education & global dementia severity KW - adult dementia patients with vs without motoric disturbance KW - 1989 KW - Age Differences KW - Dementia KW - Educational Background KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Severity (Disorders) KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-31332-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-31145-001 AN - 1990-31145-001 AU - Rohrbaugh, Robert M. AU - Sholomskas, Diane E. AU - Giller, Earl L. T1 - Lifetime course of chronic depression in older men. JF - Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry and Neurology JO - Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry and Neurology JA - J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol Y1 - 1989/04//Apr-Jun, 1989 VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 89 EP - 95 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0891-9887 SN - 1552-5708 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-31145-001. PMID: 2775442 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rohrbaugh, Robert M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19901201. Correction Date: 20121008. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antidepressant Drugs; Chronicity (Disorders); Major Depression; Patient History. Minor Descriptor: Drug Therapy. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Apr-Jun, 1989. AB - Examined the lifetime course of illness in 16 men (aged 53–75 yrs) who remained symptomatic after taking antidepressant medication for more than 6 mo. Results show a bimodal distribution of age of onset of 1st major depression. 75% of the Ss had onset before age 35 yrs, and 25% had onset after age 50 yrs. At all ages, episodes of chronic depression developed after episodes of major depression and appeared to be partially resolved major depression. In 88% of Ss, anxiety disorders developed before age 35 yrs, preceded onset of other disorders, and continued throughout the Ss' lifetime. 70% of Ss developed alcoholism, and 25% had a medical illness that significantly impaired function. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lifetime course of illness & failure of antidepressant pharmacotherapy KW - depressed 53–75 yr old males KW - 1989 KW - Antidepressant Drugs KW - Chronicity (Disorders) KW - Major Depression KW - Patient History KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1989 DO - 10.1177/089198878900200207 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-31145-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-31117-001 AN - 1990-31117-001 AU - Kling, Arthur AU - Tachiki, Ken H. AU - Steinberg, Alan AU - Lucas, Peter B. T1 - A psychoneuroimmunological study of an unusual family cohort of multiple paranoid schizophrenic siblings. JF - Neuropsychiatry, Neuropsychology, & Behavioral Neurology JO - Neuropsychiatry, Neuropsychology, & Behavioral Neurology JA - Neuropsychiatry Neuropsychol Behav Neurol Y1 - 1988///Fal 1988 VL - 1 IS - 3 SP - 191 EP - 215 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0894-878X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-31117-001. Other Journal Title: Cognitive and Behavioral Neurology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kling, Arthur; Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, CA, US. et al. Release Date: 19901201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biology; Immunology; Neurology; Paranoid Schizophrenia; Siblings. Minor Descriptor: Genetics. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 25. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1988. AB - Details an extensive clinical and biological study of a family with 5 normal and 4 paranoid schizophrenic siblings. Clinical interviews and objective diagnostic scales were used to characterize both affected and unaffected family members. Biological studies included investigation of genetic, hematologic, biochemical, viral/immune, electrophysiological, and brain imaging variables. In comparing affected vs unaffected siblings with similar environmental and genetic backgrounds, clear biological differences were found with respect to platelet monoamine oxidase (MAO) activity, evoked potentials, antibody titers to measles and Epstein-Barr virus, and in serum albumin and serum immunoglobulin G. Also, there was greater concordance in clinical features and course of illness among the affected siblings as compared with concordance rates reported for other schizophrenic families. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - biological & clinical & psychoneuroimmunological findings KW - siblings with vs without paranoid schizophrenia KW - 1988 KW - Biology KW - Immunology KW - Neurology KW - Paranoid Schizophrenia KW - Siblings KW - Genetics KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-31117-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-29282-001 AN - 1990-29282-001 AU - Harrold, James S. AU - Albrecht, Nettie AU - Enelow, Cathy T. AU - Brooks, Patricia T1 - Self-attributions in a chronic psychiatric partial hospital program: A pilot study. JF - International Journal of Partial Hospitalization JO - International Journal of Partial Hospitalization JA - Int J Partial Hosp Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 5 IS - 4 SP - 349 EP - 361 CY - US PB - Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers SN - 0272-4308 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-29282-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Harrold, James S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 19901101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attribution; Military Veterans; Partial Hospitalization; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Self-Concept. Minor Descriptor: Self-Perception. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. AB - 11 male psychiatric patients (aged 29–55 yrs) and their primary nurse clinician were administered the SCL-90 (Revised [SCL-90R]) midway into partial hospital program treatment and at time of discharge. Patients were administered additional tests consisting of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI), Beck Depression Inventory, and Shipley Institute of Living Scale. Significant results were obtained on nurse- and patient-administered SCL-90R scores across treatment. Correlations were also found between patient SCL-90R and MMPI scores. Results support the literature that the SCL-90R may measure only global distress and suggest that self-attributions may change as a result of the focus on responsible community functionally emphasized in the partial program. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self attributions KW - 29–55 yr old military veterans in psychiatric partial hospitalization VA program KW - 1988 KW - Attribution KW - Military Veterans KW - Partial Hospitalization KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Self-Concept KW - Self-Perception KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-29282-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-28493-001 AN - 1990-28493-001 AU - Wahby, Victor S. AU - Ibrahim, Guirguis AU - Friedenthal, Stephen AU - Giller, Earl AU - Kosten, Thomas AU - Mason, John T1 - Serum concentrations of circulating thyroid hormones in a group of depressed men. JF - Neuropsychobiology JO - Neuropsychobiology JA - Neuropsychobiology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 22 IS - 1 SP - 8 EP - 10 CY - Switzerland PB - Karger SN - 0302-282X SN - 1423-0224 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-28493-001. PMID: 2639287 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wahby, Victor S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, North Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 19901101. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Major Depression; Thyrotropin; Thyroxine; Triiodothyronine. Minor Descriptor: Blood Serum; Physiological Correlates. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Determined levels of circulating total thyroxine (TT₄), free thyroxine (FT₄), total triiodothyronine (TT₃) and thyrotropin (TSH) in 27 men with unipolar major depressive disorder (aged 24–50 yrs) and 38 healthy age-matched controls (HCs). No significant differences were observed between HCs and depressed Ss in TT₄ and FT₄. Mean TT₃ levels were lower and mean TSH levels higher in depressed Ss than in HCs suggesting possible subclinical primary hypothyroidism in depressed Ss. An inverse correlation between basal TSH values and TT₃ was noted in depressed but not in HC Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - serum circulating thyroxine & triiodothyronine & thyrotropin KW - male 24–50 yr olds with unipolar major depressive disorder KW - 1989 KW - Major Depression KW - Thyrotropin KW - Thyroxine KW - Triiodothyronine KW - Blood Serum KW - Physiological Correlates KW - 1989 DO - 10.1159/000118584 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-28493-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-27911-001 AN - 1990-27911-001 AU - Emmerson, Rita Y. AU - Dustman, Robert E. AU - Shearer, Donald E. AU - Turner, Charles W. T1 - P3 latency and symbol digit performance correlations in aging. JF - Experimental Aging Research JO - Experimental Aging Research JA - Exp Aging Res Y1 - 1989///Fal-Win 1989 VL - 15 IS - 3-4 SP - 151 EP - 159 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0361-073X SN - 1096-4657 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-27911-001. PMID: 2638634 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Emmerson, Rita Y.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychology Lab, Salt Lake City, UT, US. Release Date: 19901101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Evoked Potentials; Neuropsychology; Physical Fitness; P300. Minor Descriptor: Test Performance. Classification: Cognitive & Perceptual Development (2820). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Fal-Win 1989. AB - Studied relationships among age, P3 latency, and Symbol Digit Modalities Test (SDMT) performance for 172 20–79 yr old adults. Age-related increases in P3 latency were most evident for older normal Ss over age 55 yrs and for Ss with low physical fitness levels. A similar relationship was found between age and SDMT: P3 latency and SDMT performance were significantly correlated for older Ss with low fitness levels. Partial correlation analyses indicated a significant relationship between P3 latency and SDMT performance that was independent of age. Nonpathologic S variables and use of age-adjusted norms may be important considerations for clinical use of P3 latency, which may be an indicator of age- and/or health-related process affecting cognitive performance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age & P3 latency & physical fitness & Symbol Digit Modalities Test performance KW - 20–79 yr olds KW - 1989 KW - Age Differences KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Neuropsychology KW - Physical Fitness KW - P300 KW - Test Performance KW - 1989 DO - 10.1080/03610738908259769 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-27911-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-27536-001 AN - 1990-27536-001 AU - Kudler, Harold T1 - The tension between psychoanalysis and neuroscience: A perspective on dream theory in psychiatry. JF - Psychoanalysis & Contemporary Thought JO - Psychoanalysis & Contemporary Thought Y1 - 1989/// VL - 12 IS - 4 SP - 599 EP - 617 CY - US PB - International Universities Press SN - 0161-5289 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-27536-001. Other Journal Title: Psychoanalysis & Contemporary Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kudler, Harold; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19901101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dreaming; Neurosciences; Psychoanalytic Theory. Classification: Consciousness States (2380). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 19. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - F. Crick and G. Mitchison (1983) advanced a theory, based on physiology and neuronal network models, that dreams are random productions of the brain generated in an effort to purge the neocortex of irrelevant information and associations. Crick and Mitchison imply that their neurophysiological model invalidates psychoanalytic models; however, they offer no evidence to refute Freud's claim that dreams have psychical meaning. Their conclusion prompts a discussion of the underlying tension between psychoanalysis and neuroscience. Further progress in the 2 fields may allow a common perspective to emerge. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychoanalytic vs neuroscientific perspective on dream theory KW - 1989 KW - Dreaming KW - Neurosciences KW - Psychoanalytic Theory KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-27536-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-27225-001 AN - 1990-27225-001 AU - Harrold, James S. AU - Su, Tung-ping AU - Albrecht, Nettie AU - Enelow, Cathy T. T1 - Use of the Augusta VA Medical Center Structured Outside Activity Performance Scale (SOAPS) in predicting outcome of chronic psychiatric patients in a partial hospital program: A pilot study. JF - International Journal of Partial Hospitalization JO - International Journal of Partial Hospitalization JA - Int J Partial Hosp Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 5 IS - 4 SP - 333 EP - 347 CY - US PB - Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers SN - 0272-4308 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-27225-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Harrold, James S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Augusta, GA, US. et al. Release Date: 19901101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Partial Hospitalization; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Rating Scales; Test Construction. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. AB - Developed the SOAPS, a combined patient report and staff rating scale to structure and assess performance of patients during nonprogram hours. It was hypothesized that structured outside activity performance would improve overall psychosocial functioning of patients in partial hospital programs and significantly improve their psychiatric symptomatology, resulting in lower psychotropic medication requirements and longer stability postdischarge. Data from 11 male psychiatric patients (aged 29–58 yrs) who participated in and were discharged from day treatment show that the SOAPS was reliable and consistent and measured structured outside activities of patients with chronic pathology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - development of Structured Outside Activity Performance Scale KW - nonprogram hrs performance KW - 29–58 yr old military veterans in psychiatric partial hospitalization VA program KW - 1988 KW - Military Veterans KW - Partial Hospitalization KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Rating Scales KW - Test Construction KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-27225-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-26727-001 AN - 1990-26727-001 AU - Gallagher, Dolores E. AU - Cover, Heidi E. AU - Zeiss, Antonette M. AU - Breckenridge, Julia S. AU - Czirr, Ruth AU - Thompson, Larry T1 - Training in clinical geropsychology: Program descriptions and participant evaluation. JF - Gerontology & Geriatrics Education JO - Gerontology & Geriatrics Education JA - Gerontol Geriatr Educ Y1 - 1989/// VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 1 EP - 17 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0270-1960 SN - 1545-3847 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-26727-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gallagher, Dolores E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Older Adult & Family Research Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19901001. Correction Date: 20140908. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatrics; Geropsychology; Postgraduate Training; Psychology. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Evaluated the effectiveness of 3 programs (2 predoctoral, 1 postdoctoral) for the training of clinical geropsychologists, using survey data from 14 postdoctoral and 25 intern program graduates. Most Ss are now employed and the rest are receiving additional training. The majority spend at least 50% or more of their time in geropsychology activities, and 95% consider themselves as 'resource persons' in geriatrics or gerontology in their work settings. Ss reported that the programs had successfully prepared them for their professional work. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - effectiveness of training program in clinical geropsychology KW - postdoctoral & intern program graduates KW - 1989 KW - Geriatrics KW - Geropsychology KW - Postgraduate Training KW - Psychology KW - 1989 DO - 10.1300/J021v10n02_01 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-26727-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-26308-001 AN - 1990-26308-001 AU - Lafferman, Jeffrey AU - Solomon, Kenneth AU - Ruskin, Paul T1 - Lithium augmentation for treatment-resistant depression in the elderly. JF - Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry and Neurology JO - Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry and Neurology JA - J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 49 EP - 52 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0891-9887 SN - 1552-5708 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-26308-001. PMID: 3150926 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lafferman, Jeffrey; Lockraven Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Baltimore, MD, US. Release Date: 19901001. Correction Date: 20121008. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Lithium; Major Depression. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Treatment. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1988. AB - Examined the efficacy and safety of adding Li to the treatment regimen of 12 inpatients and 2 outpatients (aged 61–82 yrs) with refractory depression. Seven Ss showed complete improvement, 3 partially responded, and treatment was discontinued in 4 Ss due to side effects. Case reports of 2 men (aged 70 and 82 yrs) and 1 woman (aged 74 yrs) illustrate a complete, a partial, and a nonresponder. Li augmentation seems both clinically useful and safe in the treatment of geriatric depressed Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - addition of lithium to treatment regimen KW - 61–82 yr olds with refractory depression KW - case reports KW - 1988 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Lithium KW - Major Depression KW - Case Report KW - Treatment KW - 1988 DO - 10.1177/089198878800100109 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-26308-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-26135-001 AN - 1990-26135-001 AU - Weiner, Richard D. AU - Weaver, Lelon A. AU - Sackeim, Harold A. T1 - Reporting of technical parameters in ECT publications: Recommendations for authors. JF - Convulsive Therapy JO - Convulsive Therapy JA - Convuls Ther Y1 - 1988/// VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 88 EP - 91 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0749-8055 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-26135-001. PMID: 11940947 Other Journal Title: The Journal of ECT. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weiner, Richard D.; Durham Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, NC, US. Release Date: 19901001. Correction Date: 20090831. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Data Collection; Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy; Experimental Methods; Printed Communications Media; Written Communication. Classification: Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Proposes recommendations for the reporting of stimulus parameters, electrode placement, and seizure duration for publications that report data collected during and/or following electroconvulsive shock therapy (ECT). In each case, recommendations are divided into requested and preferred components. Requested components represent the least amount of information that should be reported. Authors are encouraged to add the additional preferred recommendations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ECT stimulus parameters & electrode placement & seizure duration KW - data collection & publication reporting KW - 1988 KW - Data Collection KW - Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy KW - Experimental Methods KW - Printed Communications Media KW - Written Communication KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-26135-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-26134-001 AN - 1990-26134-001 AU - Weiner, Richard D. T1 - The first ECT devices. JF - Convulsive Therapy JO - Convulsive Therapy JA - Convuls Ther Y1 - 1988/// VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 50 EP - 61 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0749-8055 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-26134-001. PMID: 11940942 Other Journal Title: The Journal of ECT. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weiner, Richard D.; Durham Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, NC, US. Release Date: 19901001. Correction Date: 20090831. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy; History of Psychology; Medical Therapeutic Devices. Classification: Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Provides an overview of early electroconvulsive shock therapy (ECT) devices, focusing on what they were like, factors in their evolution, and their change in response to the demands of the psychiatric marketplace. The earliest ECT equipment was (1) designed by leading clinical scientists in conjunction with creative engineering entrepreneurs and (2) contained features as advanced as those in contemporary devices. The review offers a fresh glimpse into technical issues (e.g., minimizing cerebral toxicity) that occupy recent interest. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - history & development of ECT devices KW - 1988 KW - Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy KW - History of Psychology KW - Medical Therapeutic Devices KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-26134-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-25890-001 AN - 1990-25890-001 AU - Ochipa, C. AU - Rothi, L. J. AU - Heilman, Kenneth M. T1 - Ideational apraxia: A deficit in tool selection and use. JF - Annals of Neurology JO - Annals of Neurology JA - Ann Neurol Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 25 IS - 2 SP - 190 EP - 193 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0364-5134 SN - 1531-8249 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-25890-001. PMID: 2465733 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ochipa, C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Audiology-Speeh Pathology Service, Gainesville, FL, US. Release Date: 19901001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apraxia; Cerebrovascular Accidents; Ideation. Minor Descriptor: Case Report. Classification: Cardiovascular Disorders (3295). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1989. AB - Presents the case of a 67-yr-old left-handed man who exhibited an ideational apraxia in clinical and nonclinical natural settings following a right hemisphere infarction. Evaluation measures included the Western Aphasia Battery. The S's inability to use tools could not be explained by a motor production deficit (ideomotor apraxia), because he made content errors and could not match tools with objects. The S's deficit could not be attributed to an agnosia or language comprehension deficit, because he could name tools and point to tools on command. The S appeared to have had a loss of knowledge related to tool use. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - right hemisphere infarction KW - male left handed 67 yr old with ideational apraxia KW - case report KW - 1989 KW - Apraxia KW - Cerebrovascular Accidents KW - Ideation KW - Case Report KW - 1989 DO - 10.1002/ana.410250214 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-25890-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-25791-001 AN - 1990-25791-001 AU - Cummings, Jeffrey L. T1 - Intellectual impairment in Parkinson's disease: Clinical, pathologic, and biochemical correlates. JF - Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry and Neurology JO - Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry and Neurology JA - J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 24 EP - 36 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0891-9887 SN - 1552-5708 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-25791-001. PMID: 2908099 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cummings, Jeffrey L.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Neurobehavior Unit, Brentwood Div, CA, US. Release Date: 19901001. Correction Date: 20121008. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Literature Review; Parkinson's Disease; Physiological Correlates. Minor Descriptor: Biochemistry; Pathology. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1988. AB - Reviews 27 studies of 4,336 Ss with Parkinson's disease (PD), 39.9% of whom suffered from a dementia syndrome. 60% of PD Ss without overt dementia showed neuropsychological deficits in memory, visuospatial skills, abstraction, language, and motor programming tasks despite normal performance on mental status exams. Clinical correlates of PD dementias (age, duration, severity, and laterality) and their treatments are discussed. Classic and Alzheimer type histopathologies and atrophy of the nucleus basalis are described. Neurochemical correlates discussed included dopamine, norepinephrine, acetycholine, neuromodulators, and other transmitters. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - intellectual impairment & clinical & pathological & biochemical correlates KW - patients with Parkinson's disease KW - literature review KW - 1988 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Literature Review KW - Parkinson's Disease KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Biochemistry KW - Pathology KW - 1988 DO - 10.1177/089198878800100106 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-25791-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-23702-001 AN - 1990-23702-001 AU - Perez, Marta AU - Pilsecker, Carleton T1 - Family therapy with spinal cord injured substance abusers. JF - Social Work in Health Care JO - Social Work in Health Care Y1 - 1989/// VL - 14 IS - 2 SP - 15 EP - 25 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0098-1389 SN - 1541-034X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-23702-001. PMID: 2631279 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Perez, Marta; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Long Beach, CA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19900901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Rehabilitation; Family Therapy; Spinal Cord Injuries. Minor Descriptor: Drug Abuse. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Describes the incorporation of family therapy (FT) into an inpatient treatment program for spinal cord injured substance abusers that required overcoming resistance from staff and patients. FT was helpful in dealing with patients' tendency to adapt to their injury by overdependency or overachievement. Overdependent patients may use the disability to have others do things for them that they may be able to do themselves. Overachieving patients attempt to minimize the level of their emotional discomfort and the worry caused by the injury for the family by excelling in physical therapy. FT is recommended for use with patients with other chronic disabilities. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - family therapy in inpatient treatment program KW - spinal cord injured substance abusing patients KW - 1989 KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Family Therapy KW - Spinal Cord Injuries KW - Drug Abuse KW - 1989 DO - 10.1300/J010v14n02_02 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-23702-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-12792-001 AN - 1991-12792-001 AU - Van Kammen, Daniel P. AU - Yao, Jeffrey K. AU - Goetz, Kenneth T1 - Polyunsaturated fatty acids, prostaglandins, and schizophrenia. JF - Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences JO - Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences JA - Ann N Y Acad Sci Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 559 SP - 411 EP - 423 CY - US PB - New York Academy of Sciences SN - 0077-8923 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-12792-001. PMID: 2672945 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Kammen, Daniel P.; Highland Drive Veterans Administration Hosp, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19910501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dopamine; Fatty Acids; Metabolism Disorders; Prostaglandins; Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. AB - Psychotic disorders, particularly schizophrenia, are associated with clinical phenomena that can be explained by disturbances in polyunsaturated fatty acid and prostaglandin metabolism. Since a decrease in prostaglandin E₁ (PGE₁) activity can be associated with an increase of dopamine (DA) release, a deficiency of PGE₁ is consistent with the DA hypothesis of schizophrenia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dopamine release & polyunsaturated fatty acid & prostaglandin metabolism KW - schizophrenic patients KW - 1989 KW - Dopamine KW - Fatty Acids KW - Metabolism Disorders KW - Prostaglandins KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1989 DO - 10.1111/j.1749-6632.1989.tb22626.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-12792-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-09936-001 AN - 1991-09936-001 AU - Roberts, Richard J. AU - Paulsen, Jane S. AU - Marchman, James N. AU - Varney, Nils R. T1 - MMPI profiles of patients who endorse multiple partial seizure symptoms. JF - Neuropsychology JO - Neuropsychology JA - Neuropsychology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 2 IS - 3-4 SP - 183 EP - 198 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0894-4105 SN - 1931-1559 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-09936-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Roberts, Richard J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Iowa City, IA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation; Philadelphia Clinical Neuropsychology Group. Release Date: 19910401. Correction Date: 20100405. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychiatric Patients; Seizures. Minor Descriptor: Electroencephalography. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Examined Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) profiles of 40 psychiatric patients (aged 24–68 yrs) who reported partial seizure-like symptoms (SLSs) and had abnormal EEGs. MMPI data (J. Marchman, unpublished) from 339 psychiatric inpatients were used for comparison. Ss with SLSs generated grossly abnormal MMPI profiles with frequency and tended to perform extremely poorly on a simple dichotic listening task. A self-reported behavioral syndrome involving SLSs, not the documentation of a specific epileptiform pattern at the time a patient's brain wave activity is sampled, may place such patients at increased likelihood for generating abnormal MMPI profiles. A description of the development of a structured clinical interview for complex partial SLSs symptoms is included. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI profiles KW - 24–68 yr old psychiatric patients with partial seizure like symptoms & abnormal EEGs KW - 1988 KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Seizures KW - Electroencephalography KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/h0091733 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-09936-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-09262-001 AN - 1991-09262-001 AU - Irwin, Michael R. AU - Daniels, Marcia AU - Smith, Tom L. AU - Bloom, Eda AU - Weiner, Herbert T1 - Impaired natural killer cell activity during bereavement. JF - Brain, Behavior, and Immunity JO - Brain, Behavior, and Immunity JA - Brain Behav Immun Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 98 EP - 104 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0889-1591 SN - 1090-2139 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-09262-001. PMID: 3451784 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Irwin, Michael R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19910401. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Grief; Immunology; Natural Killer Cells; Widows. Classification: Psychophysiology (2560). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1987. AB - Evaluated the effects of bereavement on natural killer (NK) cell activity in 10 women whose spouses had recently died compared to 8 controls whose husbands were in good health (Exp 1) and in 6 women before and after the death of their husbands (Exp 2). Measures of NK activity were obained from venous blood samples. Depressive symptoms were assessed using the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression. Bereaved Ss were more likely to be distressed and to have lower NK activity than controls. However, moving from anticipatory bereavement to bereavement did not in itself lead to changes in NK activity. Changes in depressive symptoms appeared to correlate with changes in NK activity. Severe stressors such as bereavement may result in an impairment of cell-mediated immune function. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - bereavement KW - natural killer cell activity KW - widows KW - 1987 KW - Grief KW - Immunology KW - Natural Killer Cells KW - Widows KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0889-1591(87)90011-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-09262-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-1502-8431 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-07877-001 AN - 1991-07877-001 AU - Frey, Joseph AU - Swanson, Greg S. AU - Hyer, Lee T1 - Strategic interventions for chronic patients in later life. JF - American Journal of Family Therapy JO - American Journal of Family Therapy JA - Am J Fam Ther Y1 - 1989///Spr 1989 VL - 17 IS - 1 SP - 27 EP - 33 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0192-6187 SN - 1521-0383 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-07877-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Frey, Joseph; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 19910301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chronicity (Disorders); Marriage Counseling; Mental Disorders; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Systems Theory. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1989. AB - Presents a systems approach to psychotherapy with older patients with chronic psychiatric problems. Recursive sequences of interaction are considered, and a strategic method is identified consisting of a 'one-down' therapeutic approach and a reframe labeling the 'problem' to be one between the patient, the therapist, and the clinic. A case example illustrating the use of this theoretical model with an older couple is examined. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - systems approach to marriage counseling KW - older couple with chronic psychiatric problems KW - 1989 KW - Chronicity (Disorders) KW - Marriage Counseling KW - Mental Disorders KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Systems Theory KW - 1989 DO - 10.1080/01926188908250749 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-07877-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-03440-001 AN - 1991-03440-001 AU - Pekala, Ronald J. AU - Bieber, Stephen L. T1 - Operationalizing pattern approaches to consciousness: An analysis of phenomenological patterns of consciousness among individuals of differing susceptibility. JF - Imagination, Cognition and Personality JO - Imagination, Cognition and Personality JA - Imagin Cogn Pers Y1 - 1989///1989-1990 VL - 9 IS - 4 SP - 303 EP - 320 CY - US PB - Baywood Publishing SN - 0276-2366 SN - 1541-4477 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-03440-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pekala, Ronald J.; Coatesville Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, PA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19910201. Correction Date: 20150126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Consciousness States; Hypnotic Susceptibility. Classification: Consciousness States (2380). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: 1989-1990. AB - Pattern differences in subjective experience, as assessed by a self-report inventory, the Phenomenology of Consciousness Inventory, were compared across 404 individuals who varied in hypnotic susceptibility (HS) during hypnosis and an eyes-closed baseline condition. Hierarchical factor analysis revealed that the 4 HS groups (low, low-medium, high-medium, high) were 'pattern equivalent' during eyes-closed, partially pattern dissimilar during hypnosis, and partially pattern dissimilar when comparing conditions. Results support previous analyses that compared pattern structure differences as a function of correlational matrices. Findings are discussed in terms of approaches for assessing pattern differences in consciousness and theorizing on the importance of pattern structure changes in understanding states of consciousness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hypnotic susceptibility KW - patterns of consciousness KW - adults KW - 1989 KW - Consciousness States KW - Hypnotic Susceptibility KW - 1989 DO - 10.2190/V89B-F4X2-5HLW-R0E4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-03440-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-98110-010 AN - 1991-98110-010 AU - Simpson, Marianne B. AU - Clark, Amy R. ED - Square-Storer, Paula ED - Square-Storer, Paula, (Ed) T1 - Clinical management of apractic mutism. T2 - Acquired apraxia of speech in aphasic adults: Theoretical and clinical issues. T3 - Brain damage, behaviour and cognition: Developments in clinical neuropsychology Y1 - 1989/// SP - 241 EP - 266 CY - Hillsdale, NJ, US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc SN - 0-86377-184-X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-98110-010. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Simpson, Marianne B.; Veterans' Administration Medical Ctr, Speech Pathology Service, Long Beach, CA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-86377-184-X, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apraxia; Mutism; Speech Therapy. Minor Descriptor: Differential Diagnosis; Prognosis; Speech Disorders. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297); Speech & Language Therapy (3385). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 26. AB - examine the mutism which occurs as a precursor to or persisting symptom of verbal apraxia / specifically, the issues of differential diagnosis of apractic mutism from other neurogenic forms of mutism, and the assessment, treatment, and prognosis of patients with apractic mutism are discussed / two case presentations of patients with initial apractic mutism are included to further illustrate the disorder (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - examines the mutism which occurs as a precursor to or persisting symptom of verbal apraxia KW - 1989 KW - Apraxia KW - Mutism KW - Speech Therapy KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Prognosis KW - Speech Disorders KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-98110-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-98110-007 AN - 1991-98110-007 AU - Rau, Marie T. AU - Golper, Lee Ann C. ED - Square-Storer, Paula ED - Square-Storer, Paula, (Ed) T1 - Cueing strategies. T2 - Acquired apraxia of speech in aphasic adults: Theoretical and clinical issues. T3 - Brain damage, behaviour and cognition: Developments in clinical neuropsychology Y1 - 1989/// SP - 165 EP - 189 CY - Hillsdale, NJ, US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc SN - 0-86377-184-X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-98110-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rau, Marie T.; Veterans' Administration Medical Ctr, Audiology & Speech Pathology Service, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-86377-184-X, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apraxia; Cues; Speech Therapy. Minor Descriptor: Speech Disorders; Strategies; Therapeutic Processes. Classification: Speech & Language Therapy (3385). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 25. AB - our overriding treatment goal for apraxia of speech is the selection of therapy tasks and materials which will make the most significant functional improvement in the patient's verbal communication ability in the shortest amount of time summarize the rationale for employing patient-generated cues in therapy, provide a description of the process for determining the presence and relative effectiveness of self-cueing behaviors, and provide illustrative case examples in which the steps involved in successful self-cueing were accomplished utilizing single case experimental design approaches / these techniques can be effectively employed for those patients who ar relatively mildly impaired, i.e. patients who are capable of initiating some successful self-cueing behaviors group studies of cueing effectiveness / group studies of apractic speakers / studies of patients' self-generated cueing behaviors / clinician-determined cueing hierarchies / individual case studies and single-case experimental designs / the rationale for using cueing strategies / some basic principles in the use of cueing therapies / treatment steps: preliminaries to using self-cues / summary of the rationale: self-cueing therapy / stages of analysis / patient and clinician participation in treatment (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses cueing strategies KW - & the use of this technique with apractic speakers KW - 1989 KW - Apraxia KW - Cues KW - Speech Therapy KW - Speech Disorders KW - Strategies KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-98110-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-98032-009 AN - 1991-98032-009 AU - Gallagher, Dolores AU - Lovett, Steven AU - Hanley-Dunn, Patricia AU - Thompson, Larry W. ED - Lund, Dale A. ED - Lund, Dale A., (Ed) T1 - Use of select coping strategies during late-life spousal bereavement. T2 - Older bereaved spouses: Research with practical applications. T3 - Series in death education, aging, and health care; ISSN: 0275-3510 (Print) Y1 - 1989/// SP - 111 EP - 121 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - Hemisphere Publishing Corp SN - 0275-3510 SN - 0-89116-803-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-98032-009. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gallagher, Dolores; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Educational & Clinical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89116-803-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Grief; Strategies. Minor Descriptor: Longitudinal Studies; Religiosity; Social Support; Widowers; Widows. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. Page Count: 11. AB - describes the frequency and helpfulness of a set of 12 [cognitive, behavioral, emotional, and avoidance] coping strategies used by older widowed adults [aged 55 years and older] to adapt to their grief during the 2 1/2 years following the death of the spouse / these data are part of a larger continuing longitudinal investigation of elders' ways of coping with spousal bereavement that includes indices of social support and the role of religion and faith in the coping process (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - examines the use of various coping strategies used by widowed adults KW - aged 55 years & older KW - in dealing with their grief KW - 1989 KW - Coping Behavior KW - Grief KW - Strategies KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Religiosity KW - Social Support KW - Widowers KW - Widows KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-98032-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-98032-002 AN - 1991-98032-002 AU - Thompson, Larry W. AU - Gallagher, Dolores AU - Cover, Heidi AU - Gilewski, Michael AU - Peterson, James ED - Lund, Dale A. ED - Lund, Dale A., (Ed) T1 - Effects of bereavement on symptoms of psychopathology in older men and women. T2 - Older bereaved spouses: Research with practical applications. T3 - Series in death education, aging, and health care; ISSN: 0275-3510 (Print) Y1 - 1989/// SP - 17 EP - 24 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - Hemisphere Publishing Corp SN - 0275-3510 SN - 0-89116-803-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-98032-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Thompson, Larry W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Educational & Clinical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89116-803-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Grief; Psychopathology; Widows. Minor Descriptor: Symptoms; Widowers. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. AB - examines whether older men and women [aged 55-80 years] manifest different symptoms [of psychopathology] in response to spousal loss as reflected in various subscales of the Brief Symptom Inventory (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - examines the effects of grief from death of a spouse on symptoms of psychopathology in men & women aged 55-80 years KW - 1989 KW - Grief KW - Psychopathology KW - Widows KW - Symptoms KW - Widowers KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-98032-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-97651-033 AN - 1991-97651-033 AU - Jordan, Edward J. Jr. ED - Woods, Paul J. ED - Woods, Paul J., (Ed) T1 - Employment of bachelor's-level psychology technicians in the Veterans Administration. T2 - Is psychology for them? A guide to undergraduate advising. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 149 EP - 152 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1-55798-019-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-97651-033. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jordan, Edward J. Jr.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20150824. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 1-55798-019-5, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Government Agencies; Mental Health Personnel; Personnel Selection; Psychology Education; Undergraduate Education. Minor Descriptor: Educational Degrees; Employment Status. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. AB - Psychology Services in the Veterans Administration (VA) employs persons with bachelor's degrees primarily under the position title 'psychology technician'. VA's hiring standards specify that psychology technicians must possess 'a bachelor's degree from an accredited college or university with a major in an appropriate social or biological science, which included or was supplemented by 12 semester hours in psychology.' In qualifying for a psychology technician position, an applicant may substitute graduate education in psychology for experience. This study surveyed chief psychologists in the VA in order to ascertain job possibilities for psychology majors and to explore the VA's hiring and utilization practices. Judging from this survey's results, the best advice for the new psychology baccalaureate is 'Get more education.' Opportunities for a bachelor's-level technician exist, but they are stable at best and may in fact be declining. It remains to be seen whether the possible decline could be overcome by an overall increase in hiring of psychology technicians. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - employment opportunities KW - bachelor's-level psychology technicians KW - Veterans Administration KW - psychology training KW - 1988 KW - Government Agencies KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Personnel Selection KW - Psychology Education KW - Undergraduate Education KW - Educational Degrees KW - Employment Status KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/10556-033 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-97651-033&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-97590-018 AN - 1991-97590-018 AU - Magarian, Gregory J. ED - Weiner, Herbert ED - Florin, Irmela ED - Murison, Robert ED - Hellhammer, Dirk ED - Weiner, Herbert, (Ed) ED - Florin, Irmela, (Ed) ED - Murison, Robert, (Ed) ED - Hellhammer, Dirk, (Ed) T1 - Chronic hyperventilation syndrome. T2 - Frontiers of stress research. T3 - Neuronal control of bodily function: Basic and clinical aspects, Vol. 3 Y1 - 1989/// SP - 336 EP - 343 CY - Kirkland, WA, US PB - Hans Huber Publishers SN - 0-920887-39-2 SN - 3-456-81701-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-97590-018. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Magarian, Gregory J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Div of General Medicine, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-920887-39-2, Hardcover; 3-456-81701-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chronic Illness; Hyperventilation. Minor Descriptor: Etiology; Panic Disorder; Symptoms. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 8. AB - the importance of recognizing the chronic form of hyperventilation, beyond identifying accompanying anxiety states, depression, panic attacks, phobic responses, or other psychological problems, is that successful therapy of these problems is greater when the hyperventilatory component is specifically addressed pathogenesis of chronic hyperventilation / clinical manifestations of chronic hyperventilation / hyperventilation and coronary vasospasm / hyperventilation and panic attacks (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses the importance of diagnosing chronic hyperventilation syndrome KW - 1989 KW - Chronic Illness KW - Hyperventilation KW - Etiology KW - Panic Disorder KW - Symptoms KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-97590-018&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-97590-015 AN - 1991-97590-015 AU - Morley, John E. ED - Weiner, Herbert ED - Florin, Irmela ED - Murison, Robert ED - Hellhammer, Dirk ED - Weiner, Herbert, (Ed) ED - Florin, Irmela, (Ed) ED - Murison, Robert, (Ed) ED - Hellhammer, Dirk, (Ed) T1 - Neuropeptide Y: A new stress hormone? T2 - Frontiers of stress research. T3 - Neuronal control of bodily function: Basic and clinical aspects, Vol. 3 Y1 - 1989/// SP - 286 EP - 301 CY - Kirkland, WA, US PB - Hans Huber Publishers SN - 0-920887-39-2 SN - 3-456-81701-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-97590-015. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morley, John E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research Education Clinical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-920887-39-2, Hardcover; 3-456-81701-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neuropeptide Y; Neurotransmitters; Peptides; Stress Reactions. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 16. AB - NPY [neuropeptide Y] has been shown to have multiple, diverse effects when given either centrally or peripherally much available data suggest that NPY is released during severe stress anatomy of NPY / co-existence of NPY with classical neurotransmitters / receptors and post receptor actions / factors regulating peripheral release of NPY / effects on blood vessels / effects of hormone release / sexual behavior / modulation of appetite / NPY and animal models of genetic obesity / does NPY modulate feeding through norepinephrine / NPY, EEG [electroencephalography] and convulsions / NPY and stress-induced ulcers (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses various stress responses of neuropeptide Y KW - 1989 KW - Neuropeptide Y KW - Neurotransmitters KW - Peptides KW - Stress Reactions KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-97590-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-97590-013 AN - 1991-97590-013 AU - Taché, Yvette AU - Stephens, Robert L. AU - Ishikawa, Toshio ED - Weiner, Herbert ED - Florin, Irmela ED - Murison, Robert ED - Hellhammer, Dirk ED - Weiner, Herbert, (Ed) ED - Florin, Irmela, (Ed) ED - Murison, Robert, (Ed) ED - Hellhammer, Dirk, (Ed) T1 - Stress-induced alterations of gastrointestinal function: Involvement of brain CRF and TRH. T2 - Frontiers of stress research. T3 - Neuronal control of bodily function: Basic and clinical aspects, Vol. 3 Y1 - 1989/// SP - 265 EP - 275 CY - Kirkland, WA, US PB - Hans Huber Publishers SN - 0-920887-39-2 SN - 3-456-81701-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-97590-013. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Taché, Yvette; Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Ctr, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-920887-39-2, Hardcover; 3-456-81701-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Gastrointestinal System; Stress; Stress Reactions. Minor Descriptor: Corticotropin; Thyrotropin. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 11. AB - review the effects of various stressors on gastrointestinal function with a focus on the involvement of central CRF [corticotropin-releasing factor] and thyrotropin-releasing factor (TRH) in such a response (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - examines the mechanisms involved in the gastrointestinal response to stress KW - 1989 KW - Gastrointestinal System KW - Stress KW - Stress Reactions KW - Corticotropin KW - Thyrotropin KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-97590-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1991-97590-011 AN - 1991-97590-011 AU - Grossman, Charles J. ED - Weiner, Herbert ED - Florin, Irmela ED - Murison, Robert ED - Hellhammer, Dirk ED - Weiner, Herbert, (Ed) ED - Florin, Irmela, (Ed) ED - Murison, Robert, (Ed) ED - Hellhammer, Dirk, (Ed) T1 - Stress and the immune response: Interactions of peptides, gonadal steroids and the immune system. T2 - Frontiers of stress research. T3 - Neuronal control of bodily function: Basic and clinical aspects, Vol. 3 Y1 - 1989/// SP - 181 EP - 190 CY - Kirkland, WA, US PB - Hans Huber Publishers SN - 0-920887-39-2 SN - 3-456-81701-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-97590-011. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Grossman, Charles J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Services, Cincinnati, OH, US. Release Date: 19910101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-920887-39-2, Hardcover; 3-456-81701-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Immune System; Immunology; Stress; Urogenital System. Minor Descriptor: Hormones; Peptides; Steroids. Classification: Psychophysiology (2560). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 10. AB - regulation of the immune system depends on a complex integrative network involving two way interactions with many other systems in the body / one of the most intriguing of these interrelationships is that which occurs between the immune and reproductive systems and involves interactions of pituitary hormones, gonadal steroids, adrenal steroids and thymic hormones stress (which alters these hormonal systems) has been shown to play a significant role in changes in immune response in both males and females (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses the role of stress in the immune system & the interrelationship between the immune system & the reproductive system KW - 1989 KW - Immune System KW - Immunology KW - Stress KW - Urogenital System KW - Hormones KW - Peptides KW - Steroids KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-97590-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-21403-001 AN - 1990-21403-001 AU - Brown, Sandra A. AU - Goldman, Mark S. AU - Christiansen, Bruce A. AU - Smith, Gregory T. T1 - The broader perspective of expectancy research: Comment on Corcoran and Parker. JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JA - Psychol Addict Behav Y1 - 1989/// VL - 3 IS - 2 SP - 80 EP - 84 PB - Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-21403-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brown, Sandra A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19900901. Correction Date: 20100104. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Expectations; Experimentation; Test Reliability; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Attitudes; Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Questionnaires. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1989. Copyright Statement: Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. 1989. AB - Comments on the article by K. J. Corcoran and P. S. Parker (see record [rid]1990-21412-001[/rid]) and provides 4 examples of how the issues they raise fit within the emerging field of alcohol expectancy research. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcohol expectancy research & issues concerning reliability & validity of Alcohol Expectancy Questionnaire for Adolescents KW - commentary reply KW - 1989 KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Expectations KW - Experimentation KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - Alcohol Drinking Attitudes KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Questionnaires KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/h0080566 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-21403-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-20514-001 AN - 1990-20514-001 AU - Dysken, Maurice W. AU - Katz, Richard AU - Stallone, Frank AU - Kuskowski, Michael T1 - Oxiracetam in the treatment of multi-infarct dementia and primary degenerative dementia. JF - The Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences JO - The Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences Y1 - 1989///Sum 1989 VL - 1 IS - 3 SP - 249 EP - 252 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0895-0172 SN - 1545-7222 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-20514-001. PMID: 2521069 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dysken, Maurice W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education, & Clinical Ctr Program, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 19900801. Correction Date: 20090727. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebrovascular Accidents; Cognitive Ability; Dementia; Drug Therapy. Minor Descriptor: Drugs. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1989. AB - Tested oxiracetam (OXR), a recently synthesized nootropic, as a potential treatment for cognitive decline in 56 patients (aged 54–87 yrs) with multi-infarct (MID) or primary degenerative dementia (PDD). Measures included a test of word fluency, the Instrumental Activities of Daily Living Scale (M. P. Lawton and E. M. Brody, 1969), and a scale completed by a significant other to assess noncognitive changes in Ss. OXR produced significant improvement in word fluency in both MID and PDD Ss, and higher fluency scores persisted at each of 3 dosages. Scores on the other-rated noncognitive assessment scale showed a small but significant improvement during the OXR phases compared with placebo phase, but daily living activities scores (measures of functional capacity) showed a significant worsening at the 2 higher dosages of OXR. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - oxiracetam KW - cognitive decline KW - 54–87 yr olds with multi-infarct or primary degenerative dementia KW - 1989 KW - Cerebrovascular Accidents KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Dementia KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drugs KW - 1989 DO - 10.1176/jnp.1.3.249 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-20514-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-20419-001 AN - 1990-20419-001 AU - Valdes, Sherrill T1 - Mission operation peace: Therapy for Vietnam combat veterans. JF - Psychotherapy in Private Practice JO - Psychotherapy in Private Practice Y1 - 1989/// VL - 7 IS - 4 SP - 57 EP - 74 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0731-7158 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-20419-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Psychotherapy in Independent Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Valdes, Sherrill; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Oakland Park, FL, US. Release Date: 19900801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: 94th Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association (1986, Washington, DC). Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychotherapy. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Discusses the treatment of Vietnam veterans (VVs), with special reference to those with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), who cope with therapy 'as if it were a combat zone.' Special needs that VVs bring to therapy include their own identification problems, use of survival coping techniques, need for trust in the therapeutic relationship, need for control, pace of uncovering, and need for supports. Anger management techniques can be employed to preserve control; ventilating feelings in a constructive manner, participating in sports, and keeping a journal are examples of skills that may be taught and encouraged. The VVs are concerned about the meaning of the trauma experience; they have suffered irretrievable losses, and therapy is 'making meaning.' Survival means peace on all fronts with family, country, other warriors, and themselves. Illustrative case vignettes are provided. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - therapy KW - Vietnam veterans with PTSD KW - conference presentation KW - 1989 KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychotherapy KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-20419-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-20312-001 AN - 1990-20312-001 AU - Liberman, Robert P. AU - Corrigan, Patrick W. AU - Schade, Mark L. T1 - Drug and psychosocial treatment interactions in schizophrenia. T3 - Behavioural psychotherapy into the 1990's JF - International Review of Psychiatry JO - International Review of Psychiatry JA - Int Rev Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/// VL - 1 IS - 3 SP - 283 EP - 295 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0954-0261 SN - 1369-1627 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-20312-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Liberman, Robert P.; Brentwood Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, U California Clinical Research Ctr for Schizophrenia & Psychiatric Rehabilitation-Camarillo, Los Angeles, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19900801. Correction Date: 20150921. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Psychosocial Rehabilitation; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Reviews evidence from studies that have examined the effects of both biological and psychosocial treatment strategies used in tandem. The indication is that comprehensive treatment programs for schizophrenic patients should combine drug and psychosocial treatments. For outpatients, behaviorally oriented social skills training and family interventions may be effective when added to neuroleptic drug therapy. A comprehensive approach to the clinical management of schizophrenia can be described in terms of a clinical decision tree, in which patient characteristics and treatment needs provide a rational basis for the application of a range of psychosocial and neuroleptic drug interventions in a variety of treatment settings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drug & psychosocial treatment KW - schizophrenic patients KW - 1989 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Psychosocial Rehabilitation KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1989 DO - 10.3109/09540268909110419 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-20312-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-20250-001 AN - 1990-20250-001 AU - Sudarsky, Lewis AU - Morris, James AU - Romero, Jorge AU - Walshe, Thomas M. T1 - Dementia in Parkinson's disease: The problem of clinicopathological correlation. JF - The Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences JO - The Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences Y1 - 1989///Spr 1989 VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 159 EP - 166 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0895-0172 SN - 1545-7222 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-20250-001. PMID: 2521057 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sudarsky, Lewis; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Neurology, West Roxbury, MA, US. Release Date: 19900801. Correction Date: 20090727. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dementia; Neuroanatomy; Neuropathology; Parkinson's Disease. Minor Descriptor: Behavior; Cognitive Ability. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1989. AB - Presents the cases of 4 Parkinson's disease (PD) patients with advanced dementia. Postmortem examination revealed cell loss in the substantia nigra, with Lewy bodies present, and loss of cells in the basal nucleus of Meynert. A few tangles were observed in the hippocampus, but no senile plaques or neurofibrillary tangles were found in the neocortex. Cases were characterized by disorientation, episodic confusion and hallucinations persisting off medication, disturbed behavior, and the absence of aphasia. The dementia of PD in the absence of coexistent Alzheimer's disease may be the product of a subcortical pathology. Lesions in the basal nucleus of Meynert, locus ceruleus, medial nigra, and ventral tegmental area are considered essential to the syndrome. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuroanatomy & cognitive & behavioral disturbances & dementia as result of subcortical pathology KW - postmortem brains of patients with Parkinson's disease KW - 1989 KW - Dementia KW - Neuroanatomy KW - Neuropathology KW - Parkinson's Disease KW - Behavior KW - Cognitive Ability KW - 1989 DO - 10.1176/jnp.1.2.159 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-20250-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-20216-001 AN - 1990-20216-001 AU - Perconte, Stephen T. AU - Griger, Mary L. AU - Bellucci, Georgette T1 - Psychometric evaluation of biogenic versus psychogenic erectile dysfunction. JF - Annals of Sex Research JO - Annals of Sex Research Y1 - 1989/// VL - 2 IS - 4 SP - 335 EP - 344 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0843-4611 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-20216-001. Other Journal Title: Sexual Abuse: Journal of Research and Treatment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Perconte, Stephen T.; Highland Drive Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19900801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Differential Diagnosis; Erectile Dysfunction; Erection (Penis); Male Genital Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans; Psychometrics. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Analyzed psychological test data, including the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI), SCL-90 (Revised), and the Derogatis Stress Profile (DSP [1984]) from 46 male veterans (mean age 59.7 yrs) who had either psychogenic or biogenic erectile dysfunction. Consistent with previous studies (e.g., H. J. Levenson et al; see record [rid]1987-04536-001[/rid]), there were no significant differences found between the 2 groups on the MMPI profile scores and the selected research scales. However, there were also no differences found on either the SCL-90 (Revised) or the DSP, further questioning the use of objective psychometric instruments in discriminating the etiology of sexual dysfunction. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - objective psychometric instruments KW - discrimination of biogenic vs psychogenic sexual dysfunction KW - veterans with erectile dysfunction KW - 1989 KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Erectile Dysfunction KW - Erection (Penis) KW - Male Genital Disorders KW - Military Veterans KW - Psychometrics KW - 1989 DO - 10.1007/BF00849750 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-20216-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-20128-001 AN - 1990-20128-001 AU - Cummings, Jeffrey L. T1 - Dementia and depression: An evolving enigma. JF - The Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences JO - The Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences Y1 - 1989///Sum 1989 VL - 1 IS - 3 SP - 236 EP - 242 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0895-0172 SN - 1545-7222 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-20128-001. PMID: 2521067 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cummings, Jeffrey L.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brentwood Div Neurobehavior Unit, CA, US. Release Date: 19900801. Correction Date: 20090727. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dementia; Major Depression. Minor Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1989. AB - Summarizes the current status of knowledge regarding the relationship between depression (DP) and dementia (DM) and proposes means for further clarifying this complex affiliation. There are several potential relationships between DP and DM: (1) DM is a syndrome that can be caused by DP, (2) DM and DP may be produced by the same underlying disorder, (3) DM can occur in response to the onset of cognitive impairment, or (4) overlapping DM and DP can lead to the misdiagnosis of a mood disorder. Discussion focuses on the DM syndrome of DP and on the relationships between DP and Alzheimer's disease and vascular DM. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dementia or Alzheimer's disease & depression KW - 1989 KW - Dementia KW - Major Depression KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - 1989 DO - 10.1176/jnp.1.3.236 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-20128-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-19919-001 AN - 1990-19919-001 AU - Ross, Richard J. AU - Ball, William A. AU - Cohen, Michelle E. AU - Silver, Steven M. AU - Morrison, Adrian R. AU - Dinges, David F. T1 - Habituation of the startle reflex in posttraumatic stress disorder. JF - The Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences JO - The Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences Y1 - 1989///Sum 1989 VL - 1 IS - 3 SP - 305 EP - 307 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0895-0172 SN - 1545-7222 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-19919-001. PMID: 2521074 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ross, Richard J.; Philadelphia Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, PA, US. Release Date: 19900801. Correction Date: 20130513. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Eyeblink Reflex; Habituation; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Startle Reflex. Minor Descriptor: Auditory Stimulation; Tactual Stimulation. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1989. AB - Investigated habituation of the eyeblink component of the startle reflex to repeated affectively neutral tactile and auditory stimuli in 9 men with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and 9 healthy male controls. Findings indicate that PTSD Ss habituated normally to repeated presentations of 'startling' stimuli in both modalities. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - repeated affectively neutral tactile & auditory stimuli KW - habituation of eyeblink component of startle reflex KW - male adults with PTSD KW - 1989 KW - Eyeblink Reflex KW - Habituation KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Startle Reflex KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Tactual Stimulation KW - 1989 DO - 10.1176/jnp.1.3.305 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-19919-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-19015-001 AN - 1990-19015-001 AU - Pekala, Ronald J. AU - Kumar, V. K. T1 - Phenomenological patterns of consciousness during hypnosis: Relevance to cognition and individual differences. JF - Australian Journal of Clinical & Experimental Hypnosis JO - Australian Journal of Clinical & Experimental Hypnosis Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 17 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 20 CY - Australia PB - Australian Society of Hypnosis SN - 1839-2563 SN - 0156-0417 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-19015-001. Other Journal Title: Australian Journal of Clinical Hypnotherapy. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pekala, Ronald J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Coatesville, PA, US. Release Date: 19900801. Correction Date: 20170126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Consciousness States; Hypnosis; Hypnotic Susceptibility; Individual Differences. Classification: Consciousness States (2380). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 20. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. AB - Relationships among phenomenological subsystems of consciousness associated with a baseline condition and an hypnotic induction condition were compared across individuals of differing hypnotic susceptibility. Phenomenological experience on 12 subsystems of consciousness was quantified by means of the Phenomenology of Consciousness Inventory and the relationships between dimensions were statistically assessed with data from 376 undergraduates. Results replicated previous findings of R. J. Pekala and V. K. Kumar (see record [rid]1988-12891-001[/rid]) and suggested that hypnosis has differential effects on the reported organization of phenomenological structures of consciousness across Ss of differing susceptibility. Data from the previous and present studies were pooled, and the combined data were reanalyzed. Results provide further support for the differential pattern structure across low and high susceptibles during hypnosis. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hypnotic susceptibility KW - phenomenological subsystems of consciousness during hypnosis KW - college students KW - 1989 KW - Consciousness States KW - Hypnosis KW - Hypnotic Susceptibility KW - Individual Differences KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-19015-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-18150-001 AN - 1990-18150-001 AU - Dawley, Harold H. AU - Williams, Jaynie L. AU - Dawley, Linda T. AU - Fleischer, Barbara T1 - A 12-year comparison of hospitalized veterans' attitudes toward smoking and smoking cessation. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1989/// VL - 24 IS - 10 SP - 941 EP - 949 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-18150-001. PMID: 2621002 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dawley, Harold H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, New Orleans, LA, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19900701. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Attitudes; Hospitalized Patients; Military Veterans; Smoking Cessation; Tobacco Smoking. Minor Descriptor: Drug Usage Attitudes; Interests. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Measured attitudes toward smoking and interest in smoking cessation in 76 male hospitalized veterans. Results were compared with 3 previous administrations of the same instrument over 12 yrs by H. H. Dawley and B. Butler, Dawley et al, and Dawley and C. Wingfield (see PA, Vols 75:30387; 66:7998; and 54:10373; respectively). Significant differences were found in the number of Ss over age 62 yrs, the number of Ss who were unable to quit smoking for more than a week, Ss stating that they need assistance to stop smoking, and Ss indicating that they would participate in treatment to help them stop smoking. The aging veteran patient population seems to contain many patients who are unable to stop smoking on their own and who feel they need assistance to stop smoking. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - attitudes toward smoking & interest in smoking cessation KW - male hospitalized veterans KW - 1974–86 KW - 1989 KW - Client Attitudes KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Military Veterans KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Drug Usage Attitudes KW - Interests KW - 1989 DO - 10.3109/10826088909047321 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-18150-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-18125-001 AN - 1990-18125-001 AU - Foster, Robert AU - Gondolf, Edward W. T1 - From social work to batterer counseling: One man's personal journey. JF - Response to the Victimization of Women & Children JO - Response to the Victimization of Women & Children Y1 - 1989/// VL - 12 IS - 3 SP - 3 EP - 5 CY - US PB - Response, Inc. SN - 0894-7597 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-18125-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Foster, Robert; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Substance Abuse Treatment Unit, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19900701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Battered Females; Counseling; Social Casework; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Feminism; Social Workers. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Describes a social worker's experience in developing a profeminist treatment program for battered women. Implementing this program in the psychiatric facility in which he worked required (1) his acceptance of battering as a social problem, (2) surveying existing programs, (3) participating in conferences, (4) networking with domestic violence workers, and (5) educating professionals in his own department about the nature of battering and its treatment issues. Limitations that traditional social work (SW) training can present to the effective counseling of batterers are discussed, and potential contributions of SW to this area are described. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - development of profeminist counseling & treatment program for battered females KW - social worker KW - 1989 KW - Battered Females KW - Counseling KW - Social Casework KW - Treatment KW - Feminism KW - Social Workers KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-18125-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-18045-001 AN - 1990-18045-001 AU - Ahroni, Jessie H. T1 - A description of the health needs of elderly home care patients with chronic illness. JF - Home Health Care Services Quarterly JO - Home Health Care Services Quarterly JA - Home Health Care Serv Q Y1 - 1989/// VL - 10 IS - 3-4 SP - 77 EP - 92 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0162-1424 SN - 1545-0856 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-18045-001. PMID: 10296840 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ahroni, Jessie H.; Seattle Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, WA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19900701. Correction Date: 20140113. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disorders; Health Care Services; Home Care; Needs. Classification: Home Care & Hospice (3375). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - 28 elderly patients (aged 65–89 yrs) with chronic illness, who had been referred for home health agency service, self-reported their functional status using items from the Barthel Index (Maryland Disability Index). Specific needs emerged for supportive services (e.g., coordinating services). Ss functional status suggested the need for instruction about diet and nutrition, referrals to community groups, help coping with stress or fears, and companionship. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - health service needs KW - 65–89 yr old home care patients with chronic illness KW - 1989 KW - Disorders KW - Health Care Services KW - Home Care KW - Needs KW - 1989 DO - 10.1300/J027v10n03_06 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-18045-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-17932-001 AN - 1990-17932-001 AU - Casey, Daniel E. T1 - Clozapine: Neuroleptic-induced EPS and tardive dyskinesia. JF - Psychopharmacology JO - Psychopharmacology JA - Psychopharmacology (Berl) Y1 - 1989/// VL - 99 IS - Suppl SP - 47 EP - 53 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-3158 SN - 1432-2072 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-17932-001. Other Journal Title: Psychopharmacologia. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Casey, Daniel E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19900701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Scientific Update Meeting: Clozapine (Leponex®/Clozaril®) (1988, Montreux, Switzerland). Major Descriptor: Extrapyramidal Tracts; Neuroleptic Drugs; Side Effects (Drug); Tardive Dyskinesia. Minor Descriptor: Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Reviews the current knowledge about neurological side effects (acute extrapyramidal syndromes [EPSs] and tardive dyskinesia) from clozapine (CLZ). When compared with other antipsychotic neuroleptic drugs, CLZ has a favorable profile on the parameters of motor system side effects and fewer EPSs in acute and chronic therapy. CLZ also has minimal risk of causing tardive dyskinesia. The beneficial effect of CLZ in idiopathic parkinsonian patients may offer insights into why there are minimal acute EPSs with CLZ. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clozapine KW - extrapyramidal syndromes & tardive dyskinesia KW - conference presentation KW - 1989 KW - Extrapyramidal Tracts KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Tardive Dyskinesia KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1989 DO - 10.1007/BF00442559 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-17932-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-17855-001 AN - 1990-17855-001 AU - Peterson, Charles A. AU - Levin, Rebecca AU - Zweig, Richard T1 - The erotized transference: An adaptive point of view. JF - Psychoanalysis & Psychotherapy JO - Psychoanalysis & Psychotherapy Y1 - 1989///Fal-Win 1989 VL - 7 IS - 2 SP - 129 EP - 141 CY - US PB - International Universities Press SN - 1066-9884 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-17855-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Peterson, Charles A.; Veterans Administration Minneapolis Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, MN, US. Release Date: 19900701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Eroticism; Psychotherapeutic Transference. Minor Descriptor: Attempted Suicide; Borderline States; Major Depression; Psychotherapy. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Fal-Win 1989. AB - Two case vignettes abstracted from the difficult psychotherapies of a 28-yr-old male borderline patient and a 35-yr-old depressed and suicidal man suggest the need to rethink the adaptive significance of primitive erotization in transference phenomena, along with its role in the therapist–patient dyad. Despite the usual limit setting and role clarification early on, erotized transferences continued and showed no signs of abatement until object constancy deficits were interpretively addressed along with the more silent, gradual internalization of the therapist as a sustaining, soothing introject. The erotized transference will help some patients emerge from their deadness and aloneness within the secure hold of the ordinary devoted therapist. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - erotized psychotherapeutic transference KW - borderline male 28 yr old & suicidal 35 yr old with major depression KW - 1989 KW - Eroticism KW - Psychotherapeutic Transference KW - Attempted Suicide KW - Borderline States KW - Major Depression KW - Psychotherapy KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-17855-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-17648-001 AN - 1990-17648-001 AU - McGlinchey-Berroth, Regina AU - Milberg, William P. AU - Charness, Neil T1 - Learning of a complex arithmetic skill in dementia: Further evidence for a dissociation between compilation and production. JF - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JO - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JA - Cortex Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 25 IS - 4 SP - 697 EP - 705 CY - Italy PB - Masson Italia SN - 0010-9452 SN - 1973-8102 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-17648-001. PMID: 2612187 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McGlinchey-Berroth, Regina; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, West Roxbury, MA, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Masson SAS. Release Date: 19900701. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Algorithms; Alzheimer's Disease; Amnesia; Digit Span Testing; Mathematical Ability. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - Investigated whether an 82-yr-old male amnesic with Alzheimer's disease could learn the complex skill of mentally squaring 2-digit numbers. The S completed a digit span task, a squaring components task, and a squaring task. Results indicate a dissociation in the S's ability to execute the individual steps of the algorithm (involved in squaring 2-digit numbers), and his ability to combine the steps of the algorithm. Results are discussed in conjunction with findings from N. Charness et al (see record [rid]1989-22781-001[/rid]) and W. P. Milberg et al (see record [rid]1989-16172-001[/rid]) and suggest that skill learning in Alzheimer's disease may be compromised due to an inability to combine individual steps of a procedure. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - digit span & squaring task algorithm solution KW - 82 yr old amnesic male with Alzheimer's disease KW - 1989 KW - Algorithms KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Amnesia KW - Digit Span Testing KW - Mathematical Ability KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/S0010-9452(89)80030-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-17648-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-6078-7066 UR - DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-15444-001 AN - 1990-15444-001 AU - Destounis, Nicholas T1 - Psychological aspects of in vitro fertilization participants. JF - Dynamische Psychiatrie JO - Dynamische Psychiatrie JA - Dyn Psychiatr Y1 - 1988/// VL - 21 IS - 5-6 SP - 404 EP - 412 CY - Germany PB - Pinel-Verlag für Humanistische Psychiatrie und Philosophie SN - 0012-740X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-15444-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Destounis, Nicholas; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Milwaukee, WI, US. Release Date: 19900601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: 6th World Congress of the World Association for Dynamic Psychiatry (1988, Munich, Federal Republic of Germany). Major Descriptor: Emotional Adjustment; Infertility; Reproductive Technology; Spouses. Minor Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Marital Relations. Classification: Behavioral & Psychological Treatment of Physical Illness (3361). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Couples presenting for in vitro fertilization—embryo transfer treatment—showed closer marital relationships, a more conservative approach to life, a higher quality of life, and emotional adjustment and coping comparable to that of a normal population. Questionnaires and interviews were given to 300 couples who were consecutive admissions to an in vitro fertilization treatment program between January 1984 and July 1985. (German abstract) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality style & coping behavior & psychological functioning KW - couples entering in vitro fertilization programs KW - conference presentation KW - 1988 KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - Infertility KW - Reproductive Technology KW - Spouses KW - Coping Behavior KW - Marital Relations KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-15444-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-15427-001 AN - 1990-15427-001 AU - Wirshing, William C. AU - Freidenberg, Donald L. AU - Cummings, Jeffrey L. AU - Bartzokis, George T1 - Effects of anticholinergic agents on patients with tardive dyskinesia and concomitant drug-induced parkinsonism. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology JA - J Clin Psychopharmacol Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 9 IS - 6 SP - 407 EP - 411 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0271-0749 SN - 1533-712X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-15427-001. PMID: 2574192 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wirshing, William C.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brentwood Movement Disorders Lab, CA, US. Release Date: 19900601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Distress; Side Effects (Drug); Tardive Dyskinesia; Tremor; Trihexyphenidyl. Minor Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - A resting hand platform device was used to study the effects of a single dose (4 mg) of trihexyphenidyl hydrochloride (THY) on tardive dyskinesia (TD) and drug-induced parkinsonian disorders (DIPs) in 80 psychiatric patients with both disorders. 50 normal controls served as a comparison group. Data indicate that TD and DIPs commonly co-occur and that acutely administered THY decreases DIP tremors without exacerbating TD. After acute treatment with THY, there is an improvement in subjective motor distress. Electromechanical devices may be needed to reliably detect combinations of TD and DIP. Patients with these 2 disorders may account for some previously noted paradoxical responses to anticholinergic therapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - trihexyphenidyl hydrochloride KW - tremors & motor distress KW - psychiatric patients with tardive dyskinesia & concomitant drug induced parkinsonism KW - 1989 KW - Distress KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Tardive Dyskinesia KW - Tremor KW - Trihexyphenidyl KW - Drug Therapy KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1989 DO - 10.1097/00004714-198912000-00004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-15427-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-15368-001 AN - 1990-15368-001 AU - Garvey, Michael J. AU - Noyes, Russell AU - Cook, Brian AU - Tollefson, Gary T1 - The relationship of panic disorder and its treatment outcome to 24-hour urinary MHPG levels. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1989/10// VL - 30 IS - 1 SP - 53 EP - 61 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-15368-001. PMID: 2594871 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garvey, Michael J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 19900601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alprazolam; Diazepam; Drug Therapy; Norepinephrine Metabolites; Panic Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Agoraphobia; Urine. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1989. AB - Compared levels of 24-hr urinary 3-methoxy-4-hydroxyphenylglycol (MHPG) in 28 patients who met the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) criteria for panic disorder with agoraphobia with those of 47 healthy controls. Patients' levels were not markedly elevated in comparison with those of controls, despite research providing evidence for the involvement of the noradrenergic system in stress reactions in animals and healthy humans (e.g., D. D. Davis et al and S. W. Elwood et al; see PA, Vol 74:6492 and 21137, respectively). There was a weak association between elevated pretreatment levels of MHPG and a positive treatment response to alprazolam or diazepam. Alprazolam and diazepam may differ in their effects on MHPG. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - urinary MHPG KW - response to alprazolam vs diazepam treatment KW - patients with panic disorder with agoraphobia KW - 1989 KW - Alprazolam KW - Diazepam KW - Drug Therapy KW - Norepinephrine Metabolites KW - Panic Disorder KW - Agoraphobia KW - Urine KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(89)90171-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-15368-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-15213-001 AN - 1990-15213-001 AU - Leong, Gregory B. AU - Silva, J. Arturo T1 - Asian American forensic psychiatrists. JF - Psychiatric Annals JO - Psychiatric Annals JA - Psychiatr Ann Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 19 IS - 12 SP - 629 EP - 632 CY - US PB - SLACK SN - 0048-5713 SN - 1938-2456 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-15213-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Leong, Gregory B.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Mental Health Clinic, CA, US. Release Date: 19900601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjudication; Asians; Forensic Psychiatry; Psychiatrists; Sociocultural Factors. Minor Descriptor: Attempted Suicide; Knowledge Level; Mothers; Offspring; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Rites (Nonreligious). Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Forensic Psychology & Legal Issues (4200). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - Examines the challenges Asian American forensic psychiatrists will encounter in their clinical practices and presents a case example of a 32-yr-old Japanese woman who tried to drown herself and her children in a ritual parent–child suicide occasioned by the husband's sexual infidelity. This case highlights that knowledge of a particular culture may influence the psychiatric formulation and ultimately the legal outcome. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cultural knowledge KW - psychiatric formulation & legal outcome of case of 32 yr old Japanese female who attempted ritual parent child suicide KW - Asian American forensic psychiatrists KW - 1989 KW - Adjudication KW - Asians KW - Forensic Psychiatry KW - Psychiatrists KW - Sociocultural Factors KW - Attempted Suicide KW - Knowledge Level KW - Mothers KW - Offspring KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Rites (Nonreligious) KW - 1989 DO - 10.3928/0048-5713-19891201-06 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-15213-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-15198-001 AN - 1990-15198-001 AU - Finney, John W. AU - Moos, Rudolf H. T1 - Theory and method in treatment evaluation. T3 - The theory-driven perspective JF - Evaluation and Program Planning JO - Evaluation and Program Planning JA - Eval Program Plann Y1 - 1989/// VL - 12 IS - 4 SP - 307 EP - 316 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0149-7189 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-15198-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Finney, John W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Social Ecology Lab, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19900601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimentation; Program Evaluation; Theories; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Minor Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Major Depression; Models. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Outlines a conceptual model of evaluation research that has both guided and flowed from research on the process and outcome of treatment for alcohol abuse and for depression. The conceptual model encompasses 3 basic processes: the process of treatment selection, the process of treatment, and the process underlying the onset and course of the disorder or problem being treated. J. W. Finney and R. H. Moos discuss how theories can guide both experimental and naturalistic evaluations, as well as aid in the estimation of treatment effects with either type of design. The role of theory and method are considered in exploring patient-treatment matching. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - conceptual model of program evaluation research based on process & outcome of treatment for alcoholism or depression KW - 1989 KW - Experimentation KW - Program Evaluation KW - Theories KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Major Depression KW - Models KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0149-7189(89)90047-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-15198-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-15175-001 AN - 1990-15175-001 AU - Verma, Narayan P. AU - Nichols, Cynthia D. AU - Greiffenstein, Manfred F. AU - Singh, Rajinder P. AU - Hurst-Gordon, Deborah T1 - Waves earlier than P₃ are more informative in putative subcortical dementias: A study with mapping and neuropsychological techniques. JF - Brain Topography JO - Brain Topography JA - Brain Topogr Y1 - 1989///Spr 1989 VL - 1 IS - 3 SP - 183 EP - 191 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0896-0267 SN - 1573-6792 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-15175-001. PMID: 2641261 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Verma, Narayan P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Allen Park, MI, US. Release Date: 19900601. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dementia; Nervous System Disorders; Neuropsychological Assessment; Stereotaxic Atlas. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1989. AB - Examined 10 patients with dementia with motoric manifestations, 9 nondemented patient controls, and 11 normal controls (mean ages 57.6, 65.0, and 63.5 yrs, respectively), using neurophysiological and neuropsychological techniques. Measures included the Stroop Color and Word Test, the Mattis Dementia Rating Scale (S. Mattis, 1976), and EEG recordings. Waves earlier than P₃ (N₁, P₂, N₂) correlated with global measures of cognitive functions and differentially correlated with the specific measures of mental speed and short-term memory. Abnormalities of these waves may be an electrophysiological marker of dementia in patients with putative subcortical states. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - brain mapping & neuropsychological assessments KW - 46.8–71.3 yr olds with motoric manifestations with vs without dementia KW - 1989 KW - Dementia KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Stereotaxic Atlas KW - 1989 DO - 10.1007/BF01129581 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-15175-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-15106-001 AN - 1990-15106-001 AU - Knight, Robert T. AU - Scabini, Donatella AU - Woods, David L. T1 - Prefrontal cortex gating in auditory transmission in humans. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 504 IS - 2 SP - 338 EP - 342 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-15106-001. PMID: 2598034 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Knight, Robert T.; U California-Davis, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19900601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Cortex; Auditory Evoked Potentials; Brain Damage; Frontal Lobe; Neurophysiology. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - Examined middle-latency auditory evoked potentials (MAEPs) in 13 adult patients with focal lesions in dorsolateral prefrontal cortex (PFCx) and 13 age- and sex-matched controls to determine the role of PFCx in modulation of input to primary auditory cortex. Unilateral prefrontal lesions increased the amplitude of the Pa component of the MAEP beginning at 25–35 msec poststimulus. PFCx seems to exert early inhibitory modulation of input to primary auditory cortex in humans. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - middle latency auditory EPs as measure of input modulation to primary auditory cortex KW - patients with dorsolateral prefrontal cortex damage KW - 1989 KW - Auditory Cortex KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Brain Damage KW - Frontal Lobe KW - Neurophysiology KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(89)91381-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-15106-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-8804-3587 UR - DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-15054-001 AN - 1990-15054-001 AU - Culebras, Antonio AU - Moore, James T. T1 - Magnetic resonance findings in REM sleep behavior disorder. JF - Neurology JO - Neurology Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 39 IS - 11 SP - 1519 EP - 1523 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0028-3878 SN - 1526-632X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-15054-001. PMID: 2812333 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Culebras, Antonio; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Service Sleep Ctr, Syracuse, NY, US. Release Date: 19900601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Computer Assisted Diagnosis; REM Sleep; Sleep Disorders. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1989. AB - Examined the presence of REM sleep behavior disorder (RBD), characterized by bizarre acts during nocturnal sleep, which may lead to physical injuries, in 6 64–74 yr old patients. Ss were believed to suffer from RBD due to lack of muscle atonia shown during REM sleep segments and favorable response to treatment with clonazepam. Magnetic resonance imaging of Ss' brains showed multifocal signal intensity lesions suggestive of lacunar infarcts in periventricular regions (5 Ss) and in dorsal pontomesencephalic areas (3 Ss). RBD may be the result of injury to the midrostral tegmentum nuclei, the tegmentoreticular tracts, or both. The condition can be controlled with clonazepam. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MRI findings KW - 64–74 yr olds with REM sleep behavior disorder KW - 1989 KW - Computer Assisted Diagnosis KW - REM Sleep KW - Sleep Disorders KW - 1989 DO - 10.1212/WNL.39.11.1519 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-15054-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-15043-001 AN - 1990-15043-001 AU - Caligiuri, Michael P. AU - Jeste, Dilip V. AU - Harris, M. Jackuelyn T1 - Instrumental assessment of lingual motor instability in tardive dyskinesia. JF - Neuropsychopharmacology JO - Neuropsychopharmacology JA - Neuropsychopharmacology Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 2 IS - 4 SP - 309 EP - 312 CY - United Kingdom PB - Nature Publishing Group SN - 0893-133X SN - 1740-634X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-15043-001. PMID: 2575388 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Caligiuri, Michael P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19900601. Correction Date: 20100510. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dyskinesia; Physiological Correlates; Psychiatric Patients; Tardive Dyskinesia; Tongue. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - Measured fine tongue instability in 28 adult psychiatric patients (13 with and 15 without tardive dyskinesia [TD]) and 11 normal controls. All TD Ss and 4 non-TD Ss had instability of tongue greater than 2 standard deviations of the normal control mean. The tongue instability correlated with lingual (but not total body) dyskinesia rating and with age in the psychiatric Ss. Spectral analysis of fine tongue position is sensitive to overt as well as subclinical dyskinesia associated with neuroleptic usage. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - fine tongue instability & lingual & body dyskinesia KW - psychiatric patients with vs without dyskinesia KW - 1989 KW - Dyskinesia KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Tardive Dyskinesia KW - Tongue KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0893-133X(89)90036-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-15043-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-14964-001 AN - 1990-14964-001 AU - Oscar-Berman, Marlene AU - Bonner, Robert T. T1 - Nonmatching- (oddity) and delayed nonmatching-to-sample performance in aging, alcoholic, and alcoholic Korsakoff individuals. JF - Psychobiology JO - Psychobiology JA - Psychobiology (Austin, Tex) Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 17 IS - 4 SP - 424 EP - 430 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0889-6313 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-14964-001. Other Journal Title: Physiological Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Oscar-Berman, Marlene; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MA, US. Release Date: 19900601. Correction Date: 20100104. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Korsakoffs Psychosis; Memory; Selective Attention; Visual Perception. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - Measures of visual processing time, selective attention, and memory were obtained in 59 normal and alcoholic male research Ss (including 13 with alcoholic Korsakoff's syndrome), 35–71 yrs old. Performance was measured in nonmatching-to-sample and delayed nonmatching-to-sample tasks that required Ss to identify the odd stimulus in a 3-stimulus array. The sample stimulus varied in complexity, exposure duration, and interval between sample offset and response opportunity. For all groups, simple sample stimuli were easier than compounds, as were stimuli that were available for long durations and with short interstimulus delays. Duration of the sample's exposure and the delay between sample and response choice were the variables that best differentiated among the groups. The age-group differences were exaggerated in the alcoholics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual processing time & selective attention & memory in nonmatching & delayed nonmatching to sample performance KW - alcoholic 35–71 yr old males with vs without Korsakoff's syndrome KW - 1989 KW - Alcoholism KW - Korsakoffs Psychosis KW - Memory KW - Selective Attention KW - Visual Perception KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-14964-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-14923-001 AN - 1990-14923-001 AU - McCormick, Richard A. AU - Taber, Julian I. AU - Kruedelbach, Norman T1 - The relationship between attributional style and post-traumatic stress disorder in addicted patients. JF - Journal of Traumatic Stress JO - Journal of Traumatic Stress JA - J Trauma Stress Y1 - 1989/10// VL - 2 IS - 4 SP - 477 EP - 487 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0894-9867 SN - 1573-6598 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-14923-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McCormick, Richard A.; Cleveland Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, OH, US. Release Date: 19900601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Attribution; Learned Helplessness; Pathological Gambling; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1989. AB - Administered the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI), the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory, and the Attribution Style Questionnaire to 99 male veterans seeking treatment for alchohol dependence and/or pathological gambling. Significant relationships were found between learned helplessness attributional style and a variety of measures of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Also replicated were earlier reports (J. I. Taber et al; see record [rid]1988-14187-001[/rid]) of a relationship between co-addiction (alcohol and gambling) and symptoms of PTSD. The usefulness of learned helplessness theory in explaining PTSD and devising treatments for portions of the disorder is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - learned helplessness attributional style KW - PTSD KW - male veterans in treatment for alcohol dependence &/or pathological gambling KW - 1989 KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Attribution KW - Learned Helplessness KW - Pathological Gambling KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Military Veterans KW - 1989 DO - 10.1002/jts.2490020410 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-14923-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-14892-001 AN - 1990-14892-001 AU - Yehuda, Rachel AU - Southwick, Steven M. AU - Edell, William S. AU - Giller, Earl L. T1 - Low platelet monoamine oxidase activity in borderline personality disorder. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 30 IS - 3 SP - 265 EP - 273 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-14892-001. PMID: 2616692 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Yehuda, Rachel; West Haven Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CT, US. Release Date: 19900601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blood Platelets; Borderline States; Monoamine Oxidases; Personality Disorders. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - Platelet monoamine oxidase (MAO) activity was significantly lower in 15 nonpsychotic, nonorganic, unmedicated male inpatients with borderline personality disorder (BPD) than in 14 nonpsychiatric males (all Ss aged 18–55 yrs). Ss with BPD who also met criteria for antisocial personality disorder had significantly lower MAO activity than Ss with BPD alone. Findings suggest a possible underlying biological component to BPD that provides further evidence of BPD as a syndrome distinguishable from major depressive disorder. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - platelet MAO activity KW - 18–55 yr old males with borderline personality disorder KW - 1989 KW - Blood Platelets KW - Borderline States KW - Monoamine Oxidases KW - Personality Disorders KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(89)90018-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-14892-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-14866-001 AN - 1990-14866-001 AU - Schwartz, Barry D. AU - Satter, Elizabeth K. AU - O'Neill, Patrick T. AU - Winstead, Daniel K. T1 - Differential visual information processing between schizophrenics and other psychiatric populations. JF - Schizophrenia Research JO - Schizophrenia Research JA - Schizophr Res Y1 - 1989/07//Jul-Oct, 1989 VL - 2 IS - 4-5 SP - 325 EP - 331 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0920-9964 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-14866-001. PMID: 2487173 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schwartz, Barry D.; Veterans Administration Medical Hosp, New Orleans, LA, US. Release Date: 19900601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Major Depression; Schizophrenia; Visual Perception. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul-Oct, 1989. AB - Evaluated the functioning of transient and sustained visual channels among 19 chronic schizophrenic (CSZ), 13 depressed, and 6 schizoaffective inpatients, and 11 age-matched controls (aged 18–40 yrs). A forced-choice, 2-pulse detection task helped determine the time that Ss required to detect a variable interstimulus interval (ISI) separating a 2 pulse vs a single pulse grating. Threshold ISI served as the index of visible persistence. Besides a significant main effect for diagnosis, position, and spatial frequency, a spatial frequency by diagnosis interaction and position by diagnosis effect were observed. CSZs showed an early general deficit in processing sequentially presented visual information. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - functional status of transient vs sustained visual channels in pulse detection task KW - schizophrenic vs depressed vs schizoaffective 18–40 yr olds KW - 1989 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Major Depression KW - Schizophrenia KW - Visual Perception KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0920-9964(89)90023-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-14866-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-14849-001 AN - 1990-14849-001 AU - Pitman, Roger K. AU - Jenike, Michael A. T1 - Normal and disordered compulsivity: Evidence against a continuum. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 50 IS - 12 SP - 450 EP - 452 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-14849-001. PMID: 2600062 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pitman, Roger K.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Manchester, NH, US. Release Date: 19900601. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Measurement; Obsessive Compulsive Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Subtests. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - Tested 16 patients with obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD) and 16 mentally healthy matched controls with the Obsessive-Compulsive subscale of the Comprehensive Psychiatric Rating Scale, an obsessive-compulsive inventory, and the Obsessive subscale of the personality inventory proposed by A. Lazare et al (1966, 1970). An interviewer also rated each S as positive or negative for each of the 5 Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) elements of compulsive personality disorder. Ss scored significantly higher than controls on all measures except the Obsessive subscale of the personality inventory, on which the controls actually scored slightly higher. The failure of this last instrument to differentiate the groups can be interpreted as evidence against a continuum between a certain type of supposed normal personality pattern (obsessive or compulsive) and a corresponding psychopathologic state (OCD). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - performance on measure of obsessive compulsiveness KW - patients with obsessive compulsive disorder KW - 1989 KW - Measurement KW - Obsessive Compulsive Disorder KW - Subtests KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-14849-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-14756-001 AN - 1990-14756-001 AU - Caligiuri, Michael P. AU - Bracha, H. Stefan AU - Lohr, James B. T1 - Asymmetry of neuroleptic-induced rigidity: Development of quantitative methods and clinical correlates. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 30 IS - 3 SP - 275 EP - 284 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-14756-001. PMID: 2575771 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Caligiuri, Michael P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Motor Function Lab, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19900601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Lateral Dominance; Muscle Contractions; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Neuroleptic Drugs; Parkinson's Disease. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - Evaluated a quantitative procedure for measuring muscle rigidity (MSR), and tested the hypothesis that neuroleptic-induced parkinsonism is characterized by unilateral symptoms that lateralize more to the right than to the left side. MSR was assessed in 26 medicated, right-handed schizophrenic or schizoaffective patients (SPs) and 14 controls. 65% of the SPs exhibited pathological rigidity; 76% of these SPs exhibited asymmetric rigidity, while the remaining 24% exhibited bilateral symptoms. Newly treated SPs exhibited a greater laterality of rigidity toward the right side compared with SPs who were on stable treatment regimens for at least 3 mo. Data support the sensitivity of a quantitative approach to subclinical levels of MSR and asymmetrics. Parkinsonian asymmetry may reflect a lower responsivity of right striatal structures to dopamine blockers in some SPs. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prevalence & laterality of muscle rigidity KW - medicated schizophrenic or schizoaffective patients KW - implications for neuroleptic induced parkinsonism KW - 1989 KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Muscle Contractions KW - Schizophrenia KW - Affective Disorders KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Parkinson's Disease KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(89)90019-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-14756-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-14751-001 AN - 1990-14751-001 AU - Bracha, H. Stefan T1 - Is there a right hemi-hyper-dopaminergic psychosis? JF - Schizophrenia Research JO - Schizophrenia Research JA - Schizophr Res Y1 - 1989/07//Jul-Oct, 1989 VL - 2 IS - 4-5 SP - 317 EP - 324 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0920-9964 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-14751-001. PMID: 2487172 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bracha, H. Stefan; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Psychiatry Service, Neuropsychiatric Special Evaluation Unit, North Little Rock, AR, US. Release Date: 19900601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dopamine; Literature Review; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Lateral Dominance. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul-Oct, 1989. AB - Reviews research to argue that a small subgroup among patients meeting criteria from the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-III—Revised (DSM-III—R) for schizophrenia appears to have an underlying right striatal hyperdopaminergia. The subgroup is distinguished by a group of objective signs including (1) asymmetric, usually right-sided, neuroleptic induced parkinsonian side effects; (2) asymmetric, usually left-sided, tardive dyskinesia; (3) a subclinical tendency to turn toward the left; (4) a subclinical right hemispace sensory neglect; and (5) dopamine receptor densities greater in the right striatum than in the left. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - underlying right striatal hyperdopaminergia KW - schizophrenic patients KW - literature review KW - 1989 KW - Dopamine KW - Literature Review KW - Schizophrenia KW - Lateral Dominance KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0920-9964(89)90022-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-14751-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-14205-001 AN - 1990-14205-001 AU - Kastin, Abba J. AU - Schwartzenburg, Debra AU - Tsui, Lori AU - Miller, Lawrence G. AU - Olson, Gayle A. AU - Olson, Richard D. T1 - Differential effects of Tyr-MIF-1 and naloxone in two animal models involving benzodiazepine. JF - Brain Research Bulletin JO - Brain Research Bulletin JA - Brain Res Bull Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 23 IS - 6 SP - 443 EP - 446 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0361-9230 SN - 1873-2747 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-14205-001. PMID: 2575442 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kastin, Abba J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, New Orleans, LA, US. Release Date: 19900601. Correction Date: 20170116. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Benzodiazepines; Chlordiazepoxide; Drug Interactions; Naloxone; Peptides. Minor Descriptor: Activity Level; Animal Models; Food Intake; Mice; Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - Examined the effects of the endogenous brain peptide Tyr-MIF-1 (Tyr-Pro-Leu-Gly-NH₂) in 2 models in which the antiopiate naloxone has been reported to decrease the activity of benzodiazepines (M. Sansone and J. Vetulani and P. Soubrie et al; see PA, Vols 76:28966 and 66:3213, respectively). Tyr-MIF-1 can act as an antiopiate and can also increase binding and function at the GABAA/benzodiazepine receptor complex. Unlike naloxone, Tyr-MIF-1 and MIF-1 neither prevented chlordiazepoxide-induced locomotor hyperactivity in male albino mice on a tilting floor nor suppressed chlordiazepoxide-induced eating in male albino rats. Tyr-MIF-1 did not act as an antiopiate or alter the effects of a benzodiazepine, indicating a selectivity in the actions of Tyr-MIF-1. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - naloxone vs Tyr-MIF-1 vs MIF-1 KW - chlordiazepoxide induced locomotor hyperactivity & eating & action as antiopiate & interaction with benzodiazepines KW - animal models using mice & rats KW - 1989 KW - Benzodiazepines KW - Chlordiazepoxide KW - Drug Interactions KW - Naloxone KW - Peptides KW - Activity Level KW - Animal Models KW - Food Intake KW - Mice KW - Rats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0361-9230(89)90187-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-14205-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-14143-001 AN - 1990-14143-001 AU - Belknap, J. K. T1 - Components of the opioid withdrawal syndrome in mice are thermoregulatory responses. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1989/10// VL - 34 IS - 2 SP - 241 EP - 245 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-14143-001. PMID: 2622979 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Belknap, J. K.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19900601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Environments; Body Temperature; Drug Withdrawal; Morphine. Minor Descriptor: Drug Dependency; Mice. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1989. AB - In Exp 1, core body temperatures were monitored for 8 male mice who were dependent on morphine (MOR) through ad lib access to a MOR-saccharin drinking fluid. Consistent hyperthermia (HET) was present throughout intoxication, followed by hypothermia (HOT) after withdrawal syndrome was precipitated by naloxone challenge at 22.5°C. HOT was blocked by exposing Ss to a 34.5°C ambient temperature. In Exp 2, Ss were given the same fluid and a choice between 2 interconnected home cages (23° vs 35°C). A marked preference for the 35°C cage during intoxication (with MOR-enhanced HET) declined to control levels after withdrawal. HOT may thus be both a consequence and a contributor to the opioid withdrawal syndrome. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - core body temperature & cage temperature preference during withdrawal KW - morphine dependent male mice KW - 1989 KW - Animal Environments KW - Body Temperature KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Morphine KW - Drug Dependency KW - Mice KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(89)90306-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-14143-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-14054-001 AN - 1990-14054-001 AU - Perlman, Adrienne L. AU - Luschei, Erich S. AU - du Mond, Charles E. T1 - Electrical activity from the superior pharyngeal constrictor during reflexive and nonreflexive tasks. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JA - J Speech Hear Res Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 32 IS - 4 SP - 749 EP - 754 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Assn SN - 0022-4685 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-14054-001. PMID: 2601306 Other Journal Title: Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Perlman, Adrienne L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Audiology/Speech Pathology Service, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 19900601. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electromyography; Muscle Contractions; Pharynx. Minor Descriptor: Reflexes. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - Bipolar hooked wire electrodes were inserted in the superior pharyngeal constrictor muscle of 15 healthy Ss (aged 23–47 yrs). Ss were given reflexive tasks, voluntary tasks requiring phonation, and nonspeech voluntary tasks. The electromyogram (EMG) was rectified and integrated. The largest values were recorded in the lateral-superior placement, followed by the lateral-inferior, medial-inferior, and medial-superior. The superior pharyngeal constrictor was activated primarily during reflexive activity. Swallowing may be a likely exercise for dysphagia due to weak pharyngeal constrictor function. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EMG from superior pharyngeal constrictor during reflexive & nonreflexive tasks KW - 23–47 yr olds KW - 1989 KW - Electromyography KW - Muscle Contractions KW - Pharynx KW - Reflexes KW - 1989 DO - 10.1044/jshr.3204.749 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-14054-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-14042-001 AN - 1990-14042-001 AU - Fowler, Cynthia G. T1 - The bifrequency binaural interaction component of the auditory brainstem response. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JA - J Speech Hear Res Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 32 IS - 4 SP - 767 EP - 772 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Assn SN - 0022-4685 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-14042-001. PMID: 2601308 Other Journal Title: Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fowler, Cynthia G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Long Beach, CA, US. Release Date: 19900601. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Evoked Potentials; Brain Stem; Stimulus Frequency. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - Investigated the binaural interaction component of the auditory brain-stem response (ABR) in 10 Ss (aged 20–33 yrs). Stimulus conditions included 1000-Hz tone pips to both ears, 3000-Hz tone pips to both ears, and 1000-Hz tone pips to the left ear and 3000-Hz tone pips to the right ear. Bifrequency binaural stimuli produced a binaural interaction component in the ABR. This finding was consistent with psychoacoustic data that indicate a fused image can be formed with disparate stimuli between ears. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - same vs different stimulus frequencies KW - binaural interaction component of auditory brain stem responses KW - 20–33 yr olds KW - 1989 KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Brain Stem KW - Stimulus Frequency KW - 1989 DO - 10.1044/jshr.3204.767 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-14042-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-13947-001 AN - 1990-13947-001 AU - Clarke, Rex L. AU - Smith, Robert F. AU - Justesen, Don R. T1 - A detector of sonic and ultrasonic vocalizations with frequency readout. JF - Behavior Research Methods, Instruments & Computers JO - Behavior Research Methods, Instruments & Computers JA - Behav Res Methods Instrum Comput Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 21 IS - 6 SP - 603 EP - 607 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0743-3808 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-13947-001. Other Journal Title: Behavior Research Methods; Behavior Research Methods & Instrumentation. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Clarke, Rex L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Behavioral Radiology Research Labs, Kansas City, MO, US. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19900601. Correction Date: 20110314. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Vocalizations; Apparatus; Experimentation; Pitch (Frequency). Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - Describes an electronic apparatus that detects rat vocalizations between 4 and 50 kHz and provides frequency readout. Noise may be blocked out by inhibiting the device's response to all signals lower than those associated with a selectable cutoff frequency. In preliminary tests, vocal signals of 2 male rats were recorded while they received brief, intermittent, faradic footshocks. All recorded vocalizations occurred at frequencies below 26 kHz. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - electronic apparatus for detection of sonic & ultrasonic vocalizations with frequency display KW - rats KW - 1989 KW - Animal Vocalizations KW - Apparatus KW - Experimentation KW - Pitch (Frequency) KW - Rats KW - 1989 DO - 10.3758/BF03210583 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-13947-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-13228-001 AN - 1990-13228-001 AU - Woody, George E. T1 - From theory to practice: The planned treatment of drug users. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1989/// VL - 24 IS - 7 SP - 675 EP - 706 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-13228-001. PMID: 2557287 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Woody, George E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Drug Abuse Unit, Philadelphia, PA, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19900501. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Rehabilitation. Minor Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Etiology. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 32. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Presents an interview conducted by Stanley Einstein with George Woody. Woody's position on the following is discussed: why people start and continue using drugs; factors, issues, and processes to consider to facilitate access to available planned treatment for the drug user; and who is/should be the focus of the intake-diagnostic assessment in a model treatment program. Short- and long-term treatment goals are also addressed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - interview with G. Woody on etiology & treatment of drug abuse KW - 1989 KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Drug Abuse KW - Etiology KW - 1989 DO - 10.3109/10826088909047306 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-13228-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-13221-001 AN - 1990-13221-001 AU - Robyak, James E. AU - Byers, Patricia H. AU - Prange, Mark E. T1 - Patterns of alcohol abuse among Black and White alcoholics. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1989/// VL - 24 IS - 7 SP - 715 EP - 724 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-13221-001. PMID: 2599687 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Robyak, James E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Bay Pines, FL, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19900501. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcohol Rehabilitation; Blacks; Whites. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Compared the drinking practices of 78 Black and 78 White, male, hospitalized alcoholics. The Alcohol Use Inventory (K. Wanberg et al; see record [rid]1978-02433-001[/rid]) was used to assess normal and deviant drinking practices. Whites reported greater daily consumption of alcohol, a tendency to perceive alcohol as a means of relieving psychological distress, and a greater level of psychological distress as a consequence of alcohol abuse than Blacks; Blacks reported a tendency to perceive alcohol as a means to improve mental functioning and to experience more serious psychoperceptual withdrawal symptoms than Whites. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcohol drinking practices KW - hospitalized alcoholic Black vs White males KW - 1989 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Blacks KW - Whites KW - Alcoholism KW - 1989 DO - 10.3109/10826088909047308 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-13221-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-13216-001 AN - 1990-13216-001 AU - Maany, Iradj AU - Dhopesh, Vasant AU - Arndt, Isabelle O. AU - Burke, William AU - Woody, George AU - O'Brien, Charles P. T1 - Increase in desipramine serum levels associated with methadone treatment. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 146 IS - 12 SP - 1611 EP - 1613 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-13216-001. PMID: 2486749 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Maany, Iradj; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Philadelphia, PA, US. Release Date: 19900501. Correction Date: 20130513. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cocaine; Desipramine; Drug Interactions; Drug Therapy; Methadone Maintenance. Minor Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Military Veterans. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - Studied methadone–desipramine interactions in 5 male veterans undergoing methadone treatment for cocaine abuse. Each S had 3 blood samples taken while stabilized on desipramine and 3 samples while stabilized on the combination of methadone and desipramine. Serum levels of desipramine in all Ss were higher when receiving both desipramine and methadone at standard doses than when receiving desipramine alone. The average increase was 108%. Monitoring of plasma levels may be helpful when prescribing desipramine for patients in methadone treatment programs. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - methadone desipramine interaction KW - male veterans undergoing methadone treatment for cocaine abuse KW - 1989 KW - Cocaine KW - Desipramine KW - Drug Interactions KW - Drug Therapy KW - Methadone Maintenance KW - Drug Abuse KW - Military Veterans KW - 1989 DO - 10.1176/ajp.146.12.1611 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-13216-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-13207-001 AN - 1990-13207-001 AU - Gorelick, David A. AU - Wilkins, Jeffery N. AU - Wong, Carl T1 - Outpatient treatment of PCP abusers. JF - The American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse JO - The American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse JA - Am J Drug Alcohol Abuse Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 367 EP - 374 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0095-2990 SN - 1097-9891 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-13207-001. PMID: 2596441 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gorelick, David A.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brentwood Div, Alcohol & Drug Treatment Program, CA, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19900501. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Drug Rehabilitation; Outpatient Treatment; Phencyclidine. Classification: Outpatient Services (3371). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - Studied 37 male phencyclidine (PCP) abusers (aged 22–62 yrs) who attended at least 1 outpatient session at a Veterans Administration medical center. All Ss reported psychological dependence on PCP (i.e., liking PCP use and having difficulty stopping despite adverse consequences), while none reported a physiological withdrawal syndrome when stopping PCP use. Ss stayed in treatment an average of 21 wks (range 1–255 wks), attending an average of 68% of the group meetings. Four Ss achieved at least 1 yr of abstinence, 10 transferred to residential treatment or to a community recovery home, 16 dropped out of treatment, and 2 were jailed for PCP-related offenses. Age was the only S characteristic that significantly predicted length of stay. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - outpatient treatment outcomes KW - PCP abusing 22–62 yr olds KW - 1989 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Outpatient Treatment KW - Phencyclidine KW - 1989 DO - 10.3109/00952998908992797 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-13207-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-13201-001 AN - 1990-13201-001 AU - Carmody, Timothy P. T1 - Affect regulation, nicotine addiction, and smoking cessation. JF - Journal of Psychoactive Drugs JO - Journal of Psychoactive Drugs JA - J Psychoactive Drugs Y1 - 1989/07//Jul-Sep, 1989 VL - 21 IS - 3 SP - 331 EP - 342 CY - US PB - Haight-Ashbury Publications SN - 0279-1072 SN - 2159-9777 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-13201-001. PMID: 2681631 Other Journal Title: Journal of Psychedelic Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carmody, Timothy P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, San Francisco, CA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19900501. Correction Date: 20121001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Addiction; Emotional Control; Nicotine; Smoking Cessation; Tobacco Smoking. Minor Descriptor: Emotional Regulation. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Jul-Sep, 1989. AB - Examines affect regulation (i.e., the attempt to alleviate negative mood states with pharmacologic-, cognitive-, behavioral-, or environmental-change methods) in relation to (1) the initiation, development, and maintenance of cigarette smoking; (2) the process of smoking cessation (SC); and (3) the long-term maintenance of smoking abstinence vs relapse. Psychosocial factors and physiological mechanisms are explored that may be links between negative mood states, nicotine addiction, and SC. Implications for SC treatment are discussed in the areas of (1) the use of pharmacologic agents for the reduction of nicotine withdrawal symptoms, (2) nicotine replacement therapy, and (3) skills-training approaches to SC and relapse prevention. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - affect regulation & nicotine addiction & smoking initiation & cessation & relapse KW - 1989 KW - Drug Addiction KW - Emotional Control KW - Nicotine KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Emotional Regulation KW - 1989 DO - 10.1080/02791072.1989.10472175 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-13201-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-12851-001 AN - 1990-12851-001 AU - Erickson, Richard C. T1 - Psychotherapy as a moral enterprise. JF - Pastoral Psychology JO - Pastoral Psychology JA - Pastoral Psychol Y1 - 1989///Fal 1989 VL - 38 IS - 1 SP - 25 EP - 33 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0031-2789 SN - 1573-6679 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-12851-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Erickson, Richard C.; Brockton Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MA, US. Release Date: 19900501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Morality; Psychotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Professional Ethics; Psychotherapy Training. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310); Professional Ethics & Standards & Liability (3450). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1989. AB - Discusses the notion of morality as it relates to the psychotherapeutic task and enumerates ways in which the practice of psychotherapy can confuse the sense of morality. Psychotherapy can blur moral distinctions in the areas of shared social assumptions, use of the medical model, and the process of therapy. Suggestions for how psychotherapy can be undertaken as a moral enterprise are included. Implications for training and practice include the teaching of values in training, the problem of confidentiality, and the question of goals in therapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychotherapy & morality KW - implications for training & practice KW - 1989 KW - Morality KW - Psychotherapy KW - Professional Ethics KW - Psychotherapy Training KW - 1989 DO - 10.1007/BF01040944 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-12851-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-12732-001 AN - 1990-12732-001 AU - McLaughlin, Thomas J. AU - Koff, Raymond S. T1 - Feedback EEG in the detection of subclinical hepatic encephalopathy: A preliminary report. JF - International Journal of Psychophysiology JO - International Journal of Psychophysiology JA - Int J Psychophysiol Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 8 IS - 2 SP - 137 EP - 143 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0167-8760 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-12732-001. PMID: 2584089 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McLaughlin, Thomas J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Service, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19900501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Electroencephalography; Encephalopathies; Evoked Potentials; Liver Disorders. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1989. AB - Used feedback EEG to detect and quantify differences in cortical arousal in 5 cirrhotic male alcoholic patients and 5 normal age-matched controls. Cirrhotic patients could be discriminated from normal controls by baseline (80% detection) and feedback stimulation conditions (100% detection). In addition, feedback EEG reactivity (cortical arousal) was inversely correlated with a trail-making test performance. Clinical application of the feedback method in other metabolic encephalopathies, as well as in hypoaroused states secondary to, for example, narcolepsy, is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EEG reactivity & cortical arousal in trailmaking test KW - male alcoholic patients with subclinical hepatic encephalopathy KW - 1989 KW - Alcoholism KW - Electroencephalography KW - Encephalopathies KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Liver Disorders KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0167-8760(89)90003-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-12732-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-12715-001 AN - 1990-12715-001 AU - Kupke, Thomas AU - Lewis, Ronald T1 - Relative influence of subject variables and neurological parameters on neuropsychological performance of adult seizure patients. JF - Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology JO - Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology JA - Arch Clin Neuropsychol Y1 - 1989/// VL - 4 IS - 4 SP - 351 EP - 363 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0887-6177 SN - 1873-5843 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-12715-001. PMID: 14591131 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kupke, Thomas; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Hampton, VA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19900501. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Demographic Characteristics; Epilepsy; Neurology; Neuropsychological Assessment. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Investigated the influence of demographic characteristics and neurological variables on the subtests of a modified version of the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery, using 250 adult epileptics. Analyses indicated that test performance was significantly related to both sets of predictor variables, although the magnitudes of relationship were highest for demographic variables. A 2nd set of regression analyses showed that 1 or more S characteristics plus 1 or more neurological variables accounted for a significant amount of test variance for almost all measures studied. Education was the most potent predictor of test status. Data support the need for test norms that are adjusted to nonneurological S attributes. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - demographic characteristics & neurological variables KW - neuropsychological performance KW - epileptic adults KW - 1989 KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - Epilepsy KW - Neurology KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0887-6177(89)90025-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-12715-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-12678-001 AN - 1990-12678-001 AU - Dicker, Barbara G. T1 - Preinjury behavior and recovery after a minor head injury: A review of the literature. JF - The Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilitation JO - The Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilitation JA - J Head Trauma Rehabil Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 4 IS - 4 SP - 73 EP - 81 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0885-9701 SN - 1550-509X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-12678-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dicker, Barbara G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19900501. Correction Date: 20091026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimental Design; Experimentation; Head Injuries; Recovery (Disorders). Minor Descriptor: Experimental Subjects; Patient History; Prognosis. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - Reviews 3 problem areas related to research design in studies of minor head injury: choice of appropriate populations, measurement of preinjury descriptors, and measurement of postinjury outcomes. Limitations in research design are also discussed for psychosocial factors, alcohol use, prior head trauma, standardized tests, return to work, symptom checklist, and timing of follow-up. A proposed methodology for evaluating recovery includes the use of (1) multiple friend controls coupled with a matching protocol and (2) standardized tests at standardized times. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - choice of population preinjury factors & postinjury outcome & other factors KW - research design in studies of recovery following minor head injury KW - 1989 KW - Experimental Design KW - Experimentation KW - Head Injuries KW - Recovery (Disorders) KW - Experimental Subjects KW - Patient History KW - Prognosis KW - 1989 DO - 10.1097/00001199-198912000-00012 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-12678-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-12660-001 AN - 1990-12660-001 AU - Benedet, Maria-Jesus AU - Goodglass, Harold T1 - Body image and comprehension of body part names. JF - Journal of Psycholinguistic Research JO - Journal of Psycholinguistic Research JA - J Psycholinguist Res Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 18 IS - 5 SP - 485 EP - 496 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0090-6905 SN - 1573-6555 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-12660-001. PMID: 2480448 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Benedet, Maria-Jesus; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, MA, US. Release Date: 19900501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anatomy; Aphasia; Body Awareness; Listening Comprehension; Names. Minor Descriptor: Brain Damage. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1989. AB - Examined the relation between awareness of body topology and auditory comprehension of body part names in 22 brain-damaged aphasic Ss (aged 54–75 yrs). Two nonverbal tasks (human figure drawing and placement of individual body parts in relation to a drawn face) were compared with 2 auditory tests of body part comprehension. The 2 nonverbal and the 2 verbal tasks were closely correlated with each other, but there was no relation involving either of the verbal tests with either of the nonverbal tests. Selection errors in the auditory comprehension tasks were predominantly semantically based and equally distributed between functionally analogous parts and parts related by location on the body. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - awareness of body topology KW - auditory comprehension of body part names KW - brain damaged aphasic 54–75 yr olds KW - 1989 KW - Anatomy KW - Aphasia KW - Body Awareness KW - Listening Comprehension KW - Names KW - Brain Damage KW - 1989 DO - 10.1007/BF01067312 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-12660-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-12597-001 AN - 1990-12597-001 AU - Malow, Robert M. AU - West, Jeffrey A. AU - Williams, Jayne L. AU - Sutker, Patricia B. T1 - Personality disorders classification and symptoms in cocaine and opioid addicts. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 57 IS - 6 SP - 765 EP - 767 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-12597-001. PMID: 2600247 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Malow, Robert M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, New Orleans, LA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19900501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cocaine; Drug Addiction; Opiates; Personality Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Symptoms. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: May 22, 1989; Revised Date: Apr 4, 1989; First Submitted Date: Nov 23, 1988. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - The extent to which personality disorders (PDs) and associated symptom criteria were found among 117 cocaine- and opioid-dependent men selected from 350 consecutive inpatient admissions to a Veterans Administration Drug Dependence Treatment Unit over a 30-month period was examined using structured interview methodology. Drug groups were distinguished by higher rates of antisocial and borderline symptomatology rather than by features associated with other PDs. Cocaine users showed lower rates of borderline and adult antisocial features and reported less subjective distress than opioid addicts, and different constellations of target problem features emerged for the two groups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality disorders & symptoms KW - cocaine vs opioid dependent males KW - 1989 KW - Cocaine KW - Drug Addiction KW - Opiates KW - Personality Disorders KW - Symptoms KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.57.6.765 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-12597-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-12483-001 AN - 1990-12483-001 AU - Swindle, Ralph W. AU - Cronkite, Ruth C. AU - Moos, Rudolf H. T1 - Life stressors, social resources, coping, and the 4-year course of unipolar depression. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 98 IS - 4 SP - 468 EP - 477 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-12483-001. PMID: 2592682 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Swindle, Ralph W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Psychology Service, Social Ecology Lab, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19900501. Correction Date: 20091109. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Coping Behavior; Major Depression; Psychosocial Factors; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Longitudinal Studies. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jun 30, 1989; Revised Date: Jun 21, 1989; First Submitted Date: Feb 3, 1989. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Little is known about the effects of psychosocial factors on the long-term course of unipolar depression. This article examines the 4-year stability and change in life stressors, social resources, and coping, and their effect on the course of treated unipolar depression among 352 men and women. Depressed patients were assessed at treatment intake and at 1-year and 4-year follow-ups. Over the 4 years, patients improved in symptom outcomes, the quality of social resources, and coping responses; there were some declines in life stressors. Life stressors, social resources, and coping were related to patient functioning concurrently, after controlling for demographics, initial treatment, and initial dysfunction severity. Preintake medical conditions and family conflict consistently predicted poorer long-term outcomes. The findings imply that medical conditions and family conflict are important risk factors that predict poorer long-term outcome of depression. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - life stress & social resources & coping risk factors KW - course & outcome KW - depressed patients KW - 4 yr study KW - 1989 KW - At Risk Populations KW - Coping Behavior KW - Major Depression KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - Stress KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/0021-843X.98.4.468 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-12483-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-12414-001 AN - 1990-12414-001 AU - Kolb, Lawrence C. T1 - Chronic Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder: Implications of recent epidemiological and neuropsychological studies. JF - Psychological Medicine JO - Psychological Medicine JA - Psychol Med Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 19 IS - 4 SP - 821 EP - 824 CY - United Kingdom PB - Cambridge University Press SN - 0033-2917 SN - 1469-8978 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-12414-001. PMID: 2687915 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kolb, Lawrence C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Albany, NY, US. Release Date: 19900501. Correction Date: 20120611. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans; Screening. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1989. AB - Reviews the literature on posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and asserts that many cases, in civil life as well as among military veterans, go unrecognized by the medical and psychiatric communities. The importance of recognizing PTSD is stressed, as treatment may prevent psychosocial impairments such as alcoholism, divorce, suicide, violence, and difficulty in holding employment. Routine screening for violent and/or life threatening experiences in psychiatric diagnostic interviews is suggested. Clinical symptomatology is described in terms of identifying PTSD sufferers. The notion of predisposition for PTSD is also discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - recognition & screening & prevalence of PTSD KW - civilians & military veterans KW - 1989 KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Military Veterans KW - Screening KW - 1989 DO - 10.1017/S0033291700005523 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-12414-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-12386-001 AN - 1990-12386-001 AU - Garte, Sumner H. T1 - Sexuality and intimacy in Vietnam veterans with post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). JF - Psychotherapy in Private Practice JO - Psychotherapy in Private Practice Y1 - 1989/// VL - 7 IS - 2 SP - 103 EP - 112 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0731-7158 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-12386-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Psychotherapy in Independent Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garte, Sumner H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, North Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 19900501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intimacy; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Sexuality. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Hypothesized that Vietnam veterans with PTSD, having been unsuccessful in mastering earlier Eriksonian stages of psychosocial development (identity versus role confusion) manifested by problems in career maturity, would likewise be compromised in their mastery of the next stage of psychosocial development, intimacy versus isolation. 50 Vietnam veterans with PTSD on an inpatient Stress Disorder Treatment Unit completed a sexuality and intimacy research instrument and were compared with a similar group of inpatient veterans on the Drug Dependency Unit. Specific difficulties experienced by the Ss concerning sexuality and intimacy are examined. There were significant patterns of answers given by the PTSD Ss that support the hypothesis of difficulties mastering the psychosocial stage of intimacy versus isolation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - difficulties with sexuality & intimacy KW - Vietnam veterans with PTSD KW - 1989 KW - Intimacy KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Sexuality KW - 1989 DO - 10.1300/J294v07n02_09 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-12386-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-12076-001 AN - 1990-12076-001 AU - Bearon, Lucille B. T1 - No great expectations: The underpinnings of life satisfaction for older women. JF - The Gerontologist JO - The Gerontologist JA - Gerontologist Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 29 IS - 6 SP - 772 EP - 778 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0016-9013 SN - 1758-5341 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-12076-001. PMID: 2620840 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bearon, Lucille B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Durham, NC, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19900501. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Health; Human Females; Life Satisfaction; Quality of Life. Minor Descriptor: Adult Attitudes; Ownership. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - Interviews with 30 older women (aged 65–75 yrs) and 30 middle-aged women (aged 40–50 yrs) revealed that, although having the same average global life satisfaction, the 2 groups differed significantly in salient sources of satisfaction and dissatisfaction and in the aspirations on which they based their judgments about satisfaction. Health was more salient for older than middle-aged Ss. Material well-being was important to the satisfaction of both groups, but was more often cited as a future aspiration of the middle aged. Older Ss strove to maintain the status quo or prevent fears from being realized, while middle-aged Ss looked forward to achievements and acquisitions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - health & material well being KW - life satisfaction KW - 40–50 vs 65–75 yr old females KW - 1989 KW - Age Differences KW - Health KW - Human Females KW - Life Satisfaction KW - Quality of Life KW - Adult Attitudes KW - Ownership KW - 1989 DO - 10.1093/geront/29.6.772 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-12076-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-11833-001 AN - 1990-11833-001 AU - Levin, Edward D. AU - See, Ronald E. AU - South, David T1 - Effects of dopamine D₁ and D₂ receptor antagonists on oral activity in rats. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 43 EP - 48 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-11833-001. PMID: 2576312 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levin, Edward D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Nicotine Research Lab, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19900501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dopamine Antagonists; Motor Processes; Sulpiride. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1989. AB - Two experiments investigated the actions of the selective D₁ blocker SCH 23390 and the selective D₂ blocker sulpiride on oral movements in 41 female rats. An observer scored vacuous chewing movements (VCMs), jaw tremor, and head movements, and a computer analysis system measured the amplitude and slope of each movement. Findings suggest a simple relationship of D₁ receptors to oral movement, with increased activation resulting in increased oral movement and decreased activation resulting in decreased oral movement. The relationship of D₂ receptors to oral movement shows a more complex pattern, with both stimulation and blockade decreasing oral movement. The existence of more than one subpopulation of D₂ receptors mediating these effects is postulated. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - selective D1 blocker SCH 23390 vs D2 blocker sulpiride KW - vacuous chewing & jaw & head movements KW - female rats KW - 1989 KW - Dopamine Antagonists KW - Motor Processes KW - Sulpiride KW - Rats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(89)90350-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-11833-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-11810-001 AN - 1990-11810-001 AU - Halliday, R. AU - Callaway, E. AU - Lannon, R. T1 - The effects of clonidine and yohimbine on human information processing. JF - Psychopharmacology JO - Psychopharmacology JA - Psychopharmacology (Berl) Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 99 IS - 4 SP - 563 EP - 566 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-3158 SN - 1432-2072 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-11810-001. PMID: 2594924 Other Journal Title: Psychopharmacologia. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Halliday, R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Francisco, CA, US. Release Date: 19900501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clonidine; Human Information Storage; Reaction Time; Yohimbine. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - Examined the effects of clonidine and yohimbine on human information processing in 6 normal Ss (aged 18–30 yrs) in a pre–post design with sessions conducted at weekly intervals. Three drugs were given po: placebo (lactose), 0.2 mg clonidine, and 30 mg yohimbine. Two choice reaction time (RT) tasks were used (1) a stimulus evaluation-response selection task (SERS) that has been shown to be sensitive to d-amphetamine, methylphenidate, and scopolamine and (2) a task that assessed stimulus pre-processing and used spatial frequency as a discriminative stimulus. Clonidine slowed RT significantly for both tasks. In contrast, yohimbine tended to speed RT, but the effects were significant only for the spatial frequency (SPF) task on some analyses. RTs to high SPF stimuli were speeded more than for low SPF. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clonidine vs yohimbine KW - information processing measured by choice RT KW - male 18–30 yr olds KW - 1989 KW - Clonidine KW - Human Information Storage KW - Reaction Time KW - Yohimbine KW - 1989 DO - 10.1007/BF00589909 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-11810-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-11802-001 AN - 1990-11802-001 AU - Flood, James F. AU - Baker, Margaret L. AU - Hernandez, Ernesto N. AU - Morley, John E. T1 - Modulation of memory processing by neuropeptide Y varies with brain injection site. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 503 IS - 1 SP - 73 EP - 82 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-11802-001. PMID: 2611661 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Flood, James F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, St Louis, MO, US. Release Date: 19900501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antibodies; Avoidance Conditioning; Brain; Memory; Peptides. Minor Descriptor: Injections; Mice; Neuropeptide Y; Shock. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1989. AB - Examined the effects of neuropeptide Y (NPY) administration into 6 areas of the male mouse brain on memory retention for footshock avoidance training in a T-maze. NPY enhanced memory processing (MP) when injected into the septum and rostral portion of the hippocampus (Exp 1) and impaired MP when injected into the amygdala and caudal hippocampus (Exp 2). Modulation of MP by NPY was found to be time-dependent (Exp 3). Cortical administration of NPY did not affect retention (Exp 4). Administration of NPY antibody had the opposite effect of NPY (Exp 5), suggesting that NPY has a physiological role as a modulator of MP within specific anatomical areas of the central nervous system (CNS). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuropeptide Y vs neuropeptide Y antibody injection site in brain KW - memory retention for footshock avoidance training KW - male mice KW - 1989 KW - Antibodies KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Brain KW - Memory KW - Peptides KW - Injections KW - Mice KW - Neuropeptide Y KW - Shock KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(89)91706-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-11802-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-11769-001 AN - 1990-11769-001 AU - Barrera, Carlos M. AU - Hunter, Robert E. AU - Dunlap, William P. T1 - Hyperuricemia and locomotor activity in developing rats. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 33 IS - 2 SP - 367 EP - 369 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-11769-001. PMID: 2813475 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barrera, Carlos M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, New Orleans, LA, US. Release Date: 19900501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Activity Level; Drugs; Uric Acid. Minor Descriptor: Infants (Animal); Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - Investigated dose and time relationships between allantoxanamide-induced heightened serum uric acid and locomotor activity in rat pups. A dose- and time-dependent relationship was shown between serum uric acid levels and allantoxanamide. Those doses of allantoxanamide that elevated serum uric acid produced time-dependent changes in locomotor activity. In the first 2 hrs following injection, activity increased relative to controls; in the next 2-hr block, activity decreased, only to rise again above control levels in the third 2-hr period. The possible role of uric acid and allantoxanamide are discussed in relation to these complex changes in activity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - allantoxanamide induced heightened serum uric acid KW - locomotor activity KW - rat pups KW - 1989 KW - Activity Level KW - Drugs KW - Uric Acid KW - Infants (Animal) KW - Rats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(89)90515-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-11769-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-11737-001 AN - 1990-11737-001 AU - Ottenweller, John E. AU - Natelson, Benjamin H. AU - Pitman, David L. AU - Drastal, Susan D. T1 - Adrenocortical and behavioral responses to repeated stressors: Toward an animal model of chronic stress and stress-related mental illness. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 26 IS - 8 SP - 829 EP - 841 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-11737-001. PMID: 2590694 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ottenweller, John E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Primate Neurobehavioral Unit, East Orange, NJ, US. Release Date: 19900501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior; Corticosterone; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Rats; Shock. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - Explored criteria for chronic stress in 24 adult male rats (1) exposed to 2 hrs of tailshock/day, (2) kept in the same room as shocked Ss without being shocked (bucket rats), or (3) kept in home cages (controls). Shocked Ss exhibited elevated prestress corticosterone levels and abnormal behavior. Bucket rats did not develop elevated corticosterone levels until several days after the shocked Ss, and their behavioral changes were less striking and consistent. Shocked Ss showed partial habituation to the stress procedure, but still displayed behavioral abberations for several days. This animal model may be useful for studying factors that contribute to chronic stress and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - repeated tail shock stressor KW - corticosterone & behavioral responses KW - rats KW - 1989 KW - Behavior KW - Corticosterone KW - Stress KW - Rats KW - Shock KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(89)90123-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-11737-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-11727-001 AN - 1990-11727-001 AU - Santucci, Anthony C. AU - Kanof, Philip D. AU - Haroutunian, Vahram T1 - Infusion of NMDA into the nucleus basalis of Meynert, frontal cortex or lateral ventricle in rats: Effect on memory and cholinergic brain neurochemistry. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 33 IS - 2 SP - 485 EP - 488 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-11727-001. PMID: 2682674 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Santucci, Anthony C.; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, NY, US. Release Date: 19900501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Basal Ganglia; Cerebral Ventricles; Frontal Lobe; Memory; Neurochemistry. Minor Descriptor: Acetylcholinesterase; Aspartic Acid; Avoidance Conditioning; Rats; Transferases. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - Examined the behavioral and neurochemical effects of damage limited to intrinsic neurons of the frontal cortex in rats. The effects of N-methyl-D-aspartic acid-induced lesions of discrete frontal cortical loci on passive avoidance memory and on cortical cholinergic neurochemical markers, choline acetyltransferase (CAT) and acetylcholinesterase (ACHE), were evaluated. The behavioral and neurochemical effects produced by frontal cortical damage and by lesions of the nucleus basalis of Meynert (nbM) were also compared. NbM lesions and lesions to a rostral frontal cortical site produced severe passive avoidance memory impairments when Ss were tested 72 hrs after training. Cortical levels of CAT and ACHE were depleted in nbM Ss only. The data support the view that intrinsic frontal neurons contribute to memory. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - N-methyl-D-aspartic acid induced lesions of nucleus basalis of Meynert vs frontal cortex vs lateral ventricle KW - passive avoidance memory & choline acetyltransferase & acetylcholinesterase KW - male rats KW - 1989 KW - Basal Ganglia KW - Cerebral Ventricles KW - Frontal Lobe KW - Memory KW - Neurochemistry KW - Acetylcholinesterase KW - Aspartic Acid KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Rats KW - Transferases KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(89)90535-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-11727-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-11686-001 AN - 1990-11686-001 AU - Paré, William P. T1 - 'Behavioral despair' test predicts stress ulcer in WKY rats. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 46 IS - 3 SP - 483 EP - 487 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-11686-001. PMID: 2623074 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Paré, William P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Perry Point, MD, US. Release Date: 19900501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Models; Animal Strain Differences; Gastrointestinal Ulcers; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Major Depression; Rats. Classification: Physiological Processes (2540); Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1989. AB - Spontaneously hypertensive rats (SHR), Wistar Kyoto (WKY) rats, and Wistar rats were exposed to Porsolt's forced-swimming test of 'behavioral despair.' In addition to floating time, which was the measure of despair, headshakes, bobbing, diving, and struggling time were also recorded. Ss were subsequently exposed to the activity stress (A-S) ulcer procedure. Wistar Ss had the highest struggling time scores and the fewest A-S ulcers. WKY Ss were judged as more depressed and their ulcer severity scores were significantly greater as compared to SHR and Wistar Ss. In addition, a within-strains analysis revealed that WKY Ss with high despair scores also had the most severe stress-ulcer scores. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavioral despair test KW - prediction of activity stress ulcers KW - Wistar Kyoto vs Wistar vs spontaneously hypertensive rats KW - animal model of depression KW - 1989 KW - Animal Models KW - Animal Strain Differences KW - Gastrointestinal Ulcers KW - Stress KW - Major Depression KW - Rats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(89)90025-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-11686-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-11321-001 AN - 1990-11321-001 AU - Reno, Rochelle M. AU - Halaris, Angelos E. T1 - Dimensions of depression: A comparative longitudinal study. JF - Cognitive Therapy and Research JO - Cognitive Therapy and Research JA - Cognit Ther Res Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 13 IS - 6 SP - 549 EP - 563 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0147-5916 SN - 1573-2819 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-11321-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reno, Rochelle M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr-West Los Angeles, Psychology Service, CA, US. Release Date: 19900501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Factor Structure; Major Depression; Measurement. Minor Descriptor: Longitudinal Studies. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - Examined the factor structure of a set of commonly employed depression-related measures. Five cognitive and 2 behaviorally oriented measures (e.g., the Hopelessness Scale, the Pleasant Events Schedule) were administered to 66 depressed inpatients at pretreatment, 4–8 wks later at the end of an initial phase of pharmacological treatment, and at 2- to 4-mo intervals during an 8-mo follow-up. Analysis of 9 variables produced 3 factors that differed systematically with respect to amount of differentiation between responders and nonresponders and magnitude of change associated with successful treatment. Analyses of individual measures to track maintainers vs relapsers across 3 time points yielded results consistent with predictions based on factor membership. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - factor structure of depression measures KW - depressed inpatients KW - 8 mo study KW - 1989 KW - Factor Structure KW - Major Depression KW - Measurement KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - 1989 DO - 10.1007/BF01176067 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-11321-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-11242-001 AN - 1990-11242-001 AU - Moses, James A. AU - Maruish, Mark E. T1 - A critical review of the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery literature: X. Critiques and rebuttals: I. JF - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology JO - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 11 IS - 4 SP - 145 EP - 162 CY - US PB - MelNic Press, Inc. SN - 0749-8470 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-11242-001. Other Journal Title: Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moses, James A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19900501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Literature Review; Neuropsychological Assessment. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Reviews adequate work, completed since 1983, on the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery—Form I (LNNB). A series of debates presented in chronological order, cover the following topics: critiques of Lurian methodology, comparison of the LNNB and the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery, and LNNB content validity. Issues of content validation are shown to be primarily based on theoretical divergence. It is concluded that only a combined qualitative and quantitative analysis of data from the LNNB should be considered complete given the current state of knowledge. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Luria Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery KW - 1983 to present KW - literature review KW - 1989 KW - Literature Review KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-11242-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-10787-001 AN - 1990-10787-001 AU - Willenbring, Mark L. AU - Morley, John E. AU - Krahn, Dean D. AU - Carlson, Gregory A. AU - Levine, Allen S. AU - Shafer, Rex B. T1 - Psychoneuroendocrine effects of methadone maintenance. JF - Psychoneuroendocrinology JO - Psychoneuroendocrinology JA - Psychoneuroendocrinology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 14 IS - 5 SP - 371 EP - 391 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0306-4530 SN - 1873-3360 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-10787-001. PMID: 2554359 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Willenbring, Mark L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 19900401. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Methadone Maintenance; Neuroendocrinology; Physiological Correlates; Psychoneuroendocrinology; Psychopathology. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 21. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Performed a series of neuroendocrine challenge tests in 15 27–45 yr old men participating in a methadone maintenance clinic and in 8 male normal controls. Psychiatric diagnoses were made with Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) criteria, using the Diagnostic Interview Schedule, and Ss also completed the Symptom Checklist. Results in the methadone group suggest (a) near-maximal stimulation of prolactin secretion, with blunted prolactin response to insulin hypoglycemia, (b) mild suppression of cortisol levels, but an exaggerated cortisol response to stimulation, and (c) a delayed and inhibited insulin response to food ingestion with resulting mild hyperglycemia. Phobic disorder was associated with a lower prolactin response to both inhibitory and stimulatory challenges. Depression did not appear to be related to the increased cortisol response to stimulation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychoneuroendocrinology & psychopathology KW - male 27–45 yr olds receiving methadone maintenance KW - 1989 KW - Methadone Maintenance KW - Neuroendocrinology KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Psychoneuroendocrinology KW - Psychopathology KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0306-4530(89)90007-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-10787-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-10772-001 AN - 1990-10772-001 AU - Captain, Constance T1 - 1988 Federal Nursing Service Award Essay: The impact of family stress-regulating variables on recovery from alcoholism. JF - Military Medicine JO - Military Medicine JA - Mil Med Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 154 IS - 11 SP - 539 EP - 546 CY - US PB - Assn of Military Surgeons of the US SN - 0026-4075 SN - 1930-613X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-10772-001. PMID: 2511506 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Captain, Constance; Clement Zablocki Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Wood, WI, US. Release Date: 19900401. Correction Date: 20170302. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Coping Behavior; Family Relations; Recovery (Disorders). Minor Descriptor: Adjustment; Alcoholism; Followup Studies; Sobriety. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1989. AB - Examined family stress-regulating factors that facilitated or hindered adjustment during recovery from alcoholism in 30 male alcoholics in treatment (60% aged 26–40 yrs) and their spouses at treatment onset and at 3- and 6-mo posttreatment. A theoretical framework was used in which a systems perspective conceptualized the family recovery process and family stress theory guided the selection of study variables (family vulnerability, regenerative powers, family adaptation, and treatment compliance [sobriety]). Couples exhibited high vulnerability, marginal regenerative capabilities, and family dysfunction. System vulnerability factors evidenced a negative impact on cohesion, adaptability, and compliance. Marital adjustment and family resources for management were regenerative factors positively associated with family adaptation and compliance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - family stress regulating factors KW - adjustment during recovery KW - alcoholic adult males in treatment & their spouses KW - 3 & 6 mo followup KW - 1989 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Coping Behavior KW - Family Relations KW - Recovery (Disorders) KW - Adjustment KW - Alcoholism KW - Followup Studies KW - Sobriety KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-10772-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-10770-001 AN - 1990-10770-001 AU - Asheychik, Retha AU - Jackson, Thomas AU - Baker, Harley AU - Ferraro, Robert AU - Ashton, Thomas AU - Kilgore, James T1 - The efficacy of L-tryptophan in the reduction of sleep disturbance and depressive state in alcoholic patients. JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 50 IS - 6 SP - 525 EP - 532 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0096-882X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-10770-001. PMID: 2685471 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs; Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Asheychik, Retha; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Amarillo, TX, US. Release Date: 19900401. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Drug Therapy; Major Depression; Sleep Disorders; Tryptophan. Minor Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1989. AB - Examined the effect of L-tryptophan (LT) on depressive state and sleep disturbance (SD) in 76 alcoholic male residents of a 6-wk alcohol treatment program. Ss' degree of depression and sleep satisfaction were measured with the Self-Rating Depression Scale and Post-Sleep Inventory before and after ingestion of LT or a placebo. Two additional control groups received no substances. All Ss reported decreased levels of depression due to nonspecific treatment effects. Ss who took LT reported even lower levels of depression. SD was not affected by LT, since it was barely present when the study began. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - levo-tryptophan KW - depressive state & sleep disturbance KW - alcoholic male adults in alcohol treatment program KW - 1989 KW - Alcoholism KW - Drug Therapy KW - Major Depression KW - Sleep Disorders KW - Tryptophan KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - 1989 DO - 10.15288/jsa.1989.50.525 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-10770-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-10715-001 AN - 1990-10715-001 AU - Long, Robert AU - Wine, Pamela AU - Penk, Walter E. AU - Keane, Terence M. AU - Chew, David AU - Gerstein, Claire AU - O'Neill, John AU - Nadelson, Theodore T1 - Chronicity: Adjustment differences of Vietnam combat veterans differing in rates of psychiatric hospitalization. T3 - Post-traumatic stress disorder JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 45 IS - 5, Mono Suppl SP - 745 EP - 753 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-10715-001. Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Long, Robert; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19900401. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chronicity (Disorders); Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychiatric Hospital Readmission. Minor Descriptor: Adjustment; Personality Correlates. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1989. AB - Focused on the frequency of inpatient care (chronicity) for patients with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) by administering a standardized test battery and the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) to 48 Vietnam Theatre combat veterans and 40 Vietnam Era noncombat veterans. Vietnam combat veterans were subdivided into 19 low chronicity and 29 high chronicity groups, and noncombat veterans were divided into 20 low chronicity and 20 high chronicity groups. Chronicity emerged as a significantly important variable. Of all groups compared, Vietnam combat veterans higher in chronicity scored higher on MMPI clinical scales, particularly on scales Paranoia, Psychasthenia, and Schizophrenia. This result establishes (1) the methodological point that number of admissions must be controlled and (2) the substantive point that chronicity is important in studies of PTSD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - frequency of inpatient care KW - adjustment KW - Vietnam era combat vs noncombat veterans KW - implications for studies of PTSD KW - 1989 KW - Chronicity (Disorders) KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychiatric Hospital Readmission KW - Adjustment KW - Personality Correlates KW - 1989 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198909)45:5<745::AID-JCLP2270450509>3.0.CO;2-L UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-10715-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-10697-001 AN - 1990-10697-001 AU - Dawley, Harold H. AU - Williams, Jayne L. AU - Guidry, Lawrence S. AU - Dawley, Linda T. T1 - Smoking control in a psychiatric setting. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 40 IS - 12 SP - 1299 EP - 1301 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-10697-001. PMID: 2591889 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dawley, Harold H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, New Orleans, LA, US. Release Date: 19900401. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Policy Making; Psychiatric Hospitals; Tobacco Smoking. Minor Descriptor: Client Attitudes; Compliance; Health Personnel Attitudes; Psychiatric Clinics; Psychiatric Hospital Staff; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - Evaluated the effectiveness of smoking control in 1 inpatient substance abuse and 2 outpatient psychiatric treatment settings. Surveys and observation were used to assess the attitudes of 83 patients and staff (50 smokers) toward and compliance with restricted smoking policies. As expected, attitudes were generally favorable, nonsmokers were more supportive of smoking control than smokers, and compliance was excellent. Smoking-control policies may help facilitate smoking cessation among the psychiatric patient populations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - attitudes toward & compliance with restricted smoking policies KW - patients & staff of inpatient substance abuse & outpatient psychiatric settings KW - 1989 KW - Policy Making KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Client Attitudes KW - Compliance KW - Health Personnel Attitudes KW - Psychiatric Clinics KW - Psychiatric Hospital Staff KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-10697-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-10615-001 AN - 1990-10615-001 AU - Gilden, Janice L. AU - Hendryx, Michael AU - Casia, Carla AU - Singh, Sant P. T1 - The effectiveness of diabetes education programs for older patients and their spouses. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 37 IS - 11 SP - 1023 EP - 1030 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-10615-001. PMID: 2809048 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gilden, Janice L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, North Chicago, IL, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19900401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Client Education; Diabetes; Knowledge Level; Self-Care Skills. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies; Psychosocial Factors; Quality of Life; Self-Monitoring; Spouses. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1989. AB - Investigated the relationship between knowledge about diabetes, metabolic control, and specific psychosocial functions (e.g., quality of life, stress) related to self-care in 45 older male patients (aged 65–82 yrs) and 20 of their nondiabetic wives. Ss, their spouses, and a comparison group of 22 younger diabetics (aged 28–64 yrs) participated in a 6-wk series of educational classes. Immediate and 6-mo follow-up results show that diabetes education programs can successfully improve knowledge and psychosocial functioning in older patients. Involvement of spouses maximizes these beneficial effects and improves metabolic control. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - diabetes education programs KW - knowledge about diabetes & psychosocial functioning & metabolic control KW - male diabetic 28–64 vs 65–82 yr olds & their wives KW - 6 mo followup KW - 1989 KW - Age Differences KW - Client Education KW - Diabetes KW - Knowledge Level KW - Self-Care Skills KW - Followup Studies KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - Quality of Life KW - Self-Monitoring KW - Spouses KW - 1989 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1989.tb06915.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-10615-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-10591-001 AN - 1990-10591-001 AU - Whitney, Janet L. AU - Goldstein, Howard T1 - Using self-monitoring to reduce disfluencies in speakers with mild aphasia. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JA - J Speech Hear Disord Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 54 IS - 4 SP - 576 EP - 586 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Association SN - 0022-4677 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-10591-001. PMID: 2811338 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Whitney, Janet L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Audiology & Speech Pathology Service, Miami, FL, US. Release Date: 19900401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Self-Monitoring; Speech Characteristics; Speech Therapy. Classification: Speech & Language Therapy (3385). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1989. AB - Assessed the effects of treatment designed to teach mildly aphasic individuals to monitor disfluencies (revisions, repetitions, audible pauses) in connected speech. Ss were 3 aphasic men (aged 55, 61, and 65 yrs). All Ss showed immediate dramatic reductions in frequency of target behaviors in a picture description task when self-monitoring was introduced. Two Ss simultaneously reduced untargeted disfluencies, and all 3 generalized their improved speech to another discourse task. Treatment effects were unrelated to the accuracy of self-monitoring. Ss' improved speech was characterized by a slower speaking rate, but more efficient communication as reflected by longer uninterrupted utterances. Although standardized test scores were unchanged, unfamiliar listeners found perceptible improvement between baseline and posttreatment audiotapes of Ss' discourse. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self monitoring KW - frequency of speech disfluencies during picture description task KW - 55–65 yr old males with mild aphasia KW - 1989 KW - Aphasia KW - Self-Monitoring KW - Speech Characteristics KW - Speech Therapy KW - 1989 DO - 10.1044/jshd.5404.576 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-10591-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-10543-001 AN - 1990-10543-001 AU - Morley, John E. T1 - An approach to the development of drugs for appetite disorders. JF - Neuropsychobiology JO - Neuropsychobiology JA - Neuropsychobiology Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 21 IS - 1 SP - 22 EP - 30 CY - Switzerland PB - Karger SN - 0302-282X SN - 1423-0224 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-10543-001. PMID: 2573002 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morley, John E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19900401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Eating Disorders. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1989. AB - Reviews concepts in the development of drugs to treat appetite disorders. The peripheral satiety system and the role of gastrointestinal peptides such as cholecystokinin in the pathogenesis of satiety are discussed. Alterations in neuropeptide Y and/or peptide YY are suggested to play a role in the pathophysiology of bulimia. Corticotropin-releasing factor is a putative candidate peptide involved in anorexia nervosa. The serotonin reuptake inhibitors fenfluramine and fluoxetene decrease weight in obese Ss. Many neurotransmitters that modulate appetite also alter other behaviors, increasing their propensity to produce side effects. A list is presented of drugs that appear to have the most potential in the management of obesity, bulimia, and anorexia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - development of drugs for treatment of appetite disorders KW - 1989 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Eating Disorders KW - 1989 DO - 10.1159/000118547 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-10543-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-10510-001 AN - 1990-10510-001 AU - Faraone, Stephen V. AU - Green, Alan I. AU - Brown, Walter AU - Yin, Paul AU - Tsuang, M. T. T1 - Neuroleptic dose reduction in persistently psychotic patients. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 40 IS - 11 SP - 1193 EP - 1195 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-10510-001. PMID: 2572532 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Faraone, Stephen V.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19900401. Correction Date: 20160523. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chronicity (Disorders); Drug Therapy; Drug Withdrawal; Neuroleptic Drugs; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Relapse (Disorders); Severity (Disorders); Social Adjustment. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1989. AB - Examined the effects of dose reduction (DR) on 29 treatment-resistant male schizophrenic patients (aged 37–74 yrs). Ss were randomly assigned to 1 of 3 double-blind schedules: 80% DR over 8 wks, 80% DR over 2 wks, or continued treatment at usual neuroleptic dose. Ss were followed weekly for 14 wks and then monthly for 3 mo. Results show that 14 of 22 DR patients remained stable for 6 mo. Despite the increase in the rate of relapse in the DR groups, those who did not relapse appeared to benefit from the DR (i.e., they reported increased satisfaction with life and improved degree and quality of psychosocial interactions). Two case studies, a 55-yr-old and a 53-yr-old male, illustrate the beneficial effects of DR. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuroleptic dose reduction KW - relapse & exacerbation of symptoms & deterioration of community functioning KW - treatment resistant schizophrenic 37–74 yr old males KW - 1989 KW - Chronicity (Disorders) KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Schizophrenia KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - Severity (Disorders) KW - Social Adjustment KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-10510-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-10284-001 AN - 1990-10284-001 AU - Simberkoff, Michael S. T1 - Ethical aspects in the care of patients with AIDS. JF - Neurologic Clinics JO - Neurologic Clinics JA - Neurol Clin Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 7 IS - 4 SP - 871 EP - 882 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0733-8619 SN - 1557-9875 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-10284-001. PMID: 2511403 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Simberkoff, Michael S.; New York Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Infectious Diseases Section, US. Release Date: 19900401. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: AIDS; Physicians; Professional Ethics. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Professional Ethics & Standards & Liability (3450). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1989. AB - Ethical and professional problems related to human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) and acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS) include the physician's duty and competence to treat, HIV infection and the extent of treatment, and clinical research. Pre- and posttest counseling is advised to inform the patient of procedures, give results, explain medical and nonmedical options, and reinforce information about transmission of the virus. Behavior modification may be a means of preventing the spread of HIV. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - professional ethics & treatment of AIDS patients KW - physicians KW - 1989 KW - AIDS KW - Physicians KW - Professional Ethics KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-10284-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-10275-001 AN - 1990-10275-001 AU - Nelson, William A. AU - Bernat, James L. T1 - Decisions to withhold or terminate treatment. JF - Neurologic Clinics JO - Neurologic Clinics JA - Neurol Clin Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 7 IS - 4 SP - 759 EP - 774 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0733-8619 SN - 1557-9875 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-10275-001. PMID: 2586399 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Nelson, William A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Chaplain Service, White River Junction, VT, US. Release Date: 19900401. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Decision Making; Professional Ethics; Terminally Ill Patients; Treatment Termination. Minor Descriptor: Dementia; Physicians; Autonomy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1989. AB - Three ethical principles (autonomy, nonmaleficence, beneficence) must form the basis for termination of treatment decisions (TTDs) with terminally ill patients whether they be in a persistent vegetative state (PVS), suffering from dementia, or competent. Because dementia is more common than PVS, TTDs with demented patients are a more common dilemma. TTDs with this population should be based on the doctrine of substituted judgment (i.e., what the patient would have chosen). Unclear or absent directives and decision-making disagreements are explored. Distinctions are drawn between withholding vs withdrawing treatment, ordinary vs extraordinary treatment, and active vs passive euthanasia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - autonomy & nonmaleficence & beneficence as ethical determinants of termination of treatment decisions KW - competent vs demented vs persistent vegetative state terminally ill patients KW - 1989 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Decision Making KW - Professional Ethics KW - Terminally Ill Patients KW - Treatment Termination KW - Dementia KW - Physicians KW - Autonomy KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-10275-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-10274-001 AN - 1990-10274-001 AU - Nagy, Linda M. AU - Krystal, John H. AU - Woods, Scott W. AU - Charney, Dennis S. T1 - Clinical and medication outcome after short-term alprazolam and behavioral group treatment in panic disorder: 2.5-year naturalistic follow-up study. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 46 IS - 11 SP - 993 EP - 999 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-10274-001. PMID: 2818144 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Nagy, Linda M.; Yale U School of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Psychiatry Service, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19900401. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alprazolam; Drug Usage; Group Psychotherapy; Panic Disorder; Prognosis. Minor Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Drug Therapy; Followup Studies. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1989. AB - Examined patterns of alprazolam (ALP) use and long-term clinical outcome in 73 panic attack (PAT) or panic disorder patients following 4-mo treatment with ALP combined with behavioral group therapy. Ss were evaluated at discharge and at follow-up (mean 2.5 yrs) on measures including the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression and clinician and/or patient ratings of anxiety and impairment. Benefits of short-term treatment were maintained during long-term ALP maintenance, and sustained improvements were seen in many Ss who decreased or discontinued ALP. Ss receiving nonpharmacologic treatment after discharge tended to have greater symptom severity. A history of major depression was related to greater severity of illness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alprazolam & behavioral group therapy KW - alprazolam use & long term clinical outcome KW - patients with panic attacks or disorder KW - 1.7–4 yr followup KW - 1989 KW - Alprazolam KW - Drug Usage KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Panic Disorder KW - Prognosis KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Drug Therapy KW - Followup Studies KW - 1989 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1989.01810110035005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-10274-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-10188-001 AN - 1990-10188-001 AU - Sapira, Joseph T1 - Views of a psychosomatically oriented internist on DSM-III.. JF - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JO - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JA - Psychosomatics Y1 - 1989///Fal 1989 VL - 30 IS - 4 SP - 442 EP - 445 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0033-3182 SN - 1545-7206 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-10188-001. PMID: 2798739 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sapira, Joseph; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Medicine, St Louis, MO, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19900401. Correction Date: 20130923. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychodiagnostic Typologies; Psychosomatic Medicine. Minor Descriptor: Health Personnel Attitudes; Physicians. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1989. AB - Suggests that the use of simplified, closed systems is a valuable teaching and clinical tool when dealing with simplified people and issues. Unfortunately, patient care, as opposed to disease care, cannot always be made simple. Certain problems require careful attention to the technique of the open-ended interview. These same problems may be resolved only by the broad, more difficult, but sturdy concepts appropriate to the developmental information obtained during such interviews. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - views on DSM-III KW - psychosomatically oriented internist KW - 1989 KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - Psychosomatic Medicine KW - Health Personnel Attitudes KW - Physicians KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/S0033-3182(89)72252-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-10188-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-10157-001 AN - 1990-10157-001 AU - Morrison, James T1 - Histrionic personality disorder in women with somatization disorder. JF - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JO - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JA - Psychosomatics Y1 - 1989///Fal 1989 VL - 30 IS - 4 SP - 433 EP - 437 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0033-3182 SN - 1545-7206 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-10157-001. PMID: 2798737 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morrison, James; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Martinez, CA, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19900401. Correction Date: 20130923. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Histrionic Personality Disorder; Human Females; Somatoform Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1989. AB - Tested the contribution of histrionic personality disorder to the clinical picture in 60 female patients with somatization disorder. 41 Ss met Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) criteria for histrionic personality disorder. A DSM-III diagnosis of histrionic personality disorder did not significantly improve the diagnosis of somatization disorder. A diagnosis of histrionic personality disorder should stimulate a search for better-validated Axis I diagnoses. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - histrionic personality disorder KW - adult females with somatization disorder KW - psychodiagnostic implications KW - 1989 KW - Histrionic Personality Disorder KW - Human Females KW - Somatoform Disorders KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/S0033-3182(89)72250-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-10157-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-10124-001 AN - 1990-10124-001 AU - Knight, Robert T. AU - Scabini, Donatella AU - Woods, David L. AU - Clayworth, Clay C. T1 - Contributions of temporal-parietal junction to the human auditory P3. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 502 IS - 1 SP - 109 EP - 116 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-10124-001. PMID: 2819449 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Knight, Robert T.; U California-Davis, Veterans Administration Ctr, Martinez, US. Release Date: 19900401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Evoked Potentials; Brain Damage; Parietal Lobe; Temporal Lobe. Minor Descriptor: Dichotic Stimulation; Stimulus Novelty. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1989. AB - Recorded auditory P3 components of the event-related potential to target (P3b) and unexpected novel stimuli (P3a) in monaural and dichotic signal detection experiments with 12 patients with either lesions of the temporal–parietal junction (TPJ) including posterior superior temporal plane (PSTP) and adjacent caudal inferior parietal cortex, or the lateral parietal lobe including the rostral inferior parietal lobe and portions of superior parietal lobe, or normal controls. Extensive lateral parietal cortex lesions had no effect on the P3. Discrete unilateral lesions centered in the PSTP eliminated both the auditory P3b and P3a at electrodes over the posterior scalp. Auditory association cortex in the human TPJ is critical for auditory P3 generation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - monaural vs dichotic target vs unexpected novel stimuli KW - auditory EPs KW - patients with temporal parietal junction or lateral parietal lobe damage KW - 1989 KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Brain Damage KW - Parietal Lobe KW - Temporal Lobe KW - Dichotic Stimulation KW - Stimulus Novelty KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(89)90466-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-10124-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-8804-3587 UR - DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-10062-001 AN - 1990-10062-001 AU - Carmody, Timothy P. AU - Crossen, John R. AU - Wiens, Arthur N. T1 - Hostility as a health risk factor: Relationships with neuroticism, Type A behavior, attentional focus, and interpersonal style. T3 - Post-traumatic stress disorder JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 45 IS - 5, Mono Suppl SP - 754 EP - 762 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-10062-001. Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carmody, Timothy P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, San Francisco, CA, US. Release Date: 19900401. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Disorders; Hostility. Minor Descriptor: Attention; Coronary Prone Behavior; Neuroticism; Personality Correlates. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1989. AB - Examined relationships between hostility assessed on the Ho Scale (W. W. Cook and D. M. Medley, 1954) and several measures of neuroticism, Type A behavior, and attentional and interpersonal style, using bivariate and hierarchical multiple regression analyses. Ss were 204 psychologically normal, physically healthy males (aged 20–43 yrs). Significant relationships were found between hostility, neuroticism, attentional overload, and interpersonal alienation. Findings provide further support for the relationship between the hostility construct measured on the Ho Scale and measures of neuroticism as possible dimensions of disease-prone personality. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hostility as health risk factor & relationship to neuroticism & Type A behavior & attentional focus & interpersonal style KW - healthy male 20–43 yr olds KW - implications for disease prone personality KW - 1989 KW - At Risk Populations KW - Disorders KW - Hostility KW - Attention KW - Coronary Prone Behavior KW - Neuroticism KW - Personality Correlates KW - 1989 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198909)45:5<754::AID-JCLP2270450510>3.0.CO;2-C UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-10062-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-10043-001 AN - 1990-10043-001 AU - Bayless, John D. AU - Varney, Nils R. AU - Roberts, Richard J. T1 - Tinker Toy Test performance and vocational outcome in patients with closed-head injuries. JF - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JO - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JA - J Clin Exp Neuropsychol Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 11 IS - 6 SP - 913 EP - 917 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 1380-3395 SN - 1744-411X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-10043-001. PMID: 2592530 Other Journal Title: Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bayless, John D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 19900401. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Employability; Head Injuries; Neuropsychological Assessment. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Test Performance. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - 50 patients who had suffered closed-head injury with no resultant physical disabilities and 25 normal controls were administered a modified version of M. D. Lezak's Tinker Toy Test (see record [rid]1983-04702-001[/rid]). 25 of the head injured Ss had been unable to return to work or sustain normal competitive employment as a result of their head injuries. The remaining 25 had returned to their previous jobs successfully. Although all but 1 of the head injured Ss who returned to work scored normally on the Tinker Toy Test, nearly half of the nonreturnees performed below the level of the worst control. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Tinker Toy Test performance KW - prediction of ability to return to work KW - adults with closed head injuries with no resultant physical disabilities KW - 1989 KW - Employability KW - Head Injuries KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Test Performance KW - 1989 DO - 10.1080/01688638908400944 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-10043-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-09990-001 AN - 1990-09990-001 AU - Lemle, Russell AU - Mishkind, Marc E. T1 - Alcohol and masculinity. JF - Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment JO - Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment JA - J Subst Abuse Treat Y1 - 1989/// VL - 6 IS - 4 SP - 213 EP - 222 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0740-5472 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-09990-001. PMID: 2687480 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lemle, Russell; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcohol Clinic, San Francisco, CA, US. Release Date: 19900401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Human Males; Masculinity; Sex Roles; Social Drinking. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Asserts that the prevalence of social and alcoholic drinking among men in comparison to women can be explained by the assignment of drinking to the male sex role. Evidence that social drinking is a cultural symbol of manliness includes the following: (1) The act of drinking per se symbolizes masculinity; (2) the media explicitly portrays alcohol as manly; and (3) alcohol use is closely tied to other male sex role attributes (e.g., aggression, risk-taking). Three psychodynamic theories of alcoholism (the repressed homosexuality, dependency, and power theories) hypothesize that alcoholic drinking arises from masculinity concerns. Signs of social change during the 1980s that suggest a societal shift away from the representation of drinking as masculine are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - masculinity & social & alcoholic drinking KW - males KW - 1989 KW - Alcoholism KW - Human Males KW - Masculinity KW - Sex Roles KW - Social Drinking KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0740-5472(89)90045-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-09990-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-09979-001 AN - 1990-09979-001 AU - Cermak, Laird S. AU - Verfaellie, Mieke AU - Letourneau, Lynn AU - Blackford, Susan AU - Weiss, Susan AU - Numan, Bobbi T1 - Verbal and nonverbal right hemisphere processing by chronic alcoholics. JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JA - Alcohol Clin Exp Res Y1 - 1989/09//Sep-Oct, 1989 VL - 13 IS - 5 SP - 611 EP - 616 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0145-6008 SN - 1530-0277 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-09979-001. PMID: 2688457 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cermak, Laird S.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, MA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19900401. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Brain Disorders; Cerebral Dominance. Minor Descriptor: Nonverbal Ability; Verbal Comprehension. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sep-Oct, 1989. AB - Tested the theory that chronic alcoholism produces a right-hemisphere deficit by using 3 tasks at which patients with right-hemisphere damage consistently fail. The tasks involve drawing an inference, appreciating humor, and interpreting emotion. The performances of 20 male alcoholics (46–60 yrs old) were compared with those of 20 younger controls (45–59 yrs old) and 20 older controls (65–79 yrs old). On all 3 tasks, the pattern of responses of alcoholics differed from that of Ss with right-hemisphere damage. However, the alcoholics' performance was impaired relative to that of the younger controls on the 1st 2 tasks. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - right hemisphere deficit in verbal & nonverbal processing KW - male alcoholic 46–60 yr olds KW - 1989 KW - Alcoholism KW - Brain Disorders KW - Cerebral Dominance KW - Nonverbal Ability KW - Verbal Comprehension KW - 1989 DO - 10.1111/j.1530-0277.1989.tb00391.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-09979-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - ORCID: 0000-0001-5535-4584 UR - DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-09978-001 AN - 1990-09978-001 AU - Calsyn, Donald A. AU - Roszell, Douglas K. AU - Chaney, Edmund F. T1 - Validation of MMPI profile subtypes among opioid addicts who are beginning methadone maintenance treatment. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 45 IS - 6 SP - 991 EP - 998 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-09978-001. PMID: 2613912 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Calsyn, Donald A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Outpatient Services, Addiction Treatment Ctr, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19900401. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Addiction; Methadone Maintenance; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Opiates; Profiles (Measurement). Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1989. AB - Administered the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) to 107 male veterans entering methadone maintenance treatment. Normal sphere personality characteristics, sociodemographic information, and self- and interviewer ratings were collected by use of the Sixteen Personality Factor Questionnaire (16PF) and the Addiction Severity Index (ASI [A. T. McClellan et al, 1980]). Normal, psychoneurotic, and schizoid profiles were found in percentages similar to those reported by D. K. Roszell et al (see record [rid]1984-18027-001[/rid]). A comparison of the 4 MMPI profile subtypes indicated that (1) the psychoneurotic and schizoid groups demonstrated higher levels of emotional distress and psychiatric difficulty, (2) the psychopathic and schizoid groups had more legal problems, and (3) the normal group had less evidence of marital and family problems. Findings provided external validation of MMPI profile subtypes and demonstrated the robustness of the subtypes across opiate treatment settings and methodologies for forming subtypes. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI profile subtypes KW - opioid addicted male veterans entering methadone maintenance treatment KW - 1989 KW - Drug Addiction KW - Methadone Maintenance KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Opiates KW - Profiles (Measurement) KW - Military Veterans KW - 1989 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198911)45:6<991::AID-JCLP2270450626>3.0.CO;2-S UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-09978-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-09880-001 AN - 1990-09880-001 AU - Pfefferbaum, Adolf AU - Ford, Judith M. AU - White, Patricia M. AU - Roth, Walton T. T1 - P₃ in schizophrenia is affected by stimulus modality, response requirements, medication status, and negative symptoms. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 46 IS - 11 SP - 1035 EP - 1044 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-09880-001. PMID: 2573328 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pfefferbaum, Adolf; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19900401. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Evoked Potentials; Schizophrenia; Task Complexity. Minor Descriptor: Auditory Stimulation; Reaction Time; Visual Stimulation. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1989. AB - Measured event-related potentials (ERPs) in 37 male controls and 31 male schizophrenic patients during automatic, auditory reaction time (RT), and visual RT paradigms. Results suggest that, in schizophrenic Ss, P₃ amplitudes of the ERP in response to auditory stimuli are reduced both in automatic and effortful paradigms. P₃ amplitude in response to visual stimuli was somewhat, but not significantly, reduced in schizophrenic Ss. P₃ amplitude reduction in schizophrenia occurred regardless of medication status and task demand. P₃ amplitude is also reduced in other psychiatric disorders (e.g., dementia), and this reduction may index a cognitive impairment common to several mental illnesses. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - medication status & task demand KW - EPs in automatic vs auditory vs visual RT tasks KW - schizophrenic patients KW - 1989 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Schizophrenia KW - Task Complexity KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Reaction Time KW - Visual Stimulation KW - 1989 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1989.01810110077011 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-09880-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-09879-001 AN - 1990-09879-001 AU - Penk, Walter E. AU - Robinowitz, Ralph AU - Black, John AU - Dolan, Michael P. AU - Bell, William AU - Dorsett, Dovalee AU - Ames, Michael AU - Noriega, Lori T1 - Ethnicity: Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) differences among Black, White, and Hispanic veterans who differ in degrees of exposure to combat in Vietnam. T3 - Post-traumatic stress disorder JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 45 IS - 5, Mono Suppl SP - 729 EP - 735 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-09879-001. Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Penk, Walter E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19900401. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blacks; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Racial and Ethnic Differences; Whites; Latinos/Latinas. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1989. AB - Tested the general predictions that Hispanic Vietnam combat veterans registered greater disturbance on Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) scales and a PTSD scale than did their White Vietnam combat veteran counterparts and did not differ significantly from Black Vietnam combat veterans on similar measures. Ss were 60 Hispanic, 280 Black, and 430 White male veterans consecutively admitted to either a drug or alcohol dependence treatment program. Ss were given the MMPI—Form R and the Vietnam Veteran Survey (C. R. Figley, 1977). Predictions were not supported that postwar maladjustment of Hispanic Vietnam combat veterans would be more like the postwar adjustment of their Black counterparts than of Whites. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethnicity KW - PTSD KW - Hispanic vs Black vs White Vietnam combat veterans in drug or alcohol rehabilitation programs KW - 1989 KW - Blacks KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Racial and Ethnic Differences KW - Whites KW - Latinos/Latinas KW - Military Veterans KW - 1989 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198909)45:5<729::AID-JCLP2270450507>3.0.CO;2-H UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-09879-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-09836-001 AN - 1990-09836-001 AU - Keefe, Richard S. AU - Siever, Larry J. AU - Mohs, Richard C. AU - Peterson, Ann E. AU - Mahon, Theresa R. AU - Bergman, R. Lindsey AU - Davis, Kenneth L. T1 - Eye tracking, schizophrenic symptoms, and schizotypal personality disorder. JF - European Archives of Psychiatry & Neurological Sciences JO - European Archives of Psychiatry & Neurological Sciences JA - Eur Arch Psychiatry Neurol Sci Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 239 IS - 1 SP - 39 EP - 42 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0175-758X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-09836-001. PMID: 2792157 Other Journal Title: Archiv für Psychiatrie und Nervenkrankheiten; European Archives of Psychiatry and Clinical Neuroscience. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Keefe, Richard S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19900401. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Schizophrenia; Visual Tracking. Minor Descriptor: Severity (Disorders); Symptoms. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1989. AB - Investigated the relation between eye tracking impairment and the severity of illness and symptomatology of schizophrenics (SPs). 15 of 27 SPs and 15 of 27 schizotypals had impaired eye tracking, compared with 11 of 39 normal controls. In SPs, including 10 outpatients in a stable state of relative remission, impaired eye tracking was associated with more severe formal thought disorder and more time spent in psychiatric hospitals. In stable SP outpatients, poor eye tracking was related to more severe formal thought disorder and greater overall psychopathology. This pattern suggests a possible relation between eye tracking impairment and more severe enduring symptoms across the spectrum of schizophrenia and related disorders. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - severity of illness & symptomatology KW - eye tracking KW - schizophrenic & schizotypal adults KW - 1989 KW - Schizophrenia KW - Visual Tracking KW - Severity (Disorders) KW - Symptoms KW - 1989 DO - 10.1007/BF01739742 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-09836-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-09828-001 AN - 1990-09828-001 AU - Jeste, Dilip V. AU - Lohr, James B. T1 - Hippocampal pathologic findings in schizophrenia: A morphometric study. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 46 IS - 11 SP - 1019 EP - 1024 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-09828-001. PMID: 2818139 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jeste, Dilip V.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19900401. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hippocampus; Neuropathology; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Brain Size; Psychosurgery. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1989. AB - Measured the hippocampal volume and pyramidal-cell density in 4 sectors of the cornu ammonis (CA₁ through CA₄), using a semiautomated computerized system. Hippocampal sections studied were from 13 schizophrenic patients and 9 nonschizophrenic leukotomy and 16 normal controls. A reduction in volume and pyramidal-cell density in schizophrenia was found, which was most pronounced in the CA₄ sector. Gender, age, or brain weight could not account for these results. In schizophrenia, a reduction of neurons in the left anterior hippocampal region may account for impaired gating flow of information from the entorhinal cortex into the hippocampus proper. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hippocampal volume & pyramidal cell density in cornu ammonis KW - schizophrenic vs nonschizophrenic leukotomy patients KW - 1989 KW - Hippocampus KW - Neuropathology KW - Schizophrenia KW - Brain Size KW - Psychosurgery KW - 1989 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1989.01810110061009 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-09828-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-09751-001 AN - 1990-09751-001 AU - Penk, Walter E. AU - Robinowitz, Ralph AU - Black, John AU - Dolan, Michael P. AU - Bell, William AU - Roberts, William AU - Skinner, John T1 - Co-morbidity: Lessons learned about post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) from developing PTSD scales for the MMPI. T3 - Post-traumatic stress disorder JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 45 IS - 5, Mono Suppl SP - 709 EP - 717 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-09751-001. Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Penk, Walter E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19900401. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Mental Disorders; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1989. AB - Presents empirical evidence that indicates that the next round of efforts to increase reliability and validity of PTSD measures must account for the presence/absence of co-morbidity (i.e., the simultaneous occurrence of other psychiatric disorders). For example, differences are noted in Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) group profiles and PTSD scales between psychiatric patients and substance abusers. Second, different MMPI items emerge as indicative of PTSD; these vary as a function of the presence of other Axis I disorders among groups of Vietnam combat veterans who seek treatment for substance abuse. Results substantiate that different MMPI items for classifying PTSD occur with groups that differ in co-morbidity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - type of comorbidity KW - MMPI items indicative of PTSD KW - Vietnam combat veterans with PTSD & other Axis I disorder vs substance abuse KW - implications for diagnosis KW - conference presentation KW - 1989 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Mental Disorders KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Military Veterans KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1989 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198909)45:5<709::AID-JCLP2270450505>3.0.CO;2-P UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-09751-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-09744-001 AN - 1990-09744-001 AU - Murphy, Thomas J. AU - DeWolfe, Alan S. T1 - Planning abilities in alcoholics, process and reactive schizophrenics, and normals. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1989/// VL - 24 IS - 5 SP - 435 EP - 444 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-09744-001. PMID: 2793291 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Murphy, Thomas J.; Edward Hines Jr Veterans Administration Hosp, Hines, IL, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19900401. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Cognitive Ability; Process Schizophrenia; Reactive Psychosis; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Investigated planning abilities in 24 alcoholic, 24 process and 24 reactive schizophrenic (SZ), and 24 normal males. Normal Ss and alcoholics showed significantly greater planning ability on a picture arrangement task than process SZs. On a maze task, normals also attained significantly higher scores than process SZs. On a task in which Ss predicted future effects from a present-day trend, alcoholics showed significantly greater planning ability than normals and process SZs. The greater planning ability of alcoholics compared with normals on one of the tasks may be due to sampling and situational differences. Deficits in planning abilities may be temporary for alcoholics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - planning ability KW - alcoholic vs process or reactive schizophrenic vs normal male adults KW - 1989 KW - Alcoholism KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Process Schizophrenia KW - Reactive Psychosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1989 DO - 10.3109/10826088909047298 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-09744-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-09547-001 AN - 1990-09547-001 AU - Milligan, W. L. AU - Prescott, Louisa AU - Powell, D. A. AU - Furchtgott, Ernest T1 - Attitudes towards aging and physical health. JF - Experimental Aging Research JO - Experimental Aging Research JA - Exp Aging Res Y1 - 1989///Spr-Sum 1989 VL - 15 IS - 1-2 SP - 33 EP - 41 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0361-073X SN - 1096-4657 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-09547-001. PMID: 2583214 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Milligan, W. L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuroscience Lab, Columbia, SC, US. Release Date: 19900401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Aged (Attitudes Toward); Physical Health; Physical Illness (Attitudes Toward). Minor Descriptor: Aging (Attitudes Toward). Classification: Psychosocial & Personality Development (2840). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Spr-Sum 1989. AB - Presented a brief narrative description of 1 of 4 hypothetical individuals who differed in age and physical health to 109 men and 145 women. The Ss rated the profiled individual on a semantic differential scale of attitudes toward aging. Ss were divided into a young group (aged 17–29 yrs), a middle-aged group (aged 30–49 yrs), and an old group (aged 50+ yrs). No gender effects were found. All 3 age groups rated the older and younger profiles of persons in poor health more negatively than those describing healthy persons. A major component of negative attitudes toward the aged may be related to the more likely occurrence of physical illness in this age group; and more negative attitudes toward the aged are more likely to occur in older than younger respondents regardless of health status. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age KW - ratings of hypothetical individuals who differed in age & physical health KW - 17–50 yr olds & older KW - 1989 KW - Age Differences KW - Aged (Attitudes Toward) KW - Physical Health KW - Physical Illness (Attitudes Toward) KW - Aging (Attitudes Toward) KW - 1989 DO - 10.1080/03610738908259756 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-09547-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-09327-001 AN - 1990-09327-001 AU - Levin, Edward D. AU - McGurk, Susan R. AU - Rose, Jed E. AU - Butcher, Larry L. T1 - Reversal of a mecamylamine-induced cognitive deficit with the D₂ agonist, LY 171555. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 33 IS - 4 SP - 919 EP - 922 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-09327-001. PMID: 2575760 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levin, Edward D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Nicotine Research Lab, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19900401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Cognitive Impairment; Dopamine Agonists; Mecamylamine. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1989. AB - In 10 female rats, the D₂ agonist LY 171555 was effective in reversing the radial-arm maze choice accuracy impairment caused by mecamylamine; the D₁ agonist SKF 38393 was not effective. Selective dopaminergic D₁ and D₂ treatments that counteract the adverse cognitive effects of either nicotinic or muscarinic blockade were identified. A combination of these treatments may be useful in treating the cognitive effects of generalized cholinergic underactivation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - D2 agonist LY 171555 KW - reversal of mecamylamine induced cognitive deficit KW - female rats KW - 1989 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Cognitive Impairment KW - Dopamine Agonists KW - Mecamylamine KW - Rats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(89)90494-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-09327-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-09301-001 AN - 1990-09301-001 AU - Flood, James F. AU - Morley, John E. T1 - Dissociation of the effects of neuropeptide Y on feeding and memory: Evidence for pre- and postsynaptic mediation. JF - Peptides JO - Peptides JA - Peptides Y1 - 1989/09//Sep-Oct, 1989 VL - 10 IS - 5 SP - 963 EP - 966 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0196-9781 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-09301-001. PMID: 2558366 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Flood, James F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, St Louis, MO, US. Release Date: 19900401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Food Intake; Neuropeptide Y; Peptides; Retention. Minor Descriptor: Mice; Neurochemistry. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sep-Oct, 1989. AB - Conducted 3 experiments to examine the effect of C-terminal neuropeptide Y (NPY) fragments on feeding and on memory retention. Male mice were trained to avoid footshock in a T-maze. After training, NPY, NPY fragments (20–36 and 26–36), or saline were administered. Food consumption was measured during the 1st hr and memory retention was measured 1 wk after training. NPY elicited a 544% increase in feeding compared with saline. Both NPY and NPY (20–36) improved retention compared with the saline-treated group. Both NPY and NPY (20–36) administration resulted in amnesia, but only NPY stimulated feeding. NPY effects on feeding are apparently mediated through postsynaptic NPY receptors, and effects on memory retention appear to be mediated through presynaptic NPY receptors. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - C-terminal neuropeptide Y KW - feeding & memory retention KW - mice KW - 1989 KW - Food Intake KW - Neuropeptide Y KW - Peptides KW - Retention KW - Mice KW - Neurochemistry KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0196-9781(89)90176-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-09301-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-09279-001 AN - 1990-09279-001 AU - Becker, Howard C. AU - Hale, Robert L. T1 - Ethanol-induced locomotor stimulation in C57BL/6 mice following RO15-4513 administration. JF - Psychopharmacology JO - Psychopharmacology JA - Psychopharmacology (Berl) Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 99 IS - 3 SP - 333 EP - 336 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-3158 SN - 1432-2072 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-09279-001. PMID: 2512588 Other Journal Title: Psychopharmacologia. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Becker, Howard C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Charleston, SC, US. Release Date: 19900401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Activity Level; Animal Strain Differences; Benzodiazepines; Drug Interactions; Ethanol. Minor Descriptor: Mice. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1989. AB - Examined the effect of 2 partial benzodiazepine (BZ) inverse agonists, RO15-4513 and FG-7142, alone and in combination with ethanol (EtOH), on locomotor activity in adult male C57BL/6 mice. Data supported the relative insensitivity of this strain of mice at the excitatory properties of EtOH. Coadministration of RO15-4513 and EtOH markedly increased locomotor activity, and the unmasking of EtOH's stimulant action by RO15-1788. It is suggested that RO15-4513 unmasked the stimulant effects of EtOH by virtue of its ability to antagonize the depressant properties of EtOH in this strain of mice. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - RO15-4513 or FG-7142 with vs without ethanol KW - locomotor activity KW - C57BL/6 mice KW - 1989 KW - Activity Level KW - Animal Strain Differences KW - Benzodiazepines KW - Drug Interactions KW - Ethanol KW - Mice KW - 1989 DO - 10.1007/BF00445553 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-09279-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-09240-001 AN - 1990-09240-001 AU - Santucci, Anthony C. AU - Riccio, David C. AU - Treichler, F. Robert T1 - Role of ACTH in recovery from retrograde amnesia induced by hypothermia in rats. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience JA - Behav Neurosci Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 103 IS - 6 SP - 1267 EP - 1275 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-09240-001. PMID: 2558675 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Santucci, Anthony C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19900401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Cold Effects; Corticotropin; Memory. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: May 10, 1989; Revised Date: Apr 3, 1989; First Submitted Date: Aug 8, 1988. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - The present investigation assessed whether increased congruency between ACTH state present shortly after training and that at testing contributed to memory recovery. If recovery were related to an increased correspondence between internal state present after training and that at testing, then suppressing ACTH release should block memory recovery. This was the hypothesis that was examined in the present investigation. Specifically, animals were trained on a passive avoidance task, administered hypothermia (the amnestic agent) and, shortly prior to testing, given treatments known to be effective in reversing memory loss induced by hypothermia. Before training (Experiment 1) or testing (Experiment 2) animals were injected with either dexamethasone (an agent that suppresses ACTH release) or saline. Results, in general, indicated that when ACTH release was suppressed, a blunted recovery effect was obtained. This reduction in the extent of memory recovery was observed when ACTH was suppressed either at training or at testing. These data are interpreted as providing support for an ACTH-related, state-dependent retention mechanism contributing to recovery from hypothermia-induced retrograde amnesia in rats. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ACTH state after training & at testing KW - recovery from hypothermia induced amnesia KW - male rats KW - 1989 KW - Amnesia KW - Cold Effects KW - Corticotropin KW - Memory KW - Rats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.103.6.1267 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-09240-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-09231-001 AN - 1990-09231-001 AU - Paré, William P. AU - Vincent, George P. AU - Hsu, C. K. T1 - The effect of different stressors, before and after inoculation, on growth of a mammary tumor in the rat. JF - Research Communications in Psychology, Psychiatry & Behavior JO - Research Communications in Psychology, Psychiatry & Behavior JA - Res Commun Psychol Psychiatr Behav Y1 - 1989/// VL - 14 IS - 2 SP - 157 EP - 163 CY - US PB - PJD Publications SN - 0362-2428 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-09231-001. Other Journal Title: Research Communications in Biological Psychology & Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Paré, William P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Perry Point, MD, US. Release Date: 19900401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Breast Neoplasms; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Examined the effects of 3 stressors (restraint, cold, or forced swimming) and the timing of the introduction of the stressors before, after, or before and after, on the introduction of an R-3230 AC mammary tumor in 110 female rats. Stress did not significantly influence tumor onset, longevity or metastasis score. Body weight was retarded in more rats exposed to stress after inoculation. Stress inhibited tumor growth and was most effective if applied after inoculation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - restraint or cold or forced swim stressors before &/vs after inoculation KW - growth of experimental mammary tumor KW - female rats KW - 1989 KW - Breast Neoplasms KW - Stress KW - Rats KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-09231-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-09213-001 AN - 1990-09213-001 AU - Casey, Kenneth L. AU - Morrow, Thomas J. T1 - Effect of medial bulboreticular and raphe nuclear lesions on the excitation and modulation of supraspinal nocifensive behaviors in the cat. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1989/10// VL - 501 IS - 1 SP - 150 EP - 161 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-09213-001. PMID: 2804690 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Casey, Kenneth L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Service, Ann Arbor, MI, US. Release Date: 19900401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Feeding Behavior; Animal Vocalizations; Motor Processes; Raphe Nuclei; Reticular Formation. Minor Descriptor: Cats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1989. AB - Trained 6 cats to eat while partially restrained and while thermal pulse stimuli were delivered to the upper hindlimbs and measured the probability and latency of interruption of eating or of exploring for food, hindlimb movement, and vocalization. Supraspinally organized nocifensive responses were (1) tonically facilitated by neural activity originating in or passing through the medial bulboreticular formation; (2) tonically suppressed by midline raphe spinal neurons; and (3) phasically modulated by suprabulbar neural mechanisms that are related to changes in behavioral state. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - medial bulboreticular & raphe nuclei thermal lesions KW - eating & vocalization & body movement responses during learned eating KW - cats KW - 1989 KW - Animal Feeding Behavior KW - Animal Vocalizations KW - Motor Processes KW - Raphe Nuclei KW - Reticular Formation KW - Cats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(89)91036-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-09213-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-09204-001 AN - 1990-09204-001 AU - Arena, John G. AU - Goldberg, Steven J. AU - Saul, David L. AU - Hobbs, Stephen H. T1 - Temporal stability of psychophysiological response profiles: Analysis of individual response stereotypy and stimulus response specificity. JF - Behavior Therapy JO - Behavior Therapy JA - Behav Ther Y1 - 1989///Fal 1989 VL - 20 IS - 4 SP - 609 EP - 618 CY - US PB - Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy SN - 0005-7894 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-09204-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Arena, John G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Psychology Service, Biofeedback & Psychophysiological Disorders Clinic, Augusta, GA, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19900401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Arterial Pulse; Electromyography; Skin Temperature; Stress Reactions. Minor Descriptor: Hand (Anatomy); Physiological Correlates. Classification: Psychophysiology (2560). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1989. AB - Recorded temporal stability of frontal electromyogram (EMG) activity, hand surface temperature, and pulse of 64 Ss (aged 17–75 yrs) during 4 sessions over a month's interval. Each session consisted of an adaptation period, a baseline condition, and a cognitive and physical stressor. Treating the responses as relative measures produced smaller and less frequently significant correlation coefficients. This analysis led to identifying 3 groups of Ss: those who responded primarily within a single system across sessions regardless of stressor (individual response stereotypy, 42%), those who responded differentially across sessions to the 2 stressors (stimulus-response specificity, 20%), and those with profiles not readily classifiable (38%). Subjective ratings by clinicians showed little agreement with these classifications and poor reliability among raters was also obtained. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - temporal stability of frontal EMG & hand surface temperature & pulse responses to cognitive vs physical stressors KW - 17–75 yr olds KW - 1989 KW - Arterial Pulse KW - Electromyography KW - Skin Temperature KW - Stress Reactions KW - Hand (Anatomy) KW - Physiological Correlates KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/S0005-7894(89)80138-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-09204-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-09183-001 AN - 1990-09183-001 AU - Stillman, Richard C. AU - Walker, John A. T1 - The anatomy of mental unity and volition: An alternate view. JF - Psychiatry: Interpersonal and Biological Processes JO - Psychiatry: Interpersonal and Biological Processes JA - Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 52 IS - 4 SP - 410 EP - 413 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0033-2747 SN - 1943-281X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-09183-001. Other Journal Title: Psychiatry: Journal for the Study of Interpersonal Processes. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stillman, Richard C.; Livermore Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, CA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19900401. Correction Date: 20150629. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ego; Lateral Dominance; Neuroanatomy. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1989. AB - Analyzes the adequacy of the 3 sources used by L. Tinnin (see record [rid]1990-09186-001[/rid]) as evidence that (1) there exists a brain agency, a governing mental system (GMS), responsible for mental unity, volition, and consciousness and (2) that the neural substrate for this GMS is Wernicke's Area. An alternative model, developed by M. Minsky (1986), is proposed to account for such a mental system. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hemispheric specialization KW - neural substrate of ego KW - commentary KW - 1989 KW - Ego KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Neuroanatomy KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-09183-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-08910-001 AN - 1990-08910-001 AU - Sullivan, E. V. AU - Sagar, H. J. AU - Gabrieli, J. D. AU - Corkin, S. AU - Growdon, J. H. T1 - Different cognitive profiles on standard behavioral tests in Parkinson's disease and Alzheimer's disease. JF - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JO - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JA - J Clin Exp Neuropsychol Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 11 IS - 6 SP - 799 EP - 820 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 1380-3395 SN - 1744-411X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-08910-001. PMID: 2592525 Other Journal Title: Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sullivan, E. V.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19900401. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Parkinson's Disease; Profiles (Measurement); Rating Scales; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Minor Descriptor: Subtests. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 22. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - 15 patients (aged 53–80 yrs) with Parkinson's disease (PD) displayed a different pattern of cognitive deficit from 15 patients (aged 53–76 yrs) with dementia resulting from Alzheimer's disease (AD). Specifically, PD patients, whether or not impaired on the Blessed Dementia Scale (G. Blessed et al; see record [rid]1969-02935-001[/rid]), had deficient Picture Arrangement but normal Vocabulary test scores, whereas AD patients were impaired on both measures. Futhermore, PD patients with impaired mental status examination scores showed a deficit in set formation on Picture Arrangement not seen in the AD patients. 71% of PD patients who had normal mental status scores showed mild memory impairment on the Wechsler Memory Scale. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive profiles on Picture Arrangement subtest of WAIS-R & Blessed Dementia Scale KW - 53–80 yr olds with Alzheimer's dementia vs Parkinson's disease KW - 1989 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Parkinson's Disease KW - Profiles (Measurement) KW - Rating Scales KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - Subtests KW - 1989 DO - 10.1080/01688638908400937 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-08910-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-08872-001 AN - 1990-08872-001 AU - Horton, Arthur M. AU - Langhinrichsen, Jennifer T1 - Reliability and validity of the Inventory to Diagnose Depression (IDD) with an inpatient alcoholic population. JF - Psychotherapy in Private Practice JO - Psychotherapy in Private Practice Y1 - 1989/// VL - 7 IS - 3 SP - 55 EP - 60 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0731-7158 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-08872-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Psychotherapy in Independent Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Horton, Arthur M.; Baltimore Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcoholism Section, MD, US. Release Date: 19900401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Major Depression; Psychodiagnosis; Statistical Validity; Test Reliability. Minor Descriptor: Detoxification; Hospitalized Patients; Inventories. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Demonstrated that the Inventory to Diagnose Depression (IDD) by M. Zimmerman and W. Coryell (see record [rid]1987-14494-001[/rid]) is a psychometrically sound instrument for diagnosing major depression disorder (MDD) in hospitalized alcoholics. 64 male inpatients in alcohol/detoxification service were administered the IDD and the short form of the Beck Depression Inventory. Test–retest reliability and concurrent validity were assessed after a 30-min or a 1-wk delay for 2 subgroups, using the 2 sets of inventories and the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI). The IDD appears to be a reasonably valid and reliable measure for diagnosing MDD in hospitalized alcoholics and seems to be sensitive to changes in mood resulting from clinical intervention. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - test retest reliability & concurrent validity of Inventory to Diagnose Depression KW - hospitalized alcoholic 21–66 yr old males in detoxification program KW - 1989 KW - Alcoholism KW - Major Depression KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Statistical Validity KW - Test Reliability KW - Detoxification KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Inventories KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-08872-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-08863-001 AN - 1990-08863-001 AU - Gerardi, Robert AU - Keane, Terence M. AU - Penk, Walter E. T1 - Utility: Sensitivity and specificity in developing diagnostic tests of combat-related Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). T3 - Post-traumatic stress disorder JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 45 IS - 5, Mono Suppl SP - 691 EP - 703 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-08863-001. Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gerardi, Robert; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19900401. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Literature Review; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychodiagnosis; Test Construction. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1989. AB - Summarizes strengths and weaknesses of clinical utility of tests that diagnose Vietnam combat-related PTSD. Weaknesses reviewed are: excessive reliance upon one kind of measure of Index Diagnosis, failure to control for varying prevalence rates across samples, and failure to compare accuracy across response modalities. Strengths include the finding that self-report measures have proven to be highly sensitive and that psychophysiological measures have been shown as highly specific. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - development & clinical utility of diagnostic tests for PTSD KW - literature review KW - 1989 KW - Literature Review KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Test Construction KW - 1989 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198909)45:5<691::AID-JCLP2270450503>3.0.CO;2-C UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-08863-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-08763-001 AN - 1990-08763-001 AU - Sutker, Patricia B. AU - Thomason, Bradley T. AU - Allain, Albert N. T1 - Adjective self-descriptions of World War II and Korean prisoner of war and combat veterans. JF - Journal of Psychopathology and Behavioral Assessment JO - Journal of Psychopathology and Behavioral Assessment JA - J Psychopathol Behav Assess Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 11 IS - 2 SP - 185 EP - 192 CY - US PB - Plenum Publishing Corp. SN - 0882-2689 SN - 1573-3505 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-08763-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Behavioral Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sutker, Patricia B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, New Orleans, LA, US. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19900301. Correction Date: 20130422. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Interpersonal Interaction; Military Veterans; Personality; Prisoners of War. Minor Descriptor: Emotional Trauma; Self-Perception; Self-Report. Classification: Military Psychology (3800); Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - Compared self-reported personal descriptors generated by 71 former prisoners of war (POWS) and 35 combat veterans of similar ages, combat assignments, and psychosocial backgrounds. Descriptors were generated using the Adjective Checklist (ACL). There were significant differences between POWS and combat controls in selection of self-descriptors across the 37 ACL scales. Results point to an association between catastrophic trauma of sustained duration and subjective reports of relatively unfavorable views of self, less adaptive personality structure, and greater difficulties in coping and other adult demands. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - catastrophic trauma of sustained duration & self reports of views of self & adaptive personality structure & interpersonal coping behavior KW - former prisoners of war & combat veterans KW - 1989 KW - Coping Behavior KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Military Veterans KW - Personality KW - Prisoners of War KW - Emotional Trauma KW - Self-Perception KW - Self-Report KW - 1989 DO - 10.1007/BF00960479 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-08763-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-08533-001 AN - 1990-08533-001 AU - Stuve, Paul AU - Beeson, Peter G. AU - Hartig, Paula T1 - Trends in the rural community mental health work force: A case study. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 40 IS - 9 SP - 932 EP - 936 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-08533-001. PMID: 2793096 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stuve, Paul; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Ann Arbor, MI, US. Release Date: 19900301. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Community Mental Health Centers; Medical Personnel Supply; Mental Health Personnel Supply; Rural Environments; Urban Environments. Minor Descriptor: Community Mental Health Services; Health Care Delivery. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400); Community & Social Services (3373). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1989. AB - Examined differences in overall staffing levels and staff makeup as well as differences in professional staff and medical personnel between community mental health centers (CMHCs) in rural Nebraska and those in metropolitan Nebraska in the period 1981–1988. While changes in overall staffing levels did occur, the proportions of doctoral-, master's-, and bachelor's-level personnel did not change significantly in either area. Metropolitan CMHCs showed a significant decrease in medical personnel. The number of direct-care mental health service providers working in rural areas in the public sector declined by 14% during the study period, while the metropolitan work force increased by 42%. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - medical & mental health staffing trends in rural vs urban community mental health centers KW - 1981–88 KW - implications for service delivery KW - 1989 KW - Community Mental Health Centers KW - Medical Personnel Supply KW - Mental Health Personnel Supply KW - Rural Environments KW - Urban Environments KW - Community Mental Health Services KW - Health Care Delivery KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-08533-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-08520-001 AN - 1990-08520-001 AU - Neumann, Joseph K. T1 - A theological perspective on the licensing of helping professionals. JF - Journal of Psychology and Theology JO - Journal of Psychology and Theology JA - J Psychol Theol Y1 - 1989///Fal 1989 VL - 17 IS - 3 SP - 252 EP - 262 CY - US PB - University of Biola SN - 0091-6471 SN - 2328-1162 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-08520-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Neumann, Joseph K.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Mountain Home, TN, US. Release Date: 19900301. Correction Date: 20170220. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Christianity; Occupations; Professional Licensing. Minor Descriptor: Government; Religious Beliefs. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1989. AB - Summarizes several consequences for Christians of government licensing of professional groups, focusing on occupations related to psychology and counseling. Pragmatic problems associated with the lack of psychometric validity of licensing are reviewed, and theonomic (biblical) principles are discussed in terms of 6 areas of licensing (building code regulations, free market honesty, free market contracts, establishment of religion, equality of opportunity, and ability differences). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Christian perspectives KW - government licensing of professional groups & occupations related to counseling & psychology KW - 1989 KW - Christianity KW - Occupations KW - Professional Licensing KW - Government KW - Religious Beliefs KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-08520-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-08502-001 AN - 1990-08502-001 AU - Chemtob, Claude M. AU - Bauer, Gordon B. AU - Hamada, Roger S. AU - Pelowski, Susan R. AU - Muraoka, Miles Y. T1 - Patient suicide: Occupational hazard for psychologists and psychiatrists. JF - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice JO - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice JA - Prof Psychol Res Pr Y1 - 1989/10// VL - 20 IS - 5 SP - 294 EP - 300 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7028 SN - 1939-1323 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-08502-001. Other Journal Title: Professional Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Chemtob, Claude M.; Veterans Administration, Stress Disorders Research Lab, Honolulu, HI, US. Release Date: 19900301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clients; Occupational Stress; Psychiatrists; Psychologists; Suicide. Minor Descriptor: Client Characteristics; Epidemiology. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400); Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Apr 18, 1989; Revised Date: Dec 28, 1988; First Submitted Date: Oct 17, 1988. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Using data from our earlier national surveys, we compared the frequency and impact of patient suicide among psychologists and psychiatrists. We also report data from a new survey designed to examine the influence of patient type, practice setting, and pattern of practice on risk of experiencing patient suicide and on its impact on the therapist. Twenty-two percent of psychologists and 51% of psychiatrists reported having experienced the loss of a patient to suicide. Both groups reported experiencing significant disruptions in their professional and personal lives after the patient's suicide. Work setting, kind of patient treated, and profession were most strongly associated with the occurrence in patient suicide. We argue that patient suicide is an occupational hazard for psychologists and psychiatrists. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - patient & practice characteristics KW - risk & impact of patient suicide KW - psychologists vs psychiatrists KW - 1989 KW - Clients KW - Occupational Stress KW - Psychiatrists KW - Psychologists KW - Suicide KW - Client Characteristics KW - Epidemiology KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/0735-7028.20.5.294 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-08502-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-08476-001 AN - 1990-08476-001 AU - Kutner, Gloria AU - Zahourek, Rothlyn P. T1 - Relaxation and imagery groups for alcoholics. JF - Advances JO - Advances Y1 - 1989///Fal 1989 VL - 6 IS - 3 SP - 57 EP - 64 CY - US PB - InnoVision Communications SN - 0741-9783 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-08476-001. Other Journal Title: Advances in Mind-Body Medicine. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kutner, Gloria; Brooklyn Veterans Administration Ctr, NY, US. Release Date: 19900301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Group Psychotherapy; Imagery; Relaxation Therapy. Minor Descriptor: Hospitalized Patients; Outpatient Treatment. Classification: Outpatient Services (3371). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1989. AB - Summarizes theories supporting the use of relaxation and imagery techniques in the treatment of alcoholism and substance abuse and describes group relaxation treatment (GRT) for chronic alcoholic inpatients and recovering alcoholic outpatients. GRT teaches alcoholics a more beneficial way of dealing with stress and promotes new relationships. GRT also enables recovering alcoholics to become more aware of their bodies and develop a sense of inner control, as well as providing a nonchemical means of coping. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group relaxation & imagery techniques KW - alcoholic inpatients & outpatients KW - 1989 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Imagery KW - Relaxation Therapy KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Outpatient Treatment KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-08476-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-08352-001 AN - 1990-08352-001 AU - Rosenheck, Robert AU - Leda, Catherine AU - Gallup, Peggy AU - Astrachan, Boris M. AU - Milstein, R. AU - Leaf, P. AU - Thompson, D. AU - Errera, P. T1 - Initial assessment data from a 43-site program for homeless chronic mentally ill veterans. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 40 IS - 9 SP - 937 EP - 942 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-08352-001. PMID: 2793097 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rosenheck, Robert; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Veterans Administration Northeast Program Evaluation Ctr, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19900301. Correction Date: 20160523. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Characteristics; Homeless; Mental Disorders; Mental Health Services; Military Veterans. Minor Descriptor: Chronicity (Disorders); Demographic Characteristics; Government Agencies; Screening. Classification: Community & Social Services (3373); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1989. AB - In May 1987 the Veterans Administration (VA) established the Homeless Chronically Mentally Ill Veterans Program at 43 sites to provide outreach, health care, and residential rehabilitation services. Intake assessment data on 10,529 homeless veterans screened as potential candidates for clinical services during the program's 1st 11 mo are presented. With a mean age of 42.7 yrs, the homeless veterans were considerably younger than veterans in the general population. More had served in the Vietnam era than in other military eras. Almost half manifested one or more severe psychiatric symptoms at screening, and almost two-thirds had been hospitalized for either a psychiatric or a substance abuse problem. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sociodemographic & clinical screening data from initial assessment at VA program KW - homeless chronically mentally ill veterans KW - 1989 KW - Client Characteristics KW - Homeless KW - Mental Disorders KW - Mental Health Services KW - Military Veterans KW - Chronicity (Disorders) KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - Government Agencies KW - Screening KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-08352-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-08252-001 AN - 1990-08252-001 AU - Young, Alexander S. AU - Faraone, Stephen V. AU - Brown, Walter A. T1 - Correction of serum neuroleptic activity for blood-to-brain distribution: A method that may render radioreceptor assay results comparable between neuroleptics. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology JA - J Clin Psychopharmacol Y1 - 1989/10// VL - 9 IS - 5 SP - 361 EP - 363 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0271-0749 SN - 1533-712X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-08252-001. PMID: 2571620 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Young, Alexander S.; Brockton-West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19900301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Measurement; Neuroleptic Drugs; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Blood Serum; Neural Receptors; Prolactin. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1989. AB - Measured serum neuroleptic (NRL) activity by NRL radioreceptor assay (NRRA) and prolactin concentration (PLC) every 6 mo for 2 yrs in 105 male schizophrenic outpatients (aged 22–70 yrs). Ss were being treated with thioridazine, chlorpromazine, haloperidol, or fluphenazine. NRRA NRL activity across NRLs did not significantly correlate with other measures (e.g., serum PLC, equivalent chlorpromazine dose) of NRL bioavailability, confirming that NRRA activities produced by different NRLs are not comparable. However, statistical and blood-to-brain distribution correction methods markedly increased correlations between NRRA activities and equivalent daily dose or PLC to statistically significant levels. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - radioreceptor assay KW - measurement of neuroleptic activity & prolactin concentration KW - male schizophrenic 22–70 yr olds treated with neuroleptic drugs KW - 1989 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Measurement KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Schizophrenia KW - Blood Serum KW - Neural Receptors KW - Prolactin KW - 1989 DO - 10.1097/00004714-198910000-00009 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-08252-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-08202-001 AN - 1990-08202-001 AU - Leong, Gregory B. AU - Shaner, Andrew L. AU - Silva, J. Arturo T1 - Narcolepsy, paranoid psychosis, and analeptic abuse. JF - Psychiatric Journal of the University of Ottawa JO - Psychiatric Journal of the University of Ottawa JA - Psychiatr J Univ Ott Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 14 IS - 3 SP - 481 EP - 483 CY - Canada PB - Canadian Medical Assn SN - 0702-8466 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-08202-001. PMID: 2678193 Other Journal Title: Journal of Psychiatry & Neuroscience. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Leong, Gregory B.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Mental Health Clinic, CA, US. Release Date: 19900301. Correction Date: 20100927. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Analeptic Drugs; Drug Abuse; Narcolepsy; Paranoia (Psychosis). Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1989. AB - Discusses the cases of 2 men, aged 34 and 64 yrs, to illustrate how analeptic abuse can contribute to the development of paranoid psychosis in narcolepsy and greatly complicate treatment. In both cases, the patients continued to abuse analeptic compounds even when they knew that taking more than the recommended dose caused unpleasant psychotic symptoms. This pattern resembles the model for cocaine abuse, in which abuse continues despite severe accompanying side effects. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - analeptic abuse KW - development of paranoid psychosis KW - narcoleptic 34 & 64 yr old males KW - case reports KW - 1989 KW - Analeptic Drugs KW - Drug Abuse KW - Narcolepsy KW - Paranoia (Psychosis) KW - Case Report KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-08202-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-08015-001 AN - 1990-08015-001 AU - Nelson, Ruth A. AU - Borkovec, Thomas D. T1 - Relationship of client participation to psychotherapy. JF - Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry JO - Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry JA - J Behav Ther Exp Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 20 IS - 2 SP - 155 EP - 162 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0005-7916 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-08015-001. PMID: 2685046 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Nelson, Ruth A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19900301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Client Attitudes; Progressive Relaxation Therapy; Psychotherapeutic Outcomes; Treatment Compliance. Minor Descriptor: Client Centered Therapy; Cognitive Therapy. Classification: Interpersonal & Client Centered & Humanistic Therapy (3314). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - Investigated whether client participation was unidimensional or multidimensional, stable over therapy, and/or related to measures of psychotherapy outcome. Outcome measures included assessor ratings, daily client self-report of anxiety severity, and questionnaire measures. Ss were 30 clients participating in a 12-session generalized anxiety disorder comparative treatment study in which they received progressive relaxation training plus either cognitive therapy or nondirective therapy. In both treatment groups, behavioral compliance measures were poorly intercorrelated and unrelated to other participation measures. Correlation of participation variables with change on pre–post outcome measures showed a significant relationship between participation variables representing satisfaction with specific aspects of therapy and the therapeutic relationship and improvement in daily level of subjective anxiety. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dimensionality & stability of participation in progressive muscle relaxation & cognitive or nondirective therapy KW - reduction in subjective anxiety KW - 1989 KW - Anxiety KW - Client Attitudes KW - Progressive Relaxation Therapy KW - Psychotherapeutic Outcomes KW - Treatment Compliance KW - Client Centered Therapy KW - Cognitive Therapy KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0005-7916(89)90048-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-08015-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-08008-001 AN - 1990-08008-001 AU - Levitte, Susan S. AU - Thornby, John I. T1 - Geriatric and nongeriatric psychiatry consultation: A comparison study. JF - General Hospital Psychiatry JO - General Hospital Psychiatry JA - Gen Hosp Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 11 IS - 5 SP - 339 EP - 344 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0163-8343 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-08008-001. PMID: 2792745 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levitte, Susan S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Houston, TX, US. Release Date: 19900301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Professional Consultation; Psychiatric Patients. Minor Descriptor: Diagnosis; Military Veterans; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1989. AB - Compared differences in reason for consultation, diagnostic impressions, and treatment plans for 2 groups of mostly male psychiatric patients, 366 patients (aged <60 yrs) and 384 patients (aged 60+ yrs). Results show (1) a higher rate of organicity (especially dementia), (2) less frequent reports of suicidal ideation and suicide attempts (despite a higher rate of suicide), (3) greater need for competency assessment, and (4) greater use of prescription psychotropic medications in older Ss. Alcoholism and personality disorders were more often diagnosed in younger patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reason for referral & diagnostic impressions & treatment plans KW - veterans 60 yrs old & older vs under 60 referred for psychiatric consultation KW - 1989 KW - Age Differences KW - Professional Consultation KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Diagnosis KW - Military Veterans KW - Treatment KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0163-8343(89)90121-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-08008-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-07971-001 AN - 1990-07971-001 AU - Van Gorp, Wilfred G. AU - Miller, Eric N. AU - Satz, Paul AU - Visscher, Barbara T1 - Neuropsychological performance in HIV-1 immunocompromised patients: A preliminary report. JF - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JO - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JA - J Clin Exp Neuropsychol Y1 - 1989/10// VL - 11 IS - 5 SP - 763 EP - 773 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 1380-3395 SN - 1744-411X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-07971-001. PMID: 2808663 Other Journal Title: Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Gorp, Wilfred G.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, CA, US. Release Date: 19900301. Correction Date: 20100927. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: AIDS; Neuropsychology. Classification: Immunological Disorders (3291). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1989. AB - Examined the pattern of neuropsychologic abnormalities in 3 groups of Ss: 20 patients diagnosed with acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS); 14 patients diagnosed with AIDS related complex; and 13 seronegative controls. All Ss were administered a comprehensive neuropsychological battery. Results reveal a pattern of preserved attention and concentration, language skills, and most visuospatial construction abilities in the presence of more notable deficits in nonverbal memory and speeded psychomotor tasks. Practical implications for the early detection of human immunodeficiency virus-1 (HIV-1) related cognitive dysfunction are addressed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - pattern of neuropsychological impairment KW - HIV-1 seronegative & ARC & AIDS patients KW - 1989 KW - AIDS KW - Neuropsychology KW - 1989 DO - 10.1080/01688638908400930 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-07971-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-07930-001 AN - 1990-07930-001 AU - Oxenkrug, Gregory F. AU - Gurevich, David AU - Siegel, Barry AU - Dumlao, Manuel S. AU - Gershon, Samuel T1 - Correlation between brain-adrenal axis activation and cognitive impairment in Alzheimer's disease: Is there a gender effect? JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 29 IS - 2 SP - 169 EP - 175 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-07930-001. PMID: 2798595 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Oxenkrug, Gregory F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Providence, RI, US. Release Date: 19900301. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adrenal Glands; Alzheimer's Disease; Brain; Cognitive Ability. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1989. AB - Evaluated the relationship between brain-adrenal axis (BAA) activity and cognitive function (CGF) in 14 male and 20 female inpatients (aged 59–92 yrs) suffering from senile dementia of the Alzheimer's type (SDAT). The Global Deterioration Scale (B. Reisberg et al; see record [rid]1983-00180-001[/rid]) was used to assess cognitive impairment, and the dexamethasone suppression test (DST) was used to measure BAA activity. A strong correlation was found between BAA activity and degree of cognitive impairment in female Ss, but not in male Ss. Both gender composition of the study group and sensitivity of methods used to evaluate CGF and BAA activity may contribute to different conclusions on the presence or absence of a correlation between CGF and BAA activity in SDAT. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - brain adrenal axis activity & cognitive function KW - male vs female 59–92 yr olds with senile dementia of Alzheimer's type KW - 1989 KW - Adrenal Glands KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Brain KW - Cognitive Ability KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(89)90031-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-07930-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-7193-9117 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-07920-001 AN - 1990-07920-001 AU - Milberg, William AU - Albert, Marilyn T1 - Cognitive differences between patients with Progressive Supranuclear Palsy and Alzheimer's Disease. JF - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JO - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JA - J Clin Exp Neuropsychol Y1 - 1989/10// VL - 11 IS - 5 SP - 605 EP - 614 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 1380-3395 SN - 1744-411X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-07920-001. PMID: 2808652 Other Journal Title: Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Milberg, William; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, West Roxbury, MA, US. Release Date: 19900301. Correction Date: 20100927. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Cognitive Ability; Paralysis. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1989. AB - 16 patients with dementia of the Alzheimer type (AD) and 9 patients with progressive supranuclear palsy (PSP [aged 61–85 yrs]) were administered a battery of neuropsychological tasks that assessed a cross-section of cognitive abilities. The Ss were equated in terms of overall level of impairment. There was no difference between the groups on the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) subtests that were administered (Vocabulary, Digit Span Forward, Similarities, Block Design). There was a striking difference between the AD and PSP patients on tests of verbal and nonverbal memory, as assessed by the Wechsler Memory Scale. The memory performance of the PSP Ss did not differ from normal controls. In addition, there was a double-dissociation between the AD and PSP patients on tasks that evaluated naming and verbal fluency. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive abilities KW - 61–85 yr olds with Alzheimer type dementia vs progressive supranuclear palsy KW - 1989 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Paralysis KW - 1989 DO - 10.1080/01688638908400919 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-07920-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-6078-7066 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-07911-001 AN - 1990-07911-001 AU - MacKinnon, Dean F. AU - Squire, Larry R. T1 - Autobiographical memory and amnesia. JF - Psychobiology JO - Psychobiology JA - Psychobiology (Austin, Tex) Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 17 IS - 3 SP - 247 EP - 256 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0889-6313 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-07911-001. Other Journal Title: Physiological Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: MacKinnon, Dean F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19900301. Correction Date: 20100104. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Memory Disorders; Reminiscence. Minor Descriptor: Episodic Memory; Semantic Memory. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1989. AB - Conducted 4 experiments to assess autobiographical memory in 5 normal Ss (mean age 53.8 yrs) and in 5 memory-impaired patients (47–65 yrs old), all of whom had become amnesic on a known date. The patients were unable to produce autobiographical recollections in as much detail as the normal Ss could. Impairment was especially noticeable when single-word cues were used to elicit memories and when Ss were asked to recollect events from any past time period. Amnesic patients performed better when they restricted their recollections to childhood or adolescence. Patients who had the most difficulty recollecting also exhibited the most severe and extensive retrograde amnesia on fact-memory tests. Findings do not support the view that amnesia especially affects episodic, as compared with semantic, memory. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - autobiographical memory ability & amnesia KW - 47–65 yr olds with memory disorders KW - 1989 KW - Amnesia KW - Memory Disorders KW - Reminiscence KW - Episodic Memory KW - Semantic Memory KW - 1989 DO - 10.1007/BF03337776 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-07911-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-07879-001 AN - 1990-07879-001 AU - Goldstein, Mary K. AU - Brown, Ellen M. AU - Holt, Peter AU - Gallagher, Dolores AU - Winograd, C. H. T1 - Fecal incontinence in an elderly man: Stanford University Geriatrics Case Conference. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1989/10// VL - 37 IS - 10 SP - 991 EP - 1002 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-07879-001. PMID: 2794323 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Mary K.; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education, & Clinical Ctr, CA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19900301. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Etiology; Fecal Incontinence; Geriatric Patients; Medical Treatment (General). Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Psychosocial Factors. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1989. AB - Presents the case of a 90-yr-old White male with fecal incontinence and discusses the pathophysiology, evaluation, and management of the condition. Key information needed by the geriatrician or primary care physician to manage such patients is highlighted. Psychosocial effects on the caregiver are also explored, and therapeutic interventions to relieve caregiver distress are offered. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - pathophysiology & evaluation & management KW - 90 yr old White male with fecal incontinence KW - case report KW - implications for psychosocial effects on caregiver KW - 1989 KW - Etiology KW - Fecal Incontinence KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Medical Treatment (General) KW - Case Report KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - 1989 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1989.tb07288.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-07879-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-07873-001 AN - 1990-07873-001 AU - Fontana, Alan F. AU - Kerns, Robert D. AU - Blatt, Sidney J. AU - Rosenberg, Roberta L. AU - Burg, Matthew M. AU - Colonese, Kathleen L. T1 - Cynical mistrust and the search for self-worth. JF - Journal of Psychosomatic Research JO - Journal of Psychosomatic Research JA - J Psychosom Res Y1 - 1989/// VL - 33 IS - 4 SP - 449 EP - 456 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0022-3999 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-07873-001. PMID: 2795517 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fontana, Alan F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19900301. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cardiovascular Disorders; Cynicism; Self-Esteem; Self-Evaluation. Minor Descriptor: Human Males; Parent Child Relations; Personality Correlates. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Administered a test battery that included a cynical mistrust scale and the Marlowe-Crowne Social Desirability Scale to 23 male medical and surgical patients (aged 40–64 yrs) with a history of coronary heart disease (CHD) and 41 age-matched male medical and surgical patients with no such history. As hypothesized, Ss scoring high in cynical mistrust also scored high in self-worth by social comparison, playing hardball with others, and self-criticism. High scorers in cynical mistrust among Ss with CHD history also scored high in dependency on others for validation that they were deserving of being loved. The pathogenicity of cynical mistrust for CHD may be potentiated by the presence of certain other dispositions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cynical mistrust & self worth & self criticism & descriptions of parents KW - 40–64 yr old male medical & surgical patients with vs without history of coronary heart disease KW - 1989 KW - Cardiovascular Disorders KW - Cynicism KW - Self-Esteem KW - Self-Evaluation KW - Human Males KW - Parent Child Relations KW - Personality Correlates KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0022-3999(89)90006-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-07873-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-07849-001 AN - 1990-07849-001 AU - Bieliauskas, Linas A. AU - Glantz, Russell H. T1 - Depression type in Parkinson Disease. JF - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JO - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JA - J Clin Exp Neuropsychol Y1 - 1989/10// VL - 11 IS - 5 SP - 597 EP - 604 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 1380-3395 SN - 1744-411X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-07849-001. PMID: 2808651 Other Journal Title: Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bieliauskas, Linas A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Ann Arbor, MI, US. Release Date: 19900301. Correction Date: 20100927. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Major Depression; Parkinson's Disease; Reactive Depression. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1989. AB - 33 patients with Parkinson disease were evaluated neurologically and neuropsychologically. 70% without a previous psychiatric diagnosis were depressed. This depression was not related to the presence of dementia, stage of the disease, a general estimate of memory and attention, years of Parkinsonism, age, or indices of frontal cortex-related functioning. Because the depression did not positively relate to factors suggestive of advancing disease, it is proposed that the depression is reactive to the disease rather than an integral part of it. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - integral vs reactive depression KW - adults with Parkinson's disease KW - 1989 KW - Major Depression KW - Parkinson's Disease KW - Reactive Depression KW - 1989 DO - 10.1080/01688638908400918 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-07849-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-07755-001 AN - 1990-07755-001 AU - Miller, Thomas W. AU - Veltkamp, Lane J. T1 - Assessment of child sexual abuse: Clinical use of fables. JF - Child Psychiatry and Human Development JO - Child Psychiatry and Human Development JA - Child Psychiatry Hum Dev Y1 - 1989///Win 1989 VL - 20 IS - 2 SP - 123 EP - 133 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0009-398X SN - 1573-3327 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-07755-001. PMID: 2680326 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Miller, Thomas W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Lexington, KY, US. Release Date: 19900301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Child Abuse; Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis); Projective Techniques; Sexual Abuse. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Win 1989. AB - Examines the clinical use of fables in the evaluation of child sexual abuse. A review of projective assessment, the use of human figure drawings, anatomically correct dolls, and projective apperception testing is presented within the context of clinical assessment of child trauma. Legal and mental health professionals who are competent to make evaluations of child sexual abuse must make them based on historical, as well as contemporary, psychological data. The greatest benefit of having such data available is the potential for assisting the court in understanding the processing of trauma by the child and rendering a decision that is in the best interests of the child. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - fables & other projective measures KW - evaluation of child sexual abuse KW - 1989 KW - Child Abuse KW - Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis) KW - Projective Techniques KW - Sexual Abuse KW - 1989 DO - 10.1007/BF00711659 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-07755-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-07664-001 AN - 1990-07664-001 AU - Rinsley, Donald B. T1 - Notes on the developmental pathogenesis of narcissistic personality disorder. JF - Psychiatric Clinics of North America JO - Psychiatric Clinics of North America JA - Psychiatr Clin North Am Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 12 IS - 3 SP - 695 EP - 707 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0193-953X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-07664-001. PMID: 2678025 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rinsley, Donald B.; Colmery-O'Neil Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Topeka, KS, US. Release Date: 19900301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Borderline States; Etiology; Narcissistic Personality Disorder; Psychodiagnosis. Minor Descriptor: Childhood Development; Separation Individuation. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1989. AB - Considers narcissistic personality disorder (NPD) as a higher-order borderline personality disorder: both share related pathogeneses in terms of impaired parent–child relationships. These disorders are developed as arising from impaired separation–individuation, drawing on both classic and object-relations concepts. Emphasis is placed on pre-Oedipal developmental arrest as fundamental to the separation–individuation failure that characterizes these cases. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - diagnostic issues & developmental pathogenesis KW - narcissistic personality disorder as higher order borderline personality disorder KW - 1989 KW - Borderline States KW - Etiology KW - Narcissistic Personality Disorder KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Childhood Development KW - Separation Individuation KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-07664-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-07639-001 AN - 1990-07639-001 AU - McFall, Miles E. AU - Murburg, M. Michele AU - Roszell, Douglas K. AU - Veith, Richard C. T1 - Psychophysiologic and neuroendocrine findings in posttraumatic stress disorder: A review of theory and research. JF - Journal of Anxiety Disorders JO - Journal of Anxiety Disorders JA - J Anxiety Disord Y1 - 1989/// VL - 3 IS - 4 SP - 243 EP - 257 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0887-6185 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-07639-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McFall, Miles E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19900301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Literature Review; Neuroendocrinology; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychophysiology. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - A review of psychophysiologic and neuroendocrine investigations of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) revealed that patients with PTSD had higher resting heart rate and blood pressure than asymptomatic controls, and urinary catecholamines were more elevated in PTSD Ss than in psychiatric patients without PTSD. Combat veterans with PTSD, when exposed to combat-related laboratory stressors, exhibited greater autonomic arousal than did various groups of control Ss. Diagnostic sensitivity in discriminating PTSD from non-PTSD Ss using biological variables was moderate, although specificity was substantially greater. Evidence supports models of conditioned autonomic nervous system arousal in PTSD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychophysiologic & neuroendocrine factors in PTSD KW - literature review KW - 1989 KW - Literature Review KW - Neuroendocrinology KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychophysiology KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0887-6185(89)90017-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-07639-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-07349-001 AN - 1990-07349-001 AU - Leong, Gregory B. AU - Eth, Spencer T1 - Behavioral science and the juvenile death penalty. JF - Bulletin of the American Academy of Psychiatry & the Law JO - Bulletin of the American Academy of Psychiatry & the Law JA - Bull Am Acad Psychiatry Law Y1 - 1989/// VL - 17 IS - 3 SP - 301 EP - 309 CY - US PB - American Academy of Psychiatry & the Law SN - 0091-634X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-07349-001. PMID: 2676026 Other Journal Title: Journal of the American Academy of Psychiatry and the Law. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Leong, Gregory B.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Mental Health Clinic, CA, US. Release Date: 19900301. Correction Date: 20161201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Capital Punishment; Juvenile Delinquency; Legal Processes; Professional Ethics; Social Sciences. Minor Descriptor: Data Collection. Classification: Criminal Law & Adjudication (4230). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Examines the use of behavioral data to resolve the legality of juvenile capital punishment. The present status of the juvenile death penalty in the US is described, and recent Supreme Court activity involving the death penalty for 15-, 16-, and 17-yr-olds is discussed. Two primary objections to capital punishment are presented, based on an amicus curiae brief signed by the American Society for Adolescent Psychiatry and the American Orthopsychiatric Association. Research on adolescent development and recent neuropsychiatric studies of death row inmates fail to provide support for either the pro- or antijuvenile death penalty position. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavioral science data & legality of juvenile capital punishment KW - 1989 KW - Capital Punishment KW - Juvenile Delinquency KW - Legal Processes KW - Professional Ethics KW - Social Sciences KW - Data Collection KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-07349-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-07222-001 AN - 1990-07222-001 AU - Greenwald, Evan AU - Leitenberg, Harold T1 - Long-term effects of sexual experiences with siblings and nonsiblings during childhood. JF - Archives of Sexual Behavior JO - Archives of Sexual Behavior JA - Arch Sex Behav Y1 - 1989/10// VL - 18 IS - 5 SP - 389 EP - 399 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0004-0002 SN - 1573-2800 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-07222-001. PMID: 2818170 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Greenwald, Evan; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Manchester, NH, US. Release Date: 19900301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Early Experience; Psychosexual Behavior; Psychosexual Development; Siblings. Classification: Psychosocial & Personality Development (2840). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1989. AB - Used a questionnaire procedure to obtain information about nonabusive childhood sexual experiences (CSEs) from 526 undergraduates to determine whether sexual experiences between similar-aged siblings during preadolescence has an adverse effect on subsequent sexual behavior and adjustment in young adulthood. No differences were found between sibling, nonsibling, and no-experience groups on a variety of adult sexual behavior and sexual adjustment measures, including incidence of premarital intercourse, age at 1st intercourse, number of intercourse partners, sexual satisfaction, sexual arousal, and sexual dysfunctions. Adult sexual adjustment is not negatively or positively influenced by typical early CSEs among similar-aged siblings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sibling vs nonsibling vs no sexual experiences during childhood KW - sexual adjustment & behavior KW - college students KW - 1989 KW - Early Experience KW - Psychosexual Behavior KW - Psychosexual Development KW - Siblings KW - 1989 DO - 10.1007/BF01541971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-07222-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-07067-001 AN - 1990-07067-001 AU - Tapp, W. N. AU - Natelson, B. H. AU - Grover, E. AU - Ottenweller, J. E. T1 - Alprazolam but not diazepam protects hamsters with heart disease from the medical consequences of stress. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 33 IS - 3 SP - 633 EP - 636 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-07067-001. PMID: 2587605 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tapp, W. N.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Primate Neuro-Behavioral Unit, East Orange, NJ, US. Release Date: 19900301. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alprazolam; Diazepam; Heart Disorders; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Cold Effects; Death and Dying; Experimental Replication; Hamsters; Consequence. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Methodology: Empirical Study; Experimental Replication. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. AB - Replicated the finding of W. N. Tapp et al (1989) that subjecting cardiomyopathic hamsters in the lesion-developing period of their heart disease to cold-immobilization stress has lethal consequences that can be blocked by alprazolam treatment. In contrast to alprazolam, diazepam did not prevent the cardiomyopathic Ss from succumbing to the stressor. Thus, the effect of alprazolam in reducing stress-induced mortality did not reflect a generic benzodiazepine action. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alprazolam vs diazepam KW - cold immobilization stress induced mortality KW - cardiomyopathic hamsters KW - replication KW - 1989 KW - Alprazolam KW - Diazepam KW - Heart Disorders KW - Stress KW - Cold Effects KW - Death and Dying KW - Experimental Replication KW - Hamsters KW - Consequence KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(89)90400-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-07067-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-07047-001 AN - 1990-07047-001 AU - Rose, Jed E. AU - Sampson, A. AU - Levin, E. D. AU - Henningfield, J. E. T1 - Mecamylamine increases nicotine preference and attenuates nicotine discrimination. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 32 IS - 4 SP - 933 EP - 938 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-07047-001. PMID: 2798542 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rose, Jed E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Nicotine Research Lab, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19900301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cholinergic Blocking Drugs; Drug Discrimination; Nicotine; Tobacco Smoking. Minor Descriptor: Preferences. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - Eight male smokers (2l–50 yrs old) evaluated various qualities of cigarette smoke after being given a range of doses (0, 2.5, 10, and 20 mg) of the nicotinic receptor blocker mecamylamine (MCM). When Ss evaluated puffs of smoke with high- and low-nicotine content, MCM caused a dose-related decrease in the self-rated strength and harshness of the high-nicotine dose level smoke. At the highest MCM dose, there was no significant difference in the ratings of high- and low-nicotine cigarettes. Low doses of MCM decreased the reported desire for a cigarette, and also attenuated the reduction in desire for a cigarette caused by smoking. When Ss selected their preferred level of nicotine intake, the 10- and 20-mg doses of MCM caused a significant increase in self-administered nicotine dose level. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mecamylamine KW - nicotine preference & discrimination KW - 21–50 yr olds KW - 1989 KW - Cholinergic Blocking Drugs KW - Drug Discrimination KW - Nicotine KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Preferences KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(89)90061-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-07047-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-07043-001 AN - 1990-07043-001 AU - Prosser, Elisabeth S. AU - Pruthi, Raj AU - Csernansky, John G. T1 - Differences in the time course of dopaminergic supersensitivity following chronic administration of haloperidol, molindone, or sulpiride. JF - Psychopharmacology JO - Psychopharmacology JA - Psychopharmacology (Berl) Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 99 IS - 1 SP - 109 EP - 116 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-3158 SN - 1432-2072 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-07043-001. PMID: 2506596 Other Journal Title: Psychopharmacologia. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Prosser, Elisabeth S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Lab of Clinical Psychopharmacology, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19900301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dopamine; Drug Sensitivity; Haloperidol; Neuroleptic Drugs; Sulpiride. Minor Descriptor: Activity Level; Basal Ganglia; Dopamine Agonists; Mesencephalon; Rats; Receptor Binding; Stereotyped Behavior. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1989. AB - Neuroleptic dose equivalencies were determined by inhibition of 3H-spiroperidol in vivo binding in several brain regions of male rats. Changes in locomotor and stereotyped responses to the specific dopamine (DA) D2 agonist quinpirole were examined 3 days after the last treatment dose. Haloperidol or molindone administration increased mean stereotypy scores and striatal DA D2 receptor densities throughout the 28-day treatment period. Sulpiride treatment increased mean stereotypy scores and striatal Bmax values but had no effect on locomotion or mesolimbic dopamine receptor density. Results suggest that mesolimbic and striatal brain regions differ in their response to long-term neuroleptic administration. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chronic haloperidol vs molindone vs sulpiride KW - quinpirole induced locomotor & stereotyped behavior & mesolimbic & striatal 3H-spiroperidol binding & dopaminergic supersensitivity KW - male rats KW - 1989 KW - Dopamine KW - Drug Sensitivity KW - Haloperidol KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Sulpiride KW - Activity Level KW - Basal Ganglia KW - Dopamine Agonists KW - Mesencephalon KW - Rats KW - Receptor Binding KW - Stereotyped Behavior KW - 1989 DO - 10.1007/BF00634463 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-07043-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-07007-001 AN - 1990-07007-001 AU - Levin, Edward D. AU - Ellison, Gaylord D. AU - See, Ronald E. AU - South, David AU - Young, Eugene T1 - D1 and D2 dopamine receptor interactions with pilocarpine-induced oral activity in rats. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 33 IS - 3 SP - 501 EP - 505 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-07007-001. PMID: 2573903 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levin, Edward D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Nicotine Research Lab, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19900301. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dopamine Agonists; Dopamine Antagonists; Drug Interactions; Motor Processes; Pilocarpine. Minor Descriptor: Mouth (Anatomy); Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. AB - Studied the effects of specific D1 and D2 drugs on vacuous chewing movements (VCMs) induced by the muscarinic acetylcholine (ACh) agonist pilocarpine in 38 female rats. The D1 agonist SCH 23390 decreased pilocarpine-induced VCMs with roughly the same potency as its effect on spontaneous VCMs. The D1 agonist SKF 38393 did not attenuate pilocarpine-induced VCMs, but added to the effect by increasing tremor. Contrary to previous findings, the effects of both of the D2 drugs (LY 171555 [quinpirole] and sulpiride) were altered by pilocarpine. The actions of D2 agonist and antagonist were affected in opposite ways. The effect of sulpiride in reducing oral movement activity was eliminated by pilocarpine, while the effect of LY 171555 in reducing oral movement was enhanced by pilocarpine. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - D1 vs D2 dopamine agonists & antagonists KW - pilocarpine induced vacuous chewing movements KW - female rats KW - 1989 KW - Dopamine Agonists KW - Dopamine Antagonists KW - Drug Interactions KW - Motor Processes KW - Pilocarpine KW - Mouth (Anatomy) KW - Rats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(89)90376-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-07007-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-06931-001 AN - 1990-06931-001 AU - Britton, K. T. AU - Koob, George F. T1 - Effects of corticotropin releasing factor, desipramine and haloperidol on a DRL schedule of reinforcement. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 32 IS - 4 SP - 967 EP - 970 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-06931-001. PMID: 2798545 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Britton, K. T.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, La Jolla, CA, US. Release Date: 19900301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Corticotropin; Desipramine; Differential Reinforcement; Haloperidol. Minor Descriptor: Amphetamine; Conditioned Responses; Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - Male rats were trained on a schedule of differential-reinforcement-of-low-rate (DRL), which has been proposed to be differentially sensitive to antidepressant drugs. Desipramine and haloperidol decreased response rate and increased reinforcement rate. Corticotropin-releasing factor decreased response rate and failed to change reinforcement rate. Amphetamine produced the opposite pattern of increased response rate and decreased reinforcement rate. Results question the specificity of the DRL task as a screen for antidepressants and suggest that drugs (e.g., the antipsychotic haloperidol) that moderately lower response rate may produce a behavioral profile on this task similar to that of tricyclic antidepressants. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - corticotropin releasing factor or desipramine or haloperidol or amphetamine KW - DRL responding KW - male rats KW - 1989 KW - Corticotropin KW - Desipramine KW - Differential Reinforcement KW - Haloperidol KW - Amphetamine KW - Conditioned Responses KW - Rats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(89)90067-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-06931-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-06903-001 AN - 1990-06903-001 AU - Buchanan, Shirley L. AU - Thompson, Richard H. AU - Powell, D. A. T1 - Midline thalamic lesions enhance conditioned bradycardia and the cardiac orienting reflex in rabbits. JF - Psychobiology JO - Psychobiology JA - Psychobiology (Austin, Tex) Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 17 IS - 3 SP - 300 EP - 306 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0889-6313 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-06903-001. Other Journal Title: Physiological Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Buchanan, Shirley L.; William Jennings Bryan Dorn Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuroscience Lab, Columbia, SC, US. Release Date: 19900301. Correction Date: 20100104. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Conditioned Responses; Heart Rate; Orienting Responses; Thalamic Nuclei. Minor Descriptor: Rabbits. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1989. AB - Assessed learned heart rate changes during 2 sessions of differential Pavlovian conditioning in 3 groups of rabbits. One group received ibotenic acid lesions of the midline nuclei of the thalamus, a 2nd group received vehicle injections in the midline nuclei, and a 3rd group served as unoperated control animals. The rabbits with lesions of midline thalamic nuclei demonstrated enhanced bradycardiac conditioned responses, relative to either vehicle-control or unoperated animals. The heart rate component of the orienting response to nonreinforced tones, which also consisted of stimulus-evoked bradycardia, was likewise larger in lesioned animals. The midline thalamic nuclei, like the interconnected mediodorsal thalamic nucleus, may be involved in the regulation of sympathetically mediated autonomic adjustments. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - conditioned heart rate responses KW - rabits with lesions of midline thalamic nuclei KW - 1989 KW - Conditioned Responses KW - Heart Rate KW - Orienting Responses KW - Thalamic Nuclei KW - Rabbits KW - 1989 DO - 10.1007/BF03337784 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-06903-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-06879-001 AN - 1990-06879-001 AU - Santucci, Anthony C. AU - Kanof, Philip D. AU - Haroutunian, Vahram T1 - Effect of physostigmine on memory consolidation and retrieval processes in intact and nucleus basalis-lesioned rats. JF - Psychopharmacology JO - Psychopharmacology JA - Psychopharmacology (Berl) Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 99 IS - 1 SP - 70 EP - 74 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-3158 SN - 1432-2072 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-06879-001. PMID: 2506606 Other Journal Title: Psychopharmacologia. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Santucci, Anthony C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19900301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Forebrain; Memory; Physostigmine; Retention. Minor Descriptor: Rats; Memory Consolidation. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1989. AB - Investigated the efficacy of physostigmine on memory enhancement in rats trained on a passive avoidance task. In Exp 1, the effect of posttraining injections of physostigmine (.03 mg) in Ss tested at either short (1.25 or 72 hrs) or long (3 or 5 wks) retention intervals was explored. Results indicate drug-induced enhancement of memory at only the 2 short intervals. In Exp 2, administration of physostigmine (.015 mg and .03 mg) shortly prior to testing led to a significant potentiation of memory retrieval. In Exp 3, physostigmine (.03 mg) was effective in enhancing memory in Ss prepared with ibotenic acid-induced lesions of the nucleus basalis of Meynert. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - pretraining vs posttraining physostigmine & retention interval KW - passive avoidance memory consolidation & retrieval KW - intact vs nucleus basalis lesioned rats KW - 1989 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Forebrain KW - Memory KW - Physostigmine KW - Retention KW - Rats KW - Memory Consolidation KW - 1989 DO - 10.1007/BF00634455 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-06879-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-06873-001 AN - 1990-06873-001 AU - Irwin, Michael R. AU - Segal, David S. AU - Hauger, Richard L. AU - Smith, Tom L. T1 - Individual behavioral and neuroendocrine differences in responsiveness to audiogenic stress. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 32 IS - 4 SP - 913 EP - 917 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-06873-001. PMID: 2798540 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Irwin, Michael R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Clinical Research Ctr on Alcoholism, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19900301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Activity Level; Food Intake; Neuroendocrinology; Noise Effects; Stress Reactions. Minor Descriptor: Immunology; Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - Examined patterns of change in individual neuroendocrine, immune, and behavioral responses to audiogenic stress (daily 1-hr exposure to noise at 108 dB) in 60 male rats. The degree of noise-induced suppression of both general activity and ingestive behaviors was significantly correlated with activation of adrenal steroid (corticosterone) secretion, following both acute and repeated exposures. Splenic natural killer cytotoxicity was not correlated with behavioral measures of the stress response. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - audiogenic stress KW - neuroendocrine & immune responses & activity & ingestive behaviors KW - male rats KW - 1989 KW - Activity Level KW - Food Intake KW - Neuroendocrinology KW - Noise Effects KW - Stress Reactions KW - Immunology KW - Rats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(89)90058-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-06873-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-1502-8431 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-06864-001 AN - 1990-06864-001 AU - Bernardis, Lee L. AU - Bellinger, Larry L. AU - Kodis, Marge AU - Feldman, Mary J. T1 - Normal catch-up growth in rats severely food-restricted prior to lesions of the dorsomedial hypothalamic nucleus: The first 48 hours. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 32 IS - 4 SP - 957 EP - 960 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-06864-001. PMID: 2678164 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bernardis, Lee L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurovisceral Research Lab, Buffalo, NY, US. Release Date: 19900301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Food Deprivation; Hypothalamus; Physical Development. Minor Descriptor: Body Weight; Hypothalamus Lesions; Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - A study of 45 mature, male rats showed that destruction of the dorsomedial hypothalamic nuclei (DMNL) after severe food restriction and body weight reduction did not interfere with normal catch-up growth. The observed hypophagia may be a way to establish a new set point for decreased body weight. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - food restriction prior to lesions of dorsomedial hypothalamic nuclei KW - catch up growth KW - male rats KW - 1989 KW - Food Deprivation KW - Hypothalamus KW - Physical Development KW - Body Weight KW - Hypothalamus Lesions KW - Rats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(89)90065-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-06864-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-4769-6805 UR - DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-06833-001 AN - 1990-06833-001 AU - Wu, Ming-fung AU - Mallick, Birendra N. AU - Siegel, Jerome M. T1 - Lateral geniculate spikes, muscle atonia and startle response elicited by auditory stimuli as a function of stimulus parameters and arousal state. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1989/10// VL - 499 IS - 1 SP - 7 EP - 17 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-06833-001. PMID: 2804671 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wu, Ming-fung; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19900301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Stimulation; Electroencephalography; Physiological Arousal; Startle Reflex; Stimulus Intensity. Minor Descriptor: Cats. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1989. AB - Simultaneously investigated the relations between ponto-geniculo-occipital (PGO) spikes, startle, and muscle tone suppression as a function of state and stimulus intensity. Eight adult cats were chronically implanted with standard EEG, electrooculogram (EOG), and lateral geniculate nucleus (LGN) electrodes as described by J. M. Siegel et al (see record [rid]1978-22527-001[/rid]). Results show that PGO-like waves, which had similar wave forms to the spontaneous ones, could be evoked in the cat LGN in all sleep-waking states by auditory stimuli and that the amplitude varied with the animal's state. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - arousal state & auditory stimulation intensity KW - startle & ponto-geniculo-occipital spikes & muscle tone KW - cats KW - 1989 KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Electroencephalography KW - Physiological Arousal KW - Startle Reflex KW - Stimulus Intensity KW - Cats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(89)91130-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-06833-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-06831-001 AN - 1990-06831-001 AU - Szymusiak, Ronald AU - Iriye, Tricia AU - McGinty, Dennis T1 - Sleep-waking discharge of neurons in the posterior lateral hypothalamic area of cats. JF - Brain Research Bulletin JO - Brain Research Bulletin JA - Brain Res Bull Y1 - 1989/07//Jul-Aug, 1989 VL - 23 IS - 1-2 SP - 111 EP - 120 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0361-9230 SN - 1873-2747 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-06831-001. PMID: 2804703 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Szymusiak, Ronald; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19900301. Correction Date: 20170116. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electrical Activity; Hypothalamus; Sleep; Wakefulness. Minor Descriptor: Cats. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jul-Aug, 1989. AB - Examined posterior lateral hypothalamic area (PLHa) neuronal activity during sleep and wakefulness in freely moving cats, identifying projection neurons by antidromic activation from stimulation sites in the external capsule, anterior cingulate bundle, or mesencephalic reticular formation. Orthodromic responses evoked from these sites were also investigated. 22 cells sent axons outside the PLHa; 9 with ascending projections and 13 with descending projections. Projection cells were found to discharge phasically in relation to waking movements. Most seemed to be related to complex head movements. Discharge rates during periods of waking immobility were similar to those occurring during slow-wave sleep. Rates during phasic REM sleep were generally similar to peak waking rates. Results are consistent with a possible involvement in either motor function, or phasic movement-related aspects of EEG activation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sleep vs wakefulness KW - posterior lateral hypothalamic area neuronal activity KW - freely moving female cats KW - 1989 KW - Electrical Activity KW - Hypothalamus KW - Sleep KW - Wakefulness KW - Cats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0361-9230(89)90169-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-06831-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-06827-001 AN - 1990-06827-001 AU - Robertson, Lynn C. AU - Lamb, Marvin R. T1 - Judging the reflection of misoriented patterns in the right and left visual fields. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1989/// VL - 27 IS - 8 SP - 1081 EP - 1089 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-06827-001. PMID: 2797415 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Robertson, Lynn C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19900301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Lateral Dominance; Pattern Discrimination; Spatial Organization; Visual Field. Minor Descriptor: Letters (Alphabet); Reaction Time. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - 16 normal Ss participated in a procedure in which an upright block of stimulus trials was presented randomly in the left or right visual field (VF). Another block of rotated patterns followed, with a rotation of 90° around the central axis of the pattern within a VF. VF advantages in Ss of the type previously identified by L. C. Robertson and M. R. Lamb (see record [rid]1989-04147-001[/rid]) were sensitive to changes in the orientation of stimulus patterns in these Ss. This result occurred whether patterns were rotated within a VF or around the center of the screen as previously reported. A model proposed to account for the findings suggests that locations in space are sampled according to a reference frame defined by the stimulus. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - rotated normal vs reflected letter blocks presented to left vs right visual field KW - RT for reflection judgment KW - adults KW - 1989 KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Pattern Discrimination KW - Spatial Organization KW - Visual Field KW - Letters (Alphabet) KW - Reaction Time KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(89)90187-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-06827-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-06585-001 AN - 1990-06585-001 AU - Rafal, Robert D. AU - Calabresi, Peter A. AU - Brennan, Cameron W. AU - Sciolto, Toni K. T1 - Saccade preparation inhibits reorienting to recently attended locations. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance JA - J Exp Psychol Hum Percept Perform Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 673 EP - 685 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-1523 SN - 1939-1277 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-06585-001. PMID: 2531204 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rafal, Robert D.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Neurology Dept, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19900301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Eye Movements; Spatial Organization; Visual Stimulation. Classification: Visual Perception (2323). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Nov 8, 1988; Revised Date: Nov 7, 1988; First Submitted Date: Aug 17, 1987. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - We measured manual reaction time in normal human Ss to confirm that an eccentric visual signal has a biphasic effect on covert attention and eye movements. First, it summons attention and biases a saccade toward the signal; a subsequent inhibition of return then slows responses to signals at that location. A temporal hemifield dominance for inhibition of return was shown; this finding coverges with observations (M. I. Posner et al; see record [rid]1986-22316-001[/rid]) in neurologic patients to suggest that it is mediated by midbrain pathways. Endogenous orienting of attention, from a central arrow cue, did not activate inhibition of return, whereas endogenous saccade preparation did so as effectively as an exogenous signal, even when no saccade was made. Inhibition of return is activated by midbrain oculomotor pathways and may function as a location 'tagging' mechanism to optimize efficiency of visual search. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - eccentric visual signal KW - covert attention & eye movement KW - adults KW - 1989 KW - Attention KW - Eye Movements KW - Spatial Organization KW - Visual Stimulation KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/0096-1523.15.4.673 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-06585-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - ORCID: 0000-0003-4064-8891 UR - DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-06287-001 AN - 1990-06287-001 AU - Burling, Thomas A. AU - Marotta, Janetti AU - González, Roberto AU - Moltzen, Judith O. AU - Eng, Albert M. AU - Schmidt, Gary A. AU - Welch, Renate L. AU - Ziff, Daniel C. AU - Reilly, Patrick M. T1 - Computerized smoking cessation program for the worksite: Treatment outcome and feasibility. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1989/10// VL - 57 IS - 5 SP - 619 EP - 622 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-06287-001. PMID: 2794181 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Burling, Thomas A.; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Domiciliary Services, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19900201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Computer Applications; Employee Assistance Programs; Smoking Cessation. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies; Tobacco Smoking. Classification: Organizational Behavior (3660); Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Apr 10, 1989; Revised Date: Feb 17, 1989; First Submitted Date: Feb 15, 1988. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - This study demonstrated the effectiveness of a computer-delivered smoking cessation program for the worksite. 58 VA Medical Center employees were randomly assigned to a computer group (computerized nicotine fading and stop-smoking contest) or a contest-only group. In comparison with the contest-only group, the computer group had nonsignificantly higher abstinence rates across follow-up, had marginally lower CO levels at the 3- and 6-month follow-ups, and smoked cigarettes with lower nicotine levels at the 10-day and 6-month follow-ups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - worksite based computerized nicotine fading treatment KW - smoking cessation KW - VA employees KW - 3 & 6 mo followups KW - 1989 KW - Computer Applications KW - Employee Assistance Programs KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Followup Studies KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.57.5.619 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-06287-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-05866-001 AN - 1990-05866-001 AU - Rohsenow, Damaris J. AU - Monti, Peter M. AU - Zwick, William R. AU - Nirenberg, Ted D. AU - Liepman, Michael R. AU - Binkoff, Jody A. AU - Abrams, David B. T1 - Irrational beliefs, urges to drink and drinking among alcoholics. JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 50 IS - 5 SP - 461 EP - 464 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0096-882X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-05866-001. PMID: 2779249 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs; Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rohsenow, Damaris J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Providence, RI, US. Release Date: 19900201. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcohol Rehabilitation; Irrational Beliefs; Motivation; Posttreatment Followup. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism; Anxiety; Relapse (Disorders). Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1989. AB - Investigated the relationship of various irrational beliefs to alcohol dependence, urges to drink, anxiety, and drinking after treatment for 63 male alcoholics (aged 25–72 yrs) using Jones' Irrational Beliefs Test (IBT). Alcohol dependence was most strongly associated with problem avoidance. Urges to drink, anxiety, and difficulty during alcohol-related role-plays were strongly correlated with problem avoidance and dwelling on negative events. The IBT was unrelated to pretreatment drinking measures but did predict 6-mo posttreatment drinking (n = 48), which suggests these beliefs can mediate treatment response. Feeling doomed by the past was the best predictor of both frequency of drinking and average quantity consumed during follow-up. Treatment implications include targeting specific beliefs for intervention. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - irrational beliefs & urges to drink & drinking & anxiety after treatment KW - alcoholic 25–72 yr old males KW - 6 mo posttreatment followup KW - 1989 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Irrational Beliefs KW - Motivation KW - Posttreatment Followup KW - Alcoholism KW - Anxiety KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - 1989 DO - 10.15288/jsa.1989.50.461 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-05866-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-05865-001 AN - 1990-05865-001 AU - Rogalski, Carol J. T1 - Attrition within a detoxification unit: Patient response to policy and psychological intervention. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 24 IS - 4 SP - 279 EP - 301 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-05865-001. PMID: 2793283 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rogalski, Carol J.; West Side Veterans Administration, Psychology Service, Chicago, IL, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19900201. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: 18th Annual Meeting of the Society for Psychotherapy Research (1987, Ulm, Federal Republic of Germany). Major Descriptor: Detoxification; Hospital Discharge; Professional Consultation; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Drug Rehabilitation; Policy Making. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 23. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - Examined the effect of psychological consultation on stabilization of treatment in 190 male substance abusers (aged 20–57 yrs) admitted for inpatient detoxification at a hospital. Attrition curves over 46 mo reflected systemic differences between Ss who received psychological consultation and Ss who did not, as well as between Ss who remained 14 or 21 days and Ss who did not. Results are discussed in terms of (1) psychoanalytic understanding of intrapsychic (IP) issues as biological phenomena; (2) understanding of IP issues significant in the bonding process; (3) IP phenomenon of patients, leaders, and caregivers; and (4) IP phenomena embedded in social structure. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological consultation & policy regarding length of stay KW - attrition in detoxification unit KW - 20–57 yr old male substance abusers KW - conference presentation KW - 1989 KW - Detoxification KW - Hospital Discharge KW - Professional Consultation KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Policy Making KW - 1989 DO - 10.3109/10826088909047288 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-05865-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-05851-001 AN - 1990-05851-001 AU - Malow, Robert M. AU - West, Jeffrey A. AU - Sutker, Patricia B. T1 - Anxiety and pain response changes across treatment: Sensory decision analysis. JF - Pain JO - Pain JA - Pain Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 38 IS - 1 SP - 35 EP - 44 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0304-3959 SN - 1872-6623 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-05851-001. PMID: 2780061 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Malow, Robert M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, New Orleans, LA, US. Other Publishers: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. Release Date: 19900201. Correction Date: 20160421. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety Disorders; Decision Making; Drug Rehabilitation; Pain Perception. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. AB - Examined relationships between anxiety and pain perception by comparing pre- and postpain reactions of 30 highly anxious detoxified adult male substance abusers categorized on the basis of anxiety level changes over treatment. Sensory decision theory methodology was applied to measure discriminative and decisional aspects of pain response. Ss exhibiting significant pre–post-anxiety state decreases showed greater discriminability index increases and greater response bias index decreases at posttest, compared to their counterparts exhibiting minimal changes in severe anxiety levels. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prepain vs postpain anxiety measuring discriminative & decisional aspects of pain response KW - highly anxious detoxified male substance abusers KW - 1989 KW - Anxiety Disorders KW - Decision Making KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Pain Perception KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0304-3959(89)90070-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-05851-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-05845-001 AN - 1990-05845-001 AU - Hirschowitz, Jack AU - Hitzemann, Robert AU - Kovasznay, Beatrice AU - LaGrone, Howard AU - Broggini, Gail AU - Piscani, Kathy AU - Futtersak, William AU - DeReuter, Jans AU - Teitlebaum, Louis AU - Dains, Kathy AU - Hitzemann, Barbara AU - Mahajan, Salema T1 - Lithium antagonism of ethanol-induced intoxication: Relationship to intracellular lithium levels. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 29 IS - 1 SP - 55 EP - 63 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-05845-001. PMID: 2505282 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hirschowitz, Jack; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Northport, NY, US. Release Date: 19900201. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Intoxication; Alcoholism; Drug Therapy; Lithium. Minor Descriptor: Detoxification; Erythrocytes. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. AB - 17 detoxified chronic alcoholics participated in a double-blind trial comparing placebo and lithium (Li) effects on acute ethanol (1 g/kg) intoxication in a repeated measures, split-half crossover design. Li was not more effective than placebo in attenuating ethanol effects across the subjective dimensions of intoxication, desire to drink, and control of drinking and across the cognitive dimensions measured by Trail Making A, Speed of Closure, and the Minnesota Clerical Test. Ss were divided according to high and low red blood cell (RBC) Li intracellular/extracellular Li ratios. In a comparison of the Li to placebo arms of the trial, the 9 high ratio Ss showed a significant 44% decrease in ethanol-induced intoxication, while the 8 low ratio Ss showed a 15% increase. The high ratio Ss performed better than the low ratio Ss, independent of the ethanol effect, on all tests of cognitive performance. The Li ratio may be a useful tool in defining unique subgroups of alcoholic patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - placebo vs lithium KW - acute ethanol intoxication & intracellular vs extracellular erythrocyte lithium ratios KW - detoxified 31–68 yr old male chronic alcoholics KW - 1989 KW - Alcohol Intoxication KW - Alcoholism KW - Drug Therapy KW - Lithium KW - Detoxification KW - Erythrocytes KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(89)90187-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-05845-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-05830-001 AN - 1990-05830-001 AU - Canter, William A. AU - Koretzky, Martin B. T1 - Treatment of geriatric alcoholics. JF - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JO - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JA - Clin Gerontol Y1 - 1989/// VL - 9 IS - 1 SP - 67 EP - 70 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0731-7115 SN - 1545-2301 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-05830-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Canter, William A.; Ft Howard Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MD, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19900201. Correction Date: 20091012. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Suggests that inpatient treatment for the geriatric alcoholic should include a thorough evaluation of the patient's physical and cognitive integrity, a direct address of the patient's denial defenses, and social integration. The authors discuss their study (1988), which compared a set of objectively organically impaired older alcoholics to a set of non-impaired elderly alcoholics who were matched on race and age. The study suggests that elderly unimpaired alcoholics will very likely benefit from a traditional, multimodal program. The obviously impaired alcoholic will require programs that emphasize stress reduction and one-on-one education. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - inpatient treatment KW - organically impaired vs unimpaired alcoholic elderly KW - 1989 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-05830-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-05825-001 AN - 1990-05825-001 AU - Alfano, Anthony M. AU - Thurstin, Adrian H. T1 - Program evaluation research in ongoing alcoholism treatment: A summary of the Tuscaloosa VA Project. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 24 IS - 4 SP - 303 EP - 314 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-05825-001. PMID: 2507456 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Alfano, Anthony M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, St Cloud, MN, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19900201. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Hospital Programs; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - Summarizes findings from 9 studies (published 1984–1988) that evaluated the alcohol treatment unit of a Veterans Administration (VA) medical center. Issues examined are cost–benefit, participants, treatment outcomes, treatment innovations, optimal time for psychological testing, the efficacy of Alcoholics Anonymous (AA) as aftercare, and personality correlates to AA success. Three directions for future study are (1) the application of computers in treatment planning, (2) the extension of methodology to other habits, and (3) the association of psychological characteristics with treatment outcome. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - evaluation of Alcohol Treatment Unit of VA Medical Center KW - 1989 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Hospital Programs KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - 1989 DO - 10.3109/10826088909047289 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-05825-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-05786-001 AN - 1990-05786-001 AU - Alpiner, Jerome G. AU - Vaughn, Gwenyth R. T1 - Hearing, aging, technology. JF - International Journal of Technology & Aging JO - International Journal of Technology & Aging JA - Int J Technol Aging Y1 - 1988///Fal-Win 1988 VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 126 EP - 135 CY - US PB - Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers SN - 0891-4478 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-05786-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Alpiner, Jerome G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Audiology Section, Birmingham, AL, US. Release Date: 19900201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hearing Aids; Hearing Disorders; Physiological Aging; Rehabilitation; Technology. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Fal-Win 1988. AB - Describes amplification devices and assistive listening devices and systems (ALDS) for older persons with a hearing loss. Behind the Ear, In-the-Ear, Eyeglass, Body, or Conventional aids are discussed. Different ALDS including hardwire, infrared, FM, and audio induction loops are described as well as other alerting devices and systems. Psychological aspects of hearing loss include feelings of isolation and embarrassment due to communication problems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hearing aid technology KW - elderly with age related hearing loss KW - 1988 KW - Hearing Aids KW - Hearing Disorders KW - Physiological Aging KW - Rehabilitation KW - Technology KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-05786-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-05511-001 AN - 1990-05511-001 AU - Satel, Sally L. AU - Nelson, J. Craig T1 - Stimulants in the treatment of depression: A critical overview. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 50 IS - 7 SP - 241 EP - 249 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-05511-001. PMID: 2567730 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Satel, Sally L.; West Haven Veterans Administration Hosp, Dept of Psychiatry, CT, US. Release Date: 19900201. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: CNS Stimulating Drugs; Drug Therapy; Literature Review; Major Depression. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. AB - Reviewed the efficacy and safety of stimulant drugs in the treatment of depression. Although uncontrolled studies were generally positive, 10 placebo-controlled studies of stimulant drugs in primary depression, with 1 exception, indicated little advantage of drug over placebo. Although several of these studies were methodologically unsophisticated, they were comparable with and performed during the same period as studies establishing the efficacy of imipramine. Controlled studies of stimulants in apathetic or depressed geriatric patients were more likely to be positive, but outcome frequently consisted of partial improvement. Studies in medically ill patients with depression were promising but uncontrolled. Side effects have not been severe, and these drugs may pose less of a risk than tricyclics in medically ill or elderly persons. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - efficacy & safety of stimulant drugs KW - depression treatment KW - literature review KW - 1989 KW - CNS Stimulating Drugs KW - Drug Therapy KW - Literature Review KW - Major Depression KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-05511-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-05501-001 AN - 1990-05501-001 AU - Pankratz, Loren AU - Hickam, David H. AU - Toth, Shirley T1 - The identification and management of drug-seeking behavior in a medical center. JF - Drug and Alcohol Dependence JO - Drug and Alcohol Dependence JA - Drug Alcohol Depend Y1 - 1989/10// VL - 24 IS - 2 SP - 115 EP - 118 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0376-8716 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-05501-001. PMID: 2571491 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pankratz, Loren; Oregon Health Sciences U, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Portland, US. Release Date: 19900201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Drug Therapy; Hospital Programs; Drug Seeking. Minor Descriptor: Prevention. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1989. AB - Describes the development of a quality assurance program that monitors prescription medication misuse in a medical setting. The program focuses on activities that influence the physician's prescribing abusable medications. In establishing the program, 7 criteria were developed for defining drug-seeking (DS) behavior. Once DS behavior is determined, a DS label is attached to a patient's chart and the hospital computer information system. This warning informs the physician and protects the patient from excessive medications. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - development of quality assurance program KW - identification & monitoring of prescription medication misuse in medical setting KW - drug seeking patients KW - 1989 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Drug Therapy KW - Hospital Programs KW - Drug Seeking KW - Prevention KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0376-8716(89)90073-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-05501-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-05495-001 AN - 1990-05495-001 AU - Marder, Stephen R. AU - Hubbard, John W. AU - Van Putten, Theodore AU - Midha, Kamal K. T1 - Pharmacokinetics of long-acting injectable neuroleptic drugs: Clinical implications. JF - Psychopharmacology JO - Psychopharmacology JA - Psychopharmacology (Berl) Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 98 IS - 4 SP - 433 EP - 439 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-3158 SN - 1432-2072 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-05495-001. PMID: 2570430 Other Journal Title: Psychopharmacologia. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Marder, Stephen R.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brentwood Div, CA, US. Release Date: 19900201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Administration Methods; Drug Therapy; Literature Review; Metabolism; Neuroleptic Drugs. Minor Descriptor: Pharmacokinetics. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1989. AB - Reviews literature regarding the pharmacokinetics of long-acting injectable neuroleptic drugs (LINS) and notes important differences between LINS and oral neuroleptics that affect their pharmacokinetics. By avoiding first-pass metabolism in gut and liver, LINS result in lower circulating concentrations of metabolites than are found after oral administration. LINS also take more time to reach a stable steady state than their oral counterparts. It is suggested that when patients are being changed from oral neuroleptics to LINS, that this conversion be done gradually over several months. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - pharmacokinetics of long acting injectable vs oral neuroleptic drugs KW - literature review KW - 1989 KW - Drug Administration Methods KW - Drug Therapy KW - Literature Review KW - Metabolism KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Pharmacokinetics KW - 1989 DO - 10.1007/BF00441937 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-05495-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-05490-001 AN - 1990-05490-001 AU - Kramer, Mark S. AU - Vogel, Wolfgang H. AU - DiJohnson, Celeste AU - Dewey, Donna A. AU - Sheves, Patricia AU - Cavicchia, Steven AU - Little, Patrick AU - Schmidt, Robert AU - Kimes, Iva T1 - Antidepressants in 'depressed' schizophrenic inpatients: A controlled trial. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/10// VL - 46 IS - 10 SP - 922 EP - 928 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-05490-001. PMID: 2679483 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kramer, Mark S.; Coatesville Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, PA, US. Release Date: 19900201. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antidepressant Drugs; Drug Therapy; Haloperidol; Major Depression; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Amitriptyline; Desipramine. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Trial; Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1989. AB - Explored the benefits of adding either amitriptyline or desipramine to the haloperidol regimen of actively psychotic inpatients who had a rigorously defined diagnosis of schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder. Complete data sets were obtained for 54 inpatients (aged 18–60 yrs). Data suggest that antidepressants (specifically amitriptyline or desipramine in conjunction with haloperidol and benztropine) should not be routinely prescribed in attempts to reduce depressive symptomatology in actively psychotic schizophrenic patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - haloperidol with amitriptyline or desipramine KW - depressed schizophrenic or schizoaffective 18–60 yr olds KW - 1989 KW - Antidepressant Drugs KW - Drug Therapy KW - Haloperidol KW - Major Depression KW - Schizophrenia KW - Affective Disorders KW - Amitriptyline KW - Desipramine KW - 1989 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1989.01810100064012 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-05490-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-05472-001 AN - 1990-05472-001 AU - Faraone, Stephen V. AU - Young, Alexander S. AU - Brown, Walter A. T1 - Neuroleptic nonresponse and affective symptoms: A 2-year prospective study of schizophrenic outpatients. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 315 EP - 321 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-05472-001. PMID: 2569751 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Faraone, Stephen V.; Brockton-West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MA, US. Release Date: 19900201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Neuroleptic Drugs; Prognosis; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Blood Plasma; Prolactin; Remission (Disorders). Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - Assessed over 2 yrs the clinical state and plasma neuroleptic and prolactin levels every 6 mo in 98 male schizophrenic outpatients (aged 22–70 yrs). Ss took a variety of neuroleptics at clinically determined doses. Ss who had psychotic symptoms at 50% or more of their visits had higher neuroleptic doses, more tardive dyskinesia, and more affective symptoms than other Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical state & plasma neuroleptic & prolactin levels KW - remitted vs psychotic male schizophrenic 22–70 yr olds KW - 1989 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Prognosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Blood Plasma KW - Prolactin KW - Remission (Disorders) KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(89)90212-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-05472-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-05403-001 AN - 1990-05403-001 AU - Haley, William E. T1 - Group intervention for dementia family caregivers: A longitudinal perspective. JF - The Gerontologist JO - The Gerontologist JA - Gerontologist Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 29 IS - 4 SP - 478 EP - 480 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0016-9013 SN - 1758-5341 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-05403-001. PMID: 2521106 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Haley, William E.; Birmingham Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, AL, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19900201. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Caregivers; Dementia; Family Members; Group Counseling; Social Support. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies; Institutionalization; Group Intervention. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1989. AB - Reported longitudinal follow-up data from 54 caregivers of patients with dementia. Ss completed a comprehensive assessment before random assignment to either 1 of 2 types of group intervention or to a waiting list control condition. Of the 48 caregivers who completed all follow-up measures, 18 still had their patients at home, 15 had placed their relative in a nursing home, and 15 patients were deceased. Patients of 70% of those who had dropped out of the groups died during the follow-up, compared with 21% of patients of caregivers who completed the groups. 50% of caregivers who had completed the group sessions and whose patients were still living had placed their relative in a nursing home. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group intervention KW - incidence of patient institutionalization KW - family caregivers of patients with dementia KW - long term followup KW - 1989 KW - Caregivers KW - Dementia KW - Family Members KW - Group Counseling KW - Social Support KW - Followup Studies KW - Institutionalization KW - Group Intervention KW - 1989 DO - 10.1093/geront/29.4.478 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-05403-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-05286-001 AN - 1990-05286-001 AU - Zubin, Joseph T1 - Suiting therapeutic intervention to the scientific models of aetiology. T3 - Schizophrenia as a systems disorder: The relevance of mediating processes for theory and therapy JF - The British Journal of Psychiatry JO - The British Journal of Psychiatry JA - Br J Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 155 IS - Suppl 5 SP - 9 EP - 14 CY - United Kingdom PB - Royal College of Psychiatrists SN - 0007-1250 SN - 1472-1465 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-05286-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Mental Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zubin, Joseph; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19900201. Correction Date: 20120611. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Etiology; Psychopathology; Schizophrenia; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Models. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. AB - Examines the connection between etiological models (EMs) and therapeutic intervention in the treatment of psychopathology, particularly schizophrenia. The models described include the vulnerability, ecological developmental, learning (habit formation), genetic, neurophysiological and neuroanatomical, and internal environmental models. Examples are presented for testing the efficacy of each of the therapeutic interventions for each model. Three central themes are highlighted: (1) the contrast between quantitative and qualitative knowledge; (2) the neglected role of psychosocial factors; and (3) the need for progress in matching treatment to etiological theories. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - etiological models KW - therapeutic intervention & treatment of schizophrenia & psychopathology KW - 1989 KW - Etiology KW - Psychopathology KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment KW - Models KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-05286-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-05241-001 AN - 1990-05241-001 AU - Donovan, Dennis M. T1 - Driving while intoxicated: Different roads to and from the problem. T3 - Alcohol and the criminal justice system JF - Criminal Justice and Behavior JO - Criminal Justice and Behavior JA - Crim Justice Behav Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 16 IS - 3 SP - 270 EP - 298 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0093-8548 SN - 1552-3594 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-05241-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Donovan, Dennis M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Addictions Treatment Ctr, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19900201. Correction Date: 20121001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Driving Under the Influence; Education; Laws; Prevention. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 29. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1989. AB - Reviews the scope of the drinking-driving (DD) problem and countermeasures to reduce it. Primary prevention strategies targeted at young drivers to prevent initiation of the behavior include driver's training, DD education classes, and increasing the minimum age for purchasing alcohol. Secondary interventions that target the general driving population and are based on the principles of general deterrence include increasing the perceived risk of arrest and severity of punishment. Tertiary interventions or specific deterrents that target convicted DD offenders to reduce recidivism include alcohol education and rehabilitation and license suspension/revocation. Overall, the approach with the greatest potential for reducing the DD problem may be an integrated, complementary countermeasure aimed at both person and sociocultural factors. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - primary & secondary & tertiary legal & educational interventions KW - prevention of DUI KW - 1989 KW - Driving Under the Influence KW - Education KW - Laws KW - Prevention KW - 1989 DO - 10.1177/0093854889016003003 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-05241-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-05129-001 AN - 1990-05129-001 AU - Kooistra, C. A. AU - Heilman, K. M. T1 - Hemispatial visual inattention masquerading as hemianopia. JF - Neurology JO - Neurology Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 39 IS - 8 SP - 1125 EP - 1127 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0028-3878 SN - 1526-632X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-05129-001. PMID: 2761710 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kooistra, C. A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Gainesville, FL, US. Release Date: 19900201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Brain Damage; Differential Diagnosis; Hemianopia; Visual Field. Minor Descriptor: Case Report. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1989. AB - The defect occurring when a patient fails to report a visual stimulus presented in a visual half-field may be attributed to hemianopia (deafferentation) caused by a geniculocalcarine lesion. However, failure to report a stimulus presented in a visual field may also be caused by hemispatial visual inattention. The case is reported of an 81-yr-old female patient with right thalamic and temporo-occipital lesions who had a left visual field defect when her eyes were directed either straight ahead (midsagittal plane) or toward left hemispace. However, this visual field defect abated when her eyes were directed to right hemispace, suggesting that the S had hemispatial visual inattention rather than hemianopia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hemispatial visual inattention KW - misdiagnosis of hemianopia KW - 81 yr old female with right thalamic & temporo-occipital lesions KW - case report KW - 1989 KW - Attention KW - Brain Damage KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Hemianopia KW - Visual Field KW - Case Report KW - 1989 DO - 10.1212/WNL.39.8.1125 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-05129-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-05106-001 AN - 1990-05106-001 AU - Haaland, Kathleen Y. AU - Harrington, Deborah L. T1 - Hemispheric control of the initial and corrective components of aiming movements. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1989/// VL - 27 IS - 7 SP - 961 EP - 969 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-05106-001. PMID: 2771034 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Haaland, Kathleen Y.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Albuquerque, NM, US. Release Date: 19900201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Arm (Anatomy); Cerebrovascular Accidents; Lateral Dominance; Perceptual Motor Processes; Reaction Time. Classification: Cardiovascular Disorders (3295). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Examined differential roles of the left and right hemispheres in controlling the initial and corrective components of aiming movements. 31 right-handed normal male controls and 29 unilateral stroke (ULS) patients completed the aiming task; ULS Ss performed the task with their ipsilateral arm compared to the controls' right or left arm performance. Movement amplitude was varied, and reaction time (RT), movement time, and accuracy were measured. Results are consistent with previous findings (e.g., G. W. Jason; see record [rid]1983-33033-001[/rid]) emphasizing the greater role of the left hemisphere in controlling a wide variety of movements, including discrete aiming. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - left vs right arm & movement amplitude KW - movement time & RT & accuracy in initial vs corrective aiming task measuring lateral dominance KW - unilateral stroke patients KW - 1989 KW - Arm (Anatomy) KW - Cerebrovascular Accidents KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Perceptual Motor Processes KW - Reaction Time KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(89)90071-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-05106-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-05104-001 AN - 1990-05104-001 AU - Grodzinsky, Yosef T1 - Agrammatic comprehension of relative clauses. JF - Brain and Language JO - Brain and Language JA - Brain Lang Y1 - 1989/10// VL - 37 IS - 3 SP - 480 EP - 499 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0093-934X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-05104-001. PMID: 2478254 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Grodzinsky, Yosef; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Aphasia Research Ctr, MA, US. Release Date: 19900201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Sentence Structure; Verbal Comprehension. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 20. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1989. AB - Examined hypotheses of comprehension deficit in agrammatism, including (1) linear assignment (D. Kaplan and C. Futter; see record [rid]1986-17565-001[/rid]), (2) trace-deletion (Y. Grodzinsky; see record [rid]1986-17592-001[/rid]), (3) complexity, and (4) mapping (M. F. Schwartz et al, 1987). A test with 4 agrammatic aphasics (aged 50–68 yrs) and 4 normal controls was constructed to extend the evidential basis concerning the comprehension skills of aphasic patients and distinguish hypotheses. Relative clauses were presented to Ss, in which embedding type (center vs right) and location of gap (subject vs object position) were variables. Ss were tested in a sentence/picture matching paradigm. Gap location was the best predictor of agrammatic performance, and the trace-deletion hypothesis is concluded to be the only hypothesis compatible with these data. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - embedding type & subject vs object position in relative clause KW - comprehension deficit KW - aphasic 50–68 yr olds KW - support for trace-deletion hypothesis KW - 1989 KW - Aphasia KW - Sentence Structure KW - Verbal Comprehension KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90031-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-05104-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-05028-001 AN - 1990-05028-001 AU - Allison, Truett AU - McCarthy, Gregory AU - Wood, Charles C. AU - Darcey, Terrance M. AU - Spencer, D. D. AU - Williamson, P. D. T1 - Human cortical potentials evoked by stimulation of the median nerve: I. Cytoarchitectonic areas generating short-latency activity. JF - Journal of Neurophysiology JO - Journal of Neurophysiology JA - J Neurophysiol Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 62 IS - 3 SP - 694 EP - 710 CY - US PB - American Physiological Society SN - 0022-3077 SN - 1522-1598 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-05028-001. PMID: 2769354 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Allison, Truett; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychology Lab, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19900201. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Epilepsy; Response Latency; Somatosensory Evoked Potentials; Spinal Nerves. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1989. AB - Analysis of the anatomic generators of median nerve somatosensory evoked potentials of short latency in 12 epileptic patients indicates that the cortical surface and intracerebral distribution of potential was similar to that predicted at generators located in Areas 3b and 1 of somatosensory cortex. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - median nerve somatosensory EPs of short latency KW - epileptic patients KW - 1989 KW - Epilepsy KW - Response Latency KW - Somatosensory Evoked Potentials KW - Spinal Nerves KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-05028-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-05027-001 AN - 1990-05027-001 AU - Allison, Truett AU - McCarthy, Gregory AU - Wood, Charles C. AU - Williamson, Peter D. AU - Spencer, D. D. T1 - Human cortical potentials evoked by stimulation of the median nerve: II. Cytoarchitectonic areas generating long-latency activity. JF - Journal of Neurophysiology JO - Journal of Neurophysiology JA - J Neurophysiol Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 62 IS - 3 SP - 711 EP - 722 CY - US PB - American Physiological Society SN - 0022-3077 SN - 1522-1598 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-05027-001. PMID: 2769355 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Allison, Truett; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychology Lab, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19900201. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Response Latency; Somatosensory Evoked Potentials; Spinal Nerves. Minor Descriptor: Disorders. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1989. AB - Investigated the anatomic generators of median nerve long-latency somatosensory evoked potentials (SEPs) in 54 patients, using cortical and transcortical recordings obtained during neurosurgery. The model proposed for short-latency SEPs (T. Allison et al; see record [rid]1990-05028-001[/rid]) provides a reasonable account of their spatiotemporal features and suggests that long-latency SEPs are also generated in Areas 3b and 1. However, long-latency SEPs were more variable and were more affected by intraoperative conditions than were the short-latency SEPs described by Allison et al. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - median nerve somatosensory EPs of long latency KW - neurosurgical patients KW - 1989 KW - Response Latency KW - Somatosensory Evoked Potentials KW - Spinal Nerves KW - Disorders KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-05027-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-04965-001 AN - 1990-04965-001 AU - Schuckit, Marc A. AU - Irwin, Michael T1 - An analysis of the clinical relevance of Type 1 and Type 2 alcoholics. JF - British Journal of Addiction JO - British Journal of Addiction JA - Br J Addict Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 84 IS - 8 SP - 869 EP - 876 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0952-0481 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-04965-001. PMID: 2775909 Other Journal Title: Addiction. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schuckit, Marc A.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, CA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19900201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adult Offspring; Alcoholism; Client Characteristics; Psychodiagnosis; Psychodiagnostic Typologies. Minor Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Fathers; Sons. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1989. AB - Explored predictions inherent in the proposed Type 1–Type 2 continuum of alcoholic subtypes in 31 sons (21–25 yrs old) of primary alcoholic fathers. The fathers' alcoholism was rated on a 0–5 scale using characteristics typical of the Type 2 extreme of the continuum, including earlier onset of alcohol problems and a history of violence. Results do not support any consistent trend in the correlation between fathers' alcoholic characteristics and sons' problem picture. Potential explanations for this finding are discussed, including the possibility that the Type 2 extreme represents a separate diagnostic entity, the antisocial personality disorder, and not alcoholism itself. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical relevance of Type 1 & Type 2 alcoholic subtypes KW - 21–25 yr old sons of alcoholic fathers KW - 1989 KW - Adult Offspring KW - Alcoholism KW - Client Characteristics KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - At Risk Populations KW - Fathers KW - Sons KW - 1989 DO - 10.1111/j.1360-0443.1989.tb00759.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-04965-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-04923-001 AN - 1990-04923-001 AU - Ciraulo, Domenic A. AU - Barnhill, Jamie G. AU - Ciraulo, Ann M. AU - Greenblatt, David J. AU - Shader, Richard I. T1 - Parental alcoholism as a risk factor in benzodiazepine abuse: A pilot study. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/10// VL - 146 IS - 10 SP - 1333 EP - 1335 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-04923-001. PMID: 2782481 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ciraulo, Domenic A.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychiatry Service, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19900201. Correction Date: 20130513. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adult Offspring; Alcoholism; Alprazolam; Drug Abuse. Minor Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Euphoria. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1989. AB - Studied 12 non-drinking adult sons of alcoholics who were known to be at high risk for alcoholism to determine whether they had euphoric responses to the benzodiazepine alprazolam. A previous study by D. A. Ciraulo et al (see record [rid]1989-19933-001[/rid]) noted a euphoric reaction to alprazolam among alcoholics. 12 men without a history of alcoholism among their 1st-degree relatives served as controls. Findings show that 9 sons of alcoholics, but only 2 controls, had an increase in euphoria scale scores after a single dose of alprazolam. This suggests that sons of alcoholic may be at higher risk for benzodiazepine abuse than Ss without a family history of alcoholism. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - euphoric response to & risk for abuse of alprazolam KW - nondrinking adult sons of alcoholics KW - 1989 KW - Adult Offspring KW - Alcoholism KW - Alprazolam KW - Drug Abuse KW - At Risk Populations KW - Euphoria KW - 1989 DO - 10.1176/ajp.146.10.1333 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-04923-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-04921-001 AN - 1990-04921-001 AU - Charness, Michael E. AU - Simon, Roger P. AU - Greenberg, David A. T1 - Ethanol and the nervous system. JF - The New England Journal of Medicine JO - The New England Journal of Medicine JA - N Engl J Med Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 321 IS - 7 SP - 442 EP - 454 CY - US PB - Massachusetts Medical Society SN - 0028-4793 SN - 1533-4406 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-04921-001. PMID: 2668759 Other Journal Title: Boston Medical & Surgical Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Charness, Michael E.; West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Section of Neurology, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19900201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Etiology; Nervous System Disorders. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1989. AB - Describes the association between alcoholism and disorders of the central (CNS) and peripheral nervous systems. While genetic factors and nutritional deficiencies play an important part in the genesis of neurological disorders, almost all the nervous system complications of alcoholism could be prevented by reducing or stopping the consumption of ethanol. Wernicke's encephalopathy, dementia, cerebellar degeneration, central pontine myelinolysis, neuropathy, myopathy, and fetal alcohol syndrome are among the disorders discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcoholism & CNS disorders KW - etiological implications KW - 1989 KW - Alcoholism KW - Etiology KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - 1989 DO - 10.1056/NEJM198908173210706 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-04921-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-3301-8966 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-04782-001 AN - 1990-04782-001 AU - Shenton, Martha E. AU - Solovay, Margie R. AU - Holzman, Philip S. AU - Coleman, Michael AU - Gale, Howard J. T1 - Thought disorder in the relatives of psychotic patients. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/10// VL - 46 IS - 10 SP - 897 EP - 901 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-04782-001. PMID: 2489936 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shenton, Martha E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19900201. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Family Members; Mania; Schizophrenia; Thought Disturbances. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1989. AB - Confirmed the finding by M. H. Johnston and P. S. Holzman (1979) that relatives of psychotic patients show levels of deviant thinking greater than those seen in normal populations in a study of relatives of 3 groups of schizophrenic, manic, and schizoaffective patients. The quality of thought disorder characteristic of the patients was mirrored, in an attenuated way, in their 1st-degree relatives. Seven of the 20 manic probands (12 relatives), 21 of the 43 schizophrenic probands (48 relatives), 4 of the schizoaffective-manic probands (13 relatives), and 2 of the schizoaffective-depressed probands (11 relatives) took part in the study. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - thought disorder KW - relatives of schizophrenic or manic or schizoaffective patients KW - 1989 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Family Members KW - Mania KW - Schizophrenia KW - Thought Disturbances KW - 1989 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1989.01810100039007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-04782-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-04712-001 AN - 1990-04712-001 AU - Kessler, Christopher AU - Steinberg, Alan T1 - Evoked potential variation in schizophrenic subgroups. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 26 IS - 4 SP - 372 EP - 380 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-04712-001. PMID: 2765600 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kessler, Christopher; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19900201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Evoked Potentials; Paranoid Schizophrenia; Undifferentiated Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Habituation. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1989. AB - Tested 9 residual/undifferentiated schizophrenic (RUS) patients, 10 paranoid schizophrenic (PAS) patients, and 9 nonpsychotic controls, all men (aged 23–57 yrs), using a paradigm designed to elicit habituated event-related potentials to auditory stimuli. The EEG was recorded at bilateral frontal (F1 and F2) and temporal (T3 and T4) scalp leads. Significant decreases were found in N1 component amplitudes in both frontal leads in the schizophrenic Ss. P2 and N2 amplitudes also tended to be smaller at frontal leads in the schizophrenic Ss. An analysis of variance (ANOVA) with subgroup diagnosis as a factor revealed significant decreases in N1 amplitude in the PAS, but not the RUS, Ss. Findings illustrate the importance of subgroup variables in electrophysiological investigations of schizophrenic patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - habituated auditory EPs KW - male 23–57 yr olds with paranoid vs residual/undifferentiated schizophrenia KW - 1989 KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Paranoid Schizophrenia KW - Undifferentiated Schizophrenia KW - Habituation KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(89)90053-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-04712-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-04677-001 AN - 1990-04677-001 AU - Goldstein, Jill M. AU - Tsuang, Ming T. AU - Faraone, Stephen V. T1 - Gender and schizophrenia: Implications for understanding the heterogeneity of the illness. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 243 EP - 253 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-04677-001. PMID: 2762431 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Jill M.; Brockton/West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MA, US. Release Date: 19900201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Sex Differences; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Family; Onset (Disorders); Premorbidity. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - Examined data from 171 male and 161 female schizophrenics (SZs) and 713 1st-degree relatives who participated in the double-blind Iowa 500 and non-500 family studies (J. Morrison et al, 1972; M. Tsuang and G. Winokur, 1975). Male SZs exhibited an earlier age of onset, poorer premorbid history, lower likelihood of family morbidity, and poorer course of the disorder than did female SZs. Male and female relatives of male SZs had a lower risk for schizophrenia than male and female relatives of female SZs. Findings support the hypothesis that men may be at risk for experiencing a more severe form of schizophrenia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age of onset & premorbidity & family risk & course of illness KW - schizophrenic males vs females & their 1st degree relatives KW - 1989 KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Schizophrenia KW - At Risk Populations KW - Family KW - Onset (Disorders) KW - Premorbidity KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(89)90205-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-04677-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-04671-001 AN - 1990-04671-001 AU - Garvey, Michael J. AU - Cook, Brian L. AU - Noyes, Russell T1 - Comparison of major depressive patients with a predominantly sad versus anxious mood. JF - Journal of Affective Disorders JO - Journal of Affective Disorders JA - J Affect Disord Y1 - 1989/09//Sep-Oct, 1989 VL - 17 IS - 2 SP - 183 EP - 187 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-0327 SN - 1573-2517 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-04671-001. PMID: 2527893 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garvey, Michael J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 19900201. Correction Date: 20160407. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Major Depression; Sadness; Symptoms. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Sep-Oct, 1989. AB - 177 patients with major depressive disorder (MDD) experienced a mood disturbance characterized as predominantly sad (55%), anxious (31%), or mixed (14%). Ss that had a predominantly sad mood were more likely to be hypersomnious, anhedonic, younger, and seen in an outpatient setting. Anxious MDD Ss were more likely to have been hospitalized, agitated, psychotic, incapacitated, insomnious, and to have had a higher post-dexamethasone cortisol levels. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - symptoms & characteristics KW - patients with major depression with predominantly sad &/or anxious mood KW - 1989 KW - Anxiety KW - Major Depression KW - Sadness KW - Symptoms KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0165-0327(89)90041-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-04671-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-04607-001 AN - 1990-04607-001 AU - Trenteseau, Jeanne A. AU - Hyer, Lee AU - Verenes, Denise AU - Warsaw, Janet T1 - Hopelessness among later-life patients. JF - Journal of Applied Gerontology JO - Journal of Applied Gerontology JA - J Appl Gerontol Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 8 IS - 3 SP - 355 EP - 364 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0733-4648 SN - 1552-4523 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-04607-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Trenteseau, Jeanne A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 19900201. Correction Date: 20121008. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Hopelessness; Major Depression; Psychiatric Patients; Suicide. Minor Descriptor: Hospitalized Patients; Ideation. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1989. AB - Investigated the relationship of hopelessness to depression and general behavior; the contribution of hopelessness to known hospital variables in treatment; and the influence of high- and low-level hopelessness on depression variables, behavior, and suicidal factors in 50 psychiatric inpatients (aged 55+ yrs). Ss completed the Beck Depression Inventory, the Geriatric Hopelessness Scale (GHS [P. S. Fry; see PA, Vol 71:27648]), the Geriatric Depression Scale (T. L. Brink et al; see record [rid]1983-20091-001[/rid]), behavioral indexes, and measures of suicide ideation and past suicidal behavior. Hopelessness was related to depression, especially the psychological components of depression and behavior. Ss with high- and low-level hopelessness differed on psychological depression and behavior but not on suicidal indexes. The GHS is considered an instrument suitable for use with psychiatric patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hopelessness KW - depression & general ward behavior & suicidal behavior KW - 55 yr old & older psychiatric inpatients KW - 1989 KW - Adjustment KW - Hopelessness KW - Major Depression KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Suicide KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Ideation KW - 1989 DO - 10.1177/073346488900800306 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-04607-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-04568-001 AN - 1990-04568-001 AU - Aldwin, Carolyn M. AU - Spiro, Avron AU - Levenson, Michael R. AU - Bossé, Raymond T1 - Longitudinal findings from the normative aging study: I. Does mental health change with age? JF - Psychology and Aging JO - Psychology and Aging JA - Psychol Aging Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 295 EP - 306 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0882-7974 SN - 1939-1498 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-04568-001. PMID: 2803623 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Aldwin, Carolyn M.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Normative Aging Study, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19900201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Mental Health; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Longitudinal Studies. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Dec 7, 1988; Revised Date: Dec 5, 1988; First Submitted Date: Apr 15, 1987. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Longitudinal changes in self-reported symptoms were investigated using the Cornell Medical Index (CMI) in a sample of 2,041 men. The average man completed 5 CMIs (range = 2–8) over 17 (range = 2–25) years. Using a two-stage growth model, we first regressed symptoms against time on study for each man. The average slope of physical symptoms showed a moderate increase over time, but the average slope of psychological symptoms showed little change. Next individual differences in change were examined using age at entry as an explanatory variable. Age accounted for 50% of the variance in physical symptoms at entry and 7% of the variance in slopes, but explained neither baseline level nor change in psychological symptoms. Rather, a U-shaped curve described the relation between age and psychological symptom change. These results, in concert with a developmental perspective, may help reconcile conflicting findings on aging and mental health. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age KW - self reported physical vs psychological symptoms KW - male adults KW - longitudinal study KW - 1989 KW - Age Differences KW - Mental Health KW - Symptoms KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/0882-7974.4.3.295 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-04568-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-04541-001 AN - 1990-04541-001 AU - McCown, William G. AU - Dewolfe, Alan AU - Shack, John AU - Maier, Richard T1 - Role of method of stimulus presentation in research on recognition of facial affect. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 68 IS - 3, Pt 2 SP - 1095 EP - 1098 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-04541-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McCown, William G.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Psychology Service, New Orleans, LA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19900201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Extraversion; Facial Expressions; Neuroticism; Psychoticism; Stimulus Presentation Methods. Minor Descriptor: Face Perception. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - The relation between 3 personality variables, Extraversion, Neuroticism, and Psychoticism, and accuracy in recognition of facial affect was examined with 3 methods of stimulus presentation: slide presentation, photographic display, and tachistoscopic administration. The 51 undergraduates also completed the Brief Eysenck Personality Questionnaire. The nontachistoscopic methods correlated moderately and positively. Extraversion correlated positively with the ability to recognize facial expression with the nontachistoscopic methods. Psychoticism correlated negatively with correct affect recognition, although only for tachistoscopic presentation. Neuroticism did not correlate with recognition of facial affect using any of the methods. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stimulus presentation method & extraversion vs neuroticism vs psychoticism KW - recognition of facial affect KW - college students KW - 1989 KW - Extraversion KW - Facial Expressions KW - Neuroticism KW - Psychoticism KW - Stimulus Presentation Methods KW - Face Perception KW - 1989 DO - 10.2466/pms.1989.68.3c.1095 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-04541-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-04166-001 AN - 1990-04166-001 AU - Nestor, Paul G. AU - Parasuraman, Raja AU - Haxby, James V. T1 - Attentional costs of mental operations in young and old adults. JF - Developmental Neuropsychology JO - Developmental Neuropsychology JA - Dev Neuropsychol Y1 - 1989/// VL - 5 IS - 2-3 SP - 141 EP - 158 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 8756-5641 SN - 1532-6942 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-04166-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Nestor, Paul G.; Harvard Medical School, Brockton Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19900201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Attention; Auditory Perception; Human Information Storage; Visual Discrimination. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Pattern Discrimination; Reaction Time. Classification: Cognitive & Perceptual Development (2820). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - 12 young adults (aged 21–30 yrs) and 10 older adults (aged 59–76 yrs), screened for health status, performed a primary visual match (same–different) task that was paired on some trials with a secondary auditory probe-reaction time (RT) task. Probe RT was used as an independent measure of the attentional cost of the underlying component operations of the primary match task. Both young and old Ss demonstrated high accuracy rates for the matching task. The older Ss showed significantly slower RT on the primary match task. They also showed greater probe RTs both for stimulus encoding and for matching and response selection. Findings were replicated and extended in Exp II with 8 young adults and 8 older adults. Results demonstrate that older adults show increased attentional cost for both automatic and effortful mental operations compared to young adults. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - primary visual matching paired with secondary auditory RT tasks KW - attentional costs for mental operation encoding vs responses KW - 21–76 yr olds KW - 1989 KW - Age Differences KW - Attention KW - Auditory Perception KW - Human Information Storage KW - Visual Discrimination KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Pattern Discrimination KW - Reaction Time KW - 1989 DO - 10.1080/87565648909540429 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-04166-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-04022-001 AN - 1990-04022-001 AU - Morley, John E. AU - Flood, James F. T1 - The effect of neuropeptide Y on drinking in mice. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 494 IS - 1 SP - 129 EP - 137 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-04022-001. PMID: 2765911 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morley, John E.; Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, CA, US. Release Date: 19900201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Food Intake; Hypothalamus; Neuropeptide Y; Peptides; Water Intake. Minor Descriptor: Age Differences; Angiotensin; Hypothalamus Lesions; Mice; Neurochemistry. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1989. AB - Demonstrated in male mice that neuropeptide Y (NPY) inhibited drinking (1) induced by water deprivation and (2) associated with food intake. In addition, Ss failed to respond to the rat dipsogen angiotensin II. Old Ss showed hypodipsia compared with young Ss, and NPY failed to inhibit drinking in older Ss. NPY inhibited drinking and enhanced feeding in monosodium glutamate-treated Ss. Findings support the contention that marked species differences exist in the regulation of water intake between rats and mice. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuropeptide Y & rat dipsogen angiotensin II KW - water & food intake KW - old vs young mice with vs without monosodium glutamate induced arcuate nucleus lesions KW - implications for species differences KW - 1989 KW - Food Intake KW - Hypothalamus KW - Neuropeptide Y KW - Peptides KW - Water Intake KW - Age Differences KW - Angiotensin KW - Hypothalamus Lesions KW - Mice KW - Neurochemistry KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(89)90151-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-04022-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-03979-001 AN - 1990-03979-001 AU - Flood, James F. AU - Morley, John E. T1 - Cholecystokinin receptors mediate enhanced memory retention produced by feeding and gastrointestinal peptides. JF - Peptides JO - Peptides JA - Peptides Y1 - 1989/07//Jul-Aug, 1989 VL - 10 IS - 4 SP - 809 EP - 813 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0196-9781 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-03979-001. PMID: 2587422 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Flood, James F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, St Louis, MO, US. Release Date: 19900201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Bombesin; Cholecystokinin; Peptides; Retention. Minor Descriptor: Cholinergic Blocking Drugs; Food Intake; Gastrointestinal System; Mice. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jul-Aug, 1989. AB - Eating or administering cholecystokinin octapeptide (CCK-8), bombesin (BBS), or gastrin releasing peptide (GRP), improved retention for footshock avoidance training in male mice when tested 1 wk after training. This eating-induced improvement of retention was blocked by a specific CCK antagonist, L-364,718, which prevented enhancement of memory retention resulting from posttraining administration of CCK-8, BBS, or GRP. L-364,718 neither impaired nor improved retention when given alone and failed to block improved memory retention induced by arecoline and D-amphetamine. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - eating cholecystokinin octapeptide or bombesin or gastrin releasing peptide KW - retention of footshock avoidance learning KW - mice KW - implications for cholinergic antagonists KW - 1989 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Bombesin KW - Cholecystokinin KW - Peptides KW - Retention KW - Cholinergic Blocking Drugs KW - Food Intake KW - Gastrointestinal System KW - Mice KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0196-9781(89)90118-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-03979-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-03916-001 AN - 1990-03916-001 AU - Gordon, John H. AU - Fields, Jeremy Z. T1 - A permanent dopamine receptor up-regulation in the ovariectomized rat. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 33 IS - 1 SP - 123 EP - 125 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-03916-001. PMID: 2780771 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gordon, John H.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Research Service, Hines IL, US. Release Date: 19900201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Models; Apomorphine; Drug Sensitivity; Ovariectomy. Minor Descriptor: Menopause; Rats; Schizophrenia; Tardive Dyskinesia. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. AB - Investigated the effects of ovariectomy (OVX) of female rats on their sensitivity to apomorphine (APO). By 3 mo post-OVX, Ss were hypersensitive to the behavioral effects of APO. This hypersensitivity was permanent and was accompanied by an increase in D2 dopamine receptor density in the striatum. The usefulness of this model for understanding postmenopausal tardive dyskinesia and schizophrenia is noted, as both involve dopamine receptor regulation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ovariectomy KW - sensitivity to apomorphine KW - female rats KW - animal model of postmenopausal tardive dyskinesia & schizophrenia KW - 1989 KW - Animal Models KW - Apomorphine KW - Drug Sensitivity KW - Ovariectomy KW - Menopause KW - Rats KW - Schizophrenia KW - Tardive Dyskinesia KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(89)90440-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-03916-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-03869-001 AN - 1990-03869-001 AU - Haroutunian, V. AU - Kanof, P. D. AU - Davis, K. L. T1 - Interactions of forebrain cholinergic and somatostatinergic systems in the rat. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 496 IS - 1-2 SP - 98 EP - 104 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-03869-001. PMID: 2804656 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Haroutunian, V.; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, NY, US. Release Date: 19900201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cholinergic Nerves; Forebrain; Immunology; Neurochemistry; Somatotropin. Minor Descriptor: Amines; Drug Dosages; Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1989. AB - Three experiments assessed the neurochemical, behavioral, and pharmacological effects of forebrain cholinergic (CHL) and somatostatinergic (SMT) deficits in male rats. Forebrain CHL systems were lesioned by infusions of ibotenic acid into the nucleus basalis of Meynert. Findings suggest that, although forebrain CHL and SMT systems interact at some levels, their interaction is minor with respect to neurochemical, behavioral, and pharmacological variables. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cysteamine dosage &/or nucleus basalis ibotenic acid lesions KW - somatostatin like immunoreactivity & interaction with forebrain cholinergic marker activity KW - male rats KW - 1989 KW - Cholinergic Nerves KW - Forebrain KW - Immunology KW - Neurochemistry KW - Somatotropin KW - Amines KW - Drug Dosages KW - Rats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(89)91055-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-03869-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-03853-001 AN - 1990-03853-001 AU - Sterman, M. B. T1 - Future perspectives for applied psychophysiology and biofeedback. JF - Biofeedback & Self Regulation JO - Biofeedback & Self Regulation JA - Biofeedback Self Regul Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 14 IS - 2 SP - 83 EP - 88 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0363-3586 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-03853-001. PMID: 2790065 Other Journal Title: Applied Psychophysiology and Biofeedback. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sterman, M. B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19900201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Association for Applied Psychophysiology and Biofeedback: Presidential address (1989, San Diego, California). Major Descriptor: Biofeedback; Neurosciences; Psychophysiology. Minor Descriptor: Psychophysical Measurement. Classification: Psychophysiology (2560). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - Current circumstances in both the health science and health care delivery systems in our country have created serious problems for health professionals, particularly for those in the relatively young field of biofeedback. At the same time, recent and emerging developments in the neurosciences and in technologies for biological measurement offer exciting new opportunities for the applied psychophysiology on which the field is based. Examples of these developments include the elucidation of potential neurophysiological mechanisms that may mediate the psychophysiology of immune system responses and technical achievements leading to online, noninvasive magnetic resonance imaging of brain neurochemistry. The issue of perspective is raised in relation to the response to both the challenge and opportunities of the times. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - developments in neurosciences & technologies for biological measurements KW - implications for biofeedback & applied psychophysiology KW - conference presentation KW - 1989 KW - Biofeedback KW - Neurosciences KW - Psychophysiology KW - Psychophysical Measurement KW - 1989 DO - 10.1007/BF00999046 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-03853-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-03559-001 AN - 1990-03559-001 AU - Schwartz, Barbara L. T1 - Effects of generation on indirect measures of memory. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition JA - J Exp Psychol Learn Mem Cogn Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 15 IS - 6 SP - 1119 EP - 1128 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0278-7393 SN - 1939-1285 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-03559-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schwartz, Barbara L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 19900201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Priming; Word Recognition; Words (Phonetic Units). Minor Descriptor: Memory. Classification: Learning & Memory (2343). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: May 5, 1989; Revised Date: Apr 27, 1989; First Submitted Date: Dec 12, 1988. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - Subjects either read words (CHIMP) or generated words ('a small ape—C') during the study phase of three experiments. The effects of these encoding tasks on performance in two indirect, priming tests—word completion and word identification—were observed. The word completion test is a version of word stem completion in which subjects are shown the initial four letters of a five-letter word (e.g., CHIM_: CHIMP, CHIME) and are asked to add one letter to produce the first word that comes to mind. In word identification, subjects are shown a word briefly and are asked to identify it. Systematic comparisons of the two tests within single experiments showed that generation, either to semantic cues or to orthographic cues, had different effects on performance in the two tests: Word identification performance was lower for words generated rather than read, whereas word completion performance for words generated was indistinguishable from performance for words read. These results suggest that performance in different indirect tests depends on the processing of different types of information. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - read or generated words KW - word identification or word stem completion KW - college students KW - 1989 KW - Priming KW - Word Recognition KW - Words (Phonetic Units) KW - Memory KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/0278-7393.15.6.1119 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-03559-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-03435-001 AN - 1990-03435-001 AU - Lamb, Marvin R. AU - Robertson, Lynn C. T1 - Do response time advantage and interference reflect the order of processing of global- and local-level information? JF - Perception & Psychophysics JO - Perception & Psychophysics JA - Percept Psychophys Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 46 IS - 3 SP - 254 EP - 258 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0031-5117 SN - 1532-5962 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-03435-001. PMID: 2771617 Other Journal Title: Attention, Perception, & Psychophysics. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lamb, Marvin R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Martinez, CA, US. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19900201. Correction Date: 20110110. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Divided Attention; Reaction Time; Stimulus Parameters; Visual Discrimination. Minor Descriptor: Letters (Alphabet). Classification: Visual Perception (2323). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1989. AB - 10 right-handed volunteers (aged 48–70 yrs) identified target letters that occurred randomly at the global or local level in a divided-attention task in which the visual angle subtended by the stimulus pattern was varied. Local targets (LTs) were identified faster than global targets (GTs) at the larger visual angles, but there was no difference in response time (RST) at the smallest visual angle. Despite this change in RST advantage, the interference effect did not change as a function of the visual angle of the stimulus pattern. Global distractors interfered with responding to LTs, but LTs had no effect on responding to GTs. Findings are inconsistent with the assumption that RST advantage and interference reflect order of processing in a simple way. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - local vs global targets & varying visual angle in divided attention task KW - RT KW - 48–70 yr olds KW - 1989 KW - Divided Attention KW - Reaction Time KW - Stimulus Parameters KW - Visual Discrimination KW - Letters (Alphabet) KW - 1989 DO - 10.3758/BF03208087 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-03435-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-03291-001 AN - 1990-03291-001 AU - Goldstein, Gerald AU - Watson, John R. T1 - Test-retest reliability of the Halstead-Reitan Battery and the WAIS in a neuropsychiatric population. JF - Clinical Neuropsychologist JO - Clinical Neuropsychologist Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 3 IS - 3 SP - 265 EP - 272 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0920-1637 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-03291-001. Other Journal Title: The Clinical Neuropsychologist. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Gerald; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19900201. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Medical Patients; Neuropsychological Assessment; Psychiatric Patients; Test Reliability; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Minor Descriptor: Test Battery. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. AB - Examined the test–retest reliability of the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery (HRB) and the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) in a heterogeneous neuropsychiatric sample of 150 neuropsychiatric patients. Subgroups of alcoholic/trauma, schizophrenic, and vascular disease patients were extracted from the total sample in order to examine the possibility of different reliability levels among different clinical groups. Most components of the HRB had psychometrically satisfactory relative reliability levels. However, schizophrenics exhibited significantly lower levels of reliability than did the other subgroups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - test retest reliability of Halstead Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery vs WAIS KW - neuropsychiatric patients KW - 1989 KW - Medical Patients KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Test Reliability KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - Test Battery KW - 1989 DO - 10.1080/13854048908404088 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-03291-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-02703-001 AN - 1990-02703-001 AU - Meek, Patricia S. AU - Clark, H. Westley AU - Solana, Virginia L. T1 - Neurocognitive impairment: The unrecognized component of dual diagnosis in substance abuse treatment. JF - Journal of Psychoactive Drugs JO - Journal of Psychoactive Drugs JA - J Psychoactive Drugs Y1 - 1989/04//Apr-Jun, 1989 VL - 21 IS - 2 SP - 153 EP - 160 CY - US PB - Haight-Ashbury Publications SN - 0279-1072 SN - 2159-9777 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-02703-001. PMID: 2760756 Other Journal Title: Journal of Psychedelic Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Meek, Patricia S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Substance Abuse Inpatient Unit, San Francisco, CA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20121001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Drug Rehabilitation; Neuropsychology. Minor Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Military Veterans; Nervous System Disorders. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Apr-Jun, 1989. AB - 34 veterans receiving treatment in a 14-day inpatient substance abuse treatment program were administered the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery, a neurobehavioral cognitive status examination (NCSE) by R. J. Kierman et al (1987), and a trail making test. Neurocognitive functioning was found to be impaired on admission in a large proportion of Ss. Many Ss showed deficits in attention and memory, calculation, abstraction, comprehension, and visuospatial abilities. Repeat administration of the NCSE prior to discharge suggested that some improvement may have occurred during hospitalization. The relative merits of the assessment instruments employed are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neurobehavioral cognitive status KW - veterans with dual diagnosis in inpatient substance abuse treatment program KW - 1989 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Neuropsychology KW - Drug Abuse KW - Military Veterans KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - 1989 DO - 10.1080/02791072.1989.10472155 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-02703-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-02677-001 AN - 1990-02677-001 AU - Burling, Thomas A. AU - Reilly, Patrick M. AU - Moltzen, Judith O. AU - Ziff, Daniel C. T1 - Self-efficacy and relapse among inpatient drug and alcohol abusers: A predictor of outcome. JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 50 IS - 4 SP - 354 EP - 360 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0096-882X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-02677-001. PMID: 2787877 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs; Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Burling, Thomas A.; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Drug Rehabilitation; Hospitalized Patients; Relapse (Disorders); Self-Efficacy. Minor Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Drug Abuse; Followup Studies; Military Veterans. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. AB - Examined monthly intreatment ratings of self-efficacy to avoid drug and alcohol abuse among 419 male substance abuse inpatients (mean age 33 yrs) of a residential treatment community. Posttreatment interviews were conducted with 81 Ss approximately 6 mo following discharge to assess the relationship between self-efficacy and relapse. As expected, self-efficacy increased during treatment and was higher among abstainers (ABSs) than relapsers (RELs) at follow-up. Contrary to expectations, low self-efficacy at intake was related to longer inpatient residence and more positive conditions of discharge. ABSs had slightly lower self-efficacy scores than RELs at intake and increased their self-efficacy 2-fold over RELs during the course of treatment. Hypotheses are advanced regarding the potential utility of intreatment change measures, the role of underestimation in self-efficacy ratings and the role of denial in substance abuse populations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self efficacy KW - relapse KW - drug vs alcohol abusing male veterans in inpatient treatment KW - 6 mo followup KW - 1989 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - Self-Efficacy KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Drug Abuse KW - Followup Studies KW - Military Veterans KW - 1989 DO - 10.15288/jsa.1989.50.354 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-02677-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-02675-001 AN - 1990-02675-001 AU - Anderson, Jack G. AU - Gilbert, Francis S. T1 - Communication skills training with alcoholics for improving performance of two of the Alcoholics Anonymous recovery steps. JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 50 IS - 4 SP - 361 EP - 367 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0096-882X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-02675-001. PMID: 2755136 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs; Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Anderson, Jack G.; Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcoholism Rehabilitation Lab, CA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholics Anonymous; Communication Skills Training; Role Playing; Self-Disclosure; Self-Evaluation. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism; Military Veterans. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. AB - Investigated whether performance of Steps 4 and 5 (admitting defects and ascertaining where one's weaknesses lie, and engendering humility, fearlessness, and honesty in interpersonal relationships) of Alcoholics Anonymous' (AA) 12-step self-help method could be facilitated by teaching communication skills specifically designed to improve their performance. 41 male hospitalized alcoholics were assigned to communication-skills training, discussion, or no-treatment assessment-only groups, and their pre- and post-treatment performance of role-plays of Steps 4 and 5 was assessed. Results suggest that the behavioral skills inherent in completing Steps 4 and 5 need to be taught rather than merely discussed or alluded to. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - communication skills training via role playing KW - facilitation of self analysis & self disclosure skills in Alcoholics Anonymous Steps 4 & 5 KW - alcoholic male veterans KW - 1989 KW - Alcoholics Anonymous KW - Communication Skills Training KW - Role Playing KW - Self-Disclosure KW - Self-Evaluation KW - Alcoholism KW - Military Veterans KW - 1989 DO - 10.15288/jsa.1989.50.361 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-02675-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-02622-001 AN - 1990-02622-001 AU - Southwick, Steven AU - Mason, John W. AU - Giller, Earl L. AU - Kosten, Thomas R. T1 - Serum thyroxine change and clinical recovery in psychiatric inpatients. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 25 IS - 1 SP - 67 EP - 74 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-02622-001. PMID: 2912510 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Southwick, Steven; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospitalized Patients; Psychiatric Patients; Recovery (Disorders); Test Scores; Thyroxine. Minor Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Blood Serum; Physiological Correlates; Psychiatric Hospital Admission; Psychosis; Rating Scales. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. AB - Obtained serum free thyroxine (FT), total thyroxine (TT), and Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale (BPRS) measurements following hospital admission and at 2-wk intervals during hospitalization in 80 male psychiatric inpatients (aged 18–68 yrs) with major psychotic and affective disorders. A strong correlation between the range values for BPRS sum and for FT and TT levels indicates that change in overall symptom severity was linked to change in thyroxine levels during clinical recovery. Findings suggest that a normalizing principle underlies the relationship between clinical recovery and TT levels and that FT and TT levels within the normal range have clinical significance in (1) reflecting or contributing to the course of psychiatric disorders and (2) possibly having a role in pathogenesis. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - serum free thyroxine & total thyroxine & Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale scores at admission vs during recovery KW - 18–68 yr old inpatients with major psychotic & affective disorders KW - 1989 KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Recovery (Disorders) KW - Test Scores KW - Thyroxine KW - Affective Disorders KW - Blood Serum KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Psychiatric Hospital Admission KW - Psychosis KW - Rating Scales KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(89)90148-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-02622-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-02605-001 AN - 1990-02605-001 AU - Lemke, Sonne AU - Moos, Rudolf H. T1 - Personal and environmental determinants of activity involvement among elderly residents of congregate facilities. JF - Journal of Gerontology JO - Journal of Gerontology JA - J Gerontol Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 44 IS - 4 SP - s139 EP - s148 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0022-1422 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-02605-001. PMID: 2738317 Other Journal Title: The Journals of Gerontology: Series A: Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lemke, Sonne; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Social Ecology Lab, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Activity Level; Environment; Psychosocial Factors; Residential Care Institutions. Classification: Nursing Homes & Residential Care (3377). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. AB - 1,428 elderly who lived in 42 congregate residential settings provided information about their activities, functioning, and background. Measures of facility features were also available. Ss were more likely to participate in facility-organized activities in settings where overall resident participation was greater, the average functioning of residents was lower, staffing was higher, and the program was more structured. Involvement in resident-initiated activities, both in the facility and in the community, was related to personal characteristics (being functionally intact, female, and better educated) and facility features (larger size, lower staffing, greater autonomy, and cohesiveness). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personal &/or environmental factors KW - activity level KW - elderly residents of congregate residential settings KW - 1989 KW - Activity Level KW - Environment KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - Residential Care Institutions KW - 1989 DO - 10.1093/geronj/44.4.S139 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-02605-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-02602-001 AN - 1990-02602-001 AU - Koenig, Harold G. AU - Shelp, Frank AU - Goli, Veeraindar AU - Cohen, Harvey J. AU - Blazer, D. G. T1 - Survival and health care utilization in elderly medical inpatients with major depression. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 37 IS - 7 SP - 599 EP - 606 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-02602-001. PMID: 2738278 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Koenig, Harold G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research Education & Clinical Ctr, Durham, NC, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Death and Dying; Health Care Utilization; Hospitalized Patients; Major Depression. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. AB - 41 elderly medical inpatients (mean age 71.4 yrs) with active major depression were matched with nondepressed controls from the same population, and survival and health care use were examined during a mean follow-up period of 5 mo. In-hospital mortality was significantly higher among depressed Ss compared with nondepressed controls (6 vs 0 deaths). For patients discharged from the hospital alive, however, depression did not have a substantial impact on mortality (31.4% cases, 31.7% controls). Health care use in terms of days of inpatient care was significantly higher both during the index admission (25 vs 14 days) and during the follow-up period (16 vs 7 days) for depressed patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - survival & health care use KW - elderly male veteran inpatients with major depression KW - 1989 KW - Death and Dying KW - Health Care Utilization KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Major Depression KW - Military Veterans KW - 1989 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1989.tb01249.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-02602-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-02596-001 AN - 1990-02596-001 AU - Hyer, Lee AU - Woods, Marilyn G. AU - Bruno, Ralph AU - Boudewyns, Patrick T1 - Treatment outcomes of Vietnam veterans with PTSD and the consistency of the MCMI. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 45 IS - 4 SP - 547 EP - 552 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-02596-001. PMID: 2768493 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hyer, Lee; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospital Programs; Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans; Test Reliability. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. AB - Administered the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory (MCMI) to 50 Vietnam veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) prior to and following an intense 5-wk treatment that focused on the revivified Vietnam experience. Results show that 17 of 20 scales on the MCMI changed in the negative direction as a result of treatment, indicating that this treatment was not effective with this population. The MCMI had adequate test–retest reliability, and the personality scales (with the exception of Borderline) had higher reliability coefficients than did symptom scales. The use of the MCMI is encouraged both as a monitor of treatment for these veterans and for its stability. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - revivified Vietnam experience hospital treatment program KW - Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory scores KW - veterans with PTSD KW - 1989 KW - Hospital Programs KW - Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - Military Veterans KW - Test Reliability KW - 1989 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198907)45:4<547::AID-JCLP2270450408>3.0.CO;2-W UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-02596-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-02536-001 AN - 1990-02536-001 AU - Sison, Gustave F. AU - Cotten, Paul D. T1 - The elderly mentally retarded person: Current perspectives and future directions. T3 - The elderly person with mental retardation JF - Journal of Applied Gerontology JO - Journal of Applied Gerontology JA - J Appl Gerontol Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 8 IS - 2 SP - 151 EP - 167 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0733-4648 SN - 1552-4523 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-02536-001. PMID: 10303643 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sison, Gustave F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service Behavioral Medicine Section, Biloxi, MS, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20121008. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Characteristics; Health Care Delivery; Literature Review; Social Services. Minor Descriptor: Experimentation; Government Policy Making; Needs; Intellectual Development Disorder. Classification: Community & Social Services (3373). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - Reviews the literature regarding the elderly retarded individual relative to (1) physical, behavioral, and emotional characteristics; (2) service delivery and programming needs; and (3) suggestions for improved research methodology that emphasize a consumer-oriented knowledge base. Caveats regarding the application of programming mandates for mentally retarded (MR) individuals to an aging population are also presented. Future work relating to elderly MR individuals must take into consideration the rapidly shifting nature of the population through changes in the quality of health care, extent of programming, and governmental policies concerning care of the aged and the MR person. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - characteristics & service delivery & needs KW - mentally retarded elderly KW - literature review KW - research & policy implications KW - 1989 KW - Client Characteristics KW - Health Care Delivery KW - Literature Review KW - Social Services KW - Experimentation KW - Government Policy Making KW - Needs KW - Intellectual Development Disorder KW - 1989 DO - 10.1177/073346488900800202 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-02536-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-02454-001 AN - 1990-02454-001 AU - Marshall, Robert C. AU - Wertz, Robert T. AU - Weiss, David G. AU - Aten, James L. T1 - Home treatment for aphasic patients by trained nonprofessionals. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JA - J Speech Hear Disord Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 54 IS - 3 SP - 462 EP - 470 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Association SN - 0022-4677 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-02454-001. PMID: 2666745 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Marshall, Robert C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Portland, OR, US. et al. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Home Care. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies. Classification: Home Care & Hospice (3375). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1989. AB - 37 aphasic men received 8–20 hrs of individual treatment for 12 wks from a home therapist (wife, friend, relative) who was trained and directed by a speech pathologist. Treatment was followed by 12 wks of no treatment. Ss were evaluated at entry and at 6–24 wks after entry with a battery of speech and language measures. The group made substantial progress on all measures during treatment and ceased to progress when treatment was discontinued. Progress for the home treatment patients did not differ significantly from that of 38 patients who received 12 wks of individual treatment from speech pathologists or 40 patients for whom treatment was deferred for 12 wks. Methodological aspects of home therapy are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - home treatment by trained nonprofessionals KW - aphasic male adults KW - 6–24 wk followup KW - 1989 KW - Aphasia KW - Home Care KW - Followup Studies KW - 1989 DO - 10.1044/jshd.5403.462 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-02454-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-02451-001 AN - 1990-02451-001 AU - Leder, Steven B. AU - Spitzer, Jaclyn B. AU - Flevaris-Phillips, Carole AU - Richardson, Frederick T1 - Innovative approaches to selection of adult cochlear implant candidates. JF - Journal of the American Deafness and Rehabilitation Association JO - Journal of the American Deafness and Rehabilitation Association Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 21 IS - 2 SP - 27 EP - 33 CY - US PB - American Deafness & Rehabilitation Assn SN - 0899-9228 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-02451-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Leder, Steven B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, West Haven, CT, US. et al. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cochlea; Deaf; Hearing Aids; Needs Assessment; Surgery. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1987. AB - Describes an evaluation protocol for profoundly deaf cochlear implant candidates that emphasizes nonauditory factors in the selection process. The evaluation protocol includes (1) medical, ophthalmologic/optometric, and audiologic examinations; (2) communicative evaluations (e.g., speechreading, articulation and voice); and (3) individual and family psychosocial evaluations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - evaluation protocol KW - selection for cochlear implant KW - profoundly deaf adults KW - 1987 KW - Cochlea KW - Deaf KW - Hearing Aids KW - Needs Assessment KW - Surgery KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-02451-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-02351-001 AN - 1990-02351-001 AU - Montamat, Stephen C. AU - Cusack, Barry J. AU - Vestal, Robert E. T1 - Management of drug therapy in the elderly. JF - The New England Journal of Medicine JO - The New England Journal of Medicine JA - N Engl J Med Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 321 IS - 5 SP - 303 EP - 309 CY - US PB - Massachusetts Medical Society SN - 0028-4793 SN - 1533-4406 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-02351-001. PMID: 2664519 Other Journal Title: Boston Medical & Surgical Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Montamat, Stephen C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Clinical Pharmacology & Gerontology Research Unit, Boise, ID, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Geriatrics. Minor Descriptor: Physiological Aging. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1989. AB - Notes that physicians should be aware of the potential effect of age and disease in altering drug dispersion and drug reaction in elderly patients. Management issues in drug therapy include pharmacokinetics, environmental factors, and compliance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age & disease KW - drug dispersion & reactions KW - aged KW - implications for management of geriatric drug therapy KW - 1989 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Geriatrics KW - Physiological Aging KW - 1989 DO - 10.1056/NEJM198908033210507 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-02351-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-02349-001 AN - 1990-02349-001 AU - Merrin, Edward L. AU - Floyd, Thomas C. AU - Fein, George T1 - EEG coherence in unmedicated schizophrenic patients. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 25 IS - 1 SP - 60 EP - 66 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-02349-001. PMID: 2563232 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Merrin, Edward L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, San Francisco, CA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Electroencephalography; Neuroleptic Drugs; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. AB - Measured EEG coherence (CH) from bipolar EEG recordings in 10 unmedicated schizophrenics (SZs), 8 affective disorder patients, and 13 normal controls during resting and task conditions. All Ss were right-handed adult males. Seven SZs were restudied after a period of neuroleptic treatment. SZs had higher across-task inter- and intrahemispheric CH in the theta band and tended to have higher intrahemispheric alpha CH. Medication treatment was associated with clinical improvement and increases in spectral power but not with changes in CH values. Results suggest that increased CH reflects the presence of anomalous cortical organization in SZs rather than medication effects or transient states related to acute clinical disturbance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - design vs text copying task vs rest KW - EEG coherence KW - patients with schizophrenia vs affective disorders taking vs not taking neuroleptics KW - 1989 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Electroencephalography KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Schizophrenia KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(89)90147-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-02349-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-02328-001 AN - 1990-02328-001 AU - Kim, Anthony AU - Adler, Lenard AU - Angrist, Burt AU - Rotrosen, John T1 - Efficacy of low-dose metoprolol in neuroleptic-induced akathisia. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology JA - J Clin Psychopharmacol Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 9 IS - 4 SP - 294 EP - 296 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0271-0749 SN - 1533-712X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-02328-001. PMID: 2570088 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kim, Anthony; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, New York, NY, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adrenergic Blocking Drugs; Drug Therapy; Restlessness; Side Effects (Drug). Minor Descriptor: Neuroleptic Drugs; Propranolol. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1989. AB - Nine patients (aged 29–51 yrs) who had neuroleptic-induced akathisia were treated with low doses (25–200 mg/day) of the β-2 blocker metoprolol (MTP). At these doses, MTP causes selective blockade of β-1 receptors. Seven Ss improved after MTP; no further substantial changes were seen after subsequent treatment with propranolol. This finding suggests that neuroleptic-induced akathisia can be improved by selective β-1 blockade. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - beta-2 blocker metaprolol & propranolol KW - 29–51 yr olds with neuroleptic induced akathisia KW - 1989 KW - Adrenergic Blocking Drugs KW - Drug Therapy KW - Restlessness KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Propranolol KW - 1989 DO - 10.1097/00004714-198908000-00012 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-02328-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-02276-001 AN - 1990-02276-001 AU - Pekala, Ronald J. AU - Forbes, Elizabeth J. AU - Contrisciani, Patricia A. T1 - Assessing the phenomenological effects of several stress management strategies. JF - Imagination, Cognition and Personality JO - Imagination, Cognition and Personality JA - Imagin Cogn Pers Y1 - 1988///1988-1989 VL - 8 IS - 4 SP - 265 EP - 281 CY - US PB - Baywood Publishing SN - 0276-2366 SN - 1541-4477 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-02276-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pekala, Ronald J.; Coatesville Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, PA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20150126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hypnosis; Phenomenology; Relaxation Therapy. Minor Descriptor: Hypnotic Susceptibility; Stress Management. Classification: Behavior Therapy & Behavior Modification (3312). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: 1988-1989. AB - Compared the reported phenomenological effects associated with several stress management techniques (hypnosis, progressive relaxation, deep abdominal breathing) and a baseline condition (eyes-closed) as a function of hypnotic susceptibility in 300 nursing students. Ss completed the Harvard Group Scale of Hypnotic Susceptibility and the Phenomenology Consciousness Inventory, in reference to each condition. Results indicate that stress management techniques like hypnosis or progressive relaxation were not phenomenologically equivalent, and their effects were further moderated by Ss' hypnotic susceptibility. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hypnosis vs progressive relaxation vs deep abdominal breathing KW - phenomenological effects KW - nursing students KW - 1988 KW - Hypnosis KW - Phenomenology KW - Relaxation Therapy KW - Hypnotic Susceptibility KW - Stress Management KW - 1988 DO - 10.2190/CA06-TGFB-D7V5-710R UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-02276-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-02211-001 AN - 1990-02211-001 AU - Kanas, Nick AU - Stewart, Pablo AU - Deri, John AU - Ketter, Terence AU - Haney, Kristi T1 - Group process in short-term outpatient therapy groups for schizophrenics. JF - Group JO - Group JA - Group (New York) Y1 - 1989///Sum 1989 VL - 13 IS - 2 SP - 67 EP - 73 CY - US PB - International Universities Press SN - 0362-4021 SN - 1573-3386 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-02211-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kanas, Nick; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, San Francisco, CA, US. Other Publishers: Mental Health Resources. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Outpatient Treatment; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Schizophrenia; Treatment Duration. Minor Descriptor: Brief Psychotherapy. Classification: Outpatient Services (3371). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1989. AB - Investigated process in 3 12-session therapy groups for outpatient schizophrenics (17 adults) using the short form of the Group Climate Questionnaire (GCQ-S) (K. R. MacKenzie, 1983). Results show no difference on the Engaged dimension between the short-term groups and either a normative sample of outpatient neurotic groups or the 1st 26 sessions of a long-term outpatient group. However, the short-term groups scored significantly lower on the Avoiding and Conflict dimensions as compared with either long-term sample. The session-to-session GCQ-S dimension pattern did not support the presence of sequential group stages, but the Engaged scores did increase and the Avoiding and Conflict scores did decrease over time. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - process in short vs long term group therapy KW - schizophrenic outpatients KW - 1989 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Outpatient Treatment KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment Duration KW - Brief Psychotherapy KW - 1989 DO - 10.1007/BF01586435 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-02211-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-02204-001 AN - 1990-02204-001 AU - Gafner, George T1 - Marital therapy with an old-old couple. JF - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JO - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JA - Clin Gerontol Y1 - 1989/// VL - 8 IS - 4 SP - 51 EP - 53 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0731-7115 SN - 1545-2301 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-02204-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gafner, George; Tucson Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, AZ, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20091012. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatric Patients; Marriage Counseling. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Describes the case of a 93-yr-old man and his 87-yr-old wife who had been married for 66 yrs. The couple sought marital therapy (MT), at the wife's suggestion, but later rejected MT when progress was short-lived and the therapist suggested separation. The need to pay attention to premorbid behavior and powerful antecedents is noted. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - marital therapy KW - 87 yr old wife & 93 yr old husband KW - 1989 KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Marriage Counseling KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-02204-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-02157-001 AN - 1990-02157-001 AU - Satel, Sally L. AU - Sledge, William H. T1 - Audiotape playback as a technique in the treatment of schizophrenic patients. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 146 IS - 8 SP - 1012 EP - 1016 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-02157-001. PMID: 2750972 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Satel, Sally L.; West Haven Veterans Administration Hosp, CT, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Audiotapes; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Language. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1989. AB - Reports on the use of playing back audiotaped portions of the speech of 2 schizophrenic patients (a 55-yr-old woman and a 28-yr-old man) during psychotherapy. It is suggested that this technique was instrumental in organizing the patients' thoughts and spoken communications and that it might also have facilitated the patients' participation in psychotherapy. Specifically, the audiotaping may have acted as an ego extender by providing the Ss with conscious control of a device that mimicked and augmented such mental functions as memory, perception, reality testing, self–other differentiation, delay, and trial action. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - audiotape playback in psychotherapy KW - awareness & correction of language abnormalities KW - schizophrenic female 55 yr old & male 28 yr old KW - 1989 KW - Audiotapes KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Schizophrenia KW - Language KW - 1989 DO - 10.1176/ajp.146.8.1012 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-02157-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-02140-001 AN - 1990-02140-001 AU - Mozdzierz, Gerald J. AU - Lisiecki, Joseph AU - Macchitelli, Frank J. T1 - The mandala of psychotherapy: The universal use of paradox: New understanding and more confusion. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training JA - Psychotherapy (Chic) Y1 - 1989///Fal 1989 VL - 26 IS - 3 SP - 383 EP - 388 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 SN - 1939-1536 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-02140-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mozdzierz, Gerald J.; Veterans Administration, Edward Hines, Jr. Hosp Psychology Service, Hines, IL, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Paradoxical Techniques; Psychotherapy. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1989. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - Organizes the work of a sample of clinicians into a 3-fold graphic schematic (mandala of psychotherapy) to understand the uses of explicit or implicit paradoxical interventions (PDIs) in these therapies. There are 3 basic reference dimensions to the mandala: the Horizontal Axis (neurotic/psychotic), the Vertical Axis (hard/soft), and the Circle Dimension (implicit/explicit). The schematic suggests an interaction between the type of patient behavior, the personality of the therapist, and the type of PDI. Examples of different clinical-theoretical positions are presented from around the mandala. Implications are offered for understanding PDI as a universal tool of encouragement in psychotherapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - representation of paradoxical interventions in mandala of psychotherapy KW - 1989 KW - Paradoxical Techniques KW - Psychotherapy KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/h0085450 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-02140-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-01995-001 AN - 1990-01995-001 AU - Zurif, Edgar B. AU - Gardner, Howard AU - Brownell, Hiram H. T1 - The case against the case against group studies. JF - Brain and Cognition JO - Brain and Cognition JA - Brain Cogn Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 237 EP - 255 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-2626 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-01995-001. PMID: 2757826 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zurif, Edgar B.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Case Report; Cognitive Ability; Experimental Design. Minor Descriptor: Aphasia; Theories. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 19. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. AB - Challenges the position held by A. Caramazza (see record [rid]1987-07676-001[/rid]), by W. Badecker and Caramazza (see record [rid]1986-22221-001[/rid]), and by Caramazza and M. McCloskey (see record [rid]1989-25976-001[/rid]) that only the analysis of single patients can allow the inference of normal function from impaired performance. It is argued that the focus on group vs single case studies is unprofitable and that a more useful question is how best to form abstractions of relevance to cognitive theory. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - single vs group case studies of impaired cognitive performance KW - inferences about structure of normal cognitive processes KW - patients with agrammatism KW - commentary KW - 1989 KW - Case Report KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Experimental Design KW - Aphasia KW - Theories KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0278-2626(89)90055-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-01995-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-01940-001 AN - 1990-01940-001 AU - Rinich, Evelin AU - Drotar, Dennis AU - Brinish, Paul T1 - Security of attachment and outcome of preschoolers with histories of nonorganic failure to thrive. JF - Journal of Clinical Child Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Child Psychology JA - J Clin Child Psychol Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 18 IS - 2 SP - 142 EP - 152 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0047-228X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-01940-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Clinical Child and Adolescent Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rinich, Evelin; Veterans Administration, Dept of Research, Cleveland, OH, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attachment Behavior; Early Intervention; Failure to Thrive; Mental Health; Physical Development. Minor Descriptor: Longitudinal Studies. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Infancy (2-23 mo) (140); Preschool Age (2-5 yrs) (160). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - Assessed the relationship of security of attachment to psychological competence and physical status in 59 children (mean age 5.10 mo) with early histories of nonorganic failure to thrive (NOFT). After diagnosis of NOFT, Ss were assigned to a family-centered, parent-centered, or advocacy intervention plan. Ss' behavior at 42 mo was measured using the California Q-Set; physical status was also assessed. Nearly one half of the Ss had insecure attachments (IAs) at 12 mo, as measured by the Ainsworth Strange Situation (M. D. Ainsworth et al, 1978). Secure attachment (SA) at 12 mo was associated with more competent, creative, and resilient behavior at 42 mo. IA Ss had a higher frequency of rehospitalization than did SA Ss. No specific intervention effects were found on security of attachment or longer term psychological outcomes. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - security of attachment measured at 12 mo psychosocial intervention KW - psychological competence & physical status at 42 mo KW - children with early history of nonorganic failure to thrive KW - 1989 KW - Attachment Behavior KW - Early Intervention KW - Failure to Thrive KW - Mental Health KW - Physical Development KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - 1989 DO - 10.1207/s15374424jccp1802_5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-01940-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-01878-001 AN - 1990-01878-001 AU - Kaminski, Henry J. AU - Ruff, Robert L. T1 - Neurologic complications of endocrine diseases. JF - Neurologic Clinics JO - Neurologic Clinics JA - Neurol Clin Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 7 IS - 3 SP - 489 EP - 508 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0733-8619 SN - 1557-9875 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-01878-001. PMID: 2671633 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kaminski, Henry J.; Cleveland Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Service, OH, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Endocrine Disorders; Neuropathology; Sequelae. Minor Descriptor: Symptoms. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 20. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1989. AB - Discusses cognitive and behavioral changes in neurologic disorders associated with endocrine diseases. These include complaints of nervousness and fatigue or restlessness and irritability in patients with hyperthyroidism; complaints of fatigue, apathy, inattention, and slowness in Ss with mild hypothyroidism; and symptoms resembling mania, schizophrenia, or acute confusional state in Ss with hyperparathyroidism. Psychological symptoms in Ss with hypoparathyroidism, acromegaly, glucocorticoid excess, and adrenal insufficiency are also discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive & behavioral changes & neurologic complications in endocrine diseases KW - 1989 KW - Endocrine Disorders KW - Neuropathology KW - Sequelae KW - Symptoms KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-01878-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-01815-001 AN - 1990-01815-001 AU - Buchtel, Henry A. AU - Stewart, John D. T1 - Auditory agnosia: Apperceptive or associative disorder? JF - Brain and Language JO - Brain and Language JA - Brain Lang Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 37 IS - 1 SP - 12 EP - 25 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0093-934X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-01815-001. PMID: 2752270 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Buchtel, Henry A.; Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MI, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Agnosia; Apperception; Associative Processes; Auditory Perception; Myocardial Infarctions. Classification: Cardiovascular Disorders (3295). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. AB - Conducted neuropsychological testing of a 51-yr-old right-handed male who developed auditory agnosia after 3 myocardial infarctions at age 41–42 yrs. Results show that certain difficulties in the initial analysis of sounds may have been the cause of S's inability to understand spoken words and other sounds. Abnormalities included a slow reaction time to brief auditory stimuli (but not to equally brief visual stimuli or to longer auditory stimuli) and the need for approximately ¼ sec of silence between 2 tones before S was able to hear them as separate. Findings imply that S's deficit in comprehending speech was probably apperceptive rather than associative in origin. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - apperceptive vs associative disorder of auditory perception KW - 51 yr old right handed male who developed auditory agnosia after 3 myocardial infarctions KW - 1989 KW - Agnosia KW - Apperception KW - Associative Processes KW - Auditory Perception KW - Myocardial Infarctions KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90098-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-01815-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-01784-001 AN - 1990-01784-001 AU - Katz, Robert B. AU - Sevush, Steven T1 - Positional dyslexia. JF - Brain and Language JO - Brain and Language JA - Brain Lang Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 37 IS - 2 SP - 266 EP - 289 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0093-934X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-01784-001. PMID: 2765859 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Katz, Robert B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Aphasia Research Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Dyslexia; Reading; Vision Disorders. Classification: Speech & Language Disorders (3270). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 24. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1989. AB - Position-specific errors in word reading are usually associated with neglect or visual extinction on the same side as the reading problem. In this study, 2 right-handed male patients (aged 60 and 64 yrs) with left-hemisphere lesions showed visual extinction on the right but reading difficulty on the left side of words and pseudowords. Further study of the older S revealed that he also had problems reading the beginning of words presented tachistoscopically or in vertical orientation. This positional difficulty was also apparent when he named the letters in words. Results indicate that positional dyslexia in these Ss was not attributable to general deficits in visual perception or attention but may have reflected a disorder at a later stage of letter processing. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - positional dyslexia & visual extinction & reading difficulty on right vs left side vs beginning of words KW - 60 & 64 yr old right handed males with left hemisphere lesions KW - 1989 KW - Brain Damage KW - Dyslexia KW - Reading KW - Vision Disorders KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90019-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-01784-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-01783-001 AN - 1990-01783-001 AU - Katz, Robert B. T1 - Recognizing orally spelled words: An analysis of procedures shared with reading and spelling. JF - Brain and Language JO - Brain and Language JA - Brain Lang Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 37 IS - 2 SP - 201 EP - 219 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0093-934X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-01783-001. PMID: 2475201 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Katz, Robert B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Aphasia Research Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dyslexia; Reading Ability; Spelling; Verbal Comprehension; Word Recognition. Minor Descriptor: Handwriting; Oral Communication. Classification: Speech & Language Disorders (3270). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 19. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1989. AB - A 56-yr-old right-handed male with dyslexia and dysgraphia was examined on parallel tests of recognizing orally spelled words, reading, and spelling (writing), and a comparison was made of his performance on the 3 tasks. On both words and nonwords, the S's errors in recognizing orally spelled words and in reading were alike, whereas his spelling errors were often different. This distinction between recognizing orally spelled words and spelling was further shown by his inability to recognize a set of orally spelled words that he could write correctly to dictation or on the basis of word meaning. Findings suggest that the procedures normally used for reading can accept sequences of letter identities as input when orally spelled words must be recognized. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - recognition of orally spelled words & reading & spelling skills KW - 56 yr old dyslexic male with dysgraphia KW - 1989 KW - Dyslexia KW - Reading Ability KW - Spelling KW - Verbal Comprehension KW - Word Recognition KW - Handwriting KW - Oral Communication KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90015-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-01783-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-01779-001 AN - 1990-01779-001 AU - Divenyi, Pierre L. AU - Robinson, Alice J. T1 - Nonlinguistic auditory capabilities in aphasia. JF - Brain and Language JO - Brain and Language JA - Brain Lang Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 37 IS - 2 SP - 290 EP - 326 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0093-934X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-01779-001. PMID: 2475202 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Divenyi, Pierre L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Speech & Hearing Research Facility, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Auditory Perception; Brain Damage; Cerebral Dominance; Cerebrovascular Accidents. Classification: Speech & Language Disorders (3270). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 37. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1989. AB - Nonlinguistic auditory capabilities were assessed through psychophysical tests in 11 aphasics with left-hemisphere cerebrovascular accident (CVA) and 4 right-CVA nonaphasics (aged 43–68 yrs), along with 8 normal, age-matched males. Results of psychophysical tests were compared with measures of auditory comprehension obtained from the Boston Diagnostic Aphasia Examination, the Porch Index of Communicative Ability, and the Token Test. Nonlinguistic auditory performance differed significantly for the 3 groups. For the left-CVA Ss, frequency sweep discrimination, frequency discrimination, and the frequency uncertainty effect in tone-in-noise detection were the best predictors of verbal auditory comprehension. The right-CVA Ss displayed marked deficits with regard to all pitch-related tests. Findings stress the importance of considering the presence of nonlinguistic auditory dysfunctions when evaluating linguistic auditory capabilities in aphasia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nonlinguistic auditory perception KW - aphasic 43–68 yr olds with right vs left cerebrovascular accidents KW - 1989 KW - Aphasia KW - Auditory Perception KW - Brain Damage KW - Cerebral Dominance KW - Cerebrovascular Accidents KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90020-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-01779-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-01702-001 AN - 1990-01702-001 AU - Mariano, Anthony J. AU - Donovan, Dennis M. AU - Walker, Patricia S. AU - Mariano, Mary J. AU - Walker, Dale T1 - Drinking-related locus of control and the drinking status of urban Native Americans. JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 50 IS - 4 SP - 331 EP - 338 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0096-882X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-01702-001. PMID: 2755134 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs; Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mariano, Anthony J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Alcoholism; American Indians; Human Sex Differences; Internal External Locus of Control. Minor Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Demographic Characteristics. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. AB - Compared the drinking-related expectancies of 3 groups of Native Americans (mean age 35.1 yrs): 70 problem drinkers (PRDs), 48 nonproblem drinkers (NPDs), and 22 recovered alcoholics (RALs). Drinking status was significantly associated with drinking-related locus of control. As predicted, PRDs reported significantly less personal control of alcohol use than either NPDs or RALs. Males were more likely to be PRDs than NPDs, and they held significantly more external orientations toward drinking than did females. Findings provide indirect support for current treatment philosophies that seek to modify patient perceptions of the controllability of drinking behavior in a more internal direction. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sociodemographics & sex KW - drinking related locus of control KW - problem vs nonproblem drinking vs recovered alcoholic Native Americans KW - 1989 KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Alcoholism KW - American Indians KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Internal External Locus of Control KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - 1989 DO - 10.15288/jsa.1989.50.331 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-01702-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-01590-001 AN - 1990-01590-001 AU - Wilkins, Jeffery N. AU - Spar, J. E. AU - Carlson, H. E. T1 - Desipramine increases circulating growth hormone in elderly depressed patients: A pilot study. JF - Psychoneuroendocrinology JO - Psychoneuroendocrinology JA - Psychoneuroendocrinology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 14 IS - 3 SP - 195 EP - 202 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0306-4530 SN - 1873-3360 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-01590-001. PMID: 2667015 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wilkins, Jeffery N.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr-Brentwood Div, Clinical Psychopharmacology Unit, CA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amitriptyline; Desipramine; Hormones; Major Depression. Minor Descriptor: Hydrocortisone; Prolactin; Somatotropin. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Collected serial blood samples from 9 female and 6 male elderly depressed inpatients (aged 62–95 yrs) following random assignment to a 50 mg oral test dose of desmethylimipramine (DMI) or amitriptyline (AMI). Ss began the 210 min study at 0800 hrs. Serum growth hormone (hGH), cortisol, and prolactin (hPRL) were determined by radioimmunoassay. Baseline hormone concentrations were related to self and observer ratings of anxiety and depression. Results show a trend for the hGH, cortisol, and hPRL concentrations to decline during the period of study. This trend for all 3 hormones reversed in those Ss receiving DMI, beginning approximately 90 min after drug ingestion. There was no stimulatory effect of AMI on hGH, cortisol, or hPRL. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - desipramine vs amitriptyline KW - cortisol & prolactin & serum growth hormone levels KW - 62–95 yr olds with major depression KW - 1989 KW - Amitriptyline KW - Desipramine KW - Hormones KW - Major Depression KW - Hydrocortisone KW - Prolactin KW - Somatotropin KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0306-4530(89)90017-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-01590-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-01586-001 AN - 1990-01586-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Vassar, Patricia AU - Plemel, Duane AU - Herder, Joseph AU - Manifold, Victor AU - Anderson, Douglas T1 - The contributions of self-defeating philosophies, perceived helplessness, and repression to anxiety among psychiatric patients. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 45 IS - 4 SP - 513 EP - 520 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-01586-001. PMID: 2768489 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, St Cloud, MN, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety Disorders; Denial; Internal External Locus of Control; Irrational Beliefs; Repression (Defense Mechanism). Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. AB - Administered the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory, the Denial Scale of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI), Rotter's Internal–External Locus of Control Scale, and an irrational beliefs scale to 190 male psychiatric inpatients. Denial was correlated negatively with Trait Anxiety, consistent with the view that awareness of unpleasant emotions generates anxiety, but inconsistent with the claim that it is the result of repression. The correlations of Trait Anxiety with the Irrational Beliefs scale were substantial. Findings support the positions that anxiety results from self-defeating philosophies and/or the emergence of unpleasant thoughts about oneself, modestly support the perceived helpessness hypothesis, and contradict the excessive repression explanation of anxiety. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - irrational beliefs & locus of control & denial & repression KW - trait anxiety KW - male psychiatric inpatients KW - 1989 KW - Anxiety Disorders KW - Denial KW - Internal External Locus of Control KW - Irrational Beliefs KW - Repression (Defense Mechanism) KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1989 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198907)45:4<513::AID-JCLP2270450404>3.0.CO;2-M UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-01586-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-01487-001 AN - 1990-01487-001 AU - Koenig, Harold G. AU - Goli, Veeraindar AU - Shelp, Frank AU - Cohen, Harvey J. AU - Meador, Keith G. AU - Blazer, Dan G. T1 - Major depression and the NIMH Diagnostic Interview Schedule: Validation in medically ill hospitalized patients. JF - International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine JO - International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine JA - Int J Psychiatry Med Y1 - 1989/// VL - 19 IS - 2 SP - 123 EP - 132 CY - US PB - Baywood Publishing SN - 0091-2174 SN - 1541-3527 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-01487-001. PMID: 2681026 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Koenig, Harold G.; Durham Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research Education & Clinical Ctr, NC, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20150126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Major Depression; Medical Patients; Military Veterans; Psychodiagnosis. Minor Descriptor: Hospitalized Patients. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Investigated the usefulness of the Diagnostic Interview Schedule (DIS) in prevalence studies of major depression (MD) in medically-ill male veterans. The affective disorders portion of the DIS was administered to 408 medically-ill hospitalized patients (75% aged 70+ yrs). Ss were categorized as having or not having MD. Using a 2-stage design, 69 Ss scoring above a cutoff score on a self-rated depression scale were referred for blind evaluation by a psychiatrist. The psychiatrist made a clinical diagnosis of MD using a standard checklist of Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) criteria. Findings show that the DIS correctly diagnosed MD in 78% of older and 69% of younger Ss, and correctly ruled out the disorder in 65% of the older and 67% of the younger Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of Diagnostic Interview Schedule KW - detection of major depression KW - medically ill hospitalized military veterans KW - 1989 KW - Major Depression KW - Medical Patients KW - Military Veterans KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - 1989 DO - 10.2190/VFMV-PC2V-A2HQ-96YL UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-01487-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-01474-001 AN - 1990-01474-001 AU - Kalus, Oren AU - Asnis, Gregory M. AU - Van Praag, Herman M. T1 - The role of serotonin in depression. T3 - Depression JF - Psychiatric Annals JO - Psychiatric Annals JA - Psychiatr Ann Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 19 IS - 7 SP - 348 EP - 353 CY - US PB - SLACK SN - 0048-5713 SN - 1938-2456 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-01474-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kalus, Oren; Bronx Veterans Administration Hosp, Dept of Psychiatry, NY, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Literature Review; Major Depression; Serotonin. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. AB - Reviews the literature on the role of serotonin (ST; 5-hydroxytryptamine [5HT]) in depression (DP). The recent emergence of 5HT uptake inhibitors as effective antidepressants provides additional evidence for a serotonergic role mechanisms play in the pathogenesis of DP. Topics discussed include the ST hypothesis of DP, alternative models of ST dysfunction in DP, the effects of antidepressant drugs on 5HT receptors, a functional approach to ST disturbances, and clinical applications of 5HT agents in DP. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - role of serotonin in depression KW - literature review KW - 1989 KW - Literature Review KW - Major Depression KW - Serotonin KW - 1989 DO - 10.3928/0048-5713-19890701-06 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-01474-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-01449-001 AN - 1990-01449-001 AU - Garber, H. Jordan AU - Weilburg, Jeffrey B. AU - Duffy, Frank H. AU - Manschreck, Theo C. T1 - Clinical use of topographic brain electrical activity mapping in psychiatry. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 50 IS - 6 SP - 205 EP - 211 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-01449-001. PMID: 2637676 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garber, H. Jordan; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr-Brentwood, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Disorders; Electrical Activity; Medical Diagnosis; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - Case reports illustrate clinically relevant results from topographic brain electrical activity mapping of 5 patients (aged 22–33 yrs) undergoing psychiatric evaluation. Topographic methods are discussed and compared with EEG and evoked potential techniques. Electrotopography is recommended for psychiatric patients when there is suspicion of neurologic disease, particularly seizure disorders. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - topographic brain electrical activity mapping KW - detection of underlying brain disease KW - 22–33 yr olds undergoing psychiatric evaluation KW - 1989 KW - Brain Disorders KW - Electrical Activity KW - Medical Diagnosis KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-01449-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-01448-001 AN - 1990-01448-001 AU - Garber, H. Jordan AU - Ananth, Jambur V. AU - Chiu, Lee C. AU - Griswold, Virginia J. T1 - Nuclear magnetic resonance study of obsessive-compulsive disorder. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 146 IS - 8 SP - 1001 EP - 1005 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-01448-001. PMID: 2750970 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garber, H. Jordan; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr-Brentwood, Los Angeles, CA, US. et al. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: 141st Annual Meeting of the American Psychiatric Association (1988, Montreal, Canada). Major Descriptor: Brain; Obsessive Compulsive Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Neuropathology. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1989. AB - Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) of the brains of 32 obsessive-compulsive patients (aged 20–53 yrs) and of 14 normal controls (aged 17–55 yrs) revealed abnormalities that were not specific to obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), described in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-III—Revised (DSM-III—R). Spin-lattice relaxation time (T₁) for right frontal white matter was prolonged in the patients, who also had greater right-minus-left (RML) T₁ differences for frontal white matter. RML T₁ differences in the orbital frontal cortex were strongly correlated with symptom severity in the unmedicated patients and in the patients with family histories of OCD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - brain abnormalities KW - 20–53 yr olds with obsessive compulsive disorder KW - conference presentation KW - 1989 KW - Brain KW - Obsessive Compulsive Disorder KW - Neuropathology KW - 1989 DO - 10.1176/ajp.146.8.1001 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-01448-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-01425-001 AN - 1990-01425-001 AU - Dalton, John E. AU - Pederson, Sanford L. AU - Ryan, Joseph J. T1 - Effects of post-traumatic stress disorder on neuropsychological test performance. JF - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology JO - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 11 IS - 3 SP - 121 EP - 124 CY - US PB - MelNic Press, Inc. SN - 0749-8470 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-01425-001. Other Journal Title: Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dalton, John E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Central Testing Lab, North Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Neuropsychological Assessment; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Test Norms. Minor Descriptor: Test Performance. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Developed normative standards of neuropsychological test performance (NTP) for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) inpatients, using 100 male Vietnam combat veterans involved in an inpatient PTSD treatment program. Ss were given a routine battery of tests, including the full Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Revised (WAIS—R) or a 6-subtest version of the WAIS—R. Overall, the constellation of symptoms known as PTSD did not appear to have a pronounced effect on NTP. Group scores were comparable to that of normal controls on some tests, slightly lower on others. For purposes of neuropsychological evaluation, PTSD appears comparable to a mild or moderate anxiety disorder. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuropsychological test performance & norms KW - male Vietnam combat veterans with PTSD in inpatient treatment program KW - 1989 KW - Military Veterans KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Test Norms KW - Test Performance KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-01425-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-01421-001 AN - 1990-01421-001 AU - Cummings, Jeffrey L. AU - Wirsching, William C. T1 - Recognition and differential diagnosis of tardive dyskinesia. JF - International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine JO - International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine JA - Int J Psychiatry Med Y1 - 1989/// VL - 19 IS - 2 SP - 133 EP - 144 CY - US PB - Baywood Publishing SN - 0091-2174 SN - 1541-3527 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-01421-001. PMID: 2572570 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cummings, Jeffrey L.; Brentwood Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Movement Disorders Lab, Los Angeles, CA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20150126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Differential Diagnosis; Tardive Dyskinesia. Minor Descriptor: Symptoms. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Discusses tardive dyskinesia (TD), a consequence of chronic neuroleptic therapy. It is an irregular stereotyped movement disorder that is usually choreic in appearance, and is subject to temporary volitional control. Dystonia, akathisia, and tics are uncommon variants of the classic tardive syndrome. Characteristic clinical features including amelioration by action, augmentation by distraction, partial volitional suppressibility, and lack of subjective distress help differentiate TD from other movement disorders such as resting tremor, Huntington's disease, spontaneous dyskinesias, and abnormal movements accompanying psychiatric illnesses. Limited available treatment is outlined. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical features & differential diagnosis of tardive dyskinesia KW - 1989 KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Tardive Dyskinesia KW - Symptoms KW - 1989 DO - 10.2190/CE34-RXQR-9CC6-C3AY UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-01421-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-01189-001 AN - 1990-01189-001 AU - Jarvik, Murray E. AU - Caskey, Nicholas H. AU - Rose, Jed E. AU - Herskovic, Joseph E. AU - Sadeghpour, Mojdeh T1 - Anxiolytic effects of smoking associated with four stressors. JF - Addictive Behaviors JO - Addictive Behaviors JA - Addict Behav Y1 - 1989/// VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 379 EP - 386 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0306-4603 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-01189-001. PMID: 2782121 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jarvik, Murray E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychopharmacology Unit, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Stress; Tobacco Smoking. Minor Descriptor: Experimental Replication. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Usage (Legal) (2990). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Experimental Replication. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Examined whether anticipatory anxiety prior to experimental stressors could be relieved by smoking in 15 smokers (aged 18–56 yrs). An attempt was made to replicate a report by O. F. Pomerleau et al (see record [rid]1985-24916-001[/rid]) that smoking (1) reduced subjective anxiety induced by stressful anagrams and (2) increased pain threshold for a cold pain task. Two other stressors, white noise and an auditory vigilance task, were also studied. Smoking reduced anticipatory anxiety in an anagram task. A borderline significant interaction effect was found for the cold pain task; no significant effects were found with the 2 other tasks. The notion that smoking mitigates stress-induced anxiety was partially supported. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - smoking KW - anticipatory anxiety prior to experimental stressors KW - 18–56 yr old smokers KW - replication KW - 1989 KW - Anxiety KW - Stress KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Experimental Replication KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0306-4603(89)90025-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-01189-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-01127-001 AN - 1990-01127-001 AU - Beahrs, John O. T1 - Spontaneous hypnosis in the forensic context. JF - Bulletin of the American Academy of Psychiatry & the Law JO - Bulletin of the American Academy of Psychiatry & the Law JA - Bull Am Acad Psychiatry Law Y1 - 1989/// VL - 17 IS - 2 SP - 171 EP - 181 CY - US PB - American Academy of Psychiatry & the Law SN - 0091-634X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-01127-001. PMID: 2667657 Other Journal Title: Journal of the American Academy of Psychiatry and the Law. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Beahrs, John O.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Mental Health Clinic, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20161201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Annual Scientific Meeting of the American Academy of Psychiatry and the Law (1988, San Francisco, California). Major Descriptor: Forensic Psychology; Hypnosis. Minor Descriptor: Legal Processes. Classification: Forensic Psychology & Legal Issues (4200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Contends that the phenomena and transactions that constitute hypnosis (HP) are of profound interest and importance both to psychological theory and the law. The author opposes per se exclusion of formal HP. Topics discussed include the paradox of HP research, types of spontaneous HP (SHP), and trauma and SHP. Issues related to case law are explored, including criminal responsibility and reliability of eyewitness testimony. Criteria for excluding posthypnotic testimony include (1) no clear boundary between HP and non-HP states, (2) unreliability of HP procedure, (3) SHP accompanying crime and its sequelae, and (4) exclusion does not run afoul of other legal principles. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - spontaneous hypnosis in forensic context KW - 1989 KW - Forensic Psychology KW - Hypnosis KW - Legal Processes KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-01127-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-00905-001 AN - 1990-00905-001 AU - Bowles, Nancy L. AU - Poon, Leonard W. T1 - Age and context effects in lexical decision: An age by context interaction. JF - Experimental Aging Research JO - Experimental Aging Research JA - Exp Aging Res Y1 - 1988///Win 1988 VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 201 EP - 205 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0361-073X SN - 1096-4657 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-00905-001. PMID: 3251766 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bowles, Nancy L.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Contextual Associations; Lexical Decision; Priming. Classification: Cognitive & Perceptual Development (2820). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Win 1988. AB - 36 older adults (aged 65–78 yrs) and 36 younger adults (aged 18–28 yrs) participated in a lexical decision experiment in which primes were category names and related targets were category exemplars that varied in category dominance. This manipulation of category dominance was intended to limit the predictability of target words based on prime words. Results show that older Ss had significantly greater priming effects than did younger Ss. It is suggested that older Ss make greater use of context than younger Ss when the context is of limited predictive value. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - category names & dominance in priming KW - lexical decision KW - 18–28 vs 65–78 yr olds KW - 1988 KW - Age Differences KW - Contextual Associations KW - Lexical Decision KW - Priming KW - 1988 DO - 10.1080/03610738808259748 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-00905-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-00770-001 AN - 1990-00770-001 AU - Klemfuss, Harry AU - Kripke, Daniel F. T1 - Potassium advances circadian activity rhythms: Interactions with lithium. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 492 IS - 1-2 SP - 300 EP - 304 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-00770-001. PMID: 2752303 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Klemfuss, Harry; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Circadian Rhythms; Body Weight; Drug Interactions; Lithium; Potassium. Minor Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Drug Therapy; Hamsters; Seasonal Variations. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. AB - Examined the effects of potassium (K) ingestion, alone and combined with Li, on motor activity rhythms and weight gain in 80 adult male hamsters. High-K diets prevented Li-induced weight loss without affecting delay in locomotor activity rhythms, supporting the notion that K supplementation may prevent Li side effects in psychiatric patients. Findings also suggest that K may ameliorate the toxic effects of Li administration without altering the therapeutic effect of a maintenance Li dose. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - potassium with vs without lithium KW - circadian motor activity rhythm & weight KW - male hamsters KW - implications for drug therapy & seasonal affective disorder KW - 1989 KW - Animal Circadian Rhythms KW - Body Weight KW - Drug Interactions KW - Lithium KW - Potassium KW - Affective Disorders KW - Drug Therapy KW - Hamsters KW - Seasonal Variations KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(89)90913-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-00770-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-00743-001 AN - 1990-00743-001 AU - Figlewicz, Dianne P. AU - Sipols, A. J. AU - Green, P. AU - Porte, D. AU - Woods, S. C. T1 - IVT CCK-8 is more effective than IV CCK-8 at decreasing meal size in the baboon. JF - Brain Research Bulletin JO - Brain Research Bulletin JA - Brain Res Bull Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 22 IS - 5 SP - 849 EP - 852 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0361-9230 SN - 1873-2747 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-00743-001. PMID: 2765945 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Figlewicz, Dianne P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20170116. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebral Ventricles; Cholecystokinin; Drug Administration Methods; Food Intake; Intravenous Injections. Minor Descriptor: Baboons; Food Deprivation. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. AB - Compared the dose effectiveness of iv vs intraventricular (IVT) cholecystokinin octapeptide (CCK-8) to decrease single meal size in 9 adolescent male overnight fasted baboons. IVT CCK-8 significantly suppressed Ss' morning meal size and was more effective than iv CCK-8 over a range of doses. In the baboon, CCK may have a direct effect at the central nervous system (CNS) to suppress single meal size. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - iv vs icv cholecystokinin octapeptide KW - single meal food intake KW - food deprived baboons KW - 1989 KW - Cerebral Ventricles KW - Cholecystokinin KW - Drug Administration Methods KW - Food Intake KW - Intravenous Injections KW - Baboons KW - Food Deprivation KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0361-9230(89)90029-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-00743-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-00731-001 AN - 1990-00731-001 AU - Connor, Donald J. AU - Harrell, Lindy E. AU - Jope, Richard S. T1 - Reversal of an aluminum-induced behavioral deficit by administration of deferoxamine. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience JA - Behav Neurosci Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 103 IS - 4 SP - 779 EP - 783 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-00731-001. PMID: 2765182 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Connor, Donald J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Research, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20091109. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Drug Interactions; Drugs; Extinction (Learning); Metallic Elements. Minor Descriptor: Activity Level; Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Sep 1, 1988; Revised Date: Aug 29, 1988; First Submitted Date: Apr 29, 1988. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - Administration of aluminum sulfate in the drinking water of male Sprague-Dawley rats for 30 days resulted in a reduction in the number of days to reach extinction criterion on a passive avoidance task (38% control level). The behavioral deficit was not due to nonspecific effects caused by lower fluid consumption. Partial reversal of the deficit was produced by discontinuing aluminum treatment 2 weeks prior to testing (p < .05). Injection of the aluminum chelator deferoxamine returned the performance of the aluminum-treated animals to control levels in a dose-dependent manner but had no effect on control animals. No differences in open-field activity were evident across groups. These results indicate that the behavioral impairment is a specific, reversible, toxic effect of the aluminum administration. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - deferoxamine KW - aluminum sulfate induced passive avoidance extinction & activity level KW - male rats KW - 1989 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Drug Interactions KW - Drugs KW - Extinction (Learning) KW - Metallic Elements KW - Activity Level KW - Rats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.103.4.779 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-00731-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-00719-001 AN - 1990-00719-001 AU - Allan, Andrea M. AU - Harris, R. Adron T1 - Sensitivity to ethanol hypnosis and modulation of chloride channels does not cosegregate with pentobarbital sensitivity in HS mice. JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JA - Alcohol Clin Exp Res Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 13 IS - 3 SP - 428 EP - 434 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0145-6008 SN - 1530-0277 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-00719-001. PMID: 2473664 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Allan, Andrea M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Sensitivity; Ethanol; Pentobarbital; Sleep; Tranquilizing Drugs. Minor Descriptor: Gamma Aminobutyric Acid Agonists; Mice. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - Examined the correlation between ethanol and pentobarbital sedative effects in adult male heterogeneous stock mice and studied the effect of ethanol, pentobarbital, and flunitrazepam on muscimol-stimulated chloride flux into brain membranes prepared from Ss selected for differences in pentobarbital- and ethanol-induced sleep-time. Brain membranes from Ss selected for differences in ethanol sleep-time were differentially responsive to ethanol- and flunitrazepam-, but not to pentobarbital-induced augmentation of muscimol-stimulated chloride flux. Findings suggest that sensitivity to ethanol is not likely to be genetically linked to pentobarbital sensitivity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethanol vs pentobarbital vs flunitrazepam KW - muscimol stimulated chloride flux & sleep time KW - male mice KW - 1989 KW - Drug Sensitivity KW - Ethanol KW - Pentobarbital KW - Sleep KW - Tranquilizing Drugs KW - Gamma Aminobutyric Acid Agonists KW - Mice KW - 1989 DO - 10.1111/j.1530-0277.1989.tb00348.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-00719-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-00709-001 AN - 1990-00709-001 AU - Santucci, Anthony C. AU - Haroutunian, Vahram T1 - Nucleus basalis lesions impair memory in rats trained on nonspatial and spatial discrimination tasks. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 45 IS - 5 SP - 1025 EP - 1031 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-00709-001. PMID: 2780863 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Santucci, Anthony C.; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, NY, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Basal Ganglia; Memory; Spatial Perception. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. AB - Investigated the behavioral effects of nucleus basalis of Meynert (nbM) lesions by studying the performance of rats on 3 tests of memory. Results show severe memory impairments when Ss were required to acquire a brightness discrimination and learn its reversal (Exp 1). Lesion-induced impairments were also observed when a complex (30-choice) spatial discrimination task served as the assessment instrument (Exp 2). Identical nbM lesions failed to produce memory decrements when rats were trained and tested 24 hrs later on a simple (2-choice) right vs. left spatial discrimination task. Findings show that nbM lesions impaired memory for nonspatial and spatial tasks, and task difficulty may be an important determinant of this impairment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nucleus basalis of Meynert lesions KW - memory in spatial & nonspatial discrimination tasks KW - rats KW - 1989 KW - Basal Ganglia KW - Memory KW - Spatial Perception KW - Rats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(89)90233-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-00709-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-00663-001 AN - 1990-00663-001 AU - Diamond, David M. AU - Bennett, M. Catherine AU - Engstrom, David A. AU - Fleshner, Monika AU - Rose, Greg M. T1 - Adrenalectomy reduces the threshold for hippocampal primed burst potentiation in the anesthetized rat. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 492 IS - 1-2 SP - 356 EP - 360 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-00663-001. PMID: 2752305 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Diamond, David M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Medical Research Service, Denver, CO, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adrenalectomy; Electrical Brain Stimulation; Hippocampus; Postactivation Potentials; Stress Reactions. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. AB - Examined whether adrenal hormones contribute to stress-related inhibition of primed burst (PB) potentiation, a form of long-term potentiation, in 36 anesthetized male rats with and without adrenal glands. Removal of the adrenal gland reduced the threshold for inducing lasting changes in the strength of hippocampal connections. Findings support evidence that the study of mechanisms underlying the influence of stress hormones (e.g., corticosone) on neural plasticity may prove useful in understanding the influence of stress on memory formation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - adrenalectomy KW - stress induced inhibition of hippocampal primed burst potentiation by electrical stimulation KW - male rats KW - 1989 KW - Adrenalectomy KW - Electrical Brain Stimulation KW - Hippocampus KW - Postactivation Potentials KW - Stress Reactions KW - Rats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(89)90919-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-00663-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-00604-001 AN - 1990-00604-001 AU - Prather, Penny AU - Gardner, Howard AU - Brownell, Hiram H. T1 - Providing an anchor for neurolinguistic processing: Should the right hemisphere step forward? A response to Cook. JF - New Ideas in Psychology JO - New Ideas in Psychology JA - New Ideas Psychol Y1 - 1989/// VL - 7 IS - 1 SP - 19 EP - 25 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0732-118X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-00604-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Prather, Penny; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Aphasia Research Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebral Dominance; Linguistics; Neuropsychology; Psychology. Minor Descriptor: Theoretical Interpretation. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Asserts that while N. D. Cook (see record [rid]1990-00578-001[/rid]) has attempted to develop a central dogma (CLD) for psychology, he proposes instead a CLD for the neuropsychology of language. Cook's CLD is reviewed and critiqued. It is argued that a CLD in neurolinguistics must consider longitudinal (anterior–posterior) and lateral (left–right hemisphere) organization to capture the structure and cognitive components of neurolinguistics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cerebral hemisphere function & neuropsychology as central dogma for psychology KW - commentary KW - implications for neurolinguistics KW - 1989 KW - Cerebral Dominance KW - Linguistics KW - Neuropsychology KW - Psychology KW - Theoretical Interpretation KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0732-118X(89)90033-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-00604-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-00421-001 AN - 1990-00421-001 AU - Ainslie, George T1 - Freud and picoeconomics. JF - Behaviorism JO - Behaviorism JA - Behaviorism Y1 - 1989///Spr 1989 VL - 17 IS - 1 SP - 11 EP - 19 CY - US PB - Cambridge Ctr for Behavioral Studies SN - 0090-4155 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-00421-001. Other Journal Title: Behavior and Philosophy. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ainslie, George; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Coatesville, PA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behaviorism; Freud (Sigmund); Motivation; Psychoanalytic Theory; Theoretical Orientation. Classification: Motivation & Emotion (2360). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1989. AB - Freud was the 1st author to conceive internal motivational conflict in economic terms. Although behaviorists have often rejected Freud's concepts because the findings that gave rise to them were based on subjective methods, they are largely compatible with behavioral data on motivation and with R. Herrnstein's (1981) matching law, which suggests that the value of an event is inversely proportional to its delay. Psychoanalysis is much closer to behavioral than to cognitive psychology, which does not conceive self-contradictory behavior as a motivational problem. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Freud & psychoanalytic theory vs behaviorism KW - economic explanations of internal motivational conflict KW - 1989 KW - Behaviorism KW - Freud (Sigmund) KW - Motivation KW - Psychoanalytic Theory KW - Theoretical Orientation KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-00421-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-00261-001 AN - 1990-00261-001 AU - Grossman, Gerald E. AU - Leigh, R. John AU - Bruce, Eugene N. AU - Huebner, William P. AU - Lanska, D. J. T1 - Performance of the human vestibuloocular reflex during locomotion. JF - Journal of Neurophysiology JO - Journal of Neurophysiology JA - J Neurophysiol Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 62 IS - 1 SP - 264 EP - 272 CY - US PB - American Physiological Society SN - 0022-3077 SN - 1522-1598 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-00261-001. PMID: 2754477 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Grossman, Gerald E.; Cleveland Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Neurology, OH, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Eye Fixation; Reflexes; Running; Vestibular Apparatus; Walking. Minor Descriptor: Retinal Image. Classification: Visual Perception (2323). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. AB - Measured stability of gaze in 9 normal Ss (aged 18–61 yrs) during 30-sec epochs of standing, walking in place, and running in place. Angle of gaze and head rotations in the horizontal and vertical planes were measured using the magnetic search coil technique. Ss visually fixed on a stationary object located at a distance of 100 m; measurements of gaze thus indicated stability of images on the retina. Findings indicate that the normal vestibuloocular reflex (VOR) preserves clear vision during locomotion and that the demands made of the VOR during locomotion differ greatly from those due to stimuli employed during conventional laboratory testing. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - standing vs walking vs running in place KW - visual fixation & retinal image stability measuring vestibulo ocular reflex KW - 18–61 yr olds KW - 1989 KW - Eye Fixation KW - Reflexes KW - Running KW - Vestibular Apparatus KW - Walking KW - Retinal Image KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-00261-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-00159-001 AN - 1990-00159-001 AU - Schear, James M. AU - Craft, R. Bruce T1 - Examination of the concurrent validity of the California Verbal Learning Test. JF - Clinical Neuropsychologist JO - Clinical Neuropsychologist Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 3 IS - 2 SP - 162 EP - 168 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0920-1637 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-00159-001. Other Journal Title: The Clinical Neuropsychologist. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schear, James M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intelligence Measures; Statistical Validity; Verbal Learning; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale; Wechsler Memory Scale. Minor Descriptor: Neuropsychological Assessment; Subtests. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. AB - Examined the concurrent validity of the California Verbal Learning Test (CVLT) by comparing the CVLT indices with scores on selected subtests of the Wechsler Memory Scale (WMS), a modified Selective Reminding (SR) Procedure-Form I (H. S. Levin et al, 1982) and the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Revised (WAIS—R). Ss were 49 male patients (aged 24–75 yrs) routinely evaluated at a Veterans Administration medical center. Results indicate a modest level of intercorrelation between the CVLT indices and both WMS and SR subtest scores. Correlations between the CVLT indices and the WMS subtests are consistent with those reported by the CVLT developers. Correlations between WAIS—R IQs and CVLT indices are modest and suggest that the CVLT does not measure some dimension of intelligence. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - concurrent validity of California Verbal Learning Test & Wechsler Memory Scale subtests & modified Selective Reminding Procedure & WAIS-R KW - male 24–75 yr olds in neuropsychological evaluation KW - 1989 KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Statistical Validity KW - Verbal Learning KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - Wechsler Memory Scale KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Subtests KW - 1989 DO - 10.1080/13854048908403289 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-00159-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-00130-001 AN - 1990-00130-001 AU - Moses, James A. AU - Maruish, Mark E. T1 - A critical review of the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery literature: IX. Alternate forms. JF - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology JO - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 11 IS - 3 SP - 97 EP - 110 CY - US PB - MelNic Press, Inc. SN - 0749-8470 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-00130-001. Other Journal Title: Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moses, James A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Psychology Service, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Literature Review; Neuropsychological Assessment; Psychometrics; Test Forms. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Reviews the literature on alternate forms of the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery (LNNB), which are presented and psychometrically evaluated. Topics discussed include development of the Form II, Form II reliability, comparisons between Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Revised (WAIS—R) and LNNB Form II, C11 Scale revisions, Form II factor scales, and the Intermediate Memory Scale. Abbreviated versions of the LNNB Form I (e.g., Mikula Short Form) appear to be useful for estimation of global performance level in neuropsychiatric subjects. A Greek language version of the LNNB provides evidence that foreign language testing can be productive. The usefulness of a qualitative scoring system is described. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychometrics of alternate forms of Luria Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery KW - literature review KW - 1989 KW - Literature Review KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Psychometrics KW - Test Forms KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-00130-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-00129-001 AN - 1990-00129-001 AU - Moody, David R. AU - Kish, George B. T1 - Clinical meaning of the Keane PTSD Scale. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 45 IS - 4 SP - 542 EP - 546 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-00129-001. PMID: 2768492 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moody, David R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcohol Dependence Treatment Program, Salem, VA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Subtests; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Anxiety Disorders; Cognitive Ability; Major Depression. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. AB - Correlated scores of 2 cohorts (48 male inpatient alcoholics and 34 male inpatient alcoholics) on the Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) Scale of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) with their scores on a test battery that included the Shipley-Institute of Living Scale for Measuring Intellectual Impairment; the MMPI; and measures of depression, anxiety, and alcoholism. The PTSD scale measured general psychological maladjustment and dysphoric feelings rather than any specifiable syndrome. The strong correlation with the Welch Anxiety (A) Scale, which measures a general level of maladjustment, suggests that the PTSD and Welch A scales measured the same factor. It is concluded that the PTSD scale, provides little information about this population beyond that available from the overall clinical profile and the Welch A scale. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - correlation of PTSD scale of MMPI & measures of intellectual impairment & anxiety & depression & alcoholism KW - male alcoholic inpatients KW - 1989 KW - Alcoholism KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Subtests KW - Test Validity KW - Anxiety Disorders KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Major Depression KW - 1989 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198907)45:4<542::AID-JCLP2270450407>3.0.CO;2-D UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-00129-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-00124-001 AN - 1990-00124-001 AU - McCormack, Joseph K. AU - Barnett, Robert W. AU - Wallbrown, Fred H. T1 - Factor structure of the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory (MCMI) with an offender sample. JF - Journal of Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Personality Assessment JA - J Pers Assess Y1 - 1989///Fal 1989 VL - 53 IS - 3 SP - 442 EP - 448 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0022-3891 SN - 1532-7752 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-00124-001. PMID: 2778613 Other Journal Title: Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McCormack, Joseph K.; Colmery-O'Neil Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Topeka, KS, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Factor Structure; Male Criminals; Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory. Minor Descriptor: Male Delinquency. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Criminal Rehabilitation & Penology (3386). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1989. AB - Administered the MCMI to 1,200 male offenders (aged 17–72 yrs). To create a cross-validation group, the sample of 1,200 was randomly divided into 2 groups of 600 and their test results were subjected to a principal components factor analysis. Results demonstrate both the consistency of the MCMI's factor structure across samples of seemingly divergent groups (psychiatric, drug abuse, and correctional) as well as the ability of the MCMI to identify factors present in a given population but not in others. The same 4 factors were derived for both groups, indicating a successful cross-validation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - factor structure of Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - male 17–72 yr old offenders KW - 1989 KW - Factor Structure KW - Male Criminals KW - Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - Male Delinquency KW - 1989 DO - 10.1207/s15327752jpa5303_2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-00124-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-00116-001 AN - 1990-00116-001 AU - Louks, John AU - Hayne, Carole AU - Smith, James T1 - Replicated factor structure of the Beck Depression Inventory. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 177 IS - 8 SP - 473 EP - 479 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-00116-001. PMID: 2760598 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Louks, John; Veterans Administration Domiciliary, Psychology Service, White City, OR, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Beck Depression Inventory; Factor Structure; Mental Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Experimental Replication. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study; Experimental Replication. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1989. AB - The factor structure of the Beck Depression Inventory (BDI) was examined in an initial sample of 407 patients and replicated in a sample of 370 patients using principal components analysis and varimax rotation. The entire sample was 98% male, with ages ranging from 22 to 88 yrs. The incidence of alcoholism was 72%, and the incidence of major mental illnesses was 17%. The stable dominant 1st factor (cognitive) accounted for 67% to 81% of the common variance, with a correlation of .94 between the factor loadings in the initial and replication analyses. The unstable 2nd factor (vegetative) accounted for 15% to 19% of the common variance, with a correlation of .58 in item loadings. Consequently, the BDI appeared to measure the cognitive aspects of depressive severity in a global fashion. Approximately half of the items contribute very little useful predictive information. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - factor structures of Beck Depression Inventory KW - 22–88 yr olds with alcoholism or major mental illness KW - replication KW - 1989 KW - Alcoholism KW - Beck Depression Inventory KW - Factor Structure KW - Mental Disorders KW - Experimental Replication KW - 1989 DO - 10.1097/00005053-198908000-00004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-00116-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-00085-001 AN - 1990-00085-001 AU - Faustman, William O. AU - Moses, James A. AU - Csernansky, John G. AU - White, Patricia A. T1 - Correlations between the MMPI and the Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale in schizophrenic and schizoaffective patients. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 135 EP - 143 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-00085-001. PMID: 2748768 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Faustman, William O.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Schizophrenia Biologic Research Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Rating Scales; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Hostility; Major Depression; Psychoticism; Statistical Correlation; Symptoms. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. AB - Examined the relationship between the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) and the Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale (BPRS) in 77 male inpatients (aged 21–63 yrs) with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder. Correlations were calculated in an initial exploratory sample of 29 Ss, and a set of relationships was selected for confirmation in 48 Ss. The BPRS items of hallucinatory behavior and tension significantly correlated with MMPI measures of psychoticism. BPRS measures of hostility correlated with scale 4 (Psychopathic Deviate) of the MMPI. BPRS and MMPI measures of depression also were related. Results offer behavioral validity for the use of the MMPI with schizophrenics and suggest that the 2 measures tap similar and separable symptom constructs common to schizophrenia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - correlation between measures of hostility & psychoticism & depression on MMPI & Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale KW - schizophrenic or schizoaffective 21–63 yr olds KW - 1989 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Rating Scales KW - Schizophrenia KW - Hostility KW - Major Depression KW - Psychoticism KW - Statistical Correlation KW - Symptoms KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(89)90041-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-00085-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-00073-001 AN - 1990-00073-001 AU - Craig, Robert J. AU - Dres, Dimitri T1 - Predicting DUI recidivism with the MMPI. JF - Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly JO - Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly JA - Alcohol Treat Q Y1 - 1989/// VL - 6 IS - 2 SP - 97 EP - 103 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0734-7324 SN - 1544-4538 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-00073-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Craig, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Drug Abuse Program, Chicago, IL, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Criminals; Driving Under the Influence; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Recidivism; Statistical Validity. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Compared 100 1st-time offenders and 100 recidivist offenders for driving under the influence (DUI) for performance on the Validity, Clinical, Content, and Alcoholism scales of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI). Multivariate analysis demonstrated that the best set of variables predicted only 10% of the variance, which suggests that the MMPI has limited clinical utility in predicting DUI recidivism. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of MMPI KW - prediction of DUI recidivism KW - adult DUI offenders KW - 1989 KW - Criminals KW - Driving Under the Influence KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Recidivism KW - Statistical Validity KW - 1989 DO - 10.1300/J020V06N02_07 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-00073-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-98761-011 AN - 1989-98761-011 AU - Linn, Margaret W. AU - Stein, Shayna ED - Rochefort, David A. ED - Rochefort, David A., (Ed) T1 - Nursing homes as community mental health facilities. T2 - Handbook on mental health policy in the United States. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 267 EP - 292 CY - New York, NY, England PB - Greenwood Press SN - 0-313-25009-X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-98761-011. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Linn, Margaret W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Director of Social Science Research, Miami, FL, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-313-25009-X, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Community Mental Health Services; Nursing Homes; Psychiatric Patients. Minor Descriptor: Epidemiology; History; Quality of Care. Classification: Nursing Homes & Residential Care (3377). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 26. AB - trace the history of the development of nursing homes as a locus of care for the mentally ill, describe attempts to determine prevalence of mental disorders in nursing homes, describe studies related to the outcome of psychiatric patients in nursing homes, suggest ways of improving the quality of nursing home care, and comment on consideration of alternative placements for psychiatric patients (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Community Mental Health Services KW - Nursing Homes KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Epidemiology KW - History KW - Quality of Care KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-98761-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-98755-003 AN - 1989-98755-003 AU - Schmidt, Richard Penrose AU - Wilder, Buna J. ED - Pedley, Timothy A. ED - Meldrum, Brian S. ED - Pedley, Timothy A., (Ed) ED - Meldrum, Brian S., (Ed) T1 - Epilepsy and the law: A commentary from the United States perspective. T2 - Recent advances in epilepsy, No. 4. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 253 EP - 257 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Churchill Livingstone SN - 0-443-03915-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-98755-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schmidt, Richard Penrose; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Distinguished Physician, Gainesville, FL, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-443-03915-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Epilepsy; Laws. Minor Descriptor: Adjudication; Driving Behavior. Classification: Criminal Law & Adjudication (4230); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 5. AB - driving license / the epilepsy defense / the relationship between epilepsy and violent behavior (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Epilepsy KW - Laws KW - Adjudication KW - Driving Behavior KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-98755-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-98710-014 AN - 1989-98710-014 AU - Kolb, Lawrence C. ED - Silver, Ann-Louise S. ED - Silver, Ann-Louise S., (Ed) T1 - Terror, the startle response, and dissociation. T2 - Psychoanalysis and psychosis. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 397 EP - 415 CY - Madison, CT, US PB - International Universities Press, Inc SN - 0-8236-5183-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-98710-014. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kolb, Lawrence C.; US Veterans Administration, Distinguished Physician in Psychiatry, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8236-5183-5, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dissociative Disorders; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Startle Reflex. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans; Panic; Psychoanalysis; Repression (Defense Mechanism). Classification: Psychoanalytic Therapy (3315). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 19. AB - observations are taken from patients suffering chronic posttraumatic stress disorders (PTSD) induced by long-continued exposure to combat in Vietnam / the work initially represented an effort in applied psychoanalysis among the earlier and more severely disturbed cases seen by me were a number of men with socially impairing, dissociative states (flashbacks) or panic attacks / my . . . interpretation of these symptoms was that they represented evidence of persistence of intensely held repression of emotion unalleviated by previously administered treatment / many indicated the persistence of 'startle' with associated physiological arousal on exposure to sharp sounds produced by helicopters or other explosive noises to illustrate the psychopathology of the startle response I have videotaped and will present two patient interviews (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Dissociative Disorders KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Startle Reflex KW - Military Veterans KW - Panic KW - Psychoanalysis KW - Repression (Defense Mechanism) KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-98710-014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-98664-008 AN - 1989-98664-008 AU - Corson, John A. ED - Humphrey, James H. ED - Humphrey, James H., (Ed) T1 - Psychophysiological assessment by stress profiling. T2 - Human stress: Current selected research, Vol. 3. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 137 EP - 146 CY - Brooklyn, NY, US PB - AMS Press SN - 0-404-63350-1 SN - 0-404-63353-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-98664-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Corson, John A.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Psychology Section, Chief, White River Junction, VT, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-404-63350-1, Hardcover; 0-404-63353-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Measurement; Physiological Stress; Somatoform Disorders. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 10. AB - this paper focuses on the development and testing of a brief and standardized stress-profiling for use as part of multiple-step strategy for assessment of individuals with psychosomatic problems / some suggestions regarding the balance of the assessment sequence and brief and tentative suggestions regarding instrumentation and statistics are included (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Measurement KW - Physiological Stress KW - Somatoform Disorders KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-98664-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-98661-005 AN - 1989-98661-005 AU - Antonuccio, David O. AU - Ward, Clay H. AU - Tearnan, Blake H. ED - Hersen, Michel ED - Eisler, Richard M. ED - Miller, Peter M. ED - Hersen, Michel, (Ed) ED - Eisler, Richard M., (Ed) ED - Miller, Peter M., (Ed) T1 - The behavioral treatment of unipolar depression in adult outpatients. T2 - Progress in behavior modification, Vol. 24. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 152 EP - 191 CY - Thousand Oaks, CA, US PB - Sage Publications, Inc SN - 0-8039-3212-X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-98661-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Antonuccio, David O.; U Nevada, School of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Mental Hygiene Clinic, Coordinator, Reno, NV, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8039-3212-X, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Major Depression; Outpatients. Minor Descriptor: Epidemiology; Measurement; Treatment. Classification: Behavior Therapy & Behavior Modification (3312); Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10); Outpatient (60). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 40. AB - review controlled research from the past decade on the behavioral treatment of unipolar depression in adult outpatients / a review is presented of recent epidemiological research that has helped clarify the extent of this potentially serious but very treatable disorder / discussion of current issues and methods in assessment / summary of behavioral theory of depression / overview of the various treatment approaches that have been developed under the umbrella of behavior therapy / provide evidence that behavioral treatments are at least as effective as medications in the treatment of unipolar depression behavior therapies / cognitive therapy / increasing pleasant activities / self-control training / social skills training / relaxation and imagery-based treatments / exercise / contingency management pharmacotherapy versus behavioral psychotherapy clinical issues / relapse / compliance / managing suicidal behavior / matching patients with treatments (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Major Depression KW - Outpatients KW - Epidemiology KW - Measurement KW - Treatment KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-98661-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-98655-012 AN - 1989-98655-012 AU - Garfield, Nancy J. AU - Hammond, James A. ED - Kain, Craig D. ED - Kain, Craig D., (Ed) T1 - AIDS education and prevention. T2 - No longer immune: A counselor's guide to AIDS. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 231 EP - 249 CY - Alexandria, VA, England PB - American Association for Counseling SN - 1-55620-064-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-98655-012. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garfield, Nancy J.; Colmery-O'Neil Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Licensed Psychologist, Director of Training, Topeka, KS, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 1-55620-064-1, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: AIDS; Education; Prevention. Minor Descriptor: Educational Programs; Teaching Methods. Classification: Immunological Disorders (3291); Curriculum & Programs & Teaching Methods (3530). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 19. AB - proposes specific techniques for effective AIDS prevention and education programs (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) AB - themes in successful AIDS education / methodologies for presentations / pitfalls to avoid in AIDS education / what they need to know (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - AIDS KW - Education KW - Prevention KW - Educational Programs KW - Teaching Methods KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-98655-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-98642-015 AN - 1989-98642-015 AU - Krauss, Iseli K. AU - Popkin, Samuel J. ED - Hunt, Thelma ED - Lindley, Clyde J. ED - Hunt, Thelma, (Ed) ED - Lindley, Clyde J., (Ed) T1 - Competence issues in older adults. T2 - Testing older adults: A reference guide for geropsychological assessments. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 277 EP - 297 CY - Austin, TX, US PB - PRO-ED SN - 0-89079-218-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-98642-015. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Krauss, Iseli K.; Pittsburgh Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Staff Clinical Geropsychologist, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-89079-218-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Competence; Measurement. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 21. AB - discuss the various ways in which the term competence is used and . . . describe assessment techniques frequently employed to determine levels of competence in older adults across a range of domains, such as daily living skills, intellectual abilities, social competence, and work competence / the discussion will pay special attention to multiphasic instruments—those designed to assess a variety of aspects of competence in older adults (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Competence KW - Measurement KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-98642-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-98642-011 AN - 1989-98642-011 AU - Cole, Kenneth D. ED - Hunt, Thelma ED - Lindley, Clyde J. ED - Hunt, Thelma, (Ed) ED - Lindley, Clyde J., (Ed) T1 - Common adjustment problems of older adults. T2 - Testing older adults: A reference guide for geropsychological assessments. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 185 EP - 199 CY - Austin, TX, US PB - PRO-ED SN - 0-89079-218-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-98642-011. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cole, Kenneth D.; Sepulveda, California Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Program Director of Interdisciplinary Team Training in Geriatrics, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-89079-218-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Adult Development. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 15. AB - the purpose of this chapter is to discuss the major tasks of later adulthood form a life-span development perspective that weaves together some psychoanalytic notions of life tasks with more empirical findings from the field of stress and coping (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Adjustment KW - Adult Development KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-98642-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-98642-010 AN - 1989-98642-010 AU - Dye, Carol J. ED - Hunt, Thelma ED - Lindley, Clyde J. ED - Hunt, Thelma, (Ed) ED - Lindley, Clyde J., (Ed) T1 - Assessment in behavior management programs for older adults. T2 - Testing older adults: A reference guide for geropsychological assessments. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 163 EP - 184 CY - Austin, TX, US PB - PRO-ED SN - 0-89079-218-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-98642-010. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dye, Carol J.; St Louis Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Director of Intern Training, Assistant Chief, St Louis, MO, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-89079-218-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavioral Assessment; Mental Health Services. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 22. AB - this chapter will focus on each of these areas and methods [paper-pencil tests or other standardized procedures] of assessment in behavior management programs for older adults and will discuss the bases for an expanded role for assessment in these programs (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Behavioral Assessment KW - Mental Health Services KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-98642-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-98642-008 AN - 1989-98642-008 AU - Shindell, Steve ED - Hunt, Thelma ED - Lindley, Clyde J. ED - Hunt, Thelma, (Ed) ED - Lindley, Clyde J., (Ed) T1 - Assessing the visually impaired older adult. T2 - Testing older adults: A reference guide for geropsychological assessments. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 135 EP - 149 CY - Austin, TX, US PB - PRO-ED SN - 0-89079-218-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-98642-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shindell, Steve; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Western Blind Rehabilitation Ctr, Staff Clinical Psychologist, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-89079-218-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Measurement; Vision Disorders. Classification: Vision & Hearing & Sensory Disorders (3299). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 15. AB - stereotypes versus reality for the visually impaired person general assessment environment and examiner considerations test selection and administration / intelligence tests / personality tests / neuropsychological tests (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Measurement KW - Vision Disorders KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-98642-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-98642-005 AN - 1989-98642-005 AU - Marcopulos, Bernice A. ED - Hunt, Thelma ED - Lindley, Clyde J. ED - Hunt, Thelma, (Ed) ED - Lindley, Clyde J., (Ed) T1 - Pseudodementia, dementia, and depression: Test differentiation. T2 - Testing older adults: A reference guide for geropsychological assessments. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 70 EP - 91 CY - Austin, TX, US PB - PRO-ED SN - 0-89079-218-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-98642-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Marcopulos, Bernice A.; Stanford U School of Medicine, Div of Gerontology, Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Older Adult & Family Research & Resource Ctr, Research Health Scientist Specialist, Stanford, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-89079-218-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dementia; Depression (Emotion). Minor Descriptor: Pseudodementia; Testing. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 22. AB - pseudodementia and nonprogressive cognitive impairment / the coexistence of depression and dementia / psychodynamic interpretations / diagnostic 'attitudes' experimental evidence for depression-related cognitive impairment / learning and memory in depression versus dementia / testing to discriminate functional and organic disorder assessing the elderly client for depression and dementia / physiological considerations / patient history / psychometric testing (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Dementia KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Pseudodementia KW - Testing KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-98642-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-98625-005 AN - 1989-98625-005 AU - Heindel, William C. AU - Salmon, David P. AU - Butters, Nelson ED - Gilmore, Grover C. ED - Whitehouse, Peter J. ED - Wykle, May L. ED - Gilmore, Grover C., (Ed) ED - Whitehouse, Peter J., (Ed) ED - Wykle, May L., (Ed) T1 - Neuropsychological differentiation of memory impairments in dementia. T2 - Memory, aging, and dementia: Theory, assessment, and treatment. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 112 EP - 139 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Springer Publishing Co SN - 0-8261-6470-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-98625-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Heindel, William C.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8261-6470-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dementia; Memory Disorders. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 28. AB - [address] the specific cognitive deficits that underlie the poor memory performance associated with various forms of dementia and amnesia in a careful review of a broad set of studies in cognitive neuropsychology, the authors demonstrate that tasks and concepts developed in cognitive psychology laboratories can be useful diagnostic tools illustrates the benefits of bringing the 'lab to life' through an interaction between experimental and clinical approaches to clinical psychology (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Dementia KW - Memory Disorders KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-98625-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-98565-016 AN - 1989-98565-016 AU - Van Putten, Theodore AU - Marder, Stephen R. AU - Chabert, Nicole ED - Williams, Richard ED - Dalby, J. Thomas ED - Williams, Richard, (Ed) ED - Dalby, J. Thomas, (Ed) T1 - The neuroleptic dysphoria syndrome. T2 - Depression in schizophrenics. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 233 EP - 243 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-43240-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-98565-016. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Putten, Theodore; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Div, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-43240-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Major Depression; Neuroleptic Drugs; Side Effects (Drug). Minor Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Schizophrenia. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 11. AB - believe that akathisia is significantly related to depression in those who are treated with neuroleptic medications propose that dysphoric responses to medication erode the patient's quality of life, and that schizophrenics often correctly attribute their dysphoric state to their medications believe that many of these dysphoric feeling states are extrapyramidally based, are dose dependent, and that a reduction in dosage reduces a neuroleptic induced dysphoria (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Major Depression KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Drug Therapy KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-98565-016&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-98565-004 AN - 1989-98565-004 AU - Samson, Jacqueline A. AU - Young, Alexander AU - Tsuang, Ming T. ED - Williams, Richard ED - Dalby, J. Thomas ED - Williams, Richard, (Ed) ED - Dalby, J. Thomas, (Ed) T1 - Negative symptoms in schizophrenia: Depressive or deficit syndrome. T2 - Depression in schizophrenics. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 53 EP - 65 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-43240-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-98565-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Samson, Jacqueline A.; Brockton/West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-43240-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Major Depression; Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 13. AB - attempt to define the symptoms that differentiate negative or deficit state schizophrenia from other schizophrenias and from affective illnesses compared a sample of schizophrenics with a sample of unipolar depressives, many of whom had psychotic features conclude that the negative symptom syndrome is found in patients without depressed or manic mood suggest that there is a continuum of severity of SANS symptoms, on which schizophrenics with affective disturbance lie between schizophrenics without affective disturbance mood and depressed unipolar patients (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Major Depression KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-98565-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-98558-006 AN - 1989-98558-006 AU - Cook, Brian L. AU - Winokur, George ED - Howells, John G. ED - Howells, John G., (Ed) T1 - Nosology of affective disorders. T2 - Modern perspectives in the psychiatry of the affective disorders. T3 - Modern perspectives in psychiatry, No. 13 Y1 - 1989/// SP - 117 EP - 132 CY - Philadelphia, PA, US PB - Brunner/Mazel SN - 0-87630-531-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-98558-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cook, Brian L.; U Iowa, Coll of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr & Dept of Psychiatry, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-87630-531-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Psychodiagnostic Typologies. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 16. AB - outlines a practical guide for classification of affective disorder / the initial division of the affective disorders is based on whether specific organic factors are noted, whether mania has ever been present, or whether a mixture of schizophrenic symptoms is seen the unipolar group is further divided into three main subgroups / the endogenous group is defined by exclusion after reactive and neurotic groups are determined the groups thus formed have been shown to have predictive as well as treatment implications and are hopefully clinically useful (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-98558-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-98555-006 AN - 1989-98555-006 AU - Cummings, Jeffrey L. AU - Benson, D. Frank ED - Ardila, Alfredo ED - Ostrosky-Solis, Feggy ED - Ardila, Alfredo, (Ed) ED - Ostrosky-Solis, Feggy, (Ed) T1 - Speech and language alterations in dementia syndromes. T2 - Brain organization of language and cognitive processes. T3 - Critical issues in neuropsychology Y1 - 1989/// SP - 107 EP - 120 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-43169-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-98555-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cummings, Jeffrey L.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurobehavior Unit, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-43169-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dementia; Language Disorders; Speech Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Parkinson's Disease. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 14. AB - present a broad clinical study focusing on speech and language in Alzheimer's dementia, Parkinson's disease dementia, and multi-infarction dementia analyze distinguishing features for each dementia and discuss differential profiles of preserved and impaired functions in each dementia syndrome (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Dementia KW - Language Disorders KW - Speech Disorders KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Parkinson's Disease KW - 1989 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4613-0799-0_6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-98555-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-98555-002 AN - 1989-98555-002 AU - Delis, Dean C. AU - Bihrle, Amy M. ED - Ardila, Alfredo ED - Ostrosky-Solis, Feggy ED - Ardila, Alfredo, (Ed) ED - Ostrosky-Solis, Feggy, (Ed) T1 - Fractionation of spatial cognition following focal and diffuse brain damage. T2 - Brain organization of language and cognitive processes. T3 - Critical issues in neuropsychology Y1 - 1989/// SP - 17 EP - 35 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-43169-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-98555-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Delis, Dean C.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-43169-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Cognition; Spatial Ability. Minor Descriptor: Visual Perception. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 19. AB - analyze visuospatial impairments that occur subsequent to brain damage / emphasize that spatial cognition, like language, fractionates in precise ways following focal and diffuse brain damage, and that selective deficits in visual attention, perception, and visuoconstructional abilities can be distinguished (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) AB - visual attention / studies of visuospatial processing using hierarchical stimuli frequency and severity of visuospatial deficits intrahemispheric dissociations in visuospatial processing fractionation of spatial cognition in diffuse brain pathology (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Brain Damage KW - Cognition KW - Spatial Ability KW - Visual Perception KW - 1989 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4613-0799-0_2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-98555-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-98526-006 AN - 1989-98526-006 AU - Nora, Rena M. ED - Shaffer, Howard J. ED - Stein, Sharon A. ED - Gambino, Blase ED - Cummings, Thomas N. ED - Shaffer, Howard J., (Ed) ED - Stein, Sharon A., (Ed) ED - Gambino, Blase, (Ed) ED - Cummings, Thomas N., (Ed) T1 - Inpatient treatment programs for pathological gamblers. T2 - Compulsive gambling: Theory, research, and practice. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 127 EP - 134 CY - Lexington, MA, England PB - Lexington Books/D. C. Heath and Com SN - 0-669-20715-2 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-98526-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Nora, Rena M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Chief of Psychiatry, Lyons, NJ, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-669-20715-2, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospital Programs; Pathological Gambling. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 8. AB - inpatient treatment approach [for compulsive gamblers] / describes the inpatient program for compulsive gamblers at the VA [Veterans Administration] Medical Center in Lyons, New Jersey treatment setting / program management / aftercare planning (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Hospital Programs KW - Pathological Gambling KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-98526-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-98434-008 AN - 1989-98434-008 AU - Ganley, Anne L. ED - Caesar, P. Lynn ED - Hamberger, L. Kevin ED - Caesar, P. Lynn, (Ed) ED - Hamberger, L. Kevin, (Ed) T1 - Integrating feminist and social learning analyses of aggression: Creating multiple models for intervention with men who batter. T2 - Treating men who batter: Theory, practice, and programs. T3 - Springer series: Focus on men, Vol. 5 Y1 - 1989/// SP - 196 EP - 235 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Springer Publishing Co SN - 0-8261-6340-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-98434-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ganley, Anne L.; Seattle Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Domestic Violence Program & Family Therapy Program, Licensed Psychologist, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8261-6340-8, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Domestic Violence; Feminism; Perpetrators. Minor Descriptor: Counseling. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 40. AB - a historical perspective counseling as an intervention for domestic violence the problem: a definition of battering feminist analysis of domestic violence / definitions of victim and perpetrator / gender / power / social systems social learning analysis of aggression / origins of aggression / instigators of aggression / maintaining conditions/regulators of aggression advantages and disadvantages of an integration of feminist and social learning analyses / assumptions of intervention models based on these analyses / application of feminist, social learning analyses to models of intervention / victim safety and victim rights / perpertrator's accountability / confidentiality / format for therapy: individual, group, couples', or family / differential diagnosis: who should get what type of intervention / interfacing with other community systems evaluation of intervention programs (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Domestic Violence KW - Feminism KW - Perpetrators KW - Counseling KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-98434-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-98427-005 AN - 1989-98427-005 AU - Marshall, Robert C. ED - Lezak, Muriel D. ED - Lezak, Muriel D., (Ed) T1 - Evaluation of communication deficits of closed head injury patients. T2 - Assessment of the behavioral consequences of head trauma. T3 - Frontiers of clinical neuroscience, Vol. 7 Y1 - 1989/// SP - 87 EP - 112 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Alan R. Liss SN - 0-8451-4506-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-98427-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Marshall, Robert C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Audiology & Speech Pathology Service, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8451-4506-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Communication Disorders; Head Injuries; Measurement. Minor Descriptor: Aphasia. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 26. AB - verbal communication / language processing / speech motor control / motor programming / communication disorders and closed head injuries (CHI) early assessment of behavior / observational tactics / swallowing disorders / CHI patient behaviors / later assessment of behavior communication disorders / patient history / evaluation of language disorders aphasia / spontaneous speech / fluency and stuttering behavior / standardized aphasia batteries / vocabulary testing / qualitative aspects of word production / auditory comprehension / audiological evaluation / auditory comprehension testing / supplemental testing motor speech assessment / dysarthria / apraxia of speech augmentative and alternative communication systems assessment of communication competence / turn-taking / nonverbal behavior / topic maintenance assessment tools / trial therapy / self-governing behaviors / patterns of responsivity (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Communication Disorders KW - Head Injuries KW - Measurement KW - Aphasia KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-98427-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-98427-002 AN - 1989-98427-002 AU - Binder, Laurence M. AU - Rattok, Jack ED - Lezak, Muriel D. ED - Lezak, Muriel D., (Ed) T1 - Assessment of the postconcussive syndrome after mild head trauma. T2 - Assessment of the behavioral consequences of head trauma. T3 - Frontiers of clinical neuroscience, Vol. 7 Y1 - 1989/// SP - 37 EP - 48 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Alan R. Liss SN - 0-8451-4506-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-98427-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Binder, Laurence M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychology Section, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8451-4506-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Concussion; Head Injuries; Neuropsychological Assessment. Minor Descriptor: Memory Disorders. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 12. AB - the heterogeneity of symptoms and causes of the postconcussive syndrome (PCS) is emphasized patients with mild and moderate head injuries followed by persistent symptoms present diagnostic and therapeutic dilemmas to clinicians / review the literature and describe some of the organic and psychological variables associated with symptoms and objective findings memory / malingering / hypochondriasis and possible cerebral dysfunction / fat embolism (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Brain Concussion KW - Head Injuries KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Memory Disorders KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-98427-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-98405-015 AN - 1989-98405-015 AU - Cermak, Laird S. AU - O'Connor, Margaret ED - Denes, Gianfranco ED - Semenza, Carlo ED - Bisiacchi, Patrizia ED - Denes, Gianfranco, (Ed) ED - Semenza, Carlo, (Ed) ED - Bisiacchi, Patrizia, (Ed) T1 - Mnemonic retraining of organic memory disorders. T2 - Perspectives on cognitive neuropsychology. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 313 EP - 324 CY - Hillsdale, NJ, US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc SN - 0-86377-046-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-98405-015. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cermak, Laird S.; Veterans' Administration Hosp, Psychology Service, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-86377-046-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Mnemonic Learning. Minor Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Computer Applications; Imagery. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297); Learning & Memory (2343). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 12. AB - forms of psychological intervention that have been employed to remediate memory problems mnemonics used to facilitate retrieval / imagery as a therapeutic mnemonic / behavioural techniques / computerised rehabilitation of amnesia individual therapeutic attempts (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Amnesia KW - Mnemonic Learning KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Computer Applications KW - Imagery KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-98405-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-98278-009 AN - 1989-98278-009 AU - Verinis, J. Scott ED - Craig, Robert J. ED - Craig, Robert J., (Ed) T1 - Alcoholism. T2 - Clinical and diagnostic interviewing. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 147 EP - 177 CY - Lanham, MD, US PB - Jason Aronson SN - 0-87668-848-2 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-98278-009. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Verinis, J. Scott; U Illinois, West Side Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-87668-848-2, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Psychodiagnostic Interview. Minor Descriptor: Interviewing. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 31. AB - focus on the signs, symptoms, and subterfuges of the alcoholisms diagnostic overlap with other psychiatric disorders the alcoholic personality interviewing an alcoholic treatment decisions (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Alcoholism KW - Psychodiagnostic Interview KW - Interviewing KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-98278-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-98202-018 AN - 1989-98202-018 AU - Greene, Les R. AU - Rosenkrantz, Judith AU - Muth, Deborah Y. ED - Fine, Reuben ED - Fine, Reuben, (Ed) T1 - Borderline defenses and countertransference: Research findings and implications. T2 - Current and historical perspectives on the borderline patient. T3 - Current issues in psychoanalytic practice monographs of the Society for Psychoanalytic Training, No. 1 Y1 - 1989/// SP - 320 EP - 336 CY - Philadelphia, PA, US PB - Brunner/Mazel SN - 0-87630-506-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-98202-018. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Greene, Les R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Staff Psychologist, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter; Reprint. ISBN: 0-87630-506-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Borderline States; Countertransference. Minor Descriptor: Psychotherapy. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 17. AB - offer some observations on the amassing body of empirical data about the borderline patient, observations which bear upon and lend support for Main's speculation regarding the detachment of researchers from the emotionally charged dilemmas facing the therapist in working with the borderline patient present some findings from our ongoing investigations of borderline dynamics in groups and organizations, which underscore the role of defensive and countertransferential processes in the psychotherapeutic treatment of borderlines offer a suggestion about the direction of future research on borderline pathology, proposing a shift away from the largely descriptive-level diagnostic studies and toward the investigation of the therapeutic relationship, with a particular focus on countertransferential dynamics (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Borderline States KW - Countertransference KW - Psychotherapy KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-98202-018&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-98085-015 AN - 1989-98085-015 AU - Randall, Carrie L. AU - Anton, Raymond F. AU - Becker, Howard C. AU - White, Nancy M. ED - Hutchings, Donald E. ED - Hutchings, Donald E., (Ed) T1 - Role of prostaglandins in alcohol teratogenesis. T2 - Prenatal abuse of licit and illicit drugs. T3 - Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences; Vol 562 Y1 - 1989/// VL - 562 SP - 178 EP - 182 CY - New York, NY, US PB - New York Academy of Sciences SN - 0-89766-521-X SN - 0-89766-522-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-98085-015. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Randall, Carrie L.; Veterans Administration, Medical Ctr, Charleston, SC, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89766-521-X, Hardcover; 0-89766-522-8, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohols; Prostaglandins; Teratogens. Minor Descriptor: Mice; Treatment. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 5. AB - have shown that mice are sensitive to alcohol-induced birth defects / chose to focus our attention on possible ways to reduce or prevent these birth anomalies a number of studies demonstrated that prostaglandin (PG) inhibitors . . . were capable of reducing several alcohol-related behaviors in mice / considered the implications of this line of work for the teratogenic actions of alcohol reasoned that if 1) alcohol caused an increase in maternal PGE/PGF and 2) elevated levels of these PGs were teratogenic, then pretreatment with a PG inhibitor prior to alcohol administration should reduce birth defects / treatment after alcohol should not have any effect (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Alcohols KW - Prostaglandins KW - Teratogens KW - Mice KW - Treatment KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-98085-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97972-008 AN - 1989-97972-008 AU - Groher, Michael E. ED - Hull, Raymond H. ED - Griffin, Kathleen M. ED - Hull, Raymond H., (Ed) ED - Griffin, Kathleen M., (Ed) T1 - Modifications in assessment and treatment for the communicatively impaired elderly. T2 - Communication disorders in aging. T3 - Sage human services guides, Vol. 57 Y1 - 1989/// SP - 103 EP - 118 CY - Thousand Oaks, CA, US PB - Sage Publications, Inc SN - 0-8039-3124-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97972-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Groher, Michael E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Audiology/Speech Pathology Dept, Assistant Chief, NY, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8039-3124-7, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Communication Disorders; Measurement. Minor Descriptor: Treatment. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Speech & Language Disorders (3270). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 16. AB - the intent of the first portion of this chapter is to discuss those variables in the behavior of elderly persons that affect test selection and administration the second half of the chapter will contain suggestions for the modification of treatment plans if specific remediation is warranted / the assessment and treatment modifications contained in this chapter will not apply to every elderly person with a communication disorder / the individual specialist must decide which modifications are pertinent based upon the clinical assessment the case history interview / case history summary and follow-up / the assessment / assessment goals / testing environment / test selection / test administration / modifications in assessment procedures for elderly clients / vision / fatigue / transportation/mobility / treatment / individual versus group treatment / role of significant others / treatment modifications / attitudes of the service provider (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Communication Disorders KW - Measurement KW - Treatment KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97972-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97972-005 AN - 1989-97972-005 AU - Bollinger, Rick AU - Hardiman, Carole J. ED - Hull, Raymond H. ED - Griffin, Kathleen M. ED - Hull, Raymond H., (Ed) ED - Griffin, Kathleen M., (Ed) T1 - Dementia: The confused-disoriented communicatively disturbed elderly. T2 - Communication disorders in aging. T3 - Sage human services guides, Vol. 57 Y1 - 1989/// SP - 61 EP - 77 CY - Thousand Oaks, CA, US PB - Sage Publications, Inc SN - 0-8039-3124-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97972-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bollinger, Rick; Miami Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Audiology & Speech Pathology Service, Chief, Miami, FL, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8039-3124-7, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Communication Disorders; Dementia. Minor Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Aphasia; Picks Disease. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 17. AB - the health care provider working in long-term care facilities for the elderly is confronted daily with persons who are incapable of independently meeting the most basic of care needs in the absence of significant physical disability / the majority of these individuals have been labeled 'demented' and present documentation of chronic progressive deterioration of memory, intellect, personality, and communication as a result of cortical pathology behaviorally, the description 'confused-disoriented' aptly defines those elderly who are unable to organize the multitude of incoming stimuli from the environment into a manageable event and then call upon cognitive processes such as memory, logic, and judgment to generate an appropriate adaptive response / an understanding of the nature of the cognitive compromise and the behavioral changes that are dementia can enable health care providers and caregivers to devise meaningful and realistic interventions cognitive compromise among the elderly / Alzheimer's disease (AD) / multi-infarct dementia (MID) / differential diagnosis of AD and MID / Pick's disease / subcortical dementias / acute confusional states / characteristics of chronic progressive dementia / stages of dementia / communication abilities / communicative performance in dementia / the language of aphasia and dementia / management of the confused-disoriented: a communication focus (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Communication Disorders KW - Dementia KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Aphasia KW - Picks Disease KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97972-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97972-002 AN - 1989-97972-002 AU - Groher, Michael E. ED - Hull, Raymond H. ED - Griffin, Kathleen M. ED - Hull, Raymond H., (Ed) ED - Griffin, Kathleen M., (Ed) T1 - Neurologically based disorders of speech and language among older adults. T2 - Communication disorders in aging. T3 - Sage human services guides, Vol. 57 Y1 - 1989/// SP - 23 EP - 37 CY - Thousand Oaks, CA, US PB - Sage Publications, Inc SN - 0-8039-3124-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97972-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Groher, Michael E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Audiology/Speech Pathology Dept, Assistant Chief, NY, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8039-3124-7, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Communication Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Apraxia; Dementia; Dysarthria. Classification: Speech & Language Disorders (3270). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 15. AB - purpose of this chapter is to explore those neurogenically based speech and language disorders that are most prevalent in the elderly population [the chapter] is designed to assist the specialist in identification and differentiation of the characteristics of each disorder / correct identification will lead to successful treatment and management approaches aphasia / the fluent aphasias / Wernicke's aphasia / conduction aphasia / anomia / transcortical sensory aphasia / the nonfluent aphasias / Broca's aphasia / transcortical motor aphasia / global aphasia / mixed nonfluent aphasia / apraxia / dysarthria / dementia versus aphasia (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Aphasia KW - Communication Disorders KW - Apraxia KW - Dementia KW - Dysarthria KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97972-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1989-97923-000 AN - 1989-97923-000 AU - Simon, Steven E. T1 - A guidebook to rehabilitation and human services management: Fine tuning for excellence. Y1 - 1989/// CY - Springfield, IL, England PB - Charles C Thomas, Publisher SN - 0-398-05582-3 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97923-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Simon, Steven E.; US Veterans Administration, Regional Office, Vocational Rehabilitation & Counseling Div, Chief, Cleveland, OH, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Book Type: Handbook/Manual; Textbook/Study Guide. ISBN: 0-398-05582-3, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Services; Management Methods; Management Training; Rehabilitation Centers. Minor Descriptor: Health Care Services; Vocational Rehabilitation. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410); Personnel Management & Selection & Training (3620). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 282. AB - The purpose of this book is to provide a foundation for supervising and managing in rehabilitation and other human services settings. It is written to meet the needs of the new manager, or as a first text for those aspiring toward a management career. It is intended that the book be used as a primary or supplementary text in introductory graduate and undergraduate human services management courses. It may also be used as a supplement to in-service training of rehabilitation and human services managers in agency settings. Although the book is oriented most toward management in vocational rehabilitation settings, examples and literature coverage is inclusive of most counseling, social work, psychology and some medical related service areas. As implied above, the book focuses on both the theoretical and practical aspects of management. Philosophically, the book stresses the importance of mastering six basic management functions as a prerequisite to running effective human services systems: planning, organizing, controlling, coordinating, communication, and organization development and change. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Human Services KW - Management Methods KW - Management Training KW - Rehabilitation Centers KW - Health Care Services KW - Vocational Rehabilitation KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97923-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97886-003 AN - 1989-97886-003 AU - Cummings, Jeffrey L. ED - Conn, David K. ED - Grek, Adrian ED - Sadavoy, Joel ED - Conn, David K., (Ed) ED - Grek, Adrian, (Ed) ED - Sadavoy, Joel, (Ed) T1 - Neuropsychiatric syndromes in the elderly: Pharmacologic management. T2 - Psychiatric consequences of brain disease in the elderly: A focus on management. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 59 EP - 84 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-43216-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97886-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cummings, Jeffrey L.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurobehavior Unit, Director, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-43216-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Geriatric Patients; Organic Brain Syndromes. Minor Descriptor: Epidemiology; Mental Disorders; Neuropsychiatry. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 26. AB - in this chapter, the prevalence of organic psychosyndromes in the elderly will be reviewed, the principal geriatric neuropsychiatric disorders will be presented, and the current approach to psychopharmacologic management of organic psychosyndromes occurring in the aged will be discussed organic affective disorder, depressed type / organic affective disorder, manic type / organic delusional disorder / organic personality syndrome / dementia (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Organic Brain Syndromes KW - Epidemiology KW - Mental Disorders KW - Neuropsychiatry KW - 1989 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4684-1306-9_3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97886-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97876-007 AN - 1989-97876-007 AU - Cermak, Laird S. ED - Roediger, Henry L. III ED - Craik, Fergus I. M. ED - Roediger, Henry L. III, (Ed) ED - Craik, Fergus I. M., (Ed) T1 - Synergistic ecphory and the amnesic patient. T2 - Varieties of memory and consciousness: Essays in honour of Endel Tulving. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 121 EP - 131 CY - Hillsdale, NJ, US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc SN - 0-89859-935-0 SN - 0-8058-0546-X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97876-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cermak, Laird S.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Memory Disorders Research Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Reference Book. ISBN: 0-89859-935-0, Hardcover; 0-8058-0546-X, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Cognitive Processes; Memory. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 11. AB - the overriding message that I have received from Endel Tulving's work is that memory is a process, not a depository if Tulving is correct that memory is a process, then amnesia must be a consequence of deficient processing the purpose of the present chapter is to depict some of these processing deficits and to show how research with anmesic populations can be used to differentiate amongst types of processing abilities (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Amnesia KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Memory KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97876-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97853-012 AN - 1989-97853-012 AU - Katz, Richard C. ED - Perecman, Ellen ED - Perecman, Ellen, (Ed) T1 - Treatment software for aphasic adults. T2 - Integrating theory and practice in clinical neuropsychology. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 317 EP - 335 CY - Hillsdale, NJ, US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc SN - 0-8058-0285-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97853-012. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Katz, Richard C.; US Veterans Administration, Outpatient Clinic, Audiology & Speech Pathology Service, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8058-0285-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Computer Software; Speech Therapy. Classification: Speech & Language Therapy (3385); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 19. AB - the purpose of this chapter is to examine the relationship between aphasia therapy and treatment software / efficacy of treatment, not cost, should be our primary focus (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) AB - advocates the use of computers and treatment software in aphasia therapy as tools which extend the abilities of the clinician / discusses treatment software in the context of theoretical concerns which he maintains are basic to any aphasia treatment whether it be computerized or not—models of rehabilitation, approaches to treatment, stages of recovery, structure and content of tasks / reviews studies assessing the feasibilty and effectiveness of microcomputers in treating aphasic adults (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Aphasia KW - Computer Software KW - Speech Therapy KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97853-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97853-005 AN - 1989-97853-005 AU - Cermak, Laird S. ED - Perecman, Ellen ED - Perecman, Ellen, (Ed) T1 - Encoding and retrieval deficits of amnesic patients. T2 - Integrating theory and practice in clinical neuropsychology. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 139 EP - 154 CY - Hillsdale, NJ, US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc SN - 0-8058-0285-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97853-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cermak, Laird S.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Memory Disorders Research Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8058-0285-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Human Information Storage; Theories. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 16. AB - in the past, researchers vigorously debated the relative contribution of encoding versus retrieval deficits to the amnestic syndrome / agreement between two major theories (one emphasizing encoding, the other emphasizing retrieval) seemed close, and investigators began to understand the interaction between these factors in the late 1970s / because a premature end to this debate may cause us to lose sight of the significance of this agreement, the present review has been undertaken both to revitalize this important topic and to view it within the perspective of contemporary theories relationship of the revised encoding deficit theory to other recent theories of amnesia (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Amnesia KW - Human Information Storage KW - Theories KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97853-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97850-012 AN - 1989-97850-012 AU - Eth, Spencer AU - Randolph, Eugenia T. AU - Brown, Jeanne A. ED - Howells, John G. ED - Howells, John G., (Ed) T1 - Post-traumatic stress disorder. T2 - Modern perspectives in the psychiatry of the neuroses. T3 - Modern perspectives in psychiatry, No. 12 Y1 - 1989/// SP - 210 EP - 234 CY - Philadelphia, PA, US PB - Brunner/Mazel SN - 0-87630-515-X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97850-012. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eth, Spencer; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Associate Chief of Psychiatry, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-87630-515-X, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Differential Diagnosis; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans; Natural Disasters; Rape; Treatment; War. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 25. AB - examine the historical development of the concept of a post-traumatic syndrome / Freud / war neurosis / Holocaust / World War II follow-up DSM-III [Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Third Edition] / differential diagnosis assessment / interview / testing / factitious PTSD [post-traumatic stress disorder] PTSD in children / natural disasters / rape / Vietnam veterans treatment / early efforts / biological treatment / psychological treatment / social treatment (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Military Veterans KW - Natural Disasters KW - Rape KW - Treatment KW - War KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97850-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97850-001 AN - 1989-97850-001 AU - Turns, Danielle M. ED - Howells, John G. ED - Howells, John G., (Ed) T1 - Epidemiology of the neuroses. T2 - Modern perspectives in the psychiatry of the neuroses. T3 - Modern perspectives in psychiatry, No. 12 Y1 - 1989/// SP - 1 EP - 22 CY - Philadelphia, PA, US PB - Brunner/Mazel SN - 0-87630-515-X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97850-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Turns, Danielle M.; Louisville Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Chief, Louisville, KY, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-87630-515-X, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Epidemiology; Neurosis. Minor Descriptor: Pathology; Psychodynamics; Sociocultural Factors; Stress. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 22. AB - examine what is known of the frequency, incidence, and prevalence of the neuroses in general and of the characteristics of the patients so afflicted go into more detail about what is known about specific neurotic entities, their natural history and associated pathology cultural factors / familial factors / stress factors / personality factors / sociodemographic factors (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Epidemiology KW - Neurosis KW - Pathology KW - Psychodynamics KW - Sociocultural Factors KW - Stress KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97850-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97808-012 AN - 1989-97808-012 AU - Squire, Larry R. AU - Shimamura, Arthur P. AU - Amaral, David G. ED - Byrne, John H. ED - Berry, William O. ED - Byrne, John H., (Ed) ED - Berry, William O., (Ed) T1 - Memory and the hippocampus. T2 - Neural models of plasticity: Experimental and theoretical approaches. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 208 EP - 239 CY - San Diego, CA, US PB - Academic Press SN - 0-12-148955-8 SN - 0-12-148956-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97808-012. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Squire, Larry R.; US Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-12-148955-8, Hardcover; 0-12-148956-6, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hippocampus; Memory; Neurophysiology. Minor Descriptor: Amnesia; Learning; Neuroanatomy. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 32. AB - this chapter addresses questions about the neural substrates of memory, focusing especially on the role of the hippocampus we begin by summarizing briefly the characteristics of amnesia next, we describe the . . . case of human amnesia, which establishes the hippocampus as an essential component of the damaged memory system we then consider the function of the hippocampus in the light of the neurobehavioral data finally, after a brief review of relevant neurophysiological data, we consider the anatomical organization of sensory inputs to the hippocampus, as well as its intrinsic connections, in order to develop more specific hypotheses about the contribution of the hippocampus to learning and memory (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Hippocampus KW - Memory KW - Neurophysiology KW - Amnesia KW - Learning KW - Neuroanatomy KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97808-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97736-038 AN - 1989-97736-038 AU - Adler, Leonard AU - Angrist, Burt AU - Reiter, Stewart AU - Peselow, Eric AU - Rotrosen, John ED - Schulz, S. Charles ED - Tamminga, Carol A. ED - Schulz, S. Charles, (Ed) ED - Tamminga, Carol A., (Ed) T1 - Adrenergic agents in the treatment of neuroleptic-induced akathisia. T2 - Schizophrenia: Scientific progress. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 404 EP - 409 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Oxford University Press SN - 0-19-505527-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97736-038. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Adler, Leonard; New York U School of Medicine, New York Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, New York, NY, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-19-505527-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adrenergic Drugs; Drug Therapy; Neuroleptic Drugs. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients; Side Effects (Drug). Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 6. AB - the data reviewed in this chapter suggest that agents used to diminish noradrenergic function have therapeutic effects in NIA [neuroleptic-induced akathisia] / a number of important problems remain unresolved . . . these include / quantification of akathisia / specificity of pharmacologic agents / defining the spectrum of akathisia and its subtypes (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) AB - chapter describing positive empiric trials for treatment of this uncomfortable syndrome [akathisia] is of interest not only for patient comfort, but because they indicate that not all motor side effects have the same pathophysiology (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Adrenergic Drugs KW - Drug Therapy KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97736-038&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97736-029 AN - 1989-97736-029 AU - Van Putten, Theodore AU - Marder, Stephen R. AU - Mintz, Jim AU - Poland, Russell E. ED - Schulz, S. Charles ED - Tamminga, Carol A. ED - Schulz, S. Charles, (Ed) ED - Tamminga, Carol A., (Ed) T1 - Haloperidol plasma levels and clinical response: A therapeutic window relationship. T2 - Schizophrenia: Scientific progress. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 325 EP - 331 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Oxford University Press SN - 0-19-505527-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97736-029. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Putten, Theodore; Veterans Administration/Brentwood Div, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-19-505527-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blood Plasma; Drug Therapy; Haloperidol. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 7. AB - this chapter addresses these issues / what is the clinical state of patients with toxic HPL [haloperidol] levels / do such patients appear overmedicated to start with / do patients with toxic plasma levels improve when their plasma levels are lowered and the converse a powerful curvilinear relationship was found between plasma HPL and clinical response when patients were given fixed doses of HPL (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Blood Plasma KW - Drug Therapy KW - Haloperidol KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97736-029&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97736-002 AN - 1989-97736-002 AU - Tsuang, Ming T. AU - Lyons, Michael J. ED - Schulz, S. Charles ED - Tamminga, Carol A. ED - Schulz, S. Charles, (Ed) ED - Tamminga, Carol A., (Ed) T1 - Drawing the boundary of the schizophrenia spectrum: Evidence from a family study. T2 - Schizophrenia: Scientific progress. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 23 EP - 27 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Oxford University Press SN - 0-19-505527-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97736-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tsuang, Ming T.; Brockton/West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-19-505527-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Genetics; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Family Members. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 5. AB - the goal of the study was to determine for which psychiatric disorders the first-degree relatives of schizophrenics have an elevated risk compared to relatives of nonpsychiatric patients results support the assertion that schizophrenia is a familial disorder / results from twin and adoption studies, however, have demonstrated that at least a substantial portion of the familial effect is genetic in nature suggests that the boundaries of the schizophrenia spectrum do not encompass most cases of affective disorder / illustrates the pitfall of basing the definition of a spectrum on a strictly phenomenological basis (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Genetics KW - Schizophrenia KW - At Risk Populations KW - Family Members KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97736-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97695-002 AN - 1989-97695-002 AU - Syndulko, Karl AU - Tourtellotte, Wallace W. ED - Munsat, Theodore L. ED - Munsat, Theodore L., (Ed) T1 - What is neurologically normal? T2 - Quantification of neurologic deficit. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 17 EP - 31 CY - Boston, MA, England PB - Butterworth Publishers SN - 0-409-90152-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97695-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Syndulko, Karl; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr--Wadsworth, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-409-90152-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Neurology; Neuropsychological Assessment. Minor Descriptor: Human Development; Human Sex Differences; Performance Tests. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 15. AB - how meaningful is the concept of normal performance / what are its uses and limitations / how do we approach it in the laboratory and clinic / in this chapter, we address some of these issues in the context of our development and utilization of human performance measurement in particular, we will discuss the definition of criteria for normal age-related changes in performance, since age has been found to be one of the most critical determinants of performance variability what do we measure in neurology / how do we measure behavior / types of evaluations / how does behavior change with age / definition of normal neurologic function across the age span (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) AB - chapter 3 focuses on the characterization of 'normal' neurologic function, the cornerstone of qualitative evaluations and the benchmark by which instrumented measures make sense for doctors and patients / the concepts of normalization of data and of description relative to age-and gender-matched controls are illustrated and discussed, based on existing measurement systems (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Age Differences KW - Neurology KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Human Development KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Performance Tests KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97695-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97695-001 AN - 1989-97695-001 AU - Tourtellotte, Wallace W. AU - Syndulko, Karl ED - Munsat, Theodore L. ED - Munsat, Theodore L., (Ed) T1 - Quantifying the neurologic examination: Principles, constraints, and opportunities. T2 - Quantification of neurologic deficit. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 7 EP - 16 CY - Boston, MA, England PB - Butterworth Publishers SN - 0-409-90152-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97695-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tourtellotte, Wallace W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr--Wadsworth, Chief of Neurology, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-409-90152-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neurology; Neuropsychological Assessment; Objectivity. Minor Descriptor: Interrater Reliability; Multiple Sclerosis; Test Reliability. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 10. AB - this chapter sets the stage for evaluating the new developments in quantitative assessment in clinical neurology we outline the issues and arguments for objective measurement, the need for precise and repeatable measurement techniques over time and between examiners, and the special aspects of evaluating treatments both in the individual patient and between patients and studies we touch on the strengths and weaknesses of ordinal rating scales and on improvements needed / although the chapter emphasizes general issues and advances in quantitative evaluation, we do refer to a specific application—namely, multiple sclerosis (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Neurology KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Objectivity KW - Interrater Reliability KW - Multiple Sclerosis KW - Test Reliability KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97695-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97692-014 AN - 1989-97692-014 AU - Bachman, David L. AU - Albert, Martin L. ED - Boller, F. ED - Grafman, J. ED - Rizzolatti, G. ED - Goodglass, H. ED - Boller, F., (Ed) ED - Grafman, J., (Ed) ED - Rizzolatti, G., (Ed) ED - Goodglass, H., (Ed) T1 - Auditory comprehension in aphasia. T2 - Handbook of neuropsychology, Vol. 1. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 281 EP - 306 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0-444-90493-X SN - 0-444-90492-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97692-014. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bachman, David L.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Dept, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-444-90493-X, Hardcover; 0-444-90492-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Auditory Stimulation; Comprehension. Minor Descriptor: Agnosia; Phonetics; Semantics; Speech Processing (Mechanical). Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 26. AB - in this paper we provide a review and synthesis of both clinical and experimental aspects of auditory comprehension, focusing primarily on data published during the past ten years acoustic and phonemic aspects of auditory comprehension / neuropsychological issues / rate of stimulus presentation in auditory comprehension / speech prosody and auditory comprehension / phonemic disorders in auditory comprehension / auditory agnosia / pure word deafness / auditory sound agnosia / neuroanatomical localization semantic aspects of auditory comprehension / neuropsychological issues category-specific deficits in auditory comprehension / preserved semantic knowledge in severe aphasia / miscellaneous factors which impact on auditory comprehension / Wernicke's aphasia / transcortical sensory aphasia syntactic comprehension in aphasia neuroanatomical localization (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Aphasia KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Comprehension KW - Agnosia KW - Phonetics KW - Semantics KW - Speech Processing (Mechanical) KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97692-014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97692-012 AN - 1989-97692-012 AU - Goodglass, Harold ED - Boller, F. ED - Grafman, J. ED - Rizzolatti, G. ED - Goodglass, H. ED - Boller, F., (Ed) ED - Grafman, J., (Ed) ED - Rizzolatti, G., (Ed) ED - Goodglass, H., (Ed) T1 - Historical perspective on concepts of aphasia. T2 - Handbook of neuropsychology, Vol. 1. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 249 EP - 265 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0-444-90493-X SN - 0-444-90492-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97692-012. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goodglass, Harold; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-444-90493-X, Hardcover; 0-444-90492-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; History of Psychology. Minor Descriptor: Cognition; Models; Neuropsychology. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 17. AB - we propose to treat this entire history [of aphasia] in terms of 5 time periods, set apart from each other by shifts in the kinds of question that dominated the period / pre-renaissance period / 15th-18th centuries / France: 1800-1860 / the classical period: 1860-1950 / Post-World War II: 1950-1980 / brain-language models of 1950-1980 / aphasiology in the 1980s: the influence of cognitive neurolinguistics (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Aphasia KW - History of Psychology KW - Cognition KW - Models KW - Neuropsychology KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97692-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97679-007 AN - 1989-97679-007 AU - Haaland, K. Y. AU - Yeo, Ronald A. ED - Bigler, Erin D. ED - Yeo, Ronald A. ED - Turkheimer, Eric ED - Bigler, Erin D., (Ed) ED - Yeo, Ronald A., (Ed) ED - Turkheimer, Eric, (Ed) T1 - Neuropsychological and neuroanatomic aspects of complex motor control. T2 - Neuropsychological function and brain imaging. T3 - Critical issues in neuropsychology Y1 - 1989/// SP - 219 EP - 244 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-43045-2 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97679-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Haaland, K. Y.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Albuquerque, NM, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-43045-2, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Motor Skills; Neuropsychology. Minor Descriptor: Apraxia; Cognitive Processes; Neuroanatomy. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 26. AB - this chapter has attempted to summarize selectively the behavioral and anatomic data related to developing a better understanding of the cognitive aspects of motor deficts after unilateral brain damage limb apraxia / experimentational hand posture tasks / motor skills / behavioral characterization and lesion location (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Brain Damage KW - Motor Skills KW - Neuropsychology KW - Apraxia KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Neuroanatomy KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97679-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97673-007 AN - 1989-97673-007 AU - Linn, Margaret W. ED - Bellack, Alan S. ED - Bellack, Alan S., (Ed) T1 - Partial hospitalization. T2 - A Clinical guide for the treatment of schizophrenia. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 163 EP - 185 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-43064-9 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97673-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Linn, Margaret W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Social Science Research Dept, Miami, FL, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-306-43064-9, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Partial Hospitalization; Schizophrenia. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 23. AB - variability of [partial hospital] programs / developmental history / current environmental issues / functions and programs / studies of day hospitals as alternatives to inpatient care / studies of day hospitals as alternatives to outpatient care / studies of predictors of outcome in day hospitals / treatment of schizophrenics in partial hospital programs / matching patients and treatments / innovations and future directions (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Partial Hospitalization KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97673-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97616-018 AN - 1989-97616-018 AU - Kripke, D. F. AU - Mullaney, D. J. AU - Savides, T. J. AU - Gillin, J. C. ED - Rosenthal, Norman E. ED - Blehar, Mary C. ED - Rosenthal, Norman E., (Ed) ED - Blehar, Mary C., (Ed) T1 - Phototherapy for nonseasonal major depressive disorders. T2 - Seasonal affective disorders and phototherapy. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 342 EP - 356 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 0-89862-741-9 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97616-018. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kripke, D. F.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89862-741-9, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Major Depression; Seasonal Variations; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Human Biological Rhythms; Illumination. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 15. AB - examine whether it is theoretically plausible that light benefits are restricted to winter depressives, and then review the experimental evidence photoperiodic theories circadian phase theories studies of illumination exposure bright-light treatment of nonseasonal major depressions (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Major Depression KW - Seasonal Variations KW - Treatment KW - Human Biological Rhythms KW - Illumination KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97616-018&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97557-014 AN - 1989-97557-014 AU - White, Melvin ED - Bahr, Stephen J. ED - Peterson, Evan T. ED - Bahr, Stephen J., (Ed) ED - Peterson, Evan T., (Ed) T1 - Elder abuse. T2 - Aging and the family. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 261 EP - 270 CY - Lexington, MA, England PB - Lexington Books/D. C. Heath and Com SN - 0-669-17702-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97557-014. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: White, Melvin; Salt Lake Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Social Work Services, Chief, Salt Lake City, UT, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Textbook/Study Guide. ISBN: 0-669-17702-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Elder Abuse. Minor Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Epidemiology; Prevention; Treatment. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 10. AB - brief review of data on the incidence and prevalence of elder abuse / major forms of elder abuse are identified / characteristics of abused and abuser are discussed / reviews major risk factors that have been found to be associated with elder abuse / discussion of prevention and treatment / explores questions that need to be researched (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Elder Abuse KW - At Risk Populations KW - Epidemiology KW - Prevention KW - Treatment KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97557-014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97549-008 AN - 1989-97549-008 AU - Rimmele, Carl T. AU - Miller, William R. AU - Dougher, Michael J. ED - Hester, Reid K. ED - Miller, William R. ED - Hester, Reid K., (Ed) ED - Miller, William R., (Ed) T1 - Aversion therapies. T2 - Handbook of alcoholism treatment approaches: Effective alternatives. T3 - Pergamon general psychology series, Vol. 157 Y1 - 1989/// SP - 128 EP - 140 CY - Elmsford, NY, US PB - Pergamon Press SN - 0-08-036428-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97549-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rimmele, Carl T.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-08-036428-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Aversion Therapy. Minor Descriptor: Covert Sensitization. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 13. AB - client selection / settings and materials / equipment administering covert sensitization preliminary assessment / constructing scenes covert sensitization stages / drinking scene components / client's response what to do with (or without) a conditioned response / escape phase / avoidance phase / length of treatment / effectiveness (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Aversion Therapy KW - Covert Sensitization KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97549-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97549-007 AN - 1989-97549-007 AU - Fuller, Richard K. ED - Hester, Reid K. ED - Miller, William R. ED - Hester, Reid K., (Ed) ED - Miller, William R., (Ed) T1 - Antidipsotropic medications. T2 - Handbook of alcoholism treatment approaches: Effective alternatives. T3 - Pergamon general psychology series, Vol. 157 Y1 - 1989/// SP - 117 EP - 127 CY - Elmsford, NY, US PB - Pergamon Press SN - 0-08-036428-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97549-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fuller, Richard K.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Cleveland, OH, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-08-036428-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Disulfiram; Emetic Drugs. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 11. AB - disulfiram [Antabuse] / carbimide [citrated calcium carbimide, Temposil, Abstem] patients most likely to benefit from disulfiram treatment / contraindications description of protocol for use of the antidipsotropic medications / dosage / effectiveness / follow up (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Disulfiram KW - Emetic Drugs KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97549-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97461-002 AN - 1989-97461-002 AU - Morley, John E. AU - Flood, James F. AU - Cherkin, Arthur AU - Mitchell, James E. ED - Stunkard, Albert J. ED - Baum, Andrew ED - Stunkard, Albert J., (Ed) ED - Baum, Andrew, (Ed) T1 - Parallels in neurotransmitter control of feeding and memory. T2 - Eating, sleeping, and sex. T3 - Perspectives in behavioral medicine Y1 - 1989/// SP - 53 EP - 71 CY - Hillsdale, NJ, US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc SN - 0-8058-0280-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97461-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morley, John E.; Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Director, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8058-0280-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ingestion; Memory; Neurotransmitters. Minor Descriptor: Food Intake; Peptides; Theory of Evolution. Classification: Physiological Processes (2540); Learning & Memory (2343). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 19. AB - develop the hypothesis that the termination of a meal involves the interaction of cholecystokinin (CCK) and endogenous opioids release of CCK during a meal leads to improved memory, while opioids impair memory examines the effects of three peptide families, namely, CCK, opioids, and pancreatic polypeptide-neuropeptide Y, first on feeding, and then on memory weight loss / food intake (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) AB - earliest evolutionary function of these peptides thus may have been to drive the search for food and to stimulate eating development of analgesia . . . occurred later in evolution, to help organisms cope with pain and danger of their foraging activities relates several of the other functions of the opioid peptides to such purposes when eating is terminated by satiety hormones, these hormones, such as CCK, act to enhance memory consolidation in order to help the animal remember the details of a successful foraging trip (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Ingestion KW - Memory KW - Neurotransmitters KW - Food Intake KW - Peptides KW - Theory of Evolution KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97461-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97447-018 AN - 1989-97447-018 AU - Paredes, Alfonso ED - Galanter, Marc ED - Galanter, Marc, (Ed) T1 - Methodological and ethical issues in alcohol research. T2 - Recent developments in alcoholism, Vol. 7: Treatment research. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 351 EP - 363 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-43042-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97447-018. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Paredes, Alfonso; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brentwood Div, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-43042-8, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ethanol; Experimentation; Professional Ethics. Minor Descriptor: Methodology. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 13. AB - review in this chapter some of the ethical principles that guide research, and in particular those relevant to research paradigms that incorporate the administration of alcohol (ethanol) as one of the variables (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Ethanol KW - Experimentation KW - Professional Ethics KW - Methodology KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97447-018&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97447-014 AN - 1989-97447-014 AU - Gorelick, David A. ED - Galanter, Marc ED - Galanter, Marc, (Ed) T1 - Serotonin uptake blockers and the treatment of alcoholism. T2 - Recent developments in alcoholism, Vol. 7: Treatment research. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 267 EP - 281 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-43042-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97447-014. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gorelick, David A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brentwood Div, Alcohol & Drug Treatment Program & Behavioral Pharmacology Lab, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-43042-8, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcohol Rehabilitation; Serotonin Antagonists. Minor Descriptor: Neurochemistry; Serotonin. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 15. AB - this chapter briefly reviews the evidence for a relationship between brain serotonin activity and alcohol consumption, then presents in more detail the animal and human studies with serotonin uptake blockers / the final sections discuss possible neuropharmacological and behavioral mechanisms for uptake blockers' effect on alcohol consumption, with suggestions for future research (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Serotonin Antagonists KW - Neurochemistry KW - Serotonin KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97447-014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97447-002 AN - 1989-97447-002 AU - Emrick, Chad D. ED - Galanter, Marc ED - Galanter, Marc, (Ed) T1 - Alcoholics Anonymous: Membership characteristics and effectiveness as treatment. T2 - Recent developments in alcoholism, Vol. 7: Treatment research. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 37 EP - 53 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-43042-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97447-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Emrick, Chad D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Denver, CO, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-43042-8, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholics Anonymous; Personality Traits; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 17. AB - reports published since 1976 were reviewed with respect to the characteristics of alcohol-dependent individuals who affiliate with Alcoholics Anonymous (AA) / evaluation studies were reviewed with regard to data on AA's effectiveness as treatment, leading to several observations / the effectiveness of AA as compared to other treatments for 'alcoholism' has yet to be demonstrated / reliable guidelines have not been established for predicting who among AA members will be successful / an alcohol-involved person's chances of participating in AA are related to the type of drinking outcome achieved / caution was raised against rigidly referring every alcohol-troubled person to AA (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Alcoholics Anonymous KW - Personality Traits KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - Alcoholism KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97447-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97446-028 AN - 1989-97446-028 AU - Horton, Arthur MacNeill Jr. ED - Reynolds, Cecil R. ED - Fletcher-Janzen, Elaine ED - Reynolds, Cecil R., (Ed) ED - Fletcher-Janzen, Elaine, (Ed) T1 - Child behavioral neuropsychology. T2 - Handbook of clinical child neuropsychology. T3 - Critical issues in neuropsychology Y1 - 1989/// SP - 521 EP - 533 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-42879-2 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97446-028. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Horton, Arthur MacNeill Jr.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Baltimore, MD, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Textbook/Study Guide. ISBN: 0-306-42879-2, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Neuropsychology. Minor Descriptor: Behaviorism; Brain Damage; Early Intervention; Learning Disabilities. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 13. AB - the intent of this chapter is to explore the research and clinical knowledge base that underlies behavioral neuropsychology the major portion of this chapter will be organized into four sections related to the specific application of behavioral neuropsychology with school-aged children the first section will focus on theoretical issues and will attempt to elucidate how behavioral neuropsychology is compatible with both radical and contemporary variations of behaviorism / the second section is concerned with treatment planning issues and will discuss some models for constructive intervention / the third section will examine selectively some of the existing research on the application of behavioral methods with learning-disabled and structurally brain-damaged children / the fourth section will function as a concluding summary, but also will include some tentative hypotheses about possible future developments of child behavioral neuropsychology (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Neuropsychology KW - Behaviorism KW - Brain Damage KW - Early Intervention KW - Learning Disabilities KW - 1989 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4899-6807-4_28 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97446-028&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97416-028 AN - 1989-97416-028 AU - Lansky, Melvin R. AU - Simenstad, Ellen A. ED - Cath, Stanley H. ED - Gurwitt, Alan ED - Gunsberg, Linda ED - Cath, Stanley H., (Ed) ED - Gurwitt, Alan, (Ed) ED - Gunsberg, Linda, (Ed) T1 - Conflict and resistance in the treatment of psychiatrically hospitalized fathers. T2 - Fathers and their families. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 541 EP - 552 CY - Hillsdale, NJ, US PB - Analytic Press, Inc SN - 0-88163-052-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97416-028. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lansky, Melvin R.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Ctr, Brentwood Div, Family Treatment Program, Chief & Staff Psychiatrist, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20130902. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-88163-052-7, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Fathers; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Psychotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Conflict; Guilt; Psychotherapeutic Resistance. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 12. AB - this chapter considers the result of a project of several years' duration, studying fathers admitted to a psychiatric hospital ward the project attempted to survey the plight of the psychiatrically hospitalized father preparatory to specific hospital-based treatment strategies [the chapter] described in detail the narcissistic injury and resultant shame endured by these men, and their defensive efforts, often symptomatic impulsive action, that compensate for and hide their sense of defectiveness (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Fathers KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Psychotherapy KW - Conflict KW - Guilt KW - Psychotherapeutic Resistance KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97416-028&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97416-002 AN - 1989-97416-002 AU - Lansky, Melvin R. ED - Cath, Stanley H. ED - Gurwitt, Alan ED - Gunsberg, Linda ED - Cath, Stanley H., (Ed) ED - Gurwitt, Alan, (Ed) ED - Gunsberg, Linda, (Ed) T1 - The paternal imago. T2 - Fathers and their families. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 27 EP - 45 CY - Hillsdale, NJ, US PB - Analytic Press, Inc SN - 0-88163-052-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97416-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lansky, Melvin R.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Ctr, Brentwood Div, Family Treatment Program, Chief, Staff Psychiatrist, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20130902. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-88163-052-7, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Family Relations; Fathers; Home Environment. Minor Descriptor: Parental Role; Unconscious (Personality Factor). Classification: Marriage & Family (2950). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 19. AB - imago [is the] unconscious prototypical figure which orientates the subject's way of apprehending others; it is built up on the basis of the first real and phantasied relationships within the family environment / the purpose of this chapter is to work toward a clearer view of the paternal imago, one that puts theory and practice in a reciprocally enriching relation to each other the paternal imago is a powerful indicator of the patient's internalizations / it reveals much about the capacity for binding or for divisiveness in the narrative of the patient or of that of others in the family (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Family Relations KW - Fathers KW - Home Environment KW - Parental Role KW - Unconscious (Personality Factor) KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97416-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97333-005 AN - 1989-97333-005 AU - Weiner, William ED - Klagsbrun, Samuel C. ED - Kliman, Gilbert W. ED - Clark, Elizabeth Johns ED - Kutscher, Austin H. ED - DeBellis, Robert ED - Lambert, Carole A. ED - Klagsbrun, Samuel C., (Ed) ED - Kliman, Gilbert W., (Ed) ED - Clark, Elizabeth Johns, (Ed) ED - Kutscher, Austin H., (Ed) ED - DeBellis, Robert, (Ed) ED - Lambert, Carole A., (Ed) T1 - A positive view of the defense of denial: Implications for treatment and services. T2 - Preventive psychiatry: Early intervention and situational crisis management. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 37 EP - 41 CY - Philadelphia, PA, England PB - The Charles Press SN - 0-914783-28-9 SN - 0-914783-29-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97333-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weiner, William; Bronx Veterans Administration Hosp, Dept of Social Work Services, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-914783-28-9, Hardcover; 0-914783-29-7, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Denial; Terminally Ill Patients. Minor Descriptor: Breast Neoplasms; Primary Mental Health Prevention. Classification: Behavioral & Psychological Treatment of Physical Illness (3361). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 5. AB - dysfunctional view of denial results of cancer studies / evaluated the emotions of fifty-seven women after diagnosis and surgery in the early stages of breast cancer / positive research findings on the use of denial present Kohut's (1971) view of humanity / includes a reinterpretation of pathology, which links Kohut's interpretation to implications for professionals who offer preventive mental health services (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Coping Behavior KW - Denial KW - Terminally Ill Patients KW - Breast Neoplasms KW - Primary Mental Health Prevention KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97333-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97250-001 AN - 1989-97250-001 AU - Hauger, Richard L. AU - Millan, Monica AU - Harwood, James P. AU - Lorang, Marge AU - Catt, Kevin J. AU - Aguilera, Greti ED - Breznitz, Shlomo ED - Zinder, Oren ED - Breznitz, Shlomo, (Ed) ED - Zinder, Oren, (Ed) T1 - Receptors for corticotropin releasing factor in the pituitary and brain: Regulatory effects of glucocorticoids, CRF, and stress. T2 - Molecular biology of stress: Proceedings of a director's sponsors-UCLA symposium held at Keystone, Colorado, April 10-17, 1988. T3 - UCLA symposia on molecular and cellular biology, new series, Vol. 97 Y1 - 1989/// SP - 3 EP - 17 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Alan R. Liss SN - 0-8451-2696-2 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97250-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hauger, Richard L.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8451-2696-2, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Corticotropin; Glucocorticoids; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Central Nervous System; Pituitary Hormones. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 15. AB - high affinity corticotropin releasing factor (CRF) receptors which mediate CRF action are present in the central and peripheral nervous systems and the pituitary corticosteroids also decrease anterior pituitary CRF receptors in parallel with the reduction in ACTH secretion in the absence of any changes in CRF binding in the CNS despite the decrease in pituitary CRF receptors, the corticotroph responsiveness is maintained suggesting the presence of spare CRF receptors and the participation of other ACTH secretagogues similar to the effects of adrenalectomy and glucocorticoids, chronic stress does not produce any changes in CRF binding in the CNS further supporting the differential regulation of CRF receptors in the pituitary and brain (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Corticotropin KW - Glucocorticoids KW - Stress KW - Central Nervous System KW - Pituitary Hormones KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97250-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97248-004 AN - 1989-97248-004 AU - Peretz, Judith A. AU - Cummings, Jeffrey L. ED - Holden, Una ED - Holden, Una, (Ed) T1 - Subcortical dementia. T2 - Neuropsychology and aging: Definitions, explanations and practical approaches. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 70 EP - 120 CY - New York, NY, US PB - New York University Press SN - 0-8147-3459-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97248-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Peretz, Judith A.; U California, West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr (Brentwood Div), Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-8147-3459-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Dementia; Nervous System Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Cognition; Memory; Parkinson's Disease; Psychosis. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 51. AB - history of the concept of subcortical dementia / characteristics of subcortical dementia / attention and concentration / mental speed / memory / cognition / speech and language / visuospatial skills / neuropsychiatric abnormalities / personality / depression / psychosis / comment and contrast with cortical dementias diseases manifesting subcortical dementia / Parkinson's disease / Huntington's disease / Wilson's disease / progressive supranuclear palsy (PSP) / spinocerebellar degenerations / Friedreich's ataxia / Olivopontocerebellar atrophy / vascular dementias / Binswanger's disease pathophysiology of subcortical dementia (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) AB - subcortical dementias have only been recognised within the past ten years or so, and are still unknown to many professionals, including some physicians provide a very full overview of a subject that should be appreciated by all concerned with the care of elderly people, as well as adult neurological patients (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Attention KW - Dementia KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Cognition KW - Memory KW - Parkinson's Disease KW - Psychosis KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97248-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97212-003 AN - 1989-97212-003 AU - Lloyd, Robert L. AU - Kling, Arthur S. ED - Newman, John D. ED - Newman, John D., (Ed) T1 - Amygdaloid electrical activity in response to conspecific calls in squirrel monkey (S. sciureus): Influence of environmental setting, cortical inputs, and recording site. T2 - The physiological control of mammalian vocalization. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 137 EP - 151 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-43003-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97212-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lloyd, Robert L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-43003-7, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amygdala; Animal Vocalizations; Auditory Stimulation. Minor Descriptor: Electrophysiology; Monkeys. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 15. AB - having determined that elements of the Kluver-Bucy [syndrome] could be established in the squirrel monkey, with lesions restricted to the amygdala, we proceeded to examine the consequences of partial amygdaloid deafferentation, through lesions of temporal lobe areas which project to this structure / in the present study, a set of conspecific vocalizations was added in order to determine the response of normal and lesioned subjects to auditory stimuli particularly interested in the influence of the inferior temporal cortex upon amygdaloid functioning, since . . . this area has been shown to subserve visual-perceptual functions (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Amygdala KW - Animal Vocalizations KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Electrophysiology KW - Monkeys KW - 1988 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4613-1051-8_9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97212-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97198-005 AN - 1989-97198-005 AU - Cox, W. Miles ED - Chaudron, C. Douglas ED - Wilkinson, D. Adrian ED - Chaudron, C. Douglas, (Ed) ED - Wilkinson, D. Adrian, (Ed) T1 - Personality theory. T2 - Theories on alcoholism. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 143 EP - 172 CY - Toronto, ON, Canada PB - Addiction Research Foundation SN - 0-88868-162-3 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97198-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cox, W. Miles; U of Health Sciences/The Chicago Medical School, North Chicago Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychology, North Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Textbook/Study Guide. ISBN: 0-88868-162-3, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Personality Theory; Personality Traits. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 30. AB - principal elements of the theory / defining personality / situational specificity of personality / two traditions for studying personality / personality theory and alcoholism / historical development of the theory / early history of the theory / post-prohibition era / the 'alcoholic personality' / early cross-cultural and laboratory research / current status of the theory / characteristic research methods / personality tests / methodology / boundaries of the theory / research results and needs / personality antecedents of alcohol use and alcoholism / personality characteristics of alcoholics and other problem drinkers / effects of alcohol on personality / practical implications / relation to other theories / concluding comments (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Alcoholism KW - Personality Theory KW - Personality Traits KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97198-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97193-043 AN - 1989-97193-043 AU - Stein, Shayna AU - Linn, Margaret W. AU - Slater, Elisa AU - Stein, Elliot M. ED - Miller, Thomas W. ED - Miller, Thomas W., (Ed) T1 - Future concerns and recent life events of elderly community residents. T2 - Stressful life events. T3 - International Universities Press stress and health series, Monograph 4 Y1 - 1989/// SP - 749 EP - 758 CY - Madison, CT, US PB - International Universities Press, Inc SN - 0-8236-6165-2 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97193-043. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stein, Shayna; U Miami, School of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr & Dept of Psychiatry, Social Science Researcher, Miami, FL, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20160905. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter; Reprint. ISBN: 0-8236-6165-2, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Life Experiences; Stress Reactions. Minor Descriptor: Psychosocial Factors. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 10. AB - the primary purpose of this study was to determine the level of concern that elderly persons who reside in the community attach to the occurrence of selected events or emotions (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) AB - elderly community residents completed a 37-item inventory that measured their level of concern about potentially stressful events or emotions / they indicated whether selected life events had actually occurred in the last six months / all data were intercorrelated to determine if there were relationships between total scores, personal characteristics, and recent life events (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Life Experiences KW - Stress Reactions KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97193-043&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97193-033 AN - 1989-97193-033 AU - Walker, J. Ingram ED - Miller, Thomas W. ED - Miller, Thomas W., (Ed) T1 - Chemotherapy of traumatic war stress. T2 - Stressful life events. T3 - International Universities Press stress and health series, Monograph 4 Y1 - 1989/// SP - 587 EP - 601 CY - Madison, CT, US PB - International Universities Press, Inc SN - 0-8236-6165-2 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97193-033. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Walker, J. Ingram; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Staff Psychiatrist, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20160905. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter; Reprint. ISBN: 0-8236-6165-2, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chemotherapy; Drug Therapy; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Antidepressant Drugs; Enzyme Inhibitors; Neuroleptic Drugs; Sedatives. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340); Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 15. AB - this chapter will discuss chemotherapy as an adjunct to treatment of traumatic war stress symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder sodium amytal / monoamine oxidase inhibitors / tricyclic antidepressants / antipsychotics / propranolol / benzodiazepines / sedative-hypnotics / other soporifics / lithium (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Chemotherapy KW - Drug Therapy KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Symptoms KW - Antidepressant Drugs KW - Enzyme Inhibitors KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Sedatives KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97193-033&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97193-032 AN - 1989-97193-032 AU - Lynn, Edward J. AU - Belza, Mark ED - Miller, Thomas W. ED - Miller, Thomas W., (Ed) T1 - Factitious posttraumatic stress disorder: The veteran who never got to Vietnam. T2 - Stressful life events. T3 - International Universities Press stress and health series, Monograph 4 Y1 - 1989/// SP - 573 EP - 585 CY - Madison, CT, US PB - International Universities Press, Inc SN - 0-8236-6165-2 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97193-032. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lynn, Edward J.; U Nevada School of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Reno, NV, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20160905. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter; Reprint. ISBN: 0-8236-6165-2, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Etiology; Factitious Disorders; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Diagnosis; Treatment. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. AB - we present here the cases of seven men who were admitted to the Reno VAMC [Veterans Administration Medical Center] claiming PTSD [Posttraumatic Stress Disorder] symptomatology despite never having been involved in combat or having been to Vietnam / discuss the etiologies of factitious PTSD and propose recommendations for clinicians on how to appropriately diagnose and treat patients presenting with its symptoms (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Etiology KW - Factitious Disorders KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Case Report KW - Diagnosis KW - Treatment KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97193-032&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97193-030 AN - 1989-97193-030 AU - Penk, Walter AU - Robinowitz, Ralph AU - Dorsett, Dovalee AU - Bell, William AU - Black, John L. ED - Miller, Thomas W. ED - Miller, Thomas W., (Ed) T1 - Posttraumatic stress disorder: Psychometric assessment and race. T2 - Stressful life events. T3 - International Universities Press stress and health series, Monograph 4 Y1 - 1989/// SP - 525 EP - 552 CY - Madison, CT, US PB - International Universities Press, Inc SN - 0-8236-6165-2 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97193-030. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Penk, Walter; Tufts U School of Medicine & Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Research Psychologist & Associate Professor, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20160905. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8236-6165-2, Hardcover. Language: English. Conference Information: American Psychological Association Convention, Aug, 1985, Los Angeles, CA, US. Major Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Racial and Ethnic Differences. Minor Descriptor: Cross Cultural Differences; Drug Abuse; Military Veterans. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Location: Vietnam. Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 28. AB - do ethnic groups differ in adjustment following their exposure to, and participation in, life-threatening experiences / aspects of this question bearing on cultural differences in coping with stress were investigated by comparing measures of current adjustment of Vietnam combat veterans seeking treatment for substance abuse (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Coping Behavior KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Racial and Ethnic Differences KW - Cross Cultural Differences KW - Drug Abuse KW - Military Veterans KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97193-030&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97193-024 AN - 1989-97193-024 AU - Lukoff, David AU - Snyder, Karen AU - Ventura, Joseph AU - Neuchterlein, Keith H. ED - Miller, Thomas W. ED - Miller, Thomas W., (Ed) T1 - Life events, familial stress, and coping in the developmental course of schizophrenia. T2 - Stressful life events. T3 - International Universities Press stress and health series, Monograph 4 Y1 - 1989/// SP - 393 EP - 471 CY - Madison, CT, US PB - International Universities Press, Inc SN - 0-8236-6165-2 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97193-024. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lukoff, David; Brentwood Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Clinical Research Ctr for the Study of Schizophrenia/Rehabilitation Research & Training Ctr, Director, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20160905. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter; Reprint. ISBN: 0-8236-6165-2, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Life Experiences; Schizophrenia; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Family Relations. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 79. AB - this chapter reviews the principal findings concerning the impact of life events and familial stress on the course of schizophrenic disorder / these are stressors which, when they occur to individuals with a sufficient vulnerability to schizophrenia, seem to be capable of triggering a schizophrenic episode / also reviews selected research with normal individuals and patients with other disorders that has revealed an intervening factor which plays a major role in determining the stress level resulting from exposure to stressors; the person's coping response to the stressor the findings on life events, familial stress, and coping responses are reviewed in the three separate sections and are presented within the framework of a vulnerability/stress model of the course of schizophrenic disorder / examination of the literature highlights the broadened understanding of schizophrenic disorder generated by these more narrowly focused inquiries (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Life Experiences KW - Schizophrenia KW - Stress KW - Coping Behavior KW - Family Relations KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97193-024&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97193-017 AN - 1989-97193-017 AU - Tudiver, Fred ED - Miller, Thomas W. ED - Miller, Thomas W., (Ed) T1 - Dysfunctional uterine bleeding and prior life stress. T2 - Stressful life events. T3 - International Universities Press stress and health series, Monograph 4 Y1 - 1989/// SP - 271 EP - 280 CY - Madison, CT, US PB - International Universities Press, Inc SN - 0-8236-6165-2 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97193-017. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tudiver, Fred; Memorial Veterans Administration of Newfoundland, Dept of Medicine, Professor of Family Medicine, St Johns, NF, Canada. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20160905. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter; Reprint. ISBN: 0-8236-6165-2, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Life Experiences; Stress Reactions; Urogenital Disorders. Classification: Behavioral & Psychological Treatment of Physical Illness (3361); Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 10. AB - the present study examines the relationship between carefully defined DUB [dysfunctional uterine bleeding] (diagnosed prospectively) and recent life changes and self-scored stress scores of those changes that are experienced (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Life Experiences KW - Stress Reactions KW - Urogenital Disorders KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97193-017&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97193-003 AN - 1989-97193-003 AU - Miller, Thomas W. ED - Miller, Thomas W. ED - Miller, Thomas W., (Ed) T1 - Conceptual and theoretical problems in the measurement of life stress. T2 - Stressful life events. T3 - International Universities Press stress and health series, Monograph 4 Y1 - 1989/// SP - 31 EP - 49 CY - Madison, CT, US PB - International Universities Press, Inc SN - 0-8236-6165-2 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97193-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Miller, Thomas W.; Veterans Administration & U of Kentucky, Coll of Medicine, Dept of Psychiatry, Psychology Service, Chief, Lexington, KY, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20160905. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8236-6165-2, Hardcover. Language: English. Conference Information: Kentucky Psychological Association, Annual Conference, 1985, KY, US. Major Descriptor: Life Experiences; Rating Scales; Stress. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 19. AB - significant contributions to life-event measurement / The New Haven Measure / Psychiatric Epidemiological Research Interview—Life Events Scale (PERI-LES) / Universal and Group Specific Life-Event Scales (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Life Experiences KW - Rating Scales KW - Stress KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97193-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97138-005 AN - 1989-97138-005 AU - Olin, Harry S. ED - Lesse, Stanley ED - Lesse, Stanley, (Ed) T1 - The third wish. T2 - What we know about suicidal behavior and how to treat it. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 77 EP - 84 CY - Lanham, MD, US PB - Jason Aronson SN - 0-87668-878-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97138-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Olin, Harry S.; Brockton Veterans Administration Hosp, Chief of Psychiatry, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-87668-878-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Death and Dying; Reality Testing; Suicide. Minor Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Conflict; Depression (Emotion). Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 8. AB - two wishes can be observed in the suicidal person, the wishes to kill and to be killed / the third element of suicide was an inference, the wish to die the suicidal act is sometimes a kind of insincere play-acting and that their capacity for dealing with reality is so poorly developed that they proceed as if they could actually kill themselves and not die a type of suicidal attempt, the 'suicidal fit,' as a sudden impulsive act during which the person did not think rationally and behaved as if in a 'trance' a hypothesis is proposed that the nonpsychotic patient in the presuicidal state may have impaired reality testing in which the act of suicide is perceived as not leading to injury or death / impaired reality testing may be enhanced by intense affects, drugs, and sleep deprivation consequences of the planned suicide are distorted and minimized / suicide . . . becomes a means of dying without terminal death the patient in the presuicidal state is in a state of emotional conflict generally marked by intense affects of depression, hopelessness, helplessness, frustration, guilt, and anger case examples (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Death and Dying KW - Reality Testing KW - Suicide KW - At Risk Populations KW - Conflict KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97138-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97131-014 AN - 1989-97131-014 AU - Perlmuter, Lawrence C. AU - Goldfinger, Steven H. AU - Sizer, Nancy R. AU - Monty, Richard A. ED - Fry, Prem S. ED - Fry, Prem S., (Ed) T1 - Choosing to improve performance. T2 - Psychological perspectives of helplessness and control in the elderly. T3 - Advances in psychology, 57 Y1 - 1989/// SP - 395 EP - 411 CY - Oxford, England PB - North-Holland SN - 0-444-70546-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97131-014. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Perlmuter, Lawrence C.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-444-70546-5, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognition; Motivation. Minor Descriptor: Cues; Performance. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 17. AB - this chapter will examine the effectiveness of choice in enhancing motivation and cognitive function low levels of motivation are associated with diminished concentration on focal stimuli and increased susceptibility to interference from background cues, each of which contributes to poorer performance on cognitive tasks in the aged attempt to show how motivation facilitates the appropriate allocation of cognitive resources to focal as well as to background stimuli (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Cognition KW - Motivation KW - Cues KW - Performance KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97131-014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1989-97089-002 AN - 1989-97089-002 AU - Conrad, Kendon J. AU - Hanrahan, Patricia AU - Hughes, Susan L. ED - Conrad, Kendon J. ED - Roberts-Gray, Cynthia ED - Conrad, Kendon J., (Ed) ED - Roberts-Gray, Cynthia, (Ed) T1 - The use of profiles and models in evaluating program environments. T2 - Evaluating program environments. T3 - New directions for program evaluation, No. 40: The Jossey-Bass higher education and social and behavioral sciences series; ISSN: 0164-7989 (Print) Y1 - 1988/// SP - 25 EP - 43 CY - San Francisco, CA, US PB - Jossey-Bass SN - 0164-7989 SN - 1-55542-895-9 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97089-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Conrad, Kendon J.; Veterans Administration, Health Services Research & Development Field Program, Associate Director, Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 1-55542-895-9, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Models; Profiles (Measurement); Program Evaluation. Minor Descriptor: Day Care Centers; Environment. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 19. AB - presents examples of how data obtained in a national survey of adult day care centers were used to profile program characteristics and generate program models discusses the implications of these methods for program evaluation and improvement profiling and modeling are ways of describing program environments that can improve the tailoring of policies, resources, and services to the most appropriate participants macro environment / micro environment (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Models KW - Profiles (Measurement) KW - Program Evaluation KW - Day Care Centers KW - Environment KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97089-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1989-97089-000 AN - 1989-97089-000 AU - Conrad, Kendon J. AU - Roberts-Gray, Cynthia ED - Conrad, Kendon J. ED - Roberts-Gray, Cynthia T1 - Evaluating program environments. T3 - New directions for program evaluation, No. 40: The Jossey-Bass higher education and social and behavioral sciences series; ISSN: 0164-7989 (Print) Y1 - 1988/// CY - San Francisco, CA, US PB - Jossey-Bass SN - 0164-7989 SN - 1-55542-895-9 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-97089-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Conrad, Kendon J.; Veterans Administration, Health Services Research & Development Field Program, Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. ISBN: 1-55542-895-9, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Environment; Program Evaluation. Minor Descriptor: Personnel; Profiles (Measurement). Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 119. AB - This volume has been designed to define what it means to evaluate program environments. The contributors describe some ways in which evaluations of program environments can be performed in a variety of situations. They discuss the general applicability of these techniques in program evaluation, and they identify some new directions that imaginative use of these techniques appears to promise for the future. Such information can facilitate program design, targeting, and funding as well as guide public policy regarding program dissemination. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Environment KW - Program Evaluation KW - Personnel KW - Profiles (Measurement) KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-97089-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-41155-001 AN - 1989-41155-001 AU - Sladen, Bernard J. AU - Mozdzierz, Gerald J. T1 - Distribution of psychologists in underserved areas: Changes over time, 1970–1981. JF - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice JO - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice JA - Prof Psychol Res Pr Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 20 IS - 4 SP - 244 EP - 247 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7028 SN - 1939-1323 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-41155-001. Other Journal Title: Professional Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sladen, Bernard J.; Hines Veterans Administration Hosp, Psychology Service, IL, US. Release Date: 19891201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Health Services; Psychologists; Rural Environments. Minor Descriptor: Human Migration. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jan 17, 1989; Revised Date: Dec 18, 1988; First Submitted Date: Sep 22, 1988. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - We describe characteristics of psychologist availability in rural, nonmetropolitan statistical areas in 1970 and 1981 to assess changes in distribution over time, using the listings in the Directory of the American Psychological Association (1970 and 1981 editions). The number of rural psychologists increased 97% from 1970 to 1981, increasing significantly in all regions. The number of psychologists overall in rural areas may be an overestimate of actual availability because of the large percentage of rural psychologists living in the relatively few rural counties with schools providing graduate degrees in psychology. Rural distribution lags that in metropolitan areas in every region. The relevance of findings is noted with regard to recent changes in Medicare reimbursement, proposed Minimum Health Care legislation, mental health needs and demographics in rural areas, personnel shortages, and rural psychologists' roles. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - characteristics of psychologist availability in rural nonmetropolitan statistical areas KW - 1970 vs 1981 KW - 1989 KW - Mental Health Services KW - Psychologists KW - Rural Environments KW - Human Migration KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/0735-7028.20.4.244 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-41155-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-41141-001 AN - 1989-41141-001 AU - Meuleman, John R. AU - Caranasos, George J. T1 - Evaluating the interview performance of internal medicine interns. JF - Academic Medicine JO - Academic Medicine JA - Acad Med Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 64 IS - 5 SP - 277 EP - 279 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 1040-2446 SN - 1938-808X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-41141-001. PMID: 2713013 Other Journal Title: Journal of Medical Education. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Meuleman, John R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Gainesville, FL, US. Release Date: 19891201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interviewing; Medical Students; Patient History. Minor Descriptor: Medical Diagnosis; Medical Education. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. AB - Videotaped recordings of 48 house officers performing a complete medical history were evaluated using a checklist to assess content, questioning technique, and interview style. Frequent deficiencies included inadequate social, psychiatric, and drug reaction histories. Several house officers demonstrated a marked tendency toward an overly directed interview style. The use of a detailed checklist during the observation of a complete medical history facilitates both accurate evaluation and specific detailed feedback to house officers. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - content & questioning technique & interview style KW - medical history taking KW - internal medicine interns KW - 1989 KW - Interviewing KW - Medical Students KW - Patient History KW - Medical Diagnosis KW - Medical Education KW - 1989 DO - 10.1097/00001888-198905000-00018 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-41141-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-41063-001 AN - 1989-41063-001 AU - Donovan, Dennis M. AU - Ito, Joanne R. T1 - Cognitive behavioral relapse prevention strategies and aftercare in alcoholism rehabilitation. T3 - Special Series: Nontraditional Approaches to Treating Alcohol-Dependent Veterans JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JA - Psychol Addict Behav Y1 - 1988/// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 74 EP - 81 PB - Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-41063-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Donovan, Dennis M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Seattle, WA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19891201. Correction Date: 20100104. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aftercare; Alcohol Rehabilitation; Cognitive Therapy; Relapse (Disorders). Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism; Prevention. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1988. Copyright Statement: Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. 1988. AB - Examines the effect of aftercare on the outcome of alcoholism treatment and presents conceptual and practical similarities between the functions of aftercare services and cognitive-behavioral relapse-prevention (RP) approaches. Results of a previous study (J. R. Ito et al; see record [rid]1989-02921-001[/rid]) were examined. The study compared an RP therapy group with an interpersonal-process (IP) therapy group during the 2 mo following completion of inpatient treatment in a veterans medical center. Both interventions had similar impacts on drinking-related outcome measures. However, Ss in the RP group tended to have fewer drinking days, to be more likely to complete their contract for extended aftercare, and to show an increase in self-efficacy and a decrease in drinking-related temptation relative to those in the IP group. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive behavioral relapse prevention & aftercare services KW - alcoholism treatment outcome KW - alcoholic adults KW - 1988 KW - Aftercare KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Cognitive Therapy KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - Alcoholism KW - Prevention KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/h0080521 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-41063-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-41061-001 AN - 1989-41061-001 AU - Cox, W. Miles AU - Klinger, Eric T1 - Enhancing alcohol-dependent veterans' motivation to recover. T3 - Special Series: Nontraditional Approaches to Treating Alcohol-Dependent Veterans JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JA - Psychol Addict Behav Y1 - 1988/// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 53 EP - 58 PB - Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-41061-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cox, W. Miles; U of Health Sciences/Chicago Medical School, North Chicago Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Psychology Service, IL, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19891201. Correction Date: 20100104. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Incentives; Motivation. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1988. Copyright Statement: Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. 1988. AB - Describes a motivational counseling technique, derived from the motivational model of alcohol use, that helps alcohol-dependent veterans find compelling nonchemical incentives to pursue as an alternative to drinking alcohol. The counselor assesses the alcoholic's motivational structure with the Motivational Structure Questionnaire for Alcoholics (E. Klinger, 1987). The information is then used to help the alcoholic (1) achieve appropriate and realistic nonchemical goals, (2) identify patterns of facilitation and interference among these goals to resolve conflicts, (3) find new positive incentives and establish subgoals for each long-range goal, and (4) achieve an appetitive life-style instead of an aversive one. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - motivational counseling techniques KW - nonchemical incentives as alternatives to drinking KW - alcohol dependent veterans KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Incentives KW - Motivation KW - Military Veterans KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/h0080520 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-41061-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-41058-001 AN - 1989-41058-001 AU - Brown, Sandra A. AU - Millar, Andrew AU - Passman, Lawrence T1 - Utilizing expectancies in alcoholism treatment. T3 - Special Series: Nontraditional Approaches to Treating Alcohol-Dependent Veterans JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JA - Psychol Addict Behav Y1 - 1988/// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 59 EP - 65 PB - Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-41058-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brown, Sandra A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19891201. Correction Date: 20120416. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Assertiveness Training; Expectations; Social Skills. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism; Military Veterans. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1988. Copyright Statement: Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. 1988. AB - 35 veterans who participated in an assertion training program as part of their treatment for alcoholism completed the Alcohol Expectancy Questionnaire (AEQ; [S. A. Brown et al; see PA, Vol 65:1217]) and self-evaluations of social competence. The participants were rated on social interaction skills by an independent observer during their initial and final training sessions. Analyses indicated significant relations between the Social and Physical Pleasure scale of the AEQ and improvement in Ss' social competence. Findings provide modest support for the utility of incorporating alcohol expectancies in treatment allocation decisions and suggest that targeting certain expectancies may optimize treatment effect. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - experiences & assertion training & social competence self ratings KW - alcoholism treatment KW - alcoholic veterans KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Assertiveness Training KW - Expectations KW - Social Skills KW - Alcoholism KW - Military Veterans KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/h0080519 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-41058-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-40992-001 AN - 1989-40992-001 AU - Perconte, Stephen T. T1 - Stability of positive treatment outcome and symptom relapse in post-traumatic stress disorder. JF - Journal of Traumatic Stress JO - Journal of Traumatic Stress JA - J Trauma Stress Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 127 EP - 135 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0894-9867 SN - 1573-6598 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-40992-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Perconte, Stephen T.; Highland Drive Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19891201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospital Programs; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Relapse (Disorders). Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies; Recovery (Disorders). Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - Investigated the long-term effects of a hospital posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) treatment program on 10 male Vietnam combat veterans (aged 35–44 yrs) who experienced improved symptoms and distress levels as a result of their participation. Results of a 12–26 mo follow-up show that there had been significant self-report symptom relapse, although the Ss maintained significant improvement over pretreatment levels of distress. Despite partial relapse, Ss continued to show improved functioning in terms of subsequent hospitalization and employment. A partial list of factors leading to PTSD relapse is presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hospital PTSD treatment program KW - improvement stability & symptom relapse KW - male 35–44 yr old Vietnam combat veterans KW - 12–26 mo followup KW - 1989 KW - Hospital Programs KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - Followup Studies KW - Recovery (Disorders) KW - 1989 DO - 10.1002/jts.2490020202 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-40992-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-40986-001 AN - 1989-40986-001 AU - McCoin, John M. T1 - Conflict ideologies and their potential for change in adult residential care. JF - Adult Residential Care Journal JO - Adult Residential Care Journal Y1 - 1989///Spr 1989 VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 52 EP - 67 CY - US PB - Adult Residential Care Journal SN - 0899-1995 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-40986-001. Other Journal Title: Adult Foster Care Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McCoin, John M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Leavenworth, KS, US. Release Date: 19891201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Conflict; Residential Care Institutions; Theories. Minor Descriptor: Social Change. Classification: Nursing Homes & Residential Care (3377). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1989. AB - Suggests that vested medical interest groups, possibly through the use of false dichotomies, support the cause of nursing home care at the expense of adult residential care. Conflict ideologies and sociological conflict theory are recommended to combat the problems in the residential care industry. Radical, feminist, and holistic social workers could contribute to needed changes. Tactics for change are suggested, along with the development of a social movement headed by a full-time moral reformer. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - conflict ideologies & theories & residential care KW - adults KW - implications for change KW - 1989 KW - Conflict KW - Residential Care Institutions KW - Theories KW - Social Change KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-40986-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-40983-001 AN - 1989-40983-001 AU - Linn, Margaret W. AU - Linn, Bernard S. AU - Stein, Shayna AU - Stein, Elliott M. T1 - Effect of nursing home staff training on quality of patient survival. JF - The International Journal of Aging & Human Development JO - The International Journal of Aging & Human Development JA - Int J Aging Hum Dev Y1 - 1989/// VL - 28 IS - 4 SP - 305 EP - 315 CY - US PB - Baywood Publishing SN - 0091-4150 SN - 1541-3535 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-40983-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Linn, Margaret W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Miami, FL, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19891201. Correction Date: 20150126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Inservice Training; Nurses; Nursing Homes; Quality of Life; Terminally Ill Patients. Classification: Nursing Homes & Residential Care (3377); Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Tested the effects of nursing home staff training in care for the dying on the quality of life of terminally ill patients. 10 matched community nursing homes were assigned randomly experimental (training) or control (no training) conditions. 306 patients admitted to the homes were assessed at admission, 1 mo, and 3 mo concerning quality of life as measured by depression, alienation, self-esteem, and locus of control. Satisfaction with care was also measured at 1 and 3 mo. Ss in trained homes had less depression and greater satisfaction with care than Ss in control homes at 1 and 3 mo. Training effects were similar in all of the training homes. A favorable impact on patient care can be achieved when staff in nursing homes are trained to work with dying patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nursing staff training in care for dying KW - quality of life KW - terminally ill nursing home patients KW - 1 & 3 mo followup KW - 1989 KW - Inservice Training KW - Nurses KW - Nursing Homes KW - Quality of Life KW - Terminally Ill Patients KW - 1989 DO - 10.2190/JA0E-9T0Y-H2K8-QBV6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-40983-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-40968-001 AN - 1989-40968-001 AU - Edinger, Jack D. AU - Lipper, Steven AU - Wheeler, Bobbie T1 - Hospital ward policy and patients' sleep patterns: A multiple baseline study. JF - Rehabilitation Psychology JO - Rehabilitation Psychology JA - Rehabil Psychol Y1 - 1989///Spr 1989 VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 43 EP - 50 CY - US PB - Springer Publishing SN - 0090-5550 SN - 1939-1544 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-40968-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Aspects of Disability. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Edinger, Jack D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Durham, NC, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Division 22 of the American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19891201. Correction Date: 20100405. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospital Environment; Psychiatric Hospitals; Sleep Onset; Sleep Wake Cycle. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans; Wakefulness. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1989. AB - Altered sleep–wake and nap policies on 3 inpatient psychiatric wards housing 321 veterans (aged 30–45 yrs). Across a 111-day period, daytime naps were eliminated and a standard wake-up time was established sequentially across the 3 wards. Measures of average sleep onset latency (SOL), average wake time after sleep onset (WASO), and average total sleep time (TST) were obtained for each ward every night throughout the study. Results reveal consistent decreases in both SOL and WASO and consistent increases in TST across wards following the introduction of the experimental ward policy. Nonparametric analyses revealed that, for a majority of the beds on the 3 wards, sleep parameters showed improvement following the policy change. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sleep wake & nap policies KW - average sleep onset latency & wake time after sleep onset & total sleep time KW - 30 yr old & older veterans on psychiatric wards KW - 1989 KW - Hospital Environment KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Sleep Onset KW - Sleep Wake Cycle KW - Military Veterans KW - Wakefulness KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/h0091706 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-40968-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-40909-001 AN - 1989-40909-001 AU - Miller, Mark C. T1 - Catholicism and early adult foster care. JF - Adult Residential Care Journal JO - Adult Residential Care Journal Y1 - 1989///Spr 1989 VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 6 EP - 13 CY - US PB - Adult Residential Care Journal SN - 0899-1995 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-40909-001. Other Journal Title: Adult Foster Care Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Miller, Mark C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Chillicothe, OH, US. Release Date: 19891201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Foster Care; Roman Catholicism. Classification: Community & Social Services (3373). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1989. AB - Explains how the Catholic church's ideas of the nature of God, the nature of the church, and obligation to provide for the dependent out of a sense of justice, together with the notion of the communion of and devotion to the saints, set the stage for adult foster care. It is noted that devotion to Saint Dympna in the 13th century occasioned the taking in of mentally ill pilgrims. After the reformation, the influence of the church declined with the rise of capitalism and the secular state. However, the church created the circumstances for the adult foster care prototype and developed its role in providing for needs that surpassed the individual's ability to resolve. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Catholicism & early adult foster care KW - 1989 KW - Foster Care KW - Roman Catholicism KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-40909-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-40903-001 AN - 1989-40903-001 AU - Lobeck, Frank AU - Traxler, Walter T. AU - Bobinet, D. Dean T1 - The cost-effectiveness of a clinical pharmacy service in an outpatient mental health clinic. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 40 IS - 6 SP - 643 EP - 645 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-40903-001. PMID: 2500390 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lobeck, Frank; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Oklahoma City, OK, US. Release Date: 19891201. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Costs and Cost Analysis; Drug Therapy; Outpatient Treatment; Psychiatric Clinics. Minor Descriptor: Pharmacy. Classification: Outpatient Services (3371). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - Investigated the economic benefits that resulted from the institution of clinical pharmacy services at an outpatient mental health clinic. The ambulatory mental health clinic of an urban, university-affiliated Veterans Administration Medical Center was the cite of the study. Pharmacy costs before and after initiation of the clinical pharmacy service are summarized. Findings show that the clinic's pharmacy costs were dramatically reduced and the perceived quality of drug therapy was improved after the initiation of the clinical pharmacy service. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - economic benefits of clinical pharmacy services at outpatient mental health clinic KW - 1989 KW - Costs and Cost Analysis KW - Drug Therapy KW - Outpatient Treatment KW - Psychiatric Clinics KW - Pharmacy KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-40903-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-40826-001 AN - 1989-40826-001 AU - Ashcraft, Marie L. AU - Fries, Brant E. AU - Nerenz, David R. AU - Falcon, Spencer P. AU - Srivastava, Sujan V. AU - Lee, Caryl Z. AU - Berki, S. E. AU - Errera, Paul T1 - A psychiatric patient classification system: An alternative to diagnosis-related groups. JF - Medical Care JO - Medical Care JA - Med Care Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 27 IS - 5 SP - 543 EP - 557 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0025-7079 SN - 1537-1948 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-40826-001. PMID: 2498585 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ashcraft, Marie L.; Veterans Administration Regional Office, Health Services Research & Development Program, Ann Arbor, MI, US. Release Date: 19891201. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Costs and Cost Analysis; Diagnosis Related Groups; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnostic Typologies. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. AB - Reported on a project of the Veterans Administration (VA) to construct alternative classes of diagnosis-related groups (DRGs) that are more clinically meaningful, more homogeneous in their resource use, and that account for more variation in resource use among psychiatric and substance use cases. Using a data set containing universally available discharge data plus behavioral, social, and functional information obtained by a survey of 116,191 discharges from VA psychiatric beds, and with AUTOGRP as the classifying algorithm, a classification system was formed. 12 psychiatric diagnostic groupings ([PDGs] e.g., organic mental disorders, alcohol use disorders) were identified, analogous to major diagnostic groups in the DRG system. Within each PDG, from 4 to 9 terminal groups of psychiatric patient classes were formed and validated. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - construction of psychiatric patients classification system as alternative to DRGs KW - 1989 KW - Costs and Cost Analysis KW - Diagnosis Related Groups KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - 1989 DO - 10.1097/00005650-198905000-00009 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-40826-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-40810-001 AN - 1989-40810-001 AU - Van Kammen, Daniel P. AU - Peters, Jeffrey AU - Van Kammen, Welmoet B. AU - Nugent, Ann AU - Goetz, Kenneth L. AU - Yao, Jeffrey AU - Linnoila, Markku T1 - CSF norepinephrine in schizophrenia is elevated prior to relapse after haloperidol withdrawal. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 26 IS - 2 SP - 176 EP - 188 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-40810-001. PMID: 2472177 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Kammen, Daniel P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19891201. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Withdrawal; Haloperidol; Norepinephrine; Relapse (Disorders); Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Cerebrospinal Fluid; Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - 32 male schizophrenic patients (mean age 34.2 yrs) received a lumbar puncture (LP) during chronic haloperidol treatment followed by replacement with placebo for up to 6 wks. Ss received a 2nd LP at relapse or at the end of 6 wks if they had not relapsed. Bunney-Hamburg Global Psychosis Ratings of the day and the hours of sleep of the night before the LP were obtained, as were the Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale (BPRS) ratings during the week of the LPs. Ss who relapsed had significantly higher cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) norepinephrine (NE) levels on and off haloperidol than Ss who did not relapse. In the drug-free relapsed Ss, CSF NE correlated significantly with the psychosis ratings of the day and hours of sleep the night prior to the LP. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - haloperidol withdrawal KW - CSF norepinephrine & relapse KW - schizophrenic males KW - 1989 KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Haloperidol KW - Norepinephrine KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - Schizophrenia KW - Cerebrospinal Fluid KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(89)90021-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-40810-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-40808-001 AN - 1989-40808-001 AU - Thal, Leon J. AU - Salmon, David P. AU - Lasker, Bruce AU - Bower, D. AU - Klauber, M. R. T1 - The safety and lack of efficacy of vinpocetine in Alzheimer's disease. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 37 IS - 6 SP - 515 EP - 520 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-40808-001. PMID: 2715559 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Thal, Leon J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19891201. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Cognitive Ability; Drug Therapy; Drugs; Prognosis. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - 15 Alzheimer patients were treated with increasing doses of vinpocetine (30, 45, and 60 mg per day) in an open-label pilot trial during a 1-yr period. Ss were assessed 7 times both on and off drug with a selective reminding task, a letter fluency test, a category fluency test, the Boston Naming Test, a cognitive capacity screening examination, and a clinical global impression. Ss showed a significant decline in most measures during the course of the study, at the same rate as a matched control group, consistent with progressive dementia. There were no significant side effects from drug therapy. It is concluded that vinpocetine is ineffective in improving cognitive deficits and does not slow the rate of decline in individuals with Alzheimer's disease. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - safety & lack of efficacy of vinpocetine KW - rate of cognitive decline KW - elderly with Alzheimer's disease KW - 1989 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drugs KW - Prognosis KW - 1989 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1989.tb05682.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-40808-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-40786-001 AN - 1989-40786-001 AU - Meyer, John S. AU - Rogers, Robert L. AU - McClintic, Karen AU - Mortel, Karl F. AU - Lotfi, J. T1 - Randomized clinical trial of daily aspirin therapy in multi-infarct dementia: A pilot study. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 37 IS - 6 SP - 549 EP - 555 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-40786-001. PMID: 2654259 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Meyer, John S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Cerebral Blood Flow Lab, Houston, TX, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19891201. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aspirin; Cognitive Ability; Dementia; Drug Therapy. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Clinical Trial; Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - 70 multi-infarct dementia patients were randomized into an aspirin-treated group of 37 Ss and an untreated control group of 33 Ss to determine any effects of 325 mg aspirin daily on cognitive performance. Both groups had comparable risk factors for stroke, which were treated similarly, as well as comparable initial cerebral blood flow values, as measured by the –1–3–3xenon inhalation method, and initial scores on Cognitive Capacity Screening Examination testing. Significant improvements were demonstrated for cerebral perfusion values and cognitive performance scores among aspirin-treated Ss compared to untreated controls at each of 3 annual follow-up evaluations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - daily aspirin therapy KW - cognitive performance KW - elderly with multi-infarct dementia KW - 1–3 yr followup KW - 1989 KW - Aspirin KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Dementia KW - Drug Therapy KW - Followup Studies KW - 1989 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1989.tb05688.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-40786-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-40746-001 AN - 1989-40746-001 AU - Atre-Vaidya, Nutan AU - Taylor, Michael A. T1 - Effectiveness of lithium in schizophrenia: Do we really have an answer? JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 50 IS - 5 SP - 170 EP - 173 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-40746-001. PMID: 2654127 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Atre-Vaidya, Nutan; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 19891201. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Literature Review; Lithium; Schizophrenia; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Client Characteristics; Prediction. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. AB - Reviews all double-blind studies assessing the efficacy of Li treatment in schizophrenia. Of the 7 studies reviewed, three did not support the use of Li in the treatment of schizophrenia, and the number of chronic schizophrenics responding in the positive trials was too small to be conclusive. It is concluded that active affective symptoms, previous affective episodes, and a family history of affective disorder may predict a favorable response to Li. However, methodological problems in past studies (e.g., small samples, lack of strict diagnostic criteria) suggest that further clinical trials are warranted. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lithium therapy & factors predicting favorable response KW - schizophrenic patients KW - literature review KW - 1989 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Literature Review KW - Lithium KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Client Characteristics KW - Prediction KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-40746-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-40738-001 AN - 1989-40738-001 AU - Yesavage, Jerome A. T1 - Techniques for cognitive training of memory in Age-Associated Memory Impairment. JF - Archives of Gerontology and Geriatrics JO - Archives of Gerontology and Geriatrics JA - Arch Gerontol Geriatr Y1 - 1989/// VL - Suppl 1 SP - 185 EP - 190 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0167-4943 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-40738-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Yesavage, Jerome A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Stanford U School of Medicine, Geriatric Psychiatry Clinical Research Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19891201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Symposium: Memory and aging (1988, Lausanne, Switzerland). Major Descriptor: Imagery; Memory; Mnemonic Learning; Muscle Relaxation. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Techniques. Classification: Behavior Therapy & Behavior Modification (3312). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Discusses mnemonic techniques (e.g., name-face) that might help older people reverse changes in memory. Pretraining for the elderly may need to deal with inability to use visual imagery, poor depth of processing of new memories, and anxiety. Experimental evidence confirms improvement that lasts up to 6 mo after initial training and a considerable variability of response to the technique. When 128 Ss (mean age 69 yrs) living in the community were assigned to 1 of 3 training methods (emotional judgment, imagery/emotional judgment, deep muscle relaxation), there was improvement in the number of faces remembered. The 67 improved Ss were compared to the 61 unimproved Ss on the basis of personality traits. For unimproved Ss, there was a significant main effect for Neuroticism. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - imagery with vs without emotional judgment vs deep muscle relaxation as mnemonic techniques KW - memory KW - elderly KW - conference presentation KW - 1989 KW - Imagery KW - Memory KW - Mnemonic Learning KW - Muscle Relaxation KW - Cognitive Techniques KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-40738-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-40730-001 AN - 1989-40730-001 AU - Lyons, Judith A. AU - Keane, Terence M. T1 - Implosive therapy for the treatment of combat-related PTSD. JF - Journal of Traumatic Stress JO - Journal of Traumatic Stress JA - J Trauma Stress Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 137 EP - 152 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0894-9867 SN - 1573-6598 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-40730-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lyons, Judith A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Trauma Recovery Program, Jackson, MS, US. Release Date: 19891201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Implosive Therapy; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Classification: Behavior Therapy & Behavior Modification (3312); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - Implosive therapy (IT) for the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is based on the principle of exposing the patient to trauma-related cues until there is a reduction in the anxiety associated with the cues. Procedural issues are addressed and guidelines are offered for conducting IT with traumatized combat veterans. Despite the surrounding controversy, IT remains an effective clinical technique in the treatment of PTSD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - implosive therapy KW - treatment of PTSD KW - combat veterans KW - 1989 KW - Implosive Therapy KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - 1989 DO - 10.1002/jts.2490020203 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-40730-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-40439-001 AN - 1989-40439-001 AU - Kolman, Laurence T1 - Posttraumatic stress disorders in Vietnam veterans: Selected bibliographical addendum to Fairbank et al., Silver, and Arnold. JF - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice JO - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice JA - Prof Psychol Res Pr Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 20 IS - 4 SP - 258 EP - 264 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7028 SN - 1939-1323 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-40439-001. Other Journal Title: Professional Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kolman, Laurence; Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp, Montrose, NY, US. Release Date: 19891201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Bibliography. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jan 27, 1989; Revised Date: Nov 28, 1988; First Submitted Date: Aug 25, 1988. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - J. A. Fairbank et al (see record [rid]1982-12226-001[/rid]), presented a selected bibliography on contributions relevant to posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in Vietnam veterans. Their selection included research and clinical reports found in psychological and medical journals, books and government publications, which were pertinent to epidemiology, etiology, symptomatology, and treatment of PTSD in Vietnam veterans, plus narratives by Vietnam veterans and research germane to PTSD from other conflicts. S. M. Silver (see record [rid]1983-03626-001[/rid]) updated Fairbank et al., with 171 since-published articles, reports, and other references. A. Arnold's (1987) bibliograpy contains over 1,000 clinical references, as well as accounts of the Vietnam War. This addendum is an attempt to update the enormous body of PTSD literature. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PTSD KW - Vietnam veterans KW - bibliography KW - 1989 KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/0735-7028.20.4.258 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-40439-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-40421-001 AN - 1989-40421-001 AU - Hirshkowitz, Max AU - Karacan, Ismet AU - Gurakar, Ahmet AU - Williams, Robert L. T1 - Hypertension, erectile dysfunction, and occult sleep apnea. JF - Sleep: Journal of Sleep Research & Sleep Medicine JO - Sleep: Journal of Sleep Research & Sleep Medicine JA - Sleep Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 12 IS - 3 SP - 223 EP - 232 CY - US PB - American Academy of Sleep Medicine SN - 0161-8105 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-40421-001. PMID: 2740693 Other Journal Title: Sleep: Journal of Sleep and Sleep Disorders Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hirshkowitz, Max; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Research Service, Sleep Research Lab, Houston, TX, US. Release Date: 19891201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apnea; Erection (Penis); Hypertension; Sexual Function Disturbances; Sleep Disorders. Classification: Cardiovascular Disorders (3295). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - Studied sleep-related respiratory patterns in 175 hypertensive and 110 normotensive men in their 50s. Ss with elevated blood pressure (BP), even with antihypertensive drug therapy, had the most sleep apnea. Treated hypertensive Ss with controlled BP had significantly less apnea than Ss whose BP remained high. Untreated hypertensive groups, however, did not differ from normotensive groups with respect to apnea. Evidence of abnormal sleep-related respiratory activity was found in both hypertensive and normotensive groups with erectile problems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prevalence & severity of sleep apnea KW - middle aged males with treated vs untreated hypertension with vs without erectile dysfunction KW - 1989 KW - Apnea KW - Erection (Penis) KW - Hypertension KW - Sexual Function Disturbances KW - Sleep Disorders KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-40421-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-40394-001 AN - 1989-40394-001 AU - Escobar, Javier I. AU - Canino, Glorisa T1 - Unexplained physical complaints: Psychopathology and epidemiological correlates. JF - The British Journal of Psychiatry JO - The British Journal of Psychiatry JA - Br J Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 154 IS - Suppl 4 SP - 24 EP - 27 CY - United Kingdom PB - Royal College of Psychiatrists SN - 0007-1250 SN - 1472-1465 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-40394-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Mental Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Escobar, Javier I.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Newington, CT, US. Release Date: 19891201. Correction Date: 20120611. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Second World Basque Congress: Diagnosis in psychiatry (1987, Bilbao, Spain). Major Descriptor: Psychodiagnostic Typologies; Somatoform Disorders. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. AB - Discusses the inclusion of the category of somatoform disorders in current diagnostic systems such as Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) and the International Classification of Diseases (ICD)-10. This classification seeks to include phenomena previously referred to as hysteria, hypochondriasis, or somatization, in efforts to allocate them into more discrete categories. Only one of these categories, somatization disorder in the DSM-III or multiple somatization disorder in the ICD, has been validated through follow-up studies. The remaining somatoform diagnoses constitute rather nonspecific symptom clusters that cannot be properly operationalized and rarely occur in pure forms. The present author discusses symptoms from the Somatic Symptom Index, placing emphasis on incidence thereof in Hispanic populations, and the association of these symptoms with other psychiatric diagnoses. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - inclusion of somatoform disorders category in DSM-III & International Classification of Diseases-10 KW - conference presentation KW - 1989 KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - Somatoform Disorders KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-40394-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-40389-001 AN - 1989-40389-001 AU - Divenyi, Pierre L. AU - Oliver, Susan K. T1 - Resolution of steady-state sounds in simulated auditory space. JF - Journal of the Acoustical Society of America JO - Journal of the Acoustical Society of America JA - J Acoust Soc Am Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 85 IS - 5 SP - 2042 EP - 2052 CY - US PB - Acoustical Society of American SN - 0001-4966 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-40389-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Divenyi, Pierre L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Speech & Hearing Research Facility, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19891201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Auditory Localization; Auditory Stimulation; Partially Hearing Impaired. Minor Descriptor: Stimulus Complexity. Classification: Vision & Hearing & Sensory Disorders (3299). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. AB - Investigated auditory spatial resolution in the horizontal half-plane for various pairs of simple and complex sounds by 3 groups of listeners, using a technique by J. Blauert and P. Laws (1973). Ss were 6 normal-hearing and 8 mildly hearing-impaired 17–29 yr olds and 8 60–70 yr olds with mild hearing loss. There were no significant differences in performance betwen age groups, and mild hearing loss did not appear to affect performance. Analysis revealed a significant right-field advantage under conditions with a fixed carrier and different modulating frequencies. Data are discussed in terms of the ability of untrained listeners to localize each of 2 simultaneously presented steady-state sounds and in terms of the 'cocktail party effect.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - various pairs of simple & complex sounds KW - auditory spatial resolution in horizontal half plane KW - mildly hearing impaired 17–29 vs 60–70 yr olds KW - 1989 KW - Age Differences KW - Auditory Localization KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Partially Hearing Impaired KW - Stimulus Complexity KW - 1989 DO - 10.1121/1.397856 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-40389-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-40373-001 AN - 1989-40373-001 AU - Bushnell, David L. AU - Gupta, Sudha AU - Mlcoch, Anthony G. AU - Barnes, W. Earl T1 - Prediction of language and neurologic recovery after cerebral infarction with SPECT imaging using N-isopropyl-p-(I 123) iodoamphetamine. JF - Archives of Neurology JO - Archives of Neurology JA - Arch Neurol Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 46 IS - 6 SP - 665 EP - 669 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-9942 SN - 1538-3687 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-40373-001. PMID: 2786406 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of Neurology; JAMA Neurology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bushnell, David L.; Hines Veterans Administration Hosp, Nuclear Medicine Service, IL, US. Release Date: 19891201. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebral Ischemia; Language Disorders; Nervous System Disorders; Recovery (Disorders); Tomography. Minor Descriptor: Prediction. Classification: Cardiovascular Disorders (3295). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - Assessed the potential utility of single-photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) brain imaging, using N-isopropyl-p-(I 123) iodoamphetamine (IMP) in the prediction of 14 patients' (aged 51–70 yrs) language and neurologic recovery after ischemic cerebral infarction (ICI). SPECT/IMP-neuroimaging studies were performed on all Ss within 1 mo of the ICI. Neurologic and language assessments were made within 24 hrs of the SPECT/IMP study and 3 mo after onset. A close inverse relationship was found between the IMP defect volume and both neurologic and language recovery, suggesting that the volume can be used as an aid in predicting recovery potential after ICI. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - single photon emission computed tomography brain imaging KW - prediction of language & neurologic recovery KW - 51–70 yr olds with ischemic cerebral infarction KW - 1989 KW - Cerebral Ischemia KW - Language Disorders KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Recovery (Disorders) KW - Tomography KW - Prediction KW - 1989 DO - 10.1001/archneur.1989.00520420085027 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-40373-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-40177-001 AN - 1989-40177-001 AU - Siever, Larry J. AU - Coursey, Robert D. AU - Alterman, Ina S. AU - Zahn, Ted AU - Brody, Leslie AU - Bernad, Peter AU - Buchsbaum, Monte AU - Lake, C. Raymond AU - Murphy, Dennis L. T1 - Clinical, psychophysiological, and neurological characteristics of volunteers with impaired smooth pursuit eye movements. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 26 IS - 1 SP - 35 EP - 51 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-40177-001. PMID: 2720022 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Siever, Larry J.; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, NY, US. Release Date: 19891201. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Eye Movements; Personality Correlates; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Electroencephalography; Errors; Reaction Time; Social Interaction. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. AB - 285 male undergraduates were screened for accuracy of their smooth pursuit eye movements (SPEMs) by electrooculograph. The 56 Ss with the least and the most accurate SPEMs received further evaluation focusing on clinical characteristics thought to be associated with schizophrenia. Ss were also evaluated on measures including reaction time (RT), continuous performance task errors, and EEGs. Low-accuracy SPEMs were associated with differences in the social sphere, several related schizotypal or schizophrenialike characteristics, and neurological and psychophysiological abnormalities observed in schizophrenic patients. Impaired SPEMs may reflect an underlying central nervous system (CNS) dysfunction associated with clinical and biological characteristics related to schizophrenia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - smooth pursuit eye movement accuracy & personality & social characteristics associated with schizophrenia & task RT & errors & EEG KW - male college students KW - 1989 KW - At Risk Populations KW - Eye Movements KW - Personality Correlates KW - Schizophrenia KW - Electroencephalography KW - Errors KW - Reaction Time KW - Social Interaction KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(89)90006-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-40177-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-40134-001 AN - 1989-40134-001 AU - Lisansky, Jonathan AU - Peake, Glenn T. AU - Strassman, Rick J. AU - Qualls, Clifford AU - Meikle, A. W. AU - Risch, S. Craig AU - Fava, G. A. AU - Zownir-Brazis, Madelyn AU - Hochla, Peter AU - Britton, Donald T1 - Augmented pituitary corticotropin response to a threshold dosage of human corticotropin-releasing hormone in depressives pretreated with metyrapone. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 46 IS - 7 SP - 641 EP - 649 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-40134-001. PMID: 2544155 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lisansky, Jonathan; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Albuquerque, NM, US. Release Date: 19891201. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Corticotropin; Drugs; Major Depression. Minor Descriptor: Pituitary Gland. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. AB - Examined whether an increased pituitary corticotropin (CC) secretory response to exogenous CC-releasing hormone (CCRH) would be demonstrated in 14 depressive patients (aged 26–87 yrs), compared with 11 normal controls (aged 22–39 yrs), when the ambient cortisol level was equalized with a threshold dosage of CCRH. Results showed an augmented pituitary CC response to CCRH in depressives under these conditions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - exogenous ACTH KW - pituitary ACTH secretory response KW - depressed 26–87 yr olds pretreated with metyrapone KW - 1989 KW - Corticotropin KW - Drugs KW - Major Depression KW - Pituitary Gland KW - 1989 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1989.01810070067011 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-40134-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-40125-001 AN - 1989-40125-001 AU - Knapp, Suzanne AU - Irwin, Michael T1 - Plasma levels of tetrahydrobiopterin and folate in major depression. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 26 IS - 2 SP - 156 EP - 162 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-40125-001. PMID: 2736264 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Knapp, Suzanne; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Clinical Ctr on Alcoholism, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19891201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drugs; Folic Acid; Major Depression. Minor Descriptor: Blood Plasma. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - Plasma levels of tetrahydrobiopterin (BH₄) and the related pterin folate were concurrently measured in 20 pairs of male depressed patients and age-matched controls (mean ages 44.1 and 44.6 yrs, respectively). The mean values of plasma BH₄ in depressed Ss were significantly elevated to a level about 150% of that found in the controls. Folate levels were not different between groups. Findings emphasize that BH₄, a required cofactor in the biosynthesis of catecholamines and indolamines, is altered in depression. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - tetrahydrobiopterin & pterin folate plasma levels KW - depressed males KW - 1989 KW - Drugs KW - Folic Acid KW - Major Depression KW - Blood Plasma KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(89)90019-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-40125-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-1502-8431 UR - DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-40087-001 AN - 1989-40087-001 AU - Darko, Denis F. AU - Gillin, J. Christian AU - Risch, S. Craig AU - Bulloch, Karen AU - Golshan, Shahrokh AU - Tasevska, Zana AU - Hamburger, Robert N. T1 - Mitogen-stimulated lymphocyte proliferation and pituitary hormones in major depression. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 26 IS - 2 SP - 145 EP - 155 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-40087-001. PMID: 2544231 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Darko, Denis F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19891201. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hydrocortisone; Immunology; Lymphocytes; Major Depression; Pituitary Hormones. Minor Descriptor: Corticotropin; Prolactin; Somatotropin. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - Examined peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) and measured the plasma levels of cortisol, adrenocorticotropin hormone (ACTH), growth hormone (GH), and prolactin (PRL) in 20 30–65 yr old patients with major depression and 20 controls matched for age, sex, and race to determine whether depressed Ss have immune cell functions that differ significantly from those of normal individuals. No significant differences were found between groups in cortisol, ACTH, PRL, or GH values, but low-dose concunavalin-A-stimulated lymphocyte proliferation was decreased in the patients as compared to the controls, but only at the lowest suboptimal concentration. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mitogen stimulated lymphocyte proliferation as indicator of immune status & plasma levels of cortisol & ACTH & growth hormone & prolactin KW - 30–65 yr olds with major depression KW - 1989 KW - Hydrocortisone KW - Immunology KW - Lymphocytes KW - Major Depression KW - Pituitary Hormones KW - Corticotropin KW - Prolactin KW - Somatotropin KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(89)90018-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-40087-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-40041-001 AN - 1989-40041-001 AU - Pendorf, James E. T1 - Inpatient psychiatric combat veterans' attitudes toward contemporary issues: A changing generation? JF - Journal of Traumatic Stress JO - Journal of Traumatic Stress JA - J Trauma Stress Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 225 EP - 235 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0894-9867 SN - 1573-6598 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-40041-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pendorf, James E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Services, Lebanon, PA, US. Release Date: 19891201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adult Attitudes; Military Veterans; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - Compared the responses of 80 male Vietnam veterans in an inpatient stress recovery program on a Contemporary Topics Questionnaire (CTQ) with data from a study by R. M. Lerner et al (see record [rid]1971-24597-001[/rid]), which compared 93 adolescents' and 91 adults' responses on the CTQ. A significant shift in attitudes toward such societal issues as race, drugs, police and military authority, sexual and personal behavior, and religion was found in the veteran sample. The veterans held more decisive attitudes, and attitudes of greater magnitude, toward social issues than did Ss from the older group. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - attitudes toward contemporary social issues KW - male Vietnam veterans in inpatient psychiatric stress recovery program KW - 1989 KW - Adult Attitudes KW - Military Veterans KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1989 DO - 10.1002/jts.2490020208 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-40041-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-40040-001 AN - 1989-40040-001 AU - Oscar-Berman, Marlene T1 - Links between clinical and experimental neuropsychology. JF - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JO - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JA - J Clin Exp Neuropsychol Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 11 IS - 4 SP - 571 EP - 588 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 1380-3395 SN - 1744-411X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-40040-001. PMID: 2668327 Other Journal Title: Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Oscar-Berman, Marlene; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MA, US. Release Date: 19891201. Correction Date: 20100927. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Experimental Psychology; Neuropsychology. Minor Descriptor: Mental Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1989. AB - Notes that the goals of experimental and clinical neuropsychology involve qualitative analyses of the behavioral sequelae of brain damage in humans, and both subdisciplines attempt to delineate and clarify perceptual, cognitive, linguistic, affective, and other changes in individuals with neurological disease. Three ways in which the interaction of the subdisciplines has blossomed include (1) clarification of the psychological constructs under study, (2) selection of patients for treatment who have impairments matching the well-defined constructs, and (3) mapping of patients' deficits onto neurological structures where damage is suspected. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - goals & interaction of experimental & clinical neuropsychology KW - implications for diagnosis & treatment of mental disorders KW - 1989 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Experimental Psychology KW - Neuropsychology KW - Mental Disorders KW - 1989 DO - 10.1080/01688638908400915 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-40040-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-39716-001 AN - 1989-39716-001 AU - Shearer, Donald E. AU - Emmerson, Rita Y. AU - Dustman, Robert E. T1 - EEG relationships to neural aging in the elderly: Overview and bibliography. JF - American Journal of EEG Technology JO - American Journal of EEG Technology JA - Am J EEG Technol Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 29 IS - 1 SP - 43 EP - 63 CY - US PB - American Society of Electroneurodiagnostic Technologists SN - 0002-9238 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-39716-001. Other Journal Title: American Journal of Electroneurodiagnostic Technology; The Neurodiagnostic Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shearer, Donald E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuopsychology Labs, Salt Lake City, UT, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19891201. Correction Date: 20150413. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroencephalography; Literature Review; Physiological Aging. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 21. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - Reviews research on EEG changes commonly observed in elderly Ss without clinical central nervous system (CNS) disease. These changes are reflected in slowed background frequency, emergence of delta and theta waves, and focal activity in the temporal areas. Age-related changes in the EEG of healthy elderly persons appear minimal, suggesting the importance of accurately evaluating the health and mental status of Ss prior to using the EEG as a biological index of aging. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EEG changes KW - elderly without clinical CNS disease KW - literature review KW - 1989 KW - Electroencephalography KW - Literature Review KW - Physiological Aging KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-39716-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-39400-001 AN - 1989-39400-001 AU - Takahashi, Lorey K. AU - Kalin, Ned H. AU - Vanden Burgt, Jennifer A. AU - Sherman, Jack E. T1 - Corticotropin-releasing factor modulates defensive-withdrawal and exploratory behavior in rats. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience JA - Behav Neurosci Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 103 IS - 3 SP - 648 EP - 654 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-39400-001. PMID: 2786722 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Takahashi, Lorey K.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Psychiatry Section, Madison, WI, US. Release Date: 19891201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Defensive Behavior; Animal Exploratory Behavior; Animal Open Field Behavior; Corticotropin. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jun 16, 1988; Revised Date: Jun 1, 1988; First Submitted Date: Mar 7, 1988. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - The role of corticotropin-releasing factor (CRF), an endogenous neuropeptide, in modulating species-typical responses was examined in an unfamiliar open field containing a small chamber. Rats placed in this small chamber spent most of their time withdrawn in it. However, rats given an icv injection (20 μg) of α-helical CRF(9–41), a CRF receptor antagonist, emerged from the chamber and explored the unfamiliar open field. Results of additional studies with vehicle-treated rats suggest that reexposure reduces the threatening impact of an unfamiliar open field. CRF (300 ng) injected centrally, but not peripherally, before reexposure to the test environment significantly reduced exploration in the open field and increased a pattern of defensive-withdrawal into the chamber. Data suggest that whether defensive-withdrawal or exploratory behavior is exhibited may depend on CRF actions in brain systems that mediate the perception of threat in the environment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - corticotropin releasing factor antagonist CRF(9-41) KW - exploratory behavior in unfamiliar open field with small chamber KW - rats KW - 1989 KW - Animal Defensive Behavior KW - Animal Exploratory Behavior KW - Animal Open Field Behavior KW - Corticotropin KW - Rats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.103.3.648 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-39400-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-39374-001 AN - 1989-39374-001 AU - Pulvirenti, Luigi AU - Kastin, Abba J. T1 - MIF-1 reduces stress-induced eating in rats. JF - New Trends in Experimental & Clinical Psychiatry JO - New Trends in Experimental & Clinical Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/10//Oct-Dec, 1988 VL - 4 IS - 4 SP - 229 EP - 233 CY - Italy PB - CIC Edizioni Internazionali SN - 0393-5310 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-39374-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pulvirenti, Luigi; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, New Orleans, LA, US. Release Date: 19891201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Models; Food Intake; Hyperphagia; Narcotic Antagonists; Stress Reactions. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct-Dec, 1988. AB - Stress-induced eating in rats is considered a behavioral model of human stress-related hyperphagia. This model is characterized by a mild tailpinch-induced oral syndrome of eating, gnawing, and licking in the presence of food. Since it has been suggested that it may depend on activation of the opiate system, the present study tested the possibility that MIF-1 (Pro-Leu-Gly-NH₂), a brain peptide with antiopiate properties, may affect this behavior. In ip doses of 0.1 and 1.0 mg/kg, the peptide reduced tailpinch-induced eating. Antiopiate agents may contribute to the understanding and treatment of eating disorders. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MIF-1 KW - tailpinch stress induced eating KW - rats KW - animal model of hyperphagia KW - 1988 KW - Animal Models KW - Food Intake KW - Hyperphagia KW - Narcotic Antagonists KW - Stress Reactions KW - Rats KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-39374-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-39361-001 AN - 1989-39361-001 AU - Meshul, Charles K. AU - Casey, Daniel E. T1 - Regional, reversible ultrastructural changes in rat brain with chronic neuroleptic treatment. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 489 IS - 2 SP - 338 EP - 346 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-39361-001. PMID: 2568156 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Meshul, Charles K.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurocytology Lab, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19891201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Caudate Nucleus; Haloperidol; Neuroanatomy; Nucleus Accumbens; Synapses. Minor Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Drug Tolerance; Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - Administered either haloperidol (HAL), placebo, or HAL followed by no treatment to male rats. Ultrastructurally, an increase in the number of synapses containing perforated postsynaptic densities were found following HAL administration within the caudate nucleus, but this effect reversed following cessation of treatment. This reversible morphological increase associated with dopamine antagonist drug therapy may be reflective of the tolerance developed to neuroleptic drug-induced extrapyramidal syndromes and/or may be associated with abnormal motor movements of tardive dyskinesia that occur following long-term treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chronic haloperidol KW - reversible perforated postsynaptic densities in caudate nucleus vs nucleus accumbens KW - male rats KW - implications for drug tolerance & drug therapy KW - 1989 KW - Caudate Nucleus KW - Haloperidol KW - Neuroanatomy KW - Nucleus Accumbens KW - Synapses KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drug Tolerance KW - Rats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(89)90867-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-39361-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-39352-001 AN - 1989-39352-001 AU - Lynch, Minda R. AU - Carey, Robert J. T1 - Mesolimbic dopamine and early post-6-OHDA lesion enhanced responses to d-amphetamine. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 32 IS - 2 SP - 577 EP - 580 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-39352-001. PMID: 2498910 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lynch, Minda R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research & Development Service, Syracuse, NY, US. Release Date: 19891201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Activity Level; Dextroamphetamine; Dopamine. Minor Descriptor: Limbic System; Nucleus Accumbens; Olfactory Bulb; Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1989. AB - In 2 experiments with 16 male rats, bilateral lesions of mesolimbic dopamine (DA) reliably produced an attenuated response to amphetamine's locomotor stimulatory effects when administered after 2 wks of surgical recovery. Ss with bilateral 6-hydroxydopamine (6-OHDA) lesions of nucleus accumbens and olfactory tubercle DA showed an exaggerated response to amphetamine during the 1st postlesion week, but were hypoactive in the absence of drug treatment. Neurochemical assay at 5 days revealed increased DA metabolism in the tubercle. Shifting patterns of postlesion amphetamine response under conditions of reduced mesolimbic DA are suggestive of dynamic adaptions in nondopaminergic systems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - bilateral lesions of mesolimbic dopamine KW - response to locomotor stimulatory effects of amphetamine KW - rats KW - 1989 KW - Activity Level KW - Dextroamphetamine KW - Dopamine KW - Limbic System KW - Nucleus Accumbens KW - Olfactory Bulb KW - Rats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(89)90200-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-39352-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-39347-001 AN - 1989-39347-001 AU - Levin, Barry E. AU - Sullivan, Ann C. T1 - Differences in saccharin-induced cerebral glucose utilization between obesity-prone and -resistant rats. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 488 IS - 1-2 SP - 221 EP - 232 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-39347-001. PMID: 2743118 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levin, Barry E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Service, East Orange, NJ, US. Release Date: 19891201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Glucose; Neurochemistry; Obesity; Saccharin. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. AB - Approximately half the male Sprague-Dawley rats fed high energy diets develop diet-induced obesity (DIO); the remainder are diet-resistant (DR), do not become obese. To identify causes of these weight gain patterns, prospective DR and DIO rats were identified by norepinephrine response to glucose load and evaluated by brain glucose utilization changes after oral sweet solution. Pre-existing differences in the activation of automomic areas of the brain in response to a food-related cue may be of etiological significance in the different patterns of food intake and weight gain seen in DR- and DIO-prone rats fed a high energy diet. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - saccharin KW - brain deoxyglucose uptake KW - diet induced obesity prone vs resistant male rats KW - 1989 KW - Glucose KW - Neurochemistry KW - Obesity KW - Saccharin KW - Rats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(89)90712-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-39347-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-39340-001 AN - 1989-39340-001 AU - Kiritsy-Roy, Judith A. AU - Standish, Scott M. AU - Terry, L. Cass T1 - Dopamine D-1 and D-2 receptor antagonists potentiate analgesic and motor effects of morphine. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 32 IS - 3 SP - 717 EP - 721 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-39340-001. PMID: 2662224 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kiritsy-Roy, Judith A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Ann Arbor, MI, US. Release Date: 19891201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Analgesia; Dopamine Antagonists; Drug Interactions; Morphine; Motor Processes. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - To examine the role of dopamine receptor subtypes mediating analgesic and motor responses to opioids, rats were pretreated with either saline or a selective D-1 or D-2 dopamine receptor antagonist 10 min prior to morphine (12 mg, ip). Morphine increased analgesic response latency. Pretreatment with either the D-1 antagonist, SCH 23390 (50-200 μg), or the D-2 antagonist, eticlopride (20-250 μg), potently enhanced morphine analgesia as measured on the 52.5°C hot plate. Increasing the hot plate temperature to 55°C reduced response latency in groups treated with either dopamine receptor antagonist plus morphine. This indicates that the Ss were capable of responding at a shorter latency and that motor impairment cannot account for potentiation of morphine analgesia by D-1 and D-2 antagonists at 52.5°C. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - D-1 or D-2 antagonists KW - effect of morphine on analgesia & motor responses KW - rats KW - 1989 KW - Analgesia KW - Dopamine Antagonists KW - Drug Interactions KW - Morphine KW - Motor Processes KW - Rats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(89)90023-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-39340-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-39187-001 AN - 1989-39187-001 AU - Paré, William P. T1 - Stress ulcer and open-field behavior of spontaneously hypertensive, normotensive, and Wistar rats. JF - Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science JO - Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science JA - Integr Physiol Behav Sci Y1 - 1989/04//Apr-Jun, 1989 VL - 24 IS - 2 SP - 54 EP - 57 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 1053-881X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-39187-001. PMID: 2726299 Other Journal Title: Conditional Reflex; Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Paré, William P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Perry Point, MD, US. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19891201. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Open Field Behavior; Gastrointestinal Ulcers; Hypertension; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Apr-Jun, 1989. AB - Spontaneously hypertensive rats (SHRs) and the normotensive Wistar/Kyoto (WKY) rat were observed, along with Wistar rats (which represent the parent strain), on various open-field behaviors. All 3 strains were subsequently exposed to the activity-stress (A-S) ulcerogenic procedure. SHR and Wistar Ss were very active in most open-field measures as compared with WKY Ss, but only SHRs were active during the A-S treatment. WKY Ss were very ulcer prone and had significantly more ulcers than SHRs, which in turn had more ulcers than Wistar Ss. It was anticipated that Wistar rats would resemble the WKY rats, but in most measures the Wistars resembled the SHRs. Findings suggest that although WKY rats function as an appropriate control for hypertension studies, they may be inappropriate as controls for other physiological and behavioral studies. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - activity stress ulcer KW - open field behavior KW - spontaneously hypertensive vs normotensive rats KW - 1989 KW - Animal Open Field Behavior KW - Gastrointestinal Ulcers KW - Hypertension KW - Stress KW - Rats KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-39187-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-39136-001 AN - 1989-39136-001 AU - Garrett, James C. AU - Harrison, David W. AU - Kelly, Patti L. T1 - Pupillometric assessment of arousal to sexual stimuli: Novelty effects or preference? JF - Archives of Sexual Behavior JO - Archives of Sexual Behavior JA - Arch Sex Behav Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 18 IS - 3 SP - 191 EP - 201 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0004-0002 SN - 1573-2800 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-39136-001. PMID: 2751414 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garrett, James C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Albany, NY, US. Release Date: 19891201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Measurement; Pupil (Eye); Responses; Sexual Arousal; Stimulus Parameters. Minor Descriptor: Experimentation; Preferences. Classification: Physiological Processes (2540); Sexual Behavior & Sexual Orientation (2980). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - Compared changes in pupil size using light and dark control slides and nude male and female, heterosexual, and homosexual stimulus slides in 24 male and 14 female heterosexual undergraduates. Pupil size was measured using video-recording techniques that magnified pupils. Greater pupil change was found when the stimulus slide was preceded by a relatively lighter control slide. In addition, pupil change was related to familiarity with the stimulus slide and the relative pupil response changed as Ss gained experience with the stimulus material. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - pupillometric assessment of arousal to various sexual stimuli KW - college students KW - implications for sexual preference research KW - 1989 KW - Measurement KW - Pupil (Eye) KW - Responses KW - Sexual Arousal KW - Stimulus Parameters KW - Experimentation KW - Preferences KW - 1989 DO - 10.1007/BF01543194 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-39136-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-39110-001 AN - 1989-39110-001 AU - Pitman, Roger K. T1 - Animal models of compulsive behavior. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 26 IS - 2 SP - 189 EP - 198 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-39110-001. PMID: 2660914 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pitman, Roger K.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Manchester, NH, US. Release Date: 19891201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Models; Basal Ganglia; Compulsions; Limbic System. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520); Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - Draws on animal research to explain how disturbances in the basal ganglia or limbic systems may produce compulsive behavior. Possible models include stimulation of the reinforcement mechanism, manipulation of the striatal 'comparator' function, production and blockade of displacement behavior, and interference with the hippocampus' modulation of the stereotypy-inducing effect of reward. The common denominator of these models is a relative excess of dopaminergic activity in the basal ganglia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - basal ganglia or limbic system disturbances KW - compulsive behavior KW - animal models KW - 1989 KW - Animal Models KW - Basal Ganglia KW - Compulsions KW - Limbic System KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(89)90022-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-39110-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-38871-001 AN - 1989-38871-001 AU - Bowles, Nancy L. T1 - Age and semantic inhibition in word retrieval. JF - Journal of Gerontology JO - Journal of Gerontology JA - J Gerontol Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 44 IS - 3 SP - P88 EP - P90 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0022-1422 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-38871-001. PMID: 2715590 Other Journal Title: The Journals of Gerontology: Series A: Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bowles, Nancy L.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Aging & Cognition Lab, Boston, MA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19891201. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Naming; Priming; Semantic Memory; Words (Phonetic Units). Minor Descriptor: Decision Making; Reaction Time. Classification: Learning & Memory (2343). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. AB - Sought to identify the source of age-related inhibition by semantically related primes in a word-retrieval paradigm. Stimuli were definitions of target words, and responses were names of the target words that were defined. Ss were 20 older adults (mean age 70 yrs) and 20 young adults (mean age 21 yrs). When the correct prime condition was eliminated, response times were statistically the same for semantically related and unrelated conditions for both older and younger adults. This suggests that the inhibition was due to additional decision processing performed by older adults rather than to longer retrieval processing in the presence of semantically related primes. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - semantically related primes & target word definitions KW - word naming RT measuring semantic inhibition KW - young adults vs elderly KW - implications for decision making KW - 1989 KW - Age Differences KW - Naming KW - Priming KW - Semantic Memory KW - Words (Phonetic Units) KW - Decision Making KW - Reaction Time KW - 1989 DO - 10.1093/geronj/44.3.P88 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-38871-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-38855-001 AN - 1989-38855-001 AU - Shapiro, Lewis P. AU - Zurif, Edgar B. AU - Grimshaw, Jane T1 - Verb processing during sentence comprehension: Contextual impenetrability. JF - Journal of Psycholinguistic Research JO - Journal of Psycholinguistic Research JA - J Psycholinguist Res Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 18 IS - 2 SP - 223 EP - 243 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0090-6905 SN - 1573-6555 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-38855-001. PMID: 2738859 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shapiro, Lewis P.; Boston U School of Medicine, Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Aphasia Research Ctr, MA, US. Release Date: 19891201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Sentence Comprehension; Sentence Structure; Verbs. Classification: Cognitive Processes (2340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 21. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - Examined verb processing during sentence comprehension in 2 experiments that assessed the interaction between verb complexity and the structural information contained in a sentence. 20 undergraduates performed a secondary task presented in the immediate vicinity of a transitive or dative verb (Exp 1) or of a 2- or 4-complement verb (Exp 2) while listening to a sentence for meaning. Reaction times (RTs) to this secondary task showed that all of a verb's possible argument structures were activated in the vicinity of the verb, even in sentences that were structurally biased toward one particular argument structure. It is argued that the verb processing device appears to consider structural possibilities (argument structures) independently from other available structural information contained in the sentence. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - verb complexity & structural information contained in sentence KW - verb processing KW - college students KW - 1989 KW - Sentence Comprehension KW - Sentence Structure KW - Verbs KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-38855-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-38661-001 AN - 1989-38661-001 AU - Rychtarik, Robert G. AU - Carstensen, Laura L. AU - Alford, Geary S. AU - Schlundt, David G. AU - Scott, W. Owen T1 - Situational assessment of alcohol-related coping skills in wives of alcoholics. T3 - Special Series: Nontraditional Approaches to Treating Alcohol-Dependent Veterans JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JA - Psychol Addict Behav Y1 - 1988/// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 66 EP - 73 PB - Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-38661-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rychtarik, Robert G.; Research Institute on Alcoholism, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19891201. Correction Date: 20100104. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Coping Behavior; Inventories; Test Construction; Wives. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1988. Copyright Statement: Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. 1988. AB - A situation-specific inventory (the Spouse Situation Inventory) of problems encountered by wives of alcoholics was developed to measure alcohol-related coping skills in this population. The inventory was administered to 45 middle-aged wives of alcoholics. Generalizability analysis indicated that most of the variance in performance was accounted for by cross-situational differences among Ss. Alanon-experienced Ss scored significantly higher than those with little or no Alanon experience. Situational assessment of alcohol-related coping skills shows promise as a refined method for identifying specific skill deficits in wives of alcoholics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - development of Spouse Situation Inventory KW - assessment of coping skills KW - wives of alcoholics KW - 1988 KW - Alcoholism KW - Coping Behavior KW - Inventories KW - Test Construction KW - Wives KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/h0080508 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-38661-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-38620-001 AN - 1989-38620-001 AU - Goldstein, Larry B. AU - Bertels, Christina AU - Davis, James N. T1 - Interrater reliability of the NIH Stroke Scale. JF - Archives of Neurology JO - Archives of Neurology JA - Arch Neurol Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 46 IS - 6 SP - 660 EP - 662 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-9942 SN - 1538-3687 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-38620-001. PMID: 2730378 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of Neurology; JAMA Neurology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Larry B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19891201. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebrovascular Accidents; Interrater Reliability; Rating Scales. Minor Descriptor: Nervous System Disorders. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Cardiovascular Disorders (3295). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - Examined the interobserver reliability of a version of the National Institute of Health (NIH) Stroke Scale (J. Biller et al, 1987). 20 patients hospitalized with neurologic deficits resulting from a recent stroke were evaluated independently by 2 observers, using the NIH scale. The rating system compared favorably with other scales for assessment of acute stroke (e.g., N. T. Mathew et al; 1987) with regard to the reported levels of interobserver agreement. The NIH scale was quickly administered and had at least moderate interrater reliability for 9 of 13 items. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - interrater reliability of National Institute of Health Stroke Scale KW - patients with neurologic deficits resulting from stroke KW - 1989 KW - Cerebrovascular Accidents KW - Interrater Reliability KW - Rating Scales KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - 1989 DO - 10.1001/archneur.1989.00520420080026 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-38620-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-38612-001 AN - 1989-38612-001 AU - Eisenberg, Myron G. AU - Hubbard, Kirk M. AU - Epstein, Donald T1 - Efficacy of a suicide detection scale in determining lethality of ideation among hospitalized veterans: A case study. JF - Military Medicine JO - Military Medicine JA - Mil Med Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 154 IS - 5 SP - 246 EP - 249 CY - US PB - Assn of Military Surgeons of the US SN - 0026-4075 SN - 1930-613X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-38612-001. PMID: 2499839 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eisenberg, Myron G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Hampton, VA, US. Release Date: 19891201. Correction Date: 20170302. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Ideation; Rating Scales; Suicide; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans; Screening Tests. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. AB - Investigated the clinical utility of a presuicidal detection scale, the Suicide Probability Scale (SPS) developed by J. G. Cull and W. S. Gill, (1982). Ss were 29 male patients (aged 24–53 yrs). The SPS appears to be a useful tool in accurately identifying suicidal ideation, but it does not differentiate degrees of lethality or imminence of acting out behavior. Its utility as an initial screen in nonmental health care environments such as recruiting centers, dispensaries, and nonpsychiatrically staffed military hospitals may be desirable in that it appears to afford the untrained staff person an opportunity to accurately identify patients with high levels of suicidal ideation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - utility of Suicide Probability Scale KW - identification of suicidal ideation & lethality KW - male 24–53 yr old military veterans KW - 1989 KW - At Risk Populations KW - Ideation KW - Rating Scales KW - Suicide KW - Test Validity KW - Military Veterans KW - Screening Tests KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-38612-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-38574-001 AN - 1989-38574-001 AU - Levin, Edward D. AU - Rose, Jed E. AU - Behm, Frederique T1 - Controlling puff volume without disrupting smoking topography. JF - Behavior Research Methods, Instruments & Computers JO - Behavior Research Methods, Instruments & Computers JA - Behav Res Methods Instrum Comput Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 21 IS - 3 SP - 383 EP - 386 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0743-3808 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-38574-001. Other Journal Title: Behavior Research Methods; Behavior Research Methods & Instrumentation. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levin, Edward D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr-Brentwood, Nicotine Research Lab, Los Angeles, CA, US. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19891201. Correction Date: 20110314. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus; Drug Dosages; Experimentation; Nicotine; Tobacco Smoking. Classification: Research Methods & Experimental Design (2260); Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - Developed an apparatus for delivering fixed volumes of cigarette smoke that has given consistent tar and nicotine values needed for studies of the physiological and behavioral effects of cigarette smoking. This method has the advantage of allowing Ss to inhale smoke in a normal fashion, with a draw resistance comparable to that of a cigarette. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - apparatus for controlling puff volume & consistent tar & nicotine values in cigarette smoking research KW - 1989 KW - Apparatus KW - Drug Dosages KW - Experimentation KW - Nicotine KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - 1989 DO - 10.3758/BF03202801 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-38574-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-38016-001 AN - 1989-38016-001 AU - Rapp, Stephen R. AU - Davis, Kenneth M. T1 - Geriatric depression: Physicians' knowledge, perceptions, and diagnostic practices. JF - The Gerontologist JO - The Gerontologist JA - Gerontologist Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 29 IS - 2 SP - 252 EP - 257 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0016-9013 SN - 1758-5341 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-38016-001. PMID: 2753387 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rapp, Stephen R.; Jackson Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MS, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19891101. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatrics; Health Personnel Attitudes; Knowledge Level; Major Depression; Medical Residency. Minor Descriptor: Medical Education; Physicians; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Professional Personnel Attitudes & Characteristics (3430); Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - Questionnaire data from 20 1st-, 15 2nd-, and 14 3rd-yr medical residents (mean age 29.9 yrs) showed that whereas they considered detection and treatment of comorbid depression to be important, they knew few of the diagnostic criteria and etiological factors, rarely screened their patients for depression, and viewed current treatments as only marginally efficacious. Implications for graduate training are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - knowledge & perceptions of & diagnostic practices for geriatric depression KW - medical residents KW - implications for medical education KW - 1989 KW - Geriatrics KW - Health Personnel Attitudes KW - Knowledge Level KW - Major Depression KW - Medical Residency KW - Medical Education KW - Physicians KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1989 DO - 10.1093/geront/29.2.252 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-38016-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-37917-001 AN - 1989-37917-001 AU - Peniston, Eugene G. AU - Kulkosky, Paul J. T1 - !a-!j Brainwave training and !b-endorphin levels in alcoholics. JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JA - Alcohol Clin Exp Res Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 13 IS - 2 SP - 271 EP - 279 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0145-6008 SN - 1530-0277 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-37917-001. PMID: 2524976 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Peniston, Eugene G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Ft Lyon, CO, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19891101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alpha Rhythm; Biofeedback Training; Endorphins; Theta Rhythm. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism; Followup Studies; Prevention; Relapse (Disorders). Classification: Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - An alpha-theta brainwave biofeedback training program was used to treat 10 chronic alcoholics (mean age 49.29 yrs). 22 nonalcoholics served as controls, and 10 other alcoholics received a traditional therapeutic program. Alcoholics receiving brainwave training (BWT) showed (a) significant increases in percentages of EEG record in alpha and theta rhythms; (b) increased alpha rhythm amplitudes; (c) a gradual increase in brain rhythms across the 15 sessions; and (d) reductions in self-assessed depression (Beck Depression Inventory) compared to the control groups. Alcoholics receiving standard medical treatment (abstinence, group psychotherapy, antidepressants) showed a significant elevation in serum beta-endorphin levels at the end of the experiment. BWT, a relaxation therapy, appears to counteract the increase in circulating beta-endorphin levels in the control group. 13-mo follow-up data indicate sustained prevention of relapse in alcoholics that completed BWT. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alpha theta brainwave biofeedback training program KW - beta endorphin levels KW - chronic alcoholic adults KW - 13 mo followup KW - implications for relapse prevention KW - 1989 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alpha Rhythm KW - Biofeedback Training KW - Endorphins KW - Theta Rhythm KW - Alcoholism KW - Followup Studies KW - Prevention KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - 1989 DO - 10.1111/j.1530-0277.1989.tb00325.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-37917-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-37915-001 AN - 1989-37915-001 AU - O'Farrell, Timothy J. T1 - Marital and family therapy in alcoholism treatment. JF - Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment JO - Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment JA - J Subst Abuse Treat Y1 - 1989/// VL - 6 IS - 1 SP - 23 EP - 29 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0740-5472 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-37915-001. PMID: 2651683 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Farrell, Timothy J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcohol & Family Studies Lab, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19891101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Family Therapy; Literature Review; Marriage Counseling. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Provides a synopsis of the current outcome literature on marriage and family treament (MFT) with the goal of presenting practical recommendations for deciding when to intervene at the level of the individual alcoholic only, at the marital/family level, or at both the individual and marital/family levels. The process of change for the alcoholic is divided into 3 broadly defined stages of recovery: (1) initial commitment to change (recognizing that a problem exists and deciding to do something about it), (2) the change itself (stopping abusive drinking and stabilizing this change for 3–6 mo), and (3) the long-term maintenance of change. Seven of the 13 studies reviewed, all of which had a comparison group and follow-up data, were not included in earlier reviews of the MFT literature. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - marital & family therapy in alcoholism treatment KW - literature review KW - 1989 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Family Therapy KW - Literature Review KW - Marriage Counseling KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0740-5472(89)90016-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-37915-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-37911-001 AN - 1989-37911-001 AU - Mulinski, Paul T1 - Dual diagnosis in alcoholic clients: Clinical implications. T3 - Treating the alcoholic: A social work challenge JF - Social Casework JO - Social Casework JA - Soc Casework Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 70 IS - 6 SP - 333 EP - 339 CY - US PB - Alliance for Children & Families SN - 0037-7678 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-37911-001. Other Journal Title: Families in Society. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mulinski, Paul; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Social Work Service, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19891101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Differential Diagnosis; Mental Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Antisocial Personality Disorder; Anxiety Disorders; Major Depression; Psychosis. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - Addresses the issue of whether psychiatric symptoms in alcoholic clients are the result of alcoholism or represent true coexisting disorders. The nature of coexisting psychiatric symptoms determines how to proceed with an integrated plan for ongoing assessment and treatment. Case examples are provided to illustrate successful treatment approaches used with alcoholics with symptoms of anxiety or depression, antisocial personality, or psychosis. Principles guiding the process of assessment and initiation of treatment are outlined. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - assessment & treatment of anxiety or depression or antisocial or psychotic symptoms & dual diagnosis KW - alcoholic clients KW - 1989 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Mental Disorders KW - Antisocial Personality Disorder KW - Anxiety Disorders KW - Major Depression KW - Psychosis KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-37911-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-37875-001 AN - 1989-37875-001 AU - Alterman, Arthur I. AU - Holahan, John M. AU - Baughman, Timothy G. AU - Michels, Suzanne T1 - Predictors of alcoholic's acquisition of treatment-related knowledge. JF - Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment JO - Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment JA - J Subst Abuse Treat Y1 - 1989/// VL - 6 IS - 1 SP - 49 EP - 53 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0740-5472 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-37875-001. PMID: 2709474 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Alterman, Arthur I.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Philadelphia, PA, US. Release Date: 19891101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Client Education; Demographic Characteristics. Minor Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Investigated whether either cognitive (CG) or sociodemographic/alcohol-related (SD/AR) variables were predictive of learning in educational treatment. 87 adult male alcoholics were exposed to 1 hr of instruction on the medical effects of alcohol. SD/AR and CG functioning measures were obtained at the outset of treatment. Knowledge was assessed 24 hrs prior to and 24 hrs and 3 wks after the intervention. Results show statistically significant increases in knowledge both 24 hrs and 3 wks following the educational intervention; retention of information declined significantly from 24 hrs to 3 wks post-intervention. Findings suggest that a limited number of variables may be used to differentiate between patients who will and will not be able to acquire knowledge from educational interventions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive vs sociodemographic alcohol related factors KW - prediction of learning in educational treatment KW - alcoholic males KW - 1989 KW - Alcoholism KW - Client Education KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0740-5472(89)90021-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-37875-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-37871-001 AN - 1989-37871-001 AU - Steele, Richard D. AU - Weinrich, Michael AU - Wertz, Robert T. AU - Kleczewska, Maria K. AU - Carlson, Gloria S. T1 - Computer-based visual communication in aphasia. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1989/// VL - 27 IS - 4 SP - 409 EP - 426 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-37871-001. PMID: 2471943 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Steele, Richard D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Rehabilitation Research & Development Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19891101. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Communication Skills; Computer Applications; Medical Therapeutic Devices; Visual Displays. Minor Descriptor: Experimental Replication; Rehabilitation. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Experimental Replication. Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Evaluated the computer-aided visual communication system developed by H. Gardner et al (see record [rid]1978-01433-001[/rid]) in single-S experiments with 5 chronic, severely impaired aphasic men (aged 47–64 yrs). Findings replicate earlier results obtained by Gardner et al, demonstrate patient competence with the computer implementation, extend the system's utility, and identify promising areas of application. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - computerized iconographic communication system KW - 47–64 yr old males with severe aphasia KW - replication KW - 1989 KW - Aphasia KW - Communication Skills KW - Computer Applications KW - Medical Therapeutic Devices KW - Visual Displays KW - Experimental Replication KW - Rehabilitation KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(89)90048-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-37871-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-37694-001 AN - 1989-37694-001 AU - Champion, Ruth AU - Hamilton, J. DeVance AU - Rodriguez-Garcia, Manuel T1 - Clinicians' effectiveness in detecting patients' requests during an initial screening. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 40 IS - 4 SP - 413 EP - 415 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-37694-001. PMID: 2714758 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Champion, Ruth; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatric Evaluation & Admission Clinic, Houston, TX, US. Release Date: 19891101. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis); Psychiatric Clinics; Screening; Walk In Clinics. Classification: Community & Social Services (3373). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - Tested the hypothesis that the usual clinical interview in a walk-in psychiatric screening clinic would miss a substantial number of patient requests in a study that attempted to replicate and extend the research of A. Lazare and S. Eisenthal (1979). The responses of 450 walk-in patients were consolidated into 51 items each consisting of a request. Forms were distributed to consecutive walk-in Ss until 200 usable responses were obtained. These were compared with staff assessments of Ss' requests. Results support the hypothesis that Ss' wishes and expectations often were not communicated or were not accurately perceived by the clinician during an unstructured psychiatric interview. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - frequency & clinician detection of patient requests during initial screening KW - walk in patients & staff at psychiatric clinic KW - 1989 KW - Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis) KW - Psychiatric Clinics KW - Screening KW - Walk In Clinics KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-37694-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-37660-001 AN - 1989-37660-001 AU - Reich, James AU - Boerstler, Heidi AU - Yates, William AU - Nduaguba, Mary T1 - Utilization of medical resources in persons with DSM-III personality disorders in a community sample. JF - International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine JO - International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine JA - Int J Psychiatry Med Y1 - 1989/// VL - 19 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 9 CY - US PB - Baywood Publishing SN - 0091-2174 SN - 1541-3527 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-37660-001. PMID: 2722402 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reich, James; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Brockton, MA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19891101. Correction Date: 20150126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Health Care Utilization; Personality Disorders; Self-Report. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - A community survey of 401 randomly selected Ss yielded 235 responders, of which 26 had Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) criteria personality disorders (PDs) and 167 had no PD traits (controls). More PDs than controls were medically hospitalized during the last year (38% vs 17%). There were significant associations between the number of DSM-III personality trait questions answered in a positive fashion and medical utilization. These associations varied by gender. Most striking was the .50 correlation for females between flamboyant PD scores and visits to the family doctor for mental health reasons. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self reported symptoms of DSM-III personality disorders KW - use of medical services KW - 18 yr olds & older KW - 1989 KW - Health Care Utilization KW - Personality Disorders KW - Self-Report KW - 1989 DO - 10.2190/3KUX-BFKT-MD6Y-X47Q UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-37660-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-37591-001 AN - 1989-37591-001 AU - Weinrich, Michael AU - Steele, Richard D. AU - Carlson, Gloria S. AU - Kleczewska, Maria K. AU - Wertz, Robert T. AU - Baker, Errol T1 - Processing of visual syntax in a globally aphasic patient. JF - Brain and Language JO - Brain and Language JA - Brain Lang Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 36 IS - 3 SP - 391 EP - 405 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0093-934X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-37591-001. PMID: 2706445 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weinrich, Michael; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Neurology, CA, US. Release Date: 19891101. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Communication Skills; Computer Applications; Sentence Comprehension; Syntax. Minor Descriptor: Medical Therapeutic Devices. Classification: Speech & Language Therapy (3385). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - Trained a 57-yr-old male global aphasic on a computerized visual communication system. His ability to comprehend reversible locative prepositional phrases after training was compared with the performance of 5 Broca's aphasics on a similar task (M. F. Schwartz et al, see record [rid]1981-21616-001[/rid]). This patient's ability to generalize symbols for actions was also investigated. Results demonstrate the S's capacity to master a formal visual syntax in the absence of natural language and illustrate how this capacity may be used successfully in a visual communication system. A problem in generalizing symbols for actions is demonstrated, suggesting that certain heuristic and cueing capabilities in the approach may be helpful. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - computerized visual communication system KW - processing of visual syntax KW - 57 yr old male with global aphasia vs patients with Broca's aphasia KW - 1989 KW - Aphasia KW - Communication Skills KW - Computer Applications KW - Sentence Comprehension KW - Syntax KW - Medical Therapeutic Devices KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90075-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-37591-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-37587-001 AN - 1989-37587-001 AU - Doyle, Patrick J. AU - Goldstein, Howard AU - Bourgeois, Michelle S. AU - Nakles, Karen O. T1 - Facilitating generalized requesting behavior in Broca's aphasia: An experimental analysis of a generalization training procedure. JF - Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis JO - Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis JA - J Appl Behav Anal Y1 - 1989///Sum 1989 VL - 22 IS - 2 SP - 157 EP - 170 CY - US PB - Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis SN - 0021-8855 SN - 1938-3703 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-37587-001. PMID: 2745237 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Doyle, Patrick J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Audiology/Speech Pathology Section, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19891101. Correction Date: 20130318. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Communication Skills Training; Communication; Conversation; Generalization (Learning). Classification: Speech & Language Therapy (3385). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1989. AB - Examined the effects of a generalization training procedure on requesting by 4 Ss (aged 46–63 yrs) with chronic Broca's aphasia. Ss were trained to request information on 3 topics sequentially. Generalization across topics and persons was assessed in weekly probe sessions consisting of 5-min conversational interactions with trainers and unfamiliar volunteers in a nontreatment setting. Results revealed that generalization effects were greatest when trainers, as opposed to unfamiliar volunteers, served as conversational participants. Ss' requests increased with all conversational participants to a level comparable to a normal comparison group (38 men, 34 women [aged 24–82 yrs]) assessed under conditions identical to the experimental probes. Social validation of treatment effects revealed a significant improvement on the parameters of talkativeness, inquisitiveness, and conversational success. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - generalized training procedure KW - information requesting behavior & conversation KW - 46–63 yr olds with chronic Broca's aphasia KW - 1989 KW - Aphasia KW - Communication Skills Training KW - Communication KW - Conversation KW - Generalization (Learning) KW - 1989 DO - 10.1901/jaba.1989.22-157 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-37587-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - ORCID: 0000-0003-1458-6842 UR - DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-37580-001 AN - 1989-37580-001 AU - Wolkin, Adam AU - Barouche, Faouzia AU - Wolf, Alfred P. AU - Rotrosen, John AU - Fowler, Joanna S. AU - Shiue, Chyng-Yann AU - Cooper, Thomas B. AU - Brodie, Jonathan D. T1 - Dopamine blockade and clinical response: Evidence for two biological subgroups of schizophrenia. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 146 IS - 7 SP - 905 EP - 908 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-37580-001. PMID: 2568094 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wolkin, Adam; New York Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, US. Release Date: 19891101. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dopamine; Drug Therapy; Haloperidol; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Neurophysiology. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. AB - Assessed the relationship between response to neuroleptics and degree of dopamine receptor blockade in 10 male schizophrenic inpatients, using positron emission tomography to estimate striatal uptake of the D₂ radioligand [–1–8F]N-methylspiroperidol before and after treatment with haloperidol. Responders and nonresponders had virtually identical uptake indices after treatment, indicating that failure to respond clinically was not a function of neuroleptic uptake or binding in the central nervous system (CNS). Data suggest that nonresponse to neuroleptics may not necessarily be due to adequate neuroleptic blockade. Instead, the similarity between responders and nonresponders could reflect an intrinsic difference in the pathophysiology of schizophrenic symptoms. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dopamine blockade & clinical response to haloperidol KW - male schizophrenic inpatients KW - 1989 KW - Dopamine KW - Drug Therapy KW - Haloperidol KW - Schizophrenia KW - Neurophysiology KW - 1989 DO - 10.1176/ajp.146.7.905 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-37580-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-37573-001 AN - 1989-37573-001 AU - Van Kammen, Daniel P. AU - Peters, Jeffrey L. AU - Van Kammen, Welmoet B. AU - Rosen, Jules AU - Yao, Jeffrey K. AU - McAdam, Doris AU - Linnoila, Markku T1 - Clonidine treatment of schizophrenia: Can we predict treatment response? JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 297 EP - 311 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-37573-001. PMID: 2469097 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Kammen, Daniel P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19891101. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clonidine; Drug Therapy; Paranoid Schizophrenia. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - Four of 13 drug-free relapse male 21–50 yr old schizophrenics improved with double-blind clonidine treatment. All responders were paranoid schizophrenics. Pretreatment growth-hormone (GH) response to the clonidine challenge test correlated significantly with clonidine-treatment improvement in psychosis, anxiety, and negative symptom ratings on the Bunney-Hamburg Global Scale, Nurses' Observation Scale for Inpatient Evaluation, Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale, and other measures. Spontaneous GH peaks following placebo correlated significantly with the behavioral change with clonidine treatment. Data suggest that Ss with normal or high α₂-receptor activity and 'normal' cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) norepinephrine (NE) were likely to respond to clonidine treatment. Ss with either high or low CSF NE levels did not respond to clonidine. CSF NE and 3-methoxy-4-hydoxyphenylglycol (MHPG) decreased significantly with clonidine treatment. Changes in CSF NE and MHPG did not correlate significantly with improvement in psychosis, but they correlated with changes in other behaviors. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clonidine KW - drug free paranoid schizophrenic 21–50 yr old males KW - 1989 KW - Clonidine KW - Drug Therapy KW - Paranoid Schizophrenia KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(89)90145-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-37573-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-37553-001 AN - 1989-37553-001 AU - Reich, James AU - Noyes, Russell AU - Yates, William T1 - Alprazolam treatment of avoidant personality traits in social phobic patients. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 50 IS - 3 SP - 91 EP - 95 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-37553-001. PMID: 2925598 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reich, James; Brockton Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Brockton, US. Release Date: 19891101. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alprazolam; Drug Therapy; Personality Disorders; Social Phobia. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - Examined the effect of 8 wks of alprazolam treatment (1–20 mg/day) on avoidant personality traits in 14 Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-III—Revised (DSM-III—R) social phobics (mean age 44 yrs). Comparison groups included 88 Ss with DSM-III-R panic disorder and 40 normal controls. Six of the 9 avoidant traits examined improved with treatment. However, all but 1 trait (avoiding social or occupational activities requiring interpersonal contact) returned to baseline levels posttreatment. Treatment response and intercorrelation of items indicated that 2 traits may represent a separate segment of avoidant personality: no close friends or confidants outside of relatives and family members and the tendency to exaggerate the potential dangers or risks of everyday situations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alprazolam KW - avoidant personality traits KW - patients with social phobia KW - 1989 KW - Alprazolam KW - Drug Therapy KW - Personality Disorders KW - Social Phobia KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-37553-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-37537-001 AN - 1989-37537-001 AU - Newton, Joseph E. AU - Cannon, D. J. AU - Couch, L. AU - Fody, E. P. AU - McMillan, D. E. AU - Metzer, W. S. AU - Paige, S. R. AU - Reid, G. M. AU - Summers, B. N. T1 - Effects of repeated drug holidays on serum haloperidol concentrations, psychiatric symptoms, and movement disorders in schizophrenic patients. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 50 IS - 4 SP - 132 EP - 135 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-37537-001. PMID: 2925601 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Newton, Joseph E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychiatric Research Lab, Little Rock, AR, US. Release Date: 19891101. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blood Serum; Drug Therapy; Haloperidol; Schizophrenia; Tardive Dyskinesia. Minor Descriptor: Drug Administration Methods. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - A crossover experiment investigated the effects of repeated weekly 2-day haloperidol (HAL) drug holidays on serum HAL concentrations, mental status, and neuroleptic-induced movement disorders in 7 chronic male schizophrenic patients. HAL concentrations decreased about 64% during the initial 36 hrs of drug holidays and subsequently increased slightly during the next 24 hrs of drug holidays. Two-day weekly drug holidays for 6 wks resulted in an average reduction of 25% in serum HAL concentrations at all drug holiday points. Mental status and movement disorders scores, rated by observers blind to the drug holiday condition, were not significantly affected by drug holidays. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - haloperidol drug holiday KW - serum concentrations & mental status & neuroleptic induced movement disorders KW - schizophrenic males KW - 1989 KW - Blood Serum KW - Drug Therapy KW - Haloperidol KW - Schizophrenia KW - Tardive Dyskinesia KW - Drug Administration Methods KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-37537-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-37526-001 AN - 1989-37526-001 AU - Loosen, Peter T. T1 - TRH: Behavioral and endocrine effects in man. JF - Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry JO - Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/// VL - 12 IS - Suppl SP - 87 EP - 117 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-5846 SN - 1878-4216 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-37526-001. Other Journal Title: Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Loosen, Peter T.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Nashville, TN, US. Release Date: 19891101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Change; Endocrine System; Literature Review; Psychiatric Patients; Thyrotropin. Minor Descriptor: Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 31. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Reviews literature published since 1969 pertaining to the effects of thyrotropin-releasing hormone (TRH) on psychiatric patients and normal Ss. Behavioral effects of TRH are reviewed in relation to depression, mania, schizophrenia, childhood autism, hyperkinetic syndrome, alcoholism, male sexual impotence, and Parkinsonism. The endocrine effects of TRH are discussed in relation to the use of the TRH test with depression, mania, alcoholism, anorexia nervosa, borderline personality disorder, chronic pain, schizophrenia, panic disorder, primary degenerative dementia, and premenstrual disorder. The TRH test is also discussed in relation to putative biological markers (e.g., monoamine metabolites). It is noted that administration of TRH stimulates the response of thyrotropin (TSH) and that TSH blunting may aid in assessing response to antidepressant treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - TRH KW - behavior & endocrine effects KW - psychiatric patients KW - literature review KW - 1988 KW - Behavior Change KW - Endocrine System KW - Literature Review KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Thyrotropin KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0278-5846(88)90075-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-37526-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-37332-001 AN - 1989-37332-001 AU - Pace, Terry M. T1 - Schema theory: A framework for research and practice in psychotherapy. JF - Journal of Cognitive Psychotherapy JO - Journal of Cognitive Psychotherapy JA - J Cogn Psychother Y1 - 1988///Fal 1988 VL - 2 IS - 3 SP - 147 EP - 163 CY - US PB - Springer Publishing SN - 0889-8391 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-37332-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pace, Terry M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 19891101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Psychology; Schema; Theories. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1988. AB - Presents an overview of the philosophical, historical, and theoretical foundations of schema theory, one of the major perspectives in cognitive psychology. Information-processing psychology and constructivist psychology, which have emerged from the cognitive mediational perspective, and depressive self-schemata are explored. In psychotherapy practice the schema framework (1) provides a heuristic for conceptualizing client problems and planning therapeutic strategies and (2) orients the therapist to the need for attending to the presence of deep structures, core schemata, and developmental issues underlying cognitive-behavioral patterns and symptoms. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - philosophical & historical & theoretical foundations of schema theory in cognitive psychology KW - 1988 KW - Cognitive Psychology KW - Schema KW - Theories KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-37332-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-37241-001 AN - 1989-37241-001 AU - Morey, Miriam C. AU - Cowper, Patricia A. AU - Feussner, John R. AU - DiPasquale, Robert C. AU - Crowley, G. M. AU - Kitzman, D. W. AU - Sullivan, R. J. T1 - Evaluation of a supervised exercise program in a geriatric population. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 37 IS - 4 SP - 348 EP - 354 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-37241-001. PMID: 2921457 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morey, Miriam C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Durham, NC, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19891101. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chronicity (Disorders); Exercise; Physical Fitness. Minor Descriptor: Cardiovascular System; Disorders; Followup Studies; Military Veterans; Physical Agility; Physical Strength. Classification: Specialized Interventions (3350); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - Examined the impact of exercise on cardiovascular fitness, flexibility, and strength of 49 veterans (aged 64+ yrs), including chronically ill patients who used a VA outpatient clinic as their regular source of care. The exercise intervention consisted of 90 min of exercise 3 days/week at 70% of Ss' maximal capacity. Results show that improvements in cardiovascular fitness at 4-mo follow-up were significant: Metabolic equivalents increased treadmill time increased submaximal heart rate decreased, and resting heart rate decreased. Hip flexibility and abdominal strength also increased significantly. No major complications resulted from exercise. Findings demonstrate that elderly individuals, including those with chronic diseases, will participate in an exercise program and can benefit physically from their participation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - exercise KW - cardiovascular fitness & flexibility & strength KW - 64 yr old & older chronically ill veterans KW - 4 mo followup KW - 1989 KW - Chronicity (Disorders) KW - Exercise KW - Physical Fitness KW - Cardiovascular System KW - Disorders KW - Followup Studies KW - Military Veterans KW - Physical Agility KW - Physical Strength KW - 1989 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1989.tb05503.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-37241-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-37176-001 AN - 1989-37176-001 AU - Varney, Nils R. AU - Damasio, Hanna AU - Adler, Shulamite T1 - The role of individual difference in determining the nature of comprehension defects in aphasia. JF - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JO - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JA - Cortex Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 25 IS - 1 SP - 47 EP - 55 CY - Italy PB - Masson Italia SN - 0010-9452 SN - 1973-8102 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-37176-001. PMID: 2707004 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Varney, Nils R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Iowa City, IA, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Masson SAS. Release Date: 19891101. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Cerebrovascular Accidents; Verbal Comprehension. Classification: Cardiovascular Disorders (3295). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - Studied the relationship between lesion and subtypes of language-comprehension defect in aphasia. Ss were right-handed aphasic patients (aged 35–70 yrs) who had suffered from left hemisphere cerebrovascular accidents. Tests given were the Multilingual Aphasia Examination, the Sound Recognition Test, and the Pantomime Recognition Test. Findings suggest that whether an aphasic with a language comprehension defect is impaired in sound recognition or pantomime recognition depends, at least in part, on individually variable predisposing factors. It appears possible that this phenomenon reflects a separate dimension of hemispheric cerebral dominance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - locus & extent of lesion KW - subtypes of language comprehension defect KW - right handed aphasic 35–70 yr olds with left hemisphere cerebrovascular accidents KW - 1989 KW - Aphasia KW - Cerebrovascular Accidents KW - Verbal Comprehension KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/S0010-9452(89)80005-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-37176-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-37147-001 AN - 1989-37147-001 AU - Selinger, Marilyn AU - Prescott, Thomas E. AU - Shucard, David W. T1 - Auditory event-related potential probes and behavioral measures of aphasia. JF - Brain and Language JO - Brain and Language JA - Brain Lang Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 36 IS - 3 SP - 377 EP - 390 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0093-934X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-37147-001. PMID: 2468393 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Selinger, Marilyn; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Denver, CO, US. Release Date: 19891101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Auditory Evoked Potentials; Behavioral Assessment; Cerebral Dominance; Perceptual Measures. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - Examined the relationship between an auditory event-related potential probe technique measure of differential hemispheric processing and traditional tests of aphasia. Ss were 10 40–65 yr old aphasic and 10 normal adult control males. The electrophysiological measures indicated that the aphasic Ss responded differently from the normal group particularly when the task required processing of verbal information. During the verbal task, the aphasic group showed higher amplitude right-hemisphere responses compared to left. The normal group showed little hemispheric task-related asymmetries. The pattern of electrical asymmetry in the aphasic group seems to be an indicator of severity as measured by traditional aphasia examinations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - relationship between left & right hemisphere involvement in language & music & neutral task KW - auditory EP vs traditional behavioral measures KW - 40–65 yr old aphasic males KW - 1989 KW - Aphasia KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Behavioral Assessment KW - Cerebral Dominance KW - Perceptual Measures KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90074-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-37147-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-37123-001 AN - 1989-37123-001 AU - Raskind, Murray A. AU - Peskind, Elaine R. AU - Veith, Richard C. AU - Risse, Steven C. AU - Lampe, Thomas H. AU - Borson, Soo AU - Gumbrecht, Gail AU - Dorsa, Daniel M. T1 - Neuroendocrine responses to physostigmine in Alzheimer's disease. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 46 IS - 6 SP - 535 EP - 540 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-37123-001. PMID: 2525015 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Raskind, Murray A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19891101. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Endorphins; Epinephrine; Physostigmine; Vasopressin. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - Tested the hypothesis that the central nervous system (CNS) cholinergic denervation of Alzheimer's disease (AD) would be manifested by a blunted neuroendocrine response (NR) to physostigmine (PH). Plasma responses of arginine vasopressin (AVP), β-endorphin (βE), and epinephrine (EPI) were compared with PH infusion in 12 AD outpatients (ADs) and 12 normal controls (mean ages 64 and 68 yrs). Data are compatible both with a specific cholinergic response of AVP, βE, and EPI to PH as well as an NR to the induction of nausea. Blunted AVP, βE, and EPI responses to PH in 6 nonnauseated ADs and 10 nonnauseated controls and the blunted βE response in all ADs are consistent with the cholinergic deficit documented in Ss with AD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - physostigmine KW - plasma arginine vasopressin & beta endorphin & epinephrine KW - patients with Alzheimer's disease KW - implications for role of cholinergic mechanisms KW - 1989 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Endorphins KW - Epinephrine KW - Physostigmine KW - Vasopressin KW - 1989 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1989.01810060057009 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-37123-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-37086-001 AN - 1989-37086-001 AU - Lamb, Marvin R. AU - Robertson, Lynn C. AU - Knight, Robert T. T1 - Attention and interference in the processing of global and local information: Effects of unilateral temporal-parietal junction lesions. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1989/// VL - 27 IS - 4 SP - 471 EP - 483 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-37086-001. PMID: 2733820 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lamb, Marvin R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19891101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Brain Damage; Interference (Learning); Parietal Lobe; Temporal Lobe. Minor Descriptor: Human Information Storage; Letters (Alphabet); Reaction Time; Visual Perception. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Examined the processing of letters at the local and global levels of hierarchical stimuli in 13 patients with temporal-parietal lesions and 10 controls. Reaction times (RTs) for controls were faster for the globally directed stimuli, and RTs to the local level were longer when the letters at the 2 levels were different. Ss with lesions of the rostral inferior parietal lobe showed interference effects similar to controls. Ss with lesions of the posterior superior temporal (PST) gyrus and adjacent caudal inferior parietal (CIP) lobe showed no interference. Data suggest that the PST plane and adjacent CIP lobe are important for integration of and/or attention to hierarchical information. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - local vs global level hierarchical letter stimuli RT & interlevel interference measuring attention KW - adults with regional temporal-parietal lobe damage KW - 1989 KW - Attention KW - Brain Damage KW - Interference (Learning) KW - Parietal Lobe KW - Temporal Lobe KW - Human Information Storage KW - Letters (Alphabet) KW - Reaction Time KW - Visual Perception KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(89)90052-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-37086-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-37013-001 AN - 1989-37013-001 AU - Dronkers, Nina F. AU - Knight, Robert T. T1 - Right-sided neglect in a left-hander: Evidence for reversed hemispheric specialization of attention capacity. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1989/// VL - 27 IS - 5 SP - 729 EP - 735 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-37013-001. PMID: 2739895 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dronkers, Nina F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19891101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Brain Damage; Diabetes; Handedness; Lateral Dominance. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Spatial Perception; Visual Perception. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Severe hemispatial neglect, anosognosia, contralateral hypokinesia, aprosodia, and visual-spatial constructive difficulties (typically seen in right handers with right hemisphere lesions) were observed in a left-handed 49-yr-old diabetic woman with an acute left frontal cortical and subcortical infarct. There was no evidence of accompanying aphasia, and the neglect syndrome gradually resolved over a 2-wk period. The assumption by the left hemisphere of a classic right hemisphere attention, visuospatial, and prosodic superiority may represent a case of reversed hemispheric specialization. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - right sided neglect KW - reversed hemispheric specialization of attention capacity KW - left handed diabetic 49 yr old female with acute left frontal cortical & subcortical infarct KW - case report KW - 1989 KW - Attention KW - Brain Damage KW - Diabetes KW - Handedness KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Case Report KW - Spatial Perception KW - Visual Perception KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(89)90118-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-37013-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-36981-001 AN - 1989-36981-001 AU - Caligiuri, Michael P. T1 - The influence of speaking rate on articulatory hypokinesia in Parkinsonian dysarthria. JF - Brain and Language JO - Brain and Language JA - Brain Lang Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 36 IS - 3 SP - 493 EP - 502 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0093-934X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-36981-001. PMID: 2706450 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Caligiuri, Michael P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Research Service, Human Motor Control Lab, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19891101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Articulation Disorders; Parkinson's Disease; Speech Rate. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - Analysis of speech samples of 11 male Parkinson's disease (PD) patients (aged 55–72 yrs) revealed mean speaking rates consistent with those of 9 age- and sex-matched normal controls. Kinematic analyses of labial displacement amplitude, peak instantaneous velocity, and movement time were made during repetitive syllable production spoken at 3–5 and 5–7 syllables/sec. Results suggest that labial movements were normal in PD Ss at the slower of the 2 speaking rates. Conversely, labial movements became hypokinetic as speaking rate increased to the rate consistent with conversational speech. Findings provide a physiologic basis for the perception of hypokinetic dysarthria in PD and suggest that speaking rate may be an important control variable contributing to articulatory hypokinesia in the disease. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - speaking rate KW - articulatory hypokinesia KW - male 55–72 yr olds with Parkinson's disease KW - 1989 KW - Articulation Disorders KW - Parkinson's Disease KW - Speech Rate KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90080-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-36981-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-36848-001 AN - 1989-36848-001 AU - Kramer, Joel H. AU - Blusewicz, Matthew J. AU - Robertson, Lynn C. AU - Preston, Ken T1 - Effects of chronic alcoholism on perception of hierarchical visual stimuli. JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JA - Alcohol Clin Exp Res Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 13 IS - 2 SP - 240 EP - 245 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0145-6008 SN - 1530-0277 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-36848-001. PMID: 2658664 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kramer, Joel H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Martinez, CA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19891101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Cognitive Processes; Neuropsychology; Spatial Perception; Visual Perception. Minor Descriptor: Chronicity (Disorders). Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - Visuospatial processing in chronic alcoholism was investigated by asking 27 male chronic alcoholics (mean age 43.0 yrs) and 20 matched nonalcoholics (mean age 37.0 yrs) to make similarity judgments of hierarchically constructed visual stimuli. Comparison figures were similar to a standard figure at the global or local level. Alcoholics were less influenced by the global patterns in their similarity judgments than controls. On the Block Design subtest of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Revised (WAIS—R), alcoholics were also more likely than controls to distort the outer configuration of the design. Results indicate that alcoholism affects global processing on both experimental visuoperception tasks and on clinical measures of visuospatial ability. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visuospatial processing KW - chronic alcoholic adults KW - 1989 KW - Alcoholism KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Neuropsychology KW - Spatial Perception KW - Visual Perception KW - Chronicity (Disorders) KW - 1989 DO - 10.1111/j.1530-0277.1989.tb00320.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-36848-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-36829-001 AN - 1989-36829-001 AU - Ellis, Ronald J. AU - Oscar-Berman, Marlene T1 - Alcoholism, aging, and functional cerebral asymmetries. JF - Psychological Bulletin JO - Psychological Bulletin JA - Psychol Bull Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 106 IS - 1 SP - 128 EP - 147 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-2909 SN - 1939-1455 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-36829-001. PMID: 2667007 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ellis, Ronald J.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MA, US. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 19891101. Correction Date: 20161024. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Cognitive Ability; Lateral Dominance; Literature Review; Physiological Aging. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 20. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Nov 9, 1988; Revised Date: Oct 27, 1988; First Submitted Date: Feb 5, 1988. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - Reviews research concerning the possible relationship between cognitive decline and abnormal hemispheric asymmetries in alcoholic and aging individuals. Because the deteriorative effects of alcoholism on the central nervous system have suggested greater visuospatial than language-related functional impairments, numerous investigators had hypothesized that right-hemisphere integrity may be selectively disrupted (rather than the left hemisphere). Furthermore, performance on diverse perceptual and cognitive tests used to measure right-hemisphere functions in alcoholics had been observed to decline with normal chronological aging as well, thereby raising the possibility that certain neuropsychological deficits associated with alcoholism (presumably related to right-hemispheric decline) are identical to those associated with aging. However, an extensive review of empirical research findings on cerebral asymmetries both in alcoholics and in aging individuals suggested that their patterns of functional laterality are similar to those of normal controls. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - abnormal hemispheric asymmetries & cognitive decline KW - alcoholic elderly KW - literature review KW - 1989 KW - Alcoholism KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Literature Review KW - Physiological Aging KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/0033-2909.106.1.128 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-36829-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-36690-001 AN - 1989-36690-001 AU - Silva, J. Arturo AU - Leong, Gregory B. AU - Weinstock, Robert AU - Boyer, Catherine L. T1 - Capgras syndrome and dangerousness. JF - Bulletin of the American Academy of Psychiatry & the Law JO - Bulletin of the American Academy of Psychiatry & the Law JA - Bull Am Acad Psychiatry Law Y1 - 1989/// VL - 17 IS - 1 SP - 5 EP - 14 CY - US PB - American Academy of Psychiatry & the Law SN - 0091-634X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-36690-001. PMID: 2706334 Other Journal Title: Journal of the American Academy of Psychiatry and the Law. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silva, J. Arturo; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19891101. Correction Date: 20161201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Capgras Syndrome; Dangerousness. Minor Descriptor: Bipolar Disorder; Etiology; Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Describes cases that highlight the issue of dangerousness as a function of the phenomenology and psychodynamics of Capgras syndrome. Case histories of 4 males (aged 37–41 yrs) with diagnoses including schizoaffective disorder, bipolar disorder, and schizophrenia are discussed. Additional cases that were previously reported by J. A. Silva et al (see record [rid]1989-02533-001[/rid]) are also reviewed. Individuals who assess patients with Capgras syndrome need to consider whether the persons who are misidentified by these delusional patients are accessible and therefore vulnerable to harm. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - etiology & dangerousness of Capgras syndrome KW - 37–41 yr old males with bipolar or schizoaffective disorder or schizophrenia KW - 1989 KW - Capgras Syndrome KW - Dangerousness KW - Bipolar Disorder KW - Etiology KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-36690-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-36646-001 AN - 1989-36646-001 AU - Mason, John W. AU - Kennedy, James L. AU - Kosten, Thomas R. AU - Giller, Earl L. T1 - Serum thyroxine levels in schizophrenic and affective disorder diagnostic subgroups. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 177 IS - 6 SP - 351 EP - 358 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-36646-001. PMID: 2723624 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mason, John W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19891101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Differential Diagnosis; Schizophrenia; Thyroxine. Minor Descriptor: Bipolar Disorder; Blood Serum; Major Depression; Physiological Correlates. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - Serum free thyroxine (FT₄) and total thyroxine (TT₄) levels were measured at 2-wk intervals in 29 male inpatients (aged 20–58 yrs) in 4 diagnostic groups: paranoid schizophrenia (PS); undifferentiated schizophrenia; bipolar I disorder (BP), manic; and major depressive disorder, endogenous type. Findings showed a difference in the direction of both TT₄ and FT₄ change during clinical recovery in the PS group compared with the other 3 groups. Analysis of the change between admission and discharge values revealed significant differences between the mean rise in the PS group vs the mean decreases in the other 3 groups for TT₄ and FT₄. The significant difference observed between the FT₄ levels of BP vs PS Ss at the time of hospital admission may have potential usefulness in the differential diagnosis of these 2 disorders. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - serum free total thyroxine levels KW - differential diagnosis KW - 20–58 yr old males with paranoid or undifferentiated schizophrenia or bipolar I or manic or major depressive disorders KW - 1989 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Thyroxine KW - Bipolar Disorder KW - Blood Serum KW - Major Depression KW - Physiological Correlates KW - 1989 DO - 10.1097/00005053-198906000-00006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-36646-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-36604-001 AN - 1989-36604-001 AU - Hibbeln, Joseph R. AU - Palmer, June W. AU - Davis, John M. T1 - Are disturbances in lipid-protein interactions by phospholipase-A₂ a predisposing factor in affective illness? JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 25 IS - 7 SP - 945 EP - 961 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-36604-001. PMID: 2566335 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hibbeln, Joseph R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Education Office, Dept of Psychiatry, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19891101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Esterases; Lipids; Predisposition; Proteins. Minor Descriptor: Physiological Correlates. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - Proposes that excessive phospholipase-A₂ (PLA₂) activity disrupts membrane fluidity, composition, and therefore the activity, of membrane-dependent proteins. Similar disruptions in these proteins are documented in depressed patients and can be accounted for by excessive PLA₂ activity. This paradigm accounts for disturbances in the activity of Na-K-ATPase, beta₂- and alpha₂-adrenergic receptors, monoamine oxidase (MAO), norepinephrine and serotonin uptake, and imipramine binding. Inhibition of glucocorticoid receptor and thyrotropin-releasing hormone (TRH) receptor binding to their respective ligands by PLA₂ may explain patient nonsuppression in the dexamethasone suppression test (DST) and poor response in the TRH stimulation test. Physiological regulators of PLA₂ activity (calcium, cortisol, estrogen, progesterone, and PGE₂) are documented abnormalities in some patients with affective disorders and consistent with excessive PLA₂ activity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - phospholipase-A2 induced disturbances in lipid protein interactions KW - predisposition to affective illness KW - 1989 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Esterases KW - Lipids KW - Predisposition KW - Proteins KW - Physiological Correlates KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(89)90274-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-36604-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-36585-001 AN - 1989-36585-001 AU - Fitten, L. Jaime AU - Morley, John E. AU - Gross, Patricia L. AU - Petry, Sara D. AU - Cole, K. D. T1 - Depression: UCLA geriatric grand rounds. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 37 IS - 5 SP - 459 EP - 472 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-36585-001. PMID: 2564855 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fitten, L. Jaime; Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19891101. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Major Depression. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. AB - Presents several experts' opinions on depression and a case report of a 72-yr-old man with late-life depression. Issues explored include the possibility of a depressive gene, neurotransmitter theories of depression, and the involvement of the hypothalamic-pituitary-thyroid axis and somatostatin. It is noted that the changes in classical neurotransmitters thought to play a role in the pathogenesis of depression appear to be in the opposite direction to the changes seen with aging. Clinical syndromes of depression are discussed, diagnostic processes are outlined, and treatment regimens are evaluated (e.g., psychotherapy, medication, or electroconvulsive therapy). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - etiology & diagnosis & treatment of depression KW - male 72 yr old KW - 1989 KW - Major Depression KW - 1989 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1989.tb02645.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-36585-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-36574-001 AN - 1989-36574-001 AU - Cummings, Michael A. AU - Berga, Sarah L. AU - Cummings, Kathryn L. AU - Kripke, Daniel F. AU - Haviland, Mark G. AU - Golshan, Shahrokh AU - Gillin, J. Christian T1 - Light suppression of melatonin in unipolar depressed patients. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 351 EP - 355 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-36574-001. PMID: 2710871 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cummings, Michael A.; Jerry L. Pettis Memorial Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Loma Linda, CA, US. Release Date: 19891101. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Illumination; Major Depression; Melatonin. Minor Descriptor: Blood Plasma. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - Studied the effects of nocturnal light exposure on plasma melatonin in 7 men (aged 29–61 yrs) with unipolar depression and in 7 healthy men (aged 25–66 yrs). Both groups showed significant declines in plasma melatonin concentrations during 1 hr of light exposure. Differential group declines were not detected. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nocturnal light exposure KW - plasma melatonin KW - 25–66 yr old healthy males vs those with unipolar depression KW - 1989 KW - Illumination KW - Major Depression KW - Melatonin KW - Blood Plasma KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(89)90149-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-36574-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-36547-001 AN - 1989-36547-001 AU - Silva, J. Arturo AU - Leong, Gregory B. AU - Weinstock, Robert T1 - An HIV-infected psychiatric patient: Some clinicolegal dilemmas. JF - Bulletin of the American Academy of Psychiatry & the Law JO - Bulletin of the American Academy of Psychiatry & the Law JA - Bull Am Acad Psychiatry Law Y1 - 1989/// VL - 17 IS - 1 SP - 33 EP - 43 CY - US PB - American Academy of Psychiatry & the Law SN - 0091-634X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-36547-001. PMID: 2706332 Other Journal Title: Journal of the American Academy of Psychiatry and the Law. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silva, J. Arturo; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19891101. Correction Date: 20161201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: AIDS; Bipolar Disorder; Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis). Minor Descriptor: Commitment (Psychiatric); Dangerousness; Heroin Addiction; Privileged Communication. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - The case of a 27-yr-old male with human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) seropositive status and a history of bipolar disorder and iv heroin abuse highlights clinical and legal dilemmas raised by such individuals. The case shows how the ability to identify dementing processes in these patients is compromised and raises the question of how bipolar illness may predispose HIV-seropositive individuals to engage in unsafe sexual activity. The importance of early psychiatric intervention to help alleviate some of the problems brought about by acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS) in psychiatric patients is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical assessment & predisposition to engage in unsafe sexual activity KW - HIV positive 27 yr old male with bipolar disorders & heroin addiction KW - 1989 KW - AIDS KW - Bipolar Disorder KW - Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis) KW - Commitment (Psychiatric) KW - Dangerousness KW - Heroin Addiction KW - Privileged Communication KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-36547-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-36381-001 AN - 1989-36381-001 AU - Steinberg, Joel L. AU - Cherek, Donald R. T1 - Menstrual cycle and cigarette smoking behavior. JF - Addictive Behaviors JO - Addictive Behaviors JA - Addict Behav Y1 - 1989/// VL - 14 IS - 2 SP - 173 EP - 179 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0306-4603 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-36381-001. PMID: 2728953 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Steinberg, Joel L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Dallas, TX, US. Release Date: 19891101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Females; Menstrual Cycle; Tobacco Smoking. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Usage (Legal) (2990); Psychophysiology (2560). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Nine female cigarette smokers (aged 18–40 yrs) participated in daily 2-hr sessions over at least 2 consecutive menstrual cycles. Automated measurements of each cigarette puff and its duration were recorded. Comparisons in these measurements were between premenstrual and menstrual portions and the rest of the cycle. Most of the Ss increased the mean number of cigarette puffs per session and/or the total puff duration per session during the menstrual phase of the cycles. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - menstrual cycle & cigarette smoking KW - 18–40 yr old females KW - 1989 KW - Human Females KW - Menstrual Cycle KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0306-4603(89)90045-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-36381-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-35887-001 AN - 1989-35887-001 AU - Rosenthal, Mark J. AU - Morley, John E. T1 - Corticotropin releasing factor (CRF) and age-related differences in behavior of mice. JF - Neurobiology of Aging JO - Neurobiology of Aging JA - Neurobiol Aging Y1 - 1989/03//Mar-Apr, 1989 VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 167 EP - 171 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0197-4580 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-35887-001. PMID: 2786161 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rosenthal, Mark J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19891101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Animal Open Field Behavior; Corticotropin; Physiological Aging. Minor Descriptor: Activity Level; Food Intake; Mice. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar-Apr, 1989. AB - The contribution of CRF to age-related differences in behavior was investigated by assessing the response to icv injection of CRF in old (27 mo) and mature (10 mo) male mice. Open field behavior was also observed. Old Ss demonstrated less locomotion and less rearing than mature Ss. Injection of CRF increased corticosterone compared to vehicle control without an age-related difference. CRF decreased food consumption in all Ss but had no effect on locomotion. Findings suggest that age-related differences in response to environmental novelty are not due to increased release of CRF. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - icv corticotropin releasing factor KW - locomotion & open field behavior & food intake KW - 10 vs 27 mo old male mice KW - 1989 KW - Age Differences KW - Animal Open Field Behavior KW - Corticotropin KW - Physiological Aging KW - Activity Level KW - Food Intake KW - Mice KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0197-4580(89)90026-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-35887-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-35851-001 AN - 1989-35851-001 AU - Mastropaolo, John P. AU - Moskowitz, Kari H. AU - Dacanay, Robert J. AU - Riley, Anthony L. T1 - Conditioned taste aversions as a behavioral baseline for drug discrimination learning: An assessment with phencyclidine. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 32 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 8 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-35851-001. PMID: 2734321 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mastropaolo, John P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 19891101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aversion Conditioning; Drug Discrimination; Phencyclidine. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. AB - Investigated phencyclidine (PCP) for its effectiveness as a stimulus whose presence or absence signaled a saccharin-LiCl pairing. Results show that when PCP was given prior to the pairing of saccharin with LiCl (and the PCP vehicle prior to a nonpoisoned exposure to the same saccharin solution), female rats rapidly acquired the discrimination, avoiding saccharin consumption following PCP and consuming saccharin following the vehicle after only 3 conditioning trials. Conversely, when the PCP vehicle was given prior to the saccharin-LiCl pairing and PCP prior to a nonpoisoned exposure to saccharin, other Ss avoided saccharin consumption following the vehicle injection and readily consumed saccharin after an injection of PCP. During dose substitution sessions, animals displayed greater drug-appropriate responding as the dose of PCP increased. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PCP prior to saccharin lithium chloride pairing KW - discrimination learning KW - female rats KW - 1989 KW - Aversion Conditioning KW - Drug Discrimination KW - Phencyclidine KW - Rats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(89)90203-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-35851-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-35790-001 AN - 1989-35790-001 AU - Cohen, Michael J. AU - Schandler, Steven L. AU - McArthur, David L. T1 - Spatial learning of visual 'nonsense figures' during experimental ethanol intoxication. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 68 IS - 2 SP - 599 EP - 606 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-35790-001. PMID: 2717366 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cohen, Michael J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Long Beach, CA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19891101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Intoxication; Spatial Perception; Visual Perception. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - Evaluated the effects of alcohol on visuospatial learning in 2 experiments with 11 healthy males (aged 32–50 yrs). During one session, Ss became intoxicated to obtain a blood alcohol concentration of at least 10%. During another session, a placebo was administered. The task required Ss to learn the distinct spatial positions of 6 visually presented nonsense shapes. The visuospatial learning of Ss in the placebo condition was generally superior to their learning while intoxicated. Results suggest that alcohol's effects on visuospatial processing are located more in perception and encoding than in information retrieval, as reflected in a nonlinear relation between alcohol ingestion and performance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcohol KW - visuo-spatial learning KW - healthy male 32–50 yr olds KW - 1989 KW - Alcohol Intoxication KW - Spatial Perception KW - Visual Perception KW - 1989 DO - 10.2466/pms.1989.68.2.599 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-35790-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-35776-001 AN - 1989-35776-001 AU - Becker, Howard C. AU - Anton, Raymond F. T1 - The benzodiazepine receptor inverse agonist RO15-4513 exacerbates, but does not precipitate, ethanol withdrawal in mice. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 32 IS - 1 SP - 163 EP - 167 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-35776-001. PMID: 2543989 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Becker, Howard C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Charleston, SC, US. Release Date: 19891101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Benzodiazepines; Drug Interactions; Drug Withdrawal; Ethanol. Minor Descriptor: Mice; Time. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. AB - Administered RO15-4513, an imidazobenzodiazepine that has been reported to antagonize several behavioral and biochemical actions of ethanol, was given to male C3H mice at various times during withdrawal from chronic (72 hrs) continuous exposure to ethanol vapor. Results show that when administered immediately following chronic ethanol exposure, RO15-4513 did not influence the withdrawal response. However, when given at subsequent times (3, 5, and 8 hrs postethanol withdrawal), RO15-4513 significantly increased the severity of the withdrawal response in ethanol-exposed mice. Moreover, this exacerbation was completely reversed by pretreatment with the benzodiazepine receptor antagonist RO15-1788. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - inverse benzodiazepine agonist RO15-4513 time of administration KW - severity of withdrawal from chronic ethanol vapor exposure KW - male mice KW - 1989 KW - Benzodiazepines KW - Drug Interactions KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Ethanol KW - Mice KW - Time KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(89)90227-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-35776-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-35748-001 AN - 1989-35748-001 AU - Bernstein, Jerald J. AU - Goldberg, William J. T1 - Graft derived reafferentation of host spinal cord is not necessary for amelioration of lesion-induced deficits: Possible role of migrating grafted astrocytes. T3 - Spinal cord--recent work on trauma and recovery JF - Brain Research Bulletin JO - Brain Research Bulletin JA - Brain Res Bull Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 22 IS - 1 SP - 139 EP - 146 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0361-9230 SN - 1873-2747 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-35748-001. PMID: 2713712 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bernstein, Jerald J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Lab of Central Nervous System Injury & Regeneration, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 19891101. Correction Date: 20170116. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Motor Performance; Neural Transplantation; Spinal Cord. Minor Descriptor: Lesions; Rats. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. AB - Explored the ability of fetal spinal cord homografts into lesioned host third cervical spinal cord segment (C3) fasiculus gracilis to influence the expected deterioration of hindlimb performance following this lesion in 10 male rats. Ss were trained to traverse a narrow platform for a water reward and ranked for hindlimb performance. Half of the Ss were implanted with 14-day gestation cervical spinal cord. Ss were tested 21, 30, 45, 60 and 90 days later. Results show that C3 fetal transplants significantly decreased the severity of hindlimb deficit at 21 and 90 days postlesion. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - fetal spinal cord homografts KW - hindlimb performance KW - rats with 3rd cervical spinal cord segment lesions KW - 1989 KW - Motor Performance KW - Neural Transplantation KW - Spinal Cord KW - Lesions KW - Rats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0361-9230(89)90138-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-35748-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-35693-001 AN - 1989-35693-001 AU - Bonnet, Michael H. T1 - The effect of sleep fragmentation on sleep and performance in younger and older subjects. JF - Neurobiology of Aging JO - Neurobiology of Aging JA - Neurobiol Aging Y1 - 1989/01//Jan-Feb, 1989 VL - 10 IS - 1 SP - 21 EP - 25 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0197-4580 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-35693-001. PMID: 2755554 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bonnet, Michael H.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Long Beach, CA, US. Release Date: 19891101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Cognitive Processes; Emotional States; Sleep Deprivation; Sleep Wake Cycle. Minor Descriptor: Vigilance. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jan-Feb, 1989. AB - Groups of 12 normal 55–70 yr old and young adult Ss (aged 18–28 yrs) had their sleep experimentally disturbed approximately 14 times/hr to determine the residual effects of moderate sleep disturbance and to determine any differential impact as a function of age. Normal age-related changes in sleep were seen on baseline and recovery nights. In the 2nd night of sleep disturbance, the older Ss had a smaller increase in total awakenings than young adults. Older Ss had a slower increase in auditory arousal threshold as sleep disturbance progressed. The older Ss also tended to have less performance deterioration on morning testing than young adults; this difference was significant for numbers of correctly completed addition problems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - experimental sleep disruption KW - sleep & cognitive performance & vigilance & mood KW - 18–28 vs 55–70 yr olds KW - 1989 KW - Age Differences KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Emotional States KW - Sleep Deprivation KW - Sleep Wake Cycle KW - Vigilance KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/S0197-4580(89)80006-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-35693-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-35651-001 AN - 1989-35651-001 AU - Glick, Zvi AU - Uncyk, Avraham AU - Lupien, Jean AU - Schmidt, Leilani T1 - Meal associated changes in brown fat thermogenesis and glycogen. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 45 IS - 2 SP - 243 EP - 248 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-35651-001. PMID: 2756011 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Glick, Zvi; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19891101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Food Intake; Glycogen; Lipids; Thermoregulation (Body). Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Processes (2540). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1989. AB - Examined the hypothesis that feeding-induced brown adipose tissue (BAT) thermogenesis or feeding-induced changes in BAT glycogen, a mobile form of energy store and a correlate of BAT thermogenesis, modulate feeding behavior. Propranolol, which completely abolished meal-induced BAT thermogenesis in male rats, did not evoke intake of a larger meal. Though BAT glycogen concentration was a sensitive measure of the state of feeding, on a meal-to-meal basis it did not correlate with hunger and satiety. Hence, the hypothesis is not supported by the current data. Meal-induced BAT hypertrophy and glycogen deposition were dissociated from meal-induced BAT thermogenesis. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - feeding induced brown adipose tissue thermogenesis or glycogen KW - feeding behavior KW - male rats KW - 1989 KW - Food Intake KW - Glycogen KW - Lipids KW - Thermoregulation (Body) KW - Rats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(89)90125-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-35651-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-35634-001 AN - 1989-35634-001 AU - Sullivan, Edith V. T1 - Hemispheric asymmetry in tactile forgetting induced by tactually-guided movement. JF - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JO - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JA - Cortex Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 25 IS - 1 SP - 83 EP - 92 CY - Italy PB - Masson Italia SN - 0010-9452 SN - 1973-8102 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-35634-001. PMID: 2707007 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sullivan, Edith V.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Masson SAS. Release Date: 19891101. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Lateral Dominance; Short Term Memory; Tactual Stimulation. Minor Descriptor: Tactual Perception. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - Studied asymmetries in tactile short-term memory related to differential specialization of the cerebral hemispheres in 24 normal right-handed university students, using distractor tasks. When the distractor was an auditory arithmetic task, no difference emerged between the 2 hands for the retention of touches to the fingers; when the distractor was a tactual maze task executed by the right hand, asymmetry in favor of the left hand was observed. Results support a characterization of short-term memory as embracing multiple, limited storage capacities divided along the lines of processing demands, arising from different classes of material, placed on 2 cerebral hemispheres. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - tactually guided movement KW - hemispheric asymmetry in tactile short term memory KW - right handed college students KW - 1989 KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Short Term Memory KW - Tactual Stimulation KW - Tactual Perception KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/S0010-9452(89)80008-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-35634-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-35471-001 AN - 1989-35471-001 AU - Prescott, Louisa AU - Buchanan, S. L. AU - Powell, D. A. T1 - Leg flexion conditioning in the rat: Its advantages and disadvantages as a model system of age-related changes in associative learning. JF - Neurobiology of Aging JO - Neurobiology of Aging JA - Neurobiol Aging Y1 - 1989/01//Jan-Feb, 1989 VL - 10 IS - 1 SP - 59 EP - 65 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0197-4580 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-35471-001. PMID: 2755559 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Prescott, Louisa; Veterans Administration Ctr, Neuroscience Lab, Columbia, SC, US. Release Date: 19891101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Associative Processes; Classical Conditioning; Flexion Reflex; Physiological Aging. Minor Descriptor: Animal Models; Rats. Classification: Learning & Motivation (2420). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jan-Feb, 1989. AB - 12- and 28-mo-old rats received 5 Pavlovian conditioning sessions in which the conditioned stimulus/stimuli (CS) was a tone and the unconditioned stimulus/stimuli (UCS) was a footshock. Right foreleg flexion was measured as the conditioned response (CR). Other Ss received a random sequence of unpaired tones and footshock and served as pseudoconditioning control groups. Interstimulus intervals (ISIs) of 1.5 and 3.5 sec were studied. The longer ISI resulted in higher rates of responding in both the conditioning and pseudoconditioning groups. Except for young males, all Ss showed significantly higher levels of responding in the conditioning groups. Females showed faster acquisition and higher levels of responding than males. Old males were slower to reach a criterion of 5 successive CRs than either young males or young or old females. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - tone CS with footshock UCS in conditioning vs pseudoconditioning KW - right foreleg flexion at different interstimulus intervals KW - 12 vs 28 mo old rats KW - model of age effects on associative learning KW - 1989 KW - Associative Processes KW - Classical Conditioning KW - Flexion Reflex KW - Physiological Aging KW - Animal Models KW - Rats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/S0197-4580(89)80012-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-35471-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-35444-001 AN - 1989-35444-001 AU - Damianopoulos, Ernest N. T1 - Biological constraints revisited: A critique. JF - Animal Learning & Behavior JO - Animal Learning & Behavior JA - Anim Learn Behav Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 17 IS - 2 SP - 234 EP - 242 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0090-4996 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-35444-001. Other Journal Title: Learning & Behavior. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Damianopoulos, Ernest N.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Syracuse, NY, US. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19891101. Correction Date: 20110110. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Conditioning. Minor Descriptor: Learning. Classification: Learning & Motivation (2420). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. AB - Evaluates 4 types of supporting evidence for inferences of biological constraints on conditioning: (1) unexpected failures to condition (discriminative leverpress avoidance), (2) rapid or 1-trial learning (taste-aversion studies), (3) crossover learning effects (the Garcia-Koelling effect), and (4) unique predictions from biological constraint-based frameworks. None of these types of evidence is adequately compelling for inferences of biological constraints. The core problem identified is that negative evidence not attributable to an identified causal factor in terms of experimental/control design outcome has been used to both reject general-process learning laws and compel inferences of biological constraints. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - inferences of biological constraints on conditioning KW - 1989 KW - Conditioning KW - Learning KW - 1989 DO - 10.3758/BF03207639 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-35444-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-35377-001 AN - 1989-35377-001 AU - Goodglass, Harold AU - Wingfield, Arthur AU - Wayland, Sarah C. T1 - The nature of prolonged word search. JF - Brain and Language JO - Brain and Language JA - Brain Lang Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 36 IS - 3 SP - 411 EP - 419 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0093-934X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-35377-001. PMID: 2706447 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goodglass, Harold; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MA, US. Release Date: 19891101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Word Recognition; Words (Phonetic Units). Minor Descriptor: Naming; Recognition (Learning). Classification: Learning & Memory (2343). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - Tested 2 alternative hypotheses concerning the process of prolonged search for an uncommon word in response to hearing its definition. One alternative is that a conscious retrieval effort brings the target progressively closer to threshold. The second is that the retrieval process is a random neural exploration outside of conscious control. A tachistoscopic probe was devised to compare word recognition thresholds after 10 vs 30 sec of presumed search time. Results from 54 college undergraduates and staff fail to show a difference between the 2 delay conditions and are interpreted as inconsistent with the 1st alternative but consistent with the 2nd. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hearing definition of uncommon word KW - word recognition KW - college students & graduate assistants KW - 1989 KW - Word Recognition KW - Words (Phonetic Units) KW - Naming KW - Recognition (Learning) KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90077-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-35377-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-35319-001 AN - 1989-35319-001 AU - Morgan, Alisa L. AU - Brandt, John F. T1 - An auditory Stroop effect for pitch, loudness, and time. JF - Brain and Language JO - Brain and Language JA - Brain Lang Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 36 IS - 4 SP - 592 EP - 603 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0093-934X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-35319-001. PMID: 2720372 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morgan, Alisa L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19891101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Loudness; Pitch (Frequency); Stimulus Duration; Stroop Effect. Minor Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Lateral Dominance; Reaction Time. Classification: Auditory & Speech Perception (2326). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. AB - Attempted to verify the existence of an auditory Stroop effect for pitch and establish its existence for loudness and time and evaluated the differential effect of congruent and noncongruent stimuli presented to the right or left ear of 21 adults (aged 22–42 yrs) during the auditory Stroop task. Analysis of reaction time (RT) data supports the existence of an auditory Stroop effect for pitch and loudness, but not duration. Findings indicate that a Stroop effect is not necessarily an interference effect resulting from linguistic and nonlinguistic conflict but may result from congruency and/or noncongruency between linguistic and nonlinguistic parameters. Ear of presentation did not significantly affect Ss' processing time. The interaction between psychoacoustic and semantic attributes of speech stimuli is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - left vs right ear & stimulus pitch & loudness & duration KW - RT of auditory Stroop task KW - 22–42 yr olds KW - 1989 KW - Loudness KW - Pitch (Frequency) KW - Stimulus Duration KW - Stroop Effect KW - Auditory Perception KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Reaction Time KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90088-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-35319-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-35203-001 AN - 1989-35203-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Juba, Mark P. AU - Anderson, Patricia E. T1 - Validities of five combat scales. JF - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - Psychol Assess Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 98 EP - 102 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1040-3590 SN - 1939-134X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-35203-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, St Cloud, MN, US. Release Date: 19891101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Stress Reactions; Test Validity; War. Minor Descriptor: Measurement; Stress and Coping Measures. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jan 19, 1989; Revised Date: Jan 5, 1989; First Submitted Date: Sep 16, 1988. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The validities of 5 combat scales in a sample of 63 Vietnam veteran patients and normals were compared in order to facilitate research on the effect of battle. The criteria were military record information, an independent trauma measure, and each of the other scales. The measures developed by M. Gallops et al (1981), C. R. Figley and R. H. Stretch (1980), and C. G. Watson et al (see record [rid]1989-08743-001[/rid]) generated the highest validational coefficients. The correlations involving the innovative Combat Exposure Scale by M. Lund et al (see record [rid]1985-13577-001[/rid]) were uniformly lower than the correlations for the other 4 measures. Compared to the other 3, the Watson et al and Gallops et al scales appeared to be more sensitive to combat and less influenced by the presence of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). This implies they may be more useful as combat measures than the other instruments studied. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of combat stress measures KW - investigation of effects of battle KW - male Vietnam veteran patients & hospital staff KW - 1989 KW - Military Veterans KW - Stress Reactions KW - Test Validity KW - War KW - Measurement KW - Stress and Coping Measures KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/1040-3590.1.2.98 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-35203-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-35183-001 AN - 1989-35183-001 AU - Rothman, Margaret L. AU - Hedrick, Susan AU - Inui, Thomas T1 - The Sickness Impact Profile as a measure of the health status of noncognitively impaired nursing home residents. JF - Medical Care JO - Medical Care JA - Med Care Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 27 IS - 3, Suppl SP - S157 EP - S167 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0025-7079 SN - 1537-1948 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-35183-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rothman, Margaret L.; Seattle Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, WA, US. Release Date: 19891101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation Second Conference on Advances in Health Status Assessment (1988, Menlo Park, California). Major Descriptor: Health; Nursing Homes; Profiles (Measurement); Test Reliability; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Mental Health; Quality of Life. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Nursing Homes & Residential Care (3377). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - Assessed the feasibility, reliability (internal consistency), validity, and comprehensiveness of the Sickness Impact Profile (SIP) as a measure of the health status of a selected group of nursing home residents. 168 elderly veterans residing in community and Veterans Administration nursing homes responded to a questionnaire consisting of the SIP, an index of activities of daily living, the Life Satisfaction Index Z, and the Philadelphia Geriatric Center Morale Scale. In general, the Ss correctly interpreted instructions; reliability and validity were supported; and the SIP was found to provide a comprehensive assessment of physical function. Adding a measure of psychologic well-being to a study protocol involving this population may, however, provide additional useful information regarding this construct. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reliability & validity & comprehensiveness of Sickness Impact Profile KW - assessment of health status & well being KW - elderly nursing home residents KW - conference presentation KW - 1989 KW - Health KW - Nursing Homes KW - Profiles (Measurement) KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - Mental Health KW - Quality of Life KW - 1989 DO - 10.1097/00005650-198903001-00013 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-35183-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-35173-001 AN - 1989-35173-001 AU - Pekala, Ronald J. AU - Nagler, Robert T1 - The assessment of hypnoidal states: Rationale and clinical application. JF - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JO - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JA - Am J Clin Hypn Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 31 IS - 4 SP - 231 EP - 236 CY - US PB - American Society of Clinical Hypnosis SN - 0002-9157 SN - 2160-0562 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-35173-001. PMID: 2653021 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pekala, Ronald J.; Coatesville Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, PA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19891101. Correction Date: 20120702. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biofeedback Training; Hypnotic Susceptibility; Inventories; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Headache; Insomnia. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - Used a self-report questionnaire, the Phenomenology of Consciousness Inventory (PCI), to generate predicted Harvard Group Scale of Hypnotic Susceptibility (HGS) scores that can be used to estimate the hypnoidal state of a person. Using a case-study approach, the PCI was used to generate HGS scores with 2 patients referred to a biofeedback clinic for insomnia and for headaches. Results suggest that the PCI may be useful to assess the hypnoidal state (associated with a given stimulus condition) that a person experiences. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical utility of Phenomenology of Consciousness Inventory KW - assessment of hypnoidal states during biofeedback KW - patients with insomnia or headaches KW - 1989 KW - Biofeedback Training KW - Hypnotic Susceptibility KW - Inventories KW - Test Validity KW - Headache KW - Insomnia KW - 1989 DO - 10.1080/00029157.1989.10402777 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-35173-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-35163-001 AN - 1989-35163-001 AU - Miller, P. J. AU - Ross, S. M. AU - Emmerson, R. Y. AU - Todt, E. H. T1 - Self-efficacy in alcoholics: Clinical validation of the Situational Confidence Questionnaire. JF - Addictive Behaviors JO - Addictive Behaviors JA - Addict Behav Y1 - 1989/// VL - 14 IS - 2 SP - 217 EP - 224 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0306-4603 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-35163-001. PMID: 2728959 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Miller, P. J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Salt Lake City, UT, US. Release Date: 19891101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Questionnaires; Self-Efficacy; Social Environments; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism; Experimental Replication; Relapse (Disorders); Sobriety. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Experimental Replication. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Examined the validity of the Situational Confidence Questionnaire (SCQ) by administering a modified version to 46 Ss who had just entered an inpatient Veterans Administration alcohol treatment program and to 25 Ss who had been abstinent a minimum of 12 mo at the time of testing. Only patients with a Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) primary diagnosis of alcohol dependence who were without other psychiatric disorders, polysubstance abuse, or organic brain syndrome were included. Despite modifications in the SCQ, the results were comparable to those obtained by H. M. Annis (1984). The SCQ appears to have promising psychometric properties for further use. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of Situational Confidence Questionnaire KW - measurement of self efficacy KW - alcoholic adults in treatment vs abstinent for 12 mo or more KW - replication & extension KW - relapse implications KW - 1989 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Questionnaires KW - Self-Efficacy KW - Social Environments KW - Test Validity KW - Alcoholism KW - Experimental Replication KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - Sobriety KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0306-4603(89)90052-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-35163-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-34546-001 AN - 1989-34546-001 AU - Weiner, William T1 - Is burnout an institutional syndrome? JF - Loss, Grief & Care JO - Loss, Grief & Care JA - Loss Grief Care Y1 - 1989/// VL - 3 IS - 1-2 SP - 95 EP - 100 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 8756-4610 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-34546-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weiner, William; Bronx Veterans Administration Hosp, Dept of Social Services, NY, US. Release Date: 19891001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Health Personnel; Occupational Stress; Treatment Facilities; Working Conditions. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Outlines shortcomings of institutional employee appraisal and reward systems that can lead to disillusionment, apathy, alienation, and burnout. Reasons for these shortcomings are noted, placing emphasis on the individual and his/her response to a seemingly uncaring and unresponsive environment. Change in the system vs in the individual is examined. A process-focused model, which views disillusionment on a continuum and the person's inner experience running parallel to it, is offered for understanding disillusionment leading to burnout. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - institutional treatment center environment KW - burnout KW - mental health personnel KW - 1989 KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Occupational Stress KW - Treatment Facilities KW - Working Conditions KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-34546-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-34518-001 AN - 1989-34518-001 AU - Schuckit, Marc A. AU - Berger, Fred T1 - The integration of an educational program into a treatment facility. JF - British Journal of Addiction JO - British Journal of Addiction JA - Br J Addict Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 84 IS - 2 SP - 191 EP - 195 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0952-0481 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-34518-001. PMID: 2720183 Other Journal Title: Addiction. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schuckit, Marc A.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, CA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19891001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Drug Rehabilitation; Educational Programs; Medical Education. Minor Descriptor: Medical Personnel; Medical Residency; Medical Students. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1989. AB - This review of the integration of an active teaching program for medical students, psychiatric residents, and allied health students into a treatment facility concludes that interactions between treatment teams and students in various stages of development help maximize enthusiasm and commitment to the best patient care possible. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - integration of active teaching program into drug treatment facility KW - medical students & residents & allied health personnel KW - 1989 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Educational Programs KW - Medical Education KW - Medical Personnel KW - Medical Residency KW - Medical Students KW - 1989 DO - 10.1111/j.1360-0443.1989.tb00568.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-34518-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-34490-001 AN - 1989-34490-001 AU - Leong, Gregory B. T1 - The expansion of psychiatric participation in social control. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 40 IS - 3 SP - 240 EP - 242 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-34490-001. PMID: 2917734 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Leong, Gregory B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Mental Health Clinic, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19891001. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Privileged Communication; Professional Ethics; Psychiatrists; Social Control; Therapist Role. Minor Descriptor: Commitment (Psychiatric); Competence; Decision Making. Classification: Professional Ethics & Standards & Liability (3450). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - Discusses ethical dimensions of psychiatry's role in social control, including issues surrounding prospective and retrospective reporting laws, civil commitment, and competency rulings. Reporting laws require the psychiatrist to notify government agencies of a patient's wrongdoing, which violates doctor-patient confidentiality. Psychiatrists may be involved in decisions about the competency of death row inmates to be executed, and may be required to treat them up to execution. The acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS) crisis has implications for the doctor-patient relationship that are similar to those generated by the case of Tarasoff v. Regents of the University of California (1974). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethical dimensions of psychiatry's role in social control KW - 1989 KW - Privileged Communication KW - Professional Ethics KW - Psychiatrists KW - Social Control KW - Therapist Role KW - Commitment (Psychiatric) KW - Competence KW - Decision Making KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-34490-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-34381-001 AN - 1989-34381-001 AU - Craig, Robert J. AU - Olson, Ronald AU - Shalton, Glenn T1 - Differences in organization of psychological needs between inpatient and outpatient opiate addicts. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 45 IS - 3 SP - 462 EP - 466 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-34381-001. PMID: 2745736 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Craig, Robert J.; West Side Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Drug Abuse Program, Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 19891001. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Addiction; Drug Rehabilitation; Opiates; Personality Correlates. Minor Descriptor: Aftercare; Client Characteristics; Hospitalized Patients; Outpatients. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50); Outpatient (60). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. AB - Administered the Adjective Checklist to 117 opiate-addicted male inpatients (IPs) and 114 opiate-addicted male outpatients (OPs) and subjected protocols to a hierarchical cluster analysis. Results show 2 basic clusters for IPs and 1 large cluster for OPs, each different in personality need organization. At discharge, Ss who moved from Clusters I or II (IP) to Cluster III (OP) continued with OP treatment. None of the independent Ss pursued OP treatment, while Ss in the emotionally dependent cluster who pursued OP treatment eventually were placed on methadone maintenance. Results suggest that drug addicts who request IP or OP treatment may be a self-selected sample who differ in personality organization, which may predict treatment follow-up in an aftercare setting. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - organization of personality needs KW - opiate addicted male inpatients vs outpatients KW - implications for selection of aftercare program KW - 1989 KW - Drug Addiction KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Opiates KW - Personality Correlates KW - Aftercare KW - Client Characteristics KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Outpatients KW - 1989 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198905)45:3<462::AID-JCLP2270450318>3.0.CO;2-I UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-34381-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-34333-001 AN - 1989-34333-001 AU - Timko, Christine AU - Moos, Rudolf H. T1 - Choice, control, and adaptation among elderly residents of sheltered care settings. JF - Journal of Applied Social Psychology JO - Journal of Applied Social Psychology JA - J Appl Soc Psychol Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 19 IS - 8, Pt 1 SP - 636 EP - 655 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0021-9029 SN - 1559-1816 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-34333-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Timko, Christine; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Social Ecology Lab, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19891001. Correction Date: 20130114. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Choice Behavior; Health; Home Environment; Nursing Homes; Residential Care Institutions. Minor Descriptor: Emotional Adjustment; Health Care Utilization. Classification: Nursing Homes & Residential Care (3377). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 20. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - Examined how elderly residents' adaptation was affected by naturally occurring levels of choice and control in 244 facilities (including nursing homes, residential care facilities, homes, and congregate apartments). The places were evaluated with the Multiphasic Environmental Assessment Procedure, which measures the quality of residential settings for older people. Overall, facility policies allowing more choice and control were associated with better rated resident well-being; less use of health, daily living assistance, and social-recreational services; and more integration in the community. Policy clarity and the facility social climate factors of independence, influence, and organization mediated the relationship between choice and control and adaptation, and also independently affected residents' adaptation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - resident choice & control KW - adjustment & well being & service use & community integration KW - elderly in nursing homes vs residential care facilities vs congregate apartments KW - 1989 KW - Choice Behavior KW - Health KW - Home Environment KW - Nursing Homes KW - Residential Care Institutions KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - Health Care Utilization KW - 1989 DO - 10.1111/j.1559-1816.1989.tb00344.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-34333-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-34320-001 AN - 1989-34320-001 AU - Rapp, Stephen R. AU - Mayo, Laurel L. AU - Cole, Patricia AU - Shires, Cynthia L. AU - Williams, Ross AU - Fowler, Cecilia AU - Steen, Christine T1 - Interdisciplinary behavioral geriatrics in long-term care: A controlled case study. JF - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JO - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JA - Clin Gerontol Y1 - 1988/// VL - 8 IS - 2 SP - 35 EP - 42 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0731-7115 SN - 1545-2301 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-34320-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rapp, Stephen R.; Jackson Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MS, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19891001. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Geriatrics; Interdisciplinary Treatment Approach; Nursing Homes; Treatment Compliance. Minor Descriptor: Aphasia; Case Report. Classification: Nursing Homes & Residential Care (3377). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - In a controlled case study, the social contingencies governing participation in physical and occupational therapy of a 64-yr-old male with aphasia were changed using an A-B-A-B experimental design. Results show that goal setting, contingent attention/praise, and publicly posted stars were effective in increasing compliance with his therapy regimen, thereby reducing excess disability. The intervention involved 4 disciplines and demonstrated the interdisciplinary nature of behavioral geriatrics in long-term care. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - interdisciplinary behavioral geriatrics in long term care KW - treatment compliance KW - severely disabled 64 yr old male with aphasia KW - case report KW - 1988 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Geriatrics KW - Interdisciplinary Treatment Approach KW - Nursing Homes KW - Treatment Compliance KW - Aphasia KW - Case Report KW - 1988 DO - 10.1300/J018v08n02_04 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-34320-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-34312-001 AN - 1989-34312-001 AU - Louks, John AU - Mason, Jay AU - Backus, Frank T1 - AMA discharges: Prediction and treatment outcome. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 40 IS - 3 SP - 299 EP - 301 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-34312-001. PMID: 2917742 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Louks, John; Veterans Administration Domiciliary, Psychology Service, White City, OR, US. Release Date: 19891001. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Characteristics; Prediction; Psychiatric Hospital Discharge; Treatment Outcomes; Treatment Termination. Minor Descriptor: Treatment Dropouts. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - Assessed predictors of discharges against medical advice (AMA) from psychiatric hospitals and outcome characteristics associated with AMA, using data from 29 AMA and 29 control patients (aged 20–62 yrs). Each S wrote his own reason for leaving at discharge, and physicians completed a behavior checklist and a rating scale for each S. Nurses rated S compliance with ward rules. The 3 major reasons Ss gave for leaving AMA were excessive ward restrictions, family responsibilities, and interactional problems with staff. AMA Ss were more likely to leave during weekend, evening, and night shifts. Findings suggest that AMA Ss had previous AMA histories. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - predictors of & outcome characteristics related to against medical advice discharges KW - 20–62 yr old males discharged from psychiatric hospitals KW - 1989 KW - Client Characteristics KW - Prediction KW - Psychiatric Hospital Discharge KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Treatment Termination KW - Treatment Dropouts KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-34312-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-34150-001 AN - 1989-34150-001 AU - Fontana, Alan F. AU - Kerns, Robert D. AU - Rosenberg, Roberta L. AU - Colonese, Kathleen L. T1 - Support, stress, and recovery from coronary heart disease: A longitudinal causal model. JF - Health Psychology JO - Health Psychology JA - Health Psychol Y1 - 1989/// VL - 8 IS - 2 SP - 175 EP - 193 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates SN - 0278-6133 SN - 1930-7810 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-34150-001. PMID: 2786807 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fontana, Alan F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Northeast Program Evaluation Ctr, West Haven, CT, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association. Release Date: 19891001. Correction Date: 20091026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cardiovascular Disorders; Recovery (Disorders); Social Support; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Distress; Heart Surgery; Longitudinal Studies; Models; Rehabilitation; Symptoms. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 19. Issue Publication Date: 1989. Copyright Statement: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. 1989. AB - Obtained measures of support, stress, distress, and cardiac symptoms (including the UCLA Loneliness Scale and the revised SCL-90) from 73 male cardiac patients (aged 35–73 yrs) at hospitalization and at 3, 6, and 12 mo after myocardial infarction or coronary artery bypass surgery. Hypotheses regarding the direction of causality among these variables were drawn from the literature on cardiac rehabilitation, stress, and support. Structural equation modeling was used to evaluate the stability and duration of these hypotheses over 3 time-lags. Results show that support ameliorated the subsequent experience of stress and distress and had effects opposite to these variables on cardiac symptoms. Support was more influential at 6 mo than at 12 mo, whereas stress was causally predominant at 12 mo. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social support & stress & distress KW - cardiac symptoms & rehabilitation KW - 35–73 yr old cardiac patients assessed at hospitalization & 3 & 6 & 12 mo after KW - 1989 KW - Cardiovascular Disorders KW - Recovery (Disorders) KW - Social Support KW - Stress KW - Distress KW - Heart Surgery KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Models KW - Rehabilitation KW - Symptoms KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/0278-6133.8.2.175 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-34150-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-34070-001 AN - 1989-34070-001 AU - Merrin, Edward L. AU - Floyd, Thomas C. AU - Fein, George T1 - Task-related EEG alpha asymmetry in schizophrenic patients prior to and after neuroleptic treatment. JF - Schizophrenia Research JO - Schizophrenia Research JA - Schizophr Res Y1 - 1988/07//Jul-Aug, 1988 VL - 1 IS - 4 SP - 283 EP - 293 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0920-9964 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-34070-001. PMID: 2908703 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Merrin, Edward L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, San Francisco, CA, US. Release Date: 19891001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Drug Therapy; Electroencephalography; Neuroleptic Drugs; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Processes. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jul-Aug, 1988. AB - Assessed task-related changes and reliability of EEG alpha asymmetry in 7 schizophrenic inpatients (SIs), 4 affective disordered patients, and 12 normal controls (aged 25–67 yrs). All Ss were male and right-handed. EEG was recorded during 2 cognitive tasks: copy design and copy text. The SIs were tested before and after 3–4 wks of neuroleptic treatment. Results suggest that any abnormal EEG asymmetry in SIs prior to treatment reflected a reversible functional state and not a permanent feature of cortical organization. Robust task-related alpha asymmetry was obtained in the SIs who were clinically treated. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuroleptic treatment KW - EEG during text vs design copying task KW - 25–67 yr olds with schizophrenia vs affective disorders KW - 1988 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Drug Therapy KW - Electroencephalography KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Schizophrenia KW - Cognitive Processes KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0920-9964(88)90005-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-34070-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-34055-001 AN - 1989-34055-001 AU - Ko, Grant N. AU - Korpi, Esa R. AU - Kirch, Darrell G. T1 - Haloperidol and reduced haloperidol concentrations in plasma and red blood cells from chronic schizophrenic patients. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology JA - J Clin Psychopharmacol Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 9 IS - 3 SP - 186 EP - 190 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0271-0749 SN - 1533-712X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-34055-001. PMID: 2661607 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ko, Grant N.; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, NY, US. Release Date: 19891001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Haloperidol; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Blood Plasma; Erythrocytes. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - Examined haloperidol (HAL) and reduced HAL in plasma and red blood cells during a 6-wk fixed-dose treatment course in 15 chronic schizophrenic patients (aged 18–34 yrs) who had previously been withdrawn from medication. Behavioral change was also measured using the Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale. Findings do not indicate any clear association between clinical response and concentrations or ratios of HAL and reduced HAL. Results do, however, suggest significant accumulations of reduced HAL in red blood cells compared with plasma. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - haloperidol & reduced haloperidol concentrations in plasma & red blood cells KW - chronic schizophrenic 18–34 yr olds KW - 1989 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Haloperidol KW - Schizophrenia KW - Blood Plasma KW - Erythrocytes KW - 1989 DO - 10.1097/00004714-198906000-00005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-34055-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-34023-001 AN - 1989-34023-001 AU - Fields, R. B. AU - Van Kammen, Daniel P. AU - Peters, J. L. AU - Rosen, J. AU - Van Kammen, W. B. AU - Nugent, A. AU - Stipetic, M. AU - Linnoila, M. T1 - Clonidine improves memory function in schizophrenia independently from change in psychosis: Preliminary findings. JF - Schizophrenia Research JO - Schizophrenia Research JA - Schizophr Res Y1 - 1988/11//Nov-Dec, 1988 VL - 1 IS - 6 SP - 417 EP - 423 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0920-9964 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-34023-001. PMID: 3154529 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fields, R. B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19891001. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clonidine; Drug Therapy; Memory; Schizophrenia. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Nov-Dec, 1988. AB - Assessed the effect of clonidine on the memory functioning of 10 male schizophrenic inpatients (aged 21–50 yrs). Clonidine trials followed a drug-free period, ranging from 19 to 69 days. Memory was assessed with a modification of the E. W. Russell (see record [rid]1976-08657-001[/rid]) revision of the Wechsler Memory Scale. Clonidine enhanced Ss' memory functioning independently of its effect on psychosis. Implications for the role of the noradrenergic system in memory as well as for an understanding of the nature of the cognitive deficits associated with schizophrenia are explored. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clonidine KW - memory function independent from psychosis KW - 21–50 yr old schizophrenic males KW - 1988 KW - Clonidine KW - Drug Therapy KW - Memory KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0920-9964(88)90024-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-34023-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-34012-001 AN - 1989-34012-001 AU - Davidson, Michael AU - Losonczy, Miklos F. AU - Mohs, Richard C. AU - Lesser, Juliet C. AU - Powchik, P. AU - Freed, L. B. AU - Davis, B. M. AU - Mykytyn, V. V. AU - Davis, K. L. T1 - Effects of debrisoquin and haloperidol on plasma homovanillic acid concentration in schizophrenic patients. JF - Neuropsychopharmacology JO - Neuropsychopharmacology JA - Neuropsychopharmacology Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 17 EP - 23 CY - United Kingdom PB - Nature Publishing Group SN - 0893-133X SN - 1740-634X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-34012-001. PMID: 3509064 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davidson, Michael; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, New York, US. Release Date: 19891001. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Interactions; Haloperidol; Homovanillic Acid; Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Blood Plasma; Dopamine; Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. AB - Investigated the ability of debrisoquin to suppress peripheral homovanillic acid (pHVA) production in schizophrenics as well as the effects of haloperidol administration in schizophrenics with and without debrisoquin treatment. 30 physically healthy males participated in the study. Debrisoquin is a drug that suppresses the peripheral formation of homovanillic acid without affecting the central formation. Acute haloperidol administration consistently increased pHVA concentrations in patients pretreated or not pretreated with debrisoquin, suggesting that this increment reflects haloperidol's central and not peripheral effects. Findings are discussed in relation to evidence suggesting that the antipsychotic efficacy of neuroleptic drugs is associated with the reduction of central dopaminergic activity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - debrisoquin &/vs haloperidol KW - central vs peripheral plasma HVA concentration KW - schizophrenic males KW - implications for dopamine KW - 1987 KW - Drug Interactions KW - Haloperidol KW - Homovanillic Acid KW - Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors KW - Schizophrenia KW - Blood Plasma KW - Dopamine KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0893-133X(87)90005-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-34012-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-34005-001 AN - 1989-34005-001 AU - Chabal, Charles AU - Jacobson, Louis AU - Russell, Lisa C. AU - Burchiel, Kim J. T1 - Pain responses to perineuromal injection of normal saline, gallamine, and lidocaine in humans. JF - Pain JO - Pain JA - Pain Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 36 IS - 3 SP - 321 EP - 325 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0304-3959 SN - 1872-6623 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-34005-001. PMID: 2710561 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Chabal, Charles; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Anesthesiology Service, Seattle, WA, US. Other Publishers: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. Release Date: 19891001. Correction Date: 20160421. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Drugs; Pain Perception; Phantom Limbs. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - To evaluate the chemosensitivity of human neurons to potassium channel blocking agents, 9 Ss (aged 36–68 yrs) with neuroma pain underwent perineuromal injection in a single-blinded fashion of normal saline, gallamine, and lidocaine. Sodium chloride had no effect on control pain levels, while gallamine significantly increased and lidocaine significantly decreased pain from control levels. Three of 4 patients with accompanying phantom limb pain noted an increase in pain after the injection of gallamine. Data suggest that peripheral input plays a modulating but not solitary role in both neuroma and phantom limb pain. Agents that increase potassium channel permeability or decrease sodium influx would be predicted to decrease perceived pain. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - gallamine & lidocaine & sodium chloride KW - chemosensitivity of neurons & pain responses KW - 36–68 yr olds with neuroma pain KW - 1989 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drugs KW - Pain Perception KW - Phantom Limbs KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0304-3959(89)90091-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-34005-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-33967-001 AN - 1989-33967-001 AU - Keane, Terence M. AU - Fairbank, John A. AU - Caddell, Juesta M. AU - Zimering, Rose T. T1 - Implosive (flooding) therapy reduces symptoms of PTSD in Vietnam combat veterans. JF - Behavior Therapy JO - Behavior Therapy JA - Behav Ther Y1 - 1989///Spr 1989 VL - 20 IS - 2 SP - 245 EP - 260 CY - US PB - Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy SN - 0005-7894 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-33967-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Keane, Terence M.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Ctr, MA, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19891001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Implosive Therapy; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies. Classification: Behavior Therapy & Behavior Modification (3312); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Trial; Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1989. AB - In a randomized clinical trial, 24 male Vietnam veterans with a diagnosis of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) were randomly assigned either to a group receiving 14 to 16 sessions of implosive (flooding) therapy or to a waiting-list control group. Standard psychometrics were administered before, following, and 6 mo after treatment, and therapist ratings of symptomatology were concurrently obtained in personal interviews. Compared with the waiting-list controls, Ss receiving implosive therapy showed significant improvement across many of the psychometric measures and the therapist ratings of psychopathology. Specific changes in the re-experiencing dimension of PTSD, anxiety, and depression were notable, and treatment did not seem to influence the numbing and social avoidance aspects of PTSD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - implosive therapy KW - male Vietnam veterans with PTSD KW - 6 mo followup KW - 1989 KW - Implosive Therapy KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Followup Studies KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/S0005-7894(89)80072-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-33967-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-33897-001 AN - 1989-33897-001 AU - Erickson, Richard C. T1 - Applications of cognitive testing to group therapies with the chronically mentally ill. JF - International Journal of Group Psychotherapy JO - International Journal of Group Psychotherapy JA - Int J Group Psychother Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 39 IS - 2 SP - 223 EP - 235 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0020-7284 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-33897-001. PMID: 2707934 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Erickson, Richard C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brockton, MA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19891001. Correction Date: 20160421. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Group Psychotherapy; Measurement. Minor Descriptor: Bipolar Disorder; Schizophrenia. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - Discusses the finding by J. A. Talbott (1984) and others that patients in public service facilities increasingly present with complex, severe, and chronic biopsychosocial problems. The author reviews the limitations of the mental status, intelligence, and neuropsychological testing and discusses an alternative strategy for cognitive testing that involves selecting and interpreting cognitive tests based on functional (e.g., concentration, memory, psychomotor speed), rather than diagnostic, significance. This strategy is illustrated by examples of 5 male patients in their 30s who were diagnosed with bipolar disorder and chronic schizophrenia. Implications for group therapies are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - limitations & problems of cognitive testing in group therapies KW - adult schizophrenic & manic depressive males KW - 1989 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Measurement KW - Bipolar Disorder KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-33897-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-33857-001 AN - 1989-33857-001 AU - Shear, Howard J. AU - Ruskin, Paul E. T1 - A pulmonary stage of psychological development: The evolvement of the concept. JF - Psychotherapy Patient JO - Psychotherapy Patient Y1 - 1988/// VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 197 EP - 208 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0738-6176 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-33857-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shear, Howard J.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychology Service, Baltimore, MD, US. Release Date: 19891001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychosexual Development; Psychotherapy; Respiration. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Conceptualizes a pulmonary stage of psychosexual development analogous to Freud's oral, anal, phallic, and genital stages of development. The pulmonary stage is unique with regard to the other stages in that it does not involve interpersonal relationships and is therefore the most primitive stage of all. Excerpts from a therapy session with a 37-yr-old male and an interview with an elderly woman are presented as clinical experiences leading to the development of the pulmonary stage concept. Psychotherapeutic experiences with clients that reinforced the development of the concept are also presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - pulmonary stage of psychosexual development as seen in psychotherapy KW - 1988 KW - Psychosexual Development KW - Psychotherapy KW - Respiration KW - 1988 DO - 10.1300/J358v04n02_18 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-33857-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-33534-001 AN - 1989-33534-001 AU - Grigsby, James P. AU - Johnston, Catherine L. T1 - Depersonalization, vertigo and Ménière's disease. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 64 IS - 2 SP - 527 EP - 534 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-33534-001. PMID: 2785275 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Grigsby, James P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Denver, CO, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19891001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Menieres Disease; Reality. Minor Descriptor: Vertigo. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - Presents case histories of 2 women (aged 32 and 34 yrs) with Ménière's disease who also experienced concurrent feelings of unreality. It is suggested that feelings of unreality may occur regularly in association with syndromes causing vertigo, presumably as a consequence of vestibular dysfunction. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - feelings of unreality KW - 32 & 34 yr old females with Meniere's disease KW - 1989 KW - Menieres Disease KW - Reality KW - Vertigo KW - 1989 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1989.64.2.527 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-33534-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-33375-001 AN - 1989-33375-001 AU - Irwin, Michael R. AU - Smith, Tom L. AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Brown, Sandra AU - Baird, Steve AU - Grant, Igor AU - Schuckit, Marc A. T1 - Graded neuropsychological impairment and elevated !g-glutamyl transferase in chronic alcoholic men. JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JA - Alcohol Clin Exp Res Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 13 IS - 1 SP - 99 EP - 103 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0145-6008 SN - 1530-0277 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-33375-001. PMID: 2564260 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Irwin, Michael R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Clinical Research Ctr on Alcoholism, La Jolla, CA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19891001. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Cognitive Ability; Enzymes; Visual Perception. Minor Descriptor: Blood Plasma. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1989. AB - Hypothesized that distinct biochemical and metabolic disturbances associated with liver injury may be related to specific cognitive changes in alcoholics. In 132 alcoholic men admitted to an alcohol treatment program, increases in gamma-glutamyl transferase (GGT) values were correlated with impairment in several measures of visuoperceptual and visuoconceptual functioning (e.g., Trail-Making Test, digit-symbol, visual search). The association between plasma levels of GGT and neuropsychological performance was independent of other measures of liver injury and alcohol consumption histories. Results support the hypothesis and suggest that possible mechanisms beyond severe hepatic dysfunction and alcohol consumption underlie cognitive deficits in alcoholics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - gamma-glutamyl transferase & visuoperceptual & visuoconceptual functioning KW - alcoholic males KW - 1989 KW - Alcoholism KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Enzymes KW - Visual Perception KW - Blood Plasma KW - 1989 DO - 10.1111/j.1530-0277.1989.tb00292.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-33375-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-1502-8431 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-33364-001 AN - 1989-33364-001 AU - Brown, Reba H. AU - Hyer, Lee AU - Harrison, William T1 - Distance from mother and father among alcoholics. JF - Advances in Alcohol & Substance Abuse JO - Advances in Alcohol & Substance Abuse JA - Adv Alcohol Subst Abuse Y1 - 1989/// VL - 8 IS - 1 SP - 75 EP - 91 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0270-3106 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-33364-001. PMID: 2711916 Other Journal Title: Journal of Addictive Diseases. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brown, Reba H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Augusta, GA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19891001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcoholism; Parent Child Relations; Psychopathology. Minor Descriptor: Father Child Relations; Mother Child Relations. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Studied the relationship of parental closeness to current behavior and related psychopathological indices among alcoholics. 70 alcoholics from an inpatient treatment unit and 30 medical inpatients were given a battery of alcohol-related measures. These measures included a scale assessing the psychological distance from mother and father, a social closeness measure, an index of anger, and a locus of control measure, along with basic alcohol-related information. In addition, the alcoholic sample was given psychometric measures of depression and cognition. Results show that perceived distance from parents was greater among alcoholics than among medical patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - parental relationships KW - drinking patterns & current behavior & psychopathology KW - hospitalized alcoholic males KW - 1989 KW - Adjustment KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Alcoholism KW - Parent Child Relations KW - Psychopathology KW - Father Child Relations KW - Mother Child Relations KW - 1989 DO - 10.1300/J251v08n01_06 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-33364-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-33233-001 AN - 1989-33233-001 AU - Zemishlany, Zvi AU - Siever, Larry J. AU - Coccaro, Emil F. T1 - Biologic factors in personality disorders. JF - Israel Journal of Psychiatry and Related Sciences JO - Israel Journal of Psychiatry and Related Sciences JA - Isr J Psychiatry Relat Sci Y1 - 1988/// VL - 25 IS - 1 SP - 12 EP - 23 CY - Israel PB - Gefen Publishing House SN - 0333-7308 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-33233-001. PMID: 2908042 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zemishlany, Zvi; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, NY, US. Release Date: 19891001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Disorders; Physiological Correlates. Minor Descriptor: Impulsiveness; Schizoid Personality Disorder. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Three core vulnerabilities have been proposed as a heuristic model for the characterization of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) personality disorders (PDs): impulsivity, affective instability (AIS), and schizotypy. Low serotonergic activity and to a lesser degree (1) decreased cortical arousal, (2) disinhibited motoric activity, and (3) low monoamine oxidase activity have been associated with impulsivity/aggression. While studies of biologic markers of depression have not yielded conclusive results in PDs, the dimension of AIS in many PDs may be distinguished from the classical affective disorders in its reversibility and responsiveness to the environment. Biologic measures implicated in schizophrenia, including smooth-pursuit eye movements, ventricular-brain-ratio on computerized axial tomography (CAT) scan, cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) homovanillic acid, and the variability of growth hormone secretion, have also been observed in schizotypal PD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - biologic factors in impulsivity & affective instability & schizotypy KW - patients with personality disorders KW - 1988 KW - Personality Disorders KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Impulsiveness KW - Schizoid Personality Disorder KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-33233-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-33224-001 AN - 1989-33224-001 AU - Wexler, Bruce E. AU - Mason, John W. AU - Giller, Earl L. T1 - Possible subtypes of affective disorder suggested by differences in cerebral laterality and testosterone: A preliminary report. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 46 IS - 5 SP - 429 EP - 433 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-33224-001. PMID: 2712661 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wexler, Bruce E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19891001. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Cerebral Dominance; Psychodiagnostic Typologies; Subtypes (Disorders); Testosterone. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. AB - 18 male inpatients (aged 30–59 yrs) with affective disorders were evenly divided into 2 pathophysiologically distinct subgroups based on the results of 2 dichotic listening tests administered to determine cerebral laterality. The 2 groups showed significant differences in serum testosterone levels and opposite relationships between testosterone level and symptom severity. Findings provide evidence of the pathological heterogeneity of affective illnesses. Results also suggest links between testosterone level, left hemisphere function, and neurochemical and psychosocial aspects of affective illness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cerebral laterality & testosterone levels KW - assessment of disorder subtypes KW - 30–59 yr old males with affective disorders KW - 1989 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Cerebral Dominance KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - Subtypes (Disorders) KW - Testosterone KW - 1989 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1989.01810050043007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-33224-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-33215-001 AN - 1989-33215-001 AU - Waldo, Merilyne C. AU - Adler, Lawrence E. AU - Freedman, Robert T1 - Defects in auditory sensory gating and their apparent compensation in relatives of schizophrenics. JF - Schizophrenia Research JO - Schizophrenia Research JA - Schizophr Res Y1 - 1988/01//Jan-Feb, 1988 VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 19 EP - 24 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0920-9964 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-33215-001. PMID: 3154501 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Waldo, Merilyne C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Denver, CO, US. Release Date: 19891001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Evoked Potentials; Family Members; Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jan-Feb, 1988. AB - Analyzed auditory evoked potentials from 13 unmedicated, acutely psychotic, male, schizophrenic patients; 32 normal Ss; 20 1st-degree relatives of schizophrenic patients; and 5 other schizophrenics to determine the extent to which the P50 gating defect and the N100 amplitude defect were related. The 2 deficits were independent and may have different pathophysiological significance. The failure to gate P50 in the conditioning–testing paradigm appeared to be a schizotaxic factor, but not sufficient by itself to cause illness. The inability to produce a large N100 appeared to be more closely related to the presence of florid, clinically significant illness, yet was not likely to be genetically determined. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - auditory EPs & P50 gating & N100 amplitude defects KW - 1st degree relatives of schizophrenic patients vs schizophrenic patients KW - 1988 KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Family Members KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0920-9964(88)90035-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-33215-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-33203-001 AN - 1989-33203-001 AU - Van Kammen, Daniel P. AU - Van Kammen, Welmoet B. AU - Peters, Jeffrey AU - Goetz, Kenneth AU - Neylan, T. T1 - Decreased slow-wave sleep and enlarged lateral ventricles in schizophrenia. JF - Neuropsychopharmacology JO - Neuropsychopharmacology JA - Neuropsychopharmacology Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 1 IS - 4 SP - 265 EP - 271 CY - United Kingdom PB - Nature Publishing Group SN - 0893-133X SN - 1740-634X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-33203-001. PMID: 3251506 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Kammen, Daniel P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19891001. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroencephalography; Schizophrenia; Sleep; Symptoms; Tomography. Minor Descriptor: Brain. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. AB - All-night EEG measures were evaluated against computed tomography (CT) scan measures, negative symptoms, and premorbid personality assessment in 10 drug-free male schizophrenic patients (aged 24–50 yrs). CT scan measures included ventricle brain ratio (VBR), cortical atrophy, and width of the 3rd ventricle. Decreased Stage-4 sleep was associated with enlarged VBR, poor premorbid functioning, and negative symptoms. Size of the VBR accounted for 58.5% of the variance in Stage-4 sleep. Brain atrophy was associated with longer sleep latency but with less arousals once the patients were asleep. REM measures did not correlate significantly with any of the variables examined. Data suggest that decreased slow-wave sleep and ventricle size are associated in schizophrenia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sleep EEG & brain computed tomography scan variables & negative symptoms & premorbid functioning KW - drug free male schizophrenic 24–50 yr olds KW - 1988 KW - Electroencephalography KW - Schizophrenia KW - Sleep KW - Symptoms KW - Tomography KW - Brain KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-33203-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-33178-001 AN - 1989-33178-001 AU - Silva, J. Arturo AU - Leong, Gregory B. AU - Weinstock, Robert AU - Ready, David J. T1 - Factitious AIDS in a psychiatric inpatient. JF - The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry / La Revue canadienne de psychiatrie JO - The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry / La Revue canadienne de psychiatrie JA - Can J Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 34 IS - 4 SP - 320 EP - 322 CY - Canada PB - Canadian Psychiatric Assn SN - 0706-7437 SN - 1497-0015 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-33178-001. PMID: 2736476 Other Journal Title: The Canadian Psychiatric Association Journal / La Revue de l'Association des psychiatres du Canada. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silva, J. Arturo; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Los Angeles, CA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19891001. Correction Date: 20160901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: AIDS; Factitious Disorders; Human Females; Major Depression. Minor Descriptor: Case Report. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. AB - Reports the case of a 28-yr-old female presenting to a psychiatric inpatient unit with depression and a history of acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS). Although medical assessment was negative for AIDS, psychiatric evaluation and psychological testing were consistent with a presentation of factitious disorder. (French abstract) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - factitious AIDS KW - 28 yr old female with depression KW - case report KW - 1989 KW - AIDS KW - Factitious Disorders KW - Human Females KW - Major Depression KW - Case Report KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-33178-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-33168-001 AN - 1989-33168-001 AU - Ryan, Joseph J. AU - Paolo, Anthony M. T1 - Frequency of occurrence of a WAIS dementia pattern in schizophrenia and bipolar affective disorder. JF - Clinical Neuropsychologist JO - Clinical Neuropsychologist Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 45 EP - 48 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0920-1637 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-33168-001. Other Journal Title: The Clinical Neuropsychologist. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ryan, Joseph J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Leavenworth, KS, US. Release Date: 19891001. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Bipolar Disorder; Dementia; Profiles (Measurement); Schizophrenia; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Minor Descriptor: Subtests. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. AB - P. A. Fuld (1983) identified a Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) subtest profile that is moderately sensitive to the dementia associated with Alzheimer's disease but occurs infrequently in other conditions. 30 male chronic psychiatric patients (16 bipolar affective disorders; 14 schizophrenics) were examined for incidence of the pattern. Results indicate 97% specificity, since the pattern occurred in only 1 of the Ss. This compares favorably with reported figures for multi-infarct dementia (5.1%), craniocerebral trauma (5%), and normal elderly (<3%). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - incidence of WAIS subtest profile for dementia KW - males with bipolar affective disorder or schizophrenia KW - 1989 KW - Bipolar Disorder KW - Dementia KW - Profiles (Measurement) KW - Schizophrenia KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - Subtests KW - 1989 DO - 10.1080/13854048908404075 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-33168-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-33165-001 AN - 1989-33165-001 AU - Ross, Richard J. AU - Ball, William A. AU - Sullivan, Kenneth A. AU - Caroff, Stanley N. T1 - Sleep disturbance as the hallmark of posttraumatic stress disorder. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 146 IS - 6 SP - 697 EP - 707 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-33165-001. PMID: 2658624 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ross, Richard J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Philadelphia, PA, US. Release Date: 19891001. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; REM Sleep; Sleep Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Experimentation; Hallucinations; Neurophysiology; Startle Reflex. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - The reexperiencing of a traumatic event in the form of repetitive dreams, memories, or flashbacks is one of the cardinal manifestations of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). The dream disturbance associated with PTSD may be relatively specific for this disorder, and dysfunctional REM sleep mechanisms may be involved in the pathogenesis of the posttraumatic anxiety dream. Neurophysiological studies in animals suggests that central nervous system (CNS) processes generating REM sleep may participate in the control of the classical startle response, which may be akin to the startle behavior commonly described in PTSD patients. In speculating that PTSD may be fundamentally a disorder of REM sleep mechanisms, the present authors suggest several strategies for future research. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - REM sleep disturbance & underlying neural systems & heightened startle response & flashbacks KW - PTSD KW - implications for research KW - 1989 KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - REM Sleep KW - Sleep Disorders KW - Experimentation KW - Hallucinations KW - Neurophysiology KW - Startle Reflex KW - 1989 DO - 10.1176/ajp.146.6.697 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-33165-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-33118-001 AN - 1989-33118-001 AU - Lyons, Judith A. AU - Gerardi, Robert J. AU - Wolfe, Jessica AU - Keane, Terence M. T1 - Multidimensional assessment of combat-related PTSD: Phenomenological, psychometric, and psychophysiological considerations. JF - Journal of Traumatic Stress JO - Journal of Traumatic Stress JA - J Trauma Stress Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 1 IS - 3 SP - 373 EP - 394 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0894-9867 SN - 1573-6598 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-33118-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lyons, Judith A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Jackson, MS, US. Release Date: 19891001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychodiagnosis. Minor Descriptor: Behavioral Assessment. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 22. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. AB - Discusses diagnostic issues in the assessment of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in combat veterans and presents a model of multidimensional assessment of PTSD. Issues discussed include the validity of the PTSD diagnosis; anxiety, depression, and substance abuse in PTSD; and revision of Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) diagnostic criteria regarding PTSD. The components of the multidimensional assessment model discussed include demographic information, structured clinical interviews, psychometric assessment, interviewer ratings, psychophysical assessment, behavioral observation, archival data (i.e., medical records), and collateral information (e.g., interviews with spouses or staff). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - phenomenological & psychometric & psychophysiological assessment of PTSD KW - combat veterans KW - 1988 KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Behavioral Assessment KW - 1988 DO - 10.1002/jts.2490010308 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-33118-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-33117-001 AN - 1989-33117-001 AU - Lukoff, David T1 - Transpersonal perspectives on manic psychosis: Creative, visionary, and mystical states. JF - Journal of Transpersonal Psychology JO - Journal of Transpersonal Psychology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 20 IS - 2 SP - 111 EP - 139 CY - US PB - Association for Transpersonal Psychology SN - 0022-524X SN - 0722-5547 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-33117-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lukoff, David; San Francisco Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CA, US. Release Date: 19891001. Correction Date: 20170130. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Consciousness States; Mania; Psychosis. Minor Descriptor: Transpersonal Psychology. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 29. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Presents the case of a male with manic psychosis, previously described by the author (see record [rid]1989-16388-001[/rid]), to illustrate how the cognitive, affective, sensory, energetic, and behavior changes that occur during a manic psychosis can foster the development of 3 transpersonal states of consciousness—visionary, mystical, and creative. Artistic creativity and psychosis are contrasted, and a probable genetic link between creativity and manic depressive illness is noted. The cultural role of visionary states and personal and immediate contact or union in the mystical state are described. Treatment implications and the role of the transpersonal therapist are addressed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive & affective changes KW - development of visionary & mystical & creative states of consciousness KW - male with manic psychosis KW - implications for transpersonal treatment KW - 1988 KW - Consciousness States KW - Mania KW - Psychosis KW - Transpersonal Psychology KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-33117-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-33083-001 AN - 1989-33083-001 AU - Keane, Terence M. T1 - Post-traumatic stress disorder: Current status and future directions. JF - Behavior Therapy JO - Behavior Therapy JA - Behav Ther Y1 - 1989///Spr 1989 VL - 20 IS - 2 SP - 149 EP - 153 CY - US PB - Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy SN - 0005-7894 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-33083-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Keane, Terence M.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MA, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19891001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimentation; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1989. AB - Provides an overview of current research in posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) to provide impetus for studies that will advance the understanding of the effects of high level stressors on individuals in society today. It is suggested that the most important factors that need to be studied in PTSD involve the biological, psychological, and social resources that interact with individuals' experiences of traumatic events. Research on reactions to different types of trauma and on other disorders that develop following exposure to extreme stress is reviewed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - overview of current research on PTSD KW - 1989 KW - Experimentation KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/S0005-7894(89)80066-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-33083-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-33062-001 AN - 1989-33062-001 AU - Grace, Glenn D. AU - Stiers, William T1 - Changes in VA diagnosis of schizophrenic and affective disorders after DSM-III. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 40 IS - 3 SP - 277 EP - 279 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-33062-001. PMID: 2917738 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Grace, Glenn D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Alexandria, LA, US. Release Date: 19891001. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Psychodiagnosis; Psychodiagnostic Typologies; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Diagnostic Criteria. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - Assessed the impact of changes in the criteria for diagnosis of schizophrenia in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) (i.e., exclusion of persons who exhibit a full affective syndrome before the onset of psychotic symptoms) on psychiatric diagnostic practices in Veterans Administration facilities before and after publication of DSM-III. Data from patient records show that diagnoses of schizophrenia increased about half as much as expected, while diagnoses of affective disorders rose about 2.5 times as much as expected. Patients whose diagnoses were changed from schizophrenic to affective disorders after publication of DSM-III had significantly fewer hospitalizations in both time periods than patients who retained diagnoses of schizophrenia. However, greater diagnostic inconsistency was found after implementation of DSM-III. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - changes in DSM-III diagnostic criteria for schizophrenia & affective disorders KW - psychiatric diagnostic practices in VA facilities KW - 1989 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - Schizophrenia KW - Diagnostic Criteria KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-33062-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-33056-001 AN - 1989-33056-001 AU - Glover, Hillel T1 - Four syndromes of post-traumatic stress disorder: Stressors and conflicts of the traumatized with special focus on the Vietnam combat veteran. JF - Journal of Traumatic Stress JO - Journal of Traumatic Stress JA - J Trauma Stress Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 57 EP - 78 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0894-9867 SN - 1573-6598 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-33056-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Glover, Hillel; Veterans Administration Hosp, East Orange, NJ, US. Release Date: 19891001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Conflict; Emotional Trauma; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Anxiety; Fear; Guilt; Syndromes. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 22. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1988. AB - Describes 4 clinical syndromes of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) that can be observed in many Vietnam veterans who have combat-related stress disorders. Each syndrome has its own independent stressor and central emotional conflict. These conflicts are (1) survival guilt secondary to losing a close friend, (2) fear and anxiety secondary to life-threatening situations, (3) guilt and related conflicts secondary to participation in acts of abusive violence, (4) mistrust secondary to the experience of betrayal of trust, especially by persons in authority. The 4 syndromes and their associated central emotional conflicts are compared across 5 psychological dimensions of behavior: (1) types of emotional symptoms of distress, (2) disturbances in interpersonal relationships, (3) problems with aggression, (4) alterations in self-concepts, and (5) characteristic changes in the manifest content of dreams. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stressors & conflicts of guilt & fear & mistrust & anxiety & other factors in 4 clinical syndromes of PTSD KW - Vietnam combat veterans KW - 1988 KW - Conflict KW - Emotional Trauma KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Stress KW - Anxiety KW - Fear KW - Guilt KW - Syndromes KW - 1988 DO - 10.1002/jts.2490010106 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-33056-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-33049-001 AN - 1989-33049-001 AU - Gerardi, Robert J. AU - Blanchard, Edward B. AU - Kolb, Lawrence C. T1 - Ability of Vietnam veterans to dissimulate a psychophysiological assessment for post-traumatic stress disorder. JF - Behavior Therapy JO - Behavior Therapy JA - Behav Ther Y1 - 1989///Spr 1989 VL - 20 IS - 2 SP - 229 EP - 243 CY - US PB - Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy SN - 0005-7894 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-33049-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gerardi, Robert J.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychology Service, MA, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19891001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Faking; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychophysiology. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1989. AB - Examined the ability of 36 male Vietnam War veterans (aged 29–43 yrs) with and without posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) to fake a psychophysiological assessment. Results indicate that PTSD Ss responded to combat stimuli with significantly greater increases in psychophysiological parameters than did Ss without PTSD. When Ss were instructed to alter their psychophysiological responses to the combat stimuli, Ss with PTSD were unable to do so. However, Ss without PTSD were able to increase certain psychophysiological responses to appear more like the PTSD Ss. Despite the ability of some non-PTSD Ss to control these responses, PTSD and non-PTSD Ss were still discriminated at a high rate. There was relatively good short-term test–retest reliability for heart rate and skin conductance in Ss given no instructions to fake. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - faking psychophysiological assessment KW - 29–43 yr old male Vietnam War veterans with vs without PTSD KW - 1989 KW - Faking KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychophysiology KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/S0005-7894(89)80071-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-33049-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-33047-001 AN - 1989-33047-001 AU - Gallers, Johanna AU - Foy, David W. AU - Donahoe, Clyde P. AU - Goldfarb, John T1 - Post-traumatic stress disorder in Vietnam combat veterans: Effects of traumatic violence exposure with military adjustment. T3 - Progress in traumatic stress research JF - Journal of Traumatic Stress JO - Journal of Traumatic Stress JA - J Trauma Stress Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 181 EP - 192 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0894-9867 SN - 1573-6598 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-33047-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gallers, Johanna; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brentwood Div, CA, US. Release Date: 19891001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotional Trauma; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Violence; War. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. AB - Examined the contributions of military adjustment and exposure to traumatic violence to the development of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), using 30 PTSD-positive and 30 PTSD-negative high-combat Vietnam veterans (as assessed by a combat exposure scale of D. W. Foy et al [see PA, Vol 71:11154]). Ss were individually administered a structured interview to elicit premilitary, military, and postmilitary history data as measures of social support, combat exposure, exposure to traumatic violence, and PTSD symptom severity. There were no significant differences in premilitary adjustment between PTSD-positive and PTSD-negative Ss. However, even after employing Ss in which combat exposure was equivalently high, PTSD-positives reported more exposure to traumatic violence. Both groups reported declines in military adjustment (e.g., increased alcohol and drug use, fewer social supports) following exposure to combat. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - military adjustment & traumatic violence KW - development of PTSD KW - Vietnam veterans KW - 1988 KW - Emotional Trauma KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Violence KW - War KW - 1988 DO - 10.1002/jts.2490010206 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-33047-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-33043-001 AN - 1989-33043-001 AU - Frecska, Ede AU - Arato, Mihály AU - Banki, Csaba M. AU - Mohari, Katalin AU - Perenyi, Andras AU - Bagdy, Gyorgy AU - Fekete, Marton I. K. T1 - Prolactin response to fentanyl in depression. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 25 IS - 6 SP - 692 EP - 696 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-33043-001. PMID: 2923932 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Frecska, Ede; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19891001. Correction Date: 20130819. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Fentanyl; Major Depression; Prolactin. Minor Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Suicide. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - 10 unmedicated female inpatients with Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) diagnosed major depression and 10 healthy volunteer women were given an iv injection of 0.1 mg fentanyl at 9 AM and 9 PM on different days. The prolactin secretory response to this opioid agonist was investigated for 1 hr with serial blood sampling. Repeated measures analysis of variance (ANOVA) yielded a significant effect of fentanyl administration on prolactin secretion, and there were elevated hormone responses in the evening. No group difference was seen between healthy volunteers and depressed patients, but 4 of the depressives showed the most blunted response, and 3 of these low responders committed suicide within 1 yr. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - fentanyl KW - prolactin response KW - female inpatients with major depression KW - implications for identification of patients at risk for suicide KW - 1989 KW - Fentanyl KW - Major Depression KW - Prolactin KW - At Risk Populations KW - Suicide KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(89)90239-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-33043-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-32996-001 AN - 1989-32996-001 AU - Alford, Joe D. AU - Mahone, Charles AU - Fielstein, Elliot M. T1 - Cognitive and behavioral sequelae of combat: Conceptualization and implication for treatment. JF - Journal of Traumatic Stress JO - Journal of Traumatic Stress JA - J Trauma Stress Y1 - 1988/10// VL - 1 IS - 4 SP - 489 EP - 501 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0894-9867 SN - 1573-6598 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-32996-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Alford, Joe D.; John L. McClelland Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Little Rock, AR, US. Release Date: 19891001. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Problems; Cognitions; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Therapy; Psychotherapy; Sequelae. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1988. AB - Focuses on problematic patterns of thought and behavior among Vietnam combat veterans identified with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), which are associated with difficulties in emotional, interpersonal, and vocational functioning. The following patterns have been identified: intolerance of mistakes, denial of personal difficulties, anger as a problem-solving strategy, hypervigilance, and absolutistic thinking. The realistic and adaptive origins of these patterns in the combat environment are identified, and their maladaptiveness outside the combat environment is described. It is suggested that cognitive therapy alone aimed at modifying the cognitive and behavioral sequelae is inadequate as treatment for PTSD. Cognitive therapy is seen as most effective as a complement to work on traumatic experiences. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - problematic thought & behavior patterns KW - emotional & interpersonal & vocational functioning KW - Vietnam combat veterans with PTSD KW - implications for cognitive therapy & psychotherapy KW - 1988 KW - Behavior Problems KW - Cognitions KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Cognitive Therapy KW - Psychotherapy KW - Sequelae KW - 1988 DO - 10.1002/jts.2490010408 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-32996-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-32987-001 AN - 1989-32987-001 AU - Weiss, Kenneth M. AU - Vrtunski, P. Bart AU - Simpson, Dale M. T1 - Information overload disrupts digit recall performance in schizophrenics. JF - Schizophrenia Research JO - Schizophrenia Research JA - Schizophr Res Y1 - 1988/07//Jul-Aug, 1988 VL - 1 IS - 4 SP - 299 EP - 303 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0920-9964 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-32987-001. PMID: 3154517 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weiss, Kenneth M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Cleveland, OH, US. Release Date: 19891001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Digit Span Testing; Human Information Storage; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jul-Aug, 1988. AB - Examined the responses of 25 male schizophrenic and 15 male nonschizophrenic (alcohol dependent) inpatients (aged 26–60 yrs) when exposed to more information than could be recalled. Schizophrenics had a slightly smaller absolute digit span recall capacity, and, when overloaded, their performance was fragile and marked by frequent severe disruptions. Such disruptions were not found in any of the controls. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - information overload KW - digit span recall capacity KW - male 26–60 yr olds with alcohol dependency with vs without schizophrenia KW - 1988 KW - Alcoholism KW - Digit Span Testing KW - Human Information Storage KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0920-9964(88)90007-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-32987-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-32282-001 AN - 1989-32282-001 AU - Scremin, Oscar U. AU - Allen, Kathleen AU - Torres, Catherine AU - Scremin, A. Erika T1 - Physostigmine enhances blood flow: Metabolism ratio in neocortex. JF - Neuropsychopharmacology JO - Neuropsychopharmacology JA - Neuropsychopharmacology Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 1 IS - 4 SP - 297 EP - 303 CY - United Kingdom PB - Nature Publishing Group SN - 0893-133X SN - 1740-634X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-32282-001. PMID: 3150807 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Scremin, Oscar U.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Albuquerque, NM, US. Release Date: 19891001. Correction Date: 20100510. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blood Flow; Cerebral Cortex; Neurochemistry; Physostigmine. Minor Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Memory; Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. AB - Investigated the regional distribution of the cerebral vasodilatation induced by physostigmine and its correlation to metabolic activation in experiments with male rats, with the aim of better understanding the central actions of this drug. Findings are discussed in relation to the effect of this drug on memory in normal humans and in patients with Alzheimer's disease. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - physostigmine KW - metabolism & blood flow in neocortex KW - male rats KW - implications for memory in Alzheimer's disease KW - 1988 KW - Blood Flow KW - Cerebral Cortex KW - Neurochemistry KW - Physostigmine KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Memory KW - Rats KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-32282-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-32233-001 AN - 1989-32233-001 AU - Lohr, James B. AU - Cadet, Jean L. AU - Wyatt, Richard J. AU - Freed, William J. T1 - Partial reversal of the iminodipropionitrile-induced hyperkinetic syndrome in rats by !a-tocopherol (vitamin E). JF - Neuropsychopharmacology JO - Neuropsychopharmacology JA - Neuropsychopharmacology Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 1 IS - 4 SP - 305 EP - 309 CY - United Kingdom PB - Nature Publishing Group SN - 0893-133X SN - 1740-634X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-32233-001. PMID: 3251508 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lohr, James B.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, CA, US. Release Date: 19891001. Correction Date: 20100510. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Activity Level; Movement Disorders; Neurotoxins; Vitamins. Minor Descriptor: Animal Models; Hyperkinesis; Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. AB - In 2 experiments, male rats were treated with the neurotoxin iminodipropionitrile (IDPN), which causes an irreversible movement disorder accompanied by arousal damage similar to that seen in Vitamin E deficiency. Results show that Vitamin E administered either concurrently or following IDPN significantly reduced the severity of IDPN-induced dyskinesia compared to those receiving IDPN alone. Findings suggest a possible involvement of free radical formation in the neurotoxicity of IDPN. IDPN has been proposed as a model for hyperkinetic movement disorders in humans, including Tourette's syndrome, Huntington's disease, spasmodic dystonias, and tardive dyskinesia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - iminodipropionitrile KW - movement disorders accompanied by arousal damage & reversal by vitamin E KW - male rats KW - animal model of hyperkinetic movement disorders in humans KW - 1988 KW - Activity Level KW - Movement Disorders KW - Neurotoxins KW - Vitamins KW - Animal Models KW - Hyperkinesis KW - Rats KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-32233-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-32165-001 AN - 1989-32165-001 AU - Bonnet, Michael H. AU - Dexter, J. R. AU - Gillin, J. Christian AU - James, Steven P. AU - Kripke, D. AU - Mendelson, W. AU - Mitler, M. T1 - The use of triazolam in phase-advanced sleep. JF - Neuropsychopharmacology JO - Neuropsychopharmacology JA - Neuropsychopharmacology Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 1 IS - 3 SP - 225 EP - 234 CY - United Kingdom PB - Nature Publishing Group SN - 0893-133X SN - 1740-634X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-32165-001. PMID: 3251503 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bonnet, Michael H.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Long Beach, CA, US. Release Date: 19891001. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Dosages; Human Biological Rhythms; Sleep Wake Cycle; Triazolam; Workday Shifts. Minor Descriptor: Drug Therapy. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1988. AB - Examined daytime sleep after placebo or triazolam (0.125, 0.25, and 0.50 mg) and assessed nocturnal performance in the work shift that followed, using 41 normal adults (aged 20–45 yrs). Ss participated in a repeated-measures design in which they received each medication dose level in a separate week. Results indicate that day sleep increased as a linear function of drug dose. Nocturnal alertness, as measured by subjective report and objective nap latency test, increased significantly following the use of triazolam for the day sleep period. Nocturnal performance, as measured by auditory vigilance and additions, also increased significantly following the use of triazolam. Marginal evidence for medication hangover was found at the 0.50 mg dose, suggesting that the use of the 0.50 mg dose should be monitored carefully if performance demand follows medication use by less than 12 hrs. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - triazolam dosages KW - daytime sleep & nocturnal performance in work shift KW - 20–45 yr olds KW - 1988 KW - Drug Dosages KW - Human Biological Rhythms KW - Sleep Wake Cycle KW - Triazolam KW - Workday Shifts KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0893-133X(88)90021-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-32165-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-32125-001 AN - 1989-32125-001 AU - Bridgers, Samuel L. AU - Delaney, Richard C. T1 - Transcranial magnetic stimulation: An assessment of cognitive and other cerebral effects. JF - Neurology JO - Neurology Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 39 IS - 3 SP - 417 EP - 419 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0028-3878 SN - 1526-632X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-32125-001. PMID: 2927652 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bridgers, Samuel L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Service, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19891001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Electrical Brain Stimulation; Motor Performance; Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation. Minor Descriptor: Blood Serum; Prolactin. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - Transcranial magnetic stimulation did not appear to have detrimental effects on EEGs or performance on motor and cognitive tests in 30 healthy adults (aged 19–52 yrs). However, a slight but significant decline in serum prolactin was noted. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - transcranial magnetic stimulation KW - motor & cognitive performance & serum prolactin KW - 19–52 yr olds KW - 1989 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Electrical Brain Stimulation KW - Motor Performance KW - Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation KW - Blood Serum KW - Prolactin KW - 1989 DO - 10.1212/WNL.39.3.417 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-32125-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-32103-001 AN - 1989-32103-001 AU - Irwin, Michael R. AU - Hauger, Richard L. T1 - Adaptation to chronic stress: Temporal pattern of immune and neuroendocrine correlates. JF - Neuropsychopharmacology JO - Neuropsychopharmacology JA - Neuropsychopharmacology Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 1 IS - 3 SP - 239 EP - 242 CY - United Kingdom PB - Nature Publishing Group SN - 0893-133X SN - 1740-634X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-32103-001. PMID: 2855200 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Irwin, Michael R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Clinical Research Ctr on Alcoholism, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19891001. Correction Date: 20100510. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Corticotropin; Immunology; Physiological Stress; Stress Reactions. Minor Descriptor: Neuroendocrinology; Physical Restraint; Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1988. AB - The relationship between pituitary–adrenal hormone release and natural cytoxicity was examined in 65 male rats during single and repeated instances of chronic stress. Increased plasma concentrations of both adrenocorticotropic hormone and β-endorphin/lipotropin (BEL) were correlated with increases in natural killer (NK) activity following a single period of immobilization. After 4 days of repeated daily immobilization, the secretory response of BEL was similar to that on Day 1, whereas NK activity was lower than on Day 1. These observations suggest a complex interaction between pituitary–adrenal responses to stress and changes in natural cytoxicity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - restraint stress KW - natural cytoxicity & ACTH KW - male rats KW - 1988 KW - Corticotropin KW - Immunology KW - Physiological Stress KW - Stress Reactions KW - Neuroendocrinology KW - Physical Restraint KW - Rats KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0893-133X(88)90023-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-32103-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-1502-8431 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-32076-001 AN - 1989-32076-001 AU - Altemus, Margaret AU - Wexler, Bruce E. AU - Boulis, Nicholas T1 - Changes in perceptual asymmetry with the menstrual cycle. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1989/// VL - 27 IS - 2 SP - 233 EP - 240 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-32076-001. PMID: 2927632 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Altemus, Margaret; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19891001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Cerebral Dominance; Menstrual Cycle; Personality Correlates; Repression Sensitization. Classification: Psychophysiology (2560). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Assessed changes in perceptual asymmetry between the pre- and postmenstrual phases of the menstrual cycles of 39 women (aged 18–45 yrs), using fused, single-response dichotic listening tests. The right ear advantage (REA) for auditory language-related stimuli was significantly greater in the postmenstrual phase of the cycle. Ss with repressive personality styles, as measured by the Marlowe-Crowne Social Desirability Scale and the Taylor Manifest Anxiety Scale, were less likely to show a change in REA with the cycle. Findings are discussed in terms of previously described physiological and psychological features of the menstrual cycle and the repressive personality style. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - menstrual cycle phase KW - perceptual asymmetry in dichotic listening task KW - 18–45 yr old females with vs without repressive personality style KW - 1989 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Cerebral Dominance KW - Menstrual Cycle KW - Personality Correlates KW - Repression Sensitization KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(89)90174-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-32076-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-32075-001 AN - 1989-32075-001 AU - Shiromani, Priyattam J. AU - Overstreet, David AU - Levy, David AU - Goodrich, Carol A. AU - Campbell, S. S. AU - Gillin, J. C. T1 - Increased REM sleep in rats selectively bred for cholinergic hyperactivity. JF - Neuropsychopharmacology JO - Neuropsychopharmacology JA - Neuropsychopharmacology Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 127 EP - 133 CY - United Kingdom PB - Nature Publishing Group SN - 0893-133X SN - 1740-634X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-32075-001. PMID: 3251494 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shiromani, Priyattam J.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, CA, US. Release Date: 19891001. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cholinergic Nerves; REM Sleep. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Processes (2540). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: May, 1988. AB - Compared the sleep profile of 8 male Flinders Sensitive Line (FSL) rats (hypersensitive to cholinergic agonists) with that of 6 male Flinders Resistant Line rats. FSL Ss had an increased density of muscarinic receptors in striatum and hippocampus and displayed a number of behavioral and neuroendocrine characteristics that may represent a rodent analog of clinical depression. Increased REM sleep in FSL Ss is consistent with evidence that cholinergic mechanisms selectively promote REM sleep and suggests that the FSL Ss may be useful in understanding the mechanism responsible for short REM latency in depression and narcolepsy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cholinergic mechanisms of REM sleep KW - Flinders Sensitive Line rats KW - 1988 KW - Cholinergic Nerves KW - REM Sleep KW - Rats KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0893-133X(88)90004-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-32075-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-21658-001 AN - 1989-21658-001 AU - Ottenweller, John E. AU - Tapp, Walter N. AU - Creighton, Debra AU - Natelson, Benjamin H. T1 - Aging, stress, and chronic disease interact to suppress plasma testosterone in Syrian hamsters. JF - Journal of Gerontology JO - Journal of Gerontology JA - J Gerontol Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 43 IS - 6 SP - 175 EP - 180 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0022-1422 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-21658-001. Other Journal Title: The Journals of Gerontology: Series A: Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ottenweller, John E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Primate Neurobehavioral Unit, East Orange, NJ, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19890701. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Heart Disorders; Stress Reactions; Testosterone. Minor Descriptor: Blood Plasma; Hamsters. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. AB - Chronic stress produced lower plasma testosterone (PT) and testes weights in hamsters with heart failure than in age-matched stressed, healthy Ss. Younger but not older hamsters maintained reproductive function during stress. Congestive heart failure impaired normal reproductive function and made Ss more susceptible to stress. Stress and disease combined resulted in almost complete suppression of PT levels. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age & stress & chronic heart disease KW - plasma testosterone KW - hamsters KW - 1988 KW - Age Differences KW - Heart Disorders KW - Stress Reactions KW - Testosterone KW - Blood Plasma KW - Hamsters KW - 1988 DO - 10.1093/geronj/43.6.M175 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-21658-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-21652-001 AN - 1989-21652-001 AU - Mandel, R. J. AU - Thal, L. J. T1 - Physostigmine improves water maze performance following nucleus basalis magnocellularis lesions in rats. JF - Psychopharmacology JO - Psychopharmacology JA - Psychopharmacology (Berl) Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 96 IS - 3 SP - 421 EP - 425 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-3158 SN - 1432-2072 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-21652-001. PMID: 3146779 Other Journal Title: Psychopharmacologia. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mandel, R. J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Basal Ganglia; Maze Learning; Physostigmine. Minor Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Drug Dosages; Frontal Lobe; Rats; Swimming; Transferases. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. AB - Male rats were lesioned bilaterally and behaviorally tested 3 wks after surgery. Lesioned Ss were administered 1 of 3 doses of physostigmine (0.06, 0.19 or 0.32 mg/kg) or vehicle solution 15 min prior to water maze testing. Sham-lesioned Ss injected with vehicle solution served as an untreated control group. Ss were tested for 5 consecutive days followed by 2 days off and then tested for 5 additional days. The Ss were then sacrificed and their frontal cortex was assayed for choline acetyltransferase. The nucleus basalis magnocellularis lesion caused approximately a 27% depletion of choline acetyltransferase in the frontal cortex. The lesion also impaired the performance of the Ss given vehicle solution compared with untreated controls. Two doses (0.06 and 0.19 mg/kg) of physostigmine improved performance relative to lesioned controls. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - physostigmine dosage KW - water maze performance & frontal cortex choline acetyltransferase KW - male rats with nucleus basalis magnocellularis lesion KW - implications for Alzheimer's disease KW - 1988 KW - Basal Ganglia KW - Maze Learning KW - Physostigmine KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Drug Dosages KW - Frontal Lobe KW - Rats KW - Swimming KW - Transferases KW - 1988 DO - 10.1007/BF00216074 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-21652-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-21637-001 AN - 1989-21637-001 AU - Downey, Ralph AU - Bonnet, Michael H. T1 - Performance during frequent sleep disruption. JF - Sleep: Journal of Sleep Research & Sleep Medicine JO - Sleep: Journal of Sleep Research & Sleep Medicine JA - Sleep Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 10 IS - 4 SP - 354 EP - 363 CY - US PB - American Academy of Sleep Medicine SN - 0161-8105 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-21637-001. PMID: 3659733 Other Journal Title: Sleep: Journal of Sleep and Sleep Disorders Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Downey, Ralph; Jerry L. Pettis Veterans Administration Hosp, Loma Linda, CA, US. Release Date: 19890701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Performance; Response Latency; Sleep Deprivation. Minor Descriptor: Sleep. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1987. AB - Five young adults had their sleep disturbed for 2 nights in 3 separate wks every min, every 10 min, or at sleep onset after an undisrupted 2.5-hr sleep period. Ss performed a 2-number, 2-digit addition problem as rapidly as possible on awakening. Main effects were found for sleep disruption condition and time of night, and a significant interaction between the 2 was also observed. Response latency (RL) was longest for the 10-min condition on Night 1; on Night 2, RLs were longest in the 1-min condition. RLs were fastest in the 2.5-hr condition for both nights of disruption. Arousal threshold was significantly positively correlated with RL. Findings are explained by sleep continuity theory, which posits that at least 10 min of uninterrupted sleep is required for restoration to take place. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - timing & frequency of sleep disruption KW - response latency & addition problem performance KW - 18–28 yr olds KW - 1987 KW - Performance KW - Response Latency KW - Sleep Deprivation KW - Sleep KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-21637-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-21602-001 AN - 1989-21602-001 AU - Thompson, M. E. AU - Yavorsky, J. AU - Natelson, Benjamin H. T1 - Summation of baroreflex and classically conditioned heart rate responses in dogs. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1988/// VL - 44 IS - 1 SP - 101 EP - 108 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-21602-001. PMID: 3237804 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Thompson, M. E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Primate Neuro-Behavioral Unit, East Orange, NJ, US. Release Date: 19890701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aversion Conditioning; Baroreceptors; Classical Conditioning; Heart Rate; Reflexes. Minor Descriptor: Dogs. Classification: Physiological Processes (2540). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Following instrumentation with pneumatic cuffs around the inferior vena cava and the descending aorta, 6 male dogs were studied either following differential classical conditioning or in a control state. The cuffs functioned to raise and lower blood pressure for the construction of baroreflex curves for heart rate. Conditioned Ss received 8 trials each day with each conditioned stimulus+ (CS+); a tone paired with a flank shock, and conditioned stimulus– (CS–), a different tone without a shock. Curves were constructed from cuff inflations timed to coincide with the maximum conditioned heart rate response. These curves were constructed from data acquired during infusion of saline, methyl atropine, or propranolol. Comparison of these curves revealed that the CS+ shifted the curves toward higher heart rates while the CS– curve was shifted toward lower heart rates without a change in gain. Findings suggest that classically conditioned stress and baroreceptor stimulation exert independent control over heart rate that are mediated by both sympathetic and parasympathetic influences. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - aversion conditioning KW - baroreflex control of heart rate KW - dogs KW - 1988 KW - Aversion Conditioning KW - Baroreceptors KW - Classical Conditioning KW - Heart Rate KW - Reflexes KW - Dogs KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(88)90352-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-21602-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-21567-001 AN - 1989-21567-001 AU - Wexler, Bruce E. AU - Lipman, Alan J. T1 - Sex differences in change over time in perceptual asymmetry. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1988/// VL - 26 IS - 6 SP - 943 EP - 946 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-21567-001. PMID: 3194057 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wexler, Bruce E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19890701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Human Sex Differences; Lateral Dominance. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - 36 male and 43 female Ss were given a 120-trial fused dichotic word test. Males showed higher right-ear advantages on the 1st 60 trials, which then decreased over the next 60 trials. Females showed lower right-ear advantages on the 1st 30 trials, which then increased. The 2 groups had equal mean asymmetry scores for the last 60 trials. Data suggest that males respond to the novelty of a new task with relative left-hemisphere activation, while females respond with relative right-hemisphere activation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sex KW - cerebral functional asymmetry during dichotic listening task KW - adults KW - 1988 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Lateral Dominance KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(88)90063-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-21567-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-21554-001 AN - 1989-21554-001 AU - Sullivan, Edith V. T1 - Sensory, perceptual, and mnemonic phenomena sharing processing characteristics and anatomical substrates with threshold regulation. JF - Journal of Psychophysiology JO - Journal of Psychophysiology JA - J Psychophysiol Y1 - 1988/// VL - 2 IS - 3 SP - 177 EP - 180 CY - Germany PB - Hogrefe & Huber Publishers SN - 0269-8803 SN - 2151-2124 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-21554-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sullivan, Edith V.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: Hogrefe Publishing. Release Date: 19890701. Correction Date: 20120213. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Frontal Lobe; Memory; Neurophysiology; Perception. Minor Descriptor: Neuropsychology. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Discusses phenomena from perception, memory, and sensory physiology that share processing characteristics with threshold regulation and suggests that a principle of frontal-lobe function, based on the anatomical systems in the model proposed by T. Elbert and B. Rockstroh, (see record [rid]1989-11020-001[/rid]) governs all the phenomena. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - principle of frontal lobe function KW - perception & memory & sensory phenomena sharing processing characteristics KW - 1988 KW - Frontal Lobe KW - Memory KW - Neurophysiology KW - Perception KW - Neuropsychology KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-21554-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-21496-001 AN - 1989-21496-001 AU - Buchanan, Shirley L. AU - Powell, D. A. T1 - Age-related changes in associative learning: Studies in rabbits and rats. T3 - Experimental models of age-related memory dysfunction and neurodegeneration JF - Neurobiology of Aging JO - Neurobiology of Aging JA - Neurobiol Aging Y1 - 1988/09//Sep-Dec, 1988 VL - 9 IS - 5-6 SP - 523 EP - 534 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0197-4580 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-21496-001. PMID: 3062463 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Buchanan, Shirley L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuroscience Lab, Columbia, SC, US. Release Date: 19890701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classical Conditioning; Physiological Aging. Minor Descriptor: Age Differences; Animal Models; Rabbits; Rats. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Sep-Dec, 1988. AB - Describes 2 experimental models for studying age-related changes in associative learning: One involves classical (Pavlovian) conditioning of eyeblink and heart rate in the rabbit, and the other involves Pavlovian leg flexion and heart rate conditioning in the rat. Advantages and disadvantages of each model are discussed. Results with both models suggest differential effects of aging on acquisition of autonomic and somatomotor responses, underlining the utility of assessing multiple response systems to adequately characterize age-related changes in learning and memory. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age KW - classical conditioning KW - rabbits vs rats KW - 1988 KW - Classical Conditioning KW - Physiological Aging KW - Age Differences KW - Animal Models KW - Rabbits KW - Rats KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/S0197-4580(88)80109-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-21496-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-21095-001 AN - 1989-21095-001 AU - Hyer, Lee AU - Woods, Marilyn G. AU - Boudewyns, Patrick A. AU - Bruno, Ralph AU - O'Leary, William C. T1 - Concurrent validation of the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory among Vietnam veterans with Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1988/08// VL - 63 IS - 1 SP - 271 EP - 278 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-21095-001. PMID: 3212129 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hyer, Lee; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Augusta, GA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19890701. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Statistical Validity. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1988. AB - In 60 male Vietnam veterans receiving inpatient treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory scores indicated a profile of Passive-Aggressive and Avoidant personality patterns. The personality patterns of Schizoid and Borderline were present as influencing styles, as were the symptom disorders of Dysthymia and Anxiety. The Sixteen Personality Factor Questionnaire (16PF) profiles for these Ss were low on Warmth, Emotional Stability, Happy-Go-Lucky, Boldness, Self-discipline, and Extraversion, and high on Suspiciousness, Insecurity, Anxiety, and Self-sufficiency. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - concurrent validity of Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - male Vietnam veterans with PTSD KW - 1988 KW - Military Veterans KW - Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Statistical Validity KW - 1988 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1988.63.1.271 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-21095-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-21094-001 AN - 1989-21094-001 AU - Horton, Arthur M. AU - Anilane, Juhan AU - Puente, Antonio E. AU - Berg, Richard A. T1 - Diagnostic parameters of an odd-even item short-form of the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery. JF - Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology JO - Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology JA - Arch Clin Neuropsychol Y1 - 1988/// VL - 3 IS - 4 SP - 375 EP - 381 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0887-6177 SN - 1873-5843 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-21094-001. PMID: 14591428 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Horton, Arthur M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Baltimore, MD, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19890701. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Neuropsychological Assessment; Psychopathology; Statistical Validity; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Test Forms. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Examined the concurrent validity of a new short form of the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery (LNNB). LNNB profiles of 100 Ss of a mixed (brain damaged, psychiatric, and normal) pool were obtained from previously published sources. Levy corrected correlations among both the odd and even number short-forms with the full test ranged from .81 to .90. For the entire sample, absolute numbers of scales above the critical level, number of cases following within a given range of the critical level, and number of cases within each subscale exceeding the critical level were computed. Chi square values revealed significant differences only for the visual, reading, and memory subscales exceeding the critical level. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - concurrent validity of short form of Luria Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery KW - adults with brain damage or psychiatric disorders KW - 1988 KW - Brain Damage KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Psychopathology KW - Statistical Validity KW - Test Validity KW - Test Forms KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0887-6177(88)90051-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-21094-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-20910-001 AN - 1989-20910-001 AU - Connell, Bettye R. T1 - Opportunities for environment and behavior research on falls among the elderly. JF - EDRA: Environmental Design Research Association JO - EDRA: Environmental Design Research Association Y1 - 1988/// VL - 19 SP - 223 EP - 229 CY - US PB - Environmental Design Research Assn N1 - Accession Number: 1989-20910-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Connell, Bettye R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Atlanta, GA, US. Release Date: 19890601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Nineteenth Annual Conference of the Environmental Design Research Association (1988, Pomona, California). Major Descriptor: Accidents; Environment; Falls. Classification: Engineering & Environmental Psychology (4000); Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Examines personal risk factors and postural control processes related to falls among the elderly, noting that environmental and behavioral factors might also be important in understanding fall events. Opportunities for research in this area are addressed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - environmental & behavioral factors KW - falls KW - elderly KW - conference presentation KW - 1988 KW - Accidents KW - Environment KW - Falls KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-20910-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-20418-001 AN - 1989-20418-001 AU - Zaslav, Mark R. T1 - A model of group therapist development. JF - International Journal of Group Psychotherapy JO - International Journal of Group Psychotherapy JA - Int J Group Psychother Y1 - 1988/10// VL - 38 IS - 4 SP - 511 EP - 519 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0020-7284 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-20418-001. PMID: 3182146 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zaslav, Mark R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Martinez, CA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19890601. Correction Date: 20160421. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy Training. Minor Descriptor: Models; Therapist Trainees. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1988. AB - Presents a model of the development of group therapists. It is proposed that student group therapists proceed through a sequence of stages, each of which is marked by characteristic therapist behavior. In the initial group shock phase, the student reacts to the novelty of group therapy stimuli. Reappraisal (a period of therapist inhibition, frustration, or self-doubt) follows. One step behind is a phase characterized by a gradual recognition of the process level of analysis. Using the here-and-now is a period of active intervention about interpersonal phenomena among group members. The techniques for highlighting this material are refined in the polishing skills phase. The usefulness of models in training is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - developmental group therapist training model KW - students KW - 1988 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Psychotherapy Training KW - Models KW - Therapist Trainees KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-20418-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-20306-001 AN - 1989-20306-001 AU - O'Brien, Charles P. AU - Terenius, Lars Y. AU - Nyberg, Fred AU - McLellan, A. T. AU - Eriksson, Ingrid T1 - Endogenous opioids in cerebrospinal fluid of opioid-dependent humans. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/10// VL - 24 IS - 6 SP - 649 EP - 662 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-20306-001. PMID: 2844315 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Brien, Charles P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Philadelphia, PA, US. Release Date: 19890601. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebrospinal Fluid; Drug Addiction; Drug Rehabilitation; Endorphins; Opiates. Minor Descriptor: Detoxification; Methadone Maintenance; Narcotic Antagonists. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1988. AB - Obtained 136 cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) samples from 72 adult opioid addicts during 4 distinct states: methadone maintenance (MM), detoxification from methadone, opioid antagonist treatment, and drug-free (DF) status. CSF endorphins were measured using a radioreceptor assay (RRA), and β-endorphin levels were measured using a radioimmunoassay. During detoxification, both RRA fraction I and β-endorphin were both lowest when measured 40–50 hrs after the last opioid dose, and both showed an apparent rebound to values higher than those at MM at 60–70 hrs following the last dose. During MM and DF states, fraction I RRA endorphins in CSF and fraction II endorphins were higher in addicts than in 38 normal controls. In contrast, CSF β-endorphin during both MM and DF states was lower in addicts than controls. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - CSF endorphins KW - opiate addicted adults during methadone maintenance vs detoxification vs opioid antagonist treatment vs drug free state KW - 1988 KW - Cerebrospinal Fluid KW - Drug Addiction KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Endorphins KW - Opiates KW - Detoxification KW - Methadone Maintenance KW - Narcotic Antagonists KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(88)90139-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-20306-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-20297-001 AN - 1989-20297-001 AU - Kofoed, Lial AU - Keys, Alice T1 - Using group therapy to persuade dual-diagnosis patients to seek substance abuse treatment. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 39 IS - 11 SP - 1209 EP - 1211 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-20297-001. PMID: 3224959 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kofoed, Lial; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, White River Junction, VT, US. Release Date: 19890601. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Rehabilitation; Group Psychotherapy; Health Care Utilization; Persuasive Communication; Psychiatric Hospital Programs. Minor Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. AB - Discusses setting, patients, structure, process, and preliminary results of an inpatient group therapy experience designed to persuade substance-abusing patients with a coexisting psychiatric illness to seek substance abuse treatment. Patients who participated in the persuasion group more frequently received and accepted treatment plans addressing substance abuse. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group therapy KW - persuasion to seek substance abuse treatment KW - substance abusing psychiatric inpatients KW - 1988 KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Health Care Utilization KW - Persuasive Communication KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Drug Abuse KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-20297-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-20294-001 AN - 1989-20294-001 AU - Irwin, Michael R. AU - Risch, S. Craig AU - Brown, Sandra A. AU - Howard, Tara L. AU - Smith, Tom L. AU - Knapp, Suzanne AU - Schuckit, Marc A. T1 - Urinary free cortisol excretion in depressed alcoholic patients. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/10// VL - 24 IS - 6 SP - 713 EP - 716 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-20294-001. PMID: 3167154 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Irwin, Michael R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Clinical Research Ctr on Alcoholism, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890601. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Hydrocortisone; Major Depression; Sobriety; Urine. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1988. AB - Urinary free cortisol excretion decreased during 4 wks of treatment in 27 depressed, primary alcoholic adult males and in a subgroup of 10 Ss who fulfilled Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) criteria for major depression after 4 wks of treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - urinary free cortisol excretion KW - male alcoholic patients whose depression lifted vs remained after 4 wks of treatment KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Hydrocortisone KW - Major Depression KW - Sobriety KW - Urine KW - Alcoholism KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(88)90148-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-20294-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-20287-001 AN - 1989-20287-001 AU - Fuller, Richard K. T1 - Can treatment outcome research rely on alcoholics' self-reports? JF - Alcohol Health & Research World JO - Alcohol Health & Research World JA - Alcohol Health Res World Y1 - 1988/// VL - 12 IS - 3 SP - 180 EP - 186 CY - US PB - Superintendent of Documents SN - 0090-838X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-20287-001. Other Journal Title: Alcohol Research & Health; Alcohol Research: Current Reviews. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fuller, Richard K.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Cleveland, OH, US. Release Date: 19890601. Correction Date: 20121112. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Self-Report; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Suggests that a consensus is developing that self-reports alone are not sufficient to measure alcoholism treatment outcome and that simultaneous measures of treatment effectiveness are necessary. Factors responsible for the limited value of self-reports are presented. Although most studies of self-reports have shown good reliability (alcoholics would give the same or similar response twice), validity is not assured because alcoholics may be consistently giving fallacious reports. A case study of alternative measure of treatment results is presented: Using both the laboratory tests and collaterals' reports, the probability that a patient had been continuously abstinent was found to be 65%. Ignoring the laboratory results and using only collaterals' reports, the probability of self-reported abstinence was found to be 85%. The need for more accurate and easily used laboratory tests is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - limitations of self report & need for additional measures KW - alcoholism treatment outcomes KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Self-Report KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Alcoholism KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-20287-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-20280-001 AN - 1989-20280-001 AU - Craig, Robert J. AU - Olson, Ronald E. T1 - Differences in psychological needs among drug abusers: First admissions compared to recidivists. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1988/// VL - 23 IS - 6 SP - 649 EP - 654 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-20280-001. PMID: 3170053 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Craig, Robert J.; West Side Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Chicago, IL, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19890601. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Rehabilitation; Needs Assessment; Relapse (Disorders). Minor Descriptor: Cocaine; Drug Abuse; Opiates. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - 58 recidivists were compared with 58 first-admission patients in drug abuse treatment, using the Adjective Checklist measuring basic psychological needs. Compared to the recidivists, the first-admission patients scored significantly higher in the needs for Exhibition, Autonomy, Aggression, and Change. A personality composite for this need configuration is described, and the clinical implications of these results emphasize the need to give attention to the special needs of the patient who is in drug abuse treatment for the first time. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological needs assessment KW - opiate & cocaine 1st admittees vs recidivists in drug abuse treatment KW - 1988 KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Needs Assessment KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - Cocaine KW - Drug Abuse KW - Opiates KW - 1988 DO - 10.3109/10826088809039226 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-20280-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-20195-001 AN - 1989-20195-001 AU - Narain, Prakash AU - Rubenstein, Laurence Z. AU - Wieland, G. Darryl AU - Rosbrook, Brad AU - Strome, L. S. AU - Pietruszka, F. AU - Morley, J. E. T1 - Predictors of immediate and 6-month outcomes in hospitalized elderly patients: The importance of functional status. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 36 IS - 9 SP - 775 EP - 783 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-20195-001. PMID: 3411059 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Narain, Prakash; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research Education & Clinical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19890601. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatric Patients; Hospitalized Patients; Prediction; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Death and Dying; Institutionalization; Nursing Homes. Classification: Nursing Homes & Residential Care (3377). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1988. AB - Studied 396 patients (aged 70+ yrs) admitted to acute care in a Veteran's Administration hospital, to identify factors on hospital admission predictive of several short- and long-term outcomes (e.g., length of hospital stay, 6-mo mortality). Factors most predictive of nursing home admission were decreased functional status, living location, and decreased mental status. Factors most predictive of 6-mo mortality were decreased functional status, admitting diagnosis, and decreased mental status. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - predictors of length of hospital stay & nursing home admission & 6 mo mortality & other outcomes KW - patients 70 yrs old & older admitted to acute care unit KW - 1988 KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Prediction KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Death and Dying KW - Institutionalization KW - Nursing Homes KW - 1988 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1988.tb04259.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-20195-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-20125-001 AN - 1989-20125-001 AU - Joffee, Elga T1 - A home-based orientation and mobility program for infants and toddlers. JF - Journal of Visual Impairment & Blindness JO - Journal of Visual Impairment & Blindness JA - J Vis Impair Blind Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 82 IS - 7 SP - 282 EP - 285 CY - US PB - American Foundation for the Blind SN - 0145-482X SN - 1559-1476 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-20125-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Joffee, Elga; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Northport, NY, US. Release Date: 19890601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blind; Home Visiting Programs; Mobility Aids; Parent Training; Vision Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Home Environment. Classification: Home Care & Hospice (3375). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Infancy (2-23 mo) (140); Preschool Age (2-5 yrs) (160). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1988. AB - Describes the development and implementation of a program for blind and visually impaired infants and toddlers in which parents were taught to structure the home environment to encourage the development of their children's mobility, and a parents' support group was begun. An alternate service delivery model utilizing the orientation and mobility specialist as a resource to parents is proposed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - development & implementation of home based orientation & mobility program KW - blind & visually impaired infants & toddlers & their parents KW - 1988 KW - Blind KW - Home Visiting Programs KW - Mobility Aids KW - Parent Training KW - Vision Disorders KW - Home Environment KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-20125-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-19933-001 AN - 1989-19933-001 AU - Ciraulo, Domenic A. AU - Barnhill, Jamie G. AU - Greenblatt, David J. AU - Shader, Richard I. AU - Ciraulo, A. M. AU - Tarmey, M. F. AU - Molloy, M. A. AU - Foti, M. E. T1 - Abuse liability and clinical pharmacokinetics of alprazolam in alcoholic men. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 49 IS - 9 SP - 333 EP - 337 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-19933-001. PMID: 3417618 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ciraulo, Domenic A.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychiatry Services, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19890601. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Alprazolam; Drug Abuse; Drug Therapy; Pharmacokinetics. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1988. AB - Assessed abuse liability of alprazolam (APZ) in 17 abstinent adult alcoholics and 12 controls. Subjective effects of APZ were measured by scales modified from the Addiction Research Center Inventory (ARCI). Multiple blood samples for APZ measurement were drawn over 48 hrs. No significant differences in pharmacokinetic parameters were found between groups. Alcoholics had lower baseline scores on the ARCI-Morphine/Benzedrine Group Scale (euphoria) and had greater drug-induced changes than nonalcoholics. Findings suggest that alcoholics may be at high risk to abuse APZ because it has a positive mood effect not seen in nonalcoholics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - abuse liability & clinical pharmacokinetics of alprazolam KW - abstinent alcoholic males KW - 1988 KW - Alcoholism KW - Alprazolam KW - Drug Abuse KW - Drug Therapy KW - Pharmacokinetics KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-19933-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-19929-001 AN - 1989-19929-001 AU - Burns, Sheenagh M. AU - Chemtob, Claude M. AU - DeLeon, Patrick H. AU - Welch, Bryant L. AU - Samuels, Richard M. T1 - Psychotropic medication: A new technique for psychology? T3 - Special Series: Psychologists’ Use of Physical Interventions JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training JA - Psychotherapy (Chic) Y1 - 1988///Win 1988 VL - 25 IS - 4 SP - 508 EP - 515 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 SN - 1939-1536 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-19929-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Burns, Sheenagh M.; University of Hawaii, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19890601. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Psychologists. Minor Descriptor: Clinical Psychology Graduate Training. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340); Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Win 1988. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1988. AB - Argues that it may become necessary for psychologists to earn the right to prescribe psychotropic medication. Recent breakthroughs in biochemistry also indicate that psychopharmacological intervention is another tool (such as behavior modification and biofeedback) of psychologists. The literature on nonphysician health care provider prescription practices is reviewed. The prescriptive authority as granted to allopathic and osteopathic physicians is compared to that granted to dentists, optometrists, podiatrists, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, nurse clinical specialists, and pharmacists. It is suggested that psychology develop psychotropic training modules in preparation for seeking this clinical responsibility. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - role in psychopharmacological intervention KW - psychologists KW - implications for training KW - 1988 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Psychologists KW - Clinical Psychology Graduate Training KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/h0085376 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-19929-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-19809-001 AN - 1989-19809-001 AU - Pomales, Jay AU - Williams, Vernon T1 - Effects of level of acculturation and counseling style on Hispanic students' perceptions of counselor. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology JA - J Couns Psychol Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 36 IS - 1 SP - 79 EP - 83 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-19809-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pomales, Jay; Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp, Psychology Service, Montrose, NY, US. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 19890601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Acculturation; Client Attitudes; Counselor Characteristics; Health Care Utilization; Latinos/Latinas. Minor Descriptor: Psychotherapeutic Counseling. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: May 5, 1988; Revised Date: Apr 4, 1988; First Submitted Date: Sep 16, 1987. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - It was hypothesized that level of acculturation and counseling style would affect Hispanic students' perceptions of certain counselor attributes and willingness to see a counselor. Pretesting on an acculturation scale placed 94 Hispanic undergraduate college students in one of three types, Hispanic acculturated, bicultural, or Anglo acculturated. The participants viewed a counseling videotape of one of two White female counselors portraying either a directive or a nondirective counseling style and rated her on two scales. Results indicated that acculturation had a significant effect on ratings of trustworthiness and counselor understanding. Counseling style had a significant effect on the students' perception of counselor knowledge of psychology, counselor willingness to help, and on their own willingness to see a counselor. Sex of the participants had a significant effect on perceptions of counselor attractiveness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - acculturation & counseling style KW - perceptions of counselor attributes & willingness to seek treatment KW - Hispanic college students KW - 1989 KW - Acculturation KW - Client Attitudes KW - Counselor Characteristics KW - Health Care Utilization KW - Latinos/Latinas KW - Psychotherapeutic Counseling KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/0022-0167.36.1.79 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-19809-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-19622-001 AN - 1989-19622-001 AU - Smith, Michael E. AU - Halgren, Eric T1 - Dissociation of recognition memory components following temporal lobe lesions. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition JA - J Exp Psychol Learn Mem Cogn Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 50 EP - 60 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0278-7393 SN - 1939-1285 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-19622-001. PMID: 2522141 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Smith, Michael E.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MA, US. Release Date: 19890601. Correction Date: 20100412. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Epilepsy; Evoked Potentials; Memory; Temporal Lobe; Word Recognition. Minor Descriptor: Contextual Associations; Psychosurgery; Stimulus Frequency. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Mar 28, 1988; Revised Date: Mar 4, 1988; First Submitted Date: Sep 2, 1986. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - It has been proposed that recognition decisions are based on contextual retrieval of specific trace information, in addition to an assessment of item strength. The retrieval component is maximal after a single presentation, whereas the strength component increases with multiple repetition. We report that unilateral anterior temporal lobectomy (ATL) in the language dominant (left) hemisphere impairs initial recognition accuracy without affecting the rate at which repetition improves performance. The implication that the temporal lobe contributes to retrieval rather than strength during recognition is supported by simultaneous event-related potential (ERP) recordings. In normal subjects, the large ERP difference between repeated and nonrepeated words does not increase with increasing study and is associated with contextual integration in other tasks. Thus, the lack of a repetition-induced ERP difference after left-ATL reported here provides converging evidence for a critical role of the temporal lobe in contextual retrieval during recognition. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - single vs multiple presentations KW - word recognition & contextual retrieval & cortical EPs KW - epileptic adults with left vs right anterior temporal lobectomy KW - 1989 KW - Epilepsy KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Memory KW - Temporal Lobe KW - Word Recognition KW - Contextual Associations KW - Psychosurgery KW - Stimulus Frequency KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/0278-7393.15.1.50 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-19622-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-19614-001 AN - 1989-19614-001 AU - Serby, Michael AU - Zucker, David AU - Kaufman, Michael AU - Franssen, Emile AU - Duvvi, Kamalamma AU - Rypma, Bart AU - Rotrosen, John T1 - Clinical stages of dementia and the dexamethasone suppression test. JF - Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry JO - Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/// VL - 12 IS - 5 SP - 833 EP - 836 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-5846 SN - 1878-4216 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-19614-001. PMID: 3222455 Other Journal Title: Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Serby, Michael; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, New York, NY, US. Release Date: 19890601. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dementia; Dexamethasone Suppression Test. Minor Descriptor: Physiological Correlates. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Evaluated the relationship between clinical aspects of primary degenerative dementia (PDD) and suppression or nonsuppression in the dexamethasone suppression test (DST), using 34 men with PDD. Dexamethasone was administered at 11 PM, and blood was drawn for cortisol determination at 4 PM the next day. Clinical factors included age, age at onset, duration of dementia, history of psychiatric illness, severity as measured by a global deterioration scale score, and malignancy of dementia. 56% of Ss failed to suppress dexamethasone. The highest degree of DST nonsuppression was seen in Ss with moderately severe symptoms. A large number of Ss with severe symptoms demonstrated normal postdexamethasone suppression of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical aspects of primary degenerative dementia & DST responses KW - elderly male patients KW - 1988 KW - Dementia KW - Dexamethasone Suppression Test KW - Physiological Correlates KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0278-5846(88)90028-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-19614-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-19446-001 AN - 1989-19446-001 AU - Roberts, Richard J. AU - Varney, Nils R. AU - Reinarz, Steven J. AU - Parkins, Rebecca A. T1 - CT asymmetries in developmentally dyslexic adults. JF - Developmental Neuropsychology JO - Developmental Neuropsychology JA - Dev Neuropsychol Y1 - 1988/// VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 231 EP - 237 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 8756-5641 SN - 1532-6942 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-19446-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Roberts, Richard J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Iowa City, IA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19890601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Dyslexia; Morphology; Neuroanatomy. Minor Descriptor: Tomography. Classification: Learning Disorders (3253). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Cerebral asymmetries of 44 men (35 right-handed and 9 left-handed) with severe developmental dyslexia were studied using computerized tomography (CT) scans. For right-handed Ss, a clear majority showed left-greater-than-right asymmetries in occipital length and width. No such tendency was observed with regard to frontal length or width. The nature and frequency of occipital asymmetries for the Ss did not differ from those of normal men. Findings for left-handed Ss are also presented. A possible explanation for differences between these findings and those of previous studies is offered. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cerebral asymmetries KW - dyslexic adult males KW - 1988 KW - Brain KW - Dyslexia KW - Morphology KW - Neuroanatomy KW - Tomography KW - 1988 DO - 10.1080/87565648809540406 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-19446-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-19412-001 AN - 1989-19412-001 AU - Fein, George AU - Davenport, Linda AU - Yingling, Charles D. AU - Galin, David T1 - Verbal and nonverbal memory deficits in pure dyslexia. JF - Developmental Neuropsychology JO - Developmental Neuropsychology JA - Dev Neuropsychol Y1 - 1988/// VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 181 EP - 197 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 8756-5641 SN - 1532-6942 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-19412-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fein, George; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Developmental Neuropsychology Lab, San Francisco, CA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19890601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dyslexia; Memory. Minor Descriptor: Verbal Ability. Classification: Learning Disorders (3253). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180); Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Examined verbal and nonverbal memory in dyslexics, using 2 cohorts of children (34 dyslexics and 35 controls [aged 10–22 yrs] and 22 dyslexics and 22 controls [aged 9–13 yrs]). Results from psychometric tests indicate that the dyslexic Ss showed short-term memory deficits for both verbal and nonverbal material. The verbal and nonverbal memory deficits were separable, and although the verbal and nonverbal memory deficits were carried by different Ss, there were no distinct, compact clusters of dyslexics with verbal or nonverbal memory deficits. Results suggest either that memory deficits and reading disability are separate and mostly unrelated sequelae of an underlying lesion or that they are related in a very complex manner that may change over time. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - verbal & nonverbal memory KW - dyslexic 9–13 yr olds KW - 1988 KW - Dyslexia KW - Memory KW - Verbal Ability KW - 1988 DO - 10.1080/87565648809540404 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-19412-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-19377-001 AN - 1989-19377-001 AU - Miller, Terry P. AU - Taylor, Joy L. AU - Tinklenberg, Jared R. T1 - A comparison of assessment techniques measuring the effects of methylphenidate, secobarbital, diazepam and diphenhydramine in abstinent alcoholics. JF - Neuropsychobiology JO - Neuropsychobiology JA - Neuropsychobiology Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 19 IS - 2 SP - 90 EP - 96 CY - Switzerland PB - Karger SN - 0302-282X SN - 1423-0224 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-19377-001. PMID: 3226529 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Miller, Terry P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Lab of Clinical Psychopharmacology & Psychophysiology, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19890601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Diazepam; Diphenhydramine; Methylphenidate; Secobarbital. Minor Descriptor: Drug Interactions. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1988. AB - Studied the comparative sensitivity of subjective and objective measures to (1) methylphenidate (10 and 20 mg) and secobarbital (100 mg) vs placebo and (2) diphenhydramine (50 mg) and diazepam (10 and 20 mg) vs placebo in 17 male abstinent alcoholics (aged 40–64 yrs). Subjective measures used were the Visual Analog Scale (VAMS) and the Profile of Mood States (POMS). Objective measures were the Stroop Color-Word Task, a dual pursuit tracking/reaction time (RT) task (P-Trak), and an RT task with regular and irregular preparatory intervals (PI) of varying length (Reactest). Baseline measures were also evaluated for their correlation to drug response. All 3 central nervous system (CNS) depressants impaired performance on Reactest at the longer PIs and showed a main effect with irregular PIs, but only the 20-mg dose of diazepam impaired RT at the shortest PI and showed a main effect with regular PIs. Both P-Trak and Reactest with long PIs were more sensitive than VAMS, POMS, or Stroop to drug effects. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - methylphenidate & secobarbital vs diazepam & diphenhydramine KW - male abstinent alcoholic 40–64 yr olds KW - 1988 KW - Alcoholism KW - Diazepam KW - Diphenhydramine KW - Methylphenidate KW - Secobarbital KW - Drug Interactions KW - 1988 DO - 10.1159/000118441 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-19377-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-19348-001 AN - 1989-19348-001 AU - Freund, Gerhard AU - Ballinger, William E. T1 - Decrease of benzodiazepine receptors in frontal cortex of alcoholics. JF - Alcohol JO - Alcohol JA - Alcohol Y1 - 1988/07//Jul-Aug, 1988 VL - 5 IS - 4 SP - 275 EP - 282 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0741-8329 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-19348-001. PMID: 2852495 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freund, Gerhard; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Gainesville, FL, US. Release Date: 19890601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Benzodiazepines; Frontal Lobe; Neural Receptors; Physiological Correlates. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul-Aug, 1988. AB - Autopsies of normal brains from 27 alcoholics and 30 nonalcoholic matched controls suggested that chronic alcoholism was associated with a loss of benzodiazepine (BZ) receptor densities. It is concluded that this loss of BZ receptor densities could serve as a marker for alcoholism, which may affect the results of studies of other diseases (e.g., Alzheimer's disease). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - benzodiazepine receptor densities KW - postmortem brains from alcoholic patients KW - 1988 KW - Alcoholism KW - Benzodiazepines KW - Frontal Lobe KW - Neural Receptors KW - Physiological Correlates KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0741-8329(88)90065-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-19348-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-19257-001 AN - 1989-19257-001 AU - West, Alan N. AU - Martindale, Colin T1 - Primary process content in paranoid schizophrenic speech. JF - The Journal of Genetic Psychology: Research and Theory on Human Development JO - The Journal of Genetic Psychology: Research and Theory on Human Development JA - J Genet Psychol Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 149 IS - 4 SP - 547 EP - 553 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-1325 SN - 1940-0896 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-19257-001. PMID: 3235983 Other Journal Title: The Pedagogical Seminary; The Pedagogical Seminary and Journal of Genetic Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: West, Alan N.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, White River Junction, VT, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19890601. Correction Date: 20100823. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Content Analysis; Paranoid Schizophrenia; Speech Characteristics. Minor Descriptor: Paranoia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. AB - Free speech samples given by 8 paranoid schizophrenics, 17 nonschizophrenic paranoids, and 29 nonpsychotic psychiatric patients were submitted to computerized content analysis. Speech samples were searched for words belonging to the regressive imagery dictionary (C. Martindale, 1975), yielding a well-validated measure of primary process content. Three word-concreteness dictionaries were also employed. Results show that, compared with the other groups, paranoid schizophrenics produced speech higher in primary process content as well as in transitive verb concreteness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - primary process content analysis of free speech KW - patients with paranoid schizophrenia vs paranoia vs nonpsychotic psychiatric patients KW - 1988 KW - Content Analysis KW - Paranoid Schizophrenia KW - Speech Characteristics KW - Paranoia KW - 1988 DO - 10.1080/00221325.1988.10532180 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-19257-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-19171-001 AN - 1989-19171-001 AU - McFall, Miles E. AU - Moore, James E. AU - Kivlahan, Daniel R. AU - Capestany, Fred T1 - Differences between psychotic and nonpsychotic patients on content dimensions of the MMPI Sc scale. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 176 IS - 12 SP - 732 EP - 736 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-19171-001. PMID: 3199109 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McFall, Miles E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19890601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Differential Diagnosis; Mental Disorders; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychosis. Minor Descriptor: Psychopathology. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. AB - Examined elevated Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) Sc scores among 45 psychotic and 56 nonpsychotic adult inpatients. A distinctive pattern of Sc subscale scores emerged that discriminated the 2 groups. Psychotic Ss obtained significantly higher scores on subscales measuring bizarre thinking and perceived loss of control over impulses and emotions. Nonpsychotics endorsed significantly more items on subscales concerned with symptoms of depression, anxiety, and thinking difficulties. Data suggest that homogeneous item–content dimensions of the Sc scale provide a means for distinguishing between psychotic and nonpsychotic patients who otherwise appear similar on overall Sc scale scores. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - content dimensions of MMPI subscale scores KW - psychotic vs nonpsychotic inpatients KW - 1988 KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Mental Disorders KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychosis KW - Psychopathology KW - 1988 DO - 10.1097/00005053-198812000-00006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-19171-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-19123-001 AN - 1989-19123-001 AU - Harris, M. Jackuelyn AU - Cullum, C. Munro AU - Jeste, Dilip V. T1 - Clinical presentation of late-onset schizophrenia. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 49 IS - 9 SP - 356 EP - 360 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-19123-001. PMID: 3417621 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Harris, M. Jackuelyn; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Services, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890601. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Characteristics; Differential Diagnosis; Onset (Disorders); Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Treatment. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1988. AB - Describes 5 patients (aged 56–67 yrs) who met Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-III—Revised (DSM-III—R) criteria for late-onset schizophrenia (LOS). The characteristic features of the disorder include bizarre delusions (usually of a persecutory nature), auditory hallucinations, a history of normal functioning at least until age 45 yrs, and a deterioration in personal-social functioning after the onset of illness. Physical examination, routine laboratory tests, neuropsychological evaluation, and magnetic resonance imaging scans did not suggest the presence of any diagnosable organic mental disorder. In all 5 cases, mood disorders, delusional (paranoid) disorder, and schizophrenia with onset before age 45 yrs were also considered in the differential diagnosis and ruled out. Cautions in the diagnosis and treatment of LOS patients are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - characteristics & diagnosis & treatment KW - 56–67 yr olds with late onset schizophrenia KW - 1988 KW - Client Characteristics KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Onset (Disorders) KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-19123-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-19104-001 AN - 1989-19104-001 AU - Garvey, Michael J. AU - Cook, Brian L. AU - Noyes, Russell T1 - The occurrence of a prodrome of generalized anxiety in panic disorder. JF - Comprehensive Psychiatry JO - Comprehensive Psychiatry JA - Compr Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/09//Sep-Oct, 1988 VL - 29 IS - 5 SP - 445 EP - 449 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0010-440X SN - 1532-8384 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-19104-001. PMID: 3180756 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garvey, Michael J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 19890601. Correction Date: 20160407. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Panic Disorder; Prodrome. Minor Descriptor: Client Characteristics; Onset (Disorders); Patient History. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Sep-Oct, 1988. AB - Examined the prevalence of extended prodromes (i.e., years) of generalized anxiety symptoms before the onset of panic attacks in 32 panic disorder outpatients. It was found that 9 Ss had a prodrome of generalized anxiety symptoms lasting a median of 5 yrs before the occurrence of their 1st panic attack. Ss with a generalized anxiety prodrome were similar to nonprodrome Ss for 55 clinical variables, including individual anxiety symptoms, response to treatment, severity of illness, and most aspects of family history. It is concluded that a prodrome of generalized anxiety symptoms is a variation of the presentation of panic disorder. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prodrome of generalized anxiety symptoms before onset of panic attacks KW - outpatients with panic disorder KW - 1988 KW - Anxiety KW - Panic Disorder KW - Prodrome KW - Client Characteristics KW - Onset (Disorders) KW - Patient History KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0010-440X(88)90059-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-19104-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-19085-001 AN - 1989-19085-001 AU - Darko, Denis F. AU - Rose, Junius AU - Gillin, J. Christian AU - Golshan, Shahrokh AU - Baird, Stephen M. T1 - Neutrophilia and lymphopenia in major mood disorders. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 25 IS - 3 SP - 243 EP - 251 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-19085-001. PMID: 3186859 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Darko, Denis F.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Mental Health Clinical Research Ctr, CA, US. Release Date: 19890601. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Leucocytes; Major Depression; Physiological Correlates. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1988. AB - Examined alterations in peripheral blood leukocyte distribution in major depression (in 30 24–65 yr old psychiatric inpatients and 23–63 yr old controls), including lymphopenia, neutrophilia, eosinopenia, and monocytopenia. Methodological improvements (including age-, sex-, and race-matched control Ss; Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) and Research Diagnostic Criteria diagnoses; objective and subjective severity of depression measured quantitatively; and consideration of psychosocial stressors were incorporated. Findings show relative lymphopenia and absolute neutrophilia and leukocytosis in depression but not decreased numbers of eosinophils or monocytes. The relative lymphopenia and absolute neutrophilia were present in the subgroup of only unipolar depressed Ss but not in the bipolar currently depressed subgroup. However, these blood cell changes were found only in the subgroup of Ss using medication at the time of phlebotomy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lymphopenia & neutrophilia & eosinopenia & monocytopenia KW - 24–65 yr old patients with major mood disorders KW - 1988 KW - Leucocytes KW - Major Depression KW - Physiological Correlates KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(88)90095-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-19085-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-19084-001 AN - 1989-19084-001 AU - Darko, Denis F. AU - Lucas, Alexander H. AU - Gillin, J. Christian AU - Risch, S. Craig AU - Golshan, Shahrokh AU - Hamburger, Robert N. AU - Silverman, M. Bradley AU - Janowsky, David S. T1 - Age, cellular immunity and the HP axis in major depression. JF - Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry JO - Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/// VL - 12 IS - 5 SP - 713 EP - 720 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-5846 SN - 1878-4216 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-19084-001. PMID: 3265523 Other Journal Title: Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Darko, Denis F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890601. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Hypothalamo Hypophyseal System; Immunology; Major Depression. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Assessed the effect of age on cellular immune status and the hypothalamic-pituitary axis in 18 patients with major depression (aged 32–67 yrs) and 18 controls (aged 19–62 yrs) by (1) examining peripheral blood mononuclear cells and (2) measuring plasma levels of 4 neurohormones. Decreasing T-lymphocyte response to conconavalin A (con A) covaried with age. Percent of T-lymphocytes decreased and T4/T8 ratio increased with increasing age. Scores on the Beck Depression Inventory (BDI) and the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression (HRSD) significantly differed between patients and controls, and plasma prolactin was significantly higher in depressed Ss than controls. Age correlated inversely with T-lymphocyte response to con A in the combined and control groups, but not in the patient group. HRSD and BDI scores correlated inversely with T-lymphocyte response among all Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age KW - cellular immune status & hypothalamic pituitary axis KW - 32–67 yr old patients with major depression KW - 1988 KW - Age Differences KW - Hypothalamo Hypophyseal System KW - Immunology KW - Major Depression KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0278-5846(88)90016-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-19084-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-19083-001 AN - 1989-19083-001 AU - Darko, Denis F. AU - Gillin, J. Christian AU - Risch, S. Craig AU - Bulloch, Karen AU - Golshan, Shahrokh AU - Tasevska, Zana AU - Hamburger, Robert N. T1 - Immune cells and the hypothalamic-pituitary axis in major depression. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1988/08// VL - 25 IS - 2 SP - 173 EP - 179 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-19083-001. PMID: 3262880 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Darko, Denis F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Mental Health Clinic, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890601. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hypothalamo Hypophyseal System; Immunology; Major Depression. Minor Descriptor: Corticotropin; Hydrocortisone; Prolactin; Somatotropin. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1988. AB - Investigated changes in immune cell status with changes in the hypothalamic-pituitary axis in 20 patients with major depression as compared with 20 age-, sex-, and race-matched control Ss, by examining peripheral blood mononuclear cells for total T-cells (T3), total B-cells (B1), 2 T-cell subsets (T4 and T8), and natural killer cells (NKH1), and by measuring the plasma level of cortisol, adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH), growth hormone (GH), and prolactin (PRL). Results show that the ratio of T4/T8 was increased in the patients. Within the group of control Ss only, increasing age correlated significantly with decreasing plasma PRL. Within the group of patients only, GH positively correlated significantly with T8 and NKH1, as did PRL with NKH1. No between-groups difference was found for T3, B1, T4, T8, NKH1, cortisol, ACTH, GH, or PRL. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - immune cell status & hypothalamic pituitary axis KW - patients with major depression KW - 1988 KW - Hypothalamo Hypophyseal System KW - Immunology KW - Major Depression KW - Corticotropin KW - Hydrocortisone KW - Prolactin KW - Somatotropin KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(88)90048-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-19083-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-19070-001 AN - 1989-19070-001 AU - Chemtob, Claude M. AU - Roitblat, H. L. AU - Hamada, Roger S. AU - Carlson, John G. AU - Twentyman, Craig T. T1 - A cognitive action theory of Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder. JF - Journal of Anxiety Disorders JO - Journal of Anxiety Disorders JA - J Anxiety Disord Y1 - 1988/// VL - 2 IS - 3 SP - 253 EP - 275 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0887-6185 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-19070-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Chemtob, Claude M.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Honolulu, HI, US. Release Date: 19890601. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitions; Conditioned Responses; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Theory Formulation. Minor Descriptor: Treatment. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 23. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Discusses theoretical approaches to posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and integrates them into a hierarchical network view of cognition and action. According to this view, emotion, action, and memory flow from the processing of information by specific mental network structures. PTSD symptoms are derived from structures acquired during combat that were adaptive in promoting the soldier's survival, but now lead to inappropriate actions. These structures continue to produce difficulties for some individuals because they are susceptible to a vicious-cycle positive feedback loop in which mild evidence of threat activates threat-response structures that bias the individual to interpret ambiguous evidence as threatening. Implications for the treatment of PTSD and other anxiety disorders are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive action theory of PTSD KW - treatment implications KW - 1988 KW - Cognitions KW - Conditioned Responses KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Theory Formulation KW - Treatment KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0887-6185(88)90006-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-19070-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-19044-001 AN - 1989-19044-001 AU - Alonso, Leonardo AU - Jeffrey, William D. T1 - Mental illness complicated by the santeria belief in spirit possession. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 39 IS - 11 SP - 1188 EP - 1191 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-19044-001. PMID: 3224955 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Alonso, Leonardo; St Albans Veterans Administration Extended Care Ctr-Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brooklyn, NY, US. Release Date: 19890601. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Disorders; Occultism; Religious Beliefs; Latinos/Latinas. Minor Descriptor: Diagnosis; Treatment. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. AB - Discusses aspects of santeria, a religious system that blends African and Catholic beliefs, including the belief in spirit possession and fiesta santera (gatherings at which participants may become possessed). It is argued that psychiatric patients who are followers of santeria (frequently Cuban Americans) may complicate the diagnosis and treatment of their illness. Four case studies in which the patients' (aged 32–70 yrs) belief in possession played a role in their mental illness are presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - santeria religious system belief in spirit possession KW - diagnosis & treatment KW - mentally ill Cuban American 32–70 yr olds KW - 1988 KW - Mental Disorders KW - Occultism KW - Religious Beliefs KW - Latinos/Latinas KW - Diagnosis KW - Treatment KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-19044-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-19023-001 AN - 1989-19023-001 AU - Schuckit, Marc A. AU - Monteiro, Maristela G. T1 - Alcoholism, anxiety and depression. JF - British Journal of Addiction JO - British Journal of Addiction JA - Br J Addict Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 83 IS - 12 SP - 1373 EP - 1380 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0952-0481 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-19023-001. PMID: 3233407 Other Journal Title: Addiction. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schuckit, Marc A.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcohol Research Ctr, CA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19890601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Anxiety Disorders; Major Depression; Psychodiagnosis. Minor Descriptor: Treatment. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. AB - Discusses diagnostic and treatment approaches for dealing with patients who present with 2 or more psychiatric disorders. The relationship between depressive and anxiety syndromes on one hand and alcohol abuse on the other is emphasized. Some reasons for diagnostic confusion are noted, such as the need to distinguish between drinking and alcoholism, sadness and depression, and anxiety feelings and major anxiety disorders. A working hierarchy is suggested that determines the primary disorder based on the chronology of development of symptoms. Clinical guidelines are given for evaluating patients with primary alcohol abuse and secondary anxiety or depression. Using the data from the literature as well as clinical experience, the present authors conclude that alcoholism, major affective disorder, and major anxiety disorder are distinct illnesses with different prognoses and treatments. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - diagnosis & treatment KW - patients with dual diagnoses of alcoholism & anxiety & affective disorder KW - 1988 KW - Alcoholism KW - Anxiety Disorders KW - Major Depression KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Treatment KW - 1988 DO - 10.1111/j.1360-0443.1988.tb02551.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-19023-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-19006-001 AN - 1989-19006-001 AU - Koegel, Paul AU - Burnam, M. Audrey AU - Farr, Rodger K. T1 - The prevalence of specific psychiatric disorders among homeless individuals in the inner city of Los Angeles. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 45 IS - 12 SP - 1085 EP - 1092 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-19006-001. PMID: 2461690 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Koegel, Paul; Brentwood Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Rehabilitation Medicine Service, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19890601. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Epidemiology; Homeless; Psychopathology; Racial and Ethnic Differences. Minor Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Military Veterans; Urban Environments. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. AB - Interviewed 379 sheltered and unsheltered homeless persons (aged 18–69 yrs) in Los Angeles, using the Diagnostic Interview Schedule and a demographic status questionnaire. Analyses indicated that Ss' lifetime and current rates of major mental illnesses were disproportionately high when compared with a household sample for the city. 12% of the Ss had dual diagnoses of chronic major mental illness and chronic substance abuse. Veteran Ss were at greater risk of lifetime alcoholism, despite lower rates of antisocial personality disorder. Lifetime and current alcoholism was elevated in Native Americans, and current alcoholism was elevated in Hispanics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age & ethnicity & veteran status & length/chronicity of homelessness KW - prevalence of specific mental disorders KW - urban homeless 18–69 yr olds KW - 1988 KW - Age Differences KW - Epidemiology KW - Homeless KW - Psychopathology KW - Racial and Ethnic Differences KW - At Risk Populations KW - Military Veterans KW - Urban Environments KW - 1988 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1988.01800360033005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-19006-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-18380-001 AN - 1989-18380-001 AU - Lynch, Minda R. AU - Kuhn, Hans-Georg AU - Carey, Robert J. T1 - Chronic haloperidol-amphetamine interactions and mesolimbic dopamine. JF - Neuropsychobiology JO - Neuropsychobiology JA - Neuropsychobiology Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 19 IS - 2 SP - 97 EP - 103 CY - Switzerland PB - Karger SN - 0302-282X SN - 1423-0224 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-18380-001. PMID: 3226530 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lynch, Minda R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Syracuse, NY, US. Release Date: 19890601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Activity Level; Amphetamine; Dopamine; Drug Interactions; Haloperidol. Minor Descriptor: Animal Open Field Behavior; Mesencephalon; Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1988. AB - Male rats received 21 days of chronic treatment with amphetamine, haloperidol, a combination of these 2 drugs, or saline. On day 21, mesolimbic (but not striatal) dopamine (DA) concentrations were positively related to locomotor activity in an open field. DA metabolites in this region were inversely correlated with the behavior. The combined drug group showed saline-like levels of both behavioral activity and mesolimbic DA. Metabolic indices in this group suggested that increased DA availability partially competed with the neuroleptic receptor blockade in mesolimbic regions. 21 days of haloperidol did not induce behavioral or biochemical tolerance. Findings are consistent with the lack of tolerance development to antipsychotic effects and suggest that animal models incorporating chronic low-dose neuroleptic regimens may be useful for the study of chronic treatment issues. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - haloperidol & amphetamine KW - mesolimbic dopamine concentrations & locomotor activity in open field KW - male rats KW - 1988 KW - Activity Level KW - Amphetamine KW - Dopamine KW - Drug Interactions KW - Haloperidol KW - Animal Open Field Behavior KW - Mesencephalon KW - Rats KW - 1988 DO - 10.1159/000118442 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-18380-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - ORCID: 0000-0003-4247-5613 UR - DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-18330-001 AN - 1989-18330-001 AU - Flood, James F. AU - Morley, John E. T1 - Effects of bombesin and gastrin-releasing peptide on memory processing. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 460 IS - 2 SP - 314 EP - 322 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-18330-001. PMID: 3224263 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Flood, James F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19890601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Bombesin; Memory; Peptides; Retention. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1988. AB - Examined whether gastrin-releasing peptide (GRP) would enhance memory retention in rats after peripheral administration, as does its amphibian counterpart, bombesin. Data show that GRP14–27 had the same effect as the intact peptide, whereas GRP1–26 was ineffective at enhancing retention. The effect of both peptides was time-dependent and both reversed amnesia induced by the anticholinergic scopolamine. The 2 peptides required higher doses in rats to produce an effect on memory retention; vagotomy inhibited the memory-enhancing effects of both GRP and bombesin. Data suggest that a gastrointestinal hormonal system activated by the passage of food through the intestine may enhance memory retention in rats. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - bombesin vs gastrin releasing peptide KW - memory retention KW - rats KW - 1988 KW - Bombesin KW - Memory KW - Peptides KW - Retention KW - Rats KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(88)90375-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-18330-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-18286-001 AN - 1989-18286-001 AU - Barrett, Robert J. AU - Smith, Randy L. T1 - Time dependent pentylenetetrazol-like cues subsequent to diazepam administration. JF - Psychopharmacology JO - Psychopharmacology JA - Psychopharmacology (Berl) Y1 - 1988/10// VL - 96 IS - 2 SP - 169 EP - 173 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-3158 SN - 1432-2072 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-18286-001. PMID: 3148142 Other Journal Title: Psychopharmacologia. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barrett, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Nashville, TN, US. Release Date: 19890601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Diazepam; Drug Discrimination; Extinction (Learning); Intertrial Interval; Pentylenetetrazol. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1988. AB - 70 male rats were trained to discriminate which of 2 levers to press for milk reinforcement on a VI-20 schedule of reinforcement on the basis of whether they were injected sc with diazepam or pentylenetetrazol (PTZ). Following discrimination acquisition, a dose-response function was generated for each drug during 5-min extinction periods. Ss were then assigned to 1 of 7 groups on the basis of their percent responding during saline testing. Each group was injected with diazepam and then given a 5-min extinction test at intervals of 2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 20, or 24 hrs subsequent to injection. Results indicate that at the shorter time intervals, the Ss responded on the diazepam lever. As the time interval lengthened, responding on the PTZ bar gradually increased. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - diazepam vs pentylenetetrazol KW - response to time dependent extinction trials following discrimination acquisition KW - male rats KW - 1988 KW - Diazepam KW - Drug Discrimination KW - Extinction (Learning) KW - Intertrial Interval KW - Pentylenetetrazol KW - Rats KW - 1988 DO - 10.1007/BF00177556 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-18286-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-18097-001 AN - 1989-18097-001 AU - Goodman, David AU - Mulholland, Thomas T1 - Detection of cerebral lateralization of function using EEG alpha-contingent visual stimulation II. JF - International Journal of Psychophysiology JO - International Journal of Psychophysiology JA - Int J Psychophysiol Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 6 IS - 4 SP - 255 EP - 261 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0167-8760 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-18097-001. PMID: 3225202 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goodman, David; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19890601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alpha Rhythm; Cerebral Dominance; Experimental Methods; Visual Stimulation. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. AB - Used alpha-contingent stimulation to assess the replicative reliability of durations of alpha-blocking following visual stimulation over different cortical sites in 14 right-handed undergraduates. It was found that the control of alpha-blocking durations was significantly greater for contralateral visual half-field stimulation compared with ipsilateral visual half-field stimulation. Findings are discussed in terms of the replicative reliability of retinal-cortical connections to occipital and temporal lobes and support the validity and sensitivity of the method. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EEG alpha contingent visual stimulation KW - assessment of cerebral lateralization of function KW - college students KW - 1988 KW - Alpha Rhythm KW - Cerebral Dominance KW - Experimental Methods KW - Visual Stimulation KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0167-8760(88)90012-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-18097-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-17041-001 AN - 1989-17041-001 AU - Harkness, Laurie AU - Mulinski, Paul T1 - Performance standards for social workers. JF - Social Work JO - Social Work JA - Soc Work Y1 - 1988/07//Jul-Aug, 1988 VL - 33 IS - 4 SP - 339 EP - 344 CY - United Kingdom PB - Oxford University Press SN - 0037-8046 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-17041-001. PMID: 10288324 Other Journal Title: Social Work Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Harkness, Laurie; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Community Psychiatry Program, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19890501. Correction Date: 20160922. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Occupational Attitudes; Professional Standards; Professional Supervision; Social Workers. Minor Descriptor: Management Personnel. Classification: Professional Ethics & Standards & Liability (3450). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul-Aug, 1988. AB - Surveyed 78 social workers to determine their attitudes about the purpose, use, and relevance of performance standards. Results indicate several significant differences between the views of staff social workers and supervisors. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - attitudes toward performance standards KW - staff social workers vs supervisors KW - 1988 KW - Occupational Attitudes KW - Professional Standards KW - Professional Supervision KW - Social Workers KW - Management Personnel KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-17041-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-16943-001 AN - 1989-16943-001 AU - Brown, Sandra A. AU - Schuckit, Marc A. T1 - Changes in depression among abstinent alcoholics. JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 49 IS - 5 SP - 412 EP - 417 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0096-882X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-16943-001. PMID: 3216643 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs; Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brown, Sandra A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890501. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Major Depression. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1988. AB - Studied changes in depressive symptoms among 191 adult male primary alcoholics with no preexisting major psychiatric disorder throughout inpatient treatment for alcoholism. Ss were interviewed, using the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression, within 48 hrs of admission and again at 4 wks. Results indicate that 42% of Ss had clinically significant levels of depression at intake and that only 6% remained clinically depressed at Week 4. Depressive symptoms of alcoholics abated quickly, with the largest reduction in scores occurring at Week 2. Mood related symptoms constituted the largest portion of presenting depression and abated most rapidly. Vegetative symptoms remained the most prevalent type of depressive symptom at discharge. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - depressive symptomatology over course of inpatient treatment KW - alcoholic 22–74 yr old males KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Major Depression KW - Alcoholism KW - 1988 DO - 10.15288/jsa.1988.49.412 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-16943-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-16918-001 AN - 1989-16918-001 AU - Hoff, Sherry T1 - The occupational therapist as case manager in an Adult Day Health Care setting. T3 - Community programs for the health impaired elderly JF - Physical & Occupational Therapy in Geriatrics JO - Physical & Occupational Therapy in Geriatrics JA - Phys Occup Ther Geriatr Y1 - 1987/// VL - 6 IS - 1 SP - 21 EP - 32 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0270-3181 SN - 1541-3152 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-16918-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hoff, Sherry; Portland Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, OR, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare; Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19890501. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interdisciplinary Treatment Approach; Occupational Therapists; Partial Hospitalization; Rehabilitation; Therapist Role. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Describes adult day health care (ADHC), a Veterans Administration research program designed to offer elderly veterans day hospital and rehabilitative care to prevent nursing home placement. ADHC is the liaison between the hospital and the community with care provided by an interdisciplinary team using the case manager approach. The role of the ADHC occupational therapist shows the expanded responsibilities that are encompassed in the position of occupational therapist as case manager. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - role in day hospital & rehabilitative care program for elderly provided by interdisciplinary team using case manager approach KW - occupational therapists KW - 1987 KW - Interdisciplinary Treatment Approach KW - Occupational Therapists KW - Partial Hospitalization KW - Rehabilitation KW - Therapist Role KW - 1987 DO - 10.1300/J148V06N01_03 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-16918-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-16773-001 AN - 1989-16773-001 AU - Willenbring, Mark AU - Spring, William D. T1 - Evaluating alcohol use in elders. JF - Generations: Journal of the American Society on Aging JO - Generations: Journal of the American Society on Aging JA - Generations Y1 - 1988///Sum 1988 VL - 12 IS - 4 SP - 27 EP - 31 CY - US PB - American Society on Aging SN - 0738-7806 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-16773-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Willenbring, Mark; Minneapolis Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcohol Problems Clinics, MN, US. Release Date: 19890501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Drug Usage Screening; Medical Diagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1988. AB - Discusses professional attitudes toward alcohol use and how they affect screening and diagnosis of alcohol problems in the elderly. Evaluation approaches are outlined, including determining the relationship between a client and alcohol, assessing the consequences of drinking, and determining the characteristics of the drinking experience. Physiological differences that affect the elderly's response to alcohol are also noted, along with screening procedures (both laboratory and questionnaire self-report/rating formats). It is concluded that routine assessments of alcohol use should be part of every assessment of an elderly patient. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - need for alcohol & drug usage screening in medical evaluations KW - elderly KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Drug Usage Screening KW - Medical Diagnosis KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-16773-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-16713-001 AN - 1989-16713-001 AU - Fields, Francis R. AU - McKenna, John T. T1 - Practical guidelines for action regarding application of CPR/DNR. JF - Death Studies JO - Death Studies JA - Death Stud Y1 - 1988/07//Jul-Aug, 1988 VL - 12 IS - 4 SP - 319 EP - 328 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0748-1187 SN - 1091-7683 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-16713-001. PMID: 11650091 Other Journal Title: Death Education. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fields, Francis R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Lebanon, PA, US. Release Date: 19890501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Death and Dying; Professional Ethics; Treatment Withholding. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jul-Aug, 1988. AB - Arguing that technological advances in medicine can prolong lives that ordinarily would have terminated, it is suggested that the injudicious application of extraordinary procedures for extending life highlights problems that affect medical, social, psychological, moral, and ethical realms. A systematic strategy is outlined to guide human service providers in making decisions regarding the application or withholding of life-sustaining procedures. Emphasis is placed on the integrity of self-determination as it relates to competency. Procedures for the incompetent patient are recommended. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - practical guidelines for application or withholding of extraordinary procedures for extending life KW - 1988 KW - Death and Dying KW - Professional Ethics KW - Treatment Withholding KW - 1988 DO - 10.1080/07481188808252248 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-16713-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-16690-001 AN - 1989-16690-001 AU - Till, James A. AU - Toye, Andrea R. T1 - Acoustic phonetic effects of two types of verbal feedback in dysarthric subjects. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JA - J Speech Hear Disord Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 53 IS - 4 SP - 449 EP - 458 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Association SN - 0022-4677 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-16690-001. PMID: 3184905 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Till, James A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Long Beach, CA, US. Release Date: 19890501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Articulation (Speech); Dysarthria; Feedback; Speech Therapy. Classification: Speech & Language Therapy (3385). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. AB - Studied the effects of 2 different forms of verbal feedback on speech production in 7 dysarthric speakers (aged 35–66 yrs). Both forms of verbal feedback signaled that the listener failed to understand the message. The more general form of feedback gave no specific cues regarding the reason the listener failed to understand. The more specific feedback indicated that a voiceless initial consonant was perceived as its voiced cognate. The Ss studied had inconsistent voicing errors. Voice onset times (VOTs) and syllabic intensity, duration, and rate were measured in the phrases produced prior to and after verbal feedback. Results indicate that there was a significant change in VOT after the specific feedback and no significant change in VOT after the more general feedback. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - general vs specific verbal feedback KW - acoustic phonetic characteristics in speech production KW - dysarthric 35–66 yr olds KW - 1988 KW - Articulation (Speech) KW - Dysarthria KW - Feedback KW - Speech Therapy KW - 1988 DO - 10.1044/jshd.5304.449 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-16690-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-16689-001 AN - 1989-16689-001 AU - Simpson, Marianne B. AU - Till, James A. AU - Goff, Anne M. T1 - Long-term treatment of severe dysarthria: A case study. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JA - J Speech Hear Disord Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 53 IS - 4 SP - 433 EP - 440 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Association SN - 0022-4677 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-16689-001. PMID: 2972886 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Simpson, Marianne B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Long Beach, CA, US. Release Date: 19890501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dysarthria; Speech Therapy. Minor Descriptor: Case Report. Classification: Speech & Language Therapy (3385). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. AB - Describes the long-term treatment and changing symptoms in a 58-yr-old male with dysarthria secondary to basilar artery thrombosis. Initially, the S was anarthric. Treatment efforts thereafter were directed toward modifying speech respiration, velopharyngeal function, articulatory precision, speech intensity, and speech intelligibility. Treatment and measurement techniques are illustrated. The behavioral change resulting from each of the treatments was small; however, these small gains in conjunction with some neurological recovery resulted in significantly improved communication and quality of life. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - long term treatment & symptoms KW - male 58 yr old with dysarthria secondary to basilar artery thrombosis KW - case report KW - 1988 KW - Dysarthria KW - Speech Therapy KW - Case Report KW - 1988 DO - 10.1044/jshd.5304.433 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-16689-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-16648-001 AN - 1989-16648-001 AU - Van Vort, Walter B. T1 - Ethics of nonformulary review in psychiatry. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 39 IS - 12 SP - 1253 EP - 1255 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-16648-001. PMID: 3229750 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Vort, Walter B.; Brentwood Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19890501. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Professional Ethics; Psychiatry. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. AB - Examines the ethics of nonformulary drug regulation in psychiatry, focusing on psychiatrist autonomy and on the doctor–patient relationship, and advocates a commonsense approach in which enforcement of the formulary system is combined with tact, neutrality, transmission of up-to-date information, and flexibility. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethics of nonformulary drug regulation in psychiatry KW - 1988 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Professional Ethics KW - Psychiatry KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-16648-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-16559-001 AN - 1989-16559-001 AU - Eisen, Seth A. AU - Hanpeter, John A. AU - Kreuger, Larry W. AU - Gard, Michael T1 - Monitoring medication compliance: Description of a new device. JF - Journal of Compliance in Health Care JO - Journal of Compliance in Health Care JA - J Compliance Health Care Y1 - 1987///Fal 1987 VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 131 EP - 142 CY - US PB - Springer Publishing Co. SN - 0887-6509 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-16559-001. PMID: 10284597 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eisen, Seth A.; St Louis Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MO, US. Release Date: 19890501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus; Drug Therapy; Outpatients; Treatment Compliance. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10); Outpatient (60). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1987. AB - Describes a method for electronically monitoring compliance involving tablet medications through the use of a device that automatically records the data and time medication is removed. The monitor is believed useful for clinical drug trials, compliance research, and clinical medicine. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - electronic monitoring of tablet medication compliance KW - outpatients KW - 1987 KW - Apparatus KW - Drug Therapy KW - Outpatients KW - Treatment Compliance KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-16559-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-16547-001 AN - 1989-16547-001 AU - Casey, D. E. T1 - Affective disorders and tardive dyskinesia. JF - L'Encéphale: Revue de psychiatrie clinique biologique et thérapeutique JO - L'Encéphale: Revue de psychiatrie clinique biologique et thérapeutique JA - Encephale Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 14 IS - Spec Issue SP - 221 EP - 226 CY - France PB - Masson SN - 0013-7006 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-16547-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Casey, D. E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Portland, OR, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Masson SAS. Release Date: 19890501. Correction Date: 20090928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Symposium on tardive dyskinesia: Evaluation of the current knowledge (1987, Casablanca, Morocco). Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; At Risk Populations; Drug Therapy; Tardive Dyskinesia. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1988. AB - Discusses patient and treatment factors that play a role in mitigating the risk of tardive dyskinesia (TD) in mood disorder (particularly depression) patients, including (1) frequent retrospective rediagnosis of affective disorders instead of schizophrenia when the long-term course of illness and response is evaluated, and (2) TD onset after relatively brief (few mo to few yrs) exposure to low to moderate neuroleptic doses. It has been hypothesized that the cyclic mono- and catecholamine activity during mood changes makes the brain more vulnerable to the direct neuroleptic effects or the compensatory processes initiated by these drugs. There may also be an interaction between neuroleptic drugs and antidepressant agents that produce greater vulnerability to TD. Additionally, neuroleptic drug use may be different in affective disorders, such as high doses for short time periods with mania. Treatment suggestions are offered. (French abstract) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - treatment & patient risk factors in development of tardive dyskinesia KW - patients with affective disorders KW - conference presentation KW - 1988 KW - Affective Disorders KW - At Risk Populations KW - Drug Therapy KW - Tardive Dyskinesia KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-16547-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-16508-001 AN - 1989-16508-001 AU - Peniston, Eugene G. T1 - Evaluation of long-term therapeutic efficacy of behavior modification program with chronic male psychiatric inpatients. JF - Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry JO - Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry JA - J Behav Ther Exp Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 19 IS - 2 SP - 95 EP - 101 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0005-7916 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-16508-001. PMID: 3209702 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Peniston, Eugene G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Ft Lyon, CO, US. Release Date: 19890501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Behavior Modification; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies; Hospitalized Patients; Interpersonal Communication. Classification: Behavior Therapy & Behavior Modification (3312). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1988. AB - Carried out an experimental behavior modification program on 15 diagnosed chronic schizophrenic men on a mixed-population open psychiatric unit in a Veterans Administration medical center. Treatment consisted of positive-reinforcement and response-cost contingency procedures. Ss were recruited based on staff documentation and reports of gross verbal abuse, nonattendance at assignments, poor grooming skills, and excessive drinking behavior while circulating on the mixed-population open psychiatric ward. Both procedures were successful in changing 3 of the 4 aforementioned target behaviors for each S, but only partially effective for 8 of those Ss with drinking behavior problems. Follow-up assessment indicated that most of the positive effects of intervention persisted over 6–22 mo posttreatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavior modification KW - verbal abuse & task performance & grooming & alcohol drinking KW - schizophrenic 35–55 yr old inpatients KW - 6 & 12 mo followups KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Behavior Modification KW - Schizophrenia KW - Followup Studies KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Interpersonal Communication KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0005-7916(88)90022-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-16508-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-16310-001 AN - 1989-16310-001 AU - Rapp, Stephen R. AU - Dubbert, Patricia M. AU - Buttross, Yvonne AU - Burkett, Paul A. T1 - Reducing diabetics' food portion size errors by using feedback training. JF - Journal of Compliance in Health Care JO - Journal of Compliance in Health Care JA - J Compliance Health Care Y1 - 1988///Fal 1988 VL - 3 IS - 2 SP - 115 EP - 124 CY - US PB - Springer Publishing Co. SN - 0887-6509 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-16310-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rapp, Stephen R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Jackson, MS, US. Release Date: 19890501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Diabetes; Diets; Eating Behavior; Feedback; Treatment Compliance. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1988. AB - Employed feedback to reduce errors in estimating portion sizes of 4 common foods with 3 diabetic adult male outpatients. A multiple baseline design across foods was replicated for all Ss, who were on special diets. During the intervention, Ss were first asked to serve portions equivalent to a model and later the model was removed. Feedback on accuracy was given throughout the study. Results indicate significantly reduced error with the introduction of the intervention compared with baseline error rates. Training effects did not generalize to untrained foods. A 1-mo follow-up showed error rates well below baseline. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - feedback training KW - estimation of food portion sizes KW - diabetic 55 & 58 & 65 yr old male outpatients on special diets KW - 1 mo followup KW - 1988 KW - Diabetes KW - Diets KW - Eating Behavior KW - Feedback KW - Treatment Compliance KW - Followup Studies KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-16310-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-16282-001 AN - 1989-16282-001 AU - Carmody, Timothy P. AU - Matarazzo, Joseph D. AU - Istvan, Joseph A. T1 - Promoting adherence to heart-healthy diets: A review of the literature. JF - Journal of Compliance in Health Care JO - Journal of Compliance in Health Care JA - J Compliance Health Care Y1 - 1987///Fal 1987 VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 105 EP - 124 CY - US PB - Springer Publishing Co. SN - 0887-6509 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-16282-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carmody, Timothy P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, San Francisco, CA, US. Release Date: 19890501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Diets; Heart Disorders; Literature Review; Prevention; Treatment Compliance. Minor Descriptor: Psychosocial Factors. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 20. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1987. AB - Reviews research on adherence to hypocholesteremic (low fat, low cholesterol) diets in the treatment of hyperlipidemia (elevated cholesterol and/or triglyceride levels in the blood) and in the prevention of atherosclerotic coronary heart disease. Methodological issues in assessing dietary adherence are examined, and cognitive, interpersonal, and environmental factors influencing dietary life-style changes are described. A number of intervention methods are reviewed, including those that focus on family-based approaches and strategies for facilitating long-term maintenance or relapse prevention. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive & interpersonal & environmental factors KW - adherence to heart healthy diets KW - literature review KW - 1987 KW - Diets KW - Heart Disorders KW - Literature Review KW - Prevention KW - Treatment Compliance KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-16282-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-16239-001 AN - 1989-16239-001 AU - Sung, Bong Hee AU - Wilson, Michael F. AU - Robinson, Casey AU - Thadani, Udho AU - Lovallo, William R. T1 - Mechanisms of myocardial ischemia induced by epinephrine: Comparison with exercise-induced ischemia. JF - Psychosomatic Medicine JO - Psychosomatic Medicine Y1 - 1988/07//Jul-Aug, 1988 VL - 50 IS - 4 SP - 381 EP - 393 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0033-3174 SN - 1534-7796 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-16239-001. PMID: 3413271 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sung, Bong Hee; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Behavioral Sciences Labs, Oklahoma City, US. Release Date: 19890501. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Epinephrine; Exercise; Heart Disorders; Ischemia. Minor Descriptor: Oxygen. Classification: Cardiovascular Disorders (3295). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Jul-Aug, 1988. AB - In patients with coronary artery disease, objective signs of ischemia and factors increasing myocardial oxygen consumption were compared during epinephrine infusion and supine bicycle exercise. Findings indicate that ischemia produced by epinephrine, as may occur during states of emotional distress, had a mechanism distinct from that due to physical exertion. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - epinephrine infusion vs bicycle exercise KW - myocardial oxygen consumption & ischemia KW - coronary artery disease patients KW - 1988 KW - Epinephrine KW - Exercise KW - Heart Disorders KW - Ischemia KW - Oxygen KW - 1988 DO - 10.1097/00006842-198807000-00006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-16239-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-16226-001 AN - 1989-16226-001 AU - Shimamura, Arthur P. AU - Squire, Larry R. T1 - Long-term memory in amnesia: Cued recall, recognition memory, and confidence ratings. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition JA - J Exp Psychol Learn Mem Cogn Y1 - 1988/10// VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 763 EP - 770 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0278-7393 SN - 1939-1285 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-16226-001. PMID: 2972808 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shimamura, Arthur P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Long Term Memory; Recall (Learning); Recognition (Learning). Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Dec 4, 1987; Revised Date: Dec 4, 1987; First Submitted Date: Jun 18, 1987. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - We explored what kind of information is acquired when amnesic patients are able to exhibit significant retention on tests of cued recall and recognition memory. Amnesic patients and control subjects attempted to learn sets of sentences. Memory for the last word in each sentence was tested after 1 hr in the case of the amnesic patients, or after 1 to 2 weeks in the case of (delayed) control subjects. Amnesic patients and (delayed) control subjects performed at similar levels on tests of cued recall and recognition memory. Amnesic patients were just as confident of their correct answers as were control subjects. Moreover, amnesic patients were no more disadvantaged than control subjects when they were cued indirectly by presenting paraphrases of the original sentences. These findings demonstrate that the residual knowledge retained by amnesic patients can be as flexible, as accessible to indirect cues, and as available to awareness as the knowledge retained by (delayed) control subjects. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - retention interval KW - cued recall & recognition memory & confidence ratings KW - amnesic patients KW - 1988 KW - Amnesia KW - Long Term Memory KW - Recall (Learning) KW - Recognition (Learning) KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/0278-7393.14.4.763 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-16226-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-16177-001 AN - 1989-16177-001 AU - Morgan, Mary K. AU - Clark, Michael E. AU - Hartman, Wayne L. T1 - AIDS-related dementia: A case report of rapid cognitive decline. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 44 IS - 6 SP - 1024 EP - 1028 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-16177-001. PMID: 3216007 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morgan, Mary K.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Bay Pines, FL, US. Release Date: 19890501. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: AIDS; Cognitive Ability. Minor Descriptor: Case Report. Classification: Immunological Disorders (3291). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. AB - Describes a case of rapid cognitive decline associated with acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS) in a 42-yr-old male who was initially admitted to a psychiatric unit with depression and suicidal ideation. The S's scores at 1 and 6 mo after admission on the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Revised (WAIS—R) and the Wechsler Memory Scale are reported. The S was transferred to a nursing home at 6 mo and died 11 mo after admission. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - rapid cognitive decline KW - 42 yr old male with AIDS KW - case report KW - 1988 KW - AIDS KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Case Report KW - 1988 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198811)44:6<1024::AID-JCLP2270440628>3.0.CO;2-S UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-16177-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-16172-001 AN - 1989-16172-001 AU - Milberg, William AU - Alexander, Michael P. AU - Charness, Neil AU - McGlinchey-Berroth, Regina AU - Barrett, Anna T1 - Learning of a complex arithmetic skill in amnesia: Evidence for a dissociation between compilation and production. JF - Brain and Cognition JO - Brain and Cognition JA - Brain Cogn Y1 - 1988/08// VL - 8 IS - 1 SP - 91 EP - 104 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-2626 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-16172-001. PMID: 3166821 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Milberg, William; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, West Roxbury, MA, US. Release Date: 19890501. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Algorithms; Amnesia; Aneurysms; Learning Rate; Mathematical Ability. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Cognitive Processes; Response Latency. Classification: Cardiovascular Disorders (3295). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1988. AB - Describes 2 men (aged 40 and 43 yrs) with severe amnesia following rupture of anterior communicating artery aneurysms who were able to learn a complex algorithm for mentally squaring 2-digit numbers. Although both Ss learned the algorithm at a similar rate, one S's improvement was accounted for by savings in the steps of the algorithm; the other S showed little improvement in the steps while performance of the whole algorithm improved dramatically. Results suggest a dissociation between amnesics in their capacity to learn the constituent steps of a skill and their capacity to organize those steps into a single coherent act. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - learning rate for complex mental mathematical algorithm KW - performance speed due to savings in steps by compilation KW - 40 & 43 yr olds with aneurysm & amnesia KW - case reports KW - 1988 KW - Algorithms KW - Amnesia KW - Aneurysms KW - Learning Rate KW - Mathematical Ability KW - Case Report KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Response Latency KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0278-2626(88)90041-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-16172-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-6078-7066 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-16165-001 AN - 1989-16165-001 AU - Massad, Phillip M. AU - Bobbitt, Robert G. AU - Kelly, Mark P. AU - Beasley, T. Mark T1 - Effects of lesion laterality on the Satz-Mogel WAIS—R short form. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 44 IS - 6 SP - 924 EP - 929 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-16165-001. PMID: 3216016 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Massad, Phillip M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, White River Junction, VT, US. Release Date: 19890501. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Lateral Dominance; Test Forms; Test Scores; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. AB - Examined the effects of lateralized brain damage on the results of P. Satz and S. Mogel's (1962) short form Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Revised (WAIS—R). 65 patients (aged 17–79 yrs) referred for neuropsychological evaluation were assigned to groups based on diffuse, predominantly left, or predominantly right brain damage. Results indicate that there were high correlations between original and short form scores for both IQs and WAIS—R subtests. However, analysis of variance (ANOVA) revealed differences between certain original and short form scores. Findings suggest that short form scores were affected by laterality of brain damage, particularly for right brain damaged Ss on performance subtests. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - left vs right brain damage KW - performance on P. Satz & S. Mogel's short form of WAIS-R KW - 17–79 yr olds KW - 1988 KW - Brain Damage KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Test Forms KW - Test Scores KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - 1988 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198811)44:6<924::AID-JCLP2270440612>3.0.CO;2-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-16165-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-16137-001 AN - 1989-16137-001 AU - Kramer, Joel H. AU - Delis, Dean C. AU - Blusewicz, Matthew J. AU - Brandt, Jason AU - Ober, Beth AU - Strauss, Milton T1 - Verbal memory errors in Alzheimer's and Huntington's dementias. JF - Developmental Neuropsychology JO - Developmental Neuropsychology JA - Dev Neuropsychol Y1 - 1988/// VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 15 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 8756-5641 SN - 1532-6942 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-16137-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kramer, Joel H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Martinez, CA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19890501. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Huntingtons Disease; Recall (Learning); Recognition (Learning); Verbal Ability. Minor Descriptor: Errors. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Examined the nature and extent of verbal recall and recognition errors in 13 patients with probable Alzheimer's disease (PAD), 21 Huntington's disease (HD) patients, and 27 neurologically normal controls. Ss completed the California Verbal Learning Test. It was found that PAD Ss had a significantly higher rate of intrusions on recall tests and showed a more rapid increase in intrusions on delayed free-recall and cued-recall trials than any other group. On recognition testing, however, PAD and moderately to severely impaired HD Ss were equally impaired at discriminating between targets and distractors. Results indicate that impaired discrimination contributed to the memory failures of both dementias and that PAD Ss were more likely than HD Ss to manifest their dysfunction as intrusion errors on recall trials. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - intrusion errors in verbal recall & recognition KW - patients with Huntington's vs probable Alzheimer's disease KW - 1988 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Huntingtons Disease KW - Recall (Learning) KW - Recognition (Learning) KW - Verbal Ability KW - Errors KW - 1988 DO - 10.1080/87565648809540385 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-16137-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-16032-001 AN - 1989-16032-001 AU - Bonnet, Michael H. AU - Rosa, R. R. T1 - Sleep and performance in young adults and older normals and insomniacs during acute sleep loss and recovery. JF - Biological Psychology JO - Biological Psychology JA - Biol Psychol Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 25 IS - 2 SP - 153 EP - 172 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0301-0511 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-16032-001. PMID: 3502753 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bonnet, Michael H.; Jerry L. Pettis Memorial Veterans Administration Hosp, Loma Linda, CA, US. Release Date: 19890501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Insomnia; Physiological Correlates; Sleep Deprivation. Minor Descriptor: Body Temperature; Reaction Time; Recall (Learning); Sleep. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 20. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1987. AB - 12 normal men aged 18–28 yrs and 12 normal and 12 insomniac men (aged 55–71 yrs) were sleep deprived for 64 hrs and then allowed recovery sleep. Response speed, immediate recall, sleepiness, and body temperature were tested at approximately 2300, 0115, 0330, 0530, and 0800 hrs during baseline, sleep loss, and recovery nights. Significant group (age or insomnia) by sleep loss condition interactions were found for reaction time (RT) and immediate recall performance measures. Similar significant interactions were found for oral temperature and all EEG sleep variables, except total time in bed, percent stage 1, and percent REM. Performance recovery following sleep loss was no slower in older Ss than in younger Ss despite very different recovery sleep stage parameters. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sleep deprivation vs recovery KW - response speed & immediate recall & sleepiness & body temperature KW - 18–28 vs 55–71 yr olds with vs without insomnia KW - 1987 KW - Age Differences KW - Insomnia KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Sleep Deprivation KW - Body Temperature KW - Reaction Time KW - Recall (Learning) KW - Sleep KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0301-0511(87)90035-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-16032-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-15964-001 AN - 1989-15964-001 AU - Schuckit, Marc A. AU - Risch, Samuel C. AU - Gold, Eric O. T1 - Alcohol consumption, ACTH level, and family history of alcoholism. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 145 IS - 11 SP - 1391 EP - 1395 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-15964-001. PMID: 2847567 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schuckit, Marc A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcohol Research Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890501. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Corticotropin; Ethanol; Fathers; Sons. Minor Descriptor: Adrenal Glands; Blood Plasma; Drug Dosages; Family Background; Pituitary Gland. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. AB - Plasma levels of adrenocorticotrophic hormone (ACTH) were evaluated in 18 sons of alcoholics and 18 sons of nonalcoholics before and after they consumed placebo, 0.75 ml/kg of ethanol, and 1.1 ml/kg of ethanol (all Ss were aged 20–25 yrs). Analyses revealed significant changes in ACTH levels over time, an effect of ethanol on ACTH overall, and significantly lower ACTH levels in the sons of alcoholics than in the control Ss following the high-dose ethanol challenge. Data corroborate the earlier finding (M. A. Schuckit et al, 1987) that sons of alcoholics have less intense responses to ethanol and are consistent with the conclusion that changes in cortisol level associated with drinking include a pituitary response as well as effects on the adrenal glands. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethanol dosage KW - plasma ACTH KW - 21–25 yr old sons of alcoholic fathers KW - implications for pituitary & adrenal gland responses KW - 1988 KW - Alcoholism KW - Corticotropin KW - Ethanol KW - Fathers KW - Sons KW - Adrenal Glands KW - Blood Plasma KW - Drug Dosages KW - Family Background KW - Pituitary Gland KW - 1988 DO - 10.1176/ajp.145.11.1391 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-15964-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-15963-001 AN - 1989-15963-001 AU - Schuckit, Marc A. T1 - Reactions to alcohol in sons of alcoholics and controls. JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JA - Alcohol Clin Exp Res Y1 - 1988/07//Jul-Aug, 1988 VL - 12 IS - 4 SP - 465 EP - 470 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0145-6008 SN - 1530-0277 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-15963-001. PMID: 3056066 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schuckit, Marc A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19890501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adult Offspring; Alcohol Drinking Attitudes; Alcohol Intoxication; Alcoholism; Physiological Correlates. Minor Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Expectations; Sons. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul-Aug, 1988. AB - Examined mechanisms that might contribute to the elevated risk for alcoholism in sons of alcoholic fathers. Male college students and staff and their 1st-degree relatives were asked how they expected to feel after rapidly consuming 3–5 drinks. Subjective level of intoxication during drinking was also determined. Higher-risk sons of alcoholics demonstrated less intense reactions to ethanol, as measured by subjective self-reports, measures of body sway, changes in several hormones after drinking, and the intensity or persistence of ethanol-related changes on 2 electrophysiological measures. Findings suggest that these Ss experienced a decreased reaction to the effects of ethanol that may make it difficult for them to learn controlled drinking. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - expectations about & subjective intoxication from & physiological effects of ethanol KW - adult sons of alcoholics KW - 1988 KW - Adult Offspring KW - Alcohol Drinking Attitudes KW - Alcohol Intoxication KW - Alcoholism KW - Physiological Correlates KW - At Risk Populations KW - Expectations KW - Sons KW - 1988 DO - 10.1111/j.1530-0277.1988.tb00228.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-15963-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-15950-001 AN - 1989-15950-001 AU - Penick, Elizabeth C. AU - Powell, Barbara J. AU - Liskow, Barry I. AU - Jackson, James O. AU - Nickel, Elizabeth J. T1 - The stability of coexisting psychiatric syndromes in alcoholic men after one year. JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 49 IS - 5 SP - 395 EP - 405 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0096-882X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-15950-001. PMID: 3270510 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs; Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Penick, Elizabeth C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Kansas City, MO, US. Release Date: 19890501. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Mental Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Epidemiology; Human Males; Longitudinal Studies; Symptoms. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1988. AB - 241 alcoholic adult males were administered the Psychiatric Diagnostic Interview (PDI) while hospitalized and again 1 yr later as outpatients. In addition to alcoholism, the most frequently occurring coexisting disorders found were depression, antisocial personality, and drug abuse. After 1 yr, the number of positive syndromes declined slightly; however, the number of additional psychiatric syndromes remained stable over 1 yr. Across individuals, agreement for the 15 syndromes measured by the PDI ranged from 85 to 100%. Similarly, agreement for current and lifetime PDI diagnoses ranged from 86 to 99%. Data indicate that a substantial portion of Ss experienced symptoms common to other psychiatric disorders in addition to acute emotional and physical distress that often accompanies hospitalization for alcoholism treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prevalence & stability of coexisting psychiatric disorders KW - alcoholic males assessed during hospitalization vs as outpatients KW - 1 yr longitudinal study KW - 1988 KW - Alcoholism KW - Mental Disorders KW - Epidemiology KW - Human Males KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Symptoms KW - 1988 DO - 10.15288/jsa.1988.49.395 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-15950-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-15941-001 AN - 1989-15941-001 AU - Malow, Robert M. AU - Pintard, Patricia F. AU - Sutker, Patricia B. AU - Allain, Albert N. T1 - Psychopathology subtypes: Drug use motives and patterns. JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JA - Psychol Addict Behav Y1 - 1988/// VL - 2 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 13 PB - Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-15941-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Malow, Robert M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, New Orleans, LA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19890501. Correction Date: 20100104. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Habits; Motivation; Psychopathology. Minor Descriptor: Drug Rehabilitation; Preferences. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1988. Copyright Statement: Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. 1988. AB - Isolated Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI)-defined psychopathology symptom clusters (e.g., negative mood states) that were related to drug use and compared 82 adult male drug abuse inpatients assigned to modal profile types on self-reported drug use motives, drug use preferences and patterns, and convergent measures of affect. Despite limitations of typology systems, results suggest differences in Ss' drug motives and drugs of choice as well as in psychopathology for self-medicating (especially for Ss abusing prescribed drugs) compared with Ss reporting illicit use primarily for pleasure and recreation. Identification of the cognitive and affective substrates that prompt drug taking may have implications for facilitating behavior change and minimizing relapse among chronic drug abusers. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drug use motives & preferences & patterns & psychopathology KW - 28–58 yr old male drug abuse inpatients KW - treatment implications KW - 1988 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Habits KW - Motivation KW - Psychopathology KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Preferences KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/h0080470 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-15941-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-15935-001 AN - 1989-15935-001 AU - Koegel, Paul AU - Burnam, M. Audrey T1 - Alcoholism among homeless adults in the inner city of Los Angeles. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 45 IS - 11 SP - 1011 EP - 1018 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-15935-001. PMID: 2460063 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Koegel, Paul; Brentwood Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Rehabilitation Medicine Service, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19890501. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Epidemiology; Homeless; Severity (Disorders); Urban Environments. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. AB - Compared prevalence and severity of alcoholism in homeless adults and in a household sample of alcoholics. 328 sheltered and unsheltered homeless adults (aged 18–70 yrs) and 3,125 household individuals (half Hispanic) were screened for alcoholism using the Diagnostic Interview Schedule. 62.9% of the homeless Ss, compared with 23.7% of the household sample, met criteria for alcoholism at some point in their lives, and comorbidity of alcoholism with other psychiatric disorders was high in homeless Ss. Data indicate that alcoholism symptoms were more severe and long-lasting in homeless Ss. It is suggested that clinicians recognize that alcohol rehabilitation interventions used in the general community may not transfer directly to the homeless population. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prevalence & severity of alcoholism in inner city KW - household vs homeless 18–70 yr olds KW - 1988 KW - Alcoholism KW - Epidemiology KW - Homeless KW - Severity (Disorders) KW - Urban Environments KW - 1988 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1988.01800350045007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-15935-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-15908-001 AN - 1989-15908-001 AU - Ciraulo, Domenic A. AU - Sands, Brian F. AU - Shader, Richard I. T1 - Critical review of liability for benzodiazepine abuse among alcoholics. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 145 IS - 12 SP - 1501 EP - 1506 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-15908-001. PMID: 2904227 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ciraulo, Domenic A.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19890501. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Benzodiazepines; Drug Abuse; Literature Review. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. AB - Reviews the literature on benzodiazepine use among alcoholics, psychiatric patients, and the general population to determine whether alcoholics have a greater liability for benzodiazepine abuse. Data suggest that the prevalence of benzodiazepine use among alcoholics is greater than in the general population but comparable to the prevalence in psychiatric patients. The liability for abuse may also be greater for alcoholics, but the substantial methodologic deficiencies of existing studies preclude such a conclusion. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - benzodiazepine abuse KW - alcoholic vs psychiatric patients KW - literature review KW - 1988 KW - Alcoholism KW - Benzodiazepines KW - Drug Abuse KW - Literature Review KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1988 DO - 10.1176/ajp.145.12.1501 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-15908-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-15901-001 AN - 1989-15901-001 AU - Branchey, Marc H. AU - Buydens-Branchey, Laure AU - Lieber, Charles S. T1 - P3 in alcoholics with disordered regulation of aggression. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 25 IS - 1 SP - 49 EP - 58 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-15901-001. PMID: 3217466 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Branchey, Marc H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19890501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Aggressive Behavior; Alcoholism; Evoked Potentials; Family Background. Minor Descriptor: P300. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. AB - In a study of P3 voltages in subgroups of 51 adult male alcoholics with disorders in mood and aggression control, significant decrements in these voltages were observed in Ss with lifelong histories of aggressive behavior. Ss with histories of incarceration for crimes involving physical violence had the lowest P3 amplitudes. The same Ss also had a rate of paternal alcoholism significantly higher than that observed in the rest of the population. They could thus be classified as Type 2 alcoholics, as a tendency to antisocial behavior and a high genetic loading for alcoholism have been described in this alcoholic subtype. Data could indicate either that decrements in P3 amplitude characterize a subgroup of alcoholics with a disordered regulation of aggression or that P3 deficits relate to some psychopathological conditions in individuals who happen to abuse alcohol. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - history of aggressive behavior & paternal alcoholism KW - P3 voltages KW - alcoholic males with disorders in mood & aggression control KW - 1988 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Alcoholism KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Family Background KW - P300 KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(88)90157-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-15901-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-15849-001 AN - 1989-15849-001 AU - Hastings, James E. AU - Hamberger, L. Kevin T1 - Personality characteristics of spouse abusers: A controlled comparison. T3 - Wife assaulters JF - Violence and Victims JO - Violence and Victims JA - Violence Vict Y1 - 1988///Spr 1988 VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 31 EP - 48 CY - US PB - Springer Publishing SN - 0886-6708 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-15849-001. PMID: 3154170 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hastings, James E.; Zablocki Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Milwaukee, WI, US. Release Date: 19890501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Domestic Violence; Perpetrators; Personality Correlates; Personality Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Battered Females; Demographic Characteristics; Husbands; Wives. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1988. AB - Compared 64 male spouse abusers, with and without alcohol problems, with 64 age-matched, nonabusive males on personality style, personality disorder, dysphoria, and a number of demographic measures. There were no differences in racial composition, religious preference, or devoutness. Abusers were less likely to be employed or in intact relationships, were less well educated, and were more likely to have witnessed or experienced abuse as children (an observation more characteristic of the 29 abusers with alcohol problems). Measures of personality and psychopathology generally supported the hypothesis that abusive Ss would show greater elevations on test scales reflecting personality disorder and dysphoria and less conformity than nonbatterers. Alcohol was related to greater batterer–nonbatterer differences. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality style & disorder & dysphoria & demographics KW - male spouse abusers with vs without alcohol problems vs nonabusers KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Domestic Violence KW - Perpetrators KW - Personality Correlates KW - Personality Disorders KW - Battered Females KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - Husbands KW - Wives KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-15849-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-15804-001 AN - 1989-15804-001 AU - Tsuang, Ming T. AU - Fleming, Jerome A. AU - Kendler, Kenneth S. AU - Gruenberg, Alan S. T1 - Selection of controls for family studies: Biases and implications. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 45 IS - 11 SP - 1006 EP - 1008 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-15804-001. PMID: 3178411 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tsuang, Ming T.; Brockton/West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19890501. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Experiment Controls; Experimental Design; Family Members; Psychosis. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients; Surgical Patients. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. AB - To examine the effect of the makeup of a control group on family study results, the morbidity risk of psychiatric disorders was analyzed for the relatives of surgical patients who served as a control group for a family study of major psychoses (M. T. Tsuang et al, 1980). 43 controls were judged to have significant psychiatric symptoms or marked social maladjustment and were screened out (unscreened group), leaving 318 controls who were free of any disorder (screened group). Controls were matched for age, sex, and socioeconomic status (SES) with 835 psychiatric patients. Psychiatric and surgical patients and their 1st-degree relatives were interviewed by a researcher blind to their original diagnoses. The morbidity risk for affective disorder was higher in relatives of unscreened controls. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - makeup of control group KW - results of family study on risk of psychoses KW - relatives of surgical patients serving as controls vs psychiatric patients KW - 1988 KW - At Risk Populations KW - Experiment Controls KW - Experimental Design KW - Family Members KW - Psychosis KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Surgical Patients KW - 1988 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1988.01800350040006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-15804-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-15795-001 AN - 1989-15795-001 AU - Sutker, Patricia B. AU - Allain, Albert N. AU - Motsinger, Patrice A. T1 - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI)-derived psychopathology subtypes among former prisoners of war (POWs): Replication and extension. JF - Journal of Psychopathology and Behavioral Assessment JO - Journal of Psychopathology and Behavioral Assessment JA - J Psychopathol Behav Assess Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 129 EP - 140 CY - US PB - Plenum Publishing Corp. SN - 0882-2689 SN - 1573-3505 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-15795-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Behavioral Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sutker, Patricia B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, New Orleans, LA, US. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19890501. Correction Date: 20130422. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Prisoners of War; Profiles (Measurement); Psychopathology; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Experimental Replication. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Experimental Replication. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1988. AB - Psychopathology and symptom patterns identified among 60 former prisoners of war (POWs) by P. B. Sutker et al (see record [rid]1987-22046-001[/rid]) were replicated in 51 former POWs with similar personal backgrounds and military experiences. Data collection instruments included the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI), self-report measures of anxiety and depression, and a structured clinical interview including a POW trauma index. Two prototypic MMPI profile patterns, identified using modal profile analysis, were similar in shape and elevation to those reported in the previous investigation. Profile subtypes were associated differentially with confinement stress severity, postservice adjustment, and nature and extent of stress induced symptomatology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI psychopathology & symptom profile patterns KW - former prisoners of war KW - replication & extension KW - 1988 KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Prisoners of War KW - Profiles (Measurement) KW - Psychopathology KW - Symptoms KW - Experimental Replication KW - 1988 DO - 10.1007/BF00962638 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-15795-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-15723-001 AN - 1989-15723-001 AU - Lohr, James B. AU - Jeste, Dilip V. T1 - Locus ceruleus morphometry in aging and schizophrenia. JF - Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica JO - Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica JA - Acta Psychiatr Scand Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 77 IS - 6 SP - 689 EP - 697 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0001-690X SN - 1600-0447 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-15723-001. PMID: 3044009 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lohr, James B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, San Diego, CA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19890501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Locus Ceruleus; Physiological Aging; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Neuropathology. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180); Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1988. AB - Conducted a neuropathological study of the locus ceruleus (LC) using 13 normal, 15 leucotomized schizophrenic, and 11 leucotomized nonschizophrenic persons (aged 11–94 yrs). There was a significant inverse correlation between age and total number of LC neurons, neuronal size, and LC volume, and a significant positive correlation between age and percentage of neuronal area occupied by neuromelanin. There was a trend for reduced LC volume in schizophrenic brains. The LC of leucotomized patients tended to have increased neuromelanin content and increased cell counts compared to normal Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - locus ceruleus neuropathology KW - leukotomized schizophrenic vs nonschizophrenic 11–94 yr olds KW - 1988 KW - Locus Ceruleus KW - Physiological Aging KW - Schizophrenia KW - Neuropathology KW - 1988 DO - 10.1111/j.1600-0447.1988.tb05189.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-15723-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-15657-001 AN - 1989-15657-001 AU - Darko, Denis F. AU - Lucas, Alexander H. AU - Gillin, J. Christian AU - Risch, S. Craig AU - Golshan, Shahrokh AU - Hamburger, Robert N. AU - Silverman, M. Bradley AU - Janowsky, David S. T1 - Cellular immunity and the hypothalamic-pituitary axis in major affective disorder: A preliminary study. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 25 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 9 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-15657-001. PMID: 2905815 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Darko, Denis F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Mental Health Clinic, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890501. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cells (Biology); Hypothalamo Hypophyseal System; Immunology; Major Depression. Minor Descriptor: Physiological Correlates. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. AB - Assessed cellular immune status and the hypothalamic-pituitary axis in 11 adult patients with major depression, by examining peripheral blood mononuclear cells and measuring the plasma levels of 4 neurohormones. Ss had increased percentage of T4 lymphocytes and decreased concanavalin stimulated T-lymphocyte proliferation when compared with 11 age-, sex-, and race-matched control Ss. Percentage of total lymphocytes labeled as all T-lymphocytes, all B lymphocytes, and natural killer cells did not differ in the 2 groups, nor did mitogen-induced interleukin-2 production. Findings support theories of interaction between depression and immune cell function. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cellular immune status & hypothalamic pituitary axis function KW - patients with major depression KW - 1988 KW - Cells (Biology) KW - Hypothalamo Hypophyseal System KW - Immunology KW - Major Depression KW - Physiological Correlates KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(88)90152-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-15657-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-15599-001 AN - 1989-15599-001 AU - Tanna, Vasantkumar L. AU - Wilson, Alexander F. AU - Winokur, George AU - Elston, Robert C. T1 - Possible linkage between alcoholism and esterase-D. JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 49 IS - 5 SP - 472 EP - 476 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0096-882X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-15599-001. PMID: 3216652 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs; Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tanna, Vasantkumar L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Northport, NY, US. Release Date: 19890501. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Genes; Major Depression; Physiological Correlates; Siblings. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1988. AB - Examined associations and linkage relationships between alcoholism and 30 polymorphic marker loci in (1) 27 families studied for depression spectrum disease (DSD), (2) 14 families from a DSD study by V. L. Tanna et al (see PA, Vols 58:11853 and 64:3413), and 1 family with familial alcoholism. Sib-pair linkage analysis suggested a linkage between a gene for alcoholism and the esterase-D marker locus on chromosome 13q. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - associations with alcoholism & sibling linkages on phenotypes for various polymorphic marker loci KW - families with depression spectrum disorders KW - 1988 KW - Alcoholism KW - Genes KW - Major Depression KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Siblings KW - 1988 DO - 10.15288/jsa.1988.49.472 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-15599-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-15596-001 AN - 1989-15596-001 AU - Squire, Larry R. AU - Zouzounis, Joyce A. T1 - Self-ratings of memory dysfunction: Different findings in depression and amnesia. JF - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JO - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JA - J Clin Exp Neuropsychol Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 10 IS - 6 SP - 727 EP - 738 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 1380-3395 SN - 1744-411X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-15596-001. PMID: 3235647 Other Journal Title: Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Squire, Larry R.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Dept of Psychiatry, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890501. Correction Date: 20100927. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Korsakoffs Psychosis; Major Depression; Memory Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy; Self-Report. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. AB - A self-rating test of memory functions was administered to 7 patients with amnesia from Korsakoff's syndrome and 6 other amnesic patients. Results were compared to results obtained previously for 19 depressed psychiatric inpatients and 35 depressed inpatients prescribed electroconvulsive shock therapy (ECT). The latter group was tested before and 1 wk after completion of the course of ECT. Ss were 23–70 yrs old. The 2 groups of depressed Ss reported an approximately equivalent level of impairment across all test items. A different pattern of memory self-ratings was reported by the 2 groups of amnesic Ss and by the group tested after ECT. These Ss reported considerably more impairment on some items than others, such that performance was not equivalent across test items. Ss with Korsakoff's syndrome underestimated their memory problems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self ratings of memory dysfunction KW - 23–70 yr old patients with amnesia vs amnesia from Korsakoff's syndrome vs depression with vs without ECT KW - 1988 KW - Amnesia KW - Korsakoffs Psychosis KW - Major Depression KW - Memory Disorders KW - Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy KW - Self-Report KW - 1988 DO - 10.1080/01688638808402810 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-15596-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-15319-001 AN - 1989-15319-001 AU - Beahrs, John O. T1 - Hypnosis can not be fully nor reliably excluded from the courtroom. JF - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JO - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JA - Am J Clin Hypn Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 31 IS - 1 SP - 18 EP - 27 CY - US PB - American Society of Clinical Hypnosis SN - 0002-9157 SN - 2160-0562 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-15319-001. PMID: 3064578 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Beahrs, John O.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Portland, OR, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19890501. Correction Date: 20120702. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hypnosis; Legal Processes; Witnesses. Classification: Forensic Psychology & Legal Issues (4200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. AB - Discusses how the courts should deal with altered volition, cognition, perception, and recall that occur outside the hypnotist's consulting room. These spontaneous hypnoticlike states are amplified by the experience of psychological trauma, common in the aftermath of violent crime and terror. Rather than per se exclusion, courts are advised to scrutinize all testimony for its hypnotic influences, and judge accordingly. Suggested criteria for exclusion in a particular case include the following: (1) Hypnosis must be a separable state, (2) hypnosis must be the dominant source of nonreliability, (3) there must be an absence of relevant spontaneous states, and (4) the exclusion must respect other legal principles. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - issues in exclusion of testimony KW - formerly hypnotized witnesses KW - 1988 KW - Hypnosis KW - Legal Processes KW - Witnesses KW - 1988 DO - 10.1080/00029157.1988.10402763 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-15319-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-15254-001 AN - 1989-15254-001 AU - Willis, Lee AU - Yeo, Ronald A. AU - Thomas, Paula AU - Garry, Phillip J. T1 - Differential declines in cognitive function with aging: The possible role of health status. JF - Developmental Neuropsychology JO - Developmental Neuropsychology JA - Dev Neuropsychol Y1 - 1988/// VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 23 EP - 28 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 8756-5641 SN - 1532-6942 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-15254-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Willis, Lee; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Albuquerque, NM, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19890501. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Health; Memory; Neuropsychology. Minor Descriptor: Test Performance. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Compared the performance of 154 healthy adults (aged 65–79 yrs) on 2 memory tasks (Wechsler Memory Scale Logical Memory and Visual Reproduction subtests) with their performance on the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery Category subtest. The relationship between test performance and health status was also examined. Findings indicate that there were significant age effects on performance on the 2 memory tasks (i.e., declining performance). No age effects were observed for the Category test, despite the view that this task taps the frontal lobe skills of hypothesis formation and ability to shift response set. Only the Category subtest was related to health status, suggesting that changes in executive (frontal lobe) cognitive skills may be related to health status. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - health status & memory & neuropsychological test performance KW - 65–79 yr olds KW - 1988 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Health KW - Memory KW - Neuropsychology KW - Test Performance KW - 1988 DO - 10.1080/87565648809540387 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-15254-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-15130-001 AN - 1989-15130-001 AU - Vik, Peter AU - Ruff, Ronald R. T1 - Children's figural fluency performance: Development of strategy use. JF - Developmental Neuropsychology JO - Developmental Neuropsychology JA - Dev Neuropsychol Y1 - 1988/// VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 63 EP - 74 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 8756-5641 SN - 1532-6942 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-15130-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Vik, Peter; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19890501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Form and Shape Perception; Nonverbal Ability; Spatial Ability; Strategies. Classification: Cognitive & Perceptual Development (2820). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180); Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Assessed the qualitative aspects of figural fluency production in determining the extent to which children use strategies on the figural fluency test by R. Ruff et al ([RFFT] see record [rid]1988-16520-001[/rid]). Two main strategies for completing the RFFT (rotation and quantitative strategies) were operationalized, and design complexity (number of lines used for each design) was analyzed. 87 Ss selected across 4 age groupings (Grades 1 and 2, Grades 3 and 4, Grades 5 and 6, and Grades 7 and 8) were tested. Ss were individually administered all 5 parts of the RFFT. Results indicate that older Ss used strategies to complete the test, whereas young Ss did not, and that design complexity did not discriminate Ss according to age or grade. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age KW - strategy use on figural fluency test KW - 1st–8th graders KW - 1988 KW - Age Differences KW - Form and Shape Perception KW - Nonverbal Ability KW - Spatial Ability KW - Strategies KW - 1988 DO - 10.1080/87565648809540391 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-15130-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-14832-001 AN - 1989-14832-001 AU - Cox, W. Miles T1 - Effects of alcohol on simultaneous incentive contrast. JF - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JO - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JA - Bull Psychon Soc Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 26 IS - 5 SP - 441 EP - 444 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society, Inc. SN - 0090-5054 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-14832-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cox, W. Miles; North Chicago Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, IL, US. Release Date: 19890501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavioral Contrast; Ethanol; Incentives. Minor Descriptor: Motor Performance; Rats; Reinforcement Amounts. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1988. AB - Studied the effects of alcohol on 60 female albino rats' runway performance in a simultaneous incentive contrast effects experiment involving shifts in magnitude of food reward. Fluid-deprived Ss drank an alcoholic or a nonalcoholic fluid immediately prior to the conditioning trials. Differential responding for large and small reward was less pronounced among the Ss consuming the alcoholic fluid than among those consuming the nonalcoholic fluid. However, incentive contrast effects were not clearly demonstrated under either fluid condition. Contrary to expectations, alcohol did not affect emotional reactions to shifts in reward. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcohol & shifts in food reward size KW - runway performance under simultaneous incentive contrast condition KW - female rats KW - 1988 KW - Behavioral Contrast KW - Ethanol KW - Incentives KW - Motor Performance KW - Rats KW - Reinforcement Amounts KW - 1988 DO - 10.3758/BF03334908 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-14832-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-14738-001 AN - 1989-14738-001 AU - McArthur, David L. AU - Schandler, Steven L. AU - Cohen, Michael J. T1 - Computers and human psychophysiological research. JF - Computers in Human Behavior JO - Computers in Human Behavior JA - Comput Human Behav Y1 - 1988/// VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 111 EP - 124 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0747-5632 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-14738-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McArthur, David L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Measurement & Computer Assessment Lab, Long Beach, CA, US. Release Date: 19890501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Computer Applications; Experimentation; History; Psychophysiology. Classification: Psychophysiology (2560). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Traces the historical development of utilization of computers in psychophysiological research laboratories in 3 separate phases. The 1st involved pioneering efforts with balky specialized instruments, the 2nd included a larger base of users working with general purpose computers, and the 3rd, now in progress, has seen a surge of interest in microcomputers equipped with highly versatile data acquisition interfaces and supporting software. It is noted that the computer has grown to occupy a critical position in modern psychophysiological research. Salient points in this historical development are examined, future developments are discussed, and general lessons for computerization in the behavioral sciences are noted. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - history of computer applications KW - psychophysiological research KW - 1988 KW - Computer Applications KW - Experimentation KW - History KW - Psychophysiology KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0747-5632(88)90020-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-14738-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-14382-001 AN - 1989-14382-001 AU - Kramer, Joel H. AU - Delis, Dean C. AU - Daniel, Mark H. T1 - Sex differences in verbal learning. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 44 IS - 6 SP - 907 EP - 915 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-14382-001. Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kramer, Joel H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychological Service, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19890501. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Sex Differences; Recall (Learning); Recognition (Learning); Verbal Learning. Minor Descriptor: Errors. Classification: Cognitive Processes (2340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. AB - 68 men and 68 women (aged 20–65 yrs) were administered the California Verbal Learning Test to examine sex differences in recall, recognition, learning characteristics, and error types. Findings indicate that women displayed higher levels of immediate and delayed free recall and made greater use of semantic clustering than men, who were more likely to use serial clustering as a recall strategy. Results suggest that women's superior recall is attributable to better retrieval, which, in turn, is related to their greater use of verbal mediated strategies. Findings highlight the importance of investigating sex differences on clinical instruments and reporting separate sex norms when appropriate. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sex KW - recall & recognition & learning characteristics & errors KW - 20–25 yr olds KW - 1988 KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Recall (Learning) KW - Recognition (Learning) KW - Verbal Learning KW - Errors KW - 1988 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198811)44:6<907::AID-JCLP2270440610>3.0.CO;2-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-14382-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-14352-001 AN - 1989-14352-001 AU - Zizz, Carol A. AU - Glattke, Theodore J. T1 - Reliability of spontaneous otoacoustic emission suppression tuning curve measures. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JA - J Speech Hear Res Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 31 IS - 4 SP - 616 EP - 619 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Assn SN - 0022-4685 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-14352-001. PMID: 3230891 Other Journal Title: Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zizz, Carol A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Long Beach, CA, US. Release Date: 19890501. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Auditory Stimulation; External Ear; Statistical Reliability. Classification: Auditory & Speech Perception (2326). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. AB - Studied the reliability of spontaneous otoacoustic emission (SOAE) suppression tuning curve (STC) measurements. Two repetitions of an SOAE STC, using a 4-dB suppression criterion, were obtained from 5 females (aged 23–38 yrs) who exhibited stable SOAE level and SOAE frequency (±5 Hz). Analyses of variance (ANOVAs) revealed no significant difference between the SOAE STC trials. The SOAE frequency was below the SOAE STC tip; this finding is similar to the relationship between the probe frequency and a simultaneously masked psychophysical tuning curve. The mean slope of the SOAE STC low-frequency segment was 53.7 dB/octave, whereas the mean slope of the SOAE STC high-frequency segment was 124.8 dB/octave. The mean low- to high-frequency slope ratio was 2.4. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - auditory stimulation in ear canal KW - reliability of spontaneous otoacoustic emission suppression tuning curve measurements KW - female 23–38 yr olds KW - 1988 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - External Ear KW - Statistical Reliability KW - 1988 DO - 10.1044/jshr.3104.616 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-14352-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-14288-001 AN - 1989-14288-001 AU - Lamb, Marvin R. AU - Robertson, Lynn C. T1 - The processing of hierarchical stimuli: Effects of retinal locus, locational uncertainty, and stimulus identity. JF - Perception & Psychophysics JO - Perception & Psychophysics JA - Percept Psychophys Y1 - 1988/08// VL - 44 IS - 2 SP - 172 EP - 181 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0031-5117 SN - 1532-5962 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-14288-001. PMID: 3405744 Other Journal Title: Attention, Perception, & Psychophysics. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lamb, Marvin R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Martinez, CA, US. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19890501. Correction Date: 20110110. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Reaction Time; Retinal Image; Stimulus Parameters; Visual Perception. Classification: Visual Perception (2323). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1988. AB - In Exp I, stimuli were presented randomly to 16 adults in the left, center, or right portions of a display. Results reveal that central presentation decreased reaction times (RTs) for identifying small letters presented within a hierarchical stimulus pattern (i.e., local letters) but not for a single small letter presented alone. In Exp II, all stimuli were presented centrally to 16 matched Ss. This elimination of locational uncertainty resulted in faster RTs than those in Exp I for identifying small letters, whether or not they appeared in a hierarchical pattern. In Exp III, with 16 matched Ss, the identity of the target letter had a large effect on performance. The RT advantage at a given level and the amount of Stroop-type interference produced at the other level did not always covary, suggesting that these 2 effects may reflect the operation of separate mechanisms. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - retinal locus & locational uncertainty & stimulus identity KW - RTs for identification of hierarchically presented small letters KW - adults KW - 1988 KW - Reaction Time KW - Retinal Image KW - Stimulus Parameters KW - Visual Perception KW - 1988 DO - 10.3758/BF03208710 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-14288-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-14170-001 AN - 1989-14170-001 AU - Ryan, Joseph J. AU - Utley, Aileen P. AU - Worthen, Vaughn E. T1 - Comparison of two IQ conversion tables for the Vocabulary-Block Design short form. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 44 IS - 6 SP - 950 EP - 952 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-14170-001. PMID: 3216019 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ryan, Joseph J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Leavenworth, KS, US. Release Date: 19890501. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intelligence Quotient; Statistical Tables; Subtests; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Minor Descriptor: Nervous System Disorders; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. AB - Compared the IQ conversion tables for the combined Vocabulary-Block Design subtests of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Revised (WAIS—R) by B. H. Brooker and J. J. Cyr (see record [rid]1987-12229-001[/rid]) with A. B. Silverstein's (see record [rid]1982-24731-001[/rid]) conversion tables. Full Scale WAIS—R IQs were calculated for 150 adult male psychiatric and neurologic patients. Findings suggest that the Brooker and Cyr and the Silverstein tables yielded comparable full scale IQ estimates in terms of validity and classification accuracy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - IQ conversion tables derived by B. H. Brooker & J. J. Cyr vs A. B. Silverstein's tables for Vocabulary Block Design subtests of WAIS-R KW - male psychiatric & neurologic inpatients KW - 1988 KW - Intelligence Quotient KW - Statistical Tables KW - Subtests KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1988 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198811)44:6<950::AID-JCLP2270440616>3.0.CO;2-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-14170-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-14145-001 AN - 1989-14145-001 AU - Moses, James A. AU - Maruish, Mark E. T1 - A critical review of the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery literature: VII: Specific neurologic syndromes. JF - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology JO - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 10 IS - 4 SP - 178 EP - 188 CY - US PB - MelNic Press, Inc. SN - 0749-8470 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-14145-001. Other Journal Title: Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moses, James A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19890501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Literature Review; Nervous System Disorders; Neuropsychological Assessment; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Ability. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Reviews the literature on the validity of the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery as a measure of cognitive deficit associated with specific neurologic disorders and focal lesion syndromes. Data are evaluated for group studies of single disorders and case studies of atypical lesions that highlight important functional systems. Topics include multiple sclerosis, Huntington's disease, acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS), closed head injury, seizure disorder, aphasic syndromes, dyslexic syndromes, diabetes mellitus, focal noncerebral lesions of the brainstem, and miscellaneous case studies. Experimental design flaws are noted. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of Luria Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery KW - measurement of cognitive deficits caused by neurological disorder or brain damage KW - literature review KW - 1988 KW - Brain Damage KW - Literature Review KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Test Validity KW - Cognitive Ability KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-14145-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-14037-001 AN - 1989-14037-001 AU - Rinsley, Donald B. T1 - Fairbairn's 'basic endopsychic situation' considered in terms of 'classical' and 'deficit' metapsychological models. JF - Journal of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis JO - Journal of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis JA - J Am Acad Psychoanal Y1 - 1988/10// VL - 16 IS - 4 SP - 461 EP - 477 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0090-3604 SN - 1943-2860 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-14037-001. PMID: 3198448 Other Journal Title: Journal of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis & Dynamic Psychiatry; Psychodynamic Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rinsley, Donald B.; Colmery-O'Neil Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Topeka, KS, US. Release Date: 19890501. Correction Date: 20121015. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Object Relations; Psychoanalytic Theory. Minor Descriptor: Models. Classification: History & Systems (2140). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1988. AB - Examines W. R. Fairbairn's (1944, 1951) contributions to an understanding of psychoanalytic object-relations theory, which are grounded upon what he termed the 'basic endopsychic situation.' The following are considered by the present author to be fundamental to that formulation: (1) There exist from the beginning an original object and an original ego that form the matrix of later-developed mental structure; (2) the process of splitting is responsible for that development; (3) splitting and repression are essentially equivalent; (4) the dynamic of repression is aggression; and (5) schizoid and hysterical phenomena are dynamically similar. It is concluded that these and other related formulations lead to a concept of mental structure that necessarily incorporates elements of both deficit and drive-defense models. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - classical vs deficit metapsychological models KW - analysis of W. R. Fairbairn's concept of basic endopsychic situation in object relations theory KW - 1988 KW - Object Relations KW - Psychoanalytic Theory KW - Models KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-14037-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-13416-001 AN - 1989-13416-001 AU - Sparr, Landy F. AU - Gordon, Geoffrey H. AU - Hickam, David H. AU - Girard, Donald E. T1 - The doctor-patient relationship during medical internship: The evolution of dissatisfaction. JF - Social Science & Medicine JO - Social Science & Medicine JA - Soc Sci Med Y1 - 1988/// VL - 26 IS - 11 SP - 1095 EP - 1101 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0277-9536 SN - 1873-5347 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-13416-001. PMID: 3393928 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sparr, Landy F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19890401. Correction Date: 20110905. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Medical Internship; Medical Students; Student Attitudes; Therapeutic Processes. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Conducted a prospective study of the doctor–patient relationship among 59 interns in 2 internal medicine training programs 5 times during the internship year. A questionnaire was administered that contained 4 major items: (1) a choice of 1 of 6 role paradigms of the doctor–patient relationship, (2) a checklist of positive and negative aspects of internship, (3) a measure of level of satisfaction with the decision to become a physician, and (4) a rating list of mood descriptors. At the beginning of the year, the Ss were positive about the doctor–patient relationship and preferentially endorsed collegial models; as the year progressed, they endorsed significantly fewer positive and more negative models. Ss selecting a negative model of the doctor–patient relationship identified more negative and fewer positive aspects of internship than Ss selecting a positive model. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - attitudes toward doctor patient relationship KW - medical interns KW - 1988 KW - Medical Internship KW - Medical Students KW - Student Attitudes KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0277-9536(88)90184-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-13416-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-13334-001 AN - 1989-13334-001 AU - Fryer, John H. AU - Cohen, Leon T1 - Effects of labeling patients 'psychiatric' or 'medical': Favorability of traits ascribed by hospital staff. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 62 IS - 3 SP - 779 EP - 793 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-13334-001. PMID: 3406295 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fryer, John H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Ft Lyon, CO, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19890401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attribution; Health Personnel Attitudes; Labeling; Psychiatric Hospital Staff. Minor Descriptor: Medical Patients; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Professional Personnel Attitudes & Characteristics (3430). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1988. AB - Developed a modified version of the Adjective Checklist to test whether labeling patients psychiatric or medical would affect caretakers' attitudes. 97 psychiatric hospital employees completed the modified questionnaire during their initial employment processing. Compared with medical patients, psychiatric patients were rated as less likable and were rated as having more unfavorable and fewer favorable traits. Psychiatric patients were characterized as more irresponsible, less dependable, and less clear-thinking than medical patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - labeling of traits of patients as psychiatric vs medical KW - caretaker attitudes KW - psychiatric hospital staff KW - 1988 KW - Attribution KW - Health Personnel Attitudes KW - Labeling KW - Psychiatric Hospital Staff KW - Medical Patients KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1988 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1988.62.3.779 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-13334-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-13325-001 AN - 1989-13325-001 AU - Eth, Spencer T1 - The child victim as witness in sexual abuse proceedings. JF - Psychiatry: Interpersonal and Biological Processes JO - Psychiatry: Interpersonal and Biological Processes JA - Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 51 IS - 2 SP - 221 EP - 232 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0033-2747 SN - 1943-281X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-13325-001. Other Journal Title: Psychiatry: Journal for the Study of Interpersonal Processes. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eth, Spencer; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Los Angeles, CA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19890401. Correction Date: 20150629. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: 33rd Annual Meeting of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry Institute on Child Sexual Abuse (1986, Los Angeles, California). Major Descriptor: Adjudication; Child Abuse; Psychiatrists; Sexual Abuse; Witnesses. Minor Descriptor: Crime Victims. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400); Criminal Law & Adjudication (4230). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: May, 1988. AB - Argues that the psychiatrist working with a child witness in a sexual abuse case is at a disadvantage because a major area of concern to the court is that of cognitive development and memory, which unlike phenomenology, dynamics, and therapeutics, is somewhat remote from the psychiatrist's core expertise. The role of the psychiatrist includes a comprehensive evaluation of the child and family, assessing the truth of the child's accusations by documenting corroborating psychiatric findings, and assisting the child and family in preparing for court. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - role in working with child victim as witness in sexual abuse case KW - psychiatrists KW - conference presentation KW - 1988 KW - Adjudication KW - Child Abuse KW - Psychiatrists KW - Sexual Abuse KW - Witnesses KW - Crime Victims KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-13325-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-13324-001 AN - 1989-13324-001 AU - Eth, Spencer T1 - The sexually active, HIV infected patient: Confidentiality versus the duty to protect. T3 - Ethical treatment of patients with AIDS JF - Psychiatric Annals JO - Psychiatric Annals JA - Psychiatr Ann Y1 - 1988/10// VL - 18 IS - 10 SP - 571 EP - 576 CY - US PB - SLACK SN - 0048-5713 SN - 1938-2456 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-13324-001. PMID: 11650219 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eth, Spencer; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CA, US. Release Date: 19890401. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: AIDS; Privileged Communication; Professional Ethics; Psychosexual Behavior. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatrists; Duty to Protect. Classification: Professional Ethics & Standards & Liability (3450). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1988. AB - Discusses the limitations that the acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS) patient places on medical confidentiality, due to the deadly course of this disease, and argues that secrecy must be compromised as necessary to protect life. Four circumstances when violating confidentiality is ethically indicated are outlined, including the notification of public health authorities when human immunodeficiency virus seropositivity (HIV+) is established, informing the HIV+ S's partner if he or she refuses to do so, and/or imposing a quarantine of the HIV+ S if he/she refuses to take precautions against spreading the disease. Consequences of Tarasoff v. Regents of the University of California (1976) are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychiatric ethics of violating confidentiality KW - sexually active AIDS patients KW - 1988 KW - AIDS KW - Privileged Communication KW - Professional Ethics KW - Psychosexual Behavior KW - Psychiatrists KW - Duty to Protect KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-13324-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-13241-001 AN - 1989-13241-001 AU - Cooper, Louis F. AU - Wilson, Earl D. T1 - Some follow-up procedures with alcoholics who have completed an alcohol treatment program in a veterans hospital. JF - Journal of Alcohol and Drug Education JO - Journal of Alcohol and Drug Education JA - J Alcohol Drug Educ Y1 - 1988///Spr 1988 VL - 33 IS - 3 SP - 58 EP - 67 CY - US PB - American Alcohol & Drug Information Foundation SN - 0090-1482 SN - 2162-4119 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-13241-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cooper, Louis F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Tomah, WI, US. Other Publishers: Journal of Alcohol and Drug Education, Inc. Release Date: 19890401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Military Veterans; Self-Management; Sobriety; Verbal Communication. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism; Followup Studies. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1988. AB - Examined the effects of 2 follow-up treatments, self-management (SM) and letter-and-telephone (LT), on sobriety of 60 male alcoholics who had completed a treatment program. Ss were randomly assigned to the SM, LT, or no-treatment control group. Sobriety was determined 1, 3, and 6 mo after treatment by self-reports and the testimony of 3 collateral sources. Results show a significant difference for LTs after 1 mo when compared with the other 2 groups, but there was no significant difference after 3 or 6 mo. Drinking behavior of all groups improved significantly over the 6-mo follow-up period. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self management vs letter & telephone treatments KW - sobriety KW - alcoholic male veterans who completed treatment program KW - 1 & 3 & 6 mo followup KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Military Veterans KW - Self-Management KW - Sobriety KW - Verbal Communication KW - Alcoholism KW - Followup Studies KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-13241-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-13209-001 AN - 1989-13209-001 AU - Mahowald, Maren L. AU - Steveken, Mary E. AU - Young, Margaret AU - Ytterberg, Steven R. T1 - The Minnesota Arthritis Training Program: Emphasis on self-management, not compliance. JF - Patient Education and Counseling JO - Patient Education and Counseling JA - Patient Educ Couns Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 11 IS - 3 SP - 235 EP - 241 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0738-3991 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-13209-001. PMID: 10288063 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mahowald, Maren L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, U Minnesota Medical School, Minneapolis, US. Release Date: 19890401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Education; Exercise; Rheumatoid Arthritis; Self-Management. Classification: Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1988. AB - Describes an education and exercise program based on a needs assessment of ambulatory patients and a review of available arthritis education programs. The program teaches self-management skills, including how to (1) interpret changing physical symptoms and modify exercise, (2) recognize common drug toxicities and manage side effects, (3) optimize limited stamina, (4) recognize and understand psychological problems, and (5) reconstitute social support systems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Minnesota Arthritis Training Program KW - self management through education & exercise KW - patients with rheumatoid arthritis KW - 1988 KW - Client Education KW - Exercise KW - Rheumatoid Arthritis KW - Self-Management KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0738-3991(88)90023-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-13209-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-13204-001 AN - 1989-13204-001 AU - Kerns, Robert D. AU - Haythornthwaite, Jennifer A. T1 - Depression among chronic pain patients: Cognitive-behavioral analysis and effect on rehabilitation outcome. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 56 IS - 6 SP - 870 EP - 876 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-13204-001. PMID: 3204197 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kerns, Robert D.; West Haven Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, CT, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19890401. Correction Date: 20091221. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chronic Pain; Major Depression; Rehabilitation; Treatment Outcomes. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Apr 4, 1988; Revised Date: Mar 11, 1988; First Submitted Date: Feb 10, 1987. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - This study addressed two issues concerning the theoretical and clinical relevance of depression to chronic pain: (a) whether reliable differences among depressed, mildly depressed, and nondepressed chronic pain patients could be identified and (b) whether depression influenced participation in or outcome following a rehabilitation program. To address the first issue, four theoretical constructs were measured by multiple scales. Multivariate analyses of each construct revealed significant differences between the three groups on instrumental activities and coping skills, with more depressed individuals reporting lower levels of functioning and less support. An analysis of the second issue revealed that depressed pain patients showed a greater tendency to drop out of treatment. Outcome did not vary with depression among treatment completers. The results reveal the need to consider a cognitive-behavioral model of depression secondary to chronic pain. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - depression & participation in or outcome of rehabilitation KW - chronic pain patients KW - 1988 KW - Chronic Pain KW - Major Depression KW - Rehabilitation KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.56.6.870 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-13204-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-13187-001 AN - 1989-13187-001 AU - Erickson, Richard C. T1 - Neuropsychological assessment and the rehabilitation of persons with severe psychiatric disabilities. T3 - Psychiatric Rehabilitation JF - Rehabilitation Psychology JO - Rehabilitation Psychology JA - Rehabil Psychol Y1 - 1988///Spr 1988 VL - 33 IS - 1 SP - 15 EP - 25 CY - US PB - Springer Publishing SN - 0090-5550 SN - 1939-1544 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-13187-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Aspects of Disability. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Erickson, Richard C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brockton, MA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Division 22 of the American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19890401. Correction Date: 20100405. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neuropsychological Assessment; Psychiatric Patients; Rehabilitation; Severity (Disorders). Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1988. AB - Discusses barriers facing psychologists seeking appropriate testing material for use with persons with severe psychiatric disability (SPD), including lack of knowledge, understanding the meaning of impairment, and the need for individual testing and qualitative observations. A test protocol is offered, and findings from the author's practice are presented. Results reveal combinations of cognitive defects among persons with SPD and suggest that practical knowledge is crucial to the success of rehabilitation. The applicability of cognitive rehabilitation measures for persons who are brain-injured is discussed, and it is argued that such measures can contribute significantly to the rehabilitation of patients with SPD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuropsychological assessment & rehabilitation KW - adults with severe psychiatric disability KW - 1988 KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Rehabilitation KW - Severity (Disorders) KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/h0091687 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-13187-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-13172-001 AN - 1989-13172-001 AU - Aten, James L. T1 - Spastic dysarthria: Revising understanding of the disorder and speech treatment procedures. JF - The Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilitation JO - The Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilitation JA - J Head Trauma Rehabil Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 3 IS - 2 SP - 63 EP - 73 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0885-9701 SN - 1550-509X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-13172-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Aten, James L.; Long Beach Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CA, US. Release Date: 19890401. Correction Date: 20091026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Cognitive Rehabilitation; Dysarthria; Speech Therapy. Minor Descriptor: Conversation. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1988. AB - Notes that current terminology regarding the dysarthrias is imprecise and suggests that laboratory studies of patients with spastic dysarthria (SD) are lacking. The case of a 21-yr-old male illustrates the benefits of focused treatment of a chronic brain-injured patient and the limitations of rehabilitation to restore full social conversation skills. Treatment principles and procedures for SD are outlined. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - speech treatment procedures & rehabilitation KW - social conversation skills KW - chronic brain injured 21 yr old male with spastic dysarthria KW - 1988 KW - Brain Damage KW - Cognitive Rehabilitation KW - Dysarthria KW - Speech Therapy KW - Conversation KW - 1988 DO - 10.1097/00001199-198806000-00008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-13172-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-13051-001 AN - 1989-13051-001 AU - Rosenheck, Robert T1 - System dynamics in complex psychiatric treatment organizations. JF - Psychiatry: Interpersonal and Biological Processes JO - Psychiatry: Interpersonal and Biological Processes JA - Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 51 IS - 2 SP - 211 EP - 220 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0033-2747 SN - 1943-281X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-13051-001. Other Journal Title: Psychiatry: Journal for the Study of Interpersonal Processes. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rosenheck, Robert; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, West Haven, CT, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19890401. Correction Date: 20150629. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Government Programs; Mental Health Services; Systems Theory. Minor Descriptor: Intergroup Dynamics; Models; Organizational Development. Classification: Community & Social Services (3373). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: May, 1988. AB - Reviews previous studies of dynamic processes in psychiatric treatment settings and describes the specific organizational evolution and interunit dynamics of a Veteran's Administration psychiatric service. A conceptual model of complex treatment systems is outlined. This is derived from hierarchy theory, an offshoot of general systems theory that is concerned with the importance of 'loose coupling' in the functioning of complex systems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - model of system dynamics KW - organizational evolution & interunit dynamics of VA psychiatric service KW - 1988 KW - Government Programs KW - Mental Health Services KW - Systems Theory KW - Intergroup Dynamics KW - Models KW - Organizational Development KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-13051-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-12984-001 AN - 1989-12984-001 AU - Linn, Bernard S. AU - Linn, Margaret W. AU - Klimas, Nancy G. T1 - Effects of psychophysical stress on surgical outcome. JF - Psychosomatic Medicine JO - Psychosomatic Medicine Y1 - 1988/05//May-Jun, 1988 VL - 50 IS - 3 SP - 230 EP - 244 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0033-3174 SN - 1534-7796 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-12984-001. PMID: 3387507 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Linn, Bernard S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Miami, FL, US. Release Date: 19890401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Immunology; Physiological Stress; Psychological Stress; Surgical Patients; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Disorders. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: May-Jun, 1988. AB - Investigated the effects of stress on immune status and surgical outcome in 24 healthy adult males undergoing hernia repair. Demographics, psychosocial stress, preoperative physiologic response to stressor, immune measures, and surgical data were considered. Data suggest that high psychological and physiological stress responses before surgery (that is itself an additional psychophysiologic stressor) lead to poorer outcomes even in otherwise healthy males undergoing relatively simple elective surgical procedures. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological stress KW - immune status & surgical outcome KW - males undergoing hernia repair KW - 1988 KW - Immunology KW - Physiological Stress KW - Psychological Stress KW - Surgical Patients KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Disorders KW - 1988 DO - 10.1097/00006842-198805000-00002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-12984-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-12968-001 AN - 1989-12968-001 AU - Greiffenstein, Manfred F. AU - Brinkman, S. AU - Jacobs, L. AU - Braun, P. T1 - Neuropsychological improvement following endarterectomy as a function of outcome measure and reconstructed vessel. JF - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JO - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JA - Cortex Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 24 IS - 2 SP - 223 EP - 230 CY - Italy PB - Masson Italia SN - 0010-9452 SN - 1973-8102 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-12968-001. PMID: 3416605 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Greiffenstein, Manfred F.; Allen Park Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Detroit, MI, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Masson SAS. Release Date: 19890401. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Carotid Arteries; Neuropsychology; Surgery. Minor Descriptor: Cerebrovascular Disorders; Cognitive Ability; Motor Performance; Vigilance. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1988. AB - 30 patients receiving carotid reconstruction on the right side (RR) or on the left side (LR) and 15 medically matched controls were compared pre- and postsurgically on measures of motor speed, sustained vigilance, verbal memory, and verbal and nonverbal intellectual function. The RR Ss demonstrated the largest postoperative gains on the attention/speed battery. Relative to controls, LR Ss demonstrated improvement only on motor speed measures. There was no postoperative improvement in intellectual function in any of the Ss. Findings suggest that increased blood perfusion following RR facilitates the right hemisphere's exclusive control of bilateral attention/arousal responses. In addition, detection of postendarterectomy improvement may be dependent on the specific task dimension sampled (e.g., speed vs cognitive ability and verbal-graphic vs nonverbal symbol manipulation). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - left vs right carotid reconstruction KW - motor speed & vigilance & verbal memory & intellectual functioning KW - adults KW - 1988 KW - Carotid Arteries KW - Neuropsychology KW - Surgery KW - Cerebrovascular Disorders KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Motor Performance KW - Vigilance KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/S0010-9452(88)80031-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-12968-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-12904-001 AN - 1989-12904-001 AU - Risse, Steven C. AU - Cubberley, Lyndel AU - Lampe, Thomas H. AU - Zemmers, Robert T1 - Acute effects of neuroleptic withdrawal in elderly dementia patients. JF - Journal of Geriatric Drug Therapy JO - Journal of Geriatric Drug Therapy Y1 - 1987/// VL - 2 IS - 1 SP - 65 EP - 77 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 8756-4629 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-12904-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Aging & Pharmacotherapy. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Risse, Steven C.; American Lake Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Seattle/American Lake Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Tacoma, WA, US. et al. Release Date: 19890401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Fourth Annual Symposium on Geriatrics and Gerontology: Pharmacology and the aging individual (1985, St. Louis, Missouri). Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Dementia; Drug Withdrawal; Dyskinesia; Neuroleptic Drugs. Minor Descriptor: Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - 16 elderly dementia patients (aged at least 50 yrs) treated with maintenance neuroleptics (MNs) to control agitation were studied to determine the short-term effects of neuroleptic withdrawal on level of agitation, dyskinetic movements, and cognitive ability. Ss were compared with a control group of 14 dementia patients who had a history of minimal neuroleptic administration. Results show that although agitation was greater in MN Ss, there was only minimal worsening after neuroleptics were withdrawn. At baseline, both MN and control Ss had similar prevalence and severity of dyskinetic movements, but 1 wk after neuroleptic withdrawal the prevalence and severity of dyskinetic movements were significantly greater in the study Ss. Examination of 9 of the MN Ss 6 wks following neuroleptic withdrawal showed significant worsening of dyskinetic movements but generally no change in agitation or cognitive function. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuroleptic withdrawal KW - agitation level & dyskinetic movements & cognitive ability KW - elderly dementia patients KW - conference presentation KW - 1987 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Dementia KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Dyskinesia KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-12904-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-12880-001 AN - 1989-12880-001 AU - Maletta, Gabe J. T1 - Drug management of the geriatric Alzheimer's patient: Considerations for achieving effective treatment of behavioral problems. JF - Journal of Geriatric Drug Therapy JO - Journal of Geriatric Drug Therapy Y1 - 1987/// VL - 2 IS - 1 SP - 3 EP - 20 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 8756-4629 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-12880-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Aging & Pharmacotherapy. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Maletta, Gabe J.; Minneapolis Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, MN, US. Release Date: 19890401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Behavior Problems; Drug Therapy; Drugs. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Discusses the management of dysfunctional behavior in geriatric Alzheimer's victims using psychotropic medications. Management of dysfunctional behavior may be divided into 2 broad areas, simple control and symptomatic relief, depending on the target symptoms and signs of a particular patient. It is suggested that both types of behavior will respond favorably to intervention with psychotropic medications. General pharmacologic guidelines for using psychotropic drugs in elderly Ss include the initial establishment of specific treatment goals. Initial dose and subsequent dosage changes, compliance, side effects and drug–system, and drug–drug interactions must be considered for these patients. Many psychotropic drugs have demonstrated clinical efficacy for a variety of dysfunctional behaviors, including antipsychotics, antidepressants, and antianxiety agents. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychotropic drugs KW - dysfunctional behavior KW - elderly with Alzheimer's disease KW - 1987 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Behavior Problems KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drugs KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-12880-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-12875-001 AN - 1989-12875-001 AU - Langlais, Philip J. AU - Mair, Robert G. AU - Whalen, Paul J. AU - McCourt, William AU - McEntee, William J. T1 - Memory effect of {dl}-threo-3,4-dihydroxyphenylserine (DOPS) in human Korsakoff's disease. JF - Psychopharmacology JO - Psychopharmacology JA - Psychopharmacology (Berl) Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 95 IS - 2 SP - 250 EP - 254 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-3158 SN - 1432-2072 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-12875-001. PMID: 3137605 Other Journal Title: Psychopharmacologia. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Langlais, Philip J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19890401. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Korsakoffs Psychosis; Memory; Norepinephrine Metabolites. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1988. AB - Treated 8 older adult male amnesic patients who had Korsakoff's disease with a single 1 g dose of DOPS and placebo (lactose) in a double-blind crossover study. Three hours following administration, Ss were given a battery of psychometric tests to determine the effects of the treatment on memory functions. Results show that DOPS had a significant effect (a limited improvement) on performance on the Memory Passages test of the Wechsler Memory Scale but not on any of the other measures of memory. The effect of DOPS on Memory Passages is similar to the response observed following administration of clonidine in Korsakoff patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dl-threo-3 KW - 4-dihydroxyphenylserine KW - memory KW - male 52–68 yr olds with Korsakoff's disease KW - 1988 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Korsakoffs Psychosis KW - Memory KW - Norepinephrine Metabolites KW - 1988 DO - 10.1007/BF00174518 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-12875-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-12783-001 AN - 1989-12783-001 AU - Fleece, Louie AU - Summers, Mary N. AU - Schnaper, Harold W. AU - Wilken, Leon O. T1 - Behavioral assessment and approaches to increasing compliance with hypertension medication regimens. JF - Journal of Compliance in Health Care JO - Journal of Compliance in Health Care JA - J Compliance Health Care Y1 - 1988///Spr 1988 VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 77 EP - 82 CY - US PB - Springer Publishing Co. SN - 0887-6509 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-12783-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fleece, Louie; Birmingham Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, AL, US. et al. Release Date: 19890401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Modification; Drug Therapy; Hypertension; Treatment Compliance. Minor Descriptor: Drugs. Classification: Behavioral & Psychological Treatment of Physical Illness (3361). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1988. AB - Conducted 2 single-case experiments with adult male hypertensive patients (aged 32 and 46 yrs) identified by clinic staff as being to some degree noncompliant with their tablet medication regimens. The use of multiple dependent measures was emphasized in the evaluation of simple compliance acceleration strategies, which involved tablet counting, self-monitoring, and taste discrimination. Data from an innovative assessment procedure demonstrated the compliance acceleration effects of performance feedback. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavioral assessment & approaches KW - compliance with hypertension medication regimens KW - hypertensive 32 & 46 yr old males KW - 1988 KW - Behavior Modification KW - Drug Therapy KW - Hypertension KW - Treatment Compliance KW - Drugs KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-12783-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-12651-001 AN - 1989-12651-001 AU - Eng, Erling T1 - Creative patient/patient therapist. JF - Psychotherapy Patient JO - Psychotherapy Patient Y1 - 1987/// VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 57 EP - 60 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0738-6176 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-12651-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eng, Erling; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Lexington, KY, US. Release Date: 19890401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Creativity; Emotional Trauma; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Psychotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Suggests that the creative contribution of the psychotherapeutic situation is more likely to be attributed to the authorial (and authoritative) therapist than to the patient. This obscures the extent to which the therapist is created by the patient in the service of his/her needs. It is only when the therapeutic situation as such is understood as creative for both participants that the creative role of the patient can be appreciated. The part played by the creativity of a patient is illustrated in a therapeutic incident with a traumatized male Vietnam veteran. (0 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - creativity in psychotherapeutic alliance & process KW - traumatized Vietnam veteran KW - 1987 KW - Creativity KW - Emotional Trauma KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Psychotherapy KW - Military Veterans KW - 1987 DO - 10.1300/J358v04n01_06 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-12651-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-12481-001 AN - 1989-12481-001 AU - Riege, Walter H. AU - Metter, E. Jeffrey AU - Hanson, Wayne R. T1 - Apparent shift in visual field preference after unilateral stroke. JF - Brain and Cognition JO - Brain and Cognition JA - Brain Cogn Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 7 IS - 3 SP - 361 EP - 373 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-2626 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-12481-001. PMID: 3401388 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Riege, Walter H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19890401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebral Dominance; Cerebrovascular Accidents; Form and Shape Perception; Naming; Visual Field. Minor Descriptor: Tachistoscopic Presentation. Classification: Cardiovascular Disorders (3295). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1988. AB - 28 patients (aged 50–74 yrs) with either a left- (LH) or a right-hemisphere (RH) stroke lesion scored higher in word–picture matching and nonverbal shape matching tasks when information was presented tachistoscopically to the visual field (VF) projecting to their undamaged hemisphere. LH Ss were dissociated from RH Ss by low word recognition from memory and by low right VF but nearly normal left VF matching accuracy. LH Ss appeared to rely on processing of word meaning by the RH. In contrast, RH Ss had higher right than left VF scores in both tasks, and their discrimination of nonverbal shapes via the right VF did not differ from that of 15 controls. Preferred processing by the VF projecting to the undamaged hemisphere appeared as a shift in perceptual asymmetry. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lateral tachistoscopic word-picture vs nonverbal shape matching performance KW - 50–74 yr olds with left vs right hemisphere stroke KW - 1988 KW - Cerebral Dominance KW - Cerebrovascular Accidents KW - Form and Shape Perception KW - Naming KW - Visual Field KW - Tachistoscopic Presentation KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0278-2626(88)90009-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-12481-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-12475-001 AN - 1989-12475-001 AU - Rapp, Stephen R. AU - Parisi, Sharon A. AU - Walsh, David A. T1 - Psychological dysfunction and physical health among elderly medical inpatients. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 56 IS - 6 SP - 851 EP - 855 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-12475-001. PMID: 3204194 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rapp, Stephen R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Behavioral Gerontology Program, Jackson, MS, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19890401. Correction Date: 20091221. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatric Patients; Health; Medical Patients; Mental Disorders; Physical Health. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: May 10, 1988; Revised Date: Apr 15, 1988; First Submitted Date: Dec 1, 1987. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - One hundred and fifty randomly selected geriatric medical inpatients were evaluated for the presence of psychological dysfunction using the Schedule for Affective Disorders and Schizophrenia (SADS) and Research Diagnostic Criteria (RDC) methodology. Objective and subjective measures of physical health status were independently taken and related to the presence of a RDC diagnosis. Results indicated that a large portion of the sample (27.3%) had at least one psychological disorder and that 15.3% of the total sample had a depressive disorder. Comorbid depression was associated with the greatest level of psychological distress and dysfunction and with the poorest physical health status. Finally, depressed elderly patients were less likely than patients with nondepressive psychopathology and control subjects to receive a diagnosis of mental disorder or to receive antidepressant medications during their admission, suggesting that comorbid depression is underrecognized and undertreated in primary care. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological dysfunction & physical health KW - geriatric medical patients KW - 1988 KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Health KW - Medical Patients KW - Mental Disorders KW - Physical Health KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.56.6.851 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-12475-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-12473-001 AN - 1989-12473-001 AU - Prevey, Mary L. AU - Delaney, Richard C. AU - Mattson, Richard H. T1 - Gist recall in temporal lobe seizure patients: A study of adaptive memory skills. JF - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JO - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JA - Cortex Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 24 IS - 2 SP - 301 EP - 312 CY - Italy PB - Masson Italia SN - 0010-9452 SN - 1973-8102 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-12473-001. PMID: 3416612 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Prevey, Mary L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Neurology Service, Neuropsychology Section, West Haven, CT, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Masson SAS. Release Date: 19890401. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Information Storage; Memory; Mnemonic Learning; Seizures; Temporal Lobe. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1988. AB - 22 adults suffering from epileptic seizures in the left (LL) or right (RL) temporal lobe and 11 normal adults listened to a story and were asked to recall the most important ideas (gist recall) after a study period with mnemonic strategies. Compared with normal Ss, both LL and RL Ss recalled significantly less information on both immediate and post-study trials. LL Ss engaged in fewer active learning strategies and produced more instances of major distortion. However, despite their reduced efficiency in total recall, seizure patients, like control Ss, remembered a higher proportion of important idea units and a smaller proportion of details. Findings are discussed in relation to previous research that documented memory monitoring failures in temporal lobe seizure patients, and in terms of the development of adaptive memory skills to circumvent memory deficits. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mnemonic strategies KW - recall of main ideas of story KW - adults with temporal lobe seizures KW - 1988 KW - Human Information Storage KW - Memory KW - Mnemonic Learning KW - Seizures KW - Temporal Lobe KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/S0010-9452(88)80038-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-12473-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-12472-001 AN - 1989-12472-001 AU - Prevey, Mary L. AU - Delaney, Richard C. AU - Mattson, Richard H. T1 - Metamemory in temporal lobe epilepsy: Self-monitoring of memory functions. JF - Brain and Cognition JO - Brain and Cognition JA - Brain Cogn Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 7 IS - 3 SP - 298 EP - 311 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-2626 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-12472-001. PMID: 3401384 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Prevey, Mary L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Neuropsychology Section, Neurology Service, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19890401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebral Dominance; Epilepsy; Memory; Self-Monitoring. Minor Descriptor: Human Information Storage; Temporal Lobe. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1988. AB - Investigated metamemory in 26 adult, right-handed temporal lobe seizure patients and 13 controls. Ss' perception of memory abilities for both encoding and retrieval were explored. Exp I addressed self-monitoring of encoding through a study of prediction of memory span. Exp II examined self-monitoring of retrieval through a study of feeling of knowing (i.e., prediction of memory ability). Results indicate that left and right temporal lobe seizure patients over estimated their memory capacities in comparison with controls and that self-monitoring tended to be less accurate for material (verbal or nonverbal) mediated by side of lesion. The impact of inaccurate memory monitoring on memory dysfunction in seizure patients is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self monitoring of memory encoding vs retrieval ability KW - adults with left vs right temporal lobe epilepsy KW - 1988 KW - Cerebral Dominance KW - Epilepsy KW - Memory KW - Self-Monitoring KW - Human Information Storage KW - Temporal Lobe KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0278-2626(88)90004-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-12472-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-12430-001 AN - 1989-12430-001 AU - Lampe, Thomas H. AU - Plymate, Stephen R. AU - Risse, Steven C. AU - Kopeikin, Hal AU - Cubberley, Lyndel AU - Raskind, Murray A. T1 - TSH responses to two TRH doses in men with Alzheimer's disease. JF - Psychoneuroendocrinology JO - Psychoneuroendocrinology JA - Psychoneuroendocrinology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 13 IS - 3 SP - 245 EP - 254 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0306-4530 SN - 1873-3360 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-12430-001. PMID: 3136487 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lampe, Thomas H.; American Lake Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Tacoma, WA, US. Release Date: 19890401. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Thyrotropin. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Determined thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH) responses to 2 thyrotropin releasing hormone (TRH) doses (0.1 mg, 0.5 mg) in 10 men with early onset (aged <65 yrs) Alzheimer's disease (AD) and in 9 healthy matched controls. Maximum change in TSH and TSH responses over time, analyzed independently for each TRH dose, did not reveal significant differences between the AD and the normal Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - TRH KW - TSH KW - males with early onset of Alzheimer's disease KW - 1988 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Thyrotropin KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0306-4530(88)90022-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-12430-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-12409-001 AN - 1989-12409-001 AU - Heindel, William C. AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Salmon, David P. T1 - Impaired learning of a motor skill in patients with Huntington's disease. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience JA - Behav Neurosci Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 102 IS - 1 SP - 141 EP - 147 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-12409-001. PMID: 2965592 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Heindel, William C.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, CA, US. Release Date: 19890401. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Amnesia; Huntingtons Disease; Perceptual Motor Learning; Verbal Learning. Minor Descriptor: Test Performance. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Dec 31, 1986; Revised Date: Dec 26, 1986; First Submitted Date: Sep 8, 1986. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The ability of patients with Huntington's disease (HD), patients with dementia of the Alzheimer's type (DAT), and amnesic patients (AMN) to acquire the motor skills underlying a pursuit rotor task was assessed. Differences between groups in initial levels of performance were minimized by adjusting the rotation speed of the disk. The HD and DAT groups were also administered a verbal recognition span test. The results showed that the DAT, AMN, and intact control groups all significantly improved their time on target over six test blocks whereas the HD group was severely impaired in the acquisition of this motor skill. On the verbal recognition span test, the DAT and HD groups were significantly and equally impaired, but the HD group evidenced better immediate and delayed recall than did the DAT group. These results provide further evidence that the basal ganglia are critically involved in the acquisition of motor skills. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - motor skill learning & verbal recognition span test performance KW - patients with Huntington's disease vs dementia of Alzheimer type vs amnesia KW - 1988 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Amnesia KW - Huntingtons Disease KW - Perceptual Motor Learning KW - Verbal Learning KW - Test Performance KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.102.1.141 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-12409-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-12403-001 AN - 1989-12403-001 AU - Hakim, Hisham AU - Verma, Narayan P. AU - Greiffenstein, Manfred F. T1 - Pathogenesis of reduplicative paramnesia. JF - Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry JO - Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry JA - J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 51 IS - 6 SP - 839 EP - 841 CY - United Kingdom PB - BMJ Publishing Group SN - 0022-3050 SN - 1468-330X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-12403-001. PMID: 3404191 Other Journal Title: Journal of Neurology & Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hakim, Hisham; Allen Park Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology & Neuropsychology Services, MI, US. Release Date: 19890401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Brain Damage; Cerebral Dominance; Memory Disorders; Neuropathology. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1988. AB - Interviewed 50 adult alcoholic inpatients to investigate the incidence of reduplicative paramnesia (RP), a specific disturbance in memory characterized by subjective certainty that a familiar person, place, or thing has been duplicated. Results show that 4 Ss had RP and 46 did not (non-RP). Three of 4 RP Ss had acute right hemispheric lesions and none had left hemispheric lesions. 19 non-RPs had left hemispheric lesions, 2 had right, and 25 had none. Data support previous suggestions (e.g., A. Paterson and O. L. Zangwill, 1944) that the neuroanatomical basis for RP is an acute right hemispheric lesion superimposed on chronic diffuse or bifrontal deficit. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reduplicative paramnesia KW - 30–76 yr old alcoholic inpatients with right vs left brain lesions KW - 1988 KW - Alcoholism KW - Brain Damage KW - Cerebral Dominance KW - Memory Disorders KW - Neuropathology KW - 1988 DO - 10.1136/jnnp.51.6.839 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-12403-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-12401-001 AN - 1989-12401-001 AU - Granholm, Eric AU - Butters, Nelson T1 - Associative encoding and retrieval in Alzheimer's and Huntington's disease. JF - Brain and Cognition JO - Brain and Cognition JA - Brain Cogn Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 7 IS - 3 SP - 335 EP - 347 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-2626 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-12401-001. PMID: 2969744 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Granholm, Eric; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Human Information Storage; Huntingtons Disease; Paired Associate Learning. Minor Descriptor: Cues. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1988. AB - Examined the associative encoding and retrieval abilities of 20 middle-aged and elderly patients with dementia of the Alzheimer type (DAT) or Huntington's disease (HD) and 20 matched normal controls, using an encoding specificity paradigm. Compared with controls, both patient groups were severely impaired on overall memory for word lists. HD Ss, like controls, benefitted from semantic retrieval cues that were present during input, whereas DAT Ss' performance improved only with the introduction of strong output cues, regardless of their initial presence. Findings suggest that DAT Ss failed to encode the semantic relationship between words to be recalled and cue words and simply generated free associations to the cue words during retrieval. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - semantic retrieval vs strong output cues KW - word associative encoding & retrieval KW - patients with Alzheimer's disease vs Huntington's chorea KW - 1988 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Human Information Storage KW - Huntingtons Disease KW - Paired Associate Learning KW - Cues KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0278-2626(88)90007-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-12401-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-12347-001 AN - 1989-12347-001 AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Salmon, David P. AU - Cullum, C. Munro AU - Cairns, Patricia AU - Tröster, Alexander I. AU - Jacobs, Diane AU - Moss, Mark AU - Cermak, Laird S. T1 - Differentiation of amnesic and demented patients with the Wechsler Memory Scale—Revised. T3 - Initial validity studies of the new Wechsler Memory Scale--Revised JF - Clinical Neuropsychologist JO - Clinical Neuropsychologist Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 133 EP - 148 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0920-1637 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-12347-001. Other Journal Title: The Clinical Neuropsychologist. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Butters, Nelson; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, CA, US. Release Date: 19890401. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Amnesia; Differential Diagnosis; Huntingtons Disease; Wechsler Memory Scale. Minor Descriptor: Memory Disorders. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Administered the Wechsler Memory Scale—Revised (WMS—R) to 16 amnesic patients, 20 patients with Alzheimer's disease, 24 patients with Huntington's disease, and 28 normal control Ss. The amnesics' General and Delayed Memory (GM/DM) indices were more accurate estimates of their severe anterograde memory problems than the memory quotient from the original WMS. Amnesic Ss could be distinguished from demented and control Ss by differences between the Attention/Concentration and GM indices and between the GM-DM indices. Both the amnesic and Alzheimer Ss forgot verbal and figural materials more quickly than the Huntington and normal control Ss. When the amnesic group was divided according to diencephalic or mesial temporal lobe damage, both amnesic groups demonstrated lower savings and greater GM-DM scores than normal controls. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Wechsler Memory Scale KW - differential diagnosis of memory problems KW - patients with amnesia vs Alzheimer's disease vs Huntington's chorea KW - 1988 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Amnesia KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Huntingtons Disease KW - Wechsler Memory Scale KW - Memory Disorders KW - 1988 DO - 10.1080/13854048808520096 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-12347-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-12331-001 AN - 1989-12331-001 AU - Barrera, Carlos M. AU - Ruiz, Zoila R. AU - Dunlap, William P. T1 - Uric acid: A participating factor in the symptoms of hyperactivity. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 24 IS - 3 SP - 344 EP - 347 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-12331-001. PMID: 3401526 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barrera, Carlos M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, New Orleans, LA, US. Release Date: 19890401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Sex Differences; Hyperkinesis; Uric Acid. Minor Descriptor: Blood Serum; Physiological Correlates. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Preschool Age (2-5 yrs) (160). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. AB - Assessed correlations of behavioral factors used in the diagnosis of the hyperactive syndrome with serum uric acid (UA) levels in 90 normal Cajun-French preschoolers (40 girls and 50 boys). Boys had higher UA levels than girls, but an inconclusive relationship between hyperactivity ratings and UA levels was found. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - serum uric acid & hyperactivity KW - male vs female Cajun French preschoolers KW - 1988 KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Hyperkinesis KW - Uric Acid KW - Blood Serum KW - Physiological Correlates KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(88)90205-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-12331-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-12266-001 AN - 1989-12266-001 AU - Schaefer, Melodie R. AU - Sobieraj, Karen AU - Hollyfield, Rebecca L. T1 - Prevalence of childhood physical abuse in adult male veteran alcoholics. JF - Child Abuse & Neglect JO - Child Abuse & Neglect JA - Child Abuse Negl Y1 - 1988/// VL - 12 IS - 2 SP - 141 EP - 149 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0145-2134 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-12266-001. PMID: 3260808 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schaefer, Melodie R.; Veterans Administration Edward Hines Jr. Hosp, Alcoholism Treatment Ctr, Hines, IL, US. Release Date: 19890401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Child Abuse; Early Experience; Human Males; Military Veterans. Minor Descriptor: Family Relations; Victimization. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Investigated (1) the prevalence of a childhood history of physical abuse in 100 adult male alcoholics and (2) differences in the psychological profile and patterns of alcohol abuse in abused and nonabused alcoholics. Ss were administered a self-report to assess a history of childhood physical abuse, an alcoholism screening test, a severity of alcohol dependence questionnaire, and the revised SCL-90. Findings indicate that 36 Ss had been physically abused as children. They reported more severe psychological symptoms and distress than their nonabused counterparts, although they did not differ on the onset, severity, or treatment history for alcohol dependency. (French & Spanish abstracts) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prevalence of history of childhood physical abuse & psychological profile & patterns of alcohol abuse KW - alcoholic male veterans KW - 1988 KW - Alcoholism KW - Child Abuse KW - Early Experience KW - Human Males KW - Military Veterans KW - Family Relations KW - Victimization KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0145-2134(88)90022-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-12266-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-12264-001 AN - 1989-12264-001 AU - Ryan, Joseph J. AU - Lewis, Carolyn V. T1 - Comparison of normal controls and recently detoxified alcoholics on the Wechsler Memory Scale—Revised. T3 - Initial validity studies of the new Wechsler Memory Scale--Revised JF - Clinical Neuropsychologist JO - Clinical Neuropsychologist Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 173 EP - 170 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0920-1637 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-12264-001. Other Journal Title: The Clinical Neuropsychologist. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ryan, Joseph J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Leavenworth, KS, US. Release Date: 19890401. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Detoxification; Wechsler Memory Scale. Minor Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Memory Disorders; Test Validity. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233); Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Examined the validity of the Wechsler Memory Scale—Revised (WMS—R) by contrasting scores of recently detoxified chronic alcoholics with age-, sex-, and education-matched controls. Associations between alcoholics' test scores and age, education, self-reported memory complaints, observed memory status, and alcohol consumption variables were also assessed. Alcoholics performed significantly more poorly than controls on all 5 WMS—R index scores and on 5 of 12 subtest scores. Differences between the groups were in terms of level, not pattern, of performance. Age was more highly associated with WMS—R scores for controls than for alcoholics. Observed memory status was associated with WMS—R scores, age, education, and years of drinking. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of Wechsler Memory Scale KW - assessment of memory deficits KW - detoxified alcoholic patients KW - 1988 KW - Alcoholism KW - Detoxification KW - Wechsler Memory Scale KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Memory Disorders KW - Test Validity KW - 1988 DO - 10.1080/13854048808520098 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-12264-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-12257-001 AN - 1989-12257-001 AU - Pease, Barbara B. AU - Hurlbert, David F. T1 - A comparative study of the attitudes of alcoholic veterans and nonalcoholic veterans toward child rearing practices and family life. JF - Journal of Drug Education JO - Journal of Drug Education JA - J Drug Educ Y1 - 1988/// VL - 18 IS - 2 SP - 125 EP - 134 CY - US PB - Baywood Publishing SN - 0047-2379 SN - 1541-4159 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-12257-001. PMID: 3404363 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pease, Barbara B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Biloxi, MS, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19890401. Correction Date: 20150126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Childrearing Practices; Family Relations; Military Veterans. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - The Parental Attitude Research Instrument (PARI) was administered to 30 alcoholic veterans in an alcohol treatment program and to 30 nonalcoholic male veterans employed at the treatment center. The t-test was used to test equality between samples. Pearson's r was used to correlate for age on all scales, and analysis of variance (ANOVA) methods were used to correlate race, social class, and fatherhood variables. Significant differences between the groups appeared on 6 scales: Encouraging Verbalization, Avoiding Harsh Punishment, Encouraging Emotional Expression, Irresponsibility of Father, Inconsiderateness of Wife, and Tolerating Aggression. Alcoholism was the only significant variable found, suggesting the need for intervention through teaching parental skills to alcoholics to decrease the risk of their children becoming alcoholics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - attitudes toward childrearing practices & family life KW - alcoholic vs nonalcoholic male veterans KW - 1988 KW - Alcoholism KW - Childrearing Practices KW - Family Relations KW - Military Veterans KW - 1988 DO - 10.2190/JP82-GQ60-WNG2-VH45 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-12257-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-12236-001 AN - 1989-12236-001 AU - Hyer, Lee A. AU - Carson, Mary AU - Tamkin, Arthur S. T1 - Personality styles in the treatment of older alcoholics. JF - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JO - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JA - Clin Gerontol Y1 - 1987///Win 1987 VL - 7 IS - 2 SP - 15 EP - 29 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0731-7115 SN - 1545-2301 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-12236-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hyer, Lee A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Services, Augusta, GA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19890401. Correction Date: 20091012. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Health; Personality Correlates. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Win 1987. AB - Administered the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI), the Beck Depression Inventory, and T. Millon's (1981) clinical multiaxial inventory to 50 male alcoholics (aged 60+ yrs) receiving inpatient treatment. Ss were also rated on current health status. Results suggest that the detached personality style occurred most frequently in these Ss. Findings indicate that there were 2 groups of personality styles that over- or underemphasized depression and health status. It is argued that, depending on personality style, it is possible to predict the clinical and behavioral status of later-life alcoholics. Four case studies from the S population illustrate this clinical consistency as a function of personality style. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality styles & health status KW - male alcoholic inpatients 60 yrs old & older KW - 1987 KW - Alcoholism KW - Health KW - Personality Correlates KW - 1987 DO - 10.1300/J018v07n02_03 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-12236-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-12218-001 AN - 1989-12218-001 AU - Cermak, Laird S. AU - Bleich, Rebecca P. AU - Blackford, Susan P. T1 - Deficits in the implicit retention of new associations by alcoholic Korsakoff patients. JF - Brain and Cognition JO - Brain and Cognition JA - Brain Cogn Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 7 IS - 3 SP - 312 EP - 323 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-2626 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-12218-001. PMID: 3401385 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cermak, Laird S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19890401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimental Instructions; Korsakoffs Psychosis; Memory; Paired Associate Learning. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism; Cues. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1988. AB - Assessed word-stem completion in the presence or absence of a paired associate in 8 adult chronic alcoholic Korsakoff patients (aged 54–66 yrs) and 8 neurologically normal alcoholic controls. Since neither group demonstrated facilitation in the presence of cues (Exp 1), an analysis of the influence of instructions to remember the paired associates on cued word-stem completion was performed with 16 undergraduates (Exp 2). A positive effect of instructions led to a replication of the task with 7 amnesic patients and 7 alcoholic controls. Instructions to remember the pairs did not produce the facilitatory effect in these Ss (Exp 3). It is concluded that amnesics, chronic alcoholics, and elderly controls were not able to modify their analysis of verbal material as a function of retrieval expectations. As a consequence, the effect of contextual priming of word completions reported by P. Graf and D. L. Schacter (see record [rid]1986-12203-001[/rid]) was not demonstrated. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - paired associate cue & memory instructions KW - word stem completion & cued recall KW - alcoholic 54–66 yr olds with Korsakoff's psychosis KW - 1988 KW - Experimental Instructions KW - Korsakoffs Psychosis KW - Memory KW - Paired Associate Learning KW - Alcoholism KW - Cues KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0278-2626(88)90005-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-12218-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-12210-001 AN - 1989-12210-001 AU - Behrens, Ursula J. AU - Worner, Theresa M. AU - Braly, Lawrence F. AU - Schaffner, Fenton AU - Lieber, Charles S. T1 - Carbohydrate-deficient transferrin, a marker for chronic alcohol consumption in different ethnic populations. JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JA - Alcohol Clin Exp Res Y1 - 1988/05//May-Jun, 1988 VL - 12 IS - 3 SP - 427 EP - 432 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0145-6008 SN - 1530-0277 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-12210-001. PMID: 3044175 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Behrens, Ursula J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcohol Research & Treatment Ctr, Bronx, NY, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19890401. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Liver Disorders; Proteins; Racial and Ethnic Differences. Minor Descriptor: Blood Serum. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: May-Jun, 1988. AB - Determined serum levels of carbohydrate-deficient transferrin (CDT) in a racially mixed population of 107 alcoholics, 18 nonalcoholics, 62 abstinent alcoholics, and 64 White patients with nonalcoholic liver diseases. CDT was found to be a highly specific marker. In some Ss, increased levels were observed in the absence of alcohol abuse. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - serum carbohydrate deficient transferrin KW - racially mixed population of alcoholics vs nonalcoholics vs abstinent alcoholics vs White patients with nonalcoholic liver diseases KW - 1988 KW - Alcoholism KW - Liver Disorders KW - Proteins KW - Racial and Ethnic Differences KW - Blood Serum KW - 1988 DO - 10.1111/j.1530-0277.1988.tb00221.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-12210-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-12137-001 AN - 1989-12137-001 AU - Hyer, Lee A. AU - Nolan, Lucyanne T1 - A later-life suicide: Behavioral and emotional dissonance. JF - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JO - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JA - Clin Gerontol Y1 - 1987///Win 1987 VL - 7 IS - 2 SP - 47 EP - 50 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0731-7115 SN - 1545-2301 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-12137-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hyer, Lee A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Services, Augusta, GA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19890401. Correction Date: 20091012. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Suicide. Minor Descriptor: Case Report. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Win 1987. AB - Describes the case of a 55-yr-old White male who committed suicide while on leave as a psychiatric inpatient. While there were signs and risk factors present, the S had shown a positive treatment course and was a model patient. Evaluation following the suicide, however, indicated that there was dissonance between the S's external behaviors and internal feelings during treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavioral & emotional dissonance KW - 55 yr old White male who committed suicide KW - case report KW - 1987 KW - Suicide KW - Case Report KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-12137-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-12079-001 AN - 1989-12079-001 AU - Wahby, Victor S. AU - Ibrahim, Guirguis A. AU - Giller, Earl L. AU - Mason, John W. AU - Saddik, Fouad W. AU - Adams, John R. AU - Martin, Richard P. AU - Milad, Emad R. T1 - Thyrotropin response to thyrotropin-releasing hormone in RDC schizodepressed men. JF - Journal of Affective Disorders JO - Journal of Affective Disorders JA - J Affect Disord Y1 - 1988/06//Jun-Aug, 1988 VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 81 EP - 85 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-0327 SN - 1573-2517 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-12079-001. PMID: 2970496 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wahby, Victor S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, North Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 19890401. Correction Date: 20160407. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Major Depression; Schizophrenia; Thyrotropin. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun-Aug, 1988. AB - Administered thyrotropin-releasing hormone (TRH) to 14 schizodepressed, 23 schizophrenics, 41 unipolar major depressives (according to Research Diagnostic Criteria [RDC]), and 45 healthy controls, all adult males with no significant differences in age, body height, or weight. Results show no differences in maximal delta thyrotropin stimulating hormone (dTSH max) among schizoaffective depressed, schizophrenic, and healthy control groups. Mean major depressives' dTSH max was lower than in each of the other 3 groups. Utilizing a ≤ 5.0 μU/ml cut-off criterion for blunting, the schizodepressed had 36%, schizophrenics 44%, healthy controls 22%, and major depressed 59% blunters. Schizodepressed patients appeared significantly different from major depressed but closer to schizophrenics (and healthy controls) on the TRH test. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - TRH KW - thyrotropin response KW - 20–67 yr old males with schizodepression vs schizophrenia vs major depression KW - 1988 KW - Major Depression KW - Schizophrenia KW - Thyrotropin KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0165-0327(88)90012-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-12079-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-12057-001 AN - 1989-12057-001 AU - Schear, James M. T1 - Utility of cluster analysis in classification of mixed neuropsychiatric patients. JF - Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology JO - Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology JA - Arch Clin Neuropsychol Y1 - 1987/// VL - 2 IS - 4 SP - 329 EP - 341 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0887-6177 SN - 1873-5843 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-12057-001. PMID: 14589701 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schear, James M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Augusta, GA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19890401. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Characteristics; Cluster Analysis; Neuropsychological Assessment; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Investigated the hypothesis that reliable neuropsychologically based subgroups can be found in a mixed neuropsychiatric patient sample and that the subtype membership will be associated with external diagnostic and case history variables. A modified Halstead-Reitan Test Battery was employed with 2 groups of 300 adult male neuropsychiatric patients. Results show 3 reliable cluster analytically based groups that differ as a function of level, but not pattern of performance; however, external validation failed to show the cluster groups to be significantly related to any of the neurodiagnostic or case history variables, except that the severely impaired group had a greater preponderance of organic diagnoses and a longer history of hospitalization. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cluster analysis of neuropsychological assessment batteries KW - identification of patient subgroups & relation to diagnostic & case history variables KW - neuropsychiatric patients KW - conference presentation KW - 1987 KW - Client Characteristics KW - Cluster Analysis KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0887-6177(87)90002-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-12057-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-12050-001 AN - 1989-12050-001 AU - Rosen, Jules AU - Fields, Robert T1 - The long-term effects of extraordinary trauma: A look beyond PTSD. JF - Journal of Anxiety Disorders JO - Journal of Anxiety Disorders JA - J Anxiety Disord Y1 - 1988/// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 179 EP - 191 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0887-6185 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-12050-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rosen, Jules; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19890401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disorders; Emotional Trauma; Literature Review; Neurochemistry; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Autonomic Nervous System; Catecholamines; Physiological Correlates. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Traces a theoretical link between the neurochemical changes in the brain that are induced by stress and the long-term medical morbidity in trauma victims. Several animal models are presented that illustrate the prolonged impact of environmental stressors on the catecholamine system of the brain. Although evidence of brain changes has never been documented in trauma survivors, there is evidence of increased reactivity of the autonomic nervous system to stressful stimuli in Ss with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Increased reactivity to stress is associated with cardiovascular morbidity in the general population and may be an important factor in the long-term health of people who have experienced extraordinary stress. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological trauma or PTSD KW - neurochemical changes in catecholamine system of brain & long term medical morbidity & autonomic nervous system activity KW - literature review KW - 1988 KW - Disorders KW - Emotional Trauma KW - Literature Review KW - Neurochemistry KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Autonomic Nervous System KW - Catecholamines KW - Physiological Correlates KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0887-6185(88)90024-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-12050-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-11996-001 AN - 1989-11996-001 AU - Krantz, Susan E. AU - Moos, Rudolf H. T1 - Risk factors at intake predict nonremission among depressed patients. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 56 IS - 6 SP - 863 EP - 869 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-11996-001. PMID: 3204196 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Krantz, Susan E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Social Ecology Lab, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19890401. Correction Date: 20091221. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Client Characteristics; Major Depression; Remission (Disorders). Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies; Prediction; Prognosis. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Apr 14, 1988; Revised Date: Feb 3, 1988; First Submitted Date: Jun 17, 1987. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Risk factors assessed at intake for the treatment of unipolar depression were used to predict remission, partial remission, or nonremission 1 year later. The factors included demographic variables, treatment history and severity of symptoms, stressors (medical conditions), personal deficits (avoidance coping), and social support deficits (quality of an important relationship). Each factor considered alone was associated with later remission status such that the prototypical nonremitted patient was a man at least 40 years old who had had prior treatment, an intense depression, and one or more serious medical conditions. In addition, he used avoidance coping strategies to deal with stressors, and his important relationship was not of good quality. When the risk factors were considered together, an increasing number of factors was associated with an increasing likelihood of nonremission. Separate analyses for inpatients and outpatients revealed similar patterns. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - risk factors at intake KW - prediction of remission KW - patients with unipolar depression KW - 1 yr followup KW - 1988 KW - At Risk Populations KW - Client Characteristics KW - Major Depression KW - Remission (Disorders) KW - Followup Studies KW - Prediction KW - Prognosis KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.56.6.863 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-11996-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-11964-001 AN - 1989-11964-001 AU - Goldstein, Jill M. AU - Link, Bruce G. T1 - Gender and the expression of schizophrenia. JF - Journal of Psychiatric Research JO - Journal of Psychiatric Research JA - J Psychiatr Res Y1 - 1988/// VL - 22 IS - 2 SP - 141 EP - 155 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0022-3956 SN - 1879-1379 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-11964-001. PMID: 3404482 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Jill M.; Brockton-West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19890401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Sex Differences; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Symptoms. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Examined the expression of schizophrenia in 65 female and 104 male adult Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) diagnosed schizophrenics. Restricted maximum likelihood factor analysis was used to test the invariance of the hypothesized symptom model across gender. Findings indicate that schizophrenic women not only expressed more impulsivity and affective symptomatology than did men, but their psychotic symptoms covaried consistently with the expression of impulsivity, anger, and other affective symptomatology. Men's expression of schizophrenia covaried positively with withdrawal/isolation and an inability to function, suggesting a possible negative symptom pattern. Gender differences were not attributable to misclassification, differences in diagnostic subtypes, nor to selection. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - expression of psychopathology KW - schizophrenic 18–45 yr old males vs females KW - 1988 KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0022-3956(88)90078-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-11964-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - ORCID: 0000-0001-9980-7450 UR - DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-11960-001 AN - 1989-11960-001 AU - Garvey, Michael J. AU - Luxenberg, Michael T1 - Comparison of color preference in depressives and controls. JF - Psychopathology JO - Psychopathology JA - Psychopathology Y1 - 1987/09//Sep-Dec, 1987 VL - 20 IS - 5 SP - 268 EP - 271 CY - Switzerland PB - Karger SN - 0254-4962 SN - 1423-033X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-11960-001. Other Journal Title: Psychiatria Clinica. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garvey, Michael J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 19890401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Color; Major Depression; Preferences. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sep-Dec, 1987. AB - When color preferences of 61 adult patients with major depressive disorder were compared with those of 69 controls similar in age and sex distribution, a multidimensional scaling analysis revealed a difference in overall color arrangements between groups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - color preferences KW - adult depressed patients KW - 1987 KW - Color KW - Major Depression KW - Preferences KW - 1987 DO - 10.1159/000284510 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-11960-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-11959-001 AN - 1989-11959-001 AU - Garvey, Michael J. AU - Hollon, Steven D. AU - Evans, Mark AU - DeRubeis, Robert J. AU - Tuason, V. B. T1 - The association of MHPG to dexamethasone suppression test status. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 24 IS - 2 SP - 223 EP - 230 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-11959-001. PMID: 3406240 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garvey, Michael J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 19890401. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dexamethasone Suppression Test; Major Depression; Norepinephrine Metabolites. Minor Descriptor: Hydrocortisone; Urine. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: May, 1988. AB - Compared the results of a dexamethasone suppression test (DST) with levels of 24-hr 3-methoxy-4-hydroxyphenylglycol (MHPG) in 60 patients with unipolar depression. DST nonsuppressors had significantly higher levels of MHPG than did DST suppressors. This finding conflicts with the hypothesis that central nervous system (CNS) norepinephrine inhibits corticotropin-releasing factor. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - post-DST serum cortisol & urinary MHPG KW - depressed adults KW - 1988 KW - Dexamethasone Suppression Test KW - Major Depression KW - Norepinephrine Metabolites KW - Hydrocortisone KW - Urine KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(88)90065-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-11959-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-11879-001 AN - 1989-11879-001 AU - Horton, Arthur M. AU - Sautter, Scott W. T1 - Differentiation of brain-damaged from alcoholic patients: Value of the Eichman MMPI factor scales. JF - Psychotherapy in Private Practice JO - Psychotherapy in Private Practice Y1 - 1988/// VL - 6 IS - 1 SP - 87 EP - 89 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0731-7158 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-11879-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Psychotherapy in Independent Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Horton, Arthur M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcoholism Section, Baltimore, MD, US. Release Date: 19890401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Brain Damage; Differential Diagnosis; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory. Minor Descriptor: Subtests. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Clinical Psychological Testing (2224). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Investigated the value of the factored scales for the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) developed by W. J. Eichman (1962) for differentiating brain-damaged from alcoholic patients. Multivariate analysis of MMPI results from matched samples of 24 brain-damaged and 22 alcoholic adult patients shows significant group differences for anxiety and unconventionality factor scales. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - W. J. Eichman MMPI factor scales KW - differential diagnosis KW - brain damaged vs alcoholic patients KW - 1988 KW - Alcoholism KW - Brain Damage KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Subtests KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-11879-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-11871-001 AN - 1989-11871-001 AU - DeSouza, Cherilyn AU - Othmer, Ekkehard AU - Gabrielli, William F. AU - Othmer, Sieglinde C. T1 - Major depression and somatization disorder: The overlooked differential diagnosis. JF - Psychiatric Annals JO - Psychiatric Annals JA - Psychiatr Ann Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 18 IS - 6 SP - 340 EP - 343 CY - US PB - SLACK SN - 0048-5713 SN - 1938-2456 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-11871-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: DeSouza, Cherilyn; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Kansas City, MO, US. Release Date: 19890401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: WPA Regional Symposium (1985, Athens, Greece). Major Descriptor: Differential Diagnosis; Major Depression; Somatoform Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1988. AB - Investigated the features distinguishing major depressive disorder from somatization disorder (SD), using 44 adult female patients suffering from major depression (MD) with somatic symptoms and 86 adult female MD/SD patients. Ss were compared on age of onset of depressive symptoms, psychosocial aspects of these symptoms, the depressive symptom profile, and the occurrence of other psychiatric disorders. Results suggest that SD patients may be diagnosed by presence of somatic symptoms prior to age 30 yrs, 19 or more depressive symptoms, presence of suicidal ideation, self-deprecation, and concomitant antisocial features. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - differential diagnosis of major depression & somatization disorder KW - adult females KW - conference presentation KW - 1988 KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Major Depression KW - Somatoform Disorders KW - 1988 DO - 10.3928/0048-5713-19880601-06 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-11871-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-11868-001 AN - 1989-11868-001 AU - Cermak, Laird S. AU - Blackford, Susan P. AU - O'Connor, Margaret AU - Bleich, Rebecca P. T1 - The implicit memory ability of a patient with amnesia due to encephalitis. T3 - Single-case studies in amnesia: Theoretical advances JF - Brain and Cognition JO - Brain and Cognition JA - Brain Cogn Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 7 IS - 2 SP - 145 EP - 156 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-2626 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-11868-001. PMID: 3377895 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cermak, Laird S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Memory Disorders Research Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19890401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Cognitive Ability; Encephalitis; Korsakoffs Psychosis; Memory. Minor Descriptor: Implicit Memory. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. AB - Compared the performance of a densely amnesic post-encephalitic adult male with that of adult Korsakoff syndrome patients (KPs) and normal controls (NCs) on 5 tasks, including perceptual priming with real words and pseudowords, word-stem completion with and without contextual cues, word-stem completion following presentation of high- vs low-frequency words, biasing of the spelling of ambiguous (homophonic) words, and conceptual priming. Findings reveal that on the tasks in which previously acquired knowledge could potentially be activated by a prime, the S and KPs performed as well as NCs. When new learning or new associations had to be formed prior to implicit memory testing, the S's implicit memory performance was superior to that of KPs. Results suggest that (1) new learning differentially affected the priming abilities of the S and KPs and (2) severity and etiology of amnesia were equally important in determining priming capacity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - implicit memory ability KW - densely amnesic post encephalitic male vs Korsakoff syndrome patients KW - 1988 KW - Amnesia KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Encephalitis KW - Korsakoffs Psychosis KW - Memory KW - Implicit Memory KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0278-2626(88)90026-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-11868-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-11712-001 AN - 1989-11712-001 AU - Hermos, John A. AU - Locastro, Joseph S. AU - Glynn, Robert J. AU - Bouchard, Glen R. AU - De Labry, Lorraine O. T1 - Predictors of reduction and cessation of drinking in community-dwelling men: Results from the normative aging study. JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 49 IS - 4 SP - 363 EP - 368 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0096-882X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-11712-001. PMID: 3172785 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs; Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hermos, John A.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Medical & Psychology Services, MA, US. Release Date: 19890401. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies; Human Males; Prediction. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Usage (Legal) (2990). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. AB - Presents data from 1,517 community-dwelling men who in 1973 (Time 1) and 1982 (Time 2) completed mailed questionnaires about their drinking behaviors. Time 2 quitters had consumed no alcohol for at least 6 mo before the survey; reducers had decreased their yearly alcohol consumption by at least half. Compared with 971 controls, quitters reported more drinking problems at Time 1; reducers reported higher consumption at Time 1, which was the only factor predictive of subsequent reduction. Regression analyses showed that at Time 1, quitters were less likely than controls to have consumed alcohol during evenings out, in family-home setting, or for salutary reasons; conversely, they were more likely to have consumed alcohol to reduce negative affect. Reducers cited more social-situational reasons for curtailing drinking; quitters cited more personal reasons related to health and alcohol effects. Findings indicate that problematic drinking behaviors predict subsequent abstention rather than reduced drinking. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - predictors of reduction or cessation of drinking KW - community dwelling males KW - 9 yr followup KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Followup Studies KW - Human Males KW - Prediction KW - 1988 DO - 10.15288/jsa.1988.49.363 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-11712-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-11563-001 AN - 1989-11563-001 AU - Taub, Harvey A. AU - Baker, Marilyn T. AU - Kline, Gary E. AU - Sturr, Joseph F. T1 - Comprehension of informed consent information by young-old through old-old volunteers. JF - Experimental Aging Research JO - Experimental Aging Research JA - Exp Aging Res Y1 - 1987///Win 1987 VL - 13 IS - 4 SP - 173 EP - 178 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0361-073X SN - 1096-4657 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-11563-001. PMID: 3505870 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Taub, Harvey A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Syracuse, NY, US. Release Date: 19890401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Educational Background; Informed Consent; Reading Comprehension; Text Structure. Minor Descriptor: Age Differences; Readability. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Win 1987. AB - Investigated comprehension of typewritten informed consent information for young–old (aged 60–69 yrs) through old–old (aged 80–89 yrs) volunteers as a function of years of education, readability of information, and typeface used in the preparation of the materials. 235 volunteers read a typewritten information sheet and retained it for review while answering 8 multiple choice questions. Findings indicate that comprehension varied directly with education and inversely with age. Typeface and age interacted due to age-related differences with the 2 smaller (Prestige Elite and Letter Gothic), but not with the largest of the typefaces (Orator). Findings suggest that the observed age-related differences may have been due to visual and not cognitive deficits. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - education & readability of & typeset used for materials KW - comprehension of informed consent information KW - 60–69 vs 80–89 yr olds KW - 1987 KW - Educational Background KW - Informed Consent KW - Reading Comprehension KW - Text Structure KW - Age Differences KW - Readability KW - 1987 DO - 10.1080/03610738708259321 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-11563-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-11553-001 AN - 1989-11553-001 AU - Koenig, Harold G. T1 - Religious behaviors and death anxiety in later life. JF - Hospice Journal JO - Hospice Journal JA - Hosp J Y1 - 1988/// VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 3 EP - 24 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0742-969X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-11553-001. PMID: 3391536 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Koenig, Harold G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19890401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Death Anxiety; Religiosity; Religious Beliefs. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 22. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Examined the relationship between intrapsychic and community-oriented religious behaviors and feelings concerning fear of death reported by 296 older adults (aged 60+ yrs). Results indicate that 84% of the Ss expressed little or no fear of death. Ss who were likely to use religious beliefs and prayer during stressful situations, particularly those aged 75+ yrs, were significantly more likely than 'tepid believers' to report low or no fear about death. Ss who employed religious behaviors to deal with stressful or difficult life situations appeared to cope more effectively with anxiety and fears surrounding death. It is suggested that such cognitive coping behaviors may have relevance for sick and disabled older persons with few coping resources and little control over the environment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - religious beliefs & practices KW - death anxiety KW - 60 yr olds & older KW - 1988 KW - Death Anxiety KW - Religiosity KW - Religious Beliefs KW - 1988 DO - 10.1300/J011v04n01_02 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-11553-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-11302-001 AN - 1989-11302-001 AU - Schuckit, Marc A. AU - Gold, Eric O. AU - Croot, Karen AU - Finn, Patti AU - Polich, John T1 - P300 latency after ethanol ingestion in sons of alcoholics and in controls. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 24 IS - 3 SP - 310 EP - 315 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-11302-001. PMID: 3401524 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schuckit, Marc A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcohol Research Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890401. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adult Offspring; Alcoholism; Auditory Evoked Potentials; Ethanol; Sons. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. AB - Evaluated the magnitude and persistence of ethanol-induced increases in the latency of the P3 event-related potential from auditory stimuli in 21 adult sons of alcoholic fathers (FHP) and 21 control sons of nonalcoholics (FHN) matched on demography and drinking history. Ss were assessed at baseline and 70 and 240 min after drinking, with observations carried out for each S in 3 dosage conditions. There were no family group differences for baseline (prechallenge) P3 latencies, nor any significant group differences after placebo or low-dose ethanol challenges. However, in the high-dose challenge condition, P3 latencies for FHP Ss returned toward baseline measures more quickly than for FHN Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethanol KW - latency of auditory EPs KW - adult sons of alcoholic fathers KW - 1988 KW - Adult Offspring KW - Alcoholism KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Ethanol KW - Sons KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(88)90199-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-11302-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-11193-001 AN - 1989-11193-001 AU - Carey, Robert J. AU - Kenney, Susan T1 - Operant conditioning and haloperidol-induced hypokinetic effects. JF - Neuropsychobiology JO - Neuropsychobiology JA - Neuropsychobiology Y1 - 1987/06// VL - 18 IS - 4 SP - 199 EP - 204 CY - Switzerland PB - Karger SN - 0302-282X SN - 1423-0224 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-11193-001. PMID: 3454425 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carey, Robert J.; Syracuse Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, NY, US. Release Date: 19890401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Activity Level; Animal Open Field Behavior; Drug Dosages; Haloperidol; Operant Conditioning. Minor Descriptor: Environmental Effects; Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1987. AB - Investigated whether operant conditioning processes contribute to hypokinetic effects in rats induced by repeated haloperidol (HAL) treatments. 24 male rats were subdivided into 3 equal groups and given 9 daily injections of either 0.1 or 1.0 mg/kg HAL, or the lactic acid vehicle 1 hr before testing of motoric behavior. The effects of HAL were dependent on dose and the test situation. In an open field, 1.0 HAL produced a complete akinesia whereas 0.1 HAL initially had no effect, but with repeated treatments the 0.1-HAL-treated rats became hypokinetic. When the animals were tested for their response to enter a dark compartment, the 2 doses had equivalent effects. Initially, HAL had no effect, but with repeated treatments, latencies to enter the dark compartment increased at the equivalent rates for the 0.1 and 1.0 HAL groups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - repeated haloperidol & dosage level KW - activity level in open field vs dark compartment entry tests measuring environmental operant conditioning KW - male rats KW - 1987 KW - Activity Level KW - Animal Open Field Behavior KW - Drug Dosages KW - Haloperidol KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Environmental Effects KW - Rats KW - 1987 DO - 10.1159/000118418 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-11193-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-11181-001 AN - 1989-11181-001 AU - Becker, Howard C. AU - Randall, Carrie L. AU - Riley, Edward P. T1 - Effect of prenatal ethanol exposure on response to abrupt reward reduction. JF - Neurotoxicology and Teratology JO - Neurotoxicology and Teratology JA - Neurotoxicol Teratol Y1 - 1988/03//Mar-Apr, 1988 VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 121 EP - 125 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0892-0362 SN - 1872-9738 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-11181-001. PMID: 3398819 Other Journal Title: Neurobehavioral Toxicology & Teratology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Becker, Howard C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Charleston, SC, US. Release Date: 19890401. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavioral Contrast; Ethanol; Prenatal Development. Minor Descriptor: Fluid Intake; Mice; Teratogens. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar-Apr, 1988. AB - Examined the effects of prenatal ethanol exposure on an appetitively-motivated behavioral task (consummatory negative contrast) involving quantification of pregnant rat responses to an abrupt, unexpected reduction in reward. Ss received isocaloric liquid diets containing either 35% or 0% ethanol-derived calories on Days 6–20 of gestation. All groups exhibited suppressed responding subsequent to reward reduction; this effect gradually diminished over several test sessions. While there was a numerical tendency for ethanol-exposed offspring to exhibit a smaller initial contrast effect (less response inhibition) and recover to control levels at a faster rate than sucrose and lab chow control groups, this effect was not significant. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prenatal ethanol exposure KW - consummatory negative contrast with abrupt reward reduction KW - male mice KW - 1988 KW - Behavioral Contrast KW - Ethanol KW - Prenatal Development KW - Fluid Intake KW - Mice KW - Teratogens KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0892-0362(88)90075-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-11181-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-11035-001 AN - 1989-11035-001 AU - McGinty, Dennis AU - Szymusiak, Ronald T1 - Neuronal unit activity patterns in behaving animals: Brainstem and limbic system. JF - Annual Review of Psychology JO - Annual Review of Psychology JA - Annu Rev Psychol Y1 - 1988/// VL - 39 SP - 135 EP - 168 CY - US PB - Annual Reviews SN - 0066-4308 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-11035-001. PMID: 2894197 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McGinty, Dennis; Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CA, US. Release Date: 19890401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Stem; Electrical Activity; Instinctive Behavior; Limbic System; Literature Review. Minor Descriptor: Animals; Neurons. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Animal (20). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 34. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Selectively reviews studies (published 1964–1986) based on neuronal unit recording in unanesthetized animals in sites historically thought to be implicated in control of arousal and drive-related behaviors: the reticular formation, monoaminergic neurons, hypothalamus and adjacent basal forebrain, amygdala, and hippocampus. Highlighted are experimental strategies that seem to be the most powerful and most productive in the analysis of the neuronal coding of complex behaviors. Tentative conclusions are given describing the state of knowledge of brainstem and limbic neurons. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - brain stem & limbic system neuronal unit activity patterns related to arousal & drive related behavior KW - animals KW - 1984–86 KW - literature review KW - 1988 KW - Brain Stem KW - Electrical Activity KW - Instinctive Behavior KW - Limbic System KW - Literature Review KW - Animals KW - Neurons KW - 1988 DO - 10.1146/annurev.ps.39.020188.001031 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-11035-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-10879-001 AN - 1989-10879-001 AU - Pekala, Ronald J. AU - Kumar, V. K. T1 - Phenomenological variations in attention across low, medium, and high susceptible subjects. JF - Imagination, Cognition and Personality JO - Imagination, Cognition and Personality JA - Imagin Cogn Pers Y1 - 1987///1987-1988 VL - 7 IS - 4 SP - 303 EP - 314 CY - US PB - Baywood Publishing SN - 0276-2366 SN - 1541-4477 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-10879-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pekala, Ronald J.; Coatesville Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychological Service, PA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19890401. Correction Date: 20150126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Annual Meeting of the American Psychological Association (1986, Washington, DC). Major Descriptor: Attention; Hypnosis; Hypnotic Susceptibility. Classification: Attention (2346). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1987-1988. AB - Assessed phenomenological aspects of attention, using 434 undergraduates in baseline conditions of eyes open or closed sitting quietly and in a hypnotic induction condition. Ss completed an attention questionnaire and the Harvard Group Scale of Hypnotic Susceptibility—Form A retrospectively for the baseline and the hypnosis conditions. Comparisons between baseline and hypnosis indicated significant phenomenological intensity differences between stimulus conditions on many attention dimensions. Comparisons among low, medium, and high hypnotic susceptibility Ss on baseline and hypnosis also yielded many significant intensity differences. In addition, significant interactions between conditions and groups for many of the attention dimensions suggest that hypnosis, in comparison to the baseline conditions, potentiated intensity differences in attention for high susceptible Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hypnotic induction KW - attention KW - low vs medium vs high hypnotic susceptibility college students KW - conference presentation KW - 1987 KW - Attention KW - Hypnosis KW - Hypnotic Susceptibility KW - 1987 DO - 10.2190/EA8C-H3YY-81V4-VU8G UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-10879-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-10864-001 AN - 1989-10864-001 AU - Campbell, Scott S. AU - Gillin, J. Christian T1 - Depressing normal sleep: Two tests of the Process S deficiency hypothesis. JF - Neuropsychobiology JO - Neuropsychobiology JA - Neuropsychobiology Y1 - 1987/06// VL - 18 IS - 4 SP - 169 EP - 174 CY - Switzerland PB - Karger SN - 0302-282X SN - 1423-0224 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-10864-001. PMID: 3454422 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Campbell, Scott S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Endogenous Depression; NREM Sleep; REM Sleep; Sleep Disorders; Wakefulness. Classification: Consciousness States (2380); Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1987. AB - Investigated the hypothesis that sleep changes in endogenous depression are caused by a deficiency in the buildup of Process S (a sleep/wake-dependent component of sleep thought to be reflected in EEG power), and a resulting disinhibition of the REM sleep system. To test this hypothesis, the present authors reexamined the results of 2 studies they had conducted with 19 healthy young adults (aged 18–25 yrs) in which sleep episodes of normal young adults could be considered to be similarly deficient in Process S, as a result of reduced prior wakefulness. Results show that structural components of these sleep episodes, particularly REM sleep measures, exhibited remarkable similarities to those observed in depressed patients. Moreover, there was a strong relationship between REM latency and preceding slow-wave sleep. Findings support the Process S deficiency hypothesis. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reduced prior wakefulness & resulting deficiency in Process S sleep KW - REM latency & slow wave sleep KW - 18–25 yr olds KW - implications for endogenous depression sleep abnormality KW - 1987 KW - Endogenous Depression KW - NREM Sleep KW - REM Sleep KW - Sleep Disorders KW - Wakefulness KW - 1987 DO - 10.1159/000118413 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-10864-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-10804-001 AN - 1989-10804-001 AU - Milberg, William AU - Blumstein, Sheila AU - Dworetzky, Barbara T1 - Phonological factors in lexical access: Evidence from an auditory lexical decision task. JF - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JO - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JA - Bull Psychon Soc Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 26 IS - 4 SP - 305 EP - 308 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society, Inc. SN - 0090-5054 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-10804-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Milberg, William; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, West Roxbury, MA, US. Release Date: 19890401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Lexical Access; Phonetics; Priming; Semantics. Minor Descriptor: Lexical Decision; Stimulus Parameters; Word Meaning; Words (Phonetic Units). Classification: Cognitive Processes (2340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. AB - 12 undergraduates performed a lexical decision task in which target words were preceded by either semantically related words, nonwords in which the initial phoneme of the semantically related word was distorted by one phonetic feature, nonwords in which the initial phoneme of the related word was distorted by more than one phonetic feature, or unrelated words. Results show a monotonic relationship between phonetic distortion and lexical decision facilitation. Lexical access appeared to take into account possible noise or distortion of the speech signal, so that a nonword stimulus that was phonetically related to an actual lexical entry was in some sense normalized and processed as an actual lexical entry. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - priming with semantically related vs unrelated words vs nonwords with distorted phonetic features KW - lexical decision & access KW - college students KW - 1988 KW - Lexical Access KW - Phonetics KW - Priming KW - Semantics KW - Lexical Decision KW - Stimulus Parameters KW - Word Meaning KW - Words (Phonetic Units) KW - 1988 DO - 10.3758/BF03337665 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-10804-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-10768-001 AN - 1989-10768-001 AU - Preece, John P. AU - Wilson, Richard H. T1 - Detection, loudness, and discrimination of five-component tonal complexes differing in crest factor. JF - Journal of the Acoustical Society of America JO - Journal of the Acoustical Society of America JA - J Acoust Soc Am Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 84 IS - 1 SP - 166 EP - 171 CY - US PB - Acoustical Society of American SN - 0001-4966 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-10768-001. PMID: 3411044 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Preece, John P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Long Beach, CA, US. Release Date: 19890401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Loudness Discrimination; Pitch Discrimination. Minor Descriptor: Auditory Thresholds; Stimulus Parameters. Classification: Auditory & Speech Perception (2326). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. AB - Examined the effect of crest factor on threshold in noise and explored the sound pressure levels at which 3 5-component tonal complexes are perceived as equally loud, using 8 Ss in 2 experiments. Data indicate that Ss were able to discriminate between the 3 tonal complexes and that the larger the difference between crest factors, the easier the discrimination was between signals. Crest factors were equally detectable and perceived as equally loud when presented at equal root-mean-square amplitude. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - amplitude & loudness variations KW - discrimination of 5-component tonal complexes differing in crest factors KW - adults KW - 1988 KW - Loudness Discrimination KW - Pitch Discrimination KW - Auditory Thresholds KW - Stimulus Parameters KW - 1988 DO - 10.1121/1.396983 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-10768-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-10673-001 AN - 1989-10673-001 AU - Delis, Dean C. AU - Cullum, C. Munro AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Cairns, Patricia AU - Prifitera, Aurelio T1 - Wechsler Memory Scale—Revised and California Verbal Learning Test: Convergence and divergence. T3 - Initial validity studies of the new Wechsler Memory Scale--Revised JF - Clinical Neuropsychologist JO - Clinical Neuropsychologist Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 188 EP - 196 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0920-1637 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-10673-001. Other Journal Title: The Clinical Neuropsychologist. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Delis, Dean C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890401. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Measurement; Statistical Validity; Verbal Learning; Wechsler Memory Scale. Classification: Statistics & Mathematics (2240); Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Conducted a preliminary correctional analysis of the Wechsler Memory Scale—Revised (WMS—R) and California Verbal Learning Test (CVLT). Ss included 24 neurologically normal Ss, 12 Alzheimer's disease patients, 11 Huntington's disease patients, 4 Ss with multiple sclerosis, and 1 alcoholic Korsakoff syndrome patient. Numerous strong correlations were found, suggesting a high degree of convergence between the 2 instruments. CVLT indices reflecting vulnerability to proactive and retroactive interference and types of recall errors, which are not formally measured by the WMS—R, tended not to correlate with WMS—R variables. The utility of these tests in clinical assessment is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - correctional analysis of Wechsler Memory Scale & California Verbal Learning Test KW - clinical assessment KW - patients with Alzheimer's or Huntington's or Korsakoff's disease or multiple sclerosis KW - 1988 KW - Measurement KW - Statistical Validity KW - Verbal Learning KW - Wechsler Memory Scale KW - 1988 DO - 10.1080/13854048808520100 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-10673-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-10600-001 AN - 1989-10600-001 AU - Horton, Arthur M. AU - Anilane, Juhan AU - Berg, Richard A. T1 - Efficacy of Satz-Mogel short forms of the Luria-Nebraska Battery for the differential diagnosis of organic vs. psychiatric patients. JF - Psychotherapy in Private Practice JO - Psychotherapy in Private Practice Y1 - 1987///Win 1987 VL - 5 IS - 4 SP - 65 EP - 69 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0731-7158 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-10600-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Psychotherapy in Independent Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Horton, Arthur M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcoholism Section, Baltimore, MD, US. Release Date: 19890401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Differential Diagnosis; Mental Disorders; Neuropsychological Assessment; Organic Brain Syndromes; Test Forms. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Win 1987. AB - Investigated the utility of the Satz-Mogel (1962) short forms of the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery (LNNB) in the differential diagnosis of organic vs psychiatric patients. Reanalysis of data from work by J. A. Moses et al (1983) indicated that a Satz-Mogel type of short form of the LNNB is effective in such differentiation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - utility of Satz-Mogel short forms of Luria Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery KW - differential diagnosis KW - organic vs psychiatric patients KW - 1987 KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Mental Disorders KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Organic Brain Syndromes KW - Test Forms KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-10600-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-10531-001 AN - 1989-10531-001 AU - Clarke, Rex L. AU - Smith, Robert F. AU - Justesen, Don R. T1 - An infrared device to monitor discrete ambulatory and stereotypic behaviors. JF - Behavior Research Methods, Instruments & Computers JO - Behavior Research Methods, Instruments & Computers JA - Behav Res Methods Instrum Comput Y1 - 1988/08// VL - 20 IS - 4 SP - 404 EP - 407 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0743-3808 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-10531-001. Other Journal Title: Behavior Research Methods; Behavior Research Methods & Instrumentation. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Clarke, Rex L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Behavioral Radiology Research Labs, Kansas City, MO, US. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19890401. Correction Date: 20110314. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Locomotion; Apparatus; Methodology; Stereotyped Behavior. Minor Descriptor: Animals. Classification: Research Methods & Experimental Design (2260); Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1988. AB - Describes a latched photocell circuit device that uses infrared (IR) beams to dissect animal activity into its ambulatory and stereotypic components. Occlusion of an IR beam triggers a pulse that records motion and causes associated IR beams to be refractory until they are reset by occlusion of a second IR beam. While discrete ambulatory behaviors are recorded, all IR beams are continuously responsive to stereotypic behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - infrared latched photocell circuit device KW - monitoring of discrete ambulatory & stereotypic behaviors KW - animals KW - 1988 KW - Animal Locomotion KW - Apparatus KW - Methodology KW - Stereotyped Behavior KW - Animals KW - 1988 DO - 10.3758/BF03202685 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-10531-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-09881-001 AN - 1989-09881-001 AU - Jarvik, Murray E. AU - Henningfield, Jack E. T1 - Pharmacological treatment of tobacco dependence. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 30 IS - 1 SP - 279 EP - 294 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-09881-001. PMID: 3051049 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jarvik, Murray E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychopharmacology Unit Brentwood Div, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19890301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Joint Meeting of the American Society for Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics and the Society of Toxicology (1986, Baltimore, Maryland). Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Smoking Cessation. Minor Descriptor: Drug Dependency. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: May, 1988. AB - Discusses pharmacologically based approaches for the treatment of tobacco dependence. Four distinct approaches are discussed: (1) nicotine replacement, in which physiologic dependence is transferred to a safer and more therapeutically manageable nicotine delivering formulation (this category includes nicotine polacrilex gum); (2) blockade therapy, in which a drug is taken that blocks the reinforcing properties of nicotine should relapse occur; (3) nonspecific pharmacotherapy, in which the biobehaviorally mediated correlates of tobacco abstinence are treated on a symptomatic basis; and (4) deterrent therapy, in which a drug is taken prior to smoking such that any tobacco use would produce reliable aversive effects. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nicotine replacement & blockade therapy & nonspecific & deterrent drug therapies KW - tobacco dependence KW - conference presentation KW - 1988 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Drug Dependency KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(88)90456-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-09881-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-09877-001 AN - 1989-09877-001 AU - Fuller, Richard K. AU - Lee, Kelvin K. AU - Gordis, Enoch T1 - Validity of self-report in alcoholism research: Results of a Veterans Administration Cooperative Study. JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JA - Alcohol Clin Exp Res Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 12 IS - 2 SP - 201 EP - 205 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0145-6008 SN - 1530-0277 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-09877-001. PMID: 3287982 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fuller, Richard K.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Cleveland, OH, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19890301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Self-Report; Statistical Validity. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. AB - Evaluated the validity of self-report in alcoholism treatment of 605 male patients who lived with a relative or friend. Ss were assigned to a disulfiram group or to 1 of 2 control groups. Patients and household contacts were interviewed at 7 scheduled points during the 1 yr of follow-up. Blood and urine specimens were analyzed for ethanol. According to the self-reports only, 58.7% of the Ss relapsed. However, the combination of self-report, collaterals' reports, and laboratory tests indicated that 72.4% drank. Collaterals were 3 times more likely to report more drinking days than the patients. It is concluded that self-report is not a valid method for measuring treatment response in alcoholism treatment studies. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of self report in alcoholism treatment program KW - alcoholic male patients KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Self-Report KW - Statistical Validity KW - 1988 DO - 10.1111/j.1530-0277.1988.tb00180.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-09877-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-09814-001 AN - 1989-09814-001 AU - Spitzer, Mary E. T1 - Taste acuity in institutionalized and noninstitutionalized elderly men. JF - Journal of Gerontology JO - Journal of Gerontology JA - J Gerontol Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 43 IS - 3 SP - P71 EP - P74 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0022-1422 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-09814-001. PMID: 3361092 Other Journal Title: The Journals of Gerontology: Series A: Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spitzer, Mary E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Salt Lake City, UT, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19890301. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Human Males; Institutionalization; Taste Perception. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379); Sensory Perception (2320). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1988. AB - Taste detection thresholds were determined in 15 young men (aged 18–25 yrs), 17 noninstitutionalized elderly men (aged 63–88 yrs), and 15 institutionalized elderly men (aged 61–92 yrs). Tastants were presented to the Ss in a multiple forced-choice sample presentation with an ascending series. Results show that sour, salt, and bitter thresholds increased with age. Sweet threshold did not change with age. Institutionalized Ss had significantly higher sour detection thresholds when compared with the noninstitutionalized elderly Ss. Salt and tobacco had no apparent effect on detection thresholds for sweet, salt, and bitter, but medication ingestion elevated sour thresholds. Elderly Ss on antihypertensive medications had significantly higher salt detection thresholds. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - taste detection thresholds KW - noninstitutionalized 18–25 vs 63–88 vs institutionalized 61–92 yr old males KW - 1988 KW - Age Differences KW - Human Males KW - Institutionalization KW - Taste Perception KW - 1988 DO - 10.1093/geronj/43.3.P71 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-09814-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-09803-001 AN - 1989-09803-001 AU - Perconte, Stephen T. T1 - Efficacy of partial-hospitalization treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD): Preliminary results and follow-up. JF - International Journal of Partial Hospitalization JO - International Journal of Partial Hospitalization JA - Int J Partial Hosp Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 29 EP - 35 CY - US PB - Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers SN - 0272-4308 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-09803-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Perconte, Stephen T.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Day Hosp Program, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19890301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Partial Hospitalization; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1987. AB - Examined pretreatment, posttreatment, and follow-up data from 110 Vietnam combat veterans from a partial-hospitalization posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) treatment program. Results suggest that the partial-hospitalization treatment approach resulted in significant treatment gains that were maintained over a 1- to 2-yr follow-up period. Program ratings by Ss were generally favorable, and overall results encouraged the use of partial hospitalization as an alternative treatment modality for PTSD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - partial hospitalization KW - PTSD KW - Vietnam combat veterans KW - 1–2 yr followup KW - 1987 KW - Military Veterans KW - Partial Hospitalization KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Followup Studies KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-09803-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-09789-001 AN - 1989-09789-001 AU - Koenig, Harold G. AU - Meador, Keith G. AU - Cohen, Harvey J. AU - Blazer, Dan G. T1 - Detection and treatment of major depression in older medically ill hospitalized patients. JF - International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine JO - International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine JA - Int J Psychiatry Med Y1 - 1988/// VL - 18 IS - 1 SP - 17 EP - 31 CY - US PB - Baywood Publishing SN - 0091-2174 SN - 1541-3527 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-09789-001. PMID: 3397224 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Koenig, Harold G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Durham, NC, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19890301. Correction Date: 20150126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospitalized Patients; Major Depression; Medical Patients; Psychodiagnosis; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Disorders; Epidemiology. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Reviewed the hospital records of 171 consecutive men (aged 70+ yrs) admitted to the medical and neurological services of a Veterans Administration medical center. Of 130 Ss who underwent a detailed mental health evaluation, 15 were identified as suffering from current depression. Only 3 of the 15 had depressive symptoms documented on their charts by house staff. Four eventually received psychiatric consultations, and 2 had antidepressants initiated. While the low detection rate and less than adequate treatment may indicate a lack of sensitivity by clinicians, their reluctance to prescribe antidepressants may be partly explained by the fact that 13 of the 15 Ss showed contraindications to antidepressants. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - detection & treatment of major depression KW - elderly medically ill hospitalized patients KW - 1988 KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Major Depression KW - Medical Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Treatment KW - Disorders KW - Epidemiology KW - 1988 DO - 10.2190/QUP8-XL19-TKXK-CRE5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-09789-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-09783-001 AN - 1989-09783-001 AU - Kanas, Nick T1 - Therapy groups for schizophrenic patients on acute care units. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 39 IS - 5 SP - 546 EP - 549 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-09783-001. PMID: 3378753 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kanas, Nick; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, San Francisco, CA, US. Release Date: 19890301. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: 38th Institute on Hospital and Community Psychiatry (1986, San Diego, California). Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Hospital Programs; Schizophrenia. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1988. AB - Discusses issues involved in selecting a format for group therapy for schizophrenic patients on a short-term acute care unit. The relative merits of open and closed groups and of diagnostically homogeneous and heterogeneous groups are compared, and it is suggested that an open, homogeneous format is most appropriate. A model therapy group that focuses on discussions of improving relationships and coping with psychotic experiences is described. Patients are encouraged to interact with each other and to deal with current problems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group therapy KW - schizophrenic patients on short-term acute care unit KW - conference presentation KW - 1988 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Hospital Programs KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-09783-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-09769-001 AN - 1989-09769-001 AU - Evans, Ron L. AU - Hendricks, Robert D. AU - Lawrence, Kaye V. T1 - Effect of mental disorders on hospital readmission for medical/surgical patients. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 62 IS - 2 SP - 519 EP - 522 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-09769-001. PMID: 3406268 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Evans, Ron L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Seattle, WA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19890301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospital Admission; Mental Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Medical Patients; Surgical Patients. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. AB - Compared readmission rates of 532 medical/surgical patients with and without comorbid psychiatric disorder. Data show that Ss with mental disorders were no more likely to be readmitted for medical problems after their index hospitalization than Ss without psychiatric comorbidity. It is suggested that results may assist in determining whether to include psychiatric variables as risk factors that might predict poor outcome after medical care. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hospital readmission rates KW - medical/surgical patients with vs without comorbid psychiatric disorder KW - 1988 KW - Hospital Admission KW - Mental Disorders KW - Medical Patients KW - Surgical Patients KW - 1988 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1988.62.2.519 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-09769-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-09744-001 AN - 1989-09744-001 AU - McCoin, John M. T1 - Adult foster care, case management, and quality of life: Interpretive literature review. JF - Adult Foster Care Journal JO - Adult Foster Care Journal Y1 - 1988///Sum 1988 VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 135 EP - 148 CY - US PB - Adult Residential Care Journal SN - 8756-6559 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-09744-001. Other Journal Title: Adult Residential Care Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McCoin, John M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Leavenworth, KS, US. Release Date: 19890301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Foster Care; Literature Review; Psychiatric Patients; Quality of Life; Social Casework. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1988. AB - Contends that the deinstitutionalization movement has spawned case management in an effort to coordinate fragmented community-based services for the chronically mentally ill (CMI). Critics of deinstitutionalization claim that the quality of life of the CMI in adult foster care homes/facilities leaves much to be desired. It is suggested that the chasm between total institutionalization and independent living needs considerable conceptual refinement. It is suggested that research utilizing adult foster care and case management as independent variables and quality of life as the dependent variable is needed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - foster care & case management KW - quality of life KW - chronic mentally ill patients KW - literature review KW - 1988 KW - Foster Care KW - Literature Review KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Quality of Life KW - Social Casework KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-09744-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-09593-001 AN - 1989-09593-001 AU - Wood, Karen A. AU - Harris, M. Jackuelyn AU - Morreale, Anthony AU - Rizos, Albert L. T1 - Drug-induced psychosis and depression in the elderly. JF - Psychiatric Clinics of North America JO - Psychiatric Clinics of North America JA - Psychiatr Clin North Am Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 167 EP - 193 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0193-953X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-09593-001. PMID: 2898132 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wood, Karen A.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Dept of Pharmacy, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatric Patients; Literature Review; Major Depression; Psychosis; Side Effects (Drug). Minor Descriptor: Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 27. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Selectively reviews the literature on drug-induced psychosis and depression in the elderly population. Reports (with particular emphasis on those involving the geriatric population) dealing with histamine blockers, antiparkinson, anti-inflammatory, antituberculosis, antineoplastic, antidepressant, anticonvulsant, cardiac, antihypertensive, and steroid drugs are outlined and evaluated. Possible mechanisms of side effects and factors contributing to increased incidence of psychoses and depression in the elderly population are examined. The clinician is advised to use special caution when prescribing these agents in the elderly. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drug induced psychosis & depression KW - elderly patients KW - literature review KW - 1988 KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Literature Review KW - Major Depression KW - Psychosis KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-09593-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-09587-001 AN - 1989-09587-001 AU - Van Kammen, Daniel P. AU - Hommer, Daniel W. AU - Malas, Kenneth L. T1 - Effect of pimozide on positive and negative symptoms in schizophrenic patients: Are negative symptoms state dependent? JF - Neuropsychobiology JO - Neuropsychobiology JA - Neuropsychobiology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 18 IS - 3 SP - 113 EP - 117 CY - Switzerland PB - Karger SN - 0302-282X SN - 1423-0224 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-09587-001. PMID: 3453426 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Kammen, Daniel P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19890301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Pimozide; Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Trial; Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Investigated changes in positive (e.g., hallucinations) and negative (e.g., affective flattening) symptoms, as measured by the Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale, in 12 schizophrenic inpatients in a double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of treatment with the neuroleptic pimozide. Findings indicate that negative symptoms improved in Ss who showed an antipsychotic response. There was a significant positive correlation between changes in positive and negative symptoms for the group as a whole, including both pimozide responders and nonresponders. It is suggested that negative symptoms are state dependent and may become unresponsive to neuroleptics over time just as positive symptoms do in some chronic schizophrenic patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - pimozide KW - positive & negative symptoms KW - schizophrenic inpatients KW - 1987 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Pimozide KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - 1987 DO - 10.1159/000118403 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-09587-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-09586-001 AN - 1989-09586-001 AU - Van Kammen, Daniel P. AU - Boronow, John J. T1 - Dextro-amphetamine diminishes negative symptoms in schizophrenia. JF - International Clinical Psychopharmacology JO - International Clinical Psychopharmacology JA - Int Clin Psychopharmacol Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 3 IS - 2 SP - 111 EP - 121 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0268-1315 SN - 1473-5857 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-09586-001. PMID: 3294284 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Kammen, Daniel P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19890301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dextroamphetamine; Drug Therapy; Pimozide; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Symptoms. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. AB - 30 schizophrenic patients received iv dextroamphetamine while on and off pimozide. Improvement in negative symptoms (Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale) while on amphetamine correlated significantly with subsequent improvement in the same negative symptoms while on pimozide. Results do not support the Type II model of irreversible negative symptoms in schizophrenia in this sample. Changes in negative symptoms may be related to state-dependent changes in the dopamine system, but noradrenergic mechanisms cannot be excluded. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - iv dextroamphetamine with vs without pimozide KW - negative symptoms KW - schizophrenic patients KW - 1988 KW - Dextroamphetamine KW - Drug Therapy KW - Pimozide KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - 1988 DO - 10.1097/00004850-198804000-00002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-09586-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-09568-001 AN - 1989-09568-001 AU - Rizos, Albert L. AU - Sargenti, Christine J. AU - Jeste, Dilip V. T1 - Psychotropic drug interactions in the patient with late-onset depression or psychosis: II. JF - Psychiatric Clinics of North America JO - Psychiatric Clinics of North America JA - Psychiatr Clin North Am Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 253 EP - 277 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0193-953X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-09568-001. PMID: 2898136 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rizos, Albert L.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Dept of Pharmacy, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antidepressant Drugs; Drug Interactions; Lithium. Minor Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Major Depression; Onset (Disorders); Psychosis. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 25. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Discusses the interactions of Li and/or antidepressants with 12 classes of drugs commonly needed for physical conditions by the elderly depressed or psychosis patient. Heightened awareness by the clinician of potentially dangerous drug combination is urged. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drug interactions involving lithium or antidepressants KW - patients with late onset psychosis or depression KW - 1988 KW - Antidepressant Drugs KW - Drug Interactions KW - Lithium KW - Drug Therapy KW - Major Depression KW - Onset (Disorders) KW - Psychosis KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-09568-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-09477-001 AN - 1989-09477-001 AU - Albert, Martin L. AU - Bachman, David L. AU - Morgan, Alisa AU - Helm-Estabrooks, Nancy T1 - Pharmacotherapy for aphasia. JF - Neurology JO - Neurology Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 38 IS - 6 SP - 877 EP - 879 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0028-3878 SN - 1526-632X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-09477-001. PMID: 3368068 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Albert, Martin L.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MA, US. Release Date: 19890301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Bromocriptine; Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1988. AB - Reports the case of a 62-yr-old man who developed severe mixed transcortical aphasia following left frontal cerebral hemorrhage. The S was treated with 15–30 mg of the dopamine agonist bromocriptine for the symptoms of hesitancy and impaired initiation of speech. During therapy his language performance improved substantially, due to reduced latency of response, decreased paraphasias, and increased naming ability. After cessation of drug therapy, the S's language returned to baseline. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - bromocriptine KW - mixed transcortical aphasia KW - 62 yr old male KW - 1988 KW - Aphasia KW - Bromocriptine KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1988 DO - 10.1212/WNL.38.6.877 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-09477-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-09433-001 AN - 1989-09433-001 AU - Pine, Charles J. AU - Jacobs, Alfred T1 - Effect of valence and structure of feedback on reception in personal growth groups. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 62 IS - 2 SP - 631 EP - 637 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-09433-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pine, Charles J.; Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, CA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19890301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Annual Meeting of the Western Psychological Association (1982, Sacramento, California). Major Descriptor: Feedback; Group Cohesion; Human Potential Movement. Classification: Interpersonal & Client Centered & Humanistic Therapy (3314). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. AB - 60 college students who participated in exercises to promote interpersonal contact were assigned to 1 of 8 groups. Feedback sessions followed for all groups. Two groups generated and exchanged positive feedback and 2 groups generated and exchanged negative feedback; lists of statements (positive or negative) were used as feedback in the other 4 groups. Findings indicate that positive feedback was more credible, desirable, and influential than negative feedback as rated by recipients and donors. It is concluded that exchanging positive information appears more easily achieved in short-term groups than negative information. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - valence & structure & replication of feedback KW - reception of information & personality change & group cohesion KW - college students participating in personal growth groups KW - conference presentation KW - 1988 KW - Feedback KW - Group Cohesion KW - Human Potential Movement KW - 1988 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1988.62.2.631 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-09433-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-09369-001 AN - 1989-09369-001 AU - Scaturo, Douglas J. AU - Hardoby, William J. T1 - Psychotherapy with traumatized Vietnam combatants: An overview of individual, group, and family treatment modalities. JF - Military Medicine JO - Military Medicine JA - Mil Med Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 153 IS - 5 SP - 262 EP - 269 CY - US PB - Assn of Military Surgeons of the US SN - 0026-4075 SN - 1930-613X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-09369-001. PMID: 3138573 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Scaturo, Douglas J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Mental Hygiene Clinic, Syracuse, NY, US. Release Date: 19890301. Correction Date: 20170302. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Family Therapy; Group Psychotherapy; Individual Psychotherapy. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: May, 1988. AB - Notes that the symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) among Vietnam combatants have had disruptive effects on their intrapsychic functioning. Recognition of the interpersonal consequences of this syndrome is viewed as having become apparent through the progression of treatment modalities utilized by mental health professionals in this area over the past 40 yrs. The therapeutic evolution is examined from the initial emphasis on individual psychotherapy, followed by an increased emphasis on group treatment, and concluding with the more recent focus on marital and family therapy for combat-related stress disorders. Treatment issues for the Vietnam veteran that extend to the full range of interpersonal relationships within the sociocultural milieu, as well as more specific intergenerational issues with significant figures in the family of origin, are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - individual & group & family therapy KW - PTSD KW - Vietnam combat veterans KW - 1988 KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychotherapy KW - Family Therapy KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Individual Psychotherapy KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-09369-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-09310-001 AN - 1989-09310-001 AU - Wragg, Robin E. AU - Jeste, Dilip V. T1 - Neuroleptics and alternative treatments: Management of behavioral symptoms and psychosis in Alzheimer's disease and related conditions. JF - Psychiatric Clinics of North America JO - Psychiatric Clinics of North America JA - Psychiatr Clin North Am Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 195 EP - 213 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0193-953X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-09310-001. PMID: 2898133 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wragg, Robin E.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, CA, US. Release Date: 19890301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Dementia; Drug Therapy; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Behavior; Geriatric Patients; Neuroleptic Drugs; Symptoms. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 19. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Contends that a majority of dementia patients experience behavioral and/or psychotic symptoms at some time during the course of their illness. Neuroleptic medications are among the psychoactive drugs most frequently prescribed for the demented elderly, yet they carry the risk of considerable morbidity from side effects, both acute (extrapyramidal syndromes, cardiovascular toxicity, anticholinergic effects) and chronic (tardive dyskinesia). They are most widely used for behavioral and psychotic symptoms; however, their efficacy for these problems has not been established. The multiple medical problems of the elderly add to the complexity of diagnosing and managing these symptoms. Systematic delineation of the etiology, course, and prognosis of behavioral and psychotic symptoms may clarify the indications for such treatment. It is concluded that further research on effective adjuncts and alternatives to neuroleptic treatment in the demented elderly may facilitate patient management, maximizing efficacy and reducing potential adverse consequences. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuroleptic drugs & alternative treatments KW - behavioral symptoms & psychosis KW - elderly patients with Alzheimer's disease & related disorders KW - 1988 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Dementia KW - Drug Therapy KW - Treatment KW - Behavior KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Symptoms KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-09310-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-09298-001 AN - 1989-09298-001 AU - Roth, Walton T. AU - Telch, Michael J. AU - Taylor, C. Barr AU - Agras, W. Stewart T1 - Autonomic changes after treatment of agoraphobia with panic attacks. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 24 IS - 1 SP - 95 EP - 107 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-09298-001. PMID: 3393620 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Roth, Walton T.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Lab of Clinical Psychopharmacology & Psychophysiology, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19890301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Agoraphobia; Behavior Therapy; Heart Rate; Imipramine; Skin Resistance. Minor Descriptor: Experimental Methods; Panic; Side Effects (Drug). Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. AB - 23 adult patients meeting Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) criteria for agoraphobia with panic attacks and 14 age-, race-, and sex-matched nonanxious controls were tested for emotional arousal (as measured by physiological reactivity) in the laboratory and on a test walk in a shopping mall. Ss were tested before and after about 15 wks of treatment with placebo and exposure therapy, imipramine (IM), and exposure therapy, or IM and initial antiexposure instructions. Between pre- and posttreatment tests, clinical ratings of anxiety improved and skin conductance levels decreased in all treatment groups relative to controls. Heart rate (HR) levels in the laboratory decreased in Ss on placebo and rose in Ss on IM, suggesting that IM compromises the usefulness of HR as a measure of emotional arousal. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - imipramine with vs without exposure therapy KW - heart rate & skin conductance KW - 21–55 yr olds with agoraphobia with panic attacks KW - implications for heart rate as measure of emotional arousal KW - 1988 KW - Agoraphobia KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Heart Rate KW - Imipramine KW - Skin Resistance KW - Experimental Methods KW - Panic KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(88)90145-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-09298-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - ORCID: 0000-0003-3444-8500 UR - DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-09211-001 AN - 1989-09211-001 AU - Thal, Leon J. AU - Grundman, Michael AU - Klauber, Melville R. T1 - Dementia: Characteristics of a referral population and factors associated with progression. JF - Neurology JO - Neurology Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 38 IS - 7 SP - 1083 EP - 1090 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0028-3878 SN - 1526-632X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-09211-001. PMID: 3386827 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Thal, Leon J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Dementia. Minor Descriptor: Prognosis; Psychodiagnosis; Symptoms. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. AB - Evaluated 375 patients presenting with complaints of memory loss over a 5-yr period at a medical college. Etiology of memory loss included senile dementia of the Alzheimer type (SDAT [70%]), vascular dementia (VAD [5%]), mixed dementia (9%), and other etiologies (16%). Incontinence, transient symptoms, and gait disturbances occurred more frequently in VAD than in SDAT. Disturbances of gait, bradykinesia, and pyramidal tract findings were commonly seen in VAD. Advanced technology aided diagnosis in only 6% of Ss; computerized tomography (CT) was the most useful of such tests. An earlier age of onset was noted in those with a positive family history of SDAT. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - symptoms & diagnosis & progression KW - patients with senile dementia of Alzheimer type vs vascular dementia vs mixed dementia vs other disorders KW - 1988 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Dementia KW - Prognosis KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Symptoms KW - 1988 DO - 10.1212/WNL.38.7.1083 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-09211-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-09210-001 AN - 1989-09210-001 AU - Thal, Leon J. T1 - Dementia update: Diagnosis and neuropsychiatric aspects. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 49 IS - 5, Suppl SP - 5 EP - 7 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-09210-001. Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Thal, Leon J.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Neurology, CA, US. Release Date: 19890301. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Dementia. Minor Descriptor: Diagnosis; Neuropsychiatry. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1988. AB - Presents an overview of dementia and discusses various guidelines that have been established to define the types of dementia. A detailed history, which may note previous depression, and a physical examination are believed to be essential. Assessment of the patient's mental status and a neurological examination may help to distinguish other forms of dementia from Alzheimer's disease (AD). Brain imaging and psychometric testing may also be used. Metabolic screening for reversible causes of dementia, such as thyroid disturbance or electrolyte-imbalance, is essential. Common features of AD include memory loss; difficulty with problem solving, abstractions, and calculations; and language and visuospatial deficits. Delusions are common in the early phase of the disease. Other diseases associated with dementia include vascular disease, alcoholism, Huntington's disease, drug toxicity, brain tumors, and depression. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - overview of diagnostic & neuropsychiatric aspects of dementia KW - 1988 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Dementia KW - Diagnosis KW - Neuropsychiatry KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-09210-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-09188-001 AN - 1989-09188-001 AU - Schear, James M. AU - Skenes, Linda L. AU - Larson, Vernon D. T1 - Effect of simulated hearing loss on speech sounds perception. JF - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JO - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JA - J Clin Exp Neuropsychol Y1 - 1988/10// VL - 10 IS - 5 SP - 597 EP - 602 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 1380-3395 SN - 1744-411X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-09188-001. PMID: 3225315 Other Journal Title: Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schear, James M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 19890301. Correction Date: 20100927. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Partially Hearing Impaired; Speech Perception. Classification: Vision & Hearing & Sensory Disorders (3299). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1988. AB - Examined the effect of simulated hearing loss on speech-sounds perception test (SSPT) performance of 24 young volunteers (aged 19–34 yrs) with normal hearing sensitivity. Bilateral air conduction thresholds were obtained on all Ss. The SSPT was recorded on tape by a professional radio announcer. The tape-recorded stimuli were filtered through a calibrated audiometer and spectrum shaper to simulate 2 high-frequency losses. Results show a significant effect of simulated high-frequency hearing loss on SSPT performance. Clinicians are advised to exercise caution in attributing poor SSPT performance of their patients with suspected hearing loss solely to a central auditory processing deficit. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - simulated hearing loss KW - speech sounds perception KW - 19–34 yr olds KW - 1988 KW - Partially Hearing Impaired KW - Speech Perception KW - 1988 DO - 10.1080/01688638808402797 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-09188-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-09169-001 AN - 1989-09169-001 AU - Powell, Artiss L. AU - Cummings, Jeffrey L. AU - Hill, Mary A. AU - Benson, D. Frank T1 - Speech and language alterations in multi-infarct dementia. JF - Neurology JO - Neurology Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 38 IS - 5 SP - 717 EP - 719 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0028-3878 SN - 1526-632X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-09169-001. PMID: 3362367 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Powell, Artiss L.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brentwood Div Neurobehavior Unit, CA, US. Release Date: 19890301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Cerebrovascular Accidents; Dementia; Language Disorders; Speech Characteristics. Classification: Cardiovascular Disorders (3295). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1988. AB - Assessed speech and language functions in 18 patients (mean age 67.38 yrs) with multi-infarct dementia (MID) and 14 patients (mean age 73.14 yrs) with dementia of the Alzheimer type (DAT). The age range and dementia severity of the 2 groups were comparable. A speech and language battery assessing 37 elements of verbal output was used to characterize alterations in the patients. MID Ss had more abnormalities of motor aspects of speech, whereas DAT Ss had empty speech, more marked anomia, and relative sparing of motor speech functions. Results demonstrate that speech and language differ in MID and DAT. In addition, MID patients exhibited common clinical features despite the heterogeneity of the syndrome. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - speech & language alterations KW - patients with multiinfarct dementia vs dementia of Alzheimer type KW - 1988 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Cerebrovascular Accidents KW - Dementia KW - Language Disorders KW - Speech Characteristics KW - 1988 DO - 10.1212/WNL.38.5.717 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-09169-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-09080-001 AN - 1989-09080-001 AU - Heinrich, Richard L. AU - Schag, Cyndie C. T1 - The psychosocial impact of cancer: Cancer patients and healthy controls. JF - Journal of Psychosocial Oncology JO - Journal of Psychosocial Oncology JA - J Psychosoc Oncol Y1 - 1987///Fal 1987 VL - 5 IS - 3 SP - 75 EP - 91 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0734-7332 SN - 1540-7586 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-09080-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Heinrich, Richard L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Behavioral Rehabilitation Research Lab, Sepulveda, CA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19890301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotional Adjustment; Neoplasms; Psychosocial Factors. Minor Descriptor: Terminally Ill Patients. Classification: Cancer (3293). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1987. AB - Investigated 25 adult cancer patients and 32 healthy control Ss to determine the impact of living with incurable cancer on psychological distress, sleep, physical abilities, quality of life, marital distress, patterns of daily living, and fund of illness-related information. It was hypothesized that cancer patients would have higher levels of psychological distress, more impaired physical abilities, poorer quality of life, and more marital distress than would the healthy controls because of the deleterious effects of cancer. It was also hypothesized that the cancer patients would be less physically active, spend more time alone in passive activities, and spend less time in work and recreational activities. Findings show that, although the results indicate considerable support for these hypotheses, the patients appeared to be less distressed and more active than anticipated. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological & psychosocial distress KW - cancer patients KW - 1987 KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - Neoplasms KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - Terminally Ill Patients KW - 1987 DO - 10.1300/J077v05n03_04 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-09080-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-09025-001 AN - 1989-09025-001 AU - Davidson, Michael AU - Bastiaens, Leo AU - Davis, Bonnie M. AU - Shah, Mahendra B. AU - Davis, K. L. T1 - Endocrine changes in Alzheimer's disease. JF - Neurologic Clinics JO - Neurologic Clinics JA - Neurol Clin Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 6 IS - 1 SP - 149 EP - 157 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0733-8619 SN - 1557-9875 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-09025-001. PMID: 2898094 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davidson, Michael; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Special Treatment Unit, NY, US. Release Date: 19890301. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Hydrocortisone; Neuroendocrinology. Minor Descriptor: Human Biological Rhythms. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. AB - Compared nocturnal cortisol secretion in 25 inpatients with Alzheimer's disease (AD) with that of 10 age-matched controls. Mild hypercortisolemia and dexamethasone suppression test (DST) nonsuppression have been reported in a subgroup of patients suffering from AD. Although no endocrine abnormalities could be consistently detected in the present AD patients, it is argued that assessment of neuroendocrine function might help identify subpopulations of patients with particular neurotransmission abnormalities who are likely to benefit from a specific pharmacologic strategy (e.g., patients with AD in whom cholinomimetic drugs produce the greatest elevation in plasma cortisol concentrations appear to derive most symptomatic benefit from these drugs). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nocturnal cortisol secretion KW - inpatients with Alzheimer's disease KW - 1988 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Hydrocortisone KW - Neuroendocrinology KW - Human Biological Rhythms KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-09025-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-09019-001 AN - 1989-09019-001 AU - Cummings, Jeffrey L. AU - Benson, Frank T1 - Psychological dysfunction accompanying subcortical dementias. JF - Annual Review of Medicine JO - Annual Review of Medicine JA - Annu Rev Med Y1 - 1988/// VL - 39 SP - 53 EP - 61 CY - US PB - Annual Reviews SN - 0066-4219 SN - 1545-326X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-09019-001. PMID: 3285789 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cummings, Jeffrey L.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr [Brentwood Div], Neurobehavior Unit, CA, US. Release Date: 19890301. Correction Date: 20121203. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Dementia; Literature Review; Neuropsychology; Parkinson's Disease. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Huntingtons Disease. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Asserts that subcortical dementia (SDE) occurs both in disorders affecting the basal ganglia (e.g., Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, and progressive supranuclear palsy) and in subcortical vascular, infectious, inflammatory, neoplastic, and traumatic conditions. Neuropsychological manifestations of SDE include bradyphrenia, impairment of executive function, recall abnormalities, visuospatial disturbances, depression, and apathy. SDE contrasts with dementia of the Alzheimer type in which cortical involvement produces aphasia, combined recall and recognition deficits, and indifference. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological dysfunction & subcortical dementias KW - patients with Parkinson's vs Huntington's vs Alzheimer's diseases KW - literature review KW - 1988 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Dementia KW - Literature Review KW - Neuropsychology KW - Parkinson's Disease KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Huntingtons Disease KW - 1988 DO - 10.1146/annurev.me.39.020188.000413 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-09019-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-09018-001 AN - 1989-09018-001 AU - Cummings, Jeffrey L. AU - Darkins, A. AU - Mendez, M. AU - Hill, Mary A. AU - Benson, D. F. T1 - Alzheimer's disease and Parkinson's disease: Comparison of speech and language alterations. JF - Neurology JO - Neurology Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 38 IS - 5 SP - 680 EP - 684 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0028-3878 SN - 1526-632X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-09018-001. PMID: 3362362 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cummings, Jeffrey L.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brentwood Div Neurobehavior Unit, CA, US. Release Date: 19890301. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Language Disorders; Parkinson's Disease; Speech Disorders. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: May, 1988. AB - Assessed speech and language alterations in 51 patients (mean age 71.81 yrs) with Parkinson's disease (PD) and 10 patients (mean age 73.20 yrs) with dementia of the Alzheimer type (DAT). 35 of the PD patients had no evidence of intellectual impairment on the Mini-Mental State Examination and 16 of the PD patients had dementia syndromes of comparable severity to the DAT patients. DAT produced significantly greater language disturbances, including anomia, decreased information content of spontaneous speech, and diminished word list generation. PD patients had significantly decreased phrase length, impaired speech melody, dysarthria, and agraphia. Results suggest that PD patients with dementia have prominent motor speech abnormalities, whereas DAT patients exhibit more profound language alterations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - speech & language disturbances KW - patients with Alzheimer's vs Parkinson's disease KW - 1988 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Language Disorders KW - Parkinson's Disease KW - Speech Disorders KW - 1988 DO - 10.1212/WNL.38.5.680 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-09018-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-09002-001 AN - 1989-09002-001 AU - Byers, Patricia H. AU - St. Onge, Judith L. AU - Atkins, Lou A. AU - Prokop, John A. AU - Grano, Joan T. T1 - Self-disclosure, anxiety, and health worry in unscheduled outpatients. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 62 IS - 2 SP - 379 EP - 386 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-09002-001. PMID: 3406251 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Byers, Patricia H.; Bay Pines Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, FL, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19890301. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Disorders; Health Attitudes; Self-Disclosure. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans; Somatoform Disorders. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. AB - 84 male US veterans with somatic complaints completed measures of self-disclosure, anxiety, and health worry while waiting to be seen at a health clinic. Results indicate that nonhealth items were rated significantly lower than health items, and health items about somatic complaints and treatment were rated significantly higher than items about lifestyle and personal problems and feelings. There was a significant correlation between the measures of health and nonhealth self-disclosure, and health worry was significantly correlated with state anxiety. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self disclosure & anxiety & health worry KW - male veteran outpatients with somatic complaints KW - 1988 KW - Anxiety KW - Disorders KW - Health Attitudes KW - Self-Disclosure KW - Military Veterans KW - Somatoform Disorders KW - 1988 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1988.62.2.379 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-09002-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-08975-001 AN - 1989-08975-001 AU - Adams, Kenneth M. T1 - The right stuff: Advanced methods in neuropsychology today. JF - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JO - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JA - J Clin Exp Neuropsychol Y1 - 1988/10// VL - 10 IS - 5 SP - 659 EP - 663 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 1380-3395 SN - 1744-411X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-08975-001. PMID: 3066799 Other Journal Title: Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Adams, Kenneth M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Ann Arbor, MI, US. Release Date: 19890301. Correction Date: 20100927. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimentation; Neuropsychology; Professional Standards. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1988. AB - Contends that having the brain and mind as an investigational focus does not provide neuropsychological researchers and clinicians with freedom from the need to gauge advances against realistic scientific standards of evidence. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - need for attention to scientific standards in clinical neuropsychological research KW - 1988 KW - Experimentation KW - Neuropsychology KW - Professional Standards KW - 1988 DO - 10.1080/01688638808402802 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-08975-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-08755-001 AN - 1989-08755-001 AU - Wolf, Marion E. AU - Alavi, Afshin AU - Mosnaim, Aron D. T1 - Pain, dermatological and allergic conditions in post traumatic stress disorder. JF - Research Communications in Psychology, Psychiatry & Behavior JO - Research Communications in Psychology, Psychiatry & Behavior JA - Res Commun Psychol Psychiatr Behav Y1 - 1988/// VL - 13 IS - 3 SP - 237 EP - 240 CY - US PB - PJD Publications SN - 0362-2428 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-08755-001. Other Journal Title: Research Communications in Biological Psychology & Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wolf, Marion E.; North Chicago Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, IL, US. Release Date: 19890301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Allergic Disorders; Pain; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Skin Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Investigated 22 Vietnam veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Findings indicate a high frequency of concomitant substance abuse disorders and multiple somatic complaints: 17 Ss presented some type of pain (backache, headache, pain in site of war injuries, neck pain, pain in joints of upper and lower extremities). Dermatological complaints (pruritus, fungal infections, cysts, acne, dermographia) were manifested by 10 Ss. Allergy-related symptoms (rhinitis, conjunctivitis) were reported by 8 Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - frequency of concomitant pain & dermatological & allergic disorders KW - Vietnam veterans with PTSD KW - 1988 KW - Allergic Disorders KW - Pain KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Skin Disorders KW - Military Veterans KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-08755-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-08744-001 AN - 1989-08744-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Kucala, Teresa AU - Wold, Joyce AU - Manifold, Victor AU - Kucala, Diane AU - Vassar, Patricia T1 - Perceptual distraction in schizophrenia. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 44 IS - 5 SP - 674 EP - 681 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-08744-001. PMID: 3192704 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, St Cloud, MN, US. Release Date: 19890301. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Distractibility; Schizophrenia; Visual Perception. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1988. AB - Investigated whether a distractibility deficit at the stimulus-identification level could be identified in schizophrenics (SZs) after distractor and nondistractor conditions had been matched for difficulty. 84 process schizophrenics, reactive schizophrenics, and other psychiatric patients (controls) were asked to identify tachistoscopically presented stimuli shown with and without distractors. The distractor and nondistractor tasks were matched for difficulty by manipulating presentation intervals. SZs did not show more deficit under the distractor conditions than did nonschizophrenic Ss. Compared to psychiatric controls, the SZs' performances were no more deficient under distractor conditions than under nondistractor conditions. Findings suggest that perceptual distractibility at the stimulus identification level is no more pronounced in SZs than in nonschizophrenics, especially after difficulty is controlled. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - tachistoscopically presented stimuli under distractor vs nondistractor conditions KW - perceptual distractibility at stimuli identification level KW - schizophrenic vs reactive schizophrenic patients KW - 1988 KW - Distractibility KW - Schizophrenia KW - Visual Perception KW - 1988 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198809)44:5<674::AID-JCLP2270440503>3.0.CO;2-C UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-08744-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-08743-001 AN - 1989-08743-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Kucala, Teresa AU - Manifold, Victor AU - Vassar, Patricia AU - Juba, Mark T1 - Differences between posttraumatic stress disorder patients with delayed and undelayed onsets. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 176 IS - 9 SP - 568 EP - 572 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-08743-001. PMID: 3418331 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, St Cloud, MN, US. Release Date: 19890301. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Onset (Disorders); Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans; Severity (Disorders). Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1988. AB - 31 Vietnam veteran inpatients with delayed posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and 32 Ss with undelayed PTSD onset completed PTSD symptom self-ratings, the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI), stress histories, and repression scales. Findings show that the delayed and nondelayed stress disorders did not significantly differ in either the pattern of symptoms they presented or in the severity of these symptoms. Data indicate that the disorders should not be identified as separate illnesses. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nature & severity & pattern of symptoms KW - Vietnam veteran inpatients with delayed vs undelayed onset PTSD KW - 1988 KW - Onset (Disorders) KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Symptoms KW - Military Veterans KW - Severity (Disorders) KW - 1988 DO - 10.1097/00005053-198809000-00011 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-08743-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-08703-001 AN - 1989-08703-001 AU - Reich, James AU - Nduaguba, Mary AU - Yates, William T1 - Age and sex distribution of DSM-III personality cluster traits in a community population. JF - Comprehensive Psychiatry JO - Comprehensive Psychiatry JA - Compr Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/05//May-Jun, 1988 VL - 29 IS - 3 SP - 298 EP - 303 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0010-440X SN - 1532-8384 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-08703-001. PMID: 3378416 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reich, James; Brockton Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, MA, US. Release Date: 19890301. Correction Date: 20160407. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Human Sex Differences; Personality Disorders. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: May-Jun, 1988. AB - Measured Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) pathological personality cluster traits in 235 Ss from a university community. Schizoid cluster traits (schizoid, schizotypal, and paranoid) showed no change with age, while dramatic cluster (antisocial, narcissistic, borderline, and histrionic) and anxious cluster (avoidant, dependent, compulsive, and passive/aggressive) traits showed similar significant associations with age. The mean number of traits declined from younger to older groups but increased slightly in Ss aged 60+ yrs. Women aged 31–40 yrs had more traits than their male counterparts, with a corresponding increase in impairment. The highest levels of personality traits were found at ages 18–30 yrs in men and 31–40 yrs in women. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age & sex KW - DSM-III pathological personality cluster traits KW - 18–60 yr olds & older KW - 1988 KW - Age Differences KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Personality Disorders KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0010-440X(88)90052-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-08703-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-08640-001 AN - 1989-08640-001 AU - Lee, Myung Ae AU - Flegel, Pamela AU - Cameron, Oliver G. AU - Greden, John F. T1 - Chronic caffeine consumption and the dexamethasone suppression test in depression. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 24 IS - 1 SP - 61 EP - 65 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-08640-001. PMID: 3393618 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lee, Myung Ae; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Cleveland, OH, US. Release Date: 19890301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Caffeine; Dexamethasone Suppression Test; Major Depression. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. AB - Examined whether caffeine intake influences dexamethasone suppression test (DST) results in depression by retrospectively studying the relationship between regular daily caffeine consumption and pretreatment DST status in adults with major depression. Results indicate that intake was not correlated with either post-DST cortisol levels or symptom ratings. Data suggest that chronic caffeine use is unlikely to be a major factor in dysregulation of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis in depression, perhaps because of the development of tolerance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - caffeine consumption KW - DST results KW - 20–83 yr olds with major depression KW - 1988 KW - Caffeine KW - Dexamethasone Suppression Test KW - Major Depression KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(88)90140-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-08640-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-08635-001 AN - 1989-08635-001 AU - Kuhne, Arthur AU - Baraga, Elizabeth AU - Czekala, John T1 - Completeness and internal consistency of DSM-III criteria for post-traumatic stress disorder. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 44 IS - 5 SP - 717 EP - 722 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-08635-001. PMID: 3192709 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kuhne, Arthur; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, St Cloud, MN, US. Release Date: 19890301. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychodiagnostic Typologies; Statistical Validity. Minor Descriptor: Biographical Inventories; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Personality Measures. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1988. AB - Investigated whether anxiety, depression, rage, and alienation should be considered as criteria for the diagnosis of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), using 69 male Veterans Administration hospital patients. Ss completed a biographical inventory, the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI), a premorbid adjustment and personality questionnaire, and a test of mental ability. Results suggest that inclusion of these variables among the PTSD criteria would be inappropriate. Somatization and/or hypochondriacal fixation, however, appears to be related to combat traumatization and might appropriately be considered for inclusion among the symptoms associated with PTSD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - utility of psychological tests KW - examination of completeness & internal consistency of DSM-III criteria for diagnosis of PTSD KW - hospitalized male patients KW - 1988 KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - Statistical Validity KW - Biographical Inventories KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Personality Measures KW - 1988 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198809)44:5<717::AID-JCLP2270440508>3.0.CO;2-S UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-08635-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-08629-001 AN - 1989-08629-001 AU - Ko, Grant N. AU - Jimerson, David C. AU - Wyatt, Richard J. AU - Bigelow, Llewellyn B. T1 - Plasma 3-methoxy-4-hydroxyphenylglycol changes associated with clinical state and schizophrenic subtype. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 45 IS - 9 SP - 842 EP - 846 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-08629-001. PMID: 3415425 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ko, Grant N.; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, NY, US. Release Date: 19890301. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Norepinephrine Metabolites; Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Blood Pressure. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1988. AB - Examined the relative effect of psychotic state and schizophrenia subtype on norepinephrine (NE), as reflected by plasma 3-methoxy-4-hydroxyphenylglycol (MHPG) concentrations. Ss were 14 chronic schizophrenic patients and 22 healthy controls. Findings indicate that there was an association between epochs of increased psychosis and an increased plasma MHPG level; this effect was more robust among undifferentiated than among paranoid schizophrenic Ss. The finding is similar to state-related changes in NE metabolites previously reported in patients with affective illness and anxiety disorders. Results highlight the importance of controlling for variations in clinical state in neurotransmitter studies in psychiatric patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychotic state & schizophrenia subtype KW - plasma MHPG levels KW - schizophrenic 23–45 yr olds KW - 1988 KW - Norepinephrine Metabolites KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - Blood Pressure KW - 1988 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1988.01800330072009 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-08629-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-08618-001 AN - 1989-08618-001 AU - Jeste, Dilip V. AU - Harris, M. Jackuelyn AU - Pearlson, Godfrey D. AU - Rabins, Peter V. AU - Lesser, I. AU - Miller, B. AU - Coles, C. AU - Yassa, R. T1 - Late-onset schizophrenia: Studying clinical validity. JF - Psychiatric Clinics of North America JO - Psychiatric Clinics of North America JA - Psychiatr Clin North Am Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 13 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0193-953X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-08618-001. PMID: 3380754 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jeste, Dilip V.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, CA, US. Release Date: 19890301. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Onset (Disorders); Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Differential Diagnosis; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Compared clinical characteristics of 36 late-onset (after age 45 yrs) schizophrenic patients from 4 hospital centers. There was a preponderance of the paranoid type with bizarre delusions and auditory hallucinations, chronic course of illness, and response to relatively low doses of neuroleptics. A comparison of 10 late-onset and 15 younger schizophrenic patients revealed no substantial difference in degree of overall psychopathology or positive symptomology; younger Ss had a higher frequency of negative symptoms. The relevant literature is reviewed, and the implications for assessing the validity of the concept of late-onset schizophrenia are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical characteristics KW - patients aged 60 yrs & older with late onset schizophrenia KW - implications for diagnostic validity KW - 1988 KW - Onset (Disorders) KW - Schizophrenia KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-08618-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-08599-001 AN - 1989-08599-001 AU - Giannitrapani, Duilio T1 - Do specific EEG frequencies have a role in schizophrenia? JF - Research Communications in Psychology, Psychiatry & Behavior JO - Research Communications in Psychology, Psychiatry & Behavior JA - Res Commun Psychol Psychiatr Behav Y1 - 1988/// VL - 13 IS - 1-2 SP - 83 EP - 96 CY - US PB - PJD Publications SN - 0362-2428 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-08599-001. Other Journal Title: Research Communications in Biological Psychology & Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Giannitrapani, Duilio; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Perry Point, MD, US. Release Date: 19890301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroencephalography; Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Discusses studies that have associated schizophrenia with EEG frequencies through traditional visual inspection of the record and digital spectral analysis. Findings by the present 1st author and L. Kayton (see record [rid]1974-27844-001[/rid]) and others suggest the presence of highly coherent power peaks of 29 Hz activity in young schizophrenics. The search for the role of 29 Hz activity indicates that this EEG frequency is not pathognomonic of schizophrenia. The present author (1979) found that in normal young people, this activity occurred in significantly greater amounts among females and left-handers. G. Dumermuth et al (1976) found highly coherent 29 Hz activity among children with minimal brain dysfunction. These studies are interpreted in terms of an excitation-level paradigm of adaptive behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - spectral EEG analysis KW - schizophrenic patients KW - 1988 KW - Electroencephalography KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-08599-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-08511-001 AN - 1989-08511-001 AU - Koenig, Harold G. AU - Moberg, David O. AU - Kvale, James N. T1 - Religious activities and attitudes of older adults in a geriatric assessment clinic. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 36 IS - 4 SP - 362 EP - 374 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-08511-001. PMID: 3351176 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Koenig, Harold G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education, & Clinical Ctr, Durham, NC, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19890301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disorders; Mental Disorders; Religious Beliefs; Religious Practices. Minor Descriptor: Health; Health Behavior; Mental Health. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. AB - Examined the religious beliefs, activities, and motivations of 106 consecutive elderly adult patients (aged 56–94 yrs) attending a geriatric outpatient clinic. A high prevalence of orthodox Christian beliefs, religious community activity, private devotional activity, and intrinsic religious orientation was found. Levels of religious activity were lower among Ss with cancer, chronic anxiety, and depressive symptoms and those who smoked cigarettes or consumed moderate to large amounts of alcohol. Intrinsic religiosity was lower among men with hypertension. Ss with mild to moderate dementia tended to have higher levels of intrinsic religious orientation. Results suggest that religion is a powerful cultural force in the lives of older medical patients and is integrally related to both mental and physical health. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - religious activities & attitudes KW - mental & physical health & disorders & health behaviors KW - 56–94 yr old geriatric outpatients KW - 1988 KW - Disorders KW - Mental Disorders KW - Religious Beliefs KW - Religious Practices KW - Health KW - Health Behavior KW - Mental Health KW - 1988 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1988.tb02365.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-08511-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-08507-001 AN - 1989-08507-001 AU - Irwin, Michael AU - Daniels, Marcia AU - Risch, S. Craig AU - Bloom, Eda AU - Weiner, H. T1 - Plasma cortisol and natural killer cell activity during bereavement. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 24 IS - 2 SP - 173 EP - 178 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-08507-001. PMID: 3390497 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Irwin, Michael; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890301. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Grief; Hydrocortisone; Immunology; Natural Killer Cells; Stress Reactions. Minor Descriptor: Widows; Wives. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1988. AB - Natural killer cell (NK) activity, which is important in the defense against tumors and viral infections, has been found to be reduced in women undergoing conjugal bereavement. The relationship between NK activity and plasma cortisol was investigated in 3 groups of Ss: 11 women who were anticipating the death of their husbands, 9 women whose husbands had recently died, and 8 married controls. Bereaved Ss showed reduced NK activity and increased plasma cortisol levels compared with controls. Anticipatory bereaved Ss also showed significant reductions in NK activity but had levels of plasma cortisol comparable to those of controls. The reduction of NK activity during anticipatory and actual bereavement cannot be explained solely on the basis of increased cortisol secretion. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - natural killer cell activity & plasma cortisol levels KW - females who had experienced or were anticipating death of husbands KW - 1988 KW - Grief KW - Hydrocortisone KW - Immunology KW - Natural Killer Cells KW - Stress Reactions KW - Widows KW - Wives KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(88)90272-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-08507-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-1502-8431 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-08504-001 AN - 1989-08504-001 AU - Grant, Igor AU - Patterson, Thomas L. AU - Yager, Joel T1 - Social supports in relation to physical health and symptoms of depression in the elderly. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/10// VL - 145 IS - 10 SP - 1254 EP - 1258 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-08504-001. PMID: 3421347 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Grant, Igor; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890301. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: 139th Annual Meeting of the American Psychiatric Association (1986, Washington, DC). Major Descriptor: Health; Major Depression; Mental Health; Social Support. Minor Descriptor: Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1988. AB - Examined the relationship of social supports to physical and psychological well-being in 118 elderly men and women (aged 65–92 yrs) who were living independently in the community. A social support questionnaire and 3 measures of physical and psychological health were administered. Ss with more symptoms of depression reported having fewer emotionally satisfying consistent supports from relatives, but those who had physical illnesses reported more supports from relatives. It is concluded that although having fewer key supports may contribute to dysphoria, having a physical illness may mobilize meaningful support. It is suggested that social supports and health outcomes be carefully defined so that differential relationships between them can be understood. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social supports & physical & psychological well being & dysphoria KW - independently living 65–92 yr olds KW - conference presentation KW - 1988 KW - Health KW - Major Depression KW - Mental Health KW - Social Support KW - Disorders KW - 1988 DO - 10.1176/ajp.145.10.1254 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-08504-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-07921-001 AN - 1989-07921-001 AU - Swartzwelder, H. S. AU - Farr, Kathryn L. AU - Wilson, W. A. AU - Savage, Daniel D. T1 - Prenatal exposure to ethanol decreases physiological plasticity in the hippocampus of the adult rat. JF - Alcohol JO - Alcohol JA - Alcohol Y1 - 1988/03//Mar-Apr, 1988 VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 121 EP - 124 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0741-8329 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-07921-001. PMID: 3395460 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Swartzwelder, H. S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Research Labs, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19890301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ethanol; Hippocampus; Prenatal Development. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Mar-Apr, 1988. AB - Examined the effects of ethanol on characteristic manifestations of hippocampal plasticity. Long-term potentiation and potassium-induced excitability were decreased in adult rats exposed to ethanol in utero, possibly contributing to memory and learning deficits. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prenatal ethanol exposure KW - hippocampal plasticity KW - adult rats KW - 1988 KW - Ethanol KW - Hippocampus KW - Prenatal Development KW - Rats KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0741-8329(88)90008-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-07921-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-07851-001 AN - 1989-07851-001 AU - Flood, James F. AU - Smith, Gary E. AU - Cherkin, Arthur T1 - Two-drug combinations of memory enhancers: Effect of dose ratio upon potency and therapeutic window, in mice. JF - Life Sciences JO - Life Sciences JA - Life Sci Y1 - 1988/// VL - 42 IS - 21 SP - 2145 EP - 2154 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0024-3205 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-07851-001. PMID: 3386399 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Flood, James F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19890301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Arecoline; Cholinergic Drugs; Cholinesterase Inhibitors; Drug Interactions; Retention. Minor Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Drug Dosages; Memory; Mice. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Three 2-drug combinations (arecoline [AR] plus tacrine [TA], AR plus oxotremorine, edrophonium plus TA) that were varied systematically in ratio and dosage were administered to mice immediately after training on a T-maze footshock avoidance task. Retention was tested 1 wk later. The 2-drug combinations were selected for presentation because they differed as to (a) the lowest effective dose that improved memory retention, (b) the optimal ratio that improved retention, and (c) the width of the therapeutic window. The effect of a drug combination on retention was found to be dependent on the particular drugs in the combination, the ratio, and the dose administered. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ratio & dosage of arecoline & tacrine & oxotremorine & edrophonium 2-drug combinations KW - retention of footshock avoidance task KW - male mice KW - 1988 KW - Arecoline KW - Cholinergic Drugs KW - Cholinesterase Inhibitors KW - Drug Interactions KW - Retention KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Drug Dosages KW - Memory KW - Mice KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0024-3205(88)90129-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-07851-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-07850-001 AN - 1989-07850-001 AU - Flood, James F. AU - Smith, Gary E. AU - Roberts, Eugene T1 - Dehydroepiandrosterone and its sulfate enhance memory retention in mice. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 447 IS - 2 SP - 269 EP - 278 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-07850-001. PMID: 2968827 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Flood, James F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19890301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Drug Administration Methods; Retention; Steroids. Minor Descriptor: Maze Learning; Mice. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: May, 1988. AB - Investigated the effects of 2 naturally occurring precursors of both androgenic and estrogenic steroids, dehydroepiandrosterone (DHEA) and its sulfate (DHEAS), on memory retention in male mice. Findings indicate that DHEA and DHEAS enhanced 1-wk memory retention of T-maze footshock active avoidance training (FAAT) when injected icv or sc or when administered in drinking water for 2 wks. The memory-facilitatory effect was most significant when DHEA was administered immediately or 30–60 min after FAAT training. Dose-dependent inverted U-curves obtained for DHEA and DHEAS were typical of those obtained for memory-enhancing substances. Implications for the treatment of human memory disorders are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - iv vs sc vs po dehydroepiandrosterone & its sulfate KW - retention of T maze shock avoidance learning KW - male mice KW - 1988 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Drug Administration Methods KW - Retention KW - Steroids KW - Maze Learning KW - Mice KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(88)91129-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-07850-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-07849-001 AN - 1989-07849-001 AU - Flood, James F. AU - Roberts, Eugene T1 - Dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate improves memory in aging mice. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 448 IS - 1 SP - 178 EP - 181 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-07849-001. PMID: 2968829 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Flood, James F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19890301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Physiological Aging; Retention; Steroids. Minor Descriptor: Age Differences; Mice. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1988. AB - Middle-aged (aged 18 mo) and old (aged 24 mo) male mice showed poorer retention of footshock active avoidance training (FAAT) than young (aged 2 mo) male mice. Immediate posttraining sc injection of dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate (DHEAS) improved retention of FAAT in middle-aged and old Ss to the high levels observed in young Ss. It is concluded that DHEAS, a major naturally occurring adrenal steroid that decreases in blood serum with age, could be rate-limiting in achievement of retention learning. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - posttraining sc dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate KW - retention of footshock active avoidance training KW - young vs aged mice KW - 1988 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Physiological Aging KW - Retention KW - Steroids KW - Age Differences KW - Mice KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(88)91116-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-07849-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-07848-001 AN - 1989-07848-001 AU - Fitten, L. Jaime AU - Perryman, Kent AU - Tachiki, Kenneth AU - Kling, Arthur T1 - Oral tacrine administration in middle-aged monkeys: Effects on discrimination learning. JF - Neurobiology of Aging JO - Neurobiology of Aging JA - Neurobiol Aging Y1 - 1988/03//Mar-Apr, 1988 VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 221 EP - 224 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0197-4580 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-07848-001. PMID: 3374739 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fitten, L. Jaime; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19890301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cholinesterase Inhibitors; Discrimination Learning. Minor Descriptor: Color Perception; Monkeys. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Mar-Apr, 1988. AB - Studied the effect of chronic, oral administration of 1,2,3,4 tetrahydro-9-aminoacridine (THA) on the acquisition of a color discrimination task in 5 female monkeys. A 2-phase experiment was performed: Initially, 1 S was used and served as a control in a multiple dose, crossover, placebo-controlled trial designed to establish a dose-response curve and an optimal dose range based on THA serum concentrations. The 4 Ss were given the previously determined optimal dose of THA (5.0 mg/day) while learning up to 4 color pair discriminations. They also learned up to 4 other color pair discriminations while on placebo. Two Ss received THA first; 2 received placebo first. Findings reveal no order effects. When combined scores for THA tests were compared with placebo scores, the difference was significant, with all 4 THA-treated Ss requiring fewer trials to reach learning criterion. Results indicate that THA had a significantly positive effect on the acquisition of a color discrimination task. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chronic po tacrine KW - color discrimination task learning KW - female monkeys KW - 1988 KW - Cholinesterase Inhibitors KW - Discrimination Learning KW - Color Perception KW - Monkeys KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/S0197-4580(88)80055-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-07848-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-07838-001 AN - 1989-07838-001 AU - Crabbe, John C. AU - Deutsch, Catherine M. AU - Tam, Brenda R. AU - Young, Emmett R. T1 - Environmental variables differentially affect ethanol-stimulated activity in selectively bred mouse lines. JF - Psychopharmacology JO - Psychopharmacology JA - Psychopharmacology (Berl) Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 95 IS - 1 SP - 103 EP - 108 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-3158 SN - 1432-2072 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-07838-001. PMID: 3133687 Other Journal Title: Psychopharmacologia. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crabbe, John C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Research Service, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19890301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Activity Level; Animal Environments; Animal Strain Differences; Ethanol. Minor Descriptor: Mice; Selective Breeding. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: May, 1988. AB - Assessed the role of environmental conditions in mediating ethanol (EtOH)-stimulated activity in male mice genetically selected for fast (large) and slow (small) stimulation responses to EtOH. Findings from 5 experiments suggest a genotype-environment interaction, since differences in reactivity to EtOH between genetic lines varied as a function of testing environment. Results indicate that differences in fast and slow Ss in EtOH sensitivity generalized to several test environments. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - environmental conditions KW - mediation of ethanol stimulated activity KW - male mice genetically bred for large vs slow ethanol response KW - 1988 KW - Activity Level KW - Animal Environments KW - Animal Strain Differences KW - Ethanol KW - Mice KW - Selective Breeding KW - 1988 DO - 10.1007/BF00212776 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-07838-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-07825-001 AN - 1989-07825-001 AU - Bickford-Wimer, Paula C. AU - Miller, Jerry A. AU - Freedman, Robert AU - Rose, Greg M. T1 - Age-related reduction in responses of rat hippocampal neurons to locally applied monoamines. JF - Neurobiology of Aging JO - Neurobiology of Aging JA - Neurobiol Aging Y1 - 1988/03//Mar-Apr, 1988 VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 173 EP - 179 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0197-4580 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-07825-001. PMID: 3374734 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bickford-Wimer, Paula C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Denver, CO, US. Release Date: 19890301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Electrical Activity; Hippocampus; Norepinephrine; Serotonin. Minor Descriptor: Neurons; Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Mar-Apr, 1988. AB - Investigated age-related changes in the responsiveness of hippocampal pyramidal neurons to norepinephrine (NE) and 5-hydroxytryptamine (5-HT) using electrophysiological techniques. Local application of each monoamine via pressure micro-ejection was used to establish the dose that elicited a 50% change in spontaneous discharge rate of single pyramidal neurons. These data were used to construct dose-response curves for the population of neurons tested in 3–6, 11–23, 18–20, and 27–30 mo old rats. Results show that the percentage of cells responding in Ss 18–20 and 27–30 mo old decreased for both NE and 5-HT. There was also a progressive increase with age in the population ED₅₀ for 5-HT starting at 18–20 mo. For neurons that demonstrated a response to NE, no decrease in the population ED₅₀ was observed. Data indicate that there was a progressive age-related decline in the postsynaptic response to NE and 5-HT in the hippocampus. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - norepinephrine vs 5-HT KW - firing rate of hippocampal pyramidal neurons KW - 3–30 mo old male rats KW - 1988 KW - Age Differences KW - Electrical Activity KW - Hippocampus KW - Norepinephrine KW - Serotonin KW - Neurons KW - Rats KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/S0197-4580(88)80047-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-07825-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-07814-001 AN - 1989-07814-001 AU - Paller, Ken A. AU - Zola-Morgan, Stuart AU - Squire, Larry R. AU - Hillyard, Steven A. T1 - P3-like brain waves in normal monkeys and in monkeys with medial temporal lesions. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience JA - Behav Neurosci Y1 - 1988/10// VL - 102 IS - 5 SP - 714 EP - 725 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-07814-001. PMID: 3196441 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Paller, Ken A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychology Lab, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19890301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Evoked Potentials; Temporal Lobe. Minor Descriptor: Classical Conditioning; Monkeys. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Aug 5, 1987; Revised Date: Aug 4, 1987; First Submitted Date: Sep 11, 1986. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1988. AB - The human brain produces a characteristic electrical response to relevant events that occur unexpectedly. Recent reports have suggested that a prominent part of this event-related brain potential—the P3 wave—may be related to memory functions and may arise from activity within the medial temporal lobe, especially the hippocampus. The latter idea was tested by means of epidural recordings of brain waves in monkeys. Responses to deviant auditory stimuli bore a close resemblance to P3 waves recorded from human subjects under comparable conditions. Monkeys with bilateral lesions of the medial temporal lobe still produced P3-like brain waves, which indicates that medial temporal brain structures are not critical for their generation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neutral vs conditioned auditory stimuli KW - P-3 like scalp recorded EPs KW - monkeys with vs without bilateral lesions of medial temporal lobe KW - 1988 KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Temporal Lobe KW - Classical Conditioning KW - Monkeys KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.102.5.714 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-07814-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0003-4415-4143 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-07690-001 AN - 1989-07690-001 AU - Verfaellie, Mieke AU - Bowers, Dawn AU - Heilman, Kenneth M. T1 - Hemispheric asymmetries in mediating intention, but not selective attention. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1988/// VL - 26 IS - 4 SP - 521 EP - 531 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-07690-001. PMID: 3405398 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Verfaellie, Mieke; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Memory Disorders Research Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19890301. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Lateral Dominance; Perceptual Motor Processes; Selective Attention. Minor Descriptor: Visual Stimulation; Behavioral Intention. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520); Motor Processes (2330). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - To further examine K. M. Heilman and T. Van Den Abell's (see record [rid]1981-00661-001[/rid]) claim of a right-hemisphere dominance for cerebral activation, 16 normal college students were tested on a choice reaction time (RT) task in which they were given preliminary information about where a target stimulus would occur (selective attention) and which hand to use for responding (intention). Findings indicate that at short foreperiod durations, the right hemisphere was superior for mediating intention. There was no evidence for a right hemisphere superiority for selective attention. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - RTs for right vs left hand to visual stimuli presented in right vs left hemisphere KW - college students KW - implications for hemispheric asymmetries in selective attention vs behavioral intention KW - 1988 KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Perceptual Motor Processes KW - Selective Attention KW - Visual Stimulation KW - Behavioral Intention KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(88)90109-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-07690-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0001-5535-4584 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-07641-001 AN - 1989-07641-001 AU - Buchtel, Henry A. AU - Butter, Charles M. T1 - Spatial attentional shifts: Implications for the role of polysensory mechanisms. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1988/// VL - 26 IS - 4 SP - 499 EP - 509 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-07641-001. PMID: 3405396 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Buchtel, Henry A.; Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MI, US. Release Date: 19890301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Stimulation; Lateral Dominance; Reaction Time; Visual Stimulation. Minor Descriptor: Cues. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520); Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Simple reaction time (RT) to lateralized visual or auditory targets was studied in 14 normal adult men. The targets were preceded by a visual or auditory cue located on the same (valid cue) or opposite (invalid cue) side as the subsequent target or on both sides (neutral cue), with 1 of 4 cue target intervals. The validity of visual and auditory cues influenced the speed of response to the visual target but not to the auditory target. It is hypothesized that cross-modal cuing of spatial position works only with modalities for which a movement (e.g., saccade) leads to improved sensory analysis. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual vs auditory cues KW - RT to visual vs auditory lateralized targets KW - 22–51 yr olds KW - 1988 KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Reaction Time KW - Visual Stimulation KW - Cues KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(88)90107-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-07641-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-07223-001 AN - 1989-07223-001 AU - Faraone, Stephen V. AU - Dorfman, Donald D. T1 - Testing the significance of interobserver agreement measures in the presence of autocorrelation: The jackknife procedure. JF - Journal of Psychopathology and Behavioral Assessment JO - Journal of Psychopathology and Behavioral Assessment JA - J Psychopathol Behav Assess Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 10 IS - 1 SP - 39 EP - 47 CY - US PB - Plenum Publishing Corp. SN - 0882-2689 SN - 1573-3505 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-07223-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Behavioral Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Faraone, Stephen V.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Brockton, MA, US. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19890301. Correction Date: 20130422. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interrater Reliability; Statistical Correlation. Minor Descriptor: Time Series. Classification: Statistics & Mathematics (2240). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Suggests that researchers have heretofore ignored the problem of autocorrelation in behavior sequences when testing the significance of agreement measures. Due to autocorrelation, traditional reliability tests based on the 2 × 2 contingency-table model (kappa, phi) may be incorrect. Correct tests can be developed by using the bivariate time series as a statistical model. Seen from this perspective, testing the significance of interobserver agreement becomes formally equivalent to testing the significance of the lag-0 cross-correlation between 2 time series. The robust procedure known as the jackknife is suggested for this purpose. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Bartlett test & jackknife procedure as solutions to problem of autocorrelation of sequential behaviors in measures of interobserver agreement KW - 1988 KW - Interrater Reliability KW - Statistical Correlation KW - Time Series KW - 1988 DO - 10.1007/BF00962984 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-07223-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-07213-001 AN - 1989-07213-001 AU - Cicchetti, Domenic V. AU - Showalter, Donald T1 - A computer program for determining the reliability of dimensionally scaled data when the numbers and specific sets of examiners may vary at each assessment. JF - Educational and Psychological Measurement JO - Educational and Psychological Measurement JA - Educ Psychol Meas Y1 - 1988///Fal 1988 VL - 48 IS - 3 SP - 717 EP - 720 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0013-1644 SN - 1552-3888 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-07213-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cicchetti, Domenic V.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19890301. Correction Date: 20121001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Computer Software; Experimental Design; Statistical Reliability. Classification: Statistics & Mathematics (2240). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1988. AB - A program is described that uses a variant of the intraclass correlation coefficient to compute the reliability of dimensionally scaled variables when both the number and specific set of judges vary from one assessment to the next. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - computer program using intraclass correlation coefficient KW - determination of reliability of dimensionally scaled variables when number & set of judges vary KW - 1988 KW - Computer Software KW - Experimental Design KW - Statistical Reliability KW - 1988 DO - 10.1177/0013164488483020 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-07213-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-07112-001 AN - 1989-07112-001 AU - Hamada, Roger S. AU - Van Schroeder, Carolyn T1 - Schroeder-Block-Campbell Adult Psychiatric Sensory Integration Evaluation: Concurrent validity and clinical utility. JF - Occupational Therapy Journal of Research JO - Occupational Therapy Journal of Research Y1 - 1988/03//Mar-Apr, 1988 VL - 8 IS - 2 SP - 75 EP - 88 CY - US PB - SLACK SN - 0276-1599 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-07112-001. Other Journal Title: OTJR: Occupation, Participation and Health. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hamada, Roger S.; Veterans Administration Research Lab, Honolulu, HI, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19890301. Correction Date: 20150413. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Characteristics; Psychiatric Patients; Sensorimotor Measures; Statistical Validity. Minor Descriptor: Occupational Therapy; Test Validity. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Mar-Apr, 1988. AB - 113 psychiatric patients and 31 normal Ss evaluated with the Schroeder-Block-Campbell Adult Psychiatric Sensory Integration Evaluation were differentiated on the Physical Assessment, Abnormal Movements, and Childhood History subscales. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) diagnosis, age, and medication were significantly related to scores. Psychiatric Ss in general and schizophrenic Ss in particular were differentiated from normal Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - concurrent validity & clinical utility of Schroeder-Block-Campbell Adult Psychiatric Sensory Integration Evaluation KW - psychiatric patients KW - implications for occupational therapy KW - 1988 KW - Client Characteristics KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Sensorimotor Measures KW - Statistical Validity KW - Occupational Therapy KW - Test Validity KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-07112-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-07082-001 AN - 1989-07082-001 AU - Cicchetti, Domenic V. T1 - When diagnostic agreement is high, but reliability is low: Some paradoxes occurring in joint independent neuropsychology assessments. JF - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JO - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JA - J Clin Exp Neuropsychol Y1 - 1988/10// VL - 10 IS - 5 SP - 605 EP - 622 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 1380-3395 SN - 1744-411X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-07082-001. PMID: 3225317 Other Journal Title: Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cicchetti, Domenic V.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19890301. Correction Date: 20100927. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neuropsychological Assessment; Statistical Reliability. Minor Descriptor: Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1988. AB - Notes that 2 paradoxes can occur when neuropsychologists attempt to assess reliability of a dichotomous diagnostic instrument. The 1st paradox occurs when 2 pairs of examiners both produce the same high level of agreement (85%). The level of chance-corrected agreement is high for one pair and low for the other. To illustrate the 2nd paradox, consider 2 examiners who are in 80% agreement in their overall diagnosis of dyslexia and in 100% agreement in the proportion of cases they diagnose as dyslexic (20%) and as nondyslexic (80%). The level of chance-corrected interexaminer agreement calculates to only .37. A 2nd set of examiners, also in 80% overall agreement, is in appreciable disagreement with respect to diagnostic assignments. This 2nd pair of examiners produces a much higher level of chance-corrected agreement than did the 1st pair. The underlying reasons for both of these paradoxes, as well as their resolution, are presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - statistical issues in assessment of reliability of dichotomous diagnostic instruments KW - neuropsychologists KW - 1988 KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Statistical Reliability KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1988 DO - 10.1080/01688638808402799 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-07082-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-06543-001 AN - 1989-06543-001 AU - O'Brien, Charles P. AU - Childress, Anna R. AU - Arndt, Isabelle O. AU - McLellan, A. Thomas AU - Woody, G. E. AU - Maany, I. T1 - Pharmacological and behavioral treatments of cocaine dependence: Controlled studies. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 49 IS - Suppl SP - 17 EP - 22 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-06543-001. PMID: 3276670 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Brien, Charles P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Philadelphia, PA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: APT Foundation North American Conference: Cocaine abuse and its treatment (1987, Washington, DC). Major Descriptor: Behavior Modification; Cocaine; Desipramine; Drug Therapy. Minor Descriptor: Drug Addiction. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Trial; Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. AB - Describes a procedure for reducing or eliminating the response to conditioned cues or 'drug reminders' in drug-dependent patients. This extinction process, consisting of repeated presentations of cocaine-related stimuli until the stimuli gradually lose their ability to evoke conditioned responses, is integrated into a comprehensive rehabilitation program. Since cocaine dependence is often combined with opiate dependence, desipramine has been added to methadone maintenance in an attempt to reduce dependence on both substances. Preliminary evidence from a placebo-controlled study of desipramine with methadone using 38 Ss suggests that desipramine produces significant improvements in psychological functioning, but its effects on reduction of cocaine use were less dramatic. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavior modification or desipramine KW - cocaine addicted patients KW - conference presentation KW - 1988 KW - Behavior Modification KW - Cocaine KW - Desipramine KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drug Addiction KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-06543-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-06523-001 AN - 1989-06523-001 AU - Gilbert, Francis S. T1 - The effect of type of aftercare follow-up on treatment outcome among alcoholics. JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 49 IS - 2 SP - 149 EP - 159 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0096-882X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-06523-001. PMID: 2834605 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs; Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gilbert, Francis S.; Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aftercare; Alcohol Rehabilitation; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Examined whether active follow-up methods aid in engaging the alcoholic in treatment, whether such procedures improve treatment outcome, and how much responsibility the therapist must be willing to assume to maintain the patient in treatment. Appointment keeping was significantly improved by a home-visit follow-up method in the 1st 6 mo postdischarge of 96 male alcoholics. There was no one-to-one correspondence between improved therapy attendance and improved treatment outcome. When Ss were classified into treatment dropout and completion groups, however, a treatment effect was achieved. The most intensive follow-up condition increased the probability of treatment completion, supporting to some degree the utility of aggressive follow-up. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - active followup & aftercare methods KW - treatment outcomes KW - alcoholic adult males KW - 1988 KW - Aftercare KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Alcoholism KW - 1988 DO - 10.15288/jsa.1988.49.149 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-06523-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-06512-001 AN - 1989-06512-001 AU - Craig, Robert J. AU - Olson, Ronald E. T1 - Changes in functional ego states following treatment for drug abuse. T3 - Ego states JF - Transactional Analysis Journal JO - Transactional Analysis Journal Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 18 IS - 1 SP - 68 EP - 72 CY - US PB - International Transactional Analysis Assn SN - 0362-1537 SN - 2329-5244 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-06512-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Craig, Robert J.; West Side Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Drug Abuse Program, Chicago, IL, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications; The International Transactional Analysis Association. Release Date: 19890201. Correction Date: 20170116. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Rehabilitation; Ego; Heroin Addiction; Transactional Analysis. Minor Descriptor: Hospitalized Patients. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1988. AB - Administered the Adjective Checklist (ACL), scored for functional ego states, to 68 male heroin addicts before and after short-term, inpatient treatment. The initial configuration and patterning of needs corresponded to the adapted child ego state, characterized by high needs for succorance, abasement, heterosexuality, nurturance, exhibition, and change. Following an average of 18 days of treatment, the Ss increased their need for achievement, dominance, endurance, and orderliness (all aspects of the adult ego state), and reduced their need for establishing dependent relationships and for abasement. Ss also showed closer congruence between their ideal and real selves. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - short term inpatient drug rehabilitation KW - functional ego states KW - heroin addicted males KW - 1988 KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Ego KW - Heroin Addiction KW - Transactional Analysis KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - 1988 DO - 10.1177/036215378801800111 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-06512-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-06503-001 AN - 1989-06503-001 AU - Alterman, Arthur I. AU - Hayashida, Motoi AU - O'Brien, Charles P. T1 - Treatment response and safety of ambulatory medical detoxication. JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 49 IS - 2 SP - 160 EP - 166 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0096-882X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-06503-001. PMID: 3361908 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs; Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Alterman, Arthur I.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Philadelphia, PA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Outpatient Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism. Classification: Outpatient Services (3371). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Describes an ambulatory medical detoxication program for alcoholics with limited social and environmental supports. The treatment response of all 49 patients who underwent treatment and the short-term outcome and safety of 15 patients (31%) who failed to complete treatment are examined. Treatment completers were found to attend over 90% of their scheduled daily appointments, and drinking during the treatment term was infrequent. The average duration for completed treatments was approximately 5 appointment days. Treatment noncompleters also attended their scheduled appointments regularly prior to discontinuation, and drinking during detoxication was relatively infrequent. It is concluded that discontinuation of treatment by a patient is not indicative of a poor outcome in all cases. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ambulatory medical detoxification program KW - alcoholic patients KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Outpatient Treatment KW - Alcoholism KW - 1988 DO - 10.15288/jsa.1988.49.160 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-06503-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-06480-001 AN - 1989-06480-001 AU - Horton, Arthur M. AU - Barrett, David T1 - Neuropsychological assessment and behavior therapy: New directions in head trauma rehabilitation. JF - The Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilitation JO - The Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilitation JA - J Head Trauma Rehabil Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 57 EP - 64 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0885-9701 SN - 1550-509X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-06480-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Horton, Arthur M.; Baltimore Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Psychology Service, Neuropsychological Section, MD, US. Release Date: 19890201. Correction Date: 20091026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Cognitive Rehabilitation; Head Injuries; Interdisciplinary Treatment Approach; Neuropsychological Assessment. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Provides a perspective on the interface between neuropsychology and behavior therapy, with an emphasis on the treatment of behavioral disorders following head injury. The inclusion of neuropsychological tests as behavioral assessments is discussed. Behavioral neuropsychology (BN) involves definition of behavioral problems and technique selection based on the client's ability to contribute to treatment. BN considers patients' capacity for self-regulation, intact modalities, and mental skills in planning treatment. Three neuroanatomical behavior dimensions (laterality, caudality, dorsality) are identified as treatment guidelines. Case examples of 2 male head injury patients (aged 38 and 40 yrs) are provided. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuropsychological assessment & behavior therapy KW - head trauma rehabilitation KW - 38 & 40 yr old males with head injuries KW - implications for behavioral neuropsychology model KW - 1988 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Cognitive Rehabilitation KW - Head Injuries KW - Interdisciplinary Treatment Approach KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - 1988 DO - 10.1097/00001199-198803000-00008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-06480-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-06451-001 AN - 1989-06451-001 AU - Smith, Beverly J. AU - Cantrell, Peggy J. T1 - Distance in nurse-patient encounters. JF - Journal of Psychosocial Nursing and Mental Health Services JO - Journal of Psychosocial Nursing and Mental Health Services JA - J Psychosoc Nurs Ment Health Serv Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 26 IS - 2 SP - 22 EP - 26 CY - US PB - SLACK SN - 0279-3695 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-06451-001. PMID: 3346850 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Smith, Beverly J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Nursing Service 118, Mountain Home, TN, US. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Personal Space; Psychiatric Nurses; Schizophrenia; Therapeutic Processes. Minor Descriptor: Interpersonal Interaction; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. AB - Investigated nurse–patient interactions through 4 conditions (intimate distance and personal verbal content, social distance and personal verbal content, intimate distance and impersonal verbal content, and social distance and impersonal verbal content) with 40 adult male schizophrenic inpatients. Ss completed the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory, and their pulse rates were monitored before and after the interactions. Physical distance was anxiety-arousing only if combined with verbal intrusion; verbal intrusion evoked anxiety irrespective of physical distance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - physical distance & verbal content in nurse patient interaction KW - anxiety arousal KW - male schizophrenic inpatients KW - 1988 KW - Anxiety KW - Personal Space KW - Psychiatric Nurses KW - Schizophrenia KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-06451-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-06404-001 AN - 1989-06404-001 AU - Geiser, Rosemarie AU - Hoche, Linda AU - King, Joycelyn T1 - Respite care for mentally ill patients and their families. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 39 IS - 3 SP - 291 EP - 295 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-06404-001. PMID: 3356436 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Geiser, Rosemarie; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatric Respite Program, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Family Members; Psychiatric Patients; Respite Care. Minor Descriptor: Caregivers; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychiatric Hospital Readmission; Stress. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Describes an inpatient psychiatric unit at a Veterans Administration medical center that offers regularly scheduled psychiatric respite care, an intervention intended to reduce recidivism among chronic patients who live with a family member and to support the family in their caregiving role. Patients and their families can arrange for respite admissions for 2–7 days at 6–8 wk intervals. Preliminary 1-yr data for 14 adult patients show that with participation in the respite program, subsequent hospital days were significantly decreased. Subjective data indicate that respite care helped stabilize improvements that patients made in the hospital, allowed staff to work with family systems in a nonadversarial manner, and gave the family needed relief from difficult behaviors. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - regularly scheduled psychiatric respite care KW - rehospitalization rate & therapeutic progress & family relief from stress KW - 30 yr old male psychiatric patient living with family member KW - 1988 KW - Family Members KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Respite Care KW - Caregivers KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychiatric Hospital Readmission KW - Stress KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-06404-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-06383-001 AN - 1989-06383-001 AU - Bradshaw, Samuel L. AU - Twemlow, Stuart T1 - Use of first and last names and milieu characteristics. JF - Psychiatric Hospital JO - Psychiatric Hospital Y1 - 1987///Spr 1987 VL - 18 IS - 2 SP - 90 EP - 94 CY - US PB - National Assn. of Private Psychiatric Hospitals N1 - Accession Number: 1989-06383-001. PMID: 10282451 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bradshaw, Samuel L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Topeka, KS, US. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospital Environment; Names; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Therapeutic Community. Minor Descriptor: Hospitalized Patients; Psychiatric Hospital Staff; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1987. AB - Surveyed 12,000 psychiatric patients in 79 psychiatric wards in 18 Veterans Administration hospitals on how staff members and patients address each other. Predominant 1st name usage by staff members and patients correlated with certain characteristics of psychiatric wards, including a high degree of patient autonomy, patient participation in discharge planning, and nursing personnel wearing street clothing. These characteristics are consonant with the therapeutic community model of psychiatric wards. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - first vs last name use in psychiatric ward & milieu characteristics & relation to therapeutic community model KW - hospitalized psychiatric patients & staff members KW - 1987 KW - Hospital Environment KW - Names KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Therapeutic Community KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Psychiatric Hospital Staff KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-06383-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-06378-001 AN - 1989-06378-001 AU - Beadleson-Baird, Maralyn AU - Lara, Luz L. T1 - Reminiscing: Nursing actions for the acutely ill geriatric patient. JF - Issues in Mental Health Nursing JO - Issues in Mental Health Nursing JA - Issues Ment Health Nurs Y1 - 1988/// VL - 9 IS - 1 SP - 83 EP - 94 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0161-2840 SN - 1096-4673 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-06378-001. PMID: 3356548 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Beadleson-Baird, Maralyn; Livermore Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CA, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19890201. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatric Patients; Medical Patients; Reminiscence. Minor Descriptor: Anxiety; Coping Behavior; Nursing; Reactive Depression; Self-Concept; Self-Esteem. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Considers reminiscing as an adaptive function of the elderly leading to (a) decreased anxiety, depression, and guilt and (b) enhanced self-esteem, sense of self-identity, and ability to cope with stress. Reminiscing may initiate a life review of positive and negative past experiences. The past is surveyed, observed, and reflected on by the ego. Reconsideration of previous experiences and their meaning occurs, often with concomitant revised or expanded understanding. This can lead to the acceptance of the self and of death with dignity and serenity, thus achieving resolution of E. Erikson's (1950) 8th developmental stage (ego integrity vs despair). Nursing implications and case illustrations are provided. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reminiscing KW - anxiety & depression & self esteem & coping ability & self identity KW - 62 & 63 yr old male medical patients KW - implications for nursing KW - 1988 KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Medical Patients KW - Reminiscence KW - Anxiety KW - Coping Behavior KW - Nursing KW - Reactive Depression KW - Self-Concept KW - Self-Esteem KW - 1988 DO - 10.3109/01612848809140911 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-06378-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-06283-001 AN - 1989-06283-001 AU - Alfano, Anthony M. AU - Nerviano, Vincent J. T1 - Considerations for survival in program evaluation projects. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1988/// VL - 23 IS - 1 SP - 109 EP - 113 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-06283-001. PMID: 3360532 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Alfano, Anthony M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, St Cloud, MN, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19890201. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Health Program Evaluation. Classification: Community & Social Services (3373). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Presents 9 rules for delineating areas of concern in the field of mental health program evaluation. It is suggested that effective program evaluators should identify the role of the target program in relation to the staff hierarchy. Determining hidden agenda and the degree of staff cooperation likely as well as facing implementation problems are also important to program evaluation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - considerations in mental health program evaluation KW - 1988 KW - Mental Health Program Evaluation KW - 1988 DO - 10.3109/10826088809027493 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-06283-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-06270-001 AN - 1989-06270-001 AU - Rosenheck, Robert AU - Frank, Julia AU - Graber, Mark T1 - Hospital treatment of patients with pending criminal charges: An ecological approach. JF - Psychiatric Quarterly JO - Psychiatric Quarterly JA - Psychiatr Q Y1 - 1987///Win 1987 VL - 58 IS - 4 SP - 255 EP - 268 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-2720 SN - 1573-6709 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-06270-001. PMID: 3438358 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rosenheck, Robert; West Haven Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CT, US. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Defendants; Psychiatric Hospital Discharge; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Psychiatric Patients; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Mental Disorders. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Win 1987. AB - Reviews clinical experience with 18 patients being treated for severe psychopathology, who had been arrested for various crimes. The treatment of hospitalized patients facing criminal charges was shaped by both their psychopathology and by their involvement with the criminal justice system. It is suggested that psychopathologic presentation, motivation for hospitalization, and/or discharge planning may be influenced by delays and uncertainties generated by the legal system. Options for clinically oriented evaluation in expediting the resolution of patients' psychiatric and legal difficulties are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ecological approach to hospitalization & treatment & discharge planning KW - patients with severe psychopathology facing criminal charges KW - 1987 KW - Defendants KW - Psychiatric Hospital Discharge KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Treatment KW - Mental Disorders KW - 1987 DO - 10.1007/BF01064607 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-06270-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-06231-001 AN - 1989-06231-001 AU - Delis, Dean C. AU - Kramer, Joel H. AU - Kiefner, Mark G. T1 - Visuospatial functioning before and after commissurotomy: Disconnection in hierarchical processing. JF - Archives of Neurology JO - Archives of Neurology JA - Arch Neurol Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 45 IS - 4 SP - 462 EP - 465 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-9942 SN - 1538-3687 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-06231-001. PMID: 3355403 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of Neurology; JAMA Neurology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Delis, Dean C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Commissurotomy; Corpus Callosum; Seizures; Spatial Ability; Visual Perception. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. AB - Reports the case of a right-handed male patient with a history of generalized seizure starting at age 5 mo, who underwent a commissurotomy at about 21 yrs of age. Neuropsychological testing, including the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) before and after the commissurotomy, indicated that a pronounced dissociation in visuospatial functioning occurred following complete sectioning of the corpus callosum. A visual hierarchical test administered postoperatively confirmed differences in the accuracy of S's responses depending on whether he used his right or left hand when responding. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - commissurotomy KW - visuospatial functioning KW - 21 yr old right handed male with interactive seizures KW - 1988 KW - Commissurotomy KW - Corpus Callosum KW - Seizures KW - Spatial Ability KW - Visual Perception KW - 1988 DO - 10.1001/archneur.1988.00520280116028 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-06231-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-06207-001 AN - 1989-06207-001 AU - Wolf, Marion E. AU - Alavi, Afshin AU - Mosnaim, Aron D. T1 - Posttraumatic stress disorder in Vietnam veterans—clinical and EEG findings: Possible therapeutic effects of carbamazepine. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 23 IS - 6 SP - 642 EP - 644 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-06207-001. PMID: 3355879 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wolf, Marion E.; North Chicago Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, IL, US. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Carbamazepine; Drug Therapy; Electroencephalography; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Literature Review. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Administered carbamazepine to 10 Vietnam veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), whose symptomatology included poor impulse control, violent behavior, and angry outbursts. Significant clinical improvements were noted. Contrary to expectation, the EEGs of 18 PTSD Vietnam veterans (including the previously mentioned 10 Ss) were within normal limits. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - carbamazepine KW - EEGs & PTSD symptomatology KW - Vietnam veterans KW - 1988 KW - Carbamazepine KW - Drug Therapy KW - Electroencephalography KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(88)90011-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-06207-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-06204-001 AN - 1989-06204-001 AU - Warner, M. Dhyanne AU - Peabody, Cecelia A. AU - Whiteford, Harvey A. AU - Hollister, Leo E. T1 - Alprazolam as an antidepressant. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 49 IS - 4 SP - 148 EP - 150 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-06204-001. PMID: 3281931 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Warner, M. Dhyanne; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alprazolam; Drug Therapy; Major Depression. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. AB - Discusses 6 controlled double-blind studies of alprazolam in the treatment of depression. Four of the 6 studies included only outpatients and clearly demonstrated a clinical effectiveness comparable to that of the tricyclics but with fewer, less severe side effects and better tolerance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alprazolam KW - depressed outpatients & inpatients KW - 1988 KW - Alprazolam KW - Drug Therapy KW - Major Depression KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-06204-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-06186-001 AN - 1989-06186-001 AU - Reich, James H. T1 - DSM-III personality disorders and the outcome of treated panic disorder. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 145 IS - 9 SP - 1149 EP - 1152 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-06186-001. PMID: 2901236 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reich, James H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Dept, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alprazolam; Diazepam; Panic Disorder; Personality Disorders; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1988. AB - 52 adult patients with panic disorder who had been receiving benzodiazepine treatment for 8 wks were assessed by using the outcome measures of spontaneous and situational panic attacks, scores on the Hamilton Anxiety Scale and the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression, and scores on self-rated disability scales. Although spontaneous panic attacks were not affected by the presence of any personality disorder, the remaining outcome measures showed a strong and negative association with Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders. There was also a mild negative association with avoidant personality disorder. A subgroup of Ss with both major depression and panic disorder appeared more strongly affected. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alprazolam vs diazepam KW - treatment outcome KW - adults with DSM-III personality & panic disorders KW - 1988 KW - Alprazolam KW - Diazepam KW - Panic Disorder KW - Personality Disorders KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1988 DO - 10.1176/ajp.145.9.1149 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-06186-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-06146-001 AN - 1989-06146-001 AU - Greendyke, Robert M. AU - Gulya, Aladar T1 - Effect of pindolol administration on serum levels of thioridazine, haloperidol, phenytoin, and phenobarbital. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 49 IS - 3 SP - 105 EP - 107 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-06146-001. PMID: 3346197 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Greendyke, Robert M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurobehavioral Intensive Care Unit, Canandaigua, NY, US. Release Date: 19890201. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adrenergic Blocking Drugs; Drug Therapy; Organic Brain Syndromes; Violence. Minor Descriptor: Blood Serum; Diphenylhydantoin; Drug Interactions; Haloperidol; Phenobarbital; Thioridazine. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Assessed the effect of pindolol, a β-adrenergic blocking drug, on the blood serum levels of thioridazine, haloperidol, phenytoin, and phenobarbital when these 4 maintenance drugs were administered either singly or in combination to 22 male patients who exhibited explosive disorder (assaultive behavior and rage outbursts) secondary to organic brain disease. Moderate, dose-related increases in serum levels of thioridazine and 2 of its metabolites were found when pindolol was added. No serum level increases were found for the other 3 drugs when pindolol was added to each of these drugs individually. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - pinodol KW - serum levels of thioridazine &/vs haloperidol &/vs phenytoin &/vs phenobarbital KW - 35–77 yr olds with organic brain disease & violent explosive behavior KW - 1988 KW - Adrenergic Blocking Drugs KW - Drug Therapy KW - Organic Brain Syndromes KW - Violence KW - Blood Serum KW - Diphenylhydantoin KW - Drug Interactions KW - Haloperidol KW - Phenobarbital KW - Thioridazine KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-06146-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-06144-001 AN - 1989-06144-001 AU - Giller, Earl L. AU - Bialos, Donald AU - Riddle, Mark A. AU - Waldo, Merilyne C. T1 - MAOI treatment response: Multiaxial assessment. JF - Journal of Affective Disorders JO - Journal of Affective Disorders JA - J Affect Disord Y1 - 1988/03//Mar-Apr, 1988 VL - 14 IS - 2 SP - 171 EP - 175 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-0327 SN - 1573-2517 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-06144-001. PMID: 2966831 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Giller, Earl L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19890201. Correction Date: 20160407. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Isocarboxazid; Major Depression. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar-Apr, 1988. AB - Evaluated 4 outcome areas (symptoms, work, family functioning, and social functioning) among 43 adult outpatients who fulfilled Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) criteria for major depressive disorder and were taking the monoamine oxidase (MAO) inhibitor, isocarboxazid. After 6 wks on medication, symptoms improved significantly more than did the other 3 areas. For 23 Ss who completed 24 wks on medication, all 4 outcome areas were further improved compared to the 6-wk levels, with the improvement in work functioning reaching statistical significance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - isocarboxazid KW - symptoms & work & family & social functioning KW - adults with major depression KW - 1988 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Isocarboxazid KW - Major Depression KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0165-0327(88)90060-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-06144-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-06055-001 AN - 1989-06055-001 AU - Lovett, Steven AU - Gallagher, Dolores T1 - Psychoeducational interventions for family caregivers: Preliminary efficacy data. JF - Behavior Therapy JO - Behavior Therapy JA - Behav Ther Y1 - 1988///Sum 1988 VL - 19 IS - 3 SP - 321 EP - 330 CY - US PB - Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy SN - 0005-7894 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-06055-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lovett, Steven; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Caregivers; Coping Behavior; Family Members. Classification: Interpersonal & Client Centered & Humanistic Therapy (3314). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1988. AB - Presents data from the 1st 111 family member caregivers of frail elders who participated in a psychoeducational program designed to teach specific skills for coping more effectively with caregiving. Results indicate that depression was reduced and morale was increased for those who were assigned to either of the 2 skill-building conditions compared to those assigned to the waiting-list condition. Data suggest that family caregivers, who as a group experienced a great deal of stress and stress-related disorders, were able to benefit substantially from structured programs designed to teach skills for better coping, despite adverse conditions of daily life. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - outcome of coping skills training KW - adult family member caregivers of aged KW - 1988 KW - Caregivers KW - Coping Behavior KW - Family Members KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/S0005-7894(88)80005-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-06055-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05945-001 AN - 1989-05945-001 AU - Garb, Howard N. T1 - Comment on 'The study of clinical judgment: An ecological approach.' JF - Clinical Psychology Review JO - Clinical Psychology Review JA - Clin Psychol Rev Y1 - 1988/// VL - 8 IS - 4 SP - 441 EP - 444 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0272-7358 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05945-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garb, Howard N.; Highland Drive Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis); Cognitive Psychology. Minor Descriptor: Psychotherapists. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Comments on a review of the research on clinical judgment by D. L. Rock et al (see record [rid]1988-08229-001[/rid]), arguing that their review was biased and that their interpretations of the results from clinical judgment studies by L. R. Goldberg (1959) and S. Oskamp (1962) were invalid. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - bias in literature review of clinical judgment KW - commentary KW - 1988 KW - Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis) KW - Cognitive Psychology KW - Psychotherapists KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0272-7358(88)90069-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-05945-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05794-001 AN - 1989-05794-001 AU - Squire, Larry R. AU - Zola-Morgan, Stuart T1 - Memory: Brain systems and behavior. T3 - Learning and memory JF - Trends in Neurosciences JO - Trends in Neurosciences JA - Trends Neurosci Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 11 IS - 4 SP - 170 EP - 175 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0166-2236 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05794-001. PMID: 2469186 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Squire, Larry R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Memory. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. AB - Discusses the analyses of memory impairment to understand the organization of memory and the function of damaged neural structures in amnesia. Heterogeneous amnesic symptoms include disorders that affect memory of order in recent events, memory of the source of acquired information, failure to learn from experience, and impaired metamemory. It is noted that in amnesia the ability to store information for later, conscious recollection is lost. This ability is called declarative memory, and it depends on the integrity of the hippocampus. The type of memory spared in amnesia is called nondeclarative memory (e.g., procedural skills, priming, classical conditioning, adaptation effects). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - organization of memory impairment KW - amnesia patients KW - 1988 KW - Amnesia KW - Memory KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0166-2236(88)90144-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-05794-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05764-001 AN - 1989-05764-001 AU - Rapp, Stephen R. AU - Parisi, Sharon A. AU - Walsh, David A. AU - Wallace, Clinton E. T1 - Detecting depression in elderly medical inpatients. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1988/08// VL - 56 IS - 4 SP - 509 EP - 513 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05764-001. PMID: 3198807 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rapp, Stephen R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Jackson, MS, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Diagnosis; Geriatric Patients; Major Depression; Medical Patients; Primary Health Care. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Nov 12, 1987; Revised Date: Nov 4, 1987; First Submitted Date: Jun 1, 1987. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Prevalence rates for depression indicate that elderly medical patients are a population at high risk. Studies of middle-aged adults show that detection of depression in medical patients by primary health care providers is poor and that screening instruments can improve detection, although little is known about geriatric patients. The present study used Research Diagnostic Criteria to assess the base rate of detection by nonpsychiatric physicians in a random sample of 150 elderly medical inpatients. In addition, the psychometric properties of three slightly different self-report screening instruments were evaluated. Results indicated that detection by house staff was extremely low (8.7%). All three instruments were much more sensitive, were equally specific, and yielded greater predictive power than the procedures used by hospital staff. All three instruments were especially sensitive to major depression. Of the scales, the Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), the BDI Psychological subscale, and the Geriatric Depression Scale had the best reliability and validity and were the most efficient. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - detection of depression by primary health care providers KW - elderly medical inpatients KW - 1988 KW - Diagnosis KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Major Depression KW - Medical Patients KW - Primary Health Care KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.56.4.509 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-05764-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05752-001 AN - 1989-05752-001 AU - Pearlman, Robert A. AU - Uhlmann, Richard F. T1 - Quality of life in chronic diseases: Perceptions of elderly patients. JF - Journal of Gerontology JO - Journal of Gerontology JA - J Gerontol Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 43 IS - 2 SP - M25 EP - M30 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0022-1422 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05752-001. PMID: 3346521 Other Journal Title: The Journals of Gerontology: Series A: Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pearlman, Robert A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research Education & Clinical Ctr, Seattle, WA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19890201. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chronicity (Disorders); Client Attitudes; Quality of Life. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - 126 elderly outpatients (aged 65+ yrs) with 5 common chronic diseases (arthritis, ischemic heart disease, chronic pulmonary disease, diabetes mellitus, and cancer) and their physicians were interviewed to characterize patient quality of life. Patients generally perceived their quality of life to be slightly worse than 'good' in each chronic disease. Physicians' ratings were generally worse than and only weakly associated with the patients' ratings of quality of life in each chronic disease. Significant correlates of patients' ratings of quality of life included their perceptions of health, interpersonal relationships, and finances. Results suggest that quality of life in elderly Ss with chronic disease is a multidimensional construct involving health, as well as social and other factors. Physicians may misunderstand patients' perceptions of their quality of life. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - quality of life KW - elderly outpatients with chronic diseases KW - 1988 KW - Chronicity (Disorders) KW - Client Attitudes KW - Quality of Life KW - 1988 DO - 10.1093/geronj/43.2.M25 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-05752-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05747-001 AN - 1989-05747-001 AU - Ober, Beth A. AU - Shenaut, Gregory K. T1 - Lexical decision and priming in Alzheimer's disease. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1988/// VL - 26 IS - 2 SP - 273 EP - 286 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05747-001. PMID: 3399043 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ober, Beth A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Livermore, CA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Lexical Decision; Priming; Semantics. Minor Descriptor: Errors; Reaction Time; Word Frequency. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Nine patients with probable Alzheimer's disease (AD) were no faster at making lexical decisions to targets preceded by a semantic prime than to those preceded by an unrelated prime, in contrast to the facilitatory effect of semantic primes for 15 age-matched controls. Fewer errors were made by both S groups on the targets that followed related items, indicating the preservation of associative relationships in AD. The AD Ss and controls showed similar effects on lexical decision of repetition priming, word frequency, and the degree to which nonwords approximated real words. Results suggest that the abnormal priming effect in AD may stem from increased susceptibility to lateral inhibition in the semantic network. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - word frequency & repetition vs semantic vs unrelated priming KW - lexical decision RT & errors KW - probable Alzheimer's disease patients KW - 1988 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Lexical Decision KW - Priming KW - Semantics KW - Errors KW - Reaction Time KW - Word Frequency KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(88)90080-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-05747-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05740-001 AN - 1989-05740-001 AU - Moss, Robert J. AU - Mastri, Angeline R. AU - Schut, Lawrence J. T1 - The coexistence and differentiation of late onset Huntington's disease and Alzheimer's disease: A case report and review of the literature. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 36 IS - 3 SP - 237 EP - 241 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05740-001. PMID: 2963060 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moss, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Minneapolis, MN, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Differential Diagnosis; Huntingtons Disease; Onset (Disorders). Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Describes the case of a 70-yr-old woman with late onset Huntington's disease (HD) coexisting with Alzheimer's disease. Diagnosis was initially obscured by a lack of family history, although the presence of symptoms at age 59 yrs in an offspring was consistent with the intrafamilial transmission of late onset HD. Early cognitive changes and psychiatric symptoms of emotional liability and apathy were consistent with the diagnosis of HD. It is suggested that the atypical features of the S's course (e.g., progressively severe dementia) may have provided clues to the coexistence of the S's conditions. Pathological findings on autopsy confirmed the S's condition. Genetic counseling was recommended for the S's family. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - differential diagnosis KW - 70 yr old female with late onset Huntington's disease coexisting with Alzheimer's disease KW - 1988 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Huntingtons Disease KW - Onset (Disorders) KW - 1988 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1988.tb01807.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-05740-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05651-001 AN - 1989-05651-001 AU - Goodglass, Harold AU - Budin, Clay T1 - Category and modality specific dissociations in word comprehension and concurrent phonological dyslexia. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1988/// VL - 26 IS - 1 SP - 67 EP - 78 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05651-001. PMID: 3362346 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goodglass, Harold; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, MA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Brain Damage; Listening Comprehension; Reading Comprehension; Words (Phonetic Units). Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Dyslexia; Temporal Lobe. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Presents the case of a 62-yr-old Broca aphasic, right-handed male suffering from a temporal lesion. S showed a marked auditory comprehension deficit for body parts, colors, numbers, and letters but excellent comprehension for all other word categories and intact reading comprehension for all word categories, including those affected by the auditory dissociation. Findings challenge the hypothesis that there is a common processor for appreciating the names of concepts. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - marked auditory comprehension deficit for specific word categories with intact reading comprehension for all categories KW - 62 yr old male with right temporal gyri damage & Broca's aphasia KW - case report KW - 1988 KW - Aphasia KW - Brain Damage KW - Listening Comprehension KW - Reading Comprehension KW - Words (Phonetic Units) KW - Case Report KW - Dyslexia KW - Temporal Lobe KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(88)90031-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-05651-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05557-001 AN - 1989-05557-001 AU - Warner, M. Dhyanne AU - Peabody, Cecilia A. AU - Berger, Philip A. T1 - Olfactory deficits and Down's syndrome. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 23 IS - 8 SP - 836 EP - 839 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05557-001. PMID: 2966642 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Warner, M. Dhyanne; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Down's Syndrome; Olfactory Perception; Intellectual Development Disorder. Classification: Mental Retardation (3256). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. AB - Nine mildly retarded adults with Down's syndrome and 9 normal adults were administered the University of Pennsylvania Smell Identification Test. The Down's syndrome group had a significantly lower total score, suggesting an olfactory deficit in these Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - olfactory deficits KW - mildly retarded adults with Down's syndrome KW - 1988 KW - Down's Syndrome KW - Olfactory Perception KW - Intellectual Development Disorder KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(88)90073-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-05557-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05525-001 AN - 1989-05525-001 AU - True, William R. AU - Poklis, Alphonse AU - Jamieson, Robert W. AU - Seyfried, Warren T1 - Pentazocine-naloxone experimenters among abusers of pentazocine and tripelennamine from a VA treatment population. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1988/// VL - 23 IS - 2 SP - 217 EP - 226 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05525-001. PMID: 3366497 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: True, William R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, St Louis, MO, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19890201. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Analgesic Drugs; Antihistaminic Drugs; Blacks; Drug Abuse; Naloxone. Minor Descriptor: Biographical Data; Human Males; Patient History; Social Support. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Psychiatric diagnostic profiles, drug and personal histories, and social support measures were obtained for 99 adult Black male abusers of pentazocine when the drug was withdrawn and re-released by the manufacturer compounded with naloxone. Nearly 50% of the Ss reported using the new drug during the following 6–9 mo, despite its reduced abuse potential. Reinterviews revealed that claimed use of the new drug dropped to half. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychodiagnostic profiles & drug & personal histories & social support & use of pentazocine-naloxone compound KW - adult Black male abusers of pentazocine with tripelennamine KW - 1988 KW - Analgesic Drugs KW - Antihistaminic Drugs KW - Blacks KW - Drug Abuse KW - Naloxone KW - Biographical Data KW - Human Males KW - Patient History KW - Social Support KW - 1988 DO - 10.3109/10826088809085117 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-05525-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05518-001 AN - 1989-05518-001 AU - Schandler, Steven L. AU - Cohen, Michael J. AU - McArthur, David L. AU - Naliboff, Bruce D. AU - Hassell, Alan T1 - Activation peaking in intoxicated and detoxified alcoholics during visuospatial learning. JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 49 IS - 2 SP - 126 EP - 130 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0096-882X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05518-001. PMID: 3361904 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs; Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schandler, Steven L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Addiction Research Lab, Long Beach, CA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Intoxication; Alcoholism; Detoxification; Spatial Ability. Minor Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - 18 alcoholic male inpatients in an alcoholism treatment unit were evaluated while intoxicated (mean blood alcohol level) at time of admission to the unit or seen detoxified after 4 wks in treatment. Skin conductance and heart rate were measured before and during learning of a paired-associate paradigm in which Ss had to learn the distinct spatial positions of 6 randomly presented 'nonsense' shapes. The visuospatial learning of the intoxicated Ss was superior to that of the detoxified Ss. The physiological patterning of intoxicated Ss correctly tracked their learning performance, while the detoxified Ss displayed no clear pattern. Results indicate that the detoxified alcoholic may suffer a disruption in attentional mechanisms related to visuospatial information processing. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visuospatial learning KW - intoxicated vs detoxified alcoholic adult males KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Intoxication KW - Alcoholism KW - Detoxification KW - Spatial Ability KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - 1988 DO - 10.15288/jsa.1988.49.126 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-05518-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05511-001 AN - 1989-05511-001 AU - Pfefferbaum, Adolf AU - Rosenbloom, Margaret AU - Crusan, Kathryn AU - Jernigan, Terry L. T1 - Brain CT changes in alcoholics: Effects of age and alcohol consumption. JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JA - Alcohol Clin Exp Res Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 81 EP - 87 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0145-6008 SN - 1530-0277 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05511-001. PMID: 3279864 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pfefferbaum, Adolf; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcoholism; Cognitive Ability; Neuropathology. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. AB - Correlated the results of a computerized tomography (CT) brain scan and assessments of lifetime alcohol consumption, body size, and cognitive performance in 37 adult male alcoholics. Findings support a modest dose–effect relationship between ethanol exposure and changes in brain morphology and suggest that ventricles and sulci show a different time course of response and that nutritional factors play a role in ventricular enlargement. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age & duration of alcohol consumption KW - brain morphology changes & cognitive performance KW - alcoholic males KW - 1988 KW - Age Differences KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Alcoholism KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Neuropathology KW - 1988 DO - 10.1111/j.1530-0277.1988.tb00137.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-05511-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05491-001 AN - 1989-05491-001 AU - Feinman, Lawrence AU - Lieber, Charles S. T1 - Toxicity of ethanol and other components of alcoholic beverages. JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JA - Alcohol Clin Exp Res Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 2 EP - 6 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0145-6008 SN - 1530-0277 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05491-001. PMID: 3279855 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feinman, Lawrence; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcohol Research & Treatment Ctr, NY, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholic Beverages; Neuropsychiatry; Physiological Correlates. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. AB - Discusses efforts to identify individual constituents of alcoholic beverages that may be responsible for important physiologic changes or promotion of disease. Neuropsychiatric disorders associated with drinking are discussed (e.g., stroke, Wernicke-Korsakoff disorder, peripheral neuropathy, withdrawal syndromes). The bulk of all effects, including all major pathology associated with alcohol abuse have been linked to the total amount of ethanol consumed. Therefore, for an equal amount of ethanol, all alcoholic beverages appear equivalent in their potential to cause major pathology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - identification of alcoholic beverage constituents responsible for disease promotion & physiological changes & neuropsychiatric disorders KW - 1988 KW - Alcoholic Beverages KW - Neuropsychiatry KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Alcoholism KW - 1988 DO - 10.1111/j.1530-0277.1988.tb00123.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-05491-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05487-001 AN - 1989-05487-001 AU - Craig, Robert J. T1 - A psychometric study of the prevalence of DSM-III personality disorders among treated opiate addicts. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1988/// VL - 23 IS - 2 SP - 115 EP - 124 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05487-001. PMID: 3284825 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Craig, Robert J.; West Side Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Drug Abuse Program, Chicago, IL, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19890201. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Addiction; Opiates; Personality Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Drug Rehabilitation. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Using the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) criteria for personality disorders, prevalence rates of these disorders were evaluated, among 121 adult male opiate addicts in treatment, with the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory. It was found that 27% of the Ss met criteria for multiple personality disorders. While all 11 DSM-III disorders were diagnosed, the disorders of antisocial, narcissistic, borderline, and dependent were more frequent. These rates were compared with 2 similar studies by T. R. Kosten et al (see record [rid]1983-28201-001[/rid]) and by E. J. Khantzian and C. Treece (see record [rid]1986-09383-001[/rid]) that used the Schedule for Affective Disorders and Schizophrenia/Research Diagnostic Criteria with addicts. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychometric study of prevalence of personality disorders KW - adult male opiate addicts in treatment KW - 1988 KW - Drug Addiction KW - Opiates KW - Personality Disorders KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - 1988 DO - 10.3109/10826088809085111 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-05487-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05483-001 AN - 1989-05483-001 AU - Burling, Thomas A. AU - Ziff, Daniel C. T1 - Tobacco smoking: A comparison between alcohol and drug abuse inpatients. JF - Addictive Behaviors JO - Addictive Behaviors JA - Addict Behav Y1 - 1988/// VL - 13 IS - 2 SP - 185 EP - 190 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0306-4603 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05483-001. PMID: 3369328 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Burling, Thomas A.; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Drug Abuse; Tobacco Smoking. Minor Descriptor: Drug Rehabilitation. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Compared tobacco smoking of alcohol and drug abusing male inpatients (67 alcohol, 60 drug, and 13 mixed alcohol and drug abusers) of a Veterans Administration substance abuse program. A high percentage of the alcohol abusers reported smoking cigarettes, and a high prevalence of smoking was noted among the drug and mixed substance abuse groups. The alcohol abusers smoked significantly more cigarettes per day and had significantly higher tolerance questionnaire scores than the drug abusers, but they did not differ from the mixed abuse group on any smoking variable. A comparison of the total substance abuse population with a national sample of similarly aged males indicates that the alcohol group smoked more cigarettes per day, but that all substance abuse groups smoked higher nicotine delivery cigarettes than the national sample. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - tobacco smoking KW - alcohol &/vs drug abusing male inpatients KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Drug Abuse KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0306-4603(88)90010-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-05483-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05397-001 AN - 1989-05397-001 AU - Fox, Lynn AU - Long, Steven H. AU - Langlois, Aimée T1 - Patterns of language comprehension deficit in abused and neglected children. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JA - J Speech Hear Disord Y1 - 1988/08// VL - 53 IS - 3 SP - 239 EP - 244 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Association SN - 0022-4677 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05397-001. PMID: 3398477 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fox, Lynn; Portland Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, OR, US. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Child Abuse; Child Neglect; Language Disorders; Verbal Comprehension. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Preschool Age (2-5 yrs) (160); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1988. AB - Investigated the performance of 10 abused, 9 severely neglected, 9 generally neglected, and 10 nonabused children (aged 3–8 yrs) on 3 tests of language comprehension. Ss were administered the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test—Revised (PPVT—R), the Miller-Yoder Language Comprehension Test, and the Token Test for Children. Severely neglected Ss obtained the lowest scores on all tests, abused Ss obtained lower scores than the controls, and generally neglected Ss showed the smallest difference in performance from the control Ss. Findings suggest a model for understanding relationships between abuse/neglect and language disability. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - language comprehension deficits KW - abused vs severely vs generally neglected 3–8 yr olds KW - 1988 KW - Child Abuse KW - Child Neglect KW - Language Disorders KW - Verbal Comprehension KW - 1988 DO - 10.1044/jshd.5303.239 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-05397-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05333-001 AN - 1989-05333-001 AU - Solursh, Lionel T1 - Combat addiction Post-traumatic Stress Disorder re-explored. JF - Psychiatric Journal of the University of Ottawa JO - Psychiatric Journal of the University of Ottawa JA - Psychiatr J Univ Ott Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 13 IS - 1 SP - 17 EP - 20 CY - Canada PB - Canadian Medical Assn SN - 0702-8466 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05333-001. PMID: 3283796 Other Journal Title: Journal of Psychiatry & Neuroscience. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Solursh, Lionel; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Mental Hygiene Clinic, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Correction Date: 20100927. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: 28th Annual Meeting Group-Without-A-Name International Psychiatric Research Society (1987, Sarasota, Florida). Major Descriptor: Hallucinations; Military Veterans; Nightmares; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Examined posttraumatic stress syndrome in 22 male Vietnam veterans interviewed consecutively in December, 1986 in a large southeastern Veterans Administration medical center. Special attention was paid to the reporting of combat recall in nightmares and flashbacks as being exciting and powerful. Note was also made of other indicators of a mutually reinforcing series of subjectively and physiologically excitatory processes that might contribute to symptom maintenance. Symptoms included the clear history of combat, killing, and flashback or nightmare recall as excitatory, similar to an adrenergic 'rush,' in 86.4% of this initial sample. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nightmare recall & flashbacks KW - male Vietnam veterans with PTSD KW - conference presentation KW - 1988 KW - Hallucinations KW - Military Veterans KW - Nightmares KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-05333-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05326-001 AN - 1989-05326-001 AU - Schwartz, Barry D. AU - Mallott, David B. AU - Winstead, Daniel K. T1 - Preattentive deficit in temporal processing by chronic schizophrenics. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 23 IS - 7 SP - 664 EP - 669 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05326-001. PMID: 3370263 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schwartz, Barry D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, New Orleans, LA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Schizophrenia; Visual Discrimination; Visual Thresholds. Minor Descriptor: Interstimulus Interval; Spatial Frequency. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. AB - Evaluated early visual processing in 18 chronic adult schizophrenics and 16 matched normal controls by presenting vertical and oblique (45°) spatial frequency gratings of 0.9 and 12 c/deg that were presented for 50, 100, 175, and 250-msec pulses. Threshold, in milliseconds, to detect an interstimulus interval (ISI) between 2 grating pulses was the dependent measure. Schizophrenics required longer ISIs for each grating duration, except for 250 msec, and longer ISIs for the 15 c/deg oblique grating. Results indicate that schizophrenics have a preattentive processing deficit that is further elaborated at the cortical level. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - interstimulus interval in vertical & oblique spatial frequency gratings KW - preattentive deficit KW - chronic schizophrenic patients KW - 1988 KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Schizophrenia KW - Visual Discrimination KW - Visual Thresholds KW - Interstimulus Interval KW - Spatial Frequency KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(88)90049-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-05326-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05310-001 AN - 1989-05310-001 AU - Reich, James H. AU - Yates, William T1 - Family history of psychiatric disorders in social phobia. JF - Comprehensive Psychiatry JO - Comprehensive Psychiatry JA - Compr Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/01//Jan-Feb, 1988 VL - 29 IS - 1 SP - 72 EP - 75 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0010-440X SN - 1532-8384 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05310-001. PMID: 3342612 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reich, James H.; Brockton Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, MA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Correction Date: 20160407. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Family Background; Genetics; Panic Disorder; Social Phobia; Family History. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan-Feb, 1988. AB - Relatives of panic patients (n = 471), normal controls (n = 46), and social phobics (n = 76) were compared on family histories of emotional disorders. Social phobics had significantly more relatives with social phobia than panic disorder relatives, and there was a trend for social phobic relatives to be greater than controls in this diagnosis. Relatives of social phobics also had significantly fewer generalized anxiety disorders, panic disorders, and alcohol abusers than relatives of panic disorder probands. Results lend further evidence toward confirming social phobia as a distinct entity and raise the possibility that it has familial components. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - family history of psychiatric disorders KW - patients with social phobia vs panic disorder KW - 1988 KW - Family Background KW - Genetics KW - Panic Disorder KW - Social Phobia KW - Family History KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0010-440X(88)90039-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-05310-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05309-001 AN - 1989-05309-001 AU - Reich, James H. AU - Noyes, Russell AU - Yates, William T1 - Anxiety symptoms distinguishing social phobia from panic and generalized anxiety disorders. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1988/08// VL - 176 IS - 8 SP - 510 EP - 513 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05309-001. PMID: 3404144 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reich, James H.; Brockton Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, MA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety Disorders; Differential Diagnosis; Panic Disorder; Social Phobia; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Anxiety; Autonomic Nervous System; Muscles; Vigilance. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1988. AB - Compared 14 social phobic, 18 generalized anxiety disorder, and 48 panic disorder patients on 4 categories of anxiety symptoms (autonomic hyperactivity, muscular tension, vigilance, and apprehensive expectation). Six specific symptoms (palpitations, chest pains, tinnitus, blurred vision, headaches, fear of dying, and dry mouth) distinguished social phobia from panic disorder, while 4 (headaches, fear of dying, sweating, and dyspnea) distinguished social phobia from generalized anxiety disorder. Most symptom differences were in the autonomic hyperactivity category of symptoms. Findings further confirm the validity of social phobia as a distinct disorder. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - autonomic hyperactivity & muscular tension & vigilance & apprehensive expectation KW - differential diagnosis KW - 18–65 yr olds with social phobia vs generalized anxiety vs panic disorders KW - 1988 KW - Anxiety Disorders KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Panic Disorder KW - Social Phobia KW - Symptoms KW - Anxiety KW - Autonomic Nervous System KW - Muscles KW - Vigilance KW - 1988 DO - 10.1097/00005053-198808000-00011 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-05309-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05303-001 AN - 1989-05303-001 AU - Pitman, Roger K. T1 - Post-traumatic stress disorder, conditioning, and network theory. JF - Psychiatric Annals JO - Psychiatric Annals JA - Psychiatr Ann Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 18 IS - 3 SP - 182 EP - 189 CY - US PB - SLACK SN - 0048-5713 SN - 1938-2456 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05303-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pitman, Roger K.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Manchester, NH, US. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Associative Processes; Emotional Responses; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Etiology. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Argues that neither the psychodynamic nor the conditioned response (CR) theory is sufficient to explain the persistence of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Although the traumatic event (e.g., warfare, natural disaster) can be seen as a unconditioned stimulus/stimuli (UCS), spontaneous flashbacks do not fit well with the notion of stimulus generalization. PTSD has also been shown to develop in previously mentally healthy persons. Emotional network theory, as proposed by P. J. Lang (1985), is illustrated in a recollection of a combat experience, wherein certain propositions act as emotional stimuli from memory to be connected with emotional response and meaning propositions. Assessment, prevention, and treatment are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - emotional network theory KW - etiology of PTSD KW - 1988 KW - Associative Processes KW - Emotional Responses KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Etiology KW - 1988 DO - 10.3928/0048-5713-19880301-11 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-05303-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05279-001 AN - 1989-05279-001 AU - Mason, John W. AU - Giller, Earl L. AU - Kosten, Thomas R. T1 - Serum testosterone differences between patients with schizophrenia and those with affective disorder. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 23 IS - 4 SP - 357 EP - 366 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05279-001. PMID: 3342266 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mason, John W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, New Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Bipolar Disorder; Major Depression; Schizophrenia; Testosterone. Minor Descriptor: Blood Serum; Paranoid Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. AB - Measured serum testosterone levels (ng/dl) at 2-wk intervals during the course of hospitalization in 35 adult male inpatients in 4 diagnostic groups, including undifferentiated schizophrenia, paranoid schizophrenia, bipolar I disorder—manic, and major depressive disorder (endogenous type). The mean testosterone levels during hospitalization were significantly higher in the schizophrenic Ss than in the affective disorder Ss. Group differences were largely due to high testosterone levels in the paranoid schizophrenic subgroup. A longitudinal, as well as cross-sectional, view of the hormonal and clinical data suggested that the testosterone system was linked to both state and trait psychological factors. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - serum testosterone KW - hospitalized adult males with undifferentiated vs paranoid schizophrenia vs manic vs major depression KW - 1988 KW - Bipolar Disorder KW - Major Depression KW - Schizophrenia KW - Testosterone KW - Blood Serum KW - Paranoid Schizophrenia KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(88)90286-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-05279-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05278-001 AN - 1989-05278-001 AU - Mason, John W. AU - Giller, Earl L. AU - Kosten, Thomas R. AU - Harkness, Laurie T1 - Elevation of urinary norepinephrine/cortisol ratio in posttraumatic stress disorder. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1988/08// VL - 176 IS - 8 SP - 498 EP - 502 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05278-001. PMID: 3404142 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mason, John W.; West Haven Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychoendocrine Lab, CT, US. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Differential Diagnosis; Hydrocortisone; Norepinephrine; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Urine. Minor Descriptor: Bipolar Disorder; Endogenous Depression; Paranoid Schizophrenia; Schizophrenia. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1988. AB - J. W. Mason et al (see record [rid]1986-19959-001[/rid]) and T. R. Kosten et al (see record [rid]1988-20262-001[/rid]) have previously reported the unusual combination of low urinary free cortisol levels with high urinary norepinephrine excretion in posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) patients in comparison with 4 other patient groups: major depressive disorder, endogenous type; bipolar I, manic; paranoid schizophrenia; undifferentiated schizophrenia. Cortisol levels alone did not distinguish PTSD from paranoid schizophrenia patients, and norepinephrine levels alone did not distinguish PTSD from bipolar I, manic, patients. Using data from 44 male inpatients with a diagnosis of PTSD, combining the values for the 2 systems in a norepinephrine/cortisol ratio was found to provide a measure that significantly distinguishes PTSD from all the other patient groups throughout the hospitalization period. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - urinary norepinephrine to cortisol ratio KW - differential diagnosis KW - male inpatients with PTSD vs endogenous depression vs bipolar disorder vs paranoid vs undifferentiated schizophrenia KW - 1988 KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Hydrocortisone KW - Norepinephrine KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Urine KW - Bipolar Disorder KW - Endogenous Depression KW - Paranoid Schizophrenia KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1988 DO - 10.1097/00005053-198808000-00008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-05278-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05272-001 AN - 1989-05272-001 AU - Mahorney, Steven L. AU - Cavenar, Jesse O. T1 - A new and timely delusion: The complaint of having AIDS. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 145 IS - 9 SP - 1130 EP - 1132 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05272-001. PMID: 3414856 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mahorney, Steven L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19890201. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: AIDS; Delusions; Mental Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Case Report. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1988. AB - Presents 3 cases that document the delusion of having acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS) in adult patients who were not members of high-risk groups but had psychiatric disorders. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - delusion of having AIDS KW - non high risk 35–56 yr old males with psychiatric disorders KW - case reports KW - 1988 KW - AIDS KW - Delusions KW - Mental Disorders KW - Case Report KW - 1988 DO - 10.1176/ajp.145.9.1130 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-05272-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05237-001 AN - 1989-05237-001 AU - Kanof, Philip D. AU - Johns, Celeste A. AU - Davidson, Michael AU - Siever, Larry J. AU - Coccaro, Emil F. AU - Davis, Kenneth L. T1 - Platelet alpha₂-adrenergic receptor function in psychiatric disorders. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 23 IS - 1 SP - 11 EP - 22 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05237-001. PMID: 2834762 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kanof, Philip D.; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, NY, US. Release Date: 19890201. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Major Depression; Neural Receptors; Norepinephrine; Receptor Binding; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Adrenergic Receptors. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1988. AB - Compared the inhibitory effects of norepinephrine (NE) on the cyclic adenosine-3′,5′-monophosphate (cAMP) response to prostaglandin E₁, a measure of α₂-adrenergic receptor function, in platelets from 51 adult schizophrenic patients, 38 depressive patients, and 31 normal controls. Effects on NE on cAMP production did not discriminate between actively ill and remitted Ss with either schizophrenia or depression. Platelet α₂-receptor sensitivity did not appear altered in these psychiatric disorders. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - norepinephrine KW - alpha-2-adrenergic receptor function KW - schizophrenic or depressive patients KW - 1988 KW - Major Depression KW - Neural Receptors KW - Norepinephrine KW - Receptor Binding KW - Schizophrenia KW - Adrenergic Receptors KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(88)90030-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-05237-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05198-001 AN - 1989-05198-001 AU - Faux, Steven F. AU - Torello, Michael W. AU - McCarley, Robert W. AU - Shenton, Martha E. AU - Duffy, Frank H. T1 - P300 in schizophrenia: Confirmation and statistical validation of temporal region deficit in P300 topography. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 23 IS - 8 SP - 776 EP - 790 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05198-001. PMID: 3365456 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Faux, Steven F.; Brockton Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Evoked Potentials; Schizophrenia; Temporal Lobe; P300. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. AB - Comparison of 18 normal men and 11 medicated schizophrenic men on the auditory P300 component of the event-related potential confirmed earlier findings (R. Morstyn et al, 1983; see also PA, Vol 71:15178) of a left temporal deficit in P300 amplitude in schizophrenia. A difference in P300 topography between groups was evident in both color mapping and in grand-averaged waveforms, which was statistically validated by the presence of a group-by-scalp region interaction. The left temporal area correctly differentiated 9 of the schizophrenics and 7 of the controls. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - auditory P300 component of EP in temporal region KW - medicated schizophrenic males KW - 1988 KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Schizophrenia KW - Temporal Lobe KW - P300 KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(88)90066-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-05198-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - ORCID: 0000-0001-5705-7495 UR - DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05183-001 AN - 1989-05183-001 AU - Davidson, Jonathan AU - Woodbury, Max A. AU - Pelton, Susan AU - Krishnan, K. Ranga T1 - A study of depressive typologies using grade of membership analysis. JF - Psychological Medicine JO - Psychological Medicine JA - Psychol Med Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 18 IS - 1 SP - 179 EP - 189 CY - United Kingdom PB - Cambridge University Press SN - 0033-2917 SN - 1469-8978 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05183-001. PMID: 3363037 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davidson, Jonathan; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19890201. Correction Date: 20120611. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety Disorders; Major Depression; Membership; Psychodiagnostic Typologies. Minor Descriptor: Measurement. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. AB - 190 patients with diagnoses of major or minor depression were assessed by the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression, the SCL-90, and diagnostic indices for endogenous depression and for anxiety and depression. Demographic, family, and treatment response information were used as external validators. Grade of membership analysis indicated that 5 pure types provided the most satisfactory solution to these data. One group corresponded to classical melancholia, occurring in older, stable inpatients who lacked panic-phobic symptoms. All Ss with agoraphobia fell into 2 distinct inpatient and outpatient groups, which differed from each other in several ways. In 1 group, a link was found between panic attacks, agitated melancholia, and familial pure depression; the 2nd group was less symptomatic and had more atypical vegetative symptoms. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - depressive typologies assessed by grade of membership analysis KW - patients with major or minor depression KW - 1988 KW - Anxiety Disorders KW - Major Depression KW - Membership KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - Measurement KW - 1988 DO - 10.1017/S0033291700002002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-05183-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05160-001 AN - 1989-05160-001 AU - Brunswick, David J. AU - Frazer, Alan AU - Koslow, Stephen H. AU - Casper, Regina AU - Stokes, Peter E. AU - Robins, Eli AU - Davis, John M. T1 - Insulin-induced hypoglycemic response and release of growth hormone in depressed patients and healthy controls. JF - Psychological Medicine JO - Psychological Medicine JA - Psychol Med Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 18 IS - 1 SP - 79 EP - 91 CY - United Kingdom PB - Cambridge University Press SN - 0033-2917 SN - 1469-8978 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05160-001. PMID: 3283809 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brunswick, David J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychopharmacology Unit, Philadelphia, PA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Bipolar Disorder; Hypoglycemia; Insulin; Major Depression; Somatotropin. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. AB - Examined the pretreatment growth hormone response (ΔGH) to insulin and the magnitude of the hypoglycemic response in 132 well-defined depressed adult patients and 80 healthy controls. Depressed patients, either unipolar or bipolar, showed less of a fall in blood glucose than controls. A weak association was found between the magnitude of the fall in glucose and the severity of depression. Data do not support previous claims (e.g., R. C. Casper et al [see PA, Vol 59:5797]) of a lowered ΔGH response to insulin in depressed patients; however, the resistance to hypoglycemia seen in the depressed patients is consistent with previous reports (e.g., A. Winokur et al [see PA, Vol 67:10026]). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - insulin induced growth hormone response & magnitude of hypoglycemic response KW - unipolar or bipolar depressed patients KW - 1988 KW - Bipolar Disorder KW - Hypoglycemia KW - Insulin KW - Major Depression KW - Somatotropin KW - 1988 DO - 10.1017/S0033291700001914 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-05160-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-04750-001 AN - 1989-04750-001 AU - Zimbelman, Kirk T1 - Locus of control and achievement orientation in rural and metropolitan youth. JF - Journal of Rural Community Psychology JO - Journal of Rural Community Psychology Y1 - 1987///Win 1987 VL - 8 IS - 2 SP - 50 EP - 55 CY - US PB - California School of Professional Psychology--Fresno SN - 0276-2285 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-04750-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zimbelman, Kirk; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Knoxville, IA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Achievement Motivation; Internal External Locus of Control; Rural Environments; Urban Environments. Minor Descriptor: Adolescent Attitudes; Educational Aspirations; Occupational Aspirations. Classification: Psychosocial & Personality Development (2840). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Win 1987. AB - Examined relations among achievement motivation, locus of control, and the occupational and educational aspirations of 92 rural and 98 metropolitan 11th graders. Ss completed the Norwicki-Strickland Locus of Control Scale for Children, a paper-and-pencil measure of achievement motivation, and measures of educational and occupational aspirations. Results indicate that rural Ss aspired to less prestigious occupations and anticipated completing fewer years of tertiary education than did urban Ss. Twice as many metropolitan as rural Ss intended to pursue a professional career. There were no significant differences between rural and urban Ss on achievement motivation scores or locus of control scale scores. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - locus of control & achievement motivation KW - educational & occupational aspirations KW - rural vs metropolitan 11th graders KW - 1987 KW - Achievement Motivation KW - Internal External Locus of Control KW - Rural Environments KW - Urban Environments KW - Adolescent Attitudes KW - Educational Aspirations KW - Occupational Aspirations KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-04750-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-04484-001 AN - 1989-04484-001 AU - Silver, Andrew J. AU - Flood, James F. AU - Morley, John E. T1 - Effect of gastrointestinal peptides on ingestion in old and young mice. JF - Peptides JO - Peptides JA - Peptides Y1 - 1988/03//Mar-Apr, 1988 VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 221 EP - 225 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0196-9781 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-04484-001. PMID: 3375133 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silver, Andrew J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Food Intake; Peptides; Physiological Aging. Minor Descriptor: Food Deprivation; Mice; Satiation. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar-Apr, 1988. AB - To determine whether early satiety may play a role in the anorexia of aging, the effects of the peripheral satiety agents cholecystokinin (CCK), bombesin, glucagon, and calcitonin were studied in 8- and 25-mo-old mice. CCK demonstrated the greatest age-related suppression of food intake, suggesting that CCK plays a role in the pathogenesis of the anorexia of aging. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - gastrointestinal peptides KW - food intake KW - food deprived vs nondeprived 8 vs 25 mo old male mice KW - 1988 KW - Food Intake KW - Peptides KW - Physiological Aging KW - Food Deprivation KW - Mice KW - Satiation KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0196-9781(88)90254-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-04484-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-04358-001 AN - 1989-04358-001 AU - Flood, James F. AU - Smith, Gary E. AU - Cherkin, Arthur T1 - Memory enhancement in mice: Role of drug dose and training-testing interval. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 29 IS - 3 SP - 635 EP - 639 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-04358-001. PMID: 2834757 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Flood, James F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Dosages; Drugs; Long Term Memory; Short Term Memory; Testing Methods. Minor Descriptor: Mice. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Determined if short-term retention is enhanced by drug treatments known to improve long-term retention, using male mice trained on a T-maze. Ss received a 0.35 ml sc injection of saline or drug solution within 2 min after training. In Exp I, 20 Ss were administered 0.00–27.5 μg of arecoline and performed in the T-maze at 0.25–24 hr intervals. In Exp II, Ss were administered adrenocorticotropic hormone (4–20), clonidine, fluoxetine, naloxone, or piribedil and tested at 3-, 24-, or 168-hr intervals. In Exp III, Ss were injected with saline or 1 of the drug treatments and their activity measured by infrared beams. In Exp IV, 15 naive Ss were injected with saline or drug treatment 3 hrs prior to T-maze training to test for improved performance. Data show that all 6 drug treatments increased 3-hr retention, while 5 increased 24-hr retention. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drug dose & training testing interval KW - enhancement of short vs long term retention KW - male mice KW - 1988 KW - Drug Dosages KW - Drugs KW - Long Term Memory KW - Short Term Memory KW - Testing Methods KW - Mice KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(88)90032-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-04358-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-04357-001 AN - 1989-04357-001 AU - Flood, James F. T1 - Effect of acute arecoline, tacrine, and arecoline + tacrine post-training administration on retention in late middle-aged mice. JF - Journal of Gerontology JO - Journal of Gerontology JA - J Gerontol Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 43 IS - 2 SP - B54 EP - B56 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0022-1422 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-04357-001. PMID: 3346520 Other Journal Title: The Journals of Gerontology: Series A: Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Flood, James F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19890201. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Arecoline; Cholinomimetic Drugs; Physiological Aging; Retention. Minor Descriptor: Memory Disorders; Mice. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Male mice aged 2, 18, and 20 mo were treated sc with arecoline, tacrine, arecoline plus tacrine, or saline and then trained on a footshock avoidance task. Administration of the drugs and the drug combination enhanced retention of 18-mo-old mice compared with saline-injected controls. The combination was as effective as the single drug treatments even though 96% less arecoline and 99.7% less tacrine were administered. It is suggested that a large dose reduction in the combination drug treatment may offer advantages (e.g., reduced cost, toxicity) for clinical studies of memory dysfunction in the elderly. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - arecoline &/vs tacrine & age KW - retention KW - male mice KW - implications for memory dysfunction in elderly KW - 1988 KW - Arecoline KW - Cholinomimetic Drugs KW - Physiological Aging KW - Retention KW - Memory Disorders KW - Mice KW - 1988 DO - 10.1093/geronj/43.2.B54 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-04357-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-04325-001 AN - 1989-04325-001 AU - Britton, Karen T. AU - Lee, Gin AU - Koob, George F. T1 - Corticotropin releasing factor and amphetamine exaggerate partial agonist properties of benzodiazepine antagonist Ro 15-1788 in the conflict test. JF - Psychopharmacology JO - Psychopharmacology JA - Psychopharmacology (Berl) Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 94 IS - 3 SP - 306 EP - 311 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-3158 SN - 1432-2072 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-04325-001. PMID: 3128805 Other Journal Title: Psychopharmacologia. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Britton, Karen T.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, La Jolla, CA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amphetamine; Benzodiazepines; Corticotropin; Drug Interactions; Operant Conditioning. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Administered the central nervous system (CNS) stimulants corticotropin releasing factor (CRF) and amphetamine in combination with the benzodiazepine (BZ) ligands Ro 15-1788 and FG 7142 to assess their BZ agonist and antagonist receptor properties in an operant conflict test in rats. Ro 15-1788 reversed the suppression of punished responding produced by CRF and amphetamine. Chlordiazepoxide reversed the suppression of punished responding produced by CRF. The BZ inverse agonist FG 7142 enhanced the rate suppressing actions of both CRF and amphetamine. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - corticotropin releasing factor & amphetamine combined with Ro 15-1788 & FG 7142 KW - assessment of benzodiazepine agonist/antagonist receptor properties in operant conflict test KW - rats KW - 1988 KW - Amphetamine KW - Benzodiazepines KW - Corticotropin KW - Drug Interactions KW - Operant Conditioning KW - 1988 DO - 10.1007/BF00174680 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-04325-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-04280-001 AN - 1989-04280-001 AU - Takahashi, Lorey K. AU - Kalin, Ned H. AU - Barksdale, Charles M. AU - Vanden Burgt, Jennifer A. AU - Brownfield, Mark S. T1 - Stressor controllability during pregnancy influences pituitary-adrenal hormone concentrations and analgesic responsiveness in offspring. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1988/// VL - 42 IS - 4 SP - 323 EP - 329 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-04280-001. PMID: 2838856 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Takahashi, Lorey K.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Psychiatry Service, Madison, WI, US. Release Date: 19890201. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Analgesia; Hormones; Physiological Correlates; Prenatal Development; Shock. Minor Descriptor: Adrenal Cortex Hormones; Pituitary Hormones; Rats; Stress. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Demonstrated with adult female rats that during pregnancy the degree of behavioral control exerted over shock significantly altered offspring pituitary-adrenal release of stress-related hormones. Prenatal exposure to shock treatments, whether escapable or inescapable, influenced the development of systems associated with stress-induced analgesia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - maternal behavioral control of electric shock during pregnancy KW - pituitary adrenal release of stress related hormones & analgesic responsiveness KW - rats KW - 1988 KW - Analgesia KW - Hormones KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Prenatal Development KW - Shock KW - Adrenal Cortex Hormones KW - Pituitary Hormones KW - Rats KW - Stress KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(88)90273-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-04280-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-04225-001 AN - 1989-04225-001 AU - Cannon, Dale S. AU - Crawford, Isaac L. AU - Carrell, Laura E. T1 - Zinc deficiency conditions food aversions in rats. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1988/// VL - 42 IS - 3 SP - 245 EP - 247 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-04225-001. PMID: 3406151 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cannon, Dale S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Dallas, TX, US. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aversion Conditioning; Food Intake; Nutritional Deficiencies; Zinc. Minor Descriptor: Diets; Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Evaluated the predictions of a learned aversion interpretation of decreased food intake in rats resulting from nutritional deficiencies by P. Rozin (1967; see also PA, Vol 41:3878) and Rozin and J. W. Kalat (see record [rid]1972-08503-001[/rid]). Findings indicate that zinc (Zn) deficiency conditioned aversion to a Zn-deficient diet. After development of a Zn deficiency syndrome during which consumption of the deficient diet decreased, Ss readily consumed a familiar Zn-normal diet. After Zn repletion, previously deficient Ss continued to avoid the Zn-deficient diet. Results do not support the hypothesis that Zn deficiency produces anorexia, although Zn deficiency resulting from poor diet may affect eating behavior in anorexic individuals. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - zinc deficiency vs replenishment KW - intake of zinc deficient diet KW - rats KW - implications for conditioned aversion interpretation of decreased food intake KW - 1988 KW - Aversion Conditioning KW - Food Intake KW - Nutritional Deficiencies KW - Zinc KW - Diets KW - Rats KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(88)90077-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-04225-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-04147-001 AN - 1989-04147-001 AU - Robertson, Lynn C. AU - Lamb, Marvin R. T1 - The role of perceptual reference frames in visual field asymmetries. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1988/// VL - 26 IS - 1 SP - 145 EP - 152 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-04147-001. PMID: 3362340 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Robertson, Lynn C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebral Dominance; Judgment; Letters (Alphabet); Reaction Time; Visual Field. Minor Descriptor: Stimulus Parameters. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Tested the direct access model of hemispheric asymmetry in a letter reflection (normal or reflected) judgment task, using 12 right handed male adults (aged 21–30 yrs). Ss were shown a central white fixation light followed by a slide presentation of a letter and indicated whether letters were normal or reflected. In the baseline condition, letters were presented upright, and reaction time (RT) was faster to letters presented in the right visual field than to those presented in the left visual field. In 2 other conditions, right field advantage was again found when the right field was defined relative to the orientation of the tops of the rotated letters. Results demonstrate that the internal representation of locations in space is more important in predicting visual field asymmetries, at least in the present task, than the field of stimulus presentation relative to the fovea. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perceptual reference frame & central fixation light followed by normal vs reflected vs rotated letters presented to left vs right visual field KW - stimulus judgment RT KW - male 21–30 yr olds KW - 1988 KW - Cerebral Dominance KW - Judgment KW - Letters (Alphabet) KW - Reaction Time KW - Visual Field KW - Stimulus Parameters KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(88)90037-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-04147-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-04137-001 AN - 1989-04137-001 AU - Pfefferbaum, Adolf AU - Ford, Judith M. T1 - ERPs to stimuli requiring response production and inhibition: Effects of age, probability and visual noise. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology: Evoked Potentials JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology: Evoked Potentials Y1 - 1988/01//Jan-Feb, 1988 VL - 71 IS - 1 SP - 55 EP - 63 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science Publishers SN - 0168-5597 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-04137-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pfefferbaum, Adolf; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Evoked Potentials; Motor Processes; Visual Stimulation. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jan-Feb, 1988. AB - Presented 66 normal adults with stimuli to elicit event-related potentials (ERPs) containing explicit instructions to initiate or to inhibit a motor response. P₃ latency increased with age, improbability of stimulus, and visual noise. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age & motor response production vs inhibition to visually presented instructions KW - EPs KW - 20–85 yr olds KW - 1988 KW - Age Differences KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Motor Processes KW - Visual Stimulation KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0168-5597(88)90019-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-04137-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-04113-001 AN - 1989-04113-001 AU - Kooistra, Carol A. AU - Heilman, Kenneth M. T1 - Motor dominance and lateral asymmetry of the globus pallidus. JF - Neurology JO - Neurology Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 38 IS - 3 SP - 388 EP - 390 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0028-3878 SN - 1526-632X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-04113-001. PMID: 3347342 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kooistra, Carol A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Gainesville, FL, US. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Size; Globus Pallidus; Lateral Dominance; Motor Processes. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Examined 18 normal brains from Ss aged 26 wks gestation to 86 yrs for volumetric asymmetry of the globus pallidus. Findings show a significant asymmetry, with the left side measuring larger in 16 of 18 brains. Considering the role of the basal ganglia in motor control, data may reflect a structural basis of either axial or limb motor dominance in humans. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - motor dominance & volumetric asymmetry of globus pallidus in normal brains KW - postmortem 26 wks gestation through 86 yr olds KW - 1988 KW - Brain Size KW - Globus Pallidus KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Motor Processes KW - 1988 DO - 10.1212/WNL.38.3.388 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-04113-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-04063-001 AN - 1989-04063-001 AU - Kosobud, Ann AU - Bodor, Aaron S. AU - Crabbe, John C. T1 - Voluntary consumption of ethanol in WSP, WSC and WSR selectively bred mouse lines. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 29 IS - 3 SP - 601 EP - 607 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-04063-001. PMID: 3362955 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kosobud, Ann; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Strain Differences; Ethanol; Fluid Intake. Minor Descriptor: Mice. Classification: Genetics (2510). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Assessed voluntary consumption of ethanol solutions, using 60 selectively bred ethanol-withdrawal seizure prone (WSP), resistant (WSR), and neutral (WSC) mice. In Exp I, all Ss chose between 2.2, 4.6, and 10% ethanol solutions and water. In Exp II, WSP and WSR Ss chose between adjusted ethanol solutions, and WSP Ss drank more ethanol earlier in the experiment. Results suggest that genes influencing withdrawal from ethanol also influenced ethanol consumption. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethanol intake KW - selectively bred withdrawal seizure prone vs resistant vs neutral mice KW - 1988 KW - Animal Strain Differences KW - Ethanol KW - Fluid Intake KW - Mice KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(88)90026-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-04063-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-03891-001 AN - 1989-03891-001 AU - Verfaellie, Mieke AU - Bowers, Dawn AU - Heilman, Kenneth M. T1 - Attentional factors in the occurrence of stimulus-response compatibility effects. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1988/// VL - 26 IS - 3 SP - 435 EP - 444 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-03891-001. PMID: 3374802 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Verfaellie, Mieke; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Memory Disorders Research Ctr, MA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Reaction Time. Minor Descriptor: Selective Attention; Visual Discrimination. Classification: Attention (2346). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Compared the attentional hypothesis with the coding hypothesis on the ability to account for stimulus–response compatibility effects in the situation in which the location of the target is irrelevant for choosing the correct response. Two components of attention (selective attention and intention) were independently manipulated by providing selective preparatory information before onset of a target stimulus to 24 right-handed male undergraduates. Compatibility effects were observed only in the condition in which intentional information, but no attentional information, was provided. These findings support the attentional hypothesis and indicate that a specific aspect of attention, namely, a selective readiness to respond to the stimulus, is a necessary condition for compatibility effects to occur. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - selective attention & intention KW - stimulus response compatibility effects on visual RTs KW - 18–32 yr old males KW - test of attentional vs coding hypothesis KW - 1988 KW - Attention KW - Reaction Time KW - Selective Attention KW - Visual Discrimination KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(88)90096-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-03891-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0001-5535-4584 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-03540-001 AN - 1989-03540-001 AU - Lynch, William J. T1 - Computers in neuropsychological assessment. JF - The Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilitation JO - The Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilitation JA - J Head Trauma Rehabil Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 92 EP - 94 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0885-9701 SN - 1550-509X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-03540-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lynch, William J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brain Injury Rehabilitation Unit, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Correction Date: 20091026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Computer Assisted Diagnosis; Neuropsychological Assessment. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Describes computer-assisted interpretive systems for a number of neuropsychological tests, including the Halstead-Reitan Neurological Test Battery and the Wisconsin Card Sorting Test. Suggestions for improvements in these software systems are offered. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - computer assisted neuropsychological assessment KW - 1988 KW - Computer Assisted Diagnosis KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - 1988 DO - 10.1097/00001199-198803000-00014 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-03540-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-03046-001 AN - 1989-03046-001 AU - Rosenheck, Robert T1 - Professionalism, bureaucracy and patriotism: The VA as a health care megasystem. JF - Psychiatric Quarterly JO - Psychiatric Quarterly JA - Psychiatr Q Y1 - 1986///Sum 1986-1987 VL - 58 IS - 2 SP - 77 EP - 90 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-2720 SN - 1573-6709 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-03046-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rosenheck, Robert; West Haven Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, CT, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospitals; Mental Health Personnel; Organizational Climate; Organizational Objectives; Organizational Structure. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400); Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1986-1987. AB - Describes characteristic experiences of the mental health professionals in the Veterans Administration (VA) system and analyzes the system in terms of its organizational tasks, structures, and cultures. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - characteristic experiences & organizational tasks & structures & cultures of VA medical system KW - mental health professionals KW - 1986 KW - Hospitals KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Organizational Climate KW - Organizational Objectives KW - Organizational Structure KW - 1986 DO - 10.1007/BF01064049 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-03046-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-03028-001 AN - 1989-03028-001 AU - McMordie, William R. T1 - Twenty-year follow-up of the prevailing opinion on the posttraumatic or postconcussional syndrome. JF - Clinical Neuropsychologist JO - Clinical Neuropsychologist Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 2 IS - 3 SP - 198 EP - 212 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0920-1637 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-03028-001. Other Journal Title: The Clinical Neuropsychologist. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McMordie, William R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychology Behavioral Lab, Knoxville, IA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Head Injuries; Health Personnel Attitudes; Psychologists; Surgeons. Minor Descriptor: Treatment. Classification: Professional Personnel Attitudes & Characteristics (3430); Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. AB - Conducted a replication of a survey by A. H. Auerback et al (1967) on postconcussional syndrome, with responses obtained from 185 neurosurgeons and neuropsychologists. Several areas of changing neurosurgical opinion are identified. Differences in current neurosurgical and neuropsychological opinion are described. Results confirm the presence of some beliefs widely held by professionals but not supported by the current literature. 51% of the neurosurgeons in this sample compared to 46% in the 1967 sample felt that psychotherapy may be of benefit; 82% of the neuropsychologists attested to the helpfulness of psychotherapy, and most of them believed that emotional and compensation factors influenced the duration of postinjury syndrome. It is suggested that the term post head injury syndrome be used in preference to postconcussional or posttraumatic syndrome. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - beliefs regarding posttraumatic or postconcussional syndrome & treatment KW - neurosurgeons & neuropsychologists KW - replication KW - 1988 KW - Head Injuries KW - Health Personnel Attitudes KW - Psychologists KW - Surgeons KW - Treatment KW - 1988 DO - 10.1080/13854048808520102 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-03028-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02956-001 AN - 1989-02956-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Brown, Kevin AU - Tilleskjor, Curt AU - Jacobs, Lyle AU - Pucel, John T1 - The comparative recidivism rates of voluntary- and coerced-admission male alcoholics. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 44 IS - 4 SP - 573 EP - 581 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02956-001. PMID: 3170762 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, St Cloud, MN, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Hospital Admission; Relapse (Disorders); Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism; Followup Studies. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. AB - Compared the outcomes of 97 inpatient alcoholics who reported that they had been coerced into treatment by commitment or pressure from others in a follow-up study with those of 34 alcoholics who described themselves as voluntary admissions. 10 assessments of control over drinking, number of drinking days in the past week, and intoxication since previous appraisal were made by collaterals between 2 wks and 18 mo after treatment. Data suggest that the prognoses of alcoholics who presented for treatment under court order or interpersonal pressure were not substantially different from those of men who claim to have entered without coercion. However, the differences between the groups' control-over-drinking ratings, even though not significant, consistently favored the coerced admissions, raising the possibility that their outcomes may have been slightly better than those of the voluntary admissions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - coerced vs voluntary admission to rehabilitation program KW - control over drinking & other outcome measures KW - hospitalized alcoholic males KW - 2 wk to 18 mo followups KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Hospital Admission KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Alcoholism KW - Followup Studies KW - 1988 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198807)44:4<573::AID-JCLP2270440414>3.0.CO;2-M UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-02956-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02924-001 AN - 1989-02924-001 AU - Loos, Warren R. AU - Hargrove, David S. AU - Berman, John J. T1 - Using the Day Treatment Appropriateness Scale with rural, alcoholic clients. JF - International Journal of Partial Hospitalization JO - International Journal of Partial Hospitalization JA - Int J Partial Hosp Y1 - 1986/09// VL - 3 IS - 3 SP - 169 EP - 182 CY - US PB - Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers SN - 0272-4308 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02924-001. PMID: 10282211 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Loos, Warren R.; Albany Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, NY, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Partial Hospitalization; Rural Environments; Statistical Validity. Minor Descriptor: Community Mental Health Centers; Rating Scales. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1986. AB - Tested the extended validity of the Day Treatment Appropriateness Scale (DTAS), developed by P. M. Lefkovitz (1982) and designed to assist in patient selection. DTAS has been shown to predict validly successful completion of a day-treatment program for chronic, psychiatric patients. This report addresses the use of the DTAS in an alcohol day-treatment program located in a rural, midwestern, community mental-health center. The DTAS did not accurately predict successful program completion among 32 alcoholic clients in day treatment. Only scores for motivation correlated with successful program completion. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of Day Treatment Appropriateness Scale KW - prediction of successful program completion KW - rural alcoholic clients attending community mental health center KW - 1986 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Partial Hospitalization KW - Rural Environments KW - Statistical Validity KW - Community Mental Health Centers KW - Rating Scales KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-02924-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02919-001 AN - 1989-02919-001 AU - Henrion, Rosemary T1 - Making logotherapy a reality in treating alcoholics. JF - International Forum for Logotherapy JO - International Forum for Logotherapy Y1 - 1987///Fal-Win 1987 VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 112 EP - 117 CY - US PB - Viktor Frankl Inst of Logotherapy SN - 0191-3379 SN - 0360-8182 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02919-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Henrion, Rosemary; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Biloxi, MS, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Logotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Fal-Win 1987. AB - Describes logotherapy treatment for alcoholics based on J. C. Crumbaugh's (1973, 1980) 5 steps: (1) selecting a view of life, (2) developing self-confidence, (3) stimulating creative thinking, (4) establishing encounters, and (5) accentuating the positive. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - logotherapy KW - alcoholic patients KW - 1987 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Logotherapy KW - Alcoholism KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-02919-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02904-001 AN - 1989-02904-001 AU - Cushman, Paul T1 - Clonidine and alcohol withdrawal. JF - Advances in Alcohol & Substance Abuse JO - Advances in Alcohol & Substance Abuse JA - Adv Alcohol Subst Abuse Y1 - 1987/// VL - 7 IS - 1 SP - 17 EP - 28 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0270-3106 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02904-001. PMID: 3327372 Other Journal Title: Journal of Addictive Diseases. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cushman, Paul; Virginia Commonwealth U, Medical Coll of Virginia, McGuire Veterans Administration Hosp, Richmond, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Clonidine; Drug Withdrawal; Literature Review. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Discusses studies on clonidine's potential for treating alcohol withdrawal, noting that clonidine and locus ceruleus lesions in animals with alcohol dependency, as with opiate-dependent animals, modify alcohol withdrawal. Both alcohol loading and withdrawal from steady alcohol use alter catecholamines. Clonidine has been shown to be superior to placebo in treating acute alcohol withdrawal, producing improvements in pulse, blood pressure, and composite alcohol withdrawal scores. Side effects include mild sedation or postural hypotension. Clonidine influences plasma catecholamine levels but not other components of alcohol withdrawal, such as seizures and hallucinations-delirium tremens. Comparison of the effectiveness of alpha-2-adrenergic agonists such as clonidine with the benzodiazepines are recommended. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clonidine KW - alcohol withdrawal KW - literature review KW - 1987 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Clonidine KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Literature Review KW - Alcoholism KW - 1987 DO - 10.1300/J251v07n01_02 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-02904-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02903-001 AN - 1989-02903-001 AU - Craig, Robert J. AU - Olson, Ronald E. T1 - Differences in psychological need hierarchy between program completers and dropouts from a drug abuse treatment program. JF - The American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse JO - The American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse JA - Am J Drug Alcohol Abuse Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 89 EP - 96 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0095-2990 SN - 1097-9891 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02903-001. PMID: 3213835 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Craig, Robert J.; West Side Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Chicago, IL, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Rehabilitation; Needs; Personality Traits; Treatment Compliance; Treatment Dropouts. Minor Descriptor: Drug Abuse. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Measured psychological need patterns among drug addicts in treatment at a Veteran's Administration facility, using the Adjective Checklist. Compared with 94 program completers, 22 program dropouts had higher needs for Autonomy and Aggression and lower needs for Deference, Nurturance, and Affiliation. It is suggested that this personality style may form the basis of dropping out among certain types of addicts in certain types of programs when faced with situational, environmental, or interactional stress. It may be possible to identify a personality pattern at risk for premature termination before the S experiences the impulse to leave. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological needs & personality patterns KW - drug abuse treatment program completers vs dropouts KW - 1988 KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Needs KW - Personality Traits KW - Treatment Compliance KW - Treatment Dropouts KW - Drug Abuse KW - 1988 DO - 10.3109/00952998809001537 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-02903-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02900-001 AN - 1989-02900-001 AU - Brown, Sandra A. T1 - Alcohol use and type of life events experienced during adolescence. JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JA - Psychol Addict Behav Y1 - 1987/// VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 104 EP - 107 PB - Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02900-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brown, Sandra A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20100104. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Drug Rehabilitation; Family Relations; Life Experiences; Stress. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1987. Copyright Statement: Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. 1987. AB - Measured the incidence of stressful life events among 119 adolescents who had an alcohol abusing parent, were in treatment for alcohol/drug abuse, or had no personal or family history of alcohol abuse. Group scores were compared for 7 types of life events based on the Life Event Checklist (LEC) of M. D. Newcomb et al (see record [rid]1982-20103-001[/rid]). Adolescents in treatment experienced more deviance and emotional distress events whereas adolescents with an alcoholic parent reported significantly more family-related problems. Results provide evidence for the usefulness of the LEC in clinical populations of adolescents. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stressful life events & family factors KW - adolescents with alcohol abusing parent or undergoing drug rehabilitation KW - 1987 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Family Relations KW - Life Experiences KW - Stress KW - 1987 DO - 10.1037/h0080447 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-02900-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02875-001 AN - 1989-02875-001 AU - Goldstein, Gerald AU - McCue, Michael AU - Turner, Samuel M. AU - Spanier, Cynthia AU - Malec, Elaine A. AU - Shelly, Carolyn T1 - An efficacy study of memory training for patients with closed-head injury. JF - Clinical Neuropsychologist JO - Clinical Neuropsychologist Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 2 IS - 3 SP - 251 EP - 259 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0920-1637 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02875-001. Other Journal Title: The Clinical Neuropsychologist. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Gerald; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Associative Processes; Head Injuries; Recall (Learning); Rehabilitation. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. AB - 10 adult patients with histories of closed-head injury with persistent amnesia were given courses of memory training in list recall and face–name associations. The list-learning technique involved embedding words into high imagery stories, and the face–name association technique utilized an imagery technique in which physical features of faces were associated with names. In both cases, generalization of learning was encouraged by changing training materials over sessions. Ss increased their ability to recall lengthy lists despite the fact that the list items were changed at each session during the last 7 sessions of the 15-session training course. Learning efficiency was also increased on the face-naming procedure, as demonstrated by a significant reduction in trials needed to learn a series of 8 face–name associations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - training in list recall & face name associations KW - adults with histories of closed head injury & amnesia KW - 1988 KW - Amnesia KW - Associative Processes KW - Head Injuries KW - Recall (Learning) KW - Rehabilitation KW - 1988 DO - 10.1080/13854048808520108 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-02875-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02828-001 AN - 1989-02828-001 AU - Perconte, Stephen T. T1 - Partial-hospitalization treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). JF - International Journal of Partial Hospitalization JO - International Journal of Partial Hospitalization JA - Int J Partial Hosp Y1 - 1986/12// VL - 3 IS - 4 SP - 219 EP - 229 CY - US PB - Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers SN - 0272-4308 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02828-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Perconte, Stephen T.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Day Hosp Program, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Partial Hospitalization; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1986. AB - Discusses a partial-hospitalization approach to treatment of PTSD in Vietnam veterans as an alternative to specialized inpatient treatment programs. The goals and description of 1 such program are presented, in addition to a discussion of clinical and administrative implementation and treatment problems. The goals of treatment include verbalization of problems, abreaction of emotional conflicts, communication of feelings to family, modification of stereotyped behavior, and social desensitization. Implementation issues include the patient's own motivation and commitment to treatment success, the need to confront long-avoided emotional issues, and the influence of drug and alcohol abuse. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - partial hospitalization KW - Vietnam veterans with PTSD KW - 1986 KW - Partial Hospitalization KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Military Veterans KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-02828-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02819-001 AN - 1989-02819-001 AU - Miyake, Steven M. AU - Chemtob, Claude M. AU - Torigoe, Rodney Y. T1 - The effect of decreasing delays in appointments on patients' failure to keep appointments. JF - International Journal of Partial Hospitalization JO - International Journal of Partial Hospitalization JA - Int J Partial Hosp Y1 - 1985/06// VL - 3 IS - 2 SP - 131 EP - 135 CY - US PB - Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers SN - 0272-4308 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02819-001. PMID: 10277557 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Miyake, Steven M.; Veterans Administration Regional Office, Honolulu, HI, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Partial Hospitalization; Time; Treatment Compliance; Treatment Dropouts. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1985. AB - Examined the effects of decreasing delays in appointments on appointment keeping for 198 psychiatric patients who were scheduled for initial intake appointments at a day-treatment center. Decreasing delays in appointments from 5.44 days during baseline to 1.67 days during intervention resulted in a significant decrease in failures to keep appointments from 34 to 13%. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - interval from referral date to intake appointment KW - failure to keep appointment KW - psychiatric patients at day treatment center KW - 1985 KW - Partial Hospitalization KW - Time KW - Treatment Compliance KW - Treatment Dropouts KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1985 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-02819-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02766-001 AN - 1989-02766-001 AU - Choca, James P. AU - Peterson, Charles A. AU - Shanley, Luke A. AU - Richards, Henry AU - Mangoubi, E. T1 - Problems in using statistical models to predict psychiatric length of stay: An illustration. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 39 IS - 2 SP - 195 EP - 197 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02766-001. PMID: 3126124 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Choca, James P.; Veterans Administration Lakeside Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20160523. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Traits; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Treatment Duration. Minor Descriptor: Client Characteristics; Prediction. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. AB - Investigated personality style as a variable in predicting length of stay (LOS) in the hospital, using a retrospective review of records of 556 psychiatric patients. It is concluded that much of the variance in psychiatric LOS cannot be accounted for and that the predictive-prospective model should not be used to determine funding for psychiatric treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality style KW - prediction of length of hospital stay KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1988 KW - Personality Traits KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Treatment Duration KW - Client Characteristics KW - Prediction KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-02766-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02756-001 AN - 1989-02756-001 AU - Allan, Edward R. AU - Brown, Ruth C. AU - Laury, Gabriel T1 - Planning a psychiatric intensive care unit. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 39 IS - 1 SP - 81 EP - 83 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02756-001. PMID: 3338735 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Allan, Edward R.; Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp, Montrose, NY, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intensive Care; Psychiatric Hospital Programs. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1988. AB - Describes a 30-bed psychiatric intensive care unit in a 1,200-bed psychiatric facility of a Veterans Administration hospital. The unit admits suicidal or assaultive patients who are acutely disturbed and present serious management problems. Aspects of the planning of the unit, such as staff education, are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - planning & development of psychiatric intensive care unit in VA hospital KW - 1988 KW - Intensive Care KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-02756-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02553-001 AN - 1989-02553-001 AU - Uhr, Sarita B. AU - Pruitt, Barbara AU - Berger, Philip A. AU - Stahl, Stephen M. T1 - Improvement of symptoms in Tourette Syndrome by piquindone, a novel dopamine-2 receptor antagonist. JF - International Clinical Psychopharmacology JO - International Clinical Psychopharmacology JA - Int Clin Psychopharmacol Y1 - 1986/07// VL - 1 IS - 3 SP - 216 EP - 220 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0268-1315 SN - 1473-5857 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02553-001. PMID: 3549873 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Uhr, Sarita B.; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Schizophrenia Biologic Research Ctr, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dopamine Antagonists; Drug Therapy; Tourette Syndrome. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1986. AB - Treated 4 White adult patients who had Tourette's syndrome (TS) with piquindone, a novel dopamine-2 (D2) receptor antagonist designed via a 3-dimensional model of dopamine receptors. Ss experienced a clinically obvious reduction of tics. Sedation, which decreased over time, was the only adverse effect. Haloperidol, the current treatment of choice of TS, is limited by its extrapyramidal side effects. Piquindone produced therapeutic effects without disabling side effects. Motor tics responded at lower doses than vocal tics. Ss expressed a strong subjective preference for piquindone over haloperidol. Results support the proposal that TS may be mediated by hyperactive D2 receptors. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - piquindone KW - 18–54 yr old patients with Tourette's syndrome KW - 1986 KW - Dopamine Antagonists KW - Drug Therapy KW - Tourette Syndrome KW - 1986 DO - 10.1097/00004850-198607000-00004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-02553-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02533-001 AN - 1989-02533-001 AU - Silva, J. Artuto AU - Jalali, Behnaz AU - Leong, Gregory B. T1 - Delusion of exchanged doubles in an immigrant: A new Capgras variant? JF - International Journal of Social Psychiatry JO - International Journal of Social Psychiatry JA - Int J Soc Psychiatry Y1 - 1987///Win 1987 VL - 33 IS - 4 SP - 299 EP - 302 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0020-7640 SN - 1741-2854 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02533-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silva, J. Artuto; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Capgras Syndrome; Neuroleptic Drugs. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Immigration. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Win 1987. AB - Presents the case of a 24-yr-old Mexican-born female with complaints of anxiety, depression, and hostility. S believed that her 4-yr-old son was actually a woman, being impersonated by the S herself. Diagnosed as atypically psychotic, her symptoms of exchanged identities resolved 48 hrs after antipsychotic medication. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuroleptics KW - Capgras syndrome KW - 24 yr old Mexican born female KW - case report KW - 1987 KW - Capgras Syndrome KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Case Report KW - Immigration KW - 1987 DO - 10.1177/002076408703300407 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-02533-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02467-001 AN - 1989-02467-001 AU - Davidson, Michael AU - Zemishlany, Zvi AU - Mohs, Richard C. AU - Horvath, Thomas B. AU - Powchik, Peter AU - Blass, John P. AU - Davis, Kenneth L. T1 - 4-Aminopyridine in the treatment of Alzheimer's disease. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 23 IS - 5 SP - 485 EP - 490 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02467-001. PMID: 2830918 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davidson, Michael; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, NY, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Drug Therapy; Drugs. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Emotional Adjustment; Motor Processes; Symptoms. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Investigated the cognitive and behavioral effects of 4-aminopyridine (4-AP) on 14 inpatients with probable Alzheimer's disease (AD). Ss received 4-AP or placebo for 4 days and the most effective previous dose thereafter. Of the 13 Ss who completed the dose-finding phase, 7 Ss had at least 1 dose of 4-AP associated with less severe symptoms than placebo, and those Ss were included in a replication phase. There were no significant differences in Ss' scores on an AD assessment scale (ADAS) by W. G. Rosen et al (see record [rid]1985-08430-001[/rid]). Examination of the ADAS subscales revealed no significant 4-AP effect on any particular symptom. It is suggested that unselective release of neurotransmitters by 4-AP, poor penetration into the central nervous system (CNS), and presenile onset of AD account for the lack of effect observed for 4-AP. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 4-aminopyridine KW - cognitive functioning & motor & psychological symptoms KW - 54–89 yr olds with probable Alzheimer's disease KW - 1988 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drugs KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - Motor Processes KW - Symptoms KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(88)90020-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-02467-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02466-001 AN - 1989-02466-001 AU - Davidson, Michael AU - Davis, Bonnie M. AU - Bastiaens, Leo AU - Macaluso, Joseph AU - Aryan, Mohsen AU - Ryan, Theresa AU - Davis, Kenneth L. T1 - Growth hormone response to edrophonium in patients with Alzheimer's disease and normal control subjects. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/08// VL - 145 IS - 8 SP - 1007 EP - 1009 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02466-001. PMID: 3394851 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davidson, Michael; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, NY, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Cholinergic Blocking Drugs; Somatotropin. Minor Descriptor: Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1988. AB - Presents data suggesting that growth hormone (GH) response to edrophonium was no different in 12 Alzheimer's disease patients (aged 55–72 yrs) than in 8 healthy age-matched controls. It is noted that previously reported differences (O. J. Thienhaus et al, see record [rid]1988-01863-001[/rid]) may be due to differences in gender or baseline GH concentrations between patients and controls. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - edrophonium KW - growth hormone KW - 55–72 yr old Alzheimer's disease patients KW - 1988 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Cholinergic Blocking Drugs KW - Somatotropin KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1988 DO - 10.1176/ajp.145.8.1007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-02466-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02465-001 AN - 1989-02465-001 AU - Csernansky, John G. AU - Riney, Sherry J. AU - Lombrozo, Leon AU - Overall, John E. AU - Hollister, Leo E. T1 - Double-blind comparison of alprazolam, diazepam, and placebo for the treatment of negative schizophrenic symptoms. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 45 IS - 7 SP - 655 EP - 659 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02465-001. PMID: 3289523 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Csernansky, John G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: 25th Annual Meeting of the American College of Neuropsychopharmacology (1986, Washington, DC). Major Descriptor: Alprazolam; Diazepam; Drug Therapy; Neuroleptic Drugs; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Symptoms. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. AB - Treated 55 adult schizophrenic outpatients with negative symptoms for up to 6 wks by the addition of alprazolam, diazepam, or placebo to their ongoing neuroleptic treatment. A repeated-measures analysis of variance (ANOVA) using baseline measures as covariates indicated a significant time by drug interaction effect for the weekly Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale (BPRS) Withdrawal/Retardation subfactor scores. The alprazolam-treated group had lower scores during the initial weeks, while the diazepam-treated Ss had higher scores than placebo-treated Ss. An end point analysis on the final BPRS scores showed no significant differences among the 3 groups, nor were there any beneficial effects for positive symptoms. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuroleptics & alprazolam vs diazepam KW - schizophrenic outpatients KW - 1988 KW - Alprazolam KW - Diazepam KW - Drug Therapy KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - 1988 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1988.01800310063008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-02465-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02374-001 AN - 1989-02374-001 AU - Powell, Mildred AU - Illovsky, Michael AU - O'Leary, William C. AU - Gazda, George M. T1 - Life-skills training with hospitalized psychiatric patients. JF - International Journal of Group Psychotherapy JO - International Journal of Group Psychotherapy JA - Int J Group Psychother Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 38 IS - 1 SP - 109 EP - 117 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0020-7284 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02374-001. PMID: 3350612 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Powell, Mildred; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Augusta, GA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20160421. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Communication Skills Training; Hospitalized Patients; Psychiatric Patients; Social Skills Training. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1988. AB - Investigated the effectiveness of a group-skills training program for 59 male psychiatric inpatients with disorders including posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), substance abuse, and schizophrenia. Ss received communication skills training in addition to the recreational and occupational therapy received by controls. Ss were evaluated using measures including the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI), a semantic differential, and the Career Maturity Inventory. Results indicate that life skills training was as effective in dealing with severe pathology as more traditional psychiatric treatment. Ss receiving this training demonstrated improvement in relevant life skills compared with controls. These Ss showed sustained improvement in a 1-yr follow-up. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - life skills training KW - communication & social interaction KW - male psychiatric inpatients KW - 1 yr followup KW - 1988 KW - Communication Skills Training KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Social Skills Training KW - Followup Studies KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-02374-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02350-001 AN - 1989-02350-001 AU - Erickson, Richard C. T1 - The question of casualties in inpatient small group psychotherapy. JF - Small Group Behavior JO - Small Group Behavior Y1 - 1987/11// VL - 18 IS - 4 SP - 443 EP - 458 CY - US PB - Sage Publications N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02350-001. Other Journal Title: Small Group Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Erickson, Richard C.; Brockton Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Psychotherapeutic Outcomes. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1987. AB - Reviews the issue of group psychotherapy (GP) casualties from a conceptual and empirical perspective to consider what basis there might be for concern. The author argues that there is no clear evidence that GP is a riskier procedure than individual therapy or medications and rest with inpatient populations. Just as H. J. Eysenck's (1967) global question regarding the effectiveness of psychotherapy is considered by the present author to be meaningless, the issue of whether medications and rest, individual psychotherapy, or GP are more or less harmful to inpatients is considered to be meaningless in the absence of further specification of what is being done with whom. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - conceptual & empirical perspective on group psychotherapy casualties KW - patients KW - 1987 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Psychotherapeutic Outcomes KW - 1987 DO - 10.1177/104649648701800401 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-02350-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02340-001 AN - 1989-02340-001 AU - Antonuccio, David O. AU - Davis, Cheryl AU - Lewinsohn, Peter M. AU - Breckenridge, Julia S. T1 - Therapist variables related to cohesiveness in a group treatment for depression. JF - Small Group Behavior JO - Small Group Behavior Y1 - 1987/11// VL - 18 IS - 4 SP - 557 EP - 564 CY - US PB - Sage Publications N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02340-001. Other Journal Title: Small Group Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Antonuccio, David O.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Mental Hygiene Clinic, Reno, NV, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Cohesion; Group Psychotherapy; Leadership Style; Major Depression; Therapist Characteristics. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies; Psychotherapeutic Processes. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1987. AB - Each of 8 leaders conducted 2 consecutive psychoeducational treatment groups consisting of 5–6 Ss each. A broad multivariate assessment was conducted of pretreatment leader characteristics, leader behavior and style during treatment, group behavior and process, and depression outcome. Of 106 participating Ss, 79 were clinically depressed based on the Research Diagnostic Criteria. There was a substantial change on the Beck Depression Inventory from pre- to posttreatment, which was maintained at 1-mo follow-up. Leaders who had a higher internal locus of control, who were less directive, or who were rated as warmer by independent observers, had groups with higher cohesiveness; however, these cohesiveness differences did not result in different depression outcomes. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - leader's characteristics & behavior & style KW - group behavior & process & depression outcome in treatment groups KW - clients KW - 1 mo followup KW - 1987 KW - Group Cohesion KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Leadership Style KW - Major Depression KW - Therapist Characteristics KW - Followup Studies KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - 1987 DO - 10.1177/104649648701800409 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-02340-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02154-001 AN - 1989-02154-001 AU - Walsh, Patricia A. AU - Walsh, Anthony T1 - Self-esteem and disease adaptation among multiple sclerosis patients. JF - The Journal of Social Psychology JO - The Journal of Social Psychology JA - J Soc Psychol Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 127 IS - 6 SP - 669 EP - 671 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-4545 SN - 1940-1183 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02154-001. PMID: 3437765 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Walsh, Patricia A.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Boise, ID, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20090907. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Illness Behavior; Multiple Sclerosis; Physical Illness (Attitudes Toward); Self-Esteem. Minor Descriptor: Emotional Adjustment. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. AB - Among 113 multiple sclerosis patients, scores on the Rosenberg Self-Esteem Scale were related to level of physical restriction and to the levels of adaptation to chronic disease contained in R. Matson and N. Brooks's (1977) model: denial, resistance, affirmation, and integration. Results reveal the effects of both objective and subjective phenomena on self-esteem. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self esteem KW - physical restriction & adjustment KW - patients with multiple sclerosis KW - 1987 KW - Illness Behavior KW - Multiple Sclerosis KW - Physical Illness (Attitudes Toward) KW - Self-Esteem KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-02154-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02106-001 AN - 1989-02106-001 AU - Riege, Walter H. AU - Metter, E. J. T1 - Cognitive and brain imaging measures of Alzheimer's disease. JF - Neurobiology of Aging JO - Neurobiology of Aging JA - Neurobiol Aging Y1 - 1988/01//Jan-Feb, 1988 VL - 9 IS - 1 SP - 69 EP - 86 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0197-4580 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02106-001. PMID: 3288895 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Riege, Walter H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Literature Review; Medical Diagnosis; Neuropsychological Assessment; Tomography. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Ability. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Brain Imaging; Literature Review. Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: Jan-Feb, 1988. AB - Discusses, in this review of the literature, problems of diagnosis in Alzheimer's disease (AD). Evidence in support of neurobehavioral models characterizing AD is examined in the context of rating scales; it is contended that tests concerned with information-processing skills of a patient are relevant to the clinical profile needed for diagnosis. Brain imaging by positron emission tomography has shown that glucose metabolism is reduced in probable AD patients, who also exhibit an inconsistent pattern of regional hypometabolism. Studies suggest 3 models of AD: a severity (staging) model, a heterogeneity model, and an information-processing model. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive function measures & brain imaging by positron emission tomography KW - diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease KW - literature review KW - 1988 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Literature Review KW - Medical Diagnosis KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Tomography KW - Cognitive Ability KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/S0197-4580(88)80027-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-02106-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02079-001 AN - 1989-02079-001 AU - Moses, James A. AU - Csernansky, John G. AU - Leiderman, Deborah B. T1 - Neuropsychological criteria for identification of cognitive deficit in limbic epilepsy. JF - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology JO - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 10 IS - 3 SP - 106 EP - 112 CY - US PB - MelNic Press, Inc. SN - 0749-8470 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02079-001. Other Journal Title: Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moses, James A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Cognitive Impairment; Epilepsy; Limbic System; Neuropsychological Assessment. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Tested 20 adult outpatients with limbic epilepsy with the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery, Form I to identify the presence or absence of cognitive deficit. Use of clinical scale elevation rules alone identified cognitive deficit in 75% of current sample cases. Addition of profile range and subclinical generalized profile elevation rules to the clinical scale elevation rule did not significantly increase the percentage of cases (80%) identified as cognitively impaired. Presence of generalized seizures secondary to the primary diagnosis of complex partial seizures (CPSs) did not significantly increase the incidence of cognitive deficit over that found with CPSs alone. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive deficit assessed by Luria Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery KW - limbic epileptic outpatients KW - 1988 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Cognitive Impairment KW - Epilepsy KW - Limbic System KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-02079-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02077-001 AN - 1989-02077-001 AU - Morley, John E. AU - Silver, Andrew J. T1 - Anorexia in the elderly. JF - Neurobiology of Aging JO - Neurobiology of Aging JA - Neurobiol Aging Y1 - 1988/01//Jan-Feb, 1988 VL - 9 IS - 1 SP - 9 EP - 16 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0197-4580 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02077-001. PMID: 2898107 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morley, John E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Body Weight; Eating Disorders; Literature Review. Minor Descriptor: Epidemiology; Etiology; Food Intake. Classification: Eating Disorders (3260). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jan-Feb, 1988. AB - Contends, on the basis of a review of the literature, that weight loss and anorexia occur commonly in the elderly. While in many cases the anorexia can be attributed to associated disease processes, it appears that a true anorexia of aging exists. Animal studies have suggested that older rodents have an excessive satiety effect of cholecystokinin and a decreased opioid feeding drive. It is also noted that other older persons develop anorexia in association with depression. In these Ss, excess corticotropin-releasing factor may be the neurotransmitter involved in the pathogenesis of the anorexia. It is suggested that in Alzheimer's disease decreases in norepinephrine and neuropeptide Y may be involved in the anorexia seen in these patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - incidence & physiological etiology of anorexia KW - elderly KW - literature review KW - 1988 KW - Body Weight KW - Eating Disorders KW - Literature Review KW - Epidemiology KW - Etiology KW - Food Intake KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/S0197-4580(88)80004-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-02077-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02076-001 AN - 1989-02076-001 AU - Morley, John E. AU - Blundell, John E. T1 - The neurobiological basis of eating disorders: Some formulations. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 23 IS - 1 SP - 53 EP - 78 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02076-001. PMID: 2892538 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morley, John E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Eating Disorders; Etiology; Literature Review; Neurochemistry; Treatment. Classification: Eating Disorders (3260). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 26. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1988. AB - Reviews recent biobehavioral research involving animals and humans on eating disorders and aberrant eating (hyperphagia or anorexia). Central mechanisms involving neuropeptides and the biogenic amines; the role of corticotropin-releasing factor in anorexia nervosa; the possibility of neuropeptide Y as a bulimic agent; aminergic dysfunction (particularly involving serotonin) in obesity, bulimia, and nutrient craving; the organizing role of opioids in stabilizing energy transactions; the concept of iatrogenic-induced eating problems; and the use of biological agents as therapy are considered. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neurochemical etiology & treatment KW - eating disorders KW - literature review KW - 1988 KW - Eating Disorders KW - Etiology KW - Literature Review KW - Neurochemistry KW - Treatment KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(88)90106-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-02076-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02075-001 AN - 1989-02075-001 AU - Mooradian, Arshag D. T1 - Effect of aging on the blood-brain barrier. JF - Neurobiology of Aging JO - Neurobiology of Aging JA - Neurobiol Aging Y1 - 1988/01//Jan-Feb, 1988 VL - 9 IS - 1 SP - 31 EP - 39 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0197-4580 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02075-001. PMID: 3288893 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mooradian, Arshag D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disorders; Literature Review; Neurochemistry; Physiological Aging. Minor Descriptor: Blood; Brain; Physiological Correlates. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jan-Feb, 1988. AB - Reviews the function of the blood-brain barrier (BBB) and discusses histologic and physiologic changes in the BBB as a result of diseases associated with aging (e.g., hypertension, diabetes, cerebral ischemia). It is noted that a more profound change in BBB permeability appears to be associated with Alzheimer's disease. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - histological & physiological changes associated with aging related disorders KW - blood brain barrier function KW - literature review KW - 1988 KW - Disorders KW - Literature Review KW - Neurochemistry KW - Physiological Aging KW - Blood KW - Brain KW - Physiological Correlates KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/S0197-4580(88)80013-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-02075-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02061-001 AN - 1989-02061-001 AU - Marburg, Galen S. T1 - A father's response to the birth and death of a multi-handicapped child. JF - Infant Mental Health Journal JO - Infant Mental Health Journal JA - Infant Ment Health J Y1 - 1985///Spr 1985 VL - 6 IS - 1 SP - 5 EP - 12 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0163-9641 SN - 1097-0355 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02061-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Marburg, Galen S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Northampton, MA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Death and Dying; Down's Syndrome; Fathers; Grief. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1985. AB - The author describes his personal responses as a father as he discovers, experiences, and accepts the complex medical interventions designed to preserve the existence of his Down's syndrome handicapped child. As the medical procedures ultimately prove to be ineffectual, the impact of the child's death upon the immediate family is also traced. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - birth & death of child with Down's syndrome KW - fathers KW - 1985 KW - Death and Dying KW - Down's Syndrome KW - Fathers KW - Grief KW - 1985 DO - 10.1002/1097-0355(198521)6:1<5::AID-IMHJ2280060103>3.0.CO;2-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-02061-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02042-001 AN - 1989-02042-001 AU - Kritchevsky, Mark AU - Squire, Larry R. AU - Zouzounis, Joyce A. T1 - Transient global amnesia: Characterization of anterograde and retrograde amnesia. JF - Neurology JO - Neurology Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 38 IS - 2 SP - 213 EP - 219 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0028-3878 SN - 1526-632X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02042-001. PMID: 3340282 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kritchevsky, Mark; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia. Minor Descriptor: Nonverbal Ability; Verbal Ability. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. AB - Administered to 5 elderly patients with transient global amnesia neuropsychological tests during and after their episode. Ss were impaired on tests of new learning ability for both verbal and nonverbal material. Retrograde amnesia was patchy and covered a variable period from about 36 hrs in one case to 4 yrs in 2 cases. Some cognitive impairment in addition to amnesia was present during the episode (e.g., Ss copied a complex figure more poorly during the episode than afterward). Ss had normal memory at follow-up testing. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - retrograde & verbal & nonverbal anterograde amnesia KW - 59–77 yr olds with transient global amnesia KW - 1988 KW - Amnesia KW - Nonverbal Ability KW - Verbal Ability KW - 1988 DO - 10.1212/WNL.38.2.213 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-02042-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02014-001 AN - 1989-02014-001 AU - Grigsby, James P. AU - Kemper, Melinda B. AU - Hagerman, Randi J. T1 - Developmental Gerstmann syndrome without aphasia in Fragile X syndrome. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1987/// VL - 25 IS - 6 SP - 881 EP - 891 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02014-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Grigsby, James P.; U Colorado, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Psychology Service, Denver, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Chromosome Disorders; Human Males; Perceptual Orientation. Minor Descriptor: Acalculia; Agnosia; Agraphia; Apraxia; Case Report; Syndromes. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Discusses the case of an 8-yr-old boy with Fragile X syndrome, who showed all 5 symptoms of the developmental Gerstmann syndrome (i.e., dyscalculia, right–left orientation, dysgraphia, finger agnosia, constructional dyspraxia). S was one of a group of 8 Ss found to be cytogenetically positive for Fragile X syndrome and possessing 3 or more of Gerstmann's symptoms in the complete absence of aphasic disorder. The relative homogeneity of cognitive pathology suggests the presence of a regularly occurring, discrete developmental lesion. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dyscalculia & right left orientation & dysgraphia & finger agnosia & constructional dyspraxia KW - 8 yr old male with Fragile X syndrome KW - case report KW - 1987 KW - Aphasia KW - Chromosome Disorders KW - Human Males KW - Perceptual Orientation KW - Acalculia KW - Agnosia KW - Agraphia KW - Apraxia KW - Case Report KW - Syndromes KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(87)90093-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-02014-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-01999-001 AN - 1989-01999-001 AU - Feifel, Herman AU - Strack, Stephen AU - Nagy, Vivian T. T1 - Coping strategies and associated features of medically ill patients. JF - Psychosomatic Medicine JO - Psychosomatic Medicine Y1 - 1987/11//Nov-Dec, 1987 VL - 49 IS - 6 SP - 616 EP - 625 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0033-3174 SN - 1534-7796 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-01999-001. PMID: 3423168 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feifel, Herman; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychology Service, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Illness Behavior; Medical Patients; Psychodynamics. Minor Descriptor: Myocardial Infarctions; Neoplasms; Physical Illness (Attitudes Toward). Classification: Cancer (3293). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Nov-Dec, 1987. AB - Examined the psychological and behavioral correlates of 3 major coping strategies used by medically ill patients in dealing with their illness; namely, confrontation, avoidance, and acceptance-resignations. Ss consisted of 223 male medical patients with a variety of life-threatening and chronic illnesses who were part of a larger study on coping behavior. Coping responses were measured by a medical coping modes questionnaire, while other variables were tapped by a variety of self-report and test measures, and interview data. Effectiveness of coping appeared to be negatively linked to frequent use of avoidance and acceptance-resignation on life-threatened patients. Data indicate that a variety of variables across several domains accompany the use of a particular coping strategy; that choice of a specific strategy is most likely multidetermined; and that the configuration of variables associated with a particular strategy is likely to be different for each coping strategy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological & behavioral correlates KW - coping strategies KW - patients with cancer or myocardial infarction or nonlife threatening disorder KW - 1987 KW - Coping Behavior KW - Illness Behavior KW - Medical Patients KW - Psychodynamics KW - Myocardial Infarctions KW - Neoplasms KW - Physical Illness (Attitudes Toward) KW - 1987 DO - 10.1097/00006842-198711000-00007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-01999-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-01995-001 AN - 1989-01995-001 AU - Edinger, Jack D. AU - Stout, Anna L. AU - Hoelscher, Timothy J. T1 - Cluster analysis of insomniacs' MMPI profiles: Relation of subtypes to sleep history and treatment outcome. JF - Psychosomatic Medicine JO - Psychosomatic Medicine Y1 - 1988/01//Jan-Feb, 1988 VL - 50 IS - 1 SP - 77 EP - 87 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0033-3174 SN - 1534-7796 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-01995-001. PMID: 3344306 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Edinger, Jack D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Insomnia; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Personality Correlates; Profiles (Measurement). Minor Descriptor: Cluster Analysis; Differential Diagnosis. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jan-Feb, 1988. AB - The Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) profiles of 100 adult insomniacs were analyzed by a hierarchical clustering procedure. Analyses revealed 2 major personality types that differed significantly in regard to sleep history questionnaire responses and responsivity to treatment. MMPI scales and questionnaire items suggested that Type 1 Ss were less defended, were more aroused/activated, and had sleep histories characterized by more childhood sleep problems and greater difficulties with sleep-disruptive cognitions than did Type 2 Ss. Type 1 Ss had a poorer response to behavioral treatment as measured by change in sleep-onset latency than did Type 2 Ss. Results suggest that the MMPI may be useful in identifying distinctive personality subgroups among insomniacs. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI cluster defined personality subtypes KW - adults with insomnia KW - 1988 KW - Insomnia KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Personality Correlates KW - Profiles (Measurement) KW - Cluster Analysis KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - 1988 DO - 10.1097/00006842-198801000-00010 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-01995-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-01972-001 AN - 1989-01972-001 AU - Campbell, Scott S. AU - Kripke, Daniel F. AU - Gillin, J. Christian AU - Hrubovcak, J. C. T1 - Exposure to light in healthy elderly subjects and Alzheimer's patients. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1988/// VL - 42 IS - 2 SP - 141 EP - 144 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-01972-001. PMID: 3368532 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Campbell, Scott S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Human Biological Rhythms; Illumination. Minor Descriptor: Sleep. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Exposure to light was recorded from 10 healthy 55–81 yr old adults and 13 age-matched Ss with senile dementia of the Alzheimer's type (SDAT). Data were recorded in the home for an average of 5 days, while Ss continued normal daily activities. Ss were exposed to small intervals of illumination exceeding 2000 lux. Ss with SDAT were exposed to bright light significantly less than healthy controls. Whether or not they had SDAT, males were exposed to illumination exceeding 2000 lux significantly more than were females. Healthy elderly received about two-thirds the duration of bright light received by healthy younger Ss. Findings suggest an association between decreased exposure to bright light and the declines in sleep quality that typically accompany normal and pathological aging. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - circadian illumination exposure KW - 55–81 yr olds with vs without senile dementia of Alzheimer's type KW - implications for sleep disturbances KW - 1988 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Human Biological Rhythms KW - Illumination KW - Sleep KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(88)90289-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-01972-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-01906-001 AN - 1989-01906-001 AU - Robyak, James E. AU - Prange, Mark AU - Sands, Melissa T1 - Drinking practices among Black and White alcoholics and alcoholics of different personality types. JF - Journal of Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Personality Assessment JA - J Pers Assess Y1 - 1988///Fal 1988 VL - 52 IS - 3 SP - 487 EP - 498 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0022-3891 SN - 1532-7752 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-01906-001. PMID: 3210121 Other Journal Title: Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Robyak, James E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Bay Pines, FL, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcoholism; Personality Traits; Racial and Ethnic Differences. Minor Descriptor: Blacks; Whites. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1988. AB - 49 White and 49 Black male adult alcoholics were matched on age and education and classified into 2 personality types according to Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) scores. Results of analyses yielded significant main effects. Whites reported a greater (a) use of alcohol for symptomatic relief of psychological distress, (b) loss of motor control and tendency to engage in destructive acts, and (c) daily consumption of beverage alcohol than Blacks. Ss with psychiatic-appearing MMPI profiles reported greater (a) social benefits of alcohol use, (b) alcohol use for symptomatic relief of psychological distress, and (c) perceptual distortions associated with alcohol withdrawal than Ss with characterlogical-appearing MMPIs. Results are discussed in terms of need to control confounding effects of biosocial variables in cross-cultural research and implications that these effects may have on the generalizability of alcoholic personality typologies. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality types KW - alcohol drinking practices KW - Black vs White alcoholic adult males KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Alcoholism KW - Personality Traits KW - Racial and Ethnic Differences KW - Blacks KW - Whites KW - 1988 DO - 10.1207/s15327752jpa5203_10 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-01906-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-01895-001 AN - 1989-01895-001 AU - Ober, Beth A. AU - Stillman, Richard C. T1 - Memory in chronic alcoholics: Effects of inconsistent versus consistent information. JF - Addictive Behaviors JO - Addictive Behaviors JA - Addict Behav Y1 - 1988/// VL - 13 IS - 1 SP - 11 EP - 15 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0306-4603 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-01895-001. PMID: 3364219 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ober, Beth A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Livermore, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Memory; Retroactive Inhibition; Witnesses. Minor Descriptor: Information. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Compared 35 adult male alcoholics and 20 adult controls on their resistance to misleading information given after a witnessed event. The eyewitness testimony paradigm of E. F. Loftus et al (1978) was used, which is a naturalistic variation of a retroactive interference paradigm. Results show that alcoholics did not show greater suggestibility than the controls. In contrast, alcoholics did show significant impairment in discriminating correct from among incorrect verbal statements about the accident. It is concluded that certain aspects of memory functioning may be preserved while others are compromised as a result of chronic alcohol abuse. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - inconsistent vs consistent information KW - memory for witnessed event KW - alcoholic adult males KW - 1988 KW - Alcoholism KW - Memory KW - Retroactive Inhibition KW - Witnesses KW - Information KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0306-4603(88)90020-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-01895-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-01878-001 AN - 1989-01878-001 AU - Hyer, Lee AU - Carson, Mary AU - Nixon, Don AU - Tamkin, Arthur AU - Saucer, R. T. T1 - Depression among alcoholics. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 22 IS - 12 SP - 1235 EP - 1241 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-01878-001. PMID: 3436691 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hyer, Lee; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Augusta, GA, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Alcoholism; Cognitive Ability; Health; Major Depression. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. AB - 80 male alcoholics in an alcohol treatment unit were rated on health status and given a battery of psychological tests and scales. These included the Hooper Visual Organization Test and several self-rated depression indices: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) Depression (D), Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory—Dysthymic, Beck Depression Inventory (BDI)—Total, and a geriatric depression scale (GDS) developed by T. L. Brink (1982). Depression was present at mild clinical levels. Regression analyses showed that age was the most influential factor on the MMPI—D and BDI—Somatic. Age also was most influential on the GDS, with health status contributing. However, except for somatic depression, the amount of explained variance was small. It is argued that age is a contributing factor to depression among alcoholics, especially the somatic elements of depression. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognition & health status & age KW - depression KW - adult alcoholic males in treatment unit KW - 1987 KW - Age Differences KW - Alcoholism KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Health KW - Major Depression KW - 1987 DO - 10.3109/10826088709027483 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-01878-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-01873-001 AN - 1989-01873-001 AU - Friedman, Matthew J. AU - Krstulovic, Ante M. AU - Severinghaus, John M. AU - Brown, Susan J. T1 - Altered conversion of tryptophan to kynurenine in newly abstinent alcoholics. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 23 IS - 1 SP - 89 EP - 93 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-01873-001. PMID: 3337856 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Friedman, Matthew J.; Veterans Administration Hosp, White River Junction, VT, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Amino Acids; Sobriety; Tryptophan. Minor Descriptor: Blood Serum; Followup Studies. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1988. AB - Measured serum tryptophan (TP) and metabolites from kynurenine (KYN) in 35 White male adult alcoholic inpatients at the time of admission and 4 wks later. 10 of these Ss were reevaluated 3 mo after admission. Reduced conversion of TP to KYN was observed within 1 wk of abstinence in contrast to higher levels after 1 mo of abstinence. It is suggested that findings may reflect biochemical abnormalities etiologically associated with the pathophysiology of alcoholism. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - serum tryptophan conversion to kynurenine KW - newly abstinent adult male alcoholic inpatients KW - 3 mo followup KW - 1988 KW - Alcoholism KW - Amino Acids KW - Sobriety KW - Tryptophan KW - Blood Serum KW - Followup Studies KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(88)90109-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-01873-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-01867-001 AN - 1989-01867-001 AU - Craig, Robert J. T1 - MMPI-derived prevalence estimates of homosexuality among drug-dependent patients. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1987/11// VL - 22 IS - 11 SP - 1139 EP - 1145 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-01867-001. PMID: 3429072 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Craig, Robert J.; West Side Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Drug Abuse Program, Chicago, IL, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Addiction; Epidemiology; Homosexuality; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory. Minor Descriptor: Cocaine; Opiates. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1987. AB - Examined the prevalence of homosexuality among 225 drug-dependent inpatients, using measures derived from the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI). Prevalence estimates were placed at 11%. The rate among 54 Black cocaine freebasers was 17%, and among 128 Black opiate users the rate was 10%. These rates are 2–3 times the rate of homosexuality among the general population. They may be an underestimation because of the inability of the MMPI to detect hidden homosexuality among Ss wishing to remain undetected in gender orientation. The temporal relationship between drug-use and homosexuality is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI measures KW - prevalence estimates of homosexuality KW - Black vs White cocaine & opiate & polydrug addicts KW - 1987 KW - Drug Addiction KW - Epidemiology KW - Homosexuality KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Cocaine KW - Opiates KW - 1987 DO - 10.3109/10826088709027475 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-01867-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-01866-001 AN - 1989-01866-001 AU - Craig, Robert J. T1 - Psychological functioning of cocaine free-basers derived from objective psychological tests. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 44 IS - 4 SP - 599 EP - 606 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-01866-001. PMID: 3170765 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Craig, Robert J.; West Side Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Drug Abuse Program, Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cocaine; Drug Addiction; Heroin Addiction; Personality Traits. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. AB - Compared cocaine free-basers with opiate addicts on objective personality tests. In Study 1, 80 heroin and 30 cocaine male abusers completed the Adjective Check List; in Study 2, 53 heroin and 53 cocaine Black male addicts completed the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI). Both groups showed a similar organization of needs. While opiate addicts were characterized by acting-out traits, rebelliousness, depression, anxiety, alienation, and hyperactivity, the cocaine free-basers were characterized by similar traits, but at modulated levels of severity. The relationship between underlying personality structure and drug of choice is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality traits KW - cocaine vs heroin addicted males KW - 1988 KW - Cocaine KW - Drug Addiction KW - Heroin Addiction KW - Personality Traits KW - 1988 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198807)44:4<599::AID-JCLP2270440417>3.0.CO;2-U UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-01866-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-01864-001 AN - 1989-01864-001 AU - Clark, H. Westley AU - Washburn, Peter T1 - Testing for human immunodeficiency virus in substance abuse treatment. JF - Journal of Psychoactive Drugs JO - Journal of Psychoactive Drugs JA - J Psychoactive Drugs Y1 - 1988/04//Apr-Jun, 1988 VL - 20 IS - 2 SP - 203 EP - 211 CY - US PB - Haight-Ashbury Publications SN - 0279-1072 SN - 2159-9777 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-01864-001. PMID: 3166488 Other Journal Title: Journal of Psychedelic Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Clark, H. Westley; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcohol Inpatient Unit, San Francisco, CA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20121001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: AIDS; At Risk Populations; Drug Abuse; Medical Diagnosis. Minor Descriptor: Legal Processes; Professional Ethics. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Apr-Jun, 1988. AB - Discusses the medical, legal, and ethical issues raised by the testing of substance abusers for human immunodeficiency virus (HIV). Topics considered include antibody testing in chemical dependency treatment programs, testing approaches, impact of testing on the patient, patient education, laws specific to HIV antibody testing, public health laws and infectious disease, and confidentiality. Three case reports are presented, and 8 recommendations for handling the legal and ethical issues of HIV testing are offered. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - medical & legal & ethical issues of HIV testing KW - substance abusers KW - 1988 KW - AIDS KW - At Risk Populations KW - Drug Abuse KW - Medical Diagnosis KW - Legal Processes KW - Professional Ethics KW - 1988 DO - 10.1080/02791072.1988.10524496 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-01864-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-01824-001 AN - 1989-01824-001 AU - McCormick, Richard A. T1 - Pathological gambling: A parsimonious need state model. T3 - Compulsive gambling: An examination of relevant models JF - Journal of Gambling Behavior JO - Journal of Gambling Behavior Y1 - 1988///Win 1988 VL - 3 IS - 4 SP - 257 EP - 263 CY - Germany PB - Springer N1 - Accession Number: 1989-01824-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Gambling Studies. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McCormick, Richard A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Brecksville, OH, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Pathological Gambling; Physiological Correlates; Psychodynamics. Minor Descriptor: Models; Needs. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Win 1988. AB - Proposes a model that attempts to integrate the growing data base on pathological gamblers in a parsimonious manner. The model focuses on psychological observations, although it recognizes the parallel importance of physiological phenomena. The model is based on 2 recurring observations with pathological gamblers: Gambling satisfies recurring and often intensified needs for the gambler; and pathological gamblers vary tremendously on a number of dimensions. The model suggests that attempts to understand pathological gambling must focus on subtypes (e.g., the recurringly depressed, the chronically understimulated) of pathological gamblers. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - model of pathological gambling based on psychological observations & physiological phenomena KW - 1988 KW - Pathological Gambling KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Psychodynamics KW - Models KW - Needs KW - 1988 DO - 10.1007/BF01019885 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-01824-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-01733-001 AN - 1989-01733-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Kucala, Teresa AU - Manifold, Victor AU - Juba, Mark AU - Vassar, Patricia T1 - The relationship of post-traumatic stress disorder to adolescent illegal activities, drinking, and employment. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 44 IS - 4 SP - 592 EP - 598 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-01733-001. PMID: 3170764 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, St Cloud, MN, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adolescent Development; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Employment Status; Juvenile Delinquency; Religiosity. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. AB - Compared the self-reported incidences of adolescent legal problems, drinking, employment, and church attendance in 116 male psychiatric patients with and without posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and in 28 normal controls. Data raise doubts about the validity of the theory that PTSD is at least partially a result of pretraumatic personality maladjustment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - legal problems & drinking & employment & church attendance during adolescence KW - males with PTSD KW - 1988 KW - Adolescent Development KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Employment Status KW - Juvenile Delinquency KW - Religiosity KW - 1988 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198807)44:4<592::AID-JCLP2270440416>3.0.CO;2-H UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-01733-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-01729-001 AN - 1989-01729-001 AU - Veith, Richard C. AU - Raskind, Murray A. T1 - The neurobiology of aging: Does it predispose to depression? JF - Neurobiology of Aging JO - Neurobiology of Aging JA - Neurobiol Aging Y1 - 1988/01//Jan-Feb, 1988 VL - 9 IS - 1 SP - 101 EP - 117 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0197-4580 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-01729-001. PMID: 2898103 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Veith, Richard C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Central Nervous System; Literature Review; Major Depression; Neuroendocrinology; Physiological Aging. Minor Descriptor: At Risk Populations. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211); Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Jan-Feb, 1988. AB - Reviews research approaches undertaken to investigate possible central nervous system (CNS) correlates of major depressive illness and relates findings from these studies to the alterations in CNS and neuroendocrine function that normally accompany aging in humans. The topics reviewed include epidemiology of depression and suicide in the elderly, monoamine theories of depression, neuroendocrine disturbances in depression, and imaging studies. It is concluded that knowledge concerning the neurobiology of depression is inconclusive and the current understanding of the neurobiologic effects of aging on the human brain is incomplete. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - aging related changes in CNS & neuroendocrine functioning KW - risk of major depression KW - elderly KW - literature review KW - 1988 KW - Central Nervous System KW - Literature Review KW - Major Depression KW - Neuroendocrinology KW - Physiological Aging KW - At Risk Populations KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/S0197-4580(88)80034-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-01729-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-01725-001 AN - 1989-01725-001 AU - Tsuang, Ming T. AU - Lyons, Michael J. AU - Faraone, Stephen V. T1 - Problems of diagnoses in family studies. JF - Journal of Psychiatric Research JO - Journal of Psychiatric Research JA - J Psychiatr Res Y1 - 1987/// VL - 21 IS - 4 SP - 391 EP - 399 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0022-3956 SN - 1879-1379 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-01725-001. PMID: 3326934 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tsuang, Ming T.; Brockton-West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Psychiatry Service, Section of Psychiatric Epidemiology & Genetics, MA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Munich Genetic Discussion International Symposium (1986, Berlin, Federal Republic of Germany). Major Descriptor: Family Members; Genetics; Mental Disorders; Methodology; Psychodiagnostic Typologies. Minor Descriptor: Experimentation; Diagnostic Criteria. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Discusses applications of advances in psychiatric diagnostic practice to genetic research and contends that diagnostic misclassification and unreliability can lead to spurious conclusions about patterns of familial aggregation and co-aggregation of psychiatric disorders. Six misconceptions regarding structured diagnostic criteria are discussed. The choice of instruments and method of implementation must take into account the qualifications of interviewers and the need for blindness in the experimental design. A fundamental design decision in psychiatric genetic research is the choice between the family history or family study method. The problem of defining the ill phenotype is made difficult by the presence of phenocopies and the possibility that milder spectrum disorders and some symptom-free individuals may carry the genotype that underlies the phenotype of the more severe clinical form of the disorder. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - problems in psychiatric diagnostic criteria & practices & applications to genetic research KW - family members with psychiatric disorders KW - conference presentation KW - 1987 KW - Family Members KW - Genetics KW - Mental Disorders KW - Methodology KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - Experimentation KW - Diagnostic Criteria KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0022-3956(87)90086-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-01725-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-01698-001 AN - 1989-01698-001 AU - Schwartz, Barry D. AU - Winstead, Daniel K. T1 - Visible persistence in paranoid schizophrenics. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 23 IS - 1 SP - 3 EP - 12 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-01698-001. PMID: 3337852 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schwartz, Barry D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, New Orleans, LA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Iconic Memory; Paranoid Schizophrenia; Spatial Frequency; Visual Perception. Minor Descriptor: Response Parameters. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1988. AB - A visual temporal integration (visible persistence) task was performed by 15 adult normal controls and 15 adult paranoid schizophrenics. The task evaluated the critical duration (CD), which approximates the duration of peripheral persistence duration, and post-CD persistence. Ss reported when temporally modulated spatial frequency (SF) patterns were pulsing 'on–off' with a distinct 'off' period. Schizophrenics had shorter visible persistence only for the 300-msec presentation for the high SF pattern. The CD of schizophrenics did not conform to the duration of normals on high SF. Results are discussed in terms of how shorter visible persistence by paranoid schizophrenics may reflect a premature termination of information necessary for synthesis into accurate percepts. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - temporally modulated spatial frequency patterns KW - visible persistence duration KW - 18–45 yr olds with paranoid schizophrenia KW - 1988 KW - Iconic Memory KW - Paranoid Schizophrenia KW - Spatial Frequency KW - Visual Perception KW - Response Parameters KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(88)90101-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-01698-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-01687-001 AN - 1989-01687-001 AU - Rohrbaugh, Robert M. AU - Siegal, Alan P. AU - Giller, Earl L. T1 - Irritability as a symptom of depression in the elderly. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1988/08// VL - 36 IS - 8 SP - 736 EP - 738 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-01687-001. PMID: 3403879 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rohrbaugh, Robert M.; West Haven Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, CT, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Irritability; Major Depression; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Desipramine; Drug Therapy; Haloperidol. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211); Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1988. AB - Presents the cases of a 90-yr-old woman and an 85-yr-old man who exhibited irritability as the primary affective symptom of major depression. The woman improved under desipramine therapy, whereas, the man's belching and sleep disturbances remitted under a regimen of haloperidol and desipramine. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - irritability as primary symptom of major depression & desipramine &/or haloperidol therapy KW - 90 yr old female & 85 yr old male KW - 1988 KW - Irritability KW - Major Depression KW - Symptoms KW - Desipramine KW - Drug Therapy KW - Haloperidol KW - 1988 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1988.tb07177.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-01687-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-01675-001 AN - 1989-01675-001 AU - Pfefferbaum, Adolf AU - Zipursky, Robert B. AU - Lim, Kelvin O. AU - Zatz, Leslie M. AU - Stahl, Stephen M. AU - Jernigan, Terry L. T1 - Computed tomographic evidence for generalized sulcal and ventricular enlargement in schizophrenia. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 45 IS - 7 SP - 633 EP - 640 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-01675-001. PMID: 3382323 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pfefferbaum, Adolf; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Size; Cerebral Ventricles; Neuropathology; Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. AB - Quantified ventricular and sulcal volumes from the computerized tomography (CT) scans of 45 adult schizophrenic patients and 57 normal controls, using a semiautomated computerized approach. The sizes of all cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) spaces measured were significantly related to age in the controls. Schizophrenics had slightly larger ventricles and considerably larger sulci. Enlargement of ventricles and sulci did not correlate with measures of negative symptoms or neuropsychological impairments. CT scans of 8 very ill, chronically institutionalized schizophrenics did not differ significantly from the larger group of schizophrenics studied. Results indicate a diffuse cerebral atrophy in schizophrenia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sulcal & ventricular enlargement KW - schizophrenic patients KW - 1988 KW - Brain Size KW - Cerebral Ventricles KW - Neuropathology KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1988 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1988.01800310037005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-01675-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-01640-001 AN - 1989-01640-001 AU - Levitt, James J. AU - Tsuang, Ming T. T1 - The heterogeneity of schizoaffective disorder: Implications for treatment. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/08// VL - 145 IS - 8 SP - 926 EP - 936 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-01640-001. PMID: 3293474 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levitt, James J.; Brockton-West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, MA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Treatment. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1988. AB - Contends that, until the 1970s, schizophrenia tended to be broadly defined in the US and that the diagnosis subsumed patients who had affective as well as schizophrenic symptoms. With the introduction of lithium, manic-depressive illness became susceptible to treatment and gained attractiveness as a diagnosis. Patients with schizoaffective disorder cross-sectionally were seen to resemble schizophrenic patients but longitudinally were more akin to patients with affective disorder. The authors suggest that schizoaffective disorder is heterogeneous and that its treatment should be determined by specific indices as to its subtype. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - heterogeneity of schizoaffective disorder KW - treatment implications KW - 1988 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment KW - 1988 DO - 10.1176/ajp.145.8.926 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-01640-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-01628-001 AN - 1989-01628-001 AU - Kofoed, Lial T1 - Selective dimensions of personality: Psychiatry and sociobiology in collision. JF - Perspectives in Biology and Medicine JO - Perspectives in Biology and Medicine JA - Perspect Biol Med Y1 - 1988///Win 1988 VL - 31 IS - 2 SP - 228 EP - 242 CY - US PB - The University of Chicago Press SN - 0031-5982 SN - 1529-8795 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-01628-001. PMID: 3281132 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kofoed, Lial; White River Junction Veterans Administration Medical & Regional Office Ctr, Psychiatry Service, VT, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Disorders; Sociobiology. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Win 1988. AB - Explores applications of sociobiologic principles to specific problems of human behavior, providing new perspectives on personality disorders. Discussion focuses on sociobiology and disordered personalities, selective dimensions of human personality, natural selection and behavioral variance, kin selection, and nonkin reciprocity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - applications of sociobiologic principles to concepts of personality disorders KW - 1988 KW - Personality Disorders KW - Sociobiology KW - 1988 DO - 10.1353/pbm.1988.0058 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-01628-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-01615-001 AN - 1989-01615-001 AU - Irwin, Michael R. AU - Marder, Stephen R. AU - Fuentenebro, Filiberto AU - Yuwiler, Arthur T1 - {l}-5-hydroxytryptophan attenuates positive psychotic symptoms induced by {d}-amphetamine. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 22 IS - 4 SP - 283 EP - 289 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-01615-001. PMID: 3501597 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Irwin, Michael R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Clinical Research Ctr on Alcoholism, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dextroamphetamine; Schizophrenia; Symptoms; Tryptophan. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. AB - Investigated whether brain serotonin (5-hydroxytryptamine [5-HT]) was involved in the modulation of psychotic symptoms in 5 adult schizophrenics. The effects of the 5-HT precursor L-5-hydroxytryptophan (5-HTP) on dextroamphetamine induction of acute psychotic symptoms were examined. Preadministration with 5-HTP significantly antagonized amphetamine-elicited elevations in thought disturbance, activation, and hallucinations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 5-HT precursor 5-HTP KW - dextroamphetamine induction of acute psychotic symptoms KW - schizophrenic adults KW - 1987 KW - Dextroamphetamine KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - Tryptophan KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(87)90107-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-01615-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-1502-8431 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-01613-001 AN - 1989-01613-001 AU - Hyer, Lee AU - Boudewyns, Patrick AU - Harrison, William R. AU - O'Leary, William C. AU - Bruno, Ralph D. AU - Saucer, Rayford T. AU - Blount, John B. T1 - Vietnam veterans: Overreporting versus acceptable reporting of symptoms. JF - Journal of Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Personality Assessment JA - J Pers Assess Y1 - 1988///Fal 1988 VL - 52 IS - 3 SP - 475 EP - 486 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0022-3891 SN - 1532-7752 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-01613-001. PMID: 3210120 Other Journal Title: Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hyer, Lee; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Augusta, GA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Self-Report; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Mental Disorders; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1988. AB - 530 Vietnam-era veterans were given the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI). They were divided according to 2 criteria, combat status and symptom-reporting status (acceptable vs overreporting). For reporting status, the MMPI overreporting criteria of the subtle–obvious (S–O) items given by R. Green (1986) were used. Overreporters had an S–O total of >160, and acceptable Ss were at or below this figure. Results indicate that a high number of Ss responded carelessly to the MMPI, and that in-country veterans who fought in Vietnam met the overreporting criteria in greater numbers than those who were in the military but not in Vietnam. Analyses showed significant differences among groups in 4 distinct areas for both reporting status and combat status, but not for the interaction. Post hoc analyses of variance (ANOVAs) showed that reporting status was especially robust. Two Vietnam in-country posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) types, overreporters and 'acceptable' patients, are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - combat status KW - overreporting vs acceptable reporting of symptoms on MMPI KW - Vietnam Veterans KW - 1988 KW - Military Veterans KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Self-Report KW - Symptoms KW - Mental Disorders KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - 1988 DO - 10.1207/s15327752jpa5203_9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-01613-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-01596-001 AN - 1989-01596-001 AU - Goldstein, Gerald T1 - Neuropsychiatry: Interfaces between neuropsychology and psychopathology. JF - Clinical Neuropsychologist JO - Clinical Neuropsychologist Y1 - 1987/11// VL - 1 IS - 4 SP - 365 EP - 380 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0920-1637 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-01596-001. Other Journal Title: The Clinical Neuropsychologist. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Gerald; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Disorders; Neuropsychology; Psychopathology. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1987. AB - Discusses the need for reallocation of resources such that recently developed methods of assessing brain function are made more readily available to psychiatric patients. Research supporting the implementation of that reallocation, with an emphasis on problems associated with the neuropsychological heterogeneity of several psychiatric disorders is reviewed. Suggestions are made regarding how the role of clinical neuropsychology in psychiatric settings is changing from detection of structural brain damage to elicitation of brain–behavior relationships associated with various forms of psychopathology. Interdisciplinary activity with neuroscientists, neuropsychologists, and rehabilitation specialists aimed at achieving these goals is suggested. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - need for integration of neuropsychology & psychopathology in assessment of psychiatric disorders KW - 1987 KW - Mental Disorders KW - Neuropsychology KW - Psychopathology KW - 1987 DO - 10.1080/13854048708520072 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-01596-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-01572-001 AN - 1989-01572-001 AU - Cook, Brian L. AU - Shukla, S. AU - Hoff, Anne L. AU - Aronson, Thomas A. T1 - Mania with associated organic factors. JF - Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica JO - Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica JA - Acta Psychiatr Scand Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 76 IS - 6 SP - 674 EP - 677 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0001-690X SN - 1600-0447 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-01572-001. PMID: 3442258 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cook, Brian L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Iowa City, IA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Bipolar Disorder; Client Characteristics; Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Demographic Characteristics; Symptoms. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. AB - Compared 39 patients with bipolar illness preceded by organic factors to age- and sex-matched bipolar controls. The Ss with pre-existing organic factors were older at onset of their bipolar illness, had fewer depressive episodes, less family history of affective disorder, and were symptomatically different. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical & demographic variables & symptoms KW - patients with bipolar illness with vs without organic factors KW - 1987 KW - Bipolar Disorder KW - Client Characteristics KW - Disorders KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - Symptoms KW - 1987 DO - 10.1111/j.1600-0447.1987.tb02938.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-01572-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-01561-001 AN - 1989-01561-001 AU - Bridgers, Samuel L. T1 - Ambulatory cassette electroencephalography of psychiatric patients. JF - Archives of Neurology JO - Archives of Neurology JA - Arch Neurol Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 45 IS - 1 SP - 71 EP - 74 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-9942 SN - 1538-3687 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-01561-001. PMID: 3337679 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of Neurology; JAMA Neurology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bridgers, Samuel L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Service, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroencephalography; Epileptic Seizures; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Preschool Age (2-5 yrs) (160); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180); Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1988. AB - Examined the records of 133 child and adult hospitalized psychiatric patients who underwent ambulatory cassette electroencephalography (A/EEG), a method for extended recording of seizures. Epileptiform abnormalities were identifed in 15 Ss. EEG seizures were identified in 2 of these Ss. Epileptiform abnormalities were observed in 6 of 14 Ss with an established diagnosis of epilepsy. It is concluded that widespread use of A/EEG for detecting atypical seizures in psychiatric patients is rarely rewarding. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ambulatory cassette EEG of epileptiform abnormalities KW - 4.5–87 yr old hospitalized psychiatric patients KW - 1988 KW - Electroencephalography KW - Epileptic Seizures KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1988 DO - 10.1001/archneur.1988.00520250077024 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-01561-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-01552-001 AN - 1989-01552-001 AU - Bell, Morris AU - Billington, Randall AU - Cicchetti, Dominic AU - Gibbons, Judith T1 - Do object relations deficits distinguish BPD from other diagnostic groups? JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 44 IS - 4 SP - 511 EP - 516 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-01552-001. PMID: 3170755 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bell, Morris; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Borderline States; Differential Diagnosis; Object Relations. Minor Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. AB - Two independent samples (44 inpatients, 24 outpatients) with borderline personality disorder (BPD) were found to have similar patterns of object relations (OR) deficits as measured by group means and percentage of high-scoring Ss on the 4 subscales of an OR inventory (M. D. Bell et al; see record [rid]1987-02849-001[/rid]). Comparison of the composite BPD group with affective, schizoaffective, and schizophrenic groups revealed that the pattern of OR deficits in BPD was significantly different from each of the other diagnostic groups. It is argued that on the basis of scores from an alienation subscale alone, BPD Ss could be distinguished from the other diagnostic groups with 77–82% predictive accuracy. The role of OR deficits in BPD is discussed, along with potential contributions of the OR inventory to diagnostic efficiency. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - object relations deficits KW - differential diagnosis KW - patients with borderline personality vs affective vs schizoaffective disorders vs schizophrenia KW - 1988 KW - Borderline States KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Object Relations KW - Affective Disorders KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1988 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198807)44:4<511::AID-JCLP2270440406>3.0.CO;2-T UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-01552-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-01542-001 AN - 1989-01542-001 AU - Aldwin, Carolyn AU - Greenberger, Ellen T1 - Cultural differences in the predictors of depression. JF - American Journal of Community Psychology JO - American Journal of Community Psychology JA - Am J Community Psychol Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 15 IS - 6 SP - 789 EP - 813 CY - US PB - Plenum Publishing Corp. SN - 0091-0562 SN - 1573-2770 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-01542-001. PMID: 3439551 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Aldwin, Carolyn; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Normative Aging Study, Boston, MA, US. Other Publishers: Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers; Springer; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20160125. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Major Depression; Racial and Ethnic Differences; Stress; Values. Minor Descriptor: Asians; Prediction; Psychosocial Factors; Whites. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 25. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. AB - Examined psychosocial factors that contribute to depression among 61 Korean-American and 69 Caucasian college students. As hypothesized, Koreans were more depressed than Caucasians. Analysis revealed different models for predicting depression in the 2 groups. Value orientations, a neglected element in the prevailing stress paradigm, contributed substantially to variation in depression, especially among Koreans. Two measures of parental values and 3 coping strategies accounted for 44% of the variance in Korean Ss' depression. Perceived parental traditionalism, the strongest predictor, was associated with higher depression; perceived parental modernism was associated with lower depression. For Caucasians, only 13% of the variance in depression could be accounted for; the 2 significant predictors were academic stress and Ss' modern values. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - value orientations & coping strategies & vulnerability to stress KW - prediction of depression KW - Korean American vs White college students KW - 1987 KW - Coping Behavior KW - Major Depression KW - Racial and Ethnic Differences KW - Stress KW - Values KW - Asians KW - Prediction KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - Whites KW - 1987 DO - 10.1007/BF00919803 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-01542-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-01534-001 AN - 1989-01534-001 AU - Sparr, Landy F. AU - Reaves, Michael E. AU - Atkinson, Roland M. T1 - Military combat, posttraumatic stress disorder, and criminal behavior in Vietnam veterans. JF - Bulletin of the American Academy of Psychiatry & the Law JO - Bulletin of the American Academy of Psychiatry & the Law JA - Bull Am Acad Psychiatry Law Y1 - 1987/// VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 141 EP - 162 CY - US PB - American Academy of Psychiatry & the Law SN - 0091-634X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-01534-001. PMID: 3325105 Other Journal Title: Journal of the American Academy of Psychiatry and the Law. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sparr, Landy F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20161201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Crime; Criminal Behavior; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; War. Minor Descriptor: Adjudication. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 22. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Contends that although data are inconclusive, popular perception has linked military combat, posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), and criminal behavior. The multifactorial elements of this association, which include both conscious and unconscious parameters of psychologic functioning, are discussed. Testimony on combat-related PTSD has been presented in the courtroom to support veterans' claims of not guilty by reason of insanity (NGRI) and diminished capacity for consideration during judicial sentencing. It is argued that because there is a known connection between the degree of combat involvement and PTSD, verification through collateral sources of the veteran's report of combat experiences is an important component of forensic assessment. The diagnosis of PTSD as defined by Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) criteria and the presence of a dissociative state have particular relevance in NGRI determinations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - military combat KW - PTSD & criminal behavior KW - Vietnam veterans KW - judicial sentencing implications KW - 1987 KW - Crime KW - Criminal Behavior KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - War KW - Adjudication KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-01534-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-42639-014 AN - 2013-42639-014 AU - Ryan, Edward R. AU - Bell, Morris D. T1 - Follow-up of a psychoanalytically-oriented long-term treatment program for schizophrenic inpatients. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1983/10// VL - 53 IS - 4 SP - 730 EP - 739 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 AD - Ryan, Edward R., West Haven VA Medical Center, West Haven, CT, US, 06516 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-42639-014. PMID: 6416077 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ryan, Edward R.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, CT, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Program Evaluation; Psychoanalysis; Psychosocial Factors; Psychotherapeutic Transference; Therapeutic Environment. Minor Descriptor: Emotions; Models; Recidivism; Symptoms. Classification: Psychoanalytic Therapy (3315). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Community Oriented Program Environments Scale; Strauss-Carpenter Level of Function Scale; Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale DOI: 10.1037/t01554-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1983. Copyright Statement: American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. 1983. AB - This paper describes the perceived treatment environment of a unit that strongly espoused the psychoanalytic model. Six-month follow-up data indicate that symptom ratings, recidivism, and employment were indistinguishable from baseline rates. The program's emphasis on uncovering feelings and transference phenomena and its neglect of practical psychosocial problems are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - treatment program KW - psychosocial problems KW - psychoanalytic models KW - treatment environment KW - recidivism KW - symptom ratings KW - feelings KW - transference phenomena KW - 1983 KW - Program Evaluation KW - Psychoanalysis KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - Psychotherapeutic Transference KW - Therapeutic Environment KW - Emotions KW - Models KW - Recidivism KW - Symptoms KW - 1983 U1 - Sponsor: Veterans Administration. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1983.tb03415.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-42639-014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-42260-003 AN - 2013-42260-003 AU - Smith, John Russell AU - Parson, Erwin R. AU - Haley, Sarah H. T1 - On health and disorder in Vietnam veterans: An invited commentary. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1983/01// VL - 53 IS - 1 SP - 27 EP - 33 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 AD - Smith, John Russell, Department of Psychology, Duke University, Durham, NC, US, 27706 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-42260-003. PMID: 6829723 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Smith, John Russell; Department of Psychology, Duke University, Durham, NC, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Priming; Response Set. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1983. Copyright Statement: American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. 1983. AB - Comments on an article by Robert L. LaGuardia et al. (see record [rid]2013-42260-002[/rid]). The study by LaGuardia et al attributes earlier findings of prevalence of stress disorder among Vietnam veterans to investigator bias. It is suggested that the focus of the present study furthers a powerful but misleading debate about mental health vs. illness of veterans, and may undermine efforts to provide needed services. Factors maintaining the health vs. disorder controversy are reviewed, assumptions about combat as a tolerable stress are examined, and evidence of a normal stress recovery process for survivors of catastrophe is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - delayed stress disorder KW - Vietnam era veterans KW - priming KW - response set KW - 1983 KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Priming KW - Response Set KW - 1983 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1983.tb03346.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-42260-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-42006-010 AN - 2013-42006-010 AU - Oradei, Donna M. AU - Waite, Nancy S. T1 - Group psychotherapy with stroke patients during the immediate recovery phase. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1974/04// VL - 44 IS - 3 SP - 386 EP - 395 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 AD - Oradei, Donna M., Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, CT, US, 06516 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-42006-010. PMID: 4824186 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Oradei, Donna M.; Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, CT, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebrovascular Accidents; Group Psychotherapy; Recovery (Disorders). Minor Descriptor: Patients; Psychosocial Factors. Classification: Cardiovascular Disorders (3295); Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1974. AB - Daily group therapy sessions were held with hospital patients recovering from strokes. This paper discusses the psychosocial issues that were presented by the group members, and describes the impact of group sessions on patients, staff, and ward milieu. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group psychotherapy KW - stroke patients KW - immediate recovery phases KW - psychosocial issues KW - 1974 KW - Cerebrovascular Accidents KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Recovery (Disorders) KW - Patients KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - 1974 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1974.tb00891.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-42006-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-00806-002 AN - 2013-00806-002 AU - Miller, Peter M. AU - Hersen, Michel AU - Eisler, Richard M. AU - Elkin, Thomas E. T1 - A retrospective analysis of alcohol consumption on laboratory tasks as related to therapeutic outcome. JF - Behaviour Research and Therapy JO - Behaviour Research and Therapy JA - Behav Res Ther Y1 - 1974/05// VL - 12 IS - 2 SP - 73 EP - 76 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0005-7967 AD - Elkin, Thomas E., Clinical Psychology Associates, Jackson, MS, US N1 - Accession Number: 2013-00806-002. PMID: 4845879 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Miller, Peter M.; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, MS, US. Release Date: 20130211. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Chronic Alcoholic Intoxication; Drug Abstinence. Minor Descriptor: Experimental Laboratories; Measurement. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233); Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study; Longitudinal Study; Retrospective Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1974. Publication History: First Submitted Date: Nov 1, 1973. AB - The relationship between drinking on laboratory-analogue measures at the onset of inpatient alcoholism treatment and abstinence subsequent to treatment was examined. Twenty therapeutically successful and 20 unsuccessful chronic alcoholics were selected and did not differ on age, education, length of problem drinking, and length of follow-up. Retrospective analysis of responding on an operant drinking task and a ‘taste test’ assessment technique revealed significant differences between the groups, with successful patients drinking less than the unsuccessful ones. Implications for screening candidates for alcoholism treatment programs are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcohol consumption KW - laboratory-analogue measures KW - alcoholism treatment KW - abstinence KW - chronic alcoholics KW - 1974 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Chronic Alcoholic Intoxication KW - Drug Abstinence KW - Experimental Laboratories KW - Measurement KW - 1974 DO - 10.1016/0005-7967(74)90095-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-00806-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-00806-001 AN - 2013-00806-001 AU - Miller, Peter M. AU - Hersen, Michel AU - Eisler, Richard M. AU - Hilsman, Gray T1 - Effects of social stress on operant drinking of alcoholics and social drinkers. JF - Behaviour Research and Therapy JO - Behaviour Research and Therapy JA - Behav Res Ther Y1 - 1974/05// VL - 12 IS - 2 SP - 67 EP - 72 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0005-7967 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-00806-001. PMID: 4845878 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Miller, Peter M.; Veterans Administration Center, and University of Mississippi Medical Center, Jackson, MS, US. Release Date: 20130211. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcoholism; Operant Conditioning; Social Drinking; Social Stress. Minor Descriptor: Autonomic Nervous System; Physiological Arousal; Reinforcement. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: May, 1974. Publication History: First Submitted Date: Aug 30, 1973. AB - The relationship between social stress and alcohol consumption was examined in 10 alcoholics and 10 social drinkers matched on age and education. Drinking was measured via 10 minutes of operant responding whereby lever presses earned alcohol reinforcement on an FR-50 schedule. During stress conditions, subjects were exposed to simulated interpersonal encounters requiring assertive behavior. In terms of autonomic arousal, both groups were equally stressed. The no-stress condition consisted of non-threatening discussions of pleasurable spare time activities. Alcoholics significantly increased their operant responding to obtain alcohol following stress conditions while social drinkers did not. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcohol consumption KW - alcohol reinforcement KW - operant drinking KW - social drinkers KW - social stress KW - alcoholics KW - autonomic arousal KW - 1974 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Alcoholism KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Social Drinking KW - Social Stress KW - Autonomic Nervous System KW - Physiological Arousal KW - Reinforcement KW - 1974 DO - 10.1016/0005-7967(74)90094-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-00806-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-00805-017 AN - 2013-00805-017 AU - Miller, Peter M. AU - Hersen, Michel AU - Eisler, Richard M. AU - Watts, John G. T1 - Contingent reinforcement of lowered blood/alcohol levels in an outpatient chronic alcoholic. JF - Behaviour Research and Therapy JO - Behaviour Research and Therapy JA - Behav Res Ther Y1 - 1974/09// VL - 12 IS - 3 SP - 261 EP - 263 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0005-7967 AD - Miller, Peter M., Psychology Service, Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, MS, US, 39216 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-00805-017. PMID: 4139949 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Miller, Peter M.; Veterans Administration Center, University of Mississippi Medical Center, Jackson, MS, US. Release Date: 20130304. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Blood Alcohol Concentration; Outpatient Treatment; Reinforcement. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Outpatient (60). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1974. Publication History: First Submitted Date: Jan 24, 1974. AB - Presents a case report of a 49-year-old male receiving outpatient alcoholism treatment. The subject reported a 20-year history of alcohol abuse and available records indicated numerous hospitalizations from alcoholism, a history of delirium tremens, and at least 25 public drunkenness arrests. An A-B-C-B experimental single case design (Barlow and Hersen, 1973) was used in which contingent reinforcement of a zero blood/alcohol concentration was systematically introduced, removed, and then reintroduced. The study was divided into four phases with 3 weeks in each phase. During the first contingent reinforcement condition, alcohol consumption decreased markedly with only one breath test measuring above a 0.00 level. The subject reported complete abstinence during this time with the exception of a drinking binge corresponding to the 0.03 blood/alcohol concentration obtained on Day 12. When reinforcement was given non-contingently, blood/alcohol concentrations increased to a mean of 0.04 per cent ranging from 0.00 to 0.12 per cent. When contingent reinforcement was again applied during the final 3-week phase, blood/alcohol levels steadily decreased and stabilized at 0.00. These results illustrate the contingent reinforcement can markedly alter the alcohol consumption (as measured via breath tests) of a chronic alcoholic over a limited period of time. Two major implications are apparent. First, operant strategies appear to provide viable treatment methods for the modification of excessive drinking. Relatively basic reinforcers, such as those used in the present study, may have most influence on low income or Skid Row alcoholics. With more varied alcoholic populations in which longer term periods of sobriety are desired, a more comprehensive approach utilizing both a wide selection of reinforcers for decreases in drinking and social punishment or loss of reinforcers for excessive drinking may be necessary. In this regard, activities that occur In the natural environment at a higher frequency (e.g., working, socializing) may be made contingent upon decreased alcohol consumption. Success with some alcoholics may also require shaping successively lower blood/alcohol levels rather than expecting immediate, sharp decreases in habitual alcohol consumption. Second, blood/alcohol concentrations as measured by random breath tests offer an objective and convenient means both for scheduling consequences of drinking and for assessing therapeutic results in the natural environment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - contingent reinforcement KW - blood/alcohol levels KW - chronic alcoholic KW - treatment KW - 1974 KW - Alcoholism KW - Blood Alcohol Concentration KW - Outpatient Treatment KW - Reinforcement KW - 1974 DO - 10.1016/0005-7967(74)90125-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-00805-017&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-00804-004 AN - 2013-00804-004 AU - Hersen, Michel AU - Eisler, Richard M. AU - Miller, Peter M. T1 - An experimental analysis of generalization in assertive training. JF - Behaviour Research and Therapy JO - Behaviour Research and Therapy JA - Behav Res Ther Y1 - 1974/11// VL - 12 IS - 4 SP - 295 EP - 310 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0005-7967 AD - Eisler, Richard M., Psychology Department, VA Center, Jackson, MS, US, 39216 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-00804-004. PMID: 4447569 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hersen, Michel; Veterans Administration Center, University of Mississippi Medical Center, Jackson, MS, US. Release Date: 20130211. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Assertiveness Training; Generalization (Learning); Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Interpersonal & Client Centered & Humanistic Therapy (3314). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Tests & Measures: Assertiveness Questionnaire; Behavioral Assertiveness Test. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1974. Publication History: First Submitted Date: Mar 21, 1974. AB - Unassertive psychiatric patients matched on age, diagnosis, and self-reported assertiveness were assigned to one of five conditions, with 10 subjects in each group: Test-Retest, Practice-Control, Practice-Control with Generalization instructions Modeling and Instructions Modeling and Instructions with Generalization Instructions. All subjects were videotaped (Pre- and Post-Test) while responding to ten interpersonal situations requiring assertive responses. Following the Pre-test, subjects in the experimental groups received training on five of the ten situations (training scenes). On the remaining five situations subjects received no training (generalization scenes). Results indicated that the Modeling and Instructions groups effected the greatest changes on seven of the eight components for the training scenes but on only five of the eight components for the generalization scenes. No differences were found between either of the two Practice-Control groups and the the Test-Retest group. Although transfer of training effects were obtained on the generalization scenes, these effects were minimal on an independent in vivo test of generalization. Moreover, an instructional set designed to facilitate generalization to different situations was only partially effective. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - assertiveness training KW - psychiatric patients KW - generalization KW - 1974 KW - Assertiveness Training KW - Generalization (Learning) KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1974 DO - 10.1016/0005-7967(74)90004-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-00804-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-00802-011 AN - 2013-00802-011 AU - Hall, Sharon M. AU - Hall, Robert G. AU - Borden, Betty L. AU - Hanson, Richard W. T1 - Follow-up strategies in the behavioral treatment of overweight. JF - Behaviour Research and Therapy JO - Behaviour Research and Therapy JA - Behav Res Ther Y1 - 1975/06// VL - 13 IS - 2-3 SP - 167 EP - 172 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0005-7967 AD - Hall, Sharon M., Langley Porter Neuropsychiatric Institute, University of California, San Francisco, CA, US, 94143 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-00802-011. PMID: 1164372 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hall, Sharon M.; University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee, Milwaukee, WI, US. Release Date: 20130304. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Overweight; Posttreatment Followup; Self-Management. Minor Descriptor: Strategies. Classification: Behavior Therapy & Behavior Modification (3312). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1975. Publication History: First Submitted Date: Oct 21, 1974. AB - Overweight adult subjects were given a 12-week course in self-management training, and then divided into three 12-week follow-up conditions: booster (continued contact plus monitoring), monitoring-only, and no-contact. The dependent variable was the Weight Reduction Ratio. At the end of the first 12-week period, treated subjects lost more weight than a no-treatment group of similar subjects. At the end of the second 12-week period, monitoring-only subjects continued to lose weight, and differed significantly from no-contact subjects. Booster subjects did not differ significantly from either of the other two groups; however, when only those booster subjects who continued with the same therapist were considered, differences between no-contact and booster reached significance. Results are discussed in terms of the contributions of therapist contact and self-monitoring to produce the continued weight losses observed in this study. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavioral treatment KW - overweight KW - self-management training KW - follow-up strategies KW - 1975 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Overweight KW - Posttreatment Followup KW - Self-Management KW - Strategies KW - 1975 DO - 10.1016/0005-7967(75)90011-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-00802-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2012-14501-006 AN - 2012-14501-006 AU - Ventura, Marlene R. AU - Hageman, Paul T. AU - Slakter, Malcolm J. AU - Fox, Richard N. T1 - Interrater reliabilities for two measures of nursing care quality. JF - Research in Nursing & Health JO - Research in Nursing & Health JA - Res Nurs Health Y1 - 1980/03// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 25 EP - 32 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0160-6891 SN - 1098-240X AD - Ventura, Marlene R., Veterans Administration Hospital, 3495 Bailey Avenue, Buffalo, NY, US, 14215 N1 - Accession Number: 2012-14501-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ventura, Marlene R.; Nursing Service/Research, Veterons Administrotion Medical Center, Buffalo, NY, US. Release Date: 20120716. Correction Date: 20160811. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interrater Reliability; Nursing; Psychometrics; Quality of Care; Test Validity. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Quality Patient Care Scale; Methodology for Monitoring Quality of Nursing Care; Slater Nursing Performance Rating Scale; Nursing Care Quality Evaluation Instrument; Quality Control Check Sheet; System for Control and Analysis of Levels of Effectiveness; Watson-Glaser Inventory; California Psychological Inventory DOI: 10.1037/t05950-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1980. Publication History: Accepted Date: Nov 5, 1979; Revised Date: Nov 5, 1979; First Submitted Date: Jun 12, 1978. Copyright Statement: Wiley. 1980. AB - The intraclass correlation coefficient (ICC) was used to estimate the interrater reliability for two instruments designed to measure the quality of nursing care. The two instruments tested were the Quality Patient Care Scale (QualPacs) and the Methodology for Monitoring Quality of Nursing Care (Rush‐Medicus instrument). The following minimal standards were proposed for evaluating the results of interrater reliability: (a) the ICC estimate obtained must have a value of at least .75, and (b) the 95% confidence interval should not include zero, in order to ensure that the obtained value differs from zero in a nonchance fashion. The results demonstrated that the QualPacs instrument did not meet these criteria in any instance for the six subscales and one total‐scale score for two sets of observers in two replications. The Rush‐Medicus instrument met the criteria in only 12 of 20 instances of testing (five of the six subscales for two sets of observers in two replications). The authors highly recommend the routine performance of interrater reliability testing using the ICC prior to and during data collection and acceptance of the minimal standards of empirical verification suggested previously. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Quality Patient Care Scale KW - Methodology for Monitoring Quality of Nursing Care KW - test validity KW - interrater reliabilities KW - psychometrics KW - 1980 KW - Interrater Reliability KW - Nursing KW - Psychometrics KW - Quality of Care KW - Test Validity KW - 1980 U1 - Sponsor: Veterans Administration, Health Services Research and Development Service. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1002/nur.4770030106 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2012-14501-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2012-11261-004 AN - 2012-11261-004 AU - Haase, Richard F. AU - Reed, Carolyn F. AU - Winer, Jane L. AU - Bodden, Jack L. T1 - Effect of positive, negative, and mixed occupational information on cognitive and affective complexity. JF - Journal of Vocational Behavior JO - Journal of Vocational Behavior JA - J Vocat Behav Y1 - 1979/12// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 294 EP - 302 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0001-8791 AD - Haase, Richard F., Department of Psychology, Texas Tech University, Lubbock, TX, US, 79409 N1 - Accession Number: 2012-11261-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Haase, Richard F.; Texas Tech University, Lubbock, TX, US. Release Date: 20120528. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Complexity; Occupational Choice; Occupational Guidance. Classification: Occupational Interests & Guidance (3610). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Cognitive Differentiation Grid. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1979. Publication History: First Submitted Date: Nov 9, 1978. Copyright Statement: All rights of reproduction in any Form reserved. Academic Press, Inc. 1979. AB - A series of concentrated research studies over the past 8 years has significantly demonstrated that cognitive complexity in the vocational realm is positively related to congruence or appropriateness of vocational choice. Moreover, research has shown that introducing occupational information significantly reduces, rather than increases, cognitive complexity. The results of the study reported here relate to changes in cognitive complexity as a function of the type of occupational information introduced, namely, information with respect to the advantages of occupations; the disadvantages of occupations, or a combination of positive and negative features of occupations. Our results clearly demonstrated that while positive occupational information alone leads to greater simplicity, negative or mixed information significantly retards the trend toward greater simplicity. Results are discussed from both theoretical and practical perspectives, especially with reference to the typical occupational information provided in routine vocational counseling. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - occupational information KW - cognitive complexity KW - affective complexity KW - vocational counseling KW - 1979 KW - Cognitive Complexity KW - Occupational Choice KW - Occupational Guidance KW - 1979 DO - 10.1016/0001-8791(79)90026-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2012-11261-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2012-11257-005 AN - 2012-11257-005 AU - Winer, Jane L. AU - Cesari, Joan AU - Haase, Richard F. AU - Bodden, Jack L. T1 - Cognitive complexity and career maturity among college students. JF - Journal of Vocational Behavior JO - Journal of Vocational Behavior JA - J Vocat Behav Y1 - 1979/10// VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 186 EP - 192 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0001-8791 AD - Winer, Jane L., Department of Psychology, Texas Tech University, P.O. Box 4100, Lubbock, TX, US, 79409 N1 - Accession Number: 2012-11257-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Winer, Jane L.; Texas Tech University, Lubbock, TX, US. Release Date: 20120528. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Career Development; Cognitive Complexity; College Students. Classification: Industrial & Organizational Psychology (3600). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Attitude Scale and Competence Test of the Career Maturity Inventory; Bieri Repertory Test; Bodden Cognitive Differentiation Grid; Career Maturity Inventory-Attitude Scale; Career Maturity Inventory-Competence Test. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1979. Publication History: First Submitted Date: Sep 6, 1978. Copyright Statement: All rights of reproduction in any form reserved. Academic Press, Inc. 1979. AB - The role of cognitive complexity in the career maturity of college students was investigated. Simple and multiple correlational analyses were performed upon data from 99 college students who were administered the Attitude Scale and Competence Test of the Career Maturity Inventory, the Bieri Repertory Test, and the Bodden Cognitive Differentiation Grid. Results generally supported the prediction that career maturity would be found to be positively associated with cognitive complexity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive complexity KW - career maturity KW - college students KW - 1979 KW - Career Development KW - Cognitive Complexity KW - College Students KW - 1979 DO - 10.1016/0001-8791(79)90037-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2012-11257-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-28243-002 AN - 2011-28243-002 AU - Fromm, Gerhard H. AU - Terrence, Christopher F. AU - Chattha, Amrik S. T1 - Effect of cinromide on inhibitory and excitatory mechanisms. JF - Epilepsia JO - Epilepsia JA - Epilepsia Y1 - 1983/08// VL - 24 IS - 4 SP - 394 EP - 400 CY - US PB - Raven Press SN - 0013-9580 SN - 1528-1167 AD - Fromm, Gerhard H., Department of Neurology, University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine, Pittsburgh, PA, US, 15261 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-28243-002. PMID: 6307676 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fromm, Gerhard H.; Department of Neurology, University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Other Publishers: Blackwell Publishing; Elsevier; George Banta Publishing Co.; Graphic Press; J.A. Barth Verlag; Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; Lippincott-Raven Publishers; Munksgaard; Scheltema and Holkema; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20121001. Correction Date: 20130429. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Information: Annual meeting of the American Epilepsy Society, Dec, 1981, New York, NY, US. Conference Note: Presented in part at the aforementioned conference. Major Descriptor: Drug Dosages; Trigeminal Neuralgia. Minor Descriptor: Cats; Neurotransmission. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1983. Publication History: First Submitted Date: Sep 17, 1982. AB - The effect of the experimental anticonvulsant cinromide (3-bromo- N-ethylcinnamamide) on various inhibitory and excitatory mechanisms was investigated in the trigeminal nucleus of cats. Intravenous administration of 20-80 mg/kg cinromide depressed excitatory transmission and facilitated segmental inhibition to the same extent as phenytoin, but less than carbamazepine. These doses of cinromide also depressed periventricular inhibition, similar to valproate and ethosuximide. In addition, cinromide had a marked depressant effect on the EEG, suggesting a pronounced sedative effect. The serum levels of cinromide and of its active metabolites (3-bromocinnamamide and 3-bromocinnamic acid) were comparable to those in patients receiving long-term treatment with cinromide. Our results agree with those in other experimental models, which also suggest that cinromide is a broad-spectrum anticonvulsant, and with cinromide's effect in the clinical trials reported so far. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cinromide KW - trigeminal nucleus KW - cats KW - inhibitory mechanisms KW - excitatory transmission KW - drug dosages KW - 1983 KW - Drug Dosages KW - Trigeminal Neuralgia KW - Cats KW - Neurotransmission KW - 1983 U1 - Sponsor: Health Research and Services Foundation of Pittsburgh, US. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: Veterans Administration Medical Center, General Medical Research Service, US. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1111/j.1528-1157.1983.tb04907.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-28243-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-11213-006 AN - 2011-11213-006 AU - Fisher, Lawrence AU - Kokes, Ronald F. AU - Harder, David W. AU - Jones, James E. T1 - Child competence and psychiatric risk: VI. Summary and integration of findings. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1980/06// VL - 168 IS - 6 SP - 353 EP - 355 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X AD - Fisher, Lawrence, Department of Psychiatry, University of California, San Francisco, Fresno-Central San Joaquin Medical Education Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 2615 East Clinton Avenue, Fresno, CA, US N1 - Accession Number: 2011-11213-006. PMID: 7381447 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fisher, Lawrence; Department of Psychiatry, University of California, San Francisco, Fresno-Central San Joaquin Medical Education Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Fresno, CA, US. Release Date: 20110725. Correction Date: 20120618. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Diagnosis; Mental Disorders; Risk Factors. Minor Descriptor: Competence. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1980. Copyright Statement: The Williams & Wilkins Co. 1980. AB - A review of the major findings of the five previous papers in the series is presented and points of integration of the results are noted. Particular emphasis is placed on the role of diagnosis in predicting child competence as well as on differences related to whether or not the mother or the father is the patient. Also, the need to design studies to tease out the relative contributions of patient and family variables is pointed out. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - child competence KW - psychiatric risk factors KW - diagnosis KW - 1980 KW - Diagnosis KW - Mental Disorders KW - Risk Factors KW - Competence KW - 1980 U1 - Sponsor: National Institute of Mental Health, US. Grant: MH22836. Other Details: Program Project Grant. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1097/00005053-198006000-00006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-11213-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-11213-003 AN - 2011-11213-003 AU - Fisher, Lawrence AU - Harder, David W. AU - Kokes, Ronald F. T1 - Child competence and psychiatric risk: III. Comparisons based on diagnosis of hospitalized parent. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1980/06// VL - 168 IS - 6 SP - 338 EP - 342 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X AD - Fisher, Lawrence, Department of Psychiatry, University of California, San Francisco, Fresno-Central San Joaquin Medical Education Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 2615 E. Clinton Avenue, Fresno, CA, US, 93703 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-11213-003. PMID: 7381444 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fisher, Lawrence; Department of Psychiatry, University of California, San Francisco, Fresno-Central San Joaquin Medical Education Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Fresno, CA, US. Release Date: 20110725. Correction Date: 20120618. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Diagnosis; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Risk Factors; School Adjustment. Minor Descriptor: Competence. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Hollingshead and Redlich Scale. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1980. Copyright Statement: The Williams & Wilkins Co. 1980. AB - The school competence of children whose parents were previously hospitalized for psychiatric disorder was studied. These children, at risk themselves for behavioral disorder, were compared to classmates as well as to each other based upon the diagnosis of the hospitalized parent. Four diagnostic groups were employed: narrowly defined schizophrenic, broadly defined schizophrenic, affective psychotic, and hospitalized nonpsychotic patients. Significant differences between the risk sample and classmates are reported along with differences among the diagnostic groups. Sons of nonpsychotic hospitalized patients were functioning most poorly and were in marked defiance of peer and adult norms. Parental and child IQ were found to have had little impact upon the data and were not considered major interactive variables. Issues concerning systems of diagnoses and the developmental implications of the findings are presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - child competence KW - psychiatric risk factors KW - diagnosis KW - hospitalized parents KW - school adjustment KW - 1980 KW - Diagnosis KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Risk Factors KW - School Adjustment KW - Competence KW - 1980 U1 - Sponsor: National Institute of Mental Health, US. Grant: MH22836. Other Details: Program Project Grant. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1097/00005053-198006000-00003 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-11213-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-11213-002 AN - 2011-11213-002 AU - Fisher, Lawrence AU - Jones, James E. T1 - Child competence and psychiatric risk: II. Areas of relationship between child and family functioning. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1980/06// VL - 168 IS - 6 SP - 332 EP - 337 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X AD - Fisher, Lawrence, Department of Psychiatry, University of California, San Francisco, Fresno-Central San Joaquin Medical Education Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 2615 E. Clinton Avenue, Fresno, CA, US, 93703 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-11213-002. PMID: 7381443 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fisher, Lawrence; Department of Psychiatry, University of California, San Francisco, Fresno-Central San Joaquin Medical Education Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Fresno, CA, US. Release Date: 20110725. Correction Date: 20120618. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Family Relations; Parent Child Communication; Problem Solving; Psychiatric Evaluation; Risk Factors. Minor Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Emotions. Classification: Marriage & Family (2950). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180). Tests & Measures: Family Interaction Scale. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1980. Copyright Statement: The Williams & Wilkins Co. 1980. AB - Teacher and peer ratings of 65 children at risk to schizophrenia and other severe psychopathology were divided into three behavioral domains: problem solving, social-emotional, and compliance. Each child area was then related to variables generated from a family consensus Rorschach procedure in an effort to gain a greater understanding of the mechanism of risk involvement. Within the problem solving domain, parental communication deviance, nonacknowledgment of comments, and clear communication were the three family variables which consistently and linearly related to child competence at school. In the social-emotional area, only parental communication deviance displayed a linear relationship to the child's functioning at school. No significant findings occurred in the area of compliance behavior, and the roles of age of child and child IQ did not influence any of the findings. The data indicated that parental communication deviance may be an important variable in risk involvement. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - child competence KW - psychiatric risk factors KW - family child relations KW - problem solving KW - compliance KW - emotions KW - 1980 KW - Family Relations KW - Parent Child Communication KW - Problem Solving KW - Psychiatric Evaluation KW - Risk Factors KW - At Risk Populations KW - Emotions KW - 1980 U1 - Sponsor: National Institute of Mental Health, US. Grant: MH22836. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1097/00005053-198006000-00002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-11213-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-11213-001 AN - 2011-11213-001 AU - Fisher, Lawrence T1 - Child competence and psychiatric risk: I. Model and method. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1980/06// VL - 168 IS - 6 SP - 323 EP - 331 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X AD - Fisher, Lawrence, Department of Psychiatry, University of California, San Francisco, Fresno-Central San Joaquin Medical Education Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 2615 E. Clinton Ave., Fresno, CA, US, 93703 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-11213-001. PMID: 7381442 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fisher, Lawrence; Department of Psychiatry, University of California, San Francisco, Fresno-Central San Joaquin Medical Education Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Fresno, CA, US. Release Date: 20110725. Correction Date: 20120618. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Behavioral Assessment; Mental Disorders; Psychiatric Evaluation; Risk Factors. Minor Descriptor: Social Skills. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Rochester Peer Rating Scale; World Health Organization Psychiatric History Scales; Case Record Rating Form. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1980. AB - A model of competence and competence assessment for use in longitudinal research with children at risk to behavioral pathology is presented. The model and the resulting scales were developed so as to create age-appropriate criteria for competent functioning for use in both intermediate and long term outcome research. In order to avoid the pitfalls of listing attributes for success, using normative approaches, or using theoretically based definitions, the model assumes that the criteria for competence are derived from the norms for expected behavior within the assessment domain. Scales for the assessment of competence within the domain of school functioning for children at risk, an area previously demonstrated as having predictive utility, are presented, and an empirically based system of score profiling is described. The model permits the measurement of competence from dimensional to global levels to facilitate the testing of a variety of research questions within the risk area. A description of the University of Rochester Child and Family Study is also presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - child competence KW - psychiatric risk factors KW - behavioral pathology KW - psychiatric disorders KW - 1980 KW - At Risk Populations KW - Behavioral Assessment KW - Mental Disorders KW - Psychiatric Evaluation KW - Risk Factors KW - Social Skills KW - 1980 U1 - Sponsor: National Institute of Mental Health, US. Grant: MH22836. Other Details: Program Project Grant. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1097/00005053-198006000-00001 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-11213-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-11212-002 AN - 2011-11212-002 AU - Maltbie, Allan A. AU - Wingfield, Martha S. AU - Volow, Michael R. AU - Weiner, Richard D. AU - Sullivan, John L. AU - Cavenar, Jesse O. T1 - Electroconvulsive therapy in the presence of brain tumor: Case reports and an evaluation of risk. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1980/07// VL - 168 IS - 7 SP - 400 EP - 405 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X AD - Maltbie, Allan A., Veterans Administration Hospital, Durham, NC, US N1 - Accession Number: 2011-11212-002. PMID: 7400788 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Maltbie, Allan A.; Durham Veterans Administration Medical Center, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 20110704. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Neoplasms; Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy; Major Depression; Schizophrenia; Risk Assessment. Minor Descriptor: Comorbidity; Death and Dying; Mortality Rate; Side Effects (Treatment); Treatment Outcomes. Classification: Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1980. Copyright Statement: The Williams & Wilkins Co. 1980. AB - The clinical basis for the long established contraindication of electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) in the presence of brain tumor is reviewed, as is the recent literature that has questioned the absolute nature of that contraindication. A need for a specific estimate of risk is noted. Seven retrospective case reports are added to the 28 cases reported in the literature. The clinical case report data are then pooled and evaluated by outcome. Results indicate a 74 per cent overall morbidity, including a 28 per cent 1-month mortality rate for patients with brain tumors who receive ECT. Twenty-one per cent of the patients had a positive behavioral response to ECT without complication. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - electroconvulsive therapy KW - ECT KW - depression KW - schizophrenia KW - comorbidity KW - brain tumor KW - risk KW - morbidity KW - mortality KW - 1980 KW - Brain Neoplasms KW - Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy KW - Major Depression KW - Schizophrenia KW - Risk Assessment KW - Comorbidity KW - Death and Dying KW - Mortality Rate KW - Side Effects (Treatment) KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - 1980 DO - 10.1097/00005053-198007000-00002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-11212-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-11211-011 AN - 2011-11211-011 AU - Snyder, Scott T1 - Trichotillomania treated with amitriptyline. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1980/08// VL - 168 IS - 8 SP - 505 EP - 507 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X AD - Snyder, Scott, Department of Psychiatry, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, TX, US, 77030 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-11211-011. PMID: 7400805 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Snyder, Scott; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Houston, TX, US. Release Date: 20110725. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amitriptyline; Drug Therapy; Trichotillomania. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1980. Copyright Statement: The Williams & Wilkins Co. 1980. AB - A case of trichotillomania (compulsive hair pulling) in a young adult is presented. The patient was treated with amitriptyline in progressively increasing dosage, with marked improvement in her symptoms. Amitriptyline has a pharmacological spectrum of action analogous to chlorimipramine, a medication with reputed effectiveness in severe compulsive behaviors. Thus, a rationale for the use of amitriptyline in this and related disorders evolves. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - trichotillomania symptoms KW - amitriptyline therapy KW - 1980 KW - Amitriptyline KW - Drug Therapy KW - Trichotillomania KW - 1980 DO - 10.1097/00005053-198008000-00011 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-11211-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-11211-007 AN - 2011-11211-007 AU - Kanas, Nick AU - Rogers, Martha AU - Kreth, Ernest AU - Patterson, Linda AU - Campbell, Rick T1 - The effectiveness of group psychotherapy during the first three weeks of hospitalization: A controlled study. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1980/08// VL - 168 IS - 8 SP - 487 EP - 492 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X AD - Kanas, Nick, Psychiatry Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 116A, 4150 Clement Street, San Francisco, CA, US, 94121 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-11211-007. PMID: 7400801 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kanas, Nick; Psychiatry Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, CA, US. Release Date: 20110725. Correction Date: 20160714. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Information: Annual Meeting of the American Psychiatric Association, 131st, 1978, Atlanta, GA, US. Conference Note: Parts of this paper were presented at the aforementioned conference. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Hospitalization; Psychiatric Patients; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Tests & Measures: Psychiatric Evaluation Form; Overall Severity of Illness Scale; Global Assessment Scale DOI: 10.1037/t48384-000; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Thematic Apperception Test (TAT). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study; Treatment Outcome. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1980. Copyright Statement: The Williams & Wilkins Co. 1980. AB - Insight-oriented group psychotherapy is a common modality of treatment on inpatient psychiatric wards, yet its effectiveness for acutely hospitalized patients has not been adequately studied. A comparison was made of the effects of three experimental conditions (insight-oriented group psychotherapy, activity-oriented task group, and unstructured control condition) on 86 acutely hospitalized psychiatric patients at a United States Air Force teaching hospital. The group psychotherapy and task group patients did not show greater improvement after 20 days of hospitalization than control patients. In fact, significantly more psychotic patients scored worse in the group psychotherapy condition. It is suggested that insight-oriented group psychotherapy may not be an effective treatment modality during the first 3 weeks of psychiatric hospitalization, especially for psychotic patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group psychotherapy effectiveness KW - hospitalization KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1980 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Hospitalization KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - 1980 DO - 10.1097/00005053-198008000-00007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-11211-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-11208-007 AN - 2011-11208-007 AU - Silva, J. Arturo AU - Yesavage, Jerome A. T1 - Covariance of affective and schizophrenic symptoms in schizoaffective psychosis. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1980/09// VL - 168 IS - 9 SP - 559 EP - 561 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X AD - Yesavage, Jerome A., Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Stanford University Medical School, Stanford, CA, US, 94305 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-11208-007. PMID: 7411130 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silva, J. Arturo; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 20110725. Correction Date: 20120723. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Psychosis; Schizoaffective Disorder; Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340). Tests & Measures: Cohen's Scales for Schizophrenia and Affective Illness; Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale DOI: 10.1037/t01554-000; Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression DOI: 10.1037/t04100-000; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory. Methodology: Clinical Case Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1980. Copyright Statement: The Williams & Wilkins Co. 1980. AB - A case report of a patient with schizophrenic and affective symptoms in remarkable correlations (r = .94) is presented to highlight difficulties in documenting the diagnosis of schizoaffective disorder. Proposed solutions include the frequent use of appropriate rating scales, recognizing that postpsychotic depression is common and may mimic primary affective disorders, and employing statistical methods applicable to the individual case. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - affective symptoms KW - schizophrenic symptoms KW - schizoaffective psychosis KW - disease diagnosis KW - 1980 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Psychosis KW - Schizoaffective Disorder KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - 1980 U1 - Sponsor: Veterans Administration, Medical Research Service. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1097/00005053-198009000-00007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-11208-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-11208-006 AN - 2011-11208-006 AU - Marcovici, Martin AU - McLellan, A. Thomas AU - O'Brien, Charles P. AU - Rosenzweig, Jerry T1 - Risk for alcoholism and methadone treatment: A longitudinal study. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1980/09// VL - 168 IS - 9 SP - 556 EP - 558 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X AD - Marcovici, Martin, Drug Dependence Treatment Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 158, University and Woodland Avenues, Philadelphia, PA, US, 19104 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-11208-006. PMID: 7411129 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Marcovici, Martin; Department of Psychiatry, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia Veterans Administration Medical Center, Philadelphia, PA, US. Release Date: 20110725. Correction Date: 20130114. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Drug Rehabilitation; Methadone Maintenance; Risk Factors. Minor Descriptor: Treatment. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Michigan Alcoholism Screening Test DOI: 10.1037/t02357-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study; Interview; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1980. Copyright Statement: The Williams & Wilkins Co. AB - To investigate the relationship between methadone and alcohol abuse, 60 male veteran narcotic addicts entering a methadone maintenance program were divided into either a problem drinker group (N = 21) or a normal drinker group (N = 39) based on their drinking histories and Breathalyzer tests at admission. Their performance was monitored throughout methadone treatment. Results showed no systematic changes in alcohol use. Problem drinkers tended to be involved in more criminal activity, showed more evidence of depression and anxiety, and were more likely to continue abuse of illicit drugs. These results suggest that stabilization on methadone was not etiologically associated with alcohol abuse. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - risk factors KW - alcoholism KW - methadone maintenance KW - treatment KW - drug rehabilitation KW - 1980 KW - Alcoholism KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Methadone Maintenance KW - Risk Factors KW - Treatment KW - 1980 U1 - Sponsor: Veterans Administration. Other Details: Research funds. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1097/00005053-198009000-00006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-11208-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-11203-010 AN - 2011-11203-010 AU - Benezech, M. AU - Bourgeois, Marc AU - Yesavage, Jerome T1 - Violence in the mentally ill: A study of 547 patients at a French hospital for the criminally insane. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1980/11// VL - 168 IS - 11 SP - 698 EP - 700 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X AD - Yesavage, Jerome, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Stanford University, Stanford, CA, US, 94305 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-11203-010. PMID: 7441233 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Benezech, M.; U. E. R. de Psychiatrie, Universite de Bordeaux II, Bordeaux, France. Release Date: 20110829. Correction Date: 20120618. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospitalized Patients; Hospitals; Mentally Ill Offenders; Paranoia; Violent Crime. Classification: Criminal Behavior & Juvenile Delinquency (3236). Population: Human (10). Location: France. Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1980. Copyright Statement: The Williams & Wilkins Co. 1980. AB - This is a study of 547 patients hospitalized in a French hospital for the criminally insane over the past 10 years. This chart review study correlates diagnosis with criminal act and other psychological and sociological parameters. It is of note that the diagnosis of paranoia is strongly associated with violent crimes against persons, especially murder, whereas personality disorders are more associated with criminal acts involving property. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - French hospitals KW - criminally insane KW - diagnosis KW - paranoia KW - violent crimes KW - 1980 KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Hospitals KW - Mentally Ill Offenders KW - Paranoia KW - Violent Crime KW - 1980 U1 - Sponsor: Veterans Administration. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1097/00005053-198011000-00010 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-11203-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-11203-004 AN - 2011-11203-004 AU - Fontana, Alan F. AU - Dowds, Barbara Noel AU - Eisenstadt, Roberta L. T1 - Social class and suitability for psychodynamic psychotherapy: A causal model. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1980/11// VL - 168 IS - 11 SP - 658 EP - 665 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X AD - Fontana, Alan F., Psychology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 116B5, West Haven, CT, US, 06516 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-11203-004. PMID: 7441228 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fontana, Alan F.; Psychology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 20110829. Correction Date: 20140414. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Style; Psychodynamic Psychotherapy; Social Class. Minor Descriptor: Therapists. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Outpatient (60). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Hollingshead Index of Social Position; Therapist Specificity Scale; Experiencing Scale DOI: 10.1037/t29376-000; Vanderbilt Psychotherapy Process Scale DOI: 10.1037/t04307-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1980. Copyright Statement: The Williams & Wilkins Co. 1980. AB - A causal model is postulated to mediate the connection between patients' social class and therapists' evaluations of patients' suitability for psychodynamic psychotherapy. The model postulates that patients' social class gives rise to the learning of intellectual skills and cognitive styles, which lead to ways of interacting verbally with others, which in turn result in therapists' evaluations of patients' suitability. Thirty psychiatric outpatients were assessed for their intellectual skills and cognitive styles, and for their verbal interactions with their therapists during the first therapy session. One mediational pathway was discovered as postulated by the model. This pathway was found to mediate the connection between patients' social class and their subsequent attendance in psychotherapy as well. Two unexpected pathways were found to mediate therapists' judgments of suitability, one of which also mediated patients' attendance in psychotherapy. These unexpected pathways are of particular interest for the clues they offer to the ways in which psychodynamic psychotherapy may be possible and rewarding with lower-class patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social class KW - psychodynamic psychotherapy KW - therapists' evaluation KW - intellectual skills KW - cognitive style KW - 1980 KW - Cognitive Style KW - Psychodynamic Psychotherapy KW - Social Class KW - Therapists KW - 1980 U1 - Sponsor: Veterans Administration, Medical Research Service. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1097/00005053-198011000-00004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-11203-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-11199-010 AN - 2011-11199-010 AU - Ryan, Joseph J. AU - Souheaver, Gary T. AU - DeWolfe, Alan S. T1 - Intellectual deficit in chronic renal failure: A comparison with neurological and medical-psychiatric patients. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1980/12// VL - 168 IS - 12 SP - 763 EP - 767 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X AD - Ryan, Joseph J., Psychology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, (116B1), North Chicago, IL, US, 60064 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-11199-010. PMID: 7452217 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ryan, Joseph J.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, North Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 20110725. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Kidney Diseases; Nervous System Disorders; Physical Disorders; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Block Design Subtest; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Comprehension Subtest; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Information Subtest; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Object Assembly Subtest; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Vocabulary Subtest. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1980. Copyright Statement: The Williams & Wilkins Co. 1980. AB - Intellectual functioning of renal failure, neurological, and medical-psychiatric patients was explored using the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. The three groups of 24 patients each did not differ significantly in age or education. The medical-psychiatric group was significantly higher than the renal failure and neurological groups on the Performance IQ and Full Scale IQ. A significant groups x subtests interaction in an analysis of variance with Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale subtests as the repeated measures variable indicated that the groups differed significantly in pattern of intellectual deficit. Subsequent analysis of deviation scores, which controlled for overall level of performance, indicated significant differences among the groups in relative deficit on the Information, Comprehension, Vocabulary, Block Design, and Object Assembly subtests. The renal failure patients showed much less deficit on the Information, Comprehension, and Vocabulary subtests relative to their own mean than did the other two groups which were similar to each other. However, the renal failure patients showed considerably greater deficit on the Block Design and Object Assembly subtests relative to their own mean than did the neurological and medical-psychiatric patients who again were quite comparable to each other. The pattern of deficits for the renal failure group was different from both neurological and medical-psychiatric patients and their level of deficit was greater than that of the medical-psychiatric patients. Thus, renal failure patients showed quantitative and qualitative differences compared to medical-psychiatric subjects and qualitative differences compared to neurological subjects. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - intellectual functioning KW - chronic renal failure KW - neurological patients KW - medical-psychiatric patients KW - 1980 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Kidney Diseases KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Physical Disorders KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1980 DO - 10.1097/00005053-198012000-00010 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-11199-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-11199-001 AN - 2011-11199-001 AU - Redlich, Fritz AU - Pope, Kenneth S. T1 - Ethics of mental health training. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1980/12// VL - 168 IS - 12 SP - 709 EP - 714 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 2011-11199-001. PMID: 7452208 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Redlich, Fritz; Veterans Administration Hospital Brentwood, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 20110725. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Editorial. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personnel Training; Professional Ethics. Minor Descriptor: Equity (Social); Informed Consent; Mental Health; Health Personnel. Classification: Professional Ethics & Standards & Liability (3450). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1980. AB - This is a paper on issues of ethics in mental health training. No specific paper on this topic nor on the ethics of medical teaching could be found in the literature. The authors consider the topic as important and timely. The discussion follows the principles of the Hippocratic Oath, the modern principles of informed consent and of social equity. These principles are focal points in an examination of the roles of clinician, teacher, patient, and student, and their complex relationships. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethics KW - mental health training KW - Hippocratic oath KW - informed consent KW - social equity KW - 1980 KW - Personnel Training KW - Professional Ethics KW - Equity (Social) KW - Informed Consent KW - Mental Health KW - Health Personnel KW - 1980 DO - 10.1097/00005053-198012000-00001 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-11199-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-08428-008 AN - 2011-08428-008 AU - Tuma, A. Hussain AU - May, Philip R. A. T1 - And if that doesn't work, what next … ? A study of treatment failures in schizophrenia. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1979/09// VL - 167 IS - 9 SP - 566 EP - 571 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X AD - Tuma, A. Hussain, Clinical Research Branch, Alcohol, Drug Abuse, and Mental Health Administration, National Institute of Mental Health, 5600 Fishers Lane, Room 10C-24, Rockville, MD, US, 20857 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-08428-008. PMID: 479870 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tuma, A. Hussain; Clinical Research Branch, Alcohol, Drug Abuse, and Mental Health Administration, National Institute of Mental Health, Rockville, MD, US. Release Date: 20110829. Correction Date: 20120618. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Group Psychotherapy; Schizophrenia; Tranquilizing Drugs; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Failure. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Tests & Measures: Menninger Health-Sickness Rating Scale; MACC Behavioral Adjustment Scale. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study; Treatment Outcome. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1979. Copyright Statement: Williams & Wilkins Co. 1979. AB - A systematic study of schizophrenic patients who did not respond satisfactorily to one of five different forms of treatment given under controlled conditions showed that almost all of them responded satisfactorily to subsequent treatment with the combination of ataraxic drugs and group psychotherapy. Whatever the original form of treatment, and despite subsequent retreatment with drugs and group psychotherapy, there was a treatment- resistant core—a few patients who either responded very slowly or who improved relatively little. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - treatment failures KW - schizophrenia KW - ataraxic drugs KW - group psychotherapy KW - 1979 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Schizophrenia KW - Tranquilizing Drugs KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Failure KW - 1979 U1 - Sponsor: State of California, Department of Mental Hygiene, US. Other Details: Research Service of the Veterans Administration. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: United States Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, United States Public Health Service, National Institute of Mental Health, US. Grant: MH 02719; MH 04589; PH 43-66-49. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: National Institutes of Health, US. Grant: RR-3. Other Details: Computing Facility at the Center for the Health Sciences, University of California at Los Angeles. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1097/00005053-197909000-00008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-08428-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-08428-007 AN - 2011-08428-007 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Plemel, Duane AU - Burke, Marcia T1 - Proverb test deficit in schizophrenia and brain-damaged patients. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1979/09// VL - 167 IS - 9 SP - 561 EP - 565 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X AD - Watson, Charles G., Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Cloud, MN, US, 56301 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-08428-007. PMID: 479869 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Cloud, MN, US. Release Date: 20110829. Correction Date: 20120618. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Schizophrenia; Thinking; Thought Disturbances. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Tests & Measures: Gorham Proverbs Test; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1979. Copyright Statement: Williams & Wilkins Co. 1979. AB - This study explored the nature of abstract thinking disorder in schizophrenia and brain damage. Previous research suggests that two deficits, inability to abstract and autism, interfere with the proverb interpretations of schizophrenic and brain-damaged patients. In the present study, an attempt was made to isolate the specific nature of abstraction deficit by dividing the abstracting process into two components: the translation of concrete stimuli into abstract elements and their integration into general principles. The scores of process schizophrenics, reactive schizophrenics, brain-damaged patients, and psychiatric controls on measures of translation ability, integration ability, and autistic interference with each were compared both before and after the groups were matched for intelligence and demographic variables. Although the schizophrenic and brain-damaged groups showed less ability to translate and integrate than the controls, these weaknesses reflected demographic differences, not disorder-specific deficits. Autistic interference with integration was also more apparent in the schizophrenics and organics than in controls and was also attributable to low intelligence rather than a specific defect. However, greater autistic interference with translation was found in the reactive and organic patients than in the controls or, apparently, the process schizophrenics, both before and after the effects of intelligence and demographic variables were controlled. Therefore, autistic interference appears to be a disorder-specific deficit in reactive and brain-damaged groups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - proverb test deficit KW - schizophrenia KW - brain damaged patients KW - abstract thinking disorder KW - 1979 KW - Brain Damage KW - Schizophrenia KW - Thinking KW - Thought Disturbances KW - 1979 U1 - Sponsor: Medical Research Service, Veterans Administration. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1097/00005053-197909000-00007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-08428-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-08419-008 AN - 2011-08419-008 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Buranen, Cheryl T1 - The frequency and identification of false positive conversion reactions. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1979/04// VL - 167 IS - 4 SP - 243 EP - 247 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X AD - Watson, Charles G., Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Cloud, MN, US, 56301 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-08419-008. PMID: 438796 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, St. Cloud, MN, US. Release Date: 20110509. Correction Date: 20120618. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Conversion Disorder; Differential Diagnosis; Misdiagnosis; Physical Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Personality Correlates; Symptoms. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Tests & Measures: Shipley-Hartford; Army General Classification Test; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Slosson Intelligence Test. Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1979. Copyright Statement: The Williams & Wilkins Co. 1979. AB - The frequency with which conversion reaction diagnoses are inappropriately applied to persons with physical diseases was estimated in a sample of medical hospital patients diagnosed hysteric. This was accomplished by ratings based on file information available at the time of diagnosis and at a 10-year follow-up, and a count of patients whose 'conversion' symptoms were later diagnosed as physical illnesses. The estimated false positive rate was 25 per cent. The symptoms most characteristic of the false positives were degenerative diseases and structural failures affecting the spinal cord, peripheral nerves, bones, muscles, and connective tissues. An effort to identify psychological parameters capable of separating true conversion reactions from false positives with a variety of behavioral symptoms and Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory scores was not productive. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - conversion reaction KW - diagnosis KW - false positives KW - differential diagnosis KW - physical illness KW - physical symptoms KW - behavioral symptoms KW - psychological correlates KW - 1979 KW - Conversion Disorder KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Misdiagnosis KW - Physical Disorders KW - Personality Correlates KW - Symptoms KW - 1979 U1 - Sponsor: Veterans Administration, Medical Research Service. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1097/00005053-197904000-00008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-08419-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-08329-008 AN - 2011-08329-008 AU - Mollica, Richard F. AU - Blum, Jeffrey D. AU - Redlich, Fritz T1 - Equity and the psychiatric care of the Black patient, 1950 to 1975. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1980/05// VL - 168 IS - 5 SP - 279 EP - 286 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X AD - Redlich, Fritz, Brentwood Veterans Administration Hospital, Wilshire and Sawtelle Boulevards, Los Angeles, CA, US, 90073 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-08329-008. PMID: 7365493 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mollica, Richard F.; Institution for Social and Policy Studies, Yale University, New Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 20110905. Correction Date: 20120618. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blacks; Health Care Delivery; Health Care Utilization; Mental Health Services; Trends. Minor Descriptor: Equity (Social); Hospitalization; Outpatient Treatment; Racial and Ethnic Differences; Health Disparities. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: May, 1980. Copyright Statement: The Williams & Wilkins Co. 1980. AB - The psychiatric treatment of the black patient in a Northeastern industrial region in 1975 is compared with the treatment patterns existing for black patients in 1950. This survey is part of the Trends in Mental Health Project, which is a 25-year follow-up of certain aspects of Hollingshead and Redlich's 1950 study, Social Class and Mental Illness (John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1958). This survey reveals that black patients in 1975, as compared to 1950, continued to utilize almost exclusively the state hospital for inpatient care. In addition, in 1975, black patients were receiving previously nonexistent outpatient services at the regional community mental health center. They were primarily found in treatment at this latter facility on units characterized by low intervention treatment and semi- and nonprofessional staff. Manpower findings reveal that few black clinicians existed except on the nonprofessional level. Finally, a concept of equity is applied to the survey results in order to raise important social policy issues. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - equity KW - psychiatric care KW - mental health services utilization KW - health care delivery KW - trends KW - outpatient services KW - inpatient services KW - race and ethnic differences KW - 1980 KW - Blacks KW - Health Care Delivery KW - Health Care Utilization KW - Mental Health Services KW - Trends KW - Equity (Social) KW - Hospitalization KW - Outpatient Treatment KW - Racial and Ethnic Differences KW - Health Disparities KW - 1980 U1 - Sponsor: National Institute of Mental Health, Manpower Division, US. Grant: 278-77-0072. Other Details: OP. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1097/00005053-198005000-00008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-08329-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-08326-006 AN - 2011-08326-006 AU - Weiner, Richard D. T1 - The persistence of electroconvulsive therapy-induced changes in the electroencephalogram. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1980/04// VL - 168 IS - 4 SP - 224 EP - 228 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X AD - Weiner, Richard D., Psychiatry Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, 508 Fulton Street, Durham, NC, US, 27705 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-08326-006. PMID: 7365480 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weiner, Richard D.; Psychiatry Service, Durham Veterans Administration Medical Center, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 20110815. Correction Date: 20120618. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy; Electroencephalography; Persistence. Minor Descriptor: Treatment Outcomes. Classification: Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1980. Copyright Statement: The Williams & Wilkins Co. 1980. AB - The literature concerning the effects of electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) upon the EEG is reviewed with respect to the degree and persistence of abnormalities. The most common electrophysiological dysfunction consists of generalized regular and irregular slow wave activity. This slowing typically disappears by a few weeks to a few months following completion of the ECT course but in rare cases may persist for longer periods. Patients given large numbers of ECT treatments tend to show more prolonged alterations. Possible correlations of these EEG changes with a variety of parameters are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - persistence KW - electroconvulsive therapy KW - electroencephalography KW - changes KW - treatment KW - 1980 KW - Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy KW - Electroencephalography KW - Persistence KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - 1980 U1 - Sponsor: Veterans Administration, Medical Research Service. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: National Institute of Mental Health, US. Grant: MH30723. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1097/00005053-198004000-00006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-08326-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-08326-003 AN - 2011-08326-003 AU - Hans, Mary B. AU - Koeppen, Arnulf H. T1 - Huntington's chorea: Its impact on the spouse. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1980/04// VL - 168 IS - 4 SP - 209 EP - 214 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X AD - Koeppen, Arnulf H., Veterans Administration Medical Center, 113 Holland Avenue, Albany, NY, US, 12208 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-08326-003. PMID: 6444999 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hans, Mary B.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albany, NY, US. Release Date: 20110815. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Diagnosis; Huntingtons Disease; Wives. Minor Descriptor: Family; Marriage; Patients; Spouses. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study; Interview; Qualitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1980. Copyright Statement: The Williams & Wilkins Co. 1980. AB - Huntington's chorea imposes a direct imprint on the life of the spouse of the affected patient. Interviews with 15 wives of patients with Huntington's chorea revealed that none of them knew prior to marriage of the presence of a heritable disease within the husband's family. When informed of the diagnosis, the wife reacted with disbelief and denial. As she became aware of the steady progression of the disease and the threat of transmission to her children, her response changed to resentment and hostility. The disease permeated the entire life of the unaffected spouse: her life style, family responsibility, goals, and marital relationship. In essence, the wife became inextricably involved in the disease and suffered continuous trauma from it. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Huntington's chorea KW - spouses KW - patients KW - diagnosis KW - family KW - wives KW - marriage KW - 1980 KW - Diagnosis KW - Huntingtons Disease KW - Wives KW - Family KW - Marriage KW - Patients KW - Spouses KW - 1980 DO - 10.1097/00005053-198004000-00003 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-08326-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-08325-004 AN - 2011-08325-004 AU - Silk, Kenneth R. T1 - Eyeglasses and schizophrenic spectrum disease. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1980/03// VL - 168 IS - 3 SP - 146 EP - 149 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X AD - Silk, Kenneth R., Department of Psychiatry, University of Michigan Medical School, and Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Medical Center,, 2215 Fuller Road, Ann Arbor, MI, US, 48105 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-08325-004. PMID: 7354316 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silk, Kenneth R.; Department of Psychiatry, University of Michigan Medical School, and Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Medical Center, Ann Arbor, MI, US. Release Date: 20110801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Eye Movements; Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40); Outpatient (60). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1980. Copyright Statement: Williams & Wilkins Co. 1980. AB - In an attempt to understand the mystery of schizophrenia, researchers have often studied the eyes of schizophrenic patients. These investigations have included ophthalmological decriptions of the pupil and the disc, electrophysiological research into eye movements, and clinical phenomenological data concerning the bizarre symbolic significance that schizophrenics attach to eyes. This paper attempts to describe how patients who fit the broader definition of schizophrenic spectrum disorder use or misuse eyeglasses, especially in the clinical setting. These patients may lose or break their glasses and not replace them, they may refuse to wear them, or they may simply forget that they wear glasses altogether. The author explores this phenomenon through the study of four case reports and proposes a hypothesis to explain the meaning of this behavior. Its application to clinical treatment is then discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - eyeglasses KW - schizophrenic spectrum diseases KW - eye movements KW - 1980 KW - Eye Movements KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1980 DO - 10.1097/00005053-198003000-00004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-08325-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-08313-005 AN - 2011-08313-005 AU - Lowry, Michael R. AU - Atcherson, Esther T1 - Characteristics of patients with depressive disorder on entry into home hemodialysis. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1979/12// VL - 167 IS - 12 SP - 748 EP - 751 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X AD - Lowry, Michael R., Department of Psychiatry, University of Iowa College of Medicine, 500 Newton Road, Iowa City, IA, US, 52242 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-08313-005. PMID: 512646 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lowry, Michael R.; Department of Psychiatry, University of Iowa College of Medicine, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 20110627. Correction Date: 20120618. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Characteristics; Hemodialysis; Home Care; Kidney Diseases; Major Depression. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Tests & Measures: Home Dialysis Interview Schedule. Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1979. Copyright Statement: The Williams & Wilkins Co. 1979. AB - During a prospective study of 58 patients entering home hemodialysis training, systematic interviews revealed that thirteen (22 per cent) of the patients were suffering depressive disorder. Depressed patients were more likely than nondepressed patients to have experienced a decline in job performance during the previous year, applied for disability income, and reduced leisure activities after the beginning of training. Further, the only two patients complaining of 'quite a lot' of anxiety during dialyses were both found to be suffering depressive disorder. Polycystic kidney disease and depressive disorder were significantly positively associated in this patient sample. Possible implications of that association are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - depressive disorder KW - home hemodialysis training KW - polycystic kidney disease KW - patient characteristics KW - 1979 KW - Client Characteristics KW - Hemodialysis KW - Home Care KW - Kidney Diseases KW - Major Depression KW - 1979 U1 - Sponsor: Veterans Administration. Other Details: Research Grant. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1097/00005053-197912000-00005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-08313-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2009-06389-001 AN - 2009-06389-001 AU - Schubert, Herman J. P. AU - Elie, John J. AU - Chlebowy, Robert E. T1 - Employability potential and in-hospital compensated-work-program effectiveness. JF - Rehabilitation Psychology JO - Rehabilitation Psychology JA - Rehabil Psychol Y1 - 1977/// VL - 24 IS - 2 SP - 79 EP - 86 CY - US PB - Division 22 of the American Psychological Association SN - 0090-5550 SN - 1939-1544 AD - Elie, John J., Veterans Administration Hospital, Medical Research Service, 3495 Bailey Avenue, Buffalo, NY, US, 14215 N1 - Accession Number: 2009-06389-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Aspects of Disability. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schubert, Herman J. P.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Buffalo, NY, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation; Springer Publishing. Release Date: 20090511. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Information: Inter-american Congress of Psychology, 25th, Dec, 1974, Bogota, Colombia. Conference Note: Portions of this paper were presented at the aforementioned meeting. Major Descriptor: Employability; Employment Status; Hospital Programs; Program Evaluation; Rehabilitation. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1977. AB - The relationship of initial employability level on the effectiveness of a compensated- work program (CWP) in increasing employability was studied among 72 men patients of a Veterans Administration (VA) general medical and surgical (GM&S) hospital. Correlational analyses—for neuropsychiatric, GM&S, and organic-brain-damaged patients—between time on CWP and job-getting success by level of employment potential permitted determination of effects specific to each subgroup. Length of stay in the CWP was associated with job-getting success only for the subgroup of neuropsychiatric patients with low employability potential. The percentage of the workday that a patient spent actually on the CWP job was the best single predictor of job-getting success. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - initial employability KW - compensated-work program effectiveness KW - hospital programs KW - job-getting success KW - 1977 KW - Employability KW - Employment Status KW - Hospital Programs KW - Program Evaluation KW - Rehabilitation KW - 1977 U1 - Sponsor: Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development. Grant: 2 RO1 HD 07551-03. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1037/h0091070 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2009-06389-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2008-08783-003 AN - 2008-08783-003 AU - Hall, Sharon M. AU - Hall, Robert G. T1 - Clinical series in the behavioral treatment of obesity. JF - Health Psychology JO - Health Psychology JA - Health Psychol Y1 - 1982///Fal 1982 VL - 1 IS - 4 SP - 359 EP - 372 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates SN - 0278-6133 SN - 1930-7810 AD - Hall, Sharon M., Langley Porter Psychiatric Institute, 401 Parnassus Avenue, San Francisco, CA, US, 94143 N1 - Accession Number: 2008-08783-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hall, Sharon M.; Langley Porter Psychiatric Institute, University of California, San Francisco, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association. Release Date: 20080714. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Modification; Obesity; Weight Control. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1982. AB - This article reviews the seven large scale clinical series reported to date which used behavioral treatments to effect weight loss in obese patients. Treatment completion and weight loss data are compared with those obtained in other treatments and with benchmark data. It is concluded that weight losses in 'live-in' clinics are considerable, and surpass those generally reported in the literature. In outpatient clinics, which are more representative of current obesity treatment, weight losses appear similar to those found in other treatments, and provide no evidence for the superiority of behavioral interventions. However, low drop-out rates, lack of negative side effects, and low-risk may still make the behavioral treatment of obesity the treatment of choice in many clinical settings. Criteria for reports of clinical series are described. New directions for treatment and research are suggested. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - obesity KW - behavioral treatment KW - clinical series KW - weight loss KW - 1982 KW - Behavior Modification KW - Obesity KW - Weight Control KW - 1982 U1 - Sponsor: National Institute on Drug Abuse. Grant: DA00065; DA02538. Other Details: ADAMHA Research Scientist Development Award. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1037/h0090239 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2008-08783-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-14626-001 AN - 2007-14626-001 AU - Goldstein, Arnold P. AU - Sprafkin, Robert P. AU - Gershaw, N. Jane T1 - Structured learning therapy: Training for community living. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JA - Psychotherapy (Chic) Y1 - 1976///Win 1976 VL - 13 IS - 4 SP - 374 EP - 377 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 AD - Goldstein, Arnold P., Psychology Department, Syracuse University, Syracuse, NY, US, 13210 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-14626-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Arnold P.; Syracuse University, Syracuse, NY, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20071008. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychosocial Rehabilitation; Psychotherapy; Social Interaction; Social Learning; Social Skills Training. Minor Descriptor: Imitation (Learning); Role Playing. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Win 1976. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1976. AB - During the past decade, two major psychotherapy approaches have emerged oriented toward enhancing the interpersonal and resocialization behavior of mental hospital inpatients. In the first, milieu therapy, patients are typically given considerable responsibility for determining their own activities, group pressures toward social interaction are exerted, staff-patient status lines are blurred or diminished, and an effort is made to structure within-hospital activities so that they reflect attitudes and behaviors necessary for satisfactory post-hospital adjustment. In contrast, the second approach, the token economy, is a systematic and comprehensive attempt to apply contingency management procedure to alter these very same, community-relevant behaviors. While both the milieu therapy and token economy approaches are important developments oriented toward countering the withdrawal, colonization and Social Breakdown Syndrome so often characteristic of long-term psychiatric inpatients, neither has yet proven sufficiently powerful to lead to enduring behavioral changes in patients' post-hospital lives in the community. The approach we wish to describe in this paper, Structured Learning Therapy (SLT), was explicitly developed for skill-enhancement purposes, and consists of (1) modeling, (2) role playing, (3) social reinforcement, and (4) transfer training. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - structured learning therapy KW - modeling KW - role playing KW - social reinforcement KW - transfer training KW - skill enhancment KW - community living KW - 1976 KW - Psychosocial Rehabilitation KW - Psychotherapy KW - Social Interaction KW - Social Learning KW - Social Skills Training KW - Imitation (Learning) KW - Role Playing KW - 1976 U1 - Sponsor: PHS. Grant: MH 16426. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: National Institute of Mental Health. Grant: MH 13669. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1037/h0086507 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2007-14626-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06541-008 AN - 2006-06541-008 AU - Wittrig, John T1 - Coping with Mania: Psychiatry Struggles to Restructure its Assumptions. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1982/02// VL - 27 IS - 2 SP - 96 EP - 98 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06541-008. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wittrig, John; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Danville, IL, US. Release Date: 20061120. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Etiology; Mania. Minor Descriptor: Psychopathology; Psychosis; Schizophrenia. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Belmaker, Robert H. (Ed); van Praag, H. M. (Ed). Mania: An Evolving Concept=Jamaica, N.Y.: SP Medical & Scientific Books, 1980. 403 pp. $35.00; 1980. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1982. AB - Reviews the book, Mania: An Evolving Concept by Robert H. Belmaker and H. M. van Praag (Eds.) (1980). The book is a gold mine of nuggets for serious research development, some chapters proving richer veins than others. The contributors to this volume were instructed to question the dogma of lithium's effectiveness and specificity, to confront other contributors' opposing views, and to challenge several of the current comfortable assumptions about mania. This text is a beginning in recognizing and organizing much, but not all, of the recent data on mania and schizophrenia. This volume succeeds in making the point that all the problems of mania are not solved. The book is a must for the serious researcher in psychopathology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mania KW - coping behavior KW - schizophrenia KW - syphilis psychosis KW - etiology KW - psychopathology KW - 1982 KW - Coping Behavior KW - Etiology KW - Mania KW - Psychopathology KW - Psychosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1982 U2 - Belmaker, Robert H. (Ed); van Praag, H. M. (Ed). (1980); Mania: An Evolving Concept; Jamaica, N.Y.: SP Medical & Scientific Books, 1980. 403 pp. $35.00 DO - 10.1037/020993 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06541-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06531-010 AN - 2006-06531-010 AU - Levine, Jacob T1 - Is Deinstitutionalization the Answer for the Chronic Mentally Ill? JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1983/01// VL - 28 IS - 1 SP - 20 EP - 22 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06531-010. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levine, Jacob; Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 20061120. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chronic Mental Illness; Deinstitutionalization; Mental Health Services; Rehabilitation. Minor Descriptor: Communities; Health Care Delivery. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Talbott, John A. (Ed). The Chronic Mentally Ill: Treatment, Programs, Systems=New York: Human Sciences Press, 1981. 374 pp. $32.95; 1981. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1983. AB - Reviews the book, The Chronic Mentally Ill.: Treatment, Programs, Systems edited by John A. Talbott (1981). The primary thrust of this book is the advocacy of deinstitutionalization of the chronic mentally ill, with the community taking over the responsibility for their care, treatment, and rehabilitation. The chapters by the various authors are descriptions of 'successful' programs that were developed from different community bases or mental health delivery systems. The main weakness of the book is the assumption that deinstitutionalization with rehabilitation for living in the community is the only course of care and treatment for the chronic mentally ill. It fails to address the problem that there is a sizable number among the chronic mentally ill who are not responsive to rehabilitation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chronic mentally ill KW - deinstitutionalization KW - treatment KW - rehabilitation KW - mental health delivery systems KW - community KW - 1983 KW - Chronic Mental Illness KW - Deinstitutionalization KW - Mental Health Services KW - Rehabilitation KW - Communities KW - Health Care Delivery KW - 1983 U2 - Talbott, John A. (Ed). (1981); The Chronic Mentally Ill: Treatment, Programs, Systems; New York: Human Sciences Press, 1981. 374 pp. $32.95 DO - 10.1037/021529 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06531-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06270-042 AN - 2006-06270-042 AU - Fozard, James L. T1 - Gerophobia, Ageism, and Deteriorating Bio-Social Milieu Complicate the Patient's Condition. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1975/01// VL - 20 IS - 1 SP - 52 EP - 54 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06270-042. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fozard, James L.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 20061106. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aging; Mental Disorders. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Busse, Ewald W. (Ed); Pfeiffer, Eric (Ed). Mental Illness in Later Life=Washington, D.C.: American Psychiatric Association, 1973. Pp. vi + 301. $9.00 cloth; $7.00 paper; 1973. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1975. AB - Reviews the book, Mental Illness in Later Life edited by Ewald W. Busse and Eric Pfeiffer (see record [rid]1976-12370-000[/rid]). Presents descriptions and discussions, written primarily for the use of the general practitioner, of the organic and affective mental disorders in older persons; the relationship between physical and psychological changes; diagnosis, treatment, ambulatory and institutional care, and insurance coverage. Written primarily for the practicing physician, this excellent text is a solid reference source for both psychologists and for the layman seeking information about his own aging or that of his elderly relatives. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mental disorders KW - older persons KW - 1975 KW - Aging KW - Mental Disorders KW - 1975 U2 - Busse, Ewald W. (Ed); Pfeiffer, Eric (Ed). (1973); Mental Illness in Later Life; Washington, D.C.: American Psychiatric Association, 1973. Pp. vi + 301. $9.00 cloth; $7.00 paper DO - 10.1037/0013043 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06270-042&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09716-012 AN - 2005-09716-012 AU - Fowler, Richard C. T1 - Remitting schizophrenia as a variant of affective disorder. JF - Schizophrenia Bulletin JO - Schizophrenia Bulletin JA - Schizophr Bull Y1 - 1978/// VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 68 EP - 77 CY - US PB - National Institute of Mental Health SN - 0586-7614 SN - 1745-1701 AD - Fowler, Richard C., VA Hospital, 3350 La Jolla Village Dr., San Diego, CA, US, 92161 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09716-012. PMID: 746363 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fowler, Richard C.; Veterans' Administration Hospital, San Diego, CA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 20050926. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Psychiatric Patients; Psychosis; Remission (Disorders); Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Amphetamine; Mental Disorders. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1978. AB - Remitting schizophrenia is an important phenomenon in the United States largely because of the broad concept of schizophrenia used here. Clinical and family investigations of this condition suggest a close link between remitting schizophrenia and the affective disorders. However, the elevated morbidity risk of schizophrenia in first-degree relatives of remitting schizophrenics precludes the conclusion that remitting schizophrenia is simply a variant of affective disorders. The following testable hypothesis is consistent with the available data: remitting schizophrenia is a heterogeneous mixture of mania, unipolar depression, and typical schizophrenia. Mania and unipolar depression account for the majority of such disorders although schizophrenia may account for a sizable minority. Other disorders may be included in this mixture; but, their contribution to the remitting schizophrenias is probably small. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - depressive symptoms KW - family history KW - schizophrenia KW - affective disorders KW - 1978 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychosis KW - Remission (Disorders) KW - Schizophrenia KW - Amphetamine KW - Mental Disorders KW - 1978 DO - 10.1093/schbul/4.1.68 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-09716-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09710-005 AN - 2005-09710-005 AU - Schneider, Sid J. T1 - Speculating About Cognitive Experiments Using Schizophrenics. JF - Schizophrenia Bulletin JO - Schizophrenia Bulletin JA - Schizophr Bull Y1 - 1978/// VL - 4 IS - 4 SP - 483 EP - 487 CY - US PB - National Institute of Mental Health SN - 0586-7614 SN - 1745-1701 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09710-005. PMID: 734361 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schneider, Sid J.; Center for Biological Psychiatry, Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Medical Center, Montrose, NY, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 20051003. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Cognitive Processes; Experimental Methods; Experimentation; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Reaction Time. Classification: Research Methods & Experimental Design (2260); Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1978. AB - Discusses cognitive experiments using schizophrenics. The recent issue of 'Schizophrenia Bulletin' (Vol. 3[3], 1977) dealing with attention demonstrated that numerous experimental procedures have been borrowed from the cognitive laboratory and applied to schizophrenia research. The appeal of such procedures is that they can reveal easily quantifiable differences between schizophrenics and others. When a researcher measures a noncognitive variable like social interaction, he is likely to arouse debate about what constitutes an inappropriate social interaction in the first place. It is more precise to count shadowing errors on a dichotic listening task or milliseconds on a reaction time task, for example. Yet, the cognitive researcher in schizophrenia introduces a peculiar new problem: The cognitive disorder he seeks to measure interferes with its own measurement. This interference can occur in an obvious or a subtle way. Suppose a researcher wishes to discover something about schizophrenic distractibility by presenting a stimulus, which instructions define as the 'important' stimulus, and watching for the effects of other, 'unimportant' stimuli on the subject's reaction to the 'important' stimulus. The obvious way cognitive dysfunction may interfere with the study occurs when the subject simply does not turn his attention to the entire task. Many schizophrenia researchers find that their subjects do not reliably look at the tachistoscope or listen to the tones used. Even a cooperative schizophrenic subject might be too cognitively impaired to focus on a task--which may be supposed to measure his ability to focus. There is reason to believe that schizophrenics may be particularly susceptible to certain kinds of distraction that do not affect normals very much. A researcher may inadvertently be presenting such stimuli in an experimental situation, and his schizophrenic subject's behavior may be as affected by these inadvertent distractions as it is by the deliberate experimental manipulations. Such an inadvertent stimulus might be the experimental room, its silence, equipment, or the uncertainty in the subject's mind of the purpose of the experiment. Unless the attentional style of each individual schizophrenic subject is taken into account in a cognitive experiment, the cognitive researcher might find himself as hard put to make generalizations as the researcher using an elusive noncognitive measurement. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive experiments KW - schizophrenics KW - dichotic listening task KW - attention KW - 1978 KW - Attention KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Experimental Methods KW - Experimentation KW - Schizophrenia KW - Reaction Time KW - 1978 DO - 10.1093/schbul/4.4.483 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-09710-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09082-003 AN - 2005-09082-003 AU - Carothers, Thomas AU - Gardner, Howard T1 - When Children's Drawings Become Art: The Emergence of Aesthetic Production and Perception. JF - Developmental Psychology JO - Developmental Psychology JA - Dev Psychol Y1 - 1979/09// VL - 15 IS - 5 SP - 570 EP - 580 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0012-1649 SN - 1939-0599 AD - Gardner, Howard, Project Zero, Harvard University, 316 Longfellow Hall, Cambridge, MA, US, 02138 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09082-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carothers, Thomas; Harvard Graduate School of Education and Psychology Service, Boston Veterans Administration Hospital, MA, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aesthetics; Age Differences; Art; Drawing; Perceptual Development. Minor Descriptor: Childhood Development; Painting (Art). Classification: Cognitive & Perceptual Development (2820). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Preschool Age (2-5 yrs) (160); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1979. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1979. AB - Although children's drawings have been studied from several perspectives, their status as works of art has not been considered. It is possible that only at a certain point in development do children's drawings begin to exhibit characteristics of the aesthetic. Proceeding from a definition of the aesthetic proposed by Nelson Goodman, a set of tasks was devised to examine this possibility. First-, fourth-, and sixth-grade children were tested for their sensitivity to the dimensions of syntactic repleteness (e.g., line variation) and expression (i.e., the feelings conveyed by a work). First-grade children displayed little capacity to produce or perceive aesthetic characteristics. Fourth-grade children displayed significant capacities to perceive these characteristics in drawings, and by the sixth grade children demonstrated considerable capacities to exhibit these aesthetic characteristics in their own drawings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - childrens drawings KW - work of art KW - childhood development KW - aesthetic production KW - aesthetic perception KW - age differences KW - 1979 KW - Aesthetics KW - Age Differences KW - Art KW - Drawing KW - Perceptual Development KW - Childhood Development KW - Painting (Art) KW - 1979 DO - 10.1037/h0078089 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-09082-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09007-004 AN - 2005-09007-004 AU - Larson, Paul C. T1 - Introduction: Two Archetypes in Search of an Identity. JF - Professional Psychology JO - Professional Psychology JA - Prof Psychol Y1 - 1982/12// VL - 13 IS - 6 SP - 830 EP - 833 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-0175 AD - Larson, Paul C., Medical Center, Veterans Administration, 4100 West Third Street, Dayton, OH, US, 45428 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09007-004. Other Journal Title: Professional Psychology: Research and Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Larson, Paul C.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dayton, OH, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counseling Psychology; Professional Identity; Psychologists; Role Conflicts. Minor Descriptor: Health Care Delivery; Teachers. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1982. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1982. AB - Counseling psychology, according to Domke's article in this present series, is a specialty that is in its adolescence. The chief reason for saying this is the perpetual agonizing about our professional identity and definition. We seem to be forever wrangling about who we are and what we want to become. In part this is due to the strongly hybrid nature of counseling psychology. We have always had one foot in psychology and the other in education. To the many reasons already put forth for this state of affairs, the author adds a metaphor that he thinks add some perspective to the current situation of counseling psychology. The model of the 'psychologist' as an agent for amelioration of human suffering is of relatively recent origin. In the process of defining our unique contribution to the helping services, in general, we have been struggling with the models given to us by history. Using the Jungian perspective, we can identify some of these models of practice as archetypes that have become part of our personal and cultural heritage. The author of this article goes on to name some of the archtypes (or roles) and explains how each will affect counseling psychology in the future. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - counseling psychology KW - professional identity KW - psychologists KW - educators KW - role conflict KW - 1982 KW - Counseling Psychology KW - Professional Identity KW - Psychologists KW - Role Conflicts KW - Health Care Delivery KW - Teachers KW - 1982 DO - 10.1037/h0078011 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-09007-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-08905-001 AN - 2005-08905-001 AU - Banikiotes, Paul G. AU - Kubinski, John A. AU - Pursell, Sandra A. T1 - Sex Role Orientation, Self-Disclosure, and Gender-Related Perceptions. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology JA - J Couns Psychol Y1 - 1981/03// VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 140 EP - 146 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 AD - Banikiotes, Paul G., Counseling Center, Department of Psychology, University of Notre Dame, Notre Dame, IN, US, 46556 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-08905-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Banikiotes, Paul G.; University of Notre Dame, Notre Dame, IN, US. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 20060327. Correction Date: 20120109. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Gender Identity; Human Sex Differences; Judgment; Self-Disclosure; Sex Role Attitudes. Minor Descriptor: Androgyny; Stereotyped Attitudes. Classification: Sex Roles & Women's Issues (2970). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320). Tests & Measures: Bem Sex Role Inventory DOI: 10.1037/t00748-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1981. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1981. AB - The level of self-disclosure and the sex-role orientation of 104 males and 91 females was determined in order to assess the impact of these characteristics on interpersonal judgments of gender-related behavior. The subject's own level of disclosure was found to have an impact on perceptions of males and females represented to be moderately high and moderately low in disclosure. Those more similar were viewed to be better adjusted, more likable, and preferred partners in an experiment. There was a failure to find differential standards in the evaluation of male and female disclosure, and a subject's sex role orientation (androgynous or sex role stereotyped) had no effect on perceptions. Gender, however, did have an impact on judgments made and interacted with the gender of the individual perceived. Male subjects rated male and female individuals differentially, whereas female subjects did not. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sex role orientation KW - self disclosure KW - gender related perceptions KW - interpersonal judgments KW - androgynous KW - sex role stereotyped KW - 1981 KW - Gender Identity KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Judgment KW - Self-Disclosure KW - Sex Role Attitudes KW - Androgyny KW - Stereotyped Attitudes KW - 1981 DO - 10.1037/h0077966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-08905-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2004-20771-003 AN - 2004-20771-003 AU - Hunter, Kathleen I. AU - Linn, Margaret W. AU - Harris, Rachel AU - Pratt, Theodore C. T1 - Discriminators of Internal and External Locus of Control Orientation in the Elderly. JF - Research on Aging JO - Research on Aging JA - Res Aging Y1 - 1980/03// VL - 2 IS - 1 SP - 49 EP - 60 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0164-0275 SN - 1552-7573 AD - Linn, Margaret W., VA Hospital, Research 151, 1201 N.W. 16th Street, Miami, FL, US, 33125 N1 - Accession Number: 2004-20771-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hunter, Kathleen I.; Veterans Administration Social Science Research Department, University of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, FL, US. Release Date: 20041220. Correction Date: 20121015. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ability Level; Health; Internal External Locus of Control. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40); Outpatient (60). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Tests & Measures: Internal-External Locus of Control Scale; Rapid Disability Rating Scale. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1980. AB - The aim of this study was to examine the relationship of internal and external locus of control in the elderly to health and ability to function. Interviews were conducted with 258 men and women age 65 and over. Self-assessed health was found to be more favorable in the internal control group, and more restraints such as poor eyesight, loss of hearing, problems in recent memory, inability to do shopping, and need for assistance with finances were associated with the elderly who were controlled more by external factors. Internally controlled elderly were also more active in organizations and volunteer work. The findings suggest that internal and external locus of control orientation may be influenced in the elderly by environmental and physical restraints. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - health KW - internal locus of control KW - external locus of control KW - elderly persons KW - ability to function KW - 1980 KW - Ability Level KW - Health KW - Internal External Locus of Control KW - 1980 DO - 10.1177/016402758021003 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2004-20771-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2004-16199-024 AN - 2004-16199-024 AU - Cerella, John AU - Poon, Leonard W. AU - Williams, Diane M. ED - Poon, Leonard W. ED - Poon, Leonard W., (Ed) T1 - Age and the complexity hypothesis. T2 - Aging in the 1980s: Psychological issues. Y1 - 1980/// SP - 332 EP - 340 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0-912704-15-2 N1 - Accession Number: 2004-16199-024. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cerella, John; Geriatric Research, Educational and Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 20040802. Correction Date: 20151221. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-912704-15-2, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aging; Cognitive Processes; Cognitive Processing Speed; Reaction Time; Task Complexity. Classification: Cognitive & Perceptual Development (2820). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. AB - The reaction-time literature was surveyed with respect to the hypothesis that more complex tasks result in greater performance deficits for the elderly. This hypothesis was supported by data from 18 studies encompassing a variety of information-processing tasks and appears to be a consequence of a proportional slowing of the mental functions of the elderly. Two levels of deficit were seen in the data, a slight slowing on sensorimotor tasks and a more severe slowing on tasks involving mental processing. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age KW - reaction time KW - task complexity KW - elderly KW - information processing KW - 1980 KW - Aging KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Cognitive Processing Speed KW - Reaction Time KW - Task Complexity KW - 1980 DO - 10.1037/10050-024 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2004-16199-024&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2004-16199-020 AN - 2004-16199-020 AU - Fozard, James L. ED - Poon, Leonard W. ED - Poon, Leonard W., (Ed) T1 - The time for remembering. T2 - Aging in the 1980s: Psychological issues. Y1 - 1980/// SP - 273 EP - 287 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0-912704-15-2 N1 - Accession Number: 2004-16199-020. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fozard, James L.; Patient Treatment Service, Office of Extended Care, Veterans Administration Central Office, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 20040802. Correction Date: 20151221. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-912704-15-2, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Aging; Gerontology; Memory. Classification: Cognitive & Perceptual Development (2820). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 15. AB - Laboratory, psychometric, and impressionistic data indicate that pronounced age decrements occur in the capacity as well as the time required to remember newly learned information. In contrast, the capacity of older adults to remember information in short- and long-term memory is not decreased. While older adults require more time to retrieve information from short- and long-term memory, they appear more efficient in searching long-term memory. Numerous research and practical implications of these conclusions are discussed, and it is argued that greater research efforts be made to link age differences in memory to personality variations in motivation and to the effects of intervention into problems of memory. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - remembering KW - memory KW - age differences KW - older adults KW - 1980 KW - Age Differences KW - Aging KW - Gerontology KW - Memory KW - 1980 DO - 10.1037/10050-020 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2004-16199-020&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2004-16199-012 AN - 2004-16199-012 AU - Mohs, Richard C. AU - Davis, Kenneth L. AU - Darley, Claire ED - Poon, Leonard W. ED - Poon, Leonard W., (Ed) T1 - Cholinergic drug effects on memory and cognition in humans. T2 - Aging in the 1980s: Psychological issues. Y1 - 1980/// SP - 181 EP - 190 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0-912704-15-2 N1 - Accession Number: 2004-16199-012. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mohs, Richard C.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 20040802. Correction Date: 20151221. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-912704-15-2, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aging; Cholinergic Drugs; Cognitive Ability; Memory; Memory Decay. Minor Descriptor: Age Differences; Choline; Physostigmine. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. AB - This chapter summarizes recent attempts to improve normal memory functioning and to alleviate age-related memory deficits by administering drugs that affect transmission at cholinergic synapses. In young adults, a low dose of physostigmine, a short-acting cholinesterase inhibitor, enhanced storage of in formation in long-term memory. Higher doses of physostigmine impaired all aspects of memory. Choline chloride, a precursor to acetylcholine, did not have a substantial effect on memory in a series of four studies with young and elderly adults. It has been difficult to conduct studies of elderly patients suffering from memory loss because of wide individual variations in baseline cognitive abilities and in dose-response curves for cholinergic drugs. A preliminary study utilizing methods that allow for such individual differences indicates that physostigmine can also improve memory in these patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cholinergic drug effects KW - memory loss KW - cognition KW - physostigmine KW - choline chloride KW - elderly KW - cognitive ability KW - 1980 KW - Aging KW - Cholinergic Drugs KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Memory KW - Memory Decay KW - Age Differences KW - Choline KW - Physostigmine KW - 1980 DO - 10.1037/10050-012 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2004-16199-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2004-16199-008 AN - 2004-16199-008 AU - Ford, Judith M. AU - Pfefferbaum, Adolf ED - Poon, Leonard W. ED - Poon, Leonard W., (Ed) T1 - The utility of brain potentials in determining age-related changes in central nervous system and cognitive functioning. T2 - Aging in the 1980s: Psychological issues. Y1 - 1980/// SP - 115 EP - 124 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0-912704-15-2 N1 - Accession Number: 2004-16199-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ford, Judith M.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 20040802. Correction Date: 20151221. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-912704-15-2, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aging; Brain; Central Nervous System; Cognitive Ability; Evoked Potentials. Minor Descriptor: Age Differences; Electrophysiology; Neurology. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. AB - Experiments employing event-related potentials (ERPs) reveal neurological and cognitive differences between young and old subjects. We found ERPs useful in selective-attention experiments, sensitive to age-related neurological differences, and especially revealing when used with reaction time to mark the timing of mental events. Our findings suggest a significant role for the use of ERPs in research on the cognitive changes due to aging. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - brain potentials KW - age-related changes KW - central nervous system KW - cognitive functioning KW - event-related potentials KW - 1980 KW - Aging KW - Brain KW - Central Nervous System KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Age Differences KW - Electrophysiology KW - Neurology KW - 1980 DO - 10.1037/10050-008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2004-16199-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2004-16199-006 AN - 2004-16199-006 AU - Jernigan, Terry L. AU - Zatz, Leslie M. AU - Feinberg, Irwin AU - Fein, George ED - Poon, Leonard W. ED - Poon, Leonard W., (Ed) T1 - Measurement of cerebral atrophy in the aged by computed tomography. T2 - Aging in the 1980s: Psychological issues. Y1 - 1980/// SP - 86 EP - 94 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0-912704-15-2 N1 - Accession Number: 2004-16199-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jernigan, Terry L.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 20040802. Correction Date: 20151221. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-912704-15-2, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aging; Brain; Cerebral Atrophy; Neuroanatomy; Tomography. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. AB - Computed tomography (CT) is an exciting new technique that allows researchers literally to peer into the living brain. It will contribute much to the study of cerebral atrophy and its functional consequences in aging. In this chapter some recently developed techniques are outlined for measuring the volume of fluid in the brain from CT scans. The problems inherent in such measurements are noted and their effects on the measures described. To illustrate the use of these techniques for clinical and experimental purposes, some early findings in a group of normal elderly women are presented. Finally, issues that bear on the limitations and proper interpretations of this research are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cerebral atrophy KW - aged KW - computer topography KW - aging KW - brain fluid volume KW - 1980 KW - Aging KW - Brain KW - Cerebral Atrophy KW - Neuroanatomy KW - Tomography KW - 1980 DO - 10.1037/10050-006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2004-16199-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2004-16199-005 AN - 2004-16199-005 AU - Price, Leonard J. AU - Fein, George AU - Feinberg, Irwin ED - Poon, Leonard W. ED - Poon, Leonard W., (Ed) T1 - Neuropsychological assessment of cognitive function in the elderly. T2 - Aging in the 1980s: Psychological issues. Y1 - 1980/// SP - 78 EP - 85 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0-912704-15-2 N1 - Accession Number: 2004-16199-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Price, Leonard J.; Department of Psychiatry, University of California, San Francisco, CA, US. Release Date: 20040802. Correction Date: 20151221. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-912704-15-2, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Gerontology; Neuropsychological Assessment; Neuropsychology. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Tests & Measures: Tactual Performance Test; Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. AB - The lack of valid norms for the elderly on specialized neuropsychological tests mandates a cautious approach by clinicians interpreting apparently pathological task performances in the aged. Our data on a group of highly intelligent and socially active elderly subjects emphasize this deficiency. There is a need for a more exhaustive description of cognitive function in the normal elderly rather than comparisons with young adult functioning. This strategy has been applied to a pattern of performance highly suggestive of brain damage in young adults but of limited clinical significance in the elderly. The objective of this chapter is to outline the shortcomings associated with applying such norms to aged individuals and to suggest possible alternatives to the difficulties described. Two widely administered test protocols, the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) and portions of the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Battery (HRNB), have been selected to illustrate the need for developing procedures that can more reliably differentiate between 'normal' or expected aging and neuropathology. The problems associated with these tests are not unique but are used to illustrate a major difficulty in the neuropsychological assessment of the elderly. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuropsychological assessment KW - cognitive function KW - elderly KW - 1980 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Gerontology KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Neuropsychology KW - 1980 DO - 10.1037/10050-005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2004-16199-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2004-16199-004 AN - 2004-16199-004 AU - Feinberg, Irwin AU - Fein, George AU - Price, Leonard J. AU - Jernigan, Terry L. AU - Floyd, Thomas C. ED - Poon, Leonard W. ED - Poon, Leonard W., (Ed) T1 - Methodological and conceptual issues in the study of brain-behavior relations in the elderly. T2 - Aging in the 1980s: Psychological issues. Y1 - 1980/// SP - 71 EP - 77 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0-912704-15-2 N1 - Accession Number: 2004-16199-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feinberg, Irwin; Sleep Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, New York, NY, US. Release Date: 20040802. Correction Date: 20151221. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-912704-15-2, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Gerontology; Neurophysiology; Neuropsychology. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800); Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. AB - There has been considerable recent progress in the development of noninvasive techniques for the study of human brain physiology and structure. Concurrent measurement of brain and behavioral variables in a defined group of elderly subjects is proposed as one method for evaluating age-related change, and an ongoing study of this nature is described. The practical and conceptual issues encountered include the selection and size of sample, the choice of biological and psychological measures, and the problems of statistical inference when many variables are studied in relatively few subjects. This chapter considers the above in examining the methodological and conceptual issues in the study of brain-behavior relations in the elderly. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - brain physiology KW - brain-behavior relations KW - elderly KW - age-related change KW - 1980 KW - Brain KW - Gerontology KW - Neurophysiology KW - Neuropsychology KW - 1980 DO - 10.1037/10050-004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2004-16199-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 2004-16199-000 AN - 2004-16199-000 AU - Poon, Leonard W. ED - Poon, Leonard W. T1 - Aging in the 1980s: Psychological issues. Y1 - 1980/// CY - Washington, DC, US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0-912704-15-2 N1 - Accession Number: 2004-16199-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Poon, Leonard W.; Mental Performance and Aging Laboratory, Geriatric Research, Educational and Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 20040802. Correction Date: 20151221. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. ISBN: 0-912704-15-2, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aging; Psychodynamics. Minor Descriptor: Cognition; Coping Behavior; Environment; Interpersonal Interaction; Methodology; Neuropsychology; Psychopharmacology; Psychophysiology; Stress. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). References Available: Y. Page Count: 635. AB - This is the third volume on aging issued by the American Psychological Association. Once again a substantial amount of information has accumulated that can help to direct our thinking about psychological aging in the next decade. The present volume has multiple purposes: to summarize and put into perspective selected issues on the psychology of aging and to establish research directions for the 1980s; to identify what we now know and what we need to know about nine selected areas in the field of aging; and to provide a framework to guide the deliberations of the participants at two projected conferences on aging--the 1981 White House Conference on Aging, and the 1982 World Assembly on Aging. In attempting to fulfill these purposes I have aimed to present complementary and competing views from researchers and clinicians of different backgrounds. It is intended to serve as a sourcebook to supplement and complement existing literature for researchers, practitioners, clinicians, graduate and postgraduate students, as well as the professionals and the policymakers in the field of aging and allied sciences. Abstracts have been provided to make each chapter accessible to lay readers. Nine major areas of research in aging are explored in this volume: clinical issues, neuropsychological issues, psychophysiological issues, psychopharmacological issues, cognitive issues, stress and coping, environmental issues, interpersonal relations, and methodological issues. For each of these areas, one or more associate editors were directed to identify and review the outstanding issues, to integrate new and old theories and data, and to provide directions for the next steps to be taken by researchers in the 1980s. Most sections of the book were presented in a series of symposia held at the 87th annual meeting of the American Psychological Association in New York City, in September 1979. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - aging KW - psychological issues KW - neuropsychology KW - psychophysiology KW - psychopharmacology KW - cognition KW - stress KW - coping KW - environmental issues KW - interpersonal relations KW - methodology KW - 1980 KW - Aging KW - Psychodynamics KW - Cognition KW - Coping Behavior KW - Environment KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Methodology KW - Neuropsychology KW - Psychopharmacology KW - Psychophysiology KW - Stress KW - 1980 DO - 10.1037/10050-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2004-16199-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2004-16197-009 AN - 2004-16197-009 AU - Jordan, Edward J. Jr. ED - Woods, Paul J. ED - Woods, Paul J., (Ed) T1 - Trends in employment of psychology technicians in the Veterans Administration. T2 - The psychology major: Training and employment strategies. Y1 - 1979/// SP - 87 EP - 93 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0-912704-09-8 N1 - Accession Number: 2004-16197-009. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jordan, Edward J. Jr.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 20040809. Correction Date: 20151221. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-912704-09-8, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: College Graduates; Employment Status; Health Care Services; Military Veterans; Psychology Education. Minor Descriptor: Paraprofessional Personnel. Classification: Occupational Interests & Guidance (3610). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Empirical Study; Qualitative Study. Page Count: 7. AB - This chapter presents a survey of the employment of paraprofessionals with bachelor's degrees at Veterans Administration (VA) medical facilities and discusses trends in the future employment of such individuals. Of the more than 170 VA facilities surveyed, 103 employed psychology technicians. In a sample of 73 of these 103 facilities, 56% employed technicians with bachelor's degrees. Virtually all of these positions were full-time, although some were temporary. Most bachelor's level technicians engaged in psychodiagnostic testing; the rest divided their time about evenly between research and vocational rehabilitation activities. A few assisted in treatments such as biofeedback and behavior modification. No overall trends emerged regarding future hiring; almost equal numbers of facilities expressed positive and negative views about hiring bachelor's-level technicians, and a comparable number were indifferent to the academic level of technicians. Factors possibly associated with these attitudes are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychology technicians KW - Veterans Administration KW - employment KW - paraprofessionals KW - college graduates KW - 1979 KW - College Graduates KW - Employment Status KW - Health Care Services KW - Military Veterans KW - Psychology Education KW - Paraprofessional Personnel KW - 1979 DO - 10.1037/10553-009 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2004-16197-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1992-76014-001 AN - 1992-76014-001 AU - Bossé, Raymond AU - Sparrow, David AU - Garvey, Arthur J. AU - Costa, Paul T. AU - Weiss, S. T. AU - Rowe, J. W. T1 - Cigarette smoking, aging, and decline in pulmonary function: A longitudinal study. JF - Archives of Environmental Health JO - Archives of Environmental Health Y1 - 1980/07//Jul-Aug, 1980 VL - 35 IS - 4 SP - 247 EP - 252 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications N1 - Accession Number: 1992-76014-001. PMID: 7425681 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bossé, Raymond; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Normative Aging Study, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19920901. Correction Date: 20130520. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aging; Respiration; Smoking Cessation; Tobacco Smoking. Minor Descriptor: Age Differences; Longitudinal Studies. Classification: Physiological Processes (2540). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul-Aug, 1980. AB - Three serial spirometric determinations of forced vital capacity (FVC) and forced expiratory volume in 1 sec (FEV1.0) were performed during a 10-yr period for 268 adult male cigarette smokers, 181 quitters, and 254 who had never smoked. Age at entry was categorized into 3 groups: 25–36 yrs, 37–43 yrs, and 44–73 yrs. Smokers were further divided into high- and low-tar consumption groups. Spirometric data were analyzed by repeated measures analyses of variance (ANOVAs) using time (aging) and smoking status as independent variables and age as a covariate. Results indicate that FVC and FEV1.0 were related to smoking status. For all age groups, nonsmokers performed best on spirometry, while current smokers performed worst. The decline in FEV1.0 over time was greatest in current smokers, especially the high-tar group. Loss of FVC over time was not influenced by smoking status. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - spirometric determinations of forced vital capacity & forced expiratory volume KW - 25–36 vs 37–43 vs 44–73 yr old adult male cigarette smokers vs nonsmokers vs quitters KW - 10 yr study KW - 1980 KW - Aging KW - Respiration KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Age Differences KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - 1980 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-76014-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1992-76004-001 AN - 1992-76004-001 AU - Bossé, Raymond AU - Garvey, Arthur J. AU - Costa, Paul T. T1 - Predictors of weight change following smoking cessation. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1980/// VL - 15 IS - 7 SP - 969 EP - 991 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1992-76004-001. PMID: 7450953 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bossé, Raymond; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Outpatient Clinic, Normative Aging Study, Boston, MA, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19920901. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Body Weight; Prediction; Smoking Cessation; Tobacco Smoking. Minor Descriptor: Longitudinal Studies. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Usage (Legal) (2990). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. Page Count: 23. Issue Publication Date: 1980. AB - Smoking behavior and weight change over a 5-yr period were studied in 1,749 men (aged 24–81 yrs) in the Normative Aging Study. While men who quit smoking generally gained more weight than those in other smoking categories, 36% either lost weight or maintained the same weight after quitting. The major research focus was to predict the direction of weight change after smoking cessation. Among the characteristics most related to weight gain after quitting were heavier tar consumption, younger age, and leanness of body build. Conversely, traits related to weight loss were lighter smoking, older age, and stoutness of build. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - predictors of direction of weight change following smoking cessation KW - male 24–81 yr olds KW - 5 yr study KW - 1980 KW - Body Weight KW - Prediction KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - 1980 DO - 10.3109/10826088009040072 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1992-76004-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-57444-001 AN - 1991-57444-001 AU - Hardy, Anton G. T1 - Rescue vs. contract in defining therapist growth. JF - Psychoanalytic Review JO - Psychoanalytic Review JA - Psychoanal Rev Y1 - 1979/// VL - 66 IS - 1 SP - 69 EP - 78 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0033-2836 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-57444-001. PMID: 109883 Other Journal Title: Psychoanalysis & the Psychoanalytic Review. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hardy, Anton G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Albany, NY, US. Release Date: 19911101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Therapist Characteristics; Therapists. Classification: Professional Personnel Attitudes & Characteristics (3430). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1979. AB - Defines the 'helping need' of therapists and describes it as a measure of therapist growth. Approaches therapists take in their helping are polarized into 2 models, rescue and contract. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - rescue vs contract model of helping & growth KW - therapists KW - 1979 KW - Therapist Characteristics KW - Therapists KW - 1979 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-57444-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-56784-001 AN - 1991-56784-001 AU - Lomas, Harvey D. T1 - Graffiti: Additional clinical observations. JF - Psychoanalytic Review JO - Psychoanalytic Review JA - Psychoanal Rev Y1 - 1980/// VL - 67 IS - 1 SP - 139 EP - 142 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0033-2836 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-56784-001. PMID: 6773090 Other Journal Title: Psychoanalysis & the Psychoanalytic Review. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lomas, Harvey D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Cincinnati, OH, US. Release Date: 19911001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychoanalysis; Written Communication. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Sociocultural Factors. Classification: Psychoanalytic Therapy (3315). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1980. AB - Examines the hypothesis that wall writing is a destructive act provoked by feelings of being left out, neglected, or separated. Two case studies of female Ss are presented where wall writing appeared incidentally during analysis. A connection is made between individual, private, reported behavior (intrapsychic events) and public behavior (sociocultural events) by applying the psychoanalytic method of study. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical observations & psychoanalysis of wall writing in relation to intrapsychic & sociocultural events KW - adult females KW - case reports KW - 1980 KW - Psychoanalysis KW - Written Communication KW - Case Report KW - Sociocultural Factors KW - 1980 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-56784-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-56752-001 AN - 1991-56752-001 AU - Olin, Harry S. T1 - Survey of suicide among psychoanalysts and candidates. JF - Psychoanalytic Review JO - Psychoanalytic Review JA - Psychoanal Rev Y1 - 1978/// VL - 65 IS - 4 SP - 641 EP - 647 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0033-2836 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-56752-001. PMID: 105376 Other Journal Title: Psychoanalysis & the Psychoanalytic Review. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Olin, Harry S.; Brockton Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MA, US. Release Date: 19911001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attempted Suicide; Psychoanalysts; Suicide. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1978. AB - Surveyed the presidents of 25 societies affiliated with the American Psychoanalytic Association (APA) and 19 education chairs of the training institutions approved by the APA in order to determine the number of APA members and institute candidates who attempted or committed suicide. 16 analysts and 10 candidates were reported to have died by suicide, while 4 analysts and 3 candidates attempted suicide, over the previous 18+ yrs. Death by drugs was the preferred method. Overt depression was noted in over half the Ss. The high likelihood of underreporting of suicides is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - attempted & completed suicide KW - psychoanalysts & analyst candidates KW - 1978 KW - Attempted Suicide KW - Psychoanalysts KW - Suicide KW - 1978 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-56752-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-56708-001 AN - 1991-56708-001 AU - Maltsberger, John T. AU - Buie, Dan H. T1 - The devices of suicide: Revenge, riddance, and rebirth. JF - International Review of Psycho-Analysis JO - International Review of Psycho-Analysis JA - Int Rev Psychoanal Y1 - 1980/// VL - 7 IS - 1 SP - 61 EP - 72 CY - United Kingdom PB - Institute of Psycho-Analysis SN - 0306-2643 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-56708-001. Other Journal Title: The International Journal of Psychoanalysis. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Maltsberger, John T.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Boston, MA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19911001. Correction Date: 20140324. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Motivation; Psychoanalytic Interpretation; Suicidal Ideation; Suicide. Minor Descriptor: Borderline States; Psychosis; Retaliation. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1980. AB - Discusses (1) suicides that can be described as the consequences of psychopathology, based on patients who successfully committed suicide and (2) psychotic and borderline patients treated by the authors and their colleagues. In these cases, disturbances in the mothering relationship are frequent. These difficulties disrupt the developmental step of separating and tolerating separateness from the mother with reasonable comfort. Suicide may often serve the purposes of revenge, punishment, flight from a persecutor, or reunion with the mother of early infancy, and is often accompanied by fantasies of escape and rebirth. (French, German & Spanish abstracts) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychoanalytic perspective on motivating purposes of revenge & riddance & rebirth KW - suicide completers & suicidal psychotic or borderline patients KW - 1980 KW - Motivation KW - Psychoanalytic Interpretation KW - Suicidal Ideation KW - Suicide KW - Borderline States KW - Psychosis KW - Retaliation KW - 1980 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-56708-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-56687-001 AN - 1991-56687-001 AU - Hamilton, James W. T1 - The doppelgänger effect in the relationship between Joseph Conrad and Bertrand Russell. JF - International Review of Psycho-Analysis JO - International Review of Psycho-Analysis JA - Int Rev Psychoanal Y1 - 1979/// VL - 6 IS - 2 SP - 175 EP - 181 CY - United Kingdom PB - Institute of Psycho-Analysis SN - 0306-2643 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-56687-001. Other Journal Title: The International Journal of Psychoanalysis. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hamilton, James W.; Veterans Administration Ctr, Milwaukee, WI, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19911001. Correction Date: 20140324. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotional Trauma; Parental Absence; Writers. Classification: Literature & Fine Arts (2610). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1979. AB - Discusses the lives of J. Conrad and B. Russell to demonstrate how severe trauma secondary to early parental loss was responsible for the establishment of a doppelgänger-type relationship between them, which included the strong admiration of each for the other's writings. The effect of such childhood deprivation on certain aspects of their selection and pursuit of life work is examined. (French, German & Spanish abstracts) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - severe trauma secondary to early parental loss KW - development of doppelganger relationship KW - writers J. Conrad & B. Russell KW - 1979 KW - Emotional Trauma KW - Parental Absence KW - Writers KW - 1979 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-56687-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-56677-001 AN - 1991-56677-001 AU - Hamilton, James W. T1 - Transitional phenomena and the early writings of Eugene O'Neill. JF - International Review of Psycho-Analysis JO - International Review of Psycho-Analysis JA - Int Rev Psychoanal Y1 - 1979/// VL - 6 IS - 1 SP - 49 EP - 60 CY - United Kingdom PB - Institute of Psycho-Analysis SN - 0306-2643 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-56677-001. Other Journal Title: The International Journal of Psychoanalysis. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hamilton, James W.; Veterans Administration Ctr, Milwaukee, WI, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19911001. Correction Date: 20140324. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drama; Object Relations; Transitional Objects; Writers. Minor Descriptor: Male Female Relations. Classification: Literature & Fine Arts (2610). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1979. AB - Explores parallels between E. O'Neill's early plays and the events taking place in his life at the time, highlighting his correspondence with his lover (Beatrice Ashe). The O'Neill–Ashe letters, excerpts of which are examined in detail, offer an opportunity to observe the complex interrelationship between separation–individuation, depression, somatization, dream, fantasy, and the transitional object. A determinant of O'Neill's creativity was the attempted mastery of his trauma over his mother's morphine addiction, which she developed after his birth, and the attempt at restitution by giving birth to his plays. To become involved in the creative process, he needed the constant presence of a maternal substitute, in the form of a wife or a transitional object to contain the rage resulting from the deficits of his early care. (French, German & Spanish abstracts) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reflection of transitional phenomena & relationship with B. Ashe in E. O'Neill's plays KW - 1979 KW - Drama KW - Object Relations KW - Transitional Objects KW - Writers KW - Male Female Relations KW - 1979 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-56677-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-58834-001 AN - 1990-58834-001 AU - Ryan, Joseph J. AU - Farage, Christopher M. AU - Rosenberg, Samuel J. AU - Lips, Orville J. T1 - National distribution of neuropsychological service providers. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1983/07// VL - 38 IS - 7 SP - 859 EP - 861 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-58834-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ryan, Joseph J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, North Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Health Care Delivery; Neuropsychology; Psychologists. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1983. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1983. AB - Determined the number of psychologists offering neuropsychological services for the US as a whole and separately for each state plus the District of Columbia, using the National Register of Health Service Providers in Psychology (1981 edition or the Winter 1981–1982 supplement). The ratio of persons per neuropsychological service provider is given for each state. From the total number of health service providers for each state, the percentage of those offering neuropsychological services was determined. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - national distribution of neuropsychological services KW - psychologists KW - 1983 KW - Health Care Delivery KW - Neuropsychology KW - Psychologists KW - 1983 DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.38.7.859 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-58834-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-58583-001 AN - 1990-58583-001 AU - Cicchetti, Domenic V. T1 - Reliability of reviews for the American Psychologist: A biostatistical assessment of the data. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1980/03// VL - 35 IS - 3 SP - 300 EP - 303 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-58583-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cicchetti, Domenic V.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychology; Scientific Communication; Statistics. Minor Descriptor: Peer Evaluation. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1980. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1980. AB - Comments on S. Scarr and B. L. R. Weber's (1978) article on the review process for articles published in the American Psychologist. Scarr and Weber's findings are examined from a biostatistical viewpoint, focusing on 3 statistical approaches applied to the following 5-, 3-, and 2-category systems of final reviewer recommendation: overall reviewer agreement based on the intraclass correlation coefficient (RI), overall reviewer agreement based on the weighted kappa statistic, and reviewer agreement related to specific categories of recommendation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - biostatistical viewpoint of review process for articles published in 'American Psychologist' KW - commentary KW - 1980 KW - Psychology KW - Scientific Communication KW - Statistics KW - Peer Evaluation KW - 1980 DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.35.3.300 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-58583-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-58429-001 AN - 1990-58429-001 AU - Baker, Timothy B. AU - Wade, Terry C. T1 - Representativeness of the Wade and Baker sample: A reply to Garfield. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1978/09// VL - 33 IS - 9 SP - 848 EP - 850 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-58429-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Baker, Timothy B.; Salt Lake Veterans Administration Hosp, UT, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adult Attitudes; Clinical Psychologists; Measurement; Psychodiagnosis; Psychotherapeutic Techniques. Minor Descriptor: Psychometrics. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220); Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1978. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1978. AB - Responds to S. L. Garfield's (1978) comments on a previous study by T. C. Wade and T. B. Baker (see record [rid]1978-20152-001[/rid]) on clinical psychologists' opinions and use of psychological tests. Discrepancies between the study and Garfield's work may have resulted from differences in the questionnaire format, as the findings are remarkably similar. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - usage & opinions of psychological tests KW - clinical psychologists KW - commentary reply KW - 1978 KW - Adult Attitudes KW - Clinical Psychologists KW - Measurement KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Psychometrics KW - 1978 DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.33.9.848 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-58429-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-21239-001 AN - 1988-21239-001 AU - Berkman, Anne T1 - Professional responsibility: Confronting sexual abuse of people with disabilities. JF - Sexuality and Disability JO - Sexuality and Disability JA - Sex Disabil Y1 - 1984///Fal-Win 1984-1986 VL - 7 IS - 3-4 SP - 89 EP - 95 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0146-1044 SN - 1573-6717 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-21239-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Berkman, Anne; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, New York, NY, US. Release Date: 19880701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Prevention; Residential Care Institutions; Sexual Abuse. Minor Descriptor: Disorders; Victimization. Classification: Nursing Homes & Residential Care (3377). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Fal-Win 1984-1986. AB - Examines the health professional's obligations to disabled clients and to colleagues regarding sexual abuse. It is noted that most sexual abuse is committed by caretakers, and fear of retribution is a barrier to reporting abuse. Issues of professional responsibility fall into 3 areas: clinical, management, and personal. Prevention of sexual assault is seen as a primary professional obligation and an outline is offered for development of a systematic approach to deal with the problems of sexual abuse within an institutional setting. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prevention of sexual abuse in institutional setting KW - disabled clients KW - 1984 KW - Prevention KW - Residential Care Institutions KW - Sexual Abuse KW - Disorders KW - Victimization KW - 1984 DO - 10.1007/BF01102613 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-21239-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-18105-001 AN - 1988-18105-001 AU - Rosenheck, Robert T1 - Hospital based treatment of malignant Post Vietnam Stress Syndrome. JF - Psychiatric Quarterly JO - Psychiatric Quarterly JA - Psychiatr Q Y1 - 1984///Win 1984 VL - 56 IS - 4 SP - 259 EP - 269 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-2720 SN - 1573-6709 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-18105-001. PMID: 6543958 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rosenheck, Robert; West Haven Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, CT, US. Release Date: 19880601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospital Programs; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychiatric Hospitalization. Minor Descriptor: Severity (Disorders). Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Win 1984. AB - Outlines a clinical perspective on treatment experience with veterans with severe post-Vietnam stress syndrome (PVSS). PVSS is characterized by 4 psychological and social features: (1) explosive, violent behavior that is often associated with substance abuse; (2) social ostracism and isolation; (3) extreme self-loathing; and (4) vivid and persistent reexperiencing of war experiences. Interactions of PVSS patients with hospital treatment units and their long-term course of treatment are described. Specific treatment modalities are identified, including psychotherapeutic exploration, psychosocial rehabilitation, family and substance abuse treatment, psychopharmacology, and clinical–administrative integration. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - characteristics of severe post-Vietnam stress syndrome & hospital based treatment KW - veterans in VA hospital psychiatry unit KW - 1984 KW - Hospital Programs KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Severity (Disorders) KW - 1984 DO - 10.1007/BF01064471 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-18105-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-18082-001 AN - 1988-18082-001 AU - Kitchner, Irving AU - Greenstein, Robert A. T1 - A model for psychiatric consultation in the general hospital. JF - Psychiatric Quarterly JO - Psychiatric Quarterly JA - Psychiatr Q Y1 - 1983///Spr 1983 VL - 55 IS - 1 SP - 42 EP - 46 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-2720 SN - 1573-6709 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-18082-001. PMID: 6657820 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kitchner, Irving; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Philadelphia, PA, US. Release Date: 19880601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospitalized Patients; Professional Consultation; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodynamics. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1983. AB - Describes a model for psychiatric consultation in the general hospital that stresses extrapsychic and societal factors, as well as intrapsychic processes, that influence patients' reactions to illness and hospitalization. Clinical vignettes illustrate factors that significantly affect psychiatric consultation: medical technology, specialization, limited psychiatric skills, economics, and the impersonal milieu of the hospital. An analogy is drawn between dreams and their manifest and latent content and the consultation request which contains latent content reflecting the physician's actual intent or communication problems between the hospital staff and the patient. The goal of the psychiatrist is to interpret the patient's request in terms of institutional dynamics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - manifest & latent content in psychiatric consultation KW - hospitalized psychiatric patients KW - 1983 KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Professional Consultation KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodynamics KW - 1983 DO - 10.1007/BF01064836 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-18082-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-17108-001 AN - 1988-17108-001 AU - Pitman, Roger K. T1 - Janet's Obsessions and Psychasthenia: A synopsis. JF - Psychiatric Quarterly JO - Psychiatric Quarterly JA - Psychiatr Q Y1 - 1984///Win 1984 VL - 56 IS - 4 SP - 291 EP - 314 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-2720 SN - 1573-6709 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-17108-001. PMID: 6399751 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pitman, Roger K.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Manchester, NH, US. Release Date: 19880601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Disorders; Obsessions. Minor Descriptor: History of Psychology. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 24. Issue Publication Date: Win 1984. AB - Presents an English synopsis of P. Janet's (1903) Lés Obsessions et la Psychasthénie on obsessional and related disorders. It is suggested that the full significance of Janet's contribution may have yet to be established by developments in the neurosciences. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - English summary of P. Janet's 'Obsessions & Psychasthenia' KW - 1984 KW - Mental Disorders KW - Obsessions KW - History of Psychology KW - 1984 DO - 10.1007/BF01064475 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-17108-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-08745-001 AN - 1988-08745-001 AU - Burling, Thomas A. AU - Singleton, Edward G. AU - Bigelow, George E. AU - Baile, Walter F. AU - Gottieb, Sheldon H. T1 - Smoking following myocardial infarction: A critical review of the literature. JF - Health Psychology JO - Health Psychology JA - Health Psychol Y1 - 1984/// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 83 EP - 96 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates SN - 0278-6133 SN - 1930-7810 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-08745-001. PMID: 6399245 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Burling, Thomas A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Services, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association. Release Date: 19880301. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Health Behavior; Literature Review; Mortality Rate; Myocardial Infarctions; Smoking Cessation. Minor Descriptor: Tobacco Smoking; Treatment Compliance. Classification: Promotion & Maintenance of Health & Wellness (3365). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: 1984. AB - Reviews studies on the effects of quitting smoking following acute myocardial infarction (MI). Topics discussed include definitions of abstinence used in the literature, reliance on patient self-reports, and personality and environment variables. Findings indicate that a significant number of MI patients quit smoking without receiving formal training and that those who quit suffer less subsequent mortality from coronary heart disease. It is argued that studies have overestimated cessation rates and underestimated negative effects of continued smoking due to their methodology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self initiated vs physician advised smoking cessation rates KW - mortality rates KW - victims of myocardial infarction KW - literature review KW - 1984 KW - Health Behavior KW - Literature Review KW - Mortality Rate KW - Myocardial Infarctions KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Treatment Compliance KW - 1984 DO - 10.1037/0278-6133.3.1.83 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-08745-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2015-31824-001 AN - 2015-31824-001 AU - Wolinsky, Fredric D. AU - Prendergast, John M. AU - Miller, Douglas K. AU - Coe, Rodney M. AU - Chavez, M. Noel T1 - A preliminary validation of a nutritional risk measure for the elderly. JF - Health and Quality of Life Outcomes JO - Health and Quality of Life Outcomes JA - Health Qual Life Outcomes Y1 - 1985/07// VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 53 EP - 59 CY - United Kingdom PB - BioMed Central Limited SN - 1477-7525 AD - Wolinsky, Fredric D., Center for Health Services Education and Research, St. Louis University Medical Center, St. Louis, MO, US, 63104 N1 - Accession Number: 2015-31824-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wolinsky, Fredric D.; Center for Health Services Education and Research, St. Louis University Medical Center, St. Louis, MO, US. Release Date: 20150727. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Nutrition; Test Reliability; Test Validity; Risk Assessment. Minor Descriptor: Health. Classification: Health Psychology Testing (2226); Promotion & Maintenance of Health & Wellness (3365). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1985. AB - We used data from a two-stage random sample of 401 noninstitutionalized elderly individuals residing in 18 census tracts in south-central metropolitan St. Louis to establish the reliability and validity of a 16-item nutritional risk measure. Reliability analysis yielded a Cronbach's alpha of 0.603. Concurrent predictive validity was demonstrated by the prediction of physician, emergency room, and hospital use. Individuals with high scores displayed a consistent pattern of higher rates of known nutrition-related problems and their sequelae than did those with low scores, providing evidence of known groups validity. Statistical correlations with components of an established theoretical model of the elderly's health and illness behavior demonstrate preliminary support for construct validity. The advantages of our nutritional risk measure include its ease of administration and telephone portability. [Am J Prev Med 1985;1(2)53-59] (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nutritional risk KW - nutritional risk measure KW - preliminary validation KW - elderly KW - reliability KW - 1985 KW - Nutrition KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - Risk Assessment KW - Health KW - 1985 U1 - Sponsor: Alexian Brothers Hospital, US. Recipients: No recipient indicated UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2015-31824-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-42940-001 AN - 2013-42940-001 AU - Weiss, Kenneth M. T1 - Advantages of abandoning symptom-based diagnostic systems of research in schizophrenia. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 59 IS - 3 SP - 324 EP - 330 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 AD - Weiss, Kenneth M., Psychology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, 10000 Brecksville Rd., 116B(B), Cleveland, OH, US, 44141 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-42940-001. PMID: 2669498 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weiss, Kenneth M.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cleveland, OH, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Etiology; Methodology; Philosophies. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. Copyright Statement: American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. 1989. AB - An alternative is suggested to the symptom-based diagnostic conceptualizations of schizophrenia that are now general. Using a different methodological philosophy, it would investigate empirically determined underlying structure. It is proposed that studies should be more clearly directed toward linking symptoms, underlying processes, and etiology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - symptom based diagnostic systems KW - schizophrenia KW - methodological philosophy KW - etiology KW - 1989 KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - Etiology KW - Methodology KW - Philosophies KW - 1989 U1 - Sponsor: United States Public Health Service, US. Grant: MH 41684. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1989.tb01668.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-42940-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-42838-021 AN - 2013-42838-021 AU - Gariti, Peter AU - Greenstein, Robert A. AU - Olsen, Katherine AU - Harris, Patricia E. T1 - Scheduled appointments and patient-staff compliance. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 57 IS - 1 SP - 135 EP - 137 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 AD - Gariti, Peter, Philadelphia V.A. Medical Center, 1421 Cherry St., Philadelphia, PA, US, 19102 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-42838-021. PMID: 3826311 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gariti, Peter; University of Pennsylvania, School of Medicine, Philadelphia, PA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Clinics; Side Effects (Treatment); Treatment Compliance. Minor Descriptor: Resistance. Classification: Medical Treatment of Physical Illness (3363). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1987. Copyright Statement: American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. 1987. AB - Studies of medication compliance have focused primarily on patient resistance to treatment, medication side effects, or the complexity of the medication regimen. This study of patient visits in a large psychiatric clinic found that, because of failure to schedule appointments or to notify receptionists of rescheduled appointments, physician noncompliance was as important as patient failure. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - scheduled appointments KW - patient staff compliance KW - treatment resistance KW - medication side effects KW - psychiatric clinics KW - 1987 KW - Psychiatric Clinics KW - Side Effects (Treatment) KW - Treatment Compliance KW - Resistance KW - 1987 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1987.tb03521.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-42838-021&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-42829-003 AN - 2013-42829-003 AU - Vinogradov, Sophia AU - Dishotsky, Norman I. AU - Doty, Ann K. AU - Tinklenberg, Jared R. T1 - Patterns of behavior in adolescent rape. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 58 IS - 2 SP - 179 EP - 187 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 AD - Vinogradov, Sophia, Dept. of Psychiatry, Stanford University Medical Center, Stanford, CA, US, 94305 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-42829-003. PMID: 3369538 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Vinogradov, Sophia; Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Stanford University Medical Center, Stanford, CA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Information: American Psychiatric Association, May, 1987. Conference Note: This research was presented at the aforementioned conference. Major Descriptor: Adolescent Attitudes; Impulsiveness; Juvenile Delinquency; Rape; Rehabilitation. Minor Descriptor: Behavior. Classification: Criminal Behavior & Juvenile Delinquency (3236). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview; Qualitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. Copyright Statement: American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. 1988. AB - A study of 67 rapes by 63 California adolescents has yielded a highly representative composite picture of the typical rape episode by a juvenile assailant. Previously unexplored behavior patterns have emerged, including prior drug use, impulsivity, and lack of victim provocation. These findings have practical implications for clinicians treating rape victims and for the rehabilitation of adolescent rapists. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavior patterns KW - adolescent rape KW - impulsivity KW - victim provocation KW - rehabilitation KW - juvenile assailant KW - 1988 KW - Adolescent Attitudes KW - Impulsiveness KW - Juvenile Delinquency KW - Rape KW - Rehabilitation KW - Behavior KW - 1988 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1988.tb01579.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-42829-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-42640-017 AN - 2013-42640-017 AU - Eth, Spencer T1 - Review of The silent world of doctor and patient. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1985/10// VL - 55 IS - 4 SP - 626 EP - 628 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-42640-017. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eth, Spencer; Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Los Angeles, CA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Methods Training; Medical Sciences; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Therapist Characteristics. Minor Descriptor: Decision Making; Physicians. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Reviewed Item: Katz, Jay. The silent world of doctor and patient=254 pp. $15.95. Free Press, New York; 1984. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1985. AB - Reviews the book, The Silent World of Doctor and Patient by Jay Katz (1984). This book is a persuasive essay on the value of physician-patient communication. First chapters in this book establish the powerful opposition to informed consent that derives from the history of medicine, clinical experience, and professional training. The author next considers and refutes the core arguments against implementing true informed consent. While patients lack the medical understanding essential for meaningful communication, physicians possess the relevant expertise and are committed to altruistic behavior. The book concludes with a powerful denunciation of medical silence: 'doctors distrust of patients decision-making capacity constitutes an abandonment of patients'. Disregarding patients desires to be informed and heard is psychological abandonment, provokes resentment, and may fuel the current malpractice crisis. The Silent World of Doctor and Patient has several notable shortcomings. First, the consequences of nonintervention must pose an acute threat to that patient's condition. Second, the process of thinking about choice must be seriously impaired. In the final pages the author concedes that he has not specified precisely how physicians and patients are to converse, especially if the patient has ineffective communication skills. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - physician patient communication KW - medicine KW - clinical experience KW - professional training KW - decision making KW - 1985 KW - Clinical Methods Training KW - Medical Sciences KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Therapist Characteristics KW - Decision Making KW - Physicians KW - 1985 U2 - Katz, Jay. (1984); The silent world of doctor and patient; 254 pp. $15.95. Free Press, New York DO - 10.1037/h0098842 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-42640-017&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-42007-002 AN - 2013-42007-002 AU - Rosenheck, Robert T1 - Malignant post-Vietnam stress syndrome. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1985/04// VL - 55 IS - 2 SP - 166 EP - 176 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 AD - Rosenheck, Robert, West Haven VAMC, 116A, West Haven, CT, US, 06516 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-42007-002. PMID: 3993746 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rosenheck, Robert; Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, CT, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Social Isolation; Social Psychology. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1985. Copyright Statement: American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. 1985. AB - A particularly severe form of Post-Vietnam Stress Syndrome is described. Its most distinctive clinical characteristic is the mutually escalating interaction among four psychological and social features: explosive, violent behavior; social ostracism and isolation; extreme self-loathing; and the exceptionally vivid and persistent reexperiencing of psychological war trauma. Recognition of these features, and consideration of their diagnostic significance and etiologic background, are essential in meeting the clinical challenge posed by these veterans. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical characteristic KW - etiologic background KW - post-Vietnam stress syndrome KW - psychological war trauma KW - social features KW - social ostracism KW - violent behaviorSocial Psychology KW - 1985 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Social Isolation KW - Social Psychology KW - 1985 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1985.tb03430.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-42007-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-05371-012 AN - 2011-05371-012 AU - Ehrlich, Jonathan AU - Barry, Philip T1 - Rating communication behaviours in the head-injured adult. JF - Brain Injury JO - Brain Injury JA - Brain Inj Y1 - 1989/// VL - 3 IS - 2 SP - 193 EP - 198 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0269-9052 SN - 1362-301X AD - Ehrlich, Jonathan, Brooklyn Veterans Administration Medical Center, 800 Poly Place, Brooklyn, NY, US, 11209 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-05371-012. PMID: 2471569 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ehrlich, Jonathan; Brooklyn Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brooklyn, NY, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 20110620. Correction Date: 20150921. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Communication Skills; Head Injuries; Psychometrics; Test Reliability; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Linguistics. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10); Outpatient (60). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Tests & Measures: Neurosensory Center Comprehensive Examination for Aphasia Token Test; Sentence Repetition Test DOI: 10.1037/t04274-000; Boston Diagnostic Aphasia Examination. Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1989. Copyright Statement: Taylor & Francis Ltd. 1989. AB - Evaluation of certain communication skills in head-injured adults has generally been limited to informal clinical impressions. A rating scale has been developed which addresses several of these communication abilities in a behaviourally based model. Preliminary data based on a sample of four head-injured adults and four trained raters revealed robust inter- and intra-rater reliability. Statistical relationships between the scale and three linguistic measures for a group of 20 head-injured adults were addressed with negative results. Individually the items selected appear to quantify aspects of complex communication behaviour. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - communication behavior KW - head-injured adults KW - linguistics KW - test reliability KW - test validity KW - psychometrics KW - 1989 KW - Communication Skills KW - Head Injuries KW - Psychometrics KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - Linguistics KW - 1989 DO - 10.3109/02699058909004552 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-05371-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2008-09115-001 AN - 2008-09115-001 AU - Grunberg, Neil E. AU - Evans, Richard I. AU - Curry, Susan AU - DiClemente, Carlo AU - Epstein, Leonard H. AU - Horton, Arthur MacNeill AU - Lichtenstein, Edward AU - McCaul, Kevin AU - Perkins, Kenneth AU - Wallston, Kenneth A. AU - Wills, Thomas T1 - Smoking. JF - Health Psychology JO - Health Psychology JA - Health Psychol Y1 - 1989/// VL - 8 IS - 6 SP - 767 EP - 771 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates SN - 0278-6133 SN - 1930-7810 AD - Grunberg, Neil E., Department of Medical Psychology, Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences, 4301 Jones Bridge Road, Bethesda, MD, US, 20814 N1 - Accession Number: 2008-09115-001. PMID: 2637864 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Grunberg, Neil E.; Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences, Bethesda, MD, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association. Release Date: 20080714. Correction Date: 20090817. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse Prevention; Health Care Psychology; Tobacco Smoking. Minor Descriptor: Experimentation; Government Policy Making; Relapse (Disorders); Smoking Cessation. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1989. Copyright Statement: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. 1989. AB - The task force on cigarette smoking research in health psychology addressed three questions: What are the major current research directions of health psychologists on this topic? What are the major future research directions that health psychologists should address on this topic? What barriers to smoking research exist for health psychologists? Discussion of current research focused on five areas: prevention, cessation, relapse, basic science research, and public policy. Smoking prevention research centers on school-based interventions in longitudinal trials targeting adolescent substance abuse--including cigarette smoking--and focusing on the processes influenced by the intervention that, in turn, prevent smoking. Research also is being conducted outside the school setting to test community-wide public information campaigns and to reach adolescents in other social groups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cigarette smoking KW - health psychology KW - prevention KW - cessation KW - relapse KW - basic science research KW - public policy KW - 1989 KW - Drug Abuse Prevention KW - Health Care Psychology KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Experimentation KW - Government Policy Making KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - Smoking Cessation KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/h0090320 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2008-09115-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-10119-001 AN - 2007-10119-001 AU - Rohsenow, Damaris J. T1 - Review of The diagnosis and treatment of alcoholism (second edition). JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JA - Psychol Addict Behav Y1 - 1987/// VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 127 EP - 130 PB - Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-10119-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rohsenow, Damaris J.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Providence, RI, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070716. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Diagnosis. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233); Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Mendelson, Jack H. (Ed); Mello, Nancy K. (Ed). The diagnosis and treatment of alcoholism (second edition)=New York: McGraw-Hill Book Company; 1985. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1987. Copyright Statement: Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. 1987. AB - Reviews the book, The diagnosis and treatment of alcoholism (second edition) edited by Jack H. Mendelson and Nancy K. Mello (1985). This text is designed to be an authoritative handbook for practitioners in the field of alcohol abuse or a comprehensive textbook for graduate students. The target audience is physicians, nurses, psychologists, alcoholism counselors, social workers, and others involved in assessing and treating alcohol abuse. One way in which this text differs from many on the market is in its reliance on methodologically sound research as the basis for the recommendations and conclusions in most of the chapters, including objective discussions of controversial issues where the research data challenge commonly accepted assumptions in the alcohol field. The second edition of this volume provides valuable updating and expansion of the information presented in the widely used first edition. Overall, the second edition of this volume remains a leader in the field and will be valuable as a handbook for the clinician or textbook for the graduate seminar. The strengths of this volume are in the chapters that rely on a thorough knowledge of methodologically sound research, presented in a way that will be acceptable to clinical practitioners. Paraprofessionals may find this hard to read but advanced professionals will find the text useful. This edition remains superior to any other single resource which I can think of in the field. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - diagnosis KW - treatment KW - alcoholism KW - 1987 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Diagnosis KW - 1987 U2 - Mendelson, Jack H. (Ed); Mello, Nancy K. (Ed). (1985); The diagnosis and treatment of alcoholism (second edition); New York: McGraw-Hill Book Company DO - 10.1037/h0084850 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2007-10119-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2014-20070-001 AN - 2014-20070-001 AU - Kurtzke, John F. T1 - Rating neurologic impairment in multiple sclerosis: An Expanded Disability Status Scale (EDSS). JF - Neurology JO - Neurology Y1 - 1983/11// VL - 33 IS - 11 SP - 1444 EP - 1452 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0028-3878 SN - 1526-632X AD - Kurtzke, John F., Neurology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, (127), 50 Irving Street, NW, Washington, DC, US, 20422 N1 - Accession Number: 2014-20070-001. PMID: 6685237 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kurtzke, John F.; Neurology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center and Departments of Neurology and of Community Medicine, Georgetown University School of Medicine, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 20140526. Correction Date: 20140818. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disabilities; Multiple Sclerosis; Nervous System Disorders; Test Construction. Minor Descriptor: Disease Course. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220); Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Tests & Measures: Disability Status Scale; Sensory Scale; Incapacity Scale; Socio-Economic Scale; Expanded Disability Status Scale DOI: 10.1037/t28980-000. References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1983. Publication History: Accepted Date: Feb 9, 1983. AB - One method of evaluating the degree of neurologic impairment in MS has been the combination of grades (0 = normal to 5 or 6 = maximal impairment) within 8 Functional Systems (FS) and an overall Disability Status Scale (DSS) that had steps from 0 (normal) to 10 (death due to MS). A new Expanded Disability Status Scale (EDSS) is presented, with each of the former steps (1,2,3...9) now divided into two (1.0, 1.5, 2.0...9.5). The lower portion is obligatorily defined by Functional System grades. The FS are Pyramidal, Cerebellar, Brain Stem, Sensory, Bowel & Bladder, Visual, Cerebral, and Other; the Sensory and Bowel & Bladder Systems have been revised. Patterns of FS and relations of FS by type and grade to the DSS are demonstrated. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neurological impairment KW - multiple sclerosis KW - Expanded Disability Status Scale KW - 1983 KW - Disabilities KW - Multiple Sclerosis KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Test Construction KW - Disease Course KW - 1983 DO - 10.1212/WNL.33.11.1444 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2014-20070-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06439-035 AN - 2006-06439-035 AU - Zubin, Joseph T1 - Of the Making of Models, There is no End. . .(With Apologies to Ecclesiastes). JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1986/08// VL - 31 IS - 8 SP - 606 EP - 608 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06439-035. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zubin, Joseph; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 20061127. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Abnormal Psychology; Mental Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Apology. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Weckowicz, Thaddeus E. Models of Mental Illness: Systems and Theories of Abnormal Psychology=Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas, 1984. 408 pp. $39.50; 1984. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1986. AB - Reviews the book, Models of Mental Illness: Systems and Theories of Abnormal Psychology by Thaddeus E. Weckowicz (1984). This book begins with a general introduction and then proceeds to discuss the concepts of normality and abnormality, medical models, psychological models, sociocultural models, and philosophicalmoral approaches. In the final chapter, he summarizes and contrasts all of the models. Normality is discussed from the conventional points of view beginning with the statistical concept of normality and proceeding to social and ideal norms. In sociocultural models, the individual is regarded as located at the node representing the intersection of the sociocultural factors in the multidimensional space constructed from the social-cultural parameters of the model. The author distinguishes between macrosocial and microsocial models. This volume represents a prodigious effort in canvassing the outstanding models in psychopathology and represents an encyclopedic turn of mind. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mental illness KW - abnormal psychology KW - 1986 KW - Abnormal Psychology KW - Mental Disorders KW - Apology KW - 1986 U2 - Weckowicz, Thaddeus E. (1984); Models of Mental Illness: Systems and Theories of Abnormal Psychology; Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas, 1984. 408 pp. $39.50 DO - 10.1037/024968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06439-035&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06423-022 AN - 2006-06423-022 AU - Maisto, Stephen A. T1 - Paying Now or Paying Later. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1985/04// VL - 30 IS - 4 SP - 294 EP - 296 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06423-022. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Maisto, Stephen A.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Biological Markers; Drug Rehabilitation; Government Policy Making. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233); Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Miller, Peter M. (Ed); Nirenberg, Ted D. (Ed). Prevention of Alcohol Abuse=New York: Plenum Press, 1984. 536 pp. $49.50; 1984. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1985. AB - Reviews the book, Prevention of Alcohol Abuse by Peter M. Miller and Ted D. Nirenberg (Eds.) (1984). The first section is called 'History and Issues of Alcohol Abuse Prevention.' The three chapters in this section are well written and provide a good introduction for what follows. Several recurring themes are initiated in this section: the extent of alcohol problems and their cost to individuals and society, major theoretical models of alcohol abuse prevention, the lack of empirical literature, and the serious conceptual and methodological problems of existing research. Section II concerns predictors of problem drinking and is, unfortunately, one of the briefer ones in the book. Only two chapters are included, the first on biological predictors of problem drinking. The first nine 'short' chapters in Section III describe the governmental alcohol control policies in each of nine nations around the world. The final section of the book concerns practical applications. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcohol abuse prevention KW - problem drinking KW - governmental alcohol control policies KW - biological predictors KW - 1985 KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Biological Markers KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Government Policy Making KW - 1985 U2 - Miller, Peter M. (Ed); Nirenberg, Ted D. (Ed). (1984); Prevention of Alcohol Abuse; New York: Plenum Press, 1984. 536 pp. $49.50 DO - 10.1037/023711 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06423-022&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06420-006 AN - 2006-06420-006 AU - Levine, Jacob T1 - Humor Research Comes of Age. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1985/01// VL - 30 IS - 1 SP - 13 EP - 15 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06420-006. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levine, Jacob; Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimentation; Humor. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: McGhee, Paul E. (Ed); Goldstein, Jeffrey H. (Ed). Handbook of Humor Research, Vol. 1: Basic Issues=New York: Springer-Verlag New York, 1983. 259 pp. $24.90; 1983. McGhee, Paul E. (Ed); Goldstein, Jeffrey H. (Ed). Handbook of Humor Research, Vol. 2: Applied Studies=New York: Springer-Verlag New York, 1983. 227 pp. $24.90; 1983. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1985. AB - Reviews the books, Handbook of Humor Research, Vol. 1: Basic Issues edited by Paul E. McGhee and Jeffrey H. Goldstein (1983); and Handbook of Humor Research, Vol. 2: Applied Studies edited by Paul E. McGhee and Jeffrey H. Goldstein (1983). The present handbook, which consists of two slim, expensive volumes, is a clear demonstration that humor research has attained professional respectability. Since the volume was intended to be used as a handbook, most of the reviews are comprehensive rather than critical or theoretical. By and large, the contributors to Volume 1 have done a thorough scholarly job of reviewing the sizable experimental literature on their chosen topic. Volume 2, subtitled Applied Studies, differs from Volume 1 not so much in the absence of discussions of basic issues as in the absence of reviews of experimental studies and major theoretical formulations. All in all each volume is a valuable compendium of the contemporary literature on humor. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - humor KW - research KW - 1985 KW - Experimentation KW - Humor KW - 1985 U2 - McGhee, Paul E. (Ed); Goldstein, Jeffrey H. (Ed). (1983); Handbook of Humor Research, Vol. 1: Basic Issues; New York: Springer-Verlag New York, 1983. 259 pp. $24.90 U2 - McGhee, Paul E. (Ed); Goldstein, Jeffrey H. (Ed). (1983); Handbook of Humor Research, Vol. 2: Applied Studies; New York: Springer-Verlag New York, 1983. 227 pp. $24.90 DO - 10.1037/023451 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06420-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09756-019 AN - 2005-09756-019 AU - Zubin, Joseph T1 - Negative Symptoms: Are They Indigenous to Schizophrenia? JF - Schizophrenia Bulletin JO - Schizophrenia Bulletin JA - Schizophr Bull Y1 - 1985/// VL - 11 IS - 3 SP - 461 EP - 470 CY - US PB - National Institute of Mental Health SN - 0586-7614 SN - 1745-1701 AD - Zubin, Joseph, VA Hospital, Highland Dr., Pittsburgh, PA, US, 15206 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09756-019. PMID: 4035308 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zubin, Joseph; Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 20060123. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Positive and Negative Symptoms; Psychometrics; Schizophrenia; Test Reliability; Test Validity. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1985. AB - The sudden popularity of positive and negative symptoms (PNS) has probably arisen as a result of the need for an instrument for clustering schizophrenic patients into subgroups that would respond similarly to the various treatments. The relation of PNS to the three major models for the etiology of schizophrenia (disease, socioenvironmental, and vulnerability) has been delineated. The question was raised regarding the indigenous nature of negative symptoms, their permanency, and whether they can be used to test the tenability of the three models. A strategy was suggested for determining whether the negative symptoms are permanent features of schizophrenia by providing techniques for attempting to eliminate them through therapeutic intervention. The need for developing operational criteria for the presence of each symptom was suggested to improve reliability of ratings, and construct validity designs were formulated for increasing their validity. The provision of a valid and reliable scale for negative symptoms and a scientific model for encompassing the various claims for negative symptoms is necessary before progress can be made. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - negative symptoms KW - positive symptoms KW - schizophrenic patients KW - psychometrics KW - test validity KW - test reliability KW - 1985 KW - Positive and Negative Symptoms KW - Psychometrics KW - Schizophrenia KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - 1985 DO - 10.1093/schbul/11.3.461 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-09756-019&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09729-012 AN - 2005-09729-012 AU - Freedman, Robert AU - Adler, Lawrence E. AU - Gerhardt, Greg A. AU - Waldo, Merilyne AU - Baker, Neil AU - Rose, Greg M. AU - Drebing, Carla AU - Nagamoto, Herbert AU - Bickford-Wimer, Paula AU - Franks, Ronald T1 - Neurobiological Studies of Sensory Gating in Schizophrenia. JF - Schizophrenia Bulletin JO - Schizophrenia Bulletin JA - Schizophr Bull Y1 - 1987/// VL - 13 IS - 4 SP - 669 EP - 678 CY - US PB - National Institute of Mental Health SN - 0586-7614 SN - 1745-1701 AD - Freedman, Robert, Dept. of Psychiatry, University of Colorado Health Sciences Center, C268, 4200 E. Ninth Ave., Denver, CO, US, 80262 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09729-012. PMID: 2894074 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freedman, Robert; Department of Psychiatry, Denver Veterans Administration Medical Center, Denver, CO, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 20050926. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Evoked Potentials; Neurobiology; Neurons; Schizophrenia; Sensory Gating. Minor Descriptor: Brain. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213); Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - The sensory disturbance in schizophrenia is often described as an inability to filter out extraneous noise from meaningful sensory inputs. The neurobiological basis of this inability to filter has been examined using auditory evoked potentials, which are computerized averages of the brain's electrical response to sound. The sounds are presented in pairs to test the ability of the brain to inhibit, or gate, its response to a repeated stimulus. Schizophrenic patients lack the ability to gate the neuronal response shown by a particular wave, the P₅₀ wave. The measurement of this deficit in human subjects and the exploration of its neurobiology in animals has produced evidence about several issues in the pathophysiology of schizophrenia: (1) the role of dopamine in improvement of sensory function in schizophrenic patients treated with neuroleptic drugs, (2) the interaction between familial or genetic deficits in sensory functioning in schizophrenic patients and possible abnormalities in dopamine metabolism, and (3) a mechanism by which noradrenergic hyperactivity in mania and other psychiatric illnesses might mimic some pathophysiological deficits in schizophrenia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenic patients KW - sensory disturbance KW - neurobiology KW - auditory evoked potentials KW - brains electrical response KW - sensory gating KW - 1987 KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Neurobiology KW - Neurons KW - Schizophrenia KW - Sensory Gating KW - Brain KW - 1987 DO - 10.1093/schbul/13.4.669 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-09729-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09722-012 AN - 2005-09722-012 AU - Brown, Walter A. AU - Herz, Lawrence R. T1 - Response to Neuroleptic Drugs as a Device for Classifying Schizophrenia. JF - Schizophrenia Bulletin JO - Schizophrenia Bulletin JA - Schizophr Bull Y1 - 1989/// VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 123 EP - 129 CY - US PB - National Institute of Mental Health SN - 0586-7614 SN - 1745-1701 AD - Brown, Walter A., Veterans Administration Medical Center, Davis Park, Providence, RI, US, 02908 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09722-012. PMID: 2566199 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brown, Walter A.; Department of Psychiatry, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Davis Park, PA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 20050919. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Neuroleptic Drugs; Schizophrenia. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Although schizophrenic patients are routinely treated with neuroleptic medication, the diversity in response to such treatment is noteworthy; some patients are exquisitely responsive to neuroleptic treatment, while others are clearly resistant. The authors examine the hypothesis that neuroleptic-responsive and neuroleptic-resistant patients have different illnesses by considering the following issues: the reliability of the distinction between neuroleptic responsiveness and resistance; the consistency in neuroleptic responsiveness over time; the association between neuroleptic responsiveness and other clinical features; and the neuroleptics' therapeutic action. On the basis of the data available and on theoretical and historical grounds, the distinction between neuroleptic-responsive and neuroleptic-resistant patients warrants application in both clinical and research settings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuroleptic drugs KW - schizophrenia KW - drug therapy KW - 1989 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1989 DO - 10.1093/schbul/15.1.123 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-09722-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2004-20749-001 AN - 2004-20749-001 AU - Heiskell, Thomas L. AU - Rychlak, Joseph F. T1 - The Therapeutic Relationship: Inexperienced Therapists' Affective Preference and Empathic Communication. JF - Journal of Social and Personal Relationships JO - Journal of Social and Personal Relationships JA - J Soc Pers Relat Y1 - 1986/09// VL - 3 IS - 3 SP - 267 EP - 274 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0265-4075 SN - 1460-3608 AD - Rychlak, Joseph F., Department of Psychology, Loyola University of Chicago, 6525 N. Sheridan Road, Chicago, IL, US, 60626 N1 - Accession Number: 2004-20749-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Heiskell, Thomas L.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Indianapolis, IN, US. Release Date: 20041227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Empathy; Experience Level; Medical Students; Psychiatric Patients; Therapeutic Processes. Minor Descriptor: Likability; Medical Education. Classification: Professional Personnel Attitudes & Characteristics (3430). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1986. AB - The subjects of this study are third-year male medical students who rated videotaped male psychiatric patients for likeability before role-playing a 'therapeutic' contact with them. Both liked and disliked patients were confronted in the role-play. Each patient said something positive and something negative about himself. The subjects, who are not trained psychotherapists, were instructed to reply to these self-characterizations in a therapeutic manner. Their replies were blindly rated for empathic quality. It was predicted and substantiated (p < 0.02) that subjects would be more empathic in replying to positive than negative self-characterizations of a liked patient, and vice versa for a disliked patient. A restricted range on the empathy ratings qualified these results. Subjects also attributed higher prognostic expectations and more favourable interpersonal skills to their liked than to their disliked patients (p < 0.01). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - therapeutic relationship KW - inexperienced therapists KW - affective preference KW - empathic communication KW - medical students KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1986 KW - Empathy KW - Experience Level KW - Medical Students KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - Likability KW - Medical Education KW - 1986 DO - 10.1177/0265407586033001 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2004-20749-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-02113-005 AN - 1998-02113-005 AU - Gordon-Cohen, Nitzan T1 - Vietnam and reality—The story of Mr. D. JF - American Journal of Dance Therapy JO - American Journal of Dance Therapy Y1 - 1987/// VL - 10 SP - 95 EP - 109 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0146-3721 SN - 1573-3262 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-02113-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gordon-Cohen, Nitzan; Veterans Administration Hosp, Baltimore, MD, US. Release Date: 19980601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dance Therapy; Military Veterans; Movement Therapy; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Classification: Art & Music & Movement Therapy (3357); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Describes the story and treatment of a veteran who was diagnosed as suffering from posttraumatic stress disorder due to events that occurred during his service in Vietnam. The treatment described is group dance/movement therapy on a short-term psychiatric unit. The issues addressed were anger, mistrust, and problems with intimacy and letting go. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dance/movement therapy KW - male Vietnam veteran with PTSD KW - 1987 KW - Dance Therapy KW - Military Veterans KW - Movement Therapy KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-02113-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-02070-004 AN - 1998-02070-004 AU - Coccaro, Emil F. AU - Adan, Federico AU - Allen, David AU - Cooper, Thomas B. T1 - Plasma-serum differences in the assessment of tricyclic antidepressant blood levels. JF - International Clinical Psychopharmacology JO - International Clinical Psychopharmacology JA - Int Clin Psychopharmacol Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 2 IS - 3 SP - 217 EP - 224 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0268-1315 SN - 1473-5857 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-02070-004. PMID: 3693867 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Coccaro, Emil F.; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19980601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blood Plasma; Blood Serum; Drug Therapy; Mental Disorders; Tricyclic Antidepressant Drugs. Minor Descriptor: Amitriptyline; Desipramine; Imipramine; Nortriptyline; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1987. AB - Concomitant plasma and serum tricyclic determinations were performed on 40 psychiatric service patients chronically administered imipramine (N = 10), amitriptyline (N = 10), desipramine (N = 10), and nortriptyline (N = 10). Plasma levels for these tricyclic antidepressants were significantly greater than the corresponding serum levels. Plasma-serum differences for the secondary amines (DMI/NT) were more than twice those for the tertiary amines (IMI/AMI). The authors thus suggest that clinicians and investigators specify the specific source of blood sample when assessing blood levels of the secondary tricyclic antidepressants. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - plasma–serum tricyclic differences in assessment of tricyclic antidepressant blood levels KW - psychiatric patients chronically administered imipramine vs amitriptyline vs desipramine vs nortriptyline KW - 1987 KW - Blood Plasma KW - Blood Serum KW - Drug Therapy KW - Mental Disorders KW - Tricyclic Antidepressant Drugs KW - Amitriptyline KW - Desipramine KW - Imipramine KW - Nortriptyline KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1987 DO - 10.1097/00004850-198707000-00004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-02070-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-02054-001 AN - 1998-02054-001 AU - Bird, T. D. AU - Sumi, S. M. AU - Nemens, E. J. AU - Nochlin, D. AU - Schellenberg, G. AU - Lampe, T. H. AU - Sadovnick, A. AU - Chui, H. AU - Miner, G. W. AU - Tinklenberg, J. T1 - Phenotypic heterogeneity in familial Alzheimer's disease: A study of 24 kindreds. JF - Annals of Neurology JO - Annals of Neurology JA - Ann Neurol Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 25 IS - 1 SP - 12 EP - 25 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0364-5134 SN - 1531-8249 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-02054-001. PMID: 2913924 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bird, T. D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Service, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19980701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Genetics; Neuropathology; Phenotypes; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Dementia; Genetic Disorders. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. AB - Examined the clinical and neurobiological characteristics of 180 demented patients from 24 kindreds with familial Alzheimer's disease (AD). Spouses, siblings, and children of the Ss were interviewed, death certificates were obtained, and medical records on 100+ family members were reviewed. Results showed considerable evidence for phenotypic heterogeneity among various kindreds of familial AD. Age of onset can characterize groups of patients. Also clinical and neuropathological characteristics overlap between families. Further, the penetrance of putative AD gene is high in those persons at risk surviving beyond the mean age of onset in the family. The chances that other similarly demented relatives have AD are extremely high if: (1) the demented relative meets clinical criteria for AD, (2) the family has had at least 2 generations of dementia, and (3) there is already an autopsy-documented case of AD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical & neuropathological characteristics KW - adults with dementia & familial Alzheimer's disease KW - 1989 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Genetics KW - Neuropathology KW - Phenotypes KW - Symptoms KW - Dementia KW - Genetic Disorders KW - 1989 DO - 10.1002/ana.410250104 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-02054-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-02049-004 AN - 1998-02049-004 AU - Irwin, Michael T1 - Depression and immune function. JF - Stress Medicine JO - Stress Medicine JA - Stress Med Y1 - 1988/04//Apr-Jun, 1988 VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 95 EP - 103 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0748-8386 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-02049-004. Other Journal Title: Stress and Health: Journal of the International Society for the Investigation of Stress. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Irwin, Michael; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Clinical Research Ctr on Alcoholism, La Jolla, CA, US. Release Date: 19980601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experiences (Events); Major Depression; Psychological Stress; Psychoneuroimmunology. Minor Descriptor: Cytology; Emotional States; Physical Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Apr-Jun, 1988. AB - Provides an overview of the growing body of data that link depression and adverse life events to illness, particularly cancer morbidity and mortality. Clinical studies have demonstrated that measures of cell-mediated immune function are altered in bereaved persons and depressed patients. To further elucidate the role of psychological processes in mediating immune function, this articles summarizes several recent studies that characterize the relationship between depressive symptoms and reduced cellular immunity. The observations of changes in T cell subpopulations and natural killer cytotoxicity in women undergoing adverse life events including conjugal bereavement are reviewed. Mechanisms by which psychologic states might influence immune function are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - effects of adverse life events & depression & other psychological states on cell-mediated immune function & development of physical illness KW - 1988 KW - Experiences (Events) KW - Major Depression KW - Psychological Stress KW - Psychoneuroimmunology KW - Cytology KW - Emotional States KW - Physical Disorders KW - 1988 DO - 10.1002/smi.2460040206 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-02049-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-1502-8431 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-01876-003 AN - 1998-01876-003 AU - Pary, Raymond AU - Lippmann, Steven AU - Tobias, Carmelita R. T1 - A preventive approach to the suicidal patient. JF - The Journal of Family Practice JO - The Journal of Family Practice JA - J Fam Pract Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 26 IS - 2 SP - 185 EP - 189 CY - US PB - Dowden Health Media SN - 0094-3509 SN - 1533-7294 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-01876-003. PMID: 3276811 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pary, Raymond; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry & Behavioral Sciences, Louisville, KY, US. Release Date: 19980601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Physicians; Suicide Prevention. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. AB - Physicians may have the opportunity to prevent suicide. An awareness of suicide risk factors, such as depression, alcoholism, drug abuse, schizophrenia, and chronic pain or disease, may facilitate suicide prevention. Recognition of acute and chronic suicidal vulnerability occurs through direct questioning. Psychiatric consultation is indicated for patients exhibiting clear self-injury risk, as exemplified by expressed suicide intent, an overt plan for death, or a 'gesture.' Hospitalization is usually recommended for socially isolated patients presenting with overt suicidal ideation, complicated by injurious self-harm, encephalopathy, or substance abuse. Family involvement and a 'no-suicide' contract with the patient, coupled with close outpatient follow-up appointments, should suffice for those exhibiting milder or transient thoughts of suicide without manifest intent to die. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - preventive approach to suicidal patients KW - physicians KW - 1988 KW - Physicians KW - Suicide Prevention KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-01876-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1997-73025-001 AN - 1997-73025-001 AU - Leder, Steven B. AU - Spitzer, Jaclyn B. AU - Kirchner, J. Cameron AU - Flevaris-Phillips, Carole AU - Milner, P. AU - Richardson, F. T1 - Speaking rate of adventitiously deaf male cochlear implant candidates. JF - Journal of the Acoustical Society of America JO - Journal of the Acoustical Society of America JA - J Acoust Soc Am Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 82 IS - 3 SP - 843 EP - 846 CY - US PB - Acoustical Society of American SN - 0001-4966 N1 - Accession Number: 1997-73025-001. PMID: 3655119 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Leder, Steven B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Cochlear Implant Team, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19970801. Correction Date: 20130422. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hearing Aids; Hearing Disorders; Onset (Disorders); Speech Rate. Classification: Vision & Hearing & Sensory Disorders (3299). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1987. AB - Attempted to determine what speaking rate differences from normal, if any, occurred in 25 males (age 41–62 yrs) secondary to adventitious profound sensorineural hearing impairment. The Ss were compared with 10 controls. Length of time since onset and length of time since last use of hearing aids were also considered. Stimuli consisted of an orally read paragraph with a total of 127 syllables. The results showed that the hearing impaired Ss took 35% longer than the controls to read the paragraph. The adventitiously hearing impaired Ss exhibited a speaking rate of 1 syllable per second slower than the controls. No significant differences in speech rate were found due to the length of impairment or the use of a hearing aid. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - length of time since onset & hearing aid use KW - speech rate KW - 41–62 yr old males with vs without adventitious profound sensorineural hearing impairment KW - 1987 KW - Hearing Aids KW - Hearing Disorders KW - Onset (Disorders) KW - Speech Rate KW - 1987 DO - 10.1121/1.395283 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1997-73025-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-31705-001 AN - 1989-31705-001 AU - Breckenridge, James N. T1 - Replicating cluster analysis: Method, consistency, and validity. JF - Multivariate Behavioral Research JO - Multivariate Behavioral Research JA - Multivariate Behav Res Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 24 IS - 2 SP - 147 EP - 161 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0027-3171 SN - 1532-7906 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-31705-001. PMID: 26755276 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Breckenridge, James N.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Dept, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19891001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cluster Analysis. Minor Descriptor: Experimental Replication; Methodology. Classification: Statistics & Mathematics (2240). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Experimental Replication. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - Examined the effectiveness of nearest neighbor classification (NN), nearest centroid assignment, and quadratic discriminant analysis to (1) classify objects into clusters; (2) identify consistently corresponding clusters on replication (RE); and (3) predict accurately the recovery of known groups from the strength of RE. The clustering algorithm used was J. H. Ward's (1963) minimum variance procedure. Results of a Monte Carlo study indicate that consistent RE linked clusters and their replicas identically over alternative cross-validation sequences (e.g., A replicates B, B replicates A) and was associated with recovery of known clusters. RE using NN resulted in superior goodness-of-fit, more frequent consistent RE, and significant prediction of recovery. Although moderate or greater RE denoted good recovery, RE was not a necessary condition of recovery of true clusters. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - methods for replicating cluster analysis KW - 1989 KW - Cluster Analysis KW - Experimental Replication KW - Methodology KW - 1989 DO - 10.1207/s15327906mbr2402_1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-31705-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-31668-001 AN - 1989-31668-001 AU - Smith, Lawrence W. AU - Patterson, Thomas L. AU - Grant, Igor AU - Clopton, Paul T1 - A shortened MMPI useful for psychiatric screening of the non-institutionalized elderly. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 45 IS - 3 SP - 359 EP - 365 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-31668-001. PMID: 2745724 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Smith, Lawrence W.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, La Jolla, CA, US. Release Date: 19891001. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Test Forms; Test Reliability. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220); Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. AB - Compared the reliability of the Faschingbauer Abbreviated MMPI (FAM [see PA, Vol 53:3125]) with the standard Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) in 83 noninstitutionalized, independently living elderly persons (aged 65+ yrs) over 4 yrs. Results indicate that the FAM was correlated highly with the MMPI. Although significant differences were found between the FAM and MMPI forms on some scales, 77% of the profile pairs were judged to satisfy interpretive reliability criteria. For the profiles that were rejected, the FAM was not found to overestimate or underestimate any MMPI scale systematically. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reliability of Faschingbauer Abbreviated MMPI KW - 65 yr olds & older KW - 1989 KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Test Forms KW - Test Reliability KW - 1989 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198905)45:3<359::AID-JCLP2270450302>3.0.CO;2-K UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-31668-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-31642-001 AN - 1989-31642-001 AU - Moses, James A. T1 - Construct validation of the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery clinical and summary scales with the WAIS—R subtests. JF - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology JO - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 11 IS - 2 SP - 80 EP - 89 CY - US PB - MelNic Press, Inc. SN - 0749-8470 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-31642-001. Other Journal Title: Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moses, James A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19891001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neuropsychological Assessment; Rating Scales; Statistical Validity; Subtests; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Minor Descriptor: Cerebrovascular Disorders; Mental Disorders; Nervous System Disorders. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Cardiovascular Disorders (3295). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Conducted a series of 6 factor analyses to construct validate the clinical and summary scales of the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery—Form I (LNNB) with the subtests of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Revised (WAIS—R). The sensorimotor band LNNB subtests (C1–C4) were well marked by the WAIS—R nonverbal subtests. The speech band LNNB subtests (C6–C8) were well differentiated from the WAIS—R verbal and nonverbal measures, but the C5 scale showed considerable overlap with Verbal IQ. The conceptual band LNNB scales (C9–C11) loaded on both verbal and nonverbal WAIS—R measures in complex relationships. The S1, S2, and S3 summary scales were differentiable from the WAIS—R measures, while the S4 and S5 measures showed considerable overlap with verbal intellectual measures. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - construct validity of Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery Form I with WAIS-R subtests KW - intelligence assessment KW - adults with neuropsychiatric disorders KW - 1989 KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Rating Scales KW - Statistical Validity KW - Subtests KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - Cerebrovascular Disorders KW - Mental Disorders KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-31642-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-31622-001 AN - 1989-31622-001 AU - Kivlahan, Daniel R. AU - Sher, Kenneth J. AU - Donovan, Dennis M. T1 - The Alcohol Dependence Scale: A validation study among inpatient alcoholics. JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 50 IS - 2 SP - 170 EP - 175 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0096-882X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-31622-001. PMID: 2927131 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs; Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kivlahan, Daniel R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcohol Dependence Treatment Program, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19891001. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aftercare; Alcohol Rehabilitation; Rating Scales; Statistical Validity. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism; Diagnosis; Followup Studies. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - Examined whether the degree of alcohol dependence, as measured by the Alcohol Dependence Scale (ADS), covaried with concurrent and predictive criteria in 242 male alcoholic inpatients (aged 22–70 yrs). Other measures included the Alcohol Use Inventory by K. W. Wanberg et al (see record [rid]1978-02433-001[/rid]), the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI), the Beck Depression Inventory, and the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS). The ADS was found to be unidimensional and internally consistent. ADS scores did not significantly predict attrition from treatment, self-reported alcohol consumption over 9-mo follow-up, or duration of aftercare involvement. The ADS appeared to have fair concurrent validity, but limited predictive utility within these Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - concurrent validity of Alcohol Dependence Scale scores KW - assessment of current state & prediction of treatment & aftercare completion KW - 22–70 yr old alcoholic inpatients KW - 9 mo followup KW - 1989 KW - Aftercare KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Rating Scales KW - Statistical Validity KW - Alcoholism KW - Diagnosis KW - Followup Studies KW - 1989 DO - 10.15288/jsa.1989.50.170 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-31622-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-30889-001 AN - 1989-30889-001 AU - Garb, Howard N. T1 - Clinical judgment, clinical training, and professional experience. JF - Psychological Bulletin JO - Psychological Bulletin JA - Psychol Bull Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 105 IS - 3 SP - 387 EP - 396 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-2909 SN - 1939-1455 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-30889-001. PMID: 2660180 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garb, Howard N.; Highland Drive Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20110926. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis); Educational Background; Job Experience Level; Literature Review; Mental Health Personnel. Minor Descriptor: Clinical Methods Training. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Aug 30, 1988; Revised Date: Aug 2, 1988; First Submitted Date: Apr 13, 1988. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - Reviews studies on training, experience, and clinical judgment. The results on the validity of judgments generally fail to support the value of on-the-job experience in mental health fields. The validity results do provide limited support for the value of training. Other results suggest that experienced clinicians are better than less experienced judges at knowing which of their judgments are likely to be correct and which are likely to be wrong. Reasons why clinicians have trouble learning from experience are given. Recommendations are made for improving training and clinical practice. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical training & on-the-job experience KW - validity of clinical judgments & confidence ratings KW - mental health clinicians KW - literature review KW - 1989 KW - Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis) KW - Educational Background KW - Job Experience Level KW - Literature Review KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Clinical Methods Training KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/0033-2909.105.3.387 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-30889-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-30828-001 AN - 1989-30828-001 AU - Gorelick, David A. AU - Wilkins, Jeffery N. T1 - Inpatient treatment of PCP abusers and users. JF - The American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse JO - The American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse JA - Am J Drug Alcohol Abuse Y1 - 1989/// VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 12 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0095-2990 SN - 1097-9891 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-30828-001. PMID: 2923107 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gorelick, David A.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brentwood Div, Alcohol & Drug Treatment Program, CA, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Rehabilitation; Phencyclidine. Minor Descriptor: Drug Abuse. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Screening of 155 consecutive admissions to a voluntary, 4–6 wk substance abuse inpatient rehabilitation program revealed a 13% prevalence of phencyclidine (PCP) abuse and a 23% prevalence of nonabusive PCP use. The 20 PCP abusers were significantly younger (31.6 vs 40.2 yrs) and had more prior arrests (2.0 vs 0.8) than the 36 nonabusive users, but did not differ in other sociodemographic characteristics. Age range of patients was older than previously reported in the literature, with 3 PCP abusers (15%) and 15 users (42%) 40 yrs of age or older. A majority of both abusers (80%) and users (97%) also abused other drugs, including alcohol (57%), opiates (29%), marihuana (29%), and stimulants (18%). The mean length of stay for PCP abusers was 27 days, with 11 completing inpatient treatment. Findings suggest that PCP abuse and use are common among unselected patients seeking substance abuse inpatient treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prevalence of PCP abuse KW - substance abusing 23–63 yr old inpatients KW - 1989 KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Phencyclidine KW - Drug Abuse KW - 1989 DO - 10.3109/00952998908993395 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-30828-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-30825-001 AN - 1989-30825-001 AU - Garvey, Arthur J. AU - Heinold, Jerilyn W. AU - Rosner, Bernard T1 - Self-help approaches to smoking cessation: A report from the Normative Aging Study. JF - Addictive Behaviors JO - Addictive Behaviors JA - Addict Behav Y1 - 1989/// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 23 EP - 33 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0306-4603 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-30825-001. PMID: 2718821 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garvey, Arthur J.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Normative Aging Study, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19890901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychosocial Factors; Recidivism; Smoking Cessation; Tobacco Smoking. Minor Descriptor: Demographic Characteristics. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Compared 191 male self-quitters (mean age 53.7 yrs) and 110 age-matched recidivists on smoking histories, psychosocial attributes, and quitting methods. Findings show that those who substituted cigars or pipes for cigarettes were nearly 4 times more likely to be successful, and those who reported consuming more food/snacks after quitting were 80% more likely to be successful quitters. Ss who reported using no coping strategies in former smoking settings after cessation because they had no urges to smoke in these settings were also much more likely to be successful quitters. Recidivists were more likely to report using physical activity as a means of coping with temptations to smoke, and were somewhat older at the time of the quit attempt. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - smoking histories & psychosocial attributes & quitting methods KW - self quitters vs recidivist smokers KW - 1989 KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - Recidivism KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0306-4603(89)90013-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-30825-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-30820-001 AN - 1989-30820-001 AU - Craig, Robert J. AU - Olson, Ronald E. T1 - Changes in psychological functioning in opiate and cocaine addicts following short-term hospital-based treatment for drug abuse. JF - Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly JO - Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly JA - Alcohol Treat Q Y1 - 1988/// VL - 5 IS - 1-2 SP - 273 EP - 284 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0734-7324 SN - 1544-4538 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-30820-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Craig, Robert J.; Veterans Administration West Side Medical Ctr, Drug Abuse Program, Chicago, IL, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19890901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cocaine; Drug Abuse; Drug Rehabilitation; Opiates. Minor Descriptor: Mental Health. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - 68 Black, male opiate and cocaine abusers, in voluntary treatment for drug abuse at a Veterans Administration hospital, were administered the Adjective Checklist before and after receiving either 2 or 3 wks of short-term, multimodal treatment. Results show that significant improvement in psychological functioning occurred following treatment. Improvements occurred in increased needs for achievement, dominance, endurance, and orderliness, and reduced needs for dependency and abasement. No significant improvements in psychological state were observed beyond those seen in the 1st 2 wks of treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - short term multimodal treatment KW - psychological functioning KW - Black male opiate & cocaine abusers KW - 1988 KW - Cocaine KW - Drug Abuse KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Opiates KW - Mental Health KW - 1988 DO - 10.1300/J020V05N01_22 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-30820-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-30818-001 AN - 1989-30818-001 AU - Burling, Thomas A. AU - Lovett, Steven B. AU - Frederiksen, Lee W. AU - Jerome, Albert AU - Jonske-Gubosh, Lou-Ann T1 - Can across-treatment changes in cumulative puff duration predict treatment outcome during nicotine fading. JF - Addictive Behaviors JO - Addictive Behaviors JA - Addict Behav Y1 - 1989/// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 75 EP - 82 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0306-4603 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-30818-001. PMID: 2718827 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Burling, Thomas A.; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Services, CA, US. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Nicotine; Smoking Cessation; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Tobacco Smoking. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Assessed the smoking behavior of 10 male and 15 female adult smokers during a standardized nicotine fading program to examine the relationship between compensatory smoking (i.e., increases in the number of cigarettes smoked per day, expired air carbon monoxide [CO], or the frequency and duration of puffs) and posttreatment abstinence from tobacco. Results show that Ss who continued to smoke or relapsed immediately following treatment (nonabstainers) smoked significantly more cigarettes per day during the program and exhibited greater across-treatment increases in the time spent puffing a cigarette (i.e., cumulative puff duration) than Ss who successfully quit smoking (abstainers). Both nonabstainers and abstainers exhibited across-treatment decreases in expired air CO. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - across treatment changes in cumulative puff duration KW - prediction of treatment outcome in nicotine fading KW - adult smokers KW - 1989 KW - Nicotine KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0306-4603(89)90019-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-30818-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-30813-001 AN - 1989-30813-001 AU - Bliss, Ryan E. AU - Garvey, Arthur J. AU - Heinold, Jerilyn W. AU - Hitchcock, Jan L. T1 - The influence of situation and coping on relapse crisis outcomes after smoking cessation. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 57 IS - 3 SP - 443 EP - 449 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-30813-001. PMID: 2738216 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bliss, Ryan E.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20091221. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Relapse (Disorders); Smoking Cessation. Minor Descriptor: Contextual Associations. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jan 23, 1989; Revised Date: Jan 4, 1989; First Submitted Date: Jul 12, 1988. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - Examines the influence of situational characteristics and coping on the outcome of a relapse crisis for 232 Ss followed for 1 month after a self-initiated smoking cessation attempt. Survival of a relapse crisis was most strongly related to the number of coping strategies used. All coping strategies were equally effective; furthermore, combining cognitive and behavioral coping strategies was not more effective than using multiple cognitive or multiple behavioral strategies. During the second half of the follow-up period (Weeks 3 and 4 postcessation), the presence of smokers resulted in a decreased likelihood of coping and an increased likelihood of smoking. In addition, active coping was marginally related to higher baseline levels of motivation to quit. When motivation and the presence of smokers were controlled, however, coping still significantly predicted outcome. Results are discussed with reference to previous relapse studies. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - situational factors & coping strategies KW - outcome of relapse crisis KW - former smokers KW - 1989 KW - Coping Behavior KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Contextual Associations KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.57.3.443 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-30813-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-30805-001 AN - 1989-30805-001 AU - Noonan, William C. AU - Evans, Ron L. AU - Hendricks, Rob T1 - Using family and personal variates to predict patient adjustment in stroke rehabilitation. JF - International Journal of Rehabilitation Research JO - International Journal of Rehabilitation Research JA - Int J Rehabil Res Y1 - 1988/// VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 57 EP - 60 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0342-5282 SN - 1473-5660 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-30805-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Noonan, William C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20160707. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebrovascular Accidents; Emotional Adjustment; Prediction; Rehabilitation; Social Adjustment. Minor Descriptor: Caregivers; Client Characteristics; Family Members; Outpatients. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10); Outpatient (60). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Studied the effect of stroke on personal adjustment among 40 outpatients at a large metropolitan hospital (mean age 64.4 yrs). Personal adjustment was measured by the Personal Adjustment and Role Skills Scale (PARS) completed by the patients' caregivers. Caregivers reported significantly more state and trait anxiety among the stroke patients when compared to PARS normative samples. Patients were reported to have more confusion and depression and lower participation in household activities compared to PARS norms. Caregiver anxiety was the most consistent predictor of adjustment for interpersonal involvement, social activities, and total adjustment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - family & personal predictors of adjustment following stroke KW - outpatients in rehabilitation KW - 1988 KW - Cerebrovascular Accidents KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - Prediction KW - Rehabilitation KW - Social Adjustment KW - Caregivers KW - Client Characteristics KW - Family Members KW - Outpatients KW - 1988 DO - 10.1097/00004356-198803000-00007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-30805-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-30733-001 AN - 1989-30733-001 AU - Garrick, Thomas R. AU - Loewenstein, Richard J. T1 - Behavioral medicine in the general hospital. JF - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JO - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JA - Psychosomatics Y1 - 1989///Spr 1989 VL - 30 IS - 2 SP - 123 EP - 134 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0033-3182 SN - 1545-7206 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-30733-001. PMID: 2710913 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garrick, Thomas R.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Wadsworth Div, CA, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20130923. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Disorders; Health Care Psychology; Hospitals; Somatoform Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Hospitalized Patients; Psychophysiology; Behavioral Medicine. Classification: Health Psychology & Medicine (3360). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1989. AB - Summarizes the impact of clinical behavioral medicine in the assessment and treatment of medical, psychophysiological, and psychosomatic problems. Specific techniques of behavioral assessment and behavioral treatment strategies, as well as some general and conceptual issues are discussed. The illnesses for which these interventions have been useful include chronic pain, behavior disorders, asthma, and irritable bowel syndrome. Five case histories are presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavioral medicine in general hospital KW - medical & psychophysiological & psychosomatic problems KW - patients KW - 1989 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Disorders KW - Health Care Psychology KW - Hospitals KW - Somatoform Disorders KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Psychophysiology KW - Behavioral Medicine KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/S0033-3182(89)72292-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-30733-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-30718-001 AN - 1989-30718-001 AU - Camberg, Lois C. AU - McGuire, Thomas G. T1 - Inpatient psychiatric units in nonteaching general hospitals: Response to public mental health policy or hospital economics? JF - Medical Care JO - Medical Care JA - Med Care Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 27 IS - 2 SP - 130 EP - 139 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0025-7079 SN - 1537-1948 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-30718-001. PMID: 2645475 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Camberg, Lois C.; Veterans Administration, West Roxbury, MA, US. Release Date: 19890901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Economics; Hospitals; Needs; Organizational Structure; Psychiatric Patients. Minor Descriptor: Hospital Environment. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1989. AB - Investigated the extent to which the existence of inpatient psychiatric units (IPU) in general hospitals is related to patient service needs, to certain economic and organizational characteristics of general hospitals, or to both. Interviews were conducted with representatives from hospitals and the Massachusetts Department of Mental Health in 3 mental health catchment areas. Most of the teaching hospitals in the state have IPUs. A statistical difference existed between characteristics of IPU and non-IPU nonteaching general hospitals. Nonteaching general hospitals with IPUs were more likely to be located in areas with higher incomes but fewer office-based psychiatrists per capita. IPU hospitals were also more likely to be larger and to receive a higher percent of their revenues from Medicaid than their non-IPU counterparts. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - economic & organizational characteristics of general hospitals vs patient needs KW - establishment of inpatient psychiatric units in teaching vs nonteaching hospitals KW - 1989 KW - Economics KW - Hospitals KW - Needs KW - Organizational Structure KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Hospital Environment KW - 1989 DO - 10.1097/00005650-198902000-00004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-30718-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-30502-001 AN - 1989-30502-001 AU - Reist, Christopher AU - Kauffmann, Curtis D. AU - Haier, Richard J. AU - Sangdahl, Christopher AU - DeMet, Edward M. AU - Chicz-DeMet, Aleksandra AU - Nelson, James N. T1 - A controlled trial of desipramine in 18 men with posttraumatic stress disorder. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 146 IS - 4 SP - 513 EP - 516 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-30502-001. PMID: 2648867 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reist, Christopher; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Long Beach, CA, US. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Desipramine; Drug Therapy; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Trial; Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - 18 male US veterans (aged 28–64) meeting Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) criteria for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) participated in a 4-wk, double-blind crossover study comparing desipramine (DI) with placebo treatment. Measures of symptoms included the Beck Depression Inventory, the Hamilton Rating Scale for Anxiety, and structured clinical interviews. Overall, the only apparent response to DI was in some symptoms of depression; there were no changes in anxiety and other PTSD symptoms. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - desipramine KW - depression & anxiety & other clinical symptoms KW - 28–64 yr old male veterans with PTSD KW - 1989 KW - Desipramine KW - Drug Therapy KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Military Veterans KW - 1989 DO - 10.1176/ajp.146.4.513 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-30502-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-30459-001 AN - 1989-30459-001 AU - Irwin, Michael AU - Sullivan, Greer AU - Van Putten, Theodore T1 - Propranolol as a primary treatment of neuroleptic-induced akathisia. JF - Hillside Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - Hillside Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - Hillside J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1988///Fal-Win 1988 VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 244 EP - 250 CY - US PB - Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers SN - 0193-5216 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-30459-001. PMID: 2906317 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Irwin, Michael; Veterans Administration Hosp, Dept of Psychiatry, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Movement Disorders; Propranolol; Schizophrenia; Side Effects (Drug). Minor Descriptor: Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Trial; Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Fal-Win 1988. AB - Evaluated the use of propranolol as a primary treatment in a randomized double-blind clinical trial of propranolol vs placebo as a single treatment of neuroleptic-induced akathisia in 11 schizophrenic patients (aged 21–57 yrs). Propranolol in doses of 60 mg/day was not effective within 48 hrs when used as the primary akathisia treatment in schizophrenic Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - propranolol KW - neuroleptic induced akathisia KW - schizophrenic 21–57 yr olds KW - 1988 KW - Movement Disorders KW - Propranolol KW - Schizophrenia KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-30459-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-30449-001 AN - 1989-30449-001 AU - Greendyke, Robert M. AU - Berkner, Jonathan P. AU - Webster, Joseph C. AU - Gulya, Aladar T1 - Treatment of behavioral problems with pindolol. JF - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JO - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JA - Psychosomatics Y1 - 1989///Spr 1989 VL - 30 IS - 2 SP - 161 EP - 165 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0033-3182 SN - 1545-7206 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-30449-001. PMID: 2652180 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Greendyke, Robert M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurobehavioral Intensive Care Unit, Canandaigua, NY, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20130923. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adrenergic Blocking Drugs; Behavior Problems; Brain Damage; Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Clinical Trial; Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1989. AB - Assessed the effectiveness of pindolol (PDL) in reducing behavioral problems of 13 brain-damaged male Veterans Administration medical center inpatients (aged 38–81 yrs). The study was conducted in 2 parts: (1) a double-blind, placebo-controlled analysis of the effect of PDL on assaultive behavior, both verbal and physical and (2) an open study of the effect of PDL on such behaviors as resistance to care, sexual preoccupation, or provocation of others. Target behaviors and nursing interventions were monitored and clinical global assessments of improvement in behavior and of suitability for lower levels of care were developed. Eight of 13 Ss were considered improved. Ss with significant premorbid personality disorders showed little benefit. PDL appeared to ameliorate some management problems and, by inference, improve the quality of life in Ss with behavioral pathology due to organic brain disease. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - pindolol KW - behavior problems KW - brain damaged 38–81 yr old male inpatients at VA medical center KW - 1989 KW - Adrenergic Blocking Drugs KW - Behavior Problems KW - Brain Damage KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/S0033-3182(89)72297-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-30449-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-30433-001 AN - 1989-30433-001 AU - Faber, Raymond AU - Williams, Keith AU - Prescott, Deana AU - Bassett, David AU - Bixler, Glenn T1 - Dextroamphetamine and Dexamethasone Suppression Test prediction of desipramine response. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 25 IS - 5 SP - 657 EP - 660 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-30433-001. PMID: 2920200 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Faber, Raymond; Audie Murphy Veterans Administration Hosp, Psychiatry Service, San Antonio, TX, US. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Desipramine; Dexamethasone Suppression Test; Dextroamphetamine; Drug Therapy; Major Depression. Minor Descriptor: Prediction; Treatment Outcomes. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - Examined the dexamethasone suppression test (DST) and the acute mood effects of dextroamphetamine (DXA) as predictors of the antidepressant effects of desipramine (DMI), using 30 depressed adult inpatients (aged 24–64 yrs). Findings indicate that there is little basis for using the DST as a predictor of antidepressant response and that neither the DST nor DXA-induced mood elevation predicted DMI response. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - DST & dextroamphetamine KW - prediction of antidepressant effect of desipramine KW - depressed 24–64 yr olds KW - 1989 KW - Desipramine KW - Dexamethasone Suppression Test KW - Dextroamphetamine KW - Drug Therapy KW - Major Depression KW - Prediction KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(89)90232-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-30433-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-30414-001 AN - 1989-30414-001 AU - Brown, Walter A. AU - Dornseif, Bruce E. AU - Wernicke, Joachim F. T1 - Placebo response in depression: A search for predictors. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 26 IS - 3 SP - 259 EP - 264 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-30414-001. PMID: 3065807 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brown, Walter A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Providence, RI, US. Release Date: 19890901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Major Depression; Placebo. Minor Descriptor: Chronicity (Disorders); Prediction. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Trial; Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. AB - Evaluated 213 patients (aged 21–68 yrs) with moderate to severe depression who had received placebo for 3–6 wks in multicenter clinical trials. Findings confirmed the substantial placebo response in moderately to severely depressed Ss and suggested that chronicity may be a predictor. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chronicity & other clinical features KW - response to placebo KW - depressed 21–68 yr olds KW - 1988 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Major Depression KW - Placebo KW - Chronicity (Disorders) KW - Prediction KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(88)90119-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-30414-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-30403-001 AN - 1989-30403-001 AU - Adler, Lenard A. AU - Duncan, Erica AU - Angrist, Burt AU - Hemdal, Paula AU - Rotrosen, John AU - Slotnick, Victor T1 - Effects of a specific beta₂-receptor blocker in neuroleptic-induced akathisia. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 27 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 4 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-30403-001. PMID: 2564208 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Adler, Lenard A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, New York, NY, US. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adrenergic Blocking Drugs; Drug Therapy; Propranolol; Restlessness; Side Effects (Drug). Minor Descriptor: Neuroleptic Drugs; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Schizophrenia. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. AB - A double-blind study assessed the role of blockade of β-receptor subpopulations in the treatment of neuroleptic-induced akathisia (NIA) by comparing the effects of the specific β₂-antagonist ICI 118,551 with placebo. After a baseline evaluation on placebo, 10 male patients (aged 35–44 yrs) with schizophrenia or posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) were treated with ICI 118,551 or placebo. Five of six Ss treated with ICI 118,551 showed improvements in NIA, while only 1 of 4 Ss improved on placebo. Ss were then treated openly with propranolol, a mixed β₁, β₂-antagonist. Compared with ICI 118,551, no further improvement on objective measures of NIA was seen on propranolol. Mean subjective assessments of NIA declined on propranolol, but changes were variable and not significant. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - propranolol vs beta-2 receptor blocker ICI 118 KW - 551 KW - neuroleptic induced akathisia KW - 35–44 yr old males with schizophrenia or PTSD KW - 1989 KW - Adrenergic Blocking Drugs KW - Drug Therapy KW - Propranolol KW - Restlessness KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(89)90002-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-30403-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-30402-001 AN - 1989-30402-001 AU - Adler, Lenard A. AU - Angrist, Burt AU - Reiter, Stewart AU - Rotrosen, John T1 - Neuroleptic-induced akathisia: A review. JF - Psychopharmacology JO - Psychopharmacology JA - Psychopharmacology (Berl) Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 97 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 11 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-3158 SN - 1432-2072 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-30402-001. PMID: 2565586 Other Journal Title: Psychopharmacologia. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Adler, Lenard A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, New York, NY, US. Release Date: 19890901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Literature Review; Neuroleptic Drugs; Restlessness; Side Effects (Drug). Minor Descriptor: Adrenergic Blocking Drugs; Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. AB - Reviews the history of spontaneously occurring syndromes of pathologic restlessness and neuroleptic-induced akathisia (NIA), the clinical significance of NIA, issues concerning the diagnosis and quantification of NIA, treatments of NIA, and future directions for research. Newer treatments for the syndrome are discussed, including the use of beta-blockers. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - history & treatment & other aspects of neuroleptic induced akathisia KW - literature review KW - implications for treatment with beta blockers KW - 1989 KW - Literature Review KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Restlessness KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Adrenergic Blocking Drugs KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1989 DO - 10.1007/BF00443404 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-30402-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-30348-001 AN - 1989-30348-001 AU - Moseley, Preston W. AU - Davies, Helen D. AU - Priddy, J. Michael T1 - Support groups for male caregivers of Alzheimer's patients: A followup. JF - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JO - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JA - Clin Gerontol Y1 - 1988///Spr-Sum 1988 VL - 7 IS - 3-4 SP - 127 EP - 136 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0731-7115 SN - 1545-2301 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-30348-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moseley, Preston W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Psychiatry Service, Gero-Psychiatric Rehabilitation Unit, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20091012. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Caregivers; Group Counseling; Husbands; Social Support. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Spr-Sum 1988. AB - Reports on a pilot program of support groups for husbands of Alzheimer's disease patients and a follow-up of that project describing a tightly knit band of individuals, who through the establishment of bonding, began to deal with the caregiver issues and with becoming a true 'self help' therapeutic endeavor. Recommendations are offered for the implementation of similar groups as part of a larger network of care provider services. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - support groups KW - husbands of Alzheimer's disease patients KW - followup study KW - 1988 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Caregivers KW - Group Counseling KW - Husbands KW - Social Support KW - Followup Studies KW - 1988 DO - 10.1300/J018v07n03_10 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-30348-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-30234-001 AN - 1989-30234-001 AU - Gerstley, Linda AU - McLellan, A. Thomas AU - Alterman, Arthur I. AU - Woody, George E. AU - Luborsky, Lester AU - Prout, Maurice T1 - Ability to form an alliance with the therapist: A possible marker of prognosis for patients with antisocial personality disorder. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 146 IS - 4 SP - 508 EP - 512 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-30234-001. PMID: 2929752 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gerstley, Linda; Philadelphia Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, PA, US. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antisocial Personality Disorder; Psychotherapeutic Processes. Minor Descriptor: Differential Diagnosis. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - The ability of 48 methadone-maintained male opiate addicts with antisocial personality disorder to form a working relationship with a psychotherapist or drug counselor was examined in relation to outcome of 24 wks of treatment. Therapeutic relationships were assessed at a 7-mo follow-up using a helping alliance questionnaire (HAQ) by L. Alexander and L. Luborsky (1984). Some antisocial Ss were able to form working relationships with their therapists, and there was a significant association between the ability to form such a relationship and treatment outcome. It is suggested that measures of this ability, such as the HAQ, may help identify antisocial patients who can benefit from psychotherapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ability to form working relationship with psychotherapist KW - therapeutic outcome KW - males with primary vs secondary antisocial personality disorder KW - 1989 KW - Antisocial Personality Disorder KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - 1989 DO - 10.1176/ajp.146.4.508 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-30234-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-30144-001 AN - 1989-30144-001 AU - Carlson, Gregory A. AU - Greeman, Michael AU - McClellan, Thomas A. T1 - Management of HIV-positive psychiatric patients who fail to reduce high-risk behaviors. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 40 IS - 5 SP - 511 EP - 514 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-30144-001. PMID: 2722149 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carlson, Gregory A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: AIDS; Laws; Prevention; Psychiatric Patients; Treatment Compliance. Minor Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Case Report; Public Health. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. AB - Discusses how concern that human immunodeficiency virus (HIV)-infected individuals may be acting irresponsibly has led several states to enact acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS)-related laws designed to limit the spread of infection. Two case studies illustrate some dilemmas associated with treating noncompliant HIV-infected patients in inpatient psychiatric settings. Specific recommendations for inpatient and outpatient psychiatric treatment of noncompliant HIV-infected individuals are offered. It is expected that a variety of public and private groups will propose controversial measures aimed at risk-reduction and social control of infected individuals. It is concluded that reasonable public health measures, including comprehensive public education, must be supported. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - AIDS related laws & management & treatment & deterrence of high risk behavior KW - HIV infected psychiatric patients KW - case reports KW - 1989 KW - AIDS KW - Laws KW - Prevention KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Treatment Compliance KW - At Risk Populations KW - Case Report KW - Public Health KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-30144-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-30137-001 AN - 1989-30137-001 AU - Wragg, Robin E. AU - Jeste, Dilip V. T1 - Overview of depression and psychosis in Alzheimer's disease. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 146 IS - 5 SP - 577 EP - 587 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-30137-001. PMID: 2653053 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wragg, Robin E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Literature Review; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Cognitive Ability; Psychosis. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. AB - Reviewed 30 studies of psychiatric symptoms in patients with Alzheimer's disease (AD) to assess (1) the prevalence of affective and psychotic symptoms, (2) demographic and clinical variables associated with the development of such symptoms, and (3) the relationship of these symptoms to the level and pattern of cognitive dysfunction. Findings indicate that isolated affective or psychotic symptoms were 2–3 times as frequent as diagnosable affective or psychotic disorders. Paranoid delusions were the most common psychotic symptoms reported. Implications of the relationship of psychiatric symptoms to the clinical presentation of AD, patterns of cognitive dysfunction, and clinical management are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - affective & psychotic symptoms & cognitive dysfunction KW - patients with Alzheimer's disease KW - literature review KW - 1989 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Literature Review KW - Symptoms KW - Affective Disorders KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Psychosis KW - 1989 DO - 10.1176/ajp.146.5.577 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-30137-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-30128-001 AN - 1989-30128-001 AU - Webster, Jeffrey S. AU - Cottam, Glenda AU - Gouvier, William D. AU - Blanton, Paul AU - Beissel, G. F. AU - Wofford, John T1 - Wheelchair obstacle course performance in right cerebral vascular accident victims. JF - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JO - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JA - J Clin Exp Neuropsychol Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 11 IS - 2 SP - 295 EP - 310 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 1380-3395 SN - 1744-411X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-30128-001. PMID: 2925837 Other Journal Title: Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Webster, Jeffrey S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Long Beach, CA, US. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebrovascular Accidents; Lateral Dominance; Mobility Aids; Perceptual Motor Processes; Spatial Perception. Classification: Cardiovascular Disorders (3295). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - Investigated in Exp 1 the role of hemispatial neglect in wheelchair-related accidents of 24 right-handed (RH), right-hemisphere stroke (RHEM) victims (12 with and 12 without neglect of left space). The neglecting Ss made significantly more direct hits on an obstacle course. In Exp 2, the non-neglecting group's data were compared with 12 RH left-hemisphere stroke victims without neglect, 12 RH Ss with myocardial infarction and/or hypertension, 12 RH Ss who used only their right limbs, and 12 RH Ss who used only their left limbs. RHEM Ss made significantly more left-sided errors in contralateral space. In Exp 3, 13 Ss with right middle cerebral artery cerebrovascular accidents with neglect were taught to scan to the left, resulting in significant decreases in direct hits but not in sideswipes on the obstacle course. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - wheelchair obstacle course performance KW - right hemisphere stroke patient with vs without left spatial neglect KW - 1989 KW - Cerebrovascular Accidents KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Mobility Aids KW - Perceptual Motor Processes KW - Spatial Perception KW - 1989 DO - 10.1080/01688638908400890 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-30128-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-30052-001 AN - 1989-30052-001 AU - Perlmuter, Lawrence C. AU - Nathan, David M. AU - Goldfinger, Steven H. AU - Russo, Patricia A. AU - Yates, Janice AU - Larkin, Mary T1 - Triglyceride levels affect cognitive function in noninsulin-dependent diabetics. JF - The Journal of Diabetic Complications JO - The Journal of Diabetic Complications JA - J Diabet Complications Y1 - 1988/10//Oct-Dec, 1988 VL - 2 IS - 4 SP - 210 EP - 213 CY - US PB - J. B. Lippincott SN - 0891-6632 SN - 1878-0644 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-30052-001. PMID: 2976765 Other Journal Title: Journal of Diabetes and its Complications. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Perlmuter, Lawrence C.; Veterans Administration, Learning & Memory Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20130304. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Diabetes Mellitus; Lipids; Reaction Time. Minor Descriptor: Blood. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Oct-Dec, 1988. AB - Examined the relationship between triglycerides and cognitive performance in 246 noninsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM) outpatients (aged 55–74 yrs). The relationship between triglyceride levels and performance on 3 cognitive tasks and on a test of reaction time (RT) was measured. Elevated levels of triglycerides were associated with significant decrements in performance on the Digit Symbol Substitution and the Digit Span Forward and Backward subtests of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) and on an RT measure. High levels of triglycerides, independent of chronic glucose control, contributed to the decreased ability to perform short-term memory tasks in NIDDM. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - triglyceride levels KW - RT & cognitive ability KW - 55–74 yr old patients with noninsulin dependent diabetes mellitus KW - 1988 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Diabetes Mellitus KW - Lipids KW - Reaction Time KW - Blood KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/S0891-6632(88)80011-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-30052-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-30034-001 AN - 1989-30034-001 AU - Naliboff, Bruce D. AU - Goldstein, Iris B. AU - Shapiro, David AU - Frank, Harrison J. T1 - Mental and physical stress as moderators of the postural response in insulin-dependent diabetic patients. T3 - Clinical Health Psychology JF - Health Psychology JO - Health Psychology JA - Health Psychol Y1 - 1988/// VL - 7 IS - 6 SP - 499 EP - 514 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates SN - 0278-6133 SN - 1930-7810 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-30034-001. PMID: 3215159 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Naliboff, Bruce D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20091026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Diabetes Mellitus; Physiological Correlates; Posture; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Insulin. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: 1988. Copyright Statement: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. 1988. AB - In 14 insulin-dependent diabetic patients (mean age 31.3 yrs) and in 15 normal controls (mean age 30.9 yrs), continuous measures were taken of heart rate (HR), systolic blood pressure (SBP), diastolic blood pressure (DBP), and skin conductance (SC) during postural change under baseline and stressor conditions. Diabetic Ss without symptoms of neuropathy and healthy controls showed generally similar responses to postural change and to stressor conditions (mental arithmetic and isometric handgrip). SBP and DBP were more responsive to mental and physical stressors than were HR or SC, especially after standing. Two diabetics with postural hypotension showed significant increases in overall BP levels and less of a fall in BP during postural change under the stressor conditions, despite minimal HR or SC responses. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mental & physical stress as moderators of physiological response to standing KW - insulin dependent diabetic patients KW - 1988 KW - Diabetes Mellitus KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Posture KW - Stress KW - Insulin KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/0278-6133.7.6.499 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-30034-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-30031-001 AN - 1989-30031-001 AU - Morphy, Murray A. AU - Feldman, Joy A. AU - Kilburn, George T1 - Hallervorden-Spatz disease in a psychiatric setting. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 50 IS - 2 SP - 66 EP - 68 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-30031-001. PMID: 2914882 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morphy, Murray A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Buffalo, NY, US. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Major Depression; Nervous System Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Family Background. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1989. AB - Reports the case of a 33-yr-old man who was psychiatrically hospitalized with complaints of depression and deterioration in function resulting from Hallervorden-Spatz disease. In this S, as well as in 3 of his relatives, initially subtle neurologic signs were preceded by and then intermingled with significant and sometimes severe symptoms of depression. The authors emphasize the importance of attending to the neurologic symptom picture and family history in order to more appropriately assess the psychiatric manifestations of the disorder. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neurologic symptoms & family history KW - psychiatric hospitalization for depression & deteriorating function KW - male 33 yr old with Hallervorden-Spatz disease KW - case report KW - 1989 KW - Major Depression KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Case Report KW - Family Background KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-30031-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-30025-001 AN - 1989-30025-001 AU - Milberg, William AU - Blumstein, Sheila T1 - Reaction time methodology and the aphasic patient: A reply to Hagoort (1988). JF - Brain and Language JO - Brain and Language JA - Brain Lang Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 36 IS - 2 SP - 349 EP - 353 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0093-934X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-30025-001. PMID: 2920291 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Milberg, William; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, West Roxbury, MA, US. Release Date: 19890901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Lexical Decision; Reaction Time; Semantics. Minor Descriptor: Models. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1989. AB - P. Hagoort (see record [rid]1989-29957-001[/rid]) suggested that the results of an experiment conducted with aphasic patients reported by W. Milberg et al (see record [rid]1987-28605-001[/rid]) were difficult to interpret in terms of a selective access model for normal processing because of a confound caused by the use of repeated lexical decision targets. It is argued that the use of repeated lexical decision targets and other methodological compromises are necessary for using the lexical decision reaction time (RT) paradigm with aphasic patients. Differences between the present authors' data and those of Hagoort do not undermine claims concerning semantic processing in different subgroups of aphasics nor comparisons of these patients to normal Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - repeated lexical decision RT methodology KW - selective access model for semantic processing KW - aphasic patients KW - commentary reply KW - 1989 KW - Aphasia KW - Lexical Decision KW - Reaction Time KW - Semantics KW - Models KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90071-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-30025-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-6078-7066 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-29956-001 AN - 1989-29956-001 AU - Haaland, Kathleen Y. AU - Harrington, Deborah T1 - The role of the hemispheres in closed loop movements. JF - Brain and Cognition JO - Brain and Cognition JA - Brain Cogn Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 158 EP - 180 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-2626 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-29956-001. PMID: 2923708 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Haaland, Kathleen Y.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Albuquerque, NM, US. Release Date: 19890901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebrovascular Accidents; Lateral Dominance; Motor Processes; Reaction Time. Minor Descriptor: Arm (Anatomy). Classification: Cardiovascular Disorders (3295). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 23. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - Conducted 2 experiments with 20 normal adult males, 10 right-hemisphere cerebrovascular accident (CVA) and 10 left-hemisphere CVA patients to determine if the 2 hemispheres play different roles in controlling closed loop movements. Ss were asked to move to a narrow or wide target in the left or right hemispace. Reaction time (RT) was faster for the left arm of normals in the right hemispace. Right but not left CVA Ss showed longer RTs for the contralateral but not ipsilateral arm. The right CVA group's ipsilateral movement, especially to narrow targets, was less accurate. The left CVA group's RT did not benefit from advanced information, but ipsilateral movement execution was normal. Results are discussed in terms of inter- as well as intrahemispheric control of programming and execution of closed loop movements. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - left vs right hemispace closed loop movement RTs using left vs right arm KW - males with left vs right hemisphere cerebrovascular accidents KW - 1989 KW - Cerebrovascular Accidents KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Motor Processes KW - Reaction Time KW - Arm (Anatomy) KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0278-2626(89)90027-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-29956-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-29953-001 AN - 1989-29953-001 AU - Grant, Igor AU - Brown, George W. AU - Harris, Tirril AU - McDonald, W. Ian AU - Patterson, Thomas AU - Trimble, Michael R. T1 - Severely threatening events and marked life difficulties preceding onset or exacerbation of multiple sclerosis. JF - Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry JO - Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry JA - J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 52 IS - 1 SP - 8 EP - 13 CY - United Kingdom PB - BMJ Publishing Group SN - 0022-3050 SN - 1468-330X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-29953-001. PMID: 2709039 Other Journal Title: Journal of Neurology & Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Grant, Igor; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Life Experiences; Multiple Sclerosis; Onset (Disorders); Stress. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. AB - Obtained information on stressful life circumstances, using a life events and difficulties schedule, from 39 patients with early multiple sclerosis (MS) and 40 matched nonpatient volunteers. The proportion of MS patients who experienced marked life adversity in the year prior to onset of symptoms was significantly higher than for nonpatients in the year before interview (77% vs 35%). The excess in marked life stress was most evident in the 6 mo before onset. Such stressors might affect the timing of symptom exacerbation for some patients with MS, perhaps by perturbing an already unstable neuroimmunological system. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stressful life events prior to disease onset KW - patients with early multiple sclerosis KW - 1989 KW - Life Experiences KW - Multiple Sclerosis KW - Onset (Disorders) KW - Stress KW - 1989 DO - 10.1136/jnnp.52.1.8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-29953-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-29903-001 AN - 1989-29903-001 AU - Cummings, Jeffrey L. T1 - Depression in vascular dementia. JF - Hillside Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - Hillside Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - Hillside J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1988///Fal-Win 1988 VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 209 EP - 231 CY - US PB - Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers SN - 0193-5216 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-29903-001. PMID: 3224947 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cummings, Jeffrey L.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Brentwood Div, Neurobehavior Unit, CA, US. Release Date: 19890901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Dementia; Major Depression. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 23. Issue Publication Date: Fal-Win 1988. AB - Presents data from 2 studies and reviews literature that explores the prevalence and characteristics of the depression that accompanies cerebrovascular dementia (CVD) and dementia of the Alzheimer type (DAT). In Study 1, 11 men and 4 women with CVD (aged 60–86 yrs) and 24 men and 6 women with DAT (aged 62–78 yrs) were studied prospectively. 60% of CVD and 17% of DAT patients had scores in the range consistent with mild to severe depression on the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression. In Study 2, 22 CVD Ss most frequently endorsed the saddened mood item on a modified Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prevalence & characteristics of depression KW - 60–86 yr olds with cerebrovascular dementia vs Alzheimer's disease KW - 1988 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Dementia KW - Major Depression KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-29903-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-29872-001 AN - 1989-29872-001 AU - Borson, Soo AU - Barnes, Robert F. AU - Veith, Richard C. AU - Halter, Jeffrey B. AU - Raskind, Murray A. T1 - Impaired sympathetic nervous system response to cognitive effort in early Alzheimer's disease. JF - Journal of Gerontology JO - Journal of Gerontology JA - J Gerontol Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 44 IS - 1 SP - M8 EP - M12 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0022-1422 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-29872-001. PMID: 2910990 Other Journal Title: The Journals of Gerontology: Series A: Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Borson, Soo; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Seattle, WA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Cognitive Processes; Energy Expenditure; Posture; Sympathetic Nervous System. Minor Descriptor: Blood Plasma; Cardiovascular System; Catecholamines; Onset (Disorders); Physiological Correlates. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. AB - Sympathetic nervous system responses to a cognitive challenge and a physiologic stimulus (upright posture) were compared in 10 male patients (mean age 64 yrs) with early Alzheimer's disease and 17 healthy older male adults (mean age 67 yrs). Plasma catecholamine and cardiovascular responses to upright posture were similar in the 2 groups. However, sympathetic activation during mental effort was impaired in the patient group; this difference did not appear to be attributable to motivational factors. Findings suggest that Alzheimer's disease is associated with a defect in sympathetic nervous system function that is specifically linked to cognitive effort and appears early in the course of the disease. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - upright posture & cognitive challenges KW - sympathetic activation & plasma catecholamine & cardiovascular responses KW - adult males with early Alzheimer's disease KW - 1989 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Energy Expenditure KW - Posture KW - Sympathetic Nervous System KW - Blood Plasma KW - Cardiovascular System KW - Catecholamines KW - Onset (Disorders) KW - Physiological Correlates KW - 1989 DO - 10.1093/geronj/44.1.M8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-29872-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-29842-001 AN - 1989-29842-001 AU - Ackerman, Mark D. AU - Stevens, Michael J. T1 - Acute and chronic pain: Pain dimensions and psychological status. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 45 IS - 2 SP - 223 EP - 228 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-29842-001. PMID: 2524505 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ackerman, Mark D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Miami, FL, US. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Back Pain; Chronic Pain; Major Depression; Pain Perception. Minor Descriptor: Psychopathology. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - 110 adult outpatients with either acute or chronic low-back pain completed the McGill Pain Questionnaire, Beck Depression Inventory, State-Trait Anxiety Inventory, and Life Experiences Survey. Acute and chronic Ss did not differ on dimensions of pain, but significant correlations between pain dimensions and depression and state anxiety were found for chronic Ss. Both groups showed elevated state anxiety; chronic Ss also evidenced mild depression. Combined scores on depression, anxiety, and negative life change predicted sensory and affective pain for the pooled sample. Results confirm the role of psychological variables in the experience of clinical pain and underscore the highly affective nature of chronic pain. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - pain dimensions & psychological status KW - adults with acute vs chronic low back pain KW - 1989 KW - Anxiety KW - Back Pain KW - Chronic Pain KW - Major Depression KW - Pain Perception KW - Psychopathology KW - 1989 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198903)45:2<223::AID-JCLP2270450208>3.0.CO;2-Y UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-29842-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-29778-001 AN - 1989-29778-001 AU - Schandler, Steven L. AU - Cohen, M. J. AU - McArthur, D. L. T1 - Event-related brain potentials in intoxicated and detoxified alcoholics during visuospatial learning. JF - Psychopharmacology JO - Psychopharmacology JA - Psychopharmacology (Berl) Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 94 IS - 2 SP - 275 EP - 283 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-3158 SN - 1432-2072 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-29778-001. PMID: 3127856 Other Journal Title: Psychopharmacologia. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schandler, Steven L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Long Beach, CA, US. Release Date: 19890901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Evoked Potentials; Spatial Perception; Visual Perception. Minor Descriptor: Alcohol Intoxication; Detoxification. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. AB - Event-related potentials and visuospatial learning performance were examined to understand the effects of chronic alcohol use on complex information processing. 18 alcoholic male inpatients in an alcohol treatment program served as participants. Nine Ss were seen at time of admission while intoxicated, and 9 were seen detoxified after 4 wks in the treatment program. Learning consisted of a paired-associate paradigm requiring Ss to learn the distinct spatial positions of 6 randomly presented nonsense shapes. Results suggest that compared with the intoxicated alcoholic, the detoxified alcoholic may suffer a disruption in attention mechanisms related to visuospatial information processing, providing support for a theory that alcohol ingestion serves to balance information processing in the chronic alcoholic. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual spatial learning performance KW - EPs KW - intoxicated vs detoxified alcoholic patients KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Spatial Perception KW - Visual Perception KW - Alcohol Intoxication KW - Detoxification KW - 1988 DO - 10.1007/BF00176859 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-29778-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-29675-001 AN - 1989-29675-001 AU - White, Patricia AU - Faustman, William O. T1 - Coexisting physical conditions among inpatients with post-traumatic stress disorder. JF - Military Medicine JO - Military Medicine JA - Mil Med Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 154 IS - 2 SP - 66 EP - 71 CY - US PB - Assn of Military Surgeons of the US SN - 0026-4075 SN - 1930-613X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-29675-001. PMID: 2494581 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: White, Patricia; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20170302. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disorders; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1989. AB - Discharge summaries over a 4-yr period for 543 male veteran inpatients (aged 27–64 yrs) treated for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) were reviewed for the frequency and nature of medical problems. Results demonstrate that 60% of the sample had an identified medical problem. Of those patients, 42% had multiple medical problems. One patient in 4 showed some type of musculoskeletal or pain problem. Eight percent had sequelae from combat-related trauma. Results illustrate a high base rate with a wide variety of physical conditions among PTSD inpatients. Closer attention should be given to the interaction of medical problems with PTSD symptomatology in research or clinical treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PTSD & coexisting medical problems KW - 27–64 yr old male veterans KW - 1989 KW - Disorders KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-29675-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-29644-001 AN - 1989-29644-001 AU - Silva, J. Arturo AU - Leong, Gregory B. AU - Weinstock, Robert T1 - A case of skin and ear self-mutilation. JF - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JO - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JA - Psychosomatics Y1 - 1989///Spr 1989 VL - 30 IS - 2 SP - 228 EP - 230 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0033-3182 SN - 1545-7206 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-29644-001. PMID: 2710924 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silva, J. Arturo; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Los Angeles, CA, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20130923. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ear (Anatomy); Paranoid Schizophrenia; Self-Mutilation; Skin (Anatomy). Minor Descriptor: Case Report. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1989. AB - Presents a case of dermatological self-mutilation with skin removal (ear, arms, face) in a 35-yr-old male with paranoid schizophrenia. The self-mutilative behavior appeared to be associated with psychotic symptoms, and was exacerbated by noncompliance with neuroleptics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - skin & ear self mutilation KW - paranoid schizophrenic 35 yr old male KW - case report KW - 1989 KW - Ear (Anatomy) KW - Paranoid Schizophrenia KW - Self-Mutilation KW - Skin (Anatomy) KW - Case Report KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/S0033-3182(89)72307-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-29644-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-29642-001 AN - 1989-29642-001 AU - Shenton, Martha E. AU - Ballinger, Ruth AU - Marcy, Brian AU - Faux, Steven F. AU - Cane, Melanie AU - Lemay, Margorie AU - Cassens, Geraldine AU - Coleman, Michael AU - Duffy, Frank H. AU - McCarley, Robert W. T1 - Two syndromes of schizophrenic psychopathology associated with left vs. right temporal deficits in P300 amplitude: Four case reports. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 177 IS - 4 SP - 219 EP - 225 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-29642-001. PMID: 2564883 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shenton, Martha E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Evoked Potentials; Schizophrenia; Temporal Lobe; P300. Minor Descriptor: Neuropsychology; Psychopathology. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - Examined the relationship between clinical course, including neuroleptic response, and biological and psychological measures in 4 schizophrenic males (aged 23–32 yrs). Data on auditory P300 event-related potential, computerized tomography (CT), positive and negative symptom scales, the Thought Disorder Index, and a neuropsychological test battery were evaluated. Two Ss with left temporal P300 topography deficit were compared with 2 Ss with a right temporal P300 topography deficit. Right temporal deficit Ss had more positive symptoms, more thought disorder, more severely impaired functioning, earlier age of onset, poorer response to neuroleptic medications, more diffuse cognitive deficits on a neuropsychological testing battery, and poorer premorbid history than left temporal deficit Ss. Evidence for the presence of more CT abnormalities suggestive of frontal lobe pathology was found in the right temporal deficit Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychopathology associated with left vs right temporal deficits in auditory P300 EPs KW - male schizophrenic 23–32 yr olds KW - 1989 KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Schizophrenia KW - Temporal Lobe KW - P300 KW - Neuropsychology KW - Psychopathology KW - 1989 DO - 10.1097/00005053-198904000-00005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-29642-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - ORCID: 0000-0001-5705-7495 UR - DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-29624-001 AN - 1989-29624-001 AU - Reich, James AU - Yates, William AU - Nduaguba, Mary T1 - Prevalence of DSM-III personality disorders in the community. JF - Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology JO - Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology JA - Soc Psychiatry Psychiatr Epidemiol Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 24 IS - 1 SP - 12 EP - 16 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0933-7954 SN - 1433-9285 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-29624-001. PMID: 2496472 Other Journal Title: Social Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reich, James; Brockton Veterans Administration Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, MA, US. Release Date: 19890901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Epidemiology; Personality Disorders. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. AB - A community sample of 235 adults with a standardized Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III), Axis II self-report instrument yielded an age adjusted community prevalence of 11.1% of DSM-III personality disorders (PDs). When 26 Ss with PDs were compared with 209 Ss without personality traits, the PD group had less education and a greater difficulty with alcohol. Of those married, more PDs reported marital difficulties. There was a trend for the PD group to have longer unemployment. Comparisons were also made with 40 noncommunity normal Ss and 82 noncommunity newly diagnosed intakes to a psychiatric outpatient clinic. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prevalence & characteristics of personality disorder KW - adults KW - 1989 KW - Epidemiology KW - Personality Disorders KW - 1989 DO - 10.1007/BF01788194 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-29624-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-29616-001 AN - 1989-29616-001 AU - Pitman, Roger K. AU - Altman, Bruce AU - Macklin, Michael L. T1 - Prevalence of posttraumatic stress disorder in wounded Vietnam veterans. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 146 IS - 5 SP - 667 EP - 669 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-29616-001. PMID: 2785348 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pitman, Roger K.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Manchester, NH, US. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Wounds. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. AB - Evaluated 156 wounded Vietnam veterans for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), using a scale for combat-related PTSD by T. M. Keane et al (see record [rid]1988-18888-001[/rid]) and the Structured Clinical Interview for the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-III—Revised (DSM-III—R). Data indicate that 40% of the Ss had a definite or probable lifetime diagnosis of PTSD. Findings suggest a higher prevalence of PTSD in wounded Vietnam veterans than previously reported and indicate that the majority of cases remain unidentified by the Veterans Administration. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PTSD KW - wounded Vietnam veterans KW - 1989 KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Wounds KW - 1989 DO - 10.1176/ajp.146.5.667 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-29616-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-29591-001 AN - 1989-29591-001 AU - Litz, Brett T. AU - Keane, Terence M. T1 - Information processing in anxiety disorders: Application to the understanding of post-traumatic stress disorder. JF - Clinical Psychology Review JO - Clinical Psychology Review JA - Clin Psychol Rev Y1 - 1989/// VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 243 EP - 257 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0272-7358 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-29591-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Litz, Brett T.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, MA, US. Release Date: 19890901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety Disorders; Cognitive Processes; Literature Review; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Presents a critical review of studies on information processing in anxiety disorders and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Several of the defining features of PTSD are symptoms that reflect problems related to perception, attention, and memory processes (hypervigilance, flashbacks, nightmares, psychogenic amnesia, and concentration difficulties). Although there have been attempts to explain such phenomena through facets of cognitive psychology, little empirical work has been completed to confirm or explicate such processes in PTSD. Suggestions are offered for future empirical work to identify the psychological mechanisms and controlling variables responsible for symptoms of PTSD. A working theoretical model of information processing variables in PTSD is also proposed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - information processing KW - clients with anxiety disorders KW - literature review KW - implications for clients with PTSD KW - 1989 KW - Anxiety Disorders KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Literature Review KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0272-7358(89)90030-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-29591-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-29565-001 AN - 1989-29565-001 AU - Kanof, Philip D. AU - Coccaro, Emil F. AU - Johns, Celeste A. AU - Davidson, Michael AU - Siever, Larry J. AU - Davis, Kenneth L. T1 - Cyclic-AMP production by polymorphonuclear leukocytes in psychiatric disorders. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 25 IS - 4 SP - 413 EP - 420 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-29565-001. PMID: 2539205 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kanof, Philip D.; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, NY, US. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cyclic Adenosine Monophosphate; Histamine; Major Depression; Prostaglandins; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Isoproterenol; Leucocytes; Physiological Correlates. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1989. AB - Compared the cyclic adenosine monophosphate (cAMP) responses to histamine, prostaglandin-E₁, and isoproterenol in polymorphonuclear leukocytes from 30 drug-free normal men, 47 men with schizophrenia, and 32 men with major depressive disorder. These 3 groups did not differ in their cAMP responses to receptor activation. Exacerbated and remitted Ss with either schizophrenia or major depressive disorder also did not differ in their cAMP responses. Data indicate that in polymorphonuclear leukocytes, the cAMP responses to activation of histamine H₂, prostaglandin-E₁, or beta-adrenergic receptors are neither state-independent nor state-dependent markers for schizophrenia or major depressive disorder. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - histamine or prostaglandin-E-1 or isoproterenol KW - cyclic adenosine monophosphate responses in polymorphonuclear leukocytes KW - males with schizophrenia vs major depression KW - 1989 KW - Cyclic Adenosine Monophosphate KW - Histamine KW - Major Depression KW - Prostaglandins KW - Schizophrenia KW - Isoproterenol KW - Leucocytes KW - Physiological Correlates KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(89)90194-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-29565-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-29560-001 AN - 1989-29560-001 AU - Hyer, Lee A. AU - Woods, Marilyn AU - Harrison, William R. AU - Boudewyns, Patrick A. AU - O'Leary, William C. T1 - MMPI F-K index among hospitalized Vietnam veterans. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 45 IS - 2 SP - 250 EP - 254 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-29560-001. PMID: 2723080 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hyer, Lee A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Subtests. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans; Self-Report; Symptoms. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - The F-K index of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) has been used as a marker of symptom overreporting. One population for which previous research has shown this pattern is Vietnam in-country (stationed in Vietnam) veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). This study assessed the F-K index on 515 inpatients: 329 Vietnam in-country and 186 Vietnam-era patients. Also, a special MMPI subscale (MMPI-PTSD), a measure to identify PTSD among these veterans, was used. Results show that all Ss, especially in-country Ss, overreported symptoms to a high degree. The overall mean for in-country Ss was 7.3. Also, when the special MMPI-PTSD subscale was used, a majority of in-country Ss who were in the PTSD range had high F-K index scores. Dissimulation as a symptom of PTSD is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - F-K index of MMPI as marker of symptom overreporting KW - Vietnam veterans with PTSD KW - 1989 KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Subtests KW - Military Veterans KW - Self-Report KW - Symptoms KW - 1989 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198903)45:2<250::AID-JCLP2270450211>3.0.CO;2-N UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-29560-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-29538-001 AN - 1989-29538-001 AU - Garber, H. Jordan AU - Ritvo, Edward R. AU - Chiu, Lee C. AU - Griswold, Virginia J. AU - Kashanian, Alona AU - Freeman, B. J. AU - Oldendorf, William H. T1 - A magnetic resonance imaging study of autism: Normal fourth ventricle size and absence of pathology. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 146 IS - 4 SP - 532 EP - 534 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-29538-001. PMID: 2929757 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garber, H. Jordan; Brentwood Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Autism Spectrum Disorders; Brain; Neuropathology; Tomography. Classification: Developmental Disorders & Autism (3250). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Preschool Age (2-5 yrs) (160); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180); Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - Magnetic resonance imaging did not diagnose neuropathology in 15 autistic patients (aged 5–19 yrs) compared with 15 matched normal controls. Measurements of the midsagittal area and volume of the 4th ventricle did not differ between patients and controls. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - midsagittal area & 4th ventricle measured with magnetic resonance imaging KW - autistic 5–19 yr olds KW - 1989 KW - Autism Spectrum Disorders KW - Brain KW - Neuropathology KW - Tomography KW - 1989 DO - 10.1176/ajp.146.4.532 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-29538-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-29501-001 AN - 1989-29501-001 AU - Bracha, H. Stefan AU - Wolkowitz, Owen M. AU - Lohr, James B. AU - Karson, Craig N. AU - Bigelow, Llewellyn B. T1 - High prevalence of visual hallucinations in research subjects with chronic schizophrenia. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 146 IS - 4 SP - 526 EP - 528 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-29501-001. PMID: 2929755 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bracha, H. Stefan; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, North Little Rock, AR, US. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Schizophrenia; Visual Hallucinations. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - A chart review revealed that 32 of 100 patients discharged with a diagnosis of schizophrenia had a history of visual hallucinations. A prospective examination of an additional 43 schizophrenic patients revealed a history of visual hallucinations in 56% of these Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - history of visual hallucinations KW - schizophrenic patients KW - 1989 KW - Schizophrenia KW - Visual Hallucinations KW - 1989 DO - 10.1176/ajp.146.4.526 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-29501-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-29479-001 AN - 1989-29479-001 AU - Vrtunski, P. Bart AU - Simpson, Dale M. AU - Meltzer, Herbert Y. T1 - Voluntary movement dysfunction in schizophrenics. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 25 IS - 5 SP - 529 EP - 539 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-29479-001. PMID: 2920188 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Vrtunski, P. Bart; Cleveland Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brecksville, OH, US. Release Date: 19890901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Motor Processes; Pathological Gambling; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Movement Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - Compared several aspects of fine motor control in 56 male schizophrenics (SZPs), 20 inpatients in drug abuse and gambling treatment programs, and 28 normal adult controls. The motor behavior analyzed was a buttonpress response in a forced choice paradigm. Three areas of abnormality were seen in SZPs: (1) the interval preceding the motor response was characterized by reduced motor steadiness prior to the buttonpress response; (2) the motor response was made with excessive force (hyperdynamia); and (3) agonist–antagonist synchrony (motor reversal) was impaired. SZPs on and off neuroleptics did not differ on any measure of motor control, but SZPs with clinically observed tardive dyskinesia had significantly less steadiness prior to the motor response than other SZPs. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - voluntary movement dysfunction KW - schizophrenic males vs inpatients in drug abuse & gambling treatment programs KW - 1989 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Motor Processes KW - Pathological Gambling KW - Schizophrenia KW - Movement Disorders KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(89)90213-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-29479-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-29472-001 AN - 1989-29472-001 AU - Schear, James M. AU - Sato, Susan D. T1 - Effects of visual acuity and visual motor speed and dexterity on cognitive test performance. JF - Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology JO - Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology JA - Arch Clin Neuropsychol Y1 - 1989/// VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 25 EP - 32 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0887-6177 SN - 1873-5843 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-29472-001. PMID: 14589551 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schear, James M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Augusta, GA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Motor Performance; Neuropsychological Assessment; Psychopathology; Visual Acuity. Minor Descriptor: Physical Dexterity; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale; Test Performance. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Examined whether near visual acuity and visual motor speed and dexterity contributed significantly to performance of 67 male neuropsychiatric patients (aged 21–73 yrs) on cognitive tests that placed a premium on these functions. Near visual acuity for both eyes, average number of finger taps with dominant hand, and performance time of dominant hand on a grooved pegboard test served as the independent variables; the dependent variables were the Trail Making Test—Part B and the Performance subtests of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS). Results indicate that while visual acuity was significantly correlated with all 6 test variables, it did not contribute to the regression model as well as pegboard time or tapping speed. Pegboard time and tapping speed contributed to the regression model, but in different ways depending on which test was examined. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual acuity & motor speed & dexterity KW - performance on Trail Making Test-Part B & performance subtests of WAIS KW - 21–73 yr old male neuropsychiatric patients KW - 1989 KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Motor Performance KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Psychopathology KW - Visual Acuity KW - Physical Dexterity KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - Test Performance KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0887-6177(89)90004-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-29472-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-29328-001 AN - 1989-29328-001 AU - Jarvik, Murray E. AU - Saniga, Sandra S. AU - Herskovic, Joseph E. AU - Weiner, Herbert AU - Oisboid, Dean T1 - Potentiation of cigarette craving and satisfaction by two types of meals. JF - Addictive Behaviors JO - Addictive Behaviors JA - Addict Behav Y1 - 1989/// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 35 EP - 41 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0306-4603 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-29328-001. PMID: 2718822 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jarvik, Murray E.; Brentwood Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychopharmacology Unit, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Appetite; Diets; Tobacco Smoking. Minor Descriptor: Satisfaction. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Usage (Legal) (2990). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Investigated the effects of consuming different meal types on cigarette craving and satisfaction. 12 heavy smokers (aged 19–55 yrs) were tested on 3 evenings. Each day, they smoked 3 cigarettes and received either a solid meal, an equicaloric liquid meal, or no meal. Ss smoked the 1st cigarette one half hour after the experiment began, the 2nd immediately after finishing the meal, and the 3rd 35 min after smoking the 2nd cigarette. Results show that cigarette craving increased most after the solid meal, less so after the liquid meal, and least after no meal. Ss reported that the cigarette after the solid meal tasted the best, was the most satisfying, enjoyable, and desirable as compared to the cigarette following no meal at all. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - consumption of different meal types KW - cigarette craving & satisfaction KW - 19–55 yr old heavy smokers KW - 1989 KW - Appetite KW - Diets KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Satisfaction KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0306-4603(89)90014-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-29328-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-29244-001 AN - 1989-29244-001 AU - White, Barbara B. T1 - Gender differences in marital communication patterns. JF - Family Process JO - Family Process JA - Fam Process Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 28 IS - 1 SP - 89 EP - 106 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0014-7370 SN - 1545-5300 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-29244-001. PMID: 2703053 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: White, Barbara B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Family Program, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20130107. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Conflict Resolution; Human Sex Differences; Interpersonal Communication; Marital Relations. Minor Descriptor: Husbands; Wives. Classification: Marriage & Family (2950). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - Examined conflict-resolution interactions of 56 married couples (aged 21–65 yrs) and related marital satisfaction to sequential and nonsequential communication patterns. Measures included the Marital Adjustment Test. Results indicate that, although couples' satisfaction could be differentiated on the basis of the variables of coercion and affiliation, the pattern of these variables differed for individuals within couples on the basis of gender: Men assumed a coercive stance toward their partners, while women took an affiliative position. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - marital conflict resolution interactions & other communication patterns KW - 21–65 yr old husbands vs wives KW - 1989 KW - Conflict Resolution KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Interpersonal Communication KW - Marital Relations KW - Husbands KW - Wives KW - 1989 DO - 10.1111/j.1545-5300.1989.00089.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-29244-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-29241-001 AN - 1989-29241-001 AU - Theut, Susan K. AU - Pedersen, Frank A. AU - Zaslow, Martha J. AU - Cain, Richard L. AU - Rabinovich, Beth A. AU - Morihisa, John M. T1 - Perinatal loss and parental bereavement. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 146 IS - 5 SP - 635 EP - 639 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-29241-001. PMID: 2535615 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Theut, Susan K.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: 141st Annual Meeting of the American Psychiatric Association (1988, Montreal, Canada). Major Descriptor: Grief; Spontaneous Abortion. Minor Descriptor: Death and Dying; Expectant Parents; Fathers; Mothers. Classification: Marriage & Family (2950). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. AB - Examined whether women who had experienced a late perinatal loss would display more grief during a subsequent pregnancy and postnatal period than women who miscarried. 25 women (aged 19.8–39.5 yrs) who had suffered perinatal losses (miscarriages, stillbirths, or neonatal deaths) and their husbands (aged 24–43 yrs) completed the Perinatal Bereavement Scale (PBS) at the 8th month of pregnancy and postnatally at 6 wks. PBS scores revealed more bereavement in parents experiencing late loss than in parents with an earlier loss. Mothers grieved more than fathers, and parents who experienced either early or late loss grieved less after the birth of a viable child. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - late vs early perinatal loss KW - grief during subsequent pregnancy & after birth of viable child KW - 19.8–43.0 yr old mothers vs fathers KW - conference presentation KW - 1989 KW - Grief KW - Spontaneous Abortion KW - Death and Dying KW - Expectant Parents KW - Fathers KW - Mothers KW - 1989 DO - 10.1176/ajp.146.5.635 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-29241-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-28979-001 AN - 1989-28979-001 AU - Takahashi, Lorey K. AU - Lisk, Robert D. T1 - Dual progesterone action in diencephalon facilitates the induction of sexual receptivity in estrogen-primed golden hamsters. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1988/// VL - 44 IS - 6 SP - 741 EP - 747 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-28979-001. PMID: 3249747 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Takahashi, Lorey K.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Psychiatry Section, Madison, WI, US. Release Date: 19890901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Sexual Receptivity; Female Animals; Hypothalamus; Periaqueductal Gray; Progesterone. Minor Descriptor: Hamsters. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20); Female (40). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - To identify and characterize the progesterone (PRO)-sensitive neural system that regulates feminine sexual behavior, PRO-filled cannulae were implanted in the medial preoptic area (MPO), ventromedial hypothalamus (VMH), and central gray (CG) of ovariectomized estrogen-primed golden hamsters. In preimplantation tests, stimulus males were attacked when placed into the female's home cage, indicating that the subsequent display of sexual receptivity occurring in postimplantation tests was due to the action of PRO. Dual implants of PRO placed either ipsilaterally or contralaterally in MPO-VMH regions were significantly more effective in facilitating lordosis behavior than dual PRO implants placed in MPO-CG or VMH-CG regions. Results suggest that MPO and VMH regions are sensitive to the lordosis facilitating actions of small dual implants of PRO. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dual progesterone in medial preoptic area or ventromedial hypothalamus or central gray KW - sexual receptivity KW - estrogen-primed female hamsters KW - 1988 KW - Animal Sexual Receptivity KW - Female Animals KW - Hypothalamus KW - Periaqueductal Gray KW - Progesterone KW - Hamsters KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(88)90055-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-28979-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-28895-001 AN - 1989-28895-001 AU - Levin, Edward D. AU - McGurk, Susan R. AU - South, David AU - Butcher, Larry L. T1 - Effects of combined muscarinic and nicotinic blockade on choice accuracy in the radial-arm maze. JF - Behavioral & Neural Biology JO - Behavioral & Neural Biology JA - Behav Neural Biol Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 51 IS - 2 SP - 270 EP - 277 CY - US PB - Academic Press SN - 0163-1047 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-28895-001. PMID: 2930437 Other Journal Title: Behavioral Biology; Communications in Behavioral Biology. Part A. Original Articles; Neurobiology of Learning and Memory. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levin, Edward D.; Brentwood Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Nicotine Research Lab, Los Angeles, CA, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Acetylcholine; Drug Interactions; Mecamylamine; Scopolamine; Spatial Memory. Minor Descriptor: Cholinergic Nerves; Maze Learning; Neural Receptors; Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - Investigated the effects of separate vs combined blockade of muscarinic and nicotinic acetylcholine (ACh) receptors on the spatial memory performance of 19 female rats in a radial-arm maze. The muscarinic receptor blocker scopolamine and the nicotinic receptor blocker mecamylamine each moderately impaired choice accuracy. Combined treatment with scopolamine and mecamylamine significantly decreased choice accuracy relative to either drug alone. This combination treatment lowered choice accuracy to chance levels. Data indicate that nicotinic and muscarinic blockade have at least additive effects in producing an anterograde memory deficit. Concurrent blockade of these 2 components of ACh systems may provide a better animal model of cognitive impairments due to the loss of cholinergic neurons, such as Alzheimer's disease. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - separate vs combined muscarinic & nicotinic acetylcholine receptor blockade by scopolamine &/vs mecamylamine KW - spatial memory performance in radial arm maze KW - female rats KW - 1989 KW - Acetylcholine KW - Drug Interactions KW - Mecamylamine KW - Scopolamine KW - Spatial Memory KW - Cholinergic Nerves KW - Maze Learning KW - Neural Receptors KW - Rats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/S0163-1047(89)90917-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-28895-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-28803-001 AN - 1989-28803-001 AU - Becker, Howard C. AU - Randall, Carrie L. T1 - Effects of prenatal ethanol exposure in C57BL mice on locomotor activity and passive avoidance behavior. JF - Psychopharmacology JO - Psychopharmacology JA - Psychopharmacology (Berl) Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 97 IS - 1 SP - 40 EP - 44 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-3158 SN - 1432-2072 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-28803-001. PMID: 2496424 Other Journal Title: Psychopharmacologia. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Becker, Howard C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Charleston, SC, US. Release Date: 19890901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Activity Level; Avoidance Conditioning; Ethanol; Prenatal Development. Minor Descriptor: Mice; Teratogens. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. AB - 15 pregnant mice received free access to a liquid diet containing 25% ethanol-derived calories (EDC) from gestation Days 6–28. 18 controls were pair-fed an isocaloric 0% EDC diet during the same period of time. An additional 18 controls were maintained on standard lab chow and water throughout pregnancy. At 30 days of age, female offspring were tested for spontaneous locomotor activity in an open field under dim or bright illumination. Male offspring were tested in a passive avoidance task at 25 days of age. Results confirm previous findings by C. L. Randall et al (see record [rid]1987-00616-001[/rid]) and demonstrate that C57BL mice are sensitive to both the deleterious behavioral and morphological consequences of prenatal ethanol exposure. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prenatal ethanol KW - locomotor activity & passive avoidance behavior KW - C57BL mice KW - 1989 KW - Activity Level KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Ethanol KW - Prenatal Development KW - Mice KW - Teratogens KW - 1989 DO - 10.1007/BF00443410 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-28803-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-28786-001 AN - 1989-28786-001 AU - Thal, Leon J. AU - Dokla, Carl P. J. AU - Armstrong, David M. T1 - Nucleus basalis magnocellularis lesions: Lack of biochemical and immunocytochemical recovery and effect of cholinesterase inhibitors on passive avoidance. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience JA - Behav Neurosci Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 102 IS - 6 SP - 852 EP - 860 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-28786-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Thal, Leon J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20110815. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Basal Ganglia; Choline; Cholinesterase Inhibitors; Transferases. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Sep 23, 1987; Revised Date: Sep 9, 1987; First Submitted Date: Mar 9, 1987. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1988. AB - [Correction Notice: An erratum for this article was reported in Vol 103(1) of Behavioral Neuroscience (see record [rid]2008-10623-003[/rid]). The plate for this article appears on page 997. The information should read, 'Plate C. Choline acetyltransferase (CAT) immunoreactivity at 1 week and 3 months following unilateral ibotenic acid nucleus basalis magnocellularis (NBM) lesion.'] Lesions of the rat nucleus basalis magnocellularis (nBM) result in a marked decrease in cortical choline acetyltransferase (CAT) and in behavioral deficits. After unilateral ibotenic acid lesions of the nBM in rats, there was significant ipsilateral loss of frontal and parietal CAT, which did not recover for 3 mo and was accompanied by a loss of CAT immunoreactivity in the peripallidal region. Bilateral ibotenate nBM lesions resulted in a marked deficit of 1-trial step-through passive avoidance (PA) at 24 hrs. Cholinesterase inhibitors including physostigmine, N-ethylalkylphenyl carbamate (RA-6), and N,N-methylethylphenyl carbamate were administered in separate experiments, for 2 days before retrieval testing or for 3 consecutive days during consolidation immediately following training. Nonsignificant improvements in PA latency were produced using physostigmine and RA-6 administered before retrieval testing. Results suggest that destruction of cholinergic neurons in the nBM is involved in the PA deficit, but does not exclude the possibility that damage to other systems may contribute to the behavioral deficit. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nucleus basalis magnocellularis lesions & cholinesterase inhibitors KW - cortical choline acetyltransferase & passive avoidance KW - rats KW - 1988 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Basal Ganglia KW - Choline KW - Cholinesterase Inhibitors KW - Transferases KW - Rats KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.102.6.852 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-28786-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-28773-001 AN - 1989-28773-001 AU - Mandel, R. J. AU - Gage, F. H. AU - Thal, Leon J. T1 - Enhanced detection of nucleus basalis magnocellularis lesion-induced spatial learning deficit in rats by modification of training regimen. JF - Behavioural Brain Research JO - Behavioural Brain Research JA - Behav Brain Res Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 31 IS - 3 SP - 221 EP - 229 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0166-4328 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-28773-001. PMID: 2914073 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mandel, R. J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Research Service, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Basal Ganglia; Empirical Methods; Maze Learning; Spatial Ability. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. AB - Tested 3 different water maze training regimens designed to separate learning curves, using rats with bilateral nucleus basalis magnocellularis (NBM) injections of ibotenic acid. Sham-operated Ss served as controls. Ss were tested as follows: (1) 4 trials per day with no intertrial interval (standard paradigm), (2) 4 trials per day with a 10-min intertrial interval, and (3) 2 trials per day with no intertrial interval. The 2-trial per day paradigm yielded the most difference between lesioned and control Ss as compared to the other 2 testing regimens. The 10-min intertrial interval schedule was more difficult than the standard paradigm for lesioned Ss. Data demonstrate that the nucleus basalis lesions caused a deficit in the water maze task regardless of training parameters. The training schedule affected the level of learning of both lesioned and control Ss. The 2-trial per day paradigm appeared most suitable for experiments utilizing putative ameliorative treatments. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - water maze training parameters KW - magnitude of nucleus basalis magnocellularis lesion induced spatial learning deficits KW - rats KW - 1989 KW - Basal Ganglia KW - Empirical Methods KW - Maze Learning KW - Spatial Ability KW - Rats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0166-4328(89)90004-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-28773-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-28718-001 AN - 1989-28718-001 AU - Lynch, Minda R. AU - Carey, Robert J. T1 - Amphetamine-induced rotation reveals post 6-OHDA lesion neurochemical reorganization. JF - Behavioural Brain Research JO - Behavioural Brain Research JA - Behav Brain Res Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 32 IS - 1 SP - 69 EP - 74 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0166-4328 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-28718-001. PMID: 2495013 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lynch, Minda R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research & Development Service, Syracuse, NY, US. Release Date: 19890901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amphetamine; Basal Ganglia; Mesencephalon; Motor Processes; Neurochemistry. Minor Descriptor: Dopamine; Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1989. AB - Male rats sustained severe unilateral depletion of striatal dopamine (DA) due to administration of 6-hydroxydopamine (6-OHDA), with or without a near-complete loss of ipsilateral mesolimbic DA. Changes in direction and magnitude of rotational responses to amphetamine suggest neurochemical adaptations that continue beyond initial periods of intraneuronal DA accumulation and axonal degeneration-induced DA release. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 6-OHDA induced unilateral dopamine depletion in striatum & ipsilateral mesolimbic system KW - amphetamine induced rotation & neurochemical reorganization KW - male rats KW - 1989 KW - Amphetamine KW - Basal Ganglia KW - Mesencephalon KW - Motor Processes KW - Neurochemistry KW - Dopamine KW - Rats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/S0166-4328(89)80073-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-28718-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-28614-001 AN - 1989-28614-001 AU - Marino, Michael F. AU - McKeever, Walter F. T1 - Spatial processing laterality and spatial visualization ability: Relations to sex and familial sinistrality variables. JF - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JO - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JA - Bull Psychon Soc Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 27 IS - 2 SP - 135 EP - 137 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society, Inc. SN - 0090-5054 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-28614-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Marino, Michael F.; Northport Veterans Administration Hosp, NY, US. Release Date: 19890901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Sex Differences; Lateral Dominance; Spatial Ability. Minor Descriptor: Genetics; Spatial Imagery. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - 40 male and 34 female right-handed undergraduates were administered the clockface reading latency task (CRLT) developed by G. Berlucchi et al (see record [rid]1980-29803-001[/rid]) and R. Stafford's (1961) identical blocks test (IBT). The lateralized tachistoscopic CRLT yielded a significant left visual field superiority, supporting previous research that had suggested it was a sensitive test of right hemisphere superiority for spatial processing. On the IBT, males scored significantly higher than females, and there was a sex × familial sinistrality (FS) interaction, like that previously reported by the 2nd author et al (see record [rid]1984-22430-001[/rid]). FS also influenced visual field asymmetries on the CRLT; Ss with left-handedness in their families showed smaller asymmetries. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sex & familial sinistrality KW - spatial processing laterality & visualization ability KW - right handed college students KW - 1989 KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Spatial Ability KW - Genetics KW - Spatial Imagery KW - 1989 DO - 10.3758/BF03329921 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-28614-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-28370-001 AN - 1989-28370-001 AU - Pekala, Ronald J. AU - Forbes, Elizabeth J. T1 - Hypnoidal effects associated with several stress management techniques. JF - Australian Journal of Clinical & Experimental Hypnosis JO - Australian Journal of Clinical & Experimental Hypnosis Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 16 IS - 2 SP - 121 EP - 132 CY - Australia PB - Australian Society of Hypnosis SN - 1839-2563 SN - 0156-0417 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-28370-001. Other Journal Title: Australian Journal of Clinical Hypnotherapy. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pekala, Ronald J.; Coatesville Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, PA, US. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20170126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Consciousness States; Hypnosis; Hypnotic Susceptibility; Stress Management. Minor Descriptor: Progressive Relaxation Therapy; Respiration. Classification: Consciousness States (2380); Behavior Therapy & Behavior Modification (3312). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. AB - 300 nursing students experienced 4 stimulus conditions (baseline, progressive relaxation, deep abdominal breathing, and hypnosis) and completed the Phenomenology of Consciousness Inventory in reference to a 2-min period under each condition. Hypnoidal scores, assessing the extent to which Ss endorsed phenomenological experience consistent with what high susceptibles would report during hypnosis, were computed for each condition for low, low-medium, high-medium, and high susceptible Ss. Repeated-measures analyses of variance (ANOVAs) indicated that, although hypnosis and progressive relaxation were associated with near equivalent hypnoidal scores for high susceptibles, low susceptible Ss obtained higher scores during progressive relaxation. Findings have implications for the differential use of stress management techniques in clinical practice. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - progressive relaxation vs abdominal breathing vs hypnosis stress management techniques & hypnotic susceptibility KW - hypnoidal effects KW - nursing students KW - clinical implications KW - 1988 KW - Consciousness States KW - Hypnosis KW - Hypnotic Susceptibility KW - Stress Management KW - Progressive Relaxation Therapy KW - Respiration KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-28370-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-28177-001 AN - 1989-28177-001 AU - Moses, James A. T1 - Replicated factor structure of Benton's tests for visual retention, visual construction, and visual form discrimination. JF - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology JO - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 30 EP - 37 CY - US PB - MelNic Press, Inc. SN - 0749-8470 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-28177-001. Other Journal Title: Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moses, James A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19890901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Benton Revised Visual Retention Test; Factor Structure; Neuropsychological Assessment; Test Forms. Minor Descriptor: Nervous System Disorders; Psychiatric Patients; Statistical Validity; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Statistics & Mathematics (2240); Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Administered the Benton Visual Retention Test (BVRT), the Rey Auditory Verbal Learning Test (AVLT), and the Digit Span subtest of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Revised (WAIS—R) to 38 neurologic, 112 psychiatric, and 12 normal control Ss. All Ss were aged 18–75 yrs. BVRT copy and memory scores emerged as separable factorial groupings. The accuracy and error scores for these measures again appeared to be redundant. Analysis of the AVLT and Digit Span variables with the Bentonian measures again showed separable verbal and nonverbal immediate memory dimensions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - factor structure of Benton Visual Retention Test & tests for visual construction & discrimination & Rey Auditory Verbal Learning Test & Digit Span subtest of WAIS-R KW - psychiatric vs neurologic patients KW - 1989 KW - Benton Revised Visual Retention Test KW - Factor Structure KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Test Forms KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Statistical Validity KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-28177-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-28117-001 AN - 1989-28117-001 AU - Munley, Patrick H. AU - Zarantonello, Matthew M. T1 - A comparison of MMPI profiles types across standard and contemporary norms. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 45 IS - 2 SP - 229 EP - 239 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-28117-001. PMID: 2723078 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Munley, Patrick H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Battle Creek, MI, US. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Test Norms. Minor Descriptor: Test Scores. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223); Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - Changes in mean elevation, dispersion, overall configuration, and code type of well-defined Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) profiles derived from diagnostic groups with known clinical correlates were examined after transformation using contemporary norms developed by R. C. Colligan et al (1983). A total of 34 MMPI profiles were analyzed using contemporary normalized T scores. Results yielded the expected reduction in mean elevation and dispersion about the mean upon transformation to contemporary norms. Linear and contemporary normalized T-score profiles correlated highly with each other and manifested a similar pattern of correlation with H. A. Skinner and D. N. Jackson's (see record [rid]1979-06181-001[/rid]) 3 modal MMPI types. Similarity in the code types of 94% of the profiles was found. Continued use of original norms together with contemporary norms appears indicated. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - changes in mean elevation & dispersion & overall configuration & code type in MMPI profiles across standard vs contemporary norms KW - adults KW - 1989 KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Test Norms KW - Test Scores KW - 1989 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198903)45:2<229::AID-JCLP2270450209>3.0.CO;2-D UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-28117-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-28116-001 AN - 1989-28116-001 AU - Moses, James A. AU - Maruish, Mark E. T1 - A critical review of the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery literature: VIII. New summary indices. JF - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology JO - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology Y1 - 1989/// VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 9 EP - 20 CY - US PB - MelNic Press, Inc. SN - 0749-8470 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-28116-001. Other Journal Title: Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moses, James A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19890901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neuropsychological Assessment; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Test Reliability. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1989. AB - Presents evidence for the validity of summary measures that are sensitive to the level and pattern of performance on the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery—Form I. These involve individualized normal range of performance estimation, global cognitive deficit estimation based on clinical scale patterns, profile range, and clinical scale elevation frequency. Specific summary scales have been developed to estimate lateralized sensorimotor deficit, pathognomonic signs of brain damage, and degree of compensation for cognitive deficit. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity & reliability of summary measures of Luria Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery Form I KW - 1989 KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Test Validity KW - Test Reliability KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-28116-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-28104-001 AN - 1989-28104-001 AU - Lantinga, Larry J. AU - Krauss, Dennis J. AU - Clark, Matthew M. AU - Schell, Robert E. T1 - Differentiating the etiology of male erectile dysfunction using the Millon Behavioral Health Inventory and self-report measures. JF - Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy JO - Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy JA - J Sex Marital Ther Y1 - 1988///Win 1988 VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 263 EP - 268 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0092-623X SN - 1521-0715 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-28104-001. PMID: 3225863 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lantinga, Larry J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Syracuse, NY, US. Release Date: 19890901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Erectile Dysfunction; Etiology; Inventories; Self-Report. Minor Descriptor: Test Validity. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Win 1988. AB - Examined the effectiveness of using the Millon Behavioral Health Inventory (MBHI) in conjunction with self-report measures of erectile dysfunction to classify the etiology of erectile dysfunction in 70 males (aged 33–74 yrs). Results indicate that 47% of the Ss with psychogenic etiology, 65% with mixed etiology, and 71% with organic etiology were correctly classified. Findings indicate that the MBHI is an effective method of assessing the etiology of erectile dysfunction. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - utility of Millon Behavioral Health Inventory vs self report measures KW - assessment of etiology KW - erectile dysfunction KW - 33–74 yr old males KW - 1988 KW - Erectile Dysfunction KW - Etiology KW - Inventories KW - Self-Report KW - Test Validity KW - 1988 DO - 10.1080/00926238808403808 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-28104-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-28099-001 AN - 1989-28099-001 AU - Jacobsen, Rebecca H. AU - Tamkin, Arthur S. AU - Hyer, Lee A. T1 - Factor analytic study of irrational beliefs. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 63 IS - 3 SP - 803 EP - 809 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-28099-001. PMID: 3237931 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jacobsen, Rebecca H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Sepulveda, CA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19890901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Inventories; Irrational Beliefs; Psychopathology; Test Validity. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. AB - Studied the validity of the rational–emotive therapy construct of irrational beliefs (IBs) and the discriminant validity for the Idea Inventory developed by H. Kassinove et al (see record [rid]1978-20752-001[/rid]). 216 male psychiatric inpatients (e.g., with schizophrenia, affective disorder, or alcohol abuse) were administered among others the Idea Inventory, the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI), the Beck Depression Inventory, and the Shipley-Institute of Living Scale for Measuring Intellectual Impairment. Findings support the Idea Inventory as a measure of IB, showing good internal consistency. Findings also suggest that (1) there were relationships among the various IBs and (2) the concept of IBs was independent of psychopathology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discriminant validity of Idea Inventory KW - assessment of irrational beliefs KW - male psychiatric inpatients KW - 1988 KW - Inventories KW - Irrational Beliefs KW - Psychopathology KW - Test Validity KW - 1988 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1988.63.3.803 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-28099-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-28068-001 AN - 1989-28068-001 AU - Byers, Patricia H. AU - Lipe, Diane M. AU - Collins, Patricia M. T1 - Validity of health self-disclosure importance ratings. JF - Educational and Psychological Measurement JO - Educational and Psychological Measurement JA - Educ Psychol Meas Y1 - 1989///Spr 1989 VL - 49 IS - 1 SP - 171 EP - 175 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0013-1644 SN - 1552-3888 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-28068-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Byers, Patricia H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Bay Pines, FL, US. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20121001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Medical Patients; Psychiatric Patients; Rating Scales; Self-Disclosure; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Outpatients. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10); Outpatient (60). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1989. AB - Assessed the validity of the Importance rating scale on the Patient Self-Disclosure Instrument ([PSDI] C. Dawson et al; see record [rid]1985-11131-001[/rid]) by examining predictions about differences in ratings between 84 medical and 84 mental health patients. Correlations between the PSDI and S. M. Jourard's (1961) self-disclosure instrument are also examined. Findings support the validity of the PSDI. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of Importance Rating Scale of Patient Self Disclosure Instrument KW - male medical vs mental health outpatients KW - 1989 KW - Medical Patients KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Rating Scales KW - Self-Disclosure KW - Test Validity KW - Outpatients KW - 1989 DO - 10.1177/0013164489491018 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-28068-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-28047-001 AN - 1989-28047-001 AU - Horton, Arthur M. AU - Anilane, Juhan AU - Hartlage, Lawrence C. T1 - Computer interpretation of the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Battery: A new program. JF - Psychotherapy in Private Practice JO - Psychotherapy in Private Practice Y1 - 1988/// VL - 6 IS - 2 SP - 55 EP - 58 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0731-7158 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-28047-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Psychotherapy in Independent Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Horton, Arthur M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcoholism Section, Baltimore, MD, US. Release Date: 19890901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Computer Assisted Diagnosis; Neuropsychological Assessment. Minor Descriptor: Computer Software. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Investigated a computer program that capitalizes on cortical perceptual-motor relationships, using the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery. Results achieved with case records (C. J. Golden et al, 1981) compared favorably with other research studies with respect to lateralization decisions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - computer program for analysis & interpretation of Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Battery KW - 1988 KW - Computer Assisted Diagnosis KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Computer Software KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-28047-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-27822-001 AN - 1989-27822-001 AU - Donovan, Dennis M. AU - Umlauf, Robert L. AU - Salzberg, Philip M. T1 - Derivation of personality subtypes among high-risk drivers. JF - Alcohol, Drugs & Driving JO - Alcohol, Drugs & Driving JA - Alcohol Drugs Driving Y1 - 1988/07//Jul-Dec, 1988 VL - 4 IS - 3-4 SP - 233 EP - 244 CY - US PB - UCLA - Brain Information Service SN - 0891-7086 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-27822-001. Other Journal Title: Alcohol, Drugs & Driving - Abstracts & Reviews. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Donovan, Dennis M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcohol & Drug Dependency Program, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19890801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: International Symposium: The social psychology of risky driving (1988, Santa Monica, California). Major Descriptor: Adult Attitudes; Drivers; Driving Behavior; Personality Correlates; Risk Taking. Minor Descriptor: Motor Traffic Accidents. Classification: Transportation (4090). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Jul-Dec, 1988. AB - Investigated the empirical derivation of subtypes among 193 high-risk drivers with multiple nonalcohol-related traffic convictions and accidents. Measures employed represent attitudes, personality traits and components of anger and hostility associated with increased driving risk. Differences on demographic, drinking, and driving-risk measures were examined to provide external validation and meaning for the subtypes. Three subtypes were derived and were found to differ on demographic and drinking measures. Findings suggest that high-risk drivers have a number of attitudinal, affective, and behavioral characteristics that may contribute to their driving risk. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - derivation of personality subtypes & attitudes KW - male high risk drivers with multiple traffic convictions &/or accidents KW - conference presentation KW - 1988 KW - Adult Attitudes KW - Drivers KW - Driving Behavior KW - Personality Correlates KW - Risk Taking KW - Motor Traffic Accidents KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-27822-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-27318-001 AN - 1989-27318-001 AU - Hayashida, Motoi AU - Alterman, Arthur I. AU - McLellan, A. Thomas AU - O'Brien, Charles P. AU - Purtill, James J. AU - Volpicelli, Joseph R. AU - Raphaelson, Arnold H. AU - Hall, Charles P. T1 - Comparative effectiveness and costs of inpatient and outpatient detoxification of patients with mild-to-moderate alcohol withdrawal syndrome. JF - The New England Journal of Medicine JO - The New England Journal of Medicine JA - N Engl J Med Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 320 IS - 6 SP - 358 EP - 365 CY - US PB - Massachusetts Medical Society SN - 0028-4793 SN - 1533-4406 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-27318-001. PMID: 2913493 Other Journal Title: Boston Medical & Surgical Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hayashida, Motoi; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Philadelphia, PA, US. Release Date: 19890801. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Costs and Cost Analysis; Detoxification; Drug Withdrawal; Hospitalization; Outpatient Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism; Followup Studies. Classification: Outpatient Services (3371). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1989. AB - At 6-mo follow-up, patients undergoing alcohol detoxification revealed no group differences between 87 outpatients and 77 inpatients. Findings suggest that outpatient medical detoxification is an effective treatment for patients with mild to moderate symptoms of alcohol withdrawal. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - effectiveness & costs of inpatient vs outpatient detoxification program KW - adult males with mild to moderate alcohol withdrawal syndrome KW - 6 mo followup KW - 1989 KW - Costs and Cost Analysis KW - Detoxification KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Hospitalization KW - Outpatient Treatment KW - Alcoholism KW - Followup Studies KW - 1989 DO - 10.1056/NEJM198902093200605 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-27318-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-27282-001 AN - 1989-27282-001 AU - Lynch, William J. ED - Lynch, William J. T1 - Ethics in computer-assisted cognitive retraining. JF - The Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilitation JO - The Journal of Head Trauma Rehabilitation JA - J Head Trauma Rehabil Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 91 EP - 93 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0885-9701 SN - 1550-509X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-27282-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lynch, William J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brain Injury Rehabilitation Unit, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19890801. Correction Date: 20091026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Rehabilitation; Computer Applications; Ethics. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - Argues that the literature on the effectiveness of microcomputer-assisted cognitive rehabilitation (MACR) is inconclusive. Uncertainty surrounds the determination of the ideal start time, length, and distribution of MACR; the appropriate software; and proper time of termination. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethical issues in microcomputer assisted cognitive rehabilitation KW - 1989 KW - Cognitive Rehabilitation KW - Computer Applications KW - Ethics KW - 1989 DO - 10.1097/00001199-198903000-00015 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-27282-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-27229-001 AN - 1989-27229-001 AU - Pearlman, Robert A. AU - Stevens, Nancy G. T1 - Functional assessment and housestaff behavior with the elderly. JF - Gerontology & Geriatrics Education JO - Gerontology & Geriatrics Education JA - Gerontol Geriatr Educ Y1 - 1987///1987-1988 VL - 8 IS - 1-2 SP - 65 EP - 76 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0270-1960 SN - 1545-3847 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-27229-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pearlman, Robert A.; Seattle Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Medicine, WA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19890801. Correction Date: 20140908. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis); Geriatric Patients; Primary Health Care; Screening. Minor Descriptor: Client Education; Diagnosis; Health Personnel Attitudes; Physicians. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1987-1988. AB - Investigated whether the administration of screening functional assessments to patients aged 65+ yrs by house officers would lead to more comprehensive clinical assessments as well as diagnostic, therapeutic, and patient education recommendations. 27 physicians who were house officers at primary care clinics and who utilized functional assessment questionnaires on elderly clinic patients for 3 mo demonstrated a significant increase in educational recommendations for patients and a marginal increase in chart note length, compared with 27 house officers who continued to see patients without modification in communication and health care delivery. Although the questionnaire identified functional problems and unmet needs, physicians rarely noted these or recommended any diagnostic/therapeutic procedures. The questionnaire was considered comprehensive yet burdensome to administer. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - functional assessments of geriatric inpatients KW - diagnostic & therapeutic & patient education recommendations & clinical assessments KW - primary care physicians KW - 1987 KW - Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis) KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Primary Health Care KW - Screening KW - Client Education KW - Diagnosis KW - Health Personnel Attitudes KW - Physicians KW - 1987 DO - 10.1300/J021v08n01_06 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-27229-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-27200-001 AN - 1989-27200-001 AU - Glynn, Shirley M. AU - Bowen, Linda L. AU - Marshall, Barringer D. AU - Banzett, Lorelle K. T1 - Compliance with less restrictive aggression-control procedures. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 40 IS - 1 SP - 82 EP - 84 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-27200-001. PMID: 2912844 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Glynn, Shirley M.; Brentwood Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19890801. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Hospitalized Patients; Mental Disorders; Physical Restraint; Time Out. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. AB - Provides evidence of the successful use of a time-out procedure in lieu of physical confinement in controlling aggression in 12 long-term psychiatric inpatients (aged 18–53 yrs). A locked room was used as a backup for the time-out procedure. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - physical confinement vs time out KW - aggression KW - 18–53 yr old long term hospitalized psychiatric patients KW - 1989 KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Mental Disorders KW - Physical Restraint KW - Time Out KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-27200-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-27186-001 AN - 1989-27186-001 AU - Brennan, Penny L. AU - Moos, Rudolf H. AU - Lemke, Sonne T1 - Preferences of older adults and experts for policies and services in group living facilities. JF - Psychology and Aging JO - Psychology and Aging JA - Psychol Aging Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 48 EP - 56 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0882-7974 SN - 1939-1498 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-27186-001. PMID: 2803612 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brennan, Penny L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Social Ecology Lab, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19890801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Health Personnel Attitudes; Nursing Homes; Preferences; Residential Care Institutions. Minor Descriptor: Policy Making. Classification: Nursing Homes & Residential Care (3377). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Mar 16, 1988; Revised Date: Mar 14, 1988; First Submitted Date: Nov 23, 1987. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - The Policy and Program Information Form—Ideal Form (POLIF—I) was developed to assess preferences of older adults for the policies and services of group living facilities. Compared with older community residents (n = 205), congregate apartment residents (n = 229) prefer facilities that have higher behavioral standards, deemphasize supportive services and formal avenues for resident influence, and emphasize privacy. In contrast to older respondents, experts (n = 44) prefer settings with lower behavioral standards, more supportive services, more resident input, and more privacy. Sociodemographic characteristics (marital status, occupation, education, age, gender) and functional ability are weakly associated with the policy and service preferences of older respondents. The POLIF—I has several applications, including examination of the congruence between residents' preferences and the actual policies and services of group living facilities. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - preferences for policies & services in group living facilities KW - staff vs elderly residents in nursing home or residential care or congregate apartment facilities KW - 1989 KW - Health Personnel Attitudes KW - Nursing Homes KW - Preferences KW - Residential Care Institutions KW - Policy Making KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/0882-7974.4.1.48 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-27186-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-27017-001 AN - 1989-27017-001 AU - Thal, Leon J. AU - Masur, David M. AU - Blau, Alan D. AU - Fuld, Paula A. AU - Klauber, M. R. T1 - Chronic oral physostigmine with lecithin improves memory in Alzheimer's disease. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 37 IS - 1 SP - 42 EP - 48 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-27017-001. PMID: 2642499 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Thal, Leon J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19890801. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Drug Interactions; Drug Therapy; Memory; Physostigmine. Minor Descriptor: Drug Administration Methods; Phosphatides. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. AB - 16 patients (aged 56–80 yrs) with early Alzheimer's disease completed a 3-mo outpatient double-blind parallel trial of oral physostigmine vs placebo. 10 Ss received drug; 6 received placebo. After a dose-titration phase, each S was placed on his/her best dose of drug or placebo. Ss were evaluated with both memory and nonmemory tasks. Seven of the 10 drug-treated Ss, but none of the 6 placebo-treated Ss, demonstrated improvement on a selective reminding task, a test of verbal memory. Family members reported improvement in 6 of 10 drug-treated Ss and none of 6 placebo-treated Ss. There was a trend toward greater improvement with increasing drug dose. There was no improvement on the nonmemory tests administered. Data indicate that oral physostigmine improved memory but not other areas of cognition. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - physostigmine with lecithin KW - memory & nonmemory tasks KW - 56–80 yr olds with early Alzheimer's disease KW - 1989 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Drug Interactions KW - Drug Therapy KW - Memory KW - Physostigmine KW - Drug Administration Methods KW - Phosphatides KW - 1989 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1989.tb01567.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-27017-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-27003-001 AN - 1989-27003-001 AU - Salam, Sultana A. AU - Kilzieh, Nael T1 - Lorazepam treatment of psychogenic catatonia: An update. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 49 IS - Suppl SP - 16 EP - 21 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-27003-001. PMID: 3058684 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Salam, Sultana A.; U Tennessee, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Memphis, US. Release Date: 19890801. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Symposium on the Treatment of Psychiatric Emergencies (1988, Montreal, Canada). Major Descriptor: Catatonia; Drug Therapy; Lorazepam; Mental Disorders. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. AB - Summarizes reports by the present authors and various other authors on a total of 24 patients treated with lorazepam: 11 with major depression, 6 schizophrenics, 4 with adjustment disorders, 1 with a schizophreniform disorder, and 2 with organic factors involved. Case reports are also given for 5 additional catatonic patients treated with lorazepam: 4 men (aged 51–64 yrs) and a 24-yr-old woman. Of the 5 patients, 3 responded favorably to lorazepam and 2 failed to respond. Findings demonstrate the value of lorazepam in the treatment of catatonic symptoms. Its effects appear to be specific for psychogenic catatonic states and for conditions in which biogenic amines, specifically dopamine and gamma-aminobutyric acid, play a part. The authors stress im administration of lorazepam for patients in catatonic states. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lorazepam KW - catatonic symptoms KW - mentally ill adults KW - conference presentation KW - 1988 KW - Catatonia KW - Drug Therapy KW - Lorazepam KW - Mental Disorders KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-27003-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-26975-001 AN - 1989-26975-001 AU - Ko, Grant N. AU - Zhang, Liang Dong AU - Yan, Wen Wei AU - Zhang, Ming Dao AU - Buchner, David AU - Xia, Zhen Y. AU - Wyatt, Richard Jed AU - Jeste, Dilip V. T1 - The Shanghai 800: Prevalence of tardive dyskinesia in a Chinese psychiatric hospital. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 146 IS - 3 SP - 387 EP - 389 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-26975-001. PMID: 2563929 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ko, Grant N.; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, NY, US. Release Date: 19890801. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Schizophrenia; Tardive Dyskinesia. Minor Descriptor: Cross Cultural Differences; Drug Dosages; Drug Therapy; Epidemiology; Neuroleptic Drugs. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Location: China. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - Administered an abnormal involuntary movement scale and reviewed the records of 866 Chinese patients with chronic schizophrenia who had been treated with neuroleptics. 73 of the Ss had tardive dyskinesia. This low prevalence rate may be ascribable to the use of low doses of neuroleptics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prevalence of tardive dyskinesia KW - patients with chronic schizophrenia treated with neuroleptics KW - China KW - 1989 KW - Schizophrenia KW - Tardive Dyskinesia KW - Cross Cultural Differences KW - Drug Dosages KW - Drug Therapy KW - Epidemiology KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - 1989 DO - 10.1176/ajp.146.3.387 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-26975-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-26925-001 AN - 1989-26925-001 AU - Adams, Frank T1 - Emergency intravenous sedation of the delirious, medically ill patient. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 49 IS - Suppl SP - 22 EP - 26 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-26925-001. Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Adams, Frank; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Dallas, TX, US. Release Date: 19890801. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Symposium on the Treatment of Psychiatric Emergencies (1988, Montreal, Canada). Major Descriptor: Delirium; Drug Therapy; Haloperidol; Lorazepam; Medical Patients. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. AB - Discusses a protocol in which more than 2,000 medically ill patients with delirium were treated by iv administration of a combination of haloperidol and lorazepam at 2 major cancer centers in the US and Canada. The disorder of delirium is described, and steps in its pathogenesis and treatment are outlined. It is suggested that the addition of the potent benzodiazepine to the neuroleptic produces rapid and safe symptomatic sedation in emergency conditions and allows the use of lower doses of haloperidol. The addition of the opioid hydromorphone is suggested to make the combination ideal for the treatment of intractable pain in terminally ill cancer patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - iv haloperidol & lorazepam KW - delirium KW - medically ill patients KW - conference presentation KW - 1988 KW - Delirium KW - Drug Therapy KW - Haloperidol KW - Lorazepam KW - Medical Patients KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-26925-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-26701-001 AN - 1989-26701-001 AU - Goldstein, Jill M. AU - Kreisman, Dolores T1 - Gender, family environment and schizophrenia. JF - Psychological Medicine JO - Psychological Medicine JA - Psychol Med Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 18 IS - 4 SP - 861 EP - 872 CY - United Kingdom PB - Cambridge University Press SN - 0033-2917 SN - 1469-8978 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-26701-001. PMID: 3270831 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Jill M.; Brockton-West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, MA, US. Release Date: 19890801. Correction Date: 20120611. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Family Relations; Human Sex Differences; Parental Attitudes; Schizophrenia; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Adult Offspring; Psychiatric Hospitalization. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. AB - Examined the relationship between patient gender and family environment and its consequences for the course of treatment of schizophrenia, using data from a previous study (D. Kreisman et al; see record [rid]1981-11669-001[/rid]) for 104 male and 65 female schizophrenics (primarily single young adults) and 160 family members (primarily mothers). Findings suggest that ill sons may be sent to the hospital more often and remain there longer than ill daughters, due to parents' social norms and expectations associated with gender. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sex of patient & family environment KW - course of treatment KW - schizophrenic patients & family members KW - 1988 KW - Family Relations KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Parental Attitudes KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Adult Offspring KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - 1988 DO - 10.1017/S0033291700009806 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-26701-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-26587-001 AN - 1989-26587-001 AU - Meyer, John S. AU - McClintic, Karen L. AU - Rogers, Robert L. AU - Sims, Penne AU - Mortel, Karl F. T1 - Aetiological considerations and risk factors for multi-infarct dementia. JF - Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry JO - Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry JA - J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 51 IS - 12 SP - 1489 EP - 1497 CY - United Kingdom PB - BMJ Publishing Group SN - 0022-3050 SN - 1468-330X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-26587-001. PMID: 3221215 Other Journal Title: Journal of Neurology & Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Meyer, John S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Cerebral Blood Flow Lab, Houston, TX, US. Release Date: 19890801. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Cerebrovascular Accidents; Cerebrovascular Disorders; Dementia; Etiology. Classification: Cardiovascular Disorders (3295). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. AB - 175 multi-infarct dementia (MID) patients were evaluated for risk factors for stroke, as well as for the types of cerebrovascular lesions that were present. The associated risk factors for stroke studied included hypertension, heart disease, cigarette smoking, diabetes mellitus, moderate alcohol consumption, and hyperlipidemia. The most frequently occurring type of lesions were multiple lacunar infarctions of the brain. Atherosclerotic occlusive disease of the carotid and vertebrobasilar arteries occurred alone in 18% and was associated with other types of stroke in another 25%. Embolic cerebral infarctions were present alone in 8% and were combined with other types of stroke in 15%. MID was more frequent in men than women. The location of cerebral infarctions was more related to cognitive impairments than was the total volume of infarcted brain. The mortality rate among 125 Ss followed for 31 mo was 5%. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - etiology & risk factors for stroke & cerebrovascular lesions KW - patients with multi infarct dementia KW - 1988 KW - At Risk Populations KW - Cerebrovascular Accidents KW - Cerebrovascular Disorders KW - Dementia KW - Etiology KW - 1988 DO - 10.1136/jnnp.51.12.1489 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-26587-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-26573-001 AN - 1989-26573-001 AU - Mandell, Alan M. AU - Alexander, Michael P. AU - Carpenter, Stirling T1 - Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease presenting as isolated aphasia. JF - Neurology JO - Neurology Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 39 IS - 1 SP - 55 EP - 58 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0028-3878 SN - 1526-632X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-26573-001. PMID: 2642613 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mandell, Alan M.; Edith Nourse Rogers Memorial Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Medical Service, Bedford, MA, US. Release Date: 19890801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Electroencephalography; Nervous System Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Myoclonus. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. AB - Describes the case of a 61-yr-old right-handed man with autopsy-proven Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease (CJD), whose major initial manifestation was a progressive, fluent aphasia. Myoclonus was absent, and characteristic EEG abnormalities appeared relatively late. The case illustrates symptomatic variability in CJD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - symptomatic variability in & myoclonus & EEG abnormalities & fluent aphasia in Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease KW - 61 yr old right handed male KW - case report KW - 1989 KW - Aphasia KW - Electroencephalography KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Case Report KW - Myoclonus KW - 1989 DO - 10.1212/WNL.39.1.55 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-26573-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-26469-001 AN - 1989-26469-001 AU - Darko, Denis F. AU - Krull, Alice AU - Dickinson, Mark AU - Gillin, J. Christian AU - Risch, S. Craig T1 - The diagnostic dilemma of myxedema and madness, axis I and axis II: A longitudinal case report. JF - International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine JO - International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine JA - Int J Psychiatry Med Y1 - 1988/// VL - 18 IS - 3 SP - 263 EP - 270 CY - US PB - Baywood Publishing SN - 0091-2174 SN - 1541-3527 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-26469-001. PMID: 3215715 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Darko, Denis F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19890801. Correction Date: 20150126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antisocial Personality Disorder; Differential Diagnosis; Hypothyroidism; Paranoid Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Thyroid Disorders. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Presents a case history of a White male (aged 24 yrs) with presumed chronic paranoid schizophrenia, chronic thyroiditis, and Grade I hypothyroidism. The report notes that psychosis cleared following treatment with thyroid replacement and that the probable presence of 2 axis II disorders may have contributed to the missed medical diagnosis and the S's eventual suicide. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - missed differential diagnosis KW - 24 yr old male with chronic paranoid schizophrenia & antisocial personality & chronic thyroiditis & advanced hypothyroidism KW - case report KW - 1988 KW - Antisocial Personality Disorder KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Hypothyroidism KW - Paranoid Schizophrenia KW - Case Report KW - Thyroid Disorders KW - 1988 DO - 10.2190/Y6YM-9F5W-D24L-34AK UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-26469-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-26467-001 AN - 1989-26467-001 AU - Crovitz, Herbert F. AU - Daniel, Walter F. T1 - Length of retrograde amnesia after head injury: A revised formula. JF - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JO - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JA - Cortex Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 23 IS - 4 SP - 695 EP - 698 CY - Italy PB - Masson Italia SN - 0010-9452 SN - 1973-8102 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-26467-001. PMID: 3443004 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crovitz, Herbert F.; Veterans Administration Ctr, Durham, NC, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Masson SAS. Release Date: 19890801. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Head Injuries; Retrograde Amnesia. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. AB - Conducted a supplemental study to that of the 1st author et al (see record [rid]1984-18097-001[/rid]) to determine the incidence of retrograde amnesia associated with head injuries in 397 undergraduates. The earlier study presented a formula relating lengths of retrograde amnesia to length of posttraumatic amnesia and length of time since injury. The formula had been derived from 27 cases with retrograde amnesia. The present study adds another 75 cases and discusses similarities and differences between the 2 samples. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - revised formula for length of retrograde amnesia KW - college students with head injuries KW - 1987 KW - Amnesia KW - Head Injuries KW - Retrograde Amnesia KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/S0010-9452(87)80060-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-26467-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-26430-001 AN - 1989-26430-001 AU - Varney, Nils R. AU - Damasio, Hanna T1 - Locus of lesion in impaired pantomine recognition. JF - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JO - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JA - Cortex Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 23 IS - 4 SP - 699 EP - 703 CY - Italy PB - Masson Italia SN - 0010-9452 SN - 1973-8102 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-26430-001. PMID: 3443005 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Varney, Nils R.; Veterans Administration Ctr, Psychology Service, Iowa City, IA, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Masson SAS. Release Date: 19890801. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Brain Damage; Cerebral Dominance; Nonverbal Communication. Classification: Speech & Language Disorders (3270). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. AB - Examined the relationship between intrahemispheric locus of lesion and defective pantomine recognition (PR) in 100 right-handed, left-hemisphere-damaged aphasic adults, using the Pantomine Recognition Test. Defects in PR appeared to result from lesions in basal ganglia and Areas 40, 39, 37, and 22. At the same time, a significant minority of Ss with lesions in these loci did not show defects in PR. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - intrahemispheric locus of lesion KW - defective pantomime recognition KW - right handed & left hemisphere damaged aphasic patients KW - 1987 KW - Aphasia KW - Brain Damage KW - Cerebral Dominance KW - Nonverbal Communication KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/S0010-9452(87)80061-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-26430-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-26343-001 AN - 1989-26343-001 AU - Kramer, Joel H. AU - Blusewicz, Matthew J. AU - Preston, Ken A. T1 - The premature aging hypothesis: Old before its time? JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 57 IS - 2 SP - 257 EP - 262 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-26343-001. PMID: 2708614 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kramer, Joel H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Martinez, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19890801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Learning; Physiological Aging; Recall (Learning); Recognition (Learning). Minor Descriptor: Theories. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Oct 19, 1988; Revised Date: Sep 27, 1988; First Submitted Date: May 4, 1988. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - This study tested the hypothesis that alcoholism results in premature aging of memory functioning. It was proposed that support for the premature aging hypothesis must come from qualitative as well as quantitative similarities between younger alcoholics and older controls. The California Verbal Learning Test (CVLT) was administered to young and old alcoholics and to young and old controls. The CVLT provides measures of recall, recognition, learning strategies, and error types. Alcoholism and aging produced similar levels of immediate and delayed free recall. However, poor recognition memory and more frequent intrusion and false positive errors were associated with alcoholism but not with aging. Qualitative differences in error types between alcoholism and aging were also found. Results indicated that alcoholism and aging produce independent verbal learning decrements. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - premature aging hypothesis KW - assessment of recall & recognition & learning strategies KW - 25–52 vs 56–71 yr old alcoholic adults KW - 1989 KW - Alcoholism KW - Learning KW - Physiological Aging KW - Recall (Learning) KW - Recognition (Learning) KW - Theories KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.57.2.257 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-26343-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-26328-001 AN - 1989-26328-001 AU - Cregler, Louis L. T1 - Adverse health consequences of cocaine abuse. JF - Journal of the National Medical Association JO - Journal of the National Medical Association JA - J Natl Med Assoc Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 81 IS - 1 SP - 27 EP - 38 CY - US PB - National Medical Assn SN - 0027-9684 SN - 1943-4693 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-26328-001. PMID: 2657079 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cregler, Louis L.; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Medicine Cardiology Section, NY, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19890801. Correction Date: 20160502. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Cocaine; Drug Abuse. Minor Descriptor: Disorders; Drug Addiction; Drug Rehabilitation; History; Mental Disorders; Pharmacology; Consequence. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. AB - Describes the history, patterns of use, users, and pharmacological properties of cocaine. It is suggested that the dopamine depletion hypothesis may explain why cocaine is repeatedley administered: It produces a transient increase in synaptic dopamine. Medical consequences of cocaine use are outlined, including acute myocardial infarction and cardiac arrhythmias; central nervous system (CNS) complications including cerebrovascular accidents and seizures; and obstetrical complications, intestinal ischemia, and cocaine intoxication. Psychiatric complications of cocaine use, addiction issues, and treatment are addressed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - history & pharmacological properties & patterns of use & user characteristics & health consequences of cocaine KW - implications for addiction & psychiatric complications & treatment KW - 1989 KW - At Risk Populations KW - Cocaine KW - Drug Abuse KW - Disorders KW - Drug Addiction KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - History KW - Mental Disorders KW - Pharmacology KW - Consequence KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-26328-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-26321-001 AN - 1989-26321-001 AU - Buydens-Branchey, Laure AU - Branchey, Marc H. AU - Noumair, Debra AU - Lieber, Charles S. T1 - Age of alcoholism onset: II. Relationship to susceptibility to serotonin precursor availability. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 46 IS - 3 SP - 231 EP - 236 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-26321-001. PMID: 2919952 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Buydens-Branchey, Laure; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19890801. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Onset (Disorders); Psychopathology; Serotonin Precursors. Minor Descriptor: Neurochemistry. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - Compared the amino acid profiles of early- or late-onset male alcohol dependency inpatients (aged 25–60 yrs) who differed in incidence of psychopathology (L. Buydens-Branchey et al; see record [rid]1989-26320-001[/rid]). Data from 112 Ss at different stages of sobriety indicate that tryptophan levels were lowest and values of competing amino acids highest 1 day after sobriety. Tryptophan values increased and stabilized during the 3rd week of sobriety. Ss with the most severe psychopathology showed significant decreases in tryptophan values (L. Buydens-Branchey et al; see record [rid]1985-04283-001[/rid]). It is concluded that amino acid imbalances can contribute to mood and aggression disorders in susceptible alcoholic Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age of drinking onset & incidence of psychopathology KW - susceptibility to serotonin precursor availability KW - male alcoholic 25–60 yr olds KW - 1989 KW - Alcoholism KW - Onset (Disorders) KW - Psychopathology KW - Serotonin Precursors KW - Neurochemistry KW - 1989 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1989.01810030037005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-26321-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-26320-001 AN - 1989-26320-001 AU - Buydens-Branchey, Laure AU - Branchey, Marc H. AU - Noumair, Debra T1 - Age of alcoholism onset: I. Relationship to psychopathology. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 46 IS - 3 SP - 225 EP - 230 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-26320-001. PMID: 2919951 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Buydens-Branchey, Laure; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19890801. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Onset (Disorders); Psychopathology. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - Assessed age of drinking onset and level of psychiatric disturbance in 218 male alcoholic inpatients (aged 25–60 yrs). Ss completed the Structured Clinical Interview, the Schedule for Affective Disorders and Schizophrenia, an inventory of aggressive tendencies, and a history of aggression scale. Drinking history and demographic data were also recorded. Age at alcoholism onset differentiated between Ss. Early-onset (EO) Ss exhibited hostile tendencies more frequently, and had a higher incidence of paternal alcoholism. An increased incidence of depression and suicidal tendencies was also observed for EO Ss, as well as dysregulated mood and aggression control. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age of drinking onset KW - level of psychiatric disturbance KW - male alcoholic 25–60 yr olds KW - 1989 KW - Alcoholism KW - Onset (Disorders) KW - Psychopathology KW - 1989 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1989.01810030031004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-26320-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-26273-001 AN - 1989-26273-001 AU - Miller, Thomas W. AU - Veltkamp, Lane J. T1 - Child sexual abuse: The abusing family in rural America. JF - International Journal of Family Psychiatry JO - International Journal of Family Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/// VL - 9 IS - 3 SP - 259 EP - 275 CY - US PB - International Universities Press, Inc. SN - 0271-2679 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-26273-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Miller, Thomas W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Lexington, KY, US. Release Date: 19890801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Child Abuse; Rural Environments; Sexual Abuse. Minor Descriptor: Treatment; Victimization. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Provides a clinical perspective on the accounts of sexual abuse (SAB) of children allegedly occurring in a small, rural community. Variables that are related to the degree of psychological trauma experienced by the child include types of SAB (such as incest), age of the child, duration of SAB, degree of coercion or aggression and threat, the adult (known or unknown), the degree of activity, and the adult/parent response. Discussion addresses 8 characteristics of the family constellation in abusing families, the multigenerational pattern, specific behavioral indicators of SAB and stages of experiencing SAB and emotional trauma in children, treatment of the sexually abused child and abusive family, and guidelines from the American Academy of Child Psychiatry (1986) for use by clinicians and legal experts in evaluating SAB. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical perspective on familial sexual abuse in rural communities KW - children KW - implications for treatment KW - 1988 KW - Child Abuse KW - Rural Environments KW - Sexual Abuse KW - Treatment KW - Victimization KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-26273-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-26206-001 AN - 1989-26206-001 AU - Yarden, Paul E. AU - Finkel, Marshall G. AU - Raps, Charles S. AU - Girvan, James J. T1 - Adverse outcome of hip fractures in older schizophrenic patients. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 146 IS - 3 SP - 377 EP - 379 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-26206-001. PMID: 2919696 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Yarden, Paul E.; Northport Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, NY, US. Release Date: 19890801. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: 141st Annual Meeting of the American Psychiatric Association (1988, Montreal, Canada). Major Descriptor: Hips; Schizophrenia; Walking. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - Prospectively studied the psychiatric and ambulatory course of 21 older chronic schizophrenic patients (aged 51–84 yrs) who sustained hip fractures and compared their walking ability after the fractures to that of 25 nonpsychiatric hip-fracture patients. Although the schizophrenic Ss were younger when the hip fractures occurred, their recuperation and ambulatory outcome were significantly worse. The psychiatric course was assessed with a standardized rating scale that was administered 6 mo and 1 yr after the fractures and compared with similar ratings done before the fractures. Significant mental deterioration was found at 6 mo after the fractures, with no further changes later. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mental deterioration & walking ability KW - schizophrenic 51–84 yr olds with hip fractures KW - 6 mo & 1 yr followups KW - conference presentation KW - 1989 KW - Hips KW - Schizophrenia KW - Walking KW - Followup Studies KW - 1989 DO - 10.1176/ajp.146.3.377 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-26206-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-26181-001 AN - 1989-26181-001 AU - Speed, Nancy AU - Engdahl, Brian AU - Schwartz, Joseph AU - Eberly, Raina T1 - Posttraumatic stress disorder as a consequence of the POW experience. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 177 IS - 3 SP - 147 EP - 153 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-26181-001. PMID: 2918298 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Speed, Nancy; Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, MI, US. Release Date: 19890801. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Prisoners of War. Minor Descriptor: Emotional Trauma; Family Background; Consequence. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - To estimate the relative contributions of trauma and premorbid disposition in the development and persistence of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptoms, 62 former World War II POWs (aged 19–35 yrs at capture) were interviewed. Half of the Ss satisfied Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) criteria for PTSD in the year following repatriation; 18 continued to meet the criteria for PTSD 40 yrs later. Family history of mental illness and preexisting psychopathology were at best only weakly correlated with persistent PTSD symptoms. The strongest predictors of PTSD were proportion of body weight lost and the experience of torture during captivity. The persistence of the symptoms for many years is a reflection of the severity of the trauma. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - preservice adjustment & captivity trauma & family pathology KW - development of PTSD KW - WWII prisoners of war KW - 1989 KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Prisoners of War KW - Emotional Trauma KW - Family Background KW - Consequence KW - 1989 DO - 10.1097/00005053-198903000-00004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-26181-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-26069-001 AN - 1989-26069-001 AU - Faustman, William O. AU - White, Patricia A. T1 - Diagnostic and psychopharmacological treatment characteristics of 536 inpatients with posttraumatic stress disorder. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 177 IS - 3 SP - 154 EP - 159 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-26069-001. PMID: 2918299 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Faustman, William O.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19890801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Demographic Characteristics; Drug Therapy; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - Data on demographic variables, Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) diagnoses, and medications prescribed were obtained from the discharge summaries of 536 male veteran inpatients (aged 27–64 yrs) who received a diagnosis of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) over a 4-yr period. Data comparisons were also made between 2 types of inpatient programs (specialized PTSD vs psychiatric ward). Alcohol and substance abuse and/or depression diagnoses occurred concurrently with PTSD; diagnoses of schizophrenia were more prevalent in the psychiatric wards. Nearly one-third of the Ss received an Axis II diagnosis, with borderline features most common. Half of the Ss received psychopharmacological treatment in addition to psychotherapy. Antidepressants, neuroleptics, and β-blockers were prescribed most frequently. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - demographics & DSM-III diagnoses & drug therapy & hospital program type KW - 27–64 yr old hospitalized male veterans with PTSD KW - 1989 KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - Drug Therapy KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1989 DO - 10.1097/00005053-198903000-00005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-26069-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-26008-001 AN - 1989-26008-001 AU - Taylor, Andrew L. AU - Fishman, Lawrence M. T1 - Corticotropin-releasing hormone. JF - The New England Journal of Medicine JO - The New England Journal of Medicine JA - N Engl J Med Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 319 IS - 4 SP - 213 EP - 222 CY - US PB - Massachusetts Medical Society SN - 0028-4793 SN - 1533-4406 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-26008-001. PMID: 3292914 Other Journal Title: Boston Medical & Surgical Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Taylor, Andrew L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Medical Service, Miami, FL, US. Release Date: 19890801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anorexia Nervosa; Corticotropin; Endogenous Depression. Minor Descriptor: Mental Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. AB - Notes data suggesting a relationship between corticotropin-releasing hormone (CRH) and behavior in psychiatric illness, particularly in endogenous depression and anorexia nervosa. Areas discussed include CRH as a mediator of pituitary-adrenal function, negative feedback effects of glucocorticoids, effects of CRH outside the pituitary-adrenal axis, and clinical studies with Ss with adrenal insufficiency and with Cushing's syndrome. The role of CRH in mediating complex responses to physiological disturbance is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - corticotropin releasing hormone & endogenous depression & anorexia nervosa & other psychiatric disorders KW - 1988 KW - Anorexia Nervosa KW - Corticotropin KW - Endogenous Depression KW - Mental Disorders KW - 1988 DO - 10.1056/NEJM198807283190405 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-26008-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-25894-001 AN - 1989-25894-001 AU - Aldwin, Carolyn M. AU - Levenson, Michael R. AU - Spiro, Avron AU - Bossé, Raymond T1 - Does emotionality predict stress? Findings from the Normative Aging Study. JF - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology JO - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology JA - J Pers Soc Psychol Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 56 IS - 4 SP - 618 EP - 624 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-3514 SN - 1939-1315 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-25894-001. PMID: 2709310 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Aldwin, Carolyn M.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Normative Aging Study, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19890801. Correction Date: 20100412. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotionality (Personality); Life Experiences; Mental Health; Prediction; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Human Males; Longitudinal Studies. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Aug 30, 1988; Revised Date: Mar 4, 1988; First Submitted Date: Dec 1, 1987. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Investigated whether emotionality, assessed in 1975, predicted the reporting of both objective stress (life events) and subjective stress (hassles) 10 years later, and how emotionality affected the relation between both objective and subjective stress and mental health. The sample consisted of 1,159 older men, participants in the Normative Aging Study. Path analysis revealed that the reporting of stress was confounded with personality: Individuals higher in emotionality reported both more life events and more hassles. Furthermore, individuals higher in emotionality exhibited slightly higher levels of symptoms under stress than did individuals lower in emotionality. Nonetheless, both stress measures contributed independent variance to the prediction of psychological symptoms, even controlling for prior levels of emotionality. Implications for the assessment of stress are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - emotionality KW - prediction of objective & subjective stress & mental health KW - 40–88 yr old males KW - 10 yr study KW - 1989 KW - Emotionality (Personality) KW - Life Experiences KW - Mental Health KW - Prediction KW - Stress KW - Human Males KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/0022-3514.56.4.618 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-25894-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-25824-001 AN - 1989-25824-001 AU - Hall, Sharon M. AU - McGee, Richard AU - Tunstall, Chrystal AU - Duffy, Joanne AU - Benowitz, Neal T1 - Changes in food intake and activity after quitting smoking. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 57 IS - 1 SP - 81 EP - 86 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-25824-001. PMID: 2925977 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hall, Sharon M.; San Francisco Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19890801. Correction Date: 20091221. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Activity Level; Food Intake; Smoking Cessation; Tobacco Smoking. Minor Descriptor: Body Weight; Followup Studies. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Usage (Legal) (2990). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: May 26, 1988; Revised Date: Apr 25, 1988; First Submitted Date: Nov 23, 1987. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - Quitting smoking often results in weight gain. The causes of the gain are not known. The present study evaluated changes in calories, total sugars, sucrose, fat, protein, and nonsugar carbohydrates as well as changes in activity levels after quitting smoking. Ninety-five subjects were randomly assigned to either early (Week 2) or late (Week 6) quit dates. Subjects were assessed on weight, food intake, activity levels, and smoking levels at baseline, at Weeks 4 and 8, and at Weeks 12 and 26 postquit. The results indicated significant increases in calories, sucrose, and fats 2 weeks after the quit date. Changes for total sugars were less consistent. Activity levels did not change significantly. Early caloric increases predicted weight gain at 26 weeks for abstinent women. No relation was found for abstinent men, but interpretation of this finding is weakened by a small subsample size. Abstinent subjects gained over 9 lbs by 26 weeks postquit. Despite this gain, Week 26 results showed that caloric intake for abstinent women was approximately equal to that observed at baseline, whereas that for abstinent men had dropped significantly. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - smoking cessation KW - food intake & activity level KW - adult smokers KW - 26 wk followup KW - implications for weight gain KW - 1989 KW - Activity Level KW - Food Intake KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Body Weight KW - Followup Studies KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.57.1.81 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-25824-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-25585-001 AN - 1989-25585-001 AU - Feifel, Herman AU - Strack, Stephen T1 - Coping with conflict situations: Middle-aged and elderly men. JF - Psychology and Aging JO - Psychology and Aging JA - Psychol Aging Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 26 EP - 33 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0882-7974 SN - 1939-1498 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-25585-001. PMID: 2803608 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feifel, Herman; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychology Service, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19890801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Conflict; Coping Behavior. Classification: Psychosocial & Personality Development (2840). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Mar 9, 1988; Revised Date: Feb 29, 1988; First Submitted Date: Oct 9, 1987. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - In this study we investigated the coping responses of fairly healthy, middle-aged (40–64 years, n = 76) and elderly (65–92 years, n = 106) men to five conflict situations (i.e., decision making, defeat in a competitive circumstance, frustration, authority conflict, and peer disagreement). Coping responses were measured by the Life Situations Inventory, developed to assess three forms of coping: problem-solving, avoidance, and resignation. Scales were based on a 28-item questionnaire and were derived rationally through item analysis. Alpha coefficients ranged from .75 to .82. Elderly subjects used avoidance significantly less often than did middle-aged subjects in handling decision-making and authority-conflict situations. No differences were noted between the age groups in use of problem solving or resignation. Both middle-age and elderly persons favored use of problem solving in managing all conflicts. Results suggest that studies that do not address potential interactions between age and stress situation may be missing an important element in the age–coping relation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age KW - coping responses in conflict situations KW - 40–92 yr old males KW - 1989 KW - Age Differences KW - Conflict KW - Coping Behavior KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/0882-7974.4.1.26 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-25585-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-25217-001 AN - 1989-25217-001 AU - Flood, James F. AU - Morley, John E. AU - Tatemoto, K. T1 - Effects of systemic pancreastatin on memory retention. JF - Peptides JO - Peptides JA - Peptides Y1 - 1988/09//Sep-Oct, 1988 VL - 9 IS - 5 SP - 1077 EP - 1080 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0196-9781 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-25217-001. PMID: 3244559 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Flood, James F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19890801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Pancreas; Peptides; Retention. Minor Descriptor: Mice. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sep-Oct, 1988. AB - Results of 5 experiments using male mice show that pancreastatin (PCN) enhanced memory retention (MR) after peripheral administration following T-maze footshock avoidance training. The effect of PCN on MR 1 wk after training was time dependent, showing enhancement of MR when PCN was administered 0 and 30 min but not 60 min after training. PCN reversed the amnesia produced by scopolamine. It is concluded that peripherally administered PCN modulated memory processing. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - peripheral pancreastatin following T maze footshock avoidance training KW - memory retention KW - male mice KW - 1988 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Pancreas KW - Peptides KW - Retention KW - Mice KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0196-9781(88)90092-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-25217-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-25164-001 AN - 1989-25164-001 AU - Buchanan, Shirley L. AU - Powell, D. A. T1 - Parasagittal thalamic knife cuts retard Pavlovian eyeblink conditioning and abolish the tachycardiac component of the heart rate conditioned response. JF - Brain Research Bulletin JO - Brain Research Bulletin JA - Brain Res Bull Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 21 IS - 5 SP - 723 EP - 729 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0361-9230 SN - 1873-2747 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-25164-001. PMID: 3219603 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Buchanan, Shirley L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuroscience Lab, Columbia, SC, US. Release Date: 19890801. Correction Date: 20170116. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classical Conditioning; Eyelid Conditioning; Frontal Lobe; Heart Rate; Thalamic Nuclei. Minor Descriptor: Afferent Pathways; Efferent Pathways; Rabbits. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. AB - Rabbits that received parasagittal knife cuts lateral to the mediodorsal nucleus of the thalamus, severing afferents and efferents to and from the prefrontal cortex, were compared with sham animals in a Pavlovian eyeblink and heart rate conditioning experiment in which a tone was the conditioned stimulus/stimuli (CS) and paraorbital electrical shock was the unconditioned stimulus/stimuli (UCS). Results indicate that knife cuts retarded acquisition of the eyeblink conditioned response (CR), and abolished the late-occurring tachycardiac component of the heart rate CR. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - parasagittal knife cuts lateral to thalamic nucleus severing prefrontal cortex afferents & efferents KW - classical conditioning of eyeblink & heart rate KW - female rabbits KW - 1988 KW - Classical Conditioning KW - Eyelid Conditioning KW - Frontal Lobe KW - Heart Rate KW - Thalamic Nuclei KW - Afferent Pathways KW - Efferent Pathways KW - Rabbits KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0361-9230(88)90038-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-25164-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-25068-001 AN - 1989-25068-001 AU - Paller, Ken A. AU - McCarthy, Gregory AU - Wood, Charles C. T1 - ERPs predictive of subsequent recall and recognition performance. T3 - Event related potential investigations of cognition JF - Biological Psychology JO - Biological Psychology JA - Biol Psychol Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 26 IS - 1-3 SP - 269 EP - 276 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0301-0511 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-25068-001. PMID: 3207786 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Paller, Ken A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychology Lab, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19890801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Evoked Potentials; Incidental Learning; Recall (Learning); Recognition (Learning); Words (Phonetic Units). Minor Descriptor: Response Latency; Verbal Stimuli. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1988. AB - 10 right-handed adults (aged 19–35 yrs) viewed words presented under incidental learning conditions in which each word required a 2-choice decision based on semantic criteria (interesting/uninteresting or edible/inedible). Memory for these words was subsequently assessed by a free recall and a recognition test. Event-related brain potentials elicited in response to the original presentation of each word were found to differ as a function of later memory performance. Over the 400–800 msec latency range, responses to remembered words were positive relative to responses to forgotten words, especially for recall. These electrophysiological differences are interpreted as reflections of processes that are correlated with encoding. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EP response latencies to words & incidental learning assessed by free recall & recognition KW - 19–35 yr olds KW - 1988 KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Incidental Learning KW - Recall (Learning) KW - Recognition (Learning) KW - Words (Phonetic Units) KW - Response Latency KW - Verbal Stimuli KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0301-0511(88)90023-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-25068-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0003-4415-4143 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-24957-001 AN - 1989-24957-001 AU - Powell, D. A. AU - Levine-Bryce, Dianne T1 - A comparison of two model systems of associative learning: Heart rate and eyeblink conditioning in the rabbit. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 25 IS - 6 SP - 672 EP - 682 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-24957-001. PMID: 3241854 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Powell, D. A.; William Jennings Bryan Dorn Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuroscience Lab, Columbia, SC, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19890801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Associative Processes; Classical Conditioning; Eyeblink Reflex; Heart Rate. Minor Descriptor: Rabbits. Classification: Learning & Motivation (2420). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. AB - In 4 classical conditioning experiments with rabbits, heart period and eyeblink responses were assessed concomitantly. The conditioned stimuli (CS) were tones and the unconditioned stimulus (UCS) was a brief paraorbital electric shock. Data indicate that these 2 model systems of mammalian learning (based on heart period and eyeblink responses) show different acquisition functions. It is noted that heart rate slowing always accompanied the eyeblink conditioned responses, even though increases in general electromyographic activity as well as eyeblink conditioned responses were simultaneously observed during CS presentation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - heart rate vs eyeblink conditioning model systems of associative learning KW - acquisition functions KW - rabbits KW - 1988 KW - Associative Processes KW - Classical Conditioning KW - Eyeblink Reflex KW - Heart Rate KW - Rabbits KW - 1988 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1988.tb01906.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-24957-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-24889-001 AN - 1989-24889-001 AU - Squire, Larry R. T1 - On the course of forgetting in very long-term memory. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition JA - J Exp Psychol Learn Mem Cogn Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 241 EP - 245 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0278-7393 SN - 1939-1285 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-24889-001. PMID: 2522513 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Squire, Larry R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890801. Correction Date: 20100510. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Forgetting; Long Term Memory. Minor Descriptor: Longitudinal Studies. Classification: Learning & Memory (2343). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jun 15, 1988; Revised Date: May 9, 1988; First Submitted Date: Jan 4, 1988. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - For practical reasons, little information is available about memory across very long learning-retention intervals. To determine the time course of forgetting in very long-term memory, a memory test was constructed that sampled events (former one-season television programs) that had occurred during a single year from 1 to 15 years ago. Updated versions of the test were administered each year for 9 consecutive years, and a forgetting curve was then calculated by superimposing the results from the nine tests. The best fitting function to the curve was monotonic and nonlinear. The findings show that forgetting in very long-term memory can be gradual and continuous for many years after learning. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - forgetting in very long term memory KW - 22–70 yr olds KW - 9 yr study KW - 1989 KW - Forgetting KW - Long Term Memory KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/0278-7393.15.2.241 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-24889-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-24629-001 AN - 1989-24629-001 AU - Naliboff, Bruce D. AU - McCreary, Charles P. AU - McArthur, David L. AU - Cohen, Michael J. AU - Gottlieb, Harold J. T1 - MMPI changes following behavioral treatment of chronic low back pain. JF - Pain JO - Pain JA - Pain Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 35 IS - 3 SP - 271 EP - 277 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0304-3959 SN - 1872-6623 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-24629-001. PMID: 2976142 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Naliboff, Bruce D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Other Publishers: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. Release Date: 19890801. Correction Date: 20160421. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Back Pain; Chronic Pain; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Behavior Modification; Followup Studies; Test Reliability; Test Validity. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Behavior Therapy & Behavior Modification (3312). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. AB - 634 patients with chronic low back pain were studied on admission to a behaviorally oriented inpatient pain program, at program completion, and at 1 mo follow-up. 58% of males and 55% of females completed the program and follow-up evaluation. Cluster analyses of admissions Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) scores identified 4 patient subgroups each for males and females: severely disturbed, hypochondriacal, unelevated, and reactive depression and somatization with denial of affect. There were no subgroup differences found on any of the admissions demographic, pain report, or physical function measures, or differential treatment outcome. All groups began with high levels of pain and disability, yet improved dramatically following treatment. There was a general normalization of the MMPI reflected by elevated MMPI scales found at admission showing significant decreases at follow-up testing. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reliability & validity of MMPI KW - assessment of behaviorally oriented treatment outcome KW - patients with chronic back pain KW - 1 mo followup KW - 1988 KW - Back Pain KW - Chronic Pain KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Behavior Modification KW - Followup Studies KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0304-3959(88)90137-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-24629-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-24607-001 AN - 1989-24607-001 AU - Keane, Terence M. AU - Fairbank, John A. AU - Caddell, Juesta M. AU - Zimering, Rose T. AU - Taylor, Kathryn L. AU - Mora, Catherine A. T1 - Clinical evaluation of a measure to assess combat exposure. JF - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - Psychol Assess Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 53 EP - 55 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1040-3590 SN - 1939-134X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-24607-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Keane, Terence M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19890801. Correction Date: 20100308. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Rating Scales; Test Reliability. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans; War. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jul 19, 1988; Revised Date: Jun 23, 1988; First Submitted Date: Mar 11, 1988. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The Combat Exposure Scale (CES) was constructed as an attempt to measure the subjective report of wartime stressors experienced by combatants. This sequence of three studies demonstrates that the CES possesses sound psychometric properties. These include internal stability and test–retest reliability. As predicted from other studies on this topic, those veterans with a diagnosis of posttraumatic stress disorder reported higher amounts of combat exposure. The limitations of a purely retrospective measure of combat stressors are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - internal consistency & test retest reliability of Combat Exposure Scale KW - assessment of PTSD KW - male Vietnam era veterans KW - 1989 KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Rating Scales KW - Test Reliability KW - Military Veterans KW - War KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/1040-3590.1.1.53 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-24607-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-23749-001 AN - 1989-23749-001 AU - Carmody, Timothy P. AU - Loew, Dorene E. AU - Hall, Robert G. AU - Breckenridge, Julia S. AU - Breckenridge, James N. AU - Hall, Sharon M. T1 - Nicotine polacrilex: Clinic-based strategies with chronically ill smokers. T3 - Pharmacological adjuncts and nutritional supplements in the treatment of drug dependence JF - Journal of Psychoactive Drugs JO - Journal of Psychoactive Drugs JA - J Psychoactive Drugs Y1 - 1988/07//Jul-Sep, 1988 VL - 20 IS - 3 SP - 269 EP - 274 CY - US PB - Haight-Ashbury Publications SN - 0279-1072 SN - 2159-9777 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-23749-001. PMID: 3236143 Other Journal Title: Journal of Psychedelic Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carmody, Timothy P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, San Francisco, CA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19890701. Correction Date: 20130729. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Modification; Drug Therapy; Nicotine; Smoking Cessation. Minor Descriptor: Prevention; Relapse (Disorders); Self-Management; Tobacco Smoking. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul-Sep, 1988. AB - Investigated the impact of a clinic-based smoking treatment package that combined the use of nicotine polacrilex (chewing gum [CG]) with behavioral self-management and relapse prevention techniques. 59 smoking clinic patients (aged 50+ yrs) received either treatment with CG and behavioral management skills training or CG with only minimum follow-up contact. Findings indicate that there were no significant differences in posttreatment abstinence between groups. The overall abstinence rate at 3 mo was 46%. Findings suggest that additional behavioral interventions were not necessary as long as periodic follow-up contacts were provided to monitor compliance and to determine the treatment and side effects of CG. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinic program based on nicotine polacrilex with vs without behavioral self management & relapse prevention techniques KW - male smokers over 50 yrs old KW - 1988 KW - Behavior Modification KW - Drug Therapy KW - Nicotine KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Prevention KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - Self-Management KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - 1988 DO - 10.1080/02791072.1988.10472497 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-23749-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-23681-001 AN - 1989-23681-001 AU - Pearlman, Robert A. AU - Uhlmann, Richard F. T1 - Quality of life in the elderly: Comparisons between nursing home and community residents. T3 - Quality of life in long-term care settings JF - Journal of Applied Gerontology JO - Journal of Applied Gerontology JA - J Appl Gerontol Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 7 IS - 3 SP - 316 EP - 330 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0733-4648 SN - 1552-4523 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-23681-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pearlman, Robert A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Geriatric Research, Education, & Clinical Ctr, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19890701. Correction Date: 20121008. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Nursing Homes; Quality of Life. Minor Descriptor: Communities. Classification: Nursing Homes & Residential Care (3377). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1988. AB - 47 community residents were matched by age and sex to 47 nursing home residents. All Ss were aged ≥65 yrs. Questionnaire data show that global quality of life (QOL) ratings were similar between both groups, suggesting a self-perceived acceptable QOL. Housing (the nursing home), finances, health, and interpersonal relationships were associated with global QOL for nursing home Ss; for community participants, health, disability, finances, anxiety, and interpersonal relationships were associated with QOL. Results suggest that health care providers cannot assume that older nursing home residents perceive their QOL to be worse than that of other elderly persons. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - quality of life KW - nursing home vs community residents 65 yrs old & older KW - 1988 KW - Nursing Homes KW - Quality of Life KW - Communities KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-23681-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-23632-001 AN - 1989-23632-001 AU - Adkins, Bonnie J. T1 - Discharge planning with pathological gamblers: An ongoing process. JF - Journal of Gambling Behavior JO - Journal of Gambling Behavior Y1 - 1988///Fal 1988 VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 208 EP - 218 CY - Germany PB - Springer N1 - Accession Number: 1989-23632-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Gambling Studies. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Adkins, Bonnie J.; Cleveland Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Gambling Treatment Program, Brecksville, OH, US. Release Date: 19890701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospital Discharge; Pathological Gambling; Treatment. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1988. AB - Discusses all areas of the gambler's life that have been disrupted and need to be considered when working on a discharge and recovery plan. Eight major areas are addressed: housing, work, finances, family, legal problems, health, professional aftercare, and Gambler's Anonymous or other self-help groups. A specific gambling treatment program philosophy is discussed that includes a goal of complete abstinence to be achieved using a holistic treatment approach. Physical, psychological, spiritual, and social spheres are included in the treatment plan. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - treatment & discharge planning KW - pathological gamblers KW - 1988 KW - Hospital Discharge KW - Pathological Gambling KW - Treatment KW - 1988 DO - 10.1007/BF01018333 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-23632-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-23616-001 AN - 1989-23616-001 AU - Erickson, Richard C. T1 - Pastoral care and counseling with the chronically ill. JF - Pastoral Psychology JO - Pastoral Psychology JA - Pastoral Psychol Y1 - 1988///Fal 1988 VL - 37 IS - 1 SP - 15 EP - 24 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0031-2789 SN - 1573-6679 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-23616-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Erickson, Richard C.; Brockton Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MA, US. Release Date: 19890701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chronic Pain; Chronicity (Disorders); Disorders; Pastoral Counseling. Classification: Lay & Paraprofessional & Pastoral Counseling (3355). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1988. AB - Discusses the increasing prevalence of chronic illness and chronic pain problems as a challenge offered to pastors and churches. Notions of surplus suffering and disability are discussed, misconceived rules and expectations characterized, and strategies for helping chronic patients and their families described. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - pastoral care & counseling KW - patients with chronic illness or pain KW - 1988 KW - Chronic Pain KW - Chronicity (Disorders) KW - Disorders KW - Pastoral Counseling KW - 1988 DO - 10.1007/BF01763914 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-23616-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-23535-001 AN - 1989-23535-001 AU - Schag, C. Anne AU - Heinrich, Richard L. T1 - Anxiety in medical situations: Adult cancer patients. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 45 IS - 1 SP - 20 EP - 27 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-23535-001. PMID: 2925881 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schag, C. Anne; Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CA, US. Release Date: 19890701. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Human Sex Differences; Medical Patients; Neoplasms. Minor Descriptor: Medical Treatment (General). Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. AB - Anxiety associated with medical situations was studied in 238 male and 82 female adult cancer patients. Ss completed a cancer inventory of problem situations (R. L. Heinrich et al; see record [rid]1985-00151-001[/rid]), which identifies anxiety in a variety of medical situations. 44% of Ss reported some anxiety in medical situations; 23% reported significant anxiety. Females were more likely to report anxiety and with greater intensity than males in situations such as watching other patients receive treatments, waiting to see the doctor, waiting to find out the results of tests, going to the hospital, and receiving chemotherapy. Age, sex, problems communicating with the health team, and global adjustment to the illness accounted for a significant amount of the variance. Results suggest areas for mental health professionals to be involved in the care of individuals with cancer. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - anxiety in medical situations KW - males vs females KW - 1989 KW - Anxiety KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Medical Patients KW - Neoplasms KW - Medical Treatment (General) KW - 1989 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198901)45:1<20::AID-JCLP2270450103>3.0.CO;2-Z UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-23535-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-23509-001 AN - 1989-23509-001 AU - Kloezen, Sandra AU - Fitten, L. Jaime AU - Steinberg, Alan T1 - Assessment of treatment decision-making capacity in a medically ill patient. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 36 IS - 11 SP - 1055 EP - 1058 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-23509-001. PMID: 3171043 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kloezen, Sandra; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Psychiatry Service, Section on Geropsychiatry, Sepulveda, CA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19890701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Competence; Hemodialysis; Informed Consent; Major Depression; Medical Treatment (General). Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Symptoms. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. AB - Presents the case of a 72-yr-old female hemodialysis patient with depressive symptoms, who missed dialysis appointments and omitted medications. An assessment of decision-making capacity indicated that the S understood the treatments, but retention of information was poor. The case illustrates complexities in medical-treatment decision making where an elderly patient's competency is compromised. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - medical treatment decision making capacity KW - 72 yr old female hemodialysis patient with depressive symptoms KW - case report KW - 1988 KW - Competence KW - Hemodialysis KW - Informed Consent KW - Major Depression KW - Medical Treatment (General) KW - Case Report KW - Symptoms KW - 1988 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1988.tb04376.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-23509-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-23416-001 AN - 1989-23416-001 AU - Kramer, Mark S. AU - Gorkin, Robert A. AU - DiJohnson, Celeste AU - Sheves, Patricia T1 - Propranolol in the treatment of neuroleptic-induced akathisia (NIA) in schizophrenics: A double-blind, placebo-controlled study. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 24 IS - 7 SP - 823 EP - 827 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-23416-001. PMID: 2906547 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kramer, Mark S.; Coatesville Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, PA, US. Release Date: 19890701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Activity Level; Neuroleptic Drugs; Propranolol; Schizophrenia; Side Effects (Drug). Minor Descriptor: Antitremor Drugs; Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Trial; Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. AB - Studied 20 male schizophrenics (aged 22–53 yrs) with neuroleptic-induced akathisia (NIA). Ss were treated for more than 5 days with benztropine without improvement in NIA. 10 Ss received 2 days of placebo, followed by 5 days of propranolol; the remaining 10 Ss received 2 days of propranolol, followed by 5 days of placebo. Ss were rated before treatment, after completion of the 1st treatment phase, and at the end of the crossover phase. Data support previous reports (e.g., L. Adler at al [1985, 1986]) of propranolol's beneficial effect in patients with NIA. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - benztropine with vs without propranolol KW - neuroleptic induced akathisia KW - schizophrenic 22–53 yr olds KW - 1988 KW - Activity Level KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Propranolol KW - Schizophrenia KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Antitremor Drugs KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(88)90260-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-23416-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-23364-001 AN - 1989-23364-001 AU - Caligiuri, Michael P. AU - Harris, M. Jackuelyn AU - Jeste, Dilip V. T1 - Quantitative analyses of voluntary orofacial motor control in schizophrenia and tardive dyskinesia. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 24 IS - 7 SP - 787 EP - 800 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-23364-001. PMID: 2906545 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Caligiuri, Michael P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Human Motor Control Lab, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Motor Coordination; Neuroleptic Drugs; Schizophrenia; Tardive Dyskinesia. Minor Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Jaw; Lips (Face); Side Effects (Drug); Tongue. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. AB - Investigated voluntary control of lip, jaw, and tongue movements in 22 schizophrenic patients with and without tardive dyskinesia (TD) and in 13 normal controls. 11 of the patients had moderate to severe TD. Analyses were made of performance on pursuit tracking tasks to evaluate differences between TD and non-TD patients and between medicated and currently unmedicated patients. Results indicated significant group differences in voluntary orofacial motor control. The finding that many non-TD patients exhibited voluntary motor dyscontrol suggests that this may represent a disorder independent of the involuntary dyskinesia. The level of neuroleptic and/or antiparkinsonian medication was unrelated to the degree of voluntary motor control impairment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - current neuroleptic drug therapy KW - voluntary control of lip & jaw & tongue movements KW - schizophrenic patients with vs without tardive dyskinesia KW - 1988 KW - Motor Coordination KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Schizophrenia KW - Tardive Dyskinesia KW - Drug Therapy KW - Jaw KW - Lips (Face) KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Tongue KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(88)90255-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-23364-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-23292-001 AN - 1989-23292-001 AU - Taber, Julian I. AU - Chaplin, Martin P. T1 - Group psychotherapy with pathological gamblers. JF - Journal of Gambling Behavior JO - Journal of Gambling Behavior Y1 - 1988///Fal 1988 VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 183 EP - 196 CY - Germany PB - Springer N1 - Accession Number: 1989-23292-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Gambling Studies. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Taber, Julian I.; Ioannis A. Louragis Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Addictive Disorders Treatment Program, Reno, NV, US. Release Date: 19890701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Pathological Gambling; Psychotherapeutic Techniques. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1988. AB - Discusses group therapy techniques used in the authors' work with pathological gamblers. These conceptual tools ranged from rational–emotive psychotherapy to Zen philosophy and provided a background and foundation for working. Therapeutic and antitherapeutic beliefs and behaviors of gamblers are discussed, including narcissism, manipulative behavior, and rejection of Gamblers Anonymous. Each technique, behavior, or belief discussed is explained in terms of how each affects the group process and how each is managed in group therapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group psychotherapy KW - pathological gamblers KW - 1988 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Pathological Gambling KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - 1988 DO - 10.1007/BF01018331 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-23292-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-23282-001 AN - 1989-23282-001 AU - Murburg, M. Michele AU - Price, Lawrence H. AU - Jalali, Behnaz T1 - Huntington's disease: Therapy strategies. JF - Family Systems Medicine JO - Family Systems Medicine JA - Fam Syst Med Y1 - 1988///Fal 1988 VL - 6 IS - 3 SP - 290 EP - 303 CY - US PB - Family Systems Medicine, Inc. SN - 0736-1718 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-23282-001. Other Journal Title: Families, Systems, & Health. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Murburg, M. Michele; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Seattle, WA, US. Other Publishers: Brunner/Mazel Publishers, Inc.; Educational Publishing Foundation; Families, Systems & Health, Inc.; Family Process, Inc. Release Date: 19890701. Correction Date: 20100104. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Family Therapy; Group Psychotherapy; Huntingtons Disease. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1988. Copyright Statement: Kluwer Academic/Human Sciences Press. 1988. AB - Illustrates a modified psychoeducational approach to single-family therapy and multiple-family therapy for families with Huntington's disease, using material from 6 case histories. Single-family therapy was helpful in solving problems related to specific family developmental crises and to shifts in family roles and hierarchies resulting from the worsening of Huntington's symptoms. The mobilization of hope and altruism and a lessening of the sense of isolation and helplessness in coping with the illness were facilitated by the multiple-family group. The participation of families at different stages of the illness, however, tended to threaten defenses (e.g., partial denial) that were useful in coping with the progressive course of the illness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychoeducational single & multiple family therapy KW - families with Huntington's disease KW - 1988 KW - Family Therapy KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Huntingtons Disease KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/h0089748 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-23282-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-23240-001 AN - 1989-23240-001 AU - Thompson, Larry W. AU - Gallagher, Dolores AU - Czirr, Ruth T1 - Personality disorder and outcome in the treatment of late-life depression. JF - Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry JO - Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry JA - J Geriatr Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/// VL - 21 IS - 2 SP - 133 EP - 146 CY - US PB - International Universities Press SN - 0022-1414 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-23240-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Thompson, Larry W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Gerontology Research Programs Menlo Park Div, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19890701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatric Psychotherapy; Major Depression; Personality Disorders; Psychotherapeutic Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Brief Psychotherapy; Cognitive Therapy. Classification: Cognitive Therapy (3311). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - 79 depressed patients (mean age 66.33 yrs) were treated either with cognitive therapy, behavioral therapy, or brief psychodynamic therapy. Sessions were held 2 times/wk for the 1st 4 wks and then 1 time/wk for the remaining 16–20 sessions. Ss were assessed at the end of therapy and at 3-, 6-, 12-, 18-, and 24-mo follow-ups, using the Schedule for Affective Disorders and Schizophrenia, Beck Depression Inventory, Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression, and Structured Interview for Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) Personality Disorders. Findings suggest that there was a highly significant increase in symptoms normally associated with a personality disorder; this increase seemed to reflect an increase in dependent and avoidance responses. Ss with evidence of a personality disorder, regardless of their level of depression, were less likely to benefit from short-term psychotherapy than Ss with no evidence of a personality disorder. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - efficacy of cognitive vs behavioral vs brief psychodynamic therapy KW - depressed elderly with vs without personality disorders KW - 1988 KW - Geriatric Psychotherapy KW - Major Depression KW - Personality Disorders KW - Psychotherapeutic Outcomes KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Brief Psychotherapy KW - Cognitive Therapy KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-23240-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-23068-001 AN - 1989-23068-001 AU - Van Vort, Walter B. T1 - Is sham feeding an animal model of bulimia? JF - International Journal of Eating Disorders JO - International Journal of Eating Disorders JA - Int J Eat Disord Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 7 IS - 6 SP - 797 EP - 806 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0276-3478 SN - 1098-108X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-23068-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Vort, Walter B.; Brentwood Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19890701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Models; Bulimia. Minor Descriptor: Satiation. Classification: Eating Disorders (3260); Physiological Processes (2540). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. AB - Explores sham-feeding (SF) of animals as a model of bulimia because SF resembles bulimia as 2 forms of hyperphagia; one associated with hunger and palatable, easy-to-ingest food and one with operational interference with gastric and postgastric safety mechanisms. Topics discussed include satiety mechanisms and reward processes for normal meal size, and bulimia and the W. T. McKinney (see record [rid]1975-05530-001[/rid]) criteria. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sham feeding as animal model of bulimia KW - 1988 KW - Animal Models KW - Bulimia KW - Satiation KW - 1988 DO - 10.1002/1098-108X(198811)7:6<797::AID-EAT2260070610>3.0.CO;2-K UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-23068-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-23047-001 AN - 1989-23047-001 AU - Shindell, Steve T1 - Psychological sequelae to diabetic retinopathy. JF - Journal of the American Optometric Association JO - Journal of the American Optometric Association JA - J Am Optom Assoc Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 59 IS - 11 SP - 870 EP - 874 CY - US PB - American Optometric Assn SN - 0003-0244 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-23047-001. PMID: 3230241 Other Journal Title: Optometry: Journal of the American Optometric Association. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shindell, Steve; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Western Blind Rehabilitation Ctr, CA, US. Release Date: 19890701. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Diabetes; Emotional Adjustment; Eye Disorders; Psychosocial Factors; Retina. Minor Descriptor: Optometrists; Therapeutic Processes; Sequelae. Classification: Vision & Hearing & Sensory Disorders (3299); Behavioral & Psychological Treatment of Physical Illness (3361). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. AB - Presents an overview of the psychological and social issues raised by diabetic retinopathy (DR) and how its effects are mitigated by the timing of disease onset and progression, significant events in the course of treatment, concurrent medical concerns, coping skills, and the vision care professional's attitude in dealing with people having disabilities. Social issues discussed include disruption of social roles and family attitudes toward DR. Cognitive and emotional complications of DR are also discussed. It is suggested that successful adaptation to DR involves integration of the disability into patients' self-perceptions. It is concluded that vision care professionals should become more aware of their potentially powerful positive and negative influences on the psychological health of individuals with DR. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological & social issues & role of vision care professionals KW - patients with diabetic retinopathy KW - 1988 KW - Diabetes KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - Eye Disorders KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - Retina KW - Optometrists KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - Sequelae KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-23047-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-23026-001 AN - 1989-23026-001 AU - Pine, Charles J. T1 - Diabetes and behavior: American Indian issues. JF - American Indian and Alaska Native Mental Health Research JO - American Indian and Alaska Native Mental Health Research JA - Am Indian Alsk Native Ment Health Res Y1 - 1988/// VL - 1 IS - Mono 1 SP - 94 EP - 109 CY - US PB - National Center for American Indian and Alaska Native Mental Health Research SN - 0893-5394 SN - 1533-7731 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-23026-001. Other Journal Title: White Cloud Journal of American Indian Mental Health; White Cloud Journal of American Indian/Alaska Native Mental Health. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pine, Charles J.; Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Services, CA, US. Release Date: 19890701. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: American Indians; Diabetes Mellitus. Minor Descriptor: Etiology; Experimentation; Prevention; Psychosocial Factors; Treatment; Type 2 Diabetes. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Reviews the etiology of Type II diabetes (TD), including the influence of heredity, obesity, age, and environment, and addresses the psychological and behavioral factors that may be involved in Native American Indian TD. Intervention and prevention issues are discussed, and research areas are highlighted. A prototypic study is proposed to address the role of psycho-social/behavioral factors in the etiology, onset, and perpetuation of TD among Native Americans. The basic framework would involve a longitudinal study that is also cross-generational, which avoids the basic problems of a retrospective study and allows for studying experimental issues related to generational membership. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - etiology & psychological & behavioral factors & intervention & prevention of & research on Type II diabetes KW - Native American Indians KW - 1988 KW - American Indians KW - Diabetes Mellitus KW - Etiology KW - Experimentation KW - Prevention KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - Treatment KW - Type 2 Diabetes KW - 1988 DO - 10.5820/aian.mono01.1988.94 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-23026-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-23014-001 AN - 1989-23014-001 AU - O'Brien, Jack AU - Francis, Anita T1 - The use of next-of-kin to estimate pain in cancer patients. JF - Pain JO - Pain JA - Pain Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 35 IS - 2 SP - 171 EP - 178 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0304-3959 SN - 1872-6623 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-23014-001. PMID: 3237431 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Brien, Jack; American Lake Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Tacoma, WA, US. Other Publishers: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. Release Date: 19890701. Correction Date: 20160421. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Caregivers; Family Members; Neoplasms; Pain Perception. Classification: Cancer (3293). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. AB - Examined the validity of estimations by next-of-kin of cancer patients' subjective experiences of pain. 42 cancer patients (aged 25–79 yrs) and their next-of-kin (aged 28–85 yrs) were surveyed with regard to the patients' experiences of pain and reports of aspects of medical treatment. Close agreement was found between patients and next-of-kin on items that were salient and had a limited choice of responses, such as the presence of pain. There was less agreement for items having several possible responses, such as the intensity and frequency of pain. Agreement between patients and next-of-kin decreased to near randomness as questions became more complicated and the range of possible responses widened. It is concluded that next-of-kin who are reasonably familiar with patients and their conditions may be used to evaluate cancer patients' experience of pain. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of next of kin's estimations of pain KW - 25–79 yr old cancer patients & their 28–85 yr old next of kin KW - 1988 KW - Caregivers KW - Family Members KW - Neoplasms KW - Pain Perception KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0304-3959(88)90224-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-23014-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-23006-001 AN - 1989-23006-001 AU - Mohs, Richard C. T1 - Memory impairment in amnesia and dementia: Implications for the use of animal models. T3 - Experimental models of age-related memory dysfunction and neurodegeneration JF - Neurobiology of Aging JO - Neurobiology of Aging JA - Neurobiol Aging Y1 - 1988/09//Sep-Dec, 1988 VL - 9 IS - 5-6 SP - 465 EP - 468 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0197-4580 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-23006-001. PMID: 3062457 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mohs, Richard C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19890701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Amnesia; Dementia; Memory Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Animal Models. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sep-Dec, 1988. AB - Notes that dementia, particularly that due to Alzheimer's disease, is more common than amnesia but differs from the amnestic syndromes in 3 ways: (1) a variety of cognitive functions including language and praxis are affected; (2) the condition is usually progressive with gradual loss of several neuronal populations; and (3) the etiology of dementia is not well understood at present, but clinical data suggest some role for genetic, viral, vascular, and toxic environmental factors. It is argued that animal models should give greater attention to these important features of the common clinical dementias. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - memory impairment KW - Alzheimer's disease & other dementias vs amnesia KW - implications for animal models KW - 1988 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Amnesia KW - Dementia KW - Memory Disorders KW - Animal Models KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/S0197-4580(88)80099-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-23006-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-22991-001 AN - 1989-22991-001 AU - Marshall, Robert C. AU - Gandour, Jack AU - Windsor, Jennifer T1 - Selective impairment of phonation: A case study. JF - Brain and Language JO - Brain and Language JA - Brain Lang Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 35 IS - 2 SP - 313 EP - 339 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0093-934X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-22991-001. PMID: 3208076 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Marshall, Robert C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Audiology & Speech Pathology Service, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19890701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Apraxia; Cerebrovascular Accidents; Laryngeal Disorders; Speech Characteristics. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Phonology. Classification: Cardiovascular Disorders (3295). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 27. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. AB - Reports the case of a 47-yr-old right-handed male who suffered a left hemisphere cerebrovascular accident after which his speech and language resembled that of Broca's aphasia with accompanying apraxia of speech. Medical, behavioral, and acoustical data amassed over a period of several months indicated numerous contraindications to traditional diagnoses of Broca's aphasia, apraxia of speech, and dysarthria. Ultimately, it was determined that the S had a selective impairment of phonation or laryngeal apraxia. After being taught to use an electrolarynx which allowed him to bypass his disrupted phonatory system, the S was able to communicate normally. Mechanisms underlying the dissociation of oral and laryngeal gestures due to brain injury are reviewed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - selective impairment of phonation of laryngeal apraxia presenting as Broca's aphasia & speech apraxia KW - 47 yr old male with left hemisphere cerebrovascular accident KW - case report KW - 1988 KW - Aphasia KW - Apraxia KW - Cerebrovascular Accidents KW - Laryngeal Disorders KW - Speech Characteristics KW - Case Report KW - Phonology KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90115-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-22991-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-22972-001 AN - 1989-22972-001 AU - Kritchevsky, Mark AU - Squire, Larry R. T1 - Transient global amnesia: Evidence for extensive, temporally graded retrograde amnesia. JF - Neurology JO - Neurology Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 39 IS - 2, Pt 1 SP - 213 EP - 218 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0028-3878 SN - 1526-632X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-22972-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kritchevsky, Mark; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Neuropsychology. Minor Descriptor: Diencephalon; Temporal Lobe. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1989. AB - Gave neuropsychological tests to 6 patients (aged 56–74 yrs) during and after their episodes of transient global amnesia (TGA). Tests of anterograde amnesia were given to 10 normal Ss (average age 69 yrs). Ss with TGA had severe anterograde amnesia for both verbal and nonverbal material. TGA Ss also had a patchy, temporally graded retrograde amnesia covering at least 20 yrs prior to the onset of amnesia. The study suggests that the amnesia in TGA depends on dysfunction of bilateral medial temporal or bilateral medial diencephalic structures important for memory. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuropsychological assessment KW - 56–74 yr olds studied during vs after episodes of transient global amnesia KW - implications for bilateral medial temporal or diencephalic structures KW - 1989 KW - Amnesia KW - Neuropsychology KW - Diencephalon KW - Temporal Lobe KW - 1989 DO - 10.1159/000138600 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-22972-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-22902-001 AN - 1989-22902-001 AU - Cohen, Michael J. AU - McArthur, David L. AU - Vulpe, Michael AU - Schandler, Steven L. AU - Gerber, Kenneth E. T1 - Comparing chronic pain from spinal cord injury to chronic pain of other origins. JF - Pain JO - Pain JA - Pain Y1 - 1988/10// VL - 35 IS - 1 SP - 57 EP - 63 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0304-3959 SN - 1872-6623 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-22902-001. PMID: 3200598 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cohen, Michael J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Long Beach, CA, US. Other Publishers: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. Release Date: 19890701. Correction Date: 20160421. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chronic Pain; Demographic Characteristics; Etiology; Personality Correlates; Spinal Cord Injuries. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1988. AB - Compared 49 adult spinal cord injury patients seeking treatment for chronic pain with a general group of 95 adult patients from a pain clinic using selected demographic variables, the McGill Pain Questionnaire (MPQ), and the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI). Multivariate analyses revealed differences among groups on the MPQ for Number of Words Checked, Rank Sum, and the Affective dimension. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - demographic & pain & personality characteristics KW - patients with chronic pain from spinal cord injury vs other conditions KW - 1988 KW - Chronic Pain KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - Etiology KW - Personality Correlates KW - Spinal Cord Injuries KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0304-3959(88)90276-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-22902-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-22892-001 AN - 1989-22892-001 AU - Bonnet, Michael H. T1 - Sleep restoration as a function of periodic awakening, movement, or electroencephalographic change. JF - Sleep: Journal of Sleep Research & Sleep Medicine JO - Sleep: Journal of Sleep Research & Sleep Medicine JA - Sleep Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 10 IS - 4 SP - 364 EP - 373 CY - US PB - American Academy of Sleep Medicine SN - 0161-8105 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-22892-001. PMID: 3659734 Other Journal Title: Sleep: Journal of Sleep and Sleep Disorders Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bonnet, Michael H.; Jerry L. Pettis Veterans Administration Hosp, Loma Linda, CA, US. Release Date: 19890701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apnea; Fatigue; Sleep Deprivation; Sleep Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Electroencephalography; Motor Processes; Sleep. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290); Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1987. AB - 11 young men had their sleep disturbed following each 2 min of accumulated sleep for 2 consecutive nights in 3 different wks. During 1 wk the disturbance was a brief awakening followed by a subjective response. During another week Ss were required to make a quarter-body turn response. During the final week, the disturbance was an ongoing EEG change. The 3 disturbance conditions differentially impacted sleep, with the most sleep disturbance seen in the awakening condition and the least disturbance seen in the EEG change condition. Morning vigilance performance and nap latency were decreased and fatigue was increased following all 3 disturbance conditions. For the mood scales, significant condition interactions indicated that Ss reported being sleepier only after the awakening condition. Findings suggest that the restorative function of sleep is equally impaired by any periodic change in ongoing EEG and that impairment does not require a return to waking consciousness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - periodic awakening vs required movement vs EEG change KW - sleep restoration KW - 18–28 yr old males KW - implications for sleep apnea patients KW - 1987 KW - Apnea KW - Fatigue KW - Sleep Deprivation KW - Sleep Disorders KW - Electroencephalography KW - Motor Processes KW - Sleep KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-22892-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-22827-001 AN - 1989-22827-001 AU - Silk-Walker, Patricia AU - Walker, R. Dale AU - Kivlahan, Daniel T1 - Alcoholism, alcohol abuse, and health in American Indians and Alaska Natives. JF - American Indian and Alaska Native Mental Health Research JO - American Indian and Alaska Native Mental Health Research JA - Am Indian Alsk Native Ment Health Res Y1 - 1988/// VL - 1 IS - Mono 1 SP - 65 EP - 83 CY - US PB - National Center for American Indian and Alaska Native Mental Health Research SN - 0893-5394 SN - 1533-7731 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-22827-001. Other Journal Title: White Cloud Journal of American Indian Mental Health; White Cloud Journal of American Indian/Alaska Native Mental Health. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silk-Walker, Patricia; Seattle Veterans Administration Alcohol Dependence Treatment Program, WA, US. Release Date: 19890701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Alcoholism; American Indians; Inuit. Minor Descriptor: Diagnosis; Epidemiology; Experimentation; Health; History; Prevention; Treatment. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 19. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Reviews specific research needs in American Indian and Alaska Native communities as related to (1) epidemiology and natural history of alcohol use; (2) assessment and diagnostic indicators of alcohol misuse; (3) treatment intervention and outcome; and (4) prevention. Psychological models of etiology are discussed in terms of their relevance to the Native American population. Sociocultural theories and studies of genetic risk factors are also considered. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - research needs in epidemiology & natural history & diagnosis & treatment & prevention of alcoholism & alcohol abuse KW - American Indians & Native Alaskans KW - health implications KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Alcoholism KW - American Indians KW - Inuit KW - Diagnosis KW - Epidemiology KW - Experimentation KW - Health KW - History KW - Prevention KW - Treatment KW - 1988 DO - 10.5820/aian.mono01.1988.65 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-22827-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-22823-001 AN - 1989-22823-001 AU - Schandler, Steven L. AU - Brannock, JoAnn C. AU - Cohen, Michael J. AU - Antick, Jennifer AU - Caine, Kathleen T1 - Visuospatial learning in elementary school children with and without a family history of alcoholism. JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 49 IS - 6 SP - 538 EP - 545 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0096-882X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-22823-001. PMID: 3236885 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs; Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schandler, Steven L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Long Beach, CA, US. Release Date: 19890701. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Offspring; Paired Associate Learning; Spatial Perception; Visual Perception. Minor Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Family Background; Family History. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. AB - Investigated visuospatial information processing in young children with and without a family history of alcoholism (FHA). Of 36 6–11 yr olds, 18 were from families in which one or both biologic parents had a history of alcoholism. The remaining 18 children had no FHA or alcohol-related problems. During a single experimental session, each child received a visuospatial paired-associate learning task, requiring the learning of the spatial positions of 5 low-semantic-content 'nonsense shapes.' The learning performance of the Ss with an FHA was significantly poorer than the performance displayed by the children with no FHA. The family-history-positive Ss required significantly more trials to learning criterion, gave fewer correct responses, and committed more errors. The pattern of learning displayed by the children with an FHA was similar to that displayed by detoxified alcoholics during a similar learning task. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visuospatial paired associate learning KW - 6–11 yr olds with vs without family history of alcoholism KW - 1988 KW - Alcoholism KW - Offspring KW - Paired Associate Learning KW - Spatial Perception KW - Visual Perception KW - At Risk Populations KW - Family Background KW - Family History KW - 1988 DO - 10.15288/jsa.1988.49.538 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-22823-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-22819-001 AN - 1989-22819-001 AU - Rosenberg, Neil L. AU - Spitz, Mark C. AU - Filley, Christopher M. AU - Davis, Kathleen A. AU - Schaumburg, Herbert H. T1 - Central nervous system effects of chronic toluene abuse: Clinical, brainstem evoked response and magnetic resonance imaging studies. JF - Neurotoxicology and Teratology JO - Neurotoxicology and Teratology JA - Neurotoxicol Teratol Y1 - 1988/09//Sep-Oct, 1988 VL - 10 IS - 5 SP - 489 EP - 495 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0892-0362 SN - 1872-9738 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-22819-001. PMID: 3247003 Other Journal Title: Neurobehavioral Toxicology & Teratology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rosenberg, Neil L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Service, Denver, CO, US. Release Date: 19890701. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Satellite Symposium to the Second World Congress of Neuroscience: Biological markers of neurotoxicity (1987, Szeged, Hungary). Major Descriptor: Auditory Evoked Potentials; Brain Stem; Central Nervous System; Inhalant Abuse. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Sep-Oct, 1988. AB - Tested neurological function, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) of the brain, and brainstem auditory evoked response (BAER) in 11 chronic toluene vapor abusers (aged 21–44 yrs). Neurological results from 4 Ss showed cognitive, pyramidal, cerebellar, and brainstem abnormalities. MRI in 3 Ss revealed diffuse cerebral, cerebellar, and brainstem atrophy and loss of differentiation between the gray and white matter throughout the central nervous system (CNS). BAERs were abnormal in 5 Ss. All 3 Ss with abnormal MRI scans also had abnormal neurological examinations and BAERs, but 2 Ss with abnormal BAERs had normal neurological examinations and MRI scans. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chronic toluene vapor abuse KW - neurological functioning & brain stem auditory EPs KW - 21–44 yr olds KW - conference presentation KW - 1988 KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Brain Stem KW - Central Nervous System KW - Inhalant Abuse KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0892-0362(88)90014-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-22819-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-22813-001 AN - 1989-22813-001 AU - Mulinski, Paul T1 - Male alcoholics' perceptions of their fathers. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 177 IS - 2 SP - 101 EP - 104 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-22813-001. PMID: 2915213 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mulinski, Paul; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Social Work Service, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19890701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adult Offspring; Alcoholism; Father Child Relations; Human Males. Minor Descriptor: Adult Attitudes. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1989. AB - Among 95 male alcoholics (aged 22–74 yrs), Ss who described their fathers as alcoholic were significantly less likely to perceive themselves as like their fathers when compared with Ss who did not describe their fathers as alcoholic. The importance of family history as it relates to treatment interventions with male alcoholics is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perceptions of their fathers KW - alcoholic 22–74 yr old males KW - 1989 KW - Adult Offspring KW - Alcoholism KW - Father Child Relations KW - Human Males KW - Adult Attitudes KW - 1989 DO - 10.1097/00005053-198902000-00006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-22813-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-22787-001 AN - 1989-22787-001 AU - Emmerson, Rita Y. AU - Dustman, R. E. AU - Heil, J. AU - Shearer, D. E. T1 - Neuropsychological performance of young nondrinkers, social drinkers, and long- and short-term sober alcoholics. JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JA - Alcohol Clin Exp Res Y1 - 1988/10// VL - 12 IS - 5 SP - 625 EP - 629 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0145-6008 SN - 1530-0277 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-22787-001. PMID: 3067605 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Emmerson, Rita Y.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychology Research Lab, Salt Lake City, UT, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19890701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Cognitive Ability; Neuropsychology; Sobriety; Social Drinking. Minor Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1988. AB - Investigated the neuropsychological performance of 23–42 yr old males with diverse drinking histories. Comparisons were made among nondrinkers, social drinkers, short-term sober (<30 days) alcoholics, and long-term sober (>30 days) alcoholics. Results provide little support for the notion that neurotoxic effects of chronic alcohol consumption are directly related to cognitive impairment. Results suggest that performance differences were more closely related to subclinical withdrawal symptoms or native ability than to long-term alcohol consumption. Because none of the dependent measures was related to length of abstinence and because differences among groups on the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Revised (WAIS—R) Vocabulary subtest paralleled neuropsychological test performance differences, it is suggested that differences among groups may reflect differences in native ability. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuropsychological performance KW - nondrinking vs social drinking vs alcoholic 23–42 yr old males sober for less vs more than 30 days KW - 1988 KW - Alcoholism KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Neuropsychology KW - Sobriety KW - Social Drinking KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - 1988 DO - 10.1111/j.1530-0277.1988.tb00254.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-22787-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-22681-001 AN - 1989-22681-001 AU - Zeiss, Robert A. AU - Dickman, Harold R. T1 - PTSD 40 years later: Incidence and person-situation correlates in former POWs. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 45 IS - 1 SP - 80 EP - 87 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-22681-001. PMID: 2784447 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zeiss, Robert A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19890701. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Prisoners of War. Minor Descriptor: Epidemiology; Symptoms. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. AB - Surveyed 442 ex-prisoners-of-war (POWs) from World War II about current and past difficulties with symptoms related to posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). An incidence of serious difficulties with these symptoms of 56% was revealed. Retrospective reports of temporal patterns revealed no consistent patterns of symptom occurrence, but, rather, a waxing and waning of difficulties over the 40-yr period. Measures of severity of the POW experiences did not predict current symptomatology. Rank at time of capture was consistently and strongly predictive of PTSD. It is suggested that PTSD is a highly persistent phenomenon and that both situation and person variables contribute to the development and maintenance of PTSD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - incidence & temporal pattern of symptoms & severity of military experience KW - ex-prisoners of war from WWII with PTSD KW - 1989 KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Prisoners of War KW - Epidemiology KW - Symptoms KW - 1989 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198901)45:1<80::AID-JCLP2270450112>3.0.CO;2-V UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-22681-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-22671-001 AN - 1989-22671-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Kucala, Teresa AU - Manifold, Victor AU - Vassar, Patricia T1 - Childhood stress disorder behaviors in veterans who do and do not develop posttraumatic stress disorder. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 177 IS - 2 SP - 92 EP - 95 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-22671-001. PMID: 2915220 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, St Cloud, MN, US. Release Date: 19890701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Early Experience; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Stress Reactions. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1989. AB - Tested a variation of the stress-evaporation theory (E. R. Worthington, 1978), which maintains that posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptoms are exacerbations of behaviors present before the trauma. Retrospective childhood self-ratings were made by 63 PTSD male patients, 53 psychiatric male controls, and 28 normal males on 13 PTSD-like symptoms. Results did not support the hypothesis and gave more support to the long-term effects predicted by the residual-stress model (C. R. Figley; see record [rid]1979-06005-001[/rid]) than to the stress-evaporation theory. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - test of variation of stress evaporation theory vs residual stress model & childhood behavior KW - male Vietnam veterans with PTSD KW - 1989 KW - Early Experience KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Stress Reactions KW - 1989 DO - 10.1097/00005053-198902000-00004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-22671-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-22667-001 AN - 1989-22667-001 AU - Wahby, Victor S. AU - Ibrahim, G. A. AU - Giller, E. L. AU - Martin, R. P. AU - Saddik, F. W. AU - Singh, S. P. AU - Mason, J. W. T1 - Relationship of age to TSH response to TRH in depressed men. JF - Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica JO - Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica JA - Acta Psychiatr Scand Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 78 IS - 3 SP - 283 EP - 288 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0001-690X SN - 1600-0447 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-22667-001. PMID: 3143225 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wahby, Victor S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, North Chicago, IL, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19890701. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Major Depression; Thyrotropin. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1988. AB - Studied the relationship between age and thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH) response to thyrotropin-releasing hormone (TRH) in 40 24–65 yr old males with unipolar major depressive disorder and 36 healthy male volunteers of similar ages. Both groups were subdivided into younger and older than 40 yrs of age. 'Blunted' TSH response to TRH was observed in 58% of depressed Ss and in 28% of controls. Older healthy Ss had a higher blunting rate (40%) than the younger group (19%). In depressed Ss, by contrast, the blunting rate was 50% in the older group and 65% in the younger group. Higher mean maximum dTSH, higher basal TSH and lower mean circulating free thyroxine levels were also noted in older depressed Ss, suggestive of a subtle thyroid subsensitivity to TSH stimulation and subclinical primary hypothyroidism that may have contributed to the depression. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age KW - TSH response to TRH KW - 24–64 yr old males with unipolar major depression KW - 1988 KW - Age Differences KW - Major Depression KW - Thyrotropin KW - 1988 DO - 10.1111/j.1600-0447.1988.tb06338.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-22667-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-22623-001 AN - 1989-22623-001 AU - Reich, James H. T1 - Familiality of DSM-III dramatic and anxious personality clusters. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 177 IS - 2 SP - 96 EP - 100 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-22623-001. PMID: 2915221 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reich, James H.; Brockton & Worcester Veterans Administration Medical Ctrs, Psychiatry Service, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19890701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Genetics; Panic Disorder; Personality Disorders; Psychodiagnostic Typologies. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1989. AB - Investigated the familiality of avoidant, dependent, borderline, anxious cluster, and flamboyant cluster personality disorders (PDs), using a standardized measure of Axis II of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III), the Personality Disorders Questionnaire. Avoidant, dependent, and anxious cluster PDs showed significant familiality. Borderline showed a trend in the direction of familiality but did not reach significance. Relatives of flamboyant cluster PDs demonstrated significant but heterogeneous PD pathology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - familiality of avoidant & dependent & borderline & flamboyant cluster & anxious cluster DSM-III personality disorders KW - patients with panic disorder or other Axis I diagnoses KW - 1989 KW - Genetics KW - Panic Disorder KW - Personality Disorders KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - 1989 DO - 10.1097/00005053-198902000-00005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-22623-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-22622-001 AN - 1989-22622-001 AU - Reich, James H. T1 - A family history method for DSM-III anxiety and personality disorders. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 26 IS - 2 SP - 131 EP - 139 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-22622-001. PMID: 3237910 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reich, James H.; Brockton Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, MA, US. Release Date: 19890701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety Disorders; Family; Personality Disorders; Psychodiagnosis; Family History. Minor Descriptor: Methodology; Panic Disorder. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. AB - A family history method for Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) anxiety and personality disorders was validated by direct interview of 182 adult relatives. The categories of 'any anxiety disorder,' 'panic disorder,' and 'any personality disorder' achieved sensitivities and specificities equivalent to currently accepted psychiatric family history methods. The family history results for the DSM-III dramatic and anxious personality disorder clusters showed good specificities, but only fair sensitivities. It is suggested that these cluster sensitivities may be improved in the future by using less stringent criteria. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - family history method vs direct interview KW - diagnosis of anxiety & panic & personality disorders KW - psychiatric patients & their adult relatives KW - 1988 KW - Anxiety Disorders KW - Family KW - Personality Disorders KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Family History KW - Methodology KW - Panic Disorder KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(88)90067-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-22622-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-22621-001 AN - 1989-22621-001 AU - Reich, James H. AU - Troughton, Ed T1 - Frequency of DSM-III personality disorders in patients with panic disorder: Comparison with psychiatric and normal control subjects. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1988/10// VL - 26 IS - 1 SP - 89 EP - 100 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-22621-001. PMID: 3237909 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reich, James H.; Brockton Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, MA, US. Release Date: 19890701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Epidemiology; Panic Disorder; Personality Disorders. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1988. AB - 88 panic disorder patients, 82 psychiatric outpatients, and 40 normal controls were compared on 3 standardized Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) personality disorder instruments: the Structured Interview for DSM-III Disorders, the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory, and the Personality Diagnostic Questionnaire. Significant differences were consistently found in the presence of personality disorder and DSM-III Cluster C (there were always more disorders in the outpatients). Logistic regression analysis revealed important determinants predicting personality disorders, including state depression, age, lifetime history of alcohol abuse, and presence of panic disorder. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - frequency of personality disorders KW - panic disorder patients vs psychiatric outpatients KW - 1988 KW - Epidemiology KW - Panic Disorder KW - Personality Disorders KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(88)90091-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-22621-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-22615-001 AN - 1989-22615-001 AU - Parsons, John P. AU - Faltus, Frank J. AU - Sirota, Alan D. AU - Schare, Mitchell L. AU - Daamen, M. T1 - A survey of the effect of the Vietnam Memorial dedication on psychiatric symptoms in Vietnam veterans. JF - Military Medicine JO - Military Medicine JA - Mil Med Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 153 IS - 11 SP - 578 EP - 582 CY - US PB - Assn of Military Surgeons of the US SN - 0026-4075 SN - 1930-613X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-22615-001. PMID: 3150531 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Parsons, John P.; Veterans Administration Readjustment Counseling Service, Providence, RI, US. Release Date: 19890701. Correction Date: 20170302. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experiences (Events); Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Symptoms. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. AB - 94 Vietnam veterans were surveyed as to the effect of the Vietnam Memorial dedication on psychiatric symptoms. Results indicate that Ss generally experienced an increase in symptoms related to posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and other psychiatric disturbances following the memorial dedication. Attendees and non-attendees reported a similar degree of symptom exacerbation. Non-attended inactive veterans center clients reported no increase in symptoms in contrast to non-attendee active clients. Identifying characteristics of populations at risk for exacerbation of trauma-related stress reactions in response to evocative events has implications for prevention, diagnosis, and treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dedication of Vietnam Memorial KW - exacerbation of PTSD related symptoms KW - 30–50 yr old Vietnam veterans using outreach program KW - 1988 KW - Experiences (Events) KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychotherapy KW - Symptoms KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-22615-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-22612-001 AN - 1989-22612-001 AU - O'Leary, William C. AU - Hyer, Lee AU - Blount, John B. AU - Harrison, William R. T1 - Interest patterns among Vietnam-era veterans. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1988/08// VL - 63 IS - 1 SP - 79 EP - 85 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-22612-001. PMID: 3212144 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Leary, William C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Augusta, GA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19890701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interests; Military Veterans; Personality Correlates; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1988. AB - Examined the relationship between interest themes (INTs) and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptoms, compared PTSD vs non-PTSD veterans on INTs, and explored the psychiatric symptoms and INTs that differentiated PTSD from non-PTSD veterans. 40 PTSD and 35 non-PTSD veterans completed a test battery that included the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) and the Strong-Campbell Interest Inventory (SCII). Demographic variables were also obtained. Analyses revealed no significant relations between PTSD symptoms and INTs and no differences between groups on INTs. Relative to psychiatric problems, the SCII occupational INT 'Artistic' contributed to the distinction between PTSD and non-PTSD Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - interest themes KW - Vietnam veterans with vs without PTSD KW - 1988 KW - Interests KW - Military Veterans KW - Personality Correlates KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - 1988 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1988.63.1.79 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-22612-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-22571-001 AN - 1989-22571-001 AU - Keefe, Richard S. AU - Mohs, Richard C. AU - Losonczy, Miklos F. AU - Davidson, Michael T1 - Premorbid sociosexual functioning and long-term outcome in schizophrenia. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 146 IS - 2 SP - 206 EP - 211 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-22571-001. PMID: 2912262 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Keefe, Richard S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19890701. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Premorbidity; Prognosis; Psychosexual Behavior; Schizophrenia; Social Adjustment. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1989. AB - Chronic schizophrenic patients with the most severe social deterioration have been shown to differ from other chronic schizophrenic patients with respect to measures of left-to-right ventricular asymmetry, negative symptoms, and response to haloperidol treatment. The present study investigated the social antecedents of these characteristics in 69 male chronic schizophrenic patients (aged 22–65 yrs). Poor premorbid sociosexual functioning was associated with more severe left-to-right ventricular asymmetry, greater severity of negative symptoms, fewer positive symptoms, and worse current social functioning. Factors associated with severe social deterioration in the end stage of schizophrenia were also associated with premorbid sociosexual impairment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - premorbid sociosexual functioning KW - severe social deterioration KW - male chronic schizophrenic 22–65 yr olds KW - conference presentation KW - 1989 KW - Premorbidity KW - Prognosis KW - Psychosexual Behavior KW - Schizophrenia KW - Social Adjustment KW - 1989 DO - 10.1176/ajp.146.2.206 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-22571-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-22534-001 AN - 1989-22534-001 AU - Faustman, William O. AU - Moses, James A. AU - Csernansky, John G. T1 - Luria-Nebraska performance and symptomatology in unmedicated schizophrenic patients. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1988/10// VL - 26 IS - 1 SP - 29 EP - 34 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-22534-001. PMID: 3237904 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Faustman, William O.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Psychology Service, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19890701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Neuropsychology. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1988. AB - Used the Luria-Nebraska Neuro-psychological Battery (LNNB) in assessing 38 unmedicated adult inpatients with schizophrenia. Results show no relationship between LNNB performance and symptom ratings derived from clinical interviews using the Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale. Findings show that cognitive performance may be unrelated to symptomatology when a complex battery type test is used. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - symptoms & performance on Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery KW - schizophrenic inpatients KW - 1988 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - Neuropsychology KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(88)90084-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-22534-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-21955-001 AN - 1989-21955-001 AU - Jarvik, Lissy F. T1 - Aging of the brain: How can we prevent it? JF - The Gerontologist JO - The Gerontologist JA - Gerontologist Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 28 IS - 6 SP - 739 EP - 747 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0016-9013 SN - 1758-5341 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-21955-001. PMID: 3075572 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jarvik, Lissy F.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Brentwood Div, Psychogeriatric Unit, CA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19890701. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Neuropsychology; Physiological Aging. Minor Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Twins. Classification: Cognitive & Perceptual Development (2820); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. AB - Investigated the aging of the brain, using data from a 20-yr study on twins and follow-up studies by L. F. Jarvik and colleagues (1962–1982). The following conclusions are discussed: (1) intellectual decline after age 60 yrs is not necessary; (2) decline on certain tests predicts mortality; (3) low scores on certain tests predict dementia; and (4) dementia of the Alzheimer type is associated with chromosome loss. Pilothermal response and microtubules are considered, as is genetic research in Alzheimer's disease. It is maintained that the normal aging brain, free of disease, may well function as effectively and efficiently as the normal younger adult brain, except for speed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - aging of brain KW - twins KW - implications for Alzheimer's disease KW - 1988 KW - Brain KW - Neuropsychology KW - Physiological Aging KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Twins KW - 1988 DO - 10.1093/geront/28.6.739 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-21955-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-21770-001 AN - 1989-21770-001 AU - Levin, Edward D. AU - Ellison, Gaylord D. AU - Salem, Ciema AU - Jarvik, Murray AU - Gritz, Ellen T1 - Behavioral effects of acute hexamethonium in rats chronically intoxicated with nicotine. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1988/// VL - 44 IS - 3 SP - 355 EP - 359 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-21770-001. PMID: 2906149 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levin, Edward D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Brentwood, Nicotine Research Lab, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19890701. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Feeding Behavior; Hexamethonium; Nicotine. Minor Descriptor: Activity Level; Animal Grooming Behavior; Animal Maternal Behavior; Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Administered hexamethonium, a nicotinic blocker with mainly peripheral actions, to 30 female rats during and after chronic nicotine administration. It was found that nicotine decreased both time spent investigating food and amount of food consumed. It also decreased the time spent rearing and grooming and increased the time spent resting. During nicotine administration, hexamethonium increased the amount of time that nicotine-treated Ss spent investigating food but did not change the amount of food eaten. Data suggest that at least some of the effects of nicotine on feeding are peripheral and that consummatory and nonconsummatory aspects of feeding have different neural loci. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hexamethonium during & after chronic nicotine KW - feeding & rearing & grooming & resting behavior KW - female rats KW - 1988 KW - Animal Feeding Behavior KW - Hexamethonium KW - Nicotine KW - Activity Level KW - Animal Grooming Behavior KW - Animal Maternal Behavior KW - Rats KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(88)90037-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-21770-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-21733-001 AN - 1989-21733-001 AU - Elkins, Ralph L. AU - Gerardot, Robert J. AU - Hobbs, Stephen H. T1 - Differences in cyclophosphamide-induced suppression of cricket predation in selectively bred strains of taste-aversion prone and resistant rats. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience JA - Behav Neurosci Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 103 IS - 1 SP - 112 EP - 116 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-21733-001. PMID: 2923664 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Elkins, Ralph L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 19890701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Predatory Behavior; Animal Strain Differences; Aversion Conditioning; Conditioned Suppression; Drugs. Minor Descriptor: Rats; Taste Perception. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Dec 29, 1987; Revised Date: Sep 1, 1987; First Submitted Date: Feb 10, 1987. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Cyclophosphamide-induced conditioned suppression of cricket predation was observed in taste-aversion-prone (TAP) but not in taste-aversion-resistant (TAR) rats. These TAP and TAR strains had been selectively bred for efficient or inefficient acquisition of cyclophosphamide-induced saccharin taste aversions (TAs). Equivalent preconditioning cricket predation was practiced by nonfasted subjects of both strains. TAR rats that ate crickets before a cyclophosphamide injection were thereafter voracious predators as were saline-injected and pseudoconditioning controls of both strains. However, conditioned TAP rats subsequently displayed a marked suppression of cricket predation. Predation can provide a deprivation-free and species-natural consummatory response for studies of strain differences in TA conditionability of TAP and TAR rats. In addition, the present results indicate that TAP and TAR strain differences in TA conditionability are not restricted to the saccharin solution that was the conditioned stimulus basis of prior strain development. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cyclophosphamide conditioned suppression of cricket predation KW - rats from taste aversion prone vs resistant strains KW - 1989 KW - Animal Predatory Behavior KW - Animal Strain Differences KW - Aversion Conditioning KW - Conditioned Suppression KW - Drugs KW - Rats KW - Taste Perception KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.103.1.112 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-21733-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-21678-001 AN - 1989-21678-001 AU - Garrick, Thomas AU - Minor, Thomas R. AU - Bauck, Sally AU - Weiner, Herbert AU - Guth, Paul T1 - Predictable and unpredictable shock stimulates gastric contractility and causes mucosal injury in rats. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience JA - Behav Neurosci Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 103 IS - 1 SP - 124 EP - 130 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-21678-001. PMID: 2923665 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garrick, Thomas; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Wadsworth Div, Ctr for Ulcer Research & Education, CA, US. Release Date: 19890701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Gastrointestinal Ulcers; Muscle Contractions; Shock; Stomach. Minor Descriptor: Cues; Rats. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Dec 7, 1987; Revised Date: Dec 4, 1987; First Submitted Date: Apr 27, 1987. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The effects of tailshock on gastric contractility and lesions were investigated in rats exposed to 100 1-mA tailshocks while confined inside plastic tubes. A light preceded each shock in one group and was randomly presented with respect to shock in the other. Contractility of the corpus of the stomach was measured by means of chronically implanted extraluminal force transducers. Contractility was measured in 10-min blocks and analyzed by computer. Signaled (n = 13) and unsignaled (n = 17) shock stimulated high-amplitude gastric contractions in fasted rats, which continued for 2 hr after the shock session. Cumulative contractile activity (1.5-hr shock plus 2-hr rest) in shocked animals was twice that in restrained and unrestrained control animals (n = 19, p < .05), and contractile activity had a 30%–40% greater average amplitude than after a meal. Compared with unrestrained controls, shocked rats had visibly more mucosal injury. Larger cumulative contractile activity was associated with a larger area of erosions. Frequency and duration of contractions did not distinguish between shocked and unshocked groups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - signalled vs unsignalled tailshock KW - gastric contractility & lesions KW - rats KW - 1989 KW - Gastrointestinal Ulcers KW - Muscle Contractions KW - Shock KW - Stomach KW - Cues KW - Rats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.103.1.124 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-21678-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-37106-001 AN - 1988-37106-001 AU - Munley, Patrick H. AU - Sharkin, Bruce S. AU - Gelso, Charles J. T1 - Reviewer ratings and agreement on manuscripts reviewed for the Journal of Counseling Psychology.. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology JA - J Couns Psychol Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 35 IS - 2 SP - 198 EP - 202 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-37106-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Munley, Patrick H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Battle Creek, MI, US. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 19881201. Correction Date: 20091221. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counseling Psychology; Evaluation; Scientific Communication. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Feb 9, 1987; Revised Date: Feb 9, 1987; First Submitted Date: Oct 31, 1986. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Reviewer evaluations on seven dimensions of manuscript quality for a sample of 263 manuscripts submitted for publication in the Journal of Counseling Psychology (JCP) were studied in terms of their relationships to reviewer recommendations for the acceptance or rejection of the manuscripts, as well as to the editors' decisions to accept or reject them. Overall, reviewer evaluations on two of the seven dimensions, overall importance of the paper and quality of methodology, were more pronounced in their relationship to both reviewer recommendations on acceptance and final editorial decision. For 207 pairs of reviews in which both reviewers rated the manuscript in terms of acceptability for publication in JCP, reviewers agreed within one category in close to two thirds of the reviews and gave split reviews in approximately one third of the reviews. The intraclass correlation for reviewer recommendations on disposition was .28, and the Finn's r was .37. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - evaluations & agreement on manuscript quality KW - recommendations for acceptance or rejection & editors' decisions KW - reviewers for Journal of Counseling Psychology KW - 1988 KW - Counseling Psychology KW - Evaluation KW - Scientific Communication KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/0022-0167.35.2.198 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-37106-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-37048-001 AN - 1988-37048-001 AU - Chemtob, Claude M. AU - Hamada, Roger S. AU - Bauer, Gordon AU - Torigoe, Rodney Y. AU - Kinney, Barry T1 - Patient suicide: Frequency and impact on psychologists. JF - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice JO - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice JA - Prof Psychol Res Pr Y1 - 1988/08// VL - 19 IS - 4 SP - 416 EP - 420 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7028 SN - 1939-1323 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-37048-001. Other Journal Title: Professional Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Chemtob, Claude M.; Veterans Administration Day Treatment Ctr, Stress Disorders Research Lab, Honolulu, HI, US. Release Date: 19881201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clients; Epidemiology; Psychologists; Suicide. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jul 8, 1987; Revised Date: Jul 1, 1987; First Submitted Date: Mar 17, 1987. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The results of a national survey of psychologists, randomly selected from the National Register of Health Service Providers in Psychology, reveal that 22% of psychologists have experienced a patient's suicide. This event has a personal and professional impact. Of the psychologists who experienced a patient's suicide, 49% reported intrusive symptoms of stress in the weeks after the suicide; those symptoms are comparable with those of people for whom the impact of parental loss was severe enough to lead them to seek treatment. Implications for the training and practice of psychologists are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - frequency & impact of patient suicide KW - psychologists KW - 1988 KW - Clients KW - Epidemiology KW - Psychologists KW - Suicide KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/0735-7028.19.4.416 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-37048-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-37020-001 AN - 1988-37020-001 AU - Milby, Jesse B. T1 - Methadone maintenance to abstinence: How many make it? JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 176 IS - 7 SP - 409 EP - 422 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-37020-001. PMID: 3045260 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Milby, Jesse B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Birmingham, AL, US. Release Date: 19881201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Methadone Maintenance; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Minor Descriptor: Detoxification. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. AB - Compared methadone maintenance detoxification research results in 3 5-yr eras since 1970. Variables studied were detoxification completion rates, relative completion rates with and without program review and approval, psychotherapy, new pharmacological agents to accelerate the detoxification process, and abstinence rates at follow-up as a function of these treatment variables. Program-recommended detoxification showed higher completion rates than did unrecommended detoxification in 1970–1975, and psychotherapy-assisted detoxification showed greater completion rates in 1970–1975 and 1976–1980. These gains in detoxification completion rates were attributed to new drugs that shorten the detoxification interval and ameliorate withdrawal symptoms. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - methadone maintenance leading to abstinence KW - 1970–75 vs 1976–80 vs 1981–85 KW - 1988 KW - Methadone Maintenance KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - Detoxification KW - 1988 DO - 10.1097/00005053-198807000-00003 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-37020-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-37019-001 AN - 1988-37019-001 AU - McLellan, A. Thomas AU - Woody, George E. AU - Luborsky, Lester AU - Goehl, Leslie T1 - Is the counselor an 'active ingredient' in substance abuse rehabilitation? An examination of treatment success among four counselors. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 176 IS - 7 SP - 423 EP - 430 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-37019-001. PMID: 3411312 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McLellan, A. Thomas; Philadelphia Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, PA, US. Release Date: 19881201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counselor Characteristics; Methadone Maintenance; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Drug Dependency; Drug Rehabilitation; Opiates. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. AB - Examined effects of counselor assignment in a methadone maintenance treatment program while medication philosophy, program rules, and supplementary services were held constant. 61 opium-dependent adult males were assigned to 1 of 4 counselors after the resignation of the 1st 2 counselors. Performance measures included urinalysis data, methadone dose, prescriptions for psychotropic drugs, employment, and arrest rates. Significant and clinically meaningful differences in the posttransfer performance of the 4 caseloads were found. Background and formal education differences among the counselors were not related to the observed performance differences; however, differences in the content and process of counseling among the counselors are associated with differences in patient outcome. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - counselor effectiveness KW - substance abuse rehabilitation KW - opium dependent males in methadone maintenance program KW - 1988 KW - Counselor Characteristics KW - Methadone Maintenance KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Drug Dependency KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Opiates KW - 1988 DO - 10.1097/00005053-198807000-00004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-37019-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-37013-001 AN - 1988-37013-001 AU - Gilbert, Francis S. AU - Maxwell, Pamela J. T1 - Predicting attendance at follow-up evaluations in alcoholism treatment outcome research. JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1987/11// VL - 48 IS - 6 SP - 569 EP - 573 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0096-882X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-37013-001. PMID: 2824932 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs; Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gilbert, Francis S.; Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, CA, US. Release Date: 19881201. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Treatment Compliance; Treatment Dropouts; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1987. AB - Monitored 92 male veterans discharged from an inpatient alcoholism treatment program into a treatment outcome study on their aftercare attendance for 1 yr postdischarge. Attendance at clinical aftercare sessions during the follow-up year was correlated significantly with attendance at the research project's quarterly follow-up evaluations (FUEs) and with total number of research evaluations completed. Number of weeks spent in aftercare before dropping out also improved prediction of attendance or nonattendance at quarterly FUEs during the 1st 6 mo postdischarge. Findings suggest that monitoring attendance at clinical services may be a useful step in minimizing attrition of research Ss from FUEs. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - attendance at scheduled clinical appointments KW - prediction of attrition from followup evaluations KW - male veterans in alcoholism treatment outcome study KW - 1987 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Treatment Compliance KW - Treatment Dropouts KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - Military Veterans KW - 1987 DO - 10.15288/jsa.1987.48.569 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-37013-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-36970-001 AN - 1988-36970-001 AU - Helm-Estabrooks, Nancy AU - Emery, Patricia AU - Albert, Martin L. T1 - Treatment of aphasic perseveration (TAP) program. JF - Archives of Neurology JO - Archives of Neurology JA - Arch Neurol Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 44 IS - 12 SP - 1253 EP - 1255 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-9942 SN - 1538-3687 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-36970-001. PMID: 3675258 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of Neurology; JAMA Neurology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Helm-Estabrooks, Nancy; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Audiology/Speech Pathology & Neurology Services & Aphasia Research Ctr, MA, US. Release Date: 19881201. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Cognitive Rehabilitation; Perseveration; Strategies. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. AB - Presents 3 cases of aphasia to illustrate the application of strategies that focus on explanation, explicit establishment, monitoring, and sensitizing patients to the phenomena of perseveration. The technique departs from a focus on the rehabilitation of linguistic errors, making use of pictures and real objects for confrontation naming in either a category-by-category or alternate-item format. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - rehabilitation strategies KW - perseveration KW - aphasic 49–58 yr olds KW - 1987 KW - Aphasia KW - Cognitive Rehabilitation KW - Perseveration KW - Strategies KW - 1987 DO - 10.1001/archneur.1987.00520240035008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-36970-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-36963-001 AN - 1988-36963-001 AU - Fenn, Howard H. T1 - The jail psychiatric inpatient ward: Structure, population, and problems. JF - Journal of Prison & Jail Health JO - Journal of Prison & Jail Health JA - J Prison Jail Health Y1 - 1986///Fal-Win 1986-1987 VL - 6 IS - 2 SP - 128 EP - 139 CY - US PB - Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers SN - 0731-8332 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-36963-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fenn, Howard H.; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatric Intensive Care Unit, CA, US. Release Date: 19881201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Maximum Security Facilities; Prisoners; Psychiatric Hospitalization. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380); Criminal Rehabilitation & Penology (3386). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Fal-Win 1986-1987. AB - Describes a security psychiatric ward, located in a county hospital and serving the county jail population. The stressors on the staff and patients in this environment were found to include the criminal justice system, the custody staff, and limited resources from the Department of Psychiatry. Four cases illustrate the difficulty of merging the dual tasks of security and treatment, wherein the staff react to this dilemma and the stressors of the environment with treatment, inflexibility, denial of psychopathology, polarization, and therapeutic nihilism. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - structure & problems of security psychiatric ward KW - jail inmates KW - 1986 KW - Maximum Security Facilities KW - Prisoners KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-36963-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-36875-001 AN - 1988-36875-001 AU - Bateman, John K. T1 - Efficacy and cost effectiveness of partial hospitalization. JF - International Journal of Partial Hospitalization JO - International Journal of Partial Hospitalization JA - Int J Partial Hosp Y1 - 1985/03// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 59 EP - 64 CY - US PB - Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers SN - 0272-4308 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-36875-001. PMID: 10311344 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bateman, John K.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Day Treatment Ctr, Wichita, KS, US. Release Date: 19881201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Costs and Cost Analysis; Hospital Admission; Partial Hospitalization. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1985. AB - Goal attainment scaling was used to generate change scores for 12 patients over a 1-yr period. The average change score for the total sample was +1.4, with 8 of the 12 Ss entering employment or training. The efficacy of the partial-hospitalization program was supported. It is noted that since the partial-hospitalization modality reduced the hospitalization rate by 220% and reduced the number of days hospitalized by 440%, its cost effectiveness was supported. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - partial hospitalization KW - hospitalization rate KW - patients KW - 1 yr followup KW - 1985 KW - Costs and Cost Analysis KW - Hospital Admission KW - Partial Hospitalization KW - Followup Studies KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - 1985 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-36875-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-36857-001 AN - 1988-36857-001 AU - Murdach, Allison D. T1 - Decision making in psychiatric emergencies. JF - Health & Social Work JO - Health & Social Work JA - Health Soc Work Y1 - 1987///Fal 1987 VL - 12 IS - 4 SP - 267 EP - 274 CY - United Kingdom PB - Oxford University Press SN - 0360-7283 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-36857-001. PMID: 3679014 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Murdach, Allison D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19881201. Correction Date: 20160922. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Crisis Intervention; Decision Making; Social Workers. Minor Descriptor: Emergency Services; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1987. AB - Examines the processes practitioners use in their interventions in psychiatric emergencies, based on concepts derived from cognitive psychology and decision-making theory. The discussion of decision making in emergencies includes scanning, categorization, complexity reduction, and decision rules. It is concluded that if emergency work is an emerging specialty, social workers need to more closely investigate its structure, process, and requirements. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive activity & decision making in psychiatric emergencies KW - social workers KW - 1987 KW - Crisis Intervention KW - Decision Making KW - Social Workers KW - Emergency Services KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-36857-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-36806-001 AN - 1988-36806-001 AU - Lasoski, Milton C. T1 - Reasons for low utilization of mental health services by the elderly. JF - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JO - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JA - Clin Gerontol Y1 - 1986/06// VL - 5 IS - 1-2 SP - 1 EP - 18 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0731-7115 SN - 1545-2301 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-36806-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lasoski, Milton C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Dept, Ft Lyon, CO, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19881201. Correction Date: 20091012. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Health Care Utilization; Mental Health Services. Minor Descriptor: Client Attitudes; Health Care Delivery. Classification: Community & Social Services (3373). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1986. AB - Suggests that the poor quality of mental health services for the elderly is due to 3 interrelated barriers: (1) professional barriers (e.g., few mental health practitioners have the competence and commitment to work with the aged); (2) practical barriers (e.g., reimbursement concerns by the therapist, transportation problems, lack of referral, research, and training, unresponsive organizational structures, lack of publicity and outreach); and (3) barriers by the elderly (e.g., prejudicial attitudes toward seeking assistance for psychological disorders). It is concluded that applied research is needed to find ways of increasing the general practitioner's abilities at early recognition of mental disorders and the advisability of timely referral to mental health treatment programs. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - professional & practical & client barriers to utilization of mental health services KW - elderly KW - 1986 KW - Health Care Utilization KW - Mental Health Services KW - Client Attitudes KW - Health Care Delivery KW - 1986 DO - 10.1300/J018v05n01_01 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-36806-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-36735-001 AN - 1988-36735-001 AU - Houlihan, John P. T1 - Families caring for frail and demented elderly: A review of selected findings. JF - Family Systems Medicine JO - Family Systems Medicine JA - Fam Syst Med Y1 - 1987///Fal 1987 VL - 5 IS - 3 SP - 344 EP - 356 CY - US PB - Family Systems Medicine, Inc. SN - 0736-1718 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-36735-001. Other Journal Title: Families, Systems, & Health. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Houlihan, John P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Portland, OR, US. Other Publishers: Brunner/Mazel Publishers, Inc.; Educational Publishing Foundation; Families, Systems & Health, Inc.; Family Process, Inc. Release Date: 19881201. Correction Date: 20091012. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Caregivers; Family Members; Health Impairments; Home Care. Minor Descriptor: Dementia; Disorders; Respite Care; Stress. Classification: Behavioral & Psychological Treatment of Physical Illness (3361). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1987. Copyright Statement: Kluwer Academic/Human Sciences Press. 1987. AB - The caregivers for physically frail family members and the caregivers for demented family members are considered separately in terms of their descriptive characteristics, the burdens experienced, and reports of intervention programs for each group. Supportive programs for each type of caregiver are recommended. Data indicate that caregivers for demented patients benefit from emotional support while caregivers for frail patients are more likely to be concerned with knowledge of nursing skills. Also, husbands and sons experience less stress than do wives and daughters. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - descriptive characteristics & burden & intervention KW - caregivers of physically frail vs demented aged family members KW - 1987 KW - Caregivers KW - Family Members KW - Health Impairments KW - Home Care KW - Dementia KW - Disorders KW - Respite Care KW - Stress KW - 1987 DO - 10.1037/h0089730 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-36735-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-36732-001 AN - 1988-36732-001 AU - Haley, William E. AU - Brown, S. Lane AU - Levine, Ellen G. T1 - Family caregiver appraisals of patient behavioral disturbance in senile dementia. JF - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JO - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JA - Clin Gerontol Y1 - 1987///Sum 1987 VL - 6 IS - 4 SP - 25 EP - 34 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0731-7115 SN - 1545-2301 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-36732-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Haley, William E.; Birmingham Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychology, AL, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19881201. Correction Date: 20091012. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Problems; Caregivers; Self-Perception; Senile Dementia; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Family Members; Home Care; Self-Efficacy. Classification: Behavioral & Psychological Treatment of Physical Illness (3361). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1987. AB - Interviewed 44 primary family caregivers (mean age 59 yrs) of 44 elderly patients (mean age 79 yrs) with dementia to determine the prevalence of 31 specific behavioral problems in the home setting, the subjective stressfulness of each problem, and caregivers' perceived self-efficacy in managing each problem. Measures included scales of daily activities and a checklist of memory and behavior problems. Results indicate that, although self-care deficits and disorientation were common, they were of less concern to caregivers than prevalent and highly stressful behavioral problems such as agitation, hallucinations, and dangerous or embarrassing behaviors. It is suggested that these specific behavioral problems deserve greater attention in the management of dementia patients who live in community settings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prevalence of behavioral problems & caregivers' perceived stress & self efficacy in management KW - primary family caregivers of elderly patients with senile dementia KW - 1987 KW - Behavior Problems KW - Caregivers KW - Self-Perception KW - Senile Dementia KW - Stress KW - Family Members KW - Home Care KW - Self-Efficacy KW - 1987 DO - 10.1300/J018v06n04_04 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-36732-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-36706-001 AN - 1988-36706-001 AU - Mount, Kay H. AU - Salmon, Shirley J. T1 - Changing the vocal characteristics of a postoperative transsexual patient: A longitudinal study. JF - Journal of Communication Disorders JO - Journal of Communication Disorders JA - J Commun Disord Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 21 IS - 3 SP - 229 EP - 238 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0021-9924 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-36706-001. PMID: 3417881 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mount, Kay H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Audiology & Speech Pathology Service, Kansas City, MO, US. Release Date: 19881201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Femininity; Speech Therapy; Transsexualism; Voice. Minor Descriptor: Case Report. Classification: Speech & Language Therapy (3385). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1988. AB - Describes the treatment provided to a 63-yr-old postoperative male-to-female transsexual, presents acoustic data from pretreatment and posttreatment voice samples, and speculates about the relationship between acoustic change and perception of feminine voice. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - speech therapy KW - voice characteristics KW - 63 yr old male to female transsexual KW - case report KW - 1988 KW - Femininity KW - Speech Therapy KW - Transsexualism KW - Voice KW - Case Report KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0021-9924(88)90031-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-36706-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-36654-001 AN - 1988-36654-001 AU - Patterson, John F. T1 - Carbamazepine for assaultive patients with organic brain disease. JF - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JO - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JA - Psychosomatics Y1 - 1987/11// VL - 28 IS - 11 SP - 579 EP - 581 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0033-3182 SN - 1545-7206 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-36654-001. PMID: 3432521 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Patterson, John F.; Harry S. Truman Memorial Veterans Administration Hosp, Columbia, MO, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19881201. Correction Date: 20130923. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Carbamazepine; Drug Therapy; Organic Brain Syndromes. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1987. AB - Administered carbamazepine (600–800 mg/day) to 8 adult male patients with organic brain disease characterized by aggressive and assaultive behavior refractory to conventional treatment. Improvement was observed in all patients, with the average number of assaults over pre- and posttreatment observation periods declining by more than half. Findings indicate that carbamazepine has advantages in the treatment of such patients as long as special precautions are taken to monitor for hematopoietic side effects. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - carbamazepine KW - aggressive & assaultive behavior KW - adult male patients with organic brain disease KW - 1987 KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Carbamazepine KW - Drug Therapy KW - Organic Brain Syndromes KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/S0033-3182(87)72456-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-36654-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-36641-001 AN - 1988-36641-001 AU - Kelly, Gerard R. AU - Mamon, Joyce A. AU - Scott, Jack E. T1 - Utility of the health belief model in examining medication compliance among psychiatric outpatients. JF - Social Science & Medicine JO - Social Science & Medicine JA - Soc Sci Med Y1 - 1987/// VL - 25 IS - 11 SP - 1205 EP - 1211 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0277-9536 SN - 1873-5347 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-36641-001. PMID: 2893455 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kelly, Gerard R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Perry Point, MD, US. Release Date: 19881201. Correction Date: 20110905. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Health Attitudes; Treatment Compliance. Minor Descriptor: Outpatients; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Promotion & Maintenance of Health & Wellness (3365). Population: Human (10); Outpatient (60). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Investigated the relationship between health beliefs and medication compliance among 107 adult outpatients discharged from 2 Veterans Administration medical centers. Ss were prescribed antipsychotic drug regimens. The health belief model (HBM) was used to explore the relationships among perceptions of illness severity, susceptibility, benefits and barriers of treatment, cues to action, and medication compliance. Analysis showed that 20% of the total variance in compliance could be explained when all components of the HBM were examined together. Findings support the concepts that psychiatric outpatients hold identifiable patterns of health beliefs and attitudes and that the health belief framework functions best when utilized as an integrated model to examine compliance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - health beliefs KW - compliance with antipsychotic drug therapy KW - psychiatric outpatients KW - 1987 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Health Attitudes KW - Treatment Compliance KW - Outpatients KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0277-9536(87)90367-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-36641-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-36578-001 AN - 1988-36578-001 AU - Dubbert, Patricia M. AU - Terre, Lisa AU - Holm, Jeffrey E. AU - Brown, Melissa T1 - Maintenance in behavioral weight reduction programs. JF - the Behavior Therapist JO - the Behavior Therapist JA - Behav Ther (N Y N Y) Y1 - 1987/11//Nov-Dec, 1987 VL - 10 IS - 10 SP - 225 EP - 230 CY - US PB - Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy SN - 0278-8403 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-36578-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dubbert, Patricia M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychology, Jackson, MS, US. Other Publishers: Association for Behavioral and Cognitive Therapies. Release Date: 19881201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Weight Control. Classification: Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Nov-Dec, 1987. AB - A review of research examining maintenance strategies for behavioral weight reduction programs indicates that (1) as booster sessions have grown to incorporate brief professional contacts, peer groups, and relapse prevention training, they have become more effective; (2) exercise is only effective as long as it is maintained; (3) contracts involving outcome goals or punitive consequences and contracts that outpace patients' motivational and/or ability level are unlikely to work; and (4) spouse support is a promising tool for facilitating weight loss maintenance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - maintenance strategies for behavioral weight reduction programs KW - 1987 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Weight Control KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-36578-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-36516-001 AN - 1988-36516-001 AU - Gafner, George T1 - Engaging the elderly couple in marital therapy. JF - American Journal of Family Therapy JO - American Journal of Family Therapy JA - Am J Fam Ther Y1 - 1987///Win 1987 VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 305 EP - 315 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0192-6187 SN - 1521-0383 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-36516-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gafner, George; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Family Mental Health Services, Tucson, AZ, US. Release Date: 19881201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Marriage Counseling; Psychotherapeutic Processes. Minor Descriptor: Couples. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Win 1987. AB - Contends that an ongoing dramatic increase in the number of elderly will mean that the marital and family therapist will be dealing with the problems of a population who have traditionally underutilized mental health services and who have been viewed by professionals with a negative and stereotypic bias. The method of 'exaggerated engagement' (EE) is discussed, and assessment and treatment issues involving the older adult in marital therapy are addressed. A case illustration of successful use of EE with an impotent 69-yr-old man and his 68-yr-old wife is provided. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - issues related to elderly KW - exaggerated engagement in marital therapy KW - impotent 69 yr old male & his 68 yr old wife KW - 1987 KW - Marriage Counseling KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Couples KW - 1987 DO - 10.1080/01926188708250690 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-36516-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-36501-001 AN - 1988-36501-001 AU - Brockway, Stephen S. T1 - Group treatment of combat nightmares in post-traumatic stress disorder. JF - Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy JO - Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy JA - J Contemp Psychother Y1 - 1987///Win 1987 VL - 17 IS - 4 SP - 270 EP - 284 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0022-0116 SN - 1573-3564 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-36501-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brockway, Stephen S.; Phoenix Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry Combat Stress Program, AZ, US. Release Date: 19881201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Nightmares; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; War. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Win 1987. AB - Outlines a method for detoxifying combat nightmares related to posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in a group treatment setting and illustrates the method in a 3-dream sequence. When viewed as a direct road back to the trauma, the nightmare can be transformed into a therapeutic tool if deciphered empathically in the company of combat veterans who have survived similar catastrophic events. Successful depotentiation of nightmares gives PTSD patients increased control and confidence in working through the aftereffects of trauma. Discussed are issues concerning latent dream content, reducing resistance to group therapy, substance abuse, and unresolved issues underlying recurrent dreams. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group treatment KW - combat nightmares KW - PTSD patients KW - 1987 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Nightmares KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - War KW - 1987 DO - 10.1007/BF00949026 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-36501-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-36387-001 AN - 1988-36387-001 AU - Rich, Charles L. AU - Black, Nancy A. T1 - The efficiency of ECT: II. Correlation of specific treatment variables to response rate in unilateral ECT. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1985/10// VL - 16 IS - 2 SP - 147 EP - 154 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-36387-001. PMID: 3865255 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rich, Charles L.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CA, US. Release Date: 19881201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy; Major Depression; Treatment Duration. Classification: Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1985. AB - Examined the relationships of treatment variables to antidepressant effect of 109 individual unilaterally induced electroconvulsive shock therapy (ECT) seizures in 39 17–82 yr old patients. The seizures occurred during the maximal response phase of ECT judged to have been effective. Ss were divided according to whether or not they were receiving antidepressants during ECT. The variables were treatment number, seizure length, and type of seizure end point. In the total group, earlier treatments were significantly related to antidepressant effect. Seizure length and type of seizure end point appeared to be of little consequence. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - treatment number & seizure length & type of seizure endpoint KW - anitdepressant efficacy of ECT KW - 17–82 yr old patients with major depression KW - 1985 KW - Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy KW - Major Depression KW - Treatment Duration KW - 1985 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(85)90008-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-36387-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-36377-001 AN - 1988-36377-001 AU - McCormick, Richard A. AU - Taber, Julian I. T1 - Attributional style in pathological gamblers in treatment. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1988/08// VL - 97 IS - 3 SP - 368 EP - 370 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-36377-001. PMID: 3192832 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McCormick, Richard A.; Cleveland Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brecksville Unit, Brecksville, OH, US. Release Date: 19881201. Correction Date: 20091109. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attribution; Cognitive Style; Major Depression; Pathological Gambling; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies; Relapse (Disorders). Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Feb 1, 1988; Revised Date: Dec 28, 1987; First Submitted Date: Jun 15, 1987. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1988. AB - Preliminary studies highlight the importance of depression and life trauma in a subset of pathological gamblers. This article presents data on the tendency of pathological gamblers to attribute the outcome of events to internal, stable and global causes, as postulated by the reformulated learned helplessness model of depression. There was a positive relation between measures of depression and the tendency to attribute negative events to internal, global and stable causes. Severity of gambling prior to treatment and attributional style both made significant contributions to the prediction of severity of gambling on a 6-month follow-up. Measures of depression did not have predictive value. The implications of these findings for future research with addicted patients are briefly discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - attributional style & symptoms of depression & severity of gambling KW - prediction of relapse following treatment KW - male pathological gamblers in inpatient program KW - 6 mo followup KW - 1988 KW - Attribution KW - Cognitive Style KW - Major Depression KW - Pathological Gambling KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Followup Studies KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/0021-843X.97.3.368 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-36377-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-36322-001 AN - 1988-36322-001 AU - Tun, Patricia A. AU - Perlmuter, Lawrence C. AU - Russo, Patricia AU - Nathan, David M. T1 - Memory self-assessment and performance in aged diabetics and non-diabetics. JF - Experimental Aging Research JO - Experimental Aging Research JA - Exp Aging Res Y1 - 1987///Fal 1987 VL - 13 IS - 3 SP - 151 EP - 157 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0361-073X SN - 1096-4657 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-36322-001. PMID: 3691586 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tun, Patricia A.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19881201. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Diabetes; Memory; Performance; Self-Perception. Minor Descriptor: Major Depression; Test Performance. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1987. AB - Studied 119 middle-aged (55–64 yrs) and elderly (aged 65–74 yrs) diabetics and an age-matched group of 25 nondiabetic Ss to determine whether diabetics report more memory complaints in carrying out their daily activities, and if memory self-assessments are reflective of performance on laboratory tasks. Instruments included a short inventory of memory experiences, a memory problem inventory, the Self-Rating Depression Scale, the Digit Span and Digit Symbol subtests of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS), and a serial list learning reaction time (RT) tasks. Results show that both diabetes and increased age were associated with poorer performance on some cognitive tests as well as with more self-reported memory problems. When depression levels were statistically controlled, the diabetes variable was no longer a significant predictor of memory complaints. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - memory complaints & cognitive test performance & depression levels KW - diabetic 55–64 vs 65–74 yr olds KW - 1987 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Diabetes KW - Memory KW - Performance KW - Self-Perception KW - Major Depression KW - Test Performance KW - 1987 DO - 10.1080/03610738708259317 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-36322-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-36295-001 AN - 1988-36295-001 AU - Ruskin, Paul E. AU - Shear, Howard J. T1 - The pulmonary phase: A possible variable in asthma. JF - International Journal of Psychosomatics JO - International Journal of Psychosomatics JA - Int J Psychosom Y1 - 1987/// VL - 34 IS - 4 SP - 15 EP - 17 CY - US PB - International Psychosomatics Institute SN - 0884-8297 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-36295-001. PMID: 3480275 Other Journal Title: Journal of the American Society of Psychosomatic Dentistry & Medicine. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ruskin, Paul E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Baltimore, MD, US. Release Date: 19881201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Asthma; Psychoanalytic Theory; Psychosexual Development; Regression (Defense Mechanism); Theory Formulation. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Proposes a pulmonary stage of psychosexual development, analogous to and complementing Freud's stages, that is believed to be the most primitive of all psychosexual stages and to develop independent of human interaction. Three case vignettes describe patients who had regressed to the hypothesized pulmonary stage. The concept is discussed in relation to the dynamics of asthma. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - conceptualization of pulmonary stage of psychosexual development KW - patients with asthma KW - 1987 KW - Asthma KW - Psychoanalytic Theory KW - Psychosexual Development KW - Regression (Defense Mechanism) KW - Theory Formulation KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-36295-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-36256-001 AN - 1988-36256-001 AU - Milberg, William AU - Blumstein, Sheila AU - Dworetzky, Barbara T1 - Phonological processing and lexical access in aphasia. JF - Brain and Language JO - Brain and Language JA - Brain Lang Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 34 IS - 2 SP - 279 EP - 293 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0093-934X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-36256-001. PMID: 2456819 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Milberg, William; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, West Roxbury, MA, US. Release Date: 19881201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Lexical Access; Phonology. Minor Descriptor: Auditory Stimulation; Lexical Decision; Priming; Semantics; Words (Phonetic Units). Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. AB - Explored the relationship between processing of phonological information and lexical access in 17 adult male aphasic patients, using a lexical decision paradigm. Ss were presented auditorily with pairs of semantically related words or word-like stimuli and asked to make a lexical decision about the 2nd stimulus. Each priming condition was compared with an unrelated word baseline condition. Findings indicate decreasing facilitation as a function of phonological distortion (PD). Fluent aphasics showed priming in all PD conditions relative to the unrelated word baseline. Nonfluent aphasics showed priming only in the undistorted, related word condition relative to the unrelated word baseline. Results suggest that aphasic patients have lexical access deficits rather than lexical or phonological organization impairments. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - priming with semantically related words or word-like auditory stimuli & phonological distortion level KW - lexical access using lexical decision paradigm KW - male 39–73 yr olds with aphasia KW - 1988 KW - Aphasia KW - Lexical Access KW - Phonology KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Lexical Decision KW - Priming KW - Semantics KW - Words (Phonetic Units) KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90139-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-36256-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-3364-2347 UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-6078-7066 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-36251-001 AN - 1988-36251-001 AU - McCleary, Carol T1 - The semantic organization and classification of fourteen words by aphasic patients. JF - Brain and Language JO - Brain and Language JA - Brain Lang Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 34 IS - 2 SP - 183 EP - 202 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0093-934X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-36251-001. PMID: 2456817 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McCleary, Carol; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Research Service, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19881201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Classification (Cognitive Process); Semantics; Verbal Fluency; Words (Phonetic Units). Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 20. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. AB - Assessed conceptual knowledge and classification skills in nonfluent and fluent aphasia by focusing on appreciation of class and function relations. 10 fluent and nonfluent aphasic patients in a rehabilitation hospital and 10 nonaphasic controls (aged 50–68 yrs) completed tasks involving class-related and functionally related items (tools). Results indicate that both fluent and nonfluent aphasics appreciated class and function word relations; however, fluent aphasics were impaired in their ability to use functional information. Nonfluent aphasics exhibited this tendency to a lesser degree. Multidimensional scaling analysis indicated that fluent aphasics' application of classification strategies to functional words was ineffective compared with that of nonfluent aphasics and controls. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - classification of class vs functionally related words KW - 50–68 yr olds with fluent vs nonfluent aphasia KW - 1988 KW - Aphasia KW - Classification (Cognitive Process) KW - Semantics KW - Verbal Fluency KW - Words (Phonetic Units) KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90132-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-36251-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-36246-001 AN - 1988-36246-001 AU - Mahler, Michael E. AU - Cummings, Jeffrey L. AU - Tomiyasu, Uwamie T1 - Atypical dementia syndrome in an elderly man. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 35 IS - 12 SP - 1116 EP - 1126 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-36246-001. PMID: 3316347 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mahler, Michael E.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brentwood Div Neurobehavior Unit, CA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19881201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dementia; Differential Diagnosis; Atypical Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Case Report. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. AB - Describes the case of a 65-yr-old right-handed male admitted for deteriorating intellectual functioning and initally diagnosed as having Alzheimer's disease. Other differential diagnoses of the Ss' atypical dementia that were considered included Pick's disease, vascular dementia, white matter disease, and hydrocephalus. Postmortem examination led to a diagnosis of subcortical arterioschlerotic encephalopathy (i.e., Binswanger's disease). The distinctions between Binswanger's disease and other pathologic conditions leading to presenile dementia are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - differential diagnosis of atypical dementia syndrome KW - 65 yr old right handed male with deteriorating intellectual functioning KW - case report KW - 1987 KW - Dementia KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Atypical Disorders KW - Case Report KW - 1987 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1987.tb04930.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-36246-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-36155-001 AN - 1988-36155-001 AU - Skenes, Linda L. AU - Trullinger, Richard W. T1 - Error patterns during repetition of consonant-vowel-consonant syllables by apraxic speakers. JF - Journal of Communication Disorders JO - Journal of Communication Disorders JA - J Commun Disord Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 21 IS - 3 SP - 263 EP - 269 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0021-9924 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-36155-001. PMID: 3417884 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Skenes, Linda L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 19881201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apraxia; Articulation (Speech); Errors. Minor Descriptor: Syllables. Classification: Speech & Language Disorders (3270). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1988. AB - Nine adult speakers with verbal apraxia repeated 12 consonant-vowel-consonant target syllables 4 times each. Ss produced 71 of the 108 pairs of productions (66%) in the same manner for 1st and last trials. Significantly more errors were produced in voiced than in voiceless contexts. Differences in the number of misarticulations of target words containing the vowels /i, a, u/ were not significant. Clinical implications are discussed and additional investigation is suggested. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - errors during repetition of CVC syllables KW - adults with apraxia KW - 1988 KW - Apraxia KW - Articulation (Speech) KW - Errors KW - Syllables KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0021-9924(88)90034-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-36155-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-36149-001 AN - 1988-36149-001 AU - Kearns, Kevin P. AU - Simmons, Nina N. T1 - Interobserver reliability and perceptual ratings: More than meets the ear. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JA - J Speech Hear Res Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 31 IS - 1 SP - 131 EP - 136 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Assn SN - 0022-4685 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-36149-001. PMID: 3352250 Other Journal Title: Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kearns, Kevin P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Audiology/Speech Pathology Service, North Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 19881201. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ataxia; Dysarthria; Interrater Reliability; Speech Characteristics; Speech Therapists. Minor Descriptor: Speech Disorders. Classification: Speech & Language Disorders (3270). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180); Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Examined the reliability of ratings of perceptual characteristics for 10 ataxic dysarthric Ss (aged 11–56 yrs). The influence of the occurrence of deviant speech parameters on the calculation of reliability coefficients was also explored. Results indicate that overall interobserver agreement levels for minimally trained judges compared favorably with reliability coefficients reported in previous studies (F. L. Darky et al, 1969). Furthermore, levels of overall agreement were above levels of agreement expected on the basis of chance alone. In contrast to overall interobserver agreement, much lower levels of interobserver agreement were obtained when occurrence reliability coefficients were calculated for deviant dimensions alone. However, occurrence reliability coefficients surpassed the level of agreement expected on the basis of chance alone for all Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - deviant speech parameters KW - interobserver reliability of speech pathologist's ratings of perceptual characteristics KW - experienced speech pathologists & 11–56 yr olds with dysarthria & ataxia KW - 1988 KW - Ataxia KW - Dysarthria KW - Interrater Reliability KW - Speech Characteristics KW - Speech Therapists KW - Speech Disorders KW - 1988 DO - 10.1044/jshr.3101.131 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-36149-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-36107-001 AN - 1988-36107-001 AU - Whitters, Alan C. AU - Cadoret, R. J. AU - McCalley-Whitters, M. K. T1 - Further evidence for heterogeneity in antisocial alcoholics. JF - Comprehensive Psychiatry JO - Comprehensive Psychiatry JA - Compr Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/11//Nov-Dec, 1987 VL - 28 IS - 6 SP - 513 EP - 519 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0010-440X SN - 1532-8384 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-36107-001. PMID: 3691075 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Whitters, Alan C.; American Lake Veterans Administration, Dept of Psychiatry, Tacoma, WA, US. Release Date: 19881201. Correction Date: 20160407. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Antisocial Personality Disorder; Major Depression. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Nov-Dec, 1987. AB - 41 alcoholics with a diagnosis of antisocial personality were divided into 2 groups on the basis of reported lifetime number of depressive symptoms. The antisocials with a higher number of depressive symptoms also showed a greater number of other types of lifetime psychopathologic symptoms when compared with the antisocials with a lower number of depressive symptoms. Results support heterogeneity in antisocial alcoholics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - depressive symptoms over lifetime KW - alcoholic adults with antisocial personality KW - 1987 KW - Alcoholism KW - Antisocial Personality Disorder KW - Major Depression KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0010-440X(87)90017-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-36107-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-36089-001 AN - 1988-36089-001 AU - Schuckit, Marc A. AU - Sweeney, Susan T1 - Substance use and mental health problems among sons of alcoholics and controls. JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1987/11// VL - 48 IS - 6 SP - 528 EP - 534 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0096-882X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-36089-001. PMID: 3682826 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs; Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schuckit, Marc A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcohol Research Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19881201. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Drug Abuse; Drug Usage; Family Background; Major Depression. Minor Descriptor: Adult Offspring; At Risk Populations; Family Members; Human Males; Sons. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1987. AB - Used questionnaire data from 864 male university students and nonacademic staff to compare self-reports of substance intake as well as family histories of depression and substance abuse across 4 groups. Ss included Group 1 (682 Ss who had no alcoholic 1st- or 2nd-degree relative); Group 2 (101 who reported an alcoholic 2nd-degree relative only); Group 3 (59 Ss who reported an alcoholic 1st-degree relative only), and Group 4 (22 Ss with alcoholism in both 1st- and 2nd-degree relatives). Data were used from all Ss and were reanalyzed for random samples of 22 men from each group. Results show an increase in the personal history of alcohol-related problems from Group 1 to Group 4. There were no significant differences across the groups on the proportion of nonalcoholic relatives demonstrating drug abuse or depressive disorders. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self reports of substance use & abuse & family histories of depression KW - 21–25 yr old males with alcoholic 1st &/vs 2nd degree relatives KW - 1987 KW - Alcoholism KW - Drug Abuse KW - Drug Usage KW - Family Background KW - Major Depression KW - Adult Offspring KW - At Risk Populations KW - Family Members KW - Human Males KW - Sons KW - 1987 DO - 10.15288/jsa.1987.48.528 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-36089-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-35857-001 AN - 1988-35857-001 AU - Davidson, Michael AU - Kendler, Kenneth S. AU - Davis, Bonnie M. AU - Horvath, Thomas B. AU - Mohs, Richard C. AU - Davis, Kenneth L. T1 - Apomorphine has no effect on plasma homovanillic acid in schizophrenic patients. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1985/10// VL - 16 IS - 2 SP - 95 EP - 99 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-35857-001. PMID: 3865258 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davidson, Michael; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, NY, US. Release Date: 19881201. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apomorphine; Homovanillic Acid; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Blood Plasma; Experimental Replication. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Experimental Replication. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1985. AB - Previous experiments (e.g., R. H. Roth, 1979) suggest that pharmacological perturbations of the brain dopaminergic system may be reflected by concentrations of plasma homovanillic acid (pHVA). This study examined the ability of low-dose apomorphine to reduce pHVA concentrations in 9 adult male schizophrenic patients chronically treated with neuroleptics. Data suggest that apomorphine did not reduce pHVA in Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - apomorphine KW - plasma HVA KW - schizophrenic patients KW - replication KW - 1985 KW - Apomorphine KW - Homovanillic Acid KW - Schizophrenia KW - Blood Plasma KW - Experimental Replication KW - 1985 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(85)90002-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-35857-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-35374-001 AN - 1988-35374-001 AU - Brown, Sandra A. AU - Stetson, Barbara A. T1 - Coping with drinking pressures: Adolescent versus parent perspectives. JF - Adolescence JO - Adolescence JA - Adolescence Y1 - 1988///Sum 1988 VL - 23 IS - 90 SP - 297 EP - 301 CY - US PB - Libra Publishers SN - 0001-8449 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-35374-001. PMID: 3407492 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brown, Sandra A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19881201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adolescent Attitudes; Alcohol Drinking Attitudes; Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Coping Behavior; Parental Attitudes. Classification: Psychosocial & Personality Development (2840); Drug & Alcohol Usage (Legal) (2990). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180); Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1988. AB - 15 techniques to limit or stop alcohol consumption were rated by 94 12–19 yr olds and their parents. Factor analysis of effectiveness ratings demonstrated consistency in appraisal of adult options for coping strategies, but significant differences in adolescent and parent views of how teenagers should cope with drinking pressures. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - techniques to limit or stop alcohol consumption or drinking pressures KW - effectiveness rating & coping strategies KW - 12–19 yr olds vs their parents KW - 1988 KW - Adolescent Attitudes KW - Alcohol Drinking Attitudes KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Coping Behavior KW - Parental Attitudes KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-35374-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-35176-001 AN - 1988-35176-001 AU - Takahashi, Lorey K. AU - Lisk, Robert D. T1 - Diencephalic organization of estradiol sensitive sites regulating sociosexual behavior in female golden hamsters: Contralateral versus ipsilateral activation. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1987/11// VL - 425 IS - 2 SP - 337 EP - 345 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-35176-001. PMID: 3427433 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Takahashi, Lorey K.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Psychiatry Section, Madison, WI, US. Release Date: 19881201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Sexual Behavior; Estradiol; Hypothalamus. Minor Descriptor: Hamsters; Ovariectomy. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1987. AB - Investigated the effects of estradiol (E₂) implanted in the medial preoptic area (MPO) and ventromedial hypothalamus (VMH) on the sexual behavior of ovarietomized female hamsters housed in large arenas with male partners. Results suggest that (1) although MPO and VMH regions were equally sensitive to the enhancement of vaginal scent-marking by E₂, the same regions required synergistic ipsilateral activation for the effective priming of sexual responsiveness; (2) the heightened duration of lordosis behavior after ipsilateral MPO–VMH E₂ implantation reflects an anterior diencephalic estrogenic removal of an inhibitory process in the ipsilateral VMH region; and (3) differences in postcopulatory attacks reflect variable actions of progesterone on E₂-induced progestin receptors in the MPO and VMH. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - estradiol implanted in medial preoptic area & ventromedial hypothalamus KW - sexual behavior KW - ovariectomized female hamsters KW - 1987 KW - Animal Sexual Behavior KW - Estradiol KW - Hypothalamus KW - Hamsters KW - Ovariectomy KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(87)90516-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-35176-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-35078-001 AN - 1988-35078-001 AU - Bernardis, Lee L. AU - McEwen, Geri AU - Kodis, Marge AU - Feldman, Mary J. T1 - Pair-feeding of sham-operated controls to rats with dorsomedial hypothalamic lesions: New evidence for an 'organismic' set point. JF - Behavioural Brain Research JO - Behavioural Brain Research JA - Behav Brain Res Y1 - 1987/11//Nov-Dec, 1987 VL - 26 IS - 2-3 SP - 99 EP - 108 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0166-4328 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-35078-001. PMID: 3322319 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bernardis, Lee L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurovisceral Lab, Buffalo, NY, US. Release Date: 19881201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Feeding Behavior; Body Weight; Food Intake; Hypothalamus. Minor Descriptor: Hypothalamus Lesions; Rats. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Nov-Dec, 1987. AB - Weanling male rats received electrolytic lesions in the dorsomedial hypothalamic nuclei (DMNL Ss) or sham operations. One group of sham-operated controls was pair-fed with the DMNL Ss while a 2nd sham-operated group was fed ad libitum. Significant differences appeared more frequently when pair-fed controls were compared with ad libitum-fed controls than when DMNL Ss were compared with ad libitum-fed controls, supporting the setpoint hypothesis. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - pair feeding with sham operated controls KW - body weight & food intake KW - male rats with lesions of dorsomedial hypothalamic nuclei KW - 1987 KW - Animal Feeding Behavior KW - Body Weight KW - Food Intake KW - Hypothalamus KW - Hypothalamus Lesions KW - Rats KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0166-4328(87)90159-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-35078-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-34865-001 AN - 1988-34865-001 AU - Friedman, Howard AU - Taub, Harvey A. AU - Sturr, Joseph F. AU - Monty, Richard A. T1 - Visual information processing speed in hypnotized and nonhypnotized subjects. JF - Journal of General Psychology JO - Journal of General Psychology JA - J Gen Psychol Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 114 IS - 4 SP - 363 EP - 372 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-1309 SN - 1940-0888 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-34865-001. PMID: 3430146 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Friedman, Howard; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Syracuse, NY, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19881201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Information Storage; Hypnosis; Imagery; Visual Stimulation. Minor Descriptor: Hypnotic Susceptibility. Classification: Learning & Memory (2343). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1987. AB - Tested a total of 78 hypnotized and control college students for speed of visual information processing, using a backward-masking paradigm with a bias- and ceiling-free psychophysical task. Approximately half of the Ss in each of 4 groups received visual imagery suggestions in an attempt to influence attention. Imagery produced no significant differential effect. Although an absence of a hypnotizability-performance relationship was in keeping with findings of a previous study by the present authors (1986), Ss in the present study who performed under hypnosis were, as a group, significantly superior to the other Ss in speed of information processing. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual imagery suggestion KW - speed of visual information processing KW - hypnotized vs not hypnotized college students KW - 1987 KW - Human Information Storage KW - Hypnosis KW - Imagery KW - Visual Stimulation KW - Hypnotic Susceptibility KW - 1987 DO - 10.1080/00221309.1987.9711074 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-34865-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-34851-001 AN - 1988-34851-001 AU - Shapiro, Lewis P. AU - Zurif, Edgar AU - Grimshaw, Jane T1 - Sentence processing and the mental representation of verbs. JF - Cognition JO - Cognition JA - Cognition Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 219 EP - 246 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0010-0277 SN - 1873-7838 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-34851-001. PMID: 3691026 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shapiro, Lewis P.; Boston U School of Medicine, Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MA, US. Release Date: 19881201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Sentence Comprehension; Task Complexity; Verbs. Classification: Cognitive Processes (2340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 28. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. AB - Examined verb processing during sentence comprehension by conducting 2 experiments that assessed whether or not a verb's representational complexity affected real-time sentence processing in 30 college students. Ss had to perform a complex secondary task presented in the vicinity of the verb while listening to a sentence. Reaction times (RTs) show that the relevant verb complexity metric for sentence processing involved the argument structure of verbs and that the number of different argument structure possibilities for a verb was important. Data reflect the operation of a processing device that momentarily activates all argument structures for a verb in the verb's immediate temporal vicinity during comprehenison. (French abstract) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - complexity of verbal representation KW - sentence processing & comprehension KW - college students KW - 1987 KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Sentence Comprehension KW - Task Complexity KW - Verbs KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/S0010-0277(87)80010-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-34851-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-34680-001 AN - 1988-34680-001 AU - Zung, William W. AU - Zung, Elizabeth M. T1 - Use of the Zung Self-rating Depression Scale in the elderly. JF - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JO - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JA - Clin Gerontol Y1 - 1986/06// VL - 5 IS - 1-2 SP - 137 EP - 148 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0731-7115 SN - 1545-2301 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-34680-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zung, William W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Durham, NC, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19881201. Correction Date: 20091012. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Major Depression; Zungs Self Rating Depression Scale. Minor Descriptor: Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1986. AB - Reviews the use of the 1st author's (1965) Self-rating Depression Scale (SDS) in published studies with the elderly. Also, the authors' files provided publications that used the SDS in geriatric settings not identified in the literature search. Data indicate that (1) the SDS can be used with most aged Ss, (2) increasing SDS scores in life reflect the opinion of many clinicians that vulnerability to depression increases in old age, (3) the SDS can demonstrate significant differences between depressed elderly and normal elderly Ss, and (4) the SDS demonstrates a precipitous drop in scores of elderly Ss who have been treated for depression. However, the accuracy of the SDS in cases of individual assessment is suspect, and readjustment of scoring may produce higher sensitivities and correct classification. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - use of Zung Self Rating Depression Scale KW - elderly & geriatric patients KW - 1986 KW - Major Depression KW - Zungs Self Rating Depression Scale KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1986 DO - 10.1300/J018v05n01_07 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-34680-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-34658-001 AN - 1988-34658-001 AU - Sheikh, Javaid I. AU - Yesavage, Jerome A. T1 - Geriatric Depression Scale (GDS): Recent evidence and development of a shorter version. JF - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JO - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JA - Clin Gerontol Y1 - 1986/06// VL - 5 IS - 1-2 SP - 165 EP - 173 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0731-7115 SN - 1545-2301 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-34658-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sheikh, Javaid I.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19881201. Correction Date: 20091012. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Major Depression; Psychodiagnosis; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Test Construction; Test Forms. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1986. AB - Reviews validation studies of the Geriatric Depression Scale (GDS) indicating that the GDS is a promising screen for detecting depression in the elderly. A study comparing the GDS with the Center for Epidemiological Studies-Depression Scale, the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression, and the Depression Adjective Checklist is described. Data show that the GDS represents a reliable and valid screening device for measuring depression with the elderly, and that the GDS is also sensitive to depression among elderly persons suffering from mild to moderate dementia and physical illness. The Short Form of the GDS is considered useful in situations where economy of time is required. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of Geriatric Depression Scale & construction & validity of Short Form of Geriatric Depression Scale KW - elderly KW - 1986 KW - Major Depression KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Test Validity KW - Test Construction KW - Test Forms KW - 1986 DO - 10.1300/J018v05n01_09 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-34658-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-34651-001 AN - 1988-34651-001 AU - Retzlaff, Paul D. AU - Gibertini, Michael T1 - Objective psychological testing of U.S. Air Force officers in pilot training. JF - Aviation, Space, and Environmental Medicine JO - Aviation, Space, and Environmental Medicine JA - Aviat Space Environ Med Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 59 IS - 7 SP - 661 EP - 663 CY - US PB - Aerospace Medical Assn SN - 0095-6562 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-34651-001. PMID: 3408428 Other Journal Title: Aerospace Medicine; Aerospace Medicine and Human Performance. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Retzlaff, Paul D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Waco, TX, US. Release Date: 19881201. Correction Date: 20150629. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Air Force Personnel; Aptitude Measures; Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory; Personality Measures; Test Norms. Minor Descriptor: Aircraft Pilots; Military Training. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. AB - Administered the Multidimensional Aptitude Battery, the Personality Research Form, and the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory to 350 student pilots. Normative data are presented for use by practitioners assessing similar populations. It is argued that clinical psychologists are increasingly assisting flight surgeons in the assessment of students in pilot training. However, some psychological tests reported in the literature are ill-suited to efficient clinical evaluation of aviators. Recent advances in clinical psychometrics offer improvements in reliability, personality theory, and norms. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - norms on Multidimensional Aptitude Battery & Personality Research Form & Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - 22–27 yr old male Air Force pilot trainees KW - 1988 KW - Air Force Personnel KW - Aptitude Measures KW - Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - Personality Measures KW - Test Norms KW - Aircraft Pilots KW - Military Training KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-34651-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-34633-001 AN - 1988-34633-001 AU - Moses, James A. T1 - Factor structure of Benton's Tests of Visual Retention, Visual Construction, and Visual Form Discrimination. JF - Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology JO - Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology JA - Arch Clin Neuropsychol Y1 - 1986/// VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 147 EP - 156 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0887-6177 SN - 1873-5843 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-34633-001. PMID: 14589648 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moses, James A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19881201. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Benton Revised Visual Retention Test; Factor Structure; Measurement; Nervous System Disorders; Visual Discrimination. Minor Descriptor: Mental Disorders. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1986. AB - Administered the standard drawing and multiple-choice versions of the Benton Visual Retention Test (BVRT), the Visual Form Discrimination Test (VFDT), the Rey Auditory Verbal Learning Test (AVLT), and the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Revised (WAIS—R) Digit Span subtest to 97 psychiatric, neurologic, and control Ss. Factor analysis of the Benton test battery measures alone showed that the standard and multiple-choice BVRT protocols performed similarly. Copying and immediate visual-memory skills emerged as separable factors on the standard BVRT. When the AVLT and Digit Span measures were factor analyzed with the Benton test battery measures, simple factorial structure emerged only for the AVLT measures (1 factor) and the BVRT copying measures that were grouped with the VFDT. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - factor structure of Benton's Tests of Visual Retention & Visual Construction & Visual Forms Discrimination KW - patients with neurologic or psychiatric diagnosis KW - 1986 KW - Benton Revised Visual Retention Test KW - Factor Structure KW - Measurement KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Visual Discrimination KW - Mental Disorders KW - 1986 DO - 10.1016/0887-6177(86)90014-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-34633-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-34578-001 AN - 1988-34578-001 AU - Rogalski, Carol J. T1 - Factor structure of the addiction severity index in an inpatient detoxification sample. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 22 IS - 10 SP - 981 EP - 992 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-34578-001. PMID: 3692636 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rogalski, Carol J.; West Side Veterans Administration Psychology Service, Chicago, IL, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19881201. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Addiction; Factor Structure; Severity (Disorders). Minor Descriptor: Drug Rehabilitation; Factor Analysis; Measurement. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1987. AB - Examined the factor structure of the Addiction Severity Index for 190 adult males in an inpatient detoxification unit at a Veterans Administration hospital. Factor analysis revealed a 4-factor solution rather than the 6-factor solution originally suggested by A. T. McLellan et al (1980). These 4 factors were labeled Chemical Addiction, Criminality, Psychological Distress, and Health-Related Problems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - factor structure of Addiction Severity Index KW - males in inpatient detoxification unit KW - 1987 KW - Drug Addiction KW - Factor Structure KW - Severity (Disorders) KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Factor Analysis KW - Measurement KW - 1987 DO - 10.3109/10826088709109693 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-34578-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-34471-001 AN - 1988-34471-001 AU - Aldwin, Carolyn M. AU - Stokols, Daniel T1 - The effects of environmental change on individuals and groups: Some neglected issues in stress research. JF - Journal of Environmental Psychology JO - Journal of Environmental Psychology JA - J Environ Psychol Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 8 IS - 1 SP - 57 EP - 75 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0272-4944 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-34471-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Aldwin, Carolyn M.; Boston Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Normative Aging Study, MA, US. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Environmental Stress; Mental Health; Social Environments; Social Stress. Minor Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Social Behavior. Classification: Environmental Issues & Attitudes (4070). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 19. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Discusses the effects of environmental change (EC) on the behavior and well-being of groups, noting that initial negative EC may result in positive outcomes under certain circumstances, and vice versa. It is argued that linear models of the impact of stress are insufficient for understanding the outcome of EC. A systems perspective suggests that models of EC should account for contextual factors (e.g., timing of change, coping skills of those affected). Studies indicating that children exposed to stress demonstrate enhanced psychosocial functioning in later life are discussed. Nonlinear models of the relationship between stress and negative outcomes discussed include A. F. Sanders's (see record [rid]1984-03106-001[/rid]) inverted-U model of performance and arousal and R. L. Solomon's (see record [rid]1980-26727-001[/rid]) opponent-process theory of motivation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stress due to change in physical & social environment KW - behavior & well being KW - individuals & groups KW - 1988 KW - Environmental Stress KW - Mental Health KW - Social Environments KW - Social Stress KW - Coping Behavior KW - Social Behavior KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/S0272-4944(88)80023-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-34471-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-34425-001 AN - 1988-34425-001 AU - Eth, Spencer AU - Baron, David A. AU - Pynoos, Robert S. T1 - Death notification. JF - Bulletin of the American Academy of Psychiatry & the Law JO - Bulletin of the American Academy of Psychiatry & the Law JA - Bull Am Acad Psychiatry Law Y1 - 1987/// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 275 EP - 281 CY - US PB - American Academy of Psychiatry & the Law SN - 0091-634X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-34425-001. PMID: 3676528 Other Journal Title: Journal of the American Academy of Psychiatry and the Law. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eth, Spencer; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Mental Health Clinic, Clinical Services, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19881101. Correction Date: 20161201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: 139th Annual Meeting of the American Psychiatric Association (1986, Washington, DC). Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Death and Dying; Law Enforcement Personnel; Messages; Occupational Stress. Minor Descriptor: Stress Reactions. Classification: Personnel Attitudes & Job Satisfaction (3650); Police & Legal Personnel (4290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Surveyed 50 male and female law enforcement officers on the experience and stress of delivering death notifications to bereaved families. Results indicate high levels of stress and anxiety over the task and little emotional support from superiors or peers. Interviews with 26 officers revealed denial and ritualization strategies that were used to maintain personal and emotional distance when delivering the death notification. It is also noted that the authors were consulted during the study about severe problems (e.g., alcoholism, substance abuse, marital discord) in those who appeared to be exhibiting chronic stress response syndrome. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - death notification delivery KW - stress & anxiety KW - law enforcement officers KW - conference presentation KW - 1987 KW - Anxiety KW - Death and Dying KW - Law Enforcement Personnel KW - Messages KW - Occupational Stress KW - Stress Reactions KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-34425-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-33944-001 AN - 1988-33944-001 AU - O'Farrell, Timothy J. AU - Maisto, Stephen A. T1 - The utility of self-report and biological measures of alcohol consumption in alcoholism treatment outcome studies. T3 - Two decades of behavioral research in the alcohol field: Change, challenge, and controversy JF - Advances in Behaviour Research and Therapy JO - Advances in Behaviour Research and Therapy Y1 - 1987/// VL - 9 IS - 2-3 SP - 91 EP - 125 CY - US PB - Pergamon Press Inc SN - 0146-6402 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-33944-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Farrell, Timothy J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19881101. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcohol Rehabilitation; Methodology; Self-Report. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 35. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Reviews major advances in alcoholism treatment outcome research, summarizes the literature on the reliability and validity of alcoholics' self-reports, and describes and evaluates biological measures and markers (e.g., blood alcohol concentration) relevant to alcoholism treatment outcome studies. It is asserted that the literature does not support widespread skepticism of alcoholics' self-reports or the existence of a systematic underreporting bias except when alcoholics have a positive blood alcohol level. Available evidence shows good reliability and validity for reports of hospital/jail stays and frequency of drinking/abstinence; good reliability and modest agreement with collateral informants for measures of problem severity and alcohol dependence symptoms. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - utility of self report & biological measures of consumption KW - alcoholism treatment outcome studies KW - 1987 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Methodology KW - Self-Report KW - Alcoholism KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0146-6402(87)90010-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-33944-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-33935-001 AN - 1988-33935-001 AU - Kofoed, Lial L. T1 - Chemical monitoring of disulfiram compliance: A study of alcoholic outpatients. JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JA - Alcohol Clin Exp Res Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 11 IS - 5 SP - 481 EP - 485 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0145-6008 SN - 1530-0277 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-33935-001. PMID: 3314565 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kofoed, Lial L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, White River Junction, VT, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Disulfiram; Treatment Compliance. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism; Drug Therapy. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1987. AB - Investigated whether the use of a chemical test for disulfiram (DFM) ingestion could be used clinically to improve DFM compliance, and whether improved DFM compliance would contribute to improved compliance with other aspects of treatment. Results suggest that DFM compliance rates can be increased by clinical use of chemical monitoring data; however, in the present study increased compliance with DFM did not correlate with improvements in other aspects of treatment compliance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chemical monitoring KW - disulfiram compliance rates KW - alcoholic outpatients KW - 1987 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Disulfiram KW - Treatment Compliance KW - Alcoholism KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1987 DO - 10.1111/j.1530-0277.1987.tb01928.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-33935-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-33925-001 AN - 1988-33925-001 AU - Emrick, Chad D. T1 - Alcoholics Anonymous: Affiliation processes and effectiveness as treatment. JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JA - Alcohol Clin Exp Res Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 11 IS - 5 SP - 416 EP - 423 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0145-6008 SN - 1530-0277 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-33925-001. PMID: 3314553 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Emrick, Chad D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Denver, CO, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholics Anonymous; Client Characteristics; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Minor Descriptor: Sobriety. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1987. AB - Discusses the characteristics of Alcoholics Anonymous (AA) members and discusses the effectiveness of AA, using data from surveys conducted every 3 yrs, 1968–1983, by the General Service Office of AA. Data suggest that no clear exclusionary criteria for this organization exist, except that alcohol-dependent individuals who become nonproblem drinkers appear to be less likely to affiliate with or maintain involvement in AA. Of those alcoholics who become long-term active AA members, about 40 to 50% enjoy several years of total abstinence, with about 60 to 68% improving to some extent, drinking less or not at all during their participation. Compared with professionally treated alcoholics, AA members seem to achieve abstinence at a higher rate. Consideration is given to the apparent unsuitability of AA for problem drinkers who choose the goal of nonproblem drinking. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - client characteristics & effectiveness of Alcoholics Anonymous KW - Alcoholics Anonymous members KW - 1987 KW - Alcoholics Anonymous KW - Client Characteristics KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - Sobriety KW - 1987 DO - 10.1111/j.1530-0277.1987.tb01915.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-33925-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-33916-001 AN - 1988-33916-001 AU - Alfano, Anthony M. AU - Thurstin, Adrian H. AU - Nerviano, Vincent J. T1 - Cost-benefit estimates from ongoing alcoholism outcome research: A working paper. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 22 IS - 9 SP - 861 EP - 868 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-33916-001. PMID: 3119505 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Alfano, Anthony M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Ft Lyon, CO, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19881101. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Costs and Cost Analysis; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1987. AB - Presents thoughts, figures, treatment outcomes, and dollar estimates (in terms of community impact) from a large ongoing alcoholism project. It is suggested that these types of estimates are vital in making the economic arguments, which parallel those for the human misery side of substance abuse. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcoholism rehabilitation program KW - treatment outcomes & community cost effectiveness KW - program participants KW - 1987 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Costs and Cost Analysis KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Alcoholism KW - 1987 DO - 10.3109/10826088709027464 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-33916-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-33805-001 AN - 1988-33805-001 AU - Berman, Stephen AU - Delaney, Nancy AU - Gallagher, Dolores E. AU - Atkins, Phyllis AU - Graeber, Mark P. T1 - Respite care: A partnership between a Veterans Administration nursing home and families to care for frail elders at home. JF - The Gerontologist JO - The Gerontologist JA - Gerontologist Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 27 IS - 5 SP - 581 EP - 584 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0016-9013 SN - 1758-5341 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-33805-001. PMID: 3315870 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Berman, Stephen; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Social Work Service, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19881101. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Caregivers; Nursing Homes; Respite Care. Minor Descriptor: Geriatric Patients; Health Impairments. Classification: Nursing Homes & Residential Care (3377). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1987. AB - Describes a 10-bed respite program that provided 4 wks of inpatient care over a 1-yr period to frail older veterans who lived with an unpaid caregiver. Since its inception, the 850 families who received the program's services have been taught health care delivery skills needed to maintain a disabled person at home and how to build community support systems. The program has prevented premature or inappropriate placement by providing training and relief to sustain the in-home caregiver. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - inpatient VA nursing home respite care program KW - caregivers of elderly disabled relatives KW - 1987 KW - Caregivers KW - Nursing Homes KW - Respite Care KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Health Impairments KW - 1987 DO - 10.1093/geront/27.5.581 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-33805-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-33664-001 AN - 1988-33664-001 AU - Wasson, John H. AU - Sauvigne, Arthur E. AU - Balestra, Dominic AU - Mogielnicki, R. Peter AU - Nelson, Eugene AU - Frey, Walter G. AU - Webster, Steven T1 - Capitation for medical care: The importance of health status in older patients. JF - Medical Care JO - Medical Care JA - Med Care Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 25 IS - 10 SP - 1002 EP - 1006 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0025-7079 SN - 1537-1948 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-33664-001. PMID: 3695629 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wasson, John H.; Veterans Administration Hosp, White River Junction, VT, US. Release Date: 19881101. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Costs and Cost Analysis; Health; Health Care Utilization. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1987. AB - Surveyed the health status of 690 patients (aged 55–74 yrs) receiving care at a Veterans Administration general medical clinic from 1979 to 1982 to develop criteria for identifying older ambulatory patients at risk for high utilization of medical care. Results indicate that Ss who claimed mobility limitations or dependency were more likely to require care. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - health status KW - future health care utilization & costs KW - 55–74 yr old male patients KW - 1987 KW - Costs and Cost Analysis KW - Health KW - Health Care Utilization KW - 1987 DO - 10.1097/00005650-198710000-00008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-33664-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-33599-001 AN - 1988-33599-001 AU - Wolf, Marion E. AU - Alavi, Afshin AU - Mosnaim, Aron D. T1 - Pharmacological interventions in Vietnam Veterans with Post Traumatic Stress Disorder. JF - Research Communications in Psychology, Psychiatry & Behavior JO - Research Communications in Psychology, Psychiatry & Behavior JA - Res Commun Psychol Psychiatr Behav Y1 - 1987/// VL - 12 IS - 3 SP - 169 EP - 176 CY - US PB - PJD Publications SN - 0362-2428 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-33599-001. Other Journal Title: Research Communications in Biological Psychology & Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wolf, Marion E.; North Chicago Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, IL, US. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Drugs; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - In a study of 44 Vietnam veterans treated at a stress disorder treatment unit of a Veterans Administration medical center, it was found that 72% of the Ss were receiving 1 or more psychotropic medications, in addition to various psychological treatment modalities. 17 Ss received an antidepressant agent, 6 propranolol, 5 carbamazepine, 4 phenytoin, 4 disulfiram, and 2 received lithium carbonate. These drugs appeared to provide symptomatic relief of many post traumatic stress disorder manifestations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prescription of psychotropic medications KW - Vietnam veterans with PTSD KW - 1987 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drugs KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-33599-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-33582-001 AN - 1988-33582-001 AU - Satel, Sally AU - Southwick, Steven AU - Denton, Charlotte T1 - Use of imipramine for attention deficit disorder in a borderline patient. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 176 IS - 5 SP - 305 EP - 307 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-33582-001. PMID: 3367147 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Satel, Sally; West Haven Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, CT, US. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention Deficit Disorder; Borderline States; Drug Therapy; Imipramine. Minor Descriptor: Case Report. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1988. AB - Describes a 26-yr-old man with borderline personality disorder and attention deficit disorder who failed to respond to methylphenidate but experienced a marked reversal of anxiety, explosiveness, restlessness, and affective lability when treated with imipramine. It is suggested that tricyclics may be helpful in such patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - imipramine KW - 26 yr old male with borderline personality disorder & attention deficit disorder KW - case report KW - 1988 KW - Attention Deficit Disorder KW - Borderline States KW - Drug Therapy KW - Imipramine KW - Case Report KW - 1988 DO - 10.1097/00005053-198805000-00010 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-33582-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-33571-001 AN - 1988-33571-001 AU - Pepper, Ginette A. AU - Robbins, Laurence J. T1 - Improving geriatric drug therapy. JF - Generations: Journal of the American Society on Aging JO - Generations: Journal of the American Society on Aging JA - Generations Y1 - 1987///Fal 1987 VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 57 EP - 61 CY - US PB - American Society on Aging SN - 0738-7806 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-33571-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pepper, Ginette A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Denver, CO, US. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Geriatric Patients. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1987. AB - Discusses the current state of research in geriatric pharmacology and assesses risks and benefits in geriatric drug therapy. Risks include noncompliance and errors in self-administration, changes in drug distribution and metabolism, and adverse drug interactions that may affect neuropsychiatric changes related to aging. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - current state of research & risks & benefits KW - drug therapy KW - geriatric patients KW - 1987 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Geriatric Patients KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-33571-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-33465-001 AN - 1988-33465-001 AU - Arena, John G. AU - Hightower, Nancy E. AU - Chong, Gary C. T1 - Relaxation therapy for tension headache in the elderly: A prospective study. JF - Psychology and Aging JO - Psychology and Aging JA - Psychol Aging Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 96 EP - 98 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0882-7974 SN - 1939-1498 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-33465-001. PMID: 3077319 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Arena, John G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Psychology Service, Biofeedback & Psychophysiological Disorders Clinic, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Muscle Contraction Headache; Progressive Relaxation Therapy. Classification: Behavior Therapy & Behavior Modification (3312). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Apr 17, 1987; Revised Date: Mar 23, 1987; First Submitted Date: Oct 21, 1986. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - We evaluated the effects of an 8-week progressive muscle-relaxation therapy regimen on the headache activity of 10 elderly tension-headache subjects. Posttreatment assessment at 3 months revealed significant decreases in overall headache activity (50% or greater) in 7 subjects. Significant clinical or statistical prepost differences, or both, were also found for the number of headache-free days, peak headache activity, and medication index. This is the first prospective study of tension headache in an elderly population, and, unlike previous retrospective studies, it suggests that relaxation therapy may be an effective intervention in the treatment of such headaches. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - progressive muscle relaxation therapy KW - tension headache KW - elderly patients KW - 1988 KW - Muscle Contraction Headache KW - Progressive Relaxation Therapy KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/0882-7974.3.1.96 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-33465-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-33423-001 AN - 1988-33423-001 AU - Coughlan, Kathleen AU - Parkin, Cynthia T1 - Women partners of Vietnam vets. JF - Journal of Psychosocial Nursing and Mental Health Services JO - Journal of Psychosocial Nursing and Mental Health Services JA - J Psychosoc Nurs Ment Health Serv Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 25 IS - 10 SP - 25 EP - 27 CY - US PB - SLACK SN - 0279-3695 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-33423-001. PMID: 3681775 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Coughlan, Kathleen; Veterans Administration Medical & Regional Office Ctr, Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Inpatient Program, Togus, ME, US. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Counseling; Military Veterans; Nursing; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Wives. Minor Descriptor: Coping Behavior. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1987. AB - Discusses the impact of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) on the partners of Vietnam veterans who have PTSD. The dynamics are similar to those seen in a single-parent family, or the partner may mimic the symptomatology exhibited by the veteran. It is suggested that partners of PTSD veterans can benefit from group treatment with a psychoeducational focus. Treatment of women partners appears to be indirectly therapeutic to the PTSD veteran. A case study is provided. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nursing perspectives on group treatment of effects of PTSD on partner KW - female partners of Vietnam veterans with PTSD KW - 1987 KW - Group Counseling KW - Military Veterans KW - Nursing KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Wives KW - Coping Behavior KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-33423-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-33313-001 AN - 1988-33313-001 AU - Liberman, Robert P. AU - Cardin, Virginia AU - McGill, Christine W. AU - Falloon, Ian R. T1 - Behavioral family management of schizophrenia: Clinical outcome and costs. JF - Psychiatric Annals JO - Psychiatric Annals JA - Psychiatr Ann Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 17 IS - 9 SP - 610 EP - 619 CY - US PB - SLACK SN - 0048-5713 SN - 1938-2456 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-33313-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Liberman, Robert P.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Hosp, Brentwood Psychiatric Div, CA. et al. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: University of Maryland School of Medicine Symposium: Economic issues in schizophrenia (1986, San Diego, California). Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Costs and Cost Analysis; Family Therapy; Individual Psychotherapy; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1987. AB - Compares 3 treatment modalities for schizophrenia in terms of cost–benefit effectiveness: antipsychotic drugs, community-based system of care, and behavior therapy. The effectiveness of behavioral family management (BFM) is discussed. In one study, psychiatric patients (N = 36) assigned to in-home BFM fared better on all clinical measures of outcome at 9 and 24 mo after commencement of treatment, compared to patients assigned to individual supportive therapy. The cost–benefit advantage of BFM compared to individual supportive therapy is indicated. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical outcome & costs of behavioral family management vs individual supportive therapy KW - schizophrenic outpatients KW - conference presentation KW - 1987 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Costs and Cost Analysis KW - Family Therapy KW - Individual Psychotherapy KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1987 DO - 10.3928/0048-5713-19870901-11 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-33313-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-33234-001 AN - 1988-33234-001 AU - Salmon, David P. AU - Shimamura, Arthur P. AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Smith, Stan T1 - Lexical and semantic priming deficits in patients with Alzheimer's disease. JF - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JO - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JA - J Clin Exp Neuropsychol Y1 - 1988/08// VL - 10 IS - 4 SP - 477 EP - 494 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 1380-3395 SN - 1744-411X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-33234-001. PMID: 2969917 Other Journal Title: Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Salmon, David P.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CA, US. Release Date: 19881101. Correction Date: 20100927. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Lexical Access; Priming; Semantic Memory. Minor Descriptor: Huntingtons Disease; Korsakoffs Psychosis. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1988. AB - In Exp I, lexical priming was assessed in 28 patients with dementia of the Alzheimer type (DAT), Huntington's Disease (HD), or alcoholic Korsakoff's syndrome (KS) and in 27 intact controls. Although all 3 patient groups were impaired on tests of recall and recognition, only the DAT Ss exhibited a priming deficit on a stem-completion task. In Exp II, 38 DAT, HD, and control Ss were administered a semantic priming test. Results for this association task showed that DAT Ss were significantly less likely to produce the 2nd word of a semantically related pair than were the other S groups. It is suggested that the memory capacities of DAT patients are characterized by a breakdown in the structure of semantic memory. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lexical & semantic priming KW - patients with dementia of Alzheimer's type vs Huntington's disease vs alcoholic Korsakoff's syndrome KW - 1988 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Lexical Access KW - Priming KW - Semantic Memory KW - Huntingtons Disease KW - Korsakoffs Psychosis KW - 1988 DO - 10.1080/01688638808408254 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-33234-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-33210-001 AN - 1988-33210-001 AU - Morley, John E. AU - Korenman, Stanley G. AU - Mooradian, Arshag D. AU - Kaiser, Fran E. T1 - UCLA geriatric grand rounds: Sexual dysfunction in the elderly male. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1987/11// VL - 35 IS - 11 SP - 1014 EP - 1022 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-33210-001. PMID: 3668137 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morley, John E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatrics; Human Males; Sexual Function Disturbances. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1987. AB - Discusses the incidence of sexual dysfunction (SDY) among the elderly and illustrates this with the case report of a 63-yr-old man whose SDY was corrected by testosterone injections. The authors' discussion focuses on the effects of age on male reproductive physiology and the differential diagnosis, pharmacologic treatment, and management of impotence. The ability to maintain a high quality sexual relationship is considered a major quality-of-life issue for senior citizens. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sexual dysfunction KW - 63 yr old male KW - 1987 KW - Geriatrics KW - Human Males KW - Sexual Function Disturbances KW - 1987 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1987.tb04007.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-33210-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-33203-001 AN - 1988-33203-001 AU - Metter, E. J. AU - Kempler, D. AU - Jackson, C. A. AU - Hanson, W. R. AU - Riege, W. H. AU - Camras, L. R. AU - Mazziotta, J. C. AU - Phelps, M. E. T1 - Cerebellar glucose metabolism in chronic aphasia. JF - Neurology JO - Neurology Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 37 IS - 10 SP - 1599 EP - 1606 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0028-3878 SN - 1526-632X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-33203-001. PMID: 3658163 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Metter, E. J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Neurology, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19881101. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Cerebral Dominance; Neurochemistry. Minor Descriptor: Brain Damage. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1987. AB - Used positron emission tomography to compare left/right cerebellar hemispheric glucose metabolism in 37 37–73 yr old aphasic patients with left hemisphere lesions and 22 age-matched controls. 16 aphasic Ss showed cerebellar symmetry. 21 aphasic Ss had cerebellar metabolic asymmetry that related to reduced functional motor performance, spontaneous speech, naming, reading, and writing. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - glucose metabolism in left vs right cerebral hemispheres KW - 37–73 yr old patients with aphasia due to left hemisphere lesions KW - 1987 KW - Aphasia KW - Cerebral Dominance KW - Neurochemistry KW - Brain Damage KW - 1987 DO - 10.1212/WNL.37.10.1599 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-33203-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-33041-001 AN - 1988-33041-001 AU - Searles, John S. T1 - The role of genetics in the pathogenesis of alcoholism. T3 - Models of Addiction JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 97 IS - 2 SP - 153 EP - 167 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 SN - 1-55798-026-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-33041-001. PMID: 3290305 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Searles, John S.; U Pennsylvania School of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Philadelphia, US. Release Date: 19881101. Correction Date: 20130930. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. ISBN: 1-55798-026-8. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Etiology; Genetics. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Location: US; Scandinavia. References Available: Y. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: May, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Dec 18, 1987; Revised Date: Nov 26, 1987; First Submitted Date: May 15, 1987. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1988. AB - This article reviews behavior genetic methods and critiques some of the major studies that converge on a genetic basis for alcohol abuse. In particular, it critically examines the adoption studies from Scandinavia and the United States. Serious flaws with respect to a number of important methodological considerations, such as problematic diagnostic criteria and high rates of foster parent psychopathology, suggest that the conclusions drawn by the authors of these studies should be tempered. An evaluation of high-risk research underscores the contradictory findings from different studies and the lack of a coherent conceptual framework to assess results. More sophisticated assessments of environmental factors are suggested to take into account Gene × Environment interactions and gene–environment correlation effects that may lead to more precise specifications of the etiology of alcohol disorders. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - genetics KW - alcohol abuse KW - Scandinavia vs US KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Etiology KW - Genetics KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/0021-843X.97.2.153 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-33041-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-32975-001 AN - 1988-32975-001 AU - Cox, W. Miles AU - Klinger, Eric T1 - A motivational model of alcohol use. T3 - Models of Addiction JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 97 IS - 2 SP - 168 EP - 180 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 SN - 1-55798-026-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-32975-001. PMID: 3290306 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cox, W. Miles; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Indianapolis, IN, US. Release Date: 19881101. Correction Date: 20130930. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. ISBN: 1-55798-026-8. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcoholism; Motivation. Minor Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: May, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Dec 17, 1987; Revised Date: Sep 23, 1987; First Submitted Date: May 21, 1987. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1988. AB - The final, common pathway to alcohol use is motivational. A person decides consciously or unconsciously to consume or not to consume any particular drink of alcohol according to whether or not he or she expects that the positive affective consequences of drinking will outweigh those of not drinking. Various factors (e.g., past experiences with drinking, current life situation) help to form expectations of affective change from drinking, these factors always modulated by a person's neurochemical reactivity to alcohol. Such major influences include the person's current nonchemical incentives and the prospect of acquiring new positive incentives and removing current negative incentives. Our motivational counseling technique uses nonchemical goals and incentives to help the alcoholic develop a satisfying life without the necessity of alcohol. The technique first assesses the alcoholic's motivational structure and then seeks to modify it through a multicomponent counseling procedure. The counseling technique is one example of the heuristic value of the motivational model. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - motivational model of alcohol use & alcoholism & multicomponent alcoholic counseling procedure KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Alcoholism KW - Motivation KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/0021-843X.97.2.168 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-32975-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-32904-001 AN - 1988-32904-001 AU - Reich, James AU - Troughton, Ed T1 - Comparison of DSM-III personality disorders in recovered depressed and panic disorder patients. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 176 IS - 5 SP - 300 EP - 304 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-32904-001. PMID: 3367146 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reich, James; Brockton Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, MA, US. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Major Depression; Panic Disorder; Personality Disorders; Recovery (Disorders). Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: May, 1988. AB - A previous report by the 1st author and colleagues (see record [rid]1987-18939-001[/rid]) using measures not in Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) indicated that recovered panic disorder and recovered major depressive patients have similar personality traits. To replicate this finding on DSM-III measures, 57 recovered panic, 19 recovered depressed, and 40 normal adults were compared on standardized DSM-III personality measures. No significant differences were found between recovered major depression and recoverd panic disorder Ss; however, these 2 groups did differ from normal Ss in that they were more socially insecure and dependent. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality correlates KW - recovered panic vs recovered depressed patients KW - 1988 KW - Major Depression KW - Panic Disorder KW - Personality Disorders KW - Recovery (Disorders) KW - 1988 DO - 10.1097/00005053-198805000-00009 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-32904-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-32900-001 AN - 1988-32900-001 AU - Pitman, Roger K. AU - Jenike, Michael A. T1 - Coprolalia in obsessive-compulsive disorder: A missing link. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 176 IS - 5 SP - 311 EP - 313 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-32900-001. PMID: 3163360 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pitman, Roger K.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Manchester, NH, US. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Obsessive Compulsive Disorder; Symptoms; Tourette Syndrome. Minor Descriptor: Case Report. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1988. AB - Presents the case of a 40-yr-old man with obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) who exhibited coprolalia, the unwanted uttering of obscenities. The case further erodes the phenomenological distinction between OCD and Tourette's syndrome and supports the role of psychological factors in the genesis of tic symptomatology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - coprolalia KW - 40 yr old male with obsessive compulsive disorder KW - case report KW - 1988 KW - Obsessive Compulsive Disorder KW - Symptoms KW - Tourette Syndrome KW - Case Report KW - 1988 DO - 10.1097/00005053-198805000-00012 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-32900-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-32898-001 AN - 1988-32898-001 AU - Peabody, Cecilia A. AU - Whiteford, Harvey A. AU - Warner, M. Dhyanne AU - Faull, Kym F. AU - Barchas, Jack D. AU - Berger, Philip A. T1 - TRH stimulation test and depression. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 22 IS - 1 SP - 21 EP - 28 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-32898-001. PMID: 2443941 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Peabody, Cecilia A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Nashville, TN, US. Release Date: 19881101. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Major Depression; Medical Diagnosis; Thyrotropin. Minor Descriptor: Blood Serum; Cerebrospinal Fluid; Dexamethasone Suppression Test; Homovanillic Acid; Hydrocortisone; Hydroxyindoleacetic Acid (5-); Norepinephrine Metabolites. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1987. AB - Performed a thyrotropin-releasing hormone (TRH) stimulation test in 52 male inpatients (aged 20–67 yrs) with major depressive disorder. 29% of the Ss had a change in thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH) of less than 5 μU/ml. Of the 3 cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) amine metabolities 3-methoxy-4-hydroxyphenylglycol (MHPG), homovanillic acid, and 5-hydroxyindoleacetic acid, only MHPG correlated significantly with baseline TSH and none correlated with change in TSH. The baseline TSH correlated positively with the TSH response at 30 min; neither correlated with cortisol levels before or after dexamethasone. The correlation between CSF MHPG and serum TSH suggests a relationship between central norepinephrine and baseline TSH. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - TRH stimulation test KW - serum TSH & pre-DST and post-DST cortisol & CSF levels of MHPG & HVA & 5-HIAA KW - male 20–67 yr old inpatients with major depression KW - 1987 KW - Major Depression KW - Medical Diagnosis KW - Thyrotropin KW - Blood Serum KW - Cerebrospinal Fluid KW - Dexamethasone Suppression Test KW - Homovanillic Acid KW - Hydrocortisone KW - Hydroxyindoleacetic Acid (5-) KW - Norepinephrine Metabolites KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(87)90046-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-32898-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-32888-001 AN - 1988-32888-001 AU - Moses, James A. AU - Maruish, Mark E. T1 - A critical review of the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery literature: V. Cognitive deficit in miscellaneous psychiatric disorders. JF - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology JO - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 63 EP - 73 CY - US PB - MelNic Press, Inc. SN - 0749-8470 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-32888-001. Other Journal Title: Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moses, James A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Cognitive Impairment; Literature Review; Mental Disorders; Neuropsychological Assessment. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Literature Review. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Discusses the literature on the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery, Form I (LNNB) through 1986 that deals with cognitive deficit in a variety of psychiatric disorders other than schizophrenia. The evidence for validity of the LNNB in the evaluation of cognitive deficit in major depression, posttraumatic stress disorder, paranoid disorder, borderline personality disorder, hallucinatory syndromes, alcohol and other specific drug dependence disorders, bulimia, specific learing disorders, and mental retardation is evaluated. Experimental design flaws in particular are critiqued, and methods for their remediation are suggested. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - utility of Luria Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery KW - evaluation of cognitive deficit KW - patients with psychiatric disorders other than schizophrenia KW - literature review KW - 1988 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Cognitive Impairment KW - Literature Review KW - Mental Disorders KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-32888-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-32887-001 AN - 1988-32887-001 AU - Moses, James A. AU - Maruish, Mark E. T1 - A critical review of the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery literature: IV. Cognitive deficit in schizophrenia and related disorders. JF - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology JO - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 51 EP - 62 CY - US PB - MelNic Press, Inc. SN - 0749-8470 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-32887-001. Other Journal Title: Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moses, James A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Cognitive Ability; Literature Review; Neuropsychological Assessment; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Brain Damage; Cerebral Ventricles; Cognitive Impairment; Frontal Lobe; Prediction. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Literature Review. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Reviews the literature on the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery, Form I (LNNB) that deals with cognitive deficit in schizophrenia and schizoaffective disorder for the period 1978–1986. Subgroups of schizophrenics who do or do not show cognitive deficit on the LNNB have been identified in multiple studies. Diagnostic, demographic, and chronicity variables have been identified that are relevant to prediction of the pattern and level of performance on the LNNB and radiologic criterion measures among schizophrenic spectrum patients. The LNNB clinical scales have been shown to be significant predictors of radiologic indices of periventricular structural change and prefrontal physiologic abnormality in some schizophrenic subgroups. Findings support the validity of the LNNB clinical scales as predictive measures that are sensitively and accurately linked to psychiatric and radiologic criterion measures. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Luria Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery KW - prediction of cognitive deficit & periventricular & prefrontal abnormality KW - patients with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder KW - literature review KW - 1988 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Literature Review KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Schizophrenia KW - Brain Damage KW - Cerebral Ventricles KW - Cognitive Impairment KW - Frontal Lobe KW - Prediction KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-32887-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-32817-001 AN - 1988-32817-001 AU - Goldstein, Jill M. T1 - Gender differences in the course of schizophrenia. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 145 IS - 6 SP - 684 EP - 689 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-32817-001. PMID: 3369553 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Jill M.; Brockton-West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, MA, US. Release Date: 19881101. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Sex Differences; Schizophrenia; Severity (Disorders). Minor Descriptor: Longitudinal Studies; Prognosis; Psychiatric Hospital Admission; Psychiatric Hospital Readmission; Treatment Duration. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213); Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1988. AB - 32 women and 58 men (aged 18–45 yrs) with Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) diagnoses of schizophrenia, who were in the early stages of illness, were followed for 10 yrs with respect to rehospitalizations and length of time in the hospital. Multivariate regression techniques were used to test for gender differences across multiple outcomes. Results indicate that the women experienced fewer rehospitalizations and shorter stays than did the men. It is suggested that the determinants of gender differences in the course of schizophrenia occur during the premorbid period and are manifest early in the development of the disorder. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sex KW - illness severity assessed by hospital length of stay & rehospitalization KW - 18–45 yr olds with schizophrenia KW - 10 yr longitudinal study KW - 1988 KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Schizophrenia KW - Severity (Disorders) KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Prognosis KW - Psychiatric Hospital Admission KW - Psychiatric Hospital Readmission KW - Treatment Duration KW - 1988 DO - 10.1176/ajp.145.6.684 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-32817-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-32791-001 AN - 1988-32791-001 AU - Davidson, Michael AU - Davis, Kenneth L. T1 - A comparison of plasma homovanillic acid concentrations in schizophrenic patients and normal controls. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 45 IS - 6 SP - 561 EP - 563 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-32791-001. PMID: 3377642 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davidson, Michael; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, NY, US. Release Date: 19881101. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Homovanillic Acid; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Blood Plasma. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1988. AB - Examined plasma homovanillic acid (HVA) concentrations, as a potential index of central nervous system (CNS) dopamine turnover, in 14 normal and 14 schizophrenic men over a 12-hr period, including the period of sleep. Plasma HVA was lower in schizophrenic Ss compared with normal Ss at all times; however, within the group of schizophrenics, the more symptomatic Ss had higher plasma HVA concentrations, suggesting a more complex role for dopamine in schizophrenia than previously conceptualized. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - plasma HVA concentrations KW - normal vs schizophrenic males KW - 1988 KW - Homovanillic Acid KW - Schizophrenia KW - Blood Plasma KW - 1988 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1988.01800300057006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-32791-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-32790-001 AN - 1988-32790-001 AU - Davidson, Jonathan AU - Kudler, Harold AU - Smith, Rebecca T1 - Personality in chronic post-traumatic stress disorder: A study of the Eysenck inventory. JF - Journal of Anxiety Disorders JO - Journal of Anxiety Disorders JA - J Anxiety Disord Y1 - 1987/// VL - 1 IS - 4 SP - 295 EP - 300 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0887-6185 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-32790-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davidson, Jonathan; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Eysenck Personality Inventory; Military Veterans; Personality Traits; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Major Depression. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Assessed personality variables in 30 patients with chronic posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). World War II/Korean War (WWII/K) veterans with PTSD were significantly more introverted and neurotic than 16 age-matched nonpsychiatric controls, whether or not the controls had been in combat. WWII/K Ss scored significantly higher than Vietnam War Ss on both Introversion and Denial (Lie) scales of the Eysenck Personality Inventory—Form A. PTSD Ss were significantly more neurotic than 17 major depressive Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality variables assessed by Eysenck Personality Inventory KW - World War II/Korean War vs Vietnam War veterans with PTSD vs adults with major depression KW - 1987 KW - Eysenck Personality Inventory KW - Military Veterans KW - Personality Traits KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Major Depression KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0887-6185(87)90009-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-32790-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-32783-001 AN - 1988-32783-001 AU - Coccaro, Emil F. AU - Siever, Larry J. AU - Klar, Howard AU - Rubenstein, Karen AU - Benjamin, Eric AU - Davis, Kenneth L. T1 - Diminished prolactin responses to repeated fenfluramine challenge in man. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1987/11// VL - 22 IS - 3 SP - 257 EP - 259 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-32783-001. PMID: 3432453 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Coccaro, Emil F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19881101. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Fenfluramine; Major Depression; Personality Disorders; Prolactin. Minor Descriptor: Medical Diagnosis. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1987. AB - In the process of investigating the feasibility of an ambulatory fenfluramine (FEN) challenge protocol (using 13 adult male psychiatric patients), diminished peak delta prolactin responses to FEN were observed when Ss were rechallenged within 2–22 days of initial challenge. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - repeated fenfluramine challenge KW - prolactin KW - 30–67 yr old male patients with major depression vs personality disorders KW - diagnostic implications KW - 1987 KW - Fenfluramine KW - Major Depression KW - Personality Disorders KW - Prolactin KW - Medical Diagnosis KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(87)90040-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-32783-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-32650-001 AN - 1988-32650-001 AU - Delamater, Ronald J. AU - McNamara, J. Regis T1 - Expression of anger: Its relationship to assertion and social desirability among college women. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 61 IS - 1 SP - 131 EP - 134 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-32650-001. PMID: 3671600 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Delamater, Ronald J.; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anger; Assertiveness; Human Females; Social Desirability. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1987. AB - Administered an anger expression scale, an assertion inventory, and the Marlowe-Crowne Social Desirability Scale to 282 college women. Findings suggest that more unassertive scores are related to higher levels of anger-in (suppression) and lower levels of anger-out (expression). It is suggested that the anger expression scale and the assertion inventory are susceptible to social desirability responding. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - anger expression & assertiveness & social desirability KW - female college students KW - 1987 KW - Anger KW - Assertiveness KW - Human Females KW - Social Desirability KW - 1987 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1987.61.1.131 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-32650-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-32551-001 AN - 1988-32551-001 AU - Williams, Wright AU - Spruill, Jean T1 - The criminal justice/mental health system and the mentally retarded, mentally ill defendant. JF - Social Science & Medicine JO - Social Science & Medicine JA - Soc Sci Med Y1 - 1987/// VL - 25 IS - 9 SP - 1027 EP - 1032 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0277-9536 SN - 1873-5347 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-32551-001. PMID: 3423842 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Williams, Wright; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Houston, TX, US. Release Date: 19881101. Correction Date: 20110905. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjudication; Competency to Stand Trial; Mentally Ill Offenders; Intellectual Development Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Defendants; Legal Processes; Mental Health Services. Classification: Criminal Law & Adjudication (4230); Criminal Behavior & Juvenile Delinquency (3236). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Examined differences in court processing and final disposition between mentally retarded and nonretarded male defendants found incompetent to stand trial. The mentally ill, retarded Ss spent significantly more time in the hospital, more time in the hospital waiting to be returned to jail, and more total time incarcerated in the criminal justice/mental health system. At a final disposition, hearing mentally ill, retarded Ss were significantly more likely to be rehospitalized and less likely to be released to the community. No mentally ill, retarded S went to prison. It is suggested that the longer periods of incarceration may stem from an underlying lack of understanding about the ability of retarded Ss to achieve competency. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - court processing & time in hospital vs jail & final disposition KW - mentally retarded vs mentally ill male defendants found incompetent to stand trial KW - 1987 KW - Adjudication KW - Competency to Stand Trial KW - Mentally Ill Offenders KW - Intellectual Development Disorder KW - Defendants KW - Legal Processes KW - Mental Health Services KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0277-9536(87)90007-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-32551-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-32362-001 AN - 1988-32362-001 AU - Feifel, Herman AU - Strack, Stephen T1 - Old is old is old? JF - Psychology and Aging JO - Psychology and Aging JA - Psychol Aging Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 2 IS - 4 SP - 409 EP - 412 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0882-7974 SN - 1939-1498 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-32362-001. PMID: 3268236 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feifel, Herman; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychology Service, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adult Attitudes; Age Differences; Emotions; Personality. Classification: Psychosocial & Personality Development (2840); Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. Publication History: Accepted Date: Feb 24, 1987; Revised Date: Feb 6, 1987; First Submitted Date: Oct 15, 1986. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - We examined potential differences between two matched subgroups of elderly men: young–old (65–74 years of age; n = 56). Subjects were fairly healthy men from community agencies, who were interviewed and tested on a number of characteristics involving personality, mood, attitudes, and behaviors. Although t tests and correlations indicated some differences between the groups, the overall findings underlined their similarity on the vast majority of variables scrutinized. The crucial base for enhancing understanding in gerontology should not only focus on the age-advancing senescent person but on the whole individual. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality & mood & attitudes & behavior KW - healthy 65–74 vs 75–92 yr old males KW - 1987 KW - Adult Attitudes KW - Age Differences KW - Emotions KW - Personality KW - 1987 DO - 10.1037/0882-7974.2.4.409 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-32362-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-32349-001 AN - 1988-32349-001 AU - Bossé, Raymond AU - Aldwin, Carolyn M. AU - Levenson, Michael R. AU - Ekerdt, David J. T1 - Mental health differences among retirees and workers: Findings from the normative aging study. JF - Psychology and Aging JO - Psychology and Aging JA - Psychol Aging Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 2 IS - 4 SP - 383 EP - 389 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0882-7974 SN - 1939-1498 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-32349-001. PMID: 3268232 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bossé, Raymond; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Health; Retirement. Minor Descriptor: Employment Status. Classification: Psychosocial & Personality Development (2840); Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. Publication History: Accepted Date: May 11, 1987; Revised Date: May 8, 1987; First Submitted Date: Aug 25, 1986. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Researchers during the past decade have found little effect of retirement on physical health. However, retirement entails a number of losses, and its effect on mental health, as measured by the prevalence of psychological symptoms, is unclear. We examined psychological symptoms in a sample of 1,513 older men, participants in the Normative Aging Study, using the SCL-90-R (Derogatis, 1983). Analyses of variance indicated that retirees reported more psychological symptoms than did workers, even after controlling for physical health status. Exploratory analyses examining the circumstances of retirement found no effects for length of retirement or part-time employment, but did find effects for the timing of retirement. Both early and late retirees reported more psychological symptoms. Late workers (aged 66 and older) reported the fewest symptoms. Reasons for these findings are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological symptoms KW - retired vs working 40–101 yr old males KW - 1987 KW - Mental Health KW - Retirement KW - Employment Status KW - 1987 DO - 10.1037/0882-7974.2.4.383 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-32349-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-32323-001 AN - 1988-32323-001 AU - Rybarczyk, Bruce D. AU - Hart, Robert P. AU - Harkins, Stephen W. T1 - Age and forgetting rate with pictorial stimuli. JF - Psychology and Aging JO - Psychology and Aging JA - Psychol Aging Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 2 IS - 4 SP - 404 EP - 406 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0882-7974 SN - 1939-1498 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-32323-001. PMID: 3268234 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rybarczyk, Bruce D.; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Hosp, Psychology Service, CA, US. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Forgetting. Minor Descriptor: Pictorial Stimuli; Recognition (Learning). Classification: Cognitive & Perceptual Development (2820); Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. Publication History: Accepted Date: Dec 30, 1986; Revised Date: Dec 29, 1986; First Submitted Date: Jul 23, 1986. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1987. AB - The rate of forgetting standardized line drawings of common objects was assessed in groups of young (M age = 22 years) and older (M age = 70.5 years) subjects. The two groups forgot equal quantities of pictorial stimuli over successive intervals of 10 min, 2 hr, and 48 hr, after being matched for original learning. In contrast, the older subjects showed the expected age decrement in reproduction of geometric designs from memory. These findings indicate that aging does not affect retention of pictures when differences in learning and retrieval abilities are controlled. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - forgetting assessed by recognizing vs reproducing pictorial stimuli KW - 18–27 vs 62–79 yr olds KW - 1987 KW - Age Differences KW - Forgetting KW - Pictorial Stimuli KW - Recognition (Learning) KW - 1987 DO - 10.1037/0882-7974.2.4.404 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-32323-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-32268-001 AN - 1988-32268-001 AU - Willis, Lee AU - Thomas, Paula AU - Garry, Philip J. AU - Goodwin, James S. T1 - A prospective study of response to stressful life events in initially healthy elders. JF - Journal of Gerontology JO - Journal of Gerontology JA - J Gerontol Y1 - 1987/11// VL - 42 IS - 6 SP - 627 EP - 630 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0022-1422 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-32268-001. PMID: 3680882 Other Journal Title: The Journals of Gerontology: Series A: Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Willis, Lee; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Albuquerque, NM, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19881101. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Distress; Life Experiences; Physiological Correlates; Stress. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800); Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1987. AB - Behavioral and physiological reactions to the stress of a major life crisis were studied prospectively in a group of 15 healthy elderly individuals (aged 68–86 yrs). Significant decreases in caloric intake, body weight, and lymphocyte count were found following the stressful event, with a return toward baseline levels after a recovery period. Significant increases were found for psychological distress and serum cortisol. Results support the thesis that behavioral and physiological changes occur during an event perceived by an elderly person to be stressful and that such changes can have adverse effects on health. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stressful life events KW - caloric intake & body weight & lymphocyte count & serum cortisol & distress KW - 68–86 yr olds KW - 1987 KW - Distress KW - Life Experiences KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Stress KW - 1987 DO - 10.1093/geronj/42.6.627 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-32268-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-32077-001 AN - 1988-32077-001 AU - Flood, James F. AU - Cherkin, Arthur AU - Morley, John E. T1 - Antagonism of endogenous opioids modulates memory processing. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 422 IS - 2 SP - 218 EP - 234 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-32077-001. PMID: 3676787 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Flood, James F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Memory; Narcotic Antagonists; Species Differences. Minor Descriptor: Chickens; Infants (Animal); Mice; Naloxone. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1987. AB - Conducted 13 experiments with mice and 1 with chicks, results of which show that opioid antagonism enhanced memory in these 2 classes of animals. The dose response to naloxone in both the mouse and the chick and to nalmefene in the mouse had the characteristics of an inverted U, with high doses either being ineffective or suppressing memory retention. In mice, naloxone demonstrated antiamnestic properties against both anisomycin and scopolamine. Administration of beta-funaltrexamine 72 hrs prior to training enhanced retention. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - naloxone vs nalmefene KW - opioid antagonism enhanced memory KW - chicks vs mice KW - 1987 KW - Memory KW - Narcotic Antagonists KW - Species Differences KW - Chickens KW - Infants (Animal) KW - Mice KW - Naloxone KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(87)90929-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-32077-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-32076-001 AN - 1988-32076-001 AU - Fitten, L. Jaime AU - Flood, James F. AU - Baxter, Claude F. AU - Tachiki, Kenneth H. AU - Perryman, Kent T1 - Long-term oral administration of memory-enhancing doses of tacrine in mice: A study of potential toxicity and side effects. JF - Journal of Gerontology JO - Journal of Gerontology JA - J Gerontol Y1 - 1987/11// VL - 42 IS - 6 SP - 681 EP - 685 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0022-1422 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-32076-001. PMID: 3680887 Other Journal Title: The Journals of Gerontology: Series A: Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fitten, L. Jaime; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19881101. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cholinesterase Inhibitors; Memory; Toxicity. Minor Descriptor: Drug Tolerance; Mice. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1987. AB - Compared to controls, mice that received tacrine (1, 2, 3, 4-tetrahydro-9-aminoacridine) for 4 or 6 mo showed (a) no significant impariment on behavioral toxicity tests, (b) improved memory retention, (c) a significant but only slight elevation of ornithine transcarbamylase activity in blood serum, (d) no abnormality of liver tissue, and (e) no gross organ pathology in visceral organs. There was no evidence of pharmacologic tolerance or effects on sensorimotor coordination, learning, or reflex reactions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - long term po tacrine KW - toxicity or tolerance & effects on memory KW - mice KW - implications for memory impairments associated with aging in humans KW - 1987 KW - Cholinesterase Inhibitors KW - Memory KW - Toxicity KW - Drug Tolerance KW - Mice KW - 1987 DO - 10.1093/geronj/42.6.681 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-32076-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-32057-001 AN - 1988-32057-001 AU - Cutter, Henry S. AU - O'Farrell, Timothy J. T1 - Experience with alcohol and the endogenous opioid system in ethanol analgesia. JF - Addictive Behaviors JO - Addictive Behaviors JA - Addict Behav Y1 - 1987/// VL - 12 IS - 4 SP - 331 EP - 343 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0306-4603 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-32057-001. PMID: 2825469 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cutter, Henry S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Analgesia; Endogenous Opiates; Ethanol; Naloxone; Placebo. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Cold-pressor pain was evaluated before and after ethanol, placebo, and no-alcohol treatments and again after doubleblind administration of naloxone to 11 men and saline to 9. Naloxone diminished ethanol and placebo analgesia among experienced drinkers but had opposite effects in the control treatment. Results suggest that the opioid system response to alcohol is learned. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - naloxone KW - endogenous opioid system response to ethanol vs placebo induced analgesia KW - males KW - 1987 KW - Analgesia KW - Endogenous Opiates KW - Ethanol KW - Naloxone KW - Placebo KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0306-4603(87)90047-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-32057-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-32045-001 AN - 1988-32045-001 AU - Becker, Howard C. AU - Anton, R. F. AU - Randall, C. L. T1 - Stereotypic wall climbing in mice during ethanol withdrawal: A new measure of physical dependence. JF - Alcohol JO - Alcohol JA - Alcohol Y1 - 1987/11//Nov-Dec, 1987 VL - 4 IS - 6 SP - 443 EP - 447 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0741-8329 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-32045-001. PMID: 3435633 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Becker, Howard C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Charleston, SC, US. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Withdrawal; Ethanol; Stereotyped Behavior. Minor Descriptor: Animal Locomotion; Mice. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Nov-Dec, 1987. AB - Describes a method of assessing physical dependence in mice chronically exposed to ethanol. Mice continuously exposed to ethanol vapor for 3–4 days spent more time engaged in stereotypic climbing behavior than controls. This stereotypic climbing behavior correlated well with other previously described signs of ethanol withdrawal. The utility of this behavioral assay for assessing physical dependence on ethanol is discussed with reference to underlying neurochemical events. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethanol withdrawal KW - stereotypic wall climbing KW - mice KW - implications for assessment of dependence KW - 1987 KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Ethanol KW - Stereotyped Behavior KW - Animal Locomotion KW - Mice KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0741-8329(87)90083-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-32045-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-32040-001 AN - 1988-32040-001 AU - Angrist, Burt AU - Corwin, June AU - Bartlik, Barbara AU - Cooper, Thomas T1 - Early pharmacokinetics and clinical effects of oral {d}-amphetamine in normal subjects. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/11// VL - 22 IS - 11 SP - 1357 EP - 1368 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-32040-001. PMID: 3663788 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Angrist, Burt; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, New York, NY, US. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amphetamine; Blood Plasma; Cardiovascular System; Drug Dosages. Minor Descriptor: Psychopharmacology. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1987. AB - Seven normal adults received 0.25 mg/kg {d}-amphetamine po, both after an overnight fast and again after a standard breakfast. Plasma levels, subjective and cardiovascular effects, and observer-rated activation were assessed hourly for 5 hrs. Maximum cardiovascular effects generally occurred at 1 hr, whereas maximum behavioral and subjective effects occurred at 2 hrs. A separate group of 8 adults received 0.5 mg/kg {d}-amphetamine po. Plasma levels, subjective and cardiovascular effects, and activation ratings were assessed hourly for 4 hrs. Maximum plasma levels were approximately twice those seen in the 1st group. In this case, plasma levels peaked at 3–4 hrs; blood pressure and subjective and behavioral effects were all maximal at 2–3 hrs and were declining by 4 hrs in spite of stable or rising plasma levels. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - low vs high dose oral amphetamine KW - plasma levels & subjective & cardiovascular effects KW - adults KW - 1987 KW - Amphetamine KW - Blood Plasma KW - Cardiovascular System KW - Drug Dosages KW - Psychopharmacology KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(87)90070-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-32040-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-31951-001 AN - 1988-31951-001 AU - Irwin, Michael AU - Daniels, Marcia AU - Weiner, Herbert T1 - Immune and neuroendocrine changes during bereavement. JF - Psychiatric Clinics of North America JO - Psychiatric Clinics of North America JA - Psychiatr Clin North Am Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 10 IS - 3 SP - 449 EP - 465 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0193-953X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-31951-001. PMID: 3317313 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Irwin, Michael; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Clinical Ctr on Alcoholism, CA, US. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Death and Dying; Grief; Health; Immunology; Neuroendocrinology. Minor Descriptor: Widows. Classification: Psychophysiology (2560). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1987. AB - Conducted studies that investigated the role of bereavement and depressive symptoms in altering T-cell subpopulations and natural killer (NK) cell activity. 37 women who were either bereaved, anticipating their husband's death, or had husbands in good health completed the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression, the Social Readjustment Rating Scale, and measurements of their immune systems. NK activity was significantly lower in women about to lose their husbands. Bereaved and depressed women showed alterations in T-cell subpopulations. The potential role of neurohormones and neurotransmitters in mediating stress-related immunosuppression is explored. A brief description of the human immune system is presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - T-cell subpopulations & natural killer cell activity & neuroendocrine correlates KW - females who are bereaved vs anticipating husband's death KW - 1987 KW - Death and Dying KW - Grief KW - Health KW - Immunology KW - Neuroendocrinology KW - Widows KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-31951-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-31944-001 AN - 1988-31944-001 AU - Carson, Margaret A. AU - Hathaway, Amy AU - Tuohey, John P. AU - McKay, Brenda M. T1 - The effect of a relaxation technique on coronary risk factors. JF - Behavioral Medicine JO - Behavioral Medicine JA - Behav Med Y1 - 1988///Sum 1988 VL - 14 IS - 2 SP - 71 EP - 77 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0896-4289 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-31944-001. PMID: 3289645 Other Journal Title: Journal of Human Stress. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carson, Margaret A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Manchester, NH, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Cardiovascular Disorders; Physiological Correlates; Relaxation. Minor Descriptor: Blood Plasma; Blood Pressure; Blood Sugar; Body Weight; Lipids. Classification: Psychophysiology (2560). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1988. AB - Examined the effect of a relaxation technique on plasma lipids, weight, blood pressure, and blood glucose. 16 adult male outpatients were randomly assigned to control or experimental groups. The experimantal group was taught a relaxation technique that they used through-out the study. The control group was started in a reading program. Ss were followed by a nurse practitioner and dietitian for 8 wks. Results reveal a significant reduction in systolic blood pressure and a marginally significant reduction in low density lipoprotein (LDL) cholesterol in the expermental group. Both groups self-reported high compliance with diet and adherence to prescribed intervention. State anxiety was inversely related to changes in total cholesterol and LDL cholesterol. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - relaxation technique KW - plasma lipids & weight & BP & blood glucose levels associated with coronary risk KW - 49–73 yr old male outpatients KW - 1988 KW - At Risk Populations KW - Cardiovascular Disorders KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Relaxation KW - Blood Plasma KW - Blood Pressure KW - Blood Sugar KW - Body Weight KW - Lipids KW - 1988 DO - 10.1080/08964289.1988.9935127 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-31944-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-31916-001 AN - 1988-31916-001 AU - Vanderploeg, Rodney D. AU - Brown, Warren S. AU - Marsh, James T. T1 - Judgments of emotion in words and faces: ERP correlates. JF - International Journal of Psychophysiology JO - International Journal of Psychophysiology JA - Int J Psychophysiol Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 5 IS - 3 SP - 193 EP - 205 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0167-8760 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-31916-001. PMID: 3679945 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Vanderploeg, Rodney D.; James A. Haley Veterans Administration Hosp, Psychology Service, Tampa, FL, US. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotional Content; Facial Expressions; Visual Evoked Potentials; Words (Phonetic Units). Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1987. AB - Analyzed visual event-related potentials (ERPs) to 2 types of stimuli (faces and words) to determine the effects of the perceived emotional connotations of the stimuli (positive, neutral, or negative) in 10 right-handed normal functioning adult males. Principal component analysis (PCA) of the ERPs revealed 5 factors accounting for over 90% of the ERP waveform variance for both faces and words. In the facial data, 2 ERP components varied in amplitude according to the perceived emotional connotation of the stimulus. For the P3 component, neutrally rated stimuli produced significantly larger amplitudes than stimuli rated as positive or negative. The verbal stimuli did not result in significant main effects for perceived emotional connotation but produced subtle connotation-related differences in slow-wave topography. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - faces vs words with positive vs neutral vs negative emotional connotations KW - visual EPs KW - male 22–35 yr olds KW - 1987 KW - Emotional Content KW - Facial Expressions KW - Visual Evoked Potentials KW - Words (Phonetic Units) KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0167-8760(87)90006-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-31916-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-31891-001 AN - 1988-31891-001 AU - Paller, Ken A. AU - Kutas, Marta AU - Mayes, Andrew R. T1 - Neural correlates of encoding in an incidental learning paradigm. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 67 IS - 4 SP - 360 EP - 371 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-31891-001. PMID: 2441971 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Paller, Ken A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychology Lab, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Evoked Potentials; Human Information Storage; Incidental Learning. Minor Descriptor: Semantic Memory. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1987. AB - Recorded event-related brain potentials (ERPs) during an incidental learning paradigm with 16 right-handed college students. Recall and recognition were better for words initially presented in tasks requiring semantic decisions than for words in tasks requiring nonsemantic decisions. ERPs elicited during performance of these tasks were predictive of subsequent memory performance. A late positive ERP elicited by words later recalled or recognized was larger than that elicited by words later forgotten. This enhanced positivity for to-be-remembered words could be accounted for, in part, by the fact that words in semantic tasks were remembered better and elicited larger ERPs than did words in nonsemantic tasks. Words followed by affirmative rather than negative decisions were associated both with better recognition and with larger ERPs. However, ERPs were sensitive to processes that influenced later memory performance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EPs during semantic vs nonsemantic tasks in incidental learning paradigm KW - college students KW - 1987 KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Human Information Storage KW - Incidental Learning KW - Semantic Memory KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(87)90124-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-31891-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0003-4415-4143 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-31871-001 AN - 1988-31871-001 AU - Halgren, E. AU - Smith, M. E. T1 - Cognitive evoked potentials as modulatory processes in human memory formation and retrieval. JF - Human Neurobiology JO - Human Neurobiology JA - Hum Neurobiol Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 6 IS - 2 SP - 129 EP - 139 CY - Germany PB - Springer-Verlag SN - 0721-9075 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-31871-001. PMID: 3305439 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Halgren, E.; Veterans Administration Wadsworth Medical Ctr, Southwest Regional Epilepsy Ctr, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Evoked Potentials; Human Information Storage; Memory. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1987. AB - Discusses patterns of event-related brain potential (ERP) components N4 and P3, as they relate to the locus, nature, and function of neural activity during encoding, storage, and retrieval of complex cognitive information. In surface ERPs, the P3 component shows a correlation with retrievability and grows larger as an effect of familiarity, whereas the N4 component reflects associative activation and declines as words and faces become more familiar. Deep ERPs in the medial temporal lobe are associated with altering responses to words in familiar contexts. It is suggested that the properties of N4/P3 modulation may act to organize partially specified elements into a network. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cortical EPs during encoding & storage & retrieval of complex cognitive information KW - humans KW - 1987 KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Human Information Storage KW - Memory KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-31871-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-31858-001 AN - 1988-31858-001 AU - Efron, R. AU - Yund, E. W. AU - Nichols, D. R. T1 - Scanning the visual field without eye movements: A sex difference. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1987/// VL - 25 IS - 4 SP - 637 EP - 644 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-31858-001. PMID: 3658146 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Efron, R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurophysiology Biophysics Research Lab, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebral Dominance; Human Sex Differences; Pattern Discrimination; Visual Field; Visual Search. Minor Descriptor: Eye Movements. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - 82 right-handed adults identified the location of a briefly exposed target pattern in the presence of other patterns. Right-handed females but not males exhibited a significantly higher error rate in correctly localizing the target pattern in the left visual field, particularly for the left parafoveal region. This distribution of errors as a function of target location is accounted for by a sequential (serial) mechanism that scans the visual field. Since the exposure time was too brief for eye movements to have occurred, results reflect an internal scan of the neural representation of the information retained in the visual system following the brief stimulus presentation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sex KW - target pattern location identification in presence of other patterns in visual field without eye movements KW - right handed adults KW - 1987 KW - Cerebral Dominance KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Pattern Discrimination KW - Visual Field KW - Visual Search KW - Eye Movements KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(87)90054-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-31858-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-31741-001 AN - 1988-31741-001 AU - Suzuki, Shinya S. T1 - Autoshaping: I. Basic facts and hypotheses. JF - The Japanese Journal of Psychonomic Science JO - The Japanese Journal of Psychonomic Science JA - Jpn J Psychon Sci Y1 - 1986/03// VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 89 EP - 99 CY - Japan PB - Japanese Psychonomic Society SN - 0287-7651 SN - 2188-7977 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-31741-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Suzuki, Shinya S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19881101. Correction Date: 20160509. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Autoshaping. Minor Descriptor: Classical Conditioning; Operant Conditioning; Phylogenesis. Classification: Learning & Motivation (2420). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1986. AB - Discusses interrelated aspects of autoshaping that are difficult to explain based on operant reinforcement alone. Two recent hypotheses that emphasize the phylogenetic origins of autoshaped responses based on learned stimulus-reinforcer associations are considered. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - operant vs Pavlovian vs phylogenetic mechanisms in acquisition of autoshaped responses KW - 1986 KW - Autoshaping KW - Classical Conditioning KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Phylogenesis KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-31741-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-31718-001 AN - 1988-31718-001 AU - Buchanan, Shirley L. AU - Ginn, Sheryl R. T1 - Classically conditioned cardiac responses in 'old' and 'young' Fischer 344 rats. JF - Psychology and Aging JO - Psychology and Aging JA - Psychol Aging Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 51 EP - 58 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0882-7974 SN - 1939-1498 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-31718-001. PMID: 3268243 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Buchanan, Shirley L.; William Jennings Bryan Dorn Veterans Administration Hosp, Neuroscience Lab, Columbia, SC, US. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Classical Conditioning; Heart Rate. Minor Descriptor: Animal Models; Learning; Rats. Classification: Learning & Motivation (2420). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jun 22, 1987; Revised Date: Jun 19, 1987; First Submitted Date: Oct 16, 1986. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Male and female Fischer 344 rats, 12 or 26–28 months of age, received two sessions of Pavlovian heart rate conditioning, and were compared with same-sex and same-age controls receiving unpaired presentations of the tone conditional stimulus (CS) and the shock unconditional stimulus (US). Older rats of both sexes demonstrated slower acquisition of the heart rate (HR), conditioned response (CR), and smaller magnitude changes than did the younger animals. Control experiments in 6-, 12-, 24-, and 30-month-old animals indicated that these differences were not due to an impaired sensitivity to the CS or US in the older animals. Results are discussed in terms of their implications for use of this animal model in investigations of age-related deficits in associative learning. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - rate of acquisition & magnitude of change of classically conditioned heart rate responses to tone CS KW - young vs old rats KW - implications for animal models of age related changes in learning KW - 1988 KW - Age Differences KW - Classical Conditioning KW - Heart Rate KW - Animal Models KW - Learning KW - Rats KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/0882-7974.3.1.51 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-31718-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-31482-001 AN - 1988-31482-001 AU - Norris, Jack T. AU - Gallagher, Dolores E. AU - Wilson, Anne AU - Winograd, Carol H. T1 - Assessment of depression in geriatric medical outpatients: The validity of two screening measures. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1987/11// VL - 35 IS - 11 SP - 989 EP - 995 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-31482-001. PMID: 3668142 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Norris, Jack T.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, American Lake, WA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Beck Depression Inventory; Geriatric Patients; Major Depression; Screening Tests; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Medical Patients; Outpatients. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10); Outpatient (60). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1987. AB - Assessed validity of 2 screening measures for depression, the Beck Depression Inventory (BDI) and a geriatric depression scale (GDS) by J. Yesavage et al (1983) in a geriatric medical outpatient population. 68 patients completed both questionnaires; 31 also completed the Schedule for Affective Disorders and Schizophrenia, which is a structured clinical interview allowing for accurate diagnosis. Both screening measures were found to accurately identify those who were depressed. Results show the BDI and GDS to have reasonable agreement with Research Diagnostic Criteria and Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) diagnoses in elderly medical patients. Findings suggest that both the BDI and GDS may be complementary to the physician's impression when screening for depression in geriatric outpatients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of Beck Depression Inventory & geriatric depression scale KW - geriatric medical outpatients KW - 1987 KW - Beck Depression Inventory KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Major Depression KW - Screening Tests KW - Test Validity KW - Medical Patients KW - Outpatients KW - 1987 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1987.tb04001.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-31482-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-31470-001 AN - 1988-31470-001 AU - Horton, Arthur M. AU - Slone, Donald G. AU - Shapiro, Solomon T1 - Neuropsychometric correlates of the Mini-Mental State Examination: Preliminary data. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 65 IS - 1 SP - 64 EP - 66 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-31470-001. PMID: 3684471 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Horton, Arthur M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcoholism Section, Baltimore, MD, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neuropsychological Assessment; Statistical Validity; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale; Wechsler Memory Scale. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Nervous System Disorders. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1987. AB - In 12 consecutive adult male neurological referrals administered the Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE), the Wechsler Memory Scale (WMS), and the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Revised (WAIS—R), correlations suggested moderate association between scores on the MMSE and the WMS but less robust relationships between scores on the MMSE and the WAIS—R Full Scale, Verbal, and Performance IQs. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - correlation of Mini-Mental State Examination with Wechsler Memory Scale vs WAIS-R KW - adult male neurological patients KW - 1987 KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Statistical Validity KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - Wechsler Memory Scale KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - 1987 DO - 10.2466/pms.1987.65.1.64 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-31470-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-31465-001 AN - 1988-31465-001 AU - Goldstein, Gerald AU - Shelly, Carolyn AU - McCue, Michael AU - Kane, Robert L. T1 - Classification with the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery: An application of cluster and ipsative profile analysis. JF - Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology JO - Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology JA - Arch Clin Neuropsychol Y1 - 1987/// VL - 2 IS - 3 SP - 215 EP - 235 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0887-6177 SN - 1873-5843 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-31465-001. PMID: 14589614 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Gerald; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19881101. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Cluster Analysis; Learning Disabilities; Neuropsychological Assessment; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Profiles (Measurement); Psychodiagnosis; Test Reliability. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 21. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - 114 adults with predominantly left-hemisphere brain damage, predominantly right-hemisphere brain damage, diffuse brain damage, or learning disabilities were administered the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery (LNNB). Cluster and ipsative profile analysis indicated that while stable clusters were produced, they were relatively unrelated to actual diagnoses. The 1st cluster had a normal mean profile; the 2nd reflected specific language impairment; the 3rd, nonverbal skill, memory, and intellectual impairment; and the 4th, generalized impairment. Results are discussed in terms of the capacity of the LNNB to generate meaningful neuropsychological profiles. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cluster & ipsative profile analysis KW - classification with Luria Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery KW - adults with left vs right hemisphere vs diffuse brain damage vs learning disabilities KW - 1987 KW - Brain Damage KW - Cluster Analysis KW - Learning Disabilities KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Test Validity KW - Profiles (Measurement) KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Test Reliability KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0887-6177(87)90010-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-31465-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-31417-001 AN - 1988-31417-001 AU - Goldberg, Jack AU - True, W. AU - Eisen, S. AU - Henderson, W. AU - Robinette, C. D. T1 - The Vietnam Era Twin (VET) Registry: Ascertainment bias. JF - Acta Geneticae Medicae et Gemellologiae: Twin Research JO - Acta Geneticae Medicae et Gemellologiae: Twin Research JA - Acta Genet Med Gemellol (Roma) Y1 - 1987/// VL - 36 IS - 1 SP - 67 EP - 78 CY - Italy PB - Associazione Instituto de Genetica Medica e Gemellologia Gregorio Mendel SN - 0001-5660 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-31417-001. PMID: 3673479 Other Journal Title: Acta Geneticae Medicae et Gemollologiae. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldberg, Jack; Hines Veterans Administration Cooperative Studies Coordinating Ctr, IL -77, US. Release Date: 19881101. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cohort Analysis; Human Males; Military Veterans; Sampling (Experimental); Twins. Minor Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Mental Health; Physical Development. Classification: Research Methods & Experimental Design (2260); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Examined ascertainment bias in identification of twin pairs in the Vietnam Era Twin Registry (S. Eisen et al, 1987). A complete listing of all male-male Vietnam era veteran twin pairs born in Connecticut from 1939 to 1955 was obtained (N = 150). Pairs were matched with a listing of Vietnam era veteran twin pairs derived from US Department of Defense's Defense Manpower Data Center (DMDC) computer files. Results indicate that DMDC files identified 46.7% of the 150 Connecticut born Vietnam era veteran pairs. Significant differences between pairs found on DMDC files and Connecticut veteran pairs missing from DMDC files were observed for: year of discharge from military service, total length of active military service, branch of service, and foreign service. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - completeness of Vietnam Era Twin Registry KW - identification of research population for evaluation of effect of war on physical & mental health KW - male twin Vietnam veterans KW - 1987 KW - Cohort Analysis KW - Human Males KW - Military Veterans KW - Sampling (Experimental) KW - Twins KW - At Risk Populations KW - Mental Health KW - Physical Development KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-31417-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-30944-001 AN - 1988-30944-001 AU - Starker, Steven T1 - Do-it-yourself therapy: The prescription of self-help books by psychologists. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training JA - Psychotherapy (Chic) Y1 - 1988///Spr 1988 VL - 25 IS - 1 SP - 142 EP - 146 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 SN - 1939-1536 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-30944-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Starker, Steven; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Portland Div, OR, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19881001. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Books; Self-Help Techniques; Therapist Attitudes. Classification: Professional Personnel Attitudes & Characteristics (3430). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1988. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1988. AB - Examined data from a survey of 121 psychologists in 2 urban areas regarding their experiences with and attitudes toward self-help books. Ss were found to be quite positive in their evaluation of self-help works, and most prescribed them to patients. Locale (east vs west coast) and orientation differences were observed in prescriptive practices. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - experiences with & attitudes toward self help books KW - psychologists KW - 1988 KW - Books KW - Self-Help Techniques KW - Therapist Attitudes KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/h0085310 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-30944-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-30861-001 AN - 1988-30861-001 AU - Muhleman, Denise T1 - 12-Step study groups in drug abuse treatment programs. T3 - Professional treatment and the 12-Step process JF - Journal of Psychoactive Drugs JO - Journal of Psychoactive Drugs JA - J Psychoactive Drugs Y1 - 1987/07//Jul-Sep, 1987 VL - 19 IS - 3 SP - 291 EP - 298 CY - US PB - Haight-Ashbury Publications SN - 0279-1072 SN - 2159-9777 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-30861-001. PMID: 3694333 Other Journal Title: Journal of Psychedelic Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Muhleman, Denise; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcohol Outpatient Clinic, San Francisco, CA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19881001. Correction Date: 20121001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholics Anonymous; Drug Addiction; Drug Rehabilitation; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Therapist Role. Minor Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Denial; Psychotherapeutic Resistance. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul-Sep, 1987. AB - Discusses the problems of denial and resistance among drug users and describes counseling techniques in both the 12-Step study group and the therapeutic setting. Observations come from 12-Step study groups conducted in a Veterans Administration medical center from people in their first month of abstinence. The therapist's role in the study group is to deal with members' resistance to coping with life without the use of alcohol. Other issues discussed are the need for recovering alcoholics to identify with each other, undetected cognitive impairment, possible inability to deal with feelings, and the difficulties of confrontation and intervention. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - denial & resistance KW - therapist role & counseling techniques in 12 step Alcoholics Anonymous style program KW - drug addicted & alcoholic patients KW - 1987 KW - Alcoholics Anonymous KW - Drug Addiction KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Therapist Role KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Denial KW - Psychotherapeutic Resistance KW - 1987 DO - 10.1080/02791072.1987.10472414 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-30861-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-30837-001 AN - 1988-30837-001 AU - Dawley, Harold H. AU - Butler, Bill T1 - An 8-year comparison of hospitalized veterans' attitudes toward smoking and smoking cessation. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 22 IS - 8 SP - 785 EP - 790 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-30837-001. PMID: 3679635 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dawley, Harold H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Psychology Service, New Orleans, LA, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19881001. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Attitudes; Drug Usage Attitudes; Smoking Cessation; Tobacco Smoking. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies; Hospitalized Patients; Military Veterans. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1987. AB - Administered a 48-item questionnaire designed to measure attitudes toward smoking and smoking cessation treatment to 73 male veterans. Results were compared with previous administrations of the same instrument 4 and 8 yrs earlier. Stability of responses over time was evident. Results show that 60% of the present sample smoked, compared with 68 and 69% found in the previous surveys. 45% of smokers surveyed in the present study expressed a willingness to participate in a program designed to help them stop smoking. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - attitudes toward smoking & smoking cessation treatment KW - male veterans in VA hospital KW - 4 vs 8 yr followup KW - 1987 KW - Client Attitudes KW - Drug Usage Attitudes KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Followup Studies KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Military Veterans KW - 1987 DO - 10.3109/10826088709027458 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-30837-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-30834-001 AN - 1988-30834-001 AU - Clark, H. Westley T1 - On professional therapists and Alcoholics Anonymous. T3 - Professional treatment and the 12-Step process JF - Journal of Psychoactive Drugs JO - Journal of Psychoactive Drugs JA - J Psychoactive Drugs Y1 - 1987/07//Jul-Sep, 1987 VL - 19 IS - 3 SP - 233 EP - 242 CY - US PB - Haight-Ashbury Publications SN - 0279-1072 SN - 2159-9777 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-30834-001. PMID: 3121828 Other Journal Title: Journal of Psychedelic Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Clark, H. Westley; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcohol Inpatient Unit 116-M, San Francisco, CA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19881001. Correction Date: 20121001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholics Anonymous; Professional Personnel. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jul-Sep, 1987. AB - Discusses the differences in therapeutic operation between 12-Step recovery programs, such as Alcoholics Anonymous (AA), and professional therapeutic intervention and indicates the need to describe which populations benefit most from a particular program. It is noted that AA's program tends to homogenize the nature of drinking problems, which can create conflict when an alternative intervention is necessary. The different legal relationships between therapist and client and between AA sponsor and AA member are discussed. The effect of increasing professional involvement on the nature of the AA program is also examined. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Alcoholics Anonymous vs professional therapeutic intervention KW - professional involvement & legal relationships & use in different populations KW - 1987 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholics Anonymous KW - Professional Personnel KW - 1987 DO - 10.1080/02791072.1987.10472407 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-30834-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-30758-001 AN - 1988-30758-001 AU - Petrou, Martha F. AU - Obenchain, Jeanne V. T1 - Reducing incidents of illness posttransfer. JF - Geriatric Nursing JO - Geriatric Nursing JA - Geriatr Nurs Y1 - 1987/09//Sep-Oct, 1987 VL - 8 IS - 5 SP - 264 EP - 266 CY - US PB - American Journal of Nursing Co. SN - 0197-4572 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-30758-001. PMID: 3666571 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Petrou, Martha F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Coatesville, PA, US. Release Date: 19881001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Disorders; Geriatric Patients; Nursing Homes; Stress. Classification: Nursing Homes & Residential Care (3377). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sep-Oct, 1987. AB - Conducted a study to determine the outcomes of 101 elderly patients (aged 60–96 yrs) who were relocated to a newly constructed nursing-home-care unit of a Veterans Administration medical center. 46 Ss were prepared for the move and 55 were unprepared. Regardless of age, prepared Ss fared better (i.e., experienced fewer incidents of negative physical health indicators associated with relocation stress) postrelocation than did unprepared Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - preparation for relocation KW - incidence of negative physical health & stress indicators & outcome KW - 60–96 yr old nursing home patients KW - 1987 KW - Coping Behavior KW - Disorders KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Nursing Homes KW - Stress KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/S0197-4572(87)80143-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-30758-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-30667-001 AN - 1988-30667-001 AU - Erickson, Richard C. T1 - Spirituality and depth psychology. JF - Journal of Religion and Health JO - Journal of Religion and Health JA - J Relig Health Y1 - 1987///Fal 1987 VL - 26 IS - 3 SP - 198 EP - 205 CY - US PB - Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers SN - 0022-4197 SN - 1573-6571 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-30667-001. PMID: 24302033 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Erickson, Richard C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19881001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depth Psychology; Jungian Psychology; Pastoral Counseling; Spirituality. Classification: Lay & Paraprofessional & Pastoral Counseling (3355). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1987. AB - Examines the resurgence of interest in spiritual and religious matters and in the depth psychology of Jung relative to the work of spiritual direction and pastoral counseling. It is suggested that the risks of muddled thinking, narcissism, gnosticism, and credulity are increased when an attempt is made to combine spiritual disciplines with depth psychology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - spirituality & depth psychology of C. Jung in pastoral counseling KW - 1987 KW - Depth Psychology KW - Jungian Psychology KW - Pastoral Counseling KW - Spirituality KW - 1987 DO - 10.1007/BF01533120 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-30667-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-30562-001 AN - 1988-30562-001 AU - Eisenberg, M. G. AU - Hubbard, Kirk M. T1 - Effectiveness of a pre-surgery assessment and education program for impotent males. JF - Journal of Applied Rehabilitation Counseling JO - Journal of Applied Rehabilitation Counseling Y1 - 1987///Spr 1987 VL - 18 IS - 1 SP - 38 EP - 42 CY - US PB - NRCA SN - 0047-2220 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-30562-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eisenberg, M. G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Hampton, VA, US. Release Date: 19881001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Education; Erectile Dysfunction; Human Males; Surgical Patients. Minor Descriptor: Satisfaction. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1987. AB - Describes a presurgical program for 40 penile implant candidates. Using a 5-point rating scale, surgeons assessed the program's efficacy. Results indicate a high level of satisfaction on all dimensions evaluated. Inadequate follow-up procedures for both the patient and his sex partner were seen as a major deficiency. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - presurgical education program KW - satisfaction KW - penile implant candidates KW - 1987 KW - Client Education KW - Erectile Dysfunction KW - Human Males KW - Surgical Patients KW - Satisfaction KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-30562-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-30523-001 AN - 1988-30523-001 AU - Van Putten, Theodore AU - Marder, Stephen R. T1 - Behavioral toxicity of antipsychotic drugs. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 48 IS - 9, Suppl SP - 13 EP - 19 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-30523-001. Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Putten, Theodore; Brentwood Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19881001. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apraxia; Drug Therapy; Neuroleptic Drugs; Schizophrenia; Side Effects (Drug). Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1987. AB - Discusses extrapyramidal symptoms, including akinesia, a behavioral state of diminished motoric and psychic spontaneity difficult to distinguish from the negative symptoms of schizophrenia. The most useful clinical correlates of akinesia are a subjective sense of sedation and excessive sleeping. Akinesia interferes with social adjustment and may manifest as postpsychotic depression. The subjective restlessness of akathisia is usually accompanied by telltale foot movements: rocking from foot to foot while standing or walking on the spot. Akathisia is strongly associated with depression and dysphoric responses to neuroleptics and has been linked to suicidal and homicidal behavior in extreme cases. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - antipsychotic drugs KW - akinesia & akathisia KW - patients with schizophrenia KW - 1987 KW - Apraxia KW - Drug Therapy KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Schizophrenia KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-30523-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-30516-001 AN - 1988-30516-001 AU - Scrak, Bernice M. AU - Greenstein, Robert A. T1 - Tardive dyskinesia. JF - Journal of Psychosocial Nursing and Mental Health Services JO - Journal of Psychosocial Nursing and Mental Health Services JA - J Psychosoc Nurs Ment Health Serv Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 25 IS - 9 SP - 24 EP - 27 CY - US PB - SLACK SN - 0279-3695 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-30516-001. PMID: 2890765 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Scrak, Bernice M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Mental Hygiene Clinic, Philadelphia, PA, US. Release Date: 19881001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Fluphenazine; Nursing; Tardive Dyskinesia. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1987. AB - Discusses the management of patients with tardive dyskinesia (TD) in a nurse-managed prolixin program, which includes informal teaching involving patients and caretakers and collaboration between psychiatrists and nurses. The treatment of TD begins with early detection by careful patient monitoring and regular use of a scale to detect abnormal involuntary movement. Known risk factors for TD include age, sex (female), length of neuroleptic exposure, and individual susceptibility. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nurse managed prolixin program KW - patients with tardive dyskinesia KW - 1987 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Fluphenazine KW - Nursing KW - Tardive Dyskinesia KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-30516-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-30495-001 AN - 1988-30495-001 AU - Lisansky, Jonathan AU - Fava, Giovanni A. AU - Zielezny, Maria A. AU - Morphy, Murray A. AU - Kellner, Robert T1 - Nocturnal prolactin and cortisol secretion and recovery from melancholia. JF - Psychoneuroendocrinology JO - Psychoneuroendocrinology JA - Psychoneuroendocrinology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 12 IS - 4 SP - 303 EP - 311 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0306-4530 SN - 1873-3360 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-30495-001. PMID: 3659229 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lisansky, Jonathan; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Albuquerque, NM, US. Release Date: 19881001. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amitriptyline; Drug Therapy; Hydrocortisone; Major Depression; Prolactin. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Determined spontaneous prolactin and cortisol patterns at 20 min intervals over 3 hrs during the night in 8 adult patients with major depressive episode with melancholia, both during illness and after treatment with amitriptyline. Data show that mean plasma prolactin levels were greater after recovery in the 7 Ss who responded to treatment. Mean cortisol secretion decreased upon recovery from melancholia, and such changes in 2 Ss paralled normalization of dexamethasone suppression test responses. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - spontaneous nocturnal prolactin & cortisol secretion patterns during illness vs after treatment with amitriptyline KW - adult patients with major depressive episode with melancholia KW - 1987 KW - Amitriptyline KW - Drug Therapy KW - Hydrocortisone KW - Major Depression KW - Prolactin KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0306-4530(87)90055-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-30495-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-30485-001 AN - 1988-30485-001 AU - Hollander, Eric AU - Davidson, Michael AU - Mohs, Richard C. AU - Horvath, Thomas B. AU - Davis, Bonnie M. AU - Zemishlany, Zvi AU - Davis, Kenneth L. T1 - RS 86 in the treatment of Alzheimer's disease: Cognitive and biological effects. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 22 IS - 9 SP - 1067 EP - 1078 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-30485-001. PMID: 3651528 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hollander, Eric; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, NY, US. Release Date: 19881001. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Cholinergic Drugs; Drug Therapy. Minor Descriptor: Auditory Evoked Potentials; Cognitive Ability; Hydrocortisone; Symptoms. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1987. AB - 12 patients with Alzheimer's disease completed a double-blind crossover study comparing oral RS 86 (2-ethyl-8-methyl-2,8-diazospiro-4,5-decan-1,3-dionhydrobromide), a long-acting and specific muscarinic agonist, with placebo. Cognitive and noncognitive effects were assessed using a rating scale developed by W. G. Rosen et al (see record [rid]1985-08430-001[/rid]). RS 86 was found to improve test scores consistently (both cognitive and noncognitive subscales) in 7 Ss, with a clinically obvious improvement in only 2 Ss. RS 86 produced a significant increase in peak nocturnal cortisol levels, correlated with improvement on testing. Biological findings suggest that RS 86 was effective only to the extent that it enhanced central cholinergic activity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - muscarinic agonist RS 86 KW - cognitive & noncognitive variables & cortisol secretion & auditory EPs KW - 54–78 yr old Alzheimer's disease patients KW - 1987 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Cholinergic Drugs KW - Drug Therapy KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Hydrocortisone KW - Symptoms KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(87)90049-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-30485-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-30394-001 AN - 1988-30394-001 AU - Zappe, Carol AU - Epstein, Donald T1 - Assertive training. JF - Journal of Psychosocial Nursing and Mental Health Services JO - Journal of Psychosocial Nursing and Mental Health Services JA - J Psychosoc Nurs Ment Health Serv Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 25 IS - 8 SP - 23 EP - 26 CY - US PB - SLACK SN - 0279-3695 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-30394-001. PMID: 3656229 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zappe, Carol; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatric Inpatient Unit, Reno, NV, US. Release Date: 19881001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Assertiveness Training; Group Psychotherapy; Psychiatric Patients. Minor Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Personality Disorders; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Schizophrenia. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1987. AB - Evaluated the effectiveness of a group assertiveness training program and the factors contributing to a positive training outcome in 61 psychiatric inpatients (aged 22–75 yrs) in a Veterans Administration hospital with diagnoses including schizophrenia and affective, posttraumatic stress, and personality disorders. Assertiveness changes were measured using the Conflict Resolution Inventory (CRI). Results indicate that training was effective overall, with the greatest improvements in assertiveness occurring in Ss with low pretraining scores and at ages 47–55 yrs. CRI scores and an age factor derived from D. J. Levinson's (1978) developmental periods contributed significantly to increases in assertive behavior. Findings suggest that these measures may be effective in selecting patients suited to assertiveness training. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group assertiveness training KW - 22–75 yr old VA hospital patients with schizophrenia or affective or personality disorders or PTSD KW - 1987 KW - Assertiveness Training KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Affective Disorders KW - Personality Disorders KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-30394-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-30301-001 AN - 1988-30301-001 AU - Gomez, Efrain A. AU - O'Connell, Walter E. T1 - Re-viewing the initial interview. JF - Journal of Integrative & Eclectic Psychotherapy JO - Journal of Integrative & Eclectic Psychotherapy Y1 - 1987///Spr 1987 VL - 6 IS - 1 SP - 37 EP - 45 CY - Australia PB - Journal of Integrative & Eclectic Psychotherapy SN - 0729-8579 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-30301-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gomez, Efrain A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Services, Houston, TX, US. Release Date: 19881001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychodiagnostic Interview; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Psychotherapy. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Interview. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1987. AB - Suggests that the initial interview between patient and client is an artful, creative, and unique therapeutic interaction that should be periodically reassessed to increase its usefulness to psychotherapeutic strategies. The resolution of apparent dualisms and the processes (psychotherapeutic, imaginative, and creative) are emphasized. It is suggested that imaginative and creative empathy, human connectedness, and sense of humor are important in that they add new dimensions to the diagnostic and therapeutic purposes of the initial interview. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - processes of initial psychotherapeutic interview KW - 1987 KW - Psychodiagnostic Interview KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Psychotherapy KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-30301-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-30247-001 AN - 1988-30247-001 AU - MacLean, Barbara A. T1 - Diagnosis-related groups (DRGs): What they are and how they impact treatment in the psychiatric setting. JF - The Arts in Psychotherapy JO - The Arts in Psychotherapy Y1 - 1987///Fal 1987 VL - 14 IS - 3 SP - 249 EP - 253 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0197-4556 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-30247-001. Other Journal Title: Art Psychotherapy. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: MacLean, Barbara A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Leavenworth, KS, US. Release Date: 19881001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Joint Conference of the National Coalition of Arts Therapy Associations (1985, New York, New York). Major Descriptor: Diagnosis Related Groups; Psychiatry; Recreation Therapy. Classification: Art & Music & Movement Therapy (3357). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1987. AB - Describes what DRGs are, how and why they came about, and the new terminology associated with them. An explanation is provided of how DRGs are determined and how funds are allocated based on that information. The impact of DRGs on patient treatment and implications for creative arts therapies are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - impact of DRGs on treatment in psychiatric setting KW - implications for creative arts therapies KW - conference presentation KW - 1987 KW - Diagnosis Related Groups KW - Psychiatry KW - Recreation Therapy KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0197-4556(87)90009-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-30247-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-30204-001 AN - 1988-30204-001 AU - Wolfe, Gary R. T1 - Clinical neuropsychology and assessment of brain impairment: An overview. JF - Cognitive Rehabilitation JO - Cognitive Rehabilitation Y1 - 1987/09//Sep-Oct, 1987 VL - 5 IS - 5 SP - 20 EP - 25 CY - US PB - NeuroScience Publishers SN - 1062-2969 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-30204-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Cognitive Rehabilitation. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wolfe, Gary R.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic Psychology Service, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19881001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Nervous System Disorders; Neuropsychological Assessment. Minor Descriptor: Brain Damage. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sep-Oct, 1987. AB - Reviews reasons for neuropsychological (NP) evaluations, which include confirming a neurological diagnosis, evaluating an impaired person's strengths and weaknesses, planning treatment, estimating recovery, and evaluating how to offer support. General requirements and examples of NP tests are outlined. The application of NP tests with neurological diseases and diagnoses (e.g., multiple sclerosis, dementia of the Alzheimer's type) is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - role of neuropsychological testing in assessment & treatment of neurological disorders KW - 1987 KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Brain Damage KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-30204-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-30157-001 AN - 1988-30157-001 AU - Perlmuter, Lawrence C. AU - Tun, Patricia A. AU - Sizer, Nancy AU - McGlinchey, Regina E. AU - Nathan, D. M. T1 - Age and diabetes related changes in verbal fluency. JF - Experimental Aging Research JO - Experimental Aging Research JA - Exp Aging Res Y1 - 1987///Spr-Sum 1987 VL - 13 IS - 1-2 SP - 9 EP - 14 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0361-073X SN - 1096-4657 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-30157-001. PMID: 3678358 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Perlmuter, Lawrence C.; Veterans Administration Memory & Learning Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19881001. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Diabetes; Episodic Memory; Semantic Memory. Minor Descriptor: Digit Span Testing; Physiological Aging; Verbal Fluency. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Spr-Sum 1987. AB - Used a verbal fluency test to examine semantic memory performance in 111 middle-aged Ss (aged 55–64 yrs) and 101 elderly Ss (aged 65–74 yrs), 174 of whom were diabetic and 38 nondiabetic. Immediate and secondary memory were also examined using digit symbol and digit span tests and a serial learning task. Results show that digit symbol performance was poorer for older Ss and diabetics, while serial learning was poorer only for diabetic Ss. However, the number of words generated on the verbal fluency test was similar for all groups. Qualitative analyses of the verbal output revealed that older Ss and diabetics produced the greatest number of previously recited words (repetitions). Findings suggest that repetitions may signal a failure to adequately monitor behavior, which, in turn, could contribute to cognitive decline. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age KW - semantic memory during verbal fluency task vs episodic memory in digit symbol & span & serial learning tasks KW - 55–74 yr olds with vs without diabetes KW - 1987 KW - Age Differences KW - Diabetes KW - Episodic Memory KW - Semantic Memory KW - Digit Span Testing KW - Physiological Aging KW - Verbal Fluency KW - 1987 DO - 10.1080/03610738708259294 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-30157-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-30077-001 AN - 1988-30077-001 AU - Glosser, Guila AU - Wiener, Morton AU - Kaplan, Edith T1 - Variations in aphasic language behaviors. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JA - J Speech Hear Disord Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 53 IS - 2 SP - 115 EP - 124 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Association SN - 0022-4677 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-30077-001. PMID: 3361853 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Glosser, Guila; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Aphasia Research Ctr, MA, US. Release Date: 19881001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Communication Skills; Interpersonal Influences. Minor Descriptor: Semantics; Syntax. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: May, 1988. AB - Discovered intraindividual variations in the semantic and syntactic complexity of language and in linguistic errors produced by 10 adult mildly and moderately impaired aphasic and 6 adult nonneurologically impaired control Ss in different communication contexts. Aphasics evidenced as many linguistic variations as controls in response to changing communication requirements. In conditions that restricted visual contact between speaker and listener, aphasics produced fewer communicative gestures and more complex verbalizations. Verbal complexity and language errors varied significantly with different contents of communication. Measures of verbal complexity and errors in verbal communications were found to vary independently across different communication contexts, contents, and tasks. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social context KW - semantic & syntactic complexity of communicative language KW - adult males with mild to moderate aphasia KW - 1988 KW - Aphasia KW - Communication Skills KW - Interpersonal Influences KW - Semantics KW - Syntax KW - 1988 DO - 10.1044/jshd.5302.115 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-30077-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-30028-001 AN - 1988-30028-001 AU - Bisno, Betsy AU - Richardson, Jean L. T1 - The relationship between depression and reinforcing events in cancer patients. JF - Journal of Psychosocial Oncology JO - Journal of Psychosocial Oncology JA - J Psychosoc Oncol Y1 - 1987///Sum 1987 VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 63 EP - 71 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0734-7332 SN - 1540-7586 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-30028-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bisno, Betsy; Veterans Administration Outpatient Service, Los Angeles, CA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19881001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experiences (Events); Major Depression; Neoplasms. Minor Descriptor: Radiation Therapy. Classification: Cancer (3293). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1987. AB - Investigated depressive symptoms of 53 newly diagnosed adult cancer patients receiving radiation therapy and the relationship of these symptoms to P. M. Lewinsohn's (1974, 1982) behavioral model of depression. Depressive symptoms were measured using the Beck Depression Inventory (BDI). Over 75% of the Ss were not depressed. Analyses were consistent with Lewinsohn's model. Unpleasant and pleasant events cross-products accounted for a significant amount of variance in BDI scores. The subscales of unpleasant events most strongly correlated with depression were (1) perceptions that others were dissatisfied with them, (2) perceptions that others were infringing on them, and (3) concerns over poor work performance. The subscales of pleasant events that inversely correlated most strongly with depression were feelings of good health and leisure-time activities. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - unpleasant events & depressive symptoms KW - 31–82 yr old newly diagnosed cancer patients receiving radiation therapy KW - 1987 KW - Experiences (Events) KW - Major Depression KW - Neoplasms KW - Radiation Therapy KW - 1987 DO - 10.1300/J077v05n02_06 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-30028-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-29960-001 AN - 1988-29960-001 AU - Steinhauer, Stuart R. AU - Hill, Shirley Y. AU - Zubin, Joseph T1 - Event-related potentials in alcoholics and their first-degree relatives. JF - Alcohol JO - Alcohol JA - Alcohol Y1 - 1987/07//Jul-Aug, 1987 VL - 4 IS - 4 SP - 307 EP - 314 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0741-8329 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-29960-001. PMID: 3620100 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Steinhauer, Stuart R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Pittsburgh, PA. Release Date: 19881001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Eighth International Conference: Event-related potentials of the brain (EPIC VIII) (1986, Stanford, California). Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Auditory Evoked Potentials; Family Members. Minor Descriptor: Siblings. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul-Aug, 1987. AB - Preliminary results are presented for auditory event-related potentials (ERPs) recorded from members of 30 alcoholic families (AFs) during performance of a counting task and a choice reaction task. AFs included 3 adult male siblings (alcoholic proband, a 2nd affected sib, and an unaffected sib) and parents. 30 control families included 2 adult male sibs and parents. In all experimental conditions, the N100 component was decreased in amplitude for all sibs of the AFs. The latency of the P300 component was increased for both affected and unaffected sibs compared with controls in the counting task, indicating a familial difference irrespective of drinking status. In the choice reaction task, longer P300 latencies were observed among the probands and their affected sibs as compared with their unaffected sibs, suggesting that in this more demanding task, increased latency was associated with a significant drinking history. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - auditory EP components KW - male alcoholic probands vs alcoholic vs nonalcoholic male siblings KW - conference presentation KW - 1987 KW - Alcoholism KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Family Members KW - Siblings KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0741-8329(87)90028-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-29960-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-29947-001 AN - 1988-29947-001 AU - Scaturo, Douglas J. T1 - Toward an adult developmental conceptualization of alcohol abuse: A review of the literature. JF - British Journal of Addiction JO - British Journal of Addiction JA - Br J Addict Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 82 IS - 8 SP - 857 EP - 870 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0952-0481 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-29947-001. PMID: 3314960 Other Journal Title: Addiction. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Scaturo, Douglas J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Mental Hygiene Clinic, Syracuse, NY, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19881001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adult Development; Alcohol Abuse; Etiology; Literature Review; Psychosocial Development. Minor Descriptor: Personality Development. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1987. AB - Reviews the literature examining the trends toward an adult developmental perspective on alcohol abuse, focusing on the related areas of personality and psychosocial development and the etiology of alcohol abuse. Psychological theories consulted include those of Freud, Jung, D. J. Levinson et al (1978), and G. E. Vaillant (1977). Etiological perspectives on the development of an alcohol problem are discussed, including those of the psychoanalytic, learning, social learning, and cognitive-social learning theories. Implications for psychotherapeutic assessment and treatment for this major social and clinical problem are also considered. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - etiology & adult personality & psychosocial developmental perspective KW - alcohol abuse KW - literature review KW - 1987 KW - Adult Development KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Etiology KW - Literature Review KW - Psychosocial Development KW - Personality Development KW - 1987 DO - 10.1111/j.1360-0443.1987.tb03906.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-29947-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-29938-001 AN - 1988-29938-001 AU - Reed, Robert AU - Grant, Igor AU - Adams, Kenneth M. T1 - Family history of alcoholism does not predict neuropsychological performance in alcoholics. JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JA - Alcohol Clin Exp Res Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 11 IS - 4 SP - 340 EP - 344 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0145-6008 SN - 1530-0277 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-29938-001. PMID: 3307503 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reed, Robert; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19881001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Cognitive Ability; Family Background; Neuropsychology. Minor Descriptor: Family Members; Sobriety. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1987. AB - Investigated the relationship of history of alcoholism in 1st-degree relatives to neuropsychological (NP) performance of alcoholics abstinent from several weeks to several years. 84 adult males were assigned to 4 groups based on strength of family history of alcoholism. Results show no significant between-group differences in NP performance. In other analyses there were no NP differences between alcoholics classified positive or negative purely on the basis of paternal alcoholism, and no differences between Ss who had multigenerational vs unigenerational vs negative familial histories of alcoholism. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - familial alcoholism KW - performance on neuropsychological tests KW - adult abstinent alcoholic males KW - 1987 KW - Alcoholism KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Family Background KW - Neuropsychology KW - Family Members KW - Sobriety KW - 1987 DO - 10.1111/j.1530-0277.1987.tb01322.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-29938-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-29930-001 AN - 1988-29930-001 AU - Pfefferbaum, Adolf AU - Rosenbloom, Margaret AU - Ford, Judith M. T1 - Late event-related potential changes in alcoholics. JF - Alcohol JO - Alcohol JA - Alcohol Y1 - 1987/07//Jul-Aug, 1987 VL - 4 IS - 4 SP - 275 EP - 281 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0741-8329 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-29930-001. PMID: 3620096 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pfefferbaum, Adolf; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19881001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Eighth International Conference: Event-related potentials of the brain (EPIC VIII) (1986, Stanford, California). Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Evoked Potentials; Sobriety. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul-Aug, 1987. AB - Recorded the P3 component of the event-related potential (ERP) during a go/no-go task from 42 alcoholic Ss, abstinent for 11–63 days, and 66 normal adult volunteers. In 2 tasks, ERPs were elicited by visually presented words that provided explicit response instructions to go (push) or no-go (wait). For both tasks, the amplitude of alcoholics' P3 was smaller than that of controls to the go but not to the no-go stimulus. There was a similar but less pronounced trend for P3 latency to be delayed in alcoholic Ss for the go, but not no-go stimuli for the noise task. The P3 changes in alcoholics were consistent with those seen in several disease states that produce cognitive impairment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - P3 component of EPs KW - 26–62 yr old abstinent alcoholic patients KW - conference presentation KW - 1987 KW - Alcoholism KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Sobriety KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0741-8329(87)90023-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-29930-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-29925-001 AN - 1988-29925-001 AU - Page, Ronald D. AU - Cleveland, Mary F. T1 - Cognitive dysfunction and aging among male alcoholics and social drinkers. JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JA - Alcohol Clin Exp Res Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 11 IS - 4 SP - 376 EP - 384 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0145-6008 SN - 1530-0277 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-29925-001. PMID: 3307509 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Page, Ronald D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Walla Walla, WA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19881001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Cognitive Ability; Physiological Aging; Social Drinking. Minor Descriptor: Age Differences; Human Males. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1987. AB - Investigated the relationship between aging and various drinking styles. Four groups (males aged 25–34, 35–44, 45–54, and 55–65 yrs) and 4 drinking styles were compared. A battery of 8 neuropsychological tests was administered to 72 nondrinkers, 100 social drinkers, 58 abstinent alcoholics, and 92 alcoholics. Results show that cognitive dysfunction related to aging was more significant than decline with alcohol use. Cognitive dysfunction associated with alcohol use was significant for 3 Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) subtests; Vocabulary, Digit Symbol, and Block Design. Alcohol-related differences in intellectual functioning tended to diminish with increasing S age. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age KW - cognitive functioning KW - 25–65 yr old socially drinking vs alcoholic vs abstinent alcoholic males KW - 1987 KW - Alcoholism KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Physiological Aging KW - Social Drinking KW - Age Differences KW - Human Males KW - 1987 DO - 10.1111/j.1530-0277.1987.tb01328.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-29925-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-29851-001 AN - 1988-29851-001 AU - Emmerson, Rita Y. AU - Dustman, Robert E. AU - Shearer, Donald E. AU - Chamberlin, Helen M. T1 - EEG, visually evoked and event related potentials in young abstinent alcoholics. JF - Alcohol JO - Alcohol JA - Alcohol Y1 - 1987/07//Jul-Aug, 1987 VL - 4 IS - 4 SP - 241 EP - 248 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0741-8329 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-29851-001. PMID: 3620091 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Emmerson, Rita Y.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychology Research Lab, Salt Lake City, UT, US. Release Date: 19881001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Eighth International Conference: Event-related potentials of the brain (EPIC VIII) (1986, Stanford, California). Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcoholism; Electroencephalography; Evoked Potentials; Visual Evoked Potentials. Minor Descriptor: Sobriety; Social Drinking. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul-Aug, 1987. AB - Recorded EEG, visually evoked potentials (VEPs) and event related potentials (P300) from 60 men (20 abstinent alcoholics, 20 social drinkers, and 20 lifetime nondrinkers). Alcoholics were at least 1 mo abstinent, medication free, and neuropsychologically normal. Only P300 measures recorded while Ss were actively engaged in a visual oddball task differentiated alcoholics from nonalcoholics. Alcoholics had reduced N2-P3 amplitude and delayed N2 latencies compared with social drinkers and nondrinkers. Because P300 abnormalities have been reported for individuals with positive family history for alcoholism, it was not clear whether these results reflected familial influence or residual effects of alcohol abuse. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EEG & visually evoked & event related potentials KW - abstinent alcoholic males vs social drinkers vs lifetime nondrinkers KW - conference presentation KW - 1987 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Alcoholism KW - Electroencephalography KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Visual Evoked Potentials KW - Sobriety KW - Social Drinking KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0741-8329(87)90018-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-29851-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-29811-001 AN - 1988-29811-001 AU - Alterman, Arthur I. AU - Gerstley, Linda J. AU - Goldstein, Gerald AU - Tarter, Ralph E. T1 - Comparisons of the cognitive functioning of familial and nonfamilial alcoholics. JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 48 IS - 5 SP - 425 EP - 429 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0096-882X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-29811-001. PMID: 3669668 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs; Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Alterman, Arthur I.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Philadelphia, PA, US. Release Date: 19881001. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Cognitive Ability; Family. Minor Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1987. AB - Classified 81 alcoholic men participating in a Veterans Administration inpatient program, using 4 strategies to describe the extent of familial alcoholism. Classification schemes included (1) a comparison of alcoholics with no familial alcoholism, parental alcoholism, or alcoholism in other relatives; (2) a unilineal–bilineal approach; (3) a multigenerational approach; and (4) an approach that quantified the degree of familial alcoholism. Comparisons were made of the performance of the different familial history groups on a series of neuropsychological tests. No differences in cognitive functioning were found using any of the classification schemes. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive functioning KW - familial vs nonfamilial alcoholic males in inpatient program KW - 1987 KW - Alcoholism KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Family KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - 1987 DO - 10.15288/jsa.1987.48.425 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-29811-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-29800-001 AN - 1988-29800-001 AU - Wolfe, Jessica AU - Granholm, Eric AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Saunders, Eleanor AU - Janowsky, D. T1 - Verbal memory deficits associated with major affective disorders: A comparison of unipolar and bipolar patients. JF - Journal of Affective Disorders JO - Journal of Affective Disorders JA - J Affect Disord Y1 - 1987/07//Jul-Aug, 1987 VL - 13 IS - 1 SP - 83 EP - 92 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-0327 SN - 1573-2517 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-29800-001. PMID: 2959704 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wolfe, Jessica; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, MA, US. Release Date: 19881001. Correction Date: 20160407. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Bipolar Disorder; Major Depression; Verbal Fluency; Verbal Learning. Minor Descriptor: Memory. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jul-Aug, 1987. AB - Compared the verbal learning and fluency of patients with unipolar (n = 20) and bipolar (n = 12) depression to those of normal controls (n = 20) and patients with Huntington's disease (n = 10). Findings demonstrate that the recall and recognition performance of both groups of depressed patients were impaired relative to the performance of normal controls. The bipolar patients, however, were more impaired than the unipolar patients on both tasks. In addition, the unipolar patients generated more correct responses on a test of verbal fluency. The performance of the bipolar patients was similar to that of the patients with Huntington's disease. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - performance on recall & recognition tests of verbal memory KW - patients with unipolar vs bipolar depression KW - 1987 KW - Bipolar Disorder KW - Major Depression KW - Verbal Fluency KW - Verbal Learning KW - Memory KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0165-0327(87)90077-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-29800-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-29795-001 AN - 1988-29795-001 AU - Williams, Wright AU - Coker, Reagan R. AU - Vincent, Ken R. AU - Duthie, Bruce AU - McLaughlin, Edward J. AU - Overall, John E. T1 - DSM-III diagnosis and code types of the Diagnostic Inventory of Personality and Symptoms. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 44 IS - 3 SP - 326 EP - 335 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-29795-001. PMID: 3384959 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Williams, Wright; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Houston, TX, US. Release Date: 19881001. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychodiagnostic Typologies. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: May, 1988. AB - Investigated the relationship of high-point code types from the Diagnostic Inventory of Personality and Symptoms (DIPS) to the diagnostic categories of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III), using 316 adults in private mental health settings. Results indicate that the DIPS differentiated among the major DSM-III categories. 16 DIPS code types related to Axis I diagnoses are presented. The 3 DIPS personality disorder cluster scales and the 8 combinations of the scales are also presented. Five personality disorder cluster scale code types that relate to DSM-III Axis II categories are identified. A narrative summation of each DIPS code type is given. DIPS and Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) diagnostic accuracies for DSM-III code types are compared. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - relationship of high point code types from Diagnostic Inventory of Personality & Symptoms to DSM-III diagnostic categories KW - private mental health clients KW - 1988 KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1988 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198805)44:3<326::AID-JCLP2270440305>3.0.CO;2-U UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-29795-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-29790-001 AN - 1988-29790-001 AU - Villacres, Enrique C. AU - Hollifield, Michael AU - Katon, Wayne J. AU - Wilkinson, Charles W. AU - Veith, Richard C. T1 - Sympathetic nervous system activity in panic disorder. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 21 IS - 4 SP - 313 EP - 321 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-29790-001. PMID: 3628614 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Villacres, Enrique C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19881001. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Epinephrine; Norepinephrine; Panic Disorder; Sympathetic Nervous System. Minor Descriptor: Blood Plasma. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1987. AB - Assessed sympathetic nervous system (SNS) activity in panic disorder by measuring arterialized venous norepinephrine (NE) and epinephrine (EPI) in 10 adult patients and 10 age- and weight-matched controls. In addition, arterialized plasma NE kinetics were determined using a tritiated NE isotope dilution technique. There were no significant differences between patients and controls for resting, supine plasma NE levels, plasma NE appearance rate, plasma NE clearance, or plasma cortisol. For patients, plasma EPI levels were significantly higher and there was a significant correlation between anxiety ratings and plasma EPI levels. Findings suggest that during the resting state, panic disorder is associated with a selective activation of the adrenomedullary component of the SNS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - measurement of arterialized venous norepinephrine & epinephrine KW - assessment of sympathetic nervous system activity KW - adult panic disorder patients KW - 1987 KW - Epinephrine KW - Norepinephrine KW - Panic Disorder KW - Sympathetic Nervous System KW - Blood Plasma KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(87)90015-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-29790-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-29692-001 AN - 1988-29692-001 AU - Hyer, Lee AU - Harkey, Blaze AU - Harrison, William R. T1 - Use of the Harris and Lingoes Depression MMPI subscales in assessing later life. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1987/06// VL - 60 IS - 3, Pt 2 SP - 1291 EP - 1297 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-29692-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hyer, Lee; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Augusta, GA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19881001. Correction Date: 20111003. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Major Depression; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychodiagnosis; Subtests; Test Scores. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1987. AB - 100 later-life psychiatric inpatients (aged 55+ yrs) were administered the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) and the Beck Depression Inventory and were divided into depressed and nondepressed groups. These 2 groups were compared on the MMPI Harris and Lingoes (1980), Serkownek (unpublished, 1975), and Wiggins (see record [rid]2011-19293-001[/rid]) subscales. On 26 subscales, the depressed group was significantly higher than the nondepressed group. All but 3 of these subscales were considered conceptually related to 1 of the Harris and Lingoes Depression subscales. There were also 6 subscales on which the nondepressed group was higher than the depressed group; these were distinctly nondepressive symptoms. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI Harris & Lingoes Depression subscales scores KW - depressed vs nondepressed psychiatric patients aged 55 yrs & older KW - 1987 KW - Major Depression KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Subtests KW - Test Scores KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1987 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1987.60.3c.1291 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-29692-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-97103-007 AN - 1988-97103-007 AU - Sandson, Jennifer AU - Obler, Loraine K. AU - Albert, Martin L. ED - Rosenberg, Sheldon ED - Rosenberg, Sheldon, (Ed) T1 - Language changes in healthy aging and dementia. T2 - Advances in applied psycholinguistics, Vol. 1: Disorders of first-language development; Vol. 2: Reading, writing, and language learning. T3 - Cambridge monographs and texts in applied psycholinguistics Y1 - 1987/// SP - 264 EP - 292 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Cambridge University Press SN - 0-521-30027-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-97103-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sandson, Jennifer; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Neurology, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-521-30027-4, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dementia; Language Development; Physiological Aging. Minor Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Language Disorders. Classification: Gerontology (2860); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 29. AB - language in dementia and in healthy aging discuss language changes in dementia of the Alzheimer's type present a view of the typical patterns of language deterioration found at different stages of Alzheimer's dementia language changes in other cortical dementias subcortical dementia (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Dementia KW - Language Development KW - Physiological Aging KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Language Disorders KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-97103-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-97081-012 AN - 1988-97081-012 AU - Thompson, Larry W. AU - Gong, Vincent AU - Haskins, Edmund AU - Gallagher, Dolores ED - Schaie, K. Warner ED - Schaie, K. Warner, (Ed) T1 - Assessment of depression and dementia during the late years. T2 - Annual review of gerontology and geriatrics, Vol. 7. T3 - Annual review of gerontology and geriatrics; ISSN: 0198-8794 (Print) Y1 - 1987/// SP - 295 EP - 324 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Springer Publishing Co SN - 0198-8794 SN - 0-8261-3086-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-97081-012. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Thompson, Larry W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8261-3086-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dementia; Major Depression; Neuropsychological Assessment. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Geriatrics; Memory Decay. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 30. AB - interview techniques for the assessment of depression / Schedule for Affective Disorders and Schizophrenia / Diagnostic Interview Schedule / Hamilton Interview Schedule self-rating scales of depression / Zung Self-Rating Depression Scale / Beck Depression Inventory / Brief Symptom Inventory / Geriatric Depression Inventory assessment of dementia / medical history / physical and neurological examination mental status examination / Mental Status Questionnaire / Mini-Mental Status Examination / Alzheimer's Disease Assessment Scale / Global Deterioration Scale / Mattis Dementia Rating Scale neuropsychological testing can also provide a comprehensive appraisal of a patient's baseline level of functioning for comparison with follow-up examinations six areas of cognitive functioning [that] should be evaluated / attention / language / memory / visuospatial skills / cognitive flexibility / abstract reasoning syndromes of dementia / disorders associated with declining cognitive functioning in the elderly / Alzheimer's disease / multi-infarct dementia / alcohol dementia / subcortical dementia decreased memory function in elderly depressives pseudodementia need to determine whether a patient's cognitive problems are due to a depressive disorder or stem from organic causes (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Dementia KW - Major Depression KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Geriatrics KW - Memory Decay KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-97081-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-97073-025 AN - 1988-97073-025 AU - Carlson, Terry A. ED - Scher, Murray ED - Stevens, Mark ED - Good, Glenn ED - Eichenfield, Gregg A. ED - Scher, Murray, (Ed) ED - Stevens, Mark, (Ed) ED - Good, Glenn, (Ed) ED - Eichenfield, Gregg A., (Ed) T1 - Counseling with veterans. T2 - Handbook of counseling & psychotherapy with men. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 343 EP - 359 CY - Thousand Oaks, CA, US PB - Sage Publications, Inc SN - 0-8039-2991-9 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-97073-025. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carlson, Terry A.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychology Service, Chief, Columbus, OH, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-8039-2991-9, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Psychotherapeutic Counseling. Minor Descriptor: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 17. AB - help the counselor understand the service and veteran experiences look at specific concerns of veterans offer some suggestions about counseling with veterans the military experience / post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Military Veterans KW - Psychotherapeutic Counseling KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-97073-025&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-97031-004 AN - 1988-97031-004 AU - Justesen, Don R. ED - O'Connor, Mary Ellen ED - Lovely, Richard H. ED - O'Connor, Mary Ellen, (Ed) ED - Lovely, Richard H., (Ed) T1 - Microwave and infrared radiations as sensory, motivational, and reinforcing stimuli. T2 - Electromagnetic fields and neurobehavioral function. T3 - Progress in clinical and biological research, Vol. 257 Y1 - 1988/// SP - 235 EP - 264 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Alan R. Liss SN - 0-8451-5107-X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-97031-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Justesen, Don R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Behavioral Radiology Labs, Kansas City, MO, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8451-5107-X, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Radiation. Minor Descriptor: Mice; Motivation; Perceptual Measures; Primates (Nonhuman); Rats; Reinforcement. Classification: Environmental Issues & Attitudes (4070). Population: Animal (20). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 30. AB - identifying unresolved questions with respect to sensory, motivational, and reinforcing properties of microwave radiation irradiation of mice, rats, and infrahuman primates / experimental observations of human beings from psychophysical studies sensory properties of microwave and infrared radiations (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Radiation KW - Mice KW - Motivation KW - Perceptual Measures KW - Primates (Nonhuman) KW - Rats KW - Reinforcement KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-97031-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-70447-001 AN - 1988-70447-001 AU - Ainslie, George T1 - Rationality and the emotions: A picoeconomic approach. JF - Social Science Information/sur les sciences sociales JO - Social Science Information/sur les sciences sociales JA - Soc Sci Inf (Paris) Y1 - 1985/06// VL - 24 IS - 2 SP - 355 EP - 374 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0539-0184 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-70447-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ainslie, George; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Coatesville, PA, US. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotions; Motivation; Self-Reinforcement. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 20. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1985. AB - Contends that the true term emotion refers to processes that have motivational significance. Topics expounded include self reward theory, emotions as patterns of self-reward, negative, mixed, and positive emotions, and emotions that hinge on reality-testing. It is concluded that a person's environment is not literally a source of reinforcement. Rather, it is a source of structures from which he/she is free to choose those that best discipline self-reinforcement. The emotions may play any of 3 roles in this process: (1) Innate, stereotyped processes (anger, fear, grief, and sexual passion), (2) attached to the structures provided by reality, and (3) arising from the nature of the rules for reality testing (regret, envy, hope, mirth created by humor). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - motivation of environmental & self reinforcement of emotions KW - 1985 KW - Emotions KW - Motivation KW - Self-Reinforcement KW - 1985 DO - 10.1177/053901885024002011 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-70447-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-01164-001 AN - 1989-01164-001 AU - Scarpace, Philip J. AU - Abrass, Itamar B. T1 - Alpha- and beta-adrenergic receptor function in the brain during senescence. JF - Neurobiology of Aging JO - Neurobiology of Aging JA - Neurobiol Aging Y1 - 1988/01//Jan-Feb, 1988 VL - 9 IS - 1 SP - 53 EP - 58 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0197-4580 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-01164-001. PMID: 2837671 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Scarpace, Philip J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Gainesville, FL, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adrenergic Nerves; Emotional Responses; Literature Review; Memory; Neural Receptors. Minor Descriptor: Adrenergic Receptors; Brain; Physiological Arousal. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jan-Feb, 1988. AB - Contends, on the basis of a review of the literature, that changes in receptor function with age may be involved in the age-related changes in arousal, mood, and memory. Data indicate there is decreased beta-adrenergic receptors in all areas of the brain with the exception of the cortex. Evidence suggests a decreased rate of receptor synthesis may be contributing to this loss of receptors with age. Alpha-adrenergic receptor synthesis is also diminished with age. The modulation of receptor concentrations by hormonal factors is impaired with age, especially the time to recover from receptor down-regulation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - adrenergic receptor function in brain KW - changes in arousal & mood & memory KW - elderly KW - literature review KW - 1988 KW - Adrenergic Nerves KW - Emotional Responses KW - Literature Review KW - Memory KW - Neural Receptors KW - Adrenergic Receptors KW - Brain KW - Physiological Arousal KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/S0197-4580(88)80021-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-01164-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-00916-001 AN - 1989-00916-001 AU - Sutker, Patricia B. AU - Goist, Kenneth C. AU - Allain, Albert N. AU - Bugg, Franlynn T1 - Acute alcohol intoxication: Sex comparisons on pharmacokinetic and mood measures. JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JA - Alcohol Clin Exp Res Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 11 IS - 6 SP - 507 EP - 512 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0145-6008 SN - 1530-0277 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-00916-001. PMID: 3324798 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sutker, Patricia B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, New Orleans, LA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Intoxication; Emotional States; Human Sex Differences; Physiological Correlates. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. AB - Explored sex differences in pharmacokinetic and mood state responses to acute alcohol intoxication among 8 socially drinking women demonstrated to be normally cycling across 2 consecutive menstrual cycles and 10 men with similar drinking habits. Ss were administered moderate or high alcohol doses in 6 experimental sessions over 60 days. Women were tested during the early follicular, ovulatory, and midluteal phases of the cycle, and men were administered alcohol at comparable time intervals. Results show that men did not differ in alcohol pharmacokinetics across sessions, but women showed significantly shorter elimination times and faster disappearance rates during the midluteal phase of the menstrual cycle compared with the early follicular and ovulatory phases and with their male counterparts. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - acute alcohol intoxication KW - pharmacokinetics & mood KW - 21–34 yr old males vs females KW - 1987 KW - Alcohol Intoxication KW - Emotional States KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Physiological Correlates KW - 1987 DO - 10.1111/j.1530-0277.1987.tb00162.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-00916-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-00844-001 AN - 1989-00844-001 AU - Flood, James F. AU - Cherkin, Arthur T1 - Effect of acute arecoline, tacrine and arecoline+tacrine post-training administration on retention in old mice. JF - Neurobiology of Aging JO - Neurobiology of Aging JA - Neurobiol Aging Y1 - 1988/01//Jan-Feb, 1988 VL - 9 IS - 1 SP - 5 EP - 8 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0197-4580 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-00844-001. PMID: 3380255 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Flood, James F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Arecoline; Avoidance Conditioning; Cholinesterase Inhibitors; Respiration Stimulating Drugs; Retention. Minor Descriptor: Mice; Shock. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan-Feb, 1988. AB - 24-mo-old mice trained to avoid footshock in a T-maze showed poor retention when tested 1 wk later. Subcutaneous administration of arecoline, tacrine, and arecoline plus tacrine administered immediately after T-maze footshock avoidance training enhanced retention of Ss compared with the saline-injected controls. Since the combination was as effective as the single drug treatments even though 96% less arecoline and 99.7% less tacrine was administered, the combination showed marked potentiation of drug action of memory processing. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - acute arecoline &/vs tacrine immediately following footshock KW - retention of avoidance conditioning KW - aged mice KW - 1988 KW - Arecoline KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Cholinesterase Inhibitors KW - Respiration Stimulating Drugs KW - Retention KW - Mice KW - Shock KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/S0197-4580(88)80003-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-00844-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-00833-001 AN - 1989-00833-001 AU - Cox, W. Miles T1 - Effects of alcohol on successive incentive contrast. JF - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JO - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JA - Bull Psychon Soc Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 26 IS - 1 SP - 67 EP - 70 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society, Inc. SN - 0090-5054 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-00833-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cox, W. Miles; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Indianapolis, IN, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Emotionality; Behavioral Contrast; Ethanol; Rewards. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1988. AB - Studied the effects of alcohol on successive positive- and negative-incentive contrast effects (CEs) resulting from shifts in magnitude of food reward among 79 rats. Before the conditioning trials, half of the fluid-deprived Ss consumed a 10% sucrose solution, and half consumed a 10% sucrose solution containing 4.8% ethanol. There was no evidence that alcohol either eliminated negative emotional reactions to downshifts in reward or contributed to positive emotional reactions to upshifts in reward. Consuming alcohol caused the successive negative CE to be more protracted than it was among the Ss that did not consume alcohol. Results suggest that consuming alcohol following incentive reduction interferes with Ss' disengagement from the lost incentive. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethanol KW - positive vs negative successive incentive contrast effects resulting from shifts in size of food reward KW - rats KW - 1988 KW - Animal Emotionality KW - Behavioral Contrast KW - Ethanol KW - Rewards KW - Rats KW - 1988 DO - 10.3758/BF03334864 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-00833-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-00751-001 AN - 1989-00751-001 AU - Mair, R. G. AU - Anderson, C. D. AU - Langlais, P. J. AU - McEntee, W. J. T1 - Behavioral impairments, brain lesions and monoaminergic activity in the rat following recovery from a bout of thiamine deficiency. JF - Behavioural Brain Research JO - Behavioural Brain Research JA - Behav Brain Res Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 223 EP - 239 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0166-4328 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-00751-001. PMID: 2896002 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mair, R. G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Discrimination Learning; Nervous System Disorders; Neurochemistry; Spatial Memory; Vitamin Deficiency Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Rats; Spatial Perception; Visual Discrimination. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Examined learning impairments in rats following recovery from thiamine deficiency associated in humans with Wernicke-Korsakoff syndrome. Ss were trained in an automated T-maze, beginning with paired run spatial delayed nonmatching to sample, then light/dark discrimination, light/dark discrimination reversal, spatial discrimination, spatial discrimination-reversal, and retraining on the original task. Results indicate impairment of representational memory with spared capacity for dispositional memory as defined by G. J. Thomas and P. S. Spafford (see record [rid]1985-08925-001[/rid]). Analyses of left hemispheres revealed a high incidence of thalamic lesions in the intralaminar nuclei and ventral parts of the mediodorsal nucleus. Right hemispheres showed significant reduction of norepinephrine in the entorhinal cortex. Ss selectively impaired on the paired-run task had both medial thalamic lesions and reduced entorhinal norepinephrine. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - thiamine deficiency recovery & associated neuropathological & neurochemical conditions KW - visual & spatial discrimination learning & spatial delayed nonmatch to sample task performance KW - rats KW - 1988 KW - Discrimination Learning KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Neurochemistry KW - Spatial Memory KW - Vitamin Deficiency Disorders KW - Rats KW - Spatial Perception KW - Visual Discrimination KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0166-4328(88)90119-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-00751-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-00720-001 AN - 1989-00720-001 AU - Sirota, Alan D. AU - Schwartz, Gary E. AU - Kristeller, Jean L. T1 - Facial muscle activity during induced mood states: Differential growth and carry-over of elated versus depressed patterns. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1987/11// VL - 24 IS - 6 SP - 691 EP - 699 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-00720-001. PMID: 3438434 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sirota, Alan D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Providence, RI, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depression (Emotion); Facial Muscles; Happiness; Motor Processes. Classification: Psychophysiology (2560). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1987. AB - Two groups of 14 women read a set of statements and engaged in imagery designed to induce elation or depression. Depression, anger, and sadness grew over time for depression Ss, while happiness increased for elation Ss. Elation led to increased zygomatic muscle activity (ZA), while depression led to enhanced corrugator activity (CA) and slightly decreased ZA. Facial muscle activity was correlated with subjective ratings primarily for depression Ss, for whom CA grew over time and carried over into nonimagery rest. The increased ZA of elation Ss returned to baseline during rest. Differential growth and carry-over effects of the 2 mood states are discussed in terms of a positive psychobiological feedback loop that may serve to perpetuate depressive patterns of cognitive and somatic activity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - elation vs depression inducing imagery KW - facial muscle activity & growth & carryover of mood states KW - adult females KW - 1987 KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Facial Muscles KW - Happiness KW - Motor Processes KW - 1987 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1987.tb00351.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-00720-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-00690-001 AN - 1989-00690-001 AU - Mooradian, Arshag D. T1 - Blood-brain barrier transport of choline is reduced in the aged rat. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 440 IS - 2 SP - 328 EP - 332 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-00690-001. PMID: 3359216 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mooradian, Arshag D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Choline; Physiological Aging. Minor Descriptor: Biochemistry; Blood; Brain; Rats. Classification: Physiological Processes (2540). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. AB - Tested the hypothesis that age-related impairment in choline transport across the blood-brain barrier (BBB) contributes to cholinergic mechanisms of geriatric memory dysfunction. Brain choline uptake in male rats aged 2, 18, and 24 mo was studied using the Oldendorf technique. Results indicate that the BBB choline carrier in old Ss had reduced capacity and increased affinity to choline. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - choline transport across blood brain barrier KW - 2 vs 18 vs 24 mo old male rats KW - 1988 KW - Choline KW - Physiological Aging KW - Biochemistry KW - Blood KW - Brain KW - Rats KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(88)91002-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-00690-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-00620-001 AN - 1989-00620-001 AU - Fein, George AU - Brown, Fiona F. T1 - Gender differences in pattern reversal evoked potentials in normal elderly. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1987/11// VL - 24 IS - 6 SP - 683 EP - 690 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-00620-001. PMID: 3438433 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fein, George; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Francisco, CA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Evoked Potentials; Human Sex Differences. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1987. AB - Recorded pattern reversal evoked potentials (PREPs) in 27 males and 24 females (aged 65–71 yrs). Female Ss had shorter P100 and N150 latencies, greater P100-N150 amplitudes, and higher noise power than male Ss. N150 latency differences were significant even when P100 latency effects were partialled out statistically. Gender differences in P100-N150 amplitude were independent of both noise power and PREP latency measures. Results provide evidence that (1) gender differences in PREP amplitude reflected factors specific to central nervous system (CNS) processing of visual stimuli rather than global CNS anatomic or physiological factors, (2) gender differences in P100 latency reported in younger groups were also present in elderly Ss, and (3) there were separable factors underlying gender differences in N150 and P100 latencies. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sex KW - pattern reversal EPs KW - 65–71 yr olds KW - 1987 KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Human Sex Differences KW - 1987 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1987.tb00350.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-00620-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-00386-001 AN - 1989-00386-001 AU - Leskowitz, Eric T1 - The 'third eye': A psychoendocrine model of hypnotizability. JF - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JO - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JA - Am J Clin Hypn Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 30 IS - 3 SP - 209 EP - 215 CY - US PB - American Society of Clinical Hypnosis SN - 0002-9157 SN - 2160-0562 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-00386-001. PMID: 3278585 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Leskowitz, Eric; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychiatry Service, Boston, MA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20120702. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Endocrine Glands; Hypnosis; Psychophysiology. Minor Descriptor: Theories. Classification: Consciousness States (2380). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1988. AB - Argues that no neurophysiological mechanism can adequately account for the fact that several well-known induction procedures and 1 major hypnotizability index all make use of an eye-roll maneuver of forced upward gaze. However, an ancient Eastern psychophysiological paradigm based on introspectively discovered 'energy centers' (which correspond strikingly in anatomic location to the endocrine glands) relates this so-called 'third-eye' region between the eyebrows (and its associated pituitary gland) to various dissociative phenomena. Modern clinical data also link some hypnotic phenomena, including the eye-roll maneuver, to pituitary gland function and to psychoendocrine feedback loops. Several preliminary clinical examples support the notion that optimum pituitary gland function underlies the biologically based capacity for hypnosis that is measured by the eye-roll test. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychoendocrine theory of hypnosis induction KW - 1988 KW - Endocrine Glands KW - Hypnosis KW - Psychophysiology KW - Theories KW - 1988 DO - 10.1080/00029157.1988.10402734 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-00386-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-00136-001 AN - 1989-00136-001 AU - Schuckit, Marc A. AU - Irwin, Michael AU - Howard, Tara AU - Smith, Tom T1 - A structured diagnostic interview for identification of primary alcoholism: A preliminary evaluation. JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 49 IS - 1 SP - 93 EP - 99 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0096-882X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-00136-001. PMID: 3347082 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs; Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schuckit, Marc A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcohol Research Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Drug Abuse; Interrater Reliability; Mental Disorders; Psychodiagnostic Interview. Minor Descriptor: Differential Diagnosis; Test Reliability; Test Validity. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1988. AB - Evaluated the test–retest reliability and the validity of a new structured diagnostic interview, the Alcohol Research Center (ARC) Intake Interview, which was constructed from the Schedule of Affective Disorders and Schizophrenia and from the Diagnostic Interview Schedule's family history section. 40 alcoholic inpatient males (46.3 yrs) were evaluated by 3 interviewers using the ARC interview. Findings show that the test–retest reliability for Ss' primary and secondary diagnoses included a kappa of 1.00 for the comparison of interviewers A and B (100% agreement) and of .76 for interviewers A and C. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reliability & validity of structured diagnostic interview KW - identification of alcohol & substance abuse & mental disorders KW - inpatient alcoholic males KW - 1988 KW - Alcoholism KW - Drug Abuse KW - Interrater Reliability KW - Mental Disorders KW - Psychodiagnostic Interview KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - 1988 DO - 10.15288/jsa.1988.49.93 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-00136-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-00135-001 AN - 1989-00135-001 AU - Schear, James M. T1 - Attempt to cross-validate norm-based dysfunction scores in young and older neuropsychiatric patients. JF - Clinical Neuropsychologist JO - Clinical Neuropsychologist Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 2 IS - 1 SP - 57 EP - 66 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0920-1637 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-00135-001. Other Journal Title: The Clinical Neuropsychologist. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schear, James M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Cognitive Ability; Neuropsychiatry; Statistical Validity. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients; Test Battery. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1988. AB - Attempted to cross-validate D. P. Swiercinsky's (unpublished manual) neuropsychological dysfunction scores for use with a modified Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery in younger and older neuropsychiatric patients. Ss were 100 male Veterans Administration patients selected from an original development sample and 100 Ss who underwent neuropsychological testing after the development period. Each sample was composed of 50 18–40 yr old and 50 41–75 yr old patients. The cross-validation Ss were matched to the developmental sample on age and education. There were no differences in diagnoses across groups. 12 neuropsychological dysfunction scores were computed based on the psychometric and statistical properties of the development sample. Results show that the scaled scores were relatively stable across age comparison groups, but the distributions of the scores did not conform to the criteria set forth by the developer nor did they have a constant meaning within age groups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of neuropsychological dysfunction scores from Halstead Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery KW - 18–40 vs 41–75 yr old male neuropsychiatric patients KW - 1988 KW - Age Differences KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Neuropsychiatry KW - Statistical Validity KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Test Battery KW - 1988 DO - 10.1080/13854048808520086 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-00135-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-00131-001 AN - 1989-00131-001 AU - Ryan, Joseph J. AU - Geisser, Michael E. T1 - Validity and diagnostic accuracy of an alternate form of the Rey Auditory Verbal Learning Test. JF - Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology JO - Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology JA - Arch Clin Neuropsychol Y1 - 1986/// VL - 1 IS - 3 SP - 209 EP - 217 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0887-6177 SN - 1873-5843 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-00131-001. PMID: 14591149 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ryan, Joseph J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Leavenworth, KS, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Memory Disorders; Psychodiagnosis; Test Forms; Test Validity; Verbal Learning. Minor Descriptor: Neuropsychological Assessment. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1986. AB - 73 inpatients from a Veterans Administration medical center who were classified as having intact or impaired memory functions were administered the standard (Form A) and alternate (Form C) forms of the Rey Auditory Verbal Learning Test by M. D. Lezak (1983). Findings suggest that Form C is as suitable as Form A for assessing persons with verbal mnemonic deficits. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity & diagnostic accuracy of Form A vs Form C of Rey Auditory Verbal Learning Test KW - inpatients with memory impairment KW - 1986 KW - Memory Disorders KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Test Forms KW - Test Validity KW - Verbal Learning KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - 1986 DO - 10.1016/0887-6177(86)90027-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-00131-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-00121-001 AN - 1989-00121-001 AU - Moses, James A. AU - Maruish, Mark E. T1 - A critical review of the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery literature: VI. Neurologic cognitive deficit parameters. JF - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology JO - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 10 IS - 3 SP - 130 EP - 140 CY - US PB - MelNic Press, Inc. SN - 0749-8470 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-00121-001. Other Journal Title: Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moses, James A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Cognitive Ability; Literature Review; Neuropsychological Assessment; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Impairment. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Reviews evidence from the literature concerning the validity of the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery, Form I (LNNB) as a measure of cognitive deficit associated with neurologic disorder for the period 1978–1986. The LNNB is shown to be sensitive to cognitive deficit in neurologic disorder based on contrasted group performance level and pattern analysis for lateralized, regionally focal, and nonfocal lesion groups. The LNNB is sensitive to cognitive deficit independent of sensorimotor deficit, and appears to measure cognitive dimensions that are weakly linked to neurologic examination outcome findings. The LNNB can also identify cognitive deficit in elderly Ss with neurologic disorder and can distinguish them from normal geriatric Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of Luria Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery KW - assessment of neurologic cognitive deficit parameters KW - 1978–86 KW - literature review KW - 1988 KW - Brain Damage KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Literature Review KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Test Validity KW - Cognitive Impairment KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-00121-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-00108-001 AN - 1989-00108-001 AU - Kupke, Thomas AU - Lewis, Ronald T1 - Differential sensitivity of the WAIS and a modified Halstead-Reitan battery to severity of brain dysfunction in epilepsy. JF - Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology JO - Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology JA - Arch Clin Neuropsychol Y1 - 1986/// VL - 1 IS - 3 SP - 197 EP - 207 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0887-6177 SN - 1873-5843 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-00108-001. PMID: 14591148 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kupke, Thomas; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Hampton, VA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Epilepsy; Neuropsychological Assessment; Psychodiagnosis; Severity (Disorders); Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Minor Descriptor: Brain Disorders; Test Validity; Test Battery. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1986. AB - Examined the diagnostic sensitivity of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) relative to a modified Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery by comparing the accuracy of these instruments in differentiating 32 pseudoneurologic control Ss from 64 mildly impaired and moderately impaired epileptics. Separate 3-group and 2-group discriminant function analyses were performed for the 2 sets of measures. Comparisons of kappa coefficients indicated that the WAIS was inferior in classification accuracy to the neuropsychological tests in making the 3-group discriminations and in separating the mildly impaired Ss from the moderately impaired group. Findings suggest that the WAIS may be inferior in discriminatory power relative to a wider array of neuropsychological measures than has heretofore been evaluated. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sensitivity of WAIS vs modified Halstead Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery KW - diagnostic & classification accuracy for brain dysfunction severity KW - mildly vs moderately impaired epilepsy patients KW - 1986 KW - Epilepsy KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Severity (Disorders) KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - Brain Disorders KW - Test Validity KW - Test Battery KW - 1986 DO - 10.1016/0887-6177(86)90026-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-00108-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-00106-001 AN - 1989-00106-001 AU - Koenig, Harold G. AU - Meador, Keith G. AU - Cohen, Harvey J. AU - Blazer, Dan G. T1 - Self-rated depression scales and screening for major depression in the older hospitalized patient with medical illness. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1988/08// VL - 36 IS - 8 SP - 699 EP - 706 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-00106-001. PMID: 3042842 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Koenig, Harold G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Durham, NC, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Major Depression; Rating Scales; Screening Tests. Minor Descriptor: Self-Report. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1988. AB - Validated the Geriatric Depression Scale developed by J. A. Yesavage et al (see record [rid]1984-02939-001[/rid]) and also the Brief Carroll Depression Rating Scale, a 12-item screening tool developed by the Duke University Center for the Study of Depression in Later Life (1986) for assessing depression among elderly, community-dwelling, psychiatric patients. Structured psychiatric interviews were performed and the self-rated depression measures administered to 128 men (aged 70+ yrs), consecutively admitted to medical and neurological services of a Veterans Administration hospital. Both scales had high sensitivity and specificity for detecting major depression in this setting. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of Geriatric Depression Scale & Brief Carroll Depression Rating Scale KW - screening for major depression KW - male VA hospital patients 20 yrs old & older KW - 1988 KW - Major Depression KW - Rating Scales KW - Screening Tests KW - Self-Report KW - 1988 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1988.tb07171.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-00106-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-00099-001 AN - 1989-00099-001 AU - Horton, Arthur M. AU - Anilane, Juhan AU - Slone, Donald G. AU - Shapiro, Solomon T1 - Development and cross-validation of a Short Form Impairment Index. JF - Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology JO - Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology JA - Arch Clin Neuropsychol Y1 - 1986/// VL - 1 IS - 3 SP - 243 EP - 246 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0887-6177 SN - 1873-5843 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-00099-001. PMID: 14591152 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Horton, Arthur M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcoholism Section, Baltimore, MD, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Neuropsychological Assessment; Test Construction; Test Forms. Minor Descriptor: Mental Disorders; Nervous System Disorders; Test Validity. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1986. AB - Investigated the value of a short form of the Brain Age Quotient, called the Short Form Impairment Index, which is composed of a trail-making test and 2 subtests of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS), and twice cross-validated the short form, using data on 108 normal Ss and Ss with psychiatric and neurological diagnoses. Analysis yielded a Pearson r = .90, for both the initial study and each of the cross-validations. Further research and clinical considerations are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - construction & validation of Short Form Impairment Index KW - measurement of age related cognitive differences & impairment KW - patients with psychiatric & neurological disorders KW - 1986 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Test Construction KW - Test Forms KW - Mental Disorders KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Test Validity KW - 1986 DO - 10.1016/0887-6177(86)90030-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-00099-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-00067-001 AN - 1989-00067-001 AU - Charter, Richard A. AU - Alekoumbides, Apostolos T1 - An abbreviated version of a psychometric battery for the diagnosis of brain damage utilizing standardized scores corrected for age and education. JF - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology JO - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 10 IS - 3 SP - 123 EP - 129 CY - US PB - MelNic Press, Inc. SN - 0749-8470 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-00067-001. Other Journal Title: Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Charter, Richard A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Long Beach, CA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Korsakoffs Psychosis; Neuropsychological Assessment; Test Forms; Test Reliability. Minor Descriptor: Dementia. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Tested an abbreviated version of a battery recently published by R. A. Charter et al (see record [rid]1987-23824-001[/rid]) and A. Alekoumbides et al (see record [rid]1987-25158-001[/rid]) that was aimed at the diagnosis of brain damage by the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS), the Wechsler Memory Scale, and the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery, utilizing standardized scores corrected for age and education. The sample utilized for standardization consisted of 118 adults without cerebral lesions and 117 adults suffering from diffuse or focal cerebral lesions with or without dementia or Korsakoff's amnesic syndrome. The samples, utilized for the calculation of the reliability coefficients, were in excess of 300 Ss. The abbreviated battery had shorter administration time and a greater discriminant sensitivity for diffuse cerebral lesions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reliability of abbreviated version of psychometric battery KW - assessment of brain damage KW - adults with diffuse or focal cerebral lesions with vs without dementia vs Korsakoff's syndrome KW - 1988 KW - Brain Damage KW - Korsakoffs Psychosis KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Test Forms KW - Test Reliability KW - Dementia KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-00067-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-98846-008 AN - 1988-98846-008 AU - McCormick, Richard A. AU - Ramirez, Luis F. ED - Howells, John G. ED - Howells, John G., (Ed) T1 - Pathological gambling. T2 - Modern perspectives in psychosocial pathology. T3 - Modern perspectives in psychiatry, 11 Y1 - 1988/// SP - 135 EP - 157 CY - Philadelphia, PA, US PB - Brunner/Mazel SN - 0-87630-511-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-98846-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McCormick, Richard A.; Cleveland Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Assistant Chief, Cleveland, OH, US. Release Date: 19880101. Correction Date: 20090907. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-87630-511-7, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Addiction; Pathological Gambling; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Etiology; Measurement. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 23. AB - etiology and development of the disorder / hereditary vulnerability / life stressors / addictive cycle / personality styles / socialization assessment of the disorder / gambling history / biophysical factors / personality dimensions / significant life events treatment of the pathological gambler / peer counseling and self-help groups / group and individual psychotherapy / pharmacological treatment / values clarification special treatment issues (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Addiction KW - Pathological Gambling KW - Treatment KW - Etiology KW - Measurement KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-98846-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-98767-016 AN - 1988-98767-016 AU - Atkinson, Roland M. AU - Reaves, Michael E. AU - Maxwell, Michael J. ED - Wilson, John P. ED - Harel, Zev ED - Kahana, Boaz ED - Wilson, John P., (Ed) ED - Harel, Zev, (Ed) ED - Kahana, Boaz, (Ed) T1 - Complicated postcombat disorders in Vietnam veterans: Comprehensive diagnosis and treatment in the VA system. T2 - Human adaptation to extreme stress: From the Holocaust to Vietnam. T3 - The Plenum series on stress and coping Y1 - 1988/// SP - 357 EP - 375 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-42873-3 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-98767-016. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Atkinson, Roland M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-42873-3, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Diagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 19. AB - wish to highlight the complex cases that come to our attention in the VA clinical setting discuss differential diagnosis of PTSD [post-traumatic stress disorder], next describe some of the diverse treatment strategies that have been created in the VA system, and finally illustrate the course of treatment in several complicated cases from our own experience (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Treatment KW - Diagnosis KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-98767-016&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-98767-015 AN - 1988-98767-015 AU - Silver, Steven M. AU - Wilson, John P. ED - Wilson, John P. ED - Harel, Zev ED - Kahana, Boaz ED - Wilson, John P., (Ed) ED - Harel, Zev, (Ed) ED - Kahana, Boaz, (Ed) T1 - Native American healing and purification rituals for war stress. T2 - Human adaptation to extreme stress: From the Holocaust to Vietnam. T3 - The Plenum series on stress and coping Y1 - 1988/// SP - 337 EP - 355 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-42873-3 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-98767-015. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silver, Steven M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, PTSD Program, Coatesville, PA, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-42873-3, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: American Indians; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Shamanism. Minor Descriptor: Treatment; War. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 19. AB - this chapter addresses certain features of Native American healing practices that have relevance to the treatment of traumatic stress syndromes and other mental states of distress the major focus will be on American Indian healing practices used for survivors (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - American Indians KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Shamanism KW - Treatment KW - War KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-98767-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-98706-007 AN - 1988-98706-007 AU - Cannon, Dale S. AU - Baker, Timothy B. AU - Gino, Antonio AU - Nathan, Peter E. ED - Baker, Timothy B. ED - Cannon, Dale S. ED - Baker, Timothy B., (Ed) ED - Cannon, Dale S., (Ed) T1 - Alcohol aversion therapy: Relationship between strength of aversion and abstinence. T2 - Assessment and treatment of addictive disorders. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 205 EP - 237 CY - New York, NY, England PB - Praeger Publishers SN - 0-275-92388-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-98706-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cannon, Dale S.; Dallas Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Chief, Dallas, TX, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-275-92388-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Aversion Therapy. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 33. AB - the present research had two major goals / first was to replicate with a larger sample of subjects our previous findings that emetic aversion procedures produce conditioned alcohol aversions / second major aim was to gather additional data on the relationship between conditioned alcohol aversion and posttreatment drinking status secondary aims of the research included a controlled comparison of two emetic techniques in current use and analyses of the relationship among conditionability, patient variables, and postdischarge abstinence (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Aversion Therapy KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-98706-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-98676-023 AN - 1988-98676-023 AU - Lyons, Judith A. ED - Chess, Stella ED - Thomas, Alexander ED - Hertzig, Margaret E. ED - Chess, Stella, (Ed) ED - Thomas, Alexander, (Ed) ED - Hertzig, Margaret E., (Ed) T1 - Posttraumatic stress disorder in children and adolescents: A review of the literature. T2 - Annual progress in child psychiatry and child development, 1988. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 451 EP - 467 CY - Philadelphia, PA, US PB - Brunner/Mazel SN - 0-87630-538-9 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-98676-023. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lyons, Judith A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19880101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter; Reprint. ISBN: 0-87630-538-9, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Literature Review; Psychotherapy. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 17. AB - goal of the present paper is to address some of the central issues pertaining to PTSD [posttraumatic stress disorder] in children and adolescents, using pertinent research and clinical reports for illustration the paper is divided into sections on theory, diagnosis, age and sex differences, treatment, and future directions clinical issues regarding assessment and intervention are the primary focus (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Literature Review KW - Psychotherapy KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-98676-023&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-98658-011 AN - 1988-98658-011 AU - Giannitrapani, Duilio ED - Giannitrapani, Duilio ED - Murri, L. ED - Giannitrapani, Duilio, (Ed) ED - Murri, L., (Ed) T1 - The role of 13-Hz activity in mentation. T2 - The EEG of mental activities. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 149 EP - 152 CY - Basel, Switzerland PB - Karger SN - 3-8055-4812-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-98658-011. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Giannitrapani, Duilio; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Perry Point, MD, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 3-8055-4812-5, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Electrical Activity. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 4. AB - dominant activity shows some relationship with intellectual functions as demonstated by the strength of significant correlations in the 13-Hz band (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Electrical Activity KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-98658-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-98658-002 AN - 1988-98658-002 AU - Giannitrapani, Duilio AU - Collins, Joseph ED - Giannitrapani, Duilio ED - Murri, L. ED - Giannitrapani, Duilio, (Ed) ED - Murri, L., (Ed) T1 - EEG differentiation between Alzheimer's and non-Alzheimer's dementias. T2 - The EEG of mental activities. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 26 EP - 41 CY - Basel, Switzerland PB - Karger SN - 3-8055-4812-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-98658-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Giannitrapani, Duilio; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Perry Point, MD, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 3-8055-4812-5, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Electroencephalography; Physiological Aging. Minor Descriptor: Dementia. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 16. AB - an analysis will be made first of EEG [electroencephalogram] characteristics of normal aging and subsequently of EEG studies of Alzheimer's and non-Alzheimer's dementia new data will be presented which demonstrate spectral analysis capabilities for this differentiation normal aging / EEG in dementia / frequency analysis studies / dementia scale / non-Alzheimer's dementia group / Alzheimer's group (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Electroencephalography KW - Physiological Aging KW - Dementia KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-98658-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CONF ID - 1988-98658-000 AN - 1988-98658-000 AU - Giannitrapani, Duilio AU - Murri, L. ED - Giannitrapani, Duilio ED - Murri, L. T1 - The EEG of mental activities. Y1 - 1988/// CY - Basel, Switzerland PB - Karger SN - 3-8055-4812-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-98658-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Giannitrapani, Duilio; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Perry Point, MD, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Book Type: Conference Proceedings. ISBN: 3-8055-4812-5, Hardcover. Language: English. Conference Note: This volume originates from a symposium, The EEG of Mental Activities, held in conjunction with the Annual Meeting of the Italian EEG Society in Viareggio in Jun 1986. During the process of gathering the manuscripts there have been many updates, revisions and changes in content that bring this volume to the present state of the art. Major Descriptor: Electroencephalography; Evoked Potentials. Minor Descriptor: Electrophysiology; Mental Disorders. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 203. AB - The papers in this volume, which originate from an international symposium, represent an effort to establish relationships between brain electrophysiological parameters and higher cortical functions including mentation. The text demonstrates the major strides achieved in functional EEG toward understanding disorders of mentation as reflected in the sections on dementias and psychopathology and language disturbances. Research data presented here are exclusively gained by EEG spectral analysis or evoked potential methodologies which have proved to be productive in the noninvasive study of physiological concomitants of higher cortical functions. The expert contributions in this volume offer specialists in neuropsychology, electroencephalography and psychiatry a survey of some of the most recent methodological and theoretical approaches in this rapidly expanding field of neuroscience, and stimulate future investigators to address more meaningful issues in a systematic manner. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Electroencephalography KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Electrophysiology KW - Mental Disorders KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-98658-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-98607-021 AN - 1988-98607-021 AU - Burchiel, Kim J. AU - Burgess, Jeffrey A. ED - Tollison, C. David ED - Tollison, C. David, (Ed) T1 - Differential diagnosis of orofacial pain. T2 - Handbook of chronic pain management. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 275 EP - 287 CY - Baltimore, MD, US PB - Williams & Wilkins Co SN - 0-683-08335-X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-98607-021. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Burchiel, Kim J.; U Washington, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurosurgery Service, Chief, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19880101. Correction Date: 20090706. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-683-08335-X, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Differential Diagnosis; Face (Anatomy); Somatoform Pain Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Head (Anatomy); Hypochondriasis. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 13. AB - present a survey of the differential diagnosis of orofacial pain syndromes pain of psychological origin in the head and face / 'atypical facial pain' / 'delusional or hallucinatory pain' / 'hysterial or hypochondriacal' pain / 'psychogenic pain disorder' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Face (Anatomy) KW - Somatoform Pain Disorder KW - Head (Anatomy) KW - Hypochondriasis KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-98607-021&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-98607-015 AN - 1988-98607-015 AU - Gaupp, Larry A. AU - Flinn, Don E. AU - Weddige, Richard L. ED - Tollison, C. David ED - Tollison, C. David, (Ed) T1 - Adjunctive treatment techniques. T2 - Handbook of chronic pain management. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 174 EP - 196 CY - Baltimore, MD, US PB - Williams & Wilkins Co SN - 0-683-08335-X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-98607-015. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gaupp, Larry A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Chief, Newington, CT, US. Release Date: 19880101. Correction Date: 20090706. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-683-08335-X, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Analgesia; Hypnotherapy; Pain. Minor Descriptor: Acupuncture; Behavior; Biofeedback; Relaxation Therapy. Classification: Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 23. AB - hypnosis / hypnoanalgesia strategies / indirect hypnotic suggestion / direct hypnotic suggestion / hypnotic dissociation / hypnotic time disorientation / displacement / hypnoplasty / amnesia gate control theory self-hypnosis techniques relaxation training / biofeedback use of acupuncture for pain treatment placebo analgesia / studies of pain relief with placebo / mechanism of action of placebo ethical considerations (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Analgesia KW - Hypnotherapy KW - Pain KW - Acupuncture KW - Behavior KW - Biofeedback KW - Relaxation Therapy KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-98607-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-98607-008 AN - 1988-98607-008 AU - Atkinson, J. Hampton Jr. ED - Tollison, C. David ED - Tollison, C. David, (Ed) T1 - Psychopharmacologic agents in the treatment of pain syndromes. T2 - Handbook of chronic pain management. Y1 - 1989/// SP - 69 EP - 103 CY - Baltimore, MD, US PB - Williams & Wilkins Co SN - 0-683-08335-X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-98607-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Atkinson, J. Hampton Jr.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19880101. Correction Date: 20090706. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-683-08335-X, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Pain. Minor Descriptor: Antidepressant Drugs; CNS Stimulating Drugs; Neuroleptic Drugs; Tranquilizing Drugs. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 35. AB - reviews the therapeutic efficacy of psychiatric medications (the antidepressants, neuroleptics, antianxiety drugs, and psychostimulants) in acute and chronic pain syndromes, and provides guidelines for their use critically assesses drug therapy outcomes, mainly from controlled studies reviews each major class of psychopharmalogic agent drug efficacy is discussed in relation to specific pain disorders experimentally induced and clinical acute pain are differentiated from their chronic pain counterparts where psychiatric disorders complicate the pain syndromes, their response to treatment is . . . discussed describes selecting a drug, preparing and evaluating patients for treatment, and conducting initial and longer term pharmacotherapy (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1989 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Pain KW - Antidepressant Drugs KW - CNS Stimulating Drugs KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Tranquilizing Drugs KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-98607-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-98469-005 AN - 1988-98469-005 AU - Cicchetti, Domenic AU - Tyrer, Peter ED - Tyrer, Peter ED - Tyrer, Peter, (Ed) T1 - Reliability and validity of personality assessment. T2 - Personality disorders: Diagnosis, management and course. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 63 EP - 73 CY - Kent, England PB - Wright/Butterworth Scientific SN - 0-7236-1055-X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-98469-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cicchetti, Domenic; Veterans' Administration Medical Ctr, Senior Research Psychologist & Biostatistician, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-7236-1055-X, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Measures; Statistical Reliability; Statistical Validity. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223); Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 11. AB - this chapter is devoted entirely to the issues of reliability and validity in psychological assessment and to personality status in particular face validity / content validity / concurrent and predictive validity / construct validity the biostatistics of reliability assessment / the biostatistics of validity assessment problems in rating personality / subject's behaviour / assessor's perception / contamination reliability of interview schedules (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Personality Measures KW - Statistical Reliability KW - Statistical Validity KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-98469-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1988-98463-000 AN - 1988-98463-000 AU - Choca, James P. T1 - Manual for clinical psychology trainees., 2nd ed. Y1 - 1988/// CY - Philadelphia, PA, US PB - Brunner/Mazel SN - 0-87630-544-3 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-98463-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Choca, James P.; Northwestern U Medical School, Veterans Administration Lakeside Hosp, Psychology Service, Chief of Psychology, Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-87630-544-3, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Personnel Training. Minor Descriptor: Psychodiagnostic Interview; Psychometrics; Psychopathology; Psychotherapeutic Processes. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 177. AB - In this greatly expanded second edition of the 'Manual,' the author provides a highly practical guide to aid professionals in working effectively as part of a therapeutic team. This edition includes the updates that have been made necessary by changes in the field since the publication of the first edition. Directed primarily to psychology graduate students, but valuable to all involved in patient care, this book presents easily understandable, concise guidelines for each step in treatment. Beginning chapters present essential information on the basic theories of personality and categories of psychopathology. Later chapters discuss the diagnostic interview, psychological testing, patient management, treatment methods, and other issues. Especially useful are the plentiful examples of the interviews, reports, and records that the practitioner is called upon to conduct and compile, and the extensive tables detailing various syndromes, psychological tests, and classes of medications. This concise, easy-to-consult 'Manual' is a vital resource for the psychology trainee and all members of the multidisciplinary patient care team. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Personnel Training KW - Psychodiagnostic Interview KW - Psychometrics KW - Psychopathology KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-98463-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-98386-010 AN - 1988-98386-010 AU - Pankratz, Loren ED - Rogers, Richard ED - Rogers, Richard, (Ed) T1 - Malingering on intellectual and neuropsychological measures. T2 - Clinical assessment of malingering and deception. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 169 EP - 192 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 0-89862-721-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-98386-010. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pankratz, Loren; Portland Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Clinical Psychologist, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89862-721-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intelligence Measures; Malingering; Neuropsychological Assessment. Minor Descriptor: Conversion Disorder; Factitious Disorders; Head Injuries; Hysteria. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 24. AB - highlights some of the psychosocial disorders that are frequently influenced by brain dysfunction / hysteria and conversion disorders / head injury / seizures / Munchausen syndrome focuses on the tests and testing strategies used by neuropsychologists for the assessment of suspected malingering methods of symptom validity testing are described clinical assessment / guidelines for assessing malingering (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Malingering KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Conversion Disorder KW - Factitious Disorders KW - Head Injuries KW - Hysteria KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-98386-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-98364-010 AN - 1988-98364-010 AU - Zubler, Mary Anne ED - Mayeux, Richard ED - Gurland, Barry ED - Barrett, Virginia W. ED - Kutscher, Austin H. ED - Cote, Lucien ED - Putter, Zetta H. ED - Mayeux, Richard, (Ed) ED - Gurland, Barry, (Ed) ED - Barrett, Virginia W., (Ed) ED - Kutscher, Austin H., (Ed) ED - Cote, Lucien, (Ed) ED - Putter, Zetta H., (Ed) T1 - The cancer patient with Alzheimer's disease. T2 - Alzheimer's disease and related disorders: Psychosocial issues for the patient, family, staff, and community. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 107 EP - 112 CY - Springfield, IL, England PB - Charles C Thomas, Publisher SN - 0-398-05469-X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-98364-010. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zubler, Mary Anne; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Chief of Oncology, Houston, TX, US. Release Date: 19880101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-398-05469-X, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Geriatric Patients; Neoplasms. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 6. AB - quality of life two principles that guide decisions made for these [Alzheimer's] patients / the principle of substituted judgment / the principle of best interests functional capabilities steps in caring for patients with Alzheimer's disease who develop cancer / proposed as the most ethical approach (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Neoplasms KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-98364-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-98364-006 AN - 1988-98364-006 AU - Marxer, Frank ED - Mayeux, Richard ED - Gurland, Barry ED - Barrett, Virginia W. ED - Kutscher, Austin H. ED - Cote, Lucien ED - Putter, Zetta H. ED - Mayeux, Richard, (Ed) ED - Gurland, Barry, (Ed) ED - Barrett, Virginia W., (Ed) ED - Kutscher, Austin H., (Ed) ED - Cote, Lucien, (Ed) ED - Putter, Zetta H., (Ed) T1 - A functional model of geriatric patient care. T2 - Alzheimer's disease and related disorders: Psychosocial issues for the patient, family, staff, and community. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 69 EP - 75 CY - Springfield, IL, England PB - Charles C Thomas, Publisher SN - 0-398-05469-X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-98364-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Marxer, Frank; Brooklyn Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Assistant Chief of Staff, Brooklyn, NY, US. Release Date: 19880101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-398-05469-X, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Geriatrics; Patients. Classification: Nursing Homes & Residential Care (3377). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 7. AB - the purpose of this article is to define and outline a rationale for a functional model of geriatric patient care and to examine several important implications of this model / this will be done by constrasting the use of this model with the use of a biomedical model to formulate a typical problem presented by a patient with Alzheimer's disease (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Geriatrics KW - Patients KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-98364-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-98155-013 AN - 1988-98155-013 AU - Foy, David W. AU - Donahoe, Clyde P. AU - Carroll, Edward M. ED - Michelson, Larry ED - Ascher, L. Michael ED - Michelson, Larry, (Ed) ED - Ascher, L. Michael, (Ed) T1 - Posttraumatic stress disorder. T2 - Anxiety and stress disorders: Cognitive-behavioral assessment and treatment. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 361 EP - 378 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 0-89862-693-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-98155-013. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Foy, David W.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brentwood Div, Psychology Service, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89862-693-5, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Therapy; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Social Support; Treatment Dropouts; War. Classification: Cognitive Therapy (3311). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 18. AB - a case study demonstrating cognitive-behavioral treatment of combat-related PTSD [posttraumatic stress disorder] is described future directions for treatment and research on PTSD are discussed, including the role of social support in treatment and suggestions for decreasing treatment dropout rates treatent of PTSD in victims of non-combat-related traumas (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Cognitive Therapy KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Social Support KW - Treatment Dropouts KW - War KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-98155-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-98148-008 AN - 1988-98148-008 AU - Gelsomino, Joe AU - Mackey, David W. ED - Lystad, Mary ED - Lystad, Mary, (Ed) T1 - Clinical interventions in emergencies: War-related events. T2 - Mental health response to mass emergencies: Theory and practice. T3 - Brunner/Mazel psychosocial stress series, No. 12 Y1 - 1988/// SP - 211 EP - 238 CY - Philadelphia, PA, US PB - Brunner/Mazel SN - 0-87630-514-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-98148-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gelsomino, Joe; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Readjustment Counseling Service, Clinical Field Manager, Bay Pines, FL, US. Release Date: 19880101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-87630-514-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Social Support; War. Minor Descriptor: Crisis Intervention; Group Psychotherapy; Military Veterans. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Location: Vietnam. Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 28. AB - post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) psychological debriefing role of group treatment and support networks with other survivors role of community outreach in clinical intervention crisis intervention / types of crisis found among Vietnam veterans / crisis intervention from an outpatient treatment perspective (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Social Support KW - War KW - Crisis Intervention KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Military Veterans KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-98148-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-98145-001 AN - 1988-98145-001 AU - Donovan, Dennis M. ED - Donovan, Dennis M. ED - Marlatt, G. Alan ED - Donovan, Dennis M., (Ed) ED - Marlatt, G. Alan, (Ed) T1 - Assessment of addictive behaviors: Implications of an emerging biopsychosocial model. T2 - Assessment of addictive behaviors. T3 - The Guilford behavioral assessment series Y1 - 1988/// SP - 3 EP - 48 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 0-89862-144-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-98145-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Donovan, Dennis M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89862-144-5, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Addiction; Measurement; Psychosocial Factors. Minor Descriptor: Biology; Models; Treatment. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 46. AB - purpose . . . is to present a brief overview of the commonalities across addictions and of the biopsychosocial model as it applies to the addictions main function . . . is to discuss the implications of this model for the clinical tasks of assessment and treatment planning with individuals engaging in addictive behaviors issues in the assessment process: systems, levels, phases, and stages (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Addiction KW - Measurement KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - Biology KW - Models KW - Treatment KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-98145-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1988-98145-000 AN - 1988-98145-000 AU - Donovan, Dennis M. AU - Marlatt, G. Alan ED - Donovan, Dennis M. ED - Marlatt, G. Alan T1 - Assessment of addictive behaviors. T3 - The Guilford behavioral assessment series Y1 - 1988/// CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 0-89862-144-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-98145-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Donovan, Dennis M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. ISBN: 0-89862-144-5, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Addiction; Diagnosis. Minor Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Eating Disorders; Tobacco Smoking; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 497. AB - The volume's unique organization reflects its multisystem approach. Different addictions are covered in separate sections, most of which contain chapters on each of the factors in the addiction process—behavioral, psychological/cognitive, and physiological. Although the separate coverage of each domain is intentional, the importance of the complex interactions among these factors is stressed throughout. Part I provides a general overview of the assessment process, focusing on the commonalities among various addictions and the implications of the emerging biopsychosocial model. Drinking, smoking, and eating behaviors are discussed in Parts II, III, and IV, respectively. Part V covers drug abuse, with separate chapters on cannabis, cocaine, and heroin. Surveying a broad range of addictions, and applying current theory to the clinical setting, 'Assessment of Addictive Behaviors' is an essential contribution to the field. Clinicians, students and researchers alike will benefit from the volume's careful organization and comprehensive coverage. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Addiction KW - Diagnosis KW - Drug Abuse KW - Eating Disorders KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-98145-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-98144-015 AN - 1988-98144-015 AU - Burger, William ED - Bernstein, Norman R. ED - Breslau, Alan Jeffry ED - Graham, Jean Ann ED - Bernstein, Norman R., (Ed) ED - Breslau, Alan Jeffry, (Ed) ED - Graham, Jean Ann, (Ed) T1 - The benefits of maxillo-facial prosthetics. T2 - Coping strategies for burn survivors and their families. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 113 EP - 119 CY - New York, NY, England PB - Praeger Publishers SN - 0-275-92407-6 SN - 0-275-92528-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-98144-015. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Burger, William; Veterans' Administration Hosp, Clinical Instructor of Facial Prosthetics, Wilmington, DE, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-275-92407-6, Hardcover; 0-275-92528-5, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Burns; Facial Features; Prostheses. Minor Descriptor: Self-Esteem. Classification: Medical Treatment of Physical Illness (3363). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 7. AB - facial prosthetics / silicone / artificial eyes / noses great psychological value in regaining self-confidence (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Burns KW - Facial Features KW - Prostheses KW - Self-Esteem KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-98144-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-98086-016 AN - 1988-98086-016 AU - Barton, Gail M. AU - Friedman, Rohn S. ED - Howells, John G. ED - Howells, John G., (Ed) T1 - Emergency psychiatry. T2 - Modern perspectives in clinical psychiatry. T3 - Modern perspectives in psychiatry, No. 10 Y1 - 1988/// SP - 331 EP - 349 CY - Philadelphia, PA, US PB - Brunner/Mazel SN - 0-87630-499-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-98086-016. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barton, Gail M.; Veterans Administration Medical & Regional Office Ctr, Director of Inpatient Psychiatry, White River Junction, VT, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-87630-499-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emergency Services; Psychiatry. Minor Descriptor: Psychotherapeutic Processes. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 19. AB - emergence of emergency psychiatry / changes in therapy and philosophy / theoretical frameworks who the patients are / emergency psychiatric staff / where emergency psychiatry is practiced how to approach the patient / what makes emergency psychiatry work (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Emergency Services KW - Psychiatry KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-98086-016&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-98086-002 AN - 1988-98086-002 AU - Morphy, Murray A. ED - Howells, John G. ED - Howells, John G., (Ed) T1 - DSM-III: An evaluation. T2 - Modern perspectives in clinical psychiatry. T3 - Modern perspectives in psychiatry, No. 10 Y1 - 1988/// SP - 19 EP - 43 CY - Philadelphia, PA, US PB - Brunner/Mazel SN - 0-87630-499-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-98086-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morphy, Murray A.; Buffalo Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Chief, Buffalo, NY, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-87630-499-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Taxonomies. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 25. AB - attempt will be made to review and account for this impressive degree of concern and to offer an evaluation of DSM-III's overall impact emphasis will be on the effects felt in the clinical arena influence on administrative, teaching, and research concerns of the specialty will also be considered (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Taxonomies KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-98086-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-98039-015 AN - 1988-98039-015 AU - Ryan, Edward R. ED - Ciardiello, Jean A. ED - Bell, Morris D. ED - Ciardiello, Jean A., (Ed) ED - Bell, Morris D., (Ed) T1 - The rehabilitation relationship: The case for a personal rehabilitation. T2 - Vocational rehabilitation of persons with prolonged psychiatric disorders. T3 - Johns Hopkins series in contemporary medicine and public health Y1 - 1988/// SP - 219 EP - 227 CY - Baltimore, MD, US PB - Johns Hopkins University Press SN - 0-8018-3635-2 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-98039-015. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ryan, Edward R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Associate Chief, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8018-3635-2, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Vocational Rehabilitation. Minor Descriptor: Chronicity (Disorders); Interpersonal Interaction. Classification: Occupational & Vocational Rehabilitation (3384). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 9. AB - focuses on the personal relationship as the central experience in the vocational rehabilitation of persons with prolonged mental illness advocates a rehabilitation program which encourages the personal interest of the practitioner five steps to develop this type of program are / consideration / flexibility / creativity / opportunity / curiosity (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Vocational Rehabilitation KW - Chronicity (Disorders) KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-98039-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-98009-012 AN - 1988-98009-012 AU - Gardner, Howard ED - Sternberg, Robert J. ED - Sternberg, Robert J., (Ed) T1 - Creative lives and creative works: A synthetic scientific approach. T2 - The nature of creativity: Contemporary psychological perspectives. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 298 EP - 321 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Cambridge University Press SN - 0-521-33036-X SN - 0-521-33892-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-98009-012. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gardner, Howard; Boston Veterans Administration Hosp, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-521-33036-X, Hardcover; 0-521-33892-1, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Creativity; Freud (Sigmund). Minor Descriptor: Artificial Intelligence; Intelligence; Psychobiology. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 24. AB - delineating areas of creativity / subpersonal / personal / extrapersonal / multipersonal creativity: a challenge and an opportunity for 'synthetic science' / psychological approaches: the intelligences and the person / domains of Freud's contributions: cognitive representation and artificial intelligences / field of Freud: the historical-cultural context / biological foundations of creativity (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Creativity KW - Freud (Sigmund) KW - Artificial Intelligence KW - Intelligence KW - Psychobiology KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-98009-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CONF ID - 1988-98003-000 AN - 1988-98003-000 AU - Casey, Daniel E. AU - Christensen, A. Vibeke ED - Casey, Daniel E. ED - Christensen, A. Vibeke T1 - Psychopharmacology: Current trends. T3 - Psychopharmacology series, 5 Y1 - 1988/// CY - New York, NY, US PB - Springer-Verlag Publishing SN - 3-540-18693-X SN - 0-387-18693-X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-98003-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Casey, Daniel E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Research, Chief, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 20030601. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Book Type: Conference Proceedings. ISBN: 3-540-18693-X, Hardcover; 0-387-18693-X, Hardcover. Language: English. Conference Note: This volume is based on a symposium held in Denmark in 1987, arranged in honor of Povl V. Petersen. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Psychopharmacology. Minor Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Anxiety; Dementia; Schizophrenia. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 212. AB - This volume reports on the latest clinical and basic science information on schizophrenia, affective disorders, anxiety and dementia. Each author, a leading expert in their field, offers an up-to-date review of their topic. The chapters combine new findings with established knowledge, allowing clinicians to gain new insights and practical guidelines for both the vexing and routine problems of current psychiatric patient cases. Researchers will also benefit from the chapters on receptor regulation, neuroimaging and new approaches to advanced drug development. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Psychopharmacology KW - Affective Disorders KW - Anxiety KW - Dementia KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-98003-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-97949-008 AN - 1988-97949-008 AU - Schlesinger, Stephen E. ED - Epstein, Norman ED - Schlesinger, Stephen E. ED - Dryden, Windy ED - Epstein, Norman, (Ed) ED - Schlesinger, Stephen E., (Ed) ED - Dryden, Windy, (Ed) T1 - Cognitive-behavioral approaches to family treatment of addictions. T2 - Cognitive-behavioral therapy with families. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 254 EP - 291 CY - Philadelphia, PA, US PB - Brunner/Mazel SN - 0-87630-503-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-97949-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schlesinger, Stephen E.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Clinical Psychologist, Hines, IL, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-87630-503-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Addiction; Cognitive Therapy; Family Therapy. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 38. AB - assessment of cognitive factors in addictive families / attributions / beliefs behavioral assessment focuses on family members' communication styles, the abilities to express their needs and dislikes effectively, and their ability to identify, tackle, and solve problems effectively clinical strategies and techniques / will the addict be included in treatment / will families of origin be included in treatment (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Addiction KW - Cognitive Therapy KW - Family Therapy KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-97949-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-97932-006 AN - 1988-97932-006 AU - Birchler, Gary R. ED - Falloon, Ian R. H. ED - Falloon, Ian R. H., (Ed) T1 - Handling resistance to change. T2 - Handbook of behavioral family therapy. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 128 EP - 155 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 0-89862-709-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-97932-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Birchler, Gary R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-89862-709-5, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Change; Behavior Therapy; Family Therapy. Classification: Behavior Therapy & Behavior Modification (3312). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 28. AB - from a behavioral perspective, an attempt has been made to expose the reader to [the] issues and to offer a compendium of observations that behavioral marital therapists and like-minded family systems therapists have made concerning the definitions, functions, and manifestations of resistance to change (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Behavior Change KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Family Therapy KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-97932-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-97931-013 AN - 1988-97931-013 AU - Shaskan, Edward G. AU - Shanley, John D. AU - Oreland, Lars AU - Wadell, Goran ED - Kurstak, Edouard ED - Lipowski, Z. J. ED - Morozov, P. V. ED - Kurstak, Edouard, (Ed) ED - Lipowski, Z. J., (Ed) ED - Morozov, P. V., (Ed) T1 - Dopamine receptors and monoamine oxidase as virus receptors: Preliminary tests of the hypothesis. T2 - Viruses, immunity, and mental disorders. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 257 EP - 267 CY - New York, NY, England PB - Plenum Medical Book Co/Plenum Press SN - 0-306-42337-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-97931-013. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shaskan, Edward G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Newington, CT, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-42337-5, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dopamine; Herpes Simplex; Monoamine Oxidases. Minor Descriptor: Encephalitis; Mice; Psychosis; Schizophrenia. Classification: Immunological Disorders (3291). Population: Animal (20). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 11. AB - schizophrenia / herpes virus as model neurotropic agents intracranial inoculation of herpes simplex virus [HSV] type 2 / Swiss mice hope that these preliminary efforts will at least help other investigators in unraveling some of the peculiar phenomena related to cellular tropisms of HSV in brain, including the neuropsychiatric sequelae of HSV-1 encephalitis in man believe that some fraction of the functional psychoses are of viral origin (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Dopamine KW - Herpes Simplex KW - Monoamine Oxidases KW - Encephalitis KW - Mice KW - Psychosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-97931-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-97903-006 AN - 1988-97903-006 AU - Loosen, Peter T. ED - Flach, Frederic ED - Flach, Frederic, (Ed) T1 - The TRH test in psychiatric disorders. T2 - Affective disorders. T3 - Directions in psychiatry monograph series, No. 3 Y1 - 1988/// SP - 52 EP - 63 CY - New York, NY, US PB - W W Norton & Co SN - 0-393-70055-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-97903-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Loosen, Peter T.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Chief, Professor of Psychiatry & Medicine, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-393-70055-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depression (Emotion); Mental Disorders; Thyrotropin. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 12. AB - experience with this test [thyrotropin-releasing hormone (TRH)] will be the content of this brief review TRH test in depression / TRH test and other putative biological markers / significance of TSH [serum thyroid-stimulating hormone] blunting (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Mental Disorders KW - Thyrotropin KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-97903-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-97855-006 AN - 1988-97855-006 AU - Kuskowski, Michael A. ED - Johnston, Cris W. ED - Pirozzolo, Francis J. ED - Johnston, Cris W., (Ed) ED - Pirozzolo, Francis J., (Ed) T1 - Eye movements in progressive cerebral neurological disease. T2 - Neuropsychology of eye movements. T3 - Neuropsychology and neurolinguistics Y1 - 1988/// SP - 147 EP - 176 CY - Hillsdale, NJ, US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc SN - 0-89859-796-X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-97855-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kuskowski, Michael A.; Minneapolis Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, GRECC, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89859-796-X, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Eye Movements; Nervous System Disorders. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 30. AB - relationship between eye movement impairments and the cognitive deficits which often accompany these diseases cerebellar disease degenerative familial ataxias Parkinson's disease progressive supranuclear palsy Huntington's disease Wilson's disease multiple sclerosis Wernicke-Korsakoff syndrome senile dementia of the Alzheimer type summary of eye movements abnormalities accompanying the progressive neurological diseases / fixation abnormalities / impaired smooth pursuit / nystagmus / saccadic dysmetria / slow saccades / delayed saccadic initiation (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Eye Movements KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-97855-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-97796-010 AN - 1988-97796-010 AU - Kolb, Lawrence C. ED - Pettinati, Helen M. ED - Pettinati, Helen M., (Ed) T1 - Recovery of memory and repressed fantasy in combat-induced post-traumatic stress disorder of Vietnam veterans. T2 - Hypnosis and memory. T3 - The Guilford clinical and experimental hypnosis series Y1 - 1988/// SP - 265 EP - 274 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 0-89862-338-3 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-97796-010. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kolb, Lawrence C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Albany, NY, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89862-338-3, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Memory; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Location: Vietnam. Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 10. AB - techniques used / narcosynthesis induction / abreaction and the role of the therapist / cases . . . presented herein illustrate the powerful process of repression in impairing memory for both intensively charged life-threatening incidents in real life and fantasies of life-threatening events connected with the emotion of terror (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Memory KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-97796-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-97733-020 AN - 1988-97733-020 AU - Lieber, Charles S. ED - Galanter, Marc ED - Galanter, Marc, (Ed) T1 - Blood markers of alcoholic liver disease. T2 - Recent developments in alcoholism, Vol. 6. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 351 EP - 365 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-42721-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-97733-020. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lieber, Charles S.; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcohol Research & Treatment Ctr, New York, NY, US. Release Date: 19880101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-42721-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Cirrhosis (Liver); Genes. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233); Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 15. AB - attempts have been made to define genetic markers of a predisposition toward cirrhosis empirical markers have been searched for the identification of alcohol-related liver injury / precirrhotic markers / markers of inflammation and necrosis measurement of breakdown products of collagen, the protein of the fibrotic tissue, has been found to be useful for detecting these early stages [of alcoholic liver disease] markers of alcoholic intake biological markers (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Alcoholism KW - Cirrhosis (Liver) KW - Genes KW - 1988 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4615-7718-8_20 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-97733-020&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-97733-017 AN - 1988-97733-017 AU - Schuckit, Marc A. ED - Galanter, Marc ED - Galanter, Marc, (Ed) T1 - Physiological and psychological factors as predictors of alcoholism risk. T2 - Recent developments in alcoholism, Vol. 6. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 311 EP - 322 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-42721-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-97733-017. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schuckit, Marc A.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcohol Research Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19880101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-42721-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; At Risk Populations; Prediction. Minor Descriptor: Enzymes; Ethanol; Hyperkinesis; Predisposition. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 12. AB - synthesizes data accruing since January 1984 from studies of populations at elevated risk for future development of alcoholism present data from a number of laboratories . . . that document the decreased intensity of reaction to ethanol in sons of alcoholics question the potential importance of measurable personality factors or histories of hyperactivity examine recent neuropsychological evaluations of higher-risk and lower-risk groups explore the possible importance of some enyzme activity levels as they might relate to to a possible alcoholic predisposition (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Alcoholism KW - At Risk Populations KW - Prediction KW - Enzymes KW - Ethanol KW - Hyperkinesis KW - Predisposition KW - 1988 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4615-7718-8_17 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-97733-017&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-97733-005 AN - 1988-97733-005 AU - Druley, Keith A. AU - Pashko, Steven ED - Galanter, Marc ED - Galanter, Marc, (Ed) T1 - Posttraumatic stress disorder in World War II and Korean combat veterans with alcohol dependency. T2 - Recent developments in alcoholism, Vol. 6. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 89 EP - 101 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-42721-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-97733-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Druley, Keith A.; Coatesville Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Substance Abuse Treatment Unit, Coatesville, PA, US. Release Date: 19880101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-42721-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Emotional Adjustment; Mental Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 13. AB - assess the relationship of a significant stressor (i.e., combat) and resulting failures to adapt (i.e., psychiatric disorders and alcohol/drug dependency) validate these clinical impressions and to discriminate differences between these two unique subgroups [Korean and World War II veterans] alcohol effects on PTSD [posttraumatic stress disorder] symptoms incidence and implications of combined substance abuse and psychiatric disorders recommendations suggest early detection and triage of a posttraumatic syndrome and co-related substance use disorder in people who experience any catastrophic stressor (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - Mental Disorders KW - 1988 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4615-7718-8_5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-97733-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-97733-004 AN - 1988-97733-004 AU - Penk, Walter E. AU - Peck, Robert F. AU - Robinowitz, Ralph AU - Bell, William AU - Little, Dolores ED - Galanter, Marc ED - Galanter, Marc, (Ed) T1 - Coping and defending styles among Vietnam combat veterans seeking treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder and substance use disorder. T2 - Recent developments in alcoholism, Vol. 6. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 69 EP - 88 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-42721-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-97733-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Penk, Walter E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, US. Release Date: 19880101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-42721-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Emotional Trauma; Etiology; Substance Use Disorder. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 20. AB - present empirical evidence for the notion that traumatic experiences in the background of substance abusers are a significant etiological factor for at least some Vietnam combat veterans seeking treatment for substance abuse focus on a recently emerging . . . dimension in empirical studies on the development and course of substance abuse disorders . . . the contributing role of trauma and ways of coping with residuals of trauma as an integral part of biopsychosocial approach to diagnosing and treating substance abuse disorders orienting concepts about Vietnam combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder discuss the relationship between addiction and coping present one way of measuring coping / Peck's model of competence in coping theoretical implications about a traumatogenic dimension for substance abuse among some Vietnam combat veterans were discussed ramifications for treatment programming (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Coping Behavior KW - Emotional Trauma KW - Etiology KW - Substance Use Disorder KW - 1988 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4615-7718-8_4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-97733-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-97733-002 AN - 1988-97733-002 AU - Keane, Terence M. AU - Gerardi, Robert J. AU - Lyons, Judith A. AU - Wolfe, Jessica ED - Galanter, Marc ED - Galanter, Marc, (Ed) T1 - The interrelationship of substance abuse and posttraumatic stress disorder: Epidemiological and clinical considerations. T2 - Recent developments in alcoholism, Vol. 6. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 27 EP - 48 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-42721-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-97733-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Keane, Terence M.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19880101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-42721-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Emotional Adjustment; Methodology. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 22. AB - reviews the data available on the relationship of substance abuse and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) studies of Vietnam veterans highlight the methodological limitations that cause us to qualify any of the findings on this relationship / sampling / assessing psychological adjustment / assessing substance abuse behavioral theories of alcohol abuse / tension reduction hypothesis (TRH) relationship of combat exposure to substance abuse drawing on our collective experience working with PTSD patients, we shall offer suggestions for the clinical management of patients who seek treatment for problems relating to both substance abuse and PTSD (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - Methodology KW - 1988 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4615-7718-8_2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-97733-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-97686-011 AN - 1988-97686-011 AU - Kutner, Gloria AU - Zahourek, Rothlyn P. ED - Zahourek, Rothlyn P. ED - Zahourek, Rothlyn P., (Ed) T1 - Relaxation/imagery with alcoholics in group treatment. T2 - Relaxation & imagery: Tools for therapeutic communication and intervention. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 203 EP - 215 CY - Philadelphia, PA, England PB - W. B. Saunders Co/Harcourt Brace Jo SN - 0-7216-2589-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-97686-011. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kutner, Gloria; Brooklyn Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Staff Nurse, Therapist, Brooklyn, NY, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-7216-2589-4, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Group Psychotherapy; Imagery. Minor Descriptor: Stress Management. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 13. AB - inpatient relaxation group / outpatient group primary goal in group relaxation training with alcoholics is teaching a more adaptive method for dealing with stress relaxation aids in the alcoholic 'letting go' of external worries and developing a sense of inner control (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Alcoholism KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Imagery KW - Stress Management KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-97686-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-97565-023 AN - 1988-97565-023 AU - Serafetinides, E. A. ED - Glass, A. ED - Glass, A., (Ed) T1 - Cerebral laterality and psychopathological disorders. T2 - Individual differences in hemispheric specialization. T3 - NATO ASI series A: Life sciences, Vol. 130 Y1 - 1987/// SP - 393 EP - 397 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-42586-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-97565-023. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Serafetinides, E. A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, West Los Angeles (Brentwood Div), Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-42586-6, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebral Dominance; Learning; Mental Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Consciousness States; Coping Behavior; Psychopathology. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 5. AB - stressed the significance of the dominant hemisphere for learning, linking defect of the latter with frustration in coping, and aggression as a maladjusted form thereof dominant hemisphere dysfunctions can manifest themselves as perturbations of consciousness of either a quantitative nature (e.g. excitement or withdrawal) or of a qualitative one (e.g. paranoid delusions) formulating testable schemes of brain-behavior relationships various complexities of such relationships have to be constantly redefined and notions such as the ones presented here (e.g. direct vs indirect symptoms, excitation vs inhibition, maladaptation vs compensation) might prove useful in these redefinitions (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Cerebral Dominance KW - Learning KW - Mental Disorders KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Consciousness States KW - Coping Behavior KW - Psychopathology KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-97565-023&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-97460-009 AN - 1988-97460-009 AU - Oscar-Berman, Marlene ED - Obler, Loraine K. ED - Fein, Deborah ED - Obler, Loraine K., (Ed) ED - Fein, Deborah, (Ed) T1 - Superior memory: Perspective from the neuropsychology of memory disorders. T2 - The exceptional brain: Neuropsychology of talent and special abilities. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 212 EP - 217 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 0-89862-701-X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-97460-009. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Oscar-Berman, Marlene; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19880101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89862-701-X, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ability; Memory Disorders; Neuropsychology. Minor Descriptor: Amnesia; Gifted. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 6. AB - studies of anterograde amnesias and neurological patients a mechanism for memory storage / biochemical processes (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Ability KW - Memory Disorders KW - Neuropsychology KW - Amnesia KW - Gifted KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-97460-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-97447-012 AN - 1988-97447-012 AU - Weiner, William ED - MacLennan, Beryce W. ED - Saul, Shura ED - Weiner, Marcella Bakur ED - MacLennan, Beryce W., (Ed) ED - Saul, Shura, (Ed) ED - Weiner, Marcella Bakur, (Ed) T1 - Groups for the terminally ill cardiac patient. T2 - Group psychotherapies for the elderly. T3 - American Group Psychotherapy Association monograph series, Monograph 5 Y1 - 1988/// SP - 165 EP - 175 CY - Madison, CT, US PB - International Universities Press, Inc SN - 0-8236-2252-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-97447-012. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weiner, William; Veterans Administration Hosp, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8236-2252-5, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatric Psychotherapy; Group Psychotherapy; Heart Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Terminally Ill Patients. Classification: Behavioral & Psychological Treatment of Physical Illness (3361). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 11. AB - describes short-term, open-ended groups for cardiac patients at different stages of their illness, including end state (terminally ill) as well as severe stages themes in the group / depression / denial / dependency / family / sexuality influence of a woman in the group [the] group as a support system functions of the group leader burnout in group leaders and patients (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Geriatric Psychotherapy KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Heart Disorders KW - Terminally Ill Patients KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-97447-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-97414-002 AN - 1988-97414-002 AU - Webster, Jeffrey S. AU - Scott, Reda R. ED - Hersen, Michel ED - Eisler, Richard M. ED - Miller, Peter M. ED - Hersen, Michel, (Ed) ED - Eisler, Richard M., (Ed) ED - Miller, Peter M., (Ed) T1 - Behavioral assessment and treatment of the brain-injured patient. T2 - Progress in behavior modification, Vol. 22. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 48 EP - 87 CY - Thousand Oaks, CA, US PB - Sage Publications, Inc SN - 0-8039-3079-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-97414-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Webster, Jeffrey S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychology Service, Coordinator, Long Beach, CA, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8039-3079-8, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Brain; Injuries. Minor Descriptor: Measurement; Patients; Treatment. Classification: Behavior Therapy & Behavior Modification (3312). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 40. AB - models for the assessment of brain-injured patients / neurobiological models / experimental-cognitive models toward the assessment of the brain-injured patient / the clinical interview / neuropsychological evaluation treatment of the brain-injured patient: cognitive retraining / arousal / visual perception / language / memory / attention / problem solving and abstract reasoning [tables provide names and brief descriptions of 17 tests for assessing memory, 13 tests for assessing attention, and 7 tests for assessing problem solving] (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Brain KW - Injuries KW - Measurement KW - Patients KW - Treatment KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-97414-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-97389-018 AN - 1988-97389-018 AU - Zola-Morgan, Stuart AU - Kritchevsky, Mark ED - Stiles-Davis, Joan ED - Kritchevsky, Mark ED - Bellugi, Ursula ED - Stiles-Davis, Joan, (Ed) ED - Kritchevsky, Mark, (Ed) ED - Bellugi, Ursula, (Ed) T1 - Spatial cognition in adults. T2 - Spatial cognition: Brain bases and development. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 415 EP - 421 CY - Hillsdale, NJ, US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc SN - 0-8058-0046-8 SN - 0-8058-0078-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-97389-018. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zola-Morgan, Stuart; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8058-0046-8, Hardcover; 0-8058-0078-6, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Spatial Ability. Minor Descriptor: Animals; Brain Damage. Classification: Cognitive Processes (2340). Population: Animal (20). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 7. AB - comment on how investigations and findings that relate to each of these themes have brought us closer to the goal of achieving a comprehensive theory of spatial cognition and to an understanding of how spatial cognition may be organized in the brain focus on three major themes from these chapters: descriptions of the disorders of spatial cognition in brain damaged humans and animals; neuroanatomic bases of spatial function; and hypotheses and frameworks for theories that could explain spatial function (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Spatial Ability KW - Animals KW - Brain Damage KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-97389-018&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-97389-005 AN - 1988-97389-005 AU - Kritchevsky, Mark ED - Stiles-Davis, Joan ED - Kritchevsky, Mark ED - Bellugi, Ursula ED - Stiles-Davis, Joan, (Ed) ED - Kritchevsky, Mark, (Ed) ED - Bellugi, Ursula, (Ed) T1 - The elementary spatial functions of the brain. T2 - Spatial cognition: Brain bases and development. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 111 EP - 140 CY - Hillsdale, NJ, US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc SN - 0-8058-0046-8 SN - 0-8058-0078-6 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-97389-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kritchevsky, Mark; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8058-0046-8, Hardcover; 0-8058-0078-6, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Cognitive Processes; Spatial Organization. Minor Descriptor: Brain Damage. Classification: Cognitive Processes (2340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 30. AB - categories of elementary spatial functions will be introduced specific elementary spatial functions will be presented and discussed in detail neuronanatomic correlates of each elementary spatial function will be reviewed relationship of this elementary spatial function to the other functions will be discussed complex spatial behaviors that are . . . studied in the literature will then be analyzed in terms of elementary spatial functions utility of these elementary spatial functions in understanding spatial behavior in the brain damaged and normal adult and in the developing infant and child will be discussed (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Brain KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Spatial Organization KW - Brain Damage KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-97389-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-97290-019 AN - 1988-97290-019 AU - Mazur, Dennis J. ED - Dowie, Jack ED - Elstein, Arthur S. ED - Dowie, Jack, (Ed) ED - Elstein, Arthur S., (Ed) T1 - Informed consent: Court viewpoints and medical decision making. T2 - Professional judgment: A reader in clinical decision making. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 508 EP - 521 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Cambridge University Press SN - 0-521-34628-2 SN - 0-521-34696-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-97290-019. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mazur, Dennis J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter; Reprint. ISBN: 0-521-34628-2, Hardcover; 0-521-34696-7, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Health Care Services; Informed Consent; Legal Processes. Minor Descriptor: Decision Making. Classification: Health Psychology & Medicine (3360). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 14. AB - previous decision analytic applications in the medical-legal setting: negligence law interpreting the court standards: three informative cases decision analytic implications of the cases the decision problem in 'current' informed consent (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Health Care Services KW - Informed Consent KW - Legal Processes KW - Decision Making KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-97290-019&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-97271-001 AN - 1988-97271-001 AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Salmon, David P. AU - Granholm, Eric AU - Heindel, William AU - Lyon, Lauren ED - Stahl, S. M. ED - Iversen, S. D. ED - Goodman, E. C. ED - Stahl, S. M., (Ed) ED - Iversen, S. D., (Ed) ED - Goodman, E. C., (Ed) T1 - Neuropsychological differentiation of amnesic and dementing states. T2 - Cognitive neurochemistry. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 3 EP - 20 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Oxford University Press SN - 0-19-854225-9 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-97271-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Butters, Nelson; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, La Jolla, CA, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-19-854225-9, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Dementia; Memory. Minor Descriptor: Human Information Storage; Huntingtons Disease; Korsakoffs Psychosis; Motor Skills. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 18. AB - value of cognitive psychology to the study of impaired memory studies reviewed in this paper are consistent with the notion that the memory deficits of HD [Huntington's disease] can be differentiated from those of other amnesic and dementing disorders recall-recognition, fluency, pursuit rotor, and verbal priming studies indicate that HD patients are impaired primarily in the initiation of systematic retrieval strategies and in the learning of motor skills Wechsler Memory Scale (WMS) / Alzheimer's disease / alcoholic Korsakoff's syndrome (AK) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Amnesia KW - Dementia KW - Memory KW - Human Information Storage KW - Huntingtons Disease KW - Korsakoffs Psychosis KW - Motor Skills KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-97271-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-97270-004 AN - 1988-97270-004 AU - Pekala, Ronald J. ED - West, Michael A. ED - West, Michael A., (Ed) T1 - The phenomenology of meditation. T2 - The psychology of meditation. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 59 EP - 80 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Clarendon Press/Oxford University Press SN - 0-19-852169-3 SN - 0-19-852194-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-97270-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pekala, Ronald J.; Coatesville Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Biofeedback Clinic, Co-Director, Staff Psychologist, Coatesville, PA, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-19-852169-3, Hardcover; 0-19-852194-4, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Measurement; Meditation; Phenomenology. Minor Descriptor: Experimental Design; Experimentation. Classification: Consciousness States (2380). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 22. AB - reliability, validity, and artefact in phenomenological assessment review the studies . . . that examined phenomenological effects associated with meditation / single case studies / studies involving meditation groups only / meditation versus control groups / meditation versus control and other groups (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Measurement KW - Meditation KW - Phenomenology KW - Experimental Design KW - Experimentation KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-97270-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-97258-018 AN - 1988-97258-018 AU - Robb, Susanne S. ED - Altman, Harvey J. ED - Altman, Harvey J., (Ed) T1 - Exercise treatment for wandering behavior. T2 - Alzheimer's disease: Problems, prospects, and perspectives. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 213 EP - 218 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-42662-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-97258-018. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Robb, Susanne S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Nursing & Service for Research, Associate Chief, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-42662-5, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Exercise; Mental Disorders; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Human Males. Classification: Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 6. AB - environmental factors . . . as causes for wandering behavior evaluate on intervention for wandering behavior; namely changes in elderly, male clients' wandering and wandering-related behaviors as a result of participation in a physical exercise program no impact on daytime wandering behaviors, but did seem to produce changes in nighttime behaviors (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Exercise KW - Mental Disorders KW - Treatment KW - Human Males KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-97258-018&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1988-97258-007 AN - 1988-97258-007 AU - Prinz, Patricia AU - Vitiello, M. ED - Altman, Harvey J. ED - Altman, Harvey J., (Ed) T1 - Sleep, EEG and sleep disorders in Alzheimer's disease. T2 - Alzheimer's disease: Problems, prospects, and perspectives. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 113 EP - 128 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-42662-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-97258-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Prinz, Patricia; American Lake Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sleep & Aging Research Program, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19880101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-42662-5, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Electroencephalography; Sleep Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Dementia; Rapid Eye Movement; Sleep. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 16. AB - explore possible explanations including several factors known to cause sleep disorders and examine the usefulness of sleep and EEG measures as aids in the diagnosis of Alzheimer's Disease (AD) sleep disorders in dementia / early identification / REM (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Electroencephalography KW - Sleep Disorders KW - Dementia KW - Rapid Eye Movement KW - Sleep KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-97258-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1984-05329-001 AN - 1984-05329-001 AU - Wolf, John C. T1 - Tests of General Educational Development as a predictor of 2-year college academic performance. JF - Measurement & Evaluation in Guidance JO - Measurement & Evaluation in Guidance Y1 - 1983/04// VL - 16 IS - 1 SP - 4 EP - 12 CY - US PB - American Counseling Assn SN - 0025-6307 N1 - Accession Number: 1984-05329-001. Other Journal Title: Measurement and Evaluation in Counseling and Development. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wolf, John C.; Veterans Administration, Lubbock, TX. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19840201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Academic Achievement Prediction; Junior College Students; Test Validity. Classification: Educational Measurement (2227). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1983. AB - The Tests of General Educational Development (GED) proved to be a valid predictor of 1st semester GPA for 300 junior college students. Prediction was improved when the variables of age and number of high school grades were added as predictors. Results also demonstrate that high school nongraduates, whether or not they have completed the GED, performed as well as graduates. The use of GED subscores in academic counseling is discussed. (14 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Tests of General Educational Development KW - prediction of GPA KW - junior college students KW - 1983 KW - Academic Achievement Prediction KW - Junior College Students KW - Test Validity KW - 1983 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1984-05329-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-08877-001 AN - 1988-08877-001 AU - Taub, Harvey A. T1 - Comprehension of informed consent for research: Issues and directions for future study. JF - IRB: A Review of Human Subjects Research JO - IRB: A Review of Human Subjects Research JA - IRB Y1 - 1986/11//Nov-Dec, 1986 VL - 8 IS - 6 SP - 7 EP - 10 CY - US PB - Hastings Ctr SN - 0193-7758 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-08877-001. PMID: 11649821 Other Journal Title: IRB: Ethics & Human Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Taub, Harvey A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Psychology Service, Psychology Research Section, Syracuse, NY, US. Release Date: 19880301. Correction Date: 20150518. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimental Subjects; Informed Consent; Reading Comprehension. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Nov-Dec, 1986. AB - Reviews the literature on the comprehension of consent materials that are given to potential volunteers of human biomedical and behavioral research. Among the aspects discussed are (1) measurement of comprehension and/or memory, (2) effects of age on comprehension, (3) screening procedures for comprehension, and (4) increasing readability of the written documents. More research is needed to insure that optimum procedures are used for obtaining informed consent. Special focus is needed on gerontological research to accommodate the special requirements of the elderly with low education levels. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - comprehension & consent materials KW - potential volunteers for human biomedical & behavioral research KW - 1986 KW - Experimental Subjects KW - Informed Consent KW - Reading Comprehension KW - 1986 DO - 10.2307/3564240 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-08877-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-08784-001 AN - 1988-08784-001 AU - Woody, George E. AU - McLellan, A. Thomas AU - Luborsky, Lester AU - O'Brien, Charles P. T1 - Twelve-month follow-up of psychotherapy for opiate dependence. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 144 IS - 5 SP - 590 EP - 596 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-08784-001. PMID: 3578568 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Woody, George E.; Philadelphia Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Drug Dependence Treatment Unit, PA, US. Release Date: 19880301. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counseling; Drug Rehabilitation; Methadone Maintenance; Opiates; Psychotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Drug Addiction; Followup Studies. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: May, 1987. AB - 12-mo follow-up data were obtained on 93 male veterans (aged 18–55 yrs) who were addicted to opiates and starting treatment with methadone maintenance. Ss were randomly assigned to a 6-mo course of either paraprofessional drug counseling or counseling plus professional psychotherapy. The psychotherapy Ss completed a battery of self-report tests measuring affect, cognition, and other psychiatric symptoms at 7- and 12-mo follow-up points. Ss had a significantly better overall status at 7-mo follow-up and also at 12-mo follow-up, 6 mo after the psychotherapy ended. It is concluded that psychotherapy can be evaluated by using scientific methods and that it can have measurable and sustained benefits in the treatment of opiate addiction. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drug counseling with vs without psychotherapy KW - opiate addicted 18–55 yr old male veterans in methadone maintenance program KW - 1 yr followup KW - 1987 KW - Counseling KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Methadone Maintenance KW - Opiates KW - Psychotherapy KW - Drug Addiction KW - Followup Studies KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-08784-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-08773-001 AN - 1988-08773-001 AU - Roszell, Douglas K. AU - Calsyn, Donald A. T1 - Methadone dosage: Patient characteristics and clinical correlates. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1986/11// VL - 21 IS - 11 SP - 1233 EP - 1246 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-08773-001. PMID: 3793305 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Roszell, Douglas K.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Seattle, WA, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19880301. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Characteristics; Demographic Characteristics; Drug Addiction; Drug Dosages; Methadone Maintenance. Minor Descriptor: Opiates. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1986. AB - Presents data for 106 male opioid addicts suggesting that there are demographic and clinical differences between groups of patients maintained in 3 ranges of methadone dosage (<35 mg, 36–59 mg, and >60 mg). High-dose Ss were under greater emotional distress and experienced more anxiety, had more medical hospitalizations, had been treated more frequently with psychoactive medications, and had histories of greater use of barbiturates and amphetamines. While in treatment, these Ss more frequently had urinalyses positive for illicit drugs during the 1st 6 mo. Low-dose Ss had fewer friends, while 1-yr program retention rates were lower for the medium-dose group. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - methadone dosage & demographic & patient characteristics KW - male opioid addicts KW - 1986 KW - Client Characteristics KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - Drug Addiction KW - Drug Dosages KW - Methadone Maintenance KW - Opiates KW - 1986 DO - 10.3109/10826088609074851 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-08773-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-08698-001 AN - 1988-08698-001 AU - Rosse, Richard B. AU - Ciolino, Charles P. AU - Gurel, Lee T1 - Utilization of psychiatric consultation with an elderly medically ill inpatient population in a VA Hospital. JF - Military Medicine JO - Military Medicine JA - Mil Med Y1 - 1986/11// VL - 151 IS - 11 SP - 583 EP - 586 CY - US PB - Assn of Military Surgeons of the US SN - 0026-4075 SN - 1930-613X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-08698-001. PMID: 3097577 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rosse, Richard B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 19880301. Correction Date: 20170302. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Military Veterans; Professional Consultation; Psychiatry; Psychodiagnosis. Minor Descriptor: Disorders; Health Care Utilization; Hospitalized Patients. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1986. AB - Investigated utilization of psychiatric consultation for elderly medically ill patients at a Veterans Administration (VA) Hospital by reviewing all 336 psychiatric consultations performed during a 1-yr period. Data show that disproportionately fewer older patients were referred for psychiatric consultation, suggesting an underutilization of psychiatric consultation for the elderly. Evaluation of depression or stressful response to illness was the most frequent reason for consultation for the elderly, with organic mental disorder the most common diagnosis, suggesting an underrecognition among consultees or organic etiologies of behavioral changes. Issues related to competency were more frequently encountered in the elderly population. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age KW - frequency of & reasons for psychiatric consultation & subsequent diagnosis KW - 18 to over 60 yr old patients in VA hospital KW - 1986 KW - Age Differences KW - Military Veterans KW - Professional Consultation KW - Psychiatry KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Disorders KW - Health Care Utilization KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-08698-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-08679-001 AN - 1988-08679-001 AU - Kanas, Nick T1 - Short-term group therapy for schizophrenic inpatients. T3 - Short-term group psychotherapy JF - Psychiatric Annals JO - Psychiatric Annals JA - Psychiatr Ann Y1 - 1986/12// VL - 16 IS - 12 SP - 695 EP - 698 CY - US PB - SLACK SN - 0048-5713 SN - 1938-2456 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-08679-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kanas, Nick; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, San Francisco, CA, US. Release Date: 19880301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brief Psychotherapy; Group Psychotherapy; Hospital Programs; Hospitalized Patients; Schizophrenia. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1986. AB - Discusses issues related to the use of short-term group therapy for schizophrenic inpatients of psychiatric wards. Clinical issues discussed pertain to homogeneous groups composed chiefly of patients meeting Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) criteria for schizophrenic disorders. The setting is typically a short-term, acute-care psychiatric unit with an average length of stay of 3 wks, allowing patients to attend 6–22 sessions. Group content, use of co-therapy teams, patient selection and preparation, effectiveness of the therapy, and cost-effectiveness issues are considered. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - short term group therapy KW - schizophrenic inpatients of psychiatric wards KW - 1986 KW - Brief Psychotherapy KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Hospital Programs KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1986 DO - 10.3928/0048-5713-19861201-06 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-08679-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-08508-001 AN - 1988-08508-001 AU - Levine, Susan P. AU - Shah, Jayendra H. AU - Bell, La Prulla AU - Ritchie, Thomas A. T1 - Psychological factors affecting adherence to diet in male diabetic patients. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1986/10// VL - 59 IS - 2, Pt 1 SP - 439 EP - 445 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-08508-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levine, Susan P.; Veterans Administration West Side Medical Ctr, Dept of Medicine, Chicago, IL, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19880301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Diabetes Mellitus; Diets; Psychodynamics; Treatment Compliance. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1986. AB - Interviewed 10 male hospitalized patients (aged 40–63 yrs) with non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus to identify psychological factors that influenced their 6-mo adherence to diet. Factors that influenced adherence negatively included an established pattern of overeating, life stress prior to diagnosis, depression prior to diagnosis, denial of anxiety or depression in reaction to diagnosis, and denial of future difficulty in adhering to diet. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological factors KW - adherence to diet KW - 40–63 yr old males with non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus KW - 1986 KW - Diabetes Mellitus KW - Diets KW - Psychodynamics KW - Treatment Compliance KW - 1986 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1986.59.2.439 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-08508-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-08445-001 AN - 1988-08445-001 AU - Silverman, Jeremy M. AU - Mohs, Richard C. AU - Davidson, Michael AU - Losonczy, Miklos F. AU - Keefe, Richard S. E. AU - Breitner, John C. S. AU - Sorokin, Judith E. AU - Davis, Kenneth L. T1 - Familial schizophrenia and treatment response. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 144 IS - 10 SP - 1271 EP - 1276 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-08445-001. PMID: 3661762 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silverman, Jeremy M.; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, NY, US. Release Date: 19880301. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Family; Haloperidol; Neuroanatomy; Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1987. AB - 39 men (aged 23–61 yrs) with chronic schizophrenia for whom hospitalization was clinically indicated received haloperidol 4–6 wks in a standardized dose schedule. Responders were compared with nonresponders for family history, baseline symptom factors, and ventricle–brain ratio. Lifetime risk for schizophrenia spectrum disorders was higher among 1st-degree relatives of nonresponders than among 1st-degree relatives of responders. Treatment responders had higher baseline scores on factors of activation and hostile-suspiciousness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - family history & baseline symptom factors & ventricle brain ratio KW - response to haloperidol KW - schizophrenic 23–61 yr olds KW - 1987 KW - Family KW - Haloperidol KW - Neuroanatomy KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1987 DO - 10.1176/ajp.144.10.1271 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-08445-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-08430-001 AN - 1988-08430-001 AU - Peabody, Cecilia A. AU - Whiteford, Harvey A. AU - Hollister, Leo E. T1 - Antidepressants and the elderly. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1986/12// VL - 34 IS - 12 SP - 869 EP - 874 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-08430-001. PMID: 3537094 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Peabody, Cecilia A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19880301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antidepressant Drugs; Drug Therapy; Major Depression; Maprotiline; Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors. Minor Descriptor: Psychopharmacology; Side Effects (Drug); Trazodone. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1986. AB - Suggests that the pharmacologic treatment of depression in the elderly is often complicated by cardiovascular disease and other medical illnesses. Both the tricyclic antidepressants and the monoamine oxidase inhibitors have adverse effects that are potentially dangerous in this age group. Second generation antidepressants may have fewer cardiovascular and anticholinergic side effects, but many do not offer any real advantage over the older drugs. Amoxapine, maprotiline, trazodone, and buproprion are discussed in particular. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - assessment of tricyclic antidepressants & MAO inhibitors & amoxapine & maprotiline & trazodone & buproprion KW - depressed elderly KW - 1986 KW - Antidepressant Drugs KW - Drug Therapy KW - Major Depression KW - Maprotiline KW - Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors KW - Psychopharmacology KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Trazodone KW - 1986 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1986.tb07261.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-08430-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-08373-001 AN - 1988-08373-001 AU - Faraone, Stephen V. AU - Curran, James P. AU - Laughren, Thomas AU - Faltus, Frank AU - Johnston, Robert AU - Brown, Walter A. T1 - Neuroleptic bioavailability, psychosocial factors, and clinical status: A 1-year study of schizophrenic outpatients after dose reduction. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1986/12// VL - 19 IS - 4 SP - 311 EP - 322 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-08373-001. PMID: 2880360 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Faraone, Stephen V.; Brockton-West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, MA, US. Release Date: 19880301. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Dosages; Drug Therapy; Neuroleptic Drugs; Prolactin; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Blood Serum; Followup Studies; Schizophrenia. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1986. AB - Studied serum neuroleptic (NL) and prolactin (PRL) levels, psychosocial functioning, and clinical status for 1 yr among 29 schizophrenic outpatients whose NL dose had been reduced by 50%. 55% of the Ss remained stable. The NL dose and a variety of clinical and demographic variables did not differ between relapsed and stable patients. In contrast, serum PRL assessed 2 wks after dose reduction predicted subsequent relapse. Among patients with relatively low neuroleptic bioavailability, relapsers reported lower levels of social activity (on the Social Performance Survey Schedule by M. R. Lowe and J. R. Cautela [1978]), and less social support than did stable patients. Results indicate that measures of serum PRL concentrations after dose reduction, in conjunction with measures of psychosocial functioning, may provide a basis for determining which patients should be maintained on reduced neuroleptic medication. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dose reduction of neuroleptics KW - serum neuroleptic & prolactin levels & clinical outcome KW - schizophrenic outpatients KW - 1 yr followup KW - 1986 KW - Drug Dosages KW - Drug Therapy KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Prolactin KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Blood Serum KW - Followup Studies KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1986 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(86)90124-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-08373-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-08365-001 AN - 1988-08365-001 AU - Davidson, Michael AU - Mohs, Richard C. AU - Hollander, Eric AU - Zemishlany, Ziv AU - Powchik, Peter AU - Ryan, Theresa AU - Davis, Kenneth L. T1 - Lecithin and piracetam in Alzheimer's disease. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 22 IS - 1 SP - 112 EP - 114 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-08365-001. PMID: 3790634 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davidson, Michael; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, NY, US. Release Date: 19880301. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Drug Interactions; Drug Therapy; Phosphatides; Piracetam. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1987. AB - 10 56–72 yr old Alzheimer's disease (AD) patients were randomly administered piracetam and 1 of 3 doses of lecithin or placebo each for 1 wk. After 4 wks, an investigator blind to the drug condition selected the dose of lecithin that produced the most improvement, which was used in a replication phase. Results suggest that piracetam combined with lecithin produces only minimal improvement in some AD patients. Cholinergic dysfunction in AD is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - piracetam & lecithin KW - 56–72 yr olds with Alzheimer's disease KW - 1987 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Drug Interactions KW - Drug Therapy KW - Phosphatides KW - Piracetam KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(87)90139-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-08365-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-08250-001 AN - 1988-08250-001 AU - Birchler, Gary R. T1 - Alleviating depression with 'marital' intervention. T3 - Depression in the family JF - Journal of Psychotherapy & the Family JO - Journal of Psychotherapy & the Family Y1 - 1986///Fal-Win 1986 VL - 2 IS - 3-4 SP - 101 EP - 116 CY - US PB - Haworth Press N1 - Accession Number: 1988-08250-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Family Psychotherapy. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Birchler, Gary R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19880301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Therapy; Major Depression; Marriage Counseling; Spouses. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Fal-Win 1986. AB - Discusses the rationale for assessment and treatment of depression within the context of the marital relationship, and delineates possible cognitive behavioral treatment strategies. There is evidence that in most couples seeking treatment for marital distress, 1 or both partners suffer from mild to moderate depression. There are several cognitive and behavioral similarities between depression and marital distress. Cognitive interventions that may prove effective include those managing unrealistic beliefs and expectations and faulty attributions, and cognitive self-control and self-instructional procedures. Behavioral interventions include behavioral observation of interactions and record-keeping, evaluation of problems and strengths, assessment of individually and mutually rewarding activities, and communication and problem-solving skills training. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive/behavioral techniques in marital therapy KW - depressed individuals & their spouses KW - 1986 KW - Cognitive Therapy KW - Major Depression KW - Marriage Counseling KW - Spouses KW - 1986 DO - 10.1300/J287v02n03_06 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-08250-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-08232-001 AN - 1988-08232-001 AU - Shear, Howard J. AU - Kundrat, Stephanie L. T1 - Providing conditions to help clients outgrow disturbing dreams. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training JA - Psychotherapy (Chic) Y1 - 1987///Fal 1987 VL - 24 IS - 3 SP - 363 EP - 367 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 SN - 1939-1536 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-08232-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shear, Howard J.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychology Service, Baltimore, MD, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19880301. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dream Analysis; Nightmares. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1987. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1987. AB - Conditions which facilitate clients' outgrowing disturbing dreams are discussed. Several incidents with clients describe these conditions and illustrate their facilitative power. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - integrative process method of dream work KW - clients with disturbing dreams KW - 1987 KW - Dream Analysis KW - Nightmares KW - 1987 DO - 10.1037/h0085726 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-08232-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-08089-001 AN - 1988-08089-001 AU - Williams, Sarah E. AU - Canter, Gerald J. T1 - Action-naming performance in four syndromes of aphasia. JF - Brain and Language JO - Brain and Language JA - Brain Lang Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 32 IS - 1 SP - 124 EP - 136 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0093-934X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-08089-001. PMID: 3651804 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Williams, Sarah E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Bay Pines, FL, US. Release Date: 19880301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Naming; Verbs. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1987. AB - Examined the influence of 2 situational contexts on the action-naming performances of 44 patients with Broca's, Wernicke's, anomic, and conduction aphasia (age of onset 20–79 yrs): single-word confrontation naming and naming within the context of connected speech. Naming performance was not systematically influenced by the particular naming task in any of the groups. For some Ss, particularly among anomic aphasics, there were substantial performance discrepancies between scores on the 2 tasks. Correlations between scores on the confrontation-naming and picture-description tasks were highest for the Wernicke's, followed by the conduction, Broca's, and anomic aphasics. The extent to which action-naming error types could discriminate between groups of aphasics was examined. Results are compared with other findings (see record [rid]1983-01440-001[/rid]). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - situational context KW - action naming KW - patients with Broca's vs Wernicke's vs conduction aphasia KW - 1987 KW - Aphasia KW - Naming KW - Verbs KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0093-934X(87)90120-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-08089-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-08007-001 AN - 1988-08007-001 AU - Naeser, M. A. AU - Mazurski, P. AU - Goodglass, H. AU - Peraino, M. T1 - Auditory syntactic comprehension in nine aphasia groups (with CT scans) and children: Differences in degree but not order of difficulty observed. JF - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JO - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JA - Cortex Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 23 IS - 3 SP - 359 EP - 380 CY - Italy PB - Masson Italia SN - 0010-9452 SN - 1973-8102 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-08007-001. PMID: 3677727 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Naeser, M. A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Boston, MA, US. et al. Other Publishers: Elsevier Masson SAS. Release Date: 19880301. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Auditory Perception; Listening Comprehension; Syntax. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297); Cognitive & Perceptual Development (2820). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Preschool Age (2-5 yrs) (160); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 22. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1987. AB - Examined auditory syntactic comprehension in 60 36–86 yr old aphasics and 42 3- and 6-yr-olds. 10 syntactic contrast pairs were studied. Differences in degree but not order of difficulty were observed. Performance on the test was significantly correlated with the Boston Diagnostic Aphasia Examination Auditory Comprehension z-score and a token test. The 3-yr-olds most closely resembled severe Wernicke's aphasics, and the 6-yr-olds were similar to aphasia cases with mild comprehension deficits and frontal or parietal perisylvian lesions that spared most of Wernicke's area. Wernicke's area appears to be the area most sensitive to auditory syntactic comprehension. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - auditory syntactic comprehension KW - 3 vs 6 yr olds & 36–86 yr old aphasic patients KW - 1987 KW - Aphasia KW - Auditory Perception KW - Listening Comprehension KW - Syntax KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/S0010-9452(87)80001-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-08007-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-08004-001 AN - 1988-08004-001 AU - Mortimer, James A. AU - Pirozzolo, Francis J. T1 - Remote effects of head trauma. JF - Developmental Neuropsychology JO - Developmental Neuropsychology JA - Dev Neuropsychol Y1 - 1985/// VL - 1 IS - 3 SP - 215 EP - 229 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 8756-5641 SN - 1532-6942 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-08004-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mortimer, James A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Minneapolis, MN, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19880301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Etiology; Head Injuries; Literature Review; Parkinson's Disease. Minor Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Encephalopathies; Picks Disease. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: 1985. AB - Suggests that new neuropsychological deficits may emerge months or years after an episode of head trauma. Head injury has been suggested as a risk factor for several degenerative neurological conditions, including the punch-drunk syndrome, Alzheimer's disease, Pick's disease, Parkinson's disease, and Creutzfeldt-Jacob disease. The evidence for an etiologic role of head trauma in these conditions is reviewed, and possible mechanisms for the production of delayed neuropsychological deficits are considered. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - etiological role of head trauma KW - development of punch drunk syndrome or Alzheimer's or Pick's or Parkinson's or Creutzfeldt-Jacob disease KW - literature review KW - 1985 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Etiology KW - Head Injuries KW - Literature Review KW - Parkinson's Disease KW - At Risk Populations KW - Encephalopathies KW - Picks Disease KW - 1985 DO - 10.1080/87565648509540311 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-08004-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-07955-001 AN - 1988-07955-001 AU - Houlihan, John P. AU - Abrahams, Joel P. AU - LaRue, Asenath A. AU - Jarvik, Lissy F. T1 - Qualitative differences in vocabulary performance of Alzheimer versus depressed patients. JF - Developmental Neuropsychology JO - Developmental Neuropsychology JA - Dev Neuropsychol Y1 - 1985/// VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 139 EP - 144 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 8756-5641 SN - 1532-6942 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-07955-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Houlihan, John P.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brentwood Div, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19880301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Depression (Emotion); Verbal Communication; Vocabulary. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1985. AB - Compared qualitative differences in the language abilities of 7 Alzheimer's disease, 7 depressed, and 7 normal elderly Ss (mean age 74 yrs). A previously developed qualitative scoring system for the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) Vocabulary subtest was used. Alzheimer Ss were found to give poor explanations as definitions more frequently than did the depressed and normal Ss who did not differ from one another. Also, the Alzheimer Ss tended to give superior synonyms as definitions less frequently than did the other 2 groups. Findings are consistent with a clinical descriptive model of Alzheimer's disease, which includes language deficits as part of the disorder. It is suggested that this language pattern has clinical application to the detection of early language changes in Alzheimer's disease. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - qualitative differences in vocabulary performance KW - elderly depressed vs Alzheimer's patients KW - 1985 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Verbal Communication KW - Vocabulary KW - 1985 DO - 10.1080/87565648509540305 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-07955-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-07919-001 AN - 1988-07919-001 AU - Escobar, Javier I. AU - Burnam, M. Audrey AU - Karno, Marvin AU - Forsythe, Alan AU - Golding, Jacqueline M. T1 - Somatization in the community. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 44 IS - 8 SP - 713 EP - 718 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-07919-001. PMID: 3498454 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Escobar, Javier I.; Newington Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CT, US. Release Date: 19880301. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cross Cultural Differences; Epidemiology; Somatoform Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Mexican Americans; Whites. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1987. AB - Proposes an operational definition for chronic somatization. The prevalence of Diagnostic Interview Schedule and Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) somatization disorder (SD) symptoms in 3,132 community respondents in Los Angeles was examined, and sociodemographic predictors for these symptoms and for the less-restrictive proposed construct of SD were explored. Results indicate that pain in the head, chest, abdomen, and back; palpitations; excessive gas; and gynecological complaints were the somatization symptoms most commonly reported. The mean number of SD symptoms reported by Ss was significantly related to the presence of DSM-III psychiatric disorder. Sociodemographic factors such as sex, age, and ethnicity significantly influenced the number of SD symptoms reported. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prevalence of somatization disorder symptoms KW - Mexican American vs non-Hispanic White adults KW - 1987 KW - Cross Cultural Differences KW - Epidemiology KW - Somatoform Disorders KW - Mexican Americans KW - Whites KW - 1987 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1987.01800200039006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-07919-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-07893-001 AN - 1988-07893-001 AU - Bowles, Nancy L. AU - Obler, Loraine K. AU - Albert, Martin L. T1 - Naming errors in healthy aging and dementia of the Alzheimer type. JF - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JO - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JA - Cortex Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 23 IS - 3 SP - 519 EP - 524 CY - Italy PB - Masson Italia SN - 0010-9452 SN - 1973-8102 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-07893-001. PMID: 3677738 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bowles, Nancy L.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Masson SAS. Release Date: 19880301. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Naming; Physiological Aging. Minor Descriptor: Errors. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1987. AB - Analyzed naming errors for 39 30–39 yr old and 40 70–79 yr old Ss and 10 47–71 yr old patients diagnosed with senile dementia of the Alzheimer type (SDAT). Three types of errors were identified that varied in relatedness to the target word: near synonyms, semantically related naming errors, and unrelated naming errors. Older adults made relatively more related errors than did younger adults. SDAT patients were distinguished by the number of unrelated responses given. SDAT patients who scored within the normal range were also identified by the high number of response attempts relative to the number of initial errors. It is suggested that error patterns on naming tasks may serve as clinical markers to distinguish healthy older persons with mild naming disorders from patients with SDAT. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - naming errors KW - 30–39 vs 70–79 yr olds vs 47–71 yr olds with senile dementia of Alzheimer type KW - 1987 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Naming KW - Physiological Aging KW - Errors KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/S0010-9452(87)80012-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-07893-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-4002-6091 UR - DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-07789-001 AN - 1988-07789-001 AU - Schuckit, Marc A. AU - Bogard, B. T1 - Intravenous drug use in alcoholics. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1986/11// VL - 47 IS - 11 SP - 551 EP - 554 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-07789-001. PMID: 3771501 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schuckit, Marc A.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CA, US. Release Date: 19880301. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcoholism; Antisocial Behavior; Drug Abuse; Drug Usage. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies; Mental Health; Patient History. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1986. AB - Evaluated the importance of a history of self-administration of drugs intravenously in 507 inpatient male primary alcoholics and primary drug abusers with secondary alcoholism. Interviews at the time of entry into the treatment program included the patient and 2 resource persons; follow-up was complete in 96% of the original sample. Ss who did not meet research criteria for drug abuse but had taken drugs intravenously more closely resembled the primary drug abusers than they did the primary alcoholics in regard to the course of problems before entering treatment and the 1-yr outcome. Relative to primary alcoholics, both groups that had used intravenous drugs drank more, had higher levels of antisocial problems and psychiatric events, and were more likely to have experienced alcohol-related problems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - history of iv drug use KW - antisocial problems & drug & alcohol use & mental health KW - male inpatients with primary alcoholism vs drug abuse with secondary alcoholism KW - 1 yr followup KW - 1986 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Alcoholism KW - Antisocial Behavior KW - Drug Abuse KW - Drug Usage KW - Followup Studies KW - Mental Health KW - Patient History KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-07789-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-07758-001 AN - 1988-07758-001 AU - Mair, R. G. AU - Doty, R. L. AU - Kelly, K. M. AU - Wilson, C. S. AU - Langlais, P. J. AU - McEntee, W. J. AU - Vollmecke, T. A. T1 - Multimodal sensory discrimination deficits in Korsakoff's psychosis. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1986/// VL - 24 IS - 6 SP - 831 EP - 839 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-07758-001. PMID: 2433640 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mair, R. G.; Brockton Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, MA, US. Release Date: 19880301. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Discrimination; Korsakoffs Psychosis; Odor Discrimination; Visual Discrimination. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism; Amnesia; Wernicke's Syndrome. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1986. AB - Studied odor identification and visual and auditory sensory discrimination of amnesic Ss with Korsakoff's psychosis (KP) in 2 experiments. In Exp I, 21 Ss with KP (aged 40–66 yrs), tested on the University of Pennsylvania Smell Identification Test (UPSIT) by R. L. Doty et al (1984), showed consistently poor odor discrimination. In Exp II, 8 Ss with KP and 8 alcoholic control Ss were compared on the UPSIT, the Picture Identification Test, the Farnsworth-Munsell 100 Hue Test by D. Farnsworth (1957), and the Seashore Measures of Musical Talent by G. E. Seashore et al (1980). Results of Exp II replicate the smell identification deficit found in Exp I. Compared to controls, Ss with KP also showed significant deficits on the hue and musical measures, but not the picture identification measure. The results suggest that the deficits of KP encompass several sensory systems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - odor identification & visual & auditory discrimination KW - 40–66 yr old patients with Korsakoff's psychosis & history of alcoholism & acute Wernicke's disease or sudden onset amnesia vs alcoholic 51–64 yr olds KW - 1986 KW - Auditory Discrimination KW - Korsakoffs Psychosis KW - Odor Discrimination KW - Visual Discrimination KW - Alcoholism KW - Amnesia KW - Wernicke's Syndrome KW - 1986 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(86)90082-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-07758-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-07698-001 AN - 1988-07698-001 AU - Wolf, M. E. AU - Mosnaim, A. D. AU - Callaghan, O. H. AU - Chevesich, J. AU - Caro, M. T1 - Phenylethylamine metabolism to tyramine by postmortem human brain preparations. JF - Life Sciences JO - Life Sciences JA - Life Sci Y1 - 1987/02// VL - 40 IS - 5 SP - 489 EP - 494 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0024-3205 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-07698-001. PMID: 3807645 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wolf, M. E.; North Chicago Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, IL, US. Release Date: 19880301. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Neurochemistry; Phenethylamines; Psychiatric Patients; Tyramine. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1987. AB - Studied the hydroxylation of phenylethylamine (PEA) by postmortem brain preparations obtained from 9 male chronic psychiatric patients and 3 male age-matched controls. Preparations from thalamus, putamen, hippocampus, and lateral occipital gyrus all hydroxylated PEA to tyramine. This brain conversion is a quantitatively small metabolic pathway that appears to play a minor role in the physiological control of behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - phenylethylamine metabolism to tyramine in postmortem brain preparations KW - male psychiatric patients KW - 1987 KW - Brain KW - Neurochemistry KW - Phenethylamines KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Tyramine KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0024-3205(87)90115-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-07698-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-07652-001 AN - 1988-07652-001 AU - Rausch, Jeffrey L. AU - Janowsky, David S. AU - Risch, S. Craig AU - Huey, Leighton Y. T1 - A kinetic analysis and replication of decreased platelet serotonin uptake in depressed patients. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1986/10// VL - 19 IS - 2 SP - 105 EP - 112 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-07652-001. PMID: 3786602 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rausch, Jeffrey L.; U California-San Diego School of Medicine, San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, La Jolla, US. Release Date: 19880301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blood Platelets; Major Depression; Metabolism; Serotonin. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1986. AB - Measured platelet serotonin uptake in 32 psychiatric inpatients and 32 matched controls. Patients were categorized into 4 groups: depressed, manic bipolars, other affective disorders, and nonaffective psychiatric disorders. A randomized block factorial analysis of variance (ANOVA) indicated that the depressed patients had a significantly lower maximal velocity of serotonin uptake. Results are compared with previous studies of platelet serotonin transport in clinically depressed patients and in physostigmine-induced depression. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - platelet serotonin uptake KW - depressed inpatients KW - 1986 KW - Blood Platelets KW - Major Depression KW - Metabolism KW - Serotonin KW - 1986 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(86)90003-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-07652-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-07646-001 AN - 1988-07646-001 AU - Pernicano, Kevin M. T1 - Score differences in WAIS—R scatter for schizophrenics, depressives, and personality disorders: A preliminary analysis. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1986/10// VL - 59 IS - 2, Pt 1 SP - 539 EP - 543 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-07646-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pernicano, Kevin M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr/ADTP, Kerrville, TX, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19880301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Major Depression; Personality Disorders; Schizophrenia; Test Scores; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Minor Descriptor: Subtests. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1986. AB - Assessed subtest scatter for the revised edition of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) in 3 diagnostic groups of male inpatients (aged 18+ yrs)—16 schizophrenics, 12 depressives, and 7 personality disorders. An analysis of variance (ANOVA) showed significant differences among the groups on Information and Arithmetic subtests as well as overall Verbal–Performance IQ differences. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - subtest score scatter on WAIS-R KW - schizophrenic vs depressive vs personality disordered male inpatients KW - 1986 KW - Major Depression KW - Personality Disorders KW - Schizophrenia KW - Test Scores KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - Subtests KW - 1986 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1986.59.2.539 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-07646-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-07539-001 AN - 1988-07539-001 AU - Barreto, Eduardo AU - Amado, Henry T1 - Identifying panic disorders. JF - New Directions for Mental Health Services JO - New Directions for Mental Health Services JA - New Dir Ment Health Serv Y1 - 1986///Win 1986 VL - 1986 IS - 32 SP - 31 EP - 44 CY - US PB - Jossey-Bass Publishers, Inc. SN - 0193-9416 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-07539-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barreto, Eduardo; Veterans Administration Hosp, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19880301. Correction Date: 20090928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Differential Diagnosis; Panic Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Diagnosis; Experimentation; Genetics; Symptoms. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Win 1986. AB - Characterizes endogenous panic disorders (PDs) as involving unprovoked anxiety attacks in which the subjective experience of fear is accompanied by cardiorespiratory symptoms. By Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) criteria, at least 4 symptoms (e.g., dyspnea, palpitations, feelings of unreality) appear during each attack. Clinical presentation, laboratory tests, differential diagnosis, follow-up studies, family studies, and treatment trials are detailed to provide a framework for the identification of PDs. It is suggested that the psychiatric differential diagnosis of PDs is challenging because anxiety symptoms and panic attacks can be part of almost any psychiatric illness. Case illustrations are provided. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - symptoms & differential diagnosis & research issues & family history KW - patients with endogenous panic disorder KW - 1986 KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Panic Disorder KW - Diagnosis KW - Experimentation KW - Genetics KW - Symptoms KW - 1986 DO - 10.1002/yd.23319863205 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-07539-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-07534-001 AN - 1988-07534-001 AU - Anton, Raymond F. T1 - Urinary free cortisol in psychotic depression. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 22 IS - 1 SP - 24 EP - 34 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-07534-001. PMID: 3790638 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Anton, Raymond F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Charleston, SC, US. Release Date: 19880301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dexamethasone; Hydrocortisone; Major Depression; Psychosis. Minor Descriptor: Neurochemistry; Urine. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1987. AB - Urinary free cortisol (UFC), a sensitive parameter of 24-hr cortisol production, was examined both before and after dexamethasone administration in 32 depressed male patients with or without psychotic features (PFs). A significantly larger number of Ss with PFs had UFC excretion greater than 90 μg/24 hrs before dexamethasone and greater than 20 μg/24 hrs afterward. Although some clinical variables other than PFs differed between the 2 groups, these could not account for the UFC differences. However, the older patients (>55 yrs) in the PF group accounted for the high UFC excretion, suggesting an interaction between age and diagnosis. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dexamethasone administration KW - urinary free cortisol KW - depressed males with vs without psychosis KW - 1987 KW - Dexamethasone KW - Hydrocortisone KW - Major Depression KW - Psychosis KW - Neurochemistry KW - Urine KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(87)90126-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-07534-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-07522-001 AN - 1988-07522-001 AU - Schultz, Kathryn A. AU - Schmitt, Frederick A. AU - Logue, Patrick E. AU - Rubin, David C. T1 - Unit analysis of prose memory in clinical and elderly populations. JF - Developmental Neuropsychology JO - Developmental Neuropsychology JA - Dev Neuropsychol Y1 - 1986/// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 77 EP - 87 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 8756-5641 SN - 1532-6942 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-07522-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schultz, Kathryn A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Durham, NC, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19880301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Alzheimer's Disease; Dementia; Memory; Metabolism Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Head Injuries; Neuropsychology. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1986. AB - Analyzed the Logical Memory subtest of the Russell revision of the Wechsler Memory Scale in older adult groups. Patients' neuropsychological test data were reviewed, and the paragraphs from the Logical Memory subtest were analyzed using unit analysis. Ss were 69 clinically diagnosed Alzheimer's patients, 13 multi-infarct dementia (MID) patients, 15 metabolic-disorder patients, 14 head-injury cases, 14 affective disorder patients, and 37 healthy adults (mean ages 62.81, 58.77, 51.43, 40.29, 50.29, and 66.51 yrs respectively). Quantitative analyses of recall revealed group differences, with normal and affective disorder patients having the best recall scores and MID and Alzheimer patients the poorest. Qualitative analysis of which memory units were recalled, however, showed similarities in memory processing among the groups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prose memory KW - patients with Alzheimer's disease vs multi-infarct dementia vs metabolic vs affective disorder vs head injuries KW - 1986 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Dementia KW - Memory KW - Metabolism Disorders KW - Head Injuries KW - Neuropsychology KW - 1986 DO - 10.1080/87565648609540331 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-07522-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-06992-001 AN - 1988-06992-001 AU - Rose, Jed E. T1 - Cigarette smoking blocks caffeine-induced arousal. JF - Alcohol & Drug Research JO - Alcohol & Drug Research JA - Alcohol Drug Res Y1 - 1987/// VL - 7 IS - 1 SP - 49 EP - 55 CY - US PB - Pergamon Press, Inc. SN - 0883-1386 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-06992-001. PMID: 3790213 Other Journal Title: Substance & Alcohol Actions/Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rose, Jed E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, West Los Angeles, CA. Release Date: 19880301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Caffeine; Drug Interactions; Heart Rate; Physiological Arousal; Tobacco Smoking. Minor Descriptor: Blood Pressure; Emotions. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - 15 smokers (mean age 31.3 yrs) participated in a 2 (caffeine) by 2 (smoking) design in which each S was exposed to all 4 conditions on different days. Ss drank either decaffeinated or caffeinated (150 mg) coffee, followed 20 min later by a smoking or nonsmoking 20-min period. Measured were puffing behavior, carbon monoxide concentrations, subjective arousal and tension, heart rate, and blood pressure. Results show a significant antagonistic interaction between caffeine and smoking in terms of subjective arousal; smoking blocked the subjective stimulant effects of caffeine. An increase in heart rate was noted after smoking. Findings suggest that Ss inhaled more smoke after caffeinated than decaffeinated coffee. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - caffeinated vs decaffeinated coffee & subsequent cigarette smoking KW - arousal & tension & heart rate & BP KW - adults KW - 1987 KW - Caffeine KW - Drug Interactions KW - Heart Rate KW - Physiological Arousal KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Blood Pressure KW - Emotions KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-06992-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-06832-001 AN - 1988-06832-001 AU - Santucci, Anthony C. AU - Treichler, F. Robert AU - Ahlers, Stephen T. T1 - Effects of ethanol inhalation exposure on brightness discrimination after posterior decortication. JF - Physiological Psychology JO - Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1986/09//Sep-Dec, 1986 VL - 14 IS - 3-4 SP - 90 EP - 95 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0090-5046 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-06832-001. Other Journal Title: Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Santucci, Anthony C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19880301. Correction Date: 20100104. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brightness Perception; Decortication (Brain); Discrimination Learning; Ethanol; Retention. Minor Descriptor: Drug Administration Methods; Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sep-Dec, 1986. AB - Studied the effects of ethanol inhalation on brightness discrimination when performance of this task is evaluated after posterior decortication in male Long-Evans hooded rats. Two groups of Ss were or were not either exposed to ethanol vapor for 30 consecutive days (1 hr/day). Subsequently, all Ss were trained on a brightness discrimination task, and approximately half of each group underwent posterior decortication. All Ss were tested for retention of the task. Results indicate that alcohol-exposed, brain-damaged Ss required more trials at easy retention criteria than similarly lesioned, nonexposed Ss and tended to show positional perseveration. However, there were no differences between the 2 lesioned groups at relatively difficult criteria, including the terminal criterion (18 of 20). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethanol inhalation KW - retention of brightness discrimination task KW - male rats with posttraining posterior decortication KW - 1986 KW - Brightness Perception KW - Decortication (Brain) KW - Discrimination Learning KW - Ethanol KW - Retention KW - Drug Administration Methods KW - Rats KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-06832-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-06800-001 AN - 1988-06800-001 AU - Bernardis, Lee L. AU - Davis, Paul J. AU - McEwen, Geraldine T1 - Differential effect of common snack foods on caloric intake, growth and obesity in weanling male and female rats with hypothalamic obesity. JF - Appetite JO - Appetite JA - Appetite Y1 - 1986/12// VL - 7 IS - 4 SP - 387 EP - 398 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0195-6663 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-06800-001. PMID: 3466570 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bernardis, Lee L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Buffalo, NY, US. Release Date: 19880301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Development; Animal Feeding Behavior; Body Weight; Calories; Obesity. Minor Descriptor: Food Intake; Nutrition; Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1986. AB - Explored whether weanling normophagic Sprague-Dawley rats with hypothalamic obesity (VMNL rats) become hyperphagic and more obese than when fed lab chow and whether there is a sex difference in response. Male and female VMNL rats and controls were fed lab chow for 14 days after lesion production, and for the following 42 days received cake, potato chips, marshmallows, and french fries in addition to lab chow. At termination, VMNL rats were fatter and shorter than controls. Females were fatter and shorter than males and layed down more fat per unit of food energy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - snack foods KW - growth & caloric intake & body weight KW - weanling rats with hypothalamic obesity KW - 1986 KW - Animal Development KW - Animal Feeding Behavior KW - Body Weight KW - Calories KW - Obesity KW - Food Intake KW - Nutrition KW - Rats KW - 1986 DO - 10.1016/S0195-6663(86)80007-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-06800-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-06738-001 AN - 1988-06738-001 AU - Woods, David L. AU - Elmasian, Robert T1 - The habituation of event-related potentials to speech sounds and tones. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology: Evoked Potentials JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology: Evoked Potentials Y1 - 1986/11// VL - 65 IS - 6 SP - 447 EP - 459 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science Publishers SN - 0168-5597 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-06738-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Woods, David L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Clinical Neurophysiological Lab, Neurology Service, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19880301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Evoked Potentials; Auditory Stimulation; Habituation; Stimulus Complexity; Synthetic Speech. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1986. AB - Examined the short- and long-term habituation of auditory event-related potentials elicited by tones, complex tones, and digitized speech sounds in 12 18–34 yr old Ss. 12 different stimuli equated in loudness and duration were studied. Short-term habituation stimuli were presented in trains of 6 with interstimulus intervals of 0.5 or 1.0 sec. Results suggest that short-term habituation is a function of the acoustic resemblance of successive stimuli. Long-term habituation was studied by comparing amplitudes across balanced 5.25-m stimulus blocks over the course of the experiment. The N1 showed stimulus-specific long-term habituation, while the P3 elicited by deviant stimuli showed nonspecific habituation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - tones & complex tones & digitized speech sounds KW - short & long term habituation of auditory EPs KW - 18–34 yr olds KW - 1986 KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Habituation KW - Stimulus Complexity KW - Synthetic Speech KW - 1986 DO - 10.1016/0168-5597(86)90024-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-06738-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-8804-3587 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-06604-001 AN - 1988-06604-001 AU - Pitman, D. L. AU - Ottenweller, J. E. AU - Natelson, B. H. T1 - Methodological problems in the study of classical aversive conditioning of adrenocortical responses. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1986/// VL - 38 IS - 5 SP - 677 EP - 685 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-06604-001. PMID: 3823183 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pitman, D. L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Primate-Neurobehavioral Unit, East Orange, NJ. Release Date: 19880301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aversion Conditioning; Corticosterone; Olfactory Stimulation; Physical Restraint; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Classical Conditioning; Rats. Classification: Learning & Motivation (2420). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1986. AB - In Exp I, with 32 male Sprague-Dawley rats, Ss exposed to an odor that had previously preceded restraint stress had significantly higher plasma corticosterone levels than Ss that were probed with a novel odor or Ss in which stress was followed by the odor. Consideration of corticosterone responses during training made it impossible to conclude unequivocally that learning had occurred. Exp II, with 31 Ss, was designed to deal with the problems raised by Exp I but did not show conclusively that learning had taken place. It is suggested that future experiments to determine if stress responses can be classically conditioned must be more rigorously designed than in the past. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - exposure to odor previously preceding vs following restraint stress KW - plasma corticosterone KW - male rats KW - methodological implications for future research on classical aversive conditioning of adrenocortical responses KW - 1986 KW - Aversion Conditioning KW - Corticosterone KW - Olfactory Stimulation KW - Physical Restraint KW - Stress KW - Classical Conditioning KW - Rats KW - 1986 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(86)90264-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-06604-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-06383-001 AN - 1988-06383-001 AU - Ohlde, Carroll D. AU - Schauer, Andrew H. AU - Garfield, Nancy J. AU - Patterson, Tom W. T1 - Preliminary steps in the development of a screening instrument to assess posttraumatic stress disorder. JF - Journal of Counseling & Development JO - Journal of Counseling & Development JA - J Couns Dev Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 66 IS - 2 SP - 104 EP - 106 CY - US PB - American Association for Counseling and Development SN - 0748-9633 SN - 1556-6676 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-06383-001. Other Journal Title: Occupations; Personnel & Guidance Journal; The Vocational Guidance Magazine. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ohlde, Carroll D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Topeka, KS, US. Other Publishers: American Counseling Assn; American Personnel & Guidance Association; Graduate School of Education, Harvard University; National Occupational Conference; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19880301. Correction Date: 20131125. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychodiagnosis; Screening Tests; Test Construction. Minor Descriptor: Test Validity. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1987. AB - Describes the complexities and processes involved in constructing a screening test for posttraumatic stress disorder (the Stress Event Test), including item development, field testing with 396 Vietnam-era veterans, and preliminary results. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - development & validity of Stress Event Test KW - assessment of posttraumatic stress disorder KW - male Vietnam veterans KW - 1987 KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Screening Tests KW - Test Construction KW - Test Validity KW - 1987 DO - 10.1002/j.1556-6676.1987.tb00811.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-06383-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-06353-001 AN - 1988-06353-001 AU - Hutton, Charles L. AU - Canahl, Julius A. T1 - Scaling patient reports of hearing aid benefit. JF - Journal of Auditory Research JO - Journal of Auditory Research JA - J Aud Res Y1 - 1985/10// VL - 25 IS - 4 SP - 255 EP - 269 CY - US PB - C.W. Shilling Auditory Research Center, Inc. SN - 0021-9177 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-06353-001. PMID: 3843101 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hutton, Charles L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Audiology & Speech Pathology Service, Decatur, GA, US. Release Date: 19880301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hearing Aids; Partially Hearing Impaired; Rating Scales; Test Reliability; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Client Attitudes; Satisfaction. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Vision & Hearing & Sensory Disorders (3299). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1985. AB - Reviews the literature on the use of 4 single-item scales for rating hearing aid benefit, and reports a study of the measurement properties of these scales. Hearing-aid wearers' estimates of (1) the number of hours per day of use, (2) the portion of time the aid is worn, (3) the overall benefit provided in different situations, and (4) the amount of satisfaction/dissatisfaction with the aids have been used to obtain estimates of benefit from aural rehabilitation with amplification and to evaluate variables in the rehabilitative process. 743 adults seen for rehabilitation with amplification in 1978–1982 were used to study the measurement properties of these scales. Ss displayed mild to severe adventitious hearing loss and were being fitted with their 1st hearing aid. A single index of perceived pre–post gain abstracted from C. L. Hutton's (1980) Hearing Problem Inventory was found to be the criterion best suited for validating benefit scales. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity & reliability of 4 hearing aid benefit single item scales KW - adults with mild to severe adventitious hearing loss who were fitted with 1st hearing aid KW - 1985 KW - Hearing Aids KW - Partially Hearing Impaired KW - Rating Scales KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - Client Attitudes KW - Satisfaction KW - 1985 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-06353-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-98809-003 AN - 1987-98809-003 AU - Foster, Zelda ED - Corless, Inge B. ED - Pittman-Lindeman, Mary ED - Corless, Inge B., (Ed) ED - Pittman-Lindeman, Mary, (Ed) T1 - The treatment of people with AIDS: Psychosocial considerations. T2 - AIDS: Principles, practices, & politics. Y1 - 1988/// SP - 33 EP - 45 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Hemisphere Publishing Corp/Harper & Row Publishers SN - 0-89116-772-2 SN - 0-89116-795-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-98809-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Foster, Zelda; Brooklyn Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Chief Social Worker, Brooklyn, NY, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89116-772-2, Hardcover; 0-89116-795-1, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: AIDS; Homosexuality; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Family; Intravenous Injections. Classification: Immunological Disorders (3291). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 13. AB - guide and focal point for a deepened grasp of the meaning of the behaviors, needs, and helping conditions relevant to the community of people personally and professionally touched by AIDS common concerns IV drug users with AIDS homosexuals with AIDS the impact of AIDS on families and their children AIDS and contaminated blood products further treatment implications (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - AIDS KW - Homosexuality KW - Treatment KW - Family KW - Intravenous Injections KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-98809-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-98797-003 AN - 1987-98797-003 AU - Levine, Allen S. AU - Morley, John E. ED - Weiner, Herbert ED - Baum, Andrew ED - Weiner, Herbert, (Ed) ED - Baum, Andrew, (Ed) T1 - Function of opioid peptides in the brain and gut. T2 - Eating regulation and discontrol. T3 - Perspectives in behavioral medicine, Vol. 5 Y1 - 1988/// SP - 67 EP - 99 CY - Hillsdale, NJ, US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc SN - 0-89859-928-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-98797-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levine, Allen S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuroendocrine Research Lab, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89859-928-8, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Endogenous Opiates; Homeostasis. Minor Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Narcotic Antagonists. Classification: Physiological Processes (2540). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 33. AB - this review will emphasize only a few of the regulatory roles the endogenous opioids play in maintaining homeostasis in many species sexual and reproductive function memory / opioid antagonism in animals has rather consistently been shown to facilitate retention of aversively-motivated and food-rewarded tasks / Alzheimer's disease (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1988 KW - Brain KW - Endogenous Opiates KW - Homeostasis KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Narcotic Antagonists KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-98797-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-98753-008 AN - 1987-98753-008 AU - Savage, Charles ED - Slakter, Edmund ED - Slakter, Edmund, (Ed) T1 - Countertransference in the therapy of schizophrenics. T2 - Countertransference. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 115 EP - 130 CY - Lanham, MD, US PB - Jason Aronson SN - 0-87668-948-9 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-98753-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Savage, Charles; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Chief Psychiatrist, Baltimore, MD, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter; Reprint. ISBN: 0-87668-948-9, Hardcover. Language: English. Conference Information: American Psychoanalytic Association Annual Meeting, May, 1958, San Francisco, CA, US. Major Descriptor: Countertransference; Psychoanalysis; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Psychoanalytic Therapy (3315). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 16. AB - the analysis, or psychoanalytic therapy of schizophrenics (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Countertransference KW - Psychoanalysis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-98753-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-98752-015 AN - 1987-98752-015 AU - Loosen, Peter T. ED - Nemeroff, Charles B. ED - Loosen, Peter T. ED - Nemeroff, Charles B., (Ed) ED - Loosen, Peter T., (Ed) T1 - The TRH stimulation test in psychiatric disorders: A review. T2 - Handbook of clinical psychoneuroendocrinology. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 336 EP - 360 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 0-471-91768-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-98752-015. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Loosen, Peter T.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Nashville, TN, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-471-91768-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Medical Diagnosis; Mental Disorders; Thyrotropin. Minor Descriptor: Neuroendocrinology. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 25. AB - thyrotropin-releasing hormone . . . its relevance as a psychoendocrine research tool (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Medical Diagnosis KW - Mental Disorders KW - Thyrotropin KW - Neuroendocrinology KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-98752-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-98752-001 AN - 1987-98752-001 AU - Morley, John E. AU - Krahn, Dean D. ED - Nemeroff, Charles B. ED - Loosen, Peter T. ED - Nemeroff, Charles B., (Ed) ED - Loosen, Peter T., (Ed) T1 - Endocrinology for the psychiatrist. T2 - Handbook of clinical psychoneuroendocrinology. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 3 EP - 37 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 0-471-91768-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-98752-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morley, John E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-471-91768-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neuroendocrinology; Neuropsychiatry. Minor Descriptor: Neurology; Psychology. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 35. AB - aimed at providing a basis for the endocrinological contribution to the integration of knowledge lying in the premises of neurology, psychology, and endocrinology (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Neuroendocrinology KW - Neuropsychiatry KW - Neurology KW - Psychology KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-98752-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-98716-021 AN - 1987-98716-021 AU - Crovitz, Herbert F. ED - Levin, Harvey S. ED - Grafman, Jordan ED - Eisenberg, Howard M. ED - Levin, Harvey S., (Ed) ED - Grafman, Jordan, (Ed) ED - Eisenberg, Howard M., (Ed) T1 - Techniques to investigate posttraumatic and retrograde amnesia after head injury. T2 - Neurobehavioral recovery from head injury. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 330 EP - 340 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Oxford University Press SN - 0-19-504287-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-98716-021. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crovitz, Herbert F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, General Medical Research, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-19-504287-5, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Head Injuries; Neuropsychological Assessment. Minor Descriptor: Consciousness Disturbances; Memory Disorders; Recovery (Disorders). Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 11. AB - neuropsychological deficits of orientation and memory recovery from those deficits from a process point of view interrelations among disorientation, posttraumatic amnesia (PTA), and retrograde amnesia (RA) and recovery from these cognitive deficits focus will be on the errors made during recovery, and their possible significance (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Amnesia KW - Head Injuries KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Consciousness Disturbances KW - Memory Disorders KW - Recovery (Disorders) KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-98716-021&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-98637-018 AN - 1987-98637-018 AU - Siever, Larry J. AU - Kendler, Kenneth S. ED - Tischler, Gary L. ED - Tischler, Gary L., (Ed) T1 - An evaluation of the DSM-III categories of paranoid, schizoid, and schizotypal personality disorders. T2 - Diagnosis and classification in psychiatry: A critical appraisal of DSM-III. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 300 EP - 320 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Cambridge University Press SN - 0-521-32366-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-98637-018. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Siever, Larry J.; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Outpatient Clinic, Director, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Reference Book. ISBN: 0-521-32366-5, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Disorders; Psychodiagnostic Typologies. Minor Descriptor: History; Paranoid Personality Disorder; Schizoid Personality Disorder. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 21. AB - briefly review the historical underpinnings of each of these disorders in order to define the reasons for considering them as separate and clinically useful diagnostic categories (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Personality Disorders KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - History KW - Paranoid Personality Disorder KW - Schizoid Personality Disorder KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-98637-018&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-98616-001 AN - 1987-98616-001 AU - Cherkin, Arthur ED - Essman, Walter B. ED - Essman, Walter B., (Ed) T1 - Interaction of nutritional factors with memory processing. T2 - Nutrients and brain function. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 72 EP - 94 CY - Basel, Switzerland PB - Karger SN - 3-8055-4566-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-98616-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cherkin, Arthur; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 3-8055-4566-5, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Memory; Nutrition. Minor Descriptor: Amino Acids; Vitamin Therapy. Classification: Learning & Memory (2343). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 23. AB - memory function / vitamin supplementation / amino acids / dietary supplements / elderly population (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Memory KW - Nutrition KW - Amino Acids KW - Vitamin Therapy KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-98616-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-19206-001 AN - 1988-19206-001 AU - Harrison, William R. AU - Elkins, Ralph L. T1 - A multisubject rotational stimulator for taste-aversion induction. JF - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JO - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JA - Bull Psychon Soc Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 25 IS - 3 SP - 213 EP - 215 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society, Inc. SN - 0090-5054 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-19206-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Harrison, William R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 19880701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus; Aversion Conditioning; Motion Sickness. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Learning & Motivation (2420). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1987. AB - Described and tested a new multisubject rotational apparatus, which rotates up to 4 Ss, for the induction of motion-sickness-induced taste aversions (TAs) in rats. The apparatus provides a nonpharmacological approach to TA conditioning. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - multisubject rotational apparatus KW - induction of motion sickness induced taste aversions KW - rats KW - 1987 KW - Apparatus KW - Aversion Conditioning KW - Motion Sickness KW - Rats KW - 1987 DO - 10.3758/BF03330333 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-19206-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-18972-001 AN - 1988-18972-001 AU - Schear, James M. AU - Harrison, William R. T1 - Estimating WAIS IQ from the Shipley Institute of Living Scale: A replication. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 44 IS - 1 SP - 68 EP - 71 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-18972-001. PMID: 3343367 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schear, James M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 19880701. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Linear Regression; Statistical Estimation; Test Scores; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Minor Descriptor: Experimental Replication; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Statistics & Mathematics (2240); Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Experimental Replication. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1988. AB - Describes a replication of the linear regression techniques and continuous norming used by R. A. Lachary et al (see record [rid]1986-10846-001[/rid]) to estimate age-adjusted Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) IQ from the Shipley Institute of Living Scale. Data from 125 male, right-handed, psychiatric patients representing 5 age decades between 20 and 70 yrs suggest that the prediction formula was robust across all age groups. Data also show that the Shipley-estimated WAIS Full Scale IQ was better when compared with the continuously normed WAIS IQ than when compared with the WAIS tabled norms. Results support the utility of the continuous norming procedure for predicting WAIS IQ from the Shipley. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - linear regression vs continuous norming technique KW - estimation of WAIS IQ scores from Shipley Institute of Living Scale KW - 20–70 yr old psychiatric patients KW - replication KW - 1988 KW - Linear Regression KW - Statistical Estimation KW - Test Scores KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - Experimental Replication KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1988 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198801)44:1<68::AID-JCLP2270440114>3.0.CO;2-A UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-18972-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-18960-001 AN - 1988-18960-001 AU - Jacobsen, Rebecca H. AU - Tamkin, Arthur S. T1 - Converting Shipley Institute of Living Scale scores to IQ: A comparison of methods. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 44 IS - 1 SP - 72 EP - 75 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-18960-001. PMID: 3343368 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jacobsen, Rebecca H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19880701. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intelligence Quotient; Statistical Estimation; Test Scores. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Statistics & Mathematics (2240); Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1988. AB - 486 20–79 yr old male veteran psychiatric patients at a Veterans Administration medical center were used to compare 5 methods of estimating IQs from Shipley Institute of Living Scale scores. Analyses were computed separately by age decade. Results suggest the advisability of using age-corrected norms for estimating IQ from the Shipley Scale. Norms uncorrected for age resulted in underestimates for older Ss. The methods of R. A. Lachary et al (see record [rid]1986-10846-001[/rid]) and of A. S. Tamkin and R. Jacobsen (in press) yielded similar results. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - methods of estimating IQs from Shipley Institute of Living Scale scores KW - 20–79 yr old male veteran psychiatric patients KW - 1988 KW - Intelligence Quotient KW - Statistical Estimation KW - Test Scores KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1988 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198801)44:1<72::AID-JCLP2270440115>3.0.CO;2-O UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-18960-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-18888-001 AN - 1988-18888-001 AU - Keane, Terence M. AU - Caddell, Juesta M. AU - Taylor, Kathryn L. T1 - Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder: Three studies in reliability and validity. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 56 IS - 1 SP - 85 EP - 90 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-18888-001. PMID: 3346454 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Keane, Terence M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19880701. Correction Date: 20091221. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychodiagnosis; Test Reliability; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans; Rating Scales; War. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: May 4, 1987; Revised Date: Apr 21, 1987; First Submitted Date: Aug 27, 1986. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder is a 35-item self-report scale derived from Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) criteria for the disorder. This article describes a series of three studies designed to explore the psychometric properties of the scale. Study 1 used 362 Vietnam veterans seeking help at Vet Centers (Operation Outreach) to confirm the internal consistency of the instrument and provide an assessment of its factor structure. Study 2 demonstrated the high test–retest reliability of the instrument over a period of 1 week. Study 3 indicated that the test's sensitivity was .93, specificity was .89, and overall hit rate was .90 when it was used to differentiate between a posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) group and two non-PTSD comparison groups. The utility of the test when it is administered within the context of a multiaxial approach to assess military-related PTSD is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reliability & validity of Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Vietnam veterans KW - 1988 KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - Military Veterans KW - Rating Scales KW - War KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.56.1.85 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-18888-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-18883-001 AN - 1988-18883-001 AU - Hutzell, Robert R. T1 - Meaning and purpose in life: Assessment techniques of logotherapy. JF - Hospice Journal JO - Hospice Journal JA - Hosp J Y1 - 1986///Win 1986 VL - 2 IS - 4 SP - 37 EP - 50 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0742-969X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-18883-001. PMID: 3647920 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hutzell, Robert R.; Knoxville Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palliative Care Unit, IA, US. Release Date: 19880701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitude Measures; Client Attitudes; Logotherapy; Psychometrics; Terminally Ill Patients. Minor Descriptor: Hospice. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Home Care & Hospice (3375). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Win 1986. AB - Discusses assessment techniques used in logotherapy, a treatment that focuses on the patient's feeling that life has meaning and purpose. Measures described include the Purpose-in-Life Test, the Life Purpose Questionnaire developed by R. Hablas and the present author (1982), and the present author's (1984) values awareness technique. It is suggested that these techniques require further psychometric development before they can be used to make individualized predictions about hospice/palliative care patients. However, they could serve as a starting point for logotherapy for dying patients experiencing despair. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychometric properties of logotherapy based Purpose-in-Life Test & Life Purpose Questionnaire & Value Awareness Technique KW - implications for hospice & palliative care KW - 1986 KW - Attitude Measures KW - Client Attitudes KW - Logotherapy KW - Psychometrics KW - Terminally Ill Patients KW - Hospice KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-18883-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-18855-001 AN - 1988-18855-001 AU - Delis, Dean C. AU - Freeland, John AU - Kramer, Joel H. AU - Kaplan, Edith T1 - Integrating clinical assessment with cognitive neuroscience: Construct validation of the California Verbal Learning Test. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 56 IS - 1 SP - 123 EP - 130 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-18855-001. PMID: 3346437 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Delis, Dean C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19880701. Correction Date: 20091221. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Memory; Neuropsychological Assessment; Statistical Validity; Verbal Learning. Minor Descriptor: Measurement; Nervous System Disorders. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Apr 30, 1987; Revised Date: Apr 15, 1987; First Submitted Date: Jan 21, 1987. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - A long-standing criticism of intellectual and neuropsychological assessment instruments is that they measure global achievement only and, thus, fail to quantify the different strategies, processes, and errors an examinee may display that reflect how a given task is solved. In this study, we psychometrically explored the validity of a new clinical test of verbal memory that incorporates constructs from normal and pathological memory research in order to quantify the multifactorial ways examinees learn, or fail to learn, verbal material. The results of factor analyses involving 286 normal subjects and 113 neurological patients indicated that verbal memory consists of a number of theoretically meaningful component factors, not just a single learning factor as was previously reported in clinical studies. These factors reflect learning strategy, acquisition rate, serial position effect, discriminability, and learning interference. Within the framework of traditional psychometric analysis, the study demonstrates empirically that the scope of clinical assessment can be expanded considerably when tests are designed to evaluate constructs developed in cognitive neuroscience. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - construct validity of California Verbal Learning Test KW - measurement of verbal memory KW - normal vs neurological patients KW - 1988 KW - Memory KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Statistical Validity KW - Verbal Learning KW - Measurement KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.56.1.123 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-18855-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-18845-001 AN - 1988-18845-001 AU - Choca, James AU - Bresolin, Linda AU - Okonek, Anna AU - Ostrow, David T1 - Validity of the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory in the assessment of affective disorders. JF - Journal of Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Personality Assessment JA - J Pers Assess Y1 - 1988///Spr 1988 VL - 52 IS - 1 SP - 96 EP - 105 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0022-3891 SN - 1532-7752 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-18845-001. PMID: 3361415 Other Journal Title: Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Choca, James; Veterans Administration Lakeside Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Chicago, IL, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19880701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Emotional States; Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory; Psychodiagnosis; Test Validity. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1988. AB - Administered the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory (MCMI) to 270 adult outpatients with major affective disorders at the same time that a semistructured, diagnostic interview was conducted by a clinician. The S's mood was then rated, and the clinician completed the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression and a mania rating scale. A consensual diagnosis was arrived at by the team of investigators using Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) criteria. Significant correlations were found between 4 MCMI affective scales and the global mood state of the S. An analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) indicated that the MCMI affective scales are significantly related to DSM-III affective disorders even after the effect of the current mood of the patient is partialled out. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - convergent validity of Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory affective scales & relationship with clinical global mood rating KW - adult psychiatric patients with affective disorders KW - 1988 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Emotional States KW - Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Test Validity KW - 1988 DO - 10.1207/s15327752jpa5201_9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-18845-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-18182-001 AN - 1988-18182-001 AU - Rogalski, Carol J. T1 - An educational program for the assessment and development of psychological-mindedness in the chemically dependent. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1987/02// VL - 22 IS - 2 SP - 103 EP - 113 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-18182-001. PMID: 3570567 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rogalski, Carol J.; West Side Veterans Administration, Dept of Psychology, Chicago, IL, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19880601. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Education; Detoxification; Drug Dependency; Emotional Adjustment. Minor Descriptor: Insight (Psychotherapeutic Process); Psychodynamics. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1987. AB - Describes a short-term drug detoxification program that serves patients who are primarily self-referred, who enter a locked ward to care for themselves under medical observation. The staff includes a primary care physician, nurses, an administrator who is trained as a psychologist, various counselors, a dietician, a chaplain, and administrative staff. The program embodies a psychological component that has been effective in (1) stabilizing patients; (2) developing psychological-mindedness; (3) preparing some patients for psychic structural development; and (4) creating a facilitating, humanistic environment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drug detoxification program KW - assessment & development of psychological mindedness KW - self referred chemically dependent patients KW - 1987 KW - Client Education KW - Detoxification KW - Drug Dependency KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - Insight (Psychotherapeutic Process) KW - Psychodynamics KW - 1987 DO - 10.3109/10826088709027417 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-18182-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-17978-001 AN - 1988-17978-001 AU - McCoin, John M. T1 - Evolution of adult foster care. JF - Journal of Sociology and Social Welfare JO - Journal of Sociology and Social Welfare JA - J Sociol Soc Welf Y1 - 1985/06// VL - 12 IS - 2 SP - 392 EP - 412 CY - US PB - Western Michigan Univ SN - 0191-5096 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-17978-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McCoin, John M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Leavenworth, KS, US. Release Date: 19880601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Foster Care. Classification: Community & Social Services (3373). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 21. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1985. AB - Traces the development of adult foster care (AFC) from its inception to the present, discusses relevant theoretical concepts, and makes some recommendations for future research. AFC evolved under the influence of the Catholic Church and dates to about 600 A.D. Gradually, in the US, it has been brought under the influence of the state. In 1979–1980 the present author surveyed 49 states and determined that 34 states had formal regulation. It is concluded that AFC is cost effective and reasonably humane and that the need for AFC is proliferating. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - history of adult foster care KW - 1985 KW - Foster Care KW - 1985 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-17978-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-17939-001 AN - 1988-17939-001 AU - Wolf, Marion E. AU - Brown, Phil T1 - Overcoming institutional and community resistance to a tardive dyskinesia management program. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 38 IS - 1 SP - 65 EP - 68 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-17939-001. PMID: 2879787 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wolf, Marion E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Tardive Dyskinesia Program, Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 19880601. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Community Mental Health Services; Drug Therapy; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Tardive Dyskinesia. Minor Descriptor: Health Personnel Attitudes. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1987. AB - Describes how the staff of a tardive dyskinesia (TD) management program overcame institutional and community resistance to inpatient and outpatient efforts to alleviate TD. TD guidelines promulgated by a 1979 task force of the American Psychiatric Association were implemented. Through educational and liaison activities, the program staff overcame the fears of nurses and community sponsors of outpatients about reducing or withdrawing patients' neuroleptic medication. Implementation of the program required strong support from the hospital administration and an increase in communication between the various services and outpatient programs treating patients with TD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - institutional & community resistance KW - tardive dyskinesia management program KW - 1987 KW - Community Mental Health Services KW - Drug Therapy KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Tardive Dyskinesia KW - Health Personnel Attitudes KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-17939-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-17913-001 AN - 1988-17913-001 AU - Pearlman, Robert A. AU - Hedrick, Susan C. T1 - A health services research agenda for geriatric care. JF - Research on Aging JO - Research on Aging JA - Res Aging Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 9 IS - 1 SP - 101 EP - 113 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0164-0275 SN - 1552-7573 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-17913-001. PMID: 2954193 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pearlman, Robert A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research Education & Clinical Ctr, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19880601. Correction Date: 20121015. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Data Collection; Experimentation; Geriatrics; Health Care Delivery. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1987. AB - Describes the development of a research agenda and the gathering of data by the Veterans Administration to facilitate efficient and effective modifications in the delivery of care to the elderly. The agenda includes studying methods to augment providers' geriatric expertise; facilitate maximal independence for older persons; and identify effective strategies, target groups, and appropriate outcomes for long-term care. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - research & data collection methods KW - modification & development of health care delivery for elderly KW - 1987 KW - Data Collection KW - Experimentation KW - Geriatrics KW - Health Care Delivery KW - 1987 DO - 10.1177/0164027587009001005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-17913-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-17837-001 AN - 1988-17837-001 AU - Stewart, Jonathan T. AU - Mounts, Marcia L. AU - Clark, R. Lee T1 - Aggressive behavior in Huntington's disease: Treatment with propranolol. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 48 IS - 3 SP - 106 EP - 108 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-17837-001. PMID: 2880838 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stewart, Jonathan T.; Gainesville Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Inpatient Psychiatry Service, FL, US. Release Date: 19880601. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Drug Therapy; Huntingtons Disease; Propranolol. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1987. AB - Presents case reports of 3 White men (aged 44, 48, and 50 yrs) with advanced Huntington's disease, in whom episodic aggressive behavior that responded poorly to neuroleptics was reduced by carefully titrated doses of propranolol. Optimal doses were 30, 180, and 30 mg/day, respectively. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - propranolol KW - aggressive behavior KW - 44–50 yr old males with advanced Huntington's disease KW - 1987 KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Drug Therapy KW - Huntingtons Disease KW - Propranolol KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-17837-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-17824-001 AN - 1988-17824-001 AU - Raskind, Murray A. AU - Courtney, Neelima AU - Murburg, M. Michele AU - Backus, Frank I. AU - Bokan, John A. AU - Ries, Richard K. AU - Dorsa, Daniel M. AU - Weitzman, Richard E. T1 - Antipsychotic drugs and plasma vasopressin in normals and acute schizophrenic patients. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/04// VL - 22 IS - 4 SP - 453 EP - 462 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-17824-001. PMID: 3567260 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Raskind, Murray A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19880601. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Acute Schizophrenia; Drug Therapy; Neuroleptic Drugs; Vasopressin. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1987. AB - Evaluated the effects of antipsychotic drugs on plasma vasopressin (VP) by measuring VP response to a single dose of intramuscular chlorpromazine or intravenous haloperidol in 13 21–35 yr old normal males (Exp I) and to 2 wks of oral antipsychotics in 5 23–38 yr old acute schizophrenics (Exp II). Results suggest that antipsychotics do not directly stimulate VP release, but may indirectly stimulate VP release by well-described baroreceptor reflex mechanisms if hypotension occurs. Also, acute schizophrenia may be associated with increased plasma VP levels in some patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - im chlorpromazine or iv haloperidol or oral antipsychotics KW - plasma vasopressin levels KW - 23–38 yr olds with acute schizophrenia vs 21–35 yr old normal males KW - 1987 KW - Acute Schizophrenia KW - Drug Therapy KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Vasopressin KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(87)90167-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-17824-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-17797-001 AN - 1988-17797-001 AU - Hoffman, William F. AU - Labs, Sharon M. AU - Casey, Daniel E. T1 - Neuroleptic-induced parkinsonism in older schizophrenics. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/04// VL - 22 IS - 4 SP - 427 EP - 439 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-17797-001. PMID: 2882787 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hoffman, William F.; Portland Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, OR, US. Release Date: 19880601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neuroleptic Drugs; Parkinson's Disease; Schizophrenia; Side Effects (Drug). Minor Descriptor: Cerebral Ventricles; Cognitive Ability; Drug Therapy; Symptoms; Tardive Dyskinesia. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1987. AB - 21 medicated schizophrenics (aged 55+ yrs) were evaluated for parkinsonism (PK), tardive dyskinesia (TD), psychiatric symptoms, ventricular/brain ratio (VBR), and neuropsychological function. 16 Ss had drug-induced PK, whereas 10 had TD. Increased severity of PK was significantly associated with larger VBR and the severity of negative symptoms. Severity of PK predicted poor visual-spatial function, whereas negative symptoms were modestly predictive of impairment in both verbal ability and cognitive flexibility. Findings suggest that brain atrophy may be a risk factor for drug-induced PK. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuroleptic drugs KW - development of parkinsonism & tardive dyskinesia & ventricular/brain ratio & psychiatric symptoms & neuropsychological function KW - schizophrenic patients KW - 1987 KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Parkinson's Disease KW - Schizophrenia KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Cerebral Ventricles KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Drug Therapy KW - Symptoms KW - Tardive Dyskinesia KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(87)90165-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-17797-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-17460-001 AN - 1988-17460-001 AU - Squire, Larry R. AU - Shimamura, Arthur P. AU - Graf, Peter T1 - Strength and duration of priming effects in normal subjects and amnesic patients. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1987/// VL - 25 IS - 1-B SP - 195 EP - 210 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-17460-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Squire, Larry R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19880601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Priming; Recall (Learning); Recognition (Learning); Semantics. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism; Verbal Learning. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - In Exp I, 10 amnesic Ss (mean age 52.5 yrs), 8 alcoholic controls mean age 50.8 yrs), and 12 healthy controls (mean age 39.7 yrs) studied words under a semantic orienting condition and were given tests of word completion and recognition memory after an immediate, 2-hr or 4-day delay. Three-letter word stems were presented that could be completed to form several common words, and Ss completed each stem with the 1st word that came to mind. In Exps II and III, Ss studied words under either a semantic or a nonsemantic orienting condition, and word completion was tested at the same 3 delays using cues that uniquely specified the study words. Amnesic patients exhibited smaller and shorter-lasting word completion effects. Controls exhibited larger and longer-lasting word completion effects under the semantic orienting condition. Under the nonsemantic orienting condition, controls and amnesic Ss performed similarly. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - semantic vs nonsemantic priming KW - immediate vs delayed word completion & recognition memory KW - amnesic vs alcoholic patients KW - 1987 KW - Amnesia KW - Priming KW - Recall (Learning) KW - Recognition (Learning) KW - Semantics KW - Alcoholism KW - Verbal Learning KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(87)90131-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-17460-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-17352-001 AN - 1988-17352-001 AU - Cummings, Jeffrey L. AU - Miller, Bruce AU - Hill, Mary A. AU - Neshkes, Robert T1 - Neuropsychiatric aspects of multi-infarct dementia and dementia of the Alzheimer type. JF - Archives of Neurology JO - Archives of Neurology JA - Arch Neurol Y1 - 1987/04// VL - 44 IS - 4 SP - 389 EP - 393 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-9942 SN - 1538-3687 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-17352-001. PMID: 3827694 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of Neurology; JAMA Neurology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cummings, Jeffrey L.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurobehavior Unit, CA, US. Release Date: 19880601. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Behavior Change; Dementia; Neuropsychiatry. Minor Descriptor: Delusions; Hallucinations; Major Depression; Severity (Disorders). Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1987. AB - Investigated the association between certain features (i.e., delusions, depression, hallucinations) and dementia severity, as well as the interrelationship of the behavioral changes in 30 patients (aged 62–78 yrs) with dementia of the Alzheimer type (DAT) and 15 patients (aged 60–86 yrs) with multi-infarct dementia (MID). The frequency of delusion in DAT and MID differed little. Hallucinations occurred more frequently in MID than in DAT. Depression was more common in MID than in DAT. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical features & dementia severity & behavioral changes KW - 60–86 yr old patients with Alzheimer's disease vs multi-infarct dementia KW - 1987 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Behavior Change KW - Dementia KW - Neuropsychiatry KW - Delusions KW - Hallucinations KW - Major Depression KW - Severity (Disorders) KW - 1987 DO - 10.1001/archneur.1987.00520160031010 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-17352-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-17351-001 AN - 1988-17351-001 AU - Cummings, Jeffrey L. T1 - Multi-infarct dementia: Diagnosis and management. JF - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JO - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JA - Psychosomatics Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 117 EP - 126 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0033-3182 SN - 1545-7206 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-17351-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cummings, Jeffrey L.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurobehavior Unit, CA, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19880601. Correction Date: 20130923. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dementia; Diagnosis. Minor Descriptor: Epidemiology; Etiology; Symptoms; Treatment. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1987. AB - Discusses multi-infarct dementia (MID) in terms of epidemiology, clinical features, pathological classification, and etiologies. MID is characterized by abrupt onset and stepwise deterioration, focal neurologic signs and symptoms, and evidence of cardiac or vascular disease. Psychosis, depression, and emotional lability are common behavioral features. Hypertension is the most frequent underlying cause of MID, but atherosclerosis, diabetes, inflammatory disorders, and embolic conditions may also produce the syndrome. EEG, computed tomography, and magnetic resonance imaging aid in distinguishing MID from other dementing disorders. Control of risk factors and treatment of the underlying disorder may prevent or limit progression of MID, and appropriate management of the behavioral complications may substantially aid the patient and family. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - epidemiology & symptoms & treatment & etiology KW - multi-infarct dementia KW - 1987 KW - Dementia KW - Diagnosis KW - Epidemiology KW - Etiology KW - Symptoms KW - Treatment KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/S0033-3182(87)72553-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-17351-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-17263-001 AN - 1988-17263-001 AU - Schaefer, Melodie R. AU - Sobieraj, Karen AU - Hollyfield, Rebecca L. T1 - Severity of alcohol dependence and its relationship to additional psychiatric symptoms in male alcoholic inpatients. JF - The American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse JO - The American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse JA - Am J Drug Alcohol Abuse Y1 - 1987/// VL - 13 IS - 4 SP - 435 EP - 447 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0095-2990 SN - 1097-9891 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-17263-001. PMID: 3687900 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schaefer, Melodie R.; Veterans Administration Edward Hines, Jr. Hosp, Hines, IL, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19880601. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Mental Disorders; Severity (Disorders). Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Examined the relationship between patterns of psychiatric symptomatology and severity of alcohol dependence (AD) in 100 male alcoholic veteran inpatients (aged 22–69 yrs). Ss completed the SCL-90 (Revised), Michigan Alcoholism Screening Test, and the Severity of Alcohol Dependence Questionnaire. Analyses indicate a relationship between AD and symptom patterns. Partial correlation analysis suggests that length of AD and number of inpatient treatments for alcoholism enhanced the relationship between severity of AD and the following SCL-90 (Revised) symptom scales: Obsessive/Compulsive, Interpersonal Sensitivity, Hostility, Paranoid Ideation, and Psychoticism. Results are discussed in terms of treatment planning and prognostic assessment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - patterns of additional psychiatric symptomatology KW - severity of alcohol dependence KW - 22–69 yr old male alcoholic inpatients KW - 1987 KW - Alcoholism KW - Mental Disorders KW - Severity (Disorders) KW - 1987 DO - 10.3109/00952998709001526 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-17263-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-17213-001 AN - 1988-17213-001 AU - Hartz, Gary W. AU - Retzlaff, Paul T1 - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory profiles of enlisted Air Force and Army men arrested for driving while intoxicated: A comparision of single- and multiple-incident offenders. JF - Military Medicine JO - Military Medicine JA - Mil Med Y1 - 1987/04// VL - 152 IS - 4 SP - 187 EP - 189 CY - US PB - Assn of Military Surgeons of the US SN - 0026-4075 SN - 1930-613X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-17213-001. PMID: 3108702 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hartz, Gary W.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychological Services, Los Angeles, CA. Release Date: 19880601. Correction Date: 20170302. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Air Force Personnel; Army Personnel; Driving Under the Influence; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Recidivism. Minor Descriptor: Alcohol Intoxication; Human Males. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1987. AB - Compared Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) profiles of 2 groups of driving while intoxicated (DWI) offenders. One group of 69 Ss (mean age 24.8 yrs) had been arrested only once for DWI, whereas the 2nd group of 46 Ss (mean age 26.8 yrs) had been arrested at least once for DWI and at least one additional time for DWI or other alcohol-related incidents. All Ss were enlisted active duty US Air Force or Army males. The 2 groups were matched for age, rank, years of service, education, and distribution of race and marital status. The hypothesis that multiple offenders would score higher than 1-time offenders on scales 2 (Depression), 4 (Sociopathy), and 9 (Mania) of the MMPI was confirmed only for scale 2, with scale 4 approaching significance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI profiles & DWI recidivism KW - US Air Force or Army males KW - 1987 KW - Air Force Personnel KW - Army Personnel KW - Driving Under the Influence KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Recidivism KW - Alcohol Intoxication KW - Human Males KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-17213-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-17195-001 AN - 1988-17195-001 AU - Dorus, Walter AU - Kennedy, Josephine AU - Gibbons, Robert D. AU - Ravi, Suseela D. T1 - Symptoms and diagnosis of depression in alcoholics. JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JA - Alcohol Clin Exp Res Y1 - 1987/04// VL - 11 IS - 2 SP - 150 EP - 154 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0145-6008 SN - 1530-0277 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-17195-001. PMID: 3296832 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dorus, Walter; Veterans Administration Edward Hines, Jr. Hosp, Hines, IL, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19880601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Major Depression; Psychodiagnosis. Minor Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Beck Depression Inventory; Drug Withdrawal; Sobriety. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1987. AB - Examined depressive symptoms, using the Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), in 50 alcoholic patients, diagnosed according to Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) criteria during active drinking, withdrawal (4 days after the last drink), and abstinence (24 days after the last drink). DSM-III diagnoses of major depression were made in 16 (32%) Ss. The diagnoses were made using the National Institutes of Mental Health diagnostic interview schedule 10–24 days after the Ss' last drink. Depressive symptoms decreased as Ss progressed from active drinking to abstinence. Alcoholic Ss with major depression had higher BDI scores than those without such a diagnosis. Analysis of BDI items using a 2-parameter logistic item response model confirmed validity of the BDI. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - active drinking vs withdrawal vs abstinence periods KW - major depressive symptoms KW - alcoholic 23–68 yr olds KW - implications for use of Beck Depression Inventory & Diagnostic Interview Schedule KW - 1987 KW - Alcoholism KW - Major Depression KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Beck Depression Inventory KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Sobriety KW - 1987 DO - 10.1111/j.1530-0277.1987.tb01279.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-17195-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-17189-001 AN - 1988-17189-001 AU - Craig, Robert J. T1 - Diagnostic interviewing with drug abusers. JF - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice JO - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice JA - Prof Psychol Res Pr Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 19 IS - 1 SP - 14 EP - 20 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7028 SN - 1939-1323 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-17189-001. Other Journal Title: Professional Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Craig, Robert J.; West Side Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Drug Abuse Program, Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 19880601. Correction Date: 20100308. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Psychodiagnostic Interview. Minor Descriptor: Countertransference; Privileged Communication. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Apr 20, 1987; First Submitted Date: Feb 17, 1987. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Principles of diagnostic interviewing with adult male drug abusers are discussed in the light of changing concepts of addiction/dependency, confidentiality, and countertransference, and basic research relevant to each major content section is highlighted. A case example illustrates these ideas, and the article concludes with some practical recommendations for interviewing substance abusers. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - addiction/dependency & confidentiality & countertransference issues KW - diagnostic interviewing KW - drug abusing males KW - 1988 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Psychodiagnostic Interview KW - Countertransference KW - Privileged Communication KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/0735-7028.19.1.14 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-17189-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-17142-001 AN - 1988-17142-001 AU - Smith, Robert C. AU - Baumgartner, Richard AU - Calderon, Marcus T1 - Magnetic resonance imaging studies of the brains of schizophrenic patients. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 20 IS - 1 SP - 33 EP - 46 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-17142-001. PMID: 3562689 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Smith, Robert C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Allen Park, MI, US. Release Date: 19880601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Magnetism; Medical Diagnosis. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1987. AB - Performed magnetic resonance imaging studies of the brains of schizophrenic and control Ss (mean ages 30.7 and 32.1 yrs, respectively) using a 0.3 Tesla superconducting magnet. Quantitative measurements of ventricular size, sulcal width, and standardized image intensity were performed. Schizophrenics had a significantly higher image intensity in the inversion recovery mode (IR-30). Since the IR-30 images are T₁ weighted, this suggests that there may be differences in T₁ relaxation times in tissues in some areas of the brains of schizophrenics as compared to controls. However, more precise measurements of T₁ relaxation time are needed to confirm this finding. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - magnetic resonance image intensity KW - brains of schizophrenic patients KW - 1987 KW - Brain KW - Schizophrenia KW - Magnetism KW - Medical Diagnosis KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(87)90121-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-17142-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-17116-001 AN - 1988-17116-001 AU - Reich, James T1 - DSM-III personality disorders and family history of mental illness. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 176 IS - 1 SP - 45 EP - 49 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-17116-001. PMID: 3335836 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reich, James; Brockton Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, MA, US. Release Date: 19880601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Family Background; Family; Mental Disorders; Personality Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Major Depression; Panic Disorder. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1988. AB - Investigated the way in which the presence of a personality disorder (PD) in probands affects the frequency of psychiatric disorders in relatives. Four proband groups—panic, panic plus a PD, major depression, and depression plus a PD—were given N. C. Andreasen and colleagues' (1977) family history Research Diagnostic Criteria and the present author and colleagues' family history for Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) anxiety and personality disorders. Information was gathered on 730 1st-degree relatives of 129 probands. Panic patients with a PD had higher incidences of panic and panic plus a PD in relatives. There was increased depression in relatives of probands with either depression or a PD. Alcoholism appeared highest in relatives of probands who had combined depression and a PD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - presence of personality disorder KW - frequency of psychiatric disorders in relatives KW - psychiatric outpatients with panic disorder or depression with vs without personality disorder KW - 1988 KW - Family Background KW - Family KW - Mental Disorders KW - Personality Disorders KW - Major Depression KW - Panic Disorder KW - 1988 DO - 10.1097/00005053-198801000-00006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-17116-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-17022-001 AN - 1988-17022-001 AU - Garvey, Michael J. AU - Wesner, Robert AU - Godes, Michael T1 - Comparison of seasonal and nonseasonal affective disorders. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 145 IS - 1 SP - 100 EP - 102 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-17022-001. PMID: 3422136 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garvey, Michael J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 19880601. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chronicity (Disorders); Differential Diagnosis; Major Depression; Seasonal Variations; Symptoms. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1988. AB - Compared 18 adult patients with seasonal affective disorder with 13 adult patients with recurrent nonseasonal depressions. Seasonal depressions were associated with hypersomnia and carbohydrate craving, and there was a trend for a younger age at onset of seasonal affective disorder. Reduced libido, irritability, and increased appetite were somewhat more common in Ss with seasonal depression; insomnia, appetite loss, fatigue, anxiety, difficulty concentrating and dysphoria were equally common in both patient groups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - symptoms KW - patients with seasonal affective disorder vs recurrent nonseasonal depression KW - 1988 KW - Chronicity (Disorders) KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Major Depression KW - Seasonal Variations KW - Symptoms KW - 1988 DO - 10.1176/ajp.145.1.100 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-17022-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-17017-001 AN - 1988-17017-001 AU - Frazer, Alan AU - Brown, Richard T1 - Melatonin: A link between the environment and behavior. JF - Integrative Psychiatry JO - Integrative Psychiatry JA - Integr Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 5 IS - 1 SP - 3 EP - 10 CY - US PB - International Universities Press, Inc. SN - 0735-3847 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-17017-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Frazer, Alan; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Philadelphia, PA, US. Release Date: 19880601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Environmental Effects; Human Biological Rhythms; Melatonin; Mental Disorders; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Pineal Body. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210); Physiological Processes (2540). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1987. AB - Discusses the evidence linking the pineal hormone melatonin to the transmission of environmental cues. Studies of the influence of light on melatonin production indicate a possible relationship to rhythmic physiologic processes and various psychiatric disorders. Seven research groups have described the phenomenon of a robust decrease in the nocturnal rise of melatonin in severely depressed patients compared with controls. The underlying mechanisms may include disturbances in noradrenergic and/or serotonergic function. It is maintained that as a marker of internal rhythms, melatonin offers potential as a physiologic probe and research tool, a diagnostic tool, and perhaps as a therapeutic tool to regulate sleep or reproductive activity in a world in which many activities must be rapidly synchronized. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - pineal gland & melatonin KW - transmission of environmental cues & role in psychiatric disorders & rhythmic physiological processes & as therapy KW - 1987 KW - Environmental Effects KW - Human Biological Rhythms KW - Melatonin KW - Mental Disorders KW - Treatment KW - Pineal Body KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-17017-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-17008-001 AN - 1988-17008-001 AU - Dysken, Maurice AU - Patlak, Clifford S. AU - Dobben, Glen D. AU - Pettigrew, Karen D. AU - Bartko, John J. AU - Burns, Elizabeth M. AU - Davis, John AU - Regier, Darrel A. T1 - Rapid dynamic CT scanning to distinguish schizophrenic from normal subjects. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1987/02// VL - 20 IS - 2 SP - 165 EP - 175 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-17008-001. PMID: 3575561 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dysken, Maurice; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education, & Clinical Ctr, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 19880601. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Schizophrenia; Tomography. Minor Descriptor: Computer Assisted Diagnosis. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1987. AB - Used rapid dynamic computerized axial tomography (CT) density-time curves to detect abnormal brain regions in groups of controls and Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) diagnosed schizophrenics. Density-time curves were designated as plateau curves if, following a bolus injection of contrast material, they exhibited a plateau from the peak value rather than a decrease. Five of the 10 schizophrenics vs none of the 11 controls were found to possess 2 or more plateau curves. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - rapid dynamic computerized axial tomography density time curves KW - detection of abnormal brain regions KW - schizophrenic adults KW - 1987 KW - Brain KW - Schizophrenia KW - Tomography KW - Computer Assisted Diagnosis KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(87)90008-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-17008-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-16938-001 AN - 1988-16938-001 AU - Powell, Barbara J. AU - Read, Marsha R. AU - Penick, Elizabeth C. AU - Miller, Norman S. AU - Bingham, S. F. T1 - Primary and secondary depression in alcoholic men: An important distinction? JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 48 IS - 3 SP - 98 EP - 101 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-16938-001. PMID: 3818555 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Powell, Barbara J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Kansas City, MO, US. Release Date: 19880601. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Major Depression; Onset (Disorders). Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1987. AB - Compared 3 groups of male alcoholics (aged 19–76 yrs) who had been divided into subgroups based on the temporal onset of depression relative to the onset of alcoholism. The 78 Ss' depression was classified as primary (occurring 2+ yrs prior to onset), concurrent (occurring within 2 yrs of onset), or secondary (at least 2 yrs after onset). An analysis of interview data shows that although few statistical differences were found, observed trends suggested more impairment in Ss with primary depression than in those with concurrent or secondary depression. It is concluded that the primary–secondary depression distinction may have clinical relevance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - onset of primary vs secondary depression before vs after onset of alcoholism KW - male alcoholic 19–76 yr olds KW - 1987 KW - Alcoholism KW - Major Depression KW - Onset (Disorders) KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-16938-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-16884-001 AN - 1988-16884-001 AU - Levenson, Michael R. AU - Aldwin, Carolyn M. AU - Bossé, Raymond AU - Spiro, Avron T1 - Emotionality and mental health: Longitudinal findings from the normative aging study. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 97 IS - 1 SP - 94 EP - 96 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-16884-001. PMID: 3351120 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levenson, Michael R.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19880601. Correction Date: 20120305. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotionality (Personality); Extraversion; Mental Health. Minor Descriptor: Longitudinal Studies. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Aug 31, 1987; Revised Date: Aug 6, 1987; First Submitted Date: Apr 6, 1987. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The present longitudinal study examined the relation between the temperament types of emotionality and extraversion, as assessed by the Eysenck Personality Inventory-Q (Floderus, 1974), and self-reported psychological symptoms 10 years later, as assessed by the revised version of the Hopkins Symptom Checklist (SCL-90-R; Derogatis, 1983). The sample consisted of 1,324 older men, participants in the Normative Aging Study. Those high in emotionality were expected to report higher levels of symptoms than those low in emotionality. Symptoms of depression and anxiety, however, were hypothesized to be higher among emotional introverts, whereas hostility and psychoticism were expected to be higher among emotional extraverts. Canonical correlation analysis showed that emotionality and extraversion accounted for 25% of the variance in mental health 10 years later. However, emotionality accounted for most of the variance, with extraversion accounting for only 2%. The results are interpreted as support for the construct of negative affectivity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - emotionality & extraversion KW - psychological symptoms KW - 40–98 yr old males KW - 10 yr longitudinal study KW - 1988 KW - Emotionality (Personality) KW - Extraversion KW - Mental Health KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/0021-843X.97.1.94 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-16884-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-16862-001 AN - 1988-16862-001 AU - Erickson, Richard C. T1 - The psychology of self-esteem: Promise or peril? JF - Pastoral Psychology JO - Pastoral Psychology JA - Pastoral Psychol Y1 - 1987///Spr 1987 VL - 35 IS - 3 SP - 163 EP - 171 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0031-2789 SN - 1573-6679 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-16862-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Erickson, Richard C.; Portland Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, OR, US. Release Date: 19880601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Self-Esteem. Minor Descriptor: Pastoral Counseling. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1987. AB - Contends that the psychology of self-esteem (SE) bypasses consequential issues of everyday behavior and moral responsibility in favor of pursuing a global goal of enhanced SE. Discussion focuses on the meaning and measurement of SE, SE as diagnosis and prescription, cultural assumptions, and alternatives to SE. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - inadequacy & implications of & alternatives to psychology of self esteem KW - implications for pastoral counseling KW - 1987 KW - Self-Esteem KW - Pastoral Counseling KW - 1987 DO - 10.1007/BF01763826 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-16862-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-16846-001 AN - 1988-16846-001 AU - Ainslie, George T1 - Self-reported tactics of impulse control. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1987/02// VL - 22 IS - 2 SP - 167 EP - 179 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-16846-001. PMID: 3570571 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ainslie, George; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Coatesville, PA, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19880601. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Impulsiveness; Personality Correlates; Self-Control. Minor Descriptor: Defense Mechanisms; Internal External Locus of Control; Prisoners; Self-Report. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120); Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1987. AB - Two studies assessed 66 male and 107 female college students' and 66 male prisoners' self-reports of approval of 4 kinds of precommitting tactics as applied to 14 commonplace temptations. Ss also completed measures of personality, locus of control, and impulse control. Endorsement of private rules as a precommitting device was correlated with self-reported compulsive personality traits and negatively correlated with endorsement of extrapsychic (social or physical) devices; the later endorsement was correlated with self-reported oral/paranoid traits. Females endorsed attention control as a precommitting device more than males; males endorsed extrapsychic devices more than females. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self reported compulsive personality traits & locus of control KW - endorsement of impulse controlling tactics KW - college students & male prisoners KW - 1987 KW - Impulsiveness KW - Personality Correlates KW - Self-Control KW - Defense Mechanisms KW - Internal External Locus of Control KW - Prisoners KW - Self-Report KW - 1987 DO - 10.3109/10826088709027421 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-16846-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-16834-001 AN - 1988-16834-001 AU - Manis, Melvin AU - Paskewitz, Joan R. T1 - Assessing psychopathology in individuals and groups: Aggregating behavior samples to form overall impressions. JF - Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin JO - Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin JA - Pers Soc Psychol Bull Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 13 IS - 1 SP - 83 EP - 94 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0146-1672 SN - 1552-7433 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-16834-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Manis, Melvin; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Ann Arbor, MI, US. Release Date: 19880601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Impression Formation; Information. Minor Descriptor: Emotional Adjustment. Classification: Social Perception & Cognition (3040). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1987. AB - Presented 64 Ss from a university community with vocabulary definitions to be used in assessing emotional disturbance in a single patient ('Mr. Green') or in a group of patients. Some Ss were initially presented with a high-pathology series of definitions, whereas others received more benign definitions. Ss then received a set of midscale definitions. Assessments of Mr. Green, both at the beginning and end of the session, were directly related to the available definitions. Ratings of the group initially followed a similar course. However, at the end of the experiment, there was clear evidence of a crossover pattern; in their final assessments, Ss initially receiving a pathological set of definitions judged the group-as-a-whole to be less disturbed than did the Ss who had initially been provided with nonpathological definitions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - presentation of pathological vs nonpathological vocabulary definitions KW - assessment of emotional disturbance KW - hypothetical single patient vs group of patients KW - 1987 KW - Impression Formation KW - Information KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - 1987 DO - 10.1177/0146167287131008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-16834-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-16366-001 AN - 1988-16366-001 AU - Pincomb, Gwendolyn A. AU - Lovallo, William R. AU - Passey, Richard B. AU - Brackett, Daniel J. AU - Wilson, M. F. T1 - Caffeine enhances the physiological response to occupational stress in medical students. JF - Health Psychology JO - Health Psychology JA - Health Psychol Y1 - 1987/// VL - 6 IS - 2 SP - 101 EP - 112 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates SN - 0278-6133 SN - 1930-7810 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-16366-001. PMID: 3830118 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pincomb, Gwendolyn A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Behavioral Sciences Labs, Oklahoma City, OK, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association. Release Date: 19880601. Correction Date: 20100329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Caffeine; Medical Students; Physiological Correlates; Stress Reactions. Minor Descriptor: Blood Pressure; Cholesterol; Heart Rate; Hydrocortisone. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1987. Copyright Statement: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. 1987. AB - Tested caffeine (3.3 mg/kg) against a placebo in 20 male medical students (aged 19–31 yrs) during periods of low (no exams) vs high (final exams) work stress. On each of 8 test days, heart rate and blood pressure were measured at baseline and over a 40-min postdrug interval; immediately afterward, blood was drawn to test plasma cortisol and serum lipid concentrations. Exams increased heart rate and systolic blood pressure. Caffeine decreased heart rate and increased systolic blood pressure, diastolic blood pressure, plasma cortisol levels, and serum cholesterol levels. Caffeine effects were additive with those of exams, and together they increased the number of Ss showing systolic blood pressures in the borderline hypertensive range. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - caffeine & work stress KW - heart rate & BP & plasma cortisol & serum cholesterol levels KW - 19–31 yr old male medical students KW - 1987 KW - Caffeine KW - Medical Students KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Stress Reactions KW - Blood Pressure KW - Cholesterol KW - Heart Rate KW - Hydrocortisone KW - 1987 DO - 10.1037/0278-6133.6.2.101 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-16366-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-16359-001 AN - 1988-16359-001 AU - Offord, Steve J. AU - Warwick, Robert O. T1 - Differential effects of nialamide and clomipramine on serotonin efflux and autoreceptors. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 26 IS - 3 SP - 593 EP - 600 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-16359-001. PMID: 2437597 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Offord, Steve J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychopharmacology Unit, Philadelphia, PA, US. Release Date: 19880601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chlorimipramine; Neurochemistry; Nialamide; Serotonin. Minor Descriptor: Neural Receptors; Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1987. AB - Evaluated 5-hydroxytryptamine (5-HT) activity in male Sprague-Dawley rats following administration of antidepressants nialamide and clomipramine. Results suggest that the efficacy of monoamine oxidase (MAO) inhibitor antidepressants may be related to their ability to increase endogenous 5-HT and produce a subsensitivity of 5-HT₁ type receptors. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nialamide vs clomipramine KW - 5-HT activity KW - male rats KW - 1987 KW - Chlorimipramine KW - Neurochemistry KW - Nialamide KW - Serotonin KW - Neural Receptors KW - Rats KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(87)90171-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-16359-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-16313-001 AN - 1988-16313-001 AU - Haroutunian, V. AU - Mantin, R. AU - Campbell, G. A. AU - Tsuboyama, G. K. AU - Davis, K. L. T1 - Cysteamine-induced depletion of central somatostatin-like immunoactivity: Effects on behavior, learning, memory and brain neurochemistry. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1987/02// VL - 403 IS - 2 SP - 234 EP - 242 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-16313-001. PMID: 3828820 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Haroutunian, V.; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, NY, US. Release Date: 19880601. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Activity Level; Amines; Avoidance Conditioning; Neurochemistry; Somatotropin. Minor Descriptor: Central Nervous System; Immunology; Rats; Retention. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1987. AB - Studied the effects on behavior, learning, memory, and brain neurochemistry of cysteamine-induced depletion of central somatostatin-like immunoactivity (SLI) in adult male Sprague-Dawley rats. Cysteamine was administered subcutaneously (sc) in doses of 0, 50, 100, 150, 200, and 250 mg/kg. Observations covered general activity, defecation, tremor, and passive avoidance acquisition and retention. Cortical levels of SLI, dopamine, and norepinephrine were also assessed. Results indicate that somatostatin, in addition to its effects on hormonal regulation, may play an important role in behavior and passive avoidance learning and memory. The amnesia produced by cysteamine may have been due to the release of somatostatin into the cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) from tissue stores, rather than somatostatin depletion per se, or that the catecholaminergic effects of high doses of cysteamine contribute to behavioral defects. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cysteamine induced depletion of central somatostatin like immunoreactivity KW - activity level & passive avoidance acquisition & retention & brain neurochemistry KW - male rats KW - 1987 KW - Activity Level KW - Amines KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Neurochemistry KW - Somatotropin KW - Central Nervous System KW - Immunology KW - Rats KW - Retention KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(87)90060-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-16313-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-16256-001 AN - 1988-16256-001 AU - Salmon, David P. AU - Zola-Morgan, Stuart AU - Squire, Larry R. T1 - Retrograde amnesia following combined hippocampus-amygdala lesions in monkeys. JF - Psychobiology JO - Psychobiology JA - Psychobiology (Austin, Tex) Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 37 EP - 47 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0889-6313 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-16256-001. Other Journal Title: Physiological Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Salmon, David P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19880601. Correction Date: 20100104. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Amygdala; Hippocampus; Retrograde Amnesia. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1987. AB - Assessed retrograde amnesia associated with lesions of the hippocampus, amygdala, and overlying allocortex in 8 cynomolgus monkeys (Macaca fascicularis) trained on 2-choice object discriminations 2–32 wks prior to surgery. Six weeks prior to surgery, Ss were trained on a motor skill task. Three weeks after surgery, nonlesioned controls performed as well on object pairs they had last seen 9 mo earlier as they did on object pairs learned a few weeks earlier. Lesioned Ss performed at or near chance on object pairs from the 5 preoperative periods, indicating a profound memory loss that persisted in retention tests during the following 8 mo. Retention of the preoperatively learned motor skill was excellent in both groups. While learning of new object pairs was impaired after surgery, new motor skills were acquired at a normal rate. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hippocampus amygdala lesions KW - subsequent retrograde amnesia assessed by discrimination & motor performance tasks KW - monkeys KW - 1987 KW - Amnesia KW - Amygdala KW - Hippocampus KW - Retrograde Amnesia KW - Monkeys KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-16256-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-16252-001 AN - 1988-16252-001 AU - Perryman, Kent M. AU - Kling, Arthur S. AU - Lloyd, Robert L. T1 - Differential effects of inferior temporal cortex lesions upon visual and auditory-evoked potentials in the amygdala of the squirrel monkey (Saimiri sciureus). JF - Behavioral & Neural Biology JO - Behavioral & Neural Biology JA - Behav Neural Biol Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 47 IS - 1 SP - 73 EP - 79 CY - US PB - Academic Press SN - 0163-1047 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-16252-001. PMID: 3566694 Other Journal Title: Behavioral Biology; Communications in Behavioral Biology. Part A. Original Articles; Neurobiology of Learning and Memory. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Perryman, Kent M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19880601. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amygdala; Auditory Evoked Potentials; Temporal Lobe; Visual Evoked Potentials. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1987. AB - Visual-evoked potentials (VEPs) and auditory-evoked potentials (AEPs) were elicited from amygdala nuclei and inferior temporal (IT) cortex in 6 chaired, alert squirrel monkeys to diffuse flash and click stimuli. The amygdala-evoked potentials resulting from stimulation of 2 modalities were similar in terms of component configuration. AEPs recorded from the IT cortex had shorter latencies than the amygdala VEPs. Both modalities of stimulation elicited potentials with shorter onset latencies in the amygdala than those recorded from the surface of IT cortex. Bilateral ablation of the IT cortex eliminated VEPs recorded from the basalis medialis amygdalae but not the basalis lateralis amygdalae region. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - bilateral inferior temporal cortex lesions KW - visual & auditory EPs in amygdala nuclei vs temporal cortex KW - squirrel monkeys KW - 1987 KW - Amygdala KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Temporal Lobe KW - Visual Evoked Potentials KW - Monkeys KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/S0163-1047(87)90167-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-16252-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-16248-001 AN - 1988-16248-001 AU - Mauk, Michael D. AU - Thompson, Richard F. T1 - Retention of classically conditioned eyelid responses following acute decerebration. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1987/02// VL - 403 IS - 1 SP - 89 EP - 95 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-16248-001. PMID: 3828818 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mauk, Michael D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19880601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Decerebration; Eyelid Conditioning. Minor Descriptor: Rabbits. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1987. AB - Showed that classically conditioned eyelid responses are retained in male albino rabbits (Oryctolagus cuniculus) following decerebration. The presence of these responses represents retention rather than reacquisition in that they are present in the initial trials following decerebration. This excludes the possibility that the postdecerebration conditioned response (CR) is mediated by pathways different from those involved in the intact S. These data indicate that the CR pathway, and sites of plasticity, for eyelid conditioning are spared by decerebration and are contained within the brainstem and cerebellum. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - decerebration KW - classically conditioned eyelid responses KW - male rabbits KW - 1987 KW - Decerebration KW - Eyelid Conditioning KW - Rabbits KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(87)90126-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-16248-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-16243-001 AN - 1988-16243-001 AU - Kling, Arthur S. AU - Lloyd, Robert L. AU - Perryman, Kent M. T1 - Slow wave changes in amygdala to visual, auditory, and social stimuli following lesions of the inferior temporal cortex in squirrel monkey (Saimiri sciureus). JF - Behavioral & Neural Biology JO - Behavioral & Neural Biology JA - Behav Neural Biol Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 47 IS - 1 SP - 54 EP - 72 CY - US PB - Academic Press SN - 0163-1047 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-16243-001. PMID: 3566692 Other Journal Title: Behavioral Biology; Communications in Behavioral Biology. Part A. Original Articles; Neurobiology of Learning and Memory. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kling, Arthur S.; Sepulveda Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, CA, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19880601. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amygdala; Auditory Stimulation; Electrical Activity; Temporal Lobe; Visual Stimulation. Minor Descriptor: Animal Social Behavior; Monkeys. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 19. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1987. AB - Radiotelemetry of slow-wave activity of the amygdala was recorded under a variety of conditions with 11 monkeys. Recordings of vocalizations and slides of ethologically relevant objects produced a greater increase in power than did control stimuli. Both the natural auditory and visual stimuli produced a reliable hierarchy with regard to the magnitude of response. Following lesions of inferior temporal cortex, these hierarchies were disrupted, producing a decrease in power. However, the power recorded from the natural stimuli was still greater than that recorded from control stimuli. Results suggest that only the interpretation of sensory information by the amygdala was altered by the lesions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual vs auditory stimuli vs social interaction KW - slow wave activity of amygdala KW - monkeys with vs without lesions of inferior temporal cortex KW - 1987 KW - Amygdala KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Electrical Activity KW - Temporal Lobe KW - Visual Stimulation KW - Animal Social Behavior KW - Monkeys KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/S0163-1047(87)90156-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-16243-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-16183-001 AN - 1988-16183-001 AU - Shiromani, Priyattam J. AU - Gillin, J. Christian AU - Henriksen, Steven J. T1 - Acetylcholine and the regulation of REM sleep: Basic mechanisms and clinical implications for affective illness and narcolepsy. JF - Annual Review of Pharmacology and Toxicology JO - Annual Review of Pharmacology and Toxicology JA - Annu Rev Pharmacol Toxicol Y1 - 1987/// VL - 27 SP - 137 EP - 156 CY - US PB - Annual Reviews SN - 0362-1642 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-16183-001. PMID: 3579239 Other Journal Title: Annual Review of Pharmacology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shiromani, Priyattam J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19880601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Acetylcholine; Cholinergic Nerves; REM Sleep. Minor Descriptor: Major Depression; Narcolepsy; Neuroanatomy; Neurochemistry. Classification: Psychophysiology (2560); Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 20. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Describes the role of cholinergic mechanisms in the initiation and maintenance of REM sleep. The neuroanatomical organization of the cholinergic system, and acetylcholine's involvement in cortical desynchronization, REMs, ponto-geniculo-occipital waves, and atonia are discussed. Clinical implications of cholinergic regulation of REM sleep have been evidenced in the clinical disorders of depression and narcolepsy, as well as in normal patients under certain conditions. The involvement of the cholinergic mechanism in normal sleep may provide cues to pathophysiological mechanisms in these disorders. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cholinergic mechanisms KW - regulation of REM sleep KW - implications for clinical disorders of depression & narcolepsy KW - 1987 KW - Acetylcholine KW - Cholinergic Nerves KW - REM Sleep KW - Major Depression KW - Narcolepsy KW - Neuroanatomy KW - Neurochemistry KW - 1987 DO - 10.1146/annurev.pa.27.040187.001033 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-16183-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-15778-001 AN - 1988-15778-001 AU - Tamkin, Arthur S. AU - Carson, Mary F. AU - Nixon, Donald H. AU - Hyer, Leon A. T1 - A comparison among some measures of depression in male alcoholics. JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 48 IS - 2 SP - 176 EP - 178 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0096-882X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-15778-001. PMID: 3560954 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs; Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tamkin, Arthur S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Psychology Service, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 19880601. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Major Depression; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Inventories; Rating Scales. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1987. AB - Administered 3 questionnaires to 67 male alcoholics treated at the Veterans Administration Medical Center of Augusta, Georgia, to determine the efficacy of the instruments in identifying depressive symptoms among these patients. Instruments included the dysthymic scale of the Clinical Multiaxial Inventory by T. Millon (1983), the Depression Inventory by A. T. Beck et al (1961), and the Geriatric Depression Scale by T. L. Brink et al (1982). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - efficacy of dysthymic scale of Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory vs Depression Inventory vs Geriatric Depression Scale KW - identification of depressive symptoms KW - male alcoholic patients KW - 1987 KW - Alcoholism KW - Major Depression KW - Test Validity KW - Inventories KW - Rating Scales KW - 1987 DO - 10.15288/jsa.1987.48.176 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-15778-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-15769-001 AN - 1988-15769-001 AU - Ryan, Joseph J. AU - Nowak, Thomas J. AU - Geisser, Michael E. T1 - On the comparability of the WAIS and WAIS—R: Review of the research and implications for clinical practice. JF - Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment JO - Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment JA - J Psychoeduc Assess Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 5 IS - 1 SP - 15 EP - 30 CY - US PB - Psychoeducational Corp SN - 0734-2829 SN - 1557-5144 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-15769-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ryan, Joseph J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Leavenworth, KS, US. Other Publishers: Clinical Psychology Publishing Co.; Grune & Stratton, Inc.; Sage Publications. Release Date: 19880601. Correction Date: 20121015. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Literature Review; Statistical Correlation; Test Reliability; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Minor Descriptor: Diagnosis; Factor Analysis. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1987. AB - Discusses test–retest, combined administration, and equivalent groups comparisons of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) and WAIS—Revised (WAIS—R). A review of studies using these methods indicates that the WAIS—R yields lower IQ scores than the WAIS for normals and groups with psychiatric and/or neurological disorders. It is suggested that differences between the scales are smaller for high average–superior than average intelligence levels. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - test–retest & combined administration & equivalent groups comparison of WAIS & WAIS-R KW - normal Ss & psychiatric or neurologic patients KW - literature review KW - clinical implications KW - 1987 KW - Literature Review KW - Statistical Correlation KW - Test Reliability KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - Diagnosis KW - Factor Analysis KW - 1987 DO - 10.1177/073428298700500103 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-15769-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-15743-001 AN - 1988-15743-001 AU - Levine, Jacob AU - Warrenburg, Stephen AU - Kerns, Robert AU - Schwartz, Gary AU - Delaney, Richard AU - Fontana, Alan AU - Gradman, Alan AU - Smith, Sheryl AU - Allen, Scott AU - Cascione, Rosa T1 - The role of denial in recovery from coronary heart disease. JF - Psychosomatic Medicine JO - Psychosomatic Medicine Y1 - 1987/03//Mar-Apr, 1987 VL - 49 IS - 2 SP - 109 EP - 117 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0033-3174 SN - 1534-7796 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-15743-001. PMID: 3575599 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levine, Jacob; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19880601. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cardiovascular Disorders; Denial; Recovery (Disorders); Test Reliability; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Attitude Measures; Followup Studies; Hospitalized Patients; Illness Behavior; Myocardial Infarctions; Surgical Patients. Classification: Health Psychology Testing (2226); Cardiovascular Disorders (3295). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Mar-Apr, 1987. AB - Using a newly developed interview instrument, the Levine Denial of Illness Scale (LDIS) by T. P. Hackett and N. H. Cassem (see record [rid]1975-03493-001[/rid]), the level and modes of denial were assessed in 45 male patients (mean age 58.5 yrs) who were hospitalized for myocardial infarction or for coronary bypass surgery, of whom 30 were followed for 1 yr after discharge. The reliability, internal consistency, and validity of the LDIS were satisfactory, and the LDIS showed discriminant validity from trait measures of denial. High deniers spent fewer days in intensive care and had fewer signs of cardiac dysfunction during their hospitalization relative to low deniers. High deniers were more noncompliant with medical recommendations and required more days of rehospitalization. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reliability & internal consistency & validity of Levine Denial of Illness Scale KW - assessment of denial & role in recovery KW - adult male myocardial infarction or bypass surgery patients KW - 1 yr followup KW - 1987 KW - Cardiovascular Disorders KW - Denial KW - Recovery (Disorders) KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - Attitude Measures KW - Followup Studies KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Illness Behavior KW - Myocardial Infarctions KW - Surgical Patients KW - 1987 DO - 10.1097/00006842-198703000-00001 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-15743-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-15613-001 AN - 1988-15613-001 AU - Simon, Steven E. T1 - Productivity, efficiency and effectiveness: Simple indicators of agency performance. JF - Journal of Rehabilitation Administration JO - Journal of Rehabilitation Administration Y1 - 1987/// VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 4 EP - 10 CY - US PB - Elliott & Fitzpatrick N1 - Accession Number: 1988-15613-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Simon, Steven E.; Veterans Administration Regional Office, Vocational Rehabilitation & Counseling Div, Cleveland, OH, US. Release Date: 19880501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Employee Productivity; Organizational Effectiveness; Social Services; Agency. Minor Descriptor: Models; Organizations. Classification: Organizational Behavior (3660); Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Outlines a microsystems process model on which such human service organization performance indicators as productivity, effectiveness, and efficiency can be based. The smallest units of human activity are linked through successively larger process units to the highest systems level, which represents achieved results. Within the model, productivity is defined as the ratio of output to input; efficiency is defined as the ratio of desired client outcome (benefits) to costs and to staff output required to achieve those outcomes; and effectiveness is defined as the ratio of desired outcomes to total outcomes or to a standard or the ratio of benefits to total outcomes. These definitions can encompass analysis of either process or results, depending on whether intermediate or final outcomes are used. These performance indicators provide a basis for program evaluation and improvement, management analysis, accountability, and research. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - microsystems process model KW - human service agency performance indicators of productivity & effectiveness & efficiency KW - 1987 KW - Employee Productivity KW - Organizational Effectiveness KW - Social Services KW - Agency KW - Models KW - Organizations KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-15613-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-15125-001 AN - 1988-15125-001 AU - Jacob, Mary C. T1 - Managing the internship application experience: Advice from an exhausted but content survivor. JF - The Counseling Psychologist JO - The Counseling Psychologist JA - Couns Psychol Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 146 EP - 155 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0011-0000 SN - 1552-3861 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-15125-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jacob, Mary C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychology, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19880501. Correction Date: 20121001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology Internship; Graduate Psychology Education. Minor Descriptor: Graduate Students. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1987. AB - Presents activities for preparing internship applications during the psychology student's 1st yr of graduate school and a decision grid for ranking intern sites. The activities are framed within a calendar sequence. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - preparation strategies for internship applications KW - psychology graduate students KW - 1987 KW - Clinical Psychology Internship KW - Graduate Psychology Education KW - Graduate Students KW - 1987 DO - 10.1177/0011000087151009 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-15125-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-15111-001 AN - 1988-15111-001 AU - Goodwin, Marsha AU - Trocchio, Julie T1 - Cultivating positive attitudes in nursing home staff. JF - Geriatric Nursing JO - Geriatric Nursing JA - Geriatr Nurs Y1 - 1987/01//Jan-Feb, 1987 VL - 8 IS - 1 SP - 32 EP - 34 CY - US PB - American Journal of Nursing Co. SN - 0197-4572 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-15111-001. PMID: 3643153 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goodwin, Marsha; Veterans Administration Office of Geriatrics & Extended Care, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 19880501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aged (Attitudes Toward); Health Personnel Attitudes; Inservice Training; Nursing Homes. Classification: Professional Personnel Attitudes & Characteristics (3430). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan-Feb, 1987. AB - Discusses the importance and means of instilling positive attitudes toward patients among nursing home staff. Topics discussed include simulation games, skills checklists, group meetings, involvement of patients, care planning, time management, resident councils and activities, and admission planning. Professional nurses can promote positive attitudes and behavior and demonstrate the value of compassion and caring by setting an example for nursing assistants. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - importance & promotion of positive attitudes among nursing home staff KW - 1987 KW - Aged (Attitudes Toward) KW - Health Personnel Attitudes KW - Inservice Training KW - Nursing Homes KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/S0197-4572(87)80188-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-15111-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-15067-001 AN - 1988-15067-001 AU - Wolkin, Adam AU - Segarnick, David AU - Sierkierski, Joanna AU - Manku, Mehar AU - Horrobin, David AU - Rotrosen, John T1 - Essential fatty acid supplementation during early alcohol abstinence. JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JA - Alcohol Clin Exp Res Y1 - 1987/02// VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 87 EP - 92 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0145-6008 SN - 1530-0277 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-15067-001. PMID: 3551668 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wolkin, Adam; New York Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, NY, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19880501. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Fatty Acids; Sobriety. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Enzymes; Liver. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1987. AB - Essential fatty acid (EFA) profiles in blood-lipid fractions, serum liver enzymes, cognitive function, and alcohol craving were measured in 27 acutely abstinent alcoholics (aged 24–65 yrs). After a 3-wk trial of EFA supplementation, cognitive function, alcohol craving, and liver enzymes improved in both the EFA and placebo groups; most EFA levels also approached normal values. There were no treatment effects of EFA supplementation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - essential fatty acid supplementation KW - cognitive function & alcohol craving & liver enzymes KW - acutely abstinent alcoholic 24–65 yr olds KW - 1987 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Fatty Acids KW - Sobriety KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Enzymes KW - Liver KW - 1987 DO - 10.1111/j.1530-0277.1987.tb01268.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-15067-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-15059-001 AN - 1988-15059-001 AU - Spitzer, Jaclyn B. AU - Newman, Craig W. T1 - Brainstem auditory evoked potentials in newly detoxified alcoholics. JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 48 IS - 1 SP - 9 EP - 13 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0096-882X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-15059-001. PMID: 3821121 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs; Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spitzer, Jaclyn B.; Veterans Administration Rehabilitation Medicine Service, Audiology & Speech Pathology Section, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19880501. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Auditory Evoked Potentials; Detoxification. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1987. AB - Examined the latency and amplitude of brainstem auditory evoked potentials (EPs) in 14 relatively detoxified alcoholics and 14 controls. While results fail to demonstrate many mean differences between the groups, greater variability in latency and amplitude and more aberrant morphology was seen among alcoholics than among controls. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - brain stem auditory EPs KW - detoxified alcoholic 25–49 yr olds KW - 1987 KW - Alcoholism KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Detoxification KW - 1987 DO - 10.15288/jsa.1987.48.9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-15059-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-15052-001 AN - 1988-15052-001 AU - O'Farrell, Timothy J. AU - Langenbucher, James T1 - Inpatient treatment of alcoholism: A behavioral approach. JF - Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment JO - Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment JA - J Subst Abuse Treat Y1 - 1987/// VL - 4 IS - 3-4 SP - 215 EP - 231 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0740-5472 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-15052-001. PMID: 3437486 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Farrell, Timothy J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcohol & Family Studies Lab, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19880501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Behavior Therapy; Hospitalized Patients. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - After detoxification, a comprehensive assessment of the individual patient's drinking and other problems is the 1st step in inpatient behavioral treatment of alcoholism. Treatment is individualized to achieve 3 major goals: (1) to facilitate and consolidate the patient's commitment to change; (2) to stabilize the change in drinking (through aversion therapy teaching alternative skills, strengthening behaviors incompatible with alcohol abuse, antabuse, and/or psychotropic medication for additional psychopathology); and (3) the careful planning of aftercare and postdischarge life. The case of a 45-yr-old alcoholic male illustrates the above notions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - inpatient behavioral treatment KW - alcoholism KW - 45 yr old male KW - 1987 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/S0740-5472(87)80016-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-15052-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-15043-001 AN - 1988-15043-001 AU - Kofoed, Lial L. AU - Tolson, Robert L. AU - Atkinson, Roland M. AU - Toth, Rodger L. AU - Turner, John A. T1 - Treatment compliance of older alcoholics: An elder-specific approach is superior to 'mainstreaming.' JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 48 IS - 1 SP - 47 EP - 51 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0096-882X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-15043-001. PMID: 3821118 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs; Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kofoed, Lial L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19880501. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Client Characteristics; Relapse (Disorders); Treatment Compliance. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism; Group Counseling; Treatment Dropouts. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1987. AB - Compared treatment compliance of 23 male and 2 female alcoholics (aged 54–76 yrs) treated in an elder-specific program (ELSP) with that of 24 male older alcoholics (aged 54–66 yrs) treated in mixed-age groups (MAGs). The former comprised the experimental peer treatment group. Significant differences, all favoring Ss in an ELSP, were found with respect to treatment retention, compliance, and completion of 1 yr of treatment. Of 16 irregular discharges in the MAG, 10 were attributed to repeated failures to attend treatment groups. Although the total number of detected relapses was similar in both groups, Ss in an ELSP accumulated relapses over a significantly longer treatment period. All 6 relapsers in the MAG failed to complete treatment, while only 2 of 9 relapsers in an ELSP failed to complete treatment. At discharge, 6 MAG Ss were definitely or probably drinking, as compared to only 2 Ss in an ELSP. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - elder specific vs mixed age alcohol rehabilitation groups KW - retention & completion & relapse KW - alcoholic 54–76 yr olds KW - 1987 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Client Characteristics KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - Treatment Compliance KW - Alcoholism KW - Group Counseling KW - Treatment Dropouts KW - 1987 DO - 10.15288/jsa.1987.48.47 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-15043-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-14744-001 AN - 1988-14744-001 AU - Lucas, Peter B. AU - Gardner, David L. AU - Wolkowitz, Owen M. AU - Cowdry, Rex W. T1 - Dysphoria associated with methylphenidate infusion in borderline personality disorder. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 144 IS - 12 SP - 1577 EP - 1579 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-14744-001. PMID: 3688282 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lucas, Peter B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19880501. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Borderline States; Major Depression; Methylphenidate; Side Effects (Drug). Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. AB - Presents the case histories of 2 male patients (aged 35 and 38 yrs) with borderline personality disorder, who experienced dramatic dysphoric episodes after acute administration of intravenous methylphenidate in a double-blind manner. These dysphoric episodes were similar to those that occurred spontaneously under conditions of psychological stress. The pharmacology of methylphenidate is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - methylphenidate KW - dysphoria KW - 35 & 38 yr old males with borderline personality disorder KW - case reports KW - 1987 KW - Borderline States KW - Major Depression KW - Methylphenidate KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Case Report KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1987 DO - 10.1176/ajp.144.12.1577 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-14744-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-14705-001 AN - 1988-14705-001 AU - Adler, Lenard A. AU - Reiter, Stewart AU - Corwin, June AU - Herndal, Paula AU - Angrist, Burt AU - Rotrosen, John T1 - Neuroleptic-induced akathisia: Propranolol versus benztropine. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 23 IS - 2 SP - 211 EP - 213 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-14705-001. PMID: 2891384 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Adler, Lenard A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, New York, NY, US. Release Date: 19880501. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antitremor Drugs; Movement Disorders; Neuroleptic Drugs; Propranolol; Side Effects (Drug). Minor Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Restlessness. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1988. AB - 17 patients with neuroleptic-induced akathisia (NIA) were treated with propranolol (PROP [40–80 mg/day]) for 3–7 days or benztropine (BENZ [1.5–4.0 mg/day]) for 2–5 days. Akathisia and cognitive assessments were performed at baseline and on the last day of treatment. Ss treated with PROP demonstrated an approximately 50% decrease in objective and subjective ratings of akathisia. PROP and BENZ had differential effects on recent and immediate memory. Findings suggest that PROP may be preferable to BENZ in treating NIA. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - propranolol vs benztropine KW - neuroleptic induced akathisia KW - adult patients KW - 1988 KW - Antitremor Drugs KW - Movement Disorders KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Propranolol KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Drug Therapy KW - Restlessness KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(88)90094-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-14705-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-14695-001 AN - 1988-14695-001 AU - Silven, David AU - Gallagher, Dolores T1 - Resistance in cognitive-behavioral therapy: A case study. T3 - The elderly uncooperative patient JF - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JO - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JA - Clin Gerontol Y1 - 1986///Win 1986 VL - 6 IS - 2 SP - 75 EP - 78 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0731-7115 SN - 1545-2301 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-14695-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silven, David; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Ctr for the Study of Psychotherapy & Aging, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19880501. Correction Date: 20091012. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Therapy; Geriatric Patients; Major Depression; Treatment Compliance. Minor Descriptor: Caregivers; Case Report. Classification: Cognitive Therapy (3311). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Win 1986. AB - Suggests that uncooperativeness is prevalent in depressed elders. The case of a 65-yr-old woman in cognitive-behavior therapy is reported. Results were minimal because of the patient's failure to do the required homework. The therapists developed other techniques and cues for the patient, and success came when one of her cognitions about her role as caregiver of an aged mother was discussed in the open. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive behavior therapy techniques KW - uncooperative 65 yr old caregiving Black female with clinical depression KW - case report KW - 1986 KW - Cognitive Therapy KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Major Depression KW - Treatment Compliance KW - Caregivers KW - Case Report KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-14695-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-14580-001 AN - 1988-14580-001 AU - Burnette, Craig AU - Williams, Robert L. AU - Law, Joseph G. T1 - Therapeutic and lifestyle reduction of aggressiveness in Vietnam veterans. JF - Group JO - Group JA - Group (New York) Y1 - 1987///Spr 1987 VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 3 EP - 14 CY - US PB - International Universities Press SN - 0362-4021 SN - 1573-3386 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-14580-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Burnette, Craig; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Bay Pines, FL, US. Other Publishers: Mental Health Resources. Release Date: 19880501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aggressiveness; Group Counseling; Military Veterans; Self-Management. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1987. AB - 66 Vietnam veterans (primarily aged 35–40 yrs) who (1) were currently attending rap groups at local outreach centers; (2) had attended rap groups during the preceding year; or (3) had never attended rap groups were assessed pre- and posttreatment for group levels of aggressiveness and self-management. Findings show that Expression of Anger scores of the Interpersonal Behavior Survey were significantly lower for Ss who had participated in rap groups; as aggressiveness decreased across Ss, self-management effectiveness increased; level of support for the returning Ss and self-reported aggressiveness were negatively correlated. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - rap group participation KW - aggressiveness & self management KW - Vietnam veterans KW - 1987 KW - Aggressiveness KW - Group Counseling KW - Military Veterans KW - Self-Management KW - 1987 DO - 10.1007/BF01456796 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-14580-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-14424-001 AN - 1988-14424-001 AU - Wang, Rebecca AU - Mallon, Joseph AU - Alterman, Arthur I. AU - McLellan, A. Thomas T1 - Alcohol and dilated cardiomyopathy: Incidence and correlation with clinical outcome. JF - Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment JO - Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment JA - J Subst Abuse Treat Y1 - 1987/// VL - 4 IS - 3-4 SP - 209 EP - 213 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0740-5472 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-14424-001. PMID: 3437485 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wang, Rebecca; Philadelphia Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Cardiology Section, PA, US. Release Date: 19880501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Heart Disorders. Classification: Cardiovascular Disorders (3295). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Among 28 elderly male veterans (aged 45–73 yrs) with dilated cardiomyopathy regularly attending an outpatient heart failure clinic, half had a history of habitual heavy drinking. Ss' hospitalization records and clinic charts were reviewed. It is concluded that chronic heavy drinking was the only identifiable factor responsible for the heart failure in 3 Ss; 11 other Ss had chronic heavy drinking as a possible etiological factor of heart failure in addition to coronary artery disease and/or hypertension. All 3 Ss with clear alcoholic cardiomyopathy discontinued drinking and showed marked improvement in cardiac status. The discontinuation of drinking did not appear to be associated with improvement in the remaining heavy drinkers and those Ss who reported a history of moderate drinking. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - incidence of dilated cardiomyopathy KW - 45–73 yr old male heavy drinkers KW - 1987 KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Heart Disorders KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/S0740-5472(87)80015-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-14424-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-14305-001 AN - 1988-14305-001 AU - Haaland, Kathleen Y. AU - Harrington, Deborah L. AU - Yeo, Ronald T1 - The effects of task complexity on motor performance in left and right CVA patients. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1987/// VL - 25 IS - 5 SP - 783 EP - 794 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-14305-001. PMID: 3431674 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Haaland, Kathleen Y.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Albuquerque, NM, US. Release Date: 19880501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebrovascular Accidents; Finger Tapping; Task Complexity. Minor Descriptor: Interhemispheric Interaction. Classification: Cardiovascular Disorders (3295). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Examined the effects of task complexity on movement ipsilateral to lesion using a tapping task. Ss were required to rapidly tap 2 targets, which were 1 or 4 cm wide. 20 controls and 10 left-hemisphere (LH) and 9 right-hemisphere stroke patients were studied. Only the LH group showed significant deficits with greater impairment found in the wide target condition. Lesion volume was similar between cerebrovascular accident (CVA) groups, but the LH group's lesions were more anterior. Results are discussed in terms of inter- and intrahemispheric roles in open and closed loop movements. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - task complexity KW - tapping ipsilateral to lesion KW - left vs right hemisphere stroke patients KW - 1987 KW - Cerebrovascular Accidents KW - Finger Tapping KW - Task Complexity KW - Interhemispheric Interaction KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(87)90116-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-14305-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-14284-001 AN - 1988-14284-001 AU - Feifel, Herman AU - Strack, Stephen AU - Nagy, Vivian T. T1 - Degree of life-threat and differential use of coping modes. JF - Journal of Psychosomatic Research JO - Journal of Psychosomatic Research JA - J Psychosom Res Y1 - 1987/// VL - 31 IS - 1 SP - 91 EP - 99 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0022-3999 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-14284-001. PMID: 3820150 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feifel, Herman; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychology Service, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19880501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Death and Dying; Medical Patients. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Determined whether medical patients facing life-threatening illnesses (i.e., cancer, myocardial infarction) differed in their coping responses from medical patients facing non-life-threatening illnesses (e.g., arthritis, dermatitis). 223 male patients' (mean age 54 yrs) coping responses were measured by a medical coping modes questionnaire, which was developed to measure 3 forms of coping: confrontation, avoidance, and acceptance-resignation. Construct validity data gathered from patients, physicians, and significant others verified the nature of the scales. Results indicate that life-threatened Ss used confrontation significantly more than did non-life-threatened Ss in dealing with their illness. Acceptance-resignation was used least by each of the groups. Findings support theorists who conceptualize coping behavior in dealing with life-threat as being shaped more by situational context than by personal style. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - coping style KW - medical patients with life threatening vs non-life-threatening illnesses KW - 1987 KW - Coping Behavior KW - Death and Dying KW - Medical Patients KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0022-3999(87)90103-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-14284-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-14219-001 AN - 1988-14219-001 AU - Pawlarcyzk, Douglas AU - Beckwith, Bill E. T1 - Depressive symptoms displayed by persons with mental retardation: A review. JF - Mental Retardation JO - Mental Retardation JA - Ment Retard Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 25 IS - 6 SP - 325 EP - 330 CY - US PB - American Assn on Mental Retardation SN - 0047-6765 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-14219-001. PMID: 3325728 Other Journal Title: Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pawlarcyzk, Douglas; Chillicothe Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, OH, US. Other Publishers: American Association on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities. Release Date: 19880501. Correction Date: 20150518. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Major Depression; Psychodiagnosis; Intellectual Development Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Psychodiagnostic Typologies; Test Validity. Classification: Mental Retardation (3256). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. AB - Examined case studies, surveys, and reports of treatment strategies describing severe depressive symptoms displayed by individuals with mental retardation. In an attempt to systematize these studies and explore the applicability of psychiatric diagnostic criteria designed for nonretarded individuals, the symptoms described in each study were categorized according to Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) criteria. Included were studies describing individuals who displayed symptoms of depression and who failed to display manic symptomatology or manic–depressive, cyclical behavior. This differentiation of major (pure or primary) depression from cyclical behavior is consistent with the diagnostic scheme presented in DSM-III. Results show that for persons with mild and moderate mental retardation, most of the DSM-III criteria appear to be applicable. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - applicability of DSM-III criteria KW - diagnosis of major depression KW - mentally retarded persons KW - 1987 KW - Major Depression KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Intellectual Development Disorder KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - Test Validity KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-14219-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-14198-001 AN - 1988-14198-001 AU - Zucker, D. K. AU - Austin, F. AU - Fair, A. AU - Branchey, Laure T1 - Associations between patient religiosity and alcohol attitudes and knowledge in an alcohol treatment program. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 22 IS - 1 SP - 47 EP - 53 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-14198-001. PMID: 3557746 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zucker, D. K.; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, NY, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19880501. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Attitudes; Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcoholism; Knowledge Level; Religiosity. Minor Descriptor: Disorders. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1987. AB - Investigated whether relationships between degree of religiosity and attitudes toward drinking, knowledge about alcohol, amount of alcohol consumed, and physical complications of alcohol abuse would be found among 59 male chronic alcoholics (mean age 44.9 yrs). The more religious patients had a more anti-alcohol attitude; however, none of the other correlations was statistically significant. Within this population, the least religious patients were more likely to change their attitude toward alcohol and to increase their knowledge of the deleterious effects of alcohol after 4 wks of treatment on an inpatient rehabilitation unit. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - degree of religiosity & alcohol knowledge & drinking attitudes & amount consumed & physical complications KW - adult alcoholic males KW - 1987 KW - Alcohol Drinking Attitudes KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Alcoholism KW - Knowledge Level KW - Religiosity KW - Disorders KW - 1987 DO - 10.3109/10826088709027412 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-14198-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-14188-001 AN - 1988-14188-001 AU - Taber, Julian I. AU - Russo, Angel M. AU - Adkins, Bonnie J. AU - McCormick, Richard A. T1 - Ego strength and achievement motivation in pathological gamblers. JF - Journal of Gambling Behavior JO - Journal of Gambling Behavior Y1 - 1986///Fal-Win 1986 VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 69 EP - 80 CY - Germany PB - Springer N1 - Accession Number: 1988-14188-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Gambling Studies. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Taber, Julian I.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Reno, NV, US. Release Date: 19880501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Achievement Motivation; Ego; Pathological Gambling. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Fal-Win 1986. AB - Investigated the actual levels of ego strength and achievement motivation in 57 male pathological gamblers (aged 25–68 yrs) to whom a battery of psychological tests had been administered. Results show that compared to the standardization group norms on the instruments used, pathological gamblers were significantly deficient in both ego strength and achievement motivation via conformance. It is suggested that narcissistic characteristics are a major problem in treatment and that future research should attempt further detailed studies of ego structure in order to refine treatment objectives. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ego strength & achievement motivation KW - 25–68 yr old male pathological gamblers KW - 1986 KW - Achievement Motivation KW - Ego KW - Pathological Gambling KW - 1986 DO - 10.1007/BF01019626 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-14188-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-14187-001 AN - 1988-14187-001 AU - Taber, Julian I. AU - McCormick, Richard A. AU - Ramirez, Luis F. T1 - The prevalence and impact of major life stressors among pathological gamblers. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 22 IS - 1 SP - 71 EP - 79 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-14187-001. PMID: 3557748 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Taber, Julian I.; Cleveland Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brecksville Unit, Brecksville, OH, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19880501. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotional Trauma; Life Experiences; Pathological Gambling; Patient History; Personality Traits. Minor Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Hospitalized Patients; Personality Correlates; Stress. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1987. AB - Major traumatic events were discovered in the histories of 10 of 44 pathological gamblers (aged 23–73 yrs) seeking hospital treatment. Ss were compared with groups of gambler patients who had experienced insignificant, low, or moderate amounts of life trauma. High-trauma patients tended to be more depressed, anxious, and avoidant in personality style, and were more likely to be abusing alcohol or other drugs. Discussion focuses on the concept of learned dysthymia, a chronic state of negative affect related to cumulative life trauma and seemingly instrumental in potentiating addictive euphoria. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - history of major traumatic life events & personality traits & alcohol or drug abuse KW - 23–73 yr olds hospitalized for pathological gambling KW - 1987 KW - Emotional Trauma KW - Life Experiences KW - Pathological Gambling KW - Patient History KW - Personality Traits KW - Drug Abuse KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Personality Correlates KW - Stress KW - 1987 DO - 10.3109/10826088709027414 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-14187-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-14096-001 AN - 1988-14096-001 AU - Wolfe, Jessica AU - Keane, Terence M. AU - Lyons, Judith A. AU - Gerardi, Robert J. T1 - Current trends and issues in the assessment of combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder. JF - the Behavior Therapist JO - the Behavior Therapist JA - Behav Ther (N Y N Y) Y1 - 1987/02// VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 27 EP - 32 CY - US PB - Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy SN - 0278-8403 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-14096-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wolfe, Jessica; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Traumatic Stress Disorder Ctr, MA, US. Other Publishers: Association for Behavioral and Cognitive Therapies. Release Date: 19880501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychodiagnosis. Minor Descriptor: War. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1987. AB - Reviews the literature on combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and presents a comprehensive, multiaxial approach to PTSD assessment. Existing assessment techniques are designed to yield information ranging from background factors (archival instruments and interviews) to specific response measures for combat-related stimuli (psychophysiological evaluation). Use of a multiaxial approach permits information to be drawn from a variety of important subject performance areas, provides for a convergence of findings from a range of sources, and enhances diagnostic reliability and validity. Experimental assessment methods relating to cognitive changes associated with PTSD are reviewed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - multiaxial assessment of combat related PTSD KW - diagnostic reliability & validity KW - 1987 KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - War KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-14096-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-14077-001 AN - 1988-14077-001 AU - Szymanski, Herman V. AU - Naylor, Edwin W. AU - Karoum, Farouk T1 - Plasma phenylethylamine and phenylalanine in chronic schizophrenic patients. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/02// VL - 22 IS - 2 SP - 194 EP - 198 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-14077-001. PMID: 3814669 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Szymanski, Herman V.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Buffalo, NY, US. Release Date: 19880501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Phenethylamines; Phenylalanine; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Blood Plasma. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1987. AB - Measured levels of plasma phenylethylamine (PEA) and its possible precursor, phenylalanine (PHE), in 17 drug-free schizophrenic patients and 17 matched controls. Results indicate that (1) PEA levels in controls was lower by 3 orders of magnitude than were the levels found in previous studies; (2) PEA levels were significantly lower in schizophrenic patients affected by paranoia; and (3) PEA levels did not differ across groups, and levels did not correlate with PHE levels. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - plasma phenylethylamine & phenylalanine levels KW - 22–61 yr old drug free schizophrenic outpatients KW - 1987 KW - Phenethylamines KW - Phenylalanine KW - Schizophrenia KW - Blood Plasma KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(87)90230-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-14077-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-14073-001 AN - 1988-14073-001 AU - Sorokin, Judith E. AU - Giordani, Bruno AU - Mohs, Richard C. AU - Losonczy, Miklos F. AU - Davidson, Michael AU - Siever, Larry J. AU - Ryan, Theresa A. AU - Davis, Kenneth L. T1 - Memory impairment in schizophrenic patients with tardive dyskinesia. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 23 IS - 2 SP - 129 EP - 135 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-14073-001. PMID: 3334882 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sorokin, Judith E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19880501. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Memory; Schizophrenia; Tardive Dyskinesia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1988. AB - Assessed memory functioning in 40 male schizophrenics with and without tardive dyskinesia (TD). TD Ss scored significantly lower than non-TD Ss on 2 measures of visual learning, though no differences were found for verbal learning or immediate recall. These results are consistent with previous reports that schizophrenic patients with TD demonstrate impaired cognitive functioning. A significant relationship was found between total score on the Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale and cognitive performance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - memory functioning KW - male schizophrenic patients with vs without tardive dyskinesia KW - 1988 KW - Memory KW - Schizophrenia KW - Tardive Dyskinesia KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(88)90082-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-14073-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-14027-001 AN - 1988-14027-001 AU - Kanof, Philip D. AU - Davidson, Michael AU - Johns, Celeste A. AU - Mohs, Richard C. AU - Davis, Kenneth L. T1 - Clinical correlates of platelet prostaglandin receptor subsensitivity in schizophrenia. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 144 IS - 12 SP - 1556 EP - 1560 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-14027-001. PMID: 2825548 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kanof, Philip D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19880501. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: 41st Annual Meeting of the Society of Biological Psychiatry (1986, Washington, DC). Major Descriptor: Prostaglandins; Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Blood Platelets; Cyclic Adenosine Monophosphate; Neural Receptors. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. AB - Among 35 actively psychotic male schizophrenic patients, the platelet cyclic adenosine monophosphate (cAMP) prostaglandin E₁ (PGE₁) was negatively correlated with global symptom severity and with several indexes of positive symptom severity but not with negative symptom severity. It is suggested that if this subsensitivity of platelet PGE receptors extends to brain PGE receptors, schizophrenic patients may have an impairment in the ability of endogenous PGEs to inhibit dopaminergic transmission. Such impairment could have a permissive effect on the production of psychotic symptoms during exacerbations in schizophrenic patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - platelet prostaglandin receptor subsensitivity KW - symptom severity KW - actively psychotic schizophrenic males KW - conference presentation KW - 1987 KW - Prostaglandins KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - Blood Platelets KW - Cyclic Adenosine Monophosphate KW - Neural Receptors KW - 1987 DO - 10.1176/ajp.144.12.1556 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-14027-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-14026-001 AN - 1988-14026-001 AU - Kanof, Philip D. AU - Coccaro, Emil F. AU - Johns, Celeste A. AU - Siever, Larry J. AU - Davis, Kenneth L. T1 - Platelet [–3H]imipramine binding in psychiatric disorders. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 22 IS - 3 SP - 278 EP - 286 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-14026-001. PMID: 3028513 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kanof, Philip D.; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, NY, US. Release Date: 19880501. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blood Platelets; Imipramine; Major Depression; Receptor Binding; Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1987. AB - Investigated (–3H)imipramine binding in 30 normal male controls (mean age 40.8 yrs) and 35 schizophrenic (SZ) males (mean age 36.7 yrs). Results indicate no differences in binding parameters in platelets from normal controls and SZ Ss or depressed patients, or from exacerbated and remitted patients with either schizophrenia or major depressive disorder. No relationships between binding parameters and measures of symptom severity were found using data from actively ill SZ or depressed patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - platelet imipramine binding KW - schizophrenic or depressed males KW - 1987 KW - Blood Platelets KW - Imipramine KW - Major Depression KW - Receptor Binding KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(87)90146-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-14026-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-14011-001 AN - 1988-14011-001 AU - Garvey, Michael J. AU - Tollefson, Gary D. AU - Tuason, V. B. T1 - Comparison of major depressions with and without panic attacks. JF - Comprehensive Psychiatry JO - Comprehensive Psychiatry JA - Compr Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/01//Jan-Feb, 1987 VL - 28 IS - 1 SP - 65 EP - 67 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0010-440X SN - 1532-8384 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-14011-001. PMID: 3802800 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garvey, Michael J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 19880501. Correction Date: 20160407. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Characteristics; Major Depression; Panic. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan-Feb, 1987. AB - Panic attacks occur in some patients with major depressive disorder. To examine whether this group of patients might represent a unique depressive subtype, 18 depressives with panic attacks were compared to 85 depressives without panic attacks, using multiple clinical variables. Mean age of Ss was 36 yrs. Few differences were found. Depressives with panic attacks had an increased number of 1st-degree relatives with alcoholism, and they experienced increased levels of anxiety, dysphoria, guilt, and initial insomnia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical characteristics KW - patients with major depression with vs without panic attacks KW - 1987 KW - Client Characteristics KW - Major Depression KW - Panic KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0010-440X(87)90045-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-14011-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-13338-001 AN - 1988-13338-001 AU - Segarnick, David AU - Rotrosen, John T1 - Essential fatty acids, prostaglandins, and nonsteroidal antiinflammatory agents: Physiological and behavioral interactions. JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JA - Alcohol Clin Exp Res Y1 - 1987/02// VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 19 EP - 24 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0145-6008 SN - 1530-0277 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-13338-001. PMID: 3551660 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Segarnick, David; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, New York, NY, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19880501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anti Inflammatory Drugs; Drug Interactions; Ethanol; Fatty Acids; Prostaglandins. Minor Descriptor: Drug Tolerance; Drug Withdrawal; Motor Coordination; Physiological Correlates. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1987. AB - Reviews the literature on physiological biochemical, and behavioral interactions between ethanol, essential fatty acids, and prostaglandins. Interactions with acute and chronic alcohol are described in terms of sedation, effects on motor coordination, tolerance, withdrawal, and ethanol preference. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - interaction of ethanol & essential fatty acids & prostaglandins & nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs KW - sedation & motor coordination & tolerance & withdrawal & ethanol preference KW - 1987 KW - Anti Inflammatory Drugs KW - Drug Interactions KW - Ethanol KW - Fatty Acids KW - Prostaglandins KW - Drug Tolerance KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Motor Coordination KW - Physiological Correlates KW - 1987 DO - 10.1111/j.1530-0277.1987.tb01253.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-13338-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-13234-001 AN - 1988-13234-001 AU - Carey, Robert J. T1 - Conditioning and the delayed onset of a haloperidol-induced behavioral effect. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 22 IS - 3 SP - 269 EP - 277 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-13234-001. PMID: 3814679 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carey, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research & Development Service, Syracuse, NY, US. Release Date: 19880501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Environments; Conditioning; Haloperidol. Minor Descriptor: Rats; Response Latency. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1987. AB - Studied in a series of experiments the role of conditioning in the delayed onset of a behavioral effect of haloperidol (HL) using 102 male Sprague-Dawley rats. Ss were given daily injections (0.3 mg/kg) of HL or vehicle (VH) prior to testing. Initially, when Ss were placed in an illuminated compartment and given the opportunity to enter a darkened compartment, HL- and VH-treated Ss entered the darkened compartment with similar latencies. However, with repeated treatments, the HL Ss gradually took increasingly longer to enter than did the VH Ss; this behavioral effect persisted for up to 8 days following withdrawal from HL. Findings provide evidence for a delayed onset of a behavioral effect of HL and support for conditioning contributing to this delayed onset. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - conditioning KW - delayed onset of behavioral effect of haloperidol KW - male rats KW - 1987 KW - Animal Environments KW - Conditioning KW - Haloperidol KW - Rats KW - Response Latency KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(87)90145-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-13234-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-13180-001 AN - 1988-13180-001 AU - Siever, L. J. AU - Tamminga, C. AU - Pert, A. T1 - Increased growth hormone response to clonidine in 6-hydroxydopamine-treated rats. JF - Psychopharmacology JO - Psychopharmacology JA - Psychopharmacology (Berl) Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 91 IS - 3 SP - 342 EP - 344 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-3158 SN - 1432-2072 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-13180-001. PMID: 3104956 Other Journal Title: Psychopharmacologia. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Siever, L. J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19880501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adrenergic Nerves; Clonidine; Somatotropin. Minor Descriptor: Hydroxydopamine (6-); Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1987. AB - 57 Sprague-Dawley rats were injected in the lateral ventricle with either 6-hydroxydopamine (250 mg/ml) or sterile saline. One month following the lesion, urethane-anesthetized Ss from each group were administered clonidine (0.5 mg/kg) or saline. Ss administered clonidine had greater growth hormone (GH) responses within either the lesioned or nonlesioned groups. Results support the validity of the use of the GH response to clonidine as an index of alpha₂-adrenergic receptor responsiveness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ventricular 6-OHDA KW - growth hormone response to clonidine KW - rats KW - implications for alpha-2-adrenergic receptor responsiveness KW - 1987 KW - Adrenergic Nerves KW - Clonidine KW - Somatotropin KW - Hydroxydopamine (6-) KW - Rats KW - 1987 DO - 10.1007/BF00518188 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-13180-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-12925-001 AN - 1988-12925-001 AU - Lamb, Marvin R. T1 - Selective attention: Effects of cuing on the processing of different types of compound stimuli. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes JA - J Exp Psychol Anim Behav Process Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 96 EP - 104 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0097-7403 SN - 1939-2184 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-12925-001. PMID: 3351440 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Learning and Cognition. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lamb, Marvin R.; Veterans Administration, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19880501. Correction Date: 20140113. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cues; Discrimination Learning; Selective Attention; Stimulus Complexity. Minor Descriptor: Pigeons. Classification: Learning & Motivation (2420). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Feb 23, 1987; Revised Date: Feb 17, 1987; First Submitted Date: Jan 20, 1987. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1988. AB - Four White Carneaux pigeons in a matching-to-sample experiment received (a) element samples (1 of 2 colors or vertical or horizontal white lines), (b) separated compound samples (a color and a line element presented together), and (c) unified compound samples (vertical or horizontal colored lines). In Phase I, test stimuli were the 2 elements from one dimension; the dimension tested varied randomly when the sample was a compound. Element samples were matched better than unified samples, which were matched better than separated samples. In Phase II, two samples preceded the tests. On EC trials, the first sample (S1) was an element, and the second sample (S2) was a compound; on CE trials this order was reversed. Accuracy varied as a function of sample sequence when the compound was separated (EC > CE on nonprobe trials and CE > EC on probe trials). The pattern was not observed when the compound was unified. The data suggest that the element in EC trials served as a cue that increased processing of the cued dimension and decreased processing of the noncued dimension of separated compounds. However, both dimensions of unified compounds seem to have been processed regardless of cuing. It is suggested that the dimensions of unified compounds are processed or coded as a unit, whereas those of separated compounds are processed independently. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sample sequence cuing KW - selective attention in matching to sample task with elemental vs unified vs separated compound stimuli KW - pigeons KW - 1988 KW - Cues KW - Discrimination Learning KW - Selective Attention KW - Stimulus Complexity KW - Pigeons KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/0097-7403.14.1.96 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-12925-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-12891-001 AN - 1988-12891-001 AU - Pekala, Ronald J. AU - Kumar, V. K. T1 - The differential organization of the structures of consciousness during hypnosis and a baseline condition. JF - Journal of Mind and Behavior JO - Journal of Mind and Behavior Y1 - 1986///Fal 1986 VL - 7 IS - 4 SP - 515 EP - 539 CY - US PB - Institute of Mind and Behavior SN - 0271-0137 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-12891-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pekala, Ronald J.; Coatesville Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, PA, US. Release Date: 19880501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Consciousness States; Hypnosis; Hypnotic Susceptibility. Classification: Consciousness States (2380). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 25. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1986. AB - Compared patterns of consciousness associated with a baseline condition of eyes closed and a hypnotic induction condition across 217 undergraduates of differing hypnotic susceptibility as measured by the Harvard Group Scale of Hypnotic Susceptibility—Form A. Phenomenological experience on 12 dimensions was quantified by a phenomenology of consciousness inventory (PCI), and the relationships among the dimensions were diagramed. Results indicate that highly susceptible Ss reported experiencing a significantly different pattern of interrelationships among the PCI dimensions during the hypnotic induction condition in comparison to eyes closed. The nature of these pattern differences suggests that hypnosis has differential effects on the organization of the reported phenomenological structures of consciousness for Ss with high and low susceptibility. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - level of hypnotic susceptibility KW - pattern of consciousness during eyes closed vs hypnotic induction condition KW - college students KW - 1986 KW - Consciousness States KW - Hypnosis KW - Hypnotic Susceptibility KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-12891-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-12696-001 AN - 1988-12696-001 AU - Faraone, Stephen V. T1 - A Statistical Analysis System (SAS) computer program for Markov chain analysis. JF - Journal of Psychopathology and Behavioral Assessment JO - Journal of Psychopathology and Behavioral Assessment JA - J Psychopathol Behav Assess Y1 - 1986/12// VL - 8 IS - 4 SP - 367 EP - 379 CY - US PB - Plenum Publishing Corp. SN - 0882-2689 SN - 1573-3505 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-12696-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Behavioral Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Faraone, Stephen V.; Brockton-West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, MA, US. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19880501. Correction Date: 20130422. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Computer Software; Goodness of Fit; Markov Chains; Statistical Analysis. Classification: Statistics & Mathematics (2240). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1986. AB - Describes a computer program that tests hypotheses about the goodness of fit of 1st- and 2nd-order Markov models; it also tests if transition probabilities are homogeneous between the 1st and the 2nd half of each sequence. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - computer program for testing goodness of fit hypotheses for 1st & 2nd order Markov models & homogeneous transition probabilities KW - 1986 KW - Computer Software KW - Goodness of Fit KW - Markov Chains KW - Statistical Analysis KW - 1986 DO - 10.1007/BF00960733 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-12696-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-12668-001 AN - 1988-12668-001 AU - Russell, Elbert W. AU - Levy, Marie T1 - Revision of the Halstead Category Test. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 55 IS - 6 SP - 898 EP - 901 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-12668-001. PMID: 3693654 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Russell, Elbert W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Miami, FL, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19880501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neuropsychological Assessment; Test Construction; Test Forms. Minor Descriptor: Brain Damage; Statistical Validity. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. Publication History: Accepted Date: Apr 1, 1987; Revised Date: Mar 24, 1987; First Submitted Date: Jul 16, 1986. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The full Category Test of the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery appears to be too lengthy. A method of abbreviating this test that utilized an understanding of its characteristics was implemented. This revision shortened the scales and reorganized Subtests 5 and 6 into two new scales using separate principles. A comparison of this revised Category test with the full Category Test demonstrated it to be as accurate as the full test in predicting the presence or absence of brain damage in our subjects. The functions being measured were also more clearly discerned. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - construction & predictive validity of short revised version of Halstead-Reitan Category Test KW - brain damaged patients KW - 1987 KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Test Construction KW - Test Forms KW - Brain Damage KW - Statistical Validity KW - 1987 DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.55.6.898 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-12668-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-12658-001 AN - 1988-12658-001 AU - Pekala, Ronald J. AU - Steinberg, Jack AU - Kumar, V. K. T1 - Measurement of phenomenological experience: Phenomenology of consciousness inventory. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1986/10// VL - 63 IS - 2, Pt 2 SP - 983 EP - 989 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-12658-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pekala, Ronald J.; Coatesville Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, PA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19880501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Consciousness States; Test Reliability; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Measurement. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220); Consciousness States (2380). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1986. AB - Presents data from 2 studies with 112 and 263 undergraduates, respectively, suggesting that the Phenomenology of Consciousness Inventory has adequate reliability and validity in assessing alterations in phenomenological experience associated with stimulus conditions (i.e., eyes open and closed, sitting quietly, and a hypnotic induction). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reliability & validity of Phenomenology of Consciousness Inventory KW - assessment of phenomenological experience KW - college students KW - 1986 KW - Consciousness States KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - Measurement KW - 1986 DO - 10.2466/pms.1986.63.2.983 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-12658-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-12589-001 AN - 1988-12589-001 AU - Barrett, Edwin T. AU - Gleser, Goldine C. T1 - Development and validation of the Cognitive Status Examination. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 55 IS - 6 SP - 877 EP - 882 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-12589-001. PMID: 3693653 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barrett, Edwin T.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Cincinnati, OH, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19880501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Neuropsychological Assessment; Test Construction. Minor Descriptor: Age Differences; Brain Damage; Educational Background; Test Validity. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. Publication History: Accepted Date: Mar 19, 1987; Revised Date: Feb 26, 1987; First Submitted Date: Jul 17, 1986. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The Cognitive Status Examination (CSE) provides a valid, structured format to assess cognitive status. The exam is composed of 58 items representing six cognitive, motor, and sensory areas. The initial study evaluated 197 patients, and the validity study evaluated 296 patients. In both studies, the exam significantly discriminated the brain-damaged from the psychiatric and medical groups. The relation of scores to age and education as well as the effects of demographics on group discrimination are examined. A distribution of cutting scores for screening purposes is presented. The advantage of using items from diverse cognitive areas is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - construction & validity of Cognitive Status Examination & age & education KW - assessment of cognitive & motor & sensory function KW - brain damaged vs psychiatric vs medical patients KW - 1987 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Test Construction KW - Age Differences KW - Brain Damage KW - Educational Background KW - Test Validity KW - 1987 DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.55.6.877 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-12589-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-12369-001 AN - 1988-12369-001 AU - Retzlaff, Paul D. AU - Gibertini, Michael T1 - Air Force pilot personality: Hard data on the 'right stuff.' JF - Multivariate Behavioral Research JO - Multivariate Behavioral Research JA - Multivariate Behav Res Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 22 IS - 4 SP - 383 EP - 399 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0027-3171 SN - 1532-7906 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-12369-001. PMID: 26750389 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Retzlaff, Paul D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Waco, TX, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Air Force Personnel; Aircraft Pilots; Personality Traits. Minor Descriptor: Cluster Analysis. Classification: Personnel Management & Selection & Training (3620); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1987. AB - 355 White male Air Force pilots (aged 22–27 yrs) undergoing undergraduate pilot training were administered the Personality Research Form (PRF) developed by D. N. Jackson (1984) and the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory (MCMI) within the 1st 4 wks of training. PRF scale scores were compared with traditional male college norms obtained by Jackson, using 1,350 Ss. Pilots were significantly different from nonflying college students in that they were more concerned with presenting themselves in a favorable light and tended to be more affiliative and to seek recognition and approval from their peers. Cluster analyses indicated that 3 very distinct personality types exist in the data (e.g., Cluster 1 Ss [21%] tended to be highly aggressive, dominant, exhibitionistic, impulsive, playful). These types were supported through multiple cross-validations. Descriptions of pilot personality types are given in terms of PRF and MCMI personality variables. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality trait clusters KW - 22–27 yr old White male Air Force pilots KW - implications for flight training success KW - 1987 KW - Air Force Personnel KW - Aircraft Pilots KW - Personality Traits KW - Cluster Analysis KW - 1987 DO - 10.1207/s15327906mbr2204_1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-12369-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11935-001 AN - 1988-11935-001 AU - Lambert, Matthew E. AU - Bass, Amy E. AU - Brown, Elizabeth G. AU - Criss, Ann E. T1 - Work expectations of master's level counselors in training. JF - American Mental Health Counselors Association Journal JO - American Mental Health Counselors Association Journal Y1 - 1986/07// VL - 8 IS - 3 SP - 149 EP - 156 CY - US PB - American Mental Health Counselors Assn SN - 0193-1830 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11935-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Mental Health Counseling. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lambert, Matthew E.; Dallas Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Texas, US. et al. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counselor Trainees; Expectations; Occupational Attitudes; Occupational Preference. Minor Descriptor: Job Characteristics. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1986. AB - 53 counselor trainees (aged 21–51 yrs) seeking Master's degrees were asked to rank order 10 work settings in which mental health practitioners are typically employed and to indicate the percentage of time they desired and expected to spend in 10 work tasks common to mental health clinicians when employed. Results reveal that private practice was the most preferred setting and a mental retardation center was the least popular, implying that Ss valued work settings in which there is a high level of client contact. Data reveal a discrepancy between the percentage of Ss who expected and those who desired to engage in specific employment tasks and in the amount of time Ss desired and expected to spend in some work tasks. Despite Ss' awareness of these discrepancies, problems may arise from the incongruence of Ss' expectations and the actual demands of the agency for time spent in various work functions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - preference rank order of mental health work settings & desired vs expected time percentage spent in clinician tasks KW - 21–51 yr old counselor trainees KW - 1986 KW - Counselor Trainees KW - Expectations KW - Occupational Attitudes KW - Occupational Preference KW - Job Characteristics KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11935-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11873-001 AN - 1988-11873-001 AU - Kuhne, Arthur AU - Nohner, William AU - Baraga, Elizabeth T1 - Efficacy of chemical dependency treatment as a function of combat in Vietnam. JF - Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment JO - Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment JA - J Subst Abuse Treat Y1 - 1986/// VL - 3 IS - 3 SP - 191 EP - 194 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0740-5472 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11873-001. PMID: 3806732 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kuhne, Arthur; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, St Cloud, MN, US. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Rehabilitation; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Treatment Outcomes; War. Minor Descriptor: Drug Dependency. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1986. AB - Examined treatment-completion and posttreatment abstinence rates (treatment efficacy) as a function of level of combat when 19 hard-combat, 19 light-combat, and 22 non-theater veterans were provided trauma-oriented therapy concurrently with treatment for chemical dependency. Results suggest that treatment efficacy did not vary with level of combat. The absence of combat-level effects is explained in terms of the interactive dynamics of chemical-dependency and posttraumatic stress disorder. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - combat level KW - efficacy of treatment for chemical dependency & trauma KW - Vietnam veterans KW - 1986 KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - War KW - Drug Dependency KW - 1986 DO - 10.1016/0740-5472(86)90020-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11873-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11862-001 AN - 1988-11862-001 AU - Childress, Anna R. AU - McLellan, A. Thomas AU - O'Brien, Charles P. T1 - Conditioned responses in a methadone population: A comparison of laboratory, clinic, and natural settings. JF - Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment JO - Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment JA - J Subst Abuse Treat Y1 - 1986/// VL - 3 IS - 3 SP - 173 EP - 179 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0740-5472 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11862-001. PMID: 3806730 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Childress, Anna R.; Philadelphia Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, PA, US. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Conditioned Responses; Drug Withdrawal; Methadone Maintenance. Minor Descriptor: Clinics; Experimental Laboratories; Home Environment. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1986. AB - Compared the incidence of conditioned high, craving, and withdrawal in 64 methadone-maintained male patients across 3 settings: (1) an artificial laboratory setting, (2) clinic extinction sessions, and (3) in self-reports from the natural home environment. A significant proportion of Ss showed increased craving and withdrawal in response to drug-related stimuli, even in the artificial laboratory setting. As stimulus opportunities became more varied (clinic extinction sessions) and closer to those in the S's own home environment, the proportion of Ss experiencing subjective craving and withdrawal increased. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - intensity of conditioned drug withdrawal symptoms in laboratory vs clinic vs home environments KW - methadone maintained males KW - 1986 KW - Conditioned Responses KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Methadone Maintenance KW - Clinics KW - Experimental Laboratories KW - Home Environment KW - 1986 DO - 10.1016/0740-5472(86)90018-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11862-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11861-001 AN - 1988-11861-001 AU - Carmody, Timothy P. AU - Brischetto, Cheryl S. AU - Pierce, Diane K. AU - Matarazzo, Joseph D. AU - Connor, William E. T1 - A prospective five-year follow-up of smokers who quit on their own. JF - Health Education Research JO - Health Education Research JA - Health Educ Res Y1 - 1986/07// VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 101 EP - 109 CY - United Kingdom PB - Oxford University Press SN - 0268-1153 SN - 1465-3648 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11861-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carmody, Timothy P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, San Francisco, CA, US. Release Date: 19880401. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Usage Attitudes; Self-Help Techniques; Smoking Cessation; Tobacco Smoking. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1986. AB - Conducted a prospective 5-yr follow-up of 104 exsmokers, the baseline phase beginning in 1977. 98 (54 male and 44 female) of these exsmokers were interviewed regarding their experiences and attitudes toward smoking. Male Ss had begun smoking at an earlier age (mean age 17.2 yrs) than did females (mean age 19.4 yrs). Before quitting, males had smoked for an average of 14.9 yrs and the females had smoked for an average of 9.1 yrs. The duration of abstinence from the date of quitting to the baseline averaged 8.5 yrs for males and 9.6 yrs for females. The results show that 95 of the 104 Ss remained completely abstinent for the 5-yr period. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - experiences & attitudes toward cigarette smoking KW - smokers who quit on their own KW - 5 yr followup KW - 1986 KW - Drug Usage Attitudes KW - Self-Help Techniques KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Followup Studies KW - 1986 DO - 10.1093/her/1.2.101 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11861-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11860-001 AN - 1988-11860-001 AU - Buchbinder, Jay T1 - Gestalt therapy and its application to alcoholism treatment. JF - Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly JO - Alcoholism Treatment Quarterly JA - Alcohol Treat Q Y1 - 1986///Fal 1986 VL - 3 IS - 3 SP - 49 EP - 67 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0734-7324 SN - 1544-4538 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11860-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Buchbinder, Jay; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Northport, NY, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Gestalt Therapy. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism; Defense Mechanisms; Self-Concept. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 19. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1986. AB - Focuses on aspects of Gestalt theory relevant to work with alcoholics by discussing the alcoholic's self-image and highlighting effective interventions for working with alcoholic patients. Gestalt therapy focuses on the individual's present experience in which the patient expresses feelings, thoughts, and values. The therapist helps the patient organize the feelings being experienced and fully accept these feelings. Care strategies used by individuals include projection, introjection, retroflection, confluence, and deflection. The positive regard of the therapist helps the alcoholic to become less critical and more accepting of self. The goal of therapy is maturity in which the individual becomes self-regulating. Aspects of treatment include the therapist's self-awareness, the initial (denial) stage, uses of frustration, body awareness, dealing with alcoholic defenses, and working in the present. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Gestalt therapy KW - self awareness & care strategies KW - alcoholic clients KW - 1986 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Gestalt Therapy KW - Alcoholism KW - Defense Mechanisms KW - Self-Concept KW - 1986 DO - 10.1300/J020V03N03_05 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11860-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11770-001 AN - 1988-11770-001 AU - Borson, Soo AU - Liptzin, Benjamin AU - Nininger, James AU - Rabins, Peter T1 - Psychiatry and the nursing home. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/11// VL - 144 IS - 11 SP - 1412 EP - 1418 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11770-001. PMID: 3314537 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Borson, Soo; Seattle Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, WA, US. Release Date: 19880401. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Health Care Delivery; Nursing Homes; Psychiatry. Classification: Nursing Homes & Residential Care (3377). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1987. AB - Discusses the value of psychiatric intervention in long-term care settings and the organization and distribution of mental health services for the elderly in nursing homes. It is assented that, despite ample evidence of need for specialized psychiatric services in the nursing home setting, the majority of patients who could benefit from such care do not receive it. A fourfold role for the psychiatrist, encompassing clinical care, consultation, teaching, and research is proposed, features of which can be adapted to fee-for-service, community mental health center, and academic models of psychiatric practice. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - value & delivery of psychiatric intervention KW - nursing homes KW - 1987 KW - Health Care Delivery KW - Nursing Homes KW - Psychiatry KW - 1987 DO - 10.1176/ajp.144.11.1412 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11770-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11628-001 AN - 1988-11628-001 AU - Wertz, Robert T. T1 - Language treatment for aphasia is efficacious, but for whom? JF - Topics in Language Disorders JO - Topics in Language Disorders JA - Top Lang Disord Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 8 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 10 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0271-8294 SN - 1550-3259 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11628-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wertz, Robert T.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Brain Damage; Severity (Disorders); Speech Therapy; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Etiology; Individual Differences. Classification: Speech & Language Therapy (3385). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. AB - Discusses problems clinicians' encounter in determining whether language treatment affects improvement of aphasia. Complications in treatment include differences among patients, spontaneous recovery, and the questionable ethics involved in withholding treatment in order to have a control group in a study. Results of group treatment studies are discussed, from which information is derived that describes the best treatment candidates. Efficacy of treatment is dependent on cause and location of brain damage, initial severity of aphasia, time postponement of aphasia, and amount of treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cause & location of brain damage & severity of disorder & language treatment delay & amount KW - efficacy of treatment KW - patients with aphasia KW - 1987 KW - Aphasia KW - Brain Damage KW - Severity (Disorders) KW - Speech Therapy KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Etiology KW - Individual Differences KW - 1987 DO - 10.1097/00011363-198712000-00003 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11628-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11623-001 AN - 1988-11623-001 AU - Horner, Jennifer T1 - Pause, planning, and paraphasia in expressive language disorders. JF - Topics in Language Disorders JO - Topics in Language Disorders JA - Top Lang Disord Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 8 IS - 1 SP - 24 EP - 33 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0271-8294 SN - 1550-3259 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11623-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Horner, Jennifer; Durham Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Audiology/Speech Pathology Service, NC, US. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Cognitive Processes; Speech Characteristics; Speech Pauses. Classification: Speech & Language Therapy (3385). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. AB - Describes the pause-and-hesitation approach to aphasia description and intervention, whose purposes are to (1) identify the loci of pause and hesitation, (2) describe linguistic transformations occurring in proximity to pause, and (3) stimulate effective planning and retrieval strategies in pause junctures. Three interrelated concepts useful in the characterization and treatment of aphasia—pause, planning, and paraphasia—are described. Three case studies (an 82-yr-old man, a 38-yr-old woman, a 34-yr-old man) are discussed, and examples of their speech patterns and speech analysis are provided. Clinical descriptions and interventions for this approach are outlined. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - speech pauses & planning & paraphasias KW - 34–82 yr olds with aphasia KW - implications for speech therapy KW - 1987 KW - Aphasia KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Speech Characteristics KW - Speech Pauses KW - 1987 DO - 10.1097/00011363-198712000-00005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11623-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11601-001 AN - 1988-11601-001 AU - Thal, Leon J. AU - Masur, David M. AU - Sharpless, Nansie S. AU - Fuld, Paula A. AU - Davies, Peter T1 - Acute and chronic effects of oral physostigmine and lecithin in Alzheimer's disease. JF - Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry JO - Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry Y1 - 1986/// VL - 10 IS - 3-5 SP - 627 EP - 636 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-5846 SN - 1878-4216 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11601-001. PMID: 3797688 Other Journal Title: Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Thal, Leon J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19880401. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Choline; Drug Therapy; Phosphatides; Physostigmine. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Drug Interactions; Memory. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1986. AB - 16 Alzheimer patients were treated with lecithin and gradually increasing doses (3–26 mg/day) of oral physostigmine. 10 Ss showed improvement in total recall, retrieval from long-term storage, and decrease in intrusions. During a replication study, all 10 Ss again responded. During long-term (4–20 mo) treatment of 5 Ss, most continued drug response initially but then lost responsiveness to physostigmine, and their dementia progressed. Physostigmine treatment appeared to improve memory with or without concomitant lecithin therapy. The degree of memory improvement correlated with increasing cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) cholinesterase inhibition. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lecithin & oral physostigmine KW - memory & cognitive intrusions KW - patients with Alzheimer's disease KW - 1986 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Choline KW - Drug Therapy KW - Phosphatides KW - Physostigmine KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Drug Interactions KW - Memory KW - 1986 DO - 10.1016/0278-5846(86)90032-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11601-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11595-001 AN - 1988-11595-001 AU - Smith, Robert C. T1 - Plasma haloperidol levels and clinical response. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 44 IS - 12 SP - 1110 EP - 1112 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11595-001. PMID: 3689100 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Smith, Robert C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Allen Park, MI, US. Release Date: 19880401. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blood Plasma; Drug Therapy; Haloperidol; Schizophrenia; Treatment Outcomes. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. AB - Investigated the relationship between blood haloperidol level and clinical response in 24 schizophrenics. Results of administration of haloperidol (8–40 mg) do not replicate studies by the present author and colleagues (see PA, Vol 73:7247 and 7248), thus questioning the validity of a curvilinear relationship between blood haloperidol levels and clinical response. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - blood haloperidol level & clinical response KW - schizophrenics KW - 1987 KW - Blood Plasma KW - Drug Therapy KW - Haloperidol KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - 1987 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1987.01800240086016 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11595-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11594-001 AN - 1988-11594-001 AU - Serby, Michael AU - Resnick, Richard AU - Jordan, Barbara AU - Adler, John AU - Corwin, June AU - Rotrosen, John P. T1 - Naltrexone and Alzheimer's disease. JF - Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry JO - Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry Y1 - 1986/// VL - 10 IS - 3-5 SP - 587 EP - 590 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-5846 SN - 1878-4216 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11594-001. PMID: 3541052 Other Journal Title: Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Serby, Michael; New York Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, NY, US. Release Date: 19880401. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Drug Therapy; Naltrexone. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1986. AB - Administered naltrexone (5–200 mg/day), an oral opiate antagonist, to 9 patients with Alzheimer's-type dementia. Two Ss demonstrated apparent cognitive enhancement on 100 mg daily and were then tested in a double-blind crossover period. Only 1 of these Ss improved during active naltrexone administration. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - naltrexone KW - patients with Alzheimer's disease KW - 1986 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Drug Therapy KW - Naltrexone KW - 1986 DO - 10.1016/0278-5846(86)90028-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11594-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11579-001 AN - 1988-11579-001 AU - Loosen, P. T. AU - Garbutt, J. C. AU - Tipermas, Alan T1 - The TRH test during dopamine receptor blockade in depressed patients. JF - Psychoneuroendocrinology JO - Psychoneuroendocrinology JA - Psychoneuroendocrinology Y1 - 1986/// VL - 11 IS - 3 SP - 327 EP - 336 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0306-4530 SN - 1873-3360 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11579-001. PMID: 3097692 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Loosen, P. T.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Nashville, TN, US. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dopamine; Drug Therapy; Haloperidol; Major Depression; Thyrotropin. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1986. AB - 21 depressed patients (aged 19–60 yrs) were given thyrotropin-releasing hormone (TRH) before and after 1 wk of treatment with a low dose of haloperidol (HAL). HAL significantly increased serum prolactin and cortisol levels; decreased body temperature; and had no effect on serum thyrotropin-stimulating hormone (TSH), growth hormone, or thyroid hormone levels. Five of 6 Ss with initial TSH blunting were retested with TRH; in 4 Ss the TSH response remained blunted. These data render it unlikely that dopamine exerts a major inhibitory input on TSH secretion in depression. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dopamine receptor blockade KW - hormone levels following TRH administration KW - 19–60 yr old depressed patients receiving haloperidol KW - 1986 KW - Dopamine KW - Drug Therapy KW - Haloperidol KW - Major Depression KW - Thyrotropin KW - 1986 DO - 10.1016/0306-4530(86)90018-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11579-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11566-001 AN - 1988-11566-001 AU - Hollister, Leo E. T1 - Drug therapy of Alzheimer's disease: Realistic or not? JF - Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry JO - Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry Y1 - 1986/// VL - 10 IS - 3-5 SP - 439 EP - 446 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-5846 SN - 1878-4216 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11566-001. PMID: 3025926 Other Journal Title: Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hollister, Leo E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Drug Therapy. Minor Descriptor: Etiology; Symptoms. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1986. AB - Discusses problems in evaluating drug therapy of Alzheimer's disease (AD). It is suggested that treatment approaches with drugs have been either symptomatic or specific. Treatments are discussed that include stimulants, cerebral vasodilators, drugs that increase brain metabolism, drugs with special actions, enhancement of neurotransmission, and neuropeptides. It is concluded that it is reasonable to try to treat AD with drugs even though a definite rationale for such treatment is not established. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - symptomatic vs etiology specific drug therapy KW - patients with Alzheimer's disease KW - 1986 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Drug Therapy KW - Etiology KW - Symptoms KW - 1986 DO - 10.1016/0278-5846(86)90017-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11566-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11528-001 AN - 1988-11528-001 AU - Sheikh, Javaid I. AU - Hill, Robert D. AU - Yesavage, Jerome A. T1 - Long-term efficacy of cognitive training for age-associated memory impairment: A six-month follow-up study. JF - Developmental Neuropsychology JO - Developmental Neuropsychology JA - Dev Neuropsychol Y1 - 1986/// VL - 2 IS - 4 SP - 413 EP - 421 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 8756-5641 SN - 1532-6942 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11528-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sheikh, Javaid I.; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, CA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Education; Cognitive Techniques; Memory Disorders; Mnemonic Learning; Physiological Aging. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies. Classification: Behavior Therapy & Behavior Modification (3312). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1986. AB - Assessed the impact of pretraining on the long-term effect of an imagery-based mnemonic in persons with age-associated memory impairment (AAMI). 82 Ss (mean age 67.4 yrs) were randomly assigned to 1 of 6 groups: (1) verbal judgment pretraining plus mnemonic training, (2) visual imagery elaboration pretraining plus mnemonic training, (3) relaxation pretraining plus mnemonic training, (4) nonspecific pretraining plus mnemonic training, (5) nonspecific training, and (6) wait list. Ss receiving the 3 specific pretraining techniques along with mnemonic training recalled more in a name–face recall task than Ss receiving nonspecific pretraining. Ss receiving mnemonic training did not differ from nonmnemonic controls at 6 mo. Results suggest that specific pretraining strategies can help maintain beneficial effects of imagery-based mnemonics over time. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - pretraining plus imagery based mnemonic training KW - name & face recall KW - age associated memory impaired Ss KW - 6 mo followup KW - 1986 KW - Client Education KW - Cognitive Techniques KW - Memory Disorders KW - Mnemonic Learning KW - Physiological Aging KW - Followup Studies KW - 1986 DO - 10.1080/87565648609540358 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11528-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11509-001 AN - 1988-11509-001 AU - Hickling, Edward J. AU - Sison, Gustave F. AU - Vanderploeg, Rodney D. T1 - Treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder with relaxation and biofeedback training. JF - Biofeedback & Self Regulation JO - Biofeedback & Self Regulation JA - Biofeedback Self Regul Y1 - 1986/06// VL - 11 IS - 2 SP - 125 EP - 134 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0363-3586 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11509-001. PMID: 3567232 Other Journal Title: Applied Psychophysiology and Biofeedback. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hickling, Edward J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Albany, NY, US. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biofeedback Training; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Relaxation Therapy. Minor Descriptor: Electromyography. Classification: Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1986. AB - Studied the effectiveness of biofeedback and relaxation training on 6 male patients (mean age 40 yrs) with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Prior to treatment, Ss completed a diagnostic interview and psychological testing that included the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI), State-Trait Anxiety Inventory, Beck Depression Inventory, and a multidimensional health locus of control scale by K. A. Wallston et al (1978). Ss received between 7 and 14 relaxation/electromyogram (EMG) training sessions over a period of 8–26 wks. Results suggest that the use of relaxation and biofeedback has a positive role to play in the treatment of PTSD. Improvements were noted on a wide range of measurements, including psychological test scores, EMG readings, and clinical ratings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EMG biofeedback & relaxation training KW - PTSD KW - male patients KW - 1986 KW - Biofeedback Training KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Relaxation Therapy KW - Electromyography KW - 1986 DO - 10.1007/BF00999980 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11509-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11442-001 AN - 1988-11442-001 AU - Kanas, Nick T1 - Therapy group with schizophrenics: Response to Dr. Parloff. JF - International Journal of Group Psychotherapy JO - International Journal of Group Psychotherapy JA - Int J Group Psychother Y1 - 1986/10// VL - 36 IS - 4 SP - 597 EP - 601 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0020-7284 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11442-001. PMID: 3793322 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kanas, Nick; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Francisco, CA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19880401. Correction Date: 20160421. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Schizophrenia. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1986. AB - Responds to comments made by M. B. Parloff (see record [rid]1987-35283-001[/rid]) on the present author's article (see record [rid]1987-35268-001[/rid]) regarding group therapy with schizophrenics. The present author defends his position on several topics against Parloff. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group psychotherapy KW - schizophrenic patients KW - reply to comments by M. B. Parloff KW - 1986 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11442-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11310-001 AN - 1988-11310-001 AU - Shear, Howard J. T1 - Outgrowing a neurodermatitis. JF - International Journal of Psychosomatics JO - International Journal of Psychosomatics JA - Int J Psychosom Y1 - 1986/// VL - 33 IS - 4 SP - 31 EP - 33 CY - US PB - International Psychosomatics Institute SN - 0884-8297 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11310-001. PMID: 3466887 Other Journal Title: Journal of the American Society of Psychosomatic Dentistry & Medicine. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shear, Howard J.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychology Section, Baltimore, MD, US. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Neurodermatitis; Psychotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Self-Help Techniques. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1986. AB - Presents a case study of the author's self-psychotherapy for neurodermatitis, emphasizing explorations into the origins of the condition and the use of an integrative-process therapy and drug treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - integrative process self therapy & drug treatment KW - psychologist with neurodermatitis KW - case report KW - 1986 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Neurodermatitis KW - Psychotherapy KW - Case Report KW - Self-Help Techniques KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11310-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11257-001 AN - 1988-11257-001 AU - Banks, Martha E. AU - Ackerman, Rosalie J. AU - Clark, Elisabeth O. T1 - Elderly women in family therapy. T3 - The dynamics of feminist therapy JF - Women & Therapy JO - Women & Therapy JA - Women Ther Y1 - 1986///Sum-Fal 1986 VL - 5 IS - 2-3 SP - 107 EP - 116 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0270-3149 SN - 1541-0315 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11257-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Banks, Martha E.; Brecksville Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, OH, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Family Therapy; Feminism; Human Females. Minor Descriptor: Caregivers; Client Rights; Family Members; Geriatric Patients; Health Care Services; Medical Patients; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Sum-Fal 1986. AB - Discusses issues facing the treatment, in the US, of elderly women in family therapy from the perspective of feminist therapy. Treatment of female patients in an inpatient geriatric-psychiatric state facility, and the role of female primary caretakers of male geriatric medical inpatients in a governmental facility are considered. Negative influences upon elderly women include agism, sexism, negative conceptions of mental illness, social losses, lack of power, depersonalization, neglect, and dependency. Aspects of family therapy in geriatric, psychiatric, and medical institutions are described along with issues confronting family members of elderly women and related moral, ethical, and legal issues facing caregivers. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - feminist perspective of family therapy KW - elderly female geriatric-psychiatric inpatients or primary caretakers of male geriatric medical inpatients & families involved with health care institutions KW - 1986 KW - Family Therapy KW - Feminism KW - Human Females KW - Caregivers KW - Client Rights KW - Family Members KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Health Care Services KW - Medical Patients KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1986 DO - 10.1300/J015V05N02_10 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11257-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11249-001 AN - 1988-11249-001 AU - Woods, David L. AU - Clayworth, C. C. AU - Knight, Robert T. AU - Simpson, G. V. AU - Naeser, M. A. T1 - Generators of middle- and long-latency auditory evoked potentials: Implications from studies of patients with bitemporal lesions. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology: Evoked Potentials JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology: Evoked Potentials Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 68 IS - 2 SP - 132 EP - 148 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science Publishers SN - 0168-5597 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11249-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Woods, David L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Neurology Service, Clinical Neurophysiological Lab, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19880401. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Evoked Potentials; Brain Damage; Temporal Lobe. Minor Descriptor: Auditory Cortex. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1987. AB - Recorded auditory evoked potentials (AEPs) in 5 patients (aged 39–72 yrs) with bilateral lesions of the superior temporal plane. Present results and those of previous studies suggest that abnormalities in middle- and long-latency AEPs do not reflect damage to primary auditory cortex per se, but rather the degree of damage to adjacent areas. Abnormal middle-latency AEPs were associated with (sub)cortical lesions denervating thalamic projection nuclei. Abnormal long-latency AEPs were associated with lesion extension into the multimodal areas of the inferior parietal lobule. (French abstract) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - middle & long latency auditory EPs KW - 39–72 yr old patients with bilateral lesions of superior temporal plane KW - 1987 KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Brain Damage KW - Temporal Lobe KW - Auditory Cortex KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0168-5597(87)90040-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11249-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-8804-3587 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11215-001 AN - 1988-11215-001 AU - Shimamura, Arthur P. T1 - Priming effects in amnesia: Evidence for a dissociable memory function. T3 - Human memory JF - The Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology A: Human Experimental Psychology JO - The Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology A: Human Experimental Psychology JA - Q J Exp Psychol A Y1 - 1986/11// VL - 38 IS - 4-A SP - 619 EP - 644 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0272-4987 SN - 1464-0740 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11215-001. Other Journal Title: The Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology; The Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology B: Comparative and Physiological Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shimamura, Arthur P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Memory; Priming. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 26. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1986. AB - Discusses the finding that amnesic patients are impaired on tests of recall and recognition memory, yet they exhibit intact priming effects: Their performance can be facilitated or biased by recently encountered information. This paper reviews the phenomenon of preserved priming effects in amnesia, describes relationships between priming and other memory functions, and comments on what this spared memory function suggests about the organization of memory. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - recall & recognition memory impairment with spared priming effects KW - amnesic patients KW - implications for memory organization KW - 1986 KW - Amnesia KW - Memory KW - Priming KW - 1986 DO - 10.1080/14640748608401617 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11215-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11214-001 AN - 1988-11214-001 AU - Serby, Michael T1 - Olfaction and Alzheimer's disease. JF - Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry JO - Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry Y1 - 1986/// VL - 10 IS - 3-5 SP - 579 EP - 586 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-5846 SN - 1878-4216 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11214-001. PMID: 3541051 Other Journal Title: Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Serby, Michael; New York Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, NY, US. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Olfactory Perception. Minor Descriptor: Dementia; Neurochemistry; Neuropathology. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1986. AB - Suggests that disturbances in the sense of smell may be important both clinically and theoretically in Alzheimer's disease. The neuroanatomical and neurochemical bases for this disturbance are discussed. It is concluded that the effect of aging per se on olfactory performance cannot be assessed without rigorous control for cognitive dysfunction in sampled populations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuroanatomical & neurochemical bases for olfactory disturbances KW - patients with Alzheimer's disease or other dementias KW - 1986 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Olfactory Perception KW - Dementia KW - Neurochemistry KW - Neuropathology KW - 1986 DO - 10.1016/0278-5846(86)90027-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11214-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11210-001 AN - 1988-11210-001 AU - Sandson, Jennifer AU - Albert, Martin L. AU - Alexander, Michael P. T1 - Confabulation in aphasia. JF - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JO - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JA - Cortex Y1 - 1986/12// VL - 22 IS - 4 SP - 621 EP - 626 CY - Italy PB - Masson Italia SN - 0010-9452 SN - 1973-8102 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11210-001. PMID: 3816246 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sandson, Jennifer; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Neurology, MA, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Masson SAS. Release Date: 19880401. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Confabulation. Minor Descriptor: Brain Damage; Denial; Perseveration; Self-Monitoring. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1986. AB - Describes a 66-yr-old right-handed male brain-damaged patient who produced 2 distinctive forms of confabulation, typical and atypical (aphasic), both of which were associated with perseveration, poor self-monitoring, and denial of deficit. It is proposed that the typical confabulations are triggered by gaps in memory for the period surrounding the onset of the S's illness, while the aphasic (fantastic) confabulations are triggered by gaps in semantic representation. These observations suggest that confabulations may comprise a portion of the language deficit in patients with other varieties of fluent aphasia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - occurrence of typical & aphasic confabulation & perseveration & poor self monitoring & denial of impairment KW - 66 yr old right handed male with brain damage KW - 1986 KW - Aphasia KW - Confabulation KW - Brain Damage KW - Denial KW - Perseveration KW - Self-Monitoring KW - 1986 DO - 10.1016/S0010-9452(86)80021-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11210-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11168-001 AN - 1988-11168-001 AU - Molaie, Majid T1 - Scalp-recorded short and middle latency peroneal somatosensory evoked potentials in normals: Comparison with peroneal and median nerve SEPs in patients with unilateral hemispheric lesions. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology: Evoked Potentials JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology: Evoked Potentials Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 68 IS - 2 SP - 107 EP - 118 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science Publishers SN - 0168-5597 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11168-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Molaie, Majid; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, EEG Lab, Syracuse, NY, US. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Somatosensory Cortex; Somatosensory Evoked Potentials. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1987. AB - Compared peroneal somatosensory evoked potentials (SEPs) obtained from right and left peroneal nerve (PN) stimulations of 23 normal males (aged 23–60 yrs) and 9 male patients with unilateral hemispheric lesions involving somatosensory pathways, using open and restricted frequency bandpass filters. Findings suggest that components subsequent to P3 potential in response to PN stimulation, and subsequent to N18 potential in response to median nerve stimulation, are generated in the parietal cortical regions. (French abstract) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - right & left peroneal & median nerve stimulation KW - somatosensory EPs KW - 36–66 yr old male patients with unilateral hemisphere lesions involving somatosensory pathways KW - 1987 KW - Brain Damage KW - Somatosensory Cortex KW - Somatosensory Evoked Potentials KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0168-5597(87)90038-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11168-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11154-001 AN - 1988-11154-001 AU - Lyon, Jon G. AU - Helm-Estabrooks, Nancy T1 - Drawing: Its communicative significance for expressively restricted aphasic adults. JF - Topics in Language Disorders JO - Topics in Language Disorders JA - Top Lang Disord Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 8 IS - 1 SP - 61 EP - 71 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0271-8294 SN - 1550-3259 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11154-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lyon, Jon G.; Reno Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, NV, US. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Drawing; Nonverbal Communication. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. AB - Suggests that, for expressively restricted aphasics (ERAs), communication through a nonlinguistic system such as drawing is a viable alternative to verbal expression. The contributions of the 2 cerebral hemispheres to language and visual perception, and how cerebral damage might affect these processes are discussed. Reports of aphasic patients who have learned to communicate through drawing are noted. Training ERAs to draw communicatively through a program devised by J. G. Lyon and E. Sims (1986) includes how to correct errors, simplifying the task, participant strategies, identification of general themes, interactive drawing, and encouraging multitmodal expression. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - communicative drawing as alternative to verbal expression KW - patients with expressively restricted aphasia KW - 1987 KW - Aphasia KW - Drawing KW - Nonverbal Communication KW - 1987 DO - 10.1097/00011363-198712000-00008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11154-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11144-001 AN - 1988-11144-001 AU - Kritchevsky, Mark AU - Graff-Radford, Neill R. AU - Damasio, Antonio R. T1 - Normal memory after damage to medial thalamus. JF - Archives of Neurology JO - Archives of Neurology JA - Arch Neurol Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 44 IS - 9 SP - 959 EP - 962 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-9942 SN - 1538-3687 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11144-001. PMID: 3304228 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of Neurology; JAMA Neurology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kritchevsky, Mark; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19880401. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Memory. Minor Descriptor: Case Report. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1987. AB - Describes the cases of a 32-yr-old right-handed man and a 25-yr-old right-handed woman who showed no verbal or nonverbal memory impairments on a battery of neuropsychologic tests after damage to medial thalamic damage, which is usually associated with amnesia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - medical thalamic damage KW - memory impairments KW - right handed 32 yr old male & 25 yr old female KW - case reports KW - 1987 KW - Brain Damage KW - Memory KW - Case Report KW - 1987 DO - 10.1001/archneur.1987.00520210055019 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11144-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11123-001 AN - 1988-11123-001 AU - Hershey, Linda A. AU - Modic, Michael T. AU - Greenough, Gregg AU - Jaffe, David F. T1 - Magnetic resonance imaging in vascular dementia. JF - Neurology JO - Neurology Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 37 IS - 1 SP - 29 EP - 36 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0028-3878 SN - 1526-632X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11123-001. PMID: 3796835 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hershey, Linda A.; Buffalo Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, NY, US. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Cerebral Ischemia; Cerebral Ventricles; Cerebrovascular Disorders; Dementia. Minor Descriptor: Medical Diagnosis. Classification: Cardiovascular Disorders (3295). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1987. AB - Performed magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) on 34 patients (aged 42–86 yrs) with documented ischemic cerebrovascular disease (ICD) to determine whether demented and nondemented Ss differ with respect to enlarged cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) spaces or white matter lesions. All 8 demented Ss had white matter lesions on MRI, as did 5 of the 8 borderline Ss and 11 of the 18 nondemented Ss. Enlargement of central CSF spaces was the only radiographic feature that was seen more commonly in demented than in nondemented Ss with ICD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - CSF spaces or white matter lesions KW - 42–86 yr old patients with dementia vs borderline vs nondemented ischemic cerebrovascular disease KW - 1987 KW - Brain Damage KW - Cerebral Ischemia KW - Cerebral Ventricles KW - Cerebrovascular Disorders KW - Dementia KW - Medical Diagnosis KW - 1987 DO - 10.1212/WNL.37.1.29 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11123-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11114-001 AN - 1988-11114-001 AU - Grant, Igor AU - Prigatano, George P. AU - Heaton, Robert K. AU - McSweeny, A. John AU - Wright, Elizabeth C. AU - Adams, Kenneth M. T1 - Progressive neuropsychologic impairment and hypoxemia: Relationship in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/11// VL - 44 IS - 11 SP - 999 EP - 1006 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11114-001. PMID: 3675139 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Grant, Igor; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19880401. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anoxia; Lung Disorders; Neuropsychology; Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1987. AB - Investigated decrements in neuropsychological functioning found in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) patients by the present 1st author and colleagues (1982) and by G. P. Prigatano et al (see record [rid]1983-13068-001[/rid]). 202 COPD patients with mild (mean age 61.6 yrs), moderate (mean age 64.3 yrs), or severe (mean age 65.9 yrs) hypoxia were compared with 99 age- and education-matched nonpatient controls on a series of tests including the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery, the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS), and the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI). Differential declines in neuropsychological abilities suggest a differential vulnerability of those abilities to the progress of COPD. Increasing age and lower education were also associated with impairment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - decline in neuropsychological functioning KW - chronic obstructive pulmonary disease patients with mild vs moderate vs severe hypoxia KW - 1987 KW - Anoxia KW - Lung Disorders KW - Neuropsychology KW - Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease KW - 1987 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1987.01800230079013 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11114-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11092-001 AN - 1988-11092-001 AU - Delaney, Richard C. AU - Prevey, M. L. AU - Mattson, R. H. T1 - Short term retention with lateralized temporal lobe epilepsy. JF - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JO - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JA - Cortex Y1 - 1986/12// VL - 22 IS - 4 SP - 591 EP - 600 CY - Italy PB - Masson Italia SN - 0010-9452 SN - 1973-8102 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11092-001. PMID: 3816243 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Delaney, Richard C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Psychology Service, Neuropsychology Section, New Haven, CT, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Masson SAS. Release Date: 19880401. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Epilepsy; Short Term Memory. Minor Descriptor: Cerebral Dominance. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1986. AB - Investigated whether individuals with lateralized temporal-lobe epilepsy have impairments in short-term memory and, if so, whether these are of a material-specific nature. The Peterson short-term memory distractor paradigm, which consists of brief presentations of stimuli with varying decay intervals and appropriate interpolated distractors, was employed with 26 Ss with focal temporal lobe epilepsy and 13 neurologically normal Ss (aged 18–63 yrs). A significant deficit in both left and right temporal lobe seizure groups was documented in comparison to controls for verbal but not nonverbal materials. Results suggest that one aspect of the memory problem observed in temporal lobe seizure patients relates to relatively early components of information processing where encoding is primarily based on physical rather than semantic characteristics of the stimulus. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - short term memory KW - 18–63 yr olds with lateralized temporal lobe epilepsy KW - 1986 KW - Epilepsy KW - Short Term Memory KW - Cerebral Dominance KW - 1986 DO - 10.1016/S0010-9452(86)80018-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11092-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11090-001 AN - 1988-11090-001 AU - Daniel, Michael AU - Webster, Jeffrey S. AU - Scott, Reda R. T1 - Single-case analysis of the brain-injured patient. JF - the Behavior Therapist JO - the Behavior Therapist JA - Behav Ther (N Y N Y) Y1 - 1986/04// VL - 9 IS - 4 SP - 71 EP - 75 CY - US PB - Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy SN - 0278-8403 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11090-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Daniel, Michael; Long Beach Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CA, US. Other Publishers: Association for Behavioral and Cognitive Therapies. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavioral Assessment; Brain Damage; Neuropsychological Assessment. Minor Descriptor: Head Injuries. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1986. AB - Describes single-case analysis procedures for relating the behavior problems of brain-impaired patients to biological and environmental variables. Procedures discussed include (1) a thorough interview to assess the nature of the person's problems and functional areas affected; and (2) neuropsychological assessment, including tests with normative data and tasks designed specifically for the patient. The case history of a 36-yr-old male presenting with memory defects resulting from head trauma illustrates the blending of neuropsychological testing and behavioral assessment techniques. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuropsychological testing & behavioral assessment KW - analysis of behavior & functional problems of brain injured patients KW - 1986 KW - Behavioral Assessment KW - Brain Damage KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Head Injuries KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11090-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11086-001 AN - 1988-11086-001 AU - Cummings, Jeffrey L. T1 - Subcortical dementia: Neuropsychology, neuropsychiatry, and pathophysiology. JF - The British Journal of Psychiatry JO - The British Journal of Psychiatry JA - Br J Psychiatry Y1 - 1986/12// VL - 149 SP - 682 EP - 697 CY - United Kingdom PB - Royal College of Psychiatrists SN - 0007-1250 SN - 1472-1465 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11086-001. PMID: 2878699 Other Journal Title: Journal of Mental Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cummings, Jeffrey L.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurobehavior Unit, CA, US. Release Date: 19880401. Correction Date: 20120611. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dementia; Literature Review. Minor Descriptor: Neurochemistry; Neuropsychiatry; Neuropsychology. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1986. AB - Subcortical dementia (SD) is a clinical syndrome characterized by slowing of cognition, memory disturbances, difficulty with complex intellectual tasks such as strategy generation and problem solving, visuospatial abnormalities, and disturbances of mood and affect. SD occurs in degenerative extrapyramidal disorders and has also been identified in inflammatory, infectious, and vascular conditions. Histologic, metabolic, and neurochemical investigations implicate dysfunction primarily of subcortical neurotransmitter systems and subcortical structures or subcortical–frontal connections in the genesis of the syndrome. The clinical characteristics of SD reflect the interruption of fundamental functions (motivation, mood, timing, and arousal) mediated by phylogenetically and ontogenetically early maturing structures. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical characteristics of subcortical dementia KW - literature review KW - 1986 KW - Dementia KW - Literature Review KW - Neurochemistry KW - Neuropsychiatry KW - Neuropsychology KW - 1986 DO - 10.1192/bjp.149.6.682 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11086-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-11058-001 AN - 1988-11058-001 AU - Bracha, H. S. AU - Shults, C. AU - Glick, Stanley D. AU - Kleinman, Joel E. T1 - Spontaneous asymmetric circling behavior in hemi-Parkinsonism: A human equivalent of the lesioned-circling rodent behavior. JF - Life Sciences JO - Life Sciences JA - Life Sci Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 40 IS - 11 SP - 1027 EP - 1130 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0024-3205 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-11058-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bracha, H. S.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, CA, US. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Motor Processes; Parkinson's Disease. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 104. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1987. AB - Studied whether ambulating outpatients with hemi-Parkinson's disease exhibit subtle abnormal circling behavior during a normal day's activities. The data indicated that without being aware of it, and not unlike unilaterally lesioned rodents, hemi-Parkinsonian patients rotate spontaneously toward the hemisphere believed to contain lower dopamine levels. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - spontaneous asymmetric circling behavior KW - ambulating outpatients with hemi-Parkinson's disease KW - equivalence to lesioned rodents' circling behavior KW - 1987 KW - Motor Processes KW - Parkinson's Disease KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0024-3205(87)90576-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-11058-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-10981-001 AN - 1988-10981-001 AU - Whitters, Alan C. AU - Cadoret, Remi J. AU - Troughton, Edward AU - Widmer, Reuben B. T1 - Suicide attempts in antisocial alcoholics. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 175 IS - 10 SP - 624 EP - 626 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-10981-001. PMID: 3655771 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Whitters, Alan C.; Veterans Administration, American Lake Medical Ctr, Tacoma, WA, US. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Antisocial Personality Disorder; Attempted Suicide. Minor Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Behavior Disorders; Drug Abuse; Major Depression; Violence. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1987. AB - 94 alcoholics with antisocial personality were divided on the basis of a previous suicide attempt. A variety of symptoms, including depression, alcohol and drug abuse, conduct disorder, and violence was found more frequently in the suicide attempter group as reported on a structured interview. These emotional problems were additionally found to have an earlier onset. Results are consistent with the concept of secondary sociopathy and indicate that higher psychopathology may be associated with suicide behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - depression & conduct disorder & violence & patterns of alcohol & drug abuse & other characteristics KW - alcoholic subjects with antisocial personality who had vs had not attempted suicide KW - 1987 KW - Alcoholism KW - Antisocial Personality Disorder KW - Attempted Suicide KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Behavior Disorders KW - Drug Abuse KW - Major Depression KW - Violence KW - 1987 DO - 10.1097/00005053-198710000-00008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-10981-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-10873-001 AN - 1988-10873-001 AU - Schwartz, B. D. AU - Nelson, A. V. AU - Wall, M. AU - Winstead, D. K. T1 - Visual evoked potentials associated with neural filter mechanisms in schizophrenia. JF - New Trends in Experimental & Clinical Psychiatry JO - New Trends in Experimental & Clinical Psychiatry Y1 - 1985/10//Oct-Dec, 1985 VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 179 EP - 185 CY - Italy PB - CIC Edizioni Internazionali SN - 0393-5310 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-10873-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schwartz, B. D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, New Orleans, LA, US. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Schizophrenia; Visual Evoked Potentials. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Oct-Dec, 1985. AB - Obtained visual evoked potentials elicited by sinusoidal gratings from 5 schizophrenic and 5 normal males. Stimulation of 2 separate visual filter channels (transient and sustained) revealed normal latencies but abnormal amplitude responses for schizophrenics from the transient channel. The potential consequences of abnormal channel activation are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual EPs associated with neural filter mechanisms KW - schizophrenic males KW - 1985 KW - Schizophrenia KW - Visual Evoked Potentials KW - 1985 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-10873-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-10860-001 AN - 1988-10860-001 AU - Pitman, Roger K. AU - Orr, Scott P. AU - Forgue, Dennis F. AU - de Jong, Jacob AU - Claiborn, James M. T1 - Psychophysiologic assessment of posttraumatic stress disorder imagery in Vietnam combat veterans. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/11// VL - 44 IS - 11 SP - 970 EP - 975 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-10860-001. PMID: 3675137 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pitman, Roger K.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Manchester, NH, US. Release Date: 19880401. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Second Annual Meeting of the Society for Traumatic Stress Studies (1986, Denver, Colorado) and the 140th Annual Meeting of the American Psychiatric Association (1987, Chicago, Illinois). Major Descriptor: Emotional Responses; Imagery; Military Veterans; Physiological Arousal; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1987. AB - Assessed emotional arousal in 18 Vietnam combat veterans (mean age 41 yrs) with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and 15 normal veterans (mean age 40.1 yrs) presented with scripts describing their own and other combat experiences. PTSD Ss' heart rate, skin conductance, and frontalis electromyogram (EMG) were markedly higher than controls when they read their own scripts. The combined physiologic variables identified PTSD Ss with a specificity of 100% and a sensitivity of 61%. The use of imagery in treatment of PTSD, the capacity of imagery to distinguish PTSD from social phobias, and the occurrence of false negatives and positives are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - scripts describing combat experiences KW - emotional arousal KW - Vietnam combat veterans with vs without PTSD KW - conference presentation KW - 1987 KW - Emotional Responses KW - Imagery KW - Military Veterans KW - Physiological Arousal KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - 1987 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1987.01800230050009 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-10860-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-10833-001 AN - 1988-10833-001 AU - Kiernan, Bette U. AU - Wilson, Dwight AU - Suter, Newton AU - Naqvi, Alice T1 - Comparison of the Geriatric Depression Scale and Beck Depression Inventory in a nursing home setting. JF - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JO - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JA - Clin Gerontol Y1 - 1986///Fal 1986 VL - 6 IS - 1 SP - 54 EP - 56 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0731-7115 SN - 1545-2301 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-10833-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kiernan, Bette U.; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CA. et al. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19880401. Correction Date: 20091012. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Beck Depression Inventory; Geriatric Patients; Major Depression; Measurement. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1986. AB - Administered the Beck Depression Inventory and a geriatric depression scale by J. A. Yesavage et al (1983) to 38 patients in a nursing home, and readministered the tests 6 mo later. Findings support longer-term stability of these measures of depression of the elderly in a nursing home setting. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Beck Depression Inventory vs geriatric depression scale KW - nursing home residents KW - 1986 KW - Beck Depression Inventory KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Major Depression KW - Measurement KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-10833-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-10825-001 AN - 1988-10825-001 AU - Hyer, Lee AU - Gouveia, Imogene AU - Harrison, William R. AU - Warsaw, Janet AU - Coutsouridis, Denise T1 - Depression, anxiety, paranoid reactions, hypochondriasis, and cognitive decline of later-life inpatients. JF - Journal of Gerontology JO - Journal of Gerontology JA - J Gerontol Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 42 IS - 1 SP - 92 EP - 94 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0022-1422 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-10825-001. PMID: 3794207 Other Journal Title: The Journals of Gerontology: Series A: Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hyer, Lee; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Augusta, GA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19880401. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety Disorders; Cognitive Ability; Hypochondriasis; Major Depression; Paranoia (Psychosis). Minor Descriptor: Geriatric Patients; Health; Life Satisfaction; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1987. AB - Examined the relationships among the psychopathological states of depression, anxiety, hypochondriasis, paranoid reactions, and cognitive decline as well as the relationship of these variables to life satisfaction, health, pain, and behavior in 60 later-life psychiatric patients (aged 55+ yrs) on an acute geropsychiatric unit. Results show that there was a high degree of interrelationship among the psychopathological variables except cognition. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - depression & anxiety & hypochondriasis & paranoid reactions & cognitive decline & life satisfaction & health & pain & behavior KW - psychiatric patients 55 yrs old & older KW - 1987 KW - Anxiety Disorders KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Hypochondriasis KW - Major Depression KW - Paranoia (Psychosis) KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Health KW - Life Satisfaction KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1987 DO - 10.1093/geronj/42.1.92 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-10825-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-10787-001 AN - 1988-10787-001 AU - Cook, Brian L. AU - Shukla, Sashi AU - Hoff, Anne L. T1 - EEG abnormalities in bipolar affective disorder. JF - Journal of Affective Disorders JO - Journal of Affective Disorders JA - J Affect Disord Y1 - 1986/09//Sep-Oct, 1986 VL - 11 IS - 2 SP - 147 EP - 149 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-0327 SN - 1573-2517 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-10787-001. PMID: 2948988 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cook, Brian L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 19880401. Correction Date: 20160407. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Bipolar Disorder; Electroencephalography; Genetics. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sep-Oct, 1986. AB - 46 patients with bipolar illness were evaluated with scalp-recorded EEGs. Familial pattern of psychopathology was evaluated between groups with clinically normal and abnormal EEG tracings. Those with abnormal EEGs (mean age 32.8 yrs) were noted to have a significantly negative family history of affective disorder when compared to the EEG normal group (mean age 32.43 yrs). Results may support the concept of some patients with mania having an acquired illness that occurs independently from its genetic loading. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EEG recordings & familial patterns of psychopathology KW - patients with bipolar affective disorder KW - 1986 KW - Bipolar Disorder KW - Electroencephalography KW - Genetics KW - 1986 DO - 10.1016/0165-0327(86)90021-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-10787-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-10692-001 AN - 1988-10692-001 AU - Gardner, Howard T1 - Freud in three frames: A cognitive-scientific approach to creativity. JF - Daedalus JO - Daedalus JA - Daedalus Y1 - 1986///Sum 1986 VL - 115 IS - 3 SP - 105 EP - 134 CY - US PB - American Academy of Arts & Sciences SN - 0011-5266 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-10692-001. PMID: 11612009 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gardner, Howard; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MA, US. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Creativity; Freud (Sigmund). Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 30. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1986. AB - Presents a framework within which creativity can be explained, and applies it to the intellect of Freud. The framework is based on the premise that creativity and other forms of cognition can be concentrated in a specific area, such as language, and not in other areas, such as problem-solving, musical competence, and spatial perception. These areas may be delineated differently depending on which of the following perspectives is taken: the biopsychological individual, the structure of an area of knowledge, or the sociohistorical context. (0 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perspective on creativity & application to Freud's intellect KW - 1986 KW - Creativity KW - Freud (Sigmund) KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-10692-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-10639-001 AN - 1988-10639-001 AU - Hanson, Philip G. AU - Lubin, Bernard T1 - Support systems: Understanding and using them effectively. JF - Organization Development Journal JO - Organization Development Journal Y1 - 1986///Win 1986 VL - 4 IS - 4 SP - 59 EP - 66 CY - US PB - Organization Development Institute SN - 0889-6402 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-10639-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hanson, Philip G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Houston, TX, US. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Interpersonal Communication; Social Support. Classification: Group & Interpersonal Processes (3020). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Win 1986. AB - Discusses factors involved in using others and self for social support and some difficulties in the development of each type of support system. Social support systems are enduring interpersonal ties to people or groups who share values and standards and who provide feedback and emotional support, assistance, and resources for dealing with stress. Premature rejection, self-fulfilling prophecies, and unrealistic expectations represent obstacles to developing support systems. Unclear intentions, evaluativeness, repetition, role expectations, misperceived needs, and uncaring confrontation can complicate and influence the impact of support-giving behaviors. The self can serve as an important source of support and can reduce dependence on environmental sources. Self-support requires self-awareness, clarity of intention, personal responsibility to self and others, and a positive self view. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - obstacles to use of others & self for social support KW - 1986 KW - Coping Behavior KW - Interpersonal Communication KW - Social Support KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-10639-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-10120-001 AN - 1988-10120-001 AU - Kinzel, Terry AU - Wekstein, David AU - Kirkpatrick, Charmaine T1 - A social and clinical evaluation of centenarians. JF - Experimental Aging Research JO - Experimental Aging Research JA - Exp Aging Res Y1 - 1986///Fal 1986 VL - 12 IS - 3 SP - 173 EP - 176 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0361-073X SN - 1096-4657 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-10120-001. PMID: 3830238 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kinzel, Terry; Iron Mountain Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatrics Section, MI, US. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Demographic Characteristics; Life Expectancy; Psychosocial Factors. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800); Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1986. AB - Conducted social and clinical evaluations on 30 Ss (aged 100 yrs and older) living in Kentucky. Data are reported on medication use, use of tobacco and alcohol, presence of hypertension and cardiac disease, vibratory sensation at the Ss' ankles and ankle jerks, vision and hearing diminishment, and level of dependence on others. Hypertension was present in 48%. Results indicate a wide variation across individuals in this age group. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - demographic & social & clinical variables & life expectancy KW - adults aged 100 yrs & older KW - 1986 KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - Life Expectancy KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - 1986 DO - 10.1080/03610738608259457 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-10120-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-10024-001 AN - 1988-10024-001 AU - Kay, Neil AU - Morley, John E. AU - Van Ree, Jan M. T1 - Enhancement of human lymphocyte natural killing function by non-opioid fragments of !b-endorphin. JF - Life Sciences JO - Life Sciences JA - Life Sci Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 40 IS - 11 SP - 1083 EP - 1087 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0024-3205 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-10024-001. PMID: 2434819 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kay, Neil; Minneapolis Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Medicine, MN, US. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Endorphins; Immunology; Lymphocytes. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1987. AB - Studied the effects of different small nonopioid fragments of the beta-endorphin molecule responsible for enhancement of human peripheral blood lymphocyte natural killer activity. The results show that these fragments are more potent than either beta- or gamma-endorphin in enhancing this activity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nonopioid fragments of beta endorphin molecule KW - enhancement of peripheral blood lymphocyte natural killer activity KW - humans KW - 1987 KW - Endorphins KW - Immunology KW - Lymphocytes KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0024-3205(87)90571-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-10024-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-09951-001 AN - 1988-09951-001 AU - Lovallo, William R. AU - Pincomb, Gwendolyn A. AU - Wilson, Michael F. T1 - Predicting response to a reaction time task: Heart rate reactivity compared with Type A behavior. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1986/11// VL - 23 IS - 6 SP - 648 EP - 656 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-09951-001. PMID: 3823340 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lovallo, William R.; Oklahoma City Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, OK, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blood Pressure; Coronary Prone Behavior; Heart Rate; Muscle Contractions; Norepinephrine. Minor Descriptor: Neuroendocrinology; Reaction Time. Classification: Psychophysiology (2560). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1986. AB - Measured somatic muscle, cardiovascular (CV), and endocrine responses to an unsignaled, rewarded reaction time (RT) task and examined the relative contributions of heart rate reactivity (HRR) and Type A (coronary prone) behavior. Task responses were characterized by significant changes in muscle tension, heart rate, blood pressure, cardiac output, and plasma norepinephrine concentrations. Ss who showed a high HHR during an independent cold pressor test produced the greatest changes in heart rate, systolic and diastolic blood pressures, ventricular ejection time, cardiac output, and rate-pressure product during the RT task. In contrast, Type A Ss did not respond differently from Type B (noncoronary prone) Ss. Results indicate that HHR is a relatively stable trait that generalizes from cold pressor to a nonaversive task and that accounts for much of the between-S variability in CV response. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - heart rate reactivity vs Type A behavior KW - somatic muscle & cardiovascular & endocrine responses to RT task KW - 21–35 yr old males KW - 1986 KW - Blood Pressure KW - Coronary Prone Behavior KW - Heart Rate KW - Muscle Contractions KW - Norepinephrine KW - Neuroendocrinology KW - Reaction Time KW - 1986 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1986.tb00686.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-09951-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-09661-001 AN - 1988-09661-001 AU - Wilson, Richard H. AU - Fowler, Cynthia G. T1 - Effects of signal duration on the 500-Hz masking-level difference. JF - Scandinavian Audiology JO - Scandinavian Audiology JA - Scand Audiol Y1 - 1986/// VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 209 EP - 215 CY - Norway PB - Scandinavian University Press SN - 0105-0397 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-09661-001. PMID: 3563399 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wilson, Richard H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Audiology Section, Long Beach, CA, US. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Masking; Auditory Thresholds; Stimulus Duration. Classification: Auditory & Speech Perception (2326). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1986. AB - Studied the masking-level difference for 1–128 msec, 500-Hz tones in 32-db pressure spectrum level, continuous broadband noise. Two experiments were performed in Sweden, the 1st using the Békésy tracking procedure with 8 Ss; and the 2nd using an adaptive, 2-interval, forced-choice psychophysical procedure with 2 Ss. Data from both experiments indicated that shortening of signal duration from greater than or equal to 100 to 10 msec resulted in divergence of homophasic and antiphasic threshold integration functions, producing a masking-level difference. For signal durations less than 10 msec, the threshold functions converged and masking-level difference decreased. These findings have been corroborated independently by J. A. Cokely and J. W. Hall (1985). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - tones of 1–128 msec 500 Hz 32 db continuous broadband noise KW - auditory masking thresholds KW - adults with normal hearing KW - 1986 KW - Auditory Masking KW - Auditory Thresholds KW - Stimulus Duration KW - 1986 DO - 10.3109/01050398609042145 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-09661-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-09554-001 AN - 1988-09554-001 AU - Retzlaff, Paul D. AU - Gibertini, Michael T1 - Factor structure of the MCMI basic personality scales and common-item artifact. JF - Journal of Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Personality Assessment JA - J Pers Assess Y1 - 1987///Win 1987 VL - 51 IS - 4 SP - 588 EP - 594 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0022-3891 SN - 1532-7752 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-09554-001. PMID: 3681645 Other Journal Title: Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Retzlaff, Paul D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Tampa, FL, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Factor Structure; Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory; Personality Traits. Minor Descriptor: Air Force Personnel; Alcohol Abuse; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Win 1987. AB - Evaluated the adequacy of the personality scales of the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory (MCMI) for measuring T. Millon's (1969) personality constructs. MCMI item-overlap coefficients were factored and compared with the factor structures of the following groups: 175 US Air Force basic trainees referred for mental health evaluation, 250 alcohol abusers, 249 Air Force student pilots, 978 Ss from Millon's (1983) MCMI data, and 478 psychiatric patients. For the 8 basic personality scales, 3 factors emerged for the overlap matrix and the 5 sample matrices: Aloof–Social, Aggressive–Submissive, and Lability–Restraint. It is concluded that these factors are inconsistent with Millon's theory and that they can be found artifactually in many populations due to overlapping items. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - factor structure & adequacy of Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - assessment of T. Millon's personality types KW - Air Force trainees & student pilots & psychiatric patients & alcohol abuse patients KW - 1987 KW - Factor Structure KW - Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - Personality Traits KW - Air Force Personnel KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1987 DO - 10.1207/s15327752jpa5104_10 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-09554-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-09541-001 AN - 1988-09541-001 AU - Nicholas, Linda E. AU - Brookshire, Robert H. T1 - Error analysis and passage dependency of test items from a standardized test of multiple-sentence reading comprehension for aphasic and non-brain-damaged adults. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JA - J Speech Hear Disord Y1 - 1987/11// VL - 52 IS - 4 SP - 358 EP - 366 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Association SN - 0022-4677 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-09541-001. PMID: 2444768 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Nicholas, Linda E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Speech Pathology Section, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Item Analysis (Test); Reading Measures; Test Validity. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1987. AB - 30 aphasic and non-brain-damaged adults (aged 46–75 yrs) were tested with 2 forms of the Nelson Reading Skills Test (NRST). Higher level NRST test items (requiring complex inferences) were significantly more difficult for all Ss than literal items (not requiring inferences) or translational items (requiring simple inferences). The passage dependency of NRST test items for aphasic readers was higher than those reported by the present 1st author and colleagues (see record [rid]1986-16165-001[/rid]) for multiple-sentence reading tests designed for aphasic adults. It is suggested that the NRST is a more valid measure of the multiple-sentence reading comprehension of aphasic adults than the other tests evaluated by Nicholas et al. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity & item & passage dependency analysis of Nelson Reading Skills Test KW - 46–75 yr olds with aphasia KW - 1987 KW - Aphasia KW - Item Analysis (Test) KW - Reading Measures KW - Test Validity KW - 1987 DO - 10.1044/jshd.5204.358 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-09541-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-09536-001 AN - 1988-09536-001 AU - Moses, James A. AU - Maruish, Mark E. T1 - A critical review of the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery Literature: I. Reliability. JF - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology JO - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 9 IS - 4 SP - 149 EP - 157 CY - US PB - MelNic Press, Inc. SN - 0749-8470 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-09536-001. Other Journal Title: Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moses, James A.; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, CA, US. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Neuropsychological Assessment; Psychiatric Patients; Schizophrenia; Test Reliability. Minor Descriptor: Interrater Reliability; Statistical Validity. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Notes that the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery—Form I (LNNB) clinical, summary, and localization scales have been shown to be internally consistent for samples of mixed brain damaged, schizophrenic, and mixed psychiatric patients. Test–retest reliability of the LNNB is very high, and there is minimal practice effect of retesting within a mixed brain damaged sample. The test can be scored reliably by administrators who vary in experience level. Interrater reliability is acceptably high under conditions of response ambiguity as well as standard response clarity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - test & interrater reliability & internal consistency of Luria Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery-Form I clinical & summary & localization scales KW - mixed brain damaged or schizophrenic or psychiatric patients KW - 1987 KW - Brain Damage KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Schizophrenia KW - Test Reliability KW - Interrater Reliability KW - Statistical Validity KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-09536-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-09500-001 AN - 1988-09500-001 AU - Fields, Jeremy Z. AU - Gonzalez, Larry P. AU - Meyerson, Laurence R. AU - Lieber, Paul AU - Lee, John M. AU - Steece, Kathy A. AU - DeLeon-Jones, F. A. AU - Ritzmann, Ronald F. T1 - Radio-frequency analysis of the effect of haloperidol and cyclo(leucyl-glycyl) on apomorphine-induced stereotypy. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1986/12// VL - 25 IS - 6 SP - 1279 EP - 1284 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-09500-001. PMID: 3809231 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fields, Jeremy Z.; Hines Veterans Administration Hosp, Research Service, IL, US. Release Date: 19880401. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apomorphine; Haloperidol; Methodology; Peptides; Stereotyped Behavior. Minor Descriptor: Drug Sensitivity; Rats. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220); Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1986. AB - Studied the utility of radio-frequency analysis (RFA) to assess the effect of haloperidol and cyclo(leucy-glycyl) (CLG) on apomorphine-induced stereotypy in male Sprague-Dawley rats. Results indicate that the peptide CLG can prevent the development of behavioral supersensitivity induced by haloperidol; and that RFA is a sensitive method for detecting, quantifying, and differentiating various stereotypies. Because RFA allows the use of parametric statistics, it provides a significant improvement in the efficiency of rating and comparing stereotypy scores. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - utility of radio frequency analysis KW - assessment of effect of haloperidol & cyclo(leucyl-glycyl) on apomorphine induced stereotypy KW - male rats KW - 1986 KW - Apomorphine KW - Haloperidol KW - Methodology KW - Peptides KW - Stereotyped Behavior KW - Drug Sensitivity KW - Rats KW - 1986 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(86)90123-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-09500-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-09497-001 AN - 1988-09497-001 AU - Faibish, George M. AU - Auerbach, Vivian S. AU - Thornby, John I. T1 - Modifications of the Halstead-Reitan in geriatrics. JF - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JO - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JA - Clin Gerontol Y1 - 1986///Fal 1986 VL - 6 IS - 1 SP - 3 EP - 14 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0731-7115 SN - 1545-2301 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-09497-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Faibish, George M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Psychology Service, Neuropsychology Lab, Houston, TX, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19880401. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neuropsychological Assessment. Minor Descriptor: Test Battery. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1986. AB - Contends that pragmatic considerations in developing neuropsychological tests for an older population include level of difficulty, length, the speed factor, and physical requirements. There are also methodological and conceptual problems involved: population and sample selection, diagnostic validity and age sensitivity, the effect of test modifications on construct measurement, and comprehensiveness vs redundancy. A program to modify the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery for use with older adults is described to illustrate these issues and possible solutions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - modifications of Halstead Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery KW - neuropsychological assessment KW - elderly KW - 1986 KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Test Battery KW - 1986 DO - 10.1300/J018v06n01_02 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-09497-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-09486-001 AN - 1988-09486-001 AU - Collins, Michael AU - Odell, Katherine T1 - Computerization of a traditional test for nonverbal visual problem solving. JF - Cognitive Rehabilitation JO - Cognitive Rehabilitation Y1 - 1986/09//Sep-Oct, 1986 VL - 4 IS - 5 SP - 16 EP - 18 CY - US PB - NeuroScience Publishers SN - 1062-2969 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-09486-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Cognitive Rehabilitation. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Collins, Michael; William S. Middleton Memorial Veterans Administration Hosp, Madison, WI, US. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Computer Assisted Testing; Raven Coloured Progressive Matrices. Minor Descriptor: Brain Damage; Computer Software; Neuropsychological Assessment; Nonverbal Ability; Problem Solving; Scoring (Testing). Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sep-Oct, 1986. AB - Describes the use and operation of a computerized version of the Ravens Colored Progressive Matrices, a popular test of nonverbal visual problem solving ability for elderly or brain-damaged adults as well as for children under 10 yrs of age. All software for the graphics of the matrices, scoring, and data collection are written in the FORTH language. (0 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - software & scoring & data collection for computerized version of Raven Coloured Progressive Matrices KW - assessment of nonverbal visual problem solving KW - 1986 KW - Computer Assisted Testing KW - Raven Coloured Progressive Matrices KW - Brain Damage KW - Computer Software KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Nonverbal Ability KW - Problem Solving KW - Scoring (Testing) KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-09486-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-09465-001 AN - 1988-09465-001 AU - Strack, Stephen T1 - Development and validation of an adjective check list to assess the Millon personality types in a normal population. JF - Journal of Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Personality Assessment JA - J Pers Assess Y1 - 1987///Win 1987 VL - 51 IS - 4 SP - 572 EP - 587 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0022-3891 SN - 1532-7752 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-09465-001. PMID: 3681644 Other Journal Title: Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Strack, Stephen; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychology Service, Los Angeles, CA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Measures; Personality Traits; Test Construction. Minor Descriptor: Test Validity. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223); Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Win 1987. AB - Developed a personality adjective check list (PACL) to assess T. Millon's (1969, 1981) personality types in a normal population. Data from 1,099 males and 1,192 females were used to develop and test 9 scales based on Millon's 8 basic personalities and an experimental scale measuring aspects of 3 more severe types (schizoid, cycloid, and paranoid). Factor analysis revealed good internal consistency, test–retest reliability over a 3-mo period, factor structure, and convergent and discriminant validity based on self-report data. Results indicate that Millon's types exist in normal form much as they are postulated to exist as disorders. PACL correlations with several personality measures are presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - construction & validation of Personality Adjective Check List KW - assessment of T. Millon's personality types KW - adults KW - 1987 KW - Personality Measures KW - Personality Traits KW - Test Construction KW - Test Validity KW - 1987 DO - 10.1207/s15327752jpa5104_9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-09465-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-09452-001 AN - 1988-09452-001 AU - Cannon, Dale S. AU - Bell, William E. AU - Andrews, Reagan H. AU - Finkelstein, Allan S. T1 - Correspondence between MMPI PTSD measures and clinical diagnosis. JF - Journal of Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Personality Assessment JA - J Pers Assess Y1 - 1987///Win 1987 VL - 51 IS - 4 SP - 517 EP - 521 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0022-3891 SN - 1532-7752 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-09452-001. PMID: 3681638 Other Journal Title: Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cannon, Dale S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Dallas, TX, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19880401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychodiagnosis; Subtests. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Win 1987. AB - Investigated the correspondence of the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) subscale and the clinical scale decision rules by T. M. Keane et al (see record [rid]1985-02913-001[/rid]) and with clinical diagnoses of PTSD in 595 male veteran psychiatric inpatients. MMPI PTSD measures demonstrated good sensitivity and selectivity, but the false-positive rate was high. It is suggested the MMPI measures be used to rule out, but not to establish, the diagnosis of PTSD. The construct validity of the PTSD subscale was supported by the finding of a higher mean score in combat than noncombat veterans. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - correspondence between MMPI PTSD subscale & clinical scale decision rules & diagnoses KW - male veteran psychiatric inpatients KW - 1987 KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Subtests KW - Military Veterans KW - 1987 DO - 10.1207/s15327752jpa5104_3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-09452-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-29507-001 AN - 1988-29507-001 AU - Manis, Melvin AU - Nelson, Thomas E. AU - Shedler, Jonathan T1 - Stereotypes and social judgment: Extremity, assimilation, and contrast. JF - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology JO - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology JA - J Pers Soc Psychol Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 55 IS - 1 SP - 28 EP - 36 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-3514 SN - 1939-1315 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-29507-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Manis, Melvin; Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MI, US. Release Date: 19881001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Judgment; Psychological Terminology; Stereotyped Attitudes. Minor Descriptor: Adult Attitudes. Classification: Social Perception & Cognition (3040). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Nov 25, 1987; Revised Date: Nov 16, 1987; First Submitted Date: May 12, 1986. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Respondents evaluated the thought disorder in vocabulary definitions obtained from patients at Central Hospital and Metropolitan Hospital. To establish extreme stereotypes, the most disturbed definitions were presented as deriving from one hospital, whereas the benign (nonpathological) definitions seemed to come from the other hospital. Moderate stereotypes were established by replacing some of the extreme definitions with midscale definitions. Following this induction series, respondents selected the more pathological definition in a series of midscale test pairs (one definition in each pair was said to come from a patient at Metropolitan Hospital, the other from a patient at Central). Moderate hospital stereotypes yielded clear evidence of assimilation; that is, the test definition that seemed to emanate from the more disturbed of the two hospital populations was regarded as more pathological than the definition with which it had been paired. Stereotypes that were extreme (and, hence, more distant from the midscale test items) yielded contrast effects. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stereotyped definitions of patients with thought disorders KW - social judgment KW - college students KW - 1988 KW - Judgment KW - Psychological Terminology KW - Stereotyped Attitudes KW - Adult Attitudes KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/0022-3514.55.1.28 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-29507-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-29456-001 AN - 1988-29456-001 AU - Burda, Philip C. AU - Vaux, Alan C. T1 - Social drinking in supportive contexts among college males. JF - Journal of Youth and Adolescence JO - Journal of Youth and Adolescence Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 17 IS - 2 SP - 165 EP - 171 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0047-2891 SN - 1573-6601 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-29456-001. PMID: 24277582 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Burda, Philip C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Miami, FL, US. Release Date: 19881001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Social Drinking; Social Support. Minor Descriptor: Human Males. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Usage (Legal) (2990). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. AB - Administered self-report questionnaires to 205 male college students to assess the role of social drinking in social support processes. Results indicate that the quantity and frequency of social drinking were positively related to 7 of the 10 social support variables associated with male social network members, but only 1 of 10 female support variables. Ss obtained 50% of their companionship support in social drinking encounters, as well as over 25% of their emotional support and 20% of their material assistance and problem-solving support. Ss received a higher proportion of all types of support while drinking when the support sources were male. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - role of social drinking in social support KW - male college students KW - 1988 KW - Social Drinking KW - Social Support KW - Human Males KW - 1988 DO - 10.1007/BF01537965 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-29456-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-29040-001 AN - 1988-29040-001 AU - Rose, Jed E. AU - Behm, Frederique T1 - Refined cigarette smoke as a method for reducing nicotine intake. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 305 EP - 310 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-29040-001. PMID: 3685063 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rose, Jed E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr West Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19881001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Nicotine; Tobacco Smoking; Toxins. Minor Descriptor: Preferences; Smoking Cessation. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580); Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1987. AB - Developed a method of refining tobacco smoke to deliver sensory components of cigarette smoking while minimizing the delivery of nicotine and other toxic smoke constituents. In Exp I, 9 smokers (aged 20–56 yrs) rated refined smoke significantly stronger and more desirable than low tar and nicotine cigarettes. In Exp II, refined smoke produced significantly more satisfaction for 12 smokers (aged 20–63 yrs), yet delivered less carbon monoxide and tar. Implications for smoking cessation and pharmacologic and behavioral research are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - refined tobacco smoke KW - satisfaction & intake of nicotine & other toxic constituents KW - 20–63 yr old smokers KW - implications for smoking cessation KW - 1987 KW - Nicotine KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Toxins KW - Preferences KW - Smoking Cessation KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(87)90229-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-29040-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-28994-001 AN - 1988-28994-001 AU - Kastin, A. J. AU - Zadina, J. E. AU - Ehrensing, R. H. AU - Schwartzenburg, D. T1 - MIF-1 and Tyr-MIF-1 can act differently from amitriptyline in an animal model of depression. JF - New Trends in Experimental & Clinical Psychiatry JO - New Trends in Experimental & Clinical Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/01//Jan-Mar, 1987 VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 49 EP - 58 CY - Italy PB - CIC Edizioni Internazionali SN - 0393-5310 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-28994-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kastin, A. J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, New Orleans, LA, US. Release Date: 19881001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amitriptyline; Antidepressant Drugs; Hyperthermia; Thyrotropin. Minor Descriptor: Adrenergic Nerves; Animal Models; Major Depression; Mice. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jan-Mar, 1987. AB - The potentiation of thyrotropin-releasing hormone (TRH)-induced hyperthermia has been used as a test for screening antidepressants that activate alpha-adrenergic systems. MIF-1 (Pro-Leu-Gly-NH₂) and Tyr-MIF-1 (Tyr-Pro-Leu-Gly-NH₂), peptides with antidepressant activity, were tested in this model using male mice. The tricyclic antidepressant amitriptyline was significantly more active than either peptide in potentiating the TRH-induced hyperthermia. Results demonstrate that the actions of amitriptyline can differ from those of MIF-1 and Tyr-MIF-1. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - amitriptyline vs MIF-1 vs Tyr-MIF-1 KW - potentiation of TRH induced hyperthermia KW - male mice KW - implications for depression & adrenergic system KW - 1987 KW - Amitriptyline KW - Antidepressant Drugs KW - Hyperthermia KW - Thyrotropin KW - Adrenergic Nerves KW - Animal Models KW - Major Depression KW - Mice KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-28994-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-28968-001 AN - 1988-28968-001 AU - Flood, James F. AU - Hernandez, Ernesto N. AU - Morley, John E. T1 - Modulation of memory processing by neuropeptide Y. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 421 IS - 1-2 SP - 280 EP - 290 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-28968-001. PMID: 3690274 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Flood, James F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19881001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Avoidance Conditioning; Neuropeptide Y; Peptides; Retention. Minor Descriptor: Antibiotics; Drug Interactions; Mice; Scopolamine. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1987. KW - administration of porcine vs human neuropeptide Y into 3rd cerebral ventricle KW - retention of passive & active avoidance learning & anisomycin or scopolamine induced amnesia KW - male mice KW - 1987 KW - Amnesia KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Neuropeptide Y KW - Peptides KW - Retention KW - Antibiotics KW - Drug Interactions KW - Mice KW - Scopolamine KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(87)91297-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-28968-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-28948-001 AN - 1988-28948-001 AU - Carey, Robert J. AU - Kenney, Susan T1 - A delayed onset of haloperidol effects on learned escape and avoidance behavior. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 203 EP - 208 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-28948-001. PMID: 3685055 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carey, Robert J.; Syracuse Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, NY, US. Release Date: 19881001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Escape Conditioning; Haloperidol. Minor Descriptor: Rats; Shock. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1987. AB - Investigated the effects of haloperidol ([H] 0.3 mg/kg) on the acquisition and maintenance of footshock escape behavior in a 1-meter runway, using 18 male Sprague-Dawley rats. In the acquisition phase, Ss given H before testing (HB) showed severely retarded acquisition and performance of the escape response compared with Ss given H after testing (HA). Eight days after switching treatments, performances of the 2 groups reversed. After switching back to the original treatment, avoidance and escape behavior of the HB group gradually slowed substantially and that of the HA group accelerated markedly. Findings suggest that overlearned behaviors are much less sensitive to disruption by treatment than behaviors undergoing learning, and that this insensitivity is a transitional, transient phenomenon, and that with chronic treatment overlearned behaviors can be strongly affected by H. Results may provide an animal behavior model to investigate the delayed onset of efficacy with neuroleptic drugs. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - haloperidol KW - acquisition & maintenance of footshock escape & avoidance behavior KW - male rats KW - 1987 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Escape Conditioning KW - Haloperidol KW - Rats KW - Shock KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(87)90215-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-28948-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-28947-001 AN - 1988-28947-001 AU - Cannon, Dale S. AU - Carrell, Laura E. T1 - Effect of taste aversion learning on ethanol self-administration. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 28 IS - 1 SP - 53 EP - 56 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-28947-001. PMID: 3659104 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cannon, Dale S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Dallas, TX, US. Release Date: 19881001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aversion Conditioning; Ethanol; Interference (Learning); Self-Stimulation. Minor Descriptor: Latent Learning; Rats; Water Deprivation. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1987. AB - Manipulated the familiarity with the taste of an ethanol (EtOH) solution to assess the effect of latent inhibition on EtOH self-administration in 57 fluid-deprived rats. Findings indicate that taste aversion learning was maximized under fluid deprivation conditions and that exposure to nonintoxicating amounts of the EtOH solution prior to conditioning (latent inhibition) reduced taste aversion learning. It is suggested that the effect of fluid deprivation on taste aversion resulting from EtOH self-administration may be due in part to the development of latent inhibition in nondeprived Ss during initial exposure to the EtOH solution. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - latent inhibition KW - effect of taste aversion learning on ethanol self administration KW - fluid deprived rats KW - 1987 KW - Aversion Conditioning KW - Ethanol KW - Interference (Learning) KW - Self-Stimulation KW - Latent Learning KW - Rats KW - Water Deprivation KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(87)90011-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-28947-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-28860-001 AN - 1988-28860-001 AU - Langlais, Philip J. AU - Mair, Robert G. AU - Anderson, Clint D. AU - McEntee, William J. T1 - Monoamines and metabolites in cortex and subcortical structures: Normal regional distribution and the effects of thiamine deficiency in the rat. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 421 IS - 1-2 SP - 140 EP - 149 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-28860-001. PMID: 2446701 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Langlais, Philip J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19881001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Catecholamines; Diets; Vitamin Deficiency Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Brain; Metabolism; Physiological Correlates; Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1987. AB - Examined concentrations of monoamines and metabolites, and estimates of turnover rate in the brains of rats fed a pyrithiamine and thiamine deficient diet (PTD) and normally fed controls. In 17 behaviorally tested PTD Ss, a significant reduction in norepinephrine (NE) was observed in the entorhinal cortex. Diminished NE was also observed in entorhinal, hippocampal, septal, and olfactory areas of 8 nonbehaviorally tested PTD Ss. Serotonin and 5-hydroxyindoleacetic acid were increased in the midbrain-thalamus of both groups of PTD Ss. Findings are discussed in terms of thiamine deficiency as an animal model of Korsakoff's disease. In 12 controls, the entorhinal cortex contained the highest levels of NE and 5-hydroxytryptamine (5-HT), while dopamine was highest in the somatosensory cortex. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - pyrithiamine/thiamine deficient diets KW - concentrations & turnover rates of monoamines & metabolites in brain KW - rats KW - 1987 KW - Catecholamines KW - Diets KW - Vitamin Deficiency Disorders KW - Brain KW - Metabolism KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Rats KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(87)91284-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-28860-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-28850-001 AN - 1988-28850-001 AU - Feinberg, Irwin AU - Floyd, T. C. AU - March, J. D. T1 - Effects of sleep loss on delta (0.3–3 Hz) EEG and eye movement density: New observations and hypotheses. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 67 IS - 3 SP - 217 EP - 221 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-28850-001. PMID: 2441955 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feinberg, Irwin; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Northport, NY, US. Release Date: 19881001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroencephalography; Eye Movements; Sleep; Sleep Deprivation. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1987. AB - Observations of 1 night's sleep loss in 10 young adult males revealed increased delta EEG only in the 1st nonrapid eye movement (NREM) period of recovery sleep. Findings appear inconsistent with the exponential decline of delta across cycles predicted by recovery models of sleep. The differential effects of sleep loss on wave periods and amplitudes indicate that it is premature to adopt any single wave form characteristic as an index of delta sleep. Data support observations that eye movement density decreases after sleep loss; it is hypothesized that this change results from greater depth of sleep. An inverse relation of depth of sleep to eye movement density provides a coherent explanation for a range of disparate observations. A hypothesis is presented to account for eye movement during REM sleep. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sleep deprivation KW - delta EEG & eye movement density during recovery sleep KW - adult males KW - 1987 KW - Electroencephalography KW - Eye Movements KW - Sleep KW - Sleep Deprivation KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(87)90019-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-28850-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-28769-001 AN - 1988-28769-001 AU - Davidson, Michael AU - Giordani, Anne B. AU - Mohs, Richard C. AU - Mykytyn, Victoria V. AU - Platt, Shari AU - Aryan, Zahra S. AU - Davis, Kenneth L. T1 - Control of exogenous factors affecting plasma homovanillic acid concentration. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1987/04// VL - 20 IS - 4 SP - 307 EP - 312 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-28769-001. PMID: 3602216 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davidson, Michael; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, NY, US. Release Date: 19881001. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blood Plasma; Diets; Exercise; Homovanillic Acid; Tobacco Smoking. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1987. AB - Examined the effects of diet, smoking, and exercise on plasma homovanillic acid (pHVA) with 12 healthy adults who were nonhabitual smokers. Six Ss were used to examine the effects of a meal high in monoamine contents and a meal low in monoamine contents. Fasting for 14 hrs eliminated the dietary effects on pHVA in the Ss. For the other 6 Ss, changing position, walking for 30 min, or smoking 2 cigarettes had no effect on pHVA concentrations. Measurements of pHVA concentrations appear to be a valid research strategy in psychiatric disorders in which a central dopamine abnormality has been implicated. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - diet & smoking & exercise KW - plasma HVA KW - nonhabitual smoking adults KW - 1987 KW - Blood Plasma KW - Diets KW - Exercise KW - Homovanillic Acid KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(87)90091-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-28769-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-28765-001 AN - 1988-28765-001 AU - Brammer, Gary L. AU - McGuire, Michael T. AU - Raleigh, Michael J. T1 - Similarity of 5-HT2 receptor sites in dominant and subordinate vervet monkeys. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 27 IS - 4 SP - 701 EP - 705 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-28765-001. PMID: 3659094 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brammer, Gary L.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brentwood Div Neurobiochemistry Lab, CA, US. Release Date: 19881001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Dominance; Neural Receptors; Receptor Binding; Serotonin. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1987. AB - Examined the specific 3H-ketanserin binding in various regions of the vervet monkey brain to evaluate the hypothesis that dominant and subordinate vervet monkeys differ in central nervous system (CNS) 5-hydroxy-tryptamine (5-HT2) receptor sites. No differences were found in the number or affinity of 3H-ketanserin binding sites between dominant and subordinate Ss. In addition, no status-related differences were found in the displacement of 3H-ketanserin binding by the serotonin agonist quipazine. Results suggest that differences at 5-HT2 binding sites do not account for status-linked differences in behavioral drug response in vervet monkeys and that other mechanisms must underlie status-related drug response differences. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - binding of 3H-ketanserin to 5-HT-2 receptor sites KW - dominant vs subordinate vervet monkeys KW - 1987 KW - Animal Dominance KW - Neural Receptors KW - Receptor Binding KW - Serotonin KW - Monkeys KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(87)90197-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-28765-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-28388-001 AN - 1988-28388-001 AU - Willenbring, Mark L. AU - Christensen, Kathy J. AU - Spring, William D. AU - Rasmussen, Reva T1 - Alcoholism screening in the elderly. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 35 IS - 9 SP - 864 EP - 869 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-28388-001. PMID: 3624732 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Willenbring, Mark L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Minneapolis, MN, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19881001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Meeting of the Gerontological Society of America (1986, Chicago, Illinois). Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Screening Tests; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Scoring (Testing); Test Forms. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1987. AB - Studied the validity of the Michigan Alcoholism Screening Test (MAST), scored both with weighted and unit scoring, and 2 short versions: the Brief MAST (BMAST) and Short MAST (SMAST) in 52 hospitalized elderly male alcoholics and 33 nonalcoholic controls. The MAST scored with weighted and unit scoring showed excellent sensitivity and specificity, which was greater than that of the SMAST and the BMAST. Factor structure of the 2 brief versions showed similar symptom clusters in older and younger alcoholics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of standard & short forms of Michigan Alcoholism Screening Test scored with weighted & unit methods KW - hospitalized elderly alcoholic males KW - conference presentation KW - 1987 KW - Alcoholism KW - Screening Tests KW - Test Validity KW - Scoring (Testing) KW - Test Forms KW - 1987 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1987.tb02339.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-28388-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-28324-001 AN - 1988-28324-001 AU - Handelsman, Leonard AU - Cochrane, Kenneth J. AU - Aronson, Marvin J. AU - Ness, Robert AU - Rubinstein, Karen J. AU - Kanof, Philip D. T1 - Two new rating scales for opiate withdrawal. JF - The American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse JO - The American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse JA - Am J Drug Alcohol Abuse Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 13 IS - 3 SP - 293 EP - 308 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0095-2990 SN - 1097-9891 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-28324-001. PMID: 3687892 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Handelsman, Leonard; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Bronx, NY, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19881001. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Annual Meeting of the Society of Biological Psychiatry (1985, Dallas, Texas). Major Descriptor: Drug Withdrawal; Opiates; Rating Scales; Test Reliability; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Drug Abuse. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1987. AB - 32 opiate abusers (aged 27–42 yrs) admitted to detoxification wards had significantly higher scores on the Subjective Opiate Withdrawal Scale (SOWS) and the Objective Opiate Withdrawal Scale (OOWS) before receiving methadone compared to after receiving methadone for 2 days. 40 opiate abusers (aged 26–60 yrs) seeking treatment were challenged with placebo or 0.4 mg naloxone. Postchallenge SOWS and OOWS scores were significantly higher than prechallenge scores in the naloxone group. Good interrater reliability for the OOWS and good intra-S reliability for both scales were demonstrated. The scales are considered valid and reliable indicators of the severity of opiate withdrawal syndrome. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reliability & validity of Subjective vs Objective Withdrawal Scales KW - 26–60 yr old opiate abusers admitted to detoxification wards KW - conference presentation KW - 1987 KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Opiates KW - Rating Scales KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - Drug Abuse KW - 1987 DO - 10.3109/00952998709001515 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-28324-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-28311-001 AN - 1988-28311-001 AU - Dalton, John E. AU - Pederson, Sanford L. AU - Blom, Bernhard E. AU - Holmes, Nancy R. T1 - Diagnostic errors using the Short Portable Mental Status Questionnaire with a mixed clinical population. JF - Journal of Gerontology JO - Journal of Gerontology JA - J Gerontol Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 42 IS - 5 SP - 512 EP - 514 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0022-1422 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-28311-001. PMID: 3624809 Other Journal Title: The Journals of Gerontology: Series A: Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dalton, John E.; North Chicago Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Central Testing Lab, IL, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19881001. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Mental Disorders; Nervous System Disorders; Neuropsychological Assessment; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Differential Diagnosis; Questionnaires. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1987. AB - Evaluated the validity of E. Pfeiffer's (1975) Short Portable Mental Status Questionnaire (SPMSQ) using 2 criteria (i.e., clinical diagnosis and neuropsychological diagnosis). The 40 Ss represented a mixed clinical sample of neurologic and psychiatric patients, all of whom were or had been inpatients. Laboratory data (e.g., computerized tomography, EEG) were available for 45% of the Ss. Neuropsychological diagnosis of organic impairment was based on an extensive test battery. The SPMSQ did not significantly relate to either clinical or neuropsychological diagnosis. It is recommended that a 'normal' score on the SPMSQ be regarded as nonspecific regarding organic cognitive impairment rather than suggestive of normal brain functioning. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of Short Portable Mental Status Questionnaire KW - clinical vs neuropsychological assessment of cognitive impairment KW - patients with neurological vs mental disorders KW - 1987 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Mental Disorders KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Test Validity KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Questionnaires KW - 1987 DO - 10.1093/geronj/42.5.512 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-28311-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-27840-001 AN - 1988-27840-001 AU - Schlesinger, Stephen E. AU - Barg, Diane T1 - Substance misuse training for psychiatry residents. JF - Journal of Psychiatric Education JO - Journal of Psychiatric Education JA - J Psychiatr Educ Y1 - 1987///Sum 1987 VL - 11 IS - 2 SP - 87 EP - 99 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0363-1907 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-27840-001. Other Journal Title: Academic Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schlesinger, Stephen E.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Hines, IL, US. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19880901. Correction Date: 20140113. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Medical Residency; Psychiatric Training. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1987. AB - Reports on a survey of American psychiatry residency programs to determine the extent to which psychiatrists are prepared in their professional education to identify and treat substance misusers. Results from 103 programs (48.1%) describing the nature, format, and extent of training experiences are presented for didactic and patient-contact components of programs. Findings are discussed in light of data showing that not much time is devoted to substance misuse in the professional preparation of these health care providers. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - training in identification & treatment of substance misuse KW - psychiatry residency programs KW - 1987 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Medical Residency KW - Psychiatric Training KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-27840-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-27751-001 AN - 1988-27751-001 AU - Irwin, Michael AU - Baird, Steve AU - Smith, Tom L. AU - Schuckit, Marc T1 - Use of laboratory tests to monitor heavy drinking by alcoholic men discharged from a treatment program. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 145 IS - 5 SP - 595 EP - 599 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-27751-001. PMID: 2895984 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Irwin, Michael; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19880901. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Blood; Drug Usage Screening; Relapse (Disorders). Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies; Physiological Correlates. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: May, 1988. AB - Examined the relationship between changes in blood test values and a return to drinking in 135 alcoholic adult males at discharge from treatment and at 3 mo postdischarge. The parallel combination of a percent increase in γ-glutamyltransferase of ≥20%, in aspartate aminotransferase of ≥40%, and in alanine aminotransferase of ≥20% over discharge values was developed as a rule and then cross-validated to identify those Ss who had resumed drinking at follow-up. It is concluded that combined serial determination of these 3 test values can be used to distinguish recovering alcoholics who remain abstinent from those who resume drinking. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - blood test values KW - identification of resumption of drinking KW - alcoholic male discharged from treatment program KW - 3 mo followup KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Blood KW - Drug Usage Screening KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - Followup Studies KW - Physiological Correlates KW - 1988 DO - 10.1176/ajp.145.5.595 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-27751-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-27746-001 AN - 1988-27746-001 AU - Foy, David W. AU - Rychtarik, Robert G. T1 - Practical issues in selecting and using treatment goals with severely dependent alcohol abusers. JF - Drugs & Society JO - Drugs & Society JA - Drugs Soc (New York) Y1 - 1987///Win-Spr 1987 VL - 1 IS - 2-3 SP - 69 EP - 81 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 8756-8233 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-27746-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Ethnicity in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Foy, David W.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brentwood Div, CA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19880901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcohol Rehabilitation; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism; Client Characteristics; Sobriety; Therapist Characteristics. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Win-Spr 1987. AB - Discusses practical issues in considering abstinence or moderation drinking goals for severely dependent alcoholics from 3 perspectives: (1) factors associated with the client, (2) therapist considerations, and (3) factors stemming from the service institution's policies and concerns. Distinctions are made between moderate drinking defined as a goal choice, a treatment training procedure, a short-term drinking outcome, or a stable outcome pattern over a long term. While current studies show that moderate drinking is a relatively rare stable outcome pattern in severely dependent alcoholics, a minority of alcoholics in treatment express a preference for moderation as a goal choice. Potential benefits and risks of moderation as a planned goal are presented, and guidelines for selecting appropriate candidates for a sanctioned moderate drinking goal are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - client & therapist & service institution characteristics KW - abstinence vs moderation as treatment goals KW - severely dependent alcoholic patients KW - 1987 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Alcoholism KW - Client Characteristics KW - Sobriety KW - Therapist Characteristics KW - 1987 DO - 10.1300/J023v01n02_03 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-27746-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-27732-001 AN - 1988-27732-001 AU - Black, John L. AU - Dolan, Michael P. AU - Penk, Walter E. AU - Robinowitz, Ralph AU - DeFord, Horace A. T1 - The effect of increased cocaine use on drug treatment. JF - Addictive Behaviors JO - Addictive Behaviors JA - Addict Behav Y1 - 1987/// VL - 12 IS - 3 SP - 289 EP - 292 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0306-4603 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-27732-001. PMID: 3661284 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Black, John L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Drug Dependence Treatment Program, Dallas, TX, US. Release Date: 19880901. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cocaine; Drug Abuse; Drug Rehabilitation; Methadone Maintenance. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Monitored trends in primary illicit drug use in an inpatient drug treatment program between 1976 and 1985, along with illicit drug use in a methadone maintenance program between 1979 and 1984. Findings show that the percentage of cocaine users admitted for inpatient treatment showed an increase for each 6-mo interval over 1982–1985. Cocaine was the most frequently used illicit drug by methadone maintenance clients, and its continued use disrupted both inpatient and outpatient treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - increased cocaine use KW - drug treatment disruption KW - inpatient drug treatment outpatient methadone maintenance clients KW - 1976–85 KW - 1987 KW - Cocaine KW - Drug Abuse KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Methadone Maintenance KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0306-4603(87)90042-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-27732-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-27725-001 AN - 1988-27725-001 AU - Yesavage, Jerome A. AU - Sheikh, Javaid I. AU - Tanke, Elizabeth D. AU - Hill, Robert T1 - Response to memory training and individual differences in verbal intelligence and state anxiety. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 145 IS - 5 SP - 636 EP - 639 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-27725-001. PMID: 3282452 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Yesavage, Jerome A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, Ca, US. et al. Release Date: 19880901. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Rehabilitation; Individual Differences; Memory; Mnemonic Learning; Relaxation Therapy. Minor Descriptor: Anxiety; Verbal Ability. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1988. AB - Examined the effectiveness of 2 psychometric scales in predicting the responsiveness of 40 elderly Ss (aged 60–85 yrs) to 2 types of memory training to compensate for normal age-related memory losses. Performance on the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) Vocabulary subscale correlated with response to a treatment combining mnemonics and verbal elaboration techniques, and scores on the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory correlated with response to a treatment combining mnemonics and relaxation techniques. Findings may explain why elderly Ss perform differently in different types of memory instruction and why programs that do not account for individual differences show modest results. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - individual differences in verbal intelligence & anxiety KW - efficacy of memory training through combined mnemonics & verbal elaboration vs relaxation techniques KW - 60–85 yr olds KW - 1988 KW - Cognitive Rehabilitation KW - Individual Differences KW - Memory KW - Mnemonic Learning KW - Relaxation Therapy KW - Anxiety KW - Verbal Ability KW - 1988 DO - 10.1176/ajp.145.5.636 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-27725-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-27670-001 AN - 1988-27670-001 AU - Stainback, Robert D. T1 - Identifying and treating alcoholic medical inpatients: The psychologist's contribution. JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JA - Psychol Addict Behav Y1 - 1987/// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 22 EP - 29 PB - Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-27670-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stainback, Robert D.; Birmingham Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, AL, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19880901. Correction Date: 20120305. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Hospitalized Patients; Medical Patients. Minor Descriptor: Diagnosis; Psychologists; Treatment. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1987. Copyright Statement: Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. 1987. AB - Discusses reasons for diagnostic and treatment-related problems regarding alcoholic medical inpatients. Areas of potential contribution by psychologists include (a) increasing diagnostic precision and developing effective intervention strategies through consultation, (b) developing methods to promote patient compliance with treatment recommendations, (c) educating medical staff, and (d) contributing to the research literature. It is noted that the physician's reluctance or inability to diagnose alcoholism is related to personality and attitudes concerning alcoholism. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - diagnostic & intervention related contributions of psychologists KW - alcoholic medical inpatients KW - 1987 KW - Alcoholism KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Medical Patients KW - Diagnosis KW - Psychologists KW - Treatment KW - 1987 DO - 10.1037/h0080434 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-27670-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-27610-001 AN - 1988-27610-001 AU - Morentz, Paul E. T1 - Conversion: A way of resolving conflict. JF - Pastoral Psychology JO - Pastoral Psychology JA - Pastoral Psychol Y1 - 1987///Sum 1987 VL - 35 IS - 4 SP - 254 EP - 262 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0031-2789 SN - 1573-6679 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-27610-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morentz, Paul E.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Medical Section, Oakland, CA, US. Release Date: 19880901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychodynamics; Religious Affiliation. Minor Descriptor: Pastoral Counseling. Classification: Lay & Paraprofessional & Pastoral Counseling (3355). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1987. AB - Examines the psychological mechanisms at work in conversions and how such phenomena can contribute in some cases to psychic healing. Characteristics of situations in which conversion may be an option are outlined, and implications for counselors and psychological growth are explored. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological mechanisms & situational contexts of conversion KW - adults KW - implications for pastoral counselors KW - 1987 KW - Psychodynamics KW - Religious Affiliation KW - Pastoral Counseling KW - 1987 DO - 10.1007/BF01760733 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-27610-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-27554-001 AN - 1988-27554-001 AU - Friedman, Matthew J. AU - West, Alan N. AU - Clark, Austen T1 - Integration of VA and CMHC care: Utilization and long-term outcome. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 38 IS - 7 SP - 735 EP - 740 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-27554-001. PMID: 3610068 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Friedman, Matthew J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, White River Junction, VT, US. Release Date: 19880901. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Community Mental Health Services; Health Care Delivery; Health Care Utilization; Military Veterans. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies; Psychiatric Hospitals; Quality of Care. Classification: Community & Social Services (3373); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1987. AB - Evaluated the Veterans' Integrated Community Care (VICC) program, which integrated Veterans Administration (VA) mental health care with the surrounding community mental health care system. 18 mo and 2 yr follow-ups were conducted on 94 patients (mean age 43 yrs) who transferred from VA to VICC care, 116 VA patients (mean age 49 yrs), and 116 patients (mean age 40.1 yrs) newly admitted to VICC. Results indicate that all groups' symptoms improved at 18 mo, but only the VICC patients maintained this improvement at 2 yrs. At 2 yrs, VICC patients had reduced their use of VA psychiatric care, while VA patients had not. Findings illustrate the feasibility of integrating VA and community mental health services. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Veterans' Integrated Community Care program KW - utilization patterns & long term outcome KW - military veterans KW - 18 mo & 2 yr followups KW - 1987 KW - Community Mental Health Services KW - Health Care Delivery KW - Health Care Utilization KW - Military Veterans KW - Followup Studies KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Quality of Care KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-27554-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-27466-001 AN - 1988-27466-001 AU - Zubler, Mary A. AU - Dresser, Rebecca AU - Haley, Harold B. T1 - Ethical dilemmas in cancer chemotherapy choices: Risks versus benefits. T3 - Psychosocial aspects of chemotherapy in cancer care: The patient, family, and staff JF - Loss, Grief & Care JO - Loss, Grief & Care JA - Loss Grief Care Y1 - 1987///Spr-Sum 1987 VL - 1 IS - 3-4 SP - 35 EP - 42 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 8756-4610 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-27466-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zubler, Mary A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Houston, TX, US. Release Date: 19880901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis); Drug Therapy; Neoplasms; Professional Ethics; Side Effects (Drug). Minor Descriptor: Chemotherapy; Physicians. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Spr-Sum 1987. AB - Discusses ethical issues in risk/benefit decisions regarding chemotherapy of cancer patients. Issues such as physician responsibility when the therapeutic benefit of a treatment is low and its side effects are toxic or when patients are incompetent or uneducated, so that their understanding of choices is limited, must be addressed. Two fundamental principles underlying therapy risk/benefit decisions are (a) the principle of self-determination, on which patients' authority over their medical care rests and (b) the principle of beneficence, which instructs health care professionals to offer what will maximize the patient's well-being. Three case illustrations are provided. (0 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethical issues in risk/benefit decisions regarding chemotherapy for cancer patients KW - physicians KW - 1987 KW - Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis) KW - Drug Therapy KW - Neoplasms KW - Professional Ethics KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Chemotherapy KW - Physicians KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-27466-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-27336-001 AN - 1988-27336-001 AU - Dubbert, Patricia M. AU - Rappaport, Neil B. AU - Martin, John E. T1 - Exercise in cardiovascular disease. T3 - Recent advances in behavioral medicine JF - Behavior Modification JO - Behavior Modification JA - Behav Modif Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 11 IS - 3 SP - 329 EP - 347 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0145-4455 SN - 1552-4167 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-27336-001. PMID: 3334123 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dubbert, Patricia M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Jackson, MS, US. Release Date: 19880901. Correction Date: 20121008. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Modification; Cardiovascular Disorders; Exercise; Treatment Compliance. Minor Descriptor: Health Care Psychology. Classification: Behavioral & Psychological Treatment of Physical Illness (3361). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 19. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1987. AB - Reviews exercise applications in coronary heart disease and in the management of risk factors such as hypertension, Type A behavior, diabetes, hyperlipidemia, and obesity. Although increased physical activity offers many potential physical and psychological benefits in patients with cardiovascular disease, often the benefits are not realized because of poor adherence to prescribed exercise regimens. Behavioral research indicates that manipulating the antecedents and consequences of physical activity can improve short-term exercise adherence; several studies also suggest that characteristics such as the intensity of the exercise may influence adherence. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavioral manipulations KW - exercise adherence KW - patients with coronary heart disease KW - 1987 KW - Behavior Modification KW - Cardiovascular Disorders KW - Exercise KW - Treatment Compliance KW - Health Care Psychology KW - 1987 DO - 10.1177/01454455870113005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-27336-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-27297-001 AN - 1988-27297-001 AU - Kanas, Nick AU - Stewart, Pablo AU - Haney, Kristi T1 - Content and outcome in a short-term therapy group for schizophrenic outpatients. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 39 IS - 4 SP - 437 EP - 439 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-27297-001. PMID: 3371913 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kanas, Nick; San Francisco Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, CA, US. Release Date: 19880901. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brief Psychotherapy; Group Psychotherapy; Outpatient Treatment; Schizophrenia. Classification: Outpatient Services (3371). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. AB - Examined the content and outcome of a 12-wk therapy group for schizophrenic outpatients, whose goals were to (1) encourage Ss to discuss ways of improving interactions with others both in and out of the group and (2) help Ss test reality and develop ways of coping with delusions and hallucinations. The Social Avoidance and Distress Scale, Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale, and a symptom checklist were completed before and after the therapy. Results support the feasibility of short-term therapy groups with such patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - content & goals & outcome of short term therapy group KW - schizophrenic outpatients KW - 1988 KW - Brief Psychotherapy KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Outpatient Treatment KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-27297-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-27225-001 AN - 1988-27225-001 AU - Brende, Joel O. AU - Parson, Erwin R. T1 - Multiphasic treatment of the Vietnam veterans. JF - Psychotherapy in Private Practice JO - Psychotherapy in Private Practice Y1 - 1987///Sum 1987 VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 51 EP - 62 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0731-7158 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-27225-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Psychotherapy in Independent Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brende, Joel O.; Bay Pines Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Stress Recovery Program, FL, US. Release Date: 19880901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Psychotherapy. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1987. AB - Discusses the phases through which the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder usually proceeds. Phase 1 stabilizes the target symptoms of conditioned emotional and physiological responses. Phase 2 confronts emotional detachment, smouldering rage, and self-destructive symptoms. Phase 3 involves both controlling intrusive recollections and uncovering the original traumatic experiences. Phase 4 focuses on resolving impacted guilt and grief. Reaching Phase 5 means that integration has been achieved, and Phase 6 means finding atonement with God, self, and others. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychotherapeutic treatment phases KW - PTSD KW - Vietnam veterans KW - 1987 KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Psychotherapy KW - 1987 DO - 10.1300/J294v05n01_12 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-27225-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-27180-001 AN - 1988-27180-001 AU - Holland, Lynn T1 - Life review and communication therapy for dementia patients. JF - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JO - Clinical Gerontologist: The Journal of Aging and Mental Health JA - Clin Gerontol Y1 - 1987///Spr 1987 VL - 6 IS - 3 SP - 62 EP - 65 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0731-7115 SN - 1545-2301 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-27180-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Holland, Lynn; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Ft Meade, SD, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19880901. Correction Date: 20091012. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Communication Skills Training; Dementia; Life Experiences; Reminiscence; Time Perspective. Minor Descriptor: Language Disorders; Questioning. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1987. AB - Hypothesized that for language-impaired dementia patients, the semantic realities of present-day time, places, and people would become salient and memorable if linked with those of the past. An intervention program that used an autobiographical curriculum, daily treatment topics, and training in questioning skills was found to increase verbal appropriateness and time orientation among such patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - autobiographical curriculum & daily topics & questioning skills intervention KW - verbal appropriateness & time orientation KW - language impaired dementia patients KW - 1987 KW - Communication Skills Training KW - Dementia KW - Life Experiences KW - Reminiscence KW - Time Perspective KW - Language Disorders KW - Questioning KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-27180-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-27170-001 AN - 1988-27170-001 AU - Evans, Ron L. AU - Dingus, C. Mary T1 - Serving the vulnerable: Models for treatment of loneliness. T3 - Loneliness: Theory, research, and applications JF - Journal of Social Behavior & Personality JO - Journal of Social Behavior & Personality JA - J Soc Behav Pers Y1 - 1987/// VL - 2 IS - 2, Pt 2 SP - 249 EP - 256 CY - US PB - Select Press SN - 0886-1641 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-27170-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Evans, Ron L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19880901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Therapy; Disorders; Group Psychotherapy; Loneliness; Mental Disorders. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Presents a conceptual framework for treating loneliness in disabled populations. Social isolation and inactivity leading to feelings of loneliness are considered the main areas of difficulty for persons with physical or perceptual disabilities. The studies reviewed identify loneliness as a treatable condition and suggest that treatment tends to reduce the risk for more serious complications. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - conceptual framework for cognitive & group process treatment of loneliness KW - physically & emotionally disabled persons KW - 1987 KW - Cognitive Therapy KW - Disorders KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Loneliness KW - Mental Disorders KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-27170-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-27071-001 AN - 1988-27071-001 AU - Meyer, John S. AU - Ishikawa, Yoshiki AU - Hata, Takashi AU - Karacan, Ismet T1 - Cerebral blood flow in normal and abnormal sleep and dreaming. JF - Brain and Cognition JO - Brain and Cognition JA - Brain Cogn Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 6 IS - 3 SP - 266 EP - 294 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-2626 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-27071-001. PMID: 3606861 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Meyer, John S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Cerebral Blood Flow Labs, Houston, TX, US. Release Date: 19880901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blood Flow; Brain; Narcolepsy; Sleep; Sleep Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Apnea; Wakefulness. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 29. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1987. AB - Investigated regional or local cerebral blood flow (CBF) by the xenon-133 inhalation method and stable xenon computerized tomography CBF method during relaxed wakefulness and different stages of REM and non-REM sleep in 12 male and 12 female normal volunteers (mean age 38 yrs), 7 male and 6 female narcoleptics (mean age 42 yrs), and 11 male sleep apneics (mean age 50 yrs). Findings show that in the awake state, CBF values were reduced in both narcoleptics and sleep apneics in the brainstem and cerebellar regions. During sleep onset, whether REM or stage I-II, CBF values were paradoxically increased in narcoleptics but decreased severely in sleep apneics, while in normal volunteers they became diffusely but more moderately decreased. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - relaxed wakefulness vs sleep stage KW - regional & local cerebral blood flow KW - 18–65 yr olds with narcolepsy vs sleep apnea KW - 1987 KW - Blood Flow KW - Brain KW - Narcolepsy KW - Sleep KW - Sleep Disorders KW - Apnea KW - Wakefulness KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0278-2626(87)90127-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-27071-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-26888-001 AN - 1988-26888-001 AU - Sutker, Patricia B. AU - Allain, Albert N. Jr. T1 - Issues in personality conceptualizations of addictive behaviors. T3 - Special Series: Personality Factors in Addiction: Issues and Empirical Research JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 56 IS - 2 SP - 172 EP - 182 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-26888-001. PMID: 3286701 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sutker, Patricia B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, New Orleans, LA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19880901. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Addiction; Models; Personality Correlates. Minor Descriptor: Treatment. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jul 20, 1987; Revised Date: Jul 20, 1987; First Submitted Date: Jul 9, 1987. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - This article describes the issues and implications associated with personality conceptualizations of addictive behaviors. Attention is directed toward characterizing the sociopolitical climate as it affects the identification, evaluation, and management of substance-abuse disorders. Arguments spawned by unnecessarily simplistic formulations of addiction-proneness hypotheses and by their behavioral antitheses are also reviewed within a historical perspective. In this discussion, the sometimes myopic focus of both personality and behavioral researchers is underscored. Overall, alcohol and drug use phenomena are explored in a conceptual schemata that encompasses multifactorial, reciprocal, and integrative explanations of the etiology, natural history, and progression of addictive disorders and their comorbidities. The methodological limitations of research in the areas are examined, and multidisciplinary, longitudinal research sufficiently comprehensive to target a range of drug and alcohol use types and use frequencies is encouraged. Emphasis is directed toward the understanding of possible commonalities among seemingly excessive behaviors and the implementation of treatment strategies consonant with practical endorsement of multivariate theoretical models. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - models of & issues in personality conceptualizations of addictive behavior KW - treatment implications KW - 1988 KW - Addiction KW - Models KW - Personality Correlates KW - Treatment KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.56.2.172 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-26888-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-26877-001 AN - 1988-26877-001 AU - Schuckit, Marc A. AU - Sweeney, Susan AU - Huey, Leighton T1 - Hyperactivity and the risk for alcoholism. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 48 IS - 7 SP - 275 EP - 277 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-26877-001. PMID: 3597328 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schuckit, Marc A.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CA, US. Release Date: 19880901. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adult Offspring; Alcoholism; Attention Deficit Disorder; Hyperkinesis. Minor Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Fathers. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1987. AB - 32 young adult sons of alcoholic fathers and 32 adult controls were administered a questionnaire on childhood and adult symptoms of hyperactivity. There were no significant family group differences on the childhood items, and the 2 groups differed significantly on only 3 items regarding adult or residual hyperactivity. Findings do not indicate an elevated risk for attention deficit disorder in the sons of alcoholics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - attention deficit disorder with hyperactivity in childhood or early adulthood KW - risk for alcoholism KW - young adult sons of alcoholic vs nonalcoholic fathers KW - 1987 KW - Adult Offspring KW - Alcoholism KW - Attention Deficit Disorder KW - Hyperkinesis KW - At Risk Populations KW - Fathers KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-26877-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-26731-001 AN - 1988-26731-001 AU - Pitman, Roger K. T1 - A cybernetic model of obsessive-compulsive psychopathology. JF - Comprehensive Psychiatry JO - Comprehensive Psychiatry JA - Compr Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/07//Jul-Aug, 1987 VL - 28 IS - 4 SP - 334 EP - 343 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0010-440X SN - 1532-8384 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-26731-001. PMID: 3608467 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pitman, Roger K.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Research Service, Manchester, NH, US. Release Date: 19880901. Correction Date: 20160407. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cybernetics; Obsessive Compulsive Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Models. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210); Intelligent Systems (4100). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jul-Aug, 1987. AB - Subjects aspects of obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) and related psychopathology to a cybernetic, or control systems, analysis. The author argues that such analysis reveals that all have in common persistent high error signals that cannot be eliminated by behavioral output. Possible causes include conflict, intrinsic comparator defect, and attentional disturbance. It is suggested that the cybernetic approach offers the possibility of eventual neuroanatomical structural correlation and that the limbic system and basal ganglia together form a behavioral control system, dysfunction in which may be manifest as OCD. Case illustrations are included. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cybernetic model of obsessive compulsive psychopathology KW - 1987 KW - Cybernetics KW - Obsessive Compulsive Disorder KW - Models KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0010-440X(87)90070-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-26731-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-26626-001 AN - 1988-26626-001 AU - Zarantonello, Matthew M. T1 - Comparability of the WAIS and the WAIS—R: A consideration of level of neuropsychological impairment. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 56 IS - 2 SP - 295 EP - 297 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-26626-001. PMID: 3372838 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zarantonello, Matthew M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Battle Creek, MI, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19880901. Correction Date: 20091221. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Neuropsychological Assessment; Severity (Disorders); Test Forms; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Minor Descriptor: Brain Damage; Mental Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jul 2, 1987; Revised Date: Jun 23, 1987; First Submitted Date: Sep 15, 1986. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Subjects of varying levels of neuropsychological impairment who were administered the revised version of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS-R) were found to obtain significantly lower Full Scale, Verbal, and Performance IQs than a comparable group of subjects who were administered the original version (WAIS). Significant main effects for level of impairment were found for all IQ measures irrespective of the Wechsler scale administered. No significant interactions of Scale × Level of Impairment were found for any IQ measure. The results provide the first empirical support for neuropsychologists' use of a standard expected difference between WAIS and WAIS-R IQ scores as a baseline for assessing changes in intellectual functioning. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - level of neuropsychological impairment KW - comparability of WAIS vs WAIS-R performance KW - patients with psychiatric disorders or brain dysfunction KW - 1988 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Severity (Disorders) KW - Test Forms KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - Brain Damage KW - Mental Disorders KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.56.2.295 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-26626-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-26596-001 AN - 1988-26596-001 AU - Ekerdt, David J. T1 - Why the notion persists that retirement harms health. JF - The Gerontologist JO - The Gerontologist JA - Gerontologist Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 27 IS - 4 SP - 454 EP - 457 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0016-9013 SN - 1758-5341 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-26596-001. PMID: 3623143 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ekerdt, David J.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19880901. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Death and Dying; Health; Retirement. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1987. AB - Argues that the idea that retirement increases the risk of illness and death is due to the availability of vivid anecdotes, the tendency to interpret life events such as retirement as major causes of illness, the cultural celebration of work, theoretical perspectives in gerontology fostering expectations that retirement is disruptive, and the misinterpretation of research findings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - retirement KW - risk for illness & death KW - 1987 KW - At Risk Populations KW - Death and Dying KW - Health KW - Retirement KW - 1987 DO - 10.1093/geront/27.4.454 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-26596-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-26211-001 AN - 1988-26211-001 AU - Elliott, Marjorie S. AU - Barris, Roann T1 - Occupational role performance and life satisfaction in elderly persons. JF - Occupational Therapy Journal of Research JO - Occupational Therapy Journal of Research Y1 - 1987/07//Jul-Aug, 1987 VL - 7 IS - 4 SP - 215 EP - 224 CY - US PB - SLACK SN - 0276-1599 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-26211-001. Other Journal Title: OTJR: Occupation, Participation and Health. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Elliott, Marjorie S.; Hunter Holmes McGuire Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Nursing Home Care Unit, Richmond, VA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19880901. Correction Date: 20150413. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Life Satisfaction; Meaningfulness; Occupations; Roles. Classification: Psychosocial & Personality Development (2840); Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jul-Aug, 1987. AB - Used the model of human occupation as a conceptual framework to examine the relationship between the number and meaningfulness of roles performed and life satisfaction in 112 noninstitutionalized elderly persons (aged 65–91 yrs). Results suggest a positive, significant relationship between life satisfaction and the number of roles performed and the level of involvement in meaningful roles. Findings support the basic premise of occupational therapy, that occupation can maintain and/or restore health. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - number & meaningfulness of occupational roles performed KW - life satisfaction KW - 65–91 yr olds KW - 1987 KW - Life Satisfaction KW - Meaningfulness KW - Occupations KW - Roles KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-26211-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-25900-001 AN - 1988-25900-001 AU - Lamb, Marvin R. AU - Robertson, Lynn C. T1 - Effect of acute alcohol on attention and the processing of hierarchical patterns. JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JA - Alcohol Clin Exp Res Y1 - 1987/06// VL - 11 IS - 3 SP - 243 EP - 248 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0145-6008 SN - 1530-0277 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-25900-001. PMID: 3307487 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lamb, Marvin R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Martinez, CA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19880901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Ethanol; Pattern Discrimination. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1987. AB - Studied the effect of acute alcohol on attention and the processing of hierarchical patterns in 36 males (aged 21–30 yrs). Ss were administered placebo; alcohol, 0.7 ml/kg; or alcohol, 1 ml/kg. Ss received 100-msec exposures of hierarchical patterns consisting of a large global letter composed of several small local letters. Ss located a target letter (TL) at either a global level (GL) or a local level (LL). Under neutral biasing, TLs occurred randomly and equally often at both GL and LL. Under global biasing, 79% of the TLs occurred at the GL and 21% at the LL. Under local biasing, 21% of the TLs occurred at the GL and 79% at the LL. The results show that alcohol does not affect attentional capacity; instead, it seems to affect either how attentional capacity is allocated or the global processing mechanism itself. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - acute alcohol KW - attention & processing of hierarchical patterns KW - 21–30 yr old males KW - 1987 KW - Attention KW - Ethanol KW - Pattern Discrimination KW - 1987 DO - 10.1111/j.1530-0277.1987.tb01298.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-25900-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-25869-001 AN - 1988-25869-001 AU - Gilad, Gad M. T1 - The stress-induced response to the septo-hippocampal cholinergic system: A vectoral outcome of psychoneuroendocrinological interactions. JF - Psychoneuroendocrinology JO - Psychoneuroendocrinology JA - Psychoneuroendocrinology Y1 - 1987/// VL - 12 IS - 3 SP - 167 EP - 184 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0306-4530 SN - 1873-3360 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-25869-001. PMID: 3615747 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gilad, Gad M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, West Roxbury, MA, US. Release Date: 19880901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cholinergic Nerves; Corticosterone; Corticotropin; Hippocampus; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Pharmacological interference with dopaminergic neurotransmission in Sprague-Dawley, Wistar Kyoto, and Brown Norway rats, with agonist and antagonist treatments, revealed that changes in the tonic inhibitory influence of septal dopaminergic terminals can modulate the response of hippocampal cholinergic terminals to stress. A similar activation of hippocampal cholinergic terminals as after short-term stress was observed after treatments with adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH) or corticosterone. Glucocorticoids and not ACTH directly enhanced acetylcholine release, but only from excited terminals, indicating that stress-induced activation of the septo-hippocampal system may occur secondary to, but not directly by, increased levels of pituitary-adrenocortical hormones. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - corticosterone & ACTH KW - hippocampal cholinergic synaptic mechanisms during stress KW - rats KW - 1987 KW - Cholinergic Nerves KW - Corticosterone KW - Corticotropin KW - Hippocampus KW - Stress KW - Rats KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0306-4530(87)90002-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-25869-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-25866-001 AN - 1988-25866-001 AU - Gallaher, Edward J. AU - Jacques, Christopher J. AU - Hollister, Leo E. T1 - Alprazolam dependence in mice. JF - Alcohol & Drug Research JO - Alcohol & Drug Research JA - Alcohol Drug Res Y1 - 1987/// VL - 7 IS - 5-6 SP - 503 EP - 510 CY - US PB - Pergamon Press, Inc. SN - 0883-1386 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-25866-001. PMID: 2887175 Other Journal Title: Substance & Alcohol Actions/Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gallaher, Edward J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19880901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alprazolam; Drug Dependency; Drug Withdrawal. Minor Descriptor: Mice. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - In 3 experiments, male Swiss-Webster mice were treated with alprazolam (ALP [0.025% by weight]) in food for periods of 1, 2, and 4 wks. When regular food was substituted, Ss experienced a withdrawal reaction similar to that observed by the present authors (1986) following similar lengths of treatment with diazepam in food; however, the withdrawal reaction with ALP had a faster onset, a shorter time course, and was less intense. Results extend the authors' model of benzodiazepine dependence (BD) to ALP. BD in mice appears to generalize to the entire class of drugs, varying among the members of that class in time course of withdrawal reaction. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alprazolam dependence & withdrawal reaction KW - male mice KW - 1987 KW - Alprazolam KW - Drug Dependency KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Mice KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-25866-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-25851-001 AN - 1988-25851-001 AU - Cox, W. Miles AU - Klinger, Eric AU - Kemble, Ernest D. T1 - The effect of ethanol on activity level following reward shift. JF - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JO - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JA - Bull Psychon Soc Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 25 IS - 4 SP - 286 EP - 288 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society, Inc. SN - 0090-5054 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-25851-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cox, W. Miles; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Indianapolis, IN. Release Date: 19880901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Activity Level; Ethanol; Positive Reinforcement. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1987. AB - Investigated the effect of ethanol on activity levels following a downshift in the magnitude of food reward. During the 10 days of Phase 1, 4 groups of 10 female rats drank a nonalcoholic fluid and then received conditioning trials in an operant chamber for a large or small reward. During Phase 2, all groups received the small reward. One downshifted and 1 control group continued to drink the nonalcoholic fluid, whereas the other groups drank alcohol. Results show that the introduction of alcohol during Phase 2 resulted in marked increases in activity. Of the 2 groups that drank alcohol during Phase 2, the downshifted group was more active. Of the 2 groups that drank the nonalcoholic fluid, the downshifted group was less active. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethanol KW - activity level following decrease in reward magnitude KW - female rats KW - 1987 KW - Activity Level KW - Ethanol KW - Positive Reinforcement KW - Rats KW - 1987 DO - 10.3758/BF03330358 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-25851-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-25838-001 AN - 1988-25838-001 AU - Becker, Howard C. AU - Randall, Carrie L. T1 - Two generations of maternal alcohol consumption in mice: Effect on pregnancy outcome. JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JA - Alcohol Clin Exp Res Y1 - 1987/06// VL - 11 IS - 3 SP - 240 EP - 242 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0145-6008 SN - 1530-0277 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-25838-001. PMID: 3307486 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Becker, Howard C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Charleston, SC, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19880901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Breeding; Ethanol; Female Animals; Pregnancy; Prenatal Development. Minor Descriptor: Genetics; Mice. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20); Female (40). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1987. AB - Studied whether daughters of alcohol-treated mothers (ATMs) are more or less susceptible than are daughters of control offspring to the deleterious effects of alcohol on the outcome of their own pregnancies. Parent Ss were C57BL/6 mice. Findings show that female offspring of ATMs can become pregnant and can maintain full-term pregnancies. The data suggested, however, that offspring of ATMs who do not consume alcohol themselves during their own pregnancy may still be at risk of having offspring of lower than normal birth weight. This deleterious carryover effect may be exacerbated if mothers prenatally exposed to alcohol consume alcohol during their own pregnancy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - maternal alcohol consumption KW - susceptibility to alcohol's effect on own pregnancy outcomes KW - female mice KW - 1987 KW - Animal Breeding KW - Ethanol KW - Female Animals KW - Pregnancy KW - Prenatal Development KW - Genetics KW - Mice KW - 1987 DO - 10.1111/j.1530-0277.1987.tb01297.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-25838-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-25785-001 AN - 1988-25785-001 AU - Tapp, W. N. AU - Natelson, B. H. AU - Khazam, C. AU - Ottenweller, J. E. T1 - Gonadal function during prolongation of life produced by constant light in hamsters with heart failure. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1987/// VL - 40 IS - 2 SP - 243 EP - 246 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-25785-001. PMID: 3628533 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tapp, W. N.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Primate Neuro-behavioral Unit, East Orange, NJ, US. Release Date: 19880901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cardiovascular Disorders; Illumination; Life Expectancy; Testes; Testosterone. Minor Descriptor: Blood Plasma; Hamsters. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Investigated whether the cardiomyopathic (CM) hamster responded to short days like healthy hamsters, by (a) measuring gonadal and seminal vesicle mass and plasma testosterone at 1 yr of age in CM hamsters raised in constant light or light/dark 12:12 (LD) conditions and (b) by assessing testicular size repeatedly over the lives in a 2nd group of hamsters raised in the 2 light conditions. As in healthy Ss gonadal function in CM Ss was greatly inhibited by LD 12:12. The finding by the 1st and 2nd authors (1986) that living in constant light prolongs the life of CM hamsters in heart failure was replicated. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - constant light vs short days KW - gonadal & seminal vesicle mass & plasma testosterone & life span KW - male hamsters with cardiomyopathy KW - 1987 KW - Cardiovascular Disorders KW - Illumination KW - Life Expectancy KW - Testes KW - Testosterone KW - Blood Plasma KW - Hamsters KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(87)90214-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-25785-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-25656-001 AN - 1988-25656-001 AU - Crabbe, John C. AU - Young, Emmett R. AU - Deutsch, Catherine M. AU - Tam, Brenda R. AU - Kosobud, Ann T1 - Mice genetically selected for differences in open-field activity after ethanol. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 577 EP - 581 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-25656-001. PMID: 3659083 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crabbe, John C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19880901. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Activity Level; Animal Open Field Behavior; Drug Sensitivity; Ethanol; Selective Breeding. Minor Descriptor: Mice. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500); Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1987. AB - Starting from a population of genetically heterogeneous mice, selective breeding was used to develop lines differing in sensitivity to ethanol-induced open-field activity. After 4 generations of selection, the lines diverged significantly. It is concluded that these lines should be useful for exploring the neuropharmacological basis for the activating and rewarding properties of ethanol. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - selective breeding KW - development of lines differing in sensitivity to ethanol induced open field activity KW - mice KW - 1987 KW - Activity Level KW - Animal Open Field Behavior KW - Drug Sensitivity KW - Ethanol KW - Selective Breeding KW - Mice KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(87)90371-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-25656-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-25567-001 AN - 1988-25567-001 AU - Santucci, Anthony C. AU - Kasenow, Paul M. AU - Riccio, David C. AU - Richardson, Rick T1 - Hypothermia-induced anterograde amnesia: Is memory loss attributable to imparied acquisition? JF - Behavioral & Neural Biology JO - Behavioral & Neural Biology JA - Behav Neural Biol Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 48 IS - 1 SP - 13 EP - 23 CY - US PB - Academic Press SN - 0163-1047 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-25567-001. PMID: 3632548 Other Journal Title: Behavioral Biology; Communications in Behavioral Biology. Part A. Original Articles; Neurobiology of Learning and Memory. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Santucci, Anthony C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Bronx, NY, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19880901. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Avoidance Conditioning; Hypothermia; Learning Rate; Memory Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Anterograde Amnesia; Extinction (Learning); Punishment; Rats. Classification: Learning & Motivation (2420). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1987. AB - Examined whether poor test performance observed in studies of anterograde amnesia reflects a memory deficit or is a by-product of weaker initial learning resulting from impaired sensory, motivational, or associative processes. Latent extinction (Exp I) and delay of punishment (Exp II) were used to assess the nature of original learning in 174 male rats trained under either hypothermic or normothermic conditions. Results indicate that hypothermia treatment administered prior to training had little influence on the ability to acquire a passive avoidance response. It is concluded that the rapid forgetting observed in hypothermia-induced anterograde amnesia is due to memory deficits rather than being an artifact of poorer acquisition. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hypothermic vs normothermic latent extinction vs delayed punishment passive avoidance learning KW - learning rate & anterograde amnesia as memory deficit vs poor acquisition KW - rats KW - 1987 KW - Amnesia KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Hypothermia KW - Learning Rate KW - Memory Disorders KW - Anterograde Amnesia KW - Extinction (Learning) KW - Punishment KW - Rats KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/S0163-1047(87)90529-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-25567-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - ORCID: 0000-0003-1833-9777 UR - DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-25246-001 AN - 1988-25246-001 AU - Pekala, Ronald J. AU - Kumar, V. K. T1 - Predicting hypnotic susceptibility via a self-report instrument: A replication. JF - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JO - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JA - Am J Clin Hypn Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 30 IS - 1 SP - 57 EP - 65 CY - US PB - American Society of Clinical Hypnosis SN - 0002-9157 SN - 2160-0562 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-25246-001. PMID: 3661470 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pekala, Ronald J.; Coatesville Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, PA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19880901. Correction Date: 20120702. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hypnotic Susceptibility; Self-Report; Statistical Validity. Minor Descriptor: Experimental Replication; Inventories. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220); Consciousness States (2380). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Experimental Replication. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1987. AB - Replicated a study by the present authors (see record [rid]1985-24282-001[/rid]) that suggested the usefulness of a self-report instrument, the Phenomenology of Consciousness Inventory (PCI), in the prediction of hypnotic susceptibility. 434 undergraduates were given the Harvard Group Scale of Hypnotic Susceptibility—Form A (HGSHS) and the PCI in reference to a baseline condition and a hypnotic induction. Results show a validity (correlation) coefficient of .65 between the HGSHS scores of the earlier study and the predicted HGSHS scores (using the regression coefficients of the present study). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - predictive validity of Phenomenology of Consciousness Inventory KW - assessment of hypnotic susceptibility KW - college students KW - replication KW - 1987 KW - Hypnotic Susceptibility KW - Self-Report KW - Statistical Validity KW - Experimental Replication KW - Inventories KW - 1987 DO - 10.1080/00029157.1987.10402723 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-25246-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-25221-001 AN - 1988-25221-001 AU - Horton, Arthur M. AU - Anilane, Juhan T1 - Relationships of Satz-Mogel short forms of the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery to the full scale in brain damaged and psychiatric populations. JF - Psychotherapy in Private Practice JO - Psychotherapy in Private Practice Y1 - 1987///Sum 1987 VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 97 EP - 101 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0731-7158 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-25221-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Psychotherapy in Independent Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Horton, Arthur M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcoholism Section, Baltimore, MD, US. Release Date: 19880901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Neuropsychological Assessment; Test Forms. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1987. AB - Explored relationships between the Satz-Mogel short form of the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery (LNNB) and the full scale in separate brain damaged and psychiatric samples. 18 brain damaged and 18 psychiatric patients were administered the LNNB, and Odd and Even Satz-Mogel short form values as well as full scale values were calculated. Corrected correlations for the brain-damaged group ranged from .67 to .89 and for the psychiatric group ranged from .79 to .90. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - correlations between Satz-Mogel short form vs full scale of Luria Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery KW - brain damaged or psychiatric patients KW - 1987 KW - Brain Damage KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Test Forms KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-25221-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-25216-001 AN - 1988-25216-001 AU - Hershey, Linda A. AU - Jaffe, David F. AU - Greenough, P. Gregg AU - Yang, Shu-lian T1 - Validation of cognitive and functional assessment instruments in vascular dementia. JF - International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine JO - International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine JA - Int J Psychiatry Med Y1 - 1987/// VL - 17 IS - 2 SP - 183 EP - 192 CY - US PB - Baywood Publishing SN - 0091-2174 SN - 1541-3527 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-25216-001. PMID: 3610484 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hershey, Linda A.; Buffalo Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Neurology, NY, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19880901. Correction Date: 20150126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebral Ischemia; Dementia; Differential Diagnosis; Neuropsychological Assessment; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Questionnaires; Screening Tests. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Assessment of 63 patients with known ischemic cerebrovascular disease found 13 who satisfied research criteria for vascular dementia, 19 who were borderline, and 31 who were not demented. J. W. Jacobs and colleagues' (1977) cognitive capacity screening examination and R. I. Pfeffer and colleagues' (see record [rid]1982-29444-001[/rid]) functional activities questionnaire were administered to these patients, and both tests were found capable of distinguishing demented from nondemented groups with a high degree of sensitivity and specificity. This battery of assessment instruments was especially helpful in evaluating Ss who fell into the borderline category. Both tests can be easily administered at the bedside or during routine office visits. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of cognitive capacity screening examination & functional activities questionnaire KW - assessment of dementia KW - demented vs nondemented vs borderline ischemic cerebrovascular disease patients KW - 1987 KW - Cerebral Ischemia KW - Dementia KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Test Validity KW - Questionnaires KW - Screening Tests KW - 1987 DO - 10.2190/AF5L-AH89-LLV7-XEN4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-25216-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-25145-001 AN - 1988-25145-001 AU - Rose, Jed E. AU - Wu, Tzu-chin AU - Djahed, Behnam AU - Tashkin, Donald P. T1 - Noninvasive measurement of smokers' tar and nicotine intake. JF - Behavior Research Methods, Instruments & Computers JO - Behavior Research Methods, Instruments & Computers JA - Behav Res Methods Instrum Comput Y1 - 1987/06// VL - 19 IS - 3 SP - 295 EP - 299 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0743-3808 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-25145-001. Other Journal Title: Behavior Research Methods; Behavior Research Methods & Instrumentation. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rose, Jed E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Los Angeles, CA, US. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19880901. Correction Date: 20110314. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus; Measurement; Nicotine; Tobacco Smoking. Classification: Research Methods & Experimental Design (2260); Drug & Alcohol Usage (Legal) (2990). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1987. AB - Describes a device for monitoring cigarette smokers' intake of tar and nicotine. Analyses of both tar and nicotine trapped in the filter were performed by gravimetric and chemical methods. Calibration tests verified that a constant fraction of the tar and nicotine was retained in the apparatus over a wide range of conditions, allowing the calculation of smoke intake into the mouth. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - smoke trapping device KW - measurement of tar & nicotine intake during cigarette smoking KW - 1987 KW - Apparatus KW - Measurement KW - Nicotine KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - 1987 DO - 10.3758/BF03202564 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-25145-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-24677-001 AN - 1988-24677-001 AU - Starker, Steven T1 - Promises and prescriptions: Self-help books in mental health and medicine. JF - American Journal of Health Promotion JO - American Journal of Health Promotion JA - Am J Health Promot Y1 - 1986///Fal 1986 VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 19 EP - 24 CY - US PB - American Journal of Health Promotion SN - 0890-1171 SN - 2168-6602 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-24677-001. PMID: 10301658 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Starker, Steven; Portland Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, OR, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19880801. Correction Date: 20160125. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adult Attitudes; Books; Health Personnel Attitudes; Self-Help Techniques. Minor Descriptor: Internists; Psychiatrists; Psychologists. Classification: Professional Personnel Attitudes & Characteristics (3430). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1986. AB - Conducted a survey to determine the satisfaction of consumers and health care professionals with self-help (SH) books. Responses were obtained from 186 consumers, 105 psychologists, 97 psychiatrists, and 63 internists. 64.7% of the overall sample claimed to have read a helpful SH book. Topics covered by the SH books included diet, exercise, career, parenting, relationships, and spiritual and personal growth. 88.6% of the psychologists, 58.8% of psychiatrists, and 85.7% of internists indicated that they prescribed SH books to their patients as a supplement to the treatment. In general, SH books were considered helpful. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - satisfaction with self help books KW - consumers & psychologists & psychiatrists & internists KW - 1986 KW - Adult Attitudes KW - Books KW - Health Personnel Attitudes KW - Self-Help Techniques KW - Internists KW - Psychiatrists KW - Psychologists KW - 1986 DO - 10.4278/0890-1171-1.2.19 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-24677-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-24582-001 AN - 1988-24582-001 AU - Rogalski, Carol J. T1 - Psychological consultation with substance abusers. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 22 IS - 5 SP - 421 EP - 443 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-24582-001. PMID: 3596856 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rogalski, Carol J.; West Side Veterans Administration, Chicago, IL, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19880801. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Detoxification; Drug Rehabilitation; Psychotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Drug Abuse; Professional Consultation. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 23. Issue Publication Date: May, 1987. AB - Describes an individual psychological consultation technique used with 57 substance abusers in the course of a program for detoxification and rehabilitation of abusing veterans at the West Side Veterans Administration Hospital of Chicago, Illinois, from February 1981 to October 1982. This consultative intervention, initiated in 1973 at the hospital, follows recent research in self-psychology and a tripartite model of mental health that views the assessment of pathology from the perspectives of mental health practitioner, patient, and cultural context. The model incorporates the insights of H. Kohut (1976, 1982) on empathy and understanding as taught by H. Muslin (1979). The overall intervention program included formation of a patient government. The program has resulted in an unprecedented stabilization rate among patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - individualized humanistic approach to psychotherapy as supplement to inpatient detoxification program KW - substance abusing clients KW - 1987 KW - Detoxification KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Psychotherapy KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Drug Abuse KW - Professional Consultation KW - 1987 DO - 10.3109/10826088709027439 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-24582-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-24573-001 AN - 1988-24573-001 AU - Leedy, Jack J. T1 - Poetry therapy for drug abusers. T3 - Poetry in therapy JF - American Journal of Social Psychiatry JO - American Journal of Social Psychiatry JA - Am J Soc Psychiatry Y1 - 1987///Spr 1987 VL - 7 IS - 2 SP - 106 EP - 108 CY - US PB - Brunner/Mazel Publishers, Inc. SN - 0277-8173 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-24573-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Leedy, Jack J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Outpatient Clinic, Brooklyn, NY, US. Release Date: 19880801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Rehabilitation; Poetry; Psychotherapeutic Techniques. Minor Descriptor: Drug Abuse. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1987. AB - The author describes his experiences in using poetry with drug abusers since the 1950s. The choice of poems in therapy and the psychodynamics of poetry therapy are discussed; lists of poems helpful for anxiety, depression, and insomnia are included. The techniques and principles of poetry therapy in helping to overcome suicidal trends in drug abusers are presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - poetry therapy KW - drug abusers KW - 1987 KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Poetry KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Drug Abuse KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-24573-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-24570-001 AN - 1988-24570-001 AU - Koretzky, Martin B. AU - Rosenoer, Alexis S. T1 - MMPI assessment of posttraumatic stress disorder among alcoholic Vietnam veterans. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1987/04// VL - 60 IS - 2 SP - 359 EP - 365 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-24570-001. PMID: 3588788 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Koretzky, Martin B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Ft Howard, MD, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19880801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Military Veterans; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1987. AB - 100 Vietnam-era 27–64 yr old male veterans in a 28-day inpatient alcohol treatment program were classified into combat and noncombat groups. Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) scores of the 2 groups were compared according to a diagnostic decision-rule developed by T. M. Keane et al (see record [rid]1985-02913-001[/rid]) for posttraumatic stress disorder. Analysis showed that the combat group passed the decision-rule in significantly higher numbers than the noncombat group, suggesting that this diagnosis applies to alcoholic as well as nonalcoholic populations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI assessment of PTSD KW - 27–64 yr old male combat vs noncombat Vietnam era veterans in inpatient alcohol treatment program KW - 1987 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Military Veterans KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Alcoholism KW - 1987 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1987.60.2.359 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-24570-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-24549-001 AN - 1988-24549-001 AU - Calsyn, Donald A. AU - Saxon, Andrew J. T1 - A system for uniform application of contingencies for illicit drug use. JF - Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment JO - Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment JA - J Subst Abuse Treat Y1 - 1987/// VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 41 EP - 47 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0740-5472 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-24549-001. PMID: 3612892 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Calsyn, Donald A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19880801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Contracting; Contingency Management; Drug Rehabilitation; Methadone Maintenance; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Urinalysis. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Developed a system of structured limit setting as a contingency for illicit drug use identified by urinalysis in methadone maintenance treatment. A review of 124 methadone maintenance patients' records indicates that contracts specifying contingencies for drug use could be uniformly implemented across counselors and treatment teams. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - structured limit setting as contingency for drug use identified by urinalysis KW - treatment outcome KW - methadone maintenance patients KW - 1987 KW - Behavior Contracting KW - Contingency Management KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Methadone Maintenance KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Urinalysis KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0740-5472(87)90009-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-24549-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-24502-001 AN - 1988-24502-001 AU - Umlauf, Robert L. AU - Frank, Robert G. T1 - Cluster analysis, depression, and ADL status. JF - Rehabilitation Psychology JO - Rehabilitation Psychology JA - Rehabil Psychol Y1 - 1987///Spr 1987 VL - 32 IS - 1 SP - 39 EP - 44 CY - US PB - Springer Publishing SN - 0090-5550 SN - 1939-1544 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-24502-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Aspects of Disability. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Umlauf, Robert L.; Seattle Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, WA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Division 22 of the American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19880801. Correction Date: 20100329. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Attitudes; Client Characteristics; Depression (Emotion); Self-Care Skills. Minor Descriptor: Age Differences; Disorders; Expectations; Health Attitudes; Hospitalized Patients. Classification: Promotion & Maintenance of Health & Wellness (3365). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1987. AB - Investigated how depression, outcome expectations, and age influence activities of daily living (ADL) in 40 adult patients in a university medical center rehabilitation unit. Ss completed the Beck Depression Inventory, the Multidimensional Health Locus of Control Scale, and an expectations questionnaire; the nursing staff assessed ADL at admission and at discharge. Cluster analysis of self-report data at admission identified 3 subgroups that differed significantly in ADL gains, age, size, perception of depression, and length of stay. A multivariate model of clinical assessment is presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - depression & outcome expectations & age KW - activities of daily living KW - adult medical center rehabilitation patients KW - 1987 KW - Client Attitudes KW - Client Characteristics KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Self-Care Skills KW - Age Differences KW - Disorders KW - Expectations KW - Health Attitudes KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - 1987 DO - 10.1037/h0091555 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-24502-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-24495-001 AN - 1988-24495-001 AU - Shalanski, John T1 - A surgical patients' discussion group. JF - Social Work with Groups: A Journal of Community and Clinical Practice JO - Social Work with Groups: A Journal of Community and Clinical Practice JA - Soc Work Groups Y1 - 1987///Spr 1987 VL - 10 IS - 1 SP - 61 EP - 71 CY - US PB - Haworth Press SN - 0160-9513 SN - 1540-9481 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-24495-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shalanski, John; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Surgical Service, Wilkes Barre, PA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19880801. Correction Date: 20100322. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Discussion; Hospitalized Patients; Social Support; Surgical Patients. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1987. AB - Describes a discussion group for surgical patients established at a Veterans Administration hospital. Weekly attendance over a 2-yr period averaged 5 patients at different stages in relation to their surgery. The present author maintains that in addition to traditional advocacy, family intervention, and discharge planning, surgical social workers can play a role in providing information and support to help patients cope with their hospitalization and surgery. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - development of & issues involved in discussion group KW - surgical patients KW - 1987 KW - Group Discussion KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Social Support KW - Surgical Patients KW - 1987 DO - 10.1300/J009v10n01_06 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-24495-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-24490-001 AN - 1988-24490-001 AU - Rudman, Daniel AU - Mattson, Dale E. AU - Nagraj, Hoskote S. AU - Caindec, Norma AU - Rudman, I. W. AU - Jackson, D. L. T1 - Antecedents of death in the men of a Veterans Administration nursing home. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1987/06// VL - 35 IS - 6 SP - 496 EP - 502 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-24490-001. PMID: 3553287 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rudman, Daniel; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Div of Geriatric Medicine, North Chicago, IL, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19880801. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Death and Dying; Geriatric Patients; Mortality Rate; Nursing Homes. Minor Descriptor: Age Differences; Cognitive Ability. Classification: Nursing Homes & Residential Care (3377). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1987. AB - A comprehensive clinical data base was compiled for 166 male residents (aged 50+ yrs) of a Veterans Administration nursing home. In 46% of the Ss, the primary diagnosis was psychiatric (schizophrenia or bipolar psychosis). Of 24 Ss who died, the most common causes of death were infections (67%) and cardiac disorders (25%). The mortality rate was 2.48 times greater than for the general population of White males of the same ages. Age and functional impairment were directly related. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age & functional impairment KW - mortality rates KW - male VA nursing home residents KW - 1987 KW - Death and Dying KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Mortality Rate KW - Nursing Homes KW - Age Differences KW - Cognitive Ability KW - 1987 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1987.tb01394.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-24490-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-24450-001 AN - 1988-24450-001 AU - Dawley, Harold H. T1 - The control, discouragement, and cessation of smoking in a hospital setting. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 22 IS - 5 SP - 477 EP - 485 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-24450-001. PMID: 3596859 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dawley, Harold H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, New Orleans, LA, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19880801. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Attitudes; Health Personnel Attitudes; Hospital Administration; Literature Review; Smoking Cessation. Minor Descriptor: Hospital Environment; Hospitalized Patients; Tobacco Smoking. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Literature Review. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: May, 1987. AB - Reviews recent research into smoking interventions in hospital settings. In general, smoking control, discouragement, and cessation interventions have been effective with both patients and employees in reducing smoking, changing attitudes toward smoking as a health threat, and decreasing the sales of tobacco products in hospital settings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - utility & feasibility of control or discouragement policies & cessation programs for smoking KW - attitudes & hospital functioning KW - patients & staff KW - literature review KW - 1987 KW - Client Attitudes KW - Health Personnel Attitudes KW - Hospital Administration KW - Literature Review KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Hospital Environment KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - 1987 DO - 10.3109/10826088709027443 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-24450-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-24447-001 AN - 1988-24447-001 AU - Chang, Michael M. T1 - Clinician-entered computerized psychiatric triage records. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/06// VL - 38 IS - 6 SP - 652 EP - 656 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-24447-001. PMID: 3596502 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Chang, Michael M.; Jerry L. Pettis Memorial Veterans Administration Hosp, Alcoholism Treatment Unit, Loma Linda, CA, US. Release Date: 19880801. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Computer Applications; Medical Records; Mental Health Personnel. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatry. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1987. AB - Describes an automated psychiatric record system that permits direct data entry by clinicians into the patient's record during the triage interview. The computerized form, factors influencing user acceptance, and problems and benefits of direct data entry by clinicians are discussed. The importance of standardization of data elements included in patients' records is noted. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - computerized psychiatric record keeping system KW - mental health clinicians KW - 1987 KW - Computer Applications KW - Medical Records KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Psychiatry KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-24447-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-24425-001 AN - 1988-24425-001 AU - Miller, Mark C. T1 - Small town streets and country lanes. JF - Adult Foster Care Journal JO - Adult Foster Care Journal Y1 - 1987///Spr 1987 VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 56 EP - 65 CY - US PB - Adult Residential Care Journal SN - 8756-6559 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-24425-001. Other Journal Title: Adult Residential Care Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Miller, Mark C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Social Work Service, Chillicothe, OH, US. Release Date: 19880801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Foster Care; Mental Disorders; Social Casework. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1987. AB - Describes the author's caseload of adult foster care residents and 20 adult foster care homes. Of the author's 1984 caseload of 106 residents, 45 remained in his caseload for the year. There was movement in 61 of his residents due to change in locations, rehospitalization, or departure from the program for other reasons. Residents with psychiatric diagnoses accounted for 55% of the hospitalizations for medical reasons. The mean age of residents was 58 yrs, and their average monthly payment was $377 for their care and support in the homes. The home sponsors were mostly female and took a protective attitude toward the residents whom they tended to view as family members. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - recruitment & placement & maintenance of adult foster care homes KW - social workers & chronically mentally ill residents KW - 1987 KW - Foster Care KW - Mental Disorders KW - Social Casework KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-24425-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-24398-001 AN - 1988-24398-001 AU - McCoin, John M. T1 - Adult foster care: Old wine in a new glass. JF - Adult Foster Care Journal JO - Adult Foster Care Journal Y1 - 1987///Spr 1987 VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 21 EP - 41 CY - US PB - Adult Residential Care Journal SN - 8756-6559 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-24398-001. Other Journal Title: Adult Residential Care Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McCoin, John M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Social Work Service, Leavenworth, KS, US. Release Date: 19880801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Deinstitutionalization; Foster Care. Minor Descriptor: Mental Disorders. Classification: Community & Social Services (3373). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 21. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1987. AB - Suggests that a logical outgrowth of deinstitutionalization would have been the expansion of adult foster care (AFC), yet its growth has been slow. Instead of capitalizing on the accumulated knowledge of AFC, larger community-based facilities developed to fill the demands of deinstitutionalization. It is indicated that of all of these facilities, AFC is the best conceptualized and has been subjected to more empirical research, some of which supports AFC as a viable and cost-effective alternative to prolonged institutionalization. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - adult foster care as alternative to prolonged institutionalization KW - deinstitutionalized mentally ill KW - 1987 KW - Deinstitutionalization KW - Foster Care KW - Mental Disorders KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-24398-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-24317-001 AN - 1988-24317-001 AU - Berg, Barbara K. AU - Eckhoff-Biagi, Paddy AU - Hebert, Pamela AU - Rodell, Daniel AU - Sprafkin, Robert T1 - Patient education needs assessment: Constructing a generic guide. JF - Patient Education and Counseling JO - Patient Education and Counseling JA - Patient Educ Couns Y1 - 1987/04// VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 199 EP - 207 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0738-3991 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-24317-001. PMID: 10282839 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Berg, Barbara K.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Buffalo, NY, US. Release Date: 19880801. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Education; Medical Patients; Needs Assessment; Psychiatric Patients. Minor Descriptor: Measurement; Test Construction. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370); Clinical Psychological Testing (2224). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1987. AB - Describes the process by which a Veterans Administration task force developed and tested a comprehensive guide (appended) to assist staff members in individual patient education assessment. Four target conditions were identified and used throughout the development process to assure that it was applicable to a variety of patient populations. The task force identified possible barriers (seriousness of illness and individual learning, family/social, and psychological/emotional factors) to action for each of the conditions and developed questions to assess each barrier. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - development of individual needs assessment tool KW - assessment of client characteristics & educational needs KW - patients with physical or mental disorders KW - 1987 KW - Client Education KW - Medical Patients KW - Needs Assessment KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Measurement KW - Test Construction KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0738-3991(87)90080-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-24317-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-24208-001 AN - 1988-24208-001 AU - Fitterling, James M. AU - Martin, John E. AU - Gramling, Sandra AU - Cole, Patricia AU - Milan, Michael A. T1 - Behavioral management of exercise training in vascular headache patients: An investigation of exercise adherence and headache activity. JF - Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis JO - Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis JA - J Appl Behav Anal Y1 - 1988///Spr 1988 VL - 21 IS - 1 SP - 9 EP - 19 CY - US PB - Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis SN - 0021-8855 SN - 1938-3703 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-24208-001. PMID: 3372405 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fitterling, James M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcohol Dependence Treatment Program, Jackson, MS, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19880801. Correction Date: 20130318. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aerobic Exercise; Behavior Modification; Headache; Treatment Compliance. Classification: Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1988. AB - A behavioral package was used to shape and maintain the adherence of 5 Ss with vascular headache to a program of aerobic exercise training. Results demonstrate a functional relationship between the behavioral package and exercise adherence, because all 5 Ss showed exercise behavior that matched bidirectional changing exercise criteria. The results also indicate clinically significant collateral reductions in vascular headache activity in 4 Ss. Ss whose aerobic fitness levels were not masked by vasoactive medication showed measurable increases in aerobic fitness. Findings are discussed in terms of the methodology used and the possible mechanisms by which aerobic exercise activity might affect vascular headache activity, including stress modulation and exercise-mediated cardiovascular changes. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavioral management KW - adherence to program of aerobic exercise training KW - persons with vascular headache KW - 1988 KW - Aerobic Exercise KW - Behavior Modification KW - Headache KW - Treatment Compliance KW - 1988 DO - 10.1901/jaba.1988.21-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-24208-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-24072-001 AN - 1988-24072-001 AU - McAllister, David A. AU - Perri, Michael G. AU - Jordan, Randall C. AU - Rauscher, Frederick P. AU - Sattin, Albert T1 - Effects of ECT given two vs. three times weekly. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 21 IS - 1 SP - 63 EP - 69 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-24072-001. PMID: 3602221 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McAllister, David A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Indianapolis, IN, US. Release Date: 19880801. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy; Major Depression; Memory; Perceptual Motor Processes; Treatment Duration. Minor Descriptor: Side Effects (Treatment). Classification: Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: May, 1987. AB - Examined the benefits and side effects of electroconvulsive shock therapy (ECT) given 2 vs 3 times/week in depressed inpatients. 20 Ss were randomly assigned to 1 of 2 treatment conditions (unilateral ECT 2 or 3 times weekly). Examiners without knowledge of treatment condition rated depression and psychiatric status and administered tests of memory and visual-motor problem solving; Ss also provided self-ratings of depression. Measures were collected before treatment and 2 and 4 wks after treatment began. Both schedules of treatment produced significant and equivalent improvements in psychiatric symptomatology, but visual memory impairment was significantly lower in the twice-weekly group. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ECT 2 vs 3 times weekly KW - memory & visual motor problem solving & symptomatology KW - depressed inpatients KW - 1987 KW - Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy KW - Major Depression KW - Memory KW - Perceptual Motor Processes KW - Treatment Duration KW - Side Effects (Treatment) KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(87)90063-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-24072-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-24014-001 AN - 1988-24014-001 AU - Varney, Nils R. T1 - Prognostic significance of anosmia in patients with closed-head trauma. JF - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JO - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JA - J Clin Exp Neuropsychol Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 250 EP - 254 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 1380-3395 SN - 1744-411X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-24014-001. PMID: 3350923 Other Journal Title: Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Varney, Nils R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 19880801. Correction Date: 20100927. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anosmia; Brain Damage; Head Injuries; Prognosis; Psychosocial Readjustment. Minor Descriptor: Occupational Adjustment. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Among 40 patients who developed total anosmia as a result of closed-head injury virtually all had major vocational problems during the 2 or more yrs after being medically cleared to return to work. None had major motor or sensory deficits, and the majority had above average intelligence and memory. However, most demonstrated psychosocial deficits (e.g., absentmindedness, unreliability) typically associated with damage to orbital frontal cortex. Vocational outcome for 24 patients with partial anosmia was more variable, with only about half having manifest vocational problems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - anosmia KW - vocational & psychosocial prognosis KW - patients with closed head trauma KW - 1988 KW - Anosmia KW - Brain Damage KW - Head Injuries KW - Prognosis KW - Psychosocial Readjustment KW - Occupational Adjustment KW - 1988 DO - 10.1080/01688638808408239 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-24014-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-23992-001 AN - 1988-23992-001 AU - Squire, Larry R. AU - Zola-Morgan, Stuart AU - Chen, Karen S. T1 - Human amnesia and animal models of amnesia: Performance of amnesic patients on tests designed for the monkey. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience JA - Behav Neurosci Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 102 IS - 2 SP - 210 EP - 221 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-23992-001. PMID: 3130073 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Squire, Larry R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19880801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Animal Models; Korsakoffs Psychosis; Neuropsychological Assessment; Perceptual Discrimination. Minor Descriptor: Diencephalon; Organic Brain Syndromes; Temporal Lobe. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Animal (20). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Feb 5, 1987; Revised Date: Feb 3, 1987; First Submitted Date: Oct 17, 1986. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The performance of amnesic patients was assessed on five tasks, which have figured prominently in the development of animal models of human amnesia in the monkey. The amnesic patients were impaired on four of these tasks (delayed nonmatching to sample, object-reward association, 8-pair concurrent discrimination learning, and an object discrimination task), in correspondence with previous findings for monkeys with bilateral medial temporal or diencephalic lesions. Moreover, performance of the amnesic patients correlated with the ability to verbalize the principle underlying the tasks and with the ability to describe and recognize the stimulus materials. These tasks therefore seem to be sensitive to the memory functions that are affected in human amnesia, and they can provide valid measures of memory impairment in studies with monkeys. For the fifth task (24-hour concurrent discrimination learning), the findings for the amnesic patients did not correspond to previous findings for operated monkeys. Whereas monkeys with medial temporal lesions reportedly learn this task at a normal rate, the amnesic patients were markedly impaired. Monkeys may learn this task differently than humans. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perceptual discrimination tasks designed for monkeys with temporal or diencephalic lesions KW - patients with Korsakoff's syndrome or other amnesic disorders KW - implications for animal model KW - 1988 KW - Amnesia KW - Animal Models KW - Korsakoffs Psychosis KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Perceptual Discrimination KW - Diencephalon KW - Organic Brain Syndromes KW - Temporal Lobe KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.102.2.210 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-23992-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-23975-001 AN - 1988-23975-001 AU - Russell, Elbert W. AU - Hendrickson, Michael E. AU - VanEaton, Eleanor T1 - Verbal and figural Gestalt Completion Tests with lateralized occipital area brain damage. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 44 IS - 2 SP - 217 EP - 225 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-23975-001. PMID: 3360939 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Russell, Elbert W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Miami, FL, US. Release Date: 19880801. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Frontal Lobe; Occipital Lobe; Perceptual Closure; Verbal Ability. Minor Descriptor: Visual Perception. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Verbal and figural forms of the Gestalt Completion Test were administered to 8 Ss with left or near left occipital, 12 with right or near right occipital, 12 with left anterior-lateral, and 9 with right anterior-lateral lesions. Z score indices of verbal vs figural scores were constructed. Damage to the left occipital area did not impair the figural score more than the verbal, while damage to the right occipital area impaired the figural considerably more than the verbal. The anterior-lateral groups had no lateralized impairment. This supports the concept that the left occipital area perceptually transforms verbal visual data, while the right occipital area transforms figural visual data. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - verbal & figural Gestalt Completion Test scores KW - patients with left vs right occipital vs anterior lateral lesions KW - 1988 KW - Brain Damage KW - Frontal Lobe KW - Occipital Lobe KW - Perceptual Closure KW - Verbal Ability KW - Visual Perception KW - 1988 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198803)44:2<217::AID-JCLP2270440222>3.0.CO;2-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-23975-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-23908-001 AN - 1988-23908-001 AU - Grodzinsky, Yosef AU - Marek, Alexander T1 - Algorithmic and heuristic processes revisited. JF - Brain and Language JO - Brain and Language JA - Brain Lang Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 33 IS - 2 SP - 216 EP - 225 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0093-934X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-23908-001. PMID: 3359168 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Grodzinsky, Yosef; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Aphasia Research Ctr, MA, US. Release Date: 19880801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Algorithms; Aphasia; Cognitive Processes; Heuristic Modeling; Sentence Comprehension. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Argues that there is no evidence in support of the claim, originally made by A. Caramazza and E. B. Zurif (see record [rid]1977-08506-001[/rid]), that some aphasics (mainly those of the Broca's variety), although unable to utilize syntactic, rule-based processes during the comprehension of input sentences, are still able to bypass this deficiency via the use of heuristics. The relevant literature is examined after a discussion of experimental techniques and the interpretation of findings. It is suggested that, although the intuitions of Caramazza and Zurif may be right, their conclusion has not been experimentally demonstrated. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - algorithmic vs heuristic processes in sentence comprehension KW - aphasic patients KW - commentary KW - 1988 KW - Algorithms KW - Aphasia KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Heuristic Modeling KW - Sentence Comprehension KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90065-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-23908-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-23894-001 AN - 1988-23894-001 AU - Evans, Ron L. AU - Bishop, Duane S. AU - Matlock, Anne L. AU - Stranahan, Susan AU - Noonan, Craig T1 - Predicting poststroke family function: A continuing dilemma. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1987/06// VL - 60 IS - 3, Pt 1 SP - 691 EP - 695 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-23894-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Evans, Ron L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Seattle, WA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19880801. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebrovascular Accidents; Family Relations; Prediction. Classification: Cardiovascular Disorders (3295). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1987. AB - Determined what effect stroke might have on family interaction, by using common stroke outcome variables to predict family function for a sample of 78 families in which 1 member had recent onset of stroke. Results show that traditional stroke-outcome predictors were not useful in accounting for variance in family function. It is suggested that the nature of family dynamics after disability may require additional research because the relationship is complex. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prediction of poststroke family functioning KW - families with stroke patient KW - 1987 KW - Cerebrovascular Accidents KW - Family Relations KW - Prediction KW - 1987 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1987.60.3.691 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-23894-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-23865-001 AN - 1988-23865-001 AU - Bonekat, H. William AU - Miles, Robert M. AU - Staats, Bruce A. T1 - Smoking and cough syncope: Follow-up in 45 cases. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 22 IS - 5 SP - 413 EP - 419 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-23865-001. PMID: 3596855 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bonekat, H. William; Salt Lake City Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, UT, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19880801. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Syncope; Tobacco Smoking. Minor Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Self-Management. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: May, 1987. AB - Administered questionnaires to 43 male and 2 female patients treated for cough syncope at the Mayo Clinic of Rochester, Minnesota, to determine the efficacy of therapy. Results indicate that (1) 82% were current or exsmokers, and 86% of those having had pulmonary function tests demonstrated findings consistent with obstructive lung disease; (2) treatment, generally determined by the primary physician, was usually effective; and (3) smoking cessation was associated with decreased symptoms. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - role of smoking in etiology KW - effectiveness of pharmacological treatment &/or voluntary cough suppression KW - patients with cough syncope KW - 1987 KW - Syncope KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Drug Therapy KW - Self-Management KW - 1987 DO - 10.3109/10826088709027438 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-23865-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-23858-001 AN - 1988-23858-001 AU - Ancoli-Israel, Sonia AU - Kripke, Daniel F. AU - Mason, William T1 - Characteristics of obstructive and central sleep apnea in the elderly: An interim report. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/06// VL - 22 IS - 6 SP - 741 EP - 750 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-23858-001. PMID: 3593813 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ancoli-Israel, Sonia; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19880801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apnea; Sleep Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Demographic Characteristics; Symptoms. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1987. AB - Investigated the characteristics of sleep apnea (SA) in the elderly, using home sleep recordings of 201 females and 157 males (aged 65–100 yrs). 62 Ss had predominantly obstructive SA, 21 had predominantly central SA, and 3 had mixed SA. Although the prevalence of SA in women increases after menopause, SA was significantly more common in men than women. There was a significant correlation of age with increasing apnea index (i.e., apneas per hour of sleep) within the obstructive SA group. Ss with central SA had more midsleep awakenings, while Ss with obstructive SA had longer apneas. It is concluded that subjective differences beween the groups did not reliably discriminate between elderly Ss with central and obstructive SA. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - symptoms & demographic features & sleep parameters KW - 65–100 yr olds with obstructive &/or central sleep apnea KW - 1987 KW - Apnea KW - Sleep Disorders KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - Symptoms KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(87)90206-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-23858-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-23779-001 AN - 1988-23779-001 AU - Rohsenow, Damaris J. AU - Corbett, Richard AU - Devine, Donald T1 - Molested as children: A hidden contribution to substance abuse? JF - Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment JO - Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment JA - J Subst Abuse Treat Y1 - 1988/// VL - 5 IS - 1 SP - 13 EP - 18 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0740-5472 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-23779-001. PMID: 3361621 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rohsenow, Damaris J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Providence, RI, US. Release Date: 19880801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Early Experience; Sexual Abuse; Victimization. Minor Descriptor: Child Abuse; Drug Addiction; Drug Rehabilitation; Epidemiology; Etiology. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Compared the rates of reporting child sexual abuse among inpatient substance abusers before and after the question was routinely asked in a treatment program. Before routine inquiry, 4% of men and 20% of women disclosed such abuse; after routine inquiries began, the rates for adult men quadrupled, up to 42% of the teenaged boys reported such abuse, about 75% of adult women admitted such abuse, and 71–90% of teenage girls disclosed histories of child sexual abuse. It is suggested that unresolved issues from childhood sexual abuse may be a hidden factor underlying much substance abuse and, if not treated, may lead to rapid relapse. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prevalence of childhood sexual victimization KW - 13–48 yr olds in inpatient chemical dependency rehabilitation program KW - 1988 KW - Early Experience KW - Sexual Abuse KW - Victimization KW - Child Abuse KW - Drug Addiction KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Epidemiology KW - Etiology KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0740-5472(88)90032-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-23779-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-23777-001 AN - 1988-23777-001 AU - Rinsley, Donald B. T1 - The Dipsas revisited: Comments on addiction and personality. JF - Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment JO - Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment JA - J Subst Abuse Treat Y1 - 1988/// VL - 5 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 7 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0740-5472 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-23777-001. PMID: 2452257 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rinsley, Donald B.; Colmery-O'Neil Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Topeka, KS, US. Release Date: 19880801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Sixth Clinical Practice Issues in the Treatment of Drug Abuse and Addiction Seminar (1987, Manhasset, New York). Major Descriptor: Addiction; Alcoholism; Psychodynamics. Minor Descriptor: Borderline States; Etiology; Psychotherapy. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Reviews theories on alcoholism and other addictive behaviors and describes such behaviors as similar to those of the borderline personality. It is contended that Alcoholics Anonymous and the psychotherapist's room provide differing situations in which personal integration becomes more likely, and that each, in its own way, is as effective as the other. The example of an alcoholic who was cured through religious conversion is provided, and the convert's explanation of being inhabited by the Holy Spirit is compared with the psychoanalytic process of introjection. The failure of the insight-oriented psychotherapeutic approaches to these patients is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychodynamics of alcoholism & other addictive behaviors vs borderline personality KW - implications for psychotherapeutic treatment KW - conference presentation KW - 1988 KW - Addiction KW - Alcoholism KW - Psychodynamics KW - Borderline States KW - Etiology KW - Psychotherapy KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0740-5472(88)90030-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-23777-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-23689-001 AN - 1988-23689-001 AU - Alterman, Arthur I. T1 - Patterns of familial alcoholism, alcoholism severity, and psychopathology. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 176 IS - 3 SP - 167 EP - 175 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-23689-001. PMID: 3343590 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Alterman, Arthur I.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Philadelphia, PA, US. Release Date: 19880801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Genetics; Psychopathology; Severity (Disorders). Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Examined the interrelationships among the severity of alcoholism, psychopathology/personality, and the degree of familial alcoholism, using 4 familial alcoholism classification schemes (conventional, lineality, generational, and quantitative) with 83 male alcoholic inpatients (aged 50 yrs or less). Ss completed an alcohol use inventory, the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI), the Psychopathic State Inventory, the MacAndrew Alcoholism Scale, and a childhood problem behaviors questionnaire. Age at time of treatment, use of nonalcoholic drugs, childhood behavior problems, and an antisocial personality disorder diagnosis were associated with an increasing degree of familial alcoholism; few subgroup differences were revealed in the severity/pattern of alcoholism. Findings underline the limitations of dichotomous classifications for the study of familial alcoholism. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - severity & degree of familial alcoholism & psychopathology KW - male inpatients KW - 1988 KW - Alcoholism KW - Genetics KW - Psychopathology KW - Severity (Disorders) KW - 1988 DO - 10.1097/00005053-198803000-00005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-23689-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-23685-001 AN - 1988-23685-001 AU - Zeiss, Antonette M. AU - Lewinsohn, Peter M. T1 - Enduring deficits after remissions of depression: A test of the scar hypothesis. JF - Behaviour Research and Therapy JO - Behaviour Research and Therapy JA - Behav Res Ther Y1 - 1988/// VL - 26 IS - 2 SP - 151 EP - 158 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0005-7967 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-23685-001. PMID: 3365205 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zeiss, Antonette M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19880801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Major Depression; Relapse (Disorders); Social Skills; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Prediction. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Investigated the possibility that residual deficits from clinical depression elevate the risk of relapse. This hypothesis was examined for a set of interpersonal variables that measured self-perceptions, behavior observed in dyadic and group interactions, and ratings by peers and coders based on those interactions. The 'scar' pattern was defined as a deficit observed during depression that remained after the depressive episode ended. Data for 21 patients who improved during psychotherapy, 20 patients who did not improve, and 80 nondepressed participants were examined. No variables fit the scar pattern. Seven variables were concomitants of depression. Nine variables provided predictive information in that patients who subsequently improved in treatment significantly differed at pretest from patients who subsequently failed to improve. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social skills KW - risk of relapse KW - depressed patients KW - 1988 KW - At Risk Populations KW - Major Depression KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - Social Skills KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Prediction KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0005-7967(88)90114-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-23685-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-23665-001 AN - 1988-23665-001 AU - Siever, Larry J. AU - Insel, Thomas R. AU - Hamilton, Jean AU - Nurnberger, John AU - Alterman, Ina AU - Murphy, Dennis L. T1 - Eye-tracking, attention and amphetamine challenge. JF - Journal of Psychiatric Research JO - Journal of Psychiatric Research JA - J Psychiatr Res Y1 - 1987/// VL - 21 IS - 2 SP - 129 EP - 135 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0022-3956 SN - 1879-1379 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-23665-001. PMID: 3295210 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Siever, Larry J.; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, NY, US. Release Date: 19880801. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Bipolar Disorder; Dextroamphetamine; Obsessive Compulsive Disorder; Visual Tracking. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Examined the relationship between smooth pursuit eye movement (SPEM) performance and nonvoluntary attentional processes, using dextroamphetamine (DAM), which has documented effects on attentional performance. SPEM performance was measured prior to and following DAM administration (0.3 mg/kg) in 5 bipolar patients (mean age 35 yrs) and 30 mg in 8 obsessive-compulsive patients (mean age 30.7 yrs). In these 13 Ss, DAM did not significantly alter the accuracy of SPEM in the 2 patient groups. Significant negative correlations were observed in the obsessive-compulsive Ss and in the combined patient groups between baseline SPEM impairment and changes in eye-tracking accuracy following DAM (i.e., Ss with poorer SPEM accuracy improved while better SPEM performers deteriorated in tracking accuracy during DAM treatment). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dextroamphetamine KW - smooth pursuit eye movement & attentional performance KW - bipolar or obsessive compulsive patients KW - 1987 KW - Attention KW - Bipolar Disorder KW - Dextroamphetamine KW - Obsessive Compulsive Disorder KW - Visual Tracking KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0022-3956(87)90013-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-23665-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-23664-001 AN - 1988-23664-001 AU - Schwartz, Barry D. AU - McGinn, Terrell AU - Winstead, Daniel K. T1 - Disordered spatiotemporal processing in schizophrenics. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/06// VL - 22 IS - 6 SP - 688 EP - 698 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-23664-001. PMID: 3593811 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schwartz, Barry D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, New Orleans, LA, US. Release Date: 19880801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Schizophrenia; Spatial Frequency; Temporal Frequency; Time Perception; Visual Perception. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Processes. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1987. AB - Evaluated spatiotemporal information processing by 19 chronic schizophrenics (mean age 32 yrs) and 15 normal controls (mean age 27 yrs), using a contrast sensitivity task. Spatial frequency gratings were presented to evaluate whether schizophrenics were deficient in processing patterns or temporal information. While the patterns were increasing linearly to 30% contrast, Ss were required to discern when pattern or temporal changes first occurred. Multivariate analysis of variance (MANOVA) revealed that schizophrenics were poorer at detecting temporal changes between 3.25 and 6.5 Hz, better at detecting low frequency patterns, and poorer on high spatial frequencies compared with controls. Results are discussed in terms of abnormal sensory gating in schizophrenics during the critical duration of temporal integration. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - spatiotemporal information processing KW - chronic schizophrenic patients KW - 1987 KW - Schizophrenia KW - Spatial Frequency KW - Temporal Frequency KW - Time Perception KW - Visual Perception KW - Cognitive Processes KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(87)90200-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-23664-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-23653-001 AN - 1988-23653-001 AU - Pitman, Roger K. AU - Kolb, Bryan AU - Orr, Scott P. AU - de Jong, Jacob AU - Yadati, Santharam AU - Singh, Man Mohan T1 - On the utility of ethological data in psychiatric research: The example of facial behavior in schizophrenia. JF - Ethology & Sociobiology JO - Ethology & Sociobiology JA - Ethol Sociobiol Y1 - 1987/// VL - 8 IS - 3, Suppl SP - 111 EP - 116 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0162-3095 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-23653-001. Other Journal Title: Evolution and Human Behavior. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pitman, Roger K.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Service, Manchester, NH, US. Release Date: 19880801. Correction Date: 20130916. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Nonverbal Communication; Psychodiagnosis; Rating Scales; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Face (Anatomy). Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - 15 schizophrenic males and 12 medication-free matched drug- or alcohol-abuse rehabilitation controls underwent open-ended interviews and were evaluated by 2 sets of raters employing different approaches. The 1st approach scored behavioral units that were selected in an attempt to produce a comprehensive picture of Ss' behaviors relatively free of theoretical preconceptualizations. The 2nd approach applied a rating scale in an attempt to quantify behavior along dimensions thought to be of psychiatric significance. Results indicate that the 1st ethological approach was more reliable, less redundant, and more powerful in separating S groups compared to the rating scale approach. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethological vs rating scale approach in identification & quantification of nonverbal facial behaviors KW - males with schizophrenia KW - 1987 KW - Nonverbal Communication KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Rating Scales KW - Schizophrenia KW - Face (Anatomy) KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0162-3095(87)90023-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-23653-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-23648-001 AN - 1988-23648-001 AU - Peabody, Cecilia A. AU - Faull, Kym F. AU - King, Roy J. AU - Whiteford, Harvey A. AU - Barchas, Jack D. AU - Berger, Philip A. T1 - CSF amine metabolites and depression. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 21 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 7 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-23648-001. PMID: 2440071 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Peabody, Cecilia A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Nashville, TN, US. Release Date: 19880801. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebrospinal Fluid; Homovanillic Acid; Hydroxyindoleacetic Acid (5-); Major Depression; Norepinephrine Metabolites. Minor Descriptor: Neurochemistry. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: May, 1987. AB - Measured cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) amine metabolites in 37 adult males with major depressive disorder. Scores on the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression (HRSD) correlated significantly with 5-hydroxyindoleacetic acid (5-HIAA) and with homovanillic acid (HVA). In addition, the single suicide item of the HRSD correlated significantly with 5-HIAA. 5-HIAA and HVA correlated significantly with each other. There was a significant positive correlation between HVA and 2 HRSD items, the depersonalization/derealization item and the paranoid item. Since lumbar CSF metabolite concentrations may reflect central nervous system (CNS) activity of parent amines, data suggest a relationship between depression and decreased dopaminergic and serotonergic activity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - CSF 5-HIAA & HVA & MHPG KW - male inpatients with major depressive disorder KW - 1987 KW - Cerebrospinal Fluid KW - Homovanillic Acid KW - Hydroxyindoleacetic Acid (5-) KW - Major Depression KW - Norepinephrine Metabolites KW - Neurochemistry KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(87)90056-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-23648-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-23566-001 AN - 1988-23566-001 AU - Buda, Martin AU - Tsuang, Ming T. AU - Fleming, Jerome A. T1 - Causes of death in DSM-III schizophrenics and other psychotics (atypical group): A comparison with the general population. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 45 IS - 3 SP - 283 EP - 285 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-23566-001. PMID: 3341883 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Buda, Martin; Brockton/West Roxbury Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19880801. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Death and Dying; Mortality Rate; Psychosis; Schizophrenia; Atypical Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Etiology; Followup Studies. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - By application of Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) criteria to chart material and 30- to 40-yr follow-up data of patients admitted to the Iowa Psychopathic Hospital during 1934–1945, 332 schizophrenics were identified. 178 others received other diagnoses, including 94 with atypical psychotic disorder. 124 schizophrenics and 37 atypical Ss were deceased at follow-up; causes of death included infections, neoplasms, cardiovascular, and unnatural (e.g., suicide). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - causes of death KW - patients admitted in 1934–45 with schizophrenia vs atypical or other psychosis KW - 30–40 yr followup study KW - 1988 KW - Death and Dying KW - Mortality Rate KW - Psychosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Atypical Disorders KW - Etiology KW - Followup Studies KW - 1988 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1988.01800270101012 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-23566-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-22890-001 AN - 1988-22890-001 AU - Wager-Srdar, S. A. AU - Gannon, M. AU - Levine, Allen S. T1 - The effect of cholecystokinin on food intake in gonadectomized and intact rats: The influence of sex hormones. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1987/// VL - 40 IS - 1 SP - 25 EP - 28 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-22890-001. PMID: 3615652 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wager-Srdar, S. A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuroendocrine Research Lab, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 19880801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cholecystokinin; Food Intake; Sex Hormones. Minor Descriptor: Estrus; Male Castration; Ovariectomy; Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Evaluated the influence of sex hormones on the satiating effect of cholecystokinin (CCK) on nocturnal food intake (FO) in Sprague-Dawley rats. Males were injected with oil or testosterone propionate and ovariectomized females injected with oil, estradiol, progesterone, or estradiol plus progesterone. FO in intact, castrate, and castrate testosterone-replaced males was decreased by CCK and was decreased by CCK during diestrus and metestrus in cycling females. During metestrus, a period of low estradiol in the presence of progesterone, FO was suppressed by CCK. CCK decreased FO in Ss receiving progesterone alone. The lack of sensitivity to CCK during proestrus and estrus indicates that estradiol modulates the permissive action of progesterone on CCK's satiety effect. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cholecystokinin with vs without sex hormones KW - food intake KW - castrated vs intact male & ovariectomized vs cycling female rats KW - 1987 KW - Cholecystokinin KW - Food Intake KW - Sex Hormones KW - Estrus KW - Male Castration KW - Ovariectomy KW - Rats KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(87)90180-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-22890-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-22880-001 AN - 1988-22880-001 AU - Swartzwelder, H. S. AU - Tilson, H. A. AU - McLamb, R. L. AU - Wilson, W. A. T1 - Baclofen disrupts passive avoidance retention in rats. JF - Psychopharmacology JO - Psychopharmacology JA - Psychopharmacology (Berl) Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 92 IS - 3 SP - 398 EP - 401 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-3158 SN - 1432-2072 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-22880-001. PMID: 2819919 Other Journal Title: Psychopharmacologia. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Swartzwelder, H. S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19880801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Locomotion; Avoidance Conditioning; Gamma Aminobutyric Acid; Retention. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1987. AB - Investigated the effect of the gamma-aminobutyric acid (GABA) analog baclofen on male Fischer-344 rats' retention of a 1-trial passive avoidance task. Ss received baclofen or vehicle immediately, 10 min, or 60 min after training. At 1 wk, Ss that received baclofen immediately after training reentered the test chamber significantly more often than controls. Similar effects were observed following posttrial administration of the antipsychotic chlordiazepoxide. Although baclofen decreased locomotor activity during a 30-min period after dosing, Ss exposed to baclofen showed no significant change in activity relative to controls 1 wk later. Data suggest that baclofen may interfere with memory consolidation or retention. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - GABA analog baclofen KW - retention of passive avoidance task & locomotor activity KW - male rats KW - 1987 KW - Animal Locomotion KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Gamma Aminobutyric Acid KW - Retention KW - Rats KW - 1987 DO - 10.1007/BF00210851 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-22880-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-22818-001 AN - 1988-22818-001 AU - Klemfuss, H. AU - Kripke, D. F. T1 - Potassium reduces lithium toxocity: Circadian rhythm actions are maintained. JF - Life Sciences JO - Life Sciences JA - Life Sci Y1 - 1987/06// VL - 40 IS - 26 SP - 2531 EP - 2538 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0024-3205 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-22818-001. PMID: 3600167 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Klemfuss, H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19880801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Circadian Rhythms; Lithium; Potassium; Side Effects (Drug). Minor Descriptor: Activity Level; Body Weight; Diets; Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1987. AB - Studied the effects of a high-potassium diet on locomotor disability caused by administration of lithium to male Sprague-Dawley rats (36 Ss in Exp I and 33 Ss in Exp II). The 2 controlled experiments were designed to assess the effects on body weight and general appearance and wheel-running activity. Ss on lithium and the high-potassium diet survived longer and were generally healthier than those on lithium and a normal diet. Wheel-running activity indicated that lithium administration delayed locomotor rhythms, suggesting that lithium's central nervous system (CNS) action does not depend on potassium intake. Administration of lithium via diet vs osmotic pump had no effect on outcome. These findings suggest that potassium supplementation may provide a useful strategy for improving the therapeutic index of lithium treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - high potassium diet KW - effect of lithium on body weight & appearance & wheel running & circadian rhythms KW - male rats KW - 1987 KW - Animal Circadian Rhythms KW - Lithium KW - Potassium KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Activity Level KW - Body Weight KW - Diets KW - Rats KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0024-3205(87)90075-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-22818-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-22744-001 AN - 1988-22744-001 AU - Takahashi, Lorey K. AU - Gladstone, Clifford D. T1 - Medial amygdaloid lesions and the regulation of sociosexual behavioral patterns across the estrous cycle in female golden hamsters. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience JA - Behav Neurosci Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 102 IS - 2 SP - 268 EP - 275 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-22744-001. PMID: 3365322 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Takahashi, Lorey K.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Psychiatry Section, Madison, WI, US. Release Date: 19880801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amygdala; Animal Aggressive Behavior; Animal Mating Behavior; Animal Scent Marking; Animal Sexual Receptivity. Minor Descriptor: Female Animals; Hamsters; Ovariectomy. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20); Female (40). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. Publication History: Accepted Date: Feb 5, 1987; Revised Date: Feb 3, 1987; First Submitted Date: Oct 27, 1986. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1988. AB - Two experiments were conducted to examine the behavioral effects of medial amygdaloid (M) lesions during the estrous cycle in female golden hamsters. In Experiment 1, males were paired with gonadally intact M-lesioned, sham-operated, or ovariectomized M-lesioned females and tested in large enclosures. Medial amygdaloid lesions reduced, significantly, the occurrence of precopulatory biting attack and vaginal scent-marking behavior in females. In contrast, M lesions produced a significant increase in the duration of copulation. Mating behavior was also observed for a brief period of time in 1 M-lesioned female during the diestrus period and in 2 ovariectomized animals. After copulation, M-lesioned females attacked their mating partner less frequently than did sham-lesioned animals, which suggests that M lesions may modulate the reduction of both pre- and postcopulatory aggressive behavior by common processes. The attenuation in aggressive responsiveness was further documented in Experiment 2, which shows that during intrasexual fights, M-lesioned females exhibited significantly fewer offensive agonistic responses than did sham-operated opponents. Collectively, the results demonstrate that M lesions produce significant alterations in both social and sexual response patterns and suggest that M may be a neural component of a forebrain inhibitory system regulating the display of feminine copulatory behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - medial amygdaloid lesions KW - precopulatory & postcopulatory agonistic & scent marking behavior & copulatory lordosis KW - female hamsters with vs without ovariectomy KW - 1988 KW - Amygdala KW - Animal Aggressive Behavior KW - Animal Mating Behavior KW - Animal Scent Marking KW - Animal Sexual Receptivity KW - Female Animals KW - Hamsters KW - Ovariectomy KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/0735-7044.102.2.268 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-22744-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-22618-001 AN - 1988-22618-001 AU - Wilson, Michael J. AU - Dobie, Robert A. T1 - Human short-latency auditory responses obtained by cross-correlation. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1987/06// VL - 66 IS - 6 SP - 529 EP - 538 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-22618-001. PMID: 2438119 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wilson, Michael J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Seattle, WA. Release Date: 19880801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Evoked Potentials; Auditory Perception; Noise Effects. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1987. AB - Short-latency auditory responses were obtained by cross-correlation of continuous, pseudorandom noise stimuli with averaged scalp potentials from 10 adults with normal hearing. Responses were recorded for spectrum levels of 14–74 db for noise bandwidths from 800 to 6,000 Hz. At the lowest intensity level of broadband noise, all 10 Ss showed replicable cross-correlation functions (CCFs), which were characterized by prominent positive peaks at delays (latencies) of 5–7 msec. Results support the use of the CCF technique as an efficient method of frequency-specific assessment of the auditory system. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cross correlation of continuous pseudorandom noise stimuli KW - short latency auditory responses KW - normal hearing adults KW - 1987 KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Auditory Perception KW - Noise Effects KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(87)90100-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-22618-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-22592-001 AN - 1988-22592-001 AU - Petty, Frederick AU - Kramer, Gerald AU - Feldman, Mark T1 - Is plasma GABA of peripheral origin? JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/06// VL - 22 IS - 6 SP - 725 EP - 732 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-22592-001. PMID: 2885038 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Petty, Frederick; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Dallas, TX, US. Release Date: 19880801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blood Plasma; Gamma Aminobutyric Acid. Minor Descriptor: Cholinomimetic Drugs; Exercise; Human Sex Differences; Menstrual Cycle; Neurochemistry. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1987. AB - Investigated the effects of sex, menstrual cycle, exercise, gut contents, and cholinergic stimulation by bethanechol on plasma gamma-aminobutyric acid (GABA) in 6 healthy males (27–41 yrs) and 9 healthy females. An obvious peripheral source for plasma GABA could not be demonstrated, suggesting a central origin for plasma GABA. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sex & menstrual cycle & exercise & gut content & bethanechol KW - plasma GABA levels KW - healthy 27–41 yr olds KW - implications for central origin of plasma GABA & role in psychiatric illness KW - 1987 KW - Blood Plasma KW - Gamma Aminobutyric Acid KW - Cholinomimetic Drugs KW - Exercise KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Menstrual Cycle KW - Neurochemistry KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(87)90204-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-22592-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-22237-001 AN - 1988-22237-001 AU - Newman, Craig W. AU - Spitzer, Jaclyn B. T1 - Monotic and dichotic presentation of phonemic elements in a backward recognition-masking paradigm. JF - Psychological Research JO - Psychological Research JA - Psychol Res Y1 - 1987/// VL - 49 IS - 1 SP - 31 EP - 36 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0340-0727 SN - 1430-2772 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-22237-001. Other Journal Title: Psychologische Forschung. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Newman, Craig W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Cleveland, OH, US. Release Date: 19880801. Correction Date: 20130513. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Dichotic Stimulation; Phonemes; Recognition (Learning). Classification: Auditory & Speech Perception (2326). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Examined auditory processing in 8 normal Ss (aged 19–30 yrs), using monotic and dichotic presentations of phonemic elements in an auditory backward recognition-masking paradigm. For the dichotic condition, correct recognition scores for target identification improved systematically with increases in interstimulus intervals (ISIs). Mean performance accuracy for the monotic condition revealed a U-shaped function for signal pairs having short temporal offsets. Although the dichotic presentations resulted in lower mean recognition scores, comparability between listening conditions was observed at prolonged ISIs. Differences in performance between the monotic and dichotic conditions at short-duration ISIs suggested the existence of different processing mechanisms, correlated with integration and interruption of phonemic pairs, for target–mask interactions occurring in close temporal succession. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - monotic vs dichotic presentation of phonemic elements in backward recognition masking paradigm KW - auditory processing KW - 19–30 yr olds KW - 1987 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Dichotic Stimulation KW - Phonemes KW - Recognition (Learning) KW - 1987 DO - 10.1007/BF00309200 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-22237-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-22181-001 AN - 1988-22181-001 AU - Harrington, Deborah L. AU - Haaland, Kathleen Y. T1 - Programming sequences of hand postures. JF - Journal of Motor Behavior JO - Journal of Motor Behavior JA - J Mot Behav Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 19 IS - 1 SP - 77 EP - 95 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-2895 SN - 1940-1027 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-22181-001. PMID: 23944914 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Harrington, Deborah L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Albuquerque, NM, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19880801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hand (Anatomy); Motor Processes; Posture. Minor Descriptor: Reaction Time. Classification: Motor Processes (2330). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 19. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1987. AB - Investigated a model that maintains that after a motor program is constructed, only the 1st response in a sequence is programmed prior to movement. In a reaction time (RT) paradigm, 48 right-handed university students executed sequences of hand postures that varied in length, number of different hand postures, and location of a hand posture transition. For sequences containing repetitions of the same posture, sequence length had a small effect on RT when the number of responses ranged between 2 and 5 (Exp I) and no effect when the number of responses ranged between 3 and 5 (Exp II). For sequences containing different hand postures, RT was influenced by the type of hand posture beyond the 1st response. Analysis of interresponse times suggested that the 1st 2 responses were completely preprogrammed before movement. Results are consistent with a model in which responses are hierarchically organized and some but not all information about each response in the sequence is preprogrammed before movement execution. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hand posture programing sequences assessed by RT KW - right handed college students KW - 1987 KW - Hand (Anatomy) KW - Motor Processes KW - Posture KW - Reaction Time KW - 1987 DO - 10.1080/00222895.1987.10735401 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-22181-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-22094-001 AN - 1988-22094-001 AU - Russell, Elbert W. T1 - Renorming Russell's version of the Wechsler Memory Scale. JF - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JO - Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology JA - J Clin Exp Neuropsychol Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 235 EP - 249 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 1380-3395 SN - 1744-411X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-22094-001. PMID: 3350922 Other Journal Title: Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Russell, Elbert W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Miami, FL, US. Release Date: 19880801. Correction Date: 20100927. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Test Norms; Wechsler Memory Scale. Minor Descriptor: Subtests. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Several studies of the present author's (see record [rid]1976-08657-001[/rid]) version of the Wechsler Memory Scale found that the Logical Memory subtests appeared to be normed too high. The present study produced a renorming by developing new scale scores and age/education corrections for 502 brain-damaged patients and 188 normal controls. The scaling used a new method termed reference scale norming. The z scores for 12 tests in the Halstead-Reitan Test Battery were averaged and used to establish a reference scale. Scale scores for the memory tests were derived from this scale. Results demonstrate that the earlier Logical Memory norms were in fact too high; this error is corrected. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reference scale norming of logical memory subtests of Wechsler Memory Scale KW - brain damaged patients KW - 1988 KW - Brain Damage KW - Test Norms KW - Wechsler Memory Scale KW - Subtests KW - 1988 DO - 10.1080/01688638808408238 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-22094-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-22078-001 AN - 1988-22078-001 AU - Moses, James A. AU - Maruish, Mark E. T1 - A critical review of the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery literature: III. Concurrent validity. JF - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology JO - International Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology Y1 - 1988/// VL - 10 IS - 1 SP - 12 EP - 19 CY - US PB - MelNic Press, Inc. SN - 0749-8470 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-22078-001. Other Journal Title: Clinical Neuropsychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moses, James A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19880801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Literature Review; Neuropsychological Assessment; Statistical Validity. Minor Descriptor: Intelligence Measures; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test; Retention Measures; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1988. AB - Reviews studies of the concurrent validity of the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery (LNNB) against standard memory tests, the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI), Peabody Individual Achievement Test, and Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) and Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Revised (WAIS—R). Validation of the LNNB against the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery is also examined. Adequate validity is reported for the LNNB Memory and Intellectual Processes scales, as well as for the LNNB as a whole, but methodological problems are apparent in studies of other LNNB measures. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - concurrent validity of Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery against standard memory tests & MMPI & Peabody Individual Achievement Test & WAIS & WAIS-R KW - literature review KW - 1988 KW - Literature Review KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Statistical Validity KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test KW - Retention Measures KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-22078-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-22054-001 AN - 1988-22054-001 AU - Kerns, Robert D. AU - Finn, Paul AU - Haythornthwaite, Jennifer T1 - Self-monitored pain intensity: Psychometric properties and clinical utility. JF - Journal of Behavioral Medicine JO - Journal of Behavioral Medicine JA - J Behav Med Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 71 EP - 82 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0160-7715 SN - 1573-3521 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-22054-001. PMID: 3367373 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kerns, Robert D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19880801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chronic Pain; Pain Perception; Rehabilitation; Self-Monitoring; Statistical Validity. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. AB - Investigated the psychometric properties and clinical utility of the self-monitored pain intensity (SMPI) procedure by D. C. Turk et al (1983), using 97 adults referred to a cognitive-behavioral pain rehabilitation clinic. The 3 summary measures derived from the SMPI (mean pain intensity, variability, number of missing observations) remained stable across 2 wks, arguing against the utility of the SMPI as an intervention strategy. There were significant correlations between the SMPI and Ss' scores on the Beck Depression Inventory, the Marital Adjustment Scale, and the McGill Pain Questionnaire, providing support for the conceptual validity of the SMPI. Findings demonstrate the utility of the SMPI in predicting rehabilitation outcome. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - conceptual validity & clinical utility of self monitored pain intensity procedure KW - adults referred to cognitive behavioral pain rehabilitation KW - 1988 KW - Chronic Pain KW - Pain Perception KW - Rehabilitation KW - Self-Monitoring KW - Statistical Validity KW - 1988 DO - 10.1007/BF00846170 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-22054-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-22042-001 AN - 1988-22042-001 AU - Goldstein, Gerald AU - Shelly, Carolyn T1 - The classification of neuropsychological deficit. JF - Journal of Psychopathology and Behavioral Assessment JO - Journal of Psychopathology and Behavioral Assessment JA - J Psychopathol Behav Assess Y1 - 1987/06// VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 183 EP - 202 CY - US PB - Plenum Publishing Corp. SN - 0882-2689 SN - 1573-3505 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-22042-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Behavioral Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Gerald; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19880801. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cluster Analysis; Neuropsychological Assessment; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients; Test Performance. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 20. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1987. AB - 125 male neuropsychiatric inpatients were administered the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery (HR), the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery, and the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS). Results of a cluster analysis show that clusters were determined by level rather than by pattern of performance. Relationships were found between cluster membership and age, education, and presence or absence of structural brain damage. Schizophrenic and alcoholic Ss were found in all clusters. The WAIS was relatively more sensitive to educational differences, while the HR was more sensitive to age differences. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cluster analysis & validity of classification system based on neuropsychological & intelligence test performance KW - male neuropsychiatric inpatients KW - 1987 KW - Cluster Analysis KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Test Validity KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Test Performance KW - 1987 DO - 10.1007/BF00960574 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-22042-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-21413-001 AN - 1988-21413-001 AU - Eisenberg, Myron G. AU - Jansen, Mary A. T1 - Rehabilitation psychologists in medical settings: A unique subspecialty or a redundant one? JF - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice JO - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice JA - Prof Psychol Res Pr Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 18 IS - 5 SP - 475 EP - 478 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7028 SN - 1939-1323 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-21413-001. Other Journal Title: Professional Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eisenberg, Myron G.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Hampton, VA, US. Release Date: 19880701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Health Care Delivery; Literature Review; Psychologists; Rehabilitation. Minor Descriptor: Hospital Environment. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1987. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1987. AB - A critique of the literature addressing functions of rehabilitation psychologists in medical settings was accomplished in order to determine the range of roles typically assumed by them. Although this search yielded relatively few citations that clearly outlined duties and functions commonly undertaken by them, it did provide evidence that many use a behavioral framework and that their incorporation of new technologies, such as biofeedback, has helped to mainstream them into medical practice. In addition, the current emphasis placed on cost containment suggests that many of the treatment modalities practiced by rehabilitation psychologists will be increasingly used in medical settings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - duties & functions & economic dimensions KW - rehabilitation psychologists in medical settings KW - literature review KW - 1987 KW - Health Care Delivery KW - Literature Review KW - Psychologists KW - Rehabilitation KW - Hospital Environment KW - 1987 DO - 10.1037/0735-7028.18.5.475 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-21413-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-21399-001 AN - 1988-21399-001 AU - Chemtob, Claude M. AU - Hamada, Roger S. AU - Bauer, Gordon AU - Kinney, Barry AU - Torigoe, Rodney Y. T1 - Patients' suicides: Frequency and impact on psychiatrists. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 145 IS - 2 SP - 224 EP - 228 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-21399-001. PMID: 3341466 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Chemtob, Claude M.; Veterans Administration Regional Office, Honolulu, HI, US. Release Date: 19880701. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotional Responses; Psychiatrists; Suicide. Minor Descriptor: Epidemiology; Occupational Stress; Psychiatric Patients; Psychiatric Training. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. AB - A national survey of randomly selected psychiatrists revealed that 51% (131) of the 259 Ss had had a patient who committed suicide. This event had an impact on both their personal and their professional lives. 65 Ss reported stress levels in the weeks following the suicide that were comparable to levels reported in studies of people seeking treatment after the death of a parent. Younger, less-experienced Ss were more affected by a patient's suicide than older Ss with more experience. Implications for the training and practice of psychiatrists are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - patients' suicides KW - practices & personal lives KW - psychiatrists KW - implications for training & practice KW - 1988 KW - Emotional Responses KW - Psychiatrists KW - Suicide KW - Epidemiology KW - Occupational Stress KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychiatric Training KW - 1988 DO - 10.1176/ajp.145.2.224 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-21399-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-21368-001 AN - 1988-21368-001 AU - West, A. Preston AU - Gocka, Edward F. T1 - Self-ratings of typical mood and behavior during recovery from alcohol abuse: A multivariate study of alcoholic men. JF - Psychopathology JO - Psychopathology JA - Psychopathology Y1 - 1986/11//Nov-Dec, 1986 VL - 19 IS - 6 SP - 303 EP - 308 CY - Switzerland PB - Karger SN - 0254-4962 SN - 1423-033X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-21368-001. PMID: 3615785 Other Journal Title: Psychiatria Clinica. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: West, A. Preston; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcohol Treatment Unit, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19880701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Emotional States. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism; Impulsiveness. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Nov-Dec, 1986. AB - Asked 23 adult male alcoholics to rate their own typical dysphoric mood states (SCL-90) soon after admission for alcohol detoxification and again following 2 wks of recovery from alcohol abuse. Principal-component factor analysis revealed that self-ratings of typical dysphoric mood decreased following 2 wks of recovery from alcohol abuse, while self-ratings of typical impulsive behaviors remained unchanged. Within Ss, the magnitude of change in ratings of typical dysphoric mood during the 1st 2 wks of recovery from alcohol abuse correlated highly with the level of typical dysphoric mood measured at the onset of alcohol treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self ratings of dysphoric mood & impulsive behavior at treatment onset vs following 2 wks of recovery KW - alcoholic 22–63 yr old males KW - 1986 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Emotional States KW - Alcoholism KW - Impulsiveness KW - 1986 DO - 10.1159/000284453 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-21368-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-21361-001 AN - 1988-21361-001 AU - Powell, Barbara J. AU - Penick, Elizabeth C. AU - Rahaim, Saral AU - Read, Marsha R. AU - DeSouza, C. T1 - The dropout in alcoholism research: A brief report. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 22 IS - 3 SP - 283 EP - 287 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-21361-001. PMID: 3583478 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Powell, Barbara J.; Kansas City Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychology, MO, US. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19880701. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Treatment Dropouts. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism; Followup Studies; Psychopathology. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1987. AB - Compared to 148 alcoholic men who were successfully followed up after 1 yr in a controlled treatment evaluation study, 18 treatment dropouts (mean age of all Ss 45 yrs) reported somewhat less alcohol impairment due to drinking and lower scores on measures of psychopathology when first seen. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcohol impairment & psychopathology KW - alcoholic males who completed vs dropped out of treatment KW - 1 yr followup KW - 1987 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Treatment Dropouts KW - Alcoholism KW - Followup Studies KW - Psychopathology KW - 1987 DO - 10.3109/10826088709027430 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-21361-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-21312-001 AN - 1988-21312-001 AU - Winger, Jean AU - Schirm, Victoria AU - Stewart, Dolores T1 - Aggressive behavior in long-term care. JF - Journal of Psychosocial Nursing and Mental Health Services JO - Journal of Psychosocial Nursing and Mental Health Services JA - J Psychosoc Nurs Ment Health Serv Y1 - 1987/04// VL - 25 IS - 4 SP - 28 EP - 33 CY - US PB - SLACK SN - 0279-3695 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-21312-001. PMID: 3108494 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Winger, Jean; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Cleveland, OH, US. Release Date: 19880701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Nursing Homes; Treatment Duration. Minor Descriptor: Geriatric Patients. Classification: Nursing Homes & Residential Care (3377). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1987. AB - Studied the incidence, characteristics, and the relationship of various factors to the seriousness of aggressive behavior in patients in long-term, intermediate, and nursing home care at a Veterans Administration medical center. Ss were 3 female and 98 male patients (aged 51–95 yrs). A behavior inventory was used to assess the presence of problematic behaviors. The Situational Control of Daily Activities tool measured Ss' perceived control. No profile of aggressive patients was identified. A significant amount of aggressive behavior was seen in long-term care. Increases in patient morale have been seen when they perceive they have increased control. Since disruptive or aggressive behavior affects the person, other patients, and the staff, intervention rather than withdrawal is important. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - aggressive behavior KW - 51–95 yr olds in intermediate or long term nursing home care KW - 1987 KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Nursing Homes KW - Treatment Duration KW - Geriatric Patients KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-21312-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-21302-001 AN - 1988-21302-001 AU - Takla, Mary A. T1 - Paradoxical intervention in psychiatric nursing practice. JF - Perspectives in Psychiatric Care JO - Perspectives in Psychiatric Care JA - Perspect Psychiatr Care Y1 - 1985/// VL - 23 IS - 4 SP - 141 EP - 145 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0031-5990 SN - 1744-6163 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-21302-001. PMID: 3880434 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Takla, Mary A.; Hines Veterans Administration Hosp, IL, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19880701. Correction Date: 20130114. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Paradoxical Techniques; Psychiatric Nurses. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1985. AB - Discusses concepts and techniques of the major paradoxical therapists including the differentiation between difficulties and problems, types of paradoxical intervention, and how the paradoxical intervention works in practice, with a focus on their rationale for change. A case study of paradoxical intervention, involving a young male who had been treated for drug psychosis, is presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - application of paradoxical techniques in psychiatric nursing KW - 1985 KW - Paradoxical Techniques KW - Psychiatric Nurses KW - 1985 DO - 10.1111/j.1744-6163.1985.tb00270.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-21302-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-21281-001 AN - 1988-21281-001 AU - Reaves, Michael E. AU - Maxwell, Michael J. T1 - The evolution of a therapy group for Vietnam veterans on a general psychiatry unit. JF - Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy JO - Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy JA - J Contemp Psychother Y1 - 1987///Spr 1987 VL - 17 IS - 1 SP - 22 EP - 33 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0022-0116 SN - 1573-3564 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-21281-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reaves, Michael E.; Portland Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, OR, US. Release Date: 19880701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Hospitalized Patients; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Hospital Programs. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1987. AB - Describes the evolution of a therapy group for hospitalized Vietnam veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder and related symptomatology and reviews the present authors' 3½ yrs of experience with this group. The literature on group treatment for this population is reviewed and discussed in relation to an inpatient psychiatry setting. The prevailing conditions at the time of group inception are recalled along with the initial goals of the therapeutic intervention. Problems encountered are discussed, as well as the changes made in response to these identified difficulties. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - problems encountered in & evaluation of therapy group KW - hospitalized Vietnam veterans with PTSD KW - 1987 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Hospital Programs KW - 1987 DO - 10.1007/BF00955231 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-21281-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-21274-001 AN - 1988-21274-001 AU - Mullis, Marcia R. AU - Byers, Patricia H. T1 - Social support in suicidal patients. JF - Journal of Psychosocial Nursing and Mental Health Services JO - Journal of Psychosocial Nursing and Mental Health Services JA - J Psychosoc Nurs Ment Health Serv Y1 - 1987/04// VL - 25 IS - 4 SP - 16 EP - 19 CY - US PB - SLACK SN - 0279-3695 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-21274-001. PMID: 3647131 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mullis, Marcia R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Nursing Service, Bay Pines, FL, US. Release Date: 19880701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospitalized Patients; Psychiatric Patients; Social Support; Suicide. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans; Nursing. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1987. AB - Studied social support in suicidal and nonsuicidal psychiatric inpatients. Ss were 52 male veterans admitted to the psychiatric inpatient service of a Veterans Administration (VA) medical center. 26 Ss were suicidal and 26 were nonsuicidal. The Norbeck Social Support Questionnaire, a self-report instrument to measure multiple dimensions of social support, was administered to the Ss. A chi-square test and t-tests revealed no significant differences between suicidal and nonsuicidal Ss. However, in comparing these Ss to a normative group, the psychiatric group's social support was considerably impoverished. Nurses working with war veterans need to be aware of the role of social support as it affects mental health. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social support KW - suicidal vs nonsuicidal male veteran psychiatric inpatients KW - nursing implications KW - 1987 KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Social Support KW - Suicide KW - Military Veterans KW - Nursing KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-21274-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-21077-001 AN - 1988-21077-001 AU - Salley, Roy D. T1 - Subpersonalities with dreaming functions in a patient with multiple personalities. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 176 IS - 2 SP - 112 EP - 115 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-21077-001. PMID: 3339340 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Salley, Roy D.; Virginia Commonwealth U Medical Coll of Virginia, McGuire Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Psychology Service, Richmond, US. Release Date: 19880701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dissociative Identity Disorder; Dreaming; Hypnotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Case Report. Classification: Clinical Hypnosis (3351). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. AB - Presents a case report of hypnotherapy and unusual dream work in a 37-yr-old man with multiple personality disorder. Two of the S's 13 personalities claimed a dream production function (i.e., the ability to organize and create dreams to communicate with the host personality). Clinical data tended to support this claim. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hypnotherapy & unusual dream work KW - 37 yr old male with multiple personality disorder KW - case report KW - 1988 KW - Dissociative Identity Disorder KW - Dreaming KW - Hypnotherapy KW - Case Report KW - 1988 DO - 10.1097/00005053-198802000-00007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-21077-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-21054-001 AN - 1988-21054-001 AU - Smith, Robert C. AU - Baumgartner, R. AU - Ravichandran, G. K. AU - Largen, J. AU - Calderon, M. AU - Burd, A. AU - Mauldin, M. T1 - Cortical atrophy and white matter density in the brains of schizophrenics and clinical response to neuroleptics. JF - Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica JO - Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica JA - Acta Psychiatr Scand Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 75 IS - 1 SP - 11 EP - 19 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0001-690X SN - 1600-0447 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-21054-001. PMID: 2883814 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Smith, Robert C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Allen Park, MI, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19880701. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebral Cortex; Haloperidol; Morphology; Schizophrenia; Thioridazine. Minor Descriptor: Brain Size; Drug Therapy; Neuropathology; White Matter. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1987. AB - Evaluated the relationship between clinical response to neuroleptics and brain morphology (BM) as revealed by computed tomography scans in 39 adults with schizophrenia and schizoaffective psychosis. Four measures of BM previously shown to differ between schizophrenics and patients with headaches—white matter density, asymmetry in brain white matter density, sulcal width, and global cortical atrophy—did not correlate with clinical improvement after 3 wks treatment with constant doses of neuroleptics. These BM measures also did not correlate with baseline psychopathology scores on the Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale. The same results were found with scales reflecting primarily positive symptoms of schizophrenia as well as those reflecting primarily social withdrawal. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cortical atrophy & white matter density KW - clinical response to haloperidol or thioridazine KW - patients with schizophrenia or schizoaffective psychosis KW - 1987 KW - Cerebral Cortex KW - Haloperidol KW - Morphology KW - Schizophrenia KW - Thioridazine KW - Brain Size KW - Drug Therapy KW - Neuropathology KW - White Matter KW - 1987 DO - 10.1111/j.1600-0447.1987.tb02745.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-21054-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-21041-001 AN - 1988-21041-001 AU - Ragheb, Mohamed T1 - Ibuprofen can increase serum lithium level in lithium-treated patients. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/04// VL - 48 IS - 4 SP - 161 EP - 163 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-21041-001. PMID: 3558329 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ragheb, Mohamed; Alvin C. York Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geropsychiatry Unit, Murfreesboro, TN, US. Release Date: 19880701. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anti Inflammatory Drugs; Bipolar Disorder; Drug Interactions; Lithium; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Blood Serum; Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1987. AB - Studied the interaction between lithium and ibuprofen in 9 male patients (aged 56–76 yrs) admitted to the geropsychiatric ward of a Veterans Administration medical center. Ibuprofen increased the serum lithium level and decreased the lithium clearance with marked interindividual variations. Findings indicate that lithium dosage may need to be reduced in some patients following initiation of ibuprofen therapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lithium & ibuprofen KW - serum lithium levels & clearance KW - 56–76 yr old males with schizoaffective or bipolar affective disorder KW - 1987 KW - Anti Inflammatory Drugs KW - Bipolar Disorder KW - Drug Interactions KW - Lithium KW - Schizophrenia KW - Blood Serum KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-21041-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20998-001 AN - 1988-20998-001 AU - Friedman, Matthew J. T1 - Toward rational pharmacotherapy for posttraumatic stress disorder: An interim report. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 145 IS - 3 SP - 281 EP - 285 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20998-001. PMID: 2894174 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Friedman, Matthew J.; Veterans Administration Medical & Regional Office Ctr, Psychiatry Service, White River Junction, VT, US. Release Date: 19880701. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Asserts that there is growing evidence that medication can alleviate symptoms associated with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Recent research also suggests that PTSD has a unique biological profile consisting of alterations in sympathetic arousal, the neuroendocrine system, and the sleep/dream cycle. This profile distinguishes PTSD from both major depression and panic disorder. Medication appears to alleviate PTSD symptoms associated with sympathetic hyperarousal and intrusive recollections of the trauma but seems ineffective against avoidant symptoms. Pharmacotherapy alone is rarely sufficient to provide complete remission of PTSD. Symptom relief provided by medication facilitates the patient's participation in individual, behavioral, or group psychotherapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drug therapy KW - PTSD KW - 1988 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - 1988 DO - 10.1176/ajp.145.3.281 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20998-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20987-001 AN - 1988-20987-001 AU - Faraone, Stephen V. AU - Brown, Walter A. AU - Laughren, Thomas P. T1 - Serum neuroleptic levels, prolactin levels, and relapse: A two-year study of schizophrenic outpatients. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/04// VL - 48 IS - 4 SP - 151 EP - 154 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20987-001. PMID: 2881923 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Faraone, Stephen V.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19880701. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neuroleptic Drugs; Prolactin; Relapse (Disorders); Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Blood Serum; Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1987. AB - Serum neuroleptic levels, prolactin levels, and clinical states in 105 male schizophrenic outpatients (aged 22–70 yrs) were assessed every 6 mo for 2 yrs. Ss were taking a variety of neuroleptics at clinically determined fixed doses. Those who had psychotic symptoms at 50% or more of their visits attained serum levels of neuroleptics and prolactin well within or above the range observed in the remitted patients. Neuroleptic and prolactin levels did not discriminate Ss who relapsed from those who did not relapse. In the remitted Ss who relapsed at least once during the study period, neuroleptic and prolactin serum levels were lower before the relapse episodes than before the stable periods. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuroleptic dosage KW - relapse & serum neuroleptic & prolactin levels KW - 22–70 yr old male schizophrenic outpatients KW - 1987 KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Prolactin KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - Schizophrenia KW - Blood Serum KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20987-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20980-001 AN - 1988-20980-001 AU - Davidson, Jonathan AU - Raft, David AU - Pelton, Susan T1 - An outpatient evaluation of phenelzine and imipramine. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/04// VL - 48 IS - 4 SP - 143 EP - 146 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20980-001. PMID: 3549705 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davidson, Jonathan; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19880701. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Imipramine; Major Depression; Phenelzine. Minor Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Outpatient Treatment. Classification: Outpatient Services (3371). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1987. AB - Evaluated phenelzine and imipramine in a 5-wk double-blind study of 26 outpatients with major depression, using median daily doses of phenelzine 75 mg and imipramine 150 mg. Both drugs produced an equal overall effect, as measured by the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression and the Beck Depression Inventory. When Ss were grouped on the basis of panic attack symptoms, phenelzine was more effective than imipramine. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - phenelzine vs imipramine KW - outpatients with major depression KW - 1987 KW - Imipramine KW - Major Depression KW - Phenelzine KW - Drug Therapy KW - Outpatient Treatment KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20980-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20979-001 AN - 1988-20979-001 AU - Davidson, Jonathan R. AU - Giller, Earl L. AU - Zisook, Sidney AU - Overall, John E. T1 - An efficacy study of isocarboxazid and placebo in depression, and its relationship to depressive nosology. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 45 IS - 2 SP - 120 EP - 127 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20979-001. PMID: 3276281 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davidson, Jonathan R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19880701. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Isocarboxazid; Major Depression. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. AB - Conducted a multicenter, double-blind study of isocarboxazid, a monoamine oxidase (MAO) inhibitor, and placebo in 130 adult depressed outpatients. Ss were categorized according to depression diagnostic groups: endogenicity-melancholia, atypicality, major-minor depression, and Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale derived depressive profiles. Results support isocarboxazid as an effective antidepressant and support its use in typical melancholic-endogenous depressions as well as in atypical-nonendogenous forms of depression. Effects of the drug on specific symptoms and depression types are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MAO inhibitor isocarboxazid KW - depressed patients KW - 1988 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Isocarboxazid KW - Major Depression KW - 1988 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1988.01800260024003 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20979-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20978-001 AN - 1988-20978-001 AU - Datta, Kapal D. AU - Evenson, Richard C. AU - Gannon, Patrick J. AU - Dick, Earl P. T1 - Efficacy of oral hydergine (ergoloid mesylates) in alcohol related encephalopathy. JF - Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry JO - Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/// VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 87 EP - 90 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0278-5846 SN - 1878-4216 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20978-001. PMID: 3299496 Other Journal Title: Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Datta, Kapal D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brain Injury Rehabilitation & Research Unit, St Louis, MO, US. Release Date: 19880701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Depression (Emotion); Encephalopathies; Sleep Disorders; Vasodilator Drugs. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism; Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Reports on a pilot-study to explore the efficacy of oral hydergine (3 mg/day) in 7 male patients (aged 38–70 yrs) with alcohol-related encephalopathy. Results show significant improvement in symptoms of depression, plus some improvement in sleep disturbance and agitation, as measured by a geriatric profile. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - po hydergine KW - depression & sleep disturbance & agitation & cognitive dysfunction KW - 38–70 yr old males with alcohol related encephalopathy KW - 1987 KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Encephalopathies KW - Sleep Disorders KW - Vasodilator Drugs KW - Alcoholism KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0278-5846(87)90035-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20978-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20934-001 AN - 1988-20934-001 AU - Fairbank, John A. AU - Brown, Timothy A. T1 - Current behavioral approaches to the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder. JF - the Behavior Therapist JO - the Behavior Therapist JA - Behav Ther (N Y N Y) Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 10 IS - 3 SP - 57 EP - 64 CY - US PB - Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy SN - 0278-8403 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20934-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fairbank, John A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Jackson, MS, US. Other Publishers: Association for Behavioral and Cognitive Therapies. Release Date: 19880701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Literature Review; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Classification: Behavior Therapy & Behavior Modification (3312). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1987. AB - Reviews the empirical literature on behavioral approaches to the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Much of the behaviorally-oriented PTSD research focuses on the treatment of combat survivors and sexual assault victims, although treatment of PTSD related to other traumas (such as transportation accidents) has been researched. Very recent research addresses the etiology and effects of PTSD in children. There is a need for controlled and comparative outcome research in light of the fact that treatment approaches to PTSD have been proven efficacious in the absence of a clear understanding of the therapeutic mechanisms that account for their positive outcome. The increase in sophistication of PTSD treatment outcome research may produce data relevant to the validation of the theoretical models of etiology and maintenance of this disorder as well as the anxiety disorders in general. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavior therapy KW - PTSD KW - literature review KW - 1987 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Literature Review KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20934-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20927-001 AN - 1988-20927-001 AU - Ancoli-Israel, Sonia AU - Seifert, A. Ronald AU - Lemon, Mary T1 - Thermal biofeedback and periodic movements in sleep: Patients' subjective reports and a case study. JF - Biofeedback & Self Regulation JO - Biofeedback & Self Regulation JA - Biofeedback Self Regul Y1 - 1986/09// VL - 11 IS - 3 SP - 177 EP - 188 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0363-3586 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20927-001. PMID: 3607086 Other Journal Title: Applied Psychophysiology and Biofeedback. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ancoli-Israel, Sonia; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CA, US. Release Date: 19880701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biofeedback Training; Blood Circulation; Motor Processes; Sleep Disorders. Classification: Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1986. AB - Explored whether there is an increased incidence of cold feet complaints in patients with periodic movements in sleep (PMS), a sleep disorder characterized by repetitive leg kicks accompanied by arousal. A survey of 84 65+ yr old sleep disordered patients, 42 with PMS, indicates that significantly more Ss with leg kicks complain of cold feet compared with Ss without leg kicks. A case study was then conducted to determine whether foot thermal biofeedback training would alleviate PMS symptoms in a 79-yr-old male. Results indicate that training decreased leg kicks. Findings support the hypothesis that poor circulation contributes to PMS, and suggest that thermal biofeedback may afford an alternative to treatments using sedative-hypnotics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - foot thermal biofeedback KW - cold feet complaints & periodic movements in sleep KW - sleep disordered patients KW - 1986 KW - Biofeedback Training KW - Blood Circulation KW - Motor Processes KW - Sleep Disorders KW - 1986 DO - 10.1007/BF01003477 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20927-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20922-001 AN - 1988-20922-001 AU - Wakefield, Karen AU - Hyland, Joseph M. T1 - The importance of a female therapist in a male Vietnam veterans' psychotherapy group. JF - Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic JO - Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic JA - Bull Menninger Clin Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 52 IS - 1 SP - 16 EP - 29 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0025-9284 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20922-001. PMID: 3337920 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wakefield, Karen; Colmery-O'Neil Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Mental Hygiene Clinic, Topeka, KS, US. Release Date: 19880701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Countertransference; Group Psychotherapy; Military Veterans; Psychotherapeutic Transference; Therapist Characteristics. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1988. AB - Addresses reactions to a female therapist in a male Vietnam veterans' psychotherapy group composed of 5–7 psychiatric outpatients over a 35-mo period. Prominent themes in the Ss' reactions included dismissal and contempt for women, betrayal and seduction, a view of women as damaging and dangerous, fusion of sexual and aggressive drives, guilt and reparation, and marked need and longing for women. It is argued that although these themes were not unique to such groups, they were more predominant in this group. Countertransference themes experienced by the female therapist are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - transference & countertransference issues KW - male Vietnam veterans in group therapy treated by female therapist KW - 1988 KW - Countertransference KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Military Veterans KW - Psychotherapeutic Transference KW - Therapist Characteristics KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20922-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20896-001 AN - 1988-20896-001 AU - Jacobsen, Rebecca H. AU - Tamkin, Arthur S. AU - Blount, John B. T1 - The efficacy of rational-emotive group therapy in psychiatric inpatients. JF - Journal of Rational-Emotive Therapy JO - Journal of Rational-Emotive Therapy Y1 - 1987///Spr 1987 VL - 5 IS - 1 SP - 22 EP - 31 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0748-1985 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20896-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behavior Therapy; Rational Living. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jacobsen, Rebecca H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19880701. Correction Date: 20130422. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Hospitalized Patients; Psychiatric Patients; Rational Emotive Behavior Therapy. Minor Descriptor: Irrational Beliefs. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1987. AB - Studied the effectiveness of rational-emotive therapy (RET) in the treatment of 34 male psychiatric inpatients. Ss received intensive treatment, including chemotherapy, group therapy, and recreation therapies, in addition to RET for 9 sessions. Ss were compared with 27 control Ss who did not receive RET. In Ss and controls, endorsement of irrational beliefs was related to emotional disturbance. Ss receiving RET changed their beliefs more than did control Ss, as indicated by the pre- and posttesting with the Idea Inventory of H. Kassinove et al (1977). Outcome criteria, discharge rates, and scores on the Cornell Index of A. Weider et al (1949) indicated a trend toward change in irrational beliefs underlying therapeutic gains rather than statistically significant results. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - rational emotive group therapy with drug & other group & recreational therapies KW - irrational beliefs KW - psychiatric inpatients KW - 1987 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Rational Emotive Behavior Therapy KW - Irrational Beliefs KW - 1987 DO - 10.1007/BF01080517 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20896-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20830-001 AN - 1988-20830-001 AU - Faustman, William O. AU - Miller, David J. T1 - Considerations in prewarning clients of the limitations of confidentiality. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1987/02// VL - 60 IS - 1 SP - 195 EP - 198 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20830-001. PMID: 3562720 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Faustman, William O.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19880701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Rights; Privileged Communication; Professional Ethics; Psychotherapeutic Processes. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1987. AB - Suggests that the act of warning clients of the limitations of confidentiality prior to the initiation of therapy may subvert the intent and effectiveness of numerous laws and legal rulings designed for the protection of innocent victims. Discussion is provided regarding how certain laws may have placed psychologists in the role of an agent of society. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethical & psychotherapeutic issues KW - prewarning of limitations of confidentiality KW - clients KW - 1987 KW - Client Rights KW - Privileged Communication KW - Professional Ethics KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - 1987 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1987.60.1.195 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20830-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20776-001 AN - 1988-20776-001 AU - McArthur, David L. AU - Cohen, Michael J. AU - Gottlieb, Harold J. AU - Naliboff, Bruce D. AU - Schandler, Steven L. T1 - Treating chronic low back pain: I. Admissions to initial follow-up. JF - Pain JO - Pain JA - Pain Y1 - 1987/04// VL - 29 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 22 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0304-3959 SN - 1872-6623 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20776-001. PMID: 2954017 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McArthur, David L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Long Beach, CA, US. Other Publishers: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. Release Date: 19880701. Correction Date: 20160421. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Back Pain; Chronic Pain; Interdisciplinary Treatment Approach. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 22. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1987. AB - Assessed 702 consecutive admissions (aged 15–70 yrs) to a large multidisciplinary chronic low back pain treatment program at admission, discharge, and 1-mo follow-up, using psychological measures such as the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) and Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) and functional performance instruments. Psychological profiles demonstrated a substantial degree of disability at admission, which was significantly reduced at follow-up. Both behavioral and cognitive aspects of performance, as evidenced by objective assessments of Ss' physical abilities and verbalizations, improved as a direct function of length of stay in the treatment program and continued to show modest improvement through follow-up. Sets of outcome measures, with the exception of psychological profiles, were generally independent of each other. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - multidisciplinary treatment program KW - 15–70 yr old chronic low back pain patients KW - 1987 KW - Back Pain KW - Chronic Pain KW - Interdisciplinary Treatment Approach KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0304-3959(87)90174-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20776-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20775-001 AN - 1988-20775-001 AU - McArthur, David L. AU - Cohen, Michael J. AU - Gottlieb, Harold J. AU - Naliboff, Bruce D. AU - Schandler, Steven L. T1 - Treating chronic low back pain: II. Long-term follow-up. JF - Pain JO - Pain JA - Pain Y1 - 1987/04// VL - 29 IS - 1 SP - 23 EP - 38 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0304-3959 SN - 1872-6623 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20775-001. PMID: 2954018 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McArthur, David L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Long Beach, CA, US. Other Publishers: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. Release Date: 19880701. Correction Date: 20160421. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Back Pain; Chronic Pain; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1987. AB - Behavioral dimensions including employment and litigation status, self-rating of pain, activities, medications, and hospitalizations related to pain were periodically assessed in 210 graduates of a chronic low back pain treatment program, over a period of 6 mo to 5 yrs. Results show that favorable outcomes were achieved by many of the Ss, and stability in outcomes was observed in several of the measures. Few indicators were found that adequately predicted long-term outcomes. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - treatment & client factors KW - chronic low back pain KW - graduates of pain treatment program KW - 6 mo to 5 yr followup KW - 1987 KW - Back Pain KW - Chronic Pain KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Followup Studies KW - Treatment KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0304-3959(87)90175-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20775-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20731-001 AN - 1988-20731-001 AU - Woods, David L. AU - Kwee, I. AU - Clayworth, C. C. AU - Kramer, J. H. AU - Nakada, T. T1 - Sensory and cognitive evoked potentials in a case of congenital hydrocephalus. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology: Evoked Potentials JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology: Evoked Potentials Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 68 IS - 3 SP - 202 EP - 208 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science Publishers SN - 0168-5597 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20731-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Woods, David L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Clinical Neurophysiological Lab, Neurology Service, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19880701. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Evoked Potentials; Congenital Disorders; Hydrocephalus; Visual Evoked Potentials. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: May, 1987. AB - Studied a case of auditory and visual-evoked potentials in a patient under treatment for congenital stenosis of the cerebral aqueduct at the Neurology Service of the Veterans Administration Hospital of Martinez, California. The S was a 31-yr-old right-handed male. Results are consistent with a subcortical source of the P300 and suggest that the substitution of controlled for automatic processes may help high-functioning hydrocephalics compensate for abnormalities in cerebral structure. (French abstract) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - auditory & visual EPs KW - 31 yr old male with congenital stenosis of the cerebral aqueduct KW - 1987 KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Congenital Disorders KW - Hydrocephalus KW - Visual Evoked Potentials KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0168-5597(87)90027-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20731-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-8804-3587 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20701-001 AN - 1988-20701-001 AU - Steinhaus, Laurel A. AU - Shearer, Donald E. AU - Dustman, Robert E. AU - Gummow, Linda T1 - Cardiac reactivity to microprocessor-based television game playing in normal and hypertensive older adults. JF - Cognitive Rehabilitation JO - Cognitive Rehabilitation Y1 - 1987/05//May-Jun, 1987 VL - 5 IS - 3 SP - 26 EP - 30 CY - US PB - NeuroScience Publishers SN - 1062-2969 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20701-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Cognitive Rehabilitation. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Steinhaus, Laurel A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Salt Lake City, UT, US. Release Date: 19880701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Computer Games; Diastolic Pressure; Heart Rate; Hypertension; Systolic Pressure. Classification: Cardiovascular Disorders (3295). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: May-Jun, 1987. AB - Evaluated the effects of videogame playing on heart rate and systolic and diastolic blood pressure of 15 60–80 yr old normal and medically controlled hypertensive adults. Cardiac reactivity of hypertensive Ss was compared with that of nonhypertensive Ss. There were small increases in heart rate and blood pressure as a response to the videogame playing, but no differences in cardiac reactivity were found between hypertensive and nonhypertensive Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - videogame playing KW - heart rate & systolic/diastolic blood pressure KW - 60–80 yr old hypertensive adults KW - 1987 KW - Computer Games KW - Diastolic Pressure KW - Heart Rate KW - Hypertension KW - Systolic Pressure KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20701-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20681-001 AN - 1988-20681-001 AU - Rosse, Richard B. AU - Lux, Warren E. AU - Brown, Janet E. T1 - Unintentional cuing of responses in a globally aphasic patient. JF - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JO - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JA - Psychosomatics Y1 - 1988///Win 1988 VL - 29 IS - 1 SP - 122 EP - 125 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0033-3182 SN - 1545-7206 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20681-001. PMID: 3340700 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rosse, Richard B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Washington, DC, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19880701. Correction Date: 20130923. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Psychodiagnostic Interview. Minor Descriptor: Comprehension; Cues. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Win 1988. AB - Presents the case report of a 75-yr-old globally aphasic male patient who seemed to validly respond to directive questions about his depressive symptomatology. However, subsequent evaluation by neurologists and speech pathologists revealed that the S had little or no comprehension of the questions and was responding to subtle nonverbal cuing provided by the psychiatric examiners. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - unintentional cuing of responses during psychological assessment KW - 75 yr old globally aphasic male patient KW - case report KW - 1988 KW - Aphasia KW - Psychodiagnostic Interview KW - Comprehension KW - Cues KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/S0033-3182(88)72434-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20681-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20652-001 AN - 1988-20652-001 AU - Massman, Paul J. AU - Nussbaum, Nancy L. AU - Bigler, Erin D. T1 - The mediating effect of age on the relationship between Child Behavior Checklist hyperactivity scores and neuropsychological test performance. JF - Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology JA - J Abnorm Child Psychol Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 16 IS - 1 SP - 89 EP - 95 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0091-0627 SN - 1573-2835 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20652-001. PMID: 3361033 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Massman, Paul J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19880701. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Attention Deficit Disorder; Hyperkinesis; Neuropsychology. Minor Descriptor: Checklist (Testing); Test Performance. Classification: Developmental Disorders & Autism (3250). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. AB - Examined the relationship between hyperactivity and neuropsychological test performance. It was found that for 90 young children (aged 6–8 yrs), there was no significant association between hyperactivity/attentional problems (as measured by the Hyperactivity scale of the Child Behavior Checklist [CBC]) and performance on neuropsychological tasks thought to contain an attentional component (Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children—Revised [WISC—R] Coding, Arithmetic, and Digit Span; Wide Range Achievement Test [WRAT] Arithmetic; and the Benton Visual Retention Test [VRT]). However, for 92 older children (aged 9–12 yrs), there were significant and large negative correlations between CBC Hyperactivity scores and Coding, WRAT Arithmetic, and VRT scores. Results suggest that hyperactivity/inattention has a deleterious effect on test performance (relative to same-age peers) as age increases. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hyperactivity & attentional problems & neuropsychological task performance KW - 6.0–8.9 vs 9–12.9 yr olds with learning problems KW - 1988 KW - Age Differences KW - Attention Deficit Disorder KW - Hyperkinesis KW - Neuropsychology KW - Checklist (Testing) KW - Test Performance KW - 1988 DO - 10.1007/BF00910503 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20652-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20623-001 AN - 1988-20623-001 AU - Jagust, William J. AU - Budinger, Thomas F. AU - Reed, Bruce R. T1 - The diagnosis of dementia with single photon emission computed tomography. JF - Archives of Neurology JO - Archives of Neurology JA - Arch Neurol Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 44 IS - 3 SP - 258 EP - 262 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-9942 SN - 1538-3687 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20623-001. PMID: 3493756 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of Neurology; JAMA Neurology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jagust, William J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Neurology, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19880701. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Computer Assisted Diagnosis; Dementia; Medical Diagnosis; Tomography. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1987. AB - Investigated, in 9 Alzheimer's disease (AD), 2 multi-infarct dementia (MID), and 5 healthy control Ss (aged 63–79 yrs), whether single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) measurements of regional cerebral blood flow (rCBF) would demonstrate the same temporoparietal deficits that have been seen in positron emission tomography (PET) studies and evaluated the utility of SPECT in differentiating the Ss with varying clinical severities of AD from Ss with MID and controls. Results show that the SPECT rCBF pattern of temporoparietally diminished blood flow was similar to the pattern seen using PET with a variety of metabolic and flow tracers and allowed differentiation of AD Ss from controls and MID Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - photon emission computed tomography diagnosis KW - 63–79 yr olds with Alzheimer's disease vs multi infarct dementia KW - 1987 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Computer Assisted Diagnosis KW - Dementia KW - Medical Diagnosis KW - Tomography KW - 1987 DO - 10.1001/archneur.1987.00520150014011 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20623-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20598-001 AN - 1988-20598-001 AU - Garrick, Thomas AU - Ostrov, Eric AU - Offer, Daniel T1 - Physical symptoms and self-image in a group of normal adolescents. JF - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JO - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JA - Psychosomatics Y1 - 1988///Win 1988 VL - 29 IS - 1 SP - 73 EP - 80 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0033-3182 SN - 1545-7206 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20598-001. PMID: 3340709 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garrick, Thomas; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CA, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19880701. Correction Date: 20130923. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Self-Concept; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Somatoform Disorders. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Win 1988. AB - Evaluated the relationship of physical symptoms and self-concept in 54 male and 68 female high school students, using a brief adolescent symptom checklist and the Offer Self-Image Questionnaire for Adolescents. Ss with normal self concepts were notably free of complaints of physical symptoms. Girls with many physical complaints displayed specific disturbances in their psychologic functioning, whereas boys with many physical complaints displayed a global disturbance in all aspects of their self concept. It is concluded that adolescents who have multiple physical complaints are at a high risk for having significant psychologic disturbance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self concept KW - physical symptoms KW - high school students KW - 1988 KW - Self-Concept KW - Symptoms KW - Somatoform Disorders KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/S0033-3182(88)72424-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20598-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20596-001 AN - 1988-20596-001 AU - Garber, H. Jordan AU - Weilburg, Jeffrey B. AU - Buonanno, Ferdinando S. AU - Manschreck, Theo C. AU - New, Paul F. J. T1 - Use of magnetic resonance imaging in psychiatry. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 145 IS - 2 SP - 164 EP - 171 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20596-001. PMID: 3341461 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garber, H. Jordan; Brentwood Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19880701. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Computer Assisted Diagnosis; Magnetism; Nervous System Disorders; Tomography. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. AB - Describes the cases of 4 adults with neuropsychiatric disorders in whom magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) provided diagnostic information not apparent by X-ray computerized axial tomography (CAT). The relative capabilities and contraindications for MRI and CAT are reviewed. It is suggested that MRI is indicated (1) instead of CAT when there is suspicion of neuropathology that is better visualized by MRI because of its type or location and (2) after CAT when an atypical psychiatric symptom or presentation has not been definitively evaluated by means of CAT. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - magnetic resonance imaging vs computerized axial tomography diagnosis KW - 25–69 yr olds with neuropsychiatric disorders KW - 1988 KW - Computer Assisted Diagnosis KW - Magnetism KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Tomography KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20596-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20590-001 AN - 1988-20590-001 AU - Foy, David W. AU - Resnick, Heidi S. AU - Sipprelle, R. Carl AU - Carroll, Edward M. T1 - Premilitary, military, and postmilitary factors in the development of combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder. JF - the Behavior Therapist JO - the Behavior Therapist JA - Behav Ther (N Y N Y) Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 10 IS - 1 SP - 3 EP - 9 CY - US PB - Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy SN - 0278-8403 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20590-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Foy, David W.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brentwood Div, CA, US. Other Publishers: Association for Behavioral and Cognitive Therapies. Release Date: 19880701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Etiology; Family Background; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Social Support. Minor Descriptor: Early Experience; Genetics; War. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1987. AB - Based on an examination of trauma studies, etiological factors of potential posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) are proposed. From a premilitary time frame, a positive family history of psychiatric disorder, particularly alcoholism, appears to play a role under low combat-exposure conditions. Under high-combat conditions, a positive family history of mental illness seems less of a risk factor. From the military time frame, combat trauma exposure emerges as the single most influential factor. Postmilitary factors of note include the nature of the homecoming environment and available social support during the first 6 mo after military discharge. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - premilitary & familial & postmilitary factors & combat exposure & social support KW - development & course of PTSD KW - Vietnam veterans KW - 1987 KW - Etiology KW - Family Background KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Social Support KW - Early Experience KW - Genetics KW - War KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20590-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20569-001 AN - 1988-20569-001 AU - Cummings, Jeffrey L. T1 - Organic psychosis. JF - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JO - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JA - Psychosomatics Y1 - 1988///Win 1988 VL - 29 IS - 1 SP - 16 EP - 26 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0033-3182 SN - 1545-7206 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20569-001. PMID: 3277215 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cummings, Jeffrey L.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brentwood Div, CA, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19880701. Correction Date: 20130923. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Etiology; Literature Review; Organic Brain Syndromes; Psychosis. Minor Descriptor: Treatment. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Win 1988. AB - A review of the characteristics, etiology, and treatment of organic psychosis reveals that organic psychosis may occur in patients with overt brain disorders or toxic-metabolic encephalopathies. It is most commonly manifested by persecutory delusions but may include Schneiderian 1st-rank symptoms, content-specific delusions, or a formal thought disorder. Complex delusions occur in patients with intact intellectual function, whereas patients with dementia exhibit uncomplicated paranoid beliefs. Auditory hallucinations frequently accompany delusional syndromes. Disorders producing organic psychosis affect limbic system structures, and the lateral predominance of the lesion may influence the nature of the psychotic experience. Organic psychoses often respond to treatment with neuroleptic agents. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - characteristics & etiology & treatment of organic psychosis KW - patients with brain disorders or toxic metabolic encephalopathies KW - literature review KW - 1988 KW - Etiology KW - Literature Review KW - Organic Brain Syndromes KW - Psychosis KW - Treatment KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/S0033-3182(88)72418-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20569-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20554-001 AN - 1988-20554-001 AU - Bridgers, Samuel L. T1 - Epileptiform abnormalities discovered on electroencephalographic screening of psychiatric inpatients. JF - Archives of Neurology JO - Archives of Neurology JA - Arch Neurol Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 44 IS - 3 SP - 312 EP - 316 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-9942 SN - 1538-3687 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20554-001. PMID: 2881532 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of Neurology; JAMA Neurology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bridgers, Samuel L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Service, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19880701. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroencephalography; Epilepsy; Psychiatric Patients. Minor Descriptor: Epidemiology; Psychopharmacology. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1987. AB - Reviewed the EEG requisitions and interpretive reports of 3,225 psychiatric inpatients (aged 11–85 yrs). The incidence of epileptiform abnormalities was somewhat higher than that found in population studies of apparently healthy adults, but lower than in apparently healthy children. Ss younger than age 25 yrs had a considerably higher overall incidence of epileptiform abnormalities than older Ss. Anorexia nervosa, episodic explosive behavior in adolescents, and preadmission barbiturate abuse were associated with a disproportionate number of epileptiform EEGs, as was therapy in adults with agents known to lower seizure threshold or actually induce epileptiform abnormalities. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - epileptiform EEG abnormalities & epidemiology KW - 11–24 vs 25–85 yr old psychiatric inpatients KW - implications for psychopharmacology KW - conference presentation KW - 1987 KW - Electroencephalography KW - Epilepsy KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Epidemiology KW - Psychopharmacology KW - 1987 DO - 10.1001/archneur.1987.00520150056022 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20554-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20390-001 AN - 1988-20390-001 AU - Craig, Robert J. AU - Olson, Ronald E. T1 - Differences in psychological need hierarchies between Black and White drug addicts. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 44 IS - 1 SP - 82 EP - 86 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20390-001. PMID: 3343370 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Craig, Robert J.; West Side Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 19880701. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Addiction; Needs; Racial and Ethnic Differences. Minor Descriptor: Blacks; Cocaine; Heroin Addiction; Whites. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1988. AB - 109 Black and White heroin and cocaine addicts in treatment for drug abuse were compared on the Adjective Checklist (ACL). Findings show that the White addict had a significantly different pattern of needs than did the Black addict, characterized by more psychological dependence, distress, and maladjustment. Results suggest that the ACL provides an accurate evaluation of personality dimensions among drug addicts. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological needs KW - Black vs White heroin & cocaine addicts KW - 1988 KW - Drug Addiction KW - Needs KW - Racial and Ethnic Differences KW - Blacks KW - Cocaine KW - Heroin Addiction KW - Whites KW - 1988 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(198801)44:1<82::AID-JCLP2270440117>3.0.CO;2-H UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20390-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20360-001 AN - 1988-20360-001 AU - Zipursky, Robert B. AU - Schulz, S. Charles T1 - Seasonality of birth and CT findings in schizophrenia. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 22 IS - 10 SP - 1288 EP - 1292 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20360-001. PMID: 3499180 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zipursky, Robert B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19880701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Birth; Cerebral Ventricles; Schizophrenia; Seasonal Variations. Minor Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Family Background. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1987. AB - Results of a study of 32 schizophrenic patients (aged 45 yrs or younger) were considered to support the hypothesis that computerized tomography (CT) differences in schizophrenics may be unequally distributed across patients of different seasons of birth. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ventricle to brain ratio & positive vs negative family history & birth month KW - 45 yrs old or younger schizophrenic patients KW - 1987 KW - Birth KW - Cerebral Ventricles KW - Schizophrenia KW - Seasonal Variations KW - At Risk Populations KW - Family Background KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(87)90040-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20360-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20352-001 AN - 1988-20352-001 AU - Wolkin, Adam AU - Angrist, Burt AU - Wolf, Alfred AU - Brodie, Jonathan D. AU - Wolkin, Barbara AU - Jaeger, Judith AU - Cancro, Robert AU - Rotrosen, John T1 - Low frontal glucose utilization in chronic schizophrenia: A replication study. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 145 IS - 2 SP - 251 EP - 253 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20352-001. PMID: 3257653 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wolkin, Adam; New York Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, NY, US. Release Date: 19880701. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebral Cortex; Glucose; Neurochemistry; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Experimental Replication. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Experimental Replication. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. AB - Frontal/posterior ratios of cerebral glucose metabolism as determined by positron emission tomography were significantly lower in 13 adult chronic schizophrenic patients than in 8 normal control Ss, as were absolute metabolic rates in both the frontal and posterior regions. The differences were not accounted for by cerebral atrophy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - frontal/posterior ratios of cerebral glucose metabolism KW - chronic schizophrenic patients KW - replication KW - 1988 KW - Cerebral Cortex KW - Glucose KW - Neurochemistry KW - Schizophrenia KW - Experimental Replication KW - 1988 DO - 10.1176/ajp.145.2.251 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20352-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20313-001 AN - 1988-20313-001 AU - Rogers, Barbara AU - Nickolaus, Janet T1 - Vietnam nurses. JF - Journal of Psychosocial Nursing and Mental Health Services JO - Journal of Psychosocial Nursing and Mental Health Services JA - J Psychosoc Nurs Ment Health Serv Y1 - 1987/04// VL - 25 IS - 4 SP - 11 EP - 15 CY - US PB - SLACK SN - 0279-3695 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20313-001. PMID: 3647130 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rogers, Barbara; Portland Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Mental Hygiene Clinic, OR, US. Release Date: 19880701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Nurses; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Military Medical Personnel. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1987. AB - Describes the experiences of women who served as nurses in Vietnam between 1964 and 1975. Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) is a syndrome that affects many of these women and other Vietnam veterans. The symptoms of PTSD are discussed, and methods of treatment are suggested. Individuals may be well-adapted for years, only to have symptoms emerge during a life crisis later; a case study illustrates such an occurrence. An increased awareness of PTSD and its treatment is needed to help these women reevaluate and integrate their military experiences. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - symptoms & treatment of PTSD KW - females who served as nurses in Vietnam between 1964 & 1975 KW - 1987 KW - Military Veterans KW - Nurses KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Military Medical Personnel KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20313-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20299-001 AN - 1988-20299-001 AU - Pankratz, Loren AU - Lezak, Muriel D. T1 - Cerebral dysfunction in the Munchausen syndrome. JF - Hillside Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - Hillside Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - Hillside J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/// VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 195 EP - 206 CY - US PB - Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers SN - 0193-5216 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20299-001. PMID: 3428878 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pankratz, Loren; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19880701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Factitious Disorders; Neuropsychology. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Describes the presence of brain dysfunction in 5 patients who met the criteria for chronic factitious disorder and qualified for the label of Munchausen syndrome (MS) in its more restrictive, historical use as described by the 1st author (1981). Ss appeared intellectually intact because of their excellent verbal skills; however, formal neuropsychological assessment revealed deficits in conceptual organization, management of complex information, and judgment. It is suggested that subtle neuropsychological impairment may contribute significantly to the aberrant behavior of MS patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - brain dysfunction KW - patients with chronic factitious disorder KW - 1987 KW - Factitious Disorders KW - Neuropsychology KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20299-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20295-001 AN - 1988-20295-001 AU - Orr, Scott P. AU - Pitman, Roger K. T1 - Electrodermal psychophysiology of anxiety disorder: Orienting response and spontaneous fluctuations. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 22 IS - 5 SP - 653 EP - 656 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20295-001. PMID: 3580440 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Orr, Scott P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Manchester, NH, US. Release Date: 19880701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety Disorders; Orienting Responses; Skin Resistance. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1987. AB - Assessed orienting responses and skin conductance fluctuations (SCFs) in 20 outpatients with anxiety disorders and 20 normal controls. The number of SCFs was correlated with scores on the Hamilton Anxiety Scale, the Trait scale of State-Trait Anxiety Inventory, and the Neuroticism scale of the Eysenck Personality Inventory. Results question previous findings indicating a difference in orienting response between anxious and nonanxious Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - orienting responses & skin conductance fluctuations KW - outpatients with anxiety disorder KW - 1987 KW - Anxiety Disorders KW - Orienting Responses KW - Skin Resistance KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(87)90193-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20295-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20275-001 AN - 1988-20275-001 AU - Lyons, Judith A. T1 - Posttraumatic stress disorder in children and adolescents: A review of the literature. JF - Journal of Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics JO - Journal of Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics JA - J Dev Behav Pediatr Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 8 IS - 6 SP - 349 EP - 356 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0196-206X SN - 1536-7312 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20275-001. PMID: 3323244 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lyons, Judith A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Traumatic Stress Disorder Ctr, Jackson, MS, US. Release Date: 19880701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Literature Review; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Age Differences; Human Sex Differences; Symptoms; Treatment. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. AB - Discusses posttraumatic stress disorder in children and adolescents in terms of theory, assessment, age differences in vulnerability, age differences in symptomatology, sex differences in symptomatology, treatment, and future research directions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - theories & assessment & age & sex differences in vulnerability & symptomatology & treatment of PTSD KW - children & adolescents KW - literature review KW - 1987 KW - Literature Review KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Age Differences KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Symptoms KW - Treatment KW - 1987 DO - 10.1097/00004703-198712000-00007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20275-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20268-001 AN - 1988-20268-001 AU - Lampe, Thomas H. AU - Fariss, Bruce L. AU - Risse, Steven C. AU - Raskind, Murray A. AU - Plymate, Stephen R. T1 - Laboratory evaluation for Cushing's syndrome in psychiatric patients with cortisol nonsuppression following the overnight Dexamethasone Suppression Test. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 22 IS - 10 SP - 1264 EP - 1270 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20268-001. PMID: 3663778 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lampe, Thomas H.; American Lake Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Education & Clinical Ctr, Tacoma, WA, US. Release Date: 19880701. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cushings Syndrome; Dexamethasone Suppression Test; Medical Diagnosis; Psychiatric Patients. Minor Descriptor: Differential Diagnosis; Drug Dosages; Hypothalamo Hypophyseal System. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1987. AB - Low-dose (4 mg/48 hrs) and high-dose (16 mg/48 hrs) dexamethasone suppression tests (DSTs) were administered to 10 psychiatric patients (aged 27–76 yrs) who exhibited cortisol nonsuppression after the overnight DST. Ss all had normal suppression to both the low- and high-dose tests. Hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal overactivity in these Ss was thus not sufficient to meet laboratory criteria for the diagnosis of Cushing's syndrome. It is suggested that psychiatric patients with abnormal cortisol suppression following the 1-mg overnight DST are likely to have normal responses when assessed by standard laboratory protocols used for diagnosing Cushing's syndrome. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - low vs high dose DST KW - insufficient hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal overactivity for Cushing's syndrome diagnosis KW - 27–76 yr old psychiatric patients with positive overnight DST KW - 1987 KW - Cushings Syndrome KW - Dexamethasone Suppression Test KW - Medical Diagnosis KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Drug Dosages KW - Hypothalamo Hypophyseal System KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(87)90034-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20268-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20251-001 AN - 1988-20251-001 AU - Hyer, Leon AU - Harrison, William R. AU - Jacobsen, Rebecca H. T1 - Later-life depression: Influences of irrational thinking and cognitive impairment. JF - Journal of Rational-Emotive Therapy JO - Journal of Rational-Emotive Therapy Y1 - 1987///Spr 1987 VL - 5 IS - 1 SP - 43 EP - 48 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0748-1985 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20251-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behavior Therapy; Rational Living. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hyer, Leon; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychogeriatric Unit, Atlanta, GA, US. Release Date: 19880701. Correction Date: 20130422. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Depression (Emotion); Irrational Beliefs; Major Depression; Personality Traits. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Impairment; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1987. AB - Studied the relationship of personality style to depression and the interaction between personality and depression in later life with the depressive components of irrational thinking and cognitive impairment in 60 male psychiatric patients over 55 yrs old. Personality styles were assessed with the Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory of T. Millon (1983). Histrionic, narcissistic, antisocial, and compulsive personality types were especially resistant to depression. More rigid patterns on 7 other styles were directly related to depression, and patterns covarying directly with depression also covaried with irrational thoughts. Only schizoid, schizotypal, and borderline personality styles showed any measurable reduction when irrational thinking was removed. It is concluded that cognitive impairment was independent of depressive symptoms. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - irrational thinking & cognitive impairment & personality style KW - depression KW - male psychiatric inpatients 55 yrs old & older KW - 1987 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Irrational Beliefs KW - Major Depression KW - Personality Traits KW - Cognitive Impairment KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1987 DO - 10.1007/BF01080519 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20251-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20250-001 AN - 1988-20250-001 AU - Hyer, Lee AU - Jacob, Melvin R. AU - Pattison, E. Mansell T1 - Later-life struggle: Psychological/spiritual convergence. JF - Journal of Pastoral Care JO - Journal of Pastoral Care JA - J Pastoral Care Y1 - 1987/06// VL - 41 IS - 2 SP - 141 EP - 149 CY - US PB - Journal of Pastoral Care SN - 0022-3409 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20250-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hyer, Lee; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 19880701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adult Development; Major Depression; Spirituality. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Life Experiences. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1987. AB - Addresses the importance of the psychological and spiritual person in the context of later-life development, transitions, content, loss, and narcissism, centeredness, acceptance and moratorium, and hope. It is argued that understanding of these complex factors and dynamics can best be achieved by holding to a unitary approach that includes a biopsychosocial-spiritual notion. This thesis is illustrated with a case of a 72-yr-old White male who was clinically depressed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological & spiritual adult development KW - context & events of later life KW - 72 yr old male with clinical depression KW - case report KW - 1987 KW - Adult Development KW - Major Depression KW - Spirituality KW - Case Report KW - Life Experiences KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20250-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20236-001 AN - 1988-20236-001 AU - Garvey, Michael J. AU - Tollefson, Gary D. AU - Orsulak, Paul J. T1 - Elevations of urinary MHPG in depressed patients with panic attacks. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 20 IS - 3 SP - 183 EP - 187 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20236-001. PMID: 3588779 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garvey, Michael J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 19880701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Major Depression; Norepinephrine Metabolites; Panic Disorder. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1987. AB - Examined urinary levels of the norepinephrine metabolite 3-methoxy-4-hydroxyphenylglycol (MHPG) in 25 depressed patients with and without panic attacks (mean ages 33 and 38 yrs, respectively). None were taking any psychotropic medications in the month before the study. 10 Ss collected 24-hr urine for MHPG, and 15 collected 2 consecutive 24-hr samples. Results show that 24-hr urinary MHPG levels were significantly elevated in depressed patients with panic attacks. Possible relationships between panic attacks and elevated MHPG levels are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - urinary MHPG levels KW - depressed patients with vs without panic attacks KW - 1987 KW - Major Depression KW - Norepinephrine Metabolites KW - Panic Disorder KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(87)90077-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20236-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20225-001 AN - 1988-20225-001 AU - Creel, Stephen M. T1 - Prodromal psychosocial behaviors in soldiers with schizophrenic and schizophreniform disorder. JF - Military Medicine JO - Military Medicine JA - Mil Med Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 153 IS - 3 SP - 146 EP - 150 CY - US PB - Assn of Military Surgeons of the US SN - 0026-4075 SN - 1930-613X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20225-001. PMID: 3127751 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Creel, Stephen M.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Drug Dependency Treatment Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19880701. Correction Date: 20170302. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Acute Schizophrenia; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Military Personnel; Symptoms. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Assessed the prodromal behaviors of 40 servicemembers who were discharged because of schizophrenia or schizophreniform disorder. Increased social withdrawal, motor activity, aggressiveness, personality change, and school underachievement were observed in patients relative to 40 normal controls. Results suggest a continuum in these patients, ranging from early onset of prodromata, with greater impairment of function, to late onset and no impairment. The use of psychosocial-educational and associated data in evaluating recruits for schizophrenic liability is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prodromal psychosocial behavior KW - service members discharged because of schizophrenia or schizophreniform disorder KW - 1988 KW - Acute Schizophrenia KW - Schizophrenia KW - Military Personnel KW - Symptoms KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20225-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-19583-001 AN - 1988-19583-001 AU - Wager-Srdar, S. A. AU - Gannon, M. AU - Levine, Allen S. T1 - The effect of naloxone on nocturnal food intake in female and male rats. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1987/// VL - 39 IS - 5 SP - 669 EP - 672 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-19583-001. PMID: 3588718 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wager-Srdar, S. A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuroendocrine Research Lab, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 19880701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Sex Differences; Estrus; Food Intake; Male Castration; Naloxone. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - During late metestrus, diestrus, and proestrus, female rats significantly decreased nocturnal food intake following the administration of naloxone (1.0 and 10 mg/kg) subcutaneously. During estrus, females failed to decrease food intake following any of the doses of naloxone administered. The male rat's response to naloxone did not appear to be altered by the presence or absence of testosterone. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - naloxone KW - nocturnal food intake KW - castrated male rats & females at each stage of estrous cycle KW - 1987 KW - Animal Sex Differences KW - Estrus KW - Food Intake KW - Male Castration KW - Naloxone KW - Rats KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(87)90172-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-19583-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-19447-001 AN - 1988-19447-001 AU - Ottenweller, John E. AU - Pitman, David L. AU - Natelson, Benjamin H. T1 - Repeated stress at the same time of day does not mimic timed feeding in its effects on the plasma corticosterone rhythm in rats. JF - Chronobiologia JO - Chronobiologia JA - Chronobiologia Y1 - 1987/01//Jan-Mar, 1987 VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 6 CY - Italy PB - Associated Chronobiologia Researchers SN - 0390-0037 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-19447-001. PMID: 3582000 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ottenweller, John E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Primate-Neurobehavioral Unit, East Orange, NJ, US. Release Date: 19880701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Circadian Rhythms; Animal Feeding Behavior; Corticosterone; Physical Restraint; Physiological Stress. Minor Descriptor: Blood Plasma; Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jan-Mar, 1987. AB - Six adult male Sprague-Dawley rats were stressed by tube restraint for 2 hrs in the morning on 23 consecutive days, and plasma corticosterone concentrations were measured at 4 hr intervals over the next 2 days. Plasma corticosterone patterns were similar in control (n = 6) and restrained rats, and no anticipatory corticosterone peak occurred in stressed Ss before the time when stress would have occurred. However, periodic regression analysis indicated that timed stress advanced the acrophase of the circadian corticosterone rhythm by 1.7 hrs. Results indicate that it is unlikely that any stress associated with restricted feeding entrains corticosterone rhythms to anticipate the time of feeding and that some aspect of feeding per se is likely to be involved in producing the corticosterone peak that anticipates the time of restricted feeding. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - timed feeding & tube restraint stress KW - plasma corticosterone circadian rhythms KW - male rats KW - 1987 KW - Animal Circadian Rhythms KW - Animal Feeding Behavior KW - Corticosterone KW - Physical Restraint KW - Physiological Stress KW - Blood Plasma KW - Rats KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-19447-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-19436-001 AN - 1988-19436-001 AU - Flood, James F. AU - Smith, Gary E. AU - Morley, John E. T1 - Modulation of memory processing by cholecystokinin: Dependence on the vagus nerve. JF - Science JO - Science JA - Science Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 236 IS - 4803 SP - 832 EP - 834 CY - US PB - American Assn for the Advancement of Science SN - 0036-8075 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-19436-001. PMID: 3576201 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Flood, James F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychobiology Research Lab, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19880701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aversive Stimulation; Cholecystokinin; Memory; Vagus Nerve. Minor Descriptor: Mice. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1987. AB - Tested whether feeding an animal after an aversive training session would enhance memory retention. 40 male mice were deprived of food for 18 hrs; 20 other mice were allowed free access to food for the same time period. Ss were given 4 training trials to learn to avoid receiving footshock. Data show that both feeding and intraperitoneally administered cholecystokinin-octapeptide (CCK-8, a gastrointestinal hormone released during feeding) enhanced memory in Ss. The memory-enhancing effect of CCK-8 was blocked when the vagus nerve was cut, indicating that CCK-8 may affect memory by activating ascending fibers of the vagus nerve. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - feeding in aversive training session & vagus nerve blocking by cholecystokinin KW - memory retention KW - mice KW - 1987 KW - Aversive Stimulation KW - Cholecystokinin KW - Memory KW - Vagus Nerve KW - Mice KW - 1987 DO - 10.1126/science.3576201 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-19436-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1983-13470-001 AN - 1983-13470-001 AU - Karp-Gelernter, Elaine AU - Savage, Charles AU - McCabe, O. Lee T1 - Evaluation of clinic attendance schedules for LAAM and methadone: A controlled study. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1982/07// VL - 17 IS - 5 SP - 805 EP - 813 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1983-13470-001. PMID: 6752050 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Karp-Gelernter, Elaine; Baltimore Veterans Administration Ctr, Psychiatry Service, MD. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19830601. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Addiction; Drug Rehabilitation; Methadone Maintenance; Narcotic Drugs. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1982. AB - 95 male narcotics addicts were randomly assigned to 1 of 4 treatment conditions: either methadone or levo-alpha-acetyl-methadol (LAAM) maintenance and 1 of 2 drug-appropriate clinic attendance schedules. The typical S was a 30-yr-old Black male. Although no differences were observed among treatment conditions on any of the outcome measures employed, the conclusion that the drugs and attendance regimens were equally efficacious and acceptable was made cautiously due to the relatively small sample size and to the observed trend in favor of methadone maintenance combined with the 3-day (LAMM-appropriate) attendance schedule. There was no evidence of adverse physical effects associated with any of the treatment approaches. (7 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - methadone vs levo-alpha-acetyl-methadol maintenance vs clinic attendance KW - treatment outcome KW - male narcotic addicts KW - 1982 KW - Drug Addiction KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Methadone Maintenance KW - Narcotic Drugs KW - 1982 DO - 10.3109/10826088209056328 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1983-13470-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-98442-007 AN - 1987-98442-007 AU - Dubbert, Patricia M. AU - Brubaker, Robert G. ED - Nirenberg, Ted D. ED - Maisto, Stephen A. ED - Nirenberg, Ted D., (Ed) ED - Maisto, Stephen A., (Ed) T1 - Assessment of obese patients. T2 - Developments in the assessment and treatment of addictive behaviors. T3 - Developments in clinical psychology Y1 - 1987/// SP - 153 EP - 170 CY - Westport, CT, US PB - Ablex Publishing SN - 0-89391-170-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-98442-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dubbert, Patricia M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Jackson, MS, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89391-170-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Measurement; Obesity. Classification: Eating Disorders (3260). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 18. AB - chapter suggests an approach to assessment that takes into account the current understanding of the complexity of obesity (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Measurement KW - Obesity KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-98442-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-98442-005 AN - 1987-98442-005 AU - Foy, David W. AU - Cline, Kelly A. AU - Laasi, Nora ED - Nirenberg, Ted D. ED - Maisto, Stephen A. ED - Nirenberg, Ted D., (Ed) ED - Maisto, Stephen A., (Ed) T1 - Assessment of alcohol and drug abuse. T2 - Developments in the assessment and treatment of addictive behaviors. T3 - Developments in clinical psychology Y1 - 1987/// SP - 89 EP - 114 CY - Westport, CT, US PB - Ablex Publishing SN - 0-89391-170-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-98442-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Foy, David W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89391-170-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Drug Abuse; Measurement. Minor Descriptor: Heroin. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 26. AB - focus of this chapter is upon presenting assessment methodology for use by professionals in these settings. an update on current methods of measuring alcohol and heroin use state of the art methodology for both substances (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Drug Abuse KW - Measurement KW - Heroin KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-98442-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-98250-012 AN - 1987-98250-012 AU - Pashko, Steven AU - Druley, Keith A. ED - Gottheil, Edward ED - Druley, Keith A. ED - Pashko, Steven ED - Weinstein, Stephen P. ED - Gottheil, Edward, (Ed) ED - Druley, Keith A., (Ed) ED - Pashko, Steven, (Ed) ED - Weinstein, Stephen P., (Ed) T1 - Anxiety and control issues in substance-abusing veterans. T2 - Stress and addiction. T3 - Brunner/Mazel psychosocial stress series, No. 9 Y1 - 1987/// SP - 197 EP - 208 CY - Philadelphia, PA, US PB - Brunner/Mazel SN - 0-87630-463-3 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-98250-012. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pashko, Steven; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Substance Abuse Treatment Unit, Coordinator & Social Science Analyst, Coatesville, PA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-87630-463-3, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Drug Abuse; Military Veterans. Minor Descriptor: Stress. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 12. AB - results support a Tension Reduction Hypothesis for our patients who perceive themselves as being controlled by external forces (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Anxiety KW - Drug Abuse KW - Military Veterans KW - Stress KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-98250-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-98250-002 AN - 1987-98250-002 AU - Druley, Keith A. AU - Baker, Stewart L. AU - Pashko, Steven ED - Gottheil, Edward ED - Druley, Keith A. ED - Pashko, Steven ED - Weinstein, Stephen P. ED - Gottheil, Edward, (Ed) ED - Druley, Keith A., (Ed) ED - Pashko, Steven, (Ed) ED - Weinstein, Stephen P., (Ed) T1 - Stress: Alcohol and drug interactions. T2 - Stress and addiction. T3 - Brunner/Mazel psychosocial stress series, No. 9 Y1 - 1987/// SP - 24 EP - 39 CY - Philadelphia, PA, US PB - Brunner/Mazel SN - 0-87630-463-3 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-98250-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Druley, Keith A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Substance Abuse Treatment Unit, Chief, Coatesville, PA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-87630-463-3, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Usage; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Personality; Physiological Correlates; Social Support. Classification: Promotion & Maintenance of Health & Wellness (3365); Drug & Alcohol Usage (Legal) (2990). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 16. AB - stress and the use of alcohol/drugs is reviewed through historical, anthropological, and cultural studies interrelation of stress, alcohol/drug use, and mediating factors like social supports, coping skills, personality variables, and physiological responsiveness is conceptualized (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Drug Usage KW - Stress KW - Coping Behavior KW - Personality KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Social Support KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-98250-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-98219-024 AN - 1987-98219-024 AU - Edinger, Jack D. ED - Keller, Peter A. ED - Heyman, Steven R. ED - Keller, Peter A., (Ed) ED - Heyman, Steven R., (Ed) T1 - Sleep history questionnaire for evaluating insomnia complaints. T2 - Innovations in clinical practice: A sourcebook, Vol. 6. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 295 EP - 303 CY - Sarasota, FL, England PB - Professional Resource Exchange, Inc SN - 0-943158-05-2 SN - 0-943158-21-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-98219-024. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Edinger, Jack D.; Durham Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Director of Intern Training, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-943158-05-2, Hardcover; 0-943158-21-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Insomnia; Questionnaires; Sleep. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220); Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 9. AB - development, instructions and interpretation of the Sleep History Questionnaire / [contains the Sleep History Questionnaire] (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Insomnia KW - Questionnaires KW - Sleep KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-98219-024&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-98218-010 AN - 1987-98218-010 AU - Schlesinger, Stephen E. AU - Epstein, Norman B. ED - Keller, Peter A. ED - Ritt, Lawrence G. ED - Keller, Peter A., (Ed) ED - Ritt, Lawrence G., (Ed) T1 - Cognitive-behavioral techniques in marital therapy. T2 - Innovations in clinical practice: A source book, Vol. 5. Y1 - 1986/// SP - 137 EP - 156 CY - Sarasota, FL, England PB - Professional Resource Exchange, Inc SN - 0-943158-05-2 SN - 0-943158-16-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-98218-010. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schlesinger, Stephen E.; Edward Hines, Jr. Veterans Administration Hosp, Staff Psychologist, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-943158-05-2, Hardcover; 0-943158-16-8, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Therapy; Marriage Counseling; Measurement. Minor Descriptor: Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Systems Theory. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 20. AB - focus on recently developed marital treatments based on cognitive-behavioral principles / these approaches embody the principles of the cognitive mediation and social learning models of individual treatment, and integrate them with systems theory concepts for application to the interactions of couples theory and model of marital dysfunction development of procedures for the assessment of cognitive and behavioral factors in marital distress still is in its early stages / there are a number of instruments that have proved to be reliable, valid, and useful in clinical practice / survey of these measures cover four techniques of treatment: discrimination training, communication training, problem-solving training, and cognitive restructuring techniques with couples (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1986 KW - Cognitive Therapy KW - Marriage Counseling KW - Measurement KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Systems Theory KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-98218-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-98184-020 AN - 1987-98184-020 AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Parsons, Oscar A. AU - Nathan, Peter E. ED - Parsons, Oscar A. ED - Butters, Nelson ED - Nathan, Peter E. ED - Parsons, Oscar A., (Ed) ED - Butters, Nelson, (Ed) ED - Nathan, Peter E., (Ed) T1 - Research directions: The next decade. T2 - Neuropsychology of alcoholism: Implications for diagnosis and treatment. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 392 EP - 403 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 0-89862-696-X N1 - Accession Number: 1987-98184-020. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Butters, Nelson; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89862-696-X, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Neuropsychology. Minor Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Cognitive Ability; Taxonomies; Wernicke's Syndrome. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 12. AB - changes in brain structure and cognitive functions in alcoholics brain-behavior relationships in alcoholics with Korsakoff's syndrome subtypes of alcoholics and neuropsychological deficits recovery of cognitive functions DSM-III diagnoses and neuropsychological deficits neuropsychological findings and the treatment of alcoholism (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Alcoholism KW - Neuropsychology KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Taxonomies KW - Wernicke's Syndrome KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-98184-020&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-98184-018 AN - 1987-98184-018 AU - Goldstein, Gerald ED - Parsons, Oscar A. ED - Butters, Nelson ED - Nathan, Peter E. ED - Parsons, Oscar A., (Ed) ED - Butters, Nelson, (Ed) ED - Nathan, Peter E., (Ed) T1 - Discussion: Recovery, treatment, and rehabilitation in chronic alcoholics. T2 - Neuropsychology of alcoholism: Implications for diagnosis and treatment. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 361 EP - 377 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 0-89862-696-X N1 - Accession Number: 1987-98184-018. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Gerald; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychology Research Program, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89862-696-X, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Chronic Alcoholic Intoxication; Sobriety. Minor Descriptor: Motivation; Neuropsychology. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 17. AB - treatment of alcoholism and neuropsychology types of rehabilitation efficacy of treatment and the role of motivation interdisciplinary integration of treatment the future of neuropsychology in alcoholism treatment (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Chronic Alcoholic Intoxication KW - Sobriety KW - Motivation KW - Neuropsychology KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-98184-018&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-98184-017 AN - 1987-98184-017 AU - Donovan, Dennis AU - Walker, R. Dale AU - Kivlahan, Daniel R. ED - Parsons, Oscar A. ED - Butters, Nelson ED - Nathan, Peter E. ED - Parsons, Oscar A., (Ed) ED - Butters, Nelson, (Ed) ED - Nathan, Peter E., (Ed) T1 - Discussion: Recovery and remediation of neuropsychological functions: Implications for alcoholism rehabilitation process and outcome. T2 - Neuropsychology of alcoholism: Implications for diagnosis and treatment. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 339 EP - 360 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 0-89862-696-X N1 - Accession Number: 1987-98184-017. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Donovan, Dennis; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcohol & Drug Dependence Treatment Programs, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89862-696-X, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Neuropsychology. Minor Descriptor: Recovery (Disorders). Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 22. AB - ecologically relevant assessment neuropsychology and the process of treatment neuropsychology and treatment outcome recovery of function as a factor in treatment (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Neuropsychology KW - Recovery (Disorders) KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-98184-017&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-98184-011 AN - 1987-98184-011 AU - Goldstein, Gerald ED - Parsons, Oscar A. ED - Butters, Nelson ED - Nathan, Peter E. ED - Parsons, Oscar A., (Ed) ED - Butters, Nelson, (Ed) ED - Nathan, Peter E., (Ed) T1 - Etiological considerations regarding the neuropsychological consequences of alcoholism. T2 - Neuropsychology of alcoholism: Implications for diagnosis and treatment. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 227 EP - 246 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 0-89862-696-X N1 - Accession Number: 1987-98184-011. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Gerald; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychology Research Program, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89862-696-X, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Etiology; Neuropsychology. Minor Descriptor: Chronic Alcoholic Intoxication; Psychopathology; Wernicke's Syndrome; Consequence. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 20. AB - role of medical factors role of psychopathological factors theoretical models for Korsakoff's syndrome versus chronic alcoholism (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Alcoholism KW - Etiology KW - Neuropsychology KW - Chronic Alcoholic Intoxication KW - Psychopathology KW - Wernicke's Syndrome KW - Consequence KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-98184-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-98184-010 AN - 1987-98184-010 AU - Cermak, Laird S. ED - Parsons, Oscar A. ED - Butters, Nelson ED - Nathan, Peter E. ED - Parsons, Oscar A., (Ed) ED - Butters, Nelson, (Ed) ED - Nathan, Peter E., (Ed) T1 - Models of memory loss in Korsakoff and alcoholic patients. T2 - Neuropsychology of alcoholism: Implications for diagnosis and treatment. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 207 EP - 226 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 0-89862-696-X N1 - Accession Number: 1987-98184-010. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cermak, Laird S.; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Research, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89862-696-X, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Amnesia; Wernicke's Syndrome. Minor Descriptor: Physiological Aging. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 20. AB - a tremendous influx of models have been introduced to explain or describe what amnesic patients can and cannot do one type of memory ability might be more susceptible to the detrimental effects of long-term chronic consumption than the other might be retrograde amnesia, anterograde amnesia premature-aging versus continuum models of alcohol's effect on memory (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Alcoholism KW - Amnesia KW - Wernicke's Syndrome KW - Physiological Aging KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-98184-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-98184-009 AN - 1987-98184-009 AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Granholm, Eric ED - Parsons, Oscar A. ED - Butters, Nelson ED - Nathan, Peter E. ED - Parsons, Oscar A., (Ed) ED - Butters, Nelson, (Ed) ED - Nathan, Peter E., (Ed) T1 - The continuity hypothesis: Some conclusions and their implications for the etiology and neuropathology of alcoholic Korsakoff's Syndrome. T2 - Neuropsychology of alcoholism: Implications for diagnosis and treatment. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 176 EP - 206 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 0-89862-696-X N1 - Accession Number: 1987-98184-009. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Butters, Nelson; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89862-696-X, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Etiology; Wernicke's Syndrome. Minor Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Amnesia; Huntingtons Disease. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 31. AB - present some notions about the neuropathology of alcoholic Korsakoff's syndrome discuss some evidence demonstrating the limitations of the continuity hypothesis as an etiological explanation of the Korsakoff patients' amnesic syndrome comparison of the memory disorders of alcoholic Korsakoff patients, patients with Alzheimer's disease, and patients with Huntington's disease (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Alcoholism KW - Etiology KW - Wernicke's Syndrome KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Amnesia KW - Huntingtons Disease KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-98184-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-98103-011 AN - 1987-98103-011 AU - Hiramoto, Raymond N. AU - Hiramoto, Nancy S. AU - Solvason, H. Brent AU - Ghanta, Vithal K. ED - Janković, Branislav D. ED - Marković, Branislav M. ED - Spector, Novera Herbert ED - Janković, Branislav D., (Ed) ED - Marković, Branislav M., (Ed) ED - Spector, Novera Herbert, (Ed) T1 - Regulation of natural immunity (NK activity) by conditioning. T2 - Neuroimmune interactions: Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on Neuroimmunomodulation. T3 - Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences; Vol 496; ISSN: 0077-8923 (Print) Y1 - 1987/// VL - 496 SP - 545 EP - 552 CY - New York, NY, US PB - New York Academy of Sciences SN - 0077-8923 SN - 0-89766-387-X SN - 0-89766-388-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-98103-011. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hiramoto, Raymond N.; U of Alabama, Comprehnsive Cancer Ctr & Veterans Administration Medical Research, Neurosciences Program, Dept of Microbiology, Birmingham, AL, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20150713. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89766-387-X, Hardcover; 0-89766-388-8, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classical Conditioning; Immunology. Minor Descriptor: Conditioned Responses; Conditioned Suppression; Mice; Saccharin. Classification: Psychophysiology (2560). Population: Animal (20). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 8. AB - a paradigm is described for the conditioning of the NK [natural immunity] response mice were exposed to a classical conditioning procedure in which saccharin and lithium chloride (LiCl) served as the conditioned stimulus (CS) paired with an injection of either poly I:C or cytoxan, the unconditioned stimulus (US) poly I:C was used as the US for enhancement and cytoxan served as the US for suppression / subsequent exposure to the CS either enhanced or suppressed the NK activity in the conditioned animals our studies showed that only one association was needed for the learning to take place, training to consumption of water was not necessary, and the conditioned (enhanced) response could be recalled as soon as 7 days after pairing of the US and CS (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Classical Conditioning KW - Immunology KW - Conditioned Responses KW - Conditioned Suppression KW - Mice KW - Saccharin KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-98103-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-98028-014 AN - 1987-98028-014 AU - Cole, Stephen A. AU - Cole, Dalen S. ED - Hatfield, Agnes B. ED - Lefley, Harriet P. ED - Hatfield, Agnes B., (Ed) ED - Lefley, Harriet P., (Ed) T1 - Professionals who work with families of the chronic mentally ill: Current status and suggestions for clinical training. T2 - Families of the mentally ill: Coping and adaptation. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 278 EP - 306 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 0-89862-683-8 SN - 0-89862-918-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-98028-014. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cole, Stephen A.; New York U, New York Veterans Administration, Family Support Project, New York, NY, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89862-683-8, Hardcover; 0-89862-918-7, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Family; Mental Health Personnel; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Chronicity (Disorders); Education; Mental Health Services; Treatment. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 29. AB - review of the recent literature / describe the problems faced by persons with severe and chronic schizophrenic disorders, the families of these patients, and the health care system treating them medication / individual psychotherapy / family therapy / psychosocial rehabilitation / multiple family groups / group therapy / community outreach / day treatment / inpatient hospitalization frame the 'solutions' to these problems as new directions in the training of mental health professionals components of a model training program (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Family KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Schizophrenia KW - Chronicity (Disorders) KW - Education KW - Mental Health Services KW - Treatment KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-98028-014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-97965-013 AN - 1987-97965-013 AU - Rausch, Jeffrey L. AU - Parry, Barbara L. ED - Cameron, Oliver G. ED - Cameron, Oliver G., (Ed) T1 - Endocrinology and depression III: The effect of gonadal steroids on affective symptomatology. T2 - Presentations of depression: Depressive symptoms in medical and other psychiatric disorders. T3 - Wiley series in general and clinical psychiatry Y1 - 1987/// SP - 291 EP - 320 CY - Oxford, England PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0-471-01118-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-97965-013. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rausch, Jeffrey L.; U California-San Diego, School of Medicine, San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Assistant Professor of Psychiatry, La Jolla, CA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-471-01118-5, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Depression (Emotion); Gonadotropic Hormones. Minor Descriptor: Menopause; Oral Contraceptives; Premenstrual Syndrome; Testosterone. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 30. AB - this chapter will provide an overview of the contribution of gonadal steroids to the biological psychopathology of different affective syndromes / effects of ovarian hormones will be reviewed first, followed by the less well studied interactions of the androgens on mood and behavior / premenstrual syndrome (PMS) / oral contraceptives / postpartum psychiatric illness / menopause / ovariectomy / testosterone (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Gonadotropic Hormones KW - Menopause KW - Oral Contraceptives KW - Premenstrual Syndrome KW - Testosterone KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-97965-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-97951-014 AN - 1987-97951-014 AU - Yuwiler, Arthur AU - Freedman, Daniel X. ED - Schopler, Eric ED - Mesibov, Gary B. ED - Schopler, Eric, (Ed) ED - Mesibov, Gary B., (Ed) T1 - Neurotransmitter research in autism. T2 - Neurobiological issues in autism. T3 - Current issues in autism Y1 - 1987/// SP - 263 EP - 284 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-42451-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-97951-014. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Yuwiler, Arthur; Veterans Administration, Neurobiochemistry Research, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-42451-7, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Autism Spectrum Disorders; Experimentation; Neurotransmitters. Minor Descriptor: Pharmacology; Serotonin. Classification: Developmental Disorders & Autism (3250). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 22. AB - Yuwiler and Freedman present a thorough analysis of the neurotransmitter research / they accomplish this with a thorough review of the work on serotonin, catecholamines, and neuropeptides / under each discussion they explore the research on tissue levels and pharmacology their discussion of serotonin is especially important because of the large accumulation of related research / they describe some of the complexities of measuring and understanding the role of serotonin as well as the major implications of this research (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Autism Spectrum Disorders KW - Experimentation KW - Neurotransmitters KW - Pharmacology KW - Serotonin KW - 1987 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4899-1992-2_15 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-97951-014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-97922-013 AN - 1987-97922-013 AU - Graham, Barbara J. AU - Linehan, Marsha M. ED - Brody, Claire M. ED - Brody, Claire M., (Ed) T1 - Group treatment for the homeless and chronic alcoholic woman. T2 - Women's therapy groups: Paradigms of feminist treatment. T3 - Springer series: Focus on women, Vol. 10 Y1 - 1987/// SP - 177 EP - 197 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Springer Publishing Co SN - 0-8261-5570-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-97922-013. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Graham, Barbara J.; Seattle Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Associate, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8261-5570-7, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Group Psychotherapy; Homeless. Minor Descriptor: Hopelessness; Human Females; Self-Care Skills; Self-Esteem. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 21. AB - review of the literature [on homelessness and alcoholism in women] describe a group treatment strategy that we have found useful in working with homeless women, with emphasis on problems with alcoholism Downtown Emergency Services Center (DESC) / setting / attracting members / composition of the group treatment goals / enhancing self-esteem / planning for the future / independence from men / sexual responsibility / self-care unrealistic goals / getting women off the streets / getting the women off alcohol this chapter is directed towards helping the clinician who is interested in working with women who obviously do not have the resources of the average middle-class therapy client treatment of the down and out alcoholic / human misery and hopelessness (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Alcoholism KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Homeless KW - Hopelessness KW - Human Females KW - Self-Care Skills KW - Self-Esteem KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-97922-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-97860-013 AN - 1987-97860-013 AU - Salmon, David P. AU - Butters, Nelson ED - Meier, Manfred J. ED - Benton, Arthur L. ED - Diller, Leonard ED - Meier, Manfred J., (Ed) ED - Benton, Arthur L., (Ed) ED - Diller, Leonard, (Ed) T1 - Recent developments in learning and memory: Implications for the rehabilitation of the amnesic patient. T2 - Neuropsychological rehabilitation. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 280 EP - 293 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 0-89862-702-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-97860-013. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Salmon, David P.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89862-702-8, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Learning; Rehabilitation. Minor Descriptor: Memory; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Cognitive Therapy (3311). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 14. AB - briefly review some of the recent theoretical developments in the study of human learning and memory, discuss their contribution to the study of amnesia, and, where possible, describe some of the implications they may have for memory rehabilitation (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Amnesia KW - Learning KW - Rehabilitation KW - Memory KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-97860-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-97860-004 AN - 1987-97860-004 AU - Gardner, Howard ED - Meier, Manfred J. ED - Benton, Arthur L. ED - Diller, Leonard ED - Meier, Manfred J., (Ed) ED - Benton, Arthur L., (Ed) ED - Diller, Leonard, (Ed) T1 - The assessment of intelligences: A neuropsychological perspective. T2 - Neuropsychological rehabilitation. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 59 EP - 70 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 0-89862-702-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-97860-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gardner, Howard; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Psychologist, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89862-702-8, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intelligence; Intelligence Measures; Neuropsychological Assessment. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 12. AB - a new view of human intelligence / the relevance of the theory for the neuropsychological laboratory (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Intelligence KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-97860-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-97860-002 AN - 1987-97860-002 AU - Goldstein, Gerald ED - Meier, Manfred J. ED - Benton, Arthur L. ED - Diller, Leonard ED - Meier, Manfred J., (Ed) ED - Benton, Arthur L., (Ed) ED - Diller, Leonard, (Ed) T1 - Neuropsychological assessment for rehabilitation: Fixed batteries, automated systems, and non-psychometric methods. T2 - Neuropsychological rehabilitation. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 18 EP - 40 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 0-89862-702-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-97860-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Gerald; Highland Drive Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychology Research Program, Director, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89862-702-8, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Computers; Neuropsychological Assessment; Rehabilitation. Minor Descriptor: Neuropsychology. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 23. AB - examine the value of using so-called fixed neuropsychological batteries in rehabilitation planning, how the use of computers can expedite the planning process, and how non-psychometric methods, largely direct systematic behavioral observation, can supplement formal neuropsychological testing in the formulation of rehabilitation plans (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Computers KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Rehabilitation KW - Neuropsychology KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-97860-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1987-97819-000 AN - 1987-97819-000 AU - Craig, Robert J. T1 - Clinical management of substance abuse programs. Y1 - 1987/// CY - Springfield, IL, England PB - Charles C Thomas, Publisher SN - 0-398-05336-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-97819-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Craig, Robert J.; West Side Medical Veterans Administration Ctr, Drug Abuse Treatment Program, Director, Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. ISBN: 0-398-05336-7, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Rehabilitation; Management; Mental Health Programs. Minor Descriptor: Measurement; Program Evaluation; Treatment. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 240. AB - Focusing on the importance of the entire program versus any single treatment modality, this book addresses the major steps of substance abuse treatment. The author examines patient assessment through the use of the traditional diagnostic interview and psychological testing, and presents a thorough study of the actual scores of the psychological/psychometric tests of substance abusers. This comprehensive work also covers specific models of treatment—the multimodal approach, a combined treatment approach, and matching treatment concepts to individual needs. Program evaluation activities, patient attrition reduction, and numerous other topics are discussed for use in operating an effective and viable treatment program. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Management KW - Mental Health Programs KW - Measurement KW - Program Evaluation KW - Treatment KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-97819-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-97724-014 AN - 1987-97724-014 AU - Breckenridge, James N. ED - Muñoz, Ricardo F. ED - Muñoz, Ricardo F., (Ed) T1 - Structural equation models for depression prevention research. T2 - Depression prevention: Research directions. T3 - The series in clinical and community psychology; ISSN: 0146-0846 (Print) Y1 - 1987/// SP - 235 EP - 262 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - Hemisphere Publishing Corp SN - 0146-0846 SN - 0-89116-452-9 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-97724-014. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Breckenridge, James N.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89116-452-9, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depression (Emotion); Methodology; Primary Mental Health Prevention. Minor Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Models. Classification: Research Methods & Experimental Design (2260); Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 28. AB - purpose of this chapter is to show how recent developments in data analysis and hypothesis testing can help clarify whether an absence of depression can be attributed to having treated individuals who . . . at 'risk,' were not originally depressed (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Methodology KW - Primary Mental Health Prevention KW - At Risk Populations KW - Models KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-97724-014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-97724-011 AN - 1987-97724-011 AU - Breckenridge, Julia Steinmetz AU - Zeiss, Antonette M. AU - Thompson, Larry W. ED - Muñoz, Ricardo F. ED - Muñoz, Ricardo F., (Ed) T1 - The Life Satisfaction Course: An intervention for the elderly. T2 - Depression prevention: Research directions. T3 - The series in clinical and community psychology; ISSN: 0146-0846 (Print) Y1 - 1987/// SP - 185 EP - 196 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - Hemisphere Publishing Corp SN - 0146-0846 SN - 0-89116-452-9 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-97724-011. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Breckenridge, Julia Steinmetz; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Ctr for the Study of Psychotherapy & Aging, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89116-452-9, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Major Depression; Primary Mental Health Prevention. Minor Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Self-Monitoring. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 12. AB - Life Satisfaction Course is a psychoeducational intervention modeled after the Coping with Depression Course designed for use with male and female community residents aged 55 and older designed to provide elderly who are dysphoric or dissatisfied, and thus potentially at risk for depression with specific skills of self-observation and self-change to be used to prevent a downward spiral of depressive affect and behaviors (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Major Depression KW - Primary Mental Health Prevention KW - At Risk Populations KW - Self-Monitoring KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-97724-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1987-97599-000 AN - 1987-97599-000 AU - Squire, Larry R. T1 - Memory and brain. Y1 - 1987/// CY - New York, NY, US PB - Oxford University Press SN - 0-19-504207-7 SN - 0-19-504208-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-97599-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Squire, Larry R.; Veterans Administration, Medical Ctr, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Book Type: Textbook/Study Guide. ISBN: 0-19-504207-7, Hardcover; 0-19-504208-5, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Memory; Neuropsychology. Minor Descriptor: Habituation; Learning. Classification: Learning & Memory (2343); Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 315. AB - Written by a leading neuropsychologist, this authoritative volume draws on recent work in psychology and neuroscience to provide a coherent, contemporary account of how memory is organized in the brain. It begins with the synapse and proceeds to a review of the function and structure of neural systems and the organization of cognition. Throughout the book the author takes care to place current research in historical perspective and to identify major ideas and themes that have emerged in recent years so as to provide a solid foundation for future work. The book is amply illustrated and contains a useful glossary. Aimed to psychologists and neuroscientists desiring an account of memory informed equally by cognitive and neurobiological insights, this book will also be of use to advanced undergraduate and graduate students. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Brain KW - Memory KW - Neuropsychology KW - Habituation KW - Learning KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-97599-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-97555-062 AN - 1987-97555-062 AU - Kaszniak, Alfred W. AU - Davis, Kenneth L. AU - Davis, Kenneth L. AU - Eisdorfer, Carl AU - Gurland, Barry J. AU - Kaszniak, Alfred W. AU - Thompson, Larry W. ED - Poon, Leonard W. ED - Crook, Thomas ED - Davis, Kenneth L. ED - Eisdorfer, Carl ED - Gurland, Barry J. ED - Kaszniak, Alfred W. ED - Thompson, Larry W. ED - Poon, Leonard W., (Ed) ED - Crook, Thomas, (Ed) ED - Davis, Kenneth L., (Ed) ED - Eisdorfer, Carl, (Ed) ED - Gurland, Barry J., (Ed) ED - Kaszniak, Alfred W., (Ed) ED - Thompson, Larry W., (Ed) T1 - Instrument and data review: The quest for external validators. T2 - Handbook for clinical memory assessment of older adults. Y1 - 1986/// SP - 271 EP - 276 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0-912704-42-X N1 - Accession Number: 1987-97555-062. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kaszniak, Alfred W.; Dept of Psychology, U Arizona, AZ, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151221. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-912704-42-X, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Measurement; Memory Disorders; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Neuropsychological Assessment. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. AB - This chapter provides an introduction and overview of issues in the external validation of instruments for the clinical memory assessment of older adults. The authors of chapters in this section were selected as representing various approaches to external validation, with particular focus on longitudinal change, clinical diagnosis, and neurobiologic measures as validational criteria. In introducing the reader to this section of the handbook, we address five general questions: (a) What are the justifications for selecting the specific external validators employed by each team of investigators? (b) What evidence is available concerning the reliability and validity of the external validator itself (e.g., sources of technical artifact or accuracy of clinical diagnosis)? (c) What problems are encountered with respect to relating the memory assessment measures to the external validators? (d) Does the research support the validity of the clinical memory assessment instruments? and (e) What are the implications for clinical application of the assessment instruments? Overall, the chapters in this section provide considerable support for the validity of various assessment instruments. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - external validation KW - external validators KW - clinical memory assessment instruments KW - older adults KW - 1986 KW - Measurement KW - Memory Disorders KW - Test Validity KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - 1986 DO - 10.1037/10057-062 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-97555-062&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-97555-036 AN - 1987-97555-036 AU - Poon, Leonard W. AU - Gurland, Barry J . AU - Eisdorfer, Carl AU - Crook, Thomas AU - Thompson, Larry W. AU - Kaszniak, Alfred W. AU - Davis, Kenneth L. ED - Poon, Leonard W. ED - Crook, Thomas ED - Davis, Kenneth L. ED - Eisdorfer, Carl ED - Gurland, Barry J. ED - Kaszniak, Alfred W. ED - Thompson, Larry W. ED - Poon, Leonard W., (Ed) ED - Crook, Thomas, (Ed) ED - Davis, Kenneth L., (Ed) ED - Eisdorfer, Carl, (Ed) ED - Gurland, Barry J., (Ed) ED - Kaszniak, Alfred W., (Ed) ED - Thompson, Larry W., (Ed) T1 - Integration of experimental and clinical precepts in memory assessment: A tribute to George Talland. T2 - Handbook for clinical memory assessment of older adults. Y1 - 1986/// SP - 3 EP - 10 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0-912704-42-X N1 - Accession Number: 1987-97555-036. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Poon, Leonard W.; Gerontology Ctr, U Georgia, GA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151221. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-912704-42-X, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aging; Experimental Methods; Measurement; Memory Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Memory. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. AB - Discusses G. Talland's approach to conducting research. Talland was a pragmatist in the use of experimental and clinical tools. He was also an integrator and a consolidator of not only his own work but also the work of his peers in academic and clinical research and practice. His work is considered a legacy to all who are currently studying memory disorders and developing memory assessment tools. In this spirit of bridging clinical and experimental knowledge, the editors and authors in this Handbook present and review issues that they believe are pertinent to researchers and clinicians who are involved in the study of memory disorders and who need to assess the integrity of memory functions in older adults. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - memory assessment KW - experimental methods KW - clinical research KW - G. Talland KW - memory disorders KW - older adults KW - 1986 KW - Aging KW - Experimental Methods KW - Measurement KW - Memory Disorders KW - Memory KW - 1986 DO - 10.1037/10057-036 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-97555-036&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-97555-028 AN - 1987-97555-028 AU - Riege, Walter H. AU - Harker, Judith O. AU - Metter, E. Jeffrey ED - Poon, Leonard W. ED - Crook, Thomas ED - Davis, Kenneth L. ED - Eisdorfer, Carl ED - Gurland, Barry J. ED - Kaszniak, Alfred W. ED - Thompson, Larry W. ED - Poon, Leonard W., (Ed) ED - Crook, Thomas, (Ed) ED - Davis, Kenneth L., (Ed) ED - Eisdorfer, Carl, (Ed) ED - Gurland, Barry J., (Ed) ED - Kaszniak, Alfred W., (Ed) ED - Thompson, Larry W., (Ed) T1 - Clinical validators: Brain lesions and brain imaging. T2 - Handbook for clinical memory assessment of older adults. Y1 - 1986/// SP - 314 EP - 336 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0-912704-42-X N1 - Accession Number: 1987-97555-028. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Riege, Walter H.; US Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Human Memory Research, Chief, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151221. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-912704-42-X, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Memory Disorders; Neuropsychological Assessment; Tomography; Brain Lesions (Disorders). Minor Descriptor: Brain Damage. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Brain Imaging. References Available: Y. Page Count: 23. AB - there are . . . three major components in assessment of memory: the knowledge base about the correlations among memory and brain dysfunctions, the memory assessment instruments based on that knowledge, and the neurological validators such as CT [computed tomography] or other brain-imaging techniques that relate regional brain dysfunctions to memory test outcomes / focus on the knowledge base derived from research and clinical studies / summarize divergent findings from brain lesion investigations, present conclusions important for clinical memory assessment, and evaluate current knowledge about localization of memory functions in the brain discuss the advantages and shortcomings of some existing memory assessment tools and the difficulty of constructing tests that adequately reflect the complex dimensions in memory performance / give an example of multivariate memory testing and demonstrate its validation in clinical research discuss brain-imaging techniques as diagnostic and localizing tools (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses multivariate memory assessment & use of PET [positron emission tomography] methodology in memory disorders that are secondary to focal cerebral diseases KW - 1986 KW - Memory Disorders KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Tomography KW - Brain Lesions (Disorders) KW - Brain Damage KW - 1986 DO - 10.1037/10057-028 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-97555-028&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-97550-004 AN - 1987-97550-004 AU - Jacob, Melvin R. ED - Williams, Tom ED - Williams, Tom, (Ed) T1 - A pastoral response to the troubled Vietnam veteran. T2 - Post-traumatic stress disorders: A handbook for clinicians, 2nd rev. and exp. ed. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 51 EP - 74 PB - Disabled American Veterans N1 - Accession Number: 1987-97550-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jacob, Melvin R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Chaplain, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Pastoral Counseling; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Holistic Health; Psychotherapeutic Processes. Classification: Lay & Paraprofessional & Pastoral Counseling (3355). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 24. AB - the pastoral perspective recognizes the complexity and interrelationships existing among the components of the whole person—the emotional, social, mental, physical, and spiritual aspects of the person my purposes are fivefold: (1) to present pastoral problems with Vietnam veterans; (2) to reframe PTSD [Post-traumatic Stress Disorder] symptoms from a pastoral perspective; (3) to examine pastoral goals within the reality of PTSD symptoms; (4) to offer pastoral interventions for these goals; and (5) to theologically describe forms of positive change (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Military Veterans KW - Pastoral Counseling KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Holistic Health KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-97550-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-97550-003 AN - 1987-97550-003 AU - Langer, Ron ED - Williams, Tom ED - Williams, Tom, (Ed) T1 - Post-traumatic stress disorder in former POWs. T2 - Post-traumatic stress disorders: A handbook for clinicians, 2nd rev. and exp. ed. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 35 EP - 50 PB - Disabled American Veterans N1 - Accession Number: 1987-97550-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Langer, Ron; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Staff, Denver, CO, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Prisoners of War. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 16. AB - common features of PTSD among former POWs / anger and irritability / depression / fear of loss of control / guilt / overstimulation / nightmares / acute psychoses / anxiety / interpersonal distancing / feeling misunderstood by—and distrustful of—nonPOWs / disorders of self-esteem treatment considerations / counter-transference / initial contact: evaluation of treatment needs / group psychotherapy / wives' groups (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Prisoners of War KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-97550-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-97514-010 AN - 1987-97514-010 AU - Shiromani, Priyattam J. AU - Rapaport, Mark H. AU - Gillin, J. Christian ED - Hales, Robert E. ED - Frances, Allen J. ED - Hales, Robert E., (Ed) ED - Frances, Allen J., (Ed) T1 - The neurobiology of sleep: Basic concepts and clinical implications. T2 - American Psychiatric Association annual review, Vol. 6. T3 - American Psychiatric Association annual review; ISSN: 0736-1866 (Print) Y1 - 1987/// SP - 235 EP - 259 CY - Arlington, VA, US PB - American Psychiatric Association SN - 0736-1866 SN - 0-88048-243-5 SN - 0-88048-242-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-97514-010. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shiromani, Priyattam J.; U California-San Diego, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Postgraduate Psychobiologist, La Jolla, CA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20121231. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-88048-243-5, Hardcover; 0-88048-242-7, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neurobiology; Sleep; Sleep Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Acetylcholine; Cholinergic Nerves; Evaluation; Rapid Eye Movement. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 25. AB - provide a background on basic sleep research principles arising out of human and animal sleep research laboratories, and to review clinical sleep disorders, especially from the perspective of the sleep laboratory neurobiology of sleep / characteristic features of non-REM [rapid eye movement] and REM sleep / neuronal mechanisms responsible for non-REM sleep cholingeric mechanisms and REM sleep / cholinoceptive neurons / acetylcholine / atonia / hippocampal theta activity / generation of the REM state sleep and breathing temperature regulation in sleep nosology of sleep / indications for referral to a sleep laboratory office evaluation of the patient with a sleep disorder (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Neurobiology KW - Sleep KW - Sleep Disorders KW - Acetylcholine KW - Cholinergic Nerves KW - Evaluation KW - Rapid Eye Movement KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-97514-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-97514-008 AN - 1987-97514-008 AU - Allen, Carol B. AU - Davis, Bonnie M. AU - Davis, Kenneth L. ED - Hales, Robert E. ED - Frances, Allen J. ED - Hales, Robert E., (Ed) ED - Frances, Allen J., (Ed) T1 - Psychoendocrinology in clinical psychiatry. T2 - American Psychiatric Association annual review, Vol. 6. T3 - American Psychiatric Association annual review; ISSN: 0736-1866 (Print) Y1 - 1987/// SP - 188 EP - 209 CY - Arlington, VA, US PB - American Psychiatric Association SN - 0736-1866 SN - 0-88048-243-5 SN - 0-88048-242-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-97514-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Allen, Carol B.; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, New York, NY, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20121231. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-88048-243-5, Hardcover; 0-88048-242-7, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Endocrine Disorders; Endocrinology; Psychoneuroendocrinology. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 22. AB - present the major endocrine abnormalities found in affective disorders and schizophrenia, and discuss how these phenomena have been employed in the diagnosis, management, and treatment of psychiatric illness relationship of these findings to current research regarding hypotheses of pathophysiology of psychiatric disorder will be reviewed endocrine effects of psychiatric medications and endocrine abnormalities in substance abuse and aging will be discussed / neuroleptics / lithium dexamethasone suppression test / thyrotropin-releasing hormone test / growth hormone anorexia nervosa / premenstrual tension syndrome / psychogenic amenorrhea prolactin / endogenous opiate system psychiatric abnormalities in endocrine disease / thyroid disease / Cushing's syndrome and Addison's disease (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Endocrine Disorders KW - Endocrinology KW - Psychoneuroendocrinology KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-97514-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-97407-009 AN - 1987-97407-009 AU - Jacobs, Durand F. ED - Galski, Thomas ED - Galski, Thomas, (Ed) T1 - A general theory of addictions: Application to treatment and rehabilitation planning for pathological gamblers. T2 - The handbook of pathological gambling. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 169 EP - 194 CY - Springfield, IL, England PB - Charles C Thomas, Publisher SN - 0-398-05268-9 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-97407-009. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jacobs, Durand F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Assistant Chief, Psychology Service, Loma Linda, CA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-398-05268-9, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Addiction; Pathological Gambling; Rehabilitation. Minor Descriptor: At Risk Populations; Models; Personality Traits; Treatment. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 26. AB - the ultimate goal of these investigations is to construct descriptive models that will enable the clinician to better understand the etiology and course of the addictive process, as well as facilitate early identification and prompt effective intervention with persons at high risk for developing addictive patterns of behavior essential features of the general theory of addictions treatment and rehabilitation planning model of the addictive personality syndrome prototype treatment and rehabilitation program (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Addiction KW - Pathological Gambling KW - Rehabilitation KW - At Risk Populations KW - Models KW - Personality Traits KW - Treatment KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-97407-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-97407-008 AN - 1987-97407-008 AU - Taber, J. Ingersoll AU - McCormick, Richard A. ED - Galski, Thomas ED - Galski, Thomas, (Ed) T1 - The pathological gambler in treatment. T2 - The handbook of pathological gambling. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 137 EP - 168 CY - Springfield, IL, England PB - Charles C Thomas, Publisher SN - 0-398-05268-9 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-97407-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Taber, J. Ingersoll; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychologist, Reno, NV, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-398-05268-9, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Pathological Gambling; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Holistic Health; Models; Social Support. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 32. AB - we will review briefly the published literature medical model / half-way house model / holistic inpatient treatment: The Brecksville model / future of treatment / Gamblers Anonymous (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Pathological Gambling KW - Treatment KW - Holistic Health KW - Models KW - Social Support KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-97407-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-97407-002 AN - 1987-97407-002 AU - McCormick, Richard A. AU - Taber, J. Ingersoll ED - Galski, Thomas ED - Galski, Thomas, (Ed) T1 - The pathological gambler: Salient personality variables. T2 - The handbook of pathological gambling. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 9 EP - 39 CY - Springfield, IL, England PB - Charles C Thomas, Publisher SN - 0-398-05268-9 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-97407-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McCormick, Richard A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Assistant Chief, Psychology Service, Cleveland, OH, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-398-05268-9, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Pathological Gambling; Personality Traits. Minor Descriptor: Life Experiences; Psychometrics. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 31. AB - we will first summarize the available information and opinions offered by other researchers, scholars, and clinicians; these sources represent many disciplines and operate with various motivations, techniques, resources, and theories we will attempt to highlight areas where converging sources overlap and sometimes contradict each other case study literature / psychometric studies / personality tests / life events as correlates of compulsive gambling / common personality themes / personality constructs / factor interaction: an integration and discussion (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Pathological Gambling KW - Personality Traits KW - Life Experiences KW - Psychometrics KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-97407-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-97407-001 AN - 1987-97407-001 AU - Custer, Robert F. ED - Galski, Thomas ED - Galski, Thomas, (Ed) T1 - The diagnosis and scope of pathological gambling. T2 - The handbook of pathological gambling. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 3 EP - 7 CY - Springfield, IL, England PB - Charles C Thomas, Publisher SN - 0-398-05268-9 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-97407-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Custer, Robert F.; Veterans Administration, Chief of Treatment Services, Mental Health & Behavioral Science, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-398-05268-9, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Pathological Gambling; Psychodiagnosis; Psychodiagnostic Typologies. Minor Descriptor: Social Support. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 5. AB - define pathological gambling DSM-III [Diagnostic and Statistical Manual (3rd Edition)] Gamblers Anonymous (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Pathological Gambling KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - Social Support KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-97407-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-97301-014 AN - 1987-97301-014 AU - Gardner, Howard AU - Wolf, Dennis ED - Görlitz, Dietmar ED - Wohlwill, Joachim F. ED - Görlitz, Dietmar, (Ed) ED - Wohlwill, Joachim F., (Ed) T1 - The symbolic products of early childhood. T2 - Curiosity, imagination, and play: On the development of spontaneous cognitive motivational processes. T3 - Child psychology Y1 - 1987/// SP - 305 EP - 325 CY - Hillsdale, NJ, US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc SN - 0-89859-683-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-97301-014. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gardner, Howard; Boston Veterans Administration, Research Psychologist, MA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20100222. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89859-683-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Childhood Development; Exploratory Behavior; Symbolism. Classification: Cognitive & Perceptual Development (2820). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 21. AB - traditional views of exploration and the cognitive revolution / an approach in terms of symbol systems / a study of symbolic development / streams and waves of symbolization / a general portrait of symbolic development / mediating between biology and culture (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Childhood Development KW - Exploratory Behavior KW - Symbolism KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-97301-014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-97300-008 AN - 1987-97300-008 AU - Baker, Laurence H. AU - Cooney, Ned L. AU - Pomerleau, Ovide F. ED - Cox, W. Miles ED - Cox, W. Miles, (Ed) T1 - Craving for alcohol: Theoretical processes and treatment procedures. T2 - Treatment and prevention of alcohol problems: A resource manual. T3 - Personality, psychopathology, and psychotherapy Y1 - 1987/// SP - 183 EP - 202 CY - San Diego, CA, US PB - Academic Press SN - 0-12-194470-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-97300-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Baker, Laurence H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-12-194470-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Appetite; Relapse (Disorders). Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 20. AB - we discuss craving and its implications for preventing relapse, focusing on the evolution of the concept and relevant empirical studies using a case example, we describe treatment procedures that are designed to modify craving and prevent relapse discuss future directions for research on craving (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Appetite KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-97300-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-97300-001 AN - 1987-97300-001 AU - Liepman, Michael R. AU - Nirenberg, Ted D. ED - Cox, W. Miles ED - Cox, W. Miles, (Ed) T1 - Beginning treatment for alcohol problems. T2 - Treatment and prevention of alcohol problems: A resource manual. T3 - Personality, psychopathology, and psychotherapy Y1 - 1987/// SP - 13 EP - 26 CY - San Diego, CA, US PB - Academic Press SN - 0-12-194470-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-97300-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Liepman, Michael R.; Davis Park Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcohol Dependence Treatment Program, RI, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-12-194470-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Recovery (Disorders). Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 14. AB - focuses on the elements of the beginning phase of treatment that are important in building a therapeutic alliance that is sufficiently strong to weather the stresses of victory identifies the factors that must be assessed early in treatment to establish the direction of change offers an approach for anticipating pitfalls that abort treatment (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Recovery (Disorders) KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-97300-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1987-97300-000 AN - 1987-97300-000 AU - Cox, W. Miles ED - Cox, W. Miles T1 - Treatment and prevention of alcohol problems: A resource manual. T3 - Personality, psychopathology, and psychotherapy Y1 - 1987/// CY - San Diego, CA, US PB - Academic Press SN - 0-12-194470-0 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-97300-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cox, W. Miles; Richard L. Roudebush Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service & Alcohol Research Lab, IN, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-12-194470-0, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Prevention. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 365. AB - As its title indicates, the book is intended to be a resource manual for the treatment and prevention of alcohol problems. The book is a manual in the sense that it provides information and instruction, giving details about specific procedures to follow. It is a resource manual in the sense that it is not intended to be a 'one-shot' lesson on how to treat and prevent alcohol problems. The book may well serve as the basis for implementing a treatment program, but it is also intended to be a guide to which the clinical worker may refer as new problems and questions arise with individual clients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Prevention KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-97300-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-97257-008 AN - 1987-97257-008 AU - Clewell, Richard D. ED - Menninger, W. Walter ED - Menninger, W. Walter, (Ed) T1 - Moral dimensions in treating combat veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder. T2 - Military psychiatry: Learning from experience. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 114 EP - 130 CY - Topeka, KS, US PB - The Menninger Foundation SN - 0-935868-28-3 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-97257-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Clewell, Richard D.; Cleveland Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Ctr for Stress Recovery, Chaplain & Coordinator of Outpatient Services, Cleveland, OH, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-935868-28-3, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Morality; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Conscience; Guilt; Treatment; War. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Religion (2920). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 17. AB - issues of loss of innocence, conscience, guilt, identity, and existential meaning are underlying features of the disorder [posttraumatic stress disorder] which treaters must address but are often reluctant to confront highlights the therapeutic alliance in its sacred quality and discusses the parallel between the rite of confession and the psychotherapeutic recovery process calls on helpers to account for their own struggle with these issues in enabling the warrior's process of resolution nature of war and human response (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Military Veterans KW - Morality KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Conscience KW - Guilt KW - Treatment KW - War KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-97257-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-97257-007 AN - 1987-97257-007 AU - Goderez, Bruce I. ED - Menninger, W. Walter ED - Menninger, W. Walter, (Ed) T1 - The survivor syndrome: Massive psychic trauma and posttraumatic stress disorder. T2 - Military psychiatry: Learning from experience. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 96 EP - 113 CY - Topeka, KS, US PB - The Menninger Foundation SN - 0-935868-28-3 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-97257-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goderez, Bruce I.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Staff Psychiatrist, Northampton, MA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-935868-28-3, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Dissociative Identity Disorder; Emotional Adjustment; Syndromes; War. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Location: Vietnam. Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 18. AB - 'survivor syndrome'—the persistence into civilian life of traits that were reality adaptations in the traumatic situation author's inpatient clinical experience with Vietnam veterans supports the validity of the survivor syndrome concept and also provides numerous examples of apparent alternation between combat-mode functioning and civilian-mode functioning / suggestive of a multiple-personality-like syndrome / treatment (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Dissociative Identity Disorder KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - Syndromes KW - War KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-97257-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-97214-014 AN - 1987-97214-014 AU - Crovitz, Herbert F. ED - Rubin, David C. ED - Rubin, David C., (Ed) T1 - Loss and recovery of autobiographical memory after head injury. T2 - Autobiographical memory. Y1 - 1986/// SP - 273 EP - 290 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Cambridge University Press SN - 0-521-30322-2 SN - 0-521-36850-2 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-97214-014. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crovitz, Herbert F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-521-30322-2, Hardcover; 0-521-36850-2, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Head Injuries; Memory. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Self-Perception. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 18. AB - provides data from a single subject, a patient with a severe closed-head injury / an important event occurred, which was lost in the patient's retrograde amnesia / the patient had been told about the event by his brother and so knew about it but could not remember it for himself / this curious state of affairs serves to isolate two functions of autobiographical memory: its function as a source of information and its function as a basis for a feeling of self and of continuity (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - examines autobiographical memory loss or retrograde amnesia after head injury KW - 1986 KW - Amnesia KW - Head Injuries KW - Memory KW - Case Report KW - Self-Perception KW - 1986 DO - 10.1017/CBO9780511558313.022 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-97214-014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-97214-013 AN - 1987-97214-013 AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Cermak, Laird S. ED - Rubin, David C. ED - Rubin, David C., (Ed) T1 - A case study of the forgetting of autobiographical knowledge: Implications for the study of retrograde amnesia. T2 - Autobiographical memory. Y1 - 1986/// SP - 253 EP - 272 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Cambridge University Press SN - 0-521-30322-2 SN - 0-521-36850-2 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-97214-013. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Butters, Nelson; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-521-30322-2, Hardcover; 0-521-36850-2, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Korsakoffs Psychosis; Retrograde Amnesia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 20. AB - discuss retrograde amnesia, that is, amnesia that occurs for events prior to an injury or the onset of an illness / report on a unique case study that allowed an opportunity to study and verify the loss of previously noted memories (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) AB - review . . . literature on retrograde amnesia, noting both the complexities of the problem and the advances that have been made / demonstrate how extensive study of a single patients's autobiographical memory can provide the crucial evidence to explain the factors underlying at least one amnesic population's (patients with alcoholic Korsakoff's syndrome) retrograde amnesia (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses retrograde amnesia & presents a case study of forgetting of autobiographical memories of a patient with Korsakoff's syndrome KW - 1986 KW - Amnesia KW - Korsakoffs Psychosis KW - Retrograde Amnesia KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-97214-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1987-97077-040 AN - 1987-97077-040 AU - Shenoy, R. S. AU - Hunt, P. A. ED - Berg, Joseph M. ED - Berg, Joseph M., (Ed) T1 - Amoxapine in the treatment of depression in institutionalized mentally retarded adults. T2 - Science and service in mental retardation. Y1 - 1986/// SP - 380 EP - 386 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Methuen SN - 0-416-40650-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-97077-040. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shenoy, R. S.; McGuire Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Mental Hygiene Clinic, Richmond, VA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-416-40650-5, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antidepressant Drugs; Major Depression; Intellectual Development Disorder. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 7. AB - this study describes the successful treatment of major depression in five institutionalized mentally retarded adults using amoxapine, a new tricyclic antidepressant drug that has antipsychotic as well as antidepressant properties the clinical manifestations of depression depended on the developmental level of the patient neurovegetative and behavioral symptoms were prominent when the retardation was more severe, while higher functioning patients had awareness of depressed affects the authors conclude that because depression in the mentally retarded often presents with psychotic symptomatology, amoxapine may be an ideal drug to treat the condition in this population (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Institutionalized Mentally Retarded KW - 1986 KW - Antidepressant Drugs KW - Major Depression KW - Intellectual Development Disorder KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-97077-040&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1987-09638-001 AN - 1987-09638-001 AU - Carey, Robert J. T1 - Lateralized decrease in self-stimulation induced by haloperidol in rats with unilateral 6-hydroxydopamine lesions. JF - Behavioural Brain Research JO - Behavioural Brain Research JA - Behav Brain Res Y1 - 1985/12// VL - 18 IS - 3 SP - 215 EP - 222 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0166-4328 N1 - Accession Number: 1987-09638-001. PMID: 3937541 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carey, Robert J.; Veterans Administration, Dept of Psychiatry, Syracuse, NY. Release Date: 19870401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dopamine; Haloperidol; Hydroxydopamine (6-); Self-Stimulation. Minor Descriptor: Electrical Brain Stimulation; Hypothalamus; Rats; Rewards. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1985. AB - Studied the involvement of dopamine in brain reward mechanisms in 12 male Sprague-Dawley rats. Six Ss with bilateral hypothalamic electrode placements which generated self-stimulation rate-intensity functions were subjected to unilateral injections of 6-hydroxydopamine (6-OHDA); the remaining 6 Ss received vehicle or sham injections. Following 12 wks of postoperative recovery, Ss were administered 0.1 mg/kg haloperidol. Findings show that in sham- and vehicle-injected control Ss, the haloperidol produced bilaterally symmetrical decreases in self-stimulation; in the Ss with 6-OHDA lesions, the haloperidol effect was asymmetric with a much greater decrease in self-stimulation evident for electrode placements in the dopamine deficient hemisphere than for electrodes in the nonlesion hemisphere. Biochemical evaluation of the lesions indicated that dopamine was severely depleted in limbic and striatal forebrain areas. It is suggested that the combined use of a lesion with a pharmacological blockade of a neurotransmitter system appears to be an effective technique to distinguish reward vs performance effects of the transmitter on self-stimulation. (22 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 6-hydroxydopamine vs vehicle or sham injection & haloperidol KW - hypothalamic self stimulation KW - male rats KW - implications for reward vs performance effects of dopamine on self stimulation KW - 1985 KW - Dopamine KW - Haloperidol KW - Hydroxydopamine (6-) KW - Self-Stimulation KW - Electrical Brain Stimulation KW - Hypothalamus KW - Rats KW - Rewards KW - 1985 DO - 10.1016/0166-4328(85)90029-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1987-09638-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1986-98775-008 AN - 1986-98775-008 AU - Woody, George E. AU - Luborsky, Lester AU - McLellan, A. Thomas AU - O'Brien, Charles P. ED - Meyer, Roger E. ED - Meyer, Roger E., (Ed) T1 - Psychotherapy as an adjunct to methadone treatment. T2 - Psychopathology and addictive disorders. Y1 - 1986/// SP - 169 EP - 195 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 0-89862-680-3 N1 - Accession Number: 1986-98775-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Woody, George E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Philadelphia, PA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89862-680-3, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Rehabilitation; Methadone Maintenance; Psychotherapy. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 27. AB - brief overview of the psychiatric disorders seen in methadone-maintained addicts . . . to provide an introduction to the specific indications for psychotherapy in the methadone-maintained patient review of the literature and description of treatment types the VA [Veterans Administration]-Penn study / examines the efficacy of professional psychotherapy when used as an adjunct to methadone treatment / question of who among this population [male veterans] might be best served by the additional psychotherapy (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1986 KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Methadone Maintenance KW - Psychotherapy KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1986-98775-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1986-98775-006 AN - 1986-98775-006 AU - McLellan, A. Thomas ED - Meyer, Roger E. ED - Meyer, Roger E., (Ed) T1 - 'Psychiatric severity' as a predictor of outcome from substance abuse treatments. T2 - Psychopathology and addictive disorders. Y1 - 1986/// SP - 97 EP - 139 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 0-89862-680-3 N1 - Accession Number: 1986-98775-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McLellan, A. Thomas; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Substance Abuse Treatment Unit, Philadelphia, PA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89862-680-3, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Drug Rehabilitation; Severity (Disorders). Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 43. AB - present the design and results of our 4-year prediction study present a series of subsequent studies targeting the most psychiatrically impaired sample of our substance-abusing patients attempted to determine the most effective and appropriate of the available treatment options for this important subgroup of substance abusers (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1986 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Severity (Disorders) KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1986-98775-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1986-98704-010 AN - 1986-98704-010 AU - Horton, Arthur MacNeill Jr. AU - Puente, Antonio E. ED - Obrzut, John E. ED - Hynd, George W. ED - Obrzut, John E., (Ed) ED - Hynd, George W., (Ed) T1 - Behavioral neuropsychology with children. T2 - Child neuropsychology, Vol. 2: Clinical practice. T3 - Perspectives in neurolinguistics, neuropsychology, and psycholinguistics: A series of monographs and treatises Y1 - 1986/// SP - 299 EP - 316 CY - San Diego, CA, US PB - Academic Press SN - 0-12-524042-2 SN - 0-12-524044-9 N1 - Accession Number: 1986-98704-010. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Horton, Arthur MacNeill Jr.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Baltimore, MD, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-12-524042-2, Hardcover; 0-12-524044-9, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Neuropsychology. Classification: Behavior Therapy & Behavior Modification (3312). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 18. AB - this chapter is devoted to the specific application of behavioral neuropsychology with children / concerned with theoretical issues and attempts to make a distinction between traditional and contemporary behaviorism / focuses on treatment planning and includes the Lewinsohn model for intervention with the brain-injured / basic behavioral neuropsychology guidelines . . . that deal with topographical organization of human neuroanatomy and a brief discussion of basic child neuropsychology profiles, based on the work of Hartlage (1975), are presented / review the existing empirical research on the application of behavioral methods with two populations (i.e., learning disabled and brain damaged) / includes some speculations about the future directions that behavioral neuropsychology with children may take (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - theoretical issues & treatment planning & research & future directions in behavioral neuropsychology KW - children KW - 1986 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Neuropsychology KW - 1986 DO - 10.1016/B978-0-12-524042-0.50017-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1986-98704-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1986-98701-006 AN - 1986-98701-006 AU - Ainslie, George ED - Commons, Michael L. ED - Mazur, James E. ED - Nevin, John Anthony ED - Rachlin, Howard ED - Commons, Michael L., (Ed) ED - Mazur, James E., (Ed) ED - Nevin, John Anthony, (Ed) ED - Rachlin, Howard, (Ed) T1 - Aversion with only one factor. T2 - The effect of delay and of intervening events on reinforcement value. T3 - Quantitative analyses of behavior, Vol. 5 Y1 - 1987/// SP - 127 EP - 139 CY - Hillsdale, NJ, US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc SN - 0-89859-800-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1986-98701-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ainslie, George; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Coatesville, PA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89859-800-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aversion Conditioning; Learning Theory; Pain. Minor Descriptor: Preferences. Classification: Learning & Memory (2343). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 13. AB - two-factor theory / one-factor theory: pain as nonreinforcement one-factor theory: pain as reinforcement-nonreinforcement sequence continuum of durations of temporary preferences / zones of temporary-preference duration (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Aversion Conditioning KW - Learning Theory KW - Pain KW - Preferences KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1986-98701-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1986-98663-009 AN - 1986-98663-009 AU - Cermak, Laird S. ED - Goldstein, Gerald ED - Tarter, Ralph E. ED - Goldstein, Gerald, (Ed) ED - Tarter, Ralph E., (Ed) T1 - Amnesia as a processing deficit. T2 - Advances in clinical neuropsychology, Vol. 3. Y1 - 1986/// SP - 265 EP - 290 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-42290-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1986-98663-009. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cermak, Laird S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-306-42290-5, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Measurement; Memory. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 26. AB - if our former theories about memory and amnesia are incorrect, then batteries designed to assess such disorders have to be incorrect as well / current theorizing suggests strongly that such a possibility exists and while it too might be trendy, a great deal of convergence from several sources is emerging / the purpose of the present chapter will be to present this current reinterpretation of memory and amnesia and to present some new suggestions as to how amnesia might be assessed (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1986 KW - Amnesia KW - Measurement KW - Memory KW - 1986 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4613-2211-5_9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1986-98663-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1986-98663-000 AN - 1986-98663-000 AU - Goldstein, Gerald AU - Tarter, Ralph E. ED - Goldstein, Gerald ED - Tarter, Ralph E. T1 - Advances in clinical neuropsychology, Vol. 3. Y1 - 1986/// CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-42290-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1986-98663-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Gerald; Veterans Administration Highland Drive Medical Ctr, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. ISBN: 0-306-42290-5, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disorders; Neuropsychology. Minor Descriptor: Emotions; Human Sex Differences; Neuropsychological Assessment. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 328. AB - This third volume of the 'Advances in Clinical Neuropsychology' series returns to the style of the first volume in that it contains contributions representing a diversity of areas. Within this diversity there are chapters covering specific disease entities of neuropsychological interest: cardiovascular disease, Huntington's disease, head trauma in children, and hepatic encephalopathy. There are contributions in the area of neurobehavioral assessment; one involving the CT scan and the other the Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychology Test Battery. Finally, there are several empirical reviews, including discussions of sex differences in brain function, the neuropsychology of emotion, the relation between neuropsychological test results and patients' complaints of disability, and mechanisms of amnesia. Thus, this volume clearly continues the tradition established in previous volumes with regard to containing material that is both basic science and clinically oriented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1986 KW - Disorders KW - Neuropsychology KW - Emotions KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - 1986 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4613-2211-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1986-98663-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1986-98485-004 AN - 1986-98485-004 AU - Morihisa, John M. AU - Duffy, Frank H. ED - Duffy, Frank H. ED - Duffy, Frank H., (Ed) T1 - Focal cortical arousal in the schizophrenias. T2 - Topographic mapping of brain electrical activity. Y1 - 1986/// SP - 371 EP - 379 CY - Boston, MA, England PB - Butterworth Publishers SN - 0-409-90008-7 N1 - Accession Number: 1986-98485-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morihisa, John M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatrist-in-Chief, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-409-90008-7, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Evoked Potentials; Schizophrenia; Stereotaxic Atlas. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 9. AB - focus on the evidence from brain electrical activity mapping that supports the hypothesis that schizophrenic patients have abnormalities of focal cortical arousal / these findings are examined in the context of the related body of work that uses complementary measures of brain function in the investigation of this disorder / further explore the hypothesis that abnormalities of focal cortical arousal may be relevant to the disease processes grouped together as the schizophrenias (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1986 KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Schizophrenia KW - Stereotaxic Atlas KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1986-98485-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1986-98421-010 AN - 1986-98421-010 AU - Horton, Arthur MacNeill Jr. AU - Sautter, Scott W. ED - Wedding, Danny ED - Horton, Arthur MacNeill Jr. ED - Webster, Jeffrey S. ED - Wedding, Danny, (Ed) ED - Horton, Arthur MacNeill Jr., (Ed) ED - Webster, Jeffrey S., (Ed) T1 - Behavioral neuropsychology: Behavioral treatment for the brain-injured. T2 - The neuropsychology handbook: Behavioral and clinical perspectives. Y1 - 1986/// SP - 259 EP - 277 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Springer Publishing Co SN - 0-8261-4650-3 N1 - Accession Number: 1986-98421-010. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Horton, Arthur MacNeill Jr.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Medical Service, Alcoholism Section, Baltimore, MD, US. Release Date: 19970601. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-8261-4650-3, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Brain Damage; Models; Neuropsychology. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297); Behavior Therapy & Behavior Modification (3312). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 19. AB - provide a perspective on the interface between neuropsychology and behavior therapy / conceptual models for behavioral intervention with brain-damaged persons will be overviewed in order to generate a workable treatment paradigm theoretical issues / conceptual models [Lewinsohn's model] / guidelines for behavioral neuropsychology [laterality, caudality, dorsality] (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - conceptual models for behavior intervention KW - persons with brain damage KW - 1986 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Brain Damage KW - Models KW - Neuropsychology KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1986-98421-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1986-98421-009 AN - 1986-98421-009 AU - Webster, Jeffrey S. AU - McCaffrey, Robert J. AU - Scott, Reda R. ED - Wedding, Danny ED - Horton, Arthur MacNeill Jr. ED - Webster, Jeffrey S. ED - Wedding, Danny, (Ed) ED - Horton, Arthur MacNeill Jr., (Ed) ED - Webster, Jeffrey S., (Ed) T1 - Single case design for neuropsychology. T2 - The neuropsychology handbook: Behavioral and clinical perspectives. Y1 - 1986/// SP - 219 EP - 258 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Springer Publishing Co SN - 0-8261-4650-3 N1 - Accession Number: 1986-98421-009. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Webster, Jeffrey S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychology Service, Long Beach, CA, US. Release Date: 19970601. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-8261-4650-3, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Experimental Design; Neuropsychology. Classification: Research Methods & Experimental Design (2260). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 40. AB - demonstrate the considerable overlap between single case strategies of both basic experimental neuropsychology and behavior therapy basic experiemental neuropsychologists' methods for improving study of the unique single case [S selection, background assessment of the S, recommendations for generating an individual comparison standard, specific hypothesis testing, nonspecific error in single case designs for basic experimental neuropsychology, progress in basic experimental case study design] / behavioral single case design for applied neuropsychology [selecting target behaviors, methods of recording a target behavior, measurement agreement, different types of behavioral single case designs, steps following the demonstration of efficacy of training] (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - single case strategies of basic experimental neuropsychology & behavior therapy KW - 1986 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Experimental Design KW - Neuropsychology KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1986-98421-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1986-98421-001 AN - 1986-98421-001 AU - Horton, Arthur MacNeill Jr. AU - Puente, Antonio E. ED - Wedding, Danny ED - Horton, Arthur MacNeill Jr. ED - Webster, Jeffrey S. ED - Wedding, Danny, (Ed) ED - Horton, Arthur MacNeill Jr., (Ed) ED - Webster, Jeffrey S., (Ed) T1 - Human neuropsychology: An overview. T2 - The neuropsychology handbook: Behavioral and clinical perspectives. Y1 - 1986/// SP - 3 EP - 22 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Springer Publishing Co SN - 0-8261-4650-3 N1 - Accession Number: 1986-98421-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Horton, Arthur MacNeill Jr.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Medical Service, Alcoholism Section, Baltimore, MD, US. Release Date: 19970601. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-8261-4650-3, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neuropsychology. Minor Descriptor: History. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 20. AB - Provides an overview and brief history of neuropsychology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) AB - Euroasian contributions / North American contributions / conceptualizing human neuropsychology [neuropsychology defined, Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-III (DSM-III) categories of organic mental disorders] / human neuropsychology and selected nonmedical specialties [clinical psychology, health psychology, education, vocational evaluation] / emerging trends in human neuropsychology [education and training, certification] / recent developments [subcortical brain damage, rehabilitation and behavior management] (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - overview & history of neuropsychology KW - 1986 KW - Neuropsychology KW - History KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1986-98421-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1986-98367-005 AN - 1986-98367-005 AU - Dunwiddie, Thomas V. ED - Geller, Herbert M. ED - Geller, Herbert M., (Ed) T1 - The use of in vitro brain slices in neuropharmacology. T2 - Electrophysiological techniques in pharmacology. T3 - Modern methods in pharmacology, Vol. 3 Y1 - 1986/// SP - 65 EP - 90 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Alan R. Liss SN - 0-8451-2502-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1986-98367-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dunwiddie, Thomas V.; Veterans Administration, Medical Research Service, Denver, CO, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-8451-2502-8, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Electrophysiology; Pharmacology. Minor Descriptor: Drugs; Evoked Potentials; Neurotransmitters. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 26. AB - neurotransmitters neuroactive drugs advantages and disadvantages of brain slices for pharmacological experiments measures of electrophysiological responses / evoked potentials drug responses that can be studied with evoked potentials (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1986 KW - Brain KW - Electrophysiology KW - Pharmacology KW - Drugs KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Neurotransmitters KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1986-98367-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1986-98140-023 AN - 1986-98140-023 AU - Zubin, Joseph ED - Millon, Theodore ED - Klerman, Gerald L. ED - Millon, Theodore, (Ed) ED - Klerman, Gerald L., (Ed) T1 - Implications of the vulnerability model for DSM-IV with special reference to schizophrenia. T2 - Contemporary directions in psychopathology: Toward the DSM-IV. Y1 - 1986/// SP - 473 EP - 494 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 0-89862-659-5 N1 - Accession Number: 1986-98140-023. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zubin, Joseph; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19860101. Correction Date: 20161006. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89862-659-5, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Diagnostic and Statistical Manual; Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia; Treatment. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 22. AB - review some of the more fruitful theoretical models that are now operative and try to integrate them into a superordinate vulnerability model that will incorporate the findings of each of the disciplines contributing to psychopathological knowledge methods for identifying the presence of the various specific disorder categories . . . will be suggested as a new axis for Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-IV (DSM-IV) review the status of Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-III (DSM-III) from this new perspective reliability / validity [construct validity: scientific models of etiology] / vulnerability model / chronic schizophrenia / treatment / difficulties in diagnosing mental disorder / heterogeneity of diagnostic categories / markers of mental disorders / psychoses versus personality disorders (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - use of DSM-IV in diagnosis & treatment of schizophrenia KW - 1986 KW - Diagnostic and Statistical Manual KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1986-98140-023&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1986-97729-006 AN - 1986-97729-006 AU - Fedoravicius, Al S. AU - Klein, Ben J. ED - Holzman, Arnold D. ED - Turk, Dennis C. ED - Holzman, Arnold D., (Ed) ED - Turk, Dennis C., (Ed) T1 - Social skills training in an outpatient medical setting. T2 - Pain management: A handbook of psychological treatment approaches. T3 - Pergamon general psychology series, Vol. 136 Y1 - 1986/// SP - 86 EP - 99 CY - Elmsford, NY, US PB - Pergamon Press SN - 0-08-031931-9 N1 - Accession Number: 1986-97729-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fedoravicius, Al S.; Albuquerque Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Behavioral Medicine Program, Coordinator, Albuquerque, NM, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-08-031931-9, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chronic Pain; Outpatient Treatment; Social Skills Training. Minor Descriptor: Assertiveness Training; Illness Behavior; Role Playing. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 14. AB - role of social skills in the development, [maintenance and treatment] of chronic pain and chronic illness behavior multidimensional chronic illness behavior treatment program / context of the treatment program / admission process / instructional set provided to patients social skills components and training techniques / goal setting / treatment paradigm / group didactic and role-playing format / assertiveness skills (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1986 KW - Chronic Pain KW - Outpatient Treatment KW - Social Skills Training KW - Assertiveness Training KW - Illness Behavior KW - Role Playing KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1986-97729-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1986-97697-013 AN - 1986-97697-013 AU - Gorelick, David A. AU - Wilkins, Jeffery N. ED - Galanter, Marc ED - Galanter, Marc, (Ed) T1 - Special aspects of human alcohol withdrawal. T2 - Recent developments in alcoholism, Vol. 4. Y1 - 1986/// SP - 283 EP - 305 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-42170-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1986-97697-013. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gorelick, David A.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brentwood Div, Behavioral Pharmacology Lab, Alcohol & Drug Treatment Program, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Reference Book. ISBN: 0-306-42170-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Drug Withdrawal. Minor Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Disorders; Drug Dependency; Mental Disorders; Syndromes. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 23. AB - review what is known about these special aspects of human alcohol withdrawal, point out gaps in our present knowledge, and suggest areas we regard as important for future research withdrawal in the setting of medical illness / psychiatric illness / mixed substance dependence / chronic alcohol withdrawal syndrome (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - special aspects of alcohol withdrawal KW - 1986 KW - Alcoholism KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Disorders KW - Drug Dependency KW - Mental Disorders KW - Syndromes KW - 1986 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4899-1695-2_13 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1986-97697-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1986-97697-011 AN - 1986-97697-011 AU - Wilkins, Jeffery N. AU - Gorelick, David A. ED - Galanter, Marc ED - Galanter, Marc, (Ed) T1 - Clinical neuroendocrinology and neuropharmacology of alcohol withdrawal. T2 - Recent developments in alcoholism, Vol. 4. Y1 - 1986/// SP - 241 EP - 263 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-42170-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1986-97697-011. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wilkins, Jeffery N.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brentwood Div, Clinical Psychopharmacology Unit, Crisis Oriented Psychiatric Evaluation Service, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Reference Book. ISBN: 0-306-42170-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Drug Withdrawal; Neuroendocrinology; Neuropharmacology. Minor Descriptor: Hormones; Models; Neurotransmitters; Psychopharmacology. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 23. AB - outline a number of proposed biological models of withdrawal / relate the results from hormone and neurotransmitter studies of withdrawal to these models / present a model involving the recently discovered GABA-benzodiazepine-barbiturate receptor complex suggestions for related future research (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - the neuroendocrine system & neuropharmacology of alcohol withdrawal KW - 1986 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Neuroendocrinology KW - Neuropharmacology KW - Hormones KW - Models KW - Neurotransmitters KW - Psychopharmacology KW - 1986 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4899-1695-2_11 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1986-97697-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1986-97697-007 AN - 1986-97697-007 AU - Alterman, Arthur I. AU - Tarter, Ralph E. ED - Galanter, Marc ED - Galanter, Marc, (Ed) T1 - An examination of selected typologies: Hyperactivity, familial, and antisocial alcoholism. T2 - Recent developments in alcoholism, Vol. 4. Y1 - 1986/// SP - 169 EP - 189 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-42170-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1986-97697-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Alterman, Arthur I.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Philadelphia, PA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Reference Book. ISBN: 0-306-42170-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Antisocial Behavior; Hyperkinesis. Minor Descriptor: Family Background; Genetics; Mental Disorders; Predisposition; Treatment Outcomes. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 21. AB - examines findings of adoption, high-risk, and familial alcoholism studies of psychiatric syndromes in alcoholic individuals and their families concerned with several potential subgrouping and typological variables and the related issues associated with two, partially converging lines of inquiry; that is, the investigations concerned with genetic influences in alcoholism and studies of the coexistent psychiatric diagnoses of individuals with diagnoses of alcoholism focus . . . on the relationship between adult sociopathy and childhood hyperactivity and conduct disorder and also examine the relationship between adult sociopathy, familial alcoholism, and the findings for individuals at risk for alcoholism / incorporate an examination of their relationship to the severity of alcoholism, to psychosocial and neuropsychological functioning, and to treatment outcome genetic research / childhood hyperactivity and conduct disorder / antisocial alcoholism (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - examines predispositions of hyperactivity KW - antisocial behavior and/or family history in alcoholism KW - 1986 KW - Alcoholism KW - Antisocial Behavior KW - Hyperkinesis KW - Family Background KW - Genetics KW - Mental Disorders KW - Predisposition KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - 1986 DO - 10.1007/978-1-4899-1695-2_7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1986-97697-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1986-97529-011 AN - 1986-97529-011 AU - Delis, Dean C. AU - Ober, Beth A. ED - Knapp, Terry J. ED - Robertson, Lynn C. ED - Knapp, Terry J., (Ed) ED - Robertson, Lynn C., (Ed) T1 - Cognitive neuropsychology. T2 - Approaches to cognition: Contrasts and controversies. Y1 - 1986/// SP - 243 EP - 266 CY - Hillsdale, NJ, US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc SN - 0-89859-623-8 N1 - Accession Number: 1986-97529-011. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Delis, Dean C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89859-623-8, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Cognitive Psychology; Neuropsychology. Minor Descriptor: Brain Damage; Language; Memory; Visual Perception. Classification: Cognitive Processes (2340). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 24. AB - provide an introduction to neuropsychological investigations of cognitive processes / focus on neuropsychological investigations of brain-damaged patients following a brief history of the development of cognitive neuropsychology, this chapter examines how an integration of the findings from both normal functioning subjects and brain-injured patients enhances our understanding of cognitive processes and, where applicable, their relationship to brain structures / selective examples of this integrative approach are given in the areas of visuospatial processing, memory, and language concludes with a discussion of the caveats in generalizing from brain-damaged to normal cognition as well as the benefits that could be derived from a greater interchange between cognitive psychologists and neuropsychologists (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses cognitive neuropsychology KW - focusing on brain-damaged patients KW - examines how an integration of findings for brain-damaged patients & normal subjects enhances our understanding of cognitive processes & brain structures KW - 1986 KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Cognitive Psychology KW - Neuropsychology KW - Brain Damage KW - Language KW - Memory KW - Visual Perception KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1986-97529-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1982-06596-001 AN - 1982-06596-001 AU - Wolf, John C. AU - Joyner, Luther B. T1 - A pragmatic resource guide to postsecondary TVO training alternatives. JF - Vocational Guidance Quarterly JO - Vocational Guidance Quarterly Y1 - 1981/12// VL - 30 IS - 2 SP - 167 EP - 173 CY - US PB - American Counseling Assn SN - 0042-7764 N1 - Accession Number: 1982-06596-001. Other Journal Title: The Career Development Quarterly. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wolf, John C.; Veterans Administration, Lubbock, TX. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19820301. Correction Date: 20120220. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Occupational Guidance; Vocational Education. Classification: Occupational Interests & Guidance (3610). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1981. AB - Outlines technical-vocational-occupational (TVO) training sources and the guidelines for evaluating alternatives, from which counselors can build an inventory of career and occupational information. Counselors may tailor the composition of their information bank to local characteristics of importance such as training facilities, business and industrial opportunities, and potential student and manpower pools. (8 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sources of technical-vocational-occupational training & guidelines for evaluation of alternatives for vocational counselors KW - 1981 KW - Occupational Guidance KW - Vocational Education KW - 1981 DO - 10.1002/j.2164-585X.1981.tb00520.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1982-06596-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1981-31691-001 AN - 1981-31691-001 AU - Squire, Larry R. AU - Fox, Mary M. T1 - Assessment of remote memory: Validation of the television test by repeated testing during a 7-year period. JF - Behavior Research Methods & Instrumentation JO - Behavior Research Methods & Instrumentation Y1 - 1980/12// VL - 12 IS - 6 SP - 583 EP - 586 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0005-7878 N1 - Accession Number: 1981-31691-001. Other Journal Title: Behavior Research Methods; Behavior Research Methods, Instruments & Computers. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Squire, Larry R.; Veterans Administration, San Diego, CA. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19811201. Correction Date: 20110314. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Forgetting; Long Term Memory; Television; Test Validity. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220); Learning & Memory (2343). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1980. AB - Assessed remote memory for former, 1-season TV programs on 4 occasions during 7 yrs using 107 adults (mean age 45.2 yrs). Each test yielded a forgetting curve that was primarily monotonic and linear. In addition, the forgetting curve obtained by the 1st application of this test in 1973 was largely recapitulated by the 3 later applications of the test. These findings, together with new information concerning the equivalence of items from different time periods, provide strong evidence that the TV test validly measures remote memory. (13 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of TV test KW - assessment of remote memory KW - Ss with mean age of 45.2 yrs KW - 1980 KW - Forgetting KW - Long Term Memory KW - Television KW - Test Validity KW - 1980 DO - 10.3758/BF03201847 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1981-31691-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1985-98434-004 AN - 1985-98434-004 AU - Zubin, Joseph AU - Steinhauer, Stuart R. AU - Day, Richard AU - Van Kammen, Daniel P. ED - Alpert, Murray ED - Alpert, Murray, (Ed) T1 - Paul Hoch Award address: Schizophrenia at the crossroads: A blueprint for the 1980s. T2 - Controversies in schizophrenia: Changes and constancies: Proceedings of the 74th Annual Meeting of the American Psychopathological Association, New York City, March 1-3, 1984. Y1 - 1985/// SP - 48 EP - 76 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Guilford Press SN - 0-89862-657-9 N1 - Accession Number: 1985-98434-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zubin, Joseph; Veterans Administration, Medical Ctr, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19970601. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. ISBN: 0-89862-657-9, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychodiagnostic Typologies; Psychosocial Factors; Schizophrenia; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 29. AB - [raises questions in schizophrenia in the 1980s] how can we further improve classification / how can we fathom etiology / how can we improve treatment / how can we evaluate it [indicates that] the possibility of early warning signs of the imminence of an episode [of schizophrenia], indicate that the future bodes well for supplementing the current clinical diagnoses and treatment with objective indicators that may succeed in reducing the heterogeneity of our nosological categories and reduce the excessive use of neuroleptics and other treatment modalities / [proposes that] these, together with the development of more knowledge about the role of the psychosocial factors in the development of episodes or in their triggering, ought to provide more efficient methods for therapeutic and preventive intervention the biometric perspective / psychophysiological perspective / psychosocial perspective (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - treatment & classification & diagnosis of & psychosocial factors in schizophrenia KW - 1985 KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1985 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1985-98434-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1985-98283-009 AN - 1985-98283-009 AU - Sprafkin, Robert P. AU - Goldstein, Arnold P. AU - Gershaw, N. Jane ED - Pedersen, Paul ED - Pedersen, Paul, (Ed) T1 - Structured learning: Its cross-cultural roots and implications. T2 - Handbook of cross-cultural counseling and therapy. Y1 - 1987/// SP - 73 EP - 78 CY - New York, NY, England; New York, NY, England PB - Greenwood Press PB - Praeger Publishers SN - 0-313-23914-2 SN - 0-275-92713-X N1 - Accession Number: 1985-98283-009. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sprafkin, Robert P.; Syracuse Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Director of Psychology Training, Syracuse, NY, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-313-23914-2, Hardcover; 0-275-92713-X, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Style; Lower Class; Psychotherapeutic Techniques. Minor Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Social Skills. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 6. AB - Structured Learning was developed in an attempt to incorporate the preferred learning styles and treatment expectations of the lower- and working-class patient, rather than attempting to force the patient into inappropriate (middle-class oriented) existing verbal, insight-oriented psychotherapies role playing / modeling / social reinforcement / transfer of training group approach to psychological treatment / five to eight 'trainees' enhancement of interpersonal skills has been both a primary and secondary goal of most psychologically oriented interventions (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1987 KW - Cognitive Style KW - Lower Class KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Social Skills KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1985-98283-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1985-98143-032 AN - 1985-98143-032 AU - Moos, Rudolf H. AU - Lemke, Sonne ED - Birren, James E. ED - Schaie, K. Warner ED - Birren, James E., (Ed) ED - Schaie, K. Warner, (Ed) T1 - Specialized living environments for older people. T2 - Handbook of the psychology of aging, 2nd ed. T3 - The handbooks of aging Y1 - 1985/// SP - 864 EP - 889 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Van Nostrand Reinhold Co SN - 0-442-21401-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1985-98143-032. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moos, Rudolf H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Geriatric Research, Educational & Clinical Ctr, Social Ecology Lab, Research Career Scientist, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-442-21401-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Homes; Residential Care Institutions. Minor Descriptor: Adjustment; Community Services; Environment; Evaluation. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 26. AB - provide a guide to the pertinent terminology and a brief history of the development of residential settings for older people / present a conceptual framework highlighting the themes that will recur throughout, including the value of conceptualizing and measuring environmental factors and their relationships, the value of examining person-environment interactions, and the value of considering different types of group residences within a common framework the environmental system / measuring the environmental domain / the quality evaluation system / the multiphasic environmental assessment procedure the effects of residential programs / retirement housing / service-supported community housing / nursing care settings enhancing adjustment by increasing choice and control (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1985 KW - Group Homes KW - Residential Care Institutions KW - Adjustment KW - Community Services KW - Environment KW - Evaluation KW - 1985 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1985-98143-032&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1985-98143-016 AN - 1985-98143-016 AU - Poon, Leonard W. ED - Birren, James E. ED - Schaie, K. Warner ED - Birren, James E., (Ed) ED - Schaie, K. Warner, (Ed) T1 - Differences in human memory with aging: Nature, causes, and clinical implications. T2 - Handbook of the psychology of aging, 2nd ed. T3 - The handbooks of aging Y1 - 1985/// SP - 427 EP - 462 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Van Nostrand Reinhold Co SN - 0-442-21401-4 N1 - Accession Number: 1985-98143-016. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Poon, Leonard W.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Mental Performance & Aging Lab, Director, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Handbook/Manual. ISBN: 0-442-21401-4, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Memory. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Diagnosis; Environment; Individual Differences; Physiological Aging. Classification: Cognitive & Perceptual Development (2820). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 36. AB - highlight and support the current trend of research toward the study of interactional effects among individuals, the environment and the task demands on the memory performance of young and elderly adults / provides a selected review of prominent findings on the nature of age differences / explores the adequacy of several biological, processing, and contextual hypotheses in accounting for the variability of age differences in memory discusses the dilemma of the clinician who needs to make clinical diagnoses and recommend remedial strategies while faced with incomplete information about the relative influences of biological, environmental, and processing factors on the presenting memory complaints and performance provides several examples of current research that attempt to examine the interactive impact of individual differences and environmental influences on the cognitive performance of young and elderly adults (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1985 KW - Age Differences KW - Memory KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Diagnosis KW - Environment KW - Individual Differences KW - Physiological Aging KW - 1985 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1985-98143-016&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1985-97268-000 AN - 1985-97268-000 AU - Brende, Joel Osler AU - Parson, Erwin Randolph T1 - Vietnam veterans: The road to recovery. Y1 - 1985/// CY - New York, NY, US PB - Plenum Press SN - 0-306-41966-1 N1 - Accession Number: 1985-97268-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brende, Joel Osler; US Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder Treatment Unit, Clinical Director, Bay Pines, FL, US. Release Date: 19870101. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. ISBN: 0-306-41966-1, Hardcover. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Recovery (Disorders). Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Location: Vietnam. Intended Audience: General Public (GP). Page Count: 270. AB - Finally there is a book that explores the rugged path that our Vietnam veterans are taking on their road to recovery. Until 1980, there was not even a diagnostic category to define the serious condition of post-traumatic stress disorder plaguing 800,000 Vietnam veterans. Since returning home, so many of these men and women have been unable to find any sense of peace. So many have struggled to find and keep a job. And so many have felt isolated and alienated to the point that they are unable to show the faintest sign of affection to their spouses and children. In painstaking detail they [the authors] describe the processes by which these men and women are learning to conquer their problems. They also go as far as providing a complete list of vital readjustment services available to these veterans and their families. Of particular interest is the section devoted to the gripping war experiences and stories of recovery of those dedicated minority groups who fought in Vietnam and the women who so selflessly served as nurses throughout the war. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discusses the readjustment problems of Vietnam veterans KW - including post traumatic stress disorder KW - & provides information about how to recover from those problems KW - 1985 KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Recovery (Disorders) KW - 1985 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1985-97268-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1980-10124-001 AN - 1980-10124-001 AU - Hamilton, James W. T1 - Cinematic neurosis: A brief case report. JF - Journal of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis JO - Journal of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis JA - J Am Acad Psychoanal Y1 - 1978/10// VL - 6 IS - 4 SP - 569 EP - 572 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0090-3604 SN - 1943-2860 N1 - Accession Number: 1980-10124-001. PMID: 689967 Other Journal Title: Journal of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis & Dynamic Psychiatry; Psychodynamic Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hamilton, James W.; Veterans Administration, Milwaukee, WI. Release Date: 19800501. Correction Date: 20121015. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Case Report; Films; Identification (Defense Mechanism); Neurosis. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1978. AB - Presents case material to account for the profound response by a patient who overidentified with the central character in the screen version of The Exorcist because of a common psychopathology related to issues of separation, the omnipotence of thought, fear of loss of control of pregenital sadistic impulses, and pronounced phallic strivings. The end result was a traumatic neurosis superimposed upon preexisting borderline character structure. (4 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - overidentification with central character in movie 'The Exorcist' KW - neurotic client KW - 1978 KW - Case Report KW - Films KW - Identification (Defense Mechanism) KW - Neurosis KW - 1978 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1980-10124-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1979-26802-001 AN - 1979-26802-001 AU - Lorei, Theodore W. AU - Caffey, Eugene M. T1 - Goal definition by staff consensus: A contribution to the planning, delivery, and evaluation of mental health services. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1978/12// VL - 46 IS - 6 SP - 1284 EP - 1290 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1979-26802-001. PMID: 730878 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorei, Theodore W.; Veterans Administration, Washington, DC. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19790101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Goals; Health Care Delivery; Mental Health Personnel; Mental Health Services. Classification: Community & Social Services (3373). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1978. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1978. AB - To provide a basis for the evaluation of VA mental health services, a survey was conducted of staff opinion regarding the importance of several specific goals for these services. Nine goals were formulated and submitted to 6,435 central office and field facility staff to obtain their ratings of each goal's importance, with an 'of no importance' rating being possible. The goals dealing with (a) the development of patient skills necessary for being self-supporting, (b) the elimination of psychological disorders, and (c) the protection of patients and others from violence received the highest average ratings. The remaining goals were considered as having some importance although there were substantial differences among the sample about the degree. Interoccupational group differences in importance ratings were statistically significant but small. Although the goals formulated and ratified by staff were general, they were more specific than previous goal statements. It is suggested that because of this relative specificity, they provide useful guidance for planning, managing, delivering, and evaluating mental health services. (14 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - goal definition by staff consensus KW - implications for planning & delivery & evaluation of mental health services KW - 1978 KW - Goals KW - Health Care Delivery KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Mental Health Services KW - 1978 DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.46.6.1284 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1979-26802-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1976-21519-001 AN - 1976-21519-001 AU - Wolf, John C. AU - Dameron, Joseph D. T1 - Counseling center function in two-year and four-year colleges. JF - Journal of College Student Personnel JO - Journal of College Student Personnel Y1 - 1975/11// VL - 16 IS - 6 SP - 482 EP - 485 CY - US PB - ACPA Executive Office N1 - Accession Number: 1976-21519-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of College Student Development. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wolf, John C.; Veterans Administration, Lubbock, TX. Release Date: 19760701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Colleges; Counseling. Classification: Educational/Vocational Counseling & Student Services (3580). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1975. AB - Administered a questionnaire about counseling services and facilities to th e person in charge of counseling centers at 50 2-yr and 4-yr colleges and universities. Results show that counselors at 2-yr colleges spend more time in academic advising than in personal-social counseling, while the opposite was true of counselors at 4-yr colleges. Counseling for course choice and load was more prevalent at the 2-yr colleges, while both short- and long-term counseling for emotional disorders was more prevalent at 4-yr colleges. Factors affecting these findings, such as the purpose of the institution, needs of dormitory vs nondormitory students, and staff expectancies are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - counseling center function KW - 2- vs 4-yr colleges KW - 1975 KW - Colleges KW - Counseling KW - 1975 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1976-21519-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1975-21796-001 AN - 1975-21796-001 AU - Lindley, Clyde J. T1 - Determining differential costs of psychiatric care in a VA hospital. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1975/04// VL - 26 IS - 4 SP - 213 EP - 218 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1975-21796-001. PMID: 804434 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lindley, Clyde J.; Veterans Administration, Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Service, Washington, DC. Release Date: 19750701. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Costs and Cost Analysis; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Psychiatric Hospitals. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1975. AB - Developed a methodology to obtain more meaningful cost data in a Veterans Administration (VA) psychiatric hospital. The VA cost-accounting system provides specific cost data for 2 major groups of patients: the psychiatric medically infirm (chronic long-term patients with significant physical disabilities who primarily need medical rather than psychiatric care) and all other psychiatric patients. A method was developed to redistribute costs more realistically to individual wards, and to relate them meaningfully to classification of patients and treatment programs. Differential costs are discussed as they relate to evaluation of programs for the delivery of mental health care. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cost-accounting system KW - determination of differential costs of psychiatric care in Veterans Administration hospital KW - 1975 KW - Costs and Cost Analysis KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - 1975 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1975-21796-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1975-06052-001 AN - 1975-06052-001 AU - Copp, Laurel A. T1 - The spectrum of suffering. JF - The American Journal of Nursing JO - The American Journal of Nursing JA - Am J Nurs Y1 - 1974/03// VL - 74 IS - 3 SP - 491 EP - 495 CY - United Kingdom PB - AB Academic Publishers SN - 0002-936X SN - 1538-7488 N1 - Accession Number: 1975-06052-001. PMID: 4492919 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Copp, Laurel A.; Veterans Administration, Washington, DC. Release Date: 19750301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Hospitalized Patients; Pain; Suffering. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1974. AB - Studied hospital patients' experience of suffering, their coping styles, and strategies for minimizing pain. Nursing students interviewed 148 patients in 5 hospitals asking questions about the meaning of pain and suffering. The 5 most common descriptions of pain given by the patients were that it was treacherous, mean, hateful, detestable, and sneaky. Pain was personified as female twice as often as male. Using Z. J. Lipowski's (1970) categories of meanings of illness, patients verbalized suffering as challenge, enemy, punishment, weakness, relief, strategy, loss, or value. 6 strategies were used to cope with suffering: (a) counting, (b) words, (c) deep thinking and visualization, (d) attempting mind-body separation, (e) distraction, and (f) contact with people. Implications from the patients' responses in the interviews are discussed in relation to patient care. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - meaning of & coping with pain & suffering KW - hospital patients KW - 1974 KW - Coping Behavior KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Pain KW - Suffering KW - 1974 DO - 10.2307/3469642 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1975-06052-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-33361-001 AN - 1974-33361-001 AU - Umeda, John K. AU - Frey, David H. T1 - Life history correlates of ministerial success. JF - Journal of Vocational Behavior JO - Journal of Vocational Behavior JA - J Vocat Behav Y1 - 1974/06// VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 319 EP - 323 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0001-8791 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-33361-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Umeda, John K.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19741201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Life Experiences; Ministers (Religion); Occupational Success Prediction. Classification: Industrial & Organizational Psychology (3600). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1974. AB - Investigated the biodata correlates of ministerial success for a group of 92 Seventh-Day Adventist ministers. The respondents' questionnaire data reflected their current level of success, and the predictors reflected their status as seminarians between the years 1940 to 1950. 2 significant bivariate correlations indicated that successful ministers chose their careers later than less successful ones and that earning college expenses was predictive of success. A stepwise multiple regression process was used to develop a weighted prediction model, but the model did not hold when cross-validated. (24 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - life history KW - ministerial success prediction KW - Seventh-Day Adventist ministers KW - 1974 KW - Life Experiences KW - Ministers (Religion) KW - Occupational Success Prediction KW - 1974 DO - 10.1016/0001-8791(74)90116-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-33361-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-33306-001 AN - 1974-33306-001 AU - Gandy, Gerald L. T1 - Ordinal position research related to vocational interest. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology JA - J Couns Psychol Y1 - 1974/07// VL - 21 IS - 4 SP - 281 EP - 287 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-33306-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gandy, Gerald L.; Veterans Administration Regional Office, Columbia, S.C. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Birth Order; Occupational Interests. Classification: Industrial & Organizational Psychology (3600). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Reviews studies on the relationship of birth order to vocational interests in an attempt to support the hypotheses that firstborns are more directing, controlling, and organizing than laterborns, and that laterborns are more sociable, empathic, and sympathetic than firstborns. The research was inconsistent, contradictory, and speculative. Recommendations for further studies are presented, including (a) investigation of birth-order personality differences within rather than between vocations; (b) additional study of the influence of sibling associations on the development of interests and personality and the effect of personality on occupational preferences; (c) research using Adlerian concepts; and (d) continued emphasis on methodological and theoretical considerations. (50 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - birth order KW - vocational interests KW - 1974 KW - Birth Order KW - Occupational Interests KW - 1974 DO - 10.1037/h0036763 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-33306-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-33058-001 AN - 1974-33058-001 AU - Sutker, Patricia B. AU - Allain, Albert N. AU - Cohen, Gary H. T1 - MMPI indices of personality change following short- and long-term hospitalization of heroin addicts. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1974/04// VL - 34 IS - 2 SP - 495 EP - 500 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-33058-001. PMID: 4150669 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sutker, Patricia B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, Charleston, S.C. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19741201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Heroin Addiction; Hospitalization; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Personality Change. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1974. AB - Examined test-retest MMPI profile patterns for 2 highly similar groups of hardcore heroin addicts: 30 clients admitted to 6-mo hospitalization in a clinical research center (mean age = 27.37 yrs) and 28 addicts confined approximately 6 wk in an inpatient hospital setting (mean age = 26.79 yrs). MMPI changes following hospitalization were characterized by decreases in scores on almost every clinical scale, with higher elevations on scales reflecting ego strength and personal guardedness. Elevations on the Pd and Ma scales remained relatively constant over intake and discharge conditions, while scores on the Hs and Hy scales were particularly sensitive to changes in circumstance. Although both conditions produced diagnostic signs of general improvement, changes in personality functioning appeared to be most dramatic in the shorter, more intensive treatment condition. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - short- & long-term hospitalization KW - MMPI indices of personality change KW - heroin addicts KW - 1974 KW - Heroin Addiction KW - Hospitalization KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Personality Change KW - 1974 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1974.34.2.495 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-33058-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-33004-001 AN - 1974-33004-001 AU - Munley, Patrick H. T1 - A review of counseling analogue research methods. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology JA - J Couns Psychol Y1 - 1974/07// VL - 21 IS - 4 SP - 320 EP - 330 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-33004-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Munley, Patrick H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lyons, N.J. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counseling Psychology; Experimental Methods. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Reviews counseling analog research methods used in the Journal of Counseling Psychology, including audiovisual studies (with both client and counselor behavior as dependent variables), quasi-counseling interviews, and experimental tasks not directly resembling a counseling interview. Emerging analog research models are identified and related methodological issues and boundary condition characteristics are discussed. Analog methodological features in need of further consideration are noted. (36 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - analog research methods KW - counseling psychology KW - 1974 KW - Counseling Psychology KW - Experimental Methods KW - 1974 DO - 10.1037/h0036734 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-33004-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-32983-001 AN - 1974-32983-001 AU - Silverman, Lloyd H. AU - Frank, Susan G. AU - Dachinger, Penny T1 - A psychoanalytic reinterpretation of the effectiveness of systematic desensitization: Experimental data bearing on the role of merging fantasies. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1974/06// VL - 83 IS - 3 SP - 313 EP - 318 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-32983-001. PMID: 4844921 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silverman, Lloyd H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., New York, N.Y. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Fantasy (Defense Mechanism); Mother Child Relations; Phobias; Psychoanalytic Interpretation; Systematic Desensitization Therapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Subjected 10 women with insect phobias to a variant of systematic desensitization in which a procedure aimed at stimulating a fantasy of 'merging with mother' was substituted for muscle relaxation. The procedure consisted of the tachistoscopic subliminal exposure of the verbal stimulus MOMMY AND I ARE ONE during the visualization part of desensitization, whenever the S's anxiety rose above a specified level. A control group of 10 other women with insect phobias underwent the same procedure except that the subliminally exposed message was the neutral stimulus PEOPLE WALKING. On measures of both phobic behavior and anxiety, the experimental group manifested significantly more improvement than the controls. This supports the proposition that (part of) the effectiveness of systematic desensitization resides in its activating unconscious merging fantasies. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychoanalytic interpretation KW - systematic desensitization with stimulation of fantasy of 'merging with mother' as substitute for muscle relaxation KW - insect phobic women KW - 1974 KW - Fantasy (Defense Mechanism) KW - Mother Child Relations KW - Phobias KW - Psychoanalytic Interpretation KW - Systematic Desensitization Therapy KW - 1974 DO - 10.1037/h0036733 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-32983-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-32952-001 AN - 1974-32952-001 AU - Guidry, Lawrence S. AU - Randolph, Daniel L. T1 - Covert reinforcement in the treatment of test anxiety. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology JA - J Couns Psychol Y1 - 1974/07// VL - 21 IS - 4 SP - 260 EP - 264 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-32952-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Guidry, Lawrence S.; Veterans Administration, New Orleans, La. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; College Students; Test Anxiety. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Assigned 36 undergraduates who had high measured test anxiety (as measured by the Suinn Test Anxiety Behavior Scale) to 1 of 3 groups; covert reinforcement, placebo control, and no-treatment control. Pretreatment, posttreatment, and follow-up scores were obtained on 3 criterion measures (Test Anxiety Questionnaire, Suinn scale, and the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory). Findings support the use of covert reinforcement for treating test anxiety. (21 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - covert reinforcement KW - test anxiety KW - college students KW - 1974 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - College Students KW - Test Anxiety KW - 1974 DO - 10.1037/h0036724 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-32952-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-32933-001 AN - 1974-32933-001 AU - Whitehead, Clay C. T1 - Methadone pseudowithdrawal syndrome: Paradigm for a psychopharmacological model of opiate addiction. JF - Psychosomatic Medicine JO - Psychosomatic Medicine Y1 - 1974/05// VL - 36 IS - 3 SP - 189 EP - 198 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0033-3174 SN - 1534-7796 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-32933-001. PMID: 4829614 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Whitehead, Clay C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19741201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Addiction; Drug Rehabilitation; Drug Withdrawal; Methadone; Somatoform Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Opiates. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: May, 1974. AB - Describes the methadone pseudowithdrawal syndrome which mimics the opiate abstinence syndrome. It is noted that this syndrome is associated with psychological stress. The nature of this observation is discussed and related to learning and conditioning. An interaction of these psychological factors with metabolic and pharmacologic processes is suggested. Supportive psychotherapeutic and expectant care has been found helpful in the management of the pseudowithdrawal syndrome. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - methadone maintenance rehabilitation program design & psychosomatic viewpoint of opiate addiction KW - methadone pseudowithdrawal syndrome KW - 1974 KW - Drug Addiction KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Methadone KW - Somatoform Disorders KW - Opiates KW - 1974 DO - 10.1097/00006842-197405000-00001 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-32933-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-32931-001 AN - 1974-32931-001 AU - Van Putten, Theodore T1 - Why do schizophrenic patients refuse to take their drugs? JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1974/07// VL - 31 IS - 1 SP - 67 EP - 72 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-32931-001. PMID: 4151750 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Putten, Theodore; Brentwood Veterans Administration Hosp., Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19741201. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Drug Usage; Neuroleptic Drugs; Psychiatric Patients; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1974. AB - Studied the drug-taking behavior of 85 mostly chronic schizophrenic patients during a 2-yr period. 39 patients (46%) took less antipsychotic drug than the amount prescribed. The reluctance to take antipsychotic medication was significantly associated with extrapyramidal symptoms-most notably a subtle akathisia. It is proposed that drug reluctance and dysphoric response to antipsychotic drugs are often extrapyramidally based. (42 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drug-taking behavior KW - chronic schizophrenic patients KW - 1974 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drug Usage KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1974 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1974.01760130049008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-32931-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-32929-001 AN - 1974-32929-001 AU - Tomsovic, Milan T1 - 'Binge' and continuous drinkers: Characteristics and treatment follow-up. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1974/06// VL - 35 IS - 2 SP - 558 EP - 564 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-32929-001. PMID: 4431895 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tomsovic, Milan; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sheridan, Wyo. Release Date: 19741201. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcoholism; Mental Disorders; Personality Traits; Posttreatment Followup. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1974. AB - Describes the characteristics of 86 male 'binge' drinkers and 93 'continuous' drinkers who participated in a 90-day rehabilitation program at a Veterans Administration hospital. Both groups experienced health problems and social-role deterioration; binge drinkers tended to have fewer years of schooling, lower IQ, more frequent association with Alcoholics Anonymous, and more previous hospital treatment. The hypothesis that a particular personality type or psychiatric disorder is associated with binge or continuous drinking was not supported. More than 50% of each group showed marked improvement at a 1-yr follow-up; 1/3 abstained completely. Many binge drinkers appear to be seeking an intense psychic experience that overrides social obligations, and would therefore benefit most from disulfram and behavior modification therapy. The continuous drinker appears to be seeking a steady tranquil state and must learn to cope with boredom, depression, and anxiety. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality type or psychiatric disorder KW - drinking patterns & abstinence KW - binge vs continuous drinkers KW - follow-up study KW - 1974 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Alcoholism KW - Mental Disorders KW - Personality Traits KW - Posttreatment Followup KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-32929-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-32913-001 AN - 1974-32913-001 AU - Miller, Peter M. AU - Stanford, Ann G. AU - Hemphill, Diana P. T1 - A social-learning approach to alcoholism treatment. JF - Social Casework JO - Social Casework JA - Soc Casework Y1 - 1974/05// VL - 55 IS - 5 SP - 279 EP - 284 CY - US PB - Alliance for Children & Families SN - 0037-7678 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-32913-001. Other Journal Title: Families in Society. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Miller, Peter M.; Veterans Administration Center, Psychiatry Service, Jackson, Miss. Release Date: 19741201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Behavior Therapy; Drug Rehabilitation; Social Learning. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: May, 1974. AB - Discusses methodology of a social-learning approach to alcoholism treatment. Screened candidates are admitted to a structured, token-economy hospital ward encouraging active participation. A 3-fold treatment design included aversive stimuli to decrease the reinforcing properties of alcohol; family and group therapy to teach more adaptive behavior patterns; and changing the alcoholic's environment to increase satisfactions from life. After discharge, outpatient visits utilize similar techniques for as long as a year, and appear to be essential to sustained treatment gains. Treatment methods undergo constant evaluation, and a 2-yr period is projected as necessary to validate the approach. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social learning approach KW - alcoholism treatment KW - 1974 KW - Alcoholism KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Social Learning KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-32913-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-32874-001 AN - 1974-32874-001 AU - Berry, William R. AU - Darley, Frederic L. AU - Aronson, Arnold E. AU - Goldstein, Norman P. T1 - Dysarthria in Wilson's disease. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JA - J Speech Hear Res Y1 - 1974/06// VL - 17 IS - 2 SP - 169 EP - 183 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Assn SN - 0022-4685 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-32874-001. PMID: 4836038 Other Journal Title: Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Berry, William R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Memphis, Tenn. Release Date: 19741201. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Dysarthria; Metabolism Disorders; Penicillins; Speech Characteristics. Minor Descriptor: Medical Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1974. AB - 3 judges rated a number of speech characteristics (e.g., pitch, tremor, hoarseness, and loudness) of 20 patients with Wilson's disease, an inherited metabolic disease. Perceptual data suggest the presence of a mixed dysarthria with prominent ataxic, spastic, and hypokinetic features which were predictable from neurologic data on the patients. Perceptual data on 10 patients, recorded at 2 specific points in a treatment program, indicate that speech can be used as an effective monitor of progress in the treatment of this disease. The regimen of D-penicillamine and a low copper diet, generally used for patients with Wilson's disease, can produce a significant remission of the dysarthric signs. (24 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - speech characteristics & dysarthria with prominent ataxic & spastic & hypokinetic features KW - treatment progress with D-penicillamine & low copper diet KW - Wilson's disease patients KW - 1974 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Dysarthria KW - Metabolism Disorders KW - Penicillins KW - Speech Characteristics KW - Medical Patients KW - 1974 DO - 10.1044/jshr.1702.169 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-32874-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-32816-001 AN - 1974-32816-001 AU - Vitale, John H AU - Pulos, Steven M AU - Wollitzer, Alison Okada AU - Steinhelber, John C T1 - Relationships of psychological dimensions to impairment in a population with cerebrovascular insufficiency. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1974/06// VL - 158 IS - 6 SP - 456 EP - 467 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-32816-001. PMID: 4152192 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Vitale, John H; Veterans Administration Hosp., San Francisco, Calif. Release Date: 19741201. Correction Date: 20130415. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebrovascular Disorders; Mathematical Ability; Medical Patients; Perceptual Motor Processes; Verbal Ability. Minor Descriptor: Somesthetic Perception; Visual Perception. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1974. AB - Administered a battery of 26 psychological tests (e.g., Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale, the Rorschach Test, and the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory) and extensive medical and neurological examinations to 138 patients (age range, 44-79 yrs) with cerebrovascular insufficiency (CVI). BC TRY cluster analysis (V-analysis) of the psychological data yielded 7 dimensions, which were reduced by statistical criteria to 4, and were labeled Verbal, Numerical, Visual-Motor, and Somatic. Further analysis (0-analysis) defined 15 S types which differed from each other on the 4 dimensions. Finally a 4Cast analysis based on the S types yielded 42 statistically significant relationships of physiological and neurological variables. (31 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - verbal & numerical & visual-motor & somatic dimensions KW - patients with cerebrovascular insufficiency KW - 1974 KW - Cerebrovascular Disorders KW - Mathematical Ability KW - Medical Patients KW - Perceptual Motor Processes KW - Verbal Ability KW - Somesthetic Perception KW - Visual Perception KW - 1974 DO - 10.1097/00005053-197406000-00010 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-32816-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-32771-001 AN - 1974-32771-001 AU - Freemon, Frank R. AU - Salinas-Garcia, Ruben F. AU - Ward, James W. T1 - Sleep patterns in a patient with a brain stem infarction involving the raphe nucleus. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1974/06// VL - 36 IS - 6 SP - 657 EP - 660 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-32771-001. PMID: 4135364 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freemon, Frank R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Neurology Service, Nashville, Tenn. Release Date: 19741201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Brain Stem; Case Report; REM Sleep; Sleep. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1974. AB - Reports case of a patient with an infarction in the basis pontis who had a decreased sleep time but a normal percentage of rapid eye movement sleep. Autopsy revealed a well defined infarction destroying the pontine and midbrain portions of the raphe nucleus. This patient's polygraphically recorded sleep patterns are similar to those of experimental animals with raphe lesions. (French summary) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sleep patterns KW - patient with brain stem infarction involving raphe nucleus KW - 1974 KW - Brain Damage KW - Brain Stem KW - Case Report KW - REM Sleep KW - Sleep KW - 1974 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(74)90232-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-32771-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-32596-001 AN - 1974-32596-001 AU - Glatt, Charles T. AU - Karon, Bertram P. T1 - A Rorschach validation study of the ego regression theory of psychopathology. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1974/08// VL - 42 IS - 4 SP - 569 EP - 576 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-32596-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Glatt, Charles T.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Battle Creek, Mich. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ego; Psychodiagnostic Interview; Regression (Defense Mechanism); Rorschach Test; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients; Test Validity. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Gave a psychiatric interview (to determine clinical status) and the Rorschach Test to 33 schizophrenics 4 times during a 20-mo period. Test-retest changes in 10 Rorschach indices of ego regression were then correlated with concurrent measures of clinical status change. F + %, R, Perseveration and Scorability were significantly related as predicted. Moreover, Ss not receiving medication showed more evidence of regression and recovery as their clinical status either declined or improved than did Ss receiving medication. Thus, there are certain treatment conditions under which the concept of ego regression accurately describes the pathogenic process, whereas there are other conditions under which regression is not as clearly demonstrable. (21 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of Rorschach indices of ego regression KW - correlation with concurrent clinical status change KW - schizophrenics KW - 1974 KW - Ego KW - Psychodiagnostic Interview KW - Regression (Defense Mechanism) KW - Rorschach Test KW - Schizophrenia KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Test Validity KW - 1974 DO - 10.1037/h0036696 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-32596-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-32587-001 AN - 1974-32587-001 AU - Farberow, Norman L. AU - MacKinnon, Douglas T1 - A suicide prediction schedule for neuropsychiatric hospital patients. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1974/06// VL - 158 IS - 6 SP - 408 EP - 419 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-32587-001. PMID: 4841286 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Farberow, Norman L.; Veterans Administration Central Research Unit, Wadsworth Hosp. Center, Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19741201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Nervous System Disorders; Prediction; Psychiatric Patients; Suicide. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1974. AB - Describes the development of a schedule for the prediction of committed suicide of identified suicidal neuropsychiatric patients within 2 yrs after discharge from the mental hospital. A stepwise discriminant function was used to derive from an 81-item pool the most highly discriminatory items between 2 groups of neuropsychiatric patients. One group (n = 93) had committed suicide within 2 yrs after leaving the neuropsychiatric hospital, and the other (n = 94) had not. 15 items were extracted, and 11 subscales were constructed with 5-15 items. A validation procedure applied all the subscales to a new population of 92 suicides and 100 controls and found the 11-item subscale predicting most efficiently, correctly identifying 79% of the eventual suicides and incorrectly identifying 25% of the controls. Cut-off points were established to designate varying levels of low and high risk. Efforts to improve the accuracy of the scale by use of a multistage scale procedure were not fruitful. (42 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - development & validation KW - schedule for prediction of committed suicide within 2 yrs after hospital discharge KW - neuropsychiatric patients KW - 1974 KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Prediction KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Suicide KW - 1974 DO - 10.1097/00005053-197406000-00003 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-32587-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-32582-001 AN - 1974-32582-001 AU - DeWolfe, Alan S. T1 - Are there two kinds of thinking in process and reactive schizophrenics? JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1974/06// VL - 83 IS - 3 SP - 285 EP - 290 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-32582-001. PMID: 4844916 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: DeWolfe, Alan S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Process Schizophrenia; Reactive Psychosis; Schizophrenia; Thought Disturbances. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Presents a tentative formulation suggesting qualitative differences between process and reactive schizophrenics. The cognitive deficit of reactive schizophrenics is due to fragmentation of relatively normal thinking under stress or during acute disturbance (i.e., on admission). The fragmentation is suggested to result from interference due to excessive responsiveness to external stimuli and task demands. The process schizophrenics are viewed as idiosyncratic (underdeveloped) in thinking, with their performance hampered by emotional withdrawal and disruption from internal stimuli. Interactions of the process-reactive dimension with stress conditions and institutionalization are inferred, since reactives' performance should vary with stress and time since admission, while processes' performance should remain consistently low. Results of 11 studies from the context of the position are presented. (17 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - thinking differences KW - process & reactive schizophrenics KW - 1974 KW - Process Schizophrenia KW - Reactive Psychosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Thought Disturbances KW - 1974 DO - 10.1037/h0036690 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-32582-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-32407-001 AN - 1974-32407-001 AU - Munley, Patrick H. T1 - A content analysis of the Journal of Counseling Psychology. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology JA - J Couns Psychol Y1 - 1974/07// VL - 21 IS - 4 SP - 305 EP - 310 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-32407-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Munley, Patrick H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lyons, N.J. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counseling Psychology; Literature Review; Scientific Communication; Taxonomies. Classification: Communication Systems (2700). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Classified articles and brief reports appearing in the 1st 19 volumes of the Journal of Counseling Psychology into 17 content categories and recorded certain methodological features from each research article. While the percentage of research articles in the journal increased, no clear trends were observed within any research category across the 19 yrs of publication. The 3 principal areas of research activity and publication were counseling outcome and process research, research on vocational behavior, and research on the development and evaluation of tests and measurements. (19 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - content analysis KW - 19 yrs of 'Journal of Counseling Psychology' KW - 1974 KW - Counseling Psychology KW - Literature Review KW - Scientific Communication KW - Taxonomies KW - 1974 DO - 10.1037/h0036659 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-32407-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-32170-001 AN - 1974-32170-001 AU - Greenblatt, Milton T1 - Class action and the right to treatment. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1974/07// VL - 25 IS - 7 SP - 449 EP - 452 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-32170-001. PMID: 4836447 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Greenblatt, Milton; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19741201. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Commitment (Psychiatric); Legal Processes; Professional Ethics; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Forensic Psychology & Legal Issues (4200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1974. AB - Presents a brief history of patients' struggle for the right to treatment, beginning with suits brought by individual patients who were criminally committed and culminating in a class-action suit on behalf of those who were involuntarily civilly committed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - class action KW - right to treatment KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1974 KW - Commitment (Psychiatric) KW - Legal Processes KW - Professional Ethics KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-32170-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-32121-001 AN - 1974-32121-001 AU - Trimakas, Kestutis A. AU - Nicolay, Robert C. T1 - Self-concept and altruism in old age. JF - Journal of Gerontology JO - Journal of Gerontology JA - J Gerontol Y1 - 1974/07// VL - 29 IS - 4 SP - 434 EP - 439 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0022-1422 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-32121-001. PMID: 4833760 Other Journal Title: The Journals of Gerontology: Series A: Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Trimakas, Kestutis A.; Edward Hines Veterans Administration Hosp., Hines, Ill. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19741201. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Altruism; Self-Concept; Social Influences. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1974. AB - Investigated the relationship between self-concept and old age, and altruistic behavior as a function of self-concept and social influence. The Tennessee Self Concept Scale was administered to 162 66-88 yr old women living in a low-income senior housing project. A 3 3 design was employed in which high, middle, and low self-concept scorers were placed in positive, neutral, and negative social-influence conditions effected by the E's verbal instructions. Each S was presented a lottery ticket and asked to indicate the amount she would share with others in case she won $100. Although the sample's self-concept was higher than the norm representing general population, no significant relation was found between self-concept and age within the sample. Self-concept related positively to defensiveness and adjustment. High self-concept scorers were more altruistic than low self-concept scorers, and Ss were more generous in a positive rather than in a negative social-influence condition. (22 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self-concept & social influence KW - altruistic behavior KW - female 66-88 yr olds KW - 1974 KW - Altruism KW - Self-Concept KW - Social Influences KW - 1974 DO - 10.1093/geronj/29.4.434 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-32121-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-32042-001 AN - 1974-32042-001 AU - Pishkin, Vladimir AU - Rasmussen, Elizabeth A. T1 - Attention and memory cues in concept learning as a function of task complexity and age. JF - Memory & Cognition JO - Memory & Cognition JA - Mem Cognit Y1 - 1974/04// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 349 EP - 352 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0090-502X SN - 1532-5946 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-32042-001. PMID: 24214767 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pishkin, Vladimir; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, O. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19741201. Correction Date: 20160516. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Attention; Concept Formation; Memory; Task Complexity. Minor Descriptor: Stimulus Salience. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1974. AB - Investigated the effects of attention and memory cues on concept learning performance by 180 male preschool through 9th grade pupils as a function of task complexity and grade level of Ss. It was found that (a) attention and memory cues were closely interrelated in their effects upon performance with both significantly improving performance at all but the lowest levels of complexity; (b) both types of cues considerably lessened the effect of stimulus complexity upon performance; and (c) the attention cue elicited the best performance from Ss in the 1st-9th grades, while the memory cue elicited the best performance from 4-yr-old and kindergarten Ss. (20 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - task complexity & grade level KW - attention & memory cues KW - concept learning performance KW - male preschoolers & 9th graders KW - 1974 KW - Age Differences KW - Attention KW - Concept Formation KW - Memory KW - Task Complexity KW - Stimulus Salience KW - 1974 DO - 10.3758/BF03209008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-32042-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-32019-001 AN - 1974-32019-001 AU - Friedman, Howard T1 - Interrelation of two types of immediate memory in the aged. JF - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JO - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JA - J Psychol Y1 - 1974/07// VL - 87 IS - 2 SP - 177 EP - 181 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-3980 SN - 1940-1019 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-32019-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Friedman, Howard; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, Syracuse, N.Y. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19741201. Correction Date: 20140303. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Digit Span Testing; Memory Decay; Short Term Memory. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1974. AB - Studied the interrelationship of digit span and word span in 112 17-81 yr old females. When the Ss were assigned to groups of 38 young, 39 middle-aged, and 35 old (mean ages = 25.6, 23.2, and 73.3 yrs), the correlation between the 2 types of span was larger in the old than in the young, reflecting a predicted greater degree of homogeneity of functioning. When spans were scored without consideration for exact order of recall, this finding no longer held, as was the case with a capacity decrement in digit span with the aged. This finding reflects the importance of the organizational factor in senescent memory ability. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - digit & word span immediate memory KW - young vs middle aged vs aged females KW - 1974 KW - Age Differences KW - Digit Span Testing KW - Memory Decay KW - Short Term Memory KW - 1974 DO - 10.1080/00223980.1974.9915688 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-32019-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-31825-001 AN - 1974-31825-001 AU - Waszak, Michael T1 - Effect of barbiturate anesthesia on discharge pattern in nucleus reticularis thalami. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1974/05// VL - 2 IS - 3 SP - 339 EP - 345 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-31825-001. PMID: 4837905 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Waszak, Michael; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Release Date: 19741201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drugs; Electrical Activity; Methohexital; Thalamic Nuclei. Minor Descriptor: Cats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: May, 1974. AB - Previous studies show that in unanesthetized preparations spontaneous EEG spindles are accompanied by a tonic increase in neuronal firing in the rostral pole of nucleus reticularis thalami. The effect of methohexital (Brevital) on this relationship was investigated in the present study using encephale isole cats. Small doses of the drug consistently decreased the firing frequency between the appearance of cortical spindles, whereas the effect on the intraspindle discharge rate as well as the averaged overall firing frequency varied from cell to cell. The ratio of intra- vs interspindle discharge frequency was enhanced during light and moderate anesthesia, and the tonic spindle-related firing was broken up into bursts which were in phase with individual EEG waves. An increase in dosage to a level producing persistent slow waves in the EEG was followed by continuous irregular reticularis firing with no apparent relationship to the slow EEG waves. Massive doses of Brevital resulting in a flat cortical EEG arrested spontaneous firing completely. Results support the hypothesis that neurons in the rostral part of nucleus reticularis exert a tonic inhibitory influence on dorsal thalamic cells. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - methohexital anesthesia KW - discharge patterns in nucleus reticularis thalami KW - encephale isole cats KW - 1974 KW - Drugs KW - Electrical Activity KW - Methohexital KW - Thalamic Nuclei KW - Cats KW - 1974 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(74)90078-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-31825-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-31755-001 AN - 1974-31755-001 AU - Houser, Vincent P. AU - Van Hart, Dale A. T1 - Serotonin and the aversive threshold in rats. JF - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JO - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JA - Bull Psychon Soc Y1 - 1974/05// VL - 3 IS - 5-B SP - 388 EP - 390 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society, Inc. SN - 0090-5054 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-31755-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Houser, Vincent P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychotropic Drug Lab., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19741201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drugs; Motor Performance; Serotonin; Serotonin Antagonists; Thresholds. Minor Descriptor: Aversive Stimulation; Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1974. AB - Explored the effects of p-chlorophenylalanine (p-CPA-300, 200, 100, and 50 mg/kg) and 5-hydroxytryptophan (5-HTP-15, 40, 60, 70, 95, 125, and 175 mg/kg) upon the aversive threshold of 12 male Sprague-Dawley rats using the spatial preference technique. p-CPA had no reliable effects on the aversive threshold or upon motor activity as measured by this technique. 5-HTP, on the other hand, significantly raised the aversive threshold to moderate levels under the 95- and 125-mg/kg dosages, while motor activity was reduced under the 60-, 70-, 95- and 125-mg/kg dosages. p-CPA (200 mg/kg) was able to block both the increased thresholds and reduced motor activity noted after 125 mg/kg of 5-HTP. Results are interpreted to suggest that modulation of serotonergic activity has little effect upon the aversive threshold of the rat. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - para-chlorophenylalanine & 5-hydroxytryptophan KW - aversive threshold & motor activity KW - rats KW - 1974 KW - Drugs KW - Motor Performance KW - Serotonin KW - Serotonin Antagonists KW - Thresholds KW - Aversive Stimulation KW - Rats KW - 1974 DO - 10.3758/BF03333508 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-31755-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-31731-001 AN - 1974-31731-001 AU - Davis, Virginia E. AU - Cashaw, Jesse L. AU - McLaughlin, Barbara R. AU - Hamlin, Thomas A. T1 - Alteration of norepinephrine metabolism by barbiturates. JF - Biochemical Pharmacology JO - Biochemical Pharmacology Y1 - 1974/07// VL - 23 IS - 13 SP - 1877 EP - 1889 CY - US PB - Maxwell House N1 - Accession Number: 1974-31731-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, Virginia E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Neurochemistry & Addiction Research Lab., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19741201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Barbiturates; Drugs; Neurochemistry; Norepinephrine. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1974. AB - Incorporating barbiturates into incubation mixtures of rat brain-stem homogenates containing nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide phosphate (NADPH) or a mixture of NAD and NADPH appreciably inhibited 3,4-dihydroxyphenyl-glycol production, thereby enhancing free glycolaldehyde levels and augmenting alkaloid formation. It is concluded that barbiturates markedly modify neuroamine-derived aldehyde metabolism. (34 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - barbiturates KW - alteration of norepinephrine metabolism KW - rats KW - 1974 KW - Barbiturates KW - Drugs KW - Neurochemistry KW - Norepinephrine KW - Rats KW - 1974 DO - 10.1016/0006-2952(74)90197-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-31731-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-31722-001 AN - 1974-31722-001 AU - Carey, Robert J. AU - Goodall, Edwin B. T1 - Amphetamine-induced taste aversion: A comparison of d- versus l-amphetamine. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1974/05// VL - 2 IS - 3 SP - 325 EP - 330 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-31722-001. PMID: 4837904 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carey, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Release Date: 19741201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amphetamine; Aversion; Dextroamphetamine; Drugs; Taste Perception. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500); Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: May, 1974. AB - Compared the effects, in 36 male Sprague-Dawley rats, of 4 dose levels of dextro- and levoamphetamine (.5, 1.0, 2.0 and 4.0 mg/kg) on development of a taste aversion to a .1% saccharin solution. Results show that dextro-amphetamine was approximately 4 times as potent as levoamphetamine in inducing a taste aversion to saccharin. Aversion was obtained in both forced- and free-choice tests. A 2-4 fold differential in efficacy was found when the same dose levels of both amphetamine isomers were tested for their effects in reducing water intake. The approximately 4-fold greater effectiveness of the dextro-isomer suggests that the taste aversion may be mediated by a dopaminergic system. In addition, it is suggested that the taste aversion behavior represented a conditioned anorexic effect rather than being indicative of a noxious or aversive consequence of the amphetamine. (16 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dextro- vs levoamphetamine-induced taste aversion to saccharin solution KW - rats KW - 1974 KW - Amphetamine KW - Aversion KW - Dextroamphetamine KW - Drugs KW - Taste Perception KW - Rats KW - 1974 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(74)90076-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-31722-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-31711-001 AN - 1974-31711-001 AU - Barrett, Robert J. AU - Leith, Nancy J. AU - Ray, Oakley S. T1 - An analysis of the facilitation of avoidance acquisition produced by d-amphetamine and scopolamine. JF - Behavioral Biology JO - Behavioral Biology JA - Behav Biol Y1 - 1974/06// VL - 11 IS - 2 SP - 189 EP - 203 CY - US PB - Academic Press SN - 0091-6773 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-31711-001. PMID: 4847521 Other Journal Title: Behavioral & Neural Biology; Communications in Behavioral Biology. Part A. Original Articles; Neurobiology of Learning and Memory. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barrett, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Nashville, Tenn. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19741201. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Brightness Perception; Dextroamphetamine; Drugs; Scopolamine. Minor Descriptor: Rats; Visual Discrimination. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1974. AB - 24 albino rats from an inbred strain (F344s) and a random bred Sprague-Dawley derivative (ZMs) were administered intraperitoneal injections of either saline, 1.0 mg/kg dextroamphetamine, .6 mg/kg scopolamine, or a combination of both drugs (.5 mg/kg dextroamphetamine plus .3 mg/kg scopolamine) 30 min prior to daily sessions of 25 trials on a brightness discrimination, active-avoidance task in completely automated Y mazes. All drug treatments significantly facilitated acquisition of the avoidance response in the ZMs. The major effect of the drugs on the F344s, who normally avoid well, was a disruption of behavior in the Combination group, indicating the importance of assessing the behavioral baseline which exists prior to drug administration. Discontinuation of drug treatment resulted in disruptions of avoidance and discrimination performance which were most pronounced in the ZM Ss. Data support the notion that the behavioral decrement was due to dissociation (stimulus change) between the drug and nondrug states. (24 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dextroamphetamine & scopolamine KW - avoidance acquisition & brightness discrimination KW - rats KW - 1974 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Brightness Perception KW - Dextroamphetamine KW - Drugs KW - Scopolamine KW - Rats KW - Visual Discrimination KW - 1974 DO - 10.1016/S0091-6773(74)90353-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-31711-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-31695-001 AN - 1974-31695-001 AU - Steranka, Larry R. AU - Barrett, Robert J. T1 - Facilitation of avoidance acquisition by lesion of the median raphe nucleus: Evidence for serotonin as a mediator of shock-induced suppression. JF - Behavioral Biology JO - Behavioral Biology JA - Behav Biol Y1 - 1974/06// VL - 11 IS - 2 SP - 205 EP - 213 CY - US PB - Academic Press SN - 0091-6773 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-31695-001. PMID: 4847522 Other Journal Title: Behavioral & Neural Biology; Communications in Behavioral Biology. Part A. Original Articles; Neurobiology of Learning and Memory. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Steranka, Larry R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Nashville, Tenn. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19741201. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Conditioned Suppression; Neurochemistry; Serotonin. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1974. AB - Trained 27 male albino rats of a Sprague-Dawley derived strain with electrolytic lesions of the midbrain raphe, as well as Ss with sham lesions and those which served as nonmanipulated controls, on a discriminated Y-maze active-avoidance task. Subsequent to avoidance training all Ss were sacrificed and forebrain concentrations of serotonin were measured. Raphe lesions greatly enhanced acquisition of the avoidance response and significantly decreased forebrain serotonin levels. Measures of motor activity recorded in addition to the avoidance response indicate that raphe lesions attenuated the behavioral suppression or 'freezing' typically observed following shock, producing a behavioral baseline more compatible with acquiring the avoidance response. (20 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - electrolytic lesions of median raphe nucleus KW - avoidance acquisition & serotonin levels & shock-induced suppression KW - rats KW - 1974 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Conditioned Suppression KW - Neurochemistry KW - Serotonin KW - Rats KW - 1974 DO - 10.1016/S0091-6773(74)90369-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-31695-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30862-001 AN - 1974-30862-001 AU - Sacks, Michael H. AU - Carpenter, William T. T1 - The pseudotherapeutic community: An examination of antitherapeutic forces on psychiatric units. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1974/05// VL - 25 IS - 5 SP - 315 EP - 318 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30862-001. PMID: 4826533 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sacks, Michael H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychiatry Service, New York, N.Y. Release Date: 19741101. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Therapeutic Community. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1974. AB - Defines a pseudotherapeutic community as a psychiatric unit that subscribes to a particular treatment philosophy, but covertly functions in ways contradictory to the expressed belief. Major characteristics of such a unit are described and examples showing how the antitherapeutic forces are activated and maintained are presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - functioning contrary to treatment philosophy KW - pseudotherapeutic community KW - 1974 KW - Therapeutic Community KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30862-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30861-001 AN - 1974-30861-001 AU - Rybolt, Gaylord A. T1 - Primary versus conditioned reinforcers with a chronic psychiatric population. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 16 IS - 1 SP - 10 EP - 12 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30861-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rybolt, Gaylord A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Chillicothe, O. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Modification; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychiatric Patients; Secondary Reinforcement. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. AB - Assessed the relative effectiveness of primary and conditioned reinforcers in modifying the behavior of 21 chronic psychiatric patients during a brief, 12-wk operant conditioning program. Ss improved in total scores on the Nurses' Observation Scale for Inpatient Evaluation with both primary and secondary reinforcers. Nursing staff unanimously believed that the conditioned reinforcer group performed at a higher level than the primary reinforcer group. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - primary vs secondary reinforcement KW - behavior modification KW - chronic psychiatric patients KW - 1974 KW - Behavior Modification KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Secondary Reinforcement KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30861-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30838-001 AN - 1974-30838-001 AU - Fitch, Roderick A. T1 - An administrative project to improve the effectiveness of a fee-basis program. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 16 IS - 1 SP - 38 EP - 41 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30838-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fitch, Roderick A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Ann Arbor, Mich. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Psychiatric Hospital Programs. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. AB - Describes an administrative project undertaken to improve the effectiveness of the psychiatric fee-basis program at a Veterans Administration hospital. Data were gathered by conducting surveys with veterans authorized for fee-basis treatment, psychiatrists in the community, the hospital's department of medical outpatient services, and staff members of the mental hygiene clinic. 6 recommendations are made based on the data gathered. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - improvement of psychiatric fee-basis program KW - veterans KW - 1974 KW - Military Veterans KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30838-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30837-001 AN - 1974-30837-001 AU - Filer, Richard N. T1 - Mental health & behavioral sciences research in the VA (FY 1973). JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 16 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 8 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30837-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Filer, Richard N.; Veterans Administration Central Office, Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Service, Washington, D.C. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimentation; Hospitals; Mental Health Programs; Military Veterans. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. AB - Describes a variety of research programs representing an extensive sampling of studies for the improvement of patient care programs in the Veterans Administration. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mental health & behavioral sciences research KW - improvement of Veterans Administration patient care programs KW - 1974 KW - Experimentation KW - Hospitals KW - Mental Health Programs KW - Military Veterans KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30837-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30830-001 AN - 1974-30830-001 AU - Cohen, Leon AU - Bauer, Janet T1 - A rehabilitation program for 'hopeless' schizophrenics. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1974/05// VL - 25 IS - 5 SP - 311 EP - 314 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30830-001. PMID: 4826532 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cohen, Leon; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, Battle Creek, Mich. Release Date: 19741101. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Participation; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychosocial Rehabilitation; Schizophrenia; Social Interaction. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1974. AB - Describes a 160-bed unit previously oriented toward custodial care which, in 1970, began actively to treat supposedly hopeless chronic schizophrenic men, with the goal of increasing their release rate from the hospital. The unit conceptualizes schizophrenia as a social-breakdown syndrome, and the treatment approach focuses on increased social interaction and group activities. Patients are viewed as responsible individuals rather than custodial cases, and staff serve as role models and teachers rather than authority figures. Since its inception the unit has achieved a release rate of 21%, almost 3 times that expected for chronic schizophrenics. It is concluded that there are fewer hopeless cases of schizophrenia than generally believed, particularly by adherents of the disease model. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - increased social interaction & group activities KW - rehabilitation program KW - hopeless chronic schizophrenic men KW - 1974 KW - Group Participation KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychosocial Rehabilitation KW - Schizophrenia KW - Social Interaction KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30830-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30767-001 AN - 1974-30767-001 AU - Carmichael, Joan AU - Linn, Margaret W. T1 - Functioning of the elderly patient in relation to the physician's diagnosis of chronic brain syndrome. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1974/05// VL - 22 IS - 5 SP - 217 EP - 221 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30767-001. PMID: 4819524 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carmichael, Joan; Veterans Administration Hosp., Miami, Fla. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatric Patients; Medical Diagnosis; Organic Brain Syndromes; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: May, 1974. AB - Considers that physicians may respond to the age of the patient rather than to the degree of impairment in making a diagnosis of chronic brain syndrome (CBS). Demographic data and ward staff and physician assessments of 800 male veterans placed in nursing homes during a 7-yr period were obtained. In 159 patients the diagnosis was CBS, and in 80 this diagnosis was the primary one. A comparison was made with 159 patients who did not have CBS. The CBS group showed greater impairment of the vascular, renal, and nervous systems. Analysis of intergroup differences was performed with controls for age, since the CBS group was significantly older. Confusion and uncooperativeness as rated by ward nurses ranked highest as discriminators of CBS and non-CBS patients. Findings suggest that diagnosis was supported by the behavioral and impairment data rather than by the age of the patient. Age alone was not a basis for predicting confused behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - physician's diagnosis of chronic brain syndrome KW - functioning KW - elderly patients KW - 1974 KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Medical Diagnosis KW - Organic Brain Syndromes KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1974 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1974.tb01942.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30767-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30727-001 AN - 1974-30727-001 AU - Russell, Elbert W. T1 - The power of behavior control: A critique of behavior modification methods. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1974/04// VL - 30 IS - 2 SP - 111 EP - 136 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30727-001. PMID: 4615105 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Russell, Elbert W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Miami, Fla. Release Date: 19741101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Modification; Professional Ethics. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 26. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1974. AB - Great potential power has been claimed for the methods of behavior modification and control. A review of recent research in this area indicates that behavior therapies, especially systematic desensitization, derive most of their power and effect from nonspecific, placebo effects. In a noncoercive situation (e.g., verbal conditioning) the S must be both aware of and cooperate with the E's intention. Thus, the S has the ultimate control. In a coercive situation (e.g., token economies and 'brainwashing') behavior technologies do little beyond refining the control that is already delegated to the behaviorist and there is little generalization. These results indicate that behavior modification techniques do not now nor potentially provide psychologists with a new powerful method of control. It is concluded that concerns about the possibility of creating a Skinnerian utopia with subtle behavioristic totalitarian control and the attendant ethical problems of control are largely unfounded. (135 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavior modification methods KW - critique KW - 1974 KW - Behavior Modification KW - Professional Ethics KW - 1974 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197404)30:2<111::AID-JCLP2270300202>3.0.CO;2-R UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30727-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30720-001 AN - 1974-30720-001 AU - Ornstein, Peter T1 - Post-hospital drinking patterns of 331 graduates of the VAH, Lyons, Alcohol Rehabilitation Unit. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 16 IS - 1 SP - 27 EP - 29 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30720-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ornstein, Peter; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lyons, N.J. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcoholism; Drug Rehabilitation; Posttreatment Followup; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. AB - Studied 4 different types of posthospital drinking patterns among 331 alcoholics: abstaining, improved, unimproved, and unclassified. Results of follow-up contacts showed a gradual decline for abstainers and an increase for unclassified Ss. However, after 3 mo 50% showed significant improvement, with 35% improved after 1 yr and 30% after 2 yrs. The abstainers tended to be older and to have spent more days on the unit. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - posthospital drinking patterns KW - graduates of alcohol rehabilitation unit KW - 1974 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Alcoholism KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Posttreatment Followup KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30720-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30714-001 AN - 1974-30714-001 AU - Morganstern, Kenneth P. T1 - Issues in implosive therapy: Reply to Levis. JF - Psychological Bulletin JO - Psychological Bulletin JA - Psychol Bull Y1 - 1974/06// VL - 81 IS - 6 SP - 380 EP - 382 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-2909 SN - 1939-1455 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30714-001. PMID: 4840112 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morganstern, Kenneth P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, Palo Alto, Calif. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Implosive Therapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Asserts that D. J. Levis's 1974 critique of K. P. Morganstern's (see record [rid]1973-31818-001[/rid]) review on implosion and flooding, although containing a few points of agreement, consisted mainly of unsupported or contradictory challenges. More importantly, Levis's arguments did not alter Morganstern's major conclusions that (a) there exists, at present, no convincing evidence of the efficacy of implosive therapy or flooding or the superiority of either of these techniques to systematic desensitization, and (b) there are serious ethical questions concerning the clinical application of the implosive therapy procedure. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - implosive therapy efficacy & superiority to systematic desensitization KW - reply to D. J. Levis's criticism KW - 1974 KW - Implosive Therapy KW - 1974 DO - 10.1037/h0036488 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30714-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30713-001 AN - 1974-30713-001 AU - Morganstern, Kenneth P. T1 - Cigarette smoke as a noxious stimulus in self-managed aversion therapy for compulsive eating: Technique and case illustration. JF - Behavior Therapy JO - Behavior Therapy JA - Behav Ther Y1 - 1974/03// VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 255 EP - 260 CY - US PB - Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy SN - 0005-7894 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30713-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morganstern, Kenneth P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Services, Palo Alto, Calif. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aversion Therapy; Ingestion; Obesity; Tobacco Smoking. Minor Descriptor: Eating Behavior. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1974. AB - Describes a procedure which uses the inhalation of cigarette smoke as an aversive stimulus in the successful treatment of a 24-yr-old female graduate student who was an obese compulsive eater. Using a multiple baseline design, 3 problematic foods were sequentially eliminated by a self-managed aversion procedure in which cigarette smoke served as a noxious stimulus. After dramatic reductions in compulsive eating, the client reported a generalized self-regulatory optimism and initiated substantial changes in her overall diet. Corroborating self-report data on food intake, a weight reduction of 41 lb was observed during 18 wks of treatment. Additional losses were reported at follow-up. The clinical promise of this aversion procedure and its advantages over alternative treatments are briefly discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - inhalation of cigarette smoke as aversive stimulus KW - compulsive eating KW - 24-yr-old obese female college student KW - 1974 KW - Aversion Therapy KW - Ingestion KW - Obesity KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Eating Behavior KW - 1974 DO - 10.1016/S0005-7894(74)80141-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30713-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30660-001 AN - 1974-30660-001 AU - Aveni, Carl A. T1 - A behavior therapy program on a psychiatric ward. JF - Social Work JO - Social Work JA - Soc Work Y1 - 1974/03// VL - 19 IS - 2 SP - 136 EP - 138 CY - United Kingdom PB - Oxford University Press SN - 0037-8046 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30660-001. Other Journal Title: Social Work Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Aveni, Carl A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Behavior Therapy Unit, Brockton, Mass. Release Date: 19741101. Correction Date: 20160922. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1974. AB - Describes a behavior therapy program conducted with 36 chronic psychiatric inpatients on a locked hospital ward. After baseline data on the kind and frequency of maladaptive or disruptive behaviors were obtained, Ss were given in-hospital work and a list of the progressive steps through which they could obtain discharge. Staff cooperation was elicited through the use of behavior therapy seminars which outlined program goals and implementation. Results indicate a reduction in specific disruptive behavior. It is suggested that the outcome was successful because the consequences of inappropriate behaviors were clearly specified and consistently applied, appropriate behavior was reinforced, and patients had less unstructured time that might encourage maladaptive behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavior therapy program KW - psychiatric inpatients in locked ward KW - 1974 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30660-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30601-001 AN - 1974-30601-001 AU - Sturm, I. E. AU - Stuart, B. R. T1 - Effects of remotivation and role re-training on inpatient interview presentableness. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 16 IS - 1 SP - 15 EP - 19 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30601-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sturm, I. E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., East Orange, N.J. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Motivation Training; Psychodrama; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Role Playing; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Interview. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. AB - Assessed the relative effects of a brief series of sessions of standard remotivation technique, psychodrama-based role retraining, and no-treatment control with chronic, regressed schizophrenic patients. Performance was evaluated by judges in a standardized interview using an inpatient interview presentableness scale. None of the items reflected change for any of the 3 groups. Results are discussed in terms of the stringent character of the test. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - remotivation & psychodrama-based role retraining KW - interview presentableness KW - chronic schizophrenics KW - 1974 KW - Motivation Training KW - Psychodrama KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Role Playing KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30601-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30565-001 AN - 1974-30565-001 AU - Eisler, Richard M. AU - Miller, Peter M. AU - Hersen, Michel AU - Alford, Harriet T1 - Effects of assertive training on marital interaction. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1974/05// VL - 30 IS - 5 SP - 643 EP - 649 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30565-001. PMID: 4824199 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eisler, Richard M.; Veterans Administration Center, Psychology Service, Jackson, Miss. Release Date: 19741101. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Assertiveness; Marital Relations; Psychotherapeutic Techniques. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: May, 1974. AB - Evaluated the effects of assertive training with passive male patients on subsequent changes in interaction with their wives. 3 couples were videotaped while discussing their marital conflicts before and after husbands received training in assertive expression. Based on the couple's initial interaction, specific behavioral deficits in the husband's responses were identified. In the context of role-played interpersonal encounters, assertive training consisting of instructions, behavior rehearsal, and feedback were administered. In all 3 cases, behavioral tests revealed substantial improvement in the husband's assertiveness. In 2 out of 3 cases, increased assertiveness produced marked changes in the couple's marital interaction. Training on simulated interactions relevant to the couple's interpersonal difficulties appeared to produce results superior to training on situations unrelated to their problems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - assertive training KW - marital interaction KW - passive males KW - 1974 KW - Assertiveness KW - Marital Relations KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - 1974 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1974.01760110065008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30565-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30564-001 AN - 1974-30564-001 AU - Durbin, Oscar A. T1 - Effects of intensive short term psychotherapy on veteran drug addicts. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 16 IS - 1 SP - 25 EP - 27 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30564-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Durbin, Oscar A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., New Orleans, La. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brief Psychotherapy; Drug Rehabilitation; Heroin Addiction; Military Veterans. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. AB - 4 hard-core heroin addicts in a Veterans Administration treatment unit volunteered for 30 hrs or 30 days of short-term therapy. The sessions were held 1 hr/day, 5 days/wk, and involved 6 consecutive stages of progress. All Ss showed an immediate change in both attitude and behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - intensive short-term psychotherapy KW - attitudes & behavior KW - drug-addicted veterans KW - 1974 KW - Brief Psychotherapy KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Heroin Addiction KW - Military Veterans KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30564-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30466-001 AN - 1974-30466-001 AU - Albert, Martin L. AU - Feldman, Robert G. AU - Willis, Anne L. T1 - The 'subcortical dementia' of progressive supranuclear palsy. JF - Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry JO - Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry JA - J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 37 IS - 2 SP - 121 EP - 130 CY - United Kingdom PB - BMJ Publishing Group SN - 0022-3050 SN - 1468-330X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30466-001. PMID: 4819905 Other Journal Title: Journal of Neurology & Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Albert, Martin L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Aphasia Research Unit, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Case Report; Paralysis; Presenile Dementia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. AB - Presents 5 case histories of patients with progressive supranuclear palsy, a condition which exhibits a characteristic pattern of dementia: (a) forgetfulness, (b) slowing of thought processes, (c) emotional or personality changes (apathy or depression and occasional irritability), and (d) an impaired ability to manipulate acquired knowledge. This pattern of dementia is similar to that found in many neurological disease states associated with subcortical pathology, and may be referred to as 'subcortical dementia.' The subcortical dementias have a clinical resemblance to those which occur after bifrontal lobe disease, but can be distinguished from cortical dementias other than frontal ones. It is suggested that there are common pathophysiological mechanisms underlying subcortical dementias, specifically disturbances of timing and activation. Implications of this hypothesis for drug treatment are discussed. (39 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - pattern of 'subcortical dementia KW - ' 5 patients with progressive supranuclear palsy KW - 1974 KW - Case Report KW - Paralysis KW - Presenile Dementia KW - 1974 DO - 10.1136/jnnp.37.2.121 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30466-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30456-001 AN - 1974-30456-001 AU - Martin, A. Damien T1 - Some objections to the term apraxia of speech. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JA - J Speech Hear Disord Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 39 IS - 1 SP - 53 EP - 64 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Association SN - 0022-4677 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30456-001. PMID: 4814825 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Martin, A. Damien; Veterans Administration Hosp., New York, N.Y. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Apraxia; Psychological Terminology. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. AB - Argues that the term apraxia of speech implies that the observed phonological impairment is a motor impairment, separate and distinct from other language systems. The rationale for the term is examined from 3 vantage points: the definitions of the terms aphasia and apraxia of speech, the separation of the phonological symptom complex from other systems necessary for language behavior, and interpretations of the symptoms themselves. It is concluded (a) that the given definitions of aphasia and apraxia are not clearly differentiated, (b) that tasks used to demonstrate the adequacy of perceptual acuity were inadequate and did not test the required perceptual processes, (c) that the influence of other linguistic variables on phonological production demonstrates that there is not a discrete separation of motor activity from other language processes or their possible impairment (aphasia), and (d) that the various symptoms may have alternate interpretations that do not lend themselves to the concept of motor impairment. (32 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - differentiation of definitions of aphasia & apraxia KW - 1974 KW - Aphasia KW - Apraxia KW - Psychological Terminology KW - 1974 DO - 10.1044/jshd.3901.53 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30456-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30455-001 AN - 1974-30455-001 AU - Keenan, Joseph S. AU - Brassell, Esther G. T1 - Factors influencing linguistic recovery in aphasic adults. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 16 IS - 1 SP - 8 EP - 10 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30455-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Keenan, Joseph S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Murfreesboro, Tenn. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Speech Characteristics; Speech Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. AB - For 37 of 39 aphasic adults, an initial examination provided sufficient data on which to predict S's final level of spoken communication. These data were the S's level of speech performance, the extent of his motor speech impairment, and his responsiveness to speech restimulation or correction. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - speech performance & extent of impairment & responsiveness to speech restimulation KW - linguistic recovery KW - aphasic adults KW - 1974 KW - Aphasia KW - Speech Characteristics KW - Speech Disorders KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30455-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30425-001 AN - 1974-30425-001 AU - Gardner, Howard T1 - The naming of objects and symbols by children and aphasic patients. JF - Journal of Psycholinguistic Research JO - Journal of Psycholinguistic Research JA - J Psycholinguist Res Y1 - 1974/04// VL - 3 IS - 2 SP - 133 EP - 149 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0090-6905 SN - 1573-6555 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30425-001. PMID: 4133204 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gardner, Howard; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Concept Formation; Patients; Psycholinguistics; Symbolism. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Preschool Age (2-5 yrs) (160). Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1974. AB - Conducted 3 studies with a total of 62 aphasic and 11 nonneurologic patients and 100 3-4 yr old preschoolers to determine the kinds of errors made in the naming of objects, parts of objects, and various kinds of symbols, and to evaluate the contribution of operativity to the ease of naming such elements. It was found that operativity of depicted elements made a significant contribution to ease of naming for both groups of Ss. However, children and aphasic patients made different types of naming errors. In the case of naming of symbols, the categories easiest for aphasics to name proved the most difficult for children to name. It is suggested that the partial loss of an acquired ability can produce a different clinical picture than the partial acquisition of that ability in the normal child. The concept of operativity may be a less useful concept in the relatively figurative domain of symbols. (18 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - naming of objects & symbols KW - 3-4 yr olds & aphasic & nonneurologic patients KW - 1974 KW - Aphasia KW - Concept Formation KW - Patients KW - Psycholinguistics KW - Symbolism KW - 1974 DO - 10.1007/BF01067572 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30425-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30406-001 AN - 1974-30406-001 AU - O'Leary, Michael R. AU - Donovan, Dennis M. T1 - Perception of depression in self and others among male alcoholics. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1974/04// VL - 30 IS - 2 SP - 142 EP - 146 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30406-001. PMID: 4823213 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Leary, Michael R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Seattle, Wash. Release Date: 19741101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Depression (Emotion); Self-Perception; Social Perception. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1974. AB - Investigated the degree and direction of distortion in self-other ratings of depression among alcoholics. 12 male alcoholic inpatients (mean age = 46 years) and 10 treatment staff members were asked to choose the more depressed patient in each pair of a paired-comparison rating task. Patients also were administered the Beck Depression Inventory. A significant positive relationship was found between patient and staff ratings of depression. However, the patients were found to have a distorted perception of their own depressed state, with the degree of distortion being positively related to the level of depression. The more depressed patients also tended to be less accurate in judging the degree of depression of others. Implications of these findings for the treatment of alcoholic patients are discussed. (18 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perception of depression in self & others KW - male alcoholics KW - 1974 KW - Alcoholism KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Self-Perception KW - Social Perception KW - 1974 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197404)30:2<142::AID-JCLP2270300204>3.0.CO;2-F UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30406-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30404-001 AN - 1974-30404-001 AU - Murphy, John B. AU - Frankel, Alan AU - Woody, Mary M. AU - Semenkovich, Alexander T1 - Predicting indirect maximal oxygen uptake (VO2 MAX) from physical fitness data: Studies in alcoholism. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 16 IS - 1 SP - 31 EP - 36 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30404-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Murphy, John B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salem, Va. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Blood Pressure; Heart Rate; Physical Fitness; Physique. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. AB - Attempted to intercorrelate the following variables among 91 alcoholic veterans: age, height, weight, resting pulse, blood pressure, submaximal step test, measurement of abdomen, scores on a modified version of the Illinois Standard Test of Physical Fitness (ISTPF), and, as the dependent variable, the Cooper 12-min performance test. Multiple regression showed the step test, pulse, ISTPF, age, and systolic blood pressure to account for 45% of the variance on the distance variable. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age & height & weight & resting pulse & blood pressure & submaximal step test & abdomen size & physical fitness KW - Cooper 12-min performance test KW - alcoholics KW - 1974 KW - Alcoholism KW - Blood Pressure KW - Heart Rate KW - Physical Fitness KW - Physique KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30404-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30394-001 AN - 1974-30394-001 AU - Korin, Hyman T1 - Comparison of psychometric measures in psychiatric patients using heroin and other drugs. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1974/04// VL - 83 IS - 2 SP - 208 EP - 212 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30394-001. PMID: 4825220 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Korin, Hyman; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northport, N.Y. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aptitude Measures; Bender Gestalt Test; Drug Usage; Heroin Addiction; Psychosis. Minor Descriptor: Personality Measures. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Compared 27 heroin and 17 nonopiate users, psychotic and nonpsychotic, on the Bender-Gestalt test, the Kent Series of Emergency Scale (a measure of mental ability), and the Multiple Affect Adjective Check List. Analyses of variance and covariance indicated that heroin effects were highly significant (p < .01) on the Bender-Gestalt test. Psychosis effects lacked significance on any test. Constricted use of space, a tendency to rotate designs, and perseverations were significantly more frequent in the heroin patients. Total Bender-Gestalt scores of detoxified and nondetoxified heroin users were not significantly different. It is concluded that heroin patients show marked perceptual disturbances. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Bender-Gestalt test & Kent Series of Emergency Scale & Multiple Affect Adjective Check List KW - psychotic & nonpsychotic heroin vs nonopiate users KW - 1974 KW - Aptitude Measures KW - Bender Gestalt Test KW - Drug Usage KW - Heroin Addiction KW - Psychosis KW - Personality Measures KW - 1974 DO - 10.1037/h0036480 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30394-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30377-001 AN - 1974-30377-001 AU - Fields, F. R. AU - Fullerton, J. R. T1 - The influence of heroin addiction on neuropsychological functioning. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 16 IS - 1 SP - 20 EP - 25 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30377-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fields, F. R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lebanon, Pa. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Heroin Addiction; Military Veterans. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. AB - Equated 69 male hospitalized Vietnam-era veterans for age and schooling. Ss were divided into heroin-addicted, brain-damaged, and control groups. Each S was administered the Halstead Neuropsychology Test Battery. Analysis of variance produced significant differences. The critical variable was the brain damage. No deficits were attributable to heroin addiction. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - heroin addiction KW - neuropsychological functioning KW - Vietnam veterans KW - 1974 KW - Brain Damage KW - Heroin Addiction KW - Military Veterans KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30377-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30376-001 AN - 1974-30376-001 AU - Feamster, J. Harry AU - Knox, Wilma J. T1 - Performance of alcoholics and non-drinkers on two French tests for alcoholism. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1974/06// VL - 34 IS - 3, Pt. 1 SP - 815 EP - 818 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30376-001. PMID: 4846915 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feamster, J. Harry; Veterans Administration Center, Biloxi, Miss. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19741101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Motor Performance; Performance Tests; Psychodiagnosis. Minor Descriptor: Test Performance. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1974. AB - Administered 2 tests from a French battery-Mira's Myokinetic Psychodiagnostic Test and Lahy's Turning Test-to 9 alcoholic males and 9 relatively abstemious males. Ss were matched on the basis of age, which ranged from 32 to 60 yrs. The qualitatively scored Mira Test was submitted to judges in pairs. 7 judges made 55 correct identifications (p < .001). 3 sets of objective scores from the Turning Test yielded significant differences between the alcoholics and controls. The French battery of tests is considered to merit further investigation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Mira's Myokinetic Psychodiagnostic Test & Lahy's Turning Test performance KW - diagnosis KW - alcoholic vs non-alcoholic adult males KW - 1974 KW - Motor Performance KW - Performance Tests KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Test Performance KW - 1974 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1974.34.3.815 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30376-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30348-001 AN - 1974-30348-001 AU - Timmermans, Gretchen AU - Sternbach, Richard A. T1 - Factors of human chronic pain: An analysis of personality and pain reaction variables. JF - Science JO - Science JA - Science Y1 - 1974/05// VL - 184 IS - 4138 SP - 806 EP - 808 CY - US PB - American Assn for the Advancement of Science SN - 0036-8075 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30348-001. PMID: 4150718 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Timmermans, Gretchen; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pain Unit, San Diego, Calif. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Sex Differences; Psychiatric Patients; Psychophysical Measurement; Somatoform Pain Disorder. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1974. AB - Factor analyzed data obtained from 119 patients with chronic pain syndromes, including MMPI scores, estimates of pain intensity, a health index, and a tourniquet pain test. 7 factors emerged, 4 composed of personality measures, 2 involving different psychophysical pain measures, and 1 sex-related factor. The major factors, accounting for more than 50% of the variance, are Interpersonal Alienation and Manipulativeness, Clinical Pain Intensity, and Pain Endurance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality & psychophysical & sex-related factors KW - chronic pain KW - patients KW - 1974 KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychophysical Measurement KW - Somatoform Pain Disorder KW - 1974 DO - 10.1126/science.184.4138.806 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30348-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30313-001 AN - 1974-30313-001 AU - Mendels, Joseph AU - Frazer, Alan T1 - Brain biogenic amine depletion and mood. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1974/04// VL - 30 IS - 4 SP - 447 EP - 451 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30313-001. PMID: 4273761 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mendels, Joseph; Veterans Administration Hosp., Philadelphia, Pa. Release Date: 19741101. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amines; Depression (Emotion); Drugs; Neurochemistry; Reserpine. Minor Descriptor: Adrenergic Drugs. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1974. AB - Reviews the literature on the behavioral effects in man of drugs that deplete the brain of biogenic amines, in order to evaluate the hypothesis that clinical depression is associated with reduced brain biogenic amine activity. The behavioral changes associated with reserpine administration are interpreted as primarily a psychomotor retardation-sedation syndrome, due perhaps to a dopamine deficiency, and would not be an adequate model for clinical depression. In susceptible persons, particularly those with a prior history of depression, this psychomotor retardation-sedation might be sufficient to trigger a depression-like episode. More selective amine depletion, produced either by alpha-methyl-paratyrosine or by parachlorophenylalanine is not associated with depression. Yet, these drugs produce a more consistent and greater reduction in amine metabolite concentrations than that reported to occur in depressed patients. It is suggested that the depletion of brain norepinephrine and dopamine, or serotonin, is, in itself, not sufficient to account for clinical depression. (90 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reserpine vs alpha-methyl-paratyrosine vs parachlorophenylalanine KW - brain biogenic amine depletion & mood KW - relation to clinical depression KW - 1974 KW - Amines KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Drugs KW - Neurochemistry KW - Reserpine KW - Adrenergic Drugs KW - 1974 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1974.01760100019004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30313-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30291-001 AN - 1974-30291-001 AU - Escueta, A. V AU - Boxley, J. AU - Stubbs, N. AU - Waddell, G. AU - Wilson, W. A. T1 - Prolonged twilight state and automatisms: A case report. JF - Neurology JO - Neurology Y1 - 1974/04// VL - 24 IS - 4 SP - 331 EP - 339 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0028-3878 SN - 1526-632X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30291-001. PMID: 4856354 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Escueta, A. V; Veterans Administration Hosp., Durham, N.C. Release Date: 19741101. Correction Date: 20130422. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Automatism; Case Report; Mental Confusion; Seizures; Temporal Lobe. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1974. AB - Found that a prolonged state of mental confusion was associated with a unilateral seizure focus in the left medial anterior temporal lobe in a 39-yr-old patient with psychomotor status. 2 electroclinical phases were differentiated: (a) a continuous twilight state with reactive automatisms interrupted every 10 min by (b) staring, total loss of responsiveness, and stereotyped automatisms. During the 1st clinical phase the EEG showed continuous, focal sharply contoured slow waves in the left anterior temporal areas preponderant medially. During the 2nd clinical phase, 6-10 Hz rhythms engaged both medial temporal lobes and then progressively increased in amplitude and decreased in frequency to 3-5 Hz waves. A subcortical mechanism is suggested for both reactive and stereotyped automatisms. (22 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - unilateral seizure focus in left medial anterior temporal lobe KW - prolonged state of mental confusion KW - 39-yr-old patient with psychomotor status KW - 1974 KW - Automatism KW - Case Report KW - Mental Confusion KW - Seizures KW - Temporal Lobe KW - 1974 DO - 10.1212/WNL.24.4.331 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30291-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30289-001 AN - 1974-30289-001 AU - Dewolfe, Alan S. AU - Youkilis, Hildreth D. T1 - Stress and the word associations of process and reactive schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1974/04// VL - 30 IS - 2 SP - 151 EP - 153 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30289-001. PMID: 4823215 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dewolfe, Alan S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Release Date: 19741101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Process Schizophrenia; Reactive Psychosis; Schizophrenia; Stress; Word Associations. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1974. AB - Explored differences in pathological word association responses for 41 process and 45 reactive schizophrenics. The groups were predicted to be equivalent in the number of loose associations under high stress, and the reactives were predicted to show greater improvement when low stress was compared with high stress. These predictions were based on a theoretical orientation which suggests that (a) process schizophrenics show lower levels of cognitive development with idiosyncratic thought processes, and thus would show little improvement from high to low stress; and (b) reactives manifest a high level of cognitive development and more normal thought processes, which are interfered with or fragmented by stress. These predictions were supported by the results. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stress KW - word associations KW - process vs reactive schizophrenics KW - 1974 KW - Process Schizophrenia KW - Reactive Psychosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Stress KW - Word Associations KW - 1974 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197404)30:2<151::AID-JCLP2270300206>3.0.CO;2-B UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30289-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30145-001 AN - 1974-30145-001 AU - Apfeldorf, Max AU - Smith, Walter J. AU - Peixotto, Helen E. AU - Hunley, Phyllis J. T1 - Is the representation of the objective body-image in figure drawings related to the personality characteristics of the drawer? JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1974/06// VL - 34 IS - 3, Pt. 1 SP - 1015 EP - 1020 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30145-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Apfeldorf, Max; Veterans Administration Center, Martinsburg, W. Va. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Body Image; Cathexis; Emotional Adjustment; Field Dependence. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1974. AB - 81 female college students drew a person, were photographed, and completed the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory in an attempt to determine whether Ss with certain personality characteristics make drawings that can be matched to their photographs. The personality characteristics studied were emotional adjustment, self-acceptance, field independence and positive body cathexis. A low but significant correlation was found between matchability of drawings and emotional maladjustment. The findings are in a direction opposite to that expected and suggest caution in making personality interpretations regarding the representation of one's own physical features in drawings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - emotional adjustment & self-acceptance & field-independence & positive-body cathexis KW - representation of objective body-image in figure drawings KW - female college students KW - 1974 KW - Body Image KW - Cathexis KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - Field Dependence KW - 1974 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1974.34.3.1015 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30145-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-29907-001 AN - 1974-29907-001 AU - Keahey, Scott P. AU - Seaman, Don F. T1 - Self-actualization and adjustment in retirement: Implications for program development. JF - Adult Education JO - Adult Education JA - Adult Educ Y1 - 1974/// VL - 24 IS - 3 SP - 220 EP - 226 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0001-8481 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-29907-001. Other Journal Title: Adult Education Quarterly. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Keahey, Scott P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Waco, Tex. Release Date: 19741101. Correction Date: 20111010. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotional Adjustment; Retirement; Self-Actualization; Social Adjustment. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1974. AB - Determined the extent of self-actualization of 261 male and female retirees in 6 stratified social groups reflecting rural, urban, minority, and veteran backgrounds. Measurements were made using the Personal Orientation Inventory and the Retirement Descriptive Index. A partial canonical correlation and chi square were utilized to treat the data. A positive relationship, significant at the .05 level, was found on the 2 combined roots for all scales on the Retirement Descriptive Index and on all but 1 scale of the Personal Orientation Inventory. It is concluded that self-actualizing concepts are definitely involved with successful adjustment to retirement. (18 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self-actualization & adjustment to retirement KW - retirees KW - 1974 KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - Retirement KW - Self-Actualization KW - Social Adjustment KW - 1974 DO - 10.1177/074171367402400304 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-29907-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-29894-001 AN - 1974-29894-001 AU - Powell, Louisa F. T1 - The effect of extra stimulation and maternal involvement on the development of low-birth-weight infants and on maternal behavior. JF - Child Development JO - Child Development JA - Child Dev Y1 - 1974/03// VL - 45 IS - 1 SP - 106 EP - 113 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0009-3920 SN - 1467-8624 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-29894-001. PMID: 4820264 Other Journal Title: Child Development: Abstracts & Bibliography. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Powell, Louisa F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Newington, Conn. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Body Weight; Infant Development; Mother Child Relations; Tactual Stimulation. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Infancy (2-23 mo) (140). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1974. AB - 13 low-birth-weight infants were given extra stimulation throughout their hospital stay by hospital staff, 11 mothers were allowed to handle their low-birth-weight babies in the hospital, and 12 low-birth-weight newborns were placed in a control group, in an attempt to improve the babies' development and improve maternal behavior later. It is concluded that giving low-birth-weight infants extra stimulation improved their development through 6 mo corrected age; however, giving mothers an opportunity to handle their babies did not influence their maternal behavior after the babies were home; finally, responsivity, as measured by a newborn test and by the Bayley Scales of Infant Development had some stability from birth through 6 mo corrected age. (26 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - extra stimulation & maternal involvement KW - maternal behavior & infant development KW - low-birth-weight babies KW - 1974 KW - Body Weight KW - Infant Development KW - Mother Child Relations KW - Tactual Stimulation KW - 1974 DO - 10.2307/1127756 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-29894-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-29592-001 AN - 1974-29592-001 AU - Walker, Don W. AU - Hunter, Bruce E. T1 - Prolonged alcohol consumption in the rat: Absence of retrograde amnesia for an avoidance response. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 2 IS - 1 SP - 63 EP - 66 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-29592-001. PMID: 4828483 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Walker, Don W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Medical Research, Gainesville, Fla. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Drugs; Ethanol; Korsakoffs Psychosis; Retention. Minor Descriptor: Amnesia; Rats; Retrograde Amnesia. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1974. AB - Pretrained 30 male Long-Evans hooded rats to a criterion of 80% correct responses on a shuttlebox avoidance task and subsequently divided them into 3 groups matched for performance and weight. One group received ethanol in a liquid diet which served as the source of calories and fluid. One control group was individually pair-fed the identical liquid diet except that sucrose was isocalorically substituted for ethanol. A 2nd control group was maintained on pelleted laboratory food and water. After 18 wks of these diets, all Ss were given laboratory food and water ad lib. 3 mo after the ethanol- and sucrose-containing diets were replaced with laboratory food and water, Ss were tested for retention of the avoidance response. It was found that the groups were statistically indistinguishable on the measures of retention used. Results are interpreted as being in agreement with clinical descriptions of alcoholic Korsakoff patients. (15 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prolonged ethanol consumption KW - absence of retrograde amnesia for avoidance response KW - male rats KW - implications for Korsakoff's psychosis KW - 1974 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Drugs KW - Ethanol KW - Korsakoffs Psychosis KW - Retention KW - Amnesia KW - Rats KW - Retrograde Amnesia KW - 1974 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(74)90135-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-29592-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-29588-001 AN - 1974-29588-001 AU - Tinklenberg, Jared R. AU - Murphy, Patricia L. AU - Murphy, Peggy AU - Darley, Charles F. AU - Roth, Walton T. AU - Kopell, Bert S. T1 - Drug involvement in criminal assaults by adolescents. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1974/05// VL - 30 IS - 5 SP - 685 EP - 689 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-29588-001. PMID: 4824202 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tinklenberg, Jared R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19741101. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Crime; Drug Usage; Drugs. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: May, 1974. AB - Compared 50 male, adolescent, assaultive offenders incarcerated in California for drug use and criminal behavior with 80 nonassaultive offenders of similar background by utilizing semistructured interviews and a review of official records. In 36 of the 56 assaults resulting in tissue damage, the assailant described himself as under the influence of a drug at the time of the offense. Alcohol or secobarbital, alone or in combination with other drugs, were reported in 31 of the 36 drug-related assaults including 7 assaults that resulted in the death of the victim. Marihuana used alone or with other drugs was associated with 6 assaults; amphetamine was linked with 2 offenses. Ss overwhelmingly selected secobarbital as the drug most likely to enhance assaultive tendencies. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drug usage KW - criminal assaults KW - adolescents KW - 1974 KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Crime KW - Drug Usage KW - Drugs KW - 1974 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1974.01760110097012 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-29588-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-29496-001 AN - 1974-29496-001 AU - Carey, Robert J. AU - Goodall, Edwin B. AU - Procopio, Gregory F. T1 - Differential effects of d-amphetamine on fixed ratio 30 performance maintained by food versus brain stimulation reinforcement. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1974/03// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 193 EP - 198 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-29496-001. PMID: 4597892 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carey, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dextroamphetamine; Drugs; Electrical Brain Stimulation; Fixed Ratio Reinforcement; Self-Stimulation. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1974. AB - Trained 4 male Sprague-Dawley rats with implanted unilateral hypothalamic bipolar electrodes to barpress for both intracranial self-stimulation (ICSS) and food on a fixed-ratio 30 schedule of reinforcement. Ss were tested at 90 and 100% body weight. Dextroamphetamine (.1, .5, 1.0, 1.5, and 2.0 mg/kg) always decreased responding for food reinforcement but increased responding up through the 1.0 mg/kg dose level for ICSS. An analysis of error responses emitted for ICSS reinforcement shows that perseverative responding did not occur up through the 1.0 mg/kg level. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dextroamphetamine KW - fixed ratio 30 performance with food vs brain stimulation reinforcement KW - rats KW - 1974 KW - Dextroamphetamine KW - Drugs KW - Electrical Brain Stimulation KW - Fixed Ratio Reinforcement KW - Self-Stimulation KW - Rats KW - 1974 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(74)90052-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-29496-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-29351-001 AN - 1974-29351-001 AU - Houser, Vincent P. AU - Pare, William P. T1 - Long-term conditioned fear modification in the dog as measured by changes in urinary 11-hydroxycorticosteroids, heart rate and behavior. JF - Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science JO - Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science JA - Integr Physiol Behav Sci Y1 - 1974/04// VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 85 EP - 96 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 1053-881X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-29351-001. PMID: 4220368 Other Journal Title: Conditional Reflex; Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Houser, Vincent P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19741101. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Conditioned Responses; Corticosteroids; Heart Rate; Urine. Minor Descriptor: Dogs. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500); Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1974. AB - Recorded heart rate (HR), keypressing, and urinary 11-hydroxycorticosteroids (11-OH-CS) while dogs were subjected to aversive conditioning schedules over a 6-mo period. The schedules consisted of Sidman avoidance, followed by a Sidman schedule which paired unavoidable shocks with offset of 7 discrete conditioned stimuli. The Sidman avoidance schedule always resulted in an increase in 11-OH-CS. Neither HR nor 11-OH-CS were correlated with rate of operant keypressing. Differences in the dependent variable reflected the different topological characteristics of the Ss studied. Results demonstrate (a) causal independence of physiological and behavioral responses conditioned to the same stimulus complex and (b) that long-term HR increases can be maintained if the experimental situation is manipulated to maintain the fear eliciting characteristics of the conditioning situation. (23 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - aversive conditioning schedules KW - heart rate & keypressing & urinary 11-hydroxycorticosteroids KW - dogs KW - 1974 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Conditioned Responses KW - Corticosteroids KW - Heart Rate KW - Urine KW - Dogs KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-29351-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-29298-001 AN - 1974-29298-001 AU - Angel, Ronald W. T1 - Electromyography during voluntary movement: The two-burst pattern. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1974/05// VL - 36 IS - 5 SP - 493 EP - 498 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-29298-001. PMID: 4135346 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Angel, Ronald W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electromyography; Motor Performance. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: May, 1974. AB - During rapid movement of an extremity, the agonist muscle shows 2 distinct bursts of EMG activity. Tests were conducted with 5 23-56 yr old males to determine whether the 2-burst pattern occurs in movements of different speed, elicited by varying the distance to target and the inertial load. A 2-burst pattern was recognizable on practiced moves under all conditions. The 1st peak of EMG activity was associated with acceleration of the limb and the 2nd with deceleration. The time of minimal EMG activity was correlated with the time of maximal velocity. Findings are analyzed in terms of known physiological mechanisms. (French summary) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - voluntary movement KW - 2-burst pattern of EMG activity KW - male 23-56 yr olds KW - 1974 KW - Electromyography KW - Motor Performance KW - 1974 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(74)90206-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-29298-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-29293-001 AN - 1974-29293-001 AU - McNeil, Malcom R. AU - Hamre, C. E. T1 - A review of measures of lateralized cerebral hemispheric functions. JF - Journal of Learning Disabilities JO - Journal of Learning Disabilities JA - J Learn Disabil Y1 - 1974/06// VL - 7 IS - 6 SP - 375 EP - 383 CY - US PB - PRO-ED SN - 0022-2194 SN - 1538-4780 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-29293-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McNeil, Malcom R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Denver, Colo. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19741101. Correction Date: 20121001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebral Dominance; Experimentation; Literature Review. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1974. AB - In view of the renewed interest in lateralized cerebral hemispheric functions (cerebral dominance), the history and current status of 6 areas of inquiry relevant to this topic are reviewed: (a) autopsy studies, (b) handedness correlates, (c) cortico-anatomical techniques, (d) intracarotid sodium amytal technique, (e) dichotic techniques, and (f) dichoptic techniques. The final 2 categories are considered to be of particular interest because of the potential they offer for clarifying key issues pertinent to the nature and remediation of language and learning disabilities. (80 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - research on & measures of lateralized cerebral hemispheric functions KW - literature review KW - 1974 KW - Cerebral Dominance KW - Experimentation KW - Literature Review KW - 1974 DO - 10.1177/002221947400700607 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-29293-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-29073-001 AN - 1974-29073-001 AU - Yund, E. William AU - Efron, Robert T1 - Dichoptic and dichotic micropattern discrimination. JF - Perception & Psychophysics JO - Perception & Psychophysics JA - Percept Psychophys Y1 - 1974/04// VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 383 EP - 390 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0031-5117 SN - 1532-5962 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-29073-001. Other Journal Title: Attention, Perception, & Psychophysics. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Yund, E. William; Veterans Administration Hosp., Neurophysiology-Biophysics Research Lab., Martinez, Calif. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19741101. Correction Date: 20110110. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Discrimination; Pattern Discrimination; Stimulus Presentation Methods. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1974. AB - Required 3 experienced Ss to compare 2 rapidly successive, brief, discriminably different stimulus elements (a micropattern) with a 2nd micropattern composed of the same 2 stimulus elements presented in reverse temporal order. Discriminations could be made between 2 such micropatterns in the monaural (monocular) as well as in the dichotic (dichoptic) modes of presentation. Discrimination between micropatterns was based on the perceptual dominance of the temporally trailing stimulus element in both modalities and in both modes of presentation. While monaural (monocular) micropattern discrimination was significantly superior to dichotic (dichoptic) discrimination, the existence of dichotic (dichoptic) discrimination demonstrates that no essential peripheral process is required for micropattern discrimination. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dichoptic & dichotic presentation modes KW - micropattern discrimination KW - 1974 KW - Auditory Discrimination KW - Pattern Discrimination KW - Stimulus Presentation Methods KW - 1974 DO - 10.3758/BF03213963 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-29073-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-29049-001 AN - 1974-29049-001 AU - Kupperman, G. L. AU - Mendel, M. I. T1 - Threshold of the early components of the averaged electroencephalic response determined with tone pips and clicks during drug-induced sleep. JF - Audiology JO - Audiology JA - Audiology Y1 - 1974/09// VL - 13 IS - 5 SP - 379 EP - 390 CY - Canada PB - Decker Publishing SN - 0020-6091 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-29049-001. PMID: 4370512 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kupperman, G. L.; Veterans Administration Center, Speech Pathology & Audiology Service, Wood, Wis. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Audiometry; Auditory Stimulation; Auditory Thresholds; Hypnotic Drugs; Sleep. Minor Descriptor: Threshold Determination. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300); Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1974. AB - Elicited the early components of the averaged electroencephalic response (AER) from 8 adults by narrow-spectrum tone pips centered at 250, 1,000 and 4,000 Hz and by wide-band clicks. Brief naps were induced with secobarbital. Stimuli at 0, 10, 20, and 30 db above behavioral threshold were presented in random order for each frequency. In control conditions, no acoustic stimuli were presented. Threshold for hearing (50% response) as measured with the early components was 20-db sensation level (SL) for 250 Hz tone pips and at 10 db SL for 1,000 and 4,000 Hz tone pips and for clicks. Thus, threshold estimated with the early components of the AER from sleeping adults closely approximated their behavioral threshold. (French summary) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - tone pips & clicks during drug-induced sleep KW - determination of threshold of early components of averaged electroencephalic response KW - adults KW - 1974 KW - Audiometry KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Auditory Thresholds KW - Hypnotic Drugs KW - Sleep KW - Threshold Determination KW - 1974 DO - 10.3109/00206097409071696 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-29049-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-28892-001 AN - 1974-28892-001 AU - Kadden, Ronald M. T1 - State notation and SKED: A general system for control and recording of behavioral experiments. JF - Behavior Research Methods & Instrumentation JO - Behavior Research Methods & Instrumentation Y1 - 1974/03// VL - 6 IS - 2 SP - 167 EP - 170 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0005-7878 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-28892-001. Other Journal Title: Behavior Research Methods; Behavior Research Methods, Instruments & Computers. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kadden, Ronald M.; FDR Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19741101. Correction Date: 20110314. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Computer Applications; Computer Programming Languages; Computer Software; Experimentation. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1974. AB - State notation is a language for describing behavioral procedures and data acquisition formats. The development of a minicomputer system for translating state notation into operating computer programs, which can control 10 simultaneous and independent experiments, is described. The hardware necessary to interface the computer with the experimental environment is also described. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SKED minicomputer system for translation of state notation into operating computer programs KW - experiment control & data recording KW - 1974 KW - Computer Applications KW - Computer Programming Languages KW - Computer Software KW - Experimentation KW - 1974 DO - 10.3758/BF03200321 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-28892-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-28510-001 AN - 1974-28510-001 AU - Linn, Margaret W. T1 - Predicting quality of patient care in nursing homes. JF - The Gerontologist JO - The Gerontologist JA - Gerontologist Y1 - 1974/06// VL - 14 IS - 3 SP - 225 EP - 227 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0016-9013 SN - 1758-5341 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-28510-001. PMID: 4470492 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Linn, Margaret W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Miami, Fla. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19741001. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatric Patients; Nursing Homes; Social Workers. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1974. AB - Found high agreement between ratings when 6 social workers with in-depth knowledge of nursing homes ranked 40 homes on a 5-point scale ranging from high to poor quality, and when the same homes were rated on a 90-item scale by researchers with no prior knowledge of the homes. Best prediction of social-worker judgment was staff-to-patient ratio, patient satisfaction, and home size. From the assessments, important factors influencing social-worker judgments were defined. Results indicate that expert opinion can substitute for more costly in-depth assessments. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - in-depth vs no prior knowledge of nursing homes KW - predicting quality of nursing home care KW - social-workers vs researchers KW - 1974 KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Nursing Homes KW - Social Workers KW - 1974 DO - 10.1093/geront/14.3.225 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-28510-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-28274-001 AN - 1974-28274-001 AU - Swartz, June AU - Jabara, Raymond T1 - Short-term follow-up of narcotic addicts. JF - Rehabilitation Counseling Bulletin JO - Rehabilitation Counseling Bulletin JA - Rehabil Couns Bull Y1 - 1974/03// VL - 17 IS - 3 SP - 158 EP - 165 CY - US PB - PRO-ED SN - 0034-3552 SN - 1538-4853 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-28274-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Swartz, June; Veterans Administration Hosp., Fort Howard, Md. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19741001. Correction Date: 20110919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Detoxification; Drug Addiction; Drug Usage; Narcotic Drugs; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Minor Descriptor: Age Differences; Drug Rehabilitation; Methadone; Occupations; Racial and Ethnic Differences. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1974. AB - Examined the relationships among various treatment modalities and age, race, job status, and drug use after leaving the treatment program. Ss were 89 male former patients (mean age 24 yrs) out of a total of 144 who had received the questionnaires from a Veterans Administration drug treatment program. Treatment 1 consisted of the use of methadone for the purpose of detoxification, Treatment 2 involved the maintenance use of methadone, and Treatment 3 represented total abstinence from narcotic drugs. The chi-square technique determined the significance of differences among the 3 treatment groups with respect to degree of addiction and employment. A significant difference (p < .02) was found in the effectiveness of Treatment 3 in comparison with the others with respect to lower addiction rate. It was determined that 75% of the Ss were still using drugs. Treatment 3 was significantly (p <.02) favored with respect to employment rate (work or full-time school). Ss receiving Treatment 1 were more successful than those receiving Treatment 2 in employment rates. (16 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age & race & job status KW - detoxification with methadone vs methadone maintenance vs total drug abstinence & posttreatment drug use KW - former narcotic addicts KW - 1974 KW - Detoxification KW - Drug Addiction KW - Drug Usage KW - Narcotic Drugs KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - Age Differences KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Methadone KW - Occupations KW - Racial and Ethnic Differences KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-28274-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-28215-001 AN - 1974-28215-001 AU - Weitzenhoffer, Andre M. T1 - Limited hypnotherapy of a case of diaphragmatic clonus. JF - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JO - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JA - Am J Clin Hypn Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 16 IS - 3 SP - 147 EP - 155 CY - US PB - American Society of Clinical Hypnosis SN - 0002-9157 SN - 2160-0562 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-28215-001. PMID: 4814011 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weitzenhoffer, Andre M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19741001. Correction Date: 20120702. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Case Report; Digestive System Disorders; Hypnotherapy; Nervous System Disorders. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1974. AB - Describes the use of hypnotherapy in treating a patient with a severe, incapacitating diaphragmatic clonus. The rationale for the various hypnotherapeutic interventions which were made is discussed, and follow-up data are included. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hypnotherapy KW - patient with severe diaphragmatic clonus KW - 1974 KW - Case Report KW - Digestive System Disorders KW - Hypnotherapy KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - 1974 DO - 10.1080/00029157.1974.10403670 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-28215-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-28206-001 AN - 1974-28206-001 AU - May, Philip R. T1 - A brave new world revisited: Alphas, betas, and treatment outcome. JF - Comprehensive Psychiatry JO - Comprehensive Psychiatry JA - Compr Psychiatry Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 17 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0010-440X SN - 1532-8384 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-28206-001. PMID: 4809354 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: May, Philip R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brentwood, Calif. Release Date: 19741001. Correction Date: 20160407. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimental Methods; Psychotherapeutic Outcomes; Therapist Characteristics. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1974. AB - Discusses certain clinical research studies which form the basis for the joint hypothesis that A therapists obtain better results in schizophrenia, while B therapists do better with patients suffering from neuroses. A number of methodological problems are raised, with particular reference to the A-B scales themselves, methods of analysis and validation, and other factors which must be considered in the interpretation of results. It is concluded that the hypothesis has not been sustained by subsequent work. Possible explanations for the original findings might include methodological artifact, therapist and patient sample differences in sex and socioeconomic class, and the effect of supervisor expectations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - methodological problems KW - treatment outcomes KW - A vs B therapists KW - 1974 KW - Experimental Methods KW - Psychotherapeutic Outcomes KW - Therapist Characteristics KW - 1974 DO - 10.1016/0010-440X(74)90059-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-28206-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-27971-001 AN - 1974-27971-001 AU - Page, Ronald D. AU - Linden, James D. T1 - 'Reversible' organic brain syndrome in alcoholics: A psychometric evaluation. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1974/03// VL - 35 IS - 1-A SP - 98 EP - 107 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-27971-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Page, Ronald D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Walla Walla, Wash. Release Date: 19741001. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Alcohols; Cognitive Processes; Drugs; Recovery (Disorders). Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1974. AB - Tested the intellectual performance of 96 male alcoholics (mean age, 43 yrs; mean education, 10 yrs) at varying intervals after withdrawal of alcohol. Group 1 had been hospitalized less than 2 wks; Group 2, 2-4 wks; Group 3, 4-6 wks; and Group 4, 6-8 wks. An additional group of 20 Ss was tested within a week of hospital admission and at 2-wk intervals during 8 wks of hospitalization. In each group half of the Ss had a history of alcoholism of less than 5 yrs and the other half of 10 or more years. No significant differences were found between them in either the severity of intellectual impairment or in rate of recovery. Scores on the Digit Symbol and Digit Span subtests of the WAIS, the Abstracting and Vocabulary sections of the Shipley-Institute of Living Scale, and Part B of the Trail Making Test all indicated a deficit in performance during the 1st week following alcohol withdrawal and improvement during the 2nd week (p < .05) with no further significant change. Results suggest that abstract reasoning, short-term memory and coding, sequencing ability, and general mental flexibility are severely disrupted immediately after cessation of a bout. (34 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prolonged heavy alcohol consumption KW - intellectual performance & rate of recovery after withdrawal of alcohol KW - male alcoholics KW - 1974 KW - Alcoholism KW - Alcohols KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Drugs KW - Recovery (Disorders) KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-27971-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-27966-001 AN - 1974-27966-001 AU - Miller, Peter M T1 - Relationship of alcohol cues to the drinking behavior of alcoholics and social drinkers: An analogue study. JF - The Psychological Record JO - The Psychological Record JA - Psychol Rec Y1 - 1974///Win 1974 VL - 24 IS - 1 SP - 61 EP - 66 CY - US PB - Kenyon Coll Psychology Dept SN - 0033-2933 SN - 2163-3452 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-27966-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Miller, Peter M; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. et al. Other Publishers: Southern Illinois University; Springer. Release Date: 19741001. Correction Date: 20141103. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcoholism; Cues; Social Drinking; Visual Stimulation. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Win 1974. AB - Evaluated the effects of visual alcohol cues on the operant drinking behavior of 20 alcoholics and 20 social drinkers. Ss performed a lever-pressing task to obtain alcohol reinforcement under 2 experimental conditions. During cue conditions Ss viewed a variety of alcohol stimuli (bottles of liquor, pictures of alcoholic beverages) while responding. During no-cue conditions all alcohol stimuli were removed from Ss' view. Results indicate that alcoholics did not respond differently to alcohol cues. Social drinkers responded significantly more than alcoholics under cue conditions. Implications are discussed in terms of related findings from descriptive operant studies of prolonged drinking in alcoholics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual alcohol cues KW - operant drinking behavior KW - alcoholics vs social drinkers KW - 1974 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Alcoholism KW - Cues KW - Social Drinking KW - Visual Stimulation KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-27966-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-27945-001 AN - 1974-27945-001 AU - Harbert, Terry L. AU - Harlow, David H. AU - Hersen, Michel AU - Austin, James B. T1 - Measurement and modification of incestuous behavior: A case study. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 79 EP - 86 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-27945-001. PMID: 4813987 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Harbert, Terry L.; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19741001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Modification; Case Report; Incest; Measurement. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. AB - Describes treatment of a 52-yr-old male complaining of repeated incestuous behavior with his daughter from the time she was 12 yrs old until she was 17 yrs, when treatment was initiated. Objective and subjective measures of incestuous interest were devised along with ratings of normal father-daughter interaction. Covert sensitization, employing noxious scenes based on subjectively reported aversive aspects of the incestuous behavior, eliminated incestuous interest but did not devalue appropriate interaction. (22 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - measurement & modification KW - incestuous behavior KW - 52 yr old male KW - 1974 KW - Behavior Modification KW - Case Report KW - Incest KW - Measurement KW - 1974 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1974.34.1.79 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-27945-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-27908-001 AN - 1974-27908-001 AU - Starker, Steven T1 - Persistence of a hypnotic dissociative reaction. JF - International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis JO - International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis JA - Int J Clin Exp Hypn Y1 - 1974/04// VL - 22 IS - 2 SP - 131 EP - 137 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-7144 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-27908-001. PMID: 4421533 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Starker, Steven; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Section, West Haven, Conn. Release Date: 19741001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Case Report; Dissociative Disorders; Hypnosis; Suggestibility. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1974. AB - Presents the case of a 36-yr-old male in which a hypnotic suggestion persisted as a disabling symptom. Examination of the dynamics of this unusual occurrence suggests a 'readiness' for symptoms, important secondary gains, and considerable passive aggression. (German, French, & Spanish summaries) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - persistence of hypnotic suggestion as disabling symptom KW - 36-yr-old male KW - 1974 KW - Case Report KW - Dissociative Disorders KW - Hypnosis KW - Suggestibility KW - 1974 DO - 10.1080/00207147408412992 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-27908-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-27799-001 AN - 1974-27799-001 AU - Holland, Terrill R. AU - Wadsworth, Helen M. T1 - Incidence versus degrees of rotation on the Minnesota Percepto-Diagnostic Test in brain-damaged and schizophrenic patients. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 38 IS - 1 SP - 131 EP - 134 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-27799-001. PMID: 4856083 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Holland, Terrill R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, Brecksville, O. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19741001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Differential Diagnosis; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. AB - Administered the Minnesota Percepto-Diagnostic Test (MPDT) and the WAIS Vocabulary and Block Design subtests to 20 brain-damaged and 20 process schizophrenic inpatients matched for age (mean = 49 yrs) and educational level. When the MPDT was scored for incidence of rotations as well as for total number of degrees of rotation, only the degrees measure discriminated between the 2 groups. When IQ was held constant through the use of partial correlation or the IQ correction procedure presented in the MPDT manual, the degrees measure was no longer discriminating. However, since the degrees measure was superior to the incidence measure, it is suggested that visual-motor design reproduction tests with scoring systems using incidence measures may be underutilizing the modest discriminating power the rotational error type possesses. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - incidence vs degree of rotation on Minnesota Percepto-Diagnostic Test KW - brain-damaged vs process schizophrenic inpatients KW - 1974 KW - Brain Damage KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1974 DO - 10.2466/pms.1974.38.1.131 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-27799-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-27798-001 AN - 1974-27798-001 AU - Goldstein, Gerald AU - Shelly, Carolyn H. T1 - Neuropsychological diagnosis of multiple sclerosis in a neuropsychiatric setting. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1974/04// VL - 158 IS - 4 SP - 280 EP - 290 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-27798-001. PMID: 4819606 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Gerald; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Release Date: 19741001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Differential Diagnosis; Intelligence Measures; Multiple Sclerosis; Neurophysiology; Psychiatric Patients. Minor Descriptor: Brain Damage; Medical Patients. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1974. AB - Replicated studies by C. G. Matthews et al and by R. M Reitan et al (see PA, Vol 44:13128 and 47:11420) on the behavioral aspects of multiple sclerosis (MS). The performance of 20 MS patients (mean age = 42.7) on the WAIS and the Halstead Impairment Index was compared with that of 20 psychiatric patients (mean age = 42.6) and 20 patients with various forms of brain damage other than MS (mean age = 42.8). Overall results replicated those of the previous studies in that differences were found among MS patients on the intelligence measures (Reitan's study used the Wechsler-Bellevue Intelligence Scale), but not on the neurophysiological tests. Performance patterns were similar in all 3 studies and data suggest that the major differences among the MS, psychiatric, and brain damage groups lie in various aspects of motor functioning. (16 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - intelligence measures & neurophysiological tests KW - diagnosing of multiple sclerosis KW - MS vs psychiatric patients vs brain damaged KW - 1974 KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Multiple Sclerosis KW - Neurophysiology KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Brain Damage KW - Medical Patients KW - 1974 DO - 10.1097/00005053-197404000-00006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-27798-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-27777-001 AN - 1974-27777-001 AU - Siegel, Rubin L. T1 - The training and use of mental health associates in the Veterans Administration. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1974/05// VL - 25 IS - 5 SP - 295 EP - 298 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-27777-001. PMID: 4596978 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Siegel, Rubin L.; Veterans Administration, Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Service, Washington, D.C. Release Date: 19741001. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospitalization; Mental Health Inservice Training; Military Veterans; Paraprofessional Education. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1974. AB - Discusses 2 types of programs developed to train paraprofessional workers known as mental health associates (MHAs). One is a 48-wk hospital-based program that is divided equally between didactic and clinical training and intended mainly for Veterans Administration employees who need new avenues for career advancement. The 2nd program provides stipends to college students in mental health technology programs leading to an associate of arts degree; the students receive their practicum experience in Veterans Administration facilities and community agencies. Vignettes of 5 actual MHAs are included and demonstrate how these workers operate in different clinical settings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - didactic & clinical training KW - mental health associates in Veterans Administration KW - 1974 KW - Hospitalization KW - Mental Health Inservice Training KW - Military Veterans KW - Paraprofessional Education KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-27777-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-27765-001 AN - 1974-27765-001 AU - Poetter, Rodney AU - Alvarez, Carlos AU - Van den Abell, Tom AU - Krop, Harry T1 - Using college students as paraprofessionals. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1974/05// VL - 25 IS - 5 SP - 305 EP - 307 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-27765-001. PMID: 4363677 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Poetter, Rodney; Veterans Administration Hosp., Gainesville, Fla. Release Date: 19741001. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Modification; College Students; Military Veterans; Paraprofessional Personnel; Psychiatric Patients. Minor Descriptor: Clinical Methods Training. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1974. AB - Describes a Veterans Administration hospital which makes extensive use of college students as paraprofessional workers on a psychiatric ward. The paraprofessionals, who are trained in behavior modification principles and techniques by a psychiatrist or psychologist, record patient behavior, reinforce positive behavior, and present patient data at treatment-team meetings. They also help the patient to find a job or return to school and adapt to the community environment. A study of the 1st 21 mo of the program, during which 85 paraprofessionals worked with 196 residents, showed that the average length of stay for the patients was 20.4 days compared with the 58-day average length of stay before the initiation of the program. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - using college students as paraprofessionals KW - behavior modification KW - psychiatric patients in Veterans Administration hospital KW - 1974 KW - Behavior Modification KW - College Students KW - Military Veterans KW - Paraprofessional Personnel KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Clinical Methods Training KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-27765-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-27191-001 AN - 1974-27191-001 AU - Murphree, Oddist D. T1 - Procedure for operant conditioning of the dog. JF - Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science JO - Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science JA - Integr Physiol Behav Sci Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 9 IS - 1 SP - 46 EP - 50 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 1053-881X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-27191-001. PMID: 4220363 Other Journal Title: Conditional Reflex; Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Murphree, Oddist D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., North Little Rock, Ark. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19741001. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Operant Conditioning. Minor Descriptor: Dogs. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1974. AB - Reports a procedure typically used to compare animal Ss or conditions (e.g., drugs) both in the acquisition and final phases of behavior. Beginning with a UCR (e.g., feeding) a bridging stimulus is paired in classical conditioning fashion. From that point the bridging stimulus and UCS (feeding or shock) are used immediately as reward or reinforcement only for responses 'in the direction of' the final desired behavior. The number of timed standardized behavior shaping sessions to criterion is the best index of acquisition phase performance and the total number of barpresses or the rate of barpressing (slope) is the usual index of operant responding. With timid animals it is often necessary to administer tranquilizers. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - operant conditioning procedure KW - dogs KW - 1974 KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Dogs KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-27191-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-27164-001 AN - 1974-27164-001 AU - Freed, Earl X. AU - Hymowitz, Norman AU - Fazzaro, James A. T1 - Effects of response-independent electric shock on schedule-induced alcohol and water intake. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 63 EP - 71 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-27164-001. PMID: 4813984 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freed, Earl X.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Alcohol Research Lab., Lyons, N.J. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19741001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Electrical Stimulation; Reinforcement Schedules; Water Intake. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. AB - Conducted 3 experiments with food-deprived rats (2 female Long Evans hooded and 7 male albino) that either leverpressed for intermittent food pellets or obtained them on free-fixed interval schedules. Ss displayed schedule-induced water and alcohol polydipsia. Concurrent response-independent electric shock attenuated water intake; shock intensities producing reductions in polydipsic water consumption had little effect upon alcohol intake, but shocks of sufficient intensity did attenuate postpellet alcohol drinking. Possible explanations for the differential effect of response-independent electric shock on schedule-induced water and alcohol intake are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - response-independent electric shock KW - schedule-induced alcohol & water intake KW - rats KW - 1974 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Electrical Stimulation KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Water Intake KW - Rats KW - 1974 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1974.34.1.63 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-27164-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-27095-001 AN - 1974-27095-001 AU - Murphree, Oddist D. AU - DeLuca, Donald C. AU - Angel, Charles T1 - Psychopharmacologic facilitation of operant conditioning of genetically nervous catahoula and pointer dogs. JF - Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science JO - Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science JA - Integr Physiol Behav Sci Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 9 IS - 1 SP - 17 EP - 24 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 1053-881X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-27095-001. PMID: 4220360 Other Journal Title: Conditional Reflex; Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Murphree, Oddist D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., North Little Rock, Ark. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19741001. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drugs; Genetics; Operant Conditioning; Tranquilizing Drugs. Minor Descriptor: Dogs. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1974. AB - Investigated (a) the chronic disharmony in catahoulas and E line pointer bird dogs (analogous to Gantt's concept of schizokinesis), and (b) a comparison of 12 psychopharmaceuticals effective in restoring 'normal' functioning even in the most disturbed of the animals. Results show that even Ss with severe schizokinetic disabilities learned the barpress operant task. However, it was necessary to facilitate both behavioral shaping and nearly all later performances throughout the following year with benzodiazepine tranquilizers which were superior to other drugs tested. Neither gradual nor rapid withdrawal nor sudden stopping of benzodiazepines allowed the Ss to continue the operant. In fact, during drug withdrawal, performance seemed to parallel blood levels as reported in the literature. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - benzodiazepine tranquilizers KW - facilitation of operant conditioning KW - genetically nervous catahoula & pointer dogs KW - 1974 KW - Drugs KW - Genetics KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Tranquilizing Drugs KW - Dogs KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-27095-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-27087-001 AN - 1974-27087-001 AU - Livingston, Andrew T1 - Inability to condition a peripheral activating drug. JF - Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science JO - Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science JA - Integr Physiol Behav Sci Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 9 IS - 1 SP - 35 EP - 45 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 1053-881X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-27087-001. PMID: 4220362 Other Journal Title: Conditional Reflex; Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Livingston, Andrew; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pavlovian Research Lab., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19741001. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Conditioned Responses; Drugs; Kidneys. Minor Descriptor: Dogs. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1974. AB - Studied the ability and mechanism of externalized kidneys in 2 dogs to form CRs. Glycosuria produced by tubular inhibition (phlorizin) did not become a CR. One explanation of this failure was that phlorizin acts peripherally rather than centrally. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - phlorizin induced glycosuria produced by tubular inhibition KW - ability & mechanism of externalized kidneys to form CRs KW - dogs KW - 1974 KW - Conditioned Responses KW - Drugs KW - Kidneys KW - Dogs KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-27087-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-27067-001 AN - 1974-27067-001 AU - Houser, Vincent P. AU - Pare, William P. T1 - Anticholinergics: Their effects on fear-motivated behavior, urinary 11-hydroxycorticosteroids, urinary volume, and heart rate in the dog. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 183 EP - 197 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-27067-001. PMID: 4813962 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Houser, Vincent P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pavlovian Research Lab., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19741001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cholinergic Blocking Drugs; Drugs; Heart Rate; Scopolamine; Urinalysis. Minor Descriptor: Aversive Stimulation; Dogs. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. AB - Administered scopolamine hydrobromide (.5, .7 mg) and scopolamine methylbromide (.5, .7 mg) to 2 mongrel female dogs while they were subjected to a Sidman nondiscriminated avoidance schedule which contained 7 conditioned stimuli-unavoidable shock pairings. Both anticholinergics significantly elevated urinary 11-hydroxycorticosteroids and heart rate, while only the central acting agent, scopolamine hydrobromide, affected behavior. These results suggest that the behavioral effects of scopolamine hydrobromide are not mediated through its effects on the adrenal-pituitary system. Response rates under scopolamine hydrobromide were substantially reduced leading to increased shock rates, especially during the CS segments of this schedule. These behavioral results are interpreted to suggest that cognitive (possibly memory) functions were altered in response to scopolamine administration. (15 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - scopolamine hydrobromide & scopolamine methylbromide KW - fear-motivated behavior & urinary 11-hydroxycorticosteroids & volume & heart rate KW - dogs KW - 1974 KW - Cholinergic Blocking Drugs KW - Drugs KW - Heart Rate KW - Scopolamine KW - Urinalysis KW - Aversive Stimulation KW - Dogs KW - 1974 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1974.34.1.183 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-27067-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-26955-001 AN - 1974-26955-001 AU - Spehlmann, R. AU - Stahl, Stephen M. T1 - Neuronal hyposensitivity to dopamine in the caudate nucleus depleted of biogenic amines by tegmental lesions. JF - Experimental Neurology JO - Experimental Neurology JA - Exp Neurol Y1 - 1974/03// VL - 42 IS - 3 SP - 703 EP - 706 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0014-4886 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-26955-001. PMID: 4828684 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spehlmann, R.; Veterans Administration Research Hosp., Chicago, Ill. Release Date: 19741001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amines; Caudate Nucleus; Dopamine; Neurons. Minor Descriptor: Cats; Chemical Brain Stimulation; Electrical Activity. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1974. AB - Compared the action of microiontophoretically-applied dopamine on neurons in the caudate nucleus of cats with long-standing (17-211 days) electrocoagulative lesions in the ipsilateral tegmentum with the dopamine action in intact cats. Dopamine suppressed the spontaneous firing of 33 of 64 neurons (52%) in intact cats, but only 15 of 53 (28%) in the lesioned cats. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - depletion of biogenic amines in caudate nucleus by tegmental lesions KW - neural hyposensitivity to dopamine KW - cats KW - 1974 KW - Amines KW - Caudate Nucleus KW - Dopamine KW - Neurons KW - Cats KW - Chemical Brain Stimulation KW - Electrical Activity KW - 1974 DO - 10.1016/0014-4886(74)90091-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-26955-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-26902-001 AN - 1974-26902-001 AU - Wiederholt, W. C. T1 - Electrophysiologic analysis of epileptic beagles. JF - Neurology JO - Neurology Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 24 IS - 2 SP - 149 EP - 155 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0028-3878 SN - 1526-632X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-26902-001. PMID: 4855683 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wiederholt, W. C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., San Diego, Calif. Release Date: 19741001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electrophysiology; Epilepsy. Minor Descriptor: Dogs. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. AB - Electrographically studied 10 epileptic beagles with surface and depth electrodes to determine whether seizures originate in specific cortical or subcortical areas or are an expression of diffuse cortical or subcortical irritability, or both. Results suggest that many structures, including amygdala, hippocampus, temporal pole, and anterior and central cortical areas, showed epileptiform activity. Structures that showed little if any abnormal activity were the reticular formation, thalamus, and posterior cortical areas. Data indicate that there is rather widespread cerebral irritability, manifesting itself maximally only in those areas that have been shown in experimental animals to be more prone to develop seizure discharges, regardless of the underlying etiologies. Results fail to support the previously advanced hypotheses that photic-induced seizures are of focal cortical origin. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - electrophysiologic analysis KW - epileptic beagles KW - 1974 KW - Electrophysiology KW - Epilepsy KW - Dogs KW - 1974 DO - 10.1212/WNL.24.2.149 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-26902-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-26856-001 AN - 1974-26856-001 AU - Starker, Steven T1 - Daydreaming styles and nocturnal dreaming. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 83 IS - 1 SP - 52 EP - 55 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-26856-001. PMID: 4812431 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Starker, Steven; West Haven Veterans Administration Hosp., Conn. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Style; Daydreaming; Dream Content; Dreaming. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Administered the Imaginal Processes Inventory (IPI) to 55 male undergraduates, and asked them to record their nocturnal dreams in a diary. The dreams of Ss selected as representing extremely different styles of waking fantasy according to the IPI were analyzed with regard to bizarreness, emotionality, emotional polarity, and variety of content. Significant differences in the dream structure were found among Ss of differing daydream styles. Findings support the psychological significance of the concept of daydreaming styles and suggest parameters of cognition that transcend state of consciousness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - daydreaming styles KW - nocturnal dreaming KW - college students KW - 1974 KW - Cognitive Style KW - Daydreaming KW - Dream Content KW - Dreaming KW - 1974 DO - 10.1037/h0036129 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-26856-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-26774-001 AN - 1974-26774-001 AU - Cermak, Laird S. T1 - Recall of antonyms from short-term memory. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology JA - J Exp Psychol Y1 - 1974/04// VL - 102 IS - 4 SP - 740 EP - 742 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-26774-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cermak, Laird S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antonyms; Interference (Learning); Recall (Learning); Short Term Memory. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Investigated the effect of introducing antonyms on adjacent trials of a short-term memory distractor task. Ss were 2 groups of 24 undergraduates. Recall of the antonyms increased when the trial on which they occurred was preceded by several trials each containing words that were antonyms of the final trial. However, recall did not increase when only the immediately preceding trial contained the antonyms. An interpretation based on the priming hypothesis is given. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - introducing antonyms on adjacent trials of short-term memory distractor task KW - recall KW - college students KW - 1974 KW - Antonyms KW - Interference (Learning) KW - Recall (Learning) KW - Short Term Memory KW - 1974 DO - 10.1037/h0036107 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-26774-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-26394-001 AN - 1974-26394-001 AU - Pishkin, Vladimir AU - Willis, Diane J. T1 - Age, sex and socioeconomic factors in concept identification. JF - Psychology in the Schools JO - Psychology in the Schools JA - Psychol Sch Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 85 EP - 90 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0033-3085 SN - 1520-6807 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-26394-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pishkin, Vladimir; Veterans Administration Hosp., Behavioral Science Lab., Oklahoma City, Okla. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Elementary School Students; Kindergarten Students; Lower Class; Middle Class; Sex Linked Developmental Differences. Minor Descriptor: Age Differences; Concept Formation; Intelligence Measures. Classification: Educational Psychology (3500). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Preschool Age (2-5 yrs) (160); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1974. AB - Compared 120 white lower- (LC) and middle-class (MC) kindergartners and 1st and 2nd graders on the Wisconsin Card Sorting Test. Although there were no overall class differences, MC males did better than MC females, LC kindergartners did better than the MC group, and kindergarten males did better than kindergarten females. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Wisconsin Card Sorting Test concept identification KW - male vs female lower- vs middle-class kindergartners vs 1st vs 2nd graders KW - 1974 KW - Elementary School Students KW - Kindergarten Students KW - Lower Class KW - Middle Class KW - Sex Linked Developmental Differences KW - Age Differences KW - Concept Formation KW - Intelligence Measures KW - 1974 DO - 10.1002/1520-6807(197401)11:1<85::AID-PITS2310110119>3.0.CO;2-T UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-26394-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-26189-001 AN - 1974-26189-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - Chronicity and the Halstead battery in psychiatric hospitals: A reply to Levine and Feirstein. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 42 IS - 1 SP - 136 EP - 138 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-26189-001. PMID: 4814086 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Differential Diagnosis; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - J. Levine and A. Feirstein (see record [rid]1973-21307-001[/rid]) suggested that the inability of C. G. Watson, et al (1968) to find significant Halstead battery differences between psychiatric hospital organic and schizophrenic samples could have reflected differences in length of hospitalizations. The present reanalysis of the 1968 data refutes this suggestion. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - length of hospitalizations KW - significant Halstead battery differences between psychiatric hospital organic & schizophrenics KW - reply to J. Levine & A. Feirstein study KW - 1974 KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1974 DO - 10.1037/h0036070 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-26189-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-26185-001 AN - 1974-26185-001 AU - Straker, M. T1 - Institutional psychiatry revisited. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1974/03// VL - 35 IS - 3 SP - 123 EP - 127 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-26185-001. PMID: 17894082 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Straker, M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychiatry Services, Brentwood, Calif. Release Date: 19740901. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: History of Psychology; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychiatry; Social Change. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1974. AB - Discusses institutional psychiatry in historical perspective and suggests that present-day social needs (e.g., low cost and unlimited availability) have led to target-symptom polypharmacy, inappropriate diagnosis, and premature discharge. The mental-hospital psychiatrist, unlike the psychiatrist in private practice, has little direct contact with patients, thus fostering neglect of skills developed during medical training. It is suggested that the survival of psychiatry rests upon the psychiatrist's attempts (a) to use computers, systems approaches, mental health workers, and assistants as aids to, not substitutes for, promoting the patient-physician relationship; (b) to evaluate various treatment styles and discharge criteria; (c) to study the patient in context with his culture and social environment; and (d) to use bedside teaching as the valuable instrument that it is. (24 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - historical perspective & effects of modern social needs KW - institutional psychiatry KW - 1974 KW - History of Psychology KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychiatry KW - Social Change KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-26185-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-26117-001 AN - 1974-26117-001 AU - Caron, Herbert S. AU - Knight, Victoria B. T1 - An outreach approach to facilitating the transition from military to civilian life: A critical choice point for the drug dependent. JF - Journal of Drug Issues JO - Journal of Drug Issues JA - J Drug Issues Y1 - 1974///Win 1974 VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 52 EP - 60 CY - US PB - Florida State University/School of Criminology & Criminal Justice SN - 0022-0426 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-26117-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Caron, Herbert S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Cleveland, O. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Crisis Intervention; Military Veterans; Psychosocial Rehabilitation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Win 1974. AB - Describes experience with a new form of service, an application of crisis theory which utilizes outreach methods rather than institutional contacts to help new veterans make the transition from military life back to their home environments. The rationale, objectives, and design of the re-entry program, used with 83 men returning from Southeast Asia, are presented with emphasis on the operational problems encountered. These included not only the suspicions of the clients but the hesitancy of some counselors to carry out the full range of counseling functions for fear of disturbing delicate relationships that had been achieved with difficulty. Effectiveness in counseling seemed to be related to the degree of a counselor's training in psychology or human relations and to his verbal facility. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - crisis theory with emphasis on outreach methods vs institutional contacts KW - transition from military life back to home environment KW - 1974 KW - Crisis Intervention KW - Military Veterans KW - Psychosocial Rehabilitation KW - 1974 DO - 10.1177/002204267400400106 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-26117-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-26003-001 AN - 1974-26003-001 AU - Herman, Steven H. AU - Barlow, David H. AU - Agras, W. Stewart T1 - An experimental analysis of classical conditioning as a method of increasing heterosexual arousal in homosexuals. JF - Behavior Therapy JO - Behavior Therapy JA - Behav Ther Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 5 IS - 1 SP - 33 EP - 47 CY - US PB - Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy SN - 0005-7894 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-26003-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Herman, Steven H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Miami, Fla. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Classical Conditioning; Homosexuality; Psychosexual Behavior. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1974. AB - Studied the use of classical conditioning of sexual response to female stimuli, using slides and films with homosexual content as the UCS, in 3 16-26 yr old homosexuals using single S experimental designs. Critical variables in the classical conditioning procedure were systematically introduced and removed while objective and subjective measures of homo- and heterosexual behavior were recorded (e.g., penile responses and self-reports of sexual urges and fantasies). Ss completed the Sexual Orientation Method before and after each experimental phase. In 2 Ss, classical conditioning was an effective procedure for increasing heterosexual arousal, although in 1 of these Ss, alteration of the temporal relationship between the CS and UCS was first necessary. In a 3rd S, classical conditioning was not effective. Implications for further clinical application are discussed. (20 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - classical conditioning KW - sexual responses to female stimuli KW - 16-26 yr old homosexuals KW - 1974 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Classical Conditioning KW - Homosexuality KW - Psychosexual Behavior KW - 1974 DO - 10.1016/S0005-7894(74)80084-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-26003-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25943-001 AN - 1974-25943-001 AU - Prien, Robert F. AU - Klett, C. James AU - Caffey, Eugene M. T1 - Lithium prophylaxis in recurrent affective illness. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 131 IS - 2 SP - 198 EP - 203 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25943-001. PMID: 4587809 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Prien, Robert F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Central Neuropsychiatric Research Lab., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19740901. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Bipolar Disorder; Depression (Emotion); Drug Therapy; Lithium Carbonate. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. AB - Reports 2 recent 2-yr studies to determine the effectiveness of lithium carbonate in treating recurrent affective illness. In Study 1, 205 bipolar (manic-depressive) patients (mean age = 42.8 yrs) were assigned to lithium carbonate (250 mg) or placebo. In Study 2, 44 bipolar and 78 unipolar (depressive) patients (mean age = 33 yrs) were assigned to lithium (250 mg), imipramine (25 mg), or placebo. Results show lithium carbonate to be effective in treating both manic and depressive episodes and imipramine to be effective in treating depressive episodes. Findings emphasize the importance of considering the patient's previous course of illness in selecting a program of maintenance treatment. (18 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lithium carbonate KW - recurrent affective illness KW - manic-depressive & depressive patients KW - 1974 KW - Bipolar Disorder KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Drug Therapy KW - Lithium Carbonate KW - 1974 DO - 10.1176/ajp.131.2.198 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25943-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25903-001 AN - 1974-25903-001 AU - Cantor, Joel M. T1 - The alcohol and drug dependence program of the Veterans Administration. JF - Journal of Drug Issues JO - Journal of Drug Issues JA - J Drug Issues Y1 - 1974///Win 1974 VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 44 EP - 51 CY - US PB - Florida State University/School of Criminology & Criminal Justice SN - 0022-0426 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25903-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cantor, Joel M.; Veterans Administration Central Office, Alcohol & Drug Dependence Service, Washington, D.C. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Drug Abuse; Drug Dependency; Drug Rehabilitation; Military Veterans. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Win 1974. AB - Until 1968 alcoholism was the chief drug abuse problem facing the Veterans Administration (VA), but in the following years the incidence of drug abuse rose steeply. A 1972 survey showed that older, pre-Vietnam Era (VE) veterans abused alcohol almost exclusively; VE veterans abused both alcohol and other drugs. In 1970 the VA established 5 Drug Dependency Treatment Centers, a program which by the end of 1973 involved 53 hospitals and 2 outpatient clinics, with a budget of $25.5 million for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1974. The sudden expansion of the VA drug treatment program on a nation-wide basis encountered problems: (a) the VE veterans were a new type of patient for which the VA was not prepared; (b) some VA facilities were not well suited for drug treatments; and (c) in some hospitals, staff and patients had an exaggerated fear of drug addicts. Current objectives, redefined in the light of experience, are described, and the types of treatment now used or planned are noted. There are indications of some success in the overall program. While a decrease in opiate abuse is foreseen, an increase in polydrug abuse is predicted. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Drug Dependency Treatment Centers KW - alcoholism & drug dependency problems of Veterans Administration KW - pre-Vietnam Era veterans KW - 1974 KW - Alcoholism KW - Drug Abuse KW - Drug Dependency KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Military Veterans KW - 1974 DO - 10.1177/002204267400400105 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25903-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25902-001 AN - 1974-25902-001 AU - Burian, Ernest T1 - An ergot alkaloid preparation (Hydergine) in the treatment of presenile brain atrophy (Alzheimer's disease): Case report. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1974/03// VL - 22 IS - 3 SP - 126 EP - 128 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25902-001. PMID: 4204771 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Burian, Ernest; Veterans Administration Hosp., Intermediate Care Service, Palo Alto, Calif. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alkaloids; Alzheimer's Disease; Case Report; Drug Therapy; Ergot Derivatives. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1974. AB - Administered 1 mg Hydergine 3 times/day for 90 days to 4 patients with presenile brain atrophy (Alzheimer's disease). 2 Ss did not improve, 1 showed moderate improvement, and 1 S-a 62-year-old man who had become a total nursing-care problem-improved dramatically. His case is described in detail. It is concluded that the improvement and the absence of side effects justify further trials of Hydergine in presenile brain atrophy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hydergine KW - Alzheimer's disease KW - 62 yr old KW - 1974 KW - Alkaloids KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Case Report KW - Drug Therapy KW - Ergot Derivatives KW - 1974 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1974.tb01524.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25902-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25739-001 AN - 1974-25739-001 AU - McIntosh, William J. T1 - The use of a Wechsler subtest ratio as an index of brain damage in children. JF - Journal of Learning Disabilities JO - Journal of Learning Disabilities JA - J Learn Disabil Y1 - 1974/03// VL - 7 IS - 3 SP - 161 EP - 163 CY - US PB - PRO-ED SN - 0022-2194 SN - 1538-4780 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25739-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McIntosh, William J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Decatur, Ga. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19740901. Correction Date: 20121001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Psychodiagnosis; Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1974. AB - Applied an index of brain damage, adapted from an adult neuropsychological assessment key, to the WISC scores of 20 brain-damaged and 20 control 9-14 yr old children. Using the existing adult cut-off points, 30 out of the 40 Ss were correctly classified as brain-damaged or control on the basis of 4 WISC performance test scores. This rate of correct classification was highly significant (p < .01). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - WISC subtest ratios KW - index of brain damage KW - 9-14 yr olds KW - 1974 KW - Brain Damage KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children KW - 1974 DO - 10.1177/002221947400700308 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25739-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25532-001 AN - 1974-25532-001 AU - Boehme, D. H. AU - Cottrell, J. C. AU - Dohan, F. C. AU - Hillegass, L. M. T1 - Demonstration of nuclear and cytoplasmic fluorescence in brain tissues of schizophrenic and nonschizophrenic patients. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 8 IS - 1 SP - 89 EP - 94 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25532-001. PMID: 4205639 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boehme, D. H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., East Orange, N.J. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neurophysiology; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. AB - Tested by direct and indirect immunofluorescence aliquots of caudate nucleus, temporal lobe cortex, cerebellar cortex, and septal region obtained postmortem from 36 schizophrenic and 5 nonpsychiatric patients against sera from 5 acute schizophrenic and 7 chronic schizophrenic patients, 11 nonschizophrenic psychiatric and 2 neurologic patients, 5 normal patients, and 1 with lupus erythematosus (LE). In the indirect test, the LE serum and 2 sera from acute schizophrenics produced nuclear fluorescence with select brain tissue from schizophrenics and nonschizophrenics as well as with brain tissue from rabbits and rats. This staining was mostly observed with antiserum against IgG. By direct staining, brain tissue aliquots from 26 out of 27 schizophrenic, nonschizophrenic psychiatric, and nonpsychiatric patients were positive with antisera to human IgG specific for the gamma chain. This staining was always cytoplasmic. It is concluded that neither nuclear nor cytoplasmic fluorescence were specific for schizophrenia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - direct & indirect immunofluorescence aliquots of caudate nucleus & temporal lobe & cerebellar cortex & septal region KW - postmortem schizophrenic & nonpsychiatric patients vs acute & chronic & nonschizophrenic & neurologic & normal patients KW - 1974 KW - Neurophysiology KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25532-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25503-001 AN - 1974-25503-001 AU - Alderson, Marjorie J. T1 - Effect of increased body temperature on the perception of time. JF - Nursing Research JO - Nursing Research JA - Nurs Res Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 23 IS - 1 SP - 42 EP - 49 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0029-6562 SN - 1538-9847 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25503-001. PMID: 4492237 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Alderson, Marjorie J.; John Cochran Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Louis, Mo. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Body Temperature; Hospitalized Patients; Time Estimation. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1974. AB - Compared time estimation of hospitalized patients during febrile and afebrile states. 20 patients were randomly assigned to 2 groups. Group 1 estimated a 10-sec interval and Group 2 estimated a 30-sec interval. The mean temperature elevation in Group 1 was 99.6.F; in Group 2 it was 99.7.F. The method of production was used in the estimates. Each S pressed a button to produce a tone for what he estimated was the designated length of time. The time was recorded with a stop-clock to determine the accuracy of the estimate. Means of the estimates were recorded in 2 sessions-during the febrile state and later, when S had returned to a normothermic state. Time sense in Group 2 was speeded significantly by an elevated body temperature, but the estimates of Group 1 were not significantly speeded. Implications for nursing care are discussed. (62 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 99.6 vs 99.7 degrees F body temperature KW - time estimation KW - hospitalized patients KW - 1974 KW - Body Temperature KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Time Estimation KW - 1974 DO - 10.1097/00006199-197403000-00046 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25503-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-24867-001 AN - 1974-24867-001 AU - Meinecke, Richard O. T1 - Retention of one-trial learning in neonate, young adult, and aged Japanese quail. JF - Journal of Gerontology JO - Journal of Gerontology JA - J Gerontol Y1 - 1974/03// VL - 29 IS - 2 SP - 172 EP - 176 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0022-1422 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-24867-001. PMID: 4811952 Other Journal Title: The Journals of Gerontology: Series A: Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Meinecke, Richard O.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychobiology Research Lab., Sepulveda, Calif. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19740901. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Retention. Minor Descriptor: Quails. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1974. AB - Taught a 1-trial peck suppression task to Japanese quail (Coturnix coturnix japonica, David Random Line 908), in 3 age groups across the life-span. After pecking a target coated with an aversive liquid (methyl anthranilate), neonate, young adult, and aged Ss suppressed the peck response for at least 8 days. Suppression after training with dilute methyl anthranilate was less pronounced and briefer for all ages. The neonates differed from the young adult and aged Ss by (a) inferior discrimination of a novel target from the training target, (b) delayed suppression following weak training, and (c) learning of an appetitive task in which distilled water was the target coating. This rapidly aging avian species and simple 1-trial learning paradigm provide a useful model of age-dependence of memory processing. (15 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age & training with dilute methyl anthranilate KW - suppression of 1-trial peck response KW - neonate & young adult & aged Japanese quail KW - 1974 KW - Age Differences KW - Retention KW - Quails KW - 1974 DO - 10.1093/geronj/29.2.172 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-24867-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-24846-001 AN - 1974-24846-001 AU - Gallon, Robert L. T1 - Spatial location of a visual signal and shuttle box avoidance acquisition by goldfish (Carassius auratus). JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 86 IS - 2 SP - 316 EP - 321 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-24846-001. PMID: 4811557 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gallon, Robert L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Conditioned Stimulus; Spatial Orientation (Perception); Stimulus Change. Minor Descriptor: Goldfish. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Carried out 2 experiments which varied CS location in a shuttle box avoidance task performed by goldfish. In Exp I onset of a light CS was presented in either the same, the opposite, or both compartments with respect to the location of 40 Ss. The same-side CS Ss performed significantly better and the opposite-side Ss significantly worse than the both-sides CS Ss. These results are explained by a motivational stimulus hypothesis where the directional components of the signal interact with a directional response. Exp II replicated the conditions of Exp I with light offset as the CS. Directional signal information had no effect on performance. It is suggested that for fish darkness does not have the same locational component as light onset. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - varying CS location KW - avoidance acquisition KW - goldfish KW - 1974 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Conditioned Stimulus KW - Spatial Orientation (Perception) KW - Stimulus Change KW - Goldfish KW - 1974 DO - 10.1037/h0035952 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-24846-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-24813-001 AN - 1974-24813-001 AU - Walker, Don W. AU - Zornetzer, Steven F. T1 - Alcohol withdrawal in mice: Electroencephalographic and behavioral correlates. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1974/03// VL - 36 IS - 3 SP - 233 EP - 243 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-24813-001. PMID: 4130601 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Walker, Don W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Gainesville, Fla. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohols; Drug Withdrawal; Electroencephalography. Minor Descriptor: Mice. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1974. AB - Implanted chronic bipolar electrodes in the forebrain structures (dorsal-frontal cortex, dorsal-lateral thalamus, and septum) of 19 female C57BL/6J mice. 2 wks later, 14 Ss were reduced to 85-90% of free-feeding weight and physical dependence on alcohol was established using a liquid diet containing alcohol. 5 controls received sucrose. Following 6 days of alcohol consumption, Ss were withdrawn and EEG and behavior were monitored for 6-8 hrs. Only Ss withdrawn from alcohol showed behavioral signs of withdrawal including hyperactivity, severe tremor, ataxia, sudden sprawling movements, and clonic-tonic convulsions. EEG recordings in alcohol withdrawn Ss showed a progressive development of widespread neural epileptiform activity beginning with EEG slowing and increased amplitudes, followed by single spike events and often leading to sustained epileptic seizure discharge. The development of abnormal EEG activity was more severe in 9 Ss subjected to a 2nd alcohol withdrawal period following 4 days of alcohol exposure. It is hypothesized that the widespread forebrain epileptiform activity originates in, or is organized from, a central pacemaking region such as midline thalamus or reticular formation. (French summary) (33 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcohol withdrawal KW - EEG & behavioral correlates KW - female mice KW - 1974 KW - Alcohols KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Electroencephalography KW - Mice KW - 1974 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(74)90164-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-24813-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-24794-001 AN - 1974-24794-001 AU - Schaefer, Gerald J. AU - Buchanan, Denton C. AU - Ray, Oakley S. T1 - Effects of neonatal strychnine administration on active avoidance in rats. JF - Behavioral Biology JO - Behavioral Biology JA - Behav Biol Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 253 EP - 258 CY - US PB - Academic Press SN - 0091-6773 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-24794-001. PMID: 4815153 Other Journal Title: Behavioral & Neural Biology; Communications in Behavioral Biology. Part A. Original Articles; Neurobiology of Learning and Memory. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schaefer, Gerald J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Nashville, Tenn. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19740901. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Drugs; Early Experience; Strychnine; Tactual Stimulation. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. AB - Assigned 50 male and 50 female Holtzman albino rat pups to groups receiving strychnine sulphate or saline injections, handling, or no manipulation on Days 2-5 after birth. An active-avoidance task at 45 days showed no difference between the strychnine, saline, or handled groups, but all manipulated groups made significantly more avoidance responses than the nonhandled group. Data suggest that the behavioral effect of a CNS stimulant administered to neonatal rats may be altered by the physical manipulation involved in the drug administration. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - strychnine sulphate & handling vs no manipulation after birth KW - active avoidance KW - neonatal rats KW - 1974 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Drugs KW - Early Experience KW - Strychnine KW - Tactual Stimulation KW - Rats KW - 1974 DO - 10.1016/S0091-6773(74)91893-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-24794-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-24757-001 AN - 1974-24757-001 AU - Kazis, Emmanuel AU - Duncan, S. AU - Powell, D. A. T1 - Cholinergic and adrenergic control of heart-rate changes in the rabbit. JF - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JO - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JA - Bull Psychon Soc Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 3 IS - 1A SP - 41 EP - 43 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society, Inc. SN - 0090-5054 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-24757-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kazis, Emmanuel; Veterans Administration Hosp., Neuroscience Lab., Columbia, S.C. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cholinergic Drugs; Drugs; Heart Rate; Propranolol. Minor Descriptor: Rabbits. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1974. AB - Tested the effects of atropine and propranolol upon the heart rate (HR) of 20 albino and pigmented New Zealand rabbits in a replicated Latin square design. Results show that (a) the unconditioned HR response to peripheral shock was usually an acceleration in rate, although on occasions decelerations were obtained; (b) there were no differences in the HR UCRs of pigmented and albino Ss; (c) HR changes elicited by shock did not diminish over sessions; and (d) HR changes during drug conditions suggest that although sympathetic activation contributed to the HR UCR, the release of vagal inhibition also accounts for a reliable proportion of this response. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - atropine & propranolol KW - heart rate KW - rabbits KW - 1974 KW - Cholinergic Drugs KW - Drugs KW - Heart Rate KW - Propranolol KW - Rabbits KW - 1974 DO - 10.3758/BF03333387 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-24757-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-24718-001 AN - 1974-24718-001 AU - Barrett, Robert J. AU - Steranka, Larry R. T1 - An analysis of d-amphetamine produced facilitation of avoidance acquisition in rats and performance changes subsequent to drug termination. JF - Life Sciences JO - Life Sciences JA - Life Sci Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 163 EP - 180 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0024-3205 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-24718-001. PMID: 4810494 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barrett, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Nashville, Tenn. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Dextroamphetamine; Drug Withdrawal; Drugs. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1974. AB - Trained 42 male Sprague-Dawley rats in Exp I on a discriminated -maze active avoidance task following intraperitoneal administration of saline or 1 of 3 dosages (.75, 1.50 or 3.0 mg/kg) of dextroamphetamine. The 6 measures recorded simultaneously during each session indicated that the avoidance facilitation produced by dextroamphetamine was due to attenuation of shock-induced behavioral suppression resulting in a behavioral baseline more compatible with the S's associating running with shock avoidance. Results from Exp II (conducted with the same Ss) show that the avoidance decrement following drug termination was dependent on training dosage and whether the drug was abruptly or gradually withdrawn. It is suggested that the disruption is due to dissociation between the drug and nondrug states and could be attenuated by gradually withdrawing the drug over training sessions. (19 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dextroamphetamine KW - facilitation of avoidance acquisition & performance changes subsequent to drug termination KW - male rats KW - 1974 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Dextroamphetamine KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Drugs KW - Rats KW - 1974 DO - 10.1016/0024-3205(74)90256-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-24718-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-24561-001 AN - 1974-24561-001 AU - Feinberg, Irwin T1 - Some observations on the reliability of REM variables. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 68 EP - 72 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-24561-001. PMID: 4359170 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feinberg, Irwin; Veterans Administration Hosp., San Francisco, Calif. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: NREM Sleep; REM Sleep. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1974. AB - Notes that previous reports on internight reliability of sleep stage percentages have not controlled for total sleep time (TST). In the present study with 38 normal Ss, with TST held constant with either of 2 methods, REM as well as NREM variables showed significant internight correlation coefficients. Reliability across nights for REM activity is reported here for the 1st time and found to be highly significant. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - total sleep time held constant KW - internight reliability of REM & NREM sleep variables KW - college students KW - 1974 KW - NREM Sleep KW - REM Sleep KW - 1974 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1974.tb00823.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-24561-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23889-001 AN - 1974-23889-001 AU - Mozdzierz, Gerald J. AU - Elbaum, Phillip L. AU - Houda, Allan J. T1 - Changing patterns in the use of an intake-diagnostic-orientation group. JF - American Journal of Psychotherapy JO - American Journal of Psychotherapy JA - Am J Psychother Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 28 IS - 1 SP - 129 EP - 136 CY - US PB - Assn for the Advancement of Psychotherapy SN - 0002-9564 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23889-001. PMID: 4812105 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mozdzierz, Gerald J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Mental Hygiene Clinic, Hines, Ill. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1974. AB - Describes in some detail innovative procedures used in the intake-diagnostic-orientation group of a mental hygiene clinic of a Veterans Administration hospital. Some 250 patients were seen monthly for a period in excess of 3 yrs in ongoing treatment by a staff consisting of 1 psychiatrist, 2 psychiatric social workers, and 2 clinical psychologists. Various functions, including assessment, administration, communication and teaching, are considered. The composition of groups and various techniques used are explained. It is felt that this type of group helps to provide immediate service to large numbers of patients, obviating the need for waiting lists and allowing for periodic follow-up assessments of chronic patients. It further allows for assessment of new patients and also serves a teaching function for students. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - intake-diagnostic-orientation group KW - mental hygiene clinic of Veterans Administration hospital KW - 1974 KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23889-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23725-001 AN - 1974-23725-001 AU - Epstein, Leonard H. AU - Hersen, Michel T1 - Behavioral control of hysterical gagging. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 30 IS - 1 SP - 102 EP - 104 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23725-001. PMID: 4811911 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Epstein, Leonard H.; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Release Date: 19740801. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Case Report; Hysteria. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1974. AB - Application of a simple reinforcement technique resulted in the rapid control of a long-standing, debilitating gagging disorder that appeared refractory to medical intervention in a 26-yr-old black male. While inpatient treatment required external reinforcement to motivate the S to control his disorder, maintenance of gains during follow-up suggests that he was then able to generate self-control over his behavior. Moreover, corroboration of follow-up data by the S's wife negates the possible interpretation that he had only modified his report of gagging. Results provide clinical support for the instigation of procedures that teach patients to manage their own behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reinforcement technique KW - hysterical gagging KW - 26-yr-old black male KW - 1974 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Case Report KW - Hysteria KW - 1974 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197401)30:1<102::AID-JCLP2270300136>3.0.CO;2-J UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23725-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23700-001 AN - 1974-23700-001 AU - Van Putten, Theodore AU - Mutalipassi, Louis R. AU - Malkin, Michael D. T1 - Phenothiazine-induced decompensation. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 30 IS - 1 SP - 102 EP - 105 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23700-001. PMID: 4587065 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Putten, Theodore; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brentwood, Calif. Release Date: 19740801. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Phenothiazine Derivatives; Schizophrenia; Side Effects (Drug). Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1974. AB - To investigate adverse mental reactions to phenothiazines, 80 patients with the diagnosis of schizophrenia received phenothiazines in conventional dosages. 9 Ss experienced dramatic exacerbations of psychosis on phenothiazines with a piperazine side group-particularly fluphenazine enanthate. These exacerbations of psychosis were associated with a subtle akathisia. They were promptly reversed by intramuscular injections of biperiden, an anticholinergic drug. It is proposed that extrapyramidal involvement can have a prominent mental component which resembles an exacerbation of schizophrenia. (26 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - phenothiazines KW - adverse mental reactions KW - schizophrenics KW - 1974 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Phenothiazine Derivatives KW - Schizophrenia KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - 1974 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1974.01760070080012 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23700-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23655-001 AN - 1974-23655-001 AU - Hollister, Leo E. AU - Overall, John E. AU - Kimbell, Isham AU - Pokorny, Alex T1 - Specific indications for different classes of phenothiazines. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 30 IS - 1 SP - 94 EP - 99 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23655-001. PMID: 4148660 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hollister, Leo E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19740801. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Phenothiazine Derivatives; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1974. AB - Randomly assigned 320 newly admitted male schizophrenic inpatients to aliphatic, piperidine, or piperazine phenothiazine treatment. Physicians chose drugs within the class assigned and used them to maximal clinical advantage. None of the drug classes was found to be superior to another in total efficacy. However, piperazines were more effective in older Ss with 'core' or 'nonparanoid' types of schizophrenia, characterized chiefly by thought disorders. The prevailing belief that these drugs are more specific antipsychotic agents was given some support. Past difficulties in replicating specific indications for antipsychotic drugs, as well as the few differences found in this study, force the clinician to still choose drugs empirically. Differing reactions of individual patients to various drugs are probably caused by differences in drug kinetics rather than by any important pharmacological differences. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - aliphatic vs piperidine vs piperazine phenothiazine treatment KW - male schizophrenic inpatients KW - 1974 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Phenothiazine Derivatives KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1974 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1974.01760070072011 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23655-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23505-001 AN - 1974-23505-001 AU - Haley, Sarah A. T1 - When the patient reports atrocities: Specific treatment considerations of the Vietnam veteran. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 30 IS - 2 SP - 191 EP - 196 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23505-001. PMID: 4809926 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Haley, Sarah A.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Mental Hygiene Service, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19740801. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Psychotherapeutic Processes. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Location: Vietnam. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. AB - Discusses certain aspects of the Vietnam war which differentiated it from World War II and the Korean Conflict: guerrilla tactics predominated; the war was undeclared and became increasingly unpopular; and the exposure of war atrocities committed by Americans became a national issue. Many Vietnam veterans reflect the impact of these differences in their conflictual attitudes toward their combat experiences and in their psychopathology. The Vietnam combat veteran who reports atrocities presents a special therapeutic challenge. The therapist's countertransference and natural response to the realities of the patient's experience must be continually monitored and confronted. If the therapist is honest, a therapeutic relationship becomes possible for men whom many therapists are, or would be, repulsed and frightened by and would never treat. 3 cases are presented representing objective responsibility, absence of guilt, and neurotic guilt in Vietnam veterans. (22 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - treatment considerations due to unusual war circumstances KW - Vietnam veterans KW - 1974 KW - Military Veterans KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - 1974 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1974.01760080051008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23505-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23437-001 AN - 1974-23437-001 AU - Herring, Fred H. T1 - Organic illness in a patient with hysterical personality features: A case report. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 25 IS - 1 SP - 37 EP - 39 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23437-001. PMID: 4810931 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Herring, Fred H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Clinical & Counseling Psychology Service, Denver, Colo. Release Date: 19740801. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Case Report; Histrionic Personality Disorder; Nervous System Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1974. AB - Reports the case of a 42-yr-old male referred for psychotherapy to help alleviate a period of amnesia and a neurological syndrome that was considered to be functional. The neurological symptoms were later found to be organic and were relieved by surgery, demonstrating that a patient with obvious functional symptoms might have obscure organic ones as well. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - organic neurological symptoms KW - hysterical personality features KW - 42-yr-old male KW - 1974 KW - Case Report KW - Histrionic Personality Disorder KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23437-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23327-001 AN - 1974-23327-001 AU - Nerviano, Vincent J. T1 - The second stratum factor structure of the 16 PF for alcoholic males. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 30 IS - 1 SP - 83 EP - 85 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23327-001. PMID: 4811934 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Nerviano, Vincent J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lexington, Ky. Release Date: 19740801. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Extraversion; Factor Analysis; Introversion; Personality Traits. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism; Sixteen Personality Factors Questionnaire. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1974. AB - Replicated the 2 2nd-stratum source trait factors of Anxiety and Introversion-Extraversion on the 16 PF data of 400 inpatient male alcoholics studied previously by the author. An additional loading of G- for these Ss on the Anxiety factor suggested that the level of Expediency vs Conscientiousness (G) was to some extent integrally related to their degree of source trait Anxiety. On the basis of these data, it is suggested that some behaviors exhibited by alcoholic males that seem indicative of an asocial personality disorder might be better conceived as indicative of anxiety that is part of a severely neurotic lifestyle. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 2nd-stratum source trait factors of anxiety & introversion-extraversion KW - 16 PF KW - inpatient male alcoholics KW - 1974 KW - Anxiety KW - Extraversion KW - Factor Analysis KW - Introversion KW - Personality Traits KW - Alcoholism KW - Sixteen Personality Factors Questionnaire KW - 1974 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197401)30:1<83::AID-JCLP2270300128>3.0.CO;2-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23327-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23270-001 AN - 1974-23270-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Klett, William G. T1 - Are nonverbal IQ tests adequate substitutes for the WAIS? JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 30 IS - 1 SP - 55 EP - 57 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23270-001. PMID: 4811924 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Release Date: 19740801. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Culture Fair Intelligence Test; Porteus Maze Test; Psychiatric Patients; Raven Progressive Matrices; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1974. AB - Compared the relationships between 4 short nonverbal intelligence tests-Raven's Progressive Matrices, the Porteus Maze Test, the Cattell Culture Fair Intelligence Test, and the D48 Test-and the WAIS in a sample of 120 psychiatric patients. The Porteus correlations with the WAIS were quite low. The correlations of the other 3 tests with the WAIS were higher and similar in magnitude. However, a comparison of the present data with correlations between the WAIS and several short verbal achievement tests in a previous study that used a similar sample indicates that the latter are much better WAIS predictors than the nonverbal tests. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Raven's Progressive Matrices & Porteus Maze Test & Cattell Culture Fair Intelligence Test KW - WAIS KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1974 KW - Culture Fair Intelligence Test KW - Porteus Maze Test KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Raven Progressive Matrices KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - 1974 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197401)30:1<55::AID-JCLP2270300114>3.0.CO;2-G UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23270-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23222-001 AN - 1974-23222-001 AU - Mozdzierz, Gerald J. AU - Krauss, Herbert H. AU - Finch, Barbara AU - Reisinger, Curtis T1 - Discriminating between schizophrenics and normals with the Social Alienation-Personal Disorganization Scale. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 30 IS - 1 SP - 85 EP - 87 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23222-001. PMID: 4811935 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mozdzierz, Gerald J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Hines, Ill. Release Date: 19740801. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1974. AB - 24 hospitalized patients diagnosed as schizophrenics and 24 normal Ss matched in age (mean = 34 yrs), socioeconomic status, and educational achievement were asked to describe their apperceptions of a variety of musical stimuli. These descriptions were scored using Gottschalk and Gleser's Social Alienation-Personal Disorganization Scale (SAPDS). It was found that SAPDS scores correctly classified 20 schizophrenics and 16 normals. An analysis of variance computed with SAPDS scores as the dependent variable indicated significantly reliable differences between the schizophrenics and normals (p < .05). No significant main effect for Sex or Sex Diagnosis Interaction effect was noted. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Social Alienation-Personal Disorganization Scale scores KW - diagnosis KW - schizophrenics vs normals KW - 1974 KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1974 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197401)30:1<85::AID-JCLP2270300129>3.0.CO;2-Y UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23222-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23211-001 AN - 1974-23211-001 AU - McFarlain, Robert A. AU - Hersen, Michel T1 - Continuous measurement of activity level in psychiatric patients. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 30 IS - 1 SP - 37 EP - 39 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23211-001. Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McFarlain, Robert A.; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Release Date: 19740801. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Measurement; Motor Processes; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1974. AB - Describes the development of the actometer, a device for measuring activity levels, and its use with 2 male psychiatric patients. The actometer measure correlated highly with another measure (foot-to-floor frequency) having obvious relevance for assessment of activity. The actometer was sensitive to the effects of chemotherapy in a manic patient, showing the expected decrease in activity when lithium carbonate treatment was initiated. The measure was also sensitive to increases in activity resulting from treatment of a depressed patient with a token economy program. By contrast, low activity levels were recorded during baseline measurements. The procedure was efficient and required only 5 min of staff time each morning to administer. It provided a 24-hr monitoring of activity. The device was inexpensive because it was made from a discarded watch with a minimum of alteration by a jeweler, and it caused no embarrassment to the patients because it was worn beneath the sock and operated silently. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - continuous measure of activity level KW - actometer KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1974 KW - Measurement KW - Motor Processes KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1974 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197401)30:1<37::AID-JCLP2270300107>3.0.CO;2-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23211-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23103-001 AN - 1974-23103-001 AU - Jarvik, Lissy F. AU - Yen, Fu-Sun AU - Goldstein, Frances T1 - Chromosomes and mental status: A study of women residing in institutions for the elderly. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 30 IS - 2 SP - 186 EP - 190 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23103-001. PMID: 4809925 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jarvik, Lissy F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychogenetics Unit, Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19740801. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chromosomes; Mental Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. AB - Examined a previously postulated relationship between chromosome loss (hypodiploidy) and mental impairment using 78 68-98 yr old women selected from a state mental hospital and an institutional complex consisting of a nursing home, intermediate-care facility, and residence for the elderly. Nursing home and state mental hospital Ss showed a significantly higher frequency of chromosome loss than did the more intact Ss in the other 2 settings. There was a tendency, which did not reach statistical significance, for Ss with moderate or severe organic brain syndrome (OBS) diagnosis to have a greater percentage of hypodiploid cells than Ss with mild or no OBS. Implications include the possibility that hypodiploidy rather than being purely detrimental may be an adaptation to aging. (31 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chromosome loss KW - mental impairment KW - 68-98 yr old women in mental hospital & institutional complex KW - 1974 KW - Chromosomes KW - Mental Disorders KW - 1974 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1974.01760080046007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23103-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-21483-001 AN - 1974-21483-001 AU - Tarsy, Daniel AU - Leopold, Norman AU - Sax, Daniel S. T1 - Physostigmine in choreiform movement disorders. JF - Neurology JO - Neurology Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 24 IS - 1 SP - 28 EP - 33 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0028-3878 SN - 1526-632X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-21483-001. PMID: 4358998 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tarsy, Daniel; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19740701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Dyskinesia; Huntingtons Disease; Physostigmine. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1974. AB - Dopanimergic-cholinergic balance is a clinically observable phenomenon in Parkinson's disease and in levodopa-induced dyskinesia. In a series of 30 patients with a variety of choreiform movement disorders, including Huntington's disease, levodopa-induced dyskinesia, and tardive dyskinesia, consistent cholinergic responsiveness was not demonstrated. Iv physostigmine reduced chorea in Huntington's disease in only 2 of 12 patients, whereas choreiform movements were abolished or suppressed in 5 of 7 patients with levodopa induced dyskinesias. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - physostigmine KW - choreiform movement disorders KW - patients with Huntington's chorea & levodopa-induced dyskinesia & tardive dyskinesia KW - 1974 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Dyskinesia KW - Huntingtons Disease KW - Physostigmine KW - 1974 DO - 10.1212/WNL.24.1.28 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-21483-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-21304-001 AN - 1974-21304-001 AU - Ansari, K. A. AU - Webster, D. D. T1 - Quantitative measurements in spasmodic torticollis: Description of a method and results of measurement. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 35 IS - 1 SP - 44 EP - 47 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-21304-001. PMID: 17894056 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ansari, K. A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Neurology Service, Minneapolis, Minn. Release Date: 19740701. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus; Spasms; Torticollis; Tremor. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1974. AB - Describes a method for measuring head tremor and rotation in spasmodic torticollis using a specially devised treatment. Repeated measurements in 10 patients with spasmodic torticollis revealed this method to be consistently reproducible regarding both the rotation and tremor of the head. Analysis of the tremor recordings from these patients revealed basically 2 types of head tremor: (a) a regular tremor varying in rate from 4-7 cycles/sec and (b) an irregular tremor which varies in frequency and amplitude at different times of recording. This method provides quantitative data regarding the 2 outstanding features of spasmodic torticollis, i.e., head rotation and head tremor, and is especially suited for comparing clinical response to various forms of treatment, and for studying the natural history of this disease. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - measurement of head tremor & rotation in spasmodic torticollis using specially devised instrument KW - implications for studying disease & responses to treatment KW - 1974 KW - Apparatus KW - Spasms KW - Torticollis KW - Tremor KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-21304-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-20764-001 AN - 1974-20764-001 AU - Reinert, R. E. T1 - Drugs and the discontents of civilization. JF - Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic JO - Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic JA - Bull Menninger Clin Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 38 IS - 1 SP - 49 EP - 56 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0025-9284 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-20764-001. PMID: 4811366 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reinert, R. E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Release Date: 19740701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Social Change; Society. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1974. AB - Examines the position of society in relation to drug abuse. Does society have other approaches besides that of general restriction, suppression, and prohibition? 3 alternatives considered are that (a) education in the broadest sense significantly increases the number of people who obtain sufficient pleasure thus minimizing use of drugs; (b) society should encourage and permit instinctual pleasures to offer competition to drug use; and (c) society should assume control of drug supplies. The question is raised whether society is morally justified in taking away the drug outlet from those who in despair need it. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - education in obtaining sufficient pleasure & encouragement & permittance of instinctual pleasures & assumption of control of drug supply KW - society's position to alleviate drug abuse KW - 1974 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Social Change KW - Society KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-20764-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-17793-001 AN - 2007-17793-001 AU - Kauffman, Irving T1 - Les enfants terribles. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JA - Psychotherapy (Chic) Y1 - 1966/11// VL - 3 IS - 4 SP - 173 EP - 176 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-17793-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kauffman, Irving; Veterans Administration Hospital, New Orleans, LA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20071126. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Determinism; Family Relations; Family Therapy; Rationalization (Defense Mechanism). Minor Descriptor: Behavior; Mental Disorders; Responsibility. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1966. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1966. AB - This article describes the behavior of a family, from a theoretical point of view. It illustrates the use of psychic determinism as a conscious rationalization. These rationalizations also demonstrate Szasz's (1961) view that the absence of personal responsibility is often reflected in the concept of mental illness. The course of treatment may be instructive. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychic determinism KW - conscious rationalization KW - personal responsibility KW - mental illness KW - family KW - treatment KW - 1966 KW - Determinism KW - Family Relations KW - Family Therapy KW - Rationalization (Defense Mechanism) KW - Behavior KW - Mental Disorders KW - Responsibility KW - 1966 DO - 10.1037/h0087968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2007-17793-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-01472-002 AN - 2007-01472-002 AU - Tallent, Norman T1 - Clinical communication and the psychodiagnostic process. JF - Canadian Psychologist/Psychologie canadienne JO - Canadian Psychologist/Psychologie canadienne Y1 - 1966/07// VL - 7a IS - 3 SP - 197 EP - 208 CY - Canada PB - Canadian Psychological Association SN - 0008-4832 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-01472-002. Other Journal Title: Canadian Psychological Review/Psychologie canadienne; Canadian Psychology/Psychologie canadienne; The Canadian Psychologist. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tallent, Norman; Veterans Administration Hospital, Northampton, MA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070430. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Information: Ontario Psychological Association, Jan, 1966, Ottawa, ON, Canada. Conference Note: Paper read at the Preconvention Institute at the aforementioned conference. Major Descriptor: Communication; Psychodiagnosis; Psychological Report; Psychotherapeutic Processes. Minor Descriptor: Behaviorism; Clinical Psychology; Theoretical Orientation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1966. Copyright Statement: Canadian Psychological Association. 1966. AB - For at least 20 years, the psychological report has been regarded as presenting a problem in communication. The problem of communication may have mechanical, semantic, philosophic, social, professional, and technical connotations. Current reports seem to vary from those based on a behavioristic orientation to those which just as clearly evidence a clinical orientation. This paper explores basic behavioristic and clinical viewpoints by way of exploring the implications that these positions--from underlying philosophies to accepted clinical techniques--have for the technical report. Inconsistency of the report with its underlying premises is not defensible. Let us, then, consider under several headings topics of interest that have long been identified in the writing of clinical reports. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical communication KW - psychodiagnostic process KW - psychological report KW - behavioristic orientation KW - clinical orientation KW - 1966 KW - Communication KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Psychological Report KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Behaviorism KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Theoretical Orientation KW - 1966 DO - 10.1037/h0083101 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2007-01472-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06139-019 AN - 2006-06139-019 AU - Feifel, Herman T1 - Death--A Lively Concern. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1971/05// VL - 16 IS - 5 SP - 305 EP - 307 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06139-019. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feifel, Herman; Los Angeles Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, University of Southern California School of Medicine, CA, US. Release Date: 20061113. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Death and Dying; Family; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Terminally Ill Patients. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Pearson, Leonard (Ed). Death and Dying: Current Issues in the Treatment of the Dying Person=Cleveland, Ohio: Press of Case Western Reserve University, 1969. Pp. ix + 235. $6.95; 1969. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1971. AB - Reviews the book, Death and Dying: Current Issues in the Treatment of the Dying Person edited by Leonard Pearson (1969). This book is a collection of papers. One of the papers focuses on psychotherapeutic interaction with the dying patient. Another paper discusses the effects of death upon the family. The strengths of the book lie in its relevance for clinical practice and in its depiction of how the helping professions and their organizational structures are basically unprepared to cope with the genuine needs of the dying. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dying patients KW - psychotherapeutic interaction KW - death and dying KW - family KW - terminal illnesses KW - 1971 KW - Death and Dying KW - Family KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Terminally Ill Patients KW - 1971 U2 - Pearson, Leonard (Ed). (1969); Death and Dying: Current Issues in the Treatment of the Dying Person; Cleveland, Ohio: Press of Case Western Reserve University, 1969. Pp. ix + 235. $6.95 DO - 10.1037/014109 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06139-019&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06108-014 AN - 2006-06108-014 AU - Cooperman, Irene G. T1 - Today's Counselor? JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1972/10// VL - 17 IS - 10 SP - 536 EP - 538 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06108-014. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cooperman, Irene G.; Vocational Rehabilitation Board, Veterans Administration, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 20061106. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counselor Education; Educational Personnel; Professional Identity; School Counseling; School Counselors. Classification: Educational/Vocational Counseling & Student Services (3580). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Patterson, C. H. An Introduction to Counseling in the School=New York: Harper & Row, 1971. Pp. vii + 399. $9.95; 1971. Elbert, Edmund J. I Understand: A Handbook for Counseling in the Seventies=New York: Sheed and Ward, 1971. Pp. ix + 291. $6.95; 1971. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1972. AB - Reviews two books on counseling, An Introduction to Counseling in the School by C. H. Patterson (see record [rid]1973-07923-000[/rid]) and I Understand: A Handbook for Counseling in the Seventies by Edmund J. Elbert (see record [rid]1972-27553-000[/rid]). These are two introductory texts on counseling, each with a specific theoretical underpinning, each focusing on counseling in a particular setting or context. One of the main theses of Patterson's book is the insistence on the school counselor's identity as a professional counselor. By virtue of his psychological training, the school counselor is qualified to perform a role and function different from that of other school personnel, especially the teacher, who is not equipped to counsel. Elbert's book points up the complex nature of psychological ills and stresses the clergyman-counselor's obligation to try to understand, not judge or condemn, the troubled individual. These are on the plus side. It is doubtful, however, that the sketchy presentation of complex theory provides an adequate learning base, as proposed, to enable the neophyte counselor to know when 'to seek out the 'why' of a human problem and when to bypass that 'why'.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - school counseling KW - counselor identity KW - professional counselor KW - 1972 KW - Counselor Education KW - Educational Personnel KW - Professional Identity KW - School Counseling KW - School Counselors KW - 1972 U2 - Patterson, C. H. (1971); An Introduction to Counseling in the School; New York: Harper & Row, 1971. Pp. vii + 399. $9.95 U2 - Elbert, Edmund J. (1971); I Understand: A Handbook for Counseling in the Seventies; New York: Sheed and Ward, 1971. Pp. ix + 291. $6.95 DO - 10.1037/0010698 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06108-014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2011-04996-003 AN - 2011-04996-003 AU - Goff, W. R. AU - Matsumiya, Y. AU - Allison, T. AU - Goff, G. D. ED - Donchin, Emanuel ED - Lindsley, Donald B. ED - Donchin, Emanuel, (Ed) ED - Lindsley, Donald B., (Ed) T1 - Cross-modality comparisons of average evoked potentials. T2 - Average evoked potentials: Methods, results, and evaluations. Y1 - 1969/// SP - 95 EP - 141 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - US National Aeronautics and Space Administration N1 - Accession Number: 2011-04996-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goff, W. R.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Neuropsychology Laboratory, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 20110328. Correction Date: 20151221. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Conference Information: National Aeronautics and Space Administration and the American Institute for Biological Sciences Conference, Sep, 1968, San Francisco, CA, US. Conference Note: This document presents the proceedings of a conference sponsored by the National Aeronautics and Space Administration and the American Institute for Biological Sciences. The conference was held in San Francisco in September 1968 to discuss current problems in the study of average evoked potential. Major Descriptor: Evoked Potentials. Minor Descriptor: Auditory Evoked Potentials; Monkeys; Somatosensory Evoked Potentials; Visual Evoked Potentials. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Human (10); Animal (20). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 47. AB - From the proceedings of a conference sponsored by the National Aeronautics and Space Administration and the American Institute for Biological Sciences. The conference was held in San Francisco in September 1968 to discuss current problems in the study of average evoked potential. There is extensive literature documenting the characteristics of human averaged evoked potentials (AEP). However, differences in emphasis, procedure, recording techniques, and other technicalities have obscured systematic intermodality comparisons. About 3 years ago, we decided to extend our analysis of the averaged somatic evoked response (SER) to other sensory systems because we believed that an examination of commonalities and differences among them would advance understanding of a modality. We especially hoped that we could identify homologous components among modalities and differentiate modality specific components from nonspecific components. Secondly, we contemplated similar studies in chronically implanted, unanesthetized monkeys and hoped that cross-species, cross-modality comparisons would indicate similar kinds of homologies. We decided to begin with an examination of the form and distribution of auditory, visual, and somatic AEP recorded in the same subjects under identical experimental conditions from an array of electrodes large enough to give a reasonable representation of cranial topography. In view of recent reports of time-locked potentials generated by extracerebral sources in all three modalities, it was appropriate to include in our array electrodes that would permit analysis of the distribution, and therefore the degree, of 'contamination' of cerebral responses by these extracerebral generators. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cross-modality comparisons KW - average evoked potentials KW - intermodality comparisons KW - somatic evoked response KW - monkeys KW - 1969 KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Monkeys KW - Somatosensory Evoked Potentials KW - Visual Evoked Potentials KW - 1969 U1 - Sponsor: US Public Health Service, US. Grant: MH-05286. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: National Science Foundation. Grant: GB-5782. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: Veterans Administration. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1037/13016-003 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-04996-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-16487-026 AN - 2005-16487-026 AU - O'Connell, Walter E. T1 - Review of Psychodrama and Audience Attitude Change. JF - Professional Psychology JO - Professional Psychology JA - Prof Psychol Y1 - 1972///Win 1972 VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 89 EP - 91 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-0175 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-16487-026. Other Journal Title: Professional Psychology: Research and Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Connell, Walter E.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, TX, US. Release Date: 20060327. Correction Date: 20100308. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitude Change; Audiences; Psychodrama. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Greenberg, Ira A. Psychodrama and Audience Attitude Change=Beverly Hills: Thyrsus Publishing Company, Pp. xxxi + 355; 1968. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Win 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Reviews the book, Psychodrama and Audience Attitude Change by Ira A. Greenberg (1968). I believe Dr. Greenberg began with a tremendous insight, for I can think of no socially redeeming purpose for this particular book. Yet one cannot chalk up Psychodrama and Audience Attitude Change as a second failure for Ira, for it is difficult to conceive this production as a wholehearted effort to make a significant contribution to the field of psychodrama and allied action therapies. In my opinion, he wanted his dissertation published and showed tremendous creativity in reaching this goal. It is difficult to think that Greenberg was seriously contemplating anything else, so failure is perhaps not an issue. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychodrama KW - audience attitude change KW - 1972 KW - Attitude Change KW - Audiences KW - Psychodrama KW - 1972 U2 - Greenberg, Ira A. (1968); Psychodrama and Audience Attitude Change; Beverly Hills: Thyrsus Publishing Company, Pp. xxxi + 355 DO - 10.1037/h0021510 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-16487-026&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-16484-012 AN - 2005-16484-012 AU - Dent, Oran B. AU - Ormiston, Donald W. T1 - Areas of Doctoral Dissertations in Clinical Psychology: Are the Goals Being Achieved? JF - Professional Psychology JO - Professional Psychology JA - Prof Psychol Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 4 IS - 4 SP - 414 EP - 420 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-0175 AD - Dent, Oran B., Psychology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, 3200 Vine Street, Cincinnati, OH, US, 45220 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-16484-012. Other Journal Title: Professional Psychology: Research and Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dent, Oran B.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Cincinnati, OH, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Clinical Psychology Graduate Training; Scientific Communication. Minor Descriptor: Goals; Graduate Students. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Are dissertations done by clinical doctoral students relevant to the field of clinical psychology? Are there major regional variations in the types of dissertations done by clinical students? (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - doctoral dissertations KW - clinical psychology KW - regional variations KW - clinical psychology students KW - goals KW - 1973 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Clinical Psychology Graduate Training KW - Scientific Communication KW - Goals KW - Graduate Students KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/h0021442 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-16484-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-11831-001 AN - 2005-11831-001 AU - Royer, Fred L. T1 - Sequential complexity and motor response rates. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology JA - J Exp Psychol Y1 - 1967/06// VL - 74 IS - 2, Pt.1 SP - 199 EP - 202 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-11831-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Royer, Fred L.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Brecksville, OH, US. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Motor Development; Motor Performance; Response Frequency; Sequential Learning. Classification: Motor Processes (2330). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - Keeping pace with an auditory click presented 1 per sec. and accelerated at a rate of .2 per sec. per 8 clicks, 16 Ss reproduced binary sequences, by pressing 2 telegraph keys. Mean maximum rates of response varied 3.32-5.61 per sec. The explanation of the order of difficulty holds that runs of the same element and single alternations constitute response units (RUs). Response rate is influenced by the number of junctures of RUs in a sequence: those with longer runs are easier and have few junctures. At a more analytic level, longer sequences are strings of RUs drawn from the 4 different 2-element or the 8 different 3-element sets. Mixtures of 2- and 3-element RUs increase the difficulty. Where the number of junctures in a sequence is the same, the sequence having repetitions of the same RU is easier. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - motor response rates KW - sequential complexity KW - binary sequences KW - response units KW - 1967 KW - Motor Development KW - Motor Performance KW - Response Frequency KW - Sequential Learning KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0021273 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-11831-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10660-001 AN - 2005-10660-001 AU - Braginsky, Benjamin M. AU - Braginsky, Dorothea D. T1 - Schizophrenic patients in the psychiatric interview: An experimental study of their effectiveness at manipulation. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1967/12// VL - 31 IS - 6 SP - 543 EP - 547 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10660-001. PMID: 6078197 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Braginsky, Benjamin M.; Yale U, New Haven, CT, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Impression Management; Interviews; Psychiatric Patients; Schizophrenia; Strategies. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - This study attempted to examine whether chronic schizophrenic patients could effectively engage in the manipulative strategy of impression management in an evaluative interview situation. The data supported the expectation that schizophrenic mental patients can effectively present themselves as 'sick' or 'healthy,' whichever is more suited to their needs and goals. Thus, when the patients' open ward status was questioned, they convincingly presented themselves in the interview as 'healthy' and eligible for open ward living; when their residency status was questioned, they convincingly presented themselves as 'sick' and ineligible for discharge. These findings were interpreted as supporting assumptions of patient effectiveness in implementing goals. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenic patients KW - psychiatric interview KW - manipulative strategies KW - impression management KW - patient presentation KW - patients' goals KW - 1967 KW - Impression Management KW - Interviews KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Schizophrenia KW - Strategies KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0021007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-10660-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10657-006 AN - 2005-10657-006 AU - Gurel, Lee T1 - Dimensions of Psychiatric Patient Ward Behavior. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1967/06// VL - 31 IS - 3 SP - 328 EP - 331 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10657-006. PMID: 6046590 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gurel, Lee; Veterans Administration, Washington, DC, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060327. Correction Date: 20140414. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Factor Analysis; Psychiatric Patients; Psychiatric Symptoms; Varimax Rotation. Minor Descriptor: Apathy; Hostility; Physical Appearance; Resistance; Schizophrenia (Disorganized Type); Withdrawal (Defense Mechanism). Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Tests & Measures: Behavior Rating Scale DOI: 10.1037/t28530-000. Methodology: Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - Principal factor Varimax rotation factor analyses were performed on 7 sets of ward behavior ratings collected during a 4-yr. follow-up of 1,274 functional psychotics. 4 factors were identified: Withdrawal-Apathy, Hostility-Resistiveness, Deteriorated Appearance, and Schizophrenic Disorganization. The stability of these factors and their correspondence with results of other factor analyses in the literature suggest their conceptual meaningfulness for further use. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychiatric patient ward behavior KW - Varimax rotation factor analyses KW - functional psychotics KW - withdrawal KW - apathy KW - hostility KW - resistiveness KW - deteriorated appearance KW - schizophrenic disorganization KW - 1967 KW - Factor Analysis KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychiatric Symptoms KW - Varimax Rotation KW - Apathy KW - Hostility KW - Physical Appearance KW - Resistance KW - Schizophrenia (Disorganized Type) KW - Withdrawal (Defense Mechanism) KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0021003 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-10657-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10657-001 AN - 2005-10657-001 AU - Silverman, Lloyd H. AU - Spiro, Robert H. T1 - Further Investigation of the Effects of Subliminal Aggressive Stimulation on the Ego Functioning of Schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1967/06// VL - 31 IS - 3 SP - 225 EP - 232 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10657-001. PMID: 6046573 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silverman, Lloyd H.; Manhattan Veterans Administration Hospital, Manhattan, NY, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Ego; Schizophrenia; Subliminal Perception; Subliminal Stimulation. Minor Descriptor: Paranoia; Psychiatric Symptoms. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - This was a study of the effects of subliminally presented aggressive stimuli on the ego functioning of schizophrenics. 40 hospitalized male Ss were seen for an experimental and control session in a balanced design. Measures of pathological thinking, accuracy of recall, and projection of aggression were obtained after the subliminal presentation of aggression-related and neutral stimuli. In response to the experimental condition both paranoid and nonparanoid patients produced significantly more pathological thinking; only the paranoids reacted with a significant increase in projection of aggression, and only the nonparanoids manifested a significant impairment in accuracy of recall. This data was seen as offering further support for the view that the disturbing effects of drive stimulation can be studied through the subliminal presentation of drive-related stimuli. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - subliminal aggressive stimulation KW - ego functioning KW - schizophrenics KW - pathological thinking KW - paranoid patients KW - 1967 KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Ego KW - Schizophrenia KW - Subliminal Perception KW - Subliminal Stimulation KW - Paranoia KW - Psychiatric Symptoms KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0020998 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-10657-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10655-004 AN - 2005-10655-004 AU - Gorham, Donald R. T1 - Validity and reliability studies of a computer-based scoring system for inkblot responses. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1967/02// VL - 31 IS - 1 SP - 65 EP - 70 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10655-004. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gorham, Donald R.; Veterans Administration, Perry Point, MD, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060327. Correction Date: 20121015. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Computer Applications; Holtzman Inkblot Technique; Scoring (Testing); Statistical Reliability; Statistical Validity. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223); Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Holtzman Inkblot Technique DOI: 10.1037/t15100-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - A computer scoring system has been validated for scoring 17 Holtzman Inkblot Technique Variables: Location, Rejection, Form Definiteness, Color, Shading, Movement, Integration, Human, Animal, Anatomy, Sex, Abstract, Anxiety, Hostility, Barrier, Penetration, and Popular. The basic sample consisted of 145 college students to whom the HIT was group administered. An expert scorer's values were the criteria for validating computer scores. Validity of computer scoring was attested by comparability of means and standard deviations, by acceptable correlations between the 2 methods, and by identical factor structure among 8 rotated factors. The correlation of the computer with the average of 3 hand scorers equaled or approached the interscorer reliability of the scorers. Cross-validation studies demonstrated that equally satisfactory results were obtained for both Forms A and B. Finally, the computer was able to achieve scores from group records which were essentially equal to scores from records individually administered 1 wk. earlier and hand scored. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - computer-based scoring system KW - Holtzman Inkblot Technique KW - validity KW - reliability KW - 1967 KW - Computer Applications KW - Holtzman Inkblot Technique KW - Scoring (Testing) KW - Statistical Reliability KW - Statistical Validity KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0020980 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-10655-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10052-001 AN - 2005-10052-001 AU - Fontana, Alan F. AU - Klein, Edward B. T1 - Self-presentation and the schizophrenic 'deficit'. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1968/06// VL - 32 IS - 3 SP - 250 EP - 256 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10052-001. PMID: 5666123 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fontana, Alan F.; Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, CT, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Impression Management; Motivation; Psychiatric Patients; Reaction Time; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Competence; Health; Hospital Environment. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - 103 schizophrenics were selected from 2 treatment and 2 custodial buildings in 3 hospitals and were classified according to their motivation for presenting a sick, incompetent or a healthy, competent impression on others. 10 hospital employees provided base-line comparison data. 1/2 of each group of schizophrenics was tested on reaction time without evaluation, and 1/2 were tested in an evaluation condition where they were told at a break that they had been performing like most mental patients. By taking patients' self-presentations and hospital atmospheres into account, it was possible both to increase the amount of 'deficit' for each group and to reduce it to the point of elimination. The implications of these results for the understanding of schizophrenia are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self-presentation KW - schizophrenic deficit KW - impressions KW - sick & incompetent presentation vs healthy & competent presentation KW - motivation KW - reaction time KW - mental patients KW - hospital atmosphere KW - 1968 KW - Impression Management KW - Motivation KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Reaction Time KW - Schizophrenia KW - Competence KW - Health KW - Hospital Environment KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/h0020427 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-10052-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10044-001 AN - 2005-10044-001 AU - Guertin, Wilson H. AU - Ladd, Clayton E. AU - Frank, George H. AU - Rabin, Albert I. AU - Hiester, Douglas S. T1 - Research with the Wechsler Intelligence Scales for Adults. JF - Psychological Bulletin JO - Psychological Bulletin JA - Psychol Bull Y1 - 1966/11// VL - 66 IS - 5 SP - 385 EP - 409 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-2909 SN - 1939-1455 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10044-001. PMID: 5342240 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Guertin, Wilson H.; University of Florida, Gainesville, FL, US. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Minor Descriptor: Personality Correlates; Psychodiagnosis; Test Forms; Test Validity. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223); Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 25. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. AB - The past 5 years of research with the adult Wechsler scales is critically reviewed. Most investigators used the most recently developed scale, the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Topical coverage includes: comparative validity; short forms; special populations and applications; refinements and critiques; personality correlates; investigations of diagnostic value; special diagnostic groups; and scatter, patterns, and diagnosis. The 197 articles reviewed show that there is no diminution in the number of researches in the area. While the quality of the research has improved, too many investigators repeat the errors contained in earlier studies, despite the periodic publication of these critical reviews. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - comparative validity KW - short forms KW - test refinements KW - personality correlates KW - diagnostic value KW - 1966 KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - Personality Correlates KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Test Forms KW - Test Validity KW - 1966 DO - 10.1037/h0020410 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-10044-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10017-001 AN - 2005-10017-001 AU - Goldstein, Michael J. AU - Acker, Charles W. AU - Crockett, Joseph T. AU - Riddle, John J. T1 - Psychological reactions to films by chronic schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1966/10// VL - 71 IS - 5 SP - 335 EP - 344 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10017-001. PMID: 5339057 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Michael J.; University of California, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chronic Psychosis; Films; Psychopharmacology; Schizophrenia; Thioridazine. Minor Descriptor: Word Associations. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213); Mass Media Communications (2750). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. AB - 40 chronic schizophrenic patients had their psychophysiological responses to 1 of 2 tension-arousing movies recorded. Following assignment to drug (thiordizane) or placebo status for 1 wk, they were retested on a similar film. The results were that the drug Ss showed a decrease in skin resistance and heart rate but not finger-pulse volume over their responses to the 1st showing while the placebo group showed opposite trends. Interview data collected after the films indicated no correlation between the autonomic changes and plot comprehension. Pilot work on word-association test responses indicates that the drug group showed a decrease while the placebo group showed an increase in idiosyncratic responses. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chronic schizophrenics KW - psychophysiological reactions KW - word-associations KW - films KW - thiordizane KW - psychopharmacology KW - 1966 KW - Chronic Psychosis KW - Films KW - Psychopharmacology KW - Schizophrenia KW - Thioridazine KW - Word Associations KW - 1966 DO - 10.1037/h0020303 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-10017-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09869-004 AN - 2005-09869-004 AU - Johnston, Roy AU - McNeal, Benjamin F. T1 - Statistical versus clinical prediction: Length of neuropsychiatric hospital stay. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1967/08// VL - 72 IS - 4 SP - 335 EP - 340 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09869-004. PMID: 4383439 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Johnston, Roy; Veterans Administration Hospital, Canandaigua, NY, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis); Prediction; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Statistical Measurement; Treatment Duration. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - Statistical and clinical prediction methods are compared in a 'field' situation, predicting patient stay in a psychiatric hospital. 5 statistical methods from a previous report averaged 71.92% accuracy on the cross-validation sample. 12 clinicians predicting independently in the same hospital over the following 18-mo period achieved an average accuracy of 71.94% on 499 patient predictions. Summaries of the clinicians' reasons for their judgments show some differences between the most and least accurate judges. Neither professional background nor years of professional experience of clinicians was related to predictive accuracy. Actuarial and clinical prediction were not demonstrably different in accuracy. Practical and economic aspects of this prediction problem favor clinical prediction. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - statistical prediction KW - clinical prediction KW - neuropsychiatric hospital stay KW - length of stay KW - 1967 KW - Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis) KW - Prediction KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Statistical Measurement KW - Treatment Duration KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0020105 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-09869-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09869-003 AN - 2005-09869-003 AU - Cicchetti, Domenic V. AU - Klein, Edward B. AU - Fontana, Alan F. AU - Spohn, Herbert E. T1 - A test of the censure-deficit model in schizophrenia, employing the Rodnick-Garmezy visual discrimination task. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1967/08// VL - 72 IS - 4 SP - 326 EP - 334 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09869-003. PMID: 6058471 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cicchetti, Domenic V.; Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Criticism; Performance; Schizophrenia; Visual Discrimination. Minor Descriptor: Models. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Tests & Measures: Phillips Premorbid Scale. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - This study tested hypotheses derived from the Garmezy and Rodnick censure-deficit theory of schizophrenia. There was no support for the theory with respect to (a) reported child-rearing practices and (b) reactions to cues depicting maternal and paternal dominance. The behavioral findings obtained irrespective of whether the censure was imbedded in the stimulus or combined with verbal censure by the experimenter. This and a series of other disconfirmatory studies are discussed in relation to the validity of the Garmezy and Rodnick formulations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - censure-deficit model KW - schizophrenia KW - visual discrimination KW - 1967 KW - Criticism KW - Performance KW - Schizophrenia KW - Visual Discrimination KW - Models KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0020104 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-09869-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09869-001 AN - 2005-09869-001 AU - McReynolds, Paul AU - Guevara, Carlos T1 - Attitudes of schizophrenics and normals toward success and failure. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1967/08// VL - 72 IS - 4 SP - 303 EP - 310 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09869-001. PMID: 6058469 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McReynolds, Paul; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 20060327. Correction Date: 20141020. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Achievement; Failure; Motivation; Schizophrenia. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Success-Failure Inventory DOI: 10.1037/t02664-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - The purpose of this study was to test the hypothesis that schizophrenics, as compared with normals, are relatively more highly motivated to avoid failure than to achieve success. A total of 291 Ss, including 136 hospitalized male schizophrenics, 103 normals, and--as a contrast group--52 neurotics, were administered the Success-Failure Inventory (SFI), a 22-item True-False instrument designed to assess attitudes toward success attainment and failure avoidance. As predicted, the schizophrenic samples manifested greater relative failure avoidance than the normals. Further, active schizophrenics evidenced greater relative failure avoidance than did remitted schizophrenics. Remitted schizophrenics and neurotics were not significantly different. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenics KW - attitudes KW - success KW - failure KW - motivation KW - 1967 KW - Achievement KW - Failure KW - Motivation KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0020102 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-09869-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09868-009 AN - 2005-09868-009 AU - Fontana, Alan F. AU - Klein, Edward B. AU - Cicchetti, Domenic V. T1 - Censure sensitivity in schizophrenia. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1967/06// VL - 72 IS - 3 SP - 294 EP - 302 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09868-009. PMID: 6045603 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fontana, Alan F.; Yale University, New Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Schizophrenia; Social Approval; Social Perception. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Tests & Measures: Child-rearing Attitude Scale; Thorndike-Lorge Vocabulary Scale; Agreement Response Scale. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - Hypotheses derived from the Rodnick-Garmezy theory of schizophrenic censure sensitivity were tested in a 3 Groups (Normals and Poor and Good Premorbid Schizophrenics) × 2 Sex (Man and Woman Parental Surrogate) factorial design. Predictions were tested both at predispositional (recollections of parental child-rearing attitudes and practices) and behavioral levels (susceptibility to social influence). The results at both levels failed to support the predictions of general schizophrenic hypersensitivity and differential schizophrenic sensitivity to sex according to the adequacy of premorbid adjustment. The general clinical theory of hyposensitivity was considered as an alternative but was also found to be inadequate. Reported parental dominance was unrelated to susceptibility to influence. Acquiescence response tendency was found to be highly related to reports of parental attitudes and to extent of social influence. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - censure sensitivity KW - schizophrenia KW - 1967 KW - Schizophrenia KW - Social Approval KW - Social Perception KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0020101 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-09868-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09868-003 AN - 2005-09868-003 AU - Bernstein, Alvin S. T1 - Electrodermal base level, tonic arousal, and adaptation in chronic schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1967/06// VL - 72 IS - 3 SP - 221 EP - 232 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09868-003. PMID: 6045593 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bernstein, Alvin S.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Montrose, NY, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adaptation; Galvanic Skin Response; Physiological Arousal; Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Tests & Measures: Montrose Rating Scale. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - Electrodermal arousal was studied at rest and during repetitive stimulation in chronic schizophrenics who were rated at either extreme of the Montrose Rating scale (MRS), either receiving a phenothiazine or no drugs, and in a control normal sample. Resting base level was significantly higher among Hi than Lo MRS, and among Nondrug than Drug patients: no patient sample was reliably below Control level. Nondrug patients showed no impairment in tonic arousal relative to Controls, even when such patients showed impaired phasic response (though the drug was seemingly associated with diminished tonic response). Considerable independence was demonstrated between phasic and tonic electrodermal functions. Unlike Controls (or Drug patients), Nondrug patients showed a general heightening of electrodermal arousal during repetitive innocuous stimulation. A vigilance hypothesis was offered suggesting that sensitivity to the general demands of the environment remains high among chronic patients, even where there may be a reduction in the input of specific items of information from that environment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - electrodermal arousal KW - chronic schizophrenics KW - adaptation KW - tonic arousal KW - 1967 KW - Adaptation KW - Galvanic Skin Response KW - Physiological Arousal KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0020095 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-09868-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09868-002 AN - 2005-09868-002 AU - Ells, Edward M. T1 - Effects of operant level, interview with experimenter, and awareness upon verbal conditioning of chronic schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1967/06// VL - 72 IS - 3 SP - 208 EP - 212 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09868-002. PMID: 6045591 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ells, Edward M.; Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Clinic, St Paul, MN, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Awareness; Operant Conditioning; Pronouns; Schizophrenia; Verbal Learning. Minor Descriptor: Experimental Subjects; Experimenters; Interpersonal Interaction. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - The present research attempted to (a) cross-validate N. D. Vestre's (1961, 1965) findings that medium-operant-level pronouns can be conditioned by 'good' in a chronic schizophrenic population, (b) test whether or not high-operant-level pronouns can be conditioned by 'good' in a chronic schizophrenic population, and (c) compare the conditionability of high-operant-level with that of medium-operant-level pronouns. It was hypothesized that schizophrenics would be more conditionable following a brief, friendly, personal interview than in the absence of any preconditioning interview. It was expected that awareness of the response-reinforcement contingency would favor conditioning. Both the operant level and interview with experimenter variables were investigated to see whether or not either differentially affected (a) the number of aware Ss and (b) the performance of aware Ss. 'Good' functioned as a reinforcer for about 1/4 of the Ss in this study. The most important factor contributing to performance was awareness of the response-reinforcement contingency. Also, reinforcement tended to be more effective when Ss had no (instead of a S-min) preexperimental interview with E. Medium-operant-level pronouns were conditionable, and results of conditionability comparisons between high- and medium-preference pronouns depended upon how performance was measured. The negligible conditionability of high-preference pronouns was discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - operant level pronouns KW - chronic schizophrenics KW - verbal conditioning KW - awareness KW - experimenter interview KW - 1967 KW - Awareness KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Pronouns KW - Schizophrenia KW - Verbal Learning KW - Experimental Subjects KW - Experimenters KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0020094 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-09868-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09867-006 AN - 2005-09867-006 AU - Klein, Edward B. AU - Cicchetti, Domenic AU - Spohn, Herbert T1 - A test of the censure-deficit model and its relation to premorbidity in the performance of schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1967/04// VL - 72 IS - 2 SP - 174 EP - 181 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09867-006. PMID: 5623445 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Klein, Edward B.; Yale University, New Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Models; Performance; Premorbidity; Schizophrenia; Testing. Minor Descriptor: Ability; Criticism. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Tests & Measures: Parent-Child Relation Questionnaire; Thorndike-Lorge Vocabulary Scale. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - This investigation incorporated controls suggested by the Rodnick-Garmezy model of schizophrenic behavior with the task most frequently employed in disconfirmatory studies, in order to assess the tenability of the latter. A number of hypotheses derived from Rodnick and Garmezy, concerned with premorbid history of patients (Goods and Poors) and normals, reinforcement conditions (reward, punishment, and nonevaluation) and sex of E (parental surrogates), were tested in a 3×3×2 design with reaction time (RT) as the dependent variable. None of the hypotheses was supported. Instead, punishment led to fastest performance for all groups, and all Ss tended to perform faster for male than for female Es. This research is consistent with the results of the disconfirmatory studies rather than those of Rodnick-Garmezy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - censure-deficit model KW - premorbidity KW - schizophrenia KW - performance KW - Rodnick-Garmezy model KW - 1967 KW - Models KW - Performance KW - Premorbidity KW - Schizophrenia KW - Testing KW - Ability KW - Criticism KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0020091 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-09867-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09866-006 AN - 2005-09866-006 AU - Lorr, Maurice AU - Klett, C. James AU - Cave, Richard T1 - Higher-level psychotic syndromes. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1967/02// VL - 72 IS - 1 SP - 74 EP - 77 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09866-006. PMID: 6040803 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorr, Maurice; Veterans Administration, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Symptoms; Psychosis; Syndromes. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Inpatient Multidimensional Psychiatric Scale. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - The study sought to identify the higher-level psychotic factors measured by the Inpatient Multidimensional Psychiatric Scale (IMPS). 10 IMPS syndrome scores of 2,303 functional psychotics, rated while on a minimum of drugs, were intercorrelated. A principal axis factor analysis and an oblique rotation yielded 5 dimensions labeled Disorganized Hyperactivity, Schizophrenic Disorganization, Paranoid Process, Anxious Depression, and Hostile Paranoia. The findings are compared with the 3 groupings proposed by Phillips and Rabinovitch and with factors isolated in earlier studies. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - higher level psychotic factors KW - psychotic syndromes KW - psychiatric symptoms KW - 1967 KW - Psychiatric Symptoms KW - Psychosis KW - Syndromes KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0020084 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-09866-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09866-005 AN - 2005-09866-005 AU - Schwartz, S. T1 - Cognitive deficit among remitted schizophrenics: The role of a life-history variable. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1967/02// VL - 72 IS - 1 SP - 54 EP - 58 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09866-005. PMID: 6040799 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schwartz, S.; Veterans Administration Center, Togus, ME, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Impairment; Educational Attainment Level; Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Tests & Measures: Subsumed Abilities Test. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - The present study investigates the degree of cognitive impairment shown by remitted schizophrenics relative to nonpsychiatric controls and the relationship of such deficit to educational level. It was hypothesized that grade-school-educated remitted schizophrenics would perform more poorly than comparably educated controls, and that college-educated schizophrenics would perform significantly closer to comparably educated controls on a battery of cognitive tasks. Both hypotheses were confirmed. The findings were discussed in terms of their implications for understanding the relative roles of symptoms and life-history variables in accounting for cognitive deficit. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive impairment KW - schizophrenia KW - educational level KW - remitted schizophrenics KW - 1967 KW - Cognitive Impairment KW - Educational Attainment Level KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0020083 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-09866-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09866-002 AN - 2005-09866-002 AU - Goldstein, Michael J. AU - Acker, Charles W. T1 - Psychophysiological reactions to films by chronic schizophrenics: II. Individual differences in resting levels and reactivity. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1967/02// VL - 72 IS - 1 SP - 23 EP - 29 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09866-002. Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Michael J.; University of California, Los Angeles, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cardiovascular Reactivity; Films; Physiological Arousal; Schizophrenia; Skin Resistance. Minor Descriptor: Heart Rate; Psychophysiology. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - Resting skin-resistance, heart-rate, and reactivity data to 1 of 2 tension-arousing films were obtained from 2 normal comparison groups and a sample of drug-free chronic schizophrenics. The schizophrenics were subdivided into 3 subsamples on the basis of the number of deviant associations given to a word-association test. The resting skin-resistance data failed to discriminate between normals and schizophrenics; however, meaningful differences were found among the schizophrenic subsamples such that increasing thought disturbance was associated with increasing basal resistance levels. Basal heart-rate data did indicate faster heart rate for all schizophrenic subsamples compared with both normal groups. Reactivity data also indicated different results for the 2 indexes. Skin-resistance indexes failed to indicate any differences between schizophrenics and normals or among the schizophrenic samples. 1 heart-rate index suggested less reactivity for schizophrenics than for normals. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - resting skin resistance KW - heart rate KW - reactivity KW - schizophrenia KW - tension arousing films KW - psychophysiological reactions KW - 1967 KW - Cardiovascular Reactivity KW - Films KW - Physiological Arousal KW - Schizophrenia KW - Skin Resistance KW - Heart Rate KW - Psychophysiology KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0020080 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-09866-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2004-15428-006 AN - 2004-15428-006 AU - Jakubczak, Leonard F. ED - Eisdorfer, Carl ED - Lawton, M. Powell ED - Eisdorfer, Carl, (Ed) ED - Lawton, M. Powell, (Ed) T1 - Age and animal behavior. T2 - The psychology of adult development and aging. Y1 - 1973/// SP - 98 EP - 111 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 2004-15428-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jakubczak, Leonard F.; Veterans Administration Hospital, St Louis, MO, US. Release Date: 20040726. Correction Date: 20151221. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aging; Animal Ethology; Comparative Psychology. Minor Descriptor: Age Differences; Gerontology. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Human (10); Animal (20). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). References Available: Y. Page Count: 14. AB - The author's original task was to review the recent literature in the field of comparative psychology of aging. A preliminary search indicated that such a field did not exist. Almost all of the studies reviewed used the white rat as the subject, and no study made a direct comparison across species on behavioral tasks. Consequently, his task became one of reviewing the recent literature in the broader field of animal psychology of aging. The studies reviewed were grouped by three classes of behavior: (a) general (e.g., exploratory), (b) consummatory (eating and drinking), and (3) instrumental (e.g., Thorndikian, avoidance). They were then grouped in terms of categories of independent variables other than age. Findings showed that (a) the modal study did not use an independent variable other than age; (b) sex, conditions of drive, and drugs were the most frequently used 'other' variables; (c) the most frequent task was Thorndikian in nature; and (d) the modal hypothesis was that performance on some unitary Thorndikian task is related to age. Findings also showed that there are gaps in our knowledge of animal behavior as a function of age. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - comparative psychology KW - aging KW - animal behavior KW - 1973 KW - Aging KW - Animal Ethology KW - Comparative Psychology KW - Age Differences KW - Gerontology KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/10044-006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2004-15428-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2004-15393-015 AN - 2004-15393-015 AU - Laffal, Julius ED - Shlien, John M. ED - Shlien, John M., (Ed) T1 - An approach to the total content analysis of speech in psychotherapy. T2 - Research in psychotherapy. Y1 - 1968/// SP - 277 EP - 294 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 2004-15393-015. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Laffal, Julius; Veterans Administration Hospital, Psychology Service, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 20040719. Correction Date: 20150824. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Language: English. Conference Information: Research in Psychotherapy Conference, 3rd, May-Jun, 1966, Chicago, IL, US. Major Descriptor: Cognitions; Content Analysis; Interviews; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Psychotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Word Meaning. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). References Available: Y. Page Count: 18. AB - The present paper deals with word meanings and with a method of analyzing the cognitive content of therapeutic interviews. The particular category system which has been described here for the analysis of language content is perhaps of less importance in itself than are the possibilities which it evokes of dealing with the cognitive content of interviews or segments of interviews. Even beyond the immediate issue of studying changes in the cognitions of individuals in the course of treatment, the approach offers a possibility of studying the cognitive structure of the individual in the therapeutic setting where he is most free to reveal himself. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - content analysis KW - psychotherapy KW - cognitive content KW - therapeutic interviews KW - word meaning KW - 1968 KW - Cognitions KW - Content Analysis KW - Interviews KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Psychotherapy KW - Word Meaning KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/10546-015 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2004-15393-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-56773-001 AN - 1990-56773-001 AU - Howard, Alvin R. T1 - Agency repair of academic neglect. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1969/08// VL - 24 IS - 8 SP - 766 EP - 768 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-56773-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Howard, Alvin R.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Chillicothe, OH, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Methods Training; Colleges; Psychology. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Suggests that training in various aspects of professional psychology has received little attention from universities, despite increasing professionalization and despite increasing strains that have resulted from these activities. A seminar concerning aspects of professional psychology is discussed. The topics include the American Psychological Association, training, ethics, legal aspects, and relations with others. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - universities & training in professional psychology KW - 1969 KW - Clinical Methods Training KW - Colleges KW - Psychology KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0037819 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-56773-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-56754-001 AN - 1990-56754-001 AU - Tallent, Norman T1 - Lightner Witmer's legacy. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1969/04// VL - 24 IS - 4 SP - 473 EP - 475 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-56754-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tallent, Norman; Veterans Administration Hosp, Northampton, MA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Social Sciences; Theoretical Orientation. Classification: History & Systems (2140). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Comments on J. Seeman's (se PA, Vol 42:18124) article about L. Witmer, which suggests that the beginnings of clinical psychology are rooted in the behavioral science tradition. Witmer's legacy and different implications of his work and philosophy are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - contribution of L. Witmer's behavioral science tradition to clinical psychology KW - commentary KW - 1969 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Social Sciences KW - Theoretical Orientation KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0037800 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-56754-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-33040-001 AN - 1974-33040-001 AU - de Wolfe, Alan S. T1 - Premorbid adjustment and the sex of the patient: Implications of Phillips Scale ratings for male and female schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Community Psychology JO - Journal of Community Psychology JA - J Community Psychol Y1 - 1973/01// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 63 EP - 65 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0090-4392 SN - 1520-6629 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-33040-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: de Wolfe, Alan S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Release Date: 19741201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Sex Differences; Process Schizophrenia; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Reactive Psychosis; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Prognosis; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1973. AB - Rated 2 samples of schizophrenics drawn from previous studies on the Phillips Scale of Premorbid Adjustment and determined the percentage of each S's life spent institutionalized. Ss' status as process or reactive was also determined. For the 1st sample of 30 males and 30 females, premorbid adjustment ratings accurately predicted institutionalization for 77% of the females and 63% of the males. For the 2nd sample of 30 males and 32 females, accurate predictions were found for 69% of the females and 63% of the males. The hit rate was 77% for male reactives, 55% for process males, 76% for female reactives, and 68% for female process. Data support the use of the process-reactive distinction and the Phillips Scale for females. Despite differences in marriage frequency, employment, and education, data support the assumption of approximately equivalent prognostic implications for males and females in either the process or reactive subgroups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Phillips Scale of Premorbid Adjustment KW - prediction of percentage of life spent institutionalized KW - male vs female process vs reactive schizophrenics KW - 1973 KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Process Schizophrenia KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Reactive Psychosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Prognosis KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1973 DO - 10.1002/1520-6629(197301)1:1<63::AID-JCOP2290010118>3.0.CO;2-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-33040-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-32937-001 AN - 1974-32937-001 AU - Zung, William W. T1 - The differentiation of anxiety and depressive disorders: A psychopharmacological approach. JF - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JO - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JA - Psychosomatics Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 14 IS - 6 SP - 362 EP - 366 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0033-3182 SN - 1545-7206 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-32937-001. PMID: 4795102 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zung, William W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Durham, N.C. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19741201. Correction Date: 20130923. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Chlordiazepoxide; Depression (Emotion); Drug Therapy; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - In this multiple center study, 275 patients with manifest anxiety received chlordiazepoxide or placebo. The active drug was significantly better than placebo, as indicated by Ss' scores on the Hamilton Anxiety Scale, the Zung Self-Rating Anxiety Scale, and the Self-Rating Depression Scale. Posttreatment placebo scores were significantly improved compared to pretreatment scores. It is concluded that anxiety and depression do not appear to be distinctly separate entities. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chlordiazepoxide KW - anxiety & depressive disorders KW - patients with manifest anxiety KW - 1973 KW - Anxiety KW - Chlordiazepoxide KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Drug Therapy KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/S0033-3182(73)71310-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-32937-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-32882-001 AN - 1974-32882-001 AU - Delaney, John F. T1 - Psychologic and neurologic manifestations of systemic Wegener's granulomatosis. JF - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JO - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JA - Psychosomatics Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 14 IS - 6 SP - 341 EP - 343 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0033-3182 SN - 1545-7206 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-32882-001. PMID: 4795065 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Delaney, John F.; Oakland Veterans Administration Hosp., Pittsburgh, Pa. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19741201. Correction Date: 20130923. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Case Report; Corticosteroids; Drug Therapy; Lung Disorders; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Blood and Lymphatic Disorders. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - Reports the case of a 59-yr-old man with severe neurological and psychological symptoms as well as systemic Wegener's granulomatosis. Remission was possible with corticosteroid and immunosuppressive therapy, although with reactivation of the disease the return of both neurological and psychologic symptoms was noted. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - corticosteroid & immunosuppressive therapy KW - neurological & psychological manifestations of systemic Wegener's granulomatosis KW - 59-yr-old man KW - 1973 KW - Case Report KW - Corticosteroids KW - Drug Therapy KW - Lung Disorders KW - Symptoms KW - Blood and Lymphatic Disorders KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/S0033-3182(73)71305-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-32882-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30835-001 AN - 1974-30835-001 AU - Erickson, R. C. AU - Backus, F. I. AU - Paige, A. B. AU - Johnson, M. H. T1 - Length of stay and improvement in a day hospital. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/11// VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 31 EP - 33 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30835-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Erickson, R. C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Seattle, Wash. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Personality Disorders; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Psychiatric Patients; Thought Disturbances. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1972. AB - Collected Self Description Inventory (SDI) data from 48 patients who started and completed a day-hospital treatment program. Findings suggest that a greater length of stay is related to a greater sense of well-being and competence on the part of the affective (A) and personality-disorder (PD) patients. Thought-disorder patients reported about half as much improvement as the A and PD patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - length of stay KW - improvement in day hospital KW - inpatients with thought vs personality vs affective disorders KW - 1972 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Personality Disorders KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Thought Disturbances KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30835-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30814-001 AN - 1974-30814-001 AU - Hogsett, Stanley T1 - The Quick Test as an IQ measuring device. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 18 EP - 21 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30814-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hogsett, Stanley; Veterans Administration Hosp., Danville, Ill. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intelligence Measures; Psychodiagnosis; Vocational Rehabilitation; Intellectual Development Disorder. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1972. AB - Gave 34 vocational rehabilitation clients from a socially blighted area and 10 inmates of a criminally insane hospital unit 3 forms of the Quick Test (QT) and of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS). Correlations of IQs based on single and combined forms for the 3 QT and the 3 WAIS scales were high, with 1 exception. It is suggested that the QT is a useful tool for longitudinal IQ assessment and determination of retardation eligibility for vocational rehabilitation services. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Quick Test KW - IQ assessment & retardation determination KW - vocational rehabilitation clients KW - 1972 KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Vocational Rehabilitation KW - Intellectual Development Disorder KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30814-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30787-001 AN - 1974-30787-001 AU - Seeley, Mark S. AU - Coyer, Robert B. T1 - The relationship between attitudes toward mental illness and volunteer participation in a community based mock interview program with psychiatric inpatients. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/11// VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 35 EP - 38 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30787-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Seeley, Mark S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Chillicothe, O. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Community Services; Mental Health Programs; Mental Illness (Attitudes Toward); Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Interview. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1972. AB - Hypothesized that the increased exposure of normal individuals to mental patients in nonthreatening, problem-solving, and future-oriented contacts would improve attitudes of these individuals toward people with psychiatric problems. While this assumption was not specifically tested as an hypothesis in the study, there were significant differences between the experimental and control groups on 3 of 5 factors in the direction predicted. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - volunteer participation in community based mock interview program KW - attitudes toward mental illness KW - psychiatric inpatients KW - 1972 KW - Community Services KW - Mental Health Programs KW - Mental Illness (Attitudes Toward) KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30787-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30749-001 AN - 1974-30749-001 AU - Williams, Barbara AU - Gallen, Mel AU - O'Connell, Walter E. AU - Sands, Patrick M. T1 - The comparative effectiveness of two contrasting alcoholic treatment programs. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 21 EP - 23 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30749-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Williams, Barbara; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Behavior Therapy; Psychotherapy; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1972. AB - Describes a research project designed to (a) initiate an innovative 1-mo behavioral treatment program for the institutionalized alcoholic patient, (b) document this research, (c) evaluate the program 3 mo to 1 yr later, (d) extend action therapy to a new treatment population, and (e) compare a behavioral therapy approach with a traditional approach on the same outcome criteria. Besides reporting outcome data, an effort will be made to assess the effectiveness of each treatment program in terms of the behavioral goals of each treatment procedure. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavioral vs traditional therapies KW - institutionalized alcoholics KW - 1972 KW - Alcoholism KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Psychotherapy KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30749-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30678-001 AN - 1974-30678-001 AU - Dawley, Harold AU - Wenrich, W. W. T1 - Massed group desensitization in the reduction of anxiety: A brief report. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/11// VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 27 EP - 29 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30678-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dawley, Harold; Veterans Administration Hosp., New Orleans, La. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Nursing Students; Systematic Desensitization Therapy; Test Anxiety. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1972. AB - Randomly assigned 30 test-anxious nursing students to 1 of 3 groups: massed group desensitization, placebo, and control. It was hypothesized that the massed-group desensitization Ss would achieve a greater mean posttest anxiety reduction than either of the other groups. Results support the hypothesis. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - massed group desensitization KW - anxiety reduction KW - test-anxious nursing students KW - 1972 KW - Nursing Students KW - Systematic Desensitization Therapy KW - Test Anxiety KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30678-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30677-001 AN - 1974-30677-001 AU - Dawley, Harold AU - Guidry, Sal T1 - Patient administered desensitization: An innovative treatment approach for psychiatric in-patients. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 25 EP - 27 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30677-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dawley, Harold; Veterans Administration Hosp., New Orleans, La. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Psychiatric Patients; Systematic Desensitization Therapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1972. AB - Presents a case study of patient-administered desensitization. The procedure was a qualified success, resulting in a reduction of unadaptive anxiety in the target area of walking in crowds. There was, however, little improvement in the patient's other psychological problems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - patient-administered desensitization KW - unadaptive anxiety KW - psychiatric inpatients KW - 1972 KW - Anxiety KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Systematic Desensitization Therapy KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30677-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30602-001 AN - 1974-30602-001 AU - Sviland, Mary A. T1 - The veteran heroin addict and his attitudes towards psychotherapy. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 12 EP - 14 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30602-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sviland, Mary A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Heroin Addiction; Military Veterans; Psychotherapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1972. AB - Reports findings of the 1st 9 mo of a drug rehabilitation program for 117 veteran heroin addicts. The data involved 2 programs: methadone maintenance and detoxification. Hospitalization averaged 21 days before discharge to outpatient status. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - attitudes toward psychotherapy KW - veteran heroin addicts KW - 1972 KW - Heroin Addiction KW - Military Veterans KW - Psychotherapy KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30602-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30592-001 AN - 1974-30592-001 AU - O'Connell, Walter E. AU - Baker, Rodney R. AU - Hanson, Philip G. AU - Ermalinski, Richard T1 - Action therapy intervention in human interaction training. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 23 EP - 25 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30592-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Connell, Walter E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interpersonal Interaction; Passiveness; Psychiatric Patients; Psychotherapeutic Techniques. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1972. AB - Describes the Human Interaction Training Laboratory, where neuropsychiatric patients attempt to learn more about themselves through understanding here-and-now transactions of their self-directed developmental groups. Action therapy has been an integral part of the program and has increased the passive patient's opportunity to change. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - action therapy intervention KW - human interaction training KW - neuropsychiatric patients KW - 1972 KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Passiveness KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30592-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30254-001 AN - 1974-30254-001 AU - Strom, Kenneth R. T1 - New thrusts in clinical education and training for clergymen. JF - International Journal of Social Psychiatry JO - International Journal of Social Psychiatry JA - Int J Soc Psychiatry Y1 - 1973///Fal 1973 VL - 19 IS - 3-4 SP - 207 EP - 213 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0020-7640 SN - 1741-2854 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30254-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Strom, Kenneth R.; Veterans Administration, Chaplain Service, Washington, D.C. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Methods Training; Counselor Education; Pastoral Counseling. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1973. AB - Discusses clinical pastoral education (CPE), which trains clergymen to meet the psychological needs of parishioners. Current CPE has become overly rigid and institutionalized. Several aspects need reform. The psychoanalytic model has become too pervasive, and increased flexibility is needed. Supervisors of CPE should have training beyond their own experience but at present do not, an omission that promotes inbreeding. Training should more frequently take place in the field. The focus of CPE has shifted from parishioner needs to the clergyman's need for self-understanding, and this movement should be reversed. CPE has become estranged from the religious functions of the ministry and should be reintegrated. Examples are given of training programs incorporating some of these reforms. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical pastoral education KW - 1973 KW - Clinical Methods Training KW - Counselor Education KW - Pastoral Counseling KW - 1973 DO - 10.1177/002076407301900307 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30254-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30202-001 AN - 1974-30202-001 AU - Felton, Gary S. AU - Wallach, Howard F. AU - Gallo, Charla L. T1 - An experimental program for training new professionals as patient advocate, treatment integrator, and longitudinal therapist. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 1 EP - 4 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30202-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Felton, Gary S.; Brentwood Veterans Administration Hosp., Human Services Worker Training Program, Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Services; Mental Health Programs; Paraprofessional Education; Paraprofessional Personnel. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1972. AB - Describes the conceptualization, development, and implementation of a program for training human services workers in a Veterans Administration neuropsychiatric hospital. Such a professional fills 4 principal roles: (a) patient advocate, (b) longitudinal contact person for patients from hospital admission to posthospitalization community adjustment, (c) integrator of the patient's ongoing treatment process and experiences, and (d) cross-disciplinary worker who, under supervision, relieves existing professionals of the less specialized portions of their workload. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - experimental program KW - training as patient advocate & treatment integrator & longitudinal therapist KW - human services workers KW - 1972 KW - Human Services KW - Mental Health Programs KW - Paraprofessional Education KW - Paraprofessional Personnel KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30202-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30201-001 AN - 1974-30201-001 AU - Felton, Gary S. T1 - Development of an effective selection process for new-professional mental health worker training programs. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 4 EP - 8 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30201-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Felton, Gary S.; Brentwood Veterans Administration Hosp., Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Health Personnel; Personnel Recruitment; Personnel Selection. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: May, 1972. AB - Describes recruitment of interested individuals from a community college, from Veterans Administration Hospital employees, and from the general Los Angeles community for training as mental health workers. Selection was based on an application form, a moderately stressful individual interview, an unstructured group interview, and psychological and intelligence tests. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - selection process KW - mental health worker training programs KW - 1972 KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Personnel Recruitment KW - Personnel Selection KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30201-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30196-001 AN - 1974-30196-001 AU - De Roo, William M. T1 - Rehabilitation counselors' perceptions of client disability groups. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 8 EP - 11 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30196-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: De Roo, William M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Buffalo, N.Y. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clients; Counselor Attitudes; Rehabilitation; Social Perception. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1972. AB - Reports on several related studies of rehabilitation counselors' perceptions of different disability groups. Perceived differences were identified on several dimensions relevant to rehabilitation counselor practice. A new research instrument was developed which shows promise of wider utility for studying perceptions of case processes and client groups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perception of client disability groups KW - rehabilitation counselors KW - 1972 KW - Clients KW - Counselor Attitudes KW - Rehabilitation KW - Social Perception KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30196-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-29552-001 AN - 1974-29552-001 AU - McLain, W. Campbell AU - Powell, D. A. T1 - The effects of alpha methyl tyrosine and para-chlorophenylalanine on predatory attack and shock elicited aggression. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/11// VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 29 EP - 31 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-29552-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McLain, W. Campbell; Veterans Administration Hosp., Neuroscience Lab., Columbia, S.C. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adrenergic Drugs; Animal Aggressive Behavior; Drugs; Serotonin Antagonists. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1972. AB - Divided 80 male rats into 4 groups of 20 each. Group 1, which received 1 dose of 316 mg/kg p-chlorophenylalanine, showed decreased frog killing latencies and high frequencies of mouse killing. Group 2, which received doses of 50 mg/kg alpha methyl tyrosine on 3 successive days, attacked fewer frogs within the time limit than did the control groups 3 and 4. Results suggest the existence of a norepinephrine facilitatory system which, when depleted, operates to inhibit attack. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alpha methyl tyrosine & para-chlorophenylalanine KW - predatory attack & shock elicited aggression KW - rats KW - 1972 KW - Adrenergic Drugs KW - Animal Aggressive Behavior KW - Drugs KW - Serotonin Antagonists KW - Rats KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-29552-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-28371-001 AN - 1974-28371-001 AU - Ross, Steven M. AU - Proctor, Stewart T1 - Frequency and duration of hierarchy item exposure in a systematic desensitization analogue. JF - Behaviour Research and Therapy JO - Behaviour Research and Therapy JA - Behav Res Ther Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 11 IS - 3 SP - 303 EP - 312 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0005-7967 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-28371-001. PMID: 4737891 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ross, Steven M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Services, Salt Lake City, U. Release Date: 19741001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ophidiophobia; Stimulus Duration; Stimulus Frequency; Systematic Desensitization Therapy; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. AB - Used a repeated measures factorial design to investigate the role of hierarchy item frequency and duration in a desensitization study. Ss were 70 female and 1 male undergraduates with snake phobias. 2 frequency levels (1 and 3) and 3 total duration levels (3, 12, and 30 sec) were combined to form 6 treatment groups. An additional no-treatment control group was also used. Results of both overt behavioral and subjective fear response measures suggest that single exposures are preferable, but that this preference is localized primarily in the longer total duration range. Long single exposures to hierarchy items yielded the greatest and most persistent changes on both response measures. It is suggested that clinicians use item presentations of this type to determine their efficacy in actual therapy conditions. Various techniques for assessing change and the validity of analog studies are discussed. (31 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hierarchy item frequency & duration KW - systematic desensitization effectiveness KW - snake phobic college students KW - 1973 KW - Ophidiophobia KW - Stimulus Duration KW - Stimulus Frequency KW - Systematic Desensitization Therapy KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0005-7967(73)90007-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-28371-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-28351-001 AN - 1974-28351-001 AU - Miller, Peter M. AU - Hersen, Michel AU - Eisler, Richard M. AU - Hemphill, Diana P. T1 - Electrical aversion therapy with alcoholics: An analogue study. JF - Behaviour Research and Therapy JO - Behaviour Research and Therapy JA - Behav Res Ther Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 11 IS - 4 SP - 491 EP - 497 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0005-7967 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-28351-001. PMID: 4777644 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Miller, Peter M.; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Release Date: 19741001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Attitudes; Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcoholism; Aversion Therapy; Group Psychotherapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - Assigned 30 male chronic alcoholic inpatients matched on age, education, and length of problem drinking to 1 of 3 treatment conditions: (a) electrical aversion conditioning (high shock paired with alcohol sips); (b) control conditioning (very low shock paired with alcohol sips), and (c) group therapy (confrontation psychotherapy). Ss in each group were given instructions designed to produce high expectancy for therapeutic success. Pre-post measures of alcohol consumption and attitudes toward alcohol were obtained using an analog 'taste test' assessment procedure. No statistically significant differences in reduced alcohol consumption or attitudes toward alcohol were found among the groups. Trends in the data support the contention that effects of electrical aversion may be more related to such factors as therapeutic instructions, expectancy, specificity of the procedure, or experimental demand characteristics than to conditioning factors. (15 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - electrical aversion vs group therapy KW - alcoholic consumption & attitudes toward alcohol KW - male chronic alcoholic inpatients KW - 1973 KW - Alcohol Drinking Attitudes KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Alcoholism KW - Aversion Therapy KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0005-7967(73)90108-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-28351-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-28350-001 AN - 1974-28350-001 AU - Miller, Peter M. T1 - Behavioral assessment in alcoholism research and treatment: Current techniques. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1973/// VL - 8 IS - 5 SP - 831 EP - 837 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-28350-001. PMID: 4592658 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Miller, Peter M.; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19741001. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Behavior Modification. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - Describes behavioral assessment techniques used to evaluate alcoholism treatment strategies (e.g., operant analyses, 'choice' situations, and experimental bars). The need for objective, valid measures of drinking behavior and validation of the assessment techniques is discussed. (20 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavioral assessment techniques KW - evaluation of alcoholism treatment strategies KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Behavior Modification KW - 1973 DO - 10.3109/10826087309071072 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-28350-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-28332-001 AN - 1974-28332-001 AU - Hersen, Michel AU - Eisler, Richard M. AU - Miller, Peter M. AU - Johnson, Miriam B. AU - Pinkston, Susan G. T1 - Effects of practice, instructions, and modeling on components of assertive behavior. JF - Behaviour Research and Therapy JO - Behaviour Research and Therapy JA - Behav Res Ther Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 11 IS - 4 SP - 443 EP - 451 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0005-7967 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-28332-001. PMID: 4777641 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hersen, Michel; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Release Date: 19741001. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Assertiveness; Experimental Instructions; Imitation (Learning); Practice; Psychiatric Patients. Minor Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Social Learning. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - Assigned 50 unassertive male psychiatric inpatients matched on age, years of education, diagnosis, and self-reported assertiveness to 1 of 5 conditions: (a) test-retest, (b) practice-control, (c) instructions, (d) modeling, and (e) modeling plus instructions. Pre- and posttest responses of all Ss to 5 interpersonal situations requiring assertive responses were rated on 7 verbal and nonverbal components of assertiveness. Analysis of variance and t-test comparisons indicate that the modeling plus instructions group was superior or equal to the instructions or modeling groups on 5 of the 7 components. No differences were found between the practice-control and test-retest groups on any of the components. No post-pretest differences were found among the groups on the self-report measure of assertiveness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - practice vs instructions &/or modeling KW - tested & self-reported assertiveness KW - nonassertive male psychiatric inpatients KW - 1973 KW - Assertiveness KW - Experimental Instructions KW - Imitation (Learning) KW - Practice KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Social Learning KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0005-7967(73)90103-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-28332-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-28331-001 AN - 1974-28331-001 AU - Hersen, Michel AU - Eisler, Richard M. AU - Miller, Peter M. T1 - Development of assertive responses: Clinical measurement and research considerations. JF - Behaviour Research and Therapy JO - Behaviour Research and Therapy JA - Behav Res Ther Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 11 IS - 4 SP - 505 EP - 521 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0005-7967 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-28331-001. PMID: 4591316 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hersen, Michel; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Release Date: 19741001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Assertiveness; Behavior Therapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - Surveys the literature on development of assertive responses in unassertive individuals, in terms of clinical application, measurement techniques, and experimental study. Case reports indicate that assertive training is an effective technique for a large variety of disorders as it enables patients to overcome deficits in interpersonal functioning. Some of the effective elements in assertive training have been identified by using analog research designs. In most of these investigations the major focus has been on expressing hostile feelings and thoughts. However, more efforts at instigating positive responses (clinically and experimentally) are warranted. In addition, there is a need to assess the effects on clinically unassertive Ss of techniques in which the transfer of training is programed rather than expected. (49 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - assertive training & development of assertive responses KW - clinical measurement & research considerations KW - 1973 KW - Assertiveness KW - Behavior Therapy KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0005-7967(73)90110-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-28331-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-28310-001 AN - 1974-28310-001 AU - Eisler, Richard M. AU - Hersen, Michael AU - Miller, Peter M. T1 - Effects of modeling on components of assertive behavior. JF - Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry JO - Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry JA - J Behav Ther Exp Psychiatry Y1 - 1973/03// VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 6 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0005-7916 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-28310-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eisler, Richard M.; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Release Date: 19741001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Assertiveness; Behavior Therapy; Imitation (Learning); Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1973. AB - 30 21-62 yr old male psychiatric patients who had either high or low scores on J. Wolpe and A. Lazarus's assertiveness questionnaire were assigned to modeling, practice-control, and test-retest control groups. In the modeling and practice-control conditions, a behavioral assertiveness test was administered 6 times in a 3-day period; the 1st and last administrations were videotaped and served as pre- and posttest measures of assertiveness. Ss in the modeling condition observed a model and were asked to respond to a situation after each observation. The practice-control Ss received the same treatment but did not observe the model during practice trials. The test-retest Ss received no practice and did not observe the model. Data show that the modeling group obtained significantly greater change scores on assertiveness than either the test-retest or practice-control groups. There were no differences between the test-retest or practice-control groups on any of the 5 assertiveness variables. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - modeling vs practice-control vs test-retest conditions KW - assertive behavior KW - 21-62 yr old psychiatric patients KW - 1973 KW - Assertiveness KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Imitation (Learning) KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0005-7916(73)90030-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-28310-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-28154-001 AN - 1974-28154-001 AU - May, Philip R. AU - Yale, Coralee AU - Dixon, Wilfrid J. T1 - Assessment of psychiatric outcome: I. Cross section analysis. JF - Journal of Psychiatric Research JO - Journal of Psychiatric Research JA - J Psychiatr Res Y1 - 1972/12// VL - 9 IS - 4 SP - 271 EP - 284 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0022-3956 SN - 1879-1379 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-28154-001. PMID: 4664949 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: May, Philip R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brentwood, Calif. Release Date: 19741001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Disorders; Posttreatment Followup; Statistical Analysis; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1972. AB - Discusses techniques to reduce common weaknesses in analyzing follow-up data on the outcome of psychiatric disorders. Procedures derived from hypothetical models are introduced as a legitimate 1st step in communicating the conceptual and methodological requirements of a potentially more powerful approach to psychiatric data. In the approach proposed, patient status is monitored by assessment at outcome points in time, fixed by reference to a base (e.g., admission, release, or the beginning or end of a period of treatment). This proposal comes from the assumption that there is an urgent need for study of the results of treatment for the schizophrenic process. Patient status is assessed in this sort of analysis, by display of outcome in terms of cross point values at fixed cross points in time from a predetermined origin. This method involves interpolation or extrapolation of cross point values when observations are not available at cross point times, by utilizing information from the measurements actually obtained theoretical and practical advantages of this method of statistical analysis are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cross section analysis KW - assessment of follow-up data on outcome of psychiatric disorders KW - 1972 KW - Mental Disorders KW - Posttreatment Followup KW - Statistical Analysis KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/0022-3956(72)90025-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-28154-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-28096-001 AN - 1974-28096-001 AU - Feifel, Herman AU - Freilich, Jeffrey AU - Hermann, Lawrence J. T1 - Death fear in dying heart and cancer patients. JF - Journal of Psychosomatic Research JO - Journal of Psychosomatic Research JA - J Psychosom Res Y1 - 1973/07// VL - 17 IS - 3 SP - 161 EP - 166 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0022-3999 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-28096-001. PMID: 4746338 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feifel, Herman; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19741001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Death Attitudes; Heart Disorders; Terminal Cancer; Terminally Ill Patients. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1973. AB - 33 dying heart patients and 35 cancer patients, aware of the gravity of their illness, were compared with 95 healthy Ss on fear of personal death. The patients were found to be significantly more afraid of death than the healthy Ss on a nonconscious level, although a majority in both groups disclaimed fear of death on a verbal level. Type of disease (i.e., heart or cancer) did not appear to be an important differentiating factor. (15 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - death fears KW - terminal heart & cancer patients KW - 1973 KW - Death Attitudes KW - Heart Disorders KW - Terminal Cancer KW - Terminally Ill Patients KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0022-3999(73)90019-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-28096-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-28063-001 AN - 1974-28063-001 AU - Dabul, Barbara AU - Perkins, William H. T1 - The effects of stuttering on systolic blood pressure. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JA - J Speech Hear Res Y1 - 1973/12// VL - 16 IS - 4 SP - 586 EP - 591 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Assn SN - 0022-4685 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-28063-001. PMID: 4783795 Other Journal Title: Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dabul, Barbara; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19741001. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Stress Reactions; Stuttering; Systolic Pressure. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1973. AB - Investigated evidence that, contrary to most hypotheses that stuttering and anxiety are positively correlated, stuttering reduces stress. 16 adult male stutterers were measured before and after stress (electroshock) in each of 5 treatments: high stuttering, low stuttering, chewing, finger tapping, and time. Systolic blood pressure for the high-stuttering level was significantly lower for 15 of the 16 Ss than were the values for the other treatments. Results indicate that stuttering can reduce stress-elevated systolic blood pressure. (16 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stuttering KW - stress induced high systolic blood pressure KW - 1973 KW - Anxiety KW - Stress Reactions KW - Stuttering KW - Systolic Pressure KW - 1973 DO - 10.1044/jshr.1604.586 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-28063-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-27974-001 AN - 1974-27974-001 AU - Planansky, K. AU - Johnston, R. T1 - Clinical setting and motivation in suicidal attempts of schizophrenics. JF - Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica JO - Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica JA - Acta Psychiatr Scand Y1 - 1973/// VL - 49 IS - 6 SP - 680 EP - 690 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0001-690X SN - 1600-0447 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-27974-001. PMID: 4781579 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Planansky, K.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Canandaigua, N.Y. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19741001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attempted Suicide; Motivation; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - Interviews and observations reveal that the majority of the suicidal attempts in 52 schizophrenics (mean age = 38 yrs) was preceded by excitement ranging from acute panic characterized by uncontrolled behavior and fear, to protracted anguish states in which Ss disclosed mental pain through rumination. In a few cases characterized by long-term withdrawal and uneventful course, the suicidal attacks occurred without any warning in an ictal-like manner. The readiness to self-destruction appears related to a developmental stage in the schizophrenic process, and comprises definable, phase-like periods in the course of the illness. The majority of the Ss felt driven by an impulsive and irresistible force to self-destruction against their will. A small number of Ss gave seemingly personal reasons for their suicidal attempts, but these reasons were restricted to stereotyped complaints regarding the alienating and incapacitating effect of schizophrenic psychopathology. It is concluded that most suicides in schizophrenia are primarily determined by the fluctuating activity of the psychosis, and secondarily influenced by the patients' awareness of incapacity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - motivation KW - attempted suicide KW - schizophrenics KW - 1973 KW - Attempted Suicide KW - Motivation KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1973 DO - 10.1111/j.1600-0447.1973.tb04457.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-27974-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-27940-001 AN - 1974-27940-001 AU - Greenwald, Shayna G. AU - Carter, Joan S. AU - Stein, Elliott M. T1 - Differences between the background, attitude, functioning, and mood of drug addicts, alcoholics, and orthopedic patients. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1973/// VL - 8 IS - 5 SP - 865 EP - 874 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-27940-001. PMID: 4781423 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Greenwald, Shayna G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Miami, Fla. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19741001. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Attitudes; Emotional States; Family Background; Social Adjustment. Minor Descriptor: Drug Addiction; Drug Usage; Physical Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - Interviewed 52 alcoholics, 24 heroin addicts, and 16 orthopedic patients (mean ages = 45.33, 23.79, and 37.13 yrs, respectively) about family history, drug usage, attitudes toward themselves and their families, current social functioning (using M. W. Linn's Social Dysfunction Rating Scale), and mood. Alcoholics and drug addicts more often expressed the belief that alcohol or drugs helped them feel mentally alert, gave a poorer evaluation of themselves and their fathers, and had poorer social functioning than the orthopedic patients. No differences were found on mood ratings. (18 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - background & attitude & functioning & mood KW - drug addicts vs alcoholics & orthopedic patients KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Attitudes KW - Emotional States KW - Family Background KW - Social Adjustment KW - Drug Addiction KW - Drug Usage KW - Physical Disorders KW - 1973 DO - 10.3109/10826087309071076 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-27940-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-27151-001 AN - 1974-27151-001 AU - Bernstein, Lewis T1 - A study of some enriching variables in a free-environment for rats. JF - Journal of Psychosomatic Research JO - Journal of Psychosomatic Research JA - J Psychosom Res Y1 - 1973/03// VL - 17 IS - 2 SP - 85 EP - 88 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0022-3999 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-27151-001. PMID: 4741688 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bernstein, Lewis; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, Wood, Wis. Release Date: 19741001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Environments; Animal Play; Early Experience; Motor Performance; Rat Learning. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1973. AB - Tested the hypothesis that space in which to run and the opportunity for greater visual experience are more important variables than the potential enriching quality of toys in a free environment. 3 groups of animals were exposed for 3 hrs/day to 3 different early environments: a free environment with toys, a free environment without toys, and activity wheels. Both free-environment groups learned better than animals with activity wheel experience, indicating that opportunity for locomotor activity was not an important variable. There were no differences in learning ability between the 2 free-environment groups, suggesting that the presence of toys did not contribute to better learning. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - activity wheel vs visual experience in free environment KW - learning ability KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Animal Environments KW - Animal Play KW - Early Experience KW - Motor Performance KW - Rat Learning KW - Rats KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0022-3999(73)90008-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-27151-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-27068-001 AN - 1974-27068-001 AU - Houser, Vincent P. AU - Van Hart, Dale A. T1 - Changes in the aversive threshold of the rat produced by adrenergic drugs. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 1 IS - 6 SP - 673 EP - 678 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-27068-001. PMID: 4785807 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Houser, Vincent P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychotropic Drug Lab., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19741001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adrenergic Drugs; Aversive Stimulation; Dextroamphetamine; Drugs; Pain Thresholds. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - Assayed the analgesic potency of dextroamphetamine sulfate (.5, 1.0, 2.0, 4.0 mg/kg) and a-methyl-p-tyrosine (a-MPT) (75, 150, 225 mg/kg) in 12 male Sprague-Dawley rats using the spatial preference technique. Amphetamine in all doses tested significantly raised the aversive threshold while a-MPT demonstrated similar effects only with the 150 and 225 mg/kg dosages. Data suggest that a-MPT raised the aversive threshold by mechanisms other than drug-induced sedation, while amphetamine produced similar results by a direct analgesic effect and/or by altering locomotor activity. It is suggested that intact adrenergic systems may be needed for animals to fully respond to the aversive qualities of electric shock. (25 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dextroamphetamine sulfate & alpha-methyl-p-tyrosine KW - changes in aversive threshold to electric shock KW - male rats KW - 1973 KW - Adrenergic Drugs KW - Aversive Stimulation KW - Dextroamphetamine KW - Drugs KW - Pain Thresholds KW - Rats KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(73)90031-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-27068-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-26596-001 AN - 1974-26596-001 AU - Nixon, James C. T1 - Investigation of the response foils of the Modified Rhyme Hearing Test. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JA - J Speech Hear Res Y1 - 1973/12// VL - 16 IS - 4 SP - 658 EP - 666 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Assn SN - 0022-4685 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-26596-001. PMID: 4783804 Other Journal Title: Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Nixon, James C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Seattle, Wash. Release Date: 19741001. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Multiple Choice (Testing Method); Speech and Hearing Measures; Test Construction; Rhyme. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1973. AB - Presented the Modified Rhyme Hearing Test (MRHT) to 28 normal-hearing undergraduates as a free-response test, and obtained written responses to the test words. These responses were compared with the foil words used in the MRHT multiple-choice answer forms. Comparisons indicate that for many of the test words only 1 or 2 of the 6 available response words served as possible alternatives to the speech sounds (words) heard by the listeners; in a few cases, none of the available response words were realistic alternatives. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - legitimacy of foil words as alternate responses KW - Modified Rhyme Hearing Test KW - college students KW - 1973 KW - Multiple Choice (Testing Method) KW - Speech and Hearing Measures KW - Test Construction KW - Rhyme KW - 1973 DO - 10.1044/jshr.1604.658 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-26596-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-26593-001 AN - 1974-26593-001 AU - Goodglass, Harold T1 - Developmental comparison of vowels and consonants in dichotic listening. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JA - J Speech Hear Res Y1 - 1973/12// VL - 16 IS - 4 SP - 744 EP - 752 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Assn SN - 0022-4685 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-26593-001. PMID: 4783815 Other Journal Title: Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goodglass, Harold; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19741001. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Auditory Perception; Consonants; Lateral Dominance; Vowels. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1973. AB - Tested 109 normal 51/2-121/2 yr old children for development of ear laterality for dichotically presented vowels and consonants. Consonant-vowel-consonant (CVC) words were edited in Ss' natural speech. Vowels and consonants were equally right-ear dominant, and no developmental changes in laterality could be detected. Vowels were more easily identified than consonants, irrespective of age or ear, and accuracy in identification of vowels increased with age more rapidly than that of consonants. Results are contrasted with prior findings for steady-state vowels, which are unlateralized, and for vowels in nonsense CVCs, which showed only a weak right-ear dominance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age KW - ear laterality for dichotically presented vowels & consonants KW - 5.5-12.5 yr olds KW - 1973 KW - Age Differences KW - Auditory Perception KW - Consonants KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Vowels KW - 1973 DO - 10.1044/jshr.1604.744 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-26593-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-26184-001 AN - 1974-26184-001 AU - Straight, Elmer M. AU - Schaffer, Ruth C. AU - Folsom, James C. T1 - Patient self-care: Its impact on psychiatric hospital staff. JF - Psychiatric Quarterly JO - Psychiatric Quarterly JA - Psychiatr Q Y1 - 1973/// VL - 47 IS - 3 SP - 377 EP - 385 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-2720 SN - 1573-6709 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-26184-001. PMID: 4782111 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Straight, Elmer M.; Veterans Administration Central Office, Internal Audit Service, Washington, D.C. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitudes; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychiatric Hospital Staff. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - Studied staff attitudes toward patient-led units during a 15-mo period. It was found that patient-led groups were viewed as a threat to the domain of some professional staff who believed that the 'sick person' could find relief only when 'treated by professionals.' These attitudes persisted despite substantial evidence that patient-led groups served as a strong force for motivating long-term patients to leave the hospital. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - attitudes toward patient-led units KW - hospital staff KW - 1973 KW - Attitudes KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychiatric Hospital Staff KW - 1973 DO - 10.1007/BF01562099 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-26184-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-26158-001 AN - 1974-26158-001 AU - Fields, Francis R. AU - Blackburn, Harold L. T1 - A suggested model for a beginning program designed to improve veteran-employee relations. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 60 EP - 62 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-26158-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fields, Francis R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lebanon, Pa. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospitals; Medical Personnel; Military Veterans. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. AB - Describes a program designed to improve veteran-employee relations in a Veterans Administration hospital and to provide 1 possible model for other services which may choose to adopt parts of this for their own use. Recommendations for ameliorating problems of this approach are made. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - model program KW - improved veteran-employee relations KW - Veterans Administration hospital KW - 1973 KW - Hospitals KW - Medical Personnel KW - Military Veterans KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-26158-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-26156-001 AN - 1974-26156-001 AU - Doyle, Robert B. AU - Coleman, Roosevelt AU - Williams, Woodrow O. T1 - A task related social behavior adjustment program for chronic psychiatric patients. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 9 EP - 11 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-26156-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Doyle, Robert B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., North Little Rock, Arkansas. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Contingency Management; Psychiatric Patients; Social Adjustment; Videotapes. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. AB - Attempted to change the inappropriate behaviors of 8 chronic psychiatric inpatients in a variety of work situations using videotape recordings and contingency reinforcements. Results show no significant effect of the training program on ability to recognize appropriate behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - videotape recordings & contingency reinforcements KW - inappropriate work behaviors KW - chronic psychiatric inpatients KW - 1973 KW - Contingency Management KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Social Adjustment KW - Videotapes KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-26156-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-26153-001 AN - 1974-26153-001 AU - Davis, Terry S. T1 - Six-month follow-up of hospital patients after termination of token economy program. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 2 EP - 9 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-26153-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, Terry S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotional Adjustment; Posttreatment Followup; Psychiatric Patients; Token Economy Programs. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. AB - Describes the progress of 22 male psychiatric inpatients of mixed diagnoses and ages who were transferred from a token economy program to other modes of treatment. Ss were rated weekly for 7 wks (after termination of the token program) by nurses. Hypotheses included (a) no change in the level of behavioral adjustment, demonstrating that the token economy had no effect; (b) improved behavioral adjustment level suggesting that the token economy suppressed or impaired functioning; and (c) decreased level of behavioral adjustment over time, confirming the validity of the token economy treatment. Results support the 3rd hypothesis. The relationship between mode of treatment and category of diagnosis is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - token economy program termination KW - behavioral adjustment KW - psychiatric inpatients KW - 6-mo followup KW - 1973 KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - Posttreatment Followup KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Token Economy Programs KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-26153-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-26021-001 AN - 1974-26021-001 AU - Mozdzierz, Gerald J. AU - Lottman, Thomas J. T1 - Games married couples play: Adlerian view. JF - Journal of Individual Psychology JO - Journal of Individual Psychology JA - J Individ Psychol Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 29 IS - 2 SP - 182 EP - 194 CY - US PB - University of Texas at Austin SN - 0022-1805 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-26021-001. PMID: 4782386 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mozdzierz, Gerald J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Mental Hygiene Clinic, Hines, Ill. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adler (Alfred); Games; Marital Relations; Marriage Counseling. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - Describes and discusses the most frequently encountered 'games' played by couples in therapy from an Adlerian viewpoint. They are seen as consistent with a neurotic life-style, representing movement on a vertical plane, towards superiority over one's spouse, rather than horizontal movement of cooperation toward mutually beneficial goals. These games, empirically derived from observation of couples in treatment, are found remarkably congruent with certain attitudinal positions or complexes described earlier by Adler. Techniques for recognizing and interrupting games in therapy are discussed. The games that are delineated include: (a) 'I'm right, you're wrong'; (b) 'I've got a debit, you've got a credit'; (c) 'Pay attention'; (d) 'I don't want to discuss it'; (e) 'This is war'; (f) 'It's all your fault'; and (g) 'Where would you be without me?' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Adlerian viewpoint KW - games played in marriage therapy KW - 1973 KW - Adler (Alfred) KW - Games KW - Marital Relations KW - Marriage Counseling KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-26021-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25986-001 AN - 1974-25986-001 AU - Dawley, Harold H. AU - Floyd, Linda M. T1 - Self-administered, minimal therapist contact, and automated behavior therapy: A bibliography. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 20 EP - 23 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25986-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dawley, Harold H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., New Orleans, La. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Bibliography. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. KW - self-administered minimal therapist contact KW - automated behavior therapy KW - bibliography KW - 1973 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25986-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25933-001 AN - 1974-25933-001 AU - Mason, Aaron S. T1 - Basic principles in the use of antipsychotic agents. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1973/12// VL - 24 IS - 12 SP - 825 EP - 829 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25933-001. PMID: 4148176 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mason, Aaron S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Release Date: 19740901. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Neuroleptic Drugs. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1973. AB - Discusses principles which should be followed in order to utilize antipsychotic drugs in an efficient and economical manner. No such guide currently exists. It is suggested that these drugs are still being prescribed inappropriately. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - efficient utilization of antipsychotic agents KW - 1973 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25933-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25914-001 AN - 1974-25914-001 AU - Gross, William F. AU - Way, John G. T1 - A 60 day comprehensive rehabilitation program for alcoholics. JF - Psychology: A Journal of Human Behavior JO - Psychology: A Journal of Human Behavior JA - Psychology Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 10 IS - 4 SP - 14 EP - 16 CY - US PB - Inst for Leadership and Organization Effectiveness SN - 0033-3077 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25914-001. Other Journal Title: Psychology and Education: An Interdisciplinary Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gross, William F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lexington, Ky. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Drug Rehabilitation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - Describes the alcoholic treatment program operated by the Veterans Administration Hospital in Lexington, Kentucky, which emphasizes the development of alternative ways for the alcoholic to deal with stress and daily frustrations. Admission procedures, the 3 components of the treatment program, and aftercare services are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - comprehensive rehabilitation program KW - alcoholics KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25914-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25881-001 AN - 1974-25881-001 AU - Starker, Steven T1 - Hysterical reactions to hypnotic induction. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JA - Psychotherapy (Chic) Y1 - 1973///Sum 1973 VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 141 EP - 144 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25881-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Starker, Steven; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19740901. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hypnosis; Hysteria; Psychotherapeutic Processes. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1973. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Describes 2 incidents involving powerful and illuminating reactions of hysterical patients to a hypnotic induction procedure. Instructions for the novice hypnotherapist are presented, and the dynamic significance and usefulness of such occurrences is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hypnotic induction KW - hysterical reactions KW - 1973 KW - Hypnosis KW - Hysteria KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/h0087558 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25881-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25847-001 AN - 1974-25847-001 AU - Malev, J. S. AU - Meyerowitz, J. H. T1 - An interesting fifteen-month experience in group process with chronic schizophrenics. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 13 EP - 15 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25847-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Malev, J. S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychiatric Training; Psychosocial Readjustment; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. AB - Describes a group on a psychiatric ward for which patients were selected for their chronicity of schizophrenia, severity of symptomatology, and especially, great difficulties in living outside the hospital. Group therapy sessions are described which not only benefitted the patients but improved ward morale and the psychiatric training program. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group therapy KW - self-reliance & improved ward morale & psychiatric training program KW - chronic schizophrenics from psychiatric ward KW - 1973 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychiatric Training KW - Psychosocial Readjustment KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25847-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25801-001 AN - 1974-25801-001 AU - Browne, Louise J. AU - Ritter, Jennie I. T1 - Reality therapy for the geriatric psychiatric patient. JF - Perspectives in Psychiatric Care JO - Perspectives in Psychiatric Care JA - Perspect Psychiatr Care Y1 - 1972/// VL - 10 IS - 3 SP - 135 EP - 139 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0031-5990 SN - 1744-6163 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25801-001. PMID: 4484568 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Browne, Louise J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northampton, Mass. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19740901. Correction Date: 20130114. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatric Psychotherapy; Reality Therapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1972. AB - Reports a study that utilized reality therapy to treat 16 male geriatric psychiatric patients. This therapy is based on the principles of consistency and positive reinforcement. Ss met in groups of 4 twice each day 7 days a week, for 30-min periods. Own names and those of staff were taught. Ss were also taught current information about themselves (e.g., name of hospital, date, and time). Concomitant improvements in dressing, eating, and personal behavior were observed. Case examples are presented. It is concluded that this is a useful approach for long-term hospitalized schizophrenics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reality therapy KW - geriatric psychiatric patients KW - 1972 KW - Geriatric Psychotherapy KW - Reality Therapy KW - 1972 DO - 10.1111/j.1744-6163.1972.tb00762.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25801-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25794-001 AN - 1974-25794-001 AU - Battle, Ethel AU - Zwier, Marcia T1 - Efficacy of small group process with intractable neuropsychiatric patients. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 15 EP - 17 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25794-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Battle, Ethel; Veterans Administration Hosp., Murfreesboro, Tenn. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. AB - Explored the effectiveness of group process among 8 men who were chronic hospital elopers. 21 weekly group sessions were effective in significantly reducing the number of unauthorized absences from the hospital during the period of time that the sessions were ongoing. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - weekly group sessions KW - reduction of unauthorized absences from hospital KW - chronic hospital elopers KW - 1973 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25794-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25673-001 AN - 1974-25673-001 AU - Wiggins, George AU - O'Connell, Walter AU - Hiner, Darlene AU - Chorens, Jose T1 - The addicts' 'combo': Building community from divergent life styles. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 49 EP - 51 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25673-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wiggins, George; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Addiction; Drug Rehabilitation; Psychosocial Rehabilitation. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. AB - Reports an attempt to look for a dimension of creative labeling in the area of drug addiction, one in which the active social movements of the life-style are not neglected. The 'combo' stands for a combination of doctors' pet and street addict. The functioning of the combo is described. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 'combo KW - ' social movements of life-style KW - drug addicts KW - 1973 KW - Drug Addiction KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Psychosocial Rehabilitation KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25673-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25633-001 AN - 1974-25633-001 AU - Hamlin, Roy M. AU - Haskin, Paul R. T1 - IMPS syndromes and treatment for alcoholism. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 56 EP - 60 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25633-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hamlin, Roy M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Danville, Ill. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Drug Rehabilitation; Personality Traits; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. AB - Administered the Inpatient Multidimensional Psychiatric Scale (IMPS) to 66 consecutive male participants in an alcoholic treatment program in order to establish several subtypes of alcoholics that will respond differentially to certain modes of treatment. 4 subtypes were observed: few symptoms, borderline, intropunitive, and extrapunitive. The subtypes showed a highly significant difference in response to treatment during the ensuing 8-wk program. Possible explanations and prognoses are given. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Inpatient Multidimensional Psychiatric Scale KW - subtype response to treatment KW - alcoholics KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Personality Traits KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25633-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25632-001 AN - 1974-25632-001 AU - Glen, Alida AU - Royer, Fred L. AU - Custer, Robert T1 - A study of MMPI-profile types of hospitalized alcoholic veterans. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 53 EP - 56 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25632-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Glen, Alida; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brecksville, O. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Military Veterans; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Personality Traits. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. AB - As a result of observations on alcoholics admitted to a Veterans Administration hospital, it was concluded that the population is not homogeneous. As a 1st step in defining this population, an attempt was made to examine behavior on a variety of psychological tests. 2 groups of inpatients (n = 78 and 67) were studied. Cluster analysis of scores on the MMPI revealed 2 possible profiles. These are discussed in terms of previous research on alcoholism. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI cluster analysis KW - hospitalized alcoholic veterans KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Military Veterans KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Personality Traits KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25632-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25630-001 AN - 1974-25630-001 AU - Frankel, Alan AU - Murphy, John AU - Woody, Mary M. AU - Semenkovich, Alexander T1 - An empirical determination of weights for an index of physical fitness. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 51 EP - 53 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25630-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Frankel, Alan; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salem, Va. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Measurement; Physical Fitness. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. AB - Presents a method of assessing the physical fitness of alcoholics. 255 inpatients were studied. The use of the data reduction method, stepwise multiple regression, demonstrated considerable redundancy in the assessment of physical fitness parameters for Ss in an alcoholic rehabilitation program. Alternative suggestions are given. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - data reduction & stepwise multiple regression KW - physical fitness index KW - alcoholics KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Measurement KW - Physical Fitness KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25630-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25598-001 AN - 1974-25598-001 AU - Royer, Fred L. T1 - Reaction time of process and reactive schizophrenics to multidimensional visual stimuli. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 27 EP - 29 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25598-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Royer, Fred L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brecksville, O. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Process Schizophrenia; Reaction Time; Reactive Psychosis; Visual Stimulation. Minor Descriptor: Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. AB - Examined differences in reaction time performance in reactive and process schizophrenics. Task variables were stimulus redundancy and information processing model. 2 relevant models were used: information transmission and stimulus equivocation. In order to evaluate the possible effects of differences in arousal levels of the 2 groups on performance, skin resistance, and heart rate were monitored. 24 process and 24 reactive schizophrenics were assigned to 1 of 4 groups representing the 4 task conditions given by 2 stimulus sets and 2 information processing models. Results indicate no significant differences in error rates. However, the reaction times did differ significantly. Hypotheses about schizophrenia and about information processing are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - multidimensional visual stimuli KW - reaction time KW - process vs reactive schizophrenics KW - 1973 KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Process Schizophrenia KW - Reaction Time KW - Reactive Psychosis KW - Visual Stimulation KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25598-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25597-001 AN - 1974-25597-001 AU - Royer, Fred L. AU - Janowitch, Lawrence T1 - Speeded classification of multivariate stimuli by process and reactive schizophrenics. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 30 EP - 32 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25597-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Royer, Fred L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brecksville, O. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classification (Cognitive Process); Process Schizophrenia; Reactive Psychosis; Schizophrenia; Stimulus Variability. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. AB - Studied the performance of 24 process and 24 reactive schizophrenics in a card sorting task that varied redundancy and stimulus attributes. The speed of the sorting was considered a reflection of the efficiency of the process of encoding multiple dimensions of stimuli and gating out those that were irrelevant to the sort. Results show no significant differences in errors, but significant differences in reaction time. While the latter finding is consistent with other work, the former is not. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - varied redundancy & stimulus attributes KW - speeded classification of multivariate stimuli KW - process & reactive schizophrenics KW - 1973 KW - Classification (Cognitive Process) KW - Process Schizophrenia KW - Reactive Psychosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Stimulus Variability KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25597-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25594-001 AN - 1974-25594-001 AU - Reynolds, David K. AU - Farberow, Norman L. T1 - Experiential research: An inside perspective on suicide and social systems. JF - Life-Threatening Behavior JO - Life-Threatening Behavior JA - Life Threat Behav Y1 - 1973///Win 1973 VL - 3 IS - 4 SP - 261 EP - 269 CY - US PB - Behavioral Publications SN - 0047-4592 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25594-001. Other Journal Title: Suicide; Suicide and Life-Threatening Behavior. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reynolds, David K.; Veterans Administration Central Research Unit, Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: Guilford Publications; Human Sciences Press, Inc.; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19740901. Correction Date: 20130610. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depression (Emotion); Social Environments; Suicide. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Win 1973. AB - Reports a research project on the inner experience of suicidal depression and its relationship to the social milieu. Adopting a suicidal identity, a clinical anthropologist lived in a psychiatric hospital. He then lived, along with a clinical psychologist, in several posthospital care facilities for periods from 2 wks to 1 mo in each setting. Evidence indicates the researchers were able to establish identities closely resembling those of genuinely suicidal persons. Excerpts from their experiential accounts are presented, along with their observations of the social settings in which they lived. Additional data from hospital records and posttreatment meetings with staff members and fellow patients supplemented the observations. Data are presented on social situational variables that support and/or undermine feelings of self-worth, the social presentation of a suicidal self, and introspective accounts of suicidal 'world views' and styles of thinking. Suggestions are made for suicide prevention in institutional settings on the basis of life-supporting relationships and appropriately designed social-structural features. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social milieu KW - inner experience of suicidal depression KW - 1973 KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Social Environments KW - Suicide KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25594-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25545-001 AN - 1974-25545-001 AU - Feifel, Herman AU - Hermann, Lawrence J. T1 - Fear of death in the mentally ill. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1973/12// VL - 33 IS - 3 SP - 931 EP - 938 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25545-001. PMID: 4767849 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feifel, Herman; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychology Service, Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Death Attitudes; Neurosis; Psychosis. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1973. AB - Hypothesized that psychiatric patients would evidence a greater fear of death than normal individuals and that the more intense the degree of emotional disturbance, the greater the fear of death. Ss were 33 psychotic, 57 neurotic, and 95 normal 10-89 yr olds. Demographic data were obtained, and fear of death was assessed by conscious, imagery, and below-level-of awareness (word association) measures and a modification of the Stroop Color-Word Test. Results do not support the hypotheses. Both groups, however, showed an overall similarity in perceptions of death (i.e., repudiation of fear of death at the conscious level which was linked to ambivalance at the imagery level and to dread below the level of awareness). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - degree of emotional disturbance KW - fear of death KW - psychotic & neurotic & normal 10-89 yr olds KW - 1973 KW - Anxiety KW - Death Attitudes KW - Neurosis KW - Psychosis KW - 1973 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1973.33.3.931 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25545-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25505-001 AN - 1974-25505-001 AU - Dansak, Daniel A. T1 - On the tertiary gain of illness. JF - Comprehensive Psychiatry JO - Comprehensive Psychiatry JA - Compr Psychiatry Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 14 IS - 6 SP - 523 EP - 534 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0010-440X SN - 1532-8384 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25505-001. PMID: 4764353 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dansak, Daniel A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Washington, D.C. Release Date: 19740901. Correction Date: 20160407. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disorders; Family Members; Physicians. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - Discusses many facets of what is termed tertiary gain of illness-gains sought or attained from a patient's illness by someone other than the patient. Family members sometimes aim to create an impression of mental or physical illness in a particular person-the goal being to oust that individual from the household in order to acquire personal or financial gain. Other cases are noted in which illness was used as an excuse or rationalization to expel a patient from a relationship. Such actions set up a strong psychogenic or organic reaction with direct effects on the patient's health. It is held that physicians also may seek or receive tertiary gains from certain patients. It is concluded that awareness of tertiary gain as a concomitant factor in certain illnesses can be beneficial to patients, doctors, and society in general. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - tertiary gain of illness KW - 1973 KW - Disorders KW - Family Members KW - Physicians KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0010-440X(73)90038-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25505-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25141-001 AN - 1974-25141-001 AU - Robbins, Paul R. AU - Tanck, Roland H. T1 - Psychological correlates of marijuana use: An exploratory study. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1973/12// VL - 33 IS - 3 SP - 703 EP - 706 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25141-001. PMID: 4767825 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Robbins, Paul R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Drug Treatment & Research Unit, Washington, D.C. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: College Students; Emotional Responses; Marijuana Usage; Sex Drive; Social Interaction. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1973. AB - Studied social and emotional correlates of marihuana use. 85 undergraduates were given a structured diary to fill out nightly for 1 wk. 24 of the Ss reported use of marihuana during this period and were compared (a) on physical and psychological effects with the 61 nonusers and (b) on differences between days in which they did or did not use marihuana. While most comparisons showed only a small difference, there was a tendency for users to report sex desire more frequently on use days than on nonuse days and to smoke cigarettes more often than the nonuse group. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social & emotional correlates KW - marihuana use KW - college students KW - 1973 KW - College Students KW - Emotional Responses KW - Marijuana Usage KW - Sex Drive KW - Social Interaction KW - 1973 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1973.33.3.703 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25141-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-24803-001 AN - 1974-24803-001 AU - Snyder, Edward W. AU - Lewis, Evan G. AU - Dustman, Robert E. AU - Beck, Edward C. T1 - Lack of behavioral tolerance to D9-tetrahydrocannabinol in stump-tailed macaques. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 40 EP - 43 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-24803-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Snyder, Edward W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salt Lake City, U. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Tolerance; Tetrahydrocannabinol. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. AB - Examined the acute and chronic effects of a moderate dose of synthetic tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) administered every 3rd day to 2 adolescent stump-tailed macaques, 1 male and 1 female. Both Ss were trained to leverpress for liquid reinforcement on a tandem differential schedule. Each received 67 consecutive days of training. On the 6th day THC was given. Both Ss reacted with a marked decrease in index of curvature of response pattern. Also, Ss did not at any time become behaviorally tolerant to THC. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol KW - lack of behavioral tolerance KW - stump-tailed macaques KW - 1973 KW - Drug Tolerance KW - Tetrahydrocannabinol KW - Monkeys KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-24803-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-24765-001 AN - 1974-24765-001 AU - Lewis, Evan G. AU - Dustman, Robert E. AU - Peters, Bernard A. AU - Beck, Edward C. T1 - The influence of D1-tetrahydrocannabinol on the human visual evoked response. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 43 EP - 46 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-24765-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lewis, Evan G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salt Lake City, U. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drugs; Marijuana Usage; Tetrahydrocannabinol; Visual Evoked Potentials. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. AB - Examined the effects of known oral dose levels of tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) on the visual evoked response of frequent and occasional marihuana smokers. Recordings were made from 10 male and 10 female 21-34 yr olds, equally divided into groups of those who reported smoking marihuana at least 3 times/wk (frequent) and those who used it not more than 2 times/mo (occasional) in the past 3-4 yrs. Results indicate that marihuana produced significant changes in the electrical activity of the brain but only at high doses. It is concluded that the efficiency of the nervous system is reduced by THC. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - delta-1-tetrahydrocannabinol KW - visual evoked response KW - 21-34 yr old marihuana smokers KW - 1973 KW - Drugs KW - Marijuana Usage KW - Tetrahydrocannabinol KW - Visual Evoked Potentials KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-24765-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-24755-001 AN - 1974-24755-001 AU - Joseph, James A. AU - Powell, D. A. T1 - Peripheral chemical sympathectomy and learning. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 32 EP - 36 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-24755-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Joseph, James A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Neuroscience Lab., Columbia, S.C. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adrenergic Blocking Drugs; Classical Conditioning; Drugs; Sympathetic Nervous System. Minor Descriptor: Rabbits. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. AB - Tested the effects of elimination of the sympathetic influence on the acquisition of somatic and autonomic response systems with 6-hydroxydopamine (6-OHDA). 12 albino New Zealand rabbits served as Ss: 6 were given 6-OHDA in saline while 6 were uninjected. A differential classical conditioning procedure was employed with a constant 90-sec intertrial interval. Results demonstrate a diminution in discriminative corneal-retinal potential and heart-rate responses in the drugged Ss that showed very little tendency to change for as long as 15 days after injection. Possible explanations and the concurrence of other research are cited. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 6-hydroxydopamine induced elimination of sympathetic influence KW - acquisition of somatic & autonomic response systems KW - rabbits KW - 1973 KW - Adrenergic Blocking Drugs KW - Classical Conditioning KW - Drugs KW - Sympathetic Nervous System KW - Rabbits KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-24755-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-24518-001 AN - 1974-24518-001 AU - Behrens, Edward M. AU - Beck, Edward C. AU - Dustman, Robert E. T1 - The use of the computer averaged visual evoked response as a technique for assessing cerebral death. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 46 EP - 49 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-24518-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Behrens, Edward M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salt Lake City, U. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Computer Applications; Death and Dying; Visual Evoked Potentials. Minor Descriptor: Cats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. AB - 12 cats were permanently implanted with electrodes. During anoxic and ischemic episodes, the primary or earlier components of the evoked response survived well beyond the time the EEG had become isoelectric. During barbiturate intoxication, EEG changes were similar to this although slower with longer recovery. It is concluded that the evoked response is more durable than the EEG during cerebral dysfunction and possibly more predictive of the brain time of death. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - computer averaged visual evoked response KW - assessing cerebral death KW - cats KW - 1973 KW - Brain KW - Computer Applications KW - Death and Dying KW - Visual Evoked Potentials KW - Cats KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-24518-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-24247-001 AN - 1974-24247-001 AU - Percell, Lawrence P. T1 - An attempt to specify some of the cues involved in the concept of demand characteristics. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 23 EP - 25 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-24247-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Percell, Lawrence P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Tucson, Ariz. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cooperation; Experimental Subjects; Participation. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. AB - Attempted to isolate some of the relevant cues in an experiment which may influence Ss' willingness to cooperate. 24 Ss participated in an experiment with results suggesting that the effective controlling variable was the availability of extra-credit points for participation rather than the hypothesized fate control of the E over the Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - extra-credit participation points vs E control KW - demand characteristics KW - 1973 KW - Cooperation KW - Experimental Subjects KW - Participation KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-24247-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23899-001 AN - 1974-23899-001 AU - Uecker, Albert E. T1 - Some dimensions of hospitalized alcoholics' knowledge of alcoholism. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 41 EP - 43 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23899-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Uecker, Albert E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Ft. Meade, S.D. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Educational Background; Educational Programs; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychosocial Readjustment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - Constructed a test to assess the impact of a Veterans Administration hospital educational program for alcoholics on both their inpatient and posthospital adjustment. The younger and better educated Ss showed greater knowledge of alcoholism than the older Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hospital-sponsored educational program on alcoholism KW - inpatient & posthospital adjustment KW - older vs younger more vs less educated alcoholic patients KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Educational Background KW - Educational Programs KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychosocial Readjustment KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23899-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23867-001 AN - 1974-23867-001 AU - Chakerian, Armen AU - Schenkel, Joseph T1 - In support of a consolidated alcoholism treatment program. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 37 EP - 41 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23867-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Chakerian, Armen; Veterans Administration Hosp., Albuquerque, N.M. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Detoxification; Hospitalized Patients; Psychosocial Rehabilitation; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - Surveyed the hospital records of 351 Veterans Administration patients to determine the incidence of alcohol-related disease and the effectiveness of treatment. 86 known alcoholics were identified, and treatment was found to be restricted to alcohol-related symptoms. The demand for and cost of this treatment was exceedingly high and accounted for the greatest use of hospital beds by any single patient group. The lengthy and repeated hospital stays of these patients appeared to be a function of the secondary gains hospitalization offers to the alcoholic, and demonstrates that restricting treatment to alcohol-related symptoms enhances addiction. A comprehensive treatment program is recommended which includes detoxification, medical transfer (which would force acknowledgment of alcohol problems by patients admitted ostensibly for other reasons), and social and emotional rehabilitation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - detoxification & transfer from medical wards & social & emotional rehabilitation KW - consolidated treatment program KW - alcoholic inpatients KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Detoxification KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Psychosocial Rehabilitation KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23867-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23866-001 AN - 1974-23866-001 AU - Bursten, Ben T1 - Decision-making in the hospital community. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1973/12// VL - 29 IS - 6 SP - 732 EP - 735 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23866-001. PMID: 4751813 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bursten, Ben; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychiatry Section, West Haven, Conn. Release Date: 19740801. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Politics; Psychiatric Hospitals; Therapeutic Community. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1973. AB - Considers that the development of the concept of the therapeutic milieu has changed the social organization of many psychiatric wards. Some of the polity aspects of these organizations are considered (e.g., privileges, rights, freedoms, accountability, and competence). The political organization of the modern hospital is shown to be considerably different from that found in society as a whole. Instead of having achieved democratization as is often claimed, these wards have resulted in a system of enforced political participation by the patients (i.e., politicization). The relevance of these polity considerations to the therapeutic task of the hospital is considered. (21 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - political & social organization KW - psychiatric hospital wards KW - 1973 KW - Politics KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Therapeutic Community KW - 1973 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1973.04200060018002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23866-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23843-001 AN - 1974-23843-001 AU - Cooke, Nancy S. T1 - Neuropsychology: From theory into practice. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 43 EP - 46 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23843-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cooke, Nancy S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Rehabilitation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. AB - Describes a clinical quasi-experimental approach to a comprehensive retraining program for the brain-injured adult. This approach was used with brain-injured men aged under 40 yrs, including several with chronic injuries of 15-20 yrs duration. The longer the history and duration of injury, the less interested were the patients in the new program. Remedial services focused on mathematics, reading, writing, short-term memory, speech retraining, orientation for time and place, motor coordination, and individual and group therapy. Characteristics of program personnel are described. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - comprehensive retraining program KW - brain-injured adults KW - 1973 KW - Brain Damage KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Rehabilitation KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23843-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23754-001 AN - 1974-23754-001 AU - Percell, Lawrence P. T1 - The effect of assertive training on modifying cognitive and affective variables. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 20 EP - 22 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23754-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Percell, Lawrence P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Assertiveness; Behavior Therapy; Psychiatric Patients; Self-Esteem. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - Tested the hypothesis that after assertive training, 7 male and 5 female psychiatric patients (mean age = 29 yrs) would exhibit an increase in self-acceptance and a decrease in anxiety. The hypothesis was supported. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - assertive training KW - increase in self-acceptance & decrease in anxiety KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1973 KW - Anxiety KW - Assertiveness KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Self-Esteem KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23754-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23735-001 AN - 1974-23735-001 AU - Hall, Harold V. T1 - Self reinforcement: A complement to environmental intervention. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 15 EP - 17 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23735-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hall, Harold V.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, St. Petersburg, Fla. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Modification; Self-Reinforcement. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. AB - Describes a self-reinforcement behavior modification program in which the client provides himself with predetermined rewards for emitting target behaviors. Preliminary data indicate that success is more apparent for discrete behaviors which involve external objects (e.g., reducing smoking) than for behaviors not directly observable (e.g., sexual ideation). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self-reinforcement KW - behavior modification program KW - 1973 KW - Behavior Modification KW - Self-Reinforcement KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23735-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23727-001 AN - 1974-23727-001 AU - Fitzgerald, Thomas J. T1 - The use of electroconvulsive therapy as an aversive stimuli: A single subject design. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 24 EP - 26 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23727-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fitzgerald, Thomas J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Case Report; Depression (Emotion); Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy; Ingestion; Verbal Communication. Minor Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Catatonia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - Used an escape-avoidance design with a depressed, catatonic 49-yr-old male in which ECS treatments could be terminated when specified behavioral responses were acquired. Only 3 ECT treatments were necessary before S began exhibiting the target behaviors of eating, verbalizing, and working. These behaviors were still present at a 4-wk follow-up. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - escape-avoidance design with ECS treatments as aversive stimuli KW - eating & verbalizing & working KW - depressed catatonic 49-yr-old male KW - 1973 KW - Case Report KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy KW - Ingestion KW - Verbal Communication KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Catatonia KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23727-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23726-001 AN - 1974-23726-001 AU - Felde, Robert T1 - Alcoholics before and after treatment: A study of self-concept changes. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 32 EP - 34 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23726-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Felde, Robert; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sheridan, Wyo. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Drug Rehabilitation; Group Psychotherapy; Psychotherapeutic Outcomes; Self-Concept. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - Assessed changes in self-concept of alcoholics before and after a 90-day treatment program which included group, attitude, and occupational therapy. Ss were 1 female and 34 male volunteers. No change in self-concept was observed when evaluated by the Tennessee self concept scale. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - treatment program including groups & attitude & occupational therapy KW - self-concept change KW - alcoholics KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Psychotherapeutic Outcomes KW - Self-Concept KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23726-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23722-001 AN - 1974-23722-001 AU - Dawley, Harold H. AU - Guidry, L. Sal AU - Curtis, Ever T1 - Self-administered desensitization on a psychiatric ward: A case report. JF - Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry JO - Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry JA - J Behav Ther Exp Psychiatry Y1 - 1973/09// VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 301 EP - 303 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0005-7916 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23722-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dawley, Harold H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, New Orleans, La. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Case Report; Self-Stimulation; Systematic Desensitization Therapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1973. AB - Reports successful self-administered desensitization by a middle aged male patient on a psychiatric ward, whose problem was debilitating anxiety associated with walking in crowds. After 2 sessions for instruction and training, self-administered desensitization was carried out for 4 wks. Following treatment, S reported a significant reduction in his fear of crowds. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self-administered desensitization KW - fear of crowds KW - middle-aged male psychiatric patient KW - 1973 KW - Anxiety KW - Case Report KW - Self-Stimulation KW - Systematic Desensitization Therapy KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0005-7916(73)90094-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23722-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23721-001 AN - 1974-23721-001 AU - Dawley, Harold H. T1 - Self-administered relaxation in the reduction of anxiety. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 17 EP - 19 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23721-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dawley, Harold H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., New Orleans, La. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety Disorders; Case Report; Self-Stimulation; Systematic Desensitization Therapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. AB - Presents a case study of a 40-yr-old male with a history of chronic anxiety who participated in a program of self-administered relaxation. After 4 wks improvement had occurred to the extent that the patient could begin both work and counseling. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self-administered relaxation KW - anxiety reduction KW - 40-yr-old male with chronic anxiety KW - 1973 KW - Anxiety Disorders KW - Case Report KW - Self-Stimulation KW - Systematic Desensitization Therapy KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23721-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23677-001 AN - 1974-23677-001 AU - O'Connell, Walter E. AU - Chorens, Jose A. AU - Wiggins, George E. AU - Hiner, Darlene M. T1 - Natural high model for research and treatment on a methadone-maintenance program. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 19 EP - 21 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23677-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Connell, Walter E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Rehabilitation; Methadone; Psychotherapeutic Techniques. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. AB - Describes 'natural high therapy' as a therapeutic approach to be combined with methadone as a cure for hyperdependence on pills or people. This approach aims to develop in the addict the responsibility for the consequences of his own behaviors rather than maintaining a static, isolated, and passive sense of life. The focus is on lost connections with mankind and nature and ability to assist in the evolutionary process. The way to a natural high includes self-esteem, power, and social interest. There is a positive relationship between self-esteem and participation. In general, natural high therapy aims at discovering, inventing, and maximizing techniques which could enhance self-esteem, cooperation as equals, and social interest. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - natural high therapy KW - methadone maintenance program KW - 1973 KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Methadone KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23677-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23654-001 AN - 1974-23654-001 AU - Hollister, Leo E. T1 - Psychotherapeutic drugs in the dying and bereaved. JF - Journal of Thanatology JO - Journal of Thanatology JA - J Thanatol Y1 - 1972///Win 1972 VL - 2 IS - 1-2 SP - 623 EP - 629 SN - 0047-2832 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23654-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hollister, Leo E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antidepressant Drugs; Drug Therapy; Grief; Terminally Ill Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Win 1972. AB - Discusses similarities in the psychological states of the dying patient and the bereaved and the kinds of therapeutic treatment and emotional support that should be administered. Recommendations for the cautious administration of antidepressant and other psychoactive drugs to dying patients or the bereaved are presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - antidepressant & psychoactive drugs KW - bereaved & dying patients KW - 1972 KW - Antidepressant Drugs KW - Drug Therapy KW - Grief KW - Terminally Ill Patients KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23654-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23624-001 AN - 1974-23624-001 AU - Auger, Robert AU - Bragg, Robert AU - Corns, David AU - Milner, Mary T1 - Preliminary assessment and prognostic indicators in a newly developed alchohol treatment program. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 21 EP - 24 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23624-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Auger, Robert; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salisbury, N.C. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Drug Rehabilitation; Marital Status; Psychotherapeutic Outcomes; Socioeconomic Status. Minor Descriptor: Family Structure. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. AB - Attempted to identify treatment variables associated with successful outcome in an alcohol treatment program which utilized brief but intensive hospitalization, an eclectic therapeutic approach, and subsequent outpatient follow-up to effect change in the alcoholic's life-style. A 92-item questionnaire was constructed which contained information on socioeconomic status, marital status, family, health, and drinking history. The questionnaire was administered to 64 alcoholics upon admission to the program, and Ss were rated as successes or failures at a 6-mo follow-up. It was found that 25% had remained abstinent over the 6-mo period, while 55% were failures. Only marital status, admission of being alcoholic, and desire for alcohol were significant predictors of outcome. Explanations for the small number of prognostic indicators are offered. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - socioeconomic status & marital status & family & health & drinking history KW - outcome in alcohol treatment program KW - alcoholics KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Marital Status KW - Psychotherapeutic Outcomes KW - Socioeconomic Status KW - Family Structure KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23624-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23538-001 AN - 1974-23538-001 AU - Sterman, M. B. T1 - Neurophysiologic and clinical studies of sensorimotor EEG biofeedback training: Some effects on epilepsy. JF - Seminars in Psychiatry JO - Seminars in Psychiatry Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 5 IS - 4 SP - 507 EP - 525 CY - US PB - Grune & Stratton, Inc. N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23538-001. PMID: 4770578 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sterman, M. B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroencephalography; Epilepsy; Feedback; Self-Stimulation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 19. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - Reviews studies on the role of EEG biofeedback training in identifying and changing the neuroelectric patterns associated with specific neural processes. Research on cats and humans is described. In an attempt to verify the hypothesis that biofeedback training might alter neural organization through directed exercise of specific functional pathways, prolonged training was given to 6 Ss over a 6-20 mo period. 4 Ss were epileptics while 2 suffered from spinal cord lesions. In all Ss significant changes were seen in the distribution of EEG frequencies during training. A group of 4 normal controls showed a reduction in both occipital and central alpha activity while the epileptics showed a decrease in abnormal low frequency discharge patterns. A discontinuation of training after 6 mo, however, resulted in reversals in all 3 Ss thus terminated. Suggestions are made for future treatment and research. (28 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EEG biofeedback training KW - neuroelectric patterns KW - epileptics KW - 1973 KW - Electroencephalography KW - Epilepsy KW - Feedback KW - Self-Stimulation KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23538-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23485-001 AN - 1974-23485-001 AU - Wollitzer, Alison O. AU - Pulos, Steven M. AU - Vitale, John H. T1 - A scoring method for the Michigan Sentence Completion Test. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 26 EP - 28 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23485-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wollitzer, Alison O.; Veterans Administration Hosp., San Francisco, Calif. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebrovascular Disorders; Hospitalized Patients; Projective Techniques; Psychodiagnosis; Scoring (Testing). Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. AB - Used the Michigan Sentence Completion Test to evaluate the psychological effects of cerebrovascular insufficiency on 62 inpatients in a Veterans Administration hospital. Content analysis indicated that the following 10 topic areas were inherent in the test: Social Orientation, Childhood, Qualities of Conflict, Goals, Self-Concept and Mood, Attitude Toward Women, Conscience, Desired Social Order, Anger, and Outlook. Mean scores for each of the 10 categories revealed that Ss denied both a socially-oriented and an asocial extreme. It is suggested that although the scoring scheme was designed for a specific, nonpsychiatric population, the method can be generalized to other population groups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - scoring method for Michigan Sentence Completion Test KW - psychological effects of cerebrovascular insufficiency KW - inpatients in Veterans Administration hospital KW - 1973 KW - Cerebrovascular Disorders KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Projective Techniques KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Scoring (Testing) KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23485-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23482-001 AN - 1974-23482-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - A simple bivariate screening technique to separate NP hospital organics from other psychiatric groups. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 29 IS - 4 SP - 448 EP - 450 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23482-001. PMID: 4148849 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Release Date: 19740801. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Differential Diagnosis; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1973. AB - Used the Benton Visual Retention Test (BVRT) and the MMPI Schizophrenia-Organicity (Sc-O) scale to develop a screening instrument for the identification of brain-damaged patients from a sample of 417 male psychiatric inpatients. Results show that the organics were best distinguished from process schizophrenics by the presence of high Sc-O and BVRT error scores. BVRT error scores separated organics from other psychiatric groups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - bivariate screening technique KW - differential diagnosis of brain damage vs other psychiatric groups KW - psychiatric inpatients KW - 1973 KW - Brain Damage KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23482-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23431-001 AN - 1974-23431-001 AU - Fields, Francis R. T1 - Differential efficiency of speech sounds and rhythm perception among brain damaged subjects with and without dysphasia. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 13 EP - 15 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23431-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fields, Francis R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lebanon, Pa. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Discrimination; Brain Damage; Speech Disorders; Speech Perception; Speech Rhythm. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - The performance of dysphasic male hospitalized patients on standardized speech sound and rhythm perception tests was significantly inferior to that of male patients with nondysphasic brain damage or no brain damage. Results imply that dysphasic loss includes rhythm perception, and that this perception is involved in language. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - speech sound & rhythm perception KW - dysphasic vs nondysphasic brain-damaged male hospitalized patients KW - 1973 KW - Auditory Discrimination KW - Brain Damage KW - Speech Disorders KW - Speech Perception KW - Speech Rhythm KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23431-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23331-001 AN - 1974-23331-001 AU - Obitz, Frederick W. AU - Oziel, L. Jerome AU - Unmacht, John J. T1 - General and specific perceived locus of control in delinquent drug users. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1973/// VL - 8 IS - 4 SP - 723 EP - 727 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23331-001. PMID: 4761650 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Obitz, Frederick W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Phoenix, Ariz. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19740801. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Usage; Internal External Locus of Control; Juvenile Delinquency. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - Administered Rotter's Internal-External Control Scale (I-E) and a scale designed to measure perceived locus of control of drug-taking behavior to 44 male and 36 female 12-17 yr old drug users; Ss included whites, Mexican-Americans, Indians, and blacks. Ss scored as externals on the I-E Scale but as neither internal nor external on the measure of locus of control of drug-taking behavior. Scores on the 2 scales were not significantly related. Compared with previous results, Ss were significantly more external than 18-26 yr old prisoners, black college students, and a group of urban 18 yr olds (p < .001). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - general & specific locus of control KW - 12-17 yr old delinquent drug users KW - 1973 KW - Drug Usage KW - Internal External Locus of Control KW - Juvenile Delinquency KW - 1973 DO - 10.3109/10826087309057497 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23331-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23274-001 AN - 1974-23274-001 AU - Whitmyre, John W. AU - Cohen, David T1 - Personality characteristics of psychiatric hospitalized veterans of three age ranges. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 12 EP - 15 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23274-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Whitmyre, John W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coatesville, Pa. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Military Veterans; Personality Traits; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. AB - Compared the MMPI profiles of 373 hospitalized veterans divided into 3 age groups: younger (less than 26 yrs old), middle-aged (30-40 yrs); and older (50-60 yrs). The younger group showed less tendency to internalize and somatize, less intropunitiveness and withdrawal, and greater rejection of cultural values. They were also less neurotic, were more psychotic, and had a greater incidence of personality disorders. Overall results suggest that the younger veteran is more reliant on outward-oriented and reality-bending defensive maneuvers, while middle-aged and older veterans rely on the intrapsychic devices of the neurotic. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age KW - personality traits KW - under 26 vs 30-40 vs 50-60 yr old psychiatric hospitalized veterans KW - 1973 KW - Age Differences KW - Military Veterans KW - Personality Traits KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23274-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23245-001 AN - 1974-23245-001 AU - Royer, Fred L. AU - Janowitch, Lawrence T1 - Performance of process and reactive schizophrenics on a Symbol-Digit Substitution task. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 31 EP - 33 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23245-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Royer, Fred L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brecksville, O. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intelligence Measures; Process Schizophrenia; Reactive Psychosis; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. AB - Developed 3 variant forms of the WAIS subtests measuring digit-symbol substitution. The forms used (a) WAIS symbols, (b) symbols previously shown to produce differential performance in normals, and (c) symbol sets based on rotational similarities of figures. A symbol-digit substitution was used so that the responses (digits) were consistent across forms. 3 groups of 18 process and reactive schizophrenics completed the forms. There was a significant difference between the performance of the 2 groups, with reactive schizophrenics producing more correct responses. Differences among the mean scores for the 3 forms were also significant. Explanations for this performance difference are offered. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Symbol-Digit Substitution task performance KW - process vs reactive schizophrenics KW - 1973 KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Process Schizophrenia KW - Reactive Psychosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23245-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23244-001 AN - 1974-23244-001 AU - Royer, Fred L. AU - Friedman, Steven T1 - Scanning time of schizophrenics and normals for visual designs. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 33 EP - 36 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23244-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Royer, Fred L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brecksville, O. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Process Schizophrenia; Reactive Psychosis; Schizophrenia; Visual Tracking. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. AB - Examined the time required by schizophrenics and normals to search an array in order to locate a target. Ss were 4 groups of 12 hospitalized schizophrenics (process and reactive), hospitalized normals and nonhospitalized normals. Targets were 4 T-like designs and 4 F-like designs. The target was always 1 of 4 other designs projected in a linear array. Differences between process and reactive schizophrenics were statistically significant. It is speculated that the deficiencies may be due to time required to make a decision that criterion has been met or time to access alternative responses. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual scanning time KW - process vs reactive schizophrenics KW - 1973 KW - Process Schizophrenia KW - Reactive Psychosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Visual Tracking KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23244-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23238-001 AN - 1974-23238-001 AU - Presley, J. M. AU - Ellen, Paul AU - Foshee, D. P. T1 - Environmental temperature and sleep in psychiatric patients. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 17 EP - 19 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23238-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Presley, J. M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Tuskegee, Ala. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients; Sleep; Temperature Effects. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - Monitored the sleep of 15 22-57 yr old psychiatric patients under 3 temperature conditions: 64, 74, and 84.F. Little effect of temperature on sleep was noted. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - environmental temperature KW - sleep KW - 22-57 yr old psychiatric patients KW - 1973 KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Sleep KW - Temperature Effects KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23238-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23237-001 AN - 1974-23237-001 AU - Presley, J. M. AU - Ellen, Paul AU - Foshee, D. P. T1 - Sleep phenomena in schizophrenia. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 15 EP - 17 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23237-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Presley, J. M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Tuskegee, Ala. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Schizophrenia; Sleep. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - Used EEG recordings to study the sleep patterns of 6 schizophrenics hospitalized for several months. 2 patterns emerged, characterized by either a marked reduction in Stage 4 sleep with a normal amount of REM sleep, or by a reduction in both Stage 4 and REM sleep. Differences in medication used by the 2 groups may explain this finding. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sleep patterns KW - schizophrenics KW - possible implications of medication differences KW - 1973 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Schizophrenia KW - Sleep KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23237-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23234-001 AN - 1974-23234-001 AU - Pokorny, Alex D. AU - Rawls, William E. AU - Adams, Ervin AU - Mefferd, Roy B. T1 - Depression, psychopathy, and herpesvirus type I antibodies. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1973/12// VL - 29 IS - 6 SP - 820 EP - 822 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23234-001. PMID: 4356475 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pokorny, Alex D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychiatry Service, Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19740801. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antibodies; Depression (Emotion); Personality Disorders; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1973. AB - Attempted to confirm earlier reports that antibody titers to the herpes simplex virus were significantly elevated in patients with depressive illness and psychopathic disorder. 197 Ss were studied, including 62 patients with a diagnosis of depression and 29 patients with antisocial personality or emotionally unstable personality disorder; 68 schizophrenics and 38 nonpsychiatric ambulatory patients served as controls. All Ss were adult males less than 60 yrs old. The methods of antibody assay included measurement of neutralizing antibodies and complement-fixation antibodies. No significant elevation of herpesvirus type I antibodies was found in either the depressive group or the personality disorder group. The incidence of antibody positive Ss and the titer levels tended to increase with age. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - herpesvirus type I antibody levels KW - patients with depressive illness & psychopathic disorder KW - 1973 KW - Antibodies KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Personality Disorders KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1973 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1973.04200060092014 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23234-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23173-001 AN - 1974-23173-001 AU - Golburgh, Stephen J. AU - Rotman, Charles B. T1 - The terror of life: A latent adolescent nightmare. JF - Adolescence JO - Adolescence JA - Adolescence Y1 - 1973///Win 1973 VL - 8 IS - 32 SP - 569 EP - 574 CY - US PB - Libra Publishers SN - 0001-8449 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23173-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Golburgh, Stephen J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adolescent Development; Fear; Physiological Aging. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Win 1973. AB - Discusses the 'terror of life,' a latent male adolescent syndrome involved in the patient's fear of aging. It is characterized by (a) painful and apprehensive perception that the normal physical changes that take place as one gets older are in reality the deterioration of the body, (b) terror felt as time passes, and (c) panic over the realization of eventual death. Patients manifesting this syndrome are not psychotic but are anxious and depressed. They have few meaningful social relationships; do not lead full lives; and are often lonely, shy, and passive. It is suggested that years of psychotherapy are frequently necessary for improvement and remediation of the patient's suffering. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 'terror of life' as latent syndrome KW - fear of aging KW - male adolescent KW - 1973 KW - Adolescent Development KW - Fear KW - Physiological Aging KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23173-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23148-001 AN - 1974-23148-001 AU - Comalli, Peter E. T1 - Perceptual regression in schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 29 IS - 4 SP - 433 EP - 437 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23148-001. PMID: 4766713 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Comalli, Peter E.; Veterans Administration Out Patient Clinic, Philadelphia, Pa. Release Date: 19740801. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Schizophrenia; Spatial Orientation (Perception); Visual Perception. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1973. AB - Tested the developmental hypothesis of perceptual regression with 55 male schizophrenic outpatients and 55 normal male adults. Visual perception of verticality was assessed under conditions of 30-degree left and right body tilts and starting positions of the rod. Differential effects of body tilt between normals and schizophrenics were found in support of the regression hypothesis, while no support was found for effects of starting position. In addition, perceptual performance was not related to general intelligence for either normals or schizophrenics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual perception of verticality under various body tilts KW - schizophrenic vs normal adults KW - 1973 KW - Schizophrenia KW - Spatial Orientation (Perception) KW - Visual Perception KW - 1973 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197310)29:4<433::AID-JCLP2270290409>3.0.CO;2-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23148-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23045-001 AN - 1974-23045-001 AU - Tomlinson, Russell F. AU - Wilson, David L. T1 - The effect of instructions to appear creative on test scores on creativity. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 29 EP - 31 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23045-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tomlinson, Russell F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Durham, N.C. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Creativity; Creativity Measurement; Experimental Instructions. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. AB - Administered the Welsh Figure Preference Test to 2 groups of college students. Group 1 received conventional instructions while Group 2 was told to respond as a highly creative person. Group 2 achieved significantly higher scores than Group 1. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - instructions to appear creative KW - creativity test scores KW - college students KW - 1973 KW - Creativity KW - Creativity Measurement KW - Experimental Instructions KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23045-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23031-001 AN - 1974-23031-001 AU - Pishkin, Vladimir AU - Thorne, Frederick C. T1 - A factorial study of existential state reactions. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 29 IS - 4 SP - 392 EP - 402 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23031-001. PMID: 4766707 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pishkin, Vladimir; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Release Date: 19740801. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; College Students; Prisoners; Schizophrenia; Unwed Mothers. Minor Descriptor: Achievement Motivation; Religiosity; Self-Concept; Self-Esteem; Demoralization. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1973. AB - Administered Thorne's Existential Study to 193 incarcerated felons, 89 alcoholics in a psychiatric hospital, 153 students of A. Rand's objectivist philosophy, 336 clients of an institution for unmarried mothers, 159 college students, and 388 chronic undifferentiated schizophrenics. The data were factor analyzed by principal components and varimax rotation and yielded 5 orthogonal factors. Factor 1, defined as Demoralization State, reflects failure in life and lost morale. Factor 2 involves Dependent Religiosity. Factor 3 was defined as Hope and Faith and reflects optimism and continued confidence in the future. Factor 4 involves High Self-Esteem and general positive attitudes toward life. Factor V reflects Concern Over the Human Condition and pessimistic views about the difficulties of life. Rand students reported the highest existential morale, college students and incarcerated felons showed average morale, alcoholics and unmarried mothers reported high levels of demoralization, and schizophrenics demonstrated the highest levels of disintegration. High levels of existential concern were found among all groups, indicating the pervasiveness of existential anxiety. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - factorial study of existential state reactions KW - demoralization state & dependent religiosity & hope & faith & self-esteem & concern over human condition KW - prisoners & alcoholics & unwed mothers & schizophrenics & college students KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - College Students KW - Prisoners KW - Schizophrenia KW - Unwed Mothers KW - Achievement Motivation KW - Religiosity KW - Self-Concept KW - Self-Esteem KW - Demoralization KW - 1973 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197310)29:4<392::AID-JCLP2270290403>3.0.CO;2-J UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23031-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23000-001 AN - 1974-23000-001 AU - Evans, Ronald L. AU - Mobberley, Bruce D. T1 - Post military adjustment as a function of environmental and social change. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 7 EP - 9 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23000-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Evans, Ronald L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Seattle, Wash. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Psychosocial Readjustment; Social Change. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - Presents an overview of the data collected in an attempt to ascertain the descriptive nature of a sample of self-designated 'needy' Vietnam Era veterans. Information concerning time in service, dependents, education, disability, and employment status is provided. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - environmental & social change KW - post military adjustment KW - needy Vietnam Era veterans KW - 1973 KW - Military Veterans KW - Psychosocial Readjustment KW - Social Change KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23000-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-22989-001 AN - 1974-22989-001 AU - Bursten, Ben T1 - Some narcissistic personality types. JF - The International Journal of Psychoanalysis JO - The International Journal of Psychoanalysis JA - Int J Psychoanal Y1 - 1973/// VL - 54 IS - 3 SP - 287 EP - 300 CY - United Kingdom PB - Institute of Psycho-Analysis SN - 0020-7578 SN - 1745-8315 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-22989-001. Other Journal Title: International Review of Psycho-Analysis. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bursten, Ben; Veterans Administration Hosp., New Haven, Conn. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19740801. Correction Date: 20140120. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Narcissism; Narcissistic Personality Disorder. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - Suggests that instinctual development is of basic importance in understanding variations in character. The narcissistic personality may have transient episodes of fragmentation but recovers his sense of self easily. The main task of this personality type is to achieve the bliss and contentment characteristic of the primary narcissistic state, implying a reunion of the self which must be very grand with an object which must be powerful and nourishing. 4 types of narcissistic personalities are suggested: the craving, the paranoid, the manipulative, and the phallic. These types represent a progression both in terms of the instinctual stage predominantly represented in the execution of the narcissistic central task (reunion) and in the degree of separation and individuation. Case examples are provided. (60 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - narcissistic personality types KW - 1973 KW - Narcissism KW - Narcissistic Personality Disorder KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-22989-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-22859-001 AN - 1974-22859-001 AU - Stenger, Charles A. T1 - Life style shock: The psychological experience of being an American prisoner of war in the Vietnam conflict. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 1 EP - 4 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-22859-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stenger, Charles A.; Veterans Administration, Washington, D.C. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotional Adjustment; Personality Change; Prisoners of War; Psychological Stress. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. AB - Describes the intense psychological impact of becoming a prisoner of war (POW). The sources of information used to delineate these experiences include (a) studies of POWs from World War II and Korea, (b) Department of Defense interviews with Vietnam-era servicemen who escaped or were released, and (c) the analysis of experts. The life-style shock that occurs when the prisoner is cut off from the life which he was used to, he identified with, and which counted for something reoccurs when he is released. As a prisoner, the active, self-responsible life-style is lost and replaced by a passive, compliant one that does not reinforce self-esteem. 'Gearing down' is one way of decribing the adaptive process. Attention that cannot be directed toward important activities is redistributed. Then, freedom brings the need to reverse this adaptive process-to have to make decisions, not to expect disappointment, and to reintegrate oneself. Interpersonal relationships upon return must be forthright and communicative. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - life style shock KW - psychological impact KW - American prisoners of war KW - 1973 KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - Personality Change KW - Prisoners of War KW - Psychological Stress KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-22859-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-22842-001 AN - 1974-22842-001 AU - Mellett, Thomas P. T1 - Attitudes and personal values of Vietnam veterans. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 4 EP - 9 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-22842-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mellett, Thomas P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pittsburgh, Pa. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitudes; Military Veterans; Personal Values. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. AB - Conducted semistructured interviews with 130 normal Vietnam veterans in an attempt to understand the values of the population group from which most patients in a Veterans Administration hospital were drawn. Results show that about 75% of the Ss were firstborn or second-born children of large families. The fathers, almost always less educated than the veterans and with no special vocational training, usually supported their families by working as skilled or unskilled laborers. Data confirm the thesis that the Vietnam conflict is a poor man's war yet these veterans did not seem to perceive themselves as members of an oppressed minority. When Ss were asked to rate the relative importance of 9 values, the following rank order (from most to least important) was obtained: independence, family, achievement, financial security, peace of mind, social concern, patriotism, sociability, and sexual attractiveness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - attitudes & personal values KW - Vietnam veterans KW - 1973 KW - Attitudes KW - Military Veterans KW - Personal Values KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-22842-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-22760-001 AN - 1974-22760-001 AU - Lewis, Charles N. T1 - The adaptive value of reminiscing in old age. JF - Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry JO - Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry JA - J Geriatr Psychiatry Y1 - 1973/// VL - 6 IS - 1 SP - 117 EP - 121 CY - US PB - International Universities Press SN - 0022-1414 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-22760-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lewis, Charles N.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Bedford, Mass. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Depression (Emotion); Memory; Pessimism; Stress. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - Explores the vital psychological function served by retrospective memories when elderly persons are attempting to cope with stress. The retired person has lost many valued social bonds and derives pleasure from his memories of them. Such memories seem resistant to deterioration and may be a defense against hopelessness and depression. The theory of cognitive dissonance is used to explain why this behavior is helpful. It is suggested that this pattern of reminiscing be respected and promoted for its therapeutic value rather than dismissed as garrulous behavior of no consequence. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - retrospective memory KW - coping with hopelessness & depression KW - aged KW - 1973 KW - Coping Behavior KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Memory KW - Pessimism KW - Stress KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-22760-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-22448-001 AN - 1974-22448-001 AU - Houser, Vincent P. AU - Pare, William P. T1 - Analgesic potency of sodium salicylate, indomethacin, and chlordiazepoxide as measured by the spatial preference technique in the rat. JF - Psychopharmacologia JO - Psychopharmacologia Y1 - 1973/// VL - 32 IS - 2 SP - 121 EP - 131 CY - Germany PB - Springer N1 - Accession Number: 1974-22448-001. PMID: 4753530 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Houser, Vincent P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pavlovian Research Lab., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Analgesic Drugs; Chlordiazepoxide; Drugs; Preferences; Spatial Perception. Minor Descriptor: Rats; Salicylates. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - Measured the analgesic potency of various doses of sodium salicylate (150, 200, 250, 300, 350 mg/kg), indomethacin (1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 5.0 mg/kg), and chlordiazepoxide (2.5, 5.0, 10.0, 20.0 mg/kg), using the spatial preference technique. All 3 agents were active in a wide range of doses indicating that this technique is sensitive to the weak analgesics. 18 male Sprague-Dawley rats served as Ss. Chlordiazepoxide may be able to impair the aversive qualities of electric shock, thus reducing the S's motivation to escape the noxious stimulus. A procedure for computing ED50 estimates was also presented along with a summary of the ED50 values for several standard narcotic and narcotic antagonist analgesics. Since this procedure is a reliable and sensitive index of drug-induced analgesia, it should be useful as a screening procedure in evaluating the analgesic potency of a wide variety of chemical agents. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - analgesic potency of sodium salicylate & indomethacin & chlordiazepoxide KW - spatial preference KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Analgesic Drugs KW - Chlordiazepoxide KW - Drugs KW - Preferences KW - Spatial Perception KW - Rats KW - Salicylates KW - 1973 DO - 10.1007/BF00428683 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-22448-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-22447-001 AN - 1974-22447-001 AU - Houser, Vincent P. AU - Houser, Frances L. T1 - The effects of agents that modify muscarinic tone upon behavior controlled by an avoidance schedule that employs signaled unavoidable shock. JF - Psychopharmacologia JO - Psychopharmacologia Y1 - 1973/// VL - 32 IS - 2 SP - 133 EP - 150 CY - Germany PB - Springer N1 - Accession Number: 1974-22447-001. PMID: 4201840 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Houser, Vincent P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pavlovian Research Lab., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Conditioned Suppression; Drugs; Pilocarpine; Shock. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys; Scopolamine. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - Subjected 6 male squirrel monkeys (Saimiri sciureus) to a Sidman nondiscriminated avoidance schedule that superimposed CS-unavoidable shock pairings upon the ongoing avoidance behavior. 4 Ss demonstrated facilitated avoidance response rates during the CS and 2 demonstrated suppressed rates. Scopolamine hydrobromide (.06, 125, .50, 1.0 mg/kg) reversed these patterns causing the facilitators to suppress and vice versa. Scopolamine hydrobromide (.50, 1.0 mg/kg) also led to a reliable reduction in overall response rate and an increase in the number of shocks received. Neither scopolamine methylbromide (.50, 1.0 mg/kg), a peripheral acting anticholinergic, nor pilocarpine nitrate (1.25, 2.50 mg/kg), a muscarinic stimulant, produced any reliable effects upon avoidance behavior. Results indicate that the central acting antimuscarinic agent, scopolamine hydrobromide, may be able to reduce level of fear motivation either directly by interfering with cholinergic systems that mediate fear or by producing decrements in memory processes that are needed for animals to fully appreciate the aversive qualities of the CS. (25 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - scopolamine hydrobromide & methylbromide & pilocarpine nitrate KW - shock avoidance KW - monkeys KW - 1973 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Conditioned Suppression KW - Drugs KW - Pilocarpine KW - Shock KW - Monkeys KW - Scopolamine KW - 1973 DO - 10.1007/BF00428684 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-22447-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-22313-001 AN - 1974-22313-001 AU - Russell, Elbert W. T1 - Reanalysis of Halstead's biological intelligence factor matrix. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1973/12// VL - 37 IS - 3 SP - 699 EP - 705 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-22313-001. PMID: 4764494 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Russell, Elbert W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Miami, Fla. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Factor Analysis; Intelligence; Statistical Correlation. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1973. AB - Indicates that a recent study by E. W. Russell (see record [rid]1971-25335-001[/rid]) did not duplicate W. C. Halstead's 1947 work on factors of biological intelligence. As an approach to understanding this finding, Halstead's original correlation matrix was subjected to the same orthogonal principal components analysis used in Russell's study as well as an orthogonal and an oblique factor analysis using communalities. All of Halstead's factors appeared in these analyses. The failure to duplicate Halstead's work was evidently not due to use of different factoring methods. In a 2nd analysis which reduced the number of Halstead's variables to the number used by Russell, one of Halstead's factors (P) did not appear. This factor represented tests measuring the visual threshold and appears to be primarily a perceptual factor. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - orthogonal principal components analysis & orthogonal & oblique factor analysis using communalities KW - biological intelligence factor matrix of W. C. Halstead KW - 1973 KW - Factor Analysis KW - Intelligence KW - Statistical Correlation KW - 1973 DO - 10.2466/pms.1973.37.3.699 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-22313-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-22071-001 AN - 1974-22071-001 AU - Gordon, Norman G. AU - Swart, Edward C. T1 - A comparison of the Harris-Lingoes subscales between the original standardization population and an inpatient Veterans Administration hospital population. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 28 EP - 31 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-22071-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gordon, Norman G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Allen Park, Mich. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychiatric Patients; Test Standardization. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - Compared the normative scores obtained by the standardization sample on R. E. Harris and J. C. Lingoes's (1955) MMPI subscales with the scores obtained by 50 male psychiatric patients. Implications of the score differences obtained in the 2 samples are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Harris-Lingoes MMPI subscales normative scores KW - standardization sample vs male psychiatric patients KW - 1973 KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Test Standardization KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-22071-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-21610-001 AN - 1974-21610-001 AU - Tomsovic, Milan AU - Edwards, Robert V. T1 - Cerebral electrotherapy for tension-related symptoms in alcoholics. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1973/12// VL - 34 IS - 4-A SP - 1352 EP - 1355 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-21610-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tomsovic, Milan; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sheridan, Wyo. Release Date: 19740701. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Anxiety; Electrical Brain Stimulation; Headache; Insomnia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1973. AB - Administered electrosedation treatment or simulated treatment to 40 volunteer male alcoholics (mean age, 44 yrs) for 30 min/day for 5 days. Approximately 75% of the Ss in each group reported slight improvement to complete remission of anxiety, sleep problems, stomach disorders, and headaches. The assumption that cerebral electrotherapy is beneficial in reducing tension-related neurotic symptoms is questioned. Possible causes of the high placebo effect are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cerebral electrotherapy vs simulated treatment KW - tension-related symptoms KW - male alcoholics KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Anxiety KW - Electrical Brain Stimulation KW - Headache KW - Insomnia KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-21610-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-21446-001 AN - 1974-21446-001 AU - Carter, Thomas N. T1 - The relationship of lithium carbonate to psoriasis. JF - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JO - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JA - Psychosomatics Y1 - 1972/09// VL - 13 IS - 5 SP - 325 EP - 327 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0033-3182 SN - 1545-7206 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-21446-001. PMID: 4277720 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carter, Thomas N.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19740701. Correction Date: 20130923. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Lithium Carbonate; Side Effects (Drug); Skin Disorders. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1972. AB - Reports 3 cases which indicate a possible causal relationship between lithium carbonate treatment and exacerbation of psoriasis. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lithium carbonate KW - exacerbation of psoriasis KW - 1972 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Lithium Carbonate KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Skin Disorders KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/S0033-3182(72)71404-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-21446-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-21401-001 AN - 1974-21401-001 AU - Erickson, Richard C. T1 - The vulnerable hero: Theology and the goals of therapy. JF - Journal of Religion and Health JO - Journal of Religion and Health JA - J Relig Health Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 12 IS - 4 SP - 328 EP - 336 CY - US PB - Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers SN - 0022-4197 SN - 1573-6571 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-21401-001. PMID: 24415142 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Erickson, Richard C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Day Hosp. Unit, Seattle, Wash. Release Date: 19740701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychotherapy; Religion. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1973. AB - Discusses the semantics and philosophy of not-so-perfect heroes (vulnerable heroes). It is maintained that the myth of the rugged individual-the invulnerable hero-predominates in the American consciousness. This ideal promises security to the striving person by suggesting that cleverness and effort lead to invulnerability. Therapists are faced with such expectancies generally as clients come to them, and they are in turn tempted to act like invulnerable heroes. In order to achieve remediation of maladaptations or mental illnesses, however, they must teach reality orientation, i.e., how to live vulnerably. It is also suggested that Christianity's God is not like the Greek gods-invulnerable-but rather chooses to make Himself vulnerable. He is not viewed as forcing people and he appears weak and powerless in a world that crucifies him. It is further argued that striving toward invulnerability (superiority?) leads to loneliness. Reality orientation, on the other hand, leads to satisfaction as an interacting member in a community. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - religious examples & expectancies in psychotherapy KW - concept of vulnerable hero KW - 1973 KW - Psychotherapy KW - Religion KW - 1973 DO - 10.1007/BF01532421 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-21401-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-21303-001 AN - 1974-21303-001 AU - Wallen, Vincent T1 - A study of the self-concepts of adolescent stutterers. JF - Psychologia: An International Journal of Psychology in the Orient JO - Psychologia: An International Journal of Psychology in the Orient JA - Psychologia Y1 - 1973/12// VL - 16 IS - 4 SP - 191 EP - 200 CY - Japan PB - Psychologia Society SN - 0033-2852 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-21303-001. Other Journal Title: Psychologia: An International Journal of Psychological Sciences. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wallen, Vincent; Veterans Administration Hosp., Hampton, Va. Release Date: 19740701. Correction Date: 20090907. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Self-Concept; Stuttering. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1973. AB - Presents a general description of stuttering and its cure. The study was undertaken to determine whether adolescent stutterers and nonstutterers differ in their self-concepts and to determine the differences between the personalities of stutterers and nonstutterers. The nature of the self-concept is discussed. The Q-sort technique is described and also the Q-sort instrument used in this study. Ss consisted of male stutterers and nonstutterers attending public or diocesan schools in the greater Boston area. Adolescent male stutterers exhibited a lower actual-self-concept ideal-self-concept relationship (p < .01). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality & self-concept KW - adolescent stutterers vs nonstutterers KW - 1973 KW - Self-Concept KW - Stuttering KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-21303-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-21213-001 AN - 1974-21213-001 AU - Knox, Wilma J. T1 - Attitudes of social workers and other professional groups toward alcoholism. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1973/12// VL - 34 IS - 4-A SP - 1270 EP - 1278 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-21213-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Knox, Wilma J.; Veterans Administration Center, Biloxi, Miss. Release Date: 19740701. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Attitude Similarity; Psychotherapist Attitudes; Social Workers; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholics Anonymous; Attitude Measurement. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1973. AB - Surveyed 588 Veterans Administration social workers about attitudes toward alcoholism and the treatment of alcoholics. Alcoholism was defined as an escape mechanism by 68%, as a symptom complex by 67%, a disease by 65%, and as a behavior problem by 60%. The chief causes of alcoholism were believed to be conflict over dependency (73%), excessive dependency (63%), and low tension tolerance (63%). Abstinence was considered the criterion of successful treatment by 74%. Alcoholics Anonymous and group psychotherapy were the preferred treatments (79 and 67%, respectively). Hospitalization was supported, although 80% thought the prognosis was poor. Results are compared with previous surveys of psychiatrists and psychologists. It is concluded that social workers are more highly motivated to treat alcoholics and more consistent in their attitudes toward alcoholism than either psychologists or psychiatrists. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - definition & causes & criterion of successful treatment KW - attitudes toward alcoholism & treatment of alcoholics KW - social workers vs psychologists & psychiatrists KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Attitude Similarity KW - Psychotherapist Attitudes KW - Social Workers KW - Treatment KW - Alcoholics Anonymous KW - Attitude Measurement KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-21213-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-21212-001 AN - 1974-21212-001 AU - King, W. H. AU - Tucker, K. M. T1 - Dental problems of alcoholic and nonalcoholic psychiatric patients. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1973/12// VL - 34 IS - 4-A SP - 1208 EP - 1211 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-21212-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: King, W. H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Canandaigua, N.Y. Release Date: 19740701. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Dental Treatment. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1973. AB - Compared the dental records of 347 white male alcoholics and 347 nonalcoholic neuropsychiatric patients matched for age and employment status. The degree of neglect was greater among the alcoholics on all parameters, including incidence of caries (found in 56% of the alcoholics vs 48% of controls), periodontal disease (86 vs 74%), attrition (28 vs 11%), and functional original dentition (33 vs 54%). Although more alcoholics wore dentures, their prostheses were less serviceable. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dental problems KW - degree of neglect KW - male alcoholics vs nonalcoholic neuropsychiatric patients KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Dental Treatment KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-21212-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-21194-001 AN - 1974-21194-001 AU - Cermak, Laird S. AU - Butters, Nelson T1 - Information processing deficits of alcoholic Korsakoff patients. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1973/12// VL - 34 IS - 4-A SP - 1110 EP - 1132 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-21194-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cermak, Laird S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19740701. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Cognitive Processes; Korsakoffs Psychosis; Short Term Memory. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 23. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1973. AB - Reviews studies of information processing deficits of alcoholics hospitalized with Korsakoff's syndrome. Short-term memory deficit appears to be directly related to the inability of Korsakoff patients to analyze spontaneously the content of verbal information; unless instructed to do otherwise they tend to rely on acoustic and associative analysis of verbal information. Nonverbal information is easily retained, indicating that different mechanisms are involved in encoding the 2 types of information. The temporary memory loss reported in intoxicated Ss ('blackouts') may also reflect a failure in the semantic encoding of verbal information, possibly through depression of the activity of the hippocampus. (28 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Korsakoff's syndrome KW - information processing deficits KW - hospitalized alcoholics KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Korsakoffs Psychosis KW - Short Term Memory KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-21194-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-21133-001 AN - 1974-21133-001 AU - Kramer, Milton AU - Roth, Thomas T1 - A comparison of dream content in laboratory dream reports of schizophrenic and depressive patient groups. JF - Comprehensive Psychiatry JO - Comprehensive Psychiatry JA - Compr Psychiatry Y1 - 1973/07// VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 325 EP - 329 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0010-440X SN - 1532-8384 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-21133-001. PMID: 4353392 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kramer, Milton; Veterans Administration Hosp., Cincinnati, O. Release Date: 19740701. Correction Date: 20160407. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depression (Emotion); Dream Content; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1973. AB - Compared the content of REM-dream reports of 5 male and 5 female depressed and 11 male and 2 female schizophrenic patients. Dream reports were collected from awakenings initiated 5 min after the onset of each REM period. The depressed Ss had 48 nights of REM awakening during which 177 wakenings were made yielding 91 dreams, a dream recall rate of 51%. The schizophrenic Ss had a dream recall rate of 71%. Results indicate that (a) the dream report was a form of verbal behavior; (b) if the report reflects the emotional state of the dreamer, then depressed and schizophrenic Ss differed in their subjective life; and (c) the continuity of mental life. Implications for a functional theory of the dream are considered moderately positive. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dream content in laboratory dream reports KW - schizophrenic vs depressed patients KW - 1973 KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Dream Content KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0010-440X(73)90024-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-21133-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-21113-001 AN - 1974-21113-001 AU - DeWolfe, Alan S. AU - Konieczny, Joseph A. T1 - Responsiveness in schizophrenia. JF - Journal of Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Personality Assessment JA - J Pers Assess Y1 - 1973/12// VL - 37 IS - 6 SP - 568 EP - 573 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0022-3891 SN - 1532-7752 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-21113-001. PMID: 4766743 Other Journal Title: Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: DeWolfe, Alan S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19740701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aesthetic Preferences; Music; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1973. AB - Compared the music preferences of 7 reactive and 12 process schizophrenics after a 2-wk drug-free period from tranquilizers (phenothiazine). Groups did not differ significantly in age, IQ, symptom severity, length of hospitalization, or physiological arousal. A preference for relaxing over stimulating music was viewed as indicating greater responsiveness and capacity to differentiate among external stimuli. Based on a theory of schizophrenic deficit proposing different levels of cognitive development and responsivity in process and reactive schizophrenics, reactives were predicted to have stronger preferences for relaxing music. Results support the prediction (p < .05) and are discussed in terms of theories of attention to auditory phenomena. (26 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - music preferences KW - reactive & process schizophrenics KW - 1973 KW - Aesthetic Preferences KW - Music KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1973 DO - 10.1080/00223891.1973.10119924 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-21113-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-21112-001 AN - 1974-21112-001 AU - Davis, William E. AU - Mozdzierz, Gerald J. AU - Macchitelli, Frank J. T1 - Loss of discriminative 'power' of the MMPI with older psychiatric patients. JF - Journal of Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Personality Assessment JA - J Pers Assess Y1 - 1973/12// VL - 37 IS - 6 SP - 555 EP - 558 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0022-3891 SN - 1532-7752 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-21112-001. PMID: 4148858 Other Journal Title: Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, William E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, St. Cloud, Minn. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19740701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1973. AB - Administered the MMPI to 4 groups of 20 hospitalized male patients in ages (18-28 yrs vs 45-59 yrs) and psychiatric diagnosis (schizophrenic vs nonschizophrenic). The MMPI discriminated between young schizophrenic and nonschizophrenic Ss but did not discriminate between older schizophrenic and nonschizophrenic Ss (p < .05). The apparent loss of discriminative 'power' of the MMPI with older Ss is interpreted as supporting the importance of the often overlooked nonpathological characteristics of the psychological test S. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discriminative power of MMPI KW - schizophrenic vs nonschizophrenic 18-28 vs 45-59 yr olds KW - 1973 KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1973 DO - 10.1080/00223891.1973.10119922 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-21112-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-20962-001 AN - 1974-20962-001 AU - Fischer, Roland T1 - On separateness and oneness: An I-self dialogue. JF - Confinia Psychiatrica JO - Confinia Psychiatrica Y1 - 1972/// VL - 15 IS - 3-4 SP - 165 EP - 194 CY - Switzerland PB - S Karger AG N1 - Accession Number: 1974-20962-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fischer, Roland; Veterans Administration Hosp., Drug Treatment & Research Center, Washington, D.C. Release Date: 19740701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Life Experiences; Perception; Self-Actualization. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 30. Issue Publication Date: 1972. AB - Presents a model of human consciousness as a way of understanding the role which experience plays in various states of mind. The 'layers' of self-awareness are regarded as symbolic (perceptual-behavioral) or cortical interpretations of subcortical activity, i.e., states of mind which are experienced along a continuum made up of the perception-hallucination and perception-mediation continua. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - human consciousness model KW - 1972 KW - Life Experiences KW - Perception KW - Self-Actualization KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-20962-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CONF ID - 1974-20820-000 AN - 1974-20820-000 AU - Curtin, Mary E. T1 - Symposium on love. Y1 - 1973/// CY - Pasadena, CA, US PB - Behavioral Publications N1 - Accession Number: 1974-20820-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Curtin, Mary E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lexington, Ky. Release Date: 19740701. Publication Type: Book (0200). Format Covered: Print. Book Type: Conference Proceedings. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interpersonal Attraction; Love. Classification: Social Psychology (3000). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 244. AB - Presents 12 symposium papers on psychological and sociological aspects of love and how and why it is important for individuals. Topics include love in the black experience, alternatives to romantic love, homosexuality, and the problem of sexual contact between patient and therapist. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological & sociological aspects KW - love KW - symposium papers KW - 1973 KW - Interpersonal Attraction KW - Love KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-20820-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-12072-001 AN - 1974-12072-001 AU - Holmstrom, Valerie L. AU - Beach, Lee R. T1 - Subjective expected utility and career preferences. JF - Organizational Behavior & Human Performance JO - Organizational Behavior & Human Performance JA - Organ Behav Hum Perform Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 201 EP - 207 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0030-5073 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-12072-001. Other Journal Title: Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Holmstrom, Valerie L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, Brockton, Mass. Release Date: 19740601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: College Students; Expectations; Occupational Mobility; Occupational Preference. Classification: Industrial & Organizational Psychology (3600). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1973. AB - 40 undergraduate psychology majors rated the relative preferability of 8 psychological occupations, the probabilities that each occupation would lead to satisfactory levels of each of 18 kinds of outcomes, and the utilities of the outcomes. The probabilities and utilities were used to compute subjective expected utilities (SEUs) for each of the occupations. Then, for each S, the relative magnitudes of the SEU's were correlated with the relative preferability of the psychological occupations; the mean correlation was .83. Differences in utilities for Ss who preferred different psychological occupations were examined. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - subjective expected utility KW - relative preferability of 8 psychological occupations KW - psychology majors KW - 1973 KW - College Students KW - Expectations KW - Occupational Mobility KW - Occupational Preference KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0030-5073(73)90013-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-12072-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-11806-001 AN - 1974-11806-001 AU - Schwebel, Mary C. AU - Brookshire, Robert H. T1 - Aphasia complicated by hypercalcemia. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JA - J Speech Hear Disord Y1 - 1972/11// VL - 37 IS - 4 SP - 542 EP - 547 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Association SN - 0022-4677 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-11806-001. PMID: 4648943 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schwebel, Mary C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Minneapolis, Minn. Release Date: 19740601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Blood and Lymphatic Disorders; Blood Proteins; Speech Disorders; Surgery. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Parathyroid Disorders. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1972. AB - Reports the speech and language performance of a 55-yr-old man with aphasia and progressive hypercalcemia. After initial evaluation of his speech and language functions, the S developed increasing hypercalcemia. As this progressed, speech and language performance deteriorated. Surgical removal of a parathyroid adenoma resolved the hypercalcemia, and the S's speech and language performance improved precipitously. Major recovery occurred in tasks involving formulation and comprehension, but no apparent improvement in motor speech abilities appeared. The course of increasing disability before surgery and the recovery of speech and language functions after it suggest that hypercalcemia interferes with higher mental processes in general and that speech and language disturbances may result from this interference. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - surgical removal of parathyroid adenoma KW - hypercalcemic speech & language disorders KW - 55-yr-old aphasic KW - 1972 KW - Aphasia KW - Blood and Lymphatic Disorders KW - Blood Proteins KW - Speech Disorders KW - Surgery KW - Case Report KW - Parathyroid Disorders KW - 1972 DO - 10.1044/jshd.3704.542 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-11806-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-11716-001 AN - 1974-11716-001 AU - Miller, Peter M. T1 - Behavioral treatment of drug addiction: A review. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1973/// VL - 8 IS - 3 SP - 511 EP - 519 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-11716-001. Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Miller, Peter M.; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19740601. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Modification; Drug Addiction. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - Reviews literature on behavioral modification techniques used in the treatment of drug addiction (e.g., aversive conditioning, relaxation training, and token economies). The need for more extensive analyses using adequate control methods, objective measurement systems, and systematic follow-up data is discussed. (30 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavioral modification techniques KW - drug addiction KW - 1973 KW - Behavior Modification KW - Drug Addiction KW - 1973 DO - 10.3109/10826087309062051 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-11716-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-11677-001 AN - 1974-11677-001 AU - Soskin, Robert A. T1 - The use of LSD in time-limited psychotherapy. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1973/12// VL - 157 IS - 6 SP - 410 EP - 419 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-11677-001. PMID: 4148471 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Soskin, Robert A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Release Date: 19740601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Lysergic Acid Diethylamide; Psychiatric Patients; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Somatoform Disorders. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1973. AB - Assigned 21 psychosomatic and 7 nonpsychotic psychiatric inpatients to 2 psychotherapy groups: 1 group received 5 LSD sessions (mean age = 42.7), and the other (mean age = 39.6) received 5 placebo drug sessions (methylphenidate and chlordiazepoxide) during the course of psychotherapy. Ss were seen 2 times/wk for 13 wks for psychotherapy interviews in addition to the drug sessions. As measured by a battery of psychological tests and rating scales (e.g., MMPI, 16 PF, Wittenborn Psychiatric Rating Scale, and the California Q-Set), there were no differential effects of treatment, as both groups improved to a modest extent. 20 Ss were followed up after 18 mo; the few differences found between groups favored the placebo Ss, who, according to self-reports, were more emotionally stable, conscientious, and more socially precise than the LSD group. Gains in level of adjustment were maintained at 18 mo regardless of type of treatment. It is suggested that LSD is of minimal value as an adjunct to clinical psychotherapy in treating marginally motivated and psychologically unsophisticated patients. (18 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - LSD KW - time-limited psychotherapy KW - psychosomatic & nonpsychotic psychiatric inpatients KW - 1973 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Lysergic Acid Diethylamide KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Somatoform Disorders KW - 1973 DO - 10.1097/00005053-197312000-00002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-11677-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-11570-001 AN - 1974-11570-001 AU - O'Connell, Walter E. T1 - Adlerian action therapy technique. JF - Journal of Individual Psychology JO - Journal of Individual Psychology JA - J Individ Psychol Y1 - 1972/11// VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 184 EP - 191 CY - US PB - University of Texas at Austin SN - 0022-1805 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-11570-001. PMID: 4648099 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Connell, Walter E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19740601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adler (Alfred); Psychotherapeutic Techniques. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1972. AB - Discusses A. Adler's action therapy as conceived in a Human Relations Training Laboratory. The problem of therapy was to move the participant from the conviction that he is largely controlled by external forces to the realization of the initiative that is actually his. The major vehicle through which internal control was taught was the development group (D-group). A D-group consisted of 8 to 12 male patients who built from 'scratch' a miniature society of 4 wks duration and who set their own goals and procedures for living together. The action therapy lecturette consisting of a brief talk on Adlerian theory of mental disorder is described. The action sessions require group members to volunteer as protagonists (i.e., to contribute their problems to the group). The final 2 wks of the program were devoted again to D-group functioning. It is noted that, of over 200 patients who have served as protagonists, very few have returned for further treatment. (21 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Adlerian action therapy technique KW - 1972 KW - Adler (Alfred) KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-11570-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-11529-001 AN - 1974-11529-001 AU - Sefer, Joyce W. T1 - A case study demonstrating the value of aphasia therapy. JF - British Journal of Disorders of Communication JO - British Journal of Disorders of Communication JA - Br J Disord Commun Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 8 IS - 2 SP - 99 EP - 104 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0007-098X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-11529-001. PMID: 4753222 Other Journal Title: European Journal of Disorders of Communication; International Journal of Language & Communication Disorders. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sefer, Joyce W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Neurology Service, Minneapolis, Minn. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19740601. Correction Date: 20120806. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Case Report; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1973. AB - Presents a case history of a man treated successfully for severe aphasia 9 mo after the accepted period of spontaneous recovery (3 mo). It is considered that since the patient made little progress for the 9 mo after onset, he served as his own 'control,' and his improvement was due to therapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - successful aphasia therapy KW - case report KW - 1973 KW - Aphasia KW - Case Report KW - Treatment KW - 1973 DO - 10.3109/13682827309011594 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-11529-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-11454-001 AN - 1974-11454-001 AU - Goldstein, Gerald AU - Shelly, Carolyn H. T1 - Univariate vs multivariate analysis in neuropsychological test assessment of lateralized brain damage. JF - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JO - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JA - Cortex Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 204 EP - 216 CY - Italy PB - Masson Italia SN - 0010-9452 SN - 1973-8102 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-11454-001. PMID: 4744365 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Gerald; Veterans Administration Hosp., Research Service, Topeka, Kan. Other Publishers: Elsevier Masson SAS. Release Date: 19740601. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Cerebral Dominance; Diagnosis; Statistical Analysis. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. AB - Compared univariate with multivariate statistical procedures in regard to accuracy of prediction of lateralization of brain lesions. Utilizing measures derived from the Halstead Neuropsychological Test Battery, the WAIS, and other neuropsychological tests, discrimination was attempted through single test score t test analysis, utilization of factor scores, and discriminant function analysis. Ss were 26 patients with left hemisphere and 22 patients with right hemisphere lesions. It was found that while the single variable and factor score methods did not differ substantially from each other in predictive power, the discriminant analysis method was clearly superior. It is concluded that cerebral lateralization is a complex phenomenon that is best approached by multivariate methods rather than by attempting to conceptualize it through some single test or principle. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - univariate vs multivariate statistical analysis KW - prediction of lateralization of brain lesions KW - patients with left & right hemisphere lesions KW - 1973 KW - Brain Damage KW - Cerebral Dominance KW - Diagnosis KW - Statistical Analysis KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/S0010-9452(73)80029-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-11454-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-11453-001 AN - 1974-11453-001 AU - Gardner, Howard AU - Boller, Francois AU - Moreines, Judith AU - Butters, Nelson T1 - Retrieving information from Korsakoff patients: Effects of categorical cues and reference to the task. JF - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JO - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JA - Cortex Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 165 EP - 175 CY - Italy PB - Masson Italia SN - 0010-9452 SN - 1973-8102 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-11453-001. PMID: 4744361 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gardner, Howard; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Elsevier Masson SAS. Release Date: 19740601. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cues; Human Information Storage; Korsakoffs Psychosis; Recall (Learning). Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. AB - Tested the hypothesis that the configuration of results would suggest which aspects of memory are relatively better preserved among patients with Korsakoff's syndrome. A group of Korsakoff patients were rehearsed on a list of words and the categories to which these words belonged. Following a delay period, recall was tested under 3 conditions: reference to the task, reference to the task and cuing with the appropriate category, and cuing with the appropriate category without reference to the task. While non-Korsakoff alcoholic patients displayed excellent recall as long as the task was mentioned, Korsakoff patients required both cues for adequate recall. A number of further analyses revealed that the response patterns of the Korsakoff patients were altered irrespective of the type of cuing. Findings are discussed in terms of the kinds of mnemonic capacities which are preserved and impaired in Korsakoff patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - categorical cues & reference to task KW - recall KW - Korsakoff patients KW - 1973 KW - Cues KW - Human Information Storage KW - Korsakoffs Psychosis KW - Recall (Learning) KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/S0010-9452(73)80025-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-11453-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-11452-001 AN - 1974-11452-001 AU - Gardner, Howard AU - Denes, Gianfranco T1 - Connotative judgments by aphasic patients on a pictorial adaptation of the semantic differential. JF - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JO - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JA - Cortex Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 183 EP - 196 CY - Italy PB - Masson Italia SN - 0010-9452 SN - 1973-8102 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-11452-001. PMID: 4744363 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gardner, Howard; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Elsevier Masson SAS. Release Date: 19740601. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Connotations; Semantic Differential; Word Meaning. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. AB - Examined the degree of impairment in connotative sensitivity found among aphasic patients and the relation between comprehension deficits of connotation and comprehension deficits or denotation in this group. A modified pictorial version of the semantic differential was administered to a group of aphasic patients in order to determine their sensitivity to the connotative or expressive meanings of spoken words. Ss' performance on this test of connotative comprehension correlated highly with their performance on tests of denotative comprehension; in addition, the performance of the various S groups on the test of connotation was consistent with established findings about the extent of comprehension deficits in various forms of aphasia. Contrary to earlier findings, comprehension of the connotation of abstract nouns was as well-preserved as comprehension of the connotation of concrete nouns. There was, however, an unexpectedly anomalous performance on the part of a small group of right-hemisphere brain-damaged Ss. The complex nature of connotative meaning and the relationship between comprehension of denotation and connotation is considered. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - pictorial version of semantic differential KW - impairment of connotative sensitivity & relation between comprehension of denotation & connotation KW - aphasics KW - 1973 KW - Aphasia KW - Connotations KW - Semantic Differential KW - Word Meaning KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/S0010-9452(73)80027-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-11452-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-11419-001 AN - 1974-11419-001 AU - Boller, François AU - Boller, Mariella AU - Denes, Gianfranco AU - Timberlake, William H. AU - Zieper, Irving AU - Albert, Martin T1 - Familial palilalia. JF - Neurology JO - Neurology Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 23 IS - 10 SP - 1117 EP - 1125 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0028-3878 SN - 1526-632X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-11419-001. PMID: 4795427 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boller, François; Veterans Administration Hospital, Neurology Service, Cleveland, O. Release Date: 19740601. Correction Date: 20131118. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Case Report; Repetition Compulsion; Speech Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1973. AB - Palilalia, a disorder of speech characterized by compulsive repetition of a phrase or word, has been described in several acquired conditions, mainly pseudobulbar palsy and postencephalitic parkinsonism. The occurrence of palilalia is reported in a mother and son who also had chorea, dementia, and extensive symmetrical intracerebral calcifications. Analysis of this rare combination of clinical features plus a review of other reported cases of palilalia suggest the tentative hypothesis that palilalia is the speech counterpart of other clinical disinhibition phenomena (e.g., the emotional incontinence of pseudobulbar palsy). Palilalia may be to speech what chorea is to movement. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - familial palilalia KW - case report of mother & son KW - 1973 KW - Case Report KW - Repetition Compulsion KW - Speech Disorders KW - 1973 DO - 10.1212/WNL.23.10.1117 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-11419-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-11396-001 AN - 1974-11396-001 AU - Benson, D. Frank T1 - Psychiatric aspects of aphasia. JF - The British Journal of Psychiatry JO - The British Journal of Psychiatry JA - Br J Psychiatry Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 123 IS - 576 SP - 555 EP - 566 CY - United Kingdom PB - Royal College of Psychiatrists SN - 0007-1250 SN - 1472-1465 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-11396-001. PMID: 4766654 Other Journal Title: Journal of Mental Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Benson, D. Frank; Veterans Administration Hosp., Aphasia Research Section, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19740601. Correction Date: 20120611. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - Notes that aphasia can produce various complicated clinical conditions. There are problems of diagnosis, psychiatric disorders specific to the aphasic condition, and psychiatric aspects to aphasia rehabilitation. Aphasia has a specific neuroanatomical location and the lesion produces a specific behavioral response. In general, a person who has lost language ability feels frightened and alone; hence supportive therapy is indicated. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychiatric aspects of aphasia KW - 1973 KW - Aphasia KW - 1973 DO - 10.1192/bjp.123.5.555 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-11396-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-11206-001 AN - 1974-11206-001 AU - Scher, Maryonda T1 - Women psychiatrists in the United States. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 130 IS - 10 SP - 1118 EP - 1122 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-11206-001. PMID: 4728904 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Scher, Maryonda; Veterans Administration Hosp., Seattle, Wash. Release Date: 19740601. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Females; Psychiatrists; Sex Roles; Stereotyped Attitudes. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Location: US. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1973. AB - Presents data about the number and percentage of women in medicine, along with their motivations for entering this profession. Recent data are also given about women in psychiatry, e.g., their number, areas of specialization, work settings, and hours worked a week. After presenting views of the stereotype of the woman physician-psychiatrist and pointing out some of the myths that have been perpetuated, it is concluded that only by working together in the spirit of mutually respectful inquiry can men and women correct the mythologic errors and enlighten one another. (19 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - number & specialization areas & work settings & hours KW - women psychiatrists KW - United States KW - 1973 KW - Human Females KW - Psychiatrists KW - Sex Roles KW - Stereotyped Attitudes KW - 1973 DO - 10.1176/ajp.130.10.1118 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-11206-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-10991-001 AN - 1974-10991-001 AU - Gibbard, Graham S. AU - Hartman, John J. T1 - Relationship patterns in self-analytic groups: A clinical and empirical study. JF - Behavioral Science JO - Behavioral Science JA - Behav Sci Y1 - 1973/09// VL - 18 IS - 5 SP - 335 EP - 353 CY - US PB - General Systems Science Foundation SN - 0005-7940 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-10991-001. PMID: 4744739 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gibbard, Graham S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Release Date: 19740601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interpersonal Interaction. Classification: Social Psychology (3000). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 19. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1973. AB - Describes the development of an act-by-act scoring system, process analysis. As an extension of R. Mann's member-leader system, this scheme reflects the influence of both psychoanalytic and interpersonal theorists and relies heavily on clinical inference. 2 self-analytic undergraduate classroom groups, 40 sessions in duration, were scored and studied in detail. Data from the groups were combined and separate factor analyses of member-leader and member-member interaction conducted. A comparison of these findings with those of other studies suggests that 3 bipolar dimensions characterize member-leader relations in such groups: loyalty vs rebellion, personal involvement vs neutrality, and self-absorption vs ambivalent compliance. 2 bipolar dimensions emerged from the analysis of member-member interaction: expression vs suppression of hostility and expression vs suppression of affection. The strengths, potential, and shortcomings of this research strategy are discussed. It is concluded that despite the scope, depth, and flexibility of this style of clinical and statistical investigation such research must begin to move toward simpler, more systematic, and less idiosyncratic studies. (26 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - act-by-act scoring system process analysis KW - relationship patterns in self-analytic classroom groups KW - college students KW - 1973 KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - 1973 DO - 10.1002/bs.3830180503 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-10991-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-10757-001 AN - 1974-10757-001 AU - Pearlman, Chester T1 - REM sleep deprivations impairs latent extinction in rats. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 11 IS - 2 SP - 233 EP - 237 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-10757-001. PMID: 4354017 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pearlman, Chester; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19740601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Extinction (Learning); Rat Learning; REM Sleep; Sleep Deprivation. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. AB - Preextinction exposure to some aspects of the nonreward condition has been shown to facilitate extinction of barpressing. In Exp I with 90 female hooded rats, deprivation of REM sleep immediately following preextinction experience blocked this facilitation. Exp II, with 20 female hooded rats, showed that the principal finding of Exp I could be replicated with a brief period of REM deprivation. REM sleep appears to be necessary for assimilation of the preextinction experience. (17 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - REM sleep deprivation KW - impairment of latent extinction KW - female rats KW - 1973 KW - Extinction (Learning) KW - Rat Learning KW - REM Sleep KW - Sleep Deprivation KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(73)90355-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-10757-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-10721-001 AN - 1974-10721-001 AU - Bernstein, Lewis T1 - The reversibility of learning deficits in early environmentally restricted rats as a function of amount of experience in later life. JF - Journal of Psychosomatic Research JO - Journal of Psychosomatic Research JA - J Psychosom Res Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 16 IS - 1 SP - 71 EP - 73 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0022-3999 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-10721-001. PMID: 5062049 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bernstein, Lewis; Veterans Administration Hosp., Wood, Wis. Release Date: 19740601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Environments; Early Experience; Rat Learning. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Attempted to validate more thoroughly the findings of earlier studies concerning the reversibility of learning deficits by using a free environment as the enrichment experience. Rats exposed to a free environment for 45 days early in life and restricted to individual cages for 45 days later were superior learners to rats who were restricted for 45 days early in life, followed by 45 days of exposure to the free environment. However, when the time in the free environment was extended to 90 days following 45 days of restriction, the differences in learning ability disappeared. This leads to the conclusion that when the exposure in the enriched environment is extended beyond the time of early deprivation, the effects of early restriction are reversible. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - free environment as enrichment experience KW - reversibility of learning deficits due to early environmental restriction KW - rats KW - 1972 KW - Animal Environments KW - Early Experience KW - Rat Learning KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/0022-3999(72)90027-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-10721-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-10656-001 AN - 1974-10656-001 AU - Carey, Robert J. T1 - Acquired aversion to amphetamine solutions. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1973/03// VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 227 EP - 229 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-10656-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carey, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Release Date: 19740601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amphetamine; Dextroamphetamine; Drug Tolerance; Drugs; Self-Stimulation. Minor Descriptor: Aversion; Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1973. AB - Studied the significance of amphetamine concentration in the rejection of amphetamine solutions in an oral self-selection situation. 40 naive male Sprague-Dawley rats served as Ss. Aversion to dextroamphetamine solutions in a 2-bottle amphetamine vs water test increased as the concentration of dextroamphetamine was increased. Initial exposure to a high concentration (.5 mg/cc) resulted in a subsequent aversion to a low concentration (.001 mg/cc). An aversion to a .1 mg/cc dextroamphetamine solution was rapidly acquired even when the alternative solution was a nonpreferred bitter quinine solution. Significantly, the quinine solution continued to be consumed even when the amphetamine solution was replaced with water. Results are discussed in terms of a learned aversion to amphetamine. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - amphetamine concentration KW - rejection of dextroamphetamine solutions in oral self-selection situation KW - male rats KW - 1973 KW - Amphetamine KW - Dextroamphetamine KW - Drug Tolerance KW - Drugs KW - Self-Stimulation KW - Aversion KW - Rats KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(73)90104-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-10656-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-10655-001 AN - 1974-10655-001 AU - Carey, Robert J. AU - Goodall, Edwin B. T1 - A comparison of the effects of amphetamine on fixed interval performance maintained by electrical stimulation of the brain versus food reinforcement. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1973/03// VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 237 EP - 239 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-10655-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carey, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Release Date: 19740601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dextroamphetamine; Drugs; Electrical Brain Stimulation; Fixed Interval Reinforcement; Food Intake. Minor Descriptor: Reinforcement; Self-Stimulation. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1973. AB - Trained 4 male Long-Evans rats with implanted unilateral hypothalamic bipolar electrodes to barpress for both electrical stimulation of the brain (ESB) and food on an FI 1-min schedule of reinforcement. A comparison in the same Ss was made of the disruptive effects of dextroamphetamine on FI performance maintained by these 2 reinforcers. Overall, FI remained more intact under the influence of amphetamine with ESB rather than with food reinforcement. The feasibility of using more complex schedules of reinforcement to study the effects of drugs on self-stimulation is demonstrated. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dextroamphetamine KW - fixed interval performance maintained by electrical stimulation of brain vs food reinforcement KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Dextroamphetamine KW - Drugs KW - Electrical Brain Stimulation KW - Fixed Interval Reinforcement KW - Food Intake KW - Reinforcement KW - Self-Stimulation KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(73)90107-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-10655-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-10156-001 AN - 1974-10156-001 AU - Gocka, Edward F. T1 - Population estimates from nonvariant samples with an application taken from the drug abuse area. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 36 IS - 3, Pt. 2 SP - 1207 EP - 1210 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-10156-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gocka, Edward F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Predictive & Evaluative Models Research Lab., Sepulveda, Calif. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19740601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Population (Statistics); Statistical Analysis. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. AB - Offers procedures for estimating the composition of a fixed population from a small sample in the special case where a particular condition is observed for all members of the sample. Formulas for estimating sample size and population composition are given, and their use is illustrated. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - estimating composition of fixed population from small sample with particular condition observed for all sample members KW - application to drug abuse area KW - 1973 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Population (Statistics) KW - Statistical Analysis KW - 1973 DO - 10.2466/pms.1973.36.3c.1207 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-10156-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-10025-001 AN - 1974-10025-001 AU - Fraas, Louis A. AU - Fox, Lawrence J. T1 - Counseling from the Taylor-Johnson Temperament Analysis AWOL syndrome. JF - Measurement & Evaluation in Guidance JO - Measurement & Evaluation in Guidance Y1 - 1973/07// VL - 6 IS - 2 SP - 111 EP - 116 CY - US PB - American Counseling Assn SN - 0025-6307 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-10025-001. Other Journal Title: Measurement and Evaluation in Counseling and Development. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fraas, Louis A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, Topeka, Kan. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19740501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Army Personnel; Behavior Disorders; Personality Measures; Personality Traits. Classification: Industrial & Organizational Psychology (3600); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1973. AB - Hypothesized that a specific trait pattern, the absent without leave (AWOL) syndrome, can identify potential Army AWOL offenders. The Taylor-Johnson Temperament Analysis (T-JTA) was administered to 381 trainees in the U.S. Army Retraining Brigade. Ss were divided into 3 groups: (a) 157 Ss guilty of AWOL violations only, (b) 113 Ss convicted of other-than-AWOL violations, and (c) 111 Ss guilty of both types of violations. 66 Ss were selected for test-retest reliability measures. 65 men serving in conventional army assignments who had never been convicted of civilian or military violations served as controls. Findings suggest that the T-JTA is less reliable when used with a prisoner population, that the AWOL syndrome profile does not exist, and that interpretations based on profile patterns should be held suspect pending further research. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Taylor-Johnson Temperament Analysis KW - identification of army absent without leave offenders KW - trainees in U.S. Army Retraining Brigade KW - 1973 KW - Army Personnel KW - Behavior Disorders KW - Personality Measures KW - Personality Traits KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-10025-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-10020-001 AN - 1974-10020-001 AU - Collins, James A. AU - Taylor, Ronald G. T1 - A configural approach to the use of the Strong Vocational Interest Blank with student engineers. JF - Journal of Vocational Behavior JO - Journal of Vocational Behavior JA - J Vocat Behav Y1 - 1973/07// VL - 3 IS - 3 SP - 291 EP - 302 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0001-8791 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-10020-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Collins, James A.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Service, St. Paul, Minn. Release Date: 19740501. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: College Students; Engineers; Strong Vocational Interest Blank. Minor Descriptor: Engineering. Classification: Industrial & Organizational Psychology (3600). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1973. AB - Grouped SVIB profiles of 1,169 freshmen entering a college of engineering according to total occupational scale profile similarity into 28 type codes. Mean scores and percentages of individuals in each code type were compared to base rate values for income variables including ability, personality, and socioeconomic data. Results support the contention that SVIB profile types can be useful in acting as moderator variables to predict student characteristics, and that total profile analysis of the SVIB occupational scale merits further research consideration. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Strong Vocational Interest Blank KW - prediction of student characteristics KW - student engineers KW - 1973 KW - College Students KW - Engineers KW - Strong Vocational Interest Blank KW - Engineering KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0001-8791(73)90018-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-10020-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-09856-001 AN - 1974-09856-001 AU - Williams, Meyer AU - Jackson, Robert D. T1 - A small-group living program for Vietnam-era veterans. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 23 IS - 5 SP - 141 EP - 144 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-09856-001. PMID: 5020384 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Williams, Meyer; Veterans Administration Hosp., Madison, Wis. Release Date: 19740501. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Peer Relations; Social Adjustment; Therapeutic Community. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1972. AB - Presents a program with the objective of solving the psychological difficulties of Vietnam-era veterans. This project is an adaptation of small-group psychosocial treatment programs. Ss were 167 patients between 18-29 yrs old suffering from delayed adolescent reaction. An intense affective restraint, explosiveness, and diffuse paranoid demeanor were apparent. In the program, the peer group provides an initial base of security from which the patient may begin to scrutinize his problems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - adaptation of small-group psychosocial treatment programs KW - solving psychological difficulties KW - 18-29 yr old Vietnam veterans KW - 1972 KW - Military Veterans KW - Peer Relations KW - Social Adjustment KW - Therapeutic Community KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-09856-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-09825-001 AN - 1974-09825-001 AU - Gurel, Lee AU - Lorei, Theodore W. T1 - The labor market and schizophrenics' posthospital employment. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology JA - J Couns Psychol Y1 - 1973/09// VL - 20 IS - 5 SP - 450 EP - 453 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-09825-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gurel, Lee; Veterans Administration, Washington, D.C. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Employability; Labor Market; Occupational Adjustment; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Correlated work performance of a nationwide sample of 957 male schizophrenics for a 9-mo period after discharge from Veterans Administration hospitals with labor market conditions and other characteristics of expatients' communities. Results indicate that posthospital employment was meager and was unrelated to urbanization, industrialization, and local unemployment rates. The conclusion that variance in vocational adjustment is accounted for more by characteristics of the S than by labor market characteristics is seen as having encouraging implications for personnel involved in returning patients to the world of work. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - labor market KW - posthospital employment & vocational adjustment KW - schizophrenics KW - 1973 KW - Employability KW - Labor Market KW - Occupational Adjustment KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/h0035388 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-09825-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-09816-001 AN - 1974-09816-001 AU - William, William G. T1 - Emotional blocking in esophageal speech. JF - Journal of the All-India Institute of Speech & Hearing JO - Journal of the All-India Institute of Speech & Hearing Y1 - 1971/01// VL - 2 SP - 28 EP - 33 CY - India PB - All-India Institute of Speech & Hearing N1 - Accession Number: 1974-09816-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: William, William G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Long Beach, Calif. Release Date: 19740501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotional States; Larynx; Pharynx; Speech Characteristics; Surgery. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1971. AB - Discusses the problem in relation to (a) the anatomy and neurophysiology of esophageal speech structures, (b) emotion as a physio-psychological phenomenon, and (c) implications of emotional blockings in the laryngectomized individual. Certain aspects of emotional blockings delay learning of pharyngeal or esophageal voice production. It is suggested that clinicians with such knowledge would be able to face new laryngectomy with greater patience and confidence. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - emotional blockings KW - pharyngeal & esophageal voice production KW - relevance to laryngectomized Ss KW - 1971 KW - Emotional States KW - Larynx KW - Pharynx KW - Speech Characteristics KW - Surgery KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-09816-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-09737-001 AN - 1974-09737-001 AU - Miller, Peter M. T1 - An experimental analysis of retention control training in the treatment of nocturnal enuresis in two institutionalized adolescents. JF - Behavior Therapy JO - Behavior Therapy JA - Behav Ther Y1 - 1973/03// VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 288 EP - 294 CY - US PB - Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy SN - 0005-7894 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-09737-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Miller, Peter M.; Veterans Administration Center, Psychology Service, Jackson, Miss. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19740501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Modification; Urinary Incontinence. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1973. AB - Describes a procedure labeled 'retention control training' (RCT) for treatment of nocturnal enuresis. RCT requires the child to practice systematically inhibiting urination during the daytime under conditions of increasing bladder distension cues. Increased fluid intake is encouraged and social reinforcement is provided for inhibiting urination. This new learning generalizes to nighttime and results in cessation of enuretic activity. 2 'secondary' enuretic Ss (a 13-yr-old male and a 14-yr-old female) were exposed to the sequential conditions of attention-placebo baseline, RCT, return to baseline, and RCT. Marked decreases in both daytime urinations and bedwetting episodes were observed during RCT with increases in these measures when baseline conditions were reinstated. During the final treatment phase, both Ss reached the criterion level of 3 consecutive 'dry' wks. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - retention control training KW - nocturnal enuresis KW - 13- & 14-yr-old institutionalized adolescents KW - 1973 KW - Behavior Modification KW - Urinary Incontinence KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/S0005-7894(73)80043-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-09737-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-09722-001 AN - 1974-09722-001 AU - Dawley, Harold H. AU - Wenrich, W. W. T1 - Treatment of test anxiety by group implosive therapy. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 33 IS - 2 SP - 383 EP - 388 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-09722-001. PMID: 4760817 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dawley, Harold H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., New Orleans, La. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19740501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Implosive Therapy; Test Anxiety. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1973. AB - Administered Mandler and Sarason's Test Anxiety Questionnaire (TAQ) to 36 undergraduates. Ss were assigned either to no-treatment control groups, placebo-attention groups, or implosive therapy groups. Implosive therapy consisted of 5 30-min sessions in which Ss imagined anxiety-evoking scenes pertaining to test anxiety while concentrating on experiencing the accompanying sensations as intensely as possible. Placebo Ss imagined nonrelevant scenes while concentrating on experiencing the accompanying sensations. Results indicate significant differences between the control and implosive therapy groups, but no differences between the placebo and implosive therapy groups on a posttest administration of the TAQ. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group implosive therapy KW - test anxiety KW - college students KW - 1973 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Implosive Therapy KW - Test Anxiety KW - 1973 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1973.33.2.383 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-09722-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-09721-001 AN - 1974-09721-001 AU - Dawley, Harold H. AU - Wenrich, W. W. T1 - Massed group desensitization in reduction of test-anxiety. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 33 IS - 2 SP - 359 EP - 363 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-09721-001. PMID: 4760814 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dawley, Harold H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, New Orleans, La. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19740501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Nursing Students; Systematic Desensitization Therapy; Test Anxiety. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1973. AB - Assigned 30 test-anxious nursing students (chosen by their scores on the Test Anxiety Scale) to either a massed desensitization, placebo, or control group. Treatment was applied in 3 2-hr and 20-min sessions over an 8-day period. The massed group desensitization sessions began with 20 min of recorded relaxation instructions. The remainder of the sessions consisted of Ss visualizing items from a test-anxiety hierarchy while concentrating on remaining relaxed. The placebo group sessions began with 20 min of a recorded presentation on the merits of good study techniques, concentration, learning, and personal efficiency. Lectures on these topics comprised the remainder of the sessions. Control Ss received no treatment. Desensitization Ss had lower scores on a posttest administration of the Test Anxiety Scale than placebo Ss and controls (p < .01). Results agree with earlier studies which indicate that massed group desensitization is an efficient procedure for the reduction of anxiety-based disorders. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - massed group desensitization KW - reduction of test anxiety KW - nursing students KW - 1973 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Nursing Students KW - Systematic Desensitization Therapy KW - Test Anxiety KW - 1973 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1973.33.2.359 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-09721-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-09664-001 AN - 1974-09664-001 AU - Kaim, S. C. AU - Klett, C. J. T1 - Treatment of delirium tremens: A comparative evaluation of four drugs. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1972/12// VL - 33 IS - 4-A SP - 1065 EP - 1072 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-09664-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kaim, S. C.; Veterans Administration Central Office, Alcohol & Drug Dependence Service, Washington, D.C. Release Date: 19740501. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Chlordiazepoxide; Delirium Tremens; Drug Therapy; Pentobarbital. Minor Descriptor: Sedatives; Tranquilizing Drugs. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1972. AB - Administered chlordiazepoxide, sodium pentobarbital, perphenazine, and paraldehyde to 46, 41, 46, and 55 Ss, respectively. Ss were male patients who had a history of alcoholism and who showed all 3 cardinal symptoms of delirium tremens (disorientation, tremor, and hallucinations) at hospitalization. Doses of all drugs were adjusted to produce light sleep during the 1st day of treatment and suppression of target symptoms during the next 2-3 days. After the correct dosage had been determined, it was maintained at that level for 2-3 days and gradually reduced to 10-20% per day. No significant differences were found between the treatments using the 4 drugs. Drugs that are cross-dependent with alcohol did not appear to be more effective than others. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chlordiazepoxide vs sodium pentobarbital vs perphenazine vs paraldehyde KW - delirium tremens KW - male patients with history of alcoholism KW - 1972 KW - Alcoholism KW - Chlordiazepoxide KW - Delirium Tremens KW - Drug Therapy KW - Pentobarbital KW - Sedatives KW - Tranquilizing Drugs KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-09664-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-09654-001 AN - 1974-09654-001 AU - Gibson, Stephen AU - Becker, Joseph T1 - Changes in alcoholics' self-reported depression. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1973/09// VL - 34 IS - 3, Pt. A SP - 829 EP - 836 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-09654-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gibson, Stephen; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Release Date: 19740501. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Depression (Emotion); Drug Rehabilitation; Longitudinal Studies; Self-Evaluation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1973. AB - Administered the Zung Self-Rating Scale of Depression and A. T. Beck's Depression Inventory to 156 men, admitted consecutively to a 4-mo program for jailed alcoholics. Group I (118 Ss) were given the tests during Weeks 1, 6, and 10; Group II during Weeks 3, 4, and 5. The groups were comparable in age and number of prior admissions to an alcoholism program, the mean IQ was 91 and 101 (p < .01). Group mean Zung scores dropped from about 48-43 on retesting in Group I and from 44-42.5 in Group II. Mean group scores on the Depression Inventory dropped from about 36-29 in Group I and from 35-27 in Group II. Factor analysis of the weekly scores showed that the Zung scores were less distorted by the effects of retesting and that it is thus a more sensitive measure of depression than the Depression Inventory. When the Zung scores were analyzed according to their constituent factors only, Vital Depression (the somatic factor) and Pessimism-Suicide (the mood factor) showed a significant decrease as a result of the 2-wk delay imposed on Group II (p < .01 and p < .05, respectively). It is suggested that the improvement in depression in alcoholics during the early weeks of treatment is caused by a parallel improvement in symptoms of physical distress. (16 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - time in alcoholism treatment center KW - self-reported depression KW - jailed alcoholics KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Self-Evaluation KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-09654-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-09641-001 AN - 1974-09641-001 AU - Bell, Robert L. T1 - Can addicts relate to 'straights?' JF - Drug Forum JO - Drug Forum Y1 - 1973///Spr 1973 VL - 2 IS - 3 SP - 265 EP - 270 CY - US PB - Baywood Publishing Company N1 - Accession Number: 1974-09641-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bell, Robert L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19740501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Drug Addiction; Group Psychotherapy; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1973. AB - Discusses the drug abuse program of the Houston, Texas, Veterans Administration Hospital. Drug abusers are integrated into a group-therapy program which consists not only of persons with problems of drug abuse but of those with a variety of psychological problems. Despite difficulties in adjusting to the consequences of this mixture of patients, this program has resulted in positive therapeutic changes for both drug users and the other psychiatric patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group therapy program KW - drug abusers & psychiatric patients in integrated groups KW - 1973 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Drug Addiction KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-09641-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-09629-001 AN - 1974-09629-001 AU - Van Putten, Theodore T1 - Milieu therapy: Contraindications? JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 29 IS - 5 SP - 640 EP - 643 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-09629-001. PMID: 4589811 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Putten, Theodore; Veterans Administration Hosp., Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19740501. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Schizophrenia; Therapeutic Community; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - Considers that the milieu therapeutic emphasis on forced social interaction, participation, and liveliness may be conceptually unsound for the disorganized schizophrenic patient. The 'enriched' milieu may contain an overdose of environmental stimulation for some schizophrenics. (63 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - milieu therapeutic emphasis on forced social interaction & participation & liveliness KW - schizophrenic patients KW - 1973 KW - Schizophrenia KW - Therapeutic Community KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - 1973 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1973.04200050053009 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-09629-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-09547-001 AN - 1974-09547-001 AU - Eisler, Richard M. AU - Hersen, Michel AU - Miller, Peter M. AU - Wooten, Laura S. T1 - Treatment expectations of psychiatric inpatients and their relationship to psychiatric diagnosis. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1973/04// VL - 29 IS - 2 SP - 251 EP - 253 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-09547-001. PMID: 4706958 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eisler, Richard M.; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Release Date: 19740501. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Expectations; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1973. AB - Developed the Treatment Expectations Scale (TES) to survey the treatment expectations of male psychiatric patients (N = 103) subsequently diagnosed as having a neurosis, psychosis, character disorder, transient personality disorder, or alcoholism. Responses were categorized on 6 TES subscales: No Treatment, Personal Behavior Change, Interpersonal Change, Job and School, Psychiatric Symptom, and Physical Symptom. The major finding was that treatment expectations generally were unrelated to psychiatric diagnosis. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychiatric diagnosis KW - treatment expectations & development of Treatment Expectations Scale KW - male psychiatric patients KW - 1973 KW - Expectations KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Treatment KW - 1973 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197304)29:2<251::AID-JCLP2270290229>3.0.CO;2-K UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-09547-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-09412-001 AN - 1974-09412-001 AU - Ross, Steven M. T1 - Fear, reinforcing activities and degree of alcoholism: A correlational analysis. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1973/09// VL - 34 IS - 3, Pt. A SP - 823 EP - 828 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-09412-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ross, Steven M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salt Lake City, U. Release Date: 19740501. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcoholism; Anxiety; Fear; Reinforcement. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1973. AB - As part of the screening procedure for admission to an alcoholism rehabilitation program at a Veterans Administration hospital, the Fear Survey Schedule (FSS), Taylor Manifest Anxiety scale (MA scale), the MMPI K and Pt scales; the Reinforcement Survey Schedule (RSS) and the Alcadd Test were administered to 38 men (mean age 43.3, mean years of education, 12, mean years of heavy drinking, 10). All had been hospitalized previously for alcoholism or related medical problems. The mean scores were: FSS, 10.55; MA scale, 21.60; K scale, 12.44; Pt scale, 31.26; RSS, 67.47; and Alcadd, 44.89. Significant positive correlations obtained between Pt (K corrected), MA scale, FSS, and the Alcadd, and significant negative correlations between the preceding measures and the K scale. It appears that the average patient was not attempting to hide his problems, was quite anxious, and a very heavy drinker. Those who had the highest Alcadd scores had MMPI profiles consistent with anxiety and depression rather than with impaired behavioral control, suggesting that some alcoholics are over-controlled neurotics. (15 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - degree of alcoholism KW - fear & reinforcing activities & test taking attitude KW - alcoholics KW - 1973 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Alcoholism KW - Anxiety KW - Fear KW - Reinforcement KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-09412-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-09348-001 AN - 1974-09348-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - Abstract thinking deficit and autism in process and reactive schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1973/12// VL - 82 IS - 3 SP - 399 EP - 403 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-09348-001. PMID: 4770912 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Release Date: 19740101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Abstraction; Process Schizophrenia; Reactive Psychosis; Schizophrenia; Thought Disturbances. Minor Descriptor: Autism Spectrum Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Evaluated the influence of inability to abstract and autism on the proverbs interpretations of process and reactive schizophrenics. 48 reactive schizophrenics, 48 process schizophrenics, and 24 normals were scored for abstract level and autism on D. R. Gorham's (see record [rid]1957-01037-001[/rid]) proverbs test. Compared to normals, both schizophrenic groups were abnormal on each measure, both before and after the groups were matched for vocabulary. However, process schizophrenics were more deficient on abstract level than reactives. There was no significant difference between the mean autism scores of the two schizophrenic groups until the effects of abstract level were removed. Then it was seen that autism was more prominent among reactives than process Ss. Studied independently of one another, loss of abstract ability characterized process schizophrenics, while autism was more typical of reactives. (21 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - abstract thinking deficit & autism KW - interpretation of proverbs KW - process vs reactive schizophrenics KW - 1973 KW - Abstraction KW - Process Schizophrenia KW - Reactive Psychosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Thought Disturbances KW - Autism Spectrum Disorders KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/h0035363 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-09348-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-09343-001 AN - 1974-09343-001 AU - Van Putten, Theodore AU - Emory, Warden H. T1 - Traumatic neuroses in Vietnam returnees: A forgotten diagnosis? JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 29 IS - 5 SP - 695 EP - 698 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-09343-001. PMID: 4773495 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Putten, Theodore; Brentwood Veterans Administration Hosp., Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19740501. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Traumatic Neurosis; War. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - Presents 5 cases of traumatic neuroses of war in Vietnam returnees. It is believed that the explosive aggressivity, flashbacks of combat scenes, and phobic elaborations of the world as a hostile place observed in returnees have led to misdiagnoses such as LSD abuse or schizophrenia. Psychotherapy rather than psychotropic medication is recommended. (28 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - traumatic neuroses of war KW - Vietnam returnees KW - recommendations for psychotherapy KW - 1973 KW - Military Veterans KW - Traumatic Neurosis KW - War KW - 1973 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1973.04200050100017 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-09343-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-09325-001 AN - 1974-09325-001 AU - Royer, Fred L. AU - Janowitch, Lawrence T1 - Performance of process and reactive schizophrenics on a symbol-digit substitution task. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 37 IS - 1 SP - 63 EP - 70 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-09325-001. PMID: 4728034 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Royer, Fred L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychophysiological Research Lab., Brecksville, O. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19740501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Differential Diagnosis; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. AB - Classified schizophrenic patients into process and reactive groups (n 18) on the basis of ratings on Phillips's Symptoms Checklist. Each group was administered 3 forms of a symbol-digit substitution task. The forms differed in the symbol array used. After adjustment for covariance of age, a significant difference in performance was found between the 2 groups. Also, significant differences among the means for forms were obtained, as well as significant interaction of groups and forms. The rate of information processing of this type of visual material was slower in the process schizophrenic. Since previous studies have shown that performance involving short-term memory is affected by the set of symbols used, the relatively deficient performance of the process schizophrenic may be attributable to a short-term memory deficit for dealing with this type of visual material. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - performance on symbol-digit substitution task KW - process vs reactive schizophrenics KW - 1973 KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1973 DO - 10.2466/pms.1973.37.1.63 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-09325-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-09272-001 AN - 1974-09272-001 AU - Frazer, Alan AU - Pandey, Ghanshyam N. AU - Mendels, Joe T1 - Metabolism of tryptophan in depressive disease. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 29 IS - 4 SP - 528 EP - 535 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-09272-001. PMID: 4748313 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Frazer, Alan; Veterans Administration Hosp., Philadelphia, Pa. Release Date: 19740501. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depression (Emotion); Metabolism; Psychiatric Patients; Tryptophan. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1973. AB - Studied the metabolism of tryptophan (TRYP) to kynurenine and its metabolities, to tryptamine, and through serotonin to 5-hydroxy-indoleacetic acid in 9 36-51 yr old depressive patients and 6 nondepressed psychiatric Ss. There were no significant differences in the basal urinary excretion of the 9 metabolites measured between the 2 patient populations nor in the excretion of these metabolites after the administration of an oral dose of 2 gm of levotryptophan. Also, pyridoxine (150 mg) did not differentially alter the TRYP-produced increases in urinary metabolites in the 2 groups. Data do not support the suggestion of increased metabolism of TRYP along the kynurenine pathway in depression. (65 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - tryptophan metabolism KW - depressed vs nondepressed psychiatric patients KW - 1973 KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Metabolism KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Tryptophan KW - 1973 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1973.04200040070012 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-09272-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-09269-001 AN - 1974-09269-001 AU - Field, Peter B. T1 - Personality and styles of hypnotic response. JF - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JO - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JA - Am J Clin Hypn Y1 - 1973/04// VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 234 EP - 238 CY - US PB - American Society of Clinical Hypnosis SN - 0002-9157 SN - 2160-0562 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-09269-001. PMID: 4779714 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Field, Peter B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brooklyn, N.Y. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19740501. Correction Date: 20120702. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hypnosis; Personality Traits; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1973. AB - Used an inventory scale of hypnotic depth to analyze patterns of response to a standardized hypnotic procedure in 32 hospitalized psychiatric patients. As compared to college student norms, the psychiatric patients described their hypnotic experience in terms of ambivalent emotional enthusiasm, mystical enlightenment, and momentary sleep. In a 2nd experiment, the same scale was used with 73 college students to show that accurate performance on the Embedded Figures Test was associated with subjective retention of self-control, conflict about response to challenge suggestions, and rapid passage of time during hypnosis. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality KW - depth & style of hypnotic response KW - psychiatric patients vs college students KW - 1973 KW - Hypnosis KW - Personality Traits KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-09269-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-09214-001 AN - 1974-09214-001 AU - Goldstein, Gerald AU - Welch, Robert B. AU - Rennick, Phillip M. AU - Shelly, Carolyn H. T1 - The validity of a visual searching task as an indicator of brain damage. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1973/12// VL - 41 IS - 3 SP - 434 EP - 437 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-09214-001. PMID: 4803275 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Gerald; Veterans Administration Hosp., Research Service, Topeka, Kan. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Differential Diagnosis; Psychiatric Patients; Visual Perception. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Required 17 brain-damaged patients, 17 non-brain-damaged psychiatric patients, and 17 nonpatient normal controls to perform a visual search. The task discriminated among the Ss at a statistically significant level. Using an optimal cut-off point, the task was 94.1% accurate in differentiating between brain-damaged and normal Ss and 79.4% accurate in differentiating between psychiatric and brain-damaged Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual searching task KW - discriminating between normals & psychiatric & brain-damaged patients KW - 1973 KW - Brain Damage KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Visual Perception KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/h0035350 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-09214-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-09207-001 AN - 1974-09207-001 AU - Cermak, Laird S. AU - Lewis, Ronald AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Goodglass, Harold T1 - Role of verbal mediation in performance of motor tasks by Korsakoff patients. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 37 IS - 1 SP - 259 EP - 262 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-09207-001. PMID: 4728013 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cermak, Laird S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19740501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Cognitive Mediation; Korsakoffs Psychosis; Motor Performance; Verbal Communication. Minor Descriptor: Rotary Pursuit. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. AB - Examined the ability of 9 male patients with Korsakoff's disease to learn a finger maze (verbal mediated) and a pursuit-rotor (nonverbally mediated) task. Ss were compared with 9 alcoholics and 9 normal controls matched on IQ, sex, and age (mean = 53 yrs). Korsakoff Ss performed significantly worse than the other 2 groups on the finger-maze task but were similar to both groups on the pursuit-rotor task. It is concluded that the verbal encoding deficit of Korsakoff patients can explain their difficulty in learning motor tasks involving verbal mediation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - verbal mediation KW - finger maze vs pursuit-rotor task performance KW - Korsakoff's disease patients vs alcoholics vs normals KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Cognitive Mediation KW - Korsakoffs Psychosis KW - Motor Performance KW - Verbal Communication KW - Rotary Pursuit KW - 1973 DO - 10.2466/pms.1973.37.1.259 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-09207-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-09123-001 AN - 1974-09123-001 AU - Mason, Russell E. T1 - Creativity to sexual values as factors to importance, frequency, and feeling ratings. JF - Journal of Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Personality Assessment JA - J Pers Assess Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 37 IS - 3 SP - 267 EP - 275 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0022-3891 SN - 1532-7752 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-09123-001. PMID: 4736041 Other Journal Title: Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mason, Russell E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Mental Health Clinic, Palo Alto, Calif. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19740501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitude Measures; Personal Values; Test Construction. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. AB - Reports the development of a Specific Values Scale, a 48-item measure which reflects human values, activities, and feelings that are applicable cross-culturally. Factor analyses identified 1 general and 23 primary factors by independently grouping dimensions of attitudinal importance, frequency of experiences, and pleasantness-unpleasantness of bodily feelings. 296 17-55 yr olds, whose 13 'values' ranged from social activities and ethical beliefs to sexual activities and significance (importance feeling), rated the scale. The importance of self-understanding and the pleasantness of clothes grooming and of friendship were emphasized. Rebelling, arguments, and negative feelings were deemphasized. No significant differences were found between sexes. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Specific Values Scale development & cross-cultural applicability KW - human values & activities & feelings KW - 17-55 yr olds KW - 1973 KW - Attitude Measures KW - Personal Values KW - Test Construction KW - 1973 DO - 10.1080/00223891.1973.10119867 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-09123-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-09012-001 AN - 1974-09012-001 AU - Kohler, Adam T. AU - Miller, James C. AU - Klein, Edward B. T1 - Some effects of intergroup experience on study group phenomena. JF - Human Relations JO - Human Relations JA - Hum Relat Y1 - 1973/// VL - 26 IS - 3 SP - 293 EP - 305 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0018-7267 SN - 1741-282X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-09012-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kohler, Adam T.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brentwood, Calif. Release Date: 19740501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intergroup Dynamics; Models; Sensitivity Training. Classification: Social Psychology (3000). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - Studied the effects of intergroup experience in 2 conference groups. Groups in the 1st conference were divided into those participating for 4 days in study groups and/or T groups. In the 2nd conference group, members participated in study groups in the 1st weekend and in T groups on the 2nd weekend. Data were collected by questionnaire and ranking scales. Results suggest that when intergroup negotiations become difficult and unrewarding or occur under conditions of increased stress resulting from change or internal crisis, Ss tend to retreat to small group havens. This seems to allow for more effective defense against anxiety and enhancement of self-esteem by membership in the sanctuary. Adaptation to intergroup exercise may gradually occur and reduce the need to view the consultant as a protector in the small group sanctuary. Implications of the sanctuary model for other types of social grouping are discussed. (20 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - intergroup experience KW - study group dynamics KW - implications of sanctuary model for social grouping types KW - 1973 KW - Intergroup Dynamics KW - Models KW - Sensitivity Training KW - 1973 DO - 10.1177/001872677302600302 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-09012-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-08814-001 AN - 1974-08814-001 AU - Riege, Walter H. AU - Cherkin, Arthur T1 - Retrograde enhancement of memory in goldfish by a time dependent temperature shift. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 11 IS - 4 SP - 555 EP - 561 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-08814-001. PMID: 4743227 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Riege, Walter H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychobiology Research Lab., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19740501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Conditioning; Retention; Stimulus Intervals; Temperature Effects. Minor Descriptor: Goldfish. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1973. AB - Trained 1,528 goldfish at 25.C to suppress their spontaneous upstream swimming into a quiet well in a single trial punished by brief electric shock. After graded delays of 4-1,024 min the trained Ss were cooled abruptly to 10.C, held at 10.C for graded durations of .07-960 min, then rewarmed abruptly to 25.C and held at 25.C. Brain temperature followed the abrupt water temperature shift within 60 sec. Retention of the learned suppression, tested 1, 2, or 4 days later, was enhanced compared to retention by trained controls held at 25.C throughout. The enhanced retention was an inverted- function of the delay of cooling and of the duration at 10.C. Enhancement occurred only when the rewarming step fell within a sensitive period of 12-96 min after training, with a maximum at approximately 36 min regardless of the delay to cooling or duration at 10.C. Cooling per se was not essential for enhancement of retention; the critical factor was the interval between training and rewarming. The time-dependent enhancement may result from 1 or more temperature-sensitive memory processes that were suppressed at 10.C, then stimulated above normal by return to 25.C. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - time dependent temperature shift KW - retrograde memory enhancement KW - goldfish KW - 1973 KW - Conditioning KW - Retention KW - Stimulus Intervals KW - Temperature Effects KW - Goldfish KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(73)90042-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-08814-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-08799-001 AN - 1974-08799-001 AU - Jakubczak, Leonard F. T1 - Food intake as a function of age and food deprivation. JF - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JO - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JA - Bull Psychon Soc Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 2 IS - 5-A SP - 304 EP - 306 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society, Inc. SN - 0090-5054 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-08799-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jakubczak, Leonard F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Gerontological Psychology Lab., St. Louis, Mo. Release Date: 19740501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Animal Feeding Behavior; Food Deprivation; Food Intake. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - Investigated whether or not there are age differences in the effects of increasing durations of food deprivation on food intake in rats. The experiment was carried out according to a 3 3 3 7 mixed design consisting of 3 age groups of 12 female Sprague-Dawley rats each (4, 11, and 24 mo), subdivided into 3 sequence-effects control groups, with each S exposed to each food-deprivation duration (24, 48, and 96 hrs), and refeeding measured for 7 days. The dependent variables were: latency to eat, amount of food/day consumed during refeeding, and body weight. Prior to food deprivation, the 4-mo-old Ss ate less than the 11- or 24-mo-old Ss, but these differences were proportional to age differences in body weight. The effects of duration of deprivation, order, and days of refeeding were proportional across age, suggesting equal responsivity to the effects of these factors on food intake across a large segment of the life span of the female rat. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age & food deprivation KW - food intake KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Age Differences KW - Animal Feeding Behavior KW - Food Deprivation KW - Food Intake KW - Rats KW - 1973 DO - 10.3758/BF03329282 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-08799-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-08708-001 AN - 1974-08708-001 AU - Iriye, T. T. AU - Simmonds, F. A. T1 - Possible involvement of glycogen phosphorylase of brain in the affective states. JF - International Pharmacopsychiatry JO - International Pharmacopsychiatry JA - Int Pharmacopsychiatry Y1 - 1971/// VL - 6 IS - 2 SP - 98 EP - 110 CY - Switzerland PB - S Karger AG SN - 0020-8272 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-08708-001. PMID: 5170745 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Iriye, T. T.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northport, N.Y. Release Date: 19740501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antidepressant Drugs; Drugs; Phosphorylases; Tranquilizing Drugs. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1971. AB - Found that, in general, tranquilizers depressed and antidepressants enhanced phosphorylase activity in the brains of female Wistar albino rats. Data suggest that phosphorylase activity in the brain may be a barometer of CNS adrenergic activity. (27 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - tranquilizer & antidepressants KW - brain phosphorylase activity KW - rats KW - 1971 KW - Antidepressant Drugs KW - Drugs KW - Phosphorylases KW - Tranquilizing Drugs KW - Rats KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-08708-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-08693-001 AN - 1974-08693-001 AU - Elkins, Ralph L. T1 - Individual differences in bait shyness: Effects of drug dose and measurement technique. JF - The Psychological Record JO - The Psychological Record JA - Psychol Rec Y1 - 1973///Sum 1973 VL - 23 IS - 3 SP - 349 EP - 358 CY - US PB - Kenyon Coll Psychology Dept SN - 0033-2933 SN - 2163-3452 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-08693-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Elkins, Ralph L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Augusta, Ga. Other Publishers: Southern Illinois University; Springer. Release Date: 19740501. Correction Date: 20141103. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Aversion Therapy; Drug Dosages; Individual Differences; Measurement. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1973. AB - Conducted a study with male Sprague-Dawley rats in which the conclusion that bait shyness is characterized by a paucity of individual differences was re-examined through manipulation of toxic-dose magnitudes and measurement techniques. Individual differences in acquisition of a cyclophosophamide-induced aversion to saccharin flavored water were recorded even with relatively insensitive single-bottle measurement procedures. However, single-bottle extinction was quite rapid and dose independent. In contrast, sensitive 2-bottle measurement procedures revealed dose-dependent individual differences in both aversion acquisition and resistance to extinction. Results are discussed in relation to aversion therapy treatment of alcoholism. (21 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drug dose & measurement technique KW - individual differences in acquisition of cyclophosophamide-induced aversion to saccharin flavored water KW - rats KW - implications for aversion therapy of alcoholism KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Aversion Therapy KW - Drug Dosages KW - Individual Differences KW - Measurement KW - Rats KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-08693-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-08560-001 AN - 1974-08560-001 AU - Pare, William P. AU - Livingston, Andrew T1 - Shock predictability and gastric secretion in the chronic gastric fistula rat. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 11 IS - 4 SP - 521 EP - 526 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-08560-001. PMID: 4795487 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pare, William P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pavlovian Research Lab., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19740501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Acids; Gastrointestinal System; Prediction; Secretion (Gland); Shock. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1973. AB - In Exp I with 16 male Long Evans rats, Ss exposed to unpredictable grid shock demonstrated a significant decrease in gastric secretion and total acid output as compared to Ss exposed to predictable shock or to the tone stimulus. In Exp II, 15 Ss were immobilized in restraint cages. Restraint plus predictable shock and restraint plus unpredictable shock resulted in a significant decrease in stomach acid output as compared to restrained no-shock controls. These results do not support a gastric hypersecretion hypothesis for studies which have reported the development of stomach ulcers by using unpredictable shock stress. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - predictable vs unpredictable shock with vs without restraint KW - gastric secretion & total acid output KW - chronic gastric fistula rats KW - 1973 KW - Acids KW - Gastrointestinal System KW - Prediction KW - Secretion (Gland) KW - Shock KW - Rats KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(73)90039-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-08560-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-08238-001 AN - 1974-08238-001 AU - Fontenot, Donald J. T1 - Visual field differences in the recognition of verbal and nonverbal stimuli in man. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1973/12// VL - 85 IS - 3 SP - 564 EP - 569 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-08238-001. PMID: 4762143 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fontenot, Donald J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Lateral Dominance; Visual Field; Visual Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Tachistoscopically presented verbal and nonverbal stimuli to 16 normal right-handed 18-25 yr old males in the left and right visual fields. Verbal stimuli were 3-letter nonsense words. Nonverbal stimuli were 4 groups of random shapes in a 2 2 design in which the dimensions of verbal association value and complexity were independently varied to assess the influence of each as determinants of field differences. Results confirm earlier findings of a right-field superiority for verbal stimuli; however, a clear left-field superiority was found only for certain nonverbal stimuli (the high-complexity shapes). Association value produced a significant main effect but no differential field effect. Results are discussed in terms of the association between these field differences and reciprocal specialization of functions in the human cerebral hemispheres. (29 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual field differences KW - recognition of tachistoscopically presented verbal & nonverbal stimuli KW - right-handed 18-25 yr old males KW - 1973 KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Visual Field KW - Visual Perception KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/h0035210 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-08238-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-08167-001 AN - 1974-08167-001 AU - LaPointe, Leonard L. AU - Williams, William N. AU - Hepler, Ernest L. T1 - Illusion in size perception of intra-orally presented holes. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 36 IS - 3, Pt. 2 SP - 1047 EP - 1050 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-08167-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: LaPointe, Leonard L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Gainesville, Fla. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19740501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Illusions (Perception); Size Discrimination; Tactual Perception; Tongue. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. AB - Required 10 male and 10 female adult Ss to make size judgments matching 12 intra-orally presented holes (diameters 1/16-3/4 in) with comparator arrays, presented visually and digitally (22 circles with diameters 1/64-11/4 in). Incorrect judgments of the size of intra-orally presented holes tended toward overestimation; and incorrect judgments were significantly greater for digital matching than for visual (p < .05). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - digital vs visual matching response mode KW - illusion in size perception of intra-orally presented holes KW - adult Ss KW - 1973 KW - Illusions (Perception) KW - Size Discrimination KW - Tactual Perception KW - Tongue KW - 1973 DO - 10.2466/pms.1973.36.3c.1047 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-08167-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-07858-001 AN - 1974-07858-001 AU - Moos, Rudolf AU - Shelton, Robert AU - Petty, Charles T1 - Perceived ward climate and treatment outcome. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 82 IS - 2 SP - 291 EP - 298 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-07858-001. PMID: 4754370 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moos, Rudolf; Veterans Administration Hosp., Social Ecology Lab., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Environment; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychotherapeutic Outcomes. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - 3 ward climate scales were derived from 2 independent studies linking treatment environments as perceived by patients and staff to treatment outcome as assessed by ward dropout, release, and community tenure rates. Patients and staff from 7 large and 8 small Veterans Administration hospital wards completed the Ward Atmosphere Scales. Patients and staff agreed in perceiving wards with high dropout rates as low in involvement, support, order and organization, and program clarity, whereas wards with high release rates were perceived as strongly emphasizing practical orientation, but as relatively 'unexpressive.' Wards that kept patients out of the hospital longest were seen as emphasizing autonomy and independence, practical orientation, order and organization, and the open expression of feelings, particularly angry feelings. It is concluded that some relatively consistent findings are emerging from studies in this area. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perceived psychiatric ward climate KW - treatment outcome as assessed by ward dropout & release & community tenure KW - VA hospital patients KW - 1973 KW - Environment KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychotherapeutic Outcomes KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/h0035184 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-07858-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-07839-001 AN - 1974-07839-001 AU - Tokar, John T. AU - Brunse, Anthony J. AU - Castelnuovo-Tedesco, Pietro AU - Stefflre, Volney J. T1 - An objective method of dream analysis. JF - The Psychoanalytic Quarterly JO - The Psychoanalytic Quarterly JA - Psychoanal Q Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 42 IS - 4 SP - 563 EP - 578 CY - US PB - Psychoanalytic Quarterly SN - 0033-2828 SN - 2167-4086 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-07839-001. PMID: 4766829 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tokar, John T.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19740401. Correction Date: 20130218. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Case Report; Dream Analysis; Psychotherapeutic Techniques. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1973. AB - Describes an objective technique for eliciting language patterns and personality information about an individual using his own key words from a taped recording of his dreams. To illustrate the method the inquiry into the recorded dreams of 1 patient is presented. In this case the psychoanalyst indicated an 85% agreement with the investigators' findings. (24 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - technique eliciting language patterns & personality information KW - dream analysis KW - case report KW - 1973 KW - Case Report KW - Dream Analysis KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-07839-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-07709-001 AN - 1974-07709-001 AU - Miller, Peter M. AU - Barlow, David H. T1 - Behavioral approaches to the treatment of alcoholism. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1973/07// VL - 157 IS - 1 SP - 10 EP - 20 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-07709-001. PMID: 4713301 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Miller, Peter M.; Veterans Administration Center, Psychology Service, Jackson, Miss. Release Date: 19740401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Aversion Therapy; Behavior Therapy; Operant Conditioning; Systematic Desensitization Therapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1973. AB - Critically reviews studies of behaviorally based alcoholism treatment regimes. Aversion therapies, systematic desensitization, operant conditioning, and procedures designed to teach controlled drinking are examined. Variations in success rates among studies are analyzed in terms of differences in patient populations, assessment procedures, and extraneous treatment variables, e.g., instructional set. The significance of comprehensive treatments, which not only suppress drinking but also accelerate behaviors that are incompatible with alcohol abuse, is discussed. On the basis of recent research data an in vivo operant conditioning approach is recommended. (80 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - aversion therapies & systematic desensitization & operant conditioning & controlling procedures KW - alcoholism KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Aversion Therapy KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Systematic Desensitization Therapy KW - 1973 DO - 10.1097/00005053-197307000-00002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-07709-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-07706-001 AN - 1974-07706-001 AU - Kushner, Heraldean AU - Knox, A. W. T1 - Application of the utilization technique to the behavior of a brain-injured patient. JF - Journal of Communication Disorders JO - Journal of Communication Disorders JA - J Commun Disord Y1 - 1973/09// VL - 6 IS - 3 SP - 151 EP - 154 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0021-9924 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-07706-001. PMID: 4776551 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kushner, Heraldean; Veterans Administration Hosp., Kansas City, Mo. Release Date: 19740401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Modification; Brain Damage; Case Report; Speech Therapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1973. AB - Notes that the speech pathologist often encounters behaviors that interfere with the rehabilitation of a patient with speech and language disorders. The 'utilization technique' is described and an account of how the technique was used to control a behavior that was interfering with the speech and language evaluation of a 25-yr-old brain-injured male is presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - utilization technique KW - control of behavior interfering with speech KW - 25-yr-old brain injured male KW - 1973 KW - Behavior Modification KW - Brain Damage KW - Case Report KW - Speech Therapy KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0021-9924(73)90001-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-07706-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-07685-001 AN - 1974-07685-001 AU - Dawley, Harold H. AU - Wenrich, W. W. T1 - Group implosive therapy in the treatment of test anxiety: A brief report. JF - Behavior Therapy JO - Behavior Therapy JA - Behav Ther Y1 - 1973/03// VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 261 EP - 263 CY - US PB - Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy SN - 0005-7894 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-07685-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dawley, Harold H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., New Orleans, La. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19740401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Implosive Therapy; Test Anxiety. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1973. AB - Compared the effects of group implosive therapy, placebo, and no treatment with Ss who experienced test anxiety and related discomforts. Results, while suggesting that group implosion may be an effective behavior therapy technique, were not conclusive. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group implosive therapy KW - test anxiety KW - 1973 KW - Implosive Therapy KW - Test Anxiety KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/S0005-7894(73)80036-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-07685-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-07438-001 AN - 1974-07438-001 AU - Fraas, Louis A. T1 - Intentional and incidental learning: A developmental and comparative approach. JF - Journal of Mental Deficiency Research JO - Journal of Mental Deficiency Research JA - J Ment Defic Res Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 17 IS - 2 SP - 129 EP - 137 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0022-264X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-07438-001. PMID: 4794964 Other Journal Title: Journal of Intellectual Disability Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fraas, Louis A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19740401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Incidental Learning; Intentional Learning; Paired Associate Learning; Intellectual Development Disorder. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. AB - Administered a paired-associate learning task to 49 10-, 13-, and 16-yr-old retarded and normal children who were matched for MA and CA. The learning task consisted of 5 pairs administered under 2 conditions: either 5 stimulus designs paired with 5 objects or the same pairs bordered by a different color. Results suggest that older Ss perform better on an intentional learning task than do younger Ss, and that retardates have more difficulty than their CA controls. Retardates and controls did not differ significantly on incidental learning measures. Stimulus designs, not colors, were used as functional stimuli. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - paired-associate learning task KW - intentional & incidental learning KW - 10- & 13- & 16-yr-old retarded & normal children KW - 1973 KW - Incidental Learning KW - Intentional Learning KW - Paired Associate Learning KW - Intellectual Development Disorder KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-07438-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-07405-001 AN - 1974-07405-001 AU - Reynolds, David K. AU - Farberow, Norman L. T1 - The suicidal patient: An inside view. JF - Omega: Journal of Death and Dying JO - Omega: Journal of Death and Dying JA - Omega (Westport) Y1 - 1973///Fal 1973 VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 229 EP - 241 CY - US PB - Baywood Publishing SN - 0030-2228 SN - 1541-3764 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-07405-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reynolds, David K.; Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hosp. Center, Central Research Unit, Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19740401. Correction Date: 20150126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depression (Emotion); Experimentation; Methodology; Psychiatric Patients; Role Playing. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1973. AB - Presents excerpts from a journal kept by a researcher who spent 2 wks inside a psychiatric hospital in the role of a depressed, suicidal patient. An analysis of the experience is included, and the value and validity of 'experiential research' is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - playing role of depressed suicidal patient in psychiatric hospital KW - experiential research KW - 1973 KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Experimentation KW - Methodology KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Role Playing KW - 1973 DO - 10.2190/A3VG-RNF4-DJWN-4GBH UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-07405-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1974-07392-000 AN - 1974-07392-000 AU - May, Eugene P. T1 - Perceptions on homosexuals and non-homosexuals: A study of counselors', psychologists', and homosexuals' perceptions. Y1 - 1972/// CY - Oxford, England PB - Homosexual Community Counseling Cen N1 - Accession Number: 1974-07392-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: May, Eugene P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, Cleveland, O. Release Date: 19740401. Publication Type: Book (0200). Format Covered: Print. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Homosexuality; Social Perception; Therapist Characteristics. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. AB - Administered L. S. Wrightsman's Philosophies of Human Nature Scale and a survey of attitudes toward deviance to male and female counselor trainees, male psychologists, and male homosexuals. Results suggest that homosexuals are perceived differently from people in general, more favorably on some characteristics and less favorably on others. (23 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Philosophies of Human Nature Scale & attitudes towards deviance survey KW - perceptions of homosexuals & nonhomosexuals KW - counselor trainees & male psychologists & homosexuals KW - 1972 KW - Homosexuality KW - Social Perception KW - Therapist Characteristics KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-07392-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-07370-001 AN - 1974-07370-001 AU - Freed, Earl X. T1 - Drug abuse by alcoholics: A review. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1973/// VL - 8 IS - 3 SP - 451 EP - 473 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-07370-001. PMID: 4593346 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freed, Earl X.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Alcohol Research Lab., Lyons, N.J. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19740401. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Drug Abuse. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 23. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - Discusses methodological problems in studies of alcoholism and drug abuse and hypothesizes similarities and differences between drug addiction and alcoholism. Evidence for and against specific and generalized addiction is discussed. A review of relevant studies shows that about 20% of addicted individuals use both alcohol and some other addicting drug. Data suggest that the conjoint use of both substances is more prevalent among younger than older people, that the tempo of research is increasing, and that possibly animal models can be used in understanding addiction. (7 p. ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drug abuse & alcoholism KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Drug Abuse KW - 1973 DO - 10.3109/10826087309062047 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-07370-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-07361-001 AN - 1974-07361-001 AU - Davis, Virginia E. T1 - Neuroamine-derived alkaloids: A possible common denominator in alcoholism and related drug dependencies. JF - Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences JO - Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences JA - Ann N Y Acad Sci Y1 - 1973/04// VL - 215 SP - 111 EP - 115 CY - US PB - New York Academy of Sciences SN - 0077-8923 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-07361-001. PMID: 4145422 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, Virginia E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Neurochemistry & Addiction Research Lab., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19740401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Alkaloids; Drug Dependency; Neurochemistry. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1973. KW - common denominator in alcoholism & related drug dependencies KW - neuroamine-derived alkaloids KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Alkaloids KW - Drug Dependency KW - Neurochemistry KW - 1973 DO - 10.1111/j.1749-6632.1973.tb28256.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-07361-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-07360-001 AN - 1974-07360-001 AU - Curlee, Joan AU - Stern, Herbert T1 - The fear of heights among alcoholics. JF - Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic JO - Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic JA - Bull Menninger Clin Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 37 IS - 6 SP - 615 EP - 623 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0025-9284 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-07360-001. PMID: 4148258 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Curlee, Joan; Veterans Administration Hosp., Indianapolis, Ind. Release Date: 19740401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Acrophobia; Alcoholism; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - Compared the MMPI profiles of alcoholic patients (n = 100) with those of normals (n = 226) and psychiatric patients (n = 250) with particular reference to responses to MMPI item 166, 'I am afraid when I look down from a high place.' Not only do the alcoholics far exceed the psychiatric patients in fear of heights (p < .01) but the fear is present in the overwhelming majority of the alcoholics. Alcoholic patients who express fear of heights also score higher than the other 2 groups on the MMPI scales which reflect feminine tendencies and social introversion. Similarities are noted between the passive-submissive, self-defeating roles of the alcoholics and reported corresponding roles of acrophobics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI profiles KW - fear of heights KW - alcoholics KW - 1973 KW - Acrophobia KW - Alcoholism KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-07360-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-07320-001 AN - 1974-07320-001 AU - Royer, Fred L. AU - Friedman, Steven T1 - Scanning time of schizophrenics and normals for visual designs. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 82 IS - 2 SP - 212 EP - 219 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-07320-001. PMID: 4754359 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Royer, Fred L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brecksville, O. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Reaction Time; Schizophrenia; Visual Displays. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Measured the time to locate a target design in an array of 4 designs by 12 process and 12 reactive schizophrenics and 12 hospitalized and 12 nonhospitalized normal controls. Designs and arrays differed in the size of the rotation and reflection equivalence sets from which they were selected. Differences in mean reaction time (RT) attributable to these characteristics were found as expected. Schizophrenics performed slower than the nonhospitalized normals. The mean RT of hospitalized normals, mostly spinal cord injury patients, fell between that of the process and reactive schizophrenics. No Group Stimulus Condition interaction effects were found. Results are interpreted as not supporting leading theories of schizophrenic deficit. (21 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - rotation & reflection equivalence set size KW - scanning time for visual designs KW - process vs reactive schizophrenics vs normals KW - 1973 KW - Reaction Time KW - Schizophrenia KW - Visual Displays KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/h0035147 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-07320-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-07305-001 AN - 1974-07305-001 AU - Murray, D. C. T1 - Suicidal and depressive feelings among college students. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 33 IS - 1 SP - 175 EP - 181 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-07305-001. PMID: 4728459 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Murray, D. C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19740401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: College Students; Depression (Emotion); Suicide. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. AB - Administered a questionnaire concerning suicidal and depressive thoughts to 78 undergraduates. Over 40% had thought of killing themselves and less than 10% denied at least having felt deeply discouraged and unhappy. Religion was related to the presence of suicidal thoughts, and sex to reported frequency of such thoughts. Ss were most likely to tell a friend of such thoughts, and, at a significant level, the friend was of the same sex as the respondent. Scores on locus of control, social desirability, and test anxiety measures were unrelated to suicidal and depressive thoughts. Results are compared with findings from other studies. The utility of reported depressive and suicidal thoughts as predictors of suicidal behavior is questioned. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - suicidal & depressive feelings KW - college students KW - 1973 KW - College Students KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Suicide KW - 1973 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1973.33.1.175 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-07305-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-07278-001 AN - 1974-07278-001 AU - Gordon, Musetta C. T1 - Suggestibility of chronic schizophrenic and normal males matched for age. JF - International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis JO - International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis JA - Int J Clin Exp Hypn Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 21 IS - 4 SP - 284 EP - 288 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-7144 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-07278-001. PMID: 4746257 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gordon, Musetta C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Des Moines, Ia. Release Date: 19740401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hypnotic Susceptibility; Schizophrenia; Suggestibility. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1973. AB - Compared the performances on a modified Stanford Hypnotic Susceptibility Scale, Form A of 32 chronic schizophrenic and 32 nonpsychotic male patients who were matched for age. The hypothesis that schizophrenics are more suggestible than normal Ss was significantly supported (p < .025) by the results. (German, French, & Spanish summaries) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hypnotic susceptibility & suggestibility KW - chronic schizophrenic vs nonpsychotic male patients KW - 1973 KW - Hypnotic Susceptibility KW - Schizophrenia KW - Suggestibility KW - 1973 DO - 10.1080/00207147308409131 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-07278-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-07063-001 AN - 1974-07063-001 AU - Fontana, Alan F. AU - Noel, Barbara T1 - Moral reasoning in the university. JF - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology JO - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology JA - J Pers Soc Psychol Y1 - 1973/09// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 419 EP - 429 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-3514 SN - 1939-1315 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-07063-001. PMID: 4741680 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fontana, Alan F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Educational Personnel; Morality; Reasoning; Social Values; Student Activism. Minor Descriptor: College Students. Classification: Social Psychology (3000). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Used a questionnaire to investigate moral reasoning among members of 3 role groups: 100 undergraduates, 60 faculty, and 16 administrators. Administrators employed law and order reasoning more than faculty and students. Rightists used law and order reasoning more than leftists, and leftists reasoned egoistically more than rightists. Moreover, ideology and activism interacted with role group; ideological differences among administrators were reflected in their differential use of law and order and social contract reasoning, and activism differences among faculty were manifested in their differential use of principled and egoistic orientations. Natural scientists employed more law and order and less social contract reasoning than those in the social sciences and humanities. Individuals' self-images and Machiavellian orientations were related to moral reasoning, particularly the egoistic and law and order categories. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ideological & activism differences KW - moral reasoning KW - college students & faculty & administrators KW - 1973 KW - Educational Personnel KW - Morality KW - Reasoning KW - Social Values KW - Student Activism KW - College Students KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/h0035107 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-07063-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-06858-001 AN - 1974-06858-001 AU - McLaughlin, Lynn J. AU - Brinley, Joseph F. T1 - Age and observational learning of a multiple-classification task. JF - Developmental Psychology JO - Developmental Psychology JA - Dev Psychol Y1 - 1973/07// VL - 9 IS - 1 SP - 9 EP - 15 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0012-1649 SN - 1939-0599 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-06858-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McLaughlin, Lynn J.; John Cochran Veterans Administration Hosp., General Medical Research, St. Louis, Mo. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Classification (Cognitive Process); Observational Learning. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Investigated the relationship between age and observational learning in 2nd, 4th, and 6th graders when tested on a multiple-classification task. It was found that modeling of a block-sorting task significantly improved (p < .01) performance on that task for children of all ages. Modeling of the task only affected the performance of the oldest age group on a physically different but structurally similar task, i.e., an animal picture-sorting task. No differences were found between the effects of practice and the effects of modeling. Results are discussed in terms of a stage analysis of observational learning which states that in order to abstract and generalize information received from a model, the O must have the cognitive structures available for performance of the task. (25 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age KW - observational learning of multiple-classification task KW - 2nd & 4th & 6th graders KW - 1973 KW - Age Differences KW - Classification (Cognitive Process) KW - Observational Learning KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/h0035069 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-06858-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-06802-001 AN - 1974-06802-001 AU - Davis, Richard G. T1 - Olfactory psychophysical parameters in man, rat, dog, and pigeon. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 85 IS - 2 SP - 221 EP - 232 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-06802-001. PMID: 4756902 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, Richard G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, Knoxville, Ia. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Comparative Psychology; Odor Discrimination; Olfactory Thresholds. Minor Descriptor: Dogs; Pigeons; Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Considers C. J. Herrick's 1924 suggestion that primates possess diminished olfactory capabilities compared with other mammals. This is true for absolute detection threshold of odors by the dog and the rat; but data on the differential threshold for odor concentration change are available only for man and the pigeon. By the method of conditioned suppression the differential threshold of 7 Charles River CDF rats was found to be greater than that for man (.5 vs .1 log units, respectively). It appears that Herrick's opinion was in error for at least this 1 parameter of the primate olfactory system. In addition, evidence points to a significant role of olfaction in primate behavior. (32 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - odor detection thresholds KW - humans vs rats vs dogs vs pigeons KW - 1973 KW - Comparative Psychology KW - Odor Discrimination KW - Olfactory Thresholds KW - Dogs KW - Pigeons KW - Rats KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/h0035053 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-06802-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-06753-001 AN - 1974-06753-001 AU - Steranka, Larry R. AU - Barrett, Robert J. T1 - Kamin effect in rats: Differential retention or differential acquisition of an active-avoidance response? JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 85 IS - 2 SP - 324 EP - 330 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-06753-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Steranka, Larry R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Nashville, Tenn. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Retention. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Used discriminated active avoidance in an automated maze to test various interpretations of the Kamin effect. Independent groups of Charles River male rats, CDF strain (N = 63), were 1st trained on a brightness discrimination task and then tested at 1 of 3 intervals to either the same (light) or reversed (dark) stimulus. Although the typical -shaped avoidance function was observed, choice performance in both reversed and nonreversed groups showed that ability to recall the safe stimulus did not vary as a function of time since training. This finding, plus the finding that motor activity followed the same -shaped profile as avoidance performance, strongly suggests that the Kamin effect is due to shock-induced inhibition, which is incompatible with the acquisition of an active-avoidance response. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Kamin effect KW - differential retention vs acquisition of active-avoidance response KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Retention KW - Rats KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/h0035047 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-06753-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-06655-001 AN - 1974-06655-001 AU - Powell, D. A. AU - Walters, K. AU - Duncan, S. AU - Holley, J. R. T1 - The effects of chlorpromazine and d-amphetamine upon shock-elicited aggression. JF - Psychopharmacologia JO - Psychopharmacologia Y1 - 1973/// VL - 30 IS - 4 SP - 303 EP - 314 CY - Germany PB - Springer N1 - Accession Number: 1974-06655-001. PMID: 4737308 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Powell, D. A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Neuroscience Lab., Columbia, S.C. Release Date: 19740401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Aggressive Behavior; Chlorpromazine; Dextroamphetamine; Drugs; Shock. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - Administered graded dosages of chlorpromazine hydrochloride and dextroamphetamine sulfate to 32 male and 32 female Sprague-Dawley albino rats and 16 male Long-Evans rats. Shock-elicited fighting frequencies were determined. Chlorpromazine interfered with or abolished fighting at appropriate dosages, but amphetamine had little or no effect on fighting elicited at grid shock. However, when elicited by subdermal shock, amphetamine decreased shock elicited aggression at larger dosages and higher shock intensities; moderate dosages, combined with moderate shock intensities, increased aggression. Results are discussed within the context of the arousal properties associated with shock-elicited aggression. (23 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chlorpromazine & dextroamphetamine KW - shock-elicited aggression KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Animal Aggressive Behavior KW - Chlorpromazine KW - Dextroamphetamine KW - Drugs KW - Shock KW - Rats KW - 1973 DO - 10.1007/BF00429189 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-06655-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-06637-001 AN - 1974-06637-001 AU - Lewis, E. G. AU - Dustman, R. E. AU - Peters, B. A. AU - Straight, R. C. AU - Beck, E. C. T1 - The effects of varying doses of D9-tetrahydrocannabinol on the human visual and somatosensory evoked response. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 35 IS - 4 SP - 347 EP - 354 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-06637-001. PMID: 4126806 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lewis, E. G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salt Lake City, Utah. Release Date: 19740401. Correction Date: 20130429. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drugs; Somatosensory Evoked Potentials; Tetrahydrocannabinol; Visual Evoked Potentials. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1973. AB - Orally administered D9-tetrahydrocannabinol (D9-THC) to 21-34 yr olds who reported using marihuana occasionally or frequently (N = 10 males and 10 females). All Ss received .2, .4, and .6 mg/kg D9-THC and a placebo in a randomized sequence. Visual and somatosensory evoked responses were recorded from frontal, central, and occipital scalp 4 hrs after drug administration. No consistent evoked response differences were found between the frequent and occasional user groups. The most prominent finding was the consistency with which D9-THC slowed the latency of evoked response waves while producing relatively little change in amplitude. It was thus hypothesized that D9-THC acts to increase the threshold of cortical and subcortical neurons or neural networks involved in producing the evoked response rather than to selectively inhibit brain stem centers. D9-THC produced no evidence of an excitatory action on the CNS. In those infrequent instances in which D9-THC did produce a change in evoked response amplitude it was always a decrease. Unlike alcohol, D9-THC did not alter amplitude hemispheric asymmetry. (French summary) (27 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - varying doses of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol KW - visual & somatosensory evoked response KW - 21-34 yr olds KW - 1973 KW - Drugs KW - Somatosensory Evoked Potentials KW - Tetrahydrocannabinol KW - Visual Evoked Potentials KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(73)90190-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-06637-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-06632-001 AN - 1974-06632-001 AU - Kazis, E. AU - Milligan, W. L. AU - Powell, D. A. T1 - Autonomic-somatic relationships: Blockade of heart rate and corneo-retinal potential responses. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1973/07// VL - 84 IS - 1 SP - 98 EP - 110 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-06632-001. PMID: 4717555 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kazis, E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Neuroscience Lab., Columbia, S.C. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cholinergic Blocking Drugs; Conditioned Responses; Eyeblink Reflex; Heart Rate; Unconditioned Responses. Minor Descriptor: Adrenergic Blocking Drugs; Drugs; Rabbits. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Studied unconditioned heart rate (HR) response and conditioned HR and corneo-retinal potential (CRP) responses of a total of 75 naive New Zealand rabbits. 4 experiments were performed under conditions of cholinergic (muscarinic) and beta adrenergic and double blockades in which both adrenergic and cholinergic agents were combined. Results indicate that (a) the HR UCR was an acceleration, whereas the CR was a deceleration in rate; (b) both HR CRs and UCRs were decreased by the individual administration of adrenergic and cholinergic blockades and completely abolished by double blockades; (c) both blockades also decreased CRP conditioning, and the double blockade abolished CRP CRs; (d) although HR blockade by the peripheral cholinergic agent, methylatropine, and the centrally acting atropine sulfate were comparable, CRP CRs occurred after methylatropine administration but were almost completely abolished by atropine sulfate. (27 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cholinergic & beta adrenergic & double blockades KW - unconditioned & conditioned heart rate responses & corneo-retinal potential responses KW - rabbits KW - 1973 KW - Cholinergic Blocking Drugs KW - Conditioned Responses KW - Eyeblink Reflex KW - Heart Rate KW - Unconditioned Responses KW - Adrenergic Blocking Drugs KW - Drugs KW - Rabbits KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/h0035027 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-06632-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-06612-001 AN - 1974-06612-001 AU - Freed, Earl X. T1 - Some issues of control in alcohol research on animal behavior. JF - Behavioral Neuropsychiatry JO - Behavioral Neuropsychiatry JA - Behav Neuropsychiatry Y1 - 1972/12//Dec-Jan, 1972-1973 VL - 4 IS - 9-10 SP - 16 EP - 19 CY - US PB - Behavioral Neuropsychiatry Medical Publishers, Inc. SN - 0005-7932 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-06612-001. Other Journal Title: International Journal of Neuropsychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freed, Earl X.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Alcohol Research Lab., Lyons, N.J. Other Publishers: Research in Organic Psychiatry. Release Date: 19740401. Correction Date: 20130708. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohols; Animal Ethology; Drugs; Experimental Design. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec-Jan, 1972-1973. AB - Criticizes traditional experiments studying alcohol's effects upon animal behavior on grounds of lack of experimental control. Some practical and theoretical aspects of possible solutions to this problem are explored with special reference to alcohol administration via a schedule-induced polydipsic methodology. (22 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - experimental control KW - alcohol research on animal behavior KW - 1972 KW - Alcohols KW - Animal Ethology KW - Drugs KW - Experimental Design KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-06612-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-06501-001 AN - 1974-06501-001 AU - Pare, William P. AU - Temple, Lester J. T1 - Food deprivation, shock stress and stomach lesions in the rat. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1973/09// VL - 11 IS - 3 SP - 371 EP - 375 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-06501-001. PMID: 4795641 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pare, William P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pavlovian Research Lab., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19740401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Food Deprivation; Gastrointestinal Ulcers; Stress Reactions. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1973. AB - Assigned 140 male Sprague-Dawley rats to groups deprived of food for 1-12 days. Rumenal ulcers were observed in some Ss after 3 days of fasting and in all Ss fasted for 5 or more days. In Exp II with 120 Ss, Ss were fasted or fasted plus subjected to grid shock stress for 1-5 days. The addition of shock stress to the fasting schedule did not increase ulcer incidence. (42 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - food deprivation & shock stress KW - stomach ulcer incidence KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Food Deprivation KW - Gastrointestinal Ulcers KW - Stress Reactions KW - Rats KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(73)90015-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-06501-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-06143-001 AN - 1974-06143-001 AU - Poe, Charles A. T1 - Development of a psychological effectiveness scale. JF - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JO - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JA - J Psychol Y1 - 1973/09// VL - 85 IS - 1 SP - 81 EP - 85 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-3980 SN - 1940-1019 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-06143-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Poe, Charles A.; Veterans Administration Center, Psychology Service, Hampton, Va. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19740401. Correction Date: 20140303. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Measures; Test Construction; Test Reliability; Test Validity. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1973. AB - Constructed the 50-item Psychological Effectiveness Scale by selecting items from the literature on normal and optimal personality and from descriptive responses by psychologists. The items were presented in semantic differential format. 93 undergraduates rated personality concepts which represented different levels of effective behavior-abnormal, typical, mentally healthy, and ideal person. The Psychological Effectiveness Scale had high internal consistency reliability (average a = .94) and discriminated among the concepts of personality (t tests, p < .005). Results indicate that the scale has sufficient preliminary reliability and validity to warrant further study and development. (25 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reliability & validity KW - development of Psychological Effectiveness Scale KW - college students KW - 1973 KW - Personality Measures KW - Test Construction KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - 1973 DO - 10.1080/00223980.1973.9923864 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-06143-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-06091-001 AN - 1974-06091-001 AU - Eng, Erling T1 - Karl Philipp Moritz's Magazin zur Erfahrungsseelenkunde (Magazine for Empirical Psychology) 1783-1793. JF - Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences JO - Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences JA - J Hist Behav Sci Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 9 IS - 4 SP - 300 EP - 305 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0022-5061 SN - 1520-6696 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-06091-001. PMID: 11610185 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eng, Erling; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lexington, Ky. Release Date: 19740401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: History of Psychology; Scientific Communication. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1973. AB - Reviews and discusses the 10 volumes of the 1st journal of psychology, and probably psychiatry. The journal was entitled Gnothi Sauton oder Magazin zur Erfahrungsseelenkunde fur Gelehrte und Ungelehrte (Know Thyself, or Magazine for Empirical Psychology for Scholars and Laymen). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 'Magazine for Empirical Psychology' in 1783-1793 KW - psychology's 1st journal KW - review & discussion KW - 1973 KW - History of Psychology KW - Scientific Communication KW - 1973 DO - 10.1002/1520-6696(197310)9:4<300::AID-JHBS2300090403>3.0.CO;2-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-06091-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-05701-001 AN - 1974-05701-001 AU - Eisler, Richard M. AU - Hersen, Michel AU - Agras, W. Stewart T1 - Effects of videotape and instructional feedback on nonverbal marital interaction: An analog study. JF - Behavior Therapy JO - Behavior Therapy JA - Behav Ther Y1 - 1973/07// VL - 4 IS - 4 SP - 551 EP - 558 CY - US PB - Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy SN - 0005-7894 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-05701-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eisler, Richard M.; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19740301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimental Instructions; Feedback; Marital Relations; Psychiatric Patients; Videotapes. Minor Descriptor: Nonverbal Communication. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1973. AB - Examined the separate and combined effects of videotape feedback and focused instructions in 4 experimental single case designs. Ss were 12 married couples (average yrs married, 20.8); the husband in each case was a psychiatric patient other than a psychotic or brain-damaged patient. Results indicate that videotape feedback in the absence of instructions effected a slight increase in nonverbal interactions. Focused instructions led to marked increases in the target behavior of looking. A combination of videotape feedback and focused instructions was not significantly more potent than instructions alone. However, the combined design led to an increase in the related behavior of smiling. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - videotape & instructional feedback KW - nonverbal marital interaction KW - male psychiatric patients & their wives KW - 1973 KW - Experimental Instructions KW - Feedback KW - Marital Relations KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Videotapes KW - Nonverbal Communication KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/S0005-7894(73)80006-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-05701-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-05699-001 AN - 1974-05699-001 AU - Brookshire, Robert H. T1 - The use of consequences in speech pathology: Incentive and feedback functions. JF - Journal of Communication Disorders JO - Journal of Communication Disorders JA - J Commun Disord Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 6 IS - 2 SP - 88 EP - 92 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0021-9924 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-05699-001. PMID: 4776549 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brookshire, Robert H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Minneapolis, Minn. Release Date: 19740301. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Modification; Feedback; Incentives; Speech Disorders; Speech Therapy. Minor Descriptor: Consequence. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. AB - Considers that modification of speech and language behavior includes the use of 2 types of consequences: incentives and feedback. Operational definitions are provided and implications for clinical speech pathology are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - incentives & feedback KW - modification of speech & language behavior KW - 1973 KW - Behavior Modification KW - Feedback KW - Incentives KW - Speech Disorders KW - Speech Therapy KW - Consequence KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0021-9924(73)90012-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-05699-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-05681-001 AN - 1974-05681-001 AU - Van Stone, William W. T1 - Peer groups and drug rehabilitation. JF - Journal of Music Therapy JO - Journal of Music Therapy JA - J Music Ther Y1 - 1973///Spr 1973 VL - 10 IS - 1 SP - 7 EP - 12 CY - US PB - American Music Therapy Assn SN - 0022-2917 SN - 2053-7395 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-05681-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Stone, William W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19740301. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Rehabilitation; Peer Relations. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1973. AB - Discusses under 4 headings a peer group structure which appears to have been successful in 'turning on' its members to an exciting but drug-free way of life: (a) an individualized negotiated treatment contract between each potential member and his peers, (b) 24-hr-a-day live-in setting away from the previous social milieu of the participants, (c) supportive drug- and medication-free environment strongly oriented toward personal growth and learning, and (d) a highly authoritarian member-controlled social structure. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - peer group structure KW - drug rehabilitation center KW - 1973 KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Peer Relations KW - 1973 DO - 10.1093/jmt/10.1.7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-05681-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-05660-001 AN - 1974-05660-001 AU - Prien, Robert F. AU - Klett, C. James AU - Caffey, Eugene M. T1 - Lithium carbonate and imipramine in prevention of affective episodes: A comparison in recurrent affective illness. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1973/09// VL - 29 IS - 3 SP - 420 EP - 425 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-05660-001. PMID: 4579507 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Prien, Robert F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Central Neuropsychiatric Research Lab., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19740301. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Drug Therapy; Imipramine; Lithium Carbonate. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1973. AB - Assigned 122 patients with recurrent affective illness to lithium carbonate, imipramine, or placebo therapy for 2 yrs following discharge from hospitalization for acute depression. Ss were classified as bipolar or unipolar based on the presence or absence of a history of mania. With bipolar Ss lithium carbonate was significantly more effective than imipramine or placebo in preventing affective episodes (i.e., manic or depressive attacks severe enough to require hospitalization or use of nonstudy drugs). There was a relatively high incidence of manic episodes on imipramine. Unipolar Ss responded equally well to lithium carbonate or imipramine. Both treatments were significantly more effective than placebo. The difference between treatments was due primarily to depressive episodes; manic episodes occurred infrequently and were evenly distributed across treatment groups. There was no significant difference between lithium carbonate and imipramine among unipolar Ss. (27 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lithium carbonate vs imipramine KW - prevention of affective episodes KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1973 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Drug Therapy KW - Imipramine KW - Lithium Carbonate KW - 1973 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1973.04200030104017 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-05660-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-05444-001 AN - 1974-05444-001 AU - Silverman, Lloyd H. AU - Kwawer, Jay S. AU - Wolitzky, Carol AU - Coron, Mark T1 - An experimental study of aspects of the psychoanalytic theory of male homosexuality. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 82 IS - 1 SP - 178 EP - 188 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-05444-001. PMID: 4730651 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silverman, Lloyd H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., New York, N.Y. Release Date: 19740101. Correction Date: 20100412. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Incest; Male Homosexuality; Psychoanalytic Interpretation; Subliminal Perception. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Tested psychoanalytic dynamic propositions through the subliminal exposure of drive-related stimuli, using 2 groups of 36 male homosexuals and heterosexuals (mean age = 30 yrs). On the basis of both psychoanalytic clinical reports and the results of preliminary investigation, it was hypothesized that male homosexuals would show an intensification of homosexual-related reactions after the subliminal presentation of an 'incest stimulus,' and a decrease in such reactions after the subliminal exposure of a 'symbiosis stimulus.' It was found that for homosexuals, on a 'sexual feelings assessment,' the incest stimulus intensified 'homosexual orientation.' On a Rorschach-type task, the symbiosis condition led to a decrease in a 'threat index.' Neither of these results was found for heterosexuals. Findings lend support to (a) psychoanalytic propositions linking homosexuality in males to conflict over incestuous wishes and (b) the proposition supported by a number of earlier experimental studies that the stimulation of a fantasy of symbiotic gratification has a 'therapeutic effect' on individuals in various psychiatric syndrome groupings. (31 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - subliminal exposures to incest & symbiosis stimuli KW - psychoanalytic dynamic propositions KW - male homosexuals & heterosexuals KW - 1973 KW - Incest KW - Male Homosexuality KW - Psychoanalytic Interpretation KW - Subliminal Perception KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/h0034961 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-05444-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-05396-001 AN - 1974-05396-001 AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Lewis, Ronald AU - Cermak, Laird S. AU - Goodglass, Harold T1 - Material-specific memory deficits in alcoholic Korsakoff patients. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1973/07// VL - 11 IS - 3 SP - 291 EP - 299 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-05396-001. PMID: 4792180 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Butters, Nelson; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19740301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Stimulation; Korsakoffs Psychosis; Short Term Memory; Tactual Stimulation; Visual Stimulation. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1973. AB - Examined the short-term memory disorders of 9 alcoholic Korsakoff patients (mean age = 53 yrs) for material- and modality-specific deficits. Verbal and nonverbal memory tasks employing the visual, auditory, and tactile modalities were administered to Korsakoff Ss and to 2 groups of 9 alcoholic and nonalcoholic controls matched for IQ and age. In all 3 modalities the Korsakoff Ss demonstrated normal short-term retention of nonverbal materials but severe memory deficits for verbal materials. Findings are consistent with the hypothesis that failures in verbal encoding underlie these patients' memory difficulties. (French & German summaries) (23 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual vs auditory vs tactile modality KW - short-term memory KW - alcoholic Korsakoff patients KW - 1973 KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Korsakoffs Psychosis KW - Short Term Memory KW - Tactual Stimulation KW - Visual Stimulation KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(73)90040-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-05396-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-05211-001 AN - 1974-05211-001 AU - Kilpatrick, Dean G. AU - McLeod, Philip G. T1 - Trait anxiety and fearfulness. JF - Social Behavior and Personality JO - Social Behavior and Personality JA - Soc Behav Pers Y1 - 1973/// VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 119 EP - 122 CY - New Zealand PB - Society for Personality Research SN - 0301-2212 SN - 1179-6391 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-05211-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kilpatrick, Dean G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Charleston, S.C. Release Date: 19740301. Correction Date: 20120430. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Fear. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - Administered the Fear Survey Schedule and the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI) to 36 female nursing students. Ss with high test anxiety (TA) were more fearful than low-TA Ss, with a correlation of .52 between fearfulness and TA scores. An analysis of the items and situations rated as most fear-producing indicated that 1/2 of these items represented social or interpersonal fears, and that 1/3 of the Ss rated harmless snakes as very much disturbing. Findings support C. D. Spielberger's contention that TA represents susceptibility to arousal of state anxiety by a variety of stimuli and situations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social or interpersonal fears KW - trait anxiety KW - female nursing students KW - 1973 KW - Anxiety KW - Fear KW - 1973 DO - 10.2224/sbp.1973.1.2.119 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-05211-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-05145-001 AN - 1974-05145-001 AU - Knox, Albert W. AU - Anneberg, Martha T1 - The effects of training in comprehension of electrolaryngeal speech. JF - Journal of Communication Disorders JO - Journal of Communication Disorders JA - J Commun Disord Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 6 IS - 2 SP - 110 EP - 120 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0021-9924 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-05145-001. PMID: 4776546 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Knox, Albert W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Kansas City, Mo. Release Date: 19740301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Stimulation; Larynx; Listening Comprehension; Speech Perception; Verbal Communication. Classification: Communication Systems (2700). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. AB - Measured (a) the effect of various signal-to-noise ratios (1, 4, and 9 db) on the comprehension of electrolaryngeal speech by 7 speech pathologists and 7 naive Ss and (b) the effect of training on 7 other naive Ss. It was hypothesized that (a) a 9 db signal-to-noise ratio listening condition would permit all Ss to maintain a high degree of comprehension of the electrolaryngeal speaker's message; (b) reducing signal-to-noise ratios would produce a difference between the intelligibility scores obtained by the pathologists and the untrained naive Ss; and (c) naive trained Ss would maintain intelligibility scores not significantly different from those of the pathologists across the 3 listening conditions. Results generally support the hypotheses except that (a) a 4-db signal-to-noise ratio produced a high intelligibility function and (b) no differences were found between the 4- and 9-db conditions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - training & signal-to-noise ratio KW - comprehension of electrolaryngeal speech KW - speech pathologists KW - 1973 KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Larynx KW - Listening Comprehension KW - Speech Perception KW - Verbal Communication KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0021-9924(73)90015-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-05145-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-05113-001 AN - 1974-05113-001 AU - O'Leary, M. R. AU - Dengerink, H. A. T1 - Aggression as a function of the intensity and pattern of attack. JF - Journal of Research in Personality JO - Journal of Research in Personality JA - J Res Pers Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 7 IS - 1 SP - 61 EP - 70 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0092-6566 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-05113-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Leary, M. R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Seattle, Wash. Release Date: 19740301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Attack Behavior; Competition; Social Perception. Classification: Social Psychology (3000). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. AB - Exposed 40 male undergraduates to 4 kinds of attack in a competitive reaction time task. The opponent provided either consistently high intensity attack, increasing, decreasing, or consistently low attack. The S's shock settings for the opponent on each trial and ratings of the opponent after the task were recorded. High intensity attack resulted in high intensity counterattack and negative ratings of the opponent. Low intensity attack resulted in low intensity counterattack and relatively positive ratings for the opponent. Decreasing attack resulted in decreasing counterattack and positive ratings of the opponent. Increasing attack resulted in increasing counterattack and comparatively high aggression ratings of the opponent. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - consistently high vs increasing vs decreasing vs consistently low attack KW - counterattack with shock settings & ratings of opponent KW - male college students KW - 1973 KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Attack Behavior KW - Competition KW - Social Perception KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0092-6566(73)90032-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-05113-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-04888-001 AN - 1974-04888-001 AU - Gandy, Gerald L. T1 - Birth order and vocational interest. JF - Developmental Psychology JO - Developmental Psychology JA - Dev Psychol Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 9 IS - 3 SP - 406 EP - 410 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0012-1649 SN - 1939-0599 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-04888-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gandy, Gerald L.; Veterans Administration Regional Office, Columbia, S.C. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Birth Order; Human Sex Differences; Occupational Interests; Siblings. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800); Industrial & Organizational Psychology (3600). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Attempted to ascertain whether there are significant birth-order differences among male college students (N = 150) on the 22 Basic Interest scales of the SVIB; sibling sex and interaction effects were also investigated. 4 main hypotheses were proposed. Data analysis involved a 2-way multivariate analysis of variance with birth order and sex of sibling as the independent variables and the SVIB Interest scales as the dependent variables. Results of the investigation were negative. It is recommended that future researchers investigate qualitative differences within particular vocations, and dynamic interaction aspects within family units. (23 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sibling sex & birth order KW - vocational interest KW - male college students KW - 1973 KW - Birth Order KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Occupational Interests KW - Siblings KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/h0034927 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-04888-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-04649-001 AN - 1974-04649-001 AU - Powell, D. A. AU - Milligan, W. L. AU - Walters, K. T1 - The effects of muscarinic cholinergic blockade upon shock-elicited aggression. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1973/07// VL - 1 IS - 4 SP - 389 EP - 394 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-04649-001. PMID: 4798221 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Powell, D. A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Columbia, S.C. Release Date: 19740301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Aggressive Behavior; Atropine; Drugs; Scopolamine; Shock. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1973. AB - Administered graded dosages of atropine sulfate, atropine methyl nitrate, scopolamine hydrochloride, and scopolamine methyl nitrate to 32 female Sprague-Dawley rats and determined shock-elicited fighting frequencies. Central cholinergic blockade decreased fighting at appropriate dosages, but peripheral cholinergic blockade had little or no effect upon shock-elicited aggression. Results suggest that shock-elicited aggression is similar to other kinds of agonistic behavior (e.g., isolation-induced fighting and muricide) in that a central cholinergic system is apparently involved in its mediation. (27 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - atropine sulfate & atropine methyl nitrate & scopolamine hydrochloride & scopolamine methyl nitrate KW - shock-elicited aggression KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Animal Aggressive Behavior KW - Atropine KW - Drugs KW - Scopolamine KW - Shock KW - Rats KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(73)90004-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-04649-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-04607-001 AN - 1974-04607-001 AU - Houser, Vincent P. AU - Van Hart, Dale A. T1 - The effects of scopolamine and pilocarpine upon the aversive threshold of the rat. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1973/07// VL - 1 IS - 4 SP - 427 EP - 431 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-04607-001. PMID: 4777579 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Houser, Vincent P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pavlovian Research Lab., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19740301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drugs; Pain Thresholds; Pilocarpine; Scopolamine. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1973. AB - Measured the analgesic potency of scopolamine hydrobromide (.125, .250, .50, 1.0, 2.0 mg/kg) and pilocarpine nitrate (1.25, 2.50, 5.0, 10.0 mg/kg) in 12 male Sprague-Dawley rats using the spatial preference technique. Only pilocarpine nitrate in doses at or above 2.50 mg/kg significantly raised the aversive threshold. Data are interpreted to indicate that cholinergic systems may be involved in the production of analgesia in the rat. Results may be useful in interpreting the behavioral effects of cholinergic drugs administered to animals that are under the control of aversive schedules of reinforcement. (22 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - scopolamine & pilocarpine KW - aversive threshold KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Drugs KW - Pain Thresholds KW - Pilocarpine KW - Scopolamine KW - Rats KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(73)90009-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-04607-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-04606-001 AN - 1974-04606-001 AU - Houser, Vincent P. AU - Houser, Frances L. T1 - The alteration of aversive thresholds with cholinergic and adrenergic agents. JF - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JO - Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior JA - Pharmacol Biochem Behav Y1 - 1973/07// VL - 1 IS - 4 SP - 433 EP - 444 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0091-3057 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-04606-001. PMID: 4204777 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Houser, Vincent P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pavlovian Research Lab., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19740301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dextroamphetamine; Drugs; Morphine; Pilocarpine; Scopolamine. Minor Descriptor: Adrenergic Drugs; Cholinergic Drugs; Monkeys; Pain Thresholds; Shock. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1973. AB - Administered several cholinergic and adrenergic agents to 5 squirrel monkeys in a titration schedule to ascertain their effects upon aversive thresholds. A narcotic analgesic, morphine sulfate, in several doses was able to increase reliably the aversive threshold. Scopolamine hydrobromide and dextroamphetamine sulfate elevated the aversive threshold upon initial administration, but this effect was lost after Ss had experienced several drug sessions. Thus, Ss demonstrated pronounced drug tolerance in response to these 2 agents. Amphetamine also produced increased general motor activity, stereotyped behaviors, and a response profile which strongly suggested that Ss were responding without regard to the shock intensity presented. Pilocarpine nitrate and scopolamine methylbromide had no reliable effects upon behavior given alone or in conjunction with each other. a-Methyl-p-tyrosine in several doses reliably increased the aversive threshold and reduced response rates in all Ss tested. These results suggest that adrenergic mechanisms may be involved in mediating the aversive qualities of electric shock. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - morphine sulfate & scopolamine hydrobromide & dextroamphetamine sulfate & pilocarpine nitrate & scopolamine methylbromide & alpha-methyl-p-tyrosine KW - aversive thresholds KW - monkeys KW - 1973 KW - Dextroamphetamine KW - Drugs KW - Morphine KW - Pilocarpine KW - Scopolamine KW - Adrenergic Drugs KW - Cholinergic Drugs KW - Monkeys KW - Pain Thresholds KW - Shock KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0091-3057(73)90010-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-04606-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-04593-001 AN - 1974-04593-001 AU - Freund, Gerhard T1 - Hypothermia after acute ethanol and benzyl alcohol administration. JF - Life Sciences JO - Life Sciences JA - Life Sci Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 13 IS - 4 SP - 345 EP - 349 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0024-3205 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-04593-001. PMID: 4752488 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freund, Gerhard; Veterans Administration Hosp., Gainesville, Fla. Release Date: 19740301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohols; Body Temperature; Drugs; Ethanol. Minor Descriptor: Mice. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. KW - acute ethanol & benzyl alcohol administration KW - hypothermia KW - mice KW - 1973 KW - Alcohols KW - Body Temperature KW - Drugs KW - Ethanol KW - Mice KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0024-3205(73)90226-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-04593-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-04591-001 AN - 1974-04591-001 AU - Elkins, Ralph L. T1 - Attenuation of drug-induced bait shyness to a palatable solution as an increasing function of its availability prior to conditioning. JF - Behavioral Biology JO - Behavioral Biology JA - Behav Biol Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 221 EP - 226 CY - US PB - Academic Press SN - 0091-6773 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-04591-001. PMID: 4721216 Other Journal Title: Behavioral & Neural Biology; Communications in Behavioral Biology. Part A. Original Articles; Neurobiology of Learning and Memory. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Elkins, Ralph L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Augusta, Ga. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19740301. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aversive Stimulation; Avoidance Conditioning; Drugs; Extinction (Learning); Saccharin. Minor Descriptor: Rats; Taste Perception. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. AB - Familiarized 4 groups of 5 male Sprague-Dawley rats each with a saccharin solution for 1, 3, 10, or 20 days prior to conditioning. Saccharin ingestion was then followed by intraperitoneal cyclophosphamide injection. 10 controls consumed saccharin as a novel flavor and were similarly injected with either cyclophosphamide or isotonic saline. As revealed by extended extinction tests, the strength of resultant saccharin aversions was inversely related to preconditioning saccharin familiarity. One day of saccharin preexposure failed to influence initial aversion magnitude but resulted in an increased rate of extinction. In contrast, 20 days of flavor preexposure completely blocked aversion formation, while intermediate preexposures resulted in orderly and graded degrees of aversion attenuation. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - preconditioning availability of saccharin KW - attenuation of cyclophosphamide-induced bait shyness to palatable solution KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Aversive Stimulation KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Drugs KW - Extinction (Learning) KW - Saccharin KW - Rats KW - Taste Perception KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/S0091-6773(73)80156-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-04591-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-04550-001 AN - 1974-04550-001 AU - Walker, Don W. AU - Means, Larry W. T1 - Single-alternation performance in rats with hippocampal lesions: Disruption by an irrelevant task interposed during the intertrial interval. JF - Behavioral Biology JO - Behavioral Biology JA - Behav Biol Y1 - 1973/07// VL - 9 IS - 1 SP - 93 EP - 104 CY - US PB - Academic Press SN - 0091-6773 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-04550-001. PMID: 4738711 Other Journal Title: Behavioral & Neural Biology; Communications in Behavioral Biology. Part A. Original Articles; Neurobiology of Learning and Memory. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Walker, Don W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Gainesville, Fla. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19740301. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Hippocampus; Interference (Learning); Intertrial Interval; Stimulus Discrimination. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1973. AB - Trained 10 male Long-Evans hooded rats with bilateral hippocampal or cortical lesions and 6 normal controls to asymptotic performance on a go-no-go, single alternation, operant task and subsequently tested them for performance on the go-no-go task with a continuous reinforcement task interposed during the intertrial interval (ITI). While the 3 groups did not differ on the original acquisition, Ss with hippocampal lesions were more disrupted by the introduction of the ITI task than were the controls or Ss with cortical lesions. Results support the hypothesis that animals with hippocampal lesions are susceptible to shifts in attention to salient, irrelevant stimuli which result in short-term memory deficits. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - bilateral hippocampal or cortical lesions KW - disruption of single-alternation performance by irrelevant task interposed during intertrial interval KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Attention KW - Hippocampus KW - Interference (Learning) KW - Intertrial Interval KW - Stimulus Discrimination KW - Rats KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/S0091-6773(73)80172-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-04550-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-04535-001 AN - 1974-04535-001 AU - Spehlmann, R. AU - Downes, Kathleen T1 - The effects of reticular stimulation on the responses of neurons in the pericruciate cortex of cats to thalamic, transcallosal and pyramidal stimulation. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1972/// VL - 48 SP - 375 EP - 379 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-04535-001. PMID: 4645212 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spehlmann, R.; Veterans Administration Research Hosp., Chicago, Ill. Release Date: 19740301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Corpus Callosum; Electrical Brain Stimulation; Pyramidal Tracts; Reticular Formation; Thalamus. Minor Descriptor: Cats; Cerebral Cortex; Electrical Activity. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1972. KW - thalamic & transcallosal & pyramidal stimulation KW - neuron responses in pericruciate cortex KW - cats KW - 1972 KW - Corpus Callosum KW - Electrical Brain Stimulation KW - Pyramidal Tracts KW - Reticular Formation KW - Thalamus KW - Cats KW - Cerebral Cortex KW - Electrical Activity KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(72)90193-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-04535-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-04517-001 AN - 1974-04517-001 AU - Pare, William P. AU - Rothfield, Benjamin AU - Isom, Kile E. AU - Varady, Alexander T1 - Cholesterol synthesis and metabolism as a function of unpredictable shock stimulation. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1973/07// VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 107 EP - 110 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-04517-001. PMID: 4738874 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pare, William P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19740301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cholesterol; Metabolism; Physiological Stress; Shock. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1973. AB - Fed 72 male Sprague-Dawley rats a high lipid diet and also exposed them to unavoidable and unpredictable grid shock for 2 and 8 days. Ss showed higher levels of accumulated chemical cholesterol in aorta, kidney, liver, and serum as compared to control Ss fed only the high lipid diet. 30 days of shock stress produced similar results except that kidney tissue revealed lower and nonsignificant levels of accumulated cholesterol. A differential cholesterol clearing mechanism for the various tissues is postulated to explain the relative vulnerability of aorta, liver, and kidney to stress-induced cholesterol deposition. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - unpredictable shock stimulation KW - cholesterol synthesis & metabolism KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Cholesterol KW - Metabolism KW - Physiological Stress KW - Shock KW - Rats KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(73)90131-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-04517-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-04477-001 AN - 1974-04477-001 AU - Creel, D. J. AU - Dustman, R. E. AU - Beck, E. C. T1 - Visually evoked responses in the rat, guinea pig, cat, monkey, and man. JF - Experimental Neurology JO - Experimental Neurology JA - Exp Neurol Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 40 IS - 2 SP - 351 EP - 366 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0014-4886 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-04477-001. PMID: 4199749 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Creel, D. J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Phoenix, Ariz. Release Date: 19740301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Comparative Psychology; Eye (Anatomy); Visual Cortex; Visual Evoked Potentials. Minor Descriptor: Cats; Guinea Pigs; Monkeys; Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. AB - Recorded visually evoked responses, before and after enucleation of 1 eye, from the visual cortex of 6 male Long-Evans hooded rats, 6 male Sprague-Dawley albino rats, 6 albino and 6 ocularly pigmented male guinea pigs of the Hartley and American short hair strains, and 6 cats. Recordings were also made from the scalps of 6 female and 4 male stump-tailed monkeys and 10 human males who had lost 1 eye. The evoked response of each species was unique with certain distinguishing characteristics. However, the visually evoked responses of the rat and guinea pig were similar as were those of monkey and man, although the monkey generally lacked the late afterdischarge activity often seen in the human response. Changes in the waveform of the visually evoked responses recorded from each hemisphere following ocular enucleation varied among species. These changes could be related to the proportion of nondecussating optic fibers and anatomical differences of the visual systems of the various species. (30 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - enucleation of one eye from visual cortex KW - visually evoked responses KW - rats & guinea pigs & cats & monkeys & humans KW - 1973 KW - Comparative Psychology KW - Eye (Anatomy) KW - Visual Cortex KW - Visual Evoked Potentials KW - Cats KW - Guinea Pigs KW - Monkeys KW - Rats KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0014-4886(73)90079-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-04477-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-04460-001 AN - 1974-04460-001 AU - Yuwiler, A. AU - Olds, M. E. T1 - Catecholamines and self-stimulation behavior: Effects on brain levels after stimulation, and pretreatment with DL-a-methyl-p-tyrosine. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1973/// VL - 50 SP - 331 EP - 340 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-04460-001. PMID: 4705502 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Yuwiler, A.; Brentwood Veterans Administration Hosp., Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19740301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Stimulation; Catecholamines; Drugs; Norepinephrine; Self-Stimulation. Minor Descriptor: Adrenergic Blocking Drugs; Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - Reports that forced stimulation of the hypothalamic reward region in non-a-MPT (a-methyl-p-tyrosine)-treated rats does not appreciably lower hypothalamic norepinephrine yet elicits an adrenal stress response. When norepinephrine synthesis was blocked, hypothalamic norepinephrine turnover appeared increased in Ss in which noncontingent stimulation was applied to the hypothalamic reinforcing region. Although stimulation at rewarding sites was not clearly differentiated from stimulation at nonrewarding sites, there was a tendency for norepinephrine concentrations to be lower in the former both after a-MPT alone and especially after combined drug treatment and forced stimulation. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - catecholamines & self-stimulation KW - brain levels after stimulation & pretreatment with alpha-methyl-p-tyrosine KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Brain Stimulation KW - Catecholamines KW - Drugs KW - Norepinephrine KW - Self-Stimulation KW - Adrenergic Blocking Drugs KW - Rats KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(73)90734-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-04460-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-04438-001 AN - 1974-04438-001 AU - Murphree, Oddist D. T1 - Inheritance of human aversion and inactivity in two strains of the pointer dog. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 7 IS - 1 SP - 23 EP - 29 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-04438-001. PMID: 4749284 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Murphree, Oddist D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., North Little Rock, Ark. Release Date: 19740301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Exploratory Behavior; Animal Social Behavior; Genetics; Heart Rate. Minor Descriptor: Dogs. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. AB - Examined one strain of dogs which showed abnormal behavioral and physiological traits for 10 yrs. Their manner consisted of extreme timidity, avoidance of humans, reduced exploratory activity, excessive startle, a slower heart rate, and an increased incidence of arterial-ventricular heart block. The other strain remained freer of these traits. Offspring born during 10th yr show consistent behavioral trait stability. Gradual changes in activity distributions begin by age 2 mo and are grossly different by age 6 mo. Regression of offspring on fathers in exploratory activity is higher than regression on mothers who have both genetic and environmental influence. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - heredity KW - avoidance of humans & reduced exploratory behavior & heart rate KW - dogs KW - 1973 KW - Animal Exploratory Behavior KW - Animal Social Behavior KW - Genetics KW - Heart Rate KW - Dogs KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-04438-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-04131-001 AN - 1974-04131-001 AU - Gocka, Edward F. T1 - Stepwise regression for mixed mode predictor variables. JF - Educational and Psychological Measurement JO - Educational and Psychological Measurement JA - Educ Psychol Meas Y1 - 1973///Sum 1973 VL - 33 IS - 2 SP - 319 EP - 325 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0013-1644 SN - 1552-3888 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-04131-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gocka, Edward F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Predictive & Evaluative Models Research Lab, Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19740301. Correction Date: 20121001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Predictability (Measurement); Statistical Correlation; Statistical Variables. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1973. AB - Presents a method for entering mixed-mode data into the ordinary stepwise regression routines by replacing the multiple vectors of a categorical variable with a single vector composed of predicted values. The predicted values are obtained by regressing the dependent variable against each of the categorical variables respectively. 2 examples are presented, the 1st based on 30 patients under intensive group therapy for depression and 30 under limited treatment. Postdepression scores were regressed on the predepression scores and the attendent residuals were used as a measure of change. Predicted values in terms of this criterion were obtained uniquely for the categorical variable age and blocks. These 2 vectors were combined with treatment group, marital status, and test-taking attitude, and a stepwise regression procedure was carried out. Results compared with previous data show that when mixed mode methods are used, a slight increase in the F values are found. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stepwise regression for mixed mode predictor variables KW - 1973 KW - Predictability (Measurement) KW - Statistical Correlation KW - Statistical Variables KW - 1973 DO - 10.1177/001316447303300211 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-04131-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-04130-001 AN - 1974-04130-001 AU - Gocka, Edward F. T1 - Tolerance intervals vs. confidence intervals. JF - Educational and Psychological Measurement JO - Educational and Psychological Measurement JA - Educ Psychol Meas Y1 - 1973///Fal 1973 VL - 33 IS - 3 SP - 603 EP - 605 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0013-1644 SN - 1552-3888 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-04130-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gocka, Edward F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Predictive & Evaluative Models Research Lab., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19740301. Correction Date: 20121001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Confidence Limits (Statistics); Testing. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1973. AB - Notes that tolerance intervals differ from confidence intervals in the sense that they give the limits within which we expect a prestated proportion of target population of Ss to lie with respect to some measurable variable. The formulas for both coefficients are presented and compared. An example illustrates the practical differences in the 2 types of intervals. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - tolerance vs confidence intervals KW - 1973 KW - Confidence Limits (Statistics) KW - Testing KW - 1973 DO - 10.1177/001316447303300307 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-04130-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-03818-001 AN - 1974-03818-001 AU - Upper, Dennis T1 - A 'ticket' system for reducing ward rules violations on a token economy program. JF - Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry JO - Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry JA - J Behav Ther Exp Psychiatry Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 137 EP - 140 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0005-7916 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-03818-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Upper, Dennis; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Release Date: 19740201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Feedback; Psychiatric Patients; Token Economy Programs. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. AB - Identified 16 frequently occurring maladaptive behaviors (e.g., stealing, sitting or lying on floor, and loitering) shown by 30 psychiatric patients in a hospital ward and attached a small token fine to each behavior. Whenever an infraction occurred, the S was given a ticket detailing the offense, the fine, and the date and time of the offense. The fines were subtracted from the 15-token reward that every S routinely received daily, and Ss who had more than 15 tokens' worth of infractions had to pay additional tokens to make up the difference. The average weekly fine per S dropped from 20.8 to 5.5 tokens in 8 wks, and significant differences (p < .01) between Ss' pre- and postexperimental adherence to ward rules were found. Results are discussed in terms of the utility of providing consistent feedback to patients in a behavior modification program. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 'violation ticket' feedback procedure in token economy program KW - reducing minor ward rules violations KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1973 KW - Feedback KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Token Economy Programs KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0005-7916(73)90059-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-03818-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-03767-001 AN - 1974-03767-001 AU - Sullivan, Michael F. T1 - The dialysis patient and attitudes towards work. JF - Psychiatry in Medicine JO - Psychiatry in Medicine Y1 - 1973///Spr 1973 VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 213 EP - 219 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-03767-001. PMID: 4716886 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sullivan, Michael F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Nashville, Tenn. Release Date: 19740201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dialysis; Occupational Attitudes; Patients; Physiological Stress; Psychological Stress. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1973. AB - Discusses parallels between home dialysis and work, and the stresses of dialysis and those of soldiers in combat. The effect of staff attitudes and the need for staff to focus on treatment issues are also emphasized. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dialysis KW - attitudes toward work KW - patient KW - 1973 KW - Dialysis KW - Occupational Attitudes KW - Patients KW - Physiological Stress KW - Psychological Stress KW - 1973 DO - 10.2190/074P-AE7V-DGN8-TAH6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-03767-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-03751-001 AN - 1974-03751-001 AU - McDonough, Joseph M. T1 - Making community health work: Organizing a work-for-pay program. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1973/02// VL - 32 IS - 1 SP - 127 EP - 134 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-03751-001. PMID: 4686056 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McDonough, Joseph M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19740201. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antisocial Behavior; Community Services; Nonprofit Organizations. Minor Descriptor: Community Health. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1973. AB - Proposes a work-for-pay program based on a nonprofit corporation to provide community services for deviant individuals. The composition of the board of directors, corporation management, financial considerations, equipment and personnel, contracts, and governmental relationships are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - organization & composition of work-for-pay program based on nonprofit corporation KW - providing community services for deviant individuals KW - 1973 KW - Antisocial Behavior KW - Community Services KW - Nonprofit Organizations KW - Community Health KW - 1973 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1973.32.1.127 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-03751-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-03710-001 AN - 1974-03710-001 AU - Miller, Peter M. AU - Hersen, Michel T1 - Quantitative changes in alcohol consumption as a function of electrical aversive conditioning. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1972/10// VL - 28 IS - 4 SP - 590 EP - 593 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-03710-001. PMID: 5080851 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Miller, Peter M.; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Release Date: 19740201. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Aversion Therapy; Case Report. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1972. AB - Gave electrical aversive conditioning to alcoholic consumption to a 41-yr-old S with a drinking problem and many arrests. Alcoholic consumption decreased under the conditioning and nonalcoholic consumption increased during the treatment phase. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - electrical aversive conditioning KW - changes in alcohol consumption KW - 41-yr-old problem drinker with many arrests KW - 1972 KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Aversion Therapy KW - Case Report KW - 1972 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197210)28:4<590::AID-JCLP2270280443>3.0.CO;2-M UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-03710-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-03690-001 AN - 1974-03690-001 AU - Elkin, Thomas E. AU - Hersen, Michel AU - Eisler, Richard M. AU - Williams, James G. T1 - Modification of caloric intake in anorexia nervosa: An experimental analysis. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1973/02// VL - 32 IS - 1 SP - 75 EP - 78 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-03690-001. PMID: 4686091 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Elkin, Thomas E.; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19740201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anorexia Nervosa; Behavior Modification; Case Report; Food Intake. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1973. AB - Examined the effects of feedback, reinforcement, and increased food presentation on caloric intake by a 24-yr-old male anorexia nervosa patient. Although feedback on weight and a point-reinforcement system for weight gains led to increased consumption, augmenting the amount of food presented in combination with feedback and reinforcement resulted in the most dramatic change in caloric intake. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - feedback & reinforcement & increased food presentation KW - caloric intake modification KW - 24-yr-old male with anorexia nervosa KW - 1973 KW - Anorexia Nervosa KW - Behavior Modification KW - Case Report KW - Food Intake KW - 1973 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1973.32.1.75 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-03690-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-03660-001 AN - 1974-03660-001 AU - Sandoval, Raynaldo G. AU - Wang, Richard I. T1 - Characteristics of pentazocine dependence in hospitalized patients after naloxone administration. JF - Psychopharmacologia JO - Psychopharmacologia Y1 - 1973/// VL - 30 IS - 3 SP - 205 EP - 215 CY - Germany PB - Springer N1 - Accession Number: 1974-03660-001. PMID: 4577443 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sandoval, Raynaldo G.; Wood Veterans Administration Center, Wis. Release Date: 19740201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Dependency; Drug Withdrawal; Drugs; Hospitalized Patients; Narcotic Antagonists. Minor Descriptor: Analgesic Drugs. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - Conducted a double-blind study in which saline and a narcotic antagonist, naloxone, were given on separate days to 8 male patients who had been receiving parenteral pentazocine daily for at least 1 mo. The abstinence score following naloxone administration was markedly different from that after saline (p < .05). The withdrawal symptoms in the group receiving 180 mg or less of pentazocine per day were not unpleasant, while marked dysphoria was observed in the high dose group. Results suggest that patients receiving over 180 mg of pentazocine daily for at least 1 mo tend to develop physical dependence of the narcotic type. It is also revealed that abstinence syndrome after naloxone can appear in those taking average therapeutic doses of pentazocine when given for at least 1 mo. It is concluded that caution should be taken in giving parenteral pentazocine in doses over 180 mg per day for prolonged periods of time. (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - naloxone KW - pentazocine dependence & withdrawal KW - hospitalized patients KW - 1973 KW - Drug Dependency KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Drugs KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Narcotic Antagonists KW - Analgesic Drugs KW - 1973 DO - 10.1007/BF00422867 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-03660-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-03520-001 AN - 1974-03520-001 AU - Gardner, Howard T1 - The contribution of operativity to naming capacity in aphasic patients. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 11 IS - 2 SP - 213 EP - 220 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-03520-001. PMID: 4713398 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gardner, Howard; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Section, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19740201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Cognitive Processes. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. AB - Gave an extensive naming test to groups of right-handed male anterior aphasics, posterior aphasics, and nonaphasic control patients (n = 11) matched on age (median = 53 yrs), socioeconomic background, and education, to determine the contribution of a number of variables to naming facility. Of particular interest was whether those elements described by Piaget as operative (i.e., objects, parts of objects, and other entities which can be readily grasped, manipulated, and operated upon) were easier to name than those which can only be known in a figurative way. When word frequency was controlled, elements which were relatively operative were more easily named than elements which were relatively figurative. Results are discussed in terms of the mechanisms which govern naming in aphasic and normal individuals. (French & German summaries) (26 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - operativity KW - naming capacity KW - anterior & posterior aphasics vs nonaphasic patients KW - 1973 KW - Aphasia KW - Cognitive Processes KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(73)90010-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-03520-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-03507-001 AN - 1974-03507-001 AU - Berman, Marlene O. T1 - Hypothesis testing and focusing behavior during concept formation by amnesic Korsakoff's patients. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 11 IS - 2 SP - 191 EP - 198 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-03507-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Berman, Marlene O.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19740201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Cognitive Processes; Concept Formation; Hypothesis Testing; Korsakoffs Psychosis. Minor Descriptor: Brain Damage. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. AB - Compared 11 male patients with Korsakoff's syndrome with 3 groups of 10 alcoholic, brain-damaged, and neurologically-intact males on visual discrimination tasks designed to evaluate hypothesis testing and focusing behavior. Results show that Korsakoff Ss could formulate and use hypotheses, but their strategies did not lead to correct solution. Rather, they perseverated with 1 strategy even after indications of its inappropriateness. This pattern of results occurred in the presence of memory aids, suggesting that Korsakoff patients may have impaired cognitive functioning independent of their retention deficits. (French & German summaries) (21 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - concept formation KW - hypothesis testing & focusing behavior KW - amnesic Korsakoff's syndrome patients vs alcoholic & brain-damaged & neurologically-intact males KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Concept Formation KW - Hypothesis Testing KW - Korsakoffs Psychosis KW - Brain Damage KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(73)90007-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-03507-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - ORCID: 0000-0003-0100-8883 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-03502-001 AN - 1974-03502-001 AU - Albert, Martin L. T1 - A simple test of visual neglect. JF - Neurology JO - Neurology Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 23 IS - 6 SP - 658 EP - 664 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0028-3878 SN - 1526-632X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-03502-001. PMID: 4736313 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Albert, Martin L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Aphasia Research Unit, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19740201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Cerebral Dominance; Vision Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. AB - Administered a simple, clinically useful test for visual neglect to 36 left-brain-damaged (LBD) and 30 right-brain-damaged (RBD) Ss with unilateral, circumscribed, surgically verified, cerebral hemispheric lesions. There were 30 non-brain-damaged controls. 40 2.5 cm lines were drawn in the presence of the S in an apparently random manner on an unlined sheet of paper. The actual disposition of these lines was standardized, allowing for a systematic analysis of Ss' performance on the left, right, and center of the page. The S was instructed to draw a line through all the lines. Scoring was based on the number and location of lines left uncrossed. Results indicate that: (a) visual neglect occurred in 30% of Ss with LBD and in 37% of those with RBD. (b) The severity of the neglect, but not the frequency, was significantly greater after RBD than LBD. (c) Visual neglect occurred in the center of the page or on both sides of the page more often than on only the side contralateral to the lesion, thus appearing to be more a bilateral than a unilateral phenomenon. (d) Visual neglect may occur without a visual field defect, and a visual field defect may occur without visual neglect. Findings support the theory that visual neglect is not a single process but rather a manifestation of several different types of neurologic dysfunction. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - test of visual neglect KW - left- vs right-brain-damaged Ss KW - 1973 KW - Brain Damage KW - Cerebral Dominance KW - Vision Disorders KW - 1973 DO - 10.1212/WNL.23.6.658 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-03502-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-03469-001 AN - 1974-03469-001 AU - Boller, Francois T1 - Destruction of Wernicke's area without language disturbance. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 11 IS - 2 SP - 243 EP - 246 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-03469-001. PMID: 4713402 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boller, Francois; Veterans Administration Hosp., Aphasia Research Unit, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19740201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Brain Damage; Case Report; Cerebral Dominance; Lateral Dominance. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. AB - Reports the case of a 74-yr-old right-handed male who was accidentally found at autopsy to have his left Wernicke's area destroyed by an old infarct. No aphasia was noticed during life. This may represent the 1st case in which negative evidence can be brought in support of crossed cerebral dominance for speech in a right-handed S. To estimate the frequency of crossed dominance for speech, published cases of crossed aphasia were examined. Results of a previous review indicate that only 16 of 69 cases (23%) are vascular in etiology. This is in sharp contrast with the frequency of vascular accidents as a cause of aphasia in the general population, and leads to the conclusion that traumatic and tumoral cases must be interpreted with caution in their diagnostic significance in aphasia. Well-documented cases of aphasia following cerebrovascular disease in the right hemisphere of right-handed patients are quite rare. (French & German summaries) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Wernicke's area destruction without language disturbance KW - right-handed 74-yr-old male KW - 1973 KW - Aphasia KW - Brain Damage KW - Case Report KW - Cerebral Dominance KW - Lateral Dominance KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(73)90015-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-03469-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-03457-001 AN - 1974-03457-001 AU - Tokar, John T T1 - Emotional states and behavioral patterns in alcoholics and nonalcoholics. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1973/03// VL - 34 IS - 1, Pt. A SP - 133 EP - 143 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-03457-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tokar, John T; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. et al. Release Date: 19740201. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Differential Diagnosis; Emotional Adjustment; Personality Traits. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1973. AB - Compared 56 hospitalized male alcoholics (mean age 42) and 50 nonalcoholics (mean age 38) from similar educational and occupational levels. Ss completed a data matrix questionnaire requiring them to describe themselves by relating particular emotional states to the ways in which they responded to them. The same emotions but different responses were reported by the 2 groups. The nonalcoholics seemed to suppress responses to unpleasant emotions more often than did the alcoholics. The alcoholics were less likely to report keeping busy or seeing a friend when feeling anxious, depressed, dependent, or angry; instead, they tended to report seeking out a bartender, drinking, smoking, or taking pills (p < .01). When feeling aggressive, they reacted in the same ways (p < .05). In both pleasant and unpleasant emotional states, alcoholics sought out their bartenders, rarely their doctors. It is concluded that treatment of alcoholics should aim not only at altering drinking patterns but at modifying other behavior: alcoholics should learn to turn to friends and to work regularly regardless of mood. It is suggested that the data matrix used in this study may be useful in screening and diagnosis and in evaluating treatment programs. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - emotional states & behavioral patterns KW - diagnosis of alcoholism KW - alcoholics vs nonalcoholics KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - Personality Traits KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-03457-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-03441-001 AN - 1974-03441-001 AU - Pishkin, Vladimir AU - Fishkin, Steven AU - Stahl, Monte L. T1 - Concept learning in chronic alcoholics: Psychophysiological and set functions. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1972/07// VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 328 EP - 334 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-03441-001. PMID: 5037995 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pishkin, Vladimir; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Release Date: 19740201. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Concept Formation; Electromyography; Skin Resistance. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1972. AB - Measured skin resistance and EMG activity in male alcoholics and control Ss to examine the possibility that these autonomic indicators are abnormal in alcoholics. Unsolvable set interfered with concept identification (CI) solution in both groups. There were increases in muscle action potentials and decreases in GSR concurrent with CI. Alcoholics rate of CI responding was correlated negatively with information processing efficiency. Fewer alcoholic than control Ss had extreme GSR rates during the CI task. Alcoholics' rate of responding was significantly higher than that of the control Ss just prior to and at the time of CI solution. The failure to find an overall difference between the groups on the CI errors suggests that the cognitive deficit associated with alcoholism is limited to aspects of cognitive functioning not tapped simply by analysis of CI errors. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - skin resistance & EMG activity KW - concept identification KW - male alcoholics KW - 1972 KW - Alcoholism KW - Concept Formation KW - Electromyography KW - Skin Resistance KW - 1972 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197207)28:3+<328::AID-JCLP2270280305>3.0.CO;2-Q UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-03441-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-03387-001 AN - 1974-03387-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - Roles of interpersonal contact and verbal content in abstract thinking deficits of schizophrenics. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 32 IS - 3, Pt. 2 SP - 1023 EP - 1032 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-03387-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19740201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Abstraction; Interpersonal Communication; Interpersonal Interaction; Schizophrenia; Thought Disturbances. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. AB - Compared performance of 24 process schizophrenics, 24 reactive schizophrenics, and 24 normal hospital employees (mean age 41.3 yrs) on 4 proverbs tests which varied in the amount of interpersonal communication. To test the hypothesis that abstraction deficits reflect only difficulties with verbal stimuli, performance was compared on the WAIS Block Design and Object Assembly subtests, and the Halstead Category test. Results support the hypothesis. The view that either autism or loss of ability to abstract in adult schizophrenics increases peculiarly with the amount of interpersonal interaction built into the task was not supported. (22 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - interpersonal contact & verbal content KW - abstract thinking deficits KW - process vs reactive schizophrenics vs normals KW - 1973 KW - Abstraction KW - Interpersonal Communication KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Schizophrenia KW - Thought Disturbances KW - 1973 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1973.32.3c.1023 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-03387-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-03386-001 AN - 1974-03386-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - Psychopathological correlates of anthropometric types in male schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1972/10// VL - 28 IS - 4 SP - 474 EP - 478 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-03386-001. PMID: 4404167 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Release Date: 19740201. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychopathology; Schizophrenia; Somatotypes. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1972. AB - Obtained data on the nature of the relationships between somatotypic dimensions and a variety of staff-rating and psychiatric self-report scale variables among male schizophrenics. The MMPI, the Psychotic Inpatient Profile, and the Ullman-Giovannoni Process-Reactive Scale were administered to 231 staff-diagnosed male schizophrenics. Anthropometric typing, yielding scores for ectomorphy, endomorphy, and mesomorphy, was accomplished. The significant rs were only slightly more than the number that would have been predicted by chance. 8 of the 99 coefficients were significant at the .05 level. None of the rs exceeded .34. Ectomorphs appeared to be grandiose, resistive, hyperactive, and demanding. Mesomorphy was associated with passivity and low socioeducational achievement. The endomorphic stereotype of a gregarious, dependent, and complacent individual received little support. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - anthropometric typing KW - psychopathological correlates KW - male schizophrenics KW - 1972 KW - Psychopathology KW - Schizophrenia KW - Somatotypes KW - 1972 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197210)28:4<474::AID-JCLP2270280410>3.0.CO;2-R UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-03386-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-03385-001 AN - 1974-03385-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - A comparison of the ethical self-presentations of schizophrenics, prisoners and normals. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1972/10// VL - 28 IS - 4 SP - 479 EP - 483 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-03385-001. PMID: 5080831 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Release Date: 19740201. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ethics; Prisoners; Schizophrenia; Self-Perception. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1972. AB - Developed a multiple-choice ethics inventory and presented it to schizophrenic, prisoner, and normal Ss. Process schizophrenics presented themselves as being less antisocial than normals. Ethical standards of the schizophrenics were less stable than those of the normals, and process schizophrenic standards were more unstable than those of reactive schizophrenics. Prison Ss were less moralistic, more antisocial, and more oriented toward the avoidance of censure than the other groups. Implications for rehabilitation programs of prison inmates are presented in light of these results. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethical self-presentation KW - process vs reactive schizophrenics & prisoners & normals KW - 1972 KW - Ethics KW - Prisoners KW - Schizophrenia KW - Self-Perception KW - 1972 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197210)28:4<479::AID-JCLP2270280411>3.0.CO;2-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-03385-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-03366-001 AN - 1974-03366-001 AU - Pishkin, Vladimir T1 - Concept identification and psychophysiological parameters in depressed schizophrenics as functions of imipramine and nialamide. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1972/07// VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 335 EP - 339 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-03366-001. PMID: 5037996 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pishkin, Vladimir; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Release Date: 19740201. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Concept Formation; Galvanic Skin Response; Imipramine; Nialamide; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Attention; Drugs. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1972. AB - 72 depressed, male, chronic schizophrenic Ss were involved in a double-blind, placebo-controlled study of imipramine and nialamide. All Ss performed a concept identification (CI) task during the 7th and 8th wks of the study. Continuous recordings of skin conductance were obtained. Both drugs facilitated CI performance. There was a negative relationship between CI errors and spontaneous GSRs. Placebo Ss produced the least GSRs and nialamide Ss the most GSRs. This result conforms to an earlier conclusion that nialamide improves attention span to a higher level than does imipramine. CI errors increased monotonically with increasing problem complexity in the drug groups but not in the placebo conditions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nialamide vs imipramine KW - concept identification & GSR KW - male depressed chronic schizophrenics KW - 1972 KW - Concept Formation KW - Galvanic Skin Response KW - Imipramine KW - Nialamide KW - Schizophrenia KW - Attention KW - Drugs KW - 1972 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197207)28:3+<335::AID-JCLP2270280306>3.0.CO;2-V UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-03366-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-03362-001 AN - 1974-03362-001 AU - Palmieri, Rafael G. AU - Suarez, Yolanda T1 - The future outlook of Puerto Rican Vietnam-era hospitalized psychiatric patients. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1972/07// VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 394 EP - 399 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-03362-001. PMID: 5038009 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Palmieri, Rafael G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., San Juan, Puerto Rico. Release Date: 19740201. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Expectations; Psychiatric Patients; Psychosocial Readjustment. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Location: Puerto Rico. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1972. AB - Administered the Future Outlook Inventory (FOI) to 85 Puerto Rican Vietnam-era hospitalized psychiatric patients prior to discharge. High ratings were given for support and understanding from their families, concern over the adult role, and activity in religious organization. Uncertainty and ambivalence were noted for the future, possibility of relapse, community understanding, and expectancies of friendship and understanding from others. Low ratings were found for morbid thoughts about health and death and establishing formalized social contacts. The sample was broken down and analyzed according to 7 specific categories (e.g., marital status, schooling) and patient variability on all 9 factors of the FOI was observed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Future Outlook Inventory KW - Puerto Rican Vietnam-era hospitalized psychiatric patients KW - 1972 KW - Expectations KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychosocial Readjustment KW - 1972 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197207)28:3+<394::AID-JCLP2270280326>3.0.CO;2-Q UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-03362-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-03332-001 AN - 1974-03332-001 AU - Gunn, Robert C. T1 - Hangovers and attitudes toward drinking. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1973/03// VL - 34 IS - 1, Pt. A SP - 194 EP - 198 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-03332-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gunn, Robert C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Ann Arbor, Mich. Release Date: 19740201. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Attitudes; Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Psychiatric Patients; Self-Perception; Side Effects (Drug). Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1973. AB - Administered an Alcohol Questionnaire, devised for this study, to 42 white male psychiatric patients (mean age 37) in a study of attitudes toward drinking, self-perceived change in behavior while drinking, and the severity and frequency of hangovers. The distribution of attitude scores was bimodal: 21 Ss viewed drinking positively and the rest viewed drinking negatively. Ss with negative attitudes toward drinking reported having had hangovers more frequently than those with positive attitudes, and Ss who felt their behavior changed noticeably while drinking and who had negative attitudes toward drinking as well also reported more hangovers (p < .05 in both cases). The amount of alcoholic beverages drunk was not related to the frequency or severity of hangovers. It is suggested that men who experience guilt when they drink have negative attitudes toward drinking and this guilt may play a key role in producing a hangover state. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - attitudes towards drinking & self-perceived change in behavior while drinking KW - severity & frequency of hangovers KW - white psychiatric patients KW - 1973 KW - Alcohol Drinking Attitudes KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Self-Perception KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-03332-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-03281-001 AN - 1974-03281-001 AU - Grayson, Harry M. AU - Backer, Thomas E. T1 - Scoring accuracy of four automated MMPI interpretation report agencies. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1972/07// VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 366 EP - 370 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-03281-001. Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Grayson, Harry M.; Brentwood Veterans Administration Hosp., Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19740201. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Computer Applications; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychiatric Patients; Scoring (Testing). Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1972. AB - 30 psychiatric inpatients were administered the MMPI, and the results were sent to 4 agencies who provide computerized MMPI interpretations. 14 artificial MMPI records were constructed to check on the scoring programs. A table of raw scoring errors is presented and discussed. It is noted that the errors were so small that they were unlikely to be of any significance. Suggestions for product improvement are made. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - computerized MMPI interpretations KW - scoring accuracy KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1972 KW - Computer Applications KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Scoring (Testing) KW - 1972 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197207)28:3+<366::AID-JCLP2270280317>3.0.CO;2-L UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-03281-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-03216-001 AN - 1974-03216-001 AU - Starker, Steven T1 - Aspects of inner experience: Autokinesis, daydreaming, dream recall and cognitive style. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1973/04// VL - 36 IS - 2 SP - 663 EP - 673 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-03216-001. PMID: 4690768 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Starker, Steven; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19740201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Autokinetic Illusion; Cognitive Style; Daydreaming; Dream Recall. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1973. AB - In a previous series of studies, H. M. Voth and M. Mayman have reported 2 pervasive styles of relating to the external environment which are best measured by the autokinetic effect and have related autokinesis to broad aspects of inner life. The present study with male college students investigated whether autokinetic perception is a meaningful measure of inner experience and how it relates to daydreaming, dream recall, and psychological differentiation. Ss were given an autokinetic test, the Imaginal Processes Inventory (IPI), and the Embedded Figures Test, and were instructed to keep a dream diary for 16 consecutive nights. Results show little correlational support for the hypothesized relationship of autokinesis to diverse aspects of inner experience. Factor analysis yielded an autokinetic factor independent of the other measures. Styles of daydreaming reported by J. L. Singer and J. S. Antrobus for the IPI are replicated and some qualitative similarities between waking and sleeping fantasy lives are noted. (22 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - autokinetic perception KW - inner experience measure & daydreaming & dream recall & cognitive style KW - male college students KW - 1973 KW - Autokinetic Illusion KW - Cognitive Style KW - Daydreaming KW - Dream Recall KW - 1973 DO - 10.2466/pms.1973.36.2.663 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-03216-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-03157-001 AN - 1974-03157-001 AU - Deabler, Herdis L. AU - Hartl, Emil M. AU - Willis, Constance A. T1 - Physique and personality: Somatotype and the 16 PF. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 36 IS - 3, Pt. 1 SP - 927 EP - 933 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-03157-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Deabler, Herdis L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., New Orleans, La. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19740201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality; Sixteen Personality Factors Questionnaire; Somatotypes. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. AB - Administered the 16 PF to 300 somatotyped adult males. Low, nonsignificant correlations were found between somatotype and 16 PF scores. Results may indicate that there is less of a relationship between personality and physique than contended by constitutional psychologists. The adequacy of the 16 PF is questioned. (30 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - somatotype KW - personality as measured by 16 PF KW - males KW - 1973 KW - Personality KW - Sixteen Personality Factors Questionnaire KW - Somatotypes KW - 1973 DO - 10.2466/pms.1973.36.3.927 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-03157-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-02903-001 AN - 1974-02903-001 AU - Kaltreider, Nancy B. T1 - Psychological factors in mid-trimester abortion. JF - Psychiatry in Medicine JO - Psychiatry in Medicine Y1 - 1973///Spr 1973 VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 129 EP - 134 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-02903-001. PMID: 4716879 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kaltreider, Nancy B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychiatric Consultation Service, San Francisco, Calif. Release Date: 19740201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ambivalence; Denial; Induced Abortion; Pregnancy; Psychological Stress. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1973. AB - Performed a comparative psychiatric evaluation with 18 women who sought legal abortion. The 8 women who delayed until the 2nd trimester had a pattern of disturbed parental relationships, reliance on denial as a defense mechanism, and ambivalence towards the pregnancy. They related strong feelings of identification with their child and, post-abortion, expressed a sense of loss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - disturbed parental relationships & reliance on denial & ambivalence KW - mid-trimester abortion KW - women delaying vs not delaying legal requests KW - 1973 KW - Ambivalence KW - Denial KW - Induced Abortion KW - Pregnancy KW - Psychological Stress KW - 1973 DO - 10.2190/K6L3-MU7M-2Y92-HDH2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-02903-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-02688-001 AN - 1974-02688-001 AU - Freed, Earl X. T1 - Alcohol and conflict: The role of self-intoxication in a punishment discrimination by rats. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1972/09// VL - 33 IS - 3-A SP - 756 EP - 768 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-02688-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freed, Earl X.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Alcohol Research Lab., Lyons, N.J. Release Date: 19740201. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Intoxication; Drugs; Punishment; Self-Stimulation; Stimulus Discrimination. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1972. AB - Conditioned schedule-induced polydipsic consumption of fluid in 12 food-deprived Charles River (cd) male rats which pressed a bar for food on an FI schedule. 6 Ss drank water and 6 a 5.6% alcohol solution. During the discriminative stage, 2 20-min FI-60-sec periods were alternated with 2 3-min continuous reinforcement (CRF) periods. During the conflict stage, the 20-3-20-3 min design was continued but conflict was induced by punishing each response during the CRF period with a .5-ma shock for 1 sec. A final postconflict day followed during which the shock contingency was omitted. Self-intoxication did not reduce appetitive or approach behavior. The alcohol-treated Ss barpressed more frequently during the initial conflict stage than the water-treated, indicating that alcohol prevented the initial development of conflict. Alcohol did not serve as a significant mitigator of continued conflict once the primary experiences with shock were past. The alcohol-treated Ss barpressed less efficiently due to impaired discrimination of positive and negative reinforcement. Findings support the notion of an alcohol-situation interaction and the hypothesis of state-dependent learning linked to intoxication. (39 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self-intoxication with alcohol KW - punishment discrimination KW - rats KW - 1972 KW - Alcohol Intoxication KW - Drugs KW - Punishment KW - Self-Stimulation KW - Stimulus Discrimination KW - Rats KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-02688-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-02662-001 AN - 1974-02662-001 AU - Love, William S. AU - Houser, Vincent P. T1 - A simple method for measuring spontaneous motor activity in squirrel monkeys during chair restraint. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 10 IS - 6 SP - 1115 EP - 1117 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-02662-001. PMID: 4197925 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Love, William S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19740201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus; Measurement; Motor Processes. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. AB - Describes a simple, reliable, and sensitive method for measuring spontaneous motor activity which includes a restraint chair that swings in any lateral direction and 2 brass rings which respond to the slightest movement by triggering an electronic recording device. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - simple method for measurement of spontaneous motor activity during chair restraint KW - squirrel monkeys KW - 1973 KW - Apparatus KW - Measurement KW - Motor Processes KW - Monkeys KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(73)90196-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-02662-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-02637-001 AN - 1974-02637-001 AU - Riege, Walter H. AU - Cherkin, Arthur T1 - Retroactive facilitation of memory in goldfish by flurothyl. JF - Psychopharmacologia JO - Psychopharmacologia Y1 - 1973/// VL - 30 IS - 3 SP - 195 EP - 204 CY - Germany PB - Springer N1 - Accession Number: 1974-02637-001. PMID: 4736781 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Riege, Walter H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychobiology Research Lab., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19740201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drugs; Memory; Sedatives. Minor Descriptor: Goldfish. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - Found that the spontaneous upstream swimming of goldfisn (N = 1,318) into a quiet well was suppressed in 1 trial by electric shock (2.0 V/cm). Independent groups of Ss, at 25.C, retained this learned avoidance 1, 4, 16, and 64 hrs after training but not 256 hrs after training. When trained Ss were treated 3 min after training with a 16-min exposure to convulsive solutions of flurothyl (Indoklon), their retention of avoidance 16, 64, and 256 hrs later was facilitated. This retroactive facilitation (RF) of long-term memory could not be attributed to proactive or aversive effects of the treatment. Ss treated in water saturated with carbon dioxide (80% CO2:20% O2) showed retrograde amnesia (RA). Neither the RF from flurothyl nor the RA from CO2-treatment were diminished when training and treatment were given at 20 or 15.C. The memory-enhancing effect of flurothyl convulsions, and its delayed onset, may relate to the dual stimulant-depressant action of the drug and differ from the RA effect reported for mice and chicks. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - flurothyl KW - retroactive facilitation of memory KW - goldfish KW - 1973 KW - Drugs KW - Memory KW - Sedatives KW - Goldfish KW - 1973 DO - 10.1007/BF00422866 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-02637-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-02621-001 AN - 1974-02621-001 AU - Lewis, Evan G. T1 - Influence of test length and difficulty level on performance after alcohol. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1973/03// VL - 34 IS - 1, Pt. A SP - 78 EP - 88 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-02621-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lewis, Evan G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salt Lake City, U. Release Date: 19740201. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohols; Drugs; Motor Coordination; Perceptual Motor Processes; Problem Solving. Minor Descriptor: Test Performance. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1973. AB - Randomly assigned 40 21-35 yr old males to 2 control groups and 2 groups who drank in random sequence .41 or 1.23 gm/kg of 95% alcohol, 30 min before the beginning of 2 of 4 testing sessions at least 7 days apart. Card-sort, visual-motor coordination, and problem-solving tests were administered in a counter-balanced order and at 2 levels of difficulty. One control and 1 alcohol group worked only on easy tests, the others on more difficult ones. Ss spent 15 min/session on each of the 3 tests, with performance measured every 5 min. No significant differences were found between the performances of the alcohol and control groups on the easy tests or on the more difficult problem-solving test, but significantly fewer cards were sorted correctly on the more difficult sorting test after the larger dose (p < .05), and both doses interfered with performance on the visual-motor test (p < .01). Lengthening the tests enhanced practice effects in all groups, but in alcohol-group Ss doing the more difficult tests, the rate of improvement was diminished after the larger dose. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - test length & difficulty level on card-sort & visual-motor coordination & problem-solving tests KW - performance after alcohol KW - 21-35 yr old males KW - 1973 KW - Alcohols KW - Drugs KW - Motor Coordination KW - Perceptual Motor Processes KW - Problem Solving KW - Test Performance KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-02621-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-02618-001 AN - 1974-02618-001 AU - Kochar, Mahendra S. AU - Hosko, Michael J. T1 - Electrocardiographic effects of marihuana. JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JA - JAMA Y1 - 1973/07// VL - 225 IS - 1 SP - 25 EP - 27 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0098-7484 SN - 1538-3598 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-02618-001. PMID: 4123475 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kochar, Mahendra S.; Veterans Administration Center, Clinical Pharmacology Service, Wood, Wis. Release Date: 19740201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drugs; Electrocardiography; Tetrahydrocannabinol. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1973. AB - Studied the EKGs of 7 24-28 yr old healthy males to determine the effects of D-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), the most psychoactive component of marihuana. 2 doses of THC, 200mg/kg of body weight and 300mg/kg, were given orally to each S at a 3-day interval, and placebo was administered between the 2 doses of THC. After the small dose of THC, only 2 of the 7 Ss showed EKG changes, but after the larger dose, 6 manifested increased heart rate, 2 developed S-T-segment and T-wave changes, and 1 had premature ventricular contractions. No EKG changes occurred after placebo was administered. It is concluded that marihuana may affect the heart, and its repeated use may have a cumulative effect. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol KW - EKG KW - 24-28 yr olds KW - 1973 KW - Drugs KW - Electrocardiography KW - Tetrahydrocannabinol KW - 1973 DO - 10.1001/jama.225.1.25 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-02618-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-02611-001 AN - 1974-02611-001 AU - Jakubczak, Leonard F. AU - Gomer, Frank E. T1 - Effects of food deprivation and initial levels on a wheel-running response to methamphetamine. JF - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JO - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JA - Bull Psychon Soc Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 1 IS - 5-B SP - 343 EP - 345 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society, Inc. SN - 0090-5054 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-02611-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jakubczak, Leonard F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Gerontological Psychology Research Lab., St. Louis, Mo. Release Date: 19740201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Motivation; Drug Dosages; Drugs; Food Deprivation; Methamphetamine. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. AB - Determined the time course and peak effects of methamphetamine on wheel-running activity of 48 food-deprived male Sprague-Dawley rats. The degree to which food deprivation and/or predeprivation levels interact with dosage to influence running activity was also determined. A 4 3 2 5 design was employed, representing 4 dosage levels of methamphetamine HCl (.00, .75, 1.50, and 3.00 mg/kg), 3 food-deprivation conditions (90, 80, and 70% of ad lib body weight), 2 blocks of Ss formed on the basis of predeprivation levels of running, and 5 hourly samples of running activity. Results indicate that the peak effects of methamphetamine on running activity occur with a dose of 1.50 mg/kg during the 1st hour after injection, and are additive to the effects of food deprivation and predeprivation running levels. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - methamphetamine dosage & interaction with food deprivation & predeprivation activity levels KW - wheel-running activity KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Animal Motivation KW - Drug Dosages KW - Drugs KW - Food Deprivation KW - Methamphetamine KW - Rats KW - 1973 DO - 10.3758/BF03334366 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-02611-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-02608-001 AN - 1974-02608-001 AU - Houser, Vincent P. T1 - Influence of changes in adrenergic and cholinergic activity upon acquisition of operant discrimination in albino rats. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 32 IS - 3, Pt. 2 SP - 1311 EP - 1327 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-02608-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Houser, Vincent P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pavlovian Research Lab., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19740201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drugs; Operant Conditioning; Pilocarpine; Scopolamine; Tyrosine. Minor Descriptor: Dextroamphetamine; Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. AB - Studied the effects on operant discrimination of scopolamine hydrobromide (.5 mg/kg), pilocarpine nitrate (2.5 mg/kg), dextroamphetamine sulfate (1.5 mg/kg), and a-methyl-p-tyrosine (AMT). 96 male albino rats were assigned to FI 12-sec and 36-sec schedules that generated either high or low rates of unreinforced (Sd) responding. Dextroamphetamine and scopolamine decreased high Sd rates but had no effect on low SD rates. Withdrawal of dextroamphetamine after acquisition under the drug led to a dramatic increase in SD rates under both schedules. AMT reduced high SD rates, while pilocarpine had no effect on behavior. Results suggest that the similarities between the behavioral effects of dextroamphetamine and scopolamine on appetitive schedules may primarily reflect their motivational properties. Data also indicate that withdrawal from chronic dextroamphetamine administration can produce dramatic alterations in response rate even in cases where the acquisition of behavior is unaltered by chronic drug treatment. (34 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - scopolamine hydrobromide & pilocarpine nitrate & dextroamphetamine sulfate & alpha-methyl-p-tyrosine KW - acquisiton of operant discrimination KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Drugs KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Pilocarpine KW - Scopolamine KW - Tyrosine KW - Dextroamphetamine KW - Rats KW - 1973 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1973.32.3c.1311 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-02608-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-02599-001 AN - 1974-02599-001 AU - Fischer, R. AU - Scheib, J. T1 - Creative performance and the hallucinogenic drug-induced creative experience or one man's brain-damage is another's creativity. JF - Confinia Psychiatrica JO - Confinia Psychiatrica Y1 - 1971/// VL - 14 IS - 3-4 SP - 174 EP - 202 CY - Switzerland PB - S Karger AG N1 - Accession Number: 1974-02599-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fischer, R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Drug Treatment & Research Center, Washington, D.C. Release Date: 19740201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Creativity; Drugs; Hallucinogenic Drugs. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 29. Issue Publication Date: 1971. AB - Found a significant inverse relation in 21 college-age volunteers between 'brain damage' (as measured by degree of rotation on the Minnesota Percepto-Diagnostic Test) and 'creativity' (D. MacKinnon's creative-performance score computed as the sum of the 'intuition' and 'perception' dimensions on the Myers-Briggs Type Indicator) prior to, at the peak of, and at the termination of a 160 mg/kg psilocybin-induced experience. A larger perceptual-behavior repertoire, a lower creative performer's score, and field independence characterized Ss who produced aesthetically-pleasing figure drawings at the peak of the hallucinogenic drug experience. These 3 criteria were among the prerequisites of the hallucinogenic drug-induced creative experience, and may point to 1 essential 'talent': an individual's ability to float free of anxiety in a dreamy state and to find symbolic meaning in the ever-changing play of figure-ground relationships. A -shaped relation between creativity and general intelligence is postulated, and it is argued that neither the brain damage test nor MacKinnon's creativity score measures what they are intended to when applied to the drug-induced waking-dream state. (49 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hallucinogenic drugs KW - performance on tests for brain damage & creativity KW - college students KW - 1971 KW - Brain Damage KW - Creativity KW - Drugs KW - Hallucinogenic Drugs KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-02599-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-02596-001 AN - 1974-02596-001 AU - Dougherty, John AU - Pickens, Roy T1 - Fixed-interval schedules of intravenous cocaine presentation in rats. JF - Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior JO - Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior JA - J Exp Anal Behav Y1 - 1973/07// VL - 20 IS - 1 SP - 111 EP - 118 CY - US PB - Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior SN - 0022-5002 SN - 1938-3711 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-02596-001. PMID: 4714574 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dougherty, John; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lexington, Ky. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19740201. Correction Date: 20130218. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cocaine; Drug Dosages; Drugs; Fixed Interval Reinforcement; Reinforcement Amounts. Minor Descriptor: Conditioned Responses; Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1973. AB - Examined FI schedules of presentation of cocaine as a function of injection dose (.32-.64 mg/kg, iv) and interval duration (200-400 sec) in 2 male Sprague-Dawley rats. Cocaine was found to exert a dose-related temporal control over the initiation of responding that was unaffected by the FI contingency. FI pause duration was linearly related to injection dose and was the same duration as the interresponse time found on continuous reinforcement schedules of cocaine presentation. The FI pause remained constant with changes in interval duration. Characteristic FI patterns of responding were observed. However, overall response rates were inversely related to injection dose and directly related to interval duration. Running response rates varied unsystematically with both variables. Findings are at variance with results typically found in studies of FI food and electric shock presentation. (22 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - injection dose & interval duration KW - responding on fixed-interval schedules of cocaine presentation KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Cocaine KW - Drug Dosages KW - Drugs KW - Fixed Interval Reinforcement KW - Reinforcement Amounts KW - Conditioned Responses KW - Rats KW - 1973 DO - 10.1901/jeab.1973.20-111 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-02596-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-02591-001 AN - 1974-02591-001 AU - Davidoff, Robert A. T1 - Alcohol and presynaptic inhibition in an isolated spinal cord preparation. JF - Archives of Neurology JO - Archives of Neurology JA - Arch Neurol Y1 - 1973/01// VL - 28 IS - 1 SP - 60 EP - 63 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-9942 SN - 1538-3687 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-02591-001. PMID: 4344473 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of Neurology; JAMA Neurology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davidoff, Robert A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Miami, Fla. Release Date: 19740201. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drugs; Ethanol; Spinal Cord; Synapses. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1973. AB - To clarify conflicting information concerning the action of alcohol (ethanol) on presynaptic inhibitory mechanisms, the perfused in vitro amphibian spinal cord preparation served as an experimental model to investigate effects of alcohol on a complex neural system. Results indicate that alcohol markedly increases presynaptic inhibition, apparently by increasing the efficacy of the transmitter compound involved in the process. Addition of alcohol (150-450 mg/100 ml) to the perfusate regularly enhances primary afferent depolarization. This effect was manifest through increased dorsal root potentials and increased excitability of dorsal root terminals in response to dorsal or ventral root stimulation. As a result of increased primary afferent depolarization, presynaptic inhibition of orthodromic reflex activity increased. (41 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethanol KW - presynaptic inhibition in isolated spinal cord preparation KW - 1973 KW - Drugs KW - Ethanol KW - Spinal Cord KW - Synapses KW - 1973 DO - 10.1001/archneur.1973.00490190078011 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-02591-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-02551-001 AN - 1974-02551-001 AU - Nies, Alexander AU - Robinson, Donald S. AU - Lamborn, Kathleen R. AU - Lampert, Richard P. T1 - Genetic control of platelet and plasma monoamine oxidase activity. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 28 IS - 6 SP - 834 EP - 838 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-02551-001. PMID: 4736054 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Nies, Alexander; Veterans Administration Center, White River Junction, Vt. Release Date: 19740201. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blood Plasma; Blood Platelets; Heterozygotic Twins; Monoamine Oxidases; Monozygotic Twins. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. AB - Measured the MAO activity of platelets and plasma from 9 pairs of monozygous (MZ) twins, 11 pairs of dizygous (DZ) twins, and 20 control pairs matched on age (14-63 yrs) and sex. Mean intrapair difference in platelet and plasma MAO activity and the variability of intrapair differences was smallest (near zero) for MZ twins, with DZ twins next and controls having the greatest variability. Intraclass correlation coefficients for platelet and plasma enzyme activity were greatest for MZ twins and smallest for controls. Heritability of the platelet and plasma enzyme activities were .83 and .86, respectively. The distribution of platelet MAO activity was nonunimodal, indicating the possibility of genetic heterogeneity. Results indicate that genetic factors influence the activity of MAO, an enzyme which influences biogenic amine metabolism and may play a role in depression and other neuropsychiatric illnesses. (33 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - monoamine oxidase activity in platelets & plasma KW - monzygous vs dizygous twins KW - 1973 KW - Blood Plasma KW - Blood Platelets KW - Heterozygotic Twins KW - Monoamine Oxidases KW - Monozygotic Twins KW - 1973 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1973.01750360060008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-02551-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-02484-001 AN - 1974-02484-001 AU - Goodman, David T1 - ALFIE: Collection of EEG alpha under feedback control using time series analysis. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1973/07// VL - 10 IS - 4 SP - 437 EP - 440 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-02484-001. PMID: 4719487 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goodman, David; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychophysiology Lab., Bedford, Mass. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19740201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alpha Rhythm; Computer Applications; Electroencephalography; Feedback. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1973. KW - feedback control using time series analysis KW - collection of EEG alpha KW - 1973 KW - Alpha Rhythm KW - Computer Applications KW - Electroencephalography KW - Feedback KW - 1973 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1973.tb00802.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-02484-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-02450-001 AN - 1974-02450-001 AU - Hersen, Michel T1 - Self-assessment of fear. JF - Behavior Therapy JO - Behavior Therapy JA - Behav Ther Y1 - 1973/03// VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 241 EP - 257 CY - US PB - Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy SN - 0005-7894 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-02450-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hersen, Michel; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19740201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Factor Analysis; Fear; Self-Evaluation; Test Reliability; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Human Sex Differences; Personality Measures; Statistical Correlation. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1973. AB - Reviews self-assessment measures of fear in terms of their reliability, validity, factorial structure, sex, and population differences, and correlations with other personality scales. The need for long-term reliability studies for different population samples tapping a variety of age groups is indicated. Needless duplication of measurement is apparent, and the validation of shortened schedules based on factorial analyses is warranted. Conflicting evidence is presented as to the predictive validity of fear schedules when overt indices of fear are used as criteria. The fear construct is examined in terms of its tripartite structure (verbal, motor, and physiological), and questions are raised as to which of the components is to be utilized as the criterion measure. Suggestions for further research are made with respect to assessing comparative degree of change in verbal, motor, and physiological indices in the successful modification of fear. (47 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reliability & validity & factorial structure & sex & population differences & correlations with personality scales KW - self-assessment measures of fear KW - 1973 KW - Factor Analysis KW - Fear KW - Self-Evaluation KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Personality Measures KW - Statistical Correlation KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/S0005-7894(73)80034-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-02450-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-02429-001 AN - 1974-02429-001 AU - Thompson, W. Douglas T1 - Measurement of alphabetical organization in free recall. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 32 IS - 3, Pt. 2 SP - 1043 EP - 1047 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-02429-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Thompson, W. Douglas; Veterans Administration Hosp., Newington, Conn. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19740201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alphabets; Classification (Cognitive Process); Free Recall; Measurement. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. AB - Presents a method for measuring the extent to which Ss alphabetize their emissions in free-recall experiments. The measure takes account of chance-expected alphabetizing and has fixed upper and lower bounds. Computation of alphabetizing scores of 78 Ss demonstrated the effectiveness of the measure. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - measurement method KW - alphabetical organization in free recall KW - 1973 KW - Alphabets KW - Classification (Cognitive Process) KW - Free Recall KW - Measurement KW - 1973 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1973.32.3c.1043 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-02429-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-02202-001 AN - 1974-02202-001 AU - Dee, Henry L. AU - Fontenot, Donald J. T1 - Cerebral dominance and lateral differences in perception and memory. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 11 IS - 2 SP - 167 EP - 173 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-02202-001. PMID: 4713393 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dee, Henry L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19740201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebral Dominance; Lateral Dominance; Memory; Tachistoscopic Presentation; Visual Perception. Minor Descriptor: Visual Field. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. AB - Results of a study with 30 right-handed male undergraduates replicate D. J. Fontenot's 1972 finding that tachistoscopically-presented complex forms of low verbal association value are more accurately recognized when presented to the left visual field than to the right, implying dominance of the right hemisphere for the perception of this type of stimulus material. This finding, in conjunction with the well-established right visual field (i.e., left hemisphere) superiority for the perception of verbal material, strongly supports the hypothesis that asymmetry in human perceptual performance reflects hemispheric asymmetry of function rather than peripheral factors. The role of memory in producing perceptual asymmetry was also investigated. Complex figures were presented for 15-25 msec in either the left or right visual field: after a delay of 0-20 sec, Ss indicated whether or not a form presented in central vision was the target form. Results indicate that the observed left visual field superiority for these complex forms arises from hemispheric differences in memory rather than purely perceptual processes. (French & German summaries) (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - left vs right visual field presentation & memory KW - perception of tachistoscopically-presented complex forms of low verbal association value & perceptual asymmetry KW - right-handed college students KW - 1973 KW - Cerebral Dominance KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Memory KW - Tachistoscopic Presentation KW - Visual Perception KW - Visual Field KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(73)90004-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-02202-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-02110-001 AN - 1974-02110-001 AU - Mendels, J. AU - Weinstein, N. T1 - The Schedule of Recent Experiences: A reliability study. JF - Psychosomatic Medicine JO - Psychosomatic Medicine Y1 - 1972/11// VL - 34 IS - 6 SP - 527 EP - 531 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0033-3174 SN - 1534-7796 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-02110-001. PMID: 4644661 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mendels, J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Philadelphia, Pa. Release Date: 19740201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Life Experiences; Questionnaires; Social Adjustment; Test Reliability. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1972. AB - Administered the Schedule of Recent Experiences to 187 medical students to evaluate the reliability of the weights assigned to individual items. A high correlation was found between Ss' responses and the responses originally reported by T. H. Holmes and R. H. Rahe (see record [rid]1968-03998-001[/rid]), in spite of differences in age and education between the respondents. The correlation remained very high when the study was repeated after a 1-yr interval. This finding offers support for the usefulness of this instrument in evaluating the relationship between life events and other variables for groups of Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reliability of Schedule of Recent Experiences KW - evaluation of relationship between life events & other variables KW - 1972 KW - Life Experiences KW - Questionnaires KW - Social Adjustment KW - Test Reliability KW - 1972 DO - 10.1097/00006842-197211000-00005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-02110-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-02053-001 AN - 1974-02053-001 AU - Gantt, W. Horsley T1 - Reminiscences of Pavlov. JF - Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior JO - Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior JA - J Exp Anal Behav Y1 - 1973/07// VL - 20 IS - 1 SP - 131 EP - 136 CY - US PB - Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior SN - 0022-5002 SN - 1938-3711 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-02053-001. PMID: 4581942 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gantt, W. Horsley; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pavlovian Research Lab., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19740201. Correction Date: 20130218. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classical Conditioning; History of Psychology; Learning Theory. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1973. AB - Discusses the life and personality of Pavlov, briefly describes the laws of the conditional reflex, and presents a critical evaluation of Pavlov's concepts. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Pavlov KW - discussion of his life & personality & evaluation of his concepts KW - 1973 KW - Classical Conditioning KW - History of Psychology KW - Learning Theory KW - 1973 DO - 10.1901/jeab.1973.20-131 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-02053-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-01657-001 AN - 1974-01657-001 AU - Hersen, Michel AU - Eisler, Richard M. AU - Alford, Geary S. AU - Agras, W. S. T1 - Effects of token economy on neurotic depression: An experimental analysis. JF - Behavior Therapy JO - Behavior Therapy JA - Behav Ther Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 392 EP - 397 CY - US PB - Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy SN - 0005-7894 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-01657-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hersen, Michel; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Major Depression; Token Economy Programs. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. AB - Predicted that work behaviors on a token economy program would be incompatible with emission of depressive behaviors in 3 neurotically depressed male patients. Results show that observable depression (measured by the J. G. Williams, et al 1972 Behavioral Rating Scale) was markedly diminished during the token reinforcement condition. By contrast, increases in depression were noted during baseline phases. It is argued that token economy work activities facilitated greater social stimulation, thus increasing the likelihood of elicitation and reinforcement of target behaviors. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - token economy KW - depressive behaviors KW - neurotically depressed patients KW - 1973 KW - Major Depression KW - Token Economy Programs KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/S0005-7894(73)80119-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-01657-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-01492-001 AN - 1974-01492-001 AU - Pokorny, Alex D. AU - Miller, Byron A. AU - Kanas, Tom AU - Valles, Jorge T1 - Effectiveness of extended aftercare in the treatment of alcoholism. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 34 IS - 2 SP - 435 EP - 443 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-01492-001. PMID: 4351601 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pokorny, Alex D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19740101. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Followup Studies; Group Psychotherapy; Outpatient Treatment; Psychosocial Rehabilitation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. AB - Conducted follow-up interviews with 122 male alcoholics 1 yr after completion of a 60-day hospital treatment program and participation in weekly group therapy sessions on an outpatient basis. 91 Ss never attended the outpatient sessions, or attended fewer than 8 times, and 31 attended 8 or more times; 53% of the latter and 15% of the former were still abstinent after 1 yr. The incidence of drinking was less among relapsed Ss who had attended the sessions than among relapsed Ss who had never attended. Ss who had attended 8 or more sessions showed greater occupational, social, and personal adjustment than the other Ss. The over-all treatment outcome at the 1-yr follow-up was practically identical with the posttreatment adjustment of patients who had participated in a 90-day program without outpatient sessions at the same hospital: 25% of both groups were abstinent. The drinking histories of both groups were similar, although at admission the 60-day patients were more socially stable and had fewer hospitalizations than the 90-day patients. It is concluded that for patients with greater stability hospitalization time can be reduced if supportive aftercare is offered. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - aftercare in hospital treatment program & outpatient group therapy sessions KW - male alcoholics KW - 1 yr follow-up study KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Followup Studies KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Outpatient Treatment KW - Psychosocial Rehabilitation KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-01492-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-01478-001 AN - 1974-01478-001 AU - Knox, Wilma J. T1 - Four-year follow-up of veterans treated on a small alcoholism treatment ward. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1972/03// VL - 33 IS - 1-A SP - 105 EP - 110 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-01478-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Knox, Wilma J.; Veterans Administration Center, Biloxi, Miss. Release Date: 19740101. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Drug Rehabilitation; Followup Studies; Group Psychotherapy; Occupational Guidance. Minor Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Drugs; Pastoral Counseling. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1972. AB - Conducted a 4-yr follow-up of 54 40-65 yr old male alcoholics treated with group psychotherapy and vocational and pastoral counseling, on a small alcoholism treatment ward. 19 Ss had also received disulfiram. Pre- and posttreatment behavior was evaluated by searching records for evidence of critical drinking incidents (e.g., rehospitalization for drinking or disciplinary action within the Veterans Administration system. Only 7 of the 44 Ss who completed treatment had records in which no drinking incidents appeared. The outcome in the disulfiram treated group was not different from those in the remainder. 11 Ss died during the follow-up period, 1 by suicide. In only 2 Ss was alcoholism the sole diagnosis; the remaining Ss had a total of 117 additional diagnoses-psychiatric, neurological, and physical conditions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group psychotherapy & vocational & pastoral counseling &/vs. disulfiram therapy KW - alcoholic 40-65 yr. old veterans KW - follow-up study KW - 1972 KW - Alcoholism KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Followup Studies KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Occupational Guidance KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drugs KW - Pastoral Counseling KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-01478-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-01468-001 AN - 1974-01468-001 AU - Gocka, Edward F. T1 - Analysis of length-of-stay data with incomplete observations. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1973/04// VL - 32 IS - 2 SP - 343 EP - 358 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-01468-001. PMID: 4697548 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gocka, Edward F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1973. AB - Considers that length-of-stay data of the type used as criteria for assessing various kinds of treatment programs poses a number of data analysis problems: Ss becoming lost to follow-up, unresponsive Ss being withdrawn at the end of the study, Ss entering the study sequentially, and observations being arbitrarily truncated at some time point for purposes of analysis. Such data are often described as data containing 'censored' observations. Techniques for handling such data have been worked out extensively in industrial and human survival studies but are not commonly available in quantitative psychology literature. Adaptations of such methods are suggested for assessing the results of treatment programs associated with alcoholism problems, the rehabilitation of blind veterans, recidivism among neuropsychiatric patients, and the treatment of epileptic patients. 5 classes of analytic procedures are discussed: actuarial, nonparametric, stochastic-Markov, randomization, and maximum likelihood regression. These are detailed with respect to assumptions, sample-size requirements, characteristics of the censored observations, types of test statistics, ability to consider ancillary variables, and ease of computation. (46 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - data analysis of length-of-stay data KW - treatment programs KW - 1973 KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - 1973 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1973.32.2.343 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-01468-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-01423-001 AN - 1974-01423-001 AU - Daroff, Robert B. AU - Hoyt, William F. AU - Bettman, Jerome W. AU - Lessell, Simmons T1 - Suppression and facilitation of congenital nystagmus by vertical lines. JF - Neurology JO - Neurology Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 23 IS - 5 SP - 530 EP - 533 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0028-3878 SN - 1526-632X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-01423-001. PMID: 4735470 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Daroff, Robert B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Ocular Motor Neurophysiology Lab., Miami, Fla. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Congenital Disorders; Nystagmus; Visual Perception. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. AB - Viewing of lines induced unusual effects in 2 patients with congenital nystagmus. In 1, a vertical line suppressed horizontal pendular oscillations. Preferential cortical development of vertical line detectors, conditioned by hyperopic astigmatic image distortion, is proposed as the explanation for the phenomenon. In the other patient, optokinetic inversion resulted in the facilitation of jerk nystagmus by stationary vertical lines. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - viewing of vertical lines KW - suppression & facilitation of congenital nystagmus KW - patients KW - 1973 KW - Congenital Disorders KW - Nystagmus KW - Visual Perception KW - 1973 DO - 10.1212/WNL.23.5.530 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-01423-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-01330-001 AN - 1974-01330-001 AU - Hersen, Michel AU - Miller, Peter M. AU - Eisler, Richard M. T1 - Interactions between alcoholics and their wives: A descriptive analysis of verbal and nonverbal behavior. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 34 IS - 2 SP - 516 EP - 520 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-01330-001. PMID: 4713842 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hersen, Michel; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Release Date: 19740101. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Marital Relations; Nonverbal Communication; Verbal Communication; Wives. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. AB - Requested 4 male alcoholics and their wives (mean age, 44; education, 10 yrs; married, 26 yrs; husbands' alcoholism duration, 9 yrs) to converse in couples about the husband's drinking problem and also about topics unrelated to alcoholism. The interactions were videotaped. The wives tended to look at the husband more during conversation related to his drinking (57-70 sec per 2-min interval) than during nonalcohol-related conversation 23-43 sec per 2-min interval); husbands showed a slightly reversed trend. Whether the wife's looking was associated with positive or negative affect she paid significantly more attention to the husband during discussion of his alcoholic behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - videotapes of interaction during alcohol- vs nonalcohol-related conversation KW - analysis of verbal & nonverbal behavior KW - alcoholics & their wives KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Marital Relations KW - Nonverbal Communication KW - Verbal Communication KW - Wives KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-01330-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-01325-001 AN - 1974-01325-001 AU - Gibson, Stephen AU - Becker, Joseph T1 - Alcoholism and depression: The factor structure of alcoholics' responses to depression inventories. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 34 IS - 2 SP - 400 EP - 408 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-01325-001. PMID: 4713832 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gibson, Stephen; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Release Date: 19740101. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Depression (Emotion); Personality Measures; Zungs Self Rating Depression Scale. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. AB - Administered the Beck Depression Inventory, the Zung Self-Rating Scale of Depression, and 23 additional items conforming to the Zung format to 118 men admitted to an alcoholism treatment program as an alternative to a jail sentence. The average age was 43; average education, 10 yrs; and average IQ, 91. Nearly 30% of the Ss were black. Responses were intercorrelated, factor analyzed, and compared with data on hospitalized patients with primary depression. Of the 4 relevant factors of primary depression, 3 also appeared in the sample of alcoholics: self-debasement, vital depression, and pessimism-suicide. The evidence suggests that 2 and possibly 3 of the 4 major factors of pathological self-reported depression are equally good descriptions of the factor structure of self-reported depression in alcoholics. The scales appear sensitive to features which have similar cognitive organization although the level of depression is significantly different. Implications for research and measurement of depression in alcoholics are discussed. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - factor structure of responses to Beck Depression Inventory & Zung Self-Rating Scale of Depression & additional items KW - depression measurement KW - alcoholics KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Personality Measures KW - Zungs Self Rating Depression Scale KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-01325-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-01146-001 AN - 1974-01146-001 AU - Jorgensen, Gerald T. AU - Weigel, Richard G. T1 - Training psychotherapists: Practices regarding ethics, personal growth, and locus of responsibility. JF - Professional Psychology JO - Professional Psychology JA - Prof Psychol Y1 - 1973/02// VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 23 EP - 27 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-0175 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-01146-001. Other Journal Title: Professional Psychology: Research and Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jorgensen, Gerald T.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychological Service, Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Professional Standards; Psychotherapy Training. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Surveyed doctoral training directors on their perceptions of various graduate training practices relevant to the APA's 'Recommended Standards for Psychotherapy Education.' A questionnaire was mailed to the training directors of all 106 APA-approved, initially-approved, and provisionally approved programs in clinical, counseling, and doctorate of psychology programs. Practices examined were: (a) training in professional issues/ethics, (b) opportunities for personal growth, and (c) locus of responsibility. Overall return rate was 92%. A formal course in professional problems was offered by 33% (23 clinical, 9 counseling) of the training programs responding, with an additional 48% (40 clinical, 7 counseling) indicating the topic to be adequately covered in other courses (e.g., introduction to clinical psychology, principles of psychotherapy, practica). Ethics courses were reported by 14%; formal therapy experiences were required in only 2%. Responses were divided as to the site of the major therapeutic training of students. Practicum experiences were reported as being of primary importance by 32%, whereas 25% felt the internship to be the major training site. Results present a mixed picture of the congruence between current practices in the training of psychotherapists and the recommended standards. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethics & personal growth & locus of responsibility practices & standards KW - psychotherapist training KW - 1973 KW - Professional Standards KW - Psychotherapy Training KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/h0034688 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-01146-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-00946-001 AN - 1974-00946-001 AU - Eisler, Richard M. AU - Hersen, Michel AU - Agras, W. Stewart T1 - Videotape: A method for the controlled observation of nonverbal interpersonal behavior. JF - Behavior Therapy JO - Behavior Therapy JA - Behav Ther Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 420 EP - 425 CY - US PB - Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy SN - 0005-7894 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-00946-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eisler, Richard M.; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Eye Contact; Marital Relations; Nonverbal Communication; Smiles; Spouses. Minor Descriptor: Videotapes. Classification: Social Psychology (3000). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. AB - Assessed the reliability and utility of videotape in observing the looking and smiling behaviors of 6 married couples. 2 pairs of Os rated the behaviors live and from a video monitor. Videotapes were then rated retrospectively for 2 additional nonverbal behaviors (mutual looking and smiling). Results indicate that reliability of video observations is as high as for live observations of the same behavior. The advantage of videotaping the interactions is that additional behaviors can be rated subsequently on replay, with videotape facilitating relatively precise definitions of behaviors. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reliability & utility of videotape for observation of looking & smiling behaviors KW - married couples KW - 1973 KW - Eye Contact KW - Marital Relations KW - Nonverbal Communication KW - Smiles KW - Spouses KW - Videotapes KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/S0005-7894(73)80123-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-00946-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-00799-001 AN - 1974-00799-001 AU - Taub, Harvey A. T1 - Memory span, practice, and aging. JF - Journal of Gerontology JO - Journal of Gerontology JA - J Gerontol Y1 - 1973/07// VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 335 EP - 338 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0022-1422 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-00799-001. PMID: 4709651 Other Journal Title: The Journals of Gerontology: Series A: Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Taub, Harvey A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, Syracuse, N.Y. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19740101. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Experimental Instructions; Memory; Practice; Recall (Learning). Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1973. AB - 16 young (M = 26 yrs) and 16 old (M = 70.3 yrs) female Ss viewed and then recalled sequences of digits in a study which evaluated the effects of (a) repeated testing sessions and (b) instructions for rehearsing the sequences in groups of 3 or 4 digits. In general, findings suggested that all age groups may derive benefit from repeated sessions but that improvements may be larger for young than for aged individuals. Thus, the data did not provide any evidence to support the hypothesis of a direct relationship between age and the amount of benefit that may be derived from multiple sessions. Further, instructions had no effect on performance. Finally, a division of Ss into subgroups using the initial span measure as a criterion suggested, especially with old Ss, that over-all level of performance may vary as a function of initial span level. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - repeated testing sessions & instructions for rehearsing digit sequences in 3 vs 4 digit groups & initial span level KW - digit sequence recall KW - young vs old adult females KW - 1973 KW - Age Differences KW - Experimental Instructions KW - Memory KW - Practice KW - Recall (Learning) KW - 1973 DO - 10.1093/geronj/28.3.335 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-00799-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-00646-001 AN - 1974-00646-001 AU - Pare, William P. AU - Houser, Vincent P. T1 - Rapid acquisition of a Sidman avoidance response. JF - Behavior Research Methods & Instrumentation JO - Behavior Research Methods & Instrumentation Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 5 IS - 3 SP - 287 EP - 289 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0005-7878 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-00646-001. Other Journal Title: Behavior Research Methods; Behavior Research Methods, Instruments & Computers. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pare, William P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pavlovian Research Lab., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19740101. Correction Date: 20110314. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Experimental Methods. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. AB - Trained 24 male Sprague-Dawley rats on a Sidman avoidance task with a 22-sec response-shock and a 6-sec shock-shock interval for 6 daily 30-min training sessions. Disabling the response lever during and .5 sec after shock termination represented 1 factor in the 2 2 factorial design, and the presentation of a feedback light cue accompanying an effective response was the other. Ss in the lever-disable condition with feedback light made significantly more avoidance responses than the other treatment groups. In a 2nd experiment with 6 additional Ss, daily 60-min sessions were observed. Using a lever-disable plus feedback light treatment, Ss made more avoidance responses and received fewer shocks during the 2nd 30-min as opposed to the 1st 30-min period. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - experimental methods KW - rapid acquisition of Sidman avoidance response KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Experimental Methods KW - Rats KW - 1973 DO - 10.3758/BF03200187 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-00646-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-00560-001 AN - 1974-00560-001 AU - Houser, Vincent P. AU - Pare, William P. T1 - Measurement of analgesia using a spatial preference test in the rat. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1973/03// VL - 10 IS - 3 SP - 535 EP - 538 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-00560-001. PMID: 4736140 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Houser, Vincent P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Analgesic Drugs; Aversive Stimulation; Drugs; Shock; Threshold Determination. Minor Descriptor: Narcotic Antagonists; Narcotic Drugs; Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1973. AB - Used a rectangular tilt cage with 30 male Dublin DR rats to define the aversive threshold to grid shock as that intensity avoided 75% of the time. Each shock intensity (30, 60, 90, 120, and 150 mA) was presented for 10 min during the 50-min daily session. Various narcotic (codeine sulfate, meperidine hydrochloride) and narcotic antagonist (pentazocine, cyclazocine) analgesics, as well as a sedative hypnotic (sodium pentobarbital), were assayed using this procedure. Both the narcotic and narcotic antagonist analgesics reliably elevated the aversive threshold in a dose-dependent manner. Results cannot be accounted for in terms of drug-induced sedation. Sodium pentobarbital, in agreement with the clinical literature, demonstrated poor analgesic properties and was able to elevate reliably the aversive threshold only in doses that severely hampered the execution of the escape response. This technique appears to be specifically sensitive to the analgesic properties of drugs. As such, it should be useful as a screening procedure in the development of new analgesics and for the investigation of possible mechanisms underlying drug addiction. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - narcotic & narcotic antagonist & analgesic drugs KW - aversive threshold to grid shock KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Analgesic Drugs KW - Aversive Stimulation KW - Drugs KW - Shock KW - Threshold Determination KW - Narcotic Antagonists KW - Narcotic Drugs KW - Rats KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(73)90217-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-00560-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-00559-001 AN - 1974-00559-001 AU - Hollister, Leo E. AU - Tinklenberg, Jared R. T1 - Subchronic oral doses of marihuana extract. JF - Psychopharmacologia JO - Psychopharmacologia Y1 - 1973/// VL - 29 IS - 3 SP - 247 EP - 252 CY - Germany PB - Springer N1 - Accession Number: 1974-00559-001. PMID: 4702276 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hollister, Leo E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Sensitivity; Drugs; Marijuana Usage. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - Conducted a test in which subchronic oral doses of marihuana administered to 9 male casual users of the drug revealed no evidence of sensitization to the effects of 2 test doses of drug. Comparisons were made with 10 matched Ss who received interval treatment with placebo. Slight evidence of tolerance to dizziness and tachycardia from the drug was noted, but not necessarily as a function of the amount of intervening drug exposure. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - subchronic oral doses of marihuana KW - sensitization to drug effects KW - male casual marihuana users KW - 1973 KW - Drug Sensitivity KW - Drugs KW - Marijuana Usage KW - 1973 DO - 10.1007/BF00414039 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-00559-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-00454-001 AN - 1974-00454-001 AU - Milligan, W. L. AU - Powell, D. A. AU - Borasio, Guido T1 - Sexual variables and shock-elicited aggression. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 83 IS - 3 SP - 441 EP - 450 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-00454-001. PMID: 4736680 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Milligan, W. L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Columbia, S.C. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Aggressive Behavior; Animal Sex Differences; Male Castration; Shock; Testosterone. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Investigated the relationship between sex and the amount of shock-elicited aggression (SEA) in 4 experiments. Results show that (a) Sprague-Dawley males (n = 48) had higher SEA frequencies than females (n = 48), but this difference was not statistically significant; (b) Long-Evans males (n = 32) exhibited higher SEA frequencies than females (n = 32); (c) sham-operated Sprague-Dawley males (n = 35) showed higher SEA frequencies than castrated males (n = 35) but this difference was diminished by testosterone replacement in the castrated group; and (d) SEA was unrelated to free-field or stabilometer activity measurement (n = 40 male Sprague-Dawley rats). Considerable aggression occurred in all Ss, suggesting that although sexual variables affect SEA, they do not play as important a role as in other kinds of aggression. (28 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sexual variables KW - shock-elicited aggression KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Animal Aggressive Behavior KW - Animal Sex Differences KW - Male Castration KW - Shock KW - Testosterone KW - Rats KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/h0034658 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-00454-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-00072-001 AN - 1974-00072-001 AU - Gocka, Edward F. T1 - Regression analysis of proportional cell data. JF - Psychological Bulletin JO - Psychological Bulletin JA - Psychol Bull Y1 - 1973/07// VL - 80 IS - 1 SP - 25 EP - 27 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-2909 SN - 1939-1455 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-00072-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gocka, Edward F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Western Research Support Center, Sepulveda, Calif. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Analysis of Variance; Factor Analysis. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Previous researchers contend that a general regression method (Method 1) for estimating factor effects by adjusting for all other factors and interactions in the model does not give results consistent with standard methods when one has a proportional cell size data set. The present author argues that the inconsistency is due simply to a disregard of the standard analysis of variance restrictions usually employed within a factor, and hence to an improper coding of the predictor vectors. Taking standard procedures into account, Method 1 does yield results consistent with those obtained by other methods. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - regression analysis for estimating factor effects KW - 1973 KW - Analysis of Variance KW - Factor Analysis KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/h0034626 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-00072-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-00012-001 AN - 1974-00012-001 AU - Farberow, Norman L. T1 - The crisis is chronic. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 28 IS - 5 SP - 388 EP - 394 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-00012-001. PMID: 4703056 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Farberow, Norman L.; Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hosp. Center, Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Mental Health; Professional Organizations. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Discusses 3 familiar crises in clinical psychology. The 1st is the question of an appropriate model for clinical psychology. A practitioner-scientist model with primary training emphasis on practitioner aspects is recommended, although researcher-teacher aspects would continue to be essential. The proposal that the American Psychological Association be reorganized into a federation of autonomous constituent societies is explored in relation to the question of model. The 2nd problem is the pressing need to incorporate procedures for continuing education into clinical psychology in order to avoid obsolescence. A formal program is required rather than the current scattered, separate efforts. The 3rd issue is the role of clinical psychology in the future development of mental health, especially in response to the critical survey and sweeping recommendations for change made by the Center for the Study of Responsive Law. Clinical psychology is seen as occupying a leading role in developing creative and innovative programs to meet the new demands. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - American Psychological Association structure change & continuing education & implications of Nader Report recommendations for development of mental health KW - crises in clinical psychology KW - 1973 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Mental Health KW - Professional Organizations KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/h0034620 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-00012-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-31850-001 AN - 1973-31850-001 AU - Rohan, William P. T1 - MMPI changes in hospitalized alcoholics: A second study. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1972/03// VL - 33 IS - 1-A SP - 65 EP - 76 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-31850-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rohan, William P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northampton, Mass. Release Date: 19731201. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Drug Rehabilitation; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1972. AB - Administered the MMPI to 40 male alcoholics (mean age = 43) at admission to and discharge from an alcoholism treatment program. The average length of stay in hospital was 69 days. At admission the composite profile was typical of hospitalized alcoholics with T-scores above 70 on Scales 2 and 4. The posttreatment scores on scales F, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, and 0 and on the Taylor Manifest Anxiety scale were significantly lower, and on scale K and the Barron Ego-Strength scale significantly higher (p < .01 and <.05). The MacAndrew Alcoholism scale correctly identified 85% as alcoholics both at admission and discharge. The results were similar to those of a previous study. The 26 alcoholics whose T-scores were above 70 were more maladjusted at admission than the 14 whose scores were below 70. At discharge they were still predominantly psychopathic in their adjustment, although they improved considerably in areas of tension, suspiciousness, somatic preoccupation, introversion, and overreaction to stimulation. The 7 alcoholics in the high-4 group who dropped below a 70 T-score at discharge might constitute the 'psychopathic reaction type.' It is suggested that the MMPI may be used to identify groups of alcoholics for different therapeutic modalities. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcoholism treatment program KW - MMPI changes KW - hospitalized male alcoholics KW - 1972 KW - Alcoholism KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-31850-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-31799-001 AN - 1973-31799-001 AU - Lorei, Theodore W. AU - Gurel, Lee T1 - Demographic characteristics as predictors of posthospital employment and readmission. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 40 IS - 3 SP - 426 EP - 430 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-31799-001. PMID: 4708116 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorei, Theodore W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Washington, D.C. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Demographic Characteristics; Employability; Psychiatric Hospital Readmission; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Examined relationships between background-demographic characteristics and posthospital employment and readmission within a 9-mo follow-up period after discharge for 957 male schizophrenics. The 20-variable predictor set yielded a multiple correlation of .52 with weeks of work (p <01) and (p < .01) with readmission. Extent of work in the preceding 5 yrs was the most useful predictor of posthospital employment, and number of previous hospitalizations was the most useful predictor of readmission. Background variables as defined were more predictive of work than were factor scales on a self-report biographical inventory and were roughly equivalent to psychopathology ratings made at release and again after 3 wks in the community. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - background-demographic characteristics KW - posthospital employment & readmission KW - schizophrenics KW - 1973 KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - Employability KW - Psychiatric Hospital Readmission KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/h0034564 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-31799-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-31756-001 AN - 1973-31756-001 AU - Hersen, Michel AU - Eisler, Richard M. T1 - Behavioral approaches to study and treatment of psychogenic tics. JF - Genetic Psychology Monographs JO - Genetic Psychology Monographs JA - Genet Psychol Monogr Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 87 IS - 2 SP - 289 EP - 312 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0016-6677 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-31756-001. PMID: 4577026 Other Journal Title: Genetic, Social & General Psychology Monographs; Genetic, Social, and General Psychology Monographs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hersen, Michel; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Release Date: 19731201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aversion Therapy; Behavior Therapy; Drug Therapy; Systematic Desensitization Therapy; Tics. Minor Descriptor: Tranquilizing Drugs. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 24. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. AB - Reviews the literature on the behavioral study and treatment of psychogenic tics by means of massed-practice, operant, feedback, desensitization, and aversion techniques. Methods for recording tic frequency are outlined. It is concluded that future emphasis should be placed on (a) more single-case studies to evaluate the most effective treatment combinations, including the additive effects of pharmacological anxiety-reducers; and (b) clinical and empirical examination of environmental contingencies maintaining tic frequency. (45 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - massed-practice vs. operant vs. feedback vs. desensitization vs. aversion techniques with vs. without pharmacological anxiety-reducers & environmental contingency consideration KW - psychogenic tic treatment KW - 1973 KW - Aversion Therapy KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Drug Therapy KW - Systematic Desensitization Therapy KW - Tics KW - Tranquilizing Drugs KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-31756-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-31736-001 AN - 1973-31736-001 AU - Gottheil, Edward AU - Alterman, Arthur I. AU - Skoloda, Thomas E. AU - Murphy, Brendan F. T1 - Alcoholics' patterns of controlled drinking. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1973/04// VL - 130 IS - 4 SP - 418 EP - 422 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-31736-001. PMID: 4691293 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gottheil, Edward; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coatesville, Pa. Release Date: 19731201. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcoholism; Drug Rehabilitation; Self-Control. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1973. AB - Studied and treated groups of 7-10 volunteer alcoholic patients on a closed ward where alcohol was available. Of 66 Ss who completed the program, 44% did not drink at any time, 33% drank throughout the drinking phase of the program, and 23% began drinking and then stopped. Results of this study question the assumption that drinking by alcoholics necessarily results in irresistible craving, more drinking, and loss of control. The need for research into the circumstances and maneuvers that influence resistance to drinking is stressed. (28 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - closed ward with available alcohol KW - drinking patterns KW - volunteer alcoholic patients KW - 1973 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Alcoholism KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Self-Control KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-31736-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-31711-001 AN - 1973-31711-001 AU - Farberow, Norman L. T1 - Vital process in suicide prevention: Group psychotherapy as a community of concern. JF - Life-Threatening Behavior JO - Life-Threatening Behavior JA - Life Threat Behav Y1 - 1972///Win 1972 VL - 2 IS - 4 SP - 239 EP - 251 CY - US PB - Behavioral Publications SN - 0047-4592 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-31711-001. Other Journal Title: Suicide; Suicide and Life-Threatening Behavior. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Farberow, Norman L.; Veterans Administration Central Research Unit, Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: Guilford Publications; Human Sciences Press, Inc.; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19731201. Correction Date: 20130610. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Suicide Prevention. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Win 1972. AB - Considers that the conceptualizations and models of group treatment can be tailored to fit the varied needs and objectives of suicidal persons. The unique aspects of working with suicidal patients in a group are listed, and detailed descriptions are given of 2 kinds of groups now operating in the Los Angeles Suicide Prevention Center. One group is a traditional insight-oriented long-term group; another is a drop-in nongroup. The latter, a relatively new approach to treating chronic suicidal patients, fosters commitment to the center rather than to the group. The process provides a significant resource for chronic, severely suicidal, borderline ill patients. The question is also considered whether the process of identifying with the center establishes a suicide identity for the patient. For some patients this seems to be the price that needs to be paid in order that they may survive. (25 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group psychotherapy KW - suicide prevention KW - 1972 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Suicide Prevention KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-31711-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-31708-001 AN - 1973-31708-001 AU - Ellsworth, Robert B. T1 - Feedback: Asset or liability in improving treatment effectiveness? JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 40 IS - 3 SP - 383 EP - 393 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-31708-001. PMID: 4708110 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ellsworth, Robert B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salem, Va. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Feedback; Knowledge of Results; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Notes that while established research findings indicate that knowledge of results can improve performance, experience in clinical tasks has shown that feedback is not necessarily helpful. Results of a year-long study using 3 psychiatric wards show that feedback may enable a treatment team to increase their effectiveness, but an increase does not always occur. At least 3 conditions seemed necessary for feedback to enhance team effectiveness: (a) identification of strategy, (b) persistence and ability to change, and (c) institutional support. When these 3 conditions were met on 1 ward, the posthospital adjustment of their patients rose to a higher level than that of nonfeedback wards. (20 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - feedback & knowledge of results KW - improving team treatment effectiveness in psychiatric wards KW - 1973 KW - Feedback KW - Knowledge of Results KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/h0034544 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-31708-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-31631-001 AN - 1973-31631-001 AU - Vivian, Talbot N. AU - Goldstein, Gerald AU - Shelly, Carolyn T1 - Reaction time and motor speed in chronic alcoholics. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1973/02// VL - 36 IS - 1 SP - 136 EP - 138 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1973-31631-001. PMID: 4686701 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Vivian, Talbot N.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19731201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chronic Alcoholic Intoxication; Motor Performance; Perceptual Motor Coordination; Reaction Time. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1973. AB - 16 chronic alcoholics were hypothesized to show a discrepancy between performance on motor speed and complex perceptual-motor tasks. Utilizing a tapping test as the measure of motor speed, and reaction time and tracing tasks as measures of perceptual-motor coordination, alcoholics did not differ from 16 normals on tapping but did on the perceptual-motor tasks. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - tapping & reaction time & tracing tasks KW - motor speed & perceptual-motor coordination KW - chronic alcoholics KW - 1973 KW - Chronic Alcoholic Intoxication KW - Motor Performance KW - Perceptual Motor Coordination KW - Reaction Time KW - 1973 DO - 10.2466/pms.1973.36.1.136 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-31631-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-31534-001 AN - 1973-31534-001 AU - Levine, Jacob AU - Zigler, Edward T1 - The essential-reactive distinction in alcoholism: A developmental approach. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 81 IS - 3 SP - 242 EP - 249 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-31534-001. PMID: 4710046 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levine, Jacob; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Differential Diagnosis; Medical Patients; Psychiatric Patients; Psychosocial Development. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Used L. Phillips and E. Zigler's social competence index to classify 3 groups of 20 hospitalized alcoholics, nonpsychotic psychiatric patients, and medical patients into high and low social-competence subgroups. The 3 groups were compared on Rudie and McGaughran's Essential-Reactive Alcoholism Scale. Scores on this scale were found to be related to social competence for all 3 groups. The scale was also found to differentiate alcoholics from the other 2 groups. Characteristics of the scale were examined and the hypothesis advanced that the Essential-Reactive Alcoholism Scale largely assesses a general maturity dimension. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social competence KW - Rudie & McGaughran's Essential-Reactive Alcoholism Scale KW - hospitalized alcoholics vs. nonpsychotic psychiatric patients vs. medical patients KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Medical Patients KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychosocial Development KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/h0034528 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-31534-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-31529-001 AN - 1973-31529-001 AU - Kushner, Heraldean AU - Hubbard, Dee J. AU - Knox, A. W. T1 - Effects of punishment on learning by aphasic subjects. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1973/02// VL - 36 IS - 1 SP - 283 EP - 289 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1973-31529-001. PMID: 4686723 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kushner, Heraldean; Veterans Administration Hosp., Kansas City, Mo. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19731201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Paired Associate Learning; Punishment. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1973. AB - Investigated effects of 3 types of punishment on learning a paired-associate visual-matching task by 6 adult male aphasic Ss. Ss matched response buttons with stimulus patterns in 3 punishment conditions: time-out, when E inactivated the pushbuttons and refrained from presenting a stimulus card for a period of 15 sec; response-cost, when E took a penny from S for every incorrect response; and presentation of an aversive stimulus, during which 95 db sound pressure level of noise was presented for .75 sec contingent upon an incorrect response. Each punishment condition lasted either until criterion (10 correct responses in 10 trials) was reached, or until 10 min had elapsed. All aphasic Ss learned the task under at least 1 type of punishment condition; types of punishment had differential effects for individual Ss, and Ss learned more rapidly when positive reinforcement and punishment were combined. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - punishment KW - paired-associate visual-matching learning KW - aphasics KW - 1973 KW - Aphasia KW - Paired Associate Learning KW - Punishment KW - 1973 DO - 10.2466/pms.1973.36.1.283 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-31529-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-31477-001 AN - 1973-31477-001 AU - Feifel, Herman AU - Branscomb, Allan B. T1 - Who's afraid of death? JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 81 IS - 3 SP - 282 EP - 288 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-31477-001. PMID: 4710052 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feifel, Herman; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Death and Dying; Death Attitudes; Fear; Religious Beliefs. Minor Descriptor: Medical Patients; Psychiatric Patients; Terminally Ill Patients. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Investigated the relationship between fear of personal death and major demographic variables (including personal nearness to death and recent experience with death) among 92 terminally ill patients, 94 chronically ill patients, 90 mentally ill patients, and 95 healthy community members. Measures included interview techniques, a word association test, and bipolar adjective rating scales. Age and religious self-rating were the only 2 predictor variables found to be consistently associated with personal fear. The configurational profile emerging from analysis of the 3 levels used suggested the coexistence of an acceptance-avoidance approach toward the notion of personal death. (31 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - demographic variables & personal nearness to & recent experience with death KW - fear of personal death KW - terminally ill & chronically ill & mentally ill patients & healthy community members KW - 1973 KW - Age Differences KW - Death and Dying KW - Death Attitudes KW - Fear KW - Religious Beliefs KW - Medical Patients KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Terminally Ill Patients KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/h0034519 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-31477-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-31476-001 AN - 1973-31476-001 AU - Farberow, Norman L. AU - Ganzler, Sidney AU - Cutter, Fred AU - Reynolds, David T1 - An eight-year survey of hospital suicides. JF - Life-Threatening Behavior JO - Life-Threatening Behavior JA - Life Threat Behav Y1 - 1971///Fal 1971 VL - 1 IS - 3 SP - 184 EP - 202 CY - US PB - Behavioral Publications SN - 0047-4592 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-31476-001. Other Journal Title: Suicide; Suicide and Life-Threatening Behavior. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Farberow, Norman L.; Veterans Administration Center, Central Research Unit, Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: Guilford Publications; Human Sciences Press, Inc.; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19731201. Correction Date: 20130610. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospitalized Patients; Psychiatric Patients; Suicide; Suicide Prevention. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Page Count: 19. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1971. AB - Presents information about suicide in Veterans Administration (VA) hospitals between 1959 and 1966. Using rates computed on the basis of 'patients treated,' the overall suicide index was 16/100,000 patients. General medical and surgical (GMS) hospitals as a whole reported a rate of approximately 6 suicides, while neuropsychiatric (NP) hospitals reported a rate of 72. Among males, the typical NP suicide was 30-39 yr. old; the typical GMS suicide was 40-49 yr. old. 3/4 of the NP suicides and 2/5 of the GMS suicides killed themselves outside of the hospital. The methods of suicide varied, partly as a function of availability. In the community, VA patients, as with the general population, tended to use guns. In hospitals, jumping (GMS) and hanging (NP) accounted for 3/4 of all suicides. Recommendations include (a) exit interviewing of patient and family to assess the status of the patient, his readiness to leave the hospital, and the readiness of the environment to receive him; (b) modification of present physical structures specifically designed to prevent jumping and hanging in hospitals; (c) staff training in desensitization procedures to diminish taboos about suicide, death, and dying, along with regular orientation towards suicide prevention procedures; and (d) establishment of a standing suicide prevention committee for each hospital to oversee training and elimination of physical dangers. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - suicide rates in general medical & surgical & neuropsychiatric hospitals KW - implications for suicide prevention procedures KW - 1971 KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Suicide KW - Suicide Prevention KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-31476-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-31456-001 AN - 1973-31456-001 AU - Comarr, A. Estin T1 - Sex among patients with spinal cord and/or cauda equina injuries. JF - Medical Aspects of Human Sexuality JO - Medical Aspects of Human Sexuality JA - Med Aspects Hum Sex Y1 - 1973/03// VL - 7 IS - 3 SP - 222 EP - 238 CY - US PB - Hospital Publications, Inc. SN - 0025-7001 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-31456-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Comarr, A. Estin; Veterans Administration Hosp., Long Beach, Calif. Release Date: 19731201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Injuries; Psychosexual Behavior; Spinal Cord Injuries; Spinal Nerves. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1973. AB - Presents neurological and physiological analysis of various aspects of sexual functioning in patients with spinal cord and/or cauda equina injuries. Data and descriptions are derived primarily from experiences with 529 males with spinal cord injury. One paragraph is devoted to female paraplegics. One commentary is provided. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sexual functioning KW - patients with spinal cord &/or cauda equina injuries KW - 1973 KW - Injuries KW - Psychosexual Behavior KW - Spinal Cord Injuries KW - Spinal Nerves KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-31456-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-31450-001 AN - 1973-31450-001 AU - Cermak, Laird S. AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Gerrein, John T1 - The extent of the verbal encoding ability of Korsakoff patients. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1973/01// VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 85 EP - 94 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-31450-001. PMID: 4694784 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cermak, Laird S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19731201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Classification (Cognitive Process); Human Information Storage; Korsakoffs Psychosis. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1973. AB - Examined the ability of 6 Korsakoff patients and 6 alcoholic controls to encode semantically meaningful verbal material in 4 experiments. Exp. I demonstrated that Korsakoff Ss are aided by category cues following a 1-min retention interval. The remaining experiments, which also employed cueing techniques, demonstrated that Korsakoff Ss, with instructions, can encode on acoustic, associative, and semantic levels. When left to their own preferences, however, the Korsakoff Ss relied upon acoustic and associative encoding. This failure to employ semantic encoding strategies spontaneously may underlie their overall inability to retain verbal material. (French & German summaries) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - category cues & cueing techniques KW - verbal encoding ability KW - Korsakoff & alcoholic patients KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Classification (Cognitive Process) KW - Human Information Storage KW - Korsakoffs Psychosis KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(73)90068-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-31450-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-31079-001 AN - 1973-31079-001 AU - Bursten, Ben T1 - Manipulative men: Their sexual attitudes. JF - Medical Aspects of Human Sexuality JO - Medical Aspects of Human Sexuality JA - Med Aspects Hum Sex Y1 - 1973/04// VL - 7 IS - 4 SP - 168 EP - 196 CY - US PB - Hospital Publications, Inc. SN - 0025-7001 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-31079-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bursten, Ben; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Release Date: 19731201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Males; Personality Traits; Sexual Attitudes. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Page Count: 29. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1973. AB - Discusses manipulation and its use for sexual purposes in men. 'Manipulation' is defined as having 4 components: (a) the manipulator must perceive a goal conflict between himself and the person he wishes to manipulate; (b) the manipulator must consciously be aware he wants to influence the other person; (c) the manipulation necessitates deception; (d) the accompanying attitude in the manipulator is one of 'putting something over.' The manipulative man is viewed as incapable of love, narcissistic, and one who relates to women only superficially and with contempt. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sexual attitudes KW - manipulative men KW - 1973 KW - Human Males KW - Personality Traits KW - Sexual Attitudes KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-31079-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-30987-001 AN - 1973-30987-001 AU - Fozard, James L. T1 - Predicting age in the adult years from psychological assessments of abilities and personality. JF - Aging & Human Development JO - Aging & Human Development Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 3 IS - 2 SP - 175 EP - 182 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-30987-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fozard, James L.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19731201. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; General Aptitude Test Battery; Prediction; Sixteen Personality Factors Questionnaire. Minor Descriptor: Test Battery. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: May, 1972. AB - Predicted CA at the time of examination from scores on the 12 subtests of the General Aptitude Test Battery and the Cattell 16 PF for 970 men ranging from 28-83 yr. old. Performance on the 3 ability tests, 'disassemble,' 'tool matching,' and 'turn' acounted for about 25% of the variability in CA. 3 scales from the 16 PF, Factor F (surgency-desurgency), Factor Q3 (high vs. low self-sentiment), and Factor I (sensitive-insensitive) accounted for 8% of the variance in age. The combined contribution of both sets of measures to the prediction of age was about 30%; the amount of common variance was about 5% when these measures were used together to predict age. Scores on the ability tests and the measure of surgency declined with age, while scores on the measures of self-sentiment and sensitivity increased with age. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - General Aptitude Test Battery & 16 PF KW - CA prediction KW - 28-83 yr. old men KW - 1972 KW - Age Differences KW - General Aptitude Test Battery KW - Prediction KW - Sixteen Personality Factors Questionnaire KW - Test Battery KW - 1972 DO - 10.2190/B33H-JB1Q-N0UC-Q3KD UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-30987-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-30973-001 AN - 1973-30973-001 AU - Cermak, Laird S. T1 - Reply to 'Does the Wickens STM technique tap encoding in young children?' JF - Journal of Experimental Child Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Child Psychology JA - J Exp Child Psychol Y1 - 1973/04// VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 362 EP - 364 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0022-0965 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-30973-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cermak, Laird S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19731201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classification (Cognitive Process); Proactive Inhibition; Retention Measures; Short Term Memory. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1973. AB - Answers D. W. Smothergill's (see PA, Vol. 50:Issue 6) critical note by presenting several instances of successful application of D. D. Wickens's (see record [rid]1970-04540-001[/rid]) short-term memory technique to the study of encoding in 2nd and 3rd graders. In addition, a theoretical justification is given for the use of the procedure with young children. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - short-term memory technique of D. D. Wickens KW - encoding ability KW - 2nd & 3rd graders KW - response to D. W. Smothergill's critical note KW - 1973 KW - Classification (Cognitive Process) KW - Proactive Inhibition KW - Retention Measures KW - Short Term Memory KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0022-0965(73)90158-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-30973-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-30924-001 AN - 1973-30924-001 AU - Pearlman, Chester A. AU - Greenberg, Ramon T1 - Posttrial REM sleep: A critical period for consolidation of shuttlebox avoidance. JF - Animal Learning & Behavior JO - Animal Learning & Behavior JA - Anim Learn Behav Y1 - 1973/02// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 49 EP - 51 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0090-4996 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-30924-001. Other Journal Title: Learning & Behavior. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pearlman, Chester A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19731201. Correction Date: 20110110. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; REM Sleep; Retention; Sleep Deprivation. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1973. AB - Investigated the effect of REM deprivation (REMD) on 50 female Wistar rats. Immediately following shuttlebox avoidance training, REMD for 2 hr. produced deficient retention at 24 hr. after initial training. REMD beginning 2 hr. after training had no effect. It is concluded that REM sleep appears to be involved in consolidation of this training. (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - REM sleep deprivation immediately vs. 2 hr. after training KW - retention of shuttlebox avoidance KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - REM Sleep KW - Retention KW - Sleep Deprivation KW - Rats KW - 1973 DO - 10.3758/BF03198999 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-30924-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-30889-001 AN - 1973-30889-001 AU - Kadden, Ronald M. T1 - Facilitation and suppression of responding under temporally defined schedules of negative reinforcement. JF - Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior JO - Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior JA - J Exp Anal Behav Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 19 IS - 3 SP - 469 EP - 480 CY - US PB - Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior SN - 0022-5002 SN - 1938-3711 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-30889-001. PMID: 16811677 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kadden, Ronald M.; Franklin D. Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Montrose, N.Y. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19731201. Correction Date: 20130218. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Conditioned Responses; Conditioned Suppression; Negative Reinforcement; Reinforcement Schedules. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. AB - Systematically studied 2 parameters for scheduling aversive stimulus presentations by specifying concurrent and independent probabilities of electric shock delivery for the occurrence and for the nonoccurrence of a lever-press response. After preliminary training on a free-operant shock-avoidance schedule, 16 male rhesus monkeys were divided into 4 groups, each group being assigned 1 shock distribution on a continuum from FI to a widely ranging VI. Within groups, each S was successively exposed to 3 values of response-dependence of shock delivery on a continuum from response-independent shock to complete dependence of shock on response occurrence ('punishment'). Introduction of shock following avoidance training produced initial response facilitation followed by suppression. Responding during both the facilitation and suppression periods was maximal when the shock schedule was periodic and response independent. Responding decreased as the intershock intervals were made more variable across groups, and as shock delivery was made increasingly response dependent within individual Ss. (31 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - temporally defined schedules of negative reinforcement KW - facilitation & suppression of lever-press responding KW - monkeys KW - 1973 KW - Conditioned Responses KW - Conditioned Suppression KW - Negative Reinforcement KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Monkeys KW - 1973 DO - 10.1901/jeab.1973.19-469 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-30889-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-30885-001 AN - 1973-30885-001 AU - Jakubczak, Leonard F. T1 - Frequency, duration, and speed of wheel running of rats as a function of age and starvation. JF - Animal Learning & Behavior JO - Animal Learning & Behavior JA - Anim Learn Behav Y1 - 1973/02// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 13 EP - 16 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0090-4996 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-30885-001. Other Journal Title: Learning & Behavior. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jakubczak, Leonard F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Gerontological Psychology Research Lab., St. Louis, Mo. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19731201. Correction Date: 20110110. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Animal Motivation; Food Deprivation; Motor Performance; Starvation. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1973. AB - Investigated whether age differences in amounts of wheel running of 48 starved male Sprague-Dawley rats were due to the frequency of bursts of running, to the average duration of bursts, to speed, or to any combination of these parameters. The experiment was carried out according to a 3 2 2 mixed model design. Independent variables were age (67, 293, and 746 days old at the start of starvation), food deprivation (total starvation vs. ad lib), and occasion of measurement (initial vs. maximum activity). Dependent variables were number of wheel revolutions, number of bursts of activity, number of seconds of running per burst, and revolutions per second. Results indicate that acutely starved Ss run more often, for longer periods, and at higher speeds than sated Ss, and that with increased age Ss run less often, for a shorter time, and at slower speeds. (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age & total starvation vs. ad lib food deprivation & measurement at initial vs. maximum activity KW - frequency & duration & speed of wheel running KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Age Differences KW - Animal Motivation KW - Food Deprivation KW - Motor Performance KW - Starvation KW - Rats KW - 1973 DO - 10.3758/BF03198990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-30885-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-30843-001 AN - 1973-30843-001 AU - Blomquist, Allen J. AU - Deets, Allyn C. AU - Harlow, Harry F. T1 - Effects of list length and first-trial reward upon concurrent discrimination performance. JF - Learning and Motivation JO - Learning and Motivation JA - Learn Motiv Y1 - 1973/02// VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 28 EP - 39 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0023-9690 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-30843-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Blomquist, Allen J.; Veterans Administration Center, Bay Pines, Fla. Release Date: 19731201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Discrimination; Rewards. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1973. AB - Gave 8 experienced female rhesus monkeys 2,304 2-trial object discrimination problems that were presented as members of lists consisting of 2, 4, or 8 problems. The problems within each list were presented concurrently, Trial 1 for all problems in the list presented before initiation of Trial 2 for any problem. Each problem involved exposure of a single object on Trial 1, which was either rewarded or not rewarded, followed by presentation of the Trial 1 object along with a 2nd object on Trial 2. Performance varied inversely with list length, and this effect became more prominent as a function of training. Performance after Trial 1 nonreward was substantially better than that after Trial 1 reward, and this effect became enhanced both with continued training and with increased list length. Findings are discussed in terms of D. Bessemer's short-term memory analysis of learning set. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - list length & 1st-trial reward KW - concurrent discrimination performance KW - monkeys KW - 1973 KW - Discrimination KW - Rewards KW - Monkeys KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0023-9690(73)90037-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-30843-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-30793-001 AN - 1973-30793-001 AU - Schaefer, Gerald J. AU - Buchanan, Denton C. AU - Ray, Oakley S. T1 - The effects of early p-chlorophenylalanine administration and postweaning housing conditions on serotonin and behavior in rats. JF - Life Sciences JO - Life Sciences JA - Life Sci Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 12 IS - 9, Pt. 1 SP - 401 EP - 411 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0024-3205 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-30793-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schaefer, Gerald J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Nashville, Tenn. Release Date: 19731201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Environments; Avoidance Conditioning; Drugs; Instinctive Behavior; Serotonin. Minor Descriptor: Early Experience; Rats; Serotonin Antagonists. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. AB - Administered subcutaneous injections of 100 mg/kg p-chlorophenylalanine or saline daily from birth until 18 days of age to offspring of 25 female Sprague-Dawley rats. At weaning (28 days), 1/2 of each group was assigned to either an enriched or isolated environmental condition until approximately 80 days. A significant Drug Environment interaction was found in the analysis of serotonin (5-HT) whole brain levels which was not related to open field activity but was related to a shock-induced active avoidance task. Conditions which decreased 5-HT levels also increased the number of active avoidance responses. The importance of rearing conditions between early drug manipulation and adult testing is discussed. (22 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - p-chlorophenylalanine & enriched vs. isolated housing conditions KW - serotonin & open field activity vs. shock-induced active avoidance responses KW - 0-18 day old rats KW - 1973 KW - Animal Environments KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Drugs KW - Instinctive Behavior KW - Serotonin KW - Early Experience KW - Rats KW - Serotonin Antagonists KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0024-3205(73)90196-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-30793-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-30763-001 AN - 1973-30763-001 AU - Nyquist, Judith K. AU - Greenhoot, Jerry H. T1 - Responses evoked from the thalamic centrum medianum by painful input: Suppression by dorsal funiculus conditioning. JF - Experimental Neurology JO - Experimental Neurology JA - Exp Neurol Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 39 IS - 2 SP - 215 EP - 222 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0014-4886 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-30763-001. PMID: 4349857 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Nyquist, Judith K.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Div. of Neurosurgery, San Diego, Calif. Release Date: 19731201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electrical Stimulation; Pain Perception; Somatosensory Evoked Potentials; Spinal Cord; Thalamic Nuclei. Minor Descriptor: Cats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. AB - Experimented on 18 anesthetized cats. Prior stimulation of either dorsal funiculus of the spinal cord produced a suppression of cutaneous evoked activity recorded in the thalamic nucleus centrum medianum. The dorsal funicular influence was exerted bilaterally on activity arising from all 4 limbs. These data are presented as evidence that suppression of cutaneous information occurs rostral to the spinal cord, and that there may be central, as well as spinal, 'gate control' mechanisms important in the transmission of painful information. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stimulation of dorsal funiculus of spinal cord KW - suppression of cutaneous evoked activity in thalamic nucleus centrum medianum KW - cats KW - 1973 KW - Electrical Stimulation KW - Pain Perception KW - Somatosensory Evoked Potentials KW - Spinal Cord KW - Thalamic Nuclei KW - Cats KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0014-4886(73)90224-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-30763-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-30723-001 AN - 1973-30723-001 AU - Kastin, Abba J. AU - Miller, M. Clinton AU - Ferrell, Lorraine AU - Schally, Andrew V. T1 - General activity in intact and hypophysectomized rats after administration of melanocyte-stimulating hormone (MSH), melatonin, and Pro-Leu-Gly-NH2. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1973/02// VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 399 EP - 401 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-30723-001. PMID: 4575310 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kastin, Abba J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., New Orleans, La. Release Date: 19731201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hypophysectomy; Melatonin; Motor Processes; Peptides; Pituitary Hormones. Minor Descriptor: Drugs; Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1973. AB - Studied the effects of melanocyte-stimulating hormone (MSH), melatonin, and L-proly-L-leucytglycinamide, an MSH inhibiting factor (MIH), on levels of general locomotor activity in 78 hypophysectomized and 78 intact male Sprague-Dawley albino rats. General activity was not altered by the hormones studied. Body weight, food ingestion, and water intake were also measured and found to be unchanged. Findings reduce the possibility that alterations in activity account for the behavioral changes previously observed after administration of MSH, melatonin, or MIH. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - melanocyte-stimulating hormone & melatonin & L-proly-L-leucytglycinamide KW - general activity KW - intact & hypophysectomized rats KW - 1973 KW - Hypophysectomy KW - Melatonin KW - Motor Processes KW - Peptides KW - Pituitary Hormones KW - Drugs KW - Rats KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(73)90330-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-30723-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-30651-001 AN - 1973-30651-001 AU - Carey, Robert J. T1 - Disruption of timing behavior following amphetamine withdrawal. JF - Physiological Psychology JO - Physiological Psychology Y1 - 1973/03// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 9 EP - 12 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0090-5046 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-30651-001. Other Journal Title: Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carey, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Release Date: 19731201. Correction Date: 20100104. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amphetamine; Drug Withdrawal; Drugs; Reinforcement Schedules. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1973. AB - In a study with 10 naive male Sprague-Dawley rats, the experimental group of 5 rats successfully learned the temporally patterned responding required by a differential reinforcement of low rates (DRL 22-sec) schedule during 19 sessions under the effects of injections of 1 mg/kg of d-amphetamine. On the 20th session of DRL training, saline rather than the drug was injected, and a disruption of the temporal discrimination occurred. A 5-rat saline-injected control group was given dextroamphetamine on their 20th DRL session, and disruption of their temporal responding also occurred. A state-dependent analysis was found to give only a partial explanation for the effects of amphetamine on the operant responding generated by DRL schedules. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - amphetamine & amphetamine withdrawal KW - disruption of temporal responding KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Amphetamine KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Drugs KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Rats KW - 1973 DO - 10.3758/BF03326858 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-30651-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-30649-001 AN - 1973-30649-001 AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Butter, Charles AU - Rosen, Jeffrey AU - Stein, Donald T1 - Behavioral effects of sequential and one-stage ablations of orbital prefrontal cortex in the monkey. JF - Experimental Neurology JO - Experimental Neurology JA - Exp Neurol Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 39 IS - 2 SP - 204 EP - 214 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0014-4886 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-30649-001. PMID: 4634005 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Butters, Nelson; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19731201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Frontal Lobe; Learning. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. AB - Investigated whether sequential (i.e., serial) ablation of the monkey's orbital prefrontal cortex would lead to a reduction in the severity of the behavioral impairment usually associated with one-stage bilateral removal of this tissue. 15 naive rhesus monkeys served as Ss. The lateral orbital cortex was ablated in 4 operations spaced 3 wks apart or in a 1-stage procedure. Ss were examined on a visual go-no go differentiation task, spatial delayed-alternation, and object reversal learning. Results reveal no differences between the effects of sequential and 1-stage ablations. These findings differ from previous experiments that demonstrated a degree of functional recovery after the sequential removal of a sector of the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex. Since lesion studies with infant monkeys have also demonstrated that functional recovery occurs after early ablation of dorsolateral cortex but not after early removal of orbital frontal cortex, recovery of behavioral functions after infant and sequential lesions may involve similar neural mechanisms. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sequential vs. 1-stage ablations of orbital prefrontal cortex KW - severity of behavioral impairment KW - monkeys KW - 1973 KW - Frontal Lobe KW - Learning KW - Monkeys KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0014-4886(73)90223-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-30649-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-30602-001 AN - 1973-30602-001 AU - Ruhm, Howard B. T1 - Directional sensitivity and laterality of electroencephalic responses evoked by acoustic sweep frequencies. JF - Journal of Auditory Research JO - Journal of Auditory Research JA - J Aud Res Y1 - 1971/01// VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 9 EP - 16 CY - US PB - C.W. Shilling Auditory Research Center, Inc. SN - 0021-9177 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-30602-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ruhm, Howard B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., San Diego, Calif. Release Date: 19731201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Evoked Potentials; Auditory Stimulation; Electroencephalography; Lateral Dominance. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1971. AB - Evoked EEG responses from the intact scalps of 4 normal adults by means of frequency-modulated tones. Upward and downward sweeps were presented alternately to the 2 ears. Indices of amplitudes and latency revealed a directional sensitivity in favor of larger amplitudes and longer latencies for upsweeping signals. An aural signature was revealed by stimulation of the right ear producing generally, though not uniformly, larger responses which also had a shorter latency than responses elicited by stimulation of the left ear. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - directional sensitivity of laterality KW - EEG responses evoked by acoustic sweep frequencies KW - 1971 KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Electroencephalography KW - Lateral Dominance KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-30602-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-30601-001 AN - 1973-30601-001 AU - Ruhm, Howard B. T1 - Lateral specificity of acoustically-evoked EEG responses: I. Non-verbal, non-meaningful stimuli. JF - Journal of Auditory Research JO - Journal of Auditory Research JA - J Aud Res Y1 - 1971/01// VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 8 CY - US PB - C.W. Shilling Auditory Research Center, Inc. SN - 0021-9177 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-30601-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ruhm, Howard B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., San Diego, Calif. Release Date: 19731201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Auditory Stimulation; Electroencephalography; Interstimulus Interval; Lateral Dominance. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1971. AB - Performed 3 experiments to determine whether a hemispheric signature is exhibited by EEG responses (N 80-P 130) evoked by clicks. These studies involved differences in responsivity between hemispheres (a) during monaural stimulation; (b) as a function of intersignal interval; and (c) under 2 levels of attention, 1 produced by S's reading standard magazine material, the other by his performing a discrimination task on the stimuli. A subsequent experiment dealt with the effect of aural laterality. A constant interhemispheric relationship was found for stimulation to the left ear, responses being approximately 50% larger at the right hemisphere (T4) than the left (T3). Stimulation of the right ear revealed no such consistent result across Ss. At an intersignal interval of 400 msec. the P2 component, recorded at T4, reached at least 80% of maximum magnitude, whereas at T3 this peak recovered to only approximately 50%, regardless of which ear was stimulated. Attention to stimuli had no differential effect across hemispheres on the P2 component. Responses from both temporal areas and the vertex were enhanced when clicks were presented to the left ear as compared to the right. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - monaural stimulation & intersignal interval & attention KW - hemispheric signature exhibited by EEG responses evoked by clicks KW - 1971 KW - Attention KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Electroencephalography KW - Interstimulus Interval KW - Lateral Dominance KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-30601-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-30545-001 AN - 1973-30545-001 AU - Friedman, Howard AU - Taub, Harvey A. T1 - The transcephalic DC potential and disjunctive reaction time performance. JF - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JO - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JA - Bull Psychon Soc Y1 - 1973/03// VL - 1 IS - 3 SP - 202 EP - 204 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society, Inc. SN - 0090-5054 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-30545-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Friedman, Howard; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Release Date: 19731201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Electroencephalography; Reaction Time; Visual Perception. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500); Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1973. AB - Investigated the relationship between the transcephalic DC potential (TCDC) and disjunctive reaction time (RT) in 239 clinically normal male Ss. 3 experiments were conducted with visual and 2 with auditory presentation of stimuli. In each experiment, comparisons of those Ss shifting in TCDC in a positive direction vs. those shifting negatively and/or less positively were made. In every case, the group of Ss shifting in the relatively more positive direction showed a significant association between TCDC and a change toward slowing of RT performance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - transcephalic DC potential KW - disjunctive visual & auditory reaction time KW - normal males KW - 1973 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Electroencephalography KW - Reaction Time KW - Visual Perception KW - 1973 DO - 10.3758/BF03334341 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-30545-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-30477-001 AN - 1973-30477-001 AU - Samuels, Ina AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Cermak, Laird T1 - Short-term visual memory: Effects of visual field, serial position and exposure duration. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1973/02// VL - 36 IS - 1 SP - 115 EP - 121 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1973-30477-001. PMID: 4686699 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Samuels, Ina; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19731201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Short Term Memory; Stimulus Duration; Visual Field; Visual Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1973. AB - Tested 10 female and 6 male 20-28 yr old, right-handed college students on consonant trigrams presented vertically in either the left, right, or center visual fields at 2 exposure durations: 150 msec and 1 sec. Data were analyzed for the effects of visual field, serial position in the trigram, and exposure duration on the identification and retention of the letters. Serial position and exposure duration significantly affected performance (p < .01 and p < .05, respectively); visual field did not. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual field & serial position & exposure duration KW - short-term visual memory KW - college students KW - 1973 KW - Short Term Memory KW - Stimulus Duration KW - Visual Field KW - Visual Perception KW - 1973 DO - 10.2466/pms.1973.36.1.115 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-30477-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-30332-001 AN - 1973-30332-001 AU - Murry, Thomas AU - Cort, Susan T1 - Aural identification of children's voices. JF - Journal of Auditory Research JO - Journal of Auditory Research JA - J Aud Res Y1 - 1971/07// VL - 11 IS - 3 SP - 260 EP - 262 CY - US PB - C.W. Shilling Auditory Research Center, Inc. SN - 0021-9177 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-30332-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Murry, Thomas; Veterans Administration Hosp., La Jolla, Calif. Release Date: 19731201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Speech Characteristics; Speech Perception; Stimulus Duration; Voice. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1971. AB - Studies children's ability to identify speakers on the basis of duration and repertoire of speech sample. 10 girls and 10 boys listened to taped records consisting of a vowel, sentence, and paragraph and were asked to identify the voice from a list of 10 children well known to them. Duration was 5 sec each for the vowel and the sentence, 20-25 sec for the paragraph. For 50% of the Ss the speech materials were played once; for the other 50% they were repeated 3 times. Performance of both groups was nearly identical, so groups were combined. Correct identification was achieved 47% of the time with the vowel and 95% of the time with sentence and with paragraph. Results suggest that message repertoire figures more heavily than message duration in the ability of children to identify individual speakers. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - duration & repertoire of speech sample KW - aural identification of children's voices KW - boys & girls KW - 1971 KW - Speech Characteristics KW - Speech Perception KW - Stimulus Duration KW - Voice KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-30332-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-29690-001 AN - 1973-29690-001 AU - Sterne, David M. T1 - The Kuder Occupational Interest Survey with hospitalized VA counselees. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 5 EP - 7 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-29690-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sterne, David M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Vancouver, Wash. Release Date: 19731101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Kuder Occupational Interest Survey; Military Veterans; Occupational Guidance. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Surveyed 129 Veterans Administration patients referred for vocational counseling. Ss were roughly classified into groups described as no psychiatric disorder, psychoneurosis, personality disorder, and other. Descriptive and correlational data on all 77 scores is summarized. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Kuder Occupational Interest Survey KW - hospitalized Veterans Administration counselees KW - 1972 KW - Kuder Occupational Interest Survey KW - Military Veterans KW - Occupational Guidance KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-29690-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-29650-001 AN - 1973-29650-001 AU - Rosenzweig, Stanley P. AU - Harford, Thomas T1 - Correlates of therapists' initial impressions of patients in a psychiatric day center. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JA - Psychotherapy (Chic) Y1 - 1972///Sum 1972 VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 126 EP - 129 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-29650-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rosenzweig, Stanley P.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19731101. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients; Psychotherapeutic Outcomes; Therapeutic Community; Therapist Characteristics. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1972. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Attempts to determine (a) whether or not therapists' initial attitudes in a psychiatric day treatment center are related to outcome variables, and (b) which personality and demographic variables are related to therapist attitudes. Ss were 70 chronic psychiatric patients (mean time of hospitalization = 7 yr.) who were evaluated by a test battery including the WAIS, Draw-a-Person, Purdue Peg Board Test, Stroop Color Word Test, the Psychotic Reaction Profile, and background and demographic data. Therapists' attitude measures were completed on each S by 3 staff members after an S had been in a program for 1 wk. A 6-yr follow-up evaluation was conducted, computing the percentage of time each S had spent in work, school, and hospital after discharge from the center. Findings 'suggest that a brief therapist attitude scale, based on the initial impressions made by patients, significantly predicts aspects of treatment outcome in a milieu therapy program. Test and demographic correlates of the scale indicate that therapists have positive impressions of patients who are younger, have more education, are more intelligent, and have less psychopathology.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - milieu therapy program outcome & personality & demographic variables KW - therapists' initial impressions of psychiatric day center patients KW - 1972 KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychotherapeutic Outcomes KW - Therapeutic Community KW - Therapist Characteristics KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0086731 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-29650-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-29624-001 AN - 1973-29624-001 AU - Palmer, Robert D. T1 - Desensitization of the fear of expressing one's own inhibited aggression: Bioenergetic assertive techniques for behavior therapists. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 36 EP - 38 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-29624-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Palmer, Robert D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brooklyn, N.Y. Release Date: 19731101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aggressiveness; Assertiveness; Behavior Therapy; Systematic Desensitization Therapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Discusses bioenergetic assertive techniques, a form of behavior therapy designed to desensitize a patient to the fear of his inhibited aggression. Included is a brief historical introduction, a typical procedure, and theoretical implications. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - bioenergetic assertive techniques KW - fear of expressing aggression KW - 1972 KW - Aggressiveness KW - Assertiveness KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Systematic Desensitization Therapy KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-29624-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-29611-001 AN - 1973-29611-001 AU - Murray, D. C. T1 - The suicide threat: Base rates and appropriate therapeutic strategy. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JA - Psychotherapy (Chic) Y1 - 1972///Sum 1972 VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 176 EP - 179 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-29611-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Murray, D. C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19731101. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attempted Suicide; Suicide Prevention. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1972. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Interprets data on suicide attempts and thought concerning in- and outpatients and patients and nonpatients. Although the data lack scientific precision, they are consistent and suggestive. Examination of depressed and suicidal patients revealed 3 basic facts: (a) a truly determined person will kill himself whether hospitalized or not; (b) final responsibility for a suicide does not lie with the therapist; and (c) final responsibility rests with the patient. Some suicides, e.g., a terminal cancer patient, are even considered defensible. A suicide threat is regarded as a form of communication to be translated by the therapist into an expression of strong feelings of unhappiness, discouragement, despair, and distress. It is suggested that the focal point in such situations should be on the patient's real problem and needs rather than the advisability of his killing himself or being institutionalized against his will so the therapist can feel safer. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - base rates & therapeutic strategy KW - suicide threat & attempts KW - in- vs. outpatients & patients vs. nonpatients KW - 1972 KW - Attempted Suicide KW - Suicide Prevention KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0086742 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-29611-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-29522-001 AN - 1973-29522-001 AU - Holmes, Elaine D. T1 - Suppression of gross motor activity with aversive conditioning in a hypomanic schizophrenic patient. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 13 EP - 17 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-29522-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Holmes, Elaine D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. et al. Release Date: 19731101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aversion Therapy; Behavior Modification; Case Report; Hyperkinesis; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Hypomania. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Reports a case study of a 49-yr-old, male, World War II veteran hospitalized continuously for 24 yr. with the diagnosis of schizophrenic reaction, who was in need of surgery but considered a poor risk because of hyperactivity. Aversive and positive reinforcement schedules were used in a behavior modification paradigm in an attempt to decrease the risk. Electric shock served as the negative reinforcement, while candy and cigarettes were used as the positive reinforcers. Treatment was started 28 days prior to surgery and by the 18th day hyperactivity was virtually eliminated. Surgery was successful and no complications due to postoperative hyperactivity were encountered. Several undesirable side effects and suggestions for the future are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - aversive & positive reinforcement KW - hyperactivity KW - 49 yr. old hypomanic schizophrenic patient KW - 1972 KW - Aversion Therapy KW - Behavior Modification KW - Case Report KW - Hyperkinesis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Hypomania KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-29522-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-29510-001 AN - 1973-29510-001 AU - Helfman, Michael AU - Lorber, Steven AU - Heaven, Robert C. AU - Bowdlear, Charles M. T1 - Operant conditioning as a technique in the resocialization of a mute chronic schizophrenic patient. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 23 EP - 25 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-29510-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Helfman, Michael; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19731101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Case Report; Operant Conditioning; Psychosocial Readjustment; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Mutism. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Reports a case study of a hospitalized 48-yr-old World War II veteran diagnosed as schizophrenic reaction, catatonic type, who was exposed to an operant conditioning procedure designed to increase eye to face contact. Food was used as the reward for compliance to the command 'look at me.' By the 21st meal, all meals were earned through compliance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - operant conditioning KW - eye & face contact KW - 48 yr. old mute chronic schizophrenic KW - 1972 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Case Report KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Psychosocial Readjustment KW - Schizophrenia KW - Mutism KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-29510-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-29504-001 AN - 1973-29504-001 AU - Hanson, Richard W. AU - Adesso, Vincent J. T1 - A multiple behavioral approach to male homosexual behavior: A case study. JF - Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry JO - Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry JA - J Behav Ther Exp Psychiatry Y1 - 1972/12// VL - 3 IS - 4 SP - 323 EP - 325 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0005-7916 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-29504-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hanson, Richard W.; Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. Release Date: 19731101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aversion Therapy; Behavior Therapy; Case Report; Male Homosexuality; Systematic Desensitization Therapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1972. AB - Treated a 23-yr-old homosexual male by a combination of systematic desensitization, electrical aversive counterconditioning, masturbation training, and practice in heterosexual social skills. After 14 wk. of treatment, S reported a marked increase in heterosexual arousal, marked reductions in homosexual arousal and heterosexual anxiety, and exclusively heterosexual behavior. A 6-mo follow-up indicated that the changes had been maintained. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - systematic desensitization & electrical aversive counterconditioning & masturbation training & practice in heterosexual social skills KW - 23 yr. old homosexual male KW - 1972 KW - Aversion Therapy KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Case Report KW - Male Homosexuality KW - Systematic Desensitization Therapy KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/0005-7916(72)90058-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-29504-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-29503-001 AN - 1973-29503-001 AU - Hall, William E. AU - Libby, Alfred AU - Steele, Helen T. T1 - Evaluation of a milieu therapy psychiatric ward: MMPI findings. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 26 EP - 30 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-29503-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hall, William E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Newington, Conn. Release Date: 19731101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychiatric Patients; Therapeutic Community. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Conducted a parametric study comparing intake MMPI scores of 44 male veterans at a Veterans Administration (VA) hospital, 50% of whom were alcoholics, with previous admission over a 2-yr period; other VA hospitals; and a state hospital. Ss exhibited a generally higher degree of pathology on the test than those at other institutions. Different admission policies are postulated to explain the discrepancy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI scores KW - milieu therapy psychiatric ward patients KW - 1972 KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Therapeutic Community KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-29503-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-29500-001 AN - 1973-29500-001 AU - Haffey, Virginia T1 - Shaping of constructive behavior and extinction of psychotic behavior in hospitalized chronic schizophrenics. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 7 EP - 13 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-29500-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Haffey, Virginia; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. et al. Release Date: 19731101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Schizophrenia; Token Economy Programs. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Reports case studies of the effect of behavior modification on 2 hospitalized male chronic schizophrenics 72- and 56 yr. old. Details of a token economy schedule and the progress of each patient are presented. Considerable improvement was noted in each case. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavior modification using token economy schedules KW - psychotic behavior KW - hospitalized chronic schizophrenics KW - 1972 KW - Schizophrenia KW - Token Economy Programs KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-29500-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-29499-001 AN - 1973-29499-001 AU - Haffey, Virginia A. AU - Soroko, Mary L. AU - McCormack, John H. T1 - Use of modeling and of operant reinforcement procedures in a group weight reduction program. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 17 EP - 22 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-29499-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Haffey, Virginia A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19731101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Modification; Imitation (Learning); Obesity; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - 6 obese hospitalized chronic schizophrenics participated in a modeling and behavior modification program designed to reduce their weight. An overweight registered nurse served as the model. Although all Ss achieved a considerable weight loss, only the model maintained that loss. Indirect benefits are also discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - modeling & behavior modification KW - weight reduction KW - obese hospitalized chronic schizophrenics KW - 1972 KW - Behavior Modification KW - Imitation (Learning) KW - Obesity KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-29499-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-29492-001 AN - 1973-29492-001 AU - Gordon, Norman G. T1 - The Trail Making Test in neuropsychological diagnosis. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1972/04// VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 167 EP - 169 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-29492-001. PMID: 5019979 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gordon, Norman G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Allen Park, Mich. Release Date: 19731101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Brain Damage; Differential Diagnosis; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1972. AB - 28 brain-damaged patients and 28 nonorganic patients were administered the Trail Making Test (TMT) by 7 different administrators in a 17-mo period. The cut-off score of 12, as recommended from standardization data, produced a high false-positive rate. 75% of the Ss in each group were identified correctly when using a cut-off score of 9. Errors in diagnosis were found to be age related, which suggests the use of age norms with the TMT. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age KW - differential diagnosis using Trail Making Test KW - brain-damaged vs. nonorganic patients KW - 1972 KW - Age Differences KW - Brain Damage KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1972 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197204)28:2<167::AID-JCLP2270280212>3.0.CO;2-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-29492-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-29448-001 AN - 1973-29448-001 AU - Eisler, Richard M. AU - Williams, W. Vail T1 - A comparison of preadmission characteristics of patients selected for long- or short-term psychiatric treatment. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1972/04// VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 209 EP - 213 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-29448-001. PMID: 5019989 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eisler, Richard M.; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Release Date: 19731101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Demographic Characteristics; Mental Disorders; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Psychiatric Patients; Social Adjustment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1972. AB - Analyzed long term (LT) and short term (ST) patient groups for population characteristics, preadmission social adjustment, and present impairment. The majority of the population characteristics failed to differentiate the LT from the ST group. However, LT admissions could be differentiated from ST admissions on the basis of single, separated, or divorced marital status; lengthier history of psychiatric treatment; and lower socioeconomic status. Impairment characteristics which differentiated LT from ST admissions were psychotic diagnosis, involuntary admission status, unemployed status, and being under psychiatric treatment at the time of admission. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - population characteristics & preadmission social adjustment & present impairment KW - long- vs. short-term patient groups KW - 1972 KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - Mental Disorders KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Social Adjustment KW - 1972 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197204)28:2<209::AID-JCLP2270280227>3.0.CO;2-E UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-29448-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-29392-001 AN - 1973-29392-001 AU - Boyd, Ina AU - Yeager, Marian AU - McMillan, Mae T1 - Personality styles in the postoperative course. JF - Psychosomatic Medicine JO - Psychosomatic Medicine Y1 - 1973/01// VL - 35 IS - 1 SP - 23 EP - 40 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0033-3174 SN - 1534-7796 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-29392-001. PMID: 4706319 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boyd, Ina; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychiatry & Neurology Service, Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19731101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Defense Mechanisms; Surgery. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1973. AB - Presents a profile of 27 mentally healthy males who underwent reconstructive vascular surgery for occlusive disease. Postoperatively there was a natural polarization into 2 groups, good and poor adjustment. All Ss were examined extensively and intensively by in-depth psychiatric interviews and psychologic testing both preoperatively and postoperatively and followed for 1 yr. The most significant difference between the 2 groups was the Ss' stress-coping styles. The poor adjustment group was limited in coping mechanisms to magical thinking, repression, and denial. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - postoperative course KW - personality & stress-coping styles KW - mentally healthy men KW - 1973 KW - Coping Behavior KW - Defense Mechanisms KW - Surgery KW - 1973 DO - 10.1097/00006842-197301000-00004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-29392-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-29384-001 AN - 1973-29384-001 AU - Boies, Karen G. T1 - Role playing as a behavior change technique: Review of the empirical literature. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JA - Psychotherapy (Chic) Y1 - 1972///Sum 1972 VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 185 EP - 192 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-29384-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boies, Karen G.; Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19731101. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Bibliography. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Modification; Literature Review; Role Playing. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1972. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Describes how role playing is currently used as a behavior change technique, evaluates the experimental literature, and states implications. Included is an annotated bibliography, divided into sections covering case studies, clinical studies, role playing as a training technique for institutionalized and noninstitutionalized persons, and attitude change and role playing. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - role playing as behavior change technique KW - literature review & annotated bibliography KW - 1972 KW - Behavior Modification KW - Literature Review KW - Role Playing KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0086744 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-29384-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-28706-001 AN - 1973-28706-001 AU - Hartzell, Irene J. AU - Paige, Albert B. AU - Fitzgibbons, Kerry T1 - Vietnam combat veterans' attitudes toward the war: A pilot study. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 2 EP - 4 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-28706-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hartzell, Irene J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Seattle, Wash. Release Date: 19731101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitudes; Military Veterans; War. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Location: Vietnam. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Surveyed 27 Vietnam combat veterans on their attitudes toward the war. 18 medical and 9 psychotic patients 21-30 yr. old served as Ss. 75% had completed high school and almost 50% had been to college. Only 1/3 were drafted. The instrument used was an open-ended questionnaire administered in a personal interview. Ss indicated little agreement that they were fighting in a 'just cause,' protecting a democratic government, or helping a population who welcomed them. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - attitudes toward Vietnam war KW - combat veterans KW - 1972 KW - Attitudes KW - Military Veterans KW - War KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-28706-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-28705-001 AN - 1973-28705-001 AU - Hart, H. C. T1 - Drug/alcohol survey: I. Usage among a group of Federal employees. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 42 EP - 48 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-28705-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hart, H. C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Richmond, Va. Release Date: 19731101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Drug Usage; Government Personnel. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Surveyed 1,799 Federal employees on drug/alcohol use by means of an 80-item multiple-choice questionnaire. The majority of respondents were over 40 yr. old; approximately 1/3 were white collar workers and approximately 1/3 were professionals. Over 40% had completed more than 15 yr. Federal service and over 40% were veterans. More than 80% reported using alcohol, with 18% feeling they drank too much and 9% feeling they needed help. Next most prevalent drugs were coffee (78%) and tobacco (52%). Results are tabulated for 22 drugs including amphetamines, heroin, LSD, and marihuana. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drug & alcohol usage KW - Federal employees KW - 1972 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Drug Usage KW - Government Personnel KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-28705-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-28402-001 AN - 1973-28402-001 AU - Houser, Vincent P. T1 - Modulation of avoidance behavior in squirrel monkeys after chronic administration and withdrawal of d-amphetamine or a-methyl-p-tyrosine. JF - Psychopharmacologia JO - Psychopharmacologia Y1 - 1973/// VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 213 EP - 234 CY - Germany PB - Springer N1 - Accession Number: 1973-28402-001. PMID: 4632353 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Houser, Vincent P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pavlovian Research Lab., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19731101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adrenergic Drugs; Avoidance Conditioning; Dextroamphetamine; Drug Administration Methods; Drugs. Minor Descriptor: Drug Withdrawal; Monkeys. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 22. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - Trained 2 male squirrel monkeys on a nondiscriminated (Sidman) avoidance schedule that presented a conditional aversive stimulus (CAS) whenever Ss failed to respond within 20 sec. Shock was paired with the CAS 20% of the time. A 3-min tone followed by unavoidable shock was superimposed upon this avoidance schedule. Amphetamine (1.0, 2.0 mg/kg) increased responding without consistently affecting shock or CAS rate, while a-methyl-p-tyrosine (150, 225 mg/kg) decreased response rate and led to more CAS presentations and shocks. Withdrawal of amphetamine produced behavioral effects similar in direction but not intensity to those seen after the administration of a-methyl-p-tyrosine. Neither drug reliably altered the facilitation of avoidance response rate normally noted during the 3-min tone. Results reflect the role of the catecholamines in modulating the performance of an avoidance task. The mechanism that may be responsible for the behavioral effects noted after the withdrawal of chronic amphetamine administration is considered. (31 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dextroamphetamine vs. alpha-methyl-p-tyrosine chronic administration & withdrawal KW - avoidance behavior modulation KW - squirrel monkeys KW - 1973 KW - Adrenergic Drugs KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Dextroamphetamine KW - Drug Administration Methods KW - Drugs KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Monkeys KW - 1973 DO - 10.1007/BF00429302 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-28402-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-27532-001 AN - 1973-27532-001 AU - Sczekalla, Rita M. T1 - Stress reactions of CCU patients to resuscitation procedures on other patients. JF - Nursing Research JO - Nursing Research JA - Nurs Res Y1 - 1973/01// VL - 22 IS - 1 SP - 65 EP - 69 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0029-6562 SN - 1538-9847 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-27532-001. PMID: 4486184 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sczekalla, Rita M.; John Cochran Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Louis, Mo. Release Date: 19731001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Arterial Pulse; Artificial Respiration; Heart Disorders; Psychological Stress; Stress Reactions. Minor Descriptor: Hospitalized Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1973. AB - Studied the effect of exposure of 25 myocardial infarction patients to resuscitation procedures on other patients in 2 medical centers over a 4-mo period. Ss' pulse rates were compared to those of 12 patients who were not exposed to this stress. No variations resulting from general environmental differences in the coronary care units (CCUs) were found for the 2 exposed groups. Differences between the exposed and the nonexposed groups were significant (p < .05). Results support the hypothesis that, in patients with myocardial infarction, exposure to resuscitation procedures on other patients in the CCU can result in a significant increase in pulse rate. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - resuscitation procedures on other patients KW - pulse rate stress reaction KW - cardiac care unit patients KW - 1973 KW - Arterial Pulse KW - Artificial Respiration KW - Heart Disorders KW - Psychological Stress KW - Stress Reactions KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - 1973 DO - 10.1097/00006199-197301000-00010 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-27532-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-27297-001 AN - 1973-27297-001 AU - Goldman, Herbert AU - Gomer, Frank E. AU - Templer, Donald I. T1 - Long-term effects of electroconvulsive therapy upon memory and perceptual-motor performance. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1972/01// VL - 28 IS - 1 SP - 32 EP - 34 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-27297-001. PMID: 5057993 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldman, Herbert; Veterans Administration Hosp., Jefferson Barracks, Mo. Release Date: 19731001. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy; Memory; Perceptual Motor Processes. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1972. AB - Investigated whether there are perceptual-motor or memory deficits in patients who have had more than 50 ECS treatments. 16 patients with a history of 50 or more ECS treatments were matched with 16 patients with no such history. The Bender-Gestalt and the Benton Visual Retention Test were administered to all Ss. Significantly greater error scores were obtained by the ECS Ss on both measures. It is suggested that ECS may cause irreversible brain damage and that the cognitive impairment results from the cumulative damaging effect of each treatment. However, it is also noted that one cannot be absolutely positive that ECS causes permanent brain pathology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ECS therapy KW - memory & perceptual motor performance KW - 1972 KW - Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy KW - Memory KW - Perceptual Motor Processes KW - 1972 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197201)28:1<32::AID-JCLP2270280111>3.0.CO;2-E UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-27297-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-27269-001 AN - 1973-27269-001 AU - Forrest, I. S. T1 - Chlorpromazine assay/clinical efficacy interface: A workshop. JF - Psychopharmacology Bulletin JO - Psychopharmacology Bulletin JA - Psychopharmacol Bull Y1 - 1973/04// VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 20 EP - 28 CY - US PB - Psychopharmacology Bulletin SN - 0048-5764 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-27269-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Forrest, I. S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Menlo Park Div. T-47, Palo Alto, Calif. et al. Release Date: 19731001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chlorpromazine; Drug Therapy; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1973. AB - Presents summaries of several of the papers from a workshop held under the auspices of the National Institute of Mental Health on October 2-3, 1972. Topics discussed included chlorpromazine assay methodology, the metabolites of chlorpromazine, and clinical responses to chlorpromazine and their prediction. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chlorpromazine assay methodology & metabolites & clinical responses KW - report from National Institute of Mental Health workshop KW - 1972 KW - 1973 KW - Chlorpromazine KW - Drug Therapy KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-27269-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-27257-001 AN - 1973-27257-001 AU - Ermalinski, Richard AU - Hanson, Philip G. AU - O'Connell, Walter E. T1 - Toward resolution of a generation-gap conflict on a psychiatric ward. JF - International Journal of Group Tensions JO - International Journal of Group Tensions Y1 - 1972/// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 77 EP - 89 CY - US PB - Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers SN - 0047-0732 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-27257-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ermalinski, Richard; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19731001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Conflict; Group Discussion; Military Veterans; Stereotyped Attitudes. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Generational Differences. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1972. AB - Describes procedures developed to resolve conflicts resulting from contrasting value orientations between patients in a Veterans Administration hospital who were (a) older veterans of World War II and the Korean War and (b) younger Vietnam veterans. 28 Ss engaged in group discussions to define stereotypes of own group and other group. After definition of these stereotypes, the younger and older groups met and exchanged images they had of each other and identified 4 key issues and sources of friction. The groups then cooperated in the development of 8 recommendations for solutions to the key problems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group discussion of stereotypes & sources of friction KW - resolution of generation-gap conflict KW - younger & older veterans in Veterans Administration hospital psychiatric ward KW - 1972 KW - Age Differences KW - Conflict KW - Group Discussion KW - Military Veterans KW - Stereotyped Attitudes KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Generational Differences KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-27257-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-27239-001 AN - 1973-27239-001 AU - de Wolfe, Alan S. T1 - A word association measure of severity of current symptoms in schizophrenia. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1973/01// VL - 29 IS - 1 SP - 11 EP - 14 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-27239-001. PMID: 4405163 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: de Wolfe, Alan S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Release Date: 19731001. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia; Word Associations. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1973. AB - Compared 9 female and 11 male schizophrenic Ss on the Inpatient Multidimensional Psychiatric Scale (IMPS) and equivalent forms of a word-association test under drug and no-drug conditions. The Moran scale of relatedness of word-association responses to their stimulus as a measure of the severity of current symptoms was assessed. Discriminant validity for the Moran scale was noted through low correlations with a number of variables. The Moran scale scores were related to clinical ratings of the IMPS on 5 occasions. An average r of .92 between word-association scores and clinical ratings was noted. It is suggested that the Moran scale scores have greater utility than clinical rating and that they can be used (a) to assess the severity of symptoms in studies that involve paranoid-nonparanoid or process-reactive dimensions, and (b) as a dependent variable in studies of deficit in schizophrenia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - word association measure KW - severity of current symptoms KW - schizophrenics KW - 1973 KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Word Associations KW - 1973 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197301)29:1<11::AID-JCLP2270290104>3.0.CO;2-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-27239-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-27231-001 AN - 1973-27231-001 AU - Crumpton, Evelyn AU - Mutalipassi, Louis R. T1 - The veteran NP patient: Past and present. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1972/01// VL - 28 IS - 1 SP - 94 EP - 101 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-27231-001. PMID: 4400458 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crumpton, Evelyn; Veterans Administration Center for Psychosocial Medicine at Brentwood, Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19731001. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Biographical Inventories; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1972. AB - Compared the 1968 patient with the 1958 patient and the middle-aged World War II counterpart on the Shipley Institute of Living Scale for Measuring Intellectual Impairment, the MMPI and biographical data. The 1968 patient appeared less psychotic but more paranoid, showed a considerable amount of distress, was vocal about it, and might be motivated for help. The 17-25 yr. old patient, though not being a simple character disorder, was rebellious toward authority. He also showed some psychotic symptoms, anxiety, and emotional confusion. The older patient indicated anxiety but was more stabilized than the younger patient. It is concluded that treatment should emphasize tension reduction, supportive and structured therapeutic techniques, chemotherapy, and early return to the community. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Shipley Institute of Living Scale for Measuring Intellectual Impairment & MMPI & biographical data KW - 1968 vs. 1958 patient vs. middle-aged World War II veteran KW - 1972 KW - Age Differences KW - Biographical Inventories KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Military Veterans KW - 1972 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197201)28:1<94::AID-JCLP2270280134>3.0.CO;2-S UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-27231-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-27136-001 AN - 1973-27136-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - Conspicuous psychotic behavior as a manipulative tool. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1973/01// VL - 29 IS - 1 SP - 3 EP - 7 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-27136-001. PMID: 4683397 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Release Date: 19731001. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Authority; Schizophrenia; Symptoms; Threat. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1973. AB - Studied the effect of (a) presence or absence of authority figure and (b) threat on manifest abnormality of schizophrenic patients. 44 schizophrenic patients were videotaped in a waiting room under either a threat or nonthreat situation and provided with either the presence or absence of a staff psychologist who acted as an authority figure. Behavior during the taped segments was rated by 2 judges. It was found that Ss were able to manipulate the impressions they made on other people and were more abnormal in the absence of authority than in its presence. Threat did not lead to an increase in overt psychotic behavior. Results suggest that 'the highly conspicuous abnormality of these patients does not represent an attempt to manage the impressions they make on hospital staff in order to elicit succorance.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - authority figure presence vs. absence & threat KW - manifest abnormality KW - hospitalized schizophrenics KW - 1973 KW - Authority KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - Threat KW - 1973 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197301)29:1<3::AID-JCLP2270290102>3.0.CO;2-K UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-27136-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-27135-001 AN - 1973-27135-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Klett, William G. T1 - Prediction of WAIS scores from group ability tests. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1973/01// VL - 29 IS - 1 SP - 46 EP - 49 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-27135-001. PMID: 4683398 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Release Date: 19731001. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aptitude Measures; Psychiatric Patients; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Tests & Measures: California Test of Mental Maturity. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1973. AB - Compared the relationships between the WAIS and 4 group ability tests (Science Research Associates Tests of Educational Ability, California Short-Form Test of Mental Maturity, Schubert General Ability Battery, and the Verbal Power Test) in a psychiatric sample of 120 Ss. Linear regression formulae were given for each comparison so that WAIS Full Scale scores could be predicted from the group test scores. The Verbal Power Test was the least impressive of the tests. A comparison to earlier research is presented, and results recommend the use of the SRA tests of Educational Ability over a number of other tests as a WAIS surrogate. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Science Research Associates Tests of Educational Ability & California Short-Form Test of Mental Maturity & Schubert General Ability Battery & Verbal Power Test KW - prediction of WAIS scores KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1973 KW - Aptitude Measures KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - 1973 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197301)29:1<46::AID-JCLP2270290118>3.0.CO;2-A UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-27135-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-27064-001 AN - 1973-27064-001 AU - Mozdzierz, Gerald J. AU - Macchitelli, Frank J. AU - Conway, Judith A. AU - Krauss, Herbert H. T1 - Personality characteristic differences between alcoholics who leave treatment against medical advice and those who don't. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1973/01// VL - 29 IS - 1 SP - 78 EP - 82 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-27064-001. PMID: 4405174 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mozdzierz, Gerald J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Hines, Ill. Release Date: 19731001. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Personality Traits; Posttreatment Followup; Psychiatric Hospitalization. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1973. AB - Compared MMPI data on alcoholic patients who left the hospital against medical advice (AMA) and those who did not (non-AMA). 4 MMPI variables were utilized. Results indicate that AMA Ss were more likely than non-AMA Ss to (a) deny their problems with interpersonal relationships, (b) have feelings of hostility and suspicion, (c) be more defensive, (d) deny general psychology distress, discomfiture, and disturbances in somatic functioning and (e) disavow their dependency needs. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality characteristics on MMPI KW - male alcoholics who left hospital against medical advice vs. nonleavers KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Personality Traits KW - Posttreatment Followup KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - 1973 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197301)29:1<78::AID-JCLP2270290128>3.0.CO;2-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-27064-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-26975-001 AN - 1973-26975-001 AU - de Wolfe, Alan S. AU - Konieczny, Joseph A. T1 - Premorbid adjustment and short-term recall in schizophrenia. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1973/01// VL - 29 IS - 1 SP - 14 EP - 16 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-26975-001. PMID: 4683389 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: de Wolfe, Alan S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Release Date: 19731001. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Process Schizophrenia; Reactive Psychosis; Schizophrenia; Short Term Memory. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1973. AB - Studied short-term memory in process and reactive schizophrenics. Each S was given a word-recall task, rated on the Inpatient Multidimensional Psychiatric Scale (IMPS), and given the Full-Range Picture Vocabulary Test. Task-relevant cue properties of the affective words facilitated recall more than the increased generalized properties interfered with it. Process schizophrenic Ss recalled fewer words than reactive schizophrenic Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - premorbid adjustment KW - short-term memory KW - process & reactive schizophrenics KW - 1973 KW - Process Schizophrenia KW - Reactive Psychosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Short Term Memory KW - 1973 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197301)29:1<14::AID-JCLP2270290105>3.0.CO;2-T UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-26975-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-26913-001 AN - 1973-26913-001 AU - Patterson, Tom W. AU - Davidshofer, Charles O. T1 - A counseling and training program for occupational therapy students. JF - American Journal of Occupational Therapy JO - American Journal of Occupational Therapy JA - Am J Occup Ther Y1 - 1972/11// VL - 26 IS - 8 SP - 419 EP - 423 CY - US PB - American Occupational Therapy Assn SN - 0272-9490 SN - 1943-7676 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-26913-001. PMID: 5079773 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Patterson, Tom W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Release Date: 19731001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Methods Training; Graduate Students; Occupational Therapists. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1972. AB - Describes a 1-yr program for the training and selection of occupational therapy students which consisted of 4 phases: psychological evaluation, 1-day field observation of professional occupational therapists, a life planning workshop for exploration of vocational choice, and the simulation of patient treatment in role-playing sessions. Student evaluation of the program is presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - counseling & training program KW - occupational therapy students KW - 1972 KW - Clinical Methods Training KW - Graduate Students KW - Occupational Therapists KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-26913-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-26908-001 AN - 1973-26908-001 AU - McLaughlin, Frank E. AU - White, Eleanor T1 - Small group functioning under six different leadership formats. JF - Nursing Research JO - Nursing Research JA - Nurs Res Y1 - 1973/01// VL - 22 IS - 1 SP - 37 EP - 54 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0029-6562 SN - 1538-9847 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-26908-001. PMID: 4486180 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McLaughlin, Frank E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Research in Clinical Nursing, San Francisco, Calif. Release Date: 19731001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Dynamics; Leadership; Nursing Students. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1973. AB - Assigned 65 graduate nursing students to 6 small group formats: (a) the traditional leader always present, (b) a leader alternately present, (c) programed tape format with leader on call, (d) a programed tape group with leader in attendance, (e) a marathon group with videotape feedback, and (f) a marathon group without video feedback. The marathon groups met for 8 hr. twice during a semester; the other groups met once a week for 11/2 hr. during the semester. Differential personal and group processes operative in the various formats did not produce demonstrable variations in scores on the Adjective Check List, a semantic differential rating scale, C. Whelen's Group Rating Category System, or R. Blake's Training Group Rating Scale. Member dissatisfaction with a particular format was limited, and such dissatisfaction did not effect crucial aspects concerning the total quality of the group experience. (37 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - traditional leader always vs. alternately present vs. programed tape format with leader on call vs. in attendance vs. marathon group with vs. without videotape feedback KW - small group functioning KW - graduate nursing students KW - 1973 KW - Group Dynamics KW - Leadership KW - Nursing Students KW - 1973 DO - 10.1097/00006199-197301000-00007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-26908-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-26059-001 AN - 1973-26059-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Klett, William G. T1 - A validation of the Psychotic Inpatient Profile. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1972/01// VL - 28 IS - 1 SP - 102 EP - 109 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-26059-001. PMID: 4400452 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Release Date: 19731001. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychiatric Patients; Psychosis; Statistical Correlation; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Personality Measures. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200); Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1972. AB - Investigated the Psychotic Inpatient Scale (PIP) in relation to other variables that have identical labels and related dimensions. The PIP was related to 20 commonly used clinical and experimental MMPI scales on 144 psychiatric ward patients. The correlations between the various PIP and MMPI scales were low, the largest being .32. All the correlations of PIP scales with MMPI scores and demographic data were presented in table form. Only 4 of the PIP scales were related to a higher than chance number of criteria and were appropriately named. Further validation of the PIP is recommended. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - correlation with MMPI KW - validation of Psychotic Inpatient Profile KW - psychiatric ward patients KW - 1972 KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychosis KW - Statistical Correlation KW - Test Validity KW - Personality Measures KW - 1972 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197201)28:1<102::AID-JCLP2270280135>3.0.CO;2-F UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-26059-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-25587-001 AN - 1973-25587-001 AU - Vitale, John H. AU - Steinhelber, John C. T1 - A psychological screening battery for hospitalized medical patients. JF - Rehabilitation Psychology JO - Rehabilitation Psychology JA - Rehabil Psychol Y1 - 1972///Fal 1972 VL - 19 IS - 3 SP - 107 EP - 116 CY - US PB - Division 22 of the American Psychological Association SN - 0090-5550 SN - 1939-1544 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-25587-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Aspects of Disability. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Vitale, John H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., San Francisco, Calif. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation; Springer Publishing. Release Date: 19730901. Correction Date: 20100503. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Medical Patients; Perceptual Motor Processes; Psychodiagnosis; Verbal Ability. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1972. AB - Utilized cluster analysis of test scores of 105 medical patients to identify 3 dimensions for rapid and reliable screening of intellectual and behavioral dysfunction. Neuroticism, verbal-numerical ability, and visual-motor ability were then analyzed into 13 psychological subtypes to which clinical meaning was attached because of the differential implications of low and high scores. The proposed screening battery consists of the MMPI, Shipley-Hartford Retreat Scale for Measuring Intellectual Impairment, and a brief visual-motor test, all of which can be group-administered. The total battery requires 15 min. of examiner time and 2 hr. of patient time. (28 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuroticism & verbal-numerical & visual-motor ability KW - psychological screening battery for identifying intellectual & behavioral dysfunction KW - hospitalized medical patients KW - 1972 KW - Medical Patients KW - Perceptual Motor Processes KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Verbal Ability KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0090880 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-25587-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-25517-001 AN - 1973-25517-001 AU - Ruhm, Howard B. T1 - Evoked response audiometry and temporal lobe pathology. JF - Journal of Auditory Research JO - Journal of Auditory Research JA - J Aud Res Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 11 IS - 2 SP - 104 EP - 118 CY - US PB - C.W. Shilling Auditory Research Center, Inc. SN - 0021-9177 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-25517-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ruhm, Howard B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., San Diego, Calif. Release Date: 19730901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Stimulation; Cerebral Cortex; Electroencephalography; Epileptic Seizures; Neurosurgery. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1971. AB - Attempts were made to elicit acoustically-evoked electroencephalic responses from 7 adult Ss who had undergone surgical ablation of portions of the cerebral cortex. Configurations revealed that aberrations in responsivity can be seen in conjunction with such brain lesions and may exist in the presence of normal hearing. It is suggested accordingly that negative or 'aberrant' findings obtained with evoked response audiometry be interpreted with caution. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cerebral cortex surgical ablations KW - acoustically-evoked EEG responses KW - seizure cases KW - 1971 KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Cerebral Cortex KW - Electroencephalography KW - Epileptic Seizures KW - Neurosurgery KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-25517-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-25316-001 AN - 1973-25316-001 AU - Eisler, Richard M. T1 - Crisis intervention in the family of a firesetter. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JA - Psychotherapy (Chic) Y1 - 1972///Spr 1972 VL - 9 IS - 1 SP - 76 EP - 79 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-25316-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eisler, Richard M.; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19730901. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Disorders; Case Report; Crisis Intervention; Family Crises; Family Therapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1972. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Describes a crisis-oriented, family therapy dealing with the problems of a 14-yr-old boy who had confessed to setting grass fires. The treatment approach concentrated on precipitant factors, role relationships, and communication patterns. The intention of the study was to show the utility of viewing an S's deviant behavior as representative of disturbed social (family) relationships and to suggest that treatment should focus on these social relationships rather than on the disturbed behavior of the S. After 6 sessions, lasting from 2-3 hr. each, treatment was terminated, having revealed a series of unresolved crises in the family which led to eruption of symptoms in 1 member. The S's firesetting was seen as a desperate nonverbal communication to his family. This case suggests that intensive family-oriented intervention in a behavioral disturbance as serious as firesetting may produce significant and durable results (as revealed by a 4-mo and 1-yr follow-up) in a short time. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - crsis-oriented family therapy KW - 14 yr. old firesetter & his family KW - 1972 KW - Behavior Disorders KW - Case Report KW - Crisis Intervention KW - Family Crises KW - Family Therapy KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0086718 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-25316-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-25150-001 AN - 1973-25150-001 AU - Query, William T. AU - Query, Joy M. T1 - Aggressive responses to the Holtzman Inkblot technique by Indian and white alcoholics. JF - Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology JO - Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology JA - J Cross Cult Psychol Y1 - 1972/12// VL - 3 IS - 4 SP - 413 EP - 416 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0022-0221 SN - 1552-5422 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-25150-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Query, William T.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Fargo, N.D. Release Date: 19730901. Correction Date: 20121008. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Alcoholism; American Indians; Hospitalized Patients; Whites. Minor Descriptor: Cross Cultural Differences; Holtzman Inkblot Technique. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1972. AB - Obtained interview data, Holtzman Inkblot data, and aggressive behavior records for 18 American Indian and 21 white hospitalized alcoholics to determine whether cultural differences were present. No differences were found between groups on either behavioral or projective test indices, thus contradicting commonly held stereotypes of alcoholic Indian aggression. Evidence suggests that fantasy substitutes for actual aggression among Indians and oral dependence as purported to be measured by 'water responses' is more characteristic of them; this may be an etiological factor, especially related to economic and social deprivation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - interview & Holtzman Inkblot & aggressive behavior data KW - American Indian vs. white hospitalized alcoholics KW - 1972 KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Alcoholism KW - American Indians KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Whites KW - Cross Cultural Differences KW - Holtzman Inkblot Technique KW - 1972 DO - 10.1177/002202217200300411 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-25150-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-24593-001 AN - 1973-24593-001 AU - Linn, Margaret W. T1 - Perceptions of childhood: Present functioning and past events. JF - Journal of Gerontology JO - Journal of Gerontology JA - J Gerontol Y1 - 1973/04// VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 202 EP - 206 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0022-1422 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-24593-001. PMID: 4692318 Other Journal Title: The Journals of Gerontology: Series A: Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Linn, Margaret W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Social Science Research, Miami, Fla. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19730901. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Birth Order; Family Size; Rural Environments; Social Adjustment; Urban Environments. Minor Descriptor: Childhood Development. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1973. AB - Interviewed 100 65-92 yr. old males by a researcher who encouraged them to reminisce about childhood and to assess their childhood as predominantly happy or unhappy. In addition, ordinal position, family size, rural or urban environment, and education were collected. Ss were then seen by 2 other researchers, who dealt only with current functioning rated on a 21-item Social Dysfunction Rating Scale. Differences in functioning between the happy and unhappy groups were highly significant (p < .004). There were no differences in age, birth order, or education between the groups; however, Ss with a happy childhood had more siblings and were reared in a rural setting (p < .05). Correlations between childhood variables and later functioning were low and few. Lower education correlated with more areas of dysfunctioning than any other variable. Contrary to other findings, large family size and rural setting in early life related to happy memories and better over-all adjustment. (25 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perceptions of childhood & birth order & family size & rural vs. urban childhood environment & education KW - social functioning KW - 65-92 yr. olds KW - 1973 KW - Birth Order KW - Family Size KW - Rural Environments KW - Social Adjustment KW - Urban Environments KW - Childhood Development KW - 1973 DO - 10.1093/geronj/28.2.202 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-24593-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-24425-001 AN - 1973-24425-001 AU - Nockton, Ransom AU - Kastin, Abba J. AU - Elder, S. Thomas AU - Schally, Andrew V. T1 - Passive and active avoidance responses at two levels of shock after administration of melanocyte-stimulating hormone. JF - Hormones and Behavior JO - Hormones and Behavior JA - Horm Behav Y1 - 1972/12// VL - 3 IS - 4 SP - 339 EP - 344 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0018-506X SN - 1095-6867 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-24425-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Nockton, Ransom; Veterans Administration Hosp., Endocrinology Section of the Medical Service, New Orleans, La. Release Date: 19730901. Correction Date: 20170209. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Drugs; Hormones. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1972. AB - Tested rats receiving either melanocyte-stimulating hormone (MSH) or a control solution in a combined active and passive avoidance task involving different visual cues and 2 levels of shock. The group tested at the stronger level had a higher index of discrimination than those at the lower level. No effect of MSH on behavior, adrenal or body weight was seen and it is suggested that previous reports on the effects of MSH on behavior are not explained as a simple activity effect. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - melanocyte-stimulating hormone KW - active & passive avoidance KW - rats KW - 1972 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Drugs KW - Hormones KW - Rats KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/0018-506X(72)90023-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-24425-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-24370-001 AN - 1973-24370-001 AU - Dempsey, George L. AU - Kastin, Abba J. AU - Schally, Andrew V. T1 - The effects of MSH on a restricted passive avoidance response. JF - Hormones and Behavior JO - Hormones and Behavior JA - Horm Behav Y1 - 1972/12// VL - 3 IS - 4 SP - 333 EP - 337 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0018-506X SN - 1095-6867 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-24370-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dempsey, George L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Endocrinology Section of the Medical Service, New Orleans, La. Release Date: 19730901. Correction Date: 20170209. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Drugs; Extinction (Learning); Hormones. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1972. AB - 2 days after acquisition of a passive avoidance response, rats were retested after being given either a melanocyte-stimulating hormone (MSH), or an MSH-inhibiting factor or saline (on acquisition day only, extinction day only, on both days, or on all 4 days). Regardless of when given MSH resulted in increased resistance to extinction (greater inhibitory performance). It is concluded that the effects of MSH are unlikely to be due to the inability of rats to inhibit a response. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - malanocyte-stimulating hormone KW - resistance to extinction of passive avoidance response KW - rats KW - 1972 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Drugs KW - Extinction (Learning) KW - Hormones KW - Rats KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/0018-506X(72)90022-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-24370-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-23629-001 AN - 1973-23629-001 AU - Thaler, Jerome S. AU - Goldberg, Sol A. T1 - The effect of correction of severe long-standing refractive errors on the mental status of psychotic patients. JF - American Journal of Optometry & Archives of American Academy of Optometry JO - American Journal of Optometry & Archives of American Academy of Optometry Y1 - 1973/01// VL - 50 IS - 1 SP - 46 EP - 49 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-23629-001. PMID: 4509739 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Thaler, Jerome S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Release Date: 19730801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Health; Optometry; Refraction Errors; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1973. AB - Vision screening of 1,100 hospitalized schizophrenics revealed 39 Ss who had severe long-standing uncorrected distance habitual vision (20/70 or worse) of a refractive nature. Nurse evaluation of these Ss after a period of wearing spectacle prescriptions shows a tendency toward improved mental health. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - correction of severe long-standing refractive errors KW - mental status KW - schizophrenics KW - 1973 KW - Mental Health KW - Optometry KW - Refraction Errors KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1973 DO - 10.1097/00006324-197301000-00007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-23629-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-23531-001 AN - 1973-23531-001 AU - Linn, Margaret W. AU - Linn, Bernard S. AU - Greenwald, Shayna R. T1 - The alcoholic patient in the nursing home. JF - Aging & Human Development JO - Aging & Human Development Y1 - 1972/08// VL - 3 IS - 3 SP - 273 EP - 277 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-23531-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Linn, Margaret W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Miami, Fla. Release Date: 19730801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Hospitalized Patients; Nursing Homes. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1972. AB - Compared 72 alcoholic patients who were sent to community nursing homes from a general medical Veterans Administration hospital with 71 nonalcoholics from the same hospital who were also placed in nursing homes. Ss were studied prior to placement and followed 6 mo. in 35 nursing homes. Hospital disability ratings from physicians, evaluations from social workers, and diagnostic data from records indicated no significant differences in levels of disability or impairment. Alcoholics were less likely to be currently married and had less income. They were younger but had a significantly higher number of diagnoses than their nonalcoholic counterparts; however, with the exception of cirrhosis and brain syndrome, they had fewer serious illnesses such as cancer and diabetes. Outcome after 6 mo. showed 28% left the nursing home, 45% were still in the home, 10% were hospitalized, and 16% had died. These outcomes were not significantly different from other nursing home patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - community nursing home placement KW - alcoholic vs. nonalcoholic patients KW - 1972 KW - Alcoholism KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Nursing Homes KW - 1972 DO - 10.2190/XTYL-TC1B-F263-E7TR UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-23531-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-23351-001 AN - 1973-23351-001 AU - Wechsler, Adam F. T1 - The effect of organic brain disease on recall of emotionally charged versus neutral narrative texts. JF - Neurology JO - Neurology Y1 - 1973/02// VL - 23 IS - 2 SP - 130 EP - 135 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0028-3878 SN - 1526-632X N1 - Accession Number: 1973-23351-001. PMID: 4119890 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wechsler, Adam F.; Veterans Administration Wadsworth Hosp., Neurology Service, Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19730801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Contextual Associations; Emotionality (Personality); Reading Materials; Recall (Learning). Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1973. AB - Attempted to develop a simple test to evaluate several qualitative aspects of memory disturbance observed in patients with organic brain disease. 57 brain-damaged patients and 44 controls were read 2 short stories. One story was affective in tone, dealing with material related to illness; the other was matter-of-fact. Of the brain-damaged patients, 84% remembered more items of the neutral story than of the affectively laden narrative, whereas no significant difference was noted in the recall of most of the controls. In addition, unlike the control groups, brain-damaged patients showed significant qualitative differences in the recall of the emotionally charged story but not with the neutral narrative. Patients with dysfunction confined to the left hemisphere performed less well quantitatively on both stories than did patients with right cerebral lesions. However, these patients showed less symbolic distortion of the emotionally charged story than did patients with right cerebral lesions. Findings suggest that: (a) Cerebral dysfunction due to organic disease results in a comparatively selective inability to recall emotionally charged, verbally presented material. (b) This pattern of defective recall seen in patients with organic brain disease is usually not encountered in patients with medical or psychiatric illness not associated with brain lesions. And (c) there is a relationship between the laterality of the lesion and the ability to recall emotionally charged, verbally presented material-with the nondominant right hemisphere seemingly playing the dominant role. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - organic brain disease KW - recall of emotionally charged vs. neutral narrative texts KW - brain-damaged & normal patients KW - 1973 KW - Brain Damage KW - Contextual Associations KW - Emotionality (Personality) KW - Reading Materials KW - Recall (Learning) KW - 1973 DO - 10.1212/WNL.23.2.130 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-23351-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-23303-001 AN - 1973-23303-001 AU - Robbins, Paul R. T1 - Heroin addicts' views of commonly abused drugs: A semantic differential approach. JF - Journal of Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Personality Assessment JA - J Pers Assess Y1 - 1972/08// VL - 36 IS - 4 SP - 366 EP - 370 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0022-3891 SN - 1532-7752 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-23303-001. PMID: 5044800 Other Journal Title: Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Robbins, Paul R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Washington, D.C. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19730801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amphetamine; Heroin; Lysergic Acid Diethylamide; Marijuana; Methadone. Minor Descriptor: Attitudes; Heroin Addiction. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1972. AB - Asked 52 adult heroin addicts to rate their perceptions of heroin, methadone, LSD, amphetamines, and marihuana on semantic differential scales. Marihuana was viewed most favorably, heroin least favorably. Positive correlations were obtained between views of heroin and marihuana, but not between heroin and methadone. There was a positive relationship between length of time on methadone maintenance and the potency score for heroin. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - heroin & methadone & LSD & amphetamines & marihuana KW - rated views on semantic differential scales KW - heroin addicts KW - 1972 KW - Amphetamine KW - Heroin KW - Lysergic Acid Diethylamide KW - Marijuana KW - Methadone KW - Attitudes KW - Heroin Addiction KW - 1972 DO - 10.1080/00223891.1972.10119773 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-23303-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-23248-001 AN - 1973-23248-001 AU - Key, John C. AU - Cutter, Henry S. AU - Rothstein, Emil AU - Jones, Wyatt C. T1 - Alcohol, power and inhibition: A factor analytic evaluation of McClelland's hypothesis with a construct validation of the factors. JF - Journal of Health and Social Behavior JO - Journal of Health and Social Behavior JA - J Health Soc Behav Y1 - 1972/12// VL - 13 IS - 4 SP - 337 EP - 346 CY - US PB - American Sociological Assn SN - 0022-1465 SN - 2150-6000 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-23248-001. PMID: 4648889 Other Journal Title: Journal of Health & Human Behavior. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Key, John C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19730801. Correction Date: 20121015. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Inhibition (Personality); Interpersonal Control. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1972. AB - Discusses D. McClelland and his associates' identification of 2 principal factors-power and inhibition-as characteristics of nonalcoholic drinkers. These results were tested on a small sample of 64 hospitalized alcoholics. A factor analysis identified 5 factors, 1 of which was parallel to McClelland's inhibition factor and another that included some but not all of his power variables. The analysis indicated that power and inhibition factors and their relationship to drinking history were different for this sample of hospitalized alcoholics than they were for 158 nonalcoholics. The derived factor scores were further used to assess treatment outcomes after a short-term follow-up of the alcoholics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - power & inhibition KW - nonalcoholic drinker characteristics KW - hospitalized alcoholics KW - factor analysis of D. McClelland & associates' hypothesis KW - 1972 KW - Alcoholism KW - Inhibition (Personality) KW - Interpersonal Control KW - 1972 DO - 10.2307/2136825 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-23248-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-23193-001 AN - 1973-23193-001 AU - Cutter, H. S. AU - Green, L. R. AU - Harford, T. C. T1 - Levels of risk taken by extraverted and introverted alcoholics as a function of drinking whisky. JF - British Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology JO - British Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology JA - Br J Soc Clin Psychol Y1 - 1973/02// VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 83 EP - 89 CY - United Kingdom PB - British Psychological Society SN - 0007-1293 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-23193-001. Other Journal Title: British Journal of Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cutter, H. S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Other Publishers: Letchworth; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19730801. Correction Date: 20130325. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Intoxication; Alcoholism; Extraversion; Introversion; Risk Taking. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1973. AB - Studied risk-taking among 15 extravert and 15 introvert alcoholics, randomly assigned to a nondrinking, a drinking, and an anticipation of drinking treatment. Risk level choices varied from a 1:1 chance (certainty) of winning $.10 to a 1:10 chance of winning $1.00. As predicted, nondrinking extraverts were riskier than nondrinking introverts; drinking introverts were riskier than nondrinking introverts. Unexpectedly, drinking extraverts were least risky. Drinking anticipation increased introvert but not extravert risk. The interrelationships of extraversion risk, and drinking are discussed. Findings are compatible with the law of initial values and a curvilinear arousal model described by Eysenck. (23 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - whiskey drinking vs. nondrinking vs. anticipation of drinking KW - risk taking KW - extraverted vs. introverted alcoholics KW - 1973 KW - Alcohol Intoxication KW - Alcoholism KW - Extraversion KW - Introversion KW - Risk Taking KW - 1973 DO - 10.1111/j.2044-8260.1973.tb00849.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-23193-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-22436-001 AN - 1973-22436-001 AU - Barrett, Robert J. AU - Leith, Nancy J. AU - Ray, Oakley S. T1 - A behavioral and pharmacological analysis of variables mediating active-avoidance behavior in rats. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1973/03// VL - 82 IS - 3 SP - 489 EP - 500 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-22436-001. PMID: 4706586 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barrett, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Nashville, Tenn. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Dextroamphetamine; Drugs; Genotypes; Scopolamine. Minor Descriptor: Rats; Unconditioned Responses. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - In Exp. I, two strains of rats (F344 and ZM) were run in a discriminated -maze avoidance task. The F344s were greatly superior to ZMs in acquiring the avoidance response although both strains learned the discrimination. Analysis of other response measures indicates that F344s made significantly more active responses, suggesting that differences in avoidance behavior were due to strain-specific differences in the unconditioned response to shock. In Exp. II, the same Ss were administered d-amphetamine, scopolamine, or a combination of the 2 drugs. These manipulations significantly improved avoidance behavior in the ZM strain and increased other active responses. Results suggest that the prepotent variable in active-avoidance acquisition is the extent to which the S's response to shock is compatible with the response required. (23 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - strain-specific differences in UCR to shock & d-amphetamine & scopolamine KW - active-avoidance mediation KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Dextroamphetamine KW - Drugs KW - Genotypes KW - Scopolamine KW - Rats KW - Unconditioned Responses KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/h0034111 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-22436-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-22203-001 AN - 1973-22203-001 AU - Oscar-Berman, Marlene AU - Goodglass, Harold AU - Cherlow, Diana G. T1 - Perceptual laterality and iconic recognition of visual materials by Korsakoff patients and normal adults. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1973/02// VL - 82 IS - 2 SP - 316 EP - 321 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-22203-001. PMID: 4695040 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Oscar-Berman, Marlene; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholic Psychosis; Interstimulus Interval; Lateral Dominance; Perceptual Localization; Visual Thresholds. Minor Descriptor: Recognition (Learning). Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Compared 9 male patients with Korsakoff's syndrome to 19 normal and 11 alcoholic control Ss on their threshold for recognition of words or patterns presented monocularly to the lateral visual fields. Ss were then tested on backward visual masking of the same (target) stimuli to determine the interstimulus interval (ISI) needed to escape the masking effect (critical ISI) in each lateral field. Threshold for recognition and critical ISI were elevated in Korsakoff Ss. For all Ss, the right visual field was superior to the left for word recognition but not for pattern recognition. The critical ISIs were shorter in the right visual field for both types of material, suggesting that the dominant hemisphere is more efficient in the early (iconic) stages of information processing. (22 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perceptual laterality KW - iconic recognition of visual materials KW - Korsakoff patients KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholic Psychosis KW - Interstimulus Interval KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Perceptual Localization KW - Visual Thresholds KW - Recognition (Learning) KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/h0034094 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-22203-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-21654-001 AN - 1973-21654-001 AU - Walker, Robert T1 - Social disability of 150 mental patients one month after hospital discharge. JF - Rehabilitation Literature JO - Rehabilitation Literature JA - Rehabil Lit Y1 - 1972/11// VL - 33 IS - 11 SP - 326 EP - 329 CY - US PB - National Easter Seal Society SN - 0034-3579 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-21654-001. PMID: 4653023 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Walker, Robert; Veterans Administration Hosp., Patient Care Review, Brockton, Mass. Release Date: 19730701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients; Psychosocial Readjustment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1972. AB - Evaluated 150 patients 1 mo. after release from 9 psychiatric hospitals in the United States and Canada for their degree of social restoration using a new instrument for assessing outcome-the Brockton Social Adjustment (BSA) scale. Women showed higher restoration rates than men (because of less unemployment) but the sexes were disproportionately distributed across urban-rural hospitals. All other comparisons were based on male patients only. Defining successful outcome as a BSA score of 100 (living independently from on-site mental health supervision and holding a regular job), the group manifested marked social disability. Males typically appeared to be functioning at a level approximately midway between complete social dependency and normal social functioning. The only demographic variable predicting social adjustment for male patients immediately after release was sociogeographic location of the releasing hospital. Patients discharged from urban hospitals had substantially higher rates of social restoration than those from rural hospitals, due to different rates of employment. It is concluded that the BSA scale is a useful index for quantifying outcome in hospital psychiatry. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Brockton Social Adjustment scale KW - social readjustment & restoration KW - mental patients 1 mo. after hospital release KW - 1972 KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychosocial Readjustment KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-21654-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-21496-001 AN - 1973-21496-001 AU - Hersen, Michel AU - Matherne, Paula M. AU - Gullick, Eugenia L. AU - Harbert, Terry L. T1 - Instructions and reinforcement in the modification of a conversion reaction. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1972/12// VL - 31 IS - 3 SP - 719 EP - 722 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1973-21496-001. PMID: 4650023 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hersen, Michel; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19730701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Case Report; Conversion Disorder; Praise; Walking. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1972. AB - Sequentially examined the effects of 2 variables, instructions and social reinforcement, on a 19-yr-old unmarried, black male with a conversion reaction. Reinforcement in the form of praise resulted in an increase in S's ability to walk. When reinforcement was removed, other variables including instructions, expectancy, social reinforcement from other patients, self-reinforcement may have contributed to unexpected improvements in walking. However, reinstitution of reinforcement led to the most dramatic increases in walking. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - instructions & praise KW - conversion reaction modification & walking improvement KW - 19 yr. old Negro male KW - 1972 KW - Case Report KW - Conversion Disorder KW - Praise KW - Walking KW - 1972 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1972.31.3.719 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-21496-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-21492-001 AN - 1973-21492-001 AU - Hamlin, Roy M. AU - Ward, William D. T1 - Schizophrenic intelligence, symptoms, and release from the hospital. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1973/02// VL - 81 IS - 1 SP - 11 EP - 16 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-21492-001. PMID: 4690210 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hamlin, Roy M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Danville, Ill. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intelligence; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Used the WAIS and Inpatient Multidimensional Psychiatric Scale to assess changes in intelligence and symptoms over a 1-yr period in 64 male chronic schizophrenics (an additional 32 Ss were assessed only at the end of the 1-yr period). Hospital status 6 yr. later identified Ss who had been discharged successfully and those still hospitalized. Ss who improved in symptoms gained in test scores. Short-term symptomatic improvement showed no significant relationship to discharge within the next 6 yr., whereas short-term gains in intelligence predicted subsequent discharge to a highly significant degree (p < .001). Results indicate that discharge from the hospital may depend more on increasing competence (test scores) than on reducing psychopathology (symptoms). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hospital discharge KW - intelligence & symptoms KW - chronic schizophrenics KW - 1973 KW - Intelligence KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/h0034033 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-21492-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-21459-001 AN - 1973-21459-001 AU - Ellsworth, Robert AU - Maroney, Robert T1 - Characteristics of psychiatric programs and their effects on patients' adjustment. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1972/12// VL - 39 IS - 3 SP - 436 EP - 447 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-21459-001. PMID: 4649439 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ellsworth, Robert; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salem, Va. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotional Adjustment; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychiatric Patients; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Considers that measuring characteristics of psychiatric programs is an important 1st step in identifying ingredients related to treatment efficiency and effectiveness. Perception of ward (POW) scales were developed using repeated factor analyses of 1,141 male psychiatric patients' perceptions. Program dimensions identified by POW scales are evaluated. The serious problem of response variability in measuring the milieu characteristics of a ward through patient perceptions is examined. POW scores for 353 patients on 3 wards and ratings of later community adjustment revealed that staff receptivity positively affects the posthospital adjustment of certain patient subgroups. (32 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychiatric program characteristics KW - patient's adjustment KW - male psychiatric patients KW - 1972 KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0034028 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-21459-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1973-21398-000 AN - 1973-21398-000 AU - Apple, Loyal E. AU - May, Marianne T1 - Distance vision and perceptual training: A concept for use in the mobility training of low vision clients. Y1 - 1971/// CY - New York, NY, US PB - American Foundation for the Blind N1 - Accession Number: 1973-21398-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Apple, Loyal E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Western Blind Rehabilitation Center, Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19730701. Publication Type: Book (0200). Format Covered: Print. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Distance Perception; Perceptual Motor Processes; Perceptual Orientation; Vision Disorders. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 23. KW - perceptual training program KW - low vision utilization for distance in orientation & mobility KW - low vision clients KW - book KW - 1971 KW - Distance Perception KW - Perceptual Motor Processes KW - Perceptual Orientation KW - Vision Disorders KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-21398-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-21343-001 AN - 1973-21343-001 AU - Samuels, Ina AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Fedio, Paul T1 - Short-term memory disorders following temporal lobe removals in humans. JF - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JO - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JA - Cortex Y1 - 1972/09// VL - 8 IS - 3 SP - 283 EP - 298 CY - Italy PB - Masson Italia SN - 0010-9452 SN - 1973-8102 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-21343-001. PMID: 4637923 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Samuels, Ina; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Elsevier Masson SAS. Release Date: 19730701. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Short Term Memory; Temporal Lobe; Visual Perception. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1972. AB - Compared patients with unilateral removals of the left or right temporal lobe to normal controls on tests of short-term visual (geometric patterns, consonant trigrams) and auditory (consonant trigrams) memory. Both temporal lobe groups evidenced severe retention deficits on the auditory task, but normal performance on the patterned and verbal visual tests. Findings are discussed with respect to the issue of modality vs. material specific memory storage in humans. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - temporal lobe removals KW - short-term visual & auditory memory KW - patients KW - 1972 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Short Term Memory KW - Temporal Lobe KW - Visual Perception KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/S0010-9452(72)80035-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-21343-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-21301-001 AN - 1973-21301-001 AU - Levine, Jacob AU - Feirstein, Alan T1 - Differences in test performance between brain-damaged, schizophrenic, and medical patients. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1972/12// VL - 39 IS - 3 SP - 508 EP - 511 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-21301-001. PMID: 4649445 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levine, Jacob; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19730101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Medical Patients; Performance Tests; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Test Performance. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Gave 18 white male hospitalized patients from each of 3 diagnostic categories (brain-damaged, schizophrenic, and medical) a battery of 9 psychological tests, including 5 from the Halstead Impairment Index, the Bender Visual-Motor Gestalt Test, the Trail Making Test (R. Reitan), and 2 tests from the WAIS. 16 measures were obtained, and the 3 groups of Ss were compared on each. The performance of the brain-damaged was significantly inferior to the medical patients on 14 of the 16 measures, and to the schizophrenics on 9 of the 16. There were no significant differences between the schizophrenics and the medical group on any of the 16 measures. When the scores on the 4 different tests were combined into Z scores, 78% of the brain-damaged, 67% of the schizophrenics, and 78% of the medical Ss were correctly diagnosed for presence or absence of brain damage. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - test performance KW - brain-damaged vs. schizophrenics vs. medical patients KW - 1972 KW - Brain Damage KW - Medical Patients KW - Performance Tests KW - Schizophrenia KW - Test Performance KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0034017 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-21301-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-21255-001 AN - 1973-21255-001 AU - Goodglass, Harold AU - Gleason, Jean B. AU - Bernholtz, Nancy A. AU - Hyde, Mary R. T1 - Some linguistic structures in the speech of a Broca's aphasic. JF - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JO - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JA - Cortex Y1 - 1972/06// VL - 8 IS - 2 SP - 191 EP - 212 CY - Italy PB - Masson Italia SN - 0010-9452 SN - 1973-8102 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-21255-001. PMID: 5043793 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goodglass, Harold; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Elsevier Masson SAS. Release Date: 19730701. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Speech Characteristics; Speech Disorders; Syntax. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 22. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1972. AB - Describes a Story Completion Test for eliciting predetermined syntactic constructions and presents a detailed report on 1 patient with Broca's aphasia and agrammatism. The principle observations are that the best preserved syntactic unit is the verb plus object, the transition from subject to verb being more difficult. There are several deviations from the theoretical order of lingusitic complexity in that WH-questions are 2nd only to the imperative in ease of production; the passive is more often correct than the indicative because the latter requires a verb inflection. Auxiliary verbs and verb inflections are the elements most rarely produced. There is a high degree of variability among successive trials of the same item, although the patient's successive attempts on each trial usually improve the grammaticality of the output. It is concluded that the patient does not have a consistent simplified grammar, nor does his performance represent an economy of effort, but rather it is an effort to approximate his residual knowledge of standard English. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - linguistic structures in speech KW - patient with Broca's aphasia & agrammatism KW - 1972 KW - Aphasia KW - Speech Characteristics KW - Speech Disorders KW - Syntax KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/S0010-9452(72)80018-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-21255-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-20697-001 AN - 1973-20697-001 AU - Crumbaugh, James C. T1 - Aging and adjustment: The applicability of logotherapy and the Purpose-in-Life Test. JF - The Gerontologist JO - The Gerontologist JA - Gerontologist Y1 - 1972///Win 1972 VL - 12 IS - 4 SP - 418 EP - 420 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0016-9013 SN - 1758-5341 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-20697-001. PMID: 4675912 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crumbaugh, James C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Gulfport, Miss. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19730701. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotional Adjustment; Gerontology; Identity Crisis; Logotherapy. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Win 1972. AB - Indicates that the aim of Victor Frankl's logotherapy is to help in facing crisis situations wherein a radical change in status has created a loss of personal identity and purpose in life. This 'existential vacuum' is corrected by a systematic exploration of value areas for a new meaning. The Purpose-in-Life Test (PIL) is designed to measure the existential vacuum and has successfully discriminated predictable differences in this state in a variety of subpopulations. Aging is one such parameter in which loss of old meanings with retirement and physical failure can be detected with the PIL. Logotherapy can aid in the alleviation of this condition. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Purpose-in-Life Test & logotherapy KW - loss of personal identity & purpose in life with aging KW - 1972 KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - Gerontology KW - Identity Crisis KW - Logotherapy KW - 1972 DO - 10.1093/geront/12.4.418 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-20697-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-20493-001 AN - 1973-20493-001 AU - Friedman, Howard AU - Carey, Robert J. T1 - Biomagnetic stressor effects in primates. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1972/08// VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 171 EP - 173 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-20493-001. PMID: 4631931 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Friedman, Howard; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Release Date: 19730701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Environmental Stress; Neuropathology. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1972. AB - Exposed 13 female squirrel monkeys to a steady state magnetic field of about 200 gauss. There were 10 exposure periods, 4 hr/day, for a total or 40 hr. Histological evaluation of the brains revealed no significant neuropathology. Urinary 17-hydroxycorticoids were significantly higher in the experimental Ss than in the 13 controls resulting from an initial transient elevation of the stress product early in the experimental period which subsided with continued magnetic field exposure. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - magnetic field exposure KW - stressor effects & neuropathologic changes KW - squirrel monkeys KW - 1972 KW - Environmental Stress KW - Neuropathology KW - Monkeys KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(72)90231-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-20493-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-20477-001 AN - 1973-20477-001 AU - Daniels, James C. AU - Spehlmann, R. T1 - The convulsant effect of topically applied atropine. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1973/01// VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 83 EP - 87 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-20477-001. PMID: 4118441 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Daniels, James C.; Veterans Administration Research Hosp., Neurology Service, Chicago, Ill. Release Date: 19730701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alkaloids; Atropine; Drugs; Scopolamine; Seizures. Minor Descriptor: Acetylcholine; Cats; Procaine. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1973. AB - Compared the effects of topically applied atropine, homatropine, methylatropine, scopolamine, acetylcholine, and procaine in 27 cats. Atropine, homatropine, and methylatropine produced prominant spike activity within minutes after application of a 1% solution, while scopolamine (40%) and procaine (10%) did not. All the cholinolytic agents raised the threshold for acetylcholine paroxysms. Findings suggest that the convulsant properties of atropine are independent of its actions as a muscarinic antagonist and local anesthetic. (French summary) (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - topically applied atropine vs. homatropine vs. methylatropine vs. scopolamine vs. acetylcholine vs. procaine KW - convulsions KW - cats KW - 1973 KW - Alkaloids KW - Atropine KW - Drugs KW - Scopolamine KW - Seizures KW - Acetylcholine KW - Cats KW - Procaine KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(73)90155-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-20477-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-20461-001 AN - 1973-20461-001 AU - Cantor, Fredric K. AU - Ilbag, Faramarz T1 - Facilitation of photic response by focal lesions. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1973/01// VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 77 EP - 79 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-20461-001. PMID: 4118438 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cantor, Fredric K.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Neurology Service, Washington, D.C. Release Date: 19730701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroencephalography; Visual Cortex; Visual Evoked Potentials. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1973. AB - Analyzed clinical and EEG findings in 23 patients with an enhanced photic response on the same side as predominantly unilateral slowing. Results indicate that such EEG findings are usually due to anterior or antero-lateral lesions outside of the visual pathways. This phenomenon may be due to release of a normal cortical suppression by certain basal ganglia and reticular structures. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - focal lesions KW - EEG photic response KW - patients KW - 1973 KW - Electroencephalography KW - Visual Cortex KW - Visual Evoked Potentials KW - 1973 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(73)90153-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-20461-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-20130-001 AN - 1973-20130-001 AU - Pohl, Walter AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Goodglass, Harold T1 - Spatial discrimination systems and cerebral lateralization. JF - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JO - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JA - Cortex Y1 - 1972/09// VL - 8 IS - 3 SP - 305 EP - 314 CY - Italy PB - Masson Italia SN - 0010-9452 SN - 1973-8102 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-20130-001. PMID: 4637925 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pohl, Walter; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Elsevier Masson SAS. Release Date: 19730701. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebral Dominance; Spatial Perception; Visual Discrimination; Visual Field. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300); Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1972. AB - Administered spatial discrimination tasks in 2 experiments. In Exp. I, Ss identified the position of dots appearing on a blank field. This task of personal spatial discrimination revealed a right visual field superiority and thus implicates processes within the left cerebral hemisphere. In addition, stimuli appearing in lateral positions of either visual field were identified with fewer errors than those in medial positions. In Exp. II, Ss identified the position of dots appearing within the framework of referent objects. Results of this extrapersonal spatial task demonstrated no field superiority, and no pattern of errors within visual fields was found. In both experiments there was evidence of optical allesthesia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cerebral lateralization KW - spatial discrimination KW - 1972 KW - Cerebral Dominance KW - Spatial Perception KW - Visual Discrimination KW - Visual Field KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/S0010-9452(72)80037-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-20130-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-12037-001 AN - 1973-12037-001 AU - Patterson, Tom W. AU - Viney, Wayne T1 - Three-year budgetary and support changes in psychology departments offering graduate programs. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1972/03// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 218 EP - 220 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1973-12037-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Patterson, Tom W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Educational Administration; Educational Financial Assistance; Graduate Psychology Education. Classification: Educational Psychology (3500). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Surveyed psychology departments in the United States which offer graduate programs during each of the 3 academic years from 1968-1970. Survey items were designed to collect data on nonfederal dollar support for budgetary and personnel categories, e.g., staff-student ratios, secretary-staff ratios, and percent salary raise/yr. Data generally reflect a failure of the support base to keep pace with increasing student enrollments. The increasing budgetary austerity which confronts most academic departments is briefly discussed in terms of possible discretionary measures which are available to most departments and which could be employed to improve the cost-effectiveness of departmental operations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nonfederal dollar support for budgetary & personnel categories KW - 1968-1970 survey of psychology departments with graduate programs KW - 1972 KW - Educational Administration KW - Educational Financial Assistance KW - Graduate Psychology Education KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0033852 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-12037-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-11810-001 AN - 1973-11810-001 AU - Weitzenhoffer, Andre M. T1 - Behavior therapeutic techniques and hypnotherapeutic methods. JF - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JO - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JA - Am J Clin Hypn Y1 - 1972/10// VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 71 EP - 82 CY - US PB - American Society of Clinical Hypnosis SN - 0002-9157 SN - 2160-0562 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-11810-001. PMID: 4679810 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weitzenhoffer, Andre M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19730601. Correction Date: 20120702. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Hypnosis; Hypnotherapy; Learning Theory. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1972. AB - The literature on behavior therapy suggests that the use of hypnosis in connection with the application of learning principles is essentially limited to systematic desensitization. On the other hand, perusal of the hypnotherapeutic literature indicates that hypnotic techniques are being successfully used in conjunction with learning principles in a great many ways which clearly qualify as recognized behavior therapeutic techniques. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hypnosis KW - learning principles & behavior therapeutic techniques KW - 1972 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Hypnosis KW - Hypnotherapy KW - Learning Theory KW - 1972 DO - 10.1080/00029157.1972.10402222 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-11810-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-11803-001 AN - 1973-11803-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Maddigan, Roger F. T1 - The effects of a paid-work program on chronic and short-term patients. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1972/12// VL - 23 IS - 12 SP - 376 EP - 378 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-11803-001. Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Release Date: 19730601. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospitalization; Psychiatric Patients; Sheltered Workshops. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1972. AB - Data about the effectiveness of sheltered paid workshops for psychiatric patients are sometimes contradictory and generally disencouraging. This study reports attempts to determine whether the responses of patients assigned to a paid-work program and to a control program would vary with length of previous hospitalization. Findings suggest that short-term patients should be given preference in assignment to paid-work programs. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sheltered paid workshops KW - chronic vs. short-term patients KW - 1972 KW - Hospitalization KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Sheltered Workshops KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-11803-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-11721-001 AN - 1973-11721-001 AU - Prien, Robert F. AU - Klett, C. James T1 - An appraisal of the long-term use of tranquilizing medication with hospitalized chronic schizophrenics: A review of the drug discontinuation literature. JF - Schizophrenia Bulletin JO - Schizophrenia Bulletin JA - Schizophr Bull Y1 - 1972///Spr 1972 VL - 1 IS - 5 SP - 64 EP - 73 CY - US PB - National Institute of Mental Health SN - 0586-7614 SN - 1745-1701 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-11721-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Prien, Robert F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19730601. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Literature Review; Remission (Disorders); Schizophrenia; Tranquilizing Drugs. Minor Descriptor: Drug Withdrawal. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1972. AB - Reports 3 major findings: (a) Indiscriminate withdrawal of ataractic medication for long periods of time carries a relatively high risk of relapse. Most studies indicate that 40% or more of patients taken off medication relapse within 6 mo. The probability of relapse appears too high to commend long-term drug withdrawal as a general treatment policy for chronic schizophrenics. (b) Discontinuation is most feasible with patients who have been hospitalized for long periods and are already receiving low doses of phenothiazine medication. The risk of relapse with these patients is relatively low. (c) Intermittent drug therapy appears to have considerable merit. All investigators who have used intermittent schedules feel that continuous ataractic treatment is unnecessary with the large majority of patients. Most of these investigators acknowledge, however, that more study is needed on comparative tolerance of drug-free periods. (3 p. ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - long-term use of tranquilizing medication & discontinuation effects KW - hospitalized chronic schizophrenics KW - literature review KW - 1972 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Literature Review KW - Remission (Disorders) KW - Schizophrenia KW - Tranquilizing Drugs KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - 1972 DO - 10.1093/schbul/1.5.64 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-11721-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-11687-001 AN - 1973-11687-001 AU - Mayfield, Betty AU - Barr, Doyce T1 - Ward environment and the severely regressed patient. JF - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing & Mental Health Services JO - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing & Mental Health Services Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 10 IS - 3 SP - 24 EP - 26 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-11687-001. PMID: 4338133 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mayfield, Betty; Veterans Administration Hosp., Waco, Tex. Release Date: 19730601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Environmental Effects; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychiatric Patients; Regression (Defense Mechanism). Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1972. AB - Describes the positive therapeutic effects encountered when approximately 86 psychiatric patients were moved from a building for the severely regressed. Ss were assigned to buildings with programs of intensive treatment for severely regressed patients or treatment aimed at the slow improvement of chronic patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ward environments with intensive treatment vs. treatment aimed at slow improvement KW - positive therapeutic effects KW - severely regressed psychiatric patients KW - 1972 KW - Environmental Effects KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Regression (Defense Mechanism) KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-11687-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-11579-001 AN - 1973-11579-001 AU - Crouch, Linda T1 - Disturbance in language and thought. JF - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing & Mental Health Services JO - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing & Mental Health Services Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 10 IS - 3 SP - 5 EP - 9 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-11579-001. PMID: 4338138 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crouch, Linda; Brentwood Veterans Administration Hosp., Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19730601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blacks; Nursing; Schizophrenia; Thought Disturbances; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Case Report. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: May, 1972. AB - Presents and discusses theories concerning the schizophrenic's disturbed language and thought processes with particular reference to the work of S. Arieti. Therapeutic nursing intervention with such patients is described and illustrated with data from a 19-yr-old hospitalized Negro male. (22 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - therapeutic nursing intervention KW - disturbed language & thought processes KW - 19 yr. old hospitalized Negro male schizophrenic KW - 1972 KW - Blacks KW - Nursing KW - Schizophrenia KW - Thought Disturbances KW - Treatment KW - Case Report KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-11579-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-11414-001 AN - 1973-11414-001 AU - Keenan, Joseph S. AU - Brassell, Esther G. T1 - Comparison of minimally dysphasic and minimally educated subjects in a sentence writing task. JF - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JO - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JA - Cortex Y1 - 1972/03// VL - 8 IS - 1 SP - 93 EP - 105 CY - Italy PB - Masson Italia SN - 0010-9452 SN - 1973-8102 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-11414-001. PMID: 5031261 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Keenan, Joseph S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Atlanta, Ga. Other Publishers: Elsevier Masson SAS. Release Date: 19730601. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Educational Background; Errors; Sentence Comprehension; Written Language. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1972. AB - 15 adult males with minimal dysphasia and 11 adult males with reading competence below 4th grade level were asked to write from dictation 5 simple sentences. Writing errors were categorized and counted to determine whether the 2 groups of Ss would show different error patterns. Nearly 1/4 of the responses produced by the poorly-educated Ss were either essentially correct or were characterized by simple misspellings. Over 1/4 of the responses produced by dysphasic Ss were characterized by more serious errors, which altered or lost the meaning of the sentences. The value of a writing task as a diagnostic aid in detecting minimal dysphasia is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sentence writing task error patterns KW - minimal dysphasic vs. minimally educated adult males KW - 1972 KW - Aphasia KW - Educational Background KW - Errors KW - Sentence Comprehension KW - Written Language KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/S0010-9452(72)80029-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-11414-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-11384-001 AN - 1973-11384-001 AU - Gordon, Musetta C. T1 - Age and performance differences of male patients on modified Stanford Hypnotic Susceptibility Scales. JF - International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis JO - International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis JA - Int J Clin Exp Hypn Y1 - 1972/07// VL - 20 IS - 3 SP - 152 EP - 155 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-7144 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-11384-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gordon, Musetta C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Des Moines, Ia. Release Date: 19730601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Hospitalized Patients; Hypnotic Susceptibility. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1972. AB - Measured the suggestibility of 68 hospitalized veterans with modified versions of the Stanford Hypnotic Susceptibility Scale, Forms A and B. Data on 4 age groups are reported. Negative correlations of age with modified Form A and Form B scores were significant (p < .01). (Spanish & German summaries) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age differences KW - suggestibility measured on modified versions of Stanford Hypnotic Susceptibility Scale KW - hospitalized veterans KW - 1972 KW - Age Differences KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Hypnotic Susceptibility KW - 1972 DO - 10.1080/00207147208409286 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-11384-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-11345-001 AN - 1973-11345-001 AU - Brookshire, Robert H. T1 - Effects of task difficulty on naming performance of aphasic subjects. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JA - J Speech Hear Res Y1 - 1972/09// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 551 EP - 558 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Assn SN - 0022-4685 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-11345-001. PMID: 5080047 Other Journal Title: Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brookshire, Robert H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Minneapolis, Minn. Release Date: 19730601. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Familiarity; Task Complexity. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1972. AB - Tested 9 22-69 yr. old aphasic patients in a picture-naming task in which sets of predetermined easy-to-name pictures were alternated with sets of predetermined difficult-to-name pictures. Results indicate that exposure to difficult-to-name items interfered with S's ability to name subsequent easy-to-name items. The inverse was also true; i.e., exposure to easy-to-name items facilitated naming of subsequent difficult-to-name items. A 6-point system was used to score Ss' responses; it proved more sensitive than a 2-point correct-incorrect scale. Analysis of Ss' responses suggests that increments in correct naming appeared in all-or-none fashion, rather than as a progression through stages of gradually increasing accuracy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - task easiness vs. difficulty KW - picture naming KW - aphasics KW - 1972 KW - Aphasia KW - Familiarity KW - Task Complexity KW - 1972 DO - 10.1044/jshr.1503.551 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-11345-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-11342-001 AN - 1973-11342-001 AU - Boysen, Allen E. AU - Cullinan, Walter L. T1 - Object-naming latency in stuttering and nonstuttering children. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JA - J Speech Hear Res Y1 - 1971/12// VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 728 EP - 738 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Assn SN - 0022-4685 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-11342-001. PMID: 5163903 Other Journal Title: Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boysen, Allen E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Martinez, Calif. Release Date: 19730601. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Response Latency; Stuttering; Word Frequency. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1971. AB - Required 8 stuttering and 20 nonstuttering 7-10 yr. old boys to provide naming responses to 34 pictures of simple objects, selected to represent a range from highest to lowest frequency of occurrence in the English language. Time taken to name objects was found to be negatively correlated with the logarithm10 of the frequency of occurrence of the names in the language. No evidence was found to indicate that stuttering Ss had longer object-naming latencies than nonstuttering. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - frequency of occurrence in English language KW - object-naming latency KW - 7-10 yr. old stutterers KW - 1971 KW - Response Latency KW - Stuttering KW - Word Frequency KW - 1971 DO - 10.1044/jshr.1404.728 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-11342-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-11053-001 AN - 1973-11053-001 AU - Casey, Nancy A. AU - Solomon, Leonard T1 - The effect of seating arrangements of T-group interaction and sociometric choices. JF - Interpersonal Development JO - Interpersonal Development Y1 - 1971///1971-1972 VL - 2 IS - 1 SP - 9 EP - 20 CY - Switzerland PB - S Karger AG N1 - Accession Number: 1973-11053-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Casey, Nancy A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northampton, Mass. Release Date: 19730601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Dynamics; Interpersonal Interaction; Literature Review; Personal Space; Sensitivity Training. Minor Descriptor: College Students. Classification: Social Psychology (3000). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1971-1972. AB - Presents a critical review of the literature on personal space emphasizing its psychological meaning for normal and pathological groups. Systematic observation of an 18-member T-group, consisting of 17 university seniors and a professor-trainer, over a 7-mo period confirmed the major hypothesis that the network of interaction is highly affected by variations in the visual-spatial seating position. This relationship tends to weaken with time. (28 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - seating arrangement KW - sensitivity training interaction KW - college students KW - 1971 KW - Group Dynamics KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Literature Review KW - Personal Space KW - Sensitivity Training KW - College Students KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-11053-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-10991-001 AN - 1973-10991-001 AU - Linn, Margaret W. AU - Gurel, Lee T1 - Family attitude in nursing home placement. JF - The Gerontologist JO - The Gerontologist JA - Gerontologist Y1 - 1972///Fal 1972 VL - 12 IS - 3, Pt. 1 SP - 220 EP - 224 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0016-9013 SN - 1758-5341 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-10991-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Linn, Margaret W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Miami, Fla. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19730601. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitude Change; Family Relations; Nursing Homes. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1972. AB - Identifies 2 major factors associated with varying degrees of favorable or unfavorable attitudes of families toward transfer of their relatives from hospitals to community nursing homes: (a) the patient's estrangement and isolation from family and community, and (b) the physical impairment and ability of the patient to get around by himself. Improved understanding of these associations could help alert hospital staff to families who will probably resist the intended placement and who might be helped through counseling to more positive views. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - family attitudes KW - nursing home placement KW - 1972 KW - Attitude Change KW - Family Relations KW - Nursing Homes KW - 1972 DO - 10.1093/geront/12.3_Part_1.220 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-10991-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-10732-001 AN - 1973-10732-001 AU - Fancher, Douglas B. AU - Lowe, James D. T1 - The effect of prenatal auditory stimulation on imprinting behavior. JF - Southern Journal of Educational Research JO - Southern Journal of Educational Research Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 5 IS - 4 SP - 208 EP - 224 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-10732-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fancher, Douglas B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Ft. Lyon, Colo. Release Date: 19730601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Stimulation; Imprinting; Prenatal Development. Minor Descriptor: Chickens. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1971. AB - Compared the influence of possible innate auditory preferences with the effect of prenatal auditory stimulation on approach behavior of the chick. Results with 144 White Rock Leghorn chicks indicate that, in a homogeneous visual field, Ss did not respond differentially to species specific (chicken) or contraspecies (duck) calls regardless of prenatal auditory experience or stimulation. Results do suggest, however, that the inclusion of a visual cue in the test situation influenced approach behavior. (23 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - innate auditory preferences vs. prenatal auditory stimulation KW - imprinting KW - chick KW - 1971 KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Imprinting KW - Prenatal Development KW - Chickens KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-10732-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-10630-001 AN - 1973-10630-001 AU - Houser, Vincent P. AU - Pare, William P. T1 - A method for determining the aversive threshold in the rat using repeated measures: Tests with morphine sulfate. JF - Behavior Research Methods & Instrumentation JO - Behavior Research Methods & Instrumentation Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 135 EP - 137 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0005-7878 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-10630-001. Other Journal Title: Behavior Research Methods; Behavior Research Methods, Instruments & Computers. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Houser, Vincent P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19730601. Correction Date: 20110314. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Sensitivity; Electrical Stimulation; Experimental Methods; Threshold Determination. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1972. AB - Describes a procedure which provides an objective automated technique for the psychophysical assessment of the aversive threshold and allows animal Ss to serve as their own controls. Tests of sensitivity to drug effects, as well as comparisons between drugs, are also possible. Using a rectangular tilt cage, the aversive threshold of 6 male Dublin DR rats to grid shock was defined as the intensity of shock avoided 75% of the time. Each shock intensity (30, 60, 90, 120, and 150 m amp.) was presented for 5 min. on 1 side of the cage and then switched to the other for 5 min., forcing S to sample each shock intensity. A 2nd experiment compared the analgesic effects of morphine sulfate to saline. Ss were tested for 3 days at each morphine dose level (2, 4, 8, and 16 mg/kg), alternated with 3 days of testing under saline. Significant differences were detected between saline and morphine at 4, 8, and 16 mg/kg. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - objective automated technique KW - aversive threshold determination KW - application with shock & morphine vs. saline KW - rats KW - 1972 KW - Drug Sensitivity KW - Electrical Stimulation KW - Experimental Methods KW - Threshold Determination KW - Rats KW - 1972 DO - 10.3758/BF03207848 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-10630-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-10566-001 AN - 1973-10566-001 AU - Macpherson, Leonard AU - Kopell, Bert S. T1 - A zero-setter and voltage reference unit for EEG amplifier systems. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1972/03// VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 262 EP - 265 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-10566-001. PMID: 5024168 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Macpherson, Leonard; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19730601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus; Electroencephalography; Evoked Potentials; Measurement. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1972. AB - Describes a combined zero-setter and voltage reference unit employed in measurement of EEG averaged evoked responses. The sequential pulse generator that synchronously programs the required number of these units is outlined and could be of general use whenever an arbitrary zero voltage reference point or base line is required on a signal waveform. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - combined zero-setter voltage reference unit KW - EEG average evoked response measurement KW - 1972 KW - Apparatus KW - Electroencephalography KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Measurement KW - 1972 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1972.tb00761.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-10566-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-10520-001 AN - 1973-10520-001 AU - Weitzenhoffer, Andre M. T1 - The Postural Sway test: A historical note. JF - International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis JO - International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis JA - Int J Clin Exp Hypn Y1 - 1972/01// VL - 20 IS - 1 SP - 17 EP - 24 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-7144 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-10520-001. PMID: 4550261 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weitzenhoffer, Andre M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Release Date: 19730601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Body Sway Testing; History of Psychology; Hypnotic Susceptibility. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1972. AB - Presents historical evidence disputing that the postural or body sway test of hypnotic susceptibility was originated by C. L. Hull. Excerpts from French scientific literature between 1887 and 1914 are cited indicating that the French physician Lucien Moutin should receive credit as the originator. (Spanish & German summaries) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - originator of postural or body sway test of hypnotic susceptibility KW - C. L. Hull vs. Lucien Moutin KW - 1972 KW - Body Sway Testing KW - History of Psychology KW - Hypnotic Susceptibility KW - 1972 DO - 10.1080/00207147208409271 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-10520-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-10407-001 AN - 1973-10407-001 AU - Cermak, Laird S. T1 - Rehearsal strategy as a function of recall expectation. JF - The Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - The Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology JA - Q J Exp Psychol Y1 - 1972/11// VL - 24 IS - 4 SP - 378 EP - 385 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0033-555X N1 - Accession Number: 1973-10407-001. Other Journal Title: The Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology A: Human Experimental Psychology; The Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology B: Comparative and Physiological Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cermak, Laird S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19730601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Expectations; Practice; Recall (Learning); Short Term Memory; Strategies. Minor Descriptor: College Students; Interstimulus Interval. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1972. AB - Divided 180 undergraduates into 3 groups with respect to their expectations concerning a recall task given after the final trial of the usual short-term memory STM distractor procedure. Group I were told only that they would have to recall during each trial's recall interval, and thus did not expect to have to recall again. Group 2 were told that they would have to recall all the words presented in the experiment at the end of the last trial in addition to the trial-by-trial recall. Group 3 were told only that they would have to recall after all words had been presented, and they sat passively through the presentation trials. In addition to recall expectations, 1/2 of the Ss in each group received a 2-sec presentation and 1/2 received a 5-sec presentation interval. It was found that length of the presentation interval had an effect on the number of words recalled at the end of all trials, but recall expectancy did not. However, expectancy did determine Ss' rehearsal strategies and hence the serial positions from which items were recalled. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - recall expectancy & presentation interval length KW - recall & rehearsal strategies in short term memory KW - college students KW - 1972 KW - Expectations KW - Practice KW - Recall (Learning) KW - Short Term Memory KW - Strategies KW - College Students KW - Interstimulus Interval KW - 1972 DO - 10.1080/14640747208400296 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-10407-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-10294-001 AN - 1973-10294-001 AU - Bess, John C. AU - Ruhm, Howard B. T1 - Recovery cycle of the acoustically evoked potential. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JA - J Speech Hear Res Y1 - 1972/09// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 507 EP - 517 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Assn SN - 0022-4685 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-10294-001. PMID: 5080042 Other Journal Title: Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bess, John C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Atlanta, Ga. Release Date: 19730601. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Evoked Potentials; Stimulus Intervals. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1972. AB - Investigated the effects of intersignal interval when each member of a click pair was presented to the opposite ears of 4 23-31 yr. old male adults with normal hearing. Evoked potentials were recorded from areas overlying both cerebral hemispheres. Acoustic clicks (.1 msec. in duration) were presented alternately at a 50-db sensation level to Ss' right and left ears during 4 experimental and 12 treatment conditions. Click-pairs were alternated with single clicks whose responses provided criterion measures against which recovery was judged. Measures of central tendency and variability were obtained for all Ss during each treatment condition and under all combinations of signal presentations and recording locations. (25 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - intersignal interval KW - acoustically evoked potential recovery cycle KW - 1972 KW - Auditory Evoked Potentials KW - Stimulus Intervals KW - 1972 DO - 10.1044/jshr.1503.507 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-10294-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-09911-001 AN - 1973-09911-001 AU - Golightly, Carole AU - Huffman, Devereaux M. AU - Byrne, Donn T1 - Liking and loaning. JF - Journal of Applied Psychology JO - Journal of Applied Psychology JA - J Appl Psychol Y1 - 1972/12// VL - 56 IS - 6 SP - 521 EP - 523 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9010 SN - 1939-1854 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-09911-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Golightly, Carole; Veterans Administration Hosp., Richmond, Va. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitude Similarity; Graduate Students; Interpersonal Interaction; Money. Classification: Educational Psychology (3500). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Hypothesized that the amount of money approved for a loan applicant is a positive function of attitude similarity. 53 graduate business students were given relevant financial information concerning a loan applicant and irrelevant attitude information on 8 topics. Ss were then asked to indicate the amount of money to be approved for the applicant's loan. Analysis of variance indicated that proportion of similar attitudes influenced attraction toward the applicant (p < .001) and the magnitude of the loan approved (p < .005). Findings suggest the practical necessity for determining procedures to eliminate such effects. (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - attitude similarity KW - amount of money approved for loan KW - graduate students KW - 1972 KW - Attitude Similarity KW - Graduate Students KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Money KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0033746 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-09911-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-09776-001 AN - 1973-09776-001 AU - Sterman, M. B. AU - Friar, L. T1 - Suppression of seizures in an epileptic following sensorimotor EEG feedback training. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1972/07// VL - 33 IS - 1 SP - 89 EP - 95 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-09776-001. PMID: 4113278 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sterman, M. B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19730501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Case Report; Electroencephalography; Epileptic Seizures; Sensory Feedback. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1972. AB - Notes that previous studies of a 12-14 cps slow wave rhythm localized to sensorimotor cortex in the cat indicated its functional relationship to thalamo-cortical inhibitory discharge, suppression of phasic motor behavior, and suppression of drug-induced convulsions. Investigations in man showed the presence of similar rhythm in rolandic cortex. A 23-yr-old female with moderately controlled major motor seizures of frontoparietal origin was given biofeedback training of this sensorimotor rhythm. A striking enhancement of the rhythm's occurrence, differentiation from simultaneously recorded alpha rhythm activity, and a marked suppression of seizures resulted. Changes in sleep patterns and personality were also noted. (French summary) (23 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sensorimotor EEG feedback training KW - suppression of epileptic seizures KW - 23 yr. old female KW - 1972 KW - Case Report KW - Electroencephalography KW - Epileptic Seizures KW - Sensory Feedback KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(72)90028-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-09776-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-09697-001 AN - 1973-09697-001 AU - Miller, Peter M. T1 - The use of behavioral contracting in the treatment of alcoholism: A case report. JF - Behavior Therapy JO - Behavior Therapy JA - Behav Ther Y1 - 1972/10// VL - 3 IS - 4 SP - 593 EP - 596 CY - US PB - Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy SN - 0005-7894 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-09697-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Miller, Peter M.; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19730501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Case Report; Contingency Management. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1972. AB - Applied behavioral contracting to a 44-yr-old alcoholic and his wife in order to change reinforcement contingencies maintaining drinking behavior. A moderate drinking pattern was established and was still being maintained after a 6-mo follow-up. The study illustrates the value of altering social contingencies in the alcoholic's environment and questions the assumption that complete abstinence is a necessary treatment goal. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavioral contracting to change reinforcement contingencies maintaining drinking KW - 44 yr. old alcoholic & his wife KW - 1972 KW - Alcoholism KW - Case Report KW - Contingency Management KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/S0005-7894(72)80008-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-09697-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-09663-001 AN - 1973-09663-001 AU - Larson, Craig AU - Kochar, Mahendra S. AU - Wang, Richard I. T1 - Efficacy and safety of lithium carbonate in treatment of manic depressive illness. JF - Journal of Clinical Pharmacology & New Drugs JO - Journal of Clinical Pharmacology & New Drugs JA - J Clin Pharmacol New Drugs Y1 - 1972/11// VL - 12 IS - 11-12 SP - 459 EP - 464 SN - 0021-9754 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-09663-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Larson, Craig; Wood Veterans Administration Center, Milwaukee, Wis. Release Date: 19730501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Bipolar Disorder; Drug Therapy; Lithium Carbonate. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1972. AB - 25 manic depressive patients, 16 manic and 9 depressed, were treated with lithium carbonate. 8 manic and 4 depressed patients have remained asymptomatic while receiving maintenance lithium carbonate therapy for a 6-37-mo. period. The efficacy, low incidence of side effects, and prophylactic benefit indicate that this should be the drug of choice in treating manic depressive illness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lithium carbonate treatment KW - efficacy & safety KW - manic depressives KW - 1972 KW - Bipolar Disorder KW - Drug Therapy KW - Lithium Carbonate KW - 1972 DO - 10.1002/j.1552-4604.1972.tb00247.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-09663-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-09621-001 AN - 1973-09621-001 AU - Hadler, Arthur J. T1 - Mazindol, a new non-amphetamine anorexigenic agent. JF - Journal of Clinical Pharmacology & New Drugs JO - Journal of Clinical Pharmacology & New Drugs JA - J Clin Pharmacol New Drugs Y1 - 1972/11// VL - 12 IS - 11-12 SP - 453 EP - 458 SN - 0021-9754 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-09621-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hadler, Arthur J.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19730501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Appetite Depressing Drugs; Body Weight; Drug Therapy; Obesity. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1972. AB - 40 adult Ss received a single 2 mg. daily dose of mazindol and 20 received an identical-appearing placebo over a 12-wk period for weight reduction. Ss were from 15-50% overweight. All were placed on 1,000 calorie daily diets. 22 Ss completed the 12-wk program of mazindol treatment, with an average 12.4 lbs. weight loss per S. 17 Ss on placebo completed the 12-wk program with an average weight loss of 8.8 lbs. (a statistically nonsignificant difference). A significant difference was found between the 2 groups on skinfold thickness. Mazindol was fairly well tolerated and appears to be a useful nonamphetamine anorexigenic agent for weight reduction in obesity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mazindol treatment KW - weight & skinfold thickness reduction KW - obese adults KW - 1972 KW - Appetite Depressing Drugs KW - Body Weight KW - Drug Therapy KW - Obesity KW - 1972 DO - 10.1002/j.1552-4604.1972.tb00246.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-09621-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-09407-001 AN - 1973-09407-001 AU - Mendels, J. AU - Frazer, A. AU - Secunda, S. K. T1 - Intra-erythrocyte sodium and potassium in manic-depressive illness. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1972/10// VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 165 EP - 171 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-09407-001. PMID: 5086957 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mendels, J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Depression Research Unit, Philadelphia, Pa. Release Date: 19730501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Bipolar Disorder; Erythrocytes; Potassium; Sodium. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1972. AB - Conducted a preliminary study indicating a low level of sodium in the erythrocytes of both depressed and manic, manic-depressive patients. These low sodium values did not change with clinical improvement. Erythrocyte potassium values were normal. Whether these changes in erythrocyte sodium are involved in the etiology of the disease remains unclear. (31 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - erythrocyte potassium & sodium levels KW - manic-depressive patients KW - 1972 KW - Bipolar Disorder KW - Erythrocytes KW - Potassium KW - Sodium KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-09407-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-09339-001 AN - 1973-09339-001 AU - Fontana, Alan F. AU - Marcus, Jonathan L. AU - Noel, Barbara AU - Rakusin, John M. T1 - Prehospitalization coping styles of psychiatric patients: The goal-directedness of life events. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1972/11// VL - 155 IS - 5 SP - 311 EP - 321 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1973-09339-001. PMID: 5082169 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fontana, Alan F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Release Date: 19730501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Experiences (Events); Psychiatric Hospitalization; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1972. AB - Presents a crisis-oriented coping model in which life events and hospitalization serve an instrumental role in people's attempts to negotiate changes in others expectations. Several questions and hypotheses derived from the model and from the literature of life events are examined empirically. 99 psychiatric patients were compared to a matched sample of nonhospitalized controls on the frequency and pattern of events which had occurred in their lives during the preceding year. A dramatic rise in events was discovered for Ss, compared to a negligible rise for controls. Most events in Ss' lives occurred as a result of some action on the part of Ss themselves, rather than having been imposed on them by circumstances beyond their control, and were directly involved in the problems prompting hospitalization. In addition, frequency of events differed according to Ss' preferred explanation of their troubles. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prehospitalization coping styles & frequency & pattern of events KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1972 KW - Coping Behavior KW - Experiences (Events) KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1972 DO - 10.1097/00005053-197211000-00002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-09339-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-09277-001 AN - 1973-09277-001 AU - Apfeldorf, Max AU - Hunley, Phyllis J. AU - Cooper, G. David T1 - Disciplinary problems in a home for older veterans: Some psychological aspects in relation to drinking behavior. JF - The Gerontologist JO - The Gerontologist JA - Gerontologist Y1 - 1972///Sum 1972 VL - 12 IS - 2, Pt. 1 SP - 143 EP - 147 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0016-9013 SN - 1758-5341 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-09277-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Apfeldorf, Max; Veterans Administration Center, Martinsburg, W. Va. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19730501. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Alcoholism; Behavior Problems; Hostility; Residential Care Institutions. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1972. AB - Compared domiciliary residents with histories of disciplinary offenses to residents without such histories in terms of diagnoses of alcoholism, the Hostility and Control scales of the MMPI, and the scales of the Adjective Check List. Results suggest that there may be at least 2 groups of residents who attain records of disciplinary offense: (a) diagnosed alcoholics, and (b) Ss without any alcoholic diagnoses but with strong hostile attitudes and associated drinking problems. Preliminary research would suggest that the 2 groups might be candidates for different therapeutic approaches. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcoholism or drinking problems & hostile attitudes KW - discipline problems KW - institutionalized older veterans KW - 1972 KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Alcoholism KW - Behavior Problems KW - Hostility KW - Residential Care Institutions KW - Military Veterans KW - 1972 DO - 10.1093/geront/12.2_Part_1.143 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-09277-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-08810-001 AN - 1973-08810-001 AU - Gardner, Howard T1 - The development of sensitivity to figural and stylistic aspects of paintings. JF - British Journal of Psychology JO - British Journal of Psychology JA - Br J Psychol Y1 - 1972/11// VL - 63 IS - 4 SP - 605 EP - 615 CY - United Kingdom PB - British Psychological Society SN - 0007-1269 SN - 2044-8295 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-08810-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gardner, Howard; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19730501. Correction Date: 20111114. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Art Education; Cognitive Development; Elementary School Students. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1972. AB - Investigated whether 24 2nd and 24 5th graders (7 and 10 yr. old, respectively) could learn to classify paintings consistently by style or by figure. Ss were given a pretest, a 7-wk training session, and 2 posttests. Both age levels demonstrated the ability to sort paintings according to a consistent criterion; the older group could more readily alter the basis of its classifications when instructed to do so. Style sensitivity was not found to be dependent upon concrete operational thought. Strategies used by Ss and the role of Gestalt perception and operational thought in style sensitivity are discussed. (20 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Gestalt perception & operational thought KW - classification of paintings by style & figure KW - 2nd & 5th graders KW - 1972 KW - Age Differences KW - Art Education KW - Cognitive Development KW - Elementary School Students KW - 1972 DO - 10.1111/j.2044-8295.1972.tb01314.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-08810-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-08598-001 AN - 1973-08598-001 AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Pandya, Deepak AU - Stein, Donald AU - Rosen, Jeffrey T1 - A search for the spatial engram within the frontal lobes of monkeys. JF - Acta Neurobiologiae Experimentalis JO - Acta Neurobiologiae Experimentalis JA - Acta Neurobiol Exp (Wars) Y1 - 1972/// VL - 32 IS - 2 SP - 305 EP - 329 CY - Poland PB - Nencki Inst of Experimental Biology SN - 0065-1400 SN - 1689-0035 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-08598-001. PMID: 4627618 Other Journal Title: Acta Biologiae Experimentalis. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Butters, Nelson; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19730501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Perceptual Motor Learning. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 25. Issue Publication Date: 1972. AB - Conducted 4 experiments with a total of 44 rhesus monkeys to determine the relationship between sulcus principalis and the S's spatial capacities. Results of the 1st 2 studies indicate that lesions limited to the middle 3rd of sulcus principalis but including both the superior and inferior banks resulted in severe deficits on spatial delayed-alternation and place reversal learning. Lesions of the anterior or posterior sectors of principalis or of the periarcuate region produced only mild, if any, impairment. Exp. III demonstrated that the midprincipalis sector could be differentiated from the anterior and posterior sectors of principalis on anatomical as well as functional bases. The midprincipalis sector had heavy projections to the cingulate and retrosplenial regions, while the posterior 3rd had many efferent connections with the parietal lobe. In Exp. IV, Ss with serial, in comparison to 1-stage, bilateral ablations of sulcus principalis demonstrated normal performance on a delayed-response task, and on some place reversals, and partial recovery of delayed-alternation. (25 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sulcus principalis lesions KW - spatial delayed-alternation & place-reversal learning KW - rhesus monkeys KW - 1972 KW - Perceptual Motor Learning KW - Monkeys KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-08598-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-08502-001 AN - 1973-08502-001 AU - Boudrot, Robert T1 - An alpha detection and feedback control system. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1972/07// VL - 9 IS - 4 SP - 461 EP - 466 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-08502-001. PMID: 5054122 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boudrot, Robert; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perception Lab., Bedford, Mass. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19730501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alpha Rhythm; Auditory Stimulation; Computers; Electroencephalography; Visual Stimulation. Minor Descriptor: Displays; Experimental Design; Feedback. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1972. AB - Describes a system of detecting EEG alpha rhythms and using these to control stimulus displays. Detection system parameters are chosen to match the psychological and behavioral processes with EEG index in the time domain. The feedback control system is designed to control visual and auditory displays, clock and counters, and computer sampling routines, and provide maximum flexibility in experimental design. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alpha rhythms detection & electronic feedback control of visual & auditory displays & clocks & counters & computer sampling routines KW - 1972 KW - Alpha Rhythm KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Computers KW - Electroencephalography KW - Visual Stimulation KW - Displays KW - Experimental Design KW - Feedback KW - 1972 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1972.tb01795.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-08502-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-08396-001 AN - 1973-08396-001 AU - Grieser, Caroline AU - Greenberg, Ramon AU - Harrison, Robert H. T1 - The adaptive function of sleep: The differential effects of sleep and dreaming on recall. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1972/12// VL - 80 IS - 3 SP - 280 EP - 286 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-08396-001. PMID: 4344832 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Grieser, Caroline; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: College Students; Dreaming; Ego; Rapid Eye Movement; Sleep. Minor Descriptor: Threat. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300); Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Tested the hypothesis that REM sleep serves an adaptive function by examining the effects of sleep and dreaming vs. dream deprivation on the recall of ego-threatening or nonthreatening material. Ss were 40 undergraduates with high ego strength, as measured by the Rorschach Concept Evaluation Technique and the Psychological Insight Test. Ss were given an interrupted task paradigm under conditions which would lead to a threat to self-esteem for failed items, and were tested for recall after REM-deprivation, NREM awakening, or 2 or 10 hr. of daytime activity. Scores on the Repression-Sensitization scale were also examined in relation to ego strength and recall on the interrupted task. Results show that Ss who slept recalled neutral material better than Ss who did not sleep, and Ss who had REM sleep recalled threatening material better than those who had no opportunity to dream. It is concluded that NREM sleep facilitates retention of nonemotional material, while REM sleep deals with material containing affective components. (39 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sleep & dreaming vs. dream deprivation KW - recall of ego-threatening or nonthreatening material KW - college students KW - 1972 KW - College Students KW - Dreaming KW - Ego KW - Rapid Eye Movement KW - Sleep KW - Threat KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0033641 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-08396-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-08384-001 AN - 1973-08384-001 AU - Fozard, James L. AU - Weinert, Jane R. T1 - Absolute judgments of recency for pictures and nouns after various numbers of intervening items. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology JA - J Exp Psychol Y1 - 1972/10// VL - 95 IS - 2 SP - 472 EP - 474 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-08384-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fozard, James L.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interstimulus Interval; Judgment; Perceptual Measures. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - At their own pace, 21 adult males viewed a filmed inspection sequence of unrelated pictures and nouns. In questions interspersed among the inspection items, Ss estimated the number of items that separated the presentation of a picture or a noun in a question from its earlier presentation in the inspection sequence. When the number of such items was relatively small (13 or 14), pictures were judged to be relatively more recent than nouns separated by an equivalent number of items, but as the separation became larger (49-50 other items), the differences between the judged recency of the 2 classes of stimuli decreased. The variability of the judged recency of nouns was larger than that of pictures, especially when the separations between question and inspection sequence was small. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - number of intervening items between question & inspection sequence KW - absolute judgments of recency for pictures & nouns KW - 1972 KW - Interstimulus Interval KW - Judgment KW - Perceptual Measures KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0033634 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-08384-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-08293-001 AN - 1973-08293-001 AU - Houck, Robert L. AU - Mefferd, Roy B. AU - Greenstein, Glenda J. T1 - Influence of a visual frame and vertical-horizontal illusion on shape and size perception. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology JA - J Exp Psychol Y1 - 1972/12// VL - 96 IS - 2 SP - 273 EP - 279 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-08293-001. PMID: 4645957 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Houck, Robert L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychiatric & Psychosomatic Research Lab., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparent Size; Form and Shape Perception; Illusions (Perception). Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Examined a variety of visual frames and stimulus shapes in a series of 3 experiments with 20 laboratory employees. The magnitude of the frame's effect on apparent size and apparent shape was studied. Although a slight frame effect was demonstrated under very special conditions, its importance to the perceptual experience is questioned. The predominating effect of the vertical-horizontal phenomena is explored. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual frame & vertical-horizontal illusion KW - apparent shape & size perception KW - laboratory employees KW - 1972 KW - Apparent Size KW - Form and Shape Perception KW - Illusions (Perception) KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0033610 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-08293-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-08259-001 AN - 1973-08259-001 AU - Altshuler, M. W. AU - Comalli, Peter E. T1 - Auditory lateralization and body tilt. JF - Journal of Auditory Research JO - Journal of Auditory Research JA - J Aud Res Y1 - 1970/07// VL - 10 IS - 3 SP - 257 EP - 262 CY - US PB - C.W. Shilling Auditory Research Center, Inc. SN - 0021-9177 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-08259-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Altshuler, M. W.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Philadelphia, Pa. Release Date: 19730501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Thresholds; Lateral Dominance; Pitch Perception; Somesthetic Stimulation. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1970. AB - Presented a pulsed 1 kc/sec pure tone dichotically in a lateralization task under body positions of erect, 30. left and right tilt, and 60. left and right tilt. With the method of limits, no significant effect of body tilt on the perception of auditory midline or on the DL was found. Significant effects were found for ascending and descending trials on perception of the auditory midline as well as an interaction effect between body positions and left and right ears. The findings were contrasted with studies dealing with the effect of body tilt on auditory localization. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - body tilt KW - perception of auditory midline & differential limen KW - 1970 KW - Auditory Thresholds KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Pitch Perception KW - Somesthetic Stimulation KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-08259-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-08211-001 AN - 1973-08211-001 AU - Engelberg, Marvin T1 - The validity of the Doerfler-Stewart Test. JF - Journal of Auditory Research JO - Journal of Auditory Research JA - J Aud Res Y1 - 1970/07// VL - 10 IS - 3 SP - 193 EP - 196 CY - US PB - C.W. Shilling Auditory Research Center, Inc. SN - 0021-9177 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-08211-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Engelberg, Marvin; Veterans Administration Hosp., Cleveland, O. Release Date: 19730501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Faking; Partially Hearing Impaired; Speech and Hearing Measures; Test Validity. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1970. AB - Evaluated the validity of the Doerfler-Stewart (DS) Test whose effectiveness in detecting unreliable hearing responses has been questioned. 2 different populations were utilized: 50 normal-hearing adults faking or not faking a hearing loss, and 118 patients from 5 Veterans Administration clinics. Discriminant analyses were conducted on responses to generate effective equations for scoring and interpreting the test. Effective equations could not be generated from the data. The DS Test is therefore considered not to be valid and it is recommended that it not be utilized for detecting unreliable hearing level responses. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - detection of unreliable hearing responses KW - Doerfler-Stewart Test validity KW - normal-hearing adults & Veteran's Administration hospital patients KW - 1970 KW - Faking KW - Partially Hearing Impaired KW - Speech and Hearing Measures KW - Test Validity KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-08211-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-07678-001 AN - 1973-07678-001 AU - Walker, Robert T1 - The Brockton Social Adjustment (BSA) scale: An index of patient outcome in hospital psychiatry. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1972/08// VL - 33 IS - 8 SP - 542 EP - 545 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-07678-001. PMID: 4653355 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Walker, Robert; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Release Date: 19730401. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Hospitalization; Psychiatric Patients; Psychosocial Readjustment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1972. AB - Describes the BSA scale, an outgrowth of the General Adjustment and Planning Scale, as applied to hospitalized psychiatric patients. The BSA was developed to fill the need for a standardized scale tying together release to the community and return to work with measures of outcome in hospital psychiatry. It is noted that the BSA can be used without modification to record outcome of any person with a social handicap. The 2 areas of living status (L) and employment (E) are differentiated into 6 levels of functioning, with L and E comprising subscales. The full scale is reproduced with instructions. Results of applying it to 267 male patients are reported. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Brockton Social Adjustment scale KW - index of outcome in hospital psychiatry KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1972 KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychosocial Readjustment KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-07678-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-07673-001 AN - 1973-07673-001 AU - Van Stone, William W. AU - Gilbert, Robert T1 - Peer confrontation groups: What, why and whether. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1972/11// VL - 129 IS - 5 SP - 583 EP - 589 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-07673-001. PMID: 5079285 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Stone, William W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19730401. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Peer Relations; Personality Disorders; Therapeutic Community. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1972. AB - Describes a program using the principles and methods of peer confrontation groups-treatment settings for addicts, alcoholics, exconvicts, etc., in which nontraditional control by the participants is used to try to bring about radical changes in the values and life-style of the members. The program appears to have counteracted and contained the severe authority conflicts, dependency, underlying hostility, and profound narcissism associated with certain patients with character disorders. A preliminary follow-up indicates that about half of those who entered the program (n = 233) had benefitted significantly. (21 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - peer confrontation groups KW - authority conflicts & dependency & underlying hostility & narcissism KW - character disordered Ss KW - 1972 KW - Peer Relations KW - Personality Disorders KW - Therapeutic Community KW - 1972 DO - 10.1176/ajp.129.5.583 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-07673-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-07494-001 AN - 1973-07494-001 AU - Hull, Diana T1 - Talking and body complaints in group therapy patients. JF - Journal of Psychosomatic Research JO - Journal of Psychosomatic Research JA - J Psychosom Res Y1 - 1971/06// VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 169 EP - 177 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0022-3999 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-07494-001. PMID: 5556132 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hull, Diana; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19730401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Psychiatric Patients; Somatoform Disorders; Verbal Communication. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1971. AB - Compared the kind and duration of body complaints of 71 psychiatric patients with verbal activity in group therapy. A score for verbal output was devised, correcting for differences in group size, number of sessions, and verbal activity of co-members. Ss with no physical complaints had significantly higher verbal scores than patients experiencing various combinations of somatic complaints. For the group as a whole, a rise in verbal scores was inversely correlated at the level of significance with the duration in years of the primary somatic problem. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group therapy KW - talking & body complaints KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1971 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Somatoform Disorders KW - Verbal Communication KW - 1971 DO - 10.1016/0022-3999(71)90004-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-07494-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-07420-001 AN - 1973-07420-001 AU - Davidson, Robert S. AU - Wallach, Edward S. T1 - Shock facilitation and suppression of alcohol- and coke-maintained behavior. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1972/10// VL - 31 IS - 2 SP - 415 EP - 424 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1973-07420-001. PMID: 5081332 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davidson, Robert S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Miami, Fla. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19730401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Aversion Therapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1972. AB - Introduced 3 male long-term alcoholic patients to a fixed-ratio schedule in which 30 responses on 1 manipulandum was followed by coke reinforcement and 30 on the other was followed by liquor. Ss were allowed to stabilize in responding for their preferred reinforcer, and were then exposed to shock of low intensity contingent on each reinforced response. The shock schedule was accompanied by a response-contingent red light flash (SD). Shock intensity was increased after every 1 or 2 sessions until the S switched to the other available manipulandum (and reinforcer). 2 Ss showed increasing rates of response (conditioned reinforcement) correlated with increasing shock intensities, followed by the reverse (suppression) prior to a switch to the other manipulandum. 1 S showed only shock suppression over a narrow range of intensities. Later introduction of the SD for shock was sufficient on most occasions to facilitate a switch prior to shock. 4 such reversals were accomplished in each S. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - low intensity shock contingent on reinforced response KW - suppression of alcohol-coke-maintained behavior KW - long-term alcoholics KW - 1972 KW - Alcoholism KW - Aversion Therapy KW - 1972 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1972.31.2.415 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-07420-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-07419-001 AN - 1973-07419-001 AU - Dansak, Daniel A. T1 - Secondary gain in long-term hemodialysis patients. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1972/09// VL - 129 IS - 3 SP - 352 EP - 355 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-07419-001. PMID: 5053721 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dansak, Daniel A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychiatry Service, Washington, D.C. Release Date: 19730401. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Case Report; Hemodialysis; Patients; Psychosocial Readjustment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1972. AB - Presents 2 case studies that demonstrate secondary gain of long-term dialysis patients: financial gain in one case and marital in another outweighed any desire to become independent of hospital hemodialysis operation and to learn self-management of the dialysis procedure. Research is suggested to identify those factors in a person's life and personality that might reliably predict predisposition to secondary gain in order to eliminate or ameliorate adverse consequences. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - long-term hemodialysis treatment KW - secondary gain & self vs. hospital treatment management KW - 2 case studies KW - 1972 KW - Case Report KW - Hemodialysis KW - Patients KW - Psychosocial Readjustment KW - 1972 DO - 10.1176/ajp.129.3.352 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-07419-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-07317-001 AN - 1973-07317-001 AU - Tokar, John T. AU - Stefflre, Volney T1 - Language patterns of associations to key words from dream symbols. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1972/06// VL - 33 IS - 6 SP - 367 EP - 371 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-07317-001. PMID: 4129785 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tokar, John T.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19730401. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Case Report; Dream Content; Language; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Word Associations. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1972. AB - Attempted to develop an objective and replicable technique for evaluating the verbal report of a dream, and associations with the dream symbols. A 40-yr-old hospitalized male with oral-dependent problems served as S. In 5 dreams the word 'car' appeared frequently. S was asked to construct sentences with the word and to supply contrastive associations when the word was removed. The words and sentences were entered as column and row labels on a matrix and S completed the matrix. The matrix was then rearranged by computer analysis forming 2 combinatorial products demonstrating 50 and 12 sentences describing S's own belief system and contrastive associations to the word 'car.' Results indicate that the word 'car' represented an attitude of independence which the patient was reluctant to accept. S's self-description from associations to the dream symbol and his self-description from the matrix are compared. It is suggested that this technique may be useful in research on the individual and his language. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - associations to key words from dream symbols KW - visual & graphic displays of language patterns & psychodynamic associations KW - oral-dependent 40 yr. old hospitalized male KW - 1972 KW - Case Report KW - Dream Content KW - Language KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Word Associations KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-07317-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-07162-001 AN - 1973-07162-001 AU - Gurel, Lee AU - Linn, Margaret W. AU - Linn, Bernard S. T1 - Physical and mental impairment-of-function evaluation in the aged: The PAMIE Scale. JF - Journal of Gerontology JO - Journal of Gerontology JA - J Gerontol Y1 - 1972/01// VL - 27 IS - 1 SP - 83 EP - 90 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0022-1422 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-07162-001. PMID: 5009193 Other Journal Title: The Journals of Gerontology: Series A: Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gurel, Lee; Veterans Administration Hosp., Office of Professional Services, Washington, D.C. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19730401. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Diagnosis; Disorders; Geriatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis; Rating Scales. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1972. AB - Developed the 77-item PAMIE as a rating device for the quantitative description of a wide range of behaviors in the chronically ill aged. Ratings were obtained on 845 patients being relocated from Veterans Administration hospitals into nursing homes. Factor analysis of these ratings resulted in identification of 10 adequately reliable dimensions. These were shown to be valid to the extent of being related to several external criteria, including measures of body system impairment and mortality within a 1 yr. follow-up period. It is concluded that the PAMIE holds considerable promise for assessment of behavioral characteristics of the disabled aged. (24 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - rating scale development KW - physical & mental impairment-of-function KW - chronically ill aged KW - 1972 KW - Diagnosis KW - Disorders KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Rating Scales KW - 1972 DO - 10.1093/geronj/27.1.83 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-07162-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-07135-001 AN - 1973-07135-001 AU - Faibish, George M. AU - Pokorny, Alex D. T1 - Prediction of long-term outcome in schizophrenia. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 33 IS - 5 SP - 304 EP - 309 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-07135-001. PMID: 4665830 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Faibish, George M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19730401. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Prognosis; Psychotherapeutic Outcomes; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: May, 1972. AB - Used a multivariate, factor-analytic approach to investigate the possibility of predicting long-term outcomes in the cases of 39 schizophrenic veterans hospitalized between 1955 and 1958. The relationships of family background variables, personal history, and earlier symptomatology to the outcome criteria were analyzed in depth. Results show that past social behavior was the category most significantly predictive of long-term prognosis, and suggest that it was the personal contact aspects of social relations that was the most significant influencing characteristic. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - multivariate factor-analytic approach KW - long-term outcome prediction KW - schizophrenics KW - 1972 KW - Prognosis KW - Psychotherapeutic Outcomes KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-07135-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-07093-001 AN - 1973-07093-001 AU - Brookshire, Robert H. T1 - Visual and auditory sequencing by aphasic subjects. JF - Journal of Communication Disorders JO - Journal of Communication Disorders JA - J Commun Disord Y1 - 1972/09// VL - 5 IS - 3 SP - 259 EP - 269 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0021-9924 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-07093-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brookshire, Robert H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Minneapolis, Minn. Release Date: 19730401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Auditory Discrimination; Visual Discrimination. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1972. AB - 16 aphasic and 16 nonaphasic Ss with normal hearing in at least 1 ear and with normal sight participated in visual and auditory sequencing tasks in which they reported the order of light flashes and pure tones by pushing buttons which were paired with the lights and tones. Aphasic Ss as a group exhibited poorer performance on both visual and auditory sequencing tasks. However, some individual aphasic Ss performed the tasks as well as nonaphasic. Expressive aphasic Ss had more difficulty with auditory than visual sequencing, and semantic aphasic Ss exhibited deficits in both visual and auditory sequencing. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual & auditory sequencing tasks KW - expressive vs. semantic aphasics KW - 1972 KW - Aphasia KW - Auditory Discrimination KW - Visual Discrimination KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/0021-9924(72)90050-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-07093-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-07045-001 AN - 1973-07045-001 AU - Lipp, Martin R. AU - Benson, Samuel G. T1 - Physician use of marijuana, alcohol and tobacco. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1972/11// VL - 129 IS - 5 SP - 612 EP - 616 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-07045-001. PMID: 5079291 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lipp, Martin R.; San Francisco Veterans Administration Hosp., Calif. Release Date: 19730401. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Attitudes; Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Drug Usage Attitudes; Marijuana Usage; Tobacco Smoking. Minor Descriptor: Physicians. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1972. AB - Questioned 1,314 physicians (chosen at random from 4 geographical areas) concerning their use of and opinions about marihuana. It was found that 37% had been exposed to marihuana, 25% had used it, and 7% were using it currently. In general, experience with cannabis varied with age and location, and opinions regarding the desirability or permissibility of using marihuana reflected these differences. When queried about their use of alcohol and cigarettes, only 8% of the Ss were teetotalers and 21% currently smoked cigarettes. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - marihuana & alcohol & tobacco use & attitudes KW - physicians KW - 1972 KW - Alcohol Drinking Attitudes KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Drug Usage Attitudes KW - Marijuana Usage KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Physicians KW - 1972 DO - 10.1176/ajp.129.5.612 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-07045-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-06849-001 AN - 1973-06849-001 AU - Obitz, Frederick W. AU - Oziel, L. Jerome T1 - Varied information levels and accuracy of person perception. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1972/10// VL - 31 IS - 2 SP - 571 EP - 576 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1973-06849-001. PMID: 5081348 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Obitz, Frederick W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Phoenix, Ariz. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19730401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: College Students; Social Perception. Classification: Social Psychology (3000). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1972. AB - Presented 4 stimulus persons to 200 undergraduates for rating under 20 experimental conditions with varying amounts and categories of information. The greatest judging accuracy was obtained when total information input of different amounts and categories was greatest. Adding more input did not result in greater accuracy of judgment with all stimulus persons, however, and actually reduced accuracy for some stimulus persons. Further, considering the disproportionate amount of input increase necessary in order to yield small amounts of increased predictive accuracy, a question is raised concerning whether it is practically profitable to attempt to maximize predictive accuracy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - information amounts & categories KW - person perception accuracy KW - undergraduates KW - 1972 KW - College Students KW - Social Perception KW - 1972 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1972.31.2.571 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-06849-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-06708-001 AN - 1973-06708-001 AU - Kramer, Milton T1 - Interpretation of sex dreams. JF - Sexual Behavior JO - Sexual Behavior Y1 - 1972/07// VL - 2 IS - 7 SP - 23 EP - 29 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-06708-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kramer, Milton; Veterans Administration Hosp., Cincinnati, O. Release Date: 19730401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dream Analysis; Psychosexual Behavior. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1972. AB - Discusses the content of typical dreams with emphasis on the interpretation of those with manifestly, symbolically, or latently sexual metaphors. 3 dreams are presented and their sexual and nonsexual interpretations considered. Sex differences in dreaming are noted. The implications of such dreams for the understanding of psychological problems are also discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sexual & nonsexual interpretations of typical dreams KW - 1972 KW - Dream Analysis KW - Psychosexual Behavior KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-06708-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-06675-001 AN - 1973-06675-001 AU - Engebretson, Darold T1 - Relationship of perceived culture influence to informally learned cultural behaviors, interaction distances, among Sansei Japanese and Caucasians in Hawaii: A study of acculturation. JF - Psychologia: An International Journal of Psychology in the Orient JO - Psychologia: An International Journal of Psychology in the Orient JA - Psychologia Y1 - 1972/06// VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 95 EP - 100 CY - Japan PB - Psychologia Society SN - 0033-2852 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-06675-001. Other Journal Title: Psychologia: An International Journal of Psychological Sciences. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Engebretson, Darold; Veterans Administration Guidance Center, Dayton, O. Release Date: 19730401. Correction Date: 20090907. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Acculturation; Racial and Ethnic Groups; Social Influences; Social Perception; Whites. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1972. AB - Ss were males and females from 3 cultural groups: Sansei Japanese (SJ) born and raised in Hawaii, American Caucasians (C) not native to Hawaii, and Mainland Japanese (J) used as a cultural comparison group for SJ. A scale to measure perceived cultural influence was adapted from the Kilpatrick and Cantril Self-Anchoring Scale. SJs differed from Cs in their perception of cultural influence. A replication of the study with a different sample in another locale is recommended. (22 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perceived cultural influence KW - Sansei Japanese Hawaiians vs. American Caucasians not native to Hawaii KW - 1972 KW - Acculturation KW - Racial and Ethnic Groups KW - Social Influences KW - Social Perception KW - Whites KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-06675-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-06380-001 AN - 1973-06380-001 AU - Hamilton, C. L. T1 - Long term control of food intake in the monkey. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1972/07// VL - 9 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 6 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-06380-001. PMID: 4628045 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hamilton, C. L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Philadelphia, Pa. Release Date: 19730401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Drinking Behavior; Animal Feeding Behavior. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1972. AB - Observed food and water intake and body weight changes in a total of 10 male rhesus monkeys over periods ranging from 28 wk. to 7 yr. Daily food and water consumption showed little within-S variability while the inter-S variability was large. Results are discussed within the context of the lipostatic theory of the control of food intake. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - long-term observation KW - food & water intake & body weight KW - monkeys KW - 1972 KW - Animal Drinking Behavior KW - Animal Feeding Behavior KW - Monkeys KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(72)90255-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-06380-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-06375-001 AN - 1973-06375-001 AU - Freund, Gerhard AU - Walker, Don W. T1 - Operant conditioning in mice. JF - Life Sciences JO - Life Sciences JA - Life Sci Y1 - 1972/10// VL - 11 IS - 19, Pt. 1 SP - 905 EP - 914 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0024-3205 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-06375-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freund, Gerhard; Veterans Administration Hosp., Gainesville, Fla. Release Date: 19730401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Feeding Behavior; Calories; Operant Conditioning; Reinforcement Amounts. Minor Descriptor: Mice. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1972. AB - Investigated behavioral toxicity in female C57BL/6J mice, as evaluated by standard operant conditioning procedures, to facilitate conventional toxicity screening of drugs and chemicals. Results demonstrate that the mouse has a potential similar to that of the rat to learn operant tasks if lever press is replaced by lever touch and if the caloric value of reinforcement pellets is diluted by noncaloric bulk. Under these conditions Ss learned the following schedules of reinforcement: continuous; discriminated variable-interval; discriminated single alternation go, no- go; and differential reinforcement of low rate. As in rats, performance was optimal within a range of 15-25% weight reduction from the body weight under free feeding conditions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lever touch vs. press & reinforcement pellets caloric value KW - operant conditioning KW - female mice KW - 1972 KW - Animal Feeding Behavior KW - Calories KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Reinforcement Amounts KW - Mice KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/0024-3205(72)90042-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-06375-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-06296-001 AN - 1973-06296-001 AU - Murphree, Oddist D. T1 - Reduction of anxiety in genetically timid dogs: Drug-induced schizokinesis and autokinesis. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1972/07// VL - 7 IS - 3 SP - 170 EP - 176 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-06296-001. PMID: 4672374 Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Murphree, Oddist D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Little Rock, Ark. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19730401. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Chlordiazepoxide; Chlorpromazine; Drugs; Imipramine. Minor Descriptor: Dogs. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1972. AB - Conducted behavior studies of genetically timid and normal dogs in which it was possible to focus on nervous nonperforming Ss in a search for agents which might attenuate the overriding anxiety which causes them to become rigid, aversive-avoiding, or bizarre in the presence of humans. Chlordiazepoxide, 75-200 mg/S/day, was more effective than imipramine or chlorpromazine in alleviating the anxious condition. Sometimes the drug had the effect of getting the S over a 'threshold' so that he continued to bar-press indefinitely after once started through the aid of chlordiazepoxide. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chlordiazepoxide vs. imipramine vs. chlorpromazine KW - anxiety reduction KW - genetically timid & normal dogs KW - 1972 KW - Anxiety KW - Chlordiazepoxide KW - Chlorpromazine KW - Drugs KW - Imipramine KW - Dogs KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-06296-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-06132-001 AN - 1973-06132-001 AU - Ford, Judith M. AU - Macpherson, Leonard AU - Kopell, Bert S. T1 - Differences in readiness potential associated with push-button construction. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1972/09// VL - 9 IS - 5 SP - 564 EP - 567 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-06132-001. PMID: 5075589 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ford, Judith M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19730401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus; Psychophysical Measurement; Skin Resistance. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1972. AB - Describes a push-button switch, for use in psychophysiological experiments, which utlizes the skin conductance of the thumb. Results of a repeated-measures test with 6 male adults indicate that the skin contact push-button produced a more negative preresponse slow-potential shift recorded at the vertex than the standard push-button. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - push-button switch using thumb skin conduction KW - differences in readiness potential KW - 1972 KW - Apparatus KW - Psychophysical Measurement KW - Skin Resistance KW - 1972 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1972.tb01813.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-06132-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-06119-001 AN - 1973-06119-001 AU - Cullen, Joseph W. AU - Scarborough, David E. T1 - Potassium chloride preference in normal sodium- and sodium-potassium-deficient rats. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1972/07// VL - 7 IS - 3 SP - 151 EP - 163 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-06119-001. PMID: 5072251 Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cullen, Joseph W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pavlovian Research Lab., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19730401. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Drinking Behavior; Nutritional Deficiencies; Potassium; Sodium. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1972. AB - Examined potassium chloride (KCl) water preference in diet-replete, sodium- and sodium(Na)-potassium(K) deficient postpubertal rats of different ages. While diet-replete rats displayed a KCl preference-aversion profile similar to that found using other salts, when retested 30 days later, no KCl preference appeared. Na- and Na-K deficient rats preferred KCl over a broad range of concentrations when tested in early postpuberty, and the Na-K deficient group had a markedly reduced KCl preference threshold (.12%) compared with other groups. But Na- and Na-K deficient rats older by 21/2 mo. did not prefer KCl. It is concluded that the notion of specific food hungers can be invoked to account for some of the preferences. However, hedonics, age, and KCl experience must also be considered. (26 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sodium vs. sodium potassium diet deficiency vs. repleteness KW - potassium chloride preference KW - rats KW - 1972 KW - Animal Drinking Behavior KW - Nutritional Deficiencies KW - Potassium KW - Sodium KW - Rats KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-06119-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-05971-001 AN - 1973-05971-001 AU - Ermalinski, Richard T1 - Questionnaire responses regarding risk-taking behavior with death at stake. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1972/10// VL - 31 IS - 2 SP - 435 EP - 438 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1973-05971-001. PMID: 5081334 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ermalinski, Richard; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19730401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: College Students; Death Attitudes; Money; Risk Taking. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1972. AB - Administered 3 questionnaires to 103 undergraduates: (a) a general questionnaire with a wide variety of items assumed relevant to attitudes toward death; (b) a death questionnaire depicting situations in which Ss indicated the level of risk they were willing to take to benefit others when their own lives were at stake; and (c) a time-money-effort questionnaire describing situations in which Ss indicated the level of risk they were willing to take to benefit others when their own time, money, or effort was at stake. It was hypothesized that Ss would be willing to take greater risks on the time-money-effort questionnaire than on the death questionnaire, and that Ss who answered the time-money-effort questionnaire after the death questionnaire would take significantly higher risks on it than Ss who had the reversed order. Both hypotheses were confirmed. Comparisons are made for Ss who scored high, medium, and low on death risk and demographic and other relevant variables from the general questionnaire. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - questionnaires depicting life & death situations vs. time-money-effort situations KW - risk-taking responses KW - college students KW - 1972 KW - College Students KW - Death Attitudes KW - Money KW - Risk Taking KW - 1972 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1972.31.2.435 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-05971-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-05926-001 AN - 1973-05926-001 AU - Bamber, Donald T1 - Reaction times and error rates for judging nominal identity of letter strings. JF - Perception & Psychophysics JO - Perception & Psychophysics JA - Percept Psychophys Y1 - 1972/10// VL - 12 IS - 4 SP - 321 EP - 326 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0031-5117 SN - 1532-5962 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-05926-001. Other Journal Title: Attention, Perception, & Psychophysics. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bamber, Donald; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19730401. Correction Date: 20110110. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; College Students; Errors; Reaction Time; Visual Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1972. AB - Proposes a 2-processor model for making same-different responses, in which a fast processor and a slow processor operate simultaneously. Same responses are initiated by whichever processor 1st indicates that the stimuli are same, whereas different responses are initiated only by the slow processor. To test the model, 4 male undergraduates judged whether 2 successively presented letter strings were nominally same or different. It was expected that the fast processor would be incapable of making nominal identity judgments. Thus, both same and different responses would be initiated by the slow processor. Consequently, same responses should have been slower than different responses. However, this did not occur. This finding casts doubt upon, but does not disprove, the 2-processor model. (20 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - RTs & error rates KW - judging nominal identity of successively presented letter strings KW - college students KW - 1972 KW - Cognitive Processes KW - College Students KW - Errors KW - Reaction Time KW - Visual Perception KW - 1972 DO - 10.3758/BF03207214 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-05926-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-05919-001 AN - 1973-05919-001 AU - Abramczyk, Rudolf R. AU - Thompson, W. Douglas T1 - Methods for compiling lists of minimally related words. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1972/10// VL - 31 IS - 2 SP - 399 EP - 405 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1973-05919-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Abramczyk, Rudolf R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Newington, Conn. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19730401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: College Students; Free Recall; Word Associations. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1972. AB - Evaluated 3 procedures for selecting lists of unrelated words in 2 experiments with 54 undergraduates each. The procedures were based on (a) J. Deese's normatively established 'Zero' interitem associative strength, (b) the consensual judgment of several Es, and (c) random selection from a dictionary. Judged by recall criteria, all these methods were equally appropriate, random selection being least laborious. However, considerable intramethod variability in list difficulty was found. Thus, whenever comparisons involve several list conditions, more than 1 list should be used in each condition. Negative effects on recall of including several parts of speech or very low-frequency items in a list suggested that it is desirable to control these features in selecting stimulus words. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - free associational vs. judgmental selection vs. random selection methods of compiling lists of semantically unrelated words KW - free recall KW - college students KW - 1972 KW - College Students KW - Free Recall KW - Word Associations KW - 1972 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1972.31.2.399 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-05919-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-05811-001 AN - 1973-05811-001 AU - Angel, Ronald W. AU - Garland, Harry T1 - Transfer of information from manual to oculomotor control system. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology JA - J Exp Psychol Y1 - 1972/11// VL - 96 IS - 1 SP - 92 EP - 96 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-05811-001. PMID: 5083135 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Angel, Ronald W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Eye Movements; Perceptual Motor Coordination; Visual Tracking. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Recorded eye position while 5 male and 2 female 24-54 yr. olds tracked a visual target. On each experimental run, S moved the target actively by means of a joy stick. Target motion was either synchronous with that of the hand or delayed by a fixed amount (.18, .36, .72, or 1.44 sec.) On each control run, target motion was a tape-recorded copy of the pattern generated by S during the previous test run. Regardless of the delay between joy stick and target motion, the frequency of saccades was generally smaller during the test run than during the matched control run. Results suggest that information about hand movement is available to the oculomotor system for a significant time following manual performance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - eye position during visual tracking task transfer of information from manual to oculomotor control system KW - 24-54 yr. olds KW - 1972 KW - Eye Movements KW - Perceptual Motor Coordination KW - Visual Tracking KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0033457 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-05811-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-05748-001 AN - 1973-05748-001 AU - Burke, Henry R. T1 - Raven's Progressive Matrices: Validity, reliability, and norms. JF - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JO - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JA - J Psychol Y1 - 1972/11// VL - 82 IS - 2 SP - 253 EP - 257 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-3980 SN - 1940-1019 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-05748-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Burke, Henry R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., East Orange, N.J. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19730401. Correction Date: 20140303. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospitalized Patients; Raven Coloured Progressive Matrices; Statistical Norms; Test Reliability; Test Validity. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1972. AB - Briefly notes previously published studies with East Orange Veterans Administration Hospital patients that indicate the concurrent and construct validity of Raven's Progressive Matrices as a nonverbal, untimed measure of intellectual functioning. An odd-even split-half corrected reliability coefficient of .96 was obtained for the total (N = 567) group of scores, and for the scores of 10-yr age span groups from 26-64. A norm table of percentile ranks derived from the 567 cases, with estimated WAIS IQ 'equivalencies' is presented, as applicable to any similar (black and white) American adult male population, age range 18-64. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Raven's Progressive Matrices validity & reliability & norms KW - male hospital patients KW - 1972 KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Raven Coloured Progressive Matrices KW - Statistical Norms KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - 1972 DO - 10.1080/00223980.1972.9923815 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-05748-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-05252-001 AN - 1973-05252-001 AU - Weitzenhoffer, Andre M. T1 - Open-ended distance hypnotherapy. JF - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JO - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JA - Am J Clin Hypn Y1 - 1972/04// VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 236 EP - 248 CY - US PB - American Society of Clinical Hypnosis SN - 0002-9157 SN - 2160-0562 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-05252-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weitzenhoffer, Andre M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19730301. Correction Date: 20120702. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hypnotherapy; Psychotherapeutic Techniques. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1972. AB - Presents the detailed modus operandi of this little-known technique and a number of illustrative cases. The technique, involving the telephone or postal service, was mentioned in the scientific literature of the late 19th century. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - open-ended distance hypnotherapy KW - modus operandi & illustrative cases KW - 1972 KW - Hypnotherapy KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-05252-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-05250-001 AN - 1973-05250-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - Relationships of anhedonia to learning under various contingencies. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1972/08// VL - 80 IS - 1 SP - 43 EP - 48 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-05250-001. PMID: 5045243 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Learning; Reinforcement; Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Anhedonia, the failure to experience pleasure, plays a major role in schizophrenic pathology, but has been subjected to very little systematic research. An investigation of 300 male schizophrenic inpatients under 60 yr. old tested the hypothesis that anhedonia (a) stems from a specific physiological dysfunction in a pleasure-mediating center and (b) simply represents the well-known aversion of some schizophrenics to other human beings. When the learning of high- and low-anhedonic Ss was compared under various contingencies, results did not support either theory. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - anhedonia & learning under various contingencies KW - male schizophrenics KW - 1972 KW - Learning KW - Reinforcement KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0033431 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-05250-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-05176-001 AN - 1973-05176-001 AU - Rice, Ronald G. AU - Ghertner, Stuart J. AU - Rene, Alice D. T1 - Assessing rehabilitation counseling needs in a hospital setting. JF - Rehabilitation Psychology JO - Rehabilitation Psychology JA - Rehabil Psychol Y1 - 1972///Sum 1972 VL - 19 IS - 2 SP - 85 EP - 88 CY - US PB - Division 22 of the American Psychological Association SN - 0090-5550 SN - 1939-1544 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-05176-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Aspects of Disability. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rice, Ronald G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., New Orleans, La. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation; Springer Publishing. Release Date: 19730301. Correction Date: 20100503. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counseling; Hospitalized Patients; Occupational Guidance; Psychosocial Rehabilitation; Vocational Rehabilitation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1972. AB - Determined the extent and depth of interest in rehabilitation counseling services among patients of a Veterans Administration general medical hospital using an 18-item questionnaire. The extent of interest was found to be high: 71% of inpatients and 56% of outpatients expressed interest in 1 or more services. In terms of depth of interests, most patients indicated an interest in 4 separate services: vocational guidance, counseling, evaluation (70% of all responses), followed by a mixture of other services, e.g., job placement, family therapy, staff-patient communication. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - questionnaire measurement of interest in rehabilitation counseling KW - Veterans Administration hospital patients KW - 1972 KW - Counseling KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Occupational Guidance KW - Psychosocial Rehabilitation KW - Vocational Rehabilitation KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0090876 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-05176-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-05174-001 AN - 1973-05174-001 AU - Reinert, R. E. T1 - The confessions of a 19th century opium eater: Thomas DeQuincey. JF - Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic JO - Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic JA - Bull Menninger Clin Y1 - 1972/07// VL - 36 IS - 4 SP - 455 EP - 459 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0025-9284 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-05174-001. PMID: 5045132 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reinert, R. E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Release Date: 19730301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Addiction; Literature; Opiates. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1972. AB - Discusses the life of the famous addict, an English essayist, author, and critic who overcame his addiction. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - overcoming opium addiction KW - biography of Thomas DeQuincey KW - 1972 KW - Drug Addiction KW - Literature KW - Opiates KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-05174-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-05091-001 AN - 1973-05091-001 AU - Krieger, George T1 - Issues facing federal mental hospitals in the seventies. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1972/08// VL - 23 IS - 8 SP - 255 EP - 257 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-05091-001. PMID: 5040846 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Krieger, George; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19730301. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Hospital Staff; Psychiatric Hospitals. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1972. AB - Presents a series of predictions on the integration of mental health facilities, national health insurance, the affiliation of mental hospitals with medical schools, the use of paraprofessionals, the expanded roles of professionals, new and revised statutes, computerization of clinical data, union activities of hospital staff members, and the incidence of malpractice suits. The need for preplanning is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - current & future issues & need for preplanning KW - federal mental hospitals KW - 1972 KW - Psychiatric Hospital Staff KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-05091-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-05060-001 AN - 1973-05060-001 AU - Hohmann, George W. T1 - Considerations in management of psychosexual readjustment in the cord injured male. JF - Rehabilitation Psychology JO - Rehabilitation Psychology JA - Rehabil Psychol Y1 - 1972///Sum 1972 VL - 19 IS - 2 SP - 50 EP - 58 CY - US PB - Division 22 of the American Psychological Association SN - 0090-5550 SN - 1939-1544 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-05060-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Aspects of Disability. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hohmann, George W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Tucson, Ariz. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation; Springer Publishing. Release Date: 19730301. Correction Date: 20100503. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counseling; Psychosexual Behavior; Spinal Cord Injuries. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1972. AB - Discusses the psychological and psychosocial aspects of sexual function of men with spinal cord injury. Topics include who should counsel them about sex, what should be told, the kinds of sexual activities open to the cord injured, and the sexual rewards involved. A list of precautions for sex counselors is given. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - spinal cord injury KW - psychosexual functioning & sex counseling KW - 1972 KW - Counseling KW - Psychosexual Behavior KW - Spinal Cord Injuries KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0090875 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-05060-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-05054-001 AN - 1973-05054-001 AU - Hersen, Michel AU - Eisler, Richard M. AU - Smith, Buren S. AU - Agras, W. Stewart T1 - A token reinforcement ward for young psychiatric patients. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1972/08// VL - 129 IS - 2 SP - 228 EP - 233 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-05054-001. PMID: 5041067 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hersen, Michel; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Release Date: 19730301. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Token Economy Programs. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1972. AB - Describes the application of token reinforcement to 27 male veteran psychiatric patients (average age = 26 yr.) on a rapid-turnover ward. Contingent reinforcement procedures doubled behavioral output when compared with data obtained in base-line phases. Noncontingent reinforcement did not produce any differences. The use of the token economy is discussed with respect to preventing younger psychiatric patients from becoming institutionalized during their hospital stay. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - token reinforcement on rapid-turnover ward KW - male veteran psychiatric patients KW - 1972 KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Token Economy Programs KW - 1972 DO - 10.1176/ajp.129.2.228 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-05054-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-05035-001 AN - 1973-05035-001 AU - Goldman, Herbert T1 - Rehabilitation meets the encounter group. JF - Journal of Rehabilitation JO - Journal of Rehabilitation Y1 - 1971/09// VL - 37 IS - 5 SP - 42 EP - 44 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-05035-001. PMID: 5096154 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldman, Herbert; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Louis, Mo. Release Date: 19730301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Encounter Group Therapy; Physical Disorders. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1971. AB - Discusses the application of encounter techniques of group therapy to psychological problem of the physically handicapped. It is felt that group therapy allows a cathartic sharing of pain and hurt by individuals with similar problems, a mechanism for eliminating myth and misinformation, and an airing of meaningful questions. Specific techniques are detailed, including some designed to reduce anxiety, initiate interaction, build trust, and allow working through of problems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - encounter group therapy KW - psychological problems of physically handicapped KW - 1971 KW - Encounter Group Therapy KW - Physical Disorders KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-05035-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-05002-001 AN - 1973-05002-001 AU - Evje, Margaret C. AU - Bellander, Isabel AU - Gibby, Mabel AU - Palmer, I. Secord T1 - Evaluating protected hospital employment of chronic psychiatric patients. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1972/07// VL - 23 IS - 7 SP - 204 EP - 208 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-05002-001. PMID: 5036114 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Evje, Margaret C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Miami, Fla. Release Date: 19730301. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Occupational Adjustment; Occupational Attitudes; Psychiatric Patients; Sheltered Workshops. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1972. AB - Describes a 12-mo civil service program in which 61 psychiatric outpatients were given regular part-time employment in a protected setting. Patient attitudes toward the program, patient variables associated with work success or failure, and hospital savings due to the program are dscribed. Specific recommendations for the establishment of sheltered workshops are presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sheltered workshop employment KW - work success & program attitudes & hospital savings KW - chronic psychiatric outpatients KW - 1972 KW - Occupational Adjustment KW - Occupational Attitudes KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Sheltered Workshops KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-05002-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-05000-001 AN - 1973-05000-001 AU - Ellsworth, Robert B. AU - Dickman, Harold R. AU - Maroney, Robert J. T1 - Characteristics of productive and unproductive unit systems in VA psychiatric hospitals. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1972/09// VL - 23 IS - 9 SP - 261 EP - 268 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-05000-001. PMID: 5048666 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ellsworth, Robert B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salem, Va. Release Date: 19730301. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychiatric Hospitals. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1972. AB - Notes that psychiatric hospitals with unit systems differ in productivity, as measured by an increase in turnover rates and a decrease in long-term residents. A study of 39 Veterans Administration hospitals revealed that the most productive had special placement programs, smaller treatment units, and competition between unit staff. The 10 most productive hospitals also had more applied research, a higher percentage of patients on unclassified units, and a higher ratio of social workers to patients than did the 10 least productive hospitals. Despite generally favorable staff reaction to the unit system and increased hospital productivity, there are signs that VA hospitals are moving toward more specialized treatment wards. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - characteristics of productive & unproductive unit systems KW - Veterans Administration psychiatric hospitals KW - 1972 KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-05000-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-04944-001 AN - 1973-04944-001 AU - Blackburn, H. L. T1 - Factors affecting turnover rates in mental hospitals. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1972/09// VL - 23 IS - 9 SP - 268 EP - 271 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-04944-001. PMID: 4340230 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Blackburn, H. L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lebanon, Pa. Release Date: 19730301. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Hospital Admission; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychiatric Hospital Staff; Psychiatric Hospitals. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1972. AB - Conducted an informal study of 12 mental hospitals. Results indicate that the most potent factor in turnover rates is the criteria set by ward teams for release of patients. Staff in hospitals with high turnover tend to take more risks in releasing marginally adaptive patients. Among the other factors are management philosophies and pressures, competition between hospital units, admission and transfer policies, and availability of aftercare programs. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - release criteria & management philosophies & aftercare programs & pressures & interunit competition & admission & transfer policies KW - turnover rates in mental hospitals KW - 1972 KW - Psychiatric Hospital Admission KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychiatric Hospital Staff KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-04944-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-04936-001 AN - 1973-04936-001 AU - Beard, Margaret T. AU - Metts, Frances S. AU - Byrd, Dorothy W. T1 - Effects of sensory stimulation and remotivation on schizophrenic persons. JF - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing & Mental Health Services JO - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing & Mental Health Services Y1 - 1972/03// VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 5 EP - 8 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-04936-001. PMID: 4335466 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Beard, Margaret T.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lenwood Div., Augusta, Ga. Release Date: 19730301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Motivation Training; Perceptual Stimulation; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1972. AB - Studied the use of sensory stimulation combined with the remotivation technique as a therapeutic intervention for chronically regressed schizophrenics. 20 patients without reported severe brain damage were selected and randomly divided into an experimental and control group. Evaluations were made on the NOSIE-30 scale measuring change in older hospitalized Ss. Experimental Ss met 1 hr/wk for 9 wk., engaging in visual perception, auditory stimulation, and tactile perception motivation tasks. Paired t tests were computed on before and after data of therapy vs. control groups; no results were significant. Differences between before and after were similarly computed, with significant results for improved personal neatness (p = .05), positive factors (p = .01), decreased manifest psychosis (p = .05), and total assets (p = .05). Possible reasons for nonsignificance of therapy vs. control group findings are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sensory stimulation & remotivation KW - NOSIE-30 scale ratings & personal neatness & positive factors & total assets & manifest psychosis KW - chronically regressed schizophrenics KW - 1972 KW - Motivation Training KW - Perceptual Stimulation KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-04936-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-04901-001 AN - 1973-04901-001 AU - Wilder, Russell M. AU - Hubble, Jayne AU - Kennedy, Carroll E. T1 - Life change and infectious mononucleosis. JF - Journal of the American College Health Association JO - Journal of the American College Health Association Y1 - 1971/12// VL - 20 IS - 2 SP - 115 EP - 119 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0164-4300 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-04901-001. PMID: 5158569 Other Journal Title: Journal of American College Health. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wilder, Russell M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Minneapolis, Minn. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19730301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: College Students; Emotional Adjustment; Infectious Disorders; School Adjustment; Social Adjustment. Minor Descriptor: Socioeconomic Status. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1971. AB - Administered a life change index, modified from T. H. Holmes and R. H. Rahe's (see record [rid]1968-03998-001[/rid]) social readjustment rating scale, to 54 undergraduates hospitalized with infectious mononucleosis and to a wide variety of other university groups including 283 undergraduates from 5 courses. Geographical and socioeconomic characteristics of the mononucleosis patients suggest the possibility that urban and ghetto living is conducive to the development in childhood of an immunity to the disease. Data on important life changes differentiated Ss with infectious mononucleosis from other groups in terms of reporting style, and suggest the possibility that mononucleosis patients were defensive about the imaginary nature of their disease and thus underreported stressful events in their lives. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - life changes & reporting style & geographical & socioeconomic characteristics KW - college students with vs. without infectious mononucleosis KW - 1971 KW - College Students KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - Infectious Disorders KW - School Adjustment KW - Social Adjustment KW - Socioeconomic Status KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-04901-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-04893-001 AN - 1973-04893-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - Relationships of anhedonia to physiological reactivity and threshold. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1972/08// VL - 31 IS - 1 SP - 43 EP - 46 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1973-04893-001. PMID: 5055916 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19730301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Arterial Pulse; Blood Pressure; Electrical Stimulation; Thresholds. Minor Descriptor: Physiological Stress; Psychiatric Patients; Tremor. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1972. AB - Notes that anhedonia-the inability to experience pleasure-while a cardinal symptom of schizophrenia, has been subjected to very little systematic research. The relationships of anhedonia to an electrical stimulation threshold measure and measures of pulse, blood pressure, and tremor at rest and during stress were studied in a group of 76 male psychiatric hospital patients. Results were negative. Findings suggest that clinical anhedonia is not a function of hyporeactivity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - anhedonia KW - electrical stimulation threshold & pulse & blood pressure & tremor at rest vs. during stress KW - male psychiatric hospital patients KW - 1972 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Arterial Pulse KW - Blood Pressure KW - Electrical Stimulation KW - Thresholds KW - Physiological Stress KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Tremor KW - 1972 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1972.31.1.43 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-04893-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-04862-001 AN - 1973-04862-001 AU - Silverman, Lloyd H. AU - Klinger, Herbert AU - Lustbader, Lynn AU - Farrell, Jacqueline AU - Martin, Albert D. T1 - The effects of subliminal drive stimulation on the speech of stutterers. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1972/07// VL - 155 IS - 1 SP - 14 EP - 21 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1973-04862-001. PMID: 5035729 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silverman, Lloyd H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., New York, N.Y. Release Date: 19730301. Correction Date: 20131118. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychoanalytic Personality Factors; Stuttering; Subliminal Perception. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1972. AB - [Correction Notice: An erratum for this article was reported in Vol 168(1) of Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease (see record [rid]2011-08321-022[/rid]). In the original article, the name of one of the authors was missing. The correction is given in the erratum.] Tested the psychoanalytically derived hypothesis that adolescent stutterers would show increased speech impairment after subliminal presentation of pictures with anal and oral-aggressive themes. Ss were 24 12-21 yr. old male stutterers. Each S received 3 sessions in which he was shown a subliminal stimulus containing an oral-aggressive, anal, or neutral theme; thus each S served as his own control. S then paraphrased passages read by E and told stories to a TAT card. Speech impairment increased after the oral-aggressive (p = .05) and anal themes (p = .02) for the paraphrasing task. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - oral-aggressive vs. anal vs. neutral themes in subliminal drive stimulation KW - speech impairment KW - 12-21 yr. old male stutterers KW - 1972 KW - Psychoanalytic Personality Factors KW - Stuttering KW - Subliminal Perception KW - 1972 DO - 10.1097/00005053-197207000-00003 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-04862-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-04856-001 AN - 1973-04856-001 AU - Shai, Amnon AU - Goodglass, Harold AU - Barton, Melvin T1 - Recognition of tachistoscopically presented verbal and non-verbal material after unilateral cerebral damage. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1972/07// VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 185 EP - 191 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-04856-001. PMID: 5055224 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shai, Amnon; Aphasia Research Center, Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19730301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Lateral Dominance; Visual Field; Visual Perception. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1972. AB - Studied the effects of unilateral brain damage on recognition rates for verbal and nonverbal stimuli in the lateral visual fields. 3 groups of right-handed males (10 non-brain-damaged, 10 with left-hemispheric damage, and 10 with right-hemispheric damage) were asked to identify verbal and nonverbal stimuli presented tachistoscopically in each field. Results indicate superior recognition for both types of stimuli in the visual field contralateral to the intact hemisphere. The effect was greater for nonverbal material with right hemisphere injury and greater for verbal material with left hemisphere injury. A significant superiority of recognition in the nasal field of each eye was found to interact with the effect of the side of lesion and type of material. (French & German summaries) (20 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - recognition of tachistoscopically presented verbal & nonverbal stimuli in lateral visual fields KW - patients with right- vs. left-hemispheric brain damage KW - 1972 KW - Brain Damage KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Visual Field KW - Visual Perception KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(72)90058-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-04856-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-04699-001 AN - 1973-04699-001 AU - Goodglass, Harold AU - Peck, Edward A. T1 - Dichotic ear order effects in Korsakoff and normal subjects. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1972/07// VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 211 EP - 217 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-04699-001. PMID: 5055227 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goodglass, Harold; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19730301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Auditory Stimulation; Korsakoffs Psychosis; Memory Decay. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1972. AB - Compared the efficiency of the left and right ears as storage channels in dichotic listening in 3 groups of male patients (n = 20 each): normals, alcoholic Korsakoff Ss, and alcoholics free of clinical memory impairment. All groups showed marked decay of words reported 2nd from the left ear but not from the right. Decay was significantly greater for Korsakoff than for other alcoholics, but alcoholics were more severely affected than normals. (French & German summaries) (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dichotic ear order & listening KW - memory decay KW - alcoholics vs. Korsakoff alcoholics KW - 1972 KW - Alcoholism KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Korsakoffs Psychosis KW - Memory Decay KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(72)90062-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-04699-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-04662-001 AN - 1973-04662-001 AU - DeWolfe, Alan S. AU - McDonald, Rita K. T1 - Sex differences and institutionalization in the word associations of schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1972/10// VL - 39 IS - 2 SP - 215 EP - 221 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-04662-001. PMID: 5075868 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: DeWolfe, Alan S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Sex Differences; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Schizophrenia; Word Associations. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Studied word associations of 20 male and 20 female schizophrenics. Although no significant differences in pathological responses were associated with sex or institutionalization, differences associated with both were found in healthy responses. Females gave more logical coordinate associations (p < .01) and males gave more prediction (p < .05). Institutionalization was significantly negatively related to functional and subordination associations (p < .02 and .05, respectively). These schizophrenic Ss gave significantly more extreme logically distant associations than the 460 normal Ss of previous studies (p < .001). Normals had significantly more instances of multiword associations and no response (p < .001). Results support the drive-interference theory of schizophrenic deficit. It appears that schizophrenics under stress can be differentiated from normals on logically deviant responses but differ more from each other on healthy responses. (23 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sex & institutionalization KW - coordinate & functional & subordination word associations KW - schizophrenics vs. normals KW - 1972 KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Schizophrenia KW - Word Associations KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0033401 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-04662-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-04647-001 AN - 1973-04647-001 AU - Curlee, Joan T1 - Depression and alcoholism. JF - Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic JO - Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic JA - Bull Menninger Clin Y1 - 1972/07// VL - 36 IS - 4 SP - 451 EP - 455 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0025-9284 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-04647-001. PMID: 5045131 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Curlee, Joan; Veterans Administration Hosp., Indianapolis, Ind. Release Date: 19730301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Depression (Emotion). Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1972. AB - Suggests that the study of depression among alcoholics demonstrates the tremendous diversity which can exist among patients showing what ostensibly are the same symptoms. It indicates that alcoholism is not necessarily characteristic of any 1 level of character organization, but can occur at several different levels. Most important, it directs attention toward the central position depression plays in the constellation of problems related to alcoholism and the need to deal with the sources of depression in each individual patient. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - depression KW - role in problems related to alcoholism KW - 1972 KW - Alcoholism KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-04647-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-04603-001 AN - 1973-04603-001 AU - Alkire, Armand A. T1 - Enactment of social power and role behavior in families of disturbed and nondisturbed preadolescents. JF - Developmental Psychology JO - Developmental Psychology JA - Dev Psychol Y1 - 1972/11// VL - 7 IS - 3 SP - 270 EP - 276 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0012-1649 SN - 1939-0599 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-04603-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Alkire, Armand A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotional Disturbances; Father Child Relations; Mother Child Relations; Parental Role; Permissive Parenting. Minor Descriptor: Parenting Style. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Conducted a study with 47 disturbed and 47 normal 8-13 yr. olds and their families. An ongoing family communication task was used to measure the degree to which each parent independently displayed an authoritarian power position over the child. The effects of the exertion of this power on family task-role behavior was then observed. In most cases, mothers of the undisturbed and fathers of the disturbed children were alike in that they had difficulty in displaying authority over the child. They were also alike in subsequent task-role behaviors. In contrast, fathers of the nondisturbed and mothers of the disturbed families were more authoritarian and also similar in task behaviors. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - parental authoritarianism & social power KW - family task-role behavior KW - 8-13 yr. old disturbed vs. normal children & parents KW - 1972 KW - Emotional Disturbances KW - Father Child Relations KW - Mother Child Relations KW - Parental Role KW - Permissive Parenting KW - Parenting Style KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0033400 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-04603-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-04314-001 AN - 1973-04314-001 AU - Lipp, Martin AU - Tinklenberg, J. AU - Benson, S. AU - Melges, F. AU - Taintor, Z. AU - Peterson, M. T1 - Medical student use of marijuana, alcohol, and cigarettes: A study of four schools. JF - International Journal of the Addictions JO - International Journal of the Addictions JA - Int J Addict Y1 - 1972/// VL - 7 IS - 1 SP - 141 EP - 152 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-773X N1 - Accession Number: 1973-04314-001. PMID: 5043831 Other Journal Title: Substance Use & Misuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lipp, Martin; Veterans Administration Hosp., San Francisco, Calif. Other Publishers: Informa Healthcare. Release Date: 19730301. Correction Date: 20150928. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Marijuana Usage; Medical Students; Tobacco Smoking. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1972. AB - Surveyed 4 medical schools from different geographical regions with regard to students' past, present, and projected use of marihuana. Results show that experience with marihuana varied from 17-70% of students. Use of marihuana was highly correlated with the school attended, use of cigarettes, and amount of alcohol used. More students can be expected to use marihuana if legal sanctions are relaxed or if research reveals it to be no more toxic than alcohol. No such increase is predicted if marihuana is found to be comparable to cigarettes in long-term effects. Because of the incongruity between medical student practice and medicine's official position on marihuana, it is urged that the medical community discuss the subject openly, focusing particularly on the cannabis effect on health. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - marihuana & alcohol & cigarette use KW - medical students KW - 1972 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Marijuana Usage KW - Medical Students KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - 1972 DO - 10.3109/10826087209026768 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-04314-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-04205-001 AN - 1973-04205-001 AU - Rose, Charles L. T1 - Social correlates of smoking in a healthy male population. JF - Aging & Human Development JO - Aging & Human Development Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 111 EP - 124 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-04205-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rose, Charles L.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19730301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Tobacco Smoking. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Reports a preliminary exploration of smoking behavior relative to social characteristics in the Normative Aging population which has been described by B. Bell, et al. (see PA, Vol. 49:Issue 3). There were definitive findings with respect to the nonsmoker, but none with regard to the amount of cigarette smoking. (21 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - smoking behavior KW - social characteristics KW - Normative Aging Study healthy male smokers vs. nonsmokers KW - 1972 KW - Age Differences KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - 1972 DO - 10.2190/G9WN-N1GB-6FYH-5BJ2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-04205-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-04204-001 AN - 1973-04204-001 AU - Rose, Charles L. AU - Mogey, John M. T1 - Aging and preference for later retirement. JF - Aging & Human Development JO - Aging & Human Development Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 45 EP - 62 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-04204-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rose, Charles L.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19730301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Employee Attitudes; Retirement. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Investigated the hypothesis that older workers who are in the work role longer are more anxious to remain in their work role and prefer to retire at a later age. In the design, social class and health were age-invariant because of the selective nature of the Veterans Administration Normative Aging population which has been reported by B. Bell, et al. (see PA, Vol.49: Issue 3). These 2 major contaminants of the relationship between age and later retirement preference were therefore controlled. A stepwise regression analysis found that retirement preference was related to age and social class factors, the 2 acting independently, with age more than twice as important as social class. This finding is problematic because of (a) a trend to earlier mandatory retirement related to increased industrial productivity; (b) capacity for longer work life, related to improvement in health and longevity; and (c) a trend to nonmanual occupation, which is less vulnerable to age decrement. In summary, contrary to disengagement theory, the desire to stave off retirement increases with age at a time of societal pressure for curtailment of work role. It is concluded that the solution to this dilemma lies either in expansion of work roles or massive change in values favoring earlier retirement. (29 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age KW - preference for later retirement KW - older workers KW - 1972 KW - Employee Attitudes KW - Retirement KW - 1972 DO - 10.2190/D3JL-GGF5-Y7TK-0FU6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-04204-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-04118-001 AN - 1973-04118-001 AU - Fozard, James L. AU - Nuttall, Ronald L. AU - Waugh, Nancy C. T1 - Age-related differences in mental performance. JF - Aging & Human Development JO - Aging & Human Development Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 19 EP - 43 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-04118-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fozard, James L.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19730301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Cognitive Processes; Socioeconomic Status. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 25. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Reports cross-sectional studies of the effects of age and socioeconomic status on 2 sets of measures of cognitive performance. 1 set set consisted 12 subtests of the General Aptitude Test Battery (GATB); the other was a group of laboratory-based experiments, most of which were initiated by the late George A. Talland. Age-related declines were found in all subtests of the GATB and performance declined most in those subtests where the effects of SES were weakest. Decrements with age were found in most of the Talland experiments but were not systematically related to SES or education. There was little overlap among the assessment of abilities represented by the 2 sets of measures of cognitive performance. (69 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age & socioeconomic status KW - cognitive performance KW - 1972 KW - Age Differences KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Socioeconomic Status KW - 1972 DO - 10.2190/VVQM-QPYM-TF1B-W9NQ UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-04118-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-04102-001 AN - 1973-04102-001 AU - Burney, Spencer W. AU - Enslein, Kurt T1 - Investigation of changes in clinical laboratory tests related to aging and smoking. JF - Aging & Human Development JO - Aging & Human Development Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 95 EP - 101 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-04102-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Burney, Spencer W.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19730301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Biochemistry; Longitudinal Studies; Military Veterans; Tobacco Smoking. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - A multivariate discriminant analysis of laboratory variables collected over a period of 3-5 yr. for 502 healthy male veterans showed that 5 variables (fasting blood glucose, blood glucose 2 hr. following ingestion of 100 gm. of glucose, total serum protein, hemoglobin, and cholesterol esters) were changing significantly in the 222 Ss who were over 59 yr. old on entry into this study. It took the combined effect of 15 variables to predict any age change in the subgroup of 280 Ss who were 25-49 at time of entry. A further subgrouping of current cigarette smokers and those who had never smoked showed no significant difference in the laboratory data in either age cohort. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - aging & smoking KW - changes in clinical laboratory tests KW - healthy male veterans over 3-5 yr. KW - 1972 KW - Age Differences KW - Biochemistry KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Military Veterans KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - 1972 DO - 10.2190/T70H-XQ67-KDED-66B2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-04102-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-04089-001 AN - 1973-04089-001 AU - Bell, Benjamin AU - Wolf, Ernst AU - Bernholz, Charles D. T1 - Depth perception as a function of age. JF - Aging & Human Development JO - Aging & Human Development Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 77 EP - 81 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-04089-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bell, Benjamin; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19730301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Binocular Vision; Depth Perception; Eye (Anatomy); Longitudinal Studies. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Studied binocular depth perception in 164 healthy Ss of the Normative Aging Study which has been reported by B. Bell, et al. (see PA, Vol. 49:Issue 3). The study was based on a model of ocular aging which explains change in the dioptric media in the 40s on the basis of mechanical change and later change in the retina on the basis of metabolic change. A Verhoeff stereopter was used. Results show a marked diminuation of ability to make stereoptic judgments occurred in the 40s decade. This is in accordance with the model. Retinal field shrinkage will be explored separately as an an of later metabolic age change. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ocular aging KW - binocular depth perception KW - veterans in Normative Aging Study KW - 1972 KW - Age Differences KW - Binocular Vision KW - Depth Perception KW - Eye (Anatomy) KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Military Veterans KW - 1972 DO - 10.2190/0RQM-RRNK-A8GN-X99J UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-04089-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-04088-001 AN - 1973-04088-001 AU - Bell, Benjamin AU - Rose, Charles L. AU - Damon, Albert T1 - The normative aging study: An interdisciplinary and longitudinal study of health and aging. JF - Aging & Human Development JO - Aging & Human Development Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 5 EP - 17 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-04088-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bell, Benjamin; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19730301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Developmental Age Groups; Health; Longitudinal Studies; Military Veterans. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Reports on the Normative Aging Study, a comprehensive interdisciplinary longitudinal study located in the Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic in Boston, Mass., which was inaugurated in 1963. Approximately 2,000 socioeconomically diverse, geographically stable male veterans of various ages are enrolled for their lifetime as research Ss and will be examined periodically as outpatients. Ss were screened in advance to satisfy rigid health criteria regardless of age. Parameters include clinical medicine, biochemistry, special senses, oral medicine, anthropometry, and behavior. The study is designed to investigate the relationship between normal aging and the natural history of chronic diseases, 'true' aging effects vs. secular effects, nonlinear effects in aging change, decrement of function, increment of function, and convergences among these. (27 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Normative Aging Study KW - interdisciplinary longitudinal study of health & aging KW - male veterans KW - 1972 KW - Developmental Age Groups KW - Health KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Military Veterans KW - 1972 DO - 10.2190/GGVP-XLB5-PC3N-EF0G UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-04088-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-04087-001 AN - 1973-04087-001 AU - Bell, Benjamin T1 - Retinal field shrinkage, age, pulmonary function, and biochemistry. JF - Aging & Human Development JO - Aging & Human Development Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 103 EP - 109 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-04087-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bell, Benjamin; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19730301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Biochemistry; Longitudinal Studies; Military Veterans; Respiration. Minor Descriptor: Retina; Visual Field. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Studied retinal field shrinkage with Goldman perimetry in 144 healthy Ss of the Normative Aging Study which has been reported by G. Bell, et al. (see PA, Vol. 49:Issue 3) It has been shown that manipulation of the O2 content of inspired air to the level of hypoxia resulted in shrinkage of the visual field, attributable to reduction in O2 tension below the high metabolic requirements of the retina. In the present investigation the question was raised whether this effect occurs when breathing ordinary air, on the basis of normal variability in pulmonary function test. Significant relationships were given by total vital capacity and forced expiratory volume per sec. with age held constant. In addition the effect of a number of biochemistry variables was explored. Higher serum pepsinogen had a significant effect with pulmonary and age effects controlled. This may be related to physique since tall, lean men have been shown to have higher serum pesinogen. The failure of serum cholesterol to figure significantly suggests that retinal field shrinkage is not due to atherosclerosis. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age & pulmonary function & biochemistry variables KW - retinal field shrinkage KW - Normative Aging Study veterans KW - 1972 KW - Age Differences KW - Biochemistry KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - Military Veterans KW - Respiration KW - Retina KW - Visual Field KW - 1972 DO - 10.2190/27NM-93FE-TCHX-QT60 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-04087-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-04052-001 AN - 1973-04052-001 AU - Powell, D. A. AU - Francis, M. J. AU - Francis, J. AU - Schneiderman, N. T1 - Shock-induced aggression as a function of prior experience with avoidance fighting, or unavoidable shock. JF - Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior JO - Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior JA - J Exp Anal Behav Y1 - 1972/09// VL - 18 IS - 2 SP - 323 EP - 332 CY - US PB - Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior SN - 0022-5002 SN - 1938-3711 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-04052-001. PMID: 4675811 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Powell, D. A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Columbia, S.C. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19730301. Correction Date: 20130218. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Aggressive Behavior; Avoidance Conditioning; Shock. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1972. AB - Conducted 3 experiments in which female Sprague-Dawley rats (n = 8, 24, and 24, respectively) were trained in shock-induced aggression, free operant avoidance, or were presented with unavoidable shocks. Fighting in response to shock was subsequently measured by intermatching individual Ss that had received the 3 training procedures. Fighting probabilities of Ss with histories of avoidance and dominant Ss with histories of fighting were higher than the fighting probabilities of nondominant fighting Ss or Ss with a history of unavoidable shocks. Ss with higher fighting probabilities disrupted avoidance base lines more than Ss with lower fighting probabilities. Control experiments suggest that fighting decrements produced by administration of prior grid-shock were due to the acquisition of behaviors incompatible with aggression. (l6 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - shock-induced aggression & free operant avoidance training & unavoidable shock KW - fighting in response to shock KW - female rats KW - 1972 KW - Animal Aggressive Behavior KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Shock KW - Rats KW - 1972 DO - 10.1901/jeab.1972.18-323 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-04052-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-04012-001 AN - 1973-04012-001 AU - Freed, Earl X. AU - Hymowitz, Norman T1 - Effects of schedule, percent body weight, and magnitude of reinforcer on acquisition of schedule-induced polydipsia. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1972/08// VL - 31 IS - 1 SP - 95 EP - 101 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1973-04012-001. PMID: 5055926 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freed, Earl X.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lyons, N.J. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19730301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Body Weight; Operant Conditioning; Reinforcement Amounts; Reinforcement Schedules; Thirst. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1972. AB - Investigated the effects of schedule, percent body weight, and magnitude of reinforcer on the acquisition of schedule-induced polydipsia by 49 male Charles River (cd) albino rats in 2 experiments. A leaner reinforcement schedule induced greater polydipsia as did 2 nonschedule variables, reduced body weight and small magnitude of reinforcer. These findings, related to contemporary theories of schedule-induced polydipsia, emphasize the role of nonschedule variables in this behavior. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reinforcement schedule & percent body weight & reinforcer magnitude KW - schedule-induced polydipsia acquisition KW - rats KW - 1972 KW - Body Weight KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Reinforcement Amounts KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Thirst KW - Rats KW - 1972 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1972.31.1.95 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-04012-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-03945-001 AN - 1973-03945-001 AU - Powell, D. A. AU - Goldberg, S. R. AU - Dauth, G. W. AU - Schneiderman, E. AU - Schneiderman, N. T1 - Adrenergic and cholinergic blockade of cardiovascular responses to subcortical electrical stimulation in unanesthetized rabbits. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 8 IS - 5 SP - 927 EP - 936 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-03945-001. PMID: 4403004 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Powell, D. A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Columbia, S.C. Release Date: 19730301. Correction Date: 20130415. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blood Pressure; Cholinergic Blocking Drugs; Electrical Brain Stimulation; Heart Rate; Hypothalamus. Minor Descriptor: Adrenergic Blocking Drugs; Drugs; Rabbits. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: May, 1972. AB - 12 naive implanted unanesthetized albino rabbits received high frequency, short pulse-train duration electrical stimulation of septal region and hypothalamic locations at current intensities producing blood pressure (BP) increases accompanied by heart rate (HR) decreases. Dose-response and time-response effects were obtained for HR and BP changes following stimulation under alpha-adrenergic (phentolamine), beta-adrenergic (propranolol) and cholinergic (atropine methylnitrate, atropine sulfate) blocking agents. By examining the relationship of BP and HR changes during stimulation under graded doses of blocking agents, HR decreases were shown to be mainly reflex responses to sympathetically-induced BP increases. (43 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - septal & hypothalamic electrical stimulation KW - adrenergic & cholinergic blockade of cardiovascular responses KW - rabbits KW - 1972 KW - Blood Pressure KW - Cholinergic Blocking Drugs KW - Electrical Brain Stimulation KW - Heart Rate KW - Hypothalamus KW - Adrenergic Blocking Drugs KW - Drugs KW - Rabbits KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(72)90306-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-03945-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-03899-001 AN - 1973-03899-001 AU - Herman, S. J. AU - Freeman, B. J. AU - Ray, O. S. T1 - The effects of multiple injections of morphine sulfate on shuttle-box behavior in the rat. JF - Psychopharmacologia JO - Psychopharmacologia Y1 - 1972/// VL - 26 IS - 2 SP - 146 EP - 154 CY - Germany PB - Springer N1 - Accession Number: 1973-03899-001. PMID: 5073040 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Herman, S. J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Nashville, Tenn. Release Date: 19730301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Drugs; Morphine. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1972. AB - Trained 48 male F344/fMai rats in shuttle box avoidance to a criterion of over 90% avoidance, and subsequently administered 13 daily injections of 5, l0, or 20 mg/kg of morphine or saline 30 min. prior to testing. In Exp. I, 24 Ss were injected and tested on each of the 13 days while in Exp. II, 24 Ss were injected daily but tested only on Day l3. 5 mg/kg of morphine did not decrease avoidance responding. 10 mg/kg initially caused a decrease in avoidance responses, but responding rapidly returned to the preinjection level. For groups receiving either 5 or 10 mg/kg there was an increase in locomotor activity and decrease in response latencies when compared to saline controls on Day l3. The 20 mg/kg dose initially disrupted avoidance, but not escape, responses, but after 13 daily injections avoidance responses were near preinjection levels even though locomotor activity remained above base line. Results of the 2 experiments were identical for drug Day 13, suggesting that Ss injected and run daily had not merely learned to respond under the influence of the drug but had developed tolerance to it. (21 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - morphine sulfate multiple injections KW - shuttle-box behavior KW - rats KW - 1972 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Drugs KW - Morphine KW - Rats KW - 1972 DO - 10.1007/BF00422101 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-03899-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-03869-001 AN - 1973-03869-001 AU - Cherkin, Arthur T1 - Retrograde amnesia in the chick: Resistance to the reminder effect. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 8 IS - 5 SP - 949 EP - 955 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-03869-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cherkin, Arthur; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychobiology Research Lab., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19730301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Conditioned Suppression; Drugs; Memory; Retrograde Amnesia. Minor Descriptor: Chickens. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: May, 1972. AB - Produced retrograde amnesia (RA) for learned peck-suppression in white Leghorn cockerel chicks by flurothyl (CF3CH2OCH2CF3). In Exp. I (n = 154), RA 24 hr. after strong flurothyl treatment was demonstrated by a retention test that served also as a reminder of the suppression training; a 2nd test 24 hr. later showed no reminder-induced restoration of memory. In Exp. II, III, and IV (n = 728), moderate flurothyl treatment was used and reminder delayed for 2 hr. after the 24-hr retention test; and 2nd test 24 hr. later indicated a weak, variable reminder effect. Results reflect cumulation of 2 subthreshold engrams, the 1st resulting from partial consolidation of original training and the 2nd resulting from information input of the reminder treatment. Restoration of learned performance by a reminder occurred when 2 cumulated subthreshold engrams exceeded the threshold for retrieval. The reminder effect supports the argument that RA treatments are often incomplete and leave a weak engram that confounds interpretation of RA experiments. (27 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - resistance to reminder effect KW - flurothyl-induced retrograde amnesia for learned peak-suppression KW - cockerel chicks KW - 1972 KW - Amnesia KW - Conditioned Suppression KW - Drugs KW - Memory KW - Retrograde Amnesia KW - Chickens KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(72)90309-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-03869-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-03854-001 AN - 1973-03854-001 AU - Barrett, Robert J. AU - Leith, Nancy J. AU - Ray, Oakley S. T1 - Permanent facilitation of avoidance behavior by d-amphetamine and scopolamine. JF - Psychopharmacologia JO - Psychopharmacologia Y1 - 1972/// VL - 25 IS - 4 SP - 321 EP - 331 CY - Germany PB - Springer N1 - Accession Number: 1973-03854-001. PMID: 5051145 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barrett, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Nashville, Tenn. Release Date: 19730301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amphetamine; Avoidance Conditioning; Drugs; Scopolamine. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1972. AB - Scopolamine (.3, .6, 1.2, 2.4, 4.8 mg/kg) or d-amphetamine (.25, .50, 1.00, 2.00, 4.00 mg/kg) was administered daily to 72 male Sprague-Dawley rats 30 min. prior to training in a discriminated, -maze avoidance task. A dose-dependent relationship was found between amount of avoidance facilitation and drug dosage. Discontinuation of the drug following asymptotic performance resulted in a decrement in avoidance which varied as a function of the acquisition dosage. Results from a 2nd experiment using the same task with 42 similar Ss indicate that gradually reducing the dosage on consecutive training days rather than abruptly discontinuing the drug was more effective in producing permanent avoidance facilitation in the nondrug condition. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - scopolamine & d-amphetamine KW - avoidance facilitation KW - rats KW - 1972 KW - Amphetamine KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Drugs KW - Scopolamine KW - Rats KW - 1972 DO - 10.1007/BF00421971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-03854-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-03821-001 AN - 1973-03821-001 AU - Pare, William P. T1 - Gastric ulcers in the rat as a function of the temporal relationship between punishment and reward. JF - Psychosomatic Medicine JO - Psychosomatic Medicine Y1 - 1972/01// VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 9 EP - 18 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0033-3174 SN - 1534-7796 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-03821-001. PMID: 5016090 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pare, William P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19730301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Gastrointestinal Ulcers; Physiological Stress; Reinforcement Schedules. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1972. AB - Tested the effectiveness of 4 conflict situations in inducing stomach lesions in 304 male rats. The situations differed in that the shock was contingent on responses varying in their temporal proximity to the consummatory response. Using an operant lever-pressing response, rewarded by food on a variable interval 2-min schedule, grid shock was presented either: (a) after a nonrewarded lever response, (b) after a response which produced a food pellet, (c) after the S collected the food pellet, or (d) while the S was eating the pellet reward. The highest incidence of stomach lesions was found in Ss shocked while eating the food pellet. (22 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - shock contingent on responses varied in temporal proximity to consummatory response KW - induced gastric ulcers KW - rat KW - 1972 KW - Gastrointestinal Ulcers KW - Physiological Stress KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Rats KW - 1972 DO - 10.1097/00006842-197201000-00002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-03821-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-03688-001 AN - 1973-03688-001 AU - Greenberg, Ramon AU - Pillard, Richard AU - Pearlman, Chester T1 - The effect of dream (stage REM) deprivation on adaptation to stress. JF - Psychosomatic Medicine JO - Psychosomatic Medicine Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 34 IS - 3 SP - 257 EP - 262 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0033-3174 SN - 1534-7796 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-03688-001. PMID: 4338295 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Greenberg, Ramon; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19730301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; NREM Sleep; Psychological Stress; REM Sleep; Sleep Deprivation. Minor Descriptor: College Students. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: May, 1972. AB - Studied the role of dreaming (Stage REM sleep) in adaptation by normal persons to an anxiety-provoking experience by showing a stressful movie on 2 consecutive days to 20 college students. Between the 1st and 2nd viewing, 9 Ss were REM deprived, 5 had normal sleep, and 6 were awakened from non-REM sleep; psychologic as well as physiologic measures of anxiety were obtained. Results indicate that for those who showed a significant anxiety response to the 1st viewing, the dream deprived group showed significantly less adaptation to the 2nd viewing than the other 2 groups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stressful movie-viewing & REM & non-REM sleep deprivation KW - anxiety & adaptation KW - college students KW - 1972 KW - Anxiety KW - NREM Sleep KW - Psychological Stress KW - REM Sleep KW - Sleep Deprivation KW - College Students KW - 1972 DO - 10.1097/00006842-197205000-00007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-03688-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-03588-001 AN - 1973-03588-001 AU - Kleespies, Phillip AU - Wiener, Morton T1 - The 'orienting reflex' as an input indicator in 'subliminal' perception. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1972/08// VL - 35 IS - 1 SP - 103 EP - 110 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1973-03588-001. PMID: 4559867 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kleespies, Phillip; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19730301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Eye Movements; Subliminal Perception; Visual Stimulation; Visual Thresholds. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1972. AB - Explored (a) for evidence of visual input at 'subliminal' exposure durations and (b) whether the response, if any, was a function of the thematic content of the stimulus. 15 male and 15 female undergraduates served as Ss. Thematic content (threatening vs. nonthreatening) and stimulus structure (angular vs. curved) were varied independently under 'subliminal,' 'part-cue,' and 'identification' exposure conditions. With Ss' reports and the frequency and latency of 1st eye movements ('orienting reflex') as input indicators, there was no evidence of input differences which are a function of thematic content as any exposure duration, and the 'report' data were consistent with the eye-movement data. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - threatening vs. nonthreatening thematic content & angular vs. curved stimulus structure under subliminal & part-cue & identification exposure conditions KW - eye movements as visual input indicators KW - 1972 KW - Eye Movements KW - Subliminal Perception KW - Visual Stimulation KW - Visual Thresholds KW - 1972 DO - 10.2466/pms.1972.35.1.103 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-03588-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-03034-001 AN - 1973-03034-001 AU - Spiegel, Don AU - Younger, Jenny B. T1 - Ward climate and community stay of psychiatric patients. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1972/08// VL - 39 IS - 1 SP - 62 EP - 69 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-03034-001. PMID: 5045287 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spiegel, Don; Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Community Attitudes; Psychiatric Hospital Readmission; Psychiatric Hospital Staff; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Administered a Ward Climate Inventory to 173 staff and 254 patients on 7 male wards of a neuropsychiatric hospital. 3 factors emerged from analyses: Factor I-personnel concern for patients; Factor II-patient concern for patients; and Factor III-ward morale. Elopement rate was significantly correlated with staff scores on Factors I and III and with magnitude of patient-staff differences on Factors I and III. Higher elopement rates were associated with lower personnel concern for patients, lower ward morale, and smaller patient-staff discrepancies in perceived personnel concern and ward morale. Release rates and community stay of unmarried schizophrenics were positively correlated with the patient-staff discrepancy score for Factor I. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ward climate factors KW - release & elopement & readmission & discharge against medical advice & community stay time rates KW - male patients & ward staff of neuropsychiatric hospital KW - 1972 KW - Community Attitudes KW - Psychiatric Hospital Readmission KW - Psychiatric Hospital Staff KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0033230 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-03034-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-03008-001 AN - 1973-03008-001 AU - Sachs, Lewis B. AU - Ingram, Gilbert L. T1 - Covert sensitization as a treatment for weight control. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1972/06// VL - 30 IS - 3 SP - 971 EP - 974 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1973-03008-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sachs, Lewis B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., San Francisco, Calif. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19730201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aversion Therapy; Body Weight; Food Intake. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1972. AB - Investigated factors responsible for the success of covert sensitization with regard to effectiveness in initiating an aversion toward selected foods. 5 volunteers 1st were given forward-conditioning, then backward-conditioning trials using J. Cautela's covert sensitization procedures, and 5 Ss were given the opposite sequence. Conditions were then reversed allowing each S to serve as his own control. Significant reductions were found for all Ss in the intake of selected foods but no differential effect was found for the 2 conditioning procedures. The efficacy of using the rehearsal of an aversive scene to reduce food intake is supported, but it is suggested that motivational rather than learning factors may account for the results. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - altering temporal contingency between aversive scene CS & UCS using J. Cautela's covert sensitization procedures KW - aversion toward selected foods in weight control program KW - volunteers KW - 1972 KW - Aversion Therapy KW - Body Weight KW - Food Intake KW - 1972 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1972.30.3.971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-03008-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-02860-001 AN - 1973-02860-001 AU - Gelfand, Sidney T1 - A behavior modification training program for psychiatric residents. JF - Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry JO - Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry JA - J Behav Ther Exp Psychiatry Y1 - 1972/06// VL - 3 IS - 2 SP - 147 EP - 151 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0005-7916 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-02860-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gelfand, Sidney; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salt Lake City, U. Release Date: 19730201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Modification; Psychiatric Training. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1972. AB - Describes an intensive 3-mo behavior modification training program for psychiatric residents at a Veterans Administration Hospital. The program consists of readings in basic principles of operant conditioning, film, animal laboratory exercises, and an extensive survey of behavior modification literature. All assignments are supervised by the director of the program or consultants from a nearby university. Experience in practical application is offered in 2 settings-a public school special education center for handicapped children and a token economy ward of the hospital. A critique of the program and of its effectiveness is presented. (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavior modification training program KW - psychiatric residents KW - 1972 KW - Behavior Modification KW - Psychiatric Training KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/0005-7916(72)90017-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-02860-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-02853-001 AN - 1973-02853-001 AU - Forrest, F. M. AU - Forrest, I. S. AU - Finkle, B. S. T1 - Alcohol-chlorpromazine interaction in psychiatric patients. JF - Agressologie JO - Agressologie Y1 - 1972/// VL - 13 IS - 1 SP - 67 EP - 74 CY - France PB - Societe de Presse Medicale N1 - Accession Number: 1973-02853-001. PMID: 5073656 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Forrest, F. M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Biochemical Research Lab., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19730201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chlorpromazine; Drug Therapy; Ethanol; Metabolism; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1972. AB - Administered 50 or 75 ml. ethanol to 12 chronic mental patients on long term therapy with 600-1200 mg. chlorpromazine/day. The majority of Ss showed decreased urinary excretion of chlorpromazine and its metabolites during the 24-hr period following ethanol administration. Thus, alcohol affected chlorpromazine metabolism. Conversely, chlorpromazine did not affect concentrations of alcohol in blood and urine, which were found dependent solely on the amount of ethanol ingested. Ss on chlorpromazine therapy and controls showed virtually the same alcohol concentrations in blood and urine, after identical ethanol intake. (French, German, Spanish & Russian summaries (32 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethanol & chlorpromazine administration KW - chlorpromazine vs. alcohol metabolism KW - chronic mental patients KW - 1972 KW - Chlorpromazine KW - Drug Therapy KW - Ethanol KW - Metabolism KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-02853-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-02848-001 AN - 1973-02848-001 AU - Erickson, Richard C. T1 - Outcome studies in mental hospitals: A search for criteria. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1972/08// VL - 39 IS - 1 SP - 75 EP - 77 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-02848-001. PMID: 5045290 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Erickson, Richard C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Seattle, Wash. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Expectations; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychotherapeutic Outcomes. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Considers issues raised by H. H. Strupp and A. E. Bergin in their review of individual treatment. It is argued that the task of determining whether therapy has been successful is conceptually more complicated for hospital programs. Individual therapy is presented as a 2-party contract between the patient and therapist while hospital programs are seen as a 6-party contract including the patient, state, local community, family, hospital staff, and therapist. The goals of each of the 6 parties are presented and some incompatabilities noted. Given the multiplicity of incompatible goals, it is suggested that various treatment programs may be designed for optimal success on the terms set by 1 of the 6 parties and evaluation of outcome may involve selecting whose outcome to assess. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - outcome goals of 6 parties involved in mental hospital programs of therapy KW - 1972 KW - Expectations KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychotherapeutic Outcomes KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0033219 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-02848-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-02831-001 AN - 1973-02831-001 AU - Curlee, Joan T1 - Attitudes that facilitate or hinder the treatment of alcoholism. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JA - Psychotherapy (Chic) Y1 - 1971///Spr 1971 VL - 8 IS - 1 SP - 68 EP - 70 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-02831-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Curlee, Joan; Veterans Administration Hosp., Indianapolis, Ind. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19730201. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Attitudes; Alcoholism; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Therapist Characteristics. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1971. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1971. KW - facilitating & hindering attitudes KW - treatment of alcoholism KW - 1971 KW - Alcohol Drinking Attitudes KW - Alcoholism KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Therapist Characteristics KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0086627 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-02831-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-02805-001 AN - 1973-02805-001 AU - Boudewyns, Patrick A. AU - Wilson, Alan E. T1 - Implosive therapy and desensitization theory using free association in the treatment of inpatients. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1972/06// VL - 79 IS - 3 SP - 259 EP - 268 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-02805-001. PMID: 5033366 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boudewyns, Patrick A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Iowa City, Ia. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Implosive Therapy; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Mooney Problem Check List; Systematic Desensitization Therapy; Therapeutic Community. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Treated 36 male psychiatric inpatients with implosive therapy, a desensitization procedure using free association, or standard hospital milieu treatment. Ratings of achievement of individualized behavioral goals, the MMPI, and the Mooney Problem Check List were administered before and after treatment and at 6 mo. following treatment. Employment and hospitalization status were recorded during the year following treatment. Both individually treated groups showed immediate outcomes superior to controls; the implosive group was superior on more measures and maintained improvement better at 6 mo. As predicted, the implosive group reported more anxiety-related physiological stress (e.g., heart pounding, butterflies in stomach) during therapy sessions than Ss in the desensitization group. Support was not obtained, however, for the hypothesis that the degree of self-reported stress during therapy sessions is related to behavior change. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - implosive therapy vs. desensitization procedure using free association vs. milieu treatment KW - achievement of behavioral goals & MMPI & Mooney Problem Check List KW - psychiatric inpatients KW - 1972 KW - Implosive Therapy KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Mooney Problem Check List KW - Systematic Desensitization Therapy KW - Therapeutic Community KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0033216 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-02805-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-02698-001 AN - 1973-02698-001 AU - Myerson, R. AU - Goodglass, H. T1 - Transformational grammars of three agrammatic patients. JF - Language and Speech JO - Language and Speech JA - Lang Speech Y1 - 1972/01// VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 40 EP - 50 CY - United Kingdom PB - Kingston Press SN - 0023-8309 SN - 1756-6053 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-02698-001. PMID: 5073934 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Myerson, R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19730201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Grammar; Speech Characteristics. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1972. AB - Presents a qualitative description of the speech of 3 male adult Broca's aphasics with different degrees of agrammatic disturbance. The grammatical constituents and operations underlying the patients' free speech are discussed. By a comparison of the similarities and differences in the grammar of the 3 Ss, a hierarchical organization within phrase structure correlated to degree of severity is proposed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hierarchical organization within phrase structure KW - grammatical constituents & operations underlying free speech KW - male adult Broca's aphasics KW - 1972 KW - Aphasia KW - Grammar KW - Speech Characteristics KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-02698-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-02526-001 AN - 1973-02526-001 AU - DeWolfe, Alan S. AU - DeWolfe, Ruthanne K. AU - McNulty, Janet T1 - Fear decrease and identifications in a psychiatric setting. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1972/08// VL - 39 IS - 1 SP - 160 EP - 165 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-02526-001. PMID: 5045275 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: DeWolfe, Alan S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Generalization; Fear; Nursing Students. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Explored the generalization of a prior identification-fear correlation and clarification of antecedent-consequent relations with 15 female student nurses on psychiatric assignment. Ss' preexposure identification with their instructor and postexposure identification with staff models were significantly related to fear decrease as predicted. Analyses of control group (N = 16) data and parental identifications in the experimental Ss indicate that the phenomena were specific to models in a fear-arousing setting, independent of initial fear levels, and unlikely to be due to artifact. Results support generalization of previous findings and a theory that identification enhances fear decrease, while fear decrease reinforces identification resulting in a reciprocally reinforcing 'snowball' effect. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - preexposure identification with instructor & postexposure identification with staff models KW - fear decrease KW - student nurses KW - 1972 KW - Cognitive Generalization KW - Fear KW - Nursing Students KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0033186 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-02526-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-02413-001 AN - 1973-02413-001 AU - Lachenmeyer, Charles W. T1 - An experimental technique for investigating certain linguistic and psycholinguistic phenomena. JF - Language and Speech JO - Language and Speech JA - Lang Speech Y1 - 1972/01// VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 62 EP - 67 CY - United Kingdom PB - Kingston Press SN - 0023-8309 SN - 1756-6053 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-02413-001. PMID: 5073937 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lachenmeyer, Charles W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19730201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus; Linguistics; Psycholinguistics; Response Latency. Classification: Communication Systems (2700). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1972. AB - Describes an apparatus consisting of a console with inserted circular array of 35 lighted buttons in 3 concentric circles of 5, 10, and 20 buttons each. Each button has a letter printed on its surface. E has control of a tape recorder which contains the recorded instructions, a switch which automatically raises the shield covering the button array, and the button lights. The latency of response from the raising of the shield to S's depressing of a button is recorded by automatic timers. S is singly presented with instructional sentences of the basic form: 'press the X button.' By varying combinations of the labeled buttons and instructional sentences, one can test linguistic independent variables (e.g., ambiguity, vagueness, and opacity), and psycholinguistic variables (e.g., those specified for the double-bind hypothesis and other conflict models). Although the basic dependent variable is latency of response, others based on observational categories can also be measured. Preliminary data with a simpler version of this apparatus demonstrate consistent differences and orderings in mean and 1st-trial latency between semantically congruent, ambiguous, and vague sentences. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - apparatus measuring response latency & observational categories for linguistic & psycholinguistic phenomena testing KW - 1972 KW - Apparatus KW - Linguistics KW - Psycholinguistics KW - Response Latency KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-02413-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-02348-001 AN - 1973-02348-001 AU - Kutash, Samuel B. T1 - Values and dangers in group process experiences. JF - Group Process JO - Group Process Y1 - 1970///Win 1970-1971 VL - 3 IS - 2 SP - 7 EP - 11 CY - US PB - Gordon & Breach Science Publs. N1 - Accession Number: 1973-02348-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kutash, Samuel B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., East Orange, N.J. Release Date: 19730201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Sensitivity Training. Classification: Social Psychology (3000). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Win 1970-1971. AB - Discusses the exploding popularity of short-term group process experiences which have in common the ingredients of relative brevity in duration, high intensity, action orientation, relatively rapid self- and other exploration, and a 'here-and-now' emphasis. They include a variety of formats and approaches, e.g., T-groups, sensitivity training, body awareness techniques, marathon groups with or without clothes, encounter and confrontation groups and combinations of these. It is suggested that psychology is going through 1 of its periodic massive convulsions breaking into new ground, comparable to the intelligence testing movement after World War I, the projective technique boom after World War II, and the burgeoning of psychological approaches in individual and group psychotherapy and counseling in more recent years. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - values & dangers KW - short-term group process experiences KW - 1970 KW - Sensitivity Training KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-02348-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-01941-001 AN - 1973-01941-001 AU - Samuels, Ina T1 - Hippocampal lesions in the rat: Effects on spatial and visual habits. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1972/06// VL - 8 IS - 6 SP - 1093 EP - 1098 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-01941-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Samuels, Ina; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19730201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hippocampus; Spatial Perception; Transfer (Learning); Visual Discrimination. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1972. AB - Trained 85 male Long-Evans rats on spatial and visual discrimination tasks, including acquisition to the nonpreferred stimulus, reversal shifts, and transfer problems (spatial-visual and visual-spatial shifts). 52 Ss then received bilateral anterior and posterior hippocampal lesions. Hippocampal damage had differential effects on spatial and visual habits: small lesions which produced severe impairments on acquisition to the nonpreferred position as well as on position reversal did not disrupt performance on either the acquisition or reversal of brightness habits. Similar effects were evident on transfer tasks: Ss with hippocampal lesions showed deficits on the shift to spatial (but not visual) habits when the positive cue was the nonpreferred stimulus. Results do not support generalized inhibitory theories of hippocampal function, but rather suggest the operation of a specifically spatial factor in the hippocampal deficit. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - bilateral anterior & posterior hippocampal lesions KW - spatial & visual discrimination & stimulus acquisition & reversal shifts & transfer KW - rats KW - 1972 KW - Hippocampus KW - Spatial Perception KW - Transfer (Learning) KW - Visual Discrimination KW - Rats KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(72)90203-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-01941-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-01869-001 AN - 1973-01869-001 AU - Fischer, R. AU - Hill, R. M. T1 - Psychotropic drug-induced transformations of visual space. JF - International Pharmacopsychiatry JO - International Pharmacopsychiatry JA - Int Pharmacopsychiatry Y1 - 1971/// VL - 6 IS - 1 SP - 28 EP - 37 CY - Switzerland PB - S Karger AG SN - 0020-8272 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-01869-001. PMID: 4147903 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fischer, R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Drug Treatment & Research Center, Washington, D.C. Release Date: 19730201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chlorpromazine; Drugs; Illusions (Perception); Psilocybin; Spatial Distortion. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1971. AB - Determined, in an experiment with 15 university students (mean age 23 yr.) with normal visual acuity, that psilocybin (as also reported with glycolates and with D-amphetamine) significantly lowered human spatial-distortion thresholds, interfering with counter-adaptation to optical distortion. Results of a 2nd experiment, testing chlorpromazine with 16 Ss, show that this trophotropic arousal-including drug promoted such counter-adaptation. The interference with optimization was independent of the rate at which the distorting stimulus was presented. It is considered that optimization is a cortical interpretive process while interference with and promotion of optimization are subcortical influences. (23 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psilocybin & chlorpromazine KW - spatial- & optical distortion KW - college students KW - 1971 KW - Chlorpromazine KW - Drugs KW - Illusions (Perception) KW - Psilocybin KW - Spatial Distortion KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-01869-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-01813-001 AN - 1973-01813-001 AU - Mulholland, Thomas B. AU - Gascon, Generoso T1 - A quantitative EEG index of the orienting response in children. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1972/09// VL - 33 IS - 3 SP - 295 EP - 301 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-01813-001. PMID: 4114913 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mulholland, Thomas B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perception Lab., Bedford, Mass. Release Date: 19730201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroencephalography; Orienting Responses. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1972. AB - Illustrates the application of a new method of analysis to the description of EEG response to various stimuli and ocular maneuvers in 24 normal 56-145 mo. old schoolchildren. It was assumed that all responses of the occipital EEG relevant to the orienting response were in the form of a disturbance followed by a recovery of the series of alpha intervals alternating with intervals of little or no alpha. This was evaluated quantitatively under various conditions: eyes opened in darkness, eyes open with steady light, and feedback stimulation in which a stimulus was contingent upon presence or absence of alpha. A quantitative approximation to average disturbance and recovery series was developed and from it an index of orienting which differentiated among age groups was described. It is concluded that these new quantitative methods for evaluating the alpha-attenuation cycle are useful for studying the EGG correlates of the human orienting response. (French summary). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - quantitative EEG index of orienting response KW - 56-145 mo. olds KW - 1972 KW - Electroencephalography KW - Orienting Responses KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(72)90156-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-01813-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-01537-001 AN - 1973-01537-001 AU - Pankratz, Loren AU - Glaudin, Vincent AU - Goodmonson, Courtney T1 - Reliability of the Multiple Affect Adjective Check List. JF - Journal of Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Personality Assessment JA - J Pers Assess Y1 - 1972/08// VL - 36 IS - 4 SP - 371 EP - 373 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0022-3891 SN - 1532-7752 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-01537-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pankratz, Loren; Veterans Administration Hosp., Portland, Ore. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19730201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; College Students; Depression (Emotion); Hostility; Psychiatric Patients. Minor Descriptor: Emotions. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1972. AB - Administered the Multiple Affect Adjective Check List to 192 college students and 94 psychiatric outpatients. The tests were scored on the 3 regular scales (anxiety, depression, and hostility), and a 4th score was formed by adding the 3 scales. All scales were reliable across form and over short intervals. Over larger time intervals the scales indicated greater 'state' changes in the student group than in the psychiatric outpatients. Interscale correlations were high, suggesting that the test may be viewed as a single scale measuring general negative affect arousal. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Multiple Affect Adjective Check List KW - anxiety & depression & hostility KW - college students & psychiatric outpatients KW - 1972 KW - Anxiety KW - College Students KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Hostility KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Emotions KW - 1972 DO - 10.1080/00223891.1972.10119774 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-01537-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-01525-001 AN - 1973-01525-001 AU - Jennings, Floyd L. T1 - A note on the reliability of several belief scales. JF - Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion JO - Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion JA - J Sci Study Relig Y1 - 1972/06// VL - 11 IS - 2 SP - 157 EP - 164 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0021-8294 SN - 1468-5906 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-01525-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jennings, Floyd L.; Veterans Administration Center, Temple, Tex. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19730201. Correction Date: 20151123. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Measurement; Religious Beliefs; Test Reliability. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1972. AB - Presents data concerning item and scale means, standard deviations, item and scale reliability coefficients, and item and scale intercorrelations for the Hogge and Friedman Scriptural Literalism Scale (Form C), the McLean Religious World Views Scale, and the King and Hunt Religious Position Scales. 364 junior college students in Texas served as Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Hogge & Friedman Scriptural Literalism Scale-Form C & McLean Religious World Views Scale & King & Hunt Religious Position Scales KW - item & scale means & standard deviations & reliability coefficients & intercorrelations KW - college students KW - 1972 KW - Measurement KW - Religious Beliefs KW - Test Reliability KW - 1972 DO - 10.2307/1384928 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-01525-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-01521-001 AN - 1973-01521-001 AU - Gocka, Edward F. T1 - Complex chi-squares: Matrix notation and calculation. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1972/06// VL - 30 IS - 3 SP - 743 EP - 746 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1973-01521-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gocka, Edward F.; Veterans Administration Western Research Support Center, Sepulveda, Calif. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19730201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Statistical Analysis. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1972. AB - A matrix formula available for the calculation of complex chi-squares allows several computational variations, each of which requires fewer steps than the standard formula. However, neither the matrix formula nor the associated computational algorithms have been given adequate exposure in statistical texts for the behavioral sciences. The formula is reintroduced, the notation is expanded, and several computational variations are derived. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - matrix formula allowing several computational variations KW - complex chi-square calculation KW - use in behavioral sciences KW - 1972 KW - Statistical Analysis KW - 1972 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1972.30.3.743 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-01521-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-01510-001 AN - 1973-01510-001 AU - DeWolfe, Alan S. AU - Davis, William E. T1 - Pattern analysis and deviation scores in clinical research: Mean scatter revisited. JF - Journal of Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Personality Assessment JA - J Pers Assess Y1 - 1972/08// VL - 36 IS - 4 SP - 307 EP - 313 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0022-3891 SN - 1532-7752 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-01510-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: DeWolfe, Alan S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19730201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Item Analysis (Statistical); Personality Measures; Standard Deviation. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1972. AB - Pattern analysis has considerable potential for personality assessment. Unfortunately, past methods (e.g., peak element scores or analysis of variance for repeated measures) were often found too complex and/or elements could not be analyzed separately. The present authors propose a deviation score method of pattern analysis which yields results independent of group differences in performance and permits analysis of individual elements. Examples are given of the productive use of the method in studies using WAIS subtests, MMPI clinical scales, and physiological measures. This method offers a simple and convenient system for interpreting data from groups with inherent differences in level of performance. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - deviation score method of pattern analysis KW - personality assessment KW - 1972 KW - Item Analysis (Statistical) KW - Personality Measures KW - Standard Deviation KW - 1972 DO - 10.1080/00223891.1972.10119766 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-01510-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-01208-001 AN - 1973-01208-001 AU - Prien, Robert F. AU - Caffey, Eugene M. AU - Klett, C. James T1 - Relationship between serum lithium level and clinical response in acute mania treated with lithium. JF - The British Journal of Psychiatry JO - The British Journal of Psychiatry JA - Br J Psychiatry Y1 - 1972/04// VL - 120 IS - 557 SP - 409 EP - 414 CY - United Kingdom PB - Royal College of Psychiatrists SN - 0007-1250 SN - 1472-1465 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-01208-001. PMID: 4557271 Other Journal Title: Journal of Mental Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Prien, Robert F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Central NP Research Lab., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19730101. Correction Date: 20120611. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Bipolar Disorder; Drug Therapy; Lithium. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1972. AB - In a multihospital study of 255 manic-depressives diagnosed as manic type, lithium or chlorpromazine was given for 3 wk. Withholding the comparative results of the 2 drugs for a future publication, the effects of high- and low-lithium levels for patients of different activity levels are summarized. No advantage was found in serum lithium levels exceeding 1.4 m.Eq/L. Higher levels increased the risk of serious side effects without providing better clinical outcomes. Levels under m.Eq/L were ineffective in treating even mildly disturbed patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lithium treatment & serum lithium levels KW - clinical response in acute mania KW - manic depressives KW - 1972 KW - Bipolar Disorder KW - Drug Therapy KW - Lithium KW - 1972 DO - 10.1192/bjp.120.557.409 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-01208-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-01166-001 AN - 1973-01166-001 AU - Kimbell, Isham AU - Overall, John E. AU - Faibish, George M. AU - Pokorny, Alex D. T1 - Factors influencing response to major tranquilizer medications. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1972/04// VL - 33 IS - 4 SP - 223 EP - 230 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-01166-001. PMID: 5029910 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kimbell, Isham; Veterans Administration Hosp., Dallas, Tex. Release Date: 19730101. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depression (Emotion); Drug Therapy; Neuroleptic Drugs; Phenothiazine Derivatives; Psychiatric Patients. Minor Descriptor: Thought Disturbances. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1972. AB - Studied a sample of 217 psychiatric inpatients who were selected by doctor's choice for treatment with major tranquilizer drugs: phenothiazine (n = 179) or nonphenothiazine type (n = 38). In spite of assignment to a single major class of drug treatment, empirical cluster analysis methods resulted in recognition of 3 distinct phenomenological subtypes within the sample, having significantly different therapeutic outcomes. Patients with thinking disturbance profile patterns responded consistently well to major tranquilizer drugs. Patients with retarded depression or anxious depression profiles responded less well, and responses depended to greater extent on nondrug factors. Results are interpreted as confirming specific indications of antipsychotic drugs and suggest that empirical methods may be useful in sharpening classification concepts for doctor's choice of drug treatment. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - phenothiazine vs. nonphenothiazine type major tranquilizer drugs & nondrug factors KW - thinking disturbance profile pattern vs. retarded depression vs. anxious depression profile psychiatric inpatients KW - 1972 KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Drug Therapy KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Phenothiazine Derivatives KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Thought Disturbances KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-01166-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-01154-001 AN - 1973-01154-001 AU - Hollister, Leo E. AU - Prusmack, John J. AU - Lipscomb, Wendell T1 - Treatment of acute alcohol withdrawal with chlormethiazole (Heminevrin). JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1972/04// VL - 33 IS - 4 SP - 247 EP - 250 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-01154-001. PMID: 5029913 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hollister, Leo E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19730101. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Anticonvulsive Drugs; Drug Therapy; Drug Withdrawal. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1972. AB - 29 patients with mild uncomplicated alcohol withdrawal reactions were treated with chlormethiazole-5(2-chlorethyl)-4 methylthiazole. Maximal daily doses ranged from 3.6-10.8 gm., treatment being limited to a maximum duration of 7 days. Response to treatment was generally favorable, with rapid initial improvement in symptoms followed by a slower progression towards normal. As compared with expectations based on their clinical condition at entry or their response to other forms of drug therapy, Ss reponded equally well or better to chlormethiazole. No complications of note were encountered. Chlormethiazole is worth including in a controlled comparison with other drugs for managing alcohol withdrawal states. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chlormethiazole-5(2-chlorethyl)-4 methylthiazole KW - alcohol withdrawal reactions KW - newly admitted patients with alcohol withdrawal syndrome KW - 1972 KW - Alcoholism KW - Anticonvulsive Drugs KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-01154-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-01153-001 AN - 1973-01153-001 AU - Hollister, Leo E. T1 - Drug therapy: Mental disorders-antianxiety and antidepressant drugs. JF - The New England Journal of Medicine JO - The New England Journal of Medicine JA - N Engl J Med Y1 - 1972/06// VL - 286 IS - 22 SP - 1195 EP - 1199 CY - US PB - Massachusetts Medical Society SN - 0028-4793 SN - 1533-4406 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-01153-001. Other Journal Title: Boston Medical & Surgical Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hollister, Leo E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antidepressant Drugs; Drug Therapy; Tranquilizing Drugs. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1972. AB - Discusses the types, indications, principles of use, efficacy, and side effects of antianxiety and antidepressant drugs. It is stressed that both anxiety and depression are strongly rooted in life experiences, and, despite the wide use of drug therapy, other types of management may take precedence. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - antianxiety & antidepressant drug types & indications & principles of use & efficacy & side effects KW - anxiety & depression KW - 1972 KW - Antidepressant Drugs KW - Drug Therapy KW - Tranquilizing Drugs KW - 1972 DO - 10.1056/NEJM197206012862206 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-01153-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-01086-001 AN - 1973-01086-001 AU - Zurif, E. B. AU - Ramier, A. M. T1 - Some effects of unilateral brain damage on the perception of dichotically presented phoneme sequences and digits. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1972/04// VL - 10 IS - 1 SP - 103 EP - 110 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-01086-001. PMID: 5036283 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zurif, E. B.; Boston Veterans Administration Hosp., Mass. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Auditory Perception; Brain Damage; Speech Perception. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1972. AB - Tested 20 phasic and nonphasic left-brain damaged patients, 20 right-brain damaged patients, and 20 neurologically intact controls on 2 dichotic listening tests. 1 test consisted of spoken digits, and the other of synthetic consonant-vowel syllables. Left-sided lesions produced bilateral decrements in both dichotic listening situations. Right-sided lesions disrupted perception of speech sounds more than they did the processing of spoken words. Results support the theory that left-hemispheric damage interferes with processing of phonological information, while right-hemispheric lesions disrupt the registration of acoustic parameters of speech. (French & German summaries) (21 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perception of dichotically presented phoneme sequences & digits KW - aphasic & nonaphasic left- & right-brain damaged patients KW - 1972 KW - Aphasia KW - Auditory Perception KW - Brain Damage KW - Speech Perception KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(72)90047-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-01086-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CONF ID - 1973-01080-000 AN - 1973-01080-000 AU - Wolff, Kurt T1 - Patterns of self-destruction: Depression and suicide. Y1 - 1970/// CY - Oxford, England PB - Charles C. Thomas N1 - Accession Number: 1973-01080-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wolff, Kurt; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coatesville, Pa. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Book (0200). Format Covered: Print. Book Type: Conference Proceedings. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depression (Emotion); Suicide. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 88. KW - motives & early recognition & prevention & treatment KW - suicide & depression KW - 1970 KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Suicide KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-01080-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-00951-001 AN - 1973-00951-001 AU - Cutter, Fred T1 - Suicide: The wish, the act, and the outcome. JF - Life-Threatening Behavior JO - Life-Threatening Behavior JA - Life Threat Behav Y1 - 1971///Sum 1971 VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 125 EP - 137 CY - US PB - Behavioral Publications SN - 0047-4592 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-00951-001. Other Journal Title: Suicide; Suicide and Life-Threatening Behavior. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cutter, Fred; Veterans Administration Center, Central Research Unit, Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: Guilford Publications; Human Sciences Press, Inc.; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19730101. Correction Date: 20130610. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attempted Suicide; Suicide. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1971. AB - Develops an operational definition of self-destructive motivation. A basic distinction is made among the wish to die, the act of self-injury, and the terminal outcome. A self-injury theory of suicidal phenomena is presented, based on the hypothesis that the individual is seeking a change in his awareness of an unacceptable deprivation. Within this framework, suicidal deaths are conceptualized as terminal outcomes in people whose awareness-changing behavior includes various degrees of self-injurious acts, both with and without awareness of self-destructive potential. Implications for assessment, prevention, and treatment are discussed. (33 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - death wish vs. self-injury act vs. terminal outcome KW - operational definition of self-destructive motivation KW - 1971 KW - Attempted Suicide KW - Suicide KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-00951-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-00596-001 AN - 1973-00596-001 AU - Fozard, James L. AU - Carr, Gordon D. T1 - Age differences and psychological estimates of abilities and skills. JF - Industrial Gerontology JO - Industrial Gerontology Y1 - 1972///Spr 1972 SP - 75 EP - 96 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-00596-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fozard, James L.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Cognitive Processes; Human Information Storage; Memory. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 22. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1972. AB - Presents a critical survey of significant areas in the literature which elicits the conclusion that time differences in skilled performance tend to cancel out when planning and/or reading directions are timed separately. Several studies show that the storing facet of memory may be less affected by aging than the retrieval aspect. (46 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age KW - storing facet vs. retrieval aspect of memory in psychological estimates of abilities & skills KW - 1972 KW - Age Differences KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Human Information Storage KW - Memory KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-00596-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-00539-001 AN - 1973-00539-001 AU - Riege, Walter H. AU - Cherkin, Arthur T1 - One-trial learning in goldfish: Temperature dependence. JF - Behavioral Biology JO - Behavioral Biology JA - Behav Biol Y1 - 1972/04// VL - 7 IS - 2 SP - 255 EP - 263 CY - US PB - Academic Press SN - 0091-6773 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-00539-001. PMID: 5041865 Other Journal Title: Behavioral & Neural Biology; Communications in Behavioral Biology. Part A. Original Articles; Neurobiology of Learning and Memory. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Riege, Walter H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychobiology Research Lab., Sepulveda, Calif. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19730101. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Memory; Shock; Swimming; Temperature Effects. Minor Descriptor: Goldfish. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1972. AB - Taught 2,260 goldfish to suppress their spontaneous upstream swimming into a calm-water well after a single trial punished by brief electric shock. Memory of this suppression was dependent upon water temperature (10, 20, 30 30.); shock level (6, 9, 12, or 24 V); and test interval after shock (.33-1,024 min.). During the 1st 16 min., retention increased with temperature and less so with shock. Retention declined to low levels 1,024 min. after the shock. A biphasic pattern of retention, with a dip at 1 min. after shock, was observed at 10 10. 24-V shock and at 20 20. with 6-, 9-, or 12-V shock but not under conditions of high temperature or shock. The biphasic dip is interpreted as reflecting the partial overlap of 2 phases of memory formation. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - water temperature & shock level & test interval after shock KW - suppression of upstream swimming into calm-water well KW - goldfish KW - 1972 KW - Memory KW - Shock KW - Swimming KW - Temperature Effects KW - Goldfish KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/S0091-6773(72)80204-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-00539-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-00470-001 AN - 1973-00470-001 AU - Walker, Don W. AU - Messer, Linda G. AU - Freund, Gerhard AU - Means, Larry W. T1 - Effect of hippocampal lesions and intertrial interval on single-alternation performance in the rat. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1972/09// VL - 80 IS - 3 SP - 469 EP - 477 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-00470-001. PMID: 5071901 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Walker, Don W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Gainesville, Fla. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebral Cortex; Hippocampus; Operant Conditioning; Reinforcement Schedules. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Trained 7 unoperated male Long-Evans hooded rats and 14 Ss with bilateral hippocampal or cortical lesions made by aspiration on a go, no-go task in which bar presses were reinforced on alternate trials. Performance was evaluated with both latency ratios (latency to 1st response on go trials/latency to 1st response on no-go trials) and response ratios (total responses on no-go trials/total responses on go trials). Ss were trained to criterion at successively increasing durations of ITI (10, 20, 40, and 80 sec.). While Ss with hippocampal lesions acquired the task more rapidly than controls with the initial 10-sec ITI, they were severely impaired when tested with the longer ITIs. (23 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - bilateral hippocampal or cortical lesions made by aspiration KW - go & no-go task with bar pressing reinforced on alternate trials KW - rats KW - 1972 KW - Cerebral Cortex KW - Hippocampus KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Rats KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0032983 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-00470-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-00443-001 AN - 1973-00443-001 AU - Porter, Alan L. T1 - An analytical review of the effects of non-hydrogen-bonding anesthetics on memory processing. JF - Behavioral Biology JO - Behavioral Biology JA - Behav Biol Y1 - 1972/06// VL - 7 IS - 3 SP - 291 EP - 309 CY - US PB - Academic Press SN - 0091-6773 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-00443-001. PMID: 4625111 Other Journal Title: Behavioral & Neural Biology; Communications in Behavioral Biology. Part A. Original Articles; Neurobiology of Learning and Memory. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Porter, Alan L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychobiology Research Lab., Sepulveda, Calif. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19730101. Correction Date: 20130506. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anesthetic Drugs; Drugs; Memory. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 19. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1972. AB - Evaluated the effects of non-hydrogen-bonding anesthetics on memory formation with the aid of a quantitative literature analysis. A given agent effect on memory was a resultant of the variation of many parameters particularly, concentration of inspired anesthetic gas, duration of administration, and time interval between training and anesthetic administration. The non-hydrogen-bonding anesthetics were generally capable of inducing retrograde amnesia, but differences between the memory effects of particular agents (especially nitrous oxide, ether, and carbon dioxide) were marked. The possibility that these memory differences are consequent to an anesthetic dose-dependent pattern of CNS depression or excitation is discussed. (79 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - non-hydrogen-bonding anesthetics KW - memory formation KW - 1972 KW - Anesthetic Drugs KW - Drugs KW - Memory KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/S0091-6773(72)80102-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-00443-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-00365-001 AN - 1973-00365-001 AU - Carey, Robert J. T1 - A neuroanatomical investigation of enhanced cutaneous and gustatory responsivity associated with septal forebrain injury. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1972/09// VL - 80 IS - 3 SP - 449 EP - 457 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-00365-001. PMID: 5071900 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carey, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Drinking Behavior; Cutaneous Sense; Quinine; Saccharin. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Observed enhanced reactivity to cutaneous stimulation (handling and footshock) in 14 male Sprague-Dawley rats sustaining either large septal lesions or medial forebrain bundle ablations at the level of the septum. Cutaneously elicited hyperreactivity was not noted in 7 unoperated controls or 28 Ss with smaller septal lesions placed in the anterior, posterior, or dorsal septum or with lesions in the stria terminalis. All septal ablations but neither the medial forebrain bundle nor the stria terminalis lesions produced a gustatory hyperreactivity in the form of altered intakes of quinine and saccharin solutions. The gustatory hyperreactivity to quinine was clearly maximal in Ss with posterior ventral septal injury. Significantly, this lesion always extended into the medial preoptic nucleus. These results point to different neuroanatomical mechanisms in the septum underlying cutaneous- vs. gustatory-elicited behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - large septal lesions vs. medial forebrain bundle ablations at septum level KW - reactivity to handling & responsivity to quinine & saccharin solutions & footshock KW - rats KW - 1972 KW - Animal Drinking Behavior KW - Cutaneous Sense KW - Quinine KW - Saccharin KW - Rats KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0032969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-00365-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-00318-001 AN - 1973-00318-001 AU - Mulholland, Thomas B. T1 - Occipital alpha revisited. JF - Psychological Bulletin JO - Psychological Bulletin JA - Psychol Bull Y1 - 1972/09// VL - 78 IS - 3 SP - 176 EP - 182 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-2909 SN - 1939-1455 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-00318-001. PMID: 4560786 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mulholland, Thomas B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perception Lab., Bedford, Mass. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alpha Rhythm; Electroencephalography. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - The human occipital EEG is describable quantitatively as an alternation between alpha and little or no alpha. This alternation is termed the alpha-attenuation cycle. Previous descriptions of the occipital alpha rhythms were based on the assumptions of singularity of the response of the EEG alpha rhythm and functional equivalence of all alpha and all intervals of alpha attenuation. Both of these assumptions are critically evaluated against previous experimental evidence. A new interpretation is presented which considers the response of the occipital alpha rhythms as a time series, not a singular response. All 'alpha' events are not functionally equivalent, nor are all 'no-alpha' events. Their position in the time series must be considered. (29 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - assumptions of response singularity & of attenuation intervals functional equivalence KW - consideration of occipital EEG alpha rhythm response as time series KW - 1972 KW - Alpha Rhythm KW - Electroencephalography KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0032962 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-00318-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-00299-001 AN - 1973-00299-001 AU - Hersen, Michel T1 - Nightmare behavior: A review. JF - Psychological Bulletin JO - Psychological Bulletin JA - Psychol Bull Y1 - 1972/07// VL - 78 IS - 1 SP - 37 EP - 48 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-2909 SN - 1939-1455 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-00299-001. PMID: 4339424 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hersen, Michel; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Literature Review; Nightmares; Physiological Correlates. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Reviews objective reports, surveys, observations, and studies relating to nightmare behavior. Physiological correlates of nightmares including the relationship of homeostatic imbalances and production of nightmares are examined. Investigations are criticized on the basis of inadequate numbers of Ss, absence of controls, excessive reliance on self-reports, poor reliability and validity, and lack of experimental control over independent variable under study. Possible improvements in existing methodology are considered, and suggestions for further research are offered. Psychogenic theories accounting for production of nightmare dreams are reviewed. In addition, recent applications of behavioral methodology to treatment of pathological nightmare behavior are surveyed. (49 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nightmare behavior & physiological correlates KW - review of objective reports & surveys & observations & studies KW - 1972 KW - Literature Review KW - Nightmares KW - Physiological Correlates KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0032960 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-00299-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-00144-001 AN - 1973-00144-001 AU - Paul, R. G. AU - Barry, S. J. T1 - Observations on the effect of contralateral noise on intensive differential sensitivity. JF - Acta Oto-Laryngologica JO - Acta Oto-Laryngologica JA - Acta Otolaryngol Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 73 IS - 5 SP - 379 EP - 386 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0001-6489 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-00144-001. PMID: 5031965 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Paul, R. G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Durham, N.C. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Masking; Auditory Stimulation; Auditory Thresholds. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: May, 1972. AB - Tested the hypothesis that a contralaterally presented thermal noise would affect the magnitude of the DL for intensity (DLI) differently depending on whether the background was continuous or discontinuous. In Exp. I, intensity DLs were obtained on 8 normal hearing young adult Ss at 500 and 4,000 Hz. using 2 temporally different stimulus patterns in quiet and in the presence of noise. The DLI was found to be influenced by the noise, but whether the DLI became larger or smaller appeared at 1st to be dependent on the temporal pattern of the measurement stimulus. Exp. II, however, established that the effect of a contralateral noise on DLI magnitude may be more related to the proximity of background onset to increment onset than to the temporal nature of the background per se. (German summary) (24 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - contralaterally presented thermal noise with continuous vs. discontinuous background KW - magnitude of DL for intensity KW - normal adults KW - 1972 KW - Auditory Masking KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Auditory Thresholds KW - 1972 DO - 10.3109/00016487209138955 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-00144-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-32088-001 AN - 1972-32088-001 AU - Bernhardt, Alan J. AU - Hersen, Michel T1 - Measurement and modification of spasmodic torticollis: An experimental analysis. JF - Behavior Therapy JO - Behavior Therapy JA - Behav Ther Y1 - 1972/04// VL - 3 IS - 2 SP - 294 EP - 297 CY - US PB - Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy SN - 0005-7894 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-32088-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bernhardt, Alan J.; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19721201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Feedback; Films; Muscles; Teaching; Television. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1972. AB - Used a horizontal grid placed over a videotape television monitor to precisely define and measure the incidence of torticollis. Effects of instructions and negative feedback in modifying percentage of spasmodic torticollis were also examined in an experimental single case design with a 50-yr-old male patient. Application of negative feedback resulted in a significant decrease in percentage of torticollis per 10-min session. Instructions, however, did not diminish percentage of torticollis, but appeared to result in greater variability of performance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - measurement using horizontal grid over videotaped television monitor & instructions & negative feedback KW - spasmodic torticollis KW - 1972 KW - Feedback KW - Films KW - Muscles KW - Teaching KW - Television KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/S0005-7894(72)80094-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-32088-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-32023-001 AN - 1972-32023-001 AU - Fields, Francis R. T1 - Relative effects of brain damage on the Wechsler memory and intelligence quotients. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 32 IS - 10 SP - 673 EP - 675 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-32023-001. PMID: 5146424 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fields, Francis R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Neuropsychology Perception Lab., East Orange, N.J. Release Date: 19721201. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Intelligence Quotient; Memory; Patients; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1971. AB - 126 brain-damaged male patients (19-65 yr. old) were administered the Wechsler Memory Scale (Form I) and the WAIS. Results show memory quotient-IQ correlation at p < .001, and imply that, although clinicians may expect a reasonably accurate IQ estimate from the WAIS, it would be grossly misleading to accept scores on the memory tests as estimates of memory. A brief conceptualization is presented, in terms of Pavlovian notions of cortical analyzers, of the problem of separating memory from intelligence. (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Wechsler Memory Scale & WAIS KW - brain damage KW - patients KW - 1971 KW - Brain Damage KW - Intelligence Quotient KW - Memory KW - Patients KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-32023-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-31935-001 AN - 1972-31935-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - Roles of impression management in the interview, self-report, and cognitive behavior of schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1972/06// VL - 38 IS - 3 SP - 452 EP - 456 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-31935-001. PMID: 4402352 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interviews; Learning; Schizophrenia; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Symptoms. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Interview. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Attempted to determine which types of behavior serve as manipulative impression-management tools among schizophrenics. 3 groups of male open-ward inpatient schizophrenics were either (a) implicitly threatened with a return to the closed ward, (b) threatened with discharge, or (c) given neutral instructions. Differential instructions did not affect interview or cognitive behavior indexes, but apparently did lead to manipulation on the MMPI Hypochondriasis and Psychasthenia scales. An attempt to determine which subgroups of schizophrenics tend to engage in such manipulatory behavior was unproductive. (20 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - interview & self-report & cognitive behavior KW - roles of impression management KW - schizophrenics KW - 1972 KW - Interviews KW - Learning KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment KW - Symptoms KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0032921 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-31935-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-31921-001 AN - 1972-31921-001 AU - Hersen, Michel AU - Levine, Jacob AU - Church, Alan T1 - Parameters of the spiral after-effect in organics, schizophrenics, and normals. JF - The Journal of Genetic Psychology: Research and Theory on Human Development JO - The Journal of Genetic Psychology: Research and Theory on Human Development JA - J Genet Psychol Y1 - 1972/06// VL - 120 IS - 2 SP - 177 EP - 187 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-1325 SN - 1940-0896 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-31921-001. Other Journal Title: The Pedagogical Seminary; The Pedagogical Seminary and Journal of Genetic Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hersen, Michel; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19721201. Correction Date: 20100823. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimental Instructions; Mental Disorders; Perceptual Aftereffect; Schizophrenia; Visual Perception. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1972. AB - Attempted to obtain parametric data for the perception, duration, and latency of the spiral aftereffect (SAE) in 20 organic, 20 schizophrenic, and 20 normal (i.e., medical) patients under neutral and structured instructional sets and in a natural (regular) and tachistoscopic presentation. Findings indicate that the performance of the organics was significantly inferior to that of the schizophrenics and normals under both instructional sets and presentation conditions. The performance of the schizophrenics was significantly inferior to that of the normals. Contrary to previous studies, the structured instructional set failed to facilitate reporting of the SAE for any group. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - spiral aftereffect perception & duration & latency KW - neutral vs. structured instructional sets & natural vs. tachistoscopic presentation KW - organic vs. schizophrenic vs. normal patients KW - 1972 KW - Experimental Instructions KW - Mental Disorders KW - Perceptual Aftereffect KW - Schizophrenia KW - Visual Perception KW - 1972 DO - 10.1080/00221325.1972.10532231 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-31921-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-31696-001 AN - 1972-31696-001 AU - Dewolfe, Alan S. AU - Barrell, Robert P. AU - Conte, Paul AU - Klein, Jack T1 - Group-oriented activity and the change in teamwork of chronic psychotic patients. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 154 IS - 5 SP - 363 EP - 367 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-31696-001. PMID: 5026882 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dewolfe, Alan S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Downey, Ill. Release Date: 19721201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Occupational Therapy; Psychosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: May, 1972. AB - Assessed the effects of group-oriented structured swimming periods on teamwork of the same groups in gymnasium and occupational therapy (OT) settings. The hypotheses were that longer structured group experience would enhance teamwork, and that teamwork would be more apparent in more similar situations. 30 chronic psychotic patients were divided into 3 groups which, after subject attrition, had the following composition: (a) 10 Ss receiving long-term group activity, (b) 7 Ss receiving short-term (3-mo) structured activity, and (c) 8 Ss receiving unstructured swims. Teamwork in gymnasium and OT was rated by 3 judges. Findings show significantly more teamwork in the gymnasium than OT setting (p < .05) and in the long-term group than in the other 2 groups (p < .05). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - teamwork in gymnasium & occupational therapy KW - long- & short-term structured group activity & unstructured swims KW - chronic psychotic patients KW - 1972 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Occupational Therapy KW - Psychosis KW - 1972 DO - 10.1097/00005053-197205000-00005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-31696-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-31672-001 AN - 1972-31672-001 AU - Sturm, Israel E. T1 - A model for the delineation of the psychotherapeutic intervention. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 154 IS - 5 SP - 332 EP - 343 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-31672-001. PMID: 5026880 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sturm, Israel E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Clinical Research Psychology, Northport, N.Y. Release Date: 19721201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Feedback; Models; Psychodiagnosis; Psychotherapy; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: May, 1972. AB - Presents a composite model for what takes place in psychotherapy using a synthesis of divergent views. Diagnosis is described in terms of empathy, personality description, and psychodiagnosis. Treatment is seen as consisting of expression, feedback and information, instruction, and practice. Goals of therapy are described as providing for general excitement, general relaxation, participating in meaningful social rhythms, and freedom from aversiveness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - delineation of psychotherapeutic intervention KW - composite model using synthesis of divergent views related to diagnosis & treatment & goals KW - 1972 KW - Feedback KW - Models KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Psychotherapy KW - Treatment KW - 1972 DO - 10.1097/00005053-197205000-00002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-31672-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-31605-001 AN - 1972-31605-001 AU - Amster, Walter W. AU - Love, Russell J. AU - Menzel, Otto J. AU - Sandler, Jack AU - Sculthorpe, William B. AU - Gross, Florence M. T1 - Psychosocial factors and speech after laryngectomy. JF - Journal of Communication Disorders JO - Journal of Communication Disorders JA - J Commun Disord Y1 - 1972/03// VL - 5 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 18 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0021-9924 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-31605-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Amster, Walter W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Miami, Fla. Release Date: 19721201. Correction Date: 20130415. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Anxiety; Auditory Perception; Intelligence; Verbal Communication. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1972. AB - Tested 38 male veterans (20 laryngectomized speakers, 10 with surgery for nonlaryngeal malignancy, and 8 without history of malignancy) for intelligence, anxiety level, achievement motive, aspiration level, frustration tolerance, and hearing. Each S was also seen for social service interviewing. Speech intelligibility scores (phonetically balanced and sentences) and history information were obtained for the laryngectomized. After a 3-yr interval the variable, months after surgery, and its relationship to speech intelligibility and social adjustment was evaluated in 18 of the laryngectomized Ss. None of the psychosocial variables, including the social adjustment data, clearly differentiated the 3 groups, or the laryngectomized Ss with respect to speech intelligibility. Within the laryngectomized group, achievement motive, anxiety level, months after surgery, education, and verbal intelligence revealed low positive correlations with speech intelligibility. No significant gains in speech intelligibility were noted after a 24-mo postoperative period. (43 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - speech intelligibility KW - intelligence & anxiety level & achievement motive & aspiration level & frustration tolerance & hearing KW - veterans with laryngectomies vs. surgery for nonlaryngeal malignancy vs. no malignancy KW - 1972 KW - Adjustment KW - Anxiety KW - Auditory Perception KW - Intelligence KW - Verbal Communication KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/0021-9924(72)90024-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-31605-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-30899-001 AN - 1972-30899-001 AU - Pare, William P. T1 - Conditioning and avoidance responding effects on gastric secretion in the rat with chronic fistula. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1972/07// VL - 80 IS - 1 SP - 150 EP - 162 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-30899-001. PMID: 5065153 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pare, William P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pavlovian Research Lab., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Conditioning; Digestive System; Shock; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Conducted 3 experiments with a total of 42 male Long-Evans rats. Base-line data was obtained by collecting gastric juice from Ss with chronic gastric fistula (CSF). Results show the hourly volume of gastric secretion decreased over the 23-hr period, whereas free and total acid increased. When Ss were given a 2-hr shock-stress period, secretion was inhibited during this period and higher volumes were obtained during 2-hr pre- and poststress periods. The same gastric secretory inhibition occurred during conditioning test trials in which shock was omitted. When Ss were trained on a Sidman avoidance task, hourly avoidance work sessions were characterized by a decrease in volume of gastric secretion and an increase in total acid. Results are discussed in terms of the psychological etiology of gastrointestinal lesions. (35 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - gastric secretion KW - conditioning & avoidance responding & shock-stress period KW - rat with chronic fistula KW - 1972 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Conditioning KW - Digestive System KW - Shock KW - Stress KW - Rats KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0032837 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-30899-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-30803-001 AN - 1972-30803-001 AU - Meinecke, Richard O. AU - Cherkin, Arthur T1 - Failure of ethanol or pentobarbital to suppress fighting in the pit gamecock (Gallus gallus). JF - Psychopharmacologia JO - Psychopharmacologia Y1 - 1972/// VL - 25 IS - 2 SP - 189 EP - 194 CY - Germany PB - Springer N1 - Accession Number: 1972-30803-001. PMID: 5065514 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Meinecke, Richard O.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychobiology Research Lab., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19721201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Alcohols; Drugs; Tranquilizing Drugs. Minor Descriptor: Birds. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1972. AB - Treated 16 pairs of aggression-trained pit gamecocks (Gallus gallus) with (a) 40 or 60 mg/kg pentobarbital, intramuscularly; (b) 10-30 ml/kg of 33% v/v ethanol, by gastric intubation; or (c) ethanol plus immobilization. Pairs of treated Ss were allowed to recover together in 1 cage. Fighting behavior occurred immediately upon recovery of the 2nd S of each pair. Thus, recovery from anesthesia in pairs failed to attenuate aggressive behavior in the gamecock and is contrary to the marked attenuation previously observed in the male rabbit. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethanol & pentobarbital KW - fighting behavior KW - pit gamecock KW - 1972 KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Alcohols KW - Drugs KW - Tranquilizing Drugs KW - Birds KW - 1972 DO - 10.1007/BF00423197 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-30803-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-30589-001 AN - 1972-30589-001 AU - Sterman, M. B. AU - Lucas, E. A. AU - Macdonald, L. R. T1 - Periodicity within sleep and operant performance in the cat. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1972/// VL - 38 IS - 2 SP - 327 EP - 341 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-30589-001. PMID: 4337625 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sterman, M. B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Neuropsychology Research Lab., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19721201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Stimulation; Electrical Activity; Rapid Eye Movement; Sleep. Minor Descriptor: Cats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: 1972. AB - Measured and compared periodicity in physiological patterns during sleep and in rate of performance during wakefulness in 4 separate experiments. 20 cats which had chronically implanted electrodes for recording and positive brain stimulation served as Ss. Measurements of the periodicity within sleep (the REM cycle) and waking (performance cycle) were based on specification of strict criteria for base line states. The concept of a basic rest-activity cycle, proposed originally by Kleitman, was supported by the data. This cycle was attributed to a caudal brainstem mechanism which functions as a neural pacemaker sensitive to the rate of tissue metabolism. Its manifestations in sleep and wakefulness are ascribed to the interaction between brainstem and forebrain structures. (30 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chronically implanted electrodes & positive brain stimulation KW - periodicity in physiological patterns during sleep & rate of performance during wakefulness KW - cat KW - 1972 KW - Brain Stimulation KW - Electrical Activity KW - Rapid Eye Movement KW - Sleep KW - Cats KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(72)90716-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-30589-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-30231-001 AN - 1972-30231-001 AU - Zurif, Edgar B. AU - Mendelsohn, Marlene T1 - Hemispheric specialization for the perception of speech sounds: The influence of intonation and structure. JF - Perception & Psychophysics JO - Perception & Psychophysics JA - Percept Psychophys Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 11 IS - 5 SP - 329 EP - 332 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0031-5117 SN - 1532-5962 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-30231-001. Other Journal Title: Attention, Perception, & Psychophysics. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zurif, Edgar B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19721201. Correction Date: 20110110. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Grammar; Lateral Dominance; Neurology; Speech Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1972. AB - Investigated the effect of various cues to phrase structure upon the hemispherically lateralized processing of phonetic structure. Meaningless sequences were paried for dichotic presentation and were delivered to 48 right-handed male psychology students under structured and semistructured conditions. Dichotic sequences contained the same nonsense syllable stems, English bound morphemes, and English function words, and were grammatically ordered. Structured sequences were characterized by the acoustic correlates of constituent structure, while semistructured were delivered in a monotone. A significant right-ear superiority was observed in the structured but not the semistructured condition. These perceptual laterality differences are discussed in relation to cerebral dominance for language and to speech processing. (20 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hemispheric specialization for speech sound perception KW - intonation & structures KW - 1972 KW - Grammar KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Neurology KW - Speech Perception KW - 1972 DO - 10.3758/BF03206262 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-30231-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-29536-001 AN - 1972-29536-001 AU - Goldstein, Gerald AU - Shelly, Carolyn H. T1 - Statistical and normative studies of the Halstead Neuropsychological Test Battery relevant to a neuropsychiatric hospital setting. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1972/04// VL - 34 IS - 2 SP - 603 EP - 620 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-29536-001. PMID: 5021813 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Gerald; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19721101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Differential Diagnosis; Language; Perception; Problem Solving. Minor Descriptor: Test Battery. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1972. AB - Performed a series of studies to evaluate the usefulness of the Halstead Neuropsychological Test Battery with 619 neuropsychiatric patients. Factor analysis of the battery showed that it measured language, perceptual, complex problem-solving, and motor skills. Utilizing stepwise discriminant analysis the battery discriminated between brain-damaged and non-brain-damaged Ss at a statistically significant level. However, a simpler index, the Average Impairment Rating, did as well in terms of percentage of correct classifications. Also, through the use of stepwise multiple discriminant analysis, the battery discriminated among Ss with lateralized, diffuse, and no brain damage at statistically significant levels, with the exception that it could not discriminate between Ss with right-hemisphere lesions and those with diffuse lesions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Halstead Neuropsychological Test Battery KW - language & perceptual & complex problem-solving & motor skill measurement & differential diagnosis KW - neuropsychiatric patients KW - 1972 KW - Brain Damage KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Language KW - Perception KW - Problem Solving KW - Test Battery KW - 1972 DO - 10.2466/pms.1972.34.2.603 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-29536-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-29380-001 AN - 1972-29380-001 AU - Gross, William F. AU - Elton, Charles F. T1 - The prediction of 16 PF test scores by educational level and drinking experience. JF - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JO - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JA - J Psychol Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 81 IS - 1 SP - 89 EP - 96 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-3980 SN - 1940-1019 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-29380-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gross, William F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lexington, Ky. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19721101. Correction Date: 20140303. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Alcohols; Educational Background; Personality Measures; Prediction. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: May, 1972. AB - Investigated the relationship between experience with drinking, number of years of formal education, and scores on the 16 PF, using a 3 3 multivariate analysis of variance design. Ss consisted of 104 patients in an alcoholic treatment program at a veterans administration hospital. Because of a significant interaction effect, the findings did not support the assumption of a simple linear relationship between scores on the 16 PF and either drinking experience or level of education. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 16 PF score prediction KW - educational level & drinking experience KW - patients in alcoholic treatment program KW - 1972 KW - Alcoholism KW - Alcohols KW - Educational Background KW - Personality Measures KW - Prediction KW - 1972 DO - 10.1080/00223980.1972.9923793 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-29380-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-29348-001 AN - 1972-29348-001 AU - Rumbaut, Ruben D. T1 - The first psychiatric hospital of the Western world. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1972/04// VL - 128 IS - 10 SP - 1305 EP - 1309 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-29348-001. PMID: 4552205 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rumbaut, Ruben D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19721101. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: History of Psychology; Institutionalization; Mental Disorders; Psychiatric Patients; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1972. AB - Traces the history of institutions designed to treat mental illness sympathetically. Although the historical beginnings of genuine psychiatric hospital treatment are still controversial, evidence is accumulating that the 1st in the Western world was founded in Spain during the 15th century. One opened in 1410 by Father Juan Gilabert Jofre, a Mercedarian friar, and a group of concerned citizens of Valencia is described. The hospital is still in operation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - treatment of mental illness KW - history of institutions KW - Spain 1410 KW - 1972 KW - History of Psychology KW - Institutionalization KW - Mental Disorders KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Treatment KW - 1972 DO - 10.1176/ajp.128.10.1305 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-29348-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-29267-001 AN - 1972-29267-001 AU - O'Connell, Walter E. T1 - Frankl, Adler, and spirituality. JF - Journal of Religion and Health JO - Journal of Religion and Health JA - J Relig Health Y1 - 1972/04// VL - 11 IS - 2 SP - 134 EP - 138 CY - US PB - Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers SN - 0022-4197 SN - 1573-6571 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-29267-001. PMID: 24414682 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Connell, Walter E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19721101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Religion. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1972. AB - Reports a paper given by the author, then President of the American Society of Adlerian Psychology, at the 1970 Alfred Adler Centennial. It is contended that Frankl misunderstands Adler and is not justified in creating his 'Third Viennese School of Psychotherapy.' Specifically, Adler's will to power, social interest, and use of humor in therapy are misunderstood. By power, it is stated, Adler did not imply raw aggression or crass force, but rather self-esteem related to social interest. Social interest is not identical with social conformity, as Frankl argues. Frankl's 'spirituality' is viewed as identical with Adlerian social interest a striving toward completion that has very little to do with the theological meaning of the term. While Frankl has attracted many clergy by employing this term, it is alleged that he has also misinterpreted Adler's theory and that logotherapy 'offers no advances beyond traditional Adlerian psychotherapy.' Frankl is seen as an orthodox tutor who lectures to people, while Adler wanted clients to discover themselves through social interaction. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Frankl's misunderstanding of Adler's concepts of will to power & social interest & humor in therapy KW - meaning of spirituality KW - 1972 KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Religion KW - 1972 DO - 10.1007/BF01533215 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-29267-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-29028-001 AN - 1972-29028-001 AU - Poe, Charles A. AU - Mills, David H. T1 - Interpersonal attraction, popularity, similarity of personal needs, and psychological awareness. JF - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JO - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JA - J Psychol Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 81 IS - 1 SP - 139 EP - 149 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-3980 SN - 1940-1019 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-29028-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Poe, Charles A.; Veterans Administration Center, Hampton, Va. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19721101. Correction Date: 20140303. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interpersonal Attraction; Needs; Self-Perception; Social Approval; Social Perception. Classification: Social Psychology (3000). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: May, 1972. AB - 67 undergraduate females associated with a campus sorority served as Ss in a study to measure variables, e.g., interpersonal attraction, popularity, and personal needs. Interpersonal attraction was found to be significantly related to similarity of personal needs and to awareness of others. The popularity of a S was not related to her personal needs or to her self-awareness. Interpersonal attraction was more related to similarity of needs between a S and a peer than to the needs of the perceived peer. The interpersonally attractive person, as specified by a unique pattern of personal needs, may not exist, since it appeared that interpersonal attraction was more related to an interactive social process, the similarity of needs. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - interpersonal attraction & popularity KW - similarity of personal needs & psychological awareness KW - female college student sorority members KW - 1972 KW - Interpersonal Attraction KW - Needs KW - Self-Perception KW - Social Approval KW - Social Perception KW - 1972 DO - 10.1080/00223980.1972.9923800 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-29028-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-28664-001 AN - 1972-28664-001 AU - Freund, Gerhard AU - Walker, Don W. T1 - The effect of aging on acquisition and retention of shuttle box avoidance in mice. JF - Life Sciences JO - Life Sciences JA - Life Sci Y1 - 1971/12// VL - 10 IS - 23, Pt. 1 SP - 1343 EP - 1349 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0024-3205 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-28664-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freund, Gerhard; Veterans Administration Hosp., Gainesville, Fla. Release Date: 19721101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Physiological Aging; Retention. Minor Descriptor: Mice. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1971. AB - Shuttle box learning in mice declined with advancing age from 3-15 mo. The retention of this task decreased progressively with increasing acquisition-retention time intervals from 3-12 mo. This progressive impairment with time was demonstrable when the age at retention testing was constant (15 mo.) as well as when the age at acquisition was constant (3 mo.). Therefore, the progressive impairment of retention with advancing age could not be explained by impaired acquisition which occurs with advancing age. The rate of forgetting was similar at 3-9 mo. and 9-15 mo. It is concluded that retention decreases only proportionately to the acquisition-retention time interval and is not accelerated by the effects of aging per se. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - shuttle box avoidance acquisition & retention KW - aging KW - mouse KW - 1971 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Physiological Aging KW - Retention KW - Mice KW - 1971 DO - 10.1016/0024-3205(71)90334-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-28664-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-28662-001 AN - 1972-28662-001 AU - Clay-Finley, Anne T1 - The effects of length of vacation on free operant avoidance. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1971/08// VL - 24 IS - 3 SP - 115 EP - 117 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-28662-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Clay-Finley, Anne; Veterans Administration Hosp., Miami, Fla. Release Date: 19721101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Conditioning; Shock; Time. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1971. AB - Investigated postvacation effects on response and shock rates of 3 naive male hooded rats in a maintained nondiscriminated avoidance paradigm. Response rates increased and shock rates decreased following 1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, and 6-day vacations from daily scheduled 6-hr sessions. Vacations of 4 and 6 days had more pronounced effects than those of 1, 2, or 3 days. Increase in avoidance rate was attributed to a positive contrast effect arising from the scheduling of extra nonavoidance sessions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - response & shock rates in free operant avoidance KW - length of vacation from daily training sessions KW - rat KW - 1971 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Conditioning KW - Shock KW - Time KW - Rats KW - 1971 DO - 10.3758/BF03331780 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-28662-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-28625-001 AN - 1972-28625-001 AU - Freeman, Betty J. AU - Ray, Oakley S. T1 - Strain, sex, and environment effects on appetitively and aversively motivated learning tasks. JF - Developmental Psychobiology JO - Developmental Psychobiology JA - Dev Psychobiol Y1 - 1972/// VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 101 EP - 109 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0012-1630 SN - 1098-2302 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-28625-001. PMID: 4671402 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freeman, Betty J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Nashville, Tenn. Release Date: 19721101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Food Intake; Genetics; Motivation; Rat Learning. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1972. AB - Reared 40 Zivic-Miller and 60 F344/f Mai strain female rats in either an enriched or isolated environment for 60 or 27 days. At maturity, independent groups of Ss were tested on both appetitively and aversively motivated learning tasks. Results indicate that the effects of early rearing conditions on later behavior were both task and strain specific. Passive avoidance and appetitively motivated tasks were more sensitive to the early experience variable whereas active avoidance tasks were more sensitive to the genetic variable. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - appetitively & aversively motivated learning tasks KW - strain & sex & environment effects KW - rat KW - 1972 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Food Intake KW - Genetics KW - Motivation KW - Rat Learning KW - Rats KW - 1972 DO - 10.1002/dev.420050203 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-28625-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-28526-001 AN - 1972-28526-001 AU - Cullen, Joseph W. T1 - Sodium intake in the Mongolian gerbil (Meriones unguiculatus) consequent to subcutaneous formalin injections. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1972/03// VL - 26 IS - 5 SP - 279 EP - 282 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-28526-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cullen, Joseph W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pavlovian Research Lab., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19721101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biochemistry; Drugs; Food Deprivation; Water Intake. Minor Descriptor: Animals. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1972. AB - Gave 60 male gerbils subcutaneous injections of formalin (.025, .25, 2.5 ml.) or saline. Gerbils, like rats, responded to formalin injections with a dramatic but transitory increase in NaCl drinking. Unlike rats, this polydipsic response did not reach maximum for at least 72 hr., was not dose-related, and did not occur with repeated testing. Since the adrenalectomized gerbil has already been shown to respond differently to NaCl than the adrenalectomized rat, these results are not particularly surprising. However, the fact that the saline injected Ss also increased NaCl ingestion is perplexing. The sodium reservoir hypothesis and electrolyte metabolism stability in desert mammals may explain some of these findings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - subcutaneous formalin injections KW - sodium intake KW - gerbils KW - 1972 KW - Biochemistry KW - Drugs KW - Food Deprivation KW - Water Intake KW - Animals KW - 1972 DO - 10.3758/BF03328618 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-28526-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-28516-001 AN - 1972-28516-001 AU - Angel, Charles AU - Bounds, Hugh M. AU - Perry, Alton T1 - A comparison of the effects of halothane on blood-brain barrier and memory consolidation. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 33 IS - 2 SP - 87 EP - 93 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-28516-001. PMID: 5062576 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Angel, Charles; Veterans Administration Center, Biloxi, Miss. Release Date: 19721101. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blood; Brain; Drugs; Memory Consolidation. Minor Descriptor: Mice. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Investigated the effects of exposure to halothane anesthesia at 2 different concentrations on (a) memory in 45 male Swiss-Webster mice subjected to a 1-trial passive avoidance learning procedure, and (b) blood-brain barrier in 45 female Sprague-Dawley rats. Findings clearly show a parallel relationship between the degree of disruption of brain barrier function and the trend toward amnesia production by different concentrations of halothane. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - halothane KW - blood-brain barrier & memory consolidation KW - mouse KW - 1972 KW - Blood KW - Brain KW - Drugs KW - Memory Consolidation KW - Mice KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-28516-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-28118-001 AN - 1972-28118-001 AU - Davidson, Robert S. AU - Streeb, R. David AU - Bremser, Robert T1 - A multi-purpose relay rack. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1972/04// VL - 34 IS - 2 SP - 475 EP - 478 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-28118-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davidson, Robert S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Miami, Fla. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19721101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1972. AB - Describes an extended 9-ft relay rack and the electromechanical components with which it might be equipped for maximal efficiency, functional utility, and flexibility. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - multipurpose relay rack KW - electromechanical components KW - 1972 KW - Apparatus KW - 1972 DO - 10.2466/pms.1972.34.2.475 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-28118-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-28089-001 AN - 1972-28089-001 AU - Cicchetti, Domenic V. T1 - Extension of multiple-range tests to interaction tables in the analysis of variance: A rapid approximate solution. JF - Psychological Bulletin JO - Psychological Bulletin JA - Psychol Bull Y1 - 1972/06// VL - 77 IS - 6 SP - 405 EP - 408 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-2909 SN - 1939-1455 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-28089-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cicchetti, Domenic V.; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Factor Analysis; Statistical Analysis; Testing. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Discusses the application of multiple-range tests to means derived from the 1-way analysis of variance, in which none of the possible contrasts is confounded. Often, however, it is ncessary to compare Ms in an interaction table derived from a factorial analysis of variance. In this case, the only unconfounded comparisons are those made within rows and columns. An approximate solution is described that adjusts the number of treatments by basing the q statistic upon the number of unconfounded comparisons only. The solution is then applied, using actual data, (a) when only the K(K-1)/2 contrasts are desired (the method of J. Tukey), and (b) when all possible contracts are desired (the method of H. Sheffe). The Duncan and Newman-Keuls tests are deemphasized, since research demonstrates these tests fail to control adequately for Type I error. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - multiple-range tests KW - extension to interaction tables in analysis of variance KW - 1972 KW - Factor Analysis KW - Statistical Analysis KW - Testing KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0032673 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-28089-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-27806-001 AN - 1972-27806-001 AU - Kaye, Robert A. T1 - A required counseling study skills program for failing college freshmen. JF - Journal of College Student Personnel JO - Journal of College Student Personnel Y1 - 1972/03// VL - 13 IS - 2 SP - 159 EP - 162 CY - US PB - ACPA Executive Office N1 - Accession Number: 1972-27806-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of College Student Development. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kaye, Robert A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., North Little Rock, Ark. Release Date: 19721001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: College Academic Achievement; Counseling; Educational Counseling; School Dropouts. Classification: Educational Psychology (3500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1972. AB - Studied the effectiveness of a particular program on 36 freshmen at a northeastern university who were doing poorly academically after their 1st semester. Ss were matched in 2 groups of 18, 1 of which received individual counseling, group guidance, and study skills training. The other served as control. It was observed that the experimental group obtained a significantly higher GPA at the end of the 2nd semester than did the students in the control group. The probability of academic continuance proved to be dependent on whether or not the S participated in the combined treatment program. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - individual counseling & group guidance & study skills program KW - GPA & probability of academic continuance KW - failing college freshmen KW - 1972 KW - College Academic Achievement KW - Counseling KW - Educational Counseling KW - School Dropouts KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-27806-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-27624-001 AN - 1972-27624-001 AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Soeldner, Carol AU - Fedio, Paul T1 - Comparison of parietal and frontal lobe spatial deficits in man: Extrapersonal vs. personal (egocentric) space. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 27 EP - 34 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-27624-001. PMID: 5011837 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Butters, Nelson; Boston Veterans Administration Hosp., Mass. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19721001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Spatial Perception. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Tested a total of 48 patients with left-frontal, right-parietal, or right or left temporal-lobe damage on 2 spatial tasks involving personal or extrapersonal spatial rotations. Results indicate a lesion-space dichotomy: left-frontal Ss were the most impaired group on the personal spatial task while right-parietal Ss were most impaired on the extrapersonal spatial test. Temporal-lobe Ss had little if any difficulty with either task. Data support the hypothesis that the frontal and parietal regions mediate qualitatively different spatial capacities. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personal & extrapersonal spatial rotations KW - patients with left-frontal vs. right parietal vs. right or left temporal lobe damage KW - 1972 KW - Brain Damage KW - Spatial Perception KW - 1972 DO - 10.2466/pms.1972.34.1.27 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-27624-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-27532-001 AN - 1972-27532-001 AU - Vanderkamp, Harry T1 - Clinical anomalies in patients with schizophrenia. JF - Experimental Medicine & Surgery JO - Experimental Medicine & Surgery JA - Exp Med Surg Y1 - 1970/// VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 291 EP - 293 SN - 0014-4878 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-27532-001. PMID: 5525358 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Vanderkamp, Harry; Veterans Administration Hosp., Battle Creek, Mich. Release Date: 19721001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biochemistry; Metabolism; Physiology; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Drug Therapy. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Based on a review of the literature, it is noted that physical examination usually does not reveal any characteristic organic disorder, although presence of some abnormal metabolic process may be detected. 4 anomalies are briefly discussed in terms of their relationship to the metabolic cycle of catecholamines and their interactions with therapeutic agents: (a) Schizophrenics require larger amounts of ascorbic acid (compared to normal individuals) to saturate their tissues. 2-4 gm. of ascorbic acid, administered daily, reduces the amount of tranquilizer necessary for a therapeutic effect. (b) Hypertension appears to be less frequent in a schizophrenic population. High blood pressure and its secondary effects (EKG and eye changes, left ventricular hypertrophy) are seldom found. (c) Symptoms of typical parkinsonism are rare (unless due to phenothiazine administration). (d) Schizophrenics are peculiarly indifferent to cold and pain. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical anomalies KW - relationship to metabolic cycle of catecholamines & interaction with therapeutic agents KW - schizophrenics KW - 1970 KW - Biochemistry KW - Metabolism KW - Physiology KW - Schizophrenia KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-27532-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-27524-001 AN - 1972-27524-001 AU - Lorei, Theodore W. AU - Gurel, Lee T1 - Use of a biographical inventory to predict schizophrenics' posthospital employment and readmission. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1972/04// VL - 38 IS - 2 SP - 238 EP - 243 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-27524-001. PMID: 5017782 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorei, Theodore W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Washington, D.C. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Inventories; Psychiatric Hospitals; Schizophrenia; Treatment; Vocational Rehabilitation. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Factor analyzed the posttreatment scores of 720 male schizophrenics on L. Ullman and J. Giovannoni's Palo Alto Social Background Inventory (PASBI). Factor scales and PASBI-derived Process-Reactive scale were then correlated with employment and readmission. Analysis yielded 10 factors reflecting perceived degree of disability, interpersonal orientations, regularity of employment, extent of previous hospitalization, and demographic characteristics. The bulk of the explained variance of posthospital work was accounted for by chronicity, perception of disability, and marital affiliation. The PASBI scales were not related to readmission. Work and readmission were only minimally (and negatively) related. Results support the utility of a self-administered historical inventory in making treatment decisions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - posthospital employment & readmission prediction KW - self-administered biographical inventory KW - male schizophrenics KW - 1972 KW - Inventories KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment KW - Vocational Rehabilitation KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0032628 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-27524-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-27507-001 AN - 1972-27507-001 AU - Shey, Herbert H. T1 - Iatrogenic anxiety. JF - Psychiatric Quarterly JO - Psychiatric Quarterly JA - Psychiatr Q Y1 - 1971/// VL - 45 IS - 3 SP - 344 EP - 356 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-2720 SN - 1573-6709 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-27507-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shey, Herbert H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Outpatient Service, Long Beach, Calif. Release Date: 19721001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Mental Disorders; Physicians. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1971. AB - Reviews the literature concerning anxiety caused directly and indirectly by the medical profession. A few exogenous factors in iatrogenic anxiety are noted: (a) reports in the public media of statistics on diseases and suicide, as well as pleas for contributions; (b) the diet and exercise craze; (c) the dangers of contraceptive medications; and (d) controversial issues, e.g., fluoridation, pollution, and insecticides. Endogenous factors include the emotional makeup of the patient and his acquired attitudes. A number of symptoms are noted of iatrogenic anxiety associated with heart disease, hypertension, cancer, the gastrointestinal and genitourinary systems, and metabolic disorders. Addiction, phobias, and suicide are considered as possible reactions to iatrogenic anxiety. The role of the physician in contributing to this anxiety through comments, examination technique, hospital ward rounds, the intentional production of anxiety, and physician inconsistencies is discussed. Suggestions for the physician on the handling of iatrogenic anxiety include constant awareness, medical training, and caution in the use and communication of test results. (65 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - iatrogenic anxiety KW - exogenous & endogenous factors & symptoms & treatment suggestions for physician KW - 1971 KW - Anxiety KW - Mental Disorders KW - Physicians KW - 1971 DO - 10.1007/BF01574275 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-27507-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-27494-001 AN - 1972-27494-001 AU - Subotnik, Leo T1 - 'Spontaneous remission' of deviant MMPI profiles among college students. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1972/04// VL - 38 IS - 2 SP - 191 EP - 201 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-27494-001. PMID: 4401587 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Subotnik, Leo; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychodiagnosis; Psychopathology; Symptoms; Time. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Hypothesized that, if the spontaneous remission phenomenon is genuine rather than an artifact, remission should show a relationship to the length of time elapsed. The MMPI was readministered to a total of 166 clinically-untreated freshmen, sophomores, and juniors who had obtained deviant MMPI profiles at the time of admission to college (9, 21, and 33 mo. earlier, respectively), and had been judged psychiatrically disorded by 2 of 3 MMPI diagnosticians. Ss were evaluated for improvement according to (a) changes in selected scales, (b) changes in a profile elevation score, (c) test-retest comparisons rated blindly for improvement, and (d) shifts from a psychiatric diagnosis to normal on retest. 30 analyses of variance, treating judges and diagnostic categories independently, do not support the hypothesis. (50 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - spontaneous remission of deviant MMPI profiles KW - time elapsed KW - college freshmen & sophomores & juniors KW - 1972 KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Psychopathology KW - Symptoms KW - Time KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0032625 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-27494-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-27192-001 AN - 1972-27192-001 AU - Reinstein, Michael T1 - Drugs and the military physician. JF - Military Medicine JO - Military Medicine JA - Mil Med Y1 - 1972/03// VL - 137 IS - 3 SP - 122 EP - 125 CY - US PB - Assn of Military Surgeons of the US SN - 0026-4075 SN - 1930-613X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-27192-001. PMID: 4621989 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reinstein, Michael; West Side Veterans Administration Hosp., Chicago, Ill. Release Date: 19721001. Correction Date: 20170302. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitudes; Drug Usage; Military Personnel. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1972. AB - Reports results of a survey of 1,385 soldiers of all ranks regarding their attitudes and experiences with drugs. Data reveal that 48% had used drugs illicitly in their service career. Of the sample, 10% had used drugs more than 10 times during the previous month and were defined as severe drug users. These individuals (a) tended to begin the use of drugs at a young age; (b) had experience with a wide variety of drugs; (c) were likely to be occasionally intoxicated with alcohol; (d) had for the most part, begun their experience with drugs in Vietnam; and (e) were likely to be black, urban, single, and young. Treatment of the problem was multifaceted and included reeducation, consultation with command, psychotherapy, and rehabilitation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - attitudes & experiences with drugs during service career KW - soldiers KW - 1972 KW - Attitudes KW - Drug Usage KW - Military Personnel KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-27192-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-26740-001 AN - 1972-26740-001 AU - Elkins, Ralph L. AU - Cahoon, D. D. T1 - Trans-response stimulus control of an operant established prior to discrimination training. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 30 IS - 1 SP - 327 EP - 332 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-26740-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Elkins, Ralph L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Augusta, Ga. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19721001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Conditioning; Discrimination. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Taught 12 male Sprague-Dawley albino rats a chain-pulling operant. Ss were than taught a bar-press response which was subsequently brought under tone-light (SD-SDELTA) control for some Ss. The manipulanda occupied opposite ends of the apparatus and were never simultaneously present. Discrimination trained Ss continuously exposed to the SDELTA for bar pressing during a chain-pull extinction test emitted significantly fewer responses than controls, a result interpreted as trans-response SDELTA suppression. A similar decrement in chain pulling was obtained from Ss extinguished under constant exposure to the SD for bar pressing, a result limiting the generality of reports of SD facilitation across response classes. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - trans-response SDELTA suppression of chain-pulling operant KW - discrimination training for bar-press response KW - rat KW - 1972 KW - Conditioning KW - Discrimination KW - Rats KW - 1972 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1972.30.1.327 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-26740-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-26651-001 AN - 1972-26651-001 AU - Pare, William P. T1 - Conflict duration, feeding schedule, and strain differences in conflict-induced gastric ulcers. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 8 IS - 2 SP - 165 EP - 171 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-26651-001. PMID: 4677203 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pare, William P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19721001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Conflict; Disorders; Food Intake; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500); Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Conducted 4 experiments on the effects of chronic conflict using a total of 570 Long-Evans male rats. Ss exposed to 7 days of conflict developed more ulcers as compared to 4, 10, and 21 days of conflict. Ulcer incidence did not differ between 50- and 120-day old Ss, but ulcer incidence was significantly reduced if a 1-hr conflict-free feeding period was scheduled every day instead of every other day. Strain comparisons with Wistar, Long-Evans, Sprague-Dawley, and Holtzman rats showed that Wistar Ss were more resistant and Long-Evans Ss more susceptible to conflict-induced ulcers. (21 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - conflict-induced gastric ulcer incidence KW - conflict duration & feeding schedule & strain differences KW - rat KW - 1972 KW - Conflict KW - Disorders KW - Food Intake KW - Stress KW - Rats KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(72)90355-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-26651-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-26639-001 AN - 1972-26639-001 AU - Reus, James F. AU - Pare, William P. T1 - A multi-bin EKG counter. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1972/04// VL - 7 IS - 2 SP - 123 EP - 126 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-26639-001. PMID: 5019504 Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reus, James F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pavlovian Lab., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19721001. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus; Cardiovascular System. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1972. AB - Describes an instrument which gives beats/unit time for a preset time period. The basic units are an input signal conditioner, a signal sorter, a clock, and a display, all of which are transistor digital logic cards. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - multi-bin EKG counter KW - 1972 KW - Apparatus KW - Cardiovascular System KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-26639-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-26596-001 AN - 1972-26596-001 AU - Carey, Robert J. T1 - A decrease in ethanol preference in rats resulting from forced ethanol drinking under fluid deprivation. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 8 IS - 2 SP - 373 EP - 375 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-26596-001. PMID: 4665347 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carey, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Release Date: 19721001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohols; Deprivation; Motivation; Preferences; Water Intake. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Studied the effects on 20 Sprague-Dawley rats of forced drinking of 5 and 10% ethanol under conditions of fluid deprivation on subsequent 5 and 10% ethanol vs. water preference. The rate and amount of ethanol ingested in a forced-drinking period was shown to be an important determinate of the effect of ethanol forced-drinking on ethanol vs. water preference. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethanol vs. water preference KW - forced ethanol drinking under fluid deprivation KW - rat KW - 1972 KW - Alcohols KW - Deprivation KW - Motivation KW - Preferences KW - Water Intake KW - Rats KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(72)90385-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-26596-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-26442-001 AN - 1972-26442-001 AU - Levinson, Daniel M. AU - Hottman, Terry J. AU - Sheridan, Charles L. T1 - Assessment of the generality of enhanced learning following unilateral lesions of posterior neocortex in rats. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1971/01// VL - 22 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 3 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-26442-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levinson, Daniel M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Kansas City, Mo. Release Date: 19721001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebral Cortex; Discrimination; Lesions. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1971. AB - Trained 60 male Sprague-Dawley albino rats with unilateral lesions of striate cortex, unilateral orbital enucleations, or sham operations on black-white and horizontal-vertical discriminations, with order of problem presentation counterbalanced. Mastery of the initially acquired discrimination greatly enhanced acquisition of the 2nd. The previously reported enhancement of acquisition associated with unilateral striate ablation proved to be of limited generality: it occurred only during initial learning of the horizontal-vertical problem. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - posterior neocortex unilateral lesions KW - learning enhancement of black-white & horizontal-vertical discrimination KW - rat KW - 1971 KW - Cerebral Cortex KW - Discrimination KW - Lesions KW - Rats KW - 1971 DO - 10.3758/BF03335909 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-26442-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-26394-001 AN - 1972-26394-001 AU - Gantt, W. Horsley T1 - Organ system responsibility, homeostasis and the conditional reflex. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1972/01// VL - 7 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 10 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-26394-001. PMID: 5025926 Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gantt, W. Horsley; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pavlovian Research Lab., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19721001. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Conditioned Responses; Conditioning; Heart Rate; Physiology. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1972. AB - The cardiac CR, an autonomic function, is clearly susceptible to conditioning. If the CR is not to disrupt the whole economy of the organism, it must not go directly against the main physiological function of the organ. It is unlikely that the ability to form CRs transcends the law of organ-system responsibility. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - conditional reflex & homeostasis & organ-system responsibility KW - 1972 KW - Conditioned Responses KW - Conditioning KW - Heart Rate KW - Physiology KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-26394-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-26258-001 AN - 1972-26258-001 AU - Brookshire, Robert H. T1 - Response suppression by response-contingent noise: Effects of conditioning history. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1971/05// VL - 23 IS - 4 SP - 265 EP - 267 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-26258-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brookshire, Robert H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Minneapolis, Minn. Release Date: 19721001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Stimulation; Aversion; Conditioning. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1971. AB - Studied the effects of using high-db noise as an aversive stimulus to achieve response suppression. 25 volunteers from 2 hospital staffs performed in a button-pushing task in which .75 sec. of either 95-db SPL or 30-db SPL noise was delivered contingent on each response for a RRLRL pattern of responses. Ss who received high-level noise in their 1st exposure to the task generally learned to avoid the noise. 13 of the Ss who received low-level noise in their 1st exposure to the task learned to avoid the noise, while 12 learned to deliver the noise on every response. 8 of the 12 Ss who learned to deliver low noise continued to deliver noise for every response when the noise level was increased to 95 db. There were no consistent differences in the amount of time required to learn the pattern in low- and high-noise conditions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - response suppression by response-contingent noise KW - conditioning history KW - 1971 KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Aversion KW - Conditioning KW - 1971 DO - 10.3758/BF03336105 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-26258-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-26192-001 AN - 1972-26192-001 AU - Stokinger, T. E. AU - Cooper, W. A. AU - Meissner, W. A. T1 - Loudness tracking and the staircase method in the measurement of adaptation. JF - Audiology JO - Audiology JA - Audiology Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 11 IS - 3-4 SP - 161 EP - 168 CY - Canada PB - Decker Publishing SN - 0020-6091 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-26192-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stokinger, T. E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Release Date: 19721001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Audiometry; Auditory Perception; Sensory Adaptation. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: May, 1972. AB - Notes that several auditory adaptation experiments suggest that binaural interaction, resulting from comparison stimuli presented to the control ear, may affect the amount and rate of adaptation. An attempt was made with 24 Ss to evaluate the effects of such interaction with a tracking procedure. The tracking method was found to have 3 shortcomings: (a) Ss could predict the direction of attenuation of the comparison signal, (b) Ss could produce an apparently acceptable tracing by responding in a rhythmic fashion or by counting the comparison signals, and (c) the tracings moved in the direction of negative adaptation at the start of the adapting period. The double staircase method of T. Cornsweet (see record [rid]1963-04131-001[/rid]) was successful in preventing Ss from predicting the loudness of succeeding comparison stimuli, discouraged counting and rhythmic responses but did not eliminate the early negative direction of the adaptation, and demonstrated that comparison signal duty cycle is a critical factor in the measurement of adaptation. (French summary) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - auditory adaptation measurement KW - loudness tracking vs. staircase methods KW - 1972 KW - Audiometry KW - Auditory Perception KW - Sensory Adaptation KW - 1972 DO - 10.3109/00206097209089292 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-26192-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-26169-001 AN - 1972-26169-001 AU - Stokinger, T. E. AU - Cooper, W. A. AU - Meissner, W. A. AU - Jones, K. O. T1 - Intensity, frequency, and duration effects in the measurement of monaural perstimulatory loudness adaptation. JF - Journal of the Acoustical Society of America JO - Journal of the Acoustical Society of America JA - J Acoust Soc Am Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 51 IS - 2, Pt. 2 SP - 608 EP - 616 CY - US PB - Acoustical Society of American SN - 0001-4966 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-26169-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stokinger, T. E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City. Release Date: 19721001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Audiometry; Auditory Stimulation; Sensory Adaptation; Stimulus Intensity; Time. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Measured perstimulatory loudness adaptation in 26 young adults by delayed balance and by single simultaneous balance methods. The adapting signals consisted of all combinations of intensity (SPL 30, 50, 80, and 100 db.), frequency (250, 1,000, and 4,000 Hz.), and duration (1, 2, 4, 8, 12, 16, and 30 sec.). Results reveal little adaptation with simultaneous balances and slightly negative adaptation with delayed balances. Duration of the adapting signal had no significant effect on the data. However, the differences between methods of measurement, intensities, and frequencies of the adapting signal were significant. All interactions, except those involving the duration factor, were also significant. (20 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - monaural perstimulatory loudness adaptation KW - intensity & frequency & duration effects KW - young adults KW - 1972 KW - Audiometry KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Sensory Adaptation KW - Stimulus Intensity KW - Time KW - 1972 DO - 10.1121/1.1912882 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-26169-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-26168-001 AN - 1972-26168-001 AU - Stokinger, T. E. AU - Cooper, W. A. AU - Meissner, W. A. T1 - Influence of binaural interaction on the measurement of perstimulatory loudness adaptation. JF - Journal of the Acoustical Society of America JO - Journal of the Acoustical Society of America JA - J Acoust Soc Am Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 51 IS - 2, Pt. 2 SP - 602 EP - 607 CY - US PB - Acoustical Society of American SN - 0001-4966 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-26168-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stokinger, T. E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City. Release Date: 19721001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Auditory Stimulation; Ear (Anatomy); Sensory Adaptation. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Measured perstimulatory loudness adaptation by 2 techniques which utilized varying amounts of simultaneous contralateral stimulation in 2 experiments with a total of 30 young adults. In Exp. I, a single simultaneous dichotic loudness balance method was employed with comparison signals of 200- and 2,000-msec duration and with an adapting signal of 8 sec. More adaptation was noted when the longer comparison signal was employed. In Exp. II, a modified tracking procedure utilized comparison signal duty cycles of 162/3% and 50%. The higher duty cycle yielded a greater magnitude of test-ear adaptation than the lower duty cycle. Results support the hypothesis that perstimulatory loudness adaptation is dependent on simultaneous binaural stimulation and is related to the amount of that stimulation. It is concluded that adaptation is not a monaural or a purely peripheral phenomenon. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perstimulatory loudness adaptation KW - simultaneous binaural stimulation KW - young adults KW - 1972 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Ear (Anatomy) KW - Sensory Adaptation KW - 1972 DO - 10.1121/1.1912881 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-26168-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-26097-001 AN - 1972-26097-001 AU - Reus, James F. AU - Cullen, Joseph W. T1 - 20-channel drinkometer. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 316 EP - 318 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-26097-001. PMID: 5011841 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reus, James F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pavlovian Research Lab., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19721001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Electronic touch-sensitive recording apparatus has been very useful in research where drinking (tongue licking) is a dependent variable. Most of the systems used in the past were electromechanical in design. The present report describes a relatively low-cost, low-maintenance system using solid state circuitry which is readily purchasable, easily interfaced, and highly reliable. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 20-channel drinkometer KW - electronic touch-sensitive recording apparatus KW - 1972 KW - Apparatus KW - 1972 DO - 10.2466/pms.1972.34.1.316 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-26097-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-25495-001 AN - 1972-25495-001 AU - De Roo, William M. AU - Haralson, Howard L. T1 - Increasing workshop production through self-visualization on videotape. JF - Mental Retardation JO - Mental Retardation JA - Ment Retard Y1 - 1971/08// VL - 9 IS - 4 SP - 22 EP - 25 CY - US PB - American Assn on Mental Retardation SN - 0047-6765 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-25495-001. PMID: 5569269 Other Journal Title: Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: De Roo, William M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Buffalo, N.Y. Other Publishers: American Association on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities. Release Date: 19720901. Correction Date: 20150518. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Films; Vocational Rehabilitation; Intellectual Development Disorder. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1971. AB - Describes the use and evaluation of video recording to increase sheltered workshop productivity among educable retarded adults and young adults. Ss were 12 17-24 yr. old educable mentally retarded adults, 6 of whom served in a control group. Those who viewed video recordings of their work behavior each day for 1 wk. increased their production dramatically compared to those who received traditional verbal feedback only. Each S received 3 consecutive wk. of video recording. Production levels were maintained even after treatment was discontinued. Results suggest that the self-visualization technique is a potent tool with broad applicability. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - increasing workshop productivity KW - self-visualization on videotape KW - educable adult retardates KW - 1971 KW - Films KW - Vocational Rehabilitation KW - Intellectual Development Disorder KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-25495-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-25208-001 AN - 1972-25208-001 AU - Sacks, Joseph M. AU - Kirtley, Donald D. T1 - Some personality characteristics related to response to subtle and obvious items on the MMPI. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 38 IS - 1 SP - 66 EP - 69 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-25208-001. PMID: 4400887 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sacks, Joseph M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Fresno, Calif. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dependency (Personality); Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychiatric Patients; Surgery. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - In developing subtle and obvious keys for the MMPI, D. Weiner (see record [rid]1948-04966-001[/rid]) concluded that emotionally disturbed people tend to respond in the deviant direction to obvious items more readily than to subtle ones because of their lack of awareness of the significance of their symptoms. Relationships of obvious and subtle MMPI responses to recognition, ego strength, and dependency were investigated. A total of 147 male neuropsychiatric patients, surgical patients, and undergraduates served as Ss. Results are interpreted in terms of positive reinforcement of obvious responses for psychiatric patients and nonreinforcement of these responses for undergraduates, with a reverse pattern of reinforcement for the subtle items. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - recognition & ego strength & dependency KW - obvious & subtle MMPI responses KW - neuropsychiatric & surgical patients & college students KW - use of D. Weiner's MMPI keys KW - 1972 KW - Dependency (Personality) KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Surgery KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0032418 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-25208-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-24650-001 AN - 1972-24650-001 AU - Pishkin, Vladimir T1 - Concept identification with mnemonic cues as a function of children's sex and age. JF - Journal of Educational Psychology JO - Journal of Educational Psychology JA - J Educ Psychol Y1 - 1972/04// VL - 63 IS - 2 SP - 93 EP - 98 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0663 SN - 1939-2176 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-24650-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pishkin, Vladimir; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Other Publishers: Warwick & York. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Cognitive Processes; Cues; Human Sex Differences; Memory. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Administered concept identification tasks to 72 male and 92 female 6-9 yr. olds to study the effects of availability of past correct and past incorrect instances, amounts of memory information, and Ss' sex on concept learning. Major results are: (a) females showed superior performance as compared to males, (b) availability of past correct instances facilitated concept identification performance, and (c) older females profited from memory information to a greater degree than their male peers, especially when past correct instances were provided. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - concept identification KW - past correct vs. past incorrect mnemonic cues & sex & age KW - 6-9 yr. olds KW - 1972 KW - Age Differences KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Cues KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Memory KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0032383 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-24650-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-24645-001 AN - 1972-24645-001 AU - Mann, Ronald A. AU - Baer, Donald M. T1 - The effects of receptive language training on articulation. JF - Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis JO - Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis JA - J Appl Behav Anal Y1 - 1971///Win 1971 VL - 4 IS - 4 SP - 291 EP - 298 CY - US PB - Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis SN - 0021-8855 SN - 1938-3703 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-24645-001. PMID: 16795305 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mann, Ronald A.; Brentwood Veterans Administration Hosp., Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19720901. Correction Date: 20130318. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Language Development; Learning; Nonverbal Communication; Verbal Communication. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Preschool Age (2-5 yrs) (160). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Win 1971. AB - Attempted to assess 1 condition of language exposure that might be operative in a normal environment, and experimentally determine its relevance to the acquisition of productive speech. Results with 4 4 yr. olds demonstrate that the development of receptive language skills can be functionally related to productive speech. Specifically, the data indicate that exposure to words that have stimulus control over an S's nonverbal pointing behavior can facilitate later articulation of those same words. Findings indicate that at least some classes of operants can be affected not only by their consequences, but also by not obviously related antecedent events. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - acquisition of productive speech KW - exposure to words with stimulus control over nonverbal behavior KW - 4 yr. olds KW - 1971 KW - Language Development KW - Learning KW - Nonverbal Communication KW - Verbal Communication KW - 1971 DO - 10.1901/jaba.1971.4-291 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-24645-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-24468-001 AN - 1972-24468-001 AU - Lewis, Evan G. AU - Dustman, Robert E. AU - Beck, Edward C. T1 - Evoked response similarity in monozygotic, dizygotic and unrelated individuals: A comparative study. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1972/03// VL - 32 IS - 3 SP - 309 EP - 316 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-24468-001. PMID: 4110400 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lewis, Evan G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salt Lake City, U. Release Date: 19720901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Electrical Activity; Evoked Potentials; Genetics; Vision. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1972. AB - Recorded visual, auditory, and somatosensory evoked responses from 44 sets of monozygotic (MZ) twins, 46 sets of dizygotic (DZ) twins, and 46 pairs of unrelated, age-matched individuals (UR). For wave form comparison, digitized portions of 2 responses were correlated to determine the degree of similarity between responses. The amplitude comparison determined the amount of voltage change occurring over several time epochs of the evoked response. Each epoch analyzed contained a major peak and trough of the response. The evoked responses of MZ pairs exhibited a consistently higher degree of similarity than those of the DZ or UR groups. In general, this relationship was found for all 3 sense modalities tested, regardless of scalp area recorded from or the method used to determine similarity between responses. Results indicate a considerable hereditary component in the wave characteristics of visual, auditory, and somatosensory evoked responses. (French summary) (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual & auditory & somatosensory evoked response similarities KW - wave form & amplitude comparisons KW - monozygotic vs. dizygotic twins vs. unrelated age-matched Ss KW - 1972 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Electrical Activity KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Genetics KW - Vision KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(72)90180-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-24468-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-24385-001 AN - 1972-24385-001 AU - Fishman, Barbara V. AU - McGlone, Robert E. AU - Shipp, Thomas T1 - The effect of certain drugs on phonation. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JA - J Speech Hear Res Y1 - 1971/06// VL - 14 IS - 2 SP - 301 EP - 306 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Assn SN - 0022-4685 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-24385-001. PMID: 5558083 Other Journal Title: Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fishman, Barbara V.; Veterans Administration Hosp., San Francisco, Calif. Release Date: 19720901. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drugs; Kinesthetic Perception; Tranquilizing Drugs; Verbal Communication. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1971. AB - Recorded 5 young adult male Ss with normal larynxes as they sustained phonation during 1 normal and 3 drug conditions. The vocal tasks included obtaining the total fundamental frequency range, tone-matching ability, and vocal fry production, and were performed by the S (a) before drugs, (b) following injection of a tranquilizer-narcotic premedication, (c) after topical anesthesia of the larynx, and (d) during a drug-recovery period. Results show no significant differences between conditions on any of the measures of sustained phonation. It is concluded that neither depressed cortical function nor sensory deprivation of the laryngeal mucosa alters the S's phonatory capabilities essential to the performance of the selected vocal tasks. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - tranquilizer-narcotic premedication & larynx anesthesia KW - phonation KW - 1971 KW - Drugs KW - Kinesthetic Perception KW - Tranquilizing Drugs KW - Verbal Communication KW - 1971 DO - 10.1044/jshr.1402.301 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-24385-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-24335-001 AN - 1972-24335-001 AU - Peper, E. T1 - Reduction of efferent motor commands during alpha feedback as a facilitator of EEG alpha and a precondition for changes in consciousness. JF - Kybernetik JO - Kybernetik Y1 - 1971/// VL - 9 IS - 6 SP - 226 EP - 231 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-24335-001. PMID: 5133971 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Peper, E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perception Lab., Bedford, Mass. Release Date: 19720901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Consciousness States; Electroencephalography; Feedback; Muscles. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1971. AB - Presents evidence from a series of experiments which supports the hypothesis that a basic component underlies the subjective experience of the EEG alpha state. Corrective commands to the oculomotor system, causing movement in extrinsic eye muscles and lens adjustment, suppressed occipital alpha. Somatic commands to many muscle groups blocked or suppressed central alpha. It is concluded that the absence of such commands may be the precondition for an altered state of consciousness that can be repeatedly demonstrated by alpha feedback. (21 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EEG alpha facilitation & preconditions for consciousness changes KW - reduction of efferent motor commands during alpha feedback KW - 1971 KW - Consciousness States KW - Electroencephalography KW - Feedback KW - Muscles KW - 1971 DO - 10.1007/BF00289584 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-24335-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-24334-001 AN - 1972-24334-001 AU - Peper, E. T1 - Comment on feedback training of parietal-occipital alpha asymmetry in normal human subjects. JF - Kybernetik JO - Kybernetik Y1 - 1971/// VL - 9 IS - 4 SP - 156 EP - 158 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-24334-001. PMID: 5119493 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Peper, E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perception Lab., Bedford, Mass. Release Date: 19720901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroencephalography; Feedback; Lateral Dominance. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1971. AB - Conducted experiments with feedback regulation of 6 normal Ss' parietal-occipital alpha EEG asymmetry. 2 Ss learned to optimize the conditions under which symmetry and asymmetry occurred. Asymmetry was defined as the difference in the occurrence of the 2 hemispheres' alpha EEG activity. Results can be interpreted to mean that Ss did not learn alpha asymmetry per se, but instead learned to increase their percent time of alpha and increase the alternations between alpha and no alpha. This condition is optimized when S has his eyes closed and is not performing a visual search. On the other hand, symmetry is optimized when S performs a visual task. Methodological problems in feedback training are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - parietal-occipital alpha EEG asymmetry KW - feedback regulation methodological difficulties in training asymmetry KW - 1971 KW - Electroencephalography KW - Feedback KW - Lateral Dominance KW - 1971 DO - 10.1007/BF00290481 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-24334-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-24119-001 AN - 1972-24119-001 AU - Robinson, Charles E. AU - Pollack, Irwin T1 - Forward and backward masking: Testing a discrete perceptual-moment hypothesis in audition. JF - Journal of the Acoustical Society of America JO - Journal of the Acoustical Society of America JA - J Acoust Soc Am Y1 - 1971/12// VL - 50 IS - 6, Pt. 2 SP - 1512 EP - 1519 CY - US PB - Acoustical Society of American SN - 0001-4966 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-24119-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Robinson, Charles E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Neurophysiology Biophysics Research Lab., Martinez, Calif. Release Date: 19720901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Masking; Signal Detection (Perception); Theories. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1971. AB - Tests a form of Stroud's discrete-moment hypothesis, usually studied in relation to vision, in audition by means of the masking of a click by a preceding or a following noise burst. Threshold masking and temporal psychometric functions suggest that, if a discrete-moment mechanism were operating, the time between successive moment onsets would be as short as 3 msec. Through a 2nd-choice procedure, an attempt was made to distinguish between a continuous moment or signal detection class of hypotheses and the discrete-moment hypothesis. Ss were 2 paid young males. Results for 1 S disagree with the prediction of the discrete-moment hypothesis. (31 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - forward & backward masking in audition KW - test of discrete perceptual-moment vs. signal detection hypothesis KW - 1971 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Masking KW - Signal Detection (Perception) KW - Theories KW - 1971 DO - 10.1121/1.1912804 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-24119-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-23520-001 AN - 1972-23520-001 AU - Pearlman, Chester A. AU - Sax, Daniel S. AU - Feldman, Robert D. T1 - Psychiatric aspects of L-dopa therapy of Parkinson's disease. JF - Psychiatry in Medicine JO - Psychiatry in Medicine Y1 - 1972/01// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 45 EP - 50 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-23520-001. PMID: 4679766 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pearlman, Chester A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19720801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Drugs; Nervous System Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1972. AB - 32 male patients with Parkinson's disease, ages 34-77, were admitted to a Veterans Administration Hospital for treatment with L-dopa. Psychiatric complications of L-dopa treatment were found to be less frequent and less severe than reported in the literature. In the complications that did occur, psychosocial factors were much more prominent than pharmacologic effects of L-dopa. (42 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - L-dopa therapy KW - patients with Parkinson's disease KW - 1972 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drugs KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - 1972 DO - 10.2190/3446-UEWV-UWUV-9V6E UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-23520-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-23484-001 AN - 1972-23484-001 AU - Elkins, Earleen F. T1 - Evaluation of Modified Rhyme Test results from impaired- and normal-hearing listeners. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JA - J Speech Hear Res Y1 - 1971/09// VL - 14 IS - 3 SP - 589 EP - 595 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Assn SN - 0022-4685 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-23484-001. PMID: 5163893 Other Journal Title: Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Elkins, Earleen F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Washington, D.C. Release Date: 19720801. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Deaf; Discrimination; Sensitivity (Personality); Speech Perception; Thresholds. Minor Descriptor: Rhyme. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1971. AB - Administered 4 lists of the Modified Rhyme Test (MRT) to 9 normal-hearing and 50 impaired-hearing adults. The stimuli were spoken by a male speaker with test conditions designed to yield 83, 75, and 96% correct responses by normal listeners. Normal Ss performed within the expected normal limits. Impaired-hearing Ss had significantly lower scores and did not show the proportional decrease for the most difficult condition. The performance of Ss grouped by degree of hearing loss showed that increasing noise did not affect MRT scores differentially, nor did MRT scores decrease significantly with increasing speech reception thresholds. When a slight amount of noise accompanied the MRT, a significant relationship was shown with clinically obtained W-22 speech discrimination scores. Correlational analysis among 5 measures of speech-discrimination ability and 6 measures of threshold sensitivity supported other studies with regard to the frequency region important for the perception of monosyllabic stimuli at suprathreshold levels. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Modified Rhyme Test scores & speech discrimination & threshold sensitivity KW - degree of hearing loss & noise KW - normal & hearing-impaired adults KW - 1971 KW - Deaf KW - Discrimination KW - Sensitivity (Personality) KW - Speech Perception KW - Thresholds KW - Rhyme KW - 1971 DO - 10.1044/jshr.1403.589 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-23484-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-23345-001 AN - 1972-23345-001 AU - Bates, Henry D. T1 - Factorial structure and MMPI correlates of a fear survey schedule in a clinical population. JF - Behaviour Research and Therapy JO - Behaviour Research and Therapy JA - Behav Res Ther Y1 - 1971/11// VL - 9 IS - 4 SP - 355 EP - 360 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0005-7967 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-23345-001. PMID: 4402260 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bates, Henry D.; Veterans Administration Center, Research Unit on Aging, Bay Pines, Fla. Release Date: 19720801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Fear; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Neurosis; Personality Correlates. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1971. AB - The Wolpe-Lazarus Fear Survey Schedule was administered in a neurotic population and factor analyzed. The largest factor (tissue damage/medical) was uncorrelated with either the MA scale or MMPI scales. However, total fear survey scores and factor II (interpersonal) showed a similar pattern of significant positive associations with both measures. The clinical relevance of global vs. part fear survey scores is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Wolpe-Lazarus Fear Survey Schedule KW - factor analysis & correlation with MA & MMPI scales KW - neurotics KW - 1971 KW - Anxiety KW - Fear KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Neurosis KW - Personality Correlates KW - 1971 DO - 10.1016/0005-7967(71)90048-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-23345-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-23247-001 AN - 1972-23247-001 AU - Pinderhughes, Charles A. T1 - Somatic, psychic, and social sequelae of loss. JF - Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association JO - Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association JA - J Am Psychoanal Assoc Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 19 IS - 4 SP - 670 EP - 696 CY - US PB - Analytic Press SN - 0003-0651 SN - 1941-2460 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-23247-001. PMID: 4110861 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pinderhughes, Charles A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: American Psychoanalytic Association; Sage Publications. Release Date: 19720801. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Disorders; Paranoia (Psychosis); Parent Child Relations; Psychoanalytic Interpretation. Minor Descriptor: Sequelae. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Communication Systems (2700). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 27. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1971. AB - Discusses a series of hypotheses: (a) that vegetative process may symbolically express object loss by the substitution of 1 symbolic expression for another; (b) dichotomization of visceral processes exerts a programming effect upon the body image and early ego functions, imposing a dichotomy and antagonism into all thinking and behavior; (c) recurrent early psychic loss associated with the ambivalence of early childhood is resolved by achieving a constant affectionate bond with an aggrandized parent and a constant aggressive bond with a devalued parent in a paranoid process; (d) constant, nonambivalent relationships with groups are achieved by development of group-related paranoias guaranteeing affectionate bonds with members of one's own group and constant aggressive bonds to outsiders. Selected social problems are discussed with the speculation that they represent attempts at stabilization of relationships with lost parental objects. The importance is considered for psychoanalysts of integrative activity with other disciplines, in order to reduce the isolation of psychoanalysis and to ensure appropriate participation in the development of a psychology which constitutes a natural science. (32 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - early psychic loss KW - somatic & psychic & social sequaelae KW - 1971 KW - Mental Disorders KW - Paranoia (Psychosis) KW - Parent Child Relations KW - Psychoanalytic Interpretation KW - Sequelae KW - 1971 DO - 10.1177/000306517101900404 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-23247-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-23231-001 AN - 1972-23231-001 AU - Walker, Robert AU - Allenson, Elizabeth A. AU - Johnson, Mary E. T1 - OT CHIRP: A method of early assignment of hospital psychiatric patients to paid work. JF - Rehabilitation Literature JO - Rehabilitation Literature JA - Rehabil Lit Y1 - 1971/12// VL - 32 IS - 12 SP - 360 EP - 364 CY - US PB - National Easter Seal Society SN - 0034-3579 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-23231-001. PMID: 5139635 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Walker, Robert; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Release Date: 19720801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Occupational Therapy; Occupations; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychiatric Patients; Vocational Rehabilitation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1971. AB - Exposed 17 newly admitted psychiatric patients to a paid activity program shortly after their 1st visit to an occupational therapy clinic, while an equivalent control group of 17 received only traditional occupational therapy. Both groups were eligible for subsequent referral to other paid work programs in the hospital. An unexpectedly high proportion of the controls (24%) became successfully involved in a paid work program, but significantly more of the experimentals (59%) achieved employment restoration during their hospitalization. The appropriateness of routinely depriving the hospitalized mentally ill patient of the opportunity for gainful employment is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - gainful employment KW - regular occupational therapy with early work assignment KW - hospitalized psychiatric patients KW - 1971 KW - Occupational Therapy KW - Occupations KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Vocational Rehabilitation KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-23231-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-23218-001 AN - 1972-23218-001 AU - Prien, Robert F. AU - Caffey, Eugene M. AU - Klett, C. James T1 - Lithium carbonate: A survey of the history and current status of lithium in treating mood disorders. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1971/08// VL - 32 IS - 8 SP - 521 EP - 531 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-23218-001. PMID: 4937542 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Prien, Robert F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19720801. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depression (Emotion); Drug Therapy; Drugs; Mental Disorders; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1971. AB - Review of the literature indicates that lithium has therapeutic value in the treatment of mania. Lithium treatment does not appear to be effective for schizophrenia and is of questionable value for acute depression. There is also some evidence that lithium prevents maniac and depressive relapses. Therapeutic dosages generally range from 1,500-2,000 mg/day; higher dosages may produce lithium toxicity. Minor side effects (e.g., nausea and thirst) usually disappear after maintenance dosages of 600-1,500 mg/day are established. (80 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lithium treatment KW - dosage & side effects KW - mania & depression & schizophrenia KW - 1971 KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drugs KW - Mental Disorders KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-23218-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-23028-001 AN - 1972-23028-001 AU - Rogers, Lawrence S. AU - Cohen, Irwin H. AU - Dworin, Jack AU - Lipetz, Milton E. T1 - Edwards Personal needs: The choice of comparable groups. JF - Journal of Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Personality Assessment JA - J Pers Assess Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 36 IS - 1 SP - 65 EP - 67 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0022-3891 SN - 1532-7752 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-23028-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rogers, Lawrence S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Denver, Colo. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19720801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Marital Relations; Methodology; Needs; Personality Measures; Preferences. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Administered the EPPS to 50 males seeking help with their marriage and 50 males who reported having stable marriages. It was found that when the total sample was compared with EPPS norms for adult males, the number and extent of the differences were quite similar. However, between-group comparisons show relatively few differences. Results indicate the need of having an appropriate group for comparison purposes before attributing differences found to selected group variables. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EPPS needs KW - males requesting help with marital problems vs. males with stable marriages KW - choice of appropriate groups for comparison purposes KW - 1972 KW - Marital Relations KW - Methodology KW - Needs KW - Personality Measures KW - Preferences KW - 1972 DO - 10.1080/00223891.1972.10119732 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-23028-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-22743-001 AN - 1972-22743-001 AU - Coppinger, N. W. AU - Nehrke, Milton F. T1 - Discrimination learning and transfer of training in the aged. JF - The Journal of Genetic Psychology: Research and Theory on Human Development JO - The Journal of Genetic Psychology: Research and Theory on Human Development JA - J Genet Psychol Y1 - 1972/03// VL - 120 IS - 1 SP - 93 EP - 102 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-1325 SN - 1940-0896 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-22743-001. Other Journal Title: The Pedagogical Seminary; The Pedagogical Seminary and Journal of Genetic Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Coppinger, N. W.; Veterans Administration Center, Bay Pines, Fla. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19720801. Correction Date: 20100823. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aptitude Measures; Avoidance Conditioning; Discrimination; Gerontology. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1972. AB - Tested the hypothesis that the observed failure of elderly, debilitated Ss on the children's form of the Halstead Impairment Index Category test can be attributed to their inability to deal with frequent and rapid conceptual shifts and the number of irrelevant stimuli within the task. 30 elderly, male Ss were administered a unidimensional discrimination learning task and then transferred to a reversal, intradimensional, or extradimensional task. Whether S's preferred dimension was relevant or irrelevant made no difference in the rate of learning. There were no significant transfer of training effects and the shift tasks did not differ from each other significantly. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discrimination learning & transfer KW - children's form of Halstead Impairment Index Category test KW - elderly Ss KW - 1972 KW - Aptitude Measures KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Discrimination KW - Gerontology KW - 1972 DO - 10.1080/00221325.1972.10532221 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-22743-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-22430-001 AN - 1972-22430-001 AU - Davidoff, Robert A. T1 - Penicillin and presynaptic inhibition in the amphibian spinal cord. JF - Brain Research JO - Brain Research JA - Brain Res Y1 - 1972/// VL - 36 IS - 1 SP - 218 EP - 222 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-8993 SN - 1872-6240 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-22430-001. PMID: 4332737 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davidoff, Robert A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Miami, Fla. Release Date: 19720801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Central Nervous System; Drugs; Electrical Activity; Neurology. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1972. AB - Reports results of a study which (a) demonstrate a blockade by penicillin of the depolarizing effects of gamma-aminobutyric acid (GABA) on afferent terminals; and (b) suggest that penicillin produces a selective blockade of presynaptic inhibition in the amphibian (Rana pipiens) by affecting the actions of the putative transmitter substance, GABA, either at its receptor sites or by interfering with the ionic processes activated by GABA. (24 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - penicillin blockade of presynaptic inhibition KW - gamma-aminobutyric acid depolarizing effect on afferent terminals KW - amphibian spinal cord KW - 1972 KW - Central Nervous System KW - Drugs KW - Electrical Activity KW - Neurology KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/0006-8993(72)90778-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-22430-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-22306-001 AN - 1972-22306-001 AU - Levinson, Daniel M. T1 - Interocular transfer in guinea pigs following section of the corpus callosum. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1972/01// VL - 78 IS - 1 SP - 26 EP - 31 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-22306-001. PMID: 4554832 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levinson, Daniel M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Neuropsychology Lab., Kansas City, Mo. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Eye (Anatomy). Minor Descriptor: Animals. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Measured interocular transfer of an active-avoidance habit, based on discriminations of shape discriminanda or of slant discriminanda, in 27 ocularly pigmented male American Brown guinea pigs, after section of the corpus callosum or a sham operation. Mastery of discriminations was not retarded by the section, but interocular transfer, while nearly perfect in sham-operated Ss, was significantly inferior in callosally sectioned Ss. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - corpus callosum section KW - interocular transfer of active-avoidance habit KW - guinea pig KW - 1972 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Eye (Anatomy) KW - Animals KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0032283 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-22306-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-22140-001 AN - 1972-22140-001 AU - Smith, Raymond A. AU - Prather, William F. T1 - Phoneme discrimination in older persons under varying signal-to-noise conditions. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JA - J Speech Hear Res Y1 - 1971/09// VL - 14 IS - 3 SP - 630 EP - 638 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Assn SN - 0022-4685 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-22140-001. PMID: 5163897 Other Journal Title: Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Smith, Raymond A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Seattle, Wash. Release Date: 19720801. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Auditory Stimulation; Gerontology; Signal Detection (Perception); Speech Disorders. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1971. AB - 2 groups of Ss, 10 older than 60 yr. of age and 10 18-30 yr. olds, having essentially normal hearing for pure tones at the speech frequencies, identified 16 consonants in a CV context. These syllables were presented at 6 sensation levels (SL) of noise over 4 signal-to-noise (S/N) ratios. An analysis of variance of the mean percent correct responses showed that the older group performed significantly more poorly than the younger group over all listening conditions. There was no difference in the relative performance between the 2 groups as either the SL of noise was increased or the S/N ratio became poorer. An additional listening condition in which no noise was present in the signal and the syllables were presented at 6 SLs revealed results similar to the main experiment. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - phoneme discrimination KW - noise sensation level & signal-to-noise ratio KW - 18-30 yr. olds & Ss over 60 yr. old KW - 1971 KW - Age Differences KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Gerontology KW - Signal Detection (Perception) KW - Speech Disorders KW - 1971 DO - 10.1044/jshr.1403.630 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-22140-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-22082-001 AN - 1972-22082-001 AU - Justesen, D. R. AU - Levinson, D. M. AU - Clarke, R. L. AU - King, Nancy W. T1 - A microwave oven for behavioural and biological research: Electrical and structural modifications, calorimetric dosimetry, and functional evaluation. JF - Journal of Microwave Power JO - Journal of Microwave Power Y1 - 1971/// VL - 6 IS - 3 SP - 237 EP - 258 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-22082-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Justesen, D. R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Neuropsychology Lab., Kansas City, Mo. Release Date: 19720801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 22. Issue Publication Date: 1971. AB - Reports of electrical and structural modifications of a Tappan R3L electronic oven to permit study of responses of small animals to a 2,450-MHz microwave field. Behavioral and biological responses of rats in a series of 13 experiments are reported. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - microwave oven KW - electrical & structural modifications & calorimetric dosimetry & functional evaluation KW - 1971 KW - Apparatus KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-22082-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-21429-001 AN - 1972-21429-001 AU - Brookshire, Robert H. T1 - Effects of delay of reinforcement on probability learning by aphasic subjects. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JA - J Speech Hear Res Y1 - 1971/03// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 92 EP - 105 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Assn SN - 0022-4685 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-21429-001. PMID: 5550634 Other Journal Title: Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brookshire, Robert H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Kansas City, Mo. Release Date: 19720701. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Probability Learning; Reading Disabilities; Reinforcement Schedules; Speech Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1971. AB - Studied 9 21-62 yr. old male aphasic and 9 19-67 yr. old male nonaphasic Ss in a probability learning problem in which they attempted to track changing reinforcement ratios on 2 manipulanda. During portions of the problem, delay of reinforcement was introduced, and its effect upon each S's performance was examined. The performance of nonaphasic Ss did not appear to be affected by introduction of 1- and 2-sec delay of reinforcement. 2 aphasic Ss did not learn to track changing reinforcement ratios even under conditions of no delay. The performances of 5 of the 7 remaining aphasic Ss were influenced by the introduction of 1- and 2-sec delay of reinforcement. The performance of the remaining 2 aphasic Ss did not appear to be affected by introduction of delay of reinforcement. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - probability learning KW - delay of reinforcement KW - aphasic & nonaphasic Ss KW - 1971 KW - Probability Learning KW - Reading Disabilities KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Speech Disorders KW - 1971 DO - 10.1044/jshr.1401.92 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-21429-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-21391-001 AN - 1972-21391-001 AU - Walker, Robert AU - Winick, William AU - Frost, Earl S. AU - Lieberman, J. M. T1 - Social restoration of hospitalized psychiatric patients through a program of special employment in industry. JF - Rehabilitation Literature JO - Rehabilitation Literature JA - Rehabil Lit Y1 - 1969/10// VL - 30 IS - 10 SP - 297 EP - 303 CY - US PB - National Easter Seal Society SN - 0034-3579 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-21391-001. PMID: 5345174 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Walker, Robert; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Release Date: 19720701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychiatric Patients; Vocational Rehabilitation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1969. KW - special industrial employment program KW - social restoration KW - hospitalized psychiatric patients KW - 1969 KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Vocational Rehabilitation KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-21391-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-21361-001 AN - 1972-21361-001 AU - Silverman, Lloyd H. AU - Pettit, Tupper F. AU - Goldweber, Arthur AU - Spiro, Robert T1 - Procedure for study of reality testing in schizophrenics. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1971/12// VL - 33 IS - 3, Pt. 1 SP - 859 EP - 862 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-21361-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silverman, Lloyd H.; New York Veterans Administration Hosp., New York. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19720701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Discrimination; Imagery; Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1971. AB - Adapted C. Perky's method of studying perception and imagery to study reality testing in schizophrenia. 10 male schizophrenics and 10 matched nonschizophrenics were seen in 2 identical sessions during which they were asked to differentiate between sounds they imagined and sounds they heard through earphones. The schizophrenic Ss, although reporting fewer images, manifested more perceptual distortions and more misperceptions of actual sounds as images. It is concluded that the procedure has promise as a research tool and a diagnostic technique for assessing reality testing in the laboratory. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reality testing KW - differentiation between imagined & heard sounds KW - adaption of C. Perky's method KW - schizophrenics KW - 1971 KW - Auditory Discrimination KW - Imagery KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - 1971 DO - 10.2466/pms.1971.33.3.859 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-21361-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-21346-001 AN - 1972-21346-001 AU - Greenwald, Shayna R. T1 - Let us not confound the schizophrenic's family. JF - Comprehensive Psychiatry JO - Comprehensive Psychiatry JA - Compr Psychiatry Y1 - 1971/09// VL - 12 IS - 5 SP - 423 EP - 429 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0010-440X SN - 1532-8384 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-21346-001. PMID: 5120314 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Greenwald, Shayna R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Miami, Fla. Release Date: 19720701. Correction Date: 20160407. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Demographic Characteristics; Experimentation; Schizophrenia; Schizophrenogenic Family; Statistical Analysis. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1971. AB - Discusses research on the family of the schizophrenic and suggests that care be taken not to confound the results by ignoring demographic characteristics. Important variables, identified in previous research as being relevant to such studies, should be identified for current research for their possible statistical use. A case is made, for example, for the use of multivariate analysis of covariance. Examples of some of the more important variables are given and ways in which they might be dealt with in such studies. (33 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenic's family KW - research evaluation & statistical procedure & demographic characteristics KW - 1971 KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - Experimentation KW - Schizophrenia KW - Schizophrenogenic Family KW - Statistical Analysis KW - 1971 DO - 10.1016/0010-440X(71)90081-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-21346-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-21211-001 AN - 1972-21211-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - Separation of brain-damaged from schizophrenic patients by Reitan-Halstead pattern analysis: An unsuccessful replication. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1971/12// VL - 29 IS - 3, Pt. 2 SP - 1343 EP - 1346 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-21211-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19720701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Differential Diagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1971. AB - Attempted to cross-validate diagnostic patterns suggested by A. DeWolfe, R. Barrell, B. Becker, and F. Spanner (see record [rid]1971-23117-001[/rid]) as useful in the separation of brain-damaged from schizophrenic Ss. 46 male schizophrenics and 46 brain-damaged Ss were assessed with the Halstead battery of tests. The attempt failed. The ramifications of the inconsistent and generally negative results of this project and the De Wolfe, et al., study are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - diagnostic patterns KW - cross-validation & separation of brain-damaged & schizophrenic Ss KW - Halstead battery of tests KW - attempted replication of A. DeWolfe & R. Barrell & B. Becker & F. Spanner's results KW - 1971 KW - Brain Damage KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - 1971 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1971.29.3f.1343 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-21211-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-21081-001 AN - 1972-21081-001 AU - Subotnik, Leo T1 - Transference toward the child therapist and other parent surrogates. JF - The Journal of Genetic Psychology: Research and Theory on Human Development JO - The Journal of Genetic Psychology: Research and Theory on Human Development JA - J Genet Psychol Y1 - 1971/12// VL - 119 IS - 2 SP - 215 EP - 231 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-1325 SN - 1940-0896 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-21081-001. Other Journal Title: The Pedagogical Seminary; The Pedagogical Seminary and Journal of Genetic Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Subotnik, Leo; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19720701. Correction Date: 20100823. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Child Psychotherapy; Psychoanalysis; Teachers; Therapists. Minor Descriptor: Intellectual Development Disorder. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1971. AB - Hypothesized that true transference occurs in child psychoanalysis. The attitudes of a 7-yr-old institutionalized male retardate toward his male therapist, teachers and cottage workers of both sexes were assessed. The participant adults inferred the S's attitudes before, during, and following 2 mo. of psychotherapy. Similarly, 3 examining psychologists described the S's attitudes toward his mother and father before and after therapy. The obtained Q sorts were intercorrelated and factor analyzed. Results support the transference hypothesis. Sex similarity was a potent but not exclusive determinant of transference. Both the male therapist and a male teacher were 'father figures.' (39 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychoanalysis & transference toward therapist & teachers & cottage workers KW - 7 yr. old institutionalized retardate KW - 1971 KW - Child Psychotherapy KW - Psychoanalysis KW - Teachers KW - Therapists KW - Intellectual Development Disorder KW - 1971 DO - 10.1080/00221325.1971.10532647 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-21081-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-21041-001 AN - 1972-21041-001 AU - Dyer, Elaine D. AU - Monson, Mary A. AU - Van Drimmelen, Jennie B. T1 - Are administrative level, age and educational preparation reflected in California Psychological Inventory scores? JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1971/12// VL - 29 IS - 3, Pt. 2 SP - 1111 EP - 1120 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-21041-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dyer, Elaine D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salt Lake City, U. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19720701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Achievement; Age Differences; Educational Background; Personality Measures; Personality Traits. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1971. AB - Studied relationships of administrative position, age, and educational preparation to scores on the CPI scales in 1,018 randomly selected registered nurses from 31 Veterans Administration Hospitals. Significant correlations (p < .05) were found between administrative position and Dominance, Responsibility, Self-control, Achievement via Independence, Psychological-mindedness, and Flexibility; between age and Sociability, Social Presence, Self-acceptance, Socialization, Self-control, Good Impression, Communality, Achievement via Independence, Intellectual Efficiency, and Flexibility; between educational preparation and Dominance, Capacity for Status, Sociability, Social Presence, Self-acceptance, Tolerance, Achievement via Independence, Intellectual Efficiency, Psychological-mindedness, and Flexibility. Eta coefficients indicate that relationships with CPI scales were linear. Administrative position, age, and educational preparation were not highly intercorrelated. Highest CPI profiles were obtained by older better educated nurses in supervisory positions. Lowest profiles occurred in older supervisory nurses who had not pursued their education. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - California Psychological Inventory scores KW - administrative position & age & educational preparation KW - registered nurses KW - 1971 KW - Achievement KW - Age Differences KW - Educational Background KW - Personality Measures KW - Personality Traits KW - 1971 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1971.29.3f.1111 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-21041-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-20980-001 AN - 1972-20980-001 AU - Sadler, Timothy G. AU - Mefferd, Roy B. T1 - The interaction of extraversion and neuroticism in human operant behavior. JF - Journal of Experimental Research in Personality JO - Journal of Experimental Research in Personality Y1 - 1971/12// VL - 5 IS - 4 SP - 278 EP - 285 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-20980-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sadler, Timothy G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychiatric & Psychosomatic Research Lab., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19720701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Extinction (Learning); Extraversion; Neurosis; Operant Conditioning; Reinforcement Schedules. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1971. AB - Examined the interaction of extroversion and neuroticism in 60 undergraduates with an operant conditioning task in which a continuous record of responses was obtained for 1 contingent and 3 noncontingent keys under a variable interval limited-hold acquisition schedule and during extinction. Measures of response rates, rewards obtained, and response patterning were analyzed for Ss classified according to scores on the Eysenck Personality Inventory. Extroversion and neuroticism interacted to influence the development of response rates and patterns. These in turn influenced the number of rewards obtained. A tentative hypothesis of the nature of the extroversion and neuroticism effects is advanced to explain this behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - operant conditioning under variable interval limited-hold schedule & during extinction KW - response rates & obtained rewards & response patterning & extroversion & neuroticism KW - 1971 KW - Extinction (Learning) KW - Extraversion KW - Neurosis KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-20980-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-20747-001 AN - 1972-20747-001 AU - Taub, Harvey A. T1 - A comparison of young adult and old groups on various digit span tasks. JF - Developmental Psychology JO - Developmental Psychology JA - Dev Psychol Y1 - 1972/01// VL - 6 IS - 1 SP - 60 EP - 65 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0012-1649 SN - 1939-0599 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-20747-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Taub, Harvey A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Gerontology; Memory; Physiological Aging; Vision. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Evaluated the digit spans of 46 young (M age 25.2 yr.) and 76 old (M age 71.1 yr.) Ss in 4 experiments. The groups were equated using the Forward Digit Span subtest from the WAIS and then tested on additional span tasks which differed with respect to mode of presentation (auditory and visual), rate of presentation (1 and 2 sec/digit), and mode of response (written and verbal). Although initially equated on the standard Forward Digit Span, young Ss generally had longer spans than old Ss on the subsequent tasks, indicating that different stimulus and response conditions may differentially affect the forward digit spans of young and old groups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - digit spans KW - auditory vs. visual presentation & presentation rate & written vs. verbal response KW - Forward Digit Span subtest of WAIS KW - Ss with mean ages of 25.2 & 71.1 KW - 1972 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Gerontology KW - Memory KW - Physiological Aging KW - Vision KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0032215 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-20747-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-20630-001 AN - 1972-20630-001 AU - Marshall, Robert C. AU - Cullinan, Walter L. T1 - Effects of reward schedule changes on children's speech fluency. JF - Language and Speech JO - Language and Speech JA - Lang Speech Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 341 EP - 351 CY - United Kingdom PB - Kingston Press SN - 0023-8309 SN - 1756-6053 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-20630-001. PMID: 5150025 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Marshall, Robert C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Portland, Ore. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19720701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Reinforcement Schedules; Rewards; Verbal Communication. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1971. AB - Obtained speech disfluency indices for 50 6-7 yr. old normal-speaking males who told stories about 30 situational pictures under continuous and/or partial (random) reward conditions. 4 groups of 10 Ss each received 100% rewards for the 1st 10 responses (Condition I) and either 100, 75, 50, or 25% rewards for the last 20 responses (Condition II). A 5th group of 10 Ss received 50% rewards for the 1st 20 responses (Condition I) and 100% rewards for the last 10 responses (Condition II). The 4 groups having reward schedule changes tended to have lower proportions of vocal segregates and higher proportions of revisions in Condition II than in Condition I, whereas the group receiving 100% rewards in both conditions showed only slight changes and in the opposite directions. Significant changes in total disfluency were not obtained. The 3 groups changed from continuous to partial reward tended to have higher disfluency indices for those responses following nonreward than for those following reward in Condition II for all disfluency categories, except revisions. (22 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - speech disfluency during storytelling KW - reward schedule changes KW - 6-7 yr. olds KW - 1971 KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Rewards KW - Verbal Communication KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-20630-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-20600-001 AN - 1972-20600-001 AU - Oscar-Berman, Marlene AU - Bakoplus-Banos, Janis T1 - Eye orientation during visual discrimination learning by humans. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1971/12// VL - 33 IS - 3, Pt. 2 SP - 1311 EP - 1316 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-20600-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Oscar-Berman, Marlene; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19720701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Eye (Anatomy); Lateral Dominance; Pattern Discrimination; Preferences; Visual Discrimination. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1971. AB - Made motion pictures of the eyes of 2 6-yr-old and 5 adult Ss as they learned simultaneous 2-choice pattern discriminations. Each trial was analyzed in 2 parts: the prestimulus phase (time before the onset of the stimuli) and the stimulus phase (time during which the stimuli were present). Ss looked more at 1 of the 2 discriminanda (the left or right) during 1 or both of those phases of the trial. These gaze-position preferences were not accompanied by response-position preferences, nor were there any correlations between eye, hand, and gaze preferences. In addition, all Ss looked more at the correct than at the incorrect stimulus. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual pattern discrimination learning KW - eye left or right preference KW - 6 yr. olds & adults KW - 1971 KW - Eye (Anatomy) KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Pattern Discrimination KW - Preferences KW - Visual Discrimination KW - 1971 DO - 10.2466/pms.1971.33.3f.1311 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-20600-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-20450-001 AN - 1972-20450-001 AU - Hollister, Leo E. T1 - Current research on marijuana. JF - Journal of Social Issues JO - Journal of Social Issues JA - J Soc Issues Y1 - 1971/// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 23 EP - 34 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0022-4537 SN - 1540-4560 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-20450-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hollister, Leo E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19720701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Usage; Drugs; Experimentation; Marijuana. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1971. AB - Summarizes research and observational data on marihuana during the past 3 yr. While little new has been found, data reported attack some of the myths held by both lay and professional persons. Limits to available research methodologies and suggestions for further studies are presented, including recommendations for 'self study' by users who could perform experiments no researchers could attempt. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - marihuana KW - research & observational data over past 3 yr KW - 1971 KW - Drug Usage KW - Drugs KW - Experimentation KW - Marijuana KW - 1971 DO - 10.1111/j.1540-4560.1971.tb00666.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-20450-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-20442-001 AN - 1972-20442-001 AU - Kastin, Abba J. AU - Miller, Lyle H. AU - Gonzalez-Barcena, David AU - Hawley, William D. AU - Dyster-Aas, Kjell AU - Schally, Andrew V. AU - Luisa Velasco de Parra, M. AU - Velasco, Marcos T1 - Psycho-physiologic correlates of MSH activity in man. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1971/12// VL - 7 IS - 6 SP - 893 EP - 896 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-20442-001. PMID: 5134029 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kastin, Abba J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., New Orleans, La. Release Date: 19720701. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Electroencephalography; Evoked Potentials; Hormones; Retention. Minor Descriptor: Test Performance. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1971. AB - Administered 10 mg. synthetic alpha melanocyte-stimulating hormone (MSH) iv to 5 human Ss and iv saline to 4 controls. MSH resulted in a significant increase in the averaged somatosensory cortical evoked response (AER). This change in the amplitude of the somatosensory evoked response was so marked that it could be seen on single trials of the EEG. The AER further increased during attention. Performance on the Benton Visual Retention Test also improved significantly after infusion of MSH. Findings demonstrate extrapigmentary effects of MSH in man and suggest an effect upon the attentive process.(18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alpha melanocyte-stimulating hormone KW - somatosensory cortical evoked response increase & Benton Visual Retention Test performance KW - 1971 KW - Attention KW - Electroencephalography KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Hormones KW - Retention KW - Test Performance KW - 1971 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(71)90060-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-20442-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-20369-001 AN - 1972-20369-001 AU - Cicchetti, Domenic V. AU - Allison, Truett T1 - A new procedure for assessing reliability of scoring EEG sleep recordings. JF - American Journal of EEG Technology JO - American Journal of EEG Technology JA - Am J EEG Technol Y1 - 1971/09// VL - 11 IS - 3 SP - 101 EP - 110 CY - US PB - American Society of Electroneurodiagnostic Technologists SN - 0002-9238 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-20369-001. Other Journal Title: American Journal of Electroneurodiagnostic Technology; The Neurodiagnostic Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cicchetti, Domenic V.; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19720701. Correction Date: 20150413. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroencephalography; Sleep; Statistical Analysis; Statistical Reliability; Test Scores. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1971. AB - Presents an application of a new statistic to the scoring of EEG sleep recordings. Scoring reliability is expressed as a proportion of agreement which considers instances of perfect agreement, partial agreement, and perfect disagreement. A method is also presented to assess the frequency and significance of inter-O bias, as measured by the tendency of 1 O to systematically score higher than a 2nd O. Although we focused on the 6 category scale of the Dement-Kleitman criteria, the statistic is equally applicable to other classifications (with from 3-7 categories) used in animal sleep studies. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EEG sleep recordings KW - scoring reliability & inter-O bias assessment with new statistic KW - 1971 KW - Electroencephalography KW - Sleep KW - Statistical Analysis KW - Statistical Reliability KW - Test Scores KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-20369-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-11430-001 AN - 1972-11430-001 AU - Young, I. James AU - Rowley, Wilbur F. AU - Becker, Bruce AU - Gaballah, Saeed T1 - Cerebrospinal fluid levels of uric acid in cortical atrophy. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1969/10// VL - 1 IS - 4 SP - 367 EP - 375 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-11430-001. PMID: 5392411 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Young, I. James; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Release Date: 19720601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biochemistry; Brain Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1969. AB - Reports a high incidence of cortical atrophy among patients hospitalized in psychiatric institutions. The cerebrospinal fluid uric acid level may prove to be a useful indicator of the degree of neuronal degeneration. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cerebrospinal fluid levels of uric acid KW - mentally hospitalized patients with cortical atrophy KW - 1969 KW - Biochemistry KW - Brain Disorders KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-11430-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-11247-001 AN - 1972-11247-001 AU - Subotnik, Leo T1 - Spontaneous remission: Fact or artifact? JF - Psychological Bulletin JO - Psychological Bulletin JA - Psychol Bull Y1 - 1972/01// VL - 77 IS - 1 SP - 32 EP - 48 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-2909 SN - 1939-1455 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-11247-001. PMID: 5007494 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Subotnik, Leo; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Disorders; Psychotherapy. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Suggests that the evidence that sufferers from nonpsychotic emotional disturbance generally recover without professional psychotherapy may be vitiated by contaminating artifacts and unvalidated assessment procedures. Improvement has not been found to be a function of the passage of time. Reported remission rates have varied from 37-78%, and no specific remission rate can be presumed as a comparison for the effects of treatment. Untreated patient groups in natural settings, because of selective factors, cannot be considered comparable to treated patient groups and cannot substitute for a controlled research design. Any adequate analysis of the course of treated and untreated psychological difficulties must take account of the fluctuation hypothesis, I.e., cyclical manifestations of severity arising from exogenous or endogenous factors. (3 P. Ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nonpsychotic emotional disturbance remissions KW - without psychotherapy KW - contaminating artifacts & unvalidated assessment procedures KW - 1972 KW - Mental Disorders KW - Psychotherapy KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0032117 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-11247-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-11212-001 AN - 1972-11212-001 AU - Eisler, Richard M. AU - Polak, Paul R. T1 - Social stress and psychiatric disorder. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 153 IS - 4 SP - 227 EP - 233 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-11212-001. PMID: 5114083 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eisler, Richard M.; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Release Date: 19720601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depression (Emotion); Mental Disorders; Schizophrenia; Stress. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1971. AB - Categorized social and situational stressors for 172 patients with the diagnosis of: schizophrenic reaction, depressive reaction, personality disorder, or transient situational personality disorder. Stress factors included marital, work, migration, medical, death, school, aging, and interpersonal relationships social system stressors. The frequencies of occurrence of these stress factors were evaluated for a 2-yr period prior to the request for psychiatric intervention. Results indicate that there were no differences among diagnostic groups with respect to the average number of stressors experienced during this period. It was also found that specific diagnostic patterns were unrelated to specific antecedent stressors. It is suggested that social and situational stressors have generalized effects which may be expressed in varying symptomatology depending on the characteristics of the individual under stress. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social & situational stressors & psychiatric disorder KW - patients with schizophrenic vs. depressive reaction vs. personality vs. transient situational personality disorder KW - 1971 KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Mental Disorders KW - Schizophrenia KW - Stress KW - 1971 DO - 10.1097/00005053-197110000-00001 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-11212-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-11153-001 AN - 1972-11153-001 AU - Freed, Earl X. T1 - The dilemma of the alcoholic patient in a psychiatric hospital. JF - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing & Mental Health Services JO - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing & Mental Health Services Y1 - 1969/05// VL - 7 IS - 3 SP - 113 EP - 116 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-11153-001. PMID: 4307801 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freed, Earl X.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Alcohol Research Lab., Lyons, N.j. Release Date: 19720601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Hospitals. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1969. AB - Discusses the conflict of the alcoholic, I.e., whether to drink or abstain, in relation to the psychiatric hospital. It is noted that hospitalization always involves enforced sobriety, removing the conflict over self-control, but that this experience may be totally dissociated from the portion of a patient's life which has been associated with alcohol. Alcoholism is considered to be a learned response, and sobriety in the hospital is viewed as extinction. In this respect, it is speculated that alcoholics learn to respond to conflict, threat, or anxiety by resorting to alcohol. Moreover, they learn to respond to their loss of control of drinking by returning to the hospital. Techniques for incorporating learning in the clinic or hospital setting are mentioned. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drinking vs. abstinence KW - enforced sobriety KW - hospitalized alcoholics KW - 1969 KW - Alcoholism KW - Hospitals KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-11153-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-11012-001 AN - 1972-11012-001 AU - Hersen, Michel T1 - The behavioral treatment of school phobia. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1971/08// VL - 153 IS - 2 SP - 99 EP - 107 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-11012-001. PMID: 4937197 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hersen, Michel; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Release Date: 19720601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Operant Conditioning; Phobias; School Adjustment; Sensitivity (Personality). Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1971. AB - Psychoanalytic explanations of school phobias are presented and contrasted with behavioral explanations. Behavioral techniques for treating school phobia are reviewed, and their utility examined in terms of reported effectiveness in gaining: (a) return to school, (b) future performance in school, (c) presence or absence of symptom substitution, and (d) related improvements in overall behavior. Techniques discussed include: systematic desensitization, emotive imagery, classical and operant conditioning principles, forced school attendance, interference and shaping, and in vivo desensitization. (33 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - systematic desensitization & emotive imagery & classical & operant conditioning & forced school attendance & interference & shaping & in vivo desensitization as behavioral techniques KW - school phobics KW - 1971 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Phobias KW - School Adjustment KW - Sensitivity (Personality) KW - 1971 DO - 10.1097/00005053-197108000-00004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-11012-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-10445-001 AN - 1972-10445-001 AU - Myers, William A. T1 - Some observations on 'reeler,' a neuromuscular mutation in mice. JF - Behavioral Genetics JO - Behavioral Genetics Y1 - 1970/08// VL - 1 IS - 3-4 SP - 225 EP - 234 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-10445-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Myers, William A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Minneapolis, Minn. Release Date: 19720601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Body Weight; Exploratory Behavior; Motor Processes; Muscles. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1970. AB - Compared 57 normal c57bl/6j and 4 mutant reeler mice from c3h parents. Active reeler mutants were similar to normals in appearance, level of cage activity, self-grooming, environmental and social exploration, mating behavior, social behavior in the nest, parental behavior, and in the age at which a variety of motor reponses emerge: face washing, visual placement, negative geotaxis, and grasp reflex. However, mutant ss weighed less, died sooner, and scored lower on rooting, righting, acceleration righting, and visual placement. Lethargic mutants were consistently inferior to their sibs on every test, but the lethargy may be an artifact of reduced feed intake and parental care. Since lethargy is incompatible with behavioral testing, only active vigorous mutants should be used in behavioral experiments. Some special rearing techniques for increasing the vigor and life span of reeler mutants are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - appearance & activity levels & body weight & life span & social behavior & motor development KW - normal vs. mutant reeler mouse KW - 1970 KW - Body Weight KW - Exploratory Behavior KW - Motor Processes KW - Muscles KW - 1970 DO - 10.1007/BF01074654 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-10445-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-10394-001 AN - 1972-10394-001 AU - Sprince, Herbert T1 - Congeners of gamma-hydroxybutyrate in relation to depressant and convulsant activity. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1969/10// VL - 1 IS - 4 SP - 301 EP - 315 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-10394-001. PMID: 5368979 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sprince, Herbert; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coatesville, Pa. Release Date: 19720601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drugs; Electroencephalography. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1969. AB - Studied congeners of gamma-hydroxybutyric acid (ghba) for depressant and excitatory activity in rats by observation of gross behavioral, anesthetic, convulsant, eeg, and lethal effects. Results show that (a) ghba showed depressant activity; (b) gamma-mercaptobutyric acid (gmba), convulsant activity; and (c) butyric acid (ba) and gamma-aminobutyric acid (gaba), no effect. Toxic effects with ba and gaba were noted after adjustment of injections to ph 4.5. Gamma-butyrolactone (gbl) and 1,4-butanediol (1,4 bd) showed depressant effects similar to ghba. All sulfur congeners tested showed marked convulsant activity. However, gmba and its lactone were much stronger convulsants than homocysteine (hc) and its lactone. Hc was found to cause convulsant activity. The anesthetic effects of ghba, gbl, and 1,4 bd could be reversed by a naturally occurring metabolite, sodium pyruvate. Protection against the convulsant effects of hc was obtained by the naturally occurring metabolites, homoserine, betaine, glycine, and serine. The significance of these findings is discussed in relation to the potential use of ghba and gmba for studies of the biochemical pharmacology of depressant and excitatory behavior. (2 P. Ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - congeners of gamma-hydroxybutyrate KW - depressant & excitatory activity KW - rat KW - 1969 KW - Drugs KW - Electroencephalography KW - Rats KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-10394-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-10331-001 AN - 1972-10331-001 AU - Barrett, Robert J. AU - Leith, Nancy J. AU - Ray, Oakley S. T1 - The effects of pituitary-adrenal manipulations on time-dependent processes in avoidance learning. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1971/11// VL - 7 IS - 5 SP - 663 EP - 665 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-10331-001. PMID: 5164358 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barrett, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Nashville, Tenn. Release Date: 19720601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drugs; Glands; Hormones; Lesions; Maze Learning. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1971. AB - Manipulated the pituitary-adrenal systems of 72 inbred female rats by (a) adrenalectomy, (b) administration of dexamethasone 21-phosphate, or (c) a combination of treatments. Ss then received 30 training trials in an automated y-maze avoidance situation and 150 retest trials after 0, 1, or 24 hr. Results indicate that all treatments failed to alter the typical u-shaped function obtained by varying retest time intervals. (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - adrenalectomy & dexamethasone 21-phosphate KW - time-dependent processes in Y-maze avoidance learning KW - inbred female rat KW - 1971 KW - Drugs KW - Glands KW - Hormones KW - Lesions KW - Maze Learning KW - Rats KW - 1971 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(71)90127-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-10331-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-10311-001 AN - 1972-10311-001 AU - Kiefer, Durand T1 - EEG alpha feedback and subjective states of consciousness: Subject's introspective overview. JF - Psychologia: An International Journal of Psychology in the Orient JO - Psychologia: An International Journal of Psychology in the Orient JA - Psychologia Y1 - 1971/03// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 3 EP - 14 CY - Japan PB - Psychologia Society SN - 0033-2852 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-10311-001. Other Journal Title: Psychologia: An International Journal of Psychological Sciences. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kiefer, Durand; Veterans Administration Hosp., Bedford, Mass. Release Date: 19720601. Correction Date: 20090907. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Consciousness States; Electroencephalography; Feedback. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1971. AB - 'the only trance-like state experienced, during a trial feedback interruption, was marked by a reported lack of alpha and was easily dispelled.' an expected automatic reconditioning of mental and emotional behavior patterns through physiological conditioning of neuronal behavior patterns did not occur. Only 1 s was involved. An unexpected change was what appeared to be 'a more generally euphoric consciousness.' an appendix which summarizes daily interviews is included. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EEG alpha feedback & subjective states of consciousness KW - 1971 KW - Consciousness States KW - Electroencephalography KW - Feedback KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-10311-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-10287-001 AN - 1972-10287-001 AU - Chase, M. H. AU - Harper, R. M. T1 - Somatomotor and visceromotor correlates of operantly conditioned 12-14 c/sec sensorimotor cortical activity. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1971/07// VL - 31 IS - 1 SP - 85 EP - 92 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-10287-001. PMID: 4105848 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Chase, M. H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19720601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebral Cortex; Motor Processes; Operant Conditioning; Perceptual Motor Processes. Minor Descriptor: Cats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1971. AB - Trained 5 adult cats in a free operant paradigm to produce a synchronized pattern (12-14 cps) of sensorimotor or cortical activity in order to obtain a milk reward. During conditioned 12-14 cps activity, consistent patterns of motor phenomena were observed which included a cessation of movement and a depression of somatic motor activity. A shift in visceral motor processes toward levels of activity which were parasympathetic in nature occurred, heart rate decreased, and the pattern of respiration became more regular. The onset of a conditioned eeg episode was correlated with inspiration and its termination with expiration. Results suggest 3 hypotheses: (a) the specific eeg patterns of sensory and motor cortical gyri are correlated with uniform and functionally adaptive variations in somatic and visceral motor activity, (b) patterns of synchronized activity may reflect localized sites of 'idling' within cortical areas devoted to primary sensory functions, and (c) the processes or conditions underlying 12-14 cps activity of the sensorimotor cortex are analogous to those responsible for the alpha activity of the visual cortex. (french summary) (22 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - operantly conditioned 12-14 cps sensorimotor cortical activity for milk reward KW - somato- & visceromotor correlates KW - cat KW - 1971 KW - Cerebral Cortex KW - Motor Processes KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Perceptual Motor Processes KW - Cats KW - 1971 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(71)90292-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-10287-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-10279-001 AN - 1972-10279-001 AU - Isgur, Jay AU - Trehub, Arnold T1 - Detection efficiency and evoked brain activity: Day-to-day and moment-to-moment fluctuations. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1971/07// VL - 31 IS - 1 SP - 96 EP - 98 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-10279-001. PMID: 4105850 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Isgur, Jay; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northampton, Mass. Release Date: 19720601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Electrical Activity; Evoked Potentials; Illumination; Vision. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1971. AB - Investigated the relationship between fluctuations in photically evoked bioelectric brain activity and visual detection efficiency in 2 adult males on a moment-to-moment and day-to-day basis by filtering scalp-recorded evoked brain output at the frequency of photic stimulation. Long-term (day-to-day) changes in detection efficiency were very closely and positively correlated with long-term changes in amplitude of evoked brain output. Moment-to-moment fluctuations in detection efficiency were not correlated with moment-to-moment fluctuations in amplitude of evoked brain output. It is suggested that the scalp-recorded evoked response of the brain reflects changes in general arousal but does not reveal fluctuations in attention per se. (french summary) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - photically evoked bioelectric brain activity & visual detection efficiency KW - moment-to-moment & day-to-day fluctuations KW - 1971 KW - Brain KW - Electrical Activity KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Illumination KW - Vision KW - 1971 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(71)90294-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-10279-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-10071-001 AN - 1972-10071-001 AU - Milligan, W. Lloyd AU - Scott, Thomas R. T1 - On the geometry of spiral aftereffect. JF - Perception & Psychophysics JO - Perception & Psychophysics JA - Percept Psychophys Y1 - 1971/12// VL - 10 IS - 6 SP - 389 EP - 392 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0031-5117 SN - 1532-5962 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-10071-001. Other Journal Title: Attention, Perception, & Psychophysics. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Milligan, W. Lloyd; Veterans Administration Hosp., Columbia, S.c. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19720601. Correction Date: 20110110. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Motion Perception; Perceptual Aftereffect; Visual Field; Visual Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1971. AB - Reports a series of experiments comparing 3 hypotheses about the relationship between eliciting stimulus motion and the magnitude of spiral aftereffect. Initial rate of spiral aftereffect was measured by the method of constant stimuli and by a velocity estimation procedure. Amount of the spiral aftereffect (area under the time decay of aftereffect rate function) was computed using empirical curve fitting methods. Results from 5 of 6 ss (experimentally naive male high school and graduate students) support the hypothesis that spiral aftereffect rate, measured with respect to a single component, is proportional to the analagous component of the eliciting motion. The results of 1 s suggest that amount of aftereffect may be a function of the total normal eliciting motion independent of its components. The hypothesis that motion in the visual field at points other than the tested points influences the magnitude of the aftereffect failed to receive support from the results of this study. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - spiral aftereffect magnitude KW - eliciting stimulus motion KW - graduate & high school students KW - 1971 KW - Motion Perception KW - Perceptual Aftereffect KW - Visual Field KW - Visual Perception KW - 1971 DO - 10.3758/BF03210316 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-10071-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-10043-001 AN - 1972-10043-001 AU - Efron, Robert AU - Lee, David N. T1 - The visual persistence of a moving stroboscopically illuminated object. JF - The American Journal of Psychology JO - The American Journal of Psychology JA - Am J Psychol Y1 - 1971/09// VL - 84 IS - 3 SP - 365 EP - 375 CY - US PB - Univ of Illinois Press SN - 0002-9556 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-10043-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Efron, Robert; Veterans Administration Hosp., Martinez, Calif. Release Date: 19720601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Illusions (Perception); Stimulus Intensity; Time; Visual Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1971. AB - Studied a time-dependent visual illusion to contrast the perceptual moment hypothesis with the concept of persistence of vision. Results with 4 ss were formally consistent with either concept. However, the perceptual-moment hypothesis that fits the data is 1 in which the duration of the 'moment' is variable and determined by stimulus properties rather than by a constant, central, neural clock a finding which undercuts the heuristic value of the hypothesis. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perceptual moment vs. visual persistence KW - moment duration of time-dependent visual illusion KW - 1971 KW - Illusions (Perception) KW - Stimulus Intensity KW - Time KW - Visual Perception KW - 1971 DO - 10.2307/1420468 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-10043-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-09765-001 AN - 1972-09765-001 AU - Mann, Jay T1 - Vicarious desensitization of test anxiety through observation of videotaped treatment. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology JA - J Couns Psychol Y1 - 1972/01// VL - 19 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 7 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-09765-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mann, Jay; Veterans Administration Hosp., Family Study Unit, Palo Alto, Calif. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Educational Counseling; Junior High School Students; Sensitivity (Personality); Test Anxiety. Classification: Educational Psychology (3500). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Compared procedural variations for a vicarious group treatment of test anxiety involving observation of videotapes depicting systematic desensitization of a model. 60 junior high school students were given the test-anxiety scale and the speed and comprehension subtest of the gates-mcginnitie reading test before and after the study. Ss were randomly assigned to the following treatment conditions: (a) imitation of videotaped procedure; (b) observation (without imitation); and (c) observation (without imitation) of procedure, excluding relaxation. 20 ss served as waiting-list controls. In each group, 10 ss were given neutral instructions. As predicted, experimentals improved significantly, relative to controls, on measures of test anxiety and timed reading proficiency; however, neither procedural variations nor variant expectancy instructions differentially influenced improvements. When subsequently treated, controls' improvements equaled those attained by previously treated experimentals. The theoretical implications and the feasibility of using videotaped materials to treat test anxiety and other avoidance responses in school settings are discussed. (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - vicarious desensitization through observation of videotaped treatment KW - test anxiety KW - junior high school students KW - 1972 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Educational Counseling KW - Junior High School Students KW - Sensitivity (Personality) KW - Test Anxiety KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0032024 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-09765-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-09583-001 AN - 1972-09583-001 AU - Apfeldorf, Max AU - Hunley, Phyllis J. T1 - The Adjective Check List applied to older institutionalized men. JF - Journal of Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Personality Assessment JA - J Pers Assess Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 35 IS - 5 SP - 457 EP - 462 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0022-3891 SN - 1532-7752 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-09583-001. PMID: 5113660 Other Journal Title: Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Apfeldorf, Max; Veterans Administration Center, Martinsburg, W. Va. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19720501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatrics; Personality Measures; Projective Techniques. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1971. AB - The assessment of the personality of the institutionalized aged presents many difficulties, since not all are capable of responding to the usual inventories. The adjective check list (acl) has been considered a simple, flexible technique overcoming these difficulties. 70 older men who were 37-77 yr. Old when admitted were evaluated on the acl through self-reports and reports of their supervisors. Residents with disciplinary problems were described on a number of dimensions including aggression and need for change. Intelligence-personality relationships were found that were consistent with those found in children. The method appears capable of eliciting the negative self-perceptions of those who have early institutionalization. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality assessment KW - Adjective Check List KW - institutionalized older men KW - 1971 KW - Geriatrics KW - Personality Measures KW - Projective Techniques KW - 1971 DO - 10.1080/00223891.1971.10119699 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-09583-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-09496-001 AN - 1972-09496-001 AU - Wilder, B. J. AU - Musella, L. AU - Van Horn, Gage AU - Schmidt, R. P. T1 - Activation of spike and wave discharge in patients with generalized seizures. JF - Neurology JO - Neurology Y1 - 1971/05// VL - 21 IS - 5 SP - 517 EP - 527 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0028-3878 SN - 1526-632X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-09496-001. PMID: 4996456 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wilder, B. J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Gainesville, Fla. Release Date: 19720501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Diagnosis; Drugs; Electroencephalography; Epilepsy. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: May, 1971. AB - Challenged 39 patients, with a clinical history of petit mal or grand mal (generalized) seizures or both, with iv brevital during simultaneous eeg recording. In 35 ss, generalized spike or polyspike and wave discharge or both was activated following exceptionally small doses of brevital. Because of the simplicity of the technique and the efficacy of brevital in activating centrencephalic-like discharge in patients with generalized seizures, this agent appears to provide promise as an adjunct in diagnosis. Furthermore, use of the drug in the eeg laboratory may provide a means of testing the therapeutic effect of anticonvulsants in special situations. Possible mechanisms of action are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - brevital activation of EEG KW - petit & grand mal epileptics KW - 1971 KW - Diagnosis KW - Drugs KW - Electroencephalography KW - Epilepsy KW - 1971 DO - 10.1212/WNL.21.5.517 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-09496-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-09493-001 AN - 1972-09493-001 AU - Cantor, Fredric K. T1 - Vestibular-temporal lobe connections demonstrated by induced seizures. JF - Neurology JO - Neurology Y1 - 1971/05// VL - 21 IS - 5 SP - 507 EP - 516 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0028-3878 SN - 1526-632X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-09493-001. PMID: 5314329 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cantor, Fredric K.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Washington, D.c. Release Date: 19720501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroencephalography; Epilepsy; Neuroanatomy; Stimulation; Temperature Effects. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: May, 1971. AB - Caloric stimuli produced typical temporal lobe seizures in a man with a temporal lobe seizure disorder. Seizures occurred only with cold stimuli in the right ear, but evoked temporal lobe eeg responses were produced by irrigation of either ear with warm or cold water. Analysis of the eeg recordings is consistent with a specific, primarily contralateral temporal lobe response to vestibular stimuli. It is suggested that seizures induced by vestibular and other specific sensory stimuli are caused by an excessive responsiveness of damaged, presumably deafferented, cortex. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - vestibular-temporal lobe connections demonstrated by induced seizures KW - EEG KW - male with temporal lobe seizure disorder KW - 1971 KW - Electroencephalography KW - Epilepsy KW - Neuroanatomy KW - Stimulation KW - Temperature Effects KW - 1971 DO - 10.1212/WNL.21.5.507 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-09493-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-09385-001 AN - 1972-09385-001 AU - Royer, Fred L. AU - Flynn, William F. AU - Osadca, Bohdan S. T1 - Case history: Aversion therapy for fire setting by a deteriorated schizophrenic. JF - Behavior Therapy JO - Behavior Therapy JA - Behav Ther Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 229 EP - 232 CY - US PB - Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy SN - 0005-7894 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-09385-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Royer, Fred L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brecksville, O. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19720501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aversion; Behavior Therapy; Case Report; Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1971. AB - Reports on a male chronic, deteriorated schizophrenic patient whose persistent fire-setting behavior presented a major management problem. His verbal communications were generally incoherent. The fire-setting behavior was successfully eliminated by an aversive technique in which electric shocks were made contingent on setting fire to paper with a match. There has been no recurrence in nearly 4 yr. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - aversion therapy KW - fire setting in chronic schizophrenics KW - 1971 KW - Aversion KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Case Report KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - 1971 DO - 10.1016/S0005-7894(71)80010-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-09385-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-09348-001 AN - 1972-09348-001 AU - DeWolfe, Alan S. T1 - Cognitive structure and pathology in associations of process and reactive schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 78 IS - 2 SP - 148 EP - 153 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-09348-001. PMID: 5156440 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: DeWolfe, Alan S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Learning; Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Tested the hypothesis of different schizophrenic thought processes related to premorbid adjustment through analyses of the word associations of 20 process and 20 reactive schizophrenics. The groups (matched for age, sex, and education with scores corrected for differences in institutionalization when relevant) were predicted to show cognitive structure and type-of-deficit differences, despite a prediction of equally severe current symptoms. Significant differences in categories of healthy and pathological associations support (a) the hypotheses of differences in cognitive structure and type of deficit, and (b) the use of the process reactive distinction in research on schizophrenia. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive structure & pathology in associations KW - process vs. reactive schizophrenics KW - 1971 KW - Learning KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0031996 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-09348-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-09347-001 AN - 1972-09347-001 AU - Davis, William E. AU - Dewolfe, Alan S. T1 - Premorbid adjustment and affective expression in schizophrenia. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 78 IS - 2 SP - 198 EP - 201 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-09347-001. PMID: 4400412 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, William E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Emotions; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Randomly selected 2 samples composed of 25 process and 25 reactive schizophrenics. There were no significant differences among the groups either in mean age or education. Mmpi deviation scores were obtained for each s by subtracting s's mean clinical scale score from each of the 9 mmpi clinical scales. Reactive ss had significantly (p < .01) higher ma deviation scores in both samples, and process ss scored significantly higher on pt (p < .05) and sc (p < .01) in both samples. Reasons for these significant results, in contrast to results of past research, and the positive implications for the value of the process-reactive distinction are discussed. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - premorbid adjustment & affective expression KW - schizophrenics KW - 1971 KW - Adjustment KW - Emotions KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0031995 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-09347-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-09243-001 AN - 1972-09243-001 AU - Gross, W. F. T1 - Self-concepts of alcoholics before and after treatment. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 27 IS - 4 SP - 539 EP - 541 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-09243-001. PMID: 5115664 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gross, W. F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lexington, Ky. Release Date: 19720501. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Self-Concept; Treatment. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1971. AB - Administered the tennessee self concept scale to 60 male alcoholic ss who entered a 60-day alcoholic treatment program on a pre- and post-treatment basis. All except 1 of the scales changed in the predicted desired direction, with physical self and personal self reaching the .01 and .05 levels, respectively. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self-concept after treatment program KW - alcoholics KW - 1971 KW - Alcoholism KW - Self-Concept KW - Treatment KW - 1971 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197110)27:4<539::AID-JCLP2270270443>3.0.CO;2-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-09243-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-09240-001 AN - 1972-09240-001 AU - Crumbaugh, James C. T1 - Frankl's logotherapy: A new orientation in counseling. JF - Journal of Religion and Health JO - Journal of Religion and Health JA - J Relig Health Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 10 IS - 4 SP - 373 EP - 386 CY - US PB - Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers SN - 0022-4197 SN - 1573-6571 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-09240-001. PMID: 24414427 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crumbaugh, James C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Gulfport, Miss. Release Date: 19720501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Psychotherapeutic Techniques. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1971. AB - Following an initial description of V. Frankl's existential 'philosophy' of logotherapy, I.e., therapy toward meaning, a 2-wk 'crash course' in intensive therapy with alcoholic patients at a veterans administration hospital is described. The clients qualified for logotherapy since they showed a low purpose in life as revealed by test results. While the outcome of the course showed improvement in motivation and future outlook, the venture constituted at the same time efforts to operationalize frankl's principles of search for meaning. The methodology involves gestalt psychological principles through self-enforced responses to repeated stimuli and exercises in discovery of new stimuli not previously employed. There are also exercises in imagination. The counselor is seen as a 'binding thread' who leads clients from things to people. Specific techniques are combined with the nonspecific technique of leading the client into a personal encounter with another person in the immediate environment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - logotherapy KW - alcoholics KW - 1971 KW - Alcoholism KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - 1971 DO - 10.1007/BF01532587 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-09240-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-09126-001 AN - 1972-09126-001 AU - Sturm, Israel E. T1 - Implications of role-playing methodology for clinical procedure. JF - Behavior Therapy JO - Behavior Therapy JA - Behav Ther Y1 - 1971/01// VL - 2 IS - 1 SP - 88 EP - 96 CY - US PB - Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy SN - 0005-7894 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-09126-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sturm, Israel E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northport, N.y. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19720501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Group Psychotherapy; Roles. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1971. AB - Views the technology of J. Moreno's psychodrama and the theatrical training 'method' of C. Stanislavski in combination as offering suggestions for psychodiagnosis and behavior therapy. In psychodiagnosis (a) the clinician should treat the testing protocol as a script which, when enacted, would provide an experience of the s's cue-reinforcement context; and (b) the report should then focus on an evaluation of the adequacy of the s's responding and the appropriateness of the rewards for which he behaves. In behavior therapy (a) focus should be on the s's cognition of the context of the newly learned response as much as on the response itself; and (b) the use of a group is indicated to facilitate learning and potently to represent cues and reinforcements typically provided by the social consensus. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavior therapy KW - role-playing methodology KW - 1971 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Roles KW - 1971 DO - 10.1016/S0005-7894(71)80151-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-09126-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-09088-001 AN - 1972-09088-001 AU - Krop, H. AU - Calhoon, B. AU - Verrier, R. T1 - Modification of the 'self-concept' of emotionally disturbed children by covert reinforcement. JF - Behavior Therapy JO - Behavior Therapy JA - Behav Ther Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 201 EP - 204 CY - US PB - Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy SN - 0005-7894 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-09088-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Krop, H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Gainesville, Fla. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19720501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Mental Disorders; Reinforcement; Self-Concept. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1971. AB - Assessed the effects of overt and covert reinforcement on the self-concept of 31 children (mean age = 10.5 yr.) diagnosed as having various behavior disorders. Ss were given items from the tennessee department of mental health self-concept scale. Following an initial administration of the items, ss were assigned to 1 of 3 conditions for a 2nd administration: (a) covert reinforcement following responses associated with a positive self-concept, (b) overt reinforcement for positive responses, and (c) no reinforcement following responses. Results of a 3rd administration show that the covert reinforcement group was the only group that changed significantly from the 1st to the 3rd test. A 2-wk follow-up revealed that these changes were maintained. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - covert reinforcement KW - self concept modification KW - emotionally disturbed children KW - 1971 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Mental Disorders KW - Reinforcement KW - Self-Concept KW - 1971 DO - 10.1016/S0005-7894(71)80006-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-09088-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-09054-001 AN - 1972-09054-001 AU - Bean, Kenneth L. T1 - Desensitization, behavior rehearsal, then reality: A preliminary report on a new procedure. JF - Behavior Therapy JO - Behavior Therapy JA - Behav Ther Y1 - 1970/11// VL - 1 IS - 4 SP - 542 EP - 545 CY - US PB - Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy SN - 0005-7894 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-09054-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bean, Kenneth L.; Veterans Administration Center, Temple, Tex. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19720501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Behavior Therapy; Case Report; Group Psychotherapy; Roles. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1970. AB - Applied a combination of systematic desensitization and group role playing (behavior rehearsal) to a 31-yr-old male veteran with a severe anxiety reaction who responded poorly to conventional, insight-oriented group and individual psychotherapy. Unusual resistance to role playing as preparation to meet difficult encounters at home was eliminated by progressive relaxation training and working through a hierarchy of fantasy scenes. It was then possible to bridge a wide gap between imaginative anxiety-arousing interpersonal situations and real life encounters by the reinforcement furnished in a role-playing group. This combination of 2 mutually reinforcing therapeutic methods may prove effective in situations where either treatment modality employed alone fails. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - systematic desensitization & group role playing KW - severe anxiety in 31 yr. old man KW - 1970 KW - Anxiety KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Case Report KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Roles KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/S0005-7894(70)80080-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-09054-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-09040-001 AN - 1972-09040-001 AU - Cohen, Charles P. AU - Johnson, Dale L. AU - Hanson, Philip G. T1 - Interpersonal changes among psychiatric patients in human relations training. JF - Journal of Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Personality Assessment JA - J Pers Assess Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 35 IS - 5 SP - 472 EP - 479 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0022-3891 SN - 1532-7752 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-09040-001. PMID: 4398835 Other Journal Title: Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cohen, Charles P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19720501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Style; Dominance; Group Psychotherapy; Interpersonal Interaction; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1971. AB - Used the interpersonal system developed by T. Leary to evaluate different levels of personality in 85 male patients who had completed the 4-wk program. Ss were given the mmpi and interpersonal check list at the beginning and end of the program. Results show a significant change from submission to dominance had occurred in their public behavior, self-description, and cognitive style. These confirmed findings of earlier studies which indicate the program's success in creating an atmosphere where participation increased via more open critical behavior. Lack of change in an affiliative direction was discussed, with possible reasons for this result, along with suggestions for an emphasis on an 'affiliation motive.' (24 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - submissive to dominance changes in public behavior & self-description & cognitive style KW - human relations training KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1971 KW - Cognitive Style KW - Dominance KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1971 DO - 10.1080/00223891.1971.10119701 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-09040-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-09021-001 AN - 1972-09021-001 AU - O'Connell, W. E. AU - Hanson, P. G. T1 - The negative nonsense of the passive patient. JF - Rational Living JO - Rational Living Y1 - 1971///Sum 1971 VL - 6 IS - 1 SP - 28 EP - 31 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0034-0049 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-09021-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behavior Therapy; Journal of Rational-Emotive Therapy. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Connell, W. E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19720501. Correction Date: 20130422. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Disorders; Psychotherapeutic Techniques. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1971. AB - Describes semiweekly action therapy sessions, instituted at a veterans' hospital, using psychodynamic techniques. The 60-item hartman personal beliefs inventory (pbi), administered to prescreened ss, revealed noteworthy preference differentiation between ss who were labeled protagonists (n = 43) and nonprotagonists (n = 147). Tables are supplied. It was discovered that protagonist ss showed more hyperdependency and self-punishment attitudes, whereas nonprotagonist ss saw themselves as victims of external controls on behavior. A better therapy potential is, therefore, seen in the protagonist attitude. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - semiweekly action therapy sessions KW - passive patients KW - 1971 KW - Mental Disorders KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-09021-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-09012-001 AN - 1972-09012-001 AU - Hersen, Michel AU - Eisler, Richard M. T1 - Comments on Heap, Boblitt, Moore, and Hord's 'Behavior-milieu therapy with chronic neuropsychiatric patients.' JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 29 IS - 2 SP - 583 EP - 586 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-09012-001. PMID: 5126762 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hersen, Michel; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19720501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychiatric Patients; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Psychotherapeutic Techniques. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1971. AB - Criticizes the recent study by R. Heap, W. Boblitt, C. Moore, and J. Hord (see pa, vol. 45:6454) which compared the combined effects of token economy, milieu, and attitude therapies with a no-treatment chronic ward control group. Several methodological deficiencies are noted: (a) confounding of several treatment modalities, (b) incomparable living arrangements for experimentals and controls, and (c) the absence of an 'attention-placebo' control group. An alternative experimental design is offered and suggestions for further research employing token economic methods are outlined. (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavior-milieu therapy KW - chronic neuropsychiatric patients KW - criticism of R. Heap & W. Boblitt & C. Moore & J. Hord's study KW - 1971 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Treatment KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - 1971 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1971.29.2.583 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-09012-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-08954-001 AN - 1972-08954-001 AU - Hersen, Michel AU - Greaves, Sally T. T1 - Rorschach productivity as related to verbal reinforcement. JF - Journal of Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Personality Assessment JA - J Pers Assess Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 35 IS - 5 SP - 436 EP - 441 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0022-3891 SN - 1532-7752 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-08954-001. PMID: 5113658 Other Journal Title: Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hersen, Michel; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19720501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Productivity; Rorschach Test; Social Reinforcement; Verbal Communication. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1971. AB - Administered the rorschach to 4 groups of 25 male undergraduates each equated for verbal intelligence. A crf group, a human content reinforcement group, and an animal content reinforcement group were compared with a no reinforcement control group. Verbal reinforcement applied after each response significantly increased total rorschach responses for ss both aware and unaware of the response-reinforcement contingency. In the human and animal content reinforcement groups, verbal reinforcement led to increased human and animal responses, respectively, but only for ss aware of the reinforcement contingency. Implications for the projective test situation were discussed in terms of e bias and s conformity to experimental demands. (29 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Rorschach productivity KW - CRF vs. human vs. animal content reinforcement vs. no reinforcement KW - 1971 KW - Productivity KW - Rorschach Test KW - Social Reinforcement KW - Verbal Communication KW - 1971 DO - 10.1080/00223891.1971.10119696 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-08954-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-08939-001 AN - 1972-08939-001 AU - Lazzaro, Thomas A. AU - Mcneil, Keith A. AU - Beggs, Donald L. T1 - A factor analytic study of the multidimensional properties of impulse control. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 27 IS - 4 SP - 495 EP - 498 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-08939-001. PMID: 5115656 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lazzaro, Thomas A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.y. Release Date: 19720501. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Measures; Personality Traits. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1971. AB - Made a factor analysis of the response of 475 ss on the self-report test of impulse control (stic). 4 different interpretable subscales emerged, a finding that is different from the 5 impulse life variables which formed the theoretical basis for the scale. Results support the contention that human impulse life is a complex multidimensional behavioral construct. 'while further support of the validity of the stic was evidenced, whether the scale measures all the various underlying dimensions of impulse life remains to be explored.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Self-Report Test of Impulse Control KW - factor analysis KW - 1971 KW - Personality Measures KW - Personality Traits KW - 1971 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197110)27:4<495::AID-JCLP2270270429>3.0.CO;2-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-08939-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-08622-001 AN - 1972-08622-001 AU - Penk, Walter E. T1 - Age differences in children's conceptual behavior. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 29 IS - 2 SP - 619 EP - 629 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-08622-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Penk, Walter E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Dallas, Tex. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19720501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Childhood Development; Cognitive Processes; Culture (Anthropological). Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1971. AB - Examined age differences in 70 6-14 yr. Old children's conceptual behavior within L. M. Gaughran's (see pa, vol. 29:515) framework of 'conceptual area' analysis of object sortings. 2 commonly observed, but unclearly defined and inadequately measured, aspects of cognitive growth were demonstrated clearly: (a) a progressive increase in enculturative effects, and (b) shifts in levels of abstraction as a function of age differences. Global (open-private) concepts predominated among youngest ss, highly differentiated (closed-public) concepts notably increased at age 8; and hierarchically integrated (open-public) responses prevailed among the older ss. Conceptual area analysis and its additional refinements, as multivariable analyses of conceptualization, provided the basis for an empirically based descriptive language for 2 aspects of conceptual development lacking precise definition. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - enculturative effects & abstraction level & global vs. differentiated concepts & conceptual area analysis KW - 6-14 yr. olds KW - use of L. Mcgaughran's analysis of object sorting KW - 1971 KW - Age Differences KW - Childhood Development KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Culture (Anthropological) KW - 1971 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1971.29.2.619 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-08622-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-08621-001 AN - 1972-08621-001 AU - Penk, W. E. T1 - Developmental patterns of conceptual styles. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 29 IS - 2 SP - 635 EP - 649 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-08621-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Penk, W. E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Dallas, Tex. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19720501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Childhood Development; Cognitive Processes. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100). Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1971. AB - Compared 2 differing interpretations of maturation in children's conceptual behavior continuity and discontinuity for their relative efficiency in predicting, among the same children, developmental changes in 2 sets of cognitive measures. 100 7-11 yr. Olds were selected from an age range during which major cognitive shifts were hypothesized by theorists of the discontinuity persuasion. Growth patterns of 48 conceptual style measures were analyzed by trend analyses. Neither the discontinuity nor the continuity mode of interpretation alone accounted for the many types of growth patterns empirically established. A rationally derived system for classifying types of developmental trends is proposed and devised, based on multicriterial analyses of 3 basic components determining curve forms (i.e., predominance, directionality, and rate of change). (20 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - conceptual style KW - continuity vs. discontinuity in maturation KW - 7-11 yr. olds KW - 1971 KW - Childhood Development KW - Cognitive Processes KW - 1971 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1971.29.2.635 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-08621-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-08569-001 AN - 1972-08569-001 AU - Murphree, Oddist D. AU - Newton, Joseph E. T1 - Crossbreeding and special handling of genetically nervous dogs. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1971/07// VL - 6 IS - 3 SP - 129 EP - 136 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-08569-001. PMID: 5147252 Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Murphree, Oddist D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Neuropsychiatric Research Lab., Little Rock, Ark. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19720501. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Environments; Early Experience; Emotional Responses; Genetics. Minor Descriptor: Dogs. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1971. AB - In studies of a healthy and a nervous genetic strain of pointer dogs, 2 techniques were used to determine environmental and hereditary influences. These were reciprocal crossbreeding to females from each strain, and split litters with special handling and human attention to 1/2 of each litter of of nervous strain origin from birth through age 6 mo. It is impossible to attribute the nervous behavior to an environmental mother effect since crossbred offspring were highly similar on behavioral tests. Special handling produced no success in normalizing responses of nervous ss. The biologic origin is the most likely source of the nervousness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - crossbreeding & special handling of genetically nervous dog KW - 1971 KW - Animal Environments KW - Early Experience KW - Emotional Responses KW - Genetics KW - Dogs KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-08569-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-08531-001 AN - 1972-08531-001 AU - Davidson, Robert S. T1 - Effects of food deprivation on free-operant avoidance. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1971/12// VL - 29 IS - 3, Pt. 1 SP - 1019 EP - 1022 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-08531-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davidson, Robert S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Miami, Fla. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19720501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Food Deprivation; Operant Conditioning. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1971. AB - Exposed 2 marmoset monkeys to a schedule of continuous avoidance on which each response postponed for 30-sec shock which otherwise occurred every 5 sec. Once stable efficient avoidance developed, each s was food-deprived to 80% of his free-feeding weight. Sessions continued until the behavior again stabilized, after which the s was returned to a free-feeding schedule. 8 such weight changes showed initial increases in response rate and decreases in shocks taken, irrespective of body weight. In later sessions, avoidance efficiency was clearly positively correlated with body weight. It is concluded that deprivation had a deleterious effect on established avoidance, producing reduced response rate and increased shock rate. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - free operant avoidance KW - food deprivation KW - monkey KW - 1971 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Food Deprivation KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Monkeys KW - 1971 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1971.29.3.1019 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-08531-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-08431-001 AN - 1972-08431-001 AU - Walker, Don W. AU - Freund, Gerhard T1 - Impairment of shuttle box avoidance learning following prolonged alcohol consumption in rats. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1971/11// VL - 7 IS - 5 SP - 773 EP - 778 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-08431-001. PMID: 5164369 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Walker, Don W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Medical Research, Gainesville, Fla. Release Date: 19720501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohols; Avoidance Conditioning; Drugs; Rat Learning. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1971. AB - Administered either (a) a liquid diet of ethanol as the only source of calories (35%) and fluid, (b) a liquid diet with isocalorie substitution of sucrose for ethanol, or (c) lab chow and water for periods of 6 and 9 mo. A total of 39 naive male hooded long-evans rats served as ss. 2 weeks after alcohol was omitted from the diet, it was found that the alcohol-consuming ss were severely impaired in learning the shuttle box avoidance task as compared to control groups. The 2 control groups did not differ from one another. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prolonged alcohol consumption KW - impaired shuttle box avoidance learning KW - rat KW - 1971 KW - Alcohols KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Drugs KW - Rat Learning KW - Rats KW - 1971 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(71)90147-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-08431-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-08425-001 AN - 1972-08425-001 AU - Sprince, Herbert T1 - An appraisal of methionine-tryptophan interrelationships in mental illness: Methylation reactions involved. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1970/04// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 109 EP - 117 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-08425-001. PMID: 5459127 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sprince, Herbert; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coatesville, Pa. Release Date: 19720501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Body Weight; Digestive System; Drugs; Excretion; Metabolism. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1970. AB - Rats were put on purified amino acid diets containing an excess of dl-methionine (4%) but deficient in nicotinic acid and nicotinamide, and pair-fed with and without intestinal antibiotics. Controls without excess dietary methionine were also run. Paired-feeding was restricted to a food intake of 10 gm/day per s to insure complete consumption of daily rations. After 3 wk. Ss on experimental diets showed the following group mean results: body weight decreased; urinary creatinine unchanged; urinary n1-methylnicotinamide decreased; urinary xanthurenic acid increased; and urinary total indolacetic acid increased in comparison with controls. Intestinal antibiotics did not affect the overall methionine effect. No statistical tests were reported, nor were individual data. (2 P. Ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - methionine KW - body weight & urinary metabolites KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Body Weight KW - Digestive System KW - Drugs KW - Excretion KW - Metabolism KW - Rats KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-08425-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-08337-001 AN - 1972-08337-001 AU - Sturr, Joseph F. AU - Shansky, Michael S. T1 - Cortical and subcortical responses to flicker in cats. JF - Experimental Neurology JO - Experimental Neurology JA - Exp Neurol Y1 - 1971/11// VL - 33 IS - 2 SP - 279 EP - 290 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0014-4886 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-08337-001. PMID: 5124949 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sturr, Joseph F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, Syracuse, N.y. Release Date: 19720501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Cerebral Cortex; Evoked Potentials; Illumination; Visual Cortex. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1971. AB - Measured gross potential responses to 400-msec flicker trains (7.5-100 hz.) from lateral geniculate body, optic radiation, optic tract, and cortex in adult anesthetized cats. A typical response sequence consisted of an 'on' response, followed by about 100 msec. Of little or no activity (entrainment latency), and then frequency-specific (entrained) responses. The subcortical entrained response had fast rise and decay times and exhibited response 'doubling' at low frequencies and oscillatory potentials after the stimulus was terminated. The cortical entrained response had slower rise and decay times and was highly sensitive to barbiturate anesthetic levels. At low frequencies and intensities, and under light anesthesia, cortical responses also exhibited response doubling. Quantitative analysis of the data reveal better frequency following for depth structures than for cortex. (23 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - gross potential responses to flicker trains from lateral geniculate body & optic radiation & optic tract & cortex KW - anesthetized cat KW - 1971 KW - Brain KW - Cerebral Cortex KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Illumination KW - Visual Cortex KW - 1971 DO - 10.1016/0014-4886(71)90021-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-08337-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-08212-001 AN - 1972-08212-001 AU - Royer, Fred L. T1 - Spatial orientational and figural information in free recall of visual figures. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology JA - J Exp Psychol Y1 - 1971/12// VL - 91 IS - 2 SP - 326 EP - 332 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-08212-001. PMID: 5134676 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Royer, Fred L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychophysiological Research Lab., Brecksville, O. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Form and Shape Perception; Information; Orienting Reflex; Recall (Learning); Vision. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Constructed 3 lists of 8 visual figures from subsets of a total set of 63 figures partitioned such that each member of a subset was identical under operations of 90 rotation and mirror reflection. Selection from these subsets, called equivalence sets (es), produced lists varying according to (a) the number of members of an es present, and (b) the size of the es from which the members were selected. 60 undergraduates were exposed to each item for 3 sec. After a 6-sec pause at the conclusion of a trail, ss freely recalled as many items as possible. 10 trials were given. The number of correctly recalled figures decreased and rotational and reflectional errors increased with (a) the number of members of an es present, and (b) the size of the es from which members were selected. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - free recall of visual figures KW - spatial orientation & figural information KW - 1971 KW - Form and Shape Perception KW - Information KW - Orienting Reflex KW - Recall (Learning) KW - Vision KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0031846 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-08212-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-08134-001 AN - 1972-08134-001 AU - Fozard, James L. AU - Carr, Gordon D. AU - Talland, George A. AU - Erwin, Donald E. T1 - Effects of information load, sensory modality, and age on paced inspection performance. JF - The Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - The Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology JA - Q J Exp Psychol Y1 - 1971/08// VL - 23 IS - 3 SP - 304 EP - 310 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0033-555X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-08134-001. Other Journal Title: The Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology A: Human Experimental Psychology; The Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology B: Comparative and Physiological Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fozard, James L.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19720501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Attention; Auditory Perception; Information; Vision. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1971. AB - Investigated the effects on paced inspection performance of amount of stimulus information, presentation of information visually, as opposed to visually and auditorily, and age, using 46 25-69 yr. Old men. In comparison to performance with 1 sequence of visual information, correct identifications of signals declined and false alarms increased when 2 sequences of visual information were monitored. Increasing the number of classes of signals in the 2 sequences did not significantly affect performance. However, when 1 of the 2 sequences was presented visually and the other auditorily, performance improved. There was a tendency for performance to be lower among older ss in most experimental conditions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - paced inspection performance KW - information load & sensory modality & age KW - 25-69 yr. old men KW - 1971 KW - Age Differences KW - Attention KW - Auditory Perception KW - Information KW - Vision KW - 1971 DO - 10.1080/14640746908401825 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-08134-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-08118-001 AN - 1972-08118-001 AU - Weitzenhoffer, Andre M. T1 - Ocular changes associated with passive hypnotic behavior. JF - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JO - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JA - Am J Clin Hypn Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 14 IS - 2 SP - 102 EP - 121 CY - US PB - American Society of Clinical Hypnosis SN - 0002-9157 SN - 2160-0562 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-08118-001. PMID: 5163593 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weitzenhoffer, Andre M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19720501. Correction Date: 20120702. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Eye Movements; Hypnosis. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 20. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1971. AB - Examined the eyes of 43 hypnotized ss to determine the reality and nature of the 'trance stare.' hypnotized ss were found to present a reduction in overall spontaneous ocular motility and in responsiveness to stimulation. Such changes were found to fall into 2 classes: (a) those which were influenced and/or determined by certain instructions and/or suggestions contained in the induction of hypnosis procedure, and (b) those which were not. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ocular motility & stimulation responsiveness KW - hypnotized ss KW - 1971 KW - Eye Movements KW - Hypnosis KW - 1971 DO - 10.1080/00029157.1971.10402158 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-08118-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-08108-001 AN - 1972-08108-001 AU - Pearlman, Chester A. AU - Greenberg, Ramon T1 - Medical-psychological implications of recent sleep research. JF - Psychiatry in Medicine JO - Psychiatry in Medicine Y1 - 1970/10// VL - 1 IS - 4 SP - 261 EP - 276 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-08108-001. PMID: 4402296 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pearlman, Chester A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19720501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Literature Review; Mental Disorders; Rapid Eye Movement; Sleep; Somatoform Disorders. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1970. AB - Presents a review of theory and research relating to the nrem and rem aspects of sleep. The application of these concepts to the management of sleep in (a) psychosomatic conditions, (b) mental illness, (c) ordinary insomnia, and (d) special sleep disorders is discussed. (75 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - NREM & REM aspects of sleep KW - theory & research & application to sleep disorders KW - 1970 KW - Literature Review KW - Mental Disorders KW - Rapid Eye Movement KW - Sleep KW - Somatoform Disorders KW - 1970 DO - 10.2190/QCGY-2A8U-NH01-6824 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-08108-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-08090-001 AN - 1972-08090-001 AU - Wood, Charles C. AU - Goff, William R. AU - Day, Ruth S. T1 - Auditory evoked potentials during speech perception. JF - Science JO - Science JA - Science Y1 - 1971/09// VL - 173 IS - 4003 SP - 1248 EP - 1251 CY - US PB - American Assn for the Advancement of Science SN - 0036-8075 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-08090-001. PMID: 5111569 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wood, Charles C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Release Date: 19720501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Evoked Potentials; Lateral Dominance; Speech Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1971. AB - Recorded neural responses evoked by the same binaural speech signal from 10 right-handed 18-20 yr. Old ss during 2 auditory identification tasks. 1 task required analysis of acoustic parameters important for making a linguistic distinction, while the other required analysis of an acoustic parameter which provides no linguistic information at the phoneme level. In the time interval between stimulus onset and ss' identification responses, evoked potentials from the 2 tasks were significantly different over the left hemisphere, but identical over the right hemisphere. Results indicate that different neural events occur in the left hemisphere during analysis of linguistic vs. Nonlinguistic parameters of the same acoustic signal. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - speech perception KW - auditory evoked potentials KW - right-handed Ss KW - 1971 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Speech Perception KW - 1971 DO - 10.1126/science.173.4003.1248 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-08090-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-07397-001 AN - 1972-07397-001 AU - Musella, L. AU - Wilder, B. J. AU - Schmidt, R. P. T1 - Electroencephalographic activation with intravenous methohexital in psychomotor epilepsy. JF - Neurology JO - Neurology Y1 - 1971/06// VL - 21 IS - 6 SP - 594 EP - 602 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0028-3878 SN - 1526-632X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-07397-001. PMID: 4997960 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Musella, L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Gainesville, Fla. Release Date: 19720401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Diagnosis; Drugs; Electroencephalography; Epilepsy. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1971. AB - Administered iv methohexital sodium to 50 patients during eeg recording. 25 ss had had psychomotor seizures. Iv brevital resulted in active spike discharges of high amplitude in 1 or both temporal lobes in 18 ss. Positive eeg activation was observed in another 4 ss and minimal activation in 3 ss. No clinical seizures resulted. 15 nonneurological ss served as controls. In this group, iv brevital elicited only bilateral slow and superimposed fast rhythms, which constituted the nonspecific drug effect. 10 ss had poorly documented histories of seizures of seizure-like episodes without any eeg evidence of epilepsy. Iv brevital failed to elicit any focal or generalized epileptiform discharges in any of these ss. No serious untoward reactions occurred; however, attention had to be paid to the airway because of facial, glossal, and mandibular muscular relaxation. The iv brevital technique has proved superior to other activation procedures in enhancing eeg epileptiform discharges in temporal lobe epilepsy. Moreover, this procedure can be performed safely on out- and inpatients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - methohexital KW - EEG activation KW - psychomotor epilepsy KW - 1971 KW - Diagnosis KW - Drugs KW - Electroencephalography KW - Epilepsy KW - 1971 DO - 10.1212/WNL.21.6.594 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-07397-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-07273-001 AN - 1972-07273-001 AU - Dewolfe, Alan S. AU - Barrell, Robert P. AU - London, Leslie AU - Spaner, Fred E. T1 - Prolixin enanthate and thorazine-stelazine regimens in the treatment of schizophrenic patients: An experimental evaluation. JF - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JO - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JA - Psychosomatics Y1 - 1971/05// VL - 12 IS - 3 SP - 186 EP - 190 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0033-3182 SN - 1545-7206 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-07273-001. PMID: 4950862 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dewolfe, Alan S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19720401. Correction Date: 20130923. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chlorpromazine; Drug Therapy; Schizophrenia; Tranquilizing Drugs. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: May, 1971. AB - Compared the efficacy of prolixin enanthate (fluphenazine) injection for use with both male and female schizophrenic patients with that of a thorazine-stelazine combination in a double-blind, cross-over design. The inpatient multidimensional psychiatric scale (imps) and 7 equivalent word association tests (50 words each) were used as criteria of change. Prolixine enanthate was equal to the thorazine-stelazine combination on 9 of the 10 imps psychotic scales and was significantly superior for treating the conceptual disorder syndrome. In the word association test responses, prolixin enanthate was significantly better (p < .02), using a measure of general psychotic symptom severity based on associative disturbance. With the prophylactic use of cogentin for periods of 2 wk. Or less, adverse symptom reactions were minimal. (22 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prolixin enanthate vs. chlorpromazine & trifluoperazine KW - schizophrenics KW - 1971 KW - Chlorpromazine KW - Drug Therapy KW - Schizophrenia KW - Tranquilizing Drugs KW - 1971 DO - 10.1016/S0033-3182(71)71533-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-07273-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-07203-001 AN - 1972-07203-001 AU - Palmer, Robert D. T1 - Parental perception and perceived locus of control in psychopathology. JF - Journal of Personality JO - Journal of Personality JA - J Pers Y1 - 1971/09// VL - 39 IS - 3 SP - 420 EP - 431 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0022-3506 SN - 1467-6494 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-07203-001. PMID: 5113653 Other Journal Title: Character & Personality; A Quarterly for Psychodiagnostic & Allied Studies. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Palmer, Robert D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brooklyn, N.y. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19720401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Fathers; Internal External Locus of Control; Mothers; Parent Child Relations; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1971. AB - Describes an experiment with 89 psychiatric and 88 nonpsychiatric patients given slater's parental role perceptions questionnaire and rotter's internal-external control scale. It was hypothesized that the psychiatric patient's fragile or poorly developed sense of identity would be reflected in (a) deficient or tenuous identifications with parental norms and values, (b) the perception of less parental supportiveness and warmth, and (c) the perception of reinforcement as contingent primarily upon some external locus of control rather than upon his own personal characteristics. Support was obtained only for b and C. (31 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perceived locus of control & parental perception KW - Slater's Parental Role Perceptions questionnaire & Rotter's Internal-External Control Scale KW - psychiatric & nonpsychiatric patients KW - 1971 KW - Fathers KW - Internal External Locus of Control KW - Mothers KW - Parent Child Relations KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1971 DO - 10.1111/j.1467-6494.1971.tb00052.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-07203-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-07200-001 AN - 1972-07200-001 AU - Moore, N. I. T1 - Cognitive styles and the schizophrenias and character disorders. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 33 IS - 2 SP - 475 EP - 482 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-07200-001. PMID: 5124103 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moore, N. I.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Martinez, Calif. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19720401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Style; Learning; Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Paranoia (Psychosis); Symptoms. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1971. AB - Administered the embedded figures test, pettigrew's category width test, munsinger and kessen's random figures test, the howard maze (form a), silverman's scanning procedure, the ullmann-giovannoni process-reactive scale, and the ammons and ammons full-range picture vocabulary test to 48 male schizophrenics and 24 male character disorders. The schizophrenics were divided into 4 groups: paranoid, nonparanoid, process, or reactive. Using analysis of variance, a main effect was found for category width (p < .05) and a 3-way interaction effect for the embedded figures test, category width, and scanning (p < .04) in accounting for a significant amount of the variance on the paranoid rating scale. A 3-way interaction effect of these same measures was also found to account for a significant (p < .05) amount of the variance in the chronicity variable. Character disorders were less field independent, formed broader conceptual categories, and showed less preference for complexity than reactive schizophrenics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive style measures performance KW - analysis of variance KW - paranoid vs. nonparanoid vs. process vs. reactive schizophrenics vs. character disordered Ss KW - 1971 KW - Cognitive Style KW - Learning KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Paranoia (Psychosis) KW - Symptoms KW - 1971 DO - 10.2466/pms.1971.33.2.475 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-07200-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-07116-001 AN - 1972-07116-001 AU - Field, P. B. AU - Scott, E. M. T1 - Experiences of alcoholics during hypnosis. JF - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JO - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JA - Am J Clin Hypn Y1 - 1969/10// VL - 12 IS - 2 SP - 86 EP - 90 CY - US PB - American Society of Clinical Hypnosis SN - 0002-9157 SN - 2160-0562 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-07116-001. PMID: 4390856 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Field, P. B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brooklyn, N.y. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19720401. Correction Date: 20120702. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Consciousness States; Hypnosis; Personality. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1969. AB - Compared hypnotic experiences of alcoholics and college students using an inventory scale of hypnotic depth. The alcoholics showed more conscious awareness and more impulsive enthusiasm, although the 2 groups were similar in total self-rated depth. Explanations in terms of personality or organicity are suggested. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hypnotic experiences KW - conscious awareness & impulsive enthusiasm & self-rated depth KW - alcoholics vs. college students KW - 1969 KW - Alcoholism KW - Consciousness States KW - Hypnosis KW - Personality KW - 1969 DO - 10.1080/00029157.1969.10734310 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-07116-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-07115-001 AN - 1972-07115-001 AU - Curlee, Joan T1 - Combined use of Alcoholics Anonymous and outpatient psychotherapy. JF - Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic JO - Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic JA - Bull Menninger Clin Y1 - 1971/09// VL - 35 IS - 5 SP - 368 EP - 371 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0025-9284 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-07115-001. PMID: 5116075 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Curlee, Joan; Veterans Administration Hosp., Indianapolis, Ind. Release Date: 19720401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Psychotherapy. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1971. AB - The utilization of aa in conjunction with psychotherapy is highly recommended for alcoholics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - AA & psychotherapy combination KW - alcoholics KW - 1971 KW - Alcoholism KW - Psychotherapy KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-07115-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-07088-001 AN - 1972-07088-001 AU - Lorei, Theodore W. AU - Gurel, Lee T1 - A systematic approach to disposition decisions. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1971/09// VL - 128 IS - 3 SP - 281 EP - 285 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-07088-001. PMID: 5570991 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorei, Theodore W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Washington, D.c. Release Date: 19720401. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Decision Making; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1971. AB - Attempted to apply a decision-theoretic approach to solving the problem of deciding whether or not to release a patient from a psychiatric hospital. Personnel from various disciplines in 12 veterans administration hospitals developed an 'outcome inventory' that represented the major concerns hospital staff members had when they were considering whether a patient should be released or retained. It is believed that use of the outcome inventory approach will enable a decision maker to keep his thinking straight and preclude any 1 feature of the problem from achieving undue importance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychiatric hospital disposition decisions KW - systematic approach KW - 1971 KW - Decision Making KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Treatment KW - 1971 DO - 10.1176/ajp.128.3.281 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-07088-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-07057-001 AN - 1972-07057-001 AU - Rosenfeld, Ethel M. T1 - Intervening in hostile behavior through dyadic and/or group intervention. JF - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing & Mental Health Services JO - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing & Mental Health Services Y1 - 1969/11// VL - 7 IS - 6 SP - 251 EP - 254 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-07057-001. PMID: 4312525 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rosenfeld, Ethel M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Little Rock, Ark. Release Date: 19720401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Collective Behavior; Group Size; Hostility; Psychiatric Patients; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Hospitals; Group Intervention. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1969. AB - Examined effective approaches for helping hostile patients recognize the consequences of their behavior and cope with their feelings. The principles and concepts underlying interactions in dyads and in groups of acutely disturbed male patients (studied in groups of 8) are outlined. The treatment of a male patient with extremely hostile and sarcastic behavior is described. Suggestions are made for approaches to hostile behavior, E.g., acceptance of patient's feelings, careful listening, and channeling of behavior. Approaches which tend to reinforce hostility are noted, E.g., inconsistency, hostile reaction, and fear. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dyadic & group intervention KW - hostility KW - hospitalized psychiatric patients KW - 1969 KW - Collective Behavior KW - Group Size KW - Hostility KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Treatment KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Group Intervention KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-07057-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-06857-001 AN - 1972-06857-001 AU - Ellsworth, Robert B. AU - Ellsworth, Joan J. T1 - The psychiatric aide: Therapeutic agent or lost potential? JF - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing & Mental Health Services JO - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing & Mental Health Services Y1 - 1970/09// VL - 8 IS - 5 SP - 7 EP - 13 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-06857-001. PMID: 4321057 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ellsworth, Robert B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Roseburg, Ore. Release Date: 19720401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Health Personnel; Psychiatry. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1970. AB - Reviews (a) the therapeutic effectiveness of psychiatric aides; (b) problems of a professionally trained staff in accepting the aide as a potentially significant treatment agent; (c) procedures for introducing programs in which aides can develop therapeutic competence and assume a major treatment responsibility; and (d) the problem of maintaining such programs within the institutional structure. Studies are cited which show that psychiatric aides can be as effective as professionals in helping clients, and that effectiveness is increased when a meaningful therapeutic role is developed for aides. (27 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychiatric aide effectiveness KW - problems & role KW - 1970 KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Psychiatry KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-06857-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-06371-001 AN - 1972-06371-001 AU - Barrett, Robert J. AU - Leith, Nancy J. AU - Ray, Oakley S. T1 - Kamin effects in rats: Index of memory or shock-induced inhibition? JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1971/11// VL - 77 IS - 2 SP - 234 EP - 239 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-06371-001. PMID: 5117204 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barrett, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Nashville, Tenn. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Discrimination; Memory; Shock. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Used discriminated active avoidance in an automated y maze to test various interpretations of the L. Kamin (see pa, vol. 33:3155) effect. Results with 126 male inbred (cdf) rats indicate that time since shock, and not necessarily time since acquisition, was the critical variable controlling this effect. Analysis of choice behavior showed that the groups tested at various intervals following original training did not differ in ability to recall correctly the safe stimulus, although the typical u-shaped avoidance function was observed. Findings suggest that the kamin effect is due to time-dependent shock-induced inhibition which is incompatible with performing an active response. (22 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discriminated active avoidance KW - Kamin effect as index of memory or shock-induced inhibition KW - rat KW - 1971 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Discrimination KW - Memory KW - Shock KW - Rats KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0031661 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-06371-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-06220-001 AN - 1972-06220-001 AU - Mulholland, Thomas B. AU - Peper, Erik T1 - Occipital alpha and accomodative vergence, pursuit tracking, and fast eye movements. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1971/09// VL - 8 IS - 5 SP - 556 EP - 575 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-06220-001. PMID: 5116820 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mulholland, Thomas B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perception Lab., Bedford, Mass. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19720401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroencephalography; Eye Movements; Feedback; Visual Perception. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 20. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1971. AB - Recorded the parietal-occipital eeg while ss performed various fixation, accommodation, and tracking maneuvers with stationary and moving targets. Ss were adults with normal corrected vision who had recordable occipital alpha with eyes open. For some experiments the target was continuously in view and independent of the eeg; in others, a feedback path connected the occurrence of parietal-occipital alpha with the visibility of the target. Results show that alpha attenuation or blocking is not due to 'visual attention,' but to processes of fixation, lens accommodation, and pursuit tracking. Saccadic movements were not reliably linked to alpha or alpha 'blocking.' the utility of feedback methods for testing the hypotheses that visual control processes are linked to the parietal-occipital alpha rhythms was demonstrated. (27 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - parietal-occipital EEG KW - pursuit tracking & fast eye movements & accommodative vergence KW - 1971 KW - Electroencephalography KW - Eye Movements KW - Feedback KW - Visual Perception KW - 1971 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1971.tb00491.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-06220-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-06204-001 AN - 1972-06204-001 AU - Macpherson, Leonard AU - Hutchings, Michael L. AU - Kopell, Bert S. T1 - An electrically operated skin resistance switch. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1971/09// VL - 8 IS - 5 SP - 673 EP - 675 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-06204-001. PMID: 5116831 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Macpherson, Leonard; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19720401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus; Electrical Activity; Skin (Anatomy). Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1971. AB - Describes a touch operated switch that uses a simple skin resistance detection circuit. This isometric push-button type switch has no moving parts, is noiseless, and absorbs the minimum of energy from the S. It was primarily designed for psychophysiological experiments where an operant response is required. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - touch operated skin resistance switch KW - 1971 KW - Apparatus KW - Electrical Activity KW - Skin (Anatomy) KW - 1971 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1971.tb00502.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-06204-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-06047-001 AN - 1972-06047-001 AU - Trinder, John AU - Kramer, Milton T1 - Dream recall. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1971/09// VL - 128 IS - 3 SP - 296 EP - 301 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-06047-001. PMID: 4328319 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Trinder, John; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sleep Lab., Cincinnati, O. Release Date: 19720401. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dreaming; Memory; Recall (Learning); Theories. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1971. AB - Investigated 2 related aspects of dream recall: the selection of dreams recalled in the morning and the representativeness of the content of morning reports of dreams. Results indicate that several factors from classical memory theory play an important role in determining which dreams will be recalled in the morning and that dreams recalled in the morning are generally representative of the whole night's dreams. These results are compared with those of other reports in the literature. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dream recall & classical memory theory KW - 1971 KW - Dreaming KW - Memory KW - Recall (Learning) KW - Theories KW - 1971 DO - 10.1176/ajp.128.3.296 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-06047-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-06008-001 AN - 1972-06008-001 AU - Reus, J. F. AU - Houser, V. P. AU - Pare, W. P. T1 - An electronic constant current shock generator for low current levels. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 7 IS - 4 SP - 635 EP - 637 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-06008-001. PMID: 5131221 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reus, J. F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pavlovian Research Lab., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19720401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Motivation; Apparatus; Perceptual Motor Processes; Shock; Thresholds. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1971. AB - Describes a simple, low cost electronic shock generator capable of producing constant current 60-hz square wave outputs between 15-200 mua. The unit is designed using a pentagrid converter tube which regulates extremely well at low current levels. A circuit diagram is included along with a detailed description of the performance characteristics of this generator. The unit is capable of maintaining a constant current across an animal even when the animal's resistance alters radically, E.g., when shock is applied to a moving animal through a grid. The unit is extremely useful in obtaining sensory or motivational thresholds in small animals. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - electronic constant current shock generator for low current levels KW - obtaining sensory & motivational thresholds in small animal KW - 1971 KW - Animal Motivation KW - Apparatus KW - Perceptual Motor Processes KW - Shock KW - Thresholds KW - 1971 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(71)90118-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-06008-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-05547-001 AN - 1972-05547-001 AU - Wolff, Kurt T1 - Individual psychotherapy with geriatric patients. JF - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JO - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JA - Psychosomatics Y1 - 1971/03// VL - 12 IS - 2 SP - 89 EP - 93 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0033-3182 SN - 1545-7206 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-05547-001. PMID: 5172943 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wolff, Kurt; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coatesville, Pa. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19720301. Correction Date: 20130923. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatrics; Neurosis; Psychotherapy; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1971. AB - Reports the author's individual psychotherapy experience with 54 geriatric patients 60 yr. Of age and over. 46 patients were diagnosed as psychoneurotic and 8 as schizophrenic reaction, chronic undifferentiated type. All were able to communicate, displayed slight to moderate symptoms of chronic brain syndrome, and slight memory impairment for recent events. Individual psychotherapy was given once weekly for 50 min. For a minimum of 3 mo. And a maximum of 9 mo. The majority of the patients were able to gain some insight into their condition and freely discussed their depressive feelings due to physical illness and the aging process. The goals of psychotherapy with this population, the results of treatment, and the limitations of working with this group are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - individual psychotherapy KW - geriatric patients KW - 1971 KW - Geriatrics KW - Neurosis KW - Psychotherapy KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1971 DO - 10.1016/S0033-3182(71)71543-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-05547-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-05453-001 AN - 1972-05453-001 AU - Samuels, Ina AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Goodglass, Harold AU - Brody, Betty T1 - A comparison of subcortical and cortical damage on short-term visual and auditory memory. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1971/09// VL - 9 IS - 3 SP - 293 EP - 306 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-05453-001. PMID: 5149300 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Samuels, Ina; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19720301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Auditory Perception; Learning; Short Term Memory; Visual Perception. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1971. AB - Compared 11 alcoholic male korsakoff patients to 12 male normal controls and 27 male patients with cortical damage on tests of short-term visual and auditory memory and on a visual learning task. Like right hemisphere ss, korsakoffs had severe memory deficits on all visual tasks, but unlike the right hemisphere groups they also evidenced memory deficits on the auditory tasks. Qualitative error analyses indicate that the korsakoff ss made more perseverative errors than did the cortical groups with quantitatively similar memory deficits. (french & german summaries) (28 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - short-term visual & auditory memory & visual learning tasks KW - Korsakoff vs. cortical damaged patients KW - 1971 KW - Alcoholism KW - Auditory Perception KW - Learning KW - Short Term Memory KW - Visual Perception KW - 1971 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(71)90025-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-05453-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-05444-001 AN - 1972-05444-001 AU - Salmon, James H. AU - Gonen, Jay Y. AU - Brown, Louis T1 - Ventriculoatrial shunt for hydrocephalus ex-vacuo psychological and clinical evaluation. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1971/05// VL - 32 IS - 5 SP - 299 EP - 307 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-05444-001. PMID: 5579550 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Salmon, James H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Cincinnati, O. Release Date: 19720301. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Disorders; Nervous System Disorders; Surgery. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: May, 1971. AB - Treated 28 patients with various types of chronic, degenerative disease of the brain with a ventriculoatrial shunt. Ss were a heterogenous group but all had hydrocephalus exvacuo, defined as the minimal to moderate degree of ventricular dilatation resulting from a loss of cerebral substance. This condition is characterized during pneumoencephalography by free flow of air over the convexity and the demonstration of widened sulci. Air readily enters the ventricular system. On clinical rating, 64% of the ss were considered improved and on psychological rating, 47% were considered improved. Signs of improvement were ordinarily not apparent until 2-3 wk. After the shunt was placed. 4 factors in the preoperative evaluation are noted as useful in selecting patients for ventriculoatrial shunt: (a) cerebral mantle 40 mm. Or less, (b) age 50 or more, (c) either verbal iq below 80 or full scale iq below 70, and (d) dementia necessitating institutional care. (20 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ventriculoatrial shunt KW - hydrocephalus KW - 1971 KW - Brain Disorders KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Surgery KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-05444-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-05389-001 AN - 1972-05389-001 AU - Bell, Robert L. T1 - The culturally deprived psychologist. JF - The Counseling Psychologist JO - The Counseling Psychologist JA - Couns Psychol Y1 - 1971/// VL - 2 IS - 4 SP - 104 EP - 107 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0011-0000 SN - 1552-3861 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-05389-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bell, Robert L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19720301. Correction Date: 20121001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blacks; Counseling; Counselors; Ethnology; Graduate Psychology Education. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1971. AB - Counseling psychology training programs fail principally in omitting training programs focused on the specialized problems of black persons with their deviations from white norms, values, attitudes, expectations, and motivations. A gulf exists between white counselors and their black clients, and often this is true of black psychologists and their black clients because these black counselors have become assimilated into the middle class, viewing things as the white psychologist. Consequently, the growth potential of the counseling psychologist as a person is the most effective element for preparation as a counselor for black persons. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - counseling black clients KW - training of white counselors KW - 1971 KW - Blacks KW - Counseling KW - Counselors KW - Ethnology KW - Graduate Psychology Education KW - 1971 DO - 10.1177/001100007100200410 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-05389-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-05343-001 AN - 1972-05343-001 AU - Spiegel, Don AU - Keith-Spiegel, Patricia AU - Zirgulis, Justine AU - Wine, David B. T1 - Effects of student visits on social behavior of regressed schizophrenic patients. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1971/07// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 396 EP - 400 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-05343-001. PMID: 5557628 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spiegel, Don; Veterans Administration Center, Brentwood Hosp., los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19720301. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Schizophrenia; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1971. AB - 70 hospitalized regressed schizophrenic patients were assigned to experimental and control groups with 40 college students making weekly visits to the ss in the experimental group. Various ratings of social and personal characteristics and behavior of each patient were made by the students and nursing personnel. No solid evidence of patient improvement was found. The social behavior of the patients suffered temporarily from the departure of the students. The students viewed the mental patient as having less social interest, less personal neatness, greater irritability, and more depression than they had initally imagined and likewise became less authoritarian and less benevolent. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social behavior KW - student visits KW - regressed schizophrenics KW - 1971 KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment KW - 1971 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197107)27:3<396::AID-JCLP2270270327>3.0.CO;2-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-05343-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-05137-001 AN - 1972-05137-001 AU - Mozdzierz, Gerald J. AU - Macchitelli, Frank J. AU - Flaherty, Lawrence AU - Devito, Robert T1 - Temperament characteristics of chronic alcoholics as measured by the Guilford-Zimmerman Temperament Survey. JF - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JO - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JA - J Psychol Y1 - 1971/09// VL - 79 IS - 1 SP - 97 EP - 102 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-3980 SN - 1940-1019 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-05137-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mozdzierz, Gerald J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Hines, Ill. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19720301. Correction Date: 20140303. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Emotions; Personality Correlates; Personality Measures. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1971. AB - The guilford-zimmerman temperament survey was administered to 100 hospitalized alcoholic veterans, and their scores on the clinical and validity scales were compared to normative samples. Few differences were found between the 2 groups, except for the emotional stability scale in which alcoholics were identified as being more vulnerable to feelings with greater shifts in mood and more of a basic sense of emotional volatility, and the objectivity scale in which alcoholics displayed greater lack of adequate defenses to cope with their feelings when contrasted with college males. Data on the validity scales for the alcoholic sample and reliability coefficients for all scales are discussed and compared. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - emotional stability & objectivity KW - Guilford-Zimmerman Temperament Survey KW - chronic alcoholics KW - 1971 KW - Alcoholism KW - Emotions KW - Personality Correlates KW - Personality Measures KW - 1971 DO - 10.1080/00223980.1971.9923773 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-05137-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-05134-001 AN - 1972-05134-001 AU - Knox, Wilma J. T1 - Attitudes of psychiatrists and psychologists toward alcoholism. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1971/06// VL - 127 IS - 12 SP - 1675 EP - 1679 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-05134-001. PMID: 5565855 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Knox, Wilma J.; Veterans Administration Center, Biloxi, Miss. Release Date: 19720301. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Mental Health Personnel; Mental Illness (Attitudes Toward). Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1971. AB - Obtained responses to a survey of attitudes on alcoholism from 345 psychiatrists and 480 psychologists employed by the veterans administration. Data indicate that their attitudes were remarkably similar. Both groups rejected the disease concept in preference to characterizing alcoholism as a behavior problem, symptom complex, or escape mechanism. Both groups were inconsistent in advocating neuropsychiatric hospitalization while considering treatment benefits very limited. Members of both groups were reluctant to participate personally to any degree in rendering this treatment. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - attitudes toward alcoholism KW - psychiatrists & psychologists KW - 1971 KW - Alcoholism KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Mental Illness (Attitudes Toward) KW - 1971 DO - 10.1176/ajp.127.12.1675 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-05134-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-05077-001 AN - 1972-05077-001 AU - Davis, William E. AU - Becker, Bruce C. AU - Dewolfe, Alan S. T1 - Categorization of patients with personality disorders and acute brain trauma through wais subtest variations. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1971/07// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 358 EP - 360 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-05077-001. PMID: 5557621 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, William E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Release Date: 19720301. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: High School Students; Mental Disorders; Psychodiagnosis; School Dropouts; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1971. AB - 35 high-school-educated ss and 35 high school dropouts were administered the wais. All ss had some form of psychiatric diagnosis. 29 of the 35 high-school-educated ss were correctly categorized by the sequential application of the wais information-block design, information-object assembly criteria. Similar results occurred with the dropout ss. 'the results were interpreted as supporting wechsler's contention that correct differentiation among various personality types and ss representing different diagnostic categories may be made on the basis of differences in wais subtest scores.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - WAIS KW - high school graduates vs. dropouts with psychiatric diagnoses KW - 1971 KW - High School Students KW - Mental Disorders KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - School Dropouts KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - 1971 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197107)27:3<358::AID-JCLP2270270315>3.0.CO;2-E UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-05077-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-05066-001 AN - 1972-05066-001 AU - Apfeldorf, Max AU - Hunley, Phyllis J. AU - Cooper, G. David T1 - Differences between older institutionalized offenders and nonoffenders on MMPI hostility and control scales. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1971/07// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 370 EP - 372 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-05066-001. Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Apfeldorf, Max; Veterans Administration Center, Martinsburg, W. Va. Release Date: 19720301. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Ego; Hostility; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1971. AB - 2 groups of older institutionalized male veterans administration hospital patients were administered the mmpi. The mmpi was scored on the judged manifest anxiety (jh), hostility, ego overcontrol, and bimodal control scales to evaluate the effectiveness of these scales in discriminating ss with records of offense from those without such records. Group differences between offenders and nonoffenders were most reliable for expressed hostility, and the jh scale was the most efficient measure of this characteristic. Long-term stay in the institution did not either diminish or accentuate the level of hostility. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - anxiety & hostility & ego overcontrol on MMPI KW - institutionalized offenders & nonoffenders KW - 1971 KW - Anxiety KW - Ego KW - Hostility KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1971 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197107)27:3<370::AID-JCLP2270270319>3.0.CO;2-O UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-05066-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-05039-001 AN - 1972-05039-001 AU - Ellsworth, Joan R. T1 - Reinforcement therapy with chronic patients. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1969/08// VL - 20 IS - 8 SP - 238 EP - 240 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-05039-001. PMID: 5808774 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ellsworth, Joan R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Roseburg, Ore. Release Date: 19720301. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychiatric Patients; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1969. AB - Describes a token-economy reinforcement program used in the treatment of chronic, long-term, male mental patients. During a period of 2 yr., 44 patients had taken part in the program and 32 had been discharged. In the establishment of such a program it is suggested that (a) all members of the staff on all shifts should equally participate in the planning and implementing of the program, (b) the supervisory staff and the patients should not hold the ward personnel responsible for the patients' appearance or behavior, (c) it should be remembered that the token system is a means not an end in itself, and (d) patients who are treated like responsible adults will behave that way. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - token-economy reinforcement program KW - chronic male psychiatric patients KW - 1969 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Treatment KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-05039-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-05036-001 AN - 1972-05036-001 AU - Upper, Dennis AU - Newton, Judith G. T1 - A weight-reduction program for schizophrenic patients on a token economy unit: Two case studies. JF - Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry JO - Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry JA - J Behav Ther Exp Psychiatry Y1 - 1971/07// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 113 EP - 115 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0005-7916 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-05036-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Upper, Dennis; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Release Date: 19720301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Physique; Reinforcement; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1971. AB - Reinforced 2 male chronic paranoid schizophrenic overweight patients on a token economy psychiatric ward with tokens, off-ward privileges, and social approval for meeting a weight-loss criterion of 3 lb/wk. 1 s began at 263 lb. And consistently lost weight until he had reached a target weight of 200 lb. In 28 wk. The other began at 201 lb. And reached his target weight of 170 lb. In 26 wk. The procedure appears to be an effective means of modifying the behavior of overweight psychiatric patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - token economy program for weight reduction KW - schizophrenics KW - 1971 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Physique KW - Reinforcement KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1971 DO - 10.1016/0005-7916(71)90024-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-05036-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-05035-001 AN - 1972-05035-001 AU - Zelman, Samuel AU - Gullian, Ramon T1 - Heat stroke in phenothiazine-treated patients: A report of three fatalities. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1970/06// VL - 126 IS - 12 SP - 1787 EP - 1790 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-05035-001. PMID: 5441734 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zelman, Samuel; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Release Date: 19720301. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Case Report; Drug Therapy; Drugs; Respiration. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1970. AB - Reports 3 cases of deaths caused by heat strokes which resulted from the side effects of phenothiazine drugs. More moderate use of drugs which suppress diaphoresis (and thus can and do cause problems of heat prostration on unusually hot and humid days) is advocated. It is suggested that patients using these drugs should not be released from the air-conditioned atmosphere of the hospital on extremely hot days. In addition, patients who must remain on phenothiazines should be instructed to remain in cool, dry places. It is suggested that dosages of these drugs be reduced to minimize the harmful side effects. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - phenothiazine KW - heat stroke as side effect KW - 3 cases of death KW - 1970 KW - Case Report KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drugs KW - Respiration KW - 1970 DO - 10.1176/ajp.126.12.1787 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-05035-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-05020-001 AN - 1972-05020-001 AU - Mcclellan, Thomas A. AU - Cowan, Gary T1 - Use of antipsychotic and antidepressant drugs by chronically ill patients. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1970/06// VL - 126 IS - 12 SP - 1771 EP - 1773 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-05020-001. PMID: 5441730 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mcclellan, Thomas A.; Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Clinic, Ft. Snelling, St. Paul, Minn. Release Date: 19720301. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chlorpromazine; Drug Therapy; Drug Usage; Psychiatric Patients; Tranquilizing Drugs. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1970. AB - Used chlorpromazine, thioridazine, trifluoperazine, hydrochloride, perphenazine, fluphenazine hydrochloride, chlorprothixene, and imipramine to study the drug usage patterns of 286 veterans administration hospital outpatients in an attempt to find out whether or not these drugs were being taken as prescribed. The forrest tests to determine the regularity of drug usage patterns was utilized. It was found that a far smaller percentage (8%) were not taking any of the prescribed drugs, 20% were taking less than prescribed, and the remaining 72% were taking the drugs as prescribed. The finding that only 8% of the ss had been inaccurately reporting the amount of medication taken is attributed primarily to the fact that the ss tested were receiving financial benefits because of their military service disability, hence, it was to their advantages to continue the free treatment. The taking of smaller than normal dosages was attributed to the fact that possibly the ss did not want to experience the side effects (especially in larger dosages) of the drugs. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chlorpromazine & thioridazine & trifluoperazine & hydrochloride & perphenazine & fluphenazine hydrochloride & chlorprothixene & imipramine prescriptions & drug usage patterns KW - chronically ill outpatients KW - 1970 KW - Chlorpromazine KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drug Usage KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Tranquilizing Drugs KW - 1970 DO - 10.1176/ajp.126.12.1771 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-05020-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-04980-001 AN - 1972-04980-001 AU - Krop, Harry T1 - Modification of hyperactive behavior of a brain-damaged, emotionally disturbed child. JF - Training School Bulletin JO - Training School Bulletin Y1 - 1971/05// VL - 68 IS - 1 SP - 49 EP - 54 CY - US PB - The American Institute for Mental Studies N1 - Accession Number: 1972-04980-001. PMID: 5097812 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Krop, Harry; Veterans Administration Hosp., Gainesville, Fla. Release Date: 19720301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Brain Damage; Case Report; Mental Disorders; Operant Conditioning. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: May, 1971. AB - Demonstrates the effectiveness of applying operant conditioning procedures to shape the attending behavior of a brain-injured, mentally retarded, emotionally disturbed 8-yr-old boy. Following base-line observations, primary and secondary reinforcers were delivered by the s's occupational therapist contingent upon nonhyperactive behavior. It is shown that the application of systematic reinforcement procedures results in a significant reduction of hyperactive behavior. A post check 4 wk. After the termination of the formal conditioning period indicated that this reduction was maintained. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - operant conditioning procedures KW - attending behavior KW - brain damaged & emotionally disturbed & retarded 8 yr. old boy KW - 1971 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Brain Damage KW - Case Report KW - Mental Disorders KW - Operant Conditioning KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-04980-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-04915-001 AN - 1972-04915-001 AU - Melnick, Barry AU - Pierce, Richard M. T1 - Client evaluation of therapist strength and positive-negative evaluation as related to client dynamics, objective ratings of competency and outcome. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1971/07// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 408 EP - 410 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-04915-001. Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Melnick, Barry; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19720301. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dependency (Personality); Psychotherapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1971. AB - Client ratings of therapists and client personality traits were evaluated and interrelated. Client ratings of the therapist's strength were correlated with client feelings of helplessness and weakness. Depressive, anxious, dependent, and low-self-esteem patients tended to exaggerate the therapist's strength. Client ratings of therapist strength and positive-negative evaluation of the therapist had no relationship to externally judged ratings of therapist competency. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - client ratings of therapist strength & dependency & external ratings of competency KW - 1971 KW - Dependency (Personality) KW - Psychotherapy KW - 1971 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197107)27:3<408::AID-JCLP2270270331>3.0.CO;2-Q UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-04915-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-04891-001 AN - 1972-04891-001 AU - Spiegel, Don AU - Keith-Spiegel, Patricia T1 - Perceptions of ward climate by nursing personnel in a large NP hospital. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1971/07// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 390 EP - 393 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-04891-001. PMID: 5557626 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spiegel, Don; Veterans Administration Center, Brentwood Hosp., los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19720301. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Nurses; Psychiatric Hospitals; Social Perception. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1971. AB - Nursing personnel were administered the perception of ward scale under conditions of anonymity to the respondents. Of the total pool of items, 31 items met criterion established for acceptance. Various findings are reported as to differences between levels of nursing personnel. The 31-item inventory that emerged was sensitive to some kinds of differences in ward programs as perceived by nursing personnel. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perceptions of ward climate KW - nursing personnel KW - 1971 KW - Nurses KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Social Perception KW - 1971 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197107)27:3<390::AID-JCLP2270270325>3.0.CO;2-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-04891-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-04805-001 AN - 1972-04805-001 AU - Spiegel, Don AU - Keith-spiegel, Patricia T1 - Manifest anxiety, color preferences and sensory minimizing in college men and women. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1971/07// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 318 EP - 321 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-04805-001. Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spiegel, Don; Veterans Administration Center, Brentwood Hosp., los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19720301. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Color; Perceptual Motor Processes; Personality; Preferences. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1971. AB - The taylor ma scale, the brentwood color test, and 5 sensory minimizing scales from the spiegel personality inventory were administered to 55 male and 55 female college ss. Females preferred brighter colors, more highly saturated colors, liked green less, preferred violet more, and expressed more aversion to tactual stimulation. There were no sex differences on a number of variables. Anxiety was associated with a liking of yellow in females and a dislike for green in females and blue in males. Anxiety was also associated with aversion to loud abrupt sounds for both males and females. Males indicated an association of anxiety with an aversion to tactual and olfactory stimulation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - manifest anxiety & color preferences & sensory minimizing KW - college students KW - 1971 KW - Anxiety KW - Color KW - Perceptual Motor Processes KW - Personality KW - Preferences KW - 1971 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197107)27:3<318::AID-JCLP2270270305>3.0.CO;2-J UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-04805-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-04717-001 AN - 1972-04717-001 AU - Janofsky, A. Irene T1 - Affective self-disclosure in telephone versus face to face interviews. JF - Journal of Humanistic Psychology JO - Journal of Humanistic Psychology Y1 - 1971///Spr 1971 VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 93 EP - 103 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0022-1678 SN - 1552-650X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-04717-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Janofsky, A. Irene; Veterans Administration Hosp., Seattle, Wash. Release Date: 19720301. Correction Date: 20121008. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotions; Human Sex Differences; Interpersonal Interaction; Interviews; Personality. Classification: Social Psychology (3000). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Interview. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1971. AB - Investigated whether ss (n = 160 17-56 yr. Old paid volunteers) were as willing to express their feelings over the telephone as in face to face interviews. 80 experimental interviews between 160 strangers were conducted under a fixed model 2 2 2 factorial design. The factors investigated were: (a) interview mode, I.e., telephone vs. Face to face; (b) sex of interviewee; and (c) sex of interviewer. 3-way analysis of variance showed no significant differences in the mean number of interviewees' total self-references, affective self-references, or the ratio of affective to total self-references (asr/tsr) between the 2 interview modes. Highly statistically significant f ratios were found for differences between male and female interviewees on the 3 variables: females made more self-references, more affective self-references, and had a higher asr/tsr ratio than males. Possible explanations for these findings are discussed, and replication using actual therapy interviews is urged. (23 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - affective self-disclosure KW - telephone vs. face to face interviews & sex differences KW - implications for therapy KW - 1971 KW - Emotions KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Interviews KW - Personality KW - 1971 DO - 10.1177/002216787101100110 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-04717-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-04596-001 AN - 1972-04596-001 AU - Lachenmeyer, Charles W. T1 - A note on the existence of social systems. JF - Sociology & Social Research JO - Sociology & Social Research JA - Sociol Soc Res Y1 - 1970/10// VL - 55 IS - 1 SP - 101 EP - 105 CY - US PB - University of Southern California SN - 0038-0393 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-04596-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lachenmeyer, Charles W.; Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.y. Release Date: 19720301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Social Psychology; Sociology. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900); Social Psychology (3000). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1970. AB - The question of the existence of 'social systems' seems to be a metaphysical rather than a theoretical one. The question must be rephrased to become answerable by sociologists. The utility of the concept 'social system' is analyzed in terms of its possible use in theory construction. The term 'social system' (a) does not designate observable phenomena, (b) is embedded in predictive and explanatory statements, and (c) is also embedded in general explanatory statements. Examples of the use of this concept are given. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social systems KW - utility of concept KW - 1970 KW - Social Psychology KW - Sociology KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-04596-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-04457-001 AN - 1972-04457-001 AU - Dunn, Michael E. AU - Foster, William S. AU - Hurwitz, Harry M. T1 - Effects of cycle length on performance on a temporally defined avoidance schedule. JF - Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior JO - Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior JA - J Exp Anal Behav Y1 - 1971/09// VL - 16 IS - 2 SP - 263 EP - 268 CY - US PB - Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior SN - 0022-5002 SN - 1938-3711 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-04457-001. PMID: 16811547 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dunn, Michael E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Long Beach, Calif. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19720301. Correction Date: 20130218. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Reinforcement. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1971. AB - Trained 1 mature male albino sprague-dawley rat and 2 experimentally naive hooded female rats on a temporally defined avoidance schedule logically similar to a fixed-interval, limited-hold positive reinforcement schedule. This schedule was composed of time periods during which responses had no scheduled consequences alternating with periods during which a response precluded shock. As with fixed-interval length and response rate on positive reinforcement schedules, an inverse relationship was obtained between the length of the no-consequence interval and response rate during the no-consequence interval. An inverse relationship was also obtained between the length of the no-consequence interval and the percentage of shocks avoided. A rate increase within the no-consequence interval, similar to that typically produced by fixed-interval positive reinforcement procedures, was displayed by 1 s where the no-consequence interval was at intermediate values and frequency of shock was relatively high. The introduction of a discriminative stimulus correlated with the avoidance interval produced typical discriminated avoidance behavior and alterations in temporal patterning of responses during the no-consequence interval in the 2 ss exposed to this procedure. These alterations in temporal patterning disappeared when the discriminative stimulus was removed. Results are consonant with those reported in the literature involving food reinforcement and fixed-interval, limited-hold schedules. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - temporally defined avoidance schedule performance KW - cycle length KW - rat KW - 1971 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Reinforcement KW - Rats KW - 1971 DO - 10.1901/jeab.1971.16-263 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-04457-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-04449-001 AN - 1972-04449-001 AU - Oscar-berman, Marlene AU - Heywood, Simon P. AU - Gross, Charles G. T1 - Eye orientation during visual discrimination learning by monkeys. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1971/09// VL - 9 IS - 3 SP - 351 EP - 358 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-04449-001. PMID: 5004669 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Oscar-berman, Marlene; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19720301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Eye (Anatomy); Lateral Dominance; Learning; Orienting Reflex; Visual Discrimination. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1971. AB - Studied motion pictures taken of the eyes of 7 male rhesus monkeys as they learned simultaneous 2-choice pattern discriminations. Discriminanda were projected onto the response keys. Each s looked at and responded more to 1 of the keys, and as it learned the problem, looked more at the correct than at the incorrect stimulus. It was found that the preferred side for ocular and hand responses was not correlated with the preferred eye or hand. (french & german summaries) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - eye orientation during visual discrimination learning KW - monkey KW - 1971 KW - Eye (Anatomy) KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Learning KW - Orienting Reflex KW - Visual Discrimination KW - Monkeys KW - 1971 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(71)90031-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-04449-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-04359-001 AN - 1972-04359-001 AU - Houser, Vincent P. AU - Feldman, Robert S. T1 - The effects of cholinergic agents upon fixated behavior. JF - Psychopharmacologia JO - Psychopharmacologia Y1 - 1971/// VL - 21 IS - 2 SP - 147 EP - 156 CY - Germany PB - Springer N1 - Accession Number: 1972-04359-001. PMID: 5570195 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Houser, Vincent P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pavlovian Research Lab., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19720301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drugs; Rat Learning. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1971. AB - Studied male albino rats in the maier paradigm (insoluble problem followed by a soluble problem) using the lashley jumping stand. 42 ss which failed the soluble problem by adopting a position stereotype were then randomly assigned to 8 drug groups. Ss were guided to the correct window on odd days but received no guidance on even days. Ss received either pilocarpine nitrate or scopolamine hydrobromide on both odd and even days (drug-drug), only on the odd day (drug-no drug), or only on the even day (no drug-drug.) 1 other drug group received scopolamine methylbromide in a drug-no drug sequence, while the control group received saline on both days. Ss receiving pilocarpine in the drug-drug and no drug-drug sequence solved significantly faster than the controls, while all the drug-no drug groups showed significantly poorer solution rates. It is concluded that pilocarpine may enable ss to inhibit punished behavior patterns and thus hasten the extinction of fixated responses. (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - pilocarpine vs. scopolamine KW - fixated behavior KW - rat KW - 1971 KW - Drugs KW - Rat Learning KW - Rats KW - 1971 DO - 10.1007/BF00572272 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-04359-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-04272-001 AN - 1972-04272-001 AU - Creel, Donnell J. T1 - Differences of ipsilateral and contralateral visually evoked responses in the cat: Strains compared. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 77 IS - 1 SP - 161 EP - 165 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-04272-001. PMID: 5120681 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Creel, Donnell J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Phoenix, Ariz. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electrical Activity; Evoked Potentials; Vision. Minor Descriptor: Cats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Studied visual evoked responses (vers) in 5 purebred siamese and 5 normally pigmented cats. Vers of monocularly illuminated siamese ss appeared predominantly on the contralateral cortex. Normally pigmented ss, when similarly illuminated, exhibited strong ipsilateral and contralateral responses. Results indicate that the siamese cat, known to possess an albinic allele, shares with nonpigmented rat and rabbit a functionally and anatomically diminished set of noncrossing optic fibers. It is suggested that reduced input by diminished ipsilateral optic fibers is a highly general transspecies phenomenon in albinic mammals, and that this anomaly contributes to disturbances in ocular movement. (27 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ipsi- vs. contralateral visual evoked responses KW - cat KW - 1971 KW - Electrical Activity KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Vision KW - Cats KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0031577 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-04272-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-04105-001 AN - 1972-04105-001 AU - Fozard, James L. AU - Myers, Judith R. AU - Waugh, Nancy C. T1 - Recalling recent exemplars of a category. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology JA - J Exp Psychol Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 90 IS - 2 SP - 262 EP - 267 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-04105-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fozard, James L.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classification (Cognitive Process); Recall (Learning). Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Asked 12 female undergraduates after viewing a sequence of words from any of 4 categories to remember the 2 most recent words in each category. Recall was cued by (a) naming the category and asking for recall of the 2 items in order, (b) naming 1 item and its position and asking for recall of the other item in the same category, or (c) naming both items and asking for recall of their order. Results are consistent with a hypothesis that items are retained independently of each other, and that item and order information are highly correlated in memory. (20 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - recalling recent exemplars of category KW - 1971 KW - Classification (Cognitive Process) KW - Recall (Learning) KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0031557 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-04105-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-03835-001 AN - 1972-03835-001 AU - Fozard, James L. AU - Nuttall, Ronald L. T1 - General Aptitude Test Battery scores for men differing in age and socioeconomic status. JF - Journal of Applied Psychology JO - Journal of Applied Psychology JA - J Appl Psychol Y1 - 1971/08// VL - 55 IS - 4 SP - 372 EP - 379 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9010 SN - 1939-1854 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-03835-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fozard, James L.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19720101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Aptitude Measures; Geriatrics; Occupational Guidance; Socioeconomic Status. Minor Descriptor: Test Battery. Classification: Industrial & Organizational Psychology (3600). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Administered the general aptitude test battery (gatb) to 1,146 employed and retired 28-83 yr. Old men. Ss were above average in physical health. Descriptive statistics, representing 4 socioeconomic status (ses) groups, and 6 age levels were presented. Analyses of aptitude and subtest scores indicate significant declines with increased age and lower ses groups. There were no statistically significant interactions between age and ses effects: those abilities most affected by age were least affected by ses and vice versa. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - General Aptitude Test Battery & age & socioeconomic status KW - 28-83 yr. old employed & retired men KW - 1971 KW - Age Differences KW - Aptitude Measures KW - Geriatrics KW - Occupational Guidance KW - Socioeconomic Status KW - Test Battery KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0031530 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-03835-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-03515-001 AN - 1972-03515-001 AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Samuels, Ina AU - Goodglass, Harold AU - Brody, Betty T1 - Short-term visual and auditory memory disorders after parietal and frontal lobe damage. JF - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JO - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JA - Cortex Y1 - 1970/12// VL - 6 IS - 4 SP - 440 EP - 459 CY - Italy PB - Masson Italia SN - 0010-9452 SN - 1973-8102 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-03515-001. PMID: 5514516 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Butters, Nelson; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Elsevier Masson SAS. Release Date: 19720201. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Brain Damage; Short Term Memory. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 20. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1970. AB - Attempted to assess the role of the parietal lobes in the mediation of visual and auditory memory by employing the peterson and peterson technique which permits the separation of discriminative from memory processes. To facilitate comparisons between the present and previous studies of short-term visual memory in patients with parietal or posterior cerebral damage, a test of visual learning, similar to those employed in previous investigations was also administered to the patients. Of the 4 patient groups, the right parietal group displayed the most severe and consistent short-term visual memory impairment. For geometric patterns and single consonants presented visually, the right parietals showed normal immediate identification of the patterned and verbal visual stimuli but were severely impaired under the various delay conditions. On both visual tasks, the right parietal group had the steepest memory decay gradient between 0-18 sec. Thus, when the exposure intervals were long enough to allow proper registration or decoding of the stimulus, the right parietal group was unable to retain the visual inputs beyond a few sec. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - parietal & frontal lobe damage KW - short-term & auditory memory disorders KW - 1970 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Brain Damage KW - Short Term Memory KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/S0010-9452(70)80008-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-03515-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-03499-001 AN - 1972-03499-001 AU - Brookshire, Robert H. T1 - Control of 'involuntary' crying behavior emitted by a multiple sclerosis patient. JF - Journal of Communication Disorders JO - Journal of Communication Disorders JA - J Commun Disord Y1 - 1970/11// VL - 3 IS - 3 SP - 171 EP - 176 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0021-9924 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-03499-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brookshire, Robert H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Kansas City, Mo. Release Date: 19720201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Case Report; Emotions; Social Reinforcement; Speech Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1970. AB - Describes the treatment of a 47-yr-old male multiple sclerosis patient with a severe articulation disorder, which made him almost completely unintelligible. Apparently involuntary and uncontrollable crying occurred with such high frequency that clinical treatment of speech appeared impossible. A training program to eliminate the crying behavior was devised. In the program, a head movement which occurred whenever crying occurred was modified and eventually eliminated by verbal reinforcement of incompatible behavior. When the head movement no longer occurred, crying behavior also disappeared. Articulation therapy was then carried out, and when the patient was eventually dismissed from the hospital, his speech was consistently intelligible, and the 'involuntary' crying behavior had almost completely disappeared. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - involuntary crying behavior control KW - verbal reinforcement KW - 47 yr. old male multiple sclerosis patient with severe articulation disorder KW - 1970 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Case Report KW - Emotions KW - Social Reinforcement KW - Speech Disorders KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/0021-9924(70)90013-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-03499-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-03300-001 AN - 1972-03300-001 AU - Farberow, Norman L. AU - Reynolds, David K. T1 - Dyadic crisis suicides in mental hospital patients. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1971/08// VL - 78 IS - 1 SP - 77 EP - 85 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-03300-001. PMID: 5097099 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Farberow, Norman L.; Veterans Administration Center, los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interpersonal Interaction; Psychiatric Patients; Suicide. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Studied 70 cases of completed suicide among male veterans: 50 'dyadic' (precipitated by disruption of interpersonal relations), and 20 controls (precipitated by nondyadic events). Case history and hospitalization factors, personality characteristics of both members of the dyad, characteristics of their interpersonal relationships, stresses immediately prior to the suicide, and patterns of dependency were related. The dyadic suicide group showed more (a) disordered social relationships, (b) suppression or rejection of significant others when young, (c) open dependence in varied areas, and (d) diagnoses of depression. Distinguishable, although overlapping, personality configurations emerged when the dyadic group was broken down into subgroups of strained, broken, and terminated relationships. It is concluded that the dyadic partner should be included in the treatment program of suicidal patients when the main problem is the relationship. (21 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dyadic crisis suicides KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1971 KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Suicide KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0031484 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-03300-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-03295-001 AN - 1972-03295-001 AU - Moore, Marcia T1 - An account of a nurse's role and functions in an alcoholic treatment program. JF - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing & Mental Health Services JO - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing & Mental Health Services Y1 - 1970/05// VL - 8 IS - 3 SP - 21 EP - 27 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-03295-001. PMID: 4317063 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moore, Marcia; Veterans Administration Hosp., Marion, Ind. Release Date: 19720201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Hospitals; Nurses; Treatment. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: May, 1970. AB - Describes various aspects of a hospital-based program for alcoholics and the nurse's role in this program. Problems of staff communication, attitudes, dealing with relatives, and treatment modalities are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hospital alcoholic treatment program KW - 1970 KW - Alcoholism KW - Hospitals KW - Nurses KW - Treatment KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-03295-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-03243-001 AN - 1972-03243-001 AU - Huppert, Stanley T1 - Staff problems in an attitude therapy program. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1969/08// VL - 20 IS - 8 SP - 252 EP - 255 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-03243-001. PMID: 5808778 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Huppert, Stanley; Leech Farm Rd. Veterans Administration Hosp., Pittsburgh, Pa. Release Date: 19720201. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitudes; Behavior Therapy; Mental Health Personnel; Psychiatric Hospital Programs. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1969. KW - attitude therapy program KW - treatment planning & application coordination & treatment team member role change & collective decision making KW - 1969 KW - Attitudes KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-03243-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-03150-001 AN - 1972-03150-001 AU - O'Connell, Walter E. T1 - Adlerian action therapy. JF - Voices: the Art & Science of Psychotherapy JO - Voices: the Art & Science of Psychotherapy Y1 - 1971///Sum 1971 VL - 7 IS - 2 SP - 22 EP - 27 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-03150-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Connell, Walter E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19720201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Humor; Motivation; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Self-Concept. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1971. AB - With the emphasis in action therapy being on behavior, how this form of treatment helps teach patients to have a sense of humor, greater self-esteem, and greater commitment to treatment is described. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - action therapy KW - sense of humor & self-esteem & commitment to treatment KW - 1971 KW - Humor KW - Motivation KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Self-Concept KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-03150-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-03133-001 AN - 1972-03133-001 AU - Haffey, Virginia A. T1 - Behavior modification utilizing a token economy program. JF - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing & Mental Health Services JO - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing & Mental Health Services Y1 - 1970/03// VL - 8 IS - 2 SP - 31 EP - 35 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-03133-001. PMID: 4314960 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Haffey, Virginia A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19720201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Money; Nurses; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1970. AB - The nursing staff of a closed neuropsychiatric ward implemented a token economy program with 28 chronic male patients. The components (e.g., rules, token values) of the program are described. An increase of desirable behavior was noted. 3 of the patients were subsequently discharged; 12 were transferred to an open ward. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavior modification KW - token economy program implementation by nursing staff KW - chronic male neuropsychiatric patients KW - 1970 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Money KW - Nurses KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-03133-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-03125-001 AN - 1972-03125-001 AU - Sterne, David M. AU - Seligman, Milton T1 - Further comparisons of verbal behavior in therapist-led, leaderless, and alternating group psychotherapy sessions. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology JA - J Couns Psychol Y1 - 1971/09// VL - 18 IS - 5 SP - 472 EP - 477 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-03125-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sterne, David M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Vancouver, Wash. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Leadership; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Verbal Communication. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Replicated M. Seligman and D. Sterne's (see pa, vol. 43:14420) study with male patients in 2 therapy groups. Ss were exposed to a sequence of 5 daily therapist-led sessions followed by a 5-session sequence in which alternate meetings were leaderless, or with the order of the sequences reversed. Tape recordings of the sessions were rated by a reliable 'blind' rater, using the hill interaction matrix, form G. Therapist-led, leaderless, and alternating sequence sessions were compared. Leaderless sessions exhibited more socially oriented behavior, while the therapist-led meetings were considered more speculative and confrontive, concerned with group relationships, pertinent, and task-oriented than the leaderless sessions. The general findings and implications of the earlier study are supported. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - therapist-led vs. leaderless vs. alternating group psychotherapy sessions KW - verbal behavior KW - male patients KW - replication of M. Seligman & D. Sterne's study KW - 1971 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Leadership KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Verbal Communication KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0031477 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-03125-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-02846-001 AN - 1972-02846-001 AU - O'Connell, Walter E. T1 - Equality in encounter groups. JF - Individual Psychologist JO - Individual Psychologist Y1 - 1971/05// VL - 8 IS - 1 SP - 15 EP - 17 CY - US PB - American Society of Adlerian Psychology SN - 0019-7149 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-02846-001. Other Journal Title: American Journal of Individual Psychology; Individual Psychology: Journal of Adlerian Theory, Research & Practice; Journal of Individual Psychology; The Journal of Individual Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Connell, Walter E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: North American Society of Adlerian Psychology; University of Texas Press. Release Date: 19720201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Collective Behavior; Education; Feedback; Interpersonal Interaction; Sensitivity (Personality). Classification: Social Psychology (3000). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1971. AB - Adlerian social interest is seen in the concept of authentic feedback employed in some encounter groups. Some adlerian contributions to the growth of feedback are offered. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - encounter groups KW - concept of authentic feedback & Adlerian social interest KW - 1971 KW - Collective Behavior KW - Education KW - Feedback KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Sensitivity (Personality) KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-02846-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-02517-001 AN - 1972-02517-001 AU - Powell, D. A. AU - Schneiderman, N. AU - Elster, A. J. AU - Jacobson, A. T1 - Differential classical conditioning in rabbits (oryctolagus cuniculus) to tones and changes in illumination. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1971/08// VL - 76 IS - 2 SP - 267 EP - 274 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-02517-001. PMID: 5159012 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Powell, D. A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Columbia, S.c. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classical Conditioning; Electrical Activity; Eye (Anatomy); Heart Rate; Retina. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Administered heart rate (hr) and corneoretinal potential (crp) differential conditioning and reversal training to 22 albino rabbits. Group t-t received 1 frequency tone as cs+ and another as cs-. Group l-l received increase or decrease of overall compartment illumination as cs+ and the other stimulus as cs-. Group l-t (t-l) received increase in illumination or tone as cs+ and the other stimulus as cs-. Increases in compartment illumination were effective as the cs+ for hr but not crp conditioning in the l-t (t-l) group, and for both hr and crp conditioning in l-l group. The hr crs were decelerative in the t-t group, but accelerative for l-l ss. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - heart rate & corneoretinal potential differential classical conditioning to tones & illumination level changes KW - rabbit KW - 1971 KW - Classical Conditioning KW - Electrical Activity KW - Eye (Anatomy) KW - Heart Rate KW - Retina KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0031399 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-02517-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-02473-001 AN - 1972-02473-001 AU - Sadler, Timothy G. AU - Mefferd, Roy B. AU - Houck, Robert L. T1 - The interaction of extraversion and neuroticism in orienting response habituation. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1971/05// VL - 8 IS - 3 SP - 312 EP - 318 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-02473-001. PMID: 5093974 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sadler, Timothy G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychiatric & Psychosomatic Research Lab., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19720201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Extraversion; Habituation; Neurosis; Orienting Reflex; Personality Correlates. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500); Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: May, 1971. AB - Presented 20 different consonant trigrams individually to 38 undergraduate os in a standard orienting response habituation paradigm while the gsrs and base-line skin resistances (bsrs) were recorded. The os were later categorized according to extroversion and neuroticism (anxiety) scores. All os evidenced habituation in varying degrees to these dissimilar stimuli; however, the stable os responded to more of the stimuli than did the neurotics. This basic neuroticism effect was modified by the extroversion factor as shown by response magnitudes: stable introverts and neurotic extroverts habituated differently than did the stable extroverts and neurotic introverts. This significant extroversion neuroticism interaction was also present, in the same form, in the bsr data: stable introverts and neurotic extroverts had declining bsr values, while with stable extroverts and neurotic introverts, the bsrs increased (i.e., they became less attentive). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - orienting response habituation KW - extroversion-neuroticism interaction KW - 1971 KW - Extraversion KW - Habituation KW - Neurosis KW - Orienting Reflex KW - Personality Correlates KW - 1971 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1971.tb00461.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-02473-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-02389-001 AN - 1972-02389-001 AU - Freed, Earl X. T1 - Effects of conflict upon schedule-induced consumption of water and alcohol. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1971/08// VL - 29 IS - 1 SP - 115 EP - 118 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-02389-001. PMID: 5093039 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freed, Earl X.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Alcohol Research Lab., Lyons, N.j. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19720201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohols; Avoidance Conditioning; Conditioning; Drugs; Reinforcement. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1971. AB - Conditioned schedule-induced polydipsic consumption of water and ethanol in 2 groups of 6 charles river male albino rats which were then exposed to approach-avoidance (food-shock) conflict. Water intake was attenuated by conflict but ethanol consumption remained essentially unaltered. It is suggested that alcohol's pharmacodynamic effect was responsible for differences in fluid consumption by the 2 groups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schedule-induced polydipsic consumption of water & ethanol KW - approach-avoidance food-shock conflict KW - rat KW - 1971 KW - Alcohols KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Conditioning KW - Drugs KW - Reinforcement KW - Rats KW - 1971 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1971.29.1.115 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-02389-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-02378-001 AN - 1972-02378-001 AU - Angel, Charles AU - Burkett, Mary L. T1 - Potentiation in rats of bufotenin-induced behavioral changes by chlorpromazine. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1971/06// VL - 32 IS - 3 SP - 803 EP - 810 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-02378-001. PMID: 5104949 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Angel, Charles; Veterans Administration Center, Biloxi, Miss. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19720201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antidepressant Drugs; Chlorpromazine; Conditioning; Drugs; Water Intake. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1971. AB - Established a dose-response relationship for bufotenin oxalate in 8 female sprague-dawley rats trained to bar-press for water reinforcement. Data demonstrate that pretreatment of ss with chlorpromazine hydrochloride potentiated the behavioral effects of bufotenin, while pretreatment with a tricyclic antidepressant drug, amitriptyline hydrochloride, did not alter the dose-response relationship for bufotenin. If a similar interacting effect between chlorpromazine and bufotenin were to be demonstrated for the human, it would suggest that bufotenin is not an endogenous psychotogen involved as an etiologic factor in schizophrenia. Such a parallel relationship is suggested by earlier work of W. J. Turner and S. Merlis. (24 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chlorpromazine vs. amitriptyline hydrochloride potentiation KW - bufotenin oxalate induced dose-response relationship KW - rat KW - 1971 KW - Antidepressant Drugs KW - Chlorpromazine KW - Conditioning KW - Drugs KW - Water Intake KW - Rats KW - 1971 DO - 10.2466/pms.1971.32.3.803 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-02378-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-02253-001 AN - 1972-02253-001 AU - Carey, Robert J. T1 - Quinine and saccharin preference-aversion threshold determinations in rats with septal ablations. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1971/08// VL - 76 IS - 2 SP - 316 EP - 326 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-02253-001. PMID: 5159019 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carey, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.y. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aversion; Lesions; Preferences; Taste Perception; Thresholds. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Studied the intake of quinine and saccharin solutions in 67 male sprague-dawley rats in unoperated control groups and groups with lesions of (a) the ventral medial part of the septum, (b) the medial preoptic nucleus, (c) the anterior medial septum, (d) the bed nucleus of the anterior commissure, or (e) the dorsal medial septum. Group a showed decreased quinine and increased saccharin intake, while the other groups differed little or not at all in their intake of these solutions from controls. In 2-bottle choice tests with water no experimental group had a preference or aversion threshold significantly lower than intact controls. Results do not support the theory that septal lesions increase sensitivity to the taste properties of quinine or saccharin. (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - septal ablation KW - quinine & saccharin preference-aversion thresholds KW - rat KW - 1971 KW - Aversion KW - Lesions KW - Preferences KW - Taste Perception KW - Thresholds KW - Rats KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0031372 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-02253-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-02172-001 AN - 1972-02172-001 AU - Taub, Harvey A. AU - Abrams, Charles T1 - Effects of target value and exposure duration on recall in a visual search task. JF - Journal of Applied Psychology JO - Journal of Applied Psychology JA - J Appl Psychol Y1 - 1971/08// VL - 55 IS - 4 SP - 393 EP - 398 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9010 SN - 1939-1854 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-02172-001. PMID: 5559189 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Taub, Harvey A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.y. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Recall (Learning); Time; Vision. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Investigated the effects of exposure duration (.5, .75, 1.0, 2.0, and 3.0 sec/slide) and ratio of value (16:1 and 2:1) on the recall of high- and low-value letters in a visual search task. Results with 80 male undergraduates indicate that although ss' strategies tended to favor reports of the high- over the low-value stimuli, differences in performance varied directly with both ratio and length of exposure. Results are discussed and related to the inconsistencies in previous findings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - recall in visual search task KW - target value & exposure duration KW - 1971 KW - Attention KW - Recall (Learning) KW - Time KW - Vision KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0031356 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-02172-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-01996-001 AN - 1972-01996-001 AU - Goodglass, Harold T1 - Stimulus duration and visual processing time. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1971/08// VL - 33 IS - 1 SP - 179 EP - 182 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-01996-001. PMID: 5095784 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goodglass, Harold; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19720201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interstimulus Interval; Masking; Visual Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1971. AB - Investigated the effect of small changes in tachistoscopic exposure of target stimuli on the length of interstimulus interval (isi) required to eliminate the masking effect of a subsequent stimulus for 10 adult ss. This isi, termed the critical isi, was regarded as the perceptual processing time for the target. At target exposures near the 90% recognition threshold, each 2-msec increase in target exposure reduced the critical isi by 30 msec. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual processing time KW - interstimulus interval duration KW - 1971 KW - Interstimulus Interval KW - Masking KW - Visual Perception KW - 1971 DO - 10.2466/pms.1971.33.1.179 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-01996-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-01448-001 AN - 1972-01448-001 AU - Risch, Frank AU - Samuels, Solon D. T1 - Gainful employment: A psychiatric prescription. JF - Journal of Rehabilitation JO - Journal of Rehabilitation Y1 - 1971/03// VL - 37 IS - 2 SP - 22 EP - 24 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-01448-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Risch, Frank; Veterans Administration Center, los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Epilepsy; Institutionalization; Mental Disorders; Occupations; Treatment. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1971. AB - A brief case discussion serves to implement the report on some incidental observations made upon a number of institutionalized epileptic patients with psychiatric disturbances. The emphasis here is on the psychiatric aspect of work rather than upon the epileptic aspect of the patient. In this particular program some of individuals were found to be as maladapted in the rehabilitation workshop as they had been in competitive employment. However, when work was found when the performance demanded of the individual appeared to meet his own symbolic needs and defenses then he would exhibit marked improvement in his social and job adjustment. It is emphasized that based on this observation it is therapeutically sound to provide gainful employment which without the individual's knowledge provides a task which embodies and repeatedly reinforces his weakened defense mechanisms or give symbolic expression and sublimation to his known ill-repressed destructive drives. The cases cited are in support of this thesis. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - employment as therapy KW - institutionalized epileptic patients with psychiatric disturbances KW - 1971 KW - Epilepsy KW - Institutionalization KW - Mental Disorders KW - Occupations KW - Treatment KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-01448-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-01416-001 AN - 1972-01416-001 AU - Brookshire, Robert H. T1 - Effects of trial time and inter-trial interval on naming by aphasic subjects. JF - Journal of Communication Disorders JO - Journal of Communication Disorders JA - J Commun Disord Y1 - 1971/01// VL - 3 IS - 4 SP - 289 EP - 301 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0021-9924 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-01416-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brookshire, Robert H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Kansas City, Mo. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drawing; Interstimulus Interval; Reading Disabilities; Speech Disorders; Words (Phonetic Units). Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1971. AB - Studied 6 male aphasics in picture naming or word reading tasks under 4 treatments. In exp. I, stimuli were presented for 3, 5, 10, or 30 sec. Or at a rate determined by S. Results indicate a gradual improvement in correct naming as the interval during which the stimulus was presented grew longer. The s-paced condition resulted in the highest rate of correct responses/unit of time. In exp. Ii, itis were 0, 5, 10, or 30 sec. Results indicate little difference in correct responding at 0, 5, or 10 sec., but a significant increment in correct responding at 30 sec. Findings from 2 additional experiments indicate that (a) short trial times generated stress which interfered with performance in longer trial times, and (b) simple naming practice did not improve naming performance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - picture naming & word reading task performance KW - trial time & ITI KW - aphasics KW - 1971 KW - Drawing KW - Interstimulus Interval KW - Reading Disabilities KW - Speech Disorders KW - Words (Phonetic Units) KW - 1971 DO - 10.1016/0021-9924(71)90035-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-01416-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-01370-001 AN - 1972-01370-001 AU - Sturm, I. E. AU - Lipton, Herbert T1 - Countering defeatism in psychiatric vocational placement. JF - Mental Hygiene JO - Mental Hygiene Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 55 IS - 2 SP - 230 EP - 233 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-01370-001. PMID: 5576134 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sturm, I. E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northport, N.y. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Occupations; Psychiatric Patients; Vocational Rehabilitation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1971. AB - Presents reasons and a rejoinder regarding difficulties in placing mental patients in jobs. It is hoped that this approach may provide a basis for discussion. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - vocational placement difficulties KW - mental patients KW - 1971 KW - Occupations KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Vocational Rehabilitation KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-01370-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-01249-001 AN - 1972-01249-001 AU - Fontana, Alan F. T1 - Machiavellianism and manipulation in the mental patient role. JF - Journal of Personality JO - Journal of Personality JA - J Pers Y1 - 1971/06// VL - 39 IS - 2 SP - 252 EP - 263 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0022-3506 SN - 1467-6494 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-01249-001. PMID: 5581826 Other Journal Title: Character & Personality; A Quarterly for Psychodiagnostic & Allied Studies. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fontana, Alan F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior; Interpersonal Interaction; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1971. AB - Patients' machiavellian orientations were compared to their reputations among the staff as manipulators, helpers, or model patients. For both acute and chronic patients, machiavellianism was consistently found to relate significantly to the manipulator reputation and not to the other reputations. The relationships held for patients diagnosed psychotic as well as nonpsychotic. The relationships were demonstrated more reliably in group treatment programs than in an individual treatment program. Expected differences in the relationships according to birth order were not found. Machiavellian social desirability significantly related to the helper and model patient reputations for acute patients, suggesting its potential value as a dispositional variable also. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Machiavellianism KW - manipulators vs. helpers vs. model patients KW - mental patients KW - 1971 KW - Behavior KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1971 DO - 10.1111/j.1467-6494.1971.tb00040.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-01249-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-01246-001 AN - 1972-01246-001 AU - Braatz, Gordon A. AU - Lumry, Gayle K. AU - Wright, M. Suzanne T1 - The young veteran as a psychiatric patient in three eras of conflict. JF - Military Medicine JO - Military Medicine JA - Mil Med Y1 - 1971/05// VL - 136 IS - 5 SP - 455 EP - 457 CY - US PB - Assn of Military Surgeons of the US SN - 0026-4075 SN - 1930-613X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-01246-001. PMID: 5005442 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Braatz, Gordon A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Minneapolis, Minn. Release Date: 19720101. Correction Date: 20170302. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Disorders; Military Personnel; Personality Disorders; Psychiatric Patients; War. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1971. AB - Studied diagnosis, mmpi scale elevations, and life history variables in psychiatric patients from the world war ii era, the korean war era, and the vietnam war era. While the percentage of schizophrenics remained relatively constant, personality disorders increased significantly while psychoneurotic disorders decreased significantly. Specifically, psychophysiological reactions sharply declined between world war ii and the vietnam conflict. High point codes of the neurotic type, as measured by the mmpi, also significantly decreased over these 3 eras, while character disorder codes increased significantly. Inasmuch as both the diagnostic and personality measures suggested an increase in a tendency to act out, life history variables were also scrutinized for this trend. An increase was found in drug usage, suicidal or assaultive tendencies, and suicidal acts, while poor parental home situations showed a consistent decrease during this same period of time. It is suggested that consistent with this shift from psychoneurotic to character disorders as the principal problem, inpatient hospitalization programs should be deemphasized in favor of community based crisis intervention centers. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - diagnosis & MMPI scale elevations & life history variables KW - psychiatric patients from World War II vs. Korean vs. Vietnam war era KW - 1971 KW - Mental Disorders KW - Military Personnel KW - Personality Disorders KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - War KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-01246-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-01188-001 AN - 1972-01188-001 AU - Freed, Earl X. T1 - Alcoholics in sheltered workshops: Some areas for research. JF - Rehabilitation Counseling Bulletin JO - Rehabilitation Counseling Bulletin JA - Rehabil Couns Bull Y1 - 1970/12// VL - 14 IS - 2 SP - 78 EP - 84 CY - US PB - PRO-ED SN - 0034-3552 SN - 1538-4853 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-01188-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freed, Earl X.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Alcohol Research Lab., Lyons, N.j. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19720101. Correction Date: 20110919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Attitudes; Dependency (Personality); Diagnosis; Rehabilitation. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1970. AB - Discusses the prognosis of success in the rehabilitation of a chronic alcoholic in a sheltered workshop. 4 areas of rehabilitation are noted: (a) an examination of attitudes toward alcoholism indicates a negative attitude of the public toward rehabilitation of the alcoholic. (b) the dependency dimension of alcoholism suggests that means for the alleviation of inadequacy on the part of the patient may be a fruitful source for rehabilitation. (c) the aftercare of the alcoholic is as important as the hospital care and the pattern of the aftercare needs study. (d) as there are different kinds of alcoholism, the general rubric of alcoholism is superficial. The probability of brain damage, associated with alcoholism, requires suitable rehabilitative techniques differing in the kind and degree of neurological impairment. Research is needed to determine what rehabilitative procedures are most productive for certain well-defined types of alcoholism. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prognosis of rehabilitation success KW - attitudes toward alcoholism & alcoholic's dependency & aftercare rehabilitative procedures KW - chronic alcoholics in sheltered workshops KW - 1970 KW - Alcoholism KW - Attitudes KW - Dependency (Personality) KW - Diagnosis KW - Rehabilitation KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-01188-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-00539-001 AN - 1972-00539-001 AU - Murphree, Oddist D. AU - Newton, Joseph E. T1 - Schizokinesis: Fragmentation of performance in two strains of pointer dogs. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 6 IS - 2 SP - 91 EP - 100 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-00539-001. PMID: 5165331 Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Murphree, Oddist D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., North Little Rock, Ark. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19720101. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Conditioned Responses; Genetics; Heart Rate; Shock. Minor Descriptor: Dogs. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1971. AB - During the behavior shaping toward bar jumping to avoid shock at the termination of a tone, 10 genetically nervous and 10 stable dogs showed different performances in the acquisition of the adaptive motor response. 2 mo. Later these ss also showed differences in (a) base-line heart rate (hr), (b) direction and degree of hr change to the cs (more often deceleration in the nervous ss), and (c) response to the ucs. The quality of response by all ss is described. The stable ss showed retention of the cardiac cr, but not of the motor cr (which they re-formed after 1 or 2 reinforcements); the nervous ss also retained the cardiac cr, but persisted in the maladaptive motor performance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - acquisition of adaptive motor response KW - cardiac CRS KW - 2 pointer dog strains KW - 1971 KW - Conditioned Responses KW - Genetics KW - Heart Rate KW - Shock KW - Dogs KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-00539-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-00487-001 AN - 1972-00487-001 AU - Cullen, Joseph W. T1 - Homeostasis-anhomeostasis: Goliath and David. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 6 IS - 2 SP - 78 EP - 90 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-00487-001. PMID: 5113135 Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cullen, Joseph W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19720101. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Food Intake; Physiology. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1971. AB - Organisms demonstrate adaptability and relative stability in the face of external change. This is not only true along the physiochemical dimension, described by bernard and cannon, but it has been shown to obtain also along the behavioral dimension. The latter has been particularly evident in total body regulation via specific food hungers. Nevertheless, accepting the homeostatic model as the all-inclusive blueprint in explaining these phenomena is heuristically limiting. There are enough instances of nonregulation (anhomeostasis), particularly behavioral nonregulation, to preclude glib generalizations and conclusions. It is contended here that attention given to these anhomeostases should lead to a fuller understanding of food regulation in general and specific hungers in particular. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - food regulation & specific hungers KW - 1971 KW - Food Intake KW - Physiology KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-00487-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-00475-001 AN - 1972-00475-001 AU - Pare, William P. T1 - Frequency and probability of us-shock and adrenal hypertrophy in the rat. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1971/05// VL - 6 IS - 5 SP - 493 EP - 496 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-00475-001. PMID: 5149438 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pare, William P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Autonomic Nervous System; Glands; Shock; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500); Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1971. AB - Exposed 40 male sprague-dawley rats to unavoidable grid shock 12 hr. Daily for 5 days. For 2 groups shock always followed the cs (tone-light) but for 3 other groups shock was administered randomly only 50 or 20% after cs presentation. Groups were equated for number of shocks received. In comparison to 14 control ss, all shock stress groups showed a reduction of daily food and water intake and body weight loss. Degree of hypertrophy was directly related to frequency, and not probability, of shock presentation. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - shock stress & adrenal hypertrophy KW - rat KW - 1971 KW - Autonomic Nervous System KW - Glands KW - Shock KW - Stress KW - Rats KW - 1971 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(71)90195-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-00475-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-00363-001 AN - 1972-00363-001 AU - Brown, Barbara B. T1 - Awareness of EEG-subjective activity relationships detected within a closed feedback system. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1970/11// VL - 7 IS - 3 SP - 451 EP - 464 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-00363-001. PMID: 5510820 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brown, Barbara B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Awareness; Electroencephalography; Feedback. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1970. AB - Summarizes results from feedback experiments using the 3 eeg frequency ranges of theta, alpha, and beta to operate lights of 3 different colors. Ss were requested to try to isolate and identify feeling (and/or thought) activity which they felt caused successful operation of the lights. Written descriptions of this experience from 1 group of 26 ss were compared to evaluations of subjective activity obtained in a 2nd group of 45 ss determined using a color q-sort technique. Results from the latter technique were controlled for effects of color and for effects of the feedback experience using a control group of 45 ss. Results establish 2 sets of relationships with subjective activity: color and eeg frequency. Each set could exist independently or in relationship to the other. Several characteristics were postulated to account for development of the subjective-biological relationships in this feedback system, E.g., that generation of stimulus and response were both internal events; that both reinforcement of the process and the behavior reinforced were selected by subjective activity of the s; and that positive reinforcement did not occur without effort by the s to define it. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - awareness of EEG-subjective activity relationships KW - detection within closed feedback system KW - 1970 KW - Awareness KW - Electroencephalography KW - Feedback KW - 1970 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1970.tb01771.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-00363-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-00344-001 AN - 1972-00344-001 AU - Harper, R. M. T1 - Frequency changes in hippocampal electrical activity during movement and tonic immobility. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1971/07// VL - 7 IS - 1 SP - 55 EP - 58 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-00344-001. PMID: 5149716 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Harper, R. M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Neuropsychology Research, Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electrical Activity; Hippocampus; Motion Perception. Minor Descriptor: Rabbits. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1971. AB - Recorded eeg activity of the hippocampus from 10 unanesthetized new zealand white rabbits during periods of movement, nonmovement, sleep, and tonic immobility. Hippocampal rhythmic slow activity (rsa) was present in all these states, even in quiet sleep. Rsa was slower during nonmovement than movement periods, increased in frequency during phasic periods of active sleep, and was identical in tonic immobility periods to nonmovement periods. Harmonics of the base frequency of rsa were present during active sleep. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hippocampal electrical activity during movement & tonic immobility KW - rabbit KW - 1971 KW - Electrical Activity KW - Hippocampus KW - Motion Perception KW - Rabbits KW - 1971 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(71)90235-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-00344-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-00302-001 AN - 1972-00302-001 AU - Fleming, Donovan E. AU - Wilson, Charles E. AU - Rhodes, Leland E. T1 - Topical acetylcholine applications: Electrocortical-behavioral correlations. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1971/06// VL - 6 IS - 6 SP - 739 EP - 742 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-00302-001. PMID: 5004624 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fleming, Donovan E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Phoenix, Ariz. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Stimulation; Cerebral Cortex; Drugs; Electrical Activity. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1971. AB - Examined the electrophysiological and behavioral responses of 5 chronically cannulated squirrel monkeys following the topical application of acetylcholine to the cerebral cortex. Several combinations of spike and/or slow-wave patterns were observed. Gross behaviors (e.g., orientation) were little affected by the cortical paroxysmal discharges. Performance on a conditioned avoidance task utilizing a short cs-ucs interval was debilitated by the cortical discharges. On an avoidance task utilizing a longer cs-ucs interval only repetitive spike discharges produced a behavioral deficit. It is suggested that the cortical discharges were disruptive to motor and/or attentional processes which resulted in an increase in the time required to coordinate and emit the cr. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - topical application of acetylcholine to cerebral cortex KW - electrophysiological & behavioral responses KW - monkey KW - 1971 KW - Brain Stimulation KW - Cerebral Cortex KW - Drugs KW - Electrical Activity KW - Monkeys KW - 1971 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(71)90266-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-00302-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-00265-001 AN - 1972-00265-001 AU - Carey, Robert J. AU - Friedman, Richard N. T1 - The effect of septal injury on inhibition produced by nonreinforcement and quinine. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1971/07// VL - 7 IS - 1 SP - 123 EP - 125 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-00265-001. PMID: 5149711 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carey, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.y. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interference (Learning); Lesions; Rat Learning; Reinforcement. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1971. AB - Measured operant responding for water under a drl 22-sec schedule of reinforcement and intake of a .015% quinine solution in 7 male sprague-dawley rats with septal lesions and 7 intact rats. A strong positive correlation between operant performance and intake of the quinine solution was obtained for the group sustaining septal injury. Results are interpreted as being consistent with the inhibitory function proposed for the septum. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - septal lesion KW - inhibition produced by nonreinforcement & quinine KW - rat KW - 1971 KW - Interference (Learning) KW - Lesions KW - Rat Learning KW - Reinforcement KW - Rats KW - 1971 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(71)90245-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-00265-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-00231-001 AN - 1972-00231-001 AU - Sollberger, Arne T1 - Circadian rhythms. JF - Experimental Medicine & Surgery JO - Experimental Medicine & Surgery JA - Exp Med Surg Y1 - 1969/// VL - 27 IS - 1-2 SP - 80 EP - 104 SN - 0014-4878 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-00231-001. PMID: 4904945 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sollberger, Arne; Veterans Administration Hosp., New Haven, Conn. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biological Rhythms; Drugs; Sleep. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 25. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Discusses possible relations between circadian rhythms, sleep, and drug effects, E.g., (a) the effect of circadian rhythms on sleep, (b) the effect of sleep on the rhythms, (c) the action of biological rhythms on drug effects, and (d) the action of drug effects on circadian rhythms. General properties of biological rhythms are outlined and the paucity of knowledge concerning its connections with sleep and drug mechanisms commented upon. Circadian sequences of activity and rest occur under constant environmental conditions both in man and in animals. Fast alternations between short wakefulness and sleep intervals in infants coalesce to form the adult circadian pattern. (79 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sleep & drug effects & circadian rhythms KW - 1969 KW - Biological Rhythms KW - Drugs KW - Sleep KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-00231-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-00127-001 AN - 1972-00127-001 AU - Blum, Ludwig L. T1 - Hypnosis and the integrity of the ego shell. JF - Journal of the American Society of Psychosomatic Dentistry & Medicine JO - Journal of the American Society of Psychosomatic Dentistry & Medicine JA - J Am Soc Psychosom Dent Med Y1 - 1970/// VL - 17 IS - 4 SP - 128 EP - 133 CY - US PB - International Psychosomatics Institute SN - 0003-1194 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-00127-001. PMID: 5275582 Other Journal Title: International Journal of Psychosomatics. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Blum, Ludwig L.; Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.y. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Feedback; Hypnosis. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - The process of hypnosis can be viewed as a sequence of intercoupled feedback systems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hypnosis as sequence of intercoupled feedback systems KW - 1970 KW - Feedback KW - Hypnosis KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-00127-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-00067-001 AN - 1972-00067-001 AU - Angel, Ronald W. AU - Garland, Harry AU - Fischler, Martin T1 - Tracking errors amended without visual feedback. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology JA - J Exp Psychol Y1 - 1971/08// VL - 89 IS - 2 SP - 422 EP - 424 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-00067-001. PMID: 5567148 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Angel, Ronald W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Errors; Feedback; Motor Performance; Vision; Visual Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Tested 5 undergraduates on pursuit tracking in which the visual feedback was reversed on alternate blocks of target steps. The center of the visual display was screened so that ss could not see the response marker during the initial part of each response. Numerous false moves were corrected at times when the response marker was invisible. Results confirm previous suggestions that errors can be amended by a central mechanism which does not require sensory feedback. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - tracking errors without visual feedback KW - 1971 KW - Errors KW - Feedback KW - Motor Performance KW - Vision KW - Visual Perception KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0031248 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-00067-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-00005-001 AN - 1972-00005-001 AU - Rumbaut, Ruben D. T1 - Bernardino Alvarez: New world psychiatric pioneer. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1971/03// VL - 127 IS - 9 SP - 1217 EP - 1221 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-00005-001. PMID: 5542336 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rumbaut, Ruben D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Release Date: 19720101. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: History of Psychology; Psychiatric Hospitals. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1971. AB - Describes the life and assesses the contributions to psychiatry of bernardino alvarez, a spaniard who founded the 1st mental hospitals in the new world in the 16th century. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Alvarez/B. KW - life & founder of 1st mental hospitals in new world in 16th century KW - 1971 KW - History of Psychology KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - 1971 DO - 10.1176/ajp.127.9.1217 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-00005-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-31362-001 AN - 1971-31362-001 AU - Pendergrass, Virginia E. T1 - Effects of length of time-out from positive reinforcement and schedule of application in suppression of aggressive behavior. JF - The Psychological Record JO - The Psychological Record JA - Psychol Rec Y1 - 1971///Win 1971 VL - 21 IS - 1 SP - 75 EP - 80 CY - US PB - Kenyon Coll Psychology Dept SN - 0033-2933 SN - 2163-3452 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-31362-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pendergrass, Virginia E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Miami, Fla. Other Publishers: Southern Illinois University; Springer. Release Date: 19711201. Correction Date: 20141103. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Behavior Problems; Brain Damage; Punishment; Reinforcement Schedules. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Win 1971. AB - Utilized a procedure of temporary isolation (time-out from positive reinforcement) as a punishment contingent on aggressive behavior in a 5-yr-old brain-damaged girl. It was found that a long time-out period administered on an intermittent schedule was relatively ineffective in controlling the undesirable behavior, while a short time-out administered consistently produced substantial suppression. Spontaneous recovery of suppression at the beginning of each experimental extinction day indicated that retention of learning may persist over many days. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - suppression of aggressive behavior KW - length of time-out from positive reinforcement & reinforcement scheduled KW - brain-damaged 5 yr. old girl KW - 1971 KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Behavior Problems KW - Brain Damage KW - Punishment KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-31362-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-31338-001 AN - 1971-31338-001 AU - Brookshire, Robert H. T1 - Probability learning by aphasic subjects. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JA - J Speech Hear Res Y1 - 1969/12// VL - 12 IS - 4 SP - 857 EP - 864 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Assn SN - 0022-4685 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-31338-001. PMID: 5385732 Other Journal Title: Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brookshire, Robert H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Kansas City, Mo. Release Date: 19711201. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Probability Learning; Reinforcement Schedules; Speech Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1969. AB - Studied 9 male aphasic and 9 male nonaphasic patients in a 2-choice probability learning experiment in which they attempted to turn on a set of red 'reinforcement' lights by pressing push buttons. Reinforcement ratios were changed successively from 70/1 to 5/1, 2/1, 1/1, 1/2, 1/5, and 1/70 in 50-trial blocks. Most aphasic Ss changed their response patterns to accord with the changing reinforcement ratios. Between-S variability was greater for aphasic than nonaphasic Ss. 7 aphasic Ss exhibited 'perseverative' response patterns in early reinforcement ratios. 2 aphasic Ss did not appear to be influenced by the reinforcement ratios in the 1st session. Further observation and experimental treatment of these 2 Ss resulted in appropriate changes in their performance. Results suggest that behavior-shaping techniques involving changing reinforcement schedules can be used in clinical treatment of aphasic patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 2-choice probability learning KW - changing reinforcement ratios KW - aphasics KW - 1969 KW - Probability Learning KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Speech Disorders KW - 1969 DO - 10.1044/jshr.1204.857 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-31338-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-31319-001 AN - 1971-31319-001 AU - de M. Klich, Beatriz AU - Wierig, George J. T1 - Social interaction and emotional adjustment among the blind. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 32 IS - 2 SP - 516 EP - 518 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-31319-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: de M. Klich, Beatriz; Veterans Administration Hosp., Hines, Ill. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19711201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Blind; Social Interaction. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1971. AB - Tested the hypothesis that the level of a blind person's adjustment to his handicap is positively related to his involvement with a group of other blind persons. 41 blind veterans attending a rehabilitation program for the visually handicapped were rated by the staff psychologist and the director of mobility training as satisfactorily, fairly, or poorly adjusted to their blindness. Each S completed a questionnaire concerning his choice of friends from within the program and was designated as either having or not having membership in a group. Group members did have the highest level of judged adjustment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social interaction KW - emotional adjustment to handicap KW - blind veterans KW - 1971 KW - Adjustment KW - Blind KW - Social Interaction KW - 1971 DO - 10.2466/pms.1971.32.2.516 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-31319-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-31262-001 AN - 1971-31262-001 AU - Silverman, Lloyd H. T1 - An experimental technique for the study of unconscious conflict. JF - British Journal of Medical Psychology JO - British Journal of Medical Psychology JA - Br J Med Psychol Y1 - 1971/03// VL - 44 IS - 1 SP - 17 EP - 25 CY - United Kingdom PB - British Psychological Society SN - 0007-1129 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-31262-001. PMID: 5101051 Other Journal Title: Psychology and Psychotherapy: Theory, Research and Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silverman, Lloyd H.; New York Veterans Administration Hosp., N.Y. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19711201. Correction Date: 20111114. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Conflict; Learning; Schizophrenia; Thresholds. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1971. AB - Discusses a series of studies using subliminal stimuli. 10 experiments with schizophrenics were found to intensify pathological thinking, pathological nonverbal behavior, or both, but usually as a delayed effect (2nd task). Long-term patients showed stronger effects. Hospital employees 'primed' for aggression produced pathological manifestations as well. Other studies revealed that supraliminal presentations are not effective. It is concluded that this technique can help the researcher elucidate the kind of dynamic interplay between underlying conflict and manifest behavior hypothesized by psychoanalytic theory. (1 p. ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - subliminal stimuli & unconscious conflict KW - schizophrenics KW - 1971 KW - Conflict KW - Learning KW - Schizophrenia KW - Thresholds KW - 1971 DO - 10.1111/j.2044-8341.1971.tb02142.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-31262-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-31123-001 AN - 1971-31123-001 AU - Cutter, Henry S. AU - Schwaab, Eugene L. AU - Nathan, Peter E. T1 - Effects of alcohol on its utility for alcoholics and nonalcoholics. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1970/06// VL - 31 IS - 2-A SP - 369 EP - 378 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-31123-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cutter, Henry S.; Brockton Veterans Administration Hosp., Mass. Release Date: 19711201. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Alcohols; Feedback. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1970. AB - The hypothesis to be tested is the fairly widespread belief that alcoholics respond with positive feedback to alcohol, 'so that 1 drink leads to the craving and consumption of many more.' Male alcoholic patients and male nonalcoholic staff at a Veterans Administration Hospital were used as Ss. The Ss worked on a task to earn points that could be directly translated into differing amounts of 100-proof bourbon whiskey. 'A 4-way analysis of variance of the strategy scores, independent on 3 dimensions and correlated on 1, was employed to test the hypothesis.' The hypothesis that alcoholics fear an initial drink but crave a 2nd is not supported. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - utility & positive feedback to alcohol KW - alcoholics & nonalcoholics KW - 1970 KW - Alcoholism KW - Alcohols KW - Feedback KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-31123-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-31106-001 AN - 1971-31106-001 AU - Uecker, Albert E. T1 - Differentiating male alcoholic from other psychiatric inpatients: Validity of the MacAndrew scale. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1970/06// VL - 31 IS - 2-A SP - 379 EP - 383 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-31106-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Uecker, Albert E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Ft. Meade, S.D. Release Date: 19711201. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Differential Diagnosis; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1970. AB - The sample of alcoholics consisted of 111 male war veterans admitted to the Fort Meade treatment unit for alcoholics. The nonalcoholic sample consisted of 56 veterans admitted to the regular psychiatric units of the hospital during approximately the same time period. The booklet form of the MMPI was administered to alcoholics 1 mo. after admission to the hospital and to nonalcoholics shortly after admission or as otherwise referred. Means and standard deviations of each sample were calculated for MacAndrew's 49-item scale. The significance of the difference between the 2 means was assessed by the t test for uncorrelated means. The scale significantly differentiated the alcoholic and nonalcoholic samples. 84.7% of the alcoholics were correctly diagnosed, but 69.5% of the nonalcoholic controls were misdiagnosed. Results suggest that the high efficiency of the MacAndrew scale may be quite specific to outpatient settings and that considerable discriminative efficiency is lost when the scale is used in other settings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - differential diagnosis KW - MacAndrew scale KW - alcoholics vs. psychiatric patients KW - 1970 KW - Alcoholism KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-31106-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-31075-001 AN - 1971-31075-001 AU - Jones, Miriam L. T1 - Why locked doors? JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1970/05// VL - 21 IS - 5 SP - 143 EP - 145 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-31075-001. PMID: 5461733 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jones, Miriam L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Release Date: 19711201. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1970. AB - Describes the change from a locked to open door plan on a ward for seriously disturbed or dangerous psychiatric patients, unable to function without a rigidly structured environment. Patients were given personal responsibility and appropriate conduct was reinforced under the new program. Treatment responsibilities were decentralized, causing more patient movement. The plan was considered to be very successful. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - locked to open door policy change KW - ward for seriously disturbed & dangerous psychiatric patients KW - 1970 KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-31075-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-30993-001 AN - 1971-30993-001 AU - Williams, Robert L. AU - Gasdick, Jane M. T1 - Practical applications of psychodrama: An action therapy for chronic patients. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1970/06// VL - 21 IS - 6 SP - 187 EP - 189 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-30993-001. PMID: 4986120 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Williams, Robert L.; Jefferson Barracks, Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Louis, Mo. Release Date: 19711201. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Psychiatric Patients; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Rehabilitation; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1970. AB - Describes the use of psychodrama as part of a multidimensional rehabilitation program for long-term patients, especially designed to teach Ss with a low level of functioning. 20 men and women who had been hospitalized for an average of 10 yr. took part in a 9-mo psychodrama session. Experiences, problems, and useful techniques are related. As Ss developed scene and role-played, the responsibility for handling delusional material presented by a protagonist was given to the group. 10 Ss were placed on terminal level for 1-10 mo. following the therapy. Psychodramatic techniques are believed to facilitate the learning of new attitudes and behaviors. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychodrama as part of multidimensional rehabilitation program KW - long-term psychiatric patients KW - 1970 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Rehabilitation KW - Treatment KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-30993-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-30992-001 AN - 1971-30992-001 AU - Hanson, Philip G. AU - Rothaus, Paul AU - O'Connell, Walter AU - Wiggins, George E. T1 - Some basic concepts in human relations training for patients. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1970/05// VL - 21 IS - 5 SP - 137 EP - 143 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-30992-001. PMID: 5436419 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hanson, Philip G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19711201. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Collective Behavior; Education; Interpersonal Interaction; Psychiatric Patients; Social Interaction. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: May, 1970. AB - Describes the goals and experiences of a human relations training laboratory in operation for 8 yr. whose purpose is to make patients examine their own relationships and develop self-awareness. Candidates are any kind of psychiatric patient with sufficient motivation. The laboratory involves 2 basic processes: learning (change) and democratic milieu (participative involvement). The former takes place on 2 levels thinking and feeling while 2 mental mechanisms that influence Ss to learn and change have been identified identification and internalization. Experience with approximately 1500 Ss showed improvement on a variety of measures, but the improvements were attenuated in a 9-mo follow-up. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group interaction & human relations training KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1970 KW - Collective Behavior KW - Education KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Social Interaction KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-30992-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-30987-001 AN - 1971-30987-001 AU - Bell, Robert L. T1 - Practical applications of psychodrama: Systematic role-playing teaches social skills. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1970/06// VL - 21 IS - 6 SP - 189 EP - 191 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-30987-001. PMID: 5442564 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bell, Robert L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19711201. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Roles; Social Behavior; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1970. AB - Describes a technique in which systematic role-playing was used to give patients experience in appropriate social behavior. No rigid or standardized procedures were employed, but several helpful procedures are suggested. Some of these include (a) consideration of the types of social skills a patient needs to develop most, (b) informal meetings to facilitate socialization, (c) little concern for patient dynamics, (d) role-reversal techniques, (e) homework tasks, (f) limiting the group to 12 members, and (g) choosing staff members who feel comfortable with role-playing. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social skills KW - systematic role-playing KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1970 KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Roles KW - Social Behavior KW - Treatment KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-30987-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-30906-001 AN - 1971-30906-001 AU - Ellsworth, Robert B. T1 - Evaluating and applying information about treatment outcome. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1970/04// VL - 21 IS - 4 SP - 115 EP - 117 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-30906-001. PMID: 5417680 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ellsworth, Robert B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Roseburg, Ore. Release Date: 19711201. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Evaluation; Family; Feedback; Psychiatric Patients; Treatment. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1970. AB - Discusses the difficulties of determining outcomes of psychiatric treatment. Since generalizations concerning a patient's behavior in a clinical setting cannot be extended to a community setting, a study of the validity of family ratings was conducted. It was found that there was considerable consensus between family and staff ratings. It was hypothesized that knowledge of the results would enable members of a therapeutic team to identify the effectiveness of their treatments with certain patients and improve their strategies. A pilot program was conducted in which male psychiatric patients were assigned to 1 of 3 hospital teams. Feedback on the patients was obtained from community informants and compared with prehospitalization assessments. Preliminary results indicate that feedback has no impact, unless the therapeutic team can 1st (a) identify the strategy which works best for them, and (b) adopt the approaches which are most promising. It is concluded that the procedure utilized may be effective for any mental health agency in upgrading its effectiveness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychiatric treatment evaluation KW - family ratings & community informants KW - 1970 KW - Evaluation KW - Family KW - Feedback KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Treatment KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-30906-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-30819-001 AN - 1971-30819-001 AU - Shipp, Thomas AU - Hollien, Harry T1 - Perception of the aging male voice. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JA - J Speech Hear Res Y1 - 1969/12// VL - 12 IS - 4 SP - 703 EP - 710 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Assn SN - 0022-4685 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-30819-001. PMID: 5385720 Other Journal Title: Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shipp, Thomas; Veterans Administration Hosp., San Francisco, Calif. Release Date: 19711201. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Social Perception; Verbal Communication. Classification: Communication Systems (2700). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1969. AB - Investigated the effects of physiological aging upon otherwise normal healthy male voices. Data are provided for 175 adult males equally divided into 7 age categories (decades) from 20-89 yr. of age. 95 undergraduates, using 1 of 3 related perceptual procedures, estimated the ages of recorded voice stimuli. Results demonstrate that age can be systematically identified from voice samples. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perception of age KW - 20-89 yr. old male voice stimuli KW - 1969 KW - Age Differences KW - Social Perception KW - Verbal Communication KW - 1969 DO - 10.1044/jshr.1204.703 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-30819-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-30761-001 AN - 1971-30761-001 AU - O'Connell, Walter E. T1 - Sensitivity training and Adlerian theory. JF - Journal of Individual Psychology JO - Journal of Individual Psychology JA - J Individ Psychol Y1 - 1971/05// VL - 27 IS - 1 SP - 65 EP - 72 CY - US PB - University of Texas at Austin SN - 0022-1805 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-30761-001. PMID: 4930951 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Connell, Walter E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19711201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Education; Sensitivity (Personality). Classification: Social Psychology (3000). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: May, 1971. AB - Contrasts sensitivity and Adlerian approaches. Found were 'superficial similarities' but 'strikingly' different implicit assumptions and methodologies. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sensitivity training vs. Adlerian theory KW - similarities & assumptions & methodologies KW - 1971 KW - Education KW - Sensitivity (Personality) KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-30761-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-30312-001 AN - 1971-30312-001 AU - Cowen, Murray A. T1 - Biochemical modulations of the transcephalic direct current circuit in humans. JF - Psychiatric Quarterly JO - Psychiatric Quarterly JA - Psychiatr Q Y1 - 1970/07// VL - 44 IS - 3 SP - 408 EP - 421 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-2720 SN - 1573-6709 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-30312-001. PMID: 5514888 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cowen, Murray A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Release Date: 19711201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biochemistry; Blood; Brain; Electrical Activity; Geriatrics. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1970. AB - Defines and describes the transcephalic direct current (TCDC) potentials. The relationship of TCDC potentials to blood sugar levels, state of hydration, eosinophile counts, and blood cortisol levels was examined in 52 male and 14 female 18-45 yr. old healthy adults and 21 male and 21 female postmenopausal or senile hospital patients. The effects of various chemical variables on the TCDC potentials were studied in the Ss. Variables included: thyroid, testosterone, estrogen, progesterone, cortisone and ethanol administrations; water loading; hypocapnia due to hyperventilation; blood sugar and eosinophile determinations. Results indicate 'that the TCDC potentials are very sensitive to certain of the above factors and the effects are compatible with the hypothesis that the voltages are modulated by changes in the permeability of the cortical blood brain barrier system.' (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - transcephalic direct current circuit KW - biochemical modulations KW - healthy adults & postmenopausal & senile hospital patients KW - 1970 KW - Biochemistry KW - Blood KW - Brain KW - Electrical Activity KW - Geriatrics KW - 1970 DO - 10.1007/BF01562985 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-30312-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-30185-001 AN - 1971-30185-001 AU - Abramczyk, Rudolf R. T1 - Clustering and sequential ordering in multitrial free recall as a function of meaningfulness. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1971/06// VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 783 EP - 793 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-30185-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Abramczyk, Rudolf R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19711201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Meaningfulness; Recall (Learning); Verbal Learning. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1971. AB - Instructed 59 undergraduates to learn a 15-item CVC list representing 3 categories of meaningfulness (M), for 16 alternating presentation-free-recall trials under conditions of either immediate (I), or delayed (D) recall. In the D Condition, a 30-sec task-filled interval preceded each recall trial. Substantial organization in recall showing both M clustering and sequential ordering occurred primarily in the D Condition. Recall was higher and more stable in the D than in the I Condition. The low M category was most prominent in contributing to condition differences in recall strategies and performance. Condition differences were attributed to the greater use by I than D Ss of short-term recall strategies. 2 possible sources for discriminating the M of a CVC are discussed: (a) the size of its associative hierarchy, and (b) its similarity to a word. (27 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clustering & sequential ordering in multitrial free recall KW - meaningfulness KW - 1971 KW - Meaningfulness KW - Recall (Learning) KW - Verbal Learning KW - 1971 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1971.28.3.783 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-30185-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-30069-001 AN - 1971-30069-001 AU - Brookshire, Robert H. AU - Eveslage, Roberta A. T1 - Verbal punishment of disfluency following augmentation of disfluency by random delivery of aversive stimuli. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JA - J Speech Hear Res Y1 - 1969/06// VL - 12 IS - 2 SP - 383 EP - 388 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Assn SN - 0022-4685 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-30069-001. PMID: 5808866 Other Journal Title: Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brookshire, Robert H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Kansas City, Mo. Release Date: 19711201. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aversion; Punishment; Reinforcement Schedules; Speech Disorders; Verbal Communication. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1969. AB - 10 normal adult speakers read a passage, 1st in a random condition, then in a contingent condition. In each condition, Ss read in 30-min sessions: (a) 5-min base rate, (b) 15-min conditioning, and (c) 10-min extinction. During conditioning in random condition, Ss received a .75-sec, 95-db burst of white noise on a random schedule. During conditioning in contingent condition, Ss heard the word 'no' each time they were disfluent. Disfluency increased under random noise and decreased under contingent no. Results indicate that disfluency that is established or augmented by an aversive stimulus is amenable to suppression by punishment with a different aversive stimulus. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - disfluency KW - verbal punishment following augmentation by randomly delivered aversive stimuli KW - 1969 KW - Aversion KW - Punishment KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Speech Disorders KW - Verbal Communication KW - 1969 DO - 10.1044/jshr.1202.383 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-30069-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-30035-001 AN - 1971-30035-001 AU - Stokinger, T. E. AU - Cooper, W. A. AU - Lankford, J. E. T1 - Effect of interval durations on interaural loudness balancing. JF - Journal of Auditory Research JO - Journal of Auditory Research JA - J Aud Res Y1 - 1970/01// VL - 10 IS - 1 SP - 35 EP - 44 CY - US PB - C.W. Shilling Auditory Research Center, Inc. SN - 0021-9177 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-30035-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stokinger, T. E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Release Date: 19711201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Interstimulus Interval. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1970. AB - 2 experiments were performed on normal-hearing young men to study the effects of varying the duration of interstimulus intervals on the loudness relation of pure tones 1 kcps presented successively to the opposite ears. Interval durations of less than 240-400 msec. resulted in an overestimation of the loudness of the 2nd tone, the classic negative time-order error (TOE). With intervals from 400 to at least 1600 msec. the loudness of the 2nd tone was underestimated (positive TOE). The existence of interaural TOE suggests that the 2 ears of an individual do not respond independently to successive, though temporally discrete, stimuli, but that central or binaural interaction occurs. Measurements of auditory phenomena which utilize successive interaural loudness comparisons may therefore be affected by the TOE and should take its presence into consideration. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - interaural loudness balancing & interstimulus interval KW - 1970 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Interstimulus Interval KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-30035-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-29962-001 AN - 1971-29962-001 AU - Davidson, Robert S. AU - Streeb, R. David AU - Bremser, Robert T1 - Modification of the Grason-Stadler experimental rat chamber. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 32 IS - 2 SP - 471 EP - 474 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-29962-001. PMID: 4996753 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davidson, Robert S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Miami, Fla. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19711201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1971. AB - Suggests several modifications of a currently popular small animal experimental chamber in the hopes of facilitating common laboratory procedures, e.g., lever insertion and removal, animal transfer, and liquid dipper operation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Grason-Stadler experimental rat chamber KW - modifications KW - 1971 KW - Apparatus KW - 1971 DO - 10.2466/pms.1971.32.2.471 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-29962-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-29929-001 AN - 1971-29929-001 AU - Cutter, Henry S. AU - Heilizer, Fred T1 - Logic of analysis of variance in relation to predictions and evaluations of interaction means. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1971/06// VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 839 EP - 842 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-29929-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cutter, Henry S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19711201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Statistical Analysis. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1971. AB - Discusses the customary confounding of row and column effects with their interaction in terms of cell means purported to represent the interaction. Row, column, and over-all mean corrections for cell means are outlined that clarify the relation between the mean and variance components of an interaction. Implications of this methodology for graphic and tabular representations of and interpretations of relationships among the means involved in an interaction are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - evaluation & prediction of interaction means KW - logic of analysis of variance KW - 1971 KW - Statistical Analysis KW - 1971 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1971.28.3.839 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-29929-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-29509-001 AN - 1971-29509-001 AU - Wright, Edwin T. AU - Martin, Rose AU - Flynn, Catherine AU - Gunter, Ralph T1 - Some psychological effects of cosmetics. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1970/02// VL - 30 IS - 1 SP - 12 EP - 14 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-29509-001. PMID: 4394478 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wright, Edwin T.; Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19711101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disorders; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Self-Concept; Self-Perception; Skin (Anatomy). Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1970. AB - Described a prepost design to determine the possible effects of cosmetics on self-concept in a group of 42 college girls with various degrees of facial blemishes which could not be improved by high standards of hygiene. The MMPI was given to all Ss who then received weekly instruction in the use of cosmetics by a qualified instructor. After 3-mo use of these agents, the MMPI was again applied. The Depression (D) scale and the Psychasthenia (Pt) scale were selected as sensitive indicators of self-perception; comparison of pre- and posttreatment scores indicates improvement on both scales (D scale, p = .001; Pt scale, p = .02) as a function of the cosmetic. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cosmetics & self concept KW - MMPI KW - college girls with facial blemishes KW - 1970 KW - Disorders KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Self-Concept KW - Self-Perception KW - Skin (Anatomy) KW - 1970 DO - 10.2466/pms.1970.30.1.12 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-29509-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-29501-001 AN - 1971-29501-001 AU - Fusfeld, Robert D. T1 - Analysis of electromyographic signals by measurement of wave duration. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 30 IS - 4 SP - 337 EP - 344 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-29501-001. PMID: 4103506 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fusfeld, Robert D.; Veterans Administration Center, Wadsworth Hosp., Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19711101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disorders; Electromyography; Interference (Learning); Motor Processes; Muscles. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1971. AB - Analyzed EMG motor unit interference patterns in 22 normal Ss and 20 Ss with muscle disease. The rate of 0 crossing and the related mean wave duration were independent of the force of muscle contraction. The 0 crossing rate was increased and the wave duration decreased in muscle diseased Ss. It is suggested that the measurement of wave duration, directly or by 0 crossing rate, is a possible diagnostic technique in the EMG examination for detecting myopathic disintegration of motor unit discharges. (French summary) (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EMG motor unit interference KW - normal Ss vs. Ss with muscle disease KW - 1971 KW - Disorders KW - Electromyography KW - Interference (Learning) KW - Motor Processes KW - Muscles KW - 1971 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(71)90117-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-29501-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-29466-001 AN - 1971-29466-001 AU - Samuels, Ina AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Goodglass, Harold T1 - Visual memory deficits following cortical and limbic lesions: Effect of field of presentation. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 6 IS - 4 SP - 447 EP - 452 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-29466-001. PMID: 5148756 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Samuels, Ina; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19711101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Brain Disorders; Cerebral Cortex; Memory; Vision. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1971. AB - Compared the visual and auditory memory deficits of 7 male patients with cortical damage in the right parietal region, 11 male alcoholic Korsakoff patients, and 9 male non-brain-damaged controls on tasks involving the retention of consonant trigrams. When the letters were presented visually, field of presentation was a critical variable: in comparison to normals, the right parietal's memory deficit was limited to letters presented in the left visual field while the Korsakoff patients evidenced a deficit in all sectors of the field. Results from the auditory task suggest that the visual data cannot be reduced to a general serial order effect but rather are related to the visual nature of the stimuli. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual memory deficits KW - field of presentation KW - alcoholic Korsakoff patients & patients with cortical damage in right parietal region KW - 1971 KW - Brain Damage KW - Brain Disorders KW - Cerebral Cortex KW - Memory KW - Vision KW - 1971 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(71)90181-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-29466-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-29377-001 AN - 1971-29377-001 AU - Davis, William E. AU - Dizzonne, Michael F. AU - DeWolfe, Alan S. T1 - Relationships among WAIS subtest scores, patient's premorbid history, and institutionalization. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1971/06// VL - 36 IS - 3 SP - 400 EP - 403 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-29377-001. PMID: 5561485 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, William E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Institutionalization; Learning; Schizophrenia; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Divided 40 schizophrenic patients equally among 4 groups on the basis of premorbid history and length of time hospitalized. The WAIS IQ for poor premorbids tended to be higher than for good premorbids, but good premorbids demonstrated significantly higher motor performance (WAIS Digit Symbol and Block Design). There appeared to be a relationship between lower verbal abstractive and decision-making abilities (WAIS Comprehension and Similarities) and length of institutionalization. Results are interpreted as suggesting that, for schizophrenics at least, performance on certain types of intelligence test tasks may be lower for patients who have undergone prolonged institutionalization. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - WAIS subtest scores KW - premorbid history & length of institutionalization KW - schizophrenics KW - 1971 KW - Institutionalization KW - Learning KW - Schizophrenia KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0031131 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-29377-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-29304-001 AN - 1971-29304-001 AU - Kish, George B. T1 - Cognitive innovation and stimulus-seeking: A study of the correlates of the Obscure Figures Test. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1970/02// VL - 30 IS - 1 SP - 95 EP - 101 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-29304-001. PMID: 4394480 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kish, George B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Ft. Meade, S.D. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19711101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Innovation; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Personality Measures; Stimulation. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1970. AB - Conducted a series of 4 studies examining a variety of correlates of the Obscure Figures Test (OFT). Using 102 male hospitalized alcoholics as Ss, the OFT was found to be positively related to education, intelligence, numerical aptitude, manual and finger dexterity, sensation-seeking, scientific and computational interests, and to the K, Ma, and Es scales of the MMPI. Negative relationships were found with Social Introversion and Welsh's R scale of the MMPI. Results are felt to support an analysis of 'cognitive innovation' in terms of capacity to innovate and interest in stimulational variety. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive innovation & stimulus-seeking KW - correlates of Obscure Figures Test KW - hospitalized alcoholics KW - 1970 KW - Alcoholism KW - Innovation KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Personality Measures KW - Stimulation KW - 1970 DO - 10.2466/pms.1970.30.1.95 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-29304-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-29296-001 AN - 1971-29296-001 AU - Whitman, James R. T1 - Learning impairment in schizophrenic and brain-damaged patients. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1970/02// VL - 30 IS - 1 SP - 311 EP - 316 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-29296-001. PMID: 4920274 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Whitman, James R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Tacoma, Wash. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19711101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Differential Diagnosis; Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1970. AB - Replicated an experiment reporting evidence of 1 type of learning impairment in 50 schizophrenic and 50 brain-damaged patients. 24 nursing aides served as controls. Results support the findings in the 1st experiment relating to these 2 diagnostic groups. A random sample of Ss (18 schizophrenics and 16 brain-damaged Ss) were selected for additional testing. The correlation between performance in the experiment and WAIS scores and also performance on 6 tests from the Reitan-Halstead Battery for diagnosing brain injury are reported. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - learning impairment KW - schizophrenic vs. brain-damaged Ss KW - 1970 KW - Brain Damage KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1970 DO - 10.2466/pms.1970.30.1.311 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-29296-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-29260-001 AN - 1971-29260-001 AU - Stenger, Charles A. T1 - The Vietnam era veteran. JF - The Counseling Psychologist JO - The Counseling Psychologist JA - Couns Psychol Y1 - 1971/// VL - 2 IS - 3 SP - 77 EP - 82 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0011-0000 SN - 1552-3861 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-29260-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stenger, Charles A.; Veterans Administration, Central Office, Washington, D.C. Release Date: 19711101. Correction Date: 20121001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitudes; Disorders; Hospitals; War. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1971. AB - Because the Vietnam veteran is a special phenomenon, the Veterans Administration staff entrusted to his welfare have pooled observations respecting his attitudes, values, and behavior, in order to increase staff awareness, empathy, and understanding. Recommendations include (a) 'open communication and participation of the young veteran in those decisions and actions affecting him'; (b) the establishment of a Vietnam Era Veterans Committee; (c) individualization of the treatment process; (d) reduction of regimentation and inflexibility; (e) restructuring of the admission process; (f) programming the hospital staff to meet the needs of the younger veteran; (g) individualization, i.e., bed placement; (h) recreational activity appropriate for youth; (i) 'rap sessions' narrowing the differences between young and old patients; and (j) vocational adjustment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - treatment of Vietnam veteran in Veterans Administration hospitals KW - consideration of attitudes & values & behavior to increase staff understanding KW - 1971 KW - Attitudes KW - Disorders KW - Hospitals KW - War KW - 1971 DO - 10.1177/001100007100200316 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-29260-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-29051-001 AN - 1971-29051-001 AU - Stein, Steven H. T1 - Arousal level in repressors and sensitizers as a function of response context. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1971/06// VL - 36 IS - 3 SP - 386 EP - 394 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-29051-001. PMID: 5561484 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stein, Steven H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brooklyn, N.Y. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Galvanic Skin Response; Physiological Arousal; Social Perception; Verbal Communication; Word Associations. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Gave 30 male and 30 female undergraduate repressors and sensitizers 'noncontextual' and 'contextual' tasks, with GSR as a measure of arousal. In the contextual situation, Ss were aware that they would be required to give free associations which might be self-revealing. In the noncontextual situation, Ss were not aware that they would eventually be required to form free associations. Results from the noncontextual task show that repressors had lower arousal levels than sensitizers during perception and verbal report, but higher during free association. Findings were reversed in the contextual condition. Analogies were drawn to the behavior of repressors (hysterics) and sensitizers (obsessive-compulsives) in psychoanalysis: repressors are more easily aroused by the free association condition, whereas sensitizers are able to use free association to diminish emotional reactivity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - GSR arousal level KW - social perception & verbal report & free association in contextual vs. noncontextual tasks KW - repressors vs. sensitizers KW - 1971 KW - Galvanic Skin Response KW - Physiological Arousal KW - Social Perception KW - Verbal Communication KW - Word Associations KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0031105 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-29051-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-28872-001 AN - 1971-28872-001 AU - Cauthen, Nelson R. AU - Robinson, Ira E. AU - Krauss, Herbert H. T1 - Stereotypes: A review of the literature 1926-1968. JF - The Journal of Social Psychology JO - The Journal of Social Psychology JA - J Soc Psychol Y1 - 1971/06// VL - 84 IS - 1 SP - 103 EP - 125 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-4545 SN - 1940-1183 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-28872-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cauthen, Nelson R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., New Orleans, La. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19711101. Correction Date: 20090907. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Literature Review; Stereotyped Attitudes. Classification: Social Psychology (3000). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 23. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1971. AB - Stereotypes are conceptualized as models of the world guiding behavior. The literature on minority group stereotypes is discussed in the framework of 5 dimensions: content, uniformity, direction, intensity, and familiarity. Stereotypes are regarded as linguistic models guiding the expression of prejudice. Several illustrations of stereotypes guiding behavior are offered. A brief theoretical sketch of stereotypes as linguistic behavior is presented. (95 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stereotypes KW - review of literature KW - 1926-1968 KW - 1971 KW - Literature Review KW - Stereotyped Attitudes KW - 1971 DO - 10.1080/00224545.1971.9918526 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-28872-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-28736-001 AN - 1971-28736-001 AU - Penk, Walter T1 - Developmental changes in idiodynamic set responses of children's word associations. JF - Developmental Psychology JO - Developmental Psychology JA - Dev Psychol Y1 - 1971/07// VL - 5 IS - 1 SP - 55 EP - 63 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0012-1649 SN - 1939-0599 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-28736-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Penk, Walter; Veterans Administration Hosp., Dallas, Tex. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Expectations; Human Sex Differences; Word Associations; Words (Phonetic Units). Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Conducted a 5 3 2 2 factorial study with 100 7-11 yr. olds, varying 5 age levels, 3 idiomatic set types of stimulus words, 2 sexes of S, and 2 Es. The response set for functional relationships did not decrease as anticipated. The response set based on word classes obtained a significant quadratic age trend, means increasing from ages 7-10, and decreasing at age 11. The response set for dimensional words increased at age 11 as expected; however, the developmental changes were more complex than originally supposed because nonmonotonic growth patterns occurred under the S sex and stimulus set conditions. Such trends necessitated changes in hypothesized developmental trends for each idiodynamic set, as well as changes in the terms by which development was conceptualized. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - idiodynamic set responses in word associations KW - sex & age & stimulus word differences KW - 7-11 yr. olds KW - 1971 KW - Age Differences KW - Expectations KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Word Associations KW - Words (Phonetic Units) KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0031076 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-28736-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-28609-001 AN - 1971-28609-001 AU - Snapper, Arthur G. AU - Shimoff, Eliot H. AU - Schoenfeld, William N. T1 - Response effects of response-dependent and clock-dependent fixed-interval schedules of reinforcement. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 23 IS - 1-B SP - 65 EP - 67 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-28609-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Snapper, Arthur G.; FDR Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Release Date: 19711101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Discrimination; Reinforcement; Reinforcement Schedules; Time. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1971. AB - Trained each of 2 groups of 16 male Charles River CD rats under fixed-interval schedules of positive reinforcement. 1 schedule was programmed 'by the response,' in that each 3-min interval was timed from the end of the preceding reinforcement. The other schedule was programmed 'by the clock,' with periods of reinforcement availability occurring every 3 min. after the start of the session. Comparisons of response rate and temporal discrimination revealed no significant differences in performance under the 2 procedures. Rank-order correlations were found to be significant between 2 measures of temporal discrimination, but there was no significant correlation between response rate and temporal discrimination across Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - response rate & temporal discrimination under fixed-interval schedules KW - rat KW - 1971 KW - Discrimination KW - Reinforcement KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Time KW - Rats KW - 1971 DO - 10.3758/BF03336009 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-28609-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-28589-001 AN - 1971-28589-001 AU - Riege, Walter H. AU - Cherkin, Arthur T1 - One-trial learning and biphasic time course of performance in the goldfish. JF - Science JO - Science JA - Science Y1 - 1971/05// VL - 172 IS - 3986 SP - 966 EP - 968 CY - US PB - American Assn for the Advancement of Science SN - 0036-8075 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-28589-001. PMID: 17816489 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Riege, Walter H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19711101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Time. Minor Descriptor: Fishes. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: May, 1971. AB - 408 goldfish spontaneously swam against flowing water into a calm-water well. After a single trial punished by brief electric shock, the Ss avoided the well, as indexed by increased latencies of reentry. Avoidance declined during the 1st min. after shock, then rose to a peak 1 hr. later. The biphasic time course is compatible with the 2-store theory of memory formation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1-trial avoidance learning KW - biphasic reentry latency KW - goldfish KW - 1971 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Time KW - Fishes KW - 1971 DO - 10.1126/science.172.3986.966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-28589-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-28406-001 AN - 1971-28406-001 AU - Hollister, Leo E. T1 - Marihuana in man: Three years later. JF - Science JO - Science JA - Science Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 172 IS - 3978 SP - 21 EP - 29 CY - US PB - American Assn for the Advancement of Science SN - 0036-8075 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-28406-001. PMID: 4926514 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hollister, Leo E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19711101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Usage; Drugs; Marijuana. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1971. AB - Discusses the past 3 yr. of research on the effects of marihuana in man. Major advances have been (a) a quantification of dose in relation to clinical phenomena, and (b) a beginning of an understanding of the drug's metabolism. Crucial clinical experiments in regard to social questions about marihuana, e.g., the possible deleterious effects from chronic use, cannot be answered by laboratory experiments, but must be settled by observation of those who experiment on themselves. The possibility of determining whether marihuana has any medical utility is discussed. Mechanisms by which marihuana alters mental functions are not likely to be answered in man, nor even answered soon by animal studies. Marihuana is unique among drugs in that more experimentation has been accomplished in man than in animals. It may be necessary, however, to use additional animal studies to provide leads for pertinent future studies in man. (46 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - marihuana KW - current research status KW - 1971 KW - Drug Usage KW - Drugs KW - Marijuana KW - 1971 DO - 10.1126/science.172.3978.21 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-28406-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-28292-001 AN - 1971-28292-001 AU - Spehlmann, Rainer AU - Daniels, James C. AU - Smathers, Clifford C. T1 - Acetylcholine and the synaptic transmission of specific impulses to the visual cortex. JF - Brain: A Journal of Neurology JO - Brain: A Journal of Neurology JA - Brain Y1 - 1971/// VL - 94 IS - 1 SP - 125 EP - 138 CY - United Kingdom PB - Oxford University Press SN - 0006-8950 SN - 1460-2156 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-28292-001. PMID: 4324030 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spehlmann, Rainer; Veterans Administration Research Hosp., Chicago, Ill. Release Date: 19711101. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Stimulation; Electrical Activity; Visual Cortex. Minor Descriptor: Cats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: 1971. AB - In encephale isole cats acetylcholine (ACh) and atropine were applied via multibarrelled microelectrodes to single visual cortex cells being driven by optic radiation shocks or retinal illumination. ACh increased spontaneous firing of about 20% of the neurons and facilitated responses to stimulation for some neurons; atropine antagonized the 1st effect but did not block responses to synaptic stimulation. 'These results do not support the hypothesis of a cholinergic link in the transmission of specific impulses to neurons in the primary visual cortex of the cat.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - acetylcholine stimulation of visual cortex KW - cat KW - 1971 KW - Brain Stimulation KW - Electrical Activity KW - Visual Cortex KW - Cats KW - 1971 DO - 10.1093/brain/94.1.125 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-28292-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-28291-001 AN - 1971-28291-001 AU - Spehlmann, Rainer T1 - Acetylcholine and the synaptic transmission of non-specific impulses to the visual cortex. JF - Brain: A Journal of Neurology JO - Brain: A Journal of Neurology JA - Brain Y1 - 1971/// VL - 94 IS - 1 SP - 139 EP - 150 CY - United Kingdom PB - Oxford University Press SN - 0006-8950 SN - 1460-2156 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-28291-001. PMID: 4324031 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spehlmann, Rainer; Veterans Administration Research Hosp., Chicago, Ill. Release Date: 19711101. Correction Date: 20130909. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Stimulation; Electrical Activity; Visual Cortex. Minor Descriptor: Cats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1971. AB - In encephale isole cats acetylcholine (ACh) and atropine were applied via multibarrel electrodes to single visual cortex cells being driven by stimulation of the reticular formation or other areas. ACh facilitated the response to reticular stimulation in 30% of the cells giving such a response. Atropine blocked the effect of reticular stimuli in most of these cells and blocked the reticular facilitation of other input on some neurons, suggesting that intrinsic ACh may function as the synaptic transmitter for reticular input to visual cortex cells. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - acetylcholine stimulation of visual cortex KW - facilitation of reticular stimulation KW - cat KW - 1971 KW - Brain Stimulation KW - Electrical Activity KW - Visual Cortex KW - Cats KW - 1971 DO - 10.1093/brain/94.1.139 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-28291-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-28265-001 AN - 1971-28265-001 AU - Pare, William P. T1 - Avoidance behavior in the rat following insular cortical lesions. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 23 IS - 1-A SP - 21 EP - 23 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-28265-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pare, William P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19711101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Cerebral Cortex; Lesions; Insula. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1971. AB - Trained 26 male Long-Evans rats with insular neocortical lesions, 12 sham-operated controls, and 11 normal controls on 3 passive-avoidance problems. 2 problems included a food incentive, while the 3rd was devoid of any food incentive. Lesioned Ss showed a deficit in acquiring the passive-avoidance response on the food-related problems but quickly adopted the avoidance response on the problem without the food incentive. Results are interpreted in terms of consummatory response inhibition. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - insular neocortical lesions KW - avoidance behavior KW - rat KW - 1971 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Cerebral Cortex KW - Lesions KW - Insula KW - Rats KW - 1971 DO - 10.3758/BF03335985 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-28265-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-28263-001 AN - 1971-28263-001 AU - Murphree, Oddist D. AU - Morgan, Paul N. AU - Jarman, Ruth V. T1 - Learning deficits and activity changes: A partial laboratory model in postencephalitic rats for studies of brain damage. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1971/01// VL - 6 IS - 1 SP - 30 EP - 35 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-28263-001. PMID: 4328743 Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Murphree, Oddist D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Little Rock, Ark. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19711101. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Disorders; Lesions; Maze Learning. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1971. AB - 8-21 day old rats were inoculated in the right cerebral hemisphere with St. Louis encephalitis virus, Japanese B encephalitis virus, and Murray Valley encephalitis virus. Mumps virus, however, was injected at 1 day of age. Fatal encephalitis usually resulted in very young Ss. Ss injected at ages of more than 2 wk. showed little or no clinical signs of infection. When inoculated at ages between these extremes, clinical disease developed in most Ss but many survived. Physically most of these surviving Ss appeared to be normal, but when tested at maturity in a rather complex maze, they showed a marked reduction in learning ability. Tilting-cage-type activity measurements taken overnight with the Murray Valley encephalitis group also indicated that most of the postinfectious Ss were hyperactive. Implications for minimally brain-damaged children are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - postencephalitis learning deficits KW - rat KW - 1971 KW - Brain Damage KW - Disorders KW - Lesions KW - Maze Learning KW - Rats KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-28263-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-28244-001 AN - 1971-28244-001 AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Pandya, Deepak AU - Sanders, Karen AU - Dye, Patricia T1 - Behavioral deficits in monkeys after selective lesions within the middle third of sulcus principalis. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1971/07// VL - 76 IS - 1 SP - 8 EP - 14 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-28244-001. PMID: 4997740 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Butters, Nelson; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Learning; Retention; Reversal Shift Learning. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Tested 14 rhesus monkeys with lesions limited to the superior and/or inferior banks of the middle 3rd of sulcus principalis on retention of 5-sec spatial delayed alternation and place reversal. Ablations of the superior or inferior banks had no consistent behavioral effects, while lesions which involved both banks, either in the depths or superficial regions of the sulcus, resulted in deficits on both spatial tasks. Ss that failed to relearn delayed alternation also evidenced deficits on place reversal. Findings suggest that both tasks involved a common factor mediated by cortex within the middle 3rd of the sulcus. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lesions within middle 3rd of sulcus principalis KW - retention of spatial delayed alternation & place reversal KW - monkey KW - 1971 KW - Learning KW - Retention KW - Reversal Shift Learning KW - Monkeys KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0031037 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-28244-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-28205-001 AN - 1971-28205-001 AU - King, Nancy W. AU - Justesen, Don R. AU - Clarke, Rex L. T1 - Behavioral sensitivity to microwave irradiation. JF - Science JO - Science JA - Science Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 172 IS - 3981 SP - 398 EP - 401 CY - US PB - American Assn for the Advancement of Science SN - 0036-8075 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-28205-001. PMID: 5550491 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: King, Nancy W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Neuropsychology Lab., Kansas City, Mo. Release Date: 19711101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Radiation; Sensitivity (Personality); Signal Detection (Perception). Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1971. AB - In an experiment with 6 male albino rats (3 controls and 3 for irradiation) it was found that Ss assayed by the technique of conditional suppression were able to detect the presence of 12.25-cm microwaves at doses of power approximating .5-6.4 mw/gm. The assay, which controlled for sensitization, for pseudo and temporal conditioning, and for several possible sources of artifactual cueing, reveals that irradiation by microwaves, although lacking the saliency of an auditory stimulus, can function as a highly reliable cue. Efficiency of detection was strongly and positively related to the amount of microwave energy to which the Ss were exposed. (31 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavioral sensitivity to microwave irradiation KW - rat KW - 1971 KW - Radiation KW - Sensitivity (Personality) KW - Signal Detection (Perception) KW - Rats KW - 1971 DO - 10.1126/science.172.3981.398 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-28205-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-28003-001 AN - 1971-28003-001 AU - Justesen, Don R. AU - King, Nancy W. AU - Clarke, Rex L. T1 - Unavoidable gridshock without scrambling circuitry from a faradic source of low-radio-frequency current. JF - Behavior Research Methods & Instrumentation JO - Behavior Research Methods & Instrumentation Y1 - 1971/05// VL - 3 IS - 3 SP - 131 EP - 135 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0005-7878 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-28003-001. Other Journal Title: Behavior Research Methods; Behavior Research Methods, Instruments & Computers. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Justesen, Don R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Kansas City, Mo. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19711101. Correction Date: 20110314. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus; Conditioning; Motivation; Shock; Stimulation. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: May, 1971. AB - Describes a high-voltage radio-frequency stimulator used as a source of motivational footshock in studies of conditional suppression. The circuit of the stimulator is presented schematically, then discussed in terms of affect induced by, gross behavioral response to, and electrical characteristics of, the stimulus. Near daily use of the stimulator across 6 mo. of formal assessment revealed that nonscrambled presentations of footshock via a grid of aluminum bars invariably resulted in stimulation of 3 adult male albino rats and generated highly efficient conditional suppression of operant responding. While the stimulator was primarily designed to permit unconfounded presentation of gridshock in a 2,450-MHz microwave field, its simplicity and reliability suggest application in other situations requiring motivational shock. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - high-voltage radio-frequency stimulator as source of motivational footshock in conditional suppression KW - 1971 KW - Apparatus KW - Conditioning KW - Motivation KW - Shock KW - Stimulation KW - Rats KW - 1971 DO - 10.3758/BF03209934 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-28003-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-27216-001 AN - 1971-27216-001 AU - Silverman, Lloyd H. AU - Pettit, Tupper F. AU - Dunne, Edward J. T1 - On the relationship between self-object differentiation, symbiotic experiences and pathology reduction in schizophrenia. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1971/02// VL - 152 IS - 2 SP - 118 EP - 128 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-27216-001. PMID: 5548619 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silverman, Lloyd H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., New York, N.Y. Release Date: 19711001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1971. AB - Studied the relationship between self-object differentiation and pathology reduction in schizophrenia. Data from a number of studies are presented in which a variety of symptomatic therapeutic interventions were utilized and the following 2 findings consistently emerged: (a) it was the initially more differentiated schizophrenics who responded to the inverventions with significant reductions in pathology, and (b) accompanying this pathology reduction was diminished self-object differentiation. These findings were related to the therapeutic effect of symbiotic experiences on schizophrenics and theoretical implications were suggested. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self-object differentiation & pathology reduction KW - schizophrenia KW - 1971 KW - Personality KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1971 DO - 10.1097/00005053-197102000-00005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-27216-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-27116-001 AN - 1971-27116-001 AU - Wilkinson, A. Earl AU - Prado, William M. AU - Williams, Woodrow O. AU - Schnadt, Frederick W. T1 - Psychological test characteristics and length of stay in alcoholism treatment. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1971/03// VL - 32 IS - 1-A SP - 60 EP - 65 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-27116-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wilkinson, A. Earl; Veterans Administration Hosp., North Little Rock, Ark. Release Date: 19711001. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Group Psychotherapy; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Personality Measures; Prediction. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1971. AB - Studied 132 male Ss, with a mean age of 44 and a mean problem-drinking history of 11 yr. through test batteries to assay the utility of the tests as predictors of treatment outcome. Each S was given the following tests: the Shipley-Hartford, Allport-Vernon Scale of Values, Kuder Preference Record, Worchel Self-Activity Inventory, EPPS & MMPI, and a biographical data questionnaire. Results indicate that for this alcoholism treatment (90-day program utilizing a multidisciplinary approach and group psychotherapy), 3 of the psychological tests administered (Shipley-Hartford, Kuder, and Allport-Vernon) contributed nothing toward predicting successful completion of the program. The EPPS and the MMPI made limited contributions. The Worchel Self-Activity Inventory, however, has potential for predicting success along with some biographical data. Tests of self-disclosure are more effective than intellectual and cognitive tests in predicting program completion. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - treatment outcome prediction KW - Shipley-Hartford & Allport-Vernon Scale of Values & Kuder Preference Record & Worchel Self-Activity Inventory & EPPS & MMPI KW - alcoholics KW - 1971 KW - Alcoholism KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Personality Measures KW - Prediction KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-27116-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-27112-001 AN - 1971-27112-001 AU - Sands, Patrick M. AU - Hanson, Philip G. T1 - Psychotherapeutic groups for alcoholics and relatives in an outpatient setting. JF - International Journal of Group Psychotherapy JO - International Journal of Group Psychotherapy JA - Int J Group Psychother Y1 - 1971/01// VL - 21 IS - 1 SP - 23 EP - 33 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0020-7284 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-27112-001. PMID: 5101754 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sands, Patrick M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19711001. Correction Date: 20160421. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Group Psychotherapy. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1971. AB - Describes the treatment of alcoholics in use at the Texas Research Institute of Mental Sciences in Houston. 'The kind of groups organized, frequently differing in respect to size, composition, and goals, have included orientation groups, spouses' groups, couples' groups, singles' groups, and an experimental group.' Each group is described and its advantages discussed. An alcoholic's need for 'a continuous significant and meaningful relationship with a group in order to maintain a productive life without alcohol' is implied, but emphasis is directed toward accumulating more evidence. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group psychotherapy KW - alcoholics & relatives KW - 1971 KW - Alcoholism KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-27112-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-27106-001 AN - 1971-27106-001 AU - Miller, Byron A. AU - Pokorny, Alex D. AU - Valles, Jorge AU - Cleveland, Sidney E. T1 - Biased sampling in alcoholism treatment research. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1970/03// VL - 31 IS - 1-A SP - 97 EP - 107 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-27106-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Miller, Byron A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19711001. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Experimentation; Response Bias; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Experimenter Bias. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1970. AB - Identifies and describes a series of sources of sampling bias, and illustrates the effects of these sources with findings from an alcoholism treatment project. The 12 types of case losses in alcoholism treatment research are (a) varying definitions of alcoholism, (b) case selection from special populations, (c) reputation of the treatment program, (d) refusal of referral, (e) rejection of applicants, (f) failure to report after acceptance into a treatment program, (g) exclusion from study protocol, (h) drop-outs during treatment, (i) living or moving beyond feasible follow-up distance, (j) deaths, (k) inability to trace cases, (l) refusal to participate in follow-up interviews. A representative group of published studies, considered in terms of biased sampling, is critically examined. (42 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcoholism treatment research KW - sources of sampling bias KW - 1970 KW - Alcoholism KW - Experimentation KW - Response Bias KW - Treatment KW - Experimenter Bias KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-27106-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-27097-001 AN - 1971-27097-001 AU - Gross, William F. AU - Carpenter, Linda L. T1 - Alcoholic personality: Reality or fiction? JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 375 EP - 378 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-27097-001. PMID: 5581875 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gross, William F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lexington, Ky. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19711001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Personality Measures. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1971. AB - Administered the 16 PF to 266 male alcoholics when they voluntarily entered a 60-day treatment program at a Veterans Administration hospital. Ss scored significantly higher than the standardization group on 6 scales and significantly lower on 6 other scales. Data support the view that chronic alcoholics are a distinct personality type. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 16 PF KW - chronic alcoholics KW - 1971 KW - Alcoholism KW - Personality Measures KW - 1971 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1971.28.2.375 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-27097-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-27095-001 AN - 1971-27095-001 AU - Goldstein, Gerald AU - Shelly, Carolyn H. T1 - Field dependence and cognitive, perceptual and motor skills in alcoholics: A factor analytic study. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1971/03// VL - 32 IS - 1-A SP - 29 EP - 40 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-27095-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Gerald; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Release Date: 19711001. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Cognition; Dependency (Personality); Motor Processes; Perception. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1971. AB - Studied the presence of field dependence in alcoholics to other aspects of cognitive functioning by factor analysis. Field dependence was measured with the Witkin Rod and Frame Test (RFT), while subtests of the Halstead Neuropsychological Battery and the WAIS were used to evaluate aspects of cognitive functioning. The strategy employed was to determine how RFT performance fits into the factor structure of these other tests. 50 male alcoholics, mean age 45, with no organic brain syndrome, were tested. Results indicate that more Ss had mild intellectual impairment than would be found in a comparable group of nonalcoholics. However, their tendency to be field dependent cannot be easily related to this mental deficit. Ss showed normal language function, and normal elementary perceptual and motor abilities, but impaired ability on tasks involving motor speed and manual dexterity. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - field dependence & perception & cognition & motor skills KW - factor analysis KW - alcoholics KW - 1971 KW - Alcoholism KW - Cognition KW - Dependency (Personality) KW - Motor Processes KW - Perception KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-27095-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-27073-001 AN - 1971-27073-001 AU - De Wolfe, Alan S. T1 - Differentiation of schizophrenia and brain damage with the WAIS. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 27 IS - 2 SP - 209 EP - 211 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-27073-001. PMID: 5100674 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: De Wolfe, Alan S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Release Date: 19711001. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Differential Diagnosis; Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1971. AB - Studied WAIS subtest patterns in schizophrenic and nonlateralized brain-damaged patients. 3 criteria involving Digit Span, Comprehension, and Vocabulary were formulated. These criteria were cross-validated. Results support the hypothesis that chronic schizophrenic and nonlateralized brain-damaged patients can be distinguished by their WAIS subtest performance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenia vs. brain damage KW - WAIS KW - 1971 KW - Brain Damage KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1971 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197104)27:2<209::AID-JCLP2270270215>3.0.CO;2-S UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-27073-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-27032-001 AN - 1971-27032-001 AU - Kramer, Milton AU - Whitman, Roy M. AU - Baldridge, Bill J. AU - Ornstein, Paul H. T1 - Dream content in male schizophrenic patients. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1970/11// VL - 31 IS - 11, Suppl. SP - 51 EP - 58 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-27032-001. Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kramer, Milton; Veterans Administration Hosp., Cincinnati, O. Release Date: 19711001. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dreaming; Paranoia (Psychosis); Rapid Eye Movement; Schizophrenia; Sleep. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1970. AB - Studied the manifest dream content of 11 male paranoid schizophrenics by monitoring each S for 6 nights, and a total of 260 awakenings in which the overall rate of dream recall was 71%. Dream content was transcribed, coded, and scored using the Halt van de Castle system. Dream recall was obtained in pre- and posttreatment conditions, the latter using psychotropic medication (chlorpromazine, trifluoperazine, perphenazine, or thioridazine). It was found that the percent of dream recall and REM episodes did not change with clinical improvement. Drug treatment also resulted in (a) the suppression of verbal productivity in describing dreams; (b) a decline in dreams marked by aggressive social interaction and several interactions; (c) a decline in strange, relative to familiar, dream characters; and (d) a decline in emotions in dreams. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chlorpromazine & trifluoperazine & perphenazine & thioridazine KW - dream content & recall & REM sleep KW - paranoid schizophrenics KW - 1970 KW - Dreaming KW - Paranoia (Psychosis) KW - Rapid Eye Movement KW - Schizophrenia KW - Sleep KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-27032-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-27031-001 AN - 1971-27031-001 AU - Hollister, Leo E. T1 - The pharmacologist: Clinical investigator dialogue in evaluation of new psychotherapeutic drugs. JF - Journal of Clinical Pharmacology & New Drugs JO - Journal of Clinical Pharmacology & New Drugs JA - J Clin Pharmacol New Drugs Y1 - 1971/03// VL - 11 IS - 2 SP - 77 EP - 82 SN - 0021-9754 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-27031-001. PMID: 4929292 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hollister, Leo E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19711001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Drugs. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1971. AB - The studies outlined are concerned with toxicologic matters. Each of 4 phases of evaluation of a new drug asks a different set of clinical questions. The main point is that if a continuing dialogue is established between the animal pharmacologist, drugs can be screened by both investigators with less investment in time and money. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drug evaluation KW - role of animal pharmacologist KW - 1971 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drugs KW - 1971 DO - 10.1177/009127007101100201 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-27031-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-26998-001 AN - 1971-26998-001 AU - Bates, Henry D. AU - Zimmerman, Saundra F. T1 - Toward the development of a screening scale for assertive training. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1971/02// VL - 28 IS - 1 SP - 99 EP - 107 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-26998-001. PMID: 5549465 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bates, Henry D.; Veterans Administration Center, Research Unit on Aging, Bay Pines, Fla. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19711001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Interpersonal Interaction; Measurement; Personality Measures; Psychotherapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1971. AB - Designed a self-report scale to select constricted (nonassertive) candidates for assertive training. Test items sampled stimulus persons, situations, and overt and covert responses. The scale was administered to 600 undergraduates to assess reliability and validity. Coefficients of internal consistency and test-retest reliability were of acceptable magnitude. Constriction scores were related to, but distinct from, measures of dominance, deference, and autonomy. Constriction was positively associated with measures of neuroticism and fear and negatively related to extroversion and affiliation scores. Self-reports of satisfaction from environmental stimuli were inversely related to constriction scores. The assumption that constricted individuals are more complaint to external demands than their more assertive peers was supported by the finding that scholastic grades are a function of constriction level. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - screening scale for assertive training KW - 1971 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Measurement KW - Personality Measures KW - Psychotherapy KW - 1971 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1971.28.1.99 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-26998-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CONF ID - 1971-26920-000 AN - 1971-26920-000 AU - Gray, William AU - Duhl, Frederick J. AU - Rizzo, Nicholas D. T1 - General systems theory and psychiatry. Y1 - 1969/// CY - Oxford, England PB - Little, Brown N1 - Accession Number: 1971-26920-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gray, William; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Worcester, Mass. Release Date: 19711001. Publication Type: Book (0200). Format Covered: Print. Book Type: Conference Proceedings. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatry; Theories. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 481. AB - Presents the history and development of general systems theory, the evolution of psychiatric interest in the theory, and the work of its pioneers. The book presents to psychiatrists, psychologists, and sociologists a common language facilitating communication with each other and correlation of their work. Topics covered include (a) the general systems theory in relation to living systems, symbolism, and human communication; (b) its applications to psychiatric areas; and (c) a variety of clinical applications. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - general systems theory & psychiatry KW - selection of readings KW - book KW - 1969 KW - Psychiatry KW - Theories KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-26920-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-26916-001 AN - 1971-26916-001 AU - Freed, Earl X. T1 - Alcoholism and manic-depressive disorders: Some perspectives. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1970/03// VL - 31 IS - 1-A SP - 62 EP - 89 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-26916-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freed, Earl X.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Alcohol Research Lab., Lyons, N.J. Release Date: 19711001. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Depression (Emotion); Literature Review; Psychosis. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 28. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1970. AB - Reviewed experimental and theoretical literature in order to clarify some issues on the relationship between alcoholism and manic-depressive disorders. An early link between manic-depressive disorders and alcoholism was established in the classical dipsomania where periodic irresistible cravings for alcohol were manifested. A number of researchers and clinicians have emphasized alcohol's 'enabling' action, releaser effect, and self-administration to reestablish emotional homeostasis. The evidence for causal relationships between alcoholism and affective disorders is unimpressive although there is substantial evidence that many manic-depressive patients use alcohol intemperately. Although investigation into effects of alcohol upon mood have tended to be frustrated, there appears to be some agreement that excessive drinkers seek a degree of tension relief in alcohol. Similarities in alcoholism and affective disorders have been stressed. (137 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcoholism & manic-depressive disorders KW - review of literature KW - 1970 KW - Alcoholism KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Literature Review KW - Psychosis KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-26916-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-26312-001 AN - 1971-26312-001 AU - LeVan, H. AU - Moos, W. S. AU - Mason, H. C. T1 - Alteration of transferability of radiation-induced behavior by dimethyl sulfoxide in mice. JF - Journal of Biological Psychology JO - Journal of Biological Psychology Y1 - 1970/10// VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 41 EP - 44 CY - US PB - Journal of Biological Psychology N1 - Accession Number: 1971-26312-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: LeVan, H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Hines, Ill. Release Date: 19711001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Drugs; Radiation. Minor Descriptor: Mice. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1970. AB - Outlines previous studies with mice on (a) the effect of dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) in reducing postirradiation conditioned avoidance responses; and (b) the transferability of the radiation-induced avoidance behavior with injection of a small quantity of brain tissue of saccharin-aversion-trained Ss into the brain or the peritoneal cavity of naive (untrained) Ss. In the present experiments, the effect of DMSO on the transferability of radiation-induced behavior was tested using 30 donor and 90 recipient male CF1 mice. It was observed that the degree of aversion was markedly reduced when recipient Ss received brain tissue from donor Ss treated topically with DMSO 5-10 min. before irradiation, following a saccharin conditioning period. (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dimethyl sulfoxide KW - alteration of radiation-induced behavior KW - mouse KW - 1970 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Drugs KW - Radiation KW - Mice KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-26312-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-26301-001 AN - 1971-26301-001 AU - Freed, Earl X. T1 - Alcohol and conflict: Role of drug-dependent learning in the rat. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1971/03// VL - 32 IS - 1-A SP - 13 EP - 28 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-26301-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freed, Earl X.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Alcohol Research Lab., Lyons, N.J. Release Date: 19711001. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohols; Avoidance Conditioning; Conflict; Drugs. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1971. AB - Studied the effects of alcohol on experimentally induced approach-avoidance conflict in 40 Charles River male rats. Ss engaged in schedule-induced consumption of either alcohol or water. 3 phases of the experiment were differentiated: (a) approach training in which Ss ran down a spatial alley for food; (b) conflict when food was available at the end of the alley but with simultaneous shock; and (c) when shock was turned off after the conflict criterion was attained to assay if Ss resolved the conflict. Alcohol did not influence approach measures, but significantly affected the development of conflict. Groups whose intake had been both water and alcohol failed to transfer learning, suggesting drug dependence. 33 Ss resolved conflict. Results of the test phase fail to support previous studies documenting the role of alcohol as a mitigator of conflict behavior. Under only 1 condition, i.e., consistently alcohol-treated Ss exposed to conflict, was the performance of Ss under drugged condition superior to that of nondrugged. (38 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcohol KW - drug-dependent learning & conflict KW - rat KW - 1971 KW - Alcohols KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Conflict KW - Drugs KW - Rats KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-26301-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-26287-001 AN - 1971-26287-001 AU - Angel, Charles AU - Burkett, Mary L. T1 - Effects of hydrocortisone and cycloheximide on blood-brain barrier function in the rat. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1971/01// VL - 32 IS - 1 SP - 53 EP - 58 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-26287-001. PMID: 5543198 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Angel, Charles; Veterans Administration Center, Biloxi, Miss. Release Date: 19711001. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blood; Brain; Drugs; Glands; Lesions. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1971. AB - Reports an experiment with female albino Sprague-Dawley rats assigned to 5 treatment groups of 10-24 Ss each. Results confirm that bilateral adrenalectomy significantly alters blood-brain barrier permeability to cocaine, resulting in increased accumulation in the brain tissue of the rat. Reestablishment of integrity of the blood-brain barrier was accomplished by injection of hydrocortisone for 5 days at the rate of 20 mg/kg/day. When cycloheximide (an inhibitor of protein synthesis at the stage of peptide elongation) was administered to an adrenalectomized S, the drug increased barrier penetration by cocaine; however, pretreatment of the adrenalectomized S with hydrocortisone in the dosage mentioned above reduced the barrier breakdown associated with cycloheximide pretreatment. Pretreatment of the intact S with hydrocortisone did not significantly affect cocaine accumulation in brain tissue; however, it did prevent cycloheximide-induced penetrability of the blood-brain barrier system. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hydrocortisone & cycloheximide KW - blood-brain barrier function following bilateral adrenalectomy KW - rat KW - 1971 KW - Blood KW - Brain KW - Drugs KW - Glands KW - Lesions KW - Rats KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-26287-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-26267-001 AN - 1971-26267-001 AU - Cherkin, Arthur T1 - Failure to transfer memory by feeding trained brains to naive chicks. JF - Journal of Biological Psychology JO - Journal of Biological Psychology Y1 - 1970/10// VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 83 EP - 85 CY - US PB - Journal of Biological Psychology N1 - Accession Number: 1971-26267-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cherkin, Arthur; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19711001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biochemistry; Brain; Drugs; Learning; Neurology. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1970. AB - Fed 80 naive White Leghorn cockerels homogenized brain from 80 donor chicks trained to inhibit pecking a normally attractive target, in a 1-trial learning paradigm designed to detect specific transfer of memory. Ss fed .3 or 1 trained brains and tested 24 hr. later showed neither specific nor nonspecific transfer of the learned avoidance response. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - brain homogenates from trained chicks KW - failure to transfer memory KW - 1970 KW - Biochemistry KW - Brain KW - Drugs KW - Learning KW - Neurology KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-26267-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-25394-001 AN - 1971-25394-001 AU - Scher, Maryonda T1 - The place of the mental hospital in community mental health. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1970/03// VL - 21 IS - 3 SP - 85 EP - 87 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-25394-001. PMID: 5413031 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Scher, Maryonda; Veterans Administration Hosp., Seattle, Wash. Release Date: 19710901. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Community Services; Mental Health; Psychiatric Hospitals. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1970. AB - Reports that the education of the public to their responsibilities for the care of the mentally ill within the community has resulted in an unwanted negative conception of the mental hospital. It is maintained that the need for mental hospitals, locked doors, and medical management still exists and its importance for rehabilitation of the patient must not be underestimated. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - community mental health KW - role of mental hospital KW - 1970 KW - Community Services KW - Mental Health KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-25394-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-25171-001 AN - 1971-25171-001 AU - Tomsovic, Milan T1 - A follow-up study of discharged alcoholics. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1970/03// VL - 21 IS - 3 SP - 94 EP - 97 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-25171-001. PMID: 5413035 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tomsovic, Milan; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sheridan, Wyo. Release Date: 19710901. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Alcohols; Occupations. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1970. AB - Investigated drinking behavior, employment, and attendance at AA of 266 Ss who had completed a 90-day intensive alcoholic rehabilitation program. Answers to questionnaires sent 3, 6, and 12 mo. after completing the program revealed a steady decline in all areas. Comparison between schizophrenic and nonschizophrenic alcoholics revealed no significant differences between the groups. The best prognoses were for the neurotic alcoholics who showed enthusiasm for the program, ability to change, and utilization of AA after release. Limitations of the study are described. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drinking behavior & employment & AA attendance KW - discharged alcoholics KW - follow-up study KW - 1970 KW - Alcoholism KW - Alcohols KW - Occupations KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-25171-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-25129-001 AN - 1971-25129-001 AU - Schwartz, Arthur N. T1 - Volunteers help build patients' self-esteem. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1970/03// VL - 21 IS - 3 SP - 87 EP - 89 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-25129-001. PMID: 5413032 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schwartz, Arthur N.; Veterans Administration Center Domiciliary, Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19710901. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Collective Behavior; Hospitals; Patients; Self-Concept. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1970. AB - Reports a project in which attractive young women volunteers were recruited to attend group gatherings of institutionalized males in order to provide a safe social situation in which the patients might build self-esteem and social skills. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self-esteem & social skill improvement KW - attendance of attractive women volunteers at group gatherings KW - institutionalized males KW - 1970 KW - Adjustment KW - Collective Behavior KW - Hospitals KW - Patients KW - Self-Concept KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-25129-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-25106-001 AN - 1971-25106-001 AU - Klett, C. James AU - Hollister, Leo E. AU - Caffey, Eugene M. AU - Kaim, Samuel C. T1 - Evaluating changes in symptoms during acute alcohol withdrawal. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1971/02// VL - 24 IS - 2 SP - 174 EP - 178 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-25106-001. PMID: 4924290 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Klett, C. James; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19710901. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Chlorpromazine; Drug Therapy; Tranquilizing Drugs. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1971. AB - Assigned 428 male patients experiencing the symptoms of acute alcohol withdrawal at random to double-blind treatment with chlordiazepoxide, chlorpromazine, hydroxyzine, thiamine, or placebo for a 10-day period. Ss were rated 3 times daily by nursing personnel using a Nurses' Rating Scale and were asked to complete a Mood Scale daily. Ss generally showed a rapid improvement in different symptom areas regardless of the group to which they had been assigned. Treatment comparisons suggested that fewer symptoms were associated with placebo and thiamine treatment than with the 3 psychoactive drugs. It is concluded that the greater incidence of convulsions and delirium occurring in these 2 groups as compared with the chlordiazepoxide group more than offset any advantage that may exist for what is essentially supportive treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chlordiazepoxide vs. chlorpromazine vs. hydroxyzine vs. thiamine KW - acute alcohol withdrawal KW - 1971 KW - Alcoholism KW - Chlorpromazine KW - Drug Therapy KW - Tranquilizing Drugs KW - 1971 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1971.01750080078013 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-25106-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-25104-001 AN - 1971-25104-001 AU - Hollister, Leo E. AU - Overall, John E. AU - Pokorny, Alex D. AU - Shelton, Jack T1 - Acetophenazine and diazepam in anxious depressions. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1971/03// VL - 24 IS - 3 SP - 273 EP - 278 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-25104-001. PMID: 5100621 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hollister, Leo E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19710901. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Depression (Emotion); Drug Therapy; Tranquilizing Drugs. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1971. AB - Classified 67 newly admitted depressed patients on the basis of their presenting signs and symptoms as having the syndrome of anxious depression. Ss were assigned randomly either to treatment with the phenothiazine derivative, acetophenazine, or with the antianxiety drug, diazepam. After 4 wk. of treatment, both groups were equally improved. Study of the interactions between drugs and demographic variables revealed that Ss with less long-term and uncomplicated depressions responded better to diazepam, the converse being true for acetophenazine. It is suggested that since most patients fall into the group which responds best to them, as well as because of their greater safety, drugs such as diazepam might be the 1st choice of treatment for anxious depression. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - acetophenazine vs. diazepam KW - anxious depression KW - 1971 KW - Anxiety KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Drug Therapy KW - Tranquilizing Drugs KW - 1971 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1971.01750090079012 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-25104-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-25100-001 AN - 1971-25100-001 AU - Dynes, John B. T1 - Oral dyskinesias: Occurrence and treatment. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1970/12// VL - 31 IS - 12 SP - 854 EP - 859 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-25100-001. PMID: 5531872 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dynes, John B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salem, Va. Release Date: 19710901. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Nervous System Disorders; Schizophrenia; Tranquilizing Drugs. Minor Descriptor: Brain Disorders. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1970. AB - Reports a clinical study to determine (a) 'the frequency of the drug induced Parkinson-like syndrome and particularly the occurrence of the oral dyskinesias,' (b) the type of patient most likely to be affected, and (c) 'the value of certain anti-Parkinson drugs in the treatment of patients with severe drug induced oral dyskinesias.' Ss were 22 45-81 yr. old patients who showed the most severe and persistent symptoms of oral dyskinesia out of a total population of 1400 patients in a veterans' hosptial. 12 carried a primary diagnosis of chronic brain syndrome and 10 a diagnosis of schizophrenia. Results indicate that Ss were not helped appreciably by artane (trihexyphenidyl), cogentin (benztropine), symmetrel (amantadine), or pyridoxine. It is suggested that caution be exercised in the prescribing of phenothiazines for the elderly brain damaged patient. A case report is included. (28 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - phenothiazine induced oral dyskinesia KW - anti-Parkinson drug therapy KW - chronic brain syndrome & schizophrenia KW - 1970 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Schizophrenia KW - Tranquilizing Drugs KW - Brain Disorders KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-25100-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-25079-001 AN - 1971-25079-001 AU - Marquis, John N. T1 - Orgasmic reconditioning: Changing sexual object choice through controlling masturbation fantasies. JF - Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry JO - Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry JA - J Behav Ther Exp Psychiatry Y1 - 1970/12// VL - 1 IS - 4 SP - 263 EP - 271 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0005-7916 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-25079-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Marquis, John N.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19710901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Case Report; Conditioning; Fantasies (Thought Disturbances); Fantasy (Defense Mechanism); Paraphilias. Minor Descriptor: Behavior Therapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1970. AB - Reports that sexual responses can become attached to formerly neutral stimuli by pairing them with masturbation. The history of using this model to explain perversions and to modify choice of sexual object is discussed along with theoretical considerations. A procedure for eliminating perversions through careful programing of masturbation fantasies is described and results for 14 cases are given. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - orgasmic reconditioning KW - control of masturbation fantasies by change of sexual object choice KW - 1970 KW - Case Report KW - Conditioning KW - Fantasies (Thought Disturbances) KW - Fantasy (Defense Mechanism) KW - Paraphilias KW - Behavior Therapy KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/0005-7916(70)90050-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-25079-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-24388-001 AN - 1971-24388-001 AU - Wilson, Arthur S. AU - Barboriak, Joseph J. AU - Kass, Warren A. T1 - Effects of alcoholic beverages and congeners on psychomotor skills in old and young subjects. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Supplement JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Supplement Y1 - 1970/05// VL - 5 SP - 115 EP - 129 SN - 0079-8312 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-24388-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wilson, Arthur S.; Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. Release Date: 19710901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohols; Geriatrics; Motor Performance. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: May, 1970. AB - 2 groups of 30 volunteers each (60-85 yr. old and 21-35 yr. of age) were given 3 psychomotor tests before and .5 hr. after drinking vodka, bourbon (both containing .75 g/kg of alcohol) or water. Beverages were presented randomly and each S served as his own control. In all 3 of the following tests young Ss performed better than did old Ss after water, while alcohol impaired the performance of the young more than that of the old. On the Digit Symbol test vodka in comparison with water significantly decreased speed and accuracy in both groups. In the young bourbon reduced the numbers of symbols attempted and correct but impaired only accuracy in the old. On the Hand Steadiness test the performance of the 2 groups was similar after alcohol. The old group performed better after bourbon or vodka than after water while the young performed better after water than after bourbon or vodka. On the Body Sway test the young swayed less than the old after alcohol. The old swayed less after bourbon or vodka than after water, while the young swayed less after water than after bourbon or vodka. The hypothesis that bourbon, high in congeners, would have a more detrimental effect than would vodka was not clearly demonstrated: vodka impaired performance of the old group in number of symbols attempted and in body sways, while bourbon did not. Bourbon, however, reduced hand steadiness in the old group, while vodka did not. The differential effects of alcohol and congeners on the CNS are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcohol KW - psychomotor performance KW - 21-35 vs. 60-85 yr. olds KW - 1970 KW - Alcohols KW - Geriatrics KW - Motor Performance KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-24388-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-24343-001 AN - 1971-24343-001 AU - Trehub, Arnold T1 - Signal characteristics of visual cortex and lateral geniculate during contralateral and ipsilateral photic stimulation. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1971/02// VL - 30 IS - 2 SP - 113 EP - 122 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-24343-001. PMID: 4100247 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Trehub, Arnold; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northampton, Mass. Release Date: 19710901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electrical Activity; Signal Detection (Perception); Stimulation; Visual Cortex. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1971. AB - Recorded and measured frequency-specific outputs from the visual cortex and lateral geniculate of 7 unanesthetized adult male albino rats under conditions of no stimulation and flicker stimulation at the contralateral and ipsilateral eye. In the visual cortex and lateral geniculate (a) output was significantly higher under contralateral stimulation; (b) signal-to-noise (S/N) levels favored contralateral stimulation; and (c) stimulation resulted in a significant increase in the duration of modulation periods, especially for contralateral stimulation. As the photo-evoked signal passed from the lateral geniculate to visual cortex, S/N improved. The endogenous modulation period was significantly longer in the visual cortex than in the lateral geniculate under either stimulation. Modulation-period distributions in the visual cortex and lateral geniculate corresponded very well with theoretically predicted distributions derived from a proposed mathematical model. (French summary) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual cortex & lateral geniculate body KW - signal characteristics during contralateral & ipsilateral photic stimulation KW - rat KW - 1971 KW - Electrical Activity KW - Signal Detection (Perception) KW - Stimulation KW - Visual Cortex KW - Rats KW - 1971 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(71)90272-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-24343-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-24163-001 AN - 1971-24163-001 AU - Murray, David C. T1 - Talk, silence and anxiety. JF - Psychological Bulletin JO - Psychological Bulletin JA - Psychol Bull Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 75 IS - 4 SP - 244 EP - 260 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-2909 SN - 1939-1455 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-24163-001. PMID: 5549654 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Murray, David C.; Veterans Administration, Syracuse, N.Y. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Interpersonal Interaction; Verbal Communication. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Reviews articles relating anxiety and verbal productivity. Studies are grouped into those in which anxiety is manipulated by varying environmental stress (situational anxiety), measured by choosing Ss differing in vulnerability to stress (dispositional anxiety), or by ongoing variations in speech disturbances or physiological indexes (concurrent anxiety). There is a strong tendency for verbal quantity to be positively related to dispositional and concurrent anxiety, but negatively related to situational anxiety. Silence tends to be related negatively to dispositional, but positively to situational and concurrent anxiety. These results, plus studies showing verbal quantity 1st rising and then falling as stress increases, appear to indicate a U-curve relationship between anxiety and verbal productivity. (61 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - anxiety & verbal productivity KW - 1971 KW - Anxiety KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Verbal Communication KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0030801 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-24163-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-23582-001 AN - 1971-23582-001 AU - Pishkin, Vladimir AU - Burn, Julian M. T1 - Concept identification in the brain-damaged: Intertrial interval and information complexity. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 77 IS - 2 SP - 205 EP - 210 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-23582-001. PMID: 5550431 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pishkin, Vladimir; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Concepts; Information; Interstimulus Interval; Stimulus Complexity. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Investigated the effects of information complexity and ITI in a concept identification (CI) problem, using 45 brain-damaged and 45 control Ss. The CI performance of the control Ss was optimally facilitated at the 15-sec interval, but was not affected in the brain-damaged Ss. There was a linear increase in CI errors as a function of complexity in both groups, although brain-damaged Ss demonstrated a deficit on CI in terms of decision time and processing of available information. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - concept identification KW - ISI & information complexity KW - brain-damaged patients KW - 1971 KW - Brain Damage KW - Concepts KW - Information KW - Interstimulus Interval KW - Stimulus Complexity KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0030760 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-23582-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-23527-001 AN - 1971-23527-001 AU - McClellan, Thomas A. AU - Stieper, Donald R. T1 - A structured approach to group marriage counseling. JF - Mental Hygiene JO - Mental Hygiene Y1 - 1971/01// VL - 55 IS - 1 SP - 77 EP - 84 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-23527-001. PMID: 4396241 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McClellan, Thomas A.; Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Clinic, Ft. Snelling, St. Paul, Minn. Release Date: 19710801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Family Therapy; Marriage; Programmed Instruction; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Psychotherapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1971. AB - A 9-mo, time-limited group therapy program for married couples was recently completed in an outpatient clinic. The program incorporated programed instruction, A. Ellis' rational-emotive psychotherapeutic approach, and structured psychodrama skits, plus extensive use of homework assignments. Group members verbally reported a positive interest in the experience and said they found it helpful. Various testing instruments indicate a variety of small changes over the 9-mo period. It is suggested that this approach be applied in those psychiatric clinics having a large number of chronic patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - time-limited group therapy program KW - programed instruction & rational-emotive approach & structured psychodrama KW - married couples KW - 1971 KW - Family Therapy KW - Marriage KW - Programmed Instruction KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Psychotherapy KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-23527-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-23494-001 AN - 1971-23494-001 AU - Ginsberg, Stewart T. AU - Manolio, Anthony P. AU - Salerno, Joseph T1 - SCOPE: A venture in hospital-community collaboration. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1970/01// VL - 21 IS - 1 SP - 21 EP - 23 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-23494-001. PMID: 5409512 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ginsberg, Stewart T.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lyons, N.J. Release Date: 19710801. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Vocational Rehabilitation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1970. AB - Describes the simulated conditions of practical employment (SCOPE) program, a sheltered workshop which functions within a mental hospital framework. Patients are assigned to the hospital factory on the basis of skills and potential for benefiting from the program. Various types of contracts are made with the business community involving work of different degrees of complexity. Of 432 patients assigned to SCOPE, 52% were returned to the community with a readmission rate of less than 5%. It is concluded that the program is beneficial not only to the patient but also in improving community relations for the mental hospital. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - simulated conditions of practical employment KW - sheltered workshop program within mental hospital framework KW - 1970 KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Vocational Rehabilitation KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-23494-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-23372-001 AN - 1971-23372-001 AU - Velez-Diaz, Angel AU - Megargee, Edwin I. T1 - An investigation of differences in value judgments between youthful offenders and nonoffenders in Puerto Rico. JF - Journal of Criminal Law, Criminology & Police Science JO - Journal of Criminal Law, Criminology & Police Science Y1 - 1970/12// VL - 61 IS - 4 SP - 549 EP - 553 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-23372-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Velez-Diaz, Angel; Veterans Administration Hosp., San Juan, P.R. Release Date: 19710801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Educational Background; Juvenile Delinquency; Language; Socioeconomic Status; Values. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1970. AB - To determine if differences in criminality, social class, educational level, language, or cultural background might influence such ratings, Puerto Rican offenders and nonoffenders rated the seriousness of the same 141 criminal offenses rated by Sellin and Wolfgang in Pennsylvania. There were few significant differences, a high degree of agreement and a similarity between the mean, with no differences in variability which might be expected if 1 group was manifesting greater value confusion. The implications of these findings for popular theories of delinquency are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - value judgments KW - social class & educational level & language & cultural background KW - youthful offenders vs. nonoffenders KW - Puerto Rico KW - 1970 KW - Educational Background KW - Juvenile Delinquency KW - Language KW - Socioeconomic Status KW - Values KW - 1970 DO - 10.2307/1142043 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-23372-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-23117-001 AN - 1971-23117-001 AU - DeWolfe, Alan S. AU - Barrell, Robert P. AU - Becker, Bruce C. AU - Spaner, Fred E. T1 - Intellectual deficit in chronic schizophrenia and brain damage. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 36 IS - 2 SP - 197 EP - 204 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-23117-001. PMID: 5550988 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: DeWolfe, Alan S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Intelligence; Learning; Schizophrenia; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Studied scores on the WAIS and the Halstead Battery of Neuropsychological Measures (HB) of 100 chronic schizophrenic and 100 brain-damaged patients divided into equal groups of younger (ages 26-59) and older (ages 60 and over) Ss. A significant interaction of WAIS scores with diagnosis and of HB scores with diagnosis and age was found. Pattern analysis indicate that the younger Ss in both groups differed in WAIS Comprehension and Digit Span and HB Category. Older Ss differed in WAIS Comprehension, Digit Span, Picture Completion, Block Design, and HB Speech Discrimination. Results suggest differing intellectual deficit patterns in chronic schizophrenia and brain damage. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - intellectual deficit KW - WAIS & Halstead Battery of Neuropsychological Measures KW - chronic schizophrenics & brain-damaged patients KW - 1971 KW - Brain Damage KW - Intelligence KW - Learning KW - Schizophrenia KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0030731 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-23117-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-22849-001 AN - 1971-22849-001 AU - Erickson, Richard C. T1 - A defense of the traditional Christian ethic. JF - Pastoral Psychology JO - Pastoral Psychology JA - Pastoral Psychol Y1 - 1970/11// VL - 21 IS - 208 SP - 43 EP - 47 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0031-2789 SN - 1573-6679 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-22849-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Erickson, Richard C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Seattle, Wash. Release Date: 19710801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychosexual Behavior; Religion; Values. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1970. AB - 'The teachings of Scripture makes us creative masters, and sexual anarchy passive slaves of our sexual appetite. It is this good news we want to remind ourselves of and address to our children.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - defense of traditional Christian ethic for sexual morality KW - 1970 KW - Psychosexual Behavior KW - Religion KW - Values KW - 1970 DO - 10.1007/BF01797670 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-22849-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-22494-001 AN - 1971-22494-001 AU - Jacobs, Barry L. AU - McGinty, Dennis J. T1 - Effects of food deprivation on sleep and wakefulness in the rat. JF - Experimental Neurology JO - Experimental Neurology JA - Exp Neurol Y1 - 1971/02// VL - 30 IS - 2 SP - 212 EP - 222 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0014-4886 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-22494-001. PMID: 4323120 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jacobs, Barry L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19710801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Deprivation; Electroencephalography; Electromyography; Food Deprivation; Sleep. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500); Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1971. AB - Studied the effects of prolonged total food deprivation on paradoxical sleep (PS), slow-wave sleep (SWS), and wakefulness in 7 male Sprague-Dawley albino rats. Analysis of sleep and waking patterns was based on daily 3-hr recordings of EEG, electrooculogram, and EMG activity. The amount of wakefulness increased monotonically in a positively accelerating curve as a function of deprivation, while the amount of sleep declined reciprocally. After 6-11 days of food deprivation virtually all sleep had disappeared, with PS always disappearing before SWS. Ss that did not eat spontaneously when offered food ad libitum after the disappearance of sleep died within the next 24 hr. SWS declined gradually during the 1st few days of food deprivation and then rapidly declined toward 0. However, PS significantly increased in amount on the 1st day of deprivation and then stayed at approximately control level until 2 days before it disappeared completely. On the day after the return to ad libitum food, PS increased substantially above control level while SWS remained below control. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - food deprivation KW - sleep & wakefulness KW - EEG & EMG KW - rat KW - 1971 KW - Deprivation KW - Electroencephalography KW - Electromyography KW - Food Deprivation KW - Sleep KW - Rats KW - 1971 DO - 10.1016/S0014-4886(71)80002-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-22494-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-22383-001 AN - 1971-22383-001 AU - Walker, Don W. AU - Means, Larry W. AU - Isaacson, Robert L. T1 - The effects of hippocampal and cortical lesions on single-alternation go, no-go acquisition in rats. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1970/10// VL - 21 IS - 1 SP - 29 EP - 31 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-22383-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Walker, Don W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Gainesville, Fla. Release Date: 19710801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebral Cortex; Hippocampus; Lesions; Rat Learning. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1970. AB - Trained 4 rats with hippocampal ablations, 4 with cortical control lesions, and 4 normals on a go/no-go single-alternation task in an operant situation. Hippocampectomized Ss were facilitated, compared to normals, in acquisition in terms of latency measure (latency to 1st press on go trials/latency to 1st press on no-go trials). Cortically ablated Ss were deficient compared to normals, in terms of a response measure (total responses on no-go trials/total responses on go trials). A drive stimulus (SD) was added to go trials after the Ss attained a low-level criterion and was eliminated after 10 sessions. As measured by performance tests given after elimination of the SD, no group differences were found in utilization of the SD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hippocampal vs. cortical ablations KW - single-alternation go vs. no-go situation KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Cerebral Cortex KW - Hippocampus KW - Lesions KW - Rat Learning KW - Rats KW - 1970 DO - 10.3758/BF03332419 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-22383-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-21871-001 AN - 1971-21871-001 AU - Spiegel, Don AU - Keith-Spiegel, Patricia T1 - Multiple predictors of course grades for college men and women. JF - Journal of College Student Personnel JO - Journal of College Student Personnel Y1 - 1971/01// VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 44 EP - 48 CY - US PB - ACPA Executive Office N1 - Accession Number: 1971-21871-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of College Student Development. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spiegel, Don; Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19710701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Academic Achievement Prediction; Human Sex Differences; Intelligence; Personality; Student Attitudes. Classification: Educational Psychology (3500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1971. AB - Investigated the relationship between intellectual, attitudinal, and personality variables and academic success for 76 college students (45 male, 31 female) by using a stepwise multiple regression method. The tests and scales used were the MA scale, the Custodial Mental Illness Ideology Scale, the California F Scale, the 15-item short form of the Over-all Agreement Scale, the Dogmatism Scale, the Security-Insecurity Inventory, the Internal-External Control Scale, the Institute of Living Scale Vocabulary and Abstractions subtests, the Picture Differences Test, and the Spiegel Personality Inventory. Results indicate that grade points were best predicted by a different combination of variables for males and females. Support is provided for the notion that personality and attitude information may be useful in combination with intellectual factors in predicting achievement in at least some academic settings. (22 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prediction of academic achievement KW - intellectual & attitudinal & personality variables KW - sex differences KW - college students KW - 1971 KW - Academic Achievement Prediction KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Intelligence KW - Personality KW - Student Attitudes KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-21871-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-21734-001 AN - 1971-21734-001 AU - Wolff, Kurt T1 - Rehabilitating geriatric patients. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1971/01// VL - 22 IS - 1 SP - 8 EP - 11 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-21734-001. PMID: 5540084 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wolff, Kurt; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coatesville, Pa. Release Date: 19710701. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatrics; Rehabilitation. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1971. AB - The most important aspects of rehabilitating the elderly are conveying hope, reestablishing confidence, and overcoming an undue fear of death. The psychiatrist must be aware of the attitudes of elderly patients about death and dying and must handle those issues with special care and circumspection. An elderly person must have something to work for, live for, and hope for somebody or something. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - rehabilitation KW - geriatric patients KW - 1971 KW - Geriatrics KW - Rehabilitation KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-21734-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-21683-001 AN - 1971-21683-001 AU - Sparks, Robert AU - Goodglass, Harold AU - Nickel, Barbara T1 - Ipsilateral versus contralateral extinction in dichotic listening resulting from hemisphere lesions. JF - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JO - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JA - Cortex Y1 - 1970/09// VL - 6 IS - 3 SP - 249 EP - 260 CY - Italy PB - Masson Italia SN - 0010-9452 SN - 1973-8102 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-21683-001. PMID: 5493194 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sparks, Robert; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Elsevier Masson SAS. Release Date: 19710701. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Brain Damage; Brain Disorders; Extinction (Learning); Lateral Dominance. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1970. AB - Presents a striking difference between the effects on verbal dichotic listening performance of left vs. right hemisphere lesions and examines the bearing of this observation on the mechanisms producing asymmetry of report from the 2 ears. A study is presented of verbal dichotic listening by 28 left-brain-injured aphasic patients and 20 right-brain-injured nonaphasic patients. The total population of the study was right-handed. The results reveal that the right-hemisphere-damaged group demonstrated exclusive extinction of the signals received by the contralateral left ear. The left-hemisphere-damaged group was divided between those who demonstrated extinction of the contralateral right ear and a significant number of Ss who demonstrated what might appear to be paradoxical extinction of the ipsilateral left ear. This ipsilateral extinction is presented as being less paradoxical by a model which postulates the competition between signals received by both ears occurs in the left hemisphere. The signal from the right ear arrives there directly via the more important decussating route but the information from the right hemisphere by anterior commissural fibers. By this model only a left hemisphere lesion can affect the information from either the contralateral or ipsilateral ear. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ipsilateral vs. contralateral extinction in dichotic listening KW - left-brain-injured aphasics & right-brain-injured nonaphasics KW - 1970 KW - Attention KW - Brain Damage KW - Brain Disorders KW - Extinction (Learning) KW - Lateral Dominance KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/S0010-9452(70)80014-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-21683-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-21681-001 AN - 1971-21681-001 AU - Rosen, Harold T1 - A comparison of two scoring systems for the Memory-for-Design Test. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1971/01// VL - 27 IS - 1 SP - 79 EP - 81 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-21681-001. PMID: 5539333 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rosen, Harold; Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. Release Date: 19710701. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Intelligence Measures; Psychodiagnosis; Test Scores. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1971. AB - 49 brain-damaged patients were compared with a control group of 49 nonpsychotic patients on the Memory-for-Design Test (MFD). The diagnostic accuracy of 2 cutting scores is presented in table form. By excluding psychotics, detection of brain damage was significantly improved. 43% of the brain-damaged patients remained undetected by MFD, and this result is analyzed and discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Memory-for-Design Test KW - 2 scoring systems KW - brain-damaged patients KW - 1971 KW - Brain Damage KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Test Scores KW - 1971 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197101)27:1<79::AID-JCLP2270270116>3.0.CO;2-I UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-21681-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-21588-001 AN - 1971-21588-001 AU - Prien, Robert F. AU - Levine, Jerome AU - Switalski, Richard W. T1 - Discontinuation of chemotherapy for chronic schizophrenics. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1971/01// VL - 22 IS - 1 SP - 4 EP - 7 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-21588-001. PMID: 4992967 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Prien, Robert F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Central Neuropsychiatric Lab., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19710701. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chemotherapy; Drug Therapy; Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1971. AB - In 2 experiments, an attempt was made to identify subgroups of chronic schizophrenics with a sufficiently low probability of relapse to warrant discontinuation of medication. In Exp. I, 60 men and 60 women were chosen from each of 7 public mental hospitals (total N=840). Ss were assigned to 1 of 4 groups, receiving either 300 or 2000 mg. of chlorpromazine per day, a placebo, or the physician's choice of medication and dosage. The clinical status of each S was assessed by overall psychiatric judgments of degree of improvement on the Global Change Scale and by specific psychopathology as rated by psychiatrists, nurses, and social workers. In Exp. II, 360 patients were randomly assigned to 1 of 3 groups receiving either 15 or 80 mg. of trifluoperazine per day or a placebo. In both studies, the placebo group had significantly higher relapse rates. Relatively few relapses (12%) occurred during the 1st 5 wk. on placebo. Relapse was found to be significantly related to the dose of tranquilizing medication the patient was receiving before he was put on placebo the higher the dose the greater the probability of relapse. In both studies the difference in relapse rate between low dose and each of the other dose levels was significant at the .05 level. Results indicate that the large majority of schizophrenics who have been hospitalized for more than 15 yr. and who are receiving low doses of tranquilizing medication can remain off drugs for 6 mo. without deleterious effects. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chemotherapy KW - indications for discontinuation KW - chronic schizophrenics KW - 1971 KW - Chemotherapy KW - Drug Therapy KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-21588-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-21578-001 AN - 1971-21578-001 AU - Ferholt, Julian B. AU - Stone, Walter N. T1 - Severe delirium after abrupt withdrawal of thiothixene in a chronic schizophrenic inpatient: A case study. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1970/05// VL - 150 IS - 5 SP - 400 EP - 403 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-21578-001. PMID: 5444001 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ferholt, Julian B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Cincinnati, Ohio. Release Date: 19710701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Case Report; Drug Therapy; Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: May, 1970. AB - Describes a 46-yr-old man with a chronic schizoaffective psychosis who was treated with thiothixene (navane), 30 mg. daily for 57 days. After abrupt withdrawal of the drug he developed a severe acute brain syndrome lasting for 7 days. This was not controlled with a phenothiazine, but was quickly brought under control with reinstitution of the thiothixene. No evidence of permanent damage was found. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - abrupt thiothixene withdrawal & severe delirium KW - 46 yr. old male chronic schizophrenic KW - 1970 KW - Case Report KW - Drug Therapy KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - 1970 DO - 10.1097/00005053-197005000-00008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-21578-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-21566-001 AN - 1971-21566-001 AU - Silverman, Lloyd H. AU - Candell, Peter T1 - On the relationship between aggressive activation, symbiotic merging, intactness of body boundaries, and manifest pathology in schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1970/05// VL - 150 IS - 5 SP - 387 EP - 399 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-21566-001. PMID: 4910349 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silverman, Lloyd H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., New York, N.Y. Release Date: 19710701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Anatomy; Human Body; Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: May, 1970. AB - 60 20-54 yr. old male, relatively differentiated schizophrenics were seen individually for 3 sessions. In each session, a base-line assessment was made of the amount of manifest psychopathology and the degree to which ego boundaries were intact. Then, on different days in counterbalanced order, 1 group of Ss was subliminally exposed to pictures containing aggressive content, neutral content, and content suggesting the theme of symbiotic merging. The other group was shown the same stimuli, but at a supraliminal level. For both groups, there followed a critical assessment of manifest pathology and body boundary intactness. Ss in the subliminal group responded to both the aggressive and merging stimuli with changes in both manifest pathology and body boundary intactness, while Ss in the supraliminal group were unaffected by the 2 kinds of stimulation. The reaction of the subliminal group, under both experimental conditions, varied as a function of time after stimulation, this being seen as bearing on the variability of schizophrenic behavior. Results are discussed in relation to the motivational state underlying changes in manifest pathology and body boundary intactness. (23 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - aggressive activation & symbiotic merging & intactness of body boundaries & manifest pathology KW - schizophrenics KW - 1970 KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Anatomy KW - Human Body KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - 1970 DO - 10.1097/00005053-197005000-00007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-21566-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-21513-001 AN - 1971-21513-001 AU - Hamlin, Roy M. T1 - Intellectual function 14 years after frontal lobe surgery. JF - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JO - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JA - Cortex Y1 - 1970/09// VL - 6 IS - 3 SP - 299 EP - 307 CY - Italy PB - Masson Italia SN - 0010-9452 SN - 1973-8102 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-21513-001. PMID: 5493198 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hamlin, Roy M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Danville, Ill. Other Publishers: Elsevier Masson SAS. Release Date: 19710701. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Psychosis; Surgery. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1970. AB - Compared preoperative measures of intelligence with retests 8 and 14 yr. after frontal lobe surgery. All Ss were chronic psychotics at the time of the first tests. The long-term retests are reported for 33 nonoperated controls, for 16 patients with lower frontal lobe surgery (orbital topectomy), and for 18 patients with upper frontal lobe surgery (superior topectomy). Previous research showed that both groups of operated patients scored lower on intelligence tests shortly after surgery than they did before. The objectives of the long-term retests concerned: the permanence of changes, and the differential effects of lower and upper forebrain surgery. The lower forebrain patients obtained long-term scores remarkably comparable to those of the nonoperated controls. The superior topectomy patients showed significant loss 8 yr. after surgery, and this loss persisted 14 yr. after surgery. The loss was both permanent and appreciable, equivalent to some 10 points in IQ. Verbal and numerical tests reflected the permanent loss more clearly than perceptual and construction tests. The loss associated with upper frontal lobe surgery involved sustained attention, problem solving, and other intellectual functions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - frontal lobe surgery KW - intellectual function 14 yr. later KW - chronic psychotics KW - 1970 KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Psychosis KW - Surgery KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/S0010-9452(70)80019-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-21513-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-21439-001 AN - 1971-21439-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Laliberte, Michael AU - Sellers, Howard T1 - Personality correlates of DAP facial expression. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1971/01// VL - 27 IS - 1 SP - 115 EP - 117 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-21439-001. PMID: 4923854 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Release Date: 19710701. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Projective Techniques; Psychodiagnosis; Symptoms. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1971. AB - Draw-a-Person (DAP) facial expression ratings and symptom ratings were correlated to test the diagnostic utility of the DAP facial expression. The results were negative with only 3 of 80 r's significant at the .05 level. Interjudge agreement on the facial expression ratings was poor. It is suggested that facial expression ratings may be sufficiently lacking in objectivity as to render very questionable their utility in personality appraisal. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Draw-a-Person facial expression ratings & correlation with symptom ratings KW - diagnostic utility KW - 1971 KW - Projective Techniques KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Symptoms KW - 1971 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197101)27:1<115::AID-JCLP2270270130>3.0.CO;2-R UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-21439-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-21390-001 AN - 1971-21390-001 AU - Mabel, Sanford T1 - Outcome of patients' assuming a staff function. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1971/01// VL - 22 IS - 1 SP - 25 EP - 28 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-21390-001. PMID: 5540082 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mabel, Sanford; Veterans Administration Hosp., Roseburg, Ore. Release Date: 19710701. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Health Personnel; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1971. AB - Several methods of studying the outcome of patients' assuming a staff function were developed. A committee composed of representatives from various patient groups, called the Patient Evaluation Committee, was selected to make recommendations concerning notes submitted by staff and other patients. Differences in note categories before and after the new system was instituted were studied. Other methods used to evaluate the effect of the note system were to ask staff members at 6-wk, and 4- and 6-mo intervals to compare their impressions of the ward. A 3rd method was to ask the views of the ward consultant, who had visited the ward monthly for a period of 6 yr. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - assumption of staff function by psychiatric patients KW - 1971 KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-21390-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-21324-001 AN - 1971-21324-001 AU - Stuart, Brett R. T1 - Selecting a behavioral alternative through practice. JF - Group Psychotherapy JO - Group Psychotherapy Y1 - 1968/12// VL - 21 IS - 4 SP - 219 EP - 221 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-21324-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stuart, Brett R.; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Release Date: 19710701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Group Psychotherapy; Psychotherapeutic Techniques. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1968. AB - Describes action group therapy as being like traditional group therapy with psychodramatic techniques placing emphasis on the immediate behavior of the patient as it effects his successful adjustment to life situations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - action group therapy KW - psychodramatic techniques & patient's immediate behavior & adjustment KW - 1968 KW - Adjustment KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-21324-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-20624-001 AN - 1971-20624-001 AU - Pare, William P. T1 - Six-hour escape-avoidance work shift and production of stomach ulcers. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1971/03// VL - 74 IS - 3 SP - 459 EP - 466 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-20624-001. PMID: 5546886 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pare, William P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance; Avoidance Conditioning; Digestive System; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500); Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Studied 16 male Long-Evans rats in each of 6 experiments in which they could make either an escape or an avoidance response to grid shock which was presented every 20 sec. Escape-avoidance sessions lasted 6 hr. and alternated with a 6-hr rest period for 21 days. Response rate, body weight, food and water intake, and diurnal consummatory pattern were recorded daily. Adrenal weight and ulcer incidence were noted at the termination of each experiment. Experimental Ss did not differ significantly from yoked controls on the dependent variables recorded. Only a small percentage (7.2%) of experimental 'executive' Ss developed ulcers. (25 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stomach ulcers KW - 6 hr. escape-avoidance work shift KW - rat KW - 1971 KW - Avoidance KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Digestive System KW - Stress KW - Rats KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0030572 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-20624-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-20581-001 AN - 1971-20581-001 AU - Goff, W. R. AU - Allison, T. AU - Matsumiya, Y. T1 - Effects of convulsive doses of 1,1-dimethylhydrazine on somatic evoked responses in the cat. JF - Experimental Neurology JO - Experimental Neurology JA - Exp Neurol Y1 - 1970/05// VL - 27 IS - 2 SP - 213 EP - 226 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0014-4886 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-20581-001. PMID: 5424585 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goff, W. R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Release Date: 19710701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebral Cortex; Drugs; Evoked Potentials. Minor Descriptor: Cats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: May, 1970. AB - Studied the effects of convulsive doses of 1,1-dimethylhydrazine (UDMH) on somatosensory evoked responses (ERs) in 11 cats with chronically implanted electrodes in n. ventralis posterolateralis, in primary somatic cortex (SI), and cerebellar cortex. Stimulation was either to ulnar nerve or to thalamocortical afferent fibers. EEG recordings were made from cerebral cortex and hippocampus. IP administration of UDMH resulted in a small, inconstant increase of the primary positive ER. The enhancement of cortical ERs prior to a seizure was due to increased excitability of superficial cortical layers. The 1st 2 waves of the cerebellar ER were unaffected by UDMH, while the 3rd wave was depressed prior to seizures. Results are consistent with previous suggestions that UDMH and other hydrazines block production of gamma-aminobutyric acid. The large and consistent increase of SI negative response amplitude prior to seizures is discussed for possible applications in neurochemical studies of convulsive agents and epilepsy. (38 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 1 KW - 1-dimethylhydrazine in convulsive doses KW - somatosensory evoked responses KW - cat KW - 1970 KW - Cerebral Cortex KW - Drugs KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Cats KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/0014-4886(70)90215-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-20581-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-20424-001 AN - 1971-20424-001 AU - Van Twyver, Henry AU - Allison, Truett T1 - Sleep in the opossum Didelphis marsupialis. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1970/08// VL - 29 IS - 2 SP - 181 EP - 189 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-20424-001. PMID: 4194600 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Twyver, Henry; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Release Date: 19710701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Sleep. Minor Descriptor: Animals. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1970. AB - Studied polygraphic correlates of waking and sleep in 5 opossums. On the basis of many criteria, slow wave sleep (SWS) and paradoxical sleep (PS) were judged to very similar to these states in placental mammals. Cortical and hippocampal activity during waking and both states of sleep were typically mammalian. During PS, brain temperature increased and blood pressure decreased, whereas heart and respiration rates became irregular. Neck muscle tonus was always minimal during PS but was usually minimal during SWS. Using electrical shocks to the chest, thresholds for eliciting behavioral arousal were lowest during waking and highest during PS. Based on 24-hr recordings, total sleep time averaged 80.8% of total recording time, and PS occupied 29.1% of total sleep time. It is concluded that the polygraphic manifestations of sleep are essentially identical in marsupial and placental mammals. The large amount of PS is probably not due to the fact that the opossum is a primitive mammal, but rather reflects differences in behavioral characteristics of sleep. (French summary) (33 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sleep KW - cortical & hippocampal activity & brain temperature KW - opossum KW - 1970 KW - Brain KW - Sleep KW - Animals KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(70)90121-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-20424-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-20243-001 AN - 1971-20243-001 AU - Whitman, James R. AU - Anderson, E. Pat T1 - Transfer effects in part to whole free-recall learning. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1970/10// VL - 21 IS - 2 SP - 109 EP - 111 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-20243-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Whitman, James R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Tacoma, Wash. Release Date: 19710701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Learning; Recall (Learning). Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1970. AB - Assigned 33 undergraduates to 3 experimental groups: Group A learned a list of 4 visual figures to the criterion of 2 perfect trials; Group B received additional practice, and Group C received no learning trials with the figures. All groups then received practice on a list of 8 figures, which included those learned by the experimental groups. Positive learning transfer was shown only by Group B. Transfer was not accounted for by an increase in the relative frequency with which overlearned stimuli were recalled while learning the 8 stimuli. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - transfer effects in part to whole free-recall learning KW - 1970 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Learning KW - Recall (Learning) KW - 1970 DO - 10.3758/BF03335790 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-20243-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-20109-001 AN - 1971-20109-001 AU - Royer, Fred L. T1 - Information processing of visual figures in the digit symbol substitution task. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology JA - J Exp Psychol Y1 - 1971/03// VL - 87 IS - 3 SP - 335 EP - 342 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-20109-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Royer, Fred L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brecksville, O. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Information; Numbers (Numerals); Visual Perception; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Studied the Digit Symbol subtest of the WAIS as an information-processing task using 553 undergraduates. Results indicate that (a) when the visual figures used as symbols are varied according to the size of the equivalence set from which they are selected, rate of information processing decreases as set size increases; (b) substituting a digit with a symbol results in faster rates than the opposite substitution if several members of the same equivalence set are present, but not if the members are from different sets; and (c) the balance of the distribution of the frequency of items interacts with the type of substitution. The balanced, digit symbol substitution produces fastest rates. Implications for perceptual theory are discussed. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - information processing of visual figures KW - digit symbol substitution KW - WAIS Digit Symbol subtest KW - 1971 KW - Information KW - Numbers (Numerals) KW - Visual Perception KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0030515 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-20109-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-10944-001 AN - 1971-10944-001 AU - Whitman, James R. T1 - Free recall of verbal material in the classroom as a function of method of presentation and method of practice. JF - Journal of Experimental Education JO - Journal of Experimental Education JA - J Exp Educ Y1 - 1969///Sum 1969 VL - 37 IS - 4 SP - 78 EP - 81 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-0973 SN - 1940-0683 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-10944-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Whitman, James R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Tacoma, Wash. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19710601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: College Students; Practice; Recall (Learning); School Learning. Classification: Educational Psychology (3500). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1969. AB - Varied order in which stimuli were presented, and practice instructions for 182 undergraduates receiving classroom practice on a free recall task with lists of nonsense words. The order within the list was a critical factor for the 2 levels of task difficulty used. Ss who studied the list gave more correct responses than did those who copied the list with the difficult material only. Ss then received additional practice with a 2nd list. No facilitation in the free recall of the 2nd list, attributable to the conditions which facilitated the learning of the 1st list, was found. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - free recall of verbal material in classroom KW - presentation & practice methods KW - college students KW - 1969 KW - College Students KW - Practice KW - Recall (Learning) KW - School Learning KW - 1969 DO - 10.1080/00220973.1969.11011154 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-10944-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-10516-001 AN - 1971-10516-001 AU - Bigum, Hugh B. AU - Dustman, Robert E. AU - Beck, Edward C. T1 - Visual and somato-sensory evoked responses from mongoloid and normal children. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1970/06// VL - 28 IS - 6 SP - 576 EP - 585 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-10516-001. PMID: 4192833 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bigum, Hugh B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salt Lake City, U. Release Date: 19710601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Evoked Potentials; Shock; Vision; Intellectual Development Disorder. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1970. AB - Recorded visual and somatosensory evoked responses from central and occipital scalp of 24 mongoloid and 24 normal children matched for age (6-16 yr.), handedness, and sex. 2 experiments measured both response reliability and group homogeneity. A factorial design was used to assess differences in latency of wave components and peak-to-trough amplitude. Results were as follows: (a) Visual and somatosensory evoked response measures of reliability were high for both mongoloid Ss and controls with no significant differences. (b) The amplitude of visual evoked responses recorded from central scalp was greater in the right hemisphere with controls, while no significant hemispheric asymmetry was demonstrated in the responses of the mongoloids. (c) The visual evoked responses recorded from occipital scalp and the somatosensory responses recorded from central scalp were more homogeneous among the mongoloids than among the controls. (d) Markedly greater amplitudes and later peak latencies were found in the late components of the pattern in mongoloids. Mongoloid Ss gave highly stable and more homogeneous evoked responses to flash and shock stimuli than control Ss. It is proposed that the mongoloid group included a unique CNS disorder that was common only to the Ss in the group and that this disorder resulted in a stable and characteristic response. (French summary) (21 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual & somatosensory evoked responses KW - 6-16 yr. old mongoloids & normals KW - Mental Retardation KW - 1970 KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Shock KW - Vision KW - Intellectual Development Disorder KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(70)90199-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-10516-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-10499-001 AN - 1971-10499-001 AU - Grundvig, John L. AU - Needham, Walter E. AU - Ajax, Ernest T. AU - Beck, Edward C. T1 - The use of the Sensory-Perceptual Examination in diagnosis of degree of impairment of higher cerebral functions. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1970/08// VL - 151 IS - 2 SP - 114 EP - 119 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-10499-001. PMID: 5457616 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Grundvig, John L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Knoxville, Ia. Release Date: 19710601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Diagnosis. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1970. AB - Describes the battery of tests which make up the Sensory-Perceptual Examination (SPE). The effectiveness of the SPE was investigated using 120 hospital patients with suspected brain damage or patients whose degree of impairment was in question. Ss were separately rated on a 4-point scale by a neurologist. Analysis of SPE performances shows that the battery substantially reflects the neurological criteria for degree of impairment. 2 additional tests are described which are being studied for inclusion in the SPE. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - diagnosis of degree of impairment of higher cerebral functions KW - Sensory-Perceptual Examination KW - hospital patients with suspected brain damage KW - 1970 KW - Brain Damage KW - Diagnosis KW - 1970 DO - 10.1097/00005053-197008000-00005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-10499-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-10495-001 AN - 1971-10495-001 AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Barton, Melvin AU - Brody, Betty A. T1 - Role of the right parietal lobe in the mediation of cross-modal associations and reversible operations in space. JF - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JO - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JA - Cortex Y1 - 1970/06// VL - 6 IS - 2 SP - 174 EP - 190 CY - Italy PB - Masson Italia SN - 0010-9452 SN - 1973-8102 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-10495-001. PMID: 5459179 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Butters, Nelson; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Elsevier Masson SAS. Release Date: 19710601. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Associative Processes; Brain Damage; Cutaneous Sense; Lateral Dominance; Spatial Perception. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1970. AB - '16 patients with high hemisphere cerebral damage, 12 with severe and 4 with mild parietal signs, were administered 2 intra- and 3 cross-modal associative tasks as well as 3 tests requiring spatial reversible operations. The 12 patients with severe parietal signs were impaired on tactile-tactile and auditory-visual matching and on all 3 spatial tasks, while the 4 patients with mild parietal signs did not reveal deficits on any test. Further testing indicated that the right parietals' impairments on the auditory-visual task were associated with an inability to decode the auditory patterned stimulus rather than to a failure in cross-modal associations. When the performance of the right hemisphere patients was compared with the data from left hemisphere patients, it appeared that the left parietal region may be dominant for cross-modal associations, but that both the left and right are important for spatial reversible operations.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cross-modal associations & reversible operation KW - role of right parietal lobe KW - brain-damaged patients KW - 1970 KW - Associative Processes KW - Brain Damage KW - Cutaneous Sense KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Spatial Perception KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/S0010-9452(70)80026-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-10495-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-10402-001 AN - 1971-10402-001 AU - Prien, Robert F. AU - Levine, Jerome AU - Cole, Johnathan O. T1 - Indications for high dose chlorpromazine therapy in chronic schizophrenia. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1970/11// VL - 31 IS - 11 SP - 739 EP - 745 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-10402-001. PMID: 4923151 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Prien, Robert F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Central Neuropsychiatric Lab., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19710601. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Chlorpromazine; Psychiatric Hospitals; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Drug Therapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1970. AB - Describes a multihospital collaborative study involving over 800 chronic schizophrenics in which a high dose regimen of chlorpromazine (2000 mg/day) was compared with a low dose regimen (300 mg/day), a placebo, and physician's choice of treatment. Treatment followed a double-blind procedure for 24 wk. Results obtained were: (a) High dose response was related to age, length of current hospitalization, and the type of phenothiazine medication S was receiving just before the study. High dose was significantly more effective than the other treatments with Ss under 40 who had been hospitalized under 15 yr. and were receiving a nonpiperazine phenothiazine at pretreatment. High dose offered no great advantage over low dose and physician's choice among the other subgroups. (b) High dose was a particularly poor treatment for Ss over 40. These older Ss suffered a high incidence of severe side effects on the 2000-mg dose. (c) Among long-stay Ss, treatment failure on low dose and placebo was related to the dose of phenothiazine medication S was receiving just before the study. The higher the dose of prestudy medication, the greater the incidence of failure. (22 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - low vs. high dosage of chlorpromazine KW - age & length of hospitalization & previous medication KW - chronic schizophrenics KW - 1970 KW - Age Differences KW - Chlorpromazine KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Schizophrenia KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-10402-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-10394-001 AN - 1971-10394-001 AU - Caffey, Eugene M. AU - Galbrecht, Charles R. AU - Klett, C. James T1 - Brief hospitalization and aftercare in the treatment of schizophrenia. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1971/01// VL - 24 IS - 1 SP - 81 EP - 86 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-10394-001. PMID: 4321407 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Caffey, Eugene M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19710601. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Hospitals; Schizophrenia; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1971. AB - Randomly assigned 201 schizophrenic men to 1 of 3 groups: (a) standard hospital care with discharge at physician's discretion and normal Veterans Administration care; (b) accelerated hospital care for 21 days and treatment by the same staff on an outpatient basis for 1 yr.; and (c) standard hospital treatment followed by the aftercare program given Group b. The brief-treatment group showed as much sustained improvement as those who stayed longer. The longer-stay groups tended to be more symptomatic than the brief-treatment group after 3 wk. but less symptomatic at their discharge. Both intensified aftercare groups manifested less pathological disturbance at 12 mo. The short-stay group did not demonstrate a greater incidence of readmission or a shorter mean time out of the hospital prior to 1st readmission. There was little evidence of the superiority of 1 group over another with respect to community adjustment. (21 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - brief hospitalization & aftercare vs. standard hospitalization with vs. without aftercare KW - male schizophrenics KW - 1971 KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment KW - 1971 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1971.01750070083012 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-10394-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-10383-001 AN - 1971-10383-001 AU - Pokorny, Alex D. AU - Faibish, G. M. T1 - Criteria of outcome in schizophrenia. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1968/11// VL - 19 IS - 11 SP - 341 EP - 346 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-10383-001. PMID: 5716106 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pokorny, Alex D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19710601. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1968. AB - Reports findings of a 10-yr follow-up study of 40 male war-veteran schizophrenics designed to evaluate background data in terms of outcome, and (b) to develop a picture of each S's course since he was 1st studied. 3 Ss had died. A revised 18-item version of the Overall-Gorham Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale was used, with a 4-point scale applied to each symptom. There were also 5 independent global ratings made of each S's adjustment during the 10-yr period. It is suggested that the best indications of outcome are withdrawal, work record (or work status), and number of inpatient days excluding leave time. The 37 living Ss had spent an average of 915 days as inpatients, and readmissions averaged 5.7/S. The composite clinical rating was the most comprehensive global measure used in the study. Although there was considerable variability of outcome among Ss, the group as a whole did poorly. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - outcome criteria KW - clinical rating of social adjustment & symptoms KW - male schizophrenics KW - 10 yr. follow-up KW - 1968 KW - Adjustment KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-10383-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-10301-001 AN - 1971-10301-001 AU - Alkire, Armand A. AU - Goldstein, Michael J. AU - Rodnick, Eliot H. AU - Judd, Lewis L. T1 - Social influence and counterinfluence within families of four types of disturbed adolescents. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1971/02// VL - 77 IS - 1 SP - 32 EP - 41 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-10301-001. PMID: 5100124 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Alkire, Armand A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Problems; Interpersonal Interaction; Parent Child Relations; Psychopathology; Social Influences. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Investigated factors in the intrafamilial environment which may explain variations in the forms of adolescent psychopathology. Social influence messages were elicited from 24 disturbed boys and 8 disturbed girls, median age 16 yr., and their parents. These messages were used subsequently in a simulated interaction task. Application of a social influence coding system to the influence statements, expectations of others' responses, and actual responses and shifts in responses following awareness of expectations differentiated families of 4 types of disturbed adolescents. 2 parameters of parental behavior were significant in differentiating among the adolescent problem groups: (a) the overtness or assertiveness used in exerting parental social influence, and (b) the focus of power in 1 or the other parent. The interaction of these variables is discussed in relation to the types of disturbance shown in the adolescents. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - intrafamilial social influence & counterinfluence styles & form variations in adolescent psychopathology KW - disturbed adolescents & their parents KW - 1971 KW - Behavior Problems KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Parent Child Relations KW - Psychopathology KW - Social Influences KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0030494 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-10301-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-10226-001 AN - 1971-10226-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - An MMPI scale to separate brain-damaged from schizophrenic men. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1971/02// VL - 36 IS - 1 SP - 121 EP - 125 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-10226-001. PMID: 5542477 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia; Statistical Validity. Minor Descriptor: Differential Diagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Developed 3 MMPI scales: (a) an unweighted scale consisting of 80 items differentially endorsed by 61 organics and 65 schizophrenics at a Veterans Administration psychiatric hospital, (b) the same items weighted as a function of their differentiating power, and (c) a short form consisting of the 30 most powerful items weighted in accordance with their differentiating strength. Scales were cross-validated in a state hospital population and a general medical and surgical Veterans Administration hospital. Results indicate that the scales differentiate male organics from schizophrenics but are of dubious value among female populations. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI scale KW - validity in differentiation of brain-damaged & schizophrenic men KW - 1971 KW - Brain Damage KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Statistical Validity KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0030490 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-10226-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-10214-001 AN - 1971-10214-001 AU - Hamlin, Roy M. AU - Lorr, Maurice T1 - Differentiation of normals, neurotics, paranoids, and nonparanoids. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1971/02// VL - 77 IS - 1 SP - 90 EP - 96 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-10214-001. PMID: 5547470 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hamlin, Roy M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Danville, Ill. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classification (Cognitive Process); Neurosis; Paranoia (Psychosis); Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Psychodiagnosis; Psychodiagnostic Typologies. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Compared objective tests and symptom ratings in differentiating psychopathology. A univariate and 2 discriminant function analyses were carried out with 30 measures on 61 normals, 45 neurotics, 31 paranoids, and 71 nonparanoid schizophrenics. Considered separately, objective tests of psychomotor speed, cognition, and social perception all differentiate the 4 comparison groups. When symptom ratings are included in the discriminant function analysis, however, only the cognitive tests make a unique contribution not covered by the ratings. Results suggest a basic cognitive deficit, not accounted for entirely by bizarre associations, social isolation, or apathetic motivation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - differentiation of normals & neurotics & paranoids & nonparanoid schizophrenics KW - objective tests & symptom ratings in discriminant function analysis KW - 1971 KW - Classification (Cognitive Process) KW - Neurosis KW - Paranoia (Psychosis) KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0030489 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-10214-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-10210-001 AN - 1971-10210-001 AU - Day, Merle E. T1 - Don't teach till you see the direction of their eye movements. JF - The Journal of Special Education JO - The Journal of Special Education JA - J Spec Educ Y1 - 1970///Spr 1970 VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 233 EP - 237 CY - US PB - PRO-ED SN - 0022-4669 SN - 1538-4764 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-10210-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Day, Merle E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19710601. Correction Date: 20110919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Eye Movements; Individual Differences; Personality Traits; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1970. AB - Presents a clinical diagnosis of individual differences in the direction of eye movements. When people break eye contact, they make a lateral eye movement either to the left or right. The direction of the movement is characteristic of the individual. Clinical observations suggest a relationship between direction and personality traits. Right movers tend to be assertive and practical, whereas left movers stress subjectivity and the importance of feeling rather than action. Certain psychosomatic syndromes are more highly correlated with either right or left movers. No sexual differences are noted in the tendency to move the eyes in one direction or the other. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - direction of eye movements & personality traits KW - use in clinical diagnosis of individual differences KW - 1970 KW - Eye Movements KW - Individual Differences KW - Personality Traits KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1970 DO - 10.1177/002246697000400216 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-10210-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-10115-001 AN - 1971-10115-001 AU - Litvak, Stuart B. T1 - Hypnosis and the desensitization behavior therapies. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1970/12// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 787 EP - 794 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-10115-001. PMID: 5499868 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Litvak, Stuart B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, Phoenix, Ariz. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19710601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Hypnosis; Sensitivity (Personality). Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1970. AB - Distinguishes between desensitization techniques carried out in vivo and other modes of desensitization therapy (flooding, implosion, and systematic desensitization) which rely upon mental operations or processes. Research is reviewed and points are discussed which support a relationship between variables and phenomena found in the desensitization therapies and those found in hypnosis. This relationship appears to be greatest in those desensitization therapies basing treatment upon the utilization of mental operations. Some new lines of research are proposed. (43 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - desensitization techniques in vivo vs. flooding & implosion & systematic desensitization therapies KW - relationship to hypnosis KW - 1970 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Hypnosis KW - Sensitivity (Personality) KW - 1970 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1970.27.3.787 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-10115-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-10092-001 AN - 1971-10092-001 AU - Sturm, Israel E. T1 - A behavioral outline of psychodrama. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JA - Psychotherapy (Chic) Y1 - 1970///Win 1970 VL - 7 IS - 4 SP - 245 EP - 247 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-10092-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sturm, Israel E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northport, N.Y. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19710601. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Learning Theory; Psychotherapeutic Techniques. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Win 1970. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Describes 5 of the more important psychodramatic techniques in a loose learning theory framework: (a) warm-up, in which the director elicits from Ss a large number of cues for positive reinforcement and discourages cues for punishment; (b) problem presentation, which involves the director's rewarding the Ss' revelation of personal problems and the group's selection of a focal problem; (c) self-presentation, wherein S describes the setting and enacts, directly or descriptively all roles involved, and the director analyzes covertly the cue-response-reinforcement systems represented; (d) role-playing, where the S learns important behaviors by assimilating all or parts of the roles of real or symbolic models; and (e) group participation, where all Ss share their experiences of the session and what they have learned. It is concluded that psychotherapists of any background may find occasional use of psychodrama useful in epitomizing crucial problems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychodrama techniques KW - learning theory framework KW - 1970 KW - Learning Theory KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0086602 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-10092-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-10080-001 AN - 1971-10080-001 AU - Scott, Robert W. AU - Kemp, David E. T1 - The A-B scale and empathy, warmth, genuineness, and depth of self-exploration. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1971/02// VL - 77 IS - 1 SP - 49 EP - 51 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-10080-001. PMID: 5100127 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Scott, Robert W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coral Gables, Fla. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neurosis; Outpatient Treatment; Personality Traits; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Psychotherapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Studied initial interviews conducted by 25 senior medical students with 25 neurotic outpatients. There were no significant relationships between the therapists' A-B scale scores and their empathy, warmth, and genuineness. B-type therapists did elicit greater depth of exploration, a result consonant with existing research. Findings suggest that these 2 sets of variables the A-B scale and empathy, warmth, and genuineness are independent sources of variance in therapeutic outcome. The A-B scale offers the potential of leading to the discovery of a new set of determinants of psychotherapeutic success. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychotherapeutic success in neurotic outpatient treatment KW - A-B scale scores & empathy & warmth & genuineness & depth of self-exploration KW - senior medical students KW - 1971 KW - Neurosis KW - Outpatient Treatment KW - Personality Traits KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Psychotherapy KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0030485 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-10080-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-10058-001 AN - 1971-10058-001 AU - Field, Peter B. T1 - Preventing crying through desensitization. JF - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JO - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JA - Am J Clin Hypn Y1 - 1970/10// VL - 13 IS - 2 SP - 134 EP - 136 CY - US PB - American Society of Clinical Hypnosis SN - 0002-9157 SN - 2160-0562 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-10058-001. PMID: 5504010 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Field, Peter B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brooklyn, N.Y. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19710601. Correction Date: 20120702. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Emotional Responses; Hypnosis; Marriage; Psychotherapeutic Techniques. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1970. AB - Reports the systematic desensitization and hypnotherapy in an unusual problem, the prevention of crying during a wedding ceremony. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - systematic desensitization & hypnotherapy KW - crying prevention during wedding ceremony KW - 1970 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Emotional Responses KW - Hypnosis KW - Marriage KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - 1970 DO - 10.1080/00029157.1970.10402093 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-10058-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-10000-001 AN - 1971-10000-001 AU - Hersen, Michel T1 - Sexual aspects of TAT administration: A failure at replication with an inpatient population. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1971/02// VL - 36 IS - 1 SP - 20 EP - 22 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-10000-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hersen, Michel; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimentation; Graduate Students; Human Sex Differences; Projective Techniques; Sex. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Replicated the study of J. Masling and S. Harris (see record [rid]1969-09855-001[/rid]) which found that male graduate Es tended to administer more sexual-romantic TAT cards to female clients than male clients, while female graduate Es did not make this differentiation. Records of the administration of the TAT from January 1956 to December 1968 at a state hospital by 15 male Es (mean age = 30) and 5 female Es (mean age = 27.2) were analyzed. The previous findings were not supported in that there was no evidence that male Es administered significantly more TAT cards or a higher proportion of sexual-romantic cards to females than males. Reasons for the difference in findings are suggested. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sexual-romantic TAT card administration KW - E's sex KW - graduate students KW - 1971 KW - Experimentation KW - Graduate Students KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Projective Techniques KW - Sex KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0030479 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-10000-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-09774-001 AN - 1971-09774-001 AU - Hartsough, W. Ross AU - Fontana, Alan F. T1 - Persistence of ethnic stereotypes and the relative importance of positive and negative stereotyping for association preferences. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1970/12// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 723 EP - 731 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-09774-001. PMID: 5499861 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hartsough, W. Ross; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19710601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ethnology; Social Approval; Social Interaction; Stereotyped Attitudes; Student Attitudes. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1970. AB - Examined the stereotyping of 10 ethnic groups by American college students over a 30-yr period by comparing data from 1932, 1950, and 1961. 87 Ss were used. There was much variation among the time periods but persisting, 'core' stereotypes were found for 8 of the groups. Evaluative stereotyping was highly related to preferences for association with ethnic group members in both 1932 and 1961. Subdivision of evaluative stereotyping into its positive and negative components showed that associative preferences were completely predicted by the negative component. The positive component was unrelated to association preferences and served to weaken the predictive power of the negative component when combined with it. The interpretation is offered that substantial stereotyping and prejudice remain among college students but that students are becoming increasingly sophisticated and subtle in their manifestations of them. (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethnic group stereotypes KW - positive vs. negative stereotype & social interaction in 1932 & 1950 & 1961 KW - American college students KW - 1970 KW - Ethnology KW - Social Approval KW - Social Interaction KW - Stereotyped Attitudes KW - Student Attitudes KW - 1970 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1970.27.3.723 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-09774-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-09520-001 AN - 1971-09520-001 AU - Forrest, I. S. AU - Kosek, J. C. AU - Aber, R. C. AU - Serra, M. T. T1 - Rabbit as model for chlorpromazine-induced hyperpigmentation of the skin. JF - Biochemical Pharmacology JO - Biochemical Pharmacology Y1 - 1970/03// VL - 19 IS - 3 SP - 849 EP - 852 CY - US PB - Maxwell House N1 - Accession Number: 1971-09520-001. PMID: 5507689 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Forrest, I. S.; Veterans' Administration Hosp., Biochemical Research Lab., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19710601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chlorpromazine; Drugs; Radiation; Skin (Anatomy). Minor Descriptor: Rabbits. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1970. AB - Produced hyperpigmentation of exposed areas, comparable to that seen in less than 1% of patients chronically dosed with chlorpromazine after intensive long-term therapy, in 16 out of 16 chronically dosed pigmented Dutch Belt and Flemish Giant adult female rabbits, receiving between 20-30 mg/kg/day. 30-min ultraviolet irradiation of a clipped or shaved area produced clear-cut hyperpigmentation of naturally pigmented skin areas in about 4 wk. The characteristic occurrence of granular pigment in the dermis which is normally free of pigment was also observed. Hyperpigmented Ss did not develop any concomitant ocular pathology, as seen in some patients on long-term, high-dosage chlorpromazine therapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chlorpromazine-induced hyperpigmentation of skin KW - ultraviolet irradiation KW - rabbit KW - 1970 KW - Chlorpromazine KW - Drugs KW - Radiation KW - Skin (Anatomy) KW - Rabbits KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/0006-2952(70)90246-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-09520-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-09517-001 AN - 1971-09517-001 AU - Davis, Virginia E. AU - Walsh, Michael J. T1 - Alcohol, amines, and alkaloids: A possible biochemical basis for alcohol addiction. JF - Science JO - Science JA - Science Y1 - 1970/02// VL - 167 IS - 3920 SP - 1005 EP - 1007 CY - US PB - American Assn for the Advancement of Science SN - 0036-8075 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-09517-001. PMID: 5460776 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, Virginia E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19710601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohols; Biochemistry; Drugs; Metabolism. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1970. AB - Tetrahydropapaveroline is a benzyltetrahydroisoquinoline alkaloid derivative of the biogenic amine, dopamine. Alcohol, by way of its primary metabolite, acetaldehyde, competitively inhibits nicotinamide-adenine dinucleotide-linked aldehyde dehydrogenase and augments the formation of tetrahydropapaveroline in vitro. The limited capacity of brain to oxidize aldehydes may be of pharmacological importance because it facilitates the production of tetrahydropapaveroline in the presence of drugs which inhibit this enzyme. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcohol addiction KW - possible biochemical basis due to metabolic disposition of dopamine with resultant formation of morphine-like alkaloids KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Alcohols KW - Biochemistry KW - Drugs KW - Metabolism KW - Rats KW - 1970 DO - 10.1126/science.167.3915.126-a UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-09517-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-09468-001 AN - 1971-09468-001 AU - Sterman, Maurice B. AU - Howe, Richard C. AU - MacDonald, Lorraine R. T1 - Facilitation of spindle-burst sleep by conditioning of electroencephalographic activity while awake. JF - Science JO - Science JA - Science Y1 - 1970/02// VL - 167 IS - 3921 SP - 1146 EP - 1148 CY - US PB - American Assn for the Advancement of Science SN - 0036-8075 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-09468-001. PMID: 5411633 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sterman, Maurice B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19710601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Conditioning; Electroencephalography; Sleep. Minor Descriptor: Cats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1970. AB - Correlated behaviorally a slow-wave EEG rhythm recorded from the sensorimotor cortex of 8 adult waking cats with the suppression of movement. Facilitation of this rhythm through conditioning selectively enhanced a similar pattern recorded during sleep, the familiar spindle burst. The training also produced longer epochs of undisturbed sleep. The specific neural mechanism manipulated during wakefulness appeared to function also in sleep and to be involved with the regulation of phasic motor behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EEG activity conditioning while awake KW - facilitation of spindle-burst sleep KW - cat KW - 1970 KW - Conditioning KW - Electroencephalography KW - Sleep KW - Cats KW - 1970 DO - 10.1126/science.167.3921.1146 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-09468-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-09460-001 AN - 1971-09460-001 AU - Rhodes, Leland E. AU - Fleming, Donovan E. T1 - Sensory restriction in the albino rat: Photically evoked after-discharge correlates. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1970/11// VL - 29 IS - 5 SP - 488 EP - 495 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-09460-001. PMID: 4097439 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rhodes, Leland E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Phoenix, Ariz. Release Date: 19710601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Deprivation; Evoked Potentials; Vision. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1970. AB - Examined visually evoked responses (VERs) in sensory deprived and control rats with particular attention to after-discharge (AD) patterns affected by sensory restriction. In Exp. I 16 littermate albino rats were raised under sensory deprived and 16 under usual laboratory conditions. Amplitudes of the early N1-P2 component and the later AD activity of the deprived Ss were reduced in size. In Exp. II 16 Ss were raised under deprived conditions, 8 receiving 4 hr. of pulsed light each day. No reliable differences were noted between the 2 groups. Treatment of 8 Ss with pentylenetetrazol (metrazol) produced a reliable VER mean excursion increment, while sodium pentobarbitol (nembutal) had no notable effect of VER AD. Extended exposure of 8 Ss to usual laboratory conditions resulted in significant increments in AD amplitude. It is suggested that within the limits of this investigation the effects of sensory deprivation on the rat nervous system are reversible. (French summary) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visually evoked response & afterdischarge patterns KW - sensory deprivation KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Deprivation KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Vision KW - Rats KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(70)90065-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-09460-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-09349-001 AN - 1971-09349-001 AU - Fishkin, Steven M. AU - Pishkin, Vladimir T1 - Tactual and visual concept identification. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1970/12// VL - 31 IS - 3 SP - 715 EP - 723 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-09349-001. PMID: 5498184 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fishkin, Steven M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19710601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognition; Concepts; Information; Stimulus Similarity; Visual Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1970. AB - Compared information processing efficiencies for the visual and tactual modalities in 128 male and female undergraduates. With the same set of stimulus objects used for the 2 modalities no difference between visual and tactual concept identification (CI) was obtained. Significant interactions were found between S's sex, relevant dimensions, and similarity of stimulus levels. Independent measures of the salience and discriminability of the stimulus dimensions were obtained in an attempt to relate these factors to CI performance. It is concluded that information presented in the tactual modality can be used in classifying stimulus objects into 2 categories with about the same facility as visual information from the same objects and along the same stimulus dimensions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - tactual & visual concept identification KW - information processing & stimulus level similarity KW - 1970 KW - Cognition KW - Concepts KW - Information KW - Stimulus Similarity KW - Visual Perception KW - 1970 DO - 10.2466/pms.1970.31.3.715 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-09349-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-09290-001 AN - 1971-09290-001 AU - Weitzenhoffer, Andre M. AU - Brockmeier, James D. T1 - Attention and eye movements: Some results and general considerations. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1970/08// VL - 151 IS - 2 SP - 130 EP - 142 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-09290-001. PMID: 5457618 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weitzenhoffer, Andre M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychiatry Service, Oklahoma City, Okla. Release Date: 19710601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Eye Movements; Rapid Eye Movement. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1970. AB - Tested the hypothesis of M. Amadeo and C. Shagass that a nonspecific positive relationship exists between REM rate and degree of attentive activity. Horizontal conjugate eye movements were recorded from 11 female Ss, all but 1 of whom were nursing students, during conditions of relative inattention and attention with eyes open and eyes closed. Eye closure alone was observed to have a strong reducing effect upon the REM rate. Attention was found to have no significant effect upon REM rate when the eyes were closed. In contrast, when the eyes were open, there was a marked reduction in REM rate associated with attentive activity. Results are discussed as complementing and supplementing the earlier findings. Various problems relevant to research on attention and eye movements are considered. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - degree of attentive activity KW - horizontal conjugate eye movement KW - 1970 KW - Attention KW - Eye Movements KW - Rapid Eye Movement KW - 1970 DO - 10.1097/00005053-197008000-00007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-09290-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-09212-001 AN - 1971-09212-001 AU - Sadler, Timothy G. AU - Mefferd, Roy B. T1 - Fluctuations of perceptual organization and orientation: Stochastic (random) or steady state (satiation)? JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1970/12// VL - 31 IS - 3 SP - 739 EP - 749 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-09212-001. PMID: 5498187 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sadler, Timothy G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychiatric & Psychosomatic Research Lab., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19710601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depth Perception; Illusions (Perception); Theories; Visual Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1970. AB - Obtained intrareversal times, using flat drawings, for 2 kinds of fluctuations: (a) perspective reversals in a figure eliciting apparent depth, and (b) reversals of lateral organization in a figure not eliciting apparent depth. Ss were 40 undergraduates and 21 firemen, respectively. The durations of the alternate percepts (P1 and P2) between reversals early in a viewing session were compared with recently published data of the same type. In the latter study, P1 was of longer duration than P2, both with a flat drawing and a rotating skeletal cube, which were explained in terms of satiation theory. In the present study no significant differences were found between P1 and P2 with 2 different groups of Os and with 2 figures. Explanations for these differences in results are advanced. The use of grouped percept-duration data to support steady state (e.g. satiation) theories of perceptual fluctuation phenomena is criticized. (39 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perspective reversals in figure eliciting apparent depth & lateral organization reversals in figure not eliciting apparent depth KW - stochastic vs. satiation theories of perceptual fluctuation phenomena KW - 1970 KW - Depth Perception KW - Illusions (Perception) KW - Theories KW - Visual Perception KW - 1970 DO - 10.2466/pms.1970.31.3.739 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-09212-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-08872-001 AN - 1971-08872-001 AU - Wallen, Vincent T1 - Motivation therapy with the aging geriatric veteran patient. JF - Military Medicine JO - Military Medicine JA - Mil Med Y1 - 1970/11// VL - 135 IS - 11 SP - 1007 EP - 1010 CY - US PB - Assn of Military Surgeons of the US SN - 0026-4075 SN - 1930-613X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-08872-001. PMID: 4991135 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wallen, Vincent; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, Hampton, Va. Release Date: 19710501. Correction Date: 20170302. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Geriatrics; Group Psychotherapy; Hospitals; Motivation. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1970. AB - 65-94 yr. old geriatric patients were placed in a group therapy setting which emphasized giving direction and meaning to the lives of geriatric patients. The main goal of this program was to give the patients an alternative to continuous hospital care and provide for posthospital placement in a desirable facility for each patient. 80% of the patients who were in the program were being placed in such facilities within 7 mo. of the beginning of the program. Family attitudes towards geriatric patients were seen as the most important drawback to successful placement inasmuch as these patients had frequently been inadequate parents whose children were now uninterested in giving them the needed attention. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - geriatric group motivation therapy KW - adjustment to hospital care & posthospital placement KW - geriatric patients KW - 1970 KW - Adjustment KW - Geriatrics KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Hospitals KW - Motivation KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-08872-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-08742-001 AN - 1971-08742-001 AU - Green, Eugene T1 - On the contribution of studies in aphasia to psycholinguistics. JF - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JO - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JA - Cortex Y1 - 1970/06// VL - 6 IS - 2 SP - 216 EP - 235 CY - Italy PB - Masson Italia SN - 0010-9452 SN - 1973-8102 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-08742-001. PMID: 5459182 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Green, Eugene; Veterans Administration Hosp., Aphasia Research Center, Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Elsevier Masson SAS. Release Date: 19710501. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psycholinguistics; Speech Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 20. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1970. AB - Outlines 'perspectives, models, and evidence that research in linguistic breakdown brings to bear both on the nature of aphasia and speech behavior as a whole. 4 aspects of speech behavior are considered: spontaneous speech, naming, repetition, and comprehension. Howes's model for spontaneous speech is reviewed for its power to explain mechanisms of speech production and some suggestions are made for further research. A 5 stage model of naming is discussed, including (a) a metalinguistic stage; (b) a stage for matching sensory information to words; (c) a linguistic stage; (d) a stage for the neurally coded representations of a word; and (e) a stage for processing abstract forms in their phonic shapes. Some of the research completed and still needed in repetition and comprehension is noted. The study, in all, argues for limited models of speech processes that incorporate the perspectives and findings of research in anatomy, linguistics and psychology.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psycholinguistics & aphasia KW - perspectives & models & research evidence KW - 1970 KW - Psycholinguistics KW - Speech Disorders KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/S0010-9452(70)80029-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-08742-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-08730-001 AN - 1971-08730-001 AU - Asch, Morton J. T1 - The psychologist in the spinal cord injury center. JF - Psychological Aspects of Disability JO - Psychological Aspects of Disability Y1 - 1970/07// VL - 17 IS - 2 SP - 79 EP - 82 CY - US PB - Division 22 of the American Psychological Association SN - 0091-178X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-08730-001. Other Journal Title: Rehabilitation Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Asch, Morton J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Martinez, Calif. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation; Springer Publishing. Release Date: 19710501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinics; Nervous System Disorders; Physical Disorders; Psychologists. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1970. AB - A questionnaire survey of 7 Veterans Administration Spinal Cord Injury Centers in 1969 indicated that the activities of psychologists have not changed significantly since a similar survey was completed in 1963 by M. J. Asch. Crucial patient problems, as perceived by psychologists, also changed little except for an increase in concern for vocational problems and a concomitant decrease in regular, gainful employment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - role of psychologist in spinal cord injury center KW - 1969 survey KW - 1970 KW - Clinics KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Physical Disorders KW - Psychologists KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-08730-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-08713-001 AN - 1971-08713-001 AU - Lauer, Harvey T1 - Personal reading machines: How they work, what they can do. JF - New Outlook for the Blind JO - New Outlook for the Blind Y1 - 1969/11// VL - 63 IS - 9 SP - 257 EP - 261 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-08713-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lauer, Harvey; Veterans Administration Hosp., Hines, Ill. Release Date: 19710501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus; Auditory Perception; Blind; Cutaneous Sense. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1969. AB - Describes early experiences with 3 new reading machines: the Visotoner, the Visotactor B, and the Cognodictor. All 3 machines convert print into a combination of auditory and tactile stimuli which can be used by blind persons for reading. These machines can also be of use in reading numerals, italicized letters, and symbols used in foreign languages. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reading machines KW - conversion of print into combination of auditory & tactile stimuli KW - blind persons KW - 1969 KW - Apparatus KW - Auditory Perception KW - Blind KW - Cutaneous Sense KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-08713-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-08641-001 AN - 1971-08641-001 AU - Sturm, Israel E. T1 - An attempt to dramatize the 'double-bind' hypothesis of the schizophrenogenic family. JF - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JO - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JA - J Psychol Y1 - 1971/01// VL - 77 IS - 1 SP - 55 EP - 66 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-3980 SN - 1940-1019 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-08641-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sturm, Israel E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northport, N.Y. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19710501. Correction Date: 20140303. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Etiology; Schizophrenia; Schizophrenogenic Family; Theories. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1971. AB - Presents a script which dramatized the 'double-bind' theory of the etiology of schizophrenia. 2 family scenes were portrayed, 1 schizophrenogenic, the other not. Both sketches were involved with the problem of parents with a daughter who had come home too late from a party the night before. In neither family was anyone too likeable or pleasant. The only inappropriate element in the schizophrenogenic sketch was the incongruity of dialogue, gesture, and mood in the light of the context upon which the parents should have been focusing. Although the script was dramaturgically primitive, its enactment and evaluation could permit direct apprehension of the theoretical phenomenology of such morbid interaction and provide a concrete point of departure for discussions of the schizophrenogenic family interaction hypotheses of other theorists. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dramatization of double-bind theory of schizophrenogenic family KW - 1971 KW - Etiology KW - Schizophrenia KW - Schizophrenogenic Family KW - Theories KW - 1971 DO - 10.1080/00223980.1971.9916854 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-08641-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-08572-001 AN - 1971-08572-001 AU - Huffman, Robert E. T1 - Which soldiers break down: A survey of 610 psychiatric patients in Vietnam. JF - Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic JO - Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic JA - Bull Menninger Clin Y1 - 1970/11// VL - 34 IS - 6 SP - 343 EP - 351 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0025-9284 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-08572-001. PMID: 5494798 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Huffman, Robert E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Release Date: 19710501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Fatigue; Mental Disorders; Military Personnel; Suicide; War. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1970. AB - Covering the period May 1965-April 1966 analysis is presented in terms of sources of referral, military rank, racial and educational backgrounds, suicide attempts, and combat fatigue. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychiatric breakdown KW - referral source & rank & racial & educational background & suicide attempts & combat fatigue KW - military personnel KW - Vietnam KW - 1970 KW - Fatigue KW - Mental Disorders KW - Military Personnel KW - Suicide KW - War KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-08572-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-08383-001 AN - 1971-08383-001 AU - O'Connell, Walter E. AU - Hanson, Philip G. T1 - The protagonist in human relations training. JF - Group Psychotherapy & Psychodrama JO - Group Psychotherapy & Psychodrama Y1 - 1970/// VL - 23 IS - 1-2 SP - 45 EP - 55 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-08383-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Connell, Walter E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19710501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interpersonal Interaction; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Self-Concept. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - 36 protagonists were found to have considerable improvement in a number of areas of self-esteem and interpersonal relationships as compared to 36 nonprotagonists who went through the same psychodrama sessions. Some errors in the research design are noted with plans for future improvement. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - improvement in self-esteem & interpersonal relationships KW - protagonist in psychodrama KW - 1970 KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Self-Concept KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-08383-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-08255-001 AN - 1971-08255-001 AU - Jernigan, A. J. T1 - Judging whether a patient is white or black by his Draw-A-Person Test. JF - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment Y1 - 1970/12// VL - 34 IS - 6 SP - 503 EP - 506 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum N1 - Accession Number: 1971-08255-001. PMID: 4923424 Other Journal Title: Journal of Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jernigan, A. J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Dallas, Tex. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19710501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blacks; Ethnology; Patients; Projective Techniques; Social Perception. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1970. AB - Presented Draw-A-Person Test (DAP) protocols from 28 matched black and white adult male patients to 34 untrained and 17 trained judges who were asked to identify race of patient from his DAP. Average correct identification ranged from 53.8% (black judging black, not significant) to 62.9% (white judging white, t=6.43, p<.01). White untrained judges were more accurate than black untrained judges (t=2.43, p<.05). Black judges had more difficulty with black stimuli than with white stimuli, as did trained judges. The modest success achieved by both black and white judges adds minimal evidence to the body image hypothesis. Possible explanations are offered. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - identification of race of patient KW - Draw-A-Person Test KW - Negro vs. white judges KW - 1970 KW - Blacks KW - Ethnology KW - Patients KW - Projective Techniques KW - Social Perception KW - 1970 DO - 10.1080/0091651X.1970.10380295 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-08255-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-08251-001 AN - 1971-08251-001 AU - Palmer, Robert D. T1 - Psychopathology and seasonal preferences: An aspect of temporal experience. JF - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment Y1 - 1970/12// VL - 34 IS - 6 SP - 513 EP - 518 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum N1 - Accession Number: 1971-08251-001. PMID: 4395267 Other Journal Title: Journal of Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Palmer, Robert D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brooklyn, N.Y. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19710501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Environment; Practice; Preferences; Psychopathology; Time. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1970. AB - Hypothesized that since seasonal changes serve to mark off the passage of time, one's feelings about the seasons can be viewed as a special case of one's attitudes toward time more generally, and as one point of entry into the individual's inner universe of experience. 55 male undergraduates rated the 4 seasons from best liked to least liked, and were administered the MMPI and 5 nonclinical scales. Results indicate that individuals differ in the feelings they invest in the seasonal context of their existence, and that these feelings are significantly influenced by the individual's emotional status. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - temporal experience KW - psychopathology & seasonal preference KW - MMPI KW - 1970 KW - Environment KW - Practice KW - Preferences KW - Psychopathology KW - Time KW - 1970 DO - 10.1080/0091651X.1970.10380297 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-08251-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-07775-001 AN - 1971-07775-001 AU - Ramsay, Douglas A. T1 - Form and characteristics of the cardiovascular conditional response in Rhesus monkeys. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1970/01// VL - 5 IS - 1 SP - 36 EP - 51 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-07775-001. PMID: 4988335 Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ramsay, Douglas A.; Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19710501. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cardiovascular System; Conditioned Responses; Conditioning; Heart Rate. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1970. AB - Exposed 3 male rhesus monkeys restrained in primate chairs to several Pavlovian control procedures, followed by 13 sessions of cardiac conditioning under a delay paradigm. The CS was a vertical line and the UCS was electric foot shock. Heart rate (HR) was analyzed in successive 5-sec intervals beginning 5 sec. before CS onset. The major finding was that the CR was consistently biphasic and consisted of an initial acceleration followed by deceleration toward the base line, but rarely reaching it before onset of UCS. Ss differed in magnitude of acceleration and subsequent deceleration as well as the location of the maximum rate in the CS-UCS interval. A breakdown of trials on the basis of the pre-CS HR revealed that the magnitude of effect was inversely related to the pre-CS rate. (24 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cardiovascular CR KW - form & characteristics KW - rhesus monkey KW - 1970 KW - Cardiovascular System KW - Conditioned Responses KW - Conditioning KW - Heart Rate KW - Monkeys KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-07775-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-07703-001 AN - 1971-07703-001 AU - Newton, Joseph E. AU - Murphree, Oddist D. AU - Dykman, Roscoe A. T1 - Sporadic transient atrioventricular block and slow heart rate in nervous pointer dogs: A genetic study. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1970/04// VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 75 EP - 89 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-07703-001. PMID: 5465887 Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Newton, Joseph E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Neuropsychiatric Research Lab., North Little Rock, Ark. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19710501. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Sex Differences; Cardiovascular Disorders; Genetics; Heart Rate. Minor Descriptor: Dogs. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1970. AB - 2 behaviorally distinct strains of pointer dogs, 1 bred for nervousness (pronounced freezing, withdrawal behavior), the other bred for normal behavior, exibited prominent differences in their heart rates and incidence of sporadic occurrences of atrioventricular (AV) heart block. Of 67 nervous-line dogs, 70% showed 2nd degree AV block on at least 1 occasion, and their heart rates averaged 65 bpm. Only 15% of 52 normal-line dogs displayed AV block (generally fewer instances/dog) and their heart rates averaged 110 bpm. 5th generation nervous-line puppies, 2-6 wk. old, exhibited occasional AV block even at heart rates averaging 183 bpm. The incidence and severity increased as the puppies aged. Dogs crossbred from 2nd and 3rd generation parents of the 2 main lines show intermediate incidences of AV block and intermediate heart rates. The incidence of AV block is predominant in females. This is interpreted as a sex-influenced, age-dependent, polygenic mode of inheritance. Humoral factors probably account for the sex-influence, and psychological stress also probably plays a role. No sex difference is noted in heart rates. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sporadic transient atrioventricular block & slow heart rate KW - sex & age differences KW - nervous vs. normal pointer dog strain KW - 1970 KW - Animal Sex Differences KW - Cardiovascular Disorders KW - Genetics KW - Heart Rate KW - Dogs KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-07703-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-07623-001 AN - 1971-07623-001 AU - Spirtes, M. A. T1 - Molecular species of chlorpromazine involved in drug binding and effect. JF - Agressologie JO - Agressologie Y1 - 1968/03// VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 189 EP - 192 CY - France PB - Societe de Presse Medicale N1 - Accession Number: 1971-07623-001. PMID: 5675484 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spirtes, M. A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pittsburgh, Pa. Release Date: 19710501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biochemistry; Chlorpromazine. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1968. AB - Measured the effect of 10-5 molar chlorpromazine (CPZ) on a control hemolysis of 20% when the surrounding media were at pH levels of 6, 7.3, 8, and 9. At the same time the total amount of chlorpromazine bound at each external pH level was measured by exposing the cells to the drug for 15-30 min., spinning the cells down and measuring the drug content in the supernatant. The erythrocytes were separated from the surrounding fluid in the absence of cell washing by the technique described. This separation was followed by the destruction of these cells with ultrasound and the collection of the resulting intracellular fluid which was analyzed for pH levels and ionic contents. In the absence or presence of hemolysis, at extracellular pH levels of 6, 7.3, 8, and 9, the intracellular pH values were 6.3, 7.3, 7.5, and 7.9. Since the pKa is 9.3, the percentage ionized and unionized CPZ could be calculated outside and inside the cells. Because of this high pKa, the percentage unionized drug was small (4%) except at the extracellular pH of 9 when it reached 33%. The total drug bound by the cells rose little, if at all, from the extracellular pH of 6-8. However, at pH 9 it almost doubled. The inhibitory effect of CPZ on the 20% hypotonic hemolysis was much better at intracellular pH 7.3 than at 6.3 (and peaked at pH 7.9) than at other intracellular pH levels. The intracellular ionized drug fraction was only 2% less at pH 7.9 than 7.5. A discussion of the molecular species necessary for CPZ binding and effect is presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - molar chlorpromazine KW - drug binding & effect KW - 1968 KW - Biochemistry KW - Chlorpromazine KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-07623-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-07613-001 AN - 1971-07613-001 AU - Gantt, W. Horsley T1 - Psychopharmacology and conditional reflexes. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1970/04// VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 109 EP - 118 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-07613-001. PMID: 5454674 Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gantt, W. Horsley; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pavlovian Lab., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19710501. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Central Nervous System; Conditioned Responses; Drugs. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1970. AB - Drugs may be used in several ways to investigate their role in behavior. The placebo effect is usually connected with the relation of the person to the drug. Using the drug as UCS, its action may help to analyze the role of peripheral vs. central stimuli in the formation of CRs. The effect of drugs which act solely at the peripheral nerve endings without the involvement of the CNS cannot become conditioned. The action of drugs on the CR compared with their action on the UCR explains some of their behavioral effects. Schizokinesis is often prominent in the action of drugs. Although a drug may increase the level of the heart rate, it can also diminish the reactivity shown in the CR. Meprobamate and mescaline affect differently the cardiac and the motor components of the CR, illustrating a schizokinesis. The type of individual is an important factor in the action of drugs; the same drug may have opposite effects on different individuals. This leads to the conclusion that a drug should fit the individual as well as the disease. Autokinesis is often seen in drug action. Therefore a single dose of some drugs, such as acetylcholine, epinephrine, or LSD, may permanently change the relationships between excitation and inhibition, in the direction of improvement or deterioration (positive or negative autokinesis). (22 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychopharmacology & placebo effect KW - peripheral & central acting drugs KW - CR & UCR & autokinesis KW - 1970 KW - Central Nervous System KW - Conditioned Responses KW - Drugs KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-07613-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-07526-001 AN - 1971-07526-001 AU - Barrett, Robert J. AU - Hughes, Richard A. AU - Ray, Oakley S. T1 - ECS disruption of time-dependent processes in discriminated-avoidance conditioning in rats: Incubation or consolidation? JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1971/02// VL - 74 IS - 2 SP - 319 EP - 324 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-07526-001. PMID: 5100133 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barrett, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Nashville, Tenn. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Electroconvulsive Shock; Maze Learning; Retention. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Used discriminated active avoidance in an automated Y maze to study ECS-induced disruption of retention in male inbred albino CDF strain rats. Results from Exp. I with 100 Ss show that ECS increased errors to criterion avoidance on Day 2 retest when given the following either 10, 15, or 20 training trials on Day 1, but not following 0, 5, or 30 trials. In Exp. II, 96 Ss were given 15 trials followed by either ECS or training to criterion 30 sec., 1/2, 1, 3, 6, or 12 hr. later. ECS Ss were tested 24 hr. after treatment. The ECS given 30 sec., 1/2, 1, or 3 hr. following training increased errors to criterion as compared to the 12 hr., no-ECS retest group. Results suggest that incubation of fear and memory consolidation are 2 time-dependent processes which occur following training in an aversively motivated task. Valid assessment of ECS-induced amnesia is possible only at posttraining intervals during which performance is not confounded by the presence of a CER. (28 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ECS-induced disruption of retention KW - discriminated active avoidance in Y maze KW - rat KW - 1971 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Electroconvulsive Shock KW - Maze Learning KW - Retention KW - Rats KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0030320 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-07526-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-07503-001 AN - 1971-07503-001 AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Pandya, Deepak T1 - Retention of delayed-alternation: Effect of selective lesions of sulcus principalis. JF - Science JO - Science JA - Science Y1 - 1969/09// VL - 165 IS - 3899 SP - 1271 EP - 1273 CY - US PB - American Assn for the Advancement of Science SN - 0036-8075 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-07503-001. PMID: 4979528 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Butters, Nelson; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19710501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Learning; Retention. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1969. AB - Tested 12 rhesus monkeys with bilateral lesions of the anterior, middle, or posterior thirds of the principal sulcus, the periarcuate prefrontal region, or of the inferior parietal lobule for retention of spatial delayed-alternation. Lesions limited to the middle 1/3 of sulcus principalis resulted in failure to relearn delayed-alternation within 1000 trials; lesions elsewhere had little effect. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - selective lesions of sulcus principalis KW - retention of spatial delayed-alternation KW - monkey KW - 1969 KW - Learning KW - Retention KW - Monkeys KW - 1969 DO - 10.1126/science.165.3899.1271 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-07503-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-07337-001 AN - 1971-07337-001 AU - Weitzenhoffer, Andre M. AU - Sakata, Kenneth T1 - Role of visual fixation in the production of hypnotic behavior. JF - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JO - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JA - Am J Clin Hypn Y1 - 1970/10// VL - 13 IS - 2 SP - 104 EP - 107 CY - US PB - American Society of Clinical Hypnosis SN - 0002-9157 SN - 2160-0562 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-07337-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weitzenhoffer, Andre M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19710501. Correction Date: 20120702. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Eye Movements; Hypnosis; Vision. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1970. AB - Visual fixation was found to be of limited significance in the production of hypnotic behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hypnotic behavior production KW - significance of visual fixation KW - 1970 KW - Eye Movements KW - Hypnosis KW - Vision KW - 1970 DO - 10.1080/00029157.1970.10402089 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-07337-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-07312-001 AN - 1971-07312-001 AU - Canahl, Julius A. T1 - Binaural masking of a tone by a tone plus noise. JF - Journal of the Acoustical Society of America JO - Journal of the Acoustical Society of America JA - J Acoust Soc Am Y1 - 1970/02// VL - 47 IS - 2, Pt. 2 SP - 476 EP - 479 CY - US PB - Acoustical Society of American SN - 0001-4966 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-07312-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Canahl, Julius A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Atlanta, Ga. Release Date: 19710501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Auditory Stimulation; Masking. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1970. AB - Hypothesized that the release from masking observed when noise is masking a tone signal would be affected by the addition of a tone masker. If the level of the tone masker is increased to a high enough value, there should be no release from masking. Results of the study with 3 normal hearing Ss show that a pure-tone masker does reduce the size of the magnitude of the release from masking as a function of the level of the masking tone, but not to 0 as was predicted. The effect was found to be differential with respect to the phase of the tone masker and is explained in terms of the interaural correlation of the total masker waveform. Some evidence is presented that indicates release from masking occurs when a tone is used to mask another tone. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - magnitude of release from masking KW - pure tone masker vs. tone & noise KW - 1970 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Masking KW - 1970 DO - 10.1121/1.1911917 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-07312-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-07166-001 AN - 1971-07166-001 AU - Rumbaut, Ruben D. T1 - A case of the two 'Huartes': A historical confusion. JF - Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic JO - Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic JA - Bull Menninger Clin Y1 - 1970/09// VL - 34 IS - 5 SP - 284 EP - 291 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0025-9284 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-07166-001. PMID: 4918537 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rumbaut, Ruben D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Release Date: 19710501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Countries; History of Psychology; Psychiatry. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1970. AB - Confusion in 2 names exists in the beginnings of psychiatry in Spain in the 16th century: Juan de Dios Huarte de San Juan (with variations) 1530-1591, Spanish, a physician and author of a treatise on modern psychology; and the other, Juan Ciudad Duarte (with variations) 1495-1550, Portuguese and founder of 2 hospitals, who was later made a saint by the Catholic church. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Spanish psychiatry in 16th century KW - confusion between Juan de Dios Huarte de San Juan & Juan Ciudad Duarte KW - 1970 KW - Countries KW - History of Psychology KW - Psychiatry KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-07166-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-06931-001 AN - 1971-06931-001 AU - Beard, Margaret T. AU - Bidus, Donald R. T1 - A study of the effects of remotivation on social competence, social interest and personal neatness. JF - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing & Mental Health Services JO - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing & Mental Health Services Y1 - 1968/07// VL - 6 IS - 4 SP - 197 EP - 201 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-06931-001. PMID: 4298680 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Beard, Margaret T.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Augusta, Ga. Release Date: 19710401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Geriatrics; Motivation; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Social Behavior. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1968. AB - Initiated remotivation techniques on several geriatric wards with a total of 111 patients. The Revised-Nurses' Observation Scale for Inpatient Evaluation was used to assess changes in social competence, social interest, and personal neatness. Results indicate significant improvement of social interest for all Ss and some improvement in social comprehension and personal neatness. Although all Ss responded favorably to some degree, remotivation techniques were most effective for Ss over 60.2 yr. old who had been hospitalized for long time periods, especially in terms of social interest and competence. Although most Ss tended to improve in neatness, none did so to a significant degree. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social competence & interest & personal neatness KW - remotivation techniques KW - hospitalized geriatric patients KW - 1968 KW - Adjustment KW - Geriatrics KW - Motivation KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Social Behavior KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-06931-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-06811-001 AN - 1971-06811-001 AU - Hartlage, Lawrence C. T1 - Deficit in space concepts associated with visual deprivation. JF - Journal of Learning Disabilities JO - Journal of Learning Disabilities JA - J Learn Disabil Y1 - 1968/11// VL - 1 IS - 11 SP - 649 EP - 651 CY - US PB - PRO-ED SN - 0022-2194 SN - 1538-4780 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-06811-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hartlage, Lawrence C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Indianapolis, Ind. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19710401. Correction Date: 20121001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blind; Cognitive Processes; Spatial Perception; Vision. Minor Descriptor: Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1968. AB - Used a spatial relationship test to measure a deficit in space concepts associated with visual deprivation in a comparison of 50 2nd, 3rd, 5th, 7th, and 12th grade children blind from birth and 50 sighted Ss matched for age, sex, and achievement test scores. Significant differences were found between blind and sighted Ss on spatial relationships, but not on other base-line measures. It is suggested that the development of spatial abilities is dependent on visual experience. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - space concept deficit KW - visual deprivation KW - blind from birth vs. sighted 2nd & 3rd & 5th & 7th & 12th graders KW - 1968 KW - Blind KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Spatial Perception KW - Vision KW - Disorders KW - 1968 DO - 10.1177/002221946800101103 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-06811-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-06734-001 AN - 1971-06734-001 AU - Gorham, Donald R. AU - Green, Louise W. AU - Caldwell, Lynn R. AU - Bartlett, Ellen R. T1 - Effect of operant conditioning techniques on chronic schizophrenics. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1970/08// VL - 27 IS - 1 SP - 223 EP - 234 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-06734-001. PMID: 5454106 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gorham, Donald R.; Veterans Administration Center, Bath, N.Y. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19710401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Operant Conditioning; Schizophrenia; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1970. AB - The existence of a system of quarterly ratings by nurses of psychiatric patients' behavior made possible a relatively objective evaluation of the effects of the introduction of an operant conditioning program on 1 ward. 66 patients were rated 6 mo. prior to, immediately prior to, and 3, 6, and 9 mo. subsequent to the introduction of the new treatment regimen. Whereas the behavior on 24 rated items was stable during the period preceding the new treatment, statistically significant changes occurred on 14 behavior items during the treatment period. Worsening of a group of symptoms during the early months of treatment followed by subsequent improvement seems explainable as an aggravation of chronic schizophrenics by a change of their life style. The important finding was that after 9 mo. of operant conditioning techniques, even hard-core psychotic symptoms yielded to this form of behavior modification. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - operant conditioning techniques KW - chronic schizophrenics KW - 1970 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment KW - 1970 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1970.27.2.223 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-06734-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-06671-001 AN - 1971-06671-001 AU - Solomon, George F. AU - Rubbo, Sydney D. AU - Batchelder, Elaine T1 - Secondary immune response to tetanus toxoid in psychiatric patients. JF - Journal of Psychiatric Research JO - Journal of Psychiatric Research JA - J Psychiatr Res Y1 - 1970/02// VL - 7 IS - 3 SP - 201 EP - 207 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0022-3956 SN - 1879-1379 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-06671-001. PMID: 5440860 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Solomon, George F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19710401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biochemistry; Drugs; Psychiatric Patients; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1970. AB - When administered tetanus toxoid, 13 schizophrenic patients did not differ in their secondary immunologic responses from 6 normal controls or from normals reported by others, but the 13 nonschizophrenic patients showed a somewhat impaired immunologic response not reaching statistical significance. Phenothiazine drugs showed no effect on antibody response. (26 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - secondary immune responses to tetanus toxoid KW - schizophrenic & nonschizophrenic patients KW - 1970 KW - Biochemistry KW - Drugs KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/0022-3956(70)90007-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-06671-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-06624-001 AN - 1971-06624-001 AU - Simon, Werner AU - Lumry, Gayle K. T1 - Suicide of the spouse as a divorce substitute. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1970/09// VL - 31 IS - 9 SP - 608 EP - 612 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-06624-001. PMID: 4394426 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Simon, Werner; Veterans Administration Hosp., Minneapolis, Minn. Release Date: 19710401. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interpersonal Interaction; Marital Relations; Suicide. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1970. AB - Reports a study of 9 patients whose spouses had committed suicide and of 31 former patients who suicided following hospitalization, stressing the role of interpersonal marital problems. At the time of suicide, 60% of Ss had serious marital discord; 18 were either separated or divorced, and 5 reported divorce threats. A majority suffered from various types of depression; 11 had a high feminine interest score on the MMPI, indicating poor masculine identification. A similar finding was observed in 4 husbands of wives who suicided. Alcoholism and drug dependence were observed in 19 Ss, and 4 Ss whose wives suicided had a serious problem with alcohol and 1 had a problem with drugs. Examples are given of 2 murder-suicide combinations and of suicide in response to situations involving religious differences, delusional states, and dependency problems. Genuine suicide notes are cited to illustrate the divorce substitute hypothesis. The roles of the surviving member and the suicided spouse are discussed from the standpoint of hostility, punishment, separation, and guilt as they pertain to an extrapunitive motive for revenge. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - interpersonal marital problems & suicide KW - 1970 KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Marital Relations KW - Suicide KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-06624-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-06611-001 AN - 1971-06611-001 AU - Goldstein, Gerald AU - Neuringer, Charles AU - Klappersack, Bernard T1 - Cognitive, perceptual, and motor aspects of field dependency in alcoholics. JF - The Journal of Genetic Psychology: Research and Theory on Human Development JO - The Journal of Genetic Psychology: Research and Theory on Human Development JA - J Genet Psychol Y1 - 1970/12// VL - 117 IS - 2 SP - 253 EP - 266 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-1325 SN - 1940-0896 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-06611-001. Other Journal Title: The Pedagogical Seminary; The Pedagogical Seminary and Journal of Genetic Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Gerald; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19710401. Correction Date: 20100823. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Cognition; Dependency (Personality); Motor Processes. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1970. AB - Investigated various cognitive, perceptual, and motor skills related to Rod and Frame Test performance in alcoholic, nonalcoholic, and brain-damaged patients. It was hypothesized that such performance is related to postural orientation, visual postural and analytic skills and that field-dependent alcoholics should demonstrate more impairment of postural orientation than should field-independent nonalcoholics. This prediction was not confirmed, but it was found that the major differences in performance between field-dependent and field-independent Ss were on tests of visual-postural and analytic skills. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - field dependency KW - cognitive & perceptual & motor aspects KW - alcoholics KW - 1970 KW - Alcoholism KW - Cognition KW - Dependency (Personality) KW - Motor Processes KW - 1970 DO - 10.1080/00221325.1970.10532583 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-06611-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-06564-001 AN - 1971-06564-001 AU - Pokorny, Alex D. T1 - Moon phases and mental hospital admissions. JF - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing & Mental Health Services JO - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing & Mental Health Services Y1 - 1968/11// VL - 6 IS - 6 SP - 325 EP - 327 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-06564-001. PMID: 5188670 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pokorny, Alex D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19710401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Crime; Criminals; Environment; Psychiatric Hospitals; Suicide. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1968. AB - Examined the relationship of daily psychiatric hospital admissions, suicides, and homicides over a 3-yr period to moon phases and apogee-perigee cycles in lagged and unlagged comparisons. A significant relationship was found with hospital admissions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mental hospital admissions & suicides & homicides KW - moon phases KW - 1968 KW - Crime KW - Criminals KW - Environment KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Suicide KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-06564-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-06514-001 AN - 1971-06514-001 AU - Caffey, Eugene M. AU - Prine, Robert F. T1 - The VA-NIMH study of lithium in affective disorders. JF - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JO - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JA - Psychosomatics Y1 - 1970/09// VL - 11 IS - 5 SP - 409 EP - 412 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0033-3182 SN - 1545-7206 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-06514-001. PMID: 5470662 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Caffey, Eugene M.; Veterans Administration, Dept. of Medicine & Surgery, Washington, D.C. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19710401. Correction Date: 20130923. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depression (Emotion); Drug Therapy; Government. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1970. AB - Provides an interim report of a 4-yr study on the 'therapeutic and prophylactic efficacy of lithium carbonate in affective disorders.' The study involved 12 Veterans Administration and 6 state and private hospitals. Approximately 295 patients who met careful diagnostic requirements of (a) manic, (b) schizoaffective, or (c) mixed were selected for a modified blind 3-wk treatment program of either chlorpromazine or lithium carbonate. Considerable dropout occurred (21, 28, and 17%, respectively) for the 3 groups. A full analysis of the efficacy of treatment is not yet available, although it is noted that 'lithium has behaved as predicted' and, while toxic, can be adequately managed by clinicians who make accurate diagnoses, and alert to possible toxicity, and have reliable laboratory support. Preliminary results of prophylactic treatment of manic-depressive illness and a companion outpatient study are presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lithium carbonate & affective disorders KW - study by Veterans Administration & National Institute of Mental Health KW - interim report KW - 1970 KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Drug Therapy KW - Government KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/S0033-3182(70)71596-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-06514-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-06484-001 AN - 1971-06484-001 AU - Dworin, Jack T1 - The alternate session in group psychotherapy. JF - Voices: the Art & Science of Psychotherapy JO - Voices: the Art & Science of Psychotherapy Y1 - 1969///Win 1969-1970 VL - 5 IS - 4 SP - 105 EP - 107 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-06484-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dworin, Jack; Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Clinic, Denver, Colo. Release Date: 19710401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Therapists. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Win 1969-1970. AB - The alternate session is a regularly scheduled session of a psychotherapy group in which the therapist(s) is not present. Alternate sessions begin after the group members start to work things out on their own and are somewhat comfortable in expressing feelings. A lessening of dependency on the therapist, closer relationships among members, more freedom of expression, and a hastening of the psychotherapeutic process are considered to be some of the benefits of the alternate session. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alternate session without therapist's presence in group psychotherapy KW - 1969 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Therapists KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-06484-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-06434-001 AN - 1971-06434-001 AU - Petrovich, Donald V. AU - Bennet, John R. AU - Jackson, Jean T1 - Nursing apparel and psychiatric patients: A comparison of uniforms and street clothes. JF - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing & Mental Health Services JO - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing & Mental Health Services Y1 - 1968/11// VL - 6 IS - 6 SP - 344 EP - 348 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-06434-001. PMID: 4302145 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Petrovich, Donald V.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Louis, Mo. Release Date: 19710401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Disorders; Nurses; Treatment. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1968. AB - Used a survey to assess patients' and nurses' attitudes after a 13-wk trial period in which nursing personnel wore street clothes rather than uniforms. Results obtained from 50 psychiatric patients and 15 nurses indicate a preference for street clothes as more conducive to providing patients with behaviorally therapeutic treatment, a result commensurate with milieu and community therapy programs in their emphasis on people as people, with greater approximation in treatment to the realities of social existence. It is concluded that the clothing worn by personnel is a significant variable in the treatment of Ss with behavioral disturbances. The wearing of street clothes by nurses in their treatment interactions with psychiatric patients is encouraged. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - treatment of behavioral disturbances KW - wearing of street clothes vs. uniforms by nurses KW - 1968 KW - Mental Disorders KW - Nurses KW - Treatment KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-06434-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-06319-001 AN - 1971-06319-001 AU - Knox, Wilma J. AU - Grippaldi, Ricardo T1 - High levels of state or trait anxiety and performance on selected verbal WAIS subtests. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1970/10// VL - 27 IS - 2 SP - 375 EP - 379 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-06319-001. PMID: 5485512 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Knox, Wilma J.; Veterans Administration, Biloxi, Miss. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19710401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Personality Correlates; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1970. AB - Administered the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory and WAIS subtests, Arithmetic (A), Similarities (S), and Digit Span (DS) to male Ss entering a Veterans Administration domiciliary. 2 analyses of variance were carried out among WAIS weighted scores on the 3 subtests for 3 groups (with 18 Ss each) of different state or trait anxiety levels (high, medium, and low). Analyses show significant interactions between WAIS scaled scores and anxiety: p<.05 for state anxiety and p<.001 for trait anxiety. The high-anxiety group in each instance showed the classical expectation of a lower A and DS in comparison to S; performance on DS was highest for each medium anxiety group. Curvilinear relationships and interaction effects in anxiety are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - high vs. medium vs. low levels of state or trait anxiety & WAIS subtest performances KW - 1970 KW - Anxiety KW - Personality Correlates KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - 1970 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1970.27.2.375 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-06319-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-05793-001 AN - 1971-05793-001 AU - Lewis, Evan G. AU - Dustman, Robert E. AU - Beck, Edward C. T1 - The effects of alcohol on visual and somato-sensory evoked responses. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1970/02// VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 202 EP - 205 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-05793-001. PMID: 4189531 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lewis, Evan G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salt Lake City, U. Release Date: 19710401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohols; Drugs; Evoked Potentials; Somesthetic Perception; Vision. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1970. AB - 9 moderate drinkers imbibed various amounts of alcohol or a placebo, after which visual and somatosensory evoked responses were recorded. The 95% alcohol doses were .41 gm. and 1.23 gm/kg of body weight, the equivalent of 1 and 3 oz. of alcohol, respectively, for a 160-lb man. After ingestion of 3 oz. of alcohol, the amplitude of late waves of visual and somatosensory evoked responses recorded from central areas was attentuated significantly. Evoked responses recorded from the occipital area showed no such changes. With some Ss, a hemispheric asymmetry of amplitude, generally noted with recordings from central areas, disappeared after alcohol ingestion. (French summary) (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcohol KW - visual & somatosensory evoked responses KW - moderate drinkers KW - 1970 KW - Alcohols KW - Drugs KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Somesthetic Perception KW - Vision KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(70)90189-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-05793-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-05790-001 AN - 1971-05790-001 AU - Hollister, Leo E. AU - Moore, Frances AU - Kanter, Saul AU - Noble, Ernest T1 - DELTA'-tetrahydrocannabinol, synhexyl and marijuana extract administered orally in man: Catecholamine excretion, plasma cortisol levels and platelet serotonin content. JF - Psychopharmacologia JO - Psychopharmacologia Y1 - 1970/// VL - 17 IS - 4 SP - 354 EP - 360 CY - Germany PB - Springer N1 - Accession Number: 1971-05790-001. PMID: 5523370 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hollister, Leo E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19710401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biochemistry; Blood; Drugs; Excretion; Marijuana. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - A transient rise in epinephrine excretion occurred following oral doses of 1-DELTA-trans-tetrahydrocannabinol which is best explained by the anticipatory stress of the experiment or the rapid onset of unfamiliar symptoms. A decreased turnover of catecholamines was suggested by the decrease in vanilmandelic acid excretion following synhexyl. Plasma cortisol was unchanged except in the presence of psychological stress. Platelet serotonin was unchanged. The lack of major effects of marihuana-like drugs on stress measurements corroborates the clinical observation. The euphoriant and sedative effect of marihuana may ameliorate the stress of psychotomimetic experience. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - oral administration of 1-DELTA-trans-tetrahydrocannabinol & synhexyl & marihuana extract KW - catecholamine excretion & plasma cortisol levels & platelet serotonin content KW - 1970 KW - Biochemistry KW - Blood KW - Drugs KW - Excretion KW - Marijuana KW - 1970 DO - 10.1007/BF00404241 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-05790-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-05761-001 AN - 1971-05761-001 AU - Creel, D. J. AU - Dustman, R. E. AU - Beck, E. C. T1 - Visually evoked response in guinea pigs: Strains compared. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1970/12// VL - 73 IS - 3 SP - 490 EP - 493 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-05761-001. PMID: 5514686 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Creel, D. J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Neuropsychology Lab., Kansas City, Mo. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Evoked Potentials; Eye (Anatomy); Vision; Visual Cortex. Minor Descriptor: Animals. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Compared single and summed visually evoked cortical responses (VERs) of 6 male albino and 6 male ocularly pigmented guinea pigs before and after monocular enucleation. Prior to enucleation the VER was characterized by appearance of an early negative component. This early surface negativity may be the result of a class of fast-conducting fibers that terminate in upper cortical layers. The VERs recorded following enucleation of a single eye indicate there are few ipsilateral optic fibers in the guinea pig. Strains were compared, but differences were not apparent. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visually evoked cortical responses KW - testing before & after monocular enucleation KW - albino vs. ocularly pigmented guinea pig KW - 1970 KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Eye (Anatomy) KW - Vision KW - Visual Cortex KW - Animals KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0030214 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-05761-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-05677-001 AN - 1971-05677-001 AU - Merrill, H. Kent AU - Anderson, D. Chris T1 - Attenuation of a passive-avoidance response via reinforcing intracranial stimulation in rats. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1970/10// VL - 73 IS - 2 SP - 274 EP - 277 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-05677-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Merrill, H. Kent; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Phoenix, Ariz. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Brain Stimulation; Hypothalamus; Reinforcement. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Trained 24 naive male Long-Evans rats to press a lever for hypothalamic ICS and tested on a passive-avoidance task. 1/2 of the Ss were exposed to traumatizing inescapable footshock (preshock) prior to passive-avoidance testing and 1/2 received no preshock. 1/2 of the Ss received a 3-ma and 1/2 a 1.5-ma punishing shock during passive-avoidance testing. Analysis of variance and a Newman-Keuls test show that passive avoidance developed only in Ss exposed to preshock and the 3-ma test shock. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hypothalamic ICS as reinforcement KW - attenuation of passive-avoidance response KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Brain Stimulation KW - Hypothalamus KW - Reinforcement KW - Rats KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0030210 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-05677-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-05634-001 AN - 1971-05634-001 AU - Glass, David H. AU - Ison, James R. AU - Thomas, Garth J. T1 - Dysfunction in facilitation produced by prior classical conditioning in rats with lesions in midline cortex. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1970/12// VL - 73 IS - 3 SP - 385 EP - 391 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-05634-001. PMID: 5514674 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Glass, David H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classical Conditioning; Conditioning; Lesions. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - In Phase 1, 17 naive male Holtzman albino rats with lesions in anterior midline cortex and 18 operated controls ran in a runway either to a high sucrose reward, received goal-box placements to a high sucrose reward, or placements to a low sucrose reward. In Phase 2, all Ss ran to the low reward. Brain-damaged Ss previously run to high reward did not differ from comparable intact Ss. However, brain-damaged Ss placed to high rewards did not show subsequent normal facilitation of running speed but behaved in Phase 2 as if they had received low-reward placements in Phase 1. This effect was ascribed to lesion-induced dysfunction in the process by which classically conditioned emotional reward reactions energize instrumental performance, a dysfunction which is remedied by instrumental training. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - anterior midline cortex lesions KW - dysfunction in facilitation of running speed KW - prior classical conditioning KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Classical Conditioning KW - Conditioning KW - Lesions KW - Rats KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0030201 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-05634-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-05629-001 AN - 1971-05629-001 AU - Clark, Carol V. T1 - Effect of hippocampal and neocortical ablation on scopolamine-induced activity in the rat. JF - Psychopharmacologia JO - Psychopharmacologia Y1 - 1970/// VL - 17 IS - 4 SP - 289 EP - 301 CY - Germany PB - Springer N1 - Accession Number: 1971-05629-001. PMID: 5523366 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Clark, Carol V.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Denver, Colo. Release Date: 19710401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drugs; Hippocampus; Lesions. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Scopolamine was administered to naive male Holtzman albino rats with hippocampal (N = 27) or cortical (N = 27) lesions and to 2 control (N = 27 each) groups. At drug doses of .2 and 1 mg/kg rats with hippocampal or cortical lesions had significantly greater activity than the sham operates. A group of Ss with electrolytic hippocampal lesions tested at .2 mg/kg scopolamine had transitory activity increases. Thus, the hippocampus is not necessary for the motor activating effects of the drug, nor is its ablation unique in producing increases in drug-induced activity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hippocampal vs. neocortical lesions KW - scopolamine-induced activity KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Drugs KW - Hippocampus KW - Lesions KW - Rats KW - 1970 DO - 10.1007/BF00404234 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-05629-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-05614-001 AN - 1971-05614-001 AU - Salas, Manuel AU - Schapiro, Shawn AU - Guzman-Flores, Carlos T1 - Development of olfactory bulb discrimination between maternal and food odors. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1970/11// VL - 5 IS - 11 SP - 1261 EP - 1264 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-05614-001. PMID: 5524509 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Salas, Manuel; Veterans Administration Hosp., Developmental Neuroendocrinology Lab., San Fernando, Calif. Release Date: 19710401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electrical Activity; Mothers; Olfactory Perception. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20); Female (40). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Infancy (2-23 mo) (140). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1970. AB - 30 Wistar rats served as Ss. Electrical activity at 2 days of age was undetectable and both odors were without effect. From 6-30 days of age, there was a progressive discrimination between maternal odor and that of food as reflected by differential changes in all parameters of electrical activity studied. Results indicate that, during development, specific olfactory cues evoke characteristic olfactory bulb electrical changes which correlate with the expanding behavioral repertoire of the organism. Maternal odor recognition may be integrated earlier in the subcortical-rhinencephalic structures while recognition of food related odors occurs later and requires neocortical participation. These observations support a previous suggestion that during the early postnatal period odor from the maternal surround leads to a type of olfactory imprinting which later serves to identify and orient species members appropriately to each other. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - differential olfactory bulb electrical responses to maternal & food odors KW - development KW - infant rat KW - 1970 KW - Electrical Activity KW - Mothers KW - Olfactory Perception KW - Rats KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(70)90037-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-05614-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-05424-001 AN - 1971-05424-001 AU - Wilson, Alan AU - Wilson, Arthur S. T1 - Psychophysiological and learning correlates of anxiety and induced muscle relaxation. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1970/05// VL - 6 IS - 6 SP - 740 EP - 748 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-05424-001. PMID: 5506820 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wilson, Alan; Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19710401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Behavior Therapy; Interference (Learning); Muscles; Paired Associate Learning. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: May, 1970. AB - Tested the hypothesis that muscle relaxation would reciprocally inhibit anxiety during a paired-associate learning task. Male general medical patients were divided into high, medium, and low anxiety levels and muscle tension, muscle relaxation, and normal tension groups. Paired-associate learning efficiency, as well as heart rate, skin conductance, integrated EMG, respiration rate, and finger temperature during learning were measured. Partial substantiation for the hypothesis was obtained for high anxiety Ss, but data for other groups are inconsistent with the hypothesis. An alternative explanation is suggested. Heart rate was the physiological variable which best discriminated the groups. (31 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reciprocal inhibition of anxiety KW - induced muscle relaxation KW - paired associate learning task & psychophysiological correlates KW - male medical patients KW - 1970 KW - Anxiety KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Interference (Learning) KW - Muscles KW - Paired Associate Learning KW - 1970 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1970.tb02262.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-05424-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-05197-001 AN - 1971-05197-001 AU - Knox, Wilma J. T1 - Obtaining a PhD in psychology. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1970/11// VL - 25 IS - 11 SP - 1026 EP - 1032 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-05197-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Knox, Wilma J.; Veterans Administration Center, Biloxi, Miss. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Academic Achievement; Graduate Psychology Education; Graduate Students; Human Sex Differences; Marriage. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Analyzed demographic characteristics of psychology graduate students entering 4 universities between 1955 and 1964 in relation to completion of the PhD or withdrawal. Of 593 Ss studied, 27.7% completed the PhD, 27.3% remained in school, and 45% withdrew. Mean time to completion was 3.77 yr. for Ss entering with a masters, and 5.07 yr. for those entering without one. Marital status and sex were significantly related to obtaining the PhD but not to time for degree completion. Age at entrance, graduate major, undergraduate major, and type of degree showed no relation to completion or withdrawal. Other related factors including the problem of dropouts are discussed. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - demographic characteristics KW - candidates for PhD degree in psychology KW - 1970 KW - Academic Achievement KW - Graduate Psychology Education KW - Graduate Students KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Marriage KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0030145 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-05197-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-04825-001 AN - 1971-04825-001 AU - Cummings, Jonathan W. T1 - Hemodialysis: Feelings facts fantasies: The pressures and how patients respond. JF - The American Journal of Nursing JO - The American Journal of Nursing JA - Am J Nurs Y1 - 1970/01// VL - 70 IS - 1 SP - 70 EP - 76 CY - United Kingdom PB - AB Academic Publishers SN - 0002-936X SN - 1538-7488 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-04825-001. PMID: 5196148 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cummings, Jonathan W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Washington, D.C. Release Date: 19710301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adaptation; Blood; Disorders; Stress; Treatment. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1970. AB - Discusses coping behavior of patients in stress situations produced by severe kidney disease and hemodialysis. The most important stress factors are seen to be social role disturbances, dependency, toxic factors (i.e., impairment of concentration ability and IQ functioning), and economic pressures. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - coping behavior KW - hemodialysis patients KW - 1970 KW - Adaptation KW - Blood KW - Disorders KW - Stress KW - Treatment KW - 1970 DO - 10.2307/3421013 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-04825-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-04776-001 AN - 1971-04776-001 AU - Zimmerman, S. F. AU - Whitmyre, J. W. AU - Fields, F. R. T1 - Factor analytic structure of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale in patients with diffuse and lateralized cerebral dysfunction. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1970/10// VL - 26 IS - 4 SP - 462 EP - 465 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-04776-001. PMID: 5512608 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zimmerman, S. F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coatesville, Pa. Release Date: 19710301. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Diagnosis; Factor Analysis; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1970. AB - WAIS protocols were obtained on 200 male patients with medically documented unilateral or diffuse cerebral damage. The intercorrelation matrix of the WAIS subtests was analyzed. 6 factors were rotated and the results were presented in relation to various brain-damaged groups. Results suggest that there are some rather important differences in factor structure among the 3 groups used. 'Although the results of this study are somewhat tentative, the consistency between this study and others points to the need for serious consideration of (1) behavioral differences in the problem-solving capacities of patients with differential cerebral damage, and (2) specification of the degree to which verbal processes may affect supposedly 'performance' subtests.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - WAIS factor analytic structure KW - patients with diffuse & lateralized cerebral dysfunction KW - 1970 KW - Brain Damage KW - Diagnosis KW - Factor Analysis KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - 1970 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197010)26:4<462::AID-JCLP2270260416>3.0.CO;2-U UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-04776-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1971-04775-000 AN - 1971-04775-000 AU - Russell, Elbert W. AU - Neuringer, Charles AU - Goldstein, Gerald T1 - Assessment of brain damage: A neuropsychological key approach. Y1 - 1970/// CY - Oxford, England PB - Wiley-Interscience N1 - Accession Number: 1971-04775-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Russell, Elbert W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Cincinnati, O. Release Date: 19710301. Publication Type: Book (0200). Format Covered: Print. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Computers; Diagnosis; Neurology. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 167. KW - assessment of brain damage KW - neuropsychological key approach KW - book KW - 1970 KW - Brain Damage KW - Computers KW - Diagnosis KW - Neurology KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-04775-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-04768-001 AN - 1971-04768-001 AU - Goodglass, Harold AU - Barton, Melvin I. AU - Kaplan, Edith F. T1 - Sensory modality and object-naming in aphasia. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JA - J Speech Hear Res Y1 - 1968/09// VL - 11 IS - 3 SP - 488 EP - 496 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Assn SN - 0022-4685 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-04768-001. PMID: 5722476 Other Journal Title: Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goodglass, Harold; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19710301. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Cutaneous Sense; Olfactory Perception; Perception; Speech Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1968. AB - 27 aphasics, 12 right-brain-injured, and 12 normal 33-71 yr. old Ss were presented with 16 objects for tactile naming, 16 for auditory naming, and 16 for olfactory naming. All objects were also presented for visual naming. Comparison between groups was based on the percentage difference in response latencies between naming by vision and naming by each of the other modalities. Analysis of variance showed no significant differences. The order of increasing difficulty of stimuli was the same for all groups, with aphasics showing consistently larger differences in latency than the other 2 groups. With few exceptions, the aphasics' naming scores were less than 1 standard deviation unit apart in all modalities. It is concluded that a modality nonspecific process intervenes between stimulus presentation and naming. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stimulus presentation & object-naming KW - tactile & auditory & olfactory vs. visual modalities KW - aphasics vs. right-brain-injured nonaphasics vs. normals KW - 1968 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Cutaneous Sense KW - Olfactory Perception KW - Perception KW - Speech Disorders KW - 1968 DO - 10.1044/jshr.1103.488 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-04768-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-04722-001 AN - 1971-04722-001 AU - Brookshire, Robert H. T1 - Visual discrimination and response reversal learning by aphasic subjects. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JA - J Speech Hear Res Y1 - 1968/12// VL - 11 IS - 4 SP - 677 EP - 692 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Assn SN - 0022-4685 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-04722-001. PMID: 5719223 Other Journal Title: Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brookshire, Robert H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Kansas City, Mo. Release Date: 19710301. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Discrimination; Motor Performance; Speech Disorders; Visual Discrimination. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1968. AB - Presented 9 aphasic and 8 nonaphasic hospital patients with a discrimination learning problem in which they learned differential motor responses to visual stimuli. Ss 1st were reinforced for emitting Response A in the presence of Stimulus A, and Response B in the presence of Stimulus B. Then they were placed in a reversal situation in which they were reinforced for emitting Response B in the presence of Stimulus A, and Response A in the presence of Stimulus B. Results indicate that aphasic Ss had more difficulty than nonaphasics in both discrimination tasks. However, responses of most aphasic Ss who did not learn the discrimination were not random but reflected strategies which resulted in substantial numbers of reinforcements. Aphasic Ss tended not to improve upon initial performance within treatment sessions, unless either stimuli or consequences for responses were changed. Clinical evidence is presented which indicates that S impairments which appear in the experimental task also appear in subsequent clinical activities. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual discrimination & response reversal learning KW - differential motor responses to visual stimuli KW - hospitalized aphasics KW - 1968 KW - Discrimination KW - Motor Performance KW - Speech Disorders KW - Visual Discrimination KW - 1968 DO - 10.1044/jshr.1104.677 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-04722-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-04694-001 AN - 1971-04694-001 AU - Rogers, Lawrence S. AU - Young, Harl H. AU - Cohen, Irwin H. AU - Dworin, Jack AU - Lipetz, Milton E. T1 - Marital stability, mental health, and marital satisfaction. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1970/12// VL - 35 IS - 3 SP - 342 EP - 348 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-04694-001. PMID: 5489471 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rogers, Lawrence S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Mental Hygiene Clinic, Denver, Colo. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counseling; Emotions; Marital Relations; Marriage; Mental Health. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Administered a test of emotional stability and a marital satisfaction scale to 50 couples seeking help with their marriage and to 50 couples with stable marriages. The stable group scored significantly higher on each of the 4 subtests of the emotional stability test as well as on the total score. For the stable group there was a significant relationship between marital satisfaction and emotional stability, but this finding did not hold for the group seeking help. The hypothesis was not supported that women who marry men with emotional problems are more unstable themselves, or that if 1 partner in a marriage is emotionally unstable the other tends to also become emotionally unstable. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - emotional stability & marital stability & satisfaction KW - couples seeking help for marital problems vs. couples with stable marriages KW - 1970 KW - Counseling KW - Emotions KW - Marital Relations KW - Marriage KW - Mental Health KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0030126 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-04694-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-04569-001 AN - 1971-04569-001 AU - Kish, George B. T1 - Alcoholics' GATB and Shipley profiles and their interrelationships. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1970/10// VL - 26 IS - 4 SP - 482 EP - 484 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-04569-001. PMID: 5512613 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kish, George B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Ft. Meade, S.D. Release Date: 19710301. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Aptitude Measures; Intelligence Measures; Personality Measures. Minor Descriptor: Test Battery. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1970. AB - The General Aptitude Test Battery (GATB) and the Shipley-Hartford were administered to 71 male inpatient alcoholics. Correlations between the Shipley-Hartford and GATB scales are presented. The Shipley-Hartford did not show a predictive value in relation to the performance or perceptual parts of the GATB. General intelligence was most accurately predicted by the Shipley-Hartford total score. Clerical perception was closely related to 3 aspects of the Shipley-Hartford but not to the Verbal part of the test. The Shipley-Hartford was noted as being a fairly useful, quick estimate of the General, Verbal, and Neutral scales of the GATB. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - General Aptitude Test Battery & Shipley-Hartford profiles & interrelationships KW - alcoholics KW - 1970 KW - Alcoholism KW - Aptitude Measures KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Personality Measures KW - Test Battery KW - 1970 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197010)26:4<482::AID-JCLP2270260424>3.0.CO;2-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-04569-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-04549-001 AN - 1971-04549-001 AU - Rosenzweig, Stanley P. AU - Harford, Thomas T1 - Correlates of the Psychotic Reaction Profile in an outpatient psychiatric sample. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1970/10// VL - 35 IS - 2 SP - 244 EP - 247 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-04549-001. PMID: 5474292 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rosenzweig, Stanley P.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19710101. Correction Date: 20090824. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Measures; Projective Techniques; Psychiatric Patients; Testing; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Examined the correlates of the Psychotic Reaction Profile with a number of other psychological measures. Ratings on the Profile were obtained on 73 male psychiatric patients participating in a day treatment program in an outpatient clinic. Additional measures were obtained for this population on the WAIS, Holtzman Inkblot Test, Stroop Color-Word Test, and the Vineland Social Maturity scale. Findings indicate that Ss who rated high on thinking disorganization evidenced intellectual deficits, perceptual impairment, and a lower level of maturity. Ss who rated high on paranoid belligerence showed less perceptual distractability and evidenced a higher level of social maturity. The 2 scales also differed with respect to the criterion of discharge disposition. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Psychotic Reaction Profile correlates KW - WAIS & Holtzman Inkblot Test & Stroop Color-Word Test & Vineland Social Maturity Scale KW - psychiatric outpatients KW - 1970 KW - Personality Measures KW - Projective Techniques KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Testing KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0030117 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-04549-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-04534-001 AN - 1971-04534-001 AU - Gibby, Robert G. AU - Lee, William M. T1 - The relationship of rate of change of heart rate to MMPI variables. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1970/10// VL - 26 IS - 4 SP - 491 EP - 493 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-04534-001. PMID: 4397716 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gibby, Robert G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Richmond, Va. Release Date: 19710301. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Heart Rate; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Personality Correlates; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1970. AB - 15 male patients with a high rate of change of heart rate (labile) were compared on the MMPI with 15 Ss with a low rate of change of heart rate (stabile). Stabile Ss achieved higher mean scores on the Hs, D, Hy, and R scales. Significant relationships between heart rate lability and the K and Taylor MA scales were not found. Findings suggest that cardiac stability may be associated with degree to which internalized defenses are utilized. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - heart rate change rate & MMPI variables KW - male patients referred for psychiatric evaluation KW - 1970 KW - Heart Rate KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Personality Correlates KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1970 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197010)26:4<491::AID-JCLP2270260427>3.0.CO;2-Q UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-04534-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-04465-001 AN - 1971-04465-001 AU - Davis, Daniel AU - Rubin, Sidney AU - Sonne, Thomas R. T1 - Evaluation of a hospital activity program for released psychiatric patients. JF - Psychiatric Quarterly JO - Psychiatric Quarterly JA - Psychiatr Q Y1 - 1969/10// VL - 43 IS - 4 SP - 675 EP - 684 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-2720 SN - 1573-6709 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-04465-001. PMID: 5366365 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, Daniel; Veterans Administration Hosp., Canadaigua, N.Y. Release Date: 19710301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Outpatient Treatment; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1969. AB - A group (N = 479) of long-term psychiatric patients who were released to foster homes with participation in a hospital-based daily activity program was compared to a matched group released without such a program. At the end of 1 yr., the average number of days in the community was 35% higher for the activity group. After the 2nd yr. there was no significant difference in length of time-out of the hospital between the activity group and the comparison group. However the activity group had a longer in-hospital stay prior to release, fewer viable marriages, and a poorer work record than did the comparison group. This program is perceived as 1 which has contributed to making community placement more acceptable to both patients and community. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - outpatient hospital activity program & community adjustment KW - released psychiatric patients KW - 1969 KW - Adjustment KW - Outpatient Treatment KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1969 DO - 10.1007/BF01564279 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-04465-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-04429-001 AN - 1971-04429-001 AU - Gross, William F. AU - Curtin, Mary E. AU - Moore, Kenneth B. T1 - Appraisal of a milieu therapy environment by treatment team and patients. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1970/10// VL - 26 IS - 4 SP - 541 EP - 545 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-04429-001. Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gross, William F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lexington, Ky. Release Date: 19710301. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Health Personnel; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Psychotherapeutic Techniques. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1970. AB - The Barrett-Lennard Relationship Inventory, modified for use with staff and patients, was administered to a staff group of 13 and a patient group of 31. The therapeutic climate was judged as favorable by both groups but more favorable by the staff than by patients. Dimensional descriptions were presented. The underlying dimensionality of the 4 therapy variables differed both quantitatively and qualitatively for staff and patients. Unconditional regard appeared to make a separate contribution. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - milieu therapy environment in neuropsychiatric hospital KW - appraisal by treatment team & patients KW - 1970 KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - 1970 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197010)26:4<541::AID-JCLP2270260445>3.0.CO;2-W UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-04429-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-04414-001 AN - 1971-04414-001 AU - Sturm, Israel E. T1 - Note on psychodrama in a 'helping relationship.' JF - Group Psychotherapy JO - Group Psychotherapy Y1 - 1969/// VL - 22 IS - 3-4 SP - 191 EP - 193 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-04414-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sturm, Israel E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northport, N.Y. Release Date: 19710301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Interpersonal Interaction; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Psychotherapeutic Techniques. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Psychodrama is considered as a method array viewed as potentially enhancing to any helpful relationship. The components of such a relationship are described as expression, feedback and information, instruction, and practice. The relationship between psychodrama and sensitivity training are briefly discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychodrama & enhancement of helping relationship KW - 1969 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-04414-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-04354-001 AN - 1971-04354-001 AU - Stenger, Charles A. T1 - A realistic appraisal of existing and future job opportunities for psychologists. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1970/10// VL - 25 IS - 10 SP - 959 EP - 961 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-04354-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stenger, Charles A.; Veterans Administration Central Office, Washington, D.C. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychologists. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Explores the question of whether there is now an oversupply of doctoral level psychologists. Recent surveys about the supply of PhD psychologists, job openings in major employment settings, and the current employment status of recent doctoral graduates in all professions are discussed. For the field of psychology, only 1.1% were unemployed in 1969 and those were almost entirely noncitizens or psychologists not seeking employment. New psychologists, however, indicated a choice of only 2-4 positions in contrast to 5-8 offers a few yr. ago. While some reduction has occurred in the job market, virtually all psychologists are still finding positions in the type of work setting they desire. A shortage exists in the health services, where there are between 750 and 1000 vacancies. In addition, the 1970 Manpower Report of the President indicates a 75-100% increase in employer requirements for psychologists by 1980, the highest projected need of all professional groups except computer technologists. It is concluded that rather than an oversupply, a shortage exists, particularly in clinical and counseling psychology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PhD psychologists KW - existing & future job opportunities KW - 1970 KW - Psychologists KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0030107 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-04354-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-04327-001 AN - 1971-04327-001 AU - Mefferd, Roy B. AU - Houck, Robert L. AU - Sadler, Timothy G. T1 - Perceptual categorization: Factors influencing the reproduction of spoken sounds delivered at suprathreshold levels without masking. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1970/08// VL - 31 IS - 1 SP - 71 EP - 78 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-04327-001. PMID: 5454508 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mefferd, Roy B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19710301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Classification (Cognitive Process); Psychiatric Patients; Verbal Communication. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1970. AB - 45 Ss with normal hearing who were patients of 3 clinical categories receiving phenathiozine medication repeated phonetic stimuli received via an earphone under standard audiological testing conditions. Errors in reproduction of common words (compound spondaic words, monosyllabic homonyms and nonhomonyms), common prefixes and suffixes, nonsense syllables, and common words pronounced backward occurred least (2%) with the compound words, and they increased monotonically in the order given above to a frequency of 36% with the backward words. This result was interpreted as being due to the manipulation of the level of perceptual readiness and of the processes of categorization involved in classification of the stimulus in systematic and specific ways. This was accomplished variously by alteration of the expectancies relative to the phonetic, syntactic, or semantic nature of succeeding stimuli, and to differences in the relative availability in memory of matching information caused by differences either in familiarity with the stimulus or in the range of meanings associated with the stimulus. (38 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perceptual categorization KW - reproduction of nonmasked spoken sounds at suprathreshold levels KW - male psychiatric & alcoholic & dermatology patients receiving phenothiazine KW - 1970 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Classification (Cognitive Process) KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Verbal Communication KW - 1970 DO - 10.2466/pms.1970.31.1.71 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-04327-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-04042-001 AN - 1971-04042-001 AU - Kilpatrick, Dean G. AU - Sutker, Louis W. AU - Sutker, Patricia B. T1 - Dogmatism, religion, and religiosity, a review and re-evaluation. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1970/02// VL - 26 IS - 1 SP - 15 EP - 22 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-04042-001. PMID: 5452588 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kilpatrick, Dean G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., New Orleans, La. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19710301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Authoritarianism; Personality Traits; Preferences; Religion. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1970. AB - A review of the literature concerning religious preference, religiosity and dogmatism shows that Catholics consistently had been found to be more dogmatic than members of other religious groups. Since no Southern sample had been reported, 245 male and 250 female Southern undergraduates were administered Form E of the Dogmatism Scale. Ss were Catholics, Protestants, Jews, and nonbelievers and were asked their average monthly church attendance. Churchgoers were generally more dogmatic than nonchurchgoers. Catholics and nonbelievers were less dogmatic than Jews and Protestants. Differences between these and previous findings are discussed, and possible explanations are given. Several methodological suggestions are made concerning future research. It is concluded that speculations about the relative dogmatism of religious groups as a whole are inappropriate. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dogmatism & religiosity & religious preference KW - Catholics vs. Protestants vs. Jews vs. nonbelievers KW - 1970 KW - Authoritarianism KW - Personality Traits KW - Preferences KW - Religion KW - 1970 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1970.26.1.15 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-04042-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-03689-001 AN - 1971-03689-001 AU - Hollister, Leo E. AU - Gillespie, Hamp K. T1 - Marihuana, ethanol, and dextroamphetamine: Mood and mental function alterations. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1970/09// VL - 23 IS - 3 SP - 199 EP - 203 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-03689-001. PMID: 4916451 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hollister, Leo E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19710301. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amphetamine; Cognitive Processes; Drugs; Emotions; Marijuana. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1970. AB - Treated 12 normal volunteer Ss with marihuana (median dose equivalent to 32 mg. tetrahydrocannabinol), ethanol (median dose 57 gm.), dextroamphetamine (median dose 15 mg.), and a marihuana placebo. Assignment to treatments was random over weekly intervals. Subjective responses based on a mood scale revealed increased stimulation and activity, and decreased drowsiness from dextroamphetamine as compared with placebo. Ethanol and marihuana decreased activity. Dextroamphetamine tended to improve performance on psychometric tests; the other 2 drugs tended to impair it. Time estimation was longer with marihuana than with the other treatments, yet because the latter were associated with gross underestimates, marihuana estimates most closely approximated the actual interval being estimated. Dextroamphetamine increased performance on the digit-symbol substitution test. Ethanol and marihuana increased simple RT. Marihuana and ethanol were most alike in their effects, with the exception of the alteration in time perception produced by the former drug. Dextroamphetamine was essentially unlike the other 2 drugs and improved, rather than impaired, performance even in nonfatigued Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - marihuana vs. ethanol vs. dextroamphetamine KW - mood & mental function KW - 1970 KW - Amphetamine KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Drugs KW - Emotions KW - Marijuana KW - 1970 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1970.01750030007002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-03689-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-03521-001 AN - 1971-03521-001 AU - Wieland, Betty A. AU - Mefferd, Roy B. T1 - Systematic changes in levels of physiological activity during a four-month period. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1970/05// VL - 6 IS - 6 SP - 669 EP - 689 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-03521-001. PMID: 5506815 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wieland, Betty A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychiatric & Psychosomatic Research Lab., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19710301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Individual Differences; Psychophysiology. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 21. Issue Publication Date: May, 1970. AB - Examined intraindividual differences over a 4-mo period in a number of physiological variables for 3 Ss. Autocorrelation techniques revealed the presence of systematic changes (cycles and trends). It is concluded that intraindividual differences in these variables are as large as interindividual differences and that they cannot be explained as errors of measurement. Possible sources of variability are discussed. (29 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - physiological activity level changes KW - intra- vs. interindividual differences during 4 mo. period KW - 1970 KW - Individual Differences KW - Psychophysiology KW - 1970 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1970.tb02255.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-03521-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-03465-001 AN - 1971-03465-001 AU - Fozard, James L. T1 - Apparent recency of unrelated pictures and nouns presented in the same sequence. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology JA - J Exp Psychol Y1 - 1970/11// VL - 86 IS - 2 SP - 137 EP - 143 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-03465-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fozard, James L.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drawing; Judgment; Serial Learning; Time; Words (Phonetic Units). Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Regularly interrupted a long inspection sequence consisting of single unrelated pictures and nouns with questions in which 42 undergraduates and instructors chose the more recently presented of the 2 items shown in the question. In 1/2 of the questions, the stimuli closer to and farther from the question in which they were being compared were both pictures or nouns; in the other 1/2, 1 was a picture, the other a noun. From best to poorest, accuracy of choice of the more recently presented item was: 2 pictures, nearer picture and farther noun, 2 nouns, and nearer noun and farther picture. Data support the hypothesis that judgments of recency for the 2 classes of stimuli differ in both average location and variability on a subjective continuum. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - recency judgments KW - location of nouns & pictures presented in same sequence KW - 1970 KW - Drawing KW - Judgment KW - Serial Learning KW - Time KW - Words (Phonetic Units) KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0029983 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-03465-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-03280-001 AN - 1971-03280-001 AU - Efron, Robert T1 - Effect of stimulus duration on perceptual onset and offset latencies. JF - Perception & Psychophysics JO - Perception & Psychophysics JA - Percept Psychophys Y1 - 1970/10// VL - 8 IS - 4 SP - 231 EP - 234 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0031-5117 SN - 1532-5962 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-03280-001. Other Journal Title: Attention, Perception, & Psychophysics. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Efron, Robert; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19710301. Correction Date: 20110110. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Stimulus Parameters; Time; Visual Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1970. AB - Compared the effects of stimulus duration on perceptual onset and offset latency in vision and audition. Ss were 2 adults. It was found that perceptual onset latency was independent of stimulus duration but that the perceptual offset latency was longer for brief stimuli than for stimuli that exceeded a critical duration. For stimuli longer than the critical duration, the perceptual onset and offset latencies were equal. The same temporal relationships were found in both modalities. Results indicate that for any specific stimulus parameters, reduction of stimulus duration results, ultimately, in a perception of fixed duration. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perceptual onset & offset latencies in vision & audition KW - stimulus duration KW - 1970 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Stimulus Parameters KW - Time KW - Visual Perception KW - 1970 DO - 10.3758/BF03210211 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-03280-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-02829-001 AN - 1971-02829-001 AU - Boller, Francois C. AU - Sherwin, Ira T1 - Electroencephalography and brain scan in the diagnosis of posterior fossa lesions. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1970/07// VL - 31 IS - 7 SP - 490 EP - 493 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-02829-001. PMID: 5505578 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boller, Francois C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19710201. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Disorders; Diagnosis; Electroencephalography. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1970. AB - Compares the relative usefulness of EEG and brain scan tests, both described as repeatable and safe procedures, in diagnosing posterior fossa tumors. Data were drawn retrospectively from the hospital records of 9 patients with a verified diagnosis of posterior fossa pathology on whom both EEG and brain scan had been obtained. Examination of records revealed that EEG was of localizing value in 8, but a positive brain scan was found in only 3. The discrepancy between these brain scan findings and more positive findings by others in the literature is discussed. It is noted that a special head position (not used in the cases studied here) might increase the yield of positive scans. It is concluded that together EEG and brain scan are of complementary value in diagnosing posterior fossa tumors. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - posterior fossa lesion diagnosis KW - EEG & brain scan KW - 1970 KW - Brain Disorders KW - Diagnosis KW - Electroencephalography KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-02829-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-02768-001 AN - 1971-02768-001 AU - Drake, William E. T1 - Clinical and pathological findings in a child with a developmental learning disability. JF - Journal of Learning Disabilities JO - Journal of Learning Disabilities JA - J Learn Disabil Y1 - 1968/09// VL - 1 IS - 9 SP - 486 EP - 502 CY - US PB - PRO-ED SN - 0022-2194 SN - 1538-4780 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-02768-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Drake, William E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., San Francisco, Calif. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19710201. Correction Date: 20121001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Disorders; Case Report; Learning Disorders; Reading Disabilities. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1968. AB - Presents the case history and results of a neuropathological examination of a child with a relatively mild developmental learning disability who died unexpectedly. It is presented from an interdisciplinary approach involving various professional efforts and evolutionary thoughts. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuropathological examination KW - 12 yr. old boy with developmental learning disability with dyslexia KW - 1968 KW - Brain Disorders KW - Case Report KW - Learning Disorders KW - Reading Disabilities KW - 1968 DO - 10.1177/002221946800100901 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-02768-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-02747-001 AN - 1971-02747-001 AU - Bloom, Joseph B. AU - Davis, Norman T1 - Changes in liver disturbance associated with long-term tranquilizing medication: A follow-up study. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1970/05// VL - 31 IS - 5 SP - 309 EP - 317 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-02747-001. PMID: 5426956 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bloom, Joseph B.; Veterans Administration Neuropsychiatric Hosp., Pittsburgh, Pa. Release Date: 19710201. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Physiology; Schizophrenia; Tranquilizing Drugs. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: May, 1970. AB - Reports a follow-up survey of 20 male schizophrenics who had been biopsied 3-31/2 yr. earlier because of reported liver histopathology. Case summaries of the 11 Ss who were available for rebiopsy are presented, including clinical history, report of liver morphology and histopathology, type and quantity of psychotropic drugs consumed, liver profile abnormalities, and an interpretation of the serum paper electrophoretic patterns of these 11 Ss, 3 showed a worsening, 3 improvement, and 5 no change. All Ss remained asymptomatic and anicteric. Results indicate difficulty in isolating the causative agent or agents producing changes in the liver. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - long term tranquilizing medication KW - liver disturbance changes KW - male schizophrenics KW - 1970 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Physiology KW - Schizophrenia KW - Tranquilizing Drugs KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-02747-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-02654-001 AN - 1971-02654-001 AU - Krieger, George T1 - Biochemical predictors of suicide. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1970/07// VL - 31 IS - 7 SP - 478 EP - 482 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-02654-001. PMID: 5505575 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Krieger, George; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19710201. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biochemistry; Prediction; Suicide. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1970. AB - Reports a follow-up study of 205 male psychiatric patients who were considered suicidal risks and for whom 24-hr urinary output of 17 hydroxycorticosteroids (17-OHCS), 17-OHCS/creatinine ratios, and 8:30 AM plasma cortisol levels were obtained. Within 1-29 mo. after the completion of the tests, 6 of these patients had suicided. While the 17-OHCS did not differentiate between suicides and nonsuicides, the 17 OHCS/creatinine ratio and plasma cortisol did do so at a statistical significance of between .05 and .10. It is speculated that the elevated plasma cortisol may reflect the vulnerability to suicide and be causative. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - suicide prediction KW - 17 hydroxycorticosteroid/creatinine ratio & plasma cortisol KW - 1970 KW - Biochemistry KW - Prediction KW - Suicide KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-02654-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-02651-001 AN - 1971-02651-001 AU - DeSole, Daniel E. AU - Singer, Philip AU - Aronson, Samuel T1 - Suicide and role strain among physicians. JF - International Journal of Social Psychiatry JO - International Journal of Social Psychiatry JA - Int J Soc Psychiatry Y1 - 1969///Fal 1969 VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 294 EP - 301 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0020-7640 SN - 1741-2854 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-02651-001. PMID: 5381279 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: DeSole, Daniel E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Albany, N.Y. Release Date: 19710201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depression (Emotion); Physicians; Roles; Suicide. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1969. AB - Uses data from Journal of the American Medical Association obituaries over a 3-yr period to report to on incidence of suicide among physicians and to identify the specialty in 278 of 291 cases, and presents 7 case histories for which data were obtained from interviews with physicians and paramedical professionals who knew the deceased as well as friends and relatives. The function of role strain in causing physician suicides is discussed. It is suggested that the amount of psychological role strain is greater for physicians than other professional groups since their ethical reach has become vastly extended without institutional supports to meet these extended demands. It is concluded 'that without the opportunity for psychological regression and . . . institutional supports for his role as physician, the physician will continue to be more susceptible to role strain leading to depression and its resolution by suicide.' (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - role strain & depression & suicide KW - extended ethical reach & lack of institutional supports KW - physicians KW - 1969 KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Physicians KW - Roles KW - Suicide KW - 1969 DO - 10.1177/002076406901500407 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-02651-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-02516-001 AN - 1971-02516-001 AU - O'Connell, Walter E. AU - Hanson, Philip G. T1 - Patients' cognitive changes in human relations training. JF - Journal of Individual Psychology JO - Journal of Individual Psychology JA - J Individ Psychol Y1 - 1970/05// VL - 26 IS - 1 SP - 57 EP - 63 CY - US PB - University of Texas at Austin SN - 0022-1805 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-02516-001. PMID: 5432376 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Connell, Walter E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19710201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Psychiatric Patients; Self-Perception; Sensitivity (Personality); Social Perception. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: May, 1970. AB - Pre- and posttraining data (N = 143 male patients) as reflected on Hartman's Personal Belief Inventory, revealed a significant reduction in negative beliefs about oneself and others. 'Getting a patient to examine his life style by acting out his attitudes toward others and the world would seem to be an effective therapeutic approach.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - patient's attitude changes in human relations training KW - 1970 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Self-Perception KW - Sensitivity (Personality) KW - Social Perception KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-02516-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-02436-001 AN - 1971-02436-001 AU - Wittrig, John AU - Anthony, E. J. AU - Lucarno, H. E. T1 - An ashing technique for endogenous lithium in human brain and other biological tissues. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1970/06// VL - 31 IS - 6 SP - 408 EP - 411 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-02436-001. PMID: 5456768 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wittrig, John; Veterans Administration Hosp., Murfreesboro, Tenn. Release Date: 19710201. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biochemistry; Brain; Methodology; Psychosis. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1970. AB - Discusses problems in the recovery of endogenous lithium, various unsatisfactory methods previously used, and a new reliable method 'using a combination of wet digestion in nitric and sulfuric acid, then dry-ashing.' Conversion to the sulfate form, easily soluble in water, is accomplished with pure acid reagents (1 or more reagent blanks always included for control). Details are included of procedures used, with which good recovery values (70% ± 6%) were obtained. A study is described in which brain tissue from autopsies were analyzed. Data concerning 6 of 20 brain areas studied are included, with the midbrain and occipital cortex of particular interest since they have shown the highest lithium. In the study of the brain of a manic-depressive case, a very high lithium content was found in midbrain. Although generalizations cannot be made from 1 study, the possiblity that the manic-depressive may concentrate lithium in this brain area is of the greatest interest. It is concluded that the quantities of lithium found in the human brain are measurable, although its distribution is difficult to relate to 'meaningful mechanisms or events.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ashing technique for endogenous lithium in human brain & other biological tissue KW - 1970 KW - Biochemistry KW - Brain KW - Methodology KW - Psychosis KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-02436-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-02407-001 AN - 1971-02407-001 AU - Bailey, Stephen T. T1 - Independence and factor structure of self-concept metadimensions. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology JA - J Couns Psychol Y1 - 1970/09// VL - 17 IS - 5 SP - 425 EP - 430 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-02407-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bailey, Stephen T.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Waco, Tex. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dependency (Personality); Factor Analysis; Self-Concept. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Examined 12 of D. Super's 13 self-concept metadimensions for independence and underlying factor structure. Ss were a heterogeneous group of 50 18-35 yr. old males. Self-descriptive data were obtained from interviews and self-ratings on personal constructs elicited by the Kelly Role Construct Repertory Test. A 14 14 matrix of 91 intercorrelations, which included 2 demographic variables, yielded 19 significant rs with none greater than .57 and only 4 which were .40 or higher. A principal components factor analysis yielded 5 orthogonal factors: (a) self-concept harmony, (b) self-concept change, (c) social integration and self-differentiation, (d) cognitive complexity, and (e) concrete self-realism. Results indicate that some metadimensions lack clear independence and that a simpler structure could be obtained which accounted for 65% of the variance. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self concept metadimensions KW - independence & factor structure KW - 1970 KW - Dependency (Personality) KW - Factor Analysis KW - Self-Concept KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0029866 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-02407-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-02142-001 AN - 1971-02142-001 AU - Rhodes, L. E. AU - Dustman, R. E. AU - Beck, E. C. T1 - The visual evoked response: A comparison of bright and dull children. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1969/10// VL - 27 IS - 4 SP - 364 EP - 372 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-02142-001. Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rhodes, L. E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Phoenix, Ariz. Release Date: 19710201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Evoked Potentials; Intelligence Quotient; Vision; Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1969. AB - Recorded visual evoked responses (VER) from central and occipital scalp of 20 bright children (Full Scale WISC scores, 120-140, X = 130) and 20 dull children (Full Scale WISC scores, 70-90, X = 79). Ss were 10-11 yr. old and each group was composed of 10 boys and 10 girls. Results were: (a) the late components of responses recorded from both occipital and central scalp were reliably larger for the bright Ss, and (b) dull Ss demonstrated essentially no hemispheric differences between the amplitudes of the right and left central responses. Bright Ss had right central responses which were consistently larger than responses from the late components of the left scalp. Differences between the bright and dull Ss was not simply a function of the maturational process. The bright Ss' VER amplitudes were similar to normal 13- and 14-yr-old children's; however, the dull Ss' VER amplitudes were smaller than those of either younger children or normal children their own age. (French summary) (38 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual evoked response KW - bright vs. dull 10-11 yr. olds KW - 1969 KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Intelligence Quotient KW - Vision KW - Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children KW - 1969 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(69)91445-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-02142-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-01934-001 AN - 1971-01934-001 AU - Brown, Barbara B. T1 - Effect of LSD on visually evoked responses to color in visualizer and non-visualizer subjects. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1969/10// VL - 27 IS - 4 SP - 356 EP - 363 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-01934-001. PMID: 4186733 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brown, Barbara B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19710201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Color; Drugs; Evoked Potentials; Lysergic Acid Diethylamide; Vision. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1969. AB - The visually evoked responses (VERs) to color of visualizer Ss evidenced a significant degree of color specific characteristics and selective alteration in color specificity after LSD. Changes were more pronounced in the amplitude domain. Configuration of the VER to white and red were consistently different from those to blue or green. Visualizers also reported enhanced visual perception after LSD. In nonvisualizers the VERs to all color conditions except to red were virtually identical. Following LSD, early components of all 3 color VERs were changed in configuration, all changes being in the latency domain. Maximal amplitudes occurred in the VERs to white while counting the flashes in all Ss. After LSD this was unchanged in visualizers but was attenuated in nonvisualizers. A technique for ranking components of a complexly organized set of responses was used which permitted extraction of critical data from a complex of intercurrent intra- and inter-S variation. The technique isolated patterns of response by which changes over time could be conveniently compared within and between S groups, and as these were affected by the experimental condition. This proved useful in isolating significant differences in a multidimensional system. (French summary) (20 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - LSD KW - visually evoked responses to color KW - visualizer & nonvisualizer Ss KW - 1969 KW - Color KW - Drugs KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Lysergic Acid Diethylamide KW - Vision KW - 1969 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(69)91444-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-01934-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-01922-001 AN - 1971-01922-001 AU - Zimmerman, Hyman J. T1 - The spectrum of hepatotoxicity. JF - Perspectives in Biology and Medicine JO - Perspectives in Biology and Medicine JA - Perspect Biol Med Y1 - 1968///Fal 1968 VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 135 EP - 161 CY - US PB - The University of Chicago Press SN - 0031-5982 SN - 1529-8795 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-01922-001. PMID: 4387099 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zimmerman, Hyman J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19710201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biochemistry; Metabolism. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 27. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1968. AB - Attempts 'to deal representatively with the enormous literature that relates to chemical hepatic injury and . . . to demonstrate that the phenomena of hepatotoxicity . . . can be arranged in a rational pattern by approaching the individual facets of mechanisms of injury, types of damage, and circumstances of exposure . . . . There are 2 main mechanisms, intrinsic toxicity and host idiosyncrasy; there are 2 main forms of hepatic injury, and a mixture of the 2. These may be incurred as toxicologic, accidental phenomena, or through therapeutic misadventure . . . . -It is= proposed that the phenomena can be understood as the result of the generalized membrane disruption induced by direct hepatotoxins and the pinpoint metabolic interruption of the indirect.' (91 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - spectrum of hepatotoxicity KW - 1968 KW - Biochemistry KW - Metabolism KW - 1968 DO - 10.1353/pbm.1968.0004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-01922-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-01879-001 AN - 1971-01879-001 AU - Fairchild, M. D. AU - Jenden, D. J. AU - Mickey, M. R. T1 - Discrimination of behavioral state in the cat utilizing long-term EEG frequency analysis. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1969/11// VL - 27 IS - 5 SP - 503 EP - 513 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-01879-001. Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fairchild, M. D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Long Beach, Calif. Release Date: 19710201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Ethology; Drugs; Electroencephalography. Minor Descriptor: Cats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1969. AB - Describes a hybrid system which makes feasible a continuous, long-term analysis of the EEG. A broad-band frequency analyzer is interfaced with a digital voltmeter which in turn drives a typewriter and card-punch machine. Data are generated in a form directly compatible with the input devices of a large, electronic computer used to extract relevant information by multivariate statistical analysis. Spontaneous variations in the frequency spectrum of the EEG, as the result of changes in behavioral state, may be adequately represented as points on a 2-dimensional surface. The reliability and stability of this technique should provide a means of quantitative assessment of drug effects on the EEG over long periods of time. (French summary) (26 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - long-term EEG frequency analysis KW - discrimination of behavioral state & quantitative assessment of drug effects KW - cat KW - 1969 KW - Animal Ethology KW - Drugs KW - Electroencephalography KW - Cats KW - 1969 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(69)90190-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-01879-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-01852-001 AN - 1971-01852-001 AU - Wetzel, Mary C. T1 - The identification of self-stimulation elements for adjacent electrodes in the cat. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1970/08// VL - 5 IS - 8 SP - 899 EP - 905 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-01852-001. PMID: 4941879 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wetzel, Mary C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, Tucson, Ariz. Release Date: 19710201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Stimulation; Hypothalamus; Self-Stimulation. Minor Descriptor: Cats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1970. AB - Implanted multiple adjacent metal electrodes into the region of the lateral hypothalamus in 6 adult cats. Self-stimulation rates for monophasic pulse trains were recorded for all arrangements of anode and cathode under bipolar and monopolar stimulation. Results show marked differences within tissue volumes of less than 1 mm. when rates for adjacent cathodes were compared. Over a row of electrodes, bipolar cathodal rate profiles were similar to monopolar cathodal profiles, and both tended to show higher rates for medial than for lateral loci. For the same wires, monopolar and bipolar absolute rates usually differed, and the direction of the difference was determined frequently by the position of the bipolar anode. Results are considered in terms of estimating the extent of self-stimulation input zones. (23 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self-stimulation of lateral hypothalamus KW - multiple adjacent electrodes KW - cat KW - 1970 KW - Brain Stimulation KW - Hypothalamus KW - Self-Stimulation KW - Cats KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(70)90179-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-01852-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-01607-001 AN - 1971-01607-001 AU - Altshuler, M. W. T1 - The Stenger phenomenon. JF - Journal of Communication Disorders JO - Journal of Communication Disorders JA - J Commun Disord Y1 - 1970/08// VL - 3 IS - 2 SP - 89 EP - 105 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0021-9924 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-01607-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Altshuler, M. W.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Philadelphia, Pa. Release Date: 19710201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Audiometry; Auditory Perception; Literature Review; Thresholds. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1970. AB - Offers as a model for a Stenger test: (a) a simultaneous presentation and withdrawal of a pulsed tone signal should be utilized; (b) one should begin with the tone to the good ear close to threshold which will precipitate a constant response from the S; (c) the ascending technique should be used in the poor ear starting at 0-db hearing level; (d) discrete presentations should be in 5 db. steps with the pause time and stimuli time sporadically altered to avoid rhythmicity; (e) the tone to the good ear should not be 'faded away'; (f) the test should be accomplished quickly and incorporated into the routine pure tone audiometery which is preceded by adequate, standardized instructions. The Stenger phenomenon is a multifaceted phenomenon. In addition to a concise and comprehensive review of the literature and the research, research needs are indicated, comments and some personal opinions are made, and a comprehensive bibliography is offered. (52 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Stenger phenomenon KW - auditory threshold testing procedures & review of research KW - 1970 KW - Audiometry KW - Auditory Perception KW - Literature Review KW - Thresholds KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/0021-9924(70)90001-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-01607-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-01462-001 AN - 1971-01462-001 AU - Lachenmeyer, Charles W. T1 - Experimentation: A misunderstood methodology in psychological and social-psychological research. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1970/07// VL - 25 IS - 7 SP - 617 EP - 624 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-01462-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lachenmeyer, Charles W.; Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Release Date: 19710101. Correction Date: 20100308. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Methodology; Psychology; Social Psychology; Theories. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Attempts to place experimental methodology in its proper perspective in psychological and social psychological research. Deficiencies in traditional definitions of experimentation are examined, and an alternative conceptualization is proposed that more closely satisfies the fact of continuity between all scientific investigative procedures. A typology of experimentation is also proposed based on the functions of experimentation vis-a-vis the theory construction process. Results of the narrow conceptualization of experimental methodology extant in present research is discussed. Finally, a strategy of research is proposed that will be fundamental to the eventual development of psychological and social psychological theory. (34 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - strategy of research in psychological & social psychological theory KW - 1970 KW - Methodology KW - Psychology KW - Social Psychology KW - Theories KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0029773 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-01462-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-01254-001 AN - 1971-01254-001 AU - Linn, Margaret W. AU - Gurel, Lee T1 - Initial reactions to nursing home placement. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1969/02// VL - 17 IS - 2 SP - 219 EP - 223 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-01254-001. PMID: 5763695 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Linn, Margaret W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Miami, Fla. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitudes; Community Services; Geriatrics; Rehabilitation. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1969. AB - Over a 2-yr period 238 male patients transferred from a general medical hospital to nursing homes were studied prior to placement and 1 wk. later. Ratings of the Ss by nurses, according to a disability scale, indicate no significant changes in the level of disability by the end of the 1st wk. This applied not only to the whole group of patients but to 2 subgroups: those with favorable, and those with unfavorable attitudes toward nursing homes. Other criteria, i.e., death in the nursing home or readmission to the hospital, also indicate stability in the condition of the patients. It would seem that negative reactions are measurable only at some time later than 1 wk. after placement. It is recommended that rehabilitative or supportive efforts be offered early in nursing home placement. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - initial reactions to nursing home placement KW - geriatric patients KW - 1969 KW - Attitudes KW - Community Services KW - Geriatrics KW - Rehabilitation KW - 1969 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1969.tb03178.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-01254-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-01245-001 AN - 1971-01245-001 AU - Wendkos, Martin AU - Wolff, Kurt T1 - Emotional problems in patients with angina pectoris. JF - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JO - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JA - Psychosomatics Y1 - 1969/11// VL - 10 IS - 6 SP - 334 EP - 338 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0033-3182 SN - 1545-7206 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-01245-001. PMID: 5378267 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wendkos, Martin; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coatesville, Pa. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19710101. Correction Date: 20130923. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cardiovascular Disorders; Case Report; Disorders; Mental Disorders; Pain. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1969. AB - Compared psychiatric data from 13 patients with angina pectoris and 7 patients with rheumatic heart disease to determine whether Ss with angina pectoris exhibit specific psychological characteristics. It was found that anginal Ss exhibited a 'distinctive premorbid psychodynamic pattern' consisting of 'a combination of unfulfilled oral needs, repressed hostility, a highly developed superego, and an exaggerated degree of compulsiveness.' The need for recognition by the physician of these elements for proper treatment is emphasized. 2 illustrative cases are included. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - emotional problems & psychological characteristics KW - angina pectoris vs. rheumatic heart disease patients KW - 2 case reports KW - 1969 KW - Cardiovascular Disorders KW - Case Report KW - Disorders KW - Mental Disorders KW - Pain KW - 1969 DO - 10.1016/S0033-3182(69)71700-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-01245-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-01173-001 AN - 1971-01173-001 AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Barton, Melvin T1 - Effect of parietal lobe damage on the performance of reversible operations in space. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1970/04// VL - 8 IS - 2 SP - 205 EP - 214 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-01173-001. PMID: 5522556 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Butters, Nelson; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Lateral Dominance; Orienting Reflex. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1970. AB - Tested 50 patients with cerebral damage on 3 tasks requiring the performance of reversible operations in space. Damage to either the right or the left parietal lobes resulted in impairments on all 3 tasks; lesions in other cortical areas resulted in slight, if any, deficits. It is suggested that the inability to assume different perspectives in imagery underlies many of the impairments associated with parietal lobe damage, i.e., constructional apraxia and right-left disorientation. (French & German summaries) (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - parietal lobe damage KW - performance of reversible operations in space KW - 1970 KW - Brain Damage KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Orienting Reflex KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(70)90008-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-01173-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-01140-001 AN - 1971-01140-001 AU - Goodglass, H. AU - Hunter, M. T1 - A linguistic comparison of speech and writing in two types of aphasia. JF - Journal of Communication Disorders JO - Journal of Communication Disorders JA - J Commun Disord Y1 - 1970/06// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 28 EP - 35 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0021-9924 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-01140-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goodglass, H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Motor Processes; Perceptual Motor Processes; Speech Disorders; Verbal Communication. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1970. AB - Samples of free narrative obtained in speech and writing from a Wernicke's (sensory) and a Broca's (motor) aphasic showed the same contrasting features in both media of expression. The Wernicke's aphasic was more fluent grammatically and had a greater proportion of nonpicturable nouns and verbs. The quality of grammatical errors was similar in both media with the Wernicke's aphasic making many more semantically based errors. Both Ss showed a reduced proportion of verbs to nouns in writing as compared to speech and particularly a reduction in the high-frequency nonpicturable verbs which occur in the filler-phrases of conversation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - aphasic speech & writing KW - linguistic comparison of grammar & semantics & noun-verb proportion KW - sensory vs. motor aphasic adult males KW - 1970 KW - Motor Processes KW - Perceptual Motor Processes KW - Speech Disorders KW - Verbal Communication KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/0021-9924(70)90029-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-01140-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-01023-001 AN - 1971-01023-001 AU - Spiegel, D. T1 - Psychological health-sickness and the perception of self and others. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1970/07// VL - 26 IS - 3 SP - 274 EP - 276 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-01023-001. Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spiegel, D.; Veterans Administration Center, Brentwood Hosp., Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19710101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Disorders; Psychiatric Patients; Self-Evaluation; Self-Perception; Social Perception. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1970. AB - 17 patients were ranked on a dimension of psychological 'health-sickness' by 14 patients and professional treatment team members. Intercorrelations among the rank assignments made by various staff and patient groups are presented. A high order of agreement was noted although some differences did exist in self-judgments. The chief psychiatrist had a low order of agreement with the ward psychiatrist. Results indicate that a person with severe psychiatric disturbance can make congruent judgment about the behavior and thinking of others. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological health-sickness KW - psychiatric patient perception of self & others KW - agreement with psychiatrist's & psychological personnel ratings KW - 1970 KW - Mental Disorders KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Self-Evaluation KW - Self-Perception KW - Social Perception KW - 1970 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197007)26:3<274::AID-JCLP2270260304>3.0.CO;2-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-01023-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-00961-001 AN - 1971-00961-001 AU - Spiegel, D. AU - Hadley, A. AU - Hadley, R. G. T1 - Personality test patterns of rehabilitation center alcoholics, psychiatric inpatients and normals. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1970/07// VL - 26 IS - 3 SP - 366 EP - 371 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-00961-001. Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spiegel, D.; Veterans Administration Center, Brentwood Hosp., Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19710101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Personality Measures; Psychiatric Patients; Rehabilitation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1970. AB - Using the 3 groups, a test battery was administered to 180 Ss. A stepwise multiple discriminant analysis method was used to find linear combinations of variables which seemed to be superior to any single variable in separating the 3 groups. The MMPI produced the most accurate classifications but classification accuracy was enhanced by combining variables from both tests utilized. Results are also presented for various psychiatric groups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality test patterns KW - stepwise multiple discriminant analysis KW - rehabilitation center alcoholics & psychiatric inpatients KW - 1970 KW - Alcoholism KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Personality Measures KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Rehabilitation KW - 1970 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197007)26:3<366::AID-JCLP2270260333>3.0.CO;2-U UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-00961-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-00934-001 AN - 1971-00934-001 AU - Grundvig, J. L. AU - Needham, W. E. AU - Ajax, E. T. T1 - Comparison of different scoring and administration procedures for the Memory-For-Designs test. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1970/07// VL - 26 IS - 3 SP - 353 EP - 357 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-00934-001. Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Grundvig, J. L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salt Lake City, U. Release Date: 19710101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Differential Diagnosis; Intelligence Measures; Test Scores; Testing Methods. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1970. AB - Compared 3 Memory-For-Designs (MFD) scoring systems, 2 presentations of the MFD, and 3 organic impairment groups. Under the standard 5-sec administration of the MFD, the Taylor or Modified Taylor scoring systems seemed to be best at differentiating degree of cerebral impairment, but under 1/2-sec exposure, the Graham-Kendall system was best. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Memory-For-Designs Test KW - scoring & administration procedures comparison KW - detection of cerebral impairment KW - 1970 KW - Brain Damage KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Test Scores KW - Testing Methods KW - 1970 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197007)26:3<353::AID-JCLP2270260330>3.0.CO;2-C UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-00934-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-00683-001 AN - 1971-00683-001 AU - Spiegler, Michael D. AU - Liebert, Robert M. T1 - Some correlates of self-reported fear. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1970/06// VL - 26 IS - 3 SP - 691 EP - 695 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-00683-001. PMID: 5433784 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spiegler, Michael D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Fear; Human Sex Differences; Roles; Sex Roles. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1970. AB - Assessed the relative fearfulness of 349 13-85 yr. olds using a self-report inventory consisting of subscales containing realistic and unrealistic fears. Women reported more fear than men. Age differences appeared in a U shaped pattern from adolescence to senior citizenry for realistic fears. For unrealistic fears there were no significant age differences. Highly reliable positive correlations were found between self-reported fear and social desirability. The pattern of results is discussed in terms of age and sex roles. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self-reported fear KW - sex & age differences & social desirability KW - 13-85 yr. olds KW - 1970 KW - Age Differences KW - Fear KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Roles KW - Sex Roles KW - 1970 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1970.26.3.691 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-00683-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-00444-001 AN - 1971-00444-001 AU - Davidson, Robert S. T1 - Conditioned punishment and conditioned negative reinforcement on a multiple schedule. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1970/08// VL - 20 IS - 3 SP - 163 EP - 165 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-00444-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davidson, Robert S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Miami, Fla. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Punishment; Reinforcement. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1970. AB - 2 male Sprague-Dawley rats, earlier trained in multiple variable interval (VI) 1 VI 1 (clicker plus reinforced response shock), were exposed to increasing intensity shock until their punished rates were 1/3 or less of their unpunished rates. At this point, the clicker (discriminative stimulus for shock) was made to sound for 2 sec. following each response in the shock-free components. This condition resulted in conditioned punishment (suppression of nonshock response rate). The contingency was then reversed, such that the clicker sounded in the absence of responding and each response terminated the clicker for 2 sec. Increased response rates resulted (conditioned negative reinforcement). Control rates were recovered through a final reversal to the training condition. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - conditioned punishment & conditioned negative reinforcement on multiple schedule KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Punishment KW - Reinforcement KW - Rats KW - 1970 DO - 10.3758/BF03335652 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-00444-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-00404-001 AN - 1971-00404-001 AU - Freed, Earl X. AU - Carpenter, John A. AU - Hymowitz, Norman T1 - Acquisition and extinction of schedule-induced polydipsic consumption of alcohol and water. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1970/06// VL - 26 IS - 3 SP - 915 EP - 922 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-00404-001. PMID: 5433810 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freed, Earl X.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Alcohol Research Lab., Lyons, N.J. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohols; Extinction (Learning); Rat Learning; Reinforcement; Water Intake. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1970. AB - Trained 16 Charles River (cd) rats to bar-press on a fixed-interval (FI) 60 schedule for varying number of days, 1/2 with water present and 1/2 with alcohol. Predictably, schedule-induced fluid consumption resulted. 10 days of extinction of bar-pressing followed. During FI 60 both groups bar-pressed approximately equally often but greater fluid consumption occurred in the group on water. During extinction, both groups showed reduced bar-pressing behavior. Whereas water consumption was extinguished in 2 days, alcohol consumption remained high and quite variable after bar-pressing had stopped. Results suggest that bar-pressing and fluid consumption are independent behaviors, which finding argues against explanations of schedule-induced polydipsia based on adventitious reinforcement. For some Ss, the termination of alcohol intake prior to the end of an FI 60 session without an associated cessation of bar-pressing suggests that schedule-induced polydipsia is a function of the aversiveness of the reinforcement schedule. (25 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - acquisition & extinction of schedule-induced polydipsic consumption of alcohol & water KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Alcohols KW - Extinction (Learning) KW - Rat Learning KW - Reinforcement KW - Water Intake KW - Rats KW - 1970 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1970.26.3.915 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-00404-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-21292-001 AN - 1970-21292-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Klett, William G. AU - Lorei, Theodore W. T1 - Toward an operational definition of anhedonia. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1970/// VL - 26 IS - 2 SP - 371 EP - 376 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1970-21292-001. PMID: 4395027 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19701201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Measurement; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Schizophrenia; Symptoms. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Systematic study of S. Rado's (see 37:1) idea that anhedonia plays a central role in the development of schizophrenia has lagged for want of a suitable operational definition. Therefore, 7 measures appearing to reflect anhedonia were intercorrelated and factor analyzed. The resulting varimax factors were named: (a) apathy vs. cheerfulness, defined by Psychotic Inpatient Profile and Nurses' Observation Scale for Inpatient Evaluation items, Gurel's Goalless Apathy Scale and a Fun-seeking rating; and (b) apathy vs. energy, defined by Goalless Apathy, the Elgin Interests Scale, Fun-seeking, and a specially constructed MMPI scale. It is suggested that anhedonia might best be considered as a multivariate dimension but that, where a single definition is desired, the scales defining the 2nd factor may be the most appropriate. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - operational definition of anhedonia KW - contribution to S. Rado KW - 1970 KW - Measurement KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Schizophrenia KW - Symptoms KW - 1970 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1970.26.2.371 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-21292-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-21252-001 AN - 1970-21252-001 AU - Deckner, C. William AU - Cromwell, Rue L. T1 - Commonality of word association response in schizophrenia as a function of premorbid adjustment, chronicity, and paranoid status. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1970/// VL - 26 IS - 2 SP - 503 EP - 509 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1970-21252-001. PMID: 5486322 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Deckner, C. William; Veterans Administration Hosp., Nashville, Tenn. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19701201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Learning; Schizophrenia; Testing; Word Associations. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Administered the Kent-Rosanoff word association test to 102 hospitalized, adult male schizophrenics. Neither chronicity nor paranoid status differentiated commonality of word association response. Premorbid adjustment level differentiated, but differences were in the direction opposite to those reported in previous research. That is, schizophrenics with poor premorbid adjustment exceeded those with good premorbid adjustment in mean commonality score. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - commonality of word association KW - premorbid adjustment & chronicity & paranoid status KW - schizophrenics KW - 1970 KW - Learning KW - Schizophrenia KW - Testing KW - Word Associations KW - 1970 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1970.26.2.503 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-21252-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-21237-001 AN - 1970-21237-001 AU - Seitz, Frank C. T1 - Neurotic depression: A self-concept description. JF - Psychology: A Journal of Human Behavior JO - Psychology: A Journal of Human Behavior JA - Psychology Y1 - 1970/// VL - 7 IS - 2 SP - 2 EP - 5 CY - US PB - Inst for Leadership and Organization Effectiveness SN - 0033-3077 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-21237-001. Other Journal Title: Psychology and Education: An Interdisciplinary Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Seitz, Frank C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Denver, Colo. Release Date: 19701201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depression (Emotion); Neurosis; Self-Concept; Self-Perception; Social Perception. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - The self-concept and pathology of neurotic depressives can be seen from at least 2 perspectives: (a) Pathology might be described in terms of the discrepancies between what one thinks about himself (self-concept) and what others actually report about him (social self). The depressive's perceptions of himself are discussed in terms of the negative distortions involved. (b) The 2nd perspective is a self-concept viewpoint couched strictly in terms of internal, phenomenological references, i.e., the previously mentioned discrepancies between self-concept, what he would like to be (goal self), and social self. The self-concept of the neurotic depressive is characterized by attitudes and convictions of being hopeless, helpless, and worthless. Such a person has an exaggerated self-blaming attitude, believes others overvalue him, and has pessimistic expectations. Such negative convictions are conceived of as being bound up with a self-defeating and self-perpetuating depressive cycle. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neurotic depression KW - self concept vs. ideal self vs. socially perceived self KW - 1970 KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Neurosis KW - Self-Concept KW - Self-Perception KW - Social Perception KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-21237-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-21179-001 AN - 1970-21179-001 AU - McNeal, Benjamin F. AU - Johnston, Roy AU - Aspromonte, Victor A. T1 - Effect of accurate forecasts on length of hospital stay of psychiatric patients. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1970/08// VL - 35 IS - 1, Pt.1 SP - 91 EP - 94 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-21179-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McNeal, Benjamin F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Canandaigua, N.Y. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Prediction; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Forecasts of length of hospital stay (prognosis) for 1/2 of 200 male consecutive psychiatric patients resulted in no change in average hospital stay as compared to alternately chosen controls. Short-stay predicted Ss left later and long-stay Ss left earlier than controls. Diagnosis as reflected in prognosis alone was not generally effective in reducing length of hospital stay. Prediction decreased in accuracy when it was made known at the outset of treatment. Expectancy was not fulfilled in spite of an opportunity for self-fulfilling prophecy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - average hospital stay KW - forecasts of length of stay KW - male psychiatric patients KW - 1970 KW - Prediction KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0029647 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-21179-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1970-21170-000 AN - 1970-21170-000 AU - Gilbert, Joseph T1 - Clinical psychological tests in psychiatric and medical practice. Y1 - 1969/// CY - Oxford, England PB - Charles C Thomas N1 - Accession Number: 1970-21170-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gilbert, Joseph; Veterans Administration Hosp., Charleston, S.C. Release Date: 19701201. Publication Type: Book (0200). Format Covered: Print. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Medical Sciences; Projective Techniques; Psychodiagnosis; Testing. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 295. KW - clinical psychological tests in psychiatric & medical practice KW - reference guide KW - 1969 KW - Medical Sciences KW - Projective Techniques KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Testing KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-21170-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-21169-001 AN - 1970-21169-001 AU - Gannon, D. R. AU - Tyler, D. W. T1 - Effects of paraphrasing clinical interview items on structured responses. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1970/// VL - 26 IS - 2 SP - 631 EP - 635 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1970-21169-001. PMID: 4395029 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gannon, D. R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Augusta, Ga. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19701201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interviews; Item Analysis (Test); Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Patients; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Interview. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - 6 paraphrasers (Ps) of varied professional experience each paraphrased the same 30 MMPI items. Veterans' Administration patients (N = 33) sorted all 180 items plus the original (O) items and 40 fillers into 2 categories, true and false. Results show that there are significant differences among items with respect to the consistency of response by Ss, and significant differences among Ss in consistency of sorting O items and their variations. There were large differences among various pairs of Ps in the number of identical responses elicited from Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - paraphrase of clinical interview items KW - MMPI KW - 1970 KW - Interviews KW - Item Analysis (Test) KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1970 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1970.26.2.631 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-21169-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-21139-001 AN - 1970-21139-001 AU - Hollister, Leo E. T1 - Choice of antipsychotic drugs. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1970/// VL - 127 IS - 2 SP - 186 EP - 190 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-21139-001. PMID: 5528794 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hollister, Leo E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19701201. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Psychiatrists; Psychosis; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Antipsychotic drugs are the most useful treatment available for the most serious psychiatric disorders. Despite the plethora of available drugs, a rational choice of few will provide a full range of therapeutic effects. One must always choose drugs in relation to the special needs of individual patients. A properly chosen drug may be preferable to polypharmacy. (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - choice of antipsychotic drugs KW - 1970 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Psychiatrists KW - Psychosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1970 DO - 10.1176/ajp.127.2.186 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-21139-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-20510-001 AN - 1970-20510-001 AU - Pomerleau, O. F. T1 - The effects of stimuli followed by response-independent shock on shock-avoidance behavior. JF - Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior JO - Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior JA - J Exp Anal Behav Y1 - 1970/// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 11 EP - 21 CY - US PB - Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior SN - 0022-5002 SN - 1938-3711 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-20510-001. PMID: 4988588 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pomerleau, O. F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Montrose, N.Y. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19701201. Correction Date: 20130218. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance; Responses; Shock; Stimulus Parameters. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Trained 4 rhesus monkeys on a nondiscriminated shock-avoidance schedule (base line). Stimuli followed by response-independent shock were then presented with the avoidance base line no longer in effect. The main portion of the experiment consisted of superimposing (independently of responding) the stimuli followed by response-independent shock on the avoidance base line. Different temporal values of stimulus duration and delay of shock (produced by an avoidance response) were presented successively, using each S as his own control. When the stimulus duration was short or the delay of shock was long, so that avoidance rate during the stimulus could assume any value without resulting in base-line (avoidable) shocks, a lowered or 'suppressed' rate of responding developed during the stimulus. When the stimulus duration was long or the delay of shock was brief, so that avoidable shocks resulted from a response decrement during the stimulus, high or 'facilitated' rates of responding for a large proportion of the time that the stimulus was present. (22 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - shock-avoidance behavior KW - stimuli followed by response-independent shock KW - monkey KW - 1970 KW - Avoidance KW - Responses KW - Shock KW - Stimulus Parameters KW - Monkeys KW - 1970 DO - 10.1901/jeab.1970.14-11 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-20510-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-20452-001 AN - 1970-20452-001 AU - Schapiro, Shawn AU - Salas, Manuel T1 - Behavioral response of infant rats to maternal odor. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1970/// VL - 5 IS - 7 SP - 815 EP - 817 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-20452-001. PMID: 5522499 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schapiro, Shawn; Veterans Administration Hosp., Developmental Neuroendocrinology Lab., San Fernando, Calif. Release Date: 19701201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interference (Learning); Mothers; Olfactory Perception. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20); Female (40). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Infancy (2-23 mo) (140). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Studied the spontaneous activity of 2-12 day old Sprague-Dawley infant rats in the presence and absence of maternal odor. In the presence of maternal odor ongoing activity was generally inhibited. It is suggested that olfactory imprinting may play a role in species and/or individual recognition, and exerts an important function in the ethology of the species. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavioral response KW - presence vs. absence of maternal odor KW - infant rat KW - 1970 KW - Interference (Learning) KW - Mothers KW - Olfactory Perception KW - Rats KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(70)90285-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-20452-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-20257-001 AN - 1970-20257-001 AU - Pare, William P. AU - Isom, Kile E. AU - Reus, James F. T1 - Recording the electrocardiogram from the squirrel monkey, Saimira sciureus. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1970/// VL - 5 IS - 7 SP - 819 EP - 821 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-20257-001. PMID: 5001345 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pare, William P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19701201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus; Electrophysiology; Methodology. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Describes a technique for recording the EKG from the squirrel monkey by utilizing surface electrodes placed on the Ss chest. The design of a commercially available restraining chair was modified to allow S to operate a manipulandum but prevent him from disturbing the recording electrodes. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EKG recording technique KW - squirrel monkey KW - 1970 KW - Apparatus KW - Electrophysiology KW - Methodology KW - Monkeys KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(70)90286-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-20257-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-19800-001 AN - 1970-19800-001 AU - King, Nancy W. AU - Justesen, Don R. AU - Simpson, Albert D. T1 - The photo-likerandum: A device for detecting the licking response, with capability for near-instantaneous programming of variable quantum reinforcement. JF - Behavior Research Methods & Instrumentation JO - Behavior Research Methods & Instrumentation Y1 - 1970/// VL - 2 IS - 3 SP - 125 EP - 129 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0005-7878 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-19800-001. Other Journal Title: Behavior Research Methods; Behavior Research Methods, Instruments & Computers. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: King, Nancy W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Kansas City, Mo. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19701201. Correction Date: 20110314. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus; Reinforcement. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Described a combined operandum-feeder that eliminates the necessity of passing an electrical sensing current through S while detecting and reinforcing tongue-licking responses. A glass nozzle for dispensing liquid reinforcers is situated just above a small separation in a loop of photo-conducting Sterite tubing; licks at a tiny area below the nozzle break a light beam and are detected via a photo-resistor and associated circuitry. Data are presented from a study in which 6 Sprague-Dawley rats worked at the operandum on a multiple fixed-ratio 40 extinction schedule; performance and records are comparable to those obtained via conventional electronic sensing. Applications of the photo-lickerandum and an associated variable-quantum reinforcing system are suggested. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - combined operandum-feeder KW - detection of licking response KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Apparatus KW - Reinforcement KW - Rats KW - 1970 DO - 10.3758/BF03211021 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-19800-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-19062-001 AN - 1970-19062-001 AU - Schlingensiepen, Wilhelm AU - Kasl, Stanislav V. T1 - Helpseeking behavior of male college students with emotional problems. JF - Social Psychiatry JO - Social Psychiatry Y1 - 1970/// VL - 5 IS - 1 SP - 25 EP - 34 CY - Germany PB - Springer N1 - Accession Number: 1970-19062-001. Other Journal Title: Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schlingensiepen, Wilhelm; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Release Date: 19701101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinics; Mental Health; Personality; Self-Concept; Student Attitudes. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Administered questionnaires to 125 male undergraduates of whom about 1/3 had been users of the facilities of the free Mental Health Clinic on campus, while the remainder, the nonusers, had not utilized any such facilities. It was found that users and nonusers could be differentiated on religious, social, and emotional bases. (French & German summaries) (36 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - helpseeking behavior as use of free campus mental health clinic KW - social & religious & emotional factors KW - male undergraduates KW - 1970 KW - Clinics KW - Mental Health KW - Personality KW - Self-Concept KW - Student Attitudes KW - 1970 DO - 10.1007/BF01539793 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-19062-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-18891-001 AN - 1970-18891-001 AU - Van Stone, William W. T1 - A study of preadmission contacts at a Veteran's Administration hospital. JF - Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic JO - Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic JA - Bull Menninger Clin Y1 - 1970/// VL - 34 IS - 3 SP - 161 EP - 167 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0025-9284 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-18891-001. PMID: 5474172 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Stone, William W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19701101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospitals; Psychiatric Hospital Programs. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - 'This pilot study raises the possibility that a significant number of veterans currently being admitted to Veterans Administration psychiatric hospitals might be treated more expeditiously nearer their home communities or even outside the hospital altogether. More attention should be paid to defining the nature of the clinical problem, to seeking and actively involving local resources including the family or a family surrogate, and to discussing with those involved the purposes, limitations, and obligations of hospital treatment prior to actual hospitalization.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - preadmission contacts at Veterans Administration psychiatric hospital KW - 1970 KW - Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-18891-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-18851-001 AN - 1970-18851-001 AU - Biddy, Ralph L. AU - Smith, Robert S. AU - Magrinat, Gaston S. T1 - Ba-30803 in chronic anxiety states. JF - Journal of Clinical Pharmacology & the Journal of New Drugs JO - Journal of Clinical Pharmacology & the Journal of New Drugs JA - J Clin Pharmacol J New Drugs Y1 - 1970/// VL - 10 IS - 1 SP - 29 EP - 36 SN - 0095-9863 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-18851-001. PMID: 5263334 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Biddy, Ralph L.; Cochran Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Louis, Mo. Release Date: 19701101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Drug Therapy; Neurosis; Outpatient Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Benzoctamine hydrochloride (Ba-30803) 10 and 20 mg/day was compared to diazepam, 2 and 5 mg/day. A double-blind design was used for 55 psychoneurotic anxious outpatients. Dosage was individual based on patient response. Significant response was obtained with both drugs with equal efficacy. More side effects were reported with Ba-30803 notably sedation, blurred vision, and gastrointestinal disturbance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Ba-30803 treatment KW - psychoneurotic anxious outpatients KW - 1970 KW - Anxiety KW - Drug Therapy KW - Neurosis KW - Outpatient Treatment KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-18851-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-18697-001 AN - 1970-18697-001 AU - Palmer, R. D. T1 - Visual acuity and stimulus seeking behavior. JF - Psychosomatic Medicine JO - Psychosomatic Medicine Y1 - 1970/// VL - 32 IS - 3 SP - 277 EP - 284 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0033-3174 SN - 1534-7796 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-18697-001. PMID: 5419611 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Palmer, R. D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brooklyn, N.Y. Release Date: 19701101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Correlates; Personality Measures; Projective Techniques; Stimulation; Vision. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - To test the hypotheses that (a) individuals with high uncorrected visual acuity would demonstrate a higher preferred level of stimulation on Zuckerman's measure of 'sensation-seeking' tendencies, (b) TAT stories of high acuity individuals were rated as more interesting and novel, and (c) a higher level of physical activity in the stories would be found in the stories of high acuity individuals, 125 male veterans were given the Zuckerman Sensation Seeking Scale and 55 male undergraduates were given 6 TAT cards. The results confirm only Hypotheses a and b. (35 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stimulus seeking behavior KW - visual acuity KW - Zuckerman Sensation Seeking Scale & TAT KW - 1970 KW - Personality Correlates KW - Personality Measures KW - Projective Techniques KW - Stimulation KW - Vision KW - 1970 DO - 10.1097/00006842-197005000-00006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-18697-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-18688-001 AN - 1970-18688-001 AU - Cleveland, S. E. AU - Johnson, D. L. T1 - Motivation and readiness of potential human tissue donors and nondonors. JF - Psychosomatic Medicine JO - Psychosomatic Medicine Y1 - 1970/// VL - 32 IS - 3 SP - 225 EP - 231 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0033-3174 SN - 1534-7796 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-18688-001. PMID: 5419608 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cleveland, S. E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19701101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Motivation; Attitudes; Educational Background; Medical Sciences; Socioeconomic Status. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Ss from different socioeconomic levels answered an organ transplant questionnaire. The tendency to volunteer as donors after death was higher among Ss having better than a high school education. Nondonors in a psychiatric group expressed more concern about body integrity and worried more about death than donors. Donors would themselves accept a transplanted organ if needed for survival while nondonors would reject such aid. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - motivation & readiness of potential human tissue donors vs. nondonors KW - socioeconomic level & educational background KW - 1970 KW - Animal Motivation KW - Attitudes KW - Educational Background KW - Medical Sciences KW - Socioeconomic Status KW - 1970 DO - 10.1097/00006842-197005000-00001 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-18688-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-18343-001 AN - 1970-18343-001 AU - Penk, Walter T1 - Two measures of category breadth: Age, sex, examiner differences and intercorrelations. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1969/// VL - 25 IS - 3 SP - 859 EP - 870 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1970-18343-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Penk, Walter; Veterans Administration Hosp., Dallas, Tex. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19701101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Classification (Cognitive Process); Human Sex Differences; Thinking. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Administered 2 measures of category breadth to 100 2nd-6th graders, 7-11 yr. old. Sex differences were not replicated. Significant age differences occurred. The 2 measures of category breadth evidenced different growth patterns: 1 measure followed a linear decline combined with a resurgence of means; the other measure showed a U-shaped quadratic trend indicating that youngest and oldest Ss used broader category breadths than intermediate-aged Ss. Examiner differences were not significant. Intercorrelations suggested that test correlates and behavioral referents of category breadth necessitated redefinition or elaboration. While broader categorization continues to be defined as high tolerance for deviant instances in psychological similarity, it is not associated with the converse. Specifically, broad categorization negatively related to measures of comparatively mature levels of verbal abstractions. (24 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - category breadth measures KW - age & sex & E differences KW - 7-11 yr. olds KW - 1969 KW - Age Differences KW - Classification (Cognitive Process) KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Thinking KW - 1969 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1969.25.3.859 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-18343-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-18090-001 AN - 1970-18090-001 AU - Sterman, M. B. AU - Wyrwicka, W. AU - Roth, S. T1 - Electrophysiological correlates and neural substrates of alimentary behavior in the cat. JF - Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences JO - Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences JA - Ann N Y Acad Sci Y1 - 1969/// VL - 157 IS - 2 SP - 723 EP - 739 CY - US PB - New York Academy of Sciences SN - 0077-8923 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-18090-001. PMID: 5255637 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sterman, M. B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19701101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Digestive System; Electroencephalography; Food Intake. Minor Descriptor: Cats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - 2 EEG slow-wave rhythms are related to food-directed behavior in the awake-behaving cat. The sensorimotor rhythm reflects somatomotor inhibition, important for food-getting in a predator. The postreinforcement synchronization wave over the dorsal posterior cerebral cortex during food or water consumption reflects satiation. Similarity between satiation and drowsiness patterns both in terms of EEG and behavior suggests a general capacity for terminating innate behaviors, of which feeding is only 1 instance. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - food-directed behavior KW - EEG KW - cat KW - 1969 KW - Digestive System KW - Electroencephalography KW - Food Intake KW - Cats KW - 1969 DO - 10.1111/j.1749-6632.1969.tb12916.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-18090-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-18061-001 AN - 1970-18061-001 AU - Fleming, Donovan E. T1 - Modified pupillary diameter and evoked potential component variation in waking cats. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 27 IS - 1 SP - 84 EP - 86 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-18061-001. PMID: 4182895 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fleming, Donovan E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Phoenix, Ariz. Release Date: 19701101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebral Cortex; Evoked Potentials; Eye (Anatomy); Illumination. Minor Descriptor: Cats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Investigated peak delay and amplitude variations of 3 regularly appearing components of photically evoked cortical potentials in 10 adult waking cats during conditions of experimentally modified pupillary diameter. It was observed that the parameters of an early component were most sensitive to modifications in pupillary diameter. When compared with mydriatic and mobile pupil values, the values for both the latency to the initial deflection and peak delay of the 1st appearing component were reliably longer during miosis. The amplitude of this component was smaller during the miotic condition than during conditions of mydriatic and mobile pupils. Component values obtained during mobile and mydriatic conditions did not differ reliably. (French summary) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - photically evoked cortical potentials KW - peak delay & amplitude variations during modified pupillary diameter KW - cat KW - 1969 KW - Cerebral Cortex KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Eye (Anatomy) KW - Illumination KW - Cats KW - 1969 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(69)90113-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-18061-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-18013-001 AN - 1970-18013-001 AU - Hamilton, C. L. T1 - Problems of refeeding after starvation in the rat. JF - Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences JO - Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences JA - Ann N Y Acad Sci Y1 - 1969/// VL - 157 IS - 2 SP - 1004 EP - 1016 CY - US PB - New York Academy of Sciences SN - 0077-8923 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-18013-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hamilton, C. L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coatsville, Pa. Release Date: 19701101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Deprivation; Food Intake; Hypothalamus; Lesions. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Number of days fasting and food consumed on 1st refeeding day varied inversely. Ss with ventromedial lesions showed exaggerated poststarvation anorexia. Poststarvation anorexia was related to lack of ingestional experience during the fast. The enigma of poststarvation anorexia is that after prolonged deprivation of exogenous energy, the S took so long to make up the deficit. This was not so when the rat was cold-stressed or when its diet was diluted by 50% nonnutritive bulk. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ventromedial hypothalamic lesions KW - food intake after starvation KW - rat KW - 1969 KW - Deprivation KW - Food Intake KW - Hypothalamus KW - Lesions KW - Rats KW - 1969 DO - 10.1111/j.1749-6632.1969.tb12933.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-18013-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-17832-001 AN - 1970-17832-001 AU - Elkins, Earleen F. T1 - Analyses of the phonetic composition and word familiarity attributes of CNC intelligibility word lists. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JA - J Speech Hear Disord Y1 - 1970/// VL - 35 IS - 2 SP - 156 EP - 160 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Association SN - 0022-4677 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-17832-001. PMID: 5442336 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Elkins, Earleen F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Washington, D.C. Release Date: 19701101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Familiarity; Meaningfulness; Speech Perception; Verbal Communication; Words (Phonetic Units). Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Neither the Phonetically Balanced-50 or the Word-22 speech discrimination tests are without some shortcomings shown by clinical experience and research. In the consonant-nucleus-consonant (CNC) word lists precautions were taken regarding phonetic composition as well as word familiarity and 10 lists were developed which have the possibility of being a valuable measure of speech intelligibility. Analyses are presented which demonstrate that the CNC word lists are phonetically balanced and are relatively uniform in word familiarity distribution. Further studies are needed to evaluate reliability and interlist relationships. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - consonant-nucleus-consonant intelligibility word lists KW - phonetic composition & word familiarity KW - 1970 KW - Familiarity KW - Meaningfulness KW - Speech Perception KW - Verbal Communication KW - Words (Phonetic Units) KW - 1970 DO - 10.1044/jshd.3502.156 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-17832-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-17237-001 AN - 1970-17237-001 AU - Andrew, June M. T1 - Recovery from surgery, with and without preparatory instruction, for three coping styles. JF - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology JO - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology JA - J Pers Soc Psychol Y1 - 1970/07// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 223 EP - 226 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-3514 SN - 1939-1315 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-17237-001. PMID: 5485413 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Andrew, June M.; Wadsworth Veterans Administration Hosp., Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance; Disorders; Hospitals; Personality Traits; Teaching. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - A stress-reduction method (information giving) was chosen as a possible method to improve recovery from surgery for 1 personality type sensitizers who typically do seek, learn, and use information in their intellectualizing defenses. 59 hospitalized veterans served as Ss. An opposite-extreme group avoiders who seldom use intellectualizing defenses, was expected to improve little; while an intermediate group neutrals was expected to improve an intermediate amount. However, results show learning was unimportant; and that the middle group improved most, recovering in less time and with fewer medications when instructed than when not instructed, while avoiders required more medications when instructed, though not longer time. Sensitizers, expected to show the greatest improvement, did not change. Results are interpreted in terms of adaptation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - recovery from surgery & effects of instruction KW - sensitizers vs. avoiders vs. control group KW - 1970 KW - Avoidance KW - Disorders KW - Hospitals KW - Personality Traits KW - Teaching KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0029442 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-17237-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1970-17093-000 AN - 1970-17093-000 AU - Engelberg, Marvin W. T1 - Audiological evaluation for exaggerated hearing level. Y1 - 1969/// CY - Oxford, England PB - Charles C Thomas N1 - Accession Number: 1970-17093-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Engelberg, Marvin W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Cleveland, O. Release Date: 19701001. Publication Type: Book (0200). Format Covered: Print. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Audiometry; Auditory Perception; Ear (Anatomy); Verbal Communication. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 118. KW - audiological evaluation for exaggerated hearing level KW - diagnosis & physiological basis & speech threshold & discrimination & audiometry methods KW - book KW - 1969 KW - Audiometry KW - Auditory Perception KW - Ear (Anatomy) KW - Verbal Communication KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-17093-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-16999-001 AN - 1970-16999-001 AU - Hollister, Leo E. T1 - Steroids and moods: Correlations in schizophrenics and subjects treated with lysergic acid diethlylamide (LSD), mescaline, tetrahydrocannabinol, and synhexyl. JF - Journal of Clinical Pharmacology & the Journal of New Drugs JO - Journal of Clinical Pharmacology & the Journal of New Drugs JA - J Clin Pharmacol J New Drugs Y1 - 1969/// VL - 9 IS - 1 SP - 24 EP - 29 SN - 0095-9863 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-16999-001. PMID: 5250309 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hollister, Leo E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19701001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biochemistry; Drugs; Emotions; Excretion; Lysergic Acid Diethylamide. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Measured excretion of 17-hydroxycorticosteroids and related steroids after LSD, mescaline, and a synthetic tetrahydrocannabinol (THC)-like material, synhexyl. Previous measures were taken with 22 newly admitted schizophrenics, in which no change from normal levels of steroids was noted. LSD and mescaline produced marked changes in mood but only a small increase in steroid excretion. THC and synhexyl influenced mood but not steroid excretion. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - LSD & mescaline & tetrahydrocannabinol & synhexyl KW - 17-hydroxycorticosteroid & related steroid excretion & moods KW - schizophrenics & normals KW - 1969 KW - Biochemistry KW - Drugs KW - Emotions KW - Excretion KW - Lysergic Acid Diethylamide KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-16999-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-16927-001 AN - 1970-16927-001 AU - Rohan, William P. T1 - A follow-up study of hospitalized problem drinkers. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1970/// VL - 31 IS - 4 SP - 259 EP - 265 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-16927-001. Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rohan, William P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northampton, Mass. Release Date: 19701001. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Alcohols; Hospitals; Occupations; Organizations. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Describes a 1-yr follow-up of 178 hospitalized and treated veterans with histories of alcohol problems. Information obtained by mail concerned drinking patterns, work habits, subsequent hospitalizations, and living conditions. Results indicate that 5% were deceased, about 40% were drinking regularly, and 31% claimed complete sobriety since discharge; 29% had drunk since discharge, but were not drinking at present; 37% were working; 25% had worked, but were not working at present; and 38% had not worked at all. About 30% were attending AA at the time of the follow-up. Significant relationships were found between AA attendance and drinking patterns. There were no relationships between working and drinking or working and AA attendance. Living conditions were related to drinking behavior. New theoretical and treatment changes are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drinking patterns & work habits & hospitalizations & living conditions & Alcoholics Anonymous attendance KW - hospitalized problem drinkers KW - follow-up study KW - 1970 KW - Alcoholism KW - Alcohols KW - Hospitals KW - Occupations KW - Organizations KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-16927-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-16879-001 AN - 1970-16879-001 AU - Keith-Spiegel, Patricia AU - Grayson, Harry M. AU - Spiegel, Don T1 - Using the discharge interview to evaluate a psychiatric hospital. JF - Mental Hygiene JO - Mental Hygiene Y1 - 1970/// VL - 54 IS - 2 SP - 298 EP - 300 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-16879-001. PMID: 5444616 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Keith-Spiegel, Patricia; Veterans Administration Center, Brentwood Hosp., Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19701001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interviews; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Hospital Programs. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Interview. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - A total of 360 consecutively discharged patients from a large neuropsychiatric hospital were individually interviewed on the day of their exit into the community, by means of a modification of the Grace Surber technique, including 3 questions: 'What did you like best about the hospital? Least? What suggestions have you for improvement?' Greatest likes included: general good treatment, food, and staff in general. Greatest dislikes: did not see doctor often enough, locked ward, and being confined. Suggestions included: more evening activities, more activities for locked ward patients, and more therapy by the treatment physician. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - evaluation of psychiatric hospital KW - modified Grace Surber discharge-interview technique KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1970 KW - Interviews KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Treatment KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-16879-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-16866-001 AN - 1970-16866-001 AU - Sanger, Maury D. T1 - Depression and allergic dermatologic disease. JF - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JO - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JA - Psychosomatics Y1 - 1969/// VL - 10 IS - 3 SP - 25 EP - 27 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0033-3182 SN - 1545-7206 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-16866-001. PMID: 4898442 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sanger, Maury D.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Brooklyn, N.Y. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19701001. Correction Date: 20130923. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depression (Emotion); Disorders; Drug Therapy; Skin (Anatomy); Somatoform Disorders. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Presents a double-blind study which evaluated the efficacy of doxepin as compared with amitriptyline in the treatment of emotional symptomatology accompanying dermatologic disease. Results after 6 wk. of therapy show doxepin was more effective than amitriptyline in the treatment of anxious, depressive symptomatology in 32 patients with dermatologic diseases. Both drugs were well tolerated, and there were no drug-related laboratory abnormalities reported. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - doxepin vs. amitriptyline KW - depression KW - Ss with allergic dermatologic disease KW - 1969 KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Disorders KW - Drug Therapy KW - Skin (Anatomy) KW - Somatoform Disorders KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-16866-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-16865-001 AN - 1970-16865-001 AU - Sanger, Maury T1 - Panel discussions: On measuring psychotherapeutic action. JF - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JO - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JA - Psychosomatics Y1 - 1969/// VL - 10 IS - 3 SP - 55 EP - 57 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0033-3182 SN - 1545-7206 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-16865-001. PMID: 5822698 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sanger, Maury; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Brooklyn, N.Y. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19701001. Correction Date: 20130923. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depression (Emotion); Drug Therapy; Measurement; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1969. KW - psychotherapeutic action of drugs KW - measurement KW - depressives KW - panel discussion KW - 1969 KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Drug Therapy KW - Measurement KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-16865-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-16859-001 AN - 1970-16859-001 AU - Lowenstam, Ilse T1 - Metronidazole and placebo in the treatment of chronic alcoholism: A comparative study. JF - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JO - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JA - Psychosomatics Y1 - 1969/// VL - 10 IS - 3 SP - 43 EP - 45 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0033-3182 SN - 1545-7206 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-16859-001. PMID: 5822696 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lowenstam, Ilse; Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19701001. Correction Date: 20130923. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Alcohols; Drug Therapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Ran 2 studies to examine the effects of metronidazole and placebo on alcoholic intake of 91 and 100 chronic alcoholics. There was a high percentage of success under both treatments. It is concluded that the attention received during treatment was itself therapeutic, and that even poor results showed some success because many Ss were motivated to request further treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - metronidazole vs. placebo KW - alcohol intake KW - chronic alcoholics KW - 1969 KW - Alcoholism KW - Alcohols KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-16859-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-16582-001 AN - 1970-16582-001 AU - Wallace, Donnel AU - Rothaus, Paul T1 - Communication, group loyalty, and trust in the PD game. JF - Journal of Conflict Resolution JO - Journal of Conflict Resolution JA - J Conflict Resolut Y1 - 1969/// VL - 13 IS - 3 SP - 370 EP - 380 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0022-0027 SN - 1552-8766 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-16582-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wallace, Donnel; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19701001. Correction Date: 20121015. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Communication; Group Dynamics; Interpersonal Influences; Personality Traits; Social Perception. Minor Descriptor: Cooperation. Classification: Social Psychology (3000). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Studied the influence of reward conditions, group membership, and personality variables on communication, attitude ratings, and percent of cooperative choices in the Prisoner's Dilemma game with 48 male neuropsychiatric patients. Results show: (a) no impressive relationships between intelligence, personality, and game behavior; (b) social-psychological relationships of the players were a significant determinant of game behavior; (c) initial attitude scores were more positive or favorable when Ss played members of their own ward compared to when Ss played members from another ward; and (d) reward conditions were not sufficiently powerful to alter game behavior but reward factors intensified the inclination of members to trusting and distrusting behaviors based on group membership characteristics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - communication & attitude ratings & cooperative choices in Prisoner's Dilemma game KW - reward conditions & group membership & personality variables KW - 1969 KW - Communication KW - Group Dynamics KW - Interpersonal Influences KW - Personality Traits KW - Social Perception KW - Cooperation KW - 1969 DO - 10.1177/002200276901300305 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-16582-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-16211-001 AN - 1970-16211-001 AU - Barrett, Robert J. AU - Ray, Oakley S. T1 - Behavior in the open field, Lashley III maze, shuttle-box, and Sidman avoidance as a function of strain, sex, and age. JF - Developmental Psychology JO - Developmental Psychology JA - Dev Psychol Y1 - 1970/07// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 73 EP - 77 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0012-1649 SN - 1939-0599 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-16211-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barrett, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Nashville, Tenn. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Animal Sex Differences; Avoidance Conditioning; Maze Learning. Minor Descriptor: Animals; Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Compared behavior of 704 naive male and female rats of 2 ages from 4 commercial strains on 3 learning tasks and a measure of general activity. Response measures varied significantly as a function of strain on all measures, being most pronounced in shuttle-box avoidance and open-field behavior. The effect of sex and age were task specific. Females were consistently more active than males but made significantly more errors in learning a Lashley III maze. Old Ss were less active than young Ss and, except for a few Ss from the Holtzman strain, did not learn the Lashley III maze. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - open field & Lashley III maze & shuttle-box & Sidman avoidance learning KW - sex & strain & age differences KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Age Differences KW - Animal Sex Differences KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Maze Learning KW - Animals KW - Rats KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0029402 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-16211-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-15834-001 AN - 1970-15834-001 AU - Stokinger, Thomas E. AU - Cooper, William A. Jr. AU - Lankford, James E. T1 - The effect of interstimulus interval on the interaural difference limen for intensity. JF - Journal of Auditory Research JO - Journal of Auditory Research JA - J Aud Res Y1 - 1969/// VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 129 EP - 138 CY - US PB - C.W. Shilling Auditory Research Center, Inc. SN - 0021-9177 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-15834-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stokinger, Thomas E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Release Date: 19701001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Audiometry; Auditory Discrimination; Auditory Perception; Interstimulus Interval. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - 3 experiments were completed to determine how the duration of an interstimulus interval affects the interaural differential intensity threshold for a 1-kcps pure-tone signal. The loudness-memory procedure was used with the reference and comparison signals presented to the opposite ears of a listener. For most of the conditions investigated, the differential threshold magnitude is independent of the interstimulus interval. However, when the interval is 0 and the signal durations are as brief as 200 msec., the differential threshold value is increased. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - interaural differential intensity threshold KW - interstimulus interval KW - 1969 KW - Audiometry KW - Auditory Discrimination KW - Auditory Perception KW - Interstimulus Interval KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-15834-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-15547-001 AN - 1970-15547-001 AU - Shurley, Jay T. AU - Pierce, Chester M. AU - Natani, Kirmach AU - Brooks, Robert E. T1 - Sleep and activity patterns at South Pole station: A preliminary report. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1970/// VL - 22 IS - 5 SP - 385 EP - 389 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-15547-001. PMID: 5436864 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shurley, Jay T.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Behavioral Science Lab., Oklahoma City, Okla. Release Date: 19700901. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Countries; Environment; Ingestion; Recreation; Sleep. Classification: Industrial & Organizational Psychology (3600); Sport Psychology & Leisure (3700). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Describes a 1-wk pilot study made on 32 civilian and Navy men summering at the South Pole to investigate: (a) reports of insomnia in polar living men from Europe and America, (b) 'effects of seasonal, instead of diurnal, cycles of light and darkness,' (c) 'biological requirements of man for sleep under conditions where he may sleep any part of the 24-hr cycle,' and (d) influence of stressful environment factors. Ss recorded their sleep, drowsiness, eating, work, and recreation time. Results indicate that the mean hr/man/24-hr period for sleep was 7.55; for work, 8.1 hr.; for drowsiness, .49 hr.; and for recreation, 8.6 hr. Findings tend to confirm those of H. Lewis (see 36:5) in the British Expedition study in the extreme variability for sleeping time and in the mean of nearly 8 hr. of sleep/day. It is concluded that long work hours may reflect the effect of perpetual daylight, and the amount of sleep time at the pole is remarkably similar to that of men in the temperate zone, reflecting the influence of cultural factors. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sleep & activity patterns KW - South Pole KW - confirmation of H. Lewis KW - 1970 KW - Countries KW - Environment KW - Ingestion KW - Recreation KW - Sleep KW - 1970 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1970.01740290001001 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-15547-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-15117-001 AN - 1970-15117-001 AU - Gonen, Jay Y. T1 - The use of Wechsler's deterioration quotient in cases of diffuse and symmetrical cerebral atrophy. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1970/// VL - 26 IS - 2 SP - 174 EP - 177 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-15117-001. PMID: 5418130 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gonen, Jay Y.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Cincinnati, O. Release Date: 19700901. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Intelligence Quotient; Measurement; Nervous System Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Hypothesized that cerebral mantle size will be negatively related to Wechsler's deterioration quotient (DQ) and positively related to intelligence in 17 Ss with degenerative neural diseases of the brain and in 7 Ss with posttraumatic encephalopathy. All Ss had diffuse cerebral atrophy. Results indicate that Hunt's modification of Wechsler's DQ is sensitive to cases of diffuse and roughly symmetrical cerebral atrophy. There was a negative relationship between cerebral mantle size and DQ and a positive relationship between cerebral mantle size and Verbal IQ. 'These data provide additional support for the validity of some of the Hold and Don't Hold tests as an index of deterioration and for the validity of cerebral mantle measures as an index of cerebral atrophy.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Wechsler's deterioration quotient & IQ among cerebral atrophy Ss KW - 1970 KW - Brain KW - Intelligence Quotient KW - Measurement KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - 1970 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197004)26:2<174::AID-JCLP2270260211>3.0.CO;2-L UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-15117-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-15112-001 AN - 1970-15112-001 AU - Benson, D. Frank T1 - Developmental Gerstmann syndrome. JF - Neurology JO - Neurology Y1 - 1970/// VL - 20 IS - 3 SP - 293 EP - 298 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0028-3878 SN - 1526-632X N1 - Accession Number: 1970-15112-001. PMID: 5461058 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Benson, D. Frank; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19700901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Nervous System Disorders; Symptoms; Vision Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Presents 2 cases with an apparent developmental mental syndrome, called Gerstmann syndrome because of the presence of the classical tetrad of right-left disorientation, finger agnosia, agraphia, and acalculia. Reading ability was strikingly preserved in both cases. That the findings in these cases actually represent some underlying disorder (i.e., disordered spatial orientation, defective body image, or visuomotor apraxia) is quite possible, but until additional cases have been investigated and fuller explanations are available, it is suggested that they be considered examples of a developmental Gerstmann syndrome. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Gerstmann developmental mental syndrome KW - symptoms KW - 2 case reports KW - 1970 KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Symptoms KW - Vision Disorders KW - 1970 DO - 10.1212/WNL.20.3.293 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-15112-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-15037-001 AN - 1970-15037-001 AU - Cunningham, Murry K. AU - Botwinik, William AU - Dolson, James AU - Weickert, Andrew A. T1 - Community placement of released mental patients: A five-year study. JF - Social Work JO - Social Work JA - Soc Work Y1 - 1969/// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 54 EP - 61 CY - United Kingdom PB - Oxford University Press SN - 0037-8046 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-15037-001. Other Journal Title: Social Work Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cunningham, Murry K.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northport, N.Y. Release Date: 19700901. Correction Date: 20160922. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Air Force Personnel; Communities; Marriage; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Reports on 1 part of a 5-yr study of 111 patients released from a veterans hospital and placed in halfway houses and rest homes which attempted to determine whether: (a) patients who will make successful adjustment to the community can be selected, and (b) poor-risk patients can be identified. Results were based on an 18-item questionnaire, using data from case records and community home workers. Factors associated with success, i.e., remaining in the community for 2 yr., were youth, unmarried status, long hospitalization, and meaningful involvement in employment and vocational training activities. Results are compared with those from previous studies and recommendations for further study are presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - successful adjustment & poor risk identification in community placement KW - age & marital status & length of hospitalization & employment & vocational training activities KW - released mental patients KW - 1969 KW - Adjustment KW - Air Force Personnel KW - Communities KW - Marriage KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-15037-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-14869-001 AN - 1970-14869-001 AU - Lorei, Theodore W. AU - Cohen, Jacob T1 - Hospital and occupation group differences in opinion about the release or retention of psychiatric patients. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1970/// VL - 26 IS - 2 SP - 223 EP - 229 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-14869-001. PMID: 5418139 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorei, Theodore W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Washington, D.C. Release Date: 19700901. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitudes; Mental Health Personnel; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis. Minor Descriptor: Group Differences. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - A list of 16 possible outcomes of both release and retention was formulated and presented to staffs in 13 hospitals. Differences were noted by occupational group and by hospital. The importance of avoiding indigency, ridicule/rejection, idleness, and family complaints about release and retention were underscored. There was a positive correlation between occupations within hospitals and hospital size. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - opinion on release or retention of psychiatric patients KW - hospital & occupation group differences KW - 1970 KW - Attitudes KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Group Differences KW - 1970 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197004)26:2<223::AID-JCLP2270260230>3.0.CO;2-R UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-14869-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-14866-001 AN - 1970-14866-001 AU - Kish, George B. T1 - Reduced cognitive innovation and stimulus-seeking in chronic schizophrenia. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1970/// VL - 26 IS - 2 SP - 170 EP - 174 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-14866-001. PMID: 5418129 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kish, George B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Ft. Meade, S.D. Release Date: 19700901. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognition; Exploratory Behavior; Mental Health Personnel; Schizophrenia; Therapists. Minor Descriptor: Innovation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - 52 male chronic schizophrenics, 106 male nursing assistants, 110 male alcoholics, and 36 general psychiatric patients were administered the Sensation-Seeking Scale (SSS). The schizophrenic and alcoholic Ss were also administered the Obscure Figures Test (OFT). Ward personnel rated the patients on the Nurses Observation Scale for Inpatient Evaluation (NOSIE-30) and the therapists rated their patients using the Work Motivation Rating Scale. The schizophrenic Ss scored significantly lower on the SSS than all 3 control groups and lower on the OFT than the alcoholic control group. Some individual differences were noted. Apathy of the schizophrenic Ss was related to lowered SSS scores. 'Individually, the SSS appears to measure a trait related to alertness and interest in the environment, which is reflected in degree of ward activity.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive innovation & stimulus seeking KW - rating by therapist & ward personnel KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1970 KW - Cognition KW - Exploratory Behavior KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Schizophrenia KW - Therapists KW - Innovation KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-14866-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-14851-001 AN - 1970-14851-001 AU - Sturm, Israel E. T1 - Neuropsychiatric hospitalization on a follow-up date as a function of ward treatment program. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1970/// VL - 26 IS - 2 SP - 230 EP - 233 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-14851-001. PMID: 5418140 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sturm, Israel E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northport, N.Y. Release Date: 19700901. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimental Design; Nervous System Disorders; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychiatric Patients; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - A follow-up was undertaken for chronic neuropsychiatric patients released from 3 kinds of ward treatment program. In general an award-winning program was not more effective than other programs. Results indicate that it may be useful to explore more liberal release policies. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ward treatment program & follow-up study of ex-neuropsychiatric patients KW - 1970 KW - Experimental Design KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Treatment KW - 1970 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197004)26:2<230::AID-JCLP2270260231>3.0.CO;2-W UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-14851-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-14850-001 AN - 1970-14850-001 AU - Stuen, Marcus R. AU - Solberg, Kristen B. T1 - Maximum hospital benefits vs against medical advice: A comparative study. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1970/// VL - 22 IS - 4 SP - 351 EP - 355 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-14850-001. PMID: 5417632 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stuen, Marcus R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., American Lake, Wash. Release Date: 19700901. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Compared patients leaving against medical advice with those leaving with maximum hospital benefit on the basis of 37 demographic and treatment variables to determine characteristics which would distinguish between the 2 groups. Findings predict that Ss who go against medical advice will stay a shorter period of time, be more aggressive than the average patient, be less cooperative and involved in the treatment program, are likely to have additional alcoholic problems, and repeated similar hospitalizations. Uniformly, it is felt that these Ss could have profited by additional treatment. It is suggested that a significant number of patients (those who go against medical advice) derive no lasting benefit from their hospital experience. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hospital & personal factors potentially influencing psychiatric patients discharged with vs. against medical advice KW - 1970 KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Treatment KW - 1970 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1970.01740280063011 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-14850-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1970-14575-000 AN - 1970-14575-000 AU - Plank, Robert T1 - The emotional significance of imaginary beings: A study of the interaction between psychopathology, literature, and reality in the modern world. Y1 - 1968/// CY - Oxford, England PB - Charles C Thomas N1 - Accession Number: 1970-14575-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Plank, Robert; Veterans Administration Hosp., Mental Hygiene Clinic, Cleaveland, O. Release Date: 19700901. Publication Type: Book (0200). Format Covered: Print. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognition; Emotions; Fantasies (Thought Disturbances); Fantasy (Defense Mechanism); Literature. Minor Descriptor: Psychopathology. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 177. KW - emotional significance of imaginery beings KW - interaction between psychopathology & literature & reality KW - book KW - 1968 KW - Cognition KW - Emotions KW - Fantasies (Thought Disturbances) KW - Fantasy (Defense Mechanism) KW - Literature KW - Psychopathology KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-14575-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-14531-001 AN - 1970-14531-001 AU - Mason, Russell E. T1 - Value orientations and social attitudes. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1970/// VL - 26 IS - 2 SP - 202 EP - 204 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-14531-001. Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mason, Russell E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19700901. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Measurement; Orienting Reflex; Social Perception; Student Attitudes; Values. Classification: Social Psychology (3000). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - 235 junior college students completed the Value Orientation Scale (VOS) under factual and favorably impress conditions. Results indicate internal consistency and meaningful differentiations for the 3 VOS subscales. The favorableness instructions tended to enhance the emphasis on interpersonal values. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - value orientations & social attitudes KW - Value Orientation Scale KW - college students KW - 1970 KW - Measurement KW - Orienting Reflex KW - Social Perception KW - Student Attitudes KW - Values KW - 1970 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197004)26:2<202::AID-JCLP2270260221>3.0.CO;2-U UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-14531-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-14158-001 AN - 1970-14158-001 AU - Cullen, Joseph W. T1 - Effect of a polydipsia for saccharin glucose on NaCl appetite in the adrenalectomized rat. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1970/07// VL - 72 IS - 1 SP - 72 EP - 78 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-14158-001. PMID: 5424675 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cullen, Joseph W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Food Intake; Glands; Lesions; Water Intake. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Adrenalectomized (ADX) male Dublin DR albino rats which were presented with a choice between 2.9% NaCl and saccharin glucose solution (S-G) showed a depressed NaCl intake for about 9 days and sustained a protracted weight loss throughout the postoperative period. Their salt and weight profiles differed significantly from sham ADX controls as well as ADX Ss which were given .9% NaCl and S-G. The ADX Ss which did not experience preoperative S-G polydipsia showed a typical NaCl hunger whether their postoperative alternatives were .9% or 2.9% NaCl and S-G. Results are discussed in terms of overlapping mediation systems for preferences and homeostatic regulation. (30 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - polydipsia for saccharin glucose KW - sodium chloride appetite KW - adrenalectomized rat KW - 1970 KW - Food Intake KW - Glands KW - Lesions KW - Water Intake KW - Rats KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0029315 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-14158-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-14049-001 AN - 1970-14049-001 AU - Freed, Earl X. AU - Lester, David T1 - Schedule-induced consumption of ethanol: Calories or chemotherapy? JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1970/// VL - 5 IS - 5 SP - 555 EP - 560 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-14049-001. PMID: 5535511 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freed, Earl X.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Alcohol Research Lab. Lyons, N.J. Release Date: 19700901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chemotherapy; Drugs; Food Intake; Ingestion; Reinforcement. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Studied 32 Charles River and 16 Sprague-Dawley male rats in independent and replicated designs in which: (a) schedule-induced 60-sec fixed interval consumption of water, acetone, and ethanol, conditioned by bar pressing for food pellets, was followed by extinction of the bar-pressing response; (b) there was a 12-day interval before extinction sessions; and (c) licking for a fluid (not bar pressing) was the contingent response for food and also was not reinforced during extinction. While ethanol continued to be consumed in substantial volume during extinction, acetone and water were not. The failure to continue the equiintoxicating, but essentially noncaloric, acetone consumption supports the hypothesis that the caloric value of ethanol, and not its pharmacodynamic action, is a prime factor in its ingestion. Further study of the basis for Ss' ethanol drinking appears necessary if nonhuman models of addiction to alcohol are to be pursued. (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - fixed interval schedule consumption of ethanol KW - caloric ingestion KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Chemotherapy KW - Drugs KW - Food Intake KW - Ingestion KW - Reinforcement KW - Rats KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(70)90080-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-14049-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-14042-001 AN - 1970-14042-001 AU - Cullen, Joseph W. AU - Scarborough, Barron B. AU - Stager, Gordon T1 - Calcium saccharin acceptability: Effects of concentration order and adaptation on consumption. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1970/// VL - 5 IS - 5 SP - 621 EP - 624 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-14042-001. PMID: 5535518 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cullen, Joseph W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pavlovian Research Lab., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19700901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biochemistry; Drugs; Sensory Adaptation. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Calcium saccharin (Ca-S) like other forms of saccharin was most acceptable to 60 male albino Sprague-Dawley rats in a broad range of hypotonic solutions (approximately .10-.50%). Consumption was significantly affected by the order in which different concentrations were presented. Initiating a progressively decreasing series of concentrations with a high concentration led to much less drinking of that concentration than by ending a progressively increasing series with a similar concentration. The effect was both reliable and reversible when concentration order was reversed. Acceptability was also shown to change with repeated Ca-S experience. While initial consumption was inversely related to concentration, consumption increase over days was directly related to concentration. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - calcium saccharin KW - concentration & order & adaptation effects on consumption KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Biochemistry KW - Drugs KW - Sensory Adaptation KW - Rats KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(70)90090-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-14042-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-14041-001 AN - 1970-14041-001 AU - Cullen, Joseph W. T1 - Modification of NaCl appetite in the adrenalectomized rat consequent to extensive LiCl poisoning. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1970/07// VL - 72 IS - 1 SP - 79 EP - 84 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-14041-001. PMID: 5424676 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cullen, Joseph W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pavlovian Inst., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drugs; Food Intake; Glands; Lesions. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Exposed 6 groups of male Dublin/DR albino rats to 1 of 2 molarities of LiCl (.15 or .35) for 8 days along with water or .15 M NaCl. 16% of Ss died. The toxin was then removed and the Ss were given time to reestablish their pretoxic base weights. 1/2 of the groups were then adrenalectomized (ADX) and 1/2 were sham adrenalectomized (S-ADX). Not only did the S-ADX Ss drink more salt postoperatively but 2 of the ADX groups showed protracted weight losses and 4 Ss died. Results reinforce earlier findings on NaCl aversion subsequent to LiCl poisoning, but suggest that if such an aversion is intense enough it will interfere with compensatory salt hunger in the ADX rat. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - extensive lithium chloride poisoning KW - sodium chloride appetite modification KW - adrenalectomized rat KW - 1970 KW - Drugs KW - Food Intake KW - Glands KW - Lesions KW - Rats KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0029314 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-14041-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-13945-001 AN - 1970-13945-001 AU - Merrill, H. Kent AU - Winn, Wandall AU - Anderson, D. Chris T1 - Preshock trauma and electroconvulsive shock as agents affecting subsequent response to punishment. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1970/// VL - 5 IS - 4 SP - 413 EP - 416 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-13945-001. PMID: 5535492 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Merrill, H. Kent; Veterans Administration Hosp., Phoenix, Ariz. Release Date: 19700901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Electroconvulsive Shock; Punishment; Responses; Shock. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - 30 male Long-Evans rats trained to lever-press for sugar water were the Ss in a completely crossed 2 3 factorial design, with preshock (3 daily 45-sec periods of inescapable 2.5-ma foot shock, or no presock) and ECS (administered 1 hr. before the preshock sessions, 10 sec. after the preshock sessions, or not administered) as main effects. Analysis of variance and a Newman-Keuls Test showed that: (a) preshock treatment significantly lengthened the time required to return to the lever following punishment; (b) ECS alone did not have preshock-like proactive consequences; (c) ECS administered within 10 sec. following preshock did attenuate the effects of that preshock; and (d) ECS administered 1 hr. prior to preshock had no attenuating effect. (20 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - response to punishment KW - preshock trauma & ECS KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Electroconvulsive Shock KW - Punishment KW - Responses KW - Shock KW - Rats KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(70)90244-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-13945-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-13659-001 AN - 1970-13659-001 AU - Palmer, R. D. T1 - Perceptual manifestations of experimentally enhanced body boundary experience. JF - Psychosomatic Medicine JO - Psychosomatic Medicine Y1 - 1970/// VL - 32 IS - 1 SP - 87 EP - 94 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0033-3174 SN - 1534-7796 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-13659-001. PMID: 5418296 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Palmer, R. D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brooklyn, N.Y. Release Date: 19700901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anatomy; Perception; Skin (Anatomy). Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - To study the relationship of the patterning of an individual's body experience to his perception of external stimuli, 19 male graduate students, used as their own controls, were asked their preference of 5 types of pictures, after application on their thorax of an astringent lotion. Results suggest that Ss could be differentially sensitized to the surface qualities of external, nonbody objects. The study raises questions as to the nature of the underlying causal relationship between body experience and body image. (30 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perception of external stimuli & patterning of body boundary experience enhanced by application of astringent lotion on thorax KW - 1970 KW - Anatomy KW - Perception KW - Skin (Anatomy) KW - 1970 DO - 10.1097/00006842-197001000-00007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-13659-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-13631-001 AN - 1970-13631-001 AU - Luszki, Margaret B. AU - Schultz, William AU - Laywell, H. Robert AU - Dawes, Robyn M. T1 - Long search for a short WAIS: Stop looking. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1970/06// VL - 34 IS - 3 SP - 425 EP - 431 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-13631-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Luszki, Margaret B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Charleston, S.C. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - The time-consuming aspect of the Wechsler intelligence scales has prompted their frequent abbreviation in clinical practice. The use of selected items from each subtest has been a particularly attractive method of shortening because it reduces administration time by about 50% and yet gives scores for each subscale. To test the reliability of scores obtained from this method, 200 protocols of the WAIS were rescored according to short-form procedure and reliabilities based on split-half correlations obtained. It was hypothesized that one could predict the reliability of the shortened WAIS on the basis of the Spearman-Brown formula, and that in testing, as in other fields, 'you get what you pay for.' Results confirm these hypotheses a short form is not an adequate substitute for the full WAIS. (51 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - shortened WAIS KW - 1970 KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0029271 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-13631-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-13082-001 AN - 1970-13082-001 AU - Brookshire, Robert H. T1 - Effects of random and response contingent noise upon disfluencies of normal speakers. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JA - J Speech Hear Res Y1 - 1969/// VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 126 EP - 134 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Assn SN - 0022-4685 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-13082-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brookshire, Robert H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Kansas City, Mo. Release Date: 19700801. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Auditory Stimulation; Conditioning; Feedback; Speech Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - 20 normal speakers read a passage during a 30-min session divided into base rate (5 min.), conditioning (15 min.), and extinction (10 min.). Each read in random condition and contingent condition. During conditioning in random condition, Ss received .75-sec, 95-db bursts of white noise according to a random schedule. During conditioning in contingent condition, Ss received a burst of 95-db white noise each time they were disfluent. 10 Ss (Group RC) read in random condition on 1 day and in contingent condition on a subsequent day. The other 10 Ss (Group CR) read in the opposite order of conditions on the 2 days. Results indicate that the effects of random and contingent noise are influenced by the order of conditions. Random aversive stimuli caused increases in disfluency for Ss in both groups. Response contingent aversive stimuli caused a decrement in disfluency for Ss in Group CR, but not for Ss in Group RC. Analysis of poststimulus disfluency indicate that random aversive stimuli caused disorganization of the speech of Ss in Group RC. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - random & response-contingent noise KW - disfluencies of normal speakers KW - 1969 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Conditioning KW - Feedback KW - Speech Disorders KW - 1969 DO - 10.1044/jshr.1201.126 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-13082-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-13052-001 AN - 1970-13052-001 AU - McDonough, Joseph M. T1 - The Veterans Administration and community mental health: New approaches in psychiatric rehabilitation. JF - Community Mental Health Journal JO - Community Mental Health Journal JA - Community Ment Health J Y1 - 1969/// VL - 5 IS - 4 SP - 275 EP - 279 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0010-3853 SN - 1573-2789 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-13052-001. PMID: 24178821 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McDonough, Joseph M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19700801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Communities; Government; Mental Health; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Vocational Rehabilitation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Discusses government mental institutions and the need for them to become integrated with local community mental health programs. The traditional hospital-based sheltered workshop, operated as a nonprofit corporation, is especially well suited to the employment of mental patients in workshop-owned enterprises outside hospital walls. The flexibility of the program is illustrated with case histories. Advantages to the client, institution, and community are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Veterans Administration & community mental health KW - hospital-based sheltered workshop KW - 1969 KW - Communities KW - Government KW - Mental Health KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Vocational Rehabilitation KW - 1969 DO - 10.1007/BF01434490 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-13052-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-12754-001 AN - 1970-12754-001 AU - Bowen, William T. AU - Soskin, Robert A. AU - Chotlos, John W. T1 - Lysergic acid diethylamide as a variable in the hospital treatment of alcoholism. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1970/// VL - 150 IS - 2 SP - 111 EP - 118 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1970-12754-001. PMID: 4906920 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bowen, William T.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Release Date: 19700801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Drug Therapy; Lysergic Acid Diethylamide. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - The use of LSD in the treatment of alcoholism has led to many claims as to the drug's efficacy, but without a controlled study of both inhospital application and posthospital adjustment of patients. The present paper is concerned with the use of LSD in placebo and maximum dosages as a concomitant of a Human Relations Training Laboratory treatment program. Patients receiving LSD were also compared with patients completing the Laboratory program but not receiving LSD. Findings indicate that the long-term gains through use of LSD are negligible. A successful posttreatment adjustment seems more closely associated with pretreatment employment level, marital status, and whether or not the patient completes the treatment program. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - LSD therapy KW - alcoholics KW - 1970 KW - Alcoholism KW - Drug Therapy KW - Lysergic Acid Diethylamide KW - 1970 DO - 10.1097/00005053-197002000-00003 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-12754-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-12295-001 AN - 1970-12295-001 AU - Locke, John L. T1 - Short-term auditory memory, oral perception, and experimental sound learning. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JA - J Speech Hear Res Y1 - 1969/// VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 185 EP - 192 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Assn SN - 0022-4685 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-12295-001. PMID: 5779904 Other Journal Title: Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Locke, John L.; Veterans Administration Center, Milwaukee, Wis. Release Date: 19700801. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Learning; Perception; Short Term Memory. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - 10 Ss with high scores on an auditory memory span task were significantly better at imitating 3 non-English phones than 10 Ss with low auditory memory span scores. An additional 10 Ss with high scores on an oral stereognosis task were significantly better at imitating 2 of the 3 phones than 10 Ss with low oral stereognosis scores. Ss were 1st graders. Auditory memory span and oral stereognosis appear to be important subskills in the learning of new articulations, perhaps explaining their appearance in the literature as 'etiologies' of disordered articulation. Although articulation development and the experimental acquisition of non-English phones have certain obvious differences, they seem to share some common processes, suggesting that the sound learning framework may be an efficacious technique for revealing otherwise inaccessible information. (26 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - short term auditory memory & oral perception & experimental sound learning KW - 1st graders KW - 1969 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Learning KW - Perception KW - Short Term Memory KW - 1969 DO - 10.1044/jshr.1201.185 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-12295-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-12091-001 AN - 1970-12091-001 AU - Stone, W. N. AU - Gleser, Goldine C. AU - Gottschalk, L. A. AU - Iacono, J. M. T1 - Stimulus, affect and plasma free fatty acid. JF - Psychosomatic Medicine JO - Psychosomatic Medicine Y1 - 1969/// VL - 31 IS - 4 SP - 331 EP - 341 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0033-3174 SN - 1534-7796 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-12091-001. PMID: 5810740 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stone, W. N.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Cincinnati, O. Release Date: 19700801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Biochemistry; Blood; Personality Correlates; Physiological Correlates. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500); Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - To replicate earlier findings, an initial study showed that in 12 healthy young men, average levels of plasma free fatty acid (FFA) correlated with anxiety measured by content analysis of speech samples. A 2nd verbal sample obtained at a later point in the session did not correlate with the average FFA per experimental session. Fasting FFA levels were lower in well-conditioned athletes as contrasted to nonathletes. Also more typically anxious Ss tended to show the most FFA responsivity. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - anxiety & free fatty acid in blood KW - normals KW - 1969 KW - Anxiety KW - Biochemistry KW - Blood KW - Personality Correlates KW - Physiological Correlates KW - 1969 DO - 10.1097/00006842-196907000-00007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-12091-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-12077-001 AN - 1970-12077-001 AU - Pare, William P. AU - Livingston, Andrew Jr. T1 - Brain norepinephrine and stomach ulcers in rats exposed to chronic conflict. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1970/// VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 215 EP - 220 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-12077-001. PMID: 5535793 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pare, William P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19700801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biochemistry; Brain; Conflict; Digestive System; Epinephrine. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500); Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Found that stomach ulcers occurred in 61% of male, Long-Evans rats exposed to a 3-day chronic conflict situation. 3 experiments were made, using 36, 84, and 24 Ss, respectively. Experimental Ss manifested smaller adrenals and higher endogenous brain norepinephrine (NE) content as compared to controls. The NE data are discussed in terms of 2 possible explanatory mechanisms: (a) a brain catecholamine conservation mechanism, and (b) an increased synthesis of the brain NE. (37 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chronic conflict KW - brain norepinephrine & stomach ulcers KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Biochemistry KW - Brain KW - Conflict KW - Digestive System KW - Epinephrine KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(70)90068-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-12077-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-12027-001 AN - 1970-12027-001 AU - Salas, Manuel AU - Schapiro, Shawn T1 - Hormonal influences upon the maturation of the rat brain's responsiveness to sensory stimuli. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1970/// VL - 5 IS - 1 SP - 7 EP - 11 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-12027-001. PMID: 5538405 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Salas, Manuel; Veterans Administration Hosp., San Fernando, Calif. Release Date: 19700801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electrical Activity; Evoked Potentials; Hormones; Stimulus Parameters. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Neonatal (birth-1 mo) (120). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Studied the effects of the neonatal administration of cortisol or thyroxine upon the maturation of electrocortical responses to sensory stimuli in 46 male Sprague-Dawley rats. Evoked potentials were recorded from control and hormone treated Ss. Records were obtained from immature Ss and adults. Thyroxine injection on postnatal Days 2, 3, and 4 accelerated by approximately 2-3 days the maturation of evoked cortical responses to visual, auditory, and sciatic nerve stimulation. Cortisol administration on postnatal Day 1 retarded development of the evoked response to these same sensory stimuli. These effects were more marked in the visual cortex than other areas. Results agree with previous reports that these hormones cause a chronological displacement of various biochemical, behavioral, and neurophysiological parameters of development and suggest that the hormonal climate bathing the growing neuron is 1 factor in the internal environment which plays a role in determining the rate of development of the CNS. (21 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neonatal cortisol vs. thyroxine KW - maturation of electrocortical responses to sensory stimuli KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Electrical Activity KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Hormones KW - Stimulus Parameters KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(70)90004-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-12027-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-11956-001 AN - 1970-11956-001 AU - Merrill, H. Kent AU - Lott, Wayne J. AU - Bergen, Bruce J. T1 - Attenuation of a conditioned emotional response via reinforcing intracranial stimulation in rats. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1970/06// VL - 71 IS - 3 SP - 426 EP - 434 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-11956-001. PMID: 5480875 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Merrill, H. Kent; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Phoenix, Ariz. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Stimulation; Conditioned Responses; Emotions; Reinforcement. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - 4 experiments replicated the phenomenon that male Long-Evans rats responding for ICS fail to show a CER following fear conditioning. Procedural variations indicated that failure to suppress responding was not due to alteration of footshock thresholds, failure to perceive the CS, ICS-bound resistance to distraction, or disruption of associative processes by neural disorganization. Results were compatible with an incentive model of rewarding ICS. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reinforcing intracranial stimulation KW - attenuation of CER KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Brain Stimulation KW - Conditioned Responses KW - Emotions KW - Reinforcement KW - Rats KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0029125 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-11956-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-11953-001 AN - 1970-11953-001 AU - Hughes, Richard A. AU - Barrett, Robert J. AU - Ray, Oakley S. T1 - Training to test interval as a determinant of a temporally graded ECS-produced response decrement in rats. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1970/05// VL - 71 IS - 2, Pt.1 SP - 318 EP - 324 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-11953-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hughes, Richard A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Pittsburgh, Pa. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Brain Stimulation; Electroconvulsive Shock; Time. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: May, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Administered ECS to 270 naive male albino rats either 10, 120, or 3600 sec. after 1-trial passive-avoidance training. Separate groups of Ss were tested 1, 24, or 42 days later. Disruption of response suppression was a significantly increasing function of the training-to-test interval. The degree of disruption on tests 1 day after training was inversely related to the trianing-ECS interval. However, a dramatic decrease in this relationship was observed on tests 24 and 42 days after training. A uniprocess explanation for these data is offered as an alternative to consolidation theory. (38 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - temporally graded ECS-produced response decrement KW - training to test interval KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Brain Stimulation KW - Electroconvulsive Shock KW - Time KW - Rats KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0029124 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-11953-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-11952-001 AN - 1970-11952-001 AU - Hughes, Richard A. AU - Barrett, Robert J. AU - Ray, Oakley S. T1 - Retrograde amnesia in rats increases as a function of ECS-test interval and ECS intensity. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1970/// VL - 5 IS - 1 SP - 27 EP - 30 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-11952-001. PMID: 5538525 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hughes, Richard A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Pittsburgh, Pa. Release Date: 19700801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Avoidance Conditioning; Brain Stimulation; Electroconvulsive Shock; Time. Minor Descriptor: Rats; Retrograde Amnesia. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - In Exp. I, 3 intensities of ECS were given to 144 naive male albino Holtzman rats shortly after passive avoidance training. Separate groups were tested 1, 24, or 42 days later. Retrograde amnesia was observed at all ECS to test intervals for the highest intensity ECS. For the 2 lower intensities retrograde amnesia was not observed 1 day after ECS but appeared as an increasing function of the ECS to test interval. Exp. II replicated these results and demonstrated that a similar function resulted from repeated tests given 1, 24, and 42 days after ECS. (22 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ECS test interval & intensity KW - retrograde amnesia KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Amnesia KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Brain Stimulation KW - Electroconvulsive Shock KW - Time KW - Rats KW - Retrograde Amnesia KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(70)90008-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-11952-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-11916-001 AN - 1970-11916-001 AU - McGinty, D. J. T1 - Somnolence, recovery and hyposomnia following ventromedial diencephalic lesions in the rat. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 26 IS - 1 SP - 70 EP - 79 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-11916-001. PMID: 4183231 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McGinty, D. J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19700801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroencephalography; Hypothalamus; Lesions; Physiological Arousal; Sleep. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Assessed the disturbances in sleep and wakefulness that follow large posterior hypothalamic and subthalamic lesions in 14 rats. The analysis of the time course of the lesion effects showed that disturbances in sleep and wakefulness exhibited a consistent pattern that could be divided into 4 successive stages: hyperactivity, somnolence, recovery, and hyposomnia. Analysis of sleep patterns and arousal thresholds after partial recovery from somnolence suggested that the lesions of the diencephalic reticular area released quiet sleep mechanisms and inhibited initiation of wakefulness and active sleep. (24 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ventromedial diencephalic lesions KW - somnolence & recovery & hyposomnia KW - rat KW - 1969 KW - Electroencephalography KW - Hypothalamus KW - Lesions KW - Physiological Arousal KW - Sleep KW - Rats KW - 1969 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(69)90035-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-11916-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-11902-001 AN - 1970-11902-001 AU - Carey, Robert J. AU - Salim, Anthony P. T1 - Changes in d-amphetamine reactivity resulting from septal forebrain injury. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1970/// VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 133 EP - 136 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-11902-001. PMID: 5525790 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carey, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Release Date: 19700801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amphetamine; Drugs; Food Intake; Lesions. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Studied the effects of d-amphetamine sulfate on spontaneous activity level and food intake weekly over an 8-wk span in 2 groups of 6 male Sprague-Dawley rats each. 1 group was subjected to bilateral radio frequency septal lesions and the other group was composed of operated and unoperated controls. The septal lesion group differed from controls in their reactivity to effects of amphetamine on both activity and food intake. Effects were stable over the 8-wk test period and were not the result of an effect of the lesion on the behavioral base line established with saline. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - septal lesions KW - d-amphetamine sulfate & spontaneous activity level & food intake KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Amphetamine KW - Drugs KW - Food Intake KW - Lesions KW - Rats KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(70)90055-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-11902-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-11701-001 AN - 1970-11701-001 AU - Kramer, Milton T1 - Manifest dream content in normal and psychopathologic states. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1970/// VL - 22 IS - 2 SP - 149 EP - 159 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-11701-001. PMID: 4312195 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kramer, Milton; Veterans Administration Hosp., Cincinnati, O. Release Date: 19700801. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Dreaming; Psychopathology. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Explores 'the implications which the physiological studies of dreaming may have for the psychology of the dream.' Although dream content varies with the age and sex of the dreamer, the following 'normative description' may permit a basis for comparison of the differences between normal and psychopathologic dream content. The typical dream usually includes (a) 2 characters plus the dreamer, (b) a setting in a building, and (c) feeling states 'more passive than active, more hostile than friendly, and more unpleasant than pleasant.' Insights into personality gained from dream content differ from those provided by early memories and projective devices such as the TAT and the Rorschach. A study of the dream can provide an inner view of concerns of various age groups and the maturational process, problems of the human psyche, and psychological preoccupations of the emotionally disturbed. (129 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - normal & psychopathologic dream content KW - differences KW - 1970 KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Dreaming KW - Psychopathology KW - 1970 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1970.01740260053008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-11701-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-11021-001 AN - 1970-11021-001 AU - Spiegel, Don T1 - Autonomic reactivity in relation to the affective meaning of suicide. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 25 IS - 4 SP - 359 EP - 362 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-11021-001. PMID: 5809408 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spiegel, Don; Brentwood Hosp., Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19700701. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Autonomic Nervous System; Galvanic Skin Response; Semantic Differential; Suicide; Word Associations. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - 3 groups of hospitalized neuropsychiatric patients, including 16 controls with no history of suicide threats or attempts, 15 threateners and 13 attempters, were given a word-association task, and a semantic differential; polygraph recordings were made of skin resistance changes. Controls were the most reactive to emotionally loaded and neutral words and to abrupt loud sounds, and threateners were the least reactive. Threateners gave the weakest affective meaning to the concept of suicide whereas the attempters gave the strongest meaning to it. A significant positive association between magnitude of GSR and intensity of affective meaning assigned to the concept of suicide was noted in all patients. 'The primary significance of these results lies in the possibility of utilizing combined autonomic and psychological reactivity measures in the assessment of suicide potential.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - affective meaning of suicide KW - GSR & word association & semantic differential KW - neuropsychiatric patients KW - 1969 KW - Autonomic Nervous System KW - Galvanic Skin Response KW - Semantic Differential KW - Suicide KW - Word Associations KW - 1969 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196910)25:4<359::AID-JCLP2270250404>3.0.CO;2-K UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-11021-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-10863-001 AN - 1970-10863-001 AU - Hussar, Allen E. AU - Bragg, David G. T1 - The effect of chlorpromazine on the swallowing function in chronic schizophrenic patients. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1969/// VL - 126 IS - 4 SP - 570 EP - 573 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-10863-001. PMID: 5806804 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hussar, Allen E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Release Date: 19700701. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chlorpromazine; Death and Dying; Food Intake; Respiration; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - In a cineradiographic study of swallowing in 4 groups of Ss (N = 79), it was found that chlorpromazine had no effect on the swallowing mechanism in schizophrenics. 1/2 of the schizophrenics showed cineradiographic abnormalities in swallowing. These results contribute to an understanding of sudden deaths due to asphyxiation by food frequently ascribed to tranquilizing medication in schizophrenic patients. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chlorpromazine KW - swallowing function KW - chronic schizophrenics KW - 1969 KW - Chlorpromazine KW - Death and Dying KW - Food Intake KW - Respiration KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1969 DO - 10.1176/ajp.126.4.570 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-10863-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-10838-001 AN - 1970-10838-001 AU - Welz, Werner K. T1 - Traumatic neurosis and compensation neurosis. JF - Pennsylvania Psychiatric Quarterly JO - Pennsylvania Psychiatric Quarterly Y1 - 1968///1968-1969 VL - 8 IS - 4 SP - 3 EP - 15 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-10838-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Welz, Werner K.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Philadelphia, Pa. Release Date: 19700701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Etiology; Laws; Neurosis; Stress; War. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1968-1969. AB - Links the etiology of traumatic and compensation neuroses and stresses predisposition in conjunction with 'morbid or secondary gain' as precipitating factors. The symptoms and psychodynamics of the neuroses are presented as are the preventive measures of 'quick and efficient medical help.' (39 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - traumatic & compensation neuroses KW - predisposition & secondary gain & symptomatology & psychodynamics & legal aspects & prevention KW - 1968 KW - Etiology KW - Laws KW - Neurosis KW - Stress KW - War KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-10838-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-10724-001 AN - 1970-10724-001 AU - Kish, George B. AU - Donnenwerth, Gregory V. T1 - The Similes Preference Inventory: The unsuccessful search for construct validity in a clinical setting. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 25 IS - 4 SP - 439 EP - 442 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-10724-001. PMID: 4390174 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kish, George B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Ft Meade, S.D. Release Date: 19700701. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimental Instructions; Inventories; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis; Statistical Validity. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - This is 1 of 6 studies to examine the efficacy of the Similes Preference Inventory (SPI) for the effect of instructions and the effect of different S populations. The major finding was that there is a very narrow range and skewed distribution of scores in the patient population, and this produced the negative results. The SPI did correlate positively with academic aptitude. An explanation of the negative results is presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Similes Preference Inventory KW - contruct validity KW - instructions KW - alcoholics & chronic schizophrenics KW - 1969 KW - Experimental Instructions KW - Inventories KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Statistical Validity KW - 1969 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196910)25:4<439::AID-JCLP2270250430>3.0.CO;2-S UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-10724-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-10713-001 AN - 1970-10713-001 AU - Aumack, Louis T1 - MMPI rational subscales: A question of clinical utility. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 25 IS - 4 SP - 414 EP - 420 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-10713-001. PMID: 4390170 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Aumack, Louis; Veterans Administration Hosp., Danville, Ill. Release Date: 19700701. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Measurement; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychodiagnosis; Statistical Validity. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Compared the concurrent validity of MMPI empirical scales with the R. E. Harris and J. C. Lingoes system of rational subscales. External criteria was provided by diagnostic staff conferences and clinical records. None of the rational dimensions predicted the clinical criteria better than did the 21 empirical scales employed. Based upon these results, rational subscale data provide a common language between members of the psychiatric team but prove superfluous in regard to subsequent clinical decisions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI empirical scales & Harris & Lingoes system of rational subscales KW - concurrent validity KW - 1969 KW - Measurement KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Statistical Validity KW - 1969 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196910)25:4<414::AID-JCLP2270250422>3.0.CO;2-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-10713-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-10677-001 AN - 1970-10677-001 AU - Gunn, Robert L. AU - Pearman, H. Edgar T1 - An analysis of the future outlook of hospitalized psychiatric patients. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1970/// VL - 26 IS - 1 SP - 99 EP - 103 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-10677-001. PMID: 5410484 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gunn, Robert L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19700701. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Factor Analysis; Inventories; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - The Future Outlook Inventory was developed and administered to 100 psychiatric patients. Following a content analysis, 57 items were retained and administered to a group of 150 psychiatric Ss. The results were factor analyzed. 9 significant factors were obtained: general future outlook, possibility of relapse, family relationships, community understanding, religious life, morbid thoughts, friendships, affiliations, and mature adjustment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Future Outlook Inventory KW - construction & analysis KW - hospitalized psychiatric patients KW - 1970 KW - Factor Analysis KW - Inventories KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-10677-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-10674-001 AN - 1970-10674-001 AU - Fontana, Alan F. AU - Corey, Michel T1 - Culture conflict in the treatment of 'mental illness' and the central role of patient leader. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1970/04// VL - 34 IS - 2 SP - 244 EP - 249 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-10674-001. PMID: 5487594 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fontana, Alan F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychiatric Patients; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Describes new treatment programs which emphasized patients' responsibility and problem-solving action and heightened the conflict with patients' expectations that they be held unaccountable for their deviant behavior and excused from taking corrective action. Results from 50 patients showed Ss' attitudes were markedly less favorable toward a new program than toward a more traditional one. Patient leaders played an important role by organizing Ss to produce an active program, thereby encouraging staff tolerance for a nonrestrictive, continuous hospital stay for all interested Ss. Leaders were evaluated more favorably than nonleaders by both Ss and staff, with the exception of behaviors related solely to staff goals. The stalemate, successfully negotiated by the leaders, was broken only after the staff imposed a time limit on hospital stay. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mental illness treatment programs KW - role of patient leader KW - 1970 KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Treatment KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0029020 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-10674-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-10613-001 AN - 1970-10613-001 AU - Hanson, Philip G. AU - Rothaus, Paul AU - O'Connell, Walter E. AU - Wiggins, George T1 - Training patients for effective participation in back-home groups. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1969/// VL - 126 IS - 6 SP - 857 EP - 862 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-10613-001. PMID: 5352215 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hanson, Philip G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19700701. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Feedback; Group Psychotherapy; Interpersonal Interaction; Psychiatric Patients; Self-Evaluation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - The Human Relations Training Laboratory, a problem-centered patient-group education program utilizing the feedback method, encourages self-expression, helps participants to recognize and develop their own assets and resources, enables them to contribute something of value, and engages them in creative decision making. Most participants selected for the program suffer from anxiety and depressive reactions, character disorders, and alcoholism; the problem involves moving the participant from external toward internal control. Results of several evaluation studies are summarized. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - problem-centered group education program using feedback method KW - preparation for participation in back-home groups KW - hospitalized psychiatric patients KW - 1969 KW - Feedback KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Self-Evaluation KW - 1969 DO - 10.1176/ajp.126.6.857 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-10613-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-10527-001 AN - 1970-10527-001 AU - Knox, Wilma J. T1 - Attitudes of psychologists toward alcoholism. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 25 IS - 4 SP - 446 EP - 450 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-10527-001. PMID: 5809425 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Knox, Wilma J.; Veterans Administration, Biloxi, Miss. Release Date: 19700701. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Mental Health Personnel; Mental Illness (Attitudes Toward). Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Questionnaire responses of psychologists concerning attitudes of the psychologist toward alcoholism indicate that the disease concept is not widely accepted. Agreement was noted in rejecting the court as the agency to handle problems related to alcoholism. Hospitalization and/or AA was preferred. They felt there was a poor prognosis for sobriety after hospitalization and few were willing to devote the major part of their time to the treatment of alcoholics. Some alternatives are presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - attitudes of psychologists toward alcoholism KW - 1969 KW - Alcoholism KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Mental Illness (Attitudes Toward) KW - 1969 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196910)25:4<446::AID-JCLP2270250432>3.0.CO;2-U UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-10527-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-10499-001 AN - 1970-10499-001 AU - O'Connell, Walter E. AU - Rothaus, Paul AU - Hanson, Philip G. AU - Moyer, Ray T1 - Jest appreciation and interaction in leaderless groups. JF - International Journal of Group Psychotherapy JO - International Journal of Group Psychotherapy JA - Int J Group Psychother Y1 - 1969/// VL - 19 IS - 4 SP - 454 EP - 462 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0020-7284 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-10499-001. PMID: 4902011 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Connell, Walter E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19700701. Correction Date: 20160421. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Collective Behavior; Emotions; Freud (Sigmund); Hostility; Leadership. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Examines Freud's concept of maturity, the sense of humor, and attempts to elucidate 2 other behaviors contrasted with humor, the appreciation of hostile wit and resignation. The Story Test was administered to 184 male veterans entering development groups. The Ss obtained a score for humor, hostile wit, and resignation by rating the 3 endings of the test items for preference. The body of 1/2 of the anecdotes was considered high death if death was an integral part of the theme, low death if it was absent. Each S's aggregate scores on sociometric factors of prominence, conflict avoidance, and hyperdependency were correlated with his high- and low-death humor, hostile wit and resignation preferences. Findings support Freud's early view that hostile wit is a mechanism of maladjustment. Resignation appreciation did not have the degree of maturity associated with it by Freud and likewise appeared to reflect immature avoidance and dependecy. High-death humor was not correlated with the avoidance and dependency factors and was not related to prominence. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Freud's concepts of humor appreciation & maturity & hostile wit & resignation KW - leaderless group KW - 1969 KW - Collective Behavior KW - Emotions KW - Freud (Sigmund) KW - Hostility KW - Leadership KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-10499-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-10498-001 AN - 1970-10498-001 AU - O'Connell, W. E. T1 - The social aspects of wit and humor. JF - The Journal of Social Psychology JO - The Journal of Social Psychology JA - J Soc Psychol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 79 IS - 2 SP - 183 EP - 187 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-4545 SN - 1940-1183 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-10498-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Connell, W. E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19700701. Correction Date: 20090907. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hostility; Peer Relations; Personality Correlates; Psychiatric Patients; Social Approval. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Examined the relationships between psychometric measures of humor, hostile wit and resignation appreciation, and behavioral manifestations of wit and other peer group interactions. Ss were 91 male neuropsychiatric patients engaged in developmental group training for 4 wk. There was little relationship between wit production and appreciation. On the sociometric side the 'funny' wit was regarded by his peers as an influentical leader, quite popular and active but independent. His 'sarcastic' counterpart seemed more hostile and less influential and popular. Those high in resignation appreciation were relatively withdrawn, isolated, and unpopular. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - humor & hostile wit & resignation appreciation KW - behavioral manifestations of wit & peer group interaction KW - neuropsychiatric patients KW - 1969 KW - Hostility KW - Peer Relations KW - Personality Correlates KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Social Approval KW - 1969 DO - 10.1080/00224545.1969.9922406 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-10498-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-10051-001 AN - 1970-10051-001 AU - Davidson, Robert S. Jr. T1 - Conditioned reinforcing vs punishing properties of electric shock. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1970/// VL - 18 IS - 3 SP - 155 EP - 157 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-10051-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davidson, Robert S. Jr.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Miami, Fla. Release Date: 19700701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Punishment; Reinforcement; Reinforcement Schedules; Shock. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Trained 2 naive male Sprague-Dawley rats on multiple variable interval1, variable interval1 (clicker + reinforced response shock). A clicker sounded through the delivery of every other 13 reinforcements. Each response in the clicker that delivered reinforcement also received an immediate shock. The shock intensity was varied, which produced the following effects in both Ss: little or no effect on response rate at low intensity, regular facilitation or increase over nonshock rates at intermediate values, and reliable suppression at higher intensities. Facilitative effects were due to conditioning reinforcing functions; suppressive effects were defined as punishment. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - conditioned reinforcing vs. punishing properties of electric shock KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Punishment KW - Reinforcement KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Shock KW - Rats KW - 1970 DO - 10.3758/BF03332351 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-10051-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-09870-001 AN - 1970-09870-001 AU - Van Twyver, Henry T1 - Sleep patterns of five rodent species. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1969/// VL - 4 IS - 6 SP - 901 EP - 905 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-09870-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Twyver, Henry; Veterans Administration Hosp., Neuropsychology Lab., West Haven, Conn. Release Date: 19700701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electrical Activity; Electroencephalography; Observation Methods; Sleep. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Made electrographic and behavioral observations of 5 rodent species, 6 males in each, under controlled conditions. Normative values for sleep characteristics of the 5 species were derived from 48-hr recording periods. Analysis of sleep pattern characteristics showed: (a) well-defined stages of slow-wave sleep and paradoxical sleep in all Ss, (b) sleep occupied from 52-60% of each day for the different species; (c) different species differed in percentage of paradoxical sleep ranging from 10% for the mouse to 24% for hamsters and ground squirrels; and (d) hibernators slept in significantly longer periods, had higher percentages of paradoxical sleep and slightly higher percentages of total sleep time. Hibernators also seemed to sleep more deeply than nonhibernators. (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sleep patterns of 5 rodent species KW - electrographic & behavioral observations KW - 1969 KW - Electrical Activity KW - Electroencephalography KW - Observation Methods KW - Sleep KW - Rats KW - 1969 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(69)90038-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-09870-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-09494-001 AN - 1970-09494-001 AU - McReynolds, Paul T1 - Jeremy Bentham and the nature of psychological concepts. JF - Journal of General Psychology JO - Journal of General Psychology JA - J Gen Psychol Y1 - 1970/// VL - 82 IS - 1 SP - 113 EP - 127 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-1309 SN - 1940-0888 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-09494-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McReynolds, Paul; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19700701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Concepts; History of Psychology; Meaningfulness; Mental Health Personnel; Psychology. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - A major persisting methodological problem in psychology is the development of meaningful concepts. Jeremy Bentham (1748-1832) was perhaps the 1st to explicitly recognize and discuss the special epistemological and linguistic problems in psychology. His major contribution concerned the delineation of what he termed 'fictitious entities' (e.g., 'mind,' motive,' 'faculty'), which do not actually exist, but which in scientific discourse are often treated as if they did exist. Bentham's views are summarized and related to the current scene. (27 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Bentham/J. KW - meaningfulness of psychological concepts KW - 1970 KW - Concepts KW - History of Psychology KW - Meaningfulness KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Psychology KW - 1970 DO - 10.1080/00221309.1970.9920626 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-09494-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-09156-001 AN - 1970-09156-001 AU - Scott, Bertha H. T1 - Tensions linked with emphysema. JF - The American Journal of Nursing JO - The American Journal of Nursing JA - Am J Nurs Y1 - 1969/// VL - 69 IS - 3 SP - 538 EP - 540 CY - United Kingdom PB - AB Academic Publishers SN - 0002-936X SN - 1538-7488 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-09156-001. PMID: 5189800 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Scott, Bertha H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Richmond, Va. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dependency (Personality); Disorders; Mental Disorders; Money; Self-Evaluation. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Discusses emotional problems precipitated by the progressive invalidism incurred with emphysema. Such problems revolve around loss of self-esteem, forced dependency needs, and financial strain. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - emphysema & resultant emotional problems KW - loss of self-esteem & forced dependency needs & financial strain KW - 1969 KW - Dependency (Personality) KW - Disorders KW - Mental Disorders KW - Money KW - Self-Evaluation KW - 1969 DO - 10.2307/3453770 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-09156-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-09054-001 AN - 1970-09054-001 AU - James, William E. AU - Mefferd, Roy B. Jr. AU - Kimbell, Isham Jr. T1 - Early signs of Huntington's chorea. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1969/// VL - 30 IS - 8 SP - 556 EP - 559 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-09054-001. PMID: 4241442 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: James, William E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychiatric & Psychosomatic Research Lab., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Diagnosis; Genetics; Nervous System Disorders; Symptoms. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Describes a study of the records of 35 patients hospitalized for Huntington's chorea (HC) from 1949-1967, in which early signs of the disease were sought in periods before HC was actually diagnosed. Ss' records were divided into 2 groups of those hospitalized either before or after HC became evident, and compared to determine if there were early signs sufficient to lead to a diagnosis of HC. Records suggest that subtle changes occurred in mental conditions long before chorea appeared, including spasticity, sore joints and some weakness, and later nervousness, and accident proneness. Personality changes included irritability, hypersexual activity, preoccupation with somatic complaints, and social impairment. As the disease progressed mental signs, predominately schizophrenic or psychosomatic, began to appear. Since voluntary control of reproduction is the only present means of prevention of HC, a national registry of families bearing the gene is suggested. (20 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Huntington's chorea KW - early signs & diagnosis KW - progression of disease through body KW - 1969 KW - Diagnosis KW - Genetics KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Symptoms KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-09054-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-09051-001 AN - 1970-09051-001 AU - Goodglass, H. AU - Hyde, M. R. AU - Blumstein, S. T1 - Frequency, picturability and availability of nouns in aphasia. JF - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JO - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JA - Cortex Y1 - 1969/// VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 104 EP - 119 CY - Italy PB - Masson Italia SN - 0010-9452 SN - 1973-8102 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-09051-001. PMID: 5824429 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goodglass, H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Elsevier Masson SAS. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Abstraction; Nervous System Disorders; Speech Disorders; Verbal Communication. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - 'Fluent aphasics have a higher proportion on non-picturable and abstract nouns in their conversation than do Broca's aphasics but this difference is confined to nouns in the Thorndike-Lorge frequency range of over 100 occurrences per million. Cloze procedure reveals non-picturable and abstract nouns are more predictable in context than picturable and concrete nouns in the above frequency range. Aphasics' vocabulary differences are interpreted as a function of noun predictability, interacting with differences in word-finding and grammatical fluency of the 2 classes of aphasics.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - fluent vs. Broca's aphasia KW - nonpicturable & abstract nouns in conversation KW - 1969 KW - Abstraction KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Speech Disorders KW - Verbal Communication KW - 1969 DO - 10.1016/S0010-9452(69)80022-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-09051-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-08967-001 AN - 1970-08967-001 AU - Tinterov, Ludmil A. T1 - Brain scan in suspected intracranial arteriovenous malformation: Report of a case. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1969/// VL - 30 IS - 7 SP - 468 EP - 471 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-08967-001. PMID: 5810551 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tinterov, Ludmil A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pittsburgh, Pa. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Brain Disorders; Cardiovascular Disorders; Diagnosis; Epilepsy. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Presents the case history of a 33-yr-old man thought to be suffering from conversion reaction and grand mal. Use of the brain scan and other diagnostic tests, revealed an arteriovenous malformation of the brain, and operative removal was necessary. It is concluded that brain scan with I131 is a simple safe procedure, and that its early use with some psychiatric and all convulsive disorder cases can help to reduce morbidity and prevent mortality. Cases are cited where the use of brain scan is preferable to lumbar puncture. It is stressed that arteriovenous malformation should be considered when seizures appear without clear cause, or at the 1st appearance of chronic or acute brain syndrome with psychosis. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - brain scan in suspected intracranial arteriovenous malformation KW - 33 yr. old male KW - 1969 KW - Brain KW - Brain Disorders KW - Cardiovascular Disorders KW - Diagnosis KW - Epilepsy KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-08967-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-08868-001 AN - 1970-08868-001 AU - Mefferd, Roy B. Jr. AU - Lester, Jerry W. AU - Wieland, Betty A. AU - Falconer, George A. AU - Pokorny, Alex D. T1 - Influence of distraction on the reproduction of spoken words by schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1969/// VL - 149 IS - 6 SP - 504 EP - 509 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1970-08868-001. PMID: 5354997 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mefferd, Roy B. Jr.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychiatric & Psychosomatic Research Lab., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20130415. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Learning; Schizophrenia; Words (Phonetic Units). Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - 26 schizophrenic and 26 nonschizophrenic patients with normal hearing acuity were presented with 140 words with instructions to repeat each word as rapidly as possible. 20 words were presented in each of 7 treatment conditions: 2 with no extraneous distraction; 2 with no sound distraction but instructions for selective performance; and 3 with sound distraction, i.e., white noise, alternating paired tones, backward speech. In each treatment, the volume of the distracting sound was increased form 50-80 db. SPL in increments of 10 db. each 5 words. The responses were scored independently by 4 judges who did not know whether an S was schizophrenic or not. A reproduction that was clearly a different word from the stimulus was considered a failure. Schizophrenics failed to reproduce stimulus words at a significantly higher rate than did nonschizophrenics under every condition, and with the exception of backward speech, neither the nature nor the level of distraction caused significant changes in performance in either group. There was no evidence of drifting attention by the schizophrenics; they followed instructions requiring selective performance as well as nonschizophrenics, and their short-term recall was also just as good. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - distraction & reproduction of spoken words KW - schizophrenics KW - 1969 KW - Attention KW - Learning KW - Schizophrenia KW - Words (Phonetic Units) KW - 1969 DO - 10.1097/00005053-196912000-00006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-08868-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-08863-001 AN - 1970-08863-001 AU - Hamlin, Roy M. T1 - The stability of intellectual function in chronic schizophrenia. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1969/// VL - 149 IS - 6 SP - 496 EP - 503 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1970-08863-001. PMID: 5354996 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hamlin, Roy M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Danville, Ill. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Intelligence; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Intelligence tests on 49 chronic schizophrenics, followed by retests 8 and 14 yr. later, failed to support the concept of progressive loss in intellectual function. When allowances are made for normal aging, IQs increased significantly. The results hold for both paranoid and nonparanoid patients and for verbal tests. The stability of intelligence with continuing psychosis cannot be attributed to practice or to sample attrition. Chronic patients who improve in symptoms and in social adequacy show appreciable gains in test scores. The evidence on mean changes suggests that the severity of psychosis may decrease over the years, thus counteracting effects of old age and long hospitalization. The concept of deterioration might well be deemphasized, with more attention directed to the enivronmental and behavioral determinants of deficit reversal. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stability of intellectual function KW - chronic schizophrenics KW - 1969 KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Intelligence KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1969 DO - 10.1097/00005053-196912000-00005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-08863-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-08791-001 AN - 1970-08791-001 AU - Shelton, Jack AU - Hollister, Leo E. AU - Gocka, Edward F. T1 - The drinking behavior interview: An attempt to quantify alcoholic impairment. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1969/// VL - 30 IS - 7 SP - 464 EP - 467 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-08791-001. PMID: 5810550 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shelton, Jack; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Evaluation; Interviews; Lysergic Acid Diethylamide; Treatment. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Interview. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Tested 72 lucid alcoholic patients for the degree of impairment caused by alcoholism over a preceding 6-mo period. The scored Drinking Behavior Interview (DBI) clearly separated social from problem drinkers. In a controlled clinical evaluation of LSD as a treatment for alcoholics, the DBI proved sensitive to a wide range of degrees of alcoholic impairment and to changes following treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Drinking Behavior Interview KW - quantification of alcoholic impairment KW - evaluation of LSD treatment of alcoholics KW - 1969 KW - Alcoholism KW - Evaluation KW - Interviews KW - Lysergic Acid Diethylamide KW - Treatment KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-08791-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-08776-001 AN - 1970-08776-001 AU - Hanson, Philip G. AU - Sands, Patrick M. AU - Sheldon, Robert B. T1 - Patterns of communication in alcoholic marital couples. JF - Psychiatric Quarterly JO - Psychiatric Quarterly JA - Psychiatr Q Y1 - 1968/// VL - 42 IS - 3 SP - 538 EP - 547 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-2720 SN - 1573-6709 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-08776-001. PMID: 5729675 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hanson, Philip G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Communication; Marital Relations. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Evidence from this pilot study suggests that communication between the alcoholic and the spouse is unidirectional. The spouse reveals much more information about her feelings about herself than does her alcoholic husband. The alcoholic is a mystery to his spouse. The spouse's perceptions of her husband were significantly more negative than his perceptions of himself and of her. The wife may be responding to a stereotype of an alcoholic rather than to her alcoholic husband. Implications for future studies and therapy are descirbed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - communication patterns KW - alcoholic marital couples KW - 1968 KW - Alcoholism KW - Communication KW - Marital Relations KW - 1968 DO - 10.1007/BF01564391 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-08776-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-08749-001 AN - 1970-08749-001 AU - Riley, Mildred T1 - The nursing interview for psychiatric patients. JF - Nursing Outlook JO - Nursing Outlook Y1 - 1968/// VL - 16 IS - 10 SP - 54 EP - 57 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-08749-001. PMID: 5187995 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Riley, Mildred; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interviews; Nurses; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Interview. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Demonstrates how a nursing interview can lead to a nursing diagnosis and the formulation of a nursing care plan that includes participation by the patient and the health team members. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nursing interview for psychiatric patients KW - nursing diagnosis & formulation of nursing care plan KW - 1968 KW - Interviews KW - Nurses KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-08749-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-08706-001 AN - 1970-08706-001 AU - Pokorny, Alex D. AU - Bentinck, Catherine T1 - A study of relatives' views of state mental hospital patients. JF - Social Casework JO - Social Casework JA - Soc Casework Y1 - 1969/// VL - 50 IS - 9 SP - 519 EP - 526 CY - US PB - Alliance for Children & Families SN - 0037-7678 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-08706-001. Other Journal Title: Families in Society. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pokorny, Alex D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Family; Mental Illness (Attitudes Toward); Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Attitudes of families, assessed by questionnaires, and judgments of professionals conducting extensive examinations on 1214 mental patients showed large areas of agreement. Professionals judged 57% of the sample ready for hospital release provided community resources were available. Although 82% of the patients lived with relatives prior to admission, only 20% were expected to return home by relatives. Over 1/4 of the patients were considered in need of nursing home placement. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hospital release of mental patients KW - family attitudes vs. professional judgment KW - 1969 KW - Family KW - Mental Illness (Attitudes Toward) KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-08706-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-08641-001 AN - 1970-08641-001 AU - Beavers, Stacie V. T1 - Music therapy. JF - The American Journal of Nursing JO - The American Journal of Nursing JA - Am J Nurs Y1 - 1969/// VL - 69 IS - 1 SP - 89 EP - 92 CY - United Kingdom PB - AB Academic Publishers SN - 0002-936X SN - 1538-7488 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-08641-001. PMID: 5188934 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Beavers, Stacie V.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Case Report; Memory; Music; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Presents 5 cases which illustrate benefits derived by psychotic patients from a music therapy program. Therapy involved the study of music and learning to play an instrument. This activity increased powers of concentration, improved memory and attention spans, and provided an opportunity for a constructive learning experience. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - music therapy KW - improved memory & attention spans & concentration & constructive learning experience KW - 5 case reports KW - psychotics KW - 1969 KW - Attention KW - Case Report KW - Memory KW - Music KW - Treatment KW - 1969 DO - 10.2307/3453873 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-08641-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-08496-001 AN - 1970-08496-001 AU - Cheney, Frederick D. T1 - Muscle tenderness in 100 consecutive psychiatric patients. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1969/// VL - 30 IS - 7 SP - 478 EP - 481 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-08496-001. PMID: 5810553 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cheney, Frederick D.; Veterans Administration Center, Biloxi, Miss. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Muscles; Pain; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Studied 100 1st admissions to a psychiatric hospital without regard to their psychiatric complaint, but noting only complaints of muscular ache or pain. A comparison of muscle tenderness for 6 different muscle groups revealed that psychiatric patients experience pain from pressure to these muscles more frequently than nonpatient controls. The frequency of pain response in specific muscle groups and diagnostic category for the psychiatric patient are not significantly related. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - muscle tenderness KW - pain response KW - 1st admissions to psychiatric hospital KW - 1969 KW - Muscles KW - Pain KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-08496-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-08450-001 AN - 1970-08450-001 AU - Palmer, Robert D. AU - Broverman, Donald M. T1 - Automatization and hypochondriasis. JF - Journal of Personality JO - Journal of Personality JA - J Pers Y1 - 1969/// VL - 37 IS - 4 SP - 592 EP - 600 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0022-3506 SN - 1467-6494 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-08450-001. PMID: 5353252 Other Journal Title: Character & Personality; A Quarterly for Psychodiagnostic & Allied Studies. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Palmer, Robert D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brooklyn, N.Y. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anatomy; Disorders; Personality Correlates. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Hypothesized that individuals who demonstrate strongly automatized behaviors would express less concern over bodily health than persons with poorly automatized behaviors. Underlying this hypothesis was the assumption that diffuse somatic complaints of nonspecific origin are in part a reflection of poorly automatized functioning within the motor apparatus. Support for the hypothesis was obtained in 2 samples of Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - automatized behavior & concern over bodily health KW - hypochondriasis KW - 1969 KW - Anatomy KW - Disorders KW - Personality Correlates KW - 1969 DO - 10.1111/j.1467-6494.1969.tb01767.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-08450-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-08025-001 AN - 1970-08025-001 AU - Cowen, Murray A. T1 - Some higher functional correlates of the transcephalic D.C. circuit. JF - Psychiatric Quarterly JO - Psychiatric Quarterly JA - Psychiatr Q Y1 - 1968/// VL - 42 IS - 3 SP - 409 EP - 429 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-2720 SN - 1573-6709 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-08025-001. PMID: 4892066 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cowen, Murray A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Electrical Activity; Personality Correlates; Physiological Psychology; Responses. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500); Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 21. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - The transcephalic DC potential is the aperiodic slowly changing voltage recorded between the frontal and occipital diploic emissary vein distributions on the midline surface of the head. In this paper a series of studies is described in which pertinent (reality testing) sets were independently measured and the results correlated with certain: (a) transcephalic DC potential parameters, (b) physiological states which are know to influence the transcephalic DC circuit, and (c) nonlinearities in the transient transcephalic DC potential responses to certain stimuli. Ss were normal males, females, undergraduates, and unmedicated patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - transcephalic DC potential & reality testing sets & physiological states & transient transcephalic DC potential shifts KW - normals & unmedicated psychiatric patients KW - 1968 KW - Brain KW - Electrical Activity KW - Personality Correlates KW - Physiological Psychology KW - Responses KW - 1968 DO - 10.1007/BF01564382 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-08025-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-07939-001 AN - 1970-07939-001 AU - Cherkin, A. T1 - Flurothyl toxicity: A remarkable species difference between chick and mouse. JF - Psychopharmacologia JO - Psychopharmacologia Y1 - 1969/// VL - 15 IS - 5 SP - 404 EP - 407 CY - Germany PB - Springer N1 - Accession Number: 1970-07939-001. PMID: 5353771 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cherkin, A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drugs. Minor Descriptor: Chickens; Mice. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - For a 10-min exposure the lethal dose50 concentrations of flurothyl were 10.1% in chicks and .33% in mice. The convulsant concentrations were .49% in chicks and .32% in mice. The resistance of chicks to flurothyl toxicity is related to their known resistance to hypoxic death. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - flurothyl toxicity KW - chicken & mouse KW - 1969 KW - Drugs KW - Chickens KW - Mice KW - 1969 DO - 10.1007/BF00403715 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-07939-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-07926-001 AN - 1970-07926-001 AU - Brown, Barbara B. T1 - Subjective and EEG responses to LSD in visualizer and non-visualizer subjects. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 25 IS - 4 SP - 372 EP - 379 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-07926-001. PMID: 4176542 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brown, Barbara B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drugs; Electroencephalography; Imagery; Lysergic Acid Diethylamide; Visual Perception. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - 9 Ss who reported possessing vivid visual imagery ability responded to LSD by enhanced visual perceptual and visual imagery activity, whereas 8 Ss completely lacking this ability experienced little or no change in visual perception or imagery but responded by increased conceptual activity. Nonvisualizers, reported vivid visual imagery during dreaming. EEG reponses of visualizers and nonvisualizers to spectral flickering light were reversed for the 2 groups and were affected differently by LSD. EEG responses indicated activation effects of LSD in visualizers and decreased EEG activation in nonvisualizers. (French summary) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - LSD KW - subjective & EEG responses KW - visualizer vs. nonvisualizer Ss KW - 1968 KW - Drugs KW - Electroencephalography KW - Imagery KW - Lysergic Acid Diethylamide KW - Visual Perception KW - 1968 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(68)90179-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-07926-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-07903-001 AN - 1970-07903-001 AU - Angel, Charles T1 - Starvation, stress and the blood-brain barrier. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1969/// VL - 30 IS - 2 SP - 94 EP - 97 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-07903-001. PMID: 5813178 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Angel, Charles; Veterans Administration Center, Biloxi, Miss. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blood; Brain; Deprivation; Drugs; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Confirmed previously reported observations that the stress of bilateral adrenalectomy and training in a water maze results in disruption of the blood-brain barrier to cocaine. It has been established that stress due to starvation in the rat also results in a time-related disruptive effect on blood-brain barrier. Additional findings concerning the length of time required after feeding for the reestablishment of normal barrier function suggests that factors controlling blood-brain barrier function depends on active protein synthesis mechanisms. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - disruption of blood-brain barrier to cocaine KW - starvation & stress KW - rat KW - 1969 KW - Blood KW - Brain KW - Deprivation KW - Drugs KW - Stress KW - Rats KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-07903-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-07616-001 AN - 1970-07616-001 AU - Royer, Fred L. AU - Garner, Wendell R. T1 - Perceptual organization of nine-element auditory temporal patterns. JF - Perception & Psychophysics JO - Perception & Psychophysics JA - Percept Psychophys Y1 - 1970/// VL - 7 IS - 2 SP - 115 EP - 120 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0031-5117 SN - 1532-5962 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-07616-001. Other Journal Title: Attention, Perception, & Psychophysics. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Royer, Fred L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brecksville, O. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20110110. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Pattern Discrimination; Perception; Time. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Presented all possible basic patterns formed from repeating sequences of 9 dichotomous elements auditorily, and required 64 undergraduates to describe the sequence after it became heard as an organized pattern. These descriptions show that whenever a pattern is a preferred organization, so also is its temporal reversal. It is argued that the pattern organizations are wholistic. The major organizational principles are preference for: (a) patterns that are balanced in time with long runs at the ends, and (b) patterns that have a directional simplicity with run lengths either increasing or decreasing in a regular order. Variability of pattern organization is related to the number of runs in the sequence, the range of run lengths represented, and the availability of a preferred organizing principle. It is concluded that the organism selects a pattern or organization from a set of alternatives presented by the structural features mentioned, and that this organizational selection is made on the basis of the whole pattern, not on parts of it built up sequentially. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 9-element auditory temporal patterns KW - perceptual organization KW - 1970 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Pattern Discrimination KW - Perception KW - Time KW - 1970 DO - 10.3758/BF03210146 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-07616-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-07191-001 AN - 1970-07191-001 AU - Wolff, Kurt T1 - Angina pectoris and emotional disturbances: Therapeutic implications. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1969/// VL - 30 IS - 6 SP - 401 EP - 404 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-07191-001. PMID: 5809294 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wolff, Kurt; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coatesville, Pa. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cardiovascular Disorders; Emotions; Family Relations; Pain; Personality. Minor Descriptor: Emotional Disturbances. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Reviews literature concerning emotion and cardiovascular disease and presents a study of the personality makeup and emotional problems of 13 male and 1 female 36-61 yr. old patients with angina pectoris associated with arteriosclerotic coronary artery disease. 7 patients with rheumatic valvular heart disease, never having reported chest pain, served as controls. Psychiatric investigation of Ss included an interview exploring their psychodynamics, relationship to family and supervisors, and current perceptive environmental stresses, and psychological tests: WAIS, TAT, Sentence Completion Test, and an MMPI. Results showed that angina pectoris Ss suffered from: (a) a high degree of compulsiveness, (b) repressed hostility, (c) a strong superego inhibiting verbalization of hostility, and (d) unfulfilled oral needs. Further investigation with more extensive controls by examination of neurotic or normal Ss is planned. A typical case history of a patient suffering from agitated depression and angina pectoris who was successfully treated by individual psychotherapy of 6-mo duration is presented as an illustration of what occurred in 3 similar cases. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - angina pectoris with arteriosclerotic coronary artery disease KW - personality & emotional problems KW - 1969 KW - Cardiovascular Disorders KW - Emotions KW - Family Relations KW - Pain KW - Personality KW - Emotional Disturbances KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-07191-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-07048-001 AN - 1970-07048-001 AU - Braatz, Gordon A. T1 - Preference intransitivity as an indicator of cognitive slippage in schizophrenia. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1970/02// VL - 75 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 6 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-07048-001. PMID: 4391973 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Braatz, Gordon A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Minneapolis, Minn. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20140210. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognition; Preferences; Schizophrenia; Thinking. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Describes the development and application of a scale to detect thought disorder by means of preference intransitivity. The scale, containing a total of 120 item pairs to be judged for preference, was administered to 90 Ss (30 schizophrenics, 30 psychiatric controls, and 30 nonpsychiatric controls). Results indicate that schizophrenics produce more intransitive judgments than nonschizophrenics and that the intransitivity score is independent of age and intelligence. Although the scale may not be powerful enough for diagnostic use, the method warrants further development. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive slippage KW - preference intransitivity as indicator KW - schizophrenics KW - 1970 KW - Cognition KW - Preferences KW - Schizophrenia KW - Thinking KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0028808 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-07048-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-07031-001 AN - 1970-07031-001 AU - Dynes, John B. T1 - Diabetes in schizophrenia and diabetes in nonpsychotic medical patients. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1969/// VL - 30 IS - 5 SP - 341 EP - 344 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-07031-001. PMID: 5771087 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dynes, John B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salem, Va. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blood; Disorders; Drugs; Schizophrenia; Tranquilizing Drugs. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Diabetes mellitus occurring in 33 schizophrenic patients as compared to 22 nonpsychotic controls was found to be less severe in Ss. Fewer of the more serious complications of diabetes were found in Ss although obesity was encountered more frequently in Ss. This paradoxical finding explained on the basis of the tranquilizer drugs, or in certain Ss having no sense of responsibility in regard to their diet. The management of diabetes in Ss was easier than in controls, indicating a milder type of diabetes in Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - diabetes KW - tranquilizers KW - schizophrenics vs. nonpsychotic medical patients KW - 1969 KW - Blood KW - Disorders KW - Drugs KW - Schizophrenia KW - Tranquilizing Drugs KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-07031-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-07009-001 AN - 1970-07009-001 AU - Bates, Henry D. T1 - Relevance of animal-avoidance analogue studies to the treatment of clinical phobias: A rejoinder to Cooper, Furst, and Bridger. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1970/02// VL - 75 IS - 1 SP - 12 EP - 14 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-07009-001. PMID: 5416038 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bates, Henry D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coatesville, Pa. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance; Neurosis; Phobias; Treatment. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - The animal-avoidance analogue paradigm of A. D. Lazovick and P. J. Lang (see 35:5) is considered extraneous to understanding the treatment of clinical phobias by A. Cooper, J. B. Furst, and W. H. Bridger (see 43:11) on the grounds that populations and symptom classes lack comparability. Results of a pilot study on which their conclusions are partly based are examined and related to experimental and clinical findings pertaining to variants of in vivo desensitization. Also discussed are interpopulation and interphobia relationships and the heuristic relevance of the animal-avoidance therapy analogue. (20 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - treatment of clinical phobias KW - relevance of animal-avoidance analogue studies KW - rejoinder to A. Cooper KW - et al KW - 1970 KW - Avoidance KW - Neurosis KW - Phobias KW - Treatment KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0028802 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-07009-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-06948-001 AN - 1970-06948-001 AU - O'Connell, Walter E. T1 - Creativity in humor. JF - The Journal of Social Psychology JO - The Journal of Social Psychology JA - J Soc Psychol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 78 IS - 2 SP - 237 EP - 241 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-4545 SN - 1940-1183 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-06948-001. PMID: 5810637 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Connell, Walter E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20090907. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Attitudes; Creativity; Emotions; Freud (Sigmund). Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Communication Systems (2700). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Tested the hypotheses of Freud pertaining to a close relationship between humor appreciation and production, extrapunitive aggression and hostile wit, and impunitive handling of aggression and humor appreciation and/or creation. Results suggest that the ability to produce wit and humor was not closely related to its appreciation. Humor appreciation, not creation, was correlated with impunitiveness. There was no relationship between wit creation or appreciation and extrapunitiveness. Males favored hostile wit. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - creativity in humor KW - experimental testing of Freudian theories KW - 1969 KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Attitudes KW - Creativity KW - Emotions KW - Freud (Sigmund) KW - 1969 DO - 10.1080/00224545.1969.9922361 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-06948-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-06934-001 AN - 1970-06934-001 AU - Lorei, Theodore W. T1 - Staff ratings of the relative importance of the consequences of release from or retention in a psychiatric hospital. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1970/02// VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 48 EP - 55 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-06934-001. PMID: 5436465 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorei, Theodore W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Washington, D.C. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Health Personnel; Nurses; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychiatrists; Psychodiagnosis. Minor Descriptor: Consequence. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Staff in 12 Veterans Administration hospitals rated importance of 16 possible outcomes of decisions to release or retain psychiatric patients. Dangerousness, malingering, and institutionalization were considered most important (undesirable) by Ss as a whole. Comparison of outcome profiles of 8 occupational groups showed small but significant differences in profile shapes and larger differences in profile levels. Groups differed most in their opinions regarding the importance of avoiding indigency, idleness, and family complaints about release. Nursing assistants differed most frequently from other groups. The research reported here and planned for the future derives from the attempt to use the expected utility maximization model to guide release/retention decision making. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - release from vs. retention in psychiatric hospital KW - ratings of decision outcome importance KW - hospital staff KW - 1970 KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Nurses KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychiatrists KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Consequence KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0028796 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-06934-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-06895-001 AN - 1970-06895-001 AU - Grosz, H. J. AU - Wright, C. S. T1 - The tempo of verbal interaction in an open therapy group conducted in rotation by three different therapists. JF - International Journal of Group Psychotherapy JO - International Journal of Group Psychotherapy JA - Int J Group Psychother Y1 - 1967/// VL - 17 IS - 4 SP - 513 EP - 523 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0020-7284 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-06895-001. PMID: 6074781 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Grosz, H. J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Indianapolis, Ind. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20160421. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Dynamics; Group Psychotherapy; Interpersonal Interaction; Psychotherapy; Verbal Communication. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - Studied the frequencies of verbal interaction between patients and between patients and therapists in an open, weekly therapy group in which 3 equally experienced group therapists took turns in conducting sessions. The group, in which ultimately a total of 23 patients participated, was studied for 6 mo., or 27 sessions. The average number of patients per session was 5. It was found that despite the steady turnover of patients attending the group and the changes in therapists, the patient-to-patient verbal interactions progressively increased from an average of 12.3 in the 1st session to an average of 103.7 in the last session. There were no significant differences between the therapists in their interactions with the patients and there was no significant change from the beginning to the end of the study in the number of interventions made by the therapists in the course of the sessions. Some of the obstacles to research in this field are also discussed briefly. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - verbal interaction over 6 mo. in open therapy group KW - 1967 KW - Group Dynamics KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Psychotherapy KW - Verbal Communication KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-06895-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-06828-001 AN - 1970-06828-001 AU - Mayfield, Demmie G. AU - Fowler, Donald R. T1 - Occupational class, occupational adequacy and occupational dysfunction in psychiatric patients. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1969/// VL - 30 IS - 6 SP - 379 EP - 384 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-06828-001. PMID: 5809291 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mayfield, Demmie G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Durham, N.C. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Job Performance; Occupations; Psychiatric Patients; Social Class. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Systematically collected demographic, behavioral, and diagnostic data during psychiatric examinations of 963 patients referred to a psychiatric service over a 1-yr period. Computer analysis of data revealed that relatively few factors covaried with occupational class. Ss in the 3 categories of occupational adequacy differed in a variety of variables. The occupational adequacy criteria distinguished groups of Ss with similar pervasive longstanding characteristics. The kind of work appears less important than how it is done vis-a-vis psychiatric disorder. Occupational dysfunction was more common than dysfunction in the family, community, and interpersonal areas in all subgroups, Ss indicating that disturbance in work performance is commonly associated with the occurrence of emotional illness over a wide range of occupations in a variety of patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - occupational class & adequacy & dysfunction KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1969 KW - Job Performance KW - Occupations KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Social Class KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-06828-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-06804-001 AN - 1970-06804-001 AU - Alson, Eli T1 - Balance of POQ triads in mental patients and normals. JF - The Journal of Social Psychology JO - The Journal of Social Psychology JA - J Soc Psychol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 78 IS - 2 SP - 213 EP - 218 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-4545 SN - 1940-1183 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-06804-001. PMID: 5810635 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Alson, Eli; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lyons, N.J. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20090907. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interpersonal Interaction; Mental Disorders; Psychiatric Patients; Social Perception; Theories. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Examined the applicability of Heider's balance principle for interpersonal perception among mental patients and normals. Ss were 51 male patients and 33 female hospital volunteers ('gray ladies'). Ss (P) were given experience with 2 (simulated) others (O and Q) and answered questions regarding their sentiments and perception of others feelings. 3 aspects of balance were considered: the total POQ configuration and 2 triadic components. Significant departures from the appropriate chance base lines were observed in the mental patients and in 2 of 3 instances in the normal group. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - interpersonal perception among mental patients KW - application of F. Heider's balance principle KW - 1969 KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Mental Disorders KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Social Perception KW - Theories KW - 1969 DO - 10.1080/00224545.1969.9922358 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-06804-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-06759-001 AN - 1970-06759-001 AU - Spiegel, Don AU - Keith-Spiegel, Patricia T1 - Volunteering for a high-demand, low-reward project: Sex differences. JF - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment Y1 - 1969/// VL - 33 IS - 6 SP - 513 EP - 517 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum N1 - Accession Number: 1970-06759-001. PMID: 5360513 Other Journal Title: Journal of Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spiegel, Don; Veterans Administration Center, Brentwood Hosp., Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitudes; Human Sex Differences; Personality Correlates; Rewards; Task Analysis. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - 75 undergraduates were administered several psychological tests and given the opportunity to participate in a high-demand, low-reward project. A stepwise discriminant analysis involving volunteers and nonvolunteers of both sexes (MV, FV, MN, FN) produced a linear combination of 8 variables which correctly classified 67% of MV, 75% of FV, 67% of MN, and 74% of FN. V showed greater concern for self-understanding and less aversion to auditory stimuli than did N. However, MV were more self-assertive, more attracted to glamorous pursuits, had stronger agreeing tendencies, and were more authoritarian than were FV. Results caution against generalizing from volunteers of 1 sex to volunteers of the other. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - volunteers vs. nonvolunteers in high-demand & low-reward task situation KW - personality & attitude & sex differences KW - 1969 KW - Attitudes KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Personality Correlates KW - Rewards KW - Task Analysis KW - 1969 DO - 10.1080/0091651X.1969.10380181 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-06759-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-06294-001 AN - 1970-06294-001 AU - Wang, R. I. AU - Hasegawa, A. T. AU - Peters, N. J. AU - Rimm, A. T1 - Amphetamine toxicity in isolated and aggregated mice: Influence of aggregation with non-amphetamine treated, sedated mice. JF - Psychopharmacologia JO - Psychopharmacologia Y1 - 1969/// VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 102 EP - 108 CY - Germany PB - Springer N1 - Accession Number: 1970-06294-001. PMID: 5351120 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wang, R. I.; Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amphetamine; Animal Social Behavior; Drugs; Social Isolation. Minor Descriptor: Mice. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Placed 1 S treated with amphetamine among either 9 untreated or 9 sedated Ss. The highest mortality rate occurred when all Ss in the aggregate received amphetamine, whereas, the lowest mortality occurred in Ss isolated after amphetamine injection. The mortality curves for Ss placed among untreated or sedated Ss were similar and lay in between those for the isolated and aggregated Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - amphetamine toxicity KW - isolated vs. aggregated mouse KW - 1969 KW - Amphetamine KW - Animal Social Behavior KW - Drugs KW - Social Isolation KW - Mice KW - 1969 DO - 10.1007/BF00407042 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-06294-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-06260-001 AN - 1970-06260-001 AU - Lewis, Evan G. AU - Dustman, Robert E. AU - Beck, Edward C. T1 - The effect of alcohol on sensory phenomenon and cognitive and motor tasks. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 30 IS - 3-A SP - 618 EP - 633 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-06260-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lewis, Evan G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salt Lake City, U. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohols; Cognition; Drugs; Motor Performance; Perceptual Motor Processes. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - 4 sensory and 4 cognitive and motor task were administered to 10 male moderate drinkers after alcohol and placebo. The absence of alcoholic effect on the majority of the tasks is discussed in terms of the brevity of each task, practice effects, and compensation. (50 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcohol KW - sensory & cognitive & motor performance KW - moderate drinkers KW - 1969 KW - Alcohols KW - Cognition KW - Drugs KW - Motor Performance KW - Perceptual Motor Processes KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-06260-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-06203-001 AN - 1970-06203-001 AU - Campbell, Richard A. AU - Counter, S. Allen T1 - Temporal integration and periodicity pitch. JF - Journal of the Acoustical Society of America JO - Journal of the Acoustical Society of America JA - J Acoust Soc Am Y1 - 1969/// VL - 45 IS - 3 SP - 691 EP - 693 CY - US PB - Acoustical Society of American SN - 0001-4966 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-06203-001. PMID: 5776930 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Campbell, Richard A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Miami, Fla. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Ear (Anatomy); Neurology; Psychophysiology; Thresholds. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Auditory temporal integration and periodicity pitch perception seem to be based on mutually exclusive neural processes in the auditory system. Explanations for these 2 phenomena involve neural temporal persistence and temporal resolution. Data are presented indicating a drastic reduction of temporal integration of energy at threshold for frequencies below 250 Hz. with durations of from 4-400 msec. with virtually no temporal integration observed at 125 Hz. These data and other considerations support the notion that there is a lower-frequency limit of 100-200 Hz. for auditory temporal integration of energy. This lower frequency limit corresponds to the upper frequency limit for periodicity pitch perception, the maximum rate at which individual auditory-nerve units have been observed to fire and the maximum frequency to which the cochlear partition responds essentially in phase. (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - auditory temporal integration & periodicity pitch perception KW - neural temporal persistence vs. resolution KW - auditory nerve firing KW - 1969 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Ear (Anatomy) KW - Neurology KW - Psychophysiology KW - Thresholds KW - 1969 DO - 10.1121/1.1911443 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-06203-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-05913-001 AN - 1970-05913-001 AU - Efron, Robert T1 - The relationship between the duration of a stimulus and the duration of a perception. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1970/// VL - 8 IS - 1 SP - 37 EP - 55 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-05913-001. PMID: 5522546 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Efron, Robert; Veterans Administration Hosp., Neurophysiology-Biophysics Research Unit, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Interstimulus Interval; Judgment; Visual Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 19. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Studied the time-course of the perception of visual and auditory stimuli by means of the analysis of the temporal errors in the judgment of the simultaneity of the offset of the 1st and the onset of the 2nd stimulus in the same modality. Ss were a 19-yr-old male and a 24-yr-old female. The duration of the 1st stimulus is the independent variable and the magnitude of the S's error is the dependent variable. The error analysis for the stimuli indicates that both auditory and visual perceptions have a minimum duration, produced by stimuli of 120-130 msec. or less, and that perceptions evoked by stimuli longer than this critical value are continuously graded with respect to duration. No evidence was found to support the idea that perceptual durations are quantized in the temporal domain. (French & German summaries) (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - duration of stimulus & duration of auditory & visual perception KW - judgment of simultaneity between offset of 1st & onset of 2nd stimulus KW - 1970 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Interstimulus Interval KW - Judgment KW - Visual Perception KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(70)90024-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-05913-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-05912-001 AN - 1970-05912-001 AU - Effron, Robert T1 - The minimum duration of a perception. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1970/// VL - 8 IS - 1 SP - 57 EP - 63 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-05912-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Effron, Robert; Veterans Administration Hosp., Neurophysiology-Biophysics Research Unit, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Interstimulus Interval; Judgment; Visual Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Studied the time course of perception of visual and auditory stimuli by means of an analysis of the temporal errors in the judgment of simultaneity of 2 stimuli. Ss were a 19-yr-old male and a 24-yr-old female. In Exp. I the S reported when the onsets of 2 stimuli (of different durations) were simultaneous. In Exp. II the S reported when the offset of 1 stimulus was simultaneous with the onset of the 2nd stimulus. Results indicate that visual perceptions have a minimum duration which lies in the range of 120-240 msec. and that auditory perceptions have a minimum duration which lies in the range of 120-170 msec. (French & German summaries) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - duration of visual & auditory perceptions KW - judgment of simultaneity between onsets of 2 stimuli vs. offset of 1st & onset of 2nd stimulus KW - 1970 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Interstimulus Interval KW - Judgment KW - Visual Perception KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(70)90025-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-05912-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-05883-001 AN - 1970-05883-001 AU - Elton, Charles F. AU - Lipton, Leonard AU - Curtin, Mary E. AU - Black, Agnes T1 - Occupational interest key for male psychiatric nursing aides. JF - Educational and Psychological Measurement JO - Educational and Psychological Measurement JA - Educ Psychol Meas Y1 - 1968/// VL - 28 IS - 4 SP - 1219 EP - 1222 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0013-1644 SN - 1552-3888 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-05883-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Elton, Charles F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lexington, Ky. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20121001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Nurses; Occupational Interests; Psychiatry; Statistical Validity. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Reports 'the development of a male psychiatric aide key for the Kuder Preference Record, Form D' using test responses from 135 male hospital aides. The key was cross-validated and shown to be effective in differentiating male nursing aides from males in general. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Kuder Preference Record KW - development of occupational interest key for male psychiatric nursing aides KW - cross-validation KW - 1968 KW - Nurses KW - Occupational Interests KW - Psychiatry KW - Statistical Validity KW - 1968 DO - 10.1177/001316446802800425 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-05883-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-05381-001 AN - 1970-05381-001 AU - Arthur, Gilbert AU - Ellsworth, Robert B. AU - Kroeker, Duane T1 - Readmission of released mental patients: A research study. JF - Social Work JO - Social Work JA - Soc Work Y1 - 1968/// VL - 13 IS - 4 SP - 78 EP - 84 CY - United Kingdom PB - Oxford University Press SN - 0037-8046 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-05381-001. Other Journal Title: Social Work Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Arthur, Gilbert; Veterans Administration Hosp., Vancouver, Wash. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20160922. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Psychiatric Hospitals; Rating Scales; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Determined the relationship of 19 adjustment variables to readmission to mental hospitals of released schizophrenic patients. 2 groups of 23 patients each 1 of which had been rehospitalized, the other of which had not were rated at time of initial admission to the hospital, 2 mo. following admission, 3 wk. after release, and 3 mo. after release. Although both groups were similar on admission, on the follow-up ratings 7 of the 19 variables discriminated significantly between those who were eventually rehospitalized and those who remained in the community. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - readmission to hospital KW - adjustment rating scale KW - schizophrenics KW - 1968 KW - Adjustment KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Rating Scales KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-05381-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-05321-001 AN - 1970-05321-001 AU - Linn, Margaret W. AU - Sculthorpe, William B. AU - Evje, Margaret AU - Slater, Phillip H. AU - Goodman, Spencer P. T1 - A social dysfunction rating scale. JF - Journal of Psychiatric Research JO - Journal of Psychiatric Research JA - J Psychiatr Res Y1 - 1969/// VL - 6 IS - 4 SP - 299 EP - 306 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0022-3956 SN - 1879-1379 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-05321-001. PMID: 5789952 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Linn, Margaret W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Miami, Fla. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20130415. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis; Rating Scales; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - A measure of social dysfunction containing 21 6-point scales has been developed to meet the need for assessing adjustment in terms of coping with personal, interpersonal, and geographic environments in a maladaptive manner. Definition of scale items and a series of multivariate statistical analyses concerning the scale's reliability, validity, and factor structure are presented in relationship to psychiatric and nonpsychiatric Ss. The scale appears to be well suited to a variety of research uses, particularly in assessment of treatment change or as an independent measure of social dysfunction. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social dysfunction rating scale development KW - assessment of adjustment & treatment change KW - reliability & validity & factor structure KW - psychiatric & nonpsychiatric patients KW - 1969 KW - Adjustment KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Rating Scales KW - Treatment KW - 1969 DO - 10.1016/0022-3956(69)90023-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-05321-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-05315-001 AN - 1970-05315-001 AU - Davis, William E. AU - Gillette, Anthony P. T1 - Relationship between patients' responses to objective tests and examiners' characteristics. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1969/// VL - 25 IS - 2 SP - 487 EP - 491 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1970-05315-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, William E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Blacks; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychodiagnosis; Test Anxiety. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Investigated whether the age, race, and sex of psychological examiners (Es) would affect the objective personality scale performance of Negro and Caucasian psychiatric patients. 8 groups of 10 Ss each were administered the Taylor MA scale, the MMPI K scale, and the MMPI L scale by 1 of 8 Es. Analysis indicates that, depending on Ss' race, significant performance differences in Ss' objective test responses were related to E's age, sex, and race. The interaction between Es' age and Ss' race was the most consistently demonstrated effect. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MA Scale & MMPI K & L scales KW - age & race & sex of E KW - Negro vs. Caucasian psychiatric patients KW - 1969 KW - Anxiety KW - Blacks KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Test Anxiety KW - 1969 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1969.25.2.487 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-05315-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-05305-001 AN - 1970-05305-001 AU - Handy, Imena A. T1 - Psychosocial aspects of chronic disability. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1969/// VL - 17 IS - 1 SP - 105 EP - 111 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-05305-001. PMID: 5782544 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Handy, Imena A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brecksville, O. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Case Report; Psychiatric Patients; Roles; Social Casework; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Geriatrics. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Calls for an increase in social service work to help manage the psychosocial problems associated with chronic disability. 4 stages of the social worker's inhospital treatment are: (1) encouraging the patient to discuss his problems, (b) stimulating some understanding of how he may overcome then, (c) putting this perception into action, and (d) integrating the gains by the patient. Work with the patient's family is involved. This kind of planning enables mental hospitals to actively treat the mentally ill and frees them from the additional responsibilities of domiciliary and hospital care for chronic disease, permitting the disabled to return to their own communities. The alternative is an isolated, meaningless, dependent institutional life. 2 illustrative case histories are presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychosocial aspects of chronic disability KW - role of social worker in hospital treatment KW - 2 case reports KW - 1969 KW - Case Report KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Roles KW - Social Casework KW - Treatment KW - Geriatrics KW - 1969 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1969.tb04110.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-05305-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-05288-001 AN - 1970-05288-001 AU - Cowen, Murray A. AU - Grant, Frederick T1 - Studies of the transcephalic d.c. circuit: Chlorpromazine and schizophrenia. JF - Journal of Schizophrenia JO - Journal of Schizophrenia Y1 - 1968/// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 81 EP - 87 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-05288-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cowen, Murray A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chlorpromazine; Drug Therapy; Schizophrenia; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Neuroanatomy; Physiology. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Studied the effects of chlorpromazine administration on transcephalic DC circuit (TCDC) potential abnormalities in 8 groups of Ss: 1 control group; 2 simple schizophrenic groups off medication for a wk.; and 5 catatonic groups, 1 receiving no medication for 6 mo., 1 given chlorpromazine for 7 days, 1 on medication at the time of testing, and 1 unmedicated postlobotomy, catatonic group. Results are compatible with the hypothesis that 'the effect of chlorpromazine is on the blood brain barrier,' showing the alternative hypothesis of direct action on the reticular formation no longer tenable. It is concluded that: (a) there are marked TCDC potential abnormalities in base-line and transient frequency range in schizophrenics; (b) catatonics show a different pattern of abnormalities than do simple schizophrenics, and have a defect in ability to focus attention; (c) most of these abnormalities are corrected by chlorpromazine treatment; and (d) degree of correction varies with the amount of available chlorpromazine in the plasma as determined by urinary excretion studies. (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chlorpromazine KW - transcephalic DC circuit KW - schizophrenics KW - 1968 KW - Chlorpromazine KW - Drug Therapy KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment KW - Neuroanatomy KW - Physiology KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-05288-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-05144-001 AN - 1970-05144-001 AU - Kilpatrick, Dean G. AU - Cauthen, Nelson R. T1 - The relationship of ordinal position, dogmatism, and personal sexual attitudes. JF - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JO - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JA - J Psychol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 73 IS - 1 SP - 115 EP - 120 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-3980 SN - 1940-1019 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-05144-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kilpatrick, Dean G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., New Orleans, La. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20140303. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Authoritarianism; Birth Order; Psychosexual Behavior; Student Attitudes. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Administered the Rokeach Dogmatism Scale and the Sexual Attitude Survey to 192 male and 186 female student volunteers. Ss were further divided into only child, 1st-, middle-, and last-born groups. Both dogmatism and personal sexual attitudes were found to be significantly related to ordinal position. An unexpected finding was the striking difference in dogmatism between last-born males and females suggesting a possible source of confounding in research on dogmatism. It is concluded that future research should have separate classification for male and female only children, and 1st-, middle-, and last-borns. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - birth order & dogmatism & personal sexual attitude KW - only child vs. 1st- vs. middle- vs. last-born undergraduates KW - 1969 KW - Authoritarianism KW - Birth Order KW - Psychosexual Behavior KW - Student Attitudes KW - 1969 DO - 10.1080/00223980.1969.10543522 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-05144-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-04942-001 AN - 1970-04942-001 AU - Butters, Nelson T1 - Changes in equivalence judgments following verbal, perceptual, or functional practice conditions. JF - Child Development JO - Child Development JA - Child Dev Y1 - 1969/// VL - 40 IS - 4 SP - 1179 EP - 1191 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0009-3920 SN - 1467-8624 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-04942-001. PMID: 5360390 Other Journal Title: Child Development: Abstracts & Bibliography. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Butters, Nelson; Boston Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Unit, Mass. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Elementary School Students; Judgment; Perception; Practice; Verbal Communication. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800); Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Assessed the performance of 47 1st-graders on J. S. Bruner and R. R. Olver's equivalence task with regard to special verbal, perceptual, and functional practice conditions. Practice with verbally presented equivalence tasks resulted in more functional responses than with perceptually or functionally presented items. Conversely, equivalence practice with the items presented perceptually or functionally resulted in greater increments in superordination than did verbal practice. This dissociation between syntactic and semantic groupings suggests that superordination is not necessarily an indicator of developmental progression. The number of functional responses was dependent upon content of the equivalence list. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - equivalence judgments following verbal & perceptual & functional practice conditions KW - 1st graders KW - 1969 KW - Elementary School Students KW - Judgment KW - Perception KW - Practice KW - Verbal Communication KW - 1969 DO - 10.2307/1127022 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-04942-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-04930-001 AN - 1970-04930-001 AU - Pendergrass, V. E. T1 - The effect of reinforcement on preferences for simple classification concepts. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1969/// VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 199 EP - 211 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-04930-001. PMID: 5380733 Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pendergrass, V. E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coral Gables, Fla. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classification (Cognitive Process); Practice; Preferences; Psychodiagnostic Typologies. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Delivered reinforcement following changes in color or in shape of geometric stimuli. Ss were 108 7-12 yr. old children. It was found that this training produced differences in strength of preferences for classification bases of shape or color in a subsequent categorization task. There was no evidence that conditioning of peripheral orienting responses to changes in shape or color occurred through reinforcement during training. It appeared that while reinforcement delivered in relation to systematic stimulus changes did influence the formation of shape or color preferences, its role did not depend on maintenance or enhancement of the periperal orienting response. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - preferences for color vs. shape in classification KW - reinforcement during training KW - peripheral orienting response KW - 7-12 yr. olds KW - 1969 KW - Classification (Cognitive Process) KW - Practice KW - Preferences KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-04930-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-04795-001 AN - 1970-04795-001 AU - Snapper, Arthur G. AU - Pomerleau, Ovide F. AU - Schoenfeld, William N. T1 - Similarity of cardiac CR forms in the rhesus monkey during several experimental procedures. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1969/// VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 212 EP - 220 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-04795-001. PMID: 4985699 Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Snapper, Arthur G.; Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cardiovascular System; Classical Conditioning; Conditioned Responses; Learning; Shock. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Observed the cardiac rates of 5 male rhesus monkeys in a variety of different conditioning procedures, each of which involved a visual stimulus (CS) followed by an electric shock (UCS). With a 30-sec CS, cardiac rate accelerated rapidly after CS onset, reached a maximum in the middle of CS, and decelerated thereafter, with a terminal CS rate often at the level of, or below, pre-CS levels. A similar biphasic cardiac rate response in CS was observed under subsequent exposure to intermittent pairings of CS and UCS, avoidance of UCS, response-produced termination of UCS, and when CS-UCS pairings were superimposed upon an avoidance base line, even when CS duration was varied from 12-60 sec. The regularity of cardiac rate responses in several different procedures resulted from 1 or more of these factors: (a) characteristics of the S, (b) initial exposure to Pavlovian conditioning, or (c) the uniformity of measurement of cardiac rate. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cardiac CR forms KW - various conditioning procedures KW - monkey KW - 1969 KW - Cardiovascular System KW - Classical Conditioning KW - Conditioned Responses KW - Learning KW - Shock KW - Monkeys KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-04795-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-04527-001 AN - 1970-04527-001 AU - Taylor, Richard L. AU - Reilly, Stephen T1 - Naming and other methods of decoding visual information. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology JA - J Exp Psychol Y1 - 1970/01// VL - 83 IS - 1, Pt.1 SP - 80 EP - 83 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-04527-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Taylor, Richard L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Information; Memory; Thinking; Vision. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Required 16 Ss to recognize a letter when target duration was varied under marginal viewing conditions. A within-S comparison was made between naming the target, which involved an unknown type of covert memory-matching operation, and 3 types of matching from memory operations: visually encoded figural identity, visually encoded name identity, and aurally encoded identity. Ss were relatively inefficient in making memory matches based on visually encoded name identity, while other conditions did not differ. Findings are consistent with previously reported RT data suggesting that in recognition, Ss generate visual information in order to analyze visual input, and that normally figural analysis occurs at an earlier stage than nominal analysis. Results provide circumstantial evidence that naming depends on a memory comparison based on figural identitiy rather than on nominal identity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - decoding visual information KW - target naming vs. memory-matching operations of visually encoded figural identity vs. visually encoded name identity vs. aurally encoded identity KW - 1970 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Information KW - Memory KW - Thinking KW - Vision KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0028561 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-04527-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-04526-001 AN - 1970-04526-001 AU - Taub, Harvey A. AU - Monty, Richard A. T1 - Order of report and coding in memory. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology JA - J Exp Psychol Y1 - 1970/02// VL - 83 IS - 2, Pt.1 SP - 337 EP - 339 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-04526-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Taub, Harvey A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Color; Meaningfulness; Memory. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Using sequences of 8 letters color-coded into 2 4-letter sets, performance of 80 undergraduates was measured as a function of (a) order of presentation (presented 1st vs. presented 2nd), (b) order of report (ordered vs. reversed), and (c) level of meaningfulness (low vs. high pronounceability) of each of the half sets. For the stimulus set presented 1st in a sequence, ordered reports were equal or superior to reversed reports, while for stimuli presented 2nd, reversed reports led to higher accuracy. Differences between ordered and reversed reports were largest for the stimuli presented 2nd, but, with both sets, were related to the opportunity to chunk or code the letters into pronounceable units. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - memory for 8 color-coded letters KW - order of presentation & report & level of meaningfulness KW - 1970 KW - Color KW - Meaningfulness KW - Memory KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0028560 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-04526-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-04260-001 AN - 1970-04260-001 AU - Kish, George B. AU - Donnenwerth, Gregory V. T1 - Interests and stimulus seeking. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology JA - J Couns Psychol Y1 - 1969/11// VL - 16 IS - 6 SP - 551 EP - 556 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-04260-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kish, George B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Ft. Meade, S.D. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Familiarity; Occupational Interests; Stimulation; Stimulus Parameters. Classification: Industrial & Organizational Psychology (3600). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Examined relationships between the Sensation-Seeking Scale (SSS) and vocational interests as measured by the Kuder Preference Record and the SVIB using 4 male alcoholics, and 32 male and 46 female undergraduates. Resulting correlations were reasonably consistent among 3 studies and indicated that sensation seeking is a positive component of occupational interest patterns requiring relatively unstructured activities; dealing with complex, novel situations and concepts; and requiring flexibility of approach. Sensation seeking is a negative component in occupations in which activities are well-structured and well-defined, in which attention to detail, order, and routine are paramount. Results support the construct validity of the SSS and provide further evidence of the modes of expression of stimulus-seeking needs in personality. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - vocational interests & Sensation-Seeking Scale KW - alcoholics & college students KW - 1969 KW - Alcoholism KW - Familiarity KW - Occupational Interests KW - Stimulation KW - Stimulus Parameters KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0028503 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-04260-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-04080-001 AN - 1970-04080-001 AU - Hofmann, W. W. AU - Kundin, J. E. AU - Farrell, D. F. T1 - The pseudomyasthenic syndrome of Eaton and Lambert: An electrophysiological study. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 3 SP - 214 EP - 224 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-04080-001. PMID: 4167920 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hofmann, W. W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Clinical Neurophysiology Lab., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disorders; Electromyography; Electrophysiology; Muscles; Neurology. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - Studied neuromuscular transmission at single end-plate regions in muscle fibers from 2 patients, 1 with proven bronchogenic carcinoma but without clinical weakness, the other with no proven malignancy but with the typical pseudomyasthenic syndrome described by L. M. Eaton and E. H. Lambert. In spite of defects the spontaneous release mode appears to operate normally, and the 'packets' which escape when the nerve is resting are sufficiently near normal in size that a decrease in the number of acetylcholine molecules/quantum cannot be held accountable for any significant aspect of the disorder. No major defects have been found in the contractile machinery of the muscle fibers. The hypotheses that the disease could result from an excess of magnesium ions, a reduction in calcium ions, or an agent like botulinum toxin are rejected. (French summary) (22 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - electrophysiological study of neuromuscular transmission KW - Eaton & Lambert's pseudomyasthenic syndrome KW - cancer vs. pseudomyasthenic patients KW - 1967 KW - Disorders KW - Electromyography KW - Electrophysiology KW - Muscles KW - Neurology KW - 1967 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(67)90118-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-04080-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-04075-001 AN - 1970-04075-001 AU - Buttiglieri, Matthew W. AU - Guennette, Marie AU - Thomson, Mae T1 - Driving record of medical and surgical patients. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1969/// VL - 29 IS - 2 SP - 427 EP - 434 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1970-04075-001. PMID: 5361703 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Buttiglieri, Matthew W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disorders; Driving Behavior; Patients; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Studied records of accidents and driving violations for 3 yr. prior to hospitalization for 798 medical-surgical patients. Results indicate that the accident involvement of medical-surgical patients is not significantly different from that of psychiatric patients or from that of a large random sample of male California drivers. Both patient groups had a significantly higher record of violations than the comparison group. High-accident involvement was associated with genito-urinary and respiratory disorders. Findings suggest that accident risk almost triple as the severity of medical-surgical symptoms increases to the point requiring hospitalization. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - driving accidents vs. violations KW - medical-surgical vs. psychiatric patients KW - 1969 KW - Disorders KW - Driving Behavior KW - Patients KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1969 DO - 10.2466/pms.1969.29.2.427 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-04075-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-03996-001 AN - 1970-03996-001 AU - Vitale, John H. AU - Steinhelber, John C. AU - Drake, William E. AU - Dahlgren, Helen T1 - Psychological dimensions of cerebrovascular insufficiency. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1969/// VL - 29 IS - 2 SP - 555 EP - 563 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1970-03996-001. PMID: 5361727 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Vitale, John H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., San Francisco, Calif. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Disorders; Electroencephalography; Nervous System Disorders; Neurology; Physiological Correlates. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Studied 129 Ss with cerebrovascular insufficiency (CVI) on 43 scores from psychological tests of intellectual functioning and 42 scores from physiological measures. Computer cluster analysis of 35 psychological variables yielded 3 strong dimensions labeled verbal, visual-motor, and numerical, and a weaker dimension labeled attention. These 4 dimensions accounted for 91% of the communality. The dimensions were fairly highly intercorrelated, and correlated significantly with 10 of the 42 physiological variables, primarily EEG findings. It is concluded that adequate assessment of CVI patients should include testing in the identified psychological dimensions of intellectual functioning. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cerebrovascular insufficiency KW - psychological vs. physiological correlates KW - EEG KW - 1969 KW - Brain Disorders KW - Electroencephalography KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Neurology KW - Physiological Correlates KW - 1969 DO - 10.2466/pms.1969.29.2.555 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-03996-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-03904-001 AN - 1970-03904-001 AU - LaPointe, Leonard L. AU - Culton, Gerald L. T1 - Visual-spatial neglect subsequent to brain injury. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JA - J Speech Hear Disord Y1 - 1969/// VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 82 EP - 86 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Association SN - 0022-4677 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-03904-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: LaPointe, Leonard L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Denver, Colo. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Nervous System Disorders; Neurology; Treatment. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Reports on an individual showing visual-spatial effects after brain injury. This disorder is characterized by omission of detail from 1 side in reading, identifying objects in pictures, and in free-hand drawing. The case had suffered a right hemisphere cerebrovascular accident. He compained of 'reading difficulties,' 'slightly slurred speech,' 'walking into walls,' and 'missing numbers' on the left side when reading columns of figures. The only aphasic language disturbances present were word omissions in oral reading. Therapy consisted of work in copying figures, doing arithmetic problems, and emphasis on self-monitoring. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cerebrovascular accident KW - visual-spatial losses & therapy KW - case report KW - 1969 KW - Brain Damage KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Neurology KW - Treatment KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-03904-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-03877-001 AN - 1970-03877-001 AU - Hustmyer, Frank E. Jr. T1 - Eye-movement consistency and relationship to the process-reactive dimension in schizophrenia. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1969/// VL - 29 IS - 2 SP - 448 EP - 450 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1970-03877-001. PMID: 5361706 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hustmyer, Frank E. Jr.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Knoxville, Ia. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Eye Movements; Physiology; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Recorded horizontal eye movements of 14 schizophrenics while they viewed 3 different stimuli in succession and while they were administered the Ullmann-Giovannoni process-reactive scale. Eye movements were consistent across stimulus conditions (rho = .63, .88, .81) and in each condition were related to the process-reactive measure (rho = .64, .72, .64), reactives having more eye movements. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - eye movements & process-reactive schizophrenia KW - 1969 KW - Eye Movements KW - Physiology KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1969 DO - 10.2466/pms.1969.29.2.448 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-03877-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-03870-001 AN - 1970-03870-001 AU - Prien, Robert F. AU - Cole, Jonathan O. AU - Belkin, Naomi F. T1 - Relapse in chronic schizophrenics following abrupt withdrawal of tranquillizing medication. JF - The British Journal of Psychiatry JO - The British Journal of Psychiatry JA - Br J Psychiatry Y1 - 1969/// VL - 115 IS - 523 SP - 679 EP - 686 CY - United Kingdom PB - Royal College of Psychiatrists SN - 0007-1250 SN - 1472-1465 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-03870-001. PMID: 5806858 Other Journal Title: Journal of Mental Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Prien, Robert F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20120611. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Schizophrenia; Tranquilizing Drugs; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - 210 patients in 7 hospitals were given placebo for 24 wk. 40% relapsed and had to be returned to active medication. Patients given low doses of tranquilizer before the study were less likely to relapse under placebo. Relapse rates varied widely across hospitals suggesting that hospital differences may explain some contradictions in the literature. (31 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - relapse KW - abrupt withdrawal of tranquilizers KW - chronic schizophrenics KW - 1969 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Schizophrenia KW - Tranquilizing Drugs KW - Treatment KW - 1969 DO - 10.1192/bjp.115.523.679 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-03870-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-03809-001 AN - 1970-03809-001 AU - Uecker, Albert E. AU - Kish, George B. AU - Ball, Margaret E. T1 - Differentiation of alcoholism from general psychopathology by means of two MMPI scales. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 25 IS - 3 SP - 287 EP - 289 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-03809-001. Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Uecker, Albert E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Ft. Meade, S.D. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychodiagnosis; Psychopathology. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Alcoholics' scores on 3 MMPI scales were contrasted with those of a general psychiatric sample. The AH and AM scales differentiated the groups but the AL scale did not. The results were compared and contrasted with a similar study. It is suggested that in diagnosis and research with alcoholics that the testing be delayed until there is a recovery from symptoms. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - differentiation of alcoholism from general psychopathology KW - 2 MMPI scales KW - 1969 KW - Alcoholism KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Psychopathology KW - 1969 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196907)25:3<287::AID-JCLP2270250319>3.0.CO;2-C UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-03809-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-03804-001 AN - 1970-03804-001 AU - Spiegel, Don T1 - SPI discriminators among four psychological health-sickness levels. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1969/12// VL - 33 IS - 6 SP - 750 EP - 756 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-03804-001. PMID: 4391139 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spiegel, Don; Brentwood Hosp., Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classification (Cognitive Process); Disorders; Personality Measures; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnostic Typologies. Minor Descriptor: Psychopathology. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Formed criterion groups representing 4 psychological health-sickness levels for each sex from among 87 hospitalized psychiatric patients and 145 normal adults on the basis of clinical judgments, and for normals, on the basis of an MMPI severity of pathology index. Magnitudes of mean scores for 14 scales of the Spiegel Personality Inventory were in rank order of pathology level for males and females. Univariate and multivariate methods were used to select 10 of the most promising scales: deviant response, deterioration feeling, self-dissatisfaction, intrusive thought, alienation, dread, future planlessness, olfactory minimizing, auditory minimizing, and tactual minimizing. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 4 psychological health-sickness levels KW - Spiegel Personality Inventory discriminators KW - hospitalized psychiatric patients vs. normals KW - 1969 KW - Classification (Cognitive Process) KW - Disorders KW - Personality Measures KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - Psychopathology KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0028465 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-03804-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-03799-001 AN - 1970-03799-001 AU - Freed, Earl X. T1 - Actuarial data on Bender-Gestalt Test rotations by psychiatric patients. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 25 IS - 3 SP - 252 EP - 255 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-03799-001. PMID: 5803244 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freed, Earl X.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Alcohol Research Lab., Lyons, N.J. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Factor Analysis; Intelligence Measures; Intelligence Quotient; Psychiatric Patients; Statistical Correlation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Bender-Gestalt records on 952 hospitalized male neuropsychiatric patients were evaluated for 2 kinds of rotational distortion. Patients producing rotations had significantly lower IQ scores than nonrotators. There was a significant negative correlation between IQ and number of rotations for some diagnostic groups. The results seem to suggest the value of scoring according to the Pascal-Suttell criteria. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - actuarial data on Bender-Gestalt Test rotations KW - IQ & number of rotations KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1969 KW - Factor Analysis KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Intelligence Quotient KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Statistical Correlation KW - 1969 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196907)25:3<252::AID-JCLP2270250305>3.0.CO;2-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-03799-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-03794-001 AN - 1970-03794-001 AU - Spiegel, Donald E. AU - Keith-Spiegel, Patricia T1 - Why we came back: A study of patients readmitted to a mental hospital. JF - Mental Hygiene JO - Mental Hygiene Y1 - 1969/// VL - 53 IS - 3 SP - 433 EP - 437 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-03794-001. PMID: 5803891 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spiegel, Donald E.; Veterans Administration Center, Brentwood Hosp., Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Hospitals. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Gathered data from 100 consecutively readmitted male patients averaging 43.5 yr. of age. 78% had been discharged or released on a trial basis; 4% over-stayed a pass; and the remainder left against medical advice or eloped. 71% had previously been hospitalized for less than 1 yr. While out, 42% said they had worked, 58% had not; 20% did not want to, 29% could not get work. Many of these were better off in the hospital than outside, since 49% were fathers. To live outside, 40% said they needed a satisfactory job; 27%, successful treatment of their illness; 12%, improved financial status. The anticipated problem for 42% was job adjustment; for 46%, mental health. It is concluded that there is strong need for community support and assistance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reasons for readmission to mental hospital KW - 100 male Ss KW - 1969 KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-03794-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-03783-001 AN - 1970-03783-001 AU - Gunn, Robert L. AU - Pearman, H. Edgar T1 - The essence of mental hospitals. JF - Mental Hygiene JO - Mental Hygiene Y1 - 1969/// VL - 53 IS - 3 SP - 422 EP - 427 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-03783-001. PMID: 5803890 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gunn, Robert L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Hospitals. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - The mental hospital is seen as a mother-substitute and the need of such a role is questioned. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mental hospital as mother-substitute KW - 1969 KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-03783-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-03661-001 AN - 1970-03661-001 AU - Andersen, Dennis O. AU - Seitz, Frank C. T1 - Rorschach diagnosis of homosexuality: Schafer's content analysis. JF - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment Y1 - 1969/// VL - 33 IS - 5 SP - 406 EP - 408 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum N1 - Accession Number: 1970-03661-001. PMID: 5389458 Other Journal Title: Journal of Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Andersen, Dennis O.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Denver, Colo. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Homosexuality; Psychodiagnosis; Rorschach Test. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Selected 3 groups of 15 Ss as: heterosexual, sex-role disturbed, and homosexuals. A content analysis of the Rorschach protocols using Schafer's signs was performed. The results indicate that the signs were highly successful in differentiating the 3 groups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Rorschach diagnosis of homosexuality KW - Schafer's content analysis KW - 1969 KW - Homosexuality KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Rorschach Test KW - 1969 DO - 10.1080/0091651X.1969.10120607 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-03661-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-03610-001 AN - 1970-03610-001 AU - Sacks, Joseph M. T1 - Social adjustment and verbal expression of activity-passivity and feeling tone. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology JA - J Couns Psychol Y1 - 1969/11// VL - 16 IS - 6 SP - 486 EP - 490 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-03610-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sacks, Joseph M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Fresno, Calif. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Conformity (Personality); Emotions; Empathy; Verbal Communication. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Elicited verbal productions from 25 nursing assistants, 25 undergraduates, and 24 Peace Corps trainees asked to name 3 things one could do with each of a list of 20 items. These responses were rated for activity-passivity and feeling tone. The social-adjustment criteria were obtained from ratings of Ss by people who knew the Ss well. Correlations of verbal- and social-adjustment data indicate that conformity and adaptability tend to be highly valued in subordinates, and that these qualities in combination with cheerfulness and empathy tend to be more highly valued in peers than an active orientation which was actually a better predictor of effectiveness in a demanding field situation. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social adjustment KW - verbal expression of activity-passivity & feeling tone KW - nursing assistants vs. undergraduates vs. Peace Corps trainees KW - 1969 KW - Adjustment KW - Conformity (Personality) KW - Emotions KW - Empathy KW - Verbal Communication KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0028441 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-03610-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-03407-001 AN - 1970-03407-001 AU - Shimoff, E. H. AU - Schoenfeld, W. N. AU - Snapper, A. G. T1 - Effects of CS presence and duration on suppression of positively reinforced responding in the rat. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1969/// VL - 25 IS - 1 SP - 111 EP - 114 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1970-03407-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shimoff, E. H.; Franklin D. Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Conditioned Responses; Cues; Extinction (Learning); Rat Learning; Shock. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Investigated the variable of CS duration preceding unavoidable electric shock with 12 naive Charles River male albino rats. For the 6 durations examined from 3.75-60 sec., suppression of positively reinforced bar-pressing in the presence of CS was complete. While response suppression between CS presentations was initially severe, it gradually dissipated. A control group received unavoidable shocks not preceded by a stimulus. General suppression of responding throughout the session was more severe than with the cued-shock groups, and recovery was slower. The difference in the effects of uncued shock and cued shock was confirmed when stimulus presentation conditions were reversed between the groups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - CS & response suppression KW - cued vs. uncued shock KW - rat KW - 1969 KW - Conditioned Responses KW - Cues KW - Extinction (Learning) KW - Rat Learning KW - Shock KW - Rats KW - 1969 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1969.25.1.111 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-03407-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-03361-001 AN - 1970-03361-001 AU - Pomerleau, Ovide F. AU - Snapper, Arthur G. AU - Schoenfeld, William N. T1 - Perseveration of cardiac-rate effects in the rhesus monkey following Pavlovian conditioning,. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1969/// VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 52 EP - 58 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-03361-001. PMID: 4976662 Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pomerleau, Ovide F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Heart Rate. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Studied the effects of Pavlovian conditioning on diurnal cardiac rate in 4 rhesus monkeys. A 3-hr conditioning period, consisting of 18 CS-UCS pairings with UCS an aversive tail-shock, produced cardiac-rate elevation which persisted for as long as 12 hr. after the session. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cardiac rate elevation & perseveration KW - Pavlovian conditioning KW - monkey KW - 1969 KW - Heart Rate KW - Monkeys KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-03361-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-03318-001 AN - 1970-03318-001 AU - Murphree, Oddist D. AU - Peters, John E. AU - Dykman, Roscoe A. T1 - Behavioral comparisons of nervous, stable, and crossbred pointers at ages 2, 3, 6, 9, and 12 months. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1969/// VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 20 EP - 23 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-03318-001. PMID: 5813962 Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Murphree, Oddist D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Little Rock, Ark. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Animal Ethology; Animal Mating Behavior; Genetics. Minor Descriptor: Animals. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - To clarify some effects of inheritance on abnormal behavior, nervous and stable strains within the pointer breed of dogs were maintained by line breeding and selective mating. Comparable measures on behavioral tests of brief activity, startle reactions to a 122-db horn, and reactions to humans at ages 2, 3, 6, 9, and 12 mo., for the 2 strains as well as for 26 crossbred offspring were obtained. In spite of the small crossbred sample size and limitations of a general nature, the offspring performances are surprisingly like the nervous side of their ancestry, suggesting dominant inheritance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - abnormal behavior inheritance KW - line breeding & selective mating KW - 2 vs. 3 vs. 6 vs. 9 vs. 12 mo. of age behavioral comparisons KW - nervous vs. stable canine pointers KW - 1969 KW - Age Differences KW - Animal Ethology KW - Animal Mating Behavior KW - Genetics KW - Animals KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-03318-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-03312-001 AN - 1970-03312-001 AU - Gunter, Ralph AU - Wright, Edwin T. AU - Brown, W. Jann AU - Gunter, Eleanor R. T1 - Low oxygen tension and discrimination reversal. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1969/// VL - 29 IS - 2 SP - 415 EP - 424 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1970-03312-001. PMID: 5361702 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gunter, Ralph; Veterans Administration Center, Medical Service, Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Discrimination; Physiological Stress; Respiration; Visual Discrimination. Minor Descriptor: Cats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500); Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Trained 9 cats to a visual form discrimination, then reversed the valences of the stimuli, and subjected the Ss to various levels of oxygen deprivation after which they were tested for retention and reversal performance. 9 normal Ss were identically trained, but were not subjected to hypoxia. 10 naive cats constituted the posthypoxia new-learning group. It was found that 70 min. of oxygen deprivation had a significant effect on retention and reversal performance; 1 exposure had no observable effect on either function. No differential effects were found on retention or new learning as measured by retention new-learning or reversal-reversal comparisons. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - oxygen deprivation & visual discrimination reversal KW - cat KW - 1969 KW - Discrimination KW - Physiological Stress KW - Respiration KW - Visual Discrimination KW - Cats KW - 1969 DO - 10.2466/pms.1969.29.2.415 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-03312-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-03309-001 AN - 1970-03309-001 AU - Newton, Joseph E. AU - Ehrlich, Walter T1 - Coronary blood flow in dogs: Effect of person. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1969/// VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 81 EP - 88 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-03309-001. PMID: 5388278 Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Newton, Joseph E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Little Rock, Ark. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cardiovascular System; Heart Rate. Minor Descriptor: Dogs. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Experiments on 4 mongrel dogs with electromagnetic flow probes implanted around a coronary artery and the ascending aorta indicate that the entry of a person into the experimental chamber can cause a remarkable increase in coronary blood flow. Heart rate usually increases considerably, blood pressure increases only slightly, while aortic blood flow increases at variable times before and after coronary blood flow. It is not yet clear whether these cardiovascular effects are due purely to 'effect of person' or to conditioning, with the person as the signal for the momentary coronary occlusion. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - coronary blood flow KW - entry of human into experimental chamber KW - dog KW - 1969 KW - Cardiovascular System KW - Heart Rate KW - Dogs KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-03309-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-03308-001 AN - 1970-03308-001 AU - Gibby, Robert G. AU - Gibby, Robert G. Jr. AU - Townsend, John C. T1 - Effect of stress upon rate of change of heart-beat rate. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1969/// VL - 29 IS - 2 SP - 463 EP - 466 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1970-03308-001. PMID: 5361709 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gibby, Robert G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Richmond, Va. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Heart Rate; Physiological Stress; Stress. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Subjected 80 white male science or engineering majors, all free from emotional or physical disorders, to psychological and physiological stress, and required them to show an increase from prestress to poststress conditions in both subjective and physiological indexes of stress. In a comparison of pre- and poststress rate of change of heart-rate scores, the difference between the mean scores was not significant (p < .10), and the correlation of change was .64. It is concluded that the rate of change of heart-rate is a stable parameter. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - rate of change of heart rate KW - psychological & physiological stress KW - 1969 KW - Heart Rate KW - Physiological Stress KW - Stress KW - 1969 DO - 10.2466/pms.1969.29.2.463 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-03308-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-03264-001 AN - 1970-03264-001 AU - Wilson, Malcolm E. T1 - The detection of light scattered from stimuli in impaired regions of the visual field. JF - Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry JO - Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry JA - J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry Y1 - 1968/// VL - 31 IS - 5 SP - 509 EP - 513 CY - United Kingdom PB - BMJ Publishing Group SN - 0022-3050 SN - 1468-330X N1 - Accession Number: 1970-03264-001. PMID: 5709835 Other Journal Title: Journal of Neurology & Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wilson, Malcolm E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Illumination; Psychophysics; Signal Detection (Perception); Stimulus Parameters; Thresholds. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Measured psychophysical thresholds for the detection of light scattered from stimuli lying in blind regions of the visual field. Stimuli presented 2-3– arc from a functional part of the field are unlikely to be detected, provided that the product of the stimulus/background luminance contrast and the square of the stimulus diameter does not exceed 2/8. Stimuli lying 15– from a functional part of the field are unlikely to be detected so long as the value of this product is less than 53. Both limits apply to stimuli 1 sec. in duration, presented on backgrounds whose luminance exceeds 75 cd/m2. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychophysical light detection thresholds KW - stimulus-background luminance contrast KW - blind regions of visual field KW - 1968 KW - Illumination KW - Psychophysics KW - Signal Detection (Perception) KW - Stimulus Parameters KW - Thresholds KW - 1968 DO - 10.1136/jnnp.31.5.509 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-03264-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-03177-001 AN - 1970-03177-001 AU - Wieland, Betty A. AU - Mefferd, Roy B. Jr. T1 - Identification of periodic components in physiological measurements. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1969/// VL - 6 IS - 2 SP - 160 EP - 165 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-03177-001. PMID: 5345499 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wieland, Betty A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychiatric & Psychosomatic Research Lab., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blood Pressure; Measurement; Statistical Analysis. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Base-line diastolic blood pressure measurements made on a single S for 120 consecutive days demonstrated the use of autocorrelation techniques for the identification of cycles of 1 or more periods present in the data. Provided only a single period is present, averaging techniques using this period as the base may be used to smooth the data. Smoothing not only may introduce spurious cycles, but it also eliminates much nonrandom variance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - periodic component identification KW - 120 day diastolic blood pressure measurements KW - data smoothing KW - 1969 KW - Blood Pressure KW - Measurement KW - Statistical Analysis KW - 1969 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1969.tb02895.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-03177-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-02756-001 AN - 1970-02756-001 AU - Handy, Imena A. T1 - The team approach in the rehabilitation of psychiatric patients. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1968/// VL - 16 IS - 9 SP - 1058 EP - 1065 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-02756-001. PMID: 5691256 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Handy, Imena A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Social Work Research, Brecksville, O. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatrics; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychiatric Patients; Rehabilitation; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Adjustment. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Discusses the organization and problems of a therapeutic team on a geriatric psychiatric ward. A sociotherapeutic model requires that all disciplines decide what social factors can really help the patients. At the medical and nursing levels, sociotherapeutic principles should be clearly formulated to dispense with status problems, to utilize all available resources, to provide for staff growth, and to offer the patients the best opportunity for improvement. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - rehabilitation within mental hospital ward KW - team approach KW - geriatric psychiatric patients KW - 1968 KW - Geriatrics KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Rehabilitation KW - Treatment KW - Adjustment KW - 1968 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1968.tb02737.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-02756-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-02601-001 AN - 1970-02601-001 AU - Simon, Stanford H. AU - Heggestad, Wayne AU - Hopkins, Joseph T1 - Some factors relating to success and failure of male chronic schizophrenics on their first foster home placement. JF - Community Mental Health Journal JO - Community Mental Health Journal JA - Community Ment Health J Y1 - 1968/// VL - 4 IS - 4 SP - 314 EP - 318 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0010-3853 SN - 1573-2789 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-02601-001. PMID: 24185395 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Simon, Stanford H.; Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Community Services; Family; Psychiatric Patients; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - 'Failure' was defined as staying out of the hospital less than 11 mo. 3 significant findings all independent of each other showed that compared to the 25 'failures' the 77 'successes' had been older at their 1st hospitalization, had a shorter period between 1st hospitalization and placement in a foster home, and had fewer admissions to this hospital. Some factors relating to differences in patients, communities, and the use of tranquilizers are suggested as possible reasons underlying the discrepancies in results between this study and others. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - foster home placement of posthospitalized male schizophrenics KW - 1968 KW - Community Services KW - Family KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1968 DO - 10.1007/BF01435260 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-02601-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-02546-001 AN - 1970-02546-001 AU - Darbonne, Allen R. T1 - Study of psychological content in the communications of suicidal individuals. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1969/10// VL - 33 IS - 5 SP - 590 EP - 596 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-02546-001. PMID: 5369179 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Darbonne, Allen R.; Veterans Administration Center, Central Research Unit, Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Dependency (Personality); Motor Processes; Suicide. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Tested and supported the general hypothesis that the psychological content of communications of Ss who commit suicide differs from that of nonsuicidal normal Ss. A comparison was also made of 31 suicide-threatening outpatients with 40 suicide committers and 40 nonsuicidal normals. Ss were American-born, white, adult males matched for age and occupational level. The content of communications of suicide committers (suicide note) reflected heightened dependency needs, difficulty maintaining interpersonal relationships, a high degree of activity, and an expressive style of veiled aggression which includes hurting the self in order to hurt and manipulate others. Suicide threateners were predictably in some ways like suicide committers and in certain other ways more like nonsuicidal normals. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological content of suicidal notes KW - dependency & activity & aggression KW - suicide threateners vs. committers vs. normals KW - 1969 KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Dependency (Personality) KW - Motor Processes KW - Suicide KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0028303 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-02546-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-02504-001 AN - 1970-02504-001 AU - Hartlage, Lawrence C. AU - Hale, Phyllis T1 - Self-concept decline from psychiatric hospitalization. JF - Journal of Individual Psychology JO - Journal of Individual Psychology JA - J Individ Psychol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 24 IS - 2 SP - 174 EP - 176 CY - US PB - University of Texas at Austin SN - 0022-1805 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-02504-001. PMID: 5724579 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hartlage, Lawrence C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Indianapolis, Ind. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Outpatient Treatment; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients; Self-Concept; Semantic Differential. Minor Descriptor: Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Semantic differential scale results with 24 1st admissions to a mental hospital and 24 matched outpatients suggest the adverse effect of hospitalization within 1 mo. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychiatric hospitalization & self concept decline KW - 1st admissions vs. outpatients KW - semantic differential KW - 1968 KW - Outpatient Treatment KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Self-Concept KW - Semantic Differential KW - Treatment KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-02504-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-02335-001 AN - 1970-02335-001 AU - McReynolds, Paul T1 - The motives to attain success and to avoid failure: Historical note. JF - Journal of Individual Psychology JO - Journal of Individual Psychology JA - J Individ Psychol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 24 IS - 2 SP - 157 EP - 161 CY - US PB - University of Texas at Austin SN - 0022-1805 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-02335-001. PMID: 4881596 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McReynolds, Paul; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Achievement Motivation; History of Psychology; Literature Review; Personality Theory; Psychopathology. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Makes brief references to a number of writers, beginning with William James, who are significant for the study of success-attainment and failure-avoidance. (28 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - success & failure experiences & psychopathology KW - historical review KW - 1968 KW - Achievement Motivation KW - History of Psychology KW - Literature Review KW - Personality Theory KW - Psychopathology KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-02335-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-02250-001 AN - 1970-02250-001 AU - O'Connell, Walter E. T1 - Community confrontations: A challenge to psychotherapeutic practice. JF - Journal of Individual Psychology JO - Journal of Individual Psychology JA - J Individ Psychol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 25 IS - 1 SP - 38 EP - 47 CY - US PB - University of Texas at Austin SN - 0022-1805 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-02250-001. PMID: 5794534 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Connell, Walter E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blacks; Communities; Crime; Criminals; Group Psychotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Mass Media. Classification: Forensic Psychology & Legal Issues (4200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Describes some problems and techniques involved in the Houston Cooperative Crime Prevention Program. Policemen and other members of the community participated in group sessions led by local counselors and psychologists. (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - attitude change KW - psychotherapeutic techniques in Houston crime prevention program KW - police & Negro & Latin American leaders KW - 1969 KW - Blacks KW - Communities KW - Crime KW - Criminals KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Mass Media KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-02250-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-02035-001 AN - 1970-02035-001 AU - Pare, William P. T1 - Age, sex, and strain differences in the aversive threshold to grid shock in the rat. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1969/10// VL - 69 IS - 2 SP - 214 EP - 218 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-02035-001. PMID: 5404449 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pare, William P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aversion; Shock; Stress; Thresholds. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400); Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Using a spatial preference test with a rectangular tilt cage, the aversive thresholds for grid shock were plotted for male and female Sprague-Dawley, Long-Evans, and Wistar rats, and for male Sprague-Dawley rats (total N = 500) 34, 80, 220, and 500 days old. Female Ss and younger Ss demonstrated lower threshold values, but results were influenced by body weight because a covariance analysis indicated that shock sensitivity was directly related to body weight. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - aversive grid shock threshold KW - spatial preference test KW - age & sex & strain differences KW - Sprague-Dawley vs. Long-Evans vs. Wistar rat KW - 1969 KW - Aversion KW - Shock KW - Stress KW - Thresholds KW - Rats KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0028196 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-02035-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-02027-001 AN - 1970-02027-001 AU - Hamilton, C. L. T1 - Ingestion of nonnutritive bulk and wheel running in the rat. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1969/11// VL - 69 IS - 3 SP - 481 EP - 484 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-02027-001. PMID: 5357882 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hamilton, C. L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Monell Chemical Senses Center, Philadelphia, Pa. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Deprivation; Food Intake; Motor Performance. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - 18 male Sprague-Dawley rats were housed in cages with activity wheels and starved. Ss provided with an edible nonnutritive bulk during starvation showed less increase in running behavior than their nonbulk eating controls. It is proposed that the increase in wheel running of the starving S is the result of 2 factors: (1) the initial increase is related to conditions of the empty gut, and (2) the continued increase is the result of a combination of the empty gut, augmented by conditions of body temperature regulation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - wheel running KW - nonnutritive bulk ingestion & body temperature KW - starved rat KW - 1969 KW - Deprivation KW - Food Intake KW - Motor Performance KW - Rats KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0028193 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-02027-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-01956-001 AN - 1970-01956-001 AU - Gaarder, Kenneth T1 - A theoretical and experimental examination of auditory-visual interaction. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1969/// VL - 29 IS - 1 SP - 23 EP - 33 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1970-01956-001. PMID: 5355039 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gaarder, Kenneth; Veterans Administration Hosp., Washington, D.C. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Neurology; Perception; Psychophysiology; Vision. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Used the general systems model of central sensory processing based on the assumption that central processing is discontinuous whether the concurrent processing of different sense modalities is serial, parallel, or independent. Since an eye jump indicates input of visual information, if the auditory system is stimulated by clicks with fixed delays after eye jumps, intermodality relationships are tested. RTs and evoked responses show complex interactions which suggest serial processing analogous to time sharing computers. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - auditory-visual interaction & evoked responses & reaction times KW - 1969 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Neurology KW - Perception KW - Psychophysiology KW - Vision KW - 1969 DO - 10.2466/pms.1969.29.1.23 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-01956-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-01918-001 AN - 1970-01918-001 AU - Sherwin, Ira T1 - Alterations in the non-specific cortical afference during hyperventilation. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 6 SP - 532 EP - 538 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-01918-001. PMID: 4169823 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sherwin, Ira; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biochemistry; Electrical Activity; Lesions; Metabolism. Minor Descriptor: Cats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - Studied the effect of hyperventilation on cortical excitability in 15 unanesthetized cats before and after interruption of the nonspecific thalamic projection system (NSTPS). The results suggest that the primary site of action of hypocapnia is subcortical and that its secondary effects on the cortex depend upon the integrity of the NSTPS. The role of selective regional alterations in the blood-brain barrier is discussed as a possible mechanism of the NSTPS. (French summary) (23 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hyperventilation & cortical excitability before vs. after nonspecific thalamic projection system interruption KW - cat KW - 1967 KW - Biochemistry KW - Electrical Activity KW - Lesions KW - Metabolism KW - Cats KW - 1967 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(67)90019-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-01918-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-01891-001 AN - 1970-01891-001 AU - Allison, T. AU - Goff, W. R. T1 - Human cerebral evoked responses to odorous stimuli. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 6 SP - 558 EP - 560 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-01891-001. PMID: 4169826 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Allison, T.; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Stimulation; Cerebral Cortex; Electrical Activity; Evoked Potentials; Olfactory Perception. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - Describes the presentation of brief pulses of odorized air to 8 Ss inducing cerebral electrical activity which can be recorded by response averaging. The response is largest in the vertex region and consists mainly of a positive wave with a peak latency of 450-550 msec. It has distinguishing characteristics from vertex potentials evoked in other senses. Evidence suggests that the response may be evoked primarily by stimulation of olfactory receptors, but the possibility of nasal trigeminal afferent stimulation was evaluated. (French summary) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - odor & cerebral electrical activity KW - olfactory receptor vs. nasal trigeminal afferent stimulation KW - 1967 KW - Brain Stimulation KW - Cerebral Cortex KW - Electrical Activity KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Olfactory Perception KW - 1967 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(67)90022-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-01891-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-01883-001 AN - 1970-01883-001 AU - Justesen, D. R. T1 - Attenuation of retroactive inhibition by a single electroconvulsive shock. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1969/// VL - 17 IS - 1 SP - 43 EP - 45 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-01883-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Justesen, D. R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Kansas City, Mo. et al. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroconvulsive Shock; Interference (Learning); Maze Learning; Motor Processes. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Taught 28 male albino Holtzman rats a retroactively interfering reversal habit, a left or right turn in a single-unit water maze. The interpolated habit was immediately followed in 14 Ss by a single electroshock convulsion. Reliable 'interference with retroactive interference' was found: shock Ss were superior in demonstrating retention of original learning. This finding is discussed with reference to major behavioral theories of ECS and interpreted as being more nearly supportive of amnesic, as opposed to fear-induction or competing-response, mechanisms. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - retroactive inhibition interference KW - interpolated activity & single ECS KW - rat KW - 1969 KW - Electroconvulsive Shock KW - Interference (Learning) KW - Maze Learning KW - Motor Processes KW - Rats KW - 1969 DO - 10.3758/BF03329159 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-01883-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-01806-001 AN - 1970-01806-001 AU - Jakubczak, L. F. T1 - Effects of age and activity restriction on body weight loss of rats. JF - American Journal of Physiology JO - American Journal of Physiology Y1 - 1969/// VL - 216 IS - 5 SP - 1081 EP - 1083 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-01806-001. PMID: 5768056 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jakubczak, L. F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Jefferson Barracks, St. Louis, Mo. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Body Weight; Physiological Psychology; Stress; Weight Loss. Minor Descriptor: Animals; Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Attempted to determine whether age differences in activity-wheel running in response to food deprivation contribute to age differences in rate of weight loss and the length of time to lose a critical proportion of weight in food-deprived rats. A 3 2 factorial experiment was run, using 3 age groups of male Sprague-Dawley rats (66, 106, and 186 days old at start of deprivation) and 2 treatment conditions (confinement vs. access to activity drum). The dependent variables were the number of days to lose 35% of predeprivation body weight (PDW) and the rate of relative weight loss (gm/day/100 gm. PDW). Ss were placed in Wahmann activity cages, and after an adaptation period were totally deprived of food. During food deprivation, 1/2 of the Ss in each age group were confined to the living compartment, while the remainder were allowed ad lib access to the activity drum. Confinement significantly reduced the rate of weight loss and increased the number of days to lose 35% PDW, primarily in the youngest age group. Age significantly decreased the rate of weight loss and increased the number of days to lose 35% PDW. Thus, the results indicate that age differences in running activity contribute to age differences in the rate of weight loss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - activity restriction & weight loss KW - age differences KW - rat KW - 1969 KW - Age Differences KW - Body Weight KW - Physiological Psychology KW - Stress KW - Weight Loss KW - Animals KW - Rats KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-01806-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-01693-001 AN - 1970-01693-001 AU - Bamber, Donald T1 - Reaction times and error rates for 'same'-'different' judgments of multidimensional stimuli. JF - Perception & Psychophysics JO - Perception & Psychophysics JA - Percept Psychophys Y1 - 1969/// VL - 6 IS - 3 SP - 169 EP - 174 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0031-5117 SN - 1532-5962 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-01693-001. Other Journal Title: Attention, Perception, & Psychophysics. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bamber, Donald; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, St. Cloud, Minn. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20110110. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Errors; Judgment; Reaction Time. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - 4 right-handed female undergraduates served as Ss. Each S indicated whether 2 successively presented rows of letters were 'same' or 'different.' RTs of the 'different' response seemed to indicate that S examined the stimulus letters in a serial, self-terminating manner. However, the RTs of the 'same' response were not consistent with this model. It was proposed that S employs simultaneously 2 distinct processes for comparing stimuli. The processes would generate either the 'different' responses or the 'same' responses. Most false 'same' responses occurred when the 2 rows of letters differed minimally. Thus, the false 'same' responses appear to result from a failure to detect the difference between the 2 stimuli. When S made a false 'same' response, he was aware that he had done so. Therefore, it was suggested that only 1 of the 2 comparison processes failed to detect the stimulus difference. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reaction time & error rate for same-different judgments of multidimensional stimuli KW - 1969 KW - Errors KW - Judgment KW - Reaction Time KW - 1969 DO - 10.3758/BF03210087 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-01693-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-01667-001 AN - 1970-01667-001 AU - Pishkin, Vladimir AU - Shurley, Jay T. T1 - Hydro-hypodynamic sensory isolation effects on concept identification. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology JA - J Exp Psychol Y1 - 1969/11// VL - 82 IS - 2 SP - 198 EP - 204 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-01667-001. PMID: 5378043 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pishkin, Vladimir; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Concepts; Environment; Personality Processes; Social Isolation. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300); Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Tested the effects of hydro-hypodynamic environment (HHDE) on auditory concept identification (CI) with 180 male medical students. Results showed that (1) there was no difference in CI performance between HHDE conditions with immediate onset of CI problem and standard laboratory procedure; (2) performance improved after 30 min. in HHDE as compared to standard laboratory and control HHDE conditions; (3) errors significantly increased after 60 min. with some improvement after 120 min. in HHDE; (4) there were significant interaction effects between complexity of CI task and duration in HHDE in both CI errors and time estimation scores; and (5) Ss reliably underestimated time spent in HHDE. (21 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hydro-hypodynamic sensory isolation KW - auditory concept identification KW - 1969 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Concepts KW - Environment KW - Personality Processes KW - Social Isolation KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0028116 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-01667-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-01548-001 AN - 1970-01548-001 AU - Snapper, Arthur G. AU - Knapp, Julius Z. T1 - A multi-purpose logic module for behavioral experiments. JF - Behavior Research Methods & Instrumentation JO - Behavior Research Methods & Instrumentation Y1 - 1969/// VL - 1 IS - 7 SP - 264 EP - 266 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0005-7878 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-01548-001. Other Journal Title: Behavior Research Methods; Behavior Research Methods, Instruments & Computers. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Snapper, Arthur G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20110314. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior; Computers; Experimentation; Logical Thinking. Classification: Communication Systems (2700); General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Describes a digital logic module designed to be isomorphic with the basic unit of the notational language, thus permitting rapid programing of new experiments directly from the notational system. The major advantage of the new module is that it requires no electronic sophistication on the part of the user, since the 1 module serves as the basic unit of all experiments. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - multipurpose logic module KW - computer program for sequential procedures KW - behavioral experiments KW - 1969 KW - Behavior KW - Computers KW - Experimentation KW - Logical Thinking KW - 1969 DO - 10.3758/BF03209910 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-01548-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-01070-001 AN - 1970-01070-001 AU - Fields, Francis R. AU - Whitmyre, John W. T1 - Verbal and performance relationships with respect to laterality of cerebral involvement. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1969/// VL - 30 IS - 3 SP - 177 EP - 179 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-01070-001. PMID: 5774340 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fields, Francis R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coatesville, Pa. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Brain Disorders; Nervous System Disorders; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - 41 male hospitalized veterans with unilateral brain involvement were administered the full WAIS. 18 Ss had unilateral left hemisphere involvement, and 23 had unilateral right hemisphere involvement. The 2 major hypotheses related deficits in verbal functioning to impaired integrity of the left cerebral hemisphere, and deficits in performance functioning to impaired integrity of the right cerebral hemisphere. Statistical analysis supported both hypotheses. It was concluded that with refinement of independent variable criteria along certain dimensions, the magnitude of predicted differences might well be increased. Finally in instances where unilateral cerebral involvement has been established, verbal and performance relationships as measured on the WAIS were important. Such relationships yielded predictive information with respect to laterality of cerebral involvement. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - laterality of cerebral involvement & disparities on WAIS KW - 1969 KW - Brain Damage KW - Brain Disorders KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-01070-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-00886-001 AN - 1970-00886-001 AU - Rohan, William P. AU - Tatro, R. L. AU - Rotman, S. R. T1 - MMPI changes in alcoholics during hospitalization. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 30 IS - 2-A SP - 389 EP - 400 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-00886-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rohan, William P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northampton, Mass. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Personality Change; Psychiatric Hospitals. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Administered the MMPI to 58 alcoholics on admission and on discharge from an alcoholism treatment program. All scales changed in the direction of reduced symptoms following treatment. 2 major subgroups were apparent on both profiles: a depressed neurotic group (52%) and a psychopathic group (48%). (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcoholics KW - MMPI during hospitalization KW - 1969 KW - Alcoholism KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Personality Change KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-00886-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-00884-001 AN - 1970-00884-001 AU - Kish, G. B. AU - Cheney, T. M. T1 - Impaired abilities in alcoholism: Measured by the General Aptitude Test Battery. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 30 IS - 2-A SP - 384 EP - 388 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-00884-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kish, G. B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Ft. Meade, S.D. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Aptitude Measures. Minor Descriptor: Test Battery. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Administered the General Aptitude Test Battery to 90 male inpatients of an alcoholism rehabilitation unit. They showed impairment as compared to the norms on Numerical and Perceptual aptitudes, on Manual and Finger dexterities, and on Motor Coordination. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcoholics KW - General Aptitude Test Battery KW - 1969 KW - Alcoholism KW - Aptitude Measures KW - Test Battery KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-00884-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-00814-001 AN - 1970-00814-001 AU - Kaim, S. C. AU - Klett, C. J. AU - Rothfeld, Benjamin T1 - Treatment of the acute alcohol withdrawal state: A comparison of four drugs. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1969/// VL - 125 IS - 12 SP - 1640 EP - 1646 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-00814-001. PMID: 4890289 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kaim, S. C.; Veterans Administration Central Office, Washington, D.C. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Chlorpromazine; Drug Therapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - A double-blind study of 537 patients evaluated the relative efficacy of 4 drugs chlordiazepoxide, chlorpromazine, hydroxyzine, and thiamine commonly used in treating alcohol withdrawal symptoms, specifically to prevent delirium tremens and convulsions. Of the 55 patients who developed these symptoms, 2% were in the chlordiazepoxide group; the incidence ranged form 10-16% in the other treatment groups. Chlordiazepoxide appears to be the drug of choice among those tested. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chlordiazepoxide vs. chlorpromazine vs. hydroxyzine vs. thiamine therapy KW - acute alcohol withdrawal state KW - 1969 KW - Alcoholism KW - Chlorpromazine KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1969 DO - 10.1176/ajp.125.12.1640 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-00814-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-00741-001 AN - 1970-00741-001 AU - Archibald, Herbert C. AU - Parker, David E. AU - Smith, M. Kent AU - Tuddenham, Read D. T1 - Who seeks treatment? A study of psychiatrically disabled veterans. JF - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JO - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JA - J Psychol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 72 IS - 2 SP - 151 EP - 157 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-3980 SN - 1940-1019 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-00741-001. PMID: 4390286 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Archibald, Herbert C.; Veterans Administration Office, Mental Hygiene Clinic, Oakland, Calif. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20140303. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinics; Demographic Characteristics; Educational Background; Military Personnel; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Studied psychological and demographic variables in 2 groups of neuropsychiatric veterans: 67 who sought treatment and 68 who did not. The untreated veterans admitted to more physiological symptoms, whereas the treated veterans admitted to more psychological symptoms. The latter group also had higher educational and socioeconomic levels. The most conspicuous difference between veterans who elect and those who do not elect psychiatric treatment is distance of residence from the clinic. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuropsychiatric veterans seeking vs. not seeking treament KW - clinical & demographic variables KW - 1969 KW - Clinics KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - Educational Background KW - Military Personnel KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1969 DO - 10.1080/00223980.1969.10543492 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-00741-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-00627-001 AN - 1970-00627-001 AU - Edwards, Allan E. AU - Bloom, Marshall H. AU - Cohen, Sidney T1 - The psychedelics: Love or hostility potion? JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1969/// VL - 24 IS - 3 SP - 843 EP - 846 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1970-00627-001. PMID: 5809078 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Edwards, Allan E.; Veterans Administration, Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Addiction; Drugs; Hostility; Personality Traits. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Compared 30 heavy psychedelic users with 30 matched controls using the Rosenzweig and Comrey tests. The drug-dependent group demonstrated aberrant personality traits only with respect to increased hostility. It appears that this propensity is unrelated to degree of drug dependency and may reflect a predisposing state. People who have difficulty handling their aggressive feelings may tend to become heavy drug users. How this hostility is expressed does appear to change with degree of dependence, becoming more extrapunitive and obstacle dominant as drug dependency increases. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hostility & personality traits KW - drug dependency KW - psychedelic drug users KW - 1969 KW - Drug Addiction KW - Drugs KW - Hostility KW - Personality Traits KW - 1969 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1969.24.3.843 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-00627-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1970-00604-000 AN - 1970-00604-000 AU - Levine, Jacob. T1 - Motivation in humor. Y1 - 1969/// CY - Oxford, England PB - Atherton Press N1 - Accession Number: 1970-00604-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levine, Jacob.; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Book (0200). Format Covered: Print. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognition; Emotions; Personality; Psychoanalytic Theory; Social Behavior. Classification: Social Psychology (3000). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 182. AB - Presents a collection of articles previously published in various journals. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - humor research KW - cognitive-perceptual vs. behavioral vs. psychoanalytic theories KW - personality dispositions KW - book KW - 1969 KW - Cognition KW - Emotions KW - Personality KW - Psychoanalytic Theory KW - Social Behavior KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-00604-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-00143-001 AN - 1970-00143-001 AU - Angel, Ronald W. AU - Higgins, Joseph R. T1 - Correction of false moves in pursuit tracking. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology JA - J Exp Psychol Y1 - 1969/10// VL - 82 IS - 1, Pt.1 SP - 185 EP - 187 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-00143-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Angel, Ronald W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Reaction Time; Task Analysis. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Tested 5 men and 5 women, 18-45 yr. old, on a pursuit tracking test under display conditions that caused them to make false moves. The mean latency of the false moves was longer than the mean latency of correct moves. The mean time needed to arrest false moves was less than the mean time needed to initiate any motor response, whether correct or incorrect. 41% of the false moves were arrested in less than the estimated minimum time needed to process visual feedback. The data confirm previous reports that Ss are able to correct errors more quickly than they can respond to external stimuli. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reaction time in pursuit tracking task KW - false move corrections vs. equivalent correct responses KW - 18-45 yr. olds KW - 1969 KW - Reaction Time KW - Task Analysis KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0028032 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-00143-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-00071-001 AN - 1970-00071-001 AU - Burke, Henry R. AU - Bingham, William C. T1 - Raven's Progressive Matrices: More on construct validity. JF - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JO - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JA - J Psychol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 72 IS - 2 SP - 247 EP - 251 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-3980 SN - 1940-1019 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-00071-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Burke, Henry R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Est Orange, N.J. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20140303. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intelligence Measures; Statistical Validity. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Both a principle components and a varimax factor analysis indicated that the Raven Progressive Matrices loaded significantly on a factor of general intellectual functioning, even when it was heavily determined by verbal content. 91 19-59 yr. old male patients, referred for vocational counseling were Ss. A split-half corrected reliability coefficient of .96 was shown. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Raven's Progressive Matrices KW - construct validity KW - 1969 KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Statistical Validity KW - 1969 DO - 10.1080/00223980.1969.10543505 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-00071-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-17842-001 AN - 1969-17842-001 AU - Buckley, Robert E. T1 - Hypoglycemic symptoms and the hypoglycemic experience. JF - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JO - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JA - Psychosomatics Y1 - 1969/// VL - 10 IS - 1 SP - 7 EP - 13 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0033-3182 SN - 1545-7206 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-17842-001. PMID: 5780683 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Buckley, Robert E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Livermore, Calif. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19691201. Correction Date: 20130923. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blood; Disorders; Hypothalamus; Neurology; Symptoms. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Discusses 2 mechanisms for the cause of hypoglycemic reactions: (1) 'symptoms resulting from deprivation of metobolic supplies to areas with damaged circulation,' and (2) 'Diencephalic Activation-Inhibition Mechanism, based on the ventromedial nucleus of the hypothalamus as a negative feed-back control center.' The relationship between hypoglycemia and the limbic system is discussed. Studies are reviewed which demonstrate the 'influence of blood sugar on the anterior and posterior hypothalamus.' Hypothalamic balance during acute hypoglycemic responses, and a psychobiological mechanism for the hypoglycemic experience are discussed. (28 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hypoglycemic symptoms & mechanisms KW - 1969 KW - Blood KW - Disorders KW - Hypothalamus KW - Neurology KW - Symptoms KW - 1969 DO - 10.1016/S0033-3182(69)71785-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-17842-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-16920-001 AN - 1969-16920-001 AU - Barrett, Robert J. AU - Ray, Oakley S. T1 - Attenuation of habituation by electroconvulsive shock. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1969/09// VL - 69 IS - 1 SP - 133 EP - 135 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-16920-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barrett, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Leech Farm Rd., Pittsburgh, Pa. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroconvulsive Shock; Habituation; Interference (Learning); Learning; Time. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Compared the disruptive effects ECS administered to 430 naive male mice either 10 sec. or 60 min. after an habituation trial with disruption produced when ECS was administered at the same intervals following responding in a passive-avoidance learning situation. The ECS was effective in attenuating habituation as well as interfering with recall for the learned response. The effect varied significantly as a function of the response-ECS interval in both paradigms. Results suggest similarities between the variables controlling learning and habituation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ECS & attenuation of habituation & time interval & interference of learned response recall KW - mouse KW - 1969 KW - Electroconvulsive Shock KW - Habituation KW - Interference (Learning) KW - Learning KW - Time KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0027930 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-16920-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-16905-001 AN - 1969-16905-001 AU - Glass, David H. AU - Ison, James R. AU - Thomas, Garth J. T1 - Anterior limbic cortex and partial reinforcement effects on acquisition and extinction of a runway response in rats. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1969/09// VL - 69 IS - 1 SP - 17 EP - 24 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-16905-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Glass, David H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Extinction (Learning); Lesions; Rat Learning; Reinforcement Schedules; Responses. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - 24 hungry male albino rats received 100 acquisition trials in a runway followed by extinction trials; 12 Ss received alternating partial reinforcement (PRF) in acquisition and 12 received continuous reinforcement (CRF). Within each reinforcement condition 6 Ss had undergone electrolytic ablation of the anterior midline cortex 15 days before training. In acquisition both brain damage and the PRF schedule reduced run and goal speeds; in extinction brain-damaged CRF Ss had more response strength than intact CRF Ss, whereas PRF Ss with brain lesions showed less response strength than intact PRF Ss. The perseverative effect of PRF on extinction was observed in both intact and brain-damaged Ss. Data indicated that the lesions dissociated conditioned emotional goal responses from instrumental performance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - partial & continuous reinforcement & acquisition & extinction of runway response KW - brain-damaged rats KW - 1969 KW - Extinction (Learning) KW - Lesions KW - Rat Learning KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Responses KW - Rats KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0027926 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-16905-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-16767-001 AN - 1969-16767-001 AU - Taylor, Richard L. T1 - Comparison of short-term memory and visual sensory analysis as sources of information. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology JA - J Exp Psychol Y1 - 1969/09// VL - 81 IS - 3 SP - 515 EP - 522 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-16767-001. PMID: 5349057 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Taylor, Richard L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: College Students; Reaction Time; Short Term Memory; Vision. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - In a same-different RT task, either an item stored for 3 sec. or a current visual stimulus could match a test probe. In 5 experiments, 100 undergraduates were faster in pressing the 'same' lever when the stored item matched the probe, and this difference increased with trials. The effect was independent of anticipatory strategies and invariant over the nameable and name-ambiguous figures and color patches used as stimuli. When Ss overtly named the stored item before using it as a basis for making a memory match, RTs were inhibited. No facilitation of memory-match RTs was observed when Ss used the 'real' name of a stimulus, e.g., 'A' for an A, over using an arbitrarily assigned name, e.g., 'A' for a nonsense figure. No difference was observed between memory-match RTs based on names and those which could be based on physical identity. Data provide little support for the notion that an item in short-term memory is necessarily represented as a name, or coded in some fashion which is dependent on nominal identity, and do not support the assumption that 2 stimuli must be named before they can be compared. Consideration is given to the possibility that the initial encoding of a stimulus may take time, somewhat less for colors than for figures, and that the major effect of practice is of an iterated recoding and simplification of anonymous mnemonic stimulus representation. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - same-different RT task KW - short term memory vs. visual sensory analysis KW - college students KW - 1969 KW - College Students KW - Reaction Time KW - Short Term Memory KW - Vision KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0027894 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-16767-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-16715-001 AN - 1969-16715-001 AU - Watson, John E. T1 - Evaluation of audiokinetic nystagmus as a test of auditory sensitivity. JF - Journal of Auditory Research JO - Journal of Auditory Research JA - J Aud Res Y1 - 1968/// VL - 8 IS - 2 SP - 161 EP - 165 CY - US PB - C.W. Shilling Auditory Research Center, Inc. SN - 0021-9177 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-16715-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, John E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19691201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Audiometry; Auditory Perception; Eye Movements. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Attempted to determine if auditorily induced nystagmus would be clinically feasible in the routine testing of auditory sensitivity. Nystagmic eye movements were induced by a rotating sound field presented at varying intensity sites. It is concluded that the methodology, at least with response criteria and stimulation technique used, lacked sufficient sensitivity for such use. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - audiokinetic nystagmus as test of auditory sensitivity KW - 1968 KW - Audiometry KW - Auditory Perception KW - Eye Movements KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-16715-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-16687-001 AN - 1969-16687-001 AU - Mefferd, Roy B. Jr. AU - Wieland, Betty A. AU - Dufilho, L. Paul T1 - Systematic alterations of the apparent centers of lines. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1969/// VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 803 EP - 825 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-16687-001. PMID: 5808972 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mefferd, Roy B. Jr.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychiatric & Psychosomatic Research Lab., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19691201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Individual Differences; Visual Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 23. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Used predictable stimulus-bound alterations in the apparent centers of lines to discriminate behavioral differences in bisection. 2 dimensions of individual differences were demonstrated in bisection that appeared to be related to cognitive control mechanisms: the well-known basic tendency for the upper segment of lines to be overestimated, and the relative influence on the apparent centers exerted by the stimulus effects. The roles on these of minor modifications in the stimulus and of secondary factors such as practice, eye and hand dominance, sex, etc., were examined. 299 undergraduates were Ss. A more basic effect was noted when the lines were bisected in a horizontal orientation there was almost no correlation between S's performance with vertical vs. horizontal lines. Even though the 2 main effects noted above were still present, their measures did not correlate with those of the vertical bisection. The implications of this are discussed. (33 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alteration in apparent centers of lines KW - discrimination of behavioral differences in bisection KW - individual differences KW - 1969 KW - Individual Differences KW - Visual Perception KW - 1969 DO - 10.2466/pms.1969.28.3.803 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-16687-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-16686-001 AN - 1969-16686-001 AU - Mefferd, Roy B. Jr. AU - Wieland, Betty A. T1 - Influence of eye dominance on the apparent centers of simple horizontal lines. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1969/// VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 847 EP - 850 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-16686-001. PMID: 5808977 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mefferd, Roy B. Jr.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychiatric & Psychosomatic Research Lab., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19691201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Eye (Anatomy); Judgment; Lateral Dominance; Size Discrimination; Vision. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Ss with right-eye dominance overestimated with either or both eyes the left segment of horizontal lines, regardless of where they fixated the line as they bisected it. The converse occurred with left-dominant Ss, except when these Ss fixated the right end of the line as they bisected it. It was hypothesized that this might be due to the formation of a sharper more accurate representation in the dominant than the nondominant cortex, with a consequent overestimation of the more diffuse representation relative to the sharper one. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - judgment of right vs. left line segments KW - lateral eye dominance KW - 1969 KW - Eye (Anatomy) KW - Judgment KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Size Discrimination KW - Vision KW - 1969 DO - 10.2466/pms.1969.28.3.847 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-16686-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-16663-001 AN - 1969-16663-001 AU - Milligan, W. Lloyd AU - Scott, Thomas R. T1 - Spiral aftereffect: Rate, duration, and amount. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1969/// VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 935 EP - 938 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-16663-001. PMID: 5808987 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Milligan, W. Lloyd; Veterans Administration Hosp., Columbia, S.C. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19691201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Perceptual Aftereffect. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Use of the terms 'intensity' or 'amount' to describe variously 'rate' and 'persistence' of the spiral aftereffect has led to some confusion. Precise definitions of these terms and some of their implications are presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - spiral aftereffect intensity & amount & rate & persistence KW - 1969 KW - Perceptual Aftereffect KW - 1969 DO - 10.2466/pms.1969.28.3.935 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-16663-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-16236-001 AN - 1969-16236-001 AU - Schulhoff, Celia AU - Goodglass, Harold T1 - Dichotic listening, side of brain injury and cerebral dominance. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1969/// VL - 7 IS - 2 SP - 149 EP - 160 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-16236-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schulhoff, Celia; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19691101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Brain Damage; Dominance; Lateral Dominance. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Investigated the interaction between the side of a unilateral brain lesion and the class of stimulus used in dichotic presentation. Ss were 10 right-brain injured and 10 left-brain injrured (aphasic) patients and 10 normal controls. Dichotic materials were digits (assumed to be under left hemisphere control;, tonal sequences (under right hemisphere control), and clicks which proved to be non-lateralized. Injury to the hemisphere dominant for a given material produced bilateral deficits specific to that material. Superimposed was the 'lesion effect' of selectively greater impairment of report from the ear opposite an injured hemisphere. (French & German summaries) (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - unilateral brain lesion side & cerebral dominance KW - dichotic listening KW - right- & left-brain injured Ss KW - 1969 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Brain Damage KW - Dominance KW - Lateral Dominance KW - 1969 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(69)90012-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-16236-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-16190-001 AN - 1969-16190-001 AU - Barton, Mel T1 - Perception of the Mueller-Lyer illusion in normal and aphasic adults. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1969/// VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 403 EP - 406 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-16190-001. PMID: 5803461 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barton, Mel; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19691101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Illusions (Perception); Speech Disorders; Visual Perception. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Tested 12 aphasic and 12 normal adults on an adjustable Mueller-Lyer Illusion and a comparison Line-match Test. While the aphasic Ss showed more illusory effect, there were no statistically significant differences between groups. The effects of starting position and side of presentation were significant. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perception of Mueller-Lyer illusion KW - normal & aphasic adults KW - 1969 KW - Illusions (Perception) KW - Speech Disorders KW - Visual Perception KW - 1969 DO - 10.2466/pms.1969.28.2.403 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-16190-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-16010-001 AN - 1969-16010-001 AU - Lorei, Theodore W. AU - Vestre, Norris D. T1 - A set of factor analytically derived scales for scoring the M-B History Record. JF - Multivariate Behavioral Research JO - Multivariate Behavioral Research JA - Multivariate Behav Res Y1 - 1969/// VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 181 EP - 193 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0027-3171 SN - 1532-7906 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-16010-001. PMID: 26745775 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorei, Theodore W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Washington, D.C. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19691101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Measurement; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Studied the factor structure underlying items for a standard history questionnaire, the Briggs M-B History Record (MBHR). Relatives of 187 psychiatric patients completed the MBHR. An orthogonal factor analysis yielded 7 factors identified on the basis of item content as conduct disorder, home instability, poor family atmosphere, low educational achievement, lack of social interest, hypochondriasis, and learning difficulty. The factors were scored in order to determine the reliabilities of the factor scale scores and to compare the factors with the item clusters obtained by P. F. Briggs. (see 34:2). (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Briggs M-B History Record & factor scale scores KW - 1969 KW - Measurement KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1969 DO - 10.1207/s15327906mbr0402_4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-16010-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-15920-001 AN - 1969-15920-001 AU - Tokar, John T. AU - Stefflre, Volney T1 - A technique for studying an individual and his language: I. Techniques for eliciting patterns of use of an individual's key words. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JA - Psychotherapy (Chic) Y1 - 1969/// VL - 6 IS - 2 SP - 105 EP - 108 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-15920-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tokar, John T.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19691101. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Words (Phonetic Units). Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1969. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - In this technique, the investigators selected a word for the S that was idiosyncratic, used frequently, or was judged important by him. This key word could be used to elicit a synonym set or a word groups that are seen as similar by the individual by feeding back to him his own sentences with the key word missing and asking him to substitute a word that 'roughly means the same thing.' A paraphrase matrix is then filled in to bring out the multiple meanings of this key word. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - elicitation of key word use in psychotherapy KW - 1969 KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Words (Phonetic Units) KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0088725 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-15920-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-15875-001 AN - 1969-15875-001 AU - Whitman, James R. T1 - Impairment in serial learning of visually presented spatial patterns. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1969/// VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 443 EP - 449 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-15875-001. PMID: 5803466 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Whitman, James R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., American Lake, Tacoma, Wash. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19691101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Neurosis; Pattern Discrimination; Schizophrenia; Serial Learning. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Groups of 38 schizophrenic, 21 psychoneurotic, and 2 brain-damaged patients and 20 normal controls practiced reproducing a set of patterns briefly presented in a fixed order. The normal Ss learned these faster than the other groups, and the brain-damaged group had the greatest difficulty. There was no significant difference between the schizophrenic and the psychoneurotic groups. The results are interpreted as evidence of 1 type of learning impairment associated with these disorders. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - serial learning of visually presented spatial patterns KW - schizophrenic & psychoneurotic & brain damaged patients & normals KW - 1969 KW - Brain Damage KW - Neurosis KW - Pattern Discrimination KW - Schizophrenia KW - Serial Learning KW - 1969 DO - 10.2466/pms.1969.28.2.443 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-15875-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-15831-001 AN - 1969-15831-001 AU - Vondracek, Fred W. T1 - The study of self-disclosure in experimental interviews. JF - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JO - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JA - J Psychol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 72 IS - 1 SP - 55 EP - 59 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-3980 SN - 1940-1019 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-15831-001. PMID: 5787035 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Vondracek, Fred W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salem, Va. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19691101. Correction Date: 20140303. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interpersonal Interaction; Interviews; Personality; Statistical Analysis. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Interview. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - To test the differential effectiveness of 3 interviewing techniques in eliciting self-disclosure, 60 males were interviewed either by a probing, a reflecting, or a revealing interviewer. Self-disclosure was defined as consisting of 2 parameters, amount and intimacy, and measures were developed to assess them. Statistical analysis revealed that the probing condition was most effective in eliciting high quantities of self-disclosure, and that none of the interviewing techniques produced systematic differences in the rated intimacy of the Ss' disclosures. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - interviewing techniques in eliciting self-disclosure KW - statistical analysis KW - college students KW - 1969 KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Interviews KW - Personality KW - Statistical Analysis KW - 1969 DO - 10.1080/00223980.1969.10543836 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-15831-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-15777-001 AN - 1969-15777-001 AU - Eisenthal, Sherman AU - Sherman, Lewis J. T1 - Psychological characteristics of Neighborhood Youth Corps enrollees. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1969/08// VL - 33 IS - 4 SP - 420 EP - 424 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-15777-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eisenthal, Sherman; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Academic Achievement; Adjustment; Community Services; Education; Personality Traits. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - The entire enrollment (111 males, 150 females) of an area Neighborhood Youth Corps (NYC) was administered the CPI to facilitate program planning and evaluation. Compared to high school norms, all the enrollees showed significant achievement problems and social immaturity; the boys were more extreme than the girls. They also showed a greater potential for dropping out of school and for acting-out delinquent behavior. The NYC results were also compared with norms developed on high school disciplinary problems and school dropouts. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality traits KW - education & social-emotional adjustment KW - Neighborhood Youth Corps enrollees KW - 1969 KW - Academic Achievement KW - Adjustment KW - Community Services KW - Education KW - Personality Traits KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0027801 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-15777-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-15698-001 AN - 1969-15698-001 AU - Holmes, J. Steven T1 - Comparison of group leader and non-participant observer judgments of certain objective interaction variables. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1969/// VL - 24 IS - 2 SP - 655 EP - 659 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-15698-001. PMID: 5809057 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Holmes, J. Steven; Veterans Administration Hosp., Indianapolis, Ind. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19691101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Discussion; Group Dynamics; Leadership. Classification: Social Psychology (3000). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Evaluated the accuracy with which 4 small group leaders could rank order the relative interaction frequency and speech duration of their group members by comparing their rankings to criterion data provided by a highly reliable group-interaction recording system. It was demonstrated that the leader judgments were reasonably accurate, with leaders evaluating duration more accurately than frequency. Data are discussed in terms of the acceptability of leader judgments as a data source in screening studies. However, a nonparticipant O data source was more accurate. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group leader vs. nonparticipant O judgments of objective interaction variables KW - 1969 KW - Group Discussion KW - Group Dynamics KW - Leadership KW - 1969 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1969.24.2.655 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-15698-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-15603-001 AN - 1969-15603-001 AU - Pearson, Carol T1 - Intelligence of Honolulu preschool children in relation to parent's education. JF - Child Development JO - Child Development JA - Child Dev Y1 - 1969/// VL - 40 IS - 2 SP - 647 EP - 650 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0009-3920 SN - 1467-8624 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-15603-001. Other Journal Title: Child Development: Abstracts & Bibliography. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pearson, Carol; Veterans Administration, Washington, D.C. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19691101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Education; Intelligence; Parents; Personality. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800); Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Preschool Age (2-5 yrs) (160). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Studies have indicated that the relation between children's intelligence and socioeconomic factors such as parental education begins to emerge irregularly during the 3rd yr. of a child's life. In order to provide more data, product-moment coefficients obtained for a group of 281 2- and 3-yr-old Honolulu children were presented by 3-mo intervals with grouping on a dichotomous (low-middle) income variable. The combined income groups obtained significant coefficients from 27-48 mo. Coefficients ranged from .32-.59. The possibility of a change in the nature of intelligence during this time is discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - intelligence KW - parent's education KW - preschoolers KW - Honolulu KW - Hawaii KW - 1969 KW - Education KW - Intelligence KW - Parents KW - Personality KW - 1969 DO - 10.2307/1127432 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-15603-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-15462-001 AN - 1969-15462-001 AU - Livingston, Andrew Jr. AU - Gantt, W. Horsley T1 - An attempt to condition components of urine formation in dogs. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1968/// VL - 3 IS - 4 SP - 241 EP - 253 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-15462-001. PMID: 5712668 Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Livingston, Andrew Jr.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19691101. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biological Rhythms; Conditioned Responses. Minor Descriptor: Dogs. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Hypothesized and confirmed that dogs with normal or transplanted cervical kidneys would show no clear cut renal CR. 3 female mongrel dogs, 1 normal with an externalized ureter and 2 experimental with denervated cervical kidneys, were used. It is concluded that drinking a small quantity of diluted milk as a CS did not produce a conditional diuretic response either in the normal or experimental Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - conditional diuretic response formation KW - dog with externalized ureter vs. denervated cervical kidneys KW - 1968 KW - Biological Rhythms KW - Conditioned Responses KW - Dogs KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-15462-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-15420-001 AN - 1969-15420-001 AU - Ramsay, Douglas A. AU - Pomerleau, Ovide F. AU - Snapper, Arthur G. T1 - Two methods for obtaining electrocardiograms of chair-restrained monkeys. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1968/// VL - 3 IS - 3 SP - 200 EP - 204 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-15420-001. PMID: 4973033 Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ramsay, Douglas A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19691101. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cardiovascular System; Electrophysiology; Methodology. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Recorded EKGs of chair-restrained rhesus monkeys using implantation of subdermal electrodes, and surface electrodes. Both procedures resulted in reliable registration of EKGs in experiments involving both Pavlovian and instrumental conditioning and recording. The advantages and disadvantages of the methods are discussed, and detailed instructions for implementation are given. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EKG methods KW - subdermal electrode implantation vs. surface electrodes KW - chair-restrained monkey KW - 1968 KW - Cardiovascular System KW - Electrophysiology KW - Methodology KW - Monkeys KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-15420-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-15407-001 AN - 1969-15407-001 AU - Gunter, R. AU - Wright, E. T. AU - Brown, W. J. T1 - Protein activators, learning and neural changes in phenylketonuric rats. JF - Journal of Mental Deficiency Research JO - Journal of Mental Deficiency Research JA - J Ment Defic Res Y1 - 1968/// VL - 12 IS - 3 SP - 209 EP - 215 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0022-264X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-15407-001. PMID: 5749195 Other Journal Title: Journal of Intellectual Disability Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gunter, R.; Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19691101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drugs; Rat Learning; Intellectual Development Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Results indicate that compared to the normally reared controls, the L-phenylalanine diet (P) Ss made significantly more errors than the controls in the original acquisition task and in reversal training. In the 'oddity' transfer test, 'ribaminol' significantly improved the performance of the P diet Ss which now made fewer errors than either the placebo-treated P diet Ss or the normally reared controls. The ribaminol-treated normal Ss performed more poorly than their placebo-treated controls. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - acquisition task & reversal training L-phenylalamine induced phenylketonuric vs. normal rat KW - Mental Retardation KW - 1968 KW - Drugs KW - Rat Learning KW - Intellectual Development Disorder KW - Rats KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-15407-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-15356-001 AN - 1969-15356-001 AU - Fleming, Donovan E. T1 - Amplitude relationships between evoked potential components during trace conditioning. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 5 SP - 449 EP - 455 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-15356-001. Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fleming, Donovan E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Phoenix, Ariz. Release Date: 19691101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cat Learning; Conditioning; Electrical Activity; Evoked Potentials; Neurology. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - Investigated the degree to which total amplitude excursion of photically evoked potentials is reflected by wave component amplitudes during behavioral conditioning in cats. 3 positive-negative wave complexes were identified and examined. It was found that both total and component amplitudes, treated individually, were reliably affected by conditioning and extinction procedures. Intercorrelations between total and component amplitudes were of the same relative magnitude. There was a good deal of variability among Ss, however. It was observed that the amplitude of a late positive-negative component reliably correlated with the CR performance level of several Ss. (French summary) (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - photically evoked potentials during trace conditioning KW - cat KW - 1967 KW - Cat Learning KW - Conditioning KW - Electrical Activity KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Neurology KW - 1967 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(67)90187-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-15356-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-15322-001 AN - 1969-15322-001 AU - Gantt, W. Horsley AU - Brown, Ellen AU - Pare, William P. T1 - The preparation and postoperative care of an esophageal fistula in the dog. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1968/// VL - 3 IS - 4 SP - 263 EP - 268 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-15322-001. PMID: 5712670 Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gantt, W. Horsley; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19691101. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Lesions; Methodology. Minor Descriptor: Dogs. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Describes a modification of Pavlov's surgical procedure for preparing an esophageal fistula, including the method of feeding and aftercare, preserving the life of the animal without loss of weight. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - esophageal fistula KW - preparation & postoperative care KW - dog KW - 1968 KW - Lesions KW - Methodology KW - Dogs KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-15322-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-15218-001 AN - 1969-15218-001 AU - Abramczyk, Rudolf R. AU - Bousfield, Weston A. T1 - Multitrial free recall and sequential ordering of items having high variance of meaningfulness. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1969/// VL - 24 IS - 2 SP - 343 EP - 350 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-15218-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Abramczyk, Rudolf R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19691101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Meaningfulness; Recall (Learning). Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Presented 2 matched lists of 10 CVCs of high variance in meaningfulness (M) to 42 Ss for 21 input-output trials of multitrial free recall (MTFR.). While the lists elicited differing recall and sequential ordering, intertrial repetition (ITR); other analyses indicated consistencies in the 2 sets of data. Thus item-pairs, ITR units, ordered in recall tended to have similar M values. Furthermore, the tendency of individual items to serve as anchor points for individual ITR units was positively related to their memorability. Along with a negative relationship between M value and nonrecall there was an error peak for items with intermediate M values. It was hypothesized that this result was based mainly upon B. B. Murdock's (see 35:1) theory of varying distinctiveness of quantitatively ordered items. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - multitrial free recall KW - sequential ordering of items with varying meaningfulness KW - 1969 KW - Meaningfulness KW - Recall (Learning) KW - 1969 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1969.24.2.343 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-15218-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-15037-001 AN - 1969-15037-001 AU - Houck, Robert L. AU - Mefferd, Roy B. T1 - The Ponzo illusion: Inadequacy of apparent depth explanations. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1969/// VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 423 EP - 433 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-15037-001. PMID: 5803464 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Houck, Robert L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychiatric and Psychosomatic Research Lab., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19691101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depth Perception; Illusions (Perception). Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Os viewing the Ponzo figure reported a series of sudden changes in its phenomenal organization and orientation. In none of these was the vertical line nearer the vertex of the figure reported to be smaller than the vertical line nearer the open end, i.e., the illusion occurred with all percepts except a rare one of a flat stimulus. In 2 of the most frequent and persistent percepts, the illusion could be explained on the basis of apparent size-apparent distance relationship among the elements. This was also the case with R. L. Gregory's theory of misapplied size-constancy scaling. However, with other percepts neither of these explanations was tenable. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Ponzo illusion KW - inadequacy of apparent depth explanations KW - 1969 KW - Depth Perception KW - Illusions (Perception) KW - 1969 DO - 10.2466/pms.1969.28.2.423 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-15037-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-14649-001 AN - 1969-14649-001 AU - Hans, Mary B. AU - Gilmore, Thomas H. T1 - Huntington's chorea and genealogical credibility. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1969/// VL - 148 IS - 1 SP - 5 EP - 13 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-14649-001. PMID: 4238764 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hans, Mary B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Albany, N.Y. Release Date: 19691001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Genetics; Nervous System Disorders; Neurology. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - The family history of 1 of several patients admitted to a hospital for Huntington's chorea was investigated and in the process several inaccuracies in P. R. Vessie's widely quoted paper were discovered. The conclusion reached was 'that Huntington's chorea has been propagated largely, but not exclusively, through the descendants of several Colonial families. It appears at this time that, owing to the frequency of intermarriage between families, and to the highly speculative nature of the earliest cases, it is impossible to narrow the field of transmission to Vessie's 3 shipmates.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Huntington's chorea KW - genealogy KW - 1969 KW - Genetics KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Neurology KW - 1969 DO - 10.1097/00005053-196901000-00002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-14649-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-14557-001 AN - 1969-14557-001 AU - Silverman, Lloyd H. AU - Spiro, Robert H. AU - Weisberg, Janet S. AU - Candell, Peter T1 - The effects of aggressive activation and the need to merge on pathological thinking in schizophrenia. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1969/// VL - 148 IS - 1 SP - 39 EP - 51 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-14557-001. PMID: 5768893 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silverman, Lloyd H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., New York, N.Y. Release Date: 19691001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Schizophrenia; Thinking. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - 52 schizophrenics were seen individually for 5 sessions. In each session a base-line assessment was made of the amount of pathological thinking manifested. Then on different days, in counterbalanced order, Ss were exposed to the following 5 conditions: (1) subliminal neutral stimulation, (2) subliminal libidinal stimulation, (3) subliminal merging stimulation, (4) subliminal aggressive stimulation, and (5) subliminal aggressive stimulation preceded by manipulations designed to increase self-awareness. Each of these conditions was followed by a 'critical' assessment of pathological thinking. Analyses of the results plus data from a follow-up study indicate that the merging condition significantly diminished pathological thinking in those schizophrenics who experienced themselves as relatively differentiated to begin with. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - aggressive activation & pathological thinking KW - schizophrenics KW - 1969 KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Schizophrenia KW - Thinking KW - 1969 DO - 10.1097/00005053-196901000-00005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-14557-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-14525-001 AN - 1969-14525-001 AU - Gantt, W. Horsley T1 - The role of inhibition in neurotic behavior. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1968/// VL - 3 IS - 2 SP - 65 EP - 68 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-14525-001. PMID: 5727429 Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gantt, W. Horsley; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19691001. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interference (Learning); Mental Health Personnel; Nervous System; Neurosis; Social Behavior. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Explained neurotic behavior according to Pavlov's theory as collision between excitation and inhibition. This internal inhibition imposes a burden on the nervous system. The stress can be relieved by 'external inhibition,' which is excitation of another activity. This principle is applied to the human being to explain the interaction between nervous centers, the advantage of voluntary self-discipline over imposed discipline. Rioting and social unrest is explained conflict between excitation and inhibition. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neurotic behavior & excitation vs. inhibition KW - nervous system KW - Pavlov KW - 1968 KW - Interference (Learning) KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Nervous System KW - Neurosis KW - Social Behavior KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-14525-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-14489-001 AN - 1969-14489-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Thomas, Richard W. AU - Felling, James AU - Andersen, Dennis T1 - Differentiation of organics from schizophrenics with the Trail Making, dynamometer, critical flicker fusion, and light-intensity matching tests. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 25 IS - 2 SP - 130 EP - 133 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-14489-001. PMID: 5789196 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Release Date: 19691001. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Brain Disorders; Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia; Testing. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - 4 brain-damage tests were administered to 50 schizophrenic and 50 chronic brain syndrome Ss. All Ss were collected at recent and old admission levels. The dynamometer right-left absolute differences scores were significantly higher for organics than for schizophrenics. The mean dynamometer total score for the more chronic organics was higher than that of their schizophrenic counterparts. Other indices failed to differentiate the schizophrenic Ss from the organic Ss. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - organics vs. scizophrenics KW - trail making & dynamometer & critical flicker fusion & light-intenisty matching tests KW - 1969 KW - Brain Damage KW - Brain Disorders KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Testing KW - 1969 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196904)25:2<130::AID-JCLP2270250204>3.0.CO;2-T UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-14489-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-14488-001 AN - 1969-14488-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - An attempt to develop a useful process-reactive scale for the MMPI. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 25 IS - 2 SP - 194 EP - 196 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-14488-001. PMID: 4389260 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Release Date: 19691001. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - MMPIs on 94 male hospitalized schizophrenics were analyzed and 2 Process-Reactive scales were developed. Cross-validations against 7 criteria were attemtped on a new sample. 2 significant correlation coefficients relating the MMPI to the Phillips Premorbid Adjustment scale ratings were observed. The Elgin Prognostic Scale, the L. P. Ullman and J. M. Giovannoni (see 38:5) process-reactive measure, marital status, length of previous hospitalization, and work history items were not significantly related to either scale. 'Taken in conjunction with other research, the present results seem to indicate that the MMPI is not a fruitful vehicle for the development of process-reactive measures.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - attempt to develop process-reactive scale for MMPI KW - 1969 KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1969 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196904)25:2<194::AID-JCLP2270250226>3.0.CO;2-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-14488-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-14484-001 AN - 1969-14484-001 AU - Uecker, Albert E. T1 - Comparability of two methods of administering the MMPI to brain-damaged geriatric patients. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 25 IS - 2 SP - 196 EP - 198 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-14484-001. PMID: 4389261 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Uecker, Albert E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Ft. Meade, S.D. Release Date: 19691001. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychodiagnosis; Statistical Reliability; Testing. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - 35 male patients, aged 65 or older, and with a diagnosis of chronic brain damage, were given the oral and card forms of the MMPI with a 1-wk delay intervening for 1/2 the test. No significant differences in mean scores were obtained on the 10 basic scales. The test-retest stability of the scales after 1 wk. tended to be low. It is suggested that the MMPI not be used for assessing personality status of elderly brain-damaged patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - oral vs. card forms of MMPI KW - test-retest stability KW - brain-damaged geriatric patients KW - 1969 KW - Brain Damage KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Statistical Reliability KW - Testing KW - 1969 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196904)25:2<196::AID-JCLP2270250227>3.0.CO;2-V UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-14484-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-14481-001 AN - 1969-14481-001 AU - Sterne, David M. T1 - The Benton, Porteus and WAIS Digit Span tests with normal and brain-injured subjects. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 25 IS - 2 SP - 173 EP - 175 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-14481-001. Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sterne, David M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Vancouver, Wash. Release Date: 19691001. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Psychodiagnosis; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - 155 normal, brain-injured, and indeterminate Ss were administered the Benton Visual Retention Test, the Porteus Mazes, and the WAIS. Significant intergroup differences in the numbers of correct reproduction and errors in the Benton, the Porteus Test Quotient, and age were found, but not in WAIS IQ or digits forward, digits backward, or total digits recalled. Various descriptive statistics and intercorrelations of selected variables are presented and discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Benton Visual Retention Test & Porteus Mazes & WAIS KW - normal vs. brain injured Ss KW - 1969 KW - Brain Damage KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - 1969 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196904)25:2<173::AID-JCLP2270250216>3.0.CO;2-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-14481-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-14465-001 AN - 1969-14465-001 AU - Davis, William E. AU - Peacock, William AU - Fitzpatrick, Philip AU - Mulhern, Michael T1 - Examiner differences, prior failure, and subjects' WAIS Arithmetic scores. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 25 IS - 2 SP - 178 EP - 180 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-14465-001. Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, William E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Release Date: 19691001. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Mental Health Personnel; Psychodiagnosis; Testing; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - 90 males, divided into 3 equal groups, were administered the WAIS Arithmetic subtest under 3 different conditions. There was a significant performance decrement as a function of prior failure experience. There was a significant interaction between different Es and different treatment conditions which was felt to be due to undefined personality characteristics of the Es. Age, status, or experience did not appear to be relevant interacting variables. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - WAIS Arithmetic scores KW - prior failure & examiner differences KW - 1969 KW - Anxiety KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Testing KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - 1969 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196904)25:2<178::AID-JCLP2270250218>3.0.CO;2-P UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-14465-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-14458-001 AN - 1969-14458-001 AU - Aumack, Lewis T1 - The Patient Activity Checklist: An instrument and an approach for measuring behavior. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 25 IS - 2 SP - 134 EP - 137 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-14458-001. PMID: 5789197 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Aumack, Lewis; Veterans Administration Hosp., Danville, Ill. Release Date: 19691001. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Motor Processes; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis; Statistical Reliability; Statistical Validity. Minor Descriptor: Checklist (Testing). Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Presents the Patient Activity Checklist and gives information on data collection, scale values, reliability, normative data on 254 hospitalized psychiatric patients, and validity. Inter-O and interjudge reliabilities were high. An odd-even reliability coefficient of .70 and a test-retest reliability coefficient of .58 were obtained. Concurrent and predictive validity were demonstrated. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Patient Activity Checklist KW - reliability & validity KW - 1969 KW - Motor Processes KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Statistical Reliability KW - Statistical Validity KW - Checklist (Testing) KW - 1969 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196904)25:2<134::AID-JCLP2270250205>3.0.CO;2-E UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-14458-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-14346-001 AN - 1969-14346-001 AU - Cauthen, Nelson R. AU - Sandman, Curt A. AU - Kilpatrick, Dean G. AU - Deabler, Herdis L. T1 - DAP correlates of Sc scores on the MMPI. JF - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment Y1 - 1969/// VL - 33 IS - 3 SP - 262 EP - 264 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum N1 - Accession Number: 1969-14346-001. PMID: 4389056 Other Journal Title: Journal of Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cauthen, Nelson R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., New Orleans, La. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19691001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Personality Correlates; Projective Techniques; Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Gathered Draw-A-Person tests (DAPs) from 36 Ss. On the basis of the MMPI they were separated into 2 matched groups: 18 abnormal (Sc) and 18 normal (NSc). Bizarreness and adjustment ratings from the DAP were obtained. There was no significant difference in ratings of bizarreness for the 2 groups. Judges rated the Ss of the Sc group as less adjusted than those of NSc group. Education and age had no significant effect on the ratings of adjustment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Draw-A-Person test correlates of schizophrenia scores on MMPI KW - 1969 KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Personality Correlates KW - Projective Techniques KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1969 DO - 10.1080/0091651X.1969.10120595 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-14346-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-14343-001 AN - 1969-14343-001 AU - Spiegel, Don T1 - SPI and MMPI predictors of psychopathology. JF - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment Y1 - 1969/// VL - 33 IS - 3 SP - 265 EP - 273 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum N1 - Accession Number: 1969-14343-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spiegel, Don; Veterans Administration Center, Brentwood Hosp., Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19691001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Personality Measures; Prediction; Psychopathology. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - 87 hospitalized male and female psychiatric patients had completed the Spiegel Personality Inventory (SPI) and MMPI and were rated for severity of psychopathology. A stepwise multiple regression method was used to develop best sets of test predictors of combined judges' ratings. For the SPI the best 4-variable combination consisted of the scales External Control, Spacial Confinement, Dependency, and Warm Weather Minimizing. For the MMPI the best 4-variable combination consisted of Paranoid Obvious, Low Back, Depression-Subtle, and L. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Spiegel Personality Inventory & MMPI KW - predictors of psychopathology KW - 1969 KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Personality Measures KW - Prediction KW - Psychopathology KW - 1969 DO - 10.1080/0091651X.1969.10120596 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-14343-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-14155-001 AN - 1969-14155-001 AU - Lindsey, B. A. AU - Coppinger, N. W. T1 - Age-related deficits in simple capabilities and their consequences for trail making performance. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 25 IS - 2 SP - 156 EP - 159 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-14155-001. PMID: 5789202 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lindsey, B. A.; Veterans Administration Center, Research Unit on Aging, Hampton, Va. Release Date: 19691001. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ability; Age Differences; Performance; Physiological Aging; Testing. Minor Descriptor: Consequence; Test Performance. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Presents an intercorrelation matrix involving 5 capabilities, age, and the 2 parts of the Trail Making Test (TMT) on 101 Ss. The correlations were tested for significance with negative results indicating that decline in specific capabilities accounted for TMT decline. It was felt that numerous implications could be drawn such as dealing with the specific capabilities for decline in complex tasks. Possible shortcomings of the experiment are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Trail Making Test performance KW - capabilities KW - 40-80 yr. olds KW - 1969 KW - Ability KW - Age Differences KW - Performance KW - Physiological Aging KW - Testing KW - Consequence KW - Test Performance KW - 1969 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196904)25:2<156::AID-JCLP2270250211>3.0.CO;2-H UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-14155-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-14022-001 AN - 1969-14022-001 AU - Snapper, A. G. AU - Ramsay, D. A. AU - Schoenfeld, W. N. T1 - Disruption of a temporal discrimination under response-independent shock. JF - Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior JO - Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior JA - J Exp Anal Behav Y1 - 1969/// VL - 12 IS - 3 SP - 423 EP - 430 CY - US PB - Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior SN - 0022-5002 SN - 1938-3711 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-14022-001. PMID: 5789239 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Snapper, A. G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19691001. Correction Date: 20130218. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Discrimination; Errors; Shock; Time. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - The responding of 6 male albino Charles River rats was reinforced on 1 key after a 1-sec auditory stimulus and on a 2nd key after a 5-sec stimulus. With errors punished by a short time-out, all Ss achieved a high level of accuracy. A chain of responses during the stimuli mediated the performance so that when the auditory signals were omitted accuracy decreased only slightly. Response-independent aversive stimulation superimposed upon this procedure both suppressed the total amount of behavior and reduced the accuracy of the discriminative performance, the intensity of the stimulus determining the error rate. The increase in errors under these conditions may have depended in part upon differential suppression of members of the response chain, but such suppression was not necessary, since error rate increased even in its absence. Furthermore, the locus of response disruption within the chain was not consistent from day to day either for any individual S or across Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - temporal discrimination responding & errors KW - response-independent shock KW - rat KW - 1969 KW - Attention KW - Discrimination KW - Errors KW - Shock KW - Time KW - Rats KW - 1969 DO - 10.1901/jeab.1969.12-423 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-14022-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-14012-001 AN - 1969-14012-001 AU - Royer, Fred L. T1 - Uncertainty of reinforcement consequences in Pavlovian conditioning of dogs. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1969/// VL - 24 IS - 1 SP - 147 EP - 152 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-14012-001. PMID: 5789406 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Royer, Fred L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brecksville, O. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19691001. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classical Conditioning; Reinforcement Schedules. Minor Descriptor: Dogs; Consequence. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - 4 dogs were given discriminative conditioning using 3 CSs. 1 CS (CS+C) was always reinforced with shock, 1 (CS-) was never reinforced, and 1 (CS+U) was reinforced 75% of the trials with reinforcement occurring either immediately, 2 or 4 sec. after termination of CS. Heart-rate change was greater for CS+C than for CS+U or CS-; there was no significant difference between the latter. The termination of the CS+U appeared to be informative; mean heart rate during the post-CS period on unreinforced trials of CS+U was no significantly different from that during CS+C. Flexion latencies were longer to CS+U. The cardiac UCR was less for CS+U than for CS+C, suggesting that temporal uncertainty inhibits the UCR. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Pavlovian conditioning & uncertainty of reinforcement consequences KW - dog KW - 1969 KW - Classical Conditioning KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Dogs KW - Consequence KW - 1969 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1969.24.1.147 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-14012-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-13970-001 AN - 1969-13970-001 AU - Freed, Earl X. AU - Hymowitz, Norman T1 - A fortuitous observation regarding 'psychogenic polydipsia. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1969/// VL - 24 IS - 1 SP - 224 EP - 226 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-13970-001. PMID: 5815838 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freed, Earl X.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Alcohol Research Lab., Lyons, N.J. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19691001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Motivation; Reinforcement. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Observed 5 rats that had developed schedule-induced polydipsia and essentially stopped drinking, but not bar pressing, when they manipulated or chewed cellulose material from the excreta tray under the conditioning chamber. Polydipsia reappeared with removal of cellulose. This suggested that drinking was 1 of a number of interpellet behaviors depending upon available stimuli. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychogenic polydipsia KW - rat KW - 1969 KW - Motivation KW - Reinforcement KW - Rats KW - 1969 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1969.24.1.224 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-13970-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-13914-001 AN - 1969-13914-001 AU - Ray, Oakley S. AU - Hochhauser, Sandra T1 - Growth hormone and environmental complexity effects on behavior in the rat. JF - Developmental Psychology JO - Developmental Psychology JA - Dev Psychol Y1 - 1969/07// VL - 1 IS - 4 SP - 311 EP - 317 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0012-1649 SN - 1939-0599 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-13914-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ray, Oakley S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pittsburgh, Pa. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Environments; Animal Ethology; Drugs; Early Experience; Social Isolation. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - 21 pregnant rats were injected with bovine growth hormone (GH, somatotrophin) or control solution on the 3rd-19th day of gestation. Their offspring were tested on reflex maturation prior to weaning and following weaning reared in enriched or isolated environments. At maturity Ss were given 3 behavioral tests: open-field activity, Lashley III maze, and shuttle-box avoidance. In general Ss reared in the enriched environment learned faster in the Lashley and shuttle-box avoidance situations. The GH Ss reared in isolation performed better than control offspring reared in isolation. The GH treatment had no consistent effects on Ss raised in the enriched environment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - somatotrophin during gestation & enriched vs. isolated environment KW - activity & maze learning KW - rat KW - 1969 KW - Animal Environments KW - Animal Ethology KW - Drugs KW - Early Experience KW - Social Isolation KW - Rats KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0027661 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-13914-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-13859-001 AN - 1969-13859-001 AU - Pishkin, Vladimir AU - Shurley, Jay T. T1 - Electrodermal and electromyographic parameters in concept identification. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1968/// VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 112 EP - 118 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-13859-001. PMID: 5683021 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pishkin, Vladimir; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19691001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognition; Concepts; Electrical Activity; Electromyography; Galvanic Skin Response. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Examined concept identification (CI) performance as a function of physiological arousal and physiological activity as a function of task complexity and expectation of success or failure. The development of an unsolvable set constituted stresses used to manipulate arousal. Results showed the following: (1) a positive correlation between CI errors and muscle action potential (MAP), (2) a negative correlation between spontaneous GSRs and MAP, (3) a greater number of spontaneous GSRs in low complexity-solvable set CI as compared with high complexity problems, (4) progressively improving CI performance in low complexity-solvable set problems, (5) increase in MAPs with high complexity-unsolvable set CI. Findings indicate that MAP reflects internal disturbance associated with inability to process information while spontaneous GSRs reflect successful information intake. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - concept identification performance & GSR & EMG KW - 1968 KW - Cognition KW - Concepts KW - Electrical Activity KW - Electromyography KW - Galvanic Skin Response KW - 1968 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1968.tb02808.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-13859-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-13814-001 AN - 1969-13814-001 AU - Hughes, Richard A. T1 - Retrograde amnesia in rats produced by hippocampal injections of potassium chloride: Gradient of effect and recovery. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1969/08// VL - 68 IS - 4 SP - 637 EP - 644 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-13814-001. PMID: 5388034 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hughes, Richard A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Pittsburgh, Pa. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Brain Stimulation; Hippocampus; Rat Learning; Retrograde Amnesia. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Injected potassium chloride (KC1) or physiological saline (Sal) into the posterior hippocampus of 90 male Sprague-Dawley albino anesthetized rats that had previously been exposed to conditioned emotional response (CER) training. In Exp. I, injections were given either 1, 3, 7, or 21 days after training. All tests were given 4 days after injections. In Exp. II, injections were given 1 day after training; tests were given either 4, 7, or 21 days after injections. Hippocampal EEG recorded after injections indicated that KC1 injections disrupted the CER at all training-to-injection intervals. In Exp. II, these injections disrupted the CER at injection-to-test intervals of 4 and 7 days. Recovery was evident, but incomplete, at 21 days. Sal injections did not disrupt the CER in either experiment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hippocampal injections of potassium chloride KW - retrograde amnesia KW - effect & recovery gradient KW - rat KW - 1969 KW - Amnesia KW - Brain Stimulation KW - Hippocampus KW - Rat Learning KW - Retrograde Amnesia KW - Rats KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0027648 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-13814-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-13755-001 AN - 1969-13755-001 AU - Sadler, Timothy G. AU - Mefferd, Roy B. AU - Wieland, Betty A. AU - Benton, Richard G. AU - McDaniel, C. Douglas T1 - Physiological effects of combinations of painful and cognitive stimuli. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1969/// VL - 5 IS - 4 SP - 370 EP - 375 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-13755-001. PMID: 5399375 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sadler, Timothy G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychiatric & Psychosomatic Research Lab., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19691001. Correction Date: 20130415. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adaptation; Cognition; Galvanic Skin Response; Heart Rate; Pain. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Reduced sympathetic activity (SA) when a cognitive task was imposed during an ongoing response to cold pressor (CP). 31 male Ss were used. This reduction effect was not obtained when CP was imposed 40 sec. after the onset of a cognitive task. Rather the response level appeared to be about that which would have been obtained from CP alone. These results suggest that the reduction found in the former situation is not the result of distraction due to cognitive activity as previously proposed, but it is the initial SA resulting from presentation of the cognitive task that causes the interaction. This suggests that the competition occurs at a level below that of cognition. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - heart & respiration rates & GSR KW - pain & cognitive task KW - 1969 KW - Adaptation KW - Cognition KW - Galvanic Skin Response KW - Heart Rate KW - Pain KW - 1969 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1969.tb02835.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-13755-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-13655-001 AN - 1969-13655-001 AU - Weitzenhoffer, A. M. T1 - Hypnosis and eye movements: I. Preliminary report on a possible slow eye movement correlate of hypnosis. JF - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JO - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JA - Am J Clin Hypn Y1 - 1969/// VL - 11 IS - 4 SP - 221 EP - 227 CY - US PB - American Society of Clinical Hypnosis SN - 0002-9157 SN - 2160-0562 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-13655-001. PMID: 5767560 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weitzenhoffer, A. M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19691001. Correction Date: 20120702. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Eye Movements; Hypnosis. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Low amplitude, slowly varying eye movements were observed in a number of hypnotized Ss during periods of responsiveness and overt activity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - eye movements during activity KW - hypnotized Ss KW - 1969 KW - Eye Movements KW - Hypnosis KW - 1969 DO - 10.1080/00029157.1969.10402041 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-13655-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-13537-001 AN - 1969-13537-001 AU - Hartlage, Lawrence C. T1 - The scientific management of leisure time. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 25 IS - 2 SP - 226 EP - 228 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-13537-001. Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hartlage, Lawrence C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Indianapolis, Ind. Release Date: 19691001. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Computers; Prediction; Statistical Reliability; Statistical Validity; Testing. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - A self-report inventory dealing with avocational activities was developed. The 200-item test was administered to 365 Ss and the responses put directly into a computer program. The computer compared each answer with each avocation and pointed out the 6 highest avocations. Test-retest reliabilities over a 2-day to 2-wk interval ranged from .68-.80. Good item validity, and a demonstrated utility of the matching procedure was noted. It is felt that the results indicate that the management of leisure time may be amenable to scientific measurement and prediction. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - computer program for matching interest patterns & avocational activities KW - reliability & validity KW - 1969 KW - Computers KW - Prediction KW - Statistical Reliability KW - Statistical Validity KW - Testing KW - 1969 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196904)25:2<226::AID-JCLP2270250237>3.0.CO;2-Y UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-13537-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-13142-001 AN - 1969-13142-001 AU - Pishkin, Vladimir AU - Bourne, Lyle E. Jr. T1 - Concept identification by schizophrenic and normal subjects as a function of problem complexity and relevance of social cues. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1969/06// VL - 74 IS - 3 SP - 314 EP - 320 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-13142-001. PMID: 5805731 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pishkin, Vladimir; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Concepts; Learning; Personality Processes; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Schizophrenic and normal Ss (N = 230) solved concept-identification (CI) problems varying in stimulus complexity, simultaneously with either a normal or a schizophrenic stooge providing relevant or irrelevant cues. Major results were (1) CI performance was a negative function of stimulus complexity, (2) social cues from a normal stooge had greater effects on problem solving than social cues from a schizophrenic stooge, and (3) schizophrenics demonstrated a deficit in problem solving connected primarily with the use of social cues. Comparisons of these data with expectations based on a mathematical model of CI revealed several significant discrepancies, attributable primarily to the fact that normals are more sensitive to social cues than are schizophrenics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - concept identification KW - problem complexity & relevance of social cues KW - schizophrenics KW - 1969 KW - Concepts KW - Learning KW - Personality Processes KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0027609 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-13142-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-13136-001 AN - 1969-13136-001 AU - Deckner, C. William AU - Blanton, Richard L. T1 - Effect of context and strength of association on schizophrenic verbal behavior. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1969/06// VL - 74 IS - 3 SP - 348 EP - 351 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-13136-001. PMID: 5805735 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Deckner, C. William; Veterans Administration Hosp., Murfreesboro, Tenn. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Contextual Associations; Learning; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Found the rate of decline of performance as a function of progressively weakened context to be no greater for 36 schizophrenics than for 18 normals. The variable of strength of association, however, was found to differentiate the verbal behavior of schizophrenics from that of normals; schizophrenics performed at a level comparable to normals when rewarded for choosing the strong associations of stimulus words but were significantly inferior when rewarded for choosing weak associations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - verbal behavior & context & strength of association KW - schizophrenics KW - 1969 KW - Contextual Associations KW - Learning KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0027605 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-13136-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-12877-001 AN - 1969-12877-001 AU - Feifel, Herman T1 - Attitudes toward death: A psychological perspective. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1969/06// VL - 33 IS - 3 SP - 292 EP - 295 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-12877-001. PMID: 5791224 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feifel, Herman; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Attitudes; Death and Dying; Disorders; Geriatrics. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Discusses research on death. The influencing aspect of consciousness of death is active over the entire age continuum and is not restricted to the sick, aged, suicidal, or combat soldier. The meaning of death is multidimensional and varies not only between individuals but within the same person. Dying and death possess psychological and social features and are not merely biological events. Socially repressive orientation toward death promotes neurotic concerns about it. More intimate familiarity with death is required in developmental upbringing and culture. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - death/attitudes toward KW - sick & aged & normal Ss KW - 1969 KW - Age Differences KW - Attitudes KW - Death and Dying KW - Disorders KW - Geriatrics KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0027565 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-12877-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-12866-001 AN - 1969-12866-001 AU - Pinderhughes, Charles A. T1 - Understanding Black Power: Processes and proposals. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1969/// VL - 125 IS - 11 SP - 1552 EP - 1557 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-12866-001. Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pinderhughes, Charles A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19690901. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blacks; Social Movements. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Primitive thinking patterns reinforced by group membership underlie the false beliefs which are central in the psychodynamics of racial conflicts in the United States. The destructive alteration of Negroes to fit false beliefs about them has tended to maintain the psychological forces that originated the false beliefs. In this context the Black Power movement is analyzed as an attempt to institute a massive therapeutic process. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Black Power movement KW - psychodynamics KW - 1969 KW - Blacks KW - Social Movements KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-12866-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-12661-001 AN - 1969-12661-001 AU - Pare, William P. T1 - Interaction of age and shock intensity on acquisition of a discriminated conditioned emotional response. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1969/07// VL - 68 IS - 3 SP - 364 EP - 369 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-12661-001. PMID: 5808812 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pare, William P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Discrimination; Emotions; Maze Learning; Shock. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - 48 male Sprague-Dawley rats (40, 90, and 354 days old) were trained to learn a discriminative conditioned emotional response using UCS shock of .5 and 1 ma. In the 2nd study the difficulty of the discrimination was reduced by changing the characteristics of the CS+ and CS- and setting UCS shock at .6 ma. Deprivation schedules were adjusted daily to the Ss' growth rates. Rate of acquisition was a function of shock intensity and inversely related to problem difficulty and age. Differences between this and other studies are attributed partly to the procedure of age-corrected body weight used in this study. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - acquisition of discriminated conditioned emotional response KW - shock intensity & age differences KW - rat KW - 1969 KW - Age Differences KW - Discrimination KW - Emotions KW - Maze Learning KW - Shock KW - Rats KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0027529 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-12661-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-12504-001 AN - 1969-12504-001 AU - Hollister, L. E. AU - Macnicol, M. F. AU - Gillespie, H. K. T1 - An hallucinogenic amphetamine analog (DOM) in man. JF - Psychopharmacologia JO - Psychopharmacologia Y1 - 1969/// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 62 EP - 73 CY - Germany PB - Springer N1 - Accession Number: 1969-12504-001. PMID: 5351858 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hollister, L. E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19690901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amphetamine; Drugs. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - The drug analog was studied in 18 Ss given a single dose from 2-14 mg. Psychotomimetic effects were evident from doses over 5 mg., which resembled those of the LSD-mescaline-psilocybin series. However, more sedation was produced than is expected from the others. As with other drugs, it increased free fatty acids, decreased phosphorus, creatinine clearance circulating eosinophils, and had little effect on catecholamine excretion. Performance on psychometric tests was impaired. Chlorpromazine attenuated the reaction. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - DOM KW - hallucinogenic amphetamine analog KW - psychotomimetic effects & sedation & psychometric tests KW - 1969 KW - Amphetamine KW - Drugs KW - 1969 DO - 10.1007/BF00401535 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-12504-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-12416-001 AN - 1969-12416-001 AU - Friedman, Howard AU - Taub, Harvey A. T1 - The transcephalic DC potential and reaction time performance. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1969/// VL - 5 IS - 5 SP - 504 EP - 509 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-12416-001. PMID: 5768009 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Friedman, Howard; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19690901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electrical Activity; Reaction Time. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Investigated the relationship between transcephalic DC potential changes (TCDC) and simple serial RT performance with the hypothesis that Ss exhibiting more positive TCDC shift would be slower in RT performance than Ss with less positive (or negative) shift. In 2 experiments, measurements of shift in DC from an initial preperformance reading to points just before, during, and following RT performance were made. Equal division into groups based on those Ss with most shift in a positive direction vs. those with least positive (or negative) shift provided 2 groups of 12 male Ss in Exp. I, which used constant intertrial interval, and 2 groups of 11 Ss each in Exp. II, which used random intertrial intervals. The differences in performance between the groups were consistently in the direction expected by the hypothesis. In Exp. I, analysis of variance revealed significant interactions between groups and RT performance blocks over time. Significant differences between groups as well as significant interaction effects were found in Exp. II. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - transcephalic DC potential & reaction time KW - 1969 KW - Electrical Activity KW - Reaction Time KW - 1969 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1969.tb02852.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-12416-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-12362-001 AN - 1969-12362-001 AU - Carey, Robert J. T1 - Impairment of maze retention resulting from septal injury. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1968/// VL - 3 IS - 3 SP - 495 EP - 497 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-12362-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carey, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Release Date: 19690901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Lesions; Maze Learning; Retention. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Tested the retention of a 4 unit multiple T alley maze in 2 groups (each with 5 Sprague-Dawley male rats) after they were subjected to either bilateral septal or sham operations. The sham-operated Ss showed almost perfect retention whereas the septal-lesioned Ss suffered a practically complete retention loss. These findings indicate that the septum has an important role in retention. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - septal lesions KW - impairment of maze retention KW - rat KW - 1968 KW - Lesions KW - Maze Learning KW - Retention KW - Rats KW - 1968 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(68)90083-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-12362-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-11969-001 AN - 1969-11969-001 AU - Rhinehart, J. B. AU - Barrell, R. P. AU - DeWolfe, A. S. AU - Griffin, J. E. AU - Spaner, F. E. T1 - Comparative study of need satisfactions in governmental and business hierarchies. JF - Journal of Applied Psychology JO - Journal of Applied Psychology JA - J Appl Psychol Y1 - 1969/06// VL - 53 IS - 3, Pt.1 SP - 230 EP - 235 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9010 SN - 1939-1854 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-11969-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rhinehart, J. B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coatesville, Pa. Release Date: 19690101. Correction Date: 20120903. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Business; Government; Job Satisfaction; Needs; Personnel. Classification: Industrial & Organizational Psychology (3600). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Evaluated and compared 2026 questionnaires from managers (supervisors) of a government agency (G) with L. W. Porter's (see 37:3) business and industry (B-I) sample. Satisfaction decreased from top- to lower-management levels and the greatest satisfaction deficit at all levels was in autonomy and self-actualization for both G and B-I Ss. Dissatisfaction for G was markedly greater than for B-I, confirming the study of F. T. Paine, S. J. Carroll, and B. A. Leete (see 40:8) who found 95 government managers less satisfied than B-I Ss. Government's lag in the human relations area contrasted with B-I's growing people-centered orientation is offered as a possible explanation for the need-satisfaction differences between the 2 groups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - need satisfactions KW - governmental & business hierarchies KW - 1969 KW - Business KW - Government KW - Job Satisfaction KW - Needs KW - Personnel KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0027413 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-11969-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-11672-001 AN - 1969-11672-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Logue, Patrick E. T1 - Interrelationships of several process-reactive measures. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1969/02// VL - 33 IS - 1 SP - 120 EP - 122 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-11672-001. PMID: 5776294 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Factor Analysis; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - 94 schizophrenic patients served as Ss. 8 previously used and potential process-reactive measures were intercorrelated and factored by the principal-factor solution. 2 factors were rotated. The 1st factor, consisting of marital status and the Philips, Elgin, and Ullmann-Giovannoni scales, consisted of traditional process-reactive measures. The variables making up the 2nd factor do not appear to be appropriate process-reactive indices. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - process-reactive measures KW - factor analysis KW - schizophrenics KW - 1969 KW - Factor Analysis KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0027393 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-11672-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-11660-001 AN - 1969-11660-001 AU - Caffey, Eugene M. AU - Jones, R. D. AU - Diamond, L. S. AU - Burton, E. AU - Bowen, W. T. T1 - Brief hospital treatment of schizophrenia: Early results of a multiple-hospital study. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1968/// VL - 19 IS - 9 SP - 282 EP - 287 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-11660-001. PMID: 4304267 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Caffey, Eugene M.; Veterans Administration Central Office, Washington, D.C. Release Date: 19690801. Correction Date: 20160523. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients; Schizophrenia; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Family. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - 13 neuropsychiatric hospitals studied 203 schizophrenics with regard to 'brief hospitalization, crisis therapy, and family involvement in treatment.' Inpatient treatment lasted no longer than 5-6 wk. with 2 phases: 10-14 days of intensive care, and 4 wk. for readjustment. To evaluate the progress of the Ss, the Inpatient Multidimensional Psychiatric scale, the Katz Adjustment scale, and the social worker's home visit inventory were used. It was found that (1) intensive time limited therapy is possible, (2) no greater rate of readmission occurred in the brief treatment group, (3) the aftercare program is most valuable in reducing or preventing readmissions, and (4) the brevity of the program depends on several reality factors. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - brief hospitalization & crisis therapy & family involvement in treatment KW - multiple-hospital study KW - schizophrenics KW - 1968 KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment KW - Family KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-11660-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-11589-001 AN - 1969-11589-001 AU - Darbonne, Allen R. T1 - Suicide and age: A suicide note analysis. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1969/02// VL - 33 IS - 1 SP - 46 EP - 50 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-11589-001. PMID: 5776300 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Darbonne, Allen R.; Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Suicide. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Tested the hypothesis that suicidal ideation varies with age. 259 suicide notes were analyzed. This represented all of the suicide notes written by individuals who committed suicide during a 3-yr period who resided in 34 moderately advantaged natural communities. The method of analysis involved categorizing each note according to a scheme of 5 general categories: (1) addressee, (2) reasons stated, (3) affect indicated, (4) specific content, and (5) general focus of note. The notes were divided into 4 age groups 20-39, 40-49, 50-59, and 60 and over and compared with reference to the 5 general categories. Differences between age groups were found significant at the .05 level for Categories 2 and 5. specific items within each category were discussed when such items were found statistically more or less often in the notes of 1 age group than in the notes of the other age groups. Suggestions for treatment and prevention of suicide are offered. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - suicide ideation KW - age differences KW - 1969 KW - Age Differences KW - Suicide KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0027391 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-11589-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-11516-001 AN - 1969-11516-001 AU - Pennington, Veronica M. T1 - The antipsychotic and antidepressant power of thiothixene. JF - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JO - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JA - Psychosomatics Y1 - 1968/// VL - 9 IS - 6 SP - 346 EP - 348 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0033-3182 SN - 1545-7206 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-11516-001. PMID: 5725619 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pennington, Veronica M.; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, Miss. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19690801. Correction Date: 20130923. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Depression (Emotion); Drug Therapy; Drugs; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - 31 chronic and 6 acute schizophrenic patients, 12 acute brain syndrome, intoxication alcohol, patients, and 3 depressive patients all newly hospitalized were examined physically, neurologically, and psychiatrically and by the Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale, Syndrome Rating Scale, Nurses Observation Scale, Inpatient Multidimensional Psychiatric Rating Scale, Side Effects Check List, and daily clinical observation by the psychiatrist, assisted by a 24-hr report of the nurses and aides, were done before and after thiothixene was given. Blood, urine, and liver function tests were completed before and after the treatment. Material and method are described; side effects and improvement are detailed in all 3 groups. Drowsiness was not encountered but restlessness, akathisia, insomnia, and hyperkinesis were noted. High dosage up to 25 mg. a day produced good results and avoided severe side reactions larger doses produce. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - thiothixene drug therapy KW - antipsychotic & antidepressant power KW - chronic & acute schizophrenics & acute brain syndrome intoxication alcoholics & depressives KW - 1968 KW - Alcoholism KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drugs KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1968 DO - 10.1016/S0033-3182(68)71810-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-11516-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-11506-001 AN - 1969-11506-001 AU - Hollister, Leo E. AU - Shelton, Jack AU - Krieger, George T1 - A controlled comparison of lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD) and dextroamphetamine in alcoholics. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1969/// VL - 125 IS - 10 SP - 1352 EP - 1357 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-11506-001. PMID: 4886242 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hollister, Leo E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19690801. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Drug Therapy; Lysergic Acid Diethylamide. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - 72 alcoholic patients were admitted to a controlled comparison of LSD and dextroamphetamine as treatments. In the context of little associated psychotherapeutic intervention, LSD produced slightly better results early, but after 6 mo. the results were alike for both treatment groups. It is concluded that controlled studies of such treatments are not only possible but mandatory if one is not to be misled into ascribing special therapeutic attributes to a specific treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - LSD vs. dextroamphetamine KW - treatment of alcoholics KW - 1969 KW - Alcoholism KW - Drug Therapy KW - Lysergic Acid Diethylamide KW - 1969 DO - 10.1176/ajp.125.10.1352 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-11506-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-11361-001 AN - 1969-11361-001 AU - Spiegel, Don AU - Brodkin, Steven G. AU - Keith-Spiegel, Patricia T1 - Unacceptable impulses, anxiety and the appreciation of cartoons. JF - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment Y1 - 1969/// VL - 33 IS - 2 SP - 154 EP - 159 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum N1 - Accession Number: 1969-11361-001. PMID: 5784329 Other Journal Title: Journal of Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spiegel, Don; Brentwood Hosp., Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19690801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Human Sex Differences; Projective Techniques; Psychosexual Behavior; Student Attitudes. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Sexual adjustment measures were used to predict 'funniness' ratings of overtly sexual (OS), mildly sexual (MS), and nonsexual (NS) cartoons. 35 male undergraduates were more anxious, more admitting of unacceptable impulses, more sexually frustrated, and more disturbed about sexual expression than 35 female students and gave higher funniness ratings to both OS and MS cartoons. In both sexes a strong positive association was found between anxiety level and admission of unacceptable impulses. In females, perceived funniness of MS cartoons was positively associated with sexual frustration and sexual disturbance. In males, funniness of OS cartoons was positively associated with acceptance of sexual impulses. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - funniness ratings of overtly vs. mildly sexual cartoons KW - anxiety & admission of unacceptable impulses KW - sex differences KW - college students KW - 1969 KW - Anxiety KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Projective Techniques KW - Psychosexual Behavior KW - Student Attitudes KW - 1969 DO - 10.1080/0091651X.1969.10120577 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-11361-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-11352-001 AN - 1969-11352-001 AU - Spiegel, Don AU - Keith-Spiegel, Patricia T1 - Factor analysis of 78 variables from nine personality tests and scales. JF - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment Y1 - 1969/// VL - 33 IS - 2 SP - 160 EP - 167 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum N1 - Accession Number: 1969-11352-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spiegel, Don; Brentwood Hosp., Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19690801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Inventories; Personality Measures; Personality; Statistical Validity. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Explored the construct validity of the Spiegel Personality Inventory (SPI) by examining the relationships between it and other personality scales. A battery of tests was administered to 150 undergraduates. A principal components analysis was done involving 78 personality variables. Of the 26 factors obtained, 9 major factors emerged: (1) insecurity or dissatisfaction, (2) authoritarianism-dogmatism, (3) adjustment via social conformity, (4) religious experience, (5) assertive independence, (6) weakness, (7) social power, (8) social poise or extroversion, and (9) thought control. Scale intercorrelations for each factor are presented. The SPI appeared to provide considerable personality information which is relatively unrelated to that obtained from other tests. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - construct validity of Spiegel Personality Inventory KW - college students KW - 1969 KW - Inventories KW - Personality Measures KW - Personality KW - Statistical Validity KW - 1969 DO - 10.1080/0091651X.1969.10120578 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-11352-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-10911-001 AN - 1969-10911-001 AU - Cullen, Joseph W. AU - Scarborough, Barron B. T1 - Effect of a preoperative sugar preference on bar pressing for salt by the adrenalectomized rat. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1969/04// VL - 67 IS - 4 SP - 415 EP - 420 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-10911-001. PMID: 5815124 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cullen, Joseph W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Food Intake; Glands; Hormones; Lesions; Preferences. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Adrenalectomized rats in an ad-lib preference situation have previously maintained a habit preference for sugar over salt, lost weight, and died. This 'anhomeostatic' effect did not obtain, however, in the present study under conditions of instrumental responding. When sucrose and salt were available on a fixed-ration 5 bar-pressing schedule, 20 adrenalectomized rats dramatically reversed a preoperative sugar preference to a salt preference. Ss, which were sham adrenalectomized, or adrenalectomized and given salt stomach loading, retained the sugar preference until they were made salt deficient by adrenalectomy and termination of stomach loading. These results are in agreement with the ubiquitous salt-seeking behavior of the adrenal-insufficient rat. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - bar pressing for salt KW - preoperative sugar preference KW - adrenalectomized rat KW - 1969 KW - Food Intake KW - Glands KW - Hormones KW - Lesions KW - Preferences KW - Rats KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0027297 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-10911-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-10688-001 AN - 1969-10688-001 AU - Manis, Melvin AU - Ruppe, John T1 - The carryover phenomenon: The persistence of reinforced behavior despite the absence of a conscious behavioral intention. JF - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology JO - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology JA - J Pers Soc Psychol Y1 - 1969/04// VL - 11 IS - 4 SP - 397 EP - 407 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-3514 SN - 1939-1315 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-10688-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Manis, Melvin; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychological Research Section, Ann Arbor, Mich. Release Date: 19690101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Reinforcement; Sentences; Verbal Learning. Minor Descriptor: Behavioral Intention. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - 67 undergraduates were reinforced for using singular or plural subject words in a sentence-construction task. When this task was mastered, they were informed that they would have to construct a different type of sentence in order to receive reinforcement. No solution was possible, however, for reinforcements were then delivered randomly. Results indicate that the original response rule persisted into the early trials of the test series. This effect appeared both among Ss who reported consciously retesting the old hypothesis (despite the E's instructions), and among those who denied that they had returned to the old rule. Results are interpreted as evidence supporting 1 form of behavior without awareness and are discussed in relation to similar experimental effects reported previously. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - persistence of reinforced behavior despite absence of conscious behavioral intention KW - sentence construction task KW - 1969 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Reinforcement KW - Sentences KW - Verbal Learning KW - Behavioral Intention KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0027247 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-10688-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-10038-001 AN - 1969-10038-001 AU - Kish, G. B. AU - Busse, W. T1 - MMPI correlates of sensation-seeking in male alcoholics: A test of Quay's hypothesis applied to alcoholism. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 25 IS - 1 SP - 60 EP - 62 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-10038-001. PMID: 4388714 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kish, G. B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Ft. Meade, S.D. Release Date: 19690701. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Motivation; Psychopathology; Statistical Validity; Stimulation. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - The MMPI, the Sensation Seeking Scale (SSS), and the Obscure Figures Test were administered to alcoholic and control groups. Sensation seeking was correlated with 4 MMPI scale scores. No relationship was found between response rate and SSS score in the alcoholics. Results did not support Quay's analysis of psychopathic personality to alcoholism. However, the findings did support the construct validity of the SSS and suggest that sensation seeking is a healthy personality characteristic. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI correlates of Sensation Seeking Scale KW - alcoholics & normals KW - application of Quay's hypothesis KW - 1969 KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Motivation KW - Psychopathology KW - Statistical Validity KW - Stimulation KW - 1969 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196901)25:1<60::AID-JCLP2270250116>3.0.CO;2-V UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-10038-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-09972-001 AN - 1969-09972-001 AU - Hartlage, Lawrence C. AU - Freeman, William AU - Horine, Louise T1 - Expediting admissions procedures. JF - Mental Hygiene JO - Mental Hygiene Y1 - 1969/// VL - 53 IS - 1 SP - 71 EP - 77 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-09972-001. PMID: 5398904 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hartlage, Lawrence C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Indianapolis, Ind. Release Date: 19690701. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Hospital Programs. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Reports a 6-mo analysis of a state mental hospital's admission activities, integrating the findings with the practices of a state wide network of mental hospitals. Recommendations of how to organize an admission and administrative decision making team in order to modernize hospital procedures and accommodate a progressively expanding range of services are presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - improvement of state mental hospital's admission procedures KW - 1969 KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-09972-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-09829-001 AN - 1969-09829-001 AU - Fontana, Alan F. AU - Gessner, Theodore. T1 - Patients' goals and the manifestation of psychopathology. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1969/04// VL - 33 IS - 2 SP - 247 EP - 253 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-09829-001. PMID: 5783265 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fontana, Alan F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Motivation; Orienting Reflex; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients; Psychopathology. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Tested 3 groups of hospitalized psychiatric patients under research, transfer, and discharge instructional sets. Differences in self-reported deviance among the groups are interpreted within an impression management framework for the information they reveal about Ss' motivational orientations toward transfer and discharge as hospitalization outcomes. Ss were of greatest accord in wanting to avoid transfer. Orientation toward discharge varied among S subgroups. Shifts in the level of presented deviance were similar for all dimensions but occured significantly only for psychopathology. Differential levels of presented deviance among subgroups are interpreted in terms of corresponding differences in judged appropriateness for patienthood. (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - motivational orientation toward transfer & discharge as hospital outcomes & self-reported deviance KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1969 KW - Motivation KW - Orienting Reflex KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychopathology KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0027166 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-09829-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-09776-001 AN - 1969-09776-001 AU - McReynolds, Paul. T1 - The hospital adjustment scale: Research and clinical applications. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1968/// VL - 23 IS - 3, Pt. 1 SP - 823 EP - 835 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-09776-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McReynolds, Paul.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19690701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Inventories; Literature Review; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients; Rating Scales. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - The Hospital Adjustment Scale (HAS) is a 90-item behavior-rating scale designed for the assessment of the over-all level of psychological functioning, irrespective of psychiatric symptomatology. Research on the scale since its publication in 1953 is reviewed and its uses and limitations are indicated. It is concluded that adequate reliability and validity have been demonstrated to justify the scale's continued use as a measure of change in hospitalized psychiatric patients. (36 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Hospital Adjustment Scale KW - review KW - 1968 KW - Inventories KW - Literature Review KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Rating Scales KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1968.23.3.823 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-09776-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-09469-001 AN - 1969-09469-001 AU - Brody, J. F. Jr. T1 - Response patterning under fixed-ratio punishment. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1968/// VL - 23 IS - 2 SP - 575 EP - 587 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-09469-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brody, J. F. Jr.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pittsburgh, Pa. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19690701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Punishment; Reinforcement Schedules; Responses; Shock. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Studied punishment with various intensities of bar shock of every 2nd, 4th, or 8th response by 4 rhesus monkeys against a variable-interval schedule of food reinforcement. Negatively accelerated response rates between punishments appeared as shock intensity increased. Increasing the intensity of more than the latencies of other responses. The interaction of punishment with time since last reinforcement may indicate that response strength on unpunished variable-interval schedules increases between reinforcements. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - response patterning under fixed-ratio punishment KW - monkey KW - 1968 KW - Punishment KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Responses KW - Shock KW - Monkeys KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1968.23.2.575 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-09469-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-09465-001 AN - 1969-09465-001 AU - Royer, Fred L. T1 - Form of R-S contingency and stimulus-change reinforcement. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1968/// VL - 23 IS - 3, Pt. 1 SP - 803 EP - 805 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-09465-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Royer, Fred L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brecksville, O. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19690701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Motivation; Reinforcement; Responses; Stimulation. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Assigned 40 male rats, each tested daily for 15 min. in chambers having a response key projecting from each wall, to 4 conditions. No differences between conditions were found in nonstimulation levels. Mean percentage change in response to produce stimulation (stimulation/nonstimulation 100) was: response equivocation, 4 keys, 49.8%; information transmission, 4 keys, 81.3%; stimulus equivocation, 2 keys, 98.9%; information transmission, 2 keys, 159.5%. In both of the latter conditions, 2 keys were dead. Responses were greatest for light stimulation, but in a constant proportion across conditions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - response for stimulation & stimulus-change reinforcement KW - rat KW - 1968 KW - Motivation KW - Reinforcement KW - Responses KW - Stimulation KW - Rats KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1968.23.3.803 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-09465-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-09378-001 AN - 1969-09378-001 AU - Pare, William P. T1 - Effect of duration of environmental stress on stomach ulceration and adrenal ascorbic acid. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1968/// VL - 23 IS - 3, Pt. 1 SP - 683 EP - 688 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-09378-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pare, William P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19690701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Digestive System; Glands; Lesions; Physiological Stress; Shock. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500); Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Exposed 4 groups of 12 Sprague-Dawley rats each to unavoidable tone-shock presentations for either 1 hr., 24 hr., 5 days, or 24 days. Upon termination of each stress-duration period, adrenal ascorbic acid (AAA) determinations were made and stomachs were inspected for ulcers. The AAA response manifested the typical adaptation function. Ulcers were not observed in any of the 4 stres-duration groups. Previous similar research was reevaluated in the light of these findings. (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - shock/unavoidable KW - adrenal ascorbic acid & stomach ulcer KW - rat KW - 1968 KW - Digestive System KW - Glands KW - Lesions KW - Physiological Stress KW - Shock KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1968.23.3.683 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-09378-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-09278-001 AN - 1969-09278-001 AU - Brown, Barbara B. T1 - Some characteristic EEG differences between heavy smoker and non-smoker subjects. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1968/// VL - 6 IS - 4 SP - 381 EP - 388 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-09278-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brown, Barbara B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Experimental Psychiatry, Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19690701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroencephalography; Tobacco Smoking. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Ss were 15 nonsmokers, 13 heavy smokers, and 8 average smokers. Spontaneous EEG recordings of heavy smokers were readily distinguishable from those of nonsmokers by minimal content of alpha activity, higher frequency of alpha, and an abundance of rhythmic and synchronous, high amplitude 12-25 cps activity. EEG responses to visual stimuli also differed between the 2 groups. EEG activity and visual responses for average smokers and former heavy smokers were generally intermediate between those of the nonsmokers and heavy smokers. (French & German summaries) (24 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EEG activity KW - heavy smokers vs. nonsmokers KW - 1968 KW - Electroencephalography KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - 1968 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(68)90010-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-09278-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-09044-001 AN - 1969-09044-001 AU - Abramczyk, Rudolf R. T1 - An analysis of interference in continuous association within multiple categories. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1968/// VL - 23 IS - 2 SP - 439 EP - 450 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-09044-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Abramczyk, Rudolf R.; West Haven Veterans Administration Hosp., Conn. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19690701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classification (Cognitive Process); Interference (Learning); Verbal Learning; Word Associations. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Ss named items from 3 conceptually unrelated word categories for 18 min. under 2 conditions. In the concurrent (Con) with all categories were shown simultaneously and Ss were allowed to shift from category to category at will. In the sequential (Seq) with 52 Ss, the separate categories were presented in succession for 6 min. each. The Seq emissions for corresponding 30-sec periods in each category were aggregated into successive 90-sec periods of total adjusted sequential (AS) output. Compared with the AS, the Con condition showed significantly lower output and lengthened interword latencies but only during the 1st 3 min., comprising about 1/2 of Ss' productions. Significantly greater 'turbulence' in the flow of Con than Seq associations was inferred from temporal oscillations in Ss' response sequences. These effects were attributed to greater interference in the Con condition, imposed mainly by intercategory competition. Interference seemed to diminish along with Ss' word supplies. Futher applications of the present paradigm were suggested. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - continuous association within multiple categories KW - interference KW - sequential vs. concurrent conditions KW - 1968 KW - Classification (Cognitive Process) KW - Interference (Learning) KW - Verbal Learning KW - Word Associations KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1968.23.2.439 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-09044-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-09028-001 AN - 1969-09028-001 AU - Field, Peter B. AU - Palmer, Robert D. T1 - Factor analysis: Hypnosis inventory. JF - International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis JO - International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis JA - Int J Clin Exp Hypn Y1 - 1969/// VL - 17 IS - 1 SP - 50 EP - 61 CY - United Kingdom PB - Taylor & Francis SN - 0020-7144 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-09028-001. PMID: 5776252 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Field, Peter B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brooklyn, N.Y. Release Date: 19690701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Factor Analysis; Hypnosis; Measurement; Testing. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - An inventory scale of hypnotic depth and the Stanford Hypnotic Susceptibility Scale, Form A were factor analyzed, based on a sample of 223 college students. Both measures yielded a general factor of hypnotic depth. Rotation yielded inventory factors of unawareness, drowsiness, enthusiasm, subjective conviction, and Stanford factors of challenge and ideomotor-posthypnotic suggestibility. Results of an earlier study describing development of the hypnosis inventory were successfully cross-validated. (Spanish & German summaries) (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hypnotizability scales KW - factor analysis KW - 1969 KW - Factor Analysis KW - Hypnosis KW - Measurement KW - Testing KW - 1969 DO - 10.1080/00207146908407287 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-09028-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-08985-001 AN - 1969-08985-001 AU - Groberg, D. H. AU - Dustman, R. E. AU - Beck, E. C. T1 - The effect of body and head tilt in the perception of vertical: Comparison of body and head tilt with left and right handed, male and female subjects. JF - Neuropsychologia JO - Neuropsychologia JA - Neuropsychologia Y1 - 1969/// VL - 7 IS - 1 SP - 89 EP - 100 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0028-3932 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-08985-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Groberg, D. H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salt Lake City, U. Release Date: 19690701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anatomy; Human Sex Differences; Lateral Dominance; Somesthetic Perception; Visual Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Reports experiments in which Ss (N = 11, 12, 20, and 44, respectively) estimated gravitational vertical in a darkened room. A padded laterally tilted chair and headholder designed to hold head and body at different angles was used to study the effect of independent and combined tilts of head and body. Right and left handed men and women were investigated. Results indicated a differential of visual, vestibular and proprioceptive sensations in perception of vertical. The vestibular proprioceptive differentiation provides a reasonable explanation for the Muller E and A phenomena often reported in Aubert effect experiments. Although there were no handedness differences, men and women differed significantly on some measures. (French & German summaries) (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - vertical perception KW - body & head tilt KW - handedness KW - sex differences KW - 1969 KW - Anatomy KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Somesthetic Perception KW - Visual Perception KW - 1969 DO - 10.1016/0028-3932(69)90048-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-08985-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-08914-001 AN - 1969-08914-001 AU - Scott, Thomas R. AU - Milligan, W. Lloyd T1 - An electronic analog of the analysis of variance model. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1968/// VL - 27 IS - 3, Pt. 2 SP - 1260 EP - 1262 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-08914-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Scott, Thomas R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Columbia, S.C. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19690701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Analysis; Apparatus; Models; Statistical Analysis. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Describes a simple electronic circuit which simulates the analysis of variance model. The student or instructor can preset the circuit so that it will yield data, read from a milliameter, containing any desired mixture of main effect variance, interaction variance, and error for up to 3 variables. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - analysis of variance model KW - electronic analog KW - 1968 KW - Analysis KW - Apparatus KW - Models KW - Statistical Analysis KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pms.1968.27.3f.1260 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-08914-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-08897-001 AN - 1969-08897-001 AU - Silverman, Herbert T1 - Determinism, choice, responsibility and the psychologist's role as an expert witness. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1969/01// VL - 24 IS - 1 SP - 5 EP - 9 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-08897-001. PMID: 5776176 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silverman, Herbert; Veterans Administration Hosp., Allen Park, Mich. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Laws; Mental Disorders; Mental Health Personnel; Psychodiagnosis; Roles. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Discusses the legal precedent and need for the testimony of psychologists in courts of law. The problems of determinism vs. freedom of choice, inconsistencies in psychiatric concepts of human disturbances as illness, and the complexity of the issues of responsibility for behavior are considered with regard to the psychological trauma should be further developed, along with (1) the degree of external stress, (2) the degree to which a variety of effective responses are available to an individual, and (3) factors such as physiological state under stress, defense mechanisms, degree of anticipation of the precipitating stress, and past history. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychologist's role in courts of law KW - legal precedent & need KW - determinism vs. free choice KW - 1969 KW - Laws KW - Mental Disorders KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Roles KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0027106 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-08897-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-08508-001 AN - 1969-08508-001 AU - McGee, Thomas F. AU - Williams, Meyer AU - Racusen, Frances R. AU - Cowen, John T1 - Further evaluation of small group living program with schizophrenics. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1968/// VL - 19 IS - 6 SP - 717 EP - 726 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-08508-001. PMID: 5714533 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McGee, Thomas F.; Veterans Administration West Side Hosp., Chicago, Ill. Release Date: 19690601. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Dynamics; Psychiatric Patients; Psychotherapy; Schizophrenia; Treatment. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Evaluated an open-ended time unlimited small group living program with schizophrenics. The program was based on small group dynamic principles and focused upon daily group psychotherapy plus a comprehensive regime of work, recreation, and living together in a family-like atmosphere. 26 Ss treated in this program were compared to 26 controls treated concurrently in a routine program employing psychopharmacological and milieu therapies. Both groups were evaluated pre- and posttreatment by behavioral ratings, psychological tests, psychopathological ratings, and patient self-ratings. Social adjustment ratings both pre- and posttreatment, and after a 6-mo follow-up were also obtained. Of 6 criteria of change hypothesized, both groups showed significant and comparable positive change on 5 criteria. The group living program made, however, significantly greater positive change on 1 criterion, 'more realistic self-concept and evaluation of personal worth.' The implication of this finding is discussed in terms of the lack of reliance on drugs, the opportunities for exploration and interpersonal relations, and the group esprit de corps fostered by the group living approach. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenics KW - treatment KW - group living approach KW - 1968 KW - Group Dynamics KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychotherapy KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment KW - 1968 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1968.01740120077011 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-08508-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-08434-001 AN - 1969-08434-001 AU - DeWolfe, Alan S. AU - Barrell, Robert P. AU - Spaner, Fred E. T1 - Staff attitudes toward patient care and treatment-disposition behavior. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1969/02// VL - 74 IS - 1 SP - 90 EP - 94 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-08434-001. PMID: 5780504 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: DeWolfe, Alan S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitudes; Mental Health Personnel; Psychiatric Hospitals; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Treatment milieus (staff attitudes) were related to treatment-disposition behavior in 4 autonomous units with comparable staff and patients. Only measures on which units showed significant differences or ratios of these measures were analyzed. Attitudes toward rules informing patients, impact of staff attitudes, and patients' characteristics, and measures of use of restraint and seclusion trial visits, and maximum hospital benefit discharges met this criterion. The main focus was on 3 related attitudes interpreted as indicating openness, frankness, and trust in interactions with others and their significant relationships to an index of trust in patients' capabilities. These attitudes appeared sufficiently important in the treatment climate to merit further exploration. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mental hospital staff attitudes toward patient care & treatment-disposition behavior KW - 1969 KW - Attitudes KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Treatment KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0027064 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-08434-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-08421-001 AN - 1969-08421-001 AU - Dynes, John B. T1 - Sudden death. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1969/// VL - 30 IS - 1 SP - 24 EP - 28 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-08421-001. PMID: 5775755 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dynes, John B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salem, Va. Release Date: 19690601. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Death and Dying; Drug Therapy; Drugs; Neurology; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Discusses possible agents or phenomena which may disrupt the physiochemical activity of the brain or the cardio-respiratory mechanism to cause sudden death. The influence of phenothiazines on sudden death and the autopsy protocols of 17 schizophrenics who died suddenly are reviewed. It was noted that the reflex rhythmic electrical discharge from the brain was interrupted in 15 of the 17 schizophrenics, and that the phenothiazines did not appear to influence vital mechanisms in the majority of these cases. The relation of electrolyte imbalance and the alteration of electrical membrane potential to sudden death are also considered. (29 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sudden death & phenothiazines KW - schizophrenics KW - 1969 KW - Death and Dying KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drugs KW - Neurology KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-08421-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-08389-001 AN - 1969-08389-001 AU - Bentinck, Catherine AU - Morris, Myrtris L. T1 - Teaching behavioral observation to psychiatric nursing students. JF - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing & Mental Health Services JO - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing & Mental Health Services Y1 - 1968/// VL - 6 IS - 2 SP - 94 EP - 100 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-08389-001. PMID: 4295901 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bentinck, Catherine; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19690601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Graduate Psychology Education; Mental Health Personnel; Nurses; Observation Methods; Teaching Methods. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Describes a dynamic teaching session in which behavioral theory and participation in a behavioral observation experiment are combined. Interviewing of patients in the presence of the student allows student rating of the behavioral disturbances and intensive discussion with an experienced social worker. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - teaching of behavioral observation to psychiatric nursing students KW - 1968 KW - Graduate Psychology Education KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Nurses KW - Observation Methods KW - Teaching Methods KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-08389-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-07088-001 AN - 1969-07088-001 AU - Cutter, Henry S. T1 - Alcohol, drinking patterns, and the psychological probability of success. JF - Behavioral Science JO - Behavioral Science JA - Behav Sci Y1 - 1969/// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 19 EP - 27 CY - US PB - General Systems Science Foundation SN - 0005-7940 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-07088-001. PMID: 4882267 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cutter, Henry S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Release Date: 19690501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Achievement; Alcoholism; Alcohols; Probability; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Alcoholic and nonalcoholic Ss estimated their degree of success under conditions in which they considered themselves very lucky, lucky, neither lucky nor unlucky but realistic, unlucky, and, themselves relatively successful at the lucky end of the continuum (representing the favorable effects of alcohol) and unsuccessful at the unlucky end (representing the unfavorable effects of alcohol). Ss were 30 nonpsychotic hospitalized alcoholics, 30 hospital employees who drank socially, and 30 chronic schizophrenics who reported a history of moderate but not social drinking behavior. 10 Ss from each group were assigned to 3 conditions which manipulated the psychological consequences of being denied a drink, the primarily psychological consequences of having just had a drink, and the interacting psychological and physiologicial consequences of having had a drink 1/2 hr. before giving their judgments. Alcoholics were most conflicted when they had just had a drink, and least when they had been denied. Normals were most conflicted at having been denied a drink and least conflicted following drink consumed 1/2 hr. before. Schizophrenics were most conflicted about the drink consumed 1/2 hr. before and were least conflicted about the drink that they had just consumed. The responses of the schizophrenics, who were controlled but nonsocial drinkers, suggest limitations to social learning theories of drinking behavior. Parallels between psychological probability measures and projective tests were discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcohol effects on estimated probability of success on skill & chance tasks KW - alcoholics vs. normal & schizophrenic moder 175 191 191 KW - 1969 KW - Achievement KW - Alcoholism KW - Alcohols KW - Probability KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1969 DO - 10.1002/bs.3830140104 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-07088-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-06944-001 AN - 1969-06944-001 AU - Gonen, Jay Y. AU - Lansky, Leonard M. T1 - Masculinity, femininity, and masculinity-femininity: A phenomenological study, of the MF scale of the MMPI. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1968/// VL - 23 IS - 1 SP - 183 EP - 194 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-06944-001. PMID: 4386766 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gonen, Jay Y.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Cincinnati, O. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19690501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Item Analysis (Test); Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Sex Roles. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - College students evaluated responses by a hypothetical man and woman to the MMPI Mf scale's items as making the man or woman 'more' or 'less masculine,' or 'more' and 'less feminine.' Ss were 94 undergraduates. A 'no response' option was also provided. The students' evaluations were coded as bipolar or unipolar. When S placed a behavior along a continuum with masculinity at 1 pole and femininity at the other, his conceptualization was termed bipolar. On the other hand, if he placed a behavior either along a continuum with less masculine on 1 end of the dimension and more masculine at the other, or along a continuum leading from less feminine to more feminine, his conceptualization was coded as unipolar. On the assumption that unipolar conceptualizations cause elevations on the Mf scale, it was predicted that: (1) Ss would use unipolar dimensions extensively; (2) the 40 sex-discriminating items of the Mf scale of the MMPI would be coded more times as bipolar than the 20 items which do not discriminate between the sexes; (3) the 20 nondiscriminating items would be coded more times as unipolar than the 40 discrimination items; and (4) male Ss who usually elevate on the Mf scale more than females, use more unipolar conceptualization. The results were in the predicted direction for all hypotheses, but the 3rd hypothesis failed to reach statistical significance. The implications of these findings for the construction of more sophisticated Mf measures were discussed. (25 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI KW - masculinity-femininity scale KW - evaluation of items KW - 1968 KW - Item Analysis (Test) KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Sex Roles KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1968.23.1.183 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-06944-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-06749-001 AN - 1969-06749-001 AU - Penk, Walter T1 - Developmental patterns in children's inkblot responses. JF - Developmental Psychology JO - Developmental Psychology JA - Dev Psychol Y1 - 1969/01// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 55 EP - 64 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0012-1649 SN - 1939-0599 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-06749-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Penk, Walter; Veterans Administration Hosp., Dallas, Tex. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ability; Childhood Development; Projective Techniques. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100). References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - The Holtzman Inkblot Technique was administered to 5 7-11 yr. old criterion groups, to evaluate Werner's hypothesis of abrupt (discontinuous) shifts from 'child-like' differentiation to 'adult-like' generalization. Conceptual styles, measured by Thorpe's adaptation of Werner's genetic pattern analysis, were examined by trend analysis, tests of nonlinearity, and for effects of sex and examiners. Discontinuity hypothesis was not supported because (1) abrupt shifts in predicted directions did not occur; (2) a significant, continuity-like growth pattern was obtained; and (3) significant cubic trends (resurgences following declines) appeared among growth patterns of 2 measures. Cubic trends were interpreted as (1) demonstrating the 'spirality' principle in development, (2) delineating 'regression' to less mature mode of cognitive functioning among older ages, and (3) empirically demonstrating need for modifying the simple continuity-discontinuity dichotomy as explanations of developmental change. (23 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Holtzman Inkblot Technique KW - developmental patterns of responses KW - 7-11 yr. olds KW - 1969 KW - Ability KW - Childhood Development KW - Projective Techniques KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0026805 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-06749-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-06509-001 AN - 1969-06509-001 AU - Freed, Earl X. T1 - Effect of alcohol on conflict behaviors. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1968/// VL - 23 IS - 1 SP - 151 EP - 159 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-06509-001. PMID: 5685384 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freed, Earl X.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Alcohol Research Lab., Lyons, N.J. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19690501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohols; Avoidance Conditioning; Conflict; Drugs. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - 40 Charles River (cd) rats were trained to run down a 15-ft alley and bar press for food in a 2 2 analysis of variance design with alcohol and control treatments and 2 conflict-producing methodologies. In Exp. I, conflict was induced by shocking S when it bar pressed; in Exp. II this conflict was induced when S touched the food dish. After approach-avoidance conflict was established, 1/2 of the Ss in each experiment were injected intraperitoneally with 2 cc/100 gm body weight of 1 gm. alcohol/Kg and 1/2 with an equitonic control dextrose solution. When Ss were returned to the alley with shock off, 5 alcohol and 1 control Ss in Exp. I and 4 alcohol and 2 control Ss in Exp. II resolved the conflict to resume running, bar pressing and eating. Analysis of variance revealed that alcohol was significant in determining distance run. Compared with controls, alcohol-treated Ss ran farther and touched the dish and the bar more frequently. Data support the thesis that alcohol attenuates conflict in rats and suggest that more discrete dependent variables, such as bar pressing, temporally and spatially more closely associated with the conflictful goal, may be less significantly affected by alcohol than grosser measures of conflict such as running. (21 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcohol KW - approach-avoidance conflict attenuation KW - rat KW - 1968 KW - Alcohols KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Conflict KW - Drugs KW - Rats KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1968.23.1.151 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-06509-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-06012-001 AN - 1969-06012-001 AU - Pierce, Chester M. AU - Mathis, James L. AU - Pishkin, Vladimir T1 - Basic psychiatry in twelve hours: An experiment in programmed learning. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1968/// VL - 29 IS - 8 SP - 533 EP - 535 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-06012-001. PMID: 5677253 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pierce, Chester M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Release Date: 19690401. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: College Students; Graduate Psychology Education; Programmed Instruction; Psychiatry. Classification: Educational Psychology (3500). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - 19 Ss without any medical training volunteered to use a programed teaching method in psychiatry. Over a 6-wk period Ss averaged 12.3 hr. of study on the program. Although the program did not contain material on 15 of the 100 points on which Ss were tested, the average grade obtained on the Psychiatry National Board Examination was 61.1. 1 S received a grade of 77 after 12 hr. of study. Some of the possibilities of programed education in medicine are mentioned. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - programed teaching in basic psychiatry KW - college students KW - 1968 KW - College Students KW - Graduate Psychology Education KW - Programmed Instruction KW - Psychiatry KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-06012-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-05629-001 AN - 1969-05629-001 AU - Boyd, Harry T1 - Love versus omnipotence: The narcissistic dilemma. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JA - Psychotherapy (Chic) Y1 - 1968/// VL - 5 IS - 4 SP - 272 EP - 277 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-05629-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boyd, Harry; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19690401. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Childhood Development; Fantasies (Thought Disturbances); Fantasy (Defense Mechanism); Neurosis; Social Isolation. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1968. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - Inability to accept either the pain of loneliness and alienation from others which are the inevitable results of clinging to the fantasy of limitless omnipotence, or the pain of loss or separation is the narcissistic dilemma. To avoid the awareness of this pain one may develop a number of techniques based on the refusal to give up the fantasy of omnipotence. 'Death, not life, is a nightmare from which neurotics struggle to awaken. Thus, death is fantasied as love's alternate . . . .' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - narcissism KW - development of fantasy of omnipotence KW - 1968 KW - Childhood Development KW - Fantasies (Thought Disturbances) KW - Fantasy (Defense Mechanism) KW - Neurosis KW - Social Isolation KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/h0088702 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-05629-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-05583-001 AN - 1969-05583-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Thomas, Richard W. T1 - MMPI profiles of brain-damaged and schizophrenic patients. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1968/// VL - 27 IS - 2 SP - 567 EP - 573 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-05583-001. PMID: 4387378 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19690401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Since perceptual, motor, and conceptual tests for brain-damage generally seem unable to differentiate organic from schizophrenic neuropsychiatric patients, and attempt was made to determine whether measures taken from a personality test might prove so capable. Accordingly the MMPI profiles of 50 organics with evidence of cerebral lesions were compared to those of 50 schizophrenics. Significant between-diagnosis effects appeared on 6 scales and 4 rules were developed from the data. In cross-validational studies, the signs proved to be useful in differentiating brain-damaged from schizophrenic males but seemed to be of no value with female Ss. (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI profiles KW - brain-damaged vs. schizophrenic patients KW - 1968 KW - Brain Damage KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pms.1968.27.2.567 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-05583-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-05502-001 AN - 1969-05502-001 AU - Wagner, Mervyn K. T1 - A case of public masturbation treated by operant conditioning. JF - Child Psychology & Psychiatry & Allied Disciplines JO - Child Psychology & Psychiatry & Allied Disciplines Y1 - 1968/// VL - 9 IS - 1 SP - 61 EP - 65 CY - United Kingdom PB - Pergamon Press SN - 0021-9630 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-05502-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wagner, Mervyn K.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salisbury, N.C. Other Publishers: Blackwell Publishing; Cambridge University Press; Elsevier Science; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19690401. Correction Date: 20130527. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Problems; Behavior Therapy; Operant Conditioning; Paraphilias; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Describes the treatment of an 11-yr-old girl reported to be masturbating publicly in the classroom as frequently as 7 times/hr. As opposed to most attempts involving the modification of sexual responses with aversive conditioning, this procedure employed the positive reinforcement of an incompatible response. During 129 school days, continuous, fixed interval (FI) and aperiodic reinforcement schedules were applied to the response of nonmasturbation. After 74 days, the nonmasturbatory response became continuous and persisted until the end of the school yr. The effectiveness of this procedure with the recalcitrant 'compulsive' masturbation further generalizes the utility of the operant conditioning model. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - operant conditioning therapy for public masturbation KW - 11 yr. old girl KW - 1968 KW - Behavior Problems KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Paraphilias KW - Treatment KW - 1968 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-7610.1968.tb02208.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-05502-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-05400-001 AN - 1969-05400-001 AU - Cutter, Fred AU - Jorgensen, Mary AU - Farberow, Norman L. T1 - Replicability of Rorschach signs with known degrees of suicidal intent. JF - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment Y1 - 1968/// VL - 32 IS - 5 SP - 428 EP - 434 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum N1 - Accession Number: 1969-05400-001. PMID: 5684428 Other Journal Title: Journal of Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cutter, Fred; Veterans Administration Center, Central Research Unit, Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19690401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychodiagnosis; Rorschach Test; Statistical Correlation; Suicide. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Examines the hypotheses that Rorschach signs of suicide are more likely to be replicated if criteria of suicide are carefully specified and if attention is given to the time interval between Rorschach administration and the date of suicide. Each of 60 male Ss was given a suicidal intention score based on rating 3 aspects of his suicide act degree of planning, lethality of method, and provision for rescue. Biserial correlation coefficients between suicidal intention ratings and Rorschach signs approached statistical significance more often than with a simple dichotomy (attempt vs. nonattempt). Results of statistical tests with 2 subgroups based on the time interval between testing and suicide were inconclusive. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Rorschach signs of suicide & ratings of suicidal intention KW - correlation KW - 1968 KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Rorschach Test KW - Statistical Correlation KW - Suicide KW - 1968 DO - 10.1080/0091651X.1968.10120513 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-05400-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-05391-001 AN - 1969-05391-001 AU - Mayfield, Demmie G. T1 - Holtzman Inkblot Technique in acute experimental alcohol intoxication. JF - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment Y1 - 1968/// VL - 32 IS - 5 SP - 491 EP - 494 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum N1 - Accession Number: 1969-05391-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mayfield, Demmie G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Durham, N.C. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19690401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohols; Drugs; Personality Change; Projective Techniques. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Administered 15 Holtzman Inkblot Technique (HIT) cards to 12 male Ss before and after paired placebo and alcohol intravenous infusions in a Latin-square crossover design. Separate sets of cards were used for placebo and alcohol infusions with cards from the A form administered before and the counterpart cards from the B form after each infusion. A significant increase in score in color was noted with the low level of intoxication as compared with placebo infusion. There were no significant differences between placebo and alcohol infusion on other HIT variables. Collateral data from previous alcohol intoxication experiments and other HIT studies suggest that the increase in color may be related to change in affect which accompanies the intoxication. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Holtzman Inkblot Technique responses KW - placebo vs. alcohol-intoxicated Ss KW - 1968 KW - Alcohols KW - Drugs KW - Personality Change KW - Projective Techniques KW - 1968 DO - 10.1080/0091651X.1968.10120525 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-05391-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-05034-001 AN - 1969-05034-001 AU - Ray, Oakley S. AU - Barrett, Robert J. T1 - Disruptive effects of electroconvulsive shock as a function of current level and mode of delivery. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1969/01// VL - 67 IS - 1 SP - 110 EP - 116 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-05034-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ray, Oakley S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Pittsburgh, Pa. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Motivation; Avoidance Conditioning; Electroconvulsive Shock; Pain. Minor Descriptor: Mice. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Tested 1042 mice from 2 strains on a passive avoidance situation at several levels of foot shock. ECS at current levels from 5-80 ma. was applied within 10 sec. of foot shock by 1 of 4 procedures: (1) eyes cup-shaped electrodes were applied to each eye; (2) ears spring pressure clips were attached to the ears; (3) cross a spring clip was attached to the left ear and a cup electrode applied to the right eye; and (4) same a spring clip was attached to the right ear and a cup electrode applied to the right eye. The mode of delivery, the ECS current level, and the footshock intensity interacted to determine the amount of disruption exhibited when the animal was tested 24 hr. later. The amount of disruption was inversely related to the resistance of the path between the 2 electrodes. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ECS KW - disruptive effects KW - current level & mode of delivery KW - mouse KW - 1969 KW - Animal Motivation KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Electroconvulsive Shock KW - Pain KW - Mice KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0026660 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-05034-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-05018-001 AN - 1969-05018-001 AU - McIver, Anstiss H. AU - Jeffrey, Wendell E. AU - Stevenson, Michael AU - Nielson, Harold C. T1 - Infantile handling and body temperature change in the rat: III. Early temperature change and its implications for later responses. JF - Transactions of the New York Academy of Sciences JO - Transactions of the New York Academy of Sciences Y1 - 1968/// VL - 30 IS - 7 SP - 992 EP - 100 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-05018-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McIver, Anstiss H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19690401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Sex Differences; Early Experience; Temperature Effects. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - The effect of ambient temperature on rectal temperature (RT) in rat pups to 3-wk-old was unaffected by age or by repeated stimulation. Variability in temperature caused by variations in maternal activity were observed and need to be controlled. RT reduction modified ambulation in an open field situation, but sex differences were observed. It also modified blood glucose levels and patterns of brain amines. Additional variables which might affect these behaviors are considered. (25 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - early temperature change KW - open field behavior KW - sex differences KW - rat KW - 1968 KW - Animal Sex Differences KW - Early Experience KW - Temperature Effects KW - Rats KW - 1968 DO - 10.1111/j.2164-0947.1968.tb02546.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-05018-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-04908-001 AN - 1969-04908-001 AU - Mefferd, Roy B. Jr. T1 - Differential phenomenal effects of involuntary eye movements. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1968/// VL - 27 IS - 2 SP - 623 EP - 626 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-04908-001. PMID: 5701434 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mefferd, Roy B. Jr.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychiatric & Psychosomatic Research Lab., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19690401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Eye Movements; Perception; Psychophysiology; Visual Discrimination. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Fixation of a point on a flat stimulus of alternating white and black bars of different widths and indistinct boundaries yielded reports indicating complete compensation of the effects of the involuntary eye movements at the fixation point but visualization of (i.e., the noncompensation of) nystagmus and saccadic eye movements in the periphery. This effect was greater with binocular than monocular regard, indicating imperfect synchronization of the eyes. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - eye movements/involuntary KW - fixation & visualization effects KW - 1968 KW - Eye Movements KW - Perception KW - Psychophysiology KW - Visual Discrimination KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pms.1968.27.2.623 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-04908-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-04719-001 AN - 1969-04719-001 AU - Fox, Richard P. AU - Kramer, M. AU - Baldrige, B. J. AU - Whitman, R. M. AU - Ornstein, P. H. T1 - The experiment variable in dream research. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1968/// VL - 29 IS - 10 SP - 698 EP - 701 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-04719-001. PMID: 4304813 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fox, Richard P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Cincinnati, O. Release Date: 19690401. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dreaming; Experimentation; Human Sex Differences. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Describes a study of the influence of the E-S relationship on the content of the experimental dream. EEGs and eye movements were monitored in 2 Ss (a male and a female), and, when tracings suggested a dream, Ss were awakened and questioned by a male psychiatrist or a female technician. Dream narratives were recorded and divided into 4 sets: anxiety, hostility, sexuality, and dependency. It appeared that there was a consistent theme in each of the 4 sets which was related to the S's response to a given E. Most of the demonstrable differences in dream content related to the E variable were idiosyncratic, but there were differences in the cast of characters which we found in dreams of both Ss. It was noted that characters of unstated sex appeared much more frequently when there was heterosexual E-S relationship. The importance of the E-S variable in dream content studies was emphasized. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dream/content of experimental KW - sex of E & S KW - 1968 KW - Dreaming KW - Experimentation KW - Human Sex Differences KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-04719-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-04701-001 AN - 1969-04701-001 AU - Scott, Thomas R. AU - Karras, Harry G. AU - Milligan, W. Lloyd T1 - Effect of prior seen motion on sequential size discrimination. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1968/// VL - 27 IS - 2 SP - 619 EP - 622 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-04701-001. PMID: 5701433 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Scott, Thomas R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Columbia, S.C. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19690401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Motion Perception; Practice; Size Discrimination; Visual Discrimination. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Attempted to discover whether prior viewing of a rotating spiral would influence size comparison of 2 circles presented successively immediately after the spiral. Under conditions which elicit an aftereffect of 2 mm/sec, it was concluded that there was no appreciable effect on size comparison. Findings suggest the operation of 2 independent processes, 1 for spatial location (size), and 1 for motion. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sequential size discrimination KW - effects of prior seen motion KW - 1968 KW - Motion Perception KW - Practice KW - Size Discrimination KW - Visual Discrimination KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pms.1968.27.2.619 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-04701-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-04696-001 AN - 1969-04696-001 AU - Mefferd, Roy B. Jr. T1 - Fluctuations in perceptual organization and orientation and perception of apparent movement. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1968/// VL - 27 IS - 2 SP - 368 EP - 370 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-04696-001. PMID: 5701400 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mefferd, Roy B. Jr.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychiatric & Psychosomatic Research Lab., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19690401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Gestalt Psychology; Orienting Reflex; Visual Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Reported 3 main percepts of a static flat stimulus, 1 veridical and 2 with apparent internal depth but which varied in the degree of perceptual organization. In one percept the entire stimulus formed a single perceptual unit which reversed perspective as a unit in a fashion similar to a Necker cube. This percept elicited no reports of apparent movement, but the other percept did. In the latter, the offset central section formed 1 perceptual unit that was blurred, and the sharp, distinct parts on either side of it formed another unit. The central unit underwent figure-ground reversals, while the adjacent slats of both elements changed orientation independently. The changes in apparent position accompanying the latter fluctuations were often perceived as being due to movement of the central section in the frontal plane. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perceptual organization & orientation & perception of apparent movement KW - 1968 KW - Gestalt Psychology KW - Orienting Reflex KW - Visual Perception KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pms.1968.27.2.368 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-04696-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-04687-001 AN - 1969-04687-001 AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Jones, Evelyn AU - Hoyle, Joseph AU - Zsambok, Caroline T1 - Effect of dynamic verbal and tonal stimuli on the perception of time. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1968/// VL - 27 IS - 2 SP - 431 EP - 437 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-04687-001. PMID: 5701406 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Butters, Nelson; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19690401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Perception; Semantic Differential; Time Estimation; Verbal Communication. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - In Exp. I English words rated as active, passive, savory, or tasteless on the semantic differential were employed as start words for the estimation of 10-sec intervals. Ss were 28 high school students. The passive verbal stimuli resulted in a significant temporal overestimation; none of the other stimuli gave significant effects. In Exp. II tonal stimuli rated as active, passive, or intermediate served as start stimuli and impinged upon 24 high school Ss during the 10-sec estimations. Again the passive stimulus resulted in a temporal overestimation while the active stimulus had no significant effects. Results are viewed as pertinent to organismic theories of perception. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - time estimation KW - effects of dynamic verbal & tonal stimuli KW - 1968 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Perception KW - Semantic Differential KW - Time Estimation KW - Verbal Communication KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pms.1968.27.2.431 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-04687-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-04622-001 AN - 1969-04622-001 AU - Crumbaugh, J. C. T1 - Variance declines as indicators of a stimulator-suppressor mechanism in ESP. JF - Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research JO - Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research JA - J Am Soc Psych Res Y1 - 1968/// VL - 62 IS - 4 SP - 356 EP - 365 CY - US PB - American Society for Psychical Research SN - 0003-1070 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-04622-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crumbaugh, J. C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Gulfport, Miss. Release Date: 19690401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interference (Learning); Methodology; Parapsychology; Theories. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Recent experiments have demonstrated a significant change in the variance of ESP runs with changing test conditions. This paper attempts to develop a theory of the mechanism underlying such an effect, postulating that a psi-hit process triggers a psi-miss protective mechanism as a result of strain on the organism produced by the psi hits. This is conceived in a learning theory paradigm in which Hull's inhibitory effects suggest a parallel to the psi process. An experiment to test the theory is outlined. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ESP performance variance & changing test conditions KW - mechanism KW - 1968 KW - Interference (Learning) KW - Methodology KW - Parapsychology KW - Theories KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-04622-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-04262-001 AN - 1969-04262-001 AU - Ralph, Donald E. T1 - Stimulus generalization among schizophrenics and normal subjects. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1968/12// VL - 73 IS - 6 SP - 605 EP - 609 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-04262-001. PMID: 5717366 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ralph, Donald E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northampton, Mass. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Generalization; Discrimination; Learning; Schizophrenia; Size Discrimination. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - Compared schizophrenic and normal groups on a stimulus generalization (SG) task and attempted to explore whether differences in SG among schizophrenics were related to the type of reinforcement applied during acquisition or to diagnostic subtype. 48 chronic poor premorbid schizophrenics and 48 normal controls reached criterion on a size discrimination task under either praise or censure conditions and then were administered an SG task. Schizophrenics showed significantly greater SG than normals, but no differences were found between the praised and censured groups or between paranoid and nonparanoid schizophrenics. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stimulus generalization differences KW - size discrimination task KW - schizophrenics vs. normal Ss KW - 1968 KW - Cognitive Generalization KW - Discrimination KW - Learning KW - Schizophrenia KW - Size Discrimination KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/h0026608 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-04262-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-04250-001 AN - 1969-04250-001 AU - Day, Merle E. T1 - Attention, anxiety and psychotherapy. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JA - Psychotherapy (Chic) Y1 - 1968/// VL - 5 IS - 3 SP - 146 EP - 149 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-04250-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Day, Merle E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19690301. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Eye Movements; Psychotherapy; Schizophrenia; Treatment. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1968. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - Reviews the discovery of the lateral eye movement phenomenon of shifting attention in humans as it relates 'to perceptual-motor behavior and to language, thinking and personality . . . .' Repeated observation of the direction of the 'quick lateral eye movement in which a person appears to momentarily break eye fixation while thinking or in preparation for answering . . .' classifies the individual as a 'right' or 'left mover.' It has been shown that the 'extent and velocity of eye movement is related to level of anxiety.' The 2 basic types of functional anxiety related to right and left movers are described. 'The 'left mover' describes anxiety as being a tensional-jittery state with definite internal locus'. . . . The 'right mover' describes anxiety as having a sinking, immobilizing, panicky . . . quality with definite external locus.' Schizophrenics, whose attention is directed towards the self, can be taught to shift their attention to others socially and thus reduce anxiety. The therapeutic procedure and the therapist's role in it are described. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - eye movement & anxiety KW - therapeutic value KW - schizophrenia KW - 1968 KW - Anxiety KW - Eye Movements KW - Psychotherapy KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/h0088678 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-04250-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-04247-001 AN - 1969-04247-001 AU - Zlotowski, M. AU - Cohen, D. T1 - Effects of environmental change upon behavior of hospitalized schizophrenic patients. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 24 IS - 4 SP - 470 EP - 475 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-04247-001. PMID: 5685254 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zlotowski, M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coatesville, Penn. Release Date: 19690301. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Behavior; Environment; Psychiatric Hospitals; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Investigated 'the effects of age, length of hospitalization, and levels of behavior pathology on behavior subsequent to the introduction of different degrees of change, in the patients' immediate hospital environment.' 640 schizophrenic patients were evaluated before and after either minimal, moderate, or maximum change took place in hospital assignment. Moderate and maximum environmental change did have an effect on the poorer and better adjusted patients with a significant decrease and significant increase, respectively, in behavior pathology. 'The results suggest that the patients' perception of the treatment environment is an important factor in regression and change.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hospital behavior KW - environmental change age & hospitalization length & behavior pathology KW - schizophrenics KW - 1968 KW - Age Differences KW - Behavior KW - Environment KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1968 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196810)24:4<470::AID-JCLP2270240429>3.0.CO;2-W UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-04247-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-04229-001 AN - 1969-04229-001 AU - Dewolfe, A. S. T1 - Self-reports and case histories of schizophrenic patients: Reliability and validity of Phillips scale ratings. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 24 IS - 4 SP - 415 EP - 418 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-04229-001. Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dewolfe, A. S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Release Date: 19690301. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Case Report; Schizophrenia; Statistical Reliability; Statistical Validity. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Social-heterosexual adjustment of 30 males and 30 females officially diagnosed as schizophrenic were rated using the Phillips scale. Ratings, made by 6 judges of varying experience, came from case history information and the General Information Questionnaire (GIQ). The interjudge reliabilities were .90 or higher. High agreement of case history and self-report classifications between judges was found when Ss were classified as either process or reactive schizophrenics. 'The findings indicated that Phillips scale ratings based on the self-reports of schizophrenic patients using the GIQ were equivalent to rating based on selected complete case histories.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social-heterosexual adjustment/rating of Phillips scale based on self-reports & case histories KW - schizophrenics KW - 1968 KW - Adjustment KW - Case Report KW - Schizophrenia KW - Statistical Reliability KW - Statistical Validity KW - 1968 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196810)24:4<415::AID-JCLP2270240405>3.0.CO;2-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-04229-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-04212-001 AN - 1969-04212-001 AU - Mendels, J. AU - Hawkins, D. R. T1 - Sleep and depression: Further considerations. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1968/// VL - 19 IS - 4 SP - 445 EP - 452 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-04212-001. PMID: 5672802 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mendels, J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Affective Diseases Research Unit, Philadelphia, Pa. Release Date: 19690301. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depression (Emotion); Pattern Discrimination; Psychiatric Patients; Psychopathology; Sleep. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Compared the sleep pattern of 21 depressed patients with that of a control group. The influence of age, severity of the illness, and the presence of psychotic features was determined, and the specificity of the findings for depression is discussed. Consideration is given to the possible implications of the findings for further understanding of the pathophysiology and biochemistry of depression. (33 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sleep patterns KW - depressed patients KW - 1968 KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Pattern Discrimination KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychopathology KW - Sleep KW - 1968 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1968.01740100061009 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-04212-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-04172-001 AN - 1969-04172-001 AU - Golburgh, Stephen J. T1 - An eclectic approach with hypnosis in the therapy of a drug addict. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JA - Psychotherapy (Chic) Y1 - 1968/// VL - 5 IS - 3 SP - 189 EP - 192 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-04172-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Golburgh, Stephen J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19690301. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Case Report; Drug Addiction; Hypnosis; Psychotherapy. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1968. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - A young male drug user from a family where a 'quiet, unrecognized cold war . . . had persisted for years' was helped by hypnosis and psychotherapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hypnosis & psychotherapy KW - case report KW - 21 yr. old drug addict KW - 1968 KW - Case Report KW - Drug Addiction KW - Hypnosis KW - Psychotherapy KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/h0088685 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-04172-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-04169-001 AN - 1969-04169-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Thomas, Richard W. AU - Anderson, Dennis AU - Felling, James T1 - Differentiation of organics from schizophrenics at two chronicity levels by use of the Reitan-Halstead Organic Test Battery. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1968/12// VL - 32 IS - 6 SP - 679 EP - 684 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-04169-001. PMID: 5745758 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19690101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Nervous System Disorders; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia; Testing. Minor Descriptor: Test Battery. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - Attempted to determine whether the Reitan-Halstead Organic Test Battery separates neuropsychiatric hospital organics from schizophrenics. It was administered to 25 schizophrenics and 25 cerebral-lesion organics at each of 2 chronicity levels. Only 1 of the 24 diagnosis/diagnosis chronicity effects used to evaluate the data was significant at the .05 level, indicating that actuarial application of Reitan-Halstead scores is of no practical value in the separation of the 2 groups. To determine whether expert clinicians might improve upon the actuarial results, protocols of 24 schizophrenics and 24 organics were sent to 8 Reitan-Halstead experts who were instructed to separate them into brain-damaged and schizophrenic diagnostic groups. The mean number of correct classifications, 25.5 out of 48 suggested that clinical judgment added nothing to actuarial prediction in this case. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Reitan-Halstead Organic Test Battery KW - discrimination of neuropsychiatric vs. schizophrenic patients KW - 1968 KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Testing KW - Test Battery KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/h0026602 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-04169-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-04168-001 AN - 1969-04168-001 AU - Watson, C. G. T1 - The separation of NP hospital organics from schizophrenics with three visual motor screening tests. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 24 IS - 4 SP - 412 EP - 414 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-04168-001. Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, C. G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Release Date: 19690301. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Disorders; Intelligence Measures; Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - The Bender-Gestalt, Graham-Kendall Memory-For-Design (MFD), and the Benton Visual Retention (BVRT) tests were administered to 30 schizophrenics and 30 patients diagnosed as chronic brain syndrome to see if the tests discriminated members of these 2 groups in a psychiatric setting. The Bender-Gestalt and the MFD findings were unimpressive as they failed to separate the 2 groups. The BVRT results were mildly encouraging although the significant differences were not sufficiently discriminatory to recommend more than a cautious application in psychiatric settings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chronic brain syndrome & schizophrenic patients/discrimination between KW - Bender-Gestalt & Benton Visual Retention & Graham-Kendall Memory-For-Design tests KW - 1968 KW - Brain Disorders KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1968 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196810)24:4<412::AID-JCLP2270240404>3.0.CO;2-C UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-04168-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-04167-001 AN - 1969-04167-001 AU - Watson, C. G. T1 - Prediction of length of hospital stay from MMPI scales. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 24 IS - 4 SP - 444 EP - 447 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-04167-001. Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, C. G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Release Date: 19690301. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Marriage; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - MMPI results from 22 scales for 420 hospitalized patients were used in the prediction of length of psychiatric hospitalization for single and married schizophrenics and nonpsychiatric samples. Using zero-order r's and multiple regression analyses only a chance number of r's appeared and 3 multiple regression formulae developed appeared to be of little practical use. A 4th regression formula in which combination data were used did show some signs of utility. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hospitalization/prediction of length of KW - MMPI scales KW - single & married schizophrenics & nonpsychiatric patients KW - 1968 KW - Marriage KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1968 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196810)24:4<444::AID-JCLP2270240418>3.0.CO;2-R UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-04167-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-04012-001 AN - 1969-04012-001 AU - Kish, George B. AU - Busse, William T1 - Correlates of stimulus-seeking: Age, education, intelligence, and aptitudes. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1968/12// VL - 32 IS - 6 SP - 633 EP - 637 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-04012-001. PMID: 5745751 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kish, George B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Fort Meade, S.D. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ability; Age Differences; Alcoholism; College Students; Stimulation. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - Reports 3 studies relating individual differences in the Sensation-Seeking scale (SSS) score to various measures. Using hospitalized alcoholics, hospital employees, and college students as Ss, the following relationships were found: (1) sensation-seeking was positively related to educational attainment, intelligence level, and perceptual, spatial, and numerical aptitudes, and was negatively related to age; and (2) no relationship was found between the SSS score and rural-urban factors. Results support the validity of the SSS and have implications concerning the nature of stimulus-seeking motivation and its role in human behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stimulus seeking & age & education & intelligence & aptitude KW - hospitalized alcoholics vs. employees vs. college students KW - 1968 KW - Ability KW - Age Differences KW - Alcoholism KW - College Students KW - Stimulation KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/h0026581 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-04012-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-03524-001 AN - 1969-03524-001 AU - Hall, Marie M. AU - Hall, George C. AU - Lavoie, Paul T1 - Ideation in patients with unilateral or bilateral midline brain lesions. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1968/12// VL - 73 IS - 6 SP - 526 EP - 531 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-03524-001. PMID: 5717353 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hall, Marie M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Patients; Perceptual Localization; Thinking. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - Hypothesized that persons with left vs. right unilateral brain lesions differ in complicated ideational processes in 50 Ss with well localized lesions. On a multiple-discriminant analysis, 7 selected Rorschach variables differentiated the left, right, and midline-bilateral groups at the .0001 level. Interpretation of Discriminant I, ideation, yields a modus operandi of left-hemisphere Ss which is limited and constricted; of right-hemisphere Ss which is expansive and uncritically innovative. Discriminant II, uniqueness of pathology, indicates that left and right groups differ significantly and are significantly divergent, with the midline group undistinguished on this dimension. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ideation in right vs. left unilateral brain lesioned patients KW - 1968 KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Patients KW - Perceptual Localization KW - Thinking KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/h0026515 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-03524-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-03347-001 AN - 1969-03347-001 AU - Tryk, H. E. T1 - Subjective scaling and word frequency. JF - The American Journal of Psychology JO - The American Journal of Psychology JA - Am J Psychol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 81 IS - 2 SP - 170 EP - 177 CY - US PB - Univ of Illinois Press SN - 0002-9556 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-03347-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tryk, H. E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19690301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Estimation; Measurement; Scaling (Testing); Verbal Communication; Words (Phonetic Units). Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - 'A measure of word frequency was derived from subjective magnitude-estimations of word frequency rather than from the standard word counts published by Thorndike and Lorge. A 100-word frequency-estimation scale was constructed and administered to 50 university students under 2 sets of instructions; to estimate how often the average person, and how often the S himself, has used each of the words . . . . Correlations between subjective frequency estimations and Thorndike-Lorge counted frequencies were moderately high in the .70's indicating that both methods measure substantially the same underlying dimensions, but that each contribute some unique information . . . . It was concluded that the evidence supports the use of the proposed method of measuring word frequency especially when there is reason to believe that the sample of words to be scaled is not adequately represented by the word counts.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - subjective magnitude-estimations of word frequency KW - 1968 KW - Estimation KW - Measurement KW - Scaling (Testing) KW - Verbal Communication KW - Words (Phonetic Units) KW - 1968 DO - 10.2307/1421261 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-03347-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-03299-001 AN - 1969-03299-001 AU - Mefferd, Roy B. Jr. T1 - Technique for minimizing the instrumental factor. JF - Multivariate Behavioral Research JO - Multivariate Behavioral Research JA - Multivariate Behav Res Y1 - 1968/// VL - 3 IS - 3 SP - 339 EP - 354 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0027-3171 SN - 1532-7906 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-03299-001. PMID: 26771287 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mefferd, Roy B. Jr.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychiatric & Psychosomatic Research Lab., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19690301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Item Analysis (Test); Mathematics (Concepts); Measurement; Statistical Analysis; Testing. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Describes a technique for using orthogonal factor scores to compare the item scores from 2 or more media to minimize the instrumental factor problem. It is compared with the hypothesis matrix technique using the item scores of a behavior rating scale and a structured psychiatric interview scale. The direct factor score method was more effective because it yielded larger loadings and, therefore, resulted in the extraction of more and better delineated factors. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - item scores & instrumental factor problem KW - hypothesis matrix vs. direct factor score method KW - 1968 KW - Item Analysis (Test) KW - Mathematics (Concepts) KW - Measurement KW - Statistical Analysis KW - Testing KW - 1968 DO - 10.1207/s15327906mbr0303_4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-03299-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-03263-001 AN - 1969-03263-001 AU - McReynolds, Paul T1 - The motivational psychology of Jeremy Bentham: 11. Efforts toward quantification and classification. JF - Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences JO - Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences JA - J Hist Behav Sci Y1 - 1968/// VL - 4 IS - 4 SP - 349 EP - 364 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0022-5061 SN - 1520-6696 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-03263-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McReynolds, Paul; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19690301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classification (Cognitive Process); History of Psychology; Motivation; Psychodiagnostic Typologies; Theories. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - A continuation of an examination of the nature and historical significance of Bentham's theory of motivation (see P. McReynolds, 43 :2). A leading pioneer in early motivational psychology, Bentham's main contributions were (1) his early insistence on a naturalistic and scientific interpretation of human motives, (2) his espousal of quantitative analysis, and (3) the development of an integrated and internally consistent theory of motivation. His influence upon the course of psychology was primarily indirect. His espousal of hedonism paved the way for Freud, Troland, and the modern affective theorists. His quantitative approach may be viewed as a prototype of the contemporary study of decision making and preference behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Bentham's theory of motivation KW - quantification & classification KW - 1968 KW - Classification (Cognitive Process) KW - History of Psychology KW - Motivation KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - Theories KW - 1968 DO - 10.1002/1520-6696(196810)4:4<349::AID-JHBS2300040405>3.0.CO;2-H UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-03263-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-03253-001 AN - 1969-03253-001 AU - Efron, Robert T1 - The conditioned reflex: A meaningless concept. JF - Perspectives in Biology and Medicine JO - Perspectives in Biology and Medicine JA - Perspect Biol Med Y1 - 1966/// VL - 9 IS - 4 SP - 488 EP - 514 CY - US PB - The University of Chicago Press SN - 0031-5982 SN - 1529-8795 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-03253-001. PMID: 5953918 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Efron, Robert; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19690301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Concepts; History of Psychology; Meaningfulness; Philosophies; Sciences. Classification: Psychology & the Humanities (2600). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 27. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - Attempts to demonstrate that (1) the various debates about conditioning are not semantic questions 'but represent profound epistemiological chaos . . .' (2) the 'chaos originated as a consequence of the philosophical suppositions of mechanistic materialism . . . -requiring the exclusion from science of= the concepts of consciousness, volition, and the causal efficacy of mental processes'; (3) this has led 'to a progressive degradation of the concept of the 'reflex' '; (4) further degradation occurred with the introduction of the concept of 'conditioned reflex,' a term without scientific value; and (5) 'the conceptual errors latent in the mechanistic Cartesian view of animal behavior . . . have had significance only to the degree to which they have retarded its conceptual development.' (30 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - conditioned reflex/concept of KW - scientific & philosophic meaning KW - 1966 KW - Concepts KW - History of Psychology KW - Meaningfulness KW - Philosophies KW - Sciences KW - 1966 DO - 10.1353/pbm.1966.0042 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-03253-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-02868-001 AN - 1969-02868-001 AU - Hussar, A. E. T1 - Peptic ulcer in long-term institutionalized schizophrenic patients. JF - Psychosomatic Medicine JO - Psychosomatic Medicine Y1 - 1968/// VL - 3 IS - 4 SP - 74 EP - 377 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0033-3174 SN - 1534-7796 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-02868-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hussar, A. E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Release Date: 19690201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disorders; Psychiatric Hospitals; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 304. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - The autopsy protocols of 1275 white male patients who had spent an average of 24 yr. in psychiatric hospitals with the diagnosis of schizophrenia and who died at the age of 40 or over, were examined because of the controversial opinions concerning the incidence of peptic ulcer in schizophrenic patients. The incidence of healed and active ulcers detected was 6%. This figure closely resembles that of the general population groups. (23 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenic patients/long term institutionalized KW - peptic ulcer incidence s218445 KW - 1968 KW - Disorders KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-02868-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-02792-001 AN - 1969-02792-001 AU - Johnston, Roy AU - Planansky, Karel T1 - Schizophrenia in men: The impact on their wives. JF - Psychiatric Quarterly JO - Psychiatric Quarterly JA - Psychiatr Q Y1 - 1968/// VL - 42 IS - 1 SP - 146 EP - 155 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-2720 SN - 1573-6709 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-02792-001. PMID: 5648891 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Johnston, Roy; Veterans Administration Hosp., Canandaigua, N.Y. Release Date: 19690201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Marital Relations; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Most wives of schizophrenics will separate from and eventually divorce their husbands. Such wives 'appear to be resolving reality conflicts rather than intrapsychic conflicts, and their actions seem most plausibly understood as rational attempts to bring stability and order into their lives.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenia KW - impact on wives KW - 1968 KW - Marital Relations KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1968 DO - 10.1007/BF01563960 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-02792-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-02776-001 AN - 1969-02776-001 AU - Cowen, Murray A. AU - Cassell, Wilfred. T1 - Some aspects of the baseline transcephalic D.C. potential in psychiatric patients. JF - Journal of Psychiatric Research JO - Journal of Psychiatric Research JA - J Psychiatr Res Y1 - 1968/// VL - 6 IS - 1 SP - 13 EP - 20 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0022-3956 SN - 1879-1379 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-02776-001. PMID: 5672653 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cowen, Murray A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Release Date: 19690201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electrical Activity; Geriatrics; Physiology; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - A normal control group of 43 Ss, a hospitalized group of 53 unmedicated schizophrenics, 6 lobotomized, 15 senile, and 12 nonschizophrenic, nonsenile patients were tested in a blind and randomized manner with respect to their diagnoses. The unmedicated schizophrenics showed a greater negative initial base-line potential (IP) than the lobotomized Ss; and both showed significantly greater IPs than the normals. Catatonic Ss were nore negative than the hebephrenics, who, in turn were more negative than the chronic paranoids and simple schizophrenics. Schizophrenics showed a reversed or grossly out of phase circadian rhythm in their IP voltage as compared with nonschizophrenics. It is proposed that further studies on the physiological basis of the transcephalic DC potential may shed some light on the processes underlying schizophrenia and senility. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - transcephalic DC potential KW - unmedicated & lobotomized schizophrenics & senile patients KW - 1968 KW - Electrical Activity KW - Geriatrics KW - Physiology KW - Schizophrenia KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1968 DO - 10.1016/0022-3956(68)90042-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-02776-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-02756-001 AN - 1969-02756-001 AU - Bonny, Helen L. T1 - Preferred loudness of recorded music of hospitalized psychiatric patients and hospital employees. JF - Journal of Music Therapy JO - Journal of Music Therapy JA - J Music Ther Y1 - 1968/// VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 44 EP - 52 CY - US PB - American Music Therapy Assn SN - 0022-2917 SN - 2053-7395 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-02756-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bonny, Helen L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19690201. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Stimulation; Mental Health Personnel; Music; Preferences; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Literature on music therapy techniques does not mention the problems of variability in loudness presentation in administering music in hospital settings. The psychiatric patient's reception of stimuli is generally as acute as that of the normal person, but his ability to respond to the stimuli is impaired. A pilot study was carried out to determine if an S's reaction to the loudness of music can be adequately measured in a group setting. The patient group was found to prefer music played at a significantly softer level than the employee group. Implications for further research are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - music loudness preferences KW - psychiatric patients vs. hospital employees KW - 1968 KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Music KW - Preferences KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1968 DO - 10.1093/jmt/5.2.44 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-02756-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-02662-001 AN - 1969-02662-001 AU - Rubenstein, Leonard AU - Cameron, D. Ewen T1 - Electronic analysis of nonverbal communication. JF - Comprehensive Psychiatry JO - Comprehensive Psychiatry JA - Compr Psychiatry Y1 - 1968/// VL - 9 IS - 3 SP - 200 EP - 208 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0010-440X SN - 1532-8384 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-02662-001. PMID: 5653733 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rubenstein, Leonard; Veterans Administration Hosp., Albany, N.Y. Release Date: 19690201. Correction Date: 20160407. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Analysis; Apparatus; Communication; Psychiatric Patients; Psychotherapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Results are based on tape recordings made of 14 20-40 yr. old female patients in active psychotherapy. The sonogram can pick up vocal changes which the human listener recognizes as evidence of nonverbal communication. The sonogram may pick up information which the human listener does not. The sonogram records changes in frequency, amplitude, and duration as indices of vocal nonverbal communication. Changes in frequency are used predominantly to convey nonverbal communication. The testing procedures reveal which index or combination of indices an individual is likely to employ for nonverbal communication. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nonverbal communication analysis KW - sonogram KW - patients in psychotherapy KW - 1968 KW - Analysis KW - Apparatus KW - Communication KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychotherapy KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-02662-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-02650-001 AN - 1969-02650-001 AU - Stevens, Leonard AU - Umscheid, Theophane T1 - Psychiatric nursing as a first course for students. JF - The American Journal of Nursing JO - The American Journal of Nursing JA - Am J Nurs Y1 - 1968/// VL - 68 IS - 8 SP - 1720 EP - 1724 CY - United Kingdom PB - AB Academic Publishers SN - 0002-936X SN - 1538-7488 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-02650-001. PMID: 5186318 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stevens, Leonard; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Release Date: 19690201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Graduate Psychology Education; Nurses; Psychiatry. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - The faculty of Marymount College believed that students who have had 2 yr. of college, with instruction in the behavioral sciences, were capable of beginning the clinical portion of their 4-yr program with psychiatric nursing, and that, in fact, the placement of psychiatric nursing 1st might even be preferable. They worked with the nursing staff of the Topeka Veterans Hospital to plan such an experience and then the results were evaluated. It was felt that this procedure resulted in depth of self-understanding and in more effective and meaningful nursing care throughout the basic program. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nurses/training of KW - psychiatric nursing as 1st course KW - 1968 KW - Graduate Psychology Education KW - Nurses KW - Psychiatry KW - 1968 DO - 10.2307/3420984 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-02650-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-02339-001 AN - 1969-02339-001 AU - Wilson, Arthur S. AU - Bernstein, Lewis AU - Turrell, Euene S. T1 - Alcohol selection in rats with different feeding experiences. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 29 IS - 3-A SP - 556 EP - 570 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-02339-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wilson, Arthur S.; Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. Release Date: 19690201. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohols; Food Intake; Motivation. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - 5 groups of 10 male rats each were raised on various feeding schedules. At the age of 100 days all Ss returned to ad libitum schedules and had their choice between water and a 5% alcohol solution. A high correlation between the amount of time spent in eating and the amount of alcohol consumed was found. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcohol selection & feeding schedule KW - rat KW - 1968 KW - Alcohols KW - Food Intake KW - Motivation KW - Rats KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-02339-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-02080-001 AN - 1969-02080-001 AU - Adey, W. R. AU - Bors, E. AU - Porter, R. W. T1 - EEG sleep patterns after high cervical lesions in man. JF - Archives of Neurology JO - Archives of Neurology JA - Arch Neurol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 19 IS - 4 SP - 377 EP - 383 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-9942 SN - 1538-3687 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-02080-001. PMID: 5677187 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of Neurology; JAMA Neurology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Adey, W. R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Long Beach, Calif. Release Date: 19690201. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroencephalography; Lesions; Pattern Discrimination; Sleep. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - 14 Ss with upper cervical lesions showed marked increase in light sleep and reduced deep and REM sleep in contrast to Ss with thoracic lesions whose sleep patterns were similar to those of normal Ss. Age at onset of injury bore no relationship to sleep pattern change, though light sleep increased in the 1st 2 yr. following injury. Since the weightless state of space travel could be expected to reduce influxes from deep somatic structures and vestibular and vascular systems, studies such as this may have implications for space flights. (29 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EEG sleep patterns after high cervical lesions KW - 1968 KW - Electroencephalography KW - Lesions KW - Pattern Discrimination KW - Sleep KW - 1968 DO - 10.1001/archneur.1968.00480040043003 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-02080-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-01827-001 AN - 1969-01827-001 AU - Mefferd, Roy B. T1 - Perception of depth in rotating objects: IV. Fluctuating stereokinetic perceptual variants. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1968/// VL - 27 IS - 1 SP - 255 EP - 276 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-01827-001. PMID: 5685702 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mefferd, Roy B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychiatric & Psychosomatic Research Lab., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19690201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depth Perception; Vision. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 22. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - There are a variety of stereokinetic percepts that fluctuate suddenly and unpredictably. On 1st viewing their sequence is predictable (Phase 1), but later it becomes unpredictable (Phase 2). A given percept results from the interplay of 3 independent visual systems: (1) the near-far mechanism (perspective reversals), (2) the 1 object-multiple object mechanism (degree of perceptual organization), and (3) the anchor point mechanism (apparent location of the axis of rotation). It was hypothesized that these fluctuating phenomena result from the operation of a basic system for repetitively sampling and preprocessing information on orientation, perceptual organization, and location of the axis of rotation and that a steady-state apparent-depth mechanism stabilizes the systems. (31 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - depth perception of rotating object KW - sources of fluctuating stereokinetic perceptual variants KW - 1968 KW - Depth Perception KW - Vision KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pms.1968.27.1.255 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-01827-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-01672-001 AN - 1969-01672-001 AU - McReymonds, Paul T1 - The motivational psychology of Jeremy Bentham: I. Background and general approach. JF - Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences JO - Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences JA - J Hist Behav Sci Y1 - 1968/// VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 230 EP - 244 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0022-5061 SN - 1520-6696 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-01672-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McReymonds, Paul; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19690201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: History of Psychology; Motivation; Sciences. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Examines the content and historical significance of Bentham's conception of human motives. Bentham's contribution, representing an important chapter in the early history of motivational psychology, has been neglected until recently perhaps because of the lack of interest in psychological hedonism as a plausible basis for a theoretical approach to motivation. Bentham's system, while simple, includes several interesting precursors of contemporary motivation theory. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - motivational psychology of J. Bentham KW - 1968 KW - History of Psychology KW - Motivation KW - Sciences KW - 1968 DO - 10.1002/1520-6696(196807)4:3<230::AID-JHBS2300040303>3.0.CO;2-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-01672-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-01394-001 AN - 1969-01394-001 AU - Goldburgh, Stephen J. T1 - Hypnotherapy, chemotherapy, and expressive-directive therapy in the treatment of examination anxiety. JF - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JO - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JA - Am J Clin Hypn Y1 - 1968/// VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 42 EP - 44 CY - US PB - American Society of Clinical Hypnosis SN - 0002-9157 SN - 2160-0562 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-01394-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldburgh, Stephen J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19690101. Correction Date: 20120702. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: College Students; Drug Therapy; Hypnosis; Test Anxiety; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Chemotherapy. Classification: Educational Psychology (3500). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - 130 undergraduates received 1 of 4 treatment methods for examination anxiety: expressive-directive, hypnosis, meprobamate, and placebo. Student comments regarding benefit received were rated no effect, mild help, moderate help, or great help. Results suggest that hypnosis is more useful than meprobamate and the latter is more useful than expressive-directive treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - examination anxiety KW - hypnotherapy & chemotherapy & expressive-directive therapy KW - college students KW - 1968 KW - College Students KW - Drug Therapy KW - Hypnosis KW - Test Anxiety KW - Treatment KW - Chemotherapy KW - 1968 DO - 10.1080/00029157.1968.10402000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-01394-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-01301-001 AN - 1969-01301-001 AU - Wendkos, Martin H. AU - Wolff, Kurt T1 - Emotional correlates of angina pectoris. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1968/// VL - 16 IS - 8 SP - 845 EP - 858 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-01301-001. PMID: 5666932 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wendkos, Martin H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coatesville, Pa. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disorders; Emotions; Geriatrics; Heart; Personality Traits. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - An analysis of the personality traits of 13 patients with angina pectoris and 7 with rheumatic heart disease but no angina showed that, psychodynamically, there were significant differences between the 2. The features which characterized the anginal patients included compulsiveness, repressed hostility, unfulfilled oral needs, and a strong superego. In contrast, the nonanginal patients with rheumatic heart disease were passive, nonhostile persons whose oral needs seem to have been adequately fulfilled. Such factors should be carefully considered in designing a therapeutic program for the rehabilitation of patients with angina pectoris. (30 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - angina pectoris KW - emotional correlates KW - 1968 KW - Disorders KW - Emotions KW - Geriatrics KW - Heart KW - Personality Traits KW - 1968 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1968.tb02679.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-01301-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-01240-001 AN - 1969-01240-001 AU - Stevens, Douglas A. AU - Boydstun, James A. AU - Ackerman, Peggy T. AU - Dykman, Roscoe A. T1 - Reaction time, impulsivity, and autonomic lability in children with minimal brain dysfunction. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1968/// VL - 3 SP - 367 EP - 367 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1969-01240-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stevens, Douglas A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Southern Research Support Center, Little Rock, Ark. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Emotional Responses; Nervous System Disorders; Personality Traits; Reaction Time. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Issue Publication Date: 1968. KW - reaction time & impulsivity & autonomic lability KW - children with minimal brain dysfunction KW - 1968 KW - Brain Damage KW - Emotional Responses KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Personality Traits KW - Reaction Time KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-01240-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-01140-001 AN - 1969-01140-001 AU - Ellsworth, Robert B. AU - Foster, Leslie AU - Childers, Barry AU - Arthur, Gilbert AU - Kroeker, Duane T1 - Hospital and community adjustment as perceived by psychiatric patients, their families, and staff. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1968/10// VL - 32 IS - 5, Pt.2 SP - 1 EP - 41 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-01140-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ellsworth, Robert B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Roseburg, Ore. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Communities; Psychiatric Hospitals; Rating; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 41. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - Behavioral adjustment of schizophrenics was rated by relatives, staff, and patients themselves, in the hospital and in the community (before, during, and after hospitalization). Reliability and validity of data sources and instruments are reported, with the reliability and validity of relatives' ratings appearing equal to those of staff. Data suggest that while hospitalization results in reduction of observed levels of psychopathology, instrumental or role performance shows less change. Congruence in adjustment ratings by staff and relatives across different settings suggests that behaviors are mainly situationally related phenomena. An economical system is proposed to assess relevant patient improvement and treatment program effectiveness. (77 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hospital & community adjustment KW - rating reliability & validity of hospital staff & patient & family schizophrenics KW - 1968 KW - Adjustment KW - Communities KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Rating KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/h0026410 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-01140-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-01130-001 AN - 1969-01130-001 AU - Wilkins, Lee G. AU - Field, Peter B. T1 - Helpless under attack: Hypnotic abreaction in hysterical loss of vision. JF - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JO - American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis JA - Am J Clin Hypn Y1 - 1968/// VL - 10 IS - 4 SP - 271 EP - 275 CY - US PB - American Society of Clinical Hypnosis SN - 0002-9157 SN - 2160-0562 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-01130-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wilkins, Lee G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brooklyn, N.Y. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19690101. Correction Date: 20120702. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blind; Cognitive Processes; Defense Mechanisms; Hypnosis; Neurosis. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - 2 patients with hysterical loss of vision abreacted emotions of helpless dependency under hypnotic age regression. Hysterical blindness was interpreted not only as a guilt-motivated self-castration, but also as a symbolic exhibition of dependent helplessness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hypnotic abreaction & hysterical blindness KW - 1968 KW - Blind KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Defense Mechanisms KW - Hypnosis KW - Neurosis KW - 1968 DO - 10.1080/00029157.1968.10401985 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-01130-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-01127-001 AN - 1969-01127-001 AU - Mayfield, Demmie G. AU - Coleman, Linda L. T1 - Alcohol use and affective disorder. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1968/// VL - 29 IS - 7 SP - 467 EP - 474 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-01127-001. PMID: 5676129 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mayfield, Demmie G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Durham, N.C. Release Date: 19690101. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Alcohols; Depression (Emotion). Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Studied the relationship between mood and drinking pattern by means of current clinical evaluation and examination of clinical records in 2 groups of patients. The change in drinking pattern with the 3 well-defined mood states was examined in 59 Ss who manifested cyclic affective disorder. The relationship between drinking and depressive episodes was examined in 21 Ss having a history of excessive drinking in addition to well-defined depressive affective disorder. 2 Ss were studied by means of a controlled intravenous intoxication procedure. Excessive drinking was noted in 20% of the Ss with cyclic affective disorder. 1/2 of the Ss who drank had a change in drinking during an episode of affective disorder. Some relationship between excessive drinking and depressive episodes was noted in 1/3 of the depressive group. Drinking was positively and consistently related to elation and negatively and inconsistently related to depression. A paradoxical correlation was found between the affective change with experimental intoxication and the change in drinking with an episode of affective disorder. (20 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - depressive affective disorder KW - excessive alcohol drinking KW - 1968 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Alcohols KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-01127-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-01094-001 AN - 1969-01094-001 AU - Goldstein, Gerald AU - Neuringer, Charles AU - Reiff, Carolyn AU - Shelly, Carolyn H. T1 - Generalizability of field dependency in alcoholics. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1968/10// VL - 32 IS - 5, Pt.1 SP - 560 EP - 564 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-01094-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Gerald; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Dependency (Personality); Personality. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - Evaluated the generalizability of field dependency in alcoholics to other aspects of the personality. 30 alcoholics were given the Witkin Rod and Frame Test (RFT) and a variety of measures of psychological and social dependency. All tests were intercorrelated and factor analyzed. Only 2 of the 14 correlations between RFT performance and the dependency measures were statistically significant. However, RFT scores were positively related to intelligence. The factor analysis revealed that the RFT had only a negligible degree of commonality with the other measures. The hypothesis that perceptual-cognitive dependency-generalizes to other dimensions of the personality was questioned. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - field dependency generalization to other aspects of personality KW - alcoholics KW - 1968 KW - Alcoholism KW - Dependency (Personality) KW - Personality KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/h0026408 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-01094-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-01018-001 AN - 1969-01018-001 AU - Rehm, Lynn P. AU - Marston, Albert R. T1 - Reduction of social anxiety through modification of self-reinforcement: An instigation therapy technique. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1968/10// VL - 32 IS - 5, Pt.1 SP - 565 EP - 574 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-01018-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rehm, Lynn P.; Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Interpersonal Interaction; Personality; Reinforcement. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - Male college Ss who reported anxiety in social situations involving females were seen in 1 of 3 therapy conditions. The experimental therapy involved increasing Ss' rate and accuracy of positive self-reinforcement (SR) using a hierarchy of situations which Ss sought out between sessions. 1 control treatment used nonspecific therapy (NS) with nondirective techniques. The 2nd control, a no therapy group (NT), involved instructions to Ss to work on their own and report weekly. Pretesting and posttesting difference scores yielded greatest improvement for the SR group on (1) self-reports of anxiety and overt behavior, (2) verbal output in a test simulating social interaction, and (3) generalization to scores on the MA scale and Adjective Check List. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social anxiety reduction KW - positive self-reinforcement KW - college students KW - 1968 KW - Anxiety KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Personality KW - Reinforcement KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/h0026406 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-01018-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-00988-001 AN - 1969-00988-001 AU - Lipton, Simon M. AU - Fields, Francis R. AU - Scott, Robert A. T1 - Effects of group psychotherapy upon types of patient movement. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1968/// VL - 29 IS - 9 SP - 603 EP - 605 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-00988-001. PMID: 5717276 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lipton, Simon M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lebanon, Pa. Release Date: 19690101. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Studied 180 20-65 yr. old male psychiatric patients, 120 of whom were hospitalized on wards in which psychotherapy was not conducted, while the remaining Ss were hospitalized on a ward in which group psychotherapy was administered. 3 proposed hypotheses held that the group psychotherapy should increase positive patient turnover rate while decreasing overall admissions to locked wards and readmission rates. The hypothesis of decreased admissions to locked wards associated with group psychotherapy was confirmed while the hypotheses of increased positive turnover and readmission rates were not supported. Possible explanations for all of the results are considered. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group psychotherapy KW - hospitalized patient turnover & readmission rates KW - 1968 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Treatment KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-00988-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-00525-001 AN - 1969-00525-001 AU - Maller, Owen AU - Hamilton, C. L. T1 - Sucrose and caloric intake by normal and diabetic monkeys. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1968/10// VL - 66 IS - 2 SP - 444 EP - 449 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-00525-001. PMID: 4972574 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Maller, Owen; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coatesville, Pa. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biochemistry; Food Intake. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - 2-bottle 24-hr preference tests with monkeys were conducted with sucrose and sodium saccharine solutions. Both sapid solutions were accepted. Sucrose ingestion modified caloric intake but saccharine consumption did not. The response of 2 diabetic Ss to sucrose solutions was similar to that of 4 normal Ss. (23 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sucrose & caloric intake KW - normal vs. diabetic monkey KW - 1968 KW - Biochemistry KW - Food Intake KW - Monkeys KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/h0026341 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-00525-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-00442-001 AN - 1969-00442-001 AU - Gibbs, Frederic A. AU - Becka, Dorothy T1 - Reappraisal of the electroencephalogram in multiple sclerosis. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1968/// VL - 29 IS - 9 SP - 589 EP - 592 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-00442-001. PMID: 5717274 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gibbs, Frederic A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Hines, Ill. Release Date: 19690101. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Disorders; Diagnosis; Electroencephalography. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Presents an EEG study of 123 Ss with multiple sclerosis. All recordings were 'monopolar' and were taken during waking activity and sleep. Certain abnormalities were observed in some Ss: (1) asymmetry in 13%, (2) focal slowing in 20%, and (3) some type of spike discharge in 10%. No abnormality, in waking or sleeping, that is specific for multiple sclerosis or that correlates highly with demyelination was found. The finding of an abnormal EEG did not rule out multiple sclerosis, but the finding of a normal EEG in a case with severe neurological deficits supports a diagnosis of multiple sclerosis. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EEG diagnosis of multiple sclerosis KW - 1968 KW - Brain Disorders KW - Diagnosis KW - Electroencephalography KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-00442-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-00386-001 AN - 1969-00386-001 AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Rosvold, H. Enger T1 - Effect of septal lesions on resistance to extinction and delayed alternation in monkeys. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1968/10// VL - 66 IS - 2 SP - 389 EP - 395 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-00386-001. PMID: 4972573 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Butters, Nelson; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Extinction (Learning); Learning; Responses. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - After initial training to press a bar on a variable interval schedule, 40 rhesus monkeys received septal lesions in the ventral, the dorsal, or both sectors. The Ss with lesions in the ventral sector of the septum showed an increase in resistance to extinction of the bar-press response; extinction performance of Ss with lesions in the dorsal sector did not differ from unoperated controls. Large ventral lesions were followed by repetitive errors on a spatial delayed alternation task. These results indicate that the ventral sector of the septum is part of a neuroanatomical system including the orbital frontal cortex and is concerned with the regulation of dominant response tendencies. (15 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - septal lesion KW - resistance to extinction & delayed alternation KW - monkey KW - 1968 KW - Extinction (Learning) KW - Learning KW - Responses KW - Monkeys KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/h0026315 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-00386-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-00058-001 AN - 1969-00058-001 AU - Bauer, William T1 - A simplified brain model for learning neuroanatomy. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1968/// VL - 29 IS - 9 SP - 612 EP - 614 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-00058-001. PMID: 5717278 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bauer, William; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Release Date: 19690101. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Models; Neuroanatomy; Teaching. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Describes a simple brain model which should add significantly to the study methods presently available to the clinician and student interested in learning more about neuroanatomy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - brain model KW - neuroanatomy instruction KW - 1968 KW - Brain KW - Models KW - Neuroanatomy KW - Teaching KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-00058-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-19156-001 AN - 1968-19156-001 AU - GROSICKI, JEANNETTE P. T1 - Effect of operant conditioning on modification of incontinence in neuropsychiatric geriatric patients. JF - Nursing Research JO - Nursing Research JA - Nurs Res Y1 - 1968/// VL - 17 IS - 4 SP - 304 EP - 311 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0029-6562 SN - 1538-9847 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-19156-001. PMID: 5186324 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: GROSICKI, JEANNETTE P.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., LITTLE ROCK, ARK. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161010. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Excretion; Geriatrics; Nervous System Disorders; Operant Conditioning; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - A STUDY UNDERTAKEN AS A PILOT PROJECT TO EXPLORE THE POSSIBILITY OF MODIFYING INCONTINENT BEHAVIOR IN LONG-TERM NEUROPSYCHIATRIC GERIATRIC PATIENTS REGARDLESS OF ORGANIC DYSFUNCTIONS. OPERANT LEARNING THEORY SERVED AS THE THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK FOR NURSING INTERVENTION USING SOCIAL AND MATERIAL REINFORCEMENT FOR APPROPRIATE BEHAVIOR. 21 63-85 YR. OLD SS WERE ASSIGNED TO EXPERIMENTAL AND CONTROL GROUPS. ALL SS WERE FREQUENTLY INCONTINENT OF URINE AND/OR FECES AND WERE ABLE TO FOLLOW SIMPLE DIRECTIONS. THE 1ST 2 HYPOTHESES, WHICH WERE NOT CONFIRMED, STATED THAT INCONTINENCE IN NEUROPSYCHIATRIC GERIATRIC PATIENTS COULD BE SIGNIFICANTLY DECREASED BY THE INTRODUCTION OF SOCIAL AND/OR MATERIAL REINFORCEMENT AND THAT THE DECREASE WOULD BE GREATER IN EXPERIMENTAL SS. THE RESULTS SHOW A SIGNIFICANT DECREASE IN INCIDENCE OF INCONTINENCE IN CONTROLS DURING BOTH PERIODS OF TIME (P < .01) AND NO SIGNIFICANT DECREASE IN EXPERIMENTAL SS. THE 3RD HYPOTHESIS, WHICH WAS PARTIALLY CONFIRMED, STATED THAT BEHAVIORAL ADJUSTMENT WOULD IMPROVE SIGNIFICANTLY IN EXPERIMENTAL SS DURING THE INTRODUCTION OF SCHEDULES OF SOCIAL AND MATERIAL REINFORCEMENT AND THAT CHANGES WOULD BE GREATER DURING SCHEDULES OF MATERIAL REINFORCEMENT. SIGNIFICANT BEHAVIORAL CHANGES (P < .05) OCCURRED IN 3 OF 5 VARIABLES DURING SCHEDULES OF SOCIAL REINFORCEMENT IN EXPERIMENTAL SS. NO FURTHER CHANGES IN BEHAVIORAL ADJUSTMENT OCCURRED THROUGHOUT THE STUDY IN EITHER GROUP. (44 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - INCONTINENCE KW - EFFECT OF OPERANT CONDITIONING KW - NEUROPSYCHIATRIC GERIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1968 KW - Excretion KW - Geriatrics KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1968 DO - 10.1097/00006199-196807000-00003 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-19156-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-19148-001 AN - 1968-19148-001 AU - LOCKE, JOHN L. T1 - Oral perception and articulation learning. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1968/// VL - 26 IS - 3, PT. 2 SP - 1259 EP - 1264 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-19148-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: LOCKE, JOHN L.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION CENTER, MILWAUKEE WIS. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161010. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Learning; Speech Characteristics; Speech Development; Verbal Communication. Minor Descriptor: Disorders; Speech Perception. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - 10 CHILDREN WITH INACCURATE ORAL PERCEPTION WERE LESS ABLE TO LEARN NEW CONSONANT ARTICULATION THAN 10 SS WITH ACCURATE ORAL PERCEPTION. ORAL STEREOGNOSIS IS DISCUSSED AS A SUBSTRATE OF ARTICULATION SKILL, AND THE LINGUISTIC SIGNIFICANCE OF EXPERIMENTAL SOUND LEARNING IS CONSIDERED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ORAL PERCEPTION & ARTICULATION LEARNING KW - 1968 KW - Learning KW - Speech Characteristics KW - Speech Development KW - Verbal Communication KW - Disorders KW - Speech Perception KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pms.1968.26.3c.1259 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-19148-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-19122-001 AN - 1968-19122-001 AU - Logue, P. E. AU - Zenner, M. AU - Gohman, G. T1 - Video-tape role playing in the job interview. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology JA - J Couns Psychol Y1 - 1968/09// VL - 15 IS - 5, Pt.1 SP - 436 EP - 438 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-19122-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Logue, P. E.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., MIAMI, FLA. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161010. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Films; Occupational Guidance; Programmed Instruction; Psychiatric Patients; Role Playing. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Interview. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - 75 PATIENTS REFERRED TO VOCATIONAL COUNSELING IN A NEUROPSYCHIATRIC HOSPITAL WERE ASSIGNED TO 3 TREATMENT GROUPS: (1) A CONTROL GROUP, (2) A GROUP EXPOSED TO SPECIALLY DESIGNED PROGRAMED MATERIALS, AND (3) A GROUP GIVEN THE PROGRAMED MATERIALS AND PRACTICE JOB INTERVIEWS USING A VIDEO TAPE RECORDER FOR THE SHAPING OF BEHAVIOR. MEASUREMENTS WERE MADE ON THE ADEQUACY OF FILLING OUT APPLICATION BLANKS AND LATER JOB INTERVIEW. NO SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES WERE FOUND AMONG THE 3 GROUPS. AN EXPLANATION FOR APPARENT LACK OF EFFECT IS SUGGESTED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - VOCATIONAL COUNSELING KW - VIDEO-TAPE ROLE PLAYING VS. PROGRAMED MATERIALS KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1968 KW - Films KW - Occupational Guidance KW - Programmed Instruction KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Role Playing KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/h0026217 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-19122-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-19110-001 AN - 1968-19110-001 AU - GOSS, ALLEN M. T1 - Predicting work success for psychiatric patients with the Kuder Preference Record. JF - Educational and Psychological Measurement JO - Educational and Psychological Measurement JA - Educ Psychol Meas Y1 - 1968/// VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 571 EP - 576 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0013-1644 SN - 1552-3888 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-19110-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: GOSS, ALLEN M.; HOUSTON VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., TEX. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161010. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aptitude Measures; Prediction; Psychiatric Patients; Vocational Rehabilitation; Working Conditions. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - HYPOTHESIZED THAT (1) KUDER PREFERENCE RECORD (KPR) SCALES WOULD DIFFERENTIATE PATIENTS IN A VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION PROGRAM WHO GAINED EMPLOYMENT PRIOR TO DISCHARGE FROM THE PATIENTS WHO DID NOT, AND (2) THAT DIFFERENT DIAGNOSTIC GROUPS WOULD SHOW DIFFERENT PATTERNS ON THE KPR WHICH WOULD BE IMPORTANT IN MAKING PREDICTIONS TO THE EMPLOYMENT CRITERION. 67 MALE NEUROPSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS WERE GIVEN THE KPR PRIOR TO ADMISSION TO A VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION PROGRAM. IF THE S WAS DISCHARGED WITH SUITABLE EMPLOYMENT, HE WAS CONSIDERED A SUCCESS, AND IF DISCHARGED IN ANY OTHER CATEGORY, HE WAS A FAILURE. EACH SCALE OF THE KPR WAS ANALYZED WITH RESPECT TO THE SUCCESS-FAIL CRITERION FOR THE FOLLOWING POPULATION CATEGORIES: TOTAL POPULATION, ALCOHOLICS, ANXIETY-DEPRESSION, PHYSICALLY DISABLED, AND SCHIZOPHRENICS. 'THE MOST IMPORTANT FINDING WAS THE KPR SCORES USUALLY FOUND ELEVATED OR DEPRESSED IN PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS ARE MORE SPECIFICALLY RELATED TO DIAGNOSTIC CATEGORIES THAN TO A GENERAL 'PSYCHIATRIC' CATEGORY.' RESULTS INDICATE THAT DIFFERENT TYPES OF EMPLOYMENT ARE APPROPRIATE FOR DIFFERENT DIAGNOSTIC GROUPS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PREDICTION OF WORK SUCCESS KW - KUDER PREFERENCE RECORD KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1968 KW - Aptitude Measures KW - Prediction KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Vocational Rehabilitation KW - Working Conditions KW - 1968 DO - 10.1177/001316446802800247 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-19110-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-19040-001 AN - 1968-19040-001 AU - SIMON, WERNER AU - LUMRY, GAYLE K. T1 - Suicide among physician-patients. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1968/// VL - 147 IS - 2 SP - 105 EP - 112 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-19040-001. PMID: 4386438 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: SIMON, WERNER; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., MINNEAPOLIS, MINN. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161010. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Physicians; Suicide. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - THE INCREASING INCIDENCE OF SUICIDE AMONG PHYSICIANS IS NOTED WITH MOUNTING CONCERN. A SURVEY OF PATIENTS TREATED IN A PSYCHIATRIC INPATIENT SERVICE DURING THE PAST 20 YR. REVEALED THAT 36 PHYSICIANS HAD BEEN PATIENTS. FOLLOW-UP QUESTIONNAIRES YIELDED THE INFORMATION THAT 5 SUBSEQUENTLY COMMITTED SUICIDE. AN ATTEMPT WAS MADE TO ELUCIDATE FACTORS WHICH MIGHT HAVE BEEN USED TO PREDICT THE HIGH SUICIDE RISK AMONG THESE SS, IN CONTRAST TO 10 OTHER SS WHO REVEALED SUICIDAL PREOCCUPATION DURING THEIR HOSPITALIZATION. WHEN THE AVERAGE MMPI PROFILE IS CONSIDERED FOR THE 15 SUICIDAL SS, THE GROUP PROFILE IS IN MARKED CONTRAST TO THAT FOUND IN OTHER STUDIES OF SUICIDAL PREOCCUPATION. THE SS TENDED TO DENY PERSONAL DISTRESS OR PSYCHOLOGICAL DISCOMFORT. THEIR PROPENSITIES TOWARD SUICIDE MAY BE WELL HIDDEN AND MAKE THEM DIFFICULT TREATMENT PROSPECTS. NONE OF THE NEUROTIC PATIENTS OR SCHIZOPHRENICS COMMITTED SUICIDE. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PHYSICIAN-PATIENTS IN PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITAL KW - MMPI KW - 1968 KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Physicians KW - Suicide KW - 1968 DO - 10.1097/00005053-196808000-00002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-19040-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-19014-001 AN - 1968-19014-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Thomas, Richard W. AU - Felling, James T1 - Differentiation of organics from schizophrenics with Reitan's sensory-perceptual disturbances tests. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1968/// VL - 26 IS - 3, PT. 2 SP - 1191 EP - 1198 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-19014-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., ST. CLOUD, MINN. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161020. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Measurement; Nervous System Disorders; Perceptual Motor Processes; Schizophrenia; Testing. Minor Descriptor: Brain Damage. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - RESEARCH HAS INDICATED THAT MANY OF THE COMMON 'BRAIN-DAMAGE' TESTS DO NOT DISCRIMINATE ORGANIC FROM SCHIZOPHRENIC NEUROPSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. IN THE PRESENT PAPER THE ABILITIES OF REITAN'S 6 SENSORY-PERCEPTUAL TESTS TO SEPARATE THESE 2 GROUPS WERE TESTED. THE RESULTS FOR 5 OF THE TESTS-TACTILE FINGER RECOGNITION (FINGER AGNOSIA), FINGER-TIP WRITING, TACTILE FORM RECOGNITION, TACTILE SENSORY IMPERCEPTION, AND VISUAL SENSORY IMPERCEPTION-WERE UNENCOURAGING. THE ABSOLUTE RIGHT-LEFT DIFFERENCE SCORES FOR AUDITORY SENSORY IMPERCEPTION SHOWED SOME PROMISE AND TOTAL NUMBER OF AUDITORY DOUBLE STIMULATION ERRORS ALSO SEPARATED RECENTLY ADMITTED ORGANICS FROM RECENTLY ADMITTED SCHIZOPHRENICS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ORGANICS & SCHIZOPHRENICS/DIFFERENTIATION OF KW - REITAN'S SENSORY-PERCEPTUAL DISTURBANCES TESTS KW - 1968 KW - Measurement KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Perceptual Motor Processes KW - Schizophrenia KW - Testing KW - Brain Damage KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pms.1968.26.3c.1191 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-19014-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-19005-001 AN - 1968-19005-001 AU - KURLAND, HOWARD D. AU - HAMMER, MORTON T1 - Emotional evaluation of medical patients. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1968/// VL - 19 IS - 1 SP - 72 EP - 78 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-19005-001. PMID: 4385427 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: KURLAND, HOWARD D.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION RESEARCH HOSP., CHICAGO, ILL. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161010. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disorders; Medical Sciences; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Neurosis; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - DISCUSSES THE USE OF THE MMPI AS A DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE TO EVALUATE EMOTIONAL DISORDERS IN 97 SS WHO WERE ADMITTED TO A MEDICAL AND SURGICAL HOSPITAL. THE MMPI WAS ADMINISTERED SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH THE CLINICAL INVESTIGATION CENTER MEDICAL INVENTORY AND BOTH WERE FOUND TO BE EFFECTIVE IN IDENTIFYING AND QUANTIFYING NEUROTIC BEHAVIOR PATTERNS IN MEDICAL PATIENTS. MMPI TEST SCORES DID NOT DISTINGUISH SS WHO WERE UNREALISTICALLY OVERCONCERNED WITH THEIR PHYSICAL ILLNESS FROM THOSE WHO WERE INAPPROPRIATELY UNDERCONCERNED. RESULTS INDICATE THAT NEUROTIC PATIENTS DO BECOME PHYSICALLY ILL AND THAT THE STRESSES OF PHYSICAL ILLNESS AND PAIN ARE RELATED TO BEHAVIOR PATTERNS WHICH ARE TYPICALLY DESCRIBED AS NEUROTIC. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI KW - NEUROTIC BEHAVIOR IN MEDICAL PATIENTS KW - 1968 KW - Disorders KW - Medical Sciences KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Neurosis KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1968 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1968.01740070074011 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-19005-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-18984-001 AN - 1968-18984-001 AU - STAUFFACHER, JAMES C. AU - NAVRAN, LESLIE T1 - The prediction of subsequent professional activity of nursing students by the edwards personal preference schedule. JF - Nursing Research JO - Nursing Research JA - Nurs Res Y1 - 1968/// VL - 17 IS - 3 SP - 256 EP - 260 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0029-6562 SN - 1538-9847 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-18984-001. PMID: 5184906 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: STAUFFACHER, JAMES C.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., AMERICAN LAKE, WASH. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161010. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aesthetic Preferences; Food Preferences; Occupational Preference; Personality Measures; Preference Measures. Minor Descriptor: Nurses; Nursing; Personality; Students. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - COMPARED RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN PREFERRED SPECIALTIES OR AREAS OF PRACTICE AND PERSONALITY CHARACTERISTICS AS MEASURED BY THE EPPS BEFORE AND AFTER 5 YR. OF NURSING EXPERIENCE FOR 680 NURSING STUDENTS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PREDICTION OF PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITY KW - EPPS KW - NURSING STUDENTS KW - 1968 KW - Aesthetic Preferences KW - Food Preferences KW - Occupational Preference KW - Personality Measures KW - Preference Measures KW - Nurses KW - Nursing KW - Personality KW - Students KW - 1968 DO - 10.1097/00006199-196805000-00021 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-18984-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-18958-001 AN - 1968-18958-001 AU - GALBRECHT, CHARLES R. AU - KLETT, C. JAMES T1 - Predicting response to phenothiazines: The right drug for the right patient. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1968/// VL - 147 IS - 2 SP - 173 EP - 183 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-18958-001. PMID: 5677325 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: GALBRECHT, CHARLES R.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., PERRY POINT, MD. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161010. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chlorpromazine; Drug Therapy; Neuroleptic Drugs; Tranquilizing Drugs. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - 310 SCHIZOPHRENICS, NEWLY-ADMITTED OR READMITTED TO 20 HOSPITALS, SERVED AS SS IN A DOUBLE-BLIND STUDY WHICH ATTEMPTED TO AUGMENT THE EFFICIENCY OF PREDICTION OF TREATMENT WITH A CHOSEN DRUG. THE DRUGS USED WERE CHLORPROMAZINE, THIORIDAZINE, OR FLUPHENAZINE. THE RESULTS SHOWED 'A REGRETTABLE LACK OF SUCCESS IN ITS EFFORTS TO PREDICT THE RIGHT DRUG FOR THE RIGHT PATIENT.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - CHLORPROMAZINE VS. THIORIDAZINE VS. FLUPHENAZINE KW - PREDICTION OF RIGHT DRUG FOR INDIVIDUAL SCHIZOPHRENIC KW - 1968 KW - Chlorpromazine KW - Drug Therapy KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Tranquilizing Drugs KW - 1968 DO - 10.1097/00005053-196808000-00009 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-18958-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-18954-001 AN - 1968-18954-001 AU - WILSON, ALAN AU - SMITH, FREDERICK J. T1 - Counterconditioning therapy using free association: A pilot study. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1968/10// VL - 73 IS - 5 SP - 474 EP - 478 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-18954-001. PMID: 5722388 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: WILSON, ALAN; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION CENTER, WOOD, WIS. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161010. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Associative Processes; Drug Sensitivity; Sensitivity (Personality); Sensitivity Training; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Neurosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - DESCRIBES THE TREATMENT OF 2 SEVERELY NEUROTIC PATIENTS BY DESENSITIZATION USING FREE ASSOCIATION IN CONJUNCTION WITH MUSCLE RELAXATION. THIS THERAPY USED NO PREPLANNED FEAR HIERARCHIES; RATHER, THE SS SELECTED THEIR OWN MATERIAL AND THE RATE AT WHICH THEY DEALT WITH THAT MATERIAL IN EACH SESSION. PROCEDURES FOR TEACHING MORE EFFECTIVE INTERPERSONAL BEHAVIOR WERE USED WITH BOTH SS FOLLOWING COMPLETION OF COUNTERCONDITIONING. IN BOTH CASES, THE RATE OF IMPROVEMENT DURING COUNTERCONDITIONING WAS AT LEAST AS RAPID AS THAT REPORTED FOR COUNTERCONDITIONING USING HIERARCHIES OF SCENES. THE USE OF FREE ASSOCIATION OFFERS IMPORTANT ADVANTAGES WHERE AN S'S SOURCES OF ANXIETY ARE DIFFICULT TO ISOLATE AND SCALE FOR INTENSITY. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - DESENSITIZATION THERAPY WITH FREE ASSOCIATION KW - NEUROTICS KW - 1968 KW - Associative Processes KW - Drug Sensitivity KW - Sensitivity (Personality) KW - Sensitivity Training KW - Treatment KW - Neurosis KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/h0026203 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-18954-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-18917-001 AN - 1968-18917-001 AU - CRUMBAUGH, JAMES C. T1 - Frankl's logotherapy: A new approach in personal counseling. JF - Journal of Graphoanalysis JO - Journal of Graphoanalysis Y1 - 1968/09// SP - 5 EP - 7 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-18917-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: CRUMBAUGH, JAMES C.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., GULFPORT, MISS. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161010. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counseling; Depression (Emotion); Philosophies; Psychotherapy; Social Change. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1968. AB - LOGOTHERAPY-'A POINT OF VIEW CONCERNING MAN'S BASIC NATURE'-IS DISCUSSED AND SUGGESTED AS A METHOD TO BE EMPLOYED WHEN COUNSELING THOSE FOR WHOM 'A SENSE OF MEANING AND PURPOSE IN HUMAN LIFE' HAVE BEEN LOST. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - FRANKL'S LOGOTHERAPY KW - COUNSELING TECHNIQUE KW - DEPRESSION KW - 1968 KW - Counseling KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Philosophies KW - Psychotherapy KW - Social Change KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-18917-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-18849-001 AN - 1968-18849-001 AU - CALABRESI, RENATA AU - COHEN, JACOB T1 - Personality and time attitudes. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1968/10// VL - 73 IS - 5 SP - 431 EP - 439 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-18849-001. PMID: 5722381 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: CALABRESI, RENATA; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION MENTAL HYGIENE CLINIC, NEWARK, N.J. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161010. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitudes; Demographic Characteristics; Personality; Psychiatric Patients; Time. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - ADMINISTERED SETS OF PERSONALITY AND TIME-ATTITUDE ITEMS TO 100 HOSPITALIZED PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS, 100 PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS IN A MENTAL HYGIENE CLINIC AND 116 COLLEGE MALES AND 192 FEMALES. THE SETS WERE SEPARATELY FACTOR ANALYZED IN THE TOTAL SAMPLE, AND THE DATA FACTOR SCORED. SUBSTANTIAL RELATIONSHIPS WERE FOUND BETWEEN PERSONALITY AND TIME-ATTITUDE FACTOR SCORES WITHIN SAMPLES, AND MODERATE RELATIONSHIPS OF BOTH KINDS WITH DIAGNOSTIC AND DEMOGRAPHIC VARIABLES. RESULTS EMPIRICALLY SUPPORT THE CONJECTURE THAT ATTITUDES TOWARD TIME REFLECT BASIC FEATURES OF THE INDIVIDUAL PERSONALITY. (24 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PERSONALITY & TIME ATTITUDE KW - DIAGNOSTIC & DEMOGRAPHIC VARIABLES KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS & COLLEGE STUDENTS KW - 1968 KW - Attitudes KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - Personality KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Time KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/h0026196 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-18849-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-18834-001 AN - 1968-18834-001 AU - Gorham, Donald R. AU - Moseley, Edward C. AU - Holtzman, Wayne H. T1 - Norms for the computer-scored Holtzman Inkblot Technique. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1968/// VL - 26 IS - 3, PT. 2 SP - 1279 EP - 1305 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-18834-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gorham, Donald R.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., PERRY POINT, MD. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161020. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Measurement; Projective Personality Measures; Projective Techniques; Projective Testing Technique; Testing. Minor Descriptor: Computers; Holtzman Inkblot Technique; Scoring (Testing); Test Scores. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 27. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - VALIDATED A COMPUTER SCORING SYSTEM FOR SCORING 17 HOLTZMAN INKBLOT TECHNIQUE (HIT) VARIABLES: LOCATION, REJECTION, FORM DEFINITENESS, COLOR, SHADING, MOVEMENT, INTEGRATION, HUMAN, ANIMAL, ANATOMY, SEX, ABSTRACT, ANXIETY, HOSTILITY, BARRIER, PENETRATION, AND POPULAR. THE HIY WAS GROUP ADMINISTERED TO A BASIC SAMPLE OF 145 COLLEGE STUDENTS. AN EXPERT SCORER'S VALUES WERE THE CRITERIA FOR VALIDATING COMPUTER SCORES. VALIDITY OF COMPUTER SCORING WAS ATTESTED BY COMPARABILITY OF MEANS AND STANDARD DEVIATIONS, BY ACCEPTABLE CORRELATIONS BETWEEN THE 2 METHODS, AND BY IDENTICAL FACTOR STRUCTURE AMONG 8 ROTATED FACTORS. THE CORRELATION OF THE COMPUTER WITH THE MEAN OF 3 HAND SCORERS EQUALED OR APPROACHED THE INTERSCORER RELIABILITY OF THE SCORERS. THIS REPORT PRESENTS NORMS FOR OVER 5000 SS. NORMAL SS INCLUDE HIGH SCHOOL AND COLLEGE STUDENTS AND NAVY ENLISTEES. CLINICAL SS INCLUDE VETERANS ADMINISTRATION AND STATE HOSPITAL SCHIZOPHRENICS, DEPRESSIVES, PSYCHONEUROTICS, ALCOHOLICS, AND CHRONIC BRAIN SYNDROME PATIENTS. CULTURAL SAMPLES INCLUDE UNIVERSITY STUDENTS FROM ARGENTINA, AUSTRALIA, COLUMBIA, DENMARK, GERMANY, HONG KONG, HUNGARY, INDIA, JAPAN, LEBANON, MEXICO, NIGERIA, PANAMA, TURKEY, VKENEZUELA, AND YUGOSLAVIA. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - COMPUTER-SCORED HOLTZMAN INKBLOT TECHNIQUE KW - NORMS KW - 1968 KW - Measurement KW - Projective Personality Measures KW - Projective Techniques KW - Projective Testing Technique KW - Testing KW - Computers KW - Holtzman Inkblot Technique KW - Scoring (Testing) KW - Test Scores KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pms.1968.26.3c.1279 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-18834-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-18831-001 AN - 1968-18831-001 AU - Cutter, Fred AU - Farberow, Normal L. T1 - Serial administration of consensus Rorschachs to one patient. JF - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment Y1 - 1968/// VL - 32 IS - 4 SP - 358 EP - 374 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum N1 - Accession Number: 1968-18831-001. PMID: 5673728 Other Journal Title: Journal of Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cutter, Fred; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION CENTER, CENTRAL RESEARCH UNIT LOS ANGELES, CALIF. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161020. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Projective Personality Measures; Projective Techniques; Projective Testing Technique; Rorschach Test. Minor Descriptor: Expectations; Group Dynamics; Interpersonal Influences. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - THE SERIAL ADMINISTRATION OF INDIVIDUAL AND CONSENSUS RORSCHACHS TO AN S WITH HIS FRIENDS, HIS ROOMMATES, HIS WIFE, AND A HIGH-LOW STATUS PAIR, BY HIMSELF, AND HIS WIFE ALONE 6 MO. LATER, REFLECT DIFFERENCES ATTRIBUTABLE TO THESE DIFFERING SOCIAL CONTEXTS. THE CHANGES CAN BE CONCEPTUALIZED AS ADAPTATIONS TO VARIATIONS IN THE PARTICULAR GROUP'S CONFLICTING EXPECTATIONS AS MANIFESTED IN TERMS OF CONTENT POLARITIES. A SMALLER QUALITY PERSISTS CALLED CHARACTER OF UNIQUENESS. THE PROCESS OF MUTUAL INFLUENCE AND ACCOMMODATION CAN BE STUDIED BY THE IDENTIFIED S'S RORSCHACH RESPONSES TO THE GROUP'S CONSENSUS RORSCHACH AGREEMENTS AND DISAGREEMENTS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - CONSENSUS RORSCHACH KW - 6 MO. FOLLOW-UP DIFFERENCES RESULTING FROM ADAPTATION TO SOCIAL GROUP EXPECTATIONS KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENT KW - 1968 KW - Adjustment KW - Projective Personality Measures KW - Projective Techniques KW - Projective Testing Technique KW - Rorschach Test KW - Expectations KW - Group Dynamics KW - Interpersonal Influences KW - 1968 DO - 10.1080/0091651X.1968.10120499 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-18831-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-18830-001 AN - 1968-18830-001 AU - Cutter, Fred T1 - Role complements and changes in consensus Rorschachs. JF - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment Y1 - 1968/// VL - 32 IS - 4 SP - 338 EP - 347 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum N1 - Accession Number: 1968-18830-001. PMID: 5673724 Other Journal Title: Journal of Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cutter, Fred; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION CENTER, LOS ANGELES, CALIF. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161020. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Projective Personality Measures; Projective Techniques; Projective Testing Technique; Rorschach Test; Statistical Analysis. Minor Descriptor: Analysis; Methodology. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - CONSIDERS QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE CONSENSUS RORSCHACHS: (1) 'HOW CAN YOU ANALYZE THE VERBAL TRANSCRIPTIONS OF THE RORSCHACH PROTOCOLS?' THIS IS APPROACHED BY THE METHOD OF CONTENT POLARITIES, A COMPARISON OF 'RESPONSES TO THE SAME INKBLOTS BY SYMBIOTIC PARTNERS . . .' FOLLOWED BY CONSIDERATION OF THE 'COMPLEMENTARY MEANINGS IN THE PAIR OF REACTIONS.' (2) HOW DO DIFFERENT GROUPS EFFECT CONCENSUS PROTOCOLS? VARIOUS DIFFERENCES, SUCH 'A GREATER VARIETY OF CONTENT-POLARITIES WITH FRIENDS AND PEERS THAN WITH WIFE AND STATUS GROUP, . . .' ARE REPORTED FOR A CONSENSUS RORSCHACH ADMINISTERED AT DIFFERENT TIMES TO AN ALCOHOLIC PATIENT AND 5 GROUPS OF HIS ASSOCIATES. IT WAS FOUND THAT SUCH RORSCHACH PROTOCOLS REFLECT ENDURING PERSONALITY CHARACTERISTICS. (3) 'WHAT ARE THE CONNECTIONS BETWEEN THE GROUP'S AND THE INDIVIDUAL'S PROTOCOLS WHEN OBTAINED SEPARATELY?' 3 CONNECTIONS ARE STUDIED: (1) 'EVERY CONSENSUS IN THE GROUP IS REFLECTED BY COMMON ELEMENTS IN THE INDIVIDUAL PROTOCOLS;' (2) 'EVERY CONTENT-POLARITY IN THE GROUP IS REFLECTED BY COMMON ELEMENTS IN THE INDIVIDUAL PROTOCOLS . . .' AND (3) 'THE MODE OF RESPONSE THE PATIENT USES IN COPING WITH THE AREAS OF CONFLICT APPARENT IN THE CONSENSUS RORSCHACH.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - CONSENSUS RORSCHACH KW - VERBAL BEHAVIOR ANALYSIS METHODS & GROUP INFLUENCE KW - 1968 KW - Projective Personality Measures KW - Projective Techniques KW - Projective Testing Technique KW - Rorschach Test KW - Statistical Analysis KW - Analysis KW - Methodology KW - 1968 DO - 10.1080/0091651X.1968.10120495 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-18830-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-18534-001 AN - 1968-18534-001 AU - Davidson, Robert S. Jr. T1 - Operant stimulus control applied to maze behavior: II. Positive reinforcement of discrimination reversal in rats. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1968/// VL - 22 IS - 3, PT. 2 SP - 1237 EP - 1242 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-18534-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davidson, Robert S. Jr.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., CORAL GABLES, FLA. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161020. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Discrimination; Rat Learning; Reinforcement; Reinforcement Amounts; Reinforcement Schedules. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - 4 RATS WERE REINFORCED WITH CREAM AND SUGAR FOR TRAVERSING A 4-FT RUNWAY WHICH ALLOWED RIGHT AND LEFT APPROACHES TO SEPARATE GOAL BOXES. AFTER EACH S HAD SATISFIED 3 CRITERIA OF STABLE RESPONSES TO A GOAL, THE PATH TO THAT GOAL WAS BLOCKED BY A DOOR, THUS REQUIRING A DISCRIMINATION REVERSAL. ALL SS MET THE SAME CRITERIA OF STABILITY THROUGH 2-4 REVERSALS AS A DECREASING FUNCTION OF NUMBER OF REINFORCED TRIALS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - REVERSAL & NUMBER OF REINFORCED TRIALS KW - 1968 KW - Discrimination KW - Rat Learning KW - Reinforcement KW - Reinforcement Amounts KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Rats KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1968.22.3c.1237 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-18534-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-18168-001 AN - 1968-18168-001 AU - Mefferd, Roy B. Jr. AU - Leppmann, Peter K. AU - WIELAND, BETTY A. T1 - Perspective reversal rates and reports of an attribute of apparent depth in a flat stimulus. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1968/// VL - 26 IS - 3, PT. 2 SP - 1164 EP - 1166 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-18168-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mefferd, Roy B. Jr.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., HOUSTON, TEX. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161010. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depth Perception; Size Discrimination; Visual Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - OS WHO REPORTED THAT THE 2 EQUAL SIZED FACES OF A NECKER CUBE APPEARED TO BE OF THE SAME SIZE HAD SIGNIFICANTLY LOWER PERSPECTIVE REVERSAL RATES THAN OS WHO REPORTED THAT THE 'NEAR' FACE APPEARED TO BE SMALLER THAT THE 'FAR' FACE. IT IS SUGGESTED THAT OS WHO FAILED TO REPORT AN APPARENT SIZE DIFFERENCE MAY FAIL TO PERCEIVE DEPTH IN THE CUBE AND THAT THIS IS REFLECTED IN THEIR LOW PERSPECTIVE REVERSAL RATES. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PERSPECTIVE REVERSAL RATES & APPARENT DEPTH IN FLAT STIMULUS KW - 1968 KW - Depth Perception KW - Size Discrimination KW - Visual Perception KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pms.1968.26.3c.1164 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-18168-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-18143-001 AN - 1968-18143-001 AU - Leppmann, Peter K. AU - Mefferd, Roy B. Jr. T1 - Validity of perceptual reports of experienced and inexperienced observers. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1968/// VL - 26 IS - 3, PT. 2 SP - 1167 EP - 1172 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-18143-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Leppmann, Peter K.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., HOUSTON, TEX. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161010. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Perception; Practice; Statistical Validity; Test Validity. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - UNDER IDENTICAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR PASSIVE VIEWING, RATES OF REVERSAL OF A REVERSIBLE FIGURE REPORTED BY 10 OS PRACTICED IN DESCRIBING THEIR PERCEPTUAL EXPERIENCES WERE COMPARED WITH THOSE MADE BY 14 OS WHO WERE INEXPERIENCED IN PERCEPTUAL REPORTING. ALL OS WERE UNAWARE OF THE HYPOTHESIS TO BE TESTED OR THE PURPOSE OF THE EXPERIMENT. TO ESTABLISH A SET TO 'SEE' REVERSALS, 3 AMBIGUOUS REVERSIBLE FIGURES WERE PRESENTED BEFORE THE TEST FIGURE WHICH WAS SIMILAR TO THE LAST AMBIGUOUS FIGURE IN THE SERIES BUT WAS ACTUALLY UNAMBIGUOUS AND NONREVERSIBLE. THE INEXPERIENCED OS DID NOT OVERCOME THE SET TO 'SEE' REVERSALS, WHILE MOST OF THE EXPERIENCED OS DID SO. DISTRACTION IN THE FORM OF NOISE DID NOT INFLUENCE THE LATTER, BUT IT INCREASED THE EFFECT OF THE SET ON THE INEXPERIENCED OS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PERCEPTUAL REPORTS/VALIDITY OF KW - EXPERIENCED VS. INEXPERIENCED OS KW - 1968 KW - Perception KW - Practice KW - Statistical Validity KW - Test Validity KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pms.1968.26.3c.1167 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-18143-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-17574-001 AN - 1968-17574-001 AU - JUSTICE, VERNELL O. AU - BENDER, DARYL T1 - Returning the geriatric veteran to the community from a neuropsychiatric hospital. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1968/// VL - 16 IS - 3 SP - 359 EP - 362 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-17574-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: JUSTICE, VERNELL O.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., DANVILLE, ILL. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161010. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatrics; Psychiatric Patients; Sociocultural Factors; Socioeconomic Status. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - THE RESULTS OF THIS PILOT STUDY INDICATE THAT THE CHARACTERISTICS OF 107 ELDERLY (MOSTLY PSYCHIATRIC) PATIENTS RELEASED FROM THE GERIATRIC UNIT OF A VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSPITAL DID NOT DIFFER SIGNIFICANTLY FROM THOSE OF MOST OTHER OLDER PATIENTS FOUND IN NURSING HOMES. AGE, DIAGNOSIS, AND LENGTH OF STAY IN THE HOSPITAL PROVED NOT TO BE IMPORTANT FACTORS IN SELECTING THE PATIENTS WHO SHOULD BE RELEASED OR IN DETERMINING THEIR ADJUSTMENT POTENTIAL. OF THE 107 PATIENTS, 69 (64%) HAD INCOMES OF $200 OR LESS PER MO. REEDUCATION OF THE FAMILIES AND THE PUBLIC IN GENERAL MAY PERMIT MORE VETERANS TO RETURN TO THEIR OWN HOMES OR TO LIVE WITH RELATIVES. AN INCREASE AND/OR EXTENSION IN THE VETERAN'S BENEFITS MAY BE FAR LESS COSTLY MAINTAINING HIM IN THE HOSPITAL WHEN HE REQUIRES ONLY CUSTODIAL OR NURSING CARE. THERE IS A NEED FOR MORE INTERMEDIATE-CARE FACILITIES, SUCH AS SHELTERED-CARE HOMES AND HOMES FOR THE AGED, TO ACCOMMODATE THESE VETERANS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - RETURN TO COMMUNITY FROM NEUROPSYCHIATRIC HOSPITAL KW - SOCIOECONOMIC FACTORS KW - 1968 KW - Geriatrics KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Sociocultural Factors KW - Socioeconomic Status KW - 1968 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1968.tb00747.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-17574-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-17571-001 AN - 1968-17571-001 AU - HANDY, IMENA A. T1 - Foster care as a therapeutic program for geriatric psychiatric patients. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1968/// VL - 16 IS - 3 SP - 350 EP - 358 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-17571-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: HANDY, IMENA A.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., BRECKSVILLE, O. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161010. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatrics; Treatment. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - DEALS WITH THE QUESTION OF WHAT HAS HELD BACK THE WIDESPREAD USE OF FOSTER HOMES FOR GERIATRIC PSYCHIATRY PATIENTS. SOME REASONS FOR THE SLOW GROWTH OF THE PROGRAM ARE: (1) THE DIFFICULTIES OF FINDING, EVALUATING, AND SUPERVISING FOSTER HOMES IN SUCH A WAY THAT THE PEOPLE WHO RUN THEM RECEIVE THE SATISFACTION AND JOY THAT REWARDS THEM FOR THEIR HEAVY PERSONAL INVESTMENT; (2) INTERFERING RELATIVES WHO, EITHER BECAUSE OF GUILT FOR NOT TAKING THE PATIENT INTO THEIR OWN HOMES OR BECAUSE OF RESENTMENT ABOUT HAVING TO PAY FOR HIM, BLOCK HIS PLACEMENT IN A FOSTER HOME; (3) THE PROBLEM OF MATCHING THE PATIENT'S NEEDS WITH THE RESOURCES OF THE FOSTER HOME; AND (4) THE RELATIVELY SMALL NUMBER OF SPECTACULAR SUCCESSES. THE RESULTS ARE MEAGER IN RELATION TO THE EMOTIONAL INVESTMENT THE SPONSOR MAKES IN THESE PATIENTS, WHO ARE BOUND TO BECOME PROGRESSIVELY DISABLED AS THEY GROW OLDER. THE SPONSOR HAS TO BE SATISFIED WITH THE PATIENT'S MINIMAL IMPROVEMENT AND HIS 'HAPPINESS' IN BEING OUT OF THE HOSPITAL. (16 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - FOSTER CARE FOR PSYCHIATRIC PATIENT KW - REASONS FOR PROGRAM PROBLEMS KW - 1968 KW - Geriatrics KW - Treatment KW - 1968 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1968.tb00746.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-17571-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-17529-001 AN - 1968-17529-001 AU - GONEN, YECHIEL T1 - Does vocabulary resist mental deterioration? JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 24 IS - 3 SP - 341 EP - 343 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-17529-001. PMID: 5661756 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: GONEN, YECHIEL; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., CINCINNATI, O. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161010. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Vocabulary; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - PRESENTS A CASE STUDY OF A 52-YR-OLD WHITE MALE WHO MANIFESTED RESTITUTION OF INTELLECTUAL FUNCTIONS FOLLOWING A SURGICAL PROCEDURE. THE VOCABULARY ON THE WAIS REMAINED AT SCALED SCORE 9 WHEREAS OTHER SUBTESTS SHOWED CONSIDERABLE VARIABILITY. 'THESE FINDINGS SUPPORT BABCOCK'S CONTENTION THAT VOCABULARY PERFORMANCE IS RELATIVELY RESISTANT TO MENTAL DETERIORATION.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - WAIS KW - MENTAL DETERIORATION KW - 1968 KW - Brain Damage KW - Vocabulary KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - 1968 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196807)24:3<341::AID-JCLP2270240318>3.0.CO;2-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-17529-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-17506-001 AN - 1968-17506-001 AU - Baer, William P. AU - Winitz, Harris T1 - Acquisition of /v/ in 'words' as a function of the consistency of /v/ errors. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JA - J Speech Hear Res Y1 - 1968/// VL - 11 IS - 2 SP - 316 EP - 333 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Assn SN - 0022-4685 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-17506-001. PMID: 5667449 Other Journal Title: Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Baer, William P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Livermore, Calif. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Speech Disorders; Verbal Learning. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - SOUGHT EVIDENCE OF A RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN INCONSISTENCY OF MISARTICULATION AND SPEECH SOUND LEARNING. THE /V/ SOUND WAS SELECTED AS THE TEST RESPONSE. 27 SS WERE ASSIGNED TO 3 GROUPS OF 9 EACH ON THE BASIS OF THEIR CONSISTENCY OF /V/ SOUND ERRORS. GROUPS WERE DESIGNATED AS THOSE WITH: NO OR MINIMAL, MODERATE, AND CLOSE TO MAXIMAL NUMBER OF /V/ ERRORS. ALL SS LEARNED 2 CONSECUTIVE MATCHING-TO-SAMPLE LEARNING TASKS. THE TEST STIMULI WERE /VIY$MF/ AND /VOWM/ AND ALL CORRECT IMITATIONS WERE REINFORCED. FOR BOTH TEST STIMULI THE MINIMAL-ERROR GROUP PERFORMED SUPERIORLY TO THE MODERATE AND MAXIMAL-ERROR GROUPS, AND THE LATTER GROUPS DID NOT DIFFER. HOWEVER, A RELIABLE TRIAL EFFECT WAS EVIDENT ONLY FOR THE /VIY$MF/ SYLLABLE. INCONSISTENCY DID NOT SEEM TO BE HIGHLY CORRELATED WITH SPEECH SOUND LEARNING. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - /V/ SOUND LEARNING KW - CONSISTENCY OF MISARTICULATION KW - 1968 KW - Speech Disorders KW - Verbal Learning KW - 1968 DO - 10.1044/jshr.1102.316 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-17506-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-17361-001 AN - 1968-17361-001 AU - Gaida, Joseph A. T1 - Helping with H.O.P.E. JF - Psychology: A Journal of Human Behavior JO - Psychology: A Journal of Human Behavior JA - Psychology Y1 - 1968/// VL - 5 IS - 3 SP - 58 EP - 61 CY - US PB - Inst for Leadership and Organization Effectiveness SN - 0033-3077 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-17361-001. Other Journal Title: Psychology and Education: An Interdisciplinary Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gaida, Joseph A.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., ST. CLOUD, MINN. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161027. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counselor Education; Mental Health Personnel; Paraprofessional Education; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Clinical Methods Training; College Students; Social Work Education. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - REPORTS ON THE AUTHOR'S SUPERVISED RELATIONSHIP ON A 1:1 LEVEL WITH A YOUNG, HOSPITALIZED SCHIZOPHRENIC WHILE PARTICIPATING IN PROJECT HELPING OUR PATIENTS EMERGE. THIS PROJECT OF COOPERATION BETWEEN ST. JOHN'S UNIVERSITY AND THE ST. CLOUD VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSPITAL ENABLED STUDENTS TO RECEIVE FIRSTHAND EXPERIENCE WITH HOSPITALIZED PATIENTS WHILE BOTH ILLUSTRATING THEIR CLASSWORK AND HELPING THE PATIENTS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - UNIVERSITY & HOSPITAL COOPERATION KW - PATIENT TREATMENT & STUDENT TRAININGH KW - 1968 KW - Counselor Education KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Paraprofessional Education KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Treatment KW - Clinical Methods Training KW - College Students KW - Social Work Education KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-17361-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-17246-001 AN - 1968-17246-001 AU - PISHKIN, VLADIMIR AU - THORNE, FREDERIC C. T1 - A factorial study of ideological composition in institutionalized psychiatric patients. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 24 IS - 3 SP - 273 EP - 277 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-17246-001. PMID: 5661743 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: PISHKIN, VLADIMIR; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., OKLAHOMA CITY, OKLA. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161010. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Disorders; Personality Measures; Psychiatric Patients; Self-Concept. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - 408 MALE SCHIZOPHRENIC PATIENTS WERE ADMINISTERED THE IDEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 5 MEANINGFUL PATIENT FACTORS WERE EXTRACTED: DEPENDENCY, LOW SELF-ESTEEM, DESIRE TO BE OF SERVICE, SELF-SERVING EXPEDIENCY, AND SOCIAL COMPROMISE. 'THIS SCHIZOPHRENIC POPULATION MAY BE CHARACTERIZED IDEOLOGICALLY AS STILL CLINGING TO A DESIRE TO BE OF SERVICE, BUT BROADLY FRUSTRATED, DEMORALIZED AND DEPENDENT, WHILE SEEKING TO ADAPT BY SELF-SERVING EXPEDIENCY AND SOCIAL COMPROMISE.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - IDEOLOGICAL SURVEY KW - SELF CONCEPT FACTORS KW - INSTITUTIONALIZED PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1968 KW - Mental Disorders KW - Personality Measures KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Self-Concept KW - 1968 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196807)24:3<273::AID-JCLP2270240304>3.0.CO;2-B UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-17246-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-17012-001 AN - 1968-17012-001 AU - MOZDZIERZ, GERALD J. AU - MCCONVILLE, MAUREEN AU - KRAUSS, HERBERT H. T1 - Classroom status and perceived performance in sixth graders. JF - The Journal of Social Psychology JO - The Journal of Social Psychology JA - J Soc Psychol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 75 IS - 2 SP - 185 EP - 190 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-4545 SN - 1940-1183 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-17012-001. PMID: 4890025 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: MOZDZIERZ, GERALD J.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., HINES, ILL. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161010. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ability; Elementary School Students; Group Performance; Performance Tests; Social Structure. Minor Descriptor: Job Performance; Social Perception. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800); Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - INVESTIGATED 2 ASPECTS OF THE INTERACTION BETWEEN CLASSROOM SOCIAL STATUS AND EXPECTATION OF PERFORMANCE IN A CLASS OF 26 6TH GRADE BOYS. USING A DART THROWING TASK IN WHICH 10 SS THREW AT AN UNSTRUCTURED TARGET THE FOLLOWING RESULTS WERE OBTAINED: (1) HIGH STATUS SS WERE SEEN AS PERFORMING BETTER THAN THEY ACTUALLY DID AND LOW STATUS SS WORSE THAN THEY ACTUALLY DID BY SIGNIFICANT NUMBERS OF STUDENTS; AND (2) THE INDIVIDUAL'S ESTIMATION OF HIS OWN PERFORMANCE WAS SUBSTANTIALLY CORRELATED WITH THE GROUP'S ESTIMATE OF HIS PERFORMANCE. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - CLASSROOM STATUS & PERCEPTION OF PERFORMANCE BY SELF & PEERS KW - & 6TH GRADE KW - 1968 KW - Ability KW - Elementary School Students KW - Group Performance KW - Performance Tests KW - Social Structure KW - Job Performance KW - Social Perception KW - 1968 DO - 10.1080/00224545.1968.9712492 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-17012-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-16985-001 AN - 1968-16985-001 AU - Locke, John L. T1 - Discriminative learning in children's acquisition of phonology. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JA - J Speech Hear Res Y1 - 1968/// VL - 11 IS - 2 SP - 428 EP - 434 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Assn SN - 0022-4685 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-16985-001. PMID: 5664270 Other Journal Title: Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Locke, John L.; Veterans Administration Center, Milwaukee, Wis. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Language Development; Learning; Perception; Perceptual Development; Speech Perception. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Preschool Age (2-5 yrs) (160). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - THE THEORIES OF ACQUIRED EQUIVALENCE AND ACQUIRED DISTINCTIVENESS OF CUES ARE PRESENTED AS PARTICULARLY EFFECTUAL MODELS IN TERMS OF THEIR CAPACITY TO EXPLAIN CERTAIN NORMAL AND DEVIANT ARTICULATION LEARNING. ARTICULATION THERAPY IS DISCUSSED AS AN APPLICATION OF THE ACQUIRED DISTINCTIVENESS MODEL. BOTH THEORIES GENERATE BASIC, CLINICALLY PERTINENT, TESTABLE QUESTIONS. (25 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ACQUISITION OF PHONOLOGY KW - ROLE OF DISCRIMINATION LEARNING KW - CHILDREN KW - 1968 KW - Language Development KW - Learning KW - Perception KW - Perceptual Development KW - Speech Perception KW - 1968 DO - 10.1044/jshr.1102.428 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-16985-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-16752-001 AN - 1968-16752-001 AU - Dunn, Andrew T. T1 - Identification of artifact in EEG recording. JF - American Journal of EEG Technology JO - American Journal of EEG Technology JA - Am J EEG Technol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 7 IS - 3 SP - 61 EP - 71 CY - US PB - American Society of Electroneurodiagnostic Technologists SN - 0002-9238 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-16752-001. Other Journal Title: American Journal of Electroneurodiagnostic Technology; The Neurodiagnostic Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dunn, Andrew T.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., NORTHPORT, LONG ISLAND, N.Y. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161031. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroencephalography. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - EEG RECORDINGS OFTEN CONTAIN NONCEREBRAL WAVE PATTERNS OR ARTIFACTS WHICH MUST BE IDENTIFIED AND ELIMINATED FOR ACCURATE INTERPRETATION. 3 TYPES OF ARTIFACT ARE IDENTIFIED: (1) BIOLOGICAL OR SOMATIC; (2) INSTRUMENTAL, ORIGINATING IN THE RECORDING DEVICE; AND (3) EXTERNAL, ORIGINATING BEYOND THE IMMEDIATE AREA OF EEG EQUIPMENT AND LABORATORY. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ARTIFACT IDENTIFICATION KW - 1967 KW - Electroencephalography KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-16752-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-16540-001 AN - 1968-16540-001 AU - Palmer, Robert D. AU - Field, Peter B. T1 - Visual imagery and susceptibility to hypnosis. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1968/08// VL - 32 IS - 4 SP - 456 EP - 461 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-16540-001. PMID: 5666147 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Palmer, Robert D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brooklyn, N.Y. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Sex Differences; Hypnosis; Imagery; Sex Linked Developmental Differences; Vision. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - MEASURED VISUAL IMAGERY UNDER SENSORY RESTRICTION AND UNDER RHYTHMIC PHOTIC STIMULATION TO TEST THE HYPOTHESIS THAT HIGH VISUAL-IMAGERY INDIVIDUALS WOULD BE MORE SUSCEPTIBLE TO HYPNOSIS. SUPPORT FOR THE HYPOTHESIS WAS OBTAINED PRIMARILY FROM IMAGERY MEASURES THAT INSTRUCTED 784 STUDENTS TO TRY TO SEE CERTAIN SPECIFIED IMAGES. LITTLE SUPPORT WAS OBTAINED USING LESS PRESCRIPTIVE MEASURES TAPPING FREE, SPONTANEOUS IMAGERY. THE DIMENSIONS OF IMAGERY AND POSSIBLE SEX DIFFERENCES IN VISUAL IMAGERY WERE STUDIED. (29 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SUSCEPTIBILITY TO HYPNOSIS KW - VISUAL IMAGERY KW - SEX DIFFERENCES KW - 1968 KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Hypnosis KW - Imagery KW - Sex Linked Developmental Differences KW - Vision KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/h0026053 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-16540-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-16437-001 AN - 1968-16437-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Klett, William G. T1 - Prediction of WAIS IQ's from the Shipley-Hartford, the Army General Classification Test and the Revised Beta Examination. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 24 IS - 3 SP - 338 EP - 341 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-16437-001. PMID: 5661755 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., ST. CLOUD, MINN. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161031. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intelligence Measures; Intelligence Quotient; Prediction. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - THE WAIS, ARMY GENERAL CLASSIFICATION TEST (AGCT), THE REVISED BETA EXAMINATION, AND THE SHIPLEY-HARTFORD RETREAT SCALE (SHRS) WERE ADMINISTERED TO 96 HOSPITAL PATIENTS. INTERCORRELATIONS OF THE 6 IQ MEASURES ARE PRESENTED. RESULTS INDICATE THAT SHRS AND AGCT SCORES WERE MORE USEFUL AS WAIS IQ ESTIMATORS THAN THE BETA SCORES. TRANSFORMATIONS TO CORRECT FOR DIFFERENCES IN VARIABILITY AND CONSTANT ERROR ARE RECOMMENDED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PREDICTION OF WAIS KW - SHIPLEY-HARTFORD RETREAT SCALE & ARMY CLASSIFICATION TEST & REVISED BETA EXAMINATION KW - 1968 KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Intelligence Quotient KW - Prediction KW - 1968 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196807)24:3<338::AID-JCLP2270240317>3.0.CO;2-O UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-16437-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-16424-001 AN - 1968-16424-001 AU - Pishkin, Vladimir AU - Thorne, Frederick C. T1 - Item analysis of the responses of business executives and mental hospital patients on the Ideological Survey. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 24 IS - 3 SP - 278 EP - 280 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-16424-001. PMID: 5661744 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pishkin, Vladimir; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., OKLAHOMA CITY, OKLA. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161031. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Achievement; Mental Disorders; Mental Health; Personality Measures; Self-Concept. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - THE IDEOLOGICAL SURVEY (IS) WAS ADMINISTERED TO 278 MIDDLE LEVEL BUSINESS EXECUTIVES AND 408 NEUROPSYCHIATRIC INSTITUTIONALIZED PATIENTS WITH CHI-SQUARE TESTS PERFORMED ON ALL ITEMS OF THE IS. 66 ITEMS SIGNIFICANTLY DIFFERENTIATED THE NORMAL FROM THE NEUROPSYCHIATRIC GROUP SUGGESTING DEMORALIZATION, DISGRUNTLEMENT, NIHILISM, AND IDEOLOGICAL-ATTITUDINAL BIAS. 'EXISTENTIAL FAILURE WITH DEPRECIATED SELF CONCEPTS IS A PROMINENT FEATURE OF THE PATIENTS' SYNDROME.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - IDEOLOGICAL SURVEY KW - ITEM ANALYSIS KW - MENTAL HOSPITAL PATIENTS & BUSINESS EXECUTIVES KW - 1968 KW - Achievement KW - Mental Disorders KW - Mental Health KW - Personality Measures KW - Self-Concept KW - 1968 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196807)24:3<278::AID-JCLP2270240305>3.0.CO;2-U UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-16424-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-16423-001 AN - 1968-16423-001 AU - Pishkin, Vladimir AU - Thorne, Frederick C. T1 - Analyses and development of Ideological Survey Scales for normal and schizophrenic subjects. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 24 IS - 3 SP - 281 EP - 285 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-16423-001. PMID: 5661745 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pishkin, Vladimir; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., OKLAHOMA CITY, OKLA. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161031. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitude Measures; Intelligence Measures; Interest Inventories; Personality Measures; Preference Measures. Minor Descriptor: Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - 408 MALE SCHIZOPHRENIC PATIENTS AND 278 MALE ADULTS WERE ADMINISTERED A TOTAL OF 109 ITEMS FROM 10 SCALES DERIVED FROM THE IDEOLOGICAL SURVEY (IS). INTERFACTOR CORRELATIONS WERE ANALYZED AND 11 CLUSTERS EMERGED. SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE GROUPS ON 7 SCALES WERE FOUND. 'CONSISTENT TRENDS ON IS WERE FOUND TO BE CHARACTERISTIC OF PSYCHOLOGICALLY DISTURBED STATES AS COMPARED TO IDEOLOGICAL COMPOSITION REVEALED BY THE NORMAL POPULATION.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - IDEOLOGICAL SURVEY SCALES KW - ANALYSIS & DEVELOPMENT KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS & NORMALS KW - 1968 KW - Attitude Measures KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Interest Inventories KW - Personality Measures KW - Preference Measures KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1968 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196807)24:3<281::AID-JCLP2270240306>3.0.CO;2-A UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-16423-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-15881-001 AN - 1968-15881-001 AU - Locke, John L. T1 - Questionable assumptions underlying articulation research. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JA - J Speech Hear Disord Y1 - 1968/// VL - 33 IS - 2 SP - 112 EP - 116 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Association SN - 0022-4677 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-15881-001. PMID: 5648169 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Locke, John L.; Veterans Administration Center, Milwaukee, Wis. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimentation; Speech Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - RESEARCH CONDUCTED IN THE LAST SEVERAL DECADES HAS PRODUCED LITTLE PRACTICAL KNOWLEDGE OF THE CAUSES AND NATURE OF DEFECTIVE ARTICULATION. THIS FACT IS POSSIBLY ATTRIBUTABLE TO SOME OF THE TENUOUS ASSUMPTIONS WHICH HAVE INFLUENCED MANY INVESTIGATIONS OF DEVIANT ARTICULATION. SUCH ASSUMPTIONS ARE REPRESENTED BY: (1) 1 MISARTICULATION IS ABOUT LIKE ANY OTHER, (2) THE BEST MEASURE OF SEVERITY OF MISARTICULATION IS THE NUMBER OF DEFECTIVE SOUNDS, AND (3) ARTICULATORY BEHAVIOR IS CONSISTENT WITHIN A PHONETIC CONTEXT. CONSTANT SCRUTINY AND REASSESSMENT OF THE BASIC HYPOTHESES OF ARTICULATION RESEARCH IS NEEDED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ARTICULATION/DEFECTIVE KW - RESEARCH ASSUMPTIONS & NEED FOR REASSESSMENT KW - 1968 KW - Experimentation KW - Speech Disorders KW - 1968 DO - 10.1044/jshd.3302.112 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-15881-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-15851-001 AN - 1968-15851-001 AU - Tomsovic, Milan T1 - Hospitalized alcoholic patients: I. A two-year study of medical, social, and psychological characteristics. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1968/// VL - 19 IS - 7 SP - 197 EP - 203 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-15851-001. PMID: 4388283 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tomsovic, Milan; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sheridan, Wyo. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Education; Hospitalization; Hospitals; Rehabilitation. Minor Descriptor: Occupational Guidance. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - DESCRIBES A 90-DAY ALCOHOLIC REHABILITATION PROGRAM FOR SELF-MOTIVATED, NORMAL IQ AND NONPSYCHOTIC PATIENTS. DISCUSSION CENTERS ON: (1) TYPICAL PHYSICAL AND PSYCHOLOGICAL SYMPTOMS OF ALCOHOLISM AND WITHDRAWAL, (2) PATIENT CHARACTERISTICS SUCH AS VOCATION, EDUCATION LEVELS, AGE AND PREVIOUS TREATMENT, (3) THERAPEUTIC PROGRAMS AND ABSTINENCE TO CREATE INTENSE LEARNING PARTICIPATION, AND (4) THE SEVERITY OF SOCIAL ACTION DISRUPTION AND PERSONALITY DISORDERS CHARACTERISTIC OF ALCOHOLISM. RESULTS INDICATE SUCCESS FOR ABOUT 1/2 OF THE SS. DATA CONCERNING POSTTREATMENT DRINKING BEHAVIOR SHOWS ABOUT 36% ABSTINENCE OR NONDESTRUCTIVE DRINKING AND 23% TOTAL RECIDIVISM. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - REHABILITATION KW - EDUCATION & GROUP THERAPY & VOCATIONAL COUNSELING & ABSTINENCE KW - 1968 KW - Alcoholism KW - Education KW - Hospitalization KW - Hospitals KW - Rehabilitation KW - Occupational Guidance KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-15851-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-15716-001 AN - 1968-15716-001 AU - Pokorny, A. D. AU - Miller, B. A. AU - Cleveland, S. E. T1 - Response to treatment of alcoholism: A follow-up study. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 29 IS - 2-A SP - 364 EP - 381 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-15716-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pokorny, A. D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Hospitalization; Hospitals; Treatment. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - 113 MALE ALCOHOLICS WERE FOLLOWED FOR 1 YR. FOLLOWING 90 DAYS OF INPATIENT TREATMENT. 51% WERE FOUND TO BE SIGNIFICANTLY IMPROVED; THESE WERE ALCOHOLICS WHO TENDED TO MORE 'NEUROTIC' THAN 'PSYCHOTIC.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - INPATIENT TREATMENT KW - FOLLOW-UP KW - 1968 KW - Alcoholism KW - Hospitalization KW - Hospitals KW - Treatment KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-15716-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-15706-001 AN - 1968-15706-001 AU - Goldstein, Gerald AU - Chotlos, John W. AU - McCarthy, Robert J. AU - Neuringer, Charles T1 - Recovery from gait instability in alcoholics. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 29 IS - 1-A SP - 38 EP - 43 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-15706-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Gerald; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anatomy; Education; Motion Perception; Motor Processes; Gait. Minor Descriptor: Treatment. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - GAIT INSTABILITY WAS TESTED IN 22 MALE HOSPITALIZED ALCOHOLICS AND 22 NONALCOHOLIC CONTROLS. WHILE THE CONTROLS PERFORMED SIGNIFICANTLY BETTER, THE ALCOHOLICS RAPIDLY IMPROVED THEIR SCORE WHEN GIVEN TRAINING. IT IS SUGGESTED THAT ACTIVE TREATMENT OF GAIT INSTABILITY IN ALCOHOLICS MAY BE OF SOME VALUE FOR BOTH DIAGNOSTIC AND THERAPEUTIC PURPOSES. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - GAIT INSTABILITY/RECOVERY FROM KW - TRAINING KW - HOSPITALIZED ALCOHOLICS KW - 1968 KW - Anatomy KW - Education KW - Motion Perception KW - Motor Processes KW - Gait KW - Treatment KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-15706-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-15643-001 AN - 1968-15643-001 AU - Krieger, George T1 - Psychological autopsies of hospital suicides. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1968/// VL - 19 IS - 7 SP - 218 EP - 220 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-15643-001. PMID: 5751924 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Krieger, George; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Paraprofessional Personnel; Personnel; Psychiatrists; Psychotherapists. Minor Descriptor: Counselors; Hospitalization; Hospitals; Mental Health Personnel; Patients; Psychologists; Scientists; Social Workers; Suicide. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - CLASSIFIES AND DESCRIBES THE REACTIONS OF WARD STAFF MEMBERS FOUND DURING A RETROSPECTIVE STUDY FOLLOWING PATIENT SUICIDES AS FOLLOWS: (1) THE 'PROFESSIONALS' WHO OBJECTIVELY ANALYZED INFORMATION AND ACCEPTED SUGGESTIONS, (2) THE 'PROJECTORS' WHO SHIFTED RESPONSIBILITY TO OTHERS, (3) THE 'FATALISTS', (4) THE 'DENIERS' WHO COULD NOT ADMIT THAT THE DEATH RESULTED FROM SUICIDE, (5) THE 'POLLYANNAS' WHO RATIONALIZED BY STATING THAT THE DEATH WAS FOR THE BEST, (6) THE 'ULTRA-RIGHTISTS' WHO DEBATED THE MORALITY OF SUICIDE, AND (7) THE 'INTELLECTUALIZERS' WHO SHIFTED THE BLAME TO EXTERNAL FACTORS SUCH AS PERMISSIVE GUN LAWS. THESE PSYCHOLOGICAL REACTIONS REFUTE THE CONCEPT OF THE 'DEATH HARDENED' PHYSICIAN. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SUICIDES/HOSPITAL PATIENT KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL REACTIONS OF STAFF KW - 1968 KW - Adjustment KW - Paraprofessional Personnel KW - Personnel KW - Psychiatrists KW - Psychotherapists KW - Counselors KW - Hospitalization KW - Hospitals KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Patients KW - Psychologists KW - Scientists KW - Social Workers KW - Suicide KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-15643-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-15601-001 AN - 1968-15601-001 AU - Forrest, Fred M. AU - Snow, Harold L. T1 - Prognosis of eye complications caused by phenothiazines. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1968/// VL - 29 IS - 3, SUPPL. SP - 26 EP - 28 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-15601-001. Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Forrest, Fred M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chlorpromazine; Disorders; Drug Therapy; Eye (Anatomy); Skin (Anatomy). Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - REPORTS ON A 3-YR STUDY OF 720 30-60 YR. OLD MALE CHRONIC PATIENTS WHO WERE EXAMINED BY A SLIT LAMP AT 3-6 MO. INTERVALS, 'IN ORDER TO SURVEY THE EXTENT AND PROGNOSIS OF LATE 'MELANOSIS' SIDE EFFECTS, ESPECIALLY THE OCULAR DEPOSITS ON LENS AND CORNEA. . . .' SIGNIFICANT EFFECTS WERE FOUND IN 24% OF THE SS. ALL SS 'WITH OCULAR DEPOSITS HAD BEEN TREATED . . . WITH INTENSIVE CHLOROPROMAZINE MEDICATION.' RESULTS ARE COMPARED WITH OTHER STUDIES. CORRELATIONS WERE FOUND BETWEEN EYE PATHOLOGY AND THE FOLLOWING VARIABLES: 'TOTAL DRUG DOSE INGESTED, DURATION OF DRUG THERAPY, PHARMACOGENETIC AND POSSIBLY HORMONAL AND RACIAL FACTORS.' RESULTS PROVE 'THE REVERSIBILITY OF PATHOLOGICAL PIGMENTATION AFTER CHLORPROMAZINE THERAPY. . . .' IT IS SUGGESTED THAT 'THE ORIGINAL ALARM REACTION CONCERNING OCULAR DEPOSITS AFTER LONG TERM DRUG THERAPY SHOULD BE REVISED. . . ' IN FAVOR OF A MORE OPTIMISTIC VIEW. (22 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - CHLORPROMAZINE KW - MELANOSIS OF LENS & CORNEA KW - PROGNOSIS KW - 1968 KW - Chlorpromazine KW - Disorders KW - Drug Therapy KW - Eye (Anatomy) KW - Skin (Anatomy) KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-15601-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-15591-001 AN - 1968-15591-001 AU - Wagner, Mervyn K. AU - Cauthen, Nelson R. T1 - A comparison of reciprocal inhibition and operant conditioning in the systematic desensitization of a fear of snakes. JF - Behaviour Research and Therapy JO - Behaviour Research and Therapy JA - Behav Res Ther Y1 - 1968/// VL - 6 IS - 2 SP - 225 EP - 227 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0005-7967 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-15591-001. PMID: 5753757 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wagner, Mervyn K.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salisbury, N.C. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Inhibition (Personality); Operant Conditioning; Proactive Inhibition; Retroactive Inhibition; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Fear; Reptiles. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - COMPARED THE 'EFFECTIVENESS OF RECIPROCAL INHIBITION BY RELAXATION WITH A POSITIVE SOCIAL REINFORCEMENT PROCEDURE IN THE SYSTEMATIC DESENSITIZATION OF A FEAR OF SNAKES.' SS WERE 5 19-20 YR. OLD FEMALES-3 IN THE POSITIVE REINFORCEMENT (PR) GROUP AND 2 IN THE RECIPROCAL INHIBITION BY RELAXATION (R) GROUP. IN PHASE I R SS WERE GIVEN RELAXATION THERAPY WITHOUT HYPNOSIS AND PR SS WERE ENGAGED IN ORDINARY CONVERSATION ABOUT VARIOUS TOPICS BY E AND LIBERALLY COMPLIMENTED ON ATTITUDES, ETC. IN PHASE II, R SS WERE SEATED IN CHAIRS ON CASTORS AND ROLLED TOWARD OR AWAY FROM A BLACK SNAKE HELD BY AN ASSISTANT, AT THEIR OWN DISCRETION. THE POSTTEST WAS SS' SUBJECTIVE SELF-EVALUATION WHEN THEY WERE AS CLOSE TO THE SNAKE AS THEY COULD GET. THERE IS CONSIDERABLE EVIDENCE THAT 'SYSTEMATIC DESENSITIZATION WITH RELAXATION IS EFFECTIVE IN MODIFYING BEHAVIOR.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - DESENSITIZATION THERAPY KW - RECIPROCAL INHIBITION VS. OPERANT CONDITIONING KW - FEAR OF SNAKES KW - 1968 KW - Inhibition (Personality) KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Proactive Inhibition KW - Retroactive Inhibition KW - Treatment KW - Fear KW - Reptiles KW - 1968 DO - 10.1016/0005-7967(68)90011-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-15591-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-15554-001 AN - 1968-15554-001 AU - Wolff, Kurt T1 - Hospitalized alcoholic patients: III. Motivating alcoholics through group psychotherapy. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1968/// VL - 19 IS - 7 SP - 206 EP - 209 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-15554-001. PMID: 5714697 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wolff, Kurt; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., COATESVILLE, PA. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Group Psychotherapy; Hospitalization; Hospitals; Motivation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - CONTENDS THAT SUCCESSFUL THERAPEUTIC MEASURES TO CURB ALCOHOLISM MUST BE AIMED AT THE CONSCIOUS AND UNCONSCIOUS REASONS FOR DRINKING. GROUP PSYCHOTHERAPY SUPPLEMENTED BY INDUSTRIAL, RELIGIOUS, RECREATIONAL, AND VOCATIONAL ACTIVITIES WERE USED TO STUDY PSYCHODYNAMICS SPECIFIC TO ALCOHOLIC PERSONALITIES, THE VALUE TO GROUP THERAPY AND REASONS FOR TREATMENT FAILURE IN 164 SEVERE ALCOHOLICS ON A CLOSED INTENSIVE-TREATMENT WARD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - GROUP PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - MOTIVATION KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - 1968 KW - Alcoholism KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Hospitalization KW - Hospitals KW - Motivation KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-15554-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-15526-001 AN - 1968-15526-001 AU - Wagner, Mervyn K. T1 - Reinforcement of the expression of anger through role-playing. JF - Behaviour Research and Therapy JO - Behaviour Research and Therapy JA - Behav Res Ther Y1 - 1968/// VL - 6 IS - 1 SP - 91 EP - 95 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0005-7967 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-15526-001. PMID: 5644773 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wagner, Mervyn K.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salisbury, N.C. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Emotions; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Reinforcement; Role Playing. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - THE EXPRESSION OF ANGER BY PATIENTS IN ROLE-PLAYING SITUATIONS WAS POSITIVELY REINFORCED (GROUP R) AND NEGATIVELY REINFORCED (GROUP P) IN DIFFERENT GROUPS BY THE MANIPULATION OF THE OTHER PERSON'S RESPONSE. WHERE THE PATIENTS EXPERIENCED A SUCCESSFUL RESULT TO THEIR EXPRESSION OF ANGER, THEIR ANGER EXPRESSIVENESS INCREASED WHEN COMPARED TO GROUP P AND TO A CONTROL GROUP. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ANGER EXPRESSION KW - REINFORCEMENT IN ROLE PLAYING KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1968 KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Emotions KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Reinforcement KW - Role Playing KW - 1968 DO - 10.1016/0005-7967(68)90046-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-15526-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-15210-001 AN - 1968-15210-001 AU - Pare, William P. T1 - The role of gross locomotor restriction in the acquisition of motor and cardiac constitutional discrimination in the dog. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1967/// VL - 2 IS - 4 SP - 277 EP - 284 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-15210-001. Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pare, William P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pavlovian Lab., Perry Point, MD. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classical Conditioning; Conditioning; Heart Rate; Learning. Minor Descriptor: Dogs. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 4 LITTERMATE DOGS WERE USED IN A COUNTERBALANCED DESIGN INVOLVING 2 TREATMENT CONDITIONS (FREE AND RESTRAINED) AND 2 DISCRIMINATION LEARNING PROBLEMS. EACH LEARNING PROBLEM INCLUDED 8 DAILY TRAINING SESSIONS WITH 10 CS+ TONES AND 10 CS- TONES PRESENTED RANDOMLY. THE UCS WAS A SHOCK TO THE LEFT FORELEG. DEGREE OF FOOT FLEXION AND PERCENTAGE CHANGE IN HEART RATE IN RESPONSE TO CS TONES WERE RECORDED. SS SUBJECTED INITIALLY TO THE FREE CONDITION MANIFESTED A SUPERIOR AND MORE RAPID MOTOR AND CARDIAC DISCRIMINATION THAN SS INITIALLY RESTRAINED. THE FREE CONDITION WAS NOT AS FACILITATORY WHEN PRESENTED TO SS WHO 1ST HAD BEEN EXPOSED TO THE RESTRAINT CONDITION. RESULTS ARE DISCUSSED IN TERMS OF ACTIVATION AND NEGATIVE TRANSFER. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - HEART RATE & FOOT FLEXION KW - RESTRAINED VS. FREE DOG KW - 1967 KW - Classical Conditioning KW - Conditioning KW - Heart Rate KW - Learning KW - Dogs KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-15210-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-15187-001 AN - 1968-15187-001 AU - Murphree, Oddist D. AU - Peters, John E. AU - Dykman, Roscoe A. T1 - Effect of person on nervous, stable and crossbred pointer dogs. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1967/// VL - 2 IS - 4 SP - 273 EP - 276 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-15187-001. Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Murphree, Oddist D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., North Little Rock Div., Ark. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotionality (Personality); Genetics; Heart Rate. Minor Descriptor: Dogs. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - THROUGH SELECTIVE MATING AND LINE BREEDING OF POINTER DOGS 2 STRAINS HAVE BEEN DEVELOPED WHICH ARE FAIRLY BEHAVIORALLY DISTINCT. ALTHOUGH THE OFFSPRING FROM THE CROSSES OF THESE 2 BREEDS ARE STILL YOUNG, IT CAN BE SEEN THAT SOME STABLE MALE PARENTS HAVE HAD NONENVIRONMENTAL, I.E., GENETIC, EFFECTS. THE OFFSPRING ARE IN MANY RESPECTS LIKE THEIR NERVOUS MOTHERS, BUT IN SOME BEHAVIOR, NOTABLY SOCIAL BEHAVIOR, THEY CAN BE MISTAKEN FOR THE STABLE STRAIN OF DOG. HEART RATES HAVE MIMICKED THOSE OF THE NERVOUS MOTHERS AND SEEM IN NO WAY INFLUENCED BY THE STABLE ANCESTRY IN 'EFFECT OF PERSON' TESTS. THERE IS A MARKED DIFFERENCE BETWEEN STABLE AND UNSTABLE DOGS IN THE EFFECT OF 'PERSON' ON HEART RATE: THE UNSTABLE DOGS SHOW PRACTICALLY NO CARDIAC RESPONSE TO 'PERSON' (PETTING), WHEREAS THE NORMAL DOGS SHOW THE USUAL MARKED BRADYCARDIA TO PETTING. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PETTING BY PERSON & HEART RATE KW - NERVOUS VS. STABLE VS. CROSSBRED POINTERS KW - 1967 KW - Emotionality (Personality) KW - Genetics KW - Heart Rate KW - Dogs KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-15187-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-15182-001 AN - 1968-15182-001 AU - Freed, E. X. T1 - Effects of self-intoxication upon approach-avoidance conflict in the rat. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 29 IS - 2-A SP - 323 EP - 329 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-15182-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freed, E. X.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Alcohol Research Lab., Lyons, N.J. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohols; Avoidance; Conflict; Rat Learning. Minor Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - FOOD-SHOCK CONFLICT WAS INDUCED IN 6 HUNGRY RATS WHILE IN A 15-FT ALLEY. NONE RESOLVED THE CONFLICT TO RESUME EATING AFTER INGESTING ALCOHOL. THE RESULTS GAVE SOME SUPPORT TO THE THESIS THAT ALCOHOL ATTENUATES CONFLICT IN RATS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - CONFLICT KW - ALCOHOL SELF-INTOXICATION EFFECTS KW - RAT KW - 1968 KW - Alcohols KW - Avoidance KW - Conflict KW - Rat Learning KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-15182-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-15055-001 AN - 1968-15055-001 AU - Boudreau, James C. AU - Tsuchitani, Chiyeko T1 - Binaural interaction in the cat superior olive S segment. JF - Journal of Neurophysiology JO - Journal of Neurophysiology JA - J Neurophysiol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 31 IS - 3 SP - 442 EP - 454 CY - US PB - American Physiological Society SN - 0022-3077 SN - 1522-1598 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-15055-001. PMID: 5687764 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boudreau, James C.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., PITTSBURGH, PA. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ear (Anatomy); Neurology. Minor Descriptor: Cats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1968. KW - BINAURAL INTERACTION IN SUPERIOR OLIVE S SEGMENT KW - 1968 KW - Ear (Anatomy) KW - Neurology KW - Cats KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-15055-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-14910-001 AN - 1968-14910-001 AU - Gantt, W. Horsley T1 - The distinction between the conditional and the unconditional reflex. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1968/// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 3 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-14910-001. PMID: 5750327 Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gantt, W. Horsley; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, MD. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biology; Conditioned Responses; Conditioning; Physiological Psychology; Theories. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - SCIENTIFIC PROGRESS AND CLARITY REQUIRE CLASSIFICATION. ACCORDINGLY, THE CRITERIA NEEDED TO DISCRIMINATE BETWEEN PAVLOVIAN CRS AND UCRS ARE OUTLINED: (1) BIOLOGICALLY INNATE OR ACQUIRED THROUGH EXPERIENCE, (2) INDEPENDENT OF OR VARIED WITH THE ORGANISM'S ENVIRONMENT, AND (3) CORTICAL OR SUBCORTICAL IN ORIGIN. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - CONDITIONAL VS. UNCONDITIONAL REFLEX KW - 1968 KW - Biology KW - Conditioned Responses KW - Conditioning KW - Physiological Psychology KW - Theories KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-14910-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-14803-001 AN - 1968-14803-001 AU - Brown, Barbara B. T1 - Visual recall ability and eye movements. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1968/// VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 300 EP - 306 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-14803-001. PMID: 5636302 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brown, Barbara B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ability; Recall (Learning); Vision. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - PURSUIT EYE MOVEMENTS INDUCED BY DECKERT'S TECHNIQUE, USING A MOVING OBJECT OF SPECIFIC EXCURSION AND BEAT FREQUENCY, WERE COMPARED BETWEEN ACTIVE WATCHING OF THE MOVING OBJECT AND RECALLING THE MOTION WITH EYES CLOSED. ABILITY FOR VISUAL IMAGERY AND INCIDENCE OF ITS USE WERE EVALUATED BY QUESTIONNAIRES AND DISCUSSION FOLLOWING THE TEST PROCEDURE. EYE MOVEMENTS DURING EYES-CLOSED RECALL OCCURRED SIGNIFICANTLY MORE FREQUENTLY IN VISUALIZERS THAN NONVISUALIZERS. EXCEPTIONS TO THE RELATIONSHIP SUGGEST THAT THE OCCURRENCE OF EYE MOVEMENTS DURING RECALL DO NOT NECESSARILY INDICATE PRESENCE OF VISUAL IMAGERY, BUT THAT OCULOMOTOR ACTIVITY MAY BE RECALLED INDEPENDENTLY. EYE MOVEMENTS DURING EYES-CLOSED RECALL GENERALLY UNDER- OR OVERESTIMATE BOTH EXCURSION AND TIMING OF THE ORIGINAL MOTION. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EYE MOVEMENTS KW - VISUAL RECALL ABILITY KW - 1968 KW - Ability KW - Recall (Learning) KW - Vision KW - 1968 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1968.tb02771.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-14803-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-14795-001 AN - 1968-14795-001 AU - Wieland, Betty A. AU - Mefferd, Roy B. Jr. T1 - Perception of depth in rotating objects: III. Asymmetry and velocity as the determinants of the stereokinetic effect. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1968/// VL - 26 IS - 3, PT. 1 SP - 671 EP - 681 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-14795-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wieland, Betty A.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., HOUSTON, TEX. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depth Perception; Form and Shape Perception; Motion Perception; Stimulus Parameters; Unconditioned Stimulus. Minor Descriptor: Conditioned Stimulus. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - WHEN A FLAT STIMULUS IS ROTATED IN THE FRONTOPARALLEL PLANE ABOUT A HORIZONTAL AXIS THAT IS AN EXTENSION OF O'S LINE OF REGARD, THE APPARENT DEPTH OF THE STIMULUS IS ENHANCED. THE ENHANCEMENT WAS ENTIRELY A FUNCTION OF PERIPHERAL ASYMMETRY. THE APPARENT DEPTH IN THE STATIC FIGURE, INTERNAL STRUCTURE, OR TAPER IN THE PERIPHERY, WHICH INCREASED AS A FUNCTION OF ROTATION SPEED, DID NOT AUGMENT THE ROTATION-ENHANCED DEPTH. THE MAGNITUDE WAS CONSTANT FOR ANY SERIES OF STIMULI, SUCH AS A SERIES OF OVERLAPPING CIRCLES WITH INCREASING OVERLAP. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - STEREOKINETIC EFFECT & ASYMMETRY & VELOCITY KW - ROTATING OBJECTS KW - 1968 KW - Depth Perception KW - Form and Shape Perception KW - Motion Perception KW - Stimulus Parameters KW - Unconditioned Stimulus KW - Conditioned Stimulus KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pms.1968.26.3.671 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-14795-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-14760-001 AN - 1968-14760-001 AU - Mefferd, Roy B. Jr. AU - Wieland, Betty A. T1 - Apparent size-apparent distance relationships in flat stimuli. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1968/// VL - 26 IS - 3, PT. 1 SP - 959 EP - 966 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-14760-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mefferd, Roy B. Jr.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Autokinetic Illusion; Depth Perception; Illusions (Perception); Orienting Reflex; Patients. Minor Descriptor: Form and Shape Perception; Orienting Responses; Perceptual Orientation. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - OS JUDGED THE APPARENT SIZES OF THE 'NEAR' AND 'FAR' FACES OF A NECKER CUBE AND OF A 'CYLINDER' PERCEPT FORMED STEREOKINETICALLY FROM A PAIR OF OVERLAPPING FLAT CIRCLES ROTATING IN THE FRONTAL PLANE. THE 'NEAR' FACE WITH BOTH STIMULI WAS JUDGED TO BE SMALLER THAN THE 'FAR' ONE. THIS WAS A CONSTANT PROPERTY OF THE 'NEAR' FACE REGARDLESS OF PERSPECTIVE REVERSALS. THESE RESULTS SUGGEST THAT THERE IS A PHYSIOLOGICAL MECHANISM FOR THE ORGANIZATION OF SIZE-DISTANCE RELATIONSHIPS. (15 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - APPARENT SIZE-APPARENT DISTANCE RELATIONSHIPS IN FLAT STIMULIH KW - 1968 KW - Autokinetic Illusion KW - Depth Perception KW - Illusions (Perception) KW - Orienting Reflex KW - Patients KW - Form and Shape Perception KW - Orienting Responses KW - Perceptual Orientation KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pms.1968.26.3.959 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-14760-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-14447-001 AN - 1968-14447-001 AU - Hart, James C. T1 - Much ado about something. JF - The Gerontologist JO - The Gerontologist JA - Gerontologist Y1 - 1968/// VL - 8 IS - 1, PT. 1 SP - 34 EP - 37 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0016-9013 SN - 1758-5341 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-14447-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hart, James C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Restoration Center, East Orange, N.J. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Disorders; Geriatrics; Nervous System Disorders; Neurology; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - QUESTIONS THE USE OF THE TERM CHRONIC BRAIN SYNDROME WITHOUT QUALIFYING SUBSCRIPTS AND INDICATES THAT IT 'DOES NOT OFFER ANYTHING TO THE NEEDS OF THE NEUROLOGICALLY DISABLED PATIENTS EXCEPT AN UNFORTUNATE NEGATIVISTIC STIGMA, BOTH MEDICALLY AND SOCIALLY.' IT IS PROPOSED THAT IN A MULTIDISCIPLINARY TREATMENT APPROACH, ATTENTION CAN BE GIVEN TO THE IDENTITY OF A DRUG AND ADMINISTERED 'AS A DEFINITIVE, MEASURABLE, AND MANIPULATED TREATMENT ADJUNCT' WHICH IS 'READILY AVAILABLE, AND CAN BE CONTROLLED AND ADMINISTERED EASILY AND SAFELY BY PERSONNEL WHETHER ON A FORMAL PROFESSIONAL STAFF OR FAMILY LEVEL.' 'ATTENTION' IS INTENDED TO SHIFT THE EMPHASIS FROM 'CARE' TO 'TREATMENT.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - CHRONIC BRAIN SYNDROME KW - CRITICISM OF TERM KW - 1968 KW - Brain Disorders KW - Geriatrics KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Neurology KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1968 DO - 10.1093/geront/8.1_Part_1.34 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-14447-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-14279-001 AN - 1968-14279-001 AU - Subotnik, Leo T1 - Transference in client-centered child therapy: An unsuccessful case. JF - The Journal of Genetic Psychology: Research and Theory on Human Development JO - The Journal of Genetic Psychology: Research and Theory on Human Development JA - J Genet Psychol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 112 IS - 2 SP - 183 EP - 198 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-1325 SN - 1940-0896 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-14279-001. Other Journal Title: The Pedagogical Seminary; The Pedagogical Seminary and Journal of Genetic Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Subotnik, Leo; Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Clinic, Des Moines, IA. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Case Report; Client Centered Therapy; Psychotherapeutic Transference; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Intellectual Development Disorder. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - ATTITUDES OF AN INSTITUTIONALIZED 71/2-YR-OLD MENTALLY RETARDED WHITE BOY TOWARD HIS THERAPIST, 2 TEACHERS, AND 2 COTTAGE WORKERS BEFORE, DURING, AND FOLLOWING 2 MO. OF PSYCHOTHERAPY WERE INFERRED BY THE PARTICIPANT ADULTS AND QUANTIFIED BY Q-SORTS. SIMILARLY, 3 EXAMINING PSYCHOLOGISTS DESCRIBED THE BOY'S ATTITUDES TOWARD HIS MOTHER AND FATHER BEFORE AND AFTER THERAPY. ALL 31 Q-SORTS WERE INTERCORRELATED AND FACTOR ANALYZED. A FACTOR SOLUTION WAS ACHIEVED COMPATIBLE WITH THE TRANSFERENCE HYPOTHESIS. SEX SIMILARITY WAS A POTENT BUT NOT EXCLUSIVE DETERMINANT OF TRANSFERENCE. THE THERAPIST WAS NOT UNIQUELY DIFFERENT AS A PARENT SURROGATE IN ELICITING TRANSFERENCE ATTITUDES. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - TRANSFERENCE TOWARD PARENTS & THERAPIST KW - CLIENT CENTERED THERAPY KW - 71/2 YR. OLD MENTALLY RETARDED BOY KW - 1968 KW - Case Report KW - Client Centered Therapy KW - Psychotherapeutic Transference KW - Treatment KW - Intellectual Development Disorder KW - 1968 DO - 10.1080/00221325.1968.10533794 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-14279-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-14258-001 AN - 1968-14258-001 AU - Hussar, Allen E. AU - Pachter, Maurice T1 - Myocardial infarction and fatal coronary insufficiency during electroconvulsive therapy. JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JA - JAMA Y1 - 1968/// VL - 204 IS - 11 SP - 1004 EP - 1006 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0098-7484 SN - 1538-3598 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-14258-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hussar, Allen E.; Franklin D. Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Case Report; Heart; Treatment. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - DISCUSSES THE POSSIBLE CONNECTION BETWEEN ECT AND CORONARY ACCIDENTS. A 72-YR-OLD MALE SUFFERED A MYOCARDIAL INFARCTION DURING HIS 1ST ECT AND A FATAL ACUTE CORONARY INSUFFICIENCY DURING HIS 2ND ECT, GIVEN 3 MO. LATER. THESE 2 INCIDENTS STRONGLY SUGGEST THAT ECT MAY TRIGGER CORONARY DEATH IN PERSONS WITH SIGNIFICANT CORONARY HEART DISEASE. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ECS THERAPY KW - MYOCARDIAL INFARCTION & DEATH KW - 72 YR. OLD MALE KW - 1968 KW - Case Report KW - Heart KW - Treatment KW - 1968 DO - 10.1001/jama.204.11.1004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-14258-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-14100-001 AN - 1968-14100-001 AU - MAYFIELD, DEMMIE G. T1 - PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY OF ALCOHOL: II. AFFECTIVE TOLERANCE IN ALCOHOL INTOXICATION. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1968/// VL - 146 IS - 4 SP - 322 EP - 327 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-14100-001. PMID: 5652841 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: MAYFIELD, DEMMIE G.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., DURHAM, N.C. Release Date: 19680101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcoholism; Attitude Measures; Emotions; Intelligence Measures. Minor Descriptor: Interest Inventories; Personality Measures; Preference Measures. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - THE CHANGE IN AFFECT ACCOMPANYING INTRAVENOUS ALCOHOL INFUSION WAS MEASURED USING THE CLYDE MOOD SCALE IN 2 GROUPS OF ALCOHOLIC PATIENTS. IN GROUP I, INTOXICATED TO A LOW LEVEL, SIGNIFICANT IMPROVEMENT IN 1 MOOD FACTOR WAS ACCOMPANIED BY DETERIORATION IN ANOTHER. GROUP II, INTOXICATED TO A MODERATE LEVEL, FAILED TO SHOW SIGNIFICANT IMPROVEMENT IN ANY MOOD FACTOR. THE FINDINGS SUGGEST THAT, IN THESE ALCOHOLIC PATIENTS, AFFECTIVE IMPROVEMENT WITH INTOXICATION WOULD BE MINIMAL AND TRANSIENT AND PROBABLY OPTIMAL AT THE LEVEL OF MILD INTOXICATION. THESE FINDINGS RAISE QUESTIONS ABOUT THEORIES OF ALCOHOLISM WHICH ARE BASED UPON AFFECTIVE IMPROVEMENT WITH INTOXICATION. THE POSSIBILITY OF AFFECTIVE TOLERANCE TO ALCOHOL INTOXICATION AND THE IMPORTANCE OF NONPHARMACOLOGICAL FACTORS IN THE DRINKING EXPERIENCE ARE DISCUSSED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - INTOXICATION BY INTRAVENOUS INFUSION KW - CLYDE MOOD SCALE KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - 1968 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Alcoholism KW - Attitude Measures KW - Emotions KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Interest Inventories KW - Personality Measures KW - Preference Measures KW - 1968 DO - 10.1097/00005053-196804000-00007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-14100-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-14099-001 AN - 1968-14099-001 AU - MAYFIELD, DEMMIE G. T1 - PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY OF ALCOHOL: I. AFFECTIVE CHANGE WITH INTOXICATION, DRINKING BEHAVIOR AND AFFECTIVE STATE. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1968/// VL - 146 IS - 4 SP - 314 EP - 321 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-14099-001. PMID: 5652840 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: MAYFIELD, DEMMIE G.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., DURHAM, N.C. Release Date: 19680101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcoholism; Depression (Emotion); Emotions; Interest Inventories. Minor Descriptor: Attitude Measures; Intelligence Measures; Personality Measures; Preference Measures. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - THE CHANGE IN AFFECT ACCOMPANYING AN INTRAVENOUS ALCOHOL INFUSION WAS MEASURED USING THE CLYDE MOOD SCALE IN 3 GROUPS OF DEPRESSED SS. THE CHANGE IN AFFECT WITH INTOXICATION IN PATIENTS WITH A HISTORY OF EXCESSIVE DRINKING WAS COMPARED WITH THE CHANGE IN PATIENTS WHO HAD NEVER USED ALCOHOL EXCESSIVELY. BOTH GROUPS SHOWED SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENT IN SEVERAL AREAS OF AFFECT BUT THE MODERATE DRINKERS HAD SIGNIFICANTLY MORE IMPROVEMENT THAN THE EXCESSIVE DRINKERS. IN A 3RD GROUP OF PATIENTS ALCOHOL INFUSION WAS PERFORMED ON 2 OCCASIONS: WHILE SEVERELY DEPRESSED AND AGAIN AFTER REMISSION OF SYMPTOMS OF DEPRESSION. INTOXICATION DURING DEPRESSION PRODUCED A PROFOUND IMPROVEMENT IN A VARIETY OF AFFECTS. SIGNIFICANT IMPROVEMENT WAS SEEN IN ONLY 1 MOOD FACTOR WITH THE INTOXICATION INDUCED DURING REMISSION. THESE FINDINGS INDICATE THAT THE PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGICAL INFLUENCE OF ALCOHOL ON AFFECT: (1) IS PRIMARILY A PALLIATION OF DISORDERED AFFECT, AND (2) MAY BE DIFFERENT IN EXCESSIVE DRINKERS THAN IN MODERATE DRINKERS AND ABSTAINERS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - INTRAVENOUS INFUSION OF ALCOHOL KW - CLYDE MOOD SCALE KW - DEPRESSED PATIENTS WITH VS. WITHOUT HISTORY OF ALCOHOL EXCESS KW - 1968 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Alcoholism KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Emotions KW - Interest Inventories KW - Attitude Measures KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Personality Measures KW - Preference Measures KW - 1968 DO - 10.1097/00005053-196804000-00006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-14099-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-13811-001 AN - 1968-13811-001 AU - Klett, William G. AU - Vestre, Norris D. T1 - DEMOGRAPHIC AND PROGNOSTIC CHARACTERISTICS OF PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS CLASSIFIED BY GROSS MMPI MEASURES. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1968/06// VL - 32 IS - 3 SP - 271 EP - 275 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-13811-001. PMID: 4385850 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Klett, William G.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., ST. CLOUD, MINN. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161031. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Marital Relations; Occupations; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Scoring (Testing); Test Scores. Minor Descriptor: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychiatric Hospitals. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - APPLICATION OF THE GILBERSTADT-DUKER MMPI RULES TO THE MMPI PROFILES OF PATIENTS ADMITTED TO A PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITAL REVEALED THAT ONLY 28% OF THESE SS PRODUCED CLASSIFIABLE PROFILES, AND 36% PRODUCED INVALID PROFILES. SS WERE STUDIED FURTHER BY CLASSIFYING ALL PROFILES ON THE BASIS OF GROSS INDICES OF VALID (I.E., L > 60 AND/OR F > 80) VS. INVALID AND NORMAL (I.E., ALL CLINICAL SCALES LESS THAN T = 70) VS. ABNORMAL. DEMOGRAPHIC, DIAGNOSTIC, AND PROGNOSTIC DIFFERENCES WERE FOUND BETWEEN THESE GROUPS. (22 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI PROFILES/CLASSIFICATION OF KW - DIAGNOSIS & COMMITMENT STATUS & MARITAL STATUS & OCCUPATIONAL LEVEL KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1968 KW - Marital Relations KW - Occupations KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Scoring (Testing) KW - Test Scores KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/h0025916 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-13811-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-13283-001 AN - 1968-13283-001 AU - McGinty, Dennis J. AU - Sterman, Maurice B. T1 - Sleep suppression after basal forebrain lesions in the cat. JF - Science JO - Science JA - Science Y1 - 1968/// VL - 160 IS - 3833 SP - 1253 EP - 1255 CY - US PB - American Assn for the Advancement of Science SN - 0036-8075 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-13283-001. PMID: 5689683 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McGinty, Dennis J.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda, CA, US. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161205. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Lesions; Sleep. Minor Descriptor: Cats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - LARGE BILATERAL PREOPTIC LESIONS PRODUCED COMPLETE SLEEPLESSNESS IN 2 CATS. IN 8 OTHERS SIMILAR BUT SMALLER LESIONS RESULTED IN A SIGNIFICANT REDUCTION OF QUIET (SLOW-WAVE) SLEEP BY 55-73%, AND ACTIVE (PARADOXICAL) SLEEP BY 80-100%. THESE VALUES WERE DETERMINED BY PRE- AND POSTLESION 22-HR CONTINUOUS OBSERVATIONS. COMPLETE SLEEPLESSNESS WAS FOLLOWED BY LETHAL EXHAUSTION WITHIN A FEW DAYS, WHEREAS INCOMPLETE SLEEPLESSNESS PERSISTED AT MAXIMUM LEVELS FOR 2-3 WK. THE SUPPRESSION OF SLEEP WAS CHARACTERIZED BY A GRADUAL ONSET DURING THE 1ST 1-2 WK., AND A COMPLETE OR PARTIAL RECOVERY AFTER 6-8 WK. THE SEVERITY OF SLEEP SUPPRESSION WAS FOUND TO BE RELATED TO THE SIZE AND LOCALIZATION OF LESIONS PLACED SPECIFICALLY WITHIN THE PREOPTIC AREA AND NOT TO TRANSIENT DISTURBANCES IN FEEDING AND TEMPERATURE REGULATION. (18 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PREOPTIC LESION/LARGE BILATERAL KW - SLEEP SUPPRESSION KW - 1968 KW - Lesions KW - Sleep KW - Cats KW - 1968 DO - 10.1126/science.160.3833.1253 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-13283-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-13058-001 AN - 1968-13058-001 AU - Chotlos, John W. AU - Goldstein, Gerald T1 - Psychophysiological responses to meaningful sounds. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1968/// VL - 145 IS - 4 SP - 314 EP - 325 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-13058-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Chotlos, John W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Auditory Discrimination; Auditory Stimulation; Physiological Psychology; Schizophrenia. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - 44 MALE SS (11 ALCOHOLICS, 11 HYPERTENSIVES, 11 SCHIZOPHRENICS, AND 11 NORMALS) WERE SS IN A STUDY TO ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS: '(1) DO THE GROUPS DIFFER IN AMPLITUDE OR PATTERN OF REACTIVITY TO THE SOUNDS? (2) IS THERE A DIFFERENCE IN PHYSIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY DURING SOUND AND DURING SILENCE? (3) WHICH OF THE PHYSIOLOGICAL MEASURES, IF ANY, DISCRIMINATE AMONG THE GROUPS?' RESULTS SHOWED THAT SKIN RESISTANCE ALONE DISCRIMINATED AMONG THE GROUPS. OTHER MEASURES SHOWED AN INTERESTING PATTERN OF CONTRASTS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGICAL RESPONSES KW - ALCOHOLICS VS. HYPERTENSIVES VS. SCHIZOPHRENICS VS. NORMALS KW - 1968 KW - Alcoholism KW - Auditory Discrimination KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Physiological Psychology KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1968 DO - 10.1097/00005053-196710000-00006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-13058-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-12385-001 AN - 1968-12385-001 AU - Sands, Patrick M. AU - Hanson, Philip G. AU - Sheldon, Robert B. T1 - Recurring themes in group psychotherapy with alcoholics. JF - Psychiatric Quarterly JO - Psychiatric Quarterly JA - Psychiatr Q Y1 - 1967/// VL - 41 IS - 3 SP - 474 EP - 482 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-2720 SN - 1573-6709 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-12385-001. PMID: 6078024 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sands, Patrick M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170102. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Group Psychotherapy. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 4 PROMINENT THEMES ARE SELECTED FOR COMMENT FROM GROUP THERAPY SESSIONS WITH ALCOHOLICS AND THEIR WIVES: (1) PUNITIVE MOTHER-REBELLIOUS CHILD, (2) MAKING UP FOR LOST TIME, (3) INABILITY TO EXPRESS FEELINGS, AND (4) STRIVING FOR PERFECTION. UNDERSTANDING THESE CONFLICTS MAY HAVE CLINICAL AND THEORETICAL IMPORTANCE IN THE DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF ALCOHOLICS AND OTHER PATIENTS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - GROUP THERAPY WITH WIVES KW - PROMINENT THEMESE KW - 1967 KW - Alcoholism KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - 1967 DO - 10.1007/BF01562611 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-12385-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-12379-001 AN - 1968-12379-001 AU - Freed, Earl X. T1 - Interpersonal values of hospitalized alcoholic psychiatric patients. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1968/// VL - 22 IS - 2 SP - 403 EP - 406 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-12379-001. PMID: 5650227 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freed, Earl X.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Alcohol Research Lab., Lyons, N.J. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170102. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Interpersonal Interaction; Psychiatric Patients; Values. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - VALUE STRUCTURES OF 39 ALCOHOLIC PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS WERE COMPARED WITH THOSE OF 29 NONALCOHOLIC PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS ON THE SURVEY OF INTERPERSONAL VALUES. BOTH GROUPS, PERHAPS BECAUSE OF THEIR INSTITUTIONALIZATION, HAD THEIR HIGHEST SCORES ON A SCALE PROBING CONFORMITY. THE ALCOHOLIC SS HAD SIGNIFICANTLY LOW SCORES ON LEADERSHIP WHICH WAS INDICATIVE OF NOT PLACING VALUE ON POWER, AUTHORITY, AND LEADERSHIP. A TREND WAS ALSO NOTED FOR THE ALCOHOLIC SS TO BE LESS SOCIABLE THAN THE PSYCHIATRIC SS. THE GROUPS DID NOT DIFFER SIGNIFICANTLY ON SCALES OF SUPPORT, CONFORMITY, RECOGNITION, AND BENEVOLENCE. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - INTERPERSONAL VALUES KW - HOSPITALIZED ALCOHOLIC PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1968 KW - Alcoholism KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Values KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1968.22.2.403 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-12379-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-12311-001 AN - 1968-12311-001 AU - Gregory, Ceasar C. AU - Downie, N. M. T1 - Prognostic study of patients who left, returned, and stayed in a psychiatric hospital. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology JA - J Couns Psychol Y1 - 1968/05// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 232 EP - 236 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-12311-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gregory, Ceasar C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Marion, Ind. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170102. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Marital Relations; Military Personnel; Money; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Psychiatric Hospitals. Minor Descriptor: Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: May, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - STUDIED PSYCHIATRIC SS IN A VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSPITAL. 776 SS WERE PLACED IN 1 OF 3 GROUPS: (1) THOSE WHO LEFT THE HOSPITAL AND DID NOT RETURN AT THE TIME OF DATA ANALYSIS, (2) THOSE WHO RETURNED WITHIN 12 MO., AND (3) THOSE WHO DID NOT LEAVE. DATA WERE OBTAINED ON THE FOLLOWING VARIABLES: AGE, SERVICE DATES, FUNDS, SOURCE OF FUNDS, HOSPITALIZATIONS, DIAGNOSIS, EDUCATIONAL LEVEL, MARITAL STATUS, EMPLOYMENT HISTORY, NUMBER OF JOBS, EMPLOYABILITY, AND RECOMMENDED ACTIONS. 9 OF THE 12 VARIABLES SHOWED HIGHLY SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES. RESULTS POINTED TO NEW INSIGHTS INTO THE WORKING ABILITY OF PSYCHIATRIC SS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS LEAVING & RETURNING & STAYING IN HOSPITAL KW - AGE & MILITARY SERVICE DATES & FUNDS & HOSPITALIZATIONS & DIAGNOSIS & EDUCATION & MARITAL STATUS & EMPLOYMENT KW - 1968 KW - Marital Relations KW - Military Personnel KW - Money KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/h0025867 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-12311-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-12301-001 AN - 1968-12301-001 AU - Walsh, Arthur C. T1 - Anticoagulant therapy as a potentially effective method for the prevention of presenile dementia: Two case reports. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1968/// VL - 16 IS - 4 SP - 472 EP - 481 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-12301-001. PMID: 4171324 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Walsh, Arthur C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pittsburgh, PA. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170102. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blood; Brain Disorders; Cardiovascular System; Drug Therapy; Geriatrics. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - HYPOTHESIZES THAT PRESENILE DEMENTIA RESULTS FROM ARTERIAL INSUFFICIENCY OF THE BRAIN CONSEQUENT TO A THROMBOTIC PROCESS IN THE ARTERIES SUPPLYING THE BRAIN. IN 9 PATIENTS LONG-TERM ANTICOAGULANT THERAPY APPEARED TO PREVENT THE EXPECTED PROGRESSION OF THE DEMENTIA. 2 CASE HISTORIES ARE GIVEN IN DETAIL. IT IS ALSO SUGGESTED THAT THERAPEUTIC TRIALS ARE WARRANTED AND THAT A THOROUGH INVESTIGATION OF BOTH THE INTRACRANIAL AND EXTRACRANIAL ARTERIAL BLOOD SUPPLY TO THE BRAIN IN PATIENTS WITH PRESENILE DEMENTIA MIGHT YIELD USEFUL INFORMATION AS TO THE ETIOLOGY. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - BISHYDROXYCOUMARIN ANTICOAGULANT THERAPY KW - PRESENILE DEMENTIA PREVENTION KW - CASE STUDIES KW - GERIATRIC PATIENTST KW - 1968 KW - Blood KW - Brain Disorders KW - Cardiovascular System KW - Drug Therapy KW - Geriatrics KW - 1968 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1968.tb02829.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-12301-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-12277-001 AN - 1968-12277-001 AU - KRAMER, MILTON AU - WHITMAN, ROY M. AU - BALDRIDGE, BILL T1 - DRUGS AND DREAMS: III. THE EFFECTS OF IMIPRAMINE ON THE DREAMS OF DEPRESSED PATIENTS. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1968/// VL - 124 IS - 10 SP - 1385 EP - 1392 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-12277-001. PMID: 5643656 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: KRAMER, MILTON; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., CINCINNATI, O. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depression (Emotion); Dreaming; Drug Therapy; Drugs; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - AN EXAMINATION OF THE DREAMS OF 10 DEPRESSED HOSPITALIZED PATIENTS REVEALED THAT THERE ARE MEASURABLE CHANGES IN DREAM CONTENT WHICH ACCOMPANY IMIPRAMINE TREATMENT AND CLINICAL IMPROVEMENT. THE FINDINGS ARE CONSISTENT WITH A VIEW OF THE INTRAPSYCHIC CONDITION IN DEPRESSION AS BEING HIGH IN FEELINGS OF HOSTILITY AND ANXIETY AND LOW IN HETEROSEXUALITY AND MOTILITY. THE ESSENTIAL PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGIC ACTION OF IMIPRAMINE IN DEPRESSION IS A 2-STEP EFFECT IN WHICH HOSTILITY IS MOBILIZED AND THEN DISCHARGED. (33 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - CONTENT & IMIPRAMINE TREATMENT & CLINICAL IMPROVEMENT KW - DEPRESSED PATIENTS KW - 1968 KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Dreaming KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drugs KW - Treatment KW - 1968 DO - 10.1176/ajp.124.10.1385 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-12277-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-12249-001 AN - 1968-12249-001 AU - McGee, Thomas F. AU - Racusen, Frances R. T1 - An evaluation of alumni group psychotherapy: For patients discharged from a group living program. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1968/// VL - 18 IS - 4 SP - 420 EP - 427 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-12249-001. PMID: 4296296 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McGee, Thomas F.; Veterans Administration West Side Hosp., Chicago, Ill. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170102. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Psychiatric Patients; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - 31 PATIENTS PREVIOUSLY DIAGNOSED AS SCHIZOPHRENICS WERE INVITED TO ATTEND AN OUTPATIENT ALUMNI GROUP AFTER DISCHARGE FROM AN INTENSIVE TREATMENT PROGRAM. THE GROUP MET FOR 11/2 HR. 1 NIGHT/WK, AND WAS CONDUCTED BY THE SAME MALE AND FEMALE COTHERAPISTS WHO HAD CONDUCTED INPATIENT GROUP PSYCHOTHERAPY. 24 SS ATTENDED 1 OR MORE SESSIONS. 12 SS WHO PARTICIPATED 6 MO. OR LONGER MAINTAINED GAINS FROM PREVIOUS THERAPY AND, IN GENERAL, DID NOT SEEK OR NEED REHOSPITALIZATION. THE THERAPISTS AND SS' RELATIVES GAVE COMPARATIVE APPRAISALS OF THE LEVEL OF THE SS FUNCTIONING 6 MO. AFTER DISCHARGE. SS HAD FAVORABLE IMPRESSIONS OF THE GROUP, PARTICULARLY REGARDING INTERPERSONAL INVOLVEMENT AND OCCUPATIONAL STABILITY. THE EFFECTIVENESS AND ADVANTAGES OF THE PROGRAM ARE STRESSED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ALUMNI GROUP PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - EX-PATIENTS OF INTENSIVE TREATMENT PROGRAM KW - 1968 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Treatment KW - 1968 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1968.01740040036005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-12249-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-12232-001 AN - 1968-12232-001 AU - Parker, Rolland S. T1 - The varieties of resistance in group psychotherapy considered from the viewpoint of adaptation. JF - Psychiatric Quarterly JO - Psychiatric Quarterly JA - Psychiatr Q Y1 - 1967/// VL - 41 IS - 3 SP - 525 EP - 535 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-2720 SN - 1573-6709 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-12232-001. PMID: 6078026 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Parker, Rolland S.; Veterans Administration Regional Office, New York, N.Y. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170102. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adaptation; Group Psychotherapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - RESISTANCE IN GROUP THERAPY IS BASED ON THE VIEWPOINT THAT UNCHANGING BEHAVIOR REVEALS THE PATIENT'S GENERALIZED MODE OF ADAPTATION UTILIZED TO MAINTAIN STABILITY AND AVOID ANXIETY WHILE ACHIEVING HIS GOALS. CONSTITUTIONAL RESISTANCE SHOWS IN CHRONIC STRESS REACTIONS, CERTAIN PSYCHOSOMATIC PHENOMENA, AND PERCEPTUAL DISTORTIONS SUCH AS DEFECTIVE RECEPTION AND PROJECTION. 'DYNAMIC MAINTENANCE OF STABILITY' IS SUBDIVIDED INTO THE SELF-SIGNALING SYSTEM (FEELING OF WEAKNESS, BLAMING OTHERS) AND OVERT-SOCIAL-MANIPULATIVE EFFORTS (LEARNED ROLES AS A PATIENT-PASSIVITY), AND UNWILLINGNESS TO YIELD INFANTILE GRATIFICATION (WEAK MOTIVATION, PSEUDOPARTICIPATION, DEFECTIVE TRANSMISSION, NONVERBAL BEHAVIOR, CHARACTER ARMORING, DISTURBING ACTIVITIES, AND TRANSFERENCE). RESISTANCE IS APPROACHED AS AN EXTENSION OF THE BIOLOGICAL THEORY OF ADAPTATION. (2 P. REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - RESISTANCE/VARIETIES OF KW - & ADAPTATION KW - 1967 KW - Adaptation KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - 1967 DO - 10.1007/BF01562614 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-12232-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-12180-001 AN - 1968-12180-001 AU - Spiegel, Donald E. AU - Keith-spiegel, Patricia AU - Grayson, Harry M. T1 - Behavior of the typical mental patient as seen by eight groups of hospital personnel. JF - Journal of Psychiatric Research JO - Journal of Psychiatric Research JA - J Psychiatr Res Y1 - 1967/// VL - 5 IS - 4 SP - 317 EP - 325 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0022-3956 SN - 1879-1379 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-12180-001. PMID: 6081271 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spiegel, Donald E.; Brentwood Hosp., Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170102. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Paraprofessional Personnel; Psychiatrists; Psychologists; Psychotherapists. Minor Descriptor: Behavior; Counselors; Mental Health Personnel; Personnel; Psychiatric Patients; Psychiatry; Scientists; Social Workers. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - IN GENERAL, THE FINDINGS CONFIRMED THE HYPOTHESES THAT (1) PERSONNEL GROUPS WHO HAVE LESS CONTACT WITH ACTUAL DAY-TO-DAY BEHAVIOR OF PATIENTS (PSYCHIATRISTS, PSYCHOLOGISTS, REGISTRAR STAFF, AND ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL) WOULD SEE THE TYPICAL PATIENT AS 'BETTER BEHAVED AND LESS PATHOLOGICAL' THAN PERSONNEL WHO ARE IN MORE CONSTANT CONTACT WITH THEM DURING THE DAY AND NIGHT (AIDES, REGISTERED NURSES, SOCIAL WORKERS, AND PHYSICAL MEDICINE AND REHABILITATION PERSONNEL), AND (2) THERE WOULD BE A POSITIVE ASSOCIATION BETWEEN RIGIDITY (DOGMATISM) AND THE DEGREE OF PATHOLOGY CONSIDERED TYPICAL OF MENTAL PATIENTS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MENTAL PATIENT/BEHAVIOR OF TYPICAL KW - AS SEEN BY HOSPITAL PERSONNEL KW - FREQUENCY OF PATIENT CONTACT BY PERSONNEL KW - 1967 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Paraprofessional Personnel KW - Psychiatrists KW - Psychologists KW - Psychotherapists KW - Behavior KW - Counselors KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Personnel KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychiatry KW - Scientists KW - Social Workers KW - 1967 DO - 10.1016/0022-3956(67)90020-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-12180-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-12137-001 AN - 1968-12137-001 AU - YARNELL, THOMAS D. AU - DAWSON, JOSEPH G. T1 - DIFFERENTIAL RESPONDING TO ACHROMATIC AND CHROMATIC RORSCHACH STIMULI. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 24 IS - 2 SP - 228 EP - 230 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-12137-001. Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: YARNELL, THOMAS D.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION CENTER, GULFPORT, MISS. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Color; Rorschach Test. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - 10 FEMALE STUDENTS OBSERVED 1 RORSCHACH CARD PER DAY AND THE CARDS WERE RANKED FOR COMPLEXITY AND PERSONAL PREFERENCE. CHROMATIC CARDS WERE LOOKED AT LONGER AND WERE RANKED AS BEING MORE PREFERRED AND MORE COMPLEX THAN ACHROMATIC CARDS. THE RESULTS ARE DISCUSSED IN RELATION TO CONTROL FOR SEQUENCE AND INTERACTION EFFECTS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ACHROMATIC & CHROMATIC STIMULI KW - DIFFERENTIAL RESPONDING KW - 1968 KW - Color KW - Rorschach Test KW - 1968 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196804)24:2<228::AID-JCLP2270240231>3.0.CO;2-G UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-12137-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-12136-001 AN - 1968-12136-001 AU - Wilkinson, A. Earl AU - Schnadt, Frederick T1 - Human figure drawing characteristics: An empirical study. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 24 IS - 2 SP - 224 EP - 226 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-12136-001. PMID: 4870362 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wilkinson, A. Earl; Veterans Administration Hosp., North Little Rock, Ark. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170102. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drawing; Form and Shape Perception; Projective Personality Measures; Projective Techniques; Projective Testing Technique. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - HUMAN FIGURE DRAWINGS ON 218 PATIENTS WERE SCORED FOR 11 FORMAL AND 14 STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS. 16 OF THE 25 VARIABLES SUCCESSFULLY DISCRIMINATED BETWEEN OR AMONG 2 OR MORE DIAGNOSTIC CATEGORIES. THE RESULTS PROVIDED SUPPORT FOR THE UTILITY OF A SIGN APPROACH TO HUMAN FIGURE DRAWINGS, BUT FURTHER INVESTIGATION IS RECOMMENDED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - HUMAN FIGURE DRAWING CHARACTERISTICS KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1968 KW - Drawing KW - Form and Shape Perception KW - Projective Personality Measures KW - Projective Techniques KW - Projective Testing Technique KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1968 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196804)24:2<224::AID-JCLP2270240229>3.0.CO;2-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-12136-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-12011-001 AN - 1968-12011-001 AU - O'Connell, Walter E. T1 - Humor and death. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1968/// VL - 22 IS - 2 SP - 391 EP - 402 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-12011-001. PMID: 5650226 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Connell, Walter E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170102. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aesthetic Preferences; Attitudes; Death and Dying; Emotions; Occupational Preference. Minor Descriptor: Food Preferences; Preference Measures. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - TO EXPLORE THE RELATIONSHIPS AMONG DEATH FACTORS AS MEASURED BY KALISH'S ATTITUDE ON SOCIAL ISSUES TEST AND O'CONNELL'S STORY TEST, THE LATTER WAS SHORTENED TO 12 ITEMS JUDGED TO HAVE HIGH- AND LOW-DEATH THEMES. FOR EACH ITEM, 96 UNDERGRADUATES REPORTED PREFERENCE FOR HUMOR, HOSTILE WIT, AND RESIGNATION ENDINGS. SCORES WERE CORRELATED WITH KALISH'S 20 DEATH FACTORS. HIGH-DEATH HUMOR, FREUD'S EXAMPLE OF MATURITY, CORRELATED NEGATIVELY WITH DEATH ANXIETY AND HUMANISM. GALLOWS HUMOR APPRECIATION ALSO CORRELATED NEGATIVELY WITH AN AD HOC OWN DEATH CLUSTER CONSISTING OF THE FACTORS OF DEATH ANXIETY, DREAD OF AN UGLY DEATH, FEAR OF BURIAL, AND NOT WANTING TO KNOW OF ONE'S DEATH IN ADVANCE. THOSE WHO APPROVED OF SUICIDE DID NOT APPRECIATE HIGH-DEATH HOSTILE WIT, AND LOW-DEATH HOSTILE WIT BROUGHT DISPLEASURE TO THOSE WITH DEATH ANXIETY. LOW-DEATH RESIGNATION HAD SIGNIFICANT NEGATIVE CORRELATIONS WITH DREAD OF AN UGLY DEATH, AVOIDANCE OF CONTACT WITH THE DEAD, AND DESTRUCTIVE IMPULSIVITY. THOSE WHO VALUED AN OSTENTATIOUS FUNERAL FOR THEMSELVES SCORED HIGHLY ON ALL STORY TEST CATEGORIES EXCEPT HIGH-DEATH HUMOR AND LOW-DEATH RESIGNATION. THESE 2 JEST CONSTRUCTS MIGHT REFLECT RELATIVE MATURITY AT DIFFERENT DEVELOPMENTAL STAGES. (19 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - DEATH/TOWARD KW - HUMOR PREFERENCES KW - 1968 KW - Aesthetic Preferences KW - Attitudes KW - Death and Dying KW - Emotions KW - Occupational Preference KW - Food Preferences KW - Preference Measures KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1968.22.2.391 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-12011-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-11982-001 AN - 1968-11982-001 AU - Piety, Kenneth R. T1 - Parent perception and social adjustment among elementary and high school students. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 24 IS - 2 SP - 165 EP - 171 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-11982-001. PMID: 5650533 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Piety, Kenneth R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Murfreesboro, Tenn. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170102. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Elementary School Students; Parent Child Relations. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180); Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - THE PIETY PARENT-PERCEPTION QUESTIONNAIRE WAS ADMINISTERED TO 250 BOYS AND 250 GIRLS FROM GRADES 4, 6, 8, 10, AND 12. BOTH TEACHERS AND PUPILS WERE GIVEN A 10-ITEM SOCIOMETRIC SCALE REFLECTING SOCIALLY INTEGRATIVE, WITHDRAWN, AND AGGRESSIVE BEHAVIOR PATTERNS. ALL PUPILS WERE CATEGORIZED INTO 3 GROUPS ACCORDING TO THEIR QUESTIONNAIRES. RESULTS FOR IQ AND SOCIAL ADJUSTMENT, SEX BIAS IN TEACHER RATINGS, FAULTY PARENT-PERCEPTION, SCHOOL DROPOUTS, AND AGE CHANGES IN PARENT-PERCEPTION ARE PRESENTED. 'THE HYPOTHESIS THAT INAPPROPRIATE PARENT IDENTIFICATION WOULD BE REFLECTED IN PEER AND TEACHER RATINGS OF ADJUSTMENT WAS SUPPORTED.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PARENT PERCEPTION & SOCIAL ADJUSTMENT KW - & HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS KW - 1968 KW - Adjustment KW - Elementary School Students KW - Parent Child Relations KW - 1968 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196804)24:2<165::AID-JCLP2270240205>3.0.CO;2-F UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-11982-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-11780-001 AN - 1968-11780-001 AU - COWAN, MURRAY A. T1 - THE BASELINE TRANSCEPHALIC D. C. POTENTIAL IN NORMALS. JF - Journal of Psychiatric Research JO - Journal of Psychiatric Research JA - J Psychiatr Res Y1 - 1967/// VL - 5 IS - 4 SP - 307 EP - 315 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0022-3956 SN - 1879-1379 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-11780-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: COWAN, MURRAY A.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., SYRACUSE, N.Y. Release Date: 19680101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Feeding Behavior; Anxiety; Electroencephalography; Food Intake; Ingestion. Minor Descriptor: Excretion; Tobacco Smoking. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - THE RANGE OF INITIAL ALINE TRANSCEPHAA(IP) WAS FOUND TO BE FROM -25-+30 MV. AND APPEARED TO BE UNAFFECTED BY AGE OR INTELLIGENCE; ANXIETY INCREASED THE VARIANCE OF THE GROUP TESTED; SS TENDED TO BE MOST NEGATIVE AROUND 3-5 PM AND 2-3 HR. AFTER EATING; HEAVY EATERS SHOWED A DECREASED NEGATIVE BASE-LINE DC SHIFT (-DP) IN RESPONSE TO NOVEL STIMULI; FECAL RETAINERS SHOWED A MORE POSITIVE IP AND A MORE NEGATIVE DP; AND MILD URINARY RETENTION INCREASED THE VARIANCE IP AND DP; A 20-MIN WAITING PERIOD ABOLISHED ANY EFFECT OF NICOTINE INHALATION; AND THE GREATEST STIMULUS TO PROMOTE A -DP WAS ONE REQUIRING THE S TO DEVELOP A NEW AND COMPLEX ORIENTATION IN ORDER TO RESPOND TO A TASK. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - INITIAL BASELINE TRANSCEPHALIC POTENTIAL KW - AGE & ANXIETY & INTELLIGENCE & EATING & FECAL & URINARY RETENTION & NICOTINE INHALATION KW - 1967 KW - Animal Feeding Behavior KW - Anxiety KW - Electroencephalography KW - Food Intake KW - Ingestion KW - Excretion KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - 1967 DO - 10.1016/0022-3956(67)90019-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-11780-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-11751-001 AN - 1968-11751-001 AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Rosvold, H. Enger T1 - Effect of caudate and septal nuclei lesions on resistance to extinction and delayed-alternation. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1968/06// VL - 65 IS - 3, Pt.1 SP - 397 EP - 403 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-11751-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Butters, Nelson; Boston Veterans Administration Hosp., Aphasia Center, Mass. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170102. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Extinction (Learning); Lateral Dominance; Learning; Responses. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - FOLLOWING 15 DAILY CONDITIONING-EXTINCTION SESSIONS AND TRAINING ON SPATIAL DELAYED-ALTERNATION (DA), 3 RHESUS MONKEYS RECEIVED SEPTAL NUCLEI LESIONS, 3 RECEIVED HEAD OF CAUDATE NUCLEUS LESIONS, AND 3 REMAINED UNOPERATED CONTROLS. ALL SS WERE TESTED FOR ANOTHER 5 CONDITIONING-EXTINCTION SESSIONS AND FOR RETENTION OF DA. BOTH SEPTAL AND CAUDATE LESIONS RESULTED IN INCREASED RESISTANCE TO EXTINCTION; SEPTAL LESIONS WERE ALSO FOLLOWED BY INCREASED CONDITIONING RATES. ON RETENTION OF DA, CAUDATES, IN COMPARISON TO CONTROLS AND SEPTALS, WERE IMPAIRED. THE ORBITAL FRONTAL CORTEX, THE SEPTAL NUCLEI, AND THE VENTROLATERAL SECTOR OF THE CAUDATE APPEAR TO BE PART OF A NEURAL SYSTEM CONCERNED WITH REGULATING RESPONSE TENDENCIES. (16 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - CAUDATE & SEPTAL NUCLEI LESIONS KW - RESISTANCE TO EXTINCTION & DELAYED ALTERNATION KW - MONKEY KW - 1968 KW - Extinction (Learning) KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Learning KW - Responses KW - Monkeys KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/h0025805 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-11751-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-11401-001 AN - 1968-11401-001 AU - CRUMBAUGH, JAMES C. T1 - CROSS-VALIDATION OF PURPOSE-IN-LIFE TEST BASED ON FRANKL'S CONCEPTS. JF - Journal of Individual Psychology JO - Journal of Individual Psychology JA - J Individ Psychol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 24 IS - 1 SP - 74 EP - 81 CY - US PB - University of Texas at Austin SN - 0022-1805 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-11401-001. PMID: 4385494 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: CRUMBAUGH, JAMES C.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., GULFPORT, MISS. Release Date: 19680101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Measurement; Statistical Reliability; Test Reliability; Test Validity; Testing. Minor Descriptor: Psychodiagnosis; Statistical Validity. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - 1151 SS YIELDED DATA ON A REVISED PURPOSE-IN-LIFE TEST WHICH DISCRIMINATES NORMAL AND PSYCHIATRIC GROUPS AS WELL AS GROUPS DIFFERING IN DEGREE OF NORMALITY. FRANKL'S CONCEPTION OF MEANING AND PURPOSE IN LIFE WAS RELIABLY AND VALIDLY MEASURED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PURPOSE-IN-LIFE TEST KW - CROSS-VALIDATION KW - 1968 KW - Measurement KW - Statistical Reliability KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - Testing KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Statistical Validity KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-11401-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-11108-001 AN - 1968-11108-001 AU - Jakubczak, Leonard F. T1 - Psychophysiological aging. JF - The Gerontologist JO - The Gerontologist JA - Gerontologist Y1 - 1967/// VL - 7 IS - 2, PT. 2 SP - 67 EP - 72 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0016-9013 SN - 1758-5341 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-11108-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jakubczak, Leonard F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Jefferson Barracks, MO. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170102. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Paraprofessional Personnel; Personnel; Physiological Aging; Physiological Psychology; Psychotherapists. Minor Descriptor: Counselors; Experimentation; Government; Mental Health Personnel; Psychiatrists; Psychologists; Scientists; Social Workers. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - ENUMERATES SOME OF THE RESEARCH OPPORTUNITIES FOR VETERANS ADMINISTRATION PSYCHOLOGISTS WHO ARE INTERESTED IN AGING. THE PSYCHOLOGIST'S TASK IS TO DISCERN ORDER IN THE BEHAVIOR OF ADULT ORGANISMS AS A FUNCTION OF CA, ACCOUNT FOR THIS ORDER BY THEORY, AND TEST THIS THEORY BY SUBSEQUENT EXPERIMENT. SUGGESTED RESEARCH PROBLEMS INCLUDE THE ROLES OF THE NERVOUS AND ENDOCRINE SYSTEMS, CARDIOVASCULAR DISEASE, AND MOTIVATION IN THE MEDIATION OF AGE CHANGES IN BEHAVIOR. A RESOLUTION OF THESE PROBLEMS WILL HAVE BROAD IMPLICATIONS FOR PROGRAMS THAT ARE DIRECTED TOWARD HELPING THE AGING VETERAN. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGICAL AGING KW - RESEARCH OPPORTUNITIES FOR VETERANS ADMINISTRATION PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - 1967 KW - Paraprofessional Personnel KW - Personnel KW - Physiological Aging KW - Physiological Psychology KW - Psychotherapists KW - Counselors KW - Experimentation KW - Government KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Psychiatrists KW - Psychologists KW - Scientists KW - Social Workers KW - 1967 DO - 10.1093/geront/7.2_Part_2.67 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-11108-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-10804-001 AN - 1968-10804-001 AU - Greenberg, Ramon AU - Pearlman, Chester AU - Brooks, Robert AU - Mayer, Robert AU - Hartmann, Ernest T1 - DREAMING AND KORSAKOFF'S PSYCHOSIS. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1968/// VL - 18 IS - 2 SP - 203 EP - 209 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-10804-001. Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Greenberg, Ramon; BOSTON VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., MASS. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20131118. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Dreaming; Memory; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - DESCRIBES THE CHANGES OCCURRING IN THE SLEEP PATTERNS AND THE EFFECT OF KORSAKOFF'S PSYCHOSIS ON THE DREAMS OF 14 MALE PATIENTS WITH HISTORIES OF ALCOHOLISM FOLLOWED BY MEMORY IMPAIRMENT. THE CHANGES IN SLEEP PATTERNS, WITH AN INCREASE IN STAGE 1 SLEEP IN THE EARLY MONTHS OF ILLNESS, ARE COMPARED WITH CLINICAL CHANGES DESCRIBED IN KORSAKOFF SS. THE NATURE OF THE LESION IN KORSAKOFF'S DISEASE IS CONSIDERED IN RELATION TO SLEEP AND DREAM ABNORMALITIES. AN ATTEMPT IS MADE TO RELATE THE FUNCTION OF DREAMING TO THE DEVELOPMENT OF RECENT MEMORIES BY INTEGRATING THEM WITH PAST MEMORIES AND FEELINGS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MEMORY KW - KORSAKOV'S PSYCHOSIS KW - PATIENTS WITH ALCOHOLISM HISTORY & MEMORY IMPAIRMENT KW - 1968 KW - Alcoholism KW - Dreaming KW - Memory KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1968 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1968.01740020075009 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-10804-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-10693-001 AN - 1968-10693-001 AU - Sweeney, Anita AU - Drage, Elaine T1 - Group therapy: An analysis of the orientation phase. JF - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing & Mental Health Services JO - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing & Mental Health Services Y1 - 1968/// VL - 6 IS - 1 SP - 20 EP - 26 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-10693-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sweeney, Anita; Veterans Administration Hosp., Marion, Ind. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170102. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Orienting Reflex; Orienting Responses; Perceptual Orientation; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - DEFINES THE GOAL OF GROUP THERAPY AS THE PROMOTION OF AWARENESS OF SELF AND OTHERS THROUGH FORCED INTERACTION. THE THERAPIST'S ROLE IS TO INTERVENE IN THE SS' THOUGHT TO ENCOURAGE MORE REALISTIC ATTITUDES. A DESCRIPTION OF A NUMBER OF SESSIONS OF THE ORIENTATION PHASE OF THERAPY IS INCLUDED DEMONSTRATING THE STEPS OF UNCERTAINTY AND OVER-AGGRESSIVENESS. THE GROWTH OF PATIENTS' COMPATIBILITY WAS NOTED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ORIENTATION PHASE KW - 1968 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Orienting Reflex KW - Orienting Responses KW - Perceptual Orientation KW - Treatment KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-10693-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-10627-001 AN - 1968-10627-001 AU - TAULBEE, EARL S. AU - STENMARK, DAVID E. T1 - THE BLACKY PICTURES TEST: A COMPREHENSIVE ANNOTATED AND INDEXED BIBLIOGRAPHY (1949-1967). JF - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment Y1 - 1968/// VL - 32 IS - 2 SP - 102 EP - 137 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum N1 - Accession Number: 1968-10627-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: TAULBEE, EARL S.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., TUSCALOOSA, ALA. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19680101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Bibliography. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Projective Personality Measures; Projective Techniques; Projective Testing Technique. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 36. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - LISTS 137 ARTICLE ABSTRACTS FOR THE BLACKY PICTURES TEST FOR PERSONALITY ASSESSMENT. A CONTENT INDEX, AUTHOR INDEX, AND A LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS ARE INCLUDED TO FACILITATE USE IN CLINICAL PRACTICE AND RESEARCH. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - BLACKY PICTURE TEST KW - BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ABSTRACTS KW - 1947-1967 KW - 1968 KW - Projective Personality Measures KW - Projective Techniques KW - Projective Testing Technique KW - 1968 DO - 10.1080/0091651X.1968.10120461 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-10627-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-10298-001 AN - 1968-10298-001 AU - Ray, Oakley S. AU - Bivens, Lyle W. T1 - Reinforcement magnitude as a determinant of performance decrement after electroconvulsive shock. JF - Science JO - Science JA - Science Y1 - 1968/// VL - 160 IS - 3825 SP - 330 EP - 332 CY - US PB - American Assn for the Advancement of Science SN - 0036-8075 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-10298-001. PMID: 5641269 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ray, Oakley S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pittsburgh, PA. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170102. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Performance; Job Performance; Performance Tests; Reinforcement; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Mice. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - THE INTENSITY OF A FOOT SHOCK MAY BE A DETERMINANT OF THE RATE AT WHICH AN AVOIDANCE RESPONSE BECOMES RESISTANT TO DISRUPTION BY ECS. 325 NAIVE MALE MICE OF THE CARWORTH FARMS STRAIN WERE TRAINED, 1 TRIAL A DAY, IN A PASSIVE AVOIDANCE LEARNING TASK, WITH 1 OF 3 FOOT-SHOCK INTENSITIES. ECS WAS ADMINISTERED AT VARIOUS INTERVALS AFTER EACH TRIAL. AT ALL FOOT-SHOCK INTENSITIES, ECS GIVEN 10 SEC. AFTER EACH TRAINING TRIAL DISRUPTED LEARNING. WHEN ECS WAS GIVEN AT LONGER INTERVALS AFTER EACH TRIAL, SS LEARNING AT LOW INTENSITIES OF FOOT SHOCK SHOWED GREATER IMPAIRMENT OF PERFORMANCE THAN SS LEARNING AT HIGH INTENSITIES. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PERFORMANCE DECREMENT & REINFORCEMENT MAGNITUDE KW - ECS KW - MOUSE KW - 1968 KW - Group Performance KW - Job Performance KW - Performance Tests KW - Reinforcement KW - Treatment KW - Mice KW - 1968 DO - 10.1126/science.160.3825.330 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-10298-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-10219-001 AN - 1968-10219-001 AU - Jakubczak, L. F. T1 - Age differences in the effects of terminal food deprivation (starvation) on activity, weight loss, and survival of rats. JF - Journal of Gerontology JO - Journal of Gerontology JA - J Gerontol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 22 IS - 4 SP - 421 EP - 426 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0022-1422 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-10219-001. PMID: 6059392 Other Journal Title: The Journals of Gerontology: Series A: Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jakubczak, L. F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Jefferson Barracks, MO. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170102. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Animal Ethology; Body Weight; Death and Dying; Food Deprivation. Minor Descriptor: Animals; Rats; Weight Loss. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - ATTEMPTED TO DETERMINE WHETHER OR NOT THERE WERE AGE DIFFERENCES IN THE EFFECTS OF FOOD DEPRIVATION ON THE ACTIVITY-WHEEL RUNNING OF RATS. 5 AGE GROUPS OF MALE SPRAGUE-DAWLEY RATS (2-, 3-, 6-, 11-, AND 26-MO OLD) WERE ASSIGNED TO WAHMANN ACTIVITY WHEELS. AFTER AN ADAPTATION PERIOD, FOOD WAS TOTALLY AND PERMANENTLY WITHDRAWN FROM 1/2 OF THE RATS WITHIN EACH AGE GROUP, WHILE FOOD WAS CONTINUALLY AVAILABLE TO THE OTHER 1/2. RESULTS INDICATE THAT PERCENTAGE OF BODY WEIGHT LOSS IS A MORE COMPARABLE WAY OF SPECIFYING DEGREE OF NEED AND DRIVE RESULTING FROM FOOD DEPRIVATION IN RATS OF DIFFERENT AGE GROUPS THAN IS DURATION OF DEPRIVATION. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ACTIVITY & WEIGHT LOSS & SURVIVAL KW - FOOD DEPRIVATION KW - AGE DIFFERENCES KW - RAT KW - 1967 KW - Age Differences KW - Animal Ethology KW - Body Weight KW - Death and Dying KW - Food Deprivation KW - Animals KW - Rats KW - Weight Loss KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-10219-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-09340-001 AN - 1968-09340-001 AU - Goodglass, H. T1 - Binaural digit presentation and early lateral brain damage. JF - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JO - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JA - Cortex Y1 - 1967/// VL - 3 IS - 3 SP - 295 EP - 306 CY - Italy PB - Masson Italia SN - 0010-9452 SN - 1973-8102 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-09340-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goodglass, H.; Boston Veterans Administration Hosp., Mass. Other Publishers: Elsevier Masson SAS. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170102. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Brain Damage; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - A DICHOTIC DIGIT TECHNIQUE WAS USED WITH CHILDREN WHO HAS PREDOMINANTLY LATERALIZED BRAIN DAMAGE TO DETERMINE WHETHER (1) THIS TECHNIQUE DISCRIMINATES BETWEEN CHILDREN HAVING EARLY RIGHT AND EARLY LEFT HEMISPHERIC LESIONS, (2) THE SIDE OF INJURY AFFECTS THE OVERALL ADEQUACY FOR REPORTING DIGITS FROM BOTH EARS COMBINED, (3) THERE IS A RELATION BETWEEN THE DEGREE OF DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE EARS AND THE OVERALL ADEQUACY OF REPORTING, AND (4) THE DEFICIENCY IS MARKED BY ANY MECHANISMS AT WORK. 21 LEFT- AND 11 RIGHT-HEMISPHERE CASES WERE EXAMINED, AND RESULTS INDICATE A DRAMATIC INFERIORITY OF REPORT FROM THE EAR OPPOSITE THE INJURED HEMISPHERE IN MOST CASES, WITH SEVERAL INSTANCES OF TOTAL SUPPRESSION. LEFT AND RIGHT SIDES SHOWED SIMILAR RESULTS. THESE RESULTS ARE IN THE SAME DIRECTION, BUT MUCH MORE 1-SIDED THAN THOSE OF KIMURA'S ANTERIOR TEMPORAL LOBECTOMIZED CASES. IT IS SUGGESTED THAT THE BRAIN LESION RESPONSIBLE FOR THIS FINDING EXTENDS BEYOND THE TEMPORAL LOBE TO THE PERI-SYLVIAN REGION AND THAT THE INTENSITY OF THE EFFECT VARIES WITH INTELLECTUAL EFFICIENCY. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - BRAIN DAMAGED CHILDREN/LATERALIZED KW - DICHOTIC DIGIT TECHNIQUE KW - 1967 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Brain Damage KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1967 DO - 10.1016/S0010-9452(67)80018-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-09340-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-09198-001 AN - 1968-09198-001 AU - Keith-Spiegel, Patricia AU - Spiegel, Donald E. T1 - Affective states of patients immediately preceding suicide. JF - Journal of Psychiatric Research JO - Journal of Psychiatric Research JA - J Psychiatr Res Y1 - 1967/// VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 89 EP - 93 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0022-3956 SN - 1879-1379 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-09198-001. PMID: 6060602 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Keith-Spiegel, Patricia; Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170102. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotions; Mental Disorders; Psychiatric Patients; Suicide. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - PSYCHOLOGICAL STATES OF 52 PATIENTS WITHIN 24 HR. OF COMMITTING SUICIDE WERE COMPARED WITH A CONTROL GROUP. THE STATISTICALLY SIGNIFICANT FINDINGS WERE: (1) MORE DYSPHORIC PSYCHOLOGICAL STATES WERE RECORDED FOR CONTROLS THAN FOR SUICIDES, WITH THE TERM 'CALM' MUCH MORE FREQUENTLY USED TO CHARACTERIZE SUICIDES THAN CONTROLS, AND (2) MORE POTENTIAL CLUES TO SUICIDE WERE FOUND IN THE RECORDS OF SUICIDES. THE FINDINGS SUGGEST THAT A BLOCKING OF DYSPHORIC AFFECTS MAY TEND TO PRECEDE SUICIDE AND PERHAPS MAKE IT POSSIBLE, AND MOOD SHIFTS IN INDIVIDUALS WHO HAVE RECENTLY SHOWN INCLINATIONS TOWARD SUICIDE SHOULD BE INTERPRETED IN THE LIGHT OF CHANGES IN INTENTIONALITY. A CHANGE FROM AGITATION TO CALMNESS OR EUPHORIA SHOULD BE REGARDED WITH SUSPICION UNLESS RELATED TO THE PATIENT'S LIFE SITUATION. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - AFFECTIVE STATE CHANGES PRECEDING SUICIDE KW - AGITATION TO CALMNESS OR EUPHORIA KW - 1967 KW - Emotions KW - Mental Disorders KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Suicide KW - 1967 DO - 10.1016/0022-3956(67)90025-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-09198-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-09197-001 AN - 1968-09197-001 AU - Eisenthal, Sherman T1 - Death ideation in suicidal patients. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1968/04// VL - 73 IS - 2 SP - 162 EP - 167 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-09197-001. PMID: 4172054 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eisenthal, Sherman; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170105. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Abstraction; Death and Dying; Psychiatric Patients; Psychosis; Suicide. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - IN A 3 2 2 FACTORIAL DESIGN WITH REPEATED MEASURES ON THE LAST FACTOR, A SUICIDE ATTEMPT, SUICIDE IDEATION, AND NONSUICIDAL CONTROL GROUP OF NEUROPSYCHIATRIC SS, DIVIDED INTO PSYCHOTIC AND NEUROTIC SUBGROUPS OF 15 SS EACH, VIEWED UNPLEASANT SLIDES AND DEATH SLIDES. MEASURES OF VIEWING TIME, RATED TENSION, AND RATED LIKING WERE OBTAINED. PARTIAL CONFIRMATION WAS OBTAINED FOR THE HYPOTHESIS THAT PSYCHOTIC SS WOULD SHOW LESS THREAT TO DEATH SLIDES THAN THE NEUROTICS. THE HYPOTHESIS THAT SUICIDAL SS WOULD SHOW MORE AVOIDANCE, TENSION, AND DISLIKE FOR THE DEATH SLIDES THAN THE CONTROLS WAS NOT SUPPORTED. THE HYPOTHESIS THAT THE SUICIDE ATTEMPT GROUP WOULD SHOW LESS AVOIDANCE, TENSION, AND DISLIKE THAN THE SUICIDE IDEATION GROUP WAS NOT SUPPORTED. THE HYPOTHESIZED ROLES OF PSYCHOLOGICAL DISTANCE FROM DEATH, COGNITIVE STYLE, AND THE STIMULUS PROPERTIES OF DEATH ARE DISCUSSED. (27 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - IDEATION KW - PSYCHOTIC VS. NEUROTIC SUICIDAL PATIENTS KW - 1968 KW - Abstraction KW - Death and Dying KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychosis KW - Suicide KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/h0025630 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-09197-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-09192-001 AN - 1968-09192-001 AU - Reinert, R. E. T1 - The concept of alcoholism as a disease. JF - Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic JO - Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic JA - Bull Menninger Clin Y1 - 1968/// VL - 32 IS - 1 SP - 35 EP - 46 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0025-9284 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-09192-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reinert, R. E.; Veterans Administration Hospital. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170102. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Habits. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - 'GIVING A CENTRAL POSITION TO THE CONCEPT OF ALCOHOLISM AS A BAD HABIT MAKES POSSIBLE THE INTEGRATION OF THE FINDINGS AND POINTS OF VIEW ABOUT THE CONDITION BETTER THAN ANY OTHER CONCEPTION. PSYCHOLOGICAL AND PHYSICAL FACTORS WHEN THEY EXIST CAN FALL INTO PLACE AS CONTRIBUTING BUT NOT ESSENTIAL FACTORS AND THE FINDINGS OF THE SOCIOLOGISTS NICELY EXPLAIN THE BACKGROUND NECESSARY TO BEGIN THE PROCESS OF LEARNING TO BE AN ALCOHOLIC.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - BAD HABIT CONCEPT KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL & PHYSICAL VS. SOCIOLOGICAL FACTORS KW - 1968 KW - Alcoholism KW - Habits KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-09192-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-09178-001 AN - 1968-09178-001 AU - Bowen, William T. AU - Androes, Leroy T1 - A follow-up study of 79 alcoholic patients: 1963-1965. JF - Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic JO - Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic JA - Bull Menninger Clin Y1 - 1968/// VL - 32 IS - 1 SP - 26 EP - 34 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0025-9284 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-09178-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bowen, William T.; Veterans Administration Hospital. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170102. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Alcoholism; Laws; Occupations; Rehabilitation. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - 'ABOUT 1 IN 5 WHO COMES FOR TREATMENT MAKES A SUCCESSFUL POSTHOSPITAL ADJUSTMENT. 1 IN 4 OF THOSE WHO COMPLETE THE PROGRAM IS ABSTINENT, EMPLOYED, AND HAS NO DIFFICULTY WITH THE LAW. EVEN WHEN THE TREATMENT PROGRAM HAS NOT EVENTUATED IN ABSTINENCE, MANY PATIENTS MADE SIGNIFICANT GAINS IN TERMS OF STEADIER EMPLOYMENT, AND HAD LESS TROUBLE WITH THE POLICE.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ADJUSTMENT AFTER HOSPITAL TREATMENT KW - ABSTINENCE & EMPLOYMENT & TROUBLE WITH POLICEA KW - 1968 KW - Adjustment KW - Alcoholism KW - Laws KW - Occupations KW - Rehabilitation KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-09178-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-09175-001 AN - 1968-09175-001 AU - WATSON, CHARLES G. AU - LOGUE, PATRICK E. T1 - A NOTE ON THE INTERJUDGE RELIABILITY OF PHILLIPS AND ELGIN SCALE RATINGS. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 24 IS - 1 SP - 64 EP - 66 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-09175-001. PMID: 5639462 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: WATSON, CHARLES G.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., ST. CLOUD, MINN. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depression (Emotion); Rating Scales; Schizophrenia; Statistical Reliability; Test Reliability. Minor Descriptor: Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis); Medical Diagnosis; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - 101 SCHIZOPHRENIC MALES WERE INDEPENDENTLY RATED BY THE AUTHORS ON THE PHILLIPS PREMORBID SCALE AND BECKER'S 10-ITEM REVISION OF THE ELGIN PROGNOSTIC SCALE. THE 2 RATERS DIFFERED SIGNIFICANTLY ON BOTH SCALES, AND IT IS FELT THAT THE RESULTS WERE RELATIVELY DISCOURAGING IN RELATION TO THE USE OF THE SCALES FOR S SELECTION IN RESEARCH STUDIES. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - RATINGS OF SCHIZOPHRENIC MALES KW - INTERJUDGE RELIABILITY KW - PHILLIPS PREMORBID SCALE & BECKER'S 10-ITEM REVISION OF ELGIN'S PROGNOSTIC SCALE KW - 1968 KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Rating Scales KW - Schizophrenia KW - Statistical Reliability KW - Test Reliability KW - Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis) KW - Medical Diagnosis KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1968 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196801)24:1<64::AID-JCLP2270240116>3.0.CO;2-Q UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-09175-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-09033-001 AN - 1968-09033-001 AU - MILLER, CHRISTINE AU - KNAPP, SARAH C. AU - DANIELS, CLARA W. T1 - MMPI STUDY OF NEGRO MENTAL HYGIENE CLINIC PATIENTS. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1968/04// VL - 73 IS - 2 SP - 168 EP - 173 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-09033-001. PMID: 4384951 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: MILLER, CHRISTINE; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION MENTAL HYGIENE CLINIC, OAKLAND, CALIF. Release Date: 19680101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blacks; Demographic Characteristics; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychiatric Patients; Socioeconomic Status. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - COMPARED MMPI DATA FOR 100 NEGRO AND 100 WHITE PATIENTS IN A MENTAL HYGIENE CLINIC. THE 2 GROUPS WERE SIMILAR IN EDUCATIONAL LEVEL, BUT THE NEGROES WERE AT A SIGNIFICANTLY LOWER OCCUPATIONAL LEVEL. THE MEAN PROFILES FOR THE 2 GROUPS WERE SIMILAR. ORDERING THE MMPIS BY THE HIGHEST AND 2 HIGHEST CLINICAL SCALE SCORES SHOWED DIFFERENCES ON FEMININE INTERESTS AND SCHIZOPHRENIA (SC) AS THE HIGHEST SCORES, AND ON HYPOCHONDRIASIS (HS)-SC, SC-HS, DEPRESSION (D)-PSYCHASTHENIA (PT), AND PT-D FOR THE 2 HIGHEST SCORES. THE CONCLUSIONS ARE THAT THE NEGROES TEND TO BE MORE CONFORMING TO MIDDLE-CLASS STANDARDS, MORE DENYING OF ANXIETY AND SENSITIVITY, AND MORE FOCUSED ON PHYSICAL SYMPTOMS THAN THE WHITES. IT ALSO APPEARED THAT ANXIETY AND HOSTILITY WERE MORE FREQUENTLY DENIED AND PROJECTED ONTO IMPERSONAL AND DISTANT OBJECTS BY THE NEGROES. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SOCIOECONOMIC STATUS KW - NEGRO MENTAL PATIENTS KW - 1968 KW - Blacks KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Socioeconomic Status KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/h0025619 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-09033-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-09015-001 AN - 1968-09015-001 AU - Cicchetti, Domenic V. AU - Ornston, Patricia S. T1 - REPORTED FAMILY DYNAMICS AND PSYCHOPATHOLOGY: II. THE REACTIONS OF MENTAL PATIENTS OF A DISTURBED FAMILY IN PSYCHOTHERAPY. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1968/04// VL - 73 IS - 2 SP - 156 EP - 161 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-09015-001. PMID: 5649175 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cicchetti, Domenic V.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., WEST HAVEN, CONN. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Communication; Family; Hospitalization; Hospitals; Nervous System Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - REACTIONS OF HOSPITALIZED NEUROPSYCHIATRIC SS WERE COMPARED AFTER EXPOSURE TO A FILM DEPICTING A DISTURBED PATTERN OF COMMUNICATION BETWEEN A MOTHER, FATHER, SCHIZOPHRENIC SON, AND PSYCHOTHERAPIST. AS HYPOTHESIZED, THE FOLLOWING RESULTS OCCURRED: (1) 16 ADEQUATELY ADJUSTED, SS MADE FEWER ERRORS WHEN ASKED QUESTIONS ABOUT THE FILMED INTERACTION, AND ATTRIBUTED MORE PATHOLOGY TO THE FAMILY MEMBERS IN THE FILM; AND (2) THE MORE PATHOLOGY THAT SS ATTRIBUTED TO THEIR OWN PARENTS, THE LESS ACCURATELY THEY ANSWERED QUESTIONS ABOUT THE FAMILY MEMBERS IN THE FILM, AND THE LESS PATHOLOGICAL THEY RATED THE BEHAVIOR OF THE FAMILY IN THE FILM. RESULTS ARE CONSISTENT WITH THEORIES THAT LINK ADULT PSYCHOPATHOLOGY TO REPEATED FAILURES IN INTERPERSONAL RELATIONSHIPS WHICH PRESUMABLY ORIGINATE IN AN EXAGGERATED OVERATTACHMENT BETWEEN CHILDREN AND PARENTS. (18 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PERCEPTION OF DISTURBED FAMILY'S COMMUNICATION KW - NEUROPSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1968 KW - Communication KW - Family KW - Hospitalization KW - Hospitals KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/h0025614 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-09015-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-08998-001 AN - 1968-08998-001 AU - PARKER, ROLLAND S. AU - PIOTROWSKI, ZYGMUNT A. T1 - THE SIGNIFICANCE OF VARIETIES OF ACTORS OF RORSCHACH HUMAN MOVEMENT RESPONSES. JF - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment Y1 - 1968/// VL - 32 IS - 1 SP - 33 EP - 44 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum N1 - Accession Number: 1968-08998-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: PARKER, ROLLAND S.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., NEW YORK, N.Y. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19680101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Discrimination; Motion Perception; Motor Processes; Responses; Rorschach Test. Minor Descriptor: Projection (Defense Mechanism). Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - THE MOVEMENT (M) RESPONSES OF COLLEGE STUDENTS AND HOSPITALIZED SCHIZOPHRENICS WERE DICHOTOMIZED INTO ACTORS AND ACTIONS. 5 TYPES OF ACTORS, COMPLEX RESPONSE TRENDS, ADJUSTMENT LEVELS, AND INTERACTIONS WERE DISCRIMINATED. RATINGS OF FEELING TONE WERE NOT VERY RELIABLE, WITH ASSOCIATIONS TO M RATED BOTH MORE NEGATIVELY AND RELIABLY THAN ACTIONS. A SINGLE FACTOR OF COMFORT-DISCOMFORT WAS ELICITED. UNACCEPTABLE ATTITUDES WERE PARTLY EXPRESSED THROUGH OTHER-SEX FIGURES. ELABORATION OF THE ACTOR BEYOND A SIMPLE FIGURE TENDS TO BE ASSOCIATED WITH DISCOMFORT. 30 MALE COLLEGE STUDENTS AND 60 MALE AND FEMALE SCHIZOPHRENICS PROJECTED ACCEPTING ATTITUDES TOWARD DIFFERENT ACTOR TYPES. M CONTENT WAS RELATED TO DEVELOPMENT AND THERAPEUTIC TRANSFERENCE. (22 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MOVEMENT RESPONSES KW - DISCRIMINABLE PROJECTED FIGURES KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS & COLLEGE STUDENTS KW - 1968 KW - Discrimination KW - Motion Perception KW - Motor Processes KW - Responses KW - Rorschach Test KW - Projection (Defense Mechanism) KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-08998-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-08973-001 AN - 1968-08973-001 AU - Uribe, Bernard Jr. AU - Mcreynolds, Paul T1 - Comparison of two measures of innovative performance. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1967/// VL - 25 IS - 3 SP - 777 EP - 780 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-08973-001. PMID: 4866357 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Uribe, Bernard Jr.; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Hospital, Behavioral Research Lab., Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161208. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aesthetic Preferences; College Students; Personality Measures; Personality; Preference Measures. Minor Descriptor: Cognition; Food Preferences; Inventories; Occupational Preference. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - INVESTIGATED THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE OBSCURE FIGURES TEST AND THE SIMILES PREFERENCE INVENTORY. THE FORMER WAS DESIGNED TO ASSESS COGNITIVE INNOVATION, AND THE 2ND TO MEASURE THE TENDENCY TOWARD VARIETY. THE CORRELATION BETWEEN THE 2 FOR A SAMPLE OF 58 COLLEGE STUDENTS WAS .52 (P < .01). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SIMILES PREFERENCE INVENTORY & OBSCURE FIGURES TEST KW - COLLEGE STUDENTS KW - 1967 KW - Aesthetic Preferences KW - College Students KW - Personality Measures KW - Personality KW - Preference Measures KW - Cognition KW - Food Preferences KW - Inventories KW - Occupational Preference KW - 1967 DO - 10.2466/pms.1967.25.3.777 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-08973-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-08967-001 AN - 1968-08967-001 AU - Spiegel, Donald E. AU - Olivo, Martha L. AU - Spiegel, Patricia K. T1 - Tactual appeal and aversion: Validation of three predictors. JF - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment Y1 - 1968/// VL - 32 IS - 1 SP - 82 EP - 87 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum N1 - Accession Number: 1968-08967-001. PMID: 5638035 Other Journal Title: Journal of Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spiegel, Donald E.; Brentwood Hospital, Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, CA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161208. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Cutaneous Sense; Personality Measures; Stimulation; Tactual Perception. Minor Descriptor: Responses. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - A TOUCH ADJECTIVE LIST (TAL), THE TACTUAL REACTIVITY SCALE (TRS OF THE SPIEGEL PERSONALITY INVENTORY, AND THE TAYLOR MA SCALE WERE ADMINISTERED TO 27 MALE AND 27 FEMALE COLLEGE STUDENTS IN AN EFFORT TO EVALUATE RELATIVE ABILITY TO PREDICT AFFECTIVE RESPONSE TO TACTILE MATERIALS ON THE TACTUAL EXPERIENCE TASK (TET). MEAN SCORES FOR THE SEXES DID NOT DIFFER SIGNIFICANTLY. INTERCORRELATIONS AMONG PREDICTORS WERE SIMILAR OR BOTH SEXES, HOWEVER MAS AND TRS CORRELATED SIGNIFICANTLY WITH TET FOR FEMALES ONLY. IN A MULTIPLE LINEAR REGRESSION ANALYSIS, TAL WAS FOUND TO BE A GOOD PREDICTOR OF TET FOR MALES AND AN EVEN BETTER ONE FOR FEMALES. MAS AND TRS CONTRIBUTED SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE PREDICTION OF TET FOR FEMALES ONLY. (17 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - STIMULATION/PREDICTION OF RESPONSE TO KW - TAYLOR MANIFEST ANXIETY SCALE & TACTUAL REACTIVITY SCALE & TOUCH ADJECTIVE LIST KW - SEX DIFFERENCES KW - COLLEGE STUDENTS KW - 1968 KW - Anxiety KW - Cutaneous Sense KW - Personality Measures KW - Stimulation KW - Tactual Perception KW - Responses KW - 1968 DO - 10.1080/0091651X.1968.10120452 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-08967-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-08938-001 AN - 1968-08938-001 AU - HOLMES, J. STEVEN T1 - ACUTE PSYCHIATRIC PATIENT PERFORMANCE ON THE WAIS. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 24 IS - 1 SP - 87 EP - 91 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-08938-001. PMID: 5639469 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: HOLMES, J. STEVEN; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., INDIANAPOLIS, IND. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Education; Neurology; Psychiatric Patients; Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100); Educational Psychology (3500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - WAIS RESULTS ON 333 NEUROPSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS WERE ANALYZED ALONG WITH A COMPARISON GROUP OF 32 WAIS RECORDS ON MALE MEDICAL AND SURGICAL PATIENTS. ANALYSES FOR EDUCATION, DIAGNOSTIC GROUP, IQ VALUES, AND BETWEEN SAMPLES AND THE WAIS RESULTS ARE PRESENTED. THERE WERE SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES BETWEEN DIAGNOSTIC GROUPS BUT NOT BETWEEN AGE GROUPS. PROFILE PATTERNS FOR THE DIFFERENT GROUPS WERE FOUND TO BE NEARLY IDENTICAL IN SHAPE DIFFERING PRIMARILY IN ELEVATION. 'THE RESULTS SEEM PARTICULARLY RELEVANT TO THE USE OF SUBSCALE DIFFERENCES AS DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION. CURRENT RESULTS FAIL TO LEND SUPPORT TO THIS USE OF SUBSCALE INFORMATION.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PROFILE PATTERNS & EDUCATION & DIAGNOSTIC & AGE GROUPS KW - NEUROPSYCHIATRIC VS. MEDICAL & SURGICAL PATIENTS KW - 1968 KW - Age Differences KW - Education KW - Neurology KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children KW - 1968 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196801)24:1<87::AID-JCLP2270240127>3.0.CO;2-B UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-08938-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-08836-001 AN - 1968-08836-001 AU - Bentinck, Catherine T1 - Opinions about mental illness held by patients and relatives. JF - Family Process JO - Family Process JA - Fam Process Y1 - 1967/// VL - 6 IS - 2 SP - 193 EP - 207 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0014-7370 SN - 1545-5300 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-08836-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bentinck, Catherine; Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, TX, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161208. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitudes; Disorders; Mental Disorders; Patients; Schizophrenia. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - THE OPINIONS ABOUT THE MENTAL ILLNESS SCALE WAS ADMINISTERED TO A 50 SCHIZOPHRENICS AND 50 RELATIVES AND TO AN EQUAL NUMBER OF CONTROLS CONSISTING OF MEDICAL PATIENTS AND RELATIVES. SCHIZOPHRENICS HAD LOWER SCORES FOR BENEVOLENCE AND SOCIAL RESTRICTIVENESS THAN EITHER RELATIVES OR THE MEDICAL PATIENTS, WHILE THEIR RELATIVES HAD LOWER SCORES FOR MENTAL HYGIENE IDEOLOGY THAN THE RELATIVES OF MEDICAL PATIENTS. THE OPINION SCORES OF SCHIZOPHRENICS' RELATIVES, WHEN COMPARED WITH THOSE OF MENTAL HOSPITAL PERSONNEL, HAD MORE IN COMMON WITH BLUE COLLAR EMPLOYEES THAN WITH MENTAL HEALTH PROFESSIONALS. SINCE AN IMPORTANT GOAL OF COMMUNITY-CENTERED PSYCHIATRIC TREATMENT PROGRAMS IS TO KEEP PATIENTS IN OR NEAR THEIR OWN HOMES, THE RESULTS OF THIS STUDY HAVE IMPORTANT IMPLICATIONS FOR MENTAL HEALTH PROFESSIONALS ASSOCIATED WITH SUCH PROGRAMS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MENTAL ILLNESS/TOWARD KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS & MEDICAL PATIENTS & RELATIVES KW - 1967 KW - Attitudes KW - Disorders KW - Mental Disorders KW - Patients KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1967 DO - 10.1111/j.1545-5300.1967.00193.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-08836-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-08610-001 AN - 1968-08610-001 AU - HANS, MARY B. AU - GILMORE, THOMAS H. T1 - SOCIAL ASPECTS OF HUNTINGTON'S CHOREA. JF - The British Journal of Psychiatry JO - The British Journal of Psychiatry JA - Br J Psychiatry Y1 - 1968/// VL - 114 IS - 506 SP - 93 EP - 98 CY - United Kingdom PB - Royal College of Psychiatrists SN - 0007-1250 SN - 1472-1465 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-08610-001. PMID: 4229842 Other Journal Title: Journal of Mental Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: HANS, MARY B.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., ALBANY, N.Y. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20120611. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Disorders; Family; Genetics; Rehabilitation. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - HUNTINGTON'S CHOREA, A HEREDITARY DISEASE WITH IRREVERSIBLE AND PROGRESSIVE PHYSICAL AND MENTAL DETERIORATION, PRESENTS A MAJOR EMOTIONAL-SOCIAL-FINANCIAL PROBLEM FOR THE FAMILY. PROBLEMS OF SUBSTANTIATION OF FAMILY HISTORY OF THE DISEASE, EDUCATION OF THE PATIENT AND HIS FAMILY TO THE NATURE OF THE DISEASE, AND RELATED PLANNING AND CASEWORK SERVICES ARE DISCUSSED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - HUNTINGTON'S CHOREA & EFFECT ON FAMILY KW - 1968 KW - Adjustment KW - Disorders KW - Family KW - Genetics KW - Rehabilitation KW - 1968 DO - 10.1192/bjp.114.506.93 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-08610-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-08513-001 AN - 1968-08513-001 AU - Williams, Martin W. AU - Williams, Charles S. AU - Autry, William E. T1 - Terminal body weights of hyperthyroid tumor bearing mice. JF - Life Sciences JO - Life Sciences JA - Life Sci Y1 - 1968/// VL - 7 IS - 2 SP - 39 EP - 44 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0024-3205 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-08513-001. PMID: 5638918 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Williams, Martin W.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Tucson, AZ, US. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161205. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anatomy; Biochemistry; Body Weight; Glands. Minor Descriptor: Mice. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - BODY WEIGHTS OF YOUNG ADULT HYPERTHYROID MICE CARRYING S180 OR C755 ARE SIGNIFICANTLY GREATER AT TIME OF SACRIFICE (10-13 DAYS AFTER IMPLANTING) THAN CONTROLS. THE SAME HYPERTHYROID MICE, WHEN COMPARED WITH CONTROLS, PRODUCED SMALLER TUMORS. THIS EFFECT MAY BE DUE TO THE INDUCED HYPERTHYROIDISM. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - TERMINAL BODY WEIGHTS OF HYPERTHYROID TUMOR BEARING MICE KW - 1968 KW - Anatomy KW - Biochemistry KW - Body Weight KW - Glands KW - Mice KW - 1968 DO - 10.1016/0024-3205(68)90345-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-08513-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-08477-001 AN - 1968-08477-001 AU - Ray, Oakley S. AU - Hine, Bromfield AU - Bivens, Lyle W. T1 - Stability of self-stimulation responding during long test sessions. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1968/// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 161 EP - 164 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-08477-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ray, Oakley S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pittsburgh, PA. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170102. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Stimulation; Experimentation; Interstimulus Interval; Intertrial Interval; Stimulus Intervals. Minor Descriptor: Rats; Self-Stimulation; Shock. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - RATS WITH ELECTRODES IMPLANTED IN EITHER REWARDING PREOPTIC OR POSTERIOR HYPOTHALAMIC AREAS WERE RUN ON SELF-STIMULATION IN CONTINUOUS 16-HR SESSIONS AT SEVERAL CURRENT LEVELS. COMPARISON OF RESPONDING IN HOURS 14-16 TO RESPONDING IN HOURS 0-2 SUGGESTED THAT IN HYPOTHALAMIC BUT NOT PREOPTIC SITES RESPONSE STABILITY IS RELATED POSITIVELY TO INITIAL RESPONSE RATE AND CURVILINEARLY TO CURRENT LEVEL. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - STABILITY OF SELF-STIMULATION RESPONDING IN LONG SESSIONS KW - 1968 KW - Brain Stimulation KW - Experimentation KW - Interstimulus Interval KW - Intertrial Interval KW - Stimulus Intervals KW - Rats KW - Self-Stimulation KW - Shock KW - 1968 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(68)90048-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-08477-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-08335-001 AN - 1968-08335-001 AU - Keenan, Joseph S. T1 - The nature of receptive and expressive impairments in aphasia. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JA - J Speech Hear Disord Y1 - 1968/// VL - 33 IS - 1 SP - 20 EP - 25 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Association SN - 0022-4677 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-08335-001. PMID: 5643956 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Keenan, Joseph S.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Atlanta, GA, US. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161205. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Verbal Ability; Verbal Fluency; Verbal Learning; Verbal Reinforcement. Minor Descriptor: Language; Measurement; Retention; Testing; Verbal Communication. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - PERCEPTIVE AND EXPRESSIVE LANGUAGE IMPAIRMENTS ARE NOT DIFFERENT KINDS OF APHASIA BUT DIFFERENT MANIFESTATIONS OF A BREAKDOWN IN LANGUAGE RETENTION. MANY APHASIA TEST ITEMS ARE ACTUALLY TESTS OF VERBAL RETENTION. 'RECEPTIVE' ITEMS TEST VERBAL RECALL. STANDARDIZATION DATA ON 2 PUBLISHED TESTS ARE ANALYZED TO SHOW THAT PATIENTS PERFORMED ACCORDING TO THIS PREDICTION. FOR A GIVEN SET OF REFERENTS, SCORES ON RECOGNITION (RECEPTIVE) ITEMS WERE CONSISTENTLY HIGHER THAN SCORES ON RECALL (EXPRESSIVE) ITEMS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - & BREAKDOWN IN LANGUAGE RETENTION KW - APHASIA TEST ITEMS VS. TESTS OF VERBAL RETENTION KW - 1968 KW - Aphasia KW - Verbal Ability KW - Verbal Fluency KW - Verbal Learning KW - Verbal Reinforcement KW - Language KW - Measurement KW - Retention KW - Testing KW - Verbal Communication KW - 1968 DO - 10.1044/jshd.3301.20 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-08335-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-08093-001 AN - 1968-08093-001 AU - Gilbert, Joseph AU - Gilbert, James E. T1 - Rater reliability of a depressive rating scale. JF - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JO - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JA - J Psychol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 68 IS - 2 SP - 173 EP - 180 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-3980 SN - 1940-1019 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-08093-001. PMID: 5641694 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gilbert, Joseph; Veterans Administration Hosp., Charleston, SC, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis); Depression (Emotion); Medical Diagnosis; Psychodiagnosis. Minor Descriptor: Rating Scales; Statistical Reliability; Test Reliability. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - DESCRIBES THE DEPRESSIVE RATING SCALE (DRS). THE RELIABILITY OF TOTAL SCORES ON THE DRS FOR 5 RATERS AND 15 SS WAS .905 FOR 1 RATER AND .979 OUT OF A POSSIBLE 1 FOR THE MEAN OR RELIABILITY OF ALL RATERS. CERTAIN PROCEDURES WERE USED TO DEAL WITH THE PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED IN THE ASSESSMENT OF THIS TYPE OF PSYCHOMETRIC DEVICE: (1) THE USE OF INDEPENDENT RATINGS SIMULTANEOUSLY OBTAINED IN A GROUP SETTING, (2) DETERMINATION OF RELIABILITY BY AN ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE TECHNIQUE, AND (3) THE ASSESSMENT OF RELIABILITY BY EVALUATION OF THE CONSISTENCY OF RATERS. A PRELIMINARY APPRAISAL OF THE ABSOLUTE CHANGE IN WECHSLER SUBTEST AND COLOR NAMING SCORES WAS UNIFORMLY ASSOCIATED WITH DRS SCORES IN THE HYPOTHESIZED DIRECTION. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - DEPRESSIVE RATING SCALE KW - RATER RELIABILITY KW - 1968 KW - Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis) KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Medical Diagnosis KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Rating Scales KW - Statistical Reliability KW - Test Reliability KW - 1968 DO - 10.1080/00223980.1968.10543420 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-08093-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-07529-001 AN - 1968-07529-001 AU - Benson, D. Frank AU - Geschwind, Norman T1 - Shrinking retrograde amnesia. JF - Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry JO - Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry JA - J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry Y1 - 1967/// VL - 30 IS - 6 SP - 539 EP - 544 CY - United Kingdom PB - BMJ Publishing Group SN - 0022-3050 SN - 1468-330X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-07529-001. PMID: 5583097 Other Journal Title: Journal of Neurology & Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Benson, D. Frank; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Case Report; Retrograde Amnesia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - PRESENTS A CASE OF POSTTRAUMATIC ENCEPHALOPATHY IN A 33 YR. OLD MAN WITH A 3-MO PERIOD OF POSTTRAUMATIC AMNESIA. PARTICULAR ATTENTION WAS GIVEN TO THE STRIKING SHRINKING OF RETROGRADE AMNESIA WHICH OCCURRED AFTER RECOVERY OF RECENT MEMORY FUNCTION HAD TAKEN PLACE AND TO THE DENIAL OF ILLNESS SEEN. 2 TYPES OF PERMANENT RETROGRADE AMNESIA ARE SHOWN BY THIS AND OTHER CASES OF MEMORY LOSS, A LONG RETROGRADE AMNESIA OF SEVERAL YR. AND A SHORTER RETROGRADE AMNESIA, USUALLY OF LESS THAN 1 DAY'S DURATION. RETROGRADE AMNESIA OF INTERMEDIATE LENGTH APPEARS TO OCCUR ONLY DURING THE PERIOD OF SHRINKING OF THE RETROGRADE AMNESIA. LONG-TERM RETROGRADE AMNESIA IS ASSOCIATED WITH A CONTINUED DEFECT IN RECENT MEMORY WHEREAS SHORT-TERM AMNESIA IS PRESENT ONLY IN PERSONS WITH INTACT ABILITY TO LEARN NEW INFORMATION. THE FACT THAT MEMORIES THAT ARE UNAVAILABLE DURING LONG-TERM AMNESIA CAN RETURN WITHOUT A PROCESS OF RELEARNING SHOWS THAT THE ABILITY TO RETRIEVE MEMORIES IS LOST. THUS IT IS SUGGESTED THAT THE SAME ANATOMICAL SUBSTRATE NECESSARY FOR LAYING DOWN NEW MEMORIES IS PROBABLY NECESSARY FOR RETRIEVAL OF LESS OVERLEARNED OR MORE RECENTLY ACQUIRED PAST MEMORIES. THIS HAS SIGNIFICANT IMPLICATIONS FOR ANIMAL EXPERIMENTATION DEALING WITH MEMORY, PARTICULARLY THOSE CONCERNED WITH THE TIME COURSE OF MEMORY 'CONSOLIDATION.' DENIAL OF ILLNESS WAS NOTABLE IN THIS CASE UP TO THE POINT THAT RECENT MEMORY FUNCTION RETURNED AT WHICH TIME THE DENIAL ABRUPTLY CEASED. THIS SUGGESTS THAT THE DENIAL WAS ACTUALLY A CONFABULATION CAUSED BY INABILITY TO LEARN NEW INFORMATION, SPECIFICALLY THE DETAILS OF THE PRESENT ILLNESS. AFTER RECOVERY OF MEMORY FUNCTION, DENIAL OF ILLNESS, THE RECENT MEMORY DEFECT, AND LENGTHENING OF THE RETROGRADE AMNESIA WERE REPRODUCED BY USE OF INTRAVENOUS AMYTAL, AGAIN SUGGESTING THE LINKAGE OF THESE DISTURBANCES. (16 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SHRINKING RETROGRADE AMNESIA KW - 1967 KW - Amnesia KW - Case Report KW - Retrograde Amnesia KW - 1967 DO - 10.1136/jnnp.30.6.539 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-07529-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-07485-001 AN - 1968-07485-001 AU - Eisenthal, Sherman T1 - Suicide and aggression. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1967/// VL - 21 IS - 3 SP - 745 EP - 751 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-07485-001. PMID: 4865522 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eisenthal, Sherman; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Academic Achievement Prediction; Suicide. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - SUICIDE-ATTEMPT, SUICIDE-IDEATION, AND NONSUICIDAL CONTROL GROUPS OF NEUROPSYCHIATRIC SS WERE DIVIDED INTO PSYCHOTIC AND NEUROTIC SUBGROUPS (N'S = 15). SS VIEWED 2 CLASSES OF SLIDES, A SERIES OF DEATH SCENES, AND 1 OF UNPLEASANT SCENES. EACH SERIES CONTAINED AGGRESSIVE AND NONAGGRESSIVE CONTENT. ANALYSES OF THE 3 2 2 FACTORIAL DESIGN, WITH REPEATED MEASURES, WERE BASED ON MEASURES OF VIEWING TIME, RATED TENSION, AND RATED LIKING. AGGRESSIVE SLIDES INDUCED SIGNIFICANTLY GREATER THREAT THAN NONAGGRESSIVE SLIDES IN THE DEATH SLIDE SERIES AND TO A LESSER DEGREE IN THE UNPLEASANT SLIDES. SUICIDAL SS DID NOT MANIFEST A CONSISTENT STYLE OF RESPONSE TO AGGRESSIVE SLIDES IN EITHER SERIES. THE MEASURE OF AGGRESSIVE MOOD ALSO WAS NOT DIFFERENT FOR SUICIDAL AND NONSUICIDAL SS. SUICIDE IDEATORS DID NOT DIFFERENTIATE AGGRESSIVE AND NONAGGRESSIVE SLIDES BUT ATTEMPTERS AND CONTROLS DID. THE ROLE OF ANXIETY LEVEL IS DISCUSSED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - & AGGRESSION KW - 1967 KW - Academic Achievement Prediction KW - Suicide KW - 1967 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1967.21.3.745 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-07485-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-07316-001 AN - 1968-07316-001 AU - HARFORD, THOMAS C. AU - WILLIS, CONSTANCE H. AU - DEABLER, HERDIS L. T1 - PERSONALITY CORRELATES OF MASCULINITY-FEMININITY. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1967/// VL - 21 IS - 3 SP - 881 EP - 884 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-07316-001. PMID: 6079658 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: HARFORD, THOMAS C.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION OUTPATIENT CLINIC, BOSTON, MASS. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19680101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Sex Differences; Personality Correlates; Sex Linked Developmental Differences; Sex Roles. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - EXAMINES THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MASCULINITY-FEMININITY AND PERSONALITY. 213 MALE VOLUNTEERS WERE ADMINISTERED A TEST BATTERY INCLUDING THE SVIB, THE 16 PF, THE GENERAL APTITUDE TEST BATTERY, AND THE ALLPORT-VERNON-LINDZEY STUDY OF VALUES. MEASURES OF MASCULINITY-FEMININITY DERIVED FROM THE SVIB DIFFERENTIALLY RELATED TO PERSONALITY, VALUES, AND GENERAL APTITUDES. WHILE MASCULINITY WAS ASSOCIATED WITH ALOOFNESS, UNPRETENTIOUSNESS, AND A TOUGH POISE, IT WAS ALSO ASSOCIATED WITH GUILT PRONENESS, ANXIETY, AND NEUROTIC TENDENCIES. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MASCULINITY-FEMININITY KW - PERSONALITY CORRELATES KW - 1967 KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Personality Correlates KW - Sex Linked Developmental Differences KW - Sex Roles KW - 1967 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1967.21.3.881 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-07316-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-07225-001 AN - 1968-07225-001 AU - Oram, Phyllis G. T1 - Induction of action and attitude change: The function of role-self conflicts and levels of endorsement. JF - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JO - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JA - J Psychol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 68 IS - 1 SP - 39 EP - 48 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-3980 SN - 1940-1019 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-07225-001. PMID: 5636178 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Oram, Phyllis G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitude Change; Nurses; Nursing; Roles. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - 87 REGISTERED NURSES WERE ASKED TO WRITE ESSAYS AGAINST THEIR OWN OPINIONS UNDER A ROLE-APPROACH/SELF-AVOIDANCE CONDITION, OR A SELF-APPROACH/ROLE-AVOIDANCE CONDITION. IT WAS PREDICTED THAT A ROLE-APPROACH SITUATION WOULD LEAD TO ATTITUDE CHANGE UNDER CONDITIONS OF INDUCED BEHAVIOR, WHILE A SELF-APPROACH SITUATION WOULD NOT, AND THAT MORE ATTITUDE CHANGE WOULD OCCUR UNDER STRONG ENDORSEMENT. THE RESULTS SUPPORT THE NOTION THAT ATTITUDE CHANGE CAN BE PREDICTED ON THE BASIS OF THE GOAL GRADIENTS INHERENT IN THE SITUATION. PREDICTIONS REGARDING LEVEL OF ENDORSEMENT WERE NOT SUPPORTED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ROLE-SELF CONFLICTS & ENDORSEMENT LEVELS KW - NURSES KW - 1968 KW - Attitude Change KW - Nurses KW - Nursing KW - Roles KW - 1968 DO - 10.1080/00223980.1968.10544127 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-07225-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-06908-001 AN - 1968-06908-001 AU - Murphree, Oddist D. AU - Dykman, Roscoe A. AU - Peters, John E. T1 - Genetically-determined abnormal behavior in dogs. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1967/// VL - 2 IS - 3 SP - 199 EP - 205 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-06908-001. Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Murphree, Oddist D.; North Little Rock Veterans Administration Hosp., Ark. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior; Genetics. Minor Descriptor: Dogs. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - STARTING WITH RELATIVELY STABLE AND WITH VERY TIMID PURE-BRED POINTER STOCK, DATA ACCUMULATED ON EXPLORATORY ACTIVITY, REACTIONS TO A LOUD NOISE, AND REACTIONS TO FRIENDLY AND THREATENING HUMANS DEMONSTRATE CLEAR-CUT STRAIN DIFFERENCES. THESE DIFFERENCES APPEAR AS EARLY AS 2 MO. ON SOME TESTS, AND LATER AT EARLY MATURITY ON OTHERS. A GENERAL FACTOR OF FEAR OR TIMIDITY EXPLAINS MOST OF THE ATYPICAL BEHAVIOR OF THE UNSTABLE SS. THE CONSISTENCY OF RESULTS OVER 3 GENERATIONS OF OFFSPRING SUGGESTS A RELATIVELY SIMPLE MODE OF AUTOSOMAL INHERITANCE. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - GENETICALLY DETERMINED ABNORMAL BEHAVIOR KW - 1967 KW - Behavior KW - Genetics KW - Dogs KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-06908-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-06810-001 AN - 1968-06810-001 AU - Brown, Barbara B. T1 - Relationship between evoked response changes and behavior following small doses of nicotine. JF - Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences JO - Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences JA - Ann N Y Acad Sci Y1 - 1967/// VL - 142 IS - 1 SP - 190 EP - 200 CY - US PB - New York Academy of Sciences SN - 0077-8923 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-06810-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brown, Barbara B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior; Biochemistry; Drugs; Tobacco Smoking. Minor Descriptor: Cats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - NICOTINE IN CATS PRODUCED PROLONGED DROWSINESS, WHOSE ONSET WAS LATER IN APPREHENSIVE OR OUTGOING CATS. NICOTINE EFFECTS TENDED TO BE VARIABLE IN THE SAME ANIMAL. SOME EVIDENCE FOR CONTINUED ALERTNESS EXISTS. EEG SHOWED INCREASED FREQUENCY AND ENERGY CONTENT IN THE LOWER RANGES, BUT DECREASED ENERGY CONTENT IN THE HIGHER. EFFECTS SUGGESTING HIPPOCAMPAL AND RETICULAR FORMATION INFLUENCES WERE SUGGESTED. BEHAVIORAL EFFECTS SEEMED INFLUENCED BY THE PERSONALITIES OF THE CATS USED AS SS. (21 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EVOKED RESPONSE CHANGES & BEHAVIOR KW - NICOTINE KW - CAT KW - 1967 KW - Behavior KW - Biochemistry KW - Drugs KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Cats KW - 1967 DO - 10.1111/j.1749-6632.1967.tb13724.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-06810-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-06787-001 AN - 1968-06787-001 AU - Sherwood, Stephen L. T1 - The abandonment of the absolute. JF - Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences JO - Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences JA - Ann N Y Acad Sci Y1 - 1967/// VL - 138 IS - 2 SP - 600 EP - 615 CY - US PB - New York Academy of Sciences SN - 0077-8923 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-06787-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sherwood, Stephen L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroencephalography. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - AFTER NOTING VARIOUS THEORIES ON HOW EEG WAVES ARE PRODUCED, THE PROPERTIES OF CELLS AND CELL NETWORKS ARE CONSIDERED IN ORDER TO ARRIVE AT A PROPOSITION THAT 'THE EEG IS THE RESULT OF NEURONAL NETWORK ACTIVITY, AND THE ADDED OR DERIVED POTENTIAL FLUCTUATIONS CAUSED BY THE CHEMICAL PROCESSES SUBSERVING THEIR FUNCTION.' (26 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - THEORIES OF EEG PRODUCTION KW - 1967 KW - Electroencephalography KW - 1967 DO - 10.1111/j.1749-6632.1967.tb55010.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-06787-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-06652-001 AN - 1968-06652-001 AU - Cutter, Henry S. AU - Heilizer, Frederick H. T1 - The development of some procedures for the assessment of risk. JF - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JO - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JA - J Psychol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 68 IS - 1 SP - 21 EP - 32 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-3980 SN - 1940-1019 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-06652-001. PMID: 5636176 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cutter, Henry S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Choice Behavior; Games; Risk Taking. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - DISCUSSED SEVERAL GAMBLING GAMES DESIGNED TO MEASURE RISK TAKING. RISK WAS ANALYZED INTO WINNING, LOSING, AND WINNING-OR-LOSING COMPONENTS. PATTERNS OF RISK IN 3 RISK TAKING STRATEGIES WERE FOUND TO BE PARTICULARLY USEFUL INDEPENDENT VARIABLE MEASURES OF RISK. MEASUREMENT OF THE S'S PERCEPTION OF RISK IS A USEFUL NEW TOOL FOR UNDERSTANDING AND INTERPRETING THE GAMBLING GAMES. THE UNFAMILIAR NATURE OF MOST RESEARCH GAMBLING GAMES WAS FELT TO CONTRIBUTE TO AN UNKNOWN DEGREE TO THEIR PRESUMED RELATIONS TO VARIOUS PERSONALITY DIMENSIONS. SIMPLICITY AND CLARITY ARE MUCH TO BE DESIRED QUALITIES OF FUTURE RISK TAKING MEASURES. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - & PROCEDURE FOR ASSESSMENT OF RISK KW - 1968 KW - Choice Behavior KW - Games KW - Risk Taking KW - 1968 DO - 10.1080/00223980.1968.10544125 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-06652-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-06559-001 AN - 1968-06559-001 AU - Palmer, Robert D. T1 - Patterns of defensive response to threatening stimuli: Antecedents and consistency. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1968/02// VL - 73 IS - 1 SP - 30 EP - 36 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-06559-001. PMID: 4384322 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Palmer, Robert D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brooklyn, N.Y. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Defense Mechanisms; Gestalt Psychology; Perception; Threat; Vigilance. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - FOCUSES ON: (1) THE CONSISTENCY WITH WHICH INDIVIDUALS MANIFEST A VIGILANT OR DEFENSIVE PATTERN OF RESPONSE TO THREAT IN DIFFERENT AREAS OF PERCEPTUAL AND CONCEPTUAL FUNCTIONING, (2) THE FACTORS WHICH PREDISPOSE AN INDIVIDUAL TO 1 OR THE OTHER OF THESE DEFENSIVE MODES IN A GIVEN SITUATION, AND (3) THE PROCESSES WHICH UNDERLIE OR INFLUENCE THE DEGREE AND PATTERN OF CONSISTENCY OBTAINED. (28 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - THREAT & INHIBITED VS. HEIGHTENED AWARENESS AS RESPONSE KW - PERCEPTUAL & LEARNING & MOTOR TESTS KW - 1968 KW - Defense Mechanisms KW - Gestalt Psychology KW - Perception KW - Threat KW - Vigilance KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/h0025368 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-06559-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-06457-001 AN - 1968-06457-001 AU - Sollberger, A. T1 - Biological measurements in time, with particular reference to synchronization mechanisms. JF - Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences JO - Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences JA - Ann N Y Acad Sci Y1 - 1967/// VL - 138 IS - 2 SP - 561 EP - 599 CY - US PB - New York Academy of Sciences SN - 0077-8923 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-06457-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sollberger, A.; Eastern Research Support Center, Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biology; Time. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 39. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - DISCUSSES THE CONCEPT OF BIOLOGICAL TIME AND ITS MEASUREMENTS AND THE CONCEPT OF TIME PERCEPTION. PROPERTIES OF BIOLOGICAL TIME SERIES ARE NOTED. BIOLOGICAL SYNCHRONIZATION IS AN INTERNAL PHASE MODULATION PROCESS. THE ORGANISM SELECTS INFORMATION FROM A LOW-ENERGY INPUT, AND TRANSFORMS AND AMPLIFIES THIS. INPUT IS COMPARED WITH SELECTED SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION ESTIMATES DERIVED FROM AN ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN TIME DISPERSION BETWEEN SEVERAL INDIVIDUAL PARALLEL TIME SERIES. A COMPUTER PROGRAM WITH EXAMPLES IS PRESENTED. (28 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MEASUREMENTS IN TIME KW - SYNCHRONIZATION MECHANISMS KW - 1967 KW - Biology KW - Time KW - 1967 DO - 10.1111/j.1749-6632.1967.tb55009.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-06457-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-06448-001 AN - 1968-06448-001 AU - Efron, Robert T1 - The duration of the present. JF - Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences JO - Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences JA - Ann N Y Acad Sci Y1 - 1967/// VL - 138 IS - 2 SP - 713 EP - 729 CY - US PB - New York Academy of Sciences SN - 0077-8923 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-06448-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Efron, Robert; Neurophysiology-biophysics Research Unit, Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Time; Time Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - DURATION OF THE PRESENT IS REINTERPRETED AS DURATION OF A PERCEPTION. PERCEPTION ONSET FOLLOWS A NEURAL PROCESSING PERIOD OF 60-70 MSEC. PROBLEMS IN DEFINING THE DURATION OF A PERCEPTION ARISE FROM DATA SUGGESTING MORE THAN 1 PROCESSING PERIOD AND FAILURE TO KNOW WHAT INITIATES THESE PERIODS AND HOW RECEPTOR DATA IS INTEGRATED. THE RELATION OF PERCEPTION DURATION TO PROCESSING PERIOD DURATION IS ALSO NOT UNDERSTOOD. TIME IS AN ABSTRACTION AND IS ITSELF NOT PERCEIVED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - DURATION OF PRESENT AS DURATION OF PERCEPTION KW - 1967 KW - Time KW - Time Perception KW - 1967 DO - 10.1111/j.1749-6632.1967.tb55017.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-06448-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-06282-001 AN - 1968-06282-001 AU - Straus, Erwin W. T1 - An existential approach to time. JF - Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences JO - Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences JA - Ann N Y Acad Sci Y1 - 1967/// VL - 138 IS - 2 SP - 759 EP - 766 CY - US PB - New York Academy of Sciences SN - 0077-8923 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-06282-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Straus, Erwin W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lexington, KY. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Existentialism; Philosophies; Time; Time Perception. Classification: Psychology & the Humanities (2600). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - EXISTENTIAL TIME HAS BEEN LONG KNOWN BUT LITTLE MAPPED BECAUSE OF PROBLEMS IN CONCEPTUALIZATION AND MEASUREMENT. A CASE OF CHRONOPHOBIA IS ANALYZED TO SHOW FEAR OF DEATH AND CONSCIOUSNESS OF TIME PASSING. TIME IS ENDLESS, LIFETIMES FINITE, AND EVENTS ARE SIGNIFICANT AS THEY OCCUR WITHIN THE BIRTH-DEATH SEQUENCE. TIME MEASUREMENT CREATES A HOMOGENEOUS 1-DIMENSIONAL TIME CONTINUUM; DIFFERENT FROM THE MULTIDIMENSIONAL WAY TIME IS EXPERIENCED. TIME IS EXPERIENCED AS DISCONTINUOUS AND NONREPETITIVE. WORLD TIME MEASUREMENT INCLUDES REPETITIVE AND NONREPETITIVE ELEMENTS. BEGINNING AND END OCCUR IN TIME BUT ARE NOT TRULY TEMPORAL. LIVED TIME IS AMBIGUOUS WITH REGARD TO WHETHER A SITUATION IMPLIES GROWTH AND FULFILLMENT OR DECLINE AND DECAY. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - & EXISTENTIALISM KW - 1967 KW - Existentialism KW - Philosophies KW - Time KW - Time Perception KW - 1967 DO - 10.1111/j.1749-6632.1967.tb55020.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-06282-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-06030-001 AN - 1968-06030-001 AU - Pinchak, Louis T1 - Procedures for placing patients in nursing homes. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1967/// VL - 18 IS - 12 SP - 365 EP - 367 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-06030-001. PMID: 6062928 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pinchak, Louis; Veterans Administration Hosp., Waco, Texas. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Geriatrics; Nurses; Nursing; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - DESCRIBES A PILOT PROGRAM TO IMPROVE THE SOCIAL AND PERSONAL SITUATION OF REGRESSED GERIATRIC AND SEVERLY BRAIN DAMAGED PATIENTS. AN EVALUATION OF THE PATIENT'S FUNCTIONING, AN ASSESSMENT OF THE LEVEL OF NURSING CARE NEEDED, AND CONTROL OF PSYCHIATRIC SYMPTOMS BEFORE PLACEMENT ARE OF EQUAL IMPORTANCE. ALSO CONSIDERED ARE THE WISHES AND FINANCES OF THE PATIENT AND HIS FAMILY. FOLLOW-UP ARRANGEMENTS ARE MADE FOR BOTH MEDICAL AND SOCIAL WORK SERVICES. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - NURSING HOME PLACEMENT PROCEDURES KW - GERIATRICS & SEVERELY BRAIN DAMAGED PATIENTS KW - 1967 KW - Brain Damage KW - Geriatrics KW - Nurses KW - Nursing KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-06030-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-06024-001 AN - 1968-06024-001 AU - Desroches, Harry F. AU - Kaiman, Bernard D. AU - Ballard, H. Ted T1 - Factors influencing reporting physical symptoms by the aged patient. JF - Geriatrics JO - Geriatrics JA - Geriatrics Y1 - 1967/// VL - 22 IS - 9 SP - 169 EP - 175 CY - US PB - Advanstar Communications Inc. SN - 0016-867X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-06024-001. PMID: 6033211 Other Journal Title: Patient Care. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Desroches, Harry F.; Veterans Administration Center, Mt. Home, Tenn. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Geriatrics; Medical Sciences; Mental Health. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - THE CORNELL MEDICAL INDEX (CMI), A CHECKLIST OF 195 SYMPTOMS OF SOMATIC AND PSYCHIATRIC PROBLEMS, WAS ADMINISTERED TO SEVERAL GROUPS OF ELDERLY PATIENTS TO TEST HYPOTHESES REGARDING REPORTS OF SYMPTOMS IN RELATION TO AGE, CHANGES THROUGH TIME, OBJECTIVE PHYSICAL HEALTH ASSESSMENT, SUBJECTIVE ESTIMATES OF HEALTH AND NERVOUSNESS, AND OBJECTIVE ESTIMATES OF PSYCHOLOGICAL PROBLEMS. RESULTS SUGGEST THAT PHYSICAL AND PSYCHIATRIC COMPLAINTS WERE POSITIVELY RELATED TO POOR MENTAL HEALTH BUT WERE NOT RELATED TO AGE OR CURRENT PHYSICAL HEALTH. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PHYSICAL & PSYCHIATRIC COMPLAINTS KW - PHYSICAL & MENTAL HEALTH & AGE DIFFERENCES KW - 1967 KW - Age Differences KW - Geriatrics KW - Medical Sciences KW - Mental Health KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-06024-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-05899-001 AN - 1968-05899-001 AU - Scher, Maryonda T1 - Negro group dynamics. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1967/// VL - 17 IS - 6 SP - 646 EP - 651 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-05899-001. PMID: 6059222 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Scher, Maryonda; Veterans Administration Hosp., Seattle, Wash. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blacks; Family Relations; Group Dynamics; Mental Health; Religion. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - DESCRIBES A SEMINAR FORMED TO STUDY PRINCIPLES OF MENTAL AND EMOTIONAL HEALTH. THE PARTICIPANTS WERE PREDOMINANTLY ECONOMICALLY DEPRIVED, RELIGIOUS, URBAN NEGROES. MOST ADULTS WERE MARRIED, EMPLOYED, AND HAD LARGE FAMILIES. MOST OF THE CHILDREN WERE ADOLESCENTS WITH LARGE PEER GROUPS. SEMINARS TENDED TO HAVE AN EMOTIONALLY HEIGHTENED RELIGIOUS FLAVOR. FREQUENT FAMILY TIES AMONG PARTICIPANTS PROMOTED COHESIVENESS AND CONTINUITY BETWEEN MEETINGS. THE GROUP DISPLAYED SEVERAL CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCES, BUT ITS CONTENT WAS VARIED. SOME OF ITS VIEWS TOWARD PUBLIC PROGRAMS AND MENTAL HEALTH PERSONNEL ARE ELABORATED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - GROUP DISCUSSIONS KW - MENTAL HEALTH KW - URBAN RELIGIOUS NEGROES KW - 1967 KW - Blacks KW - Family Relations KW - Group Dynamics KW - Mental Health KW - Religion KW - 1967 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1967.01730300006002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-05899-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-05773-001 AN - 1968-05773-001 AU - Blau, Kim P. AU - Farberow, Norman L. AU - Grayson, Harry M. T1 - The semantic differential as an indicator of suicidal behavior and tendencies. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1967/// VL - 21 IS - 2 SP - 609 EP - 612 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-05773-001. PMID: 6079274 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Blau, Kim P.; Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis; Semantic Differential; Suicide. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - DATA FROM 313 SS INDICATED THAT THE SEMANTIC DIFFERENTIAL IS AN INADEQUATE TOOL FOR DISTINGUISHING SUICIDAL AND NONSUICIDAL BEHAVIORS AMONG A NEUROPSYCHIATRIC POPULATION. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SEMANTIC DIFFERENTIAL KW - SUICIDAL & NON-SUICIDAL BEHAVIOR DISCRIMINATION KW - NEUROPSYCHIATRIC PATIENTSE KW - 1967 KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Semantic Differential KW - Suicide KW - 1967 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1967.21.2.609 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-05773-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-05724-001 AN - 1968-05724-001 AU - Phillips, Edmond T1 - The iatrogenic environment: A transactional framework for social research. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1967/// VL - 18 IS - 12 SP - 369 EP - 375 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-05724-001. PMID: 6062930 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Phillips, Edmond; Veterans Administration Hosp., Jefferson Barracks, MO. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Health Personnel; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Psychiatric Hospitals; Schizophrenia; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Neuroleptic Drugs. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - EXTENDS THE MEANING OF IATROGENESIS TO INCLUDE THE ACTIVITIES OF ALL MEDICAL HEALTH PERSONNEL'S TRANSACTIONS WITH THE PATIENTS. 'THE CONCEPT DRAWS ATTENTION TO ACTIVE PROCESSES THAT PRODUCE, PERPETUATE OR AGGRAVATE TROUBLESOME BEHAVIORS AND UNPLEASANT CONSEQUENCES, SUCH AS DISSATISFACTION OR UNHAPPINESS, AND THAT LEAD TO PATIENTS' DETERIORATING IN THEIR SOCIAL, PSYCHOLOGICAL FUNCTIONING.' THE DEHUMANIZING PROCESS OF INSTITUTIONALIZATION, BUILT UP BY TRANSACTIONS BETWEEN STAFF AND PATIENTS, IS EXAMINED, AND A TRANSACTIONAL FRAME OF REFERENCE IS SUGGESTED TO GIVE DIRECTION TO TREATMENT AND RESEARCH. IT INCLUDES 4 MAJOR CONSTRUCTS-ORGANISM, ENVIRONMENT, TRANSACTION BETWEEN ORGANISM AND ENVIRONMENT, AND DEVELOPMENT. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - IATROGENESIS/CONCEPT OF KW - MEDICAL HEALTH PERSONNEL'S TRANSACTIONS WITH PATIENTS KW - TREATMENT SUGGESTIONS KW - 1967 KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-05724-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-05716-001 AN - 1968-05716-001 AU - Bortner, Rayman W. T1 - Measurement of informal selection processes. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1967/// VL - 25 IS - 2 SP - 421 EP - 436 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-05716-001. PMID: 6080621 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bortner, Rayman W.; Veterans Administration Center, Research Unit On Aging, Hampton, VA. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Government; Group Dynamics; Institutionalization; Patients; Residential Care Institutions. Minor Descriptor: Collective Behavior; Group Problem Solving; Hospitalization; Hospitals; Racial and Ethnic Groups; Social Groups. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - WHEN STATEMENTS OF FORMAL ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FAIL TO ACCOUNT FOR THE CHARACTERISTICS OF INSTITUTIONAL POPULATIONS, THERE IS A TENDENCY TO RESORT TO SPECULATIVE EXPLANATIONS. SOME METHODS FOR EMPIRICAL EVALUATIONS OF THESE SPECULATIVE NOTIONS WERE EXAMINED. UNIVARIATE AND STEP-DOWN ANALYSES DID NOT AID IN CONCEPTUALIZING INFORMAL SELECTION PROCESSES; A DISCRIMINANT FUNCTION ANALYSIS SEEMED TO PROVIDE AN ADEQUATE APPROACH TO A SYNTHESIS. THE METHOD WAS ILLUSTRATED BY EXAMINING DEFINABLE SUBSAMPLES IN A VETERANS ADMINISTRATION DOMICILIARY WHICH WERE COMPARED WITH A NONINSTITUTIONAL, COMMUNITY SAMPLE; MEANS OF THE STANDARDIZATION SAMPLES FOR THE TESTS USED PROVIDED ADDITIONAL REFERENCE POINTS FOR COMPARISON. FOR THESE PARTICULAR SUBSAMPLES FROM THIS INSTITUTION, ALTERATIONS IN SELF-CONCEPT APPEARED TO PROVIDE THE SINGLE UNIFYING THEME WHICH BEST INTEGRATED THE DIVERSE DIFFERENCES AMONG THE GROUPS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - GROUPS IN & OUT OF VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSPITAL KW - CHARACTERISTICS OF PATIENTS KW - 1967 KW - Government KW - Group Dynamics KW - Institutionalization KW - Patients KW - Residential Care Institutions KW - Collective Behavior KW - Group Problem Solving KW - Hospitalization KW - Hospitals KW - Racial and Ethnic Groups KW - Social Groups KW - 1967 DO - 10.2466/pms.1967.25.2.421 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-05716-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-05296-001 AN - 1968-05296-001 AU - Williams, John T. Jr. T1 - Comparison of maze learning on spatial and confounded discriminations by caimans and toads. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1967/// VL - 25 IS - 2 SP - 585 EP - 588 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-05296-001. PMID: 6080638 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Williams, John T. Jr.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Augusta, GA. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brightness Perception; Cues; Illumination; Maze Learning; Spatial Perception. Minor Descriptor: Animals. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - CAIMANS (CAIMAN SCLEROPS) AND TOADS (BUFO MARINUS) WERE TRAINED TO ESCAPE SHOCK IN A T MAZE WITH EITHER SPATIAL CUES OR CONFOUNDED SPATIAL AND BRIGHTNESS CUES RELEVANT. THE CAIMANS LEARNED THE SPATIAL DISCRIMINATION AS EASILY AS THEY LEARNED THE CONFOUNDED PROBLEM, BUT THE TOADS TOOK SIGNIFICANTLY LONGER TO LEARN THE SPATIAL THAN THE CONFOUNDED PROBLEM. THE OVERALL PERFORMANCE OF THE CAIMANS WAS MUCH MORE EFFICIENT THAN THAT OF THE TOADS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SPATIAL & CONFOUNDED BRIGHTNESS CUE DISCRIMINATION KW - CAIMAN & TOAD KW - 1967 KW - Brightness Perception KW - Cues KW - Illumination KW - Maze Learning KW - Spatial Perception KW - Animals KW - 1967 DO - 10.2466/pms.1967.25.2.585 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-05296-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-04983-001 AN - 1968-04983-001 AU - Simon, Stanford H. AU - Jackson, Basil T1 - Effect of a relevant versus irrelevant observation stimulus on concept-identification learning. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology JA - J Exp Psychol Y1 - 1968/01// VL - 76 IS - 1, Pt.1 SP - 125 EP - 128 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-04983-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Simon, Stanford H.; Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Concepts; Conditioned Stimulus; Learning; Stimulus Parameters; Unconditioned Stimulus. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - 3 GROUPS OF 35 SS EACH HAD 32 TRIALS ON A CONCEPT-IDENTIFICATION LEARNING TASK INVOLVING 1 RELEVANT AND 1 IRRELEVANT DIMENSION, WITH 2 LEVELS TO EACH DIMENSION. IT WAS PREDICTED THAT CONTROLING THE OBSERVATION RESPONSE WITH AN OBSERVATION STIMULUS WOULD AFFECT THE LEARNING. COMPARED TO THE NO-OBSERVATION STIMULUS CONDITION, THE RELEVANT OBSERVATION STIMULUS SIGNIFICANTLY FACILIATED LEARNING (P < .02), AND THE IRRELEVANT STIMULUS SIGNIFICANTLY RETARDED LEARNING (P < .02). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - RELEVANT VS. IRRELEVANT OBSERVATION KW - STIMULUS KW - CONCEPT-IDENTIFICATION LEARNING KW - 1968 KW - Concepts KW - Conditioned Stimulus KW - Learning KW - Stimulus Parameters KW - Unconditioned Stimulus KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/h0025279 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-04983-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-04772-001 AN - 1968-04772-001 AU - DIETZE, DORIS T1 - T FOR MORE THAN TWO. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1967/// VL - 25 IS - 2 SP - 589 EP - 602 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-04772-001. PMID: 6080639 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: DIETZE, DORIS; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., SEATTLE, WASH. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19680101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Statistical Analysis; Statistical Correlation; Statistical Reliability; Statistical Validity; Statistical Variables. Minor Descriptor: Population (Statistics). Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - A SIMPLE METHOD FOR PERFORMING T TESTS OF THE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN MEANS OF INDEPENDENT GROUPS, MATCHED GROUPS, AND PAIRED OBSERVATIONS IS PRESENTED AND ILLUSTRATED. THE METHOD IS ESPECIALLY APPROPRIATE WHEN DATA ARE COLLECTED SIMULTANEOUSLY ON A LARGE NUMBER OF DEPENDENT VARIABLES. STATISTICAL TABLES ARE PROVIDED WHICH MARKEDLY REDUCE THE NUMBER OF CALCULATIONS TO BE PERFORMED. THE METHOD PROVIDES A CLEAR-CUT WAY OF GRAPHICALLY REPRESENTING T TEST DATA RELATIVE TO CHOSEN SIGNIFICANCE LEVELS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - T TESTS KW - SIMULTANEOUS DATA ON MANY DEPENDENT VARIABLES KW - 1967 KW - Statistical Analysis KW - Statistical Correlation KW - Statistical Reliability KW - Statistical Validity KW - Statistical Variables KW - Population (Statistics) KW - 1967 DO - 10.2466/pms.1967.25.2.589 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-04772-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-04362-001 AN - 1968-04362-001 AU - KURASIK, STEVE T1 - Group dynamics in the rehabilitation of hemiplegic patients. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1967/// VL - 15 IS - 9 SP - 852 EP - 855 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-04362-001. PMID: 5341016 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: KURASIK, STEVE; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., ALBANY, N.Y. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161020. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disorders; Group Dynamics; Physical Disabilities (Attitudes Toward); Physical Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - IN A 10-WK PROJECT INVOLVING THE REHABILITATION OF 15 PATIENTS WITH HEMIPLEGIA DUE TO CEREBRAL THROMBOSIS, 5 WERE TREATED INDIVIDUALLY AND 10 WERE TREATED AS A GROUP. THE GROUP SS ACHIEVED THEIR MAXIMUM GOAL 8 DAYS AHEAD OF THE INDIVIDUALLY TREATED SS, DEMONSTRATING THE ADVANTAGES OF THIS METHOD OF REHABILITATION. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - & HEMIPLEGIC PATIENTS KW - REHABILITATION GROUP KW - 1967 KW - Disorders KW - Group Dynamics KW - Physical Disabilities (Attitudes Toward) KW - Physical Disorders KW - 1967 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1967.tb02443.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-04362-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-04147-001 AN - 1968-04147-001 AU - MASON, RUSSELL E. AU - ERICKSON, GERTRUDE V. T1 - PSYCHOTHERAPEUTIC REHABILITATION PROGRAM 'III.' JF - Psychiatric Quarterly JO - Psychiatric Quarterly JA - Psychiatr Q Y1 - 1967/// VL - 41 IS - 1 SP - 46 EP - 55 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-2720 SN - 1573-6709 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-04147-001. PMID: 6036621 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: MASON, RUSSELL E.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., PALO ALTO, CALIF. Release Date: 19680101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Rehabilitation; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - THE PROGRAM HAS BEEN EFFECTIVE ON A LARGE PSYCHIATRIC WARD OF CHRONIC MALE ADULT PATIENTS. ITS 6 BASIC PRINCIPLES EMPHASIZE PATIENT RESPONSIBILITY FOR INDIVIDUAL AND GROUP INTERACTION AND DECISION. INDIVIDUAL GROUND PRIVILEGES, CASH ALLOWANCES, PASSES, AND DISCHARGE STEPS ARE BASED ON THE DEGREE AND EFFECTIVENESS OF THE INDIVIDUAL'S RESPONSIBILITY AS RATED BY PATIENTS' GROUP. SOME RATINGS ARE AUTOMATICALLY MODIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SET STANDARDS, WHILE GROUND PRIVILEGES, PASSES, AND DISCHARGES ARE SUBJECT TO STAFF APPROVAL. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - REHABILITATION PROGRAM KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENT RESPONSIBILITY KW - 1967 KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Rehabilitation KW - Treatment KW - 1967 DO - 10.1007/BF01567719 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-04147-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-03924-001 AN - 1968-03924-001 AU - LAFFAL, JULIUS T1 - Characteristics of the three-person conversation. JF - Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior JO - Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior JA - J Verbal Learning Verbal Behav Y1 - 1967/// VL - 6 IS - 4 SP - 555 EP - 559 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0022-5371 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-03924-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Memory and Language. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: LAFFAL, JULIUS; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., WEST HAVEN, CONN. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161020. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Verbal Communication; Verbal Fluency; Verbal Learning; Verbal Reinforcement. Minor Descriptor: Conformity (Personality); Content Analysis (Test); Interpersonal Interaction; Verbal Ability. Classification: Communication Systems (2700). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 3 SS WERE ASSIGNED A TASK OF CONVERSING ABOUT A NUMBER OF STIMULUS WORDS, FOR 1/2 HR/STIMULUS WORD. THE CONVERSATIONS WERE TAPE-RECORDED AND TRANSCRIBED, AND THE WR/ORDS OF EACH S IN EACH CONVERSATION WERE CATEGORIZED ACCORDING TO A PREESTABLISHED SYSTEM WHICH PERMITS 1 OR 2 CONTENT CATEGORIES TO EACH WORD. PROFILES OF CONTENT FOR EACH SPEAKER IN EACH CONVERSATION WERE THEN CONSTRUCTED, AND CORRELATED WITH EACH OTHER. IT WAS FOUND THAT CONTENT PROFILES OF SEPARATE SPEAKERS WITHIN THE SAME CONVERSATION WERE MOST HIGHLY CORRELATED OF ALL THE PROFILES. NEXT HIGHEST CORRELATIONS WERE BETWEEN SPEAKERS IN SEPARATE CONVERSATIONS WHERE THE SEPARATE CONVERSATIONS WERE ABOUT STIMULUS WORDS JUDGED TO BE PSYCHOLOGICALLY SIMILAR. LOWEST CORRELATIONS WERE BETWEEN SPEAKERS IN SEPARATE CONVERSATIONS WHERE THE STIMULUS WORDS WERE JUDGED TO BE PSYCHOLOGICALLY UNRELATED. THE STUDY DID NOT REVEAL SIGNIFICANT INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENCES IN PREDILECTION FOR CONTENT ACROSS ALL CONVERSATIONS, SUGGESTING THAT TOPIC OF CONVERSATION AND SOCIAL CONFORMITY OVERRIDE INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENCES IN CONTENT. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 3-PERSON CONVERSATION KW - TOPIC OF CONVERSATION & SOCIAL CONFORMITY & INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENCES IN CONTENT KW - 1967 KW - Verbal Communication KW - Verbal Fluency KW - Verbal Learning KW - Verbal Reinforcement KW - Conformity (Personality) KW - Content Analysis (Test) KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Verbal Ability KW - 1967 DO - 10.1016/S0022-5371(67)80016-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-03924-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-03871-001 AN - 1968-03871-001 AU - GOLDBURGH, STEPHEN J. AU - ROTMAN, CHARLES B. AU - ONDRACK, JACK W. T1 - Attitudes of college students toward personal death. JF - Adolescence JO - Adolescence JA - Adolescence Y1 - 1967/// VL - 2 IS - 6 SP - 212 EP - 229 CY - US PB - Libra Publishers SN - 0001-8449 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-03871-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: GOLDBURGH, STEPHEN J.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., BOSTON, MASS. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161020. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitudes; College Students; Death and Dying; Personality. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 'DEATH SEEMS TO BE AN ISSUE TOWARD WHICH ATTITUDES ARE LEARNED EARLY AND CHANGED LITTLE BY EXTERNAL FACTORS.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - DEATH/TOWARD KW - COLLEGE STUDENTS KW - 1967 KW - Attitudes KW - College Students KW - Death and Dying KW - Personality KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-03871-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-03797-001 AN - 1968-03797-001 AU - COPPINGER, NEIL W. T1 - THE PSYCHOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF AGING: A PROSPECTUS FOR RESEARCH IN THE VETERANS ADMINISTRATION. JF - The Gerontologist JO - The Gerontologist JA - Gerontologist Y1 - 1967/// VL - 7 IS - 2, PT. 2 SP - 1 EP - 80 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0016-9013 SN - 1758-5341 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-03797-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: COPPINGER, NEIL W.; RESEARCH UNIT ON AGING, VETERANS ADMINISTRATION CENTER, HAMPTON, VA. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Gerontology; Government; Physiological Aging. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 80. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 'THE AGE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE VETERAN POPULATION, BOTH PATIENT AND NON-PATIENT, PLUS THE AGENCY'S GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION AND VARIETY OF CARE FACILITIES, AND ITS ADMINISTRATION STRUCTURE AND PROCEDURES CREATE THE FRAMEWORK FOR BOTH LONGITUDINAL AND CROSS-SECTIONAL STUDIES WITH EITHER OR BOTH INTRA- AND INTER-DISCIPLINARY APPROACHES. IT IS ESPECIALLY WELL EQUIPPED TO UNDERTAKE COOPERATIVE RESEARCH.' WITHIN THIS FRAMEWORK, THE VETERANS ADMINISTRATION'S NEEDS AND OPPORTUNITIES FOR THE STUDY OF THE PSYCHOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF AGING ARE EXPLORED. SOME OF THE RESEARCH PROBLEMS CONSIDERED RELATE TO CONCEPTUALIZING AND CARRYING OUT RESEARCH IN A HEALTH CARE SETTING, DEAL WITH ASSESSING AND MODIFYING THE BEHAVIOR OF OLDER AND INFIRM PERSONS, AND STRESS BASIC RESEARCH ISSUES. RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FUTURE RESEARCH ARE SUMMARIZED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - STUDY OF AGING BY VETERANS ADMINISTRATION KW - 1967 KW - Gerontology KW - Government KW - Physiological Aging KW - 1967 DO - 10.1093/geront/7.2_Part_2.1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-03797-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-02792-001 AN - 1968-02792-001 AU - PAGELL, WILLIAM A. AU - CARKHUFF, ROBERT R. AU - BERENSON, BERNARD G. T1 - The predicted differential effects of the level of counselor functioning upon the level of functioning of outpatients. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 4 SP - 510 EP - 512 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-02792-001. PMID: 5612396 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: PAGELL, WILLIAM A.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., NEWINGTON, CONN. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161020. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counseling; Counselors; Prediction; Simulation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - INTERPERSONAL DIMENSIONS ON 8 OUTPATIENTS WERE ASSESSED BY BOTH TAPE RATINGS AND RATING SCALE INVENTORIES IN AN ATTEMPT TO VALIDATE A COUNSELOR MODEL IN A STUDY OF THERAPEUTIC OUTCOME. IT WAS FOUND THAT CASTING AND ASSESSING PATIENTS IN THE HELPING ROLE CAN BE AN EFFECTIVE MEANS OF GENERATING DIFFERENTIAL PREDICTIONS OF CLIENT CHANGE IN INTERPERSONAL FUNCTIONING. OUTSIDE EXPERTS WERE THE MOST EFFECTIVE DISCRIMINATORS IN TERMS OF OUTCOME PREDICTIONS. THE INVENTORY RATINGS WERE IN THE PREDICTED DIRECTION FOR ALL DIMENSIONS FOR ALL INDICES OF INTERPERSONAL AND GROSS BEHAVIORAL FUNCTIONING BY EXPERTS, THERAPISTS, PATIENTS, STANDARD INTERVIEWEE, AND OBJECTIVE TAPE RATINGS SOURCES. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - OUTCOME PREDICTION KW - COUNSELOR MODEL KW - 1967 KW - Counseling KW - Counselors KW - Prediction KW - Simulation KW - 1967 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196710)23:4<510::AID-JCLP2270230438>3.0.CO;2-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-02792-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-02696-001 AN - 1968-02696-001 AU - DAWES, ROBYN M. T1 - How clinical probability judgment may be used to validate diagnostic signs. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 4 SP - 403 EP - 410 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-02696-001. PMID: 5612375 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: DAWES, ROBYN M.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., ANN ARBOR, MICH. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161020. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis); Diagnosis; Medical Diagnosis; Probability; Psychodiagnosis. Minor Descriptor: Statistical Validity; Test Validity. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - INVOLVES A FURTHER REFINEMENT OF THE MIXED GROUP VALIDATION TECHNIQUE OF DAWES AND MEEHL. IT PROPOSED THAT MIXED GROUPS MAY BE FORMED ON THE BASIS OF CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGISTS' PROBABILITY JUDGMENTS. SIMULATED DATA WERE PRESENTED FOR THE PSYCHOLOGIST AND THE PATIENTS. 2 DIFFICULTIES IN USING THE TECHNIQUE ARE DISCUSSED: (1) 'THAT THE EFFECT OF SAMPLING ERROR HAS NOT BEEN SPECIFIED,' AND (2) 'THAT THERE MAY BE SYSTEMATIC BIASES IN SUCH JUDGMENTS.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - DIAGNOSTIC SIGN VALIDATION KW - PROBABILITY JUDGMENTA KW - 1967 KW - Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis) KW - Diagnosis KW - Medical Diagnosis KW - Probability KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Statistical Validity KW - Test Validity KW - 1967 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196710)23:4<403::AID-JCLP2270230402>3.0.CO;2-N UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-02696-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-02664-001 AN - 1968-02664-001 AU - FOLSOM, JAMES C. AU - TAUBEE, EARL S. T1 - Attitude therapy. JF - Journal of the Fort Logan Mental Health Center JO - Journal of the Fort Logan Mental Health Center Y1 - 1967/// VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 47 EP - 57 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-02664-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: FOLSOM, JAMES C.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., TUSCALOOSA, ALA. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161020. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitudes; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - SINCE IT IS DIFFICULT TO ISOLATE AND TREAT INDIVIDUAL SYMPTOMS, MAJOR PATTERNS OF BEHAVIOR ARE IDENTIFIED IN ORDER TO PRESCRIBE A SPECIFIC TYPE OF ATTITUDE THERAPY. THE APPROACHES USED ARE PRESENTED: KIND FIRMNESS, NO DEMAND, ACTIVE FRIENDLINESS, PASSIVE FRIENDLINESS, AND MATTER-OF-FACT. THE ADVANTAGES AND USES OF EACH TYPE IN MODIFYING BEHAVIOR ARE DISCUSSED, STRESSING THE IMPORTANCE OF CONSISTENCY IN ANY APPROACH. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ATTITUDE THERAPY KW - 1967 KW - Attitudes KW - Treatment KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-02664-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-02658-001 AN - 1968-02658-001 AU - EDWARDS, S. LOUIS T1 - Group work with brain-damaged patients. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1967/// VL - 18 IS - 9 SP - 267 EP - 270 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-02658-001. PMID: 6074358 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: EDWARDS, S. LOUIS; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., SALISBURY, N.C. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161020. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Group Psychotherapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 21 AMBULATORY PATIENTS WITH DIAGNOSES OF CHRONIC BRAIN SYNDROMES WERE CHOSEN TO PARTICIPATE IN MINIMALLY STRUCTURED, FREE ASSOCIATION GROUP SESSIONS. HOSPITALIZED FOR MANY YEARS, SS HAD EXHIBITED SEVERE ACTING-OUT OR WITHDRAWAL BEHAVIOR. DIVIDED INTO 3 GROUPS OF 7, SS MET ONCE A WEEK FOR 20 MO. INDIVIDUAL CASEWORK FOR EACH S WAS CONCURRENTLY PROVIDED. PROCESSES OF THE SESSIONS, SIMILAR TO THOSE FOUND IN OTHER PATIENT GROUPS, ARE DESCRIBED. AT THE END OF THE THERAPY, 1/2 OF THE SS HAD MOVED FROM THE HOSPITAL. (9 WERE DISCHARGED OR RELEASED ON A TRIAL VISIT BASIS, AND 2 WERE TRANSFERRED TO A HOSPITAL WITH MINIMAL CARE TREATMENT.) IT IS FELT THAT THE GROUP SESSIONS WERE USEFUL IN HELPING SS DEVELOP INSIGHT, CONCEPTUALIZE, AND REGAIN ENOUGH EGO FUNCTION TO ACCEPT THE RESPONSIBILITY OF RETURNING TO THE COMMUNITY. NO IMPULSIVE ACTING-OUT BEHAVIOR WAS OBSERVED. THE NONSTRESSFUL, NONJUDGMENTAL, POSITIVE APPROACH, WITH EXPECTATIONS OF APPROPRIATE BEHAVIOR IS CONTRASTED TO THE PREVIOUS HOPELESS ATTITUDE TOWARD AND REJECTION OF THESE PATIENTS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - GROUP PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - 1967 KW - Brain Damage KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-02658-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-02653-001 AN - 1968-02653-001 AU - SNELBECKER, GLENN E. T1 - Influence of therapeutic techniques on college students' perceptions of therapists. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1967/12// VL - 31 IS - 6 SP - 614 EP - 618 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-02653-001. PMID: 6078210 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: SNELBECKER, GLENN E.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., BROCKTON, MASS. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161020. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: College Students; Mental Disorders; Perception; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Therapists. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - USED AN EXPERIMENTAL ANALOG TO COMPARE COLLEGE STUDENTS' RELATIONSHIP INVENTORY (RI) PERCEPTIONS OF THERAPISTS AS A FUNCTION OF DIRECTIVE/NONDIRECTIVE THERAPIST BEHAVIOR. RESULTS SUPPORTED THE HYPOTHESIS THAT NONDIRECTIVE THERAPIST BEHAVIOR ELICITS MORE FAVORABLE PERCEPTIONS BY COLLEGE STUDENTS IN TERMS OF EMPATHIC UNDERSTANDING, LEVEL OF REGARD, AND UNCONDITIONALITY OF REGARD. NO DIFFERENCES WERE OBTAINED ON CONGRUENCY, THE DIMENSION WHICH SOME CLIENT CENTERED THERAPISTS CONSIDER TO BE THE MOST IMPORTANT. THE 2ND THERAPIST OBSERVED WAS RATED SIGNIFICANTLY HIGHER THAN THE 1ST, INDICATING THAT ORDER EFFECTS SHOULD BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT IN EVALUATING PATIENTS' PERCEPTIONS OF THERAPISTS WHEN REPEATED MEASURES ARE USED. A SEX EFFECT WAS OBTAINED ON 3 RI DIMENSIONS. IT WAS SUGGESTED THAT FEMALES MAY BE MORE SUSCEPTIBLE TO ORDER EFFECT THAN MALES. (15 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - TECHNIQUES KW - COLLEGE STUDENT'S PERCEPTION OF THERAPIST KW - 1967 KW - College Students KW - Mental Disorders KW - Perception KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Therapists KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0025165 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-02653-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-02643-001 AN - 1968-02643-001 AU - LUMRY, GAYLE K. AU - SIMON, WERNER T1 - The urgent need for treatment evaluation. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1967/// VL - 18 IS - 9 SP - 262 EP - 266 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-02643-001. PMID: 6074357 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: LUMRY, GAYLE K.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., MINNEAPOLIS, MINN. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161020. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatry; Psychotherapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - SUGGESTS A NEED FOR A TYPE OF CONSUMER REPORT TO AID IN EVALUATING PSYCHOTHERAPEUTIC PROGRAMS. SEVERAL STUDIES ARE DISCUSSED TO SHOW THE LACK OF OBJECTIVE AND CONTROLLED EVALUATIONS. QUESTIONS ARE RAISED CONCERNING THE THERAPIST'S ENTHUSIASM, PROGRAMS DESIGNED FOR THE INDIVIDUAL PATIENT, PARTIAL HOSPITALIZATION PROGRAMS, AND THE EFFECTS ON THE FAMILY AND COMMUNITY CARING FOR A MENTALLY DISTURBED PATIENT. THE NEED FOR ADEQUATE COLLECTIONS OF DATA, AND EVALUATION OF IMMEDIATE AS WELL AS LONG-RANGE GOALS ARE EMPHASIZED. A PSYCHIATRIC REGISTER WHICH LISTS PSYCHIATRIC SERVICES, RELATES THEM TO THE PATIENTS, AND PROVIDES LONGITUDINAL FOLLOW-UP STUDIES IS SUGGESTED AS A POSSIBLE SOLUTION. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - TREATMENT EVALUATION KW - OBJECTIVE & CONTROLLED METHODS KW - PSYCHIATRIC REGISTER AS AGENTA KW - 1967 KW - Psychiatry KW - Psychotherapy KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-02643-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-02634-001 AN - 1968-02634-001 AU - ANTHONY, NICHOLAS T1 - A longitudinal analysis of the effect of experience on the therapeutic approach. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 4 SP - 512 EP - 516 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-02634-001. PMID: 5612397 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: ANTHONY, NICHOLAS; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION CENTER, KECOUGHTAN, VA. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161020. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dependency (Personality); Practice; Therapists. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - THE THERAPIST ORIENTATION QUESTIONNAIRE WAS PRESENTED TO 38 THERAPISTS WHO WERE CLASSIFIED AS FREUDIANS, ROGERIANS, OR SULLIVANIANS 4 YR. PRIOR TO THE PRESENTATION OF THE QUESTIONNAIRE. SIGNIFICANT SHIFTS OCCURRED IN 12 OF 16 AREAS. MANY DIFFERENCES AND SHIFTS IN ATTITUDES WERE PRESENTED. 'DESPITE THEIR 4 YEARS' INCREASE IN EXPERIENCE, THEY REPORTED A FEELING OF INCREASED INSECURITY IN THE PSYCHOTHERAPEUTIC SETTING.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EXPERIENCE & FEELING OF INSECURITY KW - 1967 KW - Dependency (Personality) KW - Practice KW - Therapists KW - 1967 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196710)23:4<512::AID-JCLP2270230439>3.0.CO;2-Z UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-02634-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-02628-001 AN - 1968-02628-001 AU - PIETY, KENNETH R. T1 - Patterns of parent perceptions among neuropsychiatric patients and normal controls. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 4 SP - 428 EP - 433 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-02628-001. PMID: 5612379 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: PIETY, KENNETH R.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., MURFREESBORO, TENN. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161020. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Sex Differences; Parents; Perception; Psychiatric Patients; Sex Linked Developmental Differences. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - A PARENT-PERCEPTION QUESTIONNAIRE WAS ADMINISTERED TO 5 GROUPS OF 26 MALES EACH. THE ITEMS WERE CATEGORIZED INTO 11 DIFFERENT CLUSTERS ACCORDING TO CONTENT. MALE AND FEMALE DIFFERENCES WERE NOTED AS WELL AS DIFFERENCES BETWEEN DIAGNOSTIC GROUPS. A FACTOR ANALYSIS WAS PRESENTED IN WHICH 10 FACTORS EMERGED. 'ANALYSIS OF THE ITEMS WHICH DIFFERENTIATED PATIENT GROUPS FROM NORMAL CONTROLS STRONGLY SUGGESTS NEGATIVE PERCEPTIONS OF THE LIKE-SEX PARENT AND A PREFERENCE FOR AND CLOSENESS TO THE PARENT OF THE OPPOSITE SEX.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PARENT PERCEPTIONS KW - SEX DIFFERENCES KW - 1967 KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Parents KW - Perception KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Sex Linked Developmental Differences KW - 1967 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196710)23:4<428::AID-JCLP2270230407>3.0.CO;2-S UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-02628-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-02622-001 AN - 1968-02622-001 AU - JERNIGAN, A. J. T1 - Large scale assessment of state mental patients. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 4 SP - 504 EP - 506 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-02622-001. PMID: 5612394 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: JERNIGAN, A. J.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., DALLAS, TEX. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161020. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Measures; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - PSYCHOLOGISTS IN TEXAS PLANNED AND STANDARDIZED A PSYCHOLOGICAL TEST PROCEDURE, COMPLETED A TESTING PROGRAM, AND RATED THE PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT OF 1475 PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. THE GENERAL PROGRAM IS OUTLINED; THE DATA WILL BE ANALYZED AND THE FINDINGS PUBLISHED IN LATER STUDIES. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - TESTING PROGRAM/STATE-WIDE KW - 1967 KW - Personality Measures KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1967 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196710)23:4<504::AID-JCLP2270230436>3.0.CO;2-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-02622-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-02598-001 AN - 1968-02598-001 AU - GILBERSTADT, HAROLD AU - JANCIS, MARUTA T1 - 'ORGANIC' VS. 'FUNCTIONAL' DIAGNOSES FROM 1-3 MMPI PROFILES. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 4 SP - 480 EP - 483 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-02598-001. PMID: 4388564 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: GILBERSTADT, HAROLD; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., MINNEAPOLIS MINN. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Differential Diagnosis; Mental Disorders; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 97 MALE VETERANS SEEKING ADMISSION TO A HOSPITAL WERE ADMINISTERED THE MMPI AND THE CORNELL MEDICAL INDEX. THE RESULTS SHOW THAT IT WOULD NOT BE MEANINGFUL TO ATTEMPT A DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS OF FUNCTIONAL OR ORGANIC ON MMPI 1-3 OR 3-1 PROFILE TYPE PATIENTS. 'HOWEVER, AS IS APPARENT FROM PREVIOUS STUDIES . . . THE HIGHER THE ELEVATIONS ON SCALES 1 AND 3 THE MORE LIKELY IT IS THAT THE PROFILE HAS BEEN OBTAINED FROM A PATIENT WHO IS BEING TREATED AS A PSYCHIATRIC CASE.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - DIAGNOSIS/DIFFERENTIAL KW - FUNCTIONAL VS. ORGANIC KW - 1967 KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Mental Disorders KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - 1967 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196710)23:4<480::AID-JCLP2270230425>3.0.CO;2-D UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-02598-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-02565-001 AN - 1968-02565-001 AU - TAMKIN, ARTHUR S. T1 - CORRELATION BETWEEN IQ AND FACTOR B OF THE SIXTEEN PERSONALITY FACTOR TEST WITH PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 4 SP - 486 EP - 488 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-02565-001. PMID: 5612393 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: TAMKIN, ARTHUR S.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., CLINIC DIV., PROVIDENCE, R.I. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intelligence Measures; Intelligence Quotient. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100); Educational Psychology (3500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 24 MALE OUTPATIENTS WERE ADMINISTERED THE WAIS AND THE 16 PF. FACTOR B OF THE 16 PF APPEARED TO BE A BETTER MEASURE OF FORMAL EDUCATION THAN OF INTELLIGENCE. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 16 PF QUESTIONNAIRE FACTOR B KW - 1967 KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Intelligence Quotient KW - 1967 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196710)23:4<486::AID-JCLP2270230427>3.0.CO;2-Q UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-02565-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-02546-001 AN - 1968-02546-001 AU - Gibby, Robert G. Jr. AU - Gibby, Robert G. AU - HOGAN, TERRENCE P. T1 - Relationships between dominance needs and decision-making ability. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 4 SP - 450 EP - 452 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-02546-001. PMID: 5612385 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gibby, Robert G. Jr.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., RICHMOND, VA. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161020. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Decision Making; Dominance; Needs. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 58 MALE MILITARY AND CIVILIAN PERSONNEL WERE ADMINISTERED THE INTER-PERSONAL CHECK LIST (IPCL) AND THE TOWNSEND-SMITH TEST OF DECISION MAKING ABILITY (DMAT). SS WITH BOTH HIGH PERCEIVED DOMINANCE AND HIGH DISCREPANCY SCORES HAD SIGNIFICANTLY HIGHER DECISION-MAKING SCORES THAN DID SS WITH OTHER DOMINANCE PATTERNS. RESULTS ARE DISCUSSED IN RELATION TO MANAGERIAL PROCLIVITIES AND PERSONALITY STRUCTURE. IT WAS FELT THAT THE INDIVIDUAL WITH THE HIGHER DEGREE OF EGO STRENGTH IS CAPABLE OF MAKING BETTER DECISIONS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ABILITY KW - DOMINANCE NEEDS KW - 1967 KW - Decision Making KW - Dominance KW - Needs KW - 1967 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196710)23:4<450::AID-JCLP2270230414>3.0.CO;2-K UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-02546-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-02394-001 AN - 1968-02394-001 AU - STEVENS, DOUGLAS A. T1 - Association of neutral objects with rewards: Effect of schedules of extinction on verbal evaluation and instrumental responses. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1967/// VL - 21 IS - 1 SP - 141 EP - 149 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-02394-001. PMID: 6078354 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: STEVENS, DOUGLAS A.; SOUTHERN RESEARCH SUPPORT CENTER, VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., LITTLE ROCK, ARK. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161020. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Associative Processes; Extinction (Learning); Learning; Rewards. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - COMPARED THE EFFECTS OF EXTINCTION SCHEDULES ON INSTRUMENTAL RESPONSES FOLLOWING CONDITIONING IN WHICH SCHEDULES OF NEUTRAL STIMULUS AND REWARD PRESENTATION WERE VARIED. USING A SPINWHEEL GAME, CHILDREN RECEIVED A CANDY REWARD WHEN THE POINTER STOPPED ON THEIR 'PAYOFF' STIMULUS. IN A FACTORIAL DESIGN GROUPS A AND C RECEIVED 100% REWARD; GROUPS B AND D RECEIVED 50%. GROUPS A AND B SAW ONLY PAYOFF STIMULI; GROUPS C AND D SAW 1/2 PAY-OFF AND 1/2 NONPAYOFF STIMULI. RESULTS INDICATE THAT VERBAL EVALUATION OF THE PAYOFF STIMULUS DID NOT SHOW A SIGNIFICANT DECREASE DURING THE EXTINCTION PERIOD. IN CONTRAST THE INSTRUMENTAL RESPONSE DECREASED MARKEDLY DURING THE EXTINCTION PERIOD. THE GROUPS PRESENTED WITH 50% PAYOFF STIMULI HAD SIGNIFICANTLY HIGHER VERBAL EVALUATION SCORES ON THE FINAL ACQUISITION MEASURE AND MADE MORE INSTRUMENTAL RESPONSES DURING EXTINCTION THAN DID THE 100% GROUPS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - & REWARD KW - EXTINCTION SCHEDULES & VERBAL EVALUATION & RESPONSES KW - CHILDREN KW - 1967 KW - Associative Processes KW - Extinction (Learning) KW - Learning KW - Rewards KW - 1967 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1967.21.1.141 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-02394-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-02114-001 AN - 1968-02114-001 AU - COWEN, MURRAY A. AU - ROSS, JOHN T1 - SOME BIOCHEMICAL FACTORS THAT MODIFY THE TRANSCEPHALIC DC POTENTIAL. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1967/// VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 90 EP - 98 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-02114-001. PMID: 6063052 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: COWEN, MURRAY A.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., PSYCHIATRY + PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES, SYRACUSE, N.Y. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19680101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Electrical Activity; Epinephrine; Hormones. Minor Descriptor: Cats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - THE TRANSCEPHALIC DC POTENTIAL IS THAT VOLTAGE RECORDED ACROSS THE MIDLINE SURFACE OF THE HEAD BETWEEN THE FRONTAL AND OCCIPITAL EMISSARY VEIN DISTRIBUTIONS. SOME PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGICAL CORRELATES OF THIS TENTIAL ARE DESCRIBED, AND IT IS NOTED THAT LITTLE IS KNOWN ABOUT THE NEURONAL OR BIOCHEMICAL MODULATION OF IT. EXPERIMENTS ARE DESCRIBED USING MATURE MALE CATS, RABBITS, AND RATS AS SS. THE FRONTAL POTENTIAL IS FOUND TO SHIFT PROGRESSIVELY MORE POSITIVE AS THE DEPTH OF ANESTHESIA INCREASES. PAIN CAUSES A BRIEF NEGATIVE FRONTAL SHIFT AND VISCERAL IRRITATION A POSITIVE ONE. PINCH MIMICS PAIN RESPONSES IN ETHERIZED SS, BUT THE DC SHIFT IS DAMPENED IN BARBITURATE ANESTHETIZED ONES. INTRACAROTID INJECTIONS OF HISTAMINE AND A HISTAMINE RELEASER PRODUCE A NEGATIVE FRONTAL SHIFT. HEPARIN, SEROTONIN, AND NEMBUTAL PRODUCE POSITIVE FRONTAL SHIFTS. EPINEPHRINE PRODUCES EITHER A POSITIVE OR NEGATIVE SHIFT, AND POTENTIATES THE EFFECTS OF HISTAMINE AND SEROTONIN. HISTAMINE AND SEROTONIN COMBINED PRODUCE A NEGATIVE FRONTAL SHIFT. MANY OF THESE COMPOUNDS ARE EFFECTIVE IN 1 MICROGRAM OR SMALLER DOSES. THESE FINDINGS, PLUS FURTHER ANALYSES OF THE PERSISTENCE, MAGNITUDE, LATENCY, AND DOSAGE RELATEDNESS OF THE SHIFTS ARE PRESENTED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - HISTAMINE & HEPARIN & SEROTONIN & EPINEPHRINE KW - TRANSCEPHALIC DC POTENTIAL KW - CAT & RABBIT & RAT KW - 1967 KW - Brain KW - Electrical Activity KW - Epinephrine KW - Hormones KW - Cats KW - 1967 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1967.tb02742.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-02114-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-01992-001 AN - 1968-01992-001 AU - SPEHLMANN, RAINER T1 - Compound action potentials of cat optic nerve produced by stimulation of optic tracts and of optic nerve. JF - Experimental Neurology JO - Experimental Neurology JA - Exp Neurol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 19 IS - 2 SP - 156 EP - 165 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0014-4886 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-01992-001. PMID: 6054721 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: SPEHLMANN, RAINER; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION RESEARCH HOSP., CHICAGO, ILL. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161020. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electrical Activity; Eye (Anatomy); Neurology; Stimulation. Minor Descriptor: Cats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - COMPOUND ACTION POTENTIALS OF THE OPTIC NERVE IN THE CAT WERE STUDIED WITH ELECTRODES IN THE OPTIC TRACTS AND IN THE PRECHIASMAL AND RETROBULBAR PORTIONS OF THE OPTIC NERVE. RECORDINGS FROM EITHER PORTION OF THE NERVE SHOWED STRONG ELECTRICAL STIMULATION IN 1 OR BOTH TRACTS TO BE LESS EFFECTIVE THAN MODERATE STIMULATION THROUGH THE OTHER ELECTRODE IN THE NERVE. EITHER TYPE OF STIMULATION PRODUCED ACTION POTENTIALS WITH DISCRETE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS. NUMBER AND LATENCY OF COMPONENTS VARIED DEPENDING ON STIMULUS PARAMETERS AND THUS DID NOT PERMIT CLASSIFICATION OF DISCRETE FIBER GROUPS. STRONGER STIMULATION OF THE OPTIC NERVE, HOWEVER, REDUCED PROMINENCE AND NUMBER OF INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS AND LED TO LARGE ACTION POTENTIALS WITH SMOOTHER CONTOUR WHICH INCLUDED CONDUCTION VELOCITIES OF 3.5-70 MSEC. AND A MAXIMUM AT 15-25 MSEC. THESE RESULTS AGREE WITH THE ANATOMY OF THE OPTIC NERVE, PARTICULARLY WITH REPORTS ON THE TOTAL RANGE OF FIBER SIZES, ON A UNIMODAL DISTRIBUTION OF SIZES WITHIN THIS RANGE, AND ON SEGREGATION OF FIBER SIZES IN DIFFERENT PARTS OF THE CROSS SECTION OF OPTIC NERVE AND TRACT. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - OPTIC TRACTS & OPTIC NERVE ACTION POTENTIALS KW - ELECTRICAL STIMULATION KW - 1967 KW - Electrical Activity KW - Eye (Anatomy) KW - Neurology KW - Stimulation KW - Cats KW - 1967 DO - 10.1016/0014-4886(67)90014-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-01992-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-01661-001 AN - 1968-01661-001 AU - James, William E. AU - Mefferd, Roy B. Jr. AU - Wieland, Betty A. T1 - Repetitive psychometric measures: Handedness and performance. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1967/// VL - 25 IS - 1 SP - 209 EP - 212 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-01661-001. PMID: 6077974 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: James, William E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170206. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Performance; Individual Differences; Job Performance; Performance Tests; Testing. Minor Descriptor: Lateral Dominance. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - PREVIOUS INVESTIGATORS HAVE REPORTED THAT RIGHT-HANDED PEOPLE PERFORM MOST MOTOR TASKS BETTER, FASTER, AND WITH RELATIVELY FEWER ERRORS THAN DO THE LEFT-HANDED. SLIGHT DIFFERENCES WERE FOUND IN PERFORMANCE ON ONLY 3 OF THE TESTS OF THE REPETITIVE PSYCHOMETRIC MEASURES BATTERY. SOME OF THE DIFFERENCE IN PERFORMANCE MAY BE ALLEVIATED BY MINOR CHANGES IN INSTRUCTION FOR LEFT-HANDED SS. (15 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - REPETITIVE PSYCHOMETRIC MEASURES BATTERY PERFORMANCE KW - HANDEDNESS KW - INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENCES KW - 1967 KW - Group Performance KW - Individual Differences KW - Job Performance KW - Performance Tests KW - Testing KW - Lateral Dominance KW - 1967 DO - 10.2466/pms.1967.25.1.209 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-01661-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-01659-001 AN - 1968-01659-001 AU - HENRY, J. P. AU - Junas, R. AU - Smith, K. U. T1 - Experimental cybernetic analysis of delayed feedback of breath-pressure control. JF - American Journal of Physical Medicine JO - American Journal of Physical Medicine Y1 - 1967/// VL - 46 IS - 4 SP - 1317 EP - 1331 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-01659-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: HENRY, J. P.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., HINES, ILL. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170206. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Feedback; Muscles; Perceptual Motor Learning; Respiration. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - A STUDY OF THE VOLUNTARY CONTROL OF MUSCLES OF RESPIRATION SHOWED THAT DELAYED VISUAL FEEDBACK ADVERSELY AFFECTS PERFORMANCE AND LEARNING. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - VOLUNTARY CONTROL OF MUSCLES OF RESPIRATION KW - DELAYED VISUAL FEEDBACK KW - 1967 KW - Feedback KW - Muscles KW - Perceptual Motor Learning KW - Respiration KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-01659-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-01635-001 AN - 1968-01635-001 AU - Scott, Thomas R. AU - Wells, William H. AU - Wood, Dorothy Z. T1 - Pupillary response and sexual interest reexamined. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 4 SP - 433 EP - 438 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-01635-001. PMID: 5612380 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Scott, Thomas R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Columbia, S.C. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170206. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: College Students; Eye (Anatomy); Homosexuality; Personality; Psychosexual Behavior. Minor Descriptor: Emotions. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - CONDUCTED 3 EXPERIMENTS CONCERNING PUPILLARY RESPONSE TO PICTURES AS A RELIABLE INDICATION OF SEXUAL ORIENTATION. USING 3 GROUPS OF 20 COLLEGE STUDENTS, 60 COLLEGE STUDENTS, AND 5 HETEROSEXUAL AND 5 HOMOSEXUAL PRISON INMATES, THE RESULTS FAILED TO SHOW SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES AMONG THE GROUPS. THERE WAS NO EVIDENCE THAT NONPREFERRED STIMULI ELICITED PUPILLARY CONSTRICTION. THE RESULTS INDICATE THAT PUPILLARY RESPONSE IS SUBJECT TO MUCH SPONTANEOUS VARIABILITY 'AND ITS USE IN THE DIAGNOSIS OF INDIVIDUAL INTEREST PATTERNS IS NOT JUSTIFIED.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PUPILLARY RESPONSE KW - SEXUALLY STIMULATING PICTURES KW - HOMOSEXUALS & COLLEGE STUDENTS KW - 1967 KW - College Students KW - Eye (Anatomy) KW - Homosexuality KW - Personality KW - Psychosexual Behavior KW - Emotions KW - 1967 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196710)23:4<433::AID-JCLP2270230408>3.0.CO;2-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-01635-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-01622-001 AN - 1968-01622-001 AU - Edwards, A. E. AU - Hill, R. A. T1 - The effect of data characteristics on theoretical conclusions concerning the physiology of emotions. JF - Psychosomatic Medicine JO - Psychosomatic Medicine Y1 - 1967/// VL - 29 IS - 4 SP - 303 EP - 311 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0033-3174 SN - 1534-7796 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-01622-001. PMID: 6059908 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Edwards, A. E.; Wadsworth Hosp., Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170206. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Analysis; Electrophysiology; Emotions; Experimentation; Statistical Analysis. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 24 SS WERE EXPOSED 4 TIMES TO 6 DIFFERING STIMULATIONS WHILE THEIR VERBAL REPORTS AND 6 ELECTROPHYSIOLOGICAL VARIABLES WERE RECORDED. THE DATA WERE DIGITIZED IN 4 DIFFERENT MANNERS AND EACH WAS THEN SUBJECTED TO A COMPONENTS-OF-VARIANCE ANALYSIS STRATIFYING ON THE 3 CURRENT VIEWS PERTAINING TO THE PHYSIOLOGY OF EMOTIONS. IT WAS FOUND THAT THE CHOICE OF DATA CHARACTERISTIC DETERMINED THE THEORETICAL INTERPRETATION AN E WOULD BE APT TO MAKE AND THAT HIGHLY SIGNIFICANT RESULTS MAY BE OBTAINED WITH AN EFFECT ACCOUNTING FOR ONLY A TRIVIAL AMOUNT OF THE VARIANCE. (21 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EXPERIMENT KW - DIFFERENCES IN THEORETICAL CONCLUSION & CHOICE OF DATA CHARACTERISTICS KW - 1967 KW - Analysis KW - Electrophysiology KW - Emotions KW - Experimentation KW - Statistical Analysis KW - 1967 DO - 10.1097/00006842-196707000-00001 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-01622-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-01546-001 AN - 1968-01546-001 AU - Shipp, Thomas T1 - Frequency, duration, and perceptual measures in relation to judgments of alaryngeal speech acceptability. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JA - J Speech Hear Res Y1 - 1967/// VL - 10 IS - 3 SP - 417 EP - 427 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Assn SN - 0022-4685 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-01546-001. PMID: 6081926 Other Journal Title: Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shipp, Thomas; Veterans Administration Hosp., San Francisco, Calif. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Auditory Stimulation; Judgment; Speech Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 33 RECORDINGS OF LARYNGECTOMIZED SPEAKERS READING A STANDARD PASSAGE WERE SUBJECTED TO 2 SEPARATE PERCEPTUAL EVALUATIONS AND TO FUNDAMENTAL FREQUENCY AND DURATIONAL ANALYSIS. FACTORS RELATED TO HIGHER SPEECH ACCEPTABILITY RATINGS INCLUDE: (1) A RAPID RATE OF SPEECH PRODUCTION, (2) LITTLE PERCEPTION OF RESPIRATORY NOISE, AND (3) A RELATIVELY HIGHER MEAN FUNDAMENTAL FREQUENCY. THE MOST INVARIANT OF THE FACTORS MEASURED WERE RESPIRATORY NOISE PROMINENCE AND FUNDAMENTAL FREQUENCY STANDARD DEVIATION. IT WAS APPARENT THAT NAIVE LISTENERS TENDED TO RATE ALARYNGEAL SPEAKERS HIGHER AS THE SPEAKER APPROACHED THE NORMS FOR NORMAL LARYNGEAL SPEAKERS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - FREQUENCY & DURATION & PERCEPTUAL MEASURES KW - ALARYNGEAL SPEECH JUDGMENTS KW - 1967 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Judgment KW - Speech Perception KW - 1967 DO - 10.1044/jshr.1003.417 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-01546-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-01530-001 AN - 1968-01530-001 AU - Day, Merle E. T1 - An eye-movement indicator of type and level of anxiety: Some clinical observations. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 4 SP - 438 EP - 441 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-01530-001. PMID: 5612381 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Day, Merle E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, MD. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170206. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Attention; Eye Movements; Lateral Dominance; Verbal Communication. Minor Descriptor: Verbal Ability; Verbal Fluency; Verbal Learning; Verbal Reinforcement. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - A REPORT OF OBSERVATIONS OF RIGHT AND LEFT EYE MOVEMENTS. THE RELATIONSHIP OF EYE MOVEMENTS TO ATTENTION, VERBAL FLUENCY, INTERPERSONAL RELATIONS, LEVEL OF ANXIETY, AND LANGUAGE IS DISCUSSED. THE IMPORTANCE OF THE STUDY OF EYE MOVEMENTS IS NOTED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - LATERALITY KW - ATTENTION & ANXIETY & VERBAL BEHAVIOR KW - 1967 KW - Anxiety KW - Attention KW - Eye Movements KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Verbal Communication KW - Verbal Ability KW - Verbal Fluency KW - Verbal Learning KW - Verbal Reinforcement KW - 1967 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196710)23:4<438::AID-JCLP2270230409>3.0.CO;2-L UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-01530-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-01508-001 AN - 1968-01508-001 AU - Silverman, Lloyd H. AU - SPIRO, ROBERT H. T1 - Some comments and data on the partial cue controversy and other matters relevant to investigations of subliminal phenomena. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1967/// VL - 25 IS - 1 SP - 325 EP - 338 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-01508-001. PMID: 6077991 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silverman, Lloyd H.; Manhattan Veterans Administration Hosp., New York, N.Y. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170206. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cues; Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - IN RESPONSE TO A RECENT ARTICLE BY G. GUTHRIE AND M. WIENER (SEE 40:7) DATA AND LOGICAL CONSIDERATIONS ARE PRESENTED WHICH SUPPORT THE FOLLOWING CONCLUSIONS. (1) FOR A NUMBER OF RECENT STUDIES OF SUBLIMINAL PHENOMENA, THE MOST PARSIMONIOUS EXPLANATION FOR POSITIVE RESULTS IS ONE IMPLICATING THE SUBLIMINAL REGISTRATION OF CONTENT AND, CONTRARY TO THE CLAIM OF GUTHRIE AND WIENER, NOT ONE RELATING TO STRUCTURAL CUES IN AWARENESS. (2) ALSO CONTRARY TO THEIR CLAIM, GUTHRIE AND WIENER'S DATA PROVIDE LITTLE SUPPORT FOR THE VIEW THAT EVEN IN THE EARLY INVESTIGATION OF EAGLE, SS WERE RESPONDING TO PARTIAL CUES. (3) GUTHRIE AND WIENER'S FAILURE TO OBTAIN A CONTENT EFFECT IN THEIR OWN EXPERIMENT WAS MOST LIKELY THE RESULT OF THE LEVEL AT WHICH THEIR STIMULI WERE EXPOSED AND/OR THEIR NOT TAKING INTO ACCOUNT SUBJECT VARIABLES THAT ARE RELEVANT TO THE QUESTION OF WHETHER A SUBLIMINAL EFFECT CAN BE DEMONSTRATED. (22 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PARTIAL CUE CONTROVERSY KW - COMMENT KW - 1967 KW - Cues KW - Perception KW - 1967 DO - 10.2466/pms.1967.25.1.325 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-01508-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-01503-001 AN - 1968-01503-001 AU - Mefferd, Roy B. Jr. AU - Wieland, Betty A. T1 - PERCEPTION OF DEPTH IN ROTATING OBJECTS: I. STEREOKINESIS AND THE VERTICAL-HORIZONTAL ILLUSION. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1967/// VL - 25 IS - 1 SP - 93 EP - 100 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-01503-001. PMID: 6078005 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mefferd, Roy B. Jr.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., HOUSTON, TEX. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19680101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Autokinetic Illusion; Depth Perception; Illusions (Perception); Kinesthetic Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - OS VIEWED UNDER EXTREME REDUCTION CONDITIONS EITHER A ROD OR AN ELLIPSE AS IT ROTATED SLOWLY (5 RPM) IN THE FRONTOPARALLEL PLANE. THEY REPORTED SEEING A SEQUENCE OF PERCEPTS OF THE LUMINOUS STIMULUS STARTING WITH VERIDICAL ROTATION, THEN EXPANSION-CONTRACTION, AND/OR ADVANCE-RETREAT AND FINALLY ENDING WITH APPARENT ROTATION IN A PLANE OBLIQUE TO O. THE PERCEPTS WERE THE SAME WITH EITHER MONOCULAR OR BINOCULAR REGARD AND WITH THE HEAD TILTED 90DEGREES TO THE SIDE. IN THE LATTER CASE, THE APPARENT PLANE OF ROTATION SHIFTED WITH THE HEAD POSITION SHOWING THAT THE VISUAL FIELD DETERMINED THE EFFECT. THIS STEREOKINETIC EFFECT WAS RELATED TO THE VERTICAL-HORIZONTAL ILLUSION AND WAS EXPLAINED IN TERMS OF THE ASYMMETRY OF THE VISUAL FIELD. (19 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ROTATING OBJECTS/IN KW - STEREOKINESIS & VERTICAL-HORIZONTAL ILLUSIONC KW - 1967 KW - Autokinetic Illusion KW - Depth Perception KW - Illusions (Perception) KW - Kinesthetic Perception KW - 1967 DO - 10.2466/pms.1967.25.1.93 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-01503-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-00907-001 AN - 1968-00907-001 AU - MABRY-HALL, MARIE T1 - ABERRANT RORSCHACH PERCEPTIONS OF ALCOHOLICS. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 255 EP - 266 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-00907-001. PMID: 6058335 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: MABRY-HALL, MARIE; BOSTON VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., MASS. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Rorschach Test. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 2 WELL EQUATED GROUPS DRAWN FROM VOLUNTARY ADMISSIONS TO 2 PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITALS WERE USED TO STUDY THE ALCOHOLIC PERSONALITY THROUGH THE USE OF THE RORSCHACH TEST. 3 RORSCHACH INTERPRETERS JUDGED EACH RESPONSE FOR FABULIZED COMBINATION. IT WAS CONCLUDED THAT 'FABULIZED COMBINATIONS (1) REFLECT THE EFFECTS OF PROLONGED ALCOHOLISM RATHER THAN PERSONALITY DISORDER . . . . (2) ARE NOT A FUNCTION OF THE LENGTH OF THE PROTOCOL . . . . (3) PREDOMINATE ON CHROMATIC CARDS . . . . THE FINDINGS ARE INTERPRETED AS DEMONSTRATING AN IMPAIRMENT IN JUDGMENT AND CRITICAL THINKING ATTRIBUTABLE TO PSYCHOLOGICAL ALTERATIONS WHICH MAY REFLECT NEUROPHYSIOLOGICAL CHANGES, OR, PERHAPS, EARLY ANATOMICAL PATHOLOGY IN THE BRAIN PARTICULARLY IN THE FRONTAL LOBES. THE IMPACT OF CHROMATIC CARDS IN THE EXPERIMENTAL SITUATION WAS COMPARED TO THE EFFECTS OF INEBRATION IN THE SOCIAL SITUATION.' (36 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - FABULIZED COMBINATIONS KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - 1967 KW - Alcoholism KW - Rorschach Test KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-00907-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-00887-001 AN - 1968-00887-001 AU - Brackbill, Glen A. T1 - Psychologists and nurses in the mental hospital. JF - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing & Mental Health Services JO - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing & Mental Health Services Y1 - 1967/// VL - 5 IS - 5 SP - 432 EP - 441 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-00887-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brackbill, Glen A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170206. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Paraprofessional Personnel; Physicians; Psychiatrists; Psychotherapists; Roles. Minor Descriptor: Counselors; Mental Health Personnel; Nurses; Nursing; Personnel; Psychologists; Scientists; Social Workers. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - EXAMINES THE DEVELOPMENTS WHICH HAVE LED TO CONFUSION ABOUT THE ROLES OF THE PHYSICIAN, PSYCHOLOGIST, SOCIAL WORKER, AND NURSE IN THE MENTAL HOSPITAL. IT IS CONCLUDED THAT THE NURSE AND PSYCHOLOGIST MUST HAVE A MUTUAL CONCERN ABOUT THEIR ROLES IN ORDER TO HAVE AN EFFECTIVE RELATIONSHIP. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PHYSICIAN & PSYCHOLOGIST & SOCIAL WORKER & NURSE IN MENTAL HOSPITAL KW - 1967 KW - Paraprofessional Personnel KW - Physicians KW - Psychiatrists KW - Psychotherapists KW - Roles KW - Counselors KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Nurses KW - Nursing KW - Personnel KW - Psychologists KW - Scientists KW - Social Workers KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-00887-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-00867-001 AN - 1968-00867-001 AU - Hollister, Leo E. AU - Overall, John E. AU - Shelton, Jack AU - Pennington, Veronica AU - Kimbell, Isham AU - Johnson, Merlin T1 - Drug therapy of depression: Amitriptyline, perphenazine, and their combination in different syndromes. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1967/// VL - 17 IS - 4 SP - 486 EP - 493 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-00867-001. PMID: 4861381 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hollister, Leo E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170206. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depression (Emotion); Drug Therapy; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 101 NEWLY ADMITTED DEPRESSED MALE PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS WERE TREATED WITH AMITRIPTYLINE, PERPHENAZINE, OR A COMBINATION OF THE 2 FOR 4 WK., USING BLIND CONTROLS. IT WAS HYPOTHESIZED THAT THE FOLLOWING OBSERVATIONS FROM PREVIOUS STUDIES WOULD BE REPLICATED: (1) AMITRIPTYLINE WOULD BE MOST EFFICACIOUS IN SS CLASSIFIED AS RETARDED DEPRESSIONS; (2) PERPHENAZINE WOULD BE THE DRUG CHOICE FOR SS WITH ANXIOUS DEPRESSIONS, AND(3) THE COMBINATION WOULD BE EFFECTIVE IN BOTH TYPES, AS WELL AS IN HOSTILE DEPRESSIONS, BUT WOULD NOT OFFER ANY SPECIAL ADVANTAGE OVER THE INDICATED SINGLE DRUG. ALL HYPOTHESES WERE CONFIRMED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - AMITRIPTYLINE & PERPHENAZINE KW - DEPRESSED MALE PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1967 KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Drug Therapy KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1967 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1967.01730280102012 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-00867-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-00804-001 AN - 1968-00804-001 AU - Schwartz, S. T1 - Diagnosis, level of social adjustment, and cognitive deficits. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1967/10// VL - 72 IS - 5, Pt.1 SP - 446 EP - 450 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-00804-001. Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schwartz, S.; Veterans Administration Center, Togus, ME. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170206. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognition; Cognitive Impairment; Learning; Psychiatric Patients; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Adjustment; Intelligence. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - STUDIED THE DEGREE OF COGNITIVE IMPAIRMENT SHOWN BY REMITTED SCHIZOPHRENICS AND NONSCHIZOPHRENIC PSYCHIATRIC SS RELATIVE TO NONPATIENT CONTROLS. ON THE BASIS OF THE THEORY THAT COGNITIVE DEFICIT IS MERELY 1 REFLECTION OF GENERAL SOCIAL INADEQUACY, IT WAS HYPOTHESIZED THAT REMITTED SCHIZOPHRENICS WOULD NOT DIFFER FROM OTHER PSYCHIATRIC SS ON A BATTERY OF COGNITIVE TASKS, AND THAT BOTH GROUPS WOULD SHOW IMPAIRMENT RELATIVE TO NONHOSPITALIZED CONTROLS. BOTH HYPOTHESES WERE SUPPORTED. AN ATTEMPT WAS ALSO MADE TO EXPLORE THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN A MEASURE OF SOCIAL COMPETENCE AND COGNITIVE PERFORMANCE, BUT NO SUCH RELATIONSHIP COULD BE DEMONSTRATED. THE RESULTS ARE DISCUSSED IN TERMS OF THEIR IMPLICATIONS FOR UNDERSTANDING COGNITIVE DEFICIT AND FOR FUTURE RESEARCH. (28 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - COGNITIVE DEFICIT & SOCIAL ADJUSTMENT KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS & SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - 1967 KW - Cognition KW - Cognitive Impairment KW - Learning KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Schizophrenia KW - Adjustment KW - Intelligence KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0025087 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-00804-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-00779-001 AN - 1968-00779-001 AU - Whitman, James R. AU - Schwartz, Arthur N. T1 - The relationship between two measures of the tendency to give socially desirable responses. JF - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment Y1 - 1967/// VL - 31 IS - 5 SP - 72 EP - 75 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum N1 - Accession Number: 1968-00779-001. PMID: 6053373 Other Journal Title: Journal of Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Whitman, James R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., American Lake, Wash. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170206. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Projective Personality Measures; Projective Techniques; Projective Testing Technique; Responses; Social Approval. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 2 MEASURES OF THE TENDENCY TO ENDORSE SOCIALLY DESIRABLE (SD) RESPONSES WERE OBTAINED FOR 137 SS. THE 1ST WAS FROM EDWARDS' SD SCALE AND THE 2ND FROM AN EXPERIMENTAL SCALE CONSISTING OF RESPONSES IN THE PICTURE-FRUSTRATION STUDY FOR WHICH RATINGS OF SD WERE AVAILABLE. THERE WAS NO SIGNIFICANT CORRELATION BETWEEN THESE MEASURES. A 2ND GROUP OF 94 SS THEN RATED A SAMPLE OF 10 ITEMS EACH FROM THE 2 SCALES ON 6 BIPOLAR DIMENSIONS. IT IS CONCLUDED THAT THERE IS AGREEMENT ACROSS SS AS TO THE CONNOTATIONS OF A SOCIALLY DESIRABLE RESPONSE BUT THAT PERSONALITY TYPE STATEMENTS DIFFER FROM RESPONSES IN SOCIAL SITUATIONS IN RESPECT TO THE MEASURE EACH PROVIDES OF A PERSON'S TENDENCY TO ENDORSE SD RESPONSES. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ROSENZWEIG PICTURE-FRUSTRATION & EDWARDS SOCIAL DESIRABILITY SCALES KW - RESPONSES KW - 1967 KW - Projective Personality Measures KW - Projective Techniques KW - Projective Testing Technique KW - Responses KW - Social Approval KW - 1967 DO - 10.1080/0091651X.1967.10120418 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-00779-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-00777-001 AN - 1968-00777-001 AU - Russell, Elbert W. T1 - Rorschach stimulus modification. JF - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment Y1 - 1967/// VL - 31 IS - 5 SP - 20 EP - 22 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum N1 - Accession Number: 1968-00777-001. PMID: 6053368 Other Journal Title: Journal of Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Russell, Elbert W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170206. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Conditioned Stimulus; Rorschach Test; Stimulus Parameters; Unconditioned Stimulus. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - THE MAJOR RORSCHACH STIMULUS DIMENSIONS WERE VARIED BY E. E. BAUGHMAN IN A 1954 STUDY LEADING TO THE CONCLUSION THAT ONLY FORM AFFECTS RESPONSES. IN 1958 HIS REVIEW OF THE LITERATURE IN THIS AREA LED TO THE SAME CONCLUSION. THE NEXT YEAR HE REVERSED HIS POSITION ON THE BASIS OF THE MOST DEFINITIVE STUDY OF RORSCHACH STIMULUS MODIFICATION YET PUBLISHED. HOWEVER, CLOSE EXAMINATION OF THE 1954 STUDY DEMONSTRATES THAT, CONTRARY TO BAUGHMAN'S ORIGINAL CONCLUSION, IT, TOO, SUPPORTS THE EFFECT OF STIMULUS CHARACTERISTICS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - RORSCHACH STIMULUS MODIFICATION KW - 1967 KW - Conditioned Stimulus KW - Rorschach Test KW - Stimulus Parameters KW - Unconditioned Stimulus KW - 1967 DO - 10.1080/0091651X.1967.10120409 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-00777-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-00770-001 AN - 1968-00770-001 AU - FRANK, GEORGE H. T1 - A REVIEW OF RESEARCH WITH MEASURES OF EGO STRENGTH DERIVED FROM THE MMPI AND THE RORSCHACH. JF - Journal of General Psychology JO - Journal of General Psychology JA - J Gen Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 77 IS - 2 SP - 183 EP - 206 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-1309 SN - 1940-0888 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-00770-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: FRANK, GEORGE H.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., BROOKLYN, N.Y. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19680101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ego; Experimentation; Measurement. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 24. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - SURVEYS THE RESEARCH DONE WITH 3 MEASURES OF EGO STRENGTH: BARRON'S EGO STRENGTH SCALE, AND 2 MEASURES DERIVED FROM THE RORSCHACH, I.E., F+% AND KLOPFER'S PROGNOSTIC RATING SCALE. FINDINGS SUGGEST THAT OF ALL THE MEASURES, F+% IS MORE SENSITIVE TO EGO STRENGTH DIFFERENCES BETWEEN INDIVIDUALS WITH DIFFERENT DEGREES OF PERSONALITY DISORGANIZATION AND THESE FROM NORMALS, AND THE PERSONALITY CHANGE CLINICALLY ASSESSED TO ACCRUE FROM TREATMENT. THE EGO STRENGTH SCALE SEEMED TO BE LIMITED TO MEASURING THE PRESENCE OR ABSENCE OF PSYCHOPATHOLOGY. CRITICAL EVALUATION, HOWEVER, INDICATED THAT, IN PART, THE RESULTS WERE A FUNCTION OF SOME METHODOLOGICAL FACTORS: THE INADEQUACY OF THE CRITERION MEASURES USED, AND THE TESTING OF THE VALIDITY OF THE SCALES WITH SAMPLES OF PATIENTS SO THAT THE STUDIES ARE AUTOMATICALLY BIASED TO PRODUCE RESULTS WHICH ONLY REFLECT THE PRESENCE OR ABSENCE OF PSYCHOPATHOLOGY. (111 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - STRENGTH MEASURES IN RESEARCH KW - 1967 KW - Ego KW - Experimentation KW - Measurement KW - 1967 DO - 10.1080/00221309.1967.9710401 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-00770-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-00758-001 AN - 1968-00758-001 AU - SPIEGEL, DONALD E. AU - ACKER, CHARLES W. T1 - AUTONOMIC BALANCE AND REACTIVITY IN RELATION TO INDICES OF PSYCHOPATHOLOGY ON THE MMPI. JF - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment Y1 - 1967/// VL - 31 IS - 5 SP - 76 EP - 80 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum N1 - Accession Number: 1968-00758-001. PMID: 4383222 Other Journal Title: Journal of Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: SPIEGEL, DONALD E.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION CENTER, BRENTWOOD HOSP., LOS ANGELES, CALIF. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19680101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Autonomic Nervous System; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - CHANGES IN MMPI SCORES OF 20 DEPRESSED PATIENTS (FROM PLACEBO TO DRUG) WERE CORRELATED WITH CHANGES IN AUTONOMIC BALANCE. IN A 2ND STUDY, MMPI SCORES OF 13 GALVANIC SKIN 'REACTORS' AND 25 'NONREACTORS' WERE COMPARED. RESULTS SUGGEST THAT THE MMPI IS SENSITIVE TO DIFFERENCES IN AUTONOMIC BALANCE AND REACTIVITY AND TO APPARENT PARASYMPATHETIC SHIFTS AND THAT AUTONOMIC NONREACTIVITY TO NEUTRAL STIMULI IN THE ENVIRONMENT MAY BE INDICATIVE OF SEVERE PSYCHOPATHOLOGY. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - AUTONOMIC BALANCE & REACTIVITY KW - PSYCHOPATHOLOGICAL INDICES KW - 1967 KW - Autonomic Nervous System KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - 1967 DO - 10.1080/0091651X.1967.10120419 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-00758-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-00444-001 AN - 1968-00444-001 AU - Sobel, Harry T1 - Stress and environmental factors in aging. JF - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JO - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JA - Psychosomatics Y1 - 1967/// VL - 8 IS - 4, PT. 2 SP - 21 EP - 27 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0033-3182 SN - 1545-7206 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-00444-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sobel, Harry; Aging Research Lab., Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170206. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Environments; Physiological Aging; Physiological Stress. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500); Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - ENVIRONMENTALLY INDUCED CHANGES DOMINATE THE CAUSES OF DEATH. THE RESULTS OF AN EXPERIMENT ARE REPORTED FOR WHICH 'GUINEA PIGS WERE KEPT IN A REFRIGERATOR CONTINUOUSLY AT 2-4DEGREES C FOR PERIODS UP TO 1 YR.' THE EXPERIMENT WAS DESIGNED 'TO LEARN WHICH CHANGES REMAINED AFTER ANIMALS WERE RETURNED TO THE USUAL LABORATORY ENVIRONMENT AND TO OBSERVE SUBSEQUENT LONGEVITY.' (27 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - & ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS IN AGING KW - PROLONGED COLD KW - GUINEA PIG KW - 1967 KW - Animal Environments KW - Physiological Aging KW - Physiological Stress KW - 1967 DO - 10.1016/S0033-3182(67)71962-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-00444-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-00295-001 AN - 1968-00295-001 AU - Benton, Richard G. AU - Mefferd, Roy B. Jr. T1 - Projector slide changing and focusing as operant reinforcers. JF - Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior JO - Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior JA - J Exp Anal Behav Y1 - 1967/// VL - 10 IS - 5 SP - 479 EP - 484 CY - US PB - Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior SN - 0022-5002 SN - 1938-3711 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-00295-001. PMID: 4167468 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Benton, Richard G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170206. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Films; Reinforcement; Vision. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - UNINSTRUCTED SS CHOOSE TO VIEW IN SHARP FOCUS PROJECTED VISUAL IMAGES IN PREFERENCE TO SIMPLER AUDITORY AND VISUAL STIMULI. THE RATE OF RESPONDING ON THE LEVER RAPIDLY INCREASED ABOVE THE OPERANT LEVEL EVEN THOUGH THE STIMULI WERE NONSENSE SYLLABLES. WHEN FOCUSING ALSO WAS MADE CONTINGENT ON RESPONSES SS PROMPTLY STARTED SHARPENING THE FOCUS OF LEGIBLE BUT BLURRED NONSENSE SYLLABLES. WHEN THE VISUAL MATERIAL WAS COLORED LANDSCAPE SCENES, THE RATES OF SLIDE CHANGING GENERALLY DECREASED, BECAUSE OF INCREASED VIEWING TIME RELATIVE TO THE NONSENSE SYLLABLES AT THE SAME TIME THAT THE LATENCIES OF FOCUSING DECREASED. BOTH THE SHARPNESS OF FOCUS AND THE TOTAL TIME SPENT WITH THE IMAGE IN SHARP FOCUS INCREASED GREATLY WITH THE COLORED SLIDES, ESTABLISHING THAT THE SS WERE UNDER CONTROL OF THE STIMULUS EVENTS. EXTINCTION OCCURRED RAPIDLY WHEN THE CONTROLS BECAME INOPERATIVE. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PROJECTOR SLIDE CHANGING & FOCUSING AS OPERANT REINFORCERS KW - 1967 KW - Films KW - Reinforcement KW - Vision KW - 1967 DO - 10.1901/jeab.1967.10-479 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-00295-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-00279-001 AN - 1968-00279-001 AU - Taub, Harvey A. T1 - Paired associates learning as a function of age, rate, and instructions. JF - The Journal of Genetic Psychology: Research and Theory on Human Development JO - The Journal of Genetic Psychology: Research and Theory on Human Development JA - J Genet Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 111 IS - 1 SP - 41 EP - 46 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-1325 SN - 1940-0896 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-00279-001. Other Journal Title: The Pedagogical Seminary; The Pedagogical Seminary and Journal of Genetic Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Taub, Harvey A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170206. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Paired Associate Learning. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - PAIRED-ASSOCIATE LEARNING WAS EVALUATED FOR 40 YOUNG (MEAN AGE 26.1 YR.) AND 40 AGED (MEAN AGE 69.7 YR.) SS AS A FUNCTION OF 2 RATES OF PRESENTATION (4 AND 8 SEC.) AND 2 INSTRUCTION CONDITIONS. THE RESULTS INDICATE THAT (1) AS RATE OF S PACING DECREASED, PERFORMANCE OF OLD SS APPROACHED THAT OF YOUNG, (2) INSTRUCTIONS HAD NO CONSISTENT EFFECT ON PERFORMANCE, AND (3) OLDER SS GENERALLY DID NOT RESPOND UNLESS THERE WAS A HIGH PROBABILITY OF BEING CORRECT. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PAIRED ASSOCIATE LEARNING & RATE OF PRESENTATION & INSTRUCTION KW - ADULT MEN KW - 1967 KW - Age Differences KW - Paired Associate Learning KW - 1967 DO - 10.1080/00221325.1967.10533745 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-00279-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-17066-001 AN - 1967-17066-001 AU - Heilizer, Fred AU - Cutter, Henry S. T1 - Cognition and risk taking in a classroom setting: Two methodologies. JF - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JO - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JA - J Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 67 IS - 1 SP - 25 EP - 45 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-3980 SN - 1940-1019 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-17066-001. PMID: 6059475 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Heilizer, Fred; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170206. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classrooms; Cognition; Risk Taking; Strategies. Classification: Educational Psychology (3500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 21. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - PRIMARILY A DESCRIPTIVE REPORT OF 2 NEW METHODOLOGIES THAT ARE BEING USED TO INVESTIGATE COGNITION AND RISK TAKING IN A CLASSROOM SITUATION. THE ITEM-TAKING STRATEGIES (ITS) ARE USED TO WEIGHT RESPONSES TO OBJECTIVE TEST ITEMS WHILE CONTROLLING FOR THE POTENTIAL EFFECTS OF OVERALL TEST ACHIEVEMENT. THE ITS SELECTIONS ARE MADE IN A CONTEXT OF MAXIMUM INFORMATION AND MAXIMUM DIRECT PERSONAL CONTROL OVER THE OUTCOME. THE TEST-TAKING STRATEGIES (TTS) ARE USED TO WEIGHT THE OVERALL TEST OUTCOME, BALANCING HIGH ACHIEVEMENT AGAINST HIGH RISK AND LOW ACHIEVEMENT AGAINST LOW RISK. THE TTS SELECTIONS ARE MADE IN A CONTEXT OF MODERATE INFORMATION AND MODERATE DIRECT PERSONAL CONTROL OVER THE OUTCOME. SEVERAL VARIATIONS OF ITS AND TTS ARE PRESENTED TOGETHER WITH SCORING PROCEDURES. A BRIEF DISCUSSION IS INCLUDED OF RELEVANT PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - & COGNITION KW - CLASSROOM SETTING KW - ITEM-TAKING STRATEGY & TEST-TAKING STRATEGY KW - 1967 KW - Classrooms KW - Cognition KW - Risk Taking KW - Strategies KW - 1967 DO - 10.1080/00223980.1967.10543047 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-17066-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-17022-001 AN - 1967-17022-001 AU - Benson, D. F. AU - Patten, D. H. T1 - The use of radioactive isotopes in the localization of aphasia-producing lesions. JF - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JO - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JA - Cortex Y1 - 1967/// VL - 3 IS - 2 SP - 258 EP - 271 CY - Italy PB - Masson Italia SN - 0010-9452 SN - 1973-8102 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-17022-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Benson, D. F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Elsevier Masson SAS. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170206. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Brain Damage; Radiation. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - INVESTIGATED THE USE OF RADIOACTIVE ISOTOPE BRAIN SCANNING FOR DELINEATION OF SYMPTOM-PRODUCING LESIONS IN 50 CONSECUTIVE WELL-STUDIED APHASIC PATIENTS. INDEPENDENT LOCALIZATIONS FROM SCAN AND CLINICAL FINDINGS WERE COMPARED. 'THE MAJORITY OF PATIENTS HAD VASCULAR DISEASE AND CONSISTENTLY POSITIVE SCANS WERE SEEN ONLY IF THE PROCEDURE WAS PERFORMED IN THE 1ST 6 WK. AFTER ONSET. THERE WAS PERFECT CORRELATION IN LATERALIZATION BETWEEN THE SCAN AND CLINICAL FINDINGS AND SATISFACTORY ANATOMIC LOCALIZATION WAS OBTAINED IN 75% OF THE POSITIVE SCANNING CASES. SOME OF THE POSSIBLE CAUSES OF DISCREPANCY OF LOCALIZATION IN THE REMAINDER ARE SUGGESTED AND DISCUSSES.' IT IS FELT THAT FEELING THAT THE POSITIVE BRAIN SCAN IS RELIABLE BUT THAT ADDITIONAL REFINEMENTS ARE POSSIBLE AND WILL FURTHER ENHANCE THE VALUE OF THIS TECHNIQUE. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - LESION/LOCALIZATION OF KW - RADIOACTIVE ISOTOPES KW - APHASIA KW - 1967 KW - Aphasia KW - Brain Damage KW - Radiation KW - 1967 DO - 10.1016/S0010-9452(67)80016-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-17022-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-16794-001 AN - 1967-16794-001 AU - Gurel, L. AU - Davis, J. E. AU - Maroney, R. J. T1 - Patient perceptions of nursing home placement. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Gerontological Society JO - Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Gerontological Society Y1 - 1967/// VL - 46 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-16794-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gurel, L.; Veterans Administration Dept. Of Medicine + Surgery, Washington, D.C. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170206. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitudes; Geriatrics; Institutionalization; Nursing; Residential Care Institutions. Minor Descriptor: Nurses. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - ATTEMPTED TO DETERMINE ATTITUDES TOWARD SELECTED ASPECTS OF POSTHOSPITAL NURSING HOME CARE. METHODOLOGICAL INQUIRY WAS DIRECTED TOWARD DETERMINING FEASIBILITY OF INTERVIEW EVALUATION OF NURSING HOME CARE (NHC) PATIENTS. 297 PATIENTS IN 7 NHC UNITS AND 197 IN COMMUNITY HOMES WERE INTERVIEWED BY RESEARCH SOCIAL WORKERS. 189 PATIENTS WERE PSYCHIATRIC (NP), AND 305 WERE MEDICAL-SURGICAL-NEUROLOGICAL (MSN). INTERVIEW CONTENT DEALT WITH ISSUES OF GENERAL SATISFACTION AND SPECIFIC ISSUES OF FEELINGS ABOUT NHC STAFF, BED AND BOARD, ADEQUACY OF ACTIVITIES, AND PEER GROUP FRIENDS. RESULTS SHOWED 7.7% UNABLE TO RESPOND MEANINGFULLY TO THE INTERVIEW AND ANOTHER 6.3% RESPONDING ONLY IN PART. ATTITUDES TOWARD NHC WERE GENERALLY QUITE FAVORABLE, WITH PATIENTS IN NHC PLACEMENTS MORE FAVORABLE THAN THOSE IN COMMUNITY HOMES. THERE WERE ONLY MINIMAL DIFFERENCES BETWEEN MSN AND NP PATIENTS. MSN PATIENTS IN COMMUNITY HOMES WERE LEAST SATISFIED, APPEARING LESS LIKELY TO DERIVE INTERPERSONAL SATISFACTION FROM EITHER THEIR PEERS OR THEIR CARETAKERS. THIS GROUP ALSO REPORTED THEMSELVES LESS ADEQUATELY OCCUPIED, ABOUT 1/3 OF THEM EXPRESSING A DESIRE FOR MORE ACTIVITIES. FINDINGS ARE INTERPRETED AS SUPPORTING USE OF NHC AS AN ALTERNATIVE TO HOSPITALIZATION FOR PATIENTS NOT REQUIRING THE SERVICES UNIQUELY AVAILABLE ONLY IN A HOSPITAL. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - NURSING HOME PLACEMENT/ATTITUDES TOWARD KW - PATIENTS KW - 1967 KW - Attitudes KW - Geriatrics KW - Institutionalization KW - Nursing KW - Residential Care Institutions KW - Nurses KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-16794-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-16779-001 AN - 1967-16779-001 AU - O'Connell, Walter E. T1 - Psychodrama: Involving the audience. JF - Rational Living JO - Rational Living Y1 - 1967/// VL - 2 IS - 1 SP - 22 EP - 25 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0034-0049 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-16779-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behavior Therapy; Journal of Rational-Emotive Therapy. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Connell, Walter E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170206. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Psychodrama. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - THE GOAL OF PSYCHODRAMA IS TO OVERCOME AVOIDANCE, GIVE ENCOURAGEMENT, TEACH OUTSIGHT, AND GIVE NONPUNITIVE PRACTICE IN SOCIAL SKILLS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - & AUDIENCE INVOLVEMENT KW - METHODS & GOALS KW - 1967 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Psychodrama KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-16779-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-16551-001 AN - 1967-16551-001 AU - Rose, C. L. AU - Enslein, K. AU - Nuttall, R. L. T1 - Univariate + multivariate findings from a longevity study. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Gerontological Society JO - Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Gerontological Society Y1 - 1967/// VL - 42 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-16551-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rose, C. L.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170206. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biography; Gerontology; Physiological Aging. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - A STUDY OF BIOGRAPHIC FACTORS IN MALE LONGEVITY WAS CARRIED OUT BY INTERVIEWING NEXT-OF-KIN LISTED ON SS' DEATH CERTIFICATES (N = 500). AN ADVANCED ANALYSIS WAS CONDUCTED ON 77 SELECTED INDEPENDENT VARIABLES COMPARING FINDINGS FROM A FAMILY OF TECHNIQUES: SIMPLE CORRELATIONS, FACTOR ANALYSIS, MULTIPLE REGRESSION, AND STEPWISE DISCRIMINANT ANALYSIS. METHODOLOGIC FINDINGS WERE: (1) UNIVARIATE FINDINGS WERE PARTIALLY CONFIRMED BY MULTIVARIATE FINDINGS; (2) SPECIAL RELATIONSHIPS AMONG INDEPENDENT VARIABLES WERE INFERRED FROM EXPERIMENTAL DELETIONS DURING ITERATED RUNS, AND FROM SHIFTS IN IMPORTANCE OF VARIABLES DURING STEPWISE ENTRIES; (3) BEST DISCRIMINANTS WERE DETERMINED BY PERCENT OF CASES MISCLASSIFIED IN DESIGN AND TEST ANALYSES IN SUCCESSIVE RUNS; (4) DISTRIBUTION PROBLEMS INVALIDATING VARIABLES WERE UNCOVERED BY EXAMINING DISTRIBUTIONS AFTER SPLITTING N INTO SHORTER AND LONGER LIVING POPULATIONS; AND (5) LIMITATIONS IN CLASSIFICATION SUGGESTED THAT MEASURED VARIABLES WERE NOT MOST RELEVANT. BEST CLASSIFICATIONS SO FAR WERE: LESS WORRIED, OLDER THAN SPOUSE, CONSERVING ENERGY, LONGER-LIVED MOTHER, LOOKED YOUNGER THAN AGE UNDER 40, AND NOT EASILY AGGRAVATED. SMOKING AND DRINKING APPEARED TO BE SUMMARIZING OTHER AND PERHAPS UNMEASURED VARIABLES. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - LONGEVITY KW - BIOGRAPHIC FACTORS KW - MALES KW - 1967 KW - Biography KW - Gerontology KW - Physiological Aging KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-16551-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-16376-001 AN - 1967-16376-001 AU - Jakubczak, L. F. T1 - Age, activity, and weight loss in food-deprived rats. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Gerontological Society JO - Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Gerontological Society Y1 - 1967/// VL - 20 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-16376-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jakubczak, L. F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Jefferson Barracks, MO. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170216. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Animal Ethology; Body Weight; Deprivation; Motor Processes. Minor Descriptor: Food Deprivation; Rats; Weight Loss. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - IN A PREVIOUS STUDY OF THE EFFECTS OF TERMINAL FOOD DEPRIVATION ON ACTIVITY-WHEEL RUNNING AS A FUNCTION OF AGE, 2- AND 3-MO-OLD RATS WERE SIGNIFICANTLY MORE ACTIVE IN RESPONSE TO DEPRIVATION, BUT LOST WEIGHT AT A FASTER RATE AND SURVIVED A SHORTER TIME THAN 6-, 11-, AND 26-MO-OLD RATS. SINCE RUNNING RESULTS IN AN EXPENDITURE OF ENERGY, THESE FINDINGS SUGGESTED THAT AGE DIFFERENCES IN WEIGHT LOSS AND SURVIVAL TIME WERE IN PART DUE TO AGE DIFFERENCES IN THE RUNNING RESPONSE TO FOOD DEPRIVATION. IF THIS WERE SO, THEN THE DIFFERENCE IN WEIGHT LOSS OF THOSE RATS THAT ARE AND ARE NOT ALLOWED ACCESS TO THE ACTIVITY WHEEL DURING DEPRIVATION SHOULD BE DISPROPORTIONATELY GREATER IN THE YOUNG RATS THAN IN THE MATURE ONES. A 3 2 FACTORIAL EXPERIMENT WAS RUN, CONSISTING OF 3 AGE GROUPS (2, 3, AND 6 MO.) AND 2 TREATMENT GROUPS (FREE ACCESS VS. CONFINED). THE DEPENDENT VARIABLES WERE THE NUMBER OF DAYS TO LOSE 35% OF PREDEPRIVATION WEIGHT (PDW) AND GM/DAY/100 GM. PDW. THE RESULTS INDICATE THAT DAYS TO 35% BWL INCREASED, AND GM/DAY/100 GM. PDW DECREASED WITH AGE AND CONFINEMENT, RESPECTIVELY. HOWEVER, THE EFFECTS OF CONFINEMENT WERE PROPORTIONAL IN ALL AGE GROUPS. CONSEQUENTLY, UNDER THE CONDITIONS OF THIS EXPERIMENT, THE HYPOTHESIS FAILED TO BE SUPPORTED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ACTIVITY & WEIGHT LOSS KW - FOOD DEPRIVED RAT KW - 1967 KW - Age Differences KW - Animal Ethology KW - Body Weight KW - Deprivation KW - Motor Processes KW - Food Deprivation KW - Rats KW - Weight Loss KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-16376-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-16236-001 AN - 1967-16236-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - Interrelationships of six overinclusion measures. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1967/10// VL - 31 IS - 5 SP - 517 EP - 520 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-16236-001. PMID: 6075982 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170216. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Measurement; Thinking. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - EARLIER RESEARCH HAS SUGGESTED THAT THE COMMONLY USED OPERATIONAL DEFINITIONS OF OVERINCLUSIVE THINKING DO NOT MEASURE THE SAME VARIABLE, SINCE STUDIES USING EPSTEIN'S INCLUSION TEST AND PAYNE'S OVERINCLUSION BATTERY HAVE PRODUCED DIVERGENT RESULTS. TO STUDY THIS POSSIBILITY, EPSTEIN SCORES, 2 MEASURES USED BY PAYNE AS DEFINITIONS OF OVERINCLUSION (NUMBER OF WORDS USED TO INTERPRET BENJAMIN'S PROVERBS AND NUMBER OF OBJECTS 'HANDED OVER' DURING 4 TRIALS ON THE GOLDSTEIN OBJECT-SORTING TEST), AND 2 MEASURES OF VISUAL-SPATIAL STIMULUS GENERALIZATION WERE COLLECTED ON 100 MALE SCHIZOPHRENICS. WITH THE EXCEPTIONS OF THE BUILT-IN CORRELATIONS BETWEEN THE STIMULUS-GENERALIZATION MEASURES AND BETWEEN EPSTEIN'S OVER- AND UNDERINCLUSION SCORES, ONLY 2 OF THE 15 INTERCORRELATIONS WERE SIGNIFICANT AT THE .05 LEVEL, AND BOTH OF THESE IN THE DIRECTION OPPOSITE TO THAT HYPOTHESIZED. THE RAMIFICATIONS OF THESE FINDINGS FOR OVERINCLUSION RESEARCH ARE DISCUSSED. (25 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - OVERINCLUSION KW - INTERRELATIONSHIPS OF 6 MEASURES KW - 1967 KW - Measurement KW - Thinking KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0024980 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-16236-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-16160-001 AN - 1967-16160-001 AU - Field, Peter B. AU - Dworkin, Samuel F. T1 - Strategies of hypnotic interrogation. JF - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JO - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JA - J Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 67 IS - 1 SP - 47 EP - 58 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-3980 SN - 1940-1019 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-16160-001. PMID: 6059477 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Field, Peter B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brooklyn, N.Y. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170216. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hypnosis. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - COMPARED 3 TECHNIQUES OF HYPNOTIC INTERROGATION. THE TECHNIQUE RATED MOST DIFFICULT TO RESIST WAS AN INVOLUNTARY MOVEMENT IN RESPONSE TO MENTION OF THE CONCEALED ITEM OF INFORMATION. THE STRATEGY RATED EASIEST TO RESIST WAS IMPLANTATION OF GUILT. ALTHOUGH A MAJORITY OF SS CONCEALED THE ITEM OF INFORMATION, 23% REVEALED IT. HYPNOTIZABILITY WAS CORRELATED WITH SUSCEPTIBILITY TO HYPNOTIC INTERROGATION. A CONTROL GROUP GUESSING WHAT RESPONSES THEY WOULD HAVE MADE UNDER INTERROGATION OVERESTIMATED THE POWER OF HYPNOSIS AND UNDERESTIMATED THE ABILITY OF SS TO RESIST. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - HYPNOTIC INTERROGATION/STRATEGIES OF 17660 KW - HYPNOTIC INTERROGATION/STRATEGIES OF KW - 1967 KW - Hypnosis KW - 1967 DO - 10.1080/00223980.1967.10543048 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-16160-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-16116-001 AN - 1967-16116-001 AU - Storandt, M. A. T1 - Age, training, and stimulus characteristics in recognition across visual fields. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Gerontological Society JO - Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Gerontological Society Y1 - 1967/// VL - 34 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-16116-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Storandt, M. A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Jefferson Barracks, MO. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170216. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Education; Recognition (Learning); Visual Field; Visual Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - THE EFFECT OF CHANGE OF VISUAL FIELD BETWEEN TRAINING AND TESTING WAS INVESTIGATED IN 20-25 AND 45-55 YR. OLD NORMAL HUMAN SS IN A MIXED-PLOT DESIGN INCLUDING THE VARIABLES OF FIELD-CHANGE, AGE, TRIALS, COMPLEXITY, AND ASSOCIATION VALUE OF STIMULI, AND LENGTH OF EXPOSURE TIME. THE TRANSFER TASK WAS RECOGNITION OF RANDOM SHAPES PRESENTED TACHISTOSCOPICALLY UNDER MONOCULAR VIEWING CONDITIONS. RECOGNITION WAS DETERMINED BY 'YES' AND 'NO' RESPONSES TO EXPOSURE AND CONTROL SHAPES OF LIKE COMPLEXITY AND ASSOCIATION VALUE. SS RECOGNIZED FEWER OF THOSE SHAPES WHICH WERE CHANGED FROM 1 VISUAL FIELD DURING TRAINING TO THE OPPOSITE FIELD DURING TESTING, AS COMPARED TO THOSE SHAPES WHICH REMAINED IN THE SAME FIELD. AS TRAINING INCREASED, RECOGNITION OF THE STIMULI INCREASED. SIMPLE STIMULI WERE RECOGNIZED MORE FREQUENTLY THAN COMPLEX STIMULI. NO SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES WERE FOUND BETWEEN THE 2 AGE LEVELS OR BETWEEN THE 2 ASSOCIATION VALUE LEVELS. OLDER SS TENDED TO INCORRECTLY 'RECOGNIZE' CONTROL SHAPES MORE THAN YOUNG SS. RECOGNITION OF EXPOSURE SHAPES WAS GREATER AT THE LONGER TIME INTERVAL. WHEN SCORES WERE CORRECTED FOR NUMBER OF INCORRECT 'RECOGNITIONS' OF CONTROL SHAPES NO DIFFERENCE WAS FOUND BETWEEN EXPOSURE TIMES. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - AGE & TRAINING & STIMULUS DURATION & ASSOCIATION VALUE KW - RECOGNITION ACROSS FIELDS KW - 1967 KW - Age Differences KW - Education KW - Recognition (Learning) KW - Visual Field KW - Visual Perception KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-16116-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-15755-001 AN - 1967-15755-001 AU - Thoroughman, J. C. AU - Pascal, G. R. AU - Jarvis, J. R. T1 - A study of psychological factors in patients with surgically intractable duodenal ulcer and those with other intractable disorders. JF - Psychosomatic Medicine JO - Psychosomatic Medicine Y1 - 1967/// VL - 29 IS - 3 SP - 273 EP - 278 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0033-3174 SN - 1534-7796 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-15755-001. PMID: 6032906 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Thoroughman, J. C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Atlanta, GA. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170216. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disorders; Gastrointestinal Ulcers; Patients; Ulcerative Colitis. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - OBJECTIVE SCORING OF PREILLNESS DEPRIVATION IN MATCHED PAIRS OF PATIENTS WITH INTRACTABLE ULCER RESPONDING POORLY TO SURGERY AND PATIENTS WHO WERE JUDGED BY A REFERRING PHYSICIAN TO HANDLE OTHER CHRONIC DISEASE POORLY REVEALED NO SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE 2 GROUPS. FURTHERMORE, THE GROUPS COULD NOT BE DIFFERENTIATED ON THE BASIS OF PARENTAL BEHAVIOR DURING THE EARLY LIFE OF THE PATIENT. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL FACTORS KW - SURGICALLY INTRACTABLE ULCER & OTHER CHRONIC DISEASE PATIENTS KW - 1967 KW - Disorders KW - Gastrointestinal Ulcers KW - Patients KW - Ulcerative Colitis KW - 1967 DO - 10.1097/00006842-196705000-00005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-15755-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-15682-001 AN - 1967-15682-001 AU - Goodglass, Harold AU - Fodor, Iris G. AU - Schulhoff, Celia T1 - Prosodic factors in grammar-evidence from aphasia. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JA - J Speech Hear Res Y1 - 1967/// VL - 10 IS - 1 SP - 5 EP - 20 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Assn SN - 0022-4685 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-15682-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goodglass, Harold; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Speech Characteristics; Speech Development; Verbal Communication. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - WHEN ARE FUNCTION WORDS OMITTED OR CONFUSED IN APHASIC SPEECH? 27 BROCA'S APHASICS AND 23 FLUENT (WERNICKE AND AMNESIC) APHASICS TOOK A WORD-SPAN REPETITION TEST, WHERE THE SS REPEATED GRAMMATICALLY UNRELATED, EQUALLY-STRESSED, 3-WORD SETS, AND A SENTENCE REPETITION TEST, WHERE 4- AND 5-WORD SENTENCES WERE DELIVERED BY E WITH NORMAL CONVERSATIONAL INTONATION. COMPARED TO BROCA'S APHASICS OF EQUAL SEVERITY, THE FLUENT APHASICS HAD SHORTER SPANS FOR REPETITION OF WORD LISTS. IN SENTENCE REPETITION, INITIAL UNSTRESSED FUNCTION WORDS WERE MORE FREQUENTLY OMITTED BY BROCA'S APHASICS THAN BY FLUENT APHASICS. THE HYPOTHESIS THAT STRESS AND POSITION OF FUNCTION WORDS, INSTEAD OF WORD QUALITY, DETERMINE WHETHER WORDS ARE DROPPED OR RETAINED IN SPEECH WAS ALSO CONFIRMED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PROSODIC SPEECH KW - 1967 KW - Aphasia KW - Speech Characteristics KW - Speech Development KW - Verbal Communication KW - 1967 DO - 10.1044/jshr.1001.05 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-15682-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-15620-001 AN - 1967-15620-001 AU - MAHRER, ALVIN R. AU - MASON, DONALD J. AU - KAHN, ELAYNE T1 - THE NON-GAUSSIAN DISTRIBUTION OF AMOUNT OF SYMPTOMATOLOGY IN PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 3 SP - 319 EP - 321 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-15620-001. PMID: 6082119 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: MAHRER, ALVIN R.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., DENVER, COLO. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Hospitalization; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients; Self-Stimulation; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Self-Actualization; Self-Control; Self-Disclosure; Self-Esteem; Self-Reinforcement. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 248 MALE PATIENTS WERE ADMINISTERED THE INVENTORY OF PSYCHOLOGICAL PROBLEMS. THE HYPOTHESIS THAT SELF-REPORTED PSYCHIATRIC SYMPTOMS DISTRIBUTE THEMSELVES NORMALLY WAS REJECTED. IMPLICATIONS OF THE FINDINGS ARE NOTED. (23 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - SELF REPORT OF SYMPTOMS KW - DISTRIBUTION KW - 1967 KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Self-Stimulation KW - Symptoms KW - Self-Actualization KW - Self-Control KW - Self-Disclosure KW - Self-Esteem KW - Self-Reinforcement KW - 1967 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196707)23:3<319::AID-JCLP2270230309>3.0.CO;2-P UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-15620-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-15619-001 AN - 1967-15619-001 AU - Lowe, C. Marshall T1 - The relationship between marital and socioeconomic status and in-patient impairment. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 3 SP - 315 EP - 318 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-15619-001. PMID: 4384180 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lowe, C. Marshall; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brecksville, O. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170216. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Marital Relations; Mental Health; Psychiatric Patients; Socioeconomic Status. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 266 PATIENTS WERE GIVEN 2 SELF-REPORT MEASURES AND A BEHAVIORAL RATING AND ANALYZED FOR SOCIOECONOMIC STATUS, OCCUPATIONAL STATUS, MARITAL STATUS, AND LENGTH OF HOSPITALIZATION. MARITAL STATUS WAS RELATED TO DEGREE OF PSYCHIATRIC IMPAIRMENT. PATIENTS WHO HAD NEVER BEEN MARRIED WERE MORE WITHDRAWN. IT IS ALSO PATHOLOGICAL IF ONE IS ECONOMICALLY SUCCESSFUL AND DOES NOT GET MARRIED OR IF ONE IS ECONOMICALLY UNSUCCESSFUL AND DOES GET MARRIED. THERE WAS LITTLE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN SOCIOECONOMIC STATUS AND SEVERITY OF PSYCHIATRIC SYMPTOMATOLOGY. A RELATIONSHIP OF MARITAL STATUS AND LENGTH OF HOSPITALIZATION WAS NOTED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - & SOCIOECONOMIC STATUS KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENT KW - 1967 KW - Marital Relations KW - Mental Health KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Socioeconomic Status KW - 1967 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196707)23:3<315::AID-JCLP2270230308>3.0.CO;2-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-15619-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-15618-001 AN - 1967-15618-001 AU - Lorei, Theodore W. AU - Gurel, Lee T1 - Comparison of ex-mental patient employment information obtained by mail and by interview. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology JA - J Couns Psychol Y1 - 1967/09// VL - 14 IS - 5 SP - 458 EP - 461 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-15618-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorei, Theodore W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Washington, D.C. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170216. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interviewing; Interviews; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Interview. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - INVESTIGATED RETURN RATE AND CONSISTENCY OF INFORMATION OBTAINED BY MAIL QUESTIONNAIRE ABOUT POSTHOSPITAL EMPLOYMENT OF EX-MENTAL PATIENTS. 3605 MALE SCHIZOPHRENICS WERE SENT BRIEF QUESTIONNAIRES 6 MO. AFTER LEAVING 1 OF 12 PARTICIPATING HOSPITALS. THE OVERALL RETURN RATE OF 88% WAS FOUND TO VARY POSITIVELY WITH AMOUNT OF PREEXIT CONTACT WITH THE RESEARCHER. ON A SUBGROUP OF 957, EMPLOYMENT INFORMATION WAS ALSO OBTAINED 3 MO. LATER IN INTERVIEWS WITH THE PATIENT AND OTHER INFORMANTS AND FROM VETERANS ADMINISTRATION RECORDS. AGREEMENT AMONG ALL SOURCES OF INFORMATION WAS HIGH AND WAS INTERPRETED AS EVIDENCE OF THE USEFULNESS OF THE MAIL QUESTIONNAIRE METHOD. IN COMPARABLE SITUATIONS, PARTICULARLY OF LIMITED RESOURCES, THE MAIL QUESTIONNAIRE CAN BE AN EFFECTIVE SUBSTITUTE FOR PERSONAL INTERVIEW. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EX-MENTAL PATIENT KW - MAIL VS INTERVIEW INFORMATION KW - 1967 KW - Interviewing KW - Interviews KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0024938 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-15618-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-15614-001 AN - 1967-15614-001 AU - Dietze, Doris T1 - Consistency and change in judgment of criteria for mental health improvement. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 3 SP - 307 EP - 310 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-15614-001. PMID: 6082117 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dietze, Doris; Veterans Administration Hosp., Seattle, Wash. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170216. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Judgment; Mental Health; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 53 STAFF AND 81 PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS FILLED OUT A 173-ITEM QUESTIONNAIRE. A RANDOM SAMPLE OF 30 OF THE ITEMS WAS MADE AND READMINISTERED 10 DAYS LATER TO 19 STAFF AND 47 PATIENTS. RELIABILITY COEFFICIENTS RANGED FROM .93-.97 WITH THE EXCEPTION OF .67 FOR A GROUP OF PATIENTS WHO WERE MOVED. GROUP AND ITEM CONSISTENCIES ARE NOTED AND THE ITEMS ARE SUFFICIENTLY SENSITIVE TO SITUATIONAL DIFFERENCES TO WARRANT THEIR USE IN RESEARCH. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MENTAL HEALTH IMPROVEMENT CRITERIA KW - STAFF VS PATIENTS KW - QUESTIONNAIRE KW - 1967 KW - Judgment KW - Mental Health KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1967 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196707)23:3<307::AID-JCLP2270230306>3.0.CO;2-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-15614-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-15481-001 AN - 1967-15481-001 AU - Greenberg, Ramon AU - Pearlman, Chester T1 - Delirium tremens and dreaming. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1967/// VL - 124 IS - 2 SP - 133 EP - 142 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-15481-001. PMID: 4378114 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Greenberg, Ramon; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170216. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcoholism; Dreaming; Eye Movements; Sleep. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - A STUDY OF PATIENTS RECEIVING ALCOHOL AND PATIENTS WITHDRAWN FROM ALCOHOL SHOWED THAT INCREASING LEVELS OF ALCOHOLISM SUPPRESSED DREAMING. WITHDRAWAL LED CONSISTENTLY TO AN INCREASE IN STAGE 1-REM SLEEP, WITH 100% STAGE 1 BEING FOUND JUST BEFORE DEVELOPMENT OF DELIRIUM TREMENS. A RATIONALE FOR TREATMENT BASED ON THESE FINDINGS IS PROPOSED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - DELIRIUM TREMENS AS DREAM KW - ALCOHOL & SUPPRESSION OF STAGE 1-REM SLEEP KW - ALCOHOLICS & NORMALS KW - 1967 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Alcoholism KW - Dreaming KW - Eye Movements KW - Sleep KW - 1967 DO - 10.1176/ajp.124.2.133 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-15481-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-15449-001 AN - 1967-15449-001 AU - Sturm, Israel E. AU - Lipton, Herbert T1 - Some social and vocational predictors of psychiatric hospitalization outcome. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 3 SP - 301 EP - 307 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-15449-001. PMID: 6082116 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sturm, Israel E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northport, N.Y. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170216. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Health; Occupations; Prediction; Social Processes. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - PREHOSPITAL PREFERENCE FOR VOLUNTARY SOCIAL PARTICIPATION AND LESS THAN 6 MO. UNEMPLOYMENT DURING THE LAST 5 PREHOSPITAL YR. WERE FOUND TO BE POSITIVELY ASSOCIATED WITH FULL-TIME EMPLOYMENT AT A POSTADMISSION CALENDAR DATE ON 87 HOSPITALIZED PATIENTS. PREHOSPITAL EMPLOYMENT OF THE TECHNOLOGICAL TYPE WAS POSITIVELY RELATED TO THE MAINTAINING OF POSTHOSPITAL JOBS AND THE IMPORTANCE OF THE EMPLOYMENT MARKET WAS EMPHASIZED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - OUTCOME PREDICTION KW - SOCIAL PARTICIPATION & EMPLOYMENT HISTORY KW - 1967 KW - Mental Health KW - Occupations KW - Prediction KW - Social Processes KW - 1967 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196707)23:3<301::AID-JCLP2270230305>3.0.CO;2-P UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-15449-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-15444-001 AN - 1967-15444-001 AU - Nadler, Samuel AU - Barrett, E. M. AU - Miller, D. AU - Lea, M. E. AU - Mosier, J. T1 - Patients who choose to live in the hospital. JF - International Journal of Social Psychiatry JO - International Journal of Social Psychiatry JA - Int J Soc Psychiatry Y1 - 1967/// VL - 13 IS - 2 SP - 150 EP - 157 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0020-7640 SN - 1741-2854 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-15444-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Nadler, Samuel; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pittsburgh, PA. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170216. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Education; Family; Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients. Minor Descriptor: Hospitalization. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 20 MALE PATIENTS IDENTIFIED AS HAVING 'HOSPITALITIS' WERE COMPARED TO A CONTROL GROUP OF 18 PATIENTS ON VARIOUS DEMOGRAPHIC AND HOSPITAL ADJUSTMENT FACTORS. 'HOSPITALITIS' PATIENTS WERE OLDER, NOT AS WELL EDUCATED, IN THE LOWEST OCCUPATIONAL CATEGORIES, AND MORE LIKELY TO ENJOY TALKING TO STAFF AND JOINING WARD THERAPY GROUPS. OTHERWISE MANY SIMILARITIES ARE REPORTED BETWEEN THE 'HOSPITALITIS' AND CONTROL GROUPS ESPECIALLY IN TERMS OF FAMILY BACKGROUND AND WARD ADJUSTMENT. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MALES KW - PREFERENCE FOR HOSPITALIZATION KW - AGE & EDUCATIONAL & OCCUPATIONAL DIFFERENCES KW - FAMILY BACKGROUND KW - HOSPITAL ADJUSTMENT KW - 1967 KW - Age Differences KW - Education KW - Family KW - Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Hospitalization KW - 1967 DO - 10.1177/002076406701300207 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-15444-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-15433-001 AN - 1967-15433-001 AU - Buttiglieri, Matthew W. AU - Guenette, Marie T1 - Temporal relationship between automobile accidents and psychiatric hospitalization. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1967/// VL - 24 IS - 3, PT. 2 SP - 1327 EP - 1332 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-15433-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Buttiglieri, Matthew W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170216. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Accident Prevention; Accident Proneness; Accidents; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Psychiatric Hospitals. Minor Descriptor: Cerebrovascular Accidents; Time. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - RECORDS OF ACCIDENTS AND DRIVING VIOLATIONS FOR 3 YR. PRIOR TO PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITAL ADMISSION WERE OBTAINED FOR 361 PATIENTS WHO HAD DRIVERS LICENSES IN THEIR POSSESSION WHEN ADMITTED. THE FREQUENCY OF ACCIDENTS AND DRIVING VIOLATIONS FOR THE PATIENT GROUP DID NOT DIFFER SIGNIFICANTLY FROM COMPARABLE FREQUENCIES FOR A LARGE COMPARISON GROUP COMPOSED OF MALE CALIFORNIA DRIVERS. WHEN ACCIDENTS AND VIOLATIONS WERE PLOTTED WITH REFERENCE TO THE HOSPITALIZATION DATE FOR EACH PATIENT, A TREND WAS NOTED FOR MORE ACCIDENTS AND DRIVING VIOLATIONS TO OCCUR IN THE MONTHS IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING HOSPITALIZATION THAN IN THOSE MONTHS FURTHER REMOVED. SOME OF THE REASONS WHY THESE RELATIONSHIPS ARE NOT GREATER ARE DISCUSSED. IT IS SUGGESTED THAT MORE RESEARCH BE DIRECTED TO THE MULTIPLE OFFENDER REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT HE HAS A PSYCHIATRIC LABEL. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - AUTOMOBILE ACCIDENTS & HOSPITALIZATION KW - TEMPORAL RELATIONSHIP KW - 1967 KW - Accident Prevention KW - Accident Proneness KW - Accidents KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Cerebrovascular Accidents KW - Time KW - 1967 DO - 10.2466/pms.1967.24.3c.1327 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-15433-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-15387-001 AN - 1967-15387-001 AU - Holmes, J. Steven T1 - Relation of depression and verbal interaction in group therapy. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1967/// VL - 20 IS - 3, PT. 2 SP - 1039 EP - 1042 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-15387-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Holmes, J. Steven; Veterans Administration Hosp., Indianapolis, Ind. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170216. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depression (Emotion); Group Dynamics; Group Psychotherapy; Inventories; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - IN ORDER TO TEST A HYPOTHESIZED RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN DEPRESSION AND 2 OBJECTIVE MEASURES OF VERBAL PARTICIPATION IN GROUP THERAPY, INTERACTION RECORDING WAS DONE FOR EACH SESSION OF 2 ONGOING THERAPY GROUPS OVER A 2-MO PERIOD. EACH PATIENT, AT THE END OF EACH GROUP SESSION, FILLED OUT THE DEPRESSION ADJECTIVE CHECKLIST. CORRELATIONS BETWEEN CHECKLIST SCORES AND OBJECTIVE INTERACTION MEASURES FOR INDIVIDUAL PATIENTS AND FOR GROUPS OVER SESSIONS WERE NOT SIGNIFICANT. THE NEGATIVE FINDINGS WERE INTERPRETED AS EVIDENCE THAT WITHIN-SESSION CHARACTERISTICS OF A GROUP AND THE THERAPIST HAVE MORE INFLUENCE ON INTERACTION PATTERNS THAN DO MODERATE FLUCTUATIONS IN AFFECT LEVEL. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - DEPRESSION & GROUP VERBAL INTERACTION KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1967 KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Group Dynamics KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Inventories KW - Treatment KW - 1967 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1967.20.3c.1039 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-15387-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-15313-001 AN - 1967-15313-001 AU - Lyons, Joseph T1 - Whose experience? JF - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment Y1 - 1967/// VL - 31 IS - 4 SP - 11 EP - 16 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum N1 - Accession Number: 1967-15313-001. PMID: 4383006 Other Journal Title: Journal of Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lyons, Joseph; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lexington, KY. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170216. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis); Diagnosis; Medical Diagnosis; Practice; Psychodiagnosis. Minor Descriptor: Rorschach Test. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - ATTEMPTS TO DIFFERENTIATE MODES OF EXPERIENCE IN TERMS OF THE CLINICAL DATA THAT THEY GENERATE. DATA ARISING FROM CONSCIOUS AWARENESS (PRIMARY DATA) AND AWARENESS ABOUT ONE'S OWN EXPERIENCE (META DATA) ARE OBTAINED FROM EVERY S IN A CLINICAL SITUATION. OBJECTIVE TESTS DO NOT DISTINGUISH BETWEEN THESE 2 TYPES OF DATA, THOUGH MMPI TESTERS HOPE TO FIND PURE META DATA AND THE EXISTENTIAL THERAPISTS, PRIMARY DATA. THE AUTHOR PROPOSES THAT CLINICAL COMMUNICATIONS BE DEFINED IN TERMS OF DATA WHICH ARE GENERATED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - RORSCHACH RESPONDING KW - SPONTANEOUS VS MOTIVATED COMMUNICATION OF EXPERIENCE KW - 1967 KW - Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis) KW - Diagnosis KW - Medical Diagnosis KW - Practice KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Rorschach Test KW - 1967 DO - 10.1080/0091651X.1967.10120386 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-15313-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-15268-001 AN - 1967-15268-001 AU - HARFORD, THOMAS T1 - AN ITEM ANALYSIS OF THE PROGRESSIVE MATRICES TEST FOR SAMPLES OF MALE SCHIZOPHRENIC PATIENTS. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 3 SP - 377 EP - 380 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-15268-001. PMID: 6082128 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: HARFORD, THOMAS; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., BROCKTON, MASS. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intelligence Measures; Item Analysis (Statistical); Item Analysis (Test); Item Content (Test); Schizophrenia. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100); Educational Psychology (3500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - PRESENTS A LEVEL OF DIFFICULTY AND INDEX OF DISCRIMINATION OF ITEMS ON THE PROGRESSIVE MATRICES TEST FOR 2 SAMPLES OF 67 AND 62 SCHIZOPHRENIC PATIENTS EACH. THE STATE HOSPITAL SAMPLE INDICATED THAT FORMS B, C, AND D ARE SATISFACTORILY DISCRIMINATIVE; THE PRIVATE HOSPITAL SAMPLE SUGGESTED THAT ONLY FORM E WAS SATISFACTORILY DISCRIMINATIVE. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PROGRESSIVE MATRICES TEST KW - ITEM ANALYSIS KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - 1967 KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Item Analysis (Statistical) KW - Item Analysis (Test) KW - Item Content (Test) KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1967 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196707)23:3<377::AID-JCLP2270230325>3.0.CO;2-Z UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-15268-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-15265-001 AN - 1967-15265-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - Relationships between certain personality variables and overinclusion. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 3 SP - 327 EP - 330 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-15265-001. PMID: 4384181 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170216. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Concept Formation; Intelligence Quotient; Personality Correlates. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 45 MALE PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS WERE ADMINISTERED THE EPSTEIN OVERINCLUSION TEST, A DEPRESSION AND PSYCHOTICISM RATING SCALE, AND THE MMPI. A SIGNIFICANT CORRELATION BETWEEN THE EPSTEIN AND IQS WAS OBTAINED. OVERINCLUSION WAS NOT SIGNIFICANTLY RELATED TO ANY OF THE MMPI SCALES, THE PSYCHIATRIC RATINGS, OR LENGTH OF HOSPITALIZATION. IT IS SUGGESTED THAT OVERINCLUSION IS AN INTELLECTUAL DEFICIT RATHER THAN BEING THE RESULT OF ROLE-TAKING INADEQUACIES, INADEQUATE SOCIALIZATION SKILLS, INTERFERENCE, OR CHRONICITY. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - OVERINCLUSION & PERSONALITY VARIABLES KW - EPSTEIN OVERINCLUSION TEST & IQ & MMPI & DEPRESSION & PSYCHOTICISM RATING SCALES KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENT KW - 1967 KW - Concept Formation KW - Intelligence Quotient KW - Personality Correlates KW - 1967 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196707)23:3<327::AID-JCLP2270230311>3.0.CO;2-G UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-15265-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-14981-001 AN - 1967-14981-001 AU - Malagodi, E. F. T1 - Acquisition of the token-reward habit in the rat. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1967/// VL - 20 IS - 3, PT. 2 SP - 1335 EP - 1342 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-14981-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Malagodi, E. F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coral Gables, Fla. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170216. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Conditioning; Rat Learning; Reinforcement; Reinforcement Amounts; Reinforcement Schedules. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - DESCRIBES APPARATUS AND PROCEDURE FOR ESTABLISHING TOKENS AS CONDITIONED REINFORCERS IN LABORATORY RATS. 5 RATS WERE INITIALLY TRAINED TO DEPOSIT TOKENS (MARBLES) INTO A RECEPTACLE WITH EACH DEPOSIT RESPONSE PRODUCING PRIMARY REINFORCEMENT. THE RATS THEN UNDERWENT DISCRIMINATION TRAINING DURING WHICH DEPOSIT RESPONSES WERE REINFORCED ONLY IN THE PRESENCE OF A CLICKER AND LOCALIZED ILLUMINATION OF THE RECEPTACLE. ERRORLESS PERFORMANCE WAS OBTAINED IN 1-3 SESSIONS. THE RATS WERE NEXT TRAINED TO PRESS A LEVER IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE TOKENS FROM A DISPENSER. INITIALLY, EACH LEVER-PRESS RESPONSE PRODUCED TOKEN DELIVERY, AND EACH TOKEN WAS IMMEDIATELY EXCHANGEABLE FOR FOOD. THE SCHEDULES OF TOKEN DELIVERY WERE GRADUALLY INCREASED TO FIXED-RATIO AND VARIABLE-INTERVAL SCHEDULES. PERFORMANCE UNDER THESE SCHEDULES WAS COMPARABLE TO PERFORMANCE UNDER SIMILAR SCHEDULES OF PRIMARY REINFORCEMENT. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - TOKEN-REWARD CONDITIONING KW - APPARATUS & METHOD KW - 1967 KW - Conditioning KW - Rat Learning KW - Reinforcement KW - Reinforcement Amounts KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Rats KW - 1967 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1967.20.3c.1335 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-14981-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-14805-001 AN - 1967-14805-001 AU - Mahler, Delmar J. AU - Humoller, Fred L. T1 - Effects of serotonin on brain metabolism. JF - International Journal of Neuropsychiatry JO - International Journal of Neuropsychiatry Y1 - 1967/// VL - 3 IS - 3 SP - 229 EP - 233 CY - US PB - Research in Organic Psychiatry SN - 0538-8163 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-14805-001. PMID: 5298679 Other Journal Title: Behavioral Neuropsychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mahler, Delmar J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Omaha, Neb. Other Publishers: Behavioral Neuropsychiatry Medical Publishers, Inc. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170216. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biochemistry; Brain Stimulation; Metabolism. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - PRESENTS EVIDENCE THAT AN OXIDATIVE METABOLITE SUCH AS THE ALDEHYDE DERIVATIVE OF SEROTONIN IS INVOLVED IN POTENTIATION OF HEXOBARBITAL HYPNOSIS IN ANIMALS SINCE SEROTONIN PER SE IN THE MONOAMINEOXIDASE INHIBITED ANIMAL DOES NOT CAUSE POTENTIATION OF HEXOBARBITAL SLEEP. FURTHER EVIDENCE IS PRESENTED WHICH SHOWS THAT THIS POTENTIATION OF HEXOBARBITAL MAY RESULT FROM ALTERED METABOLIC PROCESSES OF THE NERVOUS TISSUE. USING RAT BRAIN HOMOGENATES IT WAS FOUND THAT THE OXIDATIVE METABOLITES OF SEROTONIN CAUSED AN INHIBITION OF THE SUCCINOXIDASE ACTIVITY. SEROTONIN ITSELF WAS FOUND TO ENHANCE HEXOKINASE ACTIVITY AND INCREASE LACTIC ACID PRODUCTION WHEN INCORPORATED INTO GLYCOLYTIC STUDIES USING RAT BRAIN HOMOGENATES. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SEROTONIN KW - METABOLISM KW - RAT KW - 1967 KW - Biochemistry KW - Brain Stimulation KW - Metabolism KW - Rats KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-14805-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-14572-001 AN - 1967-14572-001 AU - Grundvig, John L. AU - Dustman, Robert E. AU - Beck, Edward C. T1 - The relationship of olfactory receptor stimulation to stimulus-environmental temperature. JF - Experimental Neurology JO - Experimental Neurology JA - Exp Neurol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 18 IS - 4 SP - 416 EP - 428 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0014-4886 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-14572-001. PMID: 6036941 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Grundvig, John L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salt Lake City, U. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170220. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Body Temperature; Olfactory Perception; Skin Temperature; Temperature Effects; Temperature Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300); Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - OLFACTORY DISCRIMINATION THRESHOLDS FOR ETHYL ALCOHOL WERE MEASURED AS A FUNCTION OF STIMULUS-AIR STREAM TEMPERATURE ON 4 ADULT HUMAN SS. THE APPARATUS PROVIDED CONTROL OF TEMPERATURE, HUMIDITY, FLOW RATE AND ODOR VAPOR CONCENTRATION. A CONTINUOUS FORCED FLOW SYSTEM DELIVERED AIR AND ODORANT TO THE S THROUGH NOSEPIECES INSERTED IN THE NOSTRILS. THRESHOLD MEASURES WERE TAKEN AT 5DEGREES INTERVALS FROM 15-45DEGREES C. OVER THIS RANGE LOG THRESHOLD WAS A LINEAR FUNCTION OF TEMPERATURE; GROUP MEAN THRESHOLDS WERE RELIABLY DIFFERENT (P < .001). THE ELEVATION IN THRESHOLD WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE WAS DIRECTLY RELATED TO INCREASE IN VAPOR PRESSURE OF THE ODORANT. DETERMINATION OF THE ENERGY ASSOCIATED WITH THE PHENOMENON RESULTING IN RECEPTOR STIMULATION SHOWED IT TO BE CLOSELY COMPARABLE TO THE HEAT OF VAPORIZATION FOR PURE ETHYL ALCOHOL. THE FINDINGS SUPPORT AN ADSORPTION-VAPORIZATION MODEL OF RECEPTOR FUNCTION AS THE INITIAL EVENT LEADING TO ODOR PERCEPTION. (33 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - TEMPERATURE/ENVIRONMENTAL KW - ETHYL ALCOHOL THRESHOLD KW - 1967 KW - Body Temperature KW - Olfactory Perception KW - Skin Temperature KW - Temperature Effects KW - Temperature Perception KW - 1967 DO - 10.1016/0014-4886(67)90059-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-14572-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-14462-001 AN - 1967-14462-001 AU - WATSON, CHARLES G. AU - FELLING, JAMES AU - MACEACHERN, DONALD G. T1 - OBJECTIVE DRAW-A-PERSON SCALES: AN ATTEMPTED CROSS-VALIDATION. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 3 SP - 382 EP - 386 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-14462-001. PMID: 4866661 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: WATSON, CHARLES G.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., ST. CLOUD, MINN. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Goodenough Harris Draw A Person Test; Scoring (Testing); Statistical Validity; Test Scores; Test Validity. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - '. . . ATTEMPTED TO DETERMINE WHETHER ANY OF A SET OF OBJECTIVE DAP (DRAW-A-PERSON) SCALES MIGHT DO THE DIAGNOSTIC JOB THAT CLINICAL IMPRESSIONS HAVE APPARENTLY FAILED TO HANDLE.' 4 SETS OF 12 DRAWINGS EACH WERE INDEPENDENTLY SCORED ON 7 OBJECTIVE SCALES BY 2 RATERS, 1 A PHD CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGIST AND THE OTHER A BA PSYCHOLOGY RESEARCH TECHNICIAN. ONLY 1 OF 42 FS WAS SIGNIFICANT, AND IT IS CONCLUDED THAT OBJECTIVE SCALES SEEMED TO HOLD LITTLE DIAGNOSTIC PROMISE. (18 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - OBJECTIVE SCALES KW - CROSS-VALIDATION KW - 1967 KW - Goodenough Harris Draw A Person Test KW - Scoring (Testing) KW - Statistical Validity KW - Test Scores KW - Test Validity KW - 1967 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196707)23:3<382::AID-JCLP2270230327>3.0.CO;2-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-14462-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-14144-001 AN - 1967-14144-001 AU - Young, I. J. AU - Rowley, Wilbur F. T1 - The logic of disease. JF - International Journal of Neuropsychiatry JO - International Journal of Neuropsychiatry Y1 - 1967/// VL - 3 IS - 2 SP - 201 EP - 208 CY - US PB - Research in Organic Psychiatry SN - 0538-8163 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-14144-001. PMID: 6029996 Other Journal Title: Behavioral Neuropsychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Young, I. J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Other Publishers: Behavioral Neuropsychiatry Medical Publishers, Inc. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170220. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adaptation; Disorders; Physiological Stress. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - IT IS ARGUED THAT THE CNS MEDIATES ALL ADAPTATION OR INTERACTION BETWEEN AN ORGANISM AND ITS ENVIRONMENT. RAPID ADAPTATION IS MEDIATED BY NEUROMUSCULAR OR NEUROCIRCULATORY MECHANISMS; LESS RAPID MEDIATION IS SERVED BY NEUROENDOCRINE MECHANISMS WHILE PROLONGED PROCESSES OF ADAPTATION ARE MEDIATED BY NEUROTROPHIC INFLUENCES. IN BROAD TERMS, DISEASE IS A MALADAPTATION TO STRESS. (22 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MALADAPTATION TO STRESS KW - 1967 KW - Adaptation KW - Disorders KW - Physiological Stress KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-14144-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-14046-001 AN - 1967-14046-001 AU - Lorei, Theodore W. T1 - Prediction of community stay and employment for released psychiatric patients. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1967/08// VL - 31 IS - 4 SP - 349 EP - 357 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-14046-001. PMID: 6075952 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorei, Theodore W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Washington, D.C. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170220. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Prediction; Psychiatric Patients; Rehabilitation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - ATTEMPTED TO IDENTIFY CHARACTERISTICS OF RELEASED PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS AND THEIR RELATIVES THAT ARE ASSOCIATED WITH SUCCESS IN REMAINING IN THE COMMUNITY AND OBTAINING EMPLOYMENT. 215 MALE PATIENTS WERE STUDIED AT THE TIME OF RELEASE AND FOLLOWED FOR 1 YR. 11 AND 13 VARIABLES WERE SIGNIFICANTLY (P < .05) CORRELATED WITH COMMUNITY STAY AND EMPLOYMENT, RESPECTIVELY. THE PREDICTOR INTERCORRELATION MATRIX WAS FACTORED, AND PATIENTS WERE SCORED ON THE RESULTING 6 VARIMAX FACTORS. A SERIES OF REGRESSION ANALYSES WAS RUN USING THESE FACTOR SCORES AS INDEPENDENT VARIABLES. DISTRESS/ALIENATION AND DRINKING/ANTISOCIAL BEHAVIOR WERE THE MOST IMPORTANT PREDICTORS OF LENGTH OF COMMUNITY STAY; CHRONICITY/SEVERITY OF DISORDER AND SIMPLE-MINDEDNESS WERE THE MOST IMPORTANT PREDICTORS OF EMPLOYMENT. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - COMMUNITY STAY & EMPLOYMENT FOR RELEASED PATIENTS KW - PREDICTION OF ADJUSTMENT KW - 1967 KW - Prediction KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Rehabilitation KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0024862 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-14046-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-13909-001 AN - 1967-13909-001 AU - Pokorny, Alex D. T1 - Suicide in war veterans: Rates and methods. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1967/// VL - 144 IS - 3 SP - 224 EP - 229 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-13909-001. PMID: 6026530 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pokorny, Alex D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170220. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Disorders; Methodology; Suicide; War. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - THE ABSOLUTE AND RELATIVE SUICIDE RATES WERE EXAMINED, AS OF 1960, FOR THE FOLLOWING GROUPS: TEXAS MALES, TEXAS MALE VETERANS, AND MALE FORMER PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS OF THE HOUSTON VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSPITAL. THE GENERAL AIMS WERE TO SEE IF VETERAN SUICIDE RATES WERE HIGHER, IF METHODS DIFFER, AND TO EXAMINE THE INFLUENCE OF PSYCHIATRIC ILLNESS. IT WAS FOUND THAT SUICIDE RATES IN VETERANS DO NOT DIFFER FROM THOSE IN THE GENERAL POPULATION OF THE SAME AGE AND SEX. SUICIDES IN MALE VETERANS TEND TO OCCUR AT AN EARLIER AGE THAN AMONG MALES IN GENERAL. THE PRESENCE OF A PSYCHIATRIC ILLNESS LEADS TO A 9-FOLD INCREASE IN SUICIDE RATE. THE METHOD OF SUICIDE IS NOT DIFFERENT IN MALE VETERANS FROM MALES GENERALLY. MALE VETERAN PSYCHIATRIC CASES, HOWEVER, DIFFER IN THAT THERE IS A HIGHER PERCENTAGE OF POISONING AND A LOWER PERCENTAGE OF FIREARM DEATHS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - RATE & METHODS KW - PSYCHIATRIC ILLNESS KW - VETERANS KW - 1967 KW - Mental Disorders KW - Methodology KW - Suicide KW - War KW - 1967 DO - 10.1097/00005053-196703000-00006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-13909-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-13824-001 AN - 1967-13824-001 AU - MONROE, RUSSELL R. AU - DALE, ROBERT T1 - CHLORDIAZEPOXIDE IN THE TREATMENT OF PATIENTS WITH 'ACTIVATED EEG'S.' JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1967/// VL - 28 IS - 6 SP - 390 EP - 396 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-13824-001. PMID: 5340423 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: MONROE, RUSSELL R.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., PERRY POINT, MD. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Electromyography; Neuroleptic Drugs; Schizophrenia; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 10 CHRONICALLY HOSPITALIZED REGRESSED SCHIZOPHRENICS WERE STUDIED; 8 SHOWED EEG ABNORMALITIES WITH ALPHA CHLORALOSE ACTIVATION WHICH WAS 'NORMALIZED' AFTER THE PATIENT WAS ON CHLORDIAZEPOXIDE FOR 1 MO. THESE PATIENTS SHOWED CONSIDERABLE IMPROVEMENT IN THEIR BEHAVIOR WHENCHLORDIAZEPOXIDE WAS ADDED TO THEIR BASE-LINE PHENOTHIAZINE REGIME, OR WHEN GIVEN ALONE. IN THEIR DAY-TO-DAY WARD ADJUSTMENT, THE IMPROVEMENT WAS NOTED IN TERMS OF DECREASED IMPULSIVITY, AND INCREASED ABILITY TO COMMUNICATE MEANINGFULLY TO WARD PERSONNEL. ACTIVITY LEVELS, IF LOW DURING THE BASE-LINE OBSERVATIONAL PERIOD, WERE RAISED TOWARD A MORE NORMAL LEVEL, WHILE CONVERSELY, IF HIGH, THEY WERE LOWERED. THERE WAS ALSO A TENDENCY FOR THE PATIENTS TO SHOW MORE INITIATIVE WHILE RECEIVING CHLORDIAZEPOXIDE. THE GROUP WAS TOO SMALL TO MAKE ANY CORRELATIONS BETWEEN CLINICAL IMPROVEMENT AND ACTIVATED ABNORMALITIES ON THE EEG. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - CHLORDIAZEPOXIDE KW - EEG ABNORMALITIES KW - 1967 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Electromyography KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-13824-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-13773-001 AN - 1967-13773-001 AU - O'CONNELL, WALTER T1 - PSYCHOTHERAPY FOR EVERYMAN: A LOOK AT ACTION THERAPY. JF - Journal of Existentialism JO - Journal of Existentialism Y1 - 1966/// VL - 7 IS - 25 SP - 85 EP - 91 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-13773-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'CONNELL, WALTER; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., WACO, TEX. Release Date: 19670101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Psychotherapeutic Techniques. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - DESCRIBES THE TECHNIQUES AND RATIONALE (ADLERIAN) BEHIND A METHOD OF GROUP PSYCHOTHERAPY FOR HOSPITALIZED PATIENTS BASED ON PSYCHODRAMA. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ACTION THERAPY BASED ON PSYCHODRAMA KW - TECHNIQUES & ADLERIAN RATIONALE KW - 1966 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-13773-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-13706-001 AN - 1967-13706-001 AU - Darbonne, Allen R. T1 - Crisis: A review of theory, practice and research. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JA - Psychotherapy (Chic) Y1 - 1967/05// VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 49 EP - 56 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-13706-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Darbonne, Allen R.; Veterans Administration Central Research Unit, Los Angeles State Mental Hygiene Unit, Calif. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170220. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimentation; Literature Review; Practice; Stress; Theories. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: May, 1967. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - THE LITERATURE ON PSYCHOLOGICAL CRISIS OR ACUTE STRESS IS REVIEWED INCLUDING: INTRODUCTION AND HISTORY, DEFINITION AND CHARACTERISTICS, AND RELATIONSHIP OF CRISIS THEORY TO SITUATIONAL ASPECTS, INTERPERSONAL, FAMILY, AND GROUP ASPECTS, AND INDIVIDUAL AND PSYCHODYNAMIC ASPECTS. 'TO DATE THE FIELD OF CRISIS INTERVENTION GIVES REASON FOR OPTIMISM. AHEAD LIES THE SCIENTIFIC TASK OF CONVERTING IMPRESSIONS INTO HYPOTHESES AND CLINICAL REPORTS INTO EXPERIMENTAL RESEARCH.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL CRISIS KW - THEORY & RESEARCH & PRACTICE KW - REVIEW3 KW - 1967 KW - Experimentation KW - Literature Review KW - Practice KW - Stress KW - Theories KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0087935 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-13706-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-13694-001 AN - 1967-13694-001 AU - WATSON, CHARLES G. T1 - INTERJUDGE AGREEMENT OF DRAW-A-PERSON DIAGNOSTIC IMPRESSIONS. JF - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment Y1 - 1967/// VL - 31 IS - 3 SP - 42 EP - 45 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum N1 - Accession Number: 1967-13694-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: WATSON, CHARLES G.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., ST. CLOUD, MINN. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19670101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Diagnosis; Goodenough Harris Draw A Person Test; Judgment; Psychologists. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - THE INTERJUDGE AGREEMENT OF DRAW-A-PERSON (DAP) BASED DIAGNOSTIC IMPRESSIONS WAS ASSESSED. 24 PSYCHOLOGISTS CATEGORIZED 48 DAP PROTOCOLS AS THE PRODUCTIONS OF ORGANICS, PARANOID SCHIZOPHRENICS, NONPARANOID SCHIZOPHRENICS, OR NORMAL CONTROLS. THE MEAN BETWEEN-JUDGES PROPORTION OF AGREEMENT WAS ONLY .41 AND THE MEAN PROPORTION CORRECT WAS A MERE .28. (A PROPORTION OF .25 COULD BE ANTICIPATED IN EACH CASE BY CHANCE.) STRENGTH OF INTERJUDGE AGREEMENT DID NOT VARY WITH THE EXTENT TO WHICH JUDGES UTILIZED THE TEST BUT DID SEEM DEPENDENT UPON THE SS, DIAGNOSES. THE RESULTS INDICATE THAT DIAGNOSTIC IMPRESSIONS BASED ON THE DAP ALONE SEEM TO BE NEITHER USEFULLY VALID NOR IMPRESSIVELY CONSISTENT ACROSS PSYCHOLOGISTS. IT IS SUGGESTED THAT THE PROFESSION IS DUE FOR A REEVALUATION OF ITS DAP TRAINING TECHNIQUES AND ITS USE OF THE TEST. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - DIAGNOSTIC IMPRESSIONS KW - INTERJUDGE AGREEMENT KW - PSYCHOLOGISTS KW - 1967 KW - Diagnosis KW - Goodenough Harris Draw A Person Test KW - Judgment KW - Psychologists KW - 1967 DO - 10.1080/0091651X.1967.10120374 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-13694-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-13599-001 AN - 1967-13599-001 AU - Schnell, Richard R. AU - Dwarshuis, Louis T1 - Progressive Matrices—Scores and time. JF - Educational and Psychological Measurement JO - Educational and Psychological Measurement JA - Educ Psychol Meas Y1 - 1967/// VL - 27 IS - 2 SP - 485 EP - 487 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0013-1644 SN - 1552-3888 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-13599-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schnell, Richard R.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., HINES, ILL. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170313. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intelligence Measures; Scoring (Testing); Test Scores; Time. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100); Educational Psychology (3500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - A NEGLIGIBLE CORRELATION WAS OBTAINED BETWEEN RAVEN'S PROGRESSIVE MATRICES (PM) AND THE TIME TAKEN TO COMPLETE IT. SCORES COMPUTED BY SUBTRACTING PM STANDARD SCORES FROM BETA STANDARD SCORES WERE FOUND TO BE POSITIVELY CORRELATED WITH THE LENGTH OF TIME REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE PM. THIS SUGGESTS THAT THE USE OF TIME MAY BE A VARIABLE TO CONSIDER WHEN USING THE PM, AND RESEARCH OF OTHERS IMPLIES THAT IT MIGHT BE RELATED TO PERSONALITY VARIABLES. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PROGRESSIVE MATRICES/RAVEN'S KW - SCORES & TIME KW - 1967 KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Scoring (Testing) KW - Test Scores KW - Time KW - 1967 DO - 10.1177/001316446702700232 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-13599-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-13469-001 AN - 1967-13469-001 AU - Bauer, H. G. AU - Hoch, H. AU - Apfeldorf, M. T1 - Alpha wave frequency and auditory reaction time as related to aging in 137 subjects with normal electroencephalograms: A preliminary report. JF - Activitas Nervosa Superior JO - Activitas Nervosa Superior JA - Act Nerv Super (Praha) Y1 - 1967/// VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 125 EP - 129 CY - Czech Republic PB - CIANS-Homeostasis SN - 0001-7604 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-13469-001. PMID: 6038238 Other Journal Title: Homeostasis in Health and Disease. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bauer, H. G.; Veterans Administration Center, Martinsburg, W. VA. Other Publishers: Neuroscientia o.s. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170220. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Electroencephalography; Physiological Aging; Reaction Time; Suicide. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 65 SS WITH BRAIN PATHOLOGY AND 72 WITHOUT WERE EXAMINED IN REGARD TO BRAIN WAVE PERIOD (BWP), AUDITORY REACTION TIME (ART), AND AGE. BWP AND ART INCREASED WITH ADVANCING AGE. STUDIES OF THE RELATION OF CARDIOPULMONARY DISEASE, HYPOTHYROIDISM, AND DEVIATION OF MENTAL FUNCTION TO BWP AND ART ARE UNDERWAY. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - AUDITORY REACTION TIME & NORMAL EEG KW - 1967 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Electroencephalography KW - Physiological Aging KW - Reaction Time KW - Suicide KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-13469-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-13168-001 AN - 1967-13168-001 AU - Carey, Robert J. T1 - Contrasting effects of increased thirst and septal ablations in drl responding in rats. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1967/// VL - 2 IS - 3 SP - 287 EP - 290 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-13168-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carey, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170220. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Lesions; Responses; Water Deprivation. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - THE INTERRESPONSE TIME (IRT) DISTRIBUTIONS GENERATED BY 231/2- AND 711/2-HR WATER DEPRIVED SHAM OPERATED RATS AND 231/2-HR WATER DEPRIVED SEPTAL LESIONED RATS WERE COMPARED ON A DIFFERENTIAL REINFORCEMENT OF LOW RATES OF RESPONDING 22-SEC SCHEDULE OF WATER REINFORCEMENT. THE RESULTS SHOWED THAT SEPTAL ABLATIONS AND INCREASED THIRST HAVE MARKEDLY DIFFERENT EFFECTS ON THE IRT DISTRIBUTIONS GENERATED BY THIS SCHEDULE. THESE FINDINGS SUPPORT THE HYPOTHESIS THAT DEFICITS IN RESPONSE INHIBITION ASSOCIATED WITH SEPTAL LESIONS RESULT FROM THE REMOVAL OF THE NORMAL INHIBITORY INFLUENCES MEDIATED BY THIS REGION. (17 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SEPTAL LESION KW - INTERRESPONSIVE TIME & WATER DEPRIVATION KW - 1967 KW - Lesions KW - Responses KW - Water Deprivation KW - Rats KW - 1967 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(67)90080-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-13168-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-13097-001 AN - 1967-13097-001 AU - Snelbecker, Glenn E. AU - Downes, Robin T1 - Effects of knowledge of results and frame difficulty on inductive reasoning program tasks. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1967/// VL - 24 IS - 3, PT. 1 SP - 823 EP - 828 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-13097-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Snelbecker, Glenn E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170220. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Item Analysis (Statistical); Item Analysis (Test); Item Content (Test); Knowledge of Results; Problem Solving. Minor Descriptor: Reaction Time; Reinforcement. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 8 FEMALE HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS SOLVED INDUCTIVE REASONING PROBLEMS UNDER 2 DIFFERENT TYPES OF EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS, WITH OR WITHOUT KNOWLEDGE OF RESULTS AND WITH POSITIVE OR NEGATIVE REINFORCEMENT. THE DATA LEND SUPPORT TO THE HYPOTHESIS THAT INCIDENCE OF ERRORS IS GREATER UNDER NO KNOWLEDGE OF RESULTS CONDITIONS AND THAT THE EFFECT IS MORE NOTICEABLE WITH DIFFICULT ITEMS THAN WITH EASY ONES. RESPONSE TIME WAS NOT AFFECTED BY THE KNOWLEDGE OF RESULTS CONDITIONS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - INDUCTIVE REASONING PROBLEMS KW - REINFORCEMENT TYPE KW - ITEM DIFFICULTY KW - RESPONSE TIME KW - FEMALE HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS KW - 1967 KW - Item Analysis (Statistical) KW - Item Analysis (Test) KW - Item Content (Test) KW - Knowledge of Results KW - Problem Solving KW - Reaction Time KW - Reinforcement KW - 1967 DO - 10.2466/pms.1967.24.3.823 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-13097-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-12912-001 AN - 1967-12912-001 AU - Mefferd, Roy B. Jr. AU - Redding, Gordon M. AU - Wieland, Betty A. T1 - Depth perception and its special case, slant in depth, as independent of apparent orientation (perspective) in depth. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1967/// VL - 24 IS - 3, PT. 1 SP - 679 EP - 690 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-12912-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mefferd, Roy B. Jr.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170220. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depth Perception; Judgment; Orienting Reflex; Orienting Responses; Perceptual Orientation. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - TRAINED OS JUDGED THE PRESENCE OR ABSENCE OF SLANT (45DEGREES IN THE SAGITTAL PLANE) AND OF ITS DIRECTION CONCOMITANTLY WITH JUDGMENTS OF RELATIVE DEPTH BETWEEN LUMINOUS STANDARD AND COMPARISON RODS. FAILURE TO PERCEIVE SLANT OR THE ATRIBUTION OF SLANT TO VERTICAL RODS WAS ACCOMPANIED BY INACCURATE JUDGMENTS OF DEPTH. THE CONCOMITANCE OF VERIDICAL JUDGMENTS OF SLANT AND ACCURATE JUDGMENTS OF DEPTH SUGGESTED THAT OS WERE ATTENDING DEPTH CUES ASSIDUOUSLY. ACCURATE JUDGMENTS OF DEPTH WERE ALSO MADE WHEN OS DETECTED SLANT BUT REPORTED ITS INCLINATION IN THE NONVERIDICAL DIRECTION. THIS SUGGESTS THAT VIS-A-VIS DEPTH PERCEPTION THE PERCEPT WAS VERIDICAL, BUT THAT IN INTERPRETING THEIR 2-DIMENSIONAL RETINAL IMAGE, OS REVERSED THE SPATIAL ORDERING ALONG THE DEPTH DIMENSION OF THE NEAR AND FAR PARTS OF AN OBJECT. APPARENT REVERSAL OF ORIENTATION IN DEPTH SEEMS TO BE A PROCESS DISTINCT FROM THAT INVOLVED IN DEPTH PERCEPTION. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - APPARENT ORIENTATION KW - DEPTH & SLANT JUDGMENTS KW - 1967 KW - Depth Perception KW - Judgment KW - Orienting Reflex KW - Orienting Responses KW - Perceptual Orientation KW - 1967 DO - 10.2466/pms.1967.24.3.679 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-12912-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-12898-001 AN - 1967-12898-001 AU - Cook, Thomas H. AU - Mefferd, Roy B. Jr. AU - Wieland, Betty A. T1 - Apparent reversals of orientation (perspective reversals) in depth as determinants of apparent reversals of rotary motion. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1967/// VL - 24 IS - 3, PT. 1 SP - 691 EP - 702 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-12898-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cook, Thomas H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170220. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparent Movement; Depth Perception; Orienting Reflex; Orienting Responses; Perceptual Orientation. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - IN 3 EXPERIMENTS WITH 6 STIMULUS FIGURES OBSERVED BY 5 PRACTICED OS, IT WAS CONCLUDED THAT APPARENT MOTION REVERSALS ARE A CONSEQUENCE OF AN AUTOMATIC, ABRUPT APPARENT REVERSAL OF ORIENTATION IN DEPTH, ANALOGOUS TO A PERSPECTIVE REVERSAL. THESE APPARENT REVERSALS ARE SYSTEMATIC, NONRANDOM EVENTS AND OCCUR READILY IN THE ABSENCE OF MISLEADING PERSPECTIVE CUES OR IN THE PRESENCE OF VALID DEPTH CUES. (22 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - APPARENT ORIENTATION REVERSALS IN DEPTH KW - APPARENT ROTARY MOTION REVERSALS KW - 1967 KW - Apparent Movement KW - Depth Perception KW - Orienting Reflex KW - Orienting Responses KW - Perceptual Orientation KW - 1967 DO - 10.2466/pms.1967.24.3.691 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-12898-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-12834-001 AN - 1967-12834-001 AU - Mahrer, Alvin R. T1 - The Psychological Problem Inventory. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1967/// VL - 20 IS - 3, PT. 1 SP - 711 EP - 714 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-12834-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mahrer, Alvin R.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., DENVER, COLO. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170313. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Inventories; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - THE PSYCHOLOGICAL PROBLEM INVENTORY IS A CLINICAL-RESEARCH INSTRUMENT DESIGNED TO PROVIDE HOSPITALIZED MALE PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS WITH A SIMPLE, STRAIGHTFORWARD MEANS OF (1) DEFINING THE BROAD SCOPE OF THEIR PROBLEMS-BEHAVIORS-SYMPTOMS, (2) FROM THEIR OWN SELF-REPORTED POINT OF VIEW, AND (3) IN CONCRETE, BEHAVIORAL TERMINOLOGY. THE INSTRUMENT IS DESCRIBED IN TERMS OF ITS PURPOSES, CHARACTERISTICS, DERIVATION, SAMPLE ITEMS, AND SUPPLEMENTARY-COMPLEMENTARY RELATIONSHIP WITH CHECKLISTS AND RATING SCALES FOR THE EVALUATION OF SYMPTOMATIC PSYCHOPATHOLOGY. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL PROBLEM INVENTORY KW - DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEMS & SYMPTOMS IN OWN SELF-REPORTED POINT OF VIEW TO MALE PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1967 KW - Inventories KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1967 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1967.20.3.711 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-12834-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-12366-001 AN - 1967-12366-001 AU - Morgan, Margaret AU - Goodglass, Harold AU - Folsom, Angela T1 - Epilepsy and social adjustment. JF - Social Work JO - Social Work JA - Soc Work Y1 - 1967/// VL - 12 IS - 2 SP - 70 EP - 76 CY - United Kingdom PB - Oxford University Press SN - 0037-8046 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-12366-001. Other Journal Title: Social Work Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morgan, Margaret; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Alcoholism; Epilepsy; Marital Relations. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 119 WORLD WAR II VETERANS WHO BECAME EPILEPTIC AFTER AT LEAST 2 YR. OF ADULT EMPLOYMENT WERE STUDIED BY AN INTERDISCIPLINARY TEAM. EMPLOYMENT, MARITAL, AND SOCIAL ADJUSTMENT WERE WORSENED MAINLY IN CASES WITH SEVERE SEIZURE DISABILITY. 16 MEN WERE A DISTINCT SUBGROUP OF ALCOHOLICS WITH ANTISOCIAL BEHAVIOR AND MOSTLY SEVERE SEIZURES. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ADJUSTMENT/MARITAL & SOCIAL & EMPLOYMENT KW - & CONCOMITANT ALCOHOLISM KW - 1967 KW - Adjustment KW - Alcoholism KW - Epilepsy KW - Marital Relations KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-12366-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-12087-001 AN - 1967-12087-001 AU - Cameron, D. Ewen T1 - The origin and growth of the day hospital. JF - The Canadian Psychiatric Association Journal / La Revue de l'Association des psychiatres du Canada JO - The Canadian Psychiatric Association Journal / La Revue de l'Association des psychiatres du Canada JA - Can Psychiatr Assoc J Y1 - 1967/// VL - 12 IS - 3 SP - 287 EP - 291 CY - Canada PB - Canadian Psychiatric Assn SN - 0008-4824 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-12087-001. PMID: 6029647 Other Journal Title: The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry / La Revue canadienne de psychiatrie. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cameron, D. Ewen; Veterans Administration Hosp., Albany, N.Y. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - CLARIFIES THE ORIGIN AND DYNAMICS OF THE DAY HOSPITAL. (FRENCH SUMMARY) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - DAY HOSPITAL KW - ORIGIN & GROWTH KW - 1967 KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Treatment KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-12087-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-12050-001 AN - 1967-12050-001 AU - Luckey, William T. AU - Schiele, Burtrum C. T1 - A comparison of haloperidol and trifluoperazine: A double-blind, controlled study on chronic schizophrenic outpatients. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1967/// VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 181 EP - 186 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-12050-001. PMID: 4381424 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Luckey, William T.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Minneapolis, Minn. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Neuroleptic Drugs; Schizophrenia; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - HALOPERIDOL AND TRIFLUOPERAZINE WERE COMPARED IN A GROUP OF 26 CHRONIC SCHIZOPHRENIC OUTPATIENTS USING A DOUBLE-BLIND TECHNIQUE. 13 SS TOOK EACH DRUG. 9 SS COMPLETED A 3-MO TRIAL, 5 OF WHOM TOOK HALOPERIDOL. ONLY 2 HALOPERIDOL SS WERE SUFFICIENTLY IMPROVED TO WARRANT THEIR CONTINUED TREATMENT WITH THE DRUG, BUT STATISTICAL ANALYSIS OF THE BRIEF PSYCHIATRIC RATING SCALE TOTAL SCORES AND SUBSCORES FOR EACH GROUP AFTER THE 1ST MO. DEMONSTRATED A STATISTICALLY SIGNIFICANT SUPERIORITY FOR HALOPERIDOL ON 3 SUBSCALES. THERE WAS A RELATIVELY HIGHER INCIDENCE OF EXTRAPYRAMIDAL REACTIONS ASSOCIATED WITH THE DRUG. THE DEVELOPMENT OF WEAKNESS, DROWSINESS, AND DEPRESSION NECESSITATED WITHDRAWING HALOPERIDOL FROM 3 SS WHO COMPLETED THE STUDY. THE DOSAGE RATIO USED MAY HAVE PLACED HALOPERIDOL AT A DISADVANTAGE, BUT THIS DRUG MAY BE OF VALUE IN CONTROLLING CHRONIC PARANOID PATIENTS REFRACTORY TO OTHER MAJOR TRANQUILIZERS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - HALOPERIDOL VS TRIFLUOPERAZINE KW - CHRONIC SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - 1967 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-12050-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-11764-001 AN - 1967-11764-001 AU - Friedman, Howard T1 - Action patterns in the aged. JF - The Journal of Genetic Psychology: Research and Theory on Human Development JO - The Journal of Genetic Psychology: Research and Theory on Human Development JA - J Genet Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 110 IS - 2 SP - 153 EP - 157 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-1325 SN - 1940-0896 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-11764-001. Other Journal Title: The Pedagogical Seminary; The Pedagogical Seminary and Journal of Genetic Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Friedman, Howard; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Ethology; Geriatrics; Motor Processes; Physiological Aging. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Animal (20). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - IT WAS HYPOTHESIZED THAT AGED SS WOULD EXHIBIT LESS DIFFERENTIATION AND HIERARCHIC INTEGRATION IN THEIR ACTION PATTERNS THAN WOULD A COMPARABLE GROUP OF YOUNG ADULTS. 3 TASKS REFLECTING STRUCTURAL ASPECTS OF PRIMITIVE ACTION WERE USED. ON 2 OF THE TASKS THE AGED GROUP RESPONDED IN A MORE GLOBALLY DIFFUSE MANNER AND WITH GREATER IMMEDIACY OF BEHAVIOR. THE FINDINGS WERE CONSONANT WITH THE NOTION THAT RETROGRESSION CHARACTERIZES NORMAL SENESCENT BEHAVIOR, AND THAT SUCH REGRESSION CAN BE COMPREHENDED WITHIN WERNER'S GENERAL DEVELOPMENTAL LAW. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ELDERLY VS YOUNG ADULTS KW - DIFFERENTIATION & INTEGRATION OF ACTION PATTERNS KW - 1967 KW - Animal Ethology KW - Geriatrics KW - Motor Processes KW - Physiological Aging KW - 1967 DO - 10.1080/00221325.1967.10533727 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-11764-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-11581-001 AN - 1967-11581-001 AU - Murphree, Oddist D. AU - Dykman, Roscoe A. AU - Peters, John E. T1 - Operant conditioning of two strains of the pointer dog. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1967/// VL - 3 IS - 4 SP - 414 EP - 417 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-11581-001. PMID: 6041673 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Murphree, Oddist D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., North Little Rock, Ark. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Genetics; Operant Conditioning. Minor Descriptor: Dogs. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - WITHIN THE POINTER BREED OF DOG 2 STRAINS HAVE BEEN DEVELOPED BY SELECTIVE MATING AND LINE BREEDING. THE GOAL IS THAT OF PRODUCING BEHAVIORALLY DISTINCT STABLE AND UNSTABLE (NERVOUS) STRAINS TO MEASURE HEREDITARY EFFECTS INCLUDING DOMINANCE AND SEX LINKAGE, IF PRESENT. SOME BEHAVIORAL DIFFERENCE EMERGED EARLY. MEASURES OF OPERANT CONDITIONING AND OTHER BEHAVIORAL TESTS HAVE LITTLE OVERLAP. IT IS CONCLUDED THAT GENETIC CONTROLS ARE IMPORTANT FOR BEHAVIORAL RESEARCH, EVEN WITHIN A SINGLE BREED, AND THAT TEMPERAMENTAL VARIABLES HAVE STRONG GENETIC FACTORS AS WELL AS ENVIRONMENTAL ONES. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - STRAIN DIFFERENCES KW - OPERANT CONDITIONING & BEHAVIOR TESTS KW - DOG KW - BREEDING FOR NERVOUS & NON-NERVOUS STRAINS KW - 1967 KW - Genetics KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Dogs KW - 1967 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1967.tb02727.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-11581-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-10683-001 AN - 1967-10683-001 AU - Mayfield, Demmie AU - Allen, David T1 - Alcohol and affect: A psychopharmacological study. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1967/// VL - 123 IS - 11 SP - 1346 EP - 1351 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-10683-001. PMID: 6021702 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mayfield, Demmie; Veterans Administration Hosp., Durham, N.C. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Depression (Emotion); Emotions; Personality Correlates; Psychopharmacology. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - TO INVESTIGATE THE INFLUENCE OF ALCOHOL UPON AFFECTIVE STATE, AN INTOXICATING DOSE WAS ADMINISTERED INTRAVENOUSLY TO 3 GROUPS-ALCOHOLIC PATIENTS, SEVERELY DEPRESSED PATIENTS, AND CONTROL SS. USING THE CLYDE MOOD SCALE TO MEASURE EACH S'S AFFECT BEFORE AND AFTER ALCOHOL INFUSION, IT WAS FOUND THAT ALCOHOL DOES ALTER AFFECT, PRIMARILY IN A PALLIATIVE RATHER THAN EUPHORIANT WAY. THE ALCOHOLICS DERIVED THE LEAST BENEFIT FROM ALCOHOL INTOXICATION IN TERMS OF AFFECTIVE IMPROVEMENT, WHILE THE DEPRESSED PATIENTS IMPROVED DRAMATICALLY. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - AFFECTIVE STATE & ALCOHOL INTOXICATION KW - ALCOHOLICS & DEPRESSED PATIENTS KW - 1967 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Emotions KW - Personality Correlates KW - Psychopharmacology KW - 1967 DO - 10.1176/ajp.123.11.1346 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-10683-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-10613-001 AN - 1967-10613-001 AU - Pishkin, Vladimir AU - Shurley, Jay T. AU - Wolfgang, Aaron T1 - Stress: Psychophysiological and cognitive indices in an acute double-blind study with hydroxyzine in psychiatric patients. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1967/// VL - 16 IS - 4 SP - 471 EP - 478 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-10613-001. PMID: 5336939 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pishkin, Vladimir; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognition; Drug Therapy; Drugs; Electromyography; Galvanic Skin Response. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - TESTED THE EFFECTS OF HYDROXYZINE IN REDUCTION OF ANTICIPATORY RESPONSE TO STRESS, AND DETERMINED ITS INFLUENCE ON THINKING PROCESSES AS MEASURED BY CONCEPT-IDENTIFICATION PROCEDURE. IN ADDITION, EMG AND GSR RESULTS AND ANTECEDENT SUCCESS AND FAILURE IN COGNITIVE TASKS WERE INTEGRATED INTO A METHOD TO TEST THE EFFECTS OF COGNITIVE AND PHYSICAL STRESS ON DECISION MAKING. (27 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - HYDROXYZINE & ANXIETY & STRESS & COGNITION & DECISION MAKING KW - EMG & GSR KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1967 KW - Cognition KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drugs KW - Electromyography KW - Galvanic Skin Response KW - 1967 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1967.01730220083012 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-10613-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-10599-001 AN - 1967-10599-001 AU - Zarcone, Vincent AU - Gulevich, George AU - Dement, William T1 - Sleep and electroconvulsive therapy. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1967/// VL - 16 IS - 5 SP - 567 EP - 573 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-10599-001. PMID: 6023946 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zarcone, Vincent; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroconvulsive Shock; Psychotherapy; Sleep. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - DATA FROM CONTINUOUS ALL-NIGHT SLEEP RECORDINGS IN PATIENTS RECEIVING ELECTROCONVULSIVE THERAPY (ECT) INDICATES THAT ECT DECREASES RAPID EYE MOVEMENT SLEEP, TENDS TO INCREASE TOTAL SLEEP TIME, AND DECREASES THE SPONTANEOUS SKIN POTENTIAL RESPONSE RATE IN SLOW-WAVE SLEEP. THE RESULTS ARE DISCUSSED IN TERMS OF METHODOLOGICAL DIFFICULTIES, IMPLICATIONS FOR THE THEORY OF ACTION OF ECT, AND DIFFERENCES IN THE PATTERN OF RESPONSE TO ECT OF HUMANS AND EXPERIMENTAL ANIMALS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ELECTROCONVULSIVE THERAPY KW - SLEEP KW - 1967 KW - Electroconvulsive Shock KW - Psychotherapy KW - Sleep KW - 1967 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1967.01730230051007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-10599-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-10516-001 AN - 1967-10516-001 AU - Wolff, Kurt T1 - Helping elderly patients face the fear of death. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1967/// VL - 18 IS - 5 SP - 142 EP - 144 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-10516-001. PMID: 6046099 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wolff, Kurt; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coatesville, PA. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Death and Dying; Fear; Genetics. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - A REVIEW OF DEPTH INTERVIEWS WITH 40 GERIATRIC PATIENTS INDICATES THE PREVALENCE OF FEAR OF DEATH AMONG THEM. SUGGESTIONS FOR REDUCING SUCH FEARS ARE GIVEN. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - DEATH/FEAR OF KW - REDUCTION KW - PATIENTS KW - 1967 KW - Death and Dying KW - Fear KW - Genetics KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-10516-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-10501-001 AN - 1967-10501-001 AU - Gurel, Lee AU - Davis, John E. T1 - A survey of self-care dependency in psychiatric patients. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1967/// VL - 18 IS - 5 SP - 135 EP - 138 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-10501-001. PMID: 6046097 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gurel, Lee; Veterans Administration Hosp., Washington, D.C. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Self-Disclosure; Self-Esteem; Self-Reinforcement; Self-Stimulation; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Dependency (Personality); Self-Actualization; Self-Control. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - THE EXTENT OF SELF-CARE DEPENDENCY WAS STUDIED IN 12,836 PATIENTS IN 11 VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSPITALS BY MEANS OF A SELF-CARE INVENTORY. SOME DEMOGRAPHIC AND BEHAVIOR CHARACTERISTICS OF THE DEPENDENT PATIENTS ARE DESCRIBED ALSO. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SELF-CARE DEPENDENCY KW - HOSPITALIZED PATIENTS KW - 1967 KW - Self-Disclosure KW - Self-Esteem KW - Self-Reinforcement KW - Self-Stimulation KW - Treatment KW - Dependency (Personality) KW - Self-Actualization KW - Self-Control KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-10501-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-10493-001 AN - 1967-10493-001 AU - Boyd, Harry S. AU - Sisney, Vernon V. T1 - Immediate self-image confrontation and changes in self-concept. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1967/06// VL - 31 IS - 3 SP - 291 EP - 294 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-10493-001. PMID: 6046583 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boyd, Harry S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170302. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Inventories; Psychiatric Patients; Self-Concept. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - CHANGES IN SELF-CONCEPT AND CONCEPTS OF INTERPERSONAL BEHAVIOR OF INPATIENTS ON A PSYCHIATRIC WARD WERE MEASURED BY LEARY'S INTERPERSONAL CHECK LIST FOLLOWING SELF-IMAGE CONFRONTATION VIA VIDEO TAPE, AND COMPARED WITH A CONTROL GROUP WHICH WAS NOT GIVEN THE SELF-IMAGE CONFRONTATION. HYPOTHESES REGARDING DIRECTIONS AND KINDS OF CHANGE WERE DEVELOPED AND WERE SUPPORTED. INTERPERSONAL CONCEPTS OF THE SELF, THE IDEAL SELF, AND THE PUBLIC SELF BECAME LESS PATHOLOGICAL AND LESS DISCREPANT WITH ONE ANOTHER FOLLOWING THE SELF-IMAGE CONFRONTATION, AND DIFFERENCES BETWEEN EXPERIMENTAL AND CONTROL GROUPS REMAINED SIGNIFICANT 2 WK. LATER, WITH 1 EXCEPTION. (17 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - IMMEDIATE SELF-IMAGE CONFRONTATION & SELF-CONCEPT CHANGES KW - LEARY'S INTERPERSONAL CHECK LIST KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1967 KW - Inventories KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Self-Concept KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0024664 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-10493-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-10475-001 AN - 1967-10475-001 AU - Crumpton, Evelyn AU - Grayson, Harry M. AU - Keith-Lee, Patricia T1 - What kinds of anxiety does the Taylor MA measure? JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1967/06// VL - 31 IS - 3 SP - 324 EP - 326 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-10475-001. PMID: 6046589 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crumpton, Evelyn; BRENTWOOD HOSP., VETERANS ADMINISTRATION CENTER, LOS ANGELES, CALIF. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170302. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Psychiatric Patients; Statistical Validity; Taylor Manifest Anxiety Scale; Test Validity. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - CONCERNED WITH THE RELATIONSHIPS OF THE TAYLOR MA SCALE WITH THE SCALES AND INDIVIDUAL ITEMS OF THE BRENTWOOD MOOD SCALE IN A GROUP OF 159 HOSPITALIZED CHRONIC PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. 3 TYPES OF ANXIETY-SUBJECTIVELY EXPERIENCED FEAR, ANXIETY EXPRESSED IN PHYSICAL TENSION, AND GENERALIZED UNCERTAINTY-WERE FOUND TO BE RELATED TO SCORES ON THE MA, WITH UNCERTAINTY LESS RELATED THAN EITHER SUBJECTIVELY OR PHYSICALLY FELT ANXIETY. THE MA WAS ALSO FOUND TO BE RELATED TO SUBJECTIVE FEELINGS OF DEPRESSION AND TO AN ABSENCE OF POSITIVELY TONED EMOTIONAL REACTIONS. THE MA WAS INVERSELY CORRELATED WITH WORDS CONNOTING DRIVE LEVEL. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - TAYLOR MAS & BRENTWOOD MOOD SCALE KW - SUBJECTIVE FEAR & PHYSICAL TENSION & GENERAL UNCERTAINTY KW - CHRONIC PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1967 KW - Anxiety KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Statistical Validity KW - Taylor Manifest Anxiety Scale KW - Test Validity KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0024659 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-10475-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-10430-001 AN - 1967-10430-001 AU - Dewolfe, Alan S. T1 - Identification and fear decrease. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1967/06// VL - 31 IS - 3 SP - 259 EP - 263 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-10430-001. PMID: 6046578 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dewolfe, Alan S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170302. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Fear; Identification (Defense Mechanism); Nurses; Nursing. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - MEASURES OF IDENTIFICATION AND FEAR OF TUBERCULOSIS WERE OBTAINED FROM 54 STUDENT NURSES ON TUBERCULOSIS ASSIGNMENT. AN R OF .50 (P < .001) WAS FOUND BETWEEN IDENTIFICATION WITH STAFF MODELS (WHO WERE ASSUMED TO SHOW LITTLE FEAR) AND FEAR DECREASE, WITH PREEXPOSURE FEAR AND IDENTIFICATION WITH NURSING HELD CONSTANT. THIS SUPPORTS THE HYPOTHESIS THAT FEAR DECREASE IN A FEAR-PROVOKING SITUATION IS RELATED TO IDENTIFICATION WITH MODELS SHOWING LITTLE FEAR IN THE SITUATION. THE RESULTS WERE INTERPRETED AS INDICATING A RECIPROCALLY REINFORCING 'SNOWBALL' EFFECT IN THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN FEAR DECREASE AND IDENTIFICATION WITH STAFF MODELS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - FEAR DECREASE & IDENTIFICATION WITH STAFF MODEL KW - STUDENT NURSES ON TUBERCULOSIS WARD KW - 1967 KW - Fear KW - Identification (Defense Mechanism) KW - Nurses KW - Nursing KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0024651 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-10430-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1967-10290-000 AN - 1967-10290-000 AU - Fairweather, George W. T1 - Methods for experimental social innovation. Y1 - 1967/// CY - Oxford, England PB - John Wiley + Sons N1 - Accession Number: 1967-10290-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fairweather, George W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Book (0200). Format Covered: Print. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimentation; Innovation; Methodology; Social Change; Social Sciences. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900); Social Psychology (3000). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 250. AB - REPRESENTS A UNIFIED BODY OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE THEORY AND RESEARCH TECHNIQUE WHICH WILL ENABLE SOCIAL SCIENTISTS AND COMMUNITY LEADERS TO COLLABORATE IN THE SEARCH FOR PRACTICAL, HUMANITARIAN SOLUTIONS TO CRITICAL CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL PROBLEMS. THE EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURES ASSUME IT IS NECESSARY TO CREATE IN THE COMMUNITY NATURALISTIC, AND REALISTIC, MODEL SOCIAL SYSTEMS THAT CAN BE COMPARED WITH EXISTING SOCIAL PRACTICES OR INSTITUTIONS. THESE EVOLUTIONARY METHODS LEAD TO SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE, RATIONAL, AND ORDERLY SOCIAL CHANGE IN A MODERN COMPLEX SOCIETY, AND ARE PROPOSED AS AN ALTERNATIVE TO EITHER VIOLENT, DESTRUCTIVE REVOLUTIONARY SOCIAL CHANGE OR SHORT-SIGHTED, PALLIATIVE 'OFFICIAL' GESTURES AT SYMPTOMATIC SOLUTIONS TO SOCIAL PROBLEMS. THE READER IS PROVIDED WITH THE SEQUENCE OF STEPS TO ESTABLISH AND COMPARE ALTERNATIVE SOLUTIONS, INCLUDING THE 4 KEY PHASES OF PLANNING THE INNOVATIVE EXPERIMENT, IMPLEMENTING AND EVALUATING IT THROUGH COMPARISON OF MODEL SOCIAL SYSTEMS, AND DISSEMINATING THE RESULTS TO SOCIETAL AGENTS SUCH AS LEGISLATORS AND COMMUNITY LEADERS. A MULTIDISCIPLINARY BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE CENTER IS DESCRIBED WHICH COULD CONTINUOUSLY CARRY OUT SUCH RESEARCH AND SIMULTANEOUSLY TRAIN A NEW GENERATION OF ES. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EXPERIMENTAL SOCIAL INNOVATION KW - BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE THEORY & RESEARCH TECHNOLOGY KW - BOOK KW - 1967 KW - Experimentation KW - Innovation KW - Methodology KW - Social Change KW - Social Sciences KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-10290-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-10126-001 AN - 1967-10126-001 AU - Schoenfeld, W. N. AU - Matos, Maria A. AU - Snapper, A. G. T1 - Cardiac conditioning in the white rat with food presentation as unconditional stimulus. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1967/// VL - 2 IS - 1 SP - 56 EP - 67 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-10126-001. Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schoenfeld, W. N.; Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classical Conditioning; Heart Rate; Rat Learning. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - PAVLOVIAN CONDITIONING OF HEART RATE IN THE WHITE RAT WAS ATTEMPTED USING MILK PRESENTATION AS REINFORCEMENT, AND WITH BOTH TRACE AND DELAY PARADIGMS. DELAY CONDITIONING PRODUCED POSITIVE RESULTS THAT WERE STATISTICALLY SIGNIFICANT, WHEREAS TRACE CONDITIONING EXHIBITED THE SAME TRENDS BUT DID NOT REACH STATISTICAL SIGNIFICANCE. IN BOTH CASES, CR HAD THE SAME DIRECTION AS UCR TO MILK (ACCELERATION OF HEART RATE) AND OPPOSITE TO THE UNCONDITIONAL REACTION TO CS. EXTINCTION AND RECONDITIONING WERE BOTH ACCOMPLISHED. SOME INDICATIONS OF COMPLEX RESPONSE INTERACTIONS WERE NOTED IN THE OCCURRENCE OF THE CARDIAC CR ON CONDITIONING TRIALS WHERE THE INSTRUMENTAL RESPONSE TO THE UCS (DRINKING) EVENTUALLY OCCURRED, AS AGAINST THE ABSENCE OF CARDIAC CR ON TRIALS WHERE THE INSTRUMENTAL RESPONSE DID NOT OCCUR. THE EXISTENCE OF SUCH INTERACTIONS WAS ALSO INDICATED BY THE FACT THAT CR ON INDIVIDUAL TRIALS WITHIN ANY SINGLE SESSION COULD VARY IN DIRECTION BETWEEN ACCELERATION AND DECELERATION, ALTHOUGH AVERAGES MIGHT BE STABLE. (25 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - HEART RATE KW - RAT KW - 1967 KW - Classical Conditioning KW - Heart Rate KW - Rat Learning KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-10126-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-09798-001 AN - 1967-09798-001 AU - Day, Merle E. T1 - An eye-movement indicator of individual differences in the physiological organization of attentional processes and anxiety. JF - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JO - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JA - J Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 66 IS - 1 SP - 51 EP - 62 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-3980 SN - 1940-1019 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-09798-001. PMID: 6033292 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Day, Merle E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, MD. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Attention; Electroencephalography; Eye Movements; Individual Differences. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - HIGH SPEED SIMULTANEOUSLY RECORDED EEGS AND ELECTRO-OCULOGRAMS SHOW THAT INDIVIDUALS WHO DIFFER ON A PREVIOUSLY REPORTED EYE-MOVEMENT PHENOMENON OF ATTENTION, ALSO DIFFER IN THE ELECTRICAL PATTERNING OF RESPONSE WITHIN THE SAME SIMPLE VISUAL AND AUDITORY REACTIONS. THE FINDINGS LEAD TO A 2-OSCILLATOR MODEL OF SENSORIMOTOR ATTENTIONAL PROCESSES. THE IMPORTANCE OF A 2-DIMENSIONAL POPULATION VARIABLE OF INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENCES IN ATTENTION IS DISCUSSED. (19 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENCES KW - EYE MOVEMENT INDICATOR KW - ANXIETY KW - EEG KW - ELECTRO-OCULOGRAM KW - 1967 KW - Anxiety KW - Attention KW - Electroencephalography KW - Eye Movements KW - Individual Differences KW - 1967 DO - 10.1080/00223980.1967.10544880 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-09798-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-09742-001 AN - 1967-09742-001 AU - McClellan, Max E. AU - Small, Arnold M. Jr. T1 - Pitch perception of pulse pairs with random repetition rate. JF - Journal of the Acoustical Society of America JO - Journal of the Acoustical Society of America JA - J Acoust Soc Am Y1 - 1967/// VL - 41 IS - 3 SP - 690 EP - 699 CY - US PB - Acoustical Society of American SN - 0001-4966 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-09742-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McClellan, Max E.; Veterans Administration Center, Ft. Snelling, St. Paul, Minn. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Audiometry; Auditory Perception; Pitch (Frequency). Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - ON THE ASSUMPTION THAT SPECTRAL CUES ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR TIME-SEPARATION PITCH (TSP) PERCEPTION, IT WAS SUGGESTED THAT RANDOM TRIGGERING OF DC PULSE PAIRS WITH FIXED TIME DELAY WOULD RENDER THE SPECTRUM UNSPECIFIABLE IN AN EXACT SENSE, THEREBY DEGRADING THE PERFORMANCE OF SS MATCHING PURE TONES IN PITCH TO TSP. ON THE ASSUMPTION THAT A TIME-ANALYZING MECHANISM IS RESPONSIBLE FOR TSP PERCEPTION, IT WAS PREDICTED THAT THE PRESENTATION OF SINGLE, NONREPETITIVE DC PULSE PAIRS WOULD MAKE TSP DIFFICULT TO PERCEIVE SINCE MINIMUM INFORMATION ON WHICH TO BASE A PITCH JUDGMENT WOULD BE AVAILABLE PER UNIT TIME. THE RESULTS WERE NOT AS PREDICTED, I.E., THE DISTRIBUTIONS OF PITCH MATCHES WERE ESSENTIALLY THE SAME FOR CONDITIONS OF RANDOM TRIGGERING AND SINGLE PULSE PAIRS AND WERE HIGHLY SIMILAR TO THOSE GENERATED WITH REGULARLY TRIGGERED DC PULSE PAIRS, SUGGESTING THAT THE AMOUNT OF 'INFORMATION' AVAILABLE PER UNIT TIME IS NOT PARTICULARLY IMPORTANT TO TSP PERCEPTION AND THAT THE ASSUMPTION CONCERNING A SPECTRAL MECHANISM DOES NOT HOLD. (17 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - TIME-SEPARATION PITCH KW - RANDOM DC PULSE PAIRS WITH FIXED TIME DELAY KW - 1967 KW - Audiometry KW - Auditory Perception KW - Pitch (Frequency) KW - 1967 DO - 10.1121/1.4769797 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-09742-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-09301-001 AN - 1967-09301-001 AU - Subotnik, Leo T1 - Level of aspiration, emotional disturbance, and learning in institutionalized educable mentally retarded boys. JF - American Journal of Mental Deficiency JO - American Journal of Mental Deficiency JA - Am J Ment Defic Y1 - 1967/// VL - 71 IS - 5 SP - 767 EP - 771 CY - US PB - American Assn on Mental Retardation SN - 0002-9351 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-09301-001. Other Journal Title: American Journal on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities; American Journal on Mental Retardation. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Subotnik, Leo; Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Clinic, Des Moines, IA. Other Publishers: American Association on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aspirations; Learning; Mental Disorders; Special Education. Minor Descriptor: Aspiration Level; Intellectual Development Disorder. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 28 INSTITUTIONALIZED RETARDED BOYS WERE CLASSIFIED AFTER A LEVEL OF ASPIRATION TASK AS (1) WIDE OR NARROW IN RANGE OF GOAL DISCREPANCY SCORES, AND (2) LOW POSITIVE DISCREPANCY PATTERN VS. OTHERS. THESE DICHOTOMIES WERE COMPARED IN PERFORMANCE ON A SIMPLE ASSOCIATIVE LEARNING TASK, RANKINGS AS TO CLASSROOM LEARNING, AND DEGREE OF EMOTIONAL DISTURBANCE. LOW POSITIVE SS WERE LESS DISTURBED BUT POORER ON THE LEARNING TASK. NARROW RANGE SS WERE BETTER CLASSROOM LEARNERS, HAD HIGHER IQS, AND WERE LESS DISTURBED THAN WIDE RANGE SS. EMOTIONAL DISTURBANCE MAY SIGNIFY HIGH DRIVE (ANXIETY). THE GOAL SETTING OF THESE SS, COMPARED TO NONCLINICAL GROUPS, APPEARED ATYPICAL. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ASPIRATION LEVEL & CLASSROOM LEARNING & EMOTIONAL DISTURBANCE KW - ASSOCIATIVE LEARNING TASK KW - EDUCABLE BOYS KW - Mental Retardation KW - 1967 KW - Aspirations KW - Learning KW - Mental Disorders KW - Special Education KW - Aspiration Level KW - Intellectual Development Disorder KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-09301-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-09080-001 AN - 1967-09080-001 AU - Jernigan, A. J. T1 - Rotation style on the Bender Gestalt Test. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 2 SP - 176 EP - 179 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-09080-001. PMID: 6033969 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jernigan, A. J.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., DALLAS, TEX. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Bender Gestalt Test; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - AN ANALYSIS OF BENDER-GESTALT RECORDS ON 3 POPULATIONS FOR STYLE OF ROTATION AS TO WHETHER THE ROTATION IS CLOCKWISE, COUNTERCLOCKWISE, INTERMEDIATE, OR MIXED. ROTATION WAS NOTED IN THOSE SS WHO WERE OLDER, RATE LOWER IN INTELLIGENCE, AND TEND TO HAVE LESS FORMAL EDUCATION. DIAGNOSIS WAS THE LEAST DISCRIMINATING VARIABLE. APPROXIMATELY 45% OF THE PATIENTS ROTATED 1 OR MORE DESIGNS IN A COUNTERCLOCKWISE DIRECTION. THE RESULTS SEEM TO SHOW THAT COUNTERCLOCKWISE ROTATION IS A STRONGER INDEX OF REGRESSION OR CHRONICITY THAN IS THE CLOCKWISE ROTATION. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ROTATION STYLE & AGE & EDUCATION & INTELLIGENCE & DIAGNOSIS KW - MENTAL HOSPITAL PATIENTS KW - 1967 KW - Bender Gestalt Test KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1967 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196704)23:2<176::AID-JCLP2270230215>3.0.CO;2-H UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-09080-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-09047-001 AN - 1967-09047-001 AU - Fulton, John R. AU - Lorei, Theodore W. T1 - Predicting length of psychiatric hospitalization from history records. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 2 SP - 218 EP - 221 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-09047-001. PMID: 6033980 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fulton, John R.; Veterans Administration Center, Fargo, N.D. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Prediction; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - NEXT OF KIN OF 192 NONGERIATRIC FUNCTIONAL PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS WERE GIVEN THE MINNESOTA-BRIGGS HISTORY RECORD. 26 OF 139 VARIABLES WERE SIGNIFICANTLY RELATED TO THE CRITERION. 15 PREDICTORS YIELDED A MULTIPLE CORRELATION OF .68 WITH THE CRITERION. SIMILARITIES OF THE PRESENT FINDINGS TO PREVIOUS RESEARCH ON PREDICTING LENGTH OF HOSPITAL STAY ARE DISCUSSED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITALIZATION/LENGTH OF KW - ITEM ANALYSIS OF MINNESOTA-BRIGGS HISTORY RECORD KW - 1967 KW - Prediction KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1967 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196704)23:2<218::AID-JCLP2270230232>3.0.CO;2-L UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-09047-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-08956-001 AN - 1967-08956-001 AU - Rothaus, Paul AU - Johnson, Dale L. AU - Blank, Gary T1 - Changing the connotations of mental illness in psychiatric patients. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology JA - J Couns Psychol Y1 - 1967/05// VL - 14 IS - 3 SP - 258 EP - 263 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-08956-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rothaus, Paul; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170306. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitudes; Education; Mental Disorders; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: May, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS IN A HUMAN RELATIONS TRAINING LABORATORY WERE EVALUATED BEFORE AND AFTER THE 4-WK PROGRAM USING SARGENT'S INSIGHT TEST, WHICH PRESENTS SITUATIONS WHERE A CENTRAL FIGURE IS CONFRONTED WITH SOCIAL PROBLEMS. 1/2 OF THE STORIES WERE MODIFIED SO THAT THE CENTRAL FIGURE WAS DESCRIBED AS 'MENTALLY ILL.' COMPARISON OF PATIENTS' SOLUTIONS BEFORE AND AFTER THE PROGRAM INDICATED THAT HUMAN RELATIONS TRAINING DISENGAGES THE PATIENT FROM CERTAIN NEGATIVE AND INHIBITING RESPONSES TO THE MENTAL ILLNESS LABEL, BUT THAT SOME SPONTANEITY-REDUCING INFLUENCES OF THE LABEL ARE STILL APPARENT. (21 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ATTITUDES OF PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - HUMAN RELATIONS TRAINING KW - 1967 KW - Attitudes KW - Education KW - Mental Disorders KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0024536 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-08956-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-08923-001 AN - 1967-08923-001 AU - Hovey, Henry B. AU - Lewis, Evan G. T1 - Semiautomatic interpretation of the MMPI. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 2 SP - 123 EP - 134 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-08923-001. PMID: 4382295 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hovey, Henry B.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - PRESENTS A LIBRARY OF STATEMENTS FOR EASE OF INTERPRETATION TO BE USED WITH THE MMPI THAT WERE COMPILED FROM RESEARCH DATA AND OTHER SOURCE MATERIAL. 5 CHARACTERISTICS ARE NOTED ON THE PROFILE: (1) THE HIGHEST SCALE, (2) THE 2 HIGHEST SCALES, (3) THE MARKED PROFILE DEVIATIONS, (4) THE LOWEST SCALES, AND (5) THE MILD-MODERATE SCALE DEVIATIONS. ALL STATEMENTS ARE NUMBERED WHICH MAY BE NOTED ON THE PROFILE SHEET AND A TYPIST CAN MAKE A LISTING OF THE APPLICABLE STATEMENTS FOR THE S. A LISTING OF THE STATEMENTS IS PRESENTED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - INTERPRETATION SEMIAUTOMATIC KW - LIBRARY OF STATEMENTS CORRESPONDING TO PROFILE CHARACTERISTICS KW - 1967 KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1967 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196704)23:2<123::AID-JCLP2270230202>3.0.CO;2-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-08923-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-08722-001 AN - 1967-08722-001 AU - Gibby, Robert G. AU - Gabler, Robert T1 - The self-concept of Negro and White children. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 2 SP - 144 EP - 148 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-08722-001. PMID: 6033960 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gibby, Robert G.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., RICHMOND, VA. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blacks; Disadvantaged; Intelligence Measures; Personality Measures; Self-Concept. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800); Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 56 NEGRO AND 59 WHITE 6TH-GRADE STUDENTS WERE ADMINISTERED THE CALIFORNIA TEST OF MENTAL MATURITY AND THE GIBBY INTELLIGENCE RATING SCHEDULE (IRS). ON THE IRS EACH S MADE JUDGMENTS ON HOW INTELLIGENT HE BELIEVED HIMSELF TO BE, HOW INTELLIGENT HIS MOTHER, FATHER, TEACHERS, AND FRIENDS BELIEVED HIM TO BE, AND HOW INTELLIGENT HE WOULD LIKE TO BE. THE RESULTS SUPPORT THE HYPOTHESIS THAT NEGRO AND WHITE CHILDREN DIFFER SIGNIFICANTLY IN SELF-CONCEPT AS MEASURED BY SELF-RATINGS OF INTELLIGENCE WITH NEGRO CHILDREN ACHIEVING SIGNIFICANTLY GREATER DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THEIR ACTUAL IQ SCORES AND THEIR RATINGS ON THE SELF SCALE THAN THE WHITE CHILDREN. A NUMBER OF OTHER FINDINGS ARE NOTED AND DISCUSSED IN RELATION TO SOCIAL CLASS THEORY. MAGNITUDE AND DIRECTION OF THE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN NEGRO AND WHITE SS SEEMED TO BE DEPENDENT ON THE SEX AND IQ LEVEL OF THE CHILDREN. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - NEGRO VS WHITE 6TH GRADERS KW - GIBBY INTELLIGENCE RATING SCHEDULE & CTMM KW - 1967 KW - Blacks KW - Disadvantaged KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Personality Measures KW - Self-Concept KW - 1967 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196704)23:2<144::AID-JCLP2270230205>3.0.CO;2-R UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-08722-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-08294-001 AN - 1967-08294-001 AU - Taub, Harvey A. AU - Monty, Richard A. AU - Laughery, Kenneth R. T1 - Keeping track of sequential events: Effects of stimulus on-time and interstimulus off-time. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1967/// VL - 24 IS - 1 SP - 159 EP - 166 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-08294-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Taub, Harvey A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Conditioned Stimulus; Stimulus Parameters; Time; Unconditioned Stimulus. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - SS WERE REQUIRED TO KEEP TRACK OF THE NUMBER OF OCCURRENCES OF EACH OF 4 DIFFERENT LETTERS (CATEGORIES) PRESENTED SEQUENTIALLY AS A FUNCTION OF THE TOTAL NUMBER OF LETTERS PRESENTED (TRIAL LENGTH), THE RATE OF PRESENTATION, AND THE 2 COMPONENTS WHICH, WHEN COMBINED, CONSTITUTE THE RATE, NAMELY, STIMULUS ON-TIME AND THE INTERSTIMULUS INTERVAL OR OFF-TIME. IN GENERAL, PERFORMANCE VARIED INVERSELY WITH TRIAL LENGTH AND RATE OF PRESENTATION. OF GREATER IMPORTANCE, HOWEVER, WAS THE COMPLEX INTERACTION BETWEEN THE RATE OF PRESENTATION AND THE COMPONENTS OF THAT RATE. AT THE FASTEST RATE, PERFORMANCE WAS RELATIVELY INVARIANT AS A FUNCTION OF THESE COMPONENTS; AT INTERMEDIATE RATES THE SHORTEST ON-TIME LED TO THE BEST PERFORMANCE, WHILE AT THE SLOWEST RATE THE SHORTEST ON-TIME LED TO THE POOREST PERFORMANCE. THE OBSERVED RESULTS ARE EXPLAINED PRIMARILY IN TERMS OF THE TIME AVAILABLE FOR REHEARSAL. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SEQUENTIAL EVENTS/KEEPING TRACK OF KW - TRIAL LENGTH & RATE OF PRESENTATION KW - 1967 KW - Attention KW - Conditioned Stimulus KW - Stimulus Parameters KW - Time KW - Unconditioned Stimulus KW - 1967 DO - 10.2466/pms.1967.24.1.159 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-08294-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-08280-001 AN - 1967-08280-001 AU - Lorr, Maurice AU - Daston, Paul AU - Smith, Iola R. T1 - An analysis of mood states. JF - Educational and Psychological Measurement JO - Educational and Psychological Measurement JA - Educ Psychol Meas Y1 - 1967/// VL - 27 IS - 1 SP - 89 EP - 96 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0013-1644 SN - 1552-3888 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-08280-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorr, Maurice; Veterans Administration, Washington, D.C. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotions; Factor Analysis. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - THE MOOD FACTORS CLEARLY CONFIRMED CAN BE LABELED DEPRESSION, VIGOR-ACTIVITY, FATIGUE-INERTIA, TENSION-ANXIETY, AND ANGER-HOSTILITY. A POSSIBLE 6TH FACTOR VARIOUSLY CALLED CONCENTRATION, THOUGHTFUL, CONFUSION, AND CLEAR THINKING SEEMS TO BE A COMPOSITE OF 2 FACTORS. GREEN AND NOWLIS ALSO IDENTIFIED A SOCIAL AFFECTION FACTOR CONFIRMED BY BORGATTA. THIS PARTICULAR GROUPING, DEFINED BY ADJECTIVES SUCH AS KINDLY, WARM-HEARTED, AND AFFECTIONATE, WILL BE IGNORED AS PROBABLY DEFINING A STABLE PERSONALITY TRAIT RATHER THAN A MOOD STATE. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MOOD STATES DEFINITIONS KW - FACTOR ANALYSIS KW - 1967 KW - Emotions KW - Factor Analysis KW - 1967 DO - 10.1177/001316446702700109 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-08280-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-08248-001 AN - 1967-08248-001 AU - Wieland, Betty A. AU - Mefferd, Roy B. Jr. T1 - Effect of orientation, inclination, and length of diagonal of Necker cubes on perspective dominance. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1967/// VL - 24 IS - 1 SP - 139 EP - 141 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-08248-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wieland, Betty A.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., HOUSTON, TEX. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dominance; Visual Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - ORIENTATION OF THE DIAGONAL IN A NECKER CUBE DRAWING WAS SHOWN TO AFFECT THE 1ST PERSPECTIVE REPORTED AND THE RELATIVE AMOUNT OF TIME THAT EACH PERSPECTIVE WAS DOMINANT. LENGTH AND INCLINATION OF DIAGONAL DID NOT AFFECT EITHER MEASURE OF PERSPECTIVE DOMINANCE. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - NECKER CUBE KW - ORIENTATION & INCLINATION & LENGTH OF DIAGONAL KW - PERSPECTIVE DOMINANCE KW - 1967 KW - Dominance KW - Visual Perception KW - 1967 DO - 10.2466/pms.1967.24.1.139 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-08248-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-08027-001 AN - 1967-08027-001 AU - Buttiglieri, Matthew W. AU - Guenette, Marie T1 - Driving record of neuropsychiatric patients. JF - Journal of Applied Psychology JO - Journal of Applied Psychology JA - J Appl Psychol Y1 - 1967/04// VL - 51 IS - 2 SP - 96 EP - 100 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9010 SN - 1939-1854 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-08027-001. PMID: 6039347 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Buttiglieri, Matthew W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170306. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Driving Behavior; Neurology; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Engineering & Environmental Psychology (4000); Social Psychology (3000). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - DRIVING RECORDS WERE OBTAINED FROM THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF MOTOR VEHICLES FOR ALL PATIENTS ADMITTED TO THE NEUROPSYCHIATRIC WARDS OF A VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSPITAL WITH ACTIVE DRIVERS LICENSES IN THEIR POSSESSION. THE 165-PATIENT SAMPLE HAD ACCIDENT AND VIOLATION RECORDS WHICH DID NOT DIFFER SIGNIFICANTLY FROM THE CALIFORNIA MALE DRIVING POPULATION. 80% OF THE SAMPLE HAD NO ACCIDENTS AND MORE THAN 3 OF THE SAMPLE HAD NO MORE THAN 1 DRIVING VIOLATION DURING THE 3 YR. PRECEDING HOSPITALIZATION. THERE WAS NO CLEAR-CUT DIFFERENCE IN NEGLIGENT-OPERATOR POINT COUNT BETWEEN THE PATIENT GROUP AND THE CALIFORNIA MALE DRIVING POPULATION EXCEPT AT THE HIGH END OF THE POINT-COUNT DISTRIBUTION FOR A VERY SMALL PROPORTION OF PATIENTS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - RECORD KW - NEUROPSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1967 KW - Driving Behavior KW - Neurology KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0024474 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-08027-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-07763-001 AN - 1967-07763-001 AU - Gilberstadt, Harold AU - Sako, Yoshio T1 - Intellectual and personality changes following open-heart surgery. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1967/// VL - 16 IS - 2 SP - 210 EP - 214 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-07763-001. PMID: 4381237 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gilberstadt, Harold; Veterans Administration Hosp., Minneapolis, Minn. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intelligence; Medical Sciences; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Personality Change; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - INTELLIGENCE AND PERSONALITY TESTING OF MALE VETERAN OPEN-HEART SURGERY PATIENTS INDICATED THE FOLLOWING. IN THE GROUP OF 53 SS WHO SURVIVED, THERE WAS EVIDENCE OF SLIGHTLY LOWERED INTELLECTUAL EFFICIENCY ON TESTS SUCH AS THE WECHSLER DIGIT SPAN AND DIGIT SYMBOL, SUPPORTING REPORTS THAT IN SOME INSTANCES BRAIN DAMAGE DOES OCCUR DURING SURGERY, BUT PERHAPS NOT TO A DEGREE WHICH IN ITSELF WOULD SIGNIFICANTLY IMPAIR ADJUSTMENT IN THE GREAT MAJORITY OF SURVIVORS. FROM MMPI PROFILE RESULTS, IT APPEARED THAT THE LARGEST NUMBER OF SS USE THE MECHANISM OF DENIAL WHEN FACING SURGERY, AND SHOW NORMAL PERSONALITY FUNCTIONING FOLLOWING SURGERY. SS WITH THE LEAST RESERVE DUE TO OLD AGE, POOR INTELLECTUAL CAPACITY, AND PRESURGERY NEUROLOGICAL COMPLAINTS WERE THE POOREST SURGICAL RISKS, BUT MANY SUCH SS SURVIVED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SURGERY/OPEN HEART KW - CHANGES IN WAIS DIGIT SPAN & DIGIT SYMBOL & MMPI KW - MALE VETERANS KW - 1967 KW - Intelligence KW - Medical Sciences KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Personality Change KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - 1967 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1967.01730200078011 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-07763-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-07761-001 AN - 1967-07761-001 AU - Barrell, Robert P. AU - Dewolfe, Alan S. AU - Cummings, Jonathan W. T1 - Personnel attitudes and patients' emotional response to hospitalization for physical illness. JF - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JO - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JA - J Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 65 IS - 2 SP - 253 EP - 260 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-3980 SN - 1940-1019 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-07761-001. PMID: 6031248 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barrell, Robert P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disorders; Hospitalization; Hospitals; Patients; Personnel. Minor Descriptor: Attitudes. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - THE EMOTIONAL RESPONSE (PLEASURE-DISPLEASURE QUOTIENT, PDQ) OF 443 CHRONICALLY ILL PATIENTS FROM 19 WARDS WAS RELATED TO PATIENT CARE ATTITUDES EXPRESSED BY 281 PERSONNEL TREATING THEM. THE MOST GENERAL EFFECT WAS THE PDQ'S NEGATIVE CORRELATION WITH PERSONNEL'S PERCEPTION OF A NEED FOR STAFF CONGENIALITY. SIGNIFICANTLY NEGATIVE CORRELATIONS WITH PDQ WERE ALSO OBTAINED FOR: (1) PHYSICIANS' DESIRE TO INFORM PATIENTS OF THEIR MEDICAL STATUS, (2) REHABILITATORS' AWARENESS OF PATIENTS' NEEDS, (3) AIDES' AND REHABILITATORS' PERCEPTION OF A NEED FOR STAFF CONGENIALITY, AND (4) PHYSICIANS' AND REHABILITATORS' UNFAVORABLE ATTITUDES TOWARD PATIENTS. THE RESULTS SUGGEST THAT PATIENTS WITH CHRONIC MEDICAL DISORDERS REQUIRING PROLONGED HOSPITALIZATION MAY PREFER THAT THE STAFF HAVE A FRIENDLY BUT IMPERSONAL ATTITUDE TOWARD THEM. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ATTITUDES OF HOSPITAL PERSONNEL & CHRONIC PATIENTS' EMOTIONAL RESPONSES TO PLEASURE-DISPLEASURE QUOTIENT KW - 1967 KW - Disorders KW - Hospitalization KW - Hospitals KW - Patients KW - Personnel KW - Attitudes KW - 1967 DO - 10.1080/00223980.1967.10544869 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-07761-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-07719-001 AN - 1967-07719-001 AU - Geschwind, Norman AU - Sherwin, Ira T1 - Language-induced epilepsy. JF - Archives of Neurology JO - Archives of Neurology JA - Arch Neurol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 16 IS - 1 SP - 25 EP - 31 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-9942 SN - 1538-3687 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-07719-001. PMID: 6024252 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of Neurology; JAMA Neurology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Geschwind, Norman; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Epilepsy; Epileptic Seizures; Language; Seizures; Spasms. Minor Descriptor: Conditioned Stimulus; Stimulus Parameters; Unconditioned Stimulus. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - USE OF LANGUAGE MODALITIES OF READING, WRITING, AND SPEAKING HAS TRIGGERED SEIZURES IN WHAT MAY BE THE 1ST RECORDED CASE OF SO-CALLED REFLEX EPILEPSY. THAT SEIZURE-INDUCING STIMULI ARE VERY SPECIFIC IS REFLECTED IN FINDING THAT (1) SPEAKING AND WHISPERING INDUCE SEIZURES WHILE USE OF THE SAME MUSCULATURE IN NONVERBAL TASKS HAS NO EFFECT, AND (2) WRITING WORDS SERVES AS AN EFFECTIVE STIMULUS FOR INDUCING SEIZURES WHILE DRAWING OF GEOMETRIC FORMS DOES NOT. (20 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EPILEPSY KW - LANGUAGE INDUCING REFLEX SEIZURES KW - 1967 KW - Epilepsy KW - Epileptic Seizures KW - Language KW - Seizures KW - Spasms KW - Conditioned Stimulus KW - Stimulus Parameters KW - Unconditioned Stimulus KW - 1967 DO - 10.1001/archneur.1967.00470190029003 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-07719-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-07511-001 AN - 1967-07511-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - Relationship of distortion to DAP diagnostic accuracy among psychologists at three levels of sophistication. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1967/04// VL - 31 IS - 2 SP - 142 EP - 146 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-07511-001. PMID: 5342733 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., ST. CLOUD, MINN. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drawing; Goodenough Harris Draw A Person Test; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - 24 PSYCHOLOGISTS (10 DRAW-A-PERSON-DAP-USERS, 10 NONUSERS, AND 4 PROJECTIVE TEST EXPERTS) WERE ASKED TO CATEGORIZE 48 DAP PROTOCOLS AS BEING THE PRODUCTIONS OF ORGANICS, PARANOID SCHIZOPHRENICS, NONPARANOID SCHIZOPHRENICS, OR NORMALS, AND TO RATE THE DRAWINGS FOR DISTORTEDNESS. THE ACCURACY OF THE JUDGES' DIAGNOSTIC IMPRESSIONS WAS ONLY A SLIGHT IMPROVEMENT OVER CHANCE, AND IT WAS FURTHER FOUND THAT DIAGNOSTIC ACUITY DID NOT VARY WITH JUDGES' DAP EXPERIENCE OR PROJECTIVE TEST SOPHISTICATION. ALTHOUGH DRAWING DISTORTION RATINGS WERE VERY HIGHLY RELATED TO EVERY JUDGE'S DIAGNOSTIC IMPRESSIONS, THEY WERE UNCORRELATED WITH HOSPITAL-RECORD DIAGNOSIS IN ANY OF THE 24 CASES. THE LATTER FINDING SUGGESTS THAT MANY PSYCHOLOGISTS HAVE VERY SERIOUSLY OVERESTIMATED THE EXTENT TO WHICH DRAWING DISTORTION IS USEFUL AS A DIAGNOSTIC INDICATOR. (23 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - DISTORTION & DIAGNOSTIC ACCURACY & EXPERIENCE OF JUDGE KW - 1967 KW - Drawing KW - Goodenough Harris Draw A Person Test KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0024442 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-07511-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-07365-001 AN - 1967-07365-001 AU - Weinlander, Max M. T1 - Validity of the variables on the Structured-Objective Rorschach Test (SORT) among alcoholics, neurotics, and psychotics. JF - The Journal of Genetic Psychology: Research and Theory on Human Development JO - The Journal of Genetic Psychology: Research and Theory on Human Development JA - J Genet Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 110 IS - 1 SP - 91 EP - 94 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-1325 SN - 1940-0896 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-07365-001. Other Journal Title: The Pedagogical Seminary; The Pedagogical Seminary and Journal of Genetic Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weinlander, Max M.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION CENTER, DAYTON, O. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Neurosis; Psychosis; Rorschach Test. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - THE SORT WAS ADMINISTERED INDIVIDUALLY TO 50 LITERATE PATIENTS IN EACH OF THE ALCOHOLIC, NEUROTIC, AND PSYCHOTIC CATEGORIES. THE FINDINGS REVEALED: (1) BETWEEN ALCOHOLICS AND NEUROTICS, THERE WAS NO SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCE IN RORSCHACH RATIONALE AS USED WITH ANY 1 OF THE 15 SORT VARIABLES; (2) WHEN ALCOHOLICS AND NEUROTICS WERE COMPARED SEPARATELY WITH PSYCHOTICS, 6 OF THE 15 SORT VARIABLES REVEALED SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES FOR RORSCHACH RATIONALE AT THE .05-.001 LEVEL; AND (3) THE SHADING VARIABLE WAS FOUND SIGNIFICANT AT THE .05 AND .01 LEVELS FOR BOTH ALCOHOLICS AND NEUROTICS, RESPECTIVELY, WHEN COMPARED WITH PSYCHOTICS. THIS CLINICAL FINDING FOR THE SHADING VARIABLE COUNTERS RECENT SORT STUDIES OF COLLEGE STUDENTS WHICH HAVE DETERMINED THAT THE HUMAN-FIGURE VARIABLE IS THE MEASURE OF ANXIETY. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - STRUCTURED OBJECTIVE RORSCHACH TEST KW - ALCOHOLICS & NEUROTICS & PSYCHOTICS KW - 1967 KW - Alcoholism KW - Neurosis KW - Psychosis KW - Rorschach Test KW - 1967 DO - 10.1080/00221325.1967.10533720 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-07365-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-07351-001 AN - 1967-07351-001 AU - Wilcox, Ronald AU - Krasnoff, Alan T1 - Influence of test-taking attitudes on personality inventory scores. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1967/04// VL - 31 IS - 2 SP - 188 EP - 194 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-07351-001. PMID: 4382794 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wilcox, Ronald; COCHRAN VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., ST. LOUIS, MO. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitudes; Measurement; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychiatric Patients; Testing. Minor Descriptor: Personality Measures. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - THE MMPI AND CROWNE-MARLOWE SCALES WERE ADMINISTERED TO 50 PSYCHIATRIC INPATIENTS WHO WERE GROUPED BY LEVELS OF MOTIVATION FOR DISCHARGE AND THEN RANDOMLY ASSIGNED TO 1 OF 2 TESTING CONDITIONS. FOR THE 'DEFENSIVE' CONDITION, THE PATIENTS WERE TOLD THAT THE TESTS WOULD DETERMINE THEIR READINESS FOR DISCHARGE; FOR THE 'ROUTINE' CONDITION, THEY WERE ASSURED THAT THE TEST RESULTS WOULD NOT AFFECT THEIR DISCHARGE DATE. THE ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE REVEALED SIGNIFICANT MAIN EFFECTS FOR THE CONDITIONS OF TESTING AND LEVELS OF MOTIVATION ON SEVERAL OF THE STANDARD AND SOCIAL DESIRABILITY SCALES. FROM AN ANALYSIS OF INTERACTION EFFECTS, IT IS CONCLUDED THAT SS ARE MORE LIKELY TO DISSIMULATE WHEN THE TESTING IS PERCEIVED AS A POTENTIAL BARRIER TO THE ATTAINMENT OF THEIR IMMEDIATE GOALS. (2 P. REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - TEST TAKING ATTITUDES & CROWNE-MARLOWE SCALES KW - MOTIVATION FOR DISCHARGE KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1967 KW - Attitudes KW - Measurement KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Testing KW - Personality Measures KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0024430 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-07351-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-07320-001 AN - 1967-07320-001 AU - Diener, Robert G. T1 - Prediction of dependent behavior in specified situations from psychological tests. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1967/// VL - 20 IS - 1 SP - 103 EP - 108 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-07320-001. PMID: 6037767 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Diener, Robert G.; Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Clinic, Washington, D.C. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dependency (Personality); Personality Measures; Prediction. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - ATTEMPTED TO ENHANCE THE PREDICTION OF DEPENDENT BEHAVIOR FROM PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTS BY SPECIFYING THE SITUATION IN WHICH THAT BEHAVIOR IS TO OCCUR. IT WAS HYPOTHESIZED THAT OVERT DEPENDENCY NEEDS WOULD HAVE THE GREATEST WEIGHT IN DETERMINING DEPENDENT BEHAVIOR, WHILE THE SITUATION WOULD BECOME SIGNIFICANT AS IT INTERACTED WITH COVERT DEPENDENCY NEEDS. 2 SITUATIONS WERE DEVISED, 1 OF WHICH INDUCED DEPENDENT BEHAVIOR WHILE THE OTHER DID NOT. THE HYPOTHESES WERE NOT CONFIRMED. THE SITUATION ACCOUNTED FOR VIRTUALLY ALL THE VARIANCE IN THE PREDICTION OF DEPENDENT BEHAVIOR. IMPLICATIONS WERE THAT GREAT CAUTION SHOULD BE EXERCISED IN PREDICTING BEHAVIOR FROM TEST DATA AND THAT FUTURE PREDICTIVE RESEARCH MIGHT BETTER FOCUS ON SITUATIONAL CONTEXTS THAN ON MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTS/FROM KW - DEPENDENT BEHAVIOR IN SPECIFIC SITUATIONS KW - 1967 KW - Dependency (Personality) KW - Personality Measures KW - Prediction KW - 1967 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1967.20.1.103 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-07320-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-06914-001 AN - 1967-06914-001 AU - Schapiro, Shawn AU - Norman, Robert J. T1 - Thyroxine: Effects of neonatal administration on maturation, development, and behavior. JF - Science JO - Science JA - Science Y1 - 1967/// VL - 155 IS - 3767 SP - 1279 EP - 1281 CY - US PB - American Assn for the Advancement of Science SN - 0036-8075 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-06914-001. PMID: 6018652 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schapiro, Shawn; Veterans Administration Hosp., San Fernando, Calif. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance; Avoidance Conditioning; Electroencephalography; Hormones; Learning. Minor Descriptor: Human Development; Rat Learning. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - THYROXINE WAS ADMINISTERED TO INFANT RATS WITHIN THE 1ST 3 DAYS OF POSTNATAL LIFE; CONTROLS RECEIVING .01N NAOH WERE FROM THE SAME LITTER. THYROXINE ACCELERATED THE MATURATION OF THE PITUITARY-ADRENAL RESPONSES TO ELECTRIC SHOCK. THE 'STARTLE RESPONSE' APPEARED EARLIER IN THE EXPERIMENTAL SS, AS DID THE DEVELOPMENT AND RESPONSE OF THE EEG TO NOVEL STIMULI. THE THYROXINE-TREATED SS, WHEN 16-18 DAYS OLD, ACQUIRED A CONDITIONED-AVOIDANCE RESPONSE FASTER THAN DID CONTROLS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - NEONATALLY ADMINISTERED THYROXINE KW - MATURATION KW - EEG DEVELOPMENT KW - CONDITIONED AVOIDANCE LEARNING KW - RAT KW - 1967 KW - Avoidance KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Electroencephalography KW - Hormones KW - Learning KW - Human Development KW - Rat Learning KW - 1967 DO - 10.1126/science.155.3767.1279 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-06914-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-06808-001 AN - 1967-06808-001 AU - Cowen, Murray A. T1 - Elementary functional correlates of the transcephalic DC circuit. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1967/// VL - 3 IS - 3 SP - 262 EP - 272 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-06808-001. PMID: 6038671 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cowen, Murray A.; SYRACUSE VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., N.Y. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170220. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Electrical Activity; Physiological Correlates; Stimulation; Theories. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - A BRIEF GENERAL THEORY IS PROPOSED LINKING THE TRANSCEPHALIC DC POTENTIAL, WHICH IS RECORDED ON THE MIDLINE SURFACE OF THE HEAD OVER THE FRONTAL AND OCCIPITAL EMISSARY VEINS, WITH A CERTAIN FUNCTIONAL ORGANIZATION OF THE BRAIN. FROM THIS IT IS PROPOSED THAT INTEROCEPTIVE OR PROTOPATHIC AFFERENTS-CAROTID SINUS, CAROTID BODY, VESTIBULAR, AND VISCERAL-SHOULD PRODUCE A POSITIVE FRONTAL DEFLECTION, WHILE EXTEROCEPTIVE OR EPICRITIC AFFERENTS-TACTILE, AUDITORY, PROPRIOCEPTIVE, GUSTATORY, VISUAL, AND OLFACTORY-SHOULD PRODUCE A NEGATIVE FRONTAL DC SHIFT. IT IS PROPOSED THAT HUNGER PROMOTES A NEGATIVE FRONTAL BASE LINE, SATIETY A POSITIVE ONE, AND ANXIETY INCREASES THE BASE-LINE VARIANCE OF A GROUP. A RELATIONSHIP IS PROPOSED BETWEEN FRONTAL NEGATIVITY AND BODY METABOLIC PEAKS. IT IS PROPOSED THAT A NOXIOUS EXTEROCEPTIVE STIMULUS PRODUCES A POSITIVE FRONTAL SHIFT, DESPITE ITS CORTICAL PROJECTION. THE HYPOTHESES WERE TESTED USING NORMAL ADULT MALE SS, AND GOOD AGREEMENT BETWEEN RESULTS AND PREDICTIONS WAS FOUND. (20 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - TRANSCEPHALIC DC POTENTIAL KW - INTEROCEPTIVE VS EXTEROCEPTIVE STIMULI KW - HUNGER & ANXIETY & SATIETY KW - 1967 KW - Brain KW - Electrical Activity KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Stimulation KW - Theories KW - 1967 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1967.tb02705.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-06808-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-06784-001 AN - 1967-06784-001 AU - Peretz, Ephraim T1 - Effects of limbic cortex ablation on estrous response strength in cats. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1967/04// VL - 63 IS - 2 SP - 220 EP - 222 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-06784-001. PMID: 6069209 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Peretz, Ephraim; Veterans Administration Hosp., American Lake, Wash. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hippocampus; Psychosexual Behavior. Minor Descriptor: Cats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - THE ESTRUAL CROUCH, RESISTANCE, AND ROLLING ELICITED BY ARTIFICIAL GENITAL STIMULATION WERE MEASURED IN 6 FEMALE CATS WITH HIPPOCAMPAL ABLATIONS, 6 WITH ENTORHINAL ABLATIONS, AND 5 NORMAL CATS. THE STRENGTH OF THESE RESPONSES WAS SIGNIFICANTLY LOWER IN THE HIPPOCAMPAL GROUP THAN IN THE NORMAL GROUP (P < .05). NO DIFFERENCE WAS FOUND BETWEEN NORMAL AND ENTORHINAL GROUPS. IT IS CONCLUDED THAT THERE IS A CORTICAL MECHANISM FOR ESTROUS BEHAVIOR IN THIS SPECIES. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - HIPPOCAMPAL & ENTORHINAL KW - ESTROUS RESPONSE KW - CAT KW - 1967 KW - Hippocampus KW - Psychosexual Behavior KW - Cats KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0024350 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-06784-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-06236-001 AN - 1967-06236-001 AU - Gibby, R. G. Sr. AU - Gibby, R. G. Jr. T1 - The effects of stress resulting from academic failure. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 1 SP - 35 EP - 37 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-06236-001. PMID: 6031026 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gibby, R. G. Sr.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Richmond, VA. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Failure; School Adjustment; Self-Perception; Stress; Students. Classification: Educational Psychology (3500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 2 ACADEMICALLY SUPERIOR GROUPS OF 30 CHILDREN EACH WERE GIVEN THE GIBBY INTELLIGENCE RATING SCHEDULE AND THE WORD FLUENCY TEST. 4 DAYS LATER THE TESTS WERE READMINISTERED IN THE SAME MANNER EXCEPT THAT EACH MEMBER OF 1 GROUP WAS TOLD THAT HE FAILED THE 1ST ADMINISTRATION. SS IN THE FAILURE GROUP (1) REGARDED THEMSELVES LESS HIGHLY, (2) BELIEVED SIGNIFICANT OTHERS FELT THE SAME WAY ABOUT THEM, (3) DID NOT WISH TO BE DIFFERENT, AND (4) SHOWED A DECREMENT IN INTELLECTUAL PRODUCTIVITY. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - FAILURE STRESS KW - SELF-PERCEPTION & INTELLECTUAL PRODUCTIVITY KW - CHILDREN KW - 1967 KW - Failure KW - School Adjustment KW - Self-Perception KW - Stress KW - Students KW - 1967 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196701)23:1<35::AID-JCLP2270230110>3.0.CO;2-E UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-06236-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-06041-001 AN - 1967-06041-001 AU - Dietze, Doris T1 - Relationships between staff and patients in judging criteria for improvement in mental health. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 1 SP - 41 EP - 46 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-06041-001. PMID: 6031030 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dietze, Doris; Veterans Administration Hosp., Seattle, Wash. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Hospitalization; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 81 PATIENTS AND 53 HOSPITAL STAFF PERSONNEL RESPONDED TO 173 ITEMS THAT WERE SELECTED IN A PREVIOUS STUDY WHICH REPRESENTED THINGS PATIENTS DO THAT INDICATE THEIR MENTAL CONDITION IS IMPROVING. THESE ITEMS WERE CATEGORIZED INTO 19 GROUPS BY TYPE OF BEHAVIOR. RESULTS WERE PRESENTED FOR AGREEMENT BETWEEN VARIOUS STAFF AND PATIENT GROUPS, BY DURATION OF HOSPITALIZATION, EFFECTS OF EXPERIENCE, AND PATIENT AGREEMENT. THE CONCEPTIONS OF AIDES WERE MORE SIMILAR TO THOSE OF PATIENTS IN CONTRAST TO THE PROFESSIONALLY TRAINED STAFF. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PATIENT IMPROVEMENT CRITERIA KW - STAFF & PATIENTS KW - 1967 KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1967 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196701)23:1<41::AID-JCLP2270230113>3.0.CO;2-G UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-06041-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-05983-001 AN - 1967-05983-001 AU - Bailey, M. A. AU - Warshaw, L. T1 - Differences in trait attribution by patient and 'normal' groups to line drawings of human facial pictures. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 1 SP - 104 EP - 108 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-05983-001. PMID: 5340075 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bailey, M. A.; Veterans Administration, New York Regional Office, N.Y. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Traits; Projective Personality Measures; Projective Techniques; Projective Testing Technique; Psychiatric Patients. Minor Descriptor: Drawing. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - THE WARSHAW CHARACTER EVALUATION TEST WAS ADMINISTERED TO 50 CLINIC PATIENTS AND 50 NORMAL SS. PATIENTS ATTRIBUTED TRAITS TO PICTURES ON A PERSONAL BASIS TO A GREATER EXTENT THAN DID NORMALS, WERE PREOCCUPIED WITH RIGID-FLEXIBLE AND EGOCENTRIC-ALLOCENTRIC GROUPS, WANTED EXTERNAL CONTROLS AND HAD A LESSER RELIANCE ON INNER CONTROLS, AND WANTED TO HAVE MORE FEELINGS AND BE LESS EGOCENTRIC. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - CHARACTER EVALUATION TEST/WARSHAW KW - TRAIT ATTRIBUTION TO FACE DRAWINGS KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1967 KW - Personality Traits KW - Projective Personality Measures KW - Projective Techniques KW - Projective Testing Technique KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Drawing KW - 1967 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196701)23:1<104::AID-JCLP2270230134>3.0.CO;2-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-05983-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-05883-001 AN - 1967-05883-001 AU - Crumpton, Evelyn AU - Weinstein, Alvin D. AU - Acker, Charles W. AU - Annis, Arthur P. T1 - How patients and normals see the mental patient. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 1 SP - 46 EP - 49 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-05883-001. PMID: 6031031 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crumpton, Evelyn; Veterans Administration Center, Brentwood Hosp., Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitudes; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - A 20-SCALE SEMANTIC DIFFERENTIAL WAS GIVEN TO 29 NORMAL ADULTS AND 34 HOSPITALIZED PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. EACH S RATED 6 CONCEPTS OF MENTAL PATIENT, NORMAL PERSON, SICK PERSON, DANGEROUS PERSON, CRIMINAL, AND SINNER. THE PATIENTS GAVE A MORE FAVORABLE RATING ON ALL 6 CONCEPTS ON 10 OF THE 20 SCALES. BOTH NORMAL SS AND PATIENTS SAW THE MENTAL PATIENT IN UNFAVORABLE TERMS. THERE WAS AN UNEXPECTED CONSISTENCY IN THE IMAGE OF THE NORMAL PERSON. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MENTAL PATIENT/TOWARD KW - PATIENTS & NORMALS KW - 1967 KW - Attitudes KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1967 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196701)23:1<46::AID-JCLP2270230114>3.0.CO;2-Z UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-05883-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-05763-001 AN - 1967-05763-001 AU - McIver, Anstiss H. AU - Jeffrey, Wendell E. T1 - Strain differences in maternal behavior in rats. JF - Behaviour JO - Behaviour JA - Behaviour Y1 - 1967/// VL - 28 IS - 1-2 SP - 210 EP - 216 CY - United Kingdom PB - Brill Academic Publishers SN - 0005-7959 SN - 1568-539X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-05763-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McIver, Anstiss H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Maternal Behavior; Genetics; Mother Child Relations. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 10 LONG EVANS, 9 WISTAR, AND 7 SPRAGUE-DAWLEY MOTHERS WERE EACH GIVEN 6 FOSTER PUPS. EACH STRAIN OF MOTHERS WAS SPLIT INTO 3 SUBGROUPS, AND EACH SUBGROUP WAS GIVEN 1 STRAIN OF PUPS. 'LONG EVANS KEPT THEIR YOUNG IN BETTER ORDER, WERE MORE OFTEN OBSERVED IN PHYSICAL CONTACT WITH THE YOUNG, AND MORE ACTIVELY PARTICIPATED IN NURSING THAN THE 2 ALBINO STRAINS . . . . NO DIFFERENCES WERE FOUND ON THE MATERNAL ACTIVITY MEASURE. IN NO INSTANCE DID MATERNAL BEHAVIOR VARY AS A FUNCTION OF OFFSPRING STRAIN.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - STRAIN DIFFERENCES KW - MATERNAL BEHAVIOR KW - 1967 KW - Animal Maternal Behavior KW - Genetics KW - Mother Child Relations KW - Rats KW - 1967 DO - 10.1163/156853967X00244 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-05763-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-05515-001 AN - 1967-05515-001 AU - Harford, Thomas AU - Hill, Marjorie T1 - Variations in behavioral strategies and interpersonal trust in a two-person game with male alcoholics. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 1 SP - 33 EP - 35 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-05515-001. PMID: 6031025 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Harford, Thomas; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Games; Interpersonal Interaction; Trust (Social Behavior). Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 21 ALCOHOLIC SS PARTICIPATED IN A 2-PLAYER DILEMMA GAME IN WHICH THE S HAD TO MAKE A CHOICE BETWEEN RED AND GREEN COLUMNS. A FACTOR OF INTERPERSONAL TRUST INVOLVING COOPERATIVE CHOICE WAS UTILIZED. A COMBINATION OF STRATEGIES WAS MOST EFFECTIVE IN ELICITING A TRUSTING ORIENTATION IN THE SS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - INTERPERSONAL TRUST KW - 2 PERSON GAME KW - MALES KW - 1967 KW - Alcoholism KW - Games KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Trust (Social Behavior) KW - 1967 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196701)23:1<33::AID-JCLP2270230109>3.0.CO;2-V UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-05515-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-05343-001 AN - 1967-05343-001 AU - Crovitz, Herbert F. AU - Lockhead, G. R. T1 - Possible monocular predictors of binocular rivalry of contours. JF - Perception & Psychophysics JO - Perception & Psychophysics JA - Percept Psychophys Y1 - 1967/// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 83 EP - 85 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0031-5117 SN - 1532-5962 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-05343-001. Other Journal Title: Attention, Perception, & Psychophysics. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crovitz, Herbert F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Durham, N.C. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Autokinetic Illusion; Binocular Vision; Illusions (Perception); Pattern Discrimination; Stimulus Variability. Minor Descriptor: Form and Shape Perception; Sensory Adaptation. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - AN ANALYSIS OF CONTOUR DISAPPEARANCES IN CONFLICTING PATTERNED STEREOGRAMS IS MADE FROM THE KNOWLEDGE OF 2 MONOCULAR EVENTS: CONTRAST EFFECTS ASSOCIATED WITH CONTOURS AND PHASIC LOCAL ADAPTATION. IT IS ARGUED THAT THE PERCEPTS RESULTING FROM THESE MONOCULAR PROCESSES ARE COMBINED SIMPLY BY SOME MORE CENTRAL PROCESS AND THAT A SUPPRESSION MECHANISM MAY NOT BE NECESSARY TO ACCOUNT FOR CONTOUR RIVALRY. PREDICTIONS WERE TESTED IN 3 EXPERIMENTS AND THE RESULTS TEND TO SUPPORT THE ARGUMENT GIVEN. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - CONTOUR RIVALRY KW - MONOCULAR & CENTRAL PROCESSES KW - BAR & GRID STEREOGRAMS KW - 1967 KW - Autokinetic Illusion KW - Binocular Vision KW - Illusions (Perception) KW - Pattern Discrimination KW - Stimulus Variability KW - Form and Shape Perception KW - Sensory Adaptation KW - 1967 DO - 10.3758/BF03212468 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-05343-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-04748-001 AN - 1967-04748-001 AU - Orgel, Sidney A. AU - Mcdonald, Robert D. T1 - An evaluation of the Trail Making Test. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1967/02// VL - 31 IS - 1 SP - 77 EP - 79 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-04748-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Orgel, Sidney A.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., SYRACUSE, N.Y. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170213. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Personality Measures; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - 3 GROUPS (21 SS IN EACH) OF HOSPITALIZED WHITE MALES, HOMOGENEOUS AS TO AGE, SEX, AND EDUCATION, WERE EXAMINED WITH THE TRAIL MAKING TEST (TMT). THE GROUPS WERE IDENTIFIED AS BRAIN-DAMAGED, MIXED NEUROPSYCHIATRIC, AND HOSPITALIZED CONTROLS. THE NULL HYPOTHESIS THAT THE TMT SCORES OF THE 3 GROUPS WOULD NOT DIFFER SIGNIFICANTLY COULD NOT BE REJECTED. ALTHOUGH PART A OF THE TMT DIFFERS SIGNIFICANTLY FROM PART B, THE DIFFERENTIAL PSYCHOLOGICAL ATTRIBUTES BEING TAPPED BY BOTH ARE UNKNOWN. IT IS SUGGESTED THAT IF THE TMT IS TO BE APPLIED IN A CLINICAL SETTING, CONSIDERABLY MORE INFORMATION IS NEEDED CONCERNING TEST PERFORMANCE AS A FUNCTION OF AGE. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - TRAIL MAKING TEST KW - BRAIN DAMAGED & NEUROPSYCHIATRIC PATIENTSE KW - 1967 KW - Brain Damage KW - Personality Measures KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0024216 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-04748-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-04689-001 AN - 1967-04689-001 AU - Salzberg, Herman C. T1 - Verbal behavior in group psychotherapy with and without a therapist. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology JA - J Couns Psychol Y1 - 1967/01// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 24 EP - 27 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-04689-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Salzberg, Herman C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Augusta, GA. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170313. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Verbal Ability; Verbal Learning; Verbal Reinforcement. Minor Descriptor: Content Analysis (Test); Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Verbal Communication; Verbal Fluency. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - THE SPONTANEITY AND CONTENT OF VERBALIZATIONS IN GROUP PSYCHOTHERAPY WITH AN ACTIVE THERAPIST PRESENT WERE COMPARED TO VERBALIZATIONS WHEN HE WAS ABSENT. LESS PROBLEM-RELEVANT RESPONSES WERE MADE IN THE THERAPIST'S ABSENCE ALTHOUGH THERE WAS GREATER SPONTANEITY ON THE PART OF GROUP MEMBERS. OVER THE COURSE OF LEADERLESS GROUP SESSIONS, INDIVIDUAL PATIENTS PLACED LESS EMPHASIS ON PERSONAL PROBLEMS AND BECAME INCREASINGLY CONCERNED WITH PROBLEMS OF OTHER GROUP MEMBERS. ALTHOUGH THERE MAY BE SOME VALIDITY TO INTERSPERSING LEADERLESS GROUP SESSIONS IN GROUP PSYCHOTHERAPY, IT APPEARED THAT, WITH THE TYPICAL VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSPITAL POPULATION, LEADERLESS GROUP PSYCHOTHERAPY WOULD TEND TO RESULT IN A DISRUPTION OF COMMUNICATION WITH CONVERSATION BECOMING SUPERFICIAL AND IRRELEVANT AND OF QUESTIONABLE THERAPEUTIC VALUE. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - VERBALIZATION SPONTANEITY & CONTENT KW - THERAPIST PRESENT VS THERAPIST ABSENT KW - 1967 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Verbal Ability KW - Verbal Learning KW - Verbal Reinforcement KW - Content Analysis (Test) KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Verbal Communication KW - Verbal Fluency KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0024211 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-04689-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-04688-001 AN - 1967-04688-001 AU - Rothaus, Paul AU - Johnson, Dale L. AU - Hanson, Philip G. AU - Brown, Jerome B. AU - Lyle, Francis A. T1 - Sentence-completion test prediction of autonomous and therapist-led group behavior. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology JA - J Couns Psychol Y1 - 1967/01// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 28 EP - 34 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-04688-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rothaus, Paul; HOUSTON VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., TEX. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170213. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Prediction; Projective Techniques; Social Desirability; Sociometric Tests. Minor Descriptor: Autonomy (Government); Dependency (Personality); Social Approval. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - BASS' ORIENTATION TRAITS, JUDGED FROM SENTENCE-COMPLETION RESPONSES, WERE RELATED TO BEHAVIOR IN THERAPIST-LED (TL) AND SELF-DIRECTED (SD) PSYCHIATRIC GROUPS. TL AND SD GROUPS WERE ALSO COMPARED FOR ATTENDANCE AND ATMOSPHERE. THE TASK-ORIENTATION TRAIT CORRELATED POSITIVELY WITH SOCIOMETRIC PROMINENCE AND PARTICIPATION IN ALL GROUPS. THE SELF-ENCAPSULATION TRAIT CORRELATED NEGATIVELY. THE INTERACTION ORIENTATION TRAIT WAS MORE STRONGLY RELATED TO PROMINENCE IN TL GROUPS. TL GROUPS HAD HIGHER ATTENDANCE BY THE LESS INTELLIGENT, LESS PROMINENT GROUP MEMBERS. SD GROUPS PRODUCED MORE 'PLAY' AND MORE REDUCTION OF THE NEED OF MEMBERS TO BE AT THE CENTER OF THE STAGE. THESE FINDINGS WERE ANALYZED IN TERMS OF THE IMPACT OF THE THERAPIST. (17 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SENTENCE-COMPLETION TEST PREDICTION KW - AUTONOMOUS VS THERAPIST-LED GROUP BEHAVIOR KW - 1967 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Prediction KW - Projective Techniques KW - Social Desirability KW - Sociometric Tests KW - Autonomy (Government) KW - Dependency (Personality) KW - Social Approval KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0024210 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-04688-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-04687-001 AN - 1967-04687-001 AU - Laffal, Julius AU - Grossman, Gerald AU - Sameroff, Arnold J. T1 - Individual and group in group therapy. JF - Journal of General Psychology JO - Journal of General Psychology JA - J Gen Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 76 IS - 1 SP - 113 EP - 123 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-1309 SN - 1940-0888 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-04687-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Laffal, Julius; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Simulation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - A CLINICAL EVALUATION OF THE EVENTS IN 2 PSYCHOTHERAPEUTIC GROUPS SUGGESTS THAT A REASONABLE MODEL OF GROUP THERAPY IS THAT THE GROUP SHIFTS IN THE EXTENT OF ITS UNITY. THERE ARE TIMES WHEN THE GROUP MEMBERS EXPRESS A COMMON THEME, AND OTHER TIMES WHEN INDIVIDUAL MEMBERS ARE ACTIVELY IN PURSUIT OF IDIOSYNCRATIC FANTASIES. THE UNITARY QUALITY OF THE GROUP APPEARS MOST CLEARLY WHEN A REALITY EVENT, SUCH AS DEPARTURE OF A THERAPIST, STRIKES THE GROUP AS A WHOLE. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MODEL KW - SHIFTS IN EXTENT OF UNITY KW - 1967 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Simulation KW - 1967 DO - 10.1080/00221309.1967.9710747 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-04687-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-03965-001 AN - 1967-03965-001 AU - Wolfgang, Aaron T1 - Effects of social cues and task complexity in concept identification. JF - Journal of Educational Psychology JO - Journal of Educational Psychology JA - J Educ Psychol Y1 - 1967/02// VL - 58 IS - 1 SP - 36 EP - 40 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0663 SN - 1939-2176 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-03965-001. PMID: 6044473 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wolfgang, Aaron; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Other Publishers: Warwick & York. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170313. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Communication; Concepts; Learning; Task Analysis; Task Complexity. Minor Descriptor: Information. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - 120 SS PARTICIPATED IN A FACTORIAL DESIGN WHICH INCLUDED 3 LEVELS OF TASK COMPLEXITY AND 3 CONDITIONS WHERE SS SERVED INDIVIDUALLY OR WITH A PARTNER. IN THE FREE INTERACTION (FI) CONDITION 2 SS WERE FREE TO COMMUNICATE; IN THE RESTRICTED INTERACTION (RI) CONDITION COMMUNICATION BETWEEN SS WAS LIMITED. FI SS OUTPERFORMED INDIVIDUALS (ONLY ON THE MOST COMPLEX CONCEPTS) AND RI SS ACROSS ALL LEVELS OF COMPLEXITY. THE ASSUMPTION OF THE MATHEMATICAL THEORY OF CONCEPT IDENTIFICATION THAT LEARNING RATE SHOULD DECREASE WITH INCREASES IN IRRELEVANT INFORMATION WAS CONFIRMED IN THE INDIVIDUAL AND RI CONDITIONS BUT NOT IN THE FI CONDITION. (16 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - IDENTIFICATION KW - TASK COMPLEXITY KW - 2-MAN INTERACTION VS INDIVIDUAL PERFORMANCE KW - LEARNING RATE KW - 1967 KW - Communication KW - Concepts KW - Learning KW - Task Analysis KW - Task Complexity KW - Information KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0024136 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-03965-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-03962-001 AN - 1967-03962-001 AU - Pishkin, Vladimir AU - Wolfgang, Aaron AU - Rasmussen, Elizabeth T1 - Age, sex, amount, and type of memory information in concept learning. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology JA - J Exp Psychol Y1 - 1967/01// VL - 73 IS - 1 SP - 121 EP - 124 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-03962-001. PMID: 6031651 Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pishkin, Vladimir; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170313. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Concept Formation; Information; Memory; Sex Linked Developmental Differences. Minor Descriptor: Human Sex Differences. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - 270 SS BETWEEN AGES 10 AND 18 YR. PARTICIPATED IN A STUDY EXPLORING THE EFFECTS OF 3 LEVELS OF AVAILABILITY OF CORRECTLY AND INCORRECTLY SORTED INSTANCES IN A 4-CHOICE CONCEPT-LEARNING TASK. ERRORS WERE REDUCED WITH AVAILABILITY OF 1 AND 2 PAST INSTANCES AND INCREASE IN AGE. PERFORMANCE WAS UNAFFECTED BY AVAILABILITY OF ONLY INCORRECT INSTANCES. SIGNIFICANT INTERACTION BETWEEN TYPE AND NUMBER OF INSTANCES WAS FOUND. SEX SIGNIFICANTLY INTERACTED WITH NUMBER AND TYPE OF INSTANCES AVAILABLE, DEMONSTRATING SUPERIOR PERFORMANCE OF FEMALES. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - AGE KW - & SEX KW - & INFORMATION AVAILABILITY KW - & PREVIOUS INFORMATION KW - ADOLESCENTS KW - 1967 KW - Age Differences KW - Concept Formation KW - Information KW - Memory KW - Sex Linked Developmental Differences KW - Human Sex Differences KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0024134 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-03962-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-00930-001 AN - 1967-00930-001 AU - GLAUDIN, VINCENT T1 - What models for the professions of psychology? JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1966/08// VL - 21 IS - 8 SP - 820 EP - 823 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-00930-001. PMID: 5941078 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: GLAUDIN, VINCENT; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., PORTLAND, ORE. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychologists; Simulation. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. AB - A DISCUSSION OF THE STATE OF THE PROFESSION AND OF PROFESSIONAL IDENTITY, WHICH MAKES THE FOLLOWING POINTS: '(1) RAPID SOCIAL CHANGE HAS PROLIFERATED PSYCHOLOGICAL CAREERS MAKING THE DICHOTOMY OF EXPERIMENTALIST AND CLINICIAN LESS APPROPRIATE . . . . (2) PROFESSIONAL ROLE CHANGES HAVE LED TO (ORGANIZATIONAL) POWER SHIFTS AND TENSIONS . . . CALLING FOR MORE UNDERSTANDING OF PROFESSIONAL PROBLEMS. (3) UNDERSTANDING MIGHT BE INCREASED BY CONSIDERING A VARIETY OF DIMENSIONS OF PROFESSIONAL MODELS SUCH AS ISSUES OF IDENTITY, TRAINING, ECONOMIC STRUCTURE, AND PERSONAL SATISFACTIONS. (4) PSYCHOLOGY IS CLEARLY COMMITTED TO PLACING THE PUBLIC INTEREST 1ST IN ADVANCING PROFESSIONAL GOALS. (5) AN OPTIMAL BALANCE BETWEEN PROFESSIONAL FREEDOM AND PUBLIC CONTROL MIGHT WELL BE SOUGHT TO INSURE PSYCHOLOGY'S MAXIMUM CONTRIBUTION TO SOCIETY. (6) THERE IS NO RIGHT MODEL . . . SO THAT AN INCLUSIVE ATTITUDE SEEMS INDICATED TOWARD BOTH TRADITIONAL AND EMERGING ROLES. (7) IT WOULD SEEM USEFUL TO EXAMINE PROFESSIONAL MODELS IN THE PERSPECTIVE OF A TIME WHEN THE PUBLIC MAY VIEW PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES AS A BIRTHRIGHT RATHER THAN A LUXURY.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PROFESSIONAL IDENTITY KW - 1966 KW - Psychologists KW - Simulation KW - 1966 DO - 10.1037/h0023907 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-00930-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-00923-001 AN - 1967-00923-001 AU - Cleveland, Sidney E. AU - Goldstone, Sanford T1 - An affiliated Veterans Administration-medical school psychology training program. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1966/08// VL - 21 IS - 8 SP - 817 EP - 820 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-00923-001. PMID: 5328708 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cleveland, Sidney E.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., HOUSTON, TEX. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170105. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Methods Training; Counselor Education; Paraprofessional Education; Social Work Education. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. AB - AN AFFILIATED TRAINING PROGRAM IN PSYCHOLOGY HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED BETWEEN THE HOUSTON VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSPITAL AND NEARBY BAYLOR UNIVERSITY COLLEGE OF MEDICINE, IN WHICH THE PSYCHOLOGY TRAINING PROGRAMS OF EACH 'ARE INTERRELATED AT ALL LEVELS AND FUNCTIONING OF TRAINING . . . . THE CROSS-FERTILIZATION PROVIDED BY THIS INTERAGENCY TRAINING PROGRAM HAS BEEN HIGHLY STIMULATING TO STUDENTS AND STAFF ALIKE.' THE PROGRAM IS DESCRIBED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - VA-MEDICAL SCHOOL PROGRAM KW - 1966 KW - Clinical Methods Training KW - Counselor Education KW - Paraprofessional Education KW - Social Work Education KW - 1966 DO - 10.1037/h0023904 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-00923-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-00595-001 AN - 1967-00595-001 AU - APFELDORF, MAX AU - RANDOLPH, JOHN J. AU - WHITEMAN, GLORIA L. T1 - FIGURE DRAWING CORRELATES OF FURLOUGH UTILIZATION IN AN AGED INSTITUTIONALIZED POPULATION. JF - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment Y1 - 1966/// VL - 30 IS - 5 SP - 467 EP - 470 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum N1 - Accession Number: 1967-00595-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: APFELDORF, MAX; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION CENTER, MARTINSBURG, W. VA. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19670101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Form and Shape Perception; Physiological Aging; Projective Personality Measures; Projective Techniques; Projective Testing Technique. Minor Descriptor: Attitudes; Correctional Institutions; Institutionalization; Residential Care Institutions. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100); Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - 51 AGED MALE INSTITUTIONALIZED VETERANS WERE SS IN A STUDY OF THE RELATIONSHIP OF FURLOUGH UTILIZATION TO 3 FORMAL DIMENSIONS OF THE HUMAN FIGURE DRAWING, HEIGHT, AREA, AND CENTEREDNESS. BETA INTELLIGENCE AND CHRONOLOGICAL AGE WERE ALSO INCLUDED AS CONTROL VARIABLES. HEIGHT AND AREA CORRELATED WITH BETA INTELLIGENCE BUT DID NOT CORRELATE WITH FURLOUGH UTILIZATION. CENTEREDNESS WAS THE ONLY DRAWING DIMENSION CORRELATING WITH FURLOUGH UTILIZATION. THIS CORRELATION REMAINED EVEN WHEN INTELLIGENCE AND AGE WERE PARTIALED OUT. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - HUMAN FIGURE DRAWING & ATTITUDE TOWARD INSTITUTIONALIZATION KW - AGED KW - 1966 KW - Form and Shape Perception KW - Physiological Aging KW - Projective Personality Measures KW - Projective Techniques KW - Projective Testing Technique KW - Attitudes KW - Correctional Institutions KW - Institutionalization KW - Residential Care Institutions KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-00595-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-00384-001 AN - 1967-00384-001 AU - Davidson, Robert S. Jr. T1 - LABORATORY MAINTENANCE AND LEARNING OF ALLIGATOR MISSISSIPPIENSIS. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1966/// VL - 19 IS - 2 SP - 595 EP - 601 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-00384-001. PMID: 5916539 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davidson, Robert S. Jr.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., CORAL GABLES, FLA. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Discrimination; Learning; Maze Learning. Minor Descriptor: Animals. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - PROCEDURES FOR BOTH OBTAINING AND MAINTAINING AMERICAN ALLIGATORS ARE DESCRIBED. SEVERAL ANIMALS WERE HOUSED IN A GROUP LIVING SPACE WITH ACCESS TO A SWIMMING TANK. WEEKLY FEEDINGS OF SEVERAL HUNDRED LIVE MINNOWS SUFFICED TO MAINTAIN 8 AMERICAN ALLIGATORS FOR SOME 2 YR. FORCE-FEEDING IS DESCRIBED AND RECOMMENDED FOR YOUNG ANIMALS WHICH DO NOT EAT SPONTANEOUSLY. SEVERAL STUDIES USING A 2-CHOICE ALLEY MAZE ARE OUTLINED. AFTER SEVERAL PROCEDURES FAILED TO OBTAIN STABLE RESPONDING, AVERSIVE HEAT ESCAPE CONDITIONING WAS EFFECTIVE IN GENERATING STABLE RESPONSE AND RUNNING TIMES. APPROACHES TO ASYMPTOTIC BASE LINES WERE AGAIN REVEALED FOLLOWING 2 DISCRIMINATION REVERSALS. RUNNING TIMES WERE RELATIVELY CONSTANT, WHILE ERRORS AND PAUSES APPEARED TO CONTRIBUTE TO THE LONGER RESPONSE TIMES. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ALLIGATOR KW - LEARNING KW - LABORATORY MAINTENANCE KW - 1966 KW - Discrimination KW - Learning KW - Maze Learning KW - Animals KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1966.19.2.595 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-00384-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-00194-001 AN - 1967-00194-001 AU - HERSEN, MICHEL T1 - Generalization of positive and negative response biases. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology JA - J Exp Psychol Y1 - 1966/12// VL - 72 IS - 6 SP - 834 EP - 840 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-00194-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: HERSEN, MICHEL; WEST HAVEN VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., CONN. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Generalization; Response Generalization; Responses; Semantic Generalization; Stimulus Generalization. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. AB - DESIGNED TO DETERMINE WHETHER EXPERIMENTALLY INDUCED RESPONSE BIASES CAN GENERALIZE FROM 1 CONCEPT TOPIC TO ANOTHER, AND WHETHER THE 'CONDITIONING' EFFECTS ARE A FUNCTION OF TIME, TASK FORMAT, OR THE PRESENCE OF E. 2ND, THESE STUDIES WERE CONDUCTED TO ASCERTAIN WHETHER S'S ABILITY TO VERBALIZE THE RESPONSE-REINFORCEMENT CONTINGENCY IS RELATED TO THE SPECIFICITY OF THE POSTEXPERIMENTAL QUESTIONNAIRE. THE RESULTS WARRANT THE FOLLOWING CONCLUSIONS: (1) 'CONDITIONING' EFFECTS GENERALIZE ACROSS CONCEPT TOPICS; (2) THE EXPERIMENTAL TREATMENT IS NOT RESTRICTED BY TIME, FORMAT, NOR IS IT RELATED TO E WHO ORIGINALLY ADMINISTERED REINFORCEMENT, AND (3) S'S ABILITY TO SPECIFY THE EXPERIMENTAL ARRANGEMENTS IS PRIMARILY A FUNCTION OF THE SENSITIVITY OF THE POSTEXPERIMENTAL QUESTIONNAIRE EMPLOYED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - BIAS KW - GENERALIZATION BETWEEN CONCEPT TOPICS KW - 1966 KW - Cognitive Generalization KW - Response Generalization KW - Responses KW - Semantic Generalization KW - Stimulus Generalization KW - 1966 DO - 10.1037/h0023870 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-00194-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-13406-001 AN - 1966-13406-001 AU - Rohan, William P. AU - Provost, Robert J. T1 - Re-establishment of eating habits in a blind and brain damaged patient: A case report. JF - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing JO - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing Y1 - 1966/// VL - 4 IS - 5 SP - 458 EP - 466 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-13406-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rohan, William P.; Northampton Veterans Administration Hosp., Mass. Release Date: 19661201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: No terms assigned. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1966. KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENT KW - EATING HABITS REESTABLISHED KW - BLIND & BRAIN DAMAGED KW - PHYSICAL HANDICAP KW - BRAIN DAMAGE KW - & BLIND PATIENT KW - 1966 KW - No terms assigned KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-13406-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-13383-001 AN - 1966-13383-001 AU - Planansky, Karel T1 - Schizoidness in twins. JF - Acta Geneticae Medicae et Gemollologiae JO - Acta Geneticae Medicae et Gemollologiae Y1 - 1966/// VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 151 EP - 164 CY - Italy PB - Associazione Instituto de Genetica Medica e Gemellologia Gregorio Mendel N1 - Accession Number: 1966-13383-001. Other Journal Title: Acta Geneticae Medicae et Gemellologiae: Twin Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Planansky, Karel; Veterans Administration Hosp., Canandaigua, N.Y. Release Date: 19661201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychopathology; Schizoid Personality Disorder; Schizophrenia; Twins. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - Typical schizophrenia may be paired with all types and degrees of schizophrenic and schizoid illness, including clinical normality. These intrapair combinations seem to occur more or less at random. The psychopathologic connection with schizophrenia is not evident in all deviant and nondeviant personality patterns. Thus the seeming continuum of schizophrenic psychosis to schizoid disorder to neurotic character to normal personality may consist of 2 discrete series: 1 with underlying schizophrenic psychopathology and the other independent of the psychotic process. This division might reflect a threshold effect, dependent upon a switch mechanism. (30 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenia KW - twins KW - psychopathology KW - schizoid disorder KW - 1966 KW - Psychopathology KW - Schizoid Personality Disorder KW - Schizophrenia KW - Twins KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-13383-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-13382-001 AN - 1966-13382-001 AU - Planansky, Karel T1 - Conceptual boundaries of schizoidness: Suggestions for epidemiological and genetic research. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1966/// VL - 142 IS - 4 SP - 318 EP - 331 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1966-13382-001. PMID: 5946046 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Planansky, Karel; Veterans Administration Hosp., Canandaigua, N.Y. Release Date: 19661201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Epidemiology; Genetics; Genotypes; Schizoid Personality Disorder; Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 14. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - 'This review of opinions as well as documented reports of actual investigations leads to the… conclusion: there is no single and final answer to our original question, whether the schizoid personality, when found in consanguineous linkage with full schizophrenia, can be regarded as an attenuated or incomplete psychosis, and thus a phenotypic expression of the schizophrenic genotype.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizoid personality KW - epidemiology KW - schizophrenia KW - genetics KW - genotypes KW - 1966 KW - Epidemiology KW - Genetics KW - Genotypes KW - Schizoid Personality Disorder KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1966 DO - 10.1097/00005053-196604000-00003 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-13382-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-13330-001 AN - 1966-13330-001 AU - Rothstein, E. AU - Norton, B. A. AU - Lahage, E. H. AU - Mueller, S. R. T1 - An experimental alcoholism unit in a psychiatric hospital. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1966/// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 513 EP - 516 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-13330-001. PMID: 5970700 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rothstein, E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Release Date: 19661201. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Psychiatric Hospitals. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - Describes a 26-bed alcoholism unit established at a veterans administration hospital. Treatment, based on the concept that alcoholism is a response to dysphoria, includes milieu therapy, drug therapy, individual and group therapy, work therapy, social casework, and Alcoholics Anonymous. Patients are expected to remain for several mo. In order to evaluate the effectiveness of the program and to study various clinical and psychological aspects of alcoholism, ½ of all alcoholics admitted are assigned to the alcoholism unit, while ½ receive routine hospital treatment. The instruments and plan of evaluation are outlined. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcoholism KW - psychiatric hospitals KW - alcohol treatment KW - 1966 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-13330-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-13322-001 AN - 1966-13322-001 AU - Androes, L. AU - Whitehead, W. A. T1 - The 'buddy system' in the hospital treatment of alcoholics. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1966/// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 524 EP - 529 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-13322-001. PMID: 5970702 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Androes, L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Release Date: 19661201. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Hospitalized Patients; Hospitals. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - The buddy, or pairing, system was introduced to the group treatment program at a veterans administration hospital in 1963. During the 1st yr. 90 male patients participated in a trial of the buddy system. The mean age of the patients was 45 yr., most came from lower or middle class backgrounds, were unemployed, and reported approximately 15 yr. of heavy drinking. As the patients were voluntarily admitted to the 90-day inpatient program each was arbitrarily assigned to a fellow patient as a buddy. The successful pairs were friendly, close, mutually supportive, and shared personal problems which they were reluctant to present to a staff member. The unsuccessful pairs were mutually destructive or destructive toward the group as a whole, usually in the form of horseplay, undermining the confidence of the buddy, encouraging manipulation of or, most importantly, discouraging communication with the staff. It was concluded that the buddy system is a useful management device. The patients became more prompt in arriving at assignments and group meetings, and it became easier to maintain communication and organization within the program. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hospital treatment KW - alcoholics KW - inpatient program KW - 1966 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Hospitals KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-13322-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-13274-001 AN - 1966-13274-001 AU - Rothaus, Paul AU - Hanson, Philip G. AU - Cleveland, Sidney E. T1 - Art and group dynamics. JF - American Journal of Occupational Therapy JO - American Journal of Occupational Therapy JA - Am J Occup Ther Y1 - 1966/// VL - 20 IS - 4 SP - 182 EP - 187 CY - US PB - American Occupational Therapy Assn SN - 0272-9490 SN - 1943-7676 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-13274-001. PMID: 5942406 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rothaus, Paul; Houston Veterans Administration Hosp., Tex. Release Date: 19661201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Art; Group Dynamics; Hygiene; Medical Students. Minor Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - Reports on a pilot study with 25 mental hygiene students on the use of Bion's leaderless group therapeutic procedures when an art project is selected for the group task. The experiment as designed places emphasis on the nonverbal ability of the Ss although many verbal aspects are included. The 25 Ss were randomly subdivided into 3 teams each of which was to decide upon a painting and carry it out as an activity based upon team rather than individual concepts. The team efforts were rated individually and by skilled Os with reference to: the influences of members upon the accomplishment of the task, degree to which each individual participated, the quality of the product, and the satisfactions derived by the participants in carrying out the task. Results appear to indicate that some significant aspects of group dynamics are revealed by this technique that may be more or less predictable by selected MMPI scales and that the potential of these procedures with mentally ill Ss may be worth study. The implications of this technique for using the skills of the occupational therapist and the nonverbal activities she has to offer patients in group therapy are suggested. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mental hygiene students KW - group dynamics KW - group therapeutic procedures KW - art KW - 1966 KW - Art KW - Group Dynamics KW - Hygiene KW - Medical Students KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-13274-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-13106-001 AN - 1966-13106-001 AU - Friedman, Howard T1 - Memory organization in the aged. JF - The Journal of Genetic Psychology: Research and Theory on Human Development JO - The Journal of Genetic Psychology: Research and Theory on Human Development JA - J Genet Psychol Y1 - 1966/// VL - 109 IS - 1 SP - 3 EP - 8 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-1325 SN - 1940-0896 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-13106-001. Other Journal Title: The Pedagogical Seminary; The Pedagogical Seminary and Journal of Genetic Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Friedman, Howard; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19661201. Correction Date: 20100823. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aging; Memory; Retention. Classification: Learning & Memory (2343). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - Matched senescent and young adult Ss were presented alphabetic material for retention which exceeded each individual S's capacity level by progressively increasing amounts. Using 3 criteria for capacity level, the aged group performed significantly poorer when organizational factors were considered. Findings were then understood within a genetic framework describing senescent memory functioning in terms of a reversal in the developmental memory pattern with concomitant reemergence of genetically lower levels of organization. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - aged KW - memory KW - retention KW - 1966 KW - Aging KW - Memory KW - Retention KW - 1966 DO - 10.1080/00221325.1966.10533675 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-13106-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-12833-001 AN - 1966-12833-001 AU - McClellan, Max E. AU - Small, Arnold M. Jr. T1 - Time separation pitch associated with noise pulses. JF - Journal of the Acoustical Society of America JO - Journal of the Acoustical Society of America JA - J Acoust Soc Am Y1 - 1966/// VL - 40 IS - 3 SP - 570 EP - 582 CY - US PB - Acoustical Society of American SN - 0001-4966 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-12833-001. PMID: 5967264 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McClellan, Max E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Ann Arbor, Mich. Release Date: 19661201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Stimulation; Pitch (Frequency); Pitch Discrimination. Minor Descriptor: Stimulus Presentation Methods. Classification: Auditory & Speech Perception (2326). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - Time separation pitch (TSP) is elicited by the monaural presentation of 2 AC or DC pulse trains, 1 train delayed with respect to the other, and is related to the reciprocal of time separation between leading edges of proximal pulses of the 2 trains. TSP has not been observed previously using uncorrelated noise pulses. On the assumption that TSP is mediated by an autocorrelational process, it was predicted that TSP would obtain using correlated-noise pulses that were produced by an 'acoustic delay' system. Uncorrelated-noise pulses served as a control condition. Ss matched the pitch of a pure tone to the pitches associated with the pulse trains. The results were as predicted. A TSP-like effect arising from continuous-noise samples was discussed and shown to be identical to TSP and, therefore, consonant with an autocorrelational theory. It is concluded that, at least for noise stimuli, temporally discrete waveforms are not necessary to elicit TSP perception; however, a high correlation between temporally adjacent waveforms is necessary to 'trigger' TSP perception. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - noise pulses KW - time separation pitch KW - monaural presentation KW - train KW - 1966 KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Pitch (Frequency) KW - Pitch Discrimination KW - Stimulus Presentation Methods KW - 1966 DO - 10.1121/1.1910121 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-12833-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-12823-001 AN - 1966-12823-001 AU - Royer, Fred L. T1 - Figural goodness and internal structure in perceptual discrimination. JF - Perception & Psychophysics JO - Perception & Psychophysics JA - Percept Psychophys Y1 - 1966/// VL - 1 IS - 9 SP - 311 EP - 314 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0031-5117 SN - 1532-5962 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-12823-001. Other Journal Title: Attention, Perception, & Psychophysics. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Royer, Fred L.; Brecksville Veterans Administration Hosp., O. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19661201. Correction Date: 20110110. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Form and Shape Perception; Perceptual Discrimination; Stimulus Parameters. Classification: Visual Perception (2323). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - The time required for 24 Ss to sort 4 decks of cards composed of 5-dot figures was measured. A deck consisted of 32 cards: 4 each of 8 patterns. There were 4 sets of figures: Sets A1, A2, B1, and B2 had identical amount and form of redundancy. Sets B1 and B2, having more uncertainty in simple contingencies and having negative interaction terms, required significantly more time to sort than Sets A1 and A2. All sets differed in mean ratings of figural goodness. Even when amount and form of redundancy are held constant, the figural goodness of the individual figures constituting the set influences the discriminability. Sets consisting of good or simpler figures are easier to sort. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perceptual discrimination KW - figural goodness KW - stimulus redundancy KW - 1966 KW - Form and Shape Perception KW - Perceptual Discrimination KW - Stimulus Parameters KW - 1966 DO - 10.3758/BF03215794 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-12823-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-12538-001 AN - 1966-12538-001 AU - Linn, Margaret W. AU - Gables, Coral AU - Brown, Carlton W. AU - Miller, Nan D. AU - Thompson, Robert G. AU - Wathan, Rosa Lee AU - Point, Perry T1 - Family care: A therapeutic tool for the chronic mental patient. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1966/// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 276 EP - 278 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-12538-001. PMID: 5911241 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Linn, Margaret W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coral Gables, Fla. Release Date: 19661101. Correction Date: 20131118. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Foster Care; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Community & Social Services (3373). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - 43 patients who left a Veterans Hospital over a 9-mo period to go into family care were studied. All patients were followed in the foster home for 1 yr. Scores on an Adjustment Rating Scale provided the basis for dividing the patients into good, fair, and poor adjustment groups. The longer hospitalized, chronically ill, 40-50 yr. old patients placed in a rural environment adjusted best. From all indications family care provides an excellent resource for chronic patients who no longer need intensive hospital treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mental patients KW - family care KW - foster home KW - 1966 KW - Foster Care KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1966 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1966.01730150052008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-12538-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-12449-001 AN - 1966-12449-001 AU - Dewolfe, Alan S. T1 - The clinical physician as a research instrument: In defense of clinical judgment as a scientific measure. JF - Psychosomatic Medicine JO - Psychosomatic Medicine Y1 - 1966/// VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 197 EP - 206 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0033-3174 SN - 1534-7796 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-12449-001. PMID: 5947227 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dewolfe, Alan S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Release Date: 19661101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Physicians; Psychodiagnosis; Psychometrics; Test Validity. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - 'A physicians rating form (PRF) was devised to facilitate comparison of patients with different diseases. The form assesses recovery to date, current disability, discomfort, anticipated future recovery, and expected long-term disability. Ratings were made by 18 physicians treating 517 patients. The convergent and discriminating (concurrent) validity of the PRF ratings were evaluated… . The results supported the contention that in some situations the subjective judgment of experts can be the most appropriate measure.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Physicians Rating Form KW - test validity KW - psychometrics KW - clinical judgment KW - 1966 KW - Physicians KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Psychometrics KW - Test Validity KW - 1966 DO - 10.1097/00006842-196605000-00001 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-12449-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-12409-001 AN - 1966-12409-001 AU - Hollister, L. E. T1 - Research programs in the major mental illnesses: II. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1966/// VL - 17 IS - 8 SP - 233 EP - 238 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-12409-001. PMID: 5943707 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hollister, L. E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19661101. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Major Depression; Psychiatry; Schizophrenia; Side Effects (Drug). Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - The current status of selected aspects of chemotherapy in psychiatry is surveyed. 2 types of schizophrenics and 3 types of depressives are distinguished; these differ in their response to antipsychotic and antidepressant drugs. Psychotomimetic drugs do not satisfactorily simulate psychosis, but their use in treating alcoholism is increasing. Research on schizophrenic lymphocytes and elevated globulins has been contradictory and inconclusive. It is said to be too early to tell whether long term drug therapy has serious side effects. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - side effects KW - chemotherapy KW - mental illnesses KW - schizophrenics KW - psychiatry KW - depressives KW - 1966 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Major Depression KW - Psychiatry KW - Schizophrenia KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-12409-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-12384-001 AN - 1966-12384-001 AU - Kushner, Malcolm AU - Sandler, Jack T1 - Aversion therapy and the concept of punishment. JF - Behaviour Research and Therapy JO - Behaviour Research and Therapy JA - Behav Res Ther Y1 - 1966/// VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 179 EP - 186 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0005-7967 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-12384-001. PMID: 5946537 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kushner, Malcolm; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coral Gables, Fla. Release Date: 19661101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aversion Therapy; Punishment; Response Frequency. Classification: Behavior Therapy & Behavior Modification (3312). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - Since aversion therapy is designed to reduce the probability of response frequency, such attempts can be best understood within a punishment framework. The punishment literature is surveyed for the purpose of isolating those conditions which enhance the probability of demonstrating a reduction in response frequency. Several case histories are presented which employ such procedures on a variety of behavior disorders. (23 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - response frequency KW - aversion therapy KW - punishment KW - 1966 KW - Aversion Therapy KW - Punishment KW - Response Frequency KW - 1966 DO - 10.1016/0005-7967(66)90004-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-12384-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-12372-001 AN - 1966-12372-001 AU - Pascal, G. R. AU - Throughman, J. C. AU - Jarvis, J. R. AU - Jenkins, W. O. T1 - Early history variables in predicting surgical success for intractable duodenal ulcer patients. JF - Psychosomatic Medicine JO - Psychosomatic Medicine Y1 - 1966/// VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 207 EP - 215 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0033-3174 SN - 1534-7796 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-12372-001. PMID: 5911448 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pascal, G. R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Atlanta, Ga. Release Date: 19661101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affection; Gastrointestinal Ulcers; Military Veterans; Parents. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - 2 matched groups of 20 male veterans with intractable duodenal ulcers were rated for early experience with parents. 1 variable, displays of affection from mother, predicted the outcome of surgery. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - duodenal ulcers KW - male veterans KW - affection KW - parents KW - 1966 KW - Affection KW - Gastrointestinal Ulcers KW - Military Veterans KW - Parents KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-12372-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-12089-001 AN - 1966-12089-001 AU - Snapper, A. G. AU - Schoenfeld, W. N. AU - Ferraro, D. P. AU - Locke, B. T1 - Some properties of the rat's bar-pressing response under regular reinforcement. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1966/10// VL - 62 IS - 2 SP - 325 EP - 327 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-12089-001. PMID: 5969614 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Snapper, A. G.; Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19660101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Motivation; Rats; Reinforcement Schedules; Responses. Classification: Learning & Motivation (2420). Population: Animal (20). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. AB - 2 groups of rats were exposed to 11 sessions, and a 3rd group to 10 sessions, of a regular reinforcement procedure reinforced by milk. The groups differed with respect to strain of rat, age, degree of motivation, and length of session. For all conditions, asymptotic response rates were not approximated until after 6-12 hr. of exposure to the schedule, even when the 'warm-up' part of each session was discarded. Interresponse times (IRTs) showed sequential dependency of any IRT upon the length of the immediately preceding IRT in a manner similar to earlier findings on differential reinforcement of low rates of responding. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - rats KW - bar-pressing response KW - regular reinforcement KW - animal motivation KW - 1966 KW - Age Differences KW - Motivation KW - Rats KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Responses KW - 1966 DO - 10.1037/h0023686 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-12089-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-11995-001 AN - 1966-11995-001 AU - Murphy, Daniel F. T1 - Sensory deprivation, suggestion, field dependence, and perceptual regression. JF - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology JO - Journal of Personality and Social Psychology JA - J Pers Soc Psychol Y1 - 1966/09// VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 289 EP - 294 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-3514 SN - 1939-1315 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-11995-001. PMID: 5969155 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Murphy, Daniel F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Durham, N.C. Release Date: 19660101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Field Dependence; Perception; Sensory Deprivation; Suggestibility. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. AB - 8 field-dependent and 8 field-independent Ss were assigned to each of 3 conditions: suggestion, neutral, or control. Experimental Ss underwent 2 hr. of a McGill-type sensory deprivation. Control Ss were only socially isolated. Alternate forms of a novel auditory test designed to tap structural aspects of cognition were administered shortly after S entered deprivation and 2 hr. later, before he emerged from deprivation. Cognitive decrement under social isolation was not significant. All suggestion subgroups showed decreases in mature and increases in immature functioning. The field-independent neutral subgroup did not change significantly, while the field-dependent neutral subgroup dropped in mature function. It is concluded that explicit suggestion augments the effects of sensory deprivation on some aspects of cognition, and that psychological development in the sense of greater cognitive differentiation helps to withstand these effects. (24 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sensory deprivation KW - suggestion KW - field dependence KW - perceptual regression KW - 1966 KW - Field Dependence KW - Perception KW - Sensory Deprivation KW - Suggestibility KW - 1966 DO - 10.1037/h0023666 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-11995-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-11942-001 AN - 1966-11942-001 AU - Liberson, W. T. T1 - Study of evoked potentials in aphasics. JF - American Journal of Physical Medicine JO - American Journal of Physical Medicine Y1 - 1966/// VL - 45 IS - 3 SP - 135 EP - 142 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-11942-001. PMID: 5938207 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Liberson, W. T.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Hines, Ill. Release Date: 19661101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Evoked Potentials; Neurotransmission. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - The extent of cerebral-evoked potentials in response to contralateral median-nerve stimulation on the involved side is proportional to the degree of aphasia. Implications of possible neuraltransmission pathways are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - evoked potentials KW - aphasia KW - neural transmission KW - 1966 KW - Aphasia KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Neurotransmission KW - 1966 DO - 10.1097/00002060-196606000-00002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-11942-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-11924-001 AN - 1966-11924-001 AU - Wittrig, John J. T1 - Extravisual plasticity of posterior cortex in rats as a function of variations in proximal and distal input during development. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1966/// VL - 23 IS - 1 SP - 211 EP - 219 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1966-11924-001. PMID: 5962763 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wittrig, John J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Murfreesboro, Tenn. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19661101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Development; Neural Plasticity; Prefrontal Cortex; Rats. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Animal (20). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - Posterior cortex ablations, sham ablations, and enucleations were performed on 65-day-old Ss reared from 10 days of age. A combination of 2 enriched and 2 impoverished conditions were used, i.e.: (1) proximal impoverishment (normal lab-cage), (2) distal impoverishment (enucleation at 10 days), (3) proximal enrichment (large special cage), and (4) distal enrichment (use of vision until 65 days of age). All testing was done postoperatively. Proximal enrichment positively enhanced maze learning and tactual discrimination. Distal impoverishment increased running time on the tactual maze. Ablations of posterior cortex interfered with maze learning (Lashley III) but not tactual discrimination. Even though a hypothesis of the plasticity of posterior cortex function suggests the likelihood of interactions of early experience variables, none were found. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - extravisual plasticity KW - posterior cortex ablations KW - rats KW - development KW - 1966 KW - Animal Development KW - Neural Plasticity KW - Prefrontal Cortex KW - Rats KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pms.1966.23.1.211 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-11924-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-11758-001 AN - 1966-11758-001 AU - Comalli, Peter E. Jr. T1 - Effect of unilateral above-the-knee amputation on perception of verticality. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1966/// VL - 23 IS - 1 SP - 91 EP - 96 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1966-11758-001. PMID: 5962790 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Comalli, Peter E. Jr.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19661101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amputation; Spatial Perception; Visual Stimulation. Classification: Visual Perception (2323). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - This study was concerned with the effect of unilateral amputation on space perception. 13 left above-the-knee amputees were compared with 13 right above-the-knee amputees on perception of the visual vertical under conditions of body erect, and 30° left and right body tilts. Results showed that, when the body was erect, the apparent vertical was significantly displaced in a direction opposite the side of amputation, while under conditions of left- and right-body tilt, right above-the-knee amputees displaced the apparent vertical opposite to the body tilts to a greater extent than left above-the-knee amputees. The findings with amputees are contrasted with hemiplegic patients and discussed with reference to the sensory-tonic field theory of perception. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - unilateral amputation KW - space perception KW - verticality perception KW - 1966 KW - Amputation KW - Spatial Perception KW - Visual Stimulation KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pms.1966.23.1.91 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-11758-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-11746-001 AN - 1966-11746-001 AU - Royer, Fred L. AU - Garner, W. R. T1 - Response uncertainty and perceptual difficulty of auditory temporal patterns. JF - Perception & Psychophysics JO - Perception & Psychophysics JA - Percept Psychophys Y1 - 1966/// VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 41 EP - 47 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0031-5117 SN - 1532-5962 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-11746-001. Other Journal Title: Attention, Perception, & Psychophysics. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Royer, Fred L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brecksville, O. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19661101. Correction Date: 20110110. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Auditory Stimulation; Stimulus Parameters; Uncertainty. Classification: Auditory & Speech Perception (2326). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - 2 qualitatively different sounds were used to generate 256 different sequences of length 8, and these sequences were presented to Ss at a rate of 2 stimuli/sec. These sequences, when repeated continuously, can be grouped into 20 fundamentally different patterns, each having either 2, 4, or 8 distinguishably different starting points. Ss were required to listen and to begin responding (with telegraph keys) in synchrony to the patterns when they were able. The point at which they began responding, the delay before responding, and errors after beginning responding were measured. The response uncertainty (variability of point of response for a given pattern), average delay, and average errors are all highly correlated, indicating that patterns which are easily organized are those which have few alternative modes of organization, and thus can be considered as simple, or good in the Gestalt sense. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - response uncertainty KW - perceptual difficulty KW - auditory temporal patterns KW - 1966 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Stimulus Parameters KW - Uncertainty KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-11746-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-11654-001 AN - 1966-11654-001 AU - McReynolds, Paul AU - Acker, Mary T1 - On the assessment of anxiety: II. By a self-report inventory. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1966/// VL - 19 IS - 1 SP - 231 EP - 237 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1966-11654-001. PMID: 5942090 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McReynolds, Paul; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19661101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Inventories; Psychiatric Patients; Psychometrics; Self-Report. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - A self-report inventory for the assessment of anxiety is presented. Unlike other anxiety inventories, which characteristically focus on symptoms, the present scale is directed toward the causes of anxiety. The rationale underlying the test is the assumption that felt anxiety is a function of the quantity of experiences which a person has been unable to assimilate adequately. Preliminary findings are presented on a form of the scale developed for use with hospitalized male psychiatric patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self-report inventory KW - psychiatric patients KW - anxiety KW - psychometrics KW - 1966 KW - Anxiety KW - Inventories KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychometrics KW - Self-Report KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1966.19.1.231 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-11654-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-11387-001 AN - 1966-11387-001 AU - Altshuler, Morton W. AU - Welsh, Oliver L. T1 - Sudden hearing loss with spontaneous recovery. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JA - J Speech Hear Disord Y1 - 1966/// VL - 31 IS - 2 SP - 166 EP - 171 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Association SN - 0022-4677 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-11387-001. PMID: 5935778 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Altshuler, Morton W.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Philadelphia, Pa. Release Date: 19661001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hearing Disorders; Recovery (Disorders). Classification: Vision & Hearing & Sensory Disorders (3299). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - A 69-yr-old woman experienced sudden unilateral deafness with spontaneous recovery as confirmed by extensive audiometric testing. The testing was carried out 2.5 and 3.5 days, 1 and 6 wk., and 6 mo. after the insult. Recovery from sudden deafness after the use of drugs should be viewed in the light of the fact that some cases of sudden deafness recover spontaneously. It is pointed out that the better ear should be evaluated audiologically as rigorously as the affected ear. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hearing loss KW - spontaneous recovery KW - 1966 KW - Hearing Disorders KW - Recovery (Disorders) KW - 1966 DO - 10.1044/jshd.3102.166 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-11387-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-11337-001 AN - 1966-11337-001 AU - Friel, Charles M. T1 - Intercorrelation of Orgel's Diagnostic Rating Criteria with other measures of paranoid schizophrenia. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1966/// VL - 22 IS - 3 SP - 265 EP - 267 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-11337-001. PMID: 5917885 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Friel, Charles M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Release Date: 19661001. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Diagnosis; Paranoid Schizophrenia; Psychometrics; Test Reliability. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - 245 paranoid and 88 hebephrenic schizophrenic Ss were rated by their psychologist and by nurses and nursing assistants on the Orgel Diagnostic Rating Criteria test. The results of the ratings done by the nursing service were correlated with contemporary psychiatric diagnosis and clinical judgments made by psychologists. The reliability of the instrument used was upheld, and suggestions were given for rewording some items. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - paranoid schizophrenia KW - Orgel Diagnostic Rating Criteria Test KW - test reliability KW - psychometrics KW - hebephrenic schizophrenics KW - 1966 KW - Diagnosis KW - Paranoid Schizophrenia KW - Psychometrics KW - Test Reliability KW - 1966 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196607)22:3<265::AID-JCLP2270220303>3.0.CO;2-N UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-11337-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-11304-001 AN - 1966-11304-001 AU - Farberow, Norman L. AU - McEvoy, Theodore L. T1 - Suicide among patients with diagnoses of anxiety reaction or depressive reaction in general medical and surgical hospitals. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1966/08// VL - 71 IS - 4 SP - 287 EP - 299 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-11304-001. PMID: 5941048 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Farberow, Norman L.; Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19660101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Diagnosis; Hospitalized Patients; Hospitals; Suicide. Minor Descriptor: Surgery. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. AB - Analysis of records of Veterans Administration general medical and surgical patients with anxiety or depressive reactions, ½ of whom had committed suicide and ½ of whom were matched nonsuicidal controls, showed that the 2 groups were significantly differentiated on each of 23 feeling and behavior items. Also most of the cases could be categorized in patterns, called: (1) object-loss, suicides with severe interpersonal conflicts; (2) involutional, suicides with insult to their psychological integrity; (3) medical, controls with physical problems; (4) egoistic, both suicides and controls with few ties to society; or (5) preegoistic (tentatively identified), younger controls who were possibly in an earlier stage of the egoistic syndrome. An important measure against suicide is evidence that the hospital staff is interested in, and concerned about, the patient. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - surgical patients KW - surgical hospitals KW - psychological integrity KW - depressive reactions KW - behavior items KW - anxiety reaction KW - 1966 KW - Anxiety KW - Diagnosis KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Hospitals KW - Suicide KW - Surgery KW - 1966 DO - 10.1037/h0023587 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-11304-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-11263-001 AN - 1966-11263-001 AU - Pinderhughes, Charles A. AU - Goodglass, Harold AU - Mayo, Clara AU - Greenberg, Ramon M. AU - Friedman, Helen L. T1 - A study of childhood origins of patients' ward relationships. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1966/// VL - 142 IS - 2 SP - 140 EP - 147 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1966-11263-001. PMID: 5936300 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pinderhughes, Charles A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19661001. Correction Date: 20130415. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Child Attitudes; Family Relations; Interpersonal Interaction; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - Suggests that knowledge of a patient's family relationships in early childhood can be organized so as to reveal the repetitive nature of patterns of interpersonal behavior that can be helpful in understanding the patient's current behavior on a psychiatric ward. A method of case analysis is described whereby information from a patient's relatives can be compared graphically with information from ward personnel. Current and childhood behavior with regard to gratification of needs, mastery of internal and external impulses, and interpersonal mutuality can be examined in light of the roles significant figures play. It is suggested that further development of this method can be applied to restructuring the behavior of ward personnel to produce a more therapeutic environment for the patient. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - family relationships KW - early childhood KW - interpersonal behavior KW - childhood behavior KW - 1966 KW - Child Attitudes KW - Family Relations KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1966 DO - 10.1097/00005053-196602000-00004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-11263-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-11214-001 AN - 1966-11214-001 AU - Subotnik, Leo T1 - Transference in child therapy: A third replication. JF - The Psychological Record JO - The Psychological Record JA - Psychol Rec Y1 - 1966/// VL - 16 IS - 3 SP - 265 EP - 277 CY - US PB - Kenyon Coll Psychology Dept SN - 0033-2933 SN - 2163-3452 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-11214-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Subotnik, Leo; Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Clinic, Des Moines Ia. Other Publishers: Southern Illinois University; Springer. Release Date: 19661001. Correction Date: 20141103. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Child Psychotherapy; Client Attitudes; Psychotherapeutic Transference; Intellectual Development Disorder. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study; Experimental Replication. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - A case is made for basing personality research on samples of observations about a single individual rather than on samples of Ss. A study of transference in therapy, a 1/3 replication, is reported on an institutionalized retarded boy. Attitudes toward the therapist and parents at various times were inferred by independent Os, Q-sorted, intercorrelated, and factor analyzed. The hypothesis was again supported that the therapist is seen as a parent figure but not necessarily the same-sexed parent. The male therapist appeared to be a mother figure and his male successor a father figure. Both quantitative and clinical data were used to speculate on the dynamics of the learning process. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - transference KW - child therapy KW - patient attitudes KW - institutionalized retarded KW - 1966 KW - Child Psychotherapy KW - Client Attitudes KW - Psychotherapeutic Transference KW - Intellectual Development Disorder KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-11214-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-11153-001 AN - 1966-11153-001 AU - Prado, William M. AU - Taub, Daniel V. T1 - Accurate prediction of individual intellectual functioning by the Shipley-Hartford. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1966/// VL - 22 IS - 3 SP - 294 EP - 296 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-11153-001. PMID: 5921818 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Prado, William M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., North Little Rock, Ark. Release Date: 19661001. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Cognitive Assessment; Psychiatric Patients; Psychometrics. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - 59 psychiatric patients and 55 control adult Ss were given the Shipley-Hartford (SH), the Wechsler-Bellevue, and the WAIS. The results indicate that the SH is a good predictor of average or better individual functioning, and that it can be used as a screening instrument. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychiatric patients KW - intellectual functioning KW - Shipley Hartford Scale KW - psychometrics KW - 1966 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Cognitive Assessment KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychometrics KW - 1966 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196607)22:3<294::AID-JCLP2270220312>3.0.CO;2-P UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-11153-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-10916-001 AN - 1966-10916-001 AU - Jakubczak, Leonard F. T1 - Behavioral thermoregulation in young and old rats. JF - Journal of Applied Physiology JO - Journal of Applied Physiology Y1 - 1966/// VL - 21 IS - 1 SP - 19 EP - 21 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-10916-001. PMID: 5903910 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jakubczak, Leonard F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Jefferson Barracks, Mo. Release Date: 19661001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Cold Effects; Rats; Thermoregulation (Body). Classification: Physiological Processes (2540). Population: Animal (20); Male (30). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - Attempted to determine whether there are age differences in thermoregulatory behavior, and to relate these differences to age differences in rate of loss of body heat in a cold environment. 30 male Sprague-Dawley rats, evenly divided among 7-, 12-, and 28-mo age groups, were placed in an experimental chamber within a refrigerator for 16 hr., and were given access to a lever that turned on a heat lamp. The ambient temperature within the refrigerator was set at 2 C, the output of the heat lamp was 250 watts, and the duration of each heat burst was 2 sec. Previous to this experimental session, determinations had been made of the effects of this low ambient temperature on the rectal temperature of the rats. Over the age range investigated, the rats learned and performed thermoregulatory lever-pressing behavior equally well, and showed equal heat loss as measured by rectal temperature. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - thermoregulatory behavior KW - rats KW - age differences KW - body heat KW - cold environment KW - 1966 KW - Age Differences KW - Cold Effects KW - Rats KW - Thermoregulation (Body) KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-10916-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-10896-001 AN - 1966-10896-001 AU - Paré, William P. T1 - Subject emotionality and susceptibility to environmental stress. JF - The Journal of Genetic Psychology: Research and Theory on Human Development JO - The Journal of Genetic Psychology: Research and Theory on Human Development JA - J Genet Psychol Y1 - 1966/// VL - 108 IS - 2 SP - 303 EP - 310 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-1325 SN - 1940-0896 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-10896-001. Other Journal Title: The Pedagogical Seminary; The Pedagogical Seminary and Journal of Genetic Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Paré, William P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19661001. Correction Date: 20100823. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Emotionality; Animal Ethology; Environmental Stress; Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - Investigated the susceptibility of emotional and nonemotional rats to chronic environmental stress, by subjecting 12 emotional and 12 nonemotional Ss to tone-shock pairings 20 hr. daily for 22 days. 12 emotional and 12 nonemotional Ss served as nonstress controls. The stress groups did not differ with respect to adrenal size and incidence of stomach lesions; however, emotional Ss lost significantly more body weight than did nonemotional stress Ss. This is attributable to the significant decrement of food intake of emotional rats during stress. (17 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - emotionality KW - environmental stress KW - rats KW - 1966 KW - Animal Emotionality KW - Animal Ethology KW - Environmental Stress KW - Rats KW - 1966 DO - 10.1080/00221325.1966.10532788 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-10896-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-10871-001 AN - 1966-10871-001 AU - Sprince, Herbert T1 - Biochemical approaches to mental illness. JF - Pennsylvania Psychiatric Quarterly JO - Pennsylvania Psychiatric Quarterly Y1 - 1966/// VL - 6 IS - 1 SP - 3 EP - 7 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-10871-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sprince, Herbert; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coatesville, Pa. Release Date: 19661001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biochemistry; Mental Disorders; Psychiatry. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - Briefly reviews the biochemical level of human behavior, and recent areas of research in biological psychiatry. Discusses the research activities of a veterans administration hospital, which have 'been related to the metabolic aspects of indoles in mental illness' for the past 10 yr. The current findings of the hospital 'indicate that excess dietary methionine fed to rats on synthetic test diets containing tryptophan but deficient in nicotinic acid or nicotinamide results in a depressed level of urinary N1-methylnicotinamide and an elevated level of urinary indoleacetic acid. The methionine metabolites, homocysteine and cysteine, showed a similar depression… the effect on urinary indoleacetic acid was less certain.' (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - biochemical level KW - mental illness KW - biological psychiatry KW - 1966 KW - Biochemistry KW - Mental Disorders KW - Psychiatry KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-10871-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-10802-001 AN - 1966-10802-001 AU - Dawes, Robyn M. T1 - Memory and distortion of meaningful written material. JF - British Journal of Psychology JO - British Journal of Psychology JA - Br J Psychol Y1 - 1966/// VL - 57 IS - 1-2 SP - 77 EP - 86 CY - United Kingdom PB - British Psychological Society SN - 0007-1269 SN - 2044-8295 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-10802-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dawes, Robyn M.; Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Hosp., Mich. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19661001. Correction Date: 20111114. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Meaningfulness; Memory; Recall (Learning). Classification: Learning & Memory (2343). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - A method is presented for measuring memory and distortion of meaningful written material, which is based on the fact that since meaningful material asserts set relations, an S's memory and distortion of such material may be measured by asking him to recognize or recall set relations, rather than specific verbal units. In addition, a measure of 'simplification,' in terms of distorted set relations, is proposed. A series of experiments concerned with recognition and recall of set relations reveals that simplification, as defined, does occur, but it does not increase over time. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - memory KW - meaningful material KW - recall KW - 1966 KW - Meaningfulness KW - Memory KW - Recall (Learning) KW - 1966 DO - 10.1111/j.2044-8295.1966.tb01006.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-10802-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-10668-001 AN - 1966-10668-001 AU - Mefferd, Roy B. Jr. AU - Wieland, Betty A. AU - Cook, Thomas H. AU - Sadler, Timothy G. AU - Benton, Richard G. AU - Redding, Gordon M. T1 - Analysis of perspective reversal and associated apparent motions using a perspective-bound movement illusion. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1966/// VL - 22 IS - 3 SP - 835 EP - 858 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1966-10668-001. PMID: 5963114 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mefferd, Roy B. Jr.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Texas. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19661001. Correction Date: 20130415. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparent Movement; Illusions (Perception). Minor Descriptor: Experimental Psychology. Classification: Visual Perception (2323). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 24. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - The nature of perspective reversal was examining using among other techniques a previously undescribed movement illusion specific to the nonveridical perception of actual depth. The apparent movement of the illusion proved to be veridical parallax movement displaced spatially. Apparent changes in direction of rotation and apparent oscillation were shown to be consequences of perspective. The analysis of the nature of perspective reversal suggests that depth perception is composed of at least 2 processes: the perception of absolute depth, and the spatial ordering of objects or points on objects. The 1st seems not to be related to perspective reversal, but the 2nd seems to be implicated as the critical one. (18 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - movement illusion KW - apparent movement KW - perspective reversal KW - 1966 KW - Apparent Movement KW - Illusions (Perception) KW - Experimental Psychology KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pms.1966.22.3.835 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-10668-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-10298-001 AN - 1966-10298-001 AU - Salzberg, Herman C. AU - Williams, John T. Jr. T1 - Effect of three types of feedback on concept formation in chronic schizophrenics. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1966/// VL - 18 IS - 3 SP - 831 EP - 837 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1966-10298-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Salzberg, Herman C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Augusta, Ga. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19660901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Concept Formation; Feedback; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Rewards; White Noise. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - Attempted to measure the differential effects of reward, 'wrong,' and white noise, presented singly and in all possible combinations, on the performance of chronic schizophrenics on a concept-formation task. Wrong was found to be the most effective, white noise next, and reward the least effective. Feedback presented in pairs proved to be more effective than when presented singly. The results tend to support the conclusions that: (1) learning of schizophrenics is influenced more by feedback for errors than by reward following correct responses, and (2) a combination of cues is more effective than single cues. The findings are discussed in relation to previous theoretical explanations of psychological deficit in schizophrenics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - white noise KW - feedback KW - concept formation KW - chronic schizophrenics KW - rewards KW - 1966 KW - Concept Formation KW - Feedback KW - Schizophrenia KW - Rewards KW - White Noise KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-10298-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-10249-001 AN - 1966-10249-001 AU - Krieger, G. T1 - Suicides, drugs, and the open hospital. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1966/// VL - 17 IS - 7 SP - 196 EP - 199 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-10249-001. PMID: 5935322 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Krieger, G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19660901. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Usage; Hospitals; Suicide. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - All suicides at a Veterans Administration Hospital over a 10-yr period were subjected to 'psychological autopsy.' Data suggest that both extra- and intrahospital factors may be related to increased suicide rate. Intrahospital factors include increase in hospital size, unwise use of drugs, and emphasis on open hospital and brief hospitalization. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drug use KW - open hospitals KW - suicide KW - 1966 KW - Drug Usage KW - Hospitals KW - Suicide KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-10249-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-10247-001 AN - 1966-10247-001 AU - Farberow, Norman L. AU - Shneidman, Edwin S. AU - Neuringer, Charles T1 - Case history and hospitalization factors in suicides of neuropsychiatric hospital patients. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1966/// VL - 142 IS - 1 SP - 32 EP - 44 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1966-10247-001. PMID: 5931169 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Farberow, Norman L.; Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19660901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospitalization; Hospitalized Patients; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients; Suicide. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - 'Suicide-significant' variables were searched for in the life-history and hospital records of 218 male mental hospital patients who had committed suicide and 220 who had not. 108 statistically significant differences between the groups were found in the following areas: population characteristics, diagnoses, early childhood, marital histories, educational achievements, military history, and prehospital and hospital difficulties. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hospitalization factors KW - suicide KW - neuropsychiatric hospital patients KW - mental hospitals KW - 1966 KW - Hospitalization KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Suicide KW - 1966 DO - 10.1097/00005053-196601000-00006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-10247-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-10241-001 AN - 1966-10241-001 AU - Cleveland, Sidney E. AU - Sikes, Melvin P. T1 - Body image in chronic alcoholics and non-alcoholic psychiatric patients. JF - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment Y1 - 1966/// VL - 30 IS - 3 SP - 265 EP - 269 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum N1 - Accession Number: 1966-10241-001. PMID: 5329108 Other Journal Title: Journal of Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cleveland, Sidney E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19660901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Body Image; Psychiatric Patients. Minor Descriptor: Hospitalized Patients. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - 70 male veterans hospitalized for chronic alcoholism were compared with 50 nonalcoholic psychiatric patients on a variety of body-image measures. Chronic alcoholics differed from controls in their body attitudes and perceptions. Alcoholics significantly exceed nonalcoholics in perceiving their bodies as dirty, disgusting, and in a state of decay. 90 days of intensive treatment on an institutional basis does not alter these basic melancholy attitudes, although following treatment, alcoholics admit to fewer abnormal body sensations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - body image KW - chronic alcoholism KW - psychiatric patients KW - hospitalized patients KW - 1966 KW - Alcoholism KW - Body Image KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - 1966 DO - 10.1080/0091651X.1966.10120307 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-10241-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-10218-001 AN - 1966-10218-001 AU - Reitman, E. E. AU - Pokorny, A. D. T1 - A day center goes camping. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1966/// VL - 17 IS - 6 SP - 181 EP - 183 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-10218-001. PMID: 5931326 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reitman, E. E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19660901. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Camping; Day Care Centers; Partial Hospitalization; Schizophrenia. Classification: Community & Social Services (3373). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - Because the chronic schizophrenics who predominate in a day treatment center tend to 'set up a routine almost as limited as if they were still in the hospital… part of our day center program moves them out into the community.' A 7-day camping trip by 25 patients, 7 staff, and 5 volunteers was thought to be highly successful, in spite of considerable patient ambivalence and anxiety. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - day center program KW - chronic schizophrenics KW - camping KW - 1966 KW - Camping KW - Day Care Centers KW - Partial Hospitalization KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-10218-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-10129-001 AN - 1966-10129-001 AU - Apfeldorf, Max AU - Smith, Walter J. T1 - The representation of the body self in human figure drawings. JF - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment Y1 - 1966/// VL - 30 IS - 3 SP - 283 EP - 289 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum N1 - Accession Number: 1966-10129-001. PMID: 5329111 Other Journal Title: Journal of Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Apfeldorf, Max; Veterans Administration Center, Martinsburg, W.Va. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19660901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Body Image; Human Figures Drawing; Self-Concept. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - The matching of 25 frontal drawings of the female human figure with 25 frontal photographs of the college women who drew the figures was attempted by 30 male graduate psychology students and 30 women religious graduate students of art. The drawings and photos were arranged in envelopes according to a balanced lattice design, and presented to each of the judges in different envelopes in an order determined by randomized Latin squares. Both groups matched the drawings with the photographs of the same Ss at significantly higher than chance expectancy (p < .01), suggesting that this matching technique may be of some value in testing the hypothesis of objective body self-projection in human figure drawings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - human figure drawing KW - body image KW - self projection KW - 1966 KW - Body Image KW - Human Figures Drawing KW - Self-Concept KW - 1966 DO - 10.1080/0091651X.1966.10120311 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-10129-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1966-09957-000 AN - 1966-09957-000 AU - Sargent, S. Stansfeld AU - Williamson, Robert C. T1 - Social psychology., 3rd ed. Y1 - 1966/// CY - Oxford, England PB - Ronald Press N1 - Accession Number: 1966-09957-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sargent, S. Stansfeld; Veterans Administration Hosp., Phoenix, Ariz. Release Date: 19660901. Publication Type: Book (0200). Format Covered: Print. Language: English. Major Descriptor: No terms assigned. Classification: Social Psychology (3000). Page Count: 733. KW - SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY KW - INTRODUCTORY TEXTBOOK KW - MASS BEHAVIOR KW - GROUP DYNAMICS KW - 1966 KW - No terms assigned KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-09957-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-09795-001 AN - 1966-09795-001 AU - Snapper, Arthur G. AU - Schoenfeld, William N. AU - Locke, Bernard T1 - Adrenal and thymus weight loss in the food-deprived rat produced by random ratio punishment schedules. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1966/08// VL - 62 IS - 1 SP - 65 EP - 70 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-09795-001. PMID: 5968280 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Snapper, Arthur G.; Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19660101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Food; Food Deprivation; Probability; Punishment; Rats. Minor Descriptor: Weight Loss. Classification: Learning & Motivation (2420). Population: Animal (20). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. AB - After initial regular reinforcement of a lever-pressing response with milk, 6 groups of food-deprived rats were exposed to a concurrent random ratio punishment procedure wherein each group continued to be rewarded but had a different probability of receiving a brief electric foot shock for each response. Response suppression increased with punishment probability, with a marked drop in responding at the highest shock probabilities. After 22 hr. of exposure to these 'conflict' schedules, autopsies revealed that: (1) adrenal and thymus weights had decreased under intermediate levels of punishment probability, and (2) no gastric ulceration occurred. A 2nd experiment confirmed these findings and also traced the time course of these effects. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - adrenal weight loss KW - thymus weight loss KW - food-deprived rat KW - random ratio punishment schedules KW - 1966 KW - Food KW - Food Deprivation KW - Probability KW - Punishment KW - Rats KW - Weight Loss KW - 1966 DO - 10.1037/h0023488 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-09795-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-09793-001 AN - 1966-09793-001 AU - McIver, Anstiss H. AU - Nielson, Harold C. T1 - Effects of electroconvulsive shock and grid shock on open field behavior. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1966/08// VL - 62 IS - 1 SP - 102 EP - 107 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-09793-001. PMID: 6007860 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McIver, Anstiss H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19660101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Open Field Behavior; Electroconvulsive Shock; Rats. Minor Descriptor: Shock. Classification: Learning & Motivation (2420). Population: Animal (20). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. AB - Experiments were conducted on rats to determine (1) whether a single ECS produces amnesia either for a behavior which changes merely as a function of exposure, such as open field activity, or for fear induced by grid shock, and (2) whether a single ECS, alone or after grid shock, induces fear as measured by open field ambulation and defecation. The results show no evidence that ECS produces amnesia, either for previous exposure to the open field, or for fear induced by grid shock. Rather, increased fear following a single ECS was experimentally demonstrated. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - electroconvulsive shock KW - grid shock KW - open field behavior KW - rats KW - 1966 KW - Animal Open Field Behavior KW - Electroconvulsive Shock KW - Rats KW - Shock KW - 1966 DO - 10.1037/h0023487 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-09793-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-09764-001 AN - 1966-09764-001 AU - Haude, Richard H. AU - Kruper, Donald C. AU - Patton, R. A. T1 - Relationships among measures of visual exploration in monkeys. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1966/08// VL - 62 IS - 1 SP - 156 EP - 159 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-09764-001. PMID: 4961266 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Haude, Richard H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Leech Farm Rd., Pittsburgh, Pa. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19660101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Learning; Monkeys; Visual Search. Classification: Learning & Motivation (2420); Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. AB - 6 rhesus monkeys learned a series of different instrumental responses, each previously reported in visual exploration studies. Visual incentive stimuli were identical for each response. Comparisons of mean response frequencies and mean total response durations of each response between pairs of incentives showed that a looking or observing response was most sensitive in detecting differences between incentive stimuli. Measures of several manual instrumental responses were less sensitive to the influence of different visual incentives. Independent measures of looking obtained concurrently with measures of manual instrumental responses showed that looking is relatively stable regardless of ongoing manual behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual exploration KW - monkeys KW - animal learning KW - 1966 KW - Animal Learning KW - Monkeys KW - Visual Search KW - 1966 DO - 10.1037/h0023480 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-09764-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-09755-001 AN - 1966-09755-001 AU - Rubenstein, Leonard T1 - Electro-acoustical measurement of vocal responses to limited stress. JF - Behaviour Research and Therapy JO - Behaviour Research and Therapy JA - Behav Res Ther Y1 - 1966/// VL - 4 IS - 2 SP - 135 EP - 138 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0005-7967 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-09755-001. PMID: 5931569 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rubenstein, Leonard; Veterans Administration Hosp., Albany, N.Y. Release Date: 19660901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Acoustics; Isolation Effect; Stress; Vocalization. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - A group of normal young women were exposed to 2 kinds of limited stress: (1) 10 min. of isolation in a darkened, soundproof room, and (2) moderate electric shock to the finger for every spoken syllable. Their 'yes-no' answers to a series of 1-word questions were analyzed electroacoustically with the following results: (1) vocal intensity decreased after the isolation and electric shock experiments, and (2) the fundamental vocal frequency was reduced after electric stimulation when compared to the before-stimulation period. It was found that, within the limits of the experiments, the voice responds to limited stress by changes which can be detected electroacoustically but which cannot be perceived by the listener. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - vocal responses KW - stress KW - electro-acoustical measurement KW - isolation effect KW - 1966 KW - Acoustics KW - Isolation Effect KW - Stress KW - Vocalization KW - 1966 DO - 10.1016/0005-7967(66)90053-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-09755-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-09610-001 AN - 1966-09610-001 AU - Desroches, Harry F. AU - Kaiman, Bernard D. AU - Ballard, H. Ted T1 - Relationship between age and recall of meaningful material. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1966/// VL - 18 IS - 3 SP - 920 EP - 922 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1966-09610-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Desroches, Harry F.; Veterans Administration Center, Mountain Home, Tenn. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19660901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Learning; Meaningfulness; Recall (Learning). Classification: Learning & Memory (2343). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - Older and younger Ss were equated on original learning by learning a list of words to a criterion of 1 perfect trial. The older and younger Ss were divided into 4 recall interval groups: 15 min., 1 hr., 1 day, and 1 wk. The recall interval reached significance, but neither age nor the interaction between age and recall reached an acceptable level of statistical significance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - meaningful materials KW - recall KW - learning KW - age differences KW - 1966 KW - Age Differences KW - Learning KW - Meaningfulness KW - Recall (Learning) KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1966.18.3.920 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-09610-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-09568-001 AN - 1966-09568-001 AU - Canestrari, Robert E. Jr. T1 - The effects of commonality on paired associate learning in two age groups. JF - The Journal of Genetic Psychology: Research and Theory on Human Development JO - The Journal of Genetic Psychology: Research and Theory on Human Development JA - J Genet Psychol Y1 - 1966/// VL - 108 IS - 1 SP - 3 EP - 7 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-1325 SN - 1940-0896 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-09568-001. Other Journal Title: The Pedagogical Seminary; The Pedagogical Seminary and Journal of Genetic Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Canestrari, Robert E. Jr.; Veterans Administration Center, Hampton, Va. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19660901. Correction Date: 20100823. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Interference (Learning); Paired Associate Learning; Verbal Learning. Minor Descriptor: Word Associations. Classification: Learning & Memory (2343). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - Examined the hypothesis that elderly persons are more susceptible to interference from preexisting verbal habits. Indices of verbal style were obtained by using a word association measure. Previous studies had suggested that Ss who give common responses show facilitation when learning appropriate lists, and Ss who give unique responses show greater ability to form new habit patterns. If older habits are more interfering for the elderly, the aged high commonality S should have greater difficulty than the young high commonality S. The elderly low commonality S should exhibit less disability. The study revealed that young and elderly Ss experienced the same degree of interference or facilitation. The interference hypothesis was not supported. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - word associations KW - verbal style KW - paired associate learning KW - age differences KW - interference KW - 1966 KW - Age Differences KW - Interference (Learning) KW - Paired Associate Learning KW - Verbal Learning KW - Word Associations KW - 1966 DO - 10.1080/00221325.1966.9914422 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-09568-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-09444-001 AN - 1966-09444-001 AU - Whitman, James R. AU - Schwartz, Arthur N. T1 - Relationship between social desirability scale value and probability of endorsement for responses in social situations. JF - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment Y1 - 1966/// VL - 30 IS - 3 SP - 280 EP - 282 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum N1 - Accession Number: 1966-09444-001. PMID: 5329110 Other Journal Title: Journal of Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Whitman, James R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., American Lake, Wash. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19660901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Probability; Psychometrics; Social Behavior; Social Desirability. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223); Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - 69 responses to the cartoons in the Rosenzweig Picture-Frustration Study were shown separately to 2 groups. 1 group of 97 Ss rated each response on a 9-point scale of social desirability; a 2nd group of 113 Ss indicated whether or not they themselves would make the response. The ratings on social desirability of the 69 responses were highly reliable. There was a significant positive correlation between the social desirability scale value of a response and the percent of Ss who would make that response. It is concluded that, as with items in personality tests, responses in social situations can be reliably evaluated in terms of social desirability and that such evaluations are associated with the probability of endorsement of these responses. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social desirability scale value KW - probability KW - social situations KW - psychometrics KW - 1966 KW - Probability KW - Psychometrics KW - Social Behavior KW - Social Desirability KW - 1966 DO - 10.1080/0091651X.1966.10120310 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-09444-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-09440-001 AN - 1966-09440-001 AU - McReynolds, Paul T1 - A comparison of normals and schizophrenics on a new scale of the Rorschach CET. JF - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment Y1 - 1966/// VL - 30 IS - 3 SP - 262 EP - 264 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum N1 - Accession Number: 1966-09440-001. PMID: 5943384 Other Journal Title: Journal of Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McReynolds, Paul; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Hosp., Calif. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19660901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychometrics; Rorschach Test; Schizophrenia; Test Construction. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - A new scale for scoring the number of correct responses on the Rorschach Concept Evaluation Technique was developed, based on the responses of 250 normal Ss. Using this scale the scores of 125 hospitalized schizophrenics were compared with the normals. The 2 groups were differentiated at better than the .001 level. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenics KW - Rorschach Concept Evaluation Technique KW - test development KW - psychometrics KW - 1966 KW - Psychometrics KW - Rorschach Test KW - Schizophrenia KW - Test Construction KW - 1966 DO - 10.1080/0091651X.1966.10120306 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-09440-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-08985-001 AN - 1966-08985-001 AU - Levin, Rachel B. T1 - An empirical test of the female castration complex. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1966/06// VL - 71 IS - 3 SP - 181 EP - 188 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-08985-001. PMID: 5935066 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levin, Rachel B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Release Date: 19660101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Castration Anxiety; Oedipal Complex; Psychoanalysis. Minor Descriptor: Femininity; Masculinity; Sex Roles. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. AB - Investigated the psychoanalytic hypothesis that intensity of the female castration complex (FCC) is greater in women with a masculine social role than in those with a feminine social role. Ss were normal, college-educated women, ages 30-55, divided into 2 groups: 26 career women, unmarried, and in masculine occupations; and 25 homemakers, married, with 2 or more children, and not employed outside the home. The career women scored significantly higher on an overall measure of the FCC based on the Rorschach, supporting the hypothesis. They also scored significantly higher on 3 of the 8 individual components of the FCC (penis envy, high activity, and high need for achievement). Some theoretical implications are discussed. (22 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - female castration complex KW - psychoanalytic hypothesis KW - masculine social role KW - feminine social role KW - 1966 KW - Castration Anxiety KW - Oedipal Complex KW - Psychoanalysis KW - Femininity KW - Masculinity KW - Sex Roles KW - 1966 DO - 10.1037/h0023386 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-08985-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-08775-001 AN - 1966-08775-001 AU - Lewis, I. Lauvine AU - Cleveland, Sidney E. T1 - Nursing students' attitudinal changes following a psychiatric affiliation. JF - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing JO - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing Y1 - 1966/// VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 223 EP - 231 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-08775-001. PMID: 4286779 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lewis, I. Lauvine; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19660801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitude Change; Mental Illness (Attitudes Toward); Nursing Students; Psychiatric Training. Classification: Professional Personnel Attitudes & Characteristics (3430). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - 106 nursing students from 3 schools of nursing were tested on their attitudes toward mental illness before and after an 8-wk psychiatric affiliation with a veterans administration hospital. A control group of 28 students not exposed to a psychiatric experience was similarly tested at 2 periods, 8 wk. apart. The measuring tool used was a questionnaire, the Opinions About Mental Illness Scale. It was found that attitudinal changes do occur in appropriate directions and to a degree considerably greater than chance, following a psychiatric affiliation. This approach of using an objective measure of attitudes toward mental illness is a helpful adjunct to the learning experience of nursing students, and is now being used routinely as 'feed-back' information for the student in the area of attitudinal shifts following the learning experience. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nursing students KW - attitudinal changes KW - psychiatric affiliation KW - attitudes toward mental illness KW - 1966 KW - Attitude Change KW - Mental Illness (Attitudes Toward) KW - Nursing Students KW - Psychiatric Training KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-08775-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-08772-001 AN - 1966-08772-001 AU - Gruen, Walter T1 - Composition and some correlates of the American core culture. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1966/// VL - 18 IS - 2 SP - 483 EP - 486 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1966-08772-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gruen, Walter; Veterans Administration Hosp., Canandaigua, N.Y. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19660801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Culture (Anthropological); Social Values; Status. Classification: Culture & Ethnology (2930). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - A questionnaire investigation into 23 so-called typical American values resulted in a stable cluster of 40 items, defining 17 values in 3 large American and 3 foreign samples. These 40 items survived 3 successive item analyses and a factor analysis in 3 large domestic samples from a much larger pool of value statements, to which S responded by checking degree of agreement. The American core culture cluster is organized around the belief in upward mobility. Strongest acceptance is found in the upper-lower class, while more privileged groups progressively diverge. This finding, the increasing diversity of scores in higher status groups, and the relationship between strong acceptance of core values and preference for mass culture indicate that higher status groups use the para-popular sources, including mental health experts, and diverge significantly from traditional values. Implications point to diversity as an increasing keynote in American life and to a new culture conflict in the schools. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - American core culture KW - American values KW - status KW - 1966 KW - Culture (Anthropological) KW - Social Values KW - Status KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1966.18.2.483 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-08772-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-08732-001 AN - 1966-08732-001 AU - Sobel, Harry T1 - When does human aging start? JF - The Gerontologist JO - The Gerontologist JA - Gerontologist Y1 - 1966/// VL - 6 IS - 1 SP - 17 EP - 22 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0016-9013 SN - 1758-5341 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-08732-001. PMID: 5909678 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sobel, Harry; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19660801. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Physiological Aging. Minor Descriptor: Cells (Biology); Nitrogen. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - Directs attention to decrement of body nitrogen and cell mass in the study of aging and suggests that information about why net nitrogen loss begins may help in developing means of controlling 'the rate of progression of the aging syndrome.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - aging KW - body nitrogen KW - cell mass KW - 1966 KW - Physiological Aging KW - Cells (Biology) KW - Nitrogen KW - 1966 DO - 10.1093/geront/6.1.17 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-08732-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-08555-001 AN - 1966-08555-001 AU - Cohen, Sidney T1 - Thioridazine (Mellaril): Recent developments. JF - Journal of Psychopharmacology JO - Journal of Psychopharmacology Y1 - 1966/// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 15 CY - US PB - Elias Publications SN - 0449-3044 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-08555-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cohen, Sidney; Wadsworth Veterans Administration Hosp., Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19660801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Hostility; Major Depression; Thioridazine; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - A survey of recent literature confirming that thioridazine is an effective antipsychotic agent valuable in the pharmacotherapy of anxiety in hostile or agitated depressed patients. (3 p. bibliogr.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - thioridazine KW - drug efficacy KW - anxiety KW - hostility KW - depressed patients KW - 1966 KW - Anxiety KW - Hostility KW - Major Depression KW - Thioridazine KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-08555-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-08533-001 AN - 1966-08533-001 AU - Mulholland, Thomas AU - Davis, Edward T1 - Electroencephalographic activation: Nonspecific habituation by verbal stimuli. JF - Science JO - Science JA - Science Y1 - 1966/// VL - 152 IS - 3725 SP - 1104 EP - 1106 CY - US PB - American Assn for the Advancement of Science SN - 0036-8075 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-08533-001. PMID: 5931465 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mulholland, Thomas; Veterans Administration Hosp., Bedford, Mass. Release Date: 19660801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroencephalography; Habituation; Verbal Stimuli; Words (Phonetic Units). Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - A decrease occurred in the duration of the EEG activation response to a series of different words: emotional, 'neutral,' and scrambled. The response to neutral words was consistently briefer than that to the other words. This result is evidence of a nonspecific habituation of activation, which implies that habituation to classes of stimuli can occur. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - habituation KW - verbal stimuli KW - words KW - electroencephalographic activation KW - 1966 KW - Electroencephalography KW - Habituation KW - Verbal Stimuli KW - Words (Phonetic Units) KW - 1966 DO - 10.1126/science.152.3725.1104 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-08533-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-08417-001 AN - 1966-08417-001 AU - Klein, Barbara AU - Wiener, Morton T1 - Awareness in the 'learning without awareness' paradigm. JF - Journal of Experimental Research in Personality JO - Journal of Experimental Research in Personality Y1 - 1966/// VL - 1 IS - 3 SP - 145 EP - 152 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-08417-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Klein, Barbara; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19660801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Awareness; Learning; Recognition (Learning). Classification: Learning & Memory (2343). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - The methods, inquiry or questionnaire, for assessing awareness in the 'learning without awareness' paradigm were questioned. A recognition threshold paradigm was suggested as an alternative. The findings clearly support the view that: (1) a recognition threshold technique yields reliable and satisfactory data on degree of awareness, (2) awareness is related to the learning, and (3) for those Ss who show low awareness there is no evidence of learning. There was no evidence that Ss high in conformity (i.e., Ss who show a high probability of responding to norms specified or implied) are either more 'aware' of the reinforcing contingency of another person, or show more response (learning) to the reinforcement. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - learning KW - awareness KW - recognition KW - 1966 KW - Awareness KW - Learning KW - Recognition (Learning) KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-08417-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-08353-001 AN - 1966-08353-001 AU - Dawes, Robyn M. AU - Kramer, Ernest T1 - A proximity analysis of vocally expressed emotion. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1966/// VL - 22 IS - 2 SP - 571 EP - 574 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1966-08353-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dawes, Robyn M.; Ann Arbor Veterans Administration Hosp., Mich. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19660801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Expressed Emotion; Oral Communication. Classification: Auditory & Speech Perception (2326). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - Actors tape-recorded several emotional passages expressing either love, grief, indifference, contempt, or hate. 2 identical sentences appeared somewhere in each passage. These 2 sentences were played back to Ss who identified the emotion expressed by each. Ss' errors were subjected to a proximity analysis; a single dimension was obtained. Ss also attempted to identify the emotions after the tapes of the sentences had been copied through a low-pass filter, with similar results. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - vocally expressed emotions KW - emotional passages KW - 1966 KW - Expressed Emotion KW - Oral Communication KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pms.1966.22.2.571 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-08353-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-08309-001 AN - 1966-08309-001 AU - Wieland, Betty A. AU - Mefferd, Roy B. Jr. T1 - Long-term changes in properties of the autokinetic illusion. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1966/// VL - 22 IS - 2 SP - 367 EP - 369 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1966-08309-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wieland, Betty A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19660801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Autokinetic Illusion; Individual Differences; Response Latency; Stimulus Complexity. Classification: Visual Perception (2323). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - Large interindividual differences were noted in latency, complexity, amount, and direction of movement reported by 3 sophisticated Ss exposed to the autokinetic illusion for 90 sec. on each of 120 consecutive days. Systematic changes characteristic of each S are too complex to permit the typical analyses found in the literature, using only the 4 primary directions, simple latencies, simple qualitative comparison of drawings, etc. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - autokinetic illusion KW - response latency KW - stimulus complexity KW - interindividual differences KW - 1966 KW - Autokinetic Illusion KW - Individual Differences KW - Response Latency KW - Stimulus Complexity KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pms.1966.22.2.367 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-08309-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-08285-001 AN - 1966-08285-001 AU - Edwards, Allan E. AU - Rosenberg, Beth T1 - An automated branching device for the assessment and training of visual discrimination. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1966/// VL - 22 IS - 2 SP - 488 EP - 490 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1966-08285-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Edwards, Allan E.; U.S. Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19660801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Automation; Learning; Visual Discrimination. Classification: Research Methods & Experimental Design (2260); Visual Perception (2323). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - Description of an automated device for the assessment and training of visual discrimination. The device utilizes a jukebox upon which film apparatus is mounted, as a random access slide projector. Filmed stimulus material is placed around the circumference of plastic discs housed in the jukebox and is projected onto a screen in programed sequences. The device is inexpensive, has a good memory, is electrically controllable, has a maximum search time of 11 sec. for 2400 chips of film, and has been used successfully in assessing and training over 200 brain-damaged patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual discrimination KW - automated branching device KW - training KW - 1966 KW - Automation KW - Learning KW - Visual Discrimination KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pms.1966.22.2.488 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-08285-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-08257-001 AN - 1966-08257-001 AU - Goldstein, Gerald AU - Neuringer, Charles T1 - Schizophrenic and organic signs on the Trail Making Test. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1966/// VL - 22 IS - 2 SP - 347 EP - 350 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1966-08257-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldstein, Gerald; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19660801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Psychometrics; Schizophrenia. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - The Trail Making Test was administered to 30 schizophrenic and 30 brain-damaged patients. It was hypothesized that there would be qualitative differences in the performance pattern of the 2 groups, and specific signs were postulated to discriminate between brain-damaged and schizophrenic performances. The results indicate that: (1) schizophrenic Ss either complete the task without error, abandon the task, or produce illogical patterns; and (2) brain-damaged Ss rarely produce these types of performances, but exhibit sequence binding, and a tendency to lose track of the alternation pattern and fall into a number or letter sequence. The Trail Making Test is promising as a useful instrument in brain-damaged and schizophrenic differentiation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Trail Making Test KW - schizophrenia KW - brain damage KW - psychometrics KW - 1966 KW - Brain Damage KW - Psychometrics KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pms.1966.22.2.347 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-08257-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-08179-001 AN - 1966-08179-001 AU - Williams, Meyer T1 - Limitations, fantasies, and security operations of beginning group psychotherapists. JF - International Journal of Group Psychotherapy JO - International Journal of Group Psychotherapy JA - Int J Group Psychother Y1 - 1966/// VL - 16 IS - 2 SP - 150 EP - 162 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0020-7284 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-08179-001. PMID: 5929952 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Williams, Meyer; Veterans Administration West Side Hosp., 820 S. Damen Ave., Chicago, Ill. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19660801. Correction Date: 20160421. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Fantasy; Psychotherapists; Therapist Role. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - 3problems in the training of supervisors are explored: '(1) inability to assume an effective group-dynamically oriented therapist role, (2) fearful fantasies regarding group attitudes and behavior toward the therapist, and (3) adoption of special pseudotherapist roles as security operations against personal threat.' Training recommendations include: (1) group and social experience prior to group psychotherapy; (2) personal plus group psychotherapy, or group process workshops; (3) thorough didactic preparation emphasizing group process; (4) prior experience in intimate, long-term patient contacts; (5) experience as a cotherapist in group psychotherapy prior to independent involvement; (6) close, experienced supervision; and (7) a successful group psychotherapy experience early in training. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group psychotherapists KW - security operations KW - fantasies KW - limitations KW - 1966 KW - Fantasy KW - Psychotherapists KW - Therapist Role KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-08179-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 2008-02957-000 AN - 2008-02957-000 AU - Meltzoff, Julian AU - Kornreich, Melvin T1 - Research in psychotherapy. Y1 - 1970/// CY - New Brunswick, NJ, US PB - AldineTransaction SN - 0-202-30989-4 SN - 978-0-202-30989-7 N1 - Accession Number: 2008-02957-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Meltzoff, Julian; American Psychological Association, Washington, DC, US. Reprinted: 2008. Release Date: 20081006. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. ISBN: 0-202-30989-4, Paperback; 978-0-202-30989-7, Paperback. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimentation; Psychotherapy. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). References Available: Y. Page Count: 561. AB - Research in Psychotherapy is a comprehensive synthesis and assessment of the psychotherapeutic research literature for the use of both researchers and those in clinical practice. It is designed as a general reference work, an instruction guide, and a source of information about specific aspects and problems of research. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychotherapy KW - research KW - psychotherapeutic research KW - 1970 KW - Experimentation KW - Psychotherapy KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2008-02957-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05453-063 AN - 2006-05453-063 AU - Boudewyns, Patrick A. T1 - Practical addiction information. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1991/10// VL - 36 IS - 10 SP - 899 EP - 899 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05453-063. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boudewyns, Patrick A.; Veterans Administration Center, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 20061211. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Addiction; Chemicals; Drug Abuse; Drug Dependency. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Doweiko, Harold E. Concepts of Chemical Dependency=Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole, 1990. 349 pp. $20.25; 1990. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1991. AB - Reviews the book, Concepts of Chemical Dependency by Harold E. Doweiko (see record [rid]1990-97455-000[/rid]). Doweiko sees all types of chemical dependencies as similar, regardless of drug of choice. Thus, in keeping with recent thinking about such disorders, he emphasizes the similarities rather than the differences between the alcoholic and those who abuse other chemicals. This book is full of good basic information about substance abuse and the substances that are most often abused, both legal and illegal-important knowledge for anyone wanting to work in the field. The volume has several minor weaknesses in style. Doweiko repeatedly uses short quotes from source material (even secondary sources) when paraphrasing would have served the purpose better. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chemical dependency KW - substance abuse KW - 1991 KW - Addiction KW - Chemicals KW - Drug Abuse KW - Drug Dependency KW - 1991 U2 - Doweiko, Harold E. (1990); Concepts of Chemical Dependency; Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole, 1990. 349 pp. $20.25; 0-534-12834-3 (Paperback). DO - 10.1037/030291 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-05453-063&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05451-047 AN - 2006-05451-047 AU - Cannon, Dale S. T1 - An Ounce of Prevention and a Pound of Cure. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1991/08// VL - 36 IS - 8 SP - 714 EP - 714 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05451-047. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cannon, Dale S.; Dallas Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, TX, US. Release Date: 20061211. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Addiction; Alcoholism; Early Intervention; Prevention. Minor Descriptor: Psychologists. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Løberg, T. (Ed); Miller, W. R. (Ed); Nathan, P. E. (Ed); Marlatt, G. A. (Ed). Addictive Behaviors: Prevention and Early Intervention=Amsterdam, The Netherlands: Swets & Zeitlinger, 1989. 303 pp. $48.50; 1989. References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1991. AB - Reviews the book, Addictive Behaviors: Prevention and Early Intervention by T. Løberg, W. R. Miller, P. E. Nathan, and G. A. Marlatt (Eds.) (see record [rid]1990-97071-000[/rid]). An unexpected range of topics is found in this book, the title of which suggests that its coverage is limited to ways to keep addictive behavior from ever starting or to keep it from becoming very serious if it does start. In addition to these issues, other topics, such as the neuropsychological deficits of and treatment programs for chronic alcoholics, are discussed. Controlled drinking training is an approach that has been identified with behavioral treatment of alcoholism since the early 1970s. Heather presents a spirited defense of the need for additional research on this technique, but his observation that participants at the conference had less confidence now than they had 10 years earlier in the effectiveness of controlled drinking treatment with chronic alcoholics is a telling comment about the present attitude of many behaviorally oriented psychologists who work with alcoholics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chronic alcoholics KW - addictive behavior KW - neuropsychology KW - prevention KW - early intervention KW - 1991 KW - Addiction KW - Alcoholism KW - Early Intervention KW - Prevention KW - Psychologists KW - 1991 U2 - Løberg, T. (Ed); Miller, W. R. (Ed); Nathan, P. E. (Ed); Marlatt, G. A. (Ed). (1989); Addictive Behaviors: Prevention and Early Intervention; Amsterdam, The Netherlands: Swets & Zeitlinger, 1989. 303 pp. $48.50; 90-265-0934-0. DO - 10.1037/030072 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-05451-047&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2008-18545-009 AN - 2008-18545-009 AU - Patterson, C. H. T1 - Summary and conclusions. T2 - The Wechsler-Bellevue Scales: A guide for counselors. T3 - American lecture series: The Bannerstone division of American lectures in psychology Y1 - 1953/// SP - 114 EP - 117 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2008-18545-009. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Patterson, C. H.; Veterans Administration Center, Fort Snelling, St. Paul, MN, US. Release Date: 20081222. Correction Date: 20090413. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counseling; Occupational Guidance; Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale. Minor Descriptor: Military Personnel; Screening Tests; Test Forms. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 4. AB - An attempt has been made to indicate the potentialities of the Wechsler-Bellevue Intelligence Scales in counseling. It is suggested that the Wechsler is a multi-purpose test, which is capable of yielding information relative to intellectual capacity and functioning, personality adjustment, and vocational aptitudes. Since the results of the test are influenced by these various factors, it is important in utilizing the test for information relative to any particular factor, that the others be taken into consideration, as well as the usual caution regarding the influence of educational and cultural background on the test scores. In the light of the frequent need for rapid, preliminary screening tests, various short forms of the Wechsler have been evaluated, and the most promising of these short forms indicated. It is thus apparent that the Wechsler is an important instrument for evaluating counselees. Its thorough study would well repay a counselor's efforts. The present report is not a complete or detailed discussion of the use of the Wechsler, but rather a general survey of its potentialities. The bibliography fists the detailed studies to which reference may be made. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - counseling KW - Wechsler-Bellevue Intelligence Scales KW - vocational aptitudes KW - test forms KW - armed forces KW - 1953 KW - Counseling KW - Occupational Guidance KW - Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale KW - Military Personnel KW - Screening Tests KW - Test Forms KW - 1953 DO - 10.1037/11788-009 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2008-18545-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2008-18545-008 AN - 2008-18545-008 AU - Patterson, C. H. T1 - Short forms of the Wechsler-Bellevue scales. T2 - The Wechsler-Bellevue Scales: A guide for counselors. T3 - American lecture series: The Bannerstone division of American lectures in psychology Y1 - 1953/// SP - 98 EP - 113 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2008-18545-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Patterson, C. H.; Veterans Administration Center, Fort Snelling, St. Paul, MN, US. Release Date: 20081222. Correction Date: 20090413. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intelligence; Test Forms; Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale. Minor Descriptor: Military Personnel; Subtests. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 16. AB - The recent tremendous increase in the demand for psychological services of all types has led to an emphasis upon brief tests of personality, emotional adjustment, and intelligence. The problem of screening large numbers of men, as in the Armed Forces, necessitates the use of short, group tests. However, there is a potential danger in the trend toward shorter and shorter tests in psychology. It is possible that, in our efforts to meet all the demands upon us for psychological services, the quality of the service will deteriorate. It should be obvious that the use of brief tests reduces the reliability and validity of the results obtained. Non-psychological users of test results, however, may be unaware of this, and may place undue confidence in the results of short tests. Later, when experience leads to a realization of the limitations of test results, psychology may suffer unduly. A number of short forms of the Wechsler have been proposed, beginning in 1943 with the publication of Rabin. From two to four subtests have been included in these short forms. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological services KW - armed forces KW - Wechsler Bellevue Scales KW - short forms KW - 1953 KW - Intelligence KW - Test Forms KW - Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale KW - Military Personnel KW - Subtests KW - 1953 DO - 10.1037/11788-008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2008-18545-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2008-18545-007 AN - 2008-18545-007 AU - Patterson, C. H. T1 - The use of the Wechsler-Bellevue scales in aptitude measurement. T2 - The Wechsler-Bellevue Scales: A guide for counselors. T3 - American lecture series: The Bannerstone division of American lectures in psychology Y1 - 1953/// SP - 89 EP - 97 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2008-18545-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Patterson, C. H.; Veterans Administration Center, Fort Snelling, St. Paul, MN, US. Release Date: 20081222. Correction Date: 20090413. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aptitude Measures; Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale. Minor Descriptor: Intelligence; Testing. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 9. AB - It would appear that if specific abilities and disabilities affect performance on the subtests of the Wechsler, the Scale would have value in the field of aptitude testing. To be sure, the number of aptitudes represented in the test is limited, and these are within the area of general intelligence, broadly defined. Moreover, as we have indicated earlier, performance is affected by education, experience, and personality adjustment. This is just as true of specific aptitude tests, however. The interpretation of subtest performance in terms of skills and aptitudes has been a part of the clinical use of the Stanford-Binet, and of the Wechsler. Such use of test patterns has been generally limited to more or less maladjusted individuals, and has been based on clinical intuition, affected by judgments of face validity of the subtests. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Wechsler-Bellevue scales KW - aptitude measurement KW - testing KW - 1953 KW - Aptitude Measures KW - Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale KW - Intelligence KW - Testing KW - 1953 DO - 10.1037/11788-007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2008-18545-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2008-18545-006 AN - 2008-18545-006 AU - Patterson, C. H. T1 - The measurement of mental deterioration. T2 - The Wechsler-Bellevue Scales: A guide for counselors. T3 - American lecture series: The Bannerstone division of American lectures in psychology Y1 - 1953/// SP - 77 EP - 88 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2008-18545-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Patterson, C. H.; Veterans Administration Center, Fort Snelling, St. Paul, MN, US. Release Date: 20081222. Correction Date: 20090413. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Cognitive Impairment; Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 12. AB - Wechsler has proposed a measure of deterioration called the Deterioration Quotient (DQ) or Index, which is based on a comparison of two groups of subtests of the Scales. Although Wechsler does not limit deterioration to organic loss, pointing out that prolonged functional illness, as well as senility, may reduce intellectual efficiency, many psychologists associate mental deterioration with organic disease and consider it an irreversible process. Wechsler's DQ or deterioration ratio has therefore been widely used in studies of organic brain damage. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - deterioration quotient KW - Wechsler Bellevue Scales KW - intellect KW - 1953 KW - Brain Damage KW - Cognitive Impairment KW - Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale KW - 1953 DO - 10.1037/11788-006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2008-18545-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2008-18545-005 AN - 2008-18545-005 AU - Patterson, C. H. T1 - Clinical diagnostic use of the scales: Results. T2 - The Wechsler-Bellevue Scales: A guide for counselors. T3 - American lecture series: The Bannerstone division of American lectures in psychology Y1 - 1953/// SP - 51 EP - 76 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2008-18545-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Patterson, C. H.; Veterans Administration Center, Fort Snelling, St. Paul, MN, US. Release Date: 20081222. Correction Date: 20090413. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Impairment; Intelligence; Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale. Minor Descriptor: Brain Damage; Educational Background. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200); Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 26. AB - Wechsler found that mental defectives, in addition to having low weighted scores, generally do poorer on the Verbal than on the Performance Scale and show relatively little intertest variability. In general these findings appear to have been substantiated, though few studies have been concerned with mental deficiency as such. In specific cases, subtest scores may vary widely from each other, as a result of impairment of specific functions, or unusual educational background or experience. It would appear logical to expect differences between the types of mental deficiency, i.e., between familial and exogenous types. Mental deficiency of the latter type may be confused with organic brain damage, which is probably a reflection of the origin of the deficiency. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mental deficiency KW - Wechsler Bellevue Scales KW - origin of deficiency KW - 1953 KW - Cognitive Impairment KW - Intelligence KW - Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale KW - Brain Damage KW - Educational Background KW - 1953 DO - 10.1037/11788-005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2008-18545-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2008-18545-004 AN - 2008-18545-004 AU - Patterson, C. H. T1 - Clinical diagnostic use of the scales: Assumptions and methods. T2 - The Wechsler-Bellevue Scales: A guide for counselors. T3 - American lecture series: The Bannerstone division of American lectures in psychology Y1 - 1953/// SP - 38 EP - 50 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2008-18545-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Patterson, C. H.; Veterans Administration Center, Fort Snelling, St. Paul, MN, US. Release Date: 20081222. Correction Date: 20090413. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Diagnosis; Psychometrics; Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale. Minor Descriptor: History. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 13. AB - Clinicians have been aware for years of the uneven performance of subjects on various parts of psychometric tests, or among different tests. It was only natural that they would try to determine its significance and utilize it as a source of information about their subjects. We cannot review the history of this approach here. Hunt and Cofer, Mayman, Magaret and others discuss this approach, and there is a considerable literature dealing with the Stanford-Binet and scattering of responses. The Wechsler-Bellevue has stimulated renewed interest in this area, because of its peculiar adaptation, by reason of its construction, to this type of analysis. The technique applied in the clinical diagnostic use of the Scales is termed pattern or scatter analysis, although pattern is sometimes reserved for the comparison of profiles of several tests, while scatter refers more specifically to variations among subtests, or items of a test or subtest. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical diagnosis KW - Wechsler-Bellevue Scales KW - psychometrics KW - 1953 KW - Diagnosis KW - Psychometrics KW - Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale KW - History KW - 1953 DO - 10.1037/11788-004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2008-18545-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2008-18545-003 AN - 2008-18545-003 AU - Patterson, C. H. T1 - Administering the test and reporting results. T2 - The Wechsler-Bellevue Scales: A guide for counselors. T3 - American lecture series: The Bannerstone division of American lectures in psychology Y1 - 1953/// SP - 26 EP - 37 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2008-18545-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Patterson, C. H.; Veterans Administration Center, Fort Snelling, St. Paul, MN, US. Release Date: 20081222. Correction Date: 20090413. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Occupational Guidance; Test Administration; Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 12. AB - Standard instructions for administration are given by Wechsler (pp. 171-213). Rapaport et al. discuss variations for clinical use. Since these sources should be available to anyone using the Scales, they will not be summarized here. A few suggestions not mentioned in these sources will be noted. A recent monograph offers some suggestions for the administration of the Scales. The technique of introducing the test to the subject is not generally discussed, beyond the statement that he should be put at ease and rapport obtained. Following this, the necessary information concerning age, education, occupation, etc., should be obtained as informally as possible. If this information is available from other sources, one should dispense with this step. Very little has been written concerning the reporting of the results of an examination. The contents of the report will of course be influenced by the situation in which the test is used, and will differ, to some extent, in vocational counseling from a clinic or hospital. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - vocational counseling KW - Wechsler-Bellevue Scales KW - test administration KW - reporting results KW - 1953 KW - Occupational Guidance KW - Test Administration KW - Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale KW - 1953 DO - 10.1037/11788-003 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2008-18545-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2008-18545-002 AN - 2008-18545-002 AU - Patterson, C. H. T1 - Reliability and validity. T2 - The Wechsler-Bellevue Scales: A guide for counselors. T3 - American lecture series: The Bannerstone division of American lectures in psychology Y1 - 1953/// SP - 14 EP - 25 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2008-18545-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Patterson, C. H.; Veterans Administration Center, Fort Snelling, St. Paul, MN, US. Release Date: 20081222. Correction Date: 20090413. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Test Reliability; Test Validity; Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 12. AB - Measures of reliability which are conventionally used consist of (1) split-half correlations, in which generally either the first half of the test is correlated with the second half, or the odd-numbered items are correlated with the even-numbered items; (2) test-retest correlations, where scores on a second administration of the test are correlated with scores on the first; (3) alternate form correlations, in which two equivalent forms of the test are administered either at the same or different times, and correlated with each other; and (4) the standard error of measurement. The third is actually a type of split-half determination in which each form is used as a 'half' test. The correlation of parts or items of a test with total scores, which is a measure of the internal consistency of the test, is sometimes considered an index of validity; however, it is probably a better measure of reliability than of validity. Reliability studies of the Wechsler have been few in number until recently. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reliability KW - validity KW - Wechsler-Bellevue Scales KW - 1953 KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale KW - 1953 DO - 10.1037/11788-002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2008-18545-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2008-18545-001 AN - 2008-18545-001 AU - Patterson, C. H. T1 - Description and nature of the scales. T2 - The Wechsler-Bellevue Scales: A guide for counselors. T3 - American lecture series: The Bannerstone division of American lectures in psychology Y1 - 1953/// SP - 3 EP - 13 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2008-18545-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Patterson, C. H.; Veterans Administration Center, Fort Snelling, St. Paul, MN, US. Release Date: 20081222. Correction Date: 20090413. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intelligence; Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale. Minor Descriptor: Military Personnel. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 11. AB - Since their publication in 1939, the Wechsler-Bellevue Intelligence Scales have become one of the most widely used individual tests in America, and without doubt the most widely used individual tests of intelligence with adults. With the exception of the Army Individual Test, which is not available for general use, it is the only individual test specifically constructed for the measurement of intelligence in adults. In response to the request of the Armed Forces, the Wechsler Mental Ability Scale, Form B, was developed, and recently Form II of the Wechsler-Bellevue, based upon the Mental Ability Scale, Form B, has been made available. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Armed Forces KW - Wechsler-Bellevue Intelligence Scales KW - 1953 KW - Intelligence KW - Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale KW - Military Personnel KW - 1953 DO - 10.1037/11788-001 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2008-18545-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 2008-18545-000 AN - 2008-18545-000 AU - Patterson, C. H. T1 - The Wechsler-Bellevue Scales: A guide for counselors. T3 - American lecture series: The Bannerstone division of American lectures in psychology Y1 - 1953/// CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2008-18545-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Patterson, C. H.; Veterans Administration Center, Fort Snelling, St. Paul,, MN, US. Release Date: 20081222. Correction Date: 20090413. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counseling; Vocational Counselors; Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Developmental Scales & Schedules (2222); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). References Available: Y. Page Count: 146. AB - The present monograph represents a detailed revision and expansion of material prepared in 1948 in mimeographed form by the Veterans Administration Regional Office, Minneapolis, Minnesota, under the title Using the Wechsler-Bellevue Scales in Counseling. The purpose of the pamphlet was to give to vocational counselors in the Veterans Administration a guide to the potentialities and limitations of the Wechsler Scales in counseling. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - vocational counselors KW - Veterans KW - Wechsler-Bellevue Scales KW - 1953 KW - Counseling KW - Vocational Counselors KW - Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale KW - Military Veterans KW - 1953 DO - 10.1037/11788-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2008-18545-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2008-13024-006 AN - 2008-13024-006 AU - Holsopple, James Quinter AU - Miale, Florence R. T1 - Postscript. T2 - Sentence completion: A projective method for the study of personality. T3 - American lecture series: The Bannerstone division of American lectures in psychology; Vol 230 Y1 - 1954/// VL - 230 SP - 171 EP - 173 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2008-13024-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Holsopple, James Quinter; Division of Clinical Psychology Psychiatry and Neurology Service, Department of Medicine and Surgery, Veterans Administration, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 20080922. Correction Date: 20110711. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Projective Testing Technique; Sentence Completion Tests; Test Interpretation. Minor Descriptor: Language. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Tests & Measures: Miale-Holsopple Sentence Completion [Appended]. Page Count: 3. AB - If projective inference itself is valid then language--the basic everyday medium of communication ought to be able to furnish the necessary data from which inference is drawn. Clinical psychologists and physicians who are otherwise skilled have often been deprived of the values of projective material because they have not had the long technical training which is generally required for mastery of projective method. Valid interpretation of the sentence completion is easily demonstrable by sympathetic, empathic, experienced clinicians with a minimum of technical training. Finally, sentence completion lends itself to interpretation in simple, clear, descriptive language. This means not only that personality descriptions based on sentence completion records tend to be easy to read and to understand. It means also that the relative absence of ambiguity can make it readily possible for the interpretations by a particular examiner of a particular sentence completion record to be checked against external criteria. Thus, its use establishes grounds for needed caution in too hasty interpretation of projective data and quickly discourages efforts at premature objectification. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - projective inference KW - language KW - sentence completion KW - interpretation KW - 1954 KW - Projective Testing Technique KW - Sentence Completion Tests KW - Test Interpretation KW - Language KW - 1954 DO - 10.1037/13200-006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2008-13024-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2008-13024-005 AN - 2008-13024-005 AU - Holsopple, James Quinter AU - Miale, Florence R. T1 - Illustrative records. T2 - Sentence completion: A projective method for the study of personality. T3 - American lecture series: The Bannerstone division of American lectures in psychology; Vol 230 Y1 - 1954/// VL - 230 SP - 72 EP - 170 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2008-13024-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Holsopple, James Quinter; Division of Clinical Psychology Psychiatry and Neurology Service, Department of Medicine and Surgery, Veterans Administration, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 20080922. Correction Date: 20110711. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychodiagnosis; Sentence Completion Tests; Test Interpretation. Minor Descriptor: Client Records. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40); Inpatient (50); Outpatient (60). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180); Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Tests & Measures: Miale-Holsopple Sentence Completion. Page Count: 99. AB - The records in this chapter are included to illustrate the variety of useful diagnostic material which may be obtained from widely differing subjects and under varied conditions. The comments which preface and follow the records are not intended as illustrative of the reports which the authors would write on these records in a clinical setting. They are meant to point out highlights and to provide leads to the reader in his exploration of the records. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Miale-Holsopple Sentence Completion KW - diagnostic material KW - records KW - 1954 KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Sentence Completion Tests KW - Test Interpretation KW - Client Records KW - 1954 DO - 10.1037/13200-005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2008-13024-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2008-13024-004 AN - 2008-13024-004 AU - Holsopple, James Quinter AU - Miale, Florence R. T1 - Interpretation: The case of Abner. T2 - Sentence completion: A projective method for the study of personality. T3 - American lecture series: The Bannerstone division of American lectures in psychology; Vol 230 Y1 - 1954/// VL - 230 SP - 42 EP - 71 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2008-13024-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Holsopple, James Quinter; Division of Clinical Psychology Psychiatry and Neurology Service, Department of Medicine and Surgery, Veterans Administration, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 20080922. Correction Date: 20110711. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Responses; Sentence Completion Tests; Test Interpretation. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Tests & Measures: Miale-Holsopple Sentence Completion; Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale. Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 30. AB - Abner is a high school graduate, 22 years old, from a lower middle-class family. His father is in a mental hospital with a diagnosis of general paresis. For almost eight years Abner, an only child, has supported his mother. He was taken to a psychiatrist by his mother. He complained that there was something the matter with his mind and that he was losing his memory. The Wechsler-Bellevue showed an I. Q. of 120 (verbal 120, performance 118), with no evidence of memory impairment. His mother said that he did not act like other boys his age. He seemed never to want to go out and stayed home all the time. This chapter presents Abner's answers to the Miale-Holsopple Sentence Completion task. The authors comment on his responses. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Miale-Holsopple Sentence Completion KW - interpretation KW - 1954 KW - Responses KW - Sentence Completion Tests KW - Test Interpretation KW - 1954 DO - 10.1037/13200-004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2008-13024-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2008-13024-003 AN - 2008-13024-003 AU - Holsopple, James Quinter AU - Miale, Florence R. T1 - Characteristic completions. T2 - Sentence completion: A projective method for the study of personality. T3 - American lecture series: The Bannerstone division of American lectures in psychology; Vol 230 Y1 - 1954/// VL - 230 SP - 16 EP - 41 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2008-13024-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Holsopple, James Quinter; Division of Clinical Psychology Psychiatry and Neurology Service, Department of Medicine and Surgery, Veterans Administration, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 20080922. Correction Date: 20110711. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Responses; Sentence Completion Tests. Minor Descriptor: Taxonomies. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Tests & Measures: Miale-Holsopple Sentence Completion [Appended]. Page Count: 26. AB - The range and variety of responses one is likely to encounter may be inferred from the following lists which contain for each sentence samples of completions which have been noted frequently or with special interest. In no case does a list constitute a completely adequate basis for a classificatory system of endings for that sentence. However, we have tried to indicate enough directions in which a respondent's thinking might go to insure that an examiner will feel some familiarity with the great majority of responses which he will be called upon to evaluate. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - characteristic completions KW - responses KW - sentences KW - 1954 KW - Responses KW - Sentence Completion Tests KW - Taxonomies KW - 1954 DO - 10.1037/13200-003 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2008-13024-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2008-13024-002 AN - 2008-13024-002 AU - Holsopple, James Quinter AU - Miale, Florence R. T1 - Development of the sentence openings. T2 - Sentence completion: A projective method for the study of personality. T3 - American lecture series: The Bannerstone division of American lectures in psychology; Vol 230 Y1 - 1954/// VL - 230 SP - 10 EP - 15 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2008-13024-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Holsopple, James Quinter; Division of Clinical Psychology Psychiatry and Neurology Service, Department of Medicine and Surgery, Veterans Administration, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 20080922. Correction Date: 20110711. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Projective Testing Technique; Sentence Completion Tests; Test Construction. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Tests & Measures: Miale-Holsopple Sentence Completion [Appended]. Page Count: 6. AB - Our group of incomplete sentences was developed through a most informal trial and error procedure. It was not systematically designed to conform with the structure of any established psychological theory, nor were criteria for construction, inclusion, exclusion, and modification of sentence openings firmly fixed in our own minds. However, certain guiding principles which were by no means clear at the outset can now be recognized as important in the development of the instrument. Openings were selected to permit expression of thought or feeling with a minimum of threat or obvious exposure. Simple grammatical shifts from first to third person are clearly inadequate for this purpose. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - incomplete sentences KW - development KW - sentence openings KW - 1954 KW - Projective Testing Technique KW - Sentence Completion Tests KW - Test Construction KW - 1954 DO - 10.1037/13200-002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2008-13024-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2008-13024-001 AN - 2008-13024-001 AU - Holsopple, James Quinter AU - Miale, Florence R. T1 - Projective use of incomplete sentences. T2 - Sentence completion: A projective method for the study of personality. T3 - American lecture series: The Bannerstone division of American lectures in psychology; Vol 230 Y1 - 1954/// VL - 230 SP - 3 EP - 9 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2008-13024-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Holsopple, James Quinter; Division of Clinical Psychology Psychiatry and Neurology Service, Department of Medicine and Surgery, Veterans Administration, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 20080922. Correction Date: 20110711. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Sentence Completion Tests. Minor Descriptor: Test Administration. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Tests & Measures: Miale-Holsopple Sentence Completion [Appended]. Page Count: 7. AB - Verbal associations to verbal stimuli have for decades occupied a central place in personality study and in the development of techniques of psychological analysis. Single word associations to single word stimuli have never been ideal material. The responses are too staccato, the full meanings are too difficult to grasp. On the other hand, free associations to constantly changing and unidentified stimuli, as in the analytic procedure, or in unstructured interviews, do not provide the examiner with a stable background from which to draw his inferences. Sentence completion, lying midway between these two techniques, offers an almost ideal compromise. Furthermore, by giving a subject an opportunity to reveal himself without committing himself, the sentence completion may be constructed to meet the primary requirements of the projective method. The individual may be permitted to behave in a way which is altogether characteristic of him and consistent with the structure of his whole personality. Our material consists of 73 incomplete sentences, which seem to call for relatively impersonal responses, rather than for report on personal problems. Administration may be oral or written, individual or group. Although the procedure is not lengthy, there is no time limit. The present form has developed through eight mimeographed versions. Like other projective methods, this one is no substitute for clinical experience. However, competent clinicians can begin to use it after a few hours' training. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sentence completion KW - projective use KW - administration KW - 1954 KW - Sentence Completion Tests KW - Test Administration KW - 1954 DO - 10.1037/13200-001 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2008-13024-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 2008-13024-000 AN - 2008-13024-000 AU - Holsopple, James Quinter AU - Miale, Florence R. T1 - Sentence completion: A projective method for the study of personality. T3 - American lecture series: The Bannerstone division of American lectures in psychology; Vol 230 Y1 - 1954/// VL - 230 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2008-13024-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Holsopple, James Quinter; Division of Clinical Psychology Psychiatry and Neurology Service, Department of Medicine and Surgery, Veterans Administration, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 20080922. Correction Date: 20110711. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality; Projective Testing Technique; Psychodiagnosis; Sentence Completion Tests. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Tests & Measures: Miale-Holsopple Sentence Completion [Appended]. Page Count: 177. AB - Critical observers do not seem to rate highly the validity of any projective method, as method. Certainly the present authors make no such claims for Sentence Completion. It is a question of what you, as a user, can make of the method. These authors have, with freely expressed purpose, discouraged the user who depends much on predigested formulae of any sort. They lay more stress on talent in the examiner; his capacities for sympathy and empathy. They are optimistic about ease of acquiring the method, with justice, one hopes. But it makes the intellectual demands on qualities said to be needed by the successful cryptanalyst: wealth of imaginative power; exceptional capacity for close, sustained application, and for back-and-forth reasoning between abstract and concrete. 'Sharp and powerful' in the authors' phrase, Sentence Completion suggests rather those legendary weapons which are resistless when valiantly wielded, but turn again to smite and shame those who bear them unworthily. In personal conversation, the most critical judge in the field I know, rated the sentence completion procedure as the foremost of the psychodiagnostic techniques; but on that account it could the more mislead you and those you counselled, if you used it rashly or imperceptively. The aim of this volume is that Sentence Completion shall serve the psychodiagnostician well. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Miale-Holsopple Sentence Completion KW - projective method KW - personality KW - psychodiagnostic techniques KW - 1954 KW - Personality KW - Projective Testing Technique KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Sentence Completion Tests KW - 1954 DO - 10.1037/13200-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2008-13024-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2007-15049-004 AN - 2007-15049-004 AU - Levine, Jacob ED - Deutsch, Albert ED - Fishman, Helen ED - Deutsch, Albert, (Ed) ED - Fishman, Helen, (Ed) T1 - Humor and mental health. T2 - The encyclopedia of mental health, Vol III. Y1 - 1963/// SP - 786 EP - 799 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Franklin Watts N1 - Accession Number: 2007-15049-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levine, Jacob; Psychology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 20071022. Publication Type: Encyclopedia (0300). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Encyclopedia Entry. Book Type: Classic Book; Reference Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Humor; Laughter; Mental Health. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 14. AB - This chapter discusses humor and mental health. The topics covered in this chapter include: what makes people laugh; can laughter be an expression of relief from anxiety; what is the junction of humor; what is a 'sense of humor'; what are the different kinds of humor; is extreme laughter associated with emotional disturbance, e.g., 'the laughter of an idiot'; what is a 'nervous' laugh, is it a symptom of a nervous disorder; what is the purpose of 'off-color' humor, is an individual's preoccupation with it an indication of a problem; what is responsible for 'sick' humor, is it a sign of the times; is humor usually based on someone else's pain or discomfort; why are some individuals unable to see the humor in a situation or cartoon that others find humorous; can the things a person laughs at be a clue to his personality; is it true that comedians are often unhappy people, if so, how does this bear on their becoming comedians; is a sense of humor an index of good mental health; are there temperamental differences between people who never laugh and people who react as though everything were funny; does humor have a therapeutic value; and is humor an important social force. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mental health KW - humor KW - laughter KW - 1963 KW - Humor KW - Laughter KW - Mental Health KW - 1963 DO - 10.1037/11548-004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2007-15049-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2007-15048-007 AN - 2007-15048-007 AU - Feifel, Herman ED - Deutsch, Albert ED - Fishman, Helen ED - Deutsch, Albert, (Ed) ED - Fishman, Helen, (Ed) T1 - Death. T2 - The encyclopedia of mental health, Vol II. Y1 - 1963/// SP - 427 EP - 450 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Franklin Watts N1 - Accession Number: 2007-15048-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feifel, Herman; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 20071029. Publication Type: Encyclopedia (0300). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Encyclopedia Entry. Book Type: Classic Book; Reference Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Death and Dying. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 24. AB - The topics discussed in this entry on death include: the body's last physiological function before death; the ideas that people have about death; coping and acceptance of the inevitability of death; the ways people prefer to die and be buried; the relationship between religious belief and anxiety about death; the psychological value of the funeral ceremony; children's view of death; and the enhancement of management toward dying people. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - death KW - 1963 KW - Death and Dying KW - 1963 DO - 10.1037/11549-007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2007-15048-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2007-11837-003 AN - 2007-11837-003 AU - Peck, Cecil P. AU - Ash, Elton ED - Blank, Leonard ED - David, Henry P. ED - Blank, Leonard, (Ed) ED - David, Henry P., (Ed) T1 - Training in the Veterans Administration. T2 - Sourcebook for training in clinical psychology. Y1 - 1964/// SP - 61 EP - 85 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Springer Publishing Co N1 - Accession Number: 2007-11837-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Peck, Cecil P.; Psychology Division, Psychiatry, Neurology, and Psychology Service, Department of Medicine and Surgery, Veterans Administration, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 20070806. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book; Handbook/Manual. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology Graduate Training. Minor Descriptor: Experimentation; Mental Health Services; Patients; Trends. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 25. AB - This chapter begins by detailing the development of the training program in the Veterans Administration (VA). It then describes the expansion of the program from 1946 to 1963. The objectives of the VA Psychology Training Program are summarized. The chapter then discusses the revision of training appointments. Next, the variety of psychological services provided by psychologists are presented. The descriptions of psychological services, functions, and responsibilities are roughly grouped according to specified and general categories of patients: psychiatric patients; neurological patients; patients with pulmonary diseases and communicative diseases; patients with serious physical diseases and handicaps; and medical and surgical patients. The chapter examines the opportunities for research at the VA. The chapter closes by listing trends in psychology training. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - patients KW - VA Psychology Training Program KW - psychological services KW - research KW - trends KW - 1964 KW - Clinical Psychology Graduate Training KW - Experimentation KW - Mental Health Services KW - Patients KW - Trends KW - 1964 DO - 10.1037/11535-003 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2007-11837-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2007-02058-011 AN - 2007-02058-011 AU - Sacks, Joseph M. AU - Levy, Sidney ED - Abt, Lawrence Edwin ED - Bellak, Leopold ED - Abt, Lawrence Edwin, (Ed) ED - Bellak, Leopold, (Ed) T1 - The Sentence Completion Test. T2 - Projective psychology: Clinical approaches to the total personality. Y1 - 1950/// SP - 357 EP - 402 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Alfred A. Knopf N1 - Accession Number: 2007-02058-011. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sacks, Joseph M.; Mental Hygiene Clinic, Veterans Administration Regional Office, New York City, NY, US. Release Date: 20070319. Correction Date: 20151221. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Projective Techniques; Sentence Completion Tests; Test Interpretation. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). References Available: Y. Page Count: 46. AB - In 'The Sentence Completion Test' Dr. Joseph M. Sacks and Dr. Sidney Levy offer a useful survey of the rapidly increasing literature on the incomplete sentences method. In addition they have made available a new sentence completion test that clinical psychologists may find more acceptable than certain earlier versions on which it is based. Although of potentially wide application, this technique has not as yet been fully explored; and it is our belief that the present contribution will serve to awaken new interest in the possibilities of the method. The problem of interpretation of sentence completion materials has been a bothersome one, and we feel that the authors have made a contribution in this direction by stressing some interpretative principles that may sharpen our skills in using this projective method. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Sentence Completion Test KW - incomplete sentences method KW - interpretation of sentence completion materials KW - projective method KW - 1950 KW - Projective Techniques KW - Sentence Completion Tests KW - Test Interpretation KW - 1950 DO - 10.1037/11452-011 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2007-02058-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2007-02058-008 AN - 2007-02058-008 AU - Levy, Sidney ED - Abt, Lawrence Edwin ED - Bellak, Leopold ED - Abt, Lawrence Edwin, (Ed) ED - Bellak, Leopold, (Ed) T1 - Figure Drawing as a Projective Test. T2 - Projective psychology: Clinical approaches to the total personality. Y1 - 1950/// SP - 257 EP - 297 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Alfred A. Knopf N1 - Accession Number: 2007-02058-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levy, Sidney; Mental Hygiene Clinic, Veterans Administration Regional Office, New York City, NY, US. Release Date: 20070319. Correction Date: 20151221. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Figures Drawing; Projective Testing Technique; Test Interpretation. Minor Descriptor: Personality. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). References Available: Y. Page Count: 41. AB - In the next contribution Sidney Levy sets forth the possibilities of using figure drawings of the human form as projective productions worthy of interpretation along with other projective and psychometric data. Figure drawing is clearly only in its infancy and lacks even that degree of standardization which may be said to characterize certain of the other projective methods. Nevertheless, as Dr. Levy indicates, figure drawings in the hands of the skilled clinician provide a rich source for personality study and evaluation. In his approach to interpretation Levy stresses the importance of the notion of body image and of the distortions that occur in it as significant psychological constructs around which to organize certain kinds of clinical data of frequent occurrence in personality investigation. There seems little question that in the period which lies immediately ahead figure drawing as a projective procedure will come to earn greater acceptance among clinicians who seek an additional basis for their inferences about personality. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - figure drawing KW - projective test KW - projective productions KW - interpretation KW - personality KW - 1950 KW - Human Figures Drawing KW - Projective Testing Technique KW - Test Interpretation KW - Personality KW - 1950 DO - 10.1037/11452-008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2007-02058-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-41274-001 AN - 2013-41274-001 AU - Benton, Arthur L. AU - Eiduson, Samuel T1 - Brain and behavior: Session I: Symposium, 1959: 1. Neurohumors, drugs, and behavior. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1960/01// VL - 30 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 9 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-41274-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Benton, Arthur L.; State University of Iowa, Iowa City, IA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Central Nervous System; Electrical Brain Stimulation; Humor; Behavioral Neuroscience. Minor Descriptor: Biochemistry; Synapses. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1960. AB - This article presents overview on neurohumors, drugs, and behavior from the Brain and behavior symposium which was held in 1959 by American Orthopsychiatric Association. The brain, being an organ like any other in the body, but having its own particular and specific biochemical properties, has begun to yield some biochemical secrets which promise that in the future biochemistry may contribute its share to an understanding of behavior. The term 'neurohumoral transmission' has come to mean the chemical mediation of electrical impulses across the synapse, at such peripheral sites as autonomic ganglia and neuromuscular junctions of smooth and skeletal muscle. It is clear that it takes only a small imaginative leap to jump from the periphery of the body to the central nervous system and therefore to postulate chemical transmission within the central nervous system. The behavioral effects of tranquilizers, hallucinogens, and the so-called psychic energizers on both the overt behavior of the total organism and the electrophysiological substrates of the brain have created a remarkably favorable climate for the investigation of the problem of transmission in the brain. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - biochemistry KW - neurohumoral transmission KW - electrical impulses KW - synapses KW - central nervous system KW - behavioral effects KW - 1960 KW - Central Nervous System KW - Electrical Brain Stimulation KW - Humor KW - Behavioral Neuroscience KW - Biochemistry KW - Synapses KW - 1960 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1960.tb03002.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-41274-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-40428-007 AN - 2013-40428-007 AU - Bolgar, Hedda AU - Fischer, Liselotte K. T1 - Personality projection in the world test. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1947/01// VL - 17 IS - 1 SP - 117 EP - 128 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-40428-007. PMID: 20282045 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bolgar, Hedda; Veterans Administration, Mental Hygiene Clinic, Chicago, IL, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Daily Activities; Individual Differences; Personality Traits; Projective Techniques. Minor Descriptor: Cross Cultural Differences; Motivation; Realism (Philosophy). Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1947. AB - The method presented in this paper is a new non-verbal projective technique for use with adults. It attempts to furnish findings which, when properly correlated and interpreted, serve to describe an individual’s behavior pattern and the degree and manner in which he adapts to essential areas of life. The subjects consisted of fifty men and fifty women who volunteered to take part in the experiment. The one hundred personality descriptions based on the experiments were checked against biographies of the subjects and in addition, wherever possible, against descriptions of the subject by intimate friends. An adapted set of 'Little World' material was presented to a group of one hundred adults. The subjects were instructed to do with the material as they pleased. The majority used the material to represent every-day life as they saw it. Norms were established for theme and type of construction, choice and motivation, form, quantity, realism of representation, and relative emphasis on five selected aspects of life in our culture. The evolving patterns were compared with the established norms and gathered into personali ty pictures which were checked against complete biographies. Validity was found to be high and not influenced by cultural differences. Experiments with clearly defined clinical and vocational groups are in progress. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality projection KW - cultural differences KW - individual behavior KW - everyday life KW - motivation KW - realism KW - 1947 KW - Daily Activities KW - Individual Differences KW - Personality Traits KW - Projective Techniques KW - Cross Cultural Differences KW - Motivation KW - Realism (Philosophy) KW - 1947 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1947.tb04980.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-40428-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-40224-004 AN - 2013-40224-004 AU - Haley, Jay T1 - Direct study of child-parent interactions: Workshop, 1959: 3. Observation of the family of the schizophrenic. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1960/07// VL - 30 IS - 3 SP - 460 EP - 467 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-40224-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Haley, Jay; Ethnology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Communication; Pathology; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Family; Parents. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180); Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1960. AB - This is a report on a research project which began in 1952 with an investigation of the general nature of communication. We noted then that even the lower mammals communicate at multiple levels-they play and indicate they are playing. Our interest in schizophrenia developed when we observed that the schizophrenic consistently confuses his levels of communication by qualifying what he says in an incongruent way. Our emphasis is not upon the ideas, beliefs, or attitudes of family members, but upon their patterns of responsive behavior as they interact with one another. We approach the family of the schizophrenic as a system which differs from many other possible kinds of family system, rather than as a family with something wrong with it in contrast to a 'normal' family. Our observations of this type of family take place in a therapeutic setting. We observe families containing a schizophrenic member as they participate in therapy sessions where the total family is brought together as a group. At present our observations of the families of schizophrenics take place after a child has manifested a psychotic episode. Whether the family behaved in a similar way prior to the pathological behavior is unknowable. In this sense it is difficult to say that the family interaction 'caused' schizophrenia. There are two possibilities: (a) If the family is a governed system and the child behaves in a schizophrenic way, then schizophrenic behavior is a necessary part of that family system. (b) Alternatively, schizophrenic behavior may be the product of a breakdown in a particular family system. The family then reorganizes a new system with schizophrenic behavior as a part, and this is what we are presently examining. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - child-parent interactions KW - particular family system KW - pathological behavior KW - responsive behavior KW - schizophrenia KW - communication KW - 1960 KW - Communication KW - Pathology KW - Schizophrenia KW - Family KW - Parents KW - 1960 U1 - Sponsor: Macy Foundation. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: Foundations' Fund for Research in Psychiatry. Other Details: Administered by the Department of Anthropology at Stanford University. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: National Institute of Mental Health, US. Grant: OM-324. Other Details: Administered by the Palo Alto Medical Research Foundation. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1960.tb02062.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-40224-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39476-009 AN - 2013-39476-009 AU - Hubbs, Roy S. T1 - The sheltered workshop in psychiatric rehabilitation: Therapeutic modality and socioeconomic resource. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1964/01// VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 76 EP - 79 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39476-009. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hubbs, Roy S.; Continued Treatment Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, Polo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients; Rehabilitation; Therapeutic Processes. Minor Descriptor: Socioeconomic Status. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1964. Publication History: Accepted Date: Apr 3, 1963. AB - It was hypothesized that gainful employment in which at least mildly aberrant behavior could be tolerated would not only keep many erstwhile psychiatric patients out of the hospital but also lead to further social adjustment and mental improvement. A sheltered workshop was started to test these hypotheses, with the help of a continuous control series. The operation is described. Our conclusion after five years is that, when used to provide work, hence a livelihood, for released male patients unable to hold ordinary employment, the psychiatric sheltered workshop significantly reduces the number of returns to the hospital. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychiatric rehabilitation KW - socioeconomic resource KW - therapeutic modality KW - hospitals KW - 1964 KW - Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Rehabilitation KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - Socioeconomic Status KW - 1964 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1964.tb02194.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-39476-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39333-004 AN - 2013-39333-004 AU - Krasner, Leonard T1 - Social reinforcement and behavior change—Symposium, 1962: 2. Reinforcement, verbal behavior and psychotherapy. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1963/07// VL - 33 IS - 4 SP - 601 EP - 613 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39333-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Krasner, Leonard; Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Operant Conditioning; Psychotherapy; Social Reinforcement; Verbal Communication. Minor Descriptor: Clinical Psychology. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1963. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jan 30, 1963. AB - In recent years a 'new' approach to investigating the psychotherapy process utilizing social reinforcement and behavior control has gained increasing prominence. The research studies in this area, such as verbal operant conditioning, are reviewed, with their implications for personality theory, clinical applications and especially for the influencing of value systems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality theory KW - psychotherapy process KW - social reinforcement KW - operant conditioning KW - clinical applications KW - 1963 KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Psychotherapy KW - Social Reinforcement KW - Verbal Communication KW - Clinical Psychology KW - 1963 U1 - Sponsor: United States Public Health Service, National Institute for Mental Health Research, US. Grant: M-2458. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1963.tb01008.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-39333-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39306-014 AN - 2013-39306-014 AU - Wiener, Daniel N. T1 - Personality correlates of type of outpatient psychotherapy chosen. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1960/10// VL - 30 IS - 4 SP - 819 EP - 826 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39306-014. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wiener, Daniel N.; Veterans Administration, St. Paul, MN, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotional Adjustment; Outpatients; Personality Correlates; Psychotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Treatment. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40); Outpatient (60). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory. Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1960. AB - The idiosyncrasies of patients in psychotherapy of different types and in various settings have been studied occasionally but much more often simply assumed. There apparently have been no systematic attempts to study with some control the nature of these features personality wise. It seems, however, to be generally assumed that a kind of gradient of psychotherapy exists, with psychoanalysis skimming the cream of the patient population, eclectic psychotherapists getting a kind of balance, and public agencies having to contend with the whey. However, authors know of no systematic studies of the personality correlates of patient groups in various outpatient psychotherapeutic settings. The problems involved in selecting and testing comparable populations are substantial. The patients should be broadly representative of, and chosen from within, the same geographical area ; and should also be representative of those in specified treatment settings. They should be tested on the same instruments, and at about the same time and same point in their treatment. These conditions are extremely difficult to meet. For example, psychoanalytic therapists practically never seem to administer psychological tests to their patients. And researchers seldom leave their own lairs, whether in private or public clinics, private practice, or universities, to compare the patients of other therapists in their community with their own. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality correlates KW - outpatient psychotherapy KW - patient groups KW - treatment settings KW - psychological test KW - 1960 KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - Outpatients KW - Personality Correlates KW - Psychotherapy KW - Treatment KW - 1960 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1960.tb02097.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-39306-014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39306-012 AN - 2013-39306-012 AU - Plank, Robert T1 - Science fiction. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1960/10// VL - 30 IS - 4 SP - 799 EP - 810 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39306-012. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Plank, Robert; Mental Hygiene Clinic, Veterans Administration Regional Office, Cleveland, OH, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Consciousness States; Orthopsychiatry; Psychoanalysis. Minor Descriptor: Lifestyle; Literature; Public Sector; Sciences. Classification: Psychoanalytic Therapy (3315). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1960. AB - The current article highlights that science fiction was selected as an area of literature worthy of orthopsychiatric consideration must be due to a variety of factors. Even the casual observer, who is apt to think of it as of a new phenomenon, must be struck not only by the gleaming modernity, but also by the oddity of science fiction. The clinician knows the vogue it enjoys with sizable numbers of our patients as science fiction seems to respond in some way to their special interests and needs, it lends itself, as no other genre of literature does in quite that fashion, to research into the meaning of fantasy. There is the more immediate factor also that a historic incident has catapulted science fiction into public consciousness. It is like a man plying his trade quietly until suddenly he happens to be urgently needed : You do not for instance give much thought to the undertaker until someone in your family dies. As science is becoming more and more our mode of comprehending life, we will rarely see a utopia that is not also science fiction . And as science fiction grows up to its responsibilities, we will rarely see a remarkable piece of science fiction that is not a utopia. This new type of literature, forged in the fusion of the two, can be an important helpful device in facing the future. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - science fiction KW - public consciousness KW - orthopsychiatric consideration KW - clinicians KW - lifestyle KW - psychoanalysis KW - 1960 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Consciousness States KW - Orthopsychiatry KW - Psychoanalysis KW - Lifestyle KW - Literature KW - Public Sector KW - Sciences KW - 1960 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1960.tb02095.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-39306-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39306-007 AN - 2013-39306-007 AU - Jenkins, Richard L. AU - Blodgett, Eva T1 - Prediction of success or failure of delinquent boys from sentence completion. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1960/10// VL - 30 IS - 4 SP - 741 EP - 756 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39306-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jenkins, Richard L.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, DC, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Information: American Psychological Association Meeting, Sep, 1959, Cincinnati, OH, US. Conference Note: This research was presented at the aforementioned conference. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Male Delinquency; Prognosis. Minor Descriptor: Sentences. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1960. AB - In this article author have demonstrated that it is possible for different raters by blind comparisons of sentence completion material given before and after institutional treatment to identify those delinquent boys who fail on their return to the community and those who succeed. These predictions are supported at levels well beyond chance, and sustained at two different institutions, Annandale Reformatory and Highfields Treatment Center, a small residential center depending on a form of group therapy called guided group interaction. We have outlined a method of scoring sentence pairs as changing for the better, changing for the worse, or showing no ratable change. A total score which is + predicts success, a total score which is - predicts failure. Although we believe it is preferable to examine the sentences in their relation to each other, we have clearly demonstrated that it is possible to build useful prognositic scores by summing the ratings of screened sentence pairs examined in isolation. This description does not begin to exhaust the changes, but these are the types of changes about which we feel comfortable in drawing at least tentative conclusions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - delinquent boys KW - sentence completion KW - group therapy KW - prognositic scores KW - 1960 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Male Delinquency KW - Prognosis KW - Sentences KW - 1960 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1960.tb02090.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-39306-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39306-005 AN - 2013-39306-005 AU - Bower, Eli M. AU - Shellhamer, Thomas A. AU - Daily, John M. T1 - School characteristics of male adolescents who later became schizophrenic. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1960/10// VL - 30 IS - 4 SP - 712 EP - 729 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39306-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bower, Eli M.; California State Department of Education, Sacramento, CA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Peers; Personality; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: High School Students; Human Males; Leadership. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview; Qualitative Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1960. AB - High school students who later become schizophrenic were found to be significantly different from a randomly selected control group of their peers in the manner in which they are perceived by their school staffs and in certain phases of their school records. The school staff and school records were found to contain sufficient relevant data on students to adequately assess the predisposition of the pre schizophrenic group. The developing schizophrenic boys tended to have less interest in girls, group activities, and athletics. They showed less leadership skills and were more submissive, anxious, dependent and careless than the average boy. AI though they were less well liked by their peers and teachers and did less well in school, they were not usually perceived as major problems or as being emotionally disturbed. However, in almost all cases their over-all mental health and school adjustment was rated significantly poorer than the control group. With a few exceptions most of the pre schizophrenics could be characterized as tending toward the shuting, withdrawing kind of personality. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - male adolescents KW - schizophrenia KW - school characteristics KW - leadership skills KW - personality KW - high school students KW - peers KW - 1960 KW - Peers KW - Personality KW - Schizophrenia KW - High School Students KW - Human Males KW - Leadership KW - 1960 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1960.tb02088.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-39306-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39303-015 AN - 2013-39303-015 AU - Plank, Robert T1 - Ecology of schizophrenia: Newer research on the drift hypothesis. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1959/10// VL - 29 IS - 4 SP - 819 EP - 826 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39303-015. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Plank, Robert; Mental Hygiene Clinic, Veterans Administration Regional Office, Cleveland, OH, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ecology; Hospital Admission; Residential Care Institutions; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Neighborhoods; Psychiatry. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213); Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1959. AB - This article explores in the ecology of mental illness in its modern sense came into its own with the publication of Mental Disorders in Urban Areasin 1939 made a thorough study of the differences in the numbers of hospital admissions for specific illnesses, including schizophrenia, in different neighborhoods in Chicago. They also utilized earlier findings from other cities. Later studies which followed their lead have tended to confirm their findings. The fact has thus become established that there is a very marked difference in the frequency of hospital admissions for schizophrenia from different city neighborhoods. A consistent pattern has prevailed, at least in the United States in recent decades: Admission rates from socio economically low central districts are high; those from socio economically high suburban districts are low. The records of these 64 patients were studied and their residential status at two points in time-namely, at the time of induction into military service, and at the time of the study-was determined. As all these are cases of veterans whose psychiatric disability has been adjudicated service connected, it is to be assumed that the onset of the illness occurred after induction so that the comparison of these two points in time would show the drift during the crucial period in their lives in which we are interested. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ecology KW - schizophrenia KW - psychiatric disability KW - neighborhoods KW - hospital admissions KW - residential status KW - 1959 KW - Ecology KW - Hospital Admission KW - Residential Care Institutions KW - Schizophrenia KW - Neighborhoods KW - Psychiatry KW - 1959 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1959.tb00251.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-39303-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39298-010 AN - 2013-39298-010 AU - Jenkins, Richard L. T1 - Motivation and frustration in delinquency. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1957/07// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 528 EP - 537 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39298-010. PMID: 13444442 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jenkins, Richard L.; Psychiatric Evaluation Project, Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, DC, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Frustration; Juvenile Delinquency; Motivation. Minor Descriptor: Neurosis; Psychopathy. Classification: Criminal Behavior & Juvenile Delinquency (3236). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1957. AB - This article discusses motivation and frustration in juvenile delinquency. The article begins with the simple fact, recognized by any layman, that some delinquent acts are goal-motivated and others are frustration responses. The boy who intensely desires a bicycle and steals one because he cannot obtain one in any other way represents an instance of goal-motivated delinquency. On the other hand, the youngster who hates school intensely and expresses his hatred by hurling a brick through the schoolhouse window is an example of delinquency which results from frustration. The thesis of the author proceeds to the not surprising but grossly neglected observation that delinquency as a frustration response occurs particularly in individuals whose lives have been lives of frustration, and that delinquency as a goal-motivated response occurs particularly in those who have been exposed to schooling in delinquent techniques. The maladaptive delinquent, is already an over frustrated individual who needs help and encouragement in achieving some satisfaction in life and some sense of self-worth. Furthermore, the maladaptive delinquent stands, in many important regards, on the other side of the normal from the psychoneurotic. One does not analyze or take apart his superego, which is inadequate anyway; rather one seeks to help him synthesize one. Where the therapy of the psychoneurotic is often in large part freeing the individual from the effects of over severe social training, the therapy of the psychopath is one seeking to establish some social controls. This is done in essentially the way it is done with the young child. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - motivation KW - frustration KW - juvenile delinquency KW - psychoneurotics KW - psychopathy KW - 1957 KW - Frustration KW - Juvenile Delinquency KW - Motivation KW - Neurosis KW - Psychopathy KW - 1957 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1957.tb05518.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-39298-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39293-001 AN - 2013-39293-001 AU - Kutash, Samuel B. T1 - Ambulatory (borderline) schizophrenia: Psychodiagnostics and implications from psychological data. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1957/10// VL - 27 IS - 4 SP - 667 EP - 676 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39293-001. PMID: 13470015 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kutash, Samuel B.; Veterans Administration Hospital, East Orange, NJ, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Information: Annual Meeting in a Symposium on "The Ambulatory Borderline Schizophrenic Patient", 1956. Conference Note: This research was presented at the aforementioned conference. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Ego; Outpatient Treatment; Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213); Home Care & Hospice (3375). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1957. AB - In view of the kaleidoscopic variety of ambulatory schizophrenic patterns revealed by the psychological test data, what can we say about the planning of suitable therapeutic approaches? One clear implication is that each case requires first, the emphasis on the repair of the specific damages to the ego, either by lessening pressure and environmental threats or by strategically oriented dynamic therapy which depends less on one dogmatic orientation or approach than on the specific needs of the patient involved, as well as on direct advance knowledge of the state of his ego functions and his psychotic and/or neurotic defensive operations. In some instances, we might agree with Federn that the neurotic elements should be encouraged as a way of 'sealing up' the ego boundaries and covering over the psychosis, making it more permanently latent. In other cases, there is partial ego damage, under the impact of specific stimuli, such as the examples of persons who regress and become disorganized on the color cards of the Rorschach, the card suggestive of the father figure, or the sexually symbolic card. Individualization is the keynote. We owe a great deal to those who have developed the clinical skills in detecting ambulatory cases at an early stage and in treating them with foreknowledge of the underlying disorder and the damages. For the borderline schizophrenic the essential problem in therapy is to provide through support to the ego and strengthening of desirable defenses a means by which the patient can 'hold himself together' while he reintegrates his total personality and achieves a new and more favorable synthesis. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ambulatory cases KW - borderline schizophrenic KW - clinical skills KW - desirable defenses KW - dynamic therapy KW - ego boundaries KW - 1957 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Ego KW - Outpatient Treatment KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1957 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1957.tb05533.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-39293-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39119-014 AN - 2013-39119-014 AU - Wiener, Daniel N. AU - Raths, Otto N. Jr. T1 - Contributions of the mental hygiene clinic team to clinic decisions. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1959/04// VL - 29 IS - 2 SP - 350 EP - 356 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39119-014. PMID: 13661310 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wiener, Daniel N.; Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Clinic, St. Paul, MN, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Child Guidance Clinics; Hygiene; Mental Health; Orthopsychiatry; Therapeutic Processes. Minor Descriptor: Clinics; Decision Making. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1959. AB - This study propose, instead, that serious consideration be given to other important functions which the team can perform, such as training students in the three disciplines, improving clinic coordination, and assigning and supervising therapeutic tasks. At least, we would hope that more time and effort will be spent in studying the underlying concepts, and functions, of the mental hygiene team to determine how its slender resources can be most effectively used. A study was done of diagnoses and prognoses made by individual members of interdisciplinary mental hygiene clinic teams, independently, before and after team meetings. These ratings were compared with each other, and with those made by the therapists after termination of treatment. No discipline was found to be better than another, nor were there any significant changes following the team meeting, in rating any of the factors studied. The predictions from tests alone were as accurate as from any other method, except for predicting preferred treatment. Since it appears likely that certain common activities of the interdisciplinary mental hygiene team are not being performed effectively, consideration should be given either to trying to improve their effectiveness in these areas, or to emphasizing other team functions which may be more valuable, and especially dependent upon the team approach. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mental hygiene KW - clinic decisions KW - child guidance clinics KW - therapeutic tasks KW - orthopsychiatry KW - 1959 KW - Child Guidance Clinics KW - Hygiene KW - Mental Health KW - Orthopsychiatry KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - Clinics KW - Decision Making KW - 1959 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1959.tb00198.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-39119-014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39118-005 AN - 2013-39118-005 AU - Gaudet, E. Louise T1 - Indications and contraindications for adult therapy: Workshop, 1958. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1959/01// VL - 29 IS - 1 SP - 60 EP - 68 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39118-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gaudet, E. Louise; Mental Hygiene Clinic, Veterans Administration, Newark, NJ, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychotherapy; Therapeutic Processes. Minor Descriptor: Schizophrenia; Suicide. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1959. AB - This article provides an overview of the 1958 Workshop of the American Orthopsychiatric Association. The theme of the Workshop was on Indications and contraindications for adult therapy. The personality of the psychotherapist certainly determines to a large extent whether a patient continues coming for psychotherapy in an outpatient clinic. Actually, the average number of therapeutic visits per patient in most psychiatric departments varies between four and five. In psychosis, the personality of the patient is probably far more important for the eventual outcome of the illness than the personality of the therapist. When the Rorschach record suggests that the mental condition of the patient is likely to remain essentially the same for several years, the patient's needs are likely to be different from those of the very anxious and terrified acute schizophrenic. The largest group of schizophrenics is composed of those whose energy control is not adequate to their energy output. The question of suicide is very important in outpatient treatment in particular. The Rorschach can function as a psychological microscope. In many cases it is easy to see in the Rorschach record the lack of concern in the face of obvious difficulties. The human movement responses doubled on the average during the first six to nine months of intensive psychotherapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - adult therapy KW - therapeutic indications KW - therapeutic contraindications KW - intensive psychotherapy KW - schizophrenia KW - suicide KW - 1959 KW - Psychotherapy KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - Schizophrenia KW - Suicide KW - 1959 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1959.tb00167.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-39118-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39061-013 AN - 2013-39061-013 AU - Morse, Philip W. T1 - Psychotherapy with the nonreflective aggressive patient. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1958/04// VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 352 EP - 361 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39061-013. PMID: 13545359 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morse, Philip W.; Veterans Administration Regional Office, Hartford, CT, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavioral Sciences; Concept Formation; Psychotherapy; Sociocultural Factors. Minor Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Ego Development; Mental Health; Personality Traits. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1958. AB - This paper has been prepared in reaction to two rather divergent needs. One of these is represented within the usual patient population of the VA Mental Hygiene Clinic, and probably within the patient load of any free mental health clinic for adults. This is the fairly large number of patients who, for lack of a better term, might be called nonreflective; whose customary use of language and ideas does not lead to what is usually considered therapeutically productive material. It is the purpose of this paper to illustrate the corrective process by presenting material on the psychotherapy of two nonreflective aggressive patients who have been obviously helped without insight and are leading very different kinds of lives at this time, two or three years after therapy. One of these was considered inaccessible to insight therapy by virtue of a neurotic inhibition of his readiness and ability to conceptualize and deal with the kind of material ordinarily considered therapeutic. The other, because of his socioeconomic, cultural background, it would seem, adopts only concrete, practical, day-to-day conceptual modes. In the two cases presented, significant behavioral changes were produced without the development of insight and without any attempt to develop insight. Identification with the therapist and the introjection of his standards of behavior can be the vehicles of such therapy. In such therapy basic personality changes may occur in superego and ego development. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavioral changes KW - corrective process KW - cultural background KW - conceptual modes KW - ego development KW - mental health clinic KW - aggressive patients KW - personality changes KW - psychotherapy KW - 1958 KW - Behavioral Sciences KW - Concept Formation KW - Psychotherapy KW - Sociocultural Factors KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Ego Development KW - Mental Health KW - Personality Traits KW - 1958 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1958.tb03753.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-39061-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39039-009 AN - 2013-39039-009 AU - Williams, Meyer T1 - The experimental validation of the Rorschach Test: I. Experimental correlations. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1952/10// VL - 22 IS - 4 SP - 749 EP - 754 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39039-009. PMID: 12996654 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Williams, Meyer; Veterans Administration Hospital, Downey, IL, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Processes; Rorschach Test; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Experimentation; Methodology. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223); Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Tests & Measures: Rorschach Test DOI: 10.1037/t03306-000. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1952. AB - This paper provides a brief review and a few comments concerning promising attempts to validate the Rorschach experimentally, with particular emphasis on those studies bearing on the relationship between Rorschach response dimensions and personality processes. Recent experimental approaches to validation of Rorschach response dimensions appear to have taken three directions. The author makes a few comments concerning the general findings, some methodological considerations and some conflicting viewpoints bearing on future experimental validation research. The paper closes with a few conflicting viewpoints related to the problem of experimental validation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - experimental validation KW - Rorschach Test KW - personality processes KW - methodological considerations KW - 1952 KW - Personality Processes KW - Rorschach Test KW - Test Validity KW - Experimentation KW - Methodology KW - 1952 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1952.tb01978.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-39039-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39039-008 AN - 2013-39039-008 AU - Jenkins, Richard L. T1 - The schizophrenic sequence: Withdrawal, disorganization, psychotic reorganization. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1952/10// VL - 22 IS - 4 SP - 738 EP - 748 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39039-008. PMID: 12996653 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jenkins, Richard L.; Psychiatry and Neurology Division, Veterans Administration, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disease Course; Psychoticism; Schizophrenia; Schizophrenia (Disorganized Type); Withdrawal (Defense Mechanism). Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1952. AB - Adolf Meyer first stressed the understandability of schizophrenia as a progressive maladaptation with habit disorganization. Norman Maier furnished a basic link in the understanding of the schizophrenic process by demonstrating experimentally that rats, subjected to continued frustration, show a replacement of adaptive behavior by a frozen stereotyped behavior which he calls frustration behavior. These two elements together give the basis for a hypothesis concerning the nature of the schizophrenic process. The schizophrenic sequence typically begins with the process of schizoid withdrawal. The second phase of the schizophrenic sequence, the actual schizophrenic process, as distinguished from mere schizoid withdrawal, is a process of progressive personality disorganization. The third element of the schizophrenic sequence is the process of psychotic reorganization. As the disease progresses, one of the three major factors is likely to become more dominant than the other two. In conclusion, there are three distinguishable factors in schizophrenia, and a consideration of these factors appears significant for the process of therapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenic process KW - withdrawal KW - disorganization KW - psychotic reorganization KW - 1952 KW - Disease Course KW - Psychoticism KW - Schizophrenia KW - Schizophrenia (Disorganized Type) KW - Withdrawal (Defense Mechanism) KW - 1952 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1952.tb01977.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-39039-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39035-013 AN - 2013-39035-013 AU - Polan, Simon AU - Spark, Isadore T1 - Group psychotherapy of schizophrenics in an outpatient clinic. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1950/04// VL - 20 IS - 2 SP - 382 EP - 396 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39035-013. PMID: 15413701 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Polan, Simon; Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Clinic, Philadelphia, PA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Military Veterans; Outpatients; Schizophrenia; Social Processes. Minor Descriptor: Group Dynamics. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Outpatient (60). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1950. AB - In the Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Clinic of Philadelphia, a group of schizophrenic patients has been seen on an outpatient basis in weekly evening sessions over a period of twelve months. The posthospitalization schizophrenic patient needs to be sustained in his attempts at readjustment outside the hospital. It was hoped that the group experience would facilitate psychotherapy in the clinic, and at the same time would augment the patients’ abilities to adjust to social experiences. The patients were discharged World War II servicemen who had been hospitalized for various forms of schizophrenia. Summaries of a few of the group meetings are included in this paper to illustrate the participation of the patients as they became group-oriented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - outpatient group psychotherapy KW - schizophrenia KW - World War II servicemen KW - group experiences KW - social experiences KW - 1950 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Military Veterans KW - Outpatients KW - Schizophrenia KW - Social Processes KW - Group Dynamics KW - 1950 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1950.tb06049.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-39035-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-38642-004 AN - 2013-38642-004 AU - Redlich, Fredrick C. AU - Levine, Jacob AU - Sohler, Theodore P. T1 - A mirth response test: Preliminary report on a psychodiagnostic technique utilizing dynamics of humor. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1951/10// VL - 21 IS - 4 SP - 717 EP - 734 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-38642-004. PMID: 14885384 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Redlich, Fredrick C.; Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, CT, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Freud (Sigmund); Humor; Psychodiagnosis. Minor Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Personality; Sociocultural Factors. Classification: Psychoanalytic Theory (3143); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Tests & Measures: Mirth Response Test. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 18. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1951. AB - The present study was designed to investigate experimentally the application of Freud's theory of humor to the dynamics of personality. On the basis of Freud's fundamental premise, we assume that instinctual needs which have been inhibited may achieve momentary release through response to humor. Correlation of test results with clinical findings tends to corroborate Freud's theory of humor and the three postulates derived from it. Analysis of the test findings leads to inferences about the subject's aggressive sexual and dependent needs, and the defenses mobilized against their expression. Diagnostic and dynamic formulations were made concerning each subject. These were checked against clinical diagnoses and overt symptoms. Certain aspects of intellectual and emotional functions were also manifest in the test. Some important factors in humor, like cultural and social status, whose influence has not as yet been established are to be investigated. Standardization of the test with reliability and validation studies is under way. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychodiagnostic technique KW - humor KW - Freud's theory KW - personality KW - aggressive behavior KW - cultural status KW - 1951 KW - Freud (Sigmund) KW - Humor KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Personality KW - Sociocultural Factors KW - 1951 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1951.tb00024.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-38642-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-38637-017 AN - 2013-38637-017 AU - Plank, Robert T1 - The family constellation of a group of schizophrenic patients. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1953/10// VL - 23 IS - 4 SP - 817 EP - 825 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-38637-017. PMID: 13104627 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Plank, Robert; Neuropsychiatry Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, Cleveland, OH, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interviews; Military Veterans; Schizophrenia; Therapeutic Processes. Minor Descriptor: Family. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1953. AB - This study is based on all cases of male schizophrenics on which one social service unit in a Veterans Administration Regional Office was active during a period of half a year. There was no opportunity to conduct special interviews for the purposes of this study. It is therefore based on two sources of information: my own incidental observations in interviews with patients and collaterals; and the existing records. Work with unselected cases has the inconvenience that there are some on which little information is available; however, there are but few of those in our group. Most records were voluminous. While our material tends to support the general trend of these findings, it has to be recognized that our method is not designed to probe the subtle factors which operate in shaping a personality, but rather to present the more basic facets of the family constellation. The findings presented in this paper may be evaluated from two viewpoints, which may be termed the etiological and the therapeutic viewpoint respectively. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - family constellation KW - schizophrenic patients KW - interviews KW - therapeutic viewpoint KW - military veterans KW - 1953 KW - Interviews KW - Military Veterans KW - Schizophrenia KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - Family KW - 1953 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1953.tb00109.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-38637-017&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-38637-009 AN - 2013-38637-009 AU - Morse, Philip W. T1 - A proposed technique for the evaluation of psychotherapy. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1953/10// VL - 23 IS - 4 SP - 716 EP - 731 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-38637-009. PMID: 13104619 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morse, Philip W.; Veterans Administration, Mental Hygiene Clinic, Hartford, CT, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinics; Psychosexual Behavior; Psychotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1953. AB - The purpose of this paper is to discuss briefly the deliberations of the staff of the Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Clinic in Hartford, Connecticut, on the problem of the evaluation of their work and to present the result of these deliberations, which takes the form of a proposed technique for the evaluation of the psychotherapy being performed at that clinic. The lack of techniques and frames of reference for the evaluation of psychotherapy has presented a stumbling block to the psychiatric and allied professions. The population to be used for the major experiment will be the entire patient population that was in treatment during the year 1950 who were seen for ten visits or more. This should provide us with an experimental population of approximately 300 patients. It is felt that the use of this large number of patients should again assist in ironing out a number of the variables mentioned above that otherwise must remain uncontrolled. When the data have been gathered on the rating scales plus the table of information on sexual behavior, they will be evaluated by use of the chi-square treatment; that is, the changes that have taken place on the average rating for each scale will be compared with that of the expected hypothetical changes that would have taken place as a matter of chance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - patient population KW - sexual behavior KW - psychotherapy KW - military veterans KW - clinics KW - 1953 KW - Clinics KW - Psychosexual Behavior KW - Psychotherapy KW - Military Veterans KW - 1953 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1953.tb00101.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-38637-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-38609-007 AN - 2013-38609-007 AU - Deutschberger, Paul AU - Mathews, W. Mason AU - Pottharst, Karl AU - Underwood, Pauline T1 - Training for professional function in clinical psychology: 3. Supervision in the field work placement. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1951/04// VL - 21 IS - 2 SP - 319 EP - 324 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-38609-007. PMID: 14829555 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Deutschberger, Paul; Merrill-Palmer School, Detroit, MI, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychologists; Clinical Psychology Graduate Training; Curricular Field Experience; Professional Supervision; Theoretical Orientation. Minor Descriptor: Learning Strategies. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1951. AB - This article discusses professional supervision of the clinical psychologists in the field work placement. Clinical psychology today is making a broad effort to establish improved standards of training. That it should do so at all is a certain sign of maturity. That it should do so at this time particularly, when social work, psychiatry and general medicine are engaged in similar tasks, gives promise of a new professional orientation that will unify and strengthen the separate disciplines. A profession may be said to reach maturity when, in the educational processes by which it is transmitted, it can make a clear distinction between preparation for professional function and preparation for technical competence alone. By professional function is meant an understanding of one’s self, a conviction in one’s skill, a respect for the people one serves, and an identification with the larger, social goals of one’s work. Although it cannot fairly be said that training programs in clinical psychology currently make this distinction, there is an increasing recognition that professional function must be emphasized lest technical skills have no real foundation and technical workers remain mere journeymen. The supervisor takes responsibility for providing a continuous evaluation of the student’s work so that the student, at all times, knows where he stands in the learning process and is able to develop his strong points and strengthen those that are weak. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical psychologists KW - clinical psychology KW - field work placement KW - learning processes KW - professional orientation KW - professional supervision KW - 1951 KW - Clinical Psychologists KW - Clinical Psychology Graduate Training KW - Curricular Field Experience KW - Professional Supervision KW - Theoretical Orientation KW - Learning Strategies KW - 1951 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1951.tb06106.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-38609-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-38235-008 AN - 2013-38235-008 AU - Shaskan, Donald A. T1 - Trends in orthopsychiatric therapy: IX. Evolution and trends in group psychotherapy. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1948/07// VL - 18 IS - 3 SP - 447 EP - 454 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-38235-008. PMID: 18872374 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shaskan, Donald A.; Veterans’ Administration, Mental Hygiene Clinic, San Francisco, CA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Orthopsychiatry; Therapeutic Processes; Trends. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1948. AB - This article discusses the trends in orthopsychiatric therapy by specifically focusing on the evolution and trends in group psychotherapy. All kinds of groups are initiated, depending on what phase of individual insecurity is considered the neediest. There is an increase in economic groups, such as labor unions, to provide economic security. Religious groups are formed on the basis that the spiritual life of the individual is void and needs new values for combatting the conscience-less deeds committed both the group and the individual alike. There are interracial groups and international groups-all with the earnest desire to promote better understanding between participants. These groups were all of a repressive-inspirational nature and all have been successful in different degrees in attaining a happier life for their participants. Despite the multiplicity and the variety of groups, there still remained a large number of individuals who, though desiring to be accepted members, could not join a group, or when they did, could not remain in it because of inability to give adequate expression to their needs and feelings. Group therapy in counseling form and nondirective in attitude, has been explored by Rogers and has been the subject of research. In activity groups with delinquent children, especially the very aggressive, any attempt by the worker to interfere with destructive behavior results in more participants being drawn into the fight. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - orthopsychiatric therapy KW - therapeutic trends KW - group psychotherapy KW - therapeutic techniques KW - 1948 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Orthopsychiatry KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - Trends KW - 1948 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1948.tb05108.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-38235-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-38232-011 AN - 2013-38232-011 AU - Perlman, Bernice T1 - Group therapy: Round Table, 1948: 3. Group work with psychotic veterans. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1949/01// VL - 19 IS - 1 SP - 69 EP - 78 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-38232-011. PMID: 18122887 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Perlman, Bernice; Crile Veterans Administration Hospital, Cleveland, OH, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Military Veterans; Scientific Communication. Minor Descriptor: Orthopsychiatry; Professional Organizations; Psychosis. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1949. AB - This article provides an overview of the 1948 Round Table Conference of the American Orthopsychiatric Association. The theme of the Conference was on group therapy. This article focuses on the section: Group work with psychotic veterans. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - American Orthopsychiatric Association KW - scientific communication KW - group therapy KW - psychotic veterans KW - 1949 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Military Veterans KW - Scientific Communication KW - Orthopsychiatry KW - Professional Organizations KW - Psychosis KW - 1949 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1949.tb06560.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-38232-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-37854-007 AN - 2013-37854-007 AU - Schmidl, Fritz T1 - The dynamic use of the psychiatric social worker's services within the clinical team. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1950/10// VL - 20 IS - 4 SP - 765 EP - 775 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-37854-007. PMID: 14789965 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schmidl, Fritz; Mental Hygiene Clinic, Veterans Administration, Seattle, WA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinics; Mental Health Services; Military Veterans; Psychiatric Social Workers. Minor Descriptor: Hygiene; Responsibility; Treatment; Work Teams. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340). References Available: Y. Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1950. AB - In this paper the author wants to discuss the question of the dynamic use of social work in a clinic on the basis of two case examples from the experience of the Mental Hygiene Clinic, Veterans Administration, Seattle Regional Office. The author mentioned that in the clinic the psychiatric social workers under supervision of the psychiatrists participate regularly and intensively in the process of the diagnostic study and take responsibility for treatment in selected cases. The author added that the opinions and conclusions expressed in this paper stem from the experience of the clinic and are not presented as in any way representative of a general practice in VA mental hygiene clinics. The two cases which have been sketched here are examples of the work of psychiatric social workers in a clinic where it is tried to use the members of the clinical team on the basis of the needs of each individual patient rather than on the basis of a theoretical conviction as to the functions of the professions represented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychiatric social worker services KW - clinical teams KW - mental hygiene clinics KW - veterans KW - responsibility for treatment KW - 1950 KW - Clinics KW - Mental Health Services KW - Military Veterans KW - Psychiatric Social Workers KW - Hygiene KW - Responsibility KW - Treatment KW - Work Teams KW - 1950 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1950.tb05475.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-37854-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-37836-010 AN - 2013-37836-010 AU - Devereux, George T1 - The social structure of the hospital as a factor in total therapy. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1949/07// VL - 19 IS - 3 SP - 492 EP - 500 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-37836-010. PMID: 18134203 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Devereux, George; Winter Veterans Administration Hospital, Topeka, KS, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Disorders; Psychotherapy; Social Structure; Therapeutic Processes. Minor Descriptor: Hospitals. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210); Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1949. AB - The present discussion is divided into two parts: (1) Since every rational system of therapy presupposes some etiological hypotheses, the author proposes to offer, first, a tentative theory of the partial socio-genesis of mental disease. (2) The second part of the study outlines some of the therapeutic implications of the etiological hypotheses, which are also susceptible of serving as a point of departure for the further exploration of the possibilities and limitations of the social therapy of mental diseases. As the article states, the systematic social therapy is the very opposite of the conscious manipulation of persons, or of the deliberate exploitation of human plasticity for the purpose of making man wholly subservient to society or to the state. The ethics of social therapy are identical in essence with the great tradition of the West, that society and the state were made for the individual, and that all men have a dignity inherent in their human status. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - systematic social therapy KW - mental diseases KW - therapeutic implications KW - social structure KW - hospitals KW - 1949 KW - Mental Disorders KW - Psychotherapy KW - Social Structure KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - Hospitals KW - 1949 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1949.tb05447.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-37836-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-37520-015 AN - 2013-37520-015 AU - Ujhely, Valentine T1 - Polysynthetic extroversion therapy for the reduction of catatonic attacks: Case report. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1936/07// VL - 6 IS - 3 SP - 449 EP - 458 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-37520-015. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ujhely, Valentine; U. S. Veterans' Administration Facility, Bath, NY, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Hallucinations; Catatonia; Delusions; Extraversion; Therapeutic Processes. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320). References Available: Y. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1936. AB - This article discusses a treatment procedure employed on a 29-year old ex-soldier who was admitted for treatment and domiciliary care, he having developed delusions of reference and of racial and religious persecution with auditory hallucinations of slanderous contents. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - polysynthetic extroversion therapy KW - catatonic attacks KW - treatment procedures KW - delusions KW - auditory hallucinations KW - 1936 KW - Auditory Hallucinations KW - Catatonia KW - Delusions KW - Extraversion KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - 1936 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1936.tb05255.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-37520-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2013-29681-005 AN - 2013-29681-005 AU - Watkins, John G. T1 - Part V. Evaluation and research in psychotherapy. T2 - General psychotherapy: An outline and study guide. Y1 - 1960/// SP - 209 EP - 215 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2013-29681-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watkins, John G.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 20130902. Correction Date: 20131209. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimentation; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Psychotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation; Treatment Outcomes. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 7. AB - This chapter discusses evaluation and research in psychotherapy. It focuses on measuring the results of treatment and research and techniques for evaluating the psychotherapeutic process. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychotherapeutic process KW - evaluation KW - research KW - treatment results KW - psychotherapy KW - 1960 KW - Experimentation KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Psychotherapy KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - 1960 DO - 10.1037/14361-005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-29681-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2013-29681-004 AN - 2013-29681-004 AU - Watkins, John G. T1 - Part IV. Specific therapeutic problems. T2 - General psychotherapy: An outline and study guide. Y1 - 1960/// SP - 129 EP - 207 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2013-29681-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watkins, John G.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Portlad, OR, US. Release Date: 20130902. Correction Date: 20131209. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Disorders; Psychotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Diagnosis; Etiology; Prognosis; Symptoms; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 79. AB - This chapter discusses specific therapeutic problems. These include anxiety and depressive disorders, alcoholism, drug addiction, and psychoses among others. Each syndrome is outlined under six headings: 1. Symptoms; 2. Problems of Diagnostic Evaluation; 3. Etiology; 4. Prognosis; 5. Treatment Procedures; and 6. Case Examples. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - therapeutic problems KW - symptoms KW - diagnostic evaluation KW - etiology KW - prognosis KW - treatment procedures KW - case examples KW - 1960 KW - Mental Disorders KW - Psychotherapy KW - Diagnosis KW - Etiology KW - Prognosis KW - Symptoms KW - Treatment KW - 1960 DO - 10.1037/14361-004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-29681-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2013-29681-003 AN - 2013-29681-003 AU - Watkins, John G. T1 - Part III. Preparations for psychotherapy. T2 - General psychotherapy: An outline and study guide. Y1 - 1960/// SP - 117 EP - 128 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2013-29681-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watkins, John G.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 20130902. Correction Date: 20131209. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychotherapists; Psychotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Decision Making; Patient History; Psychotherapeutic Processes. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 12. AB - This chapter describes how therapists can prepare for psychotherapy. These methods include taking a social history from the patient and conducting psychiatric and medical examinations. The author also discusses therapeutic indicators from psychological tests, therapeutic decisions, total evaluation of the patient, establishing a rapport and structuring the psychotherapeutic relationship, and therapeutic decisions. Additional sources of information are provided. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychotherapy KW - therapist preparation KW - psychiatric examinations KW - medical examinations KW - psychological tests KW - psychotherapeutic relationship KW - social history KW - therapeutic decisions KW - 1960 KW - Psychotherapists KW - Psychotherapy KW - Decision Making KW - Patient History KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - 1960 DO - 10.1037/14361-003 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-29681-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2013-29681-002 AN - 2013-29681-002 AU - Watkins, John G. T1 - Part II. Theories and techniques of psychotherapy. T2 - General psychotherapy: An outline and study guide. Y1 - 1960/// SP - 19 EP - 115 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2013-29681-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watkins, John G.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 20130902. Correction Date: 20131209. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Psychotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Supportive Psychotherapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 97. AB - This chapter discusses the theories and techniques of psychotherapy. The author surveys supportive therapies and approaches, reconstructive therapies, and questionable and pseudo-psychotherapies. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychotherapy theories KW - psychotherapeutic techniques KW - reconstructive therapies KW - supportive therapies KW - pseudo-psychotherapies KW - 1960 KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Psychotherapy KW - Supportive Psychotherapy KW - 1960 DO - 10.1037/14361-002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-29681-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2013-29681-001 AN - 2013-29681-001 AU - Watkins, John G. T1 - Part I. The foundations of psychotherapy. T2 - General psychotherapy: An outline and study guide. Y1 - 1960/// SP - 3 EP - 17 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2013-29681-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watkins, John G.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 20130902. Correction Date: 20131209. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Theory; Psychodynamics; Psychopathology; Psychotherapists; Psychotherapy. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 15. AB - This chapter discusses the definition of psychotherapy, the psychotherapist, personality theories, psychopathology, and psychodynamics. It also provides the reader with references for further reading. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychotherapy KW - psychotherapists KW - personality theories KW - psychopathology KW - psychodynamics KW - 1960 KW - Personality Theory KW - Psychodynamics KW - Psychopathology KW - Psychotherapists KW - Psychotherapy KW - 1960 DO - 10.1037/14361-001 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-29681-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 2013-29681-000 AN - 2013-29681-000 AU - Watkins, John G. T1 - General psychotherapy: An outline and study guide. Y1 - 1960/// CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2013-29681-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watkins, John G.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 20130902. Correction Date: 20131209. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Psychotherapy; Theories. Minor Descriptor: Evaluation; Experimentation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 255. AB - This survey provides a solid road to key concepts of many therapeutic theories and techniques. A Broad Approach to Psychological Treatment comprises five parts. Part I is the foundations of psychotherapy. Part II reviews the theories and techniques of psychotherapy. Part III explores preparations for psychotherapy. Part IV describes specific therapeutic problems. Part V discusses evaluation and research in psychotherapy. The tremendous number of writings and the widely-varying points of view in this field are confusing. Dr. Watkins brings order into the area by organizing within an integrated outline the various systems , approaches, and techniques of psychotherapy. This work should be a valuable aid to more flexible and resourceful therapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychotherapy KW - therapeutic theories KW - therapeutic techniques KW - evaluation KW - research KW - 1960 KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Psychotherapy KW - Theories KW - Evaluation KW - Experimentation KW - 1960 DO - 10.1037/14361-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-29681-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2013-25223-014 AN - 2013-25223-014 AU - Shneidman, Edwin S. AU - Farberow, Norman L. ED - David, Henry P. ED - Brengelmann, J. C. ED - David, Henry P., (Ed) ED - Brengelmann, J. C., (Ed) T1 - A socio-psychological investigation of suicide. T2 - Perspectives in personality research. Y1 - 1960/// SP - 270 EP - 293 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Springer Publishing Co N1 - Accession Number: 2013-25223-014. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shneidman, Edwin S.; Central Research Unit, Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 20131028. Correction Date: 20140512. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Social Psychology; Social Structure; Suicide. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Tests & Measures: Discomfort-Relief Quotient. References Available: Y. Page Count: 24. AB - There are several rather distinct approaches to the investigation of the phenomena of suicide. The ecologic, anthropologic, psychiatric, and psychoanalytic points of view immediately come to mind. Of these, perhaps the best known approach to the analysis of suicidal data is that generally called 'sociological.' It has, by now, a time-honored tradition and includes what is probably the best-known single work on the topic, Durkheim's Le Suicide. It was in an effort to fill this lack that the present project was undertaken. In essence, the purpose of the study reported in this chapter is to juxtapose psychological and sociological suicidal data (for the same community and for the same temporal interval) so that congruencies between the two sets of data—the data of the individual and the data of the social structure—might be indicated and their relationships to suicidal data explored. The phenomena of suicide are obviously complicated and demand a multi-faceted approach. Practically everyone agrees that suicide is not that kind of disorder for which the researcher, no matter how diligent, can discover an etiological coccus or germ, but rather, that the phenomena of suicide are reflections of the total mental health of the individual as he lives (and dies) within the context of the mental health of the community. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - socio-psychological KW - suicide KW - social structure KW - 1960 KW - Social Psychology KW - Social Structure KW - Suicide KW - 1960 DO - 10.1037/14410-014 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-25223-014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2013-21557-008 AN - 2013-21557-008 AU - Tallent, Norman T1 - Some case-focused reports: Exemplification of an approach. T2 - Clinical psychological consultation: A rationale and guide to team practice. T3 - Prentice-Hall psychology series Y1 - 1963/// SP - 211 EP - 239 CY - Englewood Cliffs, NJ, US PB - Prentice-Hall, Inc N1 - Accession Number: 2013-21557-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tallent, Norman; Veterans Administration Hospital, Northampton, MA, US. Release Date: 20130701. Correction Date: 20140310. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Case Report; Clinical Psychology; Psychological Report; Psychologists. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Tests & Measures: Benton Memory Test; Wechsler Memory Scale DOI: 10.1037/t27207-000; Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children. Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 29. AB - Exemplification is integral to the presentation of an approach. First, exemplification makes concrete and sufficiently detailed the necessarily more general exposition of principles. Then it makes available to the reader 'an opportunity to judge the substance and effectiveness of the approach. But such impressions ought not be conclusive. In Chapter 8 a scheme is discussed for more objectively judging, in the clinic situation, the worth of the psychologist's efforts. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - case-focused reports KW - psychologists KW - clinical psychology KW - 1963 KW - Case Report KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Psychological Report KW - Psychologists KW - 1963 DO - 10.1037/14312-008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-21557-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2013-21557-007 AN - 2013-21557-007 AU - Tallent, Norman T1 - A workshop on clinical psychological reports. T2 - Clinical psychological consultation: A rationale and guide to team practice. T3 - Prentice-Hall psychology series Y1 - 1963/// SP - 169 EP - 210 CY - Englewood Cliffs, NJ, US PB - Prentice-Hall, Inc N1 - Accession Number: 2013-21557-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tallent, Norman; Veterans Administration Hospital, Northampton, MA, US. Release Date: 20130701. Correction Date: 20140310. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Professional Consultation; Psychological Report; Psychologists. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Tests & Measures: Bender Gestalt Test; Draw A Person: A Quantitative Scoring System; Word Association Test DOI: 10.1037/t01414-000; Rorschach Test DOI: 10.1037/t03306-000; Szondi; Sentence Comprehension Test; Thematic Apperception Test (TAT); Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS); Wechsler Memory Scale DOI: 10.1037/t27207-000; Wechsler-Bellevue Intelligence Scale--Form I DOI: 10.1037/t06871-000. Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Interview. Page Count: 42. AB - The basic approach of this book is one of scientific and professional self-examination. In this chapter we are ready to apply the principles which emerged from this process to samples of live case material. Learning to be an effective psychological consultant is largely an individual matter, since psychologists in training tend to develop idiosyncratic strengths and weaknesses. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical psychological reports KW - psychological consultant KW - psychologists KW - 1963 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Professional Consultation KW - Psychological Report KW - Psychologists KW - 1963 DO - 10.1037/14312-007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-21557-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2013-21557-006 AN - 2013-21557-006 AU - Tallent, Norman T1 - Conceptualizing the psychological report. T2 - Clinical psychological consultation: A rationale and guide to team practice. T3 - Prentice-Hall psychology series Y1 - 1963/// SP - 114 EP - 165 CY - Englewood Cliffs, NJ, US PB - Prentice-Hall, Inc N1 - Accession Number: 2013-21557-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tallent, Norman; Veterans Administration Hospital, Northampton, MA, US. Release Date: 20130701. Correction Date: 20140310. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Concept Formation; Professional Consultation; Psychological Report. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Tests & Measures: Bender Gestalt Test; Sacks Sentence Completion Test DOI: 10.1037/t01061-000; Rorschach Test DOI: 10.1037/t03306-000; MMPI (Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory); Thematic Apperception Test (TAT); Wechsler-Bellevue Intelligence Scale--Form I DOI: 10.1037/t06871-000. Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 52. AB - A flexible approach makes for better psychological reports. This view, and means of implementing it, are offered as a contribution to the old problem of how to organize reports. Apparently the difficulties involved in this task have not been alleviated by the abundance of general report outline schemes which are available. What is proposed here is that the report be case-focused, conceptualized in terms of the basic underlying scheme of clinical psychological consultation and with an emphasis on clinical needs. With this in mind, the roles of issues like content selection, theoretical orientation, and organizational form become evident. Special importance attaches to clarifying the relation of theoretical constructs to the report. The process of conceptualizing the report may then be spelled out in terms of principles derived through an examination of these various considerations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - conceptualization KW - psychological reports KW - clinical psychological consultation KW - 1963 KW - Concept Formation KW - Professional Consultation KW - Psychological Report KW - 1963 DO - 10.1037/14312-006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-21557-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2013-21557-005 AN - 2013-21557-005 AU - Tallent, Norman T1 - Content of the psychological report. T2 - Clinical psychological consultation: A rationale and guide to team practice. T3 - Prentice-Hall psychology series Y1 - 1963/// SP - 78 EP - 113 CY - Englewood Cliffs, NJ, US PB - Prentice-Hall, Inc N1 - Accession Number: 2013-21557-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tallent, Norman; Veterans Administration Hospital, Northampton, MA, US. Release Date: 20130701. Correction Date: 20140310. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychological Report; Psychologists. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Tests & Measures: Rorschach Test DOI: 10.1037/t03306-000; Thematic Apperception Test (TAT). Page Count: 36. AB - Report content is the product the psychologist delivers to his referral source. The appropriate topics for a psychological report are not yet a matter of consensus. Even so, if the psychologist will consider the various purposes to which his contribution may be put, and the roles of several definable classes of content in the report, he may know better what hinds of material to include. He must consider the legitimate sources of the matters treated in the report, and what principles should guide their selection. Insight into this can be gained through study of the sort of reports which have been traditional in psychology. Finally he can, on a rational basis, try to decide what content should enter reports. In so doing, it becomes apparent that while certain issues are never appropriate, other topic categories may frequently be discussed—depending on the case and the mission. These similarly determine the appropriate emphasis of report content. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological report KW - psychologist KW - 1963 KW - Psychological Report KW - Psychologists KW - 1963 DO - 10.1037/14312-005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-21557-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2013-21557-004 AN - 2013-21557-004 AU - Tallent, Norman T1 - Some general considerations on the psychological report. T2 - Clinical psychological consultation: A rationale and guide to team practice. T3 - Prentice-Hall psychology series Y1 - 1963/// SP - 45 EP - 77 CY - Englewood Cliffs, NJ, US PB - Prentice-Hall, Inc N1 - Accession Number: 2013-21557-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tallent, Norman; Veterans Administration Hospital, Northampton, MA, US. Release Date: 20130701. Correction Date: 20140310. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Professional Consultation; Psychological Report. Minor Descriptor: Clinical Psychologists. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Tests & Measures: Rorschach Test DOI: 10.1037/t03306-000. Page Count: 33. AB - The effectiveness of the psychological consultation may be enhanced by attention to factors which determine the psychological report. Everything is subsidiary to the matter of the psychologist understanding and fulfilling his mission, of meeting his responsibilities in the case. The most pertinent general issue centers about providing the referral source with an individualized report as opposed to one heavily saturated with some form of report stereotopy. Always important is the need to guard against personal factors compromising the value of the report. There are also issues of 'slanting' the report in the interest of clinical requirements, of the I use (and nonuse) of raw data, of reporting in terms of professional terminology, of the proper length of reports, and of several other important but I commonly overlooked matters. If the report is to be an effective instrument of the psychological consultation, we must even be interested in its cost and its timeliness in reaching the referral source. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological report KW - psychological consultation KW - psychologist KW - 1963 KW - Professional Consultation KW - Psychological Report KW - Clinical Psychologists KW - 1963 DO - 10.1037/14312-004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-21557-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2013-21557-003 AN - 2013-21557-003 AU - Tallent, Norman T1 - The trouble with psychological reports. T2 - Clinical psychological consultation: A rationale and guide to team practice. T3 - Prentice-Hall psychology series Y1 - 1963/// SP - 17 EP - 44 CY - Englewood Cliffs, NJ, US PB - Prentice-Hall, Inc N1 - Accession Number: 2013-21557-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tallent, Norman; Veterans Administration Hospital, Northampton, MA, US. Release Date: 20130701. Correction Date: 20140310. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Professional Consultation; Psychological Report. Minor Descriptor: Clinical Psychology. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Tests & Measures: Rorschach Test DOI: 10.1037/t03306-000; Thematic Apperception Test (TAT); Wechsler-Bellevue Intelligence Scale--Form I DOI: 10.1037/t06871-000. Page Count: 28. AB - Psychological evaluation, the results of which are formulated and conveyed in the psychological report, is widely accepted and sought as a contribution to the case study. In the opinion of many, however, psychological consultation frequently could be of more value were the psychological report made a more effective practical document. There are many ways in which the report can fall short of its potentialities. Most of these are correctable, and we can start in the right direction by first examining the criticisms commonly made of reports. It has also to be recognized that some of the limitations of the psychological report, and therefore of the consultation, stem from limitations in the field of behavioral science itself, and in shortcomings of our knowledge of how to apply our science to clinical issues. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological reports KW - psychological consultation KW - clinical psychology KW - 1963 KW - Professional Consultation KW - Psychological Report KW - Clinical Psychology KW - 1963 DO - 10.1037/14312-003 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-21557-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2013-21557-002 AN - 2013-21557-002 AU - Tallent, Norman T1 - Circumstances of the psychological consultation. T2 - Clinical psychological consultation: A rationale and guide to team practice. T3 - Prentice-Hall psychology series Y1 - 1963/// SP - 3 EP - 16 CY - Englewood Cliffs, NJ, US PB - Prentice-Hall, Inc N1 - Accession Number: 2013-21557-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tallent, Norman; Veterans Administration Hospital, Northampton, MA, US. Release Date: 20130701. Correction Date: 20140310. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Professional Consultation; Psychodiagnosis. Minor Descriptor: Clinical Psychologists; Teams. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Tests & Measures: Rorschach Test DOI: 10.1037/t03306-000. Page Count: 14. AB - In its rapid evolution, clinical psychology has not taken adequate inventory of its role in the psychodiagnostic situation. At first there was little doubt that clinical psychologists were psychometricians, 'testers,' or technicians. Currently, however, there is insufficient understanding, among psychologists and among other members of the psychiatric team, concerning the nature of the psychologist's function as an evaluator of behavior. Most clinical psychologists now function as consultants: they can make their maximum contribution when all concerned {including psychologists) understand the full implications of this role. Most important in this regard is the need for more efficient interaction of the psychologist with his team associates, a mutual process which requires an understanding of the other fellow and his job. Even the mechanics of psychological consultation are subject to such changes as will enable the psychologist to deliver an improved product to his referral source. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological consultation KW - clinical psychology KW - psychodiagnosis KW - clinical psychologists KW - team associates KW - 1963 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Professional Consultation KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Clinical Psychologists KW - Teams KW - 1963 DO - 10.1037/14312-002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-21557-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 2013-21557-000 AN - 2013-21557-000 AU - Tallent, Norman T1 - Clinical psychological consultation: A rationale and guide to team practice. T3 - Prentice-Hall psychology series Y1 - 1963/// CY - Englewood Cliffs, NJ, US PB - Prentice-Hall, Inc N1 - Accession Number: 2013-21557-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tallent, Norman; Veterans Administration Hospital, Northampton, MA, US. Release Date: 20130701. Correction Date: 20140310. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Practice; Professional Consultation; Psychological Report; Psychologists. Minor Descriptor: Teams. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). References Available: Y. Page Count: 298. AB - The psychologist, who identifies himself as a student of behavior, is becoming aware that his own professional behavior is an area in need of study. His clinical activities are many and varied, but eventually may be conceptualized into a systematic view of clinical psychological practice. Since psychologists have unique competence in the development and use of formal tests and other procedures that contribute to an understanding of people, evaluation of personality is basic to such practice. The topic which receives the greatest consideration is the psychological report. Virtually all of the psychological consultation is mirrored in this interesting document. The psychological report, so readily available for study, is a source of information on such matters as the psychologist's attitudes as they pertain to his function, the sociodynamics of the clinic, the psychologist's conception of his function, the psychologist's professional goals, the effectiveness of the consultation, and the communication of psychological information. Those who would advance the clinical psychological consultation must recognize the place of communication in this function. What the psychologist knows is important only to the extent that he can deliver his information to the referral source. This book has as one of its objectives the. teaching of psychological report writing, which is a particularly meaningful topic in the explicit context of the psychological consultation. This book has primary reference to diagnostic and treatment settings in which psychologists work as members of a clinic team. Relevance to psychological consultation in other situations was given less specific attention, but the goal was that much of the presentation, particularly the basic concepts and techniques, would have broad applicability. This book is intended for graduate students of psychology and for those working or preparing to work as psychiatric team members, especially psychiatrists, social workers, and- psychologists. I would also hope that many others who work with people, particularly school and personnel psychologists, speech pathologists and speech therapists, vocational counselors, and guidance workers, will find the principles and illustrations offered helpful. Clinical psychology shares many problems with its sister disciplines, and some of the solutions to these may transcend accepted boundary lines. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical psychological consultation KW - psychologist KW - clinical practice KW - team practice KW - psychological report writing KW - 1963 KW - Clinical Practice KW - Professional Consultation KW - Psychological Report KW - Psychologists KW - Teams KW - 1963 DO - 10.1037/14312-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-21557-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2006-20945-038 AN - 2006-20945-038 AU - Hester, Rupert ED - Cole, Jonathan O. ED - Gerard, Ralph W. ED - Cole, Jonathan O., (Ed) ED - Gerard, Ralph W., (Ed) T1 - Some Obstacles to Efficient Data Management. T2 - Psychopharmacology: Problems in evaluation. Y1 - 1959/// SP - 546 EP - 550 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - National Academy of Sciences N1 - Accession Number: 2006-20945-038. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hester, Rupert; Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 20061120. Correction Date: 20151221. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Conference Information: Conference on The Evaluation of Pharmacotherapy in Mental Health, Sep, 1956, Washington, DC, US. Conference Note: Presented at the aforementioned conference sponsored by the National Institute of Mental Health, the National Academy of Sciences--National Research Council, and the American Psychiatric Association. Major Descriptor: Data Collection; Drug Therapy; Drugs; Evaluation; Experimentation. Classification: Research Methods & Experimental Design (2260); Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 5. AB - A substantial part of the current research on the effects of drugs aims toward, some degree of systematic clinical evaluation and, therefore, in terms of Dr. Greenblatts outline, belongs approximately at Stage 2. Studies conducted on this level, unless well planned, often tend to accumulate a large volume of data at the expense of a busy hospital staff, but in the end they may contribute little either to scientific understanding or to clinical practice. The consequence is delay in obtaining needed information regarding the pharmacotherapies. Topics covered in this paper include plans for the analysis of data; pilot surveys and adjustments; criteria and policies; multiple criteria and sampling problems; and need for evaluation devices. A discussion on this paper is presented at the end of the chapter. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - efficient data management KW - drug research KW - clinical evaluation KW - pharmacotherapy KW - 1959 KW - Data Collection KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drugs KW - Evaluation KW - Experimentation KW - 1959 DO - 10.1037/11259-038 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-20945-038&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2006-20945-032 AN - 2006-20945-032 AU - Jenkins, Richard L. AU - Lorr, Maurice ED - Cole, Jonathan O. ED - Gerard, Ralph W. ED - Cole, Jonathan O., (Ed) ED - Gerard, Ralph W., (Ed) T1 - Symptom Scales and Check Lists for Determining Symptomatic Improvement in Psychotic Patients. T2 - Psychopharmacology: Problems in evaluation. Y1 - 1959/// SP - 469 EP - 477 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - National Academy of Sciences N1 - Accession Number: 2006-20945-032. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jenkins, Richard L.; Psychiatric Evaluation Project, Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 20061120. Correction Date: 20151221. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Conference Information: Conference on The Evaluation of Pharmacotherapy in Mental Health, Sep, 1956, Washington, DC, US. Conference Note: Presented at the aforementioned conference sponsored by the National Institute of Mental Health, the National Academy of Sciences--National Research Council, and the American Psychiatric Association. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients; Psychiatric Symptoms; Rating Scales; Symptom Checklists. Minor Descriptor: Test Reliability; Test Validity; Checklist (Testing). Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200); Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). References Available: Y. Page Count: 9. AB - Check lists and rating scales for describing and recording psychiatric patient symptoms and behavior have long been in use. Recently, a number of such devices have been developed for use as measures of psychotic symptomatology and others developed as measures of hospital adjustment. It is argued that, at present, evidence of the psychotic process is best reflected in psychotic symptoms. Hence, scales and checks are essential devices for recording improvement in psychiatric patients. The validity and reliability of scales, which are important criteria in their selection, are briefly discussed. A discussion of this paper is presented at the end of the chapter. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychotic symptoms KW - symptom scales KW - symptom checklists KW - rating scales KW - psychiatric patients KW - validity KW - reliability KW - psychotic patients KW - 1959 KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychiatric Symptoms KW - Rating Scales KW - Symptom Checklists KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - Checklist (Testing) KW - 1959 DO - 10.1037/11259-032 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-20945-032&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2006-20945-026 AN - 2006-20945-026 AU - Bennett, Ivan F. ED - Cole, Jonathan O. ED - Gerard, Ralph W. ED - Cole, Jonathan O., (Ed) ED - Gerard, Ralph W., (Ed) T1 - Cooperative VA Study of Chemotherapy in Psychiatry: Project No. 1. T2 - Psychopharmacology: Problems in evaluation. Y1 - 1959/// SP - 412 EP - 420 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - National Academy of Sciences N1 - Accession Number: 2006-20945-026. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bennett, Ivan F.; Psychiatry and Neurology Service, Veterans Administration, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 20061120. Correction Date: 20151221. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Conference Information: Conference on The Evaluation of Pharmacotherapy in Mental Health, Sep, 1956, Washington, DC, US. Conference Note: Presented at the aforementioned conference sponsored by the National Institute of Mental Health, the National Academy of Sciences--National Research Council, and the American Psychiatric Association. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Drugs; Psychiatry; Schizophrenia; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Minor Descriptor: Chlorpromazine; Experimental Design; Phenobarbital; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Research Methods & Experimental Design (2260); Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 9. AB - The purpose of the study is to determine the relative effectiveness of chlorpromazine and promazine in the treatment of hospitalized schizophrenic patients. The experimental group will consist of male schizophrenic patients who are classified as acute or chronic. The research design is basically a 2 × 2 × 4 factorial design with two conditions, chronicity and degree of disturbance, at two levels each and four types of treatment. Patients selected for the study will be classified as schizophrenics and will fall into one of the following four groups: (a) acute disturbed, (b) acute nondisturbed, (c) chronic disturbed, and (d) chronic nondisturbed. Four drugs will be provided to each participating hospital: chlorpromazine, promazine, phenobarbital, and an inert placebo. The following criteria of patient improvement will be used in Project 1: (a) a clinical estimate of psychiatric status (newly developed scale), (b) an interview rating scale (Lorr's Multidimensional Scale), (c) a ward observation scale (Lorr's Hospital Adjustment Scale), and (d) the patient's self ratings (Taylor Anxiety Scale). After providing a detailed description of carrying out this study, this chapter presents a discussion on the paper. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hospitalized schizophrenic patients KW - chlorpromazine KW - promazine KW - drug effectiveness KW - psychiatry KW - Cooperative VA study KW - phenobarbital KW - 1959 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drugs KW - Psychiatry KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - Chlorpromazine KW - Experimental Design KW - Phenobarbital KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1959 DO - 10.1037/11259-026 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-20945-026&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2006-20816-005 AN - 2006-20816-005 AU - Straus, Erwin W. AU - Straus, Erwin W. AU - Morgan, Bayard ED - May, Rollo ED - Angel, Ernest ED - Ellenberger, Henri F. ED - May, Rollo, (Ed) ED - Angel, Ernest, (Ed) ED - Ellenberger, Henri F., (Ed) T1 - Aesthesiology and Hallucinations. T2 - Existence: A new dimension in psychiatry and psychology. Y1 - 1958/// SP - 139 EP - 169 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Basic Books N1 - Accession Number: 2006-20816-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Straus, Erwin W.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Lexington, KY, US. Release Date: 20061211. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hallucinations; Perception; Phenomenology; Reality. Classification: Philosophy (2630); Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 31. AB - The understanding of pathological phenomena depends upon a preceding understanding of normal processes. When we discuss disturbances we refer by implication to the norm. Our knowledge of the norm may be fragmentary, open to many interpretations; nevertheless, the actual interpretation of the norm--even if not explicitly formulated--predetermines the possible interpretations of pathological manifestations. This is just as true for hallucinations as for all other phenomena. A better understanding of hallucinations therefore must wait for a deeper understanding of the norm of sensory experience. If this be the case--it will be objected--all waiting is in vain; for is there anything new to be said about sensory experience? Indeed, such an attempt would seem rash, in view of an age-old scientific tradition, and quixotic, considering our familiarity with these phenomena. Yet it is precisely tradition and familiarity that are most likely to prevent us from fully comprehending their meaning. The attempt to present sensory experience freed from traditional prejudices is designated here as aesthesiology. Our everyday world is formed within the medium of sensory experience and in accordance with the characteristics of the modalities. Hallucinations originate in the medium of distorted modalities. They appear at points where the I-world relations are pathologically transformed. The causes of pathological alterations can be many and diverse, their attack peripheral or central. The severest disturbances can be expected where the I-world relations are most deeply altered, where a pathological disturbance of one's relation to the Other so alters direction, distance, and boundary that the Other appears, as it were, in new aspects. Our being-affected determines the reality of experiences. For reality is not read off any dial of characteristics; it is not judged by a regulated order of occurrences, it is not a subsequent addition to data of sense; it is an original and inseparable factor of sensory experience itself. Sensory experiencing and experiencing the real are one and the same. In sensory experience there is no question of validity according to general rules. The reality of sensory experience needs no subsequent justification. It is before and above doubt. Its legitimation is sensory experience itself--i.e., my being-beset, the appertaining of an event to my existence. The Other is real insofar as it affects and has affected me. In the pathological alterations of my being-seized, constructs are formed, with the character of reality and sensuality, which resemble the normal ones but which differ from them as 'voices' do from utterances in speech. The author provides examples of what aesthesiology can contribute to the understanding of hallucinations. Hallucinations are pathological variations, of the basic relation I-and-the-Other. They possess therefore that character of reality which pertains to all sensory experiencing, which is not one class of experience alongside many others. Sensory experiencing is the basic form of all experiencing, from which other modes of existing--such as thinking, remembering, imagining--separate off, but always return. Sensory experiencing is of the present. But the Now of present is always my Now, a moment of my becoming. The essence of the sensory experience itself, in its besetment at every moment, is to be sensitive to the efficacy--i.e., the reality--of the Other. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sensory experience KW - aesthesiology KW - hallucinations KW - reality KW - pathological phenomena KW - I KW - other KW - normal processes KW - 1958 KW - Hallucinations KW - Perception KW - Phenomenology KW - Reality KW - 1958 DO - 10.1037/11321-005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-20816-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2006-12091-010 AN - 2006-12091-010 AU - Wortis, Joseph ED - Hoch, Paul H. ED - Hoch, Paul H., (Ed) T1 - Failures with insulin shock therapy. T2 - Failures in psychiatric treatment: The proceedings of the thirty-seventh annual meeting of the American Psychopathological Association, held in New York City, June 1947. Y1 - 1948/// SP - 153 EP - 160 CY - New York City, NY, US PB - Grune & Stratton N1 - Accession Number: 2006-12091-010. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wortis, Joseph; Veterans Administration, New York, NY, US. Release Date: 20060925. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Failure; Insulin Shock Therapy; Schizophrenia; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Diagnosis; Psychiatric Symptoms; Psychotherapy; Relapse (Disorders). Classification: Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 8. AB - In a consecutive series of eighty-four cases treated with insulin shock we found twenty-nine that did not respond at all or showed only slight improvement. In contrast to these, sixteen cases recovered from their psychosis, while the remaining eases showed various intermediate degrees of improvement. Why did these cases fail to respond and in what way did they contrast with the fully recovered cases? What lessons can we draw from these failures? In answering these questions, the author draws several conclusions: 1. Insulin treatment of schizophrenia must be begun early. Once the diagnosis is established it is wrong and dangerous to try psychotherapy while precious time is lost. 2. Acute and florid symptoms are prognostically favorable; insidious development with an integration of schizophrenic symptoms into the personality structure is prognostically unfavorable. 3. Schizophrenic syndromes found in association with constitutional psychopathic defects are likely to be unresponsive to treatment. 4. The more prominent and basic the psychologic features of a case, the less responsive it is likely to be to this type of physiologic treatment. 5. Treatment must be adequately intense and prolonged and modulated to the needs of the patient. Insulin treatment requires both training and observant care; it cannot be given in a routine fashion. 6. General hygienic and psychotherapeutic management are important adjuncts to treatment. 7. Cases must be followed after discharge and promptly treated in the event of relapse. Insulin treatment cannot be regarded as a cure for schizophrenia, but it is the best available treatment; in acute cases it offers excellent chances for good remissions and in many cases maintains the remission over a long period of years. The discussion by Philip Polatin, which is included at the end of the chapter, emphasizes the factor of duration of illness in failures in therapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - insulin shock therapy KW - schizophrenia KW - treatment failures KW - schizophrenic symptoms KW - diagnosis KW - psychotherapy KW - relapse KW - 1948 KW - Failure KW - Insulin Shock Therapy KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Diagnosis KW - Psychiatric Symptoms KW - Psychotherapy KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - 1948 DO - 10.1037/11208-010 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-12091-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2006-12091-008 AN - 2006-12091-008 AU - Cotton, John M. ED - Hoch, Paul H. ED - Hoch, Paul H., (Ed) T1 - Group Psychotherapy: An appraisal. T2 - Failures in psychiatric treatment: The proceedings of the thirty-seventh annual meeting of the American Psychopathological Association, held in New York City, June 1947. Y1 - 1948/// SP - 121 EP - 131 CY - New York City, NY, US PB - Grune & Stratton N1 - Accession Number: 2006-12091-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cotton, John M.; Veterans Administration, New York, NY, US. Release Date: 20060925. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Evaluation; Group Psychotherapy; Psychotherapeutic Outcomes; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Psychotherapeutic Techniques. Minor Descriptor: Group Dynamics. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 11. AB - This chapter provides an appraisal of group psychotherapy, as the author argues that a critical evaluation of failures in group therapy is premature. The author notes that group therapy grew out of social institution and was fostered by expedience; however, group therapy has never been adequately defined. After describing some of the basic problems with group therapy, the author argues that too early formulation of the basic principles may actually stunt this therapy, which is in the process of development, and may give rise to antagonisms between other therapists and theorists that are not desirable or warranted. Group therapy makes use of those same avenues of approach used by many other therapies, namely, reassurance, re-education, desensitization, catharsis, and, in a certain sense, transference. It adds a supporting factor which comes from being a member of the group and by participating in and identifying with the group. The author believes that therapists should find out more about all of these factors before drawing any final conclusions as to the nature of the therapeutic process or the efficacy of the method. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group psychotherapy KW - appraisal KW - group processes KW - group dynamics KW - psychotherapeutic processes KW - 1948 KW - Evaluation KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Psychotherapeutic Outcomes KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Group Dynamics KW - 1948 DO - 10.1037/11208-008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-12091-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2006-12079-011 AN - 2006-12079-011 AU - Bell, John E. AU - Siegel, Edward L. ED - Weider, Arthur ED - Weider, Arthur, (Ed) T1 - Psychodiagnostic Methods at Work: The Case of Gregor. T2 - Contributions toward medical psychology: Theory and psychodiagnostic methods, Vol II. Y1 - 1953/// SP - 806 EP - 845 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Ronald Press Company N1 - Accession Number: 2006-12079-011. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bell, John E.; Clark University, Worcester, MA, US. Release Date: 20060925. Correction Date: 20120910. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Measurement; Mental Disorders; Personality; Psychodiagnosis. Minor Descriptor: Military Veterans. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Tests & Measures: Rapaport Word Association Test; Rotter-Willerman Sentence Completion Test; Human Figure Drawing Test; Rorschach Test DOI: 10.1037/t03306-000; Rosenzweig Picture Frustration Study; Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale; Thematic Apperception Test (TAT); Bender Visual Motor Gestalt Test DOI: 10.1037/t05602-000. Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 40. AB - The purpose of this chapter is to convey an idea of how some of the psychodiagnostic tests discussed in the preceding pages are actually put to use in the study of a 30-yr-old, male military veteran. As the test results and their interpretations unfold, it will become clear how each of the various techniques utilized supplements the others so that, at the conclusion of such a study, a comprehensive view of the psychological factors involved in the patient's illness is obtained. The material that follows is a much shortened summary of the presentations in a symposium conducted during the 1949 meetings of the American Psychological Association. The case record was collected either by or under the direction of the senior author from the patient. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychodiagnostic tests KW - intellectual ability KW - mental health KW - mental disorders KW - military veteran KW - personality KW - 1953 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Measurement KW - Mental Disorders KW - Personality KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Military Veterans KW - 1953 DO - 10.1037/11296-011 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-12079-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2006-10240-002 AN - 2006-10240-002 AU - Dickman, Harold R. ED - Barker, Roger G. ED - Barker, Roger G., (Ed) T1 - The Perception of Behavioral Units. T2 - The stream of behavior: Explorations of its structure & content. T3 - Century psychology series Y1 - 1963/// SP - 23 EP - 41 CY - East Norwalk, CT, US PB - Appleton-Century-Crofts N1 - Accession Number: 2006-10240-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dickman, Harold R.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Roseburg, OR, US. Release Date: 20060814. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior; Behavioral Assessment; Social Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 19. AB - Is the stream of behavior seen as a continuum or as a sequence of discrete units? If the latter, do different people see the same units? People behave toward others, and they speak and write about their own and other's behavior as if they perceive behavior in units; and the degree of harmony with which interacting individuals guide their behavior suggests considerable agreement regarding the beginning and end-points of the behavior units they discern. The research reported in this chapter provides the first precise and systematic information about these important matters. In addition to his empirical findings, Dr. Dickman presents his thinking about the grounds people use in dividing the behavior stream and about the sources of their agreements and disagreements. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social perception KW - behavioral units KW - behavior KW - 1963 KW - Behavior KW - Behavioral Assessment KW - Social Perception KW - 1963 DO - 10.1037/11177-002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-10240-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2006-10238-001 AN - 2006-10238-001 AU - Spence, Janet Taylor ED - Wepman, Joseph M. ED - Heine, Ralph W. ED - Wepman, Joseph M., (Ed) ED - Heine, Ralph W., (Ed) T1 - Learning Theory And Personality. T2 - Concepts of personality. Y1 - 1963/// SP - 3 EP - 30 CY - Hawthorne, NY, US PB - Aldine Publishing Co N1 - Accession Number: 2006-10238-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spence, Janet Taylor; Veterans Administration Hospital, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 20060821. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Learning Theory; Personality Theory. Minor Descriptor: Early Experience; Personality Development. Classification: Personality Theory (3140). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). References Available: Y. Page Count: 28. AB - In the present chapter we will be concerned with what one kind of psychological theory may have to contribute to another. The two types of theories, of learning and of personality, provide many contrasts that will be profitable to consider if attempts to integrate them are to be understood in proper perspective. The immediate empirical interests of many psychologists, particularly experimentalists, are primarily concerned with discovering the manner in which environmental variables determine behavior in certain general types of experimental arrangements. Their interests may thus be described as being situationally oriented. If the empirical stimulus-response (S-R) laws developed about these situations are ever to allow for accurate prediction of the behavior of individuals, it will be necessary to introduce into these laws variables that take account of the differences among subjects as they come to the experimental situation. Conversely, psychologists interested in personality phenomena have concentrated their attention on the properties of individuals, with lesser concern for situational variables. But, as the examples in this chapter demonstrate, the behavior of any given individual depends in part upon the environmental context in which it occurs. Children who have been severely punished for aggression by their parents may exhibit more or less aggressive behavior than other children, depending on where they are; anxiety may facilitate certain kinds of behavior or interfere with it, depending upon environmental factors. The increasing number of attempts to bring personality variables into the laboratory and to apply laboratory principles to human behavior as it occurs in naturalistic settings suggests a growing awareness that the activities of S-R experimentalists and of those interested in personality are complementary. If learning theories have often been at the center of these attempts to bridge the gap between the two areas, it is perhaps because of the shared interests of both learning and personality theorists in the role of motivational factors, innate and acquired, in determining behavior, as well as in the learning process itself. As the review of some of the Manifest Anxiety Scale (MAS) literature suggested, our knowledge of even simple learning situations is far from complete, particularly with respect to individual different variables. Obviously, then, applications of principles derived from these simple situations to such personality phenomena as those suggested by J. Dollard and N. E. Miller are bound to be gross over-simplifications that will require refinement and modification. Investigations stemming from the various kinds of attempts to bring personality and learning theory together have yielded encouraging results to date. Future research, based on the data these studies have provided, should help to point the way to more sophisticated theories. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - learning theory KW - personality theory KW - early experience KW - personality development KW - 1963 KW - Learning Theory KW - Personality Theory KW - Early Experience KW - Personality Development KW - 1963 DO - 10.1037/11175-001 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-10238-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2006-10211-026 AN - 2006-10211-026 AU - Marrazzi, Amedeo S. ED - Rinkel, Max ED - Rinkel, Max, (Ed) T1 - Brain Studies: IV. Psychosis as a Function of Disturbed Chemical Regulation of Cerebral Synaptic Transmission. T2 - Chemical concepts of psychosis: Proceedings of the Symposium on Chemical Concepts of Psychosis held at the Second International Congress of Psychiatry in Zurich, Switzerland, September 1 to 7, 1957. Y1 - 1958/// SP - 305 EP - 318 CY - New York, NY, US PB - McDowell, Obolensky N1 - Accession Number: 2006-10211-026. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Marrazzi, Amedeo S.; Veterans Administration Research Laboratories in Neuropsychiatry, Veterans Administration Hospital, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 20060828. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Conference Information: Symposium on Chemical Concepts of Psychosis, Sep, 1957, Zurich, Switzerland. Conference Note: The symposium was held at the Second International Congress of Psychiatry. Major Descriptor: Etiology; Neurochemistry; Neurotransmission; Psychosis; Synapses. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Animal (20). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). References Available: Y. Page Count: 14. AB - Experimental data have been advanced to indicate the value of examining psychosis as a function of disturbed chemical regulation of cerebral synaptic transmission. A logical outcome of this point of view is to look upon neurohumors (or their aberrant forms) as potential endogenous psychotogens and to examine exogenous psychotogens as disturbers of neurohumoral synaptic equilibrium. The specific blocking action of tranquilizers tends to correct such deviations and restore equilibrium. The varying effectiveness of tranquilizers may be an indication of the variety of ways synaptic equilibrium can be disturbed and the resulting variety of conditions contributing to a clinical entity such as schizophrenia. Tranquilizers may further, as in the case of chlorpromazine, distinguish between neurohumoral inhibitory transmitters which they block and other modifiers of neuronal function at the synapse, such as GABA. The latter is not affected but is susceptible to modifiers of cerebral excitability, namely Dilantin. Thus transmission can become abnormal through perversion of transmission metabolism or of neuron metabolism or both, resulting in excessive inhibition or excessive excitation, which can be relative or absolute. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cerebral synaptic transmission KW - psychosis KW - disturbed chemical regulation KW - etiology KW - 1958 KW - Etiology KW - Neurochemistry KW - Neurotransmission KW - Psychosis KW - Synapses KW - 1958 DO - 10.1037/11190-026 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-10211-026&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-18713-001 AN - 2011-18713-001 AU - Moran, Louis J. AU - Mefferd, Roy B. Jr. AU - Kimble, James P. Jr. T1 - Idiodynamic sets in word association. JF - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JO - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JA - Psychol Monogr Y1 - 1964/// VL - 78 IS - 2 SP - 1 EP - 22 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-9753 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-18713-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Review: Monograph Supplements. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moran, Louis J.; University of Texas, TX, US. Other Publishers: Macmillan & Company; Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20111003. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Information: Annual Meeting of the Society for Multivariate Experimental Psychology, 3rd, 1962, Chicago, IL, US. Conference Note: A version of the present paper was presented at the aforementioned conference. Major Descriptor: Factor Analysis; Free Association; Schizophrenia; Word Associations. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Wechsler-Bellevue Test—Vocabulary subtest, Form I. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 22. Issue Publication Date: 1964. Publication History: First Submitted Date: May 7, 1963. AB - On 4 successive days 100 normals and 96 schizophrenics were administered a list of 125 words under free-association instructions. From these samples 79 normal-schizophrenic pairs were matched for age, education, and vocabulary. Separate orthogonal factor anlyses of each day's performance by 79 normal Ss yielded essentially the same factors. 3 factors were interpreted as representing idiodynamic sets: object-referent, conceptual-referent, and speed. The manner in which these sets facilitated and interfered with mediational processes was demonstrated. Similar analyses of performance by the 79 schizophrenics revealed the same 3 idiodynamic sets. Although the sets were operative in the schizophrenics on all 4 days, the sets were less pre-emptive after the 1st day. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - idiodynamic sets KW - word association KW - schizophrenia KW - factor analysis KW - free association KW - 1964 KW - Factor Analysis KW - Free Association KW - Schizophrenia KW - Word Associations KW - 1964 U1 - Sponsor: Hogg Foundation for Mental Health. Recipients: No recipient indicated U1 - Sponsor: University of Texas, Research Institute, US. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1037/h0093833 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-18713-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-18675-001 AN - 2011-18675-001 AU - Doering, Milan F. AU - Hamlin, Roy M. AU - Everstine, Louis AU - Eigenbrode, Charles R. AU - Chambers, Guinevere S. AU - Wolpin, Milton AU - Lackner, Frank M. T1 - The use of training to increase intensity of angry verbalization. JF - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JO - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JA - Psychol Monogr Y1 - 1962/// VL - 76 IS - 37 SP - 1 EP - 27 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-9753 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-18675-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Review: Monograph Supplements. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Doering, Milan F.; Topeka State Hospital, KS, US. Other Publishers: Macmillan & Company; Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20111003. Correction Date: 20120827. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anger; Emotional Control; Oral Communication; Training. Minor Descriptor: Egotism; Frustration. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320). Tests & Measures: Angry Verbalization Test [Appended] DOI: 10.1037/t13778-000; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale; Egotistical Verbalization Scale [Appended] DOI: 10.1037/t06856-000; Angry Verbalization Scale I DOI: 10.1037/t06857-000; Angry Verbalization Scale II [Appended] DOI: 10.1037/t08599-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 27. Issue Publication Date: 1962. Publication History: First Submitted Date: Feb 5, 1962. AB - This report consists of five studies pertaining to angry verbalization research. Angry verbalization research started as an attempt to shorten the psychotherapy process by training individuals directly to make angrier than usual verbalizations. The problem immediately encountered was what constituted an angrier than usual verbalization. The solution to this problem was found in the angry verbalization continuum. This continuum went from 'not very angry' at the one end to 'very angry' at the other end. On the continuum were to fall both the usually made angry verbalizations and, farther up, some verbalizations even angrier than the usual ones. In Study I, the idea of an angry verbalization continuum was made concrete with the development of two Angry Verbalization scales. Study II covers the development of an Egotistical Verbalization Scale, this scale going from 'not very egotistical' at the one end to 'very egotistical' at the other end. The Egotistical Verbalization Scale was set up to be a less emotional control scale to the Angry Verbalization scales. With the development of the anger and egotism scales, an attempt could be made to train individuals to make angrier than usual verbalizations. Studies III and IV are concerned with such an attempt. Study III describes a discrimination procedure in which individuals were trained to discriminate between angry verbalizations of different intensities, the different intensities being determined according to the anger scales. Study IV was concerned with what effects this discrimination training had on increasing the intensity of individuals' freely made angry verbalizations. In Study IV an Angry Verbalization Test was developed to elicit and to measure freely made angry verbalizations. Some data from this test were subsequently given both to a clinician and to a statistician. Study V is a comparison of the clinician's report of this data with the statistician's report. In the course of Study V, some potentially meaningful ways for conceptualizing intraindividual variability are presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - training KW - angry verbalizations KW - anger intensity KW - emotional control KW - egotism KW - angry verbalization continuum KW - frustration KW - 1962 KW - Anger KW - Emotional Control KW - Oral Communication KW - Training KW - Egotism KW - Frustration KW - 1962 DO - 10.1037/h0093877 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-18675-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-17948-001 AN - 2011-17948-001 AU - Williams, Meyer AU - McGee, Thomas F. AU - Kittleson, Shirley AU - Halperin, Louis T1 - An evaluation of an intensive group living program with schizophrenic patients. JF - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JO - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JA - Psychol Monogr Y1 - 1962/// VL - 76 IS - 24 SP - 1 EP - 25 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-9753 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-17948-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Review: Monograph Supplements. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Williams, Meyer; Westside Veterans Administration Hospital, Chicago, IL, US. Other Publishers: Macmillan & Company; Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20111003. Correction Date: 20120827. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospital Admission; Intensive Care; Psychiatric Hospitals; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients; Interpersonal Relationships. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213); Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Tests & Measures: Hospital Adjustment Scale; Multidimensional Scale for Rating Psychiatric Patients; Rorschach Test DOI: 10.1037/t03306-000; Thematic Apperception Test (TAT); Wechsler-Bellevue Intelligence Scale--Form I DOI: 10.1037/t06871-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 25. Issue Publication Date: 1962. Publication History: First Submitted Date: Nov 16, 1961. AB - This study aimed to compare four consecutive groups of patients undergoing a group living program with similar patients treated in routine programs. The study was conducted within the same hospital service setting, facilities, and same period of time for all patients. The group living program was carried out on the psychiatric service of a Veterans Administration general medical and surgical hospital which admits only voluntary patients. The subjects of this study were recently hospitalized patients who, after having gone through the regular admissions and workup procedure, were diagnosed as schizophrenic and were recommended by their case psychiatrist as candidates for electric shock treatment, insulin treatment, or pharmacological treatment. Both experimental and control patients were evaluated by a project selection committee, and had to meet 10 criteria pertaining to severity and duration of illness, age, place of residence, etc. They were randomly assigned to the experimental group living treatment program or to the more customary types of treatment provided for withdrawn, schizophrenic patients, namely, insulin treatment, electric shock treatment, and pharmacological treatment, plus the usual ancillary therapy programs. In the group living program the experimental subjects received no medication or somatic treatment. They were treated intensively for 4 months in closed groups composed of six to eight patients each. Results show that patients treated by routine methods show improvement in personality and interpersonal relations which tends to be tenuous and can be attributed to a greater degree of repression and personality constriction. Patients treated by group living methods show more stable improvement in personality functioning and interpersonal relations which can be attributed to an improved capacity for personality growth and an increased openness to a wider variety of emotional experiences. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - intensive group living programs KW - schizophrenic patients KW - routine programs KW - hospital services KW - regular admissions KW - 1962 KW - Hospital Admission KW - Intensive Care KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Schizophrenia KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Interpersonal Relationships KW - 1962 U1 - Sponsor: Veterans Administration, Department of Medicine and Surgery. Recipients: No recipient indicated DO - 10.1037/h0093821 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-17948-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-17788-001 AN - 2011-17788-001 AU - Vernier, Claire M. AU - Barrell, Robert P. AU - Cummings, Jonathan W. AU - Dickerson, Joseph H. AU - Hooper, H. Elston T1 - Psychosocial study of the patient with pulmonary tuberculosis: A cooperative research approach. JF - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JO - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JA - Psychol Monogr Y1 - 1961/// VL - 75 IS - 6 SP - 1 EP - 32 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-9753 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-17788-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Review: Monograph Supplements. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Vernier, Claire M.; Veterans Administration Central Office, Washington, DC, US. Other Publishers: Macmillan & Company; Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20111003. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotional Adjustment; Hospitalization; Life Changes; Psychodynamics; Pulmonary Tuberculosis. Minor Descriptor: Patients. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Personnel Test for Industry, Form A; IPAT 16 Personality Factor Test, Form C; Madison Sentence Completion Test-Short Form; House-Tree-Person Test; Composite Projective Test; Hospital Adjustment Index. Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 32. Issue Publication Date: 1961. Publication History: First Submitted Date: Mar 3, 1961. AB - Study of the psychology of the patient with pulmonary tuberculosis has been of increasing interest to psychologists in recent years. The projects that are described in this report were based on the underlying premise that a person's psychological makeup largely determines the manner in which he will adjust to the complex changes in his life pattern which are demanded by hospitalization for treatment of a somatic illness such as pulmonary tuberculosis. The present research was designed to study the nature and degree of the relationships between psychological factors and behavior in each of the three areas. Accordingly, three studies were designed. The first seeks to determine the relationship between psychological factors and the way the patient adjusts to his hospital environment. The second investigates how his psychological makeup relates to the kind of response he makes to the medical treatment. The third studies psychological factors as they relate to the patient's adjustment following his return to the community. The protocols and research materials for each of the three studies were distributed to 18 Veterans Administration hospitals in September 1957. Data collection was completed by March 1958 and all materials were forwarded to the Central Research Laboratory at the Veterans Administration Hospital, Baltimore, Maryland. No significant relationships were found between the psychological or demographic variables and response to treatment in the moderately advanced group. In the far advanced group, however, freedom from anxiety was found to be significantly related to good response to treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - patients KW - pulmonary tuberculosis KW - cooperative research approaches KW - psychological factors KW - life pattern KW - hospitalization KW - psychological adjustment KW - 1961 KW - Emotional Adjustment KW - Hospitalization KW - Life Changes KW - Psychodynamics KW - Pulmonary Tuberculosis KW - Patients KW - 1961 DO - 10.1037/h0093770 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-17788-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-17731-001 AN - 2011-17731-001 AU - Fairweather, G. W. AU - Simon, R. AU - Gebhard, M. E. AU - Weingarten, E. AU - Holland, J. L. AU - Sanders, R . AU - Stone, G. B. AU - Reahl, J. E. T1 - Relative effectiveness of psychotherapeutic programs: A multicriteria comparison of four programs for three different patient groups. JF - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JO - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JA - Psychol Monogr Y1 - 1960/// VL - 74 IS - 5 SP - 1 EP - 26 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-9753 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-17731-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Review: Monograph Supplements. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fairweather, G. W.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Perry Point, MD, US. Other Publishers: Macmillan & Company; Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20111003. Correction Date: 20120827. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chronic Mental Illness; Group Psychotherapy; Individual Psychotherapy; Job Characteristics; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Minor Descriptor: Mental Disorders; Neuropsychological Rehabilitation; Psychiatric Hospitalization. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Ward Behavior Scale; Anxiety and Repression Scale; Scale of Inner Maladjustment; Hospital Adjustment Scale; Group Therapy Rating Scale; Job Behavior Scale; Follow-up Rating Scale; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory [Appended]; Thematic Apperception Test (TAT); Ego-Strength Scale DOI: 10.1037/t06943-000; Holland Vocational Preference Inventory DOI: 10.1037/t09505-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 26. Issue Publication Date: 1960. Publication History: First Submitted Date: Mar 24, 1959. AB - This investigation attempted to evaluate the relative efficiency of four psychotherapeutic psychotherapeutic programs with three patient groups on a number of different criteria. All patients in the study lived on the same experimental ward. The four treatments were: (a) group living, in which all activities were group oriented, i.e., work, living arrangements, psychotherapy, etc., (b) group therapy and an individual work assignment, (c) individual therapy and an individual work assignment, and (d) a control group with an individual work assignment and no therapy. The three patient groups were: (a) a nonpsychotic group, (b) a short-term psychotic group, and (c) a long-term psychotic group. The design was a three by four factorial type analysis of variance with an N of eight in each cell and a total N of 96. All patients were tested and rated upon entry into the program and upon departure. The instruments were: (a) Ward Behavior, (b) MMPI, (c) TAT, (d) Holland Vocational Preference Inventory, (e) Q sort, and (f) a six-month follow-up questionnaire. In addition, all patients in group therapy were rated every 30 days on Finney's (1954) Therapy Scale and 70 of the 96 were rated on job performance, both upon entry and termination of the program. Results suggest that: 1. The number of days in treatment was significantly different for both treatment and diagnostic groups. The individual therapy group took the greatest time, group living next, with group therapy and control the least and almost equivalent times. Diagnostically, long-term psychotics were in treatment longest, with short-term psychotics and nonpsychotics requiring the least and almost equivalent times. 2. Generally, significantly different variances occurred on most instruments between treatments and diagnoses. The control group usually had the smallest variance and the three psychotherapy groups the largest. Of the four treatments, group living or individual therapy usually showed the greatest variance. 3. Tests of significance between change score medians revealed only the Ma scale of the MMPI yielding a significant difference between treatments. Further results are detailed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychotherapeutic programs KW - multicriteria comparison KW - patient groups KW - treatment effectiveness KW - individual therapy KW - group therapy KW - group living KW - neuropsychiatric disorders KW - short term psychosis KW - long term psychosis KW - work assignments KW - 1960 KW - Chronic Mental Illness KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Individual Psychotherapy KW - Job Characteristics KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - Mental Disorders KW - Neuropsychological Rehabilitation KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - 1960 DO - 10.1037/h0093756 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-17731-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-16946-001 AN - 2011-16946-001 AU - Fisher, Seymour AU - Cleveland, Sidney E. T1 - The role of body image in psychosomatic symptom choice. JF - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JO - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JA - Psychol Monogr Y1 - 1955/// VL - 69 IS - 17 SP - 1 EP - 15 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-9753 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-16946-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Review: Monograph Supplements. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fisher, Seymour; Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, TX, US. Other Publishers: Macmillan & Company; Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20111003. Correction Date: 20160811. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Body Image; Choice Behavior; Somatoform Disorders; Symptoms. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Thematic Apperception Test DOI: 10.1037/t02717-000; Rorschach Test DOI: 10.1037/t03306-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 15. Issue Publication Date: 1955. Publication History: First Submitted Date: Apr 1, 1955. AB - The aim of this study is to explore the question of whether an individual's unconscious concept of his own body may be one factor in determining which areas of his body will become involved when body malfunctioning develops as a defense against disturbing psychological problems. In order to test the hypothesis that individuals with outer vs. interior psychosomatic symptoms differ in the emphasis they place upon the defensive value of the body exterior in their body image, it was necessary to compare body image data from various symptom groups. The results obtained indicate that the 'body image' concept is a promising frame of reference from which to view psychosomatic phenomena. It would appear that the kind of differentiation which the individual makes in his body image between his body exterior and his body interior plays a significant role in his mode of expression of psychosomatic symptomatology. The individual who conceives of his body exterior as an exaggerated defensive barrier which must be protected against penetration tends to make use of a pattern of symptoms quite different from the individual who conceives of his body exterior as weak, easily permeable, and easily penetrated. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - body image KW - psychosomatic symptoms KW - choice behavior KW - symptomatology KW - 1955 KW - Body Image KW - Choice Behavior KW - Somatoform Disorders KW - Symptoms KW - 1955 DO - 10.1037/h0093732 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-16946-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-16837-001 AN - 2011-16837-001 AU - Morton, Robert B. T1 - An experiment in brief psychotherapy. JF - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JO - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JA - Psychol Monogr Y1 - 1955/// VL - 69 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 17 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-9753 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-16837-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Review: Monograph Supplements. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morton, Robert B.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, TX, US. Other Publishers: Macmillan & Company; Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20111003. Correction Date: 20120827. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brief Psychotherapy; Personality; Social Adjustment; Social Learning; Frame of Reference. Minor Descriptor: Vocational Counselors. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Mooney Problem Check List, College Form; Thematic Apperception Test (TAT); Rating Scale DOI: 10.1037/t00004-000; Incomplete Sentences Blank DOI: 10.1037/t01036-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 17. Issue Publication Date: 1955. Publication History: Accepted Date: Aug 31, 1954. AB - The purpose of this study is to evaluate the results of brief psychotherapy. Forty subjects were selected from the population of referrals made by the vocational counselors of the Ohio State University Occupational Opportunities Service. The results of exploratory research indicated that some seriously maladjusted individuals would show apparently striking and lasting changes in adjustment if their problems were analyzed in a clinical relationship that used some of the constructs of Rotter's Social Learning Theory of Personality as a frame of reference. It was found that use of the TAT both facilitated the understanding of the experimenter and expedited the development of insight for the subjects. The facilitation came through the subject's analysis of his written stories. The outline used by the subjects for analysis incorporated the basic principles later utilized by the experimenter during the therapy interviews. The analyses by the subject not only facilitated the development of his insight, but also increased the experimenter's understanding of the subject's level of insight. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - brief psychotherapy KW - vocational counselors KW - maladjusted individuals KW - social learning KW - personality KW - frame of reference KW - 1955 KW - Brief Psychotherapy KW - Personality KW - Social Adjustment KW - Social Learning KW - Frame of Reference KW - Vocational Counselors KW - 1955 DO - 10.1037/h0093683 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-16837-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-16792-001 AN - 2011-16792-001 AU - Moran, Louis J. T1 - Vocabulary knowledge and usage among normal and schizophrenic subjects. JF - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JO - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JA - Psychol Monogr Y1 - 1953/// VL - 67 IS - 20 SP - 1 EP - 19 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-9753 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-16792-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Review: Monograph Supplements. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moran, Louis J.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, TX, US. Other Publishers: Macmillan & Company; Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20111003. Correction Date: 20130408. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Knowledge Level; Schizophrenia; Vocabulary; Word Meaning. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Sentence Construction Test; Similarities Test; Associations Test; Definitions Test; Synonym (Recall) Test; Synonym (Recognition) Test; Analogies Test; Cooperation Test; Wechsler Vocabulary Test; Word Association Test DOI: 10.1037/t01414-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 19. Issue Publication Date: 1953. Publication History: Accepted Date: Aug 3, 1953. AB - This study provides an intensive comparative analysis of the understanding and use of word meanings by schizophrenic patients and by nonpsychiatric patients. Eight hypotheses concerning alleged specific distortions in the schizophrenic's understanding of word meanings are tested. These hypotheses are derived primarily from the theorizing of Yacorzynski, Cameron, and Goldstein. The performance of 40 matched pairs of schizophrenic and control subjects on a special battery of verbal tests is compared. Each pair is matched for Wechsler-Bellevue vocabulary raw score, age, sex, and educational level. Subjects in both groups are rated on cooperation. All tests in the special battery are built around a common core of 25 familiar words. The battery includes tests of definitions, synonyms, sentence construction, similarities, analogies, and word association. When the schizophrenic group's performances on this battery are compared with the control group's, the following differences become evident: (a) The schizophrenic is significantly less precise in his understanding of word meanings. This is most evident in his relative failure to differentiate between word meanings. (b) The schizophrenic is less able to use his words as conceptual instruments, e.g., his ability to form verbal concepts and to reason in analogies tests appears impaired, (c) The schizophrenic's ability to integrate words into meaningful communications appears impaired, though he may 'define' the same words in the same way that the control subject does. These results support the theories of Yacorzynski, Cameron, and Goldstein concerning the nature of the schizophrenic's understanding and use of word meanings. It is noted, however, that the differences in the schizophrenic's understanding of word meanings are not large enough to be diagnostic. Despite group differences, there remains an extensive 'overlap' in group performances of the schizophrenic and the nonpsychiatric patients. Cooperation ratings correlate about .40 with performance level. No significant differences between the groups in level of cooperation are evident. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - vocabulary knowledge KW - vocabulary usage KW - comprehension KW - schizophrenia KW - word meaning KW - 1953 KW - Knowledge Level KW - Schizophrenia KW - Vocabulary KW - Word Meaning KW - 1953 DO - 10.1037/h0093668 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-16792-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-16495-001 AN - 2011-16495-001 AU - Scherer, I. W. AU - Winne, J. F. AU - Clancy, D. D. AU - Baker, R. W. T1 - Psychological changes during the first year following prefrontal lobotomy. JF - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JO - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JA - Psychol Monogr Y1 - 1953/// VL - 67 IS - 7 SP - 1 EP - 24 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-9753 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-16495-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Review: Monograph Supplements. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Scherer, I. W.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Northampton, MA, US. Other Publishers: Macmillan & Company; Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20111003. Correction Date: 20120917. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Information: American Psychological Association, Sep, 1951, Chicago, IL, US. Conference Note: Abstract of this paper read at the aforementioned conference. Major Descriptor: Prefrontal Cortex; Psychological Assessment; Psychometrics; Psychosurgery. Minor Descriptor: Patients. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220); Medical Treatment of Physical Illness (3363). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Wechsler-Bellevue Scale of Adult Intelligence—Digit Symbol Subtest; Wechsler-Bellevue Scale of Adult Intelligence—Digit Span Subtest; Wechsler-Bellevue Scale of Adult Intelligence—Successive Subtraction Subtest; Hunl-Minnesota Test for Organic Brain Damage—Hard Pairs Subtest; Wechsler-Bellevue Scale of Adult Intelligence—Vocabulary Subtest; Babcock-Levy battery—Memory Paragraph Subtest; Benton Visual Memory Test; Halstead's Manual Steadiness Test—Steadiness Test; Downey Group Will-Temperament Test—Downey Inhibition Subtest; Wechsler-Bellevue Scale—Similarities Subscale; Army Individual Test; Draw-A-Woman Test; Thurstone and Chave's Scale; Aversion Test DOI: 10.1037/t14041-000; Rorschach Test DOI: 10.1037/t03306-000; Shipley-Hartford Retreat Scale DOI: 10.1037/t05141-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study; Interview; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 24. Issue Publication Date: 1953. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jan 28, 1953. AB - This article aims to analyze psychological changes during the first year following prefrontal lobotomy. The experiment reported in this paper employed an extensive battery of psychometric and projective tests which was administered to the lobotomized patients about two weeks before operation, and two weeks, three months, and one year following. A group of control patients was tested at comparable intervals. The tests used and the selection of patients will be described in greater detail in succeeding sections. The first step in the analysis of data was to formulate an integrated picture of the prelobotomy personality structure of each of a small sample of patients, and then to employ this unique configurational pattern as a frame of reference for evaluating postoperative changes. Prelobotomy test findings were integrated with all the other types of information concerning the patient, i.e., social history, psychiatric reports, ward observation notes, and behavior in the testing situation. The second step in the analysis of data, carried out by independent judges concurrently with the intra-individual analysis just described, was the longitudinal study of all patients on each single test. The third phase of the analysis consisted of statistical tests of the four hypotheses derived from the individual case studies and the longitudinal analyses. Forty-four subjects were used in this experiment, all of whom were psychotic male patients in the Veterans Administration Hospital, Northampton, Massachusetts. There is a predictable pattern of test performance following lobotomy. Performance on tests measuring mental efficiency and organicity drops sharply during the two-week postoperative period. There is an increase in ego boundaries following operation, as shown by better performance in tests reflecting degree of contact with the environment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological changes KW - prefrontal lobotomy KW - psychometric tests KW - projective tests KW - lobotomized patients KW - 1953 KW - Prefrontal Cortex KW - Psychological Assessment KW - Psychometrics KW - Psychosurgery KW - Patients KW - 1953 DO - 10.1037/h0093652 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-16495-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-16361-001 AN - 2011-16361-001 AU - Samuels, Henry T1 - The validity of personality-trait ratings based on projective techniques. JF - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JO - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JA - Psychol Monogr Y1 - 1952/// VL - 66 IS - 5 SP - i EP - 21 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-9753 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-16361-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Review: Monograph Supplements. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Samuels, Henry; Veterans Administration Center, Columbus, OH, US. Other Publishers: Macmillan & Company; Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20111003. Correction Date: 20121217. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Clinicians; Personality Traits; Projective Techniques; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Psychometrics. Classification: Occupational & Employment Testing (2228); Professional Personnel Attitudes & Characteristics (3430). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Bender Gestalt Test; Sentence Completion Test; Rorschach Test DOI: 10.1037/t03306-000; Thematic Apperception Test (TAT); Biographical Inventory DOI: 10.1037/t06913-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Interview; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Issue Publication Date: 1952. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jul 17, 1951. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association, Inc. 1952. AB - The purpose of the present investigation is to continue the study of the validity of projective techniques by considering the following questions: (1) How well are projective clinicians who use the same projective method able to describe personality? Are there differences among clinicians in this ability? (2) Are there differences in the extent to which personality is correctly described which are related to the kind of projective method used? (3) Are there differences among attributes of personality which make for differences in the degree to which they can be correctly described? The subjects, on whom the ratings investigated in this study were made, consisted of 128 male college graduates who had been accepted by various universities for graduate training in clinical psychology. In the seven-day period of each student's assessment, three staff members rated the student at frequent intervals. A given staff member would receive certain data on a student and rate, then receive other data and rate again, having filed away his previous ratings, and continue to make independent ratings based on various kinds of data. The final pooled ratings are the most comprehensive and inclusive ratings to come out of the entire week's assessment. That there are not more differences in validities between the two scales for the projective techniques is a curious finding and difficult to understand. Ratings based on the projective techniques correlated significantly with the criterion measures more frequently than was expected by chance. These correlations were preponderantly positive, but were, by usual standards, low. Correcting the criterion measures for attenuation raised the median correlations between ratings based on projective techniques and the criterion measures only slightly. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - test validity KW - personality trait ratings KW - projective techniques KW - projective clinicians KW - clinical psychology KW - psychometrics KW - 1952 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Clinicians KW - Personality Traits KW - Projective Techniques KW - Test Validity KW - Psychometrics KW - 1952 DO - 10.1037/h0093643 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-16361-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-16309-001 AN - 2011-16309-001 AU - Wilensky, Harold T1 - The performance of schizophrenic and normal individuals following frustration. JF - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JO - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JA - Psychol Monogr Y1 - 1952/// VL - 66 IS - 12 SP - 1 EP - 20 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-9753 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-16309-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Review: Monograph Supplements. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wilensky, Harold; Franklin D. Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hospital, Montrose, NY, US. Other Publishers: Macmillan & Company; Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20111003. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Frustration; Memory; Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Tests & Measures: Benton Visual Retention Test. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 20. Issue Publication Date: 1952. Publication History: Accepted Date: Feb 6, 1952. AB - The present study was initiated to provide more nearly adequate experimental evidence regarding the difference between the frustration tolerance of schizophrenic and normal individuals. The major hypothesis in the present study is that the schizophrenic group will manifest a lower frustration tolerance than the normal group following failure to attain success within the specified tasks. A second hypothesis is that the responses of the schizophrenics will differ qualitatively from those of the normals during and following frustration—for example, they will give a greater number of bizarre responses and will be more apt to abandon the task than the normals. A third hypothesis is that as the number of tasks in which failure is encountered increases, the cumulative effect of these successive frustrations will result in a progressively greater reduction in performance, and this cumulative effect will be greater in the schizophrenic group than in the normal group. In the two memory tasks the mild stress situation was sufficient to reduce to some extent the scores of the normals, and, to a significantly greater degree, also those of the schizophrenics. In the perceptual tasks the normals were able to maintain their level of performance despite the intervening failures; the schizophrenics were not. Thus, the consistently poorer performance of the schizophrenic group following frustration as compared with the performance of the normal group supports the hypothesis that schizophrenics have a lower frustration tolerance than normals. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenia KW - frustration KW - bizarre responses KW - memory KW - 1952 KW - Frustration KW - Memory KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1952 DO - 10.1037/h0093631 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-16309-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-16260-001 AN - 2011-16260-001 AU - Singer, Martin T1 - The validity of a multiple-choice projective test in psychopathological screening. JF - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JO - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JA - Psychol Monogr Y1 - 1950/// VL - 64 IS - 8 SP - i EP - 40 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-9753 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-16260-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Review: Monograph Supplements. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Singer, Martin; Veterans Administration Hospital, Northport, NY, US. Other Publishers: Macmillan & Company; Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20111003. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Psychometrics; Psychopathology; Schizophrenia; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Projective Techniques; Screening. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40); Outpatient (60). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Rorschach Ink Blots Test; Singer Multiple Choice Rorschach Test; Multiple-Choice Projective Test. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Issue Publication Date: 1950. Publication History: Accepted Date: Nov 7, 1949. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1950. AB - The review of previous research with multiple choice projective tests disclosed no test with sufficiently promising results to warrant further exploration of that particular instrument. Therefore, a new test was constructed, based on the results obtained with individual, group, and multiple choice projective tests, and upon recommendations of various authorities in the field of projective testing. In this test, certain conditions were fixed since time considerations limited the length of the test. As the purpose of the present study was to construct and evaluate a test which could be rapidly administered, it was thought desirable to follow a group administration procedure. The Rorschach slides were used since various investigators have found that responses made to these slides are comparable to those made to the individual cards. Over 2,000 subjects were tested, as it frequently was necessary, for administrative reasons, to include extraneous subjects in a testing group. The total number of groups tested was 90, of which 39 included only normal, 27 included only hospitalized schizophrenics, and the remaining 24 contained both anxiety reactions and out-patient schizophrenics. A fair validity has been obtained with a multiple choice projective test. When scoring-weights based on a sample of 100 subjects in each diagnostic category were cross validated on a new sample of 50 subjects in each category, the percentage of subjects incorrectly identified by the Singer Multiple Choice Rorschach (SMCR) was at most 30% for the normal-anxiety reaction comparison, 25% for the normal-schizophrenic comparison, and 30% for the anxiety reaction-schizophrenic comparison. There was an error of under 17% in predicting which of the three diagnostic categories a subject would not be in. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - test validity KW - Multiple-Choice Projective Test KW - psychopathological screening KW - schizophrenics KW - anxiety KW - psychometrics KW - 1950 KW - Anxiety KW - Psychometrics KW - Psychopathology KW - Schizophrenia KW - Test Validity KW - Projective Techniques KW - Screening KW - 1950 DO - 10.1037/h0093626 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-16260-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-12455-001 AN - 2011-12455-001 AU - Davis, Edward T. T1 - Heteromodal effects upon visual thresholds. JF - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JO - Psychological Monographs: General and Applied JA - Psychol Monogr Y1 - 1966/// VL - 80 IS - 25 SP - 1 EP - 23 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-9753 N1 - Accession Number: 2011-12455-001. PMID: 5971464 Other Journal Title: Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Monographs; The Psychological Review: Monograph Supplements. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, Edward T.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Bedford, MA, US. Other Publishers: Macmillan & Company; Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20111003. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Stimulation; Intersensory Processes; Neuropsychology; Visual Thresholds. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520); Sensory Perception (2320). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Tests & Measures: Stanford-Binet vocabulary test. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 23. Issue Publication Date: 1966. Publication History: First Submitted Date: May 30, 1966. AB - Processes underlying the transmission and coordination of 2 different kinds of sensory excitation were studied. A neurological model accounting for specific heteromodal effects was proposed. The method involved the determination of visual thresholds in normal and brain-injured Ss while they were being subjected to an auxiliary aural stimulus of moderately loud intensity. The results demonstrated group differences in the effect sound lias on visual thresholds and provided information on the diminishing effectiveness of a constant auxiliary stimulus when it is maintained for a period of several minutes. The findings were reviewed in the light of past and present theoretical explanations and related to a brain model which accounts for both facilitative and inhibitory effects of auxiliary stimulations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - heteromodal effects KW - visual thresholds KW - neurological model KW - aural stimuli KW - 1966 KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Intersensory Processes KW - Neuropsychology KW - Visual Thresholds KW - 1966 DO - 10.1037/h0092975 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-12455-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2009-23043-009 AN - 2009-23043-009 AU - Davis, John Eisele T1 - Conclusion. T2 - Principles and practice of rehabilitation. Y1 - 1943/// SP - 190 EP - 192 CY - New York, NY, US PB - A S Barnes & Co N1 - Accession Number: 2009-23043-009. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, John Eisele; Veterans Administration Facility, Perry Point, MD, US. Release Date: 20100412. Correction Date: 20100913. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Future; Rehabilitation. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 3. AB - Effective rehabilitation can never remain a static process. It is an evolution representing progressive changes in the attitude of society at large and transformations of the individual in so far as he is able to muster his resources and readjust upon a level showing improvement in his physical, mental or social status. A new psychology of rehabilitation is needed, an aggressive psychology away from the defensory custodial ideals typified in the old hospital system, in which the aim was simply to protect society from the patient and the patient from himself. The new ideal is to treat the individual with both psychological and physical medicine, readjusting the factors of environment into a more social setting and readjusting the individual to both specific and general situations. It is becoming increasingly evident that the social aspect of rehabilitation is of primary importance and that indicated social changes depend, to a large extent, upon psychological methods. Modern medicine has developed new agencies that are producing therapeutic physiological changes, such as shock convulsive treatment for dementia praecox. Such methods produce a greater degree of social accessibility within the patient in a very short time. The new era of rehabilitation may adopt in larger measure some such physiological approaches to the general problem of socialization. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - rehabilitation KW - future KW - 1943 KW - Future KW - Rehabilitation KW - 1943 DO - 10.1037/12229-009 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2009-23043-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2009-23043-008 AN - 2009-23043-008 AU - Davis, John Eisele T1 - Handicraft, education and art. T2 - Principles and practice of rehabilitation. Y1 - 1943/// SP - 169 EP - 189 CY - New York, NY, US PB - A S Barnes & Co N1 - Accession Number: 2009-23043-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, John Eisele; Veterans Administration Facility, Perry Point, MD, US. Release Date: 20100412. Correction Date: 20100913. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Art; Crafts; Education; Occupational Therapy. Classification: Occupational & Vocational Rehabilitation (3384). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 21. AB - Occupational therapy is any activity, mental or physical, medically prescribed as treatment. It presents reality in an attractive and infectious atmosphere. Its activities include handicraft, creative arts, recreation and education. Rehabilitation under state and federal laws comprehends the capacity of the individual to be satisfactorily employed in remunerative occupation. The problems of rehabilitation, however, are more inclusive, pertaining to the adjustment of the subject to higher levels of social as well as economic responsibility and striving. The first step in occupational therapy is to accept the subject as an individual and study his pattern of individuality for the potentials of interest, motivation and capacity. It is fundamental in the effective administration of occupational therapy to personalize the project, to assist the subject to think in terms of 'we' rather than in terms of ' I.' The therapist should study what is happening to the patient as well as what is happening to the material which is being fabricated into a completed project. The worker must live with and for people as well as make a living. Resocialization provides an important objective. Interest should be studied as a therapeutic entity in order to gain the most complete picture of its position and potentialities in therapy, especially its relationship to age, intelligence and the emotions. The therapist should be schooled in situational therapy, the discovery, utilization and evaluation of situations which have therapeutic values. The modern approach to rehabilitation is eclectic, including vocational, psychological, medical and psychiatric counsel. The psychiatric approach asks: 'What is the symptom trying to show or do for the patient?' The modern rationale includes a study of the unconscious forces behind the symptoms. Handicraft represents a form of therapy high in values at the sensory level. The individual comes in close and immediate contact with reality in which such interposing media as delusions, hallucinations and moods of failure and inferiority are less apt to enter. Increasing motor control through such pleasurable activities naturally has a tendency to increase one's feeling of capacity. In the psychic area, it raises the feelings of personality worth. Art as therapy is examined from the aspects of: a. Idea, b. Materialized form, and c. Symbolism. It is the idea and the symbolism rather than the completed form which is fundamental, although all three aspects should be studied for their therapeutic values. Rhythm and symbolism provide the qualities in music which contain its therapeutic possibilities. Media are afforded the patient which allow a wide variety of expression not only of symptoms but the deeper meanings behind the symptoms. The close relationship of music to nature provides many therapeutic avenues of activity suited to the mood and capacity of the patient. Psychodramatics provide a valuable method of empathy, assist in the creation of attitudes of confidence in the timid, individual, and the sublimation of over aggressive tendencies in the antagonistic patient, provide emotional catharsis, opportunities for therapeutic identification of the patient with desirable personages and events and produces opportunities for other creative and recreative accomplishments. Dancing allows the individual to express widely variable feelings and meanings from simple rhythms of nature to the complex dances of civilized man. It has high social and resocializing values. Education in closer liaison with psychiatry is providing new clews and methods of high import to therapy. The oral level of expression is frequently the only approach for the regressed psychotic patient. Many prefer to talk about things rather than do them. From such a low egocentric level of activity, the therapist, through the awakening of interest, may be enabled to advance the patient into active accomplishment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - occupational therapy KW - education KW - art KW - handicraft KW - 1943 KW - Art KW - Crafts KW - Education KW - Occupational Therapy KW - 1943 DO - 10.1037/12229-008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2009-23043-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2009-23043-007 AN - 2009-23043-007 AU - Davis, John Eisele T1 - Therapeutic objectives and results. T2 - Principles and practice of rehabilitation. Y1 - 1943/// SP - 152 EP - 168 CY - New York, NY, US PB - A S Barnes & Co N1 - Accession Number: 2009-23043-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, John Eisele; Veterans Administration Facility, Perry Point, MD, US. Release Date: 20100412. Correction Date: 20100913. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Play Therapy; Psychosis; Rehabilitation; Therapeutic Processes. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 17. AB - The general therapeutic objective is to provide within the patient a favorable mental attitude and a sustaining incentive. The therapeutic environment should foster such constructive factors. In the re-education of the psychotic or psychoneurotic patient greater use should be made of the sensory level of the excitation. A study of the genesis of work and play mechanisms from instinct to emotion provides valuable explanatory material for a better understanding of emotional backgrounds. Work as therapy should be considered as an experience rather than an isolated act. Modern therapeutic objectives stress the fundamental importance of extraverting elements as inciting and sustaining factors in work or play. In evaluating rehabilitative methods, differentiations must be made between social and economic adjustment with an appreciation of the various gradations in these categories. The mentally sick individual may make: a, an acceptable social adjustment but not necessarily an economic adjustment; b, both a social and economic adjustment; c, partial adjustment in either or both categories. Those suffering from physical handicaps may through re-education, make a part or complete economic adjustment. Some authorities believe that as high as seventy-five per cent of those mental patients under forty years of age may be rehabilitated to make a satisfactory social adjustment if they are treated with modern techniques not longer than six months or a year after the onset of their mental breakdown. This favorable outlook excludes the epileptics, the feeble-minded, the chronic alcoholic and those with mental disorders of later years. Others feel that twenty-five per cent represents a conservative estimate of patients of all ages of this category who may be enabled to make a satisfactory social adjustment as the result of treatment and re-education. New techniques have changed the fatalistic picture of dementia paralytica. An increasing number of these patients are going back into industry. From twenty-five to forty per cent of involutional melancholia patients are cured and a smaller proportion are enabled to make an economic adjustment, age being one of the most important factors. Neuroses on the whole are amenable to rehabilitative procedures and neurotics may improve in the majority of cases. It is especially helpful if they can be interested in work of a manual nature. In the case of neurotics, predisposition plays an important role. The British medical journal, 'Lancet,' reports that three fourths of the neurotic patients presenting themselves to the general practitioner during the worst period of air raids showed histories of previous neurotic illness. While one fourth of the predisposed made great improvement, seventy per cent of those who were not predisposed improved or recovered. It should be emphasized that the capacity for rehabilitation may depend as much upon the personality pattern of individuality as upon the disease or handicap. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - therapeutic objectives KW - therapeutic experience KW - play activity KW - psychotic patients KW - rehabilitation KW - 1943 KW - Play Therapy KW - Psychosis KW - Rehabilitation KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - 1943 DO - 10.1037/12229-007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2009-23043-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2009-23043-006 AN - 2009-23043-006 AU - Davis, John Eisele T1 - Modern methods. T2 - Principles and practice of rehabilitation. Y1 - 1943/// SP - 141 EP - 151 CY - New York, NY, US PB - A S Barnes & Co N1 - Accession Number: 2009-23043-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, John Eisele; Veterans Administration Facility, Perry Point, MD, US. Release Date: 20100412. Correction Date: 20100913. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Rehabilitation; Therapeutic Processes. Minor Descriptor: Psychobiology; Interpersonal Relationships. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 11. AB - Modern methods stress inter-personal relationships between the rehabilitator and the subject. An infectious, well-balanced and interested personality is basic. Many therapeutic systems fail because they lack progressive provisions enabling the individual to perceive and appreciate definite goals and steps of improvement. The psychological background for society's responsibility accepts the subject as a member with the responsibility of returning to society his most constructive potentialities for service. The psychobiological method provides a most practicable modern approach through progressive psychiatry. Indirect and direct therapies, such methods as situational therapy, occupational and recreational therapies provide specialized approaches to various segments and levels of personality. These aim to substitute a dynamic concept of treatment for the outmoded custodial care ideals of the past. Modern methods of reconstruction accept the problem as a triune process—(a) An adjustment of the individual, (b) An adjustment of the therapeutic situation, and (c) The integration of these two approaches into a progressive and dynamic system of rehabilitation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - modern methods KW - rehabilitation KW - interpersonal relationships KW - rehabilitator-subject relationship KW - society KW - psychobiological approach KW - 1943 KW - Rehabilitation KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - Psychobiology KW - Interpersonal Relationships KW - 1943 DO - 10.1037/12229-006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2009-23043-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2009-23043-005 AN - 2009-23043-005 AU - Davis, John Eisele T1 - Elemental principles of mental, nervous and physical reconstruction. T2 - Principles and practice of rehabilitation. Y1 - 1943/// SP - 131 EP - 140 CY - New York, NY, US PB - A S Barnes & Co N1 - Accession Number: 2009-23043-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, John Eisele; Veterans Administration Facility, Perry Point, MD, US. Release Date: 20100412. Correction Date: 20100913. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Rehabilitation; Therapeutic Processes. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 10. AB - The basic factors underlying successful rehabilitation stress a positive approach in which the rehabilitant realizes he is not well, desires to get well, and can create within himself the potentials of confidence. The ideal therapeutic program advances from the subjective stage of interest to the objective stage typified by effort. Rehabilitative procedures, to be effective, must be studied in relationship to their social setting. The essential problem of physical, mental and nervous reconstruction has to do with mental attitude, upon the mental ability to adjust to the handicap as well as the physical inability to adjust to the job. Rehabilitation aims to integrate these two approaches. The importance of a sense of individual worth and individuality in relationship to work should be stressed for emotional contribution. Consideration should be given to the co-operative as well as the competitive aspect of work and play processes. Work and play situations should be studied for the discovery and determination or motivational elements. Interest fans out into many segments of both negative and positive character in which the experiences conflict with opposing forces. Studies have been made of therapeutic techniques for the purpose of focalizing these divergent energies into socially adjustive activity. Modern methods of rehabilitation attach fundamental importance to the feeling life of the individual. Reflex activity, habit and conscious learning represent levels upon which various stages of rehabilitation may operate and suggest therapeutic approaches based upon abstract intelligence, mechanical ability, social intelligence and regression, if present. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - rehabilitation KW - mental & nervous & physical reconstruction KW - therapeutic processes KW - 1943 KW - Rehabilitation KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - 1943 DO - 10.1037/12229-005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2009-23043-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2009-23043-004 AN - 2009-23043-004 AU - Davis, John Eisele T1 - Interest and effort theories. T2 - Principles and practice of rehabilitation. Y1 - 1943/// SP - 105 EP - 130 CY - New York, NY, US PB - A S Barnes & Co N1 - Accession Number: 2009-23043-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, John Eisele; Veterans Administration Facility, Perry Point, MD, US. Release Date: 20100412. Correction Date: 20100913. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Recreation Therapy; Rehabilitation; Theories; Therapeutic Processes. Minor Descriptor: Bipolar Disorder; General Paresis; Schizophrenia. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 26. AB - The naturalistic tendencies inherent in various philosophies of education have the element of interest as basic. Interest is the primary motivating force of a practicable nature in effective rehabilitation. The contributions to educational thought of Pestalozzi, Herbart and Froebel lend primary emphasis upon the natural interests of the individual, the socialization of effort, and a study of the life goals of the individual. In addition to their educational significance, these considerations provide the psychological foundations for therapy. The interpretation of education in terms of interest alone is partial and incomplete however. Interest must be supplemented by additional psychological factors for the most effective regimen of rehabilitation. The elements of freedom and liberation are strong phylogenetic excitants which may be used more generally as effective motivational forces in the re-education of the psychotic patient. The standards of performance should be based upon the individual capacity of the rehabilitant rather than the capacity of someone else or some other group, for the awakening and sustenance of interest. Infantile activities should not be prescribed for adult patients. Spontaneity in relationship to its therapeutic force should be carefully considered. Situations which provoke spontaneous activities should be examined for their relationship to the problems of therapeutic excitation. Designations applied to individuals undergoing rehabilitation are primary in establishing a status of importance or unimportance. Designations employed should tend to raise the sense of worth and importance of the rehabilitant. The primary emphasis of the program of rehabilitation should be placed upon the development of hygienic interests. The progression should advance from interest to effort. Coercive attempts to create effort first and interest secondly are inadvisable. For the purpose of sustaining interest the initial act and the goal of the therapeutic process should not be far separated. In a dementia praecox type of mental illness the reactivation of interest provides a basic therapeutic objective. The capacity is most frequently present but needs to be stimulated. Whereas, in the dementia paralytica case, there is usually adequate motivation resulting from defective judgment. The problem in this case is not the awakening of interest but a determination of the impaired motor function and defective judgment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dementia praecox KW - manic depression KW - dementia paralytica KW - rehabilitation KW - recreation therapy KW - therapeutic process KW - interest & effort theories KW - 1943 KW - Recreation Therapy KW - Rehabilitation KW - Theories KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - Bipolar Disorder KW - General Paresis KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1943 DO - 10.1037/12229-004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2009-23043-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2009-23043-003 AN - 2009-23043-003 AU - Davis, John Eisele T1 - The psychological approach. T2 - Principles and practice of rehabilitation. Y1 - 1943/// SP - 80 EP - 104 CY - New York, NY, US PB - A S Barnes & Co N1 - Accession Number: 2009-23043-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, John Eisele; Veterans Administration Facility, Perry Point, MD, US. Release Date: 20100412. Correction Date: 20100913. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Rehabilitation. Minor Descriptor: Ability; Habits; Measurement; Motivation. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 25. AB - The psychological approach contributes to a greater understanding and effectiveness of rehabilitation through a study of the overt factual elements of the problem such as psychological tests of mental and motor ability. Upon the basis of likes and dislikes the psychologist is creating effective motivational values in rehabilitation. Topics covered in this chapter include the doctrine of interests; primary laws of association; rules for modification of habit; and, the transfer of training. Various psychological tests are discussed including Education for Specific Situations, Individual Differences, Comparative Table of Mental and Social Reactions, Characteristics of Temperament, Differentiation of Terms, Inherent and Environmental Factors, Test of Social Intelligence and Social Adaptability, Occupational Choices of 1000 Boys, Problem of Vocational Interest, Test for Counseling Rehabilitation Clients in the Selection of Occupation, Intelligence, Educational Achievements and Occupational Levels, Tests in Mechanical Ability, Studies in Occupational Ability Patterns, Studies in Attitudes, Temperament Tests, and Mental Tests of Psychotic Patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological approach KW - rehabilitation KW - habit KW - motivation KW - tests KW - mental & motor ability KW - 1943 KW - Rehabilitation KW - Ability KW - Habits KW - Measurement KW - Motivation KW - 1943 DO - 10.1037/12229-003 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2009-23043-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2009-23043-002 AN - 2009-23043-002 AU - Davis, John Eisele T1 - Psychiatric approach, general considerations. T2 - Principles and practice of rehabilitation. Y1 - 1943/// SP - 15 EP - 79 CY - New York, NY, US PB - A S Barnes & Co N1 - Accession Number: 2009-23043-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, John Eisele; Veterans Administration Facility, Perry Point, MD, US. Release Date: 20100412. Correction Date: 20100913. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatry; Rehabilitation. Minor Descriptor: Delusions; Emotional States; Hallucinations. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 65. AB - The psychiatric approach to rehabilitation has been considered in some quarters to be fully comprehended as a stress upon the mental functioning of the subject of rehabilitation. It includes more than that. The psychiatric approach attempts to assist the rehabilitator and the subject by a scientific examination of the factors external and internal which are concerned with the ability of the latter to make an acceptable social adjustment to the job. Thus psychiatry is vitally concerned with the normal and abnormal functioning of the personality and the effect rehabilitative procedures may have upon it. Employability is not the exclusive aim but the co-relation of the patient's sphere of employability with the interest life of the individual and the inter-personal requirements of society. The vocational expert may underestimate these emotional factors while the psychiatrist may lack an understanding of the physical components of the situation. A significant advance from 'sorcery to science' has placed psychiatry in a most important position to accept responsibility for personality adjustment in an ever widening sphere entering into the increasing diversifications of industry as well as the more conventional medical areas. The negative, defensive attitude of yesterday, characterized by efforts 'to keep the insane from injuring themselves or others,' has been replaced by a positive and aggressive philosophy which aims to provide the medical background for active humanitarian treatment and preventive measures in the increasingly complex social relationships of today. The relative provinces of education, psychology and psychiatry can be illustrated in the problem of excitation and the completed act. The educator would be interested primarily in the learning aspects of the situation, the psychologist with the facts of consciousness associated with the process; the psychiatrist primarily would be interested in the relationship of the process to the problem of reality. In this objective the various hindrances operating from the stimuli to the resultant action, such as delusions, hallucinations and opposing moods and associations, are examined. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychiatric approach KW - rehabilitation KW - delusions KW - hallucinations KW - moods KW - 1943 KW - Psychiatry KW - Rehabilitation KW - Delusions KW - Emotional States KW - Hallucinations KW - 1943 DO - 10.1037/12229-002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2009-23043-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2009-23043-001 AN - 2009-23043-001 AU - Davis, John Eisele T1 - Effect of war and depression. T2 - Principles and practice of rehabilitation. Y1 - 1943/// SP - 1 EP - 14 CY - New York, NY, US PB - A S Barnes & Co N1 - Accession Number: 2009-23043-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, John Eisele; Veterans Administration Facility, Perry Point, MD, US. Release Date: 20100412. Correction Date: 20100913. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Employability; Employment Status; Trends; War. Minor Descriptor: Major Depression; Mental Disorders; Rehabilitation. Classification: Occupational & Vocational Rehabilitation (3384); Industrial & Organizational Psychology (3600). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 14. AB - War creates a greater demand for workers than for jobs, producing a marked stimulation in the employability factor of rehabilitation. The greatest increase in employment is in the category of women. This displacement of men by women will lead to post-war employability readjustments, to be studied for their effects upon personality, economics and mental health. The necessity for a placement service, to advise and counsel rehabilitation clients who have been discharged from the mental hospital or who have overcome employability handicaps in the community, is apparent. Such a service as an intra or extra-hospital organization will make use of valuable psychiatric techniques in bridging the difficult gap of the protective environment of the hospital and the harsh environment of outside industry. The ideals of war as well as the physical and mental effects have a profound influence upon society's methods and process of rehabilitation. The influence of war upon mental disease discloses no striking change in the incidence of serious forms of mental disorders among males, while, among females, there has been a reduction. The general impression obtains that there has been a falling-off in neuroses and milder types of mental disorder especially among women. The more serious forms of mental illness do not appear to be much affected by war, which operates as but one of the predisposing forces. On the other hand, past experience tends to confirm the conclusion that many predisposing types who have avoided mental or physical breakdowns during the excitement of active war conditions may fall into neuroses or psychoses during the critical period of demobilization and afterwards for a period as long as twenty-five years. Considerations of safety, lack of sleep, and destruction of home provide the major psychological forces which affect the mental health of the civilian in war time. In rehabilitative procedures these factors should be carefully examined for their therapeutic application in providing the most satisfactory emotional background for re-employment. Emotional patterns provide the factors which are likely to determine the mode and extent of reaction. Psychoneurosis represents social disorders of the individual; therefore, personal factors in work adjustment are of importance to mental health as well as to work efficiency. Work, especially of a manual type, has a tendency to mitigate or re-direct neurotic predispositions. Work is more than an activity,—it is an emotional liberation, the thwarting of which may give rise to depression followed by apathy and, sometimes, by psychoneuroses, or to restlessness and irritability. 'Post-war problems of rehabilitation will be concerned with the dangerous restlessness or an equally dangerous apathy,' according to Gillespie. Employment will prove a mental and social as well as economic necessity, while therapeutic recreation will find an increasingly specialized as well as general application. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - war KW - depression KW - employment trends KW - job placement KW - rehabilitation KW - mental disease KW - 1943 KW - Employability KW - Employment Status KW - Trends KW - War KW - Major Depression KW - Mental Disorders KW - Rehabilitation KW - 1943 DO - 10.1037/12229-001 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2009-23043-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 2009-23043-000 AN - 2009-23043-000 AU - Davis, John Eisele T1 - Principles and practice of rehabilitation. Y1 - 1943/// CY - New York, NY, US PB - A S Barnes & Co N1 - Accession Number: 2009-23043-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, John Eisele; Veterans Administration Facility, Perry Point, MD, US. Release Date: 20100412. Correction Date: 20100913. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Rehabilitation. Minor Descriptor: Psychology. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 211. AB - The purpose of this contribution is to present a usable psychology of practical rehabilitation. Many of the techniques and values suggested have come from many years of most intimate contact with hundreds of individuals undergoing rehabilitation. While the authorities of the past have been consulted, it is assumed that a modern rationale must take into consideration a new world of people, ideas and ideals, new ways of living and an orientation based upon more dynamic concepts. The problems of rehabilitation today must be resolved in the light of the present day trends in the direction of social as well as economic transformation. The criterion of effective adjustment may well inhere in the query: 'Will society assume the responsibility and pay the bill for John Smith's re-education and will it then accept him as a worthy member who is willing and able to resume an acceptable place in the community?' Pestalozzi says: 'Secure the love of the child and his education is an easy matter.' It is equally true that if society can secure the confidence and good will of the subject, his re-education will be a much easier matter. There must be a sympathetic unity and mutuality of effort to insure success. Some approaches to rehabilitation have failed for the reason that the major emphasis has been placed upon a study of vocational skill. The new methods lay stress upon the individual's interests and emotional life as well as his capacity for learning. In this volume an attempt has been made to study the underlying mechanisms of behavior as shown in the various personality types both normal and abnormal as the basis for method and procedure. One must not forget that it is the individual, not the job, which is being rehabilitated. On the other hand, progressive rehabilitation is also making a study of situational factors with the idea of fitting the job more understandingly to the changed makeup of the trainee. The most effective system now being developed promises to make more adequate provision for an adjustment in which both the individual and the job become more sympathetically related. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - John Smith KW - acceptable place KW - changed makeup KW - day trends KW - developed promises KW - dynamic concepts KW - economic transformation KW - emotional life KW - intimate contact KW - methods lay KW - modern rationale KW - personality types KW - practical rehabilitation KW - progressive rehabilitation KW - 1943 KW - Rehabilitation KW - Psychology KW - 1943 DO - 10.1037/12229-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2009-23043-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2009-16698-004 AN - 2009-16698-004 AU - Kelly, E. Lowell ED - Dennis, Wayne ED - Dennis, Wayne, (Ed) T1 - Clinical psychology. T2 - Current trends in psychology. Y1 - 1947/// SP - 75 EP - 108 CY - Pittsburgh, PA, US PB - University of Pittsburgh Press N1 - Accession Number: 2009-16698-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kelly, E. Lowell; Veterans Administration, US. Release Date: 20111010. Correction Date: 20151221. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; History of Psychology; Trends. Classification: History & Systems (2140). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). References Available: Y. Page Count: 34. AB - Truly a professional revolution is occurring in clinical psychology. We can profitably review the history of more recent events and consider some of the more pressing problems still confronting the profession. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical psychology KW - trends KW - history KW - 1947 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - History of Psychology KW - Trends KW - 1947 DO - 10.1037/13989-004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2009-16698-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2009-05761-005 AN - 2009-05761-005 AU - Kutash, Samuel B. AU - Gehl, Raymond H. T1 - Clinical illustrations. T2 - The graphomotor projection technique: Clinical use and standardization. T3 - American lecture series: The Bannerstone division of American lectures in psychology; Vol 218 Y1 - 1954/// VL - 218 SP - 99 EP - 116 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2009-05761-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kutash, Samuel B.; Clinical Psychology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, East Orange, NJ, US. Release Date: 20100927. Correction Date: 20110711. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Projective Personality Measures; Projective Techniques. Minor Descriptor: Schizophrenia; Test Administration. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 18. AB - This chapter presents interpretations of and clinical data concerning actual subjects examined with the Graphomotor Projection Technique. The purpose is to illustrate the utilization of the interpretive principles previously presented and the organization and communication of findings based on the Graphomotor Projection Technique. We have included typical normal subjects and types of schizophrenics from our standardization groups as well as single records of other kinds of patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Graphometer Projection Technique KW - personality measure KW - clinical use KW - schizophrenia KW - 1954 KW - Projective Personality Measures KW - Projective Techniques KW - Schizophrenia KW - Test Administration KW - 1954 DO - 10.1037/13208-005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2009-05761-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2009-05761-004 AN - 2009-05761-004 AU - Kutash, Samuel B. AU - Gehl, Raymond H. T1 - Clinical use of the technique. T2 - The graphomotor projection technique: Clinical use and standardization. T3 - American lecture series: The Bannerstone division of American lectures in psychology; Vol 218 Y1 - 1954/// VL - 218 SP - 73 EP - 98 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2009-05761-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kutash, Samuel B.; Clinical Psychology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, East Orange, NJ, US. Release Date: 20100927. Correction Date: 20110711. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Projective Personality Measures; Projective Techniques. Minor Descriptor: Schizophrenia; Test Administration. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 26. AB - Experience with the Graphomotor Projection Technique has shown that interpretation of a record for individual diagnostic purposes requires extensive knowledge and understanding of personality dynamics in normal and pathological conditions. As with other frequently used projective techniques a global approach is necessary to comprehensive interpretation of a protocol and the individual test factors or scores are considered in their interrelationships and must be fitted into a total Gestalt in order to arrive at an understanding of the subject's personality as an integrated, living, functioning unit. In order to make a diagnosis a number of different evidences of the personality structure must be present in a consistent pattern. For example, the mere occurrence of linearity in the production would not establish a diagnosis of schizophrenia although this item differentiates statistically groups of schizophrenics from normals. After the protocol has been classified as outlined in Chapter II, the examiner concerns himself with the interpretive significance of the classification. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Graphometer Projection Technique KW - clinical use KW - schizophrenics KW - normal population KW - 1954 KW - Projective Personality Measures KW - Projective Techniques KW - Schizophrenia KW - Test Administration KW - 1954 DO - 10.1037/13208-004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2009-05761-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2009-05761-003 AN - 2009-05761-003 AU - Kutash, Samuel B. AU - Gehl, Raymond H. T1 - Comparative study of schizophrenics and normals. T2 - The graphomotor projection technique: Clinical use and standardization. T3 - American lecture series: The Bannerstone division of American lectures in psychology; Vol 218 Y1 - 1954/// VL - 218 SP - 40 EP - 72 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2009-05761-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kutash, Samuel B.; Clinical Psychology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, East Orange, NJ, US. Release Date: 20100927. Correction Date: 20110711. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Projective Personality Measures; Projective Techniques; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Test Administration. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 33. AB - This chapter presents normative data on the scorable elements of the Graphomotor Projection Test for adult normal individuals and schizophrenic patients as well as the results of a study designed to test in preliminary fashion, the capacity of the technique to differentiate between these two groups. If the technique has validity the graphomotor movement of schizophrenic patients should be quantitatively and qualitatively different from that of 'normals' and these differences should be reflected in statistically significant differences on the scorable elements of the test. There should be differences in the degree to which they are able to follow the 'fundamental rule' or directions of the Graphomotor Projection Test, in the total configuration and nature of the production, and in such individual elements of the test as kind and degree of structuring, graphomotor type, density, space filled, speed of movement, pencil pressure, breaks, pauses, kind of movement, times off the page, initial reaction time, amount of content delineated, content identification time, recall and awareness of the nature of the production, and ideation during the performance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Graphometer Projection Technique KW - personality measure KW - schizophrenics KW - normal population KW - 1954 KW - Projective Personality Measures KW - Projective Techniques KW - Schizophrenia KW - Test Administration KW - 1954 DO - 10.1037/13208-003 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2009-05761-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2009-05761-002 AN - 2009-05761-002 AU - Kutash, Samuel B. AU - Gehl, Raymond H. T1 - Historical background and theory. T2 - The graphomotor projection technique: Clinical use and standardization. T3 - American lecture series: The Bannerstone division of American lectures in psychology; Vol 218 Y1 - 1954/// VL - 218 SP - 20 EP - 39 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2009-05761-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kutash, Samuel B.; Clinical Psychology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, East Orange, NJ, US. Release Date: 20100927. Correction Date: 20110711. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: History; Projective Personality Measures; Projective Techniques. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 20. AB - Since the literature in the general field of projective personality techniques including association tests, is vast and has been covered adequately elsewhere as, for example, in Bell's Projective Techniques (4), we shall delimit our historical review to two important areas bearing more directly on the background of the Graphomotor Projection Technique: the literature on the relationship between psychomotor activity and personality; and that on projective personality techniques employing graphomotor performances related to the present technique. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Graphomotor Projection Technique KW - personality measure KW - history KW - 1954 KW - History KW - Projective Personality Measures KW - Projective Techniques KW - 1954 DO - 10.1037/13208-002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2009-05761-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2009-05761-001 AN - 2009-05761-001 AU - Kutash, Samuel B. AU - Gehl, Raymond H. T1 - The technique: Administration and scoring. T2 - The graphomotor projection technique: Clinical use and standardization. T3 - American lecture series: The Bannerstone division of American lectures in psychology; Vol 218 Y1 - 1954/// VL - 218 SP - 3 EP - 19 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2009-05761-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kutash, Samuel B.; Clinical Psychology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, East Orange, NJ, US. Release Date: 20100927. Correction Date: 20110711. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Projective Personality Measures; Projective Techniques; Scoring (Testing); Test Administration. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Page Count: 17. AB - This chapter discusses the administration and scoring of the Graphomotor Projection Technique. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Graphometer Projection Technique KW - administration KW - scoring KW - personality measure KW - 1954 KW - Projective Personality Measures KW - Projective Techniques KW - Scoring (Testing) KW - Test Administration KW - 1954 DO - 10.1037/13208-001 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2009-05761-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 2009-05761-000 AN - 2009-05761-000 AU - Kutach, Samuel B. AU - Gehl, Raymond H. T1 - The graphomotor projection technique: Clinical use and standardization. T3 - American lecture series: The Bannerstone division of American lectures in psychology; Vol 218 Y1 - 1954/// VL - 218 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2009-05761-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kutach, Samuel B.; Clinical Psychology Section, Veterans Administration Hospital, East Orange, NJ, US. Release Date: 20100927. Correction Date: 20110711. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Projective Personality Measures; Projective Techniques; Scoring (Testing); Test Administration. Minor Descriptor: Psychodiagnosis; Statistical Analysis; Test Interpretation. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). References Available: Y. Page Count: 133. AB - This volume is intended as a manual for the administration, scoring and interpretation of the Graphomotor Projection Technique, a method of personality study developed by the authors over the past five years. We present our clinical findings based on the use of the method with a variety of psychiatric patients, normative data for adult males, comparative data for adult male schizophrenic patients, and a statistical analysis relevant to the validity of the technique in differentiating schizophrenic from normal male adults. The normative data as well as the clinical findings will serve as standards and an integrated frame of reference in relation to which individual and group findings can be evaluated. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Graphomotor Projection Technique KW - administration KW - scoring KW - interpretation KW - personality measure KW - 1954 KW - Projective Personality Measures KW - Projective Techniques KW - Scoring (Testing) KW - Test Administration KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Statistical Analysis KW - Test Interpretation KW - 1954 DO - 10.1037/13208-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2009-05761-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06013-017 AN - 2006-06013-017 AU - McReynolds, Paul T1 - Is Psychoanalysis Scientific? JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1960/08// VL - 5 IS - 8 SP - 262 EP - 264 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06013-017. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McReynolds, Paul; Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 20061023. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Experimental Methods; Philosophies; Psychoanalysis; Psychoanalytic Theory. Minor Descriptor: Sciences. Classification: Psychoanalytic Therapy (3315). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Hook, Sidney (Ed). Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method, and Philosophy=New York: New York University Press, 1959. Pp. xiv + 370. $5.00; 1959. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1960. AB - Reviews the book, Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method, and Philosophy edited by Sidney Hook (see record [rid]1959-10284-000[/rid]). This book presents the proceedings of a symposium, sponsored by New York University, on the scientific status of psychoanalysis. The participants in the symposium consisted in the main of eminent psychoanalysts and philosophers of science, and the aim of the meeting was to provide for a free, critical interchange of views between representatives of these two groups on the current status of psychoanalysis as scientific theory. The idea of a conference of psychoanalytic theorists and experts in theory construction was therefore a good one, and in book form the symposium provides interesting--even, at times, exciting--reading. To some extent the book takes the form of an attack by the philosophers on the scientific legitimacy of psychoanalysis, and a defense by the analysts; but there are exceptions to this pattern. Another issue running through the book concerns the appropriateness of clinical observations collected by analysts during psychotherapeutic sessions as scientific evidence. It should be pointed out that psychoanalysis and Freudian theory are terms used synonomously in this book. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - scientific theory KW - psychoanalytic theories KW - psychotherapeutic sessions KW - clinical observations KW - philosophies KW - Freudian theory KW - psychoananysis KW - 1960 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Experimental Methods KW - Philosophies KW - Psychoanalysis KW - Psychoanalytic Theory KW - Sciences KW - 1960 U2 - Hook, Sidney (Ed). (1959); Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method, and Philosophy; New York: New York University Press, 1959. Pp. xiv + 370. $5.00 DO - 10.1037/006358 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06013-017&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2006-04447-008 AN - 2006-04447-008 AU - Meltzoff, Julian AU - Blumenthal, Richard L. T1 - Discussion of results, conclusions and implications. T2 - The day treatment center: Principles, application and evaluation. Y1 - 1966/// SP - 188 EP - 204 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2006-04447-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Meltzoff, Julian; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychology Division, Brooklyn, NY, US. Release Date: 20060530. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Partial Hospitalization; Schizophrenia; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Evidence Based Practice. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Outpatient (60). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Tests & Measures: Outpatient Adjustment Rating Scales. Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study; Treatment Outcome. Page Count: 17. AB - This chapter discusses the results of the evaluation project, which was designed to compare the relative progress over an eighteen month period of a group of patients (male military veterans with schizophrenia) in the day treatment center with that of a comparable group assigned to conventional outpatient treatment. The results of this study demonstrate that the day treatment center is effective in modifying the behavior of schizophrenic patients and inducing positive changes in adjustment. The concept of behavioral change is much more complex than it appears on the surface, and disagreements over the efficacy of various types of psychotherapy are often a reflection of the different framework people adopt in assessing change. Success in treatment and change are not synonymous. The concept of clinical change is addressed first. The most controversial issue about change is its degree of importance. The effects of change are not necessarily dependent upon its magnitude. The two factors that determine its importance are the type of change and where it occurs. We propose that there are three types of change: isolated changes, enabling changes, and trigger changes. A second concept to be considered in judging the importance of a change is its relatedness to a life threshold of consequence. We would propose as a general principle that the importance of a behavioral change is directly proportional to its relation to a threshold zone, and to the degree to which it causes or enables other changes to take place. At the outset of this study, the question asked was a simple one: how effective is the day treatment center in accomplishing its stated aims and objectives? Some of the answers are clear and simple, others more complex. The finding that only 30 per cent of the patients in the day treatment center were rehospitalized in contrast to 64 per cent of the control group can stand alone in attesting to its success. The data also tells us something about the rate of this change for the group. The approximately two-thirds of the control group who require hospitalization with conventional treatment can be reduced to one-third with the use of a day treatment center. While hospitalization is important, other measures of adjustment of the patients are equally crucial in assessing the efficacy of a treatment program. The results obtained on the various adjustment variables give us much more specific information about those facets of adjustment which have changed and those which have not. The key differences between the total samples seem to be that day treatment center patients are helped to hold their own or to improve in adjustment as members of the community, in their attitudes towards themselves, their degree of independence, their relations with their family and their general mood, while the controls are showing decline in these areas. The results achieved in vocational restoration can be considered as a qualified success for the day treatment center. Just as hospitalization was shown to be an early outcome of a patient's career in the day treatment center, employment is an end product. The present study does demonstrate that the day treatment center is more than an inchoate idea with promise. It is a viable and valuable addition to outpatient treatment facilities, and capable of obtaining results at least as effective as ours. The findings suggest that the day treatment center, as herein conceived and operated, is accomplishing its major objectives, and is more economical and more effective than conventional outpatient approaches in forestalling hospitalization and modifying the community adjustment patterns and clinical status of the most marginally adjusted ambulatory schizophrenics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenia KW - military veterans KW - day treatment centers KW - treatment outcomes KW - evidence based practice KW - 1966 KW - Military Veterans KW - Partial Hospitalization KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Evidence Based Practice KW - 1966 DO - 10.1037/11048-008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-04447-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2006-04447-007 AN - 2006-04447-007 AU - Meltzoff, Julian AU - Blumenthal, Richard L. T1 - Results II: Adjustment variables, attendance and medication. T2 - The day treatment center: Principles, application and evaluation. Y1 - 1966/// SP - 151 EP - 187 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2006-04447-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Meltzoff, Julian; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychology Division, Brooklyn, NY, US. Release Date: 20060530. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Partial Hospitalization; Schizophrenia; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Psychosocial Readjustment; Treatment Compliance. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Outpatient (60). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Tests & Measures: Outpatient Adjustment Rating Scales. Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study; Treatment Outcome. Page Count: 37. AB - The evaluation project was designed to compare the relative progress over an eighteen month period of a group of patients (male military veterans with schizophrenia) in the day treatment center with that of a comparable group assigned to conventional outpatient treatment. This chapter examines treatment outcome factors as indicated by adjustment variables, treatment attendance, and medication adherence. The adjustment variables included: Interpersonal Relations, Adjustment to Family, Use of Community Facilities, Self-concept, Motivation, Affective Control, Mood, and Dependency. The frequency of attendance at the day treatment center among subjects was compared to the controls' attendance at a conventional clinic. Finally, compliance with prescribed drug therapy was compared across groups. The day treatment center and control groups as a whole did not differ, as both showed lack of substantial improvement in interpersonal relations. Day center treatment apparently intervenes to prevent marked deterioration in adjustment to the family, and has some positive effects as well. The control group evidenced definite decline in the use of community facilities, while the day treatment center group at least held its own. The total sample, low adjusted, and remainder groups from the day treatment center all showed general improvement in contrast to a decrease in self-concept among the control patients. Motivation proved to be the variable most resistant to change of all those assessed. The only subgroup to show any positive movement was comprised of low adjusted patients in the day treatment center. No clear claims for improvement in affective control can be made for either group, but the low adjusted patients in the day treatment center showed definite gains in contrast to decrements for the controls. Changes in mood for the total groups were in favor of the day treatment center, but short of statistical significance. The patients in the day treatment center generally became less dependent during the eighteen months of study. The overall adjustment of the patients in the day treatment center can be considered as modified in a way different from that of the controls. This is particularly the case with low adjusted day treatment center patients, who in many instances perform like high adjusted controls. There is, however, no simple relationship between frequency of attendance and outcome. There were no significant differences in medication between the two groups. None of the patients received dosages that could be categorized as high, and the majority were on low dosages. Some 79 per cent of the day treatment center group and 81 per cent of the controls received either no medication or low dosages. It should be noted that we are dealing here with drugs that are prescribed rather than dispensed. Differences in hospitalization rates or adjustment variables cannot be accounted for on the basis of differences in prescribed medication, and there is no evidence to indicate that systematic differences in consumed medication either existed or could have influenced the major findings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenia KW - military veterans KW - day treatment centers KW - treatment outcomes KW - adjustment KW - treatment compliance KW - drug therapy KW - 1966 KW - Military Veterans KW - Partial Hospitalization KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Drug Therapy KW - Psychosocial Readjustment KW - Treatment Compliance KW - 1966 DO - 10.1037/11048-007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-04447-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2006-04447-006 AN - 2006-04447-006 AU - Meltzoff, Julian AU - Blumenthal, Richard L. T1 - Results I: Hospitalization and vocational restoration. T2 - The day treatment center: Principles, application and evaluation. Y1 - 1966/// SP - 134 EP - 150 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2006-04447-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Meltzoff, Julian; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychology Division, Brooklyn, NY, US. Release Date: 20060530. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Partial Hospitalization; Schizophrenia; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Hospitalization; Psychosocial Readjustment; Reemployment. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Outpatient (60). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Tests & Measures: Outpatient Adjustment Rating Scales. Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study; Treatment Outcome. Page Count: 17. AB - The evaluation project was designed to compare the relative progress over an eighteen month period of a group of patients (male military veterans with schizophrenia) in the day treatment center with that of a comparable group assigned to conventional outpatient treatment. This chapter examines three treatment outcome factors as indicated by patient hospitalization (admittance factors, hospitalization rates and durations), adjustment, and vocational restoration. The results are also compared across demographic groups. The patients who seem to benefit most from being in a day treatment center, in so far as remaining in the community is concerned, are those with the worst prognosis by the usual prognostic criteria. The day treatment center, relative to conventional treatment, is particularly effective in preventing hospitalization with patients who are the most poorly adjusted, older, less educated, of lower socio-economic status, with a long record of prior hospitalization who are regressing after an unsuccessful stay in the community. It is of interest to examine the relationship between initial adjustment ratings of those who made job starts and those who did not in both patient groups. With the day treatment center and control groups counterbalancing each other, the negative outcome of hospitalization was found not to be significantly related to initial adjustment for the combined samples. On almost all scales, the initial adjustment scores run in descending order from control patients with jobs, day treatment center patients with jobs, controls without jobs, and lastly day treatment center patients without jobs. In summary, the data suggest that low adjusted patients clearly respond to day center treatment with fewer hospitalizations than they do in the control group, while high adjusted patients receive the same benefits from either form of treatment. In regard to employment on the other hand, the initially better adjusted patients are more successful in finding work irrespective of treatment approach, but their chances are enhanced if they are in the day treatment center. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenia KW - military veterans KW - day treatment centers KW - treatment outcomes KW - hospitalization rate KW - adjustment KW - vocational restoration KW - 1966 KW - Military Veterans KW - Partial Hospitalization KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Hospitalization KW - Psychosocial Readjustment KW - Reemployment KW - 1966 DO - 10.1037/11048-006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-04447-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2006-04447-005 AN - 2006-04447-005 AU - Meltzoff, Julian AU - Blumenthal, Richard L. T1 - Research design. T2 - The day treatment center: Principles, application and evaluation. Y1 - 1966/// SP - 115 EP - 133 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2006-04447-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Meltzoff, Julian; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychology Division, Brooklyn, NY, US. Release Date: 20060530. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimental Design; Military Veterans; Partial Hospitalization; Schizophrenia; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Outpatient (60). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Tests & Measures: Outpatient Adjustment Rating Scales; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study; Treatment Outcome. Page Count: 19. AB - The evaluation project was designed to compare the relative progress over an eighteen month period of a group of patients (male military veterans with schizophrenia) in the day treatment center with that of a comparable group assigned to conventional outpatient treatment. Patient change was to be appraised by the presence or absence of such events as hospitalization or employment, and repeated assessment at three month intervals of those psychological adjustment variables whose modification constitutes the stated objectives of the treatment program. This chapter presents an exhaustive description of this study's research design. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenia KW - military veterans KW - day treatment centers KW - treatment outcome studies KW - research design KW - 1966 KW - Experimental Design KW - Military Veterans KW - Partial Hospitalization KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - 1966 DO - 10.1037/11048-005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-04447-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2006-04447-004 AN - 2006-04447-004 AU - Meltzoff, Julian AU - Blumenthal, Richard L. T1 - Psychotherapeutic program evaluation: A critique. T2 - The day treatment center: Principles, application and evaluation. Y1 - 1966/// SP - 78 EP - 114 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2006-04447-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Meltzoff, Julian; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychology Division, Brooklyn, NY, US. Release Date: 20060530. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychotherapeutic Outcomes; Psychotherapy; Schizophrenia; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Outpatient (60). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Tests & Measures: Outpatient Adjustment Rating Scales. Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 37. AB - It is the purpose of this review to examine the existing evaluation studies of psychotherapeutic programs in hospital settings and in outpatient facilities. A critical examination of such studies will serve the purposes of giving an overview of research on therapeutic programs, assessing the adequacy of design and measurement, and pointing up other problems relevant to such research. It can serve as a backdrop against which to view our own research (i.e., day treatment centers for military veterans with schizophrenia) in perspective. Excluded from this review are studies whose primary aim is to assess somatic treatments, chemotherapy, or individual and group psychotherapy. One should be able to relate a demonstrable change in patients to processes inherent in the treatment procedures. To do this, reliable criteria measures relevant to treatment objectives should be objectively applied. the research projects that have been designed to evaluate psychotherapeutic programs show a preponderance of efforts in hospitals and but a handful in outpatient settings. Shortcomings were found at the level of evaluation and in the designs of the program themselves. Earlier studies paid little or no attention to the theoretical rationale for the program, the goals and objectives it purported to achieve, or the techniques used for its attainment. As often as not, criteria measures employed were not clearly related to program objectives. The rationale, objectives and techniques were often so loosely defined that the criteria measures used to assess them were irrelevant. Control groups were frequently absent or inappropriate, procedures contaminated by failure to exercise rigorous control over experimental conditions, and statistical analyses of data sometimes missing and often crude. Later studies were usually more elaborate, more complex, broader in scope, more carefully designed, and more sophisticated in analysis, but still subject to many of the earlier shortcomings. With some exceptions, no firm conclusions can be drawn from most of the resulting data to support the view that these treatment programs are, in fact, distinctly superior to older methods. There is a conviction held by most of the authors, however, that they are. One of the most common conclusions reached in these studies is that problems of patient management decline, and that there is an increase in social behavior even though the core of schizophrenic psychopathology remains. At the same time that searches for causes go on, on other fronts, more attention needs to be paid to the kinds of realistic yet substantive changes that can be achieved with schizophrenics. No matter how sound a program looks on paper and seems to work in practice from the view of biased, enthusiastic practitioners, or how weak and inadequate it appears to biased, unenthusiastic critics, it requires systematic evaluation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychotherapeutic programs KW - schizophrenia KW - treatment evaluations KW - psychotherapeutic outcomes KW - 1966 KW - Psychotherapeutic Outcomes KW - Psychotherapy KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - 1966 DO - 10.1037/11048-004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-04447-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2006-04447-003 AN - 2006-04447-003 AU - Meltzoff, Julian AU - Blumenthal, Richard L. T1 - Treatment methods and techniques. T2 - The day treatment center: Principles, application and evaluation. Y1 - 1966/// SP - 51 EP - 77 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2006-04447-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Meltzoff, Julian; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychology Division, Brooklyn, NY, US. Release Date: 20060530. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Partial Hospitalization; Schizophrenia; Treatment Outcomes; Client Treatment Matching. Minor Descriptor: Behavior Modification; Facility Environment; Health Care Administration. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Outpatient (60). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Tests & Measures: Outpatient Adjustment Rating Scales. Page Count: 27. AB - Having elucidated the principles, organization and activities of the day treatment center in the previous chapter, we can now turn to a discussion of the techniques employed in the effort to modify the behavior of the patients (male military veterans with schizophrenia). The day treatment center utilizes a number of methods, most of which are usually called 'therapy' in their own right. They include individual and group psychotherapy, occupational therapy, recreational therapy, art therapy, music therapy, psychodrama, manual arts therapy, educational therapy, social case work, work therapy, and vocational counseling. Some of these are distinguished by content, some by objectives, some by procedures and some by the professional identity of the responsible staff person. The day treatment center does not purport either to cure schizophrenia or to take care of, process, or handle a patient who, by implication, is a passive recipient. The process, instead, is of presenting them with relevant life situations, and in knowingly and systematically applying whatever psychological techniques are available to modify whatever maladjustive behavior they display. This chapter presents: (1) an account of the diverse treatments and techniques available at the day treatment center; (2) the application of treatment techniques to achieve specific objectives; and (3) a review of the limitations and obstacles to effective functioning and maintaining a proper treatment environment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenia KW - day treatment centers KW - military veterans KW - treatment techniques KW - behavior modification KW - treatment matching KW - treatment outcome KW - treatment objective KW - treatment environment KW - administration KW - 1966 KW - Military Veterans KW - Partial Hospitalization KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Client Treatment Matching KW - Behavior Modification KW - Facility Environment KW - Health Care Administration KW - 1966 DO - 10.1037/11048-003 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-04447-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2006-04447-002 AN - 2006-04447-002 AU - Meltzoff, Julian AU - Blumenthal, Richard L. T1 - The day treatment center. T2 - The day treatment center: Principles, application and evaluation. Y1 - 1966/// SP - 32 EP - 50 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2006-04447-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Meltzoff, Julian; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychology Division, Brooklyn, NY, US. Release Date: 20060530. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Facility Environment; Military Veterans; Partial Hospitalization; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Psychosocial Readjustment; Quality of Care; Health Care Administration. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Outpatient (60). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Tests & Measures: Outpatient Adjustment Rating Scales. Page Count: 19. AB - In order to accomplish these goals and objectives, a treatment program was devised that would provide the following progressive steps for these day treatment center patients (male military veterans with schizophrenia): 1. Alter the environment of the patient during a significant portion of his daily life; 2. Break up or modify pathological behavior patterns; 3. Allow for the learning of a new repertory of responses. Anxiety would be minimized so as to facilitate learning and relearning, and broad opportunities afforded for corrective experiences under the guidance of a skilled staff; and 4. Actively foster generalization of new adjustive responses to non-treatment settings. There are many different ways in which a day treatment center can be organized. A number of related principles guided the form that this particular unit took and regulated its development. These principles form the base for the selection and organization of activities, professional and administrative procedures and the design of the physical environment itself. If we are to have a significant impact on a patient, succeed in breaking up long established behavior patterns, and give opportunities for learning a new repertory, sufficient interaction time with the patient is essential. The patient needs to spend a substantial portion of his day in the treatment setting over a prolonged period of time. Without attempting to establish any arbitrary time span, the magnitude of his disturbance and the massive retraining required will necessarily take a long time (usually on the order of a year or more). Modification of pathological behavior patterns also calls for a sense of timing. It requires the immediate availability of staff to interrupt psychotic responses as they occur and to seize opportunities to introduce new patterns. The breaking up of old patterns and wide scale new learning requires stimulus variability. Outpatients, in contrast to inpatients, must live in the community and make constant decisions about what to do and when and how to do it. They are on their own and must plan for themselves and regulate their own affairs. A day treatment center must recognize this and prepare them for it. In the capsule community represented by the treatment unit every opportunity should be given for self-determination. The organization and operation of the Brooklyn Day Treatment Center is painstakingly detailed in this chapter. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenia KW - day treatment centers KW - military veterans KW - facility environment KW - adjustment KW - quality of care KW - facility administration KW - 1966 KW - Facility Environment KW - Military Veterans KW - Partial Hospitalization KW - Schizophrenia KW - Psychosocial Readjustment KW - Quality of Care KW - Health Care Administration KW - 1966 DO - 10.1037/11048-002 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-04447-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2006-04447-001 AN - 2006-04447-001 AU - Meltzoff, Julian AU - Blumenthal, Richard L. T1 - The problem of the chronic schizophrenic: Historical review, adjustment problems, and treatment goals. T2 - The day treatment center: Principles, application and evaluation. Y1 - 1966/// SP - 3 EP - 31 CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2006-04447-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Meltzoff, Julian; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychology Division, Brooklyn, NY, US. Release Date: 20060530. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Facility Environment; Military Veterans; Partial Hospitalization; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Adjustment Disorders; Chronic Psychosis; Lifestyle; Models; Psychiatry; Psychotherapy; Health Care Reform. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Outpatient (60). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Tests & Measures: Outpatient Adjustment Rating Scales. Page Count: 29. AB - Problems associated with the treatment of schizophrenia were with us long before it received its present name, and probably will remain with us long after it has been revised. Changing views of the etiology of schizophrenia have historically led to many variations in treatment. Schizophrenia has variously been attributed to divine, geophysical, genetic, anatomical, physiological, biochemical, sociological and psychological causes, alone or in combination. Included in any notion of some basic single or multi-variate cause, is the concept of secondary and higher order elaboration. Lacking a clear-cut knowledge of the basic causes of schizophrenia, clinicians have either: (1) thrown up their hands and relegated themselves to a custodial role to protect society from the patient and the patient from himself; (2) assumed the existence of a single cause and based their treatment approach upon it; (3) without undue concern about concepts of causality, tried everything conceivable in the hope that something would be effective; (4) dealt with the secondary elaborations, whose causes were far more apparent, in the hope of bringing about functional improvement and preventing further incapacitating elaboration. Until recently, the trend in this country has been to confine schizophrenics in large mental hospitals isolated from the community. Successful innovations have both resulted in and been the forerunners of changing attitudes towards psychotics, and a renewed willingness of professionals to work with them and regard them as treatable. Changes in hospital methods have been greatly facilitated by innovations in the field of chemotherapy. Psychopharmacological advances replaced lobotomies and shock therapies as the hospital treatments of choice. Paralleling these changes in the large neuropsychiatric hospitals, which were usually built in isolated areas, was a new emphasis on the inclusion of psychiatric wards in general medical hospitals located in the community of the patients' residence. Day hospitals were originally established as substitutes for full-time hospitalization. They offer full hospital treatment during the daytime hours to patients who return to their homes at night. As an extension of the classical schizophrenic symptomatology, the typical life-style of the kind of patient we are discussing is that of a person outside of the mainstream of life. They have little sense of purpose and remain isolated from others and withdrawn from what is going on around them. Our particular patients have one other kind of identity--they are veterans, and this constitutes one of the most important anchoring points in their lives. For them, this is a highly valued and potent image symbolic of past achievement and indicative of current status in sharp contrast to any other identity they have. Inquiry into the way that they spend their time reveals a good deal of vegetating, or of walking the city streets and parks, watching television, or going to daytime movies. For many reasons, they are soon discouraged by failure in attempts to do anything productive. Against this bleak background, how can an hour a week of verbal interaction with the best of therapists have much impact, or how can medication really be expected to change their life style? The day treatment center was designed as one approach to this problem, and should be viewed in its broader context as one phase of a larger movement that is highlighted by humanization, rejection of the notion of custody, and acceptance of the challenge to adapt our psychological knowledge to the task of treating schizophrenics. The Day Treatment Center of the Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Brooklyn, New York, was added to the existing treatment facilities in 1958. This chapter looks at many aspects of this facility. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chronic schizophrenia KW - day hospitals KW - adjustment problems KW - health care reform KW - patient lifestyle KW - military veterans KW - facility characteristics KW - custodial model KW - psychiatry KW - psychotherapy KW - 1966 KW - Facility Environment KW - Military Veterans KW - Partial Hospitalization KW - Schizophrenia KW - Adjustment Disorders KW - Chronic Psychosis KW - Lifestyle KW - Models KW - Psychiatry KW - Psychotherapy KW - Health Care Reform KW - 1966 DO - 10.1037/11048-001 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-04447-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 2006-04447-000 AN - 2006-04447-000 AU - Meltzoff, Julian AU - Blumenthal, Richard L. T1 - The day treatment center: Principles, application and evaluation. Y1 - 1966/// CY - Springfield, IL, US PB - Charles C Thomas Publisher N1 - Accession Number: 2006-04447-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Meltzoff, Julian; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Psychology Division, Brooklyn, NY, US. Release Date: 20060530. Publication Type: Book (0200), Authored Book (0240). Format Covered: Print. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Partial Hospitalization; Psychotherapeutic Outcomes; Psychotherapy; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Adjustment Disorders; Evidence Based Practice; Paranoid Schizophrenia; Psychosis; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation; Undifferentiated Schizophrenia. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Outpatient (60). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Tests & Measures: Outpatient Adjustment Rating Scales. Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study; Quantitative Study; Treatment Outcome. References Available: Y. Page Count: 234. AB - Inasmuch as this book is built around the design and results of one of the few controlled research evaluations of psychotherapeutic programs, it is primarily offered as a contribution to the body of scientific knowledge in the field. To those clinical researchers who are concerned with the challenging problem of assessing psychotherapeutic programs of whatever type, it will hopefully be of methodological interest. It is also written for the information and guidance of psychologists, psychiatrists, social workers, occupational and recreational therapists and other professional personnel in the mental health field who are associated with day treatment centers or are considering their establishment, and for those with responsibility for long range program planning. It is meant, as well, for those who have a more general interest in the community adjustment problems of schizophrenic patients, methods and techniques of bringing about behavioral change, and the appraisal of their effectiveness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) AB - The main purpose of this book is to report the findings of a three-year controlled evaluation study of the Day Treatment Center of the Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Brooklyn, N.Y. This is one of the oldest and most well established of such units in the country. For the evaluation to be meaningful to the reader, it was thought desirable, first of all, to place the day treatment center within its broader historical and contemporary context, and to review some of the salient problems that confront schizophrenics in their attempt to adjust to the community. Following this, there is a formulation of the goals and objectives of the day treatment center, on the logic that the test of the success or failure of any approach is based on the degree to which it achieves its goals. To give the reader a fuller understanding of what is being evaluated, the principles underlying this particular day treatment center and the details of its organization and operation are fully described in Chapter 2. This is followed by a chapter that attempts to delineate the treatment methods and techniques that are employed, and describes how they are used to modify behavior. There is more emphasis on rationale, principles and general methods than on specific details about activities and operating minutiae. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenia KW - day treatment centers KW - psychotherapy KW - military veterans KW - paranoid and undifferentiated schizophrenia KW - psychotherapeutic outcome KW - treatment effectiveness KW - psychosis KW - adjustment disorders KW - 1966 KW - Military Veterans KW - Partial Hospitalization KW - Psychotherapeutic Outcomes KW - Psychotherapy KW - Schizophrenia KW - Adjustment Disorders KW - Evidence Based Practice KW - Paranoid Schizophrenia KW - Psychosis KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - Undifferentiated Schizophrenia KW - 1966 DO - 10.1037/11048-000 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-04447-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-00783-003 AN - 2006-00783-003 AU - Leibowitz, H. W. AU - Pishkin, Vladimir T1 - Perceptual size constancy in chronic schizophrenia. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1961/06// VL - 25 IS - 3 SP - 196 EP - 199 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-00783-003. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Leibowitz, H. W.; University of Wisconsin, WI, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Schizophrenia; Size Constancy; Size Discrimination. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1961. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1961. AB - The ability to judge correctly the sizes of objects despite variation in viewing distance, i.e., size constancy, represents an important biological achievement of living organisms and has been studied in relation to the underlying mechanisms as well as to psychopathology. This ability to judge object size was determined for a group composed of chronic, undifferentiated schizophrenics, aged 24-56 yrs, as well as a control group of psychiatric aides (aged 25-54 yrs). There were no significant differences in the matches produced by the two groups. Both judged correctly the sizes of the test objects at all distances. It is suggested that the absence of any differences is due to the fact that size matching requires abilities which are fully developed prior to the onset of schizophrenia and which are unaffected by the characteristic withdrawal observed in this pathology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perceptual size constancy KW - object size judgment KW - chronic schizophrenia KW - 1961 KW - Schizophrenia KW - Size Constancy KW - Size Discrimination KW - 1961 DO - 10.1037/h0038805 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-00783-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-14707-004 AN - 2005-14707-004 AU - Schneidler, Gwendolen G. T1 - Review of Occupational therapy in the treatment of the tuberculous patient. JF - Journal of Applied Psychology JO - Journal of Applied Psychology JA - J Appl Psychol Y1 - 1946/02// VL - 30 IS - 1 SP - 112 EP - 114 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9010 SN - 1939-1854 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-14707-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schneidler, Gwendolen G.; Veterans Administration, Advisement and Guidance Service, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 20060327. Correction Date: 20111114. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Occupational Therapy; Tuberculosis. Minor Descriptor: Patients. Classification: Occupational & Vocational Rehabilitation (3384). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Hudson, Holland; Fish, Marjorie. Occupational therapy in the treatment of the tuberculous patient=New York: National Tuberculosis Association, 1944. Pp xii + 317. $3.00; 1944. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1946. AB - Reviews the book, Occupational therapy in the treatment of the tuberculous patient by Holland Hudson and Marjorie Fish (1944). The authors originally planned to write a text and reference book for undergraduate students of occupational therapy. They have done that and more. They have contributed a volume which is written in a refreshing and engaging style and which should be read not only by occupational therapy students planning to work in tuberculosis hospitals, but by all practitioners and 'students of occupational therapy and by mature persons considering occupational therapy as a career. This book can also be read with profit by other professional workers in tuberculosis hospitals, by vocational counselors, and by training and placement workers dealing with rehabilitation problems. Every page reflects the authors' intimate knowledge of tuberculosis, its nature, diagnosis and treatment; of the tuberculous patient and the tuberculosis hospital, as well as the role, training, and techniques of the occupational therapist in the total program. Besides giving the student a generous insight into their philosophy of therapy, the authors are realistically helpful in providing numerous practical suggestions for such specific services as library service, musical therapy, graphic and plastic arts, woodworking, household and homemaking arts, prevocational and vocational training, and placement. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - tuberculous patient KW - tuberculosis KW - occupational therapy KW - 1946 KW - Occupational Therapy KW - Tuberculosis KW - Patients KW - 1946 U2 - Hudson, Holland; Fish, Marjorie. (1944); Occupational therapy in the treatment of the tuberculous patient; New York: National Tuberculosis Association, 1944. Pp xii + 317. $3.00 DO - 10.1037/h0050859 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-14707-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-13988-002 AN - 2005-13988-002 AU - Singer, Jerome L. T1 - Review of Group psychotherapy: Studies in methodology of research and therapy. Report of a group psychotherapy research project of the U. S. Veterans Administration. JF - The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology JO - The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology JA - J Abnorm Soc Psychol Y1 - 1954/01// VL - 49 IS - 1 SP - 159 EP - 161 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-851X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-13988-002. Other Journal Title: Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Singer, Jerome L.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Montrose, NY, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimentation; Group Psychotherapy; Military Veterans. Minor Descriptor: Methodology. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50); Outpatient (60). Reviewed Item: Frank, Jerome D.; Powdermaker, Florence B. Group Psychotherapy: Studies in Methodology of Research and Therapy. Report of a group psychotherapy research project of the U. S. Veterans Administration=Cambridge: Harvard Univer. Press, 1953. Pp. xv+615. Price $6.50; 1953. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1954. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1954. AB - Reviews the book, Group Psychotherapy: Studies in Methodology of Research and Therapy. Report of a group psychotherapy research project of the U. S. Veterans Administration by Jerome D. Frank and Florence B. Powdermaker (see record [rid]1954-02756-000[/rid]). According to the reviewer, the project described in this volume was probably the first large-scale formal research into the process of group psychotherapy. The two major objectives of the investigation were to develop methods for studying the process of therapy and the specific problems faced by therapists, and to develop methods which could provide solutions to the problems isolated by the analysis of the treatment process. The book, like the project, has two main divisions, the research with neurotic clinic patients and a controlled study of group therapy with hospitalized schizophrenics. According to the reviewer, whatever its failings as pure research, there can be no question that this is an important and useful book. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group psychotherapy KW - veterans KW - methodology KW - research KW - 1954 KW - Experimentation KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Military Veterans KW - Methodology KW - 1954 U2 - Frank, Jerome D.; Powdermaker, Florence B. (1953); Group Psychotherapy: Studies in Methodology of Research and Therapy. Report of a group psychotherapy research project of the U. S. Veterans Administration; Cambridge: Harvard Univer. Press, 1953. Pp. xv+615. Price $6.50 DO - 10.1037/h0052901 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-13988-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-13622-002 AN - 2005-13622-002 AU - Gilberstadt, Harold AU - Farkas, Edwin T1 - Another look at MMPI profile types in multiple sclerosis. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1961/10// VL - 25 IS - 5 SP - 440 EP - 444 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-13622-002. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gilberstadt, Harold; Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, MN, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Multiple Sclerosis. Minor Descriptor: Major Depression. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale; MMPI (Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1961. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1961. AB - Canter (1951) reported a descriptive study of MMPI profiles of patients with multiple sclerosis (MS). Although recognizing the limitations of the approach, he calculated the average MMPI profile for this group of 33 World War II veteran patients and inferred from the mean profile for the group that the typical personality configuration in MS included a reaction to the stress of the illness with depression and its accessory symptoms. When depression is a major variable under study, the averaging of MMPI profiles can obscure important profile differences especially if subsamples are combined, one of which has very high D scores and the other of which has very low D scores. This is a particularly important consideration in the study of an illness such as MS in which both reactions of high depression and low depression because of denial and repression have been observed. If discrete profile types were to be produced reflecting each of these reaction types, such an important difference would be cancelled out and masked by averaging. The aim of the present study was to attempt to check Canter's MMPI findings and to answer the following questions: (a) Can a typical response to MS in the direction of depression be inferred from the MMPI? (b) Among patients with neurological lesions, are MMPI profiles indicative of depression more common in MS than in other conditions? To investigate the latter question, a control group of neurological patients was selected who had suffered brain injury from external causes. A second purpose of this paper is to report on significant relationships between MMPI profile characteristics and illness and demographic variables which became apparent when profiles were studied as depressed and non-depressed types rather than as average group profiles. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - multiple sclerosis KW - MMPI profiles KW - depression KW - 1961 KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Multiple Sclerosis KW - Major Depression KW - 1961 DO - 10.1037/h0039473 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-13622-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-13604-001 AN - 2005-13604-001 AU - Toal, Robert T1 - Reliability (Internal Consistency) of the Wechsler Memory Scale and Correlation with the Wechsler-Bellevue Intelligence Scale. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1957/04// VL - 21 IS - 2 SP - 131 EP - 135 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-13604-001. PMID: 13416430 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Toal, Robert; Veterans Administration Hospital, Bronx, NY, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060327. Correction Date: 20140217. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Statistical Correlation; Test Reliability; Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale; Wechsler Memory Scale. Classification: Tests & Testing (2220); Learning & Memory (2343). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340). Tests & Measures: Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale; Wechsler Memory Scale DOI: 10.1037/t27207-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1957. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1957. AB - Although the Wechsler Memory Scale (WMS) was published in 1945, no information is available concerning either its reliability or its validity. The lack of these vital data, however, has not precluded extravagant statements about the diagnostic efficacy of the scale. For example, Kogan in a review of the test states: 'Thus, [by means of WMS] it is possible to distinguish accurately between the kind of memory impairment which is merely one aspect of generalized mental inefficiency and that which represents a specific decrement in memory function.' In the same review Kogan also indicates that differences among WMS subtest scores will be useful in differential diagnosis. The study reported here is an investigation of two aspects of WMS: its reliability and its correlation with the Wechsler-Bellevue Intelligence Scale (W-B). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Wechsler-Bellevue Intelligence Scale KW - Wechsler Memory Scale KW - reliability KW - correlation KW - 1957 KW - Statistical Correlation KW - Test Reliability KW - Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale KW - Wechsler Memory Scale KW - 1957 DO - 10.1037/h0039695 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-13604-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-13423-002 AN - 2005-13423-002 AU - Van Ness Dearborn, George T1 - Review of Five hundred delinquent women. JF - The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology JO - The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology JA - J Abnorm Soc Psychol Y1 - 1935/07// VL - 30 IS - 2 SP - 266 EP - 269 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-851X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-13423-002. Other Journal Title: Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Ness Dearborn, George; U. S. Veterans Administration, NY, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Criminal Justice; Criminal Rehabilitation; Female Criminals; Human Females. Minor Descriptor: Adjudication. Classification: Criminal Rehabilitation & Penology (3386). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Reviewed Item: Glueek, Sheldon; Glueek, Eleanor T.; Pound, Roscoe. Five hundred delinquent women=New York: A. A. Knopf, 1934. Pp. xxxiv, 539. 6 1/2 x 9 1/2 inches. $5.00 net; 1934. Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1935. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1935. AB - Reviews the book 'Five hundred delinquent women' by Dr. Sheldon Glueck and Dr. Eleanor T. Glueck (1934). The reviewer notes that this important work will help in the gravely needed reform of the evil penal system, for it helps point out the way. In an earlier and now famous work, 'Five Hundred Criminal Careers', the Gluecks demonstrated the astounding results of a unique method of tracing the lives of ex-offenders after their release from a correctional institution. In that book they dealt entirely with men. In this new book they have utilized their method to trace the careers of five hundred delinquent women after their release from the Massachusetts Reformatory. They spent over three years in intensive and ingenious research. The result is the first reliable picture ever drawn of the characteristics, background, correctional experiences, parole history, and post-parole vicissitudes of delinquent women. Here are not only the statistical conclusions, but a series of case histories illustrating types of delinquency among women. This elaborate study is concerned with the nature and the treatment of delinquent women in the Massachusetts Reformatory for Women and with their ultimate response to such treatment. The reviewer notes that authors and sociology both are to be congratulated on the existence of this highly constructive book, a model for others. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - delinquent women KW - penal system KW - treatment KW - 1935 KW - Criminal Justice KW - Criminal Rehabilitation KW - Female Criminals KW - Human Females KW - Adjudication KW - 1935 U2 - Glueek, Sheldon; Glueek, Eleanor T.; Pound, Roscoe. (1934); Five hundred delinquent women; New York: A. A. Knopf, 1934. Pp. xxxiv, 539. 6 1/2 x 9 1/2 inches. $5.00 net DO - 10.1037/h0051676 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-13423-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-11684-003 AN - 2005-11684-003 AU - Rodgers, W. L. AU - Melzack, R. AU - Segal, J. R. T1 - 'Tail flip response' in goldfish. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1963/10// VL - 56 IS - 5 SP - 917 EP - 923 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-11684-003. Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rodgers, W. L.; Massachusetts Inst of Technology, Research Laboratory of Electronics, Cambridge, MA, US. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Escape Behavior; Atmospheric Conditions; Pressure Sensation; Visual Stimulation; Behavioral Ecology. Minor Descriptor: Central Nervous System; Electrical Stimulation; Goldfish; Habituation; Stimulus Parameters. Classification: Social & Instinctive Behavior (2440). Population: Animal (20). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1963. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1963. AB - Pressure wave and visual stimuli can effectively elicit the tail flip response in goldfish (sudden flexion of the tail that propels the fish away from a stimulus in a characteristic lurch). Fish respond to pressure wave changes more frequently when they are at the surface of the water than below surface; responses to visual stimuli alone occur only in fish swimming at the surface. These characteristics suggest that the tail flip response could play an important role in producing rapid escape from nonaquatic predators, e.g., birds, that strike at fish swimming at the water surface. Behavioral data are consistent with the assumption that the tail flip response is mediated by the Mauthner cells of the teleost nervous system. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - tail flip response KW - pressure wave perception KW - fish escape response KW - visual perception KW - behavioral ecology KW - electrical stimulation KW - Mauthner cells KW - habituation KW - goldfish KW - 1963 KW - Animal Escape Behavior KW - Atmospheric Conditions KW - Pressure Sensation KW - Visual Stimulation KW - Behavioral Ecology KW - Central Nervous System KW - Electrical Stimulation KW - Goldfish KW - Habituation KW - Stimulus Parameters KW - 1963 DO - 10.1037/h0039700 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-11684-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-11643-002 AN - 2005-11643-002 AU - Laffal, Julius T1 - Psycholinguistics and the Psychology of Language. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1964/10// VL - 19 IS - 10 SP - 813 EP - 815 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-11643-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Laffal, Julius; Veterans Administration Hosp, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Language; Psycholinguistics; Psychology. Classification: Linguistics & Language & Speech (2720). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1964. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1964. AB - Comments that two recent papers in the American Psychologist deal with the problem of sentences in language (G. A. Miller, 'Some psychological studies of grammar,' American Psychologist, 1962, 17, 748-762, see record [rid]1963-06655-001[/rid]; C. E. Osgood, 'On understanding and creating sentences,' American Psychologist, 1963, 18, 735-751, see record [rid]1964-07405-001[/rid]). Earlier, a paper by Mowrer (1954) dealt with substantially the same subject. These papers attempt a psychological approach to what is traditionally a linguistic problem, hence are aptly labeled 'psycholinguistic' efforts. The present author believes a distinction is in order between 'psycholinguistics' in this sense, and the 'psychology of language.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychology of language KW - psycholinguistics KW - 1964 KW - Language KW - Psycholinguistics KW - Psychology KW - 1964 DO - 10.1037/h0038581 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-11643-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10516-015 AN - 2005-10516-015 AU - Price, Frampton B. T1 - Review of Selective partial ablation of the frontal cortex. JF - Psychological Bulletin JO - Psychological Bulletin JA - Psychol Bull Y1 - 1951/03// VL - 48 IS - 2 SP - 185 EP - 189 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-2909 SN - 1939-1455 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10516-015. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Price, Frampton B.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Roseburg, OR, US. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Frontal Lobe; Psychosurgery. Classification: Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Mettler, F. A. (Ed). Selective partial ablation of the frontal cortex=(The Columbia Greystone Associates.) New York: Paul B. Hoeber, 1949. Pp. xiii+517. $12.50; 1949. Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1951. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1951. AB - Reviews the book Selective partial ablation of the frontal cortex edited by F. A. Mettler (see record [rid]1953-01365-000[/rid]). This book has been hailed as a monumental work in the comparatively new psychiatric field of psychosurgery. Section II of this work, entitled 'Medical Survey,' describes in detail the laboratory findings and the physical examinations of the patients in the study. Section III is of most particular interest to clinical psychologists. It deals with several new psychologic techniques used for the first time with psychosurgical patients. Section IV deals with the results of the experiment in terms of psychiatric, neurologic, and pathologic changes as seen before and after topectomy and lobotomy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - partial ablation KW - frontal cortex KW - psychosurgery KW - psychological techniques KW - topectomy KW - lobotomy KW - 1951 KW - Frontal Lobe KW - Psychosurgery KW - 1951 U2 - Mettler, F. A. (Ed). (1949); Selective partial ablation of the frontal cortex; (The Columbia Greystone Associates.) New York: Paul B. Hoeber, 1949. Pp. xiii+517. $12.50 DO - 10.1037/h0052773 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-10516-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10161-004 AN - 2005-10161-004 AU - Klugman, Samuel E. T1 - Intra-Individual Variability Findings for a Psychotic Population on Vocational Interest Inventories. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology JA - J Couns Psychol Y1 - 1964///Sum 1964 VL - 11 IS - 2 SP - 191 EP - 193 CY - US PB - Wm. C. Brown Co. SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10161-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Klugman, Samuel E.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Coatesville, PA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association. Release Date: 20060327. Correction Date: 20120827. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Occupational Interest Measures; Occupational Interests; Psychosis. Minor Descriptor: Bipolar Disorder; Inventories; Schizophrenia; Variability Measurement. Classification: Occupational & Employment Testing (2228); Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Tests & Measures: Kuder Preference Record-Vocational; Occupational Interest Inventory DOI: 10.1037/t02297-000. Methodology: Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1964. AB - This study aimed to ascertain (1) whether the statement 'variability in emotionally disturbed subjects is greater than that of normals on a wide variety of psychological tasks' would also hold for vocational interest inventory results and (2) whether the results obtained from a second interest inventory would be affected by the experience of having taken another one a week earlier. It was hypothesized that validity correlations between the Kuder Preference Record--Vocational (KPR-V) and the Occupational Interest Inventory (OII) scales would be lower for a neuropsychiatric (NP) population than for a normal one since variability of performance is known to have a lowering effect upon coefficients of correlation. The hypothesis was tested by comparing the normal population's correlations between the various scales of the two inventories as reported by Roeber in the OII Manual (Lee and Thorpe, 1956) with those obtained from the hospitalized emotionally disturbed subjects used in the present investigation. To test the second aim, the regular counseling procedures were modified to the extent of administering both inventories a week apart. To one half of the emotionally-disturbed group the KPR-V was given first; to the other half the OII was given first. The subjects were 100 male psychotic patients--91 diagnosed as schizophrenics and 9 as manic depressives--who had been referred by their psychiatrists for counseling and therefore were presumably in some stage of partial remission. Their ages ranged from 18 to 50 years with a mean age of 31.2 years, and their IQ's ranged from 93 to 134 with a mean of 105.3 points. Of 81 comparisons 53 or 65.4 per cent (with r's carried to three decimal places) were lower for the abnormal population, 28 or 34.6 per cent were lower for the normal population. The difference between these proportions is significant (p<.01, chi-square test). Only 7 of the 81 comparisons, i.e. 8.6 percent, showed significant differences (p<.05) between r's (converted to z values) from the NP and normal groups. Further agreement was noted in that the signs accompanying the r's were the same in 71 out of 81 instances. However, a surprising finding is revealed by a study of these seven significant differences. Four of them, or 57 per cent, occur in areas which purport to measure the same interests on both inventories. For this reason Table 2, based on similar-interest scales, was constructed and research data were included from two other investigators who employed the KPR-V and OII with normal subjects (Lindgren, 1947; Jacobs, 1951). According to our hypothesis, the NP population's r's should be lower than those found in normal subjects. This occurred in 14 out of 21 comparisons, 9 of them significantly so (using the more conservative two-tailed test). Three of the seven instances in which the opposite occurred, none significantly, took place when the NP group was compared with Lindgren's group--the smallest of the three (N=50). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - vocational interest inventories KW - neuropsychiatric population KW - intra-individual variability KW - schizophrenia KW - manic depression KW - 1964 KW - Occupational Interest Measures KW - Occupational Interests KW - Psychosis KW - Bipolar Disorder KW - Inventories KW - Schizophrenia KW - Variability Measurement KW - 1964 DO - 10.1037/h0038912 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-10161-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10156-001 AN - 2005-10156-001 AU - Billingslea, Fred Y. T1 - The Bender Gestalt: A review and a perspective. JF - Psychological Bulletin JO - Psychological Bulletin JA - Psychol Bull Y1 - 1963/05// VL - 60 IS - 3 SP - 233 EP - 251 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-2909 SN - 1939-1455 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10156-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Billingslea, Fred Y.; Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, MS, US. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company; The Macmillan Company; The Review Publishing Company. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Bender Gestalt Test; Differential Diagnosis; Scoring (Testing); Test Construction; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Mental Age. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Cognitive & Perceptual Development (2820). Population: Human (10). Tests & Measures: Bender Gestalt Test. Methodology: Literature Review. References Available: Y. Page Count: 19. Issue Publication Date: May, 1963. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1963. AB - The 1950-61 literature is covered and is organized around the test designs, the various scoring systems, and the diagnostic interpretations. When scored objectively its validity in determining mental ages for children, and as an additional tool in a test battery aimed at differential diagnoses, is acceptable. Symbolic interpretation remains highly subjective. The lack of standardization mitigates against utilizing the test as a norm against which to judge other variables. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Bender Gestalt Test KW - test design KW - scoring systems KW - diagnostic interpretation KW - differential diagnosis KW - mental ages KW - validity KW - 1963 KW - Bender Gestalt Test KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Scoring (Testing) KW - Test Construction KW - Test Validity KW - Mental Age KW - 1963 DO - 10.1037/h0039359 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-10156-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2005-06677-004 AN - 2005-06677-004 AU - Hamlin, Roy M. AU - Berger, Benjamin AU - Cummings, S. Thomas ED - Wolff, Werner ED - Precker, Joseph A. ED - Wolff, Werner, (Ed) ED - Precker, Joseph A., (Ed) T1 - Changes in adjustment following psychotherapy as reflected in Rorschach signs. T2 - Personality monographs, Vol 3: Success in psychotherapy. Y1 - 1952/// SP - 94 EP - 111 CY - New York City, NY, US PB - Grune & Stratton N1 - Accession Number: 2005-06677-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hamlin, Roy M.; Western Psychiatric Institute, University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 20050705. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Psychotherapeutic Outcomes; Psychotherapy; Rorschach Test; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Outpatient (60). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). Tests & Measures: Rorschach Test DOI: 10.1037/t03306-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study; Treatment Outcome. References Available: Y. Page Count: 18. AB - The present study has considered the possible effectiveness of the Rorschach sign approach as a measure of changes accompanying psychotherapy. Muench's signs and the Basic Rorschach Score were applied to Rorschachs of a group of twenty patients before and after psychiatric therapy. A single case was studied to indicate possible unique changes following therapy, and to indicate possible 'clinical elements' that might be used in developing a more effective list of signs. In general, Muench's signs showed changes in the expected direction following therapy. The mean gain in favorable signs was not statistically significant for the twenty subjects. The mean gain in Basic Rorschach Score for the twenty subjects of this study was statistically significant, yielding a P-value of less than .01. The significance of the gain may be due largely to the performance of the fifteen neurotic subjects. The five outpatient psychotic subjects seemed variable in performance, and the meaningfulness of their Basic Rorschach Scores may present difficulties in interpretation. Consideration of a single case suggests that sign lists may be improved by adapting 'clinical elements' which influence clinicians in their judgments. However, some Rorschach changes may occur following therapy which are essentially unique to the individual subject. The results of this study should encourage further development and validation of the Rorschach sign approach as an objective measure of changes following therapy. A number of experimental conditions probably worked against the best results with the two sign lists used. In all probability, more effective lists can be developed. Under these limiting conditions, the magnitude of the mean gain using the Basic Rorschach Scores was encouragingly large. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - adjustment changes KW - Rorschach sign approach KW - psychotherapy KW - treatment efficacy KW - test validity KW - 1952 KW - Adjustment KW - Psychotherapeutic Outcomes KW - Psychotherapy KW - Rorschach Test KW - Test Validity KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - 1952 DO - 10.1037/10765-004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-06677-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2005-06654-021 AN - 2005-06654-021 AU - Pathman, Julian H. AU - Clark, Vernon ED - Pennington, L. A. ED - Berg, Irwin A. ED - Pennington, L. A., (Ed) ED - Berg, Irwin A., (Ed) T1 - Psychoanalytically oriented therapy. T2 - An introduction to clinical psychology, 2nd ed. Y1 - 1954/// SP - 557 EP - 585 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Ronald Press Company N1 - Accession Number: 2005-06654-021. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pathman, Julian H.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Downey, IL, US. Release Date: 20050711. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book; Textbook/Study Guide. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychoanalysis. Minor Descriptor: Dream Analysis; Free Association; Psychoanalytic Theory; Psychodynamic Psychotherapy; Psychotherapeutic Resistance; Psychotherapeutic Transference. Classification: Psychoanalytic Therapy (3315). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). References Available: Y. Page Count: 29. AB - Psychoanalysis, a method of approach to the understanding of human problems which was originally introduced by Sigmund Freud (1856- 1939), has since been enriched by the contributions of workers in many disciplines. Considered in its broadest scope it is the study of the unconscious psychological forces which motivate human behavior, whether this behavior is manifest in the day-to-day activity of an individual, in the organization of a culture, or objectified in the form of a work of literature or art. In the realm of practical application, it is a special technique of therapy for personality problems and emotional disorders. The present discussion is limited to the therapeutic aspects of psychoanalysis, and a broad outline of the basic approach will be presented with examples to demonstrate the kinds of technical problems met as well as possible ways of dealing with them. The chapter in its entirety is aimed at the stimulation of interest, in the hope that the student will be inclined to go to more complete sources for a better grasp of the theory which underlies the psychoanalytic orientation. This is even more true where problems of technique and practice are concerned. The few examples included, although typical, will be found grossly inadequate if considered as a code of procedure for the analytic therapist. Only extensive study, discussion with more experienced colleagues active in the field, and adequate, supervised contact with emotionally disturbed subjects can be expected to fill the gaps necessarily left open, not to mention the fact that the student will wish to undergo psychoanalytic therapy himself before feeling secure in the application of the method to his own work. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychoanalysis KW - free association KW - resistance KW - transference KW - dream interpretation KW - psychoanalytic theory KW - 1954 KW - Psychoanalysis KW - Dream Analysis KW - Free Association KW - Psychoanalytic Theory KW - Psychodynamic Psychotherapy KW - Psychotherapeutic Resistance KW - Psychotherapeutic Transference KW - 1954 DO - 10.1037/10804-021 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-06654-021&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2005-06654-018 AN - 2005-06654-018 AU - Watkins, John G. ED - Pennington, L. A. ED - Berg, Irwin A. ED - Pennington, L. A., (Ed) ED - Berg, Irwin A., (Ed) T1 - Psychotherapy: An overview. T2 - An introduction to clinical psychology, 2nd ed. Y1 - 1954/// SP - 483 EP - 501 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Ronald Press Company N1 - Accession Number: 2005-06654-018. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watkins, John G.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 20050711. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book; Textbook/Study Guide. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Psychotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Behavior Modification; Psychotherapists; Therapeutic Environment; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). References Available: Y. Page Count: 19. AB - Some of the preceding chapters in this book have surveyed the several classes of behavior disorders most often encountered by the clinician and have outlined the major approaches used in the evaluation of these conditions. This chapter is concerned solely with an overview of treatment procedures. It will in broad outline describe major problems relating to psychotherapy, touching lightly on many aspects, and leaving more detailed discussion for succeeding chapters. The aim here is thus to provide a general framework by means of which one can orient later intensive study of the goals and specific procedures which the psychologist can use to give his client the opportunity to modify maladaptive behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical psychology KW - psychotherapy KW - treatment procedures KW - maladaptive behavior modification KW - psychotherapists KW - treatment setting KW - therapeutic improvement evaluation KW - 1954 KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Psychotherapy KW - Behavior Modification KW - Psychotherapists KW - Therapeutic Environment KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - 1954 DO - 10.1037/10804-018 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-06654-018&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2005-06654-007 AN - 2005-06654-007 AU - Sargent, Helen D. AU - Hirsch, Ernest A. ED - Pennington, L. A. ED - Berg, Irwin A. ED - Pennington, L. A., (Ed) ED - Berg, Irwin A., (Ed) T1 - Projective methods. T2 - An introduction to clinical psychology, 2nd ed. Y1 - 1954/// SP - 188 EP - 219 CY - New York, NY, US PB - Ronald Press Company N1 - Accession Number: 2005-06654-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sargent, Helen D.; Research Department, Menninger Foundation, Topeka, KS, US. Release Date: 20050711. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book; Textbook/Study Guide. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Projective Personality Measures; Psychodiagnosis. Minor Descriptor: Experimentation; Prognosis. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). References Available: Y. Page Count: 32. AB - A subtitle for this chapter might well be 'A Projective Approach to Personality,' since the difference between this and other modes of studying the personality (e.g., inventories, rating scales, questionnaires) lies more in the kinds of data observed, and in the interpretation of these data, than in the specific tools used in the investigation. It is true, as the author shows, that certain techniques and methods are more amenable to the projective approach than others, but the general approach used with tests explicitly constructed as 'projective' is not necessarily limited only to these instruments. This projective approach indeed has its origins in concepts of personality which are in many respects at variance with concepts used in the application of inventories and similar techniques. Greater stress is placed on motivation; there is more emphasis on the patterning of experience and attitudes within the individual, rather than primarily upon intergroup comparisons; and a more holistic (and at one time radical) philosophy for the science of personality initiated the development of this approach. The projective principle has been applied in the development of a wide variety of tests, including ink blots, pictures, art and drama media, and paper and pencil techniques. They have been used for purposes of diagnosis, prognosis, and research. The most urgent problems in the field are concerned with validation of the methods themselves, and with the qualifications of their users, as well as with the establishment of a unitary theory which would encompass the rationale and phenomena of all projective tests. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - projective methods KW - personality measurement KW - clinical psychology KW - diagnostic methods KW - prognosis purposes KW - research uses KW - 1954 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Projective Personality Measures KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Experimentation KW - Prognosis KW - 1954 DO - 10.1037/10804-007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-06654-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2004-19281-004 AN - 2004-19281-004 AU - Krasner, Leonard ED - Strupp, Hans H. ED - Luborsky, Lester ED - Strupp, Hans H., (Ed) ED - Luborsky, Lester, (Ed) T1 - The Therapist as a Social Reinforcement Machine. T2 - Research in psychotherapy. Y1 - 1962/// SP - 61 EP - 94 CY - Washington, DC, US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 2004-19281-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Krasner, Leonard; Veterans Administration Hospital, Psychology Services, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 20041025. Correction Date: 20150824. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Language: English. Conference Information: Second Conference on Research in Psychotherapy, May, 1961, Chapel Hill, NC, US. Major Descriptor: Experimentation; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Psychotherapists; Social Reinforcement; Therapist Characteristics. Minor Descriptor: Patients; Psychotherapy. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). References Available: Y. Page Count: 34. AB - If we are to conceive of psychotherapy as a process involving reinforcement procedures, then the major research task is to investigate the conditions under which the reinforcement procedure is most effective. These variables involved can be considered under three categories: (a) variables related directly to therapist characteristics, (b) situational variables, (c) therapist-patient interaction variables. The 'therapist characteristics' variables include: (a) the personal characteristics of the therapist, such as sex, personality, prestige, and socioeconomic status, (b) the specific influences on the therapist's concept of his role, such as his value and ethical system, and his formal and informal training, (c) the special techniques used by the therapist. The situational variables include the environmental setting and 'atmosphere' in which the reinforcement process is taking place. The interaction variables are the result of the interaction of the therapist behavior with various characteristics of the patient population, such as diagnostic category, personality, response class, and awareness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - therapist characteristics KW - psychotherapy KW - situational variables KW - social reinforcement KW - therapist patient interaction variables KW - research KW - reinforcement procedures KW - 1962 KW - Experimentation KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Psychotherapists KW - Social Reinforcement KW - Therapist Characteristics KW - Patients KW - Psychotherapy KW - 1962 DO - 10.1037/10591-004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2004-19281-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 2004-16482-007 AN - 2004-16482-007 AU - Rosner, Burton S. ED - Koch, Sigmund ED - Koch, Sigmund, (Ed) T1 - Psychophysics and neurophysiology. T2 - Psychology: A study of a science, Volume 4. Biologically oriented fields: Their place in psychology and in biological science. Y1 - 1962/// SP - 280 EP - 333 CY - New York, NY, US PB - McGraw-Hill N1 - Accession Number: 2004-16482-007. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rosner, Burton S.; West Haven Veterans Administration Hosp & Yale U School of Medicine, CT, US. Release Date: 20040802. Publication Type: Book (0200), Edited Book (0280). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neurophysiology; Psychophysics. Minor Descriptor: Experimentation; Theories. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). References Available: Y. Page Count: 54. AB - Gives due attention to both the empirical and theoretical aspects of the interplay between psychophysics and neurophysiology. The first section of this paper reviews modern neurophysiology. The second part of the paper takes up the empirical variables of psychophysics and some general theoretical approaches to the psychophysical processes. Discussion of current and possible future relationships between the two disciplines occupies the final section of this article. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychophysics KW - neurophysiology KW - theoretical approaches KW - empirical aspects KW - 1962 KW - Neurophysiology KW - Psychophysics KW - Experimentation KW - Theories KW - 1962 DO - 10.1037/10541-007 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2004-16482-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1961-07149-001 AN - 1961-07149-001 AU - Samler, Joseph T1 - Psychosocial aspects of work: A critique of occupational information. JF - Personnel & Guidance Journal JO - Personnel & Guidance Journal JA - Pers Guid J Y1 - 1961/// VL - 39 SP - 458 EP - 465 CY - US PB - American Personnel & Guidance Association SN - 0031-5737 SN - 2164-4918 N1 - Accession Number: 1961-07149-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Counseling & Development; Occupations; The Vocational Guidance Magazine. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Samler, Joseph; Veterans Administration. Other Publishers: American Association for Counseling and Development; American Counseling Assn; Graduate School of Education, Harvard University; National Occupational Conference; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19610501. Correction Date: 20131125. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: No terms assigned. Classification: Industrial & Organizational Psychology (3600). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1961. AB - The counselor's consideration of the world of work is examined. The type of consideration given to personality dynamics is not available in evaluating the role and function of work. There is evidence that occupational adjustment may be more dependent upon psychodynamic aspects than upon wages, duties, work conditions, etc. Information to characterize the Psychological Man is lacking in current occupational literature. 'To deal only with the Economic Man at work is to deal only with one part of the worker's functioning, and while this is important, the evidence on every hand points to its inadequacy.' (15-item bibliogr.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - WORK KW - PSYCHOSOCIAL ASPECTS OF KW - OCCUPATIONAL INFORMATION KW - SHORTCOMINGS OF KW - VOCATIONAL GUIDANCE & REHABILITATION KW - 1961 KW - No terms assigned KW - 1961 DO - 10.1002/j.2164-4918.1961.tb01915.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1961-07149-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1974-01826-000 AN - 1974-01826-000 AU - Davis, John E. T1 - Play and mental health: Principles and practice for teachers. Y1 - 1938/// CY - Oxford, England PB - Mcgrath N1 - Accession Number: 1974-01826-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, John E.; Veterans Administration Facility, Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Book (0200). Format Covered: Print. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Childhood Development; Educational Programs; Recreation. Classification: Educational Psychology (3500). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100). Page Count: 202. AB - Develops a psychology of play for the organization of mental hygienic practices in child education. The relationships between play and psychic adjustment, adjustment to the outside world, behavior, and satisfying socialization are stressed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - play in child education KW - adjustment & socialization & mental health KW - book KW - 1938 KW - Childhood Development KW - Educational Programs KW - Recreation KW - 1938 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-01826-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1960-00719-001 AN - 1960-00719-001 AU - Krugman, A. D. T1 - A note on level-of-aspiration behavior and aging. JF - Journal of Gerontology JO - Journal of Gerontology JA - J Gerontol Y1 - 1959/// VL - 14 SP - 222 EP - 225 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0022-1422 N1 - Accession Number: 1960-00719-001. PMID: 13641650 Other Journal Title: The Journals of Gerontology: Series A: Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Krugman, A. D.; Veterans Administration, Martinsburg, W. Va. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19600101. Correction Date: 20131202. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: No terms assigned. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300); Developmental Psychology (2800). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1959. AB - 2 groups of male volunteer Ss (39 aged 70-86 years and 36 aged 22-35 years) were compared by the Rotter Level of Aspiration Test. 'It was found that good levels were similarly low for both groups, that low flexibility in adjusting to success and failure was more characteristic of the older group, that greater need for self-protection and more vulnerability to stress were manifested by the older group, and that more maladaptive and extreme patterns of response were exhibited by the older population.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ASPIRATION LEVEL BOARD (ROTTER) KW - AGE KW - ASPIRATION LEVEL KW - COMPLEX PROCESSES & ORGANIZATIONS KW - MATURITY & OLD AGE KW - 1959 KW - No terms assigned KW - 1959 DO - 10.1093/geronj/14.2.222 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1960-00719-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1959-03679-001 AN - 1959-03679-001 AU - Overs, Robert P. AU - St. Clair, Norman E. T1 - The social class identification of 1038 Western New York students. JF - The Journal of Educational Research JO - The Journal of Educational Research JA - J Educ Res Y1 - 1957/// VL - 51 SP - 185 EP - 190 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-0671 SN - 1940-0675 N1 - Accession Number: 1959-03679-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Overs, Robert P.; Veterans Administration Regional Office, Buffalo, N. Y. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19590201. Correction Date: 20111010. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: No terms assigned. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1957. AB - The Sims Occupational Rating Scale which purports to measure the social class with which the subject identifies himself was administered to students in 4 schools: the junior division of a city university, a business institute, a 2-year technical institute, and a vocational high school. Results indicated essentially similar social class identification in the schools. A correlation of .43 between score and father's occupational level demonstrated the importance of the latter variable in individual appraisal. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - YOUNG ADULTHOOD KW - IDENTIFICATION WITH SOCIAL CLASS KW - SOCIOECONOMIC STATUS KW - & SOCIAL KW - CLASS IDENTIFICATION KW - IDENTIFICATION KW - & SOCIOECONOMIC STATUS KW - SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS KW - 1957 KW - No terms assigned KW - 1957 DO - 10.1080/00220671.1957.10882455 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1959-03679-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1959-01282-001 AN - 1959-01282-001 AU - Klett, C. James T1 - The social desirability stereotype in a hospital population. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1957/10// VL - 21 IS - 5 SP - 419 EP - 421 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1959-01282-001. PMID: 13475546 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Klett, C. James; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northampton, Mass. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19590101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospitals; Social Desirability; Stereotyped Attitudes; Test Construction. Minor Descriptor: Psychosis. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1957. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1957. AB - 'The 140 items originally scaled for social desirability during the development of the Edwards Personal Preference Schedule (EPPS) were rescaled using a group of veterans hospitalized for neuropsychiatric disorders.' Among the results were the following: 'There was no essential difference between psychotic and non-psychotic patients in their judgment of the desirability of items… [and]… there was a high degree of relationship between the hospitalized group and the college and high school groups in the scale values of the items. In spite of the high agreement, there were systematic differences in the social desirability of subscales representing psychological needs.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hospital population KW - social desirability KW - stereotypes KW - Edwards Personal Preference Schedule KW - test development KW - 1957 KW - Hospitals KW - Social Desirability KW - Stereotyped Attitudes KW - Test Construction KW - Psychosis KW - 1957 DO - 10.1037/h0045078 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1959-01282-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1959-01116-001 AN - 1959-01116-001 AU - Morris, C. W. T1 - The terror of good works. JF - Pastoral Psychology JO - Pastoral Psychology JA - Pastoral Psychol Y1 - 1957/// VL - 8 IS - 76 SP - 25 EP - 32 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0031-2789 SN - 1573-6679 N1 - Accession Number: 1959-01116-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morris, C. W.; Veterans Administration. Release Date: 19590101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: No terms assigned. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1957. AB - 'The basic challenge to the minister and the flock of God is to deal lovingly with the real self of the neurotic who fears himself.' The church must deal, not with anxiety, but with reactions to anxiety. A neurotic's compulsive 'good works' may cause him to overlook the church's fellowship. Through his 'ministry of reconciliation,' the pastor can use 'the church as an instrument of realistic love.' 'Instead of using the neurotic, the pastor can set an example in understanding him,' and 'help one who was dead through works to live by faith.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PASTORAL COUNSELING KW - NEUROSIS TREATMENT IN KW - SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS KW - 1957 KW - No terms assigned KW - 1957 DO - 10.1007/BF02063101 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1959-01116-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1957-03497-001 AN - 1957-03497-001 AU - Wallace, Melvin T1 - Future time perspective in schizophrenia. JF - The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology JO - The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology JA - J Abnorm Soc Psychol Y1 - 1956/03// VL - 52 IS - 2 SP - 240 EP - 245 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0096-851X N1 - Accession Number: 1957-03497-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wallace, Melvin; Veterans Administration Regional Office, Kansas City, Mo. Release Date: 19570201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychopathology; Schizophrenia; Time Perspective. Minor Descriptor: Medical Patients. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1956. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1956. AB - 34 schizophrenic patients and 34 general medical patients were given tasks which involved the spontaneous and later forced ordering of a series of future events, 4 stories in response to verbal instructions which included the beginning of each story, and estimates of the age of occurrence of 15 future events supplied by the examiner which were later placed in order of expected occurrence. On the basis of these tasks, measures of 2 aspects of future time perspective, extension and coherence, were derived. The obtained results support the hypothesis that future time perspective is significantly affected by psychopathological disturbance. 21 references. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenia KW - psychopathology KW - verbal instructions KW - 1956 KW - Psychopathology KW - Schizophrenia KW - Time Perspective KW - Medical Patients KW - 1956 DO - 10.1037/h0039899 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1957-03497-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1955-05366-001 AN - 1955-05366-001 AU - Davis, John Eisele T1 - A theoretical formulation of play as life exercise. JF - Mental Hygiene. New York JO - Mental Hygiene. New York Y1 - 1954/// VL - 38 SP - 570 EP - 575 N1 - Accession Number: 1955-05366-001. PMID: 13213618 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, John Eisele; Veterans Administration, Washington, D. C. Release Date: 19550401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: No terms assigned. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1954. AB - Play is given an interpretation as 'life exercise' in which play and life are considered as 'almost synonymous.' Davis points out that 'all life is not good, and, conversely, all of play is not hygienically wholesome.' The value of play is to be found, however, in the relief afforded the emotions as they discharge their forces into sensory channels. It is the spontaneity of play which results in ease and naturalness of response causing it to appeal to the patient and to accept its therapeutic values without undue resistance. He concludes that the 'science and art of play as therapy will depend for its full development upon the ability of the therapist to extract from life experiences significant acts and facets that… may aid in the development of constructive behavior… to select in the play experiences, the activities that are clearly tied to the realities of sane and sound living.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PLAY KW - AS LIFE EXERCISE KW - CHILDHOOD & ADOLESCENCE KW - 1954 KW - No terms assigned KW - 1954 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1955-05366-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1955-01237-001 AN - 1955-01237-001 AU - Gottfried, Sidney P. AU - Natelson, Samuel AU - Pincus, Joseph B. T1 - Response of serum citric acid levels in schizophrenics to the intramuscular administration of insulin. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1953/// VL - 117 SP - 59 EP - 64 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 1955-01237-001. PMID: 13053221 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gottfried, Sidney P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northport, L. I., N. Y. Release Date: 19550101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: No terms assigned. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1953. AB - 'Serial serum glucose and citric acid levels were performed on 12 male, adult schizophrenics after the intramuscular administration of 20 units of insulin. Seven of the 12 cases showed an abnormal response to insulin… . Serum calcium, glucose, and citric acid levels were performed on 26 adult male schizophrenics before and after the administration of 80 to 300 units of insulin. 20 of the 26 cases showed a lowering in the serum citric acid, while the other 6 cases showed either no change or a rise in the serum citric acid… . Calcium levels remained within normal limits and were essentially unchanged after insulin administration.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - SERUM CITRIC ACID LEVELS KW - BLOOD KW - CITRIC ACID LEVEL KW - PSYCHOSES KW - 1953 KW - No terms assigned KW - 1953 DO - 10.1097/00005053-195301000-00008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1955-01237-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1950-02624-001 AN - 1950-02624-001 AU - Kotkov, Benjamin T1 - Technique and explanatory concepts of short-term group psychotherapy. JF - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JO - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JA - J Psychol Y1 - 1949/// VL - 28 SP - 369 EP - 381 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-3980 SN - 1940-1019 N1 - Accession Number: 1950-02624-001. PMID: 18148499 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kotkov, Benjamin; Veterans Administration, Boston 8. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19500501. Correction Date: 20140303. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: No terms assigned. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1949. AB - Group therapy was used in this study with white male veterans from 20 to 40 years of age, in groups of 4 to 10, meeting once or twice weekly for a total of 16 half hour sessions. Those selected were the definitely depressed, confused, ideationally retarded, overly aggressive, severely paranoid, and with severe acute anxieties. Group therapy was used in order to diminish feelings of uniqueness and isolation, to create group interactions, to loosen resistances including that against accepting individual therapy, and to help dissolve the dependency relationship on the therapist. Group discussion of selected topics was started, and the therapist participated only to keep things going and from becoming circular. The equality situation and the realization that others have problems as bad or worse were among the principal advantages of this technique. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - GROUP PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - SHORT-TERM KW - TREATMENT METHODS KW - 1949 KW - No terms assigned KW - 1949 DO - 10.1080/00223980.1949.9916016 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1950-02624-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1950-01497-001 AN - 1950-01497-001 AU - Goode, Cecil E. T1 - Controlling personnel office costs. JF - Personnel JO - Personnel Y1 - 1949/// VL - 25 SP - 320 EP - 331 N1 - Accession Number: 1950-01497-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goode, Cecil E.; Veterans Administration, Washington, D. C. Release Date: 19500301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: No terms assigned. Classification: Industrial & Organizational Psychology (3600). Page Count: 12. Issue Publication Date: 1949. AB - It is pointed out that staffing standards for personnel offices within one organization can be established, and that personnel programs and costs cannot be intelligently controlled without some form of standards. A simple, general guide which all organizations can use to determine whether their personnel offices are properly staffed cannot be developed, however, in the author's opinion, and such standards must be geared to the individual organization. The development of personnel staffing standards and how to put them to practical use is outlined. A Veterans Administration study along these lines conducted during 1947-48 is described. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PERSONNEL KW - OFFICE KW - COSTS & ORGANIZATION KW - PERSONNEL PSYCHOLOGY KW - 1949 KW - No terms assigned KW - 1949 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1950-01497-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1949-00291-001 AN - 1949-00291-001 AU - Ansberry, Merle T1 - The Veterans Administration program in the fields of audiology and speech correction. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JA - J Speech Hear Disord Y1 - 1948/// VL - 13 SP - 115 EP - 118 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Association SN - 0022-4677 N1 - Accession Number: 1949-00291-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ansberry, Merle; Veterans Administration, Washington, D. C. Release Date: 19490101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: No terms assigned. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1948. AB - 65,322 veterans with service-connected hearing losses or potential speech disabilities are now on the rolls of the Veterans Administration as a result of World War II. Approximately 2.5% of all veterans drawing compensation for disabilities resulting from service in World War II have been adjudicated for hearing disabilities. 1.2% of the same group have rated disabilities which make them potential candidates for speech rehabilitation services through The Physical Medicine Rehabilitation Division and through the Neuropsychiatry Division. 30 contracts are at present in force with professionally qualified speech clinics. Mental Hygiene Clinics of the Veterans Administration are also providing speech therapy by qualified persons. A training program is underway at Ohio State University and will be extended to other universities probably in the near future for qualified personnel in the field. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - HEARING DEFECT KW - REHABILITATION KW - V. A. PROGRAM KW - PHYSICAL HANDICAPS KW - SPEECH DISORDERS KW - 1948 KW - No terms assigned KW - 1948 DO - 10.1044/jshd.1302.115 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1949-00291-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1948-04979-001 AN - 1948-04979-001 AU - Lipkin, Stanley T1 - The client evaluates nondirective psychotherapy. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1948/05// VL - 12 IS - 3 SP - 137 EP - 146 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1948-04979-001. PMID: 18867079 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lipkin, Stanley; Veterans Administration, Chicago, Ill. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19481101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clients; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Psychotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Emotions; Self-Perception. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: May, 1948. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1948. AB - 37 clients, all of whom had been counseled nondirectively, were asked to write answers to the following questions: (1) What seemed to be the story before you came in? (2) What seemed to go on during your visits here? (3) How do things look to you now? A summarizing discussion by Carl Rogers points out that the major elements experienced by the counselees are: taking of responsibility for oneself in the counseling relationship; release of emotional tensions; exploration of emotionalized attitudes; a clearer understanding of self; a reorganization of attitudes toward the self; a choice of steps which will solve or partially solve the problem. These findings are consistent with the theory of nondirective therapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nondirective psychotherapy KW - counseling relationship KW - clients KW - emotional tensions KW - self understanding KW - 1948 KW - Clients KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Psychotherapy KW - Emotions KW - Self-Perception KW - 1948 DO - 10.1037/h0060172 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1948-04979-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1948-04966-001 AN - 1948-04966-001 AU - Wiener, Daniel N. T1 - Subtle and obvious keys for the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1948/05// VL - 12 IS - 3 SP - 164 EP - 170 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1948-04966-001. PMID: 18867082 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wiener, Daniel N.; Veterans Administration, Minneapolis, Minn. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19481101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clients; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Personality Measures. Minor Descriptor: Counseling. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223); Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: May, 1948. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1948. AB - New scales are needed for personality tests to indicate test-taking attitudes which might place the counselee in an overly favorable or unfavorable light. Items in a personality test may be considered to lie on a continuum from obviousness (O) to subtlety (S). S and O keys were developed for five scales of the MMPI; D, Hy, Pd, Pa, and Ma. The O items differentiate best between abnormal and relatively normal groups; the S items probably work best in measuring the personality characteristics of normal individuals. It is probable that the use of S and O keys in counseling a relatively normal population will increase appreciably the usefulness of the MMPI in predicting vocational and educational success as well as in distinguishing test-taking attitudes of importance in the therapeutic process. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - counselee KW - therapeutic process KW - personality test KW - counseling KW - 1948 KW - Clients KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Personality Measures KW - Counseling KW - 1948 DO - 10.1037/h0055594 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1948-04966-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1948-04952-001 AN - 1948-04952-001 AU - Patterson, C. H. T1 - A further study of two short forms of the Wechsler-Bellevue Scale. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1948/05// VL - 12 IS - 3 SP - 147 EP - 152 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1948-04952-001. PMID: 18867080 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Patterson, C. H.; Veterans Administration, Minneapolis, Minn. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19481101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Comprehension; Hospitals; Intelligence; Psychometrics; Vocabulary. Minor Descriptor: Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: May, 1948. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1948. AB - 2 short forms of the W-B Scale proposed in a previous study (see 21: 1313) of hospital subjects were checked in a sample of 100 more or less normal males. The 4-test form (Vocabulary, Comprehension, Block Design and Picture Completion) appeared to be better at the lower levels (particularly under 100 IQ). The 3-test form (Vocabulary, Comprehension and Digit Symbol) gave more accurate estimates at the higher level (over 120 IQ). Since both forms include Vocabulary and Comprehension, it would be possible after administering these 2 tests to estimate the level of intelligence and to be guided by this in determining whether to administer the 4-test or the 3-test combination. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Wechsler Bellevue Scale KW - hospital subjects KW - vocabulary and comprehension KW - intelligence level KW - 1948 KW - Comprehension KW - Hospitals KW - Intelligence KW - Psychometrics KW - Vocabulary KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - 1948 DO - 10.1037/h0056417 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1948-04952-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - CHAP ID - 1948-03929-025 AN - 1948-03929-025 AU - Anderson, Gladys Lowe AU - Anderson, Harold H. ED - Pennington, L. A. ED - Berg, Irwin A. ED - Pennington, L. A., (Ed) ED - Berg, Irwin A., (Ed) T1 - Behavior problems of children. T2 - An introduction to clinical psychology. Y1 - 1948/// SP - 66 EP - 88 CY - Oxford, England; New York, NY, US PB - Ronald Press PB - Ronald Press Company N1 - Accession Number: 1948-03929-025. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Anderson, Gladys Lowe; Clinical Psychology, Veterans Administration Hospital, Fort Custer, MI, US. Release Date: 19480901. Publication Type: Book (0200). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Chapter. Book Type: Classic Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Problems; Child Psychology. Minor Descriptor: Etiology; Treatment. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100). Intended Audience: Psychology: Professional & Research (PS). References Available: Y. Page Count: 23. AB - Children with behavior problems are frequently referred to the modern clinic. In working professionally with these children and their parents, the clinical psychologist learns to use the reason for referral as a surface sign, as a product of conflict between the child's needs and his restrictive environment. Born into a social environment of habits, attitudes, and ways of living adhered to by his family, the child's growth, both physiological and psychological, may be retarded or stopped in one or more areas of development. This failure to grow can result from (1) the environment's expecting too much of the child, (2) the environment's expecting too little from him, (3) inconsistencies in environmental demands. Behavior problems are signs that indicate the operation of one or more of these factors. Each referral problem must accordingly be unraveled and the dynamics of the situation perceived by the clinician. It follows, then, that the first rule in the study and treatment of these problems requires the psychologist to consider the child as unique and as an individual. A second principle which the clinician accepts is that there are no 'problem children,' only children with problems. By following these guiding principles, the specialist paves the way not only for the careful study of the individual child but also for the correction of underlying difficulties that directly or indirectly led to his referral. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavior problems KW - children KW - etiology KW - treatment KW - 1948 KW - Behavior Problems KW - Child Psychology KW - Etiology KW - Treatment KW - 1948 DO - 10.1037/10577-025 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1948-03929-025&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1948-02199-001 AN - 1948-02199-001 AU - Kosiak, Paul T. T1 - Counselorsp Use Part IV, D.O.T.p. JF - Occupations JO - Occupations Y1 - 1948/// VL - 26 SP - 224 EP - 227 CY - US PB - National Occupational Conference SN - 2164-5841 SN - 2164-5892 N1 - Accession Number: 1948-02199-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Counseling & Development; Personnel & Guidance Journal; The Vocational Guidance Magazine. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kosiak, Paul T.; Veterans Administration, Washington, D. C. Other Publishers: American Association for Counseling and Development; American Counseling Assn; American Personnel & Guidance Association; Graduate School of Education, Harvard University; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19480501. Correction Date: 20131125. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: No terms assigned. Classification: Industrial & Organizational Psychology (3600). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1948. AB - The use of Part IV, D.O.T. as a counseling tool is carefully explained. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - VOCATIONAL GUIDANCE KW - D.O.T. KW - USE IN KW - DICTIONARY OF OCCUPATIONAL TITLES KW - IN VOCATIONAL COUNSELING KW - 1948 KW - No terms assigned KW - 1948 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1948-02199-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1947-03375-001 AN - 1947-03375-001 AU - Hawley, Paul R. T1 - The importance of clinical psychology in a complete medical program. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1946/11// VL - 10 IS - 6 SP - 292 EP - 300 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1947-03375-001. PMID: 20292028 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hawley, Paul R.; Veterans Administration, Washington. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19471001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Methods Training; Clinical Psychologists; Clinical Psychology. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1946. AB - The medical program of the Veterans Administration must have the important services of clinical psychologists to be complete. The clinical psychologist has three chief functions: diagnosis, research, and therapy. Because the demand for clinical psychologists is greater than the supply, the Veterans Administration is sponsoring a nation-wide training program in clinical psychology. 24 universities have been accredited by the American Psychological Association to give such training. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical psychology KW - training program KW - Veterans Administration KW - clinical psychologists KW - 1946 KW - Clinical Methods Training KW - Clinical Psychologists KW - Clinical Psychology KW - 1946 DO - 10.1037/h0054661 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1947-03375-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1947-02689-001 AN - 1947-02689-001 AU - Burchard, Edward M. L. T1 - A ten-year bibliography: Rorschach Research Exchange 1937-1946. JF - Rorschach Research Exchange JO - Rorschach Research Exchange Y1 - 1946/// VL - 10 SP - 173 EP - 183 N1 - Accession Number: 1947-02689-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Burchard, Edward M. L.; Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Clinic, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19470801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Bibliography. Language: English. Major Descriptor: No terms assigned. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1946. AB - A bibliography arranged alphabetically by author of the 200 articles appearing in the first 10 volumes of the Rorschach Research Exchange. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - JOURNALS KW - BIBLIOGRAPHY KW - RORSCHACH RESEARCH EXCHANGE 1937-46 KW - BIBLIOGRAPHIES KW - RORSCHACH RESEARCH EXCHANGE KW - 1937-46 KW - BIBLIOGRAPHY 1937-46 KW - RORSCHACH KW - REVIEWS KW - 1946 KW - No terms assigned KW - 1946 DO - 10.1080/08934037.1946.10381194 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1947-02689-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-17941-001 AN - 1968-17941-001 AU - ENG, ERLING W. T1 - The paradigmatic significance of the 16th and 17th century 'anamorphoses' for modern psychology. JF - Actes du 11th Congres International d'Histoire des Sciences JO - Actes du 11th Congres International d'Histoire des Sciences Y1 - 1965///1965-1967 VL - 2 SP - 265 EP - 268 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-17941-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: ENG, ERLING W.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., LEXINGTON, KY. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161010. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: History of Psychology. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1965-1967. AB - WITHIN A CENTURY AFTER THE DEVELOPMENT OF A GEOMETRICAL METHOD FOR REPRESENTING CENTRAL PERSPECTIVE (1425), METHODS FOR PRODUCING A 2ND PERSPECTIVAL IMAGE WITHIN THE 1ST ONE HAD BEEN FOUND. THE SECRECY SURROUNDING THE MAKING OF THESE HIDDEN PERSPECTIVES OR 'ANAMORPHOSES,' AS WELL AS THE CONTENT OF THEIR IMAGES, SUGGEST THEY REPRESENT A PHASE IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF A SPECIFICALLY MODERN PSYCHOLOGICAL AWARENESS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PARADIGMATIC SIGNIFICANCE OF 16TH & 17TH CENTURY ANAMORPHOSES FOR MODERN PSYCHOLOGY KW - 1965 KW - History of Psychology KW - 1965 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-17941-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-09766-001 AN - 1967-09766-001 AU - Greenberg, Ramon AU - Leiderman, P. H. T1 - Perceptions, the dream process and memory: An up-to-date version of notes on a mystic writing pad. JF - Comprehensive Psychiatry JO - Comprehensive Psychiatry JA - Compr Psychiatry Y1 - 1966/// VL - 7 IS - 6 SP - 517 EP - 523 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0010-440X SN - 1532-8384 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-09766-001. PMID: 5980814 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Greenberg, Ramon; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., BOSTON, MASS. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170302. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dreaming; Perception. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - IT IS IMPORTANT TO DISTINGUISH BETWEEN IDEATIONAL CONTENT AND PERCEPTUAL MODALITY IN DREAMING. ACTUAL DREAM PERCEPTIONS MAY BE CLOSELY RELATED TO THE PHYSIOLOGICAL CHANGES FOUND IN MANY ANIMALS. PARAPLEGICS DID NOT PERCEIVE IN DREAMS THE KINESTHETIC AND TACTILE SENSATIONS THEY COULD NOT PERCEIVE IN THEIR WAKING LIFE. DREAMING MAY BE PART OF THE PROCESS OF TRANSFERRING THE DAYS RESIDUE TO THE LONGER-TERM MEMORY STORAGE. (25 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EXTERNAL PERCEPTIONS KW - DREAM PERCEPTIONS FORMATION KW - 1966 KW - Dreaming KW - Perception KW - 1966 DO - 10.1016/S0010-440X(66)80032-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-09766-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-08988-001 AN - 1967-08988-001 AU - Shear, Howard J. T1 - A new dimension of personality: The capacity to 'evaluate humanness.' JF - Insight: Quarterly Review of Religion & Mental Health JO - Insight: Quarterly Review of Religion & Mental Health Y1 - 1966/// VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 36 EP - 38 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-08988-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shear, Howard J.; Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Clinic, Baltimore, MD. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychotherapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - DESCRIBES 'A DIMENSIONAL CONCEPT OF THE PSYCHOLOGICAL NATURE OF MAN AND LAYS SOME GROUNDWORK TO DEVELOP OBJECTIVE METHODS TO MEASURE THIS DIMENSION.' IN ORDER TO HAVE A CONSTRUCTIVE CRITERION OF LEGITIMATE CHANGE IN PSYCHOTHERAPY, MAN MUST 1ST UNDERSTAND HIS RELATIONSHIP TO GOD AND IN TURN, GOD'S RELATIONSHIP WITH THE PSYCHOLOGICAL NATURE OF MAN. THIS CAN BEST BE DONE BY THE CONCEPT OF 'EVALUATION OF HUMANNESS' WHICH BEGINS WITH THE PREMISE THAT ALL PEOPLE ARE HUMAN BUT BECAUSE OF THE DIFFERENCES IN SKILLS, ENVIRONMENT, AND VALUES, THERE ARE DIFFERENCES IN BEHAVIOR AND EXPERIENCES, AND THUS DIFFERENCES IN HUMAN BEINGS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - HUMANNESS & ACCEPTANCE OF INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENCES CONCEPT KW - 1966 KW - Psychotherapy KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-08988-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-07485-001 AN - 1967-07485-001 AU - Wilbur, Barbara M. AU - Salkin, David AU - Birnbaum, Harold T1 - The response of tuberculous alcoholics to a therapeutic community. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1966/// VL - 27 IS - 4 SP - 620 EP - 635 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-07485-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wilbur, Barbara M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., San Fernando, Calif. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Disorders; Hospitalization; Occupational Therapy; Physical Therapy. Minor Descriptor: Hospitals. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 16. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - 382 OUT OF 841 MEN WITH TUBERCULOSIS, ADMITTED TO THE VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSPITAL IN SAN FERNANDO DURING 1957-1959, WERE DIAGNOSED AS ALCOHOLICS. AN EXPERIMENTAL GROUP OF 120 WERE ASSIGNED TO A THERAPEUTIC-COMMUNITY WARD PROGRAM AS BEDS BECAME AVAILABLE. IN CONTRAST TO THE CONVENTIONAL WARD MANAGEMENT RECEIVED BY THE 141 IN THE CONTROL GROUP, THE EXPERIMENTAL SS HAD DAILY INFORMAL GROUP MEETINGS WITH THE THERAPISTS, OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY, AND 'AN ATMOSPHERE DESIGNED TO CREATE FREE EXPRESSION OF FEELING, SHARED RESPONSIBILITY AND DEEPER UNDERSTANDING . . . . IT WAS CONCLUDED THAT THE FORM OF THERAPEUTIC COMMUNITY DESCRIBED . . . MAY BE EFFECTIVE IN HELPING HIGH-MATURITY-NONARRESTEE ALCOHOLICS TO COMPLETE TREATMENT FOR TUBERCULOSIS, BUT IT CAN HAVE A DETRIMENTAL EFFECT ON THE BEHAVIOR OF ARRESTEE ALCOHOLICS. A BETTER UNDERSTANDING OF THE INDIVIDUAL CHARACTERISTICS OF PATIENTS, TREATMENTS AND THERAPISTS, AND THE COMPLEX INTERACTION AMONG THEM, CAN GUIDE THE DEVELOPMENT OF MORE VARIED AND MORE SELECTIVE PROCEDURES FOR THE TREATMENT OF ALCOHOLIC TUBERCULOUS PATIENTS.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - TUBERCULOUS ALCOHOLICS KW - THERAPEUTIC COMMUNITY IN HOSPITAL KW - ARRESTEE VS NONARRESTEE KW - 1966 KW - Alcoholism KW - Disorders KW - Hospitalization KW - Occupational Therapy KW - Physical Therapy KW - Hospitals KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-07485-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-07467-001 AN - 1967-07467-001 AU - Freed, Earl X. T1 - Comparison on admission and discharge of Bender-Gestalt test performance by hospitalized psychiatric patients. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1966/// VL - 23 IS - 3, PT. 1 SP - 919 EP - 922 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-07467-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freed, Earl X.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., LYONS, N.J. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Bender Gestalt Test; Ego; Hospitalization; Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients. Minor Descriptor: Test Performance. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - THE BENDER-GESTALT TEST PERFORMANCES OF 33 RELATIVELY RECENTLY HOSPITALIZED, MALE, PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS WERE COMPARED WITH THOSE OF 30 LONG-TERM PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS ABOUT TO BE DISCHARGED FROM THE HOSPITAL. SIMILARITY CHARACTERIZED THEIR RAW SCORES, Z SCORES, AND THE NUMBER OF DESIGNS RECALLED. THE EFFICACY OF THE BENDER-GESTALT AS AN INDEX OF EGO STRENGTH IS DISCUSSED IN TERMS OF THESE FINDINGS AND OTHER VARIABLES RELATIVE TO THE SAMPLE TESTED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ADMISSION & DISCHARGE PERFORMANCE KW - EGO STRENGTH INDEX KW - HOSPITALIZED PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1966 KW - Bender Gestalt Test KW - Ego KW - Hospitalization KW - Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Test Performance KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pms.1966.23.3.919 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-07467-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-07005-001 AN - 1967-07005-001 AU - Royer, Fred L. AU - Gantt, W. Horsley T1 - Effect of movement on the cardiac conditional reflex. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1966/// VL - 1 IS - 3 SP - 190 EP - 194 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-07005-001. Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Royer, Fred L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brecksville, O. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Conditioned Responses; Heart Rate; Motion Perception; Motor Processes; Shock. Minor Descriptor: Dogs. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - THE CARDIAC COMPONENT OF THE MOTOR CONDITIONAL REFLEX TO A FARADIC STIMULUS TO THE HIND LEG IN 3 DOGS WAS MEASURED. THE LEG WAS PARALYZED BY CRUSHING 4-5 ANTERIOR ROOTS OF THE LUMBAR NERVES (2ND-6TH). THE CARDIAC EXPERIMENTS WERE REPEATED BEGINNING 4 DAYS AFTER OPERATION AND MEASUREMENTS WERE TAKEN OF THE CARDIAC CONDITIONAL REFLEX. A COMPARISON OF THE INCREASE IN CARDIAC RATE TO THE CONDITIONAL STIMULUS BEFORE AND AFTER OPERATING SHOWED NO SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCE IN SPITE OF THE FACT THAT THE DOG WAS UNABLE TO LIFT HIS LEG TO THE STIMULUS. FROM THIS IT IS CONCLUDED THAT THE EXECUTION OF THE MOVEMENT IS NOT NECESSARY FOR THE INCREASE OF HEART RATE IN THE CARDIAC CONDITIONAL REFLEX. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - CARDIAC KW - LEG MOVEMENT & HEART RATE KW - DOG KW - 1966 KW - Conditioned Responses KW - Heart Rate KW - Motion Perception KW - Motor Processes KW - Shock KW - Dogs KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-07005-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-06517-001 AN - 1967-06517-001 AU - Wieland, Betty A. AU - Mefferd, Roy B. Jr. T1 - Effects of orientation, inclination and length of diagonal on reversal rate of Necker cube. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1966/// VL - 23 IS - 3, PT. 1 SP - 823 EP - 826 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-06517-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wieland, Betty A.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., HOUSTON, TEX. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170220. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Autokinetic Illusion; Illusions (Perception); Orienting Reflex; Orienting Responses; Perceptual Orientation. Minor Descriptor: Form and Shape Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - LENGTH OF THE DIAGONAL IN A NECKER CUBE DRAWING WAS SHOWN TO AFFECT THE RATE OF REVERSAL IN NAIVE SS UNDER PASSIVE OBSERVING INSTRUCTIONS. A SIMILAR TREND WAS FOUND WITH EXPERIENCED SS. INCLINATION OF THE DIAGONAL DID NOT AFFECT RATE BUT ORIENTATION DID. IT IS CONCLUDED THAT EFFECTS OF CHARACTERISTICS OF THE CUBE PER SE DECREASE WITH EXPERIENCE AND, UNLESS INTEREST IS IN THESE VARIABLES, EXPERIENCED SS SHOULD BE USED IN EXPERIMENTS WITH THE NECKER CUBE. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - NECKER CUBE REVERSAL KW - ORIENTATION KW - DIAGONAL INCLINATION & LENGTH KW - 1966 KW - Autokinetic Illusion KW - Illusions (Perception) KW - Orienting Reflex KW - Orienting Responses KW - Perceptual Orientation KW - Form and Shape Perception KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pms.1966.23.3.823 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-06517-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-05619-001 AN - 1967-05619-001 AU - Sterman, M. B. AU - Clemens, T. L. AU - Wenger, M. A. T1 - Autonomic and clinical correlates of differential electroencephalogram response to cold pressor stimulation. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1966/// VL - 2 IS - 4 SP - 327 EP - 337 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-05619-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sterman, M. B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cardiovascular System; Electroencephalography; Galvanic Skin Response; Heart Rate; Respiration. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - 2 PSYCHIATRIC PATIENT SUBGROUPS, DEFINED ON THE BASIS OF AN EXTREMELY BRIEF OR AN EXTREMELY PROLONGED EEG RESPONSE TO COLD PRESSOR STIMULATION, ALSO DIFFER WITH REGARD TO SEVERAL ASPECTS OF AUTONOMIC RESPONSE. THE PATIENTS SHOWING ONLY A BRIEF EEG DESYNCHRONIZATION, WITH RECOVERY DURING STIMULATION, ALSO SHOW A RELATIVELY BRIEF AUTONOMIC RESPONSE WITH RECOVERY BEGINNING DURING STIMULATION. THEY ARE SPECIFICALLY CHARACTERIZED BY ELEVATED LEVELS OF SKIN CONDUCTANCE THROUGHOUT THE MEASUREMENT PERIOD. PATIENTS WITH PROLONGED EEG RESPONSE SHOW MORE PROLONGED AUTONOMIC RESPONSE AND ARE DISTINGUISHED BY HIGH HEART RATE LEVELS. CLINICAL COMPARISONS DISCLOSED NO DIAGNOSTIC CORRELATIONS. THE RAPID EEG AND VISCERAL RECOVERY OBSERVED IS DISCUSSED IN TERMS OF RECENTLY DESCRIBED NEUROPHYSIOLOGICAL MECHANISMS OF HOMEOSTASIS. (26 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - COLD PRESSOR STIMULATION KW - & GSR & HEART & RESPIRATION RATES KW - 1966 KW - Cardiovascular System KW - Electroencephalography KW - Galvanic Skin Response KW - Heart Rate KW - Respiration KW - 1966 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1966.tb02662.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-05619-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-05520-001 AN - 1967-05520-001 AU - Acker, Charles W. T1 - An investigation of the variability in repeated psychophysiological measurements in tranquilized mental patients. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1964/// VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 119 EP - 126 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-05520-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Acker, Charles W.; Veterans Administration Neuropsychiatric Hosp., Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimentation; Physiological Psychology; Sensory Adaptation; Time. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 8. Issue Publication Date: 1964. AB - A STUDY WAS UNDERTAKEN TO DETERMINE THOSE CHANGES WHICH TAKE PLACE IN A NUMBER OF PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGICAL MEASURES AS A FUNCTION OF TIME AND REPETITION OF EXPERIMENTAL SESSIONS. 8 MALE CHRONIC SCHIZOPHRENIC SS WERE SEEN TWICE WEEKLY FOR A TOTAL OF 12 30-MIN SESSIONS, DURING WHICH CONTINUOUS POLYGRAPH RECORDINGS AND BLOOD PRESSURES AT 3-MIN INTERVALS WERE OBTAINED. VARIABLES ANALYZED WERE BLOOD PRESSURE, HEART AND RESPIRATION RATES, SKIN CONDUCTANCE, FINGER PULSE VOLUME, AND MUSCLE TENSION. THE DATA WERE TREATED BY ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE FOR BETWEEN-SESSION (DAYS) AND WITHIN-SESSION (INTERVALS) EFFECTS. THE HYPOTHESIS OF DECREASING ACTIVATION WAS SUSTAINED ONLY FOR HEART RATE. NO OTHER VARIABLE SHOWED SYSTEMATIC CHANGES ASSOCIATED WITH SUCCESSIVE TEST SESSIONS. AUXILIARY DATA SUGGEST THAT THE VARIABLES WHICH REFLECT ADAPTATION EFFECTS DEPEND UPON THE LABORATORY, S POPULATION, AND FREQUENCY OF MEASUREMENT. IT IS CONCLUDED THAT EXCEPT FOR THE PARTICULAR VARIABLE WHICH SHOWS A SESSION-TO-SESSION ADAPTATION EFFECT, INDIVIDUAL VARIABILITY AND MEASUREMENT ERROR REMAIN AS THE MAJOR SOURCES OF TEST-RETEST UNRELIABILITY IN THE VARIABLES AND POPULATION STUDIED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT VARIABILITY KW - TIME KW - SESSION REPETITION KW - ADAPTATION EFFECTS KW - 1964 KW - Experimentation KW - Physiological Psychology KW - Sensory Adaptation KW - Time KW - 1964 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1964.tb03227.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-05520-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-05415-001 AN - 1967-05415-001 AU - Field, Peter B. T1 - Some self-rating measures related to hypnotizability. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1966/// VL - 23 IS - 3, PT. 2 SP - 1179 EP - 1187 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-05415-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Field, Peter B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brooklyn, N.Y. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hypnosis; Self-Evaluation. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - DESCRIBES 2 NEW TESTS THAT HAVE MODERATE BUT STATISTICALLY SIGNIFICANT CORRELATIONS WITH HYPNOTIZABILITY. THE 1ST TEST REQUESTS S TO INDUCE A NUMBER OF HYPNOTICLIKE EFFECTS IN HIMSELF AND THEN TO RATE THE RESULT; E.G., TO RATE HOW MUCH DIFFICULTY HE EXPERIENCED IN OPENING HIS MOUTH AFTER CONCENTRATING ON INABILITY TO DO THIS. THE 2ND TEST IS A SELF-RATING MEASURE OF S'S ABILITY TO EXPERIENCE SEMANTIC SATIATION. ALSO DESCRIBED IS A PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING A CONTINUOUS MEASURE OF S'S SUBJECTIVE DEPTH DURING HYPNOSIS. RESULTS INDICATE THAT SOME SS EXPERIENCE A PARADOXICAL DEPTH INCREASE DURING TRANCE TERMINATION, THAT SS USUALLY DO NOT REPORT A REINSTATED TRANCE DURING PERFORMANCE OF A SIMPLE POSTHYPNOTIC RESPONSE, AND THAT ONLY LOW RELATIONSHIPS WERE FOUND BETWEEN SELF-RATINGS OF DEPTH AND AN OBJECTIVE MEASURE OF HYPNOTIC DEPTH. (20 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - HYPNOTIZABILITY KW - SELF-RATING MEASURES KW - 1966 KW - Hypnosis KW - Self-Evaluation KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pms.1966.23.3f.1179 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-05415-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-05384-001 AN - 1967-05384-001 AU - Uno, Tadao AU - Grings, William W. T1 - Autonomic components of orienting behavior. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1965/// VL - 1 IS - 4 SP - 311 EP - 321 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-05384-001. PMID: 5828004 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Uno, Tadao; Long Beach Veterans Administration Hosp., Calif. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Audiometry; Galvanic Skin Response; Habituation; Skin (Anatomy); Stimulus Intensity. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 11. Issue Publication Date: 1965. AB - CHANGES IN SKIN CONDUCTANCE (GSR), SKIN POTENTIAL (SP), HEART RATE (HR), FINGER BLOOD VOLUME (BV), AND PULSE VOLUME (PV) WERE RECORDED IN RESPONSE TO 2-SEC BURSTS OF WHITE NOISE. 5 INTENSITY LEVELS OF SOUND (60, 70, 80, 90, AND 100 DB.) WERE PRESENTED OVER 5 REPETITIONS. RESULTS SHOWED THAT: (1) RESPONSE MAGNITUDES AND LATENCIES WERE DIRECTLY RELATED TO STIMULUS INTENSITY AND INVERSELY RELATED TO NUMBER OF REPETITIONS; (2) FOR BV, SP, AND GSR THE EFFECT OF REPETITION VARIED WITH STIMULUS INTENSITY; (3) HR CHANGES WERE PRIMARILY MONOPHASIC; AND (4) BV AND PV WERE MORE SENSITIVE TO STIMULUS INTENSITY DIFFERENCES THAN WERE THE ELECTRODERMAL RESPONSES. (18 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SOUND INTENSITY & HABITUATION KW - GSR KW - SKIN POTENTIAL KW - HEART RATE KW - FINGER BLOOD VOLUME KW - PULSE VOLUME KW - 1965 KW - Audiometry KW - Galvanic Skin Response KW - Habituation KW - Skin (Anatomy) KW - Stimulus Intensity KW - 1965 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1965.tb03263.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-05384-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-04885-001 AN - 1967-04885-001 AU - Sefer, Joyce W. AU - Henrikson, Ernest H. T1 - The relationship between word association and grammatical classes in aphasia. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Research JA - J Speech Hear Res Y1 - 1966/// VL - 9 IS - 4 SP - 529 EP - 541 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Assn SN - 0022-4685 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-04885-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sefer, Joyce W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Minneapolis, Minn. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Language; Word Associations. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - A WORD-ASSOCIATION TEST CONTAINING NOUNS, ADJECTIVES, ADVERBS, VERBS, AND PREPOSITIONS WAS ADMINISTERED ORALLY TO 50 APHASIC AND 50 NONAPHASIC PATIENTS. APHASICS GAVE THE SAME PROPORTION OF HOMOGENEOUS RESPONSES (SAME PART OF SPEECH AS STIMULUS WORD) TO EACH PART OF SPEECH AS NONAPHASICS, BUT GAVE A SIGNIFICANTLY SMALLER TOTAL NUMBER OF HOMOGENEOUS RESPONSES. SYNTACTIC AND PARASIGMATIC RESPONSES WERE NEGATIVELY CORRELATED IN BOTH GROUPS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - WORD ASSOCIATION & GRAMMATICAL CLASS KW - CHILDREN KW - 1966 KW - Aphasia KW - Language KW - Word Associations KW - 1966 DO - 10.1044/jshr.0904.529 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-04885-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-04747-001 AN - 1967-04747-001 AU - Mahrer, Alvin R. AU - Mason, Donald J. AU - Kahn, Elayne T1 - High-complainers vs low-complainers: Patterning of amount of self-reported symptomatology in psychiatric patients. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1966/// VL - 19 IS - 3, PT. 1 SP - 955 EP - 958 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-04747-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mahrer, Alvin R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Denver, Colo. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis; Symptoms. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - PREVIOUS RESEARCH ISOLATED THE AMOUNT OF SYMPTOMATOLOGY AS A MEANINGFUL CLINICAL-RESEARCH DIMENSION FOR DESCRIBING HOSPITALIZED PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. THE PRESENT STUDY INVESTIGATED THE SYMPTOMS WHICH ARE CHARACTERISTICALLY ASSOCIATED WITH 'HIGH-COMPLAINERS' AND WITH 'LOW-COMPLAINERS.' SS WERE 248 HOSPITALIZED MALE PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS, EACH OF WHOM WAS ADMINISTERED A SYMPTOM CHECKLIST. RESULTS INDICATE THAT DIFFERENTIAL SYMPTOM PATTERNS ARE ASSOCIATED WITH VARYING AMOUNTS OF SYMPTOMATOLOGY. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SYMPTOMATOLOGY KW - HIGH VS LOW COMPLAINERS KW - 1966 KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Symptoms KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1966.19.3.955 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-04747-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-04718-001 AN - 1967-04718-001 AU - Carlton, M. Gant T1 - Relation of reduction in compensation to rehospitalization. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1966/// VL - 19 IS - 3, PT. 1 SP - 835 EP - 841 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-04718-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carlton, M. Gant; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lyons, N.J. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospitalization; Hospitals; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Psychiatric Hospitals; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - UTILIZING DATA FROM CLAIMS FILES, A SAMPLE OF 97 SCHIZOPHRENIC VETERANS WHO HAD A REDUCTION IN DISABILITY COMPENSATION WAS STUDIED OVER A 10-YR FOLLOW-UP PERIOD. REHOSPITALIZATIONS WERE NOTED AND COMPARED AGAINST COMPENSATION REDUCTIONS. IT WAS ASSUMED THAT, IF REDUCTION OF COMPENSATION WERE A FACTOR IN REHOSPITALIZATION, SS WOULD RETURN TO THE HOSPITAL AROUND THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF REDUCTION. ONLY 10 SS WERE FOUND TO HAVE ANY HOSPITALIZATION WITHIN 3 MO. OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF REDUCTION. CONTRARY TO EXPECTATION, IT WAS FURTHER FOUND THAT SS WHO HAD RECEIVED A NOTICE OF COMPENSATION REDUCTION STAYED OUT OF THE HOSPITAL SIGNIFICANTLY LONGER THAN THOSE NOT SO NOTIFIED. ALSO, SS WHO APPEALED THE IMPENDING REDUCTION OF THEIR COMPENSATION WERE LESS FREQUENTLY REHOSPITALIZED THAN SS WHO DID NOT APPEAL. NO SIGNIFICANT RELATIONSHIPS WERE FOUND BETWEEN REHOSPITALIZATION WITHIN 3 MO. OF REDUCTION AND PERCENT OR DOLLAR AMOUNT OF REDUCTION, AGE, MARITAL STATUS, OR PERSON WITH WHOM THE S WAS LIVING WHEN COMPENSATION WAS REDUCED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - VA HOSPITAL KW - REDUCTION IN DISABILITY COMPENSATION & REHOSPITALIZATION KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS KW - 1966 KW - Hospitalization KW - Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1966.19.3.835 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-04718-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-04509-001 AN - 1967-04509-001 AU - Mabel, S. AU - Rosenfeld, H. M. T1 - Relationship of self-concept to the experience of imbalance in p-o-x situations. JF - Human Relations JO - Human Relations JA - Hum Relat Y1 - 1966/// VL - 19 IS - 4 SP - 381 EP - 389 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0018-7267 SN - 1741-282X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-04509-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mabel, S.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., ROSENBURG, ORE. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170213. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interpersonal Interaction; Premenstrual Syndrome; Self-Concept; Stress. Classification: Social Psychology (3000). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - INDIRECT EVIDENCE SUGGESTS THAT PERSONS LOWER IN SELF-CONCEPT ARE MORE LIKELY TO BE INFLUENCED BY STRUCTURALLY IMBALANCED SITUATIONS. TO TEST THE POSSIBILITY THAT A GREATER DEGREE OF TENSION WAS EXPERIENCED BY THOSE LOW IN SELF-CONCEPT, SS VARYING IN ASSESSED SELF-CONCEPT RATED THE DISCOMFORT GENERATED BY STRUCTURALLY BALANCED AND IMBALANCED P-O-X SITUATIONS. SS LOWER IN SELF-CONCEPT REPORTED SIGNIFICANTLY GREATER DISCOMFORT, THUS SUPPORTING THE HYPOTHESIS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - BALANCE IN INTERPERSONAL SITUATIONS KW - 1966 KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Premenstrual Syndrome KW - Self-Concept KW - Stress KW - 1966 DO - 10.1177/001872676601900403 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-04509-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-04324-001 AN - 1967-04324-001 AU - Long, John B. T1 - Elicitation and reinforcement as separate stimulus functions. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1966/// VL - 19 IS - 3, PT. 1 SP - 759 EP - 764 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-04324-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Long, John B.; Veterans Administration Center, Wadsworth, Kan. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Rat Learning; Reinforcement; Reinforcement Amounts; Reinforcement Schedules; Secondary Reinforcement. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - 3 GROUPS OF 16 RATS WERE TRAINED TO DISCRIMINATE BETWEEN 2 DISTINCTIVE END BOXES. 2 GROUPS DISCRIMINATED BETWEEN GOAL BOXES WHILE THE 3RD GROUP DISCRIMINATED BETWEEN START BOXES. THESE STIMULI WERE THEN TESTED AS SECONDARY REINFORCERS IN A T MAZE. THE GROUPS TRAINED TO DISCRIMINATE BETWEEN GOAL BOXES SHOWED A STATISTICALLY SIGNIFICANT PREFERENCE FOR THE GOAL BOX PREVIOUSLY ASSOCIATED WITH REINFORCEMENT. THE 3RD GROUP SHOWED NO PREFERENCE. IT IS CONCLUDED THAT DISCRIMINATION TRAINING IS NOT SUFFICIENT TO ESTABLISH A SECONDARY REINFORCER WITHOUT CONTIGUITY OF STIMULUS AND REWARD. (17 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - DISCRIMINATION & ESTABLISHMENT OF SECONDARY REINFORCER WITHOUT CONTIGUITY OF STIMULUS & REWARD KW - 1966 KW - Rat Learning KW - Reinforcement KW - Reinforcement Amounts KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Secondary Reinforcement KW - Rats KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1966.19.3.759 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-04324-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-04249-001 AN - 1967-04249-001 AU - Herring, Fred H. AU - Mason, Donald J. AU - Doolittle, John H. T1 - The Virginia opossum in psychological research. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1966/// VL - 19 IS - 3, PT. 1 SP - 755 EP - 757 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-04249-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Herring, Fred H.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., DENVER, COLO. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170213. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Ethology. Minor Descriptor: Animals. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - THE VIRGINIA OPOSSUM (DIDELPHIS VIRGINIANA) HAS CERTAIN CHARACTERISTICS BY WHICH IT CAN MAKE UNIQUE CONTRIBUTIONS TO PSYCHOLOGICAL RESEARCH, NAMELY, AN EXPOSED EMBRYOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENT SUITABLE FOR DEVELOPMENTAL STUDIES, AND A CHARACTERISTIC MARSUPIAL BRAIN SUITABLE FOR 'SPLIT-BRAIN' STUDIES OF RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN THE 2 CEREBRAL HEMISPHERES AND COMPARATIVE LEARNING. DISADVANTAGES TO USING OPOSSUMS, SUCH AS THEIR LOW RESISTANCE TO PARASITES AND DISEASE, VICIOUSNESS, AND NOCTURNAL HABITS, HAVE LARGELY BEEN OVERCOME AS THE RESULT OF RECENT INTERDISCIPLINARY EFFORTS. (20 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - OPOSSUM/VIRGINIA KW - ADVANTAGES AS RESEARCH ANIMAL KW - 1966 KW - Animal Ethology KW - Animals KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1966.19.3.755 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-04249-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-04025-001 AN - 1967-04025-001 AU - Greenberg, Ramon T1 - Cerebral cortex lesions: The dream process and sleep spindles. JF - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JO - Cortex: A Journal Devoted to the Study of the Nervous System and Behavior JA - Cortex Y1 - 1966/// VL - 2 IS - 3 SP - 357 EP - 366 CY - Italy PB - Masson Italia SN - 0010-9452 SN - 1973-8102 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-04025-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Greenberg, Ramon; Boston Veterans Administration Hosp., Mass. Other Publishers: Elsevier Masson SAS. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dreaming; Sleep. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - BASED PARTLY ON EVIDENCE FROM ANIMAL WORK AND THE PRESENCE OF REPORTABLE DREAM IMAGERY DURING STAGE 1-REM SLEEP (PARADOXICAL LIGHT SLEEP, ACTIVATED SLEEP) IN HUMANS, THE ROLE OF THE CORTEX WAS INVESTIGATED BY MEANS OF RECORDING ALL-NIGHT EEG'S AND EYE MOVEMENTS IN PATIENTS WITH CORTICAL LESIONS. IT WAS FOUND THAT LESIONS IN VISUAL ASSOCIATION CORTEX REDUCE OR ABOLISH REMS TOWARDS THE IMPAIRED FIELD WHILE PARIETAL LOBE LESIONS ABOLISHED SLEEP SPINDLES IN THE DAMAGED HEMISPHERE. ANATOMICAL PATHWAYS AND STRUCTURES ARE DISCUSSED IN TERMS OF THEIR ROLE IN STAGE 1-REM SLEEP. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - DREAMING & SLEEP SPINDLES KW - EEG & EYE MOVEMENTS KW - 1966 KW - Dreaming KW - Sleep KW - 1966 DO - 10.1016/S0010-9452(66)80014-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-04025-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-03927-001 AN - 1967-03927-001 AU - Crovitz, Herbert F. AU - Schiffman, Harold AU - Lipscomb, D. B. AU - Posnick, Gregory AU - Rees, James AU - Schaub, Rolf AU - Tripp, Robert T1 - Identification and localization in the letter span. JF - Canadian Journal of Psychology/Revue canadienne de psychologie JO - Canadian Journal of Psychology/Revue canadienne de psychologie JA - Can J Psychol Y1 - 1966/// VL - 20 IS - 4 SP - 455 EP - 461 CY - Canada PB - University of Toronto Press SN - 0008-4255 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-03927-001. PMID: 5980739 Other Journal Title: Canadian Journal of Experimental Psychology/Revue canadienne de psychologie expérimentale. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crovitz, Herbert F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Durham, N.C. Other Publishers: Canadian Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170313. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Perceptual Localization; Short Term Memory; Visual Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1966. Copyright Statement: Canadian Psychological Association, University of Toronto Press, and Swets & Zeitlinger, N. V. 1966. AB - ANALYZED ERRORS IN IMMEDIATE MEMORY SEPARATING IDENTIFICATION FROM LOCALIZATION. STIMULI WERE LINES OF 7 ENGLISH CAPITAL LETTERS PRESENTED FOR 100 MSEC. WITH FIXATION SUCCESSIVELY AT THE LEFT-MOST, MIDDLE, AND RIGHT-MOST LETTER. DIFFERENT SS SERVED IN THE 3 PARTS OF THE STUDY. THE 1ST REQUIRED A REPORT OF ALL LETTERS CORRECTLY LOCALIZED, THE 2ND, LETTERS REGARDLESS OF LOCALIZATION, AND THE 3RD, LOCALIZATION OF A SINGLE LETTER IDENTIFIED BY THE E. DESPITE REPORTING TECHNIQUE ALL ERROR FUNCTIONS WERE BOW-SHAPED, EXCEPT FOR A DIP IN THE ERROR FUNCTION FOR MIDDLE LETTERS PRESENTED TO THE FOVEA. (FRENCH SUMMARY) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - LETTER SPAN KW - IDENTIFICATION & LOCALIZATION KW - 1966 KW - Perceptual Localization KW - Short Term Memory KW - Visual Perception KW - 1966 DO - 10.1037/h0082951 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-03927-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-03708-001 AN - 1967-03708-001 AU - Crumbaugh, James C. T1 - Critique of the 'Bradley Center Mental Health Assessment Kit' or 'Personal Data Kit.' JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1966/// VL - 19 IS - 3, PT. 1 SP - 871 EP - 874 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-03708-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crumbaugh, James C.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., GULFPORT, MISS. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170213. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Disorders; Personality Measures. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - PRESENTS A CRITICAL EVALUATION OF THE METHOD EMPLOYED BY THE BRADLEY CENTER, INC., OF COLUMBUS, GA., TO TRAIN MINISTERS AND GENERAL PHYSICIANS (AND MORE RECENTLY PUBLIC HEALTH NURSES AND SOCIAL WORKERS) TO ASSESS THE NATURE AND INTENSITY OF PARISHIONERS' OR PATIENTS' EMOTIONAL PROBLEMS. IT IS CONCLUDED THAT THE USE OF THE BRADLEY CENTER 'PERSONAL DATA KIT' OR 'MENTAL HEALTH ASSESSMENT KIT' WITHOUT AN ADEQUATE VALIDATION STUDY CONSTITUTES A POTENTIAL HAZARD TO THE WELFARE OF COUNSELEES. SUGGESTIONS ARE MADE WHEREBY MANY OF THE ERRORS AND DANGERS INHERENT IN THE KIT COULD BE CORRECTED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EMOTIONAL PROBLEM ASSESSMENT KIT VALIDATION KW - COUNSELING KW - 1966 KW - Mental Disorders KW - Personality Measures KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1966.19.3.871 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-03708-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-03604-001 AN - 1967-03604-001 AU - Crumbaugh, James C. T1 - A scientific critique of parapsychology. JF - International Journal of Neuropsychiatry JO - International Journal of Neuropsychiatry Y1 - 1966/// VL - 2 IS - 5 SP - 523 EP - 531 CY - US PB - Research in Organic Psychiatry SN - 0538-8163 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-03604-001. PMID: 5339559 Other Journal Title: Behavioral Neuropsychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crumbaugh, James C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Gulfport, Miss. Other Publishers: Behavioral Neuropsychiatry Medical Publishers, Inc. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Parapsychology. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - A BRIEF SURVEY OF THE SCIENTIFIC STUDY OF PARAPSYCHOLOGY AND THE CRITICISMS WHICH HAVE BEEN LEVELED AT IT. IT IS SHOWN THAT ALL OF THE CRITICISMS HAVE BEEN ANSWERED WITH THE EXCEPTION OF A TRULY REPEATABLE EXPERIMENT. THE IMPORTANCE OF DETERMINING THE VALIDITY OF PARAPSYCHOLOGICAL PHENOMENA IS POINTED UP BY THEIR RELATIONSHIP TO CURRENT WORLD PROBLEMS OF RELIGION, PHILOSOPHY, ECONOMICS, PSYCHIATRY, POLITICS, AND OTHER FIELDS CONCERNED WITH THE BASIC NATURE OF MAN. (37 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SCIENTIFIC CRITIQUE KW - 1966 KW - Parapsychology KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-03604-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-03257-001 AN - 1967-03257-001 AU - Mahrer, A. R. AU - Mason, D. J. AU - Rosenshine, M. T1 - A headache syndrome in psychiatric patients: Symptom clusters accompanying headaches. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1966/// VL - 22 IS - 4 SP - 411 EP - 414 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-03257-001. PMID: 5970277 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mahrer, A. R.; Denver Veterans Administration Hosp., Colo. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disorders; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - 121 PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS WERE ADMINISTERED A 140-ITEM CHECKLIST IN WHICH 2 ITEMS DEALT WITH HEADACHE SYMPTOMS. 44 SS CLAIMED 1 OR BOTH OF THE HEADACHE ITEMS AND 77 CLAIMED NEITHER. THESE HEADACHE AND NONHEADACHE GROUPS WERE COMPARED ON RESPONSES TO THE OTHER QUESTIONS IN THE QUESTIONNAIRE. A REPLICATION STUDY WAS ALSO DONE. A NEARLY IDENTICAL OVERALL PATTERN OF SYMPTOMS WAS NOTED BETWEEN BOTH GROUPS BUT THE HEADACHE GROUP REPORTED APPROXIMATELY TWICE AS MANY SYMPTOMS. 'THE RESULTS DO NOT NECESSARILY LEND SUPPORT TO AN INTERPRETATION OF HEADACHES AS A PHYSICAL EXPRESSION OF INNER TENSION OR STRESS, OR OF REPRESSED HOSTILITY AND IMMOBILIZED ACTIVITY.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - HEADACHE SYNDROME KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1966 KW - Disorders KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1966 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196610)22:4<411::AID-JCLP2270220409>3.0.CO;2-E UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-03257-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-03030-001 AN - 1967-03030-001 AU - Schmieding, Norma J. T1 - Study of nurse activity after removal of management functions. JF - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing JO - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing Y1 - 1966/// VL - 4 IS - 6 SP - 531 EP - 537 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-03030-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schmieding, Norma J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospitalization; Hospitals; Nurses; Nursing; Patients. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Hospitalization; Psychiatric Hospitals. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - IN A PROJECT AIMED AT INCREASING THE TIME NURSES SPEND IN DIRECT PATIENT CARE, NONNURSING DUTIES WERE DELEGATED TO THE WARD SECRETARY, AND NURSES WERE PROVIDED WITH CLINICAL SUPERVISION TO DEVELOP THEIR SKILLS IN 1:1 RELATIONSHIPS HOPING THEY WOULD BE ABLE TO TRANSFER THESE SKILLS TO THE WARD ENVIRONMENT. THERE WAS LITTLE CHANGE IN THE AMOUNT OF TIME NURSES SPENT IN DIRECT PATIENT CARE, WHICH REINFORCED FINDINGS THAT TO EFFECT CHANGES IN ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR, IT MUST START AT TOP MANAGEMENT LEVELS. (19 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - NONNURSING DUTY DELEGATION & PATIENT CARE INCREASE KW - 1966 KW - Hospitalization KW - Hospitals KW - Nurses KW - Nursing KW - Patients KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-03030-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-03029-001 AN - 1967-03029-001 AU - Scheinbrum, Bert T1 - The psychiatric aide: His role and importance in a neurological (mental) hospital. JF - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing JO - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing Y1 - 1966/// VL - 4 IS - 6 SP - 586 EP - 588 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-03029-001. PMID: 4288449 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Scheinbrum, Bert; Veterans Administration Hosp., Waco, Tex. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Nurses; Nursing; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychotherapists. Minor Descriptor: Counselors; Mental Health Personnel; Paraprofessional Personnel; Personnel; Psychiatrists; Psychologists; Scientists; Social Workers. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1966. KW - PSYCHIATRIC AIDE ROLE KW - 1966 KW - Nurses KW - Nursing KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychotherapists KW - Counselors KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Paraprofessional Personnel KW - Personnel KW - Psychiatrists KW - Psychologists KW - Scientists KW - Social Workers KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-03029-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-02997-001 AN - 1967-02997-001 AU - Stone, Walter N. AU - Schengber, John AU - Seifried, Stanley F. T1 - The treatment of a homosexual woman in a mixed group. JF - International Journal of Group Psychotherapy JO - International Journal of Group Psychotherapy JA - Int J Group Psychother Y1 - 1966/// VL - 16 IS - 4 SP - 425 EP - 433 CY - US PB - Guilford Publications SN - 0020-7284 SN - 1943-2836 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-02997-001. PMID: 5919337 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stone, Walter N.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Cincinnati, O. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Homosexuality. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - 'THE PATIENT REQUESTED REFERRAL FOR GROUP TREATMENT FROM HER INDIVIDUAL THERAPIST, INDICATING A DESIRE TO HAVE MEANINGFUL RELATIONSHIPS IN ADDITION TO HER HOMOSEXUAL CONTACTS.' INTEGRATION INTO THE GROUP OF HETEROGENEOUS YOUNG ADULTS WAS DELAYED BECAUSE OF THE PATIENT'S INITIAL ANXIETY OVER ACCEPTANCE-REJECTION FANTASIES; ANOTHER REASON FOR DELAY WAS THE ATTITUDE OF THE THERAPISTS TOWARD TREATING HOMOSEXUALS IN A MIXED GROUP. DESCRIBES THE TREATMENT EXPERIENCE AND CONCLUDES THAT HIGHLY BENEFICIAL RESULTS ARE OBTAINED BY THE PATIENT AS WELL AS THE GROUP. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - HOMOSEXUAL WOMAN KW - MIXED GROUP KW - 1966 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Homosexuality KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-02997-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-02987-001 AN - 1967-02987-001 AU - Klett, W. G. T1 - The effect of historically based inferences on the behavior of withdrawn psychiatric patients. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1966/// VL - 22 IS - 4 SP - 427 EP - 429 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-02987-001. PMID: 4381920 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Klett, W. G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognition; Emotions; Group Psychotherapy; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 3. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - AN ANALYSIS WAS MADE OF THE MMPI AND PSYCHOTIC REACTION PROFILE SCORES ON 18 WITHDRAWN PATIENTS WHO WERE EXPOSED TO 26 HR. OF AN EMOTIONAL-RELATIONSHIP-TYPE OF GROUP PSYCHOTHERAPY. A SIGNIFICANT IMPROVEMENT WAS NOT NOTED BUT A SIGNIFICANT DECREASE IN THINKING DISORGANIZATION HAD OCCURRED WITHIN THE INFERENCES RECEIVING GROUP. DECREASES IN WITHDRAWAL AND AGITATED DEPRESSION WERE NOTED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EMOTIONAL-RELATIONSHIP GROUP PSYCHOTHERAPY KW - COGNITION CHANGES KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1966 KW - Cognition KW - Emotions KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Treatment KW - 1966 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196610)22:4<427::AID-JCLP2270220414>3.0.CO;2-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-02987-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-02350-001 AN - 1967-02350-001 AU - Wilson, William P. AU - Zung, William W. T1 - Attention, discrimination, and arousal during sleep. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1966/// VL - 15 IS - 5 SP - 523 EP - 528 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-02350-001. PMID: 5926599 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wilson, William P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Durham, N.C. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Discrimination; Physiological Arousal; Sleep. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - AROUSAL RESPONSES TO MOTIVATING AND NEUTRAL AUDITORY STIMULI DURING SLEEP WERE STUDIED, USING 22 WOMEN AND 27 MEN, AGES 22-29 YR., AS CONTROL S. THE TECHNIQUES INVOLVED WERE CONTINUOUS SLEEP EEG RECORDINGS AND THE USE OF PRETAPED SOUNDS. IT WAS FOUND THAT MEN AND WOMEN HAVE DIFFERENT AROUSAL THRESHOLDS TO INSIGNIFICANT SOUNDS. THE RESPONSES TO THESE NEUTRAL AUDITORY STIMULI BY NORMAL FEMALE SS WERE SIGNIFICANTLY HIGHER THAN THOSE OF MALE SS AT EVERY STAGE OF SLEEP (P < .05) WHILE THERE WAS NO SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCE IN AROUSAL DURING THE REM STAGE. BOTH MEN AND WOMEN CAN DISCRIMINATE SIGNIFICANT SOUNDS FROM INSIGNIFICANT ONES AT EVERY STAGE OF SLEEP. IT IS POSTULATED THAT THE OBSERVED PHENOMENA OF DISCRIMINATION AND AROUSAL TO SIGNIFICANT AND INSIGNIFICANT SOUNDS ARE BASED ON A CNS WHICH IS IN AT LEAST 2 SIMULTANEOUS STATES OF EXCITATION, WITH 2 DIFFERENT ALERTING SYSTEMS IN OPERATION. (15 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - AUDITORY DISCRIMINATION KW - & AROUSAL KW - 1966 KW - Auditory Discrimination KW - Physiological Arousal KW - Sleep KW - 1966 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1966.01730170075011 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-02350-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-02340-001 AN - 1967-02340-001 AU - Stuckey, C. W. AU - Hutton, C. L. AU - Campbell, R. A. T1 - Decision rules in threshold determination. JF - Journal of the Acoustical Society of America JO - Journal of the Acoustical Society of America JA - J Acoust Soc Am Y1 - 1966/// VL - 40 IS - 5 SP - 1174 EP - 1179 CY - US PB - Acoustical Society of American SN - 0001-4966 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-02340-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stuckey, C. W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Atlanta, GA. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Audiometry; Thresholds. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - THRESHOLD DETERMINATION WITHIN THE FRAMEWORK OF THE BLOCK UP-AND-DOWN, 2-INTERVAL, FORCED-CHOICE METHOD WAS INVESTIGATED. A COMPUTERIZED MONTE CARLO TECHNIQUE WAS USED TO PERMIT VARYING CERTAIN PROCEDURAL PARAMETERS WHILE MAINTAINING AN INVARIANT 'LISTENER.' THE BASIC APPROACH INVOLVED A COMPARISON OF THE THRESHOLD MEANS AND VARIANCES OBTAINED FOR A REPRESENTATIVE SET OF PARAMETER VALUES. THAT SET OF PARAMETERS YIELDING MINIMUM BETWEEN-MEAN THRESHOLD VARIANCE AND MINIMAL BIAS WAS SOUGHT. PARAMETERS CONSIDERED AND GENERAL RESULTS INCLUDED: (1) NUMBER OF TRIALS PER RUN-INVERSELY RELATED TO BETWEEN-MEAN THRESHOLD VARIANCE, (2) NUMBER OF TRIALS PER BLOCK-DIRECTLY RELATED, WITH A CRITICAL MINIMUM SIZE DEPENDING ON TARGET PERFORMANCE LEVEL, (3) NUMBER OF BLOCKS USED IN EACH LEVEL-CHANGE DECISION-DIRECTLY RELATED, (4) INITIAL STIMULUS LEVEL-NO EFFECT, IF REASONABLY CLOSE TO TRUE THRESHOLD, AND (5) METHOD OF CALCULATING THRESHOLDS-NO CLEAR EFFECT. PARAMETERS THAT YIELDED MINIMUM VARIANCE WITHIN INDIVIDUAL RUNS TENDED TO YIELD MAXIMUM VARIANCE BETWEEN SUCCESSIVE THRESHOLD ESTIMATES. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - THRESHOLD DETERMINATION METHOD KW - DECISION PARAMETERS KW - 1966 KW - Audiometry KW - Thresholds KW - 1966 DO - 10.1121/1.1910203 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-02340-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-02278-001 AN - 1967-02278-001 AU - Justesen, Don R. AU - Pendleton, R. Brian AU - Porter, Paul B. T1 - A new stereotaxic instrument for multiple species research. JF - Psychonomic Monograph Supplements JO - Psychonomic Monograph Supplements Y1 - 1966/// VL - 1 IS - 8 SP - 207 EP - 210 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-02278-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Justesen, Don R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Kansas City, MO. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus; Brain; Electrodes. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - A STEREOTAXIC SURGICAL INSTRUMENT FOR IMPLANTING CHRONIC BRAIN ELECTRODES AND CANNULAE IS DESCRIBED. THE BASIC DESIGN OF THE INSTRUMENT, WHICH UTILIZES A SINGLE CARRIER SYSTEM, IS THAT OF A STURDY DRILL PRESS; THE SAME SET OF COORDINATE CONTROLS IS USED FOR DRILLING AND IMPLANTATION. EACH OF THE 3 COORDINATE CONTROLS IS PROVIDED WITH OPTICAL OR MECHANICAL MAGNIFICATION AND THE CARRIER SYSTEM MAY BE ADJUSTED TO PROVIDE IMPLANTATION THROUGH VIRTUALLY ANY ASPECT OF THE CALVARIUM. DETACHABLE SUPPORT STATIONS PROVIDE SURGICAL ACCESS TO SEVERAL SPECIES RANGING FROM RAT TO CHIMPANZEE. A REMOTE, ANALOG TARGET PLOTTER INCORPORATES PROVISIONS FOR EITHER RADIOGRAPHIC OR CONVENTIONAL BRAIN-ATLAS REFERENCING. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - BRAIN ELECTRODE IMPLANTATION WITH SMALL ANIMALS KW - SURGICAL INSTRUMENT KW - 1966 KW - Apparatus KW - Brain KW - Electrodes KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-02278-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-02266-001 AN - 1967-02266-001 AU - Salzberg, H. C. AU - Bidus, D. R. T1 - Development of a group psychotherapy screening scale: An attempt to select suitable candidates and predict successful outcome. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1966/// VL - 22 IS - 4 SP - 478 EP - 481 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-02266-001. PMID: 5970295 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Salzberg, H. C.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., AUGUSTA, GA. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170209. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitude Measures; Intelligence Measures; Interest Inventories; Personality Measures; Preference Measures. Minor Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Measurement; Testing. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 4. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - A SCREENING SCALE FOR SELECTING GROUP PSYCHOTHERAPY CANDIDATES AND PREDICTION OF SUCCESSFUL GROUP PSYCHOTHERAPY WAS PRESENTED. RELIABILITY AND VALIDITY TESTING WAS PERFORMED ON ALL NEW ADMISSIONS TO A PSYCHIATRIC UNIT. HIGH RATER RELIABILITY WAS FOUND AND FACTOR ANALYSIS YIELDED 4 FACTORS. IN GENERAL THE SCALE WAS FOUND TO BE USEFUL IN SELECTING PATIENTS FOR GROUP PSYCHOTHERAPY BUT LESS EFFECTIVE IN PREDICTING THEIR ABILITY TO STAY OUT OF THE HOSPITAL. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - GROUP PSYCHOTHERAPY SCREENING SCALE KW - 1966 KW - Attitude Measures KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Interest Inventories KW - Personality Measures KW - Preference Measures KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Measurement KW - Testing KW - 1966 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196610)22:4<478::AID-JCLP2270220435>3.0.CO;2-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-02266-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-01662-001 AN - 1967-01662-001 AU - Johnson, Dale L. AU - Hanson, Philip G. AU - Rothaus, Paul AU - Morton, Robert B. AU - Lyle, Francis A. AU - Moyer, Raymond T1 - Human relations training for psychiatric patients: A follow-up study. JF - International Journal of Social Psychiatry JO - International Journal of Social Psychiatry JA - Int J Soc Psychiatry Y1 - 1965/// VL - 11 IS - 3 SP - 188 EP - 196 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0020-7640 SN - 1741-2854 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-01662-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Johnson, Dale L.; Houston Veterans Administration Hosp., Tex. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Social Behavior; Social Sciences; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1965. AB - AN EXPERIMENTAL TREATMENT PROGRAM OF THE HUMAN RELATIONS TRAINING LABORATORY AT THE HOUSTON VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSPITAL WAS COMPARED WITH THE CONVENTIONAL GROUP THERAPY TREATMENT PROGRAM AT THE SAME INSTITUTION. DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE GROUPS INCLUDED ORIENTATION: THE CONVENTIONAL GROUP WAS ORIENTED TOWARD UNDERSTANDING THE PATIENTS' PAST, WHILE THE EXPERIMENTAL GROUP WAS ORIENTED TOWARD THE DEVELOPMENT OF SOCIAL SKILLS FOR THE PRESENT. SS IN THE 2 GROUPS WERE MATCHED IN THEIR PSYCHOLOGICAL ATTRIBUTES. DATA WERE COLLECTED FROM QUESTIONNAIRES SENT TO SS DURING THE 10 MO. AFTER THEIR DISCHARGE FROM THE HOSPITAL. THE RESULTS SHOWED THE 2 GROUPS TO BE SIGNIFICANTLY DIFFERENT IN (1) NUMBER OF MEN EMPLOYED, (2) MEAN LENGTH OF EMPLOYMENT, (3) PHYSICAL SYMPTOMS, AND (4) INTERPERSONAL VS. INTRAPERSONAL BASIS FOR CHANGE. A STUDY TO ASSESS THE LONG TERM EFFECTS IS NEEDED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - HUMAN RELATIONS TRAINING KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENT KW - VA HOSPITAL KW - 1965 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Social Behavior KW - Social Sciences KW - Treatment KW - 1965 DO - 10.1177/002076406501100304 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-01662-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-01455-001 AN - 1967-01455-001 AU - Freed, Earl X. T1 - Ethnic identification of hospitalized Jewish psychiatry patients: An exploratory study. JF - International Journal of Social Psychiatry JO - International Journal of Social Psychiatry JA - Int J Soc Psychiatry Y1 - 1965/// VL - 11 IS - 2 SP - 110 EP - 115 CY - US PB - Sage Publications SN - 0020-7640 SN - 1741-2854 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-01455-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freed, Earl X.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., LYONS, N.J. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170116. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ethnology; Identification (Defense Mechanism); Judaism; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1965. AB - THE PERFORMANCES OF 41 HOSPITALIZED, JEWISH PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS WERE COMPARED WITH A RELATIVELY MATCHED GROUP OF 33 HOSPITALIZED JEWISH NONPSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS ON THE SHORT FORM OF GEISMAR'S SCALE OF ETHNIC IDENTIFICATION AND SROLE'S ANOMIE SCALE (ASSOCIATED WITH ALIENATION). SINCE PREVIOUS STUDIES OFFERED EVIDENCE THAT JEWS WHO WERE HIGH IN ANTI-SEMITISM EXHIBITED MORE SIGNS OF ANXIETY AND EMOTIONAL CONFLICT, 'IT WAS HYPOTHESIZED THAT THE PSYCHIATRIC GROUP WOULD DEMONSTRATE LESS POSITIVE ETHNIC IDENTIFICATION THAN THE NON-PSYCHIATRIC GROUP.' IN ADDITION THE GROUPS WERE GIVEN A QUESTIONNAIRE TO ASSESS JEWISH BACKGROUND AND A VOCABULARY SCALE TO MEASURE IQ SCORE. NO SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES WERE FOUND BETWEEN THE MENTALLY ILL AND THE NORMAL GROUPS IN ETHNIC IDENTIFICATION AND ANOMIE. THE RESULTS WERE CONTRARY TO EARLIER STUDIES. THE NEED FOR A STUDY TO ESTABLISH 'A DEFINITIVE IDENTIFICATION OF THE FACTORS COMPRISING 'ETHNIC IDENTIFICATION' ' IS STATED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - IDENTIFICATION/ETHNIC KW - JEWISH PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1965 KW - Ethnology KW - Identification (Defense Mechanism) KW - Judaism KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1965 DO - 10.1177/002076406501100204 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-01455-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-01307-001 AN - 1967-01307-001 AU - Davidson, Robert S. Jr. T1 - Operant stimulus control applied to maze behavior: Heat escape conditioning and discrimination reversal in Alligator mississippiensis. JF - Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior JO - Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior JA - J Exp Anal Behav Y1 - 1966/// VL - 9 IS - 6 SP - 671 EP - 676 CY - US PB - Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior SN - 0022-5002 SN - 1938-3711 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-01307-001. PMID: 5970390 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davidson, Robert S. Jr.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., PSYCHOLOGY LAB., CORAL GABLES, FLA. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170112. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance; Discrimination; Maze Learning; Operant Conditioning. Minor Descriptor: Animals. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - 8 ALLIGATORS WERE TRAINED TO ESCAPE HEAT BY TRAVERSING AN 8-FT RUNWAY CONTAINING RIGHT OR LEFT APPROACHES TO A WATER TANK. ALL SS WERE RUN UNTIL THEY HAD SATISFIED 3 CRITERIA OF STABLE RESPONSE TIME, AFTER WHICH THE PREDOMINANT ESCAPE PATH WAS BLOCKED, REQUIRING DISCRIMINATION REVERSAL. 7 SS AGAIN MET THE CRITERIA; 3 ALSO MET THEM IN A 2ND REVERSAL. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ALLIGATOR KW - OPERANT STIMULUS CONTROL KW - MAZE KW - HEAT ESCAPE KW - DISCRIMINATION REVERSAL KW - 1966 KW - Avoidance KW - Discrimination KW - Maze Learning KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Animals KW - 1966 DO - 10.1901/jeab.1966.9-671 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-01307-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-01135-001 AN - 1967-01135-001 AU - Lyons, Joseph AU - Klein, Jerome R. T1 - Variations on a verbal conditioning theme: Implications and puzzles. JF - The Psychological Record JO - The Psychological Record JA - Psychol Rec Y1 - 1966/// VL - 16 IS - 4 SP - 419 EP - 431 CY - US PB - Kenyon Coll Psychology Dept SN - 0033-2933 SN - 2163-3452 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-01135-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lyons, Joseph; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lexington, KY. Other Publishers: Southern Illinois University; Springer. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Awareness; Reinforcement; Verbal Learning. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 13. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - IN A TEST OF AWARENESS VS. REINFORCEMENT IN A TAFFEL-TYPE VERBAL CONDITIONING EXPERIMENT, 160 ADULT FEMALE SS IN 10 TREATMENT CONDITIONS WERE EACH SEEN BY 2 ES. THE 1ST E PREPARED S TO PARTICIPATE IN A 'LANGUAGE STUDY' IN WHICH S WOULD BE INFLUENCED BY A 2ND E; BY THIS MEANS IT WAS POSSIBLE TO MANIPULATE SEPARATELY THE DEGREE AND TYPE OF S'S PRETEST EXPECTATIONS (AWARENESS) AND THE TYPE OF REINFORCEMENT ACTUALLY ADMINISTERED. MARKED DIFFERENCES IN AMOUNT OF CONDITIONING OCCURRED, APPARENTLY AS A FUNCTION OF MINOR VARIATIONS IN PRETEST INSTRUCTIONS, AND NO SINGLE EXPLANATION APPEARED CAPABLE OF COVERING THE DIFFERENT RESULTS. THIS FINDING HELD TRUE AS WELL FOR A PLANNED CRITICAL TEST, IN WHICH EXPECTATION TO BE REINFORCED FOR 1 CLASS OF RESPONSES WAS FOLLOWED BY ACTUAL REINFORCEMENT FOR ANOTHER. CONDITIONING OCCURRED IN 1 INSTANCE IN WHICH NO REINFORCEMENT WAS GIVEN. IT IS CONCLUDED THAT THE EXPERIMENTAL PARADIGM IS ITSELF COMPLEX ENOUGH TO REQUIRE INVESTIGATION IN ITS OWN RIGHT. (19 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - AWARENESS & REINFORCEMENT KW - 1966 KW - Awareness KW - Reinforcement KW - Verbal Learning KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-01135-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-00757-001 AN - 1967-00757-001 AU - Keenan, Joseph S. T1 - A method for eliciting naming behavior from aphasic patients. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JA - J Speech Hear Disord Y1 - 1966/// VL - 31 IS - 3 SP - 261 EP - 266 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Association SN - 0022-4677 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-00757-001. PMID: 4161938 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Keenan, Joseph S.; Atlanta Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, GA. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Teaching; Teaching Methods; Verbal Learning. Minor Descriptor: Verbal Ability; Verbal Communication; Verbal Fluency; Verbal Reinforcement. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - DISCUSSES THE APPLICATION OF THE LANGUAGE MASTER TO THE TEACHING OF PERSONS HAVING WORD-FINDING DIFFICULTY DUE TO APHASIA. THE PROGRAM PROTOTYPE USED WITH THIS MACHINE PRESENTS AUDITORY AND VISUAL STIMULI ON SPECIALLY CONSTRUCTED CARDS. THIS PROGRAM LEADS THE PATIENT BY SMALL STEPS FROM EASY TO MORE DIFFICULT DISCRIMINATIONS, AND FINALLY TO SPEAKING AND WRITING THE NAMES OF SELECTED PICTURES. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - NAMING BEHAVIOR & LANGUAGE MASTER TEACHING MACHINE KW - 1966 KW - Aphasia KW - Teaching KW - Teaching Methods KW - Verbal Learning KW - Verbal Ability KW - Verbal Communication KW - Verbal Fluency KW - Verbal Reinforcement KW - 1966 DO - 10.1044/jshd.3103.261 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-00757-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-00743-001 AN - 1967-00743-001 AU - Falconer, George A. T1 - A 'lipreading test' for nonorganic deafness. JF - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JO - Journal of Speech & Hearing Disorders JA - J Speech Hear Disord Y1 - 1966/// VL - 31 IS - 3 SP - 241 EP - 247 CY - US PB - American Speech-Language-Hearing Association SN - 0022-4677 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-00743-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Falconer, George A.; Houston Veterans Administration Hosp., Tex. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Deaf; Hearing Disorders; Measurement; Partially Hearing Impaired; Testing. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - A LIPREADING TEST WAS USED TO DETERMINE ORGANIC HEARING LEVEL OF PATIENTS FEIGNING DEAFNESS. THE TEST MATERIAL CONSISTS OF MONOSYLLABIC HOMOPHENOUS WORDS. OTHER LISTS ARE PRESENTED AT GRADUALLY REDUCED INTENSITY LEVELS UNTIL ONLY VISUAL STIMULI ARE RECEIVED. HOMOPHENOUS WORDS LOOK ALIKE BUT SOUND DIFFERENTLY; THEREFORE, THEY CANNOT BE PERCEIVED CORRECTLY BY LIPREADING ALONE. BECAUSE OF THE NATURE OF THE TEST MATERIAL, ALL CORRECT RESPONSES DEPEND UPON AUDITION. BEING UNAWARE OF THE TRUE INTENT OF THE EXAMINATION, THE PATIENT WHO IS FEIGNING DEAFNESS WILL CONTINUE TO RESPOND IN HIS CUSTOMARY MANNER AND THUS REVEAL HIS ORGANIC HEARING LEVEL. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - LIPREADING TEST & ORGANIC HEARING LEVEL KW - 1966 KW - Deaf KW - Hearing Disorders KW - Measurement KW - Partially Hearing Impaired KW - Testing KW - 1966 DO - 10.1044/jshd.3103.241 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-00743-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-00644-001 AN - 1967-00644-001 AU - Dietze, Doris T1 - Staff and patient criteria for judgments of improvement in mental health. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1966/// VL - 19 IS - 2 SP - 379 EP - 387 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-00644-001. PMID: 5912797 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dietze, Doris; Veterans Administration Hosp., Seattle, Wash. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Judgment; Mental Health; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - EXAMINED THE BEHAVIORAL BASIS FOR JUDGMENTS OF IMPROVEMENT IN MENTAL HEALTH OF HOSPITALIZED PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS AS THESE JUDGMENTS ARE MADE BY VARIOUS KINDS OF PSYCHIATRIC STAFF AND BY THE PATIENTS THEMSELVES. THE PROBABILITY THAT PATIENTS' CONCEPTIONS ABOUT THE BEHAVIORS INDICATING IMPROVEMENT AFFECT THEIR OWN RESPONSES TO THE HOSPITAL REGIMEN AND THAT THESE CONCEPTIONS ARE GAINED IN PART FROM COMMUNICATIONS FROM STAFF DICTATES THE NECESSITY FOR EVALUATING THE CHARACTERISTICS OF THESE CONCEPTIONS AND PATTERNS OF COMMUNICATION. CONSIDERABLE VARIANCE IN IDEATION WAS FOUND BETWEEN STAFF GROUPS DEPENDING ON THEIR KINDS OF RESPONSIBILITIES FOR PATIENT CARE. SIMILARLY, VARIANCE AMONG PATIENT GROUPS APPEARS TO DEPEND ON EXPERIENCE IN THE HOSPITAL. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PATIENT IMPROVEMENT JUDGMENT KW - STAFF & PATIENT CRITERIA KW - 1966 KW - Judgment KW - Mental Health KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1966.19.2.379 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-00644-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-00476-001 AN - 1967-00476-001 AU - Kaiman, Bernard D. AU - Desroches, Harry F. AU - Ballard, H. Ted T1 - Therapeutic effectiveness of minimal activity in an aged population. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1966/// VL - 19 IS - 2 SP - 439 EP - 443 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-00476-001. PMID: 5912807 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kaiman, Bernard D.; Veterans Administration Center, Mountain Home, Tenn. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Ethology; Anxiety; Motor Processes; Physiological Aging; Treatment. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 5. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - THE EFFECTIVENESS OF MINIMAL ACTIVITY (MOST OFTEN 1 HR/WK.) ON ANXIETY WAS STUDIED BY COMPARING VETERANS WHO REGULARLY ATTENDED AND THOSE WHO IRREGULARLY ATTENDED AN ACTIVITY ON A MEASURE OF ANXIETY TAKEN BEFORE AND AFTER 6 WK. PARTICIPATION ON VARIOUS HISTORY MEASURES. VETERANS WHO REGULARLY ATTENDED THEIR ACTIVITY ASSIGNMENTS SHOWED SIGNIFICANT DECLINE IN ANXIETY OR IMPROVEMENT IN ADJUSTMENT; VETERANS WHO IRREGULARLY ATTENDED THEIR ACTIVITY ASSIGNMENTS SHOWED NO CHANGE. WITH THE EXCEPTION OF CHANGES IN ANXIETY, AND THE POSSIBILITY THAT THE IRREGULAR GROUP HAD A HIGHER PERCENTAGE OF PEOPLE HOSPITALIZED FOR NERVOUSNESS, THE 2 GROUPS WERE SIMILAR IN EVERY CHARACTERISTIC STUDIED, INCLUDING THEIR ANXIETY PRIOR TO ACTIVITY ASSIGNMENT. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ANXIETY & MINIMAL ACTIVITY KW - AGED KW - 1966 KW - Animal Ethology KW - Anxiety KW - Motor Processes KW - Physiological Aging KW - Treatment KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1966.19.2.439 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-00476-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-00471-001 AN - 1967-00471-001 AU - Bortner, Rayman W. T1 - Adult development or idiosyncratic change? A plea for the developmental approach. JF - The Gerontologist JO - The Gerontologist JA - Gerontologist Y1 - 1966/// VL - 6 IS - 3, PT. 1 SP - 159 EP - 164 CY - US PB - Gerontological Society of America SN - 0016-9013 SN - 1758-5341 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-00471-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bortner, Rayman W.; Veterans Administration Center, Hampton, VA. Other Publishers: Oxford University Press. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Development; Personality Change; Physiological Aging. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 6. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - EMPIRICAL EVIDENCE HAS SHOWN THAT PERSONALITY CHANGES OCCUR DURING THE ADULT YEARS. INVESTIGATIONS DEALING WITH THE THEORIES OF ADULT DEVELOPMENT ARE SUMMARIZED AND THE FOLLOWING SHARED CHARACTERISTICS ARE NOTED: (1) THEY TREAT BIOLOGICAL FACTORS AS BUT 1 SET OF VARIABLES INVOLVED IN DEVELOPMENT; (2) DEVELOPMENT IS A FUNCTION OF AN INTERACTION PROCESS BETWEEN THE INDIVIDUAL AND HIS SOCIAL SYSTEM; (3) ADULT DEVELOPMENT IS BOUND TO THE CULTURE AND TO THE TASKS WHICH THE CULTURE IMPOSES; (4) STABILITY IN PERSONALITY FUNCTIONING IS A REFLECTION OF RELATIVELY STABLE INTERACTION PROCESSES. 'THE ESSENTIAL ARGUMENT . . .(IS) THAT AT LEAST SOME PERSONALITY CHANGES DURING ADULTHOOD CAN BE CONCEPTUALIZED IN DEVELOPMENTAL TERMS.' THE IMPLICATION IS THAT CAREFUL THEORY-BUILDING IN THIS AREA WILL PERMIT A 'CLEARER UNDERSTANDING OF CLINICAL PROBLEMS,' WILL PROVIDE CONCOMITANT INCREASES IN THE EFFICIENCY OF THERAPEUTIC MEASURES AND PREVENTIVE TECHNIQUES, AND WILL LEAD TO 'A CLEARER CONCEPTUALIZATION OF THE PROCESS OF AGING.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - IDIOSYNCRATIC CHANGE KW - DEVELOPMENTAL UNDERSTANDING KW - 1966 KW - Development KW - Personality Change KW - Physiological Aging KW - 1966 DO - 10.1093/geront/6.3_Part_1.159 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-00471-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-00381-001 AN - 1967-00381-001 AU - Senay, Edward C. T1 - Toward an animal model of depression: A study of separation behavior in dogs. JF - Journal of Psychiatric Research JO - Journal of Psychiatric Research JA - J Psychiatr Res Y1 - 1966/// VL - 4 IS - 1 SP - 65 EP - 71 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0022-3956 SN - 1879-1379 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-00381-001. PMID: 6007765 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Senay, Edward C.; Veterans Administration Center, Togus, ME. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depression (Emotion); Simulation. Minor Descriptor: Dogs. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 7. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - 6 DOGS WERE RAISED IN AN EXPERIMENTAL SETTING WITH ONLY 1 CONSISTENT OBJECT. THE RESULTS TENTATIVELY INDICATE THAT MODELS OF SEPARATION AND DEPRESSION CAN BE CONSTRUCTED IN EXPERIMENTAL ANIMALS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SEPARATION EXPERIENCE KW - MODEL OF DEPRESSION KW - 1966 KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Simulation KW - Dogs KW - 1966 DO - 10.1016/0022-3956(66)90016-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-00381-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-00159-001 AN - 1967-00159-001 AU - McReynolds, Paul AU - Acker, Mary AU - Brackbill, Glen T1 - On the assessment of anxiety: IV. By measures of basal conductance and palmar sweat. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1966/// VL - 19 IS - 2 SP - 347 EP - 356 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-00159-001. PMID: 5916536 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McReynolds, Paul; PALO ALTO VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., CALIF. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20161219. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Physiological Correlates; Psychiatric Patients; Self-Evaluation; Skin (Anatomy). Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 10. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - INVESTIGATED THE EXTENT TO WHICH SUBJECTIVE AND AUTONOMIC MEASURES OF ANXIETY VARY CONCOMITANTLY OVER PERIODS OF WEEKS IN THE SAME INDIVIDUALS. SS WERE 23 PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS IN GOOD CONTACT. THE SUBJECTIVE MEASURES WERE A SELF-RATING AND AN ANXIETY INVENTORY, AND THE AUTONOMIC MEASURES WERE BASAL CONDUCTANCE AND PALMAR SWEAT. THE RESULTS DID NOT SUPPORT THE HYPOTHESIS OF A POSITIVE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE SUBJECTIVE AND AUTONOMIC INDICES. (23 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ANXIETY & BASAL CONDUCTANCE & PALMAR SWEAT & SELF-RATING KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1966 KW - Anxiety KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Self-Evaluation KW - Skin (Anatomy) KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1966.19.2.347 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-00159-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-11267-001 AN - 1966-11267-001 AU - Stimpert, Warren E. AU - Sinnett, E. Robert AU - Wilkins, Donald M. T1 - A description of psychiatric patients five years after treatment. JF - Social Work JO - Social Work JA - Soc Work Y1 - 1966/// VL - 11 IS - 3 SP - 78 EP - 86 CY - United Kingdom PB - Oxford University Press SN - 0037-8046 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-11267-001. Other Journal Title: Social Work Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stimpert, Warren E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Cleveland, O. Release Date: 19661001. Correction Date: 20160922. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients. Minor Descriptor: Family Relations; Interpersonal Relationships. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 9. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - 59 men (median age 32) 'had been hospitalized in an open ward for acute, intensive treatment' at a Veterans Administration hospital. At follow-up the results were 'disappointing.' In the 4 rated areas of work, family, interpersonal relations, and community the majority had adjusted poorly or marginally. Implications for program changes are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychiatric patients KW - family relations KW - interpersonal relations KW - 1966 KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Family Relations KW - Interpersonal Relationships KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-11267-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - BOOK ID - 1966-08888-000 AN - 1966-08888-000 AU - Fairweather, George W. T1 - Social psychology in treating mental illness: An experimental approach. Y1 - 1964/// CY - Oxford, England PB - John Wiley & Sons N1 - Accession Number: 1966-08888-000. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fairweather, George W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19660801. Publication Type: Book (0200). Format Covered: Print. Language: English. Major Descriptor: No terms assigned. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Page Count: 300. KW - TREATMENT KW - MENTAL ILLNESS KW - SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY APPROACH KW - BOOK KW - SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY KW - MENTAL ILLNESS TREATMENT KW - SOCIAL CASEWORK KW - SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY IN TREATMENT OF MENTAL ILLNESS KW - 1964 KW - No terms assigned KW - 1964 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-08888-000&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05446-037 AN - 2006-05446-037 AU - Gilbride, Thomas V. T1 - Demythologizing heroin. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1991/03// VL - 36 IS - 3 SP - 241 EP - 241 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05446-037. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gilbride, Thomas V.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, New Orleans, LA, US. Release Date: 20061211. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cocaine; Government Policy Making; Heroin; Myths. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Krivanek, Jara. Heroin: Myths and Reality=Sydney, Australia: Allen & Unwin, 1988. 260 pp. $19.95; 1988. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1991. AB - Reviews the book, Heroin: Myths and Reality by Jara Krivanek (see record [rid]1989-97275-000[/rid]). The purpose of this book is to provide a factual informational resource for an examination, or reexamination, of the assumptions underlying popular and professional perspectives and governmental policies on the use and misuse of heroin. Despite the fact that cocaine has superceded heroin as the preferred illicit drug of choice in the United States, Krivanek's volume offers sophisticated observations and clinical commentaries that have application for understanding the cocaine issue. She does not suggest a panacean solution to the multifaceted complexity of societal drug use, and she warns against simplistic strategies. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cocaine KW - heroin KW - myths KW - governmental policies KW - illicit drugs KW - 1991 KW - Cocaine KW - Government Policy Making KW - Heroin KW - Myths KW - 1991 U2 - Krivanek, Jara. (1988); Heroin: Myths and Reality; Sydney, Australia: Allen & Unwin, 1988. 260 pp. $19.95; 0-04-302006-2 (Paperback). DO - 10.1037/029539 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-05446-037&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-21535-001 AN - 1991-21535-001 AU - Reist, Christopher AU - Haier, Richard J. AU - DeMet, Edward M. AU - Chicz-DeMet, Aleksandra T1 - 'Platelet MAO activity in personality disorders and normal controls': Erratum. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1991/01// VL - 36 IS - 1 SP - 113 EP - 113 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-21535-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reist, Christopher; Long Beach Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, CA, US. Release Date: 19910801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Erratum/Correction. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Monoamine Oxidases; Personality Disorders; Sensation Seeking. Minor Descriptor: Blood Platelets. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1991. AB - Reports an error in the original article by C. Reist et al (Psychiatry Research, 1990[Sep], Vol 33[3], 221–227). Errors were made in the typesetting of Table 1. The corrected table is given. (The following abstract of this article originally appeared in PA, Vol 78:10049.) Measured platelet monoamine oxidase (MAO) activity in personality disorders and determined its relationship to symptoms analogous to sensation seeking in 28 males (mean age 25.6 yrs) admitted to a psychiatric unit with a Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-III—Revised (DSM-III—R) diagnosis of personality disorder and in 13 normal controls. There was no difference in MAO activity between patients and controls, although it was lower in borderline patients. MAO activity was inversely correlated with sensation seeking, especially in the patient group. Results are consistent with the view that platelet MAO activity is a marker of general psychopathology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - platelet MAO activity & sensation seeking KW - male adults with personality disorders KW - erratum KW - 1991 KW - Monoamine Oxidases KW - Personality Disorders KW - Sensation Seeking KW - Blood Platelets KW - 1991 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(91)90123-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-21535-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Fisher, Harvey F. T1 - PYRIDINE NUCLEOTIDE COENZYMES. JO - BioScience JF - BioScience Y1 - 1984/06// VL - 34 IS - 6 M3 - Book Review SP - 387 EP - 387 SN - 00063568 AB - Reviews the book 'The Pyridine Nucleotide Coenzymes,' edited by Johannes Everse, Bruce Anderson, and Kwan-Sa You. KW - Enzymes KW - Nonfiction KW - Pyridine Nucleotide Coenzymes, The (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 10106399; Fisher, Harvey F. 1; Affiliations: 1: Veterans Administration Medical Center, 4801 Linwood Blvd., Kansas City, MO 64128; Issue Info: Jun84, Vol. 34 Issue 6, p387; Subject Term: Enzymes; Subject Term: Nonfiction; Reviews & Products: Pyridine Nucleotide Coenzymes, The (Book); Number of Pages: 1/3p; Document Type: Book Review; Full Text Word Count: 478 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=eih&AN=10106399&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - eih ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-04725-001 AN - 1991-04725-001 AU - Swanson, Greg S. AU - Blount, John AU - Bruno, Ralph T1 - 'Comprehensive System Rorschach data on Vietnam combat veterans': Erratum. JF - Journal of Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Personality Assessment JA - J Pers Assess Y1 - 1990///Fal 1990 VL - 55 IS - 1-2 SP - 391 EP - 391 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0022-3891 SN - 1532-7752 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-04725-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Swanson, Greg S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Augusta, GA, US. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19910201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Erratum/Correction. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Rorschach Test. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1990. AB - Reports an error in the original article by G. S. Swanson et al (Journal of Personality Assessment, 1990[Spr], Vol 54[1–2], 160–269). In Table 1 on page 164, the list of variables beginning with 'M' should be preceded with the heading 'Determinants: not including blends.' (The following abstract of this article originally appeared in PA, Vol 77:17330.) Administered the Rorschach to 50 Vietnam combat veterans (aged 32–52 yrs) in treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Data were collected according to the comprehensive Rorschach System (J. E. Exner, 1986). Ss demonstrated a low level of stress tolerance and were likely to respond impulsively to stressful situations. This low stress tolerance appears to be a long-term adjustment problem, and Ss' perception of reality was unconventional and often distorted. Data indicate that the use of structure would be important for successful therapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Rorschach structural summary data KW - 32–52 yr old Vietnam combat veterans in treatment for PTSD KW - erratum KW - 1990 KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Rorschach Test KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-04725-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05399-041 AN - 2006-05399-041 AU - Palmer, Robert D. T1 - The roots of Wilhelm Reich. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1990/08// VL - 35 IS - 8 SP - 799 EP - 799 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05399-041. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Palmer, Robert D.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Brooklyn, NY, US. Release Date: 20061211. Correction Date: 20160912. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Autobiography; Psychoanalysis; Psychotherapy. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Reich, Wilhelm (Ed); Higgins, Mary Boyd (Ed); Raphael, Chester M. (Ed); Schmitz, Philip (Trans); Tompkins, Jerri (Trans). Passion of Youth: An Autobiography, 1897-1922=New York: Farrar, Straus & Giroux, 1988. 177 pp. $17.95; 1988. References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1990. AB - Reviews the book, Passion of Youth: An Autobiography, 1897-1922 edited by Wilhelm Reich, Mary Boyd Higgins, Chester M. Raphael, with translations by Philip Schmitz, and Jerri Tompkins (see record [rid]1988-98092-000[/rid]). The seminal ideas of Wilhelm Reich, a towering, highly controversial figure in the history of psychoanalysis, have contributed much to that which is fresh and original in the field of contemporary psychotherapy. The present volume significantly fleshes out our knowledge of Reich, especially of his early sexual experiences and development. The editors tell us that in 1919 Reich began to keep diaries as a 22-year-old medical student, also writing at that time his recollections of his childhood and youth. Later, in 1937, he recalled his experiences in World War I and his medical studies at the University of Vienna. This immensely readable little volume seamlessly joins these materials in giving us an unusually candid, forthright presentation of Reich's life from early childhood to his graduation from medical school at age 25. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Wilhelm Reich KW - contemporary psychotherapy KW - psychoanalysis KW - autobiography KW - 1990 KW - Autobiography KW - Psychoanalysis KW - Psychotherapy KW - 1990 U2 - Reich, Wilhelm (Ed); Higgins, Mary Boyd (Ed); Raphael, Chester M. (Ed); Schmitz, Philip (Trans); Tompkins, Jerri (Trans). (1988); Passion of Youth: An Autobiography, 1897-1922; New York: Farrar, Straus & Giroux, 1988. 177 pp. $17.95; 0-374-22995-3. DO - 10.1037/028954 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-05399-041&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05399-024 AN - 2006-05399-024 AU - Haaland, Kathleen York T1 - Psychopathological movement abnormalities and treatment: An unfulfilled promise. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1990/08// VL - 35 IS - 8 SP - 780 EP - 780 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05399-024. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Haaland, Kathleen York; Neuropsychology Program, Albuquerque Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albuquerque, NM, US. Release Date: 20061211. Correction Date: 20160912. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intervention; Motor Processes; Movement Disorders; Psychodiagnosis; Psychopathology. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Kirkcaldy, Bruce (Ed). Normalities and Abnormalities in Human Movement=Basel, Switzerland: S. Karger, 1989. 212 pp. $114.00 (£77.80; DM205,-; SwF171,-); 1989. References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1990. AB - Reviews the book, Normalities and Abnormalities in Human Movement edied by Bruce Kirkcaldy (see record [rid]1989-97078-000[/rid]). The purpose of this book is to examine 'movement behavior as a psychodiagnostic and therapeutic medium,' with the final goal of 'blending therapeutic interventions with differential motodiagnostics.' Unfortunately, the title of the book does not mention the emphasis on psychopathology. The goal of applying knowledge for clinical purposes is difficult in any area, but it is particularly difficult in this area, both from the standpoint of making definitive statements regarding diagnosis and therapy and, especially, from the standpoint of integrating the two. Not surprisingly, this goal is not fully achieved, but the attempt may set the stage for this integration. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - therapeutic interventions KW - movement abnormalities KW - differential motodiagnostics KW - psychopathology KW - psychodiagnostic medium KW - therapeutic medium KW - 1990 KW - Intervention KW - Motor Processes KW - Movement Disorders KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Psychopathology KW - 1990 U2 - Kirkcaldy, Bruce (Ed). (1989); Normalities and Abnormalities in Human Movement; Basel, Switzerland: S. Karger, 1989. 212 pp. $114.00 (£77.80; DM205,-; SwF171,-); 3-8055-4823-0. DO - 10.1037/028937 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-05399-024&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-02281-001 AN - 1991-02281-001 AU - Van Putten, Theodore AU - Shaffer, Ian T1 - Delirium associated with bupropion. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology JA - J Clin Psychopharmacol Y1 - 1990/06// VL - 10 IS - 3 SP - 234 EP - 234 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0271-0749 SN - 1533-712X N1 - Accession Number: 1991-02281-001. PMID: 2115897 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Putten, Theodore; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, West Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19910101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antidepressant Drugs; Delirium; Drug Therapy; Major Depression; Side Effects (Drug). Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Impaired Professionals; Physicians; Skin (Anatomy). Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340); Impaired Professionals (3470). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1990. AB - Reports a 41-yr-old physician with nonpsychotic anergic depression who experienced severe, agitated delirium associated with bupropion treatment. Prior reports (R. N. Golden et al; see record [rid]1986-12550-001[/rid]) with bupropion occurred in the context of a clear sensorium. The S also developed the skin-picking behavior that is part of classic amphetamine toxic syndrome. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - bupropion KW - development of delirium & skin picking behavior KW - 41 yr old physician with nonpsychotic anergic depression KW - case report KW - 1990 KW - Antidepressant Drugs KW - Delirium KW - Drug Therapy KW - Major Depression KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Case Report KW - Impaired Professionals KW - Physicians KW - Skin (Anatomy) KW - 1990 DO - 10.1097/00004714-199006000-00028 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-02281-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-26302-001 AN - 1990-26302-001 AU - Kasckow, John AU - Dolor, Rowena AU - Lipper, Steven T1 - Delayed onset of neuroleptic malignant syndrome after discontinuation of thioridazine. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology JA - J Clin Psychopharmacol Y1 - 1990/04// VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 146 EP - 146 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0271-0749 SN - 1533-712X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-26302-001. PMID: 2341591 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kasckow, John; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19901001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Bipolar Disorder; Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome; Side Effects (Drug); Thioridazine. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Drug Therapy; Treatment Termination. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1990. AB - Describes a 60-yr-old man with a 20-yr history of bipolar disorder who developed neuroleptic malignant syndrome 18 days after discontinuation of thioridazine. Hypernatremia may have contributed to the appearance of some but not all of the S's signs and symptoms. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuroleptic malignant syndrome after discontinuation of thioridazine KW - 60 yr old male with bipolar disorder KW - case report KW - 1990 KW - Bipolar Disorder KW - Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Thioridazine KW - Case Report KW - Drug Therapy KW - Treatment Termination KW - 1990 DO - 10.1097/00004714-199004000-00027 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-26302-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-28704-001 AN - 1990-28704-001 AU - Csernansky, John G. AU - Leiderman, Deborah B. AU - Goldman, Jeff T1 - Schizophrenia spectrum disorder and limbic epilepsy. JF - The Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences JO - The Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences Y1 - 1990///Spr 1990 VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 236 EP - 236 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0895-0172 SN - 1545-7222 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-28704-001. PMID: 2136080 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Csernansky, John G.; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CA, US. Release Date: 19901101. Correction Date: 20090727. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Epilepsy; Limbic System; Schizoid Personality Disorder. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1990. AB - Presents case vignettes of 2 male patients (aged 20 yrs and 35 yrs) with limbic epilepsy (LE), who fulfilled criteria for schizotypal personality disorder. Approaches for determining the relationship between LE and schizophrenia spectrum disorders include comparing responses to pharmacological challenges, subgrouping patients using personality disorder criteria, and studying selected subgroups longitudinally. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizotypal personality disorder criteria fulfillment KW - male 20 & 35 yr olds with limbic epilepsy KW - 1990 KW - Epilepsy KW - Limbic System KW - Schizoid Personality Disorder KW - 1990 DO - 10.1176/jnp.2.2.236 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-28704-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-20891-001 AN - 1990-20891-001 AU - Woody, George E. AU - McLellan, A. Thomas AU - Luborsky, Lester AU - O'Brien, Charles P. T1 - 'Psychotherapy for substance abuse': Erratum. JF - Psychiatric Clinics of North America JO - Psychiatric Clinics of North America JA - Psychiatr Clin North Am Y1 - 1990/03// VL - 13 IS - 1 SP - xiii EP - xiii CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0193-953X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-20891-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Woody, George E.; Philadelphia Veterans Administration Hosp, Substance Abuse Treatment Unit, PA, US. Release Date: 19900801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Erratum/Correction. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Therapy; Drug Rehabilitation; Psychopathology; Psychotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Severity (Disorders). Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1990. AB - Reports an error in the original article by G. E. Woody et al (Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 1986[Sep], Vol 9[3], 547–562). On page 547, Lester Luborsky's name was misspelled. (The following abstract of this article orginally appeared in PA, Vol 75:1957.) Reviews clinical reports on the use of psychotherapy with substance abusers and discusses the difference in focus between paraprofessional drug counseling and psychotherapy. A study by G. E. Woody et al (1983) is reviewed that compared the effects of drug counseling alone or combined with supportive-expressive or cognitive-behavioral therapy. Ss with high levels of psychopathology showed poorer response than those with less severe pathology and had greater improvements when they received additional therapy than when they received drug counseling alone. Differences in patient improvement rates among therapists were also identified. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drug counseling &/vs supportive expressive or cognitive behavioral therapy KW - improvement rates KW - substance abusing clients with different levels of psychopathology KW - erratum KW - 1990 KW - Cognitive Therapy KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Psychopathology KW - Psychotherapy KW - Drug Abuse KW - Severity (Disorders) KW - 1990 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-20891-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - AU - Brown, Milton T.1 T1 - Practices in Collection and Maintenance of Information on Highly Trained and Specialized Personnel in the United States. JO - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal JF - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal J1 - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal PY - 1948/01// Y1 - 1948/01// VL - 26 IS - 4 CP - 4 M3 - Book Review SP - 265 EP - 265 SN - 21645841 AB - The article reviews the book "PRACTICES IN COLLECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF INFORMATION ON HIGHLY TRAINED AND SPECIALIZED PERSONNEL IN THE UNITED STATES. A Report to the Conference Board of the Associated Research Councils," by Lowell H. Hattery. KW - Personnel records KW - Nonfiction KW - Hattery, Lowell H. KW - Practices in Collection & Maintenance of Information on Highly Trained & Specialized Personnel in the United States: A Report to the Conference Board of the Associated Research Councils (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 25129266; Authors: Brown, Milton T. 1; Affiliations: 1: Executive Officer, Veterans Administration Guidance Center, University of Pennsylvania; Subject: Practices in Collection & Maintenance of Information on Highly Trained & Specialized Personnel in the United States: A Report to the Conference Board of the Associated Research Councils (Book); Subject: Personnel records; Subject: Hattery, Lowell H.; Subject: Nonfiction; Number of Pages: 1/2p; Record Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=25129266&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - AU - Ashcraft, Kenneth B.1 T1 - Veterans Handbook and Guide. JO - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal JF - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal J1 - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal PY - 1947/12// Y1 - 1947/12// VL - 26 IS - 3 CP - 3 M3 - Book Review SP - 193 EP - 193 SN - 21645841 AB - The article reviews the book "VETERANS HANDBOOK AND GUIDE," by Tracy E. Goodwin. KW - Nonfiction KW - Veterans -- Employment KW - Goodwin, Tracy E. KW - Veterans Handbook & Guide (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 25117444; Authors: Ashcraft, Kenneth B. 1; Affiliations: 1: Acting Chief, Advisement and Guidance Section, VR & E Division, Denver Regional Office, Veterans Administration; Subject: Veterans Handbook & Guide (Book); Subject: Goodwin, Tracy E.; Subject: Veterans -- Employment; Subject: Nonfiction; Number of Pages: 1/2p; Record Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=25117444&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - AU - Bartlett, Lester W.1 T1 - Readjustment or Revolutions? JO - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal JF - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal J1 - Occupations: The Vocational Guidance Journal PY - 1947/02// Y1 - 1947/02// VL - 25 IS - 5 CP - 5 M3 - Book Review SP - 299 EP - 299 SN - 21645841 AB - The article reviews the book "READJUSTMENT OR REVOLUTION?," by A. H. Edgerton. KW - Nonfiction KW - Adjustment (Psychology) KW - Edgerton, A. H. KW - Readjustment or Revolution? (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 25077277; Authors: Bartlett, Lester W. 1; Affiliations: 1: Chief, Advisement and Guidance Section, Veterans Administration, Chicago; Subject: Readjustment or Revolution? (Book); Subject: Edgerton, A. H.; Subject: Adjustment (Psychology); Subject: Nonfiction; Number of Pages: 1/3p; Record Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=lls&AN=25077277&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - lls ER - TY - JOUR AU - Halley-Boyce, Jamesetta A. AU - Dulin, Joann T1 - Actualizing Empowerment. JO - Nursing Management JF - Nursing Management Y1 - 1996/01// VL - 27 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 47 EP - 48 PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 07446314 AB - A three-hour "think tank" session and continual revision have led to a creative reorganization of admissions procedures that successfully addressed a growing problem of "boarders". This has resulted in providing more comprehensive patient care, increased satisfaction for both family and caregivers and significant cost reductions. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Nursing Management is the property of Lippincott Williams & Wilkins and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RESEARCH institutes KW - EMPLOYEE empowerment KW - CORPORATE reorganizations KW - INDUSTRIAL costs KW - CAREGIVERS N1 - Accession Number: 6662427; Halley-Boyce, Jamesetta A. 1; Dulin, Joann 2; Source Information: Jan96, Vol. 27 Issue 1, p47; Subject: RESEARCH institutes; Subject: EMPLOYEE empowerment; Subject: CORPORATE reorganizations; Subject: INDUSTRIAL costs; Subject: CAREGIVERS; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=6662427&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - McCarthy, William J. AU - Caskey, Nicholas H. AU - Jarvik, Murray E. T1 - Ethnic Differences in Nicotine Exposure. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1992/08// VL - 82 IS - 8 M3 - Letter SP - 1171 EP - 1172 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - A letter to the editor is presented in response to an editorial by J. E. Henningfield et al. on nicotine dependence, and on the articles it addresses by E. J. Pérez et al., A. D. McNeill et al., and L. E. Wagenknecht et al., in the September 1990 issue. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - NICOTINE addiction N1 - Accession Number: 20671882; McCarthy, William J. 1; Caskey, Nicholas H. 2,3; Jarvik, Murray E. 2,3; Source Information: Aug1992, Vol. 82 Issue 8, p1171; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: NICOTINE addiction; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=20671882&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Vaughan, Cynthia A. AU - Reeds, Linda B. AU - Percifull, Dannie T1 - $uccess $tories. JO - Nursing Economic$ JF - Nursing Economic$ Y1 - 1990/11// VL - 8 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 426 EP - 427 PB - Jannetti Publications, Inc. SN - 07461739 AB - In February 1987, the Department of Veterans Affairs, Bay Pines, Florida, was confronted with many issues affecting the patient care delivery system. This 1,118-bed medical center, which includes a 520-bed acute care hospital, had an occupancy rate of 85%. Recruitment within the community was extremely competitive. Reserve resources for competent professional staff had been depleted. The U.S. Congress imposed budgetary cuts had precipitated a hiring freeze impeding nursing administration's ability to hire against 59 funded vacancies. Use of overtime dollars had been restricted. Subsequently, symptoms of professional burnout were evident, absenteeism had risen, morale had diminished, staff frustration had escalated and existing float teams assigned to the evening and night shifts were unable to meet increased patient care demands. KW - MEDICAL care KW - MEDICAL centers KW - MEDICAL personnel KW - HEALTH facilities KW - INTENSIVE care units KW - ABSENTEEISM (Labor) KW - BAY Pines (Fla.) KW - FLORIDA KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 12175763; Vaughan, Cynthia A. 1; Reeds, Linda B. 2; Percifull, Dannie 3; Source Information: Nov90, Vol. 8 Issue 6, p426; Subject: MEDICAL care; Subject: MEDICAL centers; Subject: MEDICAL personnel; Subject: HEALTH facilities; Subject: INTENSIVE care units; Subject: ABSENTEEISM (Labor); Geographic Terms: BAY Pines (Fla.); FLORIDA; UNITED States; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12175763&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Simel, David L. AU - Feussner, John R. T1 - Blood Alcohol Measurements in the Emergency Department: Who Needs Them? JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 78 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 1478 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: We surveyed North Carolina emergency physicians to determine current medical practices regarding the use of blood alcohol concentrations using a hypothetical scenario. Most physicians (88 per ¢) would not have obtained blood alcohol concentrations in a patient who had alcohol on his breath but was coherent and cooperative. For marginally impaired patients, more liberal use of blood alcohol concentrations and explicit instructions to avoid driving while impaired might improve patient care and promote highway safety. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BLOOD alcohol -- Analysis KW - ALCOHOL in the body KW - DRUNK driving KW - PATIENTS KW - PHYSICIAN practice patterns KW - MEDICAL offices KW - EMERGENCY medical services KW - MEDICAL care KW - NORTH Carolina N1 - Accession Number: 4690867; Simel, David L. 1; Feussner, John R. 1; Source Information: Nov88, Vol. 78 Issue 11, p1478; Subject: BLOOD alcohol -- Analysis; Subject: ALCOHOL in the body; Subject: DRUNK driving; Subject: PATIENTS; Subject: PHYSICIAN practice patterns; Subject: MEDICAL offices; Subject: EMERGENCY medical services; Subject: MEDICAL care; Geographic Terms: NORTH Carolina; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4690867&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Feussner, John R. AU - McFall, Stephanie L. AU - Cockrell III, Willis E. T1 - Patient Characteristics and Eligibility in a Veterans Administration Ambulatory Care Triage Clinic. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 78 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 1224 EP - 1225 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - We surveyed 5,225 consecutive patients presenting to a Veterans Administration (VA) Ambulatory Care Triage Clinic to ascertain the characteristics of patients and to assess the role of eligibility in determining disposition from triage. Most patients (66 per cent) had non-service connected (low eligibility) conditions and had no health insurance (64 per cent). Lack of service connected priority (high eligibility) did not influence access to hospitalization (8.3 per cent) or longitudinal outpatient care (24.5 per cent). The study suggests that veterans with no health insurance, with low eligibility for VA service, use the VA triage clinic for episodic medical care. (Am J Public Health 1988; 78:1224-1225.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - MEDICAL care of veterans KW - OUTPATIENT medical care KW - MEDICAL care KW - TRIAGE (Medicine) KW - EMERGENCY medical services KW - MASS casualties KW - MEDICAL screening KW - CLINICS KW - HEALTH insurance N1 - Accession Number: 4686216; Feussner, John R. 1; McFall, Stephanie L. 1; Cockrell III, Willis E. 1; Source Information: Sep88, Vol. 78 Issue 9, p1224; Subject: MEDICAL care of veterans; Subject: OUTPATIENT medical care; Subject: MEDICAL care; Subject: TRIAGE (Medicine); Subject: EMERGENCY medical services; Subject: MASS casualties; Subject: MEDICAL screening; Subject: CLINICS; Subject: HEALTH insurance; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4686216&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Schwartz, B. D. AU - Murray, L. AU - Alexander, B. AU - Kauders, F. R. AU - Gallant, D. M. T1 - Changing Patterns of Drug Abuse in a Seaport: New Orleans, 1975-85. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1988/06// VL - 78 IS - 6 M3 - Letter SP - 720 EP - 721 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - A letter to the editor is presented in response to investigation of drug use patterns in 1975 and 1980 of all patients admitted to the New Orleans Veterans Administration Medical Center. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - DRUG abuse N1 - Accession Number: 21084775; Schwartz, B. D. 1; Murray, L. 1; Alexander, B. 1; Kauders, F. R. 1; Gallant, D. M. 1; Source Information: Jun88, Vol. 78 Issue 6, p720; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: DRUG abuse; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=21084775&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bauer, Richard L. AU - Diehl, AndrewK. AU - Barton, Sara A. AU - Brender, Jean AU - Deyo, Richard A. T1 - Risk of Postmenopausal Hip Fracture in Mexican Women. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1986/08// VL - 76 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 1020 EP - 1021 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: To assess the risk of hip fracture in Mexican Americans, the ethnicity of 80 women aged 50 years and over admitted with hip fractures to a Texas hospital was compared with that of age-matched women hospitalized for other reasons. The risk of fracture for Mexican Americans was only 35 per ¢ that of Whites (95% CI = 19 per ¢, 65 per ¢). This finding was confirmed in a chart survey performed in a second hospital population. These results suggest that Mexican American women may receive less potential benefit from preventive measures for hip fracture than Whites. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HEALTH risk assessment KW - RISK management in business KW - FRACTURES -- Risk factors KW - FRACTURES in old age KW - HIP joint -- Diseases KW - BONES -- Wounds & injuries KW - OSTEOPOROSIS in women KW - WOMEN -- Diseases KW - OLDER Mexican American women N1 - Accession Number: 4686230; Bauer, Richard L. 1; Diehl, AndrewK. 1; Barton, Sara A. 2; Brender, Jean 3; Deyo, Richard A. 1; Source Information: Aug1986, Vol. 76 Issue 8, p1020; Subject: HEALTH risk assessment; Subject: RISK management in business; Subject: FRACTURES -- Risk factors; Subject: FRACTURES in old age; Subject: HIP joint -- Diseases; Subject: BONES -- Wounds & injuries; Subject: OSTEOPOROSIS in women; Subject: WOMEN -- Diseases; Subject: OLDER Mexican American women; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4686230&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rich, Charles L. AU - Young, Deborah AU - Fowler, Richard C. AU - Rosenfeld, S. K. S. T1 - The Difference between Date of Suicidal Act and Recorded Death Certificate Date in 204 Consecutive Suicides. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1985/07// VL - 75 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 778 EP - 779 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: The date of death recorded on death certificates (DCD) was compared to the date of the suicidal act (DA) in a consecutive series of 204 suicides. The DA was known to be the same as the DCD in only 46 per ¢ of the cases. The DA was different from the DCD in 22 per ¢ of the cases. The difference between the DA and DCD should be taken into consideration in the analysis of temporal trends. (Am J Public Health 1985; 75:778-779.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DEATH certificates KW - DEATH -- Proof & certification KW - DEATH -- Time of KW - SUICIDE KW - MORTALITY -- Statistics KW - MORTALITY -- Tables KW - DEATH -- Causes KW - SUICIDAL behavior KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 4949248; Rich, Charles L. 1,2; Young, Deborah 3; Fowler, Richard C. 4; Rosenfeld, S. K. S. 4; Source Information: Jul1985, Vol. 75 Issue 7, p778; Subject: DEATH certificates; Subject: DEATH -- Proof & certification; Subject: DEATH -- Time of; Subject: SUICIDE; Subject: MORTALITY -- Statistics; Subject: MORTALITY -- Tables; Subject: DEATH -- Causes; Subject: SUICIDAL behavior; Geographic Terms: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4949248&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gee, Susan C. AU - Page, William Frank T1 - The Use of Comparability Ratios to Adjust Hospital Trend Data. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1985/01// VL - 75 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 81 EP - 82 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - Abstract: Hospital trend data may be affected by changes in diagnostic coding schemes We studied the change from ICDA-8 (18) to ICD-9-CM (1-9) in a sample of roughly, 13.600 double coded Veterans Administration hospital diagnoses Comparability ratios were computed and used to adjust trend data which overlap the lime period when the shift from 1-8 to 1-9 occurred. With Ibis adjustment for change in diagnostic coding scheme, apparent diagnostic trends, are substantially altered. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - HOSPITAL records KW - MEDICAL records KW - DIAGNOSTIC services KW - MEDICAL care of veterans KW - VETERANS' hospitals KW - SERVICES for the aged KW - VETERANS -- Services for KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - PREVENTIVE health services N1 - Accession Number: 4949539; Gee, Susan C. 1; Page, William Frank 1; Source Information: Jan1985, Vol. 75 Issue 1, p81; Subject: HOSPITAL records; Subject: MEDICAL records; Subject: DIAGNOSTIC services; Subject: MEDICAL care of veterans; Subject: VETERANS' hospitals; Subject: SERVICES for the aged; Subject: VETERANS -- Services for; Subject: DIAGNOSIS; Subject: PREVENTIVE health services; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4949539&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bailey, Gloria A. AU - Koepsell, Thomas D. AU - Belcher, Donald W. T1 - Reliability of Two Measures of Life Stress Among Outpatients at a Veterans Hospital. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1984/07// VL - 74 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 723 EP - 724 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - To measure test-retest reliability, 38 Veterans Administration clinic patient completed a modification of the Sarason Life Experience Survey (LES) twice within several weeks. Summary scores were found to be more reliable than scores on individual questions. Patients attending the Mental Hygiene Clinic responded less reliably than other patients. The "stress ladder" -- a simple summary score measure -- was found to be the most reliable measure of all. (Am J Public Health 1984; 74:723-724.) [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - STRESS (Psychology) KW - PATIENTS KW - HOSPITALS KW - MENTAL health KW - OUTPATIENT medical care KW - LIFE change events KW - MENTAL health services KW - MENTAL health facilities KW - PUBLIC health N1 - Accession Number: 4953889; Bailey, Gloria A. 1,2; Koepsell, Thomas D. 1,2; Belcher, Donald W. 2,3; Source Information: Jul1984, Vol. 74 Issue 7, p723; Subject: STRESS (Psychology); Subject: PATIENTS; Subject: HOSPITALS; Subject: MENTAL health; Subject: OUTPATIENT medical care; Subject: LIFE change events; Subject: MENTAL health services; Subject: MENTAL health facilities; Subject: PUBLIC health; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4953889&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Koff, Raymond S. AU - Connelly, Lorna J. D. T1 - Failure to Detect Hepatitis B Surface Antigen (HBsubSAg) in Certified Shellfish From New England. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1976/02// VL - 66 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 174 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - In this study, hard- and soft-shell clams harvested during a one-year period from state approved (certified) clam beds in Maine, Massachusetts, and Rhode Island were tested for HBsAg by radioimmunoassay, HBsAg could not be detected in clam viscera. The role of bivalve mollusk ingestion in transmission of Hepatitis B remains speculative. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of American Journal of Public Health is the property of American Public Health Association and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - OYSTERS KW - HEPATITIS B KW - CELL surface antigens KW - VIRUSES KW - CLAMS KW - MOLLUSKS KW - COMMUNICABLE diseases -- Transmission KW - HEPATITIS KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 5666043; Koff, Raymond S. 1; Connelly, Lorna J. D. 1; Source Information: Feb1976, Vol. 66 Issue 2, p174; Subject: OYSTERS; Subject: HEPATITIS B; Subject: CELL surface antigens; Subject: VIRUSES; Subject: CLAMS; Subject: MOLLUSKS; Subject: COMMUNICABLE diseases -- Transmission; Subject: HEPATITIS; Geographic Terms: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5666043&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Stead, Peter AU - Rozynko, Vitali AU - Berman, Stephen T1 - The SHARP Carwash: A Community-Oriented Work Program for Substance Abuse Patients. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 35 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 79 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - For 6 years, a successful work program provided income and rehabilitation for alcoholic and drug patients in a small California city. The work program was a carwash run by inpatients of the Share Help and Recovery Program (SHARP), a 31-bed inpatient treatment program with a large outpatient component for substance abusers. SHARP is located at the Veterans Administration Medical Center, Menlo Park, California. SHARP is a part of Center program for chronic alcoholics and drug addicts with impoverished social relationships. This larger treatment program, which has been described previously, created a subculture of recovering alcoholics that originated in the hospital and extended into the community. In 1980, in an effort to earn spending money, 10 male SHARP patients started a carwash while on pass from the hospital. The workers displayed a street sign, "Vets Carwash," during working hours. The carwash usually was staffed with 12 line workers, three foremen, and a manager who collected the money. KW - DRUG addicts KW - SOCIAL services KW - SOCIAL groups KW - SUBSTANCE abuse KW - ALCOHOLICS KW - PERSONALITY disorders N1 - Accession Number: 6701152; Stead, Peter 1; Rozynko, Vitali 2; Berman, Stephen 2; Source Information: Jan90, Vol. 35 Issue 1, p79; Subject: DRUG addicts; Subject: SOCIAL services; Subject: SOCIAL groups; Subject: SUBSTANCE abuse; Subject: ALCOHOLICS; Subject: PERSONALITY disorders; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=6701152&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Murdach, Allison D. T1 - Defining from the Other End. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1981/07// VL - 26 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 339 EP - 340 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article discusses various aspects of social work. Social work is to be congratulated for its latest attempt to clarity the field's conceptual frameworks. Considering past efforts to define the field, one is now forced to conclude that social workers have not been notably successful in attempts to identify the nature and extent of their trade. But this is not surprising when you consider the way they have generally tried to construct a definition, which is to begin at the wrong end. Social workers begin by searching for a definition that makes sense to them rather than to those who actually use their services. Social workers have long been identified as people who will listen sympathetically to the troubles of others. For years social workers saw themselves as the experts on the family. Their domain has since been invaded by scores of outlanders: family therapists, counselors, nurses, psychologists; all of whom now claim a competence equal to or better than social workers in this area. When someone needs an emergency resource, there is still a tendency to assume that social workers will, if not actually provide the resource at least know where it can be found and be able to make the necessary referral. Social workers, being organizational creatures are supposed to be knowledgeable about the ins-and-outs of the organizational system. KW - SOCIAL services KW - SOCIAL workers KW - FAMILY therapists KW - COUNSELORS KW - PSYCHOTHERAPISTS KW - PUBLIC welfare N1 - Accession Number: 5273119; Murdach, Allison D. 1; Source Information: Jul81, Vol. 26 Issue 4, p339; Subject: SOCIAL services; Subject: SOCIAL workers; Subject: FAMILY therapists; Subject: COUNSELORS; Subject: PSYCHOTHERAPISTS; Subject: PUBLIC welfare; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5273119&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Shearer, Robert M. T1 - Overnight Trips for Chronic Psychiatric Patients. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1978/07// VL - 23 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 324 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article deals with a study which considered overnight trips as part of a therapeutic approach for chronic psychiatric patients in the U.S. Chronic psychiatric patients typically develop a life-style that reflects their social isolation, feelings of worthlessness, low degree of self-confidence, and a life devoid of pleasure and meaningful leisure activities. Although the concept of overnight travel trips involving psychiatric patients is not new or unique, such trips have been little used by psychiatric programs throughout the country. Cost, risk, and doubtful therapeutic value may explain why some programs discount the use of trips. However, at the Atlanta treatment center, none of these factors was found to be a significant barrier to this treatment approach. Ninety-three percent of the population in the Atlanta center suffered from a service-connected psychiatric disability and were considered permanently and totally disabled. Day treatment centers and inpatient psychiatric facilities usually provide a variety of treatment methods and activities. KW - TRAVEL -- Health aspects KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - SELF-confidence KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - MEDICAL care KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 5274556; Shearer, Robert M. 1; Source Information: Jul78, Vol. 23 Issue 4, p324; Subject: TRAVEL -- Health aspects; Subject: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject: SELF-confidence; Subject: THERAPEUTICS; Subject: MEDICAL care; Geographic Terms: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5274556&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Groves, Patricia A. AU - Shernoff, Michael AU - Bonnell, Steven D. AU - Coleman, Hertbert AU - McAllister, Loring W. AU - Adams, Sanford R. AU - Rubin, Aaron T1 - letters. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1977/11// VL - 22 IS - 6 M3 - Letter SP - 519 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - Presents letters to the editor. Appreciation of the article "An Advocate Model for Intervention With Homosexuals," by Raymond Mark Berger, which appeared in the July 1977 issue of the journal "Social Work"; Information on the book "Changing Homosexuality in the Male"; Discussion on adult adoptees' search for their natural parents. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - GAY people KW - CHANGING Homosexuality in the Male: Treatment for Men Troubled by Homosexuality (Book) KW - BERGER, Raymond Mark KW - ADOPTEES KW - BIRTHPARENTS N1 - Accession Number: 5275056; Groves, Patricia A.; Shernoff, Michael; Bonnell, Steven D.; Coleman, Hertbert 1; McAllister, Loring W. 2; Adams, Sanford R. 3; Rubin, Aaron 4; Source Information: Nov77, Vol. 22 Issue 6, p519; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: GAY people; Subject: CHANGING Homosexuality in the Male: Treatment for Men Troubled by Homosexuality (Book); Subject: BERGER, Raymond Mark; Subject: ADOPTEES; Subject: BIRTHPARENTS; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5275056&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Maddigan, Roger F. AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Fulton, John R. T1 - Predictions of Posthospital Success for Psychiatric Patients. JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1976/07// VL - 21 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 322 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - The article presents a study which compared the accuracies of patients and relatives in predicting posthospital adjustment of psychiatric hospital patients. Assuming that patients and relatives can predict adjustment with at least modest accuracy, the important question then becomes which is the better predictor. The article focuses on the comparison of the accuracies of patients' and relatives' expectations independently of one another. Since patients and relatives generally communicate, it may be that patients' expectations about relationships during the posthospitalization period are partially dependent on relatives' assesements and expectations. The predictive abilities of patients and relatives were compared by contrasting the correlations of patient' and relatives predictions to each of the two outcome assessment scores from the foIlowup questionnaire as well to the number of days the patient spent in the community over the following six months. Social workers desiring accurate prognostications would do better to rely on patients' rather than relatives predictions. KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PREDICTION (Psychology) KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospitals KW - MENTAL health facilities KW - MENTALLY ill KW - PATIENTS N1 - Accession Number: 5273773; Maddigan, Roger F. 1; Watson, Charles G. 2; Fulton, John R. 3; Source Information: Jul76, Vol. 21 Issue 4, p322; Subject: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject: PREDICTION (Psychology); Subject: PSYCHIATRIC hospitals; Subject: MENTAL health facilities; Subject: MENTALLY ill; Subject: PATIENTS; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5273773&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Trelease, Chris T1 - A Cost-Effective Approach for Promoting Skin Healing. JO - Nursing Economic$ JF - Nursing Economic$ Y1 - 1986/09//Sep/Oct86 VL - 4 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 265 EP - 266 PB - Jannetti Publications, Inc. SN - 07461739 AB - Skin breakdown was noted to be a major problem on a general medical ward at the San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Center. Nurses were frustrated about their inability to prevent skin breakdown and to promote skin healing. Through an ad hoc quality assurance study completed in November, 1984, three basic problems were identified namely, perirectal skin breakdown in patients with incontinent diarrhea, inconsistent nursing approaches to wound/skin care and substantial nursing time spent on frequent dressing changes using numerous supplies. KW - SKIN care KW - MEDICAL centers KW - NURSES KW - HEALING KW - DIARRHEA KW - HEALTH facilities KW - WOUNDS & injuries N1 - Accession Number: 12276972; Trelease, Chris 1; Source Information: Sep/Oct86, Vol. 4 Issue 5, p265; Subject: SKIN care; Subject: MEDICAL centers; Subject: NURSES; Subject: HEALING; Subject: DIARRHEA; Subject: HEALTH facilities; Subject: WOUNDS & injuries; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12276972&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Metheny, Norma A. AU - Smith, Lisa AU - Wehrle, Mary Anne AU - Wiersema, Laurel AU - Clark, Joan AU - Cerrato, Paul L. T1 - pH, color, and feeding tubes. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1998/01// VL - 61 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 25 EP - 27 SN - 00337021 AB - Focuses on feeding tubes utilized during medical care. How to determine whether tubes are in the right place; Tracking the passage of the tube from stomach to intestine; Utilization of color and pH balance of various body fluids to determine if tube is correctly positioned. KW - PARENTERAL feeding -- Equipment & supplies N1 - Accession Number: 112209; Metheny, Norma A. 1; Smith, Lisa; Wehrle, Mary Anne 2; Wiersema, Laurel 3; Clark, Joan; Cerrato, Paul L.; Source Information: Jan98, Vol. 61 Issue 1, p25; Subject: PARENTERAL feeding -- Equipment & supplies; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 11 Color Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1716 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=112209&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mckinney, Barbara AU - Begany, Timothy T1 - COPD & depression. Treat them both. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1994/04// VL - 57 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 48 EP - 101 SN - 00337021 AB - States that depression in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) patients is treatable. Factors for depression; Three forms of depression; Treatment choices for patients; Need to educate the patient and family on depression. KW - MENTAL depression KW - OBSTRUCTIVE lung diseases KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 9407014998; Mckinney, Barbara 1; Begany, Timothy 2; Source Information: Apr94, Vol. 57 Issue 4, p48; Subject: MENTAL depression; Subject: OBSTRUCTIVE lung diseases; Geographic Terms: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1266 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9407014998&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Murray, Susan M. AU - Thompson, Roxanne AU - Hurley, Mary Lou T1 - We've organized our approach to pressure sores. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1991/01// VL - 54 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 42 EP - 101 SN - 00337021 AB - Focuses on a staging system and treatment guidelines for pressure sores of patients in hospitals and nursing homes. Preventive measures a nurse must take; Staging criteria; Discussion on how moisture helps open wounds heal; Need for a surgery for a wound that penetrates the muscle tissue. KW - BEDSORES -- Treatment KW - ULCERS -- Treatment N1 - Accession Number: 4940368; Murray, Susan M. 1; Thompson, Roxanne 2; Hurley, Mary Lou 3; Source Information: Jan91, Vol. 54 Issue 1, p42; Subject: BEDSORES -- Treatment; Subject: ULCERS -- Treatment; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 4 Color Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1442 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4940368&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Koenig, Terry Lea T1 - Women, Feminism, and Aging. (Book). JO - Affilia: Journal of Women & Social Work JF - Affilia: Journal of Women & Social Work Y1 - 1999///Fall99 VL - 14 IS - 3 M3 - Book Review SP - 380 EP - 382 SN - 08861099 AB - Reviews the book "Women, Feminism, and Aging," by Collette V. Browne. KW - WOMEN, Feminism & Aging (Book) KW - BROWNE, Collette V. KW - FEMINISM KW - NONFICTION N1 - Accession Number: 2441944; Koenig, Terry Lea 1; Source Information: Fall99, Vol. 14 Issue 3, p380; Subject: WOMEN, Feminism & Aging (Book); Subject: BROWNE, Collette V.; Subject: FEMINISM; Subject: NONFICTION; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Book Review; Full Text Word Count: 577 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=2441944&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Choca, James AU - Shanley, Luke AU - Van Denburg, Eric AU - Agresti, Albert AU - Mouton, Andrew AU - Vidger, Lila Uskokovic T1 - Personality Disorder or Personality Style: That Is the Question. JO - Journal of Counseling & Development JF - Journal of Counseling & Development Y1 - 1992/01//Jan/Feb92 VL - 70 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 429 EP - 431 SN - 07489633 AB - The article responds to the feature written by Theodore Millon regarding his Millon Clinical Multiaxial Inventory (MCMI). The main controversy surrounding the MCMI has focused on the claim that the test measures diagnostic and statistical manual (DSM)-III disorders. The data available tend to show that the concordance between the MCMI-I and the DSM-III may be poor, perhaps for both the Axis I clinical syndromes and the Axis II personality disorders. Although some of the problems may have been improved with the MCMI-II, concerns over differences between the MCMI conceptualization of the different disorders and the DSM-III-R remain. Because the items that compose the MCMI scales often do not show much concordance with the DSM-III-R criteria for the same syndrome, it may well to deemphasize the ability of the MCMI to measure the DSM-III-R disorders. The original eight basic personality scales of the MCMI-I is seen as measuring personality styles rather than personality disorders. The items that constitute those scales deal mostly with the way the participants feel about himself or herself and how she or he relates to the others, rather than the issue of how functional these feelings or relationships maybe. As a result, these scales tend to be elevated when the inventory is used with normals. It has been pointed out, in defense of the MCMI, that it was standardized with psychiatric patients and should not be used with normals. To be consistent with this posture, one would have to believe that the inventory should not be used as a screening instrument in which normals could be tested, a position that none of those using the inventory is willing to take. KW - MILLON Clinical Multiaxial Inventory KW - PERSONALITY tests KW - MILLON, Theodore KW - PERSONALITY disorders KW - PERSONALITY KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients N1 - Accession Number: 9202172256; Choca, James 1,2; Shanley, Luke 3; Van Denburg, Eric 3; Agresti, Albert 4; Mouton, Andrew 3; Vidger, Lila Uskokovic 3; Source Information: Jan/Feb92, Vol. 70 Issue 3, p429; Subject: MILLON Clinical Multiaxial Inventory; Subject: PERSONALITY tests; Subject: MILLON, Theodore; Subject: PERSONALITY disorders; Subject: PERSONALITY; Subject: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2196 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9202172256&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Eckstrom, Elizabeth AU - Hickam, David H. AU - Lessler, Daniel S. AU - Buchner, David M. T1 - Changing Physician Practice of Physical Activity Counseling. JO - JGIM: Journal of General Internal Medicine JF - JGIM: Journal of General Internal Medicine Y1 - 1999/06// VL - 14 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 376 EP - 378 SN - 08848734 AB - We conducted a prospective controlled trial to determine whether an educational intervention could improve resident physician self-efficacy and counseling behaviors for physical activity and increase their patients’ reported activity levels. Forty-eight internal medicine residents who practiced at a Department of Veterans Affairs hospital received either two workshops on physical activity counseling or no intervention. All residents completed questionnaires before and 3 months after the workshops. The 21 intervention physicians reported increased self-efficacy for counseling and increased frequency of counseling compared with the 27 control physicians. Approximately 10 patients of each resident were included in the study and surveyed before and 6 months after the intervention. Of 560 patients, 465 (83%) returned both questionnaires. Following the intervention, there were no significant differences between patients of intervention and control physicians on any outcome measures. We conclude that educational interventions can improve physicians’ reported self-efficacy of physical activity counseling but may not increase patient physical activity levels. Alternative approaches that emphasize overcoming the substantial barriers to exercise in chronically ill outpatients clearly will be important for facilitating changes in physical activity. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of JGIM: Journal of General Internal Medicine is the property of Springer Science & Business Media B.V. and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RESIDENTS (Medicine) KW - PHYSICAL therapy KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - OREGON KW - PORTLAND (Or.) KW - UNITED States KW - counseling KW - exercise KW - health behavior KW - health promotion KW - medical education N1 - Accession Number: 5527983; Eckstrom, Elizabeth 1; Hickam, David H. 1; Lessler, Daniel S. 2; Buchner, David M. 3; Source Information: Jun1999, Vol. 14 Issue 6, p376; Subject: RESIDENTS (Medicine); Subject: PHYSICAL therapy; Subject: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Geographic Terms: OREGON; PORTLAND (Or.); UNITED States; Author-Supplied Keyword: counseling; Author-Supplied Keyword: exercise; Author-Supplied Keyword: health behavior; Author-Supplied Keyword: health promotion; Author-Supplied Keyword: medical education; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1046/j.1525-1497.1999.00356.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5527983&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kaiser, Fran E. T1 - Aging and malnutrition: Growth hormone therapy shows promise. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1992/03// VL - 47 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 85 EP - 90 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18281379; Kaiser, Fran E. 1; Source Information: Mar1992, Vol. 47 Issue 3, p85; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Graph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1535 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18281379&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pappas, T. N. AU - Mangel, A. W. AU - Lawson, C. T1 - Review article: evaluation of drugs in experimental gut distension models. JO - Alimentary Pharmacology & Therapeutics JF - Alimentary Pharmacology & Therapeutics Y1 - 1999/05/02/May99 Supplement VL - 13 M3 - Article SP - 54 EP - 56 SN - 02692813 AB - SUMMARY Distension of the gastrointestinal tract elicits abdominal pain, as well as sensations such as discomfort or fullness. Many patients with irritable bowel syndrome have been reported to show a reduced threshold to the pain or discomfort due to experimental rectal distension. This hypersensitivity of the gut may be characteristic of the irritable bowel, as well as other functional gastrointestinal disorders. Intestinal distension in animals induces a range of responses which have been used as indexes of visceral nociception. This paper reviews a recently introduced canine model used to assess the antinociceptive properties of a novel 5-HT3 receptor antagonist, alosetron. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Alimentary Pharmacology & Therapeutics is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - IRRITABLE colon KW - GASTROINTESTINAL diseases KW - ABDOMINAL pain KW - VISCERAL reflex KW - RECEPTOR antibodies KW - DISEASES N1 - Accession Number: 23186154; Pappas, T. N. 1,2; Mangel, A. W. 3; Lawson, C. 2; Source Information: May99 Supplement, Vol. 13, p54; Subject: IRRITABLE colon; Subject: GASTROINTESTINAL diseases; Subject: ABDOMINAL pain; Subject: VISCERAL reflex; Subject: RECEPTOR antibodies; Subject: DISEASES; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=23186154&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mocsny, Noreen T1 - What's wrong with this patient? JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 52 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 61 EP - 71 SN - 00337021 AB - Presents information on Sarcoptes scabei or scabies. Description of scabies; Signs and symptoms; Information on the treatment for scabies called lindane; Tips on preventing the spread of infection. KW - SCABIES KW - SARCOPTES scabiei KW - LINDANE N1 - Accession Number: 4948059; Mocsny, Noreen 1; Source Information: May89, Vol. 52 Issue 5, p61; Subject: SCABIES; Subject: SARCOPTES scabiei; Subject: LINDANE; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 5 Color Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1255 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4948059&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pritchard, Vicki T1 - Geriatric infections: The urinary tract. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1988/05// VL - 51 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 36 EP - 38 SN - 00337021 AB - Deals with nursing care in aged patients with urinary tract infection. Signs and symptoms of urinary tract infection; Management of a catheterized patient; Alternative technique for safer catheterization. INSET: Collecting urine specimens. KW - GERIATRIC nursing KW - URINARY tract infections -- Treatment KW - OLDER people -- Diseases KW - NURSING -- Practice N1 - Accession Number: 4940886; Pritchard, Vicki 1; Source Information: May88, Vol. 51 Issue 5, p36; Subject: GERIATRIC nursing; Subject: URINARY tract infections -- Treatment; Subject: OLDER people -- Diseases; Subject: NURSING -- Practice; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 2 Color Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1406 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4940886&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pritchard, Vicki T1 - Geriatric infections: The gastrointestinal tract. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 51 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 58 EP - 60 SN - 00337021 AB - Discusses ways related to the prevention of gastrointestinal (GI) tract infections. Identification of GI infections; Types of GI infections; Diagnostic measures for GI disturbances. KW - GASTROINTESTINAL diseases KW - COMMUNICABLE diseases -- Diagnosis N1 - Accession Number: 4930695; Pritchard, Vicki 1; Source Information: Apr88, Vol. 51 Issue 4, p58; Subject: GASTROINTESTINAL diseases; Subject: COMMUNICABLE diseases -- Diagnosis; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Color Photograph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1179 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4930695&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pritchard, Vicki T1 - Preventing and treating geriatric infections. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 51 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 36 EP - 38 SN - 00337021 AB - Deals with the identification of nursing goals for the prevention and treatment of geriatric infections. Proneness of geriatric patients to infection; Types of geriatric health problems; Coping of the elderly to antibiotic therapy. KW - MEDICAL care for the aged KW - COMMUNICABLE diseases -- Prevention KW - ANTIBIOTICS KW - GERIATRIC nursing N1 - Accession Number: 4937442; Pritchard, Vicki 1; Source Information: Mar88, Vol. 51 Issue 3, p36; Subject: MEDICAL care for the aged; Subject: COMMUNICABLE diseases -- Prevention; Subject: ANTIBIOTICS; Subject: GERIATRIC nursing; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Color Photograph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1175 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4937442&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Coleman, Deborah A. AU - Jones, Sande AU - Stolarik, Anne AU - McGowan, Elaine AU - Pritchard, Vicki AU - Carolan, Jacqueline AU - Pandolfo, Francine T1 - CONSULT STAT. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 50 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 77 EP - 79 SN - 00337021 AB - Answers questions on nursing practice. Safety of using a microwave oven to heat solutions for soaks; Comparison between defribillation and synchronized cardioversion; Information on Biot's respirations; Way to screen nursing home residents for tuberculosis. KW - NURSING -- Practice KW - DEFIBRILLATORS KW - RESPIRATION KW - NURSING home patients -- Diseases N1 - Accession Number: 4932612; Coleman, Deborah A. 1; Jones, Sande; Stolarik, Anne; McGowan, Elaine; Pritchard, Vicki 2; Carolan, Jacqueline; Pandolfo, Francine; Source Information: Sep87, Vol. 50 Issue 9, p77; Subject: NURSING -- Practice; Subject: DEFIBRILLATORS; Subject: RESPIRATION; Subject: NURSING home patients -- Diseases; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 912 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4932612&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Dickhans, Maureen J. AU - SantaOlalla, Donna AU - Singletary, Molly L. AU - Pritchard, Vicki AU - Masoorli, Susan AU - Fennel, Victoria T1 - CONSULT STAT. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 50 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 78 EP - 81 SN - 00337021 AB - Presents answers to queries on nursing. Laws on organ donation; Correct port for hyperalimentation; Procedure for getting a culture from a surgical wound. KW - NURSING KW - DONATION of organs, tissues, etc. -- Law & legislation KW - ENTERAL feeding KW - CULTURES (Biology) N1 - Accession Number: 4941484; Dickhans, Maureen J. 1; SantaOlalla, Donna; Singletary, Molly L. 2; Pritchard, Vicki 3; Masoorli, Susan 4; Fennel, Victoria 5; Source Information: Mar87, Vol. 50 Issue 3, p78; Subject: NURSING; Subject: DONATION of organs, tissues, etc. -- Law & legislation; Subject: ENTERAL feeding; Subject: CULTURES (Biology); Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 959 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4941484&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lewis, Susan AU - McDowell, William A. T1 - Saving the suicidal patient from himself. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1986/12// VL - 49 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 26 EP - 28 SN - 00337021 AB - Gives pieces of advice to nurses on caring for suicidal patients. Types of suicidal patients; Signs of a suicidal patient; Ways to protect suicidal patients from themselves. INSET: Know your patient's SOS. KW - SUICIDAL behavior KW - PATIENTS KW - NURSING N1 - Accession Number: 4932226; Lewis, Susan 1; McDowell, William A. 2; Source Information: Dec86, Vol. 49 Issue 12, p26; Subject: SUICIDAL behavior; Subject: PATIENTS; Subject: NURSING; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1268 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4932226&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Brennan, Jeannene M. T1 - Sharpening your skills for arterial sticks. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1984/04// VL - 47 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 59 EP - 61 SN - 00337021 AB - Provides a guide for nurses on the collection of blood from the radial artery. Evaluation of the puncture site; Preparation of equipment; Details of the procedure of collecting blood samples; Information on strategies for proper handling of blood samples. INSETS: Avoiding the pitfalls of radial artery puncture;Blood gas values at a glance. KW - NURSES KW - BLOOD collection N1 - Accession Number: 4930520; Brennan, Jeannene M. 1; Source Information: Apr84, Vol. 47 Issue 4, p59; Subject: NURSES; Subject: BLOOD collection; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Diagram, 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2396 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4930520&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Rae, Patricia AU - Mendelsohn, Robert S. AU - Capuder, Margie AU - Gowin, Lu I. AU - Hawkins, Christina AU - Petrulli, James P. T1 - LETTERS. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1981/12// VL - 44 IS - 12 M3 - Letter SP - 7 EP - 103 SN - 00337021 AB - Presents comments on articles related to nursing. KW - NURSING KW - MEDICINE N1 - Accession Number: 5131450; Rae, Patricia; Mendelsohn, Robert S.; Capuder, Margie; Gowin, Lu I.; Hawkins, Christina; Petrulli, James P. 1; Source Information: Dec81, Vol. 44 Issue 12, p7; Subject: NURSING; Subject: MEDICINE; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Letter; Full Text Word Count: 1449 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5131450&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Thorne, E. George AU - Smith, Edgar B. T1 - Coping with pruritus--a common geriatric complaint. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1978/07// VL - 33 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 47 EP - 49 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17321243; Thorne, E. George 1,2; Smith, Edgar B.; Source Information: Jul1978, Vol. 33 Issue 7, p47; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1551 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17321243&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Russell, Bonny T1 - Elderly persons' impact on social policy. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1977/09// VL - 32 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 77 EP - 79 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17266351; Russell, Bonny 1,2; Source Information: Sep1977, Vol. 32 Issue 9, p77; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Black and White Photograph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1574 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17266351&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gonda, Thomas A. T1 - Coping with dying and death. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1977/09// VL - 32 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 71 EP - 73 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17266350; Gonda, Thomas A. 1,2; Source Information: Sep1977, Vol. 32 Issue 9, p71; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Black and White Photograph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1599 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17266350&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kopell, Bert S. T1 - Treating the suicidal patient. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1977/09// VL - 32 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 65 EP - 67 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17266349; Kopell, Bert S. 1,2; Source Information: Sep1977, Vol. 32 Issue 9, p65; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1910 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17266349&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Berardi, Romeo S. AU - Ruiz, Raul AU - Becknell Jr., William E. AU - Keonin, Yotin T1 - Does advanced age limit the usefulness of CEA assays? JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1977/01// VL - 32 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 86 EP - 88 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18943577; Berardi, Romeo S. 1,2; Ruiz, Raul 3; Becknell Jr., William E. 4; Keonin, Yotin 5; Source Information: Jan1977, Vol. 32 Issue 1, p86; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2206 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18943577&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lawton, Alfred H. AU - Butler, Robert N. T1 - The training of medical manpower in geriatrics. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1976/09// VL - 31 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 111 EP - 113 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18745951; Lawton, Alfred H. 1; Butler, Robert N.; Source Information: Sep1976, Vol. 31 Issue 9, p111; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1565 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18745951&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Haber, Paul A. L. T1 - Hospital-based home care after myocardial infarction. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1975/11// VL - 30 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 73 EP - 75 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18239344; Haber, Paul A. L. 1; Source Information: Nov1975, Vol. 30 Issue 11, p73; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 2208 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18239344&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Christian, Nicholas AU - Schwartz, Harold T1 - Treatment of carotid sinus syncope with demand pacemaker. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1973/02// VL - 28 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 131 EP - 133 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17525039; Christian, Nicholas 1; Schwartz, Harold 1; Source Information: Feb1973, Vol. 28 Issue 2, p131; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 2 Graphs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1145 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17525039&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gibson Jr., Francis D. AU - Phillips, Samuel T1 - Peripheral neuritis after long-term isoniazid. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1966/03// VL - 21 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 178 EP - 180 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17145035; Gibson Jr., Francis D. 1; Phillips, Samuel 2; Source Information: Mar1966, Vol. 21 Issue 3, p178; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1673 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17145035&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bellersen, Rita T1 - Has the "expanded role" destroyed nursing? JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1979/06// VL - 42 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 83 EP - 85 SN - 00337021 AB - Criticizes the deterioration of nursing care roles of nurses. Shortcomings of nurses in the delivery of patient care; Complaints of hospital patients on the quality of nursing care; Virtues of an experienced nurse. KW - NURSES KW - PATIENTS KW - CARING KW - JOB descriptions N1 - Accession Number: 4875984; Bellersen, Rita 1; Source Information: Jun79, Vol. 42 Issue 6, p83; Subject: NURSES; Subject: PATIENTS; Subject: CARING; Subject: JOB descriptions; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1576 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4875984&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Flower, Margaret AU - Barden, Gertrude AU - Kerstein, Morris D. T1 - Serratia: How we tracked it down. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1976/09// VL - 39 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - ICU8 EP - ICU12 SN - 00337021 AB - Presents information on Serratia marcesens, a nosocomial pathogen. Challenge posed by the pathogen to the nurse-epidemiologist; Details on the experience of a nurse-epidemiologist in an investigation she conducted at the West Haven Veterans Administration Hospital in Connecticut; Results of the investigation; Information on the catheter care. KW - SERRATIA marcescens KW - NOSOCOMIAL infections KW - NURSING KW - CATHETERIZATION N1 - Accession Number: 4884055; Flower, Margaret 1; Barden, Gertrude 1; Kerstein, Morris D. 1,2; Source Information: Sep76, Vol. 39 Issue 9, pICU8; Subject: SERRATIA marcescens; Subject: NOSOCOMIAL infections; Subject: NURSING; Subject: CATHETERIZATION; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1400 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4884055&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Craig, Dolores Bonse T1 - The good days of life--and the last. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1976/04// VL - 39 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 51 EP - 56 SN - 00337021 AB - Presents an article on how perceptiveness and a feeling of nostalgia restored peace to a 56-year-old patient dying of emphysema. Details on how the patient exhausted the patience and compassion of all the nurses in the unit. KW - NURSES -- Attitudes KW - PULMONARY emphysema KW - NURSE & patient N1 - Accession Number: 4874849; Craig, Dolores Bonse 1; Source Information: Apr76, Vol. 39 Issue 4, p51; Subject: NURSES -- Attitudes; Subject: PULMONARY emphysema; Subject: NURSE & patient; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1051 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4874849&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Olsen, E. A. AU - Buller, T. A. AU - Weiner, S. AU - Delong, E. R. T1 - Natural history of androgenetic alopecia. JO - Clinical & Experimental Dermatology JF - Clinical & Experimental Dermatology Y1 - 1990/01// VL - 15 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 34 EP - 36 SN - 03076938 AB - Twenty-two men with patterns III-Va androgenetic alopecia were entered into a 10-month study aimed at establishing information on the natural progression or hair loss over a period of time typical of studies of hair growth promoters. The methodology employed was the same as that in published clinical trials of topical minoxidil, but the men refrained from application of either active drug or vehicle to their scalps. As one of the potential explanations for the observed 'placebo-effect' seen in non-vellus hair counts in the topical minoxidil trials was a learning curve of novice hair counters, we were particularly interested in evaluating this in our 'no-treatment' trial. To that end, both a novice (Observer I) and an experienced (Observer II) hair counter independently performed the hair counts. There was a mean decline in the number of vertex target area non-vellus hairs (-17.2 ± 80.3 for Observer I and -26.6 ± 63.5 for Observer II) at the end of 10 months, this was not significant. The novice's hair counts were lower than the experienced observer's counts at baseline, and the difference remained relatively constant during the study. Without the application of a placebo, there was no increase in hair growth, making it unlikely that the methods of hair counting led to the 'placebo-effect' seen in prior topical minoxidil studies. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Clinical & Experimental Dermatology is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - BALDNESS KW - HAIR growth stimulants KW - HAIR diseases KW - MINOXIDIL N1 - Accession Number: 11521859; Olsen, E. A. 1; Buller, T. A. 1; Weiner, S. 1; Delong, E. R. 2; Source Information: Jan1990, Vol. 15 Issue 1, p34; Subject: BALDNESS; Subject: HAIR growth stimulants; Subject: HAIR diseases; Subject: MINOXIDIL; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2230.ep11521859 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=11521859&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Nagley, Stephanie J. AU - Byers, Patricia H. T1 - Clinical construct validity. JO - Journal of Advanced Nursing JF - Journal of Advanced Nursing Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 12 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 617 EP - 619 SN - 03092402 AB - When concepts and the `paper and pencil' tests used to measure these concepts are developed in fields other than nursing and subsequently arc used for nursing purposes. the perspective mismatch heralds a validity issue. This paper presents a case for clinical construct validity as one method of evaluating whether the substantive meaning of a test captures the nursing meaning. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Journal of Advanced Nursing is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - NURSING KW - CLINICAL medicine KW - CARE of the sick KW - CARE of people KW - MEDICAL care N1 - Accession Number: 14692172; Nagley, Stephanie J. 1; Byers, Patricia H. 2,3; Source Information: Sep87, Vol. 12 Issue 5, p617; Subject: DIAGNOSIS; Subject: NURSING; Subject: CLINICAL medicine; Subject: CARE of the sick; Subject: CARE of people; Subject: MEDICAL care; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14692172&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rustad, Lynne C. T1 - Testing the Test. JO - Journal of Counseling & Development JF - Journal of Counseling & Development Y1 - 1985/12// VL - 64 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 280 SN - 07489633 AB - The article discusses the development of Millon Behavioral Health Inventory (MBHI), for assessing relevant personality factors and psychogenic attitudes in medical patients. The instruments commonly used in the medical setting, such as the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) had been developed to assess psychiatric patients, therefore, one could not assume that existing norms and interpretation guidelines would be valid in the assessment of medical patients. Thus, MBHI was developed to predict psychological complications associated with specific diseases and that could assess patient coping strategies and psychosocial stressors. The MBHI consists of only 150 items, can be completed by most patients in about 20 minutes, and is a self-report inventory. The items are unambiguous and seemingly relevant to the assessment of medical patients. Given the early stage of development of the MBHI, it is difficult at present to recommend the use of this inventory as a clinical instrument without serious reservations. KW - MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - PERSONALITY change KW - PSYCHOTHERAPY patients KW - PATIENTS KW - ATTITUDE (Psychology) KW - SELF-report inventories N1 - Accession Number: 4965126; Rustad, Lynne C. 1; Source Information: Dec85, Vol. 64 Issue 4, p280; Subject: MINNESOTA Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Subject: PERSONALITY change; Subject: PSYCHOTHERAPY patients; Subject: PATIENTS; Subject: ATTITUDE (Psychology); Subject: SELF-report inventories; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4965126&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - FLAKEI, ALAN W. AU - HARRISON, MICHAEL R. AU - ADZICK, N. SCOTT AU - ZANJANI, ESMAIL D. T1 - Transplantation of Fetal Hematopoietic Stem Cells in Utero: The Creation of Hematopoietic Chimeras. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1986/08/15/ VL - 233 IS - 4765 M3 - Article SP - 776 EP - 778 SN - 00368075 AB - Transplantation of normal, immature, fetal hematopoictic cells into a preimmune fetal recipient with a congenital hemoglobinopathy may allow partial reconstitution of normal hemoglobin production without the complications associated with postnatal bone marrow transplantation (immunosuppression and the occurrence of graft versus host disease). In order to test this hypothesis the naturally occurring polymorphism at the β-hemoglobin locus of the sheep was used as a marker for engraftment and hematopoietic chimerism. Intraperitoneal injection of allogeneic fetal stem cells into normal fetal lambs resulted in hematopoietic chimerism in three of four surviving recipients. This chimerism has been sustained for 6 months after birth and 9 months after engraftment, without evidence of graft versus host disease, and without the use of immunosuppressive therapy. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 84692369; FLAKEI, ALAN W. 1; HARRISON, MICHAEL R. 1; ADZICK, N. SCOTT 1; ZANJANI, ESMAIL D. 2; Source Information: 8/15/1986, Vol. 233 Issue 4765, p776; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=84692369&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - JALKANEN, S. AU - STEERE, A. C. AU - FOX, R. I. AU - BUTCHER, E. C. T1 - A Distinct Endothelial Cell Recognition System That Controls Lymphocyte Traffic into Inflamed Synovium. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1986/08//8/1/1986 VL - 233 IS - 4763 M3 - Article SP - 556 EP - 558 SN - 00368075 AB - Lymphocytes are essential mediators of normal tissue inflammatory reactions and of pathologic tissue damage in, for example, rheumatoid arthritis and other autoimmune diseases. In a study of the mechanisms controlling lymphocyte entry into sites of inflammation from the blood, the function and specificity of lymphocyte-endothelial interactions were examined in inflamed joint tissue (synovium) from patients with rheumatoid arthritis. Synovial high endothelial venules (HEV) supported the binding of normal peripheral blood lymphocytes in vitro. The characteristics of this binding, which were similar to those of lymphocyte-HEV interactions controlling lymphocyte migration into organized lymphoid tissues, induded a requirement for calcium ions, a dependence on metabolic activity, and a preferential adherence of circulating lymphocytes as opposed to immature thymocytes. However, the binding of lymphocytes to synovial HEV was not inhibited by a monoclonal antibody to lymphocyte receptors for lymph node HEV, and synovial B1EV failed to bind either lymph node HEV-specific or mucosal 11EV-specific B lymphoblastoid cells. The results suggest that a lymphocyte- endothelial cell recognition system that is distinct from such systems in organized lymphoid tissues directs the extravasation ofnormal lymphocytes as well as pathologically important effector cells into inflamed synovium. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 87519500; JALKANEN, S. 1,2; STEERE, A. C. 3; FOX, R. I. 4; BUTCHER, E. C. 1,2; Source Information: 8/1/1986, Vol. 233 Issue 4763, p556; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=87519500&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weinstock, Martin A. AU - Weinstock, M A T1 - The epidemic of squamous cell carcinoma. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/10/20/ VL - 262 IS - 15 M3 - journal article SP - 2138 EP - 2140 SN - 00987484 AB - Editorial. Discusses the epidemiology of squamous cell carcinoma (SCC). Etiology of the disease; Epidemiology of melanoma and SCC in a predominantly white, prepaid health plan in the northwestern United States; Mortality rate from non-melanoma skin cancer. KW - SQUAMOUS cell carcinoma KW - MELANOMA KW - SKIN -- Cancer KW - BASAL cell carcinoma KW - EPIDEMICS KW - SKIN -- Tumors KW - DISEASE incidence KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 10981401; Weinstock, Martin A. 1; Weinstock, M A 2; Source Information: 10/20/89, Vol. 262 Issue 15, p2138; Subject: SQUAMOUS cell carcinoma; Subject: MELANOMA; Subject: SKIN -- Cancer; Subject: BASAL cell carcinoma; Subject: EPIDEMICS; Subject: SKIN -- Tumors; Subject: DISEASE incidence; Geographic Terms: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Graph; Document Type: journal article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10981401&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - McVey, Laura J. AU - Davis, Donald E. AU - Cohen, Harvey Jay T1 - The 'Aging Game'. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/09/15/ VL - 262 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 1507 EP - 1509 SN - 00987484 AB - Examines the implementation of a simulation exercise as part of the required Introduction to Clinical Medicine course at Duke University, to sensitize medical students to the problems of the frail elderly in Durham, North Carolina. Series of didactic lectures emphasizing a successful aging as well as disability; Beliefs and values about old age; Mechanics of the aging game. KW - GERIATRICS KW - OLDER people KW - CLINICAL medicine KW - DURHAM (N.C.) KW - NORTH Carolina KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 10982582; McVey, Laura J. 1,2; Davis, Donald E. 1,2; Cohen, Harvey Jay 1,2; Source Information: 9/15/89, Vol. 262 Issue 11, p1507; Subject: GERIATRICS; Subject: OLDER people; Subject: CLINICAL medicine; Geographic Terms: DURHAM (N.C.); NORTH Carolina; UNITED States; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10982582&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Salzberg, Allan M. AU - Dolins, Stanley L. AU - Salzberg, Carol A. AU - Salzberg, A M AU - Dolins, S L AU - Salzberg, C A T1 - Modeling the spread of HIV. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/09/08/ VL - 262 IS - 10 M3 - commentary SP - 1329 EP - 1331 SN - 00987484 AB - Comments on the article 'HIV-1 Infection Among Intravenous Drug Users in Manhattan, New York City From 1977 through 1987,' by Des Jarlais et al, as presented in a 1989 issue of the 'Journal of the American Medical Association.' KW - HIV infections KW - INTRAVENOUS drug abuse KW - MANHATTAN (New York, N.Y.) N1 - Accession Number: 10940939; Salzberg, Allan M. 1; Dolins, Stanley L. 2; Salzberg, Carol A. 3; Salzberg, A M; Dolins, S L; Salzberg, C A; Source Information: 9/8/89, Vol. 262 Issue 10, p1329; Subject: HIV infections; Subject: INTRAVENOUS drug abuse; Geographic Terms: MANHATTAN (New York, N.Y.); Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Graph; Document Type: commentary UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10940939&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - de Groote, Mary Ann AU - Martin, Michael A. AU - Densen, Peter AU - Pfaller, Michael A. AU - Wenzel, Richard P. T1 - Plasma Tumor Necrosis Factor Levels in Patients With Presumed Sepsis. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/07/14/ VL - 262 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 249 EP - 251 SN - 00987484 AB - Examines plasma tumor necrosis factor (TNF) levels in patients with presumed sepsis. Use of a sensitive immunoassay to detect TNF in the plasma of patients meeting defined criteria for gram-negative sepsis; Efficacy of an immunoglobulin M neutralizing monoclonal antibody to endotoxin in reducing the morbidity and mortality of patients with presumed negative sepsis. KW - TUMOR necrosis factor KW - SEPTICEMIA KW - IMMUNOGLOBULIN M KW - MONOCLONAL antibodies N1 - Accession Number: 10975707; de Groote, Mary Ann 1,2,3,4; Martin, Michael A. 1,5; Densen, Peter 2,3; Pfaller, Michael A. 6; Wenzel, Richard P. 1; Source Information: 7/14/89, Vol. 262 Issue 2, p249; Subject: TUMOR necrosis factor; Subject: SEPTICEMIA; Subject: IMMUNOGLOBULIN M; Subject: MONOCLONAL antibodies; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10975707&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Reuler, James B. AU - Reuler, J B T1 - Sabbatical. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/01/20/ VL - 261 IS - 3 M3 - journal article SP - 408 EP - 410 SN - 00987484 AB - Addresses issues related to planning for a sabbatical. Definition of sabbatical; Guidelines pertaining to eligibility for a sabbatical; Coverage of responsibilities; Personal planning for overseas sabbatical. KW - SABBATICAL leave KW - PLANNING N1 - Accession Number: 10868373; Reuler, James B. 1; Reuler, J B 2; Source Information: 1/20/89, Vol. 261 Issue 3, p408; Subject: SABBATICAL leave; Subject: PLANNING; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: journal article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10868373&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Holmstrand, K. AU - Bender, M. T1 - Technical note: Experimental use of a multicrystal camera in SPECT. JO - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine JF - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 13 IS - 6 M3 - Letter SP - 324 EP - 326 SN - 03406997 N1 - Accession Number: 71143361; Holmstrand, K. 1; Bender, M. 2; Source Information: Sep1987, Vol. 13 Issue 6, p324; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Letter L3 - 10.1007/BF00256563 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=71143361&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bettin, Kristine AU - Allen, Melody AU - Gerding, Dale AU - Forstrom, Lee AU - Shafer, Rex T1 - In-111 Pseudomonas aeruginosa: A simple method of labeling live bacteria with a gamma-emitting radioisotope. JO - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine JF - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine Y1 - 1986/09// VL - 12 IS - 5/6 M3 - Article SP - 277 EP - 279 SN - 03406997 N1 - Accession Number: 71143135; Bettin, Kristine 1; Allen, Melody 2; Gerding, Dale; Forstrom, Lee; Shafer, Rex 1; Source Information: Sep1986, Vol. 12 Issue 5/6, p277; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1007/BF00251987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=71143135&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Thomsen, Henrik AU - Taylor, Andrew T1 - Evaluation of renal ischemia with Tc-pyrophosphate. JO - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine JF - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine Y1 - 1982/04// VL - 7 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 147 EP - 149 SN - 03406997 N1 - Accession Number: 71142505; Thomsen, Henrik 1; Taylor, Andrew 2; Source Information: Apr1982, Vol. 7 Issue 4, p147; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1007/BF00443919 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=71142505&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Friedlander, Walter J. T1 - Electroencephalographic alpha rate in adults as a function of age. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1958/01// VL - 13 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 29 EP - 31 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17775727; Friedlander, Walter J. 1; Source Information: Jan1958, Vol. 13 Issue 1, p29; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 2 Charts; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1559 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17775727&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bergman, Murray T1 - Control of odor, dermatitis, and ulceration from ammoniacal urine with dl-methionine. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1957/06// VL - 12 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 386 EP - 388 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17810212; Bergman, Murray 1,2; Source Information: Jun1957, Vol. 12 Issue 6, p386; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1626 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17810212&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - NEWS AU - Cady, Lee D. AU - Leavitt, Lewis A. T1 - Geriatrics--treatment, research, and rehabilitation. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1956/11// VL - 11 IS - 11 M3 - Editorial SP - 524 EP - 526 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17266301; Cady, Lee D. 1; Leavitt, Lewis A. 1; Source Information: Nov1956, Vol. 11 Issue 11, p524; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Editorial; Full Text Word Count: 1672 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17266301&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Glassman, William S. AU - Johnston, Paul W. T1 - Palliative surgery in carcinoma of the pancreas. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1955/10// VL - 10 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 456 EP - 458 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17886813; Glassman, William S. 1; Johnston, Paul W. 2; Source Information: Oct1955, Vol. 10 Issue 10, p456; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 2 Black and White Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1141 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17886813&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Strenger, George T1 - Breast Disease in the Elderly Chronic Sick. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1954/08// VL - 9 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 392 EP - 394 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17524924; Strenger, George 1,2,3; Source Information: Aug1954, Vol. 9 Issue 8, p392; Number of Pages: 3p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1053 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17524924&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lieberman, A. L. T1 - Subconvulsive Intravenous Metrazol Therapy in Mental Patients. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1954/03// VL - 9 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 125 EP - 127 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17525098; Lieberman, A. L. 1; Source Information: Mar1954, Vol. 9 Issue 3, p125; Number of Pages: 3p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1753 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17525098&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Puschett, Jules B. T1 - Patients with Metabolic Bone Disease. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1970/05// VL - 72 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 762 EP - 762 SN - 00034819 AB - Reports that patients who have either vitamin D-resistant rickets or hypoparathyroidism are being sought for metabolic studies to be performed on the Clinical Research Center of the Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania in Philadelphia. KW - RICKETS KW - HYPOPARATHYROIDISM KW - METABOLISM -- Research KW - CLINICAL trials KW - PHILADELPHIA (Pa.) KW - PENNSYLVANIA KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 12557529; Puschett, Jules B. 1; Source Information: May70, Vol. 72 Issue 5, p762; Subject: RICKETS; Subject: HYPOPARATHYROIDISM; Subject: METABOLISM -- Research; Subject: CLINICAL trials; Geographic Terms: PHILADELPHIA (Pa.); PENNSYLVANIA; UNITED States; Number of Pages: 1/8p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12557529&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Benedex, Thomas G. T1 - Röntgendiagnostik der Skeleterkrankungen (Book). JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1970/04// VL - 72 IS - 4 M3 - Book Review SP - 612 EP - 612 SN - 00034819 AB - Reviews the book "Röntgendiagnostik der Skeleterkrankungen," edited by L. Diethelm. KW - RONTGENDIAGNOSTIK der Skeleterkrankungen (Book) KW - DIETHELM, L. KW - SKELETON KW - NONFICTION N1 - Accession Number: 12546885; Benedex, Thomas G. 1; Source Information: Apr70, Vol. 72 Issue 4, p612; Subject: RONTGENDIAGNOSTIK der Skeleterkrankungen (Book); Subject: DIETHELM, L.; Subject: SKELETON; Subject: NONFICTION; Number of Pages: 2/5p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12546885&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Welch, Martin H. AU - Guenter, Clarence A. T1 - Moro on Antitrypsin Activity in Lung Disease. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1970/03// VL - 72 IS - 3 M3 - Letter SP - 439 EP - 439 SN - 00034819 AB - Presents a letter to the editor responding to commentaries made by various authors to an article about the link between antitrypsin levels and pulmonary diseases. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - TRYPSIN inhibitors KW - LUNG diseases N1 - Accession Number: 12540803; Welch, Martin H. 1; Guenter, Clarence A. 1; Source Information: Mar70, Vol. 72 Issue 3, p439; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: TRYPSIN inhibitors; Subject: LUNG diseases; Number of Pages: 1/6p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12540803&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Shalhoub, Robert J. T1 - Renal Failure in Paraplegia (Book). JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1970/01// VL - 72 IS - 1 M3 - Book Review SP - 153 EP - 153 SN - 00034819 AB - Reviews the book "Renal Failure in Paraplegia," edited by C. R. Tribe. KW - RENAL Failure in Paraplegia (Book) KW - TRIBE, C. R. KW - PARAPLEGIA KW - NONFICTION N1 - Accession Number: 12538789; Shalhoub, Robert J. 1; Source Information: Jan70, Vol. 72 Issue 1, p153; Subject: RENAL Failure in Paraplegia (Book); Subject: TRIBE, C. R.; Subject: PARAPLEGIA; Subject: NONFICTION; Number of Pages: 1/4p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=12538789&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Detrano, Robert AU - Armstrong, William F. T1 - Treadmill Exercise Testing. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 106 IS - 5 M3 - Letter SP - 771 EP - 771 SN - 00034819 AB - A letter to the editor and a reply is presented in response to the article "Complementary value of two-dimensional exercise echocardiography to routine treadmill exercise testing," by WF Armstrong and colleagues, in a 1986 issue. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - TREADMILL exercise tests KW - STRESS echocardiography N1 - Accession Number: 51386279; Detrano, Robert 1; Armstrong, William F. 2; Source Information: May87, Vol. 106 Issue 5, p771; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: TREADMILL exercise tests; Subject: STRESS echocardiography; Number of Pages: 3/5p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=51386279&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Benedek, Thomas G. T1 - Gout and Uric Acid Metabolism (Book). JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1977/09// VL - 87 IS - 3 M3 - Book Review SP - 386 EP - 386 SN - 00034819 AB - Reviews the book "Gout and Uric Acid Metabolism," by John H. Talbott and Ts'ai-Fan Yu. KW - GOUT & Uric Acid Metabolism (Book) KW - TALBOTT, John H. KW - TS'AI-Fan Yu KW - URIC acid KW - NONFICTION N1 - Accession Number: 14155083; Benedek, Thomas G. 1; Source Information: Sep77, Vol. 87 Issue 3, p386; Subject: GOUT & Uric Acid Metabolism (Book); Subject: TALBOTT, John H.; Subject: TS'AI-Fan Yu; Subject: URIC acid; Subject: NONFICTION; Number of Pages: 1/2p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14155083&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Weitzner, Ronald AU - Mak, Elly AU - Lertratanakul, Yongsuk T1 - Articular Sporotrichosis. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1977/09// VL - 87 IS - 3 M3 - Letter SP - 382 EP - 382 SN - 00034819 AB - Presents a letter to the editor that presents a case of articular Sporotrichosis. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - SPOROTRICHOSIS N1 - Accession Number: 14154949; Weitzner, Ronald 1; Mak, Elly 1; Lertratanakul, Yongsuk 1; Source Information: Sep77, Vol. 87 Issue 3, p382; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: SPOROTRICHOSIS; Number of Pages: 1/2p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14154949&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Barritt Ill, A. Sidney T1 - Liver Biopsy and the Alcoholic. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1977/07// VL - 87 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 121 EP - 121 SN - 00034819 AB - Presents a letter to the editor about the Liver Biopsy and the alcoholic patient. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - BIOPSY N1 - Accession Number: 14151249; Barritt Ill, A. Sidney 1; Source Information: Jul77, Vol. 87 Issue 1, p121; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: BIOPSY; Number of Pages: 1/4p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14151249&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bhasin, Hari K. AU - Dana, Clare L. T1 - Retroperitoneal Bleeding and Hemodialysis. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1977/07// VL - 87 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 117 EP - 117 SN - 00034819 AB - Presents a letter to the editor about the retroperitoneal bleeding and hemodialysis. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - RETROPERITONEUM N1 - Accession Number: 14151181; Bhasin, Hari K. 1; Dana, Clare L. 1; Source Information: Jul77, Vol. 87 Issue 1, p117; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: RETROPERITONEUM; Number of Pages: 1/5p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14151181&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gelbart, David R. AU - Weinstein, Arvin B. AU - Fajardo, Luis F. T1 - Allopurinol Use reply. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1977/07// VL - 87 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 117 EP - 117 SN - 00034819 AB - Presents a response to a letter to the editor about the side-effects of allopurical therapy. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - MEDICINE N1 - Accession Number: 14151167; Gelbart, David R. 1,2; Weinstein, Arvin B. 1,2; Fajardo, Luis F. 1,2; Source Information: Jul77, Vol. 87 Issue 1, p117; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: MEDICINE; Number of Pages: 1/7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14151167&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kunin, Calvin M. T1 - Treatment of Urinary Tract Infection: A 1936 Advertisement. JO - Annals of Internal Medicine JF - Annals of Internal Medicine Y1 - 1977/07// VL - 87 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 56 EP - 56 SN - 00034819 AB - The article focuses on the treatment of Urinary Tract Infection. In 1936, all that was available for treatment in this country at that time was methenamine (which had been known since 1894), hexylresorcinol, methylene blue, and intravenous Mercurochrome. Before the widespread use of the sulfonamides in the 1940s, and nitrofurantoin and the antibiotics in the I950s, efforts were made to alter the antimicrobial activity in urine by ketogenic diet, drinking of cranberry juice, and acidification of the urine. KW - URINARY tract infections KW - URINARY organs -- Diseases KW - INFECTION KW - SULFONAMIDES KW - KETOGENIC diet KW - DIET in disease N1 - Accession Number: 14150863; Kunin, Calvin M. 1; Source Information: Jul77, Vol. 87 Issue 1, p56; Subject: URINARY tract infections; Subject: URINARY organs -- Diseases; Subject: INFECTION; Subject: SULFONAMIDES; Subject: KETOGENIC diet; Subject: DIET in disease; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=14150863&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-58947-001 AN - 1990-58947-001 AU - Starker, Steven T1 - Self-help treatment books: The rest of the story. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 43 IS - 7 SP - 599 EP - 600 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-58947-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Starker, Steven; Portland Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, OR, US. Release Date: 19901101. Correction Date: 20090720. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Books; Professional Ethics; Professional Standards; Psychotherapy; Self-Help Techniques. Classification: Professional Ethics & Standards & Liability (3450); Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1988. AB - Asserts that there are additional aspects of the problems of self-help books (SHBs) that G. M. Rosen (see record [rid]1987-16844-001[/rid]) did not consider. Data are presented to support the author's contention that the prescription of SHBs has become commonplace among practicing psychologists. Clinicians appear to be strikingly optimistic about their potential benefits and relatively unworried about their potential ill effects. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - limitations on utility & concerns regarding professional ethics & standards KW - self help treatment books written by psychologists KW - commentary KW - 1988 KW - Books KW - Professional Ethics KW - Professional Standards KW - Psychotherapy KW - Self-Help Techniques KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.43.7.599.b UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-58947-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-58939-001 AN - 1990-58939-001 AU - Mazza, Dan T1 - Comment on Miller and Hester's 'Inpatient alcoholism treatment: Who benefits?' JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 43 IS - 3 SP - 199 EP - 200 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-58939-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mazza, Dan; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Syracuse, NY, US. Release Date: 19901101. Correction Date: 20100405. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Residential Care Institutions. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - W. R. Miller and R. K. Hester (see record [rid]1986-28253-001[/rid]) conclude that inpatient treatment of alcoholism is no more effective than outpatient treatment of alcoholism for most individuals. However, they fail to adequately distinguish between alcohol abuse and alcohol dependence, draw their conclusions from admittedly methodologically weak studies, and appear to prefer outpatient treatment because it is cheaper. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - residential vs nonresidential settings & longer vs shorter programs & intensive vs less intensive interventions in treatment of alcohol abuse KW - commentary KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Residential Care Institutions KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.43.3.199 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-58939-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1991-12088-001 AN - 1991-12088-001 AU - Becker, Howard C. AU - Randall, Carrie L. AU - Middaugh, Lawrence D. T1 - Behavioral teratogenic effects of ethanol in mice. JF - Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences JO - Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences JA - Ann N Y Acad Sci Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 562 SP - 340 EP - 341 CY - US PB - New York Academy of Sciences SN - 0077-8923 N1 - Accession Number: 1991-12088-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Becker, Howard C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Charleston, SC, US. Release Date: 19910501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Note: Conference of the Behavioral Teratology Society, the National Institute on Drug Abuse, and the New York Academy of Sciences: Prenatal abuse of licit and illicit drugs (1988, Bethesda, Maryland). Major Descriptor: Animal Models; Behavior; Ethanol; Fetal Alcohol Syndrome; Prenatal Exposure. Minor Descriptor: Mice. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - C57BL mice were sensitive to the behavioral teratogenic effects of ethanol (EtOH). EtOH-exposed Ss exhibited hyperactivity and impaired active and passive avoidance behavior. This strain may provide an animal model of EtOH's effects. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prenatal ethanol exposure KW - behavior KW - C57BL mice KW - animal model of fetal alcohol syndrome KW - conference presentation KW - 1989 KW - Animal Models KW - Behavior KW - Ethanol KW - Fetal Alcohol Syndrome KW - Prenatal Exposure KW - Mice KW - 1989 DO - 10.1111/j.1749-6632.1989.tb21031.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1991-12088-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-16119-001 AN - 1990-16119-001 AU - Horton, Arthur M. AU - Heller, Stephanie AU - Anilane, Juhan AU - Puente, Antonio E. T1 - Mini-Mental State Examination and Brain Age Quotient—Short Form: Relationship and demographic correlates. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 69 IS - 3, Pt 2 SP - 1177 EP - 1178 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-16119-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Horton, Arthur M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcoholism Section, Baltimore, MD, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19900701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Neuropsychological Assessment; Test Forms. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - Administered the Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE) and the short form (A. M. Horton et al; see record [rid]1989-00099-001[/rid]) of the Brain Age Quotient (BAQ) devised by R. M. Reitan (1973) to 30 men diagnosed as showing alcoholic dependency. Results suggest that these 2 tests are only modestly intercorrelated. Therefore, each measure may possibly tap a different neuropsychological domain of interest, or the 2 measures may be different because the MMSE has a higher correlation with age than the short-form of the BAQ. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - correlation between Mini Mental State Examination & Brain Age Quotient short form KW - neuropsychological assessment KW - males with alcohol dependency KW - 1989 KW - Alcoholism KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Test Forms KW - 1989 DO - 10.2466/pms.1989.69.3f.1177 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-16119-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-16080-001 AN - 1990-16080-001 AU - Ryan, Joseph J. AU - Paolo, Anthony M. AU - Brungardt, Terry M. T1 - Order of item difficulty on picture arrangement: Data from a normal elderly sample. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 69 IS - 3, Pt 2 SP - 1217 EP - 1218 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-16080-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ryan, Joseph J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Leavenworth, KS, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19900701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Item Analysis (Statistical); Subtests; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Minor Descriptor: Test Items. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200); Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - Examined the order of item difficulty for the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale—Revised (WAIS—R) Picture Arrangement subtest in 226 normal elderly volunteers (mean age 80.8 yrs). Results, which indicate changes in item placement, imply that intrasubtest scatter on Picture Arrangement should not be used to infer pathology in the normal elderly population. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - order of item difficulty for WAIS-R Picture Arrangement subtest KW - normal elderly KW - 1989 KW - Item Analysis (Statistical) KW - Subtests KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - Test Items KW - 1989 DO - 10.2466/pms.1989.69.3f.1217 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-16080-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-15615-001 AN - 1990-15615-001 AU - Leong, Gregory B. AU - Horn, M. T1 - Economic motivation for smoking cessation in chronic psychotic patients. JF - Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica JO - Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica JA - Acta Psychiatr Scand Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 80 IS - 6 SP - 657 EP - 658 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0001-690X SN - 1600-0447 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-15615-001. PMID: 2618788 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Leong, Gregory B.; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Mental Health Clinic, CA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19900601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Economics; Motivation; Nicotine; Schizophrenia; Smoking Cessation. Minor Descriptor: Tobacco Smoking. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - Presents case studies of 2 schizophrenic men (aged 35 and 45 yrs) who expressed a desire to stop smoking because of the high cost of cigarettes. Both were prescribed nicotine chewing gum; one patient stopped smoking after using the gum for 3 mo, and the other patient stopped after 1 mo of chewing. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nicotine chewing gum & economic motivation due to high cost of cigarettes KW - smoking cessation KW - schizophrenic 35 & 45 yr olds KW - 1989 KW - Economics KW - Motivation KW - Nicotine KW - Schizophrenia KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - 1989 DO - 10.1111/j.1600-0447.1989.tb03040.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-15615-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-12995-001 AN - 1990-12995-001 AU - Prevey, Mary L. AU - Mattson, Richard H. AU - Cramer, Joyce A. T1 - Improvement in cognitive functioning and mood state after conversion to valproate monotherapy. JF - Neurology JO - Neurology Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 39 IS - 12 SP - 1640 EP - 1641 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0028-3878 SN - 1526-632X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-12995-001. PMID: 2511505 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Prevey, Mary L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Epilepsy Ctr Neurology Service, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19900501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anticonvulsive Drugs; Cognitive Ability; Drug Therapy; Emotional States; Epilepsy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - Cognitive functioning and mood state in 8 adult patients with uncontrolled, idiopathic epilepsy showed significant improvement after crossover from polytherapy (excluding valproate) to valproate monotherapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - valproate monotherapy KW - cognitive functioning & mood states KW - adults with uncontrolled idiopathic epilepsy KW - 1989 KW - Anticonvulsive Drugs KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Drug Therapy KW - Emotional States KW - Epilepsy KW - 1989 DO - 10.1212/WNL.39.12.1640-a UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-12995-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-09760-001 AN - 1990-09760-001 AU - Schuckit, Marc A. T1 - Future possibilities for psychiatry. JF - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 50 IS - 6 SP - 501 EP - 502 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0096-882X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-09760-001. PMID: 2586102 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs; Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schuckit, Marc A.; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Alcohol Research Ctr, CA, US. Release Date: 19900401. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Psychopathology. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1989. AB - Questions the relevance of theories linking prior psychopathology to alcohol-related life problems and recommends, in light of recent demands for adequate data to justify treatment approaches, future possibilities for alcohol studies in psychiatry. Studies are suggested to test theories about rates of psychiatric disorders in alcoholics vs the general population, neurochemical perturbations in alcoholics possibly causing psychiatric disorders, and short-term usefulness of medications in treating alcoholics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prior psychopathology KW - alcohol related life problems KW - 1989 KW - Alcoholism KW - Psychopathology KW - 1989 DO - 10.15288/jsa.1989.50.501 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-09760-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-08428-001 AN - 1990-08428-001 AU - Perconte, Stephen T. AU - Griger, Mary L. AU - Bellucci, Georgette T1 - Relapse and rehospitalization of veterans two years after treatment for PTSD. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/10// VL - 40 IS - 10 SP - 1072 EP - 1073 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-08428-001. PMID: 2807210 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Perconte, Stephen T.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19900301. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Partial Hospitalization; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychiatric Hospital Readmission; Relapse (Disorders). Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1989. AB - Examined the rate of relapse and rehospitalization in a 2-yr follow-up period for 74 Vietnam veterans (aged 33–42 yrs at treatment) in a partial hospitalization program for treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). At a 2-yr follow-up, 26 of the 47 Ss rated as improved after treatment suffered a subsequent psychiatric hospitalization for PTSD symptoms. 25 of the 27 Ss rated as unchanged after treatment were also rehospitalized, suggesting a substantial relapse problem following treatment of PTSD. Findings suggest that rehabilitation of combat veterans with PTSD requires ongoing support and long-term intervention. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - rate of relapse & rehospitalization KW - 33–42 yr old Vietnam veterans with PTSD in partial hospitalization program KW - 2 yr followup KW - 1989 KW - Military Veterans KW - Partial Hospitalization KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychiatric Hospital Readmission KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - Followup Studies KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-08428-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-07599-001 AN - 1990-07599-001 AU - Grace, Glenn D. AU - Stiers, William T1 - Schizophrenic subtypes. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/10// VL - 40 IS - 10 SP - 1075 EP - 1076 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-07599-001. PMID: 2680880 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Grace, Glenn D.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Gainesville, FL, US. Release Date: 19900301. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychodiagnosis; Psychodiagnostic Typologies; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1989. AB - Using data from Veterans Administration inpatient discharge files, rates of diagnosis of schizophrenic subtypes were examined for (1) 45,307 patients diagnosed before the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III; 1977–1979) and (2) 63,502 patients diagnosed after the DSM-III (1980–1981). Findings indicate that the explicit, descriptive criteria used in the DSM-III have enabled clinicians to make specific subtype diagnoses, while the vague, general definitions of the DSM-II discouraged this practice. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - diagnosis of schizophrenic subtypes KW - psychiatric patients diagnosed before vs after development of DSM-III in VA facilities KW - 1989 KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - Schizophrenia KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-07599-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-07570-001 AN - 1990-07570-001 AU - Coger, Roger W. AU - Bartzokis, George AU - Serafetinides, E. A. T1 - BAEP screening for the prediction of tardive dyskinesia in schizophrenia. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 28 IS - 1 SP - 117 EP - 118 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-07570-001. PMID: 2568004 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Coger, Roger W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr Brentwood Div, Dept of Psychiatry, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19900301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Evoked Potentials; Predisposition; Schizophrenia; Tardive Dyskinesia. Minor Descriptor: Genetics. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - Reviews the literature regarding the link between a genetic predisposition to schizophrenia (SCZ) and the development of drug-induced central nervous system (CNS) side effects. It is proposed that brainstem average evoked potential (BAEP) measures used before the onset of treatment can differentiate between those SCZ patients who are and are not vulnerable to the emergence of tardive dyskinesia as a result of such treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - brain stem average EPs KW - prediction of vulnerability to tardive dyskinesia KW - schizophrenic patients KW - 1989 KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Predisposition KW - Schizophrenia KW - Tardive Dyskinesia KW - Genetics KW - 1989 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(89)90204-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-07570-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-05278-001 AN - 1990-05278-001 AU - Shaner, Andrew T1 - Asylums, asphalt, and ethics. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/08// VL - 40 IS - 8 SP - 785 EP - 786 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-05278-001. PMID: 2759566 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shaner, Andrew; West Los Angeles Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CA, US. Release Date: 19900201. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Homeless; Professional Ethics; Psychiatric Patients; Psychiatry. Minor Descriptor: Decision Making; Psychiatric Hospitalization. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1989. AB - Considers how greater ethical sensitivity can help psychiatric emergency room residents make better decisions when mentally ill homeless persons ask for help. The ethical dilemmas raised by such situations are illustrated through the case of a 27-yr-old homeless male schizophrenic. Deciding how these patients should be treated involves consideration of 2 fundamentally different ethical approaches (deontological and utilitarian). Rather than recognize ethical dilemmas, residents may try to protect themselves from such choices by pretending that only technical medical issues are important. This strategy ultimately fails because the choice of treatment is an ethical decision. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethical dilemmas in psychiatric treatment choices KW - homeless mentally ill KW - 1989 KW - Homeless KW - Professional Ethics KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychiatry KW - Decision Making KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-05278-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-02710-001 AN - 1990-02710-001 AU - Saxon, Andrew J. AU - Whittaker, Stephen AU - Hawker, C. Stephen T1 - Valproic acid, unlike other anticonvulsants, has no effect on methadone metabolism: Two cases. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 50 IS - 6 SP - 228 EP - 229 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-02710-001. PMID: 2498296 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Saxon, Andrew J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anticonvulsive Drugs; Drug Interactions; Drug Therapy; Methadone Maintenance. Minor Descriptor: Drug Withdrawal; Heroin Addiction; Metabolism; Side Effects (Drug). Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - Presents case reports of 2 males (aged 36 and 47 yrs) with histories of heroin addiction. Ss who were undergoing methadone maintenance treatment and receiving phenytoin suffered continuing opioid withdrawal symptoms as a result of phenytoin's acceleration of methadone metabolism. When anticonvulsant therapy was discontinued, the Ss had seizures. One S was switched to carbamazepine as an alternative anticonvulsant, but this treatment resulted in a similar clinical problem. When both Ss received valproic acid instead, the withdrawal symptoms disappeared and their conditions stabilized. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - valproic acid vs other anticonvulsants KW - methadone metabolism & opioid withdrawal symptoms KW - heroin addicted male 36 & 47 yr olds KW - case reports KW - 1989 KW - Anticonvulsive Drugs KW - Drug Interactions KW - Drug Therapy KW - Methadone Maintenance KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Heroin Addiction KW - Metabolism KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-02710-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-01346-001 AN - 1990-01346-001 AU - Cicchetti, Domenic V. AU - Sparrow, Sara S. T1 - Adaptive functioning at home and in the classroom. JF - Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry JO - Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry JA - J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 28 IS - 4 SP - 620 EP - 621 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0890-8567 SN - 1527-5418 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-01346-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of the American Academy of Child Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cicchetti, Domenic V.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, West Haven, CT, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20110207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinicians; Health Personnel Attitudes; Parental Attitudes; Psychopathology; Social Adjustment. Minor Descriptor: Hospitalized Patients. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Preschool Age (2-5 yrs) (160); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. AB - Criticizes S. Sholle-Martin and N. E. Alessi's (see record [rid]1989-19025-001[/rid]) study of the Survey and Classroom editions of the Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales, presenting a detailed criticism of their methodology and analysis. The findings of a comparison between the Survey and Classroom editions of the Vineland, conducted by the present authors and using 456 4–12 yr olds, are presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ratings of adaptive functioning of 4–13 yr old psychiatric inpatients KW - parents vs clinicians KW - commentary KW - 1989 KW - Clinicians KW - Health Personnel Attitudes KW - Parental Attitudes KW - Psychopathology KW - Social Adjustment KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - 1989 DO - 10.1097/00004583-198907000-00031 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-01346-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-37552-001 AN - 1989-37552-001 AU - Rego, Mark D. AU - Giller, Earl L. T1 - Mania secondary to amantadine treatment of neuroleptic-induced hyperprolactinemia. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 50 IS - 4 SP - 143 EP - 144 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-37552-001. PMID: 2564388 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rego, Mark D.; West Haven Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CT, US. Release Date: 19891101. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amantadine; Mania; Menstrual Disorders; Side Effects (Drug). Minor Descriptor: Bipolar Disorder; Case Report; Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - Presents the case of a 33-yr-old woman with a history of bipolar disorder who developed mania secondary to the otherwise successful use of amantadine to treat galactorrhea and amenorrhea. Attempts to treat the mania and endocrine symptoms simultaneously, as well as biological implications, are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - amantadine KW - development of mania KW - female 33 yr old with galactorrhea & amenorrhea & history of bipolar disorder KW - case report KW - 1989 KW - Amantadine KW - Mania KW - Menstrual Disorders KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Bipolar Disorder KW - Case Report KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-37552-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-20008-001 AN - 1989-20008-001 AU - Reiter, Stewart AU - Adler, Lenard AU - Angrist, Burt AU - Peselow, Eric D. AU - Rotrosen, J. T1 - Effects of verapamil on tardive dyskinesia and psychosis in schizophrenic patients. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 50 IS - 1 SP - 26 EP - 27 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-20008-001. PMID: 2562952 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reiter, Stewart; New York Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, US. Release Date: 19890601. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Psychosis; Schizophrenia; Tardive Dyskinesia; Vasodilator Drugs. Minor Descriptor: Side Effects (Drug). Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. AB - Nine hospitalized schizophrenic patients (aged 37–60 yrs) with tardive dyskinesia were treated with the calcium-channel antagonist verapamil under single-blind conditions. Tardive dyskinesia and activation scores decreased, and anxiety/depression scores increased. The changes were small but statistically significant. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - verapamil KW - tardive dyskinesia & psychosis KW - schizophrenic patients KW - 1989 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Psychosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Tardive Dyskinesia KW - Vasodilator Drugs KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-20008-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-19944-001 AN - 1989-19944-001 AU - Faraone, Stephen V. AU - Cirelli, Virginia AU - Curran, James P. AU - Brown, Walter A. T1 - Neuroleptic dose reduction for schizophrenic outpatients: A three-year follow-up study. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 39 IS - 11 SP - 1207 EP - 1208 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-19944-001. PMID: 2906321 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Faraone, Stephen V.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, Brockton, MA, US. Release Date: 19890601. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Dosages; Drug Therapy; Neuroleptic Drugs; Relapse (Disorders); Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies; Outpatient Treatment. Classification: Outpatient Services (3371). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. AB - Examined 16 schizophrenic outpatients (aged 28–66 yrs) maintained on a 50% neuroleptic dose reduction at 3 yrs postdischarge. Results indicate that Ss who did not relapse in the year following discharge were unlikely to relapse in the subsequent 2 yrs. 81% of relapses occurred during the 1st yr postdischarge. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 50 percent neuroleptic dose reduction KW - relapse KW - 28–66 yr old schizophrenic outpatients KW - 3 yr followup KW - 1988 KW - Drug Dosages KW - Drug Therapy KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - Schizophrenia KW - Followup Studies KW - Outpatient Treatment KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-19944-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-11921-001 AN - 1989-11921-001 AU - Brockway, Stephen T1 - Case report: Flashback as a post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptom in a World War II veteran. JF - Military Medicine JO - Military Medicine JA - Mil Med Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 153 IS - 7 SP - 372 EP - 373 CY - US PB - Assn of Military Surgeons of the US SN - 0026-4075 SN - 1930-613X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-11921-001. PMID: 3137502 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brockway, Stephen; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Phoenix, AZ, US. Release Date: 19890401. Correction Date: 20170302. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dissociative Disorders; Hallucinations; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Minor Descriptor: Case Report. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. AB - Presents the case of a 66-yr-old White male combat veteran whose experience illustrates posttraumatic stress disorder expressed via a single dissociative episode or flashback after more than 40 yrs of healthy functioning. (0 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - single dissociative flashback as PTSD symptom KW - 66 yr old male combat veteran KW - case report KW - 1988 KW - Dissociative Disorders KW - Hallucinations KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Case Report KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-11921-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-09560-001 AN - 1989-09560-001 AU - Pinner, Elizabeth AU - Rich, Charles L. T1 - Effects of trazodone on aggressive behavior in seven patients with organic mental disorders. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/10// VL - 145 IS - 10 SP - 1295 EP - 1296 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-09560-001. PMID: 3048122 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pinner, Elizabeth; San Diego Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, CA, US. Release Date: 19890301. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Drug Therapy; Organic Brain Syndromes; Trazodone. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1988. AB - Seven male inpatients (aged 52–71 yrs) with organic mental disorders and physically aggressive behavior were treated with trazodone. Three Ss ceased demonstrating aggressive behavior within 4–6 wks after starting trazodone treatment, 3 had no discernible reduction in aggressiveness, and 1 was unable to complete the trial. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - trazodone KW - aggressive behavior KW - male 52–71 yr olds with organic mental disorders KW - 1988 KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Drug Therapy KW - Organic Brain Syndromes KW - Trazodone KW - 1988 DO - 10.1176/ajp.145.10.1295 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-09560-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-06307-001 AN - 1989-06307-001 AU - Green, Leslie W. AU - Wilson, Charles R. T1 - Guidelines for nonprofessionals who receive suicidal phone calls. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 39 IS - 3 SP - 310 EP - 311 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-06307-001. PMID: 3356440 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Green, Leslie W.; Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp, Psychiatric Intensive Care Unit, Montrose, NY, US. Release Date: 19890201. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Crisis Intervention; Hot Line Services; Nonprofessional Personnel; Suicide Prevention. Classification: Community & Social Services (3373). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Gives guidelines for rallying support and evaluating the crisis when receiving a suicidal phone call. It is noted that caring and empathy are essential and that the recipient of the call should focus on the healthy part of the caller. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - guidelines for caller support & crisis evaluation & intervention KW - nonprofessionals receiving suicidal phone calls KW - 1988 KW - Crisis Intervention KW - Hot Line Services KW - Nonprofessional Personnel KW - Suicide Prevention KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-06307-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05912-001 AN - 1989-05912-001 AU - Wertz, Robert T. T1 - Comparison of treatment with counseling is not a test of treatment for aphasia. JF - Archives of Neurology JO - Archives of Neurology JA - Arch Neurol Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 45 IS - 4 SP - 371 EP - 372 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-9942 SN - 1538-3687 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05912-001. Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of Neurology; JAMA Neurology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wertz, Robert T.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Martinez, CA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Counseling; Language. Minor Descriptor: Cerebrovascular Accidents; Recovery (Disorders); Speech Therapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. AB - Comments that J. Hartman and W. M. Landau (see record [rid]1987-35033-001[/rid]) compared formal language therapy with supportive counseling for aphasia but did not test the efficacy of language treatment for aphasia. The present author cites methodological flaws and errors in the literature review in Hartman and Landau's research. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - efficacy of formal language therapy KW - aphasic patients KW - commentary KW - 1988 KW - Aphasia KW - Counseling KW - Language KW - Cerebrovascular Accidents KW - Recovery (Disorders) KW - Speech Therapy KW - 1988 DO - 10.1001/archneur.1988.00520280013004 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-05912-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05838-001 AN - 1989-05838-001 AU - Albert, Martin L. AU - Helm-Estabrooks, Nancy T1 - Aphasia therapy works. JF - Archives of Neurology JO - Archives of Neurology JA - Arch Neurol Y1 - 1988/04// VL - 45 IS - 4 SP - 372 EP - 373 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-9942 SN - 1538-3687 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05838-001. Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of Neurology; JAMA Neurology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Albert, Martin L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Service, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Counseling; Language. Minor Descriptor: Cerebrovascular Accidents; Recovery (Disorders); Speech Therapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1988. AB - Argues that J. Hartman and W. M. Landau (see record [rid]1987-35033-001[/rid]), in their analysis of the benefits of aphasia therapy, ignored recent information regarding brain behavior relationships that has emerged from neurolinguistics and neuropsychology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - brain behavior relationships KW - efficacy of language therapy KW - aphasic patients KW - commentary KW - 1988 KW - Aphasia KW - Counseling KW - Language KW - Cerebrovascular Accidents KW - Recovery (Disorders) KW - Speech Therapy KW - 1988 DO - 10.1001/archneur.1988.00520280014005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-05838-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-05205-001 AN - 1989-05205-001 AU - Garvey, Michael J. AU - Tollefson, Gary D. T1 - Association of affective disorder with migraine headaches and neurodermatitis. JF - General Hospital Psychiatry JO - General Hospital Psychiatry JA - Gen Hosp Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 148 EP - 149 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0163-8343 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-05205-001. PMID: 3360315 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garvey, Michael J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 19890201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Migraine Headache; Neurodermatitis. Minor Descriptor: Case Report. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Reports the cases of 2 patients (ages 33 and 28 yrs) who experienced multiple affective episodes that were consistently preceded by migraine headaches and neurodermatitis. Evidence is reviewed that suggests a possible role for abnormalities of serotonin metabolism for the reported association of affective disorder, migraine, and neurodermatitis. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - incidence of migraine headaches & neurodermatitis KW - 28 & 33 yr olds with multiple affective episodes KW - case reports KW - 1988 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Migraine Headache KW - Neurodermatitis KW - Case Report KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0163-8343(88)90102-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-05205-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02541-001 AN - 1989-02541-001 AU - Stewart, Jonathan T. AU - Hemsath, Randolph H. T1 - Bipolar illness following traumatic brain injury: Treatment with lithium and carbamazepine. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/02// VL - 49 IS - 2 SP - 74 EP - 75 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02541-001. PMID: 3123468 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stewart, Jonathan T.; Gainesville Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, FL, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Bipolar Disorder; Carbamazepine; Drug Therapy; Head Injuries; Lithium Carbonate. Minor Descriptor: Case Report. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1988. AB - Presents the case of a 22-yr-old female in whom bipolar disorder developed after a traumatic brain injury. Her symptoms initially responded well to lithium carbonate, but she eventually relapsed. Carbamazepine was added to her treatment regimen with good results. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lithium carbonate & carbamazepine KW - 22 yr old female with traumatic brain injury & resulting bipolar disorder KW - case report KW - 1988 KW - Bipolar Disorder KW - Carbamazepine KW - Drug Therapy KW - Head Injuries KW - Lithium Carbonate KW - Case Report KW - 1988 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-02541-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-02517-001 AN - 1989-02517-001 AU - Pearlman, Chester AU - Wheadon, David AU - Epstein, Steven T1 - Creatine kinase elevation after neuroleptic treatment. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/08// VL - 145 IS - 8 SP - 1018 EP - 1019 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-02517-001. PMID: 2899401 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pearlman, Chester; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, MA, US. Release Date: 19890101. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Borderline States; Drug Therapy; Kinases; Neuroleptic Drugs; Paranoid Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Side Effects (Drug). Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1988. AB - Presents case reports of 2 males (aged 28 and 30 yrs) who demonstrated asymptomatic elevation of creatine kinase levels after oral neuroleptic treatment. One S was successfully challenged with a different neuroleptic. Reasons for creatine kinase elevation are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuroleptics KW - creative kinase elevation KW - 30 & 28 yr old males with paranoid schizophrenia or borderline personality disorder KW - case reports KW - 1988 KW - Borderline States KW - Drug Therapy KW - Kinases KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Paranoid Schizophrenia KW - Case Report KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - 1988 DO - 10.1176/ajp.145.8.1018 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-02517-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-42268-027 AN - 2013-42268-027 AU - Wong, Martin R. T1 - Review of Adult development: A new dimension in psychodynamic theory and practice. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1983/07// VL - 53 IS - 3 SP - 563 EP - 564 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-42268-027. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wong, Martin R.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Battle Creek, MI, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adult Development; Cognitive Generalization; Psychoanalysis; Psychodynamics. Classification: Psychoanalytic Therapy (3315). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Colarusso, Calvin A.; Nemiroff, Robert A. Adult development: A new dimension in psychodynamic theory and practice=290 pp. $22. 50. Plenum Press, New York; 1981. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1983. AB - Reviews the book, Adult Development: A New Dimension in Psychodynamic Theory and Practice by Calvin A. Colarusso and Robert A. Nemiroff (1981). This book is in some ways an attempt to coalesce the thought that has emerged from recent attempts in research to explore patterns in adult development. Presenting these new ideas within the psychoanalytic framework, the authors use psychoanalytic thought as a basis and attempt to elaborate upon it. It would not be difficult to continue in a critical vein, for there are other shortcomings in this loosely structured . sometimes not-too-well focused book. Yet on the whole . the generalization of psychoanalytic ideas and structure across the total span of development is accomplished with thoughtfulness and some innovativeness . It remains for future efforts at thought and research to discard the chaff and further nourish the fruit. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - adult development KW - psychoanalytic ideas KW - psychodynamic theory KW - innovativeness KW - generalization KW - 1983 KW - Adult Development KW - Cognitive Generalization KW - Psychoanalysis KW - Psychodynamics KW - 1983 U2 - Colarusso, Calvin A.; Nemiroff, Robert A. (1981); Adult development: A new dimension in psychodynamic theory and practice; 290 pp. $22. 50. Plenum Press, New York DO - 10.1037/h0098811 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-42268-027&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-00805-016 AN - 2013-00805-016 AU - Turner, Samuel M. AU - Hersen, Michael AU - Alford, Harriet T1 - Effects of massed practice and meprobamate on spasmodic torticollis: An experimental analysis. JF - Behaviour Research and Therapy JO - Behaviour Research and Therapy JA - Behav Res Ther Y1 - 1974/09// VL - 12 IS - 3 SP - 259 EP - 260 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0005-7967 AD - Hersen, Michael, Psychology Service, Veterans Administration Center, Jackson, MS, US, 39216 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-00805-016. PMID: 4429536 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Turner, Samuel M.; Veterans Administration Center, University of Mississippi Medical Center, Jackson, MS, US. Release Date: 20130304. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Massed Practice; Meprobamate; Symptoms; Torticollis; Treatment. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1974. Publication History: First Submitted Date: Jan 31, 1974. AB - The article presents a case study of a 45-year-old man with presenting symptoms of spasmodic torticollis of 1.5 year duration. No single precipitating event could be identified and the subject's particular form of spasmodic torticollis was characterized by a slightly downward positioning of the head, with jerky movements directed towards the right shoulder. During baseline, the subject was videotaped for 10 minutes, thrice daily, while discussing neutral issues with the research assistant. During treatment phases, three sessions of massed practice were held daily, with one 10-minute probe session conducted at the end of the day. Massed practice was instituted in Phase 2 and consisted of having the subject voluntarily duplicate tic movements as accurately and rapidly as possible. Phase 3 introduced meprobamate (400 mg) to massed practice. In Phase 4, meprobamate was discontinued while massed practice was maintained. In phase 5, massed practice was temporarily discontinued and baseline conditions were repeated. Finally, in Phase 6, massed practice sessions were resumed. Institution of massed practice in Phase 2 resulted in a decreasing trend of tics, but the rate was higher than the lowest point in baseline. Continuation of this downward trend was observed when meprobamate was added in Phase 3. but no change in the slope of the curve was noted. When meprobamate was discontinued in Phase 1, rate of tics continued to decrease. Baseline conditions were reinstated in Phase 5 and a marked linear increase in tic rate was seen, suggesting the controlling effects of massed practice. In Phase 6 (massed practice reinstated) a sharp linear decrease in tic rate was noted, thus confirming the controlling effects of massed practice. The authors conclude that videotaping the torticollis subject appears to be useful in terms of facilitating the measurement of the disorder. Additionally, the probe situation in the present report approximates the natural setting and allows for the assessment of involuntary movements within a social context. The further implementation of this measurement situation is recommended for the assessment of a variety of tic disorders. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - massed practice KW - meprobamate KW - spasmodic torticollis KW - treatment KW - symptoms KW - 1974 KW - Massed Practice KW - Meprobamate KW - Symptoms KW - Torticollis KW - Treatment KW - 1974 DO - 10.1016/0005-7967(74)90124-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-00805-016&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2009-06829-001 AN - 2009-06829-001 AU - Eisenberg, M. G. T1 - Review of Art and disabilities. JF - Rehabilitation Psychology JO - Rehabilitation Psychology JA - Rehabil Psychol Y1 - 1984///Sum 1984 VL - 29 IS - 2 SP - 122 EP - 123 CY - US PB - Springer Publishing SN - 0090-5550 SN - 1939-1544 N1 - Accession Number: 2009-06829-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Aspects of Disability. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eisenberg, M. G.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Hampton, VA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Division 22 of the American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20090511. Correction Date: 20100405. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Art; Disabilities. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Katz, F. Ludin; Katz, E. Art and disabilities=Available through Institute of Art and Disabilities, 2839 Ashby Avenue, Berkeley, CA 94705; 1983. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1984. AB - Reviews the book, Art and disabilities by F. Ludin Katz and E. Katz (1983). This book describes the mechanics of establishing an art center for persons with disabilities. Although the authors purport to discuss the philosophical and conceptual importance of encouraging an artistic outlet for disabled individuals, the text's real contribution lies in its methodical and detailed 'how-to' discussion of implementing an art center. The book is designed to provide a step-by-step account of problems to anticipate and solutions to be tried. Its authors clearly delineate how to establish an independent art center for people with disabilities. From discussion of by-laws to consideration of public relations and financial support, the reader is shown in the most concrete of ways how to establish such a center. In summary, while variable in quality, this book meets its primary objective of presenting a 'cookbook' to those hoping to establish a creative arts center. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - creative arts center development KW - persons with disabilities KW - 1984 KW - Art KW - Disabilities KW - 1984 U2 - Katz, F. Ludin; Katz, E. (1983); Art and disabilities; Available through Institute of Art and Disabilities, 2839 Ashby Avenue, Berkeley, CA 94705 DO - 10.1037/h0091100 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2009-06829-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06557-010 AN - 2006-06557-010 AU - Lipkin, John O. T1 - Psychopharmacology of Psychiatric Disorders. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1981/10// VL - 26 IS - 10 SP - 756 EP - 757 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06557-010. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lipkin, John O.; Mental Health and Behavioral Sciences Service of the Veterans Administration, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 20061120. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Diagnosis; Drug Therapy; Mental Disorders; Psychiatry; Psychopharmacology. Minor Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Schizophrenia. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Klein, Donald F.; Gittelman, Rachel; Quitkin, Frederic; Rifkin, Arthur. Diagnosis and Drug Treatment of Psychiatric Disorders: Adults and Children. 2nd ed=Baltimore, Md.: Williams & Wilkins, 1980 881 pp $42.00; 1980. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1981. AB - Reviews the book, Diagnosis and Drug Treatment of Psychiatric Disorders: Adults and Children. 2nd ed by Donald F. Klein, Rachel Gittelman, Frederic Quitkin, and Arthur Rifkin (1980). The second edition of this book appeared 11 years after the first, written by Donald Klein and John M. Davis. The first edition represented an early, scholarly attempt to provide a summary of what could be stated reliably about psychopharmacology. The new book provides impressive evidence that basic and clinical research in psychiatry in the 1970s was extraordinarily productive. The volume includes extensive, scientifically cautious information about biological mechanisms of mental illness and treatment strategies based on clear understanding of the pharmacologic mechanisms of the available drugs. The book includes excellent sections on the diagnosis and treatment of schizophrenia, affective disorders, anxiety states, personality disorders, and of particular note, the psychiatric disorders of childhood. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychiatric disorders KW - personality disorders KW - affective disorders KW - treatment strategies KW - anxiety states KW - drug treatment KW - 1981 KW - Diagnosis KW - Drug Therapy KW - Mental Disorders KW - Psychiatry KW - Psychopharmacology KW - Affective Disorders KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1981 U2 - Klein, Donald F.; Gittelman, Rachel; Quitkin, Frederic; Rifkin, Arthur. (1980); Diagnosis and Drug Treatment of Psychiatric Disorders: Adults and Children. 2nd ed; Baltimore, Md.: Williams & Wilkins, 1980 881 pp $42.00 DO - 10.1037/019687 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06557-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06545-079 AN - 2006-06545-079 AU - Golden, Charles J. AU - Moses, James A. Jr. AU - Osmon, David C. AU - Berg, Richard A. T1 - Goals revisited: A rebuttal to Lezak's reviews. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1982/10// VL - 27 IS - 10 SP - 827 EP - 828 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06545-079. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Golden, Charles J.; Nebraska Psychtatric Institute, NE, US. Release Date: 20061120. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Halstead Reitan Neuropsychological Battery. Minor Descriptor: Attention Deficit Disorder; Neuropsychological Assessment; Neuropsychology; Rhythm; Test Battery. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1982. AB - Charles J. Golden et al respond to Muriel D. Lezak's reply (see record [rid]2006-06535-075[/rid]) to Golden et al's comments (see record [rid]2006-06535-074[/rid]) on Lezak's review (see record [rid]2006-06542-045[/rid]) of Golden et al's book, Interpretation of the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Battery: A Casebook Approach (1981). Golden et al state that Lezak's revised critique still contains several factual errors, and they present corrections. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Halstead-Rettan Neuropsychological Test Battery KW - attentional deficit KW - 1982 KW - Halstead Reitan Neuropsychological Battery KW - Attention Deficit Disorder KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Neuropsychology KW - Rhythm KW - Test Battery KW - 1982 DO - 10.1037/020741 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06545-079&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06543-034 AN - 2006-06543-034 AU - Feifel, Herman T1 - A Phoenix for Psychology. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1982/12// VL - 27 IS - 12 SP - 970 EP - 971 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06543-034. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feifel, Herman; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 20061120. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ethnic Identity; Judaism; Psychoanalysis. Classification: Religion (2920). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Ostow, Mortimer. Judaism and Psychoanalysis=New York: KTAV, 1982 314 pp. $20 00; 1982. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1982. AB - Reviews the book, Judaism and Psychoanalysis by Mortimer Ostow (1982). The book is replete with informative, tantalizing, and controversial statements and themes. Major divisions of the book deal with psychoanalytic exegesis, Freud's struggle with his Jewish identity, and both clinical and applied psychoanalytic studies. Those who are not persuaded by the psychoanalytic paradigm may hnd little 'gospel truth' in the book. The essays, nevertheless, do represent, a marked advance from some early 'classic' psychoanalytic studies that, albeit brilliant and insightful, tended to reduce religion to ethics and theological mysteries to anthropology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Judaism KW - psychoanalysis KW - Jewish identity KW - 1982 KW - Ethnic Identity KW - Judaism KW - Psychoanalysis KW - 1982 U2 - Ostow, Mortimer. (1982); Judaism and Psychoanalysis; New York: KTAV, 1982 314 pp. $20 00 DO - 10.1037/020875 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06543-034&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06535-074 AN - 2006-06535-074 AU - Golden, Charles J. AU - Moses, James A. Jr. AU - Osmon, David C. AU - Berg, Richard A. T1 - Whose goals do we meet. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1982/08// VL - 27 IS - 8 SP - 662 EP - 663 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06535-074. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Golden, Charles J.; University of Nebraska Medical Center, Omaha, NE, US. Release Date: 20061120. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Halstead Reitan Neuropsychological Battery; Test Interpretation. Minor Descriptor: Test Battery. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1982. AB - Charles J. Golden, James A. Moses, Jr., David C. Osmon, and Richard A. Berg comment on Muriel D. Lezak's review (see record [rid]2006-06542-045[/rid]) of Golden et al's book, Interpretation of the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Battery: A Casebook Approach (1981). The authors say that criticism of their book was not unexpected since CP chose a reviewer who has long felt that the Halstead-Reitan is not appropriate for neuropsychology. Of concern is Lezak's repeated misrepresentation of the purpose of the book. She insists that the book is intended as a substitute for clinical experience. However, the preface states clearly, 'The reader wishing to become an expert in such interpretation, however, must also acquire the large body of knowledge referred to above, as well as gain practical experience under a competent neuropsychological supervisor.' Lezak also attempts to treat the book as both a review and an introductory book. She is upset by omissions of features she sees as appropriate for such books. However, in the preface, the authors state that they do do not try to reproduce basic material in such areas as psychophysiology, neuroanatomy, neurological diseases, and other related areas; the emphasis is on the ways in which these basic conditions affect the Halstead-Reitan. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery KW - test interpretation KW - 1982 KW - Halstead Reitan Neuropsychological Battery KW - Test Interpretation KW - Test Battery KW - 1982 DO - 10.1037/021437 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06535-074&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06533-027 AN - 2006-06533-027 AU - Lynch, Kathleen T1 - 'Uptown/Downtown': Where are We? JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1983/11// VL - 28 IS - 11 SP - 855 EP - 856 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06533-027. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lynch, Kathleen; Psychology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Roxbury, MA, US. Release Date: 20061120. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Dependency; Health Care Services; Rehabilitation; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Counselors; Drug Therapy. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Beschner, George M. (Ed); Reed, Beth Glover (Ed); Mondanaro, Josette (Ed). Treatment Services for Drug Dependent Women, Vol. 1. DHHS Publication No. (ADM) 81-1177=Rockville, MD.: National Institute on Drug Abuse, 1981. 513 pp. $7.50; 1981. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1983. AB - Reviews the book, Treatment Services for Drug Dependent Women, Vol. 1. DHHS Publication No. (ADM) 81-1177 by George M. Beschner, Beth Glover Reed, and Josette Mondanaro (Eds.) (1981). This volume is useful for counselors in special treatment and rehabilitation services. It would have been substantially strengthened by a discussion of basic assumptions. The bulk of this volume is based on heroin-abusing women. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - treatment services KW - drug dependent women KW - rehabilitation services KW - service delivery KW - theoretical relationships KW - 1983 KW - Drug Dependency KW - Health Care Services KW - Rehabilitation KW - Treatment KW - Counselors KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1983 U2 - Beschner, George M. (Ed); Reed, Beth Glover (Ed); Mondanaro, Josette (Ed). (1981); Treatment Services for Drug Dependent Women, Vol. 1. DHHS Publication No. (ADM) 81-1177; Rockville, MD.: National Institute on Drug Abuse, 1981. 513 pp. $7.50 DO - 10.1037/021719 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06533-027&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06530-042 AN - 2006-06530-042 AU - Robinowitz, Ralph T1 - Drug Abuse: What Can Psychology Offer? JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1983/02// VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 150 EP - 151 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06530-042. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Robinowitz, Ralph; Drug Dependence Treatment Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, TX, US. Release Date: 20061120. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Pharmacology. Minor Descriptor: Mental Health Personnel; Social Workers. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233); Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Schlaadt, Richard G.; Shannon, Peter T. Drugs of Choice: Current Perspectives on Drug Use=Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1982. 319 pp. $15.95 paper; 1982. Thompson, Travis (Ed); Johanson, Chris E. (Ed). Behavioral Pharmacology of Human Drug Dependence: NIDA Research Monograph 37, July 1981=Rockville, Md.: National Institute on Drug Abuse, 1981. 306 pp. $6.50; 1981. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1983. AB - Reviews the books, Drugs of Choice: Current Perspectives on Drug Use by Richard G. Schlaadt and Peter T. Shannon (1982) and Behavioral Pharmacology of Human Drug Dependence: NIDA Research Monograph 37, July 1981 edited by Travis Thompson and Chris E. Johanson (1981). The first book is not an easy book to categorize. The authors state that the book is directed to 'parents, teachers, social workers, health professionals (and) students.' In one sense it provides almost too much information to parents and possibly to teachers and only a taste of what the mental health professional would want. This is a book that attempts to convey a great deal of information. The second book is not easy reading. It is difficult, laborious, and even intimidating to persons without a background in pharmacology, behavioral psychology, drugs, or all three. It fulfills the promise that it would not be 'difficult to identify areas requiring further research' from reading the chapters. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mental health professional KW - drug abuse KW - behavioral pharmacology KW - drug dependence KW - 1983 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Pharmacology KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Social Workers KW - 1983 U2 - Schlaadt, Richard G.; Shannon, Peter T. (1982); Drugs of Choice: Current Perspectives on Drug Use; Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1982. 319 pp. $15.95 paper U2 - Thompson, Travis (Ed); Johanson, Chris E. (Ed). (1981); Behavioral Pharmacology of Human Drug Dependence: NIDA Research Monograph 37, July 1981; Rockville, Md.: National Institute on Drug Abuse, 1981. 306 pp. $6.50 DO - 10.1037/021819 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06530-042&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06530-027 AN - 2006-06530-027 AU - Shipley, Robert H. T1 - Potpourri for Interns. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1983/02// VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 135 EP - 136 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06530-027. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shipley, Robert H.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 20061120. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Mental Health Personnel. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Walker, C. Eugene (Ed). Clinical Practice of Psychology: A Guide for Mental Health Professionals=New York: Pergamon Press, 1981. 474 pp. $39.50 cloth; $16.50 paper; 1981. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1983. AB - Reviews the book, Clinical Practice of Psychology: A Guide for Mental Health Professionals edited by C. Eugene Walker (1981). As per Walker: 'The present volume was originally conceptualized as a primer for psychology interns and students beginning their practicum work in clinical psychology.' The book presents an overview of a wide variety of topics. There was no attempt to integrate the various chapters. The book is most relevant for its originally intended audience of psychology trainees and interns. It should not be relied on to the exclusion of more focused sources in any area. The book lacks organization. Its material is neither grouped into sections nor synthesized across chapters. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical psychology KW - mental health professionals KW - 1983 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - 1983 U2 - Walker, C. Eugene (Ed). (1981); Clinical Practice of Psychology: A Guide for Mental Health Professionals; New York: Pergamon Press, 1981. 474 pp. $39.50 cloth; $16.50 paper DO - 10.1037/021804 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06530-027&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06529-022 AN - 2006-06529-022 AU - Cleveland, Sidney E. T1 - Between a Boulder and a Soft Psy.D. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1983/03// VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 208 EP - 209 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06529-022. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cleveland, Sidney E.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Houston, TX, US. Release Date: 20061120. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychologists; Psychology Education. Minor Descriptor: College Students. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: McNamara, J. Regis (Ed); Barclay, Allan G. (Ed). Critical Issues, Developments, and Trends in Professional Psychology=New York: Praeger, 1982. 321 pp. $20.95; 1982. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1983. AB - Reviews the book, Critical Issues, Developments, and Trends in Professional Psychology edited by J. Regis McNamara and Allan G. Barclay (1982). This is the first volume in a projected series on issues and developments in professional psychology. A unique feature of the series is the inclusion of self-administered tests on the content of the material covered so that the reader may obtain continuing education credit. This book is intended as an introductory graduate text in professional psychology, as an upper-level undergraduate text, and as a source book for practicing professional psychologists. It easily fulfills these modest goals. The volume serves the goal of providing in one available source the distillation of many articles on many issues. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - professional psychology KW - selfadministered tests KW - psychologists KW - 1983 KW - Psychologists KW - Psychology Education KW - College Students KW - 1983 U2 - McNamara, J. Regis (Ed); Barclay, Allan G. (Ed). (1982); Critical Issues, Developments, and Trends in Professional Psychology; New York: Praeger, 1982. 321 pp. $20.95 DO - 10.1037/021862 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06529-022&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06528-048 AN - 2006-06528-048 AU - Theiner, Eric C. T1 - Practicing Medicine . . . Behaviorally. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1983/04// VL - 28 IS - 4 SP - 317 EP - 318 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06528-048. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Theiner, Eric C.; Biofeedback Laboratory, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Memphis, TN, US. Release Date: 20061120. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biofeedback; Health Care Psychology; Intervention; Personality Processes. Classification: Health Psychology & Medicine (3360). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Pinkerton, Susan S.; Hughes, Howard; Wenrich, W. W. Behavioral Medicine: Clinical Applications. Wiley Series on Personality Processes=New York: Wiley, 1982. 390 pp. $28.95; 1982. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1983. AB - Reviews the book, Behavioral Medicine: Clinical Applications. Wiley Series on Personality Processes by Susan S. Pinkerton, Howard Hughes, and W. W. Wenrich (1982). This book is a good introduction to the field of behavioral medicine. It represents a major direction of present clinical perspective. Each chapter is based on the practical literature and considers interactions between various current intervention strategies. Both text and references cite a large number of biofeedback studies when compared with studies of other treatment approaches. The authors have presented a practical overview of treatment applications based on behavioral approaches applied to medical problems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavioral medicine KW - clinical applications KW - personality processes KW - intervention strategies KW - biofeedback KW - 1983 KW - Biofeedback KW - Health Care Psychology KW - Intervention KW - Personality Processes KW - 1983 U2 - Pinkerton, Susan S.; Hughes, Howard; Wenrich, W. W. (1982); Behavioral Medicine: Clinical Applications. Wiley Series on Personality Processes; New York: Wiley, 1982. 390 pp. $28.95 DO - 10.1037/021966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06528-048&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06527-001 AN - 2006-06527-001 AU - Pearlman, Chester T1 - Nocturnal Cognition in Childhood. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1983/05// VL - 28 IS - 5 SP - 341 EP - 342 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06527-001. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pearlman, Chester; Boston Veterans Administration Medical Center, MA, US. Release Date: 20061120. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Childhood Development; Cognitive Processes; Dreaming. Minor Descriptor: Cognitions. Classification: Cognitive & Perceptual Development (2820). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Foulkes, David. Children's Dreams: Longitudinal Studies=New York: Wiley, 1982. 488 pp. $32.50; 1982. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: May, 1983. AB - Reviews the book, Children's Dreams: Longitudinal Studies by David Foulkes (1982). This book extends the careful and thoughtful research described in the author's earlier works to an area that has not previously received such intensive attention. The author's data convincingly fit a Piagetian model in which the development of increasing complexity in the dream reports parallels development of waking cognition. These data are probably of slight interest to orthodox analysts. The data are not inconsistent with the activation-synthesis hypothesis, but should that view prove correct, one would expect dreams to provide little insight into cognitive mechanisms besides those involved in superstition. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nocturnal cognition KW - children dreams KW - cognitive mechanisms KW - childhood development KW - 1983 KW - Childhood Development KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Dreaming KW - Cognitions KW - 1983 U2 - Foulkes, David. (1982); Children's Dreams: Longitudinal Studies; New York: Wiley, 1982. 488 pp. $32.50 DO - 10.1037/021994 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06527-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06524-041 AN - 2006-06524-041 AU - Kokes, Ronald F. AU - Mooney, Horace B. T1 - Rehabilitation: Knowns and Unknowns. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1983/08// VL - 28 IS - 8 SP - 632 EP - 633 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06524-041. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kokes, Ronald F.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Fresno, CA, US. Release Date: 20061120. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Disorders; Psychiatry; Psychosocial Rehabilitation; Rehabilitation. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Wing, John K. (Ed); Morris, Brenda (Ed). Handbook of Psychiatric Rehabilitation Practice=Oxford, England: Oxford University Press, 1981. 198 pp. $13.95; 1981. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1983. AB - Reviews the book, Handbook of Psychiatric Rehabilitation Practice edited by John K. Wing and Brenda Morris (1981). Although the quality of presentation varies across chapters, this book has several strengths. Wing and Morris define the concept of social disablement, describe the components of a rehabilitation program, and are strong advocates for rehabilitation of mentally ill patients. Unfortunately for the reader, however, the book has not been adequately edited. Generally, content has not been systematically organized across or within chapters, although specific authors are well organized and uniquely informative. The last significant criticism is the failure to present a clearly articulated and organized model of rehabilitation treatment. In summary, the strengths of the book are its advocacy of strong rehabilitation programs. Its limitations are inadequate editing, extensive repetition of critical points, failure to provide a clearly articulated integrated model of rehabilitation, and the absence of a defined treatment program for rehabilitation workers with a hands-on relationship to patients. Readers with interests and needs that draw on the book's strengths could use the related sections as resource materials. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychiatric rehabilitation practice KW - rehabilitation program KW - mentally ill patients KW - rehabilitation treatment KW - social disablement KW - 1983 KW - Mental Disorders KW - Psychiatry KW - Psychosocial Rehabilitation KW - Rehabilitation KW - 1983 U2 - Wing, John K. (Ed); Morris, Brenda (Ed). (1981); Handbook of Psychiatric Rehabilitation Practice; Oxford, England: Oxford University Press, 1981. 198 pp. $13.95 DO - 10.1037/022253 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06524-041&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06522-047 AN - 2006-06522-047 AU - Keane, Terence M. AU - Kelley, Mary Lou T1 - Future Arenas for Research in Behavior Therapy. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1982/09// VL - 27 IS - 9 SP - 733 EP - 734 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06522-047. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Keane, Terence M.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Jackson, MS, US. Release Date: 20061120. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Modification; Behavior Therapy; Future. Classification: Behavior Therapy & Behavior Modification (3312). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Michelson, Larry; Hersen, Michel; Turner, Samuel M. Future Perspectives in Behavior Therapy=New York: Plenum Press, 1981. 366 pp. $29.50; 1981. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1982. AB - Reviews the book, Future Perspectives in Behavior Therapy by Larry Michelson, Michel Hersen, and Samuel M. Turner (1981). The purpose and the goal of the book is novel and commendable. Because it does not provide extensive background information either from a theoretical or from an experimental perspective, the volume is probably most appropriate for those scientists who are already conducting research in this or related fields. As in all edited books, some chapters are more successful than others in creatively identifying future arenas for behavioral research. The format for each chapter has been well conceived. Therapy recognizes the past accomplishments and points the way to future achievements for behavioral researchers. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - future perspectives KW - behavior therapy KW - behavioral research KW - 1982 KW - Behavior Modification KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Future KW - 1982 U2 - Michelson, Larry; Hersen, Michel; Turner, Samuel M. (1981); Future Perspectives in Behavior Therapy; New York: Plenum Press, 1981. 366 pp. $29.50 DO - 10.1037/021485 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06522-047&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06415-022 AN - 2006-06415-022 AU - Moos, Rudolf H. T1 - The Greening of Behavioral Medicine. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1984/08// VL - 29 IS - 8 SP - 647 EP - 648 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06415-022. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moos, Rudolf H.; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Chronic Illness; Coping Behavior; Health Care Psychology; Social Psychology; Behavioral Medicine. Minor Descriptor: Adaptation; Biopsychosocial Approach; Cognitive Processes. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Burish, Thomas G. (Ed); Bradley, Laurence A. (Ed). Coping with Chronic Disease: Research and Applications=New York: Academic Press, 1983. 530 pp. $42.00; 1983. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1984. AB - Reviews the book, Coping with Chronic Disease: Research and Applications by Thomas G. Burish and Laurence A. Bradley (Eds.) (1983). This volume makes an important contribution to this emerging area of interest. It develops the idea that patients actively manage their illness and construct an integrated cognitive image of it. The book sets forth a systems approach that is especially worthwhile in understanding the process of adaptation to chronic disease. Overall, the book provides an integrated overview of an important and rapidly growing area. It is scholarly, research oriented, well referenced, and written at a high level of academic excellence. The book is valuable in that it begins to link these perspectives to systems-oriented biopsychosocial approaches, as well as to the process of coping and the social-psychological factors involved in that process. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chronic disease KW - social psychological factors KW - coping process KW - behavioral medicine KW - 1984 KW - Chronic Illness KW - Coping Behavior KW - Health Care Psychology KW - Social Psychology KW - Behavioral Medicine KW - Adaptation KW - Biopsychosocial Approach KW - Cognitive Processes KW - 1984 U2 - Burish, Thomas G. (Ed); Bradley, Laurence A. (Ed). (1983); Coping with Chronic Disease: Research and Applications; New York: Academic Press, 1983. 530 pp. $42.00 DO - 10.1037/023109 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06415-022&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06411-060 AN - 2006-06411-060 AU - Starker, Steven T1 - Revenge of the Ostracized. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1984/04// VL - 29 IS - 4 SP - 347 EP - 348 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06411-060. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Starker, Steven; Portland Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dualism; Holistic Health; Imagery; Psychotherapy; Stress. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Korn, Errol R.; Johnson, Karen. Visualization: The Uses of Imagery in the Health Professions=Homewood, IL: Dow Jones-Irwin, 1983. 230 pp. $29.50; 1983. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1984. AB - Reviews the book, Visualization: The Uses of Imagery in the Health Professions by Errol R. Korn and Karen Johnson (1983). The authors of this volume divide the topics into two sections general concepts, dealing with mind-body interactions, stress, and the basics of imagery, and specific applications, focusing on imagery techniques for pain control, psychotherapy, and holistic health care. They review the various altered states of consciousness. Reaching the subject of mental imagery, the authors treat the recent upsurge in scientific work on imagery rather sparingly, focusing instead on issues of clinical application and technique. The authors suggest a few imagery scenes that they find uniquely helpful, particularly those involving a safe place, a protective shield, and a white light healing image. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visualizations KW - health professions KW - mind body interactions KW - stress KW - pain control KW - psychotherapy KW - holistic health KW - imagery KW - 1984 KW - Dualism KW - Holistic Health KW - Imagery KW - Psychotherapy KW - Stress KW - 1984 U2 - Korn, Errol R.; Johnson, Karen. (1983); Visualization: The Uses of Imagery in the Health Professions; Homewood, IL: Dow Jones-Irwin, 1983. 230 pp. $29.50 DO - 10.1037/022824 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06411-060&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06411-042 AN - 2006-06411-042 AU - Wincze, John P. T1 - How to Avoid the Mismanagement of Sexual Dysfunction Cases. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1984/04// VL - 29 IS - 4 SP - 331 EP - 332 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06411-042. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wincze, John P.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Providence, RI, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Sexual Function Disturbances. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Kaplan, Helen Singer. The Evaluation of Sexual Disorders: Psychological and Medical Aspects=New York: Brunner/Mazel, 1983. 304 pp. $32.50; 1983. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1984. AB - Reviews the book, The Evaluation of Sexual Disorders: Psychological and Medical Aspects by Helen Singer Kaplan (1983). This is one of several new books that attempt to respond to the growing needs of the field and bring to the professional a structure for the contemporary evaluation of sexual problems. Although the title suggests that the book deals with sexual disorders in general, the focus is almost entirely on psychosexual dysfunctions. In summary, Kaplan's book is timely, comprehensive, and well written. The criticisms do not detract from the overall value of this excellent text, which should serve the experienced and sophisticated professional well. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sexual disorders KW - psychosexual dysfunctions KW - 1984 KW - Sexual Function Disturbances KW - 1984 U2 - Kaplan, Helen Singer. (1983); The Evaluation of Sexual Disorders: Psychological and Medical Aspects; New York: Brunner/Mazel, 1983. 304 pp. $32.50 DO - 10.1037/022806 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06411-042&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06411-024 AN - 2006-06411-024 AU - Gummow, Linda J. T1 - You Can't Judge a Book by its Cover. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1984/04// VL - 29 IS - 4 SP - 311 EP - 312 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06411-024. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gummow, Linda J.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Salt Lake City, UT, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Cognition; Cognitive Psychology; Neuropsychology. Classification: Cognitive Processes (2340); Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Malatesha, R. N. (Ed); Hartlage, L. C. (Ed). Neuropsychology and Cognition, Vol. 1: Proceedings of the NATO Advanced Study Institute on Neuropsychology and Cognition, Augusta, Georgia, U.S.A., September 8-18, 1980=The Hague, The Netherlands: Martinus Nijhoff, 1982. 229 pp. $135.00 (two-volume set); 1982. Malatesha, R. N. (Ed); Hartlage, L. C. (Ed). Neuropsychology and Cognition, Vol. 2: Proceedings of the NATO Advanced Study Institute on Neuropsychology and Cognition, Augusta, Georgia, U.S.A., September 8-18, 1980=The Hague, The Netherlands: Martinus Nijhoff, 1982. 737 pp. $135.00 (two-volume set); 1982. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1984. AB - Reviews the books, Neuropsychology and Cognition, Vol. 1: Proceedings of the NATO Advanced Study Institute on Neuropsychology and Cognition, Augusta, Georgia, U.S.A., September 8-18, 1980 edited by R. N. Malatesha and L. C. Hartlage (1982) and Neuropsychology and Cognition, Vol. 2: Proceedings of the NATO Advanced Study Institute on Neuropsychology and Cognition, Augusta, Georgia, U.S.A., September 8-18, 1980 edited by R. N. Malatesha and L. C. Hartlage (1982). These two edited volumes, containing fifty-seven chapters, are the result of a NATO Advanced Study Institute held in September 1980. The stated purpose of the conference was to study cognition and neuropsychology. In these volumes, the contributors and editors fall prey to a common affliction--the overgeneralization of the term cognition. The major issues in cognitive psychology are not addressed. Major advances in memory and attention derived from the application of cognitive paradigms to brain-injured subjects are ignored. The quality of the material in the volumes is also disappointing. Because of the poor quality of materials and the diffuse definition of cognition used to select the subject matter, it is unlikely that these volumes will find a wide or enthusiastic readership. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuropsychology KW - cognition KW - cognitive psychology KW - attention KW - 1984 KW - Attention KW - Cognition KW - Cognitive Psychology KW - Neuropsychology KW - 1984 U2 - Malatesha, R. N. (Ed); Hartlage, L. C. (Ed). (1982); Neuropsychology and Cognition, Vol. 1: Proceedings of the NATO Advanced Study Institute on Neuropsychology and Cognition, Augusta, Georgia, U.S.A., September 8-18, 1980; The Hague, The Netherlands: Martinus Nijhoff, 1982. 229 pp. $135.00 (two-volume set) U2 - Malatesha, R. N. (Ed); Hartlage, L. C. (Ed). (1982); Neuropsychology and Cognition, Vol. 2: Proceedings of the NATO Advanced Study Institute on Neuropsychology and Cognition, Augusta, Georgia, U.S.A., September 8-18, 1980; The Hague, The Netherlands: Martinus Nijhoff, 1982. 737 pp. $135.00 (two-volume set) DO - 10.1037/022788 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06411-024&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06409-041 AN - 2006-06409-041 AU - Zubin, Joseph T1 - Inkblots do not a Test Make! JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1984/02// VL - 29 IS - 2 SP - 153 EP - 154 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06409-041. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zubin, Joseph; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Content Analysis (Test); Perception; Rorschach Test. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223); Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Aronow, Edward; Reznikoff, Marvin. A Rorschach Introduction: Content and Perceptual Approaches=New York: Grune & Stratton, 1983. 146 pp. $15.00; 1983. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1984. AB - Reviews the book, A Rorschach Introduction: Content and Perceptual Approaches by Edward Aronow and Marvin Reznikoff (1983). This book is published at a crucial juncture in the history of the Rorschach technique. The second half of the book presents usually neglected aspects of content analysis. The authors stress idiographic as opposed to monothetic interpretation of content. The authors then present a special chapter devoted to content sequence analysis, extending the standard sequence analysis for location of the response to other aspects of the response. The book is well written and meets the goals set by the authors. In considering its value, one must evaluate contributions of the Rorschach technique and place the Rorschach in perspective with regard to clinical psychology. Aronow and Reznikoff's thrust in this book is that the classic Rorschach technique qualifies less as a test than as an interview, which when analyzed for its content, correlates with the content of other interviews conducted without the benefit of inkblots. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Rorschach technique KW - perceptual approaches KW - content analysis KW - 1984 KW - Content Analysis (Test) KW - Perception KW - Rorschach Test KW - 1984 U2 - Aronow, Edward; Reznikoff, Marvin. (1983); A Rorschach Introduction: Content and Perceptual Approaches; New York: Grune & Stratton, 1983. 146 pp. $15.00 DO - 10.1037/022657 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06409-041&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06393-027 AN - 2006-06393-027 AU - Apfeldorf, Max T1 - A Guide Through the Maze of Alcoholism Measures. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1978/04// VL - 23 IS - 4 SP - 263 EP - 264 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06393-027. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Apfeldorf, Max; Veterans Administration Center, Martinsburg, WV, US. Release Date: 20061120. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Diagnosis; Measurement. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Jacobson, George R. The Alcoholisms: Detection, Assessment, and Diagnosis=New York: Human Sciences Press, 1976. Pp. 414. $19.95; 1976. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1978. AB - Reviews the book, The Alcoholisms: Detection, Assessment, and Diagnosis by George R. Jacobson (see record [rid]1978-03598-000[/rid]). This work was written in response to the need for a handbook on the various methods for identifying alcoholics and measuring the severity of the disturbance. Jacobson expressed some awareness of the limited coverage; he lists source documents of other methods in the appendix. Despite this limitation, the author does deal in a careful, comprehensive manner with the techniques he has chosen. This book, with its collection of the relevant literature on various techniques, should serve as a ready reference 'first sort' for those who are not already acquainted, with the scattered and at times not readily accessible literature research should emerge from the reading of this book. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcoholisms KW - detection KW - assessment KW - diagnosis KW - alcoholism measures KW - alcoholics KW - 1978 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Diagnosis KW - Measurement KW - 1978 U2 - Jacobson, George R. (1976); The Alcoholisms: Detection, Assessment, and Diagnosis; New York: Human Sciences Press, 1976. Pp. 414. $19.95 DO - 10.1037/017094 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06393-027&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06289-054 AN - 2006-06289-054 AU - Nehrke, Milton F. T1 - Death Anxiety: The Psychological Virus. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1976/08// VL - 21 IS - 8 SP - 584 EP - 585 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06289-054. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Nehrke, Milton F.; Veterans Administration Center, Bath, NY, US. Release Date: 20061113. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Death Anxiety; Neurosis; Philosophies. Minor Descriptor: Death and Dying. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Meyer, Joachim E. Death and Neurosis=New York: International Universities Press, 1975. Pp. xii + 147. $8.50; 1975. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1976. AB - Reviews the book, Death and Neurosis by Joachim E. Meyer (see record [rid]1976-04754-000[/rid]). This book examines man's attitude toward dying and its implications for the genesis of neurosis. Socioeconomic data on how people of various ages view death are presented, and the differences in attitudes toward death of the major philosophies are examined. This book makes a theoretical statement, in some respects it may best be thought of as a challenge to and a reprimand of the mental health professionals in general, and the psychoanalytic profession in particular. Another more important aspect missing from the book concerns the impact of accepting the primary hypothesis that neuroses have their genesis in death anxiety. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - death anxiety KW - neurosis KW - philosophies KW - 1976 KW - Death Anxiety KW - Neurosis KW - Philosophies KW - Death and Dying KW - 1976 U2 - Meyer, Joachim E. (1975); Death and Neurosis; New York: International Universities Press, 1975. Pp. xii + 147. $8.50 DO - 10.1037/015357 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06289-054&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06283-011 AN - 2006-06283-011 AU - Meltzoff, Julian T1 - Science of the Art of Psychotherapy. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1976/02// VL - 21 IS - 2 SP - 111 EP - 112 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06283-011. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Meltzoff, Julian; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Brooklyn, NY, US. Release Date: 20061113. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Patient History; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Therapeutic Alliance; Therapeutic Processes; Therapists. Minor Descriptor: Experiences (Events); Individual Psychotherapy. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Orlinsky, David E.; Howard, Kenneth I. Varieties of Psychotherapeutic Experience: Multivariate Analyses of Patients' and Therapists' Reports=New York: Teachers College Press, 1975. Pp. xxiv + 284. $15.00 cloth; $8.95 paper; 1975. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1976. AB - Reviews the book, Varieties of Psychotherapeutic Experience: Multivariate Analyses of Patients' and Therapists' Reports by David E. Orlinsky and Kenneth I. Howard (1975). Designing research on the process of individual psychotherapy is always a challenge. A researcher cannot knock on just any therapist's door and reasonably expect to be admitted with his clipboard or recording devices. He cannot ask the two vocalists in the therapeutic duet to do anything that might upset the delicate balance between them He cannot expect therapists to be eager to apply specially devised procedures in standard ways to meet the exigencies of experimental design. There is always the possibility that the introduction of the observational techniques themselves will alter the therapy in subtle ways and prevent the researcher from studying what he has set out to study. If the researcher decides to outflank the objective study of the actual therapeutic process by training his microscope on the subjective experiences, feelings, and attitudes of the principals, there is always the chance that the inquiry itself might influence these very experiences. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychotherapeutic experience KW - art of psychotherapy KW - subjective experiences KW - multivariate analyses KW - patient reports KW - therapist reports KW - 1976 KW - Patient History KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Therapeutic Alliance KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - Therapists KW - Experiences (Events) KW - Individual Psychotherapy KW - 1976 U2 - Orlinsky, David E.; Howard, Kenneth I. (1975); Varieties of Psychotherapeutic Experience: Multivariate Analyses of Patients' and Therapists' Reports; New York: Teachers College Press, 1975. Pp. xxiv + 284. $15.00 cloth; $8.95 paper DO - 10.1037/014933 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06283-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09922-001 AN - 2005-09922-001 AU - Powers, Robert J. T1 - An alternative to DSM-III. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1978/09// VL - 33 IS - 9 SP - 852 EP - 853 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09922-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Powers, Robert J.; East Orange Veterans Administration Hospital, East Orange, NJ, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Diagnostic and Statistical Manual; Mental Disorders; Psychodiagnostic Typologies. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1978. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1978. AB - Comments on the article by Schacht and Nathan (see record [rid]1978-29497-001[/rid]), which presented a critical analysis of the 3rd edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-III). Schacht and Nathan note the inappropriateness of categorizing all mental disorders as a subset of medical disorders. The current author suggests that this may result in insurers and legislators increasingly relying on psychiatrists for both diagnosis and treatment of mental problems. He suggests that the American Psychological Association should develop its on diagnostic manual to be free of the biases and limitations of the DSM-III. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - evaluation KW - Diagnostic & Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders KW - 1978 KW - Diagnostic and Statistical Manual KW - Mental Disorders KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - 1978 DO - 10.1037/h0078564 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-09922-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-08433-003 AN - 2005-08433-003 AU - Gallagher, Dolores AU - Breckenridge, James AU - Steinmetz, Julia AU - Thompson, Larry T1 - The Beck Depression Inventory and Research Diagnostic Criteria: Congruence in an Older Population. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1983/12// VL - 51 IS - 6 SP - 945 EP - 946 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 AD - Gallagher, Dolores, Veterans Administration Medical Center, GRECC (182-B), 3801 Miranda Avenue, Palo Alto, CA, US, 94304 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-08433-003. PMID: 6655109 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gallagher, Dolores; Geriatric Research, Education, and Clinical Center Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20050101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Beck Depression Inventory; Geriatric Patients; Major Depression; Research Diagnostic Criteria. Minor Descriptor: Diagnostic Criteria. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Clinical Psychological Testing (2224). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Beck Depression Inventory DOI: 10.1037/t00741-000; Schedule for Affective Disorders and Schizophrenia DOI: 10.1037/t07870-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1983. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1983. AB - This study examined the congruence between conventional cutoff scores on the Beck Depression Inventory (BDI) and selected diagnostic classifications of the Research Diagnostic Criteria in a sample of 102 elders seeking psychological treatment. Only 16.67% were misclassified by customary BDI cutoff scores. Minor Depressive Disorders were less clearly identified than Major Depressive Disorders or nondepressed status. Similar results were obtained in a second sample of elders not seeking treatment. Findings support the utility of the BDI as a screening instrument for identification of clinically depressed elders. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Research Diagnostic Criteria KW - psychological treatment KW - Beck Depression Inventory KW - elderly KW - depressive disorders KW - 1983 KW - Beck Depression Inventory KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Major Depression KW - Research Diagnostic Criteria KW - Diagnostic Criteria KW - 1983 DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.51.6.945 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-08433-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-58485-001 AN - 1990-58485-001 AU - Madell, Thomas O. AU - Madell, Chris M. T1 - A professional pair at the job market: A reply. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1979/03// VL - 34 IS - 3 SP - 275 EP - 276 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-58485-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Madell, Thomas O.; Veterans Administration Regional Office, San Francisco, CA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dual Careers; Job Search; Professional Development; Psychologists; Spouses. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1979. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1979. AB - Comments on the job-hunting difficulties of married professional couples described by J. R. and L. H. Matthews, based on personal experiences. The importance of finding the right job in the right location is emphasized, and job-hunting tips are presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychology job hunting difficulties KW - professional couples KW - commentary KW - 1979 KW - Dual Careers KW - Job Search KW - Professional Development KW - Psychologists KW - Spouses KW - 1979 DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.34.3.275 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-58485-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-58407-001 AN - 1990-58407-001 AU - Cox, W. Miles AU - Catt, Viola T1 - 'More mischief': Reply. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1978/07// VL - 33 IS - 7 SP - 697 EP - 698 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-58407-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cox, W. Miles; Veterans Administration Hosp, Psychology Service, Kansas City, MO, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Graduate Psychology Education; Professional Organizations; Psychology; Scientific Communication. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1978. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1978. AB - Addresses the errors that A. O. Ross (1978) found in W. M. Cox and V. Catt's (see record [rid]1978-21651-001[/rid]) article on productivity ratings of graduate psychology programs, objecting to Ross's attempt to discredit the authenticity of Cox and Catt's data. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - publications in APA journals KW - productivity ratings of graduate psychology programs KW - commentary reply KW - 1978 KW - Graduate Psychology Education KW - Professional Organizations KW - Psychology KW - Scientific Communication KW - 1978 DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.33.7.697 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-58407-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-58405-001 AN - 1990-58405-001 AU - Cox, W. Miles AU - Catt, Viola T1 - 'University productivity rankings: A psychologist by any other name': Reply. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1978/07// VL - 33 IS - 7 SP - 695 EP - 696 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-58405-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cox, W. Miles; Veterans Administration Hosp, Psychology Service, Kansas City, MO, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Graduate Psychology Education; Productivity; Professional Organizations; Psychology; Scientific Communication. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1978. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1978. AB - Responds to the report by J. Levin et al (1978) of inconsistencies between data reported by W. M. Cox and V. Catt (see record [rid]1978-21651-001[/rid]) and that of J. Levin et al regarding productivity ratings of graduate psychology programs based on publication in American Psychological Association journals. A reexamination of Cox and Catt's tabulations suggests that the inconsistencies are in fact errors of J. Levin et al. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - publications in APA journals KW - productivity ratings of graduate psychology programs KW - commentary reply KW - 1978 KW - Graduate Psychology Education KW - Productivity KW - Professional Organizations KW - Psychology KW - Scientific Communication KW - 1978 DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.33.7.695 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-58405-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-58346-001 AN - 1990-58346-001 AU - Cleveland, Sidney E. T1 - A disservice to both professions. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1977/10// VL - 32 IS - 10 SP - 883 EP - 884 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-58346-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cleveland, Sidney E.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Houston, TX, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Graduate Psychology Education; Psychiatric Training; Psychology. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1977. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1977. AB - C. A. Kiesler's (1977) editorial on the training of psychologists and psychiatrists does a disservice to both professions by presenting a biased and prejudicial viewpoint. The invidious comparisons between psychology and psychiatry are meant to show that psychology is superior, but this kind of inaccurate reporting may boomerang to the disadvantage of psychology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - training of psychologists vs psychiatrists KW - legitimacy of science of psychology KW - commentary KW - 1977 KW - Graduate Psychology Education KW - Psychiatric Training KW - Psychology KW - 1977 DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.32.10.883.b UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-58346-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-58251-001 AN - 1990-58251-001 AU - Knox, Wilma J. T1 - Attitudes of psychology students toward drug abuse. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 29 IS - 1 SP - 63 EP - 64 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-58251-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Knox, Wilma J.; Veterans Administration Ctr, Biloxi, MS, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Government Agencies; Postgraduate Students; Psychology; Student Attitudes. Minor Descriptor: Drug Usage Attitudes; Graduate Psychology Education. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233); Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Reports the results of a survey of 174 Veterans Administration trainees concerning their attitudes toward drug abuse. An antipathy was shown for the use of the prison system. Preferred treatment modalities for opiate abusers were therapeutic community, methadone, group psychotherapy, and halfway houses. Many Ss were willing to treat drug abusers. The need for graduate school curricula and practicum experience in the area of drug abuse treatment is emphasized. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - attitudes toward drug abuse KW - VA trainees KW - 1974 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Government Agencies KW - Postgraduate Students KW - Psychology KW - Student Attitudes KW - Drug Usage Attitudes KW - Graduate Psychology Education KW - 1974 DO - 10.1037/h0038242 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-58251-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-57124-001 AN - 1990-57124-001 AU - de Vol, Thomas I. T1 - A new look at British graduate students. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1974/06// VL - 29 IS - 6 SP - 479 EP - 480 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-57124-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: de Vol, Thomas I.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Counseling Psychology Section, Cleveland, OH, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Demographic Characteristics; Graduate Psychology Education; Graduate Students; Student Characteristics. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Location: United Kingdom. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Discusses findings of a survey of British graduate students in psychology conducted in late 1972 and 1973. Responses were obtained from 34 of the 89 British departments offering advanced courses or supervision for research leading to the PhD in psychology or one of its subspecialties. The total enrollment of all postbaccalaureate students in psychology was 1,112, but only 277 of these were in PhD programs; the number is almost 8 times higher in the US. UK postgraduate training in psychology seems to be conducted on a much smaller scale than in the US, the students enter doctoral training at an earlier age than American students, and females and non-White minority students are well represented in UK doctoral training programs. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - enrollment characteristics KW - doctoral students in psychology KW - UK KW - 1974 KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - Graduate Psychology Education KW - Graduate Students KW - Student Characteristics KW - 1974 DO - 10.1037/h0038156 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-57124-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2009-09835-001 AN - 2009-09835-001 AU - Goodglass, Harold T1 - Review of Clinical neuropsychology of intervention. JF - Neuropsychology JO - Neuropsychology JA - Neuropsychology Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 22 EP - 23 CY - US PB - Philadelphia Clinical Neuropsychology Group SN - 0894-4105 SN - 1931-1559 N1 - Accession Number: 2009-09835-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goodglass, Harold; Aphasia Unit, Veterans' Administration Medical Center, Boston, MA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation; Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 20090713. Correction Date: 20100405. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Neuropsychological Rehabilitation; Neuropsychology; Traumatic Brain Injury. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Uzzell, Barbara; Gross, Yigal. Clinical neuropsycbology of intervention=Matrinus Nijhoff Medical Publishers/a Kluwer Academic Publisher; No Year Specified. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: May, 1987. AB - Reviews the book, Clinical neuropsycbology of intervention by Barbara Uzzell and Yigal Gross. Doctors Uzzell and Gross have performed a great service for the field of Neuropsychology by editing the volume which they entitle Clinical Neuropsychology of Intervention. They have succeeded in making the book a depiction of the state of the art of neuropsychological rehabilitation in 1986. The contributions, of uniformly high quality, are by individuals who are experienced in service delivery to the brain injured. The contributions reflect both an underlying concern with psychological theory and with principles of neuropsychology and reflect an effort by each author to analyze and codify his/her own experience so as to present it systematically to the reader. These efforts are all successful—some to such a degree that those chapters constitute superb, self-contained treatments of their topics. Surely, this coherence of approach and the high quality of the result have to reflect the skillful editing by Doctors Uzzell and Gross. The reviewer recommends this book as obligatory reading for anyone involved in the evaluation or treatment of brain damaged patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical neuropsychology KW - neuropsychological rehabilitation & intervention KW - brain injury KW - 1987 KW - Brain Damage KW - Neuropsychological Rehabilitation KW - Neuropsychology KW - Traumatic Brain Injury KW - 1987 U2 - Uzzell, Barbara; Gross, Yigal. (No Year Specified); Clinical neuropsycbology of intervention; Matrinus Nijhoff Medical Publishers/a Kluwer Academic Publisher DO - 10.1037/h0091798 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2009-09835-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2009-06846-001 AN - 2009-06846-001 AU - Roberts, Richard J. T1 - Review of Behavioral approaches to cardiovascular disease. JF - Rehabilitation Psychology JO - Rehabilitation Psychology JA - Rehabil Psychol Y1 - 1986///Sum 1986 VL - 31 IS - 2 SP - 117 EP - 118 CY - US PB - Division 22 of the American Psychological Association SN - 0090-5550 SN - 1939-1544 N1 - Accession Number: 2009-06846-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Aspects of Disability. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Roberts, Richard J.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, IA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation; Springer Publishing. Release Date: 20090518. Correction Date: 20100405. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cardiovascular Disorders; Health Care Psychology; Heart Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Headache; Hypertension; Migraine Headache. Classification: Behavioral & Psychological Treatment of Physical Illness (3361); Cardiovascular Disorders (3295). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Surwit, Richard S.; Williams, Redford B. JR; Shapiro, David. Behavioral approaches to cardiovascular disease=New York: Academic Press; 1982. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1986. AB - Reviews the book, Behavioral approaches to cardiovascular disease by Richard S. Surwit, Redford B. Williams Jr., and David Shapiro (1982). The authors' stated purpose in this book is to provide a complete and critical review of the state of knowledge in cardiovascular behavioral medicine (as of 1982). The organization of this volume includes four introductory chapters on the conceptual bases of behavioral medicine, summaries of cardiovascular regulation and psychophysiology, and principles of conditioning as they pertain to modifying cardiovascular functions. The core of the book consists of the next four chapters on specific disorders: coronary heart disease, hypertension, Raynaud's phenomenon, and migraine/vascular headache. A final chapter deals with selected clinical issues in the application of behavioral medicine technology. This book is generally clear and well-written, with a consistent style maintained throughout. The authors' message is presented in a manner that is likely to be accepted by physicians as well as psychologists. Unfortunately, the text occasionally presupposes a degree of knowledge of physiology and anatomy that some psychologists may lack (e.g., 'attenuation of the baroreceptor-mediated inhibition of sympathetic outflow' —p. 27). This volume is likely to prove most useful to cardiovascular researchers and practitioners in cardiovascular rehabilitation programs or general medical hospitals who employ biofeedback, relaxation techniques, and life style modification procedures. Although it is no longer the 'timely review' it was when first published, this book will remain a valuable reference work. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cardiovascular disease KW - behavioral approaches KW - behavioral medicine KW - coronary heart disease KW - hypertension KW - Raynaud's phenomenon KW - migraine & vascular headache KW - 1986 KW - Cardiovascular Disorders KW - Health Care Psychology KW - Heart Disorders KW - Headache KW - Hypertension KW - Migraine Headache KW - 1986 U2 - Surwit, Richard S.; Williams, Redford B. JR; Shapiro, David. (1982); Behavioral approaches to cardiovascular disease; New York: Academic Press DO - 10.1037/h0091532 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2009-06846-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-10129-001 AN - 2007-10129-001 AU - Shipley, William A. T1 - Review of Neuropsychology of alcoholism: Implications for diagnosis and treatment. JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JA - Psychol Addict Behav Y1 - 1988/// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 92 EP - 93 PB - Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-10129-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shipley, William A.; Richard L. Roudebush Veterans Administration Medical Center, Indianapolis, IN, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070716. Correction Date: 20100104. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Diagnosis; Neuropsychology. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233); Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Parsons, Oscar A. (Ed); Butters, Nelson (Ed); Nathan, Peter E. (Ed). Neuropsychology of alcoholism: Implications for diagnosis and treatment=New York: Guilford Press; 1987. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1988. Copyright Statement: Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. 1988. AB - Reviews the book, Neuropsychology of alcoholism: Implications for diagnosis and treatment edited by Oscar A. Parsons, Nelson Butters, and Peter E. Nathan (see record [rid]1987-98184-000[/rid]). This book is an important work because it organizes empirical findings and presents theoretical and research issues in the rapidly expanding area of neuropsychological evaluation and recovery in alcoholic populations. This up-to-date, comprehensive overview includes chapters written by internationally recognized experts in the areas of structural changes in the brain accompanying alcohol abuse, neuropsychological deficits associated with alcoholism, recovery of functions with continued abstinence, and remediation efforts with alcoholics. The book is divided into four sections: Changes in Brain Structure and Function in Alcoholics, Neuropsychological Consequences of Alcohol Abuse, Recovery and Remediation of Neuropsychological Functions, and Implications for Treatment and Future Research Directions. Overall, this is an excellent reference book and is thought-provoking in its presentation of research ideas. This is an important work every researcher in this area should examine. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuropsychology KW - alcoholism KW - diagnosis KW - treatment KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Diagnosis KW - Neuropsychology KW - 1988 U2 - Parsons, Oscar A. (Ed); Butters, Nelson (Ed); Nathan, Peter E. (Ed). (1987); Neuropsychology of alcoholism: Implications for diagnosis and treatment; New York: Guilford Press DO - 10.1037/h0084860 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2007-10129-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-10128-001 AN - 2007-10128-001 AU - Cox, W. Miles T1 - Introduction to the special series. T3 - Special Series: Nontraditional Approaches to Treating Alcohol-Dependent Veterans JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JA - Psychol Addict Behav Y1 - 1988/// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 51 EP - 52 PB - Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 AD - Cox, W. Miles, Psychology Service (116B), North Chicago Veterans Administration Medical Center, University of Health Sciences/The Chicago Medical School, 3001 Green Bay Road, North Chicago, IL, US, 60064 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-10128-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cox, W. Miles; North Chicago Veterans Administration Medical Center, North Chicago, IL, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070716. Correction Date: 20100104. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Rehabilitation; Alcoholism; Military Veterans. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1988. Copyright Statement: Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. 1988. AB - A symposium was conducted at the 94th Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association (Cox, 1986) that depicted psychologists' innovative, nontraditional work with alcohol-dependent veterans. The articles in this special series represent expansions of a portion of the earlier convention presentations. Psychologists from other VA medical centers (and elsewhere) might wish to incorporate the approaches that are discussed into their own treatment programs. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcohol-dependent veterans KW - treatment programs KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Rehabilitation KW - Alcoholism KW - Military Veterans KW - 1988 DO - 10.1037/h0084859 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2007-10128-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-10125-001 AN - 2007-10125-001 AU - Sladen, Bernard J. T1 - Review of A family like yours: Breaking the patterns of drug abuse. JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JA - Psychol Addict Behav Y1 - 1988/// VL - 2 IS - 1 SP - 42 EP - 43 PB - Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-10125-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sladen, Bernard J.; Hines Veterans Administration Hospital, IL, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070716. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Abuse; Drug Rehabilitation; Family Relations; Family Systems Theory; Self-Help Techniques. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Sorensen, James L.; Bernal, Guillermo. A family like yours: Breaking the patterns of drug abuse=San Francisco: Harper and Row; 1987. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1988. Copyright Statement: Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. 1988. AB - Reviews the book, A family like yours: Breaking the patterns of drug abuse by James L. Sorensen and Guillermo Bernal (1987). A family like yours is a self-help guide aimed at families with a drug-abusing member. It attempts to fill a gap in the self-help literature on substance abuse and families. The problem readers may encounter is one of integrating without outside help the overwhelming amount of material presented. The chapters cover many basic concepts in family systems and life cycle theory without sufficient space devoted to particular concepts or points. Points are made with little elaboration, and the reader may not be able to integrate much of the material. However, for the family that is involved in treatment, the book may prove helpful in promoting insights into the functioning of the family and may serve as a valuable adjunct to treatment by provoking questions and insights that can move a family toward change. The authors' emphasis on providing the family support and optimism tempered by realistic limits may also serve to make this book a useful adjunct to treatment. This book serves as a valuable addition to the self-help literature on drug abuse in families and partially fills a gap currently existing in that marketplace. It covers a great deal of material that is not easily available to the lay reader at this time. This book is more likely to be insight provoking, practical, and motivating, however, to the drug abusing family that is in treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drug abuse KW - self-help KW - family systems KW - family functioning KW - 1988 KW - Drug Abuse KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Family Relations KW - Family Systems Theory KW - Self-Help Techniques KW - 1988 U2 - Sorensen, James L.; Bernal, Guillermo. (1987); A family like yours: Breaking the patterns of drug abuse; San Francisco: Harper and Row DO - 10.1037/h0084856 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2007-10125-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-10124-001 AN - 2007-10124-001 AU - Stainback, Robert D. T1 - Review of Clinical management of substance abuse programs. JF - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JO - Psychology of Addictive Behaviors JA - Psychol Addict Behav Y1 - 1988/// VL - 2 IS - 1 SP - 40 EP - 41 PB - Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors SN - 0893-164X SN - 1939-1501 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-10124-001. Other Journal Title: Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors; Bulletin of the Society of Psychologists in Substance Abuse. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stainback, Robert D.; Alcohol Dependence Treatment Program, Birmingham Veterans Administration Medical Center, Birmingham, AL, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070716. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Rehabilitation; Health Care Administration. Minor Descriptor: Drug Abuse. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Craig, Robert J. Clinical management of substance abuse programs=Springfield, Illinois: Charles C. Thomas; 1987. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1988. Copyright Statement: Society of Psychologists in Addictive Behaviors. 1988. AB - Reviews the book, Clinical management of substance abuse programs by Robert J. Craig (see record [rid]1987-97819-000[/rid]). Clinical management of substance abuse programs is a significant contribution to substance abuse program management. The author provides the program director with specific information about increasing program effectiveness. His thesis is that broad program activities have greater impact on total patient care than does any individual activity with a particular patient. The book is divided into three parts. Part I is devoted to the following sections: (a) an introduction and review of the book's contents, (b) diagnostic interviewing, and (c) psychological testing. The three chapters in Part II review general models of treatment, including multimodal, combined alcohol and drug, and treatment matching. Part III, which contains four chapters, details clinical program management activities. In this section the author offers the nuts and bolts for designing a substance abuse program based on effective evaluation and quality control. The author is successful in providing a basic text to assist clinician/managers in designing more effective treatment programs for substance abusers. I recommend this book to any professional responsible for program development in substance abuse treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical program management KW - substance abuse programs KW - 1988 KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Health Care Administration KW - Drug Abuse KW - 1988 U2 - Craig, Robert J. (1987); Clinical management of substance abuse programs; Springfield, Illinois: Charles C. Thomas DO - 10.1037/h0084855 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2007-10124-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06499-061 AN - 2006-06499-061 AU - Cox, W. Miles T1 - Confronting Denial in Alcoholism Counseling. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1989/07// VL - 34 IS - 7 SP - 702 EP - 703 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06499-061. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cox, W. Miles; Veterans Administration Medical Center, North Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 20061211. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Counseling; Family. Minor Descriptor: Diagnosis; Interviewing. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Metzger, Lawrence. From Denial to Recovery: Counseling Problem Drinkers, Alcoholics, and Their Families=San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, 1988. 307 pp $22.95; 1988. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1989. AB - Reviews the book, From Denial to Recovery: Counseling Problem Drinkers, Alcoholics, and Their Families by Lawrence Metzger (see record [rid]1987-98723-000[/rid]). Metzger's intent is to provide a guidebook for counselors to help problem drinkers, alcoholics, and their families to recover. He gives special attention to the issue of denial and how to deal with it, but he also devotes considerable attention to diagnosis and diagnostic interviewing, creating treatment plans, and working with families and the children of alcoholics. Metzger is reasonably successful in presenting practical guidelines for treatment, often using actual case studies to illustrate his points. In spite of the positive aspects of this guidebook, it also has some drawbacks. In short, this is a book designed to teach counselors how to deal with problem drinkers' denial and to guide them through successive stages to full recovery. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - counseling KW - drinkers KW - alcoholics KW - families KW - diagnosis KW - diagnostic interviewing KW - 1989 KW - Alcoholism KW - Counseling KW - Family KW - Diagnosis KW - Interviewing KW - 1989 U2 - Metzger, Lawrence. (1988); From Denial to Recovery: Counseling Problem Drinkers, Alcoholics, and Their Families; San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, 1988. 307 pp $22.95; 1-55542-063-X. DO - 10.1037/030945 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06499-061&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06495-038 AN - 2006-06495-038 AU - Delis, Dean C. AU - Cullum, C. Munro T1 - The Making of a Clinical Neuropsychologist. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 34 IS - 2 SP - 168 EP - 169 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06495-038. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Delis, Dean C.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neuropsychological Assessment; Neuropsychology; Psychometrics. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Hartlage, Lawrence C. (Ed); Asken, Michael J. (Ed); Hornsby, J. Larry (Ed). Essentials of Neuropsychological Assessment=New York: Springer Publishing, 1987. 237 pp. $29.95; 1987. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1989. AB - Reviews the book, Essentials of Neuropsychological Assessment edited by Lawrence C. Hartlage, Michael J. Asken, and J. Larry Hornsby (see record [rid]1987-98331-000[/rid]). This text is 'intended for the neuropsychology student or beginning practitioner as an introduction to the diverse aspects of clinical neuropsychology, with special reference to how neuropsychology may relate to the issues likely to be encountered in practice.' The list of contributors is impressive, and several chapters are particularly well planned and well written. Overall, the authors do a reasonably good job of addressing the intended focus stated in the preface. The title, however, is misleading, because the book as a whole focuses less on the elements essential to neuropsychological assessment (aside from a few chapters), and instead provides an introduction to some of the important issues in this field. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuropsychology KW - neuropsychological assessment KW - clinical neuropsychologist KW - 1989 KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Neuropsychology KW - Psychometrics KW - 1989 U2 - Hartlage, Lawrence C. (Ed); Asken, Michael J. (Ed); Hornsby, J. Larry (Ed). (1987); Essentials of Neuropsychological Assessment; New York: Springer Publishing, 1987. 237 pp. $29.95; 0-8261-4470-5. DO - 10.1037/027668 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06495-038&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06494-056 AN - 2006-06494-056 AU - Horton, Arthur MacNeill Jr. T1 - A Text on Clinical Gerontology. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 64 EP - 65 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06494-056. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Horton, Arthur MacNeill Jr.; Neuropsychology Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Baltimore, MD, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Family Therapy; Gerontology; Intervention; Measurement. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Brink, T. L. (Ed). Clinical Gerontology: A Guide to Assessment and Intervention=New York: Haworth Press, 1986. 517 pp. $49.95 (accompanied by instructor's manual); 1986. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. AB - Reviews the book, Clinical Gerontology: A Guide to Assessment and Intervention by T. L. Brink (Ed.) (1986). The book is organized into five major topic areas. These general areas in gerontology include assessment, depression, scales, therapy, family therapy, and 'related topics.' The weaknesses are the flip side of the strengths. Whereas many of the papers are truly excellent, the book has limitations as a textbook for a course on clinical gerontology due to the uneven coverage of many relevant topics. Although the book would not suffice as a single textbook, it would have value as one among a number of texts or with careful supplementation by focused lectures and other readings. In conclusion, Clinical Gerontology is one of the few alternatives available for those wishing to teach courses in the clinical psychology of aging. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical gerontology KW - assessment KW - intervention KW - family therapy KW - 1989 KW - Family Therapy KW - Gerontology KW - Intervention KW - Measurement KW - 1989 U2 - Brink, T. L. (Ed). (1986); Clinical Gerontology: A Guide to Assessment and Intervention; New York: Haworth Press, 1986. 517 pp. $49.95 (accompanied by instructor's manual); 0-86656-536-1. DO - 10.1037/027568 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06494-056&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06494-040 AN - 2006-06494-040 AU - Moses, James A. Jr. T1 - Remediation-Oriented Developmental Neuropsychological Assessment. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 50 EP - 51 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06494-040. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moses, James A. Jr.; Psychological Assessment Unit, Psychology Service, Palo Alto Veterans Administration Medical Center, CA, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavioral Assessment; Neuropsychological Assessment; Treatment. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Rourke, Byron P.; Fisk, John L.; Strang, John D. Neuropsychological Assessment of Children: A Treatment-Oriented Approach=New York: Guilford Press, 1986. 285 pp. $30.00; 1986. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. AB - Reviews the book, Neuropsychological Assessment of Children: A Treatment-Oriented Approach by Byron P. Rourke, John L. Fisk, and John D. Strang (see record [rid]1986-98179-000[/rid]). The aims of developmental neuropsychological assessment are multiple. The primary goal is to provide a comprehensive, valid, and accurate evaluation of the child's current adaptive abilities for coping with a known or suspected brain lesion. The bulk of the text consists of a very fine series of case workups, many of which involve baseline and follow-up evaluations during the developmental period. Perhaps the strongest feature of this book is its emphasis on adaptive behavioral analysis. The authors give a very useful breakdown of test content for all tests in their extensive battery in an appendix to the volume. This text is an excellent model of empirical case analysis using a thorough, well-established, and psychometrically sound set of developmental cognitive test procedures. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuropsychological assessment KW - treatment-oriented approach KW - adaptive behavioral analysis KW - 1989 KW - Behavioral Assessment KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Treatment KW - 1989 U2 - Rourke, Byron P.; Fisk, John L.; Strang, John D. (1986); Neuropsychological Assessment of Children: A Treatment-Oriented Approach; New York: Guilford Press, 1986. 285 pp. $30.00; 0-89862-676-5. DO - 10.1037/027552 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06494-040&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06494-015 AN - 2006-06494-015 AU - Johnson, Judith L. AU - Sutker, Patricia B. T1 - Changing Perspectives in Neuropsychology of Alcoholism Research. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 24 EP - 25 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06494-015. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Johnson, Judith L.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, New Orleans, LA, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Diagnosis; Neuropsychology; Treatment. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Parsons, Oscar A. (Ed); Butters, Nelson (Ed); Nathan, Peter E. (Ed). Neuropsychology of Alcoholism: Implications for Diagnosis and Treatment=New York: Guilford Press, 1987. 414 pp. $40.00; 1987. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. AB - Reviews the book, Neuropsychology of Alcoholism: Implications for Diagnosis and Treatment by Oscar A. Parsons, Nelson Butters, and Peter E. Nathan (Eds.) (see record [rid]1987-98184-000[/rid]). This edited textbook provides a sophisticated, well-organized summary of research advances in documenting and understanding interactive relations between neuropsychological deficits and chronic alcohol consumption. The emphasis throughout is one of delineation of state-of-the-art methodology, development of hypotheses for empirical scrutiny, integration of findings into theoretical schema, and regard for the clinical usefulness of replicated results. The volume is recommended with enthusiasm to basic science and clinical researchers interested in neuropsychology, alcoholism, or their interface, to graduate students pursuing clinical or research work in either area. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuropsychology KW - alcoholism KW - diagnosis KW - treatment KW - 1989 KW - Alcoholism KW - Diagnosis KW - Neuropsychology KW - Treatment KW - 1989 U2 - Parsons, Oscar A. (Ed); Butters, Nelson (Ed); Nathan, Peter E. (Ed). (1987); Neuropsychology of Alcoholism: Implications for Diagnosis and Treatment; New York: Guilford Press, 1987. 414 pp. $40.00; 0-89862-696-X. DO - 10.1037/027527 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06494-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06493-049 AN - 2006-06493-049 AU - Presti, David E. T1 - Pseudoscience on the Chopping Block. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 34 IS - 12 SP - 1132 EP - 1133 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06493-049. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Presti, David E.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, CA, US. Release Date: 20061211. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Astrology; Parapsychological Phenomena; Sciences. Classification: Parapsychology (2390). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Hines, Terence. Pseudoscience and the Paranormal: A Critical Examination of the Evidence=Buffalo, NY: Prometheus Books, 1988. 372 pp. $17.95; 1988. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - Reviews the book, Pseudoscience and the Paranormal: A Critical Examination of the Evidence by Terence Hines (see record [rid]1988-97213-000[/rid]). Pseudoscience and the Paranormal is a comprehensive review of the evidence for a vareity of so-called paranormal phenomena--phenomena or alleged phenomena that require explanations that are well outside the bounds of established science. Whereas normal progress in science involves a constant reaching beyond the boundaries of what is known and understood, so-called paranormal phenomena stubbornly resist attempts of science to encompass them. One of the great strengths of the book is the large number of references provided for those who want to explore in greater depth the topics surveyed. An aspect of the book that may somewhat limit its readership is Hines's firm conviction concerning the lack of veracity of the phenomena discussed. Another strength of Pseudoscience and the Paranormal is the emphasis on recent knowledge concerning constructive processes in perception and memory. The wealth of evidence and argument marshaled in this book notwithstanding, the extent of popular belief in the occult, psychic phenomena, astrology, the reality of UFOs, and the like is enormous. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - pseudoscience KW - paranormal KW - psychic phenomena KW - astrology KW - 1989 KW - Astrology KW - Parapsychological Phenomena KW - Sciences KW - 1989 U2 - Hines, Terence. (1988); Pseudoscience and the Paranormal: A Critical Examination of the Evidence; Buffalo, NY: Prometheus Books, 1988. 372 pp. $17.95; 0-87975-419-2 (Paperback). DO - 10.1037/030847 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06493-049&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06450-057 AN - 2006-06450-057 AU - Simon, Werner T1 - Is Suicide Preventable? JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 32 IS - 7 SP - 667 EP - 668 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06450-057. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Simon, Werner; Veterans Administration Hospital, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Suicide; Suicide Prevention. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Roy, Alec (Ed). Suicide=Baltimore, MD: Williams & Wilkins, 1986. 205 pp. $29.50; 1986. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1987. AB - Reviews the book, Suicide edited by Alec Roy (1986). This primarily British volume has as its aim to educate physicians and to be a resource for psychiatrists and other mental health professionals. The book is divided into 13 sections, ranging from Shneidman's definition of suicide and its 10 common characteristics to clinical assessment and management of the suicidal patient. In between these anchors are important considerations of epidemiologic, genetic, and, particularly, biologic factors. Unfortunately, there are also some weaknesses. The book omits the important work of Ringel on the presuicidal syndrome, as well as the pioneering role Ringel has played in international work of suicide prevention. Also absent is any mention of suicide among physicians, although this has been studied thoroughly and compared in at least three countries. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - suicide KW - suicide prevention KW - 1987 KW - Suicide KW - Suicide Prevention KW - 1987 U2 - Roy, Alec (Ed). (1986); Suicide; Baltimore, MD: Williams & Wilkins, 1986. 205 pp. $29.50; 0-683-07395-8. DO - 10.1037/027343 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06450-057&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06450-053 AN - 2006-06450-053 AU - Houlihan, John P. T1 - A Doubly Underserved Population. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 32 IS - 7 SP - 664 EP - 665 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06450-053. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Houlihan, John P.; Portland Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Caregivers; Chronic Mental Illness; Geriatric Patients; Psychiatric Patients. Minor Descriptor: Geriatrics; Health Care Delivery; Personality Development. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Abramson, Nancy S. (Ed); Quam, Jean K. (Ed); Wasow, Mona (Ed). The Elderly and Chronic Mental Illness=San Francisco. Jossey-Bass, 1986. 101 pp. $9.95; 1986. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1987. AB - Reviews the book, The Elderly and Chronic Mental Illness edited by Nancy S. Abramson, Jean K. Quam, and Mona Wasow (1986). This book is intended to be a sourcebook that focuses on the chronically mentally ill who are also elderly. Thus far, the literature in gerontology and geriatrics has failed to include the chronic psychiatric patient. The editors are school of social work faculty who have chosen to begin filling this gap. First, the editors themselves contributed chapters on models of personality development, service delivery, and caregiver support services. Second, they invited department of psychiatry faculty to contribute sections on clinical diagnosis and treatment of elderly psychiatric patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chronically mentally ill KW - elderly KW - personality development KW - service delivery KW - caregiver support services KW - 1987 KW - Caregivers KW - Chronic Mental Illness KW - Geriatric Patients KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Geriatrics KW - Health Care Delivery KW - Personality Development KW - 1987 U2 - Abramson, Nancy S. (Ed); Quam, Jean K. (Ed); Wasow, Mona (Ed). (1986); The Elderly and Chronic Mental Illness; San Francisco. Jossey-Bass, 1986. 101 pp. $9.95; 0-87589-723-1 (Paperback). DO - 10.1037/027339 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06450-053&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06444-010 AN - 2006-06444-010 AU - Sutker, Patricia B. T1 - Behavioral Technology for Adult Problems: Simple Phobia to Schizophrenia. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 32 IS - 1 SP - 21 EP - 22 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06444-010. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sutker, Patricia B.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Orleans, LA, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior Therapy; Mental Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Behavior Modification; Psychopathology. Classification: Behavior Therapy & Behavior Modification (3312). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Hersen, Michel (Ed); Bellack, Alan S. (Ed). Handbook of Clinical Behavior Therapy with Adults=New York: Plenum Press, 1985. 749 pp. $75.00; 1985. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1987. AB - Reviews the book, Handbook of Clinical Behavior Therapy with Adults by Michel Hersen and Alan S. Bellack (Eds.) (1985). Hersen and Bellack have assembled a wide-ranging textbook intended to update readers on the clinical applications of behavior therapy among adults, with emphasis on empirically tested technologies for assessment and treatment. Offering a well-organized format for chapter development, this text is unusual for the consistent quality of contributions and the clear writing style throughout. As a whole, the volume ignores the intricacies of depressive phenomena enumerated in the DSM-III or in almost any schema of depressive psychopathology, syndromes, and symptoms. The text offers excellent reading for psychology graduate students and nonbehavioral clinical psychologists with an interest in expanding their repertoires of assessment and treatment strategies. This volume is also recommended to researchers in clinical settings and to professionals in such disciplines as psychiatry and social work. If the binding on the rather large volume holds (as the reviewer's did not), this handbook will be a lasting, as well as valuable, addition to a personal library. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavioral technology KW - adult problems KW - phobia KW - schizophrenia KW - clinical behavior therapy KW - 1987 KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Mental Disorders KW - Behavior Modification KW - Psychopathology KW - 1987 U2 - Hersen, Michel (Ed); Bellack, Alan S. (Ed). (1985); Handbook of Clinical Behavior Therapy with Adults; New York: Plenum Press, 1985. 749 pp. $75.00 DO - 10.1037/026648 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06444-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06441-021 AN - 2006-06441-021 AU - Zeiss, Antonette M. T1 - Divorce and the Dilemma of Adult Development. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 32 IS - 10 SP - 877 EP - 878 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06441-021. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zeiss, Antonette M.; Interdisciplinary Team Training, Geriatrics Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Divorce; Mental Health Services; Spouses. Minor Descriptor: Mental Health. Classification: Divorce & Remarriage (2953). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Rice, Joy K.; Rice, David G. Living Through Divorce: A Developmental Approach to Divorce Therapy=New York: Guilford Press, 1986. 303 pp. $26.95; 1986. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1987. AB - Reviews the book, Living through Divorce: A Developmental Approach to Divorce Therapy by Joy K. Rice and David G. Rice (1986). This book is is intended to present much of the available literature and clinical experience. It also presents a conceptual model with the intent of organizing that information in order to guide those mental health workers who are providing divorce therapy. The book consisted largely of anecdotal experience and well thought-out, but untested, suggestions. Such offerings provided useful ideas regarding the services that mental health care providers could offer to couples and individuals during or after divorce. The book is particularly strong in reviewing the literature on divorce. This book has much to recommend it. The writing is clear and well organized. It provides a thorough, thoughtful review of current divorce literature, pointing out its strengths and weaknesses. The book does not fully succeed in its goal of presenting a well-conceptualized theoretical model of divorce. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - developmental approach KW - divorce therapy KW - anecdotal experience KW - mental health care providers KW - couples KW - adult development KW - 1987 KW - Divorce KW - Mental Health Services KW - Spouses KW - Mental Health KW - 1987 U2 - Rice, Joy K.; Rice, David G. (1986); Living Through Divorce: A Developmental Approach to Divorce Therapy; New York: Guilford Press, 1986. 303 pp. $26.95; 0-89862-061-9. DO - 10.1037/026431 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06441-021&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06439-023 AN - 2006-06439-023 AU - Sutker, Patricia B. AU - Malow, Robert M. T1 - Disordered Personality: According to Millon. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1986/08// VL - 31 IS - 8 SP - 594 EP - 595 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06439-023. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sutker, Patricia B.; Psychology Service, Veterans Administration Medical Center, New Orleans, LA, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Disorders; Psychopathology. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Millon, Theodore; Everly, George S. Personality and its Disorders: A Biosocial Learning Approach=New York: Wiley, 1985. 301 pp. $14.95 paperback; 1985. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1986. AB - Reviews the book, Personality and its Disorders: A Biosocial Learning Approach by Theodore Millon and George S. Everly (1985). This volume offers a descriptive overview of personality dysfunction and classification with detailed accounts of the 11 DSM-III Axis II personality disorders. The initial two chapters present learning model of personality, which draws heavily on maturational theories. The remaining chapters contain case vignettes and clinical symptom pictures and include discussion of the etiology and progression of each personality disorder and commonly associated types of psychopathology. As a whole, the text is well written, carefully organized, and easily read. It is uniformly interesting and rich in clinical detail. The volume provides useful didactic materials for readers tolerant of intuitive logic and commonsense reasoning. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality disorders KW - psychopathology KW - 1986 KW - Personality Disorders KW - Psychopathology KW - 1986 U2 - Millon, Theodore; Everly, George S. (1985); Personality and its Disorders: A Biosocial Learning Approach; New York: Wiley, 1985. 301 pp. $14.95 paperback DO - 10.1037/024956 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06439-023&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06439-018 AN - 2006-06439-018 AU - Keane, Terence M. AU - Lyons, Judith A. AU - Gerardi, Robert J. T1 - PTSD Comes of Age. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1986/08// VL - 31 IS - 8 SP - 588 EP - 589 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06439-018. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Keane, Terence M.; Psychology Service, Boston Veterans Administration Medical Center, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; War. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Kelly, William E. (Ed). Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder and the War Veteran Patient=New York: Brunner/Mazel, 1985. 362 pp. $30.00; 1985. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1986. AB - Reviews the book, Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder and the War Veteran Patient edited by William E. Kelly (1985). This book presents a compilation of new views on psychological trauma experienced by young men exposed to combat. The book is an elegant distillation of the experience of psychologists, psychiatrists, nurses, social workers, chaplains, and others, and it is directed toward clinicians working with combat veterans. This book brings together in one place a wide range of information on the Vietnam veteran. In summary, this book is easy to read and provides many new perspectives on the problems of Vietnam veterans and their treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - post-traumatic stress disorder KW - war veteran patients KW - psychological trauma KW - 1986 KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - War KW - 1986 U2 - Kelly, William E. (Ed). (1985); Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder and the War Veteran Patient; New York: Brunner/Mazel, 1985. 362 pp. $30.00 DO - 10.1037/024951 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06439-018&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06436-012 AN - 2006-06436-012 AU - Levine, Jacob T1 - Is Psychotherapy the Treatment of Choice for Schizophrenia? JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1986/05// VL - 31 IS - 5 SP - 342 EP - 343 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06436-012. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levine, Jacob; Veterans Administration Medical Center, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychotherapy; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Therapists. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Karon, Bertram P.; VandenBos, Gary R. Psychotherapy of Schizophrenia: The Treatment of Choice=New York: Jason Aronson, 1981. 519 pp. $30.00; 1981. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: May, 1986. AB - Reviews the book, Psychotherapy of Schizophrenia: The Treatment of Choice by Bertram P. Karon and Gary R. VandenBos (see record [rid]1992-98137-000[/rid]). This book is a comforting surprise in showing that there are still some skilled therapists who remain devoted to the uneconomic but humane work with some of our most desperately ill and suffering individuals. It is more than a psychoanalytic presentation of how to do psychotherapy with schizophrenic individuals. It is not a cookbook, yet it describes the necessary ingredients and techniques for successfully treating schizophrenic patients. The authors recognize that there are many different theoretical and technical approaches to achieving this goal. Authors clearly convey their own commitment and the personal rewards of taking on the awesome responsibility that psychotherapy with schizophrenic patients requires. When it is successful, there are few more gratifying experiences than to see the transformations in these troubled individuals. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenic patients KW - psychotherapy KW - 1986 KW - Psychotherapy KW - Schizophrenia KW - Therapists KW - 1986 U2 - Karon, Bertram P.; VandenBos, Gary R. (1981); Psychotherapy of Schizophrenia: The Treatment of Choice; New York: Jason Aronson, 1981. 519 pp. $30.00 DO - 10.1037/024737 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06436-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06433-057 AN - 2006-06433-057 AU - Cannon, Dale T1 - Busy Fingers. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1986/02// VL - 31 IS - 2 SP - 151 EP - 152 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06433-057. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cannon, Dale; Dallas Veterans Administration Medical Center, Dallas, TX, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Intelligence; Nail Biting; Personality. Minor Descriptor: Sociology; Symptoms. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Hadley, Norman H. Fingernail Biting: Theory, Research and Treatment=New York: SP Medical & Scientific Books, 1984. 189 pp. $20.00; 1984. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1986. AB - Reviews the book, Fingernail Biting: Theory, Research and Treatment by Norman H. Hadley (1984). Hadley reviews the relationship between fingernail biting and age, sex, personality, intelligence, and sociological variables. A good deal of attention is paid to the question of whether nail biting is only a bad habit or is a symptom of some underlying psychological problem. The literature review in this book is exhaustive, covering a period of 40 to 50 years. Hadley's approach is more encyclopedic than integrative, so much so that in places the book seems to be an extended annotated bibliography. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - fingernail biting KW - age differences KW - sex difference KW - personality KW - intelligence KW - sociology KW - 1986 KW - Age Differences KW - Intelligence KW - Nail Biting KW - Personality KW - Sociology KW - Symptoms KW - 1986 U2 - Hadley, Norman H. (1984); Fingernail Biting: Theory, Research and Treatment; New York: SP Medical & Scientific Books, 1984. 189 pp. $20.00 DO - 10.1037/024534 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06433-057&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06429-059 AN - 2006-06429-059 AU - Feifel, Herman T1 - To Be--That is the Answer. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1986/10// VL - 31 IS - 10 SP - 813 EP - 814 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06429-059. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feifel, Herman; Los Angeles Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Creativity; Rebelliousness. Minor Descriptor: Spirituality. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Shoham, S. Giora. Rebellion, Creativity and Revelation=New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books, 1985. 292 pp. $29.95; 1985. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1986. AB - Reviews the book, Rebellion, Creativity and Revelation by S. Giora Shoham (1985). This book is an ambitious attempt to deal with the theme of alienation--the rift between a person's expectations and the actual state of affiars in an imperfect world-and efforts to transcend this estrangement. The author's deliberations rely heavily on a personality typology that consists of two 'core vectors,' participation and separation. The separation vector is characterized by creativity, corporeality, and developmental growth, whereas the participation vector seeks noncorporeality and the spirituality of nonbeing. The main thrust of the book is an examination of the links between these two major personality types (or core vectors) and the nature and dynamics of their 'transcendental projections.' In sum, this book and existentialist perspectives. It is not easy reading and tends to be somewhat repetitive. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - creativity KW - rebellion KW - revelation KW - spirituality KW - 1986 KW - Creativity KW - Rebelliousness KW - Spirituality KW - 1986 U2 - Shoham, S. Giora. (1985); Rebellion, Creativity and Revelation; New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books, 1985. 292 pp. $29.95 DO - 10.1037/024174 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06429-059&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06427-038 AN - 2006-06427-038 AU - Perlmuter, Lawrence C. T1 - Toward a Psychology of Aging. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1985/08// VL - 30 IS - 8 SP - 643 EP - 644 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06427-038. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Perlmuter, Lawrence C.; Harvard School of Dental Medicine, Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Gerontology; Memory; Physiological Aging; Problem Solving; Stereotyped Attitudes. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Botwinick, Jack. Aging and Behavior: A Comprehensive Integration of Research Findings. 3rd ed. (Updated and Expanded)=New York: Springer Publishing, 1984. 445 pp. $24.95; 1984. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1985. AB - Reviews the book, Aging and Behavior: A Comprehensive Integration of Research Findings, 3rd ed. (Updated and Expanded) by Jack Botwinick (1984). The book not only is a testament to the author's vast contributions to the study of aging, but in addition, it contains a myriad of references that will help the serious student explore a variety of topics in greater depth. The book begins with the traditional issues regarding the epidemiology of aging and stereotyping of the aged. Next, the author examines biological and psychological factors in longevity, concisely discussing the questions students often ask about survival factors, genetic influences, and so on. Then the author examines social factors, pathology, and personality, thus bringing us through the initial nine chapters. The remaining chapters deal with sensory systems, slowness of behavior, intelligence, and problem solving. The next three chapters comprehensively cover learning and memory, the following chapter is on creativity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological factors KW - social factors KW - problem solving KW - aging KW - 1985 KW - Gerontology KW - Memory KW - Physiological Aging KW - Problem Solving KW - Stereotyped Attitudes KW - 1985 U2 - Botwinick, Jack. (1984); Aging and Behavior: A Comprehensive Integration of Research Findings. 3rd ed. (Updated and Expanded); New York: Springer Publishing, 1984. 445 pp. $24.95 DO - 10.1037/024006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06427-038&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06423-023 AN - 2006-06423-023 AU - Shapiro, Rodney J. T1 - Help for Battered Women. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1985/04// VL - 30 IS - 4 SP - 296 EP - 297 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06423-023. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shapiro, Rodney J.; Family Therapy program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, CA, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Battered Females; Family Members; Intervention; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Wives. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Roberts, Albert R. (Ed). Battered Women and Their Families: Intervention Strategies and Treatment Programs=New York: Springer Publishing, 1984. 220 pp. $22.95; 1984. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1985. AB - Reviews the book, Battered Women and Their Families: Intervention Strategies and Treatment Programs by Albert R. Roberts (Ed.) (1984). The contents are primarily devoted to a description of agencies and programs that provide support, intervention, and treatment for battered wives. A commendable feature of the book is that it is not confined to the topic of battered women. Consideration is also given to the problems of children in violent families, and some methods of intervention for male batterers are proposed. The book is divided into three sections. The first contains several chapters on methods of assessment and treatment, the second describes programs and services for battered wives and other family members, and the third describes various studies on aspects of family violence. To conclude, this book is recommended as helpful for providers of direct services to families plagued by problems of violence. It offers little conceptualization or adequate research documentation, but the book has undoubted pragmatic value as a reference source for assessment and intervention. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - battered women KW - intervention strategies KW - family violence KW - treatment programs KW - family members KW - 1985 KW - Battered Females KW - Family Members KW - Intervention KW - Treatment KW - Wives KW - 1985 U2 - Roberts, Albert R. (Ed). (1984); Battered Women and Their Families: Intervention Strategies and Treatment Programs; New York: Springer Publishing, 1984. 220 pp. $22.95 DO - 10.1037/023712 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06423-023&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06418-032 AN - 2006-06418-032 AU - Erickson, Richard C. T1 - Death or Apparent Death? JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1985/11// VL - 30 IS - 11 SP - 896 EP - 897 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06418-032. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Erickson, Richard C.; Portland Veterans Administration Medical Center, Portland, OR, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Near Death Experiences. Minor Descriptor: Death and Dying; Terminally Ill Patients. Classification: Parapsychology (2390). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Greyson, Bruce (Ed); Flynn, Charles P. (Ed). The Near-Death Experience: Problems, Prospects, Perspectives=Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas, 1984. 302 pp. $29.75; 1984. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1985. AB - Reviews the book, The Near-Death Experience: Problems, Prospects, Perspectives edited by Bruce Greyson and Charles P. Flynn (1984). This book is an anthology of recent articles on the subject of near-death experiences. The greatest strength of the book lies in the range of viewpoints it includes, at the same time, however, the juxtaposing of varieties of data and interpretation documents how insubstantial is the subject of inquiry. The book provides a readable account of the available data and speculation regarding the near-death experience. It confirms clinical wisdom regarding the circumspect and humane treatment of the dying patient. At the same time and perhaps unintentionally, it documents how difficult it is to resist indulging in flights of imagination when confronted with unusual human experiences. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - near death experiences KW - humane treatment KW - 1985 KW - Near Death Experiences KW - Death and Dying KW - Terminally Ill Patients KW - 1985 U2 - Greyson, Bruce (Ed); Flynn, Charles P. (Ed). (1984); The Near-Death Experience: Problems, Prospects, Perspectives; Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas, 1984. 302 pp. $29.75 DO - 10.1037/023341 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06418-032&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05468-008 AN - 2006-05468-008 AU - McCown, William G. AU - Sutker, Patricia B. T1 - Alcohol and Stress: Interactions and Relations. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 33 IS - 12 SP - 1039 EP - 1040 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05468-008. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McCown, William G.; Tulane University Medical Center, Slidell, LA, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Addiction; Alcoholism; Social Stress. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Gottheil, Edward (Ed); Druley, Keith A. (Ed); Pashko, Steven (Ed); Weinstein, Stephen P. (Ed). Stress and Addiction=New York: Brunner/Mazel, 1987. 327 pp. $40.00; 1987. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. AB - Reviews the book, Stress and Addiction by Edward Gottheil, Keith A. Druley, Steven Pashko, and Stephen P. Weinstein (Eds.) (see record [rid]1987-98250-000[/rid]). This book advances scientific understanding and skilled clinical management of psychosocial stress responses, the present volume presents up-to-date information on relations between stress and the addictions. The strengths of the volume include a workable integration of data from human and animal research, attention to historical perspectives and sociocultural contexts in accounting for addictive behaviors, and clear efforts to extend application of biomedical research findings to the arena of clinical practice. It is recommended to researchers and clinicians alike and may be viewed as indispensable reading for graduate students mastering content areas related to stress-induced psychopathology, addictive behaviors, and modification of maladaptive stress-alcohol interactions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychosocial stress responses KW - addictions KW - psychopathology KW - alcohol addiction KW - 1988 KW - Addiction KW - Alcoholism KW - Social Stress KW - 1988 U2 - Gottheil, Edward (Ed); Druley, Keith A. (Ed); Pashko, Steven (Ed); Weinstein, Stephen P. (Ed). (1987); Stress and Addiction; New York: Brunner/Mazel, 1987. 327 pp. $40.00; 0-87630-463-3. DO - 10.1037/026306 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-05468-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05467-013 AN - 2006-05467-013 AU - West, Jeffrey A. AU - Sutker, Patricia B. T1 - Integrating Perspectives on Motivation and Alcohol Abuse. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 33 IS - 11 SP - 959 EP - 960 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05467-013. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: West, Jeffrey A.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, New Orleans, LA, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Motivation. Classification: Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Rivers, P. Clayton (Ed). Alcohol and Addictive Behavior: Nebraska Symposium on Motivation 1986=Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1987. 346 pp. $29.95 hardcover; $15.95 paperback; 1987. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1988. AB - Reviews the book, Alcohol and Addictive Behavior: Nebraska Symposium on Motivation 1986 by P. Clayton Rivers (Ed.) (1987). The increasing volume of research literature on alcohol abuse topics within the past 2 decades belies the need for still another edited text in this area. In this volume, Rivers draws together six presentations originally prepared for the 1986 Nebraska Symposium on Motivation. His purpose is to sample both wellestablished and more innovative lines of inquiry, which are synopsized by investigators of national reputation. The major strengths of the volume include its staunchly empirical stance, its integration of recently collected data with findings summarized previously, and its presentation of topics with sufficient breadth to expose even more seasoned researchers and clinicians to projects that may be unfamiliar. It constitutes excellent reading for mental health professionals performing diagnostic, treatment, and prevention functions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - motivation KW - alcohol abuse KW - 1988 KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Motivation KW - 1988 U2 - Rivers, P. Clayton (Ed). (1987); Alcohol and Addictive Behavior: Nebraska Symposium on Motivation 1986; Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1987. 346 pp. $29.95 hardcover; $15.95 paperback; 0-8032-3880-0 (Hardcover); 0-8032-8925-1 (Paperback). DO - 10.1037/026208 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-05467-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05465-056 AN - 2006-05465-056 AU - Varney, Nils AU - Bartlett, Kerry T1 - Learning the art of science. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1988/09// VL - 33 IS - 9 SP - 808 EP - 809 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05465-056. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Varney, Nils; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Ability; Intelligence Measures. Minor Descriptor: Brain Damage. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223); Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Gregory, Robert J. Adult Intellectual Assessment=Boston: Allyn & Bacon, 1987. 319 pp. $41.00; 1987. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1988. AB - Reviews the book, Adult Intellectual Assessment by Robert J. Gregory (see record [rid]1986-98803-000[/rid]). The author states dual purposes in producing such a work. He says, 'the purpose of this book is to provide a detailed reference source for the interpretation of several commonly used tests of adult intellectual functioning.' In essence, this book fills the gap between introductory appraisal texts and neuropsychological reference works by providing a how-to-do-it cookbook for adult intellectual assessment. Gregory covers important issues ranging from the use of factor structures in interpreting the WAIS-R to subtest patterns related to localized brain dysfunction. In addition, throughout the book, Gregory incorporates many very useful tables and figures and uses case presentations to illustrate clinical issues. This work offers a wealth of information that is useful for a variety of purposes in a format that specifically addresses a gap in materials addressing the subject of intellectual assessment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuropsychology KW - intellectual functioning KW - intellectual assessment KW - brain dysfunction KW - 1988 KW - Cognitive Ability KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Brain Damage KW - 1988 U2 - Gregory, Robert J. (1987); Adult Intellectual Assessment; Boston: Allyn & Bacon, 1987. 319 pp. $41.00; 0-205-10463-0. DO - 10.1037/026019 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-05465-056&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05456-053 AN - 2006-05456-053 AU - Dawley, Harold H. Jr. T1 - Smoker motivation: Psychological explanations. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 33 IS - 1 SP - 74 EP - 75 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05456-053. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dawley, Harold H. Jr.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, New Orleans, LA, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Motivation; Psychosocial Factors; Tobacco Smoking. Minor Descriptor: Habits; Social Environments. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Usage (Legal) (2990). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Wetterer, Angelika; von Troschke, Jurgen. Smoker Motivation: A Review of Contemporary Literature=Berlin, Federal Republic of Germany: Springer-Verlag Berlin, 1986. 164 pp. (Springer-Verlag Berlin); (Springer-Verlag New York). $38.00; 1986. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1988. AB - Reviews the book, Smoker Motivation: A Review of Contemporary Literature by Angelika Wetterer and Jurgen von Troschke (1986). This compact, six-chapter volume presents a critical review of the smoking literature published in German and English. One of the interesting aspects of this book is the discussion devoted to the psychosocial benefits of smoking. For example, the authors argue that smoking may serve personalistic and social functions. It is suggested that smoking may be an individual habit that operates to increase positive and decrease negative feelings. A major weakness of the book is the somewhat dry and technical narrative presentation. Clearly, however, this book constitutes one of the better efforts to summarize the psychosocial literature on smoking available to clinicians and researchers alike. The authors convincingly argue for an integrative, multidisciplinary model and emphasize the need for research on individual smoking motives within the context of the social environment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - smoker motivation KW - psychosocial benefits KW - habit KW - social environment KW - 1988 KW - Motivation KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Habits KW - Social Environments KW - 1988 U2 - Wetterer, Angelika; von Troschke, Jurgen. (1986); Smoker Motivation: A Review of Contemporary Literature; Berlin, Federal Republic of Germany: Springer-Verlag Berlin, 1986. 164 pp. (Springer-Verlag Berlin); (Springer-Verlag New York). $38.00; 3-540-16751-X; 0-387-16751-X. DO - 10.1037/025317 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-05456-053&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1998-01878-004 AN - 1998-01878-004 AU - Giron, Louis T. Jr. T1 - Tardive dystonia after a short course of thioridazine. JF - The Journal of Family Practice JO - The Journal of Family Practice JA - J Fam Pract Y1 - 1987/04// VL - 24 IS - 4 SP - 405 EP - 406 CY - US PB - Dowden Health Media SN - 0094-3509 SN - 1533-7294 N1 - Accession Number: 1998-01878-004. PMID: 3559493 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Giron, Louis T. Jr.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Kansas City, KS, US. Release Date: 19980601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Side Effects (Drug); Tardive Dyskinesia; Thioridazine. Minor Descriptor: Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1987. AB - Presents a case report of a 30 yr old woman who discontinued diazepam, which she had taken for 8 yrs. To abate insomnia and irritability, temazepam, then doxepin were prescribed. Markedly increased anxiety led to psychiatric hospitalization. After 12 days of thioridazine, eyelids 'blinked convulsively,' and choking from repetitive uncontrolled swallowing awakened her and continued while awake. Bruxism and mild torticollis developed. The tongue felt rigid and enlarged. On neurologic evaluation 3 mo after stopping thioridazine, her head and tongue felt pushed to one side. Spontaneous speech was rapid and well articulated, but tongue twisters were halting. Repetitive movements of the tongue were slow. Mild dystonic posturing and mirror movements of the hand were present. Fine finger movements were slightly clumsy, while alternating motion rates were slightly slowed. This case conforms to tardive dystonia in many respects. Trihexyphenidyl HCl in divided doses was prescribed with much improvement. The patient's age, the duration of symptoms, and response to anticholinergic treatment are typical. Acute dystonia, although not typical, was present in fully 12% of the index series. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - thioridazine KW - tardive dystonia KW - 30 yr old female KW - 1987 KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Tardive Dyskinesia KW - Thioridazine KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1998-01878-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-29634-001 AN - 1989-29634-001 AU - Satel, Sally L. AU - Gawin, Frank H. T1 - Seasonal cocaine abuse. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 146 IS - 4 SP - 534 EP - 535 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-29634-001. PMID: 2929758 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Satel, Sally L.; West Haven Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Mental Hygiene Clinic, CT, US. Release Date: 19890901. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Drug Abuse; Seasonal Variations. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Cocaine. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. AB - Describes the cases of 2 male patients (aged 29 and 32 yrs) whose episodes of cocaine abuse or craving were triggered by the depressed phase of seasonal affective disorder. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cocaine abuse triggered by depression KW - 29 & 32 yr old males with seasonal affective disorder KW - case reports KW - 1989 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Drug Abuse KW - Seasonal Variations KW - Case Report KW - Cocaine KW - 1989 DO - 10.1176/ajp.146.4.534 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-29634-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-27400-001 AN - 1989-27400-001 AU - Cox, W. Miles AU - Blount, Joseph P. T1 - Research productivity in psychology. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 44 IS - 4 SP - 735 EP - 736 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-27400-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cox, W. Miles; North Chicago Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, IL, US. Release Date: 19890801. Correction Date: 20090817. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Colleges; Experimentation; Productivity; Psychology; Scientific Communication. Minor Descriptor: Graduate Psychology Education. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - Comments on the study of research productivity in psychology by G. S. Howard et al (see record [rid]1988-09385-001[/rid]) as a follow-up to a study by W. M. Cox and V. Catt (see record [rid]1978-21651-001[/rid]). The present authors suggest caution in interpreting the 3 indices of productivity used in the previous report. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - research productivity of graduate psychology programs based on number of articles published in APA journals & reputational ratings KW - commentary KW - 1989 KW - Colleges KW - Experimentation KW - Productivity KW - Psychology KW - Scientific Communication KW - Graduate Psychology Education KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.44.4.735 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-27400-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-27094-001 AN - 1989-27094-001 AU - White, Patricia A. AU - Faustman, William O. T1 - PTSD in minorities. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/01// VL - 40 IS - 1 SP - 86 EP - 87 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-27094-001. PMID: 2912845 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: White, Patricia A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19890801. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Military Veterans; Minority Groups; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Racial and Ethnic Differences. Minor Descriptor: Blacks; Whites; Latinos/Latinas. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1989. AB - Data from discharge summaries of 61 Black, 34 Hispanic, and 61 White Veterans Administration (VA) hospital patients indicate a high frequency of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in Ss regardless of ethnicity. Black Ss received neuroleptics more frequently than the other groups. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prevalence of & drug therapy for PTSD KW - Black vs White vs Hispanic Vietnam veterans KW - 1983–86 KW - 1989 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Military Veterans KW - Minority Groups KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Racial and Ethnic Differences KW - Blacks KW - Whites KW - Latinos/Latinas KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-27094-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-26054-001 AN - 1989-26054-001 AU - Dalton, John E. AU - Tom, Agnes AU - Rosenblum, Mark L. AU - Garte, Sumner H. AU - Aubuchon, Ivan N. T1 - Faking on the Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. JF - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Psychological Assessment: A Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - Psychol Assess Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 56 EP - 57 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 1040-3590 SN - 1939-134X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-26054-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dalton, John E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuropsychology Lab, North Chicago, IL, US. Release Date: 19890801. Correction Date: 20100308. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Faking; Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Rating Scales. Minor Descriptor: Anxiety Disorders; Differential Diagnosis; Drug Abuse; War. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Nov 10, 1988; Revised Date: Nov 1, 1988; First Submitted Date: Jul 6, 1988. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - The Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder is a 35-item inventory developed for the differential diagnosis of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Thirty Veterans Administration Medical Center patients receiving vocational counseling were asked to fake PTSD on this scale. These volunteers were age and gender cohorts of Vietnam combat veterans and had primary diagnoses of substance abuse or anxiety disorder. None had been in combat or in Vietnam, nor had any lived with a Vietnam veteran. The feigning group obtained significantly lower scores than did a group of 30 inpatients in a PTSD treatment program, but 77% successfully faked PTSD by scoring higher than the suggested cutoff of 107. The Mississippi Scale is a unique and useful instrument for the evaluation and diagnosis of PTSD, but feigning must be ruled out by other methods. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - faking on Mississippi Scale for Combat Related Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - veteran medical center patients with substance abuse or anxiety disorder KW - implications for differential diagnosis KW - 1989 KW - Faking KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Rating Scales KW - Anxiety Disorders KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Drug Abuse KW - War KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/1040-3590.1.1.56 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-26054-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-25903-001 AN - 1989-25903-001 AU - Crumbaugh, James C. T1 - On the validity of graphoanalysis: A rebuttal of Vestewig and Moss' rejoinder to Crumbaugh's reply to 'Validity and student approach of a graphoanalytic approach to personality.' JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1988/10// VL - 67 IS - 2 SP - 461 EP - 462 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1989-25903-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crumbaugh, James C.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Gulfport, MS, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19890801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Handwriting; Personality Correlates. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1988. AB - Responds to a rejoinder by R. E. Vestewig and M. K. Moss (see record [rid]1978-28634-001[/rid]) who, in attacking the validity of graphology, have attacked the present author's (see record [rid]1978-20086-001[/rid]) statistical interpretations and experimental conceptualizations. The present author defends his positions and outlines the inadequacy of the argument of Vestewig et al (see record [rid]1977-23419-001[/rid]) against the presence of a built-in handicap of graphoanalysts. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of graphoanalysis KW - commentary reply KW - 1988 KW - Handwriting KW - Personality Correlates KW - 1988 DO - 10.2466/pms.1988.67.2.461 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-25903-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-24644-001 AN - 1989-24644-001 AU - Russell, Elbert W. AU - Barron, Jamie H. T1 - A difference that is not a difference: Reply to Vanderploeg and Logan. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1989/04// VL - 57 IS - 2 SP - 317 EP - 318 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-24644-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Russell, Elbert W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Miami, FL, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19890801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Neuropsychological Assessment; Test Forms; Test Validity. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1989. Publication History: Accepted Date: Jul 21, 1988; Revised Date: Jul 7, 1988; First Submitted Date: Jun 21, 1988. Copyright Statement: Public Domain AB - Replies to Vanderploeg and Logan's comment on Russell and Levy's (1987) article. We used statistics to support the contention that differences in the Revised Category Test (RCAT), which was introduced by Russell and Levy, did not change what the original Category Test (CAT) was measuring. Rather than being a substitute for the test–retest criterion method, rescoring items from the CAT eliminated much of the variance introduced by retesting. Two new forms of criterion testing that reduce error variance are suggested. Multiplying the RCAT raw score by 2.2 provides scores that are close to those derived from the CAT. Finally, evidence is presented that, for the subject, the primary difficulty in the CAT is making conceptual rather than perceptual shifts. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - validity of revised Halstead Category Test vs Category Test KW - male patients with brain damage KW - commentary reply KW - 1989 KW - Brain Damage KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Test Forms KW - Test Validity KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/0022-006X.57.2.317 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-24644-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-23415-001 AN - 1989-23415-001 AU - Kramer, Mark S. AU - Caputo, Kevin AU - DiJohnson, Celeste AU - Maldonado, Lisa AU - Mirow, Arvin AU - Sheves, Patricia AU - Sholevar, Farhad T1 - Negative trial of nifedipine in depression. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 24 IS - 8 SP - 958 EP - 959 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-23415-001. PMID: 3069137 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kramer, Mark S.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Coatesville, PA, US. Release Date: 19890701. Correction Date: 20130225. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antidepressant Drugs; Drug Therapy; Major Depression. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. AB - Six male inpatients with major depressive disorder received either 4 wks of nifedipine (NFD) followed by 4 wks of placebo (PBO) or 4 wks of PBO followed by 4 wks of NFD. Ss were rated at baseline and weekly thereafter on the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression (HRSD) and the Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale. Results show that the order in which NFD and PBO was given had no significant effect on treatment HRSD scores. However, both NFD and PBO resulted in significant and gradual increments in HRSD mean ratings by Week 4 as compared with baseline. Findings indicate that NFD treatment for 4 wks had no antidepressant effect. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nifedipine KW - major depressive disorder KW - male inpatients KW - 1988 KW - Antidepressant Drugs KW - Drug Therapy KW - Major Depression KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(88)90242-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-23415-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-21775-001 AN - 1989-21775-001 AU - Lynch, Minda R. AU - Carey, Robert J. T1 - Sensitization of chronic neuroleptic behavioral effects. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/12// VL - 24 IS - 8 SP - 950 EP - 951 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-21775-001. PMID: 3233236 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lynch, Minda R.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Syracuse, NY, US. Release Date: 19890701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Sensitivity; Haloperidol. Minor Descriptor: Animal Exploratory Behavior; Animal Models; Drug Therapy; Rats; Side Effects (Drug). Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1988. AB - Reports that chronic dosing with low-dose haloperidol in rats was associated with a progressive enhancement of drug effects on exploratory behavior in the open field, mimicking the delayed onset seen with the clinical use of neuroleptics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chronic low dose haloperidol KW - gradual effects on exploratory open field behavior KW - rats KW - animal model for delayed onset of neuroleptic effects KW - 1988 KW - Drug Sensitivity KW - Haloperidol KW - Animal Exploratory Behavior KW - Animal Models KW - Drug Therapy KW - Rats KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(88)90235-1 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-21775-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-36255-001 AN - 1988-36255-001 AU - Metzer, W. Steven AU - Lucy, Dennis D. T1 - Hypermetabolic disorders presenting as headache with anxiety and depression. JF - Headache: The Journal of Head and Face Pain JO - Headache: The Journal of Head and Face Pain JA - Headache Y1 - 1987/11// VL - 27 IS - 10 SP - 571 EP - 572 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0017-8748 SN - 1526-4610 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-36255-001. PMID: 3692819 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Metzer, W. Steven; McClellan Memorial Veterans Administration Hosp, Neurology Service, Little Rock, AR, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19881201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Headache; Hyperthyroidism; Major Depression; Metabolism Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Symptoms. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1987. AB - Reports the cases of 2 adult patients with hypermetabolic disorders presenting as headache with anxiety and depression. One S had a pheochromocytoma and the other had hyperthyroidism. It is suggested that in addition to specific neurologic and psychiatric disorders, hypermetabolic disorders should be considered in the differential diagnosis of chronic cephalgia with anxiety and depression. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - presenting symptoms of headache & anxiety & depression KW - 37 & 38 yr old females with pheochromocytoma & hyperthyroidism KW - case reports KW - 1987 KW - Anxiety KW - Headache KW - Hyperthyroidism KW - Major Depression KW - Metabolism Disorders KW - Case Report KW - Symptoms KW - 1987 DO - 10.1111/j.1526-4610.1987.hed2710571.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-36255-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-33536-001 AN - 1988-33536-001 AU - Garvey, Michael J. AU - Hwang, Sutaeg AU - Teubner-Rhodes, Donald AU - Zander, Janet AU - Rhem, C. T1 - Dextroamphetamine treatment of mania. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 48 IS - 10 SP - 412 EP - 413 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-33536-001. PMID: 3312177 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garvey, Michael J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Iowa City, IA, US. Release Date: 19881101. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dextroamphetamine; Drug Therapy; Mania. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1987. AB - Five of 6 acutely manic adult patients treated with dextroamphetamine experienced a 50% or greater reduction in their mania severity scores. Side effects were noted in only 1 S. Results suggest that dextroamphetamine might be useful in the treatment of mania through the enhancement of serotonin and acetylcholine. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dextroamphetamine KW - acutely manic adults KW - 1987 KW - Dextroamphetamine KW - Drug Therapy KW - Mania KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-33536-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-32002-001 AN - 1988-32002-001 AU - Hernandez, Linda L. AU - Buchanan, Shirley L. AU - Powell, D. A. T1 - Somatomotor thresholds in the New Zealand albino rabbit in response to paraorbital electric shock. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 61 IS - 1 SP - 265 EP - 266 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-32002-001. PMID: 3671615 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hernandez, Linda L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neuroscience Lab, Columbia, SC, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Motor Processes; Psychophysical Measurement; Shock; Thresholds; Unconditioned Responses. Minor Descriptor: Rabbits. Classification: Electrophysiology (2530). Population: Animal (20). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1987. AB - Describes a procedure for assessing objectively unconditioned responses (UCRs) to paraorbital electrical shock. Data indicate that using the method of constant stimuli, human observers reliably detected eye twitch, eyeblink, and jump responses when a brief unsignalled paraorbital shock was presented to 10 rabbits. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - method of constant stimuli KW - detection of somatomotor UCR thresholds to paraorbital shock KW - human Os of rabbits KW - 1987 KW - Motor Processes KW - Psychophysical Measurement KW - Shock KW - Thresholds KW - Unconditioned Responses KW - Rabbits KW - 1987 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1987.61.1.265 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-32002-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-30799-001 AN - 1988-30799-001 AU - Elliott, Timothy R. AU - Byrd, E. Keith AU - Nichols, Raeona K. AU - Sanderson, Rebecca A. T1 - Sources of references cited in the rehabilitation counseling literature. JF - Journal of Applied Rehabilitation Counseling JO - Journal of Applied Rehabilitation Counseling Y1 - 1987///Spr 1987 VL - 18 IS - 1 SP - 43 EP - 44 CY - US PB - NRCA SN - 0047-2220 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-30799-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Elliott, Timothy R.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Seattle, WA, US. Release Date: 19881001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Rehabilitation Counseling; Scientific Communication. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Spr 1987. AB - Article citations in the Journal of Applied Rehabilitation Counseling (Volumes 13–25) and Rehabilitation Counseling Bulletin (Volumes 26–28) were tallied by source to identify outlets of research relevant to rehabilitation counseling: The Journal of Applied Rehabilitation Counseling was the most frequently cited periodical by contributors. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sources of references cited in rehabilitation counseling literature KW - 1987 KW - Rehabilitation Counseling KW - Scientific Communication KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-30799-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-29703-001 AN - 1988-29703-001 AU - Kauffman, Curtis D. AU - Reist, Christopher AU - Djenderedjian, Armen AU - Nelson, James N. AU - Haier, R. J. T1 - Biological markers of affective disorders and posttraumatic stress disorder: A pilot study with desipramine. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 48 IS - 9 SP - 366 EP - 367 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-29703-001. PMID: 3114242 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kauffman, Curtis D.; Long Beach Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, CA, US. Release Date: 19881001. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Affective Disorders; Desipramine; Physiological Correlates; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1987. AB - Three biological markers of affective disorders and response to desipramine (DP) were used to study the relationship of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) to affective illness. Blunted thyrotropin-releasing hormone response and decreased REM latency in 8 adult male PTSD patients occurred at frequencies similar to those observed in patients with major affective disorder. Pretreatment Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression and Beck Depression Inventory scores were elevated; after 4 wks of DP treatment, these measures showed significant improvement. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - biological markers of affective disorders & response to desipramine KW - adult male PTSD patients KW - 1987 KW - Affective Disorders KW - Desipramine KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-29703-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-08523-001 AN - 1988-08523-001 AU - Pranulis, Maryann F. T1 - Toward a theory of nursing: Skills and competency in nurse-patient interaction': Comment. JF - Nursing Research JO - Nursing Research JA - Nurs Res Y1 - 1986/11//Nov-Dec, 1986 VL - 35 IS - 6 SP - 329 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0029-6562 SN - 1538-9847 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-08523-001. PMID: 3640347 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pranulis, Maryann F.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Nursing Service for Research, Salt Lake City, UT, US. Release Date: 19880301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Nursing; Therapeutic Processes. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Nov-Dec, 1986. AB - Comments on the work of C. R. Kasch (see record [rid]1987-26123-001[/rid]) and reviews the prescriptive theory of competent interpersonal action developed by I. J. Orlando (1961, 1972) and E. Wiedenbach (1964), suggesting that the latter two considered the goals of nursing as functionally related to communication and to cognitive and behavioral skills. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - theory & skills & competency & goals in nurse patient interaction KW - comments on paper by C. R. Kasch KW - 1986 KW - Nursing KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - 1986 DO - 10.1097/00006199-198611000-00003 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-08523-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-08440-001 AN - 1988-08440-001 AU - Serby, Michael T1 - Neuroleptic malignant syndrome in Alzheimer's disease. JF - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JO - Journal of the American Geriatrics Society JA - J Am Geriatr Soc Y1 - 1986/12// VL - 34 IS - 12 SP - 895 EP - 896 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0002-8614 SN - 1532-5415 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-08440-001. PMID: 3782704 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Serby, Michael; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, New York, NY, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19880301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Drug Therapy; Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome. Minor Descriptor: Case Report. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1986. AB - Describes a case of neuroleptic malignant syndrome (NMS) in a 65-yr-old man with Alzheimer's disease (AD), suggesting that clinicians should be alert to early signs of NMS in geriatric Ss, especially in those with AD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuroleptic malignant syndrome KW - 65 yr old male with Alzheimer's disease KW - case report KW - 1986 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Drug Therapy KW - Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome KW - Case Report KW - 1986 DO - 10.1111/j.1532-5415.1986.tb07266.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-08440-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-08429-001 AN - 1988-08429-001 AU - Peabody, Cecilia A. AU - Brody, David AU - Warner, M. Dhyanne T1 - Tardive dyskinesia after low-dose haloperidol. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 22 IS - 1 SP - 111 EP - 112 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-08429-001. PMID: 3790633 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Peabody, Cecilia A.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 19880301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Benzodiazepines; Brain Damage; Haloperidol; Head Injuries; Tardive Dyskinesia. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1987. AB - Reports the case of a 35-yr-old man who sustained severe brain damage due to subdural hematoma and developed severe tardive dyskinesia after 7 mo of haloperidol (3 mg/day) administered because of the S's subsequent development of combativeness and delusions. When haloperidol was replaced with temazepam, the S became brighter and more alert, and his neck, hand, and orobuccal movements improved substantially. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - temazepam KW - haloperidol induced tardive dyskinesia KW - 35 yr old male with subdural hematoma induced brain damage KW - case report KW - 1987 KW - Benzodiazepines KW - Brain Damage KW - Haloperidol KW - Head Injuries KW - Tardive Dyskinesia KW - Case Report KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(87)90138-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-08429-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-07576-001 AN - 1988-07576-001 AU - Faltus, Frank J. AU - Parsons, John AU - Sirota, Alan D. AU - Daamen, Maxim AU - Schare, M. L. T1 - Exacerbations of post-traumatic stress disorder symptomatology in Vietnam veterans. JF - Military Medicine JO - Military Medicine JA - Mil Med Y1 - 1986/12// VL - 151 IS - 12 SP - 648 EP - 649 CY - US PB - Assn of Military Surgeons of the US SN - 0026-4075 SN - 1930-613X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-07576-001. PMID: 3100992 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Faltus, Frank J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr-Davis Park, Providence, RI, US. Release Date: 19880301. Correction Date: 20170302. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experiences (Events); Military Veterans; Posttraumatic Stress Disorder; Psychodiagnosis; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Case Report. Classification: Neuroses & Anxiety Disorders (3215); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1986. AB - Notes that certain events may prompt the re-emergence of posttraumatic symptoms. Case reports are presented of 3 Vietnam veterans (aged 31–36 yrs) with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) who had exacerbations of symptoms following attendance at the Vietnam Memorial dedication. It is suggested that knowledge of such trigger events can aid in the correct diagnosis of the emergence of PTSD symptoms. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - diagnosis of posttraumatic stress disorder KW - 31–36 yr old Vietnam veterans who had exacerbations of symptoms following attendance at Vietnam Memorial dedication service KW - case reports KW - 1986 KW - Experiences (Events) KW - Military Veterans KW - Posttraumatic Stress Disorder KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Symptoms KW - Case Report KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-07576-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-18224-001 AN - 1988-18224-001 AU - Garb, Howard N. T1 - Comment on 'Research on human judgment and its application to clinical practice.' JF - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice JO - Professional Psychology: Research and Practice JA - Prof Psychol Res Pr Y1 - 1987/12// VL - 18 IS - 6 SP - 548 EP - 549 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7028 SN - 1939-1323 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-18224-001. Other Journal Title: Professional Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Garb, Howard N.; Highland Drive Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychology Service, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19880601. Correction Date: 20100308. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis); Clinical Practice; Judgment. Minor Descriptor: Experimentation. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1987. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1987. AB - Contends that D. Faust (see record [rid]1987-05373-001[/rid]), in discussing the accuracy of judgments made by clinical psychologists, overlooked much of the research done on overall level of validity, incremental validity, the appropriateness of confidence ratings, the relation between experience and clinical judgment, and the reliability of diagnoses. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - research findings on human judgment & relation to clinical practice KW - commentary KW - 1987 KW - Clinical Judgment (Not Diagnosis) KW - Clinical Practice KW - Judgment KW - Experimentation KW - 1987 DO - 10.1037/0735-7028.18.6.548 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-18224-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-17140-001 AN - 1988-17140-001 AU - Siever, Larry J. T1 - 'Melatonin: A link between the environment and behavior': Comment. JF - Integrative Psychiatry JO - Integrative Psychiatry JA - Integr Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/03// VL - 5 IS - 1 SP - 25 EP - 26 CY - US PB - International Universities Press, Inc. SN - 0735-3847 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-17140-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Siever, Larry J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19880601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Biological Rhythms; Major Depression; Melatonin; Norepinephrine. Minor Descriptor: Environmental Effects. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211); Physiological Processes (2540). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1987. AB - Discusses the role of melatonin as an index of noradrenergic activity, and comments on A. Frazer and R. Brown's (see record [rid]1988-17017-001[/rid]) review of evidence that the pineal hormone melatonin provides a link between the environment and behavior. It is maintained that measurement of melatonin, by virtue of its selective activation by beta₁-adrenergic receptors on the pinealocytes, provides a unique opportunity to evaluate the amplitude and rhythm of noradrenergic activity at beta₁-adrenergic receptors in humans. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - melatonin KW - transmission of environmental cues & index of noradrenergic activity & role in depression KW - commentary KW - 1987 KW - Human Biological Rhythms KW - Major Depression KW - Melatonin KW - Norepinephrine KW - Environmental Effects KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-17140-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-17049-001 AN - 1988-17049-001 AU - Irwin, Michael AU - Gillin, J. Christian T1 - Impaired natural killer cell activity among depressed patients. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1987/02// VL - 20 IS - 2 SP - 181 EP - 182 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-17049-001. PMID: 3575563 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Irwin, Michael; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 19880601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Immunology; Major Depression; Natural Killer Cells. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1987. AB - Measured natural killer (NK) cell activity in peripheral blood lymphocytes of 11 depressed hospitalized patients (mean age 48.7 yrs) and 7 controls (mean age 44 yrs) and calculated percent specific cytotoxicity at the 4 effector:target cell ratios. Results support the hypothesis that NK function, as well as other measures of immune function, is reduced during depressive illness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - natural killer cell activity KW - depressed adults KW - 1987 KW - Immunology KW - Major Depression KW - Natural Killer Cells KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(87)90010-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-17049-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site UR - UR - ORCID: 0000-0002-1502-8431 DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-15118-001 AN - 1988-15118-001 AU - Horton, Arthur M. T1 - Reinforcement of poster attendance. JF - the Behavior Therapist JO - the Behavior Therapist JA - Behav Ther (N Y N Y) Y1 - 1986/11// VL - 9 IS - 10 SP - 198 CY - US PB - Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy SN - 0278-8403 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-15118-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Horton, Arthur M.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Baltimore, MD, US. Other Publishers: Association for Behavioral and Cognitive Therapies. Release Date: 19880501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Reinforcement; Scientific Communication. Minor Descriptor: Posture. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1986. AB - Studied the reinforcement of poster attendance by studying the effect of a person's either sitting or standing while presenting a poster at the 1984 Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy Convention in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, and at the 1985 Eastern Psychological Association Convention in Boston, Massachusetts. An alternating treatment design was used to evaluate treatment effects. Results show that standing is moderately more reinforcing than sitting. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sitting vs standing KW - reinforcement of attendance KW - poster session presenters at behavior therapy & psychological conventions KW - 1986 KW - Reinforcement KW - Scientific Communication KW - Posture KW - 1986 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-15118-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-14806-001 AN - 1988-14806-001 AU - Evans, Ron L. T1 - Caregiver compliance and feelings of burden in poststroke home care. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1986/10// VL - 59 IS - 2, Pt 2 SP - 1013 EP - 1014 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-14806-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Evans, Ron L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Social Work Service, Seattle, WA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19880501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Caregivers; Cerebrovascular Accidents; Home Care; Treatment Compliance. Minor Descriptor: Diets; Stress. Classification: Behavioral & Psychological Treatment of Physical Illness (3361). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1986. AB - In a study of 52 primary caregivers (mean age 61.5 yrs) of stroke patients, the caregivers who complied with expectations for rehabilitation tended to experience an increase in sense of burden. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - feelings of burden & compliance with therapy & diet KW - primary caregivers of stroke patients KW - 1986 KW - Caregivers KW - Cerebrovascular Accidents KW - Home Care KW - Treatment Compliance KW - Diets KW - Stress KW - 1986 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1986.59.2.1013 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-14806-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-14780-001 AN - 1988-14780-001 AU - Zung, William W. T1 - Effect of clorazepate on depressed mood in anxious patients. JF - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JO - The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry JA - J Clin Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 48 IS - 1 SP - 13 EP - 14 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0160-6689 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-14780-001. PMID: 2879832 Other Journal Title: Diseases of the Nervous System. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zung, William W.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Durham, NC, US. Release Date: 19880501. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety Disorders; Benzodiazepines; Depression (Emotion); Drug Therapy. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Trial; Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1987. AB - Describes a double-blind placebo-controlled study of clorazepate in the treatment of Ss with generalized anxiety disorder. Results show that 103 clorazepate-treated Ss (mean age 41.2 yrs) showed significant improvement of anxiety symptomatology and depressed mood compared with 86 placebo-treated Ss (mean age 42.4 yrs). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clorazepate KW - depressed mood KW - patients with generalized anxiety disorder KW - 1987 KW - Anxiety Disorders KW - Benzodiazepines KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Drug Therapy KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-14780-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-14084-001 AN - 1988-14084-001 AU - Van Kammen, Daniel P. AU - Neylan, Thomas C. T1 - 'Free radicals and schizophrenic deterioration': Commentary. JF - Integrative Psychiatry JO - Integrative Psychiatry JA - Integr Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/09// VL - 5 IS - 3 SP - 214 EP - 215 CY - US PB - International Universities Press, Inc. SN - 0735-3847 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-14084-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Van Kammen, Daniel P.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Release Date: 19880501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Neuropathology; Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1987. AB - Comments on the free radical hypothesis of J. L. Cadet and J. B. Lohr (1987), discussing weaknesses in the hypothesis in terms of structural degeneration in the brain, the relationship of schizophrenic abnormalities to neuronal degeneration, excessive free radical formation, free-radical neurotoxicity, and neurotoxicity as a primary cause of schizophrenia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - free radical hypothesis on relationship of schizophrenic abnormalities to neuronal degeneration KW - commentary KW - 1987 KW - Neuropathology KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1987 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-14084-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-12651-001 AN - 1988-12651-001 AU - Moore, Brian L. AU - Schneider, James A. AU - Ryan, Joseph J. T1 - Fagerstrom's Tolerance Questionnaire: Clarification of item and scoring ambiguities. JF - Addictive Behaviors JO - Addictive Behaviors JA - Addict Behav Y1 - 1987/// VL - 12 IS - 1 SP - 67 EP - 68 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0306-4603 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-12651-001. PMID: 3565114 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moore, Brian L.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Leavenworth, KS, US. Release Date: 19880501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Dependency; Foreign Language Translation; Nicotine; Questionnaires; Scoring (Testing). Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Substance Abuse & Addiction (3233). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Discusses 2 problems that may adversely affect the scoring reliability of the English version of K. O. Fagerstrom's (1978) Tolerance Questionnaire (a measure of physical dependence on nicotine). Standardized nicotine cutoffs and correct translation of 1 item are recommended for future use of this instrument. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - scoring methods & translation changes in Tolerance Questionnaire KW - measurement of physical dependence on nicotine KW - 1987 KW - Drug Dependency KW - Foreign Language Translation KW - Nicotine KW - Questionnaires KW - Scoring (Testing) KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/0306-4603(87)90010-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-12651-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-27053-001 AN - 1988-27053-001 AU - Leder, Steven B. AU - Spitzer, Jaclyn B. AU - Kirchner, J. Cameron AU - Richardson, Frederick AU - Milner, Paul AU - Flevaris-Phillips, Carole T1 - Voice and speech findings in prospective cochlear implant candidates. JF - International Journal of Rehabilitation Research JO - International Journal of Rehabilitation Research JA - Int J Rehabil Res Y1 - 1987/// VL - 10 IS - 1 SP - 86 EP - 87 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0342-5282 SN - 1473-5660 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-27053-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Leder, Steven B.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Cochlear Implant Team, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 19880901. Correction Date: 20160707. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Partially Hearing Impaired; Speech Characteristics; Speech Rate. Minor Descriptor: Severity (Disorders). Classification: Vision & Hearing & Sensory Disorders (3299). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1987. AB - Examined rate and duration of speech in 25 adventitiously (postlingually) profoundly hearing impaired males and 10 adult male controls. Results indicate that adventitious profound hearing loss had a negative effect on speaking rate. Implications for speech therapy are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - speech rate & duration KW - male with postlingual profound hearing impairment KW - 1987 KW - Partially Hearing Impaired KW - Speech Characteristics KW - Speech Rate KW - Severity (Disorders) KW - 1987 DO - 10.1097/00004356-198703000-00014 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-27053-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-21248-001 AN - 1988-21248-001 AU - Dorsey, Katherine AU - Purcell, Shirley T1 - Translating a nursing theory into a nursing system. JF - Geriatric Nursing JO - Geriatric Nursing JA - Geriatr Nurs Y1 - 1987/05//May-Jun, 1987 VL - 8 IS - 3 SP - 136 EP - 137 CY - US PB - American Journal of Nursing Co. SN - 0197-4572 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-21248-001. PMID: 3646985 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dorsey, Katherine; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Nursing Home Care Unit, Roseburg, OR, US. Release Date: 19880701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Nursing; Nursing Homes. Minor Descriptor: Theories. Classification: Nursing Homes & Residential Care (3377). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: May-Jun, 1987. AB - Describes a theory-based nursing program developed and carried out at the 75-bed Nursing Home Care Unit of the Veterans Administration Medical Center in Roseburg, Oregon. The unit's philosophy and management style are said to allow the nursing home residents to become the principal managers of their own care and to engage in a collaborative relationship with the health care team. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - theory based nursing program of VA Nursing Home Care Unit KW - 1987 KW - Nursing KW - Nursing Homes KW - Theories KW - 1987 DO - 10.1016/S0197-4572(87)80163-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-21248-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20580-001 AN - 1988-20580-001 AU - Embry, Charles K. T1 - Toxic cyclic vomiting in an 11-year-old girl. JF - Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry JO - Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry JA - J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 26 IS - 3 SP - 447 EP - 448 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0890-8567 SN - 1527-5418 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20580-001. PMID: 3597305 Other Journal Title: Journal of the American Academy of Child Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Embry, Charles K.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Consult-Liaison Service, Louisville, KY, US. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19880701. Correction Date: 20110207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Toxic Disorders; Vomiting. Minor Descriptor: Case Report; Etiology; Treatment. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: May, 1987. AB - Describes evaluation and treatment of an 11-yr-old girl who presented with a history of toxic cyclic vomiting that was later revealed to have been induced by arsenic poisoning, for which the mother subsequently admitted she was responsible. Current thinking regarding etiological theories of cyclic vomiting are reviewed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - evaluation & treatment & etiological theories KW - 11 yr old female with history of toxic cyclic vomiting KW - case report KW - 1987 KW - Toxic Disorders KW - Vomiting KW - Case Report KW - Etiology KW - Treatment KW - 1987 DO - 10.1097/00004583-198705000-00031 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20580-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-20231-001 AN - 1988-20231-001 AU - Feinberg, Irwin T1 - Adolescence and mental illness. JF - Science JO - Science JA - Science Y1 - 1987/05// VL - 236 IS - 4801 SP - 507 EP - 508 CY - US PB - American Assn for the Advancement of Science SN - 0036-8075 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-20231-001. PMID: 3576183 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feinberg, Irwin; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Northport, NY, US. Release Date: 19880701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Onset (Disorders); Physiological Correlates; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Brain. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: May, 1987. AB - Discusses physiological phenomena associated with the onset of schizophrenia during adolescence, including the massive reduction in the amplitude and duration of the delta EEG of Stage 4 sleep and a decline in cerebral oxygen consumption. Empirical research concerning brain ontogeny and modifications in brain physiology and structure is reviewed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - modifications in brain physiology & structure KW - onset of schizophrenia KW - adolescents KW - 1987 KW - Onset (Disorders) KW - Physiological Correlates KW - Schizophrenia KW - Brain KW - 1987 DO - 10.1126/science.236.4801.507-a UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-20231-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1975-00651-001 AN - 1975-00651-001 AU - Love, William S. AU - Houser, Vincent P. T1 - A reliable method for continuously monitoring motor activity in unrestrained squirrel monkeys. JF - Behavior Research Methods & Instrumentation JO - Behavior Research Methods & Instrumentation Y1 - 1974/05// VL - 6 IS - 3 SP - 325 EP - 326 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0005-7878 N1 - Accession Number: 1975-00651-001. Other Journal Title: Behavior Research Methods; Behavior Research Methods, Instruments & Computers. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Love, William S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychotropic Drug Lab., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19750101. Correction Date: 20110314. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Open Field Behavior; Experimental Methods; Motor Performance. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: May, 1974. KW - continuous monitoring method KW - motor activity KW - unrestrained squirrel monkeys KW - 1974 KW - Animal Open Field Behavior KW - Experimental Methods KW - Motor Performance KW - Monkeys KW - 1974 DO - 10.3758/BF03210887 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1975-00651-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30828-001 AN - 1974-30828-001 AU - Bonham, Gene AU - Schroeder, Gerald T1 - Effects of operant reinforcement on attending and verbalizing behavior of chronic schizophrenics. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 16 IS - 1 SP - 12 EP - 13 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30828-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bonham, Gene; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Schizophrenia; Token Economy Programs; Verbal Communication. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. AB - Based on their behavior ratings, 20-25 hospitalized male veterans received social reinforcement and tokens from the Es after each ward meeting. Results show that positive reinforcement procedures can change the social behavior of chronic schizophrenics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social & token reinforcement KW - attending & verbalizing behavior KW - chronic schizophrenics KW - 1974 KW - Attention KW - Schizophrenia KW - Token Economy Programs KW - Verbal Communication KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30828-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30739-001 AN - 1974-30739-001 AU - Sollod, Robert N. T1 - A stepwise in vivo approach to the extinction of neurotic anxiety based on projection. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 16 IS - 1 SP - 14 EP - 15 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30739-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sollod, Robert N.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety Disorders; Behavior Therapy; Projection (Defense Mechanism). Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. AB - Describes a method in which a sequential process is taught so that the patient learns to discriminate between real and neurotic anxiety in his own life and to question the cognitions underlying anxiety. As a result, his behavior changes, and as behavior incompatible with anxiety is reinforced, the anxiety becomes extinguished. The patient comes to develop more accurate and reliable perceptions and depends less on projections. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - in vivo approach KW - discrimination between real & neurotic anxiety KW - 1974 KW - Anxiety Disorders KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Projection (Defense Mechanism) KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30739-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30700-001 AN - 1974-30700-001 AU - Knox, Wilma J. T1 - Effects of a domiciliary restoration program on state-trait anxiety and self-ideal concepts. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1974/06// VL - 34 IS - 3, Pt. 1 SP - 689 EP - 690 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30700-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Knox, Wilma J.; Veterans Administration Center, Biloxi, Miss. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Group Psychotherapy; Military Veterans; Self-Concept; Vocational Rehabilitation. Minor Descriptor: Disorders. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1974. AB - Compared US disabled veterans participating in a restorative program which included group therapy and vocational counseling with controls who did not participate. Both groups showed a significant increase in state anxiety over a 4-mo period and no changes in self-ideal concepts. Trait anxiety decreased in controls and increased in program participants. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group therapy & vocational counseling KW - state anxiety & self-ideal concepts over 4 mo KW - US disabled veterans KW - 1974 KW - Anxiety KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Military Veterans KW - Self-Concept KW - Vocational Rehabilitation KW - Disorders KW - 1974 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1974.34.3.689 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30700-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30687-001 AN - 1974-30687-001 AU - Gallen, Melvin T1 - A note concerning follow-up procedures with alcoholics. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 16 IS - 1 SP - 30 EP - 31 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30687-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gallen, Melvin; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Drug Rehabilitation; Posttreatment Followup. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. AB - Suggests that continued and frequent contact with alcoholics leads to a lower attrition rate, reliable data, and additional treatment effects which are not possible if follow-up is viewed from a traditional experimental frame of reference. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - posttreatment followup procedures KW - alcoholics KW - 1974 KW - Alcoholism KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Posttreatment Followup KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30687-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30621-001 AN - 1974-30621-001 AU - Gallen, Melvin T1 - Toward an understanding of follow-up research with alcoholics. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1974/06// VL - 34 IS - 3, Pt. 1 SP - 877 EP - 878 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30621-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gallen, Melvin; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Posttreatment Followup. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1974. AB - Continued and frequent contact with 48 alcoholics after hospitalization resulted in a low attrition rate, reliable data, and additional treatment effects, which are not typical if follow-up is viewed narrowly from a traditional experimental frame of reference. It is concluded that only when this alternative understanding of follow-up as a continuous process is adopted are treatment effects maximized and reliable self-reports for all Ss obtained. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - continued & frequent contact after hospitalization KW - treatment effectiveness KW - alcoholics KW - 1974 KW - Alcoholism KW - Posttreatment Followup KW - 1974 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1974.34.3.877 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30621-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30372-001 AN - 1974-30372-001 AU - Cleveland, Sidney E. T1 - Body image comparison in heroin & alcohol groups. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 16 IS - 1 SP - 37 EP - 38 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30372-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cleveland, Sidney E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Body Image; Heroin Addiction; Military Veterans. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. AB - Found that young male heroin and alcoholic veterans were more similar than dissimilar as to body image variables. The groups differed on only 3 of 20 variables measured. The groups also differed in their subjective impressions of the body sensations created by the ingestion of heroin vs alcohol. Heroin users mentioned 15 different body areas as sites of special feelings generated by the drug while alcoholics mentioned only 5, mainly the stomach and head. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drug addiction vs alcoholism KW - body image KW - veterans KW - 1974 KW - Alcoholism KW - Body Image KW - Heroin Addiction KW - Military Veterans KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30372-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30296-001 AN - 1974-30296-001 AU - Flynn, William T1 - Oral vs. written administration of the Incomplete Sentences Blank. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 16 IS - 1 SP - 19 EP - 20 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30296-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Flynn, William; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brecksville Div., Cleveland, O. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients; Rotter Incomplete Sentences Blank; Test Administration. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. AB - Selected 40 hospitalized psychiatric patients as defensive on the basis of their Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory K scores. Each S took the Rotter Incomplete Sentences Blank twice, once in the conventional written manner and once orally. In the latter administration, the E emphasized at the start to each S that he must complete each item immediately. The mean score on the oral administration was not significantly different from that of the written administration. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - oral vs written administration KW - Rotter Incomplete Sentences Blank KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1974 KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Rotter Incomplete Sentences Blank KW - Test Administration KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30296-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-28518-001 AN - 1974-28518-001 AU - Ognyanov, Voislav AU - Cowen, Leon T1 - A day hospital program for patients in crisis. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1974/04// VL - 25 IS - 4 SP - 209 EP - 210 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-28518-001. PMID: 4592386 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ognyanov, Voislav; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Louis, Mo. Release Date: 19741001. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Crises; Crisis Intervention Services; Emotional Disturbances; Group Psychotherapy; Outpatient Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1974. AB - Describes an outpatient hospital program for patients who are experiencing acute emotional disorders or crisis situations. Treatment emphasizes self-reliance and responsibility in group therapy settings with multiple therapy teams, recreational activities, psychodrama and encounters, staff-patient discussions, and part-time therapy sessions to decrease the anxiety of separation from the program. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - day hospital program using group therapy settings KW - patients experiencing crisis situations or acute emotional disorders KW - 1974 KW - Crises KW - Crisis Intervention Services KW - Emotional Disturbances KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Outpatient Treatment KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-28518-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-27985-001 AN - 1974-27985-001 AU - Sutker, Patricia B. AU - Moan, Charles E. AU - Allain, Albert N. T1 - WAIS performance in unincarcerated groups of MMPI-defined sociopaths and normal controls. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1974/04// VL - 42 IS - 2 SP - 307 EP - 308 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-27985-001. PMID: 4150899 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sutker, Patricia B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Service, Charleston, S.C. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antisocial Personality Disorder; Prisoners; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Examined WAIS performance by 32 sociopaths and 33 normal controls, as defined by MMPI criteria. The 2 groups showed no differences in overall intellectual functioning. Differences in performance on some measures, however, challenge the idea that sociopaths are attentive only to aspects of the environment that lead to immediate gratification. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - WAIS performance KW - MMPI-defined incarcerated sociopaths & normals KW - 1974 KW - Antisocial Personality Disorder KW - Prisoners KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - 1974 DO - 10.1037/h0036243 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-27985-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25876-001 AN - 1974-25876-001 AU - Silverman, Herbert T1 - A technique of brief psychotherapy of a child disorder. JF - Journal of Clinical Child Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Child Psychology JA - J Clin Child Psychol Y1 - 1974///Win 1974 VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 39 EP - 40 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum SN - 0047-228X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25876-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Clinical Child and Adolescent Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silverman, Herbert; Veterans Administration Hosp., Outpatient Psychology Section, Allen Park, Mich. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brief Psychotherapy; Case Report; Child Psychotherapy; Psychotherapeutic Techniques. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Win 1974. AB - Describes a technique consisting of asking the parent (a) to keep a log of the disturbed or disturbing behavior, (b) to relinquish usual parental attempts to correct the child (where practicable), and (c) to reinforce approved behavior. A case history is presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - parental log of child disturbing behavior & no correction of child & reinforcement of approved behavior KW - brief psychotherapy techniques KW - case report KW - 1974 KW - Brief Psychotherapy KW - Case Report KW - Child Psychotherapy KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - 1974 DO - 10.1080/15374417409532552 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25876-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25567-001 AN - 1974-25567-001 AU - Levine, Jacob T1 - Differences between organic and schizophrenic groups on the Halstead-Reitan battery: A reply to Watson. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1974/02// VL - 42 IS - 1 SP - 134 EP - 135 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25567-001. PMID: 4814085 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levine, Jacob; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Differential Diagnosis; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - Questions C. G. Watson's (see PA, Vol 52:Issue 3) attempt to explain apparent inconsistencies in findings between his and the present authors' studies in terms of sample differences. Despite Watson's reanalysis of his data by matched pairs, he fails adequately to control for differences in chronicity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Halstead-Reitan battery KW - apparent inconsistencies & differences between organic & schizophrenic groups KW - reply to C. G. Watson's data KW - 1974 KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1974 DO - 10.1037/h0036047 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25567-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23863-001 AN - 1974-23863-001 AU - Bradshaw, Barbara AU - Straker, Manuel T1 - A special unit to encourage giving up patienthood. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1974/03// VL - 25 IS - 3 SP - 164 EP - 165 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23863-001. PMID: 4832740 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bradshaw, Barbara; Brentwood Veterans Administration Hosp., Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19740801. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospitals; Independence (Personality); Military Veterans; Patients; Psychosocial Rehabilitation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1974. AB - Describes a 30-bed intermediate rehabilitation unit established in a Veterans Administration hospital for patients from other treatment wards who have improved but are not ready for full discharge. The unit offers an intermediate phase of treatment to assist the veteran in giving up his patienthood. The environment encourages the patients' increased independence and self-reliance. The unit director is a social worker who is assisted by a small staff and several volunteers from the community. During the 1st yr, 116 out of 146 patients were released from the hospital. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - intermediate rehabilitation unit KW - independence & self-reliance & giving up patienthood KW - patients in Veterans hospital KW - 1974 KW - Hospitals KW - Independence (Personality) KW - Military Veterans KW - Patients KW - Psychosocial Rehabilitation KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23863-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-41269-026 AN - 2013-41269-026 AU - Shaskan, Donald A. T1 - Review of Beyond the couch: Dialogues in teaching and learning psychoanalysis in groups. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 41 IS - 3 SP - 521 EP - 522 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-41269-026. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shaskan, Donald A.; Mental Hygiene Clinic, Veterans Administration Hospital, San Francisco, CA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Attitudes; Group Psychotherapy; Psychoanalysis. Minor Descriptor: Learning; Teaching. Classification: Group & Family Therapy (3313). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Wolf, Alexander; Schwartz, Emanuel K.; McCarty, Gerald J.; Goldberg, Irving A. Beyond the couch: Dialogues in teaching and learning psychoanalysis in groups=New York: Science House. 364 pp. $12.50; 1970. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1971. AB - Reviews the book, Beyond the Couch: Dialogues in Teaching and Learning Psychoanalysis in Groups by Alexander Wolf, Emanuel K. Schwartz, Gerald J. McCarty, and Irving A. Goldberg (1970). The book provides an overview about psychoanalytic group psychotherapy. The book cover topics such as conceptual perceptions and current constructs, the borderline patient and termination; references are given in an excellent format. Beginning group therapists will get the flavor of the exchange of feeling so necessary for teaching this method. More experienced group therapists will have many a chuckle as they witness their colleagues' struggle with the doubts, uncertainties and satisfactions in teaching, learning and doing group psychotherapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - teaching KW - group psychoanalysis KW - group learning KW - psychoanalytic group psychotherapy KW - client attitudes KW - 1971 KW - Client Attitudes KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Psychoanalysis KW - Learning KW - Teaching KW - 1971 U2 - Wolf, Alexander; Schwartz, Emanuel K.; McCarty, Gerald J.; Goldberg, Irving A. (1970); Beyond the couch: Dialogues in teaching and learning psychoanalysis in groups; New York: Science House. 364 pp. $12.50 DO - 10.1037/h0098586 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-41269-026&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06251-018 AN - 2006-06251-018 AU - Feifel, Herman T1 - The Community Decides to Be. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 18 IS - 6 SP - 284 EP - 285 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06251-018. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feifel, Herman; Veterans Administration Output Clinic, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 20061106. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Communities; Psychodynamics; Religion; Suicide. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Lester, Gene; Lester, David. Suicide: The Gamble with Death=Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1971. Pp. ix + 176. $5.95; 1971. Zusman, Jack (Ed); Davidson, David L. (Ed). Organizing the Community to Prevent Suicide=Springfield, Ill.: Thomas, 1971. Pp. xiv + 97. 6.25; 1971. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. AB - Reviews the books, Suicide: The Gamble with Death by Gene Lester and David Lester (see record [rid]1973-25114-000[/rid]) and Organizing the Community to Prevent Suicide edited by Jack Zusman and David L. Davidson (1971). Both of these books deal with a long-time bedeviling behavior for the Judeo-Christian tradition, now intensified because of the spiritual crisis of our times. The Lesters have come up with a concise, readable book whose strength is in its appeal to the interested professional and intelligent public rather than to cognoscenti in the field. One of the authors in Zusman and Davidson's book emphasizes consideration of ambivalence as a key psychodynamic concept in understanding the suicidal patient, i.e., that the paradigm of suicide is 'the person who cuts his throat and cries for help at the same time.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - suicidal patient KW - spiritual crisis KW - psychodynamic concept KW - 1973 KW - Communities KW - Psychodynamics KW - Religion KW - Suicide KW - 1973 U2 - Lester, Gene; Lester, David. (1971); Suicide: The Gamble with Death; Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1971. Pp. ix + 176. $5.95 U2 - Zusman, Jack (Ed); Davidson, David L. (Ed). (1971); Organizing the Community to Prevent Suicide; Springfield, Ill.: Thomas, 1971. Pp. xiv + 97. 6.25 DO - 10.1037/0012084 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06251-018&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06144-026 AN - 2006-06144-026 AU - Farberow, Norman L. T1 - Self-Destruction in Perspective. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1972/12// VL - 17 IS - 12 SP - 674 EP - 675 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06144-026. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Farberow, Norman L.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Central Research Unit, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 20061106. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Self-Destructive Behavior; Suicide; Suicide Prevention. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Choron, Jacques. Suicide=New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1972. Pp. 182. $6.95; 1972. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1972. AB - Reviews the book, Suicide by Jacques Choron (1972). In this book, the author attends to the facts and figures about suicide, discussing national and international rates, commenting on the various methods as influenced by sex and country (culture) and distinguishing between attempted and completed suicides. The author's discussion of the role of meaningfulness as a factor in suicide is one of the most valuable chapters in the book, providing for the first time an overview of the role of this important question in man's decision to take his own life. This book serves as a useful resource for persons interested in a quick and comprehensive review of the problem of suicide and its prevention. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - suicide KW - suicide prevention KW - self-destruction KW - 1972 KW - Self-Destructive Behavior KW - Suicide KW - Suicide Prevention KW - 1972 U2 - Choron, Jacques. (1972); Suicide; New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 1972. Pp. 182. $6.95 DO - 10.1037/0011497 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06144-026&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06117-015 AN - 2006-06117-015 AU - Levine, Jacob T1 - Nonintegrated Roots. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 16 IS - 10 SP - 650 EP - 651 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06117-015. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levine, Jacob; Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 20061106. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Abnormal Psychology; Psychopathology. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Suinn, Richard M. Fundamentals of Behavior Pathology=New York: Wiley, 1970. Pp. x + 518. $9.95; 1970. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1971. AB - Reviews the book, Fundamentals of Behavior Pathology by Richard M. Suinn (see record [rid]1971-10028-000[/rid]). A difficulty in writing an elementary textbook in abnormal psychology which aims to be comprehensive and scientific, is that it requires considerable scholarship, particularly in fields other than psychology. If Suinn is correct in maintaining that 'scientific progress in understanding psychopathology has been outstanding,' then most of the scientific progress would seem to have come from disciplines other than psychology. The reviewer finds two important faults with his presentation. In the first place, Suinn has chosen for detailed reporting ancient studies, all classics, to demonstrate fundamental bases of pathological behavior. The other difficulty with Suinn's presentation is more basic, in that he fails to apply the conclusions drawn from the research studies to the clinical case material. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavior pathology KW - abnormal psychology KW - psychopathology KW - 1971 KW - Abnormal Psychology KW - Psychopathology KW - 1971 U2 - Suinn, Richard M. (1970); Fundamentals of Behavior Pathology; New York: Wiley, 1970. Pp. x + 518. $9.95 DO - 10.1037/0010868 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06117-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06102-015 AN - 2006-06102-015 AU - Lorr, Maurice T1 - Patients and Semantics. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1967/07// VL - 12 IS - 7 SP - 356 EP - 357 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06102-015. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorr, Maurice; Veterans Administration Hospital, US. Release Date: 20061030. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotions; Psychiatric Patients; Semantic Differential. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Marks, I. M. Patterns of Meaning in Psychiatric Patients: Semantic Differential Responses in Obsessives and Psychopaths=(Institute of Psychiatry Maudsley Monographs #13) New York: Oxford University Press, 1965. Pp. xvi + 142. 55s net; 1965. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1967. AB - Reviews the book, Patterns of Meaning in Psychiatric Patients: Semantic Differential Responses in Obsessives and Psychopaths by I. M. Marks (see record [rid]1966-02943-000[/rid]). This monograph reports on an effort to map out some areas of conceptual meaning regarded as important in psychiatric patients. The study assumes that psychiatric patient behavior patterns and concept meanings reflect each other Using the Osgood semantic differential, the author explored the meaning of personal concepts such as Myself, My Father, My Mother as well as 15 concepts in 3 emotional areas. The findings are presented clearly and in considerable detail. If there is error it is in the direction of excessive detail and unnecessary repetition of results Perhaps here lies the problem While the study was well done, the findings are quite limited in scope and generality. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychiatric patients KW - semantic differential responses KW - emotional areas KW - behavior patterns KW - 1967 KW - Emotions KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Semantic Differential KW - 1967 U2 - Marks, I. M. (1965); Patterns of Meaning in Psychiatric Patients: Semantic Differential Responses in Obsessives and Psychopaths; (Institute of Psychiatry Maudsley Monographs #13) New York: Oxford University Press, 1965. Pp. xvi + 142. 55s net DO - 10.1037/009193 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06102-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06100-035 AN - 2006-06100-035 AU - Stieper, Donald R. AU - Wiener, Daniel N. T1 - Lieberman taken to task. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1967/03// VL - 12 IS - 3 SP - 170 EP - 171 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06100-035. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stieper, Donald R.; Veterans Administration, St Paul, University of Minnesota, St Paul, MN, US. Release Date: 20061030. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychotherapy; Therapeutic Processes; Therapists. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1967. AB - Donald R. Stieper and Daniel N. Wiener respond to Morton A. Lieberman's review (see record [rid]2006-06096-014[/rid]) of their book Dimensions of Psychotherapy (1965). Most disturbing in Lieberman's review is not his summary judgment of the book's value for therapists or students, but his apparent ignorance of the major data and conclusions of the book and his frequent misreading of content. Misconceptions by Lieberman are highlighted. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - interpersonal setting KW - apparent ignorance KW - psychotherapy KW - therapeutic processes KW - 1967 KW - Psychotherapy KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - Therapists KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/009099 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06100-035&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06072-017 AN - 2006-06072-017 AU - Gurel, Lee T1 - Through Facts to Substance. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1967/05// VL - 12 IS - 5 SP - 270 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06072-017. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gurel, Lee; Psychiatric Program Evaluation Staff of the Veterans Administration, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 20061030. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Mental Health. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Schwartz, Morris S.; Schwartz, Charlotte Green. Social Approaches to Mental Patient Care=New York: Columbia University Press, 1964. Pp. x + 341. $8.75; 1964. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: May, 1967. AB - Reviews the book, Social Approaches to Mental Patient Care by Morris S. Schwartz and Charlotte Green Schwartz (1964). The authors describe this book as the final report of the Project on Patterns of Patient Care, one of ten study groups established by the Joint Commission on Mental Illness and Health. The senior authors, a husband and wife team now in the Sociology Department at Brandeis University, are deservedly well-known for their many writings. However, even rapid readers practiced in skimming techniques are likely to find this book tiresome and disappointing. The book's major handicap derives from its unnecessarily protracted presentation of observational data, not infrequently preceded by condescendingly elementary introduction and interspersed with ruminative and inconclusive interpretation. It is not likely to serve the needs of the practitioners to whom it is addressed; it will more likely be appropriate to the thoughtful layman and student in need of familiarity with the scope of contemporary mental health resources and the influences on their functioning of alternative conceptual models and social contexts. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mental health KW - mental patient care KW - 1967 KW - Mental Disorders KW - Mental Health KW - 1967 U2 - Schwartz, Morris S.; Schwartz, Charlotte Green. (1964); Social Approaches to Mental Patient Care; New York: Columbia University Press, 1964. Pp. x + 341. $8.75 DO - 10.1037/008011 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06072-017&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-16484-004 AN - 2005-16484-004 AU - Lee, Robert E. T1 - Developing an Elephant Gun Where a Fly Swatter Would Suffice. JF - Professional Psychology JO - Professional Psychology JA - Prof Psychol Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 4 IS - 4 SP - 375 EP - 376 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0033-0175 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-16484-004. Other Journal Title: Professional Psychology: Research and Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lee, Robert E.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Allen Park, MI, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Health Care Services; Health Care Utilization; Hospitalized Patients. Minor Descriptor: Alcoholics Anonymous. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - This article examines working out a solution to a chronic hospital problem: the poor attendance of patients at the midweek Alcoholics Anonymous meeting. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hospitals KW - patient attendance KW - Alcoholics Anonymous KW - 1973 KW - Health Care Services KW - Health Care Utilization KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Alcoholics Anonymous KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/h0021434 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-16484-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10657-004 AN - 2005-10657-004 AU - Simon, Stanford H. T1 - Effect of Tranquilizers on the Trail Making Test with Chronic Schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1967/06// VL - 31 IS - 3 SP - 322 EP - 323 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10657-004. PMID: 6046588 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Simon, Stanford H.; Veterans Administration Center, Wood, WI, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060327. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Drug Withdrawal; Schizophrenia; Tranquilizing Drugs. Minor Descriptor: Brain Damage; Comorbidity; Differential Diagnosis; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Test Performance. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320); Thirties (30-39 yrs) (340); Middle Age (40-64 yrs) (360). Tests & Measures: Trail Making Test DOI: 10.1037/t00757-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - 46 chronic schizophrenics with at least 3 years of continuous hospitalization, no secondary diagnosis of brain damage, age under 59, and all stabilized on their current medication were tested twice on the Trail Making Test (TMT) with 6 wk. between testings. The experimental group (N = 28) had the 2nd testing, following 5 weeks of being off all drugs. Results show: (a) previous findings that TMT is not a sensitive test for organicity with schizophrenics are true whether or not Ss are on tranquilizers, (b) no relationship between amount of drugs and performance on TMT, and (c) drug withdrawal did not affect performance on TMT. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - tranquilizers KW - chronic schizophrenics KW - hospitalization KW - drug therapy KW - drug withdrawal KW - trail making test performance KW - brain damage comorbidity KW - 1967 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Schizophrenia KW - Tranquilizing Drugs KW - Brain Damage KW - Comorbidity KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Test Performance KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0021001 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-10657-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-56861-001 AN - 1990-56861-001 AU - Russell, Elbert W. T1 - Overpopulation. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1970/12// VL - 25 IS - 12 SP - 1171 EP - 1172 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-56861-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Russell, Elbert W.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Cincinnati, OH, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Overpopulation. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - While overpopulation is a humanitarian problem, as W. R. Bartz (see record [rid]1970-18782-001[/rid]) noted, it should be kept in perspective. It is not a new, controversial, neglected, or dangerous problem. While population growth can be technologically controlled, the problem is more psychological and cultural. Relative to other problems, such as atomic war, overpopulation is not extremely important. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - overpopulation as humanitarian problem KW - commentary KW - 1970 KW - Overpopulation KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0037904 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-56861-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-56830-001 AN - 1990-56830-001 AU - Wright, George D. T1 - A further note on ranking the important psychologists. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1970/07// VL - 25 IS - 7 SP - 650 EP - 651 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-56830-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wright, George D.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Cincinnati, OH, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20100308. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: History of Psychology; Psychologists; Psychology. Minor Descriptor: Professional Organizations. Classification: History & Systems (2140). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Responses of 246 American Psychological Association members (of 1,000 surveyed) ranked Freud, Skinner, Watson, Pavlov, and Hull, respectively, as having the greatest influence on 20th century psychology. Skinner, Rogers, Hebb, Piaget, and Harlow, respectively, were ranked as the 5 most influential contemporary contributors. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ranking of 20th century's most influential psychologists KW - APA members KW - 1970 KW - History of Psychology KW - Psychologists KW - Psychology KW - Professional Organizations KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0037874 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-56830-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-56707-001 AN - 1990-56707-001 AU - Crumbaugh, James C. T1 - Validity versus volume: On taking tests at home. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1967/03// VL - 22 IS - 3 SP - 236 EP - 237 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-56707-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crumbaugh, James C.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Gulfport, MS, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Professional Ethics; Test Administration; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Clients. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - Describes two cases in which psychological tests, the Guilford-Zimmerman Temperament Survey and the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI), respectively, were completed by counselees/patients at home and suggests that this practice raises issues about both test validity and testing ethics. (0 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - test validity & ethics of home administration of Guilford Zimmerman Temperament Survey & MMPI KW - counselees or patients KW - 1967 KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Professional Ethics KW - Test Administration KW - Test Validity KW - Clients KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0037772 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-56707-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-55887-001 AN - 1990-55887-001 AU - Myers, William A. T1 - Presidential addresses of Miller and Walker. T3 - The Place of Psychology in the Universe JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1970/05// VL - 25 IS - 5 SP - 469 EP - 470 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-55887-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Myers, William A.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 19900101. Correction Date: 20100308. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychology; Sciences; Social Processes. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: May, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Comments on APA presidential addresses by G. A. Miller (see record [rid]1970-10231-001[/rid]) and E. L. Walker (see record [rid]1969-17272-001[/rid]), both of which emphasize science and scientists as a force for good, and discusses contemporary pressures on psychologists. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychology & science as force for social good KW - commentary KW - 1970 KW - Psychology KW - Sciences KW - Social Processes KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0037746 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-55887-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30858-001 AN - 1974-30858-001 AU - Reid, Doris A. AU - Moran, Mary E. AU - DeWolfe, Alan S. T1 - A measure of psychiatric patients' satisfaction with their treatment. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 11 EP - 12 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30858-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reid, Doris A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Release Date: 19741101. Correction Date: 20131125. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Educational Background; Marital Status; Psychiatric Hospital Admission; Psychiatric Patients; Satisfaction. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: May, 1972. AB - Reports on interviews conducted individually with 55 patients discharged from a Veterans Administration hospital during 1 mo. The questionnaire, administered orally, at discharge, was based on the Patients Opinion Form, and a satisfaction-dissatisfaction quotient (SDQ) was computed. Results show reasonably strong relationships of the SDQ with marital status, prior admissions, and education. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - marital status & prior admissions & education KW - satisfaction with treatment KW - discharged psychiatric patients KW - 1972 KW - Educational Background KW - Marital Status KW - Psychiatric Hospital Admission KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Satisfaction KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30858-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30842-001 AN - 1974-30842-001 AU - Hart, Lucille T1 - Report on a 260 mile day center field trip by plane. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/11// VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 34 EP - 35 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30842-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hart, Lucille; Veterans Administration Day Treatment Center, Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospitals; Outpatient Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1972. KW - field trip from Veterans Administration day treatment center KW - anecdotal account KW - 1972 KW - Hospitals KW - Outpatient Treatment KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30842-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30811-001 AN - 1974-30811-001 AU - Eisenberg, M. G. T1 - Sex education and the handicapped: An examination of a sex re-education program in the VA: A preliminary report. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 15 EP - 16 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30811-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eisenberg, M. G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Cleveland, O. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Sex Education; Sexuality; Spinal Cord Injuries. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: May, 1972. AB - Describes a sex re-education program established to provide the cord-injured individual with a cognitive background of humanistic understanding of sexuality, his own as well as that of others. One of the major steps toward this goal involved examination and refutation of popular cultural sexual myths. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sex re-education program KW - cognitive understanding of sexuality KW - cord-injured Ss KW - 1972 KW - Sex Education KW - Sexuality KW - Spinal Cord Injuries KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30811-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-30578-001 AN - 1974-30578-001 AU - Hanson, Richard AU - Bencomo, Armando T1 - Adapting a structured assertion training program to a group of chronic psychiatric patients. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 14 IS - 4 SP - 17 EP - 18 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-30578-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hanson, Richard; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19741101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Assertiveness; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: May, 1972. AB - Used assertion training, a group of procedures designed to help people appropriately express their feelings and stand up for their rights, with 12 male chronic schizophrenic veterans attending a day treatment center. A significant increase in assertiveness was found on a self-report questionnaire administered before and after training. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - assertion training KW - expressing feelings KW - chronic male schizophrenics KW - 1972 KW - Assertiveness KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-30578-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-28515-001 AN - 1974-28515-001 AU - Mitchell, H. C. T1 - Short-term therapy for the psychiatric patient. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1972/12// VL - 33 IS - 12 SP - 781 EP - 782 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-28515-001. PMID: 4668970 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mitchell, H. C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Waco, Tex. Release Date: 19741001. Correction Date: 20160919. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1972. AB - Analyzed the length of confinement of 165 admissions to the psychiatry service of a Texas Veterans Administration hospital. 65 patients remained in treatment for less than 30 days and were classified as belonging to a 'short-term' group. A 'long-term' group consisted of 100 patients who were hospitalized for more than 30 days. The groups were roughly matched for type of drug therapy (most were receiving either chlorpromazine or thioridazine) and diagnostic classification. It is concluded that treatment with these drugs allows for the short-term hospitalization of about 40% of routine psychiatric admissions. The advantages of short-term hospitalization are stressed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drug therapy type & short-term hospitalization KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1972 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-28515-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-26161-001 AN - 1974-26161-001 AU - Gligor, Alyce M. AU - Tryon, Warren T1 - An evaluation of the integration of male and female patients in a psychiatric hospital. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 18 EP - 19 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-26161-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gligor, Alyce M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brecksville, O. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Females; Human Males; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychiatric Hospitalization. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. KW - evaluation KW - integration of male & female patients in psychiatric hospital KW - 1973 KW - Human Females KW - Human Males KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-26161-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25839-001 AN - 1974-25839-001 AU - Kreuger, J. R. AU - Connelly, Eugene J. T1 - Motivation of the hospital-dependent patient: A group therapy approach to discharge. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 17 EP - 18 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25839-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kreuger, J. R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dependency (Personality); Group Psychotherapy; Hospitalized Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. KW - group therapy KW - motivation for hospital discharge KW - hospital-dependent patients KW - 1973 KW - Dependency (Personality) KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25839-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25795-001 AN - 1974-25795-001 AU - Bell, Robert T1 - Facilitating progress in group therapy by means of the basic human relations laboratory. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 11 EP - 12 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25795-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bell, Robert; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Psychiatric Patients; Sensitivity Training. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. AB - Reports an experience with designing and implementing the time-limited group processes oriented human relations laboratory as a planned intervention to facilitate the effectiveness of open-ended psychotherapy groups. Patients on a psychiatric ward of a Veterans Administration hospital improved markedly with this approach. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - human relations laboratory KW - facilitating open-ended group psychotherapy KW - psychiatric patients in Veterans Administration hospital KW - 1973 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Sensitivity Training KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25795-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25592-001 AN - 1974-25592-001 AU - Pishkin, Vladimir T1 - Muscle tension in information processing of chronic schizophrenics. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 26 EP - 27 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25592-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pishkin, Vladimir; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Muscle Contractions; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. KW - muscle tension KW - information processing KW - chronic schizophrenics KW - 1973 KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Muscle Contractions KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25592-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25591-001 AN - 1974-25591-001 AU - Percell, Lawrence P. T1 - The correlations among assertiveness and some cognitive and affective variables. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 25 EP - 26 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25591-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Percell, Lawrence P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Tucson, Ariz. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Assertiveness; Psychiatric Patients; Self-Esteem. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. AB - Hypothesized that there would be a significant positive correlation between measures of assertiveness and self-acceptance and a significant negative correlation between measures of assertiveness and anxiety. Both hypotheses were supported in a study with 100 psychiatric patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - assertiveness KW - self-acceptance & anxiety KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1973 KW - Anxiety KW - Assertiveness KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Self-Esteem KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25591-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25452-001 AN - 1974-25452-001 AU - Kopel, Kenneth AU - O'Connell, Walter AU - Paris, Joyce AU - Girardin, Peter T1 - A didactic-experiential death and dying lab. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 15 IS - 3 SP - 1 EP - 2 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25452-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kopel, Kenneth; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Death and Dying; Hospitals; Nurses; Nursing Students; Social Workers. Minor Descriptor: Sensitivity Training. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. AB - Describes the design and use of a human relations laboratory on death and dying that was created to deal with a didactic-experiential void in a Veterans Administration hospital. Workshops carried out by this team for the nurses, nursing students, and social workers at the hospital are described. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - human relations laboratory on death & dying KW - dealing with didactic-experiential void KW - nurses & nursing students & social workers in Veterans Administration hospital KW - 1973 KW - Death and Dying KW - Hospitals KW - Nurses KW - Nursing Students KW - Social Workers KW - Sensitivity Training KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25452-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23887-001 AN - 1974-23887-001 AU - Lee, Robert E. T1 - Critical behavior as a function of age: Revised. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 11 EP - 12 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23887-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lee, Robert E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Allen Park, Mich. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitudes; Hospitals; Military Veterans. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Young Adulthood (18-29 yrs) (320). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - Reanalyzed data from a previous study by the author concerned with the criticism of Veterans Administration hospital routines and practices. Results suggest that younger veterans are more critical or that they are different in some way from the ones that came before. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - criticisms of Veterans Administration hospital routines & practices KW - younger veterans KW - 1973 KW - Attitudes KW - Hospitals KW - Military Veterans KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23887-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23886-001 AN - 1974-23886-001 AU - Lee, Robert E. AU - Elliard, Boyselle T1 - Critical behavior as a function of age. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 15 IS - 2 SP - 9 EP - 10 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23886-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lee, Robert E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Allen Park, Mich. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Criticism; Hospitals; Military Veterans. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. AB - Investigated whether or not younger veterans are more critical of hospital services than older veterans. An 8-item questionnaire with a modified Likert-type format was designed in order to receive periodic feedback about hospital attitudes and services. Ss were 25 Vietnam veterans, 9 Korean War veterans, 50 World War II veterans, and 7 World War I veterans. The questions concerned the attitudes shown by the hospital employees; the quality of food, recreation, and housekeeping; and satisfaction with medical care. In no case did a statistically different pattern of responding due to age emerge. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age KW - criticism of hospital routines KW - military veterans KW - 1973 KW - Age Differences KW - Criticism KW - Hospitals KW - Military Veterans KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23886-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23730-001 AN - 1974-23730-001 AU - Gallen, Melvin T1 - A short term follow-up of two contrasting alcoholic treatment programs: A preliminary report. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 36 EP - 37 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23730-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gallen, Melvin; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. et al. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Behavior Modification; Psychotherapy; Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - Contrasted the effectiveness in reducing alcoholism of a behavior modification program and a traditional psychotherapeutic approach. 48 alcoholic inpatients were studied. No significant differences were found in the effect of the treatments on behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavior modification vs traditional psychotherapeutic approach KW - treatment effectiveness KW - alcoholic inpatients KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Behavior Modification KW - Psychotherapy KW - Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23730-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23566-001 AN - 1974-23566-001 AU - Greer, Richard M. AU - Prado, William M. T1 - Stimulating participation in an alcohol treatment program through videotape modeling. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 34 EP - 35 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23566-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Greer, Richard M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., North Little Rock, Ark. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Psychosocial Readjustment; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Self-Esteem; Videotapes. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - Investigated the effects of videotape modeling on psychological adjustment, self-confidence, and motivation to remain sober among alcoholics. It was found that the videotape treatment reduced neurotic symptomotology, use of psychopathological defenses, and anxiety, and increased confidence and the desire to maintain self in sober state. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - videotape modeling KW - psychological adjustment & self-confidence & motivation to remain sober KW - alcoholics KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Psychosocial Readjustment KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Self-Esteem KW - Videotapes KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23566-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23152-001 AN - 1974-23152-001 AU - Davis, William E. AU - Jones, Mark H. T1 - Race-related variations in psychiatric diagnosis. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 31 EP - 32 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23152-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, William E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blacks; Differential Diagnosis; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis; Whites. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - Categorized the differential diagnoses of all 1st and 2nd admissions to a psychiatric hospital according to race of the patient. A significantly greater proportion of black patients were diagnosed as schizophrenic while a significantly greater proportion of whites were diagnosed as alcoholic or depressed. Possible causes of this difference are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - differential psychiatric diagnosis KW - black vs white 1st & 2nd psychiatric hospital admissions KW - 1973 KW - Blacks KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Whites KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23152-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-23009-001 AN - 1974-23009-001 AU - Hall, Harold V. T1 - Effects of direct and self-reinforcement as a function of internal-external control. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1973/12// VL - 37 IS - 3 SP - 753 EP - 754 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-23009-001. PMID: 4764505 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hall, Harold V.; Veterans Administration Center, Bay Pines, Fla. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Internal External Locus of Control; Motor Performance; Reinforcement; Self-Reinforcement. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1973. AB - Explored the effects of 2 factors (2 levels of generalized expectancy concerning how rewards and punishments are controlled, and 3 kinds of motivational procedures-self-reinforcement, direct reinforcement, no reinforcement) on response productivity for a simple motor task. Ss were 30 low- and 30 high-scoring male undergraduates chosen on the basis of Rotter's Internal-External Control Scale results. Analyses show generalized expectancy was not influential in affecting response productivity, and both self-reinforcement and direct reinforcement were approximately equal in their effect upon task productivity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - internal-external locus of control KW - effects of direct reinforcement & self-reinforcement on simple motor task performance KW - male college students KW - 1973 KW - Internal External Locus of Control KW - Motor Performance KW - Reinforcement KW - Self-Reinforcement KW - 1973 DO - 10.2466/pms.1973.37.3.753 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-23009-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-22690-001 AN - 1974-22690-001 AU - Pishkin, Vladimir AU - Willis, Diane J. T1 - Developmental, socio-economic and sex effects in information processing. JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 26 EP - 27 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-22690-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pishkin, Vladimir; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Concepts; Lower Class; Middle Class; Sex Linked Developmental Differences. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Processes. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Preschool Age (2-5 yrs) (160); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - In order to rule out linguistic ability as the source of performance on concept identification tasks, a task composed of geometric figures equally familiar to all children was used. Ss were 60 middle- and 60 lower-class white children in kindergarten, 1st or 2nd grade. None of the 3 main effects-Age, Sex or Social Class-produced significant differences in test scores, nor did their interaction. However, all 1st-order interactions were significant. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - geometric figures KW - concept identification & information processing KW - male vs female lower- vs middle-class white kindergartners vs 1st vs 2nd graders KW - 1973 KW - Age Differences KW - Concepts KW - Lower Class KW - Middle Class KW - Sex Linked Developmental Differences KW - Cognitive Processes KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-22690-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-22434-001 AN - 1974-22434-001 AU - Freed, Earl X. T1 - An alcohol placebo effect in the rat? JF - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences JO - Newsletter for Research in Mental Health & Behavioral Sciences Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 47 EP - 48 CY - US PB - Cooperative Studies Program N1 - Accession Number: 1974-22434-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freed, Earl X.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lyons, N.J. Release Date: 19740801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohols; Animal Motivation; Drugs; Placebo. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - Administered saline and alcohol to Sprague-Dawley and Long-Evans rats in a crossover design. No significant between-group differences were found in activity level. Results are compared with those of previous studies. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - saline vs alcohol KW - activity level KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Alcohols KW - Animal Motivation KW - Drugs KW - Placebo KW - Rats KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-22434-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-11665-001 AN - 1974-11665-001 AU - Rothstein, Emil T1 - Prevention of alcohol withdrawal seizures: The roles of diphenylhydantoin and chlordiazepoxide. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1973/12// VL - 130 IS - 12 SP - 1381 EP - 1382 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-11665-001. PMID: 4796341 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rothstein, Emil; Veterans Administration Hosp., Alcoholism Unit, Brockton, Mass. Release Date: 19740601. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Diphenylhydantoin; Drug Therapy; Drug Withdrawal; Seizures. Minor Descriptor: Chlordiazepoxide. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1973. AB - Treated 200 patients with histories of chronic alcoholism and recent bouts of heavy and uncontrolled drinking for alcohol withdrawal symptoms through the use of chlordiazepoxide and thiamine. 100 of the Ss, chosen at random, also received diphenylhydantoin. No withdrawal seizures occurred in either group, nor were any other differences observed. Ss with a history of previous withdrawal seizures were included in both treatment groups. It is suggested that when adequate doses of chlordiazepoxide and thiamine are used during alcohol withdrawal, no additional anticonvulsant drug is needed to prevent seizures. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - diphenylhydantoin & chlordiazepoxide KW - prevention of alcohol withdrawal seizures KW - patients with histories of chronic alcoholism KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Diphenylhydantoin KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drug Withdrawal KW - Seizures KW - Chlordiazepoxide KW - 1973 DO - 10.1176/ajp.130.12.1381 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-11665-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-10580-001 AN - 1974-10580-001 AU - Pare, William P. AU - Houser, Vincent P. T1 - Activity and food-restriction effects on gastric glandular lesions in the rat: The activity-stress ulcer. JF - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JO - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JA - Bull Psychon Soc Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 2 IS - 4 SP - 213 EP - 214 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society, Inc. SN - 0090-5054 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-10580-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pare, William P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pavlovian Research Lab., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19740601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Environments; Body Weight; Food Deprivation; Gastrointestinal Ulcers. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1973. AB - Housed 18 60-day-old and 18 110-day-old Sprague-Dawley rats in standard activity cages and fed all Ss 1 hr a day for 21 days. 10 60-day-old and 5 110-day old Ss died before the end of the experiment. All Ss that died had extensive lesions in glandular portions of the stomach. Controls housed in standard cages and also fed 1 hr each day, did not die. Experimental Ss that died were more active than experimental Ss that survived, and ate less than survivors and normal controls. This experimental technique is proposed as a new animal model for studying gastrointestinal pathology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - activity & food-restriction KW - gastric glandular lesions KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Animal Environments KW - Body Weight KW - Food Deprivation KW - Gastrointestinal Ulcers KW - Rats KW - 1973 DO - 10.3758/BF03329249 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-10580-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-10244-001 AN - 1974-10244-001 AU - Crovitz, Herbert F. T1 - Binocular rivalry and binocular brightness averaging in the Craik-O'Brien illusion. JF - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JO - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JA - Bull Psychon Soc Y1 - 1973/09// VL - 2 IS - 3 SP - 157 EP - 158 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society, Inc. SN - 0090-5054 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-10244-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crovitz, Herbert F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Durham, N.C. Release Date: 19740601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Binocular Vision; Brightness Perception; Illusions (Perception). Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1973. AB - Describes features of the binocular integration of disparate luminances which are also evident in an illusion of brightness in which disparate luminance steps are not presented to the 2 eyes. When the Craik-O'Brien illusion is displayed on a Cartesian grid and the optic axes are misaligned so that 3 steps of apparent brightness are perceived, the middle (binocular) step shows brightness averaging and undergoes the alternations of binocular rivalry over time. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Craik-O'Brien illusion KW - binocular rivalry & brightness averaging KW - 1973 KW - Binocular Vision KW - Brightness Perception KW - Illusions (Perception) KW - 1973 DO - 10.3758/BF03329232 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-10244-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-09677-001 AN - 1974-09677-001 AU - Magrinat, Gaston AU - Dolan, John P. AU - Biddy, Ralph L. AU - Miller, Lowell D. AU - Korol, Bernard T1 - Ethanol and methanol metabolites in alcohol withdrawal. JF - Nature JO - Nature JA - Nature Y1 - 1973/07// VL - 244 IS - 5413 SP - 234 EP - 235 CY - United Kingdom PB - Nature Publishing Group SN - 0028-0836 SN - 1476-4687 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-09677-001. PMID: 4583098 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Magrinat, Gaston; Veterans Administration Hosp., Miami, Fla. Release Date: 19740501. Correction Date: 20130415. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Intoxication; Chlordiazepoxide; Drug Therapy; Ethanol; Methanol. Minor Descriptor: Alcohols; Biochemistry; Blood; Hypnotic Drugs; Vitamins. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1973. AB - Treated 21 29-72 yr old consecutive admissions to an alcohol detoxification center with chlordiazepoxide, flurazepam, and vitamin therapy over a 5-day period. Ss were divided into high and low blood-alcohol-level groups. Blood concentrations of ethanol, methanol acetaldehyde, and formaldehyde were determined daily. Blood acetaldehyde, methanol, and formaldehyde-formic acid concentrations were higher for the high-alcohol group over 5 days, 1 day, and 4 days of testing, respectively. The delayed and elevated concentrations of formaldehyde-formate supports the hypothesis that the oxidative enzyme systems induced by chronic alcohol consumption will metabolize methanol when ethanol is withdrawn. It is stressed that these conclusions reached with 'street alcoholics' must be used with caution when working in the laboratory under controlled conditions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chlordiazepoxide & flurazepam & vitamin therapy KW - blood concentrates of ethanol & methanol acetaldehyde & formaldehyde KW - low vs high blood-alcohol-level KW - 29-72 yr old admissions to alcohol detoxification center KW - 1973 KW - Alcohol Intoxication KW - Chlordiazepoxide KW - Drug Therapy KW - Ethanol KW - Methanol KW - Alcohols KW - Biochemistry KW - Blood KW - Hypnotic Drugs KW - Vitamins KW - 1973 DO - 10.1038/244234a0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-09677-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-09660-001 AN - 1974-09660-001 AU - Herrero, Fernando A. T1 - Lithium carbonate toxicity. JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JA - JAMA Y1 - 1973/11// VL - 226 IS - 9 SP - 1109 EP - 1110 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0098-7484 SN - 1538-3598 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-09660-001. PMID: 4800471 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Herrero, Fernando A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Dallas, Tex. Release Date: 19740501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Bipolar Disorder; Drug Therapy; Lithium Carbonate; Toxic Disorders; Toxicity. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1973. AB - Presents the case of a 59-yr-old man with manic-depressive psychosis who developed progressive impairment of consciousness after having been treated with lithium carbonate for less than 1 yr. After the medication was discontinued, there was slow but complete recovery. Lithium accumulation in the brain is postulated. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lithium carbonate toxicity KW - manic-depressive psychosis treatment KW - 59-yr-old male KW - 1973 KW - Bipolar Disorder KW - Drug Therapy KW - Lithium Carbonate KW - Toxic Disorders KW - Toxicity KW - 1973 DO - 10.1001/jama.226.9.1109 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-09660-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-09524-001 AN - 1974-09524-001 AU - Sterne, David M. T1 - The Hooper Visual Organization Test and the Trail Making Tests as discriminants of brain injury. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1973/04// VL - 29 IS - 2 SP - 212 EP - 213 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-09524-001. PMID: 4706954 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sterne, David M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Vancouver, Wash. Release Date: 19740501. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Diagnosis; Perceptual Measures. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1973. AB - Assessed the contributions of the Hooper Visual Organization Test (VOT) and the Trail Making Tests to a test battery previously used by the authors to predict the presence of brain damage. The battery consisted of the WAIS, Benton Visual Retention Test, and the Porteus Maze Test. The 5 tests were completed by 75 male hospital patients classified as normal, organic, or indeterminate. Although the addition of the VOT provided no significant predictive gain, the Trail Making Tests increased the multiple correlation from .68 to .77. The Trails B subtest yielded the highest F value between the 3 diagnostic groups and also provided the highest correlation with group classification. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Hooper Visual Organization & Trail Making Test KW - discriminating brain damage KW - 1973 KW - Brain Damage KW - Diagnosis KW - Perceptual Measures KW - 1973 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197304)29:2<212::AID-JCLP2270290217>3.0.CO;2-S UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-09524-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-05541-001 AN - 1974-05541-001 AU - Albert, Martin L. AU - Sparks, Robert W. AU - Helm, Nancy A. T1 - Melodic intonation therapy for aphasia. JF - Archives of Neurology JO - Archives of Neurology JA - Arch Neurol Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 29 IS - 2 SP - 130 EP - 131 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-9942 SN - 1538-3687 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-05541-001. PMID: 4717723 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of Neurology; JAMA Neurology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Albert, Martin L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19740301. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Music; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Speech Development; Speech Therapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. AB - Describes a new technique for language rehabilitation, melodic intonation therapy (MIT), which involves imbedding short phrases and sentences in a simple, nonlinguistically loaded melody pattern. 1st the therapist and patient sing the sentence in unison, then repeat the sentence in normal speech prosody, and gradually the melodic aspect of the program fades out as confrontation questions are introduced. 3 adult severely aphasic Ss (48, 65, and 67 yrs old) having fair to good language comprehension but remarkedly restricted output, showed significant improvement following MIT, while 2 patients with severe language comprehension defect did not benefit from brief exposure to the therapy. MIT may facilitate use of language by the nondominant right hemisphere, which may have been suppressed by the dominant left hemisphere. Perhaps the right hemisphere has language areas that are not fully utilized under normal conditions. In childhood, the right hemisphere may learn language along with the left so recovery from aphasia is not so much a matter of relearning by the right hemisphere as assuming language functions previously controlled by the dominant left hemisphere. Success of MIT should be viewed with caution until further controlled investigations are performed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - melodic intonation therapy KW - speech development KW - severely aphasic adults KW - 1973 KW - Aphasia KW - Music KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Speech Development KW - Speech Therapy KW - 1973 DO - 10.1001/archneur.1973.00490260074018 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-05541-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-04432-001 AN - 1974-04432-001 AU - Jakubczak, Leonard F. T1 - Age differences in caloric-density preference as a function of strain of rats. JF - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JO - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JA - Bull Psychon Soc Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 1 IS - 6-A SP - 395 EP - 396 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society, Inc. SN - 0090-5054 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-04432-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jakubczak, Leonard F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Gerontological Psychology Lab., St. Louis, Mo. Release Date: 19740301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Animal Breeding; Calories; Food Preferences; Genetics. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. AB - Investigated the change in food preferences of male A C9935 and Fischer 344 rats as a function of age and strain. Ss were either 187 or 745 days old. A 2 3 7 experiment, representing strain, age, caloric-density difference, and day sets, was carried out in order to determine the influence of these factors on preference for calorically dense diets. Results indicate that, depending on the strain, old Ss preferred calorically dense diets either to an equal degree or to a lesser degree than did young Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - strain KW - eye differences in caloric-density preference KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Age Differences KW - Animal Breeding KW - Calories KW - Food Preferences KW - Genetics KW - Rats KW - 1973 DO - 10.3758/BF03334381 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-04432-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-03812-001 AN - 1974-03812-001 AU - Monnelly, Edward P. AU - Ianzito, Benjamin M. AU - Stewart, Mark A. T1 - Psychiatric consultations in a children's hospital. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1973/07// VL - 130 IS - 7 SP - 789 EP - 790 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-03812-001. PMID: 4712733 Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Monnelly, Edward P.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19740201. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospitals; Mental Disorders; Professional Consultation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1973. AB - Analyzed psychiatric consultations of 79 2-15 yr old Ss done in a children's hospital over an 11-mo period. Major reasons for referral included a symptom of unknown etiology (possibly psychosomatic), suspected depression, and behavior problems on the ward. Hysteria was the most common psychiatric disorder found on consultation; 1/3 of the girls had this diagnosis. The other most frequent diagnoses were hyperactive child syndrome, depression, and organic brain syndrome. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychiatric consultation KW - 2-15 yr olds in children's hospital KW - 1973 KW - Hospitals KW - Mental Disorders KW - Professional Consultation KW - 1973 DO - 10.1176/ajp.130.7.789 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-03812-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-03779-001 AN - 1974-03779-001 AU - Fraas, Louis A. T1 - Effects of incarceration as measured by the Taylor-Johnson Temperament Analysis. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 32 IS - 3, Pt. 2 SP - 1033 EP - 1034 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-03779-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fraas, Louis A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Topeka, Kan. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19740201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Correctional Institutions; Incarceration; Military Personnel; Personality Change; Personality Measures. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. AB - Administered the Taylor-Johnson Temperament Analysis to 76 incarcerated soldiers when entering a correctional training program and during the week they left the program. 17 Ss receiving dishonorable discharges and 59 Ss who completed the 9-wk program were compared on each of the 11 scales. Changes in scale scores are interpreted as indicative of Ss' increased apprehension and perception of more negative implications in themselves. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - incarceration KW - changes in Taylor-Johnson Temperament Analysis KW - incarcerated soldiers entering & leaving correctional training program KW - 1973 KW - Correctional Institutions KW - Incarceration KW - Military Personnel KW - Personality Change KW - Personality Measures KW - 1973 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1973.32.3c.1033 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-03779-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-03319-001 AN - 1974-03319-001 AU - Dizzonne, Michael F. AU - Davis, William E. T1 - Relationship between Quick Test and WAIS IQs for brain-injured and schizophrenic subjects. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1973/02// VL - 32 IS - 1 SP - 337 EP - 338 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-03319-001. PMID: 4686087 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dizzonne, Michael F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19740201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Intelligence Measures; Schizophrenia; Test Reliability; Test Validity. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1973. AB - Found that Quick Test IQs (combination form) correlated highly with WAIS Full Scale IQs (.80, .79) and WAIS Verbal IQs (.86, .79) obtained from separate groups of 48 brain-injured and 48 schizophrenic male Ss. Significantly lower relationships were found between Quick Test IQs and WAIS Performance IQs (.60, .56). Results indicate that the Quick Test is a valid, reliable estimate of intelligence which 'holds up' with populations notorious for their variability and seems resistant to the type of reduction in performance on intelligence test tasks often associated with psychopathology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Quick Test IQs KW - reliability & validity KW - brain-damaged & schizophrenic Ss KW - 1973 KW - Brain Damage KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Schizophrenia KW - Test Reliability KW - Test Validity KW - 1973 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1973.32.1.337 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-03319-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-02117-001 AN - 1974-02117-001 AU - Gocka, Edward F. T1 - Comments on randomization tests. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1973/02// VL - 32 IS - 1 SP - 293 EP - 294 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-02117-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gocka, Edward F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Predictive & Evaluative Models Research Lab., Sepulveda, Calif. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19740201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Nonparametric Statistical Tests; T Test. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1973. AB - Discusses the advantages and disadvantages of randomization vs t tests. For large samples, the type of data and test criterion should determine whether t or randomization tests are used. For very small samples, both tests should be used with caution. Randomization tests are considered particularly useful in cases of complex test criteria, censored observations, and unknown small sample characteristics. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - randomization vs t-tests KW - complex test criteria & censored observations & unknown small sample characteristics KW - 1973 KW - Nonparametric Statistical Tests KW - T Test KW - 1973 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1973.32.1.293 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-02117-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-01470-001 AN - 1974-01470-001 AU - Gross, William F. AU - Nerviano, Vincent J. T1 - The prediction of dropouts from an inpatient alcoholism program by objective personality inventories. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 34 IS - 2 SP - 514 EP - 515 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1974-01470-001. PMID: 4713841 Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gross, William F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lexington, Ky. Release Date: 19740101. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Edwards Personal Preference Schedule; Personality Measures; Prognosis; Sixteen Personality Factors Questionnaire. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. AB - Administered the 16 PF to 371 white male patients on admission to an alcoholic treatment program, the Edwards Personality Preference Schedule (EPPS) to 299 Ss, the Personality Research Form (PRF) to 144 Ss. Subsequently, 119 Ss who had taken the 16 PF, 63 who had taken the EPPS, and 36 who had taken the PRF dropped out of treatment. None of the scales differentiated between program completers and noncompleters. It is concluded that the personality dimensions measured by the inventories are not sufficient to predict which alcoholics will continue treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 16 PF & Edwards Personality Preference Schedule & Personality Research Form KW - prediction of dropouts from inpatient treatment program KW - alcoholics KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Edwards Personal Preference Schedule KW - Personality Measures KW - Prognosis KW - Sixteen Personality Factors Questionnaire KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-01470-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-30828-001 AN - 1973-30828-001 AU - Wilson, Arthur S. AU - Carter, Richard J. T1 - Effect of alcohol on running-wheel activity in rats. JF - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JO - Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society JA - Bull Psychon Soc Y1 - 1973/04// VL - 1 IS - 4 SP - 233 EP - 234 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society, Inc. SN - 0090-5054 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-30828-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wilson, Arthur S.; Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. Release Date: 19731201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Motivation; Drugs; Ethanol. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1973. AB - Gave 40 male Sprague-Dawley albino rats either 15% w/v ethanol (ETOH) or water and ad lib food in activity wheels which were allowed to move freely or were fixed for a 21-day period. There was no overall difference in activity between the ETOH or water groups; however, a significant increase in activity was found in the ETOH group during the 1st 6 experimental days. This effect may have been due to a significant reduction in the amount of food and fluid consumed by the Ss as well as to weight loss during initial stage. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcohol KW - running-wheel activity KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Animal Motivation KW - Drugs KW - Ethanol KW - Rats KW - 1973 DO - 10.3758/BF03333353 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-30828-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-29744-001 AN - 1973-29744-001 AU - Zwier, Marcia T1 - Perceptions of patient behavior by helping professionals on an admissions unit. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 38 EP - 39 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-29744-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zwier, Marcia; Veterans Administration Hosp., Murfreesboro, Tenn. Release Date: 19731101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Hospital Admission; Psychiatric Hospital Staff; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Studied the relationship of contents of case files to demography and diagnosis of patients and to the professional status of the person making the entry based on a sample of 20 male veterans, 21-60 yr. old. Ss had diagnoses of psychosis, neurosis, and alcohol/drug addiction. It is concluded that physicians and nurses wrote more entries, but fewer words per entry than psychologists and social workers. 70% of the entries were patient-need oriented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - professional status of admission unit personnel & demography & diagnosis of patients KW - contents of case files KW - 1972 KW - Psychiatric Hospital Admission KW - Psychiatric Hospital Staff KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-29744-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-29565-001 AN - 1973-29565-001 AU - Lee, Robert E. T1 - A note on the relationship of critical behavior and self-esteem in the hospitalized veteran. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JA - Psychotherapy (Chic) Y1 - 1972///Sum 1972 VL - 9 IS - 2 SP - 130 EP - 131 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-29565-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lee, Robert E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Allen Park, Mich. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19731101. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospital Admission; Hospitalization; Military Veterans; Negativism; Self-Esteem. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Sum 1972. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Investigates the theory of W. Kir-Stimon that the hostile and aggressive patient is a better rehabilitation risk than the passive one, indicating a correlation between self-esteem and negativism. Ss were 53 35-55 yr. old male veterans who were administered paper and pencil tests which included measures of Self-Esteem, Internal Causality, and Anomie. First and multiple admission Ss were divided for purposes of analyses which allowed intra- as well as intergroup comparisons. Only on the Self-Esteem Scale was the personality variable a significant factor, with those Ss high in self-esteem complaining less and vice versa. Across all 3 personality measures 1st admission Ss complained significantly more than multiple admission Ss. A slight interaction effect was noticed between the Self-Esteem Scale and length of hospitalization, highlighting the more pronounced difference among the 1st admission Ss. It is suggested that, for some patients, criticism may be inversely related to self-esteem as popularly defined (and otherwise not related at all). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - self-esteem & negativism KW - hospitalization length & admission KW - 35-55 yr. old male veterans KW - 1972 KW - Hospital Admission KW - Hospitalization KW - Military Veterans KW - Negativism KW - Self-Esteem KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0086732 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-29565-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-29534-001 AN - 1973-29534-001 AU - Jernigan, A. J. AU - Kidd, Ronald T1 - Interview survey of 220 Vietnam era patients. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 40 EP - 41 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-29534-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jernigan, A. J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Dallas, Tex. Release Date: 19731101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Hospital Admission; Hospitalized Patients; Interviews; Military Veterans. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Methodology: Interview. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Studied the responses to a 55-item interview by veterans admitted to a Veterans Administration hospital during a 12-wk period. 34% responded that they would like help in personal problems. These Ss were younger, had less education, and remained in the hospital a longer period. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - interview survey KW - newly admitted hospitalized veterans KW - 1972 KW - Hospital Admission KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Interviews KW - Military Veterans KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-29534-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-29513-001 AN - 1973-29513-001 AU - Herring, Fred H. AU - Katz, George AU - Mason, Donald J. T1 - Hyper-manic states: Schizoaffective and/or a 'true' manic-depressive state. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 32 EP - 33 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-29513-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Herring, Fred H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Denver, Colo. Release Date: 19731101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Bipolar Disorder; Differential Diagnosis; Psychodiagnostic Typologies; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Reports a preliminary taxonomic differentiation between manic-depressives with schizoaffective tendencies and 'true' manic-depressives. Differences are based on symptomatology, case histories, MMPI profiles, and Rorschach protocols. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizoaffective &/or manic-depressive state KW - taxonomic differentiation KW - 1972 KW - Bipolar Disorder KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-29513-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-29428-001 AN - 1973-29428-001 AU - Davidson, Robert S. T1 - Modification of alcoholic behavior. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 30 EP - 31 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-29428-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davidson, Robert S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Miami, Fla. Release Date: 19731101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Aversion Therapy; Behavior Modification. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Describes a newly evolved Veterans Administration treatment program using aversive and appetitive behavior modification techniques to control alcoholism. At the end of treatment, only 3 of 15 patients continued to take alcohol (at a reduced rate) when offered; follow-up over a 10-12 mo. period on 8 Ss showed that 3 maintained abstinence, 2 reported low and controlled rates of social drinking, and 3 reported a considerably reduced intake. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - aversive & appetitive behavior modification KW - alcoholism KW - 1972 KW - Alcoholism KW - Aversion Therapy KW - Behavior Modification KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-29428-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-28786-001 AN - 1973-28786-001 AU - Ackerman, Marc J. T1 - Social desirability in economically disadvantaged preschool children. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1973/// SP - 685 EP - 686 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1973-28786-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ackerman, Marc J.; Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. Release Date: 19731101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Disadvantaged; Racial and Ethnic Differences; Sex Linked Developmental Differences; Social Desirability. Minor Descriptor: Father Absence. Classification: Social Psychology (3000). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Preschool Age (2-5 yrs) (160). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - Administered the Young Childrens Social Desirability Scale (YCSD) to 120 male and female 4- and 5 yr. olds. 9 female teachers were divided into high and low social desirability groups and predicted the YCSD scores for each child in their class. A 2 2 2 factorial design was used for the age, sex, and race of examiner variables. 5-yr-old, black-examined, and father-present children had significantly higher YCSD scores than 4-yr-old, white-examined and father-absent children. Teachers were unable to accurately predict YCSD scores for their students. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - black vs. white examiner & sex & age & father present vs. absent KW - social desirability KW - disadvantaged 4-5 yr. olds KW - 1973 KW - Age Differences KW - Disadvantaged KW - Racial and Ethnic Differences KW - Sex Linked Developmental Differences KW - Social Desirability KW - Father Absence KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-28786-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-28718-001 AN - 1973-28718-001 AU - Jernigan, A. J. T1 - Clinical data as a resource for population study. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1973/// SP - 493 EP - 494 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1973-28718-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jernigan, A. J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Dallas, Tex. Release Date: 19731101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitudes; Group Testing. Minor Descriptor: Test Battery. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - Tested the feasibility of obtaining data relevant to population studies from standard group assessment test batteries eliciting attitudes toward children. 74 male and 4 female veterans, 20-60 yr. old (mean age = 37.88), were administered tasks from a standard assessment battery previously identified as providing responses denoting attitudes toward children. Analysis of results indicates that clinical data hold a wealth of information relevant to population studies. Findings are discussed in terms of marital status of Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - standard group assessment test batteries KW - attitudes toward children KW - 20-60 yr. old veterans KW - 1973 KW - Attitudes KW - Group Testing KW - Test Battery KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-28718-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-28418-001 AN - 1973-28418-001 AU - Milligan, W. L. AU - Powell, D. A. T1 - Cardiovascular effects evoked by electrical brain stimulation (ESB) as a function of stimulus frequency, intensity, and train duration. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 35 EP - 36 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-28418-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Milligan, W. L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Columbia, S.C. Release Date: 19731101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electrical Brain Stimulation; Heart Rate; Stimulus Duration; Stimulus Frequency; Stimulus Intensity. Minor Descriptor: Blood Pressure; Rabbits. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Investigated whether previous results of ESB of the rabbit on heart rate (HR) and blood pressure (BP) would be replicated using an extended range of stimulus intensity, train duration, and pulse frequency. The replication was successful and preliminary data suggest that ESB which elicits HR and BP changes is either ambiguous or aversive. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - electrical brain stimulation intensity & train duration & pulse frequency KW - heart rate & blood pressure KW - rabbits KW - 1972 KW - Electrical Brain Stimulation KW - Heart Rate KW - Stimulus Duration KW - Stimulus Frequency KW - Stimulus Intensity KW - Blood Pressure KW - Rabbits KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-28418-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-28387-001 AN - 1973-28387-001 AU - Edwards, Allan E. T1 - The non-parity of palmar skin resistance: Possibility of a neuropsychological diagnostic test. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1973/// SP - 429 EP - 430 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1973-28387-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Edwards, Allan E.; Wadsworth Veterans Administration Hosp., Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19731101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Lateral Dominance; Neuropsychology; Psychodiagnosis; Skin Resistance. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - The skin resistance difference, both resting and response, when measured from the left and right palms was shown to have a high consistency over time for each of 10 healthy, normal, right-handed Ss. The average correlation was about .77, which, considering the intrinsic procedural unreliability of skin resistance measurements is just nearly as high as possible. This nonparity of autonomic functioning in other research has been related to unilateral brain lesions using grouped data. Since this nonparity was demonstrated herein to be a stable trait, it is considered to be a candidate to add to the neuropsychologist's test battery. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - non-parity of palmar skin resistance KW - implications for neuropsychological diagnosis KW - 1973 KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Neuropsychology KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Skin Resistance KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-28387-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-27923-001 AN - 1973-27923-001 AU - Zwier, Marcia T1 - Psychosocial characteristics of superior and average readers. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1973/// SP - 693 EP - 694 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1973-27923-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zwier, Marcia; Veterans Administration Hosp., Murfreesboro, Tenn. Release Date: 19731001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Elementary School Students; Home Environment; Psychosocial Development; Reading Ability. Classification: Educational Psychology (3500). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - The psychosocial characteristics of superior and average readers in a university laboratory school were identified in a previous study. These characteristics were further investigated using pupils (N = 300) in conventional public elementary schools as Ss. The 2 groups of readers were selected from each classroom group on the basis of teacher ratings of overall reading performance. Data were collected by a trained examiner who interviewed Ss in small groups to obtain their perceptions about themselves. Superior readers were found to be from homes with parents having considerable education and where the children were encouraged to participate in school and community activities. It is concluded that imitation of the model behavior of significant persons in the environment could well be crucial in the development of the superior reader. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychosocial characteristics & home environment KW - elementary school superior vs. average readers KW - 1973 KW - Elementary School Students KW - Home Environment KW - Psychosocial Development KW - Reading Ability KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-27923-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-27597-001 AN - 1973-27597-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. T1 - Cross-validation of a WAIS sign developed to separate brain-damaged from schizophrenic patients. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1972/01// VL - 28 IS - 1 SP - 66 EP - 67 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-27597-001. PMID: 5058003 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Release Date: 19731001. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Differential Diagnosis; Schizophrenia; Test Validity; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1972. AB - Analyzed WAIS results on 2 different hospital populations of organics and schizophrenic Ss for the DeWolfe sign. The percentages of correct categorization was high in one group and poor in another. It is suggested that the use of the DeWolfe sign should be preceded by local cross-validations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cross-validation of DeWolfe sign of WAIS KW - brain-damaged vs. schizophrenic patients KW - 1972 KW - Brain Damage KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Test Validity KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - 1972 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197201)28:1<66::AID-JCLP2270280121>3.0.CO;2-Z UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-27597-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-26998-001 AN - 1973-26998-001 AU - Glass, David H. AU - Mattson, Richard H. T1 - Psychopathology and emotional precipitation of seizures in temporal lobe and non-temporal lobe epileptics. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1973/// SP - 427 EP - 428 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1973-26998-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Glass, David H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., New Haven, Conn. Release Date: 19731001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotional Responses; Epileptic Seizures. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - Epileptic groups with temporal lobe, cortical focal nontemporal lobe, or generalized onset seizures were compared on the MMPI and on self-reports of emotionality effects on seizure frequency. Previous studies, in which the latter 2 groups were combined into general 'non-temporal' groups, have found no difference on either measure as a function of seizure type. In this study data were obtained from 131 epileptics via questionnaires, interviews of patients and family members, and psychological test batteries. The temporal lobe group showed the highest MMPI elevations and were most sensitive to emotionality effects, while the generalized group was lowest on both measures. MMPI elevation and incidence of emotional precipitation were uncorrelated, except for the Test Taking Attitude and Social scales. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI & self-report of emotionality effects on seizure frequency KW - temporal lobe & non-temporal lobe epileptics KW - 1973 KW - Emotional Responses KW - Epileptic Seizures KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-26998-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-26397-001 AN - 1973-26397-001 AU - Jakubczak, Leonard F. T1 - Caloric-density preference as a function of strain and age of rats. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1973/// SP - 765 EP - 766 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1973-26397-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jakubczak, Leonard F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Gerontological Psychology Lab., St. Louis, Mo. Release Date: 19731001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Calories; Food Preferences; Genetics. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - Conducted a 2 2 3 7 experiment varying strain (A C 9935 and Fischer 334), age (187 and 745 days), caloric-density (2.7, 3.6, and 5.1 kcal/gm), and day-sets. The influence of these factors on preference for calorically dense diets was examined. Results indicate that, depending on the strain, old rats prefer calorically dense diets either to an equal or to a lesser degree than do young rats. Strain differences in preference and sensitivity to caloric density are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - age & strain KW - caloric-density preference KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Age Differences KW - Calories KW - Food Preferences KW - Genetics KW - Rats KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-26397-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-25610-001 AN - 1973-25610-001 AU - Zwier, Marcia T1 - Efficacy of small group practice with intractable neuropsychiatric patients. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1973/// SP - 1059 EP - 1060 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1973-25610-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Zwier, Marcia; Veterans Administration Hosp., Murfreesboro, Tenn. Release Date: 19730901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Escape Conditioning; Group Psychotherapy; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - Initiated group meetings for 8 male chronic elopers in an attempt to increase the number of authorized absences and thereby decrease the number of unauthorized absences in a veteran's neuropsychiatric hospital. An equivalent times samples design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the sessions. 2 series of group meetings were held twice a week for 10 wk. with a comparable period of no treatment between them. Routine tabulations of the number of Ss' authorized and unauthorized absences were made each month. Number of elopements dropped significantly (p < .05) during the time when the sessions were held. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group meetings KW - authorized vs. unauthorized absences KW - veterans in neuropsychiatric hospital KW - 1973 KW - Escape Conditioning KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-25610-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-25417-001 AN - 1973-25417-001 AU - Lapuc, Paul S. T1 - The effects of verbal and nonverbal behavior change. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1973/// SP - 909 EP - 910 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1973-25417-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lapuc, Paul S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northampton, Mass. Release Date: 19730901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Psychiatric Patients; Social Interaction; Social Reinforcement; Verbal Communication. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - Assigned 56 neuropsychiatric patients to 4 groups matched for scores on Communication and Interpersonal Relations scale of the Hospital Adjustment Scale. The 2 experimental groups received reinforcement for time intelligible, nonrepetitive verbal statements or for endorsing verbal interaction items. The 2 control groups received the same treatment manipulations without reinforcement. Verbal interaction, listening, and endorsement of verbal interaction items increased significantly (p < .01). Generalization to ward settings occurred for the behavior training group but was rapidly extinguished. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - verbal & nonverbal behavior change KW - verbal interaction endorsement KW - neuropsychiatric patients KW - 1973 KW - Attention KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Social Interaction KW - Social Reinforcement KW - Verbal Communication KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-25417-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-25143-001 AN - 1973-25143-001 AU - Palmer, Robert D. T1 - Perceptual preferences of hospitalized psychiatric patients. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1973/// SP - 479 EP - 480 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1973-25143-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Palmer, Robert D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brooklyn, N.Y. Release Date: 19730901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Preference Measures; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Psychiatric Patients; Visual Perception. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - Asked 150 psychiatric and 387 nonpsychiatric male inpatients to rate a large number of picture stimulus cards on the basis of their appeal or likeability. Significant differences were obtained on a number of individual picture stimuli and on related factor scales. Pictures 'most disliked' by the psychiatric group typically expressed a manifestly aggressive theme; the most striking feature of 'most liked' pictures was the complete absence of any robust, 'flesh and blood' portrayals of human beings, and the virtual absence of male figures of any kind. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - picture content KW - likeability ratings of picture stimulus cards KW - hospitalized psychiatric vs. nonpsychiatric patients KW - 1973 KW - Preference Measures KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Visual Perception KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-25143-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-24676-001 AN - 1973-24676-001 AU - Gritz, Ellen R. AU - Jarvik, Murray E. T1 - A preliminary study: Forty-eight hours of abstinence from smoking. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1973/// SP - 1043 EP - 1044 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1973-24676-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gritz, Ellen R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brentwood, Calif. Release Date: 19730901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: College Students; Deprivation; Tobacco Smoking. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - Studied 48 hr. of abstinence from smoking in 12 light (15-20 cigarettes/day) and 15 heavy (21-50 cigarettes/day) smokers who were university students or employees paid for participation in the study. A 43-item questionnaire assessed the desire to smoke and the occurrence of miscellaneous symptoms before, during, and after the deprivation period. A significant increase was noted in scores on items indicating craving and a decrease following the 1st posttest cigarette. The test was unable to differentiate between light and heavy smokers as defined by the above criteria, nor did the scores show any difference between Day 1 and Day 2. Therefore, a quantifiable measure of cigarette deprivation is possible. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 48 hr. cigarette deprivation KW - craving & miscellaneous symptoms before vs. during vs. after deprivation KW - light vs. heavy smokers KW - 1973 KW - College Students KW - Deprivation KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-24676-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-24446-001 AN - 1973-24446-001 AU - Snyder, Edward W. AU - Lewis, Evan G. AU - Beck, Edward C. AU - Dustman, Robert E. T1 - Lack of behavioral tolerance to D9-tetrahydrocannabinol in stump-tailed macaques. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1973/// SP - 1001 EP - 1002 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1973-24446-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Snyder, Edward W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salt Lake City, U. Release Date: 19730901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drugs; Response Frequency; Response Variability; Tetrahydrocannabinol. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - Trained 2 monkeys (Macaca arctoides) on an operant schedule requiring a postreinforcement pause which initiated a FI schedule. Synthetic D9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) was administered 2mg/kg every 3rd day for 18 administrations. Acute effects were characterized by decreased response output and a marked tendency to begin responding earlier in the FI. Chronic ingestion of THC resulted in continual reduced response rate and an altered pattern of responding (unique to each S) on drug days as compared to nondrug days. Although behavioral tolerance to THC has been reported by others, such tolerance never occurred in the present study and is apparently dependent on the task the animal must perform. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol KW - FI operant responding KW - macaques KW - 1973 KW - Drugs KW - Response Frequency KW - Response Variability KW - Tetrahydrocannabinol KW - Monkeys KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-24446-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-24373-001 AN - 1973-24373-001 AU - Dougherty, John AU - Pickens, Roy T1 - Development of temporal patterns of cocaine self-administration. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1973/// SP - 1009 EP - 1010 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1973-24373-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dougherty, John; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lexington, Ky. Release Date: 19730901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cocaine; Drugs; Response Variability; Self-Stimulation. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - Examined the development of relatively long, uniform interreponse times (IRTs) which are characteristic of stable cocaine self-administration response patterns. Ss were 4 male Sprague-Dawley albino rats. The initial high IRT variability decreased over several drug sessions, after which IRT duration showed systematic increases. Relative IRT variability was a better measure of the acquisition of the temporal response pattern than was mean IRT duration. Continued experience was necessary for the appearance of the stable response pattern, indicating that simple contact with the pharmacological aspects of cocaine is not sufficient for IRTs of uniform duration to appear. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cocaine self-administration interresponse times KW - 1973 KW - Cocaine KW - Drugs KW - Response Variability KW - Self-Stimulation KW - Rats KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-24373-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-24363-001 AN - 1973-24363-001 AU - Carey, Robert J. T1 - Long-term taste aversion induced by both oral amphetamine self-administration and repeated amphetamine injections. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1973/// SP - 1049 EP - 1050 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1973-24363-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carey, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Release Date: 19730901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Antihypertensive Drugs; Aversion; Dextroamphetamine; Drugs; Taste Stimulation. Minor Descriptor: Aversive Stimulation; Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1973. AB - Describes 3 experiments with 30, 20, and 24 naive male Sprague-Dawley rats. Oral self-administration of d-amphetamine was shown to become aversive over a range of concentrations from .01 mg/cc to .5 mg/cc. Furthermore, the aversion acquired to .1 mg/cc d-amphetamine was sufficient to overcome an aversion to a .005% quinine solution. In a standard learned aversion paradigm, repeated 2 mg/kg injections of d-amphetamine were as effective in blocking intake of a .1% saccharin solution as 2 mg/kg injections given 30 min. before presentation of the saccharin. Alpha-methyl-para-tyrosine did not affect the saccharin aversion induced by amphetamine, and the aversion remained intact 72 days after the final amphetamine injection. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alpha-methyl-para-tyrosine KW - oral- & self-administered & repeated injections of amphetamine KW - long-term saccharin vs. quinine taste aversion KW - rats KW - 1973 KW - Antihypertensive Drugs KW - Aversion KW - Dextroamphetamine KW - Drugs KW - Taste Stimulation KW - Aversive Stimulation KW - Rats KW - 1973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-24363-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-20662-001 AN - 1973-20662-001 AU - Riege, W. H. AU - Cherkin, A. T1 - Biphasic retention of one-trial learning in a clonal fish (Poecilia formosa). JF - Nature, New Biology JO - Nature, New Biology Y1 - 1972/11// VL - 240 IS - 96 SP - 28 EP - 29 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-20662-001. PMID: 4508298 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Riege, W. H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychobiology Research Lab., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19730701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Retention. Minor Descriptor: Fishes. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1972. AB - Tested 306 unisexual clonal Amazon mollies in an effort to reduce genotypic and behavioral variability in studying memory processing. Juvenile Ss were avoidance-trained to rise from the bottom of a water-filled cylinder by introducing 2 ml. of 3 M citric acid (or 2 ml. of 1 M acetic acid on retesting) into the bottom region. The median scores of geotaxic diving avoidance reveal a biphasic time course of retention that suggests more than 1 process was active in Ss' memory formation. Results show the existence of a distinct early phase with a brief and sharp rise in retention performance and also that the extent of avoidance was time dependent. 2 phases in memory formation are hypothesized, each with different rise and fall times as postulated by biphasic models of memory processing. (27 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - biphasic retention of avoidance learning KW - clonal fish KW - 1972 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Retention KW - Fishes KW - 1972 DO - 10.1038/newbio240028a0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-20662-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-09547-001 AN - 1973-09547-001 AU - Brissenden, Arik T1 - Combining the psychiatric resources of neighboring general hospitals. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1972/11// VL - 23 IS - 11 SP - 348 EP - 349 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-09547-001. PMID: 5075469 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brissenden, Arik; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northport, N.Y. Release Date: 19730501. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Health Programs; Psychiatric Hospital Programs. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1972. AB - Describes the temporary development of a custodial-type inpatient unit for private patients into an intensive treatment service, pending the development of comprehensive mental health programs at neighboring hospitals. The program was combined with that of an outpatient clinic in another hospital. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - development of custodial-type inpatient unit into intensive treatment service KW - comprehensive mental health programs at neighboring hospitals KW - 1972 KW - Mental Health Programs KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-09547-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-06155-001 AN - 1973-06155-001 AU - Johnson, Jack B. AU - Murphree, O. D. T1 - Direct-current fluorescent lighting for experimental chambers. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1972/11// VL - 9 IS - 6 SP - 663 EP - 664 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-06155-001. PMID: 5076042 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Johnson, Jack B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Southern Research Support Center, Little Rock, Ark. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19730401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus; Auditory Stimulation; Illumination. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1972. KW - low-interference & low-heat build-up & direct-current fluorescent lighting system KW - noise interference reduction in psychophysiologic experimental chambers KW - 1972 KW - Apparatus KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Illumination KW - 1972 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1972.tb00785.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-06155-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-05941-001 AN - 1973-05941-001 AU - Cermak, Laird S. AU - Sampson, James B. T1 - Decay of acoustic proactive facilitation. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology JA - J Exp Psychol Y1 - 1972/11// VL - 96 IS - 1 SP - 237 EP - 238 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-05941-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cermak, Laird S.; Boston Veterans Administration Hosp., Mass. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: College Students; Memory Decay; Proactive Inhibition; Short Term Memory. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Randomly assigned 216 undergraduates to 1 of 9 groups in a short-term memory experiment. Word triads presented within the context of the distractor procedure were either completely or partially repeated on immediately adjacent trials or on trials separated by 1 or 2 unrelated triads. A complete repetition consisted of presenting exactly the same material on 2 separate trials, while a partial repetition consisted of presenting homonym triads (an acoustic repetition) on separate trials. While retrieval was facilitated for complete repetitions regardless of the number of intervening trials, the facilitation effect decreased across trials for the acoustic repetitions. This is interpreted as evidence that differential rates of decay exist for at least the 2 levels of encoding employed in this experiment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - decay of acoustic proactive facilitation in short-term memory KW - college students KW - 1972 KW - College Students KW - Memory Decay KW - Proactive Inhibition KW - Short Term Memory KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0033483 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-05941-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-04030-001 AN - 1973-04030-001 AU - Hymowitz, Norman AU - Freed, Earl X. T1 - Inconstancy of drinking bursts during schedule-induced polydipsia. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1972/09// VL - 28 IS - 5 SP - 283 EP - 284 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-04030-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hymowitz, Norman; Veterans Administration Hosp., Alcohol Research Lab., Lyons, N.J. Release Date: 19730301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Drinking Behavior; Reinforcement Schedules; Water Intake. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1972. AB - 1-hr cumulative records of 16 rats from 3 previous studies of schedule-induced polydipsia were divided into quarters, and the mean number of licks per pellet for each quarter was calculated. Analysis of variance revealed a significant 'quarters' effect, interpreted as indicating that the number of licks per pellet decreased as the session progressed. This finding is discussed in terms of methodological considerations for research into the effects of 'meal' size on schedule-induced polydipsia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schedule-induced polydipsia KW - inconstancy of drinking bursts KW - rats KW - 1972 KW - Animal Drinking Behavior KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Water Intake KW - Rats KW - 1972 DO - 10.3758/BF03328741 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-04030-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-02711-001 AN - 1973-02711-001 AU - Oziel, L. Jerome AU - Obitz, Frederick W. AU - Keyson, Mae T1 - General and specific perceived locus of control in alcoholics. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1972/06// VL - 30 IS - 3 SP - 957 EP - 958 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1973-02711-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Oziel, L. Jerome; Veterans Administration Hosp., Phoenix, Ariz. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19730201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Internal External Locus of Control. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1972. AB - Administered Rotter's Internal-External Control Scale and a specially constructed scale to determine the perceived locus of control for drinking behavior to 37 male and 13 female alcoholics. It was hypothesized and found that alcoholics perceive themselves in control of their behavior in general and of their drinking behavior in particular. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perceived locus of control of drinking behavior KW - alcoholics KW - 1972 KW - Alcoholism KW - Internal External Locus of Control KW - 1972 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1972.30.3.957 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-02711-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-02553-001 AN - 1973-02553-001 AU - Twomey, J. F. AU - Kiefer, Frances T1 - Attitude changes following education in interpersonal dynamics among attendants in a state hospital for criminally insane. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1972/06// VL - 30 IS - 3 SP - 989 EP - 990 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1973-02553-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Twomey, J. F.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19730201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attendants (Institutions); Attitude Change; Educational Programs; Interpersonal Interaction; Role Perception. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1972. AB - 61 hospital attendants participated in an in-service training program designed to provide experience in human relations with the expectation that the well-being of patients in the hospital would be affected by changes in roles and attitudes. Ss were administered J. Cohen and E. Struening's questionnaire on opinions about mental illness before and after a 20-wk training period. Significant differences were observed on 4 of the 5 scales, suggesting that attitudes of custodial mental health personnel can be modified except for authoritarian matters. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - in-service interpersonal dynamics training program KW - role & attitude change KW - attendants in state hospital for criminally insane KW - 1972 KW - Attendants (Institutions) KW - Attitude Change KW - Educational Programs KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Role Perception KW - 1972 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1972.30.3.989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-02553-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-30592-001 AN - 1972-30592-001 AU - White, S. D. AU - Wayner, M. J. T1 - Lick rate during lateral hypothalamic electrical stimulation in the rat. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1972/04// VL - 8 IS - 4 SP - 771 EP - 772 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-30592-001. PMID: 5038148 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: White, S. D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Release Date: 19721201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Stimulation; Deprivation; Hypothalamus; Water Intake. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1972. AB - Studied lick rate in 4 male Sprague-Dawley albino rats during electrical stimulation of the lateral hypothalamus (LH) and following 24 and 48 hr. of water deprivation. Although lick rate did not change as a function of water deprivation, it increased during LH electrical stimulation when the intensity was increased. Results are discussed in terms of adjunctive behavior and the influence of the LH on motor excitability. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lateral hypothalamic electrical stimulation KW - lick rate following water deprivation KW - rat KW - 1972 KW - Brain Stimulation KW - Deprivation KW - Hypothalamus KW - Water Intake KW - Rats KW - 1972 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(72)90111-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-30592-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-30351-001 AN - 1972-30351-001 AU - Crovitz, Herbert F. T1 - The capacity of memory loci in artificial memory. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1971/08// VL - 24 IS - 4 SP - 187 EP - 188 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-30351-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crovitz, Herbert F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Durham, N.C. Release Date: 19721201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Imagery; Memory; Recall (Learning); Serial Learning; Word Associations. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1971. AB - The ancient mnemonic system of artificial memory taught a 2-part process: 1st, a set of successive locations was committed to memory; then lists were memorized through making bizarre associations between successive list items and successive locations. This study measures the capacity of locations in artificial memory. A set of 32 English words were the list items. 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, or 32 locations were used, as well as a control condition in which no mnemonic instructions were given. Ss were 70 undergraduates who memorized the word lists in 1 trial. Results approximate a normal ogive, with the 50% point of accurate recall occurring with 8 locations, i.e., 4 items per location. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - capacity of memory loci in artificial memory KW - successive locations committed to memory & list memorization through bizarre associations between successive list items & locations KW - 1971 KW - Imagery KW - Memory KW - Recall (Learning) KW - Serial Learning KW - Word Associations KW - 1971 DO - 10.3758/BF03335561 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-30351-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-29217-001 AN - 1972-29217-001 AU - Trautlein, Joseph J. T1 - Disposition of neuropsychiatric patients at an isolated medical facility. JF - Military Medicine JO - Military Medicine JA - Mil Med Y1 - 1972/01// VL - 137 IS - 1 SP - 29 EP - 30 CY - US PB - Assn of Military Surgeons of the US SN - 0026-4075 SN - 1930-613X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-29217-001. PMID: 4624242 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Trautlein, Joseph J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Cleveland, O. Release Date: 19721101. Correction Date: 20170302. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Disorders; Military Personnel; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Military Psychology (3800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1972. AB - Discusses idiosyncratic difficulties encountered in the disposition of neuropsychiatric patients seen in an isolated military facility. Special problems were seen as accruing depending on whether the individuals being presented were military personnel, adult dependents, dependent minors, or retired. In most cases dispositions were made to psychiatric facilities not associated with the military. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - idiosyncratic difficulties in disposition KW - military personnel & adult dependent & dependent minor & retired neuropsychiatric patients at isolated medical facility KW - 1972 KW - Mental Disorders KW - Military Personnel KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-29217-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-28613-001 AN - 1972-28613-001 AU - Pearlman, Chester A. T1 - Latent learning impaired by REM sleep deprivation. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1971/11// VL - 25 IS - 3 SP - 135 EP - 136 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-28613-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pearlman, Chester A.; Boston Veterans Administration Hosp., Mass. Release Date: 19721101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Deprivation; Rapid Eye Movement; Rat Learning; Sleep. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1971. AB - Examined the hypothesis that Stage REM sleep may be involved in some forms of learning by studying the effects of Stage REM deprivation in H. Blodgett's latent-learning situation. Ss were 40 male albino rats in which Stage REM deprivation was interpolated between the rewarded trial and the trial of the following day. REM deprivation was further studied by confining the learning situation to a goalbox with no maze. Stage REM deprivation blocked the appearance of the latent-learning effect, suggesting that adaptive coping of this sort is dependent upon Stage REM sleep. (19 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - latent learning KW - Stage REM sleep deprivation KW - rat KW - 1971 KW - Deprivation KW - Rapid Eye Movement KW - Rat Learning KW - Sleep KW - Rats KW - 1971 DO - 10.3758/BF03332474 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-28613-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-28522-001 AN - 1972-28522-001 AU - Carey, Robert J. AU - Kritkausky, R. Peter T1 - Absence of a response-rate-dependent effect of d-amphetamine on a DRL schedule when reinforcement is signaled. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1972/03// VL - 26 IS - 5 SP - 285 EP - 286 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-28522-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carey, Robert J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Release Date: 19721101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amphetamine; Conditioning; Drugs; Reinforcement; Signal Detection (Perception). Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1972. AB - Investigated the effect of a 1-mg/kg dose of d-amphetamine on operant responding for water on a DRL 22-sec schedule in 2 experiments with male Sprague-Dawley rats (N = 10). If the water reinforcement was signaled by a change in illumination, amphetamine did not affect response or reinforcement rate. In the absence of an external stimulus correlated with reinforcement, however, amphetamine markedly increased response rate and decreased reinforcement rate. Timing behavior was disrupted regardless of whether reinforcement was signaled or nonsignaled. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - d-amphetamine KW - operant responding for water on DRL schedule with signaled reinforcement KW - absence of response-rate-dependent effect KW - rat KW - 1972 KW - Amphetamine KW - Conditioning KW - Drugs KW - Reinforcement KW - Signal Detection (Perception) KW - Rats KW - 1972 DO - 10.3758/BF03328620 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-28522-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-28150-001 AN - 1972-28150-001 AU - Crovitz, Herbert F. AU - Rosof, Daniel AU - Schiffman, Harold T1 - Timing oscillation in human visual imagery. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1971/07// VL - 24 IS - 2 SP - 87 EP - 88 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-28150-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crovitz, Herbert F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Durham, N.C. Release Date: 19721101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Illumination; Imagery; Time; Vision; Visual Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1971. AB - Explored the visual imagery of sensory fusion of flickering light in the absense of its appropriate stimulus. Following the work of R. J. Weber and J. Castleman (see record [rid]1971-01560-001[/rid]), who found a time period of about 500 msec. for successive production in imagery of letters of the alphabet. 24 undergraduates in a CFF study attempted to match the rate of flicker of a subfusional light in visual imagery. Results show that modal ability for imagining flicker was about 250 msec. in period. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual imagery of flicker fusion KW - time oscillation KW - contribution to R. Weber & J. Castleman's work KW - 1971 KW - Illumination KW - Imagery KW - Time KW - Vision KW - Visual Perception KW - 1971 DO - 10.3758/BF03337905 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-28150-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-27545-001 AN - 1972-27545-001 AU - Booraem, Curtis D. AU - Seacat, George F. T1 - Effects of increased incentive in corrective therapy. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 34 IS - 1 SP - 125 EP - 126 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-27545-001. PMID: 5011816 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Booraem, Curtis D.; Long Beach Veterans Administration Hosp., Calif. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19721001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Incentives; Occupational Therapy; Rehabilitation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Reinforced 3 nonpsychiatric inpatient volunteers assigned to corrective physical therapy for exercising on Triplex pully weights. All 3 increased their rate of exercising, suggesting that implementation of increased incentive programs may facilitate the objectives of the corrective therapist. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - corrective physical therapy KW - increased incentive programs KW - nonpsychiatric inpatients KW - 1972 KW - Incentives KW - Occupational Therapy KW - Rehabilitation KW - 1972 DO - 10.2466/pms.1972.34.1.125 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-27545-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-26808-001 AN - 1972-26808-001 AU - Freed, Earl X. T1 - Schedule-induced polydipsia with nutritive and nonnutritive reinforcers. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1971/06// VL - 23 IS - 5 SP - 367 EP - 368 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-26808-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freed, Earl X.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Alcohol Research Lab., Lyons, N.J. Release Date: 19721001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Food Intake; Reinforcement; Water Intake. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1971. AB - Conditioned 18 Charles River male rats to drink water polydipsically by the delivery of food pellets on a free fixed interval 45-sec schedule. Varying percentages of sweetened nonnutritive pellets were then substituted for the nutritive pellets. The M volume of water ingested decreased with decreased nutritive content of the pellets, suggesting a relationship between schedule-induced polydipsia in the rat and the nutritive content of the pellets, suggesting a relationship between schedule-induced polydipsia in the rat and the nutritive content of the reinforcer. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schedule-induced polydipsia KW - nutritive vs. nonnutritive reinforcers KW - rat KW - 1971 KW - Food Intake KW - Reinforcement KW - Water Intake KW - Rats KW - 1971 DO - 10.3758/BF03336156 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-26808-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-26514-001 AN - 1972-26514-001 AU - Asato, Hideo AU - Fleming, Donovan E. T1 - The relationship between EEG amplitude and the rate of classical conditioning. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1971/01// VL - 22 IS - 1 SP - 37 EP - 38 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-26514-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Asato, Hideo; Veterans Administration Hosp., Phoenix, Ariz. Release Date: 19721001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cat Learning; Classical Conditioning; Electroencephalography. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1971. AB - Used 6 adult male cats in a classical conditioning study to determine the rate of conditioning when the conditioned stimulus is presented during bursts of EEG activity which exceed 80 MUv (experimental group) and 20 MUv (control group). Ss conditioned significantly faster under the high-amplitude conditions. Results are related to differences in cortical excitability during high- and low-amplitude EEG activity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EEG amplitude & classical conditioning rate KW - cat KW - 1971 KW - Cat Learning KW - Classical Conditioning KW - Electroencephalography KW - 1971 DO - 10.3758/BF03335926 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-26514-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-26499-001 AN - 1972-26499-001 AU - Friedman, Howard T1 - The transcephalic DC potential and scotopic critical flicker frequency. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1972/01// VL - 26 IS - 1 SP - 41 EP - 42 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-26499-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Friedman, Howard; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Release Date: 19721001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electrical Activity; Vision; Visual Perception. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1972. AB - Investigated the relationship between the transcephalic DC potential (TCDC) and scotopic CFF in 2 groups of clinically normal male 18-26 yr. olds. Comparisons of those Ss shifting in TCDC in a positive direction vs. those shifting negatively and/or less positively were made. There was a replicable significant association between negative shifters prior to the scoptopic CFF task and performance on that task. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - positive vs. negative transcephalic DC potential shifts KW - scotopic CFF KW - 18-26 yr. old males KW - 1972 KW - Electrical Activity KW - Vision KW - Visual Perception KW - 1972 DO - 10.3758/BF03337880 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-26499-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-25900-001 AN - 1972-25900-001 AU - Krop, Harry T1 - Training originality in elementary school children. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1972/// VL - 7 IS - Pt. 1 SP - 509 EP - 510 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1972-25900-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Krop, Harry; Veterans Administration Hosp., Gainesville, Fla. Release Date: 19720901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Creativity; Elementary School Students; School Learning; Teaching Methods. Classification: Educational Psychology (3500). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1972. AB - Tested 96 5th and 6th graders in 2 groups to determine whether originality could be facilitated in elemenatry school children. 1 group received Maltzman's originality training procedure while the other group served as a comparison group. In general, results indicate that Ss receiving originality training showed a significant increase in originality as well as in fluency of responding. Implications are discussed in relation to the relative emphasis in conformity vs. originality training which should prevail. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - originality facilitation KW - Maltzmann's training procedure KW - 5th & 6th graders KW - 1972 KW - Creativity KW - Elementary School Students KW - School Learning KW - Teaching Methods KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-25900-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-25537-001 AN - 1972-25537-001 AU - Schenkenberg, Thomas AU - Dustman, R. E. AU - Beck, E. C. T1 - Cortical evoked responses of hospitalized geriatrics in three diagnostic categories. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1972/// VL - 7 IS - Pt. 2 SP - 671 EP - 672 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1972-25537-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schenkenberg, Thomas; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salt Lake City, U. Release Date: 19720901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cardiovascular Disorders; Cerebral Cortex; Diagnosis; Evoked Potentials; Geriatrics. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1972. AB - Recorded visual, auditory, and somatosensory cortical evoked responses from hospitalized male geriatric patients in 3 diagnostic categories: arteriosclerosis (n = 18); chronic brain syndrome, senile dementia (n = 8); chronic brain syndrome, alcoholism (n = 6). Control groups were composed of normal elderly Ss, age-matched with the patients. Groups were compared on the basis of response amplitudes and latencies. Results indicate that the evoked response can differentiate patients from normals and suggest that this technique may be helpful in differentially identifying various clinical conditions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cortical evoked responses KW - male geriatric patients with arteriosclerosis vs. chronic brain syndrome & senile dementia vs. alcoholism KW - 1972 KW - Cardiovascular Disorders KW - Cerebral Cortex KW - Diagnosis KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Geriatrics KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-25537-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-25511-001 AN - 1972-25511-001 AU - Krop, Harry AU - Cohen, Edwin AU - Block, A. Jay T1 - Continuous oxygen therapy in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease neuropsychological effects. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1972/// VL - 7 IS - Pt. 2 SP - 663 EP - 664 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1972-25511-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Krop, Harry; Veterans Administration Hosp., Gainesville, Fla. Release Date: 19720901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cardiovascular Disorders; Intelligence Measures; Motor Performance; Respiration; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1972. AB - Administered continuous ambulatory oxygen therapy at sea level for 1 mo. to a group of 8 hypoxemic patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD). Neuropsychological functioning was assessed before and after 4 wk. of oxygen. Similar studies were also performed in a less severely hypoxemic comparison group of 8 patients with equally severe COPD. Although the treatment group initially scored lower than the comparison group in several neuropsychological tests, the treatment group showed significant improvement on the WAIS on the Bender-Gestalt Test, the Background Interference Procedure, and on Finger Tapping. Data suggest that hypoxemia is associated with depression in neuropsychological functioning which can be improved with relief of hypoxemia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - continuous oxygen therapy KW - neuropsychological functioning KW - hypoxemic patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease KW - 1972 KW - Cardiovascular Disorders KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Motor Performance KW - Respiration KW - Treatment KW - Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-25511-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-25232-001 AN - 1972-25232-001 AU - Grundvig, John L. AU - Ajax, Ernest T. AU - Needham, Walter E. T1 - Performance of brain damaged and non brain damaged alcoholics on a tilt chair-rod task: Effect of head and body cues on perception of vertical. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1972/// VL - 7 IS - Pt. 2 SP - 815 EP - 816 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1972-25232-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Grundvig, John L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Knoxville, Ia. Release Date: 19720901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Brain Damage; Cues; Somesthetic Perception; Visual Perception. Minor Descriptor: Human Body. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1972. AB - 3 groups of patients, normal (N), questionable alcoholics (QA) and brain-impaired alcoholics (A), were tested with a special tilt chair to evaluate their perception of vertical. The chair enabled independent evaluation of head and body cues. Both QA and A groups showed significant impairment in perception of verticality when head was tilted 30–. When only body was tilted the A group showed significantly impaired performance but not the QA. Apparently head tilts are more sensitive to the effects of alcoholic excess while prolonged drinking resulting in brain damage also interferes with body cues as well. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perception of vertical in tilt chair-rod task KW - head & body cues KW - brain-damaged & non-brain-damaged alcoholicsc KW - 1972 KW - Alcoholism KW - Brain Damage KW - Cues KW - Somesthetic Perception KW - Visual Perception KW - Human Body KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-25232-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-25049-001 AN - 1972-25049-001 AU - De Roo, William M. T1 - Rehabilitation counselors' perception of client disability groups. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1972/// VL - 7 IS - Pt. 2 SP - 707 EP - 708 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1972-25049-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: De Roo, William M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psycho Service, Buffalo, N.Y. Release Date: 19720901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counseling; Counselors; Physical Disorders; Rehabilitation; Social Perception. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1972. AB - Reports a series of studies in which rehabilitation counselors' perceptions of typical and atypical (nonphysically disabled) client groups were investigated. It was found that atypical clients, i.e., public offenders and the emotionally disturbed, were perceived negatively on several dimensions compared to typical clients. An apparent reduction in negative perception was noted after several years of exposure to an atypical client group. Factor analysis of 4 separate sets of data consistently identified 3 factors which were related to the counseling relationship, rehabilitation prognosis, and client desirability, respectively. The instrument developed to assess counselor perceptions is reliable and appears to have broader utility. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perception of typical & atypical client disability groups KW - rehabilitation prognosis & client desirability & relation to counseling relationship KW - rehabilitation counselors KW - 1972 KW - Counseling KW - Counselors KW - Physical Disorders KW - Rehabilitation KW - Social Perception KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-25049-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-24390-001 AN - 1972-24390-001 AU - Lewis, Evan G. AU - Dustman, Robert E. AU - Peters, Bernard A. AU - Beck, Edward C. T1 - The influence of DELTA1 tetrahydrocannabinol on the human visual evoked response. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1972/// VL - 7 IS - Pt. 2 SP - 811 EP - 812 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1972-24390-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lewis, Evan G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salt Lake City, U. Release Date: 19720901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drugs; Evoked Potentials; Vision. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1972. AB - 10 male and 10 female Ss were administered .2, .4 and .6 mg/kg of tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) and a placebo in a randomized sequence at weekly intervals. Visual evoked responses (VERs) were recorded from scalp electrodes placed on the occiput at 01 and 02. The .6 mg/kg dose of THC consistently prolonged the peak delay of most VER wave components. VER amplitude was quite resistant to drug effects at all dose levels. On the basis of the data obtained, it was hypothesized that THC exerts its primary influence at a peripheral and/or cortical level in contrast to most sedatives and anesthetics which affect neural centers in the brainstem. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - tetrahydrocannabinol KW - visual evoked responses KW - 1972 KW - Drugs KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Vision KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-24390-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-24049-001 AN - 1972-24049-001 AU - Cicchetti, Domenic V. T1 - A new measure of agreement between rank ordered variables. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1972/// VL - 7 IS - Pt. 1 SP - 17 EP - 18 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1972-24049-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cicchetti, Domenic V.; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Release Date: 19720901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Measurement; Statistical Analysis. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1972. AB - Determining the extent of association between 2 ordinal variables is a recurrent problem in psychological research. Several statistics are available and include rho, gamma, and tau. The basic problem with these techniques is that they measure order rather than extent of agreement. As a consequence, 2 quite different sets of ordinal data will produce the same statistical results, providing only that the ordering of each set of rankings is a constant. A new statistic, which can be expressed as a simple percentage of agreement, is proposed as an alternative method, and applied to a hypothetical research problem. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - measure of agreement between rank ordered variables KW - statistic expressed as simple percentage of agreement KW - 1972 KW - Measurement KW - Statistical Analysis KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-24049-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-22758-001 AN - 1972-22758-001 AU - Taub, Harvey A. T1 - A further study of aging, short-term memory, and complexity of stimulus organization. JF - The Journal of Genetic Psychology: Research and Theory on Human Development JO - The Journal of Genetic Psychology: Research and Theory on Human Development JA - J Genet Psychol Y1 - 1972/03// VL - 120 IS - 1 SP - 163 EP - 164 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-1325 SN - 1940-0896 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-22758-001. Other Journal Title: The Pedagogical Seminary; The Pedagogical Seminary and Journal of Genetic Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Taub, Harvey A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19720801. Correction Date: 20100823. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Gerontology; Physiological Aging; Short Term Memory; Stimulus Complexity. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1972. AB - Measured short-term recall of sequences of 8 letters by 15 young Ss (mean age, 25.2 yr.) and 12 old Ss (mean age, 70.6 yr.). 8 Ss per age group were selected with no differences in initial control scores. Performance of the equated groups was then measured for 2 subsequent experimental conditions which utilized 2 sets of color-coded letters in each sequence. Analyses of these data indicate that the only significant effect was a decrement in recall of the stimulus set to be reported 2nd as complexity of stimulus arrangement increased. Decrements were similar for both young and old Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - short-term memory KW - age differences & stimulus arrangement complexity KW - Ss of mean ages of 25.2 & 70.6 yr. old KW - 1972 KW - Age Differences KW - Gerontology KW - Physiological Aging KW - Short Term Memory KW - Stimulus Complexity KW - 1972 DO - 10.1080/00221325.1972.10532228 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-22758-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-22426-001 AN - 1972-22426-001 AU - Cherkin, Arthur AU - Meinecke, Richard O. T1 - Suppression of fighting behaviour in rabbits by paired emergence from anaesthesia. JF - Nature JO - Nature JA - Nature Y1 - 1971/05// VL - 231 IS - 5299 SP - 195 EP - 196 CY - United Kingdom PB - Nature Publishing Group SN - 0028-0836 SN - 1476-4687 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-22426-001. PMID: 4930682 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cherkin, Arthur; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19720801. Correction Date: 20110620. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Animal Social Behavior; Drugs; Social Isolation. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: May, 1971. AB - Administered sodium pentobarbital to 9 pairs of adult male New Zealand rabbits selected for aggressive behavior toward each other. Results indicate that aggression was suppressed in Ss who were paired during drug administration and/or recovery. This effect was evident for the period of time Ss remained together after recovery (24 hr. or 7 days). Following a 4-wk reisolation period, these Ss resumed attack behavior. Aggression was not reduced in Ss who were isolated during treatment and recovery. Previous findings of reduced aggression in animals given other anesthetics (e.g., chickens treated with ethanol) are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sodium pentobarbital KW - suppression of aggression with S pairing during drug administration &/or recovery KW - rabbit KW - 1971 KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Animal Social Behavior KW - Drugs KW - Social Isolation KW - 1971 DO - 10.1038/231195a0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-22426-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-20922-001 AN - 1972-20922-001 AU - Condon, Alice AU - Roland, Arlene T1 - Drug abuse jargon. JF - The American Journal of Nursing JO - The American Journal of Nursing JA - Am J Nurs Y1 - 1971/09// VL - 71 IS - 9 SP - 1738 EP - 1739 CY - United Kingdom PB - AB Academic Publishers SN - 0002-936X SN - 1538-7488 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-20922-001. PMID: 5208201 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Condon, Alice; Veterans Administration Hosp., Denver, Colo. Release Date: 19720701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amphetamine; Drug Addiction; Language; Lysergic Acid Diethylamide; Marijuana. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1971. KW - drug abuse KW - commonly used jargon KW - 1971 KW - Amphetamine KW - Drug Addiction KW - Language KW - Lysergic Acid Diethylamide KW - Marijuana KW - 1971 DO - 10.1097/00000446-197109000-00027 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-20922-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-20317-001 AN - 1972-20317-001 AU - Trehub, Arnold T1 - The brain as a parallel coherent detector. JF - Science JO - Science JA - Science Y1 - 1971/11// VL - 174 IS - 4010 SP - 722 EP - 723 CY - US PB - American Assn for the Advancement of Science SN - 0036-8075 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-20317-001. PMID: 5123423 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Trehub, Arnold; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northampton, Mass. Release Date: 19720701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Electrical Activity; Signal Detection (Perception). Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1971. AB - Knowledge of the bioelectric signal-to-noise ratios in rat brain makes it possible to demonstrate for the 1st time that the brain functions as a coherent signal detector, an important class of detectors that are explicitly formulated within the statistical theory of communication. Within an afferent neuronal channel of a single modality, the brain functions as a parallel signal processor. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - brain as parallel coherent detector KW - bioelectric signal-to-noise ratios in brain & formulation within statistical communications theory KW - rat KW - 1971 KW - Brain KW - Electrical Activity KW - Signal Detection (Perception) KW - Rats KW - 1971 DO - 10.1126/science.174.4010.722 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-20317-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-09546-001 AN - 1972-09546-001 AU - Porter, Alan L. AU - McCarthy, Charles D. AU - Pearman, H. Edgar T1 - Effect of stressful physical illness on future time perspective. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1971/10// VL - 27 IS - 4 SP - 447 EP - 448 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-09546-001. PMID: 5115645 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Porter, Alan L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19720501. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disorders; Time Perception. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1971. AB - Hypothesized that future time perspective (ftp) was shorter in persons hospitalized for a disease constituting a strong threat of death (e.g., pulmonary tuberculosis) than in persons hospitalized for minor short-term illnesses. No significant differences were found between groups on any of the direct or indirect measures of ftp. There was a high correlation between actual ca and estimated remaining life span across all groups of ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - future time perspective KW - pulmonary tuberculosis patients KW - 1971 KW - Disorders KW - Time Perception KW - 1971 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197110)27:4<447::AID-JCLP2270270408>3.0.CO;2-5 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-09546-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-09115-001 AN - 1972-09115-001 AU - Royer, Fred L. AU - Rynearson, Richard AU - Rice, Warren AU - Upper, Dennis T1 - An inexpensive, quickly built shock grid for use with humans. JF - Behavior Therapy JO - Behavior Therapy JA - Behav Ther Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 251 EP - 252 CY - US PB - Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy SN - 0005-7894 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-09115-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Royer, Fred L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brecksville, O. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19720501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus; Behavior Therapy; Shock. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1971. AB - To make a smooth, comfortable shock grid for use with barefooted human ss, adhesive-backed aluminum tape may be applied to a wooden board and connected to a shock source through solder lugs secured to the tape grid with wood screws. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - comfortable shock grid for barefooted Ss KW - 1971 KW - Apparatus KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Shock KW - 1971 DO - 10.1016/S0005-7894(71)80014-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-09115-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-03238-001 AN - 1972-03238-001 AU - Atkinson, Harriette S. T1 - Work therapy on a psychiatric unit. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1969/07// VL - 20 IS - 7 SP - 196 EP - 197 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-03238-001. PMID: 5805695 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Atkinson, Harriette S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Martinez, Calif. Release Date: 19720201. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Occupations; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1969. AB - Describes a voluntary off-ward work-assignment program for short-term hospitalized patients. Experience with 585 males over a 5-yr period indicates that ss were able to contribute in diverse ways to the hospital operation, and that ss in the program had significantly shorter hospitalizations. It is suggested that such programs help to raise the patient's self-esteem as a competent, productive human being. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - voluntary off-ward work-assignment program KW - short-term hospitalized psychiatric patients KW - 1969 KW - Occupations KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-03238-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-00125-001 AN - 1972-00125-001 AU - Weitzenhoffer, Andre M. T1 - A case of pursuit-like eye movements directly reflecting dream content during hypnotic dreaming. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1971/06// VL - 32 IS - 3 SP - 701 EP - 702 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1972-00125-001. PMID: 5557007 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weitzenhoffer, Andre M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dreaming; Eye Movements; Hypnosis; Imagery. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1971. AB - Describes a sample of eye movements from a hypnotized s spontaneously dreaming of watching a watch swing on a chain. These were repeated on another dream occasion and in imagination. The study (a) supports the notion that the content of some imagined and dreamed visual experiences is reflected in specific ways in eye movements; and (b) suggests a close relationship between nondream and dream visual and/or motor imagery. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dream content during hypnotic dreaming KW - pursuit-like eye movements KW - 1971 KW - Dreaming KW - Eye Movements KW - Hypnosis KW - Imagery KW - 1971 DO - 10.2466/pms.1971.32.3.701 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-00125-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-31245-001 AN - 1971-31245-001 AU - Hussar, A. E. AU - Cradle, J. L. AU - Beiser, S. M. T1 - A study of the immunologic and allergic responsiveness of chronic schizophrenics. JF - The British Journal of Psychiatry JO - The British Journal of Psychiatry JA - Br J Psychiatry Y1 - 1971/01// VL - 118 IS - 542 SP - 91 EP - 92 CY - United Kingdom PB - Royal College of Psychiatrists SN - 0007-1250 SN - 1472-1465 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-31245-001. PMID: 5576273 Other Journal Title: Journal of Mental Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hussar, A. E.; Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Release Date: 19711201. Correction Date: 20120611. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disorders; Physiology; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1971. AB - Immunization with diphtheria toxoid and subsequent quantification of the antibody response provided no evidence of an altered response by 21 schizophrenics vs. 15 controls. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - diphtheria toxoid immunization KW - allergic responsiveness KW - schizophrenics KW - 1971 KW - Disorders KW - Physiology KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1971 DO - 10.1192/bjp.118.542.91 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-31245-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-31136-001 AN - 1971-31136-001 AU - Rothstein, Emil AU - Clancy, David D. T1 - Combined use of disulfiram and metronidazole in treatment of alcoholism. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1970/06// VL - 31 IS - 2-A SP - 446 EP - 447 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-31136-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rothstein, Emil; Brockton Veterans Administration Hosp., Mass. Release Date: 19711201. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Drug Therapy; Neurosis; Personality Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1970. AB - Ss were 58 nonpsychotic men hospitalized in the alcoholism unit. Their psychiatric diagnoses included character disorders and neuroses; all with long histories of alcoholism. Each received 500-mg disulfiram once daily for 30 days, then 250 mg. daily. 1/2 were also given 750 mg. of metronidazole daily and 1/2 an identical placebo. Results reveal no evidence that metronidazole in any way aided the treatment of the patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - disulfiram & metronidazole KW - alcoholics with character disorders & neuroses KW - 1970 KW - Alcoholism KW - Drug Therapy KW - Neurosis KW - Personality Disorders KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-31136-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-30056-001 AN - 1971-30056-001 AU - La Pointe, Leonard L. AU - Williams, William N. T1 - Effect of selected form attachment devices on oral stereognosis scores. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 32 IS - 2 SP - 469 EP - 470 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-30056-001. PMID: 5089071 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: La Pointe, Leonard L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Gainesville, Fla. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19711201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cutaneous Sense; Form and Shape Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300); Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1971. AB - Tested 12 adults with normal speech on a 10-form task of intraoral form identification (oral stereognosis) under 3 conditions: (a) forms attached to stainless steel orthodontic wire, (b) forms attached to nylon monofilament, and (c) forms with no attachment device. No significant differences were found among conditions in either response accuracy or time. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - intraoral form identification KW - form attachment devices KW - 1971 KW - Cutaneous Sense KW - Form and Shape Perception KW - 1971 DO - 10.2466/pms.1971.32.2.469 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-30056-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-29383-001 AN - 1971-29383-001 AU - Lachenmeyer, Charles W. T1 - A note on two theoretical problems with the family process research on the etiology of schizophrenia. JF - The Journal of Genetic Psychology: Research and Theory on Human Development JO - The Journal of Genetic Psychology: Research and Theory on Human Development JA - J Genet Psychol Y1 - 1971/03// VL - 118 IS - 1 SP - 149 EP - 150 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-1325 SN - 1940-0896 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-29383-001. Other Journal Title: The Pedagogical Seminary; The Pedagogical Seminary and Journal of Genetic Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lachenmeyer, Charles W.; Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19711101. Correction Date: 20100823. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Etiology; Schizophrenia; Schizophrenogenic Family. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1971. AB - There are 2, basic theoretical problems with the family process research on schizophrenia: (a) Certain terms are used as primitive terms when they do not satisfy the necessary conditions for these terms. (b) Propositions of the highest generality are mistakenly taken to be equivalent to testable theorems, and accordingly, relationships between observation-based primitive terms are too vaguely stated at the theorem level to permit complete testability. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - etiology of schizophrenia KW - theoretical problems with family process research KW - 1971 KW - Etiology KW - Schizophrenia KW - Schizophrenogenic Family KW - 1971 DO - 10.1080/00221325.1971.10532603 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-29383-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-28273-001 AN - 1971-28273-001 AU - Wurgel, Bruce K. AU - Oscar-Berman, Marlene T1 - Incubation of a passive avoidance response after frontal lesions in the rat. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1971/03// VL - 22 IS - 5 SP - 289 EP - 290 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-28273-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wurgel, Bruce K.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19711101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Cerebral Cortex; Lesions. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1971. AB - Compared 18 Long-Evans hooded rats with lesions of prefrontal cortex with 18 sham operates and 18 cortical controls on a 1-trial stepdown passive-avoidance task. At training-test intervals of 5 sec., 10 sec., or 24 hr., 1-trial learning effects were observed. All groups showed an incubation effect, i.e., stepdown latencies increased after longer retest intervals. There were no differences between Ss with prefrontal lesions and sham controls, suggesting that frontals have normal short-term timing behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - prefrontal cortex lesions KW - passive-avoidance task KW - rat KW - 1971 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Cerebral Cortex KW - Lesions KW - Rats KW - 1971 DO - 10.3758/BF03335960 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-28273-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-27062-001 AN - 1971-27062-001 AU - Walker, Robert AU - Asci, Marguerite T1 - Evaluation of an experimental rehabilitation ward for chronic mental patients. JF - Rehabilitation Literature JO - Rehabilitation Literature JA - Rehabil Lit Y1 - 1971/02// VL - 32 IS - 2 SP - 40 EP - 41 CY - US PB - National Easter Seal Society SN - 0034-3579 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-27062-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Walker, Robert; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Release Date: 19711001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychiatric Patients; Vocational Rehabilitation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1971. AB - To examine the effect of a nontraditional ward atmosphere in a Veterans Administration Hospital caring for chronically ill patients, 30 Ss were exposed to employment opportunities in a sheltered situation, with emphasis on paid-daytime work. Comparisons were made of the adjustment of these Ss prior to and subsequent to their exposure to this program. The results show measurably higher social adjustment. Although the degree of living independence was not significant, the level of employment rose from virtually total unemployment to 13% of full employment restoration over the 3 yr. of the follow-up. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social adjustment & employment KW - experimental rehabilitation hospital ward with paid-daytime work KW - chronic mental patients KW - 1971 KW - Adjustment KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Vocational Rehabilitation KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-27062-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-25335-001 AN - 1971-25335-001 AU - Russell, Elbert W. T1 - A reexamination of Halstead's biological intelligence factors. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1971/// VL - 6 IS - Pt. 1 SP - 461 EP - 462 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1971-25335-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Russell, Elbert W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Cincinnati, O. Release Date: 19710901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Genetics; Intelligence. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1971. AB - The 4 factors in W. C. Halstead's concept of biological intelligence were derived from a factor analysis by Thurstone of Halstead's tests for brain damage. The major tests in his analysis were matched with results from 66 chronic brain-damaged Ss and a factor analysis was performed. Only 1 of the 4 resulting factors was similar to any of Halstead's factors. Instead, the factors represented performance, verbal, pure motor speed, and verbal attention variables. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - biological intelligence factors KW - factor analysis of W. Halstead's tests for brain damage KW - chronic brain-damaged Ss KW - 1971 KW - Brain Damage KW - Genetics KW - Intelligence KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-25335-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-25215-001 AN - 1971-25215-001 AU - Penk, W. E. AU - Van Hoose, T. A. T1 - Structural properties of cognition and maladjustment. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1971/// VL - 6 IS - Pt. 1 SP - 471 EP - 472 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1971-25215-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Penk, W. E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Dallas, Tex. Release Date: 19710901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Emotions; Learning; Meaning; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Neurosis. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1971. AB - It has been hypothesized that structural variables in cognition vary as a function of maladjustment specifically, that schizophrenics and controls, when structuring conceptions of acquaintances, do not differ in dimensionality and articulation, but that schizophrenics are comparatively ambivalent and less affectively involved. These hypotheses were tested using nonsocial stimuli, i.e., common objects. Contrary to findings with social stimuli, controls obtained significantly higher dimensionality and articulation scores; neurotics were significantly lower in dimensionality, articulation, and affective salience; and schizophrenics were significantly higher in pretest ambivalence and posttest affective salience. Findings are discussed in terms of differential effects of meaning domain and interaction of maladjustment on structural properties. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - structural properties of cognition KW - maladjustment & meaning & affect KW - neurotics & schizophrenics KW - 1971 KW - Adjustment KW - Emotions KW - Learning KW - Meaning KW - Schizophrenia KW - Neurosis KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-25215-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-25163-001 AN - 1971-25163-001 AU - Miller, Byron A. AU - Pokorny, Alex D. AU - Kansas, Thomas E. T1 - Problems in treating homeless, jobless alcoholics. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1970/03// VL - 21 IS - 3 SP - 98 EP - 99 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-25163-001. PMID: 5413036 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Miller, Byron A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19710901. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Rehabilitation; Treatment. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1970. AB - Compared 35 delayed-exit alcoholics with 115 Ss who had been discharged from an alcoholic treatment program. The delayed-exit Ss were (a) more depressive, uncooperative, and evasive; (b) were lacking in drive and self-confidence; (c) were socially withdrawn and spent most of their time alone; (d) drank more often to excess, to spite someone, and to ameliorate physical pain; (e) preferred wine and beer; (f) attended AA more frequently; (g) were less vocationally motivated; and (h) were more depressed, psychasthenic, and socially isolated on the MMPI. Ss were similar to those usually called homeless, jobless alcoholics. It is recommended that a special program be designed for their rehabilitation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - treatment problems KW - delayed-exit alcoholics KW - 1970 KW - Alcoholism KW - Rehabilitation KW - Treatment KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-25163-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-25128-001 AN - 1971-25128-001 AU - Nelson, Constance B. T1 - College students help chronic patients. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1969/12// VL - 20 IS - 12 SP - 394 EP - 395 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-25128-001. PMID: 5351724 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Nelson, Constance B.; Veterans Administration Mental Hygiene Clinic, Denver, Colo. Release Date: 19710901. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: College Students; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychiatric Patients; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1969. AB - Describes a program using volunteer undergraduate psychology students in direct association with patients. 42 male and 6 female students took part in the project in the 1st yr. Students were matched with patients on the basis of similar interests. Students gained valuable experience and were considered a valuable addition to the hospital. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - volunteer program in psychiatric hospital KW - college psychology students & chronic patients KW - 1969 KW - College Students KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Treatment KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-25128-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-25126-001 AN - 1971-25126-001 AU - Lorei, Theodore W. AU - Cohen, Jacob T1 - A comparison of two methods of value measurement. JF - The American Journal of Psychology JO - The American Journal of Psychology JA - Am J Psychol Y1 - 1971/03// VL - 84 IS - 1 SP - 23 EP - 24 CY - US PB - Univ of Illinois Press SN - 0002-9556 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-25126-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorei, Theodore W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Washington, D.C. Release Date: 19710901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis; Psychologists; Values. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1971. AB - Category rating and ratio estimation were used by 621 hospital staff respondents to scale the importance (value) of 16 possible outcomes of releasing psychiatric patients or keeping them in the hospital. Stevens' claim that the relationship between the 2 methods is intermediate between linear and logarithmic was confirmed for 7 of the 8 occupational groups but not for psychologists. The 2 methods yielded essentially identical answers to the substantive survey questions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hospital retention vs. release of psychiatric patients KW - value measurement by category rating vs. ratio estimation KW - hospital personnel & psychologists KW - 1971 KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Psychologists KW - Values KW - 1971 DO - 10.2307/1421222 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-25126-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-24949-001 AN - 1971-24949-001 AU - Fozard, James L. AU - Nuttall, Ronald L. T1 - Effects of the age and socioeconomic status differences on the Sixteen Personality Factor Questionnaire scores. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1971/// VL - 6 IS - Pt. 2 SP - 597 EP - 598 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1971-24949-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fozard, James L.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19710901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Gerontology; Personality Measures; Socioeconomic Status. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100); Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1971. AB - The 16 PF Questionnaire was administrated to 1146 28-83 yr. old males, and across 4 levels of socioeconomic status (SES). The data supported the hypothesis that the effects of age and SES differences are statistically independent. The effects of the age grouping on scale scores equally distributed over 6 levels, but those for SES were divided between 2 levels. Some scale scores were influenced only by differences in age or SES, but 3 were influenced by differences in both. Generally, SES summarized differences in occupations well. The observed effects of age differences generally agreed with earlier results. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 16 PF scores KW - socioeconomic status & age differences KW - 23-83 yr. old males KW - 1971 KW - Age Differences KW - Gerontology KW - Personality Measures KW - Socioeconomic Status KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-24949-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-24558-001 AN - 1971-24558-001 AU - Snapper, Arthur G. AU - Schoenfeld, William N. AU - Shimoff, Eliot H. T1 - Varying temporal location and intensity of an added electrical stimulus in a fixed-interval schedule. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1971/// VL - 6 IS - Pt. 2 SP - 705 EP - 706 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1971-24558-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Snapper, Arthur G.; Franklin D. Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Release Date: 19710901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Reinforcement; Shock. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1971. AB - After 4 groups of rats were trained on a fixed-interval 3-min schedule of positive reinforcement, a 15-sec mild electric shock was intruded into different segments of the interval. When the shock occurred in the beginning, middle, or 3rd quarter of the interval, each S showed a positively accelerated response rate until shock, followed by a 2nd positively accelerated curve up to the reinforcement. When shock immediately preceded reinforcement, rates early in the interval were decreased. As shock intensity increased, response and reinforcement rate decreased differentially according to the temporal locus of shock. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - positively accelerated responding KW - temporal location & intensity of shock in fixed-interval reinforcement schedule KW - rat KW - 1971 KW - Reinforcement KW - Shock KW - Rats KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-24558-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-24550-001 AN - 1971-24550-001 AU - Kop, Pieter F. AU - Snapper, Arthur G. T1 - Responding and heart rate under temporally defined schedules of signalled electric shock. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1971/// VL - 6 IS - Pt. 2 SP - 703 EP - 704 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1971-24550-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kop, Pieter F.; Franklin D. Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Release Date: 19710901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Heart Rate; Learning; Reinforcement; Shock. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1971. AB - Employed a contingency space consisting of the continuous and independent variables of probability of shock given a response during a stimulus and probability of shock given no response, in the stimulus. Behavioral and cardiac effects in the rhesus monkey were obtained under discriminated avoidance, Pavlovian conditioning avoidance extinction, discriminated punishment, and intermediate cases defined by variations in the 2 probabilities. When the probability of shock given a response was greater than probability of shock given no response, response rate in the stimulus was suppressed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - response & heart rates KW - temporally defined schedules of signalled electric shock KW - monkey KW - 1971 KW - Heart Rate KW - Learning KW - Reinforcement KW - Shock KW - Monkeys KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-24550-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-23457-001 AN - 1971-23457-001 AU - Silverman, Lloyd H. AU - Candell, Peter AU - Pettit, Tupper F. AU - Blum, Elizabeth A. T1 - Further data on effects of aggressive activation and symbiotic merging on ego functioning of schizophrenics. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1971/02// VL - 32 IS - 1 SP - 93 EP - 94 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-23457-001. PMID: 5548098 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silverman, Lloyd H.; Manhattan Veterans Administration Hosp., N.Y. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19710801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Ego; Schizophrenia; Thresholds. Minor Descriptor: Learning. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1971. AB - Reports further data on the effects of subliminally presented aggressive and symbiotic stimuli on the ego functioning of schizophrenics. Ss were 48 relatively differentiated male schizophrenics seen individually for 3 sessions. The main positive findings were that the aggressive stimulus had an adverse effect on self-concept while the stimulation of the theme of symbiotic merging, as it had in earlier experiments, led to a reduction in pathological manifestations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - subliminally presented aggressive & symbiotic stimuli KW - ego function KW - male schizophrenics KW - 1971 KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Ego KW - Schizophrenia KW - Thresholds KW - Learning KW - 1971 DO - 10.2466/pms.1971.32.1.93 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-23457-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-23049-001 AN - 1971-23049-001 AU - Carr, Gordon D. T1 - Introversion-extraversion and vigilance performance. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1971/// VL - 6 IS - Pt. 1 SP - 379 EP - 380 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1971-23049-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carr, Gordon D.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19710801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Auditory Perception; Extraversion; Feedback; Signal Detection (Perception). Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1971. AB - 80 Ss (40 introverts and 40 extroverts) performed an auditory vigilance task including pre- and posttests with knowledge of results. The extroverts displayed significantly more vigilance decrement during the watch and significantly greater increases in correct detections and commission errors in the posttest. The results support Eysenck's hypothesis that extroverts will show more performance decrement on vigilance tasks because of a greater accumulation of reactive inhibition over the course of a watch. The advent of the posttest appeared to function as a disinhibitor, allowing the extroverts to resume their initial level of responding. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - auditory vigilance task performance KW - feedback & detection & commission errors KW - introverts vs. extroverts KW - 1971 KW - Attention KW - Auditory Perception KW - Extraversion KW - Feedback KW - Signal Detection (Perception) KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-23049-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-21392-001 AN - 1971-21392-001 AU - Morentz, Paul E. T1 - A simple method of coding psychiatric records. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1971/01// VL - 22 IS - 1 SP - 12 EP - 13 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-21392-001. PMID: 5540076 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Morentz, Paul E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Martinez, Calif. Release Date: 19710701. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Computers; Demographic Characteristics; Information; Psychiatric Hospitals. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1971. AB - A mimeographed code booklet and code sheet developed by the investigator lists 43 factors to be coded and the explanations of the code. About 5-10 min. of ward secretary time is required for coding the majority of items, while the physician codes the remainder, in from 30 sec. to 5 min. Included in the code are such factors as age, sex, race, religion, residence, service connection, referral source, psychiatric and physical diagnoses, alcohol problems, number of admissions, medication, treatment, suicide attempts, length of stay, and condition at discharge. The processing of 625 admissions in 1968 used the following machines for the times indicated: IBM 029 Card Punch, 7.5 hr.; IBM 056 Card Verifier, 7.5 hr.; IBM 514 Reproducing Punch, 11 hr.; and IBM 1130 Computing System, 11.3 hr. One can obtain estimates of local costs for similar programs by using these figures as a guideline. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychiatric hospital records KW - simple coding method KW - 1971 KW - Computers KW - Demographic Characteristics KW - Information KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - 1971 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-21392-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-20677-001 AN - 1971-20677-001 AU - Wilson, Arthur S. AU - Barboriak, Joseph J. T1 - Lick volume determined by food schedules in rats. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1970/09// VL - 20 IS - 5 SP - 271 EP - 272 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-20677-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wilson, Arthur S.; Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. Release Date: 19710701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Food Intake; Motivation; Water Intake. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1970. AB - The number of licks and fluid consumed were recorded separately for 10 male Sprague-Dawley rats during a 7-day adjustment period followed by a 33-day period during which the Ss were fed for only 2 hr. each day. Significant differences in the number of licks/ml of water consumed between food and no-food periods appeared after the 1st experimental wk. There was a significant decrease in lick rate from the 1st-2nd hr. of each feeding period and also from the feeding to the nonfeeding period. Use of a lick count to determine volumes of fluids ingested on different feeding schedules could be misleading. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - number of licks & water intake KW - feeding schedule KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Food Intake KW - Motivation KW - Water Intake KW - Rats KW - 1970 DO - 10.3758/BF03329061 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-20677-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-06751-001 AN - 1971-06751-001 AU - Tappan, Cindy B. T1 - A program of resocialization for a long-term regressed schizophrenic patient. JF - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing & Mental Health Services JO - Journal of Psychiatric Nursing & Mental Health Services Y1 - 1968/11// VL - 6 IS - 6 SP - 334 EP - 335 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-06751-001. PMID: 4302142 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tappan, Cindy B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Nursing Service Lenwood Div., Augusta, Ga. Release Date: 19710401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Discussion; Interpersonal Interaction; Schizophrenia; Socialization; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1968. AB - Reports on the use of resocialization techniques to help a long-term 47-yr-old male schizophrenic regain control over his behavior and learn to differentiate between fantasy and reality. The interpersonal process, group interactions, and reality-oriented diversional experiences were utilized in treatment. The interpersonal process was centered around continual acceptance of S, showing recognition and acceptance of realistic behavior and talk, and rejection of behavior beyond the bounds of social acceptance. An approach, which emphasized that realistic talk and acceptable behavior were expected from the S, was consistently used by all personnel involved in his care. This approach was considered a significant factor in S's progress. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - resocialization program KW - use of interpersonal process & group interactions & reality-oriented diversional experiences KW - long-term regressed schizophrenics KW - 1968 KW - Group Discussion KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Schizophrenia KW - Socialization KW - Treatment KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-06751-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-04631-001 AN - 1971-04631-001 AU - Seitz, Frank C. T1 - Five psychological measures of neurotic depression: A correlation study. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1970/10// VL - 26 IS - 4 SP - 504 EP - 505 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-04631-001. PMID: 4398097 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Seitz, Frank C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Denver, Colo. Release Date: 19710301. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depression (Emotion); Neurosis; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1970. AB - 30 neurotically depressed inpatients were administered 5 tests of depression. Correlations between the tests were quite high although some differences between tests were noted. Psychiatric estimates of depression did not correlate significantly with any of the paper-and-pencil measures of depression. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - depression tests KW - correlation of 5 measures KW - neurotically depressed inpatients KW - 1970 KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Neurosis KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1970 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197010)26:4<504::AID-JCLP2270260432>3.0.CO;2-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-04631-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-04404-001 AN - 1971-04404-001 AU - Haven, George A. AU - Wood, B. S. T1 - The effectiveness of eclectic group psychotherapy in reducing recidivism in hospitalized patients. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JA - Psychotherapy (Chic) Y1 - 1970///Fal 1970 VL - 7 IS - 3 SP - 153 EP - 154 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-04404-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Haven, George A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Waco, Tex. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 19710301. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Psychiatric Hospitals. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1970. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Hypothesized that recidivism for 34 20-58 yr. old hospitalized veterans (experimental group) exposed to group psychotherapy twice/wk would be significantly lower than for 34 controls not given psychotherapy. After discharge from the hospital, all Ss were followed for 1 yr. to determine whether they were readmitted with the same diagnosis, to any hospital in the area. Results from 3 tests given 12 mo. later did not reveal significant differences between the 2 groups in either patients discharged and readmitted, or those discharged and not readmitted compared to those never discharged. A 4th test, however, did show that of 21 experimental group members who carried a diagnosis of anxiety reaction, 17 were discharged and not readmitted as compared to the control group where only 4 of 12 Ss with a similar diagnosis were discharged and not readmitted. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - recidivism reduction KW - eclectic group psychotherapy KW - 20-58 yr. old hospitalized veterans KW - 1970 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0086576 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-04404-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-00363-001 AN - 1971-00363-001 AU - Pishkin, Vladimir AU - Rasmussen, Elizabeth A. AU - Duke, Carla R. T1 - Hydroxyzine and shock in operant behavior of rats. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1970/08// VL - 20 IS - 3 SP - 175 EP - 176 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-00363-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pishkin, Vladimir; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Conditioning; Drugs; Shock. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1970. AB - 25 shaped or unshaped water-deprived albino Holtzman rats injected with either saline or hydroxyzine-hydrochloride performed on a bar-pressing task. Unavoidable shock was provided throughout the experimental procedure. Hydroxyzine Ss outperformed their saline counterparts. Although there were no differences between the groups on the final shaping trial, hydroxyzine Ss maintained significantly higher levels of performance than saline Ss under shock conditions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hydroxyzine-hydrochloride & shock KW - operant behavior KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Conditioning KW - Drugs KW - Shock KW - Rats KW - 1970 DO - 10.3758/BF03335658 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-00363-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-21200-001 AN - 1970-21200-001 AU - Wilkinson, A. Earl T1 - Relationship between measures of intellectual functioning and extreme response style. JF - The Journal of Social Psychology JO - The Journal of Social Psychology JA - J Soc Psychol Y1 - 1970/// VL - 81 IS - 2 SP - 271 EP - 272 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-4545 SN - 1940-1183 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-21200-001. PMID: 5457356 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wilkinson, A. Earl; Veterans Administration Hosp., North Little Rock, Ark. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19701201. Correction Date: 20090907. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Expectations; Intelligence; Inventories; Measurement. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Extreme response scores of male alcoholics on 4 self-concept measures of Worchel's Self-Activity Inventory were correlated with 3 measures of the Shipley-Hartford scale (Vocabulary, Abstract, and Total). 7 of the 12 correlations computed were significant and negative in sign, supporting results of previous investigators in indicating an inverse relationship between extreme response style and intelligence. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - extreme response style & intelligence KW - Worchel's Self-Activity Inventory & Shipley-Hartford scale KW - male alcoholics KW - 1970 KW - Alcoholism KW - Expectations KW - Intelligence KW - Inventories KW - Measurement KW - 1970 DO - 10.1080/00224545.1970.9922451 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-21200-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-21167-001 AN - 1970-21167-001 AU - Davis, William E. AU - Dizzonne, Michael F. T1 - Relationship between the QT and the WAIS. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1970/// VL - 26 IS - 2 SP - 457 EP - 458 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1970-21167-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, William E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19701201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intelligence Measures; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis; Psychopathology; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Quick Test IQs (combination form) correlated highly with WAIS Full Scale IQ for 43 neuropsychiatric inpatients. A significantly higher relationship was found between WAIS Verbal IQ and QT scores than between WAIS Performance IQ and QT scores. Results support the position that the QT is a good estimate of intelligence which is highly resistant to the reduction in performance on some intelligence test tasks often associated with psychopathology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - relationship between Quick Test IQs & WAIS KW - neuropsychiatric patients KW - 1970 KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Psychopathology KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - 1970 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1970.26.2.457 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-21167-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-20910-001 AN - 1970-20910-001 AU - Jackson, Basil AU - Reed, Alan T1 - Catnip and the alteration of consciousness. JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JA - JAMA Y1 - 1969/// VL - 207 IS - 7 SP - 1349 EP - 1350 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0098-7484 SN - 1538-3598 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-20910-001. PMID: 5818329 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jackson, Basil; Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. Release Date: 19701201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drugs. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Describes 4 cases where Nepeta cataria catnip was being used for its psychedelic effects. No previous mention of the psychopharmacological effects of this drug has been found in the literature. Patients who had been using cataria regularly, experienced effects very similar to those produced by marihuana. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - catnip KW - psychedelic effects KW - 1969 KW - Drugs KW - 1969 DO - 10.1001/jama.207.7.1349 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-20910-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-20778-001 AN - 1970-20778-001 AU - Barnett, Irving T1 - American hippies and activists: Do we get the message? JF - International Journal of Offender Therapy JO - International Journal of Offender Therapy Y1 - 1968/// VL - 12 IS - 2 SP - 71 EP - 72 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-20778-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Barnett, Irving; Veterans Administration Brooklyn Outpatient Clinic, N.Y. Release Date: 19701201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Motivation; Needs; Social Change; Social Movements. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Discusses the 'dropping out' of society by hippies due to disgust of the inanities and meaninglessness permeating society, and emphasizes the crucial need for trust and confidence in authority figures. It is concluded that parents must meet this challenge with awareness and exercise of 'authority in a manner that is in touch with today.' (French, German, & Spanish summaries) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - American hippies & activists KW - underlying motivation & needs KW - 1968 KW - Motivation KW - Needs KW - Social Change KW - Social Movements KW - 1968 DO - 10.1177/0306624X6801200202 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-20778-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-19807-001 AN - 1970-19807-001 AU - Ramsay, Douglas A. AU - Knapp, Julius Z. AU - Zeiss, John C. T1 - Transients in 'constant-current' generators. JF - Behavior Research Methods & Instrumentation JO - Behavior Research Methods & Instrumentation Y1 - 1970/// VL - 2 IS - 3 SP - 122 EP - 123 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0005-7878 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-19807-001. Other Journal Title: Behavior Research Methods; Behavior Research Methods, Instruments & Computers. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ramsay, Douglas A.; Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19701201. Correction Date: 20110314. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus; Methodology; Shock. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Some shock-generator circuits may deliver large transient surges at onset and termination. The sources of these surges are derivable from electromagnetic analysis of the circuits employed. Virtual elimination of the surges may be accomplished by a simple rearrangement of the switching portion of the circuit. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reduction of switching transients shock-generator circuits KW - rearrangement of circuit switching portion KW - 1970 KW - Apparatus KW - Methodology KW - Shock KW - 1970 DO - 10.3758/BF03211019 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-19807-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-19165-001 AN - 1970-19165-001 AU - Sparks, R. W. AU - Goodglass, H. AU - Nickel, Barbara T1 - Right- versus left-hemisphere lesion effects in dichotic listening. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1970/// VL - 5 IS - Pt. 1 SP - 185 EP - 186 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1970-19165-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sparks, R. W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19701101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Brain Damage; Ear (Anatomy); Lateral Dominance. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Administration of dichotically presented words and digits to 20 right and 28 left brain-injured patients revealed exclusively contralateral ear impairment in the right-hemisphere group, but a high incidence of paradoxical ipsilateral ear impairment with left-sided lesions. These results can best be accounted for by Sparks' and Geschwind's model, as follows. Competition between ear inputs for oral report is postulated as occurring at the left hemisphere between the direct contralateral input from the right ear and transcallosal information from left ear via the right temporal lobe. A deep lesion affecting the transcallosal pathway could produce ipsilateral ear impairment only in the left hemisphere, as observed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - right vs. left hemisphere lesions KW - dichotic listening KW - 1970 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Brain Damage KW - Ear (Anatomy) KW - Lateral Dominance KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-19165-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-19161-001 AN - 1970-19161-001 AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Samuels, Ina AU - Goodglass, Harold AU - Brody, Betty T1 - Short-term visual memory and learning deficits in brain-damaged patients. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1970/// VL - 5 IS - Pt. 1 SP - 227 EP - 228 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1970-19161-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Butters, Nelson; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19701101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Lateral Dominance; Patients; Short Term Memory; Vision. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Patients with unilateral frontal or parietal lobe damage of either the right or left hemispheres and a group of diagnosed Korsakoff patients were tested on 2 short-term memory tasks and on 1 test of visual learning. The right parietal and Korsakoff patients evidenced severe memory deficits on all tasks in comparison to the frontals and to normal controls; the deficits of the left parietal group reached significance on only 1 of the short-term tasks. The results suggest that some of the visuo-spatial difficulties of parietal patients may be related to deficits in short-term visual memory. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - short-term visual memory & learning deficits KW - patients with unilateral frontal or parietal lobe damage of right or left hemispheres & Korsakoff patients KW - 1970 KW - Brain Damage KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Patients KW - Short Term Memory KW - Vision KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-19161-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-19088-001 AN - 1970-19088-001 AU - Goldman, Herbert T1 - Use of encounter microlabs with a group of visually impaired rehabilitation clients. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1970/// VL - 5 IS - Pt. 2 SP - 713 EP - 714 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1970-19088-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goldman, Herbert; Veterans Administration Hosp., Jefferson Barracks, Mo. Release Date: 19701101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Rehabilitation; Vision Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Attempted to elucidate and define a newly combined set of psychotherapeutic techniques, called 'encounter,' as used with a group of visually impaired rehabilitation clients. The client population is described while the encounter techniques are illustrated and instructions given. Specific behavioral changes are described and cautions strongly underlined. Partially sighted participants, as a specific subgroup, noted that they finally felt a part of a meaningful group and no longer felt as though they sat on the fence between the 'sighted' and 'sightless' worlds. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - encounter microlabs KW - visually impaired rehabilitation clients KW - 1970 KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Rehabilitation KW - Vision Disorders KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-19088-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-19026-001 AN - 1970-19026-001 AU - Edwards, Kenneth R. AU - Jones, Marshall R. T1 - Personality changes related to pregnancy and obstetric complications. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1970/// VL - 5 IS - Pt. 1 SP - 341 EP - 342 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1970-19026-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Edwards, Kenneth R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., New Orleans, La. Release Date: 19701101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Birth; Mental Disorders; Personality Change; Pregnancy; Somatoform Disorders. Minor Descriptor: Sequelae. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - There has been an increasing interest in relation to the role of personality factors involved in the process of parturition and in various pathological obstetric conditions. Recent research has stimulated speculation that emotional factors may adversely influence the outcome of pregnancy. In this study an attempt is made to contribute to an understanding of pregnancy as well as to relate emotional factors and attitudes to obstetric complications. Ss were 53 unmarried women, pregnant for the 1st time. Serial assessments of self-reported anxiety and ratings of adjustment by Os were made during the course of pregnancy. Pre- and postpartum personality assessments also are reported. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality changes & emotional disturbance KW - pregnancy & obstetric complications KW - 1970 KW - Birth KW - Mental Disorders KW - Personality Change KW - Pregnancy KW - Somatoform Disorders KW - Sequelae KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-19026-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-19009-001 AN - 1970-19009-001 AU - Lipton, Merrill I. T1 - Effective day center treatment. JF - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JO - Psychosomatics: Journal of Consultation and Liaison Psychiatry JA - Psychosomatics Y1 - 1970/// VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 55 EP - 56 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0033-3182 SN - 1545-7206 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-19009-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lipton, Merrill I.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Philadelphia, Pa. Other Publishers: Elsevier Science. Release Date: 19701101. Correction Date: 20130923. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Schizophrenia; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Describes the operation, philosophy, and rationale behind a day center for chronic schizophrenic patients who have previously received maximum benefits through hospitalization. This program stresses patient involvement in the planning and supervising of daily activities of group members, resulting in increased feelings of self-esteem, responsibility, and the development of improved interpersonal relationships between patients, and patients and staff. (16 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - day center treatment KW - chronic schizophrenics KW - 1970 KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/S0033-3182(70)71689-7 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-19009-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-18930-001 AN - 1970-18930-001 AU - DeWolfe, Alan S. AU - McDonald, Rita K. T1 - Premorbid adjustment and the word associations of schizophrenics. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1970/// VL - 5 IS - Pt. 2 SP - 507 EP - 508 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1970-18930-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: DeWolfe, Alan S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Downey, Ill. Release Date: 19701101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adjustment; Learning; Schizophrenia; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Thinking. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Tested the general hypothesis of different schizophrenic thought processes related to premorbid adjustment through analyses of the word associations of 20 process (P) and 20 reactive (R) schizophrenics. The groups (matched for age, sex, and education) were predicted to show differences in cognitive structure and type of deficit, despite a prediction of equal overall pathology in the stressful situation. 4 measures of associative disturbance showed no significant P-R differences supporting the prediction of equal illness. Significant differences in categories of healthy and pathological associations supported the hypotheses of P-R differences in cognitive structure and type of deficit. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenic thought patterns related to premorbid adjustment KW - word associations KW - high stress conditions KW - cognitive structure & type of deficit KW - male & female process & reactive schizophrenics KW - 1970 KW - Adjustment KW - Learning KW - Schizophrenia KW - Stress KW - Thinking KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-18930-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-18825-001 AN - 1970-18825-001 AU - Holmes, J. Steven AU - Cureton, Edward E. T1 - Group therapy interaction with and without the leader. JF - The Journal of Social Psychology JO - The Journal of Social Psychology JA - J Soc Psychol Y1 - 1970/// VL - 81 IS - 1 SP - 127 EP - 128 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-4545 SN - 1940-1183 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-18825-001. PMID: 5482075 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Holmes, J. Steven; Veterans Administration Hosp., Indianapolis, Ind. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19701101. Correction Date: 20090907. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Communication; Group Psychotherapy; Interpersonal Interaction; Leadership; Psychiatric Patients. Minor Descriptor: Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Investigated leader-influenced changes in objective interaction measures in 4 psychiatric inpatient therapy groups by having the therapist be systematically late to all sessions. Comparisons of interaction frequency, mean comment duration, and percent of patient-available time used in talking were made for the leaderless vs. the leader-present periods. Although frequency was lower with the leader present, available time usage increased from leaderless conditions. The findings were interpreted as evidence for a complex change in communication patterns when shifting from no leader to leader conditions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group therapy interaction KW - leader presence vs. absence KW - psychiatric inpatients KW - 1970 KW - Communication KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Leadership KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Treatment KW - 1970 DO - 10.1080/00224545.1970.9919920 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-18825-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-18652-001 AN - 1970-18652-001 AU - Upper, Dennis AU - Meredith, Larry T1 - A stimulus control approach to the modification of smoking behavior. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1970/// VL - 5 IS - Pt. 2 SP - 739 EP - 740 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1970-18652-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Upper, Dennis; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Release Date: 19701101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Behavior Therapy; Feedback; Stimulus Parameters; Tobacco Smoking. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Tested the hypothesis that cigarette smoking behavior can be more effectively modified or eliminated if it can be brought under the control of a single stimulus (in this case, the buzzer of a portable timer) rather than a great number of stimuli. Once smoking behavior came to be elicited by a single stimulus, over which S had some control, then interstimulus intervals were systematically lengthened and smoking frequency reduced. Stimulus control methods are demonstrated to be superior to attention-feedback methods in reducing cigarette-smoking behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - modification of smoking behavior KW - stimulus control approach KW - comparison with attention-feedback methods KW - 1970 KW - Attention KW - Behavior Therapy KW - Feedback KW - Stimulus Parameters KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-18652-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-18417-001 AN - 1970-18417-001 AU - Ross, Jane E. T1 - Simplification of human abilities with age in four social class groups. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1970/// VL - 5 IS - Pt. 2 SP - 685 EP - 686 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1970-18417-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ross, Jane E.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19701101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ability; Age Differences; Aptitude Measures; Cognition. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Examined the hypothesis that, as age increases, the factor structure of cognitive abilities simplifies when the variable of social class is controlled. The total sample of 1146 adult males was divided into 22 age-social class groups, and a principal components analysis was conducted within each group. 14 variables were factored in each analysis: the 12 subtests of the General Aptitude Test Battery, Factor B from the 16 PF, and yr. of education. The hypothesis was supported only for the higher socioeconomic levels. Reasons for the findings are discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cognitive abilities KW - simplification with age KW - adult males KW - 1970 KW - Ability KW - Age Differences KW - Aptitude Measures KW - Cognition KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-18417-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-18409-001 AN - 1970-18409-001 AU - Fozard, James L. AU - Nuttall, Ronald L. T1 - Age and socioeconomic status influences on performance on ability tests. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1970/// VL - 5 IS - Pt. 2 SP - 687 EP - 688 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1970-18409-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fozard, James L.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19701101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ability; Aptitude Measures; Gerontology; Physiological Aging. Minor Descriptor: Test Performance. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Examined the hypothesis that age-related declines in cognitive abilities are less among persons with high socioeconomic status (SES) occupations than among those with lower status. Scores on the General Aptitude Test Battery of 1146 healthy men were examined in 6 age and 4 SES classifications. Statistically significant main effects for both age and SES were found, but no interactions were significant. Ability differences between the lowest and highest SES groups were smaller among the older groups than among the younger groups. Finally, no differences in the linear and quadratic trends of age differences between the extreme SES groups were found. None of the findings support the hypothesis. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ability test performance KW - age & socioeconomic status KW - adult males KW - 1970 KW - Ability KW - Aptitude Measures KW - Gerontology KW - Physiological Aging KW - Test Performance KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-18409-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-18348-001 AN - 1970-18348-001 AU - Bates, Henry D. AU - Katz, Michael M. T1 - Development of the verbal regulation of behavior. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1970/// VL - 5 IS - Pt. 1 SP - 299 EP - 300 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1970-18348-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bates, Henry D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coatesville, Pa. Release Date: 19701101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ability; Language Development; Motor Performance; Verbal Communication. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); Preschool Age (2-5 yrs) (160). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Investigated the verbal control of motor behavior in preschool children within the framework of Luria's developmental theory. In Exp. I, 73 preschoolers were given several lever-pressing tasks. Support was found for a developmental sequence characterized by progressive interiorization of speech and improved self-regulation. Younger Ss performed better when verbal and motor components were congruent or unrelated than when tasks required opposed or related responses. The semantic properties of words were important for even the youngest group. In Exp. II, 20 4 yr. olds were given similar tasks and a figure matching test. Results indicate that the ability to regulate motor behavior verbally is related to the reflectiveness-impulsivity dimension. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - verbal control of motor behavior KW - development & relation to reflectiveness-impulsivity dimension KW - preschoolers KW - 1970 KW - Ability KW - Language Development KW - Motor Performance KW - Verbal Communication KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-18348-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-18238-001 AN - 1970-18238-001 AU - Snapper, A. G. AU - Schoenfeld, W. N. AU - Pomerleau, O. F. T1 - Effects of two parameters of an adjusting avoidance schedule. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1970/// VL - 5 IS - Pt. 2 SP - 761 EP - 762 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1970-18238-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Snapper, A. G.; Franklin D. Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Release Date: 19701101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Interstimulus Interval; Shock. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Exposed 4 male albino Charles River rats to an adjusting avoidance schedule in which responses produce a fixed increment in the amount of time-out (TO) from shock until a maximal TO is achieved. Maximal TO was varied in 2 ways: (a) by changing the number of permissible fixed-length TO increments, and (b) by varying the length of each increment. The 1st variable controlled both response and shock rate while the 2nd affected response rate alone. Precise response patterning and temporal adjustment to the schedule developed in all Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - adjusting avoidance schedule for fixed increment time out from shock KW - number vs. length of increments KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Interstimulus Interval KW - Shock KW - Rats KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-18238-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-18202-001 AN - 1970-18202-001 AU - Jakubczak, L. F. T1 - Age, food deprivation, and the temporal distribution of wheel running of rats. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1970/// VL - 5 IS - Pt. 2 SP - 689 EP - 690 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1970-18202-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jakubczak, L. F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Gerontological Research Lab., St. Louis, Mo. Release Date: 19701101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Deprivation; Food Intake. Minor Descriptor: Animals; Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Conducted an experiment with 48 male Sprague-Dawley rats according to a 3 2 2 design representing 3 age groups (67, 293, and 746 days), food deprivation (total withdrawal vs. ad lib), and time of measurement (initial vs. final). Results indicate that age decreased and food deprivation (35% body weight loss) increased the number of active hr., and the amount of activity/active hr., and thus the total amount of activity. The increases in the activity/hr. were least in the young rats. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - temporal distribution of wheel running KW - food deprivation & age KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Age Differences KW - Deprivation KW - Food Intake KW - Animals KW - Rats KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-18202-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-18181-001 AN - 1970-18181-001 AU - Lewis, Evan G. AU - Beck, Edward C. T1 - Cerebral evoked response similarity in monozygotic, dizygotic, and unrelated individuals. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1970/// VL - 5 IS - Pt. 1 SP - 181 EP - 182 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1970-18181-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lewis, Evan G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salt Lake City, U. Release Date: 19701101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cerebral Cortex; Electrical Activity; Evoked Potentials; Genetics; Vision. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Visual, auditory, and somatosensory cerebral evoked responses of 44 sets of monozygotic (MZ) twins, 46 sets of dizygotic (DZ) twins, and 46 pairs of unrelated, age-matched individuals were compared to determine similarities in wave and phase relationships. The responses of MZ twins were found to be consistently more similar than those of the other 2 groups. Evoked responses of DZ twins, while not showing as high a degree of concordance as MZ twins, exhibited more similarity than did those of age-matched, unrelated individuals. Some age-related effects were also found. For example, portions of the MZ twin's visually evoked response became more alike with increasing age. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual & auditory & somatosensory cerebral evoked responses KW - wave & phase similarities KW - monozygotic & dizygotic twins & unrelated Ss KW - 1970 KW - Cerebral Cortex KW - Electrical Activity KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Genetics KW - Vision KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-18181-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-18095-001 AN - 1970-18095-001 AU - Edwards, Allan E. AU - Kopple, Joel T1 - Toxicity and reaction time related to the peripheral nervous system. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1970/// VL - 5 IS - Pt. 2 SP - 809 EP - 810 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1970-18095-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Edwards, Allan E.; Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19701101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biochemistry; Drugs; Excretion; Reaction Time. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Chemicals which effect changes in behavior most often (excepting hormones) are ascribed to have an effect on the CNS. 13 male Ss with chronic renal shutdown, uremic to some degree, were tested approximately 50 hr. after their last hemodialysis. They were compared to a matched group on their simple RT where the stimulus (touch) had either a long or a short dendrite, and the response (movement) had either a long or a short axon. Significant differences were obtained differentiating the groups and stimulus location in the expected direction. More importantly, it was shown that the peripheral nervous system was affected by the accumulated toxins. It is concluded that psychopharmacological research should not neglect peripheral effects when explanations are sought for drug effects. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - chemicals causing behavior changes KW - toxicity & RT KW - relation to peripheral nervous system KW - 1970 KW - Biochemistry KW - Drugs KW - Excretion KW - Reaction Time KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-18095-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-18076-001 AN - 1970-18076-001 AU - Schenkenberg, Thomas AU - Dustman, Robert E. T1 - Visual, auditory, and somatosensory evoked response changes related to age, hemisphere, and sex. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1970/// VL - 5 IS - Pt. 1 SP - 183 EP - 184 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1970-18076-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schenkenberg, Thomas; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salt Lake City, U. Release Date: 19701101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Auditory Perception; Electrical Activity; Evoked Potentials; Vision. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Studied the visual, auditory, and somatosensory evoked responses of 80 males and 80 females, 4-86 yr. old. Results indicate that significant changes take place in evoked responses from childhood through senescence. These changes suggest that several systems are involved in producing the evoked response: primary sensory pathways, the reticular activating system, and an alpha-linked system which is apparently activated only by a visual stimulus. Hemisphere comparisons confirm the findings of earlier studies. Sex-related comparisons resolve contradictions between the findings of a number of investigators. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual and auditory & somatosensory evoked response changes KW - age & hemisphere & sex differences KW - 1970 KW - Age Differences KW - Auditory Perception KW - Electrical Activity KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Vision KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-18076-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-17947-001 AN - 1970-17947-001 AU - Gordon, Norman G. T1 - Performance and awareness in concept attainment as a function of presolution reinforcement and questioning procedure. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1970/// VL - 5 IS - Pt. 1 SP - 65 EP - 66 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1970-17947-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gordon, Norman G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Allen Park, Mich. Release Date: 19701101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Awareness; Concept Formation; Problem Solving; Reinforcement. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - The research indicated that absence of expected reinforcement during presolution trials was more disruptive of learning than noncontingent reinforcement in the same trial blocks. The difficulty of the verbal conditioning task used resulted in Ss (N = 40 female undergraduates) who received presolution reinforcement never rejecting the correct solution during presolution series. These Ss also had significantly higher awareness-performance correlations than Ss not receiving any presolution reinforcement. Questioning procedure had no effect on performance. However, Ss with intratask questions had significantly lower awareness-performance relationships. This was hypothesized to be a function of acting on intentions discordant with their knowledge of the contingency relationship. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - concept attainment task performance & performance-awareness relationship KW - presolution reinforcement & questioning procedure KW - 1970 KW - Awareness KW - Concept Formation KW - Problem Solving KW - Reinforcement KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-17947-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-14434-001 AN - 1970-14434-001 AU - Crumbaugh, James AU - Raphael, Mary AU - Shrader, Raymond R. T1 - Frankl's will to meaning in a religious order. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1970/// VL - 26 IS - 2 SP - 206 EP - 207 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-14434-001. Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crumbaugh, James; Veterans Administration Hosp., Gulfport, Miss. Release Date: 19700901. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Meaning; Personality Measures; Religion; Values. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - 56 Dominican sisters were administered the Purpose-in-Life Test (PIL), a test constructed from the orientation of Frankl's 'will to meaning,' and 6 other personality tests. The results yielded high scores on the PIL indicating a high degree of purpose and meaning in life for these Ss. There was a substantial relationship between PIL scores and the Anxiety scale of the 16 PF. There was no significant difference between PIL scores of dropouts and sustainers in the training program. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - purpose & meaning in life KW - test measures KW - Dominican sisters KW - 1970 KW - Meaning KW - Personality Measures KW - Religion KW - Values KW - 1970 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197004)26:2<206::AID-JCLP2270260223>3.0.CO;2-C UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-14434-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-14208-001 AN - 1970-14208-001 AU - Fleming, Donovan E. AU - Rhodes, Leland E. T1 - Facilitation of brightness discrimination with postchoice tactual stimulation. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1970/// VL - 19 IS - 1 SP - 31 EP - 32 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-14208-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fleming, Donovan E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Phoenix, Ariz. Release Date: 19700901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cutaneous Sense; Discrimination; Illumination; Stimulation; Visual Discrimination. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Required 48 adult male albino Holtzman rats to make a choice based on brightness cues prior to coming in contact with either a smooth or rough tactual cue to determine whether the postchoice presentation of a stimulus other than that eliciting the choice operates as a discriminative cue or whether it acquires reinforcing properties. All Ss running to a rough positive cue as opposed to Ss running to a smooth positive cue were reliably facilitated in rate of acquisition of the task. The tactual distinctiveness of the negative door was of irrelevant cue value. The observed postchoice facilitation indicates that stimulation from the rough tactual cue acquired reinforcing properties. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - brightness discrimination facilitation KW - postchoice tactual stimulation KW - rat KW - 1970 KW - Cutaneous Sense KW - Discrimination KW - Illumination KW - Stimulation KW - Visual Discrimination KW - Rats KW - 1970 DO - 10.3758/BF03335492 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-14208-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-11833-001 AN - 1970-11833-001 AU - Simon, Stanford H. T1 - Transfer effects of an observation stimulus as a function of its relevancy. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1970/// VL - 18 IS - 6 SP - 332 EP - 333 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-11833-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Simon, Stanford H.; Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. Release Date: 19700801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Concepts; Stimulus Parameters. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - 3 groups of 20 Ss each, learned 3 successive concept identification (CI) tasks, on which 1 group had no observation stimulus (S0), a 2nd group had a relevant S0, and a 3rd group had an irrelevant S0. Each type of S0 continued to affect CI learning as a function of its relevancy. Predictions of relative improved performance on later tasks by the irrelevant S0 group, based on a rational operator model, did not occur. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - transfer effects of observation stimulus KW - relevancy KW - concept identification task KW - 1970 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Concepts KW - Stimulus Parameters KW - 1970 DO - 10.3758/BF03332383 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-11833-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-11765-001 AN - 1970-11765-001 AU - Davidson, Robert S. Jr. T1 - Rapid shaping of fixed-interval verbal behavior. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1970/// VL - 18 IS - 6 SP - 349 EP - 350 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-11765-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davidson, Robert S. Jr.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Miami, Fla. Release Date: 19700801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Reinforcement Schedules; Verbal Learning. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Trained 5 undergraduates and 1 high school student to vocalize for point reinforcement. Once Ss did this regularly, they were trained to verbalize freely for points on fixed-interval schedules. Each S spoke at high rates with rare pauses until a stimulus dimension for reinforcement was delivered contingent on responses in the latter portion of each interval. This procedure shaped up regular postreinforcement pauses and bursts of responses at high rate prior to each reinforcement within few sessions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - fixed-interval verbal behavior KW - rapid shaping KW - 1970 KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Verbal Learning KW - 1970 DO - 10.3758/BF03332394 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-11765-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-11616-001 AN - 1970-11616-001 AU - Allison, T. AU - Goff, W. R. AU - Fisher, T. C. T1 - A low temperature chamber for electrophysiological studies. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1970/// VL - 5 IS - 1 SP - 127 EP - 128 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-11616-001. PMID: 5538397 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Allison, T.; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Release Date: 19700801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus; Electrophysiology; Temperature Effects. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - Describes modifications necessary to convert a refrigerator for use as a low-temperature chamber for electrophysiological studies. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - low-temperature chamber for electrophysiological studies KW - 1970 KW - Apparatus KW - Electrophysiology KW - Temperature Effects KW - 1970 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(70)90025-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-11616-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-10535-001 AN - 1970-10535-001 AU - Spiegel, Don AU - Spiegel, Patricia K. T1 - Opinions of mental illness among nursing personnel in a large mental hospital. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 25 IS - 4 SP - 451 EP - 452 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-10535-001. PMID: 5809426 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spiegel, Don; Veterans Administration Center, Brentwood Hosp., Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19700701. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitudes; Mental Disorders; Mental Health Personnel; Nurses; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - The Custodial Mental Illness Scale (CMI) was completed by 60 registered nurses, 24 licensed vocational nurses, and 273 psychiatric aides. A more humanistic approach was noted in the registered nurses as compared to the other groups. All nursing personnel indicated a more humanistic orientation on heterogeneous wards than on other wards complicated with problems such as aging, organic deterioration, or medical illness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - opinions of mental illness KW - registered vs. vocational nurses vs. psychiatric aides KW - 1969 KW - Attitudes KW - Mental Disorders KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Nurses KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1969 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196910)25:4<451::AID-JCLP2270250433>3.0.CO;2-4 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-10535-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-09941-001 AN - 1970-09941-001 AU - Whitman, James R. AU - Peretz, Ephraim T1 - The effect of Nembutal on the estrous activity cycle. JF - Physiology & Behavior JO - Physiology & Behavior JA - Physiol Behav Y1 - 1969/// VL - 4 IS - 6 SP - 963 EP - 964 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0031-9384 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-09941-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Whitman, James R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Tacoma, Wash. Release Date: 19700701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biological Rhythms; Drugs; Psychosexual Behavior. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Determined whether or not the day of peak activity for rats showing regular estrous activity cycles is delayed by 1 day when sodium pentobarbital (Nembutal) is administered under the conditions found by J. W. Everett and C. H. Sawyer to be effective for delaying ovulation. 13 Sprague-Dawley albino female rats, with regular 4-day estrous activity cycles, received Nembutal and saline treatments on days of proestrus. Treatments were administered in a counterbalanced order; after each, the day of peak activity in subsequent cycles was determined. For 12 of 13 Ss treated with Nembutal the day of peak activity was delayed by 1 day; whereas for 11 or 12 Ss when saline was administered, the day of peak activity was not delayed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - estrous activity cycle & effects of Nembutal KW - rat KW - 1969 KW - Biological Rhythms KW - Drugs KW - Psychosexual Behavior KW - Rats KW - 1969 DO - 10.1016/0031-9384(69)90049-3 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-09941-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-07650-001 AN - 1970-07650-001 AU - Boudewyns, Patrick A. AU - Madison, Harry L. T1 - Luminance as a reinforcement parameter in probability learning. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology JA - J Exp Psychol Y1 - 1970/03// VL - 83 IS - 3, Pt.1 SP - 502 EP - 503 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-07650-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boudewyns, Patrick A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Wood, Wis. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Illumination; Probability Learning; Reinforcement. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - 5 groups of 80 undergraduates each predicted the occurrences of reinforcing lights differing in luminance or the occurrence vs. nonoccurrence of 1 light. Little effect of luminance difference was found, contrary to findings of a study by J. R. Nazarro and J. C. Todorov (see 40:6), but preference for predicting occurrence of 1 light confirmed findings of H. L. Madison and P. A. Boudewyns (see 41:10). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - probability learning KW - luminance as reinforcement parameter KW - comments on J. Nazarro's & H. Madison's experiments KW - 1970 KW - Illumination KW - Probability Learning KW - Reinforcement KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0028855 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-07650-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-07559-001 AN - 1970-07559-001 AU - Spehlmann, R. AU - Smathers, C. C. Jr. T1 - A small photic stimulator with fiber optic light guides. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 25 IS - 3 SP - 282 EP - 283 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-07559-001. PMID: 4176932 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spehlmann, R.; Veterans Administration Research Hosp., Chicago, Ill. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus; Illumination; Stimulation; Vision. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Describes an instrument designed for acute animal experiments. Flashes of diffuse light are superimposed upon adjustable residual illumination, their frequency, duration, and intensity being determined by electrical pulses obtainable from common laboratory instruments. The use of fiber optic light guides for transmission of light to the eyes minimizes: (a) requirements for space in the experimental area, (b) problems of optical shielding, and (c) artifacts in electrical recordings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - small photic stimulator with fiber optic light guides KW - 1968 KW - Apparatus KW - Illumination KW - Stimulation KW - Vision KW - 1968 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(68)90028-X UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-07559-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-07543-001 AN - 1970-07543-001 AU - Boudreau, James C. AU - Bierer, Peggy AU - Kaufman, Jackie T1 - A gold plated, platinum tipped stainless steel microelectrode. JF - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JO - Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology JA - Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 25 IS - 3 SP - 286 EP - 287 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0013-4694 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-07543-001. PMID: 4176934 Other Journal Title: Clinical Neurophysiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boudreau, James C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pittsburgh, Pa. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus; Electrical Activity. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Describes a procedure for making a gold plated, platinum blacked tipped stainless steel microelectrode for extracellular recording. This electrode has superior recording capabilities and proves invaluable in histologically locating the site of recording. (French summary) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - gold plated platinum tipped stainless steel microelectrode KW - 1968 KW - Apparatus KW - Electrical Activity KW - 1968 DO - 10.1016/0013-4694(68)90030-8 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-07543-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-07078-001 AN - 1970-07078-001 AU - Sandoval, Raynaldo G. AU - Wang, Richard I. T1 - Tolerance and dependence on pentazocine. JF - The New England Journal of Medicine JO - The New England Journal of Medicine JA - N Engl J Med Y1 - 1969/// VL - 280 IS - 25 SP - 1391 EP - 1392 CY - US PB - Massachusetts Medical Society SN - 0028-4793 SN - 1533-4406 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-07078-001. PMID: 5771364 Other Journal Title: Boston Medical & Surgical Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sandoval, Raynaldo G.; Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Case Report; Dependency (Personality); Drug Addiction; Drug Therapy; Drugs. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Reports on the effects of pentazocine administered for prolonged periods to a 59-yr-old male former meperidine addict and a 24-yr-old woman. Both suffered from chronic pain of nonmalignant origin. It is concluded that in 'both cases the gradual but persistent need for increasing the dose indicates tolerance and psychic dependence on the drug. The development of abstinence syndrome upon withdrawal of the drug and the disappearance of withdrawal symptoms after administration of narcotics suggest physical dependence on pentazocine. The same precautions for the use of narcotic analgesics should be observed in patients with chronic pain who are receiving pentazocine.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - pentazocine treatment KW - development of tolerance & psychic dependence KW - 59 yr. old male former meperidine addict & 24 yr. old woman with chronic pain KW - 1969 KW - Case Report KW - Dependency (Personality) KW - Drug Addiction KW - Drug Therapy KW - Drugs KW - 1969 DO - 10.1056/NEJM196906192802506 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-07078-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-06975-001 AN - 1970-06975-001 AU - Freed, Earl X. T1 - The crucial factor in alcoholism. JF - The American Journal of Nursing JO - The American Journal of Nursing JA - Am J Nurs Y1 - 1968/// VL - 68 IS - 12 SP - 2615 EP - 2616 CY - United Kingdom PB - AB Academic Publishers SN - 0002-936X SN - 1538-7488 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-06975-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freed, Earl X.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Alcohol Research Lab., Lyons, N.J. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Conflict; Hospitals. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Suggests that the inability to resolve conflict indulgence in or abstention from alcohol is an underlying force in the development of alcoholism. Hospitalized, the alcoholic patient no longer has to make decisions for himself; he is cared for, and his tension is reduced. The hospital can, therefore, become a refuge for him. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - conflict resolution & indulgence in vs. abstention from alcohol KW - hospital as refuge KW - alcoholics KW - 1968 KW - Alcoholism KW - Conflict KW - Hospitals KW - 1968 DO - 10.2307/3453733 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-06975-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-05939-001 AN - 1970-05939-001 AU - Taylor, Richard L. T1 - Processing of spatial location and figural identity in a simulated reading task. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1970/// VL - 18 IS - 2 SP - 113 EP - 114 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-05939-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Taylor, Richard L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Form and Shape Perception; Reaction Time; Spatial Perception; Statistical Correlation; Visual Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1970. AB - A property of visual search is that different inputs come from different spatial locations. Figural and spatial information normally are correlated. Ss may normally (a) preserve the input in a correlated state (image theory), (b) decorrelate the input by selectively attending only to figures (abstraction), or (c) map the input into an orthogonal representation (paradoxical visual search). To evaluate these possibilities, 60 university students made cue-stimulus associations in a yes-no RT task. Ss in Exp. I and II were trained on compound figure-location stimuli and then tested either for locations alone or for figures alone, with the irrelevant variable being orthogonal. Ss in Exp. III were trained on locations and figures separately and then tested in a correlated condition. Results point to a model incorporating aspects of II and III. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual search in reaction time task KW - processing & correlation of spatial location & figural identity KW - 1970 KW - Form and Shape Perception KW - Reaction Time KW - Spatial Perception KW - Statistical Correlation KW - Visual Perception KW - 1970 DO - 10.3758/BF03335724 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-05939-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-05282-001 AN - 1970-05282-001 AU - Rubenstein, Leonard T1 - Facial expressions: An objective method in the quantitative evaluation of emotional change. JF - Behavior Research Methods & Instrumentation JO - Behavior Research Methods & Instrumentation Y1 - 1969/// VL - 1 IS - 8 SP - 305 EP - 306 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0005-7878 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-05282-001. Other Journal Title: Behavior Research Methods; Behavior Research Methods, Instruments & Computers. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rubenstein, Leonard; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychiatry & Aging Research Lab., Albany, N.Y. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20110314. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Depression (Emotion); Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy; Emotions; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Presents a method for obtaining a series of silhouettes that were analyzed as profiles of the human face. When 16 depressed psychiatric patients smiled before and after electroshock therapy, a greater facial displacement was recorded after treatment. 16 control females did not show any trend in this regard. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - facial expression before vs. after electroshock therapy KW - emotional change evaluation KW - depressed psychiatric patients KW - 1969 KW - Depression (Emotion) KW - Electroconvulsive Shock Therapy KW - Emotions KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1969 DO - 10.3758/BF03209924 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-05282-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-03144-001 AN - 1970-03144-001 AU - Fozard, James L. AU - Waugh, Nancy C. T1 - Proactive inhibition of prompted items. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1969/// VL - 17 IS - 2 SP - 67 EP - 68 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-03144-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fozard, James L.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Familiarity; Interference (Learning); Interstimulus Interval; Retention; Short Term Memory. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Measured retention of 3-item lists after 15 sec. of interpolated activity. Recall was either prompted by the 1st word of a list or it was not; lists were presented after a very short or relatively long ITI. Data from 25 males differing widely in age and educational background failed to support the hypothesis that prompted recall should result in less proactive inhibition than unprompted; proactive inhibition in short-term memory may accordingly represent a deficit in storage rather than retrieval. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - list retention after interpolated activity KW - 1st word vs. no prompting KW - long vs. short intertrial interval KW - storage vs. retrieval deficit & proactive inhibition KW - 1969 KW - Familiarity KW - Interference (Learning) KW - Interstimulus Interval KW - Retention KW - Short Term Memory KW - 1969 DO - 10.3758/BF03336447 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-03144-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-01470-001 AN - 1970-01470-001 AU - Seitz, Frank C. T1 - Science: A creative search. JF - Psychology: A Journal of Human Behavior JO - Psychology: A Journal of Human Behavior JA - Psychology Y1 - 1969/// VL - 6 IS - 3 SP - 41 EP - 42 CY - US PB - Inst for Leadership and Organization Effectiveness SN - 0033-3077 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-01470-001. Other Journal Title: Psychology and Education: An Interdisciplinary Journal. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Seitz, Frank C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Denver, Colo. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Creativity; Methodology; Sciences. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Discusses some current concepts surrounding our notions of science. Science is portrayed as a process of discovery, a search for unity in hidden likenesses. The point is made that a person has not embraced science until he himself has discovered some unity and intelligibility in the variety of his own experiences. The role of technology within the scientific framework is considered. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - concept of science as discovery process KW - discussion KW - 1969 KW - Creativity KW - Methodology KW - Sciences KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-01470-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-01257-001 AN - 1970-01257-001 AU - Petrik, Norman D. T1 - Test-retest reliability of the SVIB and differing curricular experience. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1969/// VL - 4 IS - Pt. 2 SP - 687 EP - 688 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1970-01257-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Petrik, Norman D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: College Students; Occupational Guidance; Occupational Interests; Testing. Classification: Educational Psychology (3500). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Studied the influence of changing curriculum upon changes in measured interests. Ss were 101 male and 84 female students. Male students who remained in engineering had higher test-retest reliability than males whose initial choice was engineering but who transferred to other curricula. Opposite findings were obtained for females, those who remained in home economics had lower test-retest reliability than women whose initial curriculum was home economics but who later transferred. These opposite findings were interpreted as stemming from incorrect expectations of women and correct expectations of men, concerning the nature of the selected curricula. Vocational interests appear to be a dynamic phenomenon subject to change with experience. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SVIB test-retest reliability & change in major KW - college Ss KW - 1969 KW - College Students KW - Occupational Guidance KW - Occupational Interests KW - Testing KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-01257-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-01232-001 AN - 1970-01232-001 AU - Grieneeks, Laura E. T1 - Changes in student role orientation toward college. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1969/// VL - 4 IS - Pt. 2 SP - 655 EP - 656 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1970-01232-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Grieneeks, Laura E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Orienting Reflex; Personality; Roles; School Adjustment; Student Attitudes. Classification: Educational Psychology (3500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Examined the changing pattern of student role orientation during the freshman and sophomore yr. Ss were 435 male and 397 female college students. Ss ranked 4 college role orientations during their orientation and again near the end of their 2nd yr. The number of students expressing preference for the vocational, academic, collegiate, and nonconformist role orientations remained virtually unchanged over the 2-yr period, but there was much change in role preference within each group. Changes in role orientation are examined and reasons for the changing pattern of preference are suggested. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - role orientation changes in 1st & 2nd yr. of college KW - 1969 KW - Orienting Reflex KW - Personality KW - Roles KW - School Adjustment KW - Student Attitudes KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-01232-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-01204-001 AN - 1970-01204-001 AU - Schwartz, Arthur N. AU - Proppe, Hans G. T1 - Perception of privacy among institutionalized aged. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1969/// VL - 4 IS - Pt. 2 SP - 727 EP - 728 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1970-01204-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schwartz, Arthur N.; Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatrics; Institutionalization. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - A random sample of 97 men over age 60 selected from the 2400 resident population of a Veterans Administration Domiciliary were interviewed for life concerns and perception of privacy. Privacy (P) 'important,' P 'doesn't matter,' P 'hard to get,' P 'easy to get,' and P 'takes arranging' were the responses related to each other and such variables as age, length of time in the Domiciliary, and marital status. Person/environment transactions showed increasing need for privacy (in terms of use of space and communication of thought) over time in Domiciliary and across age, but requiring certain adaptive responses as the environment constricts and intrudes. This can be deleterious in the aging process. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perception of privacy KW - institutionalized aged KW - 1969 KW - Geriatrics KW - Institutionalization KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-01204-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-01174-001 AN - 1970-01174-001 AU - McKelligott, J. W. T1 - Some effects of suggestion on the breathing pattern of emphysematous patients. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1969/// VL - 4 IS - Pt. 2 SP - 583 EP - 584 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1970-01174-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McKelligott, J. W.; Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disorders; Respiration; Treatment. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Attempted to determine whether the breathing pattern of emphysematous patients could be improved by behavioral techniques. Various physiological measures were made before and during treatment by suggestion. The suggestion was provided by a device designed to simulate breath sounds. The sample consisted of 14 patients hospitalized with chronic emphysema. It was found that all the measures changed in a statistically significant direction indicating that through suggestion it was possible to produce more efficient breathing patterns. In addition, to the physiological data, interviews disclosed that this technique apparently has the ancillary advantage of producing tension reduction. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - emphysematous patients KW - suggestion & breathing pattern KW - 1969 KW - Disorders KW - Respiration KW - Treatment KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-01174-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-00933-001 AN - 1970-00933-001 AU - Cicchetti, Domenic V. T1 - Critical review of the research relating mother dominance to schizophrenia. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1969/// VL - 4 IS - Pt. 2 SP - 557 EP - 558 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1970-00933-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cicchetti, Domenic V.; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Literature Review; Mother Child Relations; Schizophrenogenic Family. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Literature Review. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Presents a critical review of the major studies which claim support for the relationship between mother dominance and etiology of schizophrenia. Each study is examined carefully, placing special emphasis upon comparing the data as they are presented, with the data as they are interpreted. This analysis demonstrates that the plethora of statements in the literature alluding to the 'schizophrenogenic mother' are based upon misinterpretation of research findings rather than upon empirical fact. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenogenic mother KW - review KW - 1969 KW - Literature Review KW - Mother Child Relations KW - Schizophrenogenic Family KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-00933-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-00880-001 AN - 1970-00880-001 AU - Ferneau, Ernest W. Jr. AU - Desroches, Harry F. T1 - The relationship between abstinence and length of hospitalization. JF - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JO - Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol JA - Q J Stud Alcohol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 30 IS - 2-A SP - 447 EP - 448 CY - US PB - Alcohol Research Documentation SN - 0033-5649 N1 - Accession Number: 1970-00880-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Studies on Alcohol; Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ferneau, Ernest W. Jr.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Release Date: 19700101. Correction Date: 20081124. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Psychiatric Hospitals. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Of 144 patients, significantly more who remained hospitalized for 16 or more wk. remained abstinent 6 mo. after discharge than those remaining less than 16 wk. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcoholics KW - abstinence & hospitalization length KW - 1969 KW - Alcoholism KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-00880-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-00859-001 AN - 1970-00859-001 AU - Hamlin, Roy M. AU - Lorr, Maurice T1 - Relative effectiveness of objective tests and symptom ratings in differentiating psychiatric disorders. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1969/// VL - 4 IS - Pt. 2 SP - 511 EP - 512 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1970-00859-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hamlin, Roy M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Danville, Ill. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognition; Differential Diagnosis; Motor Performance; Neurosis; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - 2 analyses of 30 measures on 208 normals, neurotics, paranoids, and nonparanoid schizophrenics give contrasting results. In a univariate analysis, established measures of psychomotor retardation and cognitive dysfunction differentiated the 4 comparison groups. In a discriminant function analysis, however, social content tests and ratings of observable 'symptomatic' behaviors accounted for most of the variance; cognitive measures contributed less; and the highly regarded psychomotor tests least. The key role of the social and rating measures is discussed in terms of: (1) objectivity of procedures; (2) social explanations, and (3) cognitive models of schizophrenia. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - tests of psychomotor retardation & cognitive dysfunction to discriminate neurosis vs. paranoia vs. schizophrenia KW - 1969 KW - Cognition KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Motor Performance KW - Neurosis KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-00859-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-00842-001 AN - 1970-00842-001 AU - Fontana, Alan F. AU - Corey, Michel T1 - Patient leaders: Middlemen in a conflict of interests. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1969/// VL - 4 IS - Pt. 2 SP - 529 EP - 530 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1970-00842-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fontana, Alan F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Leadership; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - New treatment programs based upon expectations of mental patients' responsibility for their behavior have heightened the conflict with patients' expectations that they be held unaccountable for their deviant behavior. An important mediational role is played by patient leaders. They organize patient activity to produce an active program, thereby encouraging staff tolerance for a nonrestrictive, continuous hospital stay for all patients. In this study, Ss were 24 Caucasian and 2 Negro men. Leaders were evaluated more favorably than nonleaders by both patients and staff, with the exception of behaviors related solely to staff goals. The stalemate, successfully negotiated by the leaders, was broken only after the staff imposed a time limit on hospital stay. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mental hospital KW - role of patient leaders in resolution of staff-patient conflict of interest KW - 1969 KW - Leadership KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-00842-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-00774-001 AN - 1970-00774-001 AU - Clay, Dennis D. T1 - Interpretation, reward, and freedom of communication in psychotherapy. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1969/// VL - 4 IS - Pt. 2 SP - 499 EP - 500 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1970-00774-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Clay, Dennis D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Allen Park, Mich. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Communication; Psychotherapy. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Studied shifts in psychotherapy in patients' self-awareness and openness to experience through ratings of freedom of communication to determine their relation to types of therapist verbal intervention, which were classified as interpretation drive, or reward. Shifts in freedom of communication varied significantly depending on whether the intervention was an interpretation, reward, or drive statement. Changes associated with reward were significantly greater than for drive. Contrary to expectations, the means for interpretation and drive did not differ significantly, but the results indicated that interpretation operates in a more complex fashion than drive or reward. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychotherapy KW - freedom of communication & therapist's statements KW - 1969 KW - Communication KW - Psychotherapy KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-00774-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-00505-001 AN - 1970-00505-001 AU - Jacobs, Eleanor A. AU - Winter, Peter M. AU - Alvis, Harry J. AU - Small, S. Mouchly T1 - Hyperoxygenation effect on cognitive functioning in the aged. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1969/// VL - 4 IS - Pt. 2 SP - 721 EP - 722 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1970-00505-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jacobs, Eleanor A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Buffalo, N.Y. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Intelligence Measures; Memory; Neurology; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - If deficit in cognitive functioning in the aged is determined by decreased oxygen delivery to the brain, increased oxygenation should effect an improvement. 13 elderly male patients with measured deficit were treated with intermittent exposure to 100% O2 at 2.5 atmospheres absolute in a hyperbaric chamber. Posttreatment performance on the Wechsler Memory Scale, the memory phase of the Bender-Gestalt, and Tien's Organic Integrity Test showed significant gains over pretreatment levels. Blood gas analysis showed marked increases in arterial partial pressure of oxygen (A PO2). Control patients treated under identical conditions with a different breathing mixture showed no gain in performance or A PO2s (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hyperoxygenation & Wechsler Memory Scale & Memory part of Bender Gestalt & Organic Integrity Test KW - elderly males KW - 1969 KW - Brain Damage KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Memory KW - Neurology KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-00505-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-00500-001 AN - 1970-00500-001 AU - Coppinger, N. W. AU - Nehrke, M. F. T1 - Discrimination learning and transfer of training in aged persons. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1969/// VL - 4 IS - Pt. 2 SP - 749 EP - 750 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1970-00500-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Coppinger, N. W.; Veterans Administration Center, Hampton, Va. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Discrimination; Geriatrics; Gerontology. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Postulated that the observed failure of elderly, debilitated Ss on the children's form of a categories test can be attributed to their inability to deal with frequent and rapid conceptual shifts and the number of irrelevant stimuli within the task. To test this, 69 elderly, infirmed Ss were administered a unidimensional discrimination learning task and then transferred to a reversal, intra- or extradimensional task. Whether S's preferred dimension was relevant or irrelevant made no difference in the rate of learning. There were no significant transfer of training effects and the shift tasks did not differ from each other significantly. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - discrimination learning & transfer of training KW - aged KW - 1969 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Discrimination KW - Geriatrics KW - Gerontology KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-00500-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-00359-001 AN - 1970-00359-001 AU - Jakubczak, L. F. T1 - Effects of injection of glucose on food intake of mature and old food-deprived rats. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1969/// VL - 4 IS - Pt. 2 SP - 723 EP - 724 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1970-00359-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jakubczak, L. F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Gerontological Psychology Research Lab., St. Louis, Mo. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blood; Digestive System; Drugs; Food Deprivation; Food Intake. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Attempted to determine whether or not there were age differences between mature and old rats (N = 20 male Sprague-Dawley Ss) in the effects of increases in blood-glucose level on food intake. Utilization of blood glucose by peripheral tissue is a necessary condition for blood-glucose levels to be effective in the control of food intake. However, glucose utilization seems to decrease with age, suggesting that changes in blood-glucose level may be less effective in the control of food intake with increasing age. Glucose injections tended to decrease food intake to greater degree in mature than old rats. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - glucose injection & food intake KW - mature vs. old food-deprived rat KW - 1969 KW - Blood KW - Digestive System KW - Drugs KW - Food Deprivation KW - Food Intake KW - Rats KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-00359-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-00312-001 AN - 1970-00312-001 AU - Lewis, Evan G. AU - Dustman, Robert E. AU - Beck, Edward C. T1 - Sensory phenomena following ingestion of varying doses of alcohol. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1969/// VL - 4 IS - Pt. 2 SP - 887 EP - 888 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1970-00312-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lewis, Evan G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salt Lake City, U. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohols; Cognition; Drugs; Motor Processes; Perceptual Motor Processes. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - 4 sensory tests and 4 cognitive and motor tests were administered to, and visual and somatosensory evoked responses recorded from, 10 Ss under varying doses of alcohol. Performance on the sensory tests was quite resistant to alcohol effect; only 1 test showed a deficit. Contrary to expectation and the reports of others, performance on the cognitive and motor tests was quite stable after alcohol ingestion. However, considerable attenuation of amplitude was found in the later waves (80-250 msec.) of both visual and somatosensory evoked responses recorded from the central scalp. This latter finding supports the view that alcohol acts primarily on the brainstem and not the cerebral cortex, as has been commonly held. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcohol KW - sensory & cognitive & motor function KW - 1969 KW - Alcohols KW - Cognition KW - Drugs KW - Motor Processes KW - Perceptual Motor Processes KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-00312-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-17854-001 AN - 1969-17854-001 AU - Libb, John W. AU - Clements, Carl B. T1 - Token reinforcement in an exercise program for hospitalized geriatric patients. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1969/// VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 957 EP - 958 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-17854-001. PMID: 5817711 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Libb, John W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Tuscaloosa, Ala. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19691201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatrics; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Recreation; Reinforcement; Treatment. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Sport Psychology & Leisure (3700). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Reinforced 4 geriatric patients from a psychiatric hospital for exercising on a stationary bicycle. 3 of the 4 increased their rate of exercising under the experimental condition, suggesting that the implementation of token reinforcement contingencies may facilitate the objectives of the physical therapist. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - token reinforcement in exercise program KW - hospitalized geriatric patients KW - 1969 KW - Geriatrics KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Recreation KW - Reinforcement KW - Treatment KW - 1969 DO - 10.2466/pms.1969.28.3.957 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-17854-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-17210-001 AN - 1969-17210-001 AU - Penk, W. E. T1 - Developmental patterns of Conceptual Area Analysis of children's object sorting responses. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1969/// VL - 4 IS - Pt. 1 SP - 255 EP - 256 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1969-17210-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Penk, W. E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Dallas, Tex. Release Date: 19691201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Childhood Development; Cognition. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Investigated relative merits of 2 opposing forms of 'explanations' regarding course of cognitive development: continuity vs. discontinuity. Age changes of conceptual areas in object sorting were evaluated among 100 7-11 yr. old children by trend analyses and intercorrelations with 60 cognitive and personality variables. At least 3 distinct types of coexisting growth patterns occurred: continuity in verbal abstractions (open-public); discontinuity in equivalence range (total open); and a 3rd saccadic pattern indicating 'spirality' in cognitive development among closed-public and open-private measures. Modifications beyond the simple 'continuity-discontinuity' dichotomy are necessary for explaining developmental change. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - continuity vs. discontinuity in cognitive development KW - 7-11 yr. olds KW - 1969 KW - Childhood Development KW - Cognition KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-17210-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-16940-001 AN - 1969-16940-001 AU - Rhodes, Leland E. AU - Fleming, Donovan E. T1 - Sensory restriction in the albino rat: Electrocortical correlates. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1969/// VL - 4 IS - Pt. 1 SP - 217 EP - 218 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1969-16940-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rhodes, Leland E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Phoenix, Ariz. Release Date: 19691201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Early Experience; Evoked Potentials; Sensory Deprivation. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Recorded and compared visual evoked cortical responses (VERs) from 16 albino rats reared under sensory restricted conditions to the responses recorded from 16 littermate controls reared under standard laboratory conditions. The evoked responses of the deprived Ss as compared to those of the controls showed reliably smaller amplitudes in both the early components as well as in the recurring afterdischarge activity. Successive recordings indicate that in addition to being atypical the responses of the deprived Ss failed to demonstrate the expected VER changes as a function of time. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual evoked cortical responses KW - rearing under sensory restriction KW - rat KW - 1969 KW - Early Experience KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Sensory Deprivation KW - Rats KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-16940-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-16930-001 AN - 1969-16930-001 AU - Creel, D. J. AU - Dustman, R. E. AU - Beck, E. C. T1 - Visually evoked responses in the rat as a function of visual pigmentation and unilateral enucleation. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1969/// VL - 4 IS - Pt. 1 SP - 245 EP - 246 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1969-16930-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Creel, D. J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Kansas City, Mo. Release Date: 19691201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Evoked Potentials; Eye (Anatomy); Lateral Dominance; Vision. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Compared single and summed visually evoked cortical responses of 6 albino and 6 hooded rats before and after single eye removal. Visually evoked responses recorded from hooded rats, pre- and postenucleation, had an earlier peak delay than the albino rat. The minimum flash illumination at which primary components appeared in the summed evoked potential was lower for the albino than for the hooded rat. Docility of the rats was inversely related to the amplitude of a late negative component. Marked differences appeared between evoked potentials recorded from the hemisphere contralateral and the hemisphere ipsilateral to the enucleated eye. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visually evoked cortical responses KW - visual pigmentation & unilateral enucleation KW - rat KW - 1969 KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Eye (Anatomy) KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Vision KW - Rats KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-16930-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-16904-001 AN - 1969-16904-001 AU - Fleming, Donovan E. AU - Rhodes, Leland E. T1 - Brightness discrimination: Effects of combined tactual and brightness cues with neodecorticated rats. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1969/// VL - 4 IS - Pt. 1 SP - 195 EP - 196 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1969-16904-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fleming, Donovan E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Phoenix, Ariz. Release Date: 19691201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cues; Cutaneous Sense; Discrimination; Illumination; Lesions. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Combined tactual (smooth-rough door) with black-white cues in a brightness discrimination task. 4 groups of adult male albino rats (N = 95), 3 neodecorticated and a control group, were used. Control and midcortical lesioned Ss acquired the task at the same rate. Anteriorly and posteriorly lesioned Ss were also similar in rate of acquisition but the anterior group was reliably different from control and midcortical groups. Tactual cues facilitated the acquisition of the brightness discrimination in all but the anteriorly lesioned group. Presumably the anterior lesions disrupt cortical-subcortical associational functions while posterior lesions disrupt specific sensory integrative functions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - brightness discrimination with tactual cues KW - neodecorticate rat KW - 1969 KW - Cues KW - Cutaneous Sense KW - Discrimination KW - Illumination KW - Lesions KW - Rats KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-16904-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-16901-001 AN - 1969-16901-001 AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Pandya, Deeppak AU - Mishkin, David T1 - Effect of selective lesions of sulcus principalis on retention of delayed alternation. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1969/// VL - 4 IS - Pt. 1 SP - 189 EP - 190 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1969-16901-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Butters, Nelson; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19691201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Memory; Retention. Minor Descriptor: Monkeys. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Assesd the possibility of localization of spatial delayed-alternation (DA) deficits along the anterior-posterior axis of the prefrontal cortex in 12 rhesus monkeys. Lesions located in the middle sector of sulcus principalis resulted in a failure to relearn DA within 1000 trials; ablation of the anterior sector of principalis, of the periarcuate region, or of the inferior parietal lobule had only slight effects. Results suggest that the middle sector of principalis may be a focal area for DA performance. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - selective lesions of sulcus principalis KW - retention of delayed alternation KW - monkey KW - 1969 KW - Memory KW - Retention KW - Monkeys KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-16901-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-16877-001 AN - 1969-16877-001 AU - Jakubczak, L. F. T1 - Effects of blood-glucose levels on wheel-running activity of food-deprived rats. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1969/// VL - 16 IS - 3 SP - 157 EP - 158 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-16877-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jakubczak, L. F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Jefferson Barracks, St. Louis, Mo. Release Date: 19691201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blood; Deprivation; Epinephrine; Hormones. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Determined whether changes in blood-glucose level affect wheel-running activity of 45 food-deprived male Sprague-Dawley rats in 2 experiments. Fructose, sucrose, adrenalin, insulin, and saline were injected into food-deprived Ss and their effects on wheel-running activity determined. Adrenalin and insulin decreased running activity, but fructose and sucrose did not. Results indicated that changes in blood-glucose level per se do not seem to be effective stimuli in the control of running activity of food-deprived Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - blood-glucose level & wheel-running KW - food deprivation KW - rat KW - 1969 KW - Blood KW - Deprivation KW - Epinephrine KW - Hormones KW - Rats KW - 1969 DO - 10.3758/BF03336351 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-16877-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-16873-001 AN - 1969-16873-001 AU - Edwards, Allan E. AU - Treadwell, Terence T1 - Comparative effects of anger and epinephrine upon stomach motility and the cardiovascular system. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1969/// VL - 4 IS - Pt. 1 SP - 249 EP - 250 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1969-16873-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Edwards, Allan E.; Veterans Administration Center, Wadsworth Hosp., Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19691201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cardiovascular System; Digestive System; Emotions; Epinephrine. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Studied the effects of anger, operationally defined as the visceral state ensuing when a person is confronted with an aversive stimulus and the opportunity to attempt to control it, epinephrine, their combination, and resting, on 24 healthy Ss. It was found that anger resulted in a pattern of cardiovascular behavior clearly different from that of epinephrine. The anger pattern parsimoniously could be best described as the results of a reduction in peripheral vascular capacitance with all other effects being epiphenomal. Stomach motility behaved as an anarchy, being uninfluenced by any of the experimental operations, food, or time of day. It is concluded that the data support a peripheral norepinephrine theory of anger. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - anger & epinephrine & rest KW - stomach motility & cardiovascular response KW - 1969 KW - Cardiovascular System KW - Digestive System KW - Emotions KW - Epinephrine KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-16873-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-16821-001 AN - 1969-16821-001 AU - Crovitz, Herbert F. T1 - Memory loci in artificial memory. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1969/// VL - 16 IS - 2 SP - 82 EP - 83 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-16821-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crovitz, Herbert F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Durham, N.C. Release Date: 19691201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Memory. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Recent studies have begun to evaluate the art of artificial memory in which 1st a set of places is memorized, and later things or words to be memorized are 'put in those places with bizarre images.' 12 undergraduates learned 34 of 40 words in their correct sequence in 1 trial, using for places an arbitrary map of a street. Self-produced memory-maps are thus not a necessary part of the artificial memory process. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - memory/artificial KW - & self-produced memory-maps KW - 1969 KW - Memory KW - 1969 DO - 10.3758/BF03336630 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-16821-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-16747-001 AN - 1969-16747-001 AU - Harris, Richard J. T1 - Familiarity vs novelty in desire to own long-play recordings. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1969/// VL - 15 IS - 6 SP - 290 EP - 291 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-16747-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Harris, Richard J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19691201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Familiarity; Motivation; Music; Desire. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Ratings of and paired comparisons among long-play recordings (LPs) showed a very slight tendency (statistically significant for a few Ss on a few measures) to prefer LPs judged only a few times to those LPs which were seen on each replication of the experiment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - desire to own long-play recordings KW - familiarity vs. novelty KW - 1969 KW - Familiarity KW - Motivation KW - Music KW - Desire KW - 1969 DO - 10.3758/BF03336304 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-16747-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-16033-001 AN - 1969-16033-001 AU - Spiegel, Don AU - Keith-Spiegel, Patricia AU - Abrahams, Joel AU - Kranitz, Lionel T1 - Humor and suicide: Favorite jokes of suicidal patients. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1969/08// VL - 33 IS - 4 SP - 504 EP - 505 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-16033-001. PMID: 5810596 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Spiegel, Don; Veterans Administration Center, Brentwood Hosp., Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotions; Psychiatric Patients; Suicide. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - During an interview 20 patients who had attempted suicide and 20 matched nonsuicidal patients were asked to relate their favorite joke. Jokes were told by 12 attempters and 9 controls. 2 raters, blind to the purpose and nature of the study, rated each joke for direction of punishment expressed in the themes. Based on the combined chi-square probabilities associated with ratings by the 2 judges, suicidal Ss told significantly more jokes with a self-punishing theme than did nonsuicidal controls. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - suicide & humor KW - neuropsychiatric patients KW - 1969 KW - Emotions KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Suicide KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0027823 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-16033-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-14471-001 AN - 1969-14471-001 AU - Kish, George B. AU - Ball, Margaret E. T1 - Low education level as one factor producing a verbal-abstract disparity on the Shipley-Institute of Living Scale. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 25 IS - 2 SP - 183 EP - 184 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-14471-001. PMID: 5789206 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kish, George B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Ft. Meade, S.D. Release Date: 19691001. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Abstraction; Educational Background; Intelligence Measures; Psychodiagnosis; Testing. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - A sample of male veterans was divided into grade school and high school groups and equated for their Shipley Institute of Living Scale Verbal score without regard to their abstraction scores. The conceptual quotients did differ between the 2 school groups, and it is suggested that clinicians recognize the low level of educational attainment as an important factor producing an appearance of intellectual deterioration. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - verbal-abstract disparity on Shipley-Institute of Living Scale KW - educational background KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1969 KW - Abstraction KW - Educational Background KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Testing KW - 1969 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196904)25:2<183::AID-JCLP2270250221>3.0.CO;2-M UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-14471-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-14064-001 AN - 1969-14064-001 AU - Snapper, A. G. AU - Shimoff, E. H. AU - Schoenfeld, W. N. T1 - Varying temporal relationship of an intruded aversive stimulus with time-out from responding. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1969/// VL - 15 IS - 5 SP - 229 EP - 230 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-14064-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Snapper, A. G.; Franklin Delano Roosevelt Veterans Administration Hosp., Montrose, N.Y. Release Date: 19691001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aversion; Reinforcement; Reinforcement Schedules; Shock; Time. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Trained 4 groups of 4 male albino rats each on a random-interval schedule of positive reinforcement. During daily sessions successive 2-min exposures to the schedule were interrupted by 2-min time-outs during which the lever operandum was withdrawn from the chamber. Response-independent shock was superimposed in different portions of the behavior stream for different groups so that 1 group was shocked in the middle of the reinforced periods, 1 at the end of the reinforced components, 1 group in the middle, and 1 group at the end of the time-out components. Ss shocked during or at the end of the reinforced component were suppressed by lower intensity shocks than were Ss shocked outside the periods of bar-pressing. Results are consistent with several different conceptual schemes. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - random-interval reinforcement schedule KW - varying temporal relationship of intruded aversive stimulus with time-out from responding KW - rat KW - 1969 KW - Aversion KW - Reinforcement KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Shock KW - Time KW - Rats KW - 1969 DO - 10.3758/BF03337393 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-14064-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-14061-001 AN - 1969-14061-001 AU - Royer, Fred L. T1 - Temporal uncertainty of reinforcement. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1969/// VL - 15 IS - 5 SP - 269 EP - 270 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-14061-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Royer, Fred L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brecksville, O. Release Date: 19691001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Extinction (Learning); Reinforcement; Time. Minor Descriptor: Dogs. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - 3 CSs had a duration of 5 sec. CS+C was always reinforced with shock 1 sec. after termination; CS- was never reinforced; and CS+U was reinforced 75% of the trials with reinforcement occurring randomly 1, 3, or 5 sec. after CS offset. Mean heart rate increments were: CS+C, 9.7 beats per minute (bpm); CS-, -2.5 bpm; CS+U, 3.8 bpm. Mean leg flexion latencies for CS+C were 2.9 sec., and for CS+U, 4.2 sec. Cardiac UCRs for CS+U are diminished. Data suggest more resistance to extinction for CS+U. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - resistance to extinction & temporal uncertainty of reinforcement KW - dog KW - 1969 KW - Extinction (Learning) KW - Reinforcement KW - Time KW - Dogs KW - 1969 DO - 10.3758/BF03337417 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-14061-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-14009-001 AN - 1969-14009-001 AU - Pare, W. P. T1 - Does the Pavlov stand affect Pavlovian conditioning phenomena? JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1968/// VL - 3 IS - 2 SP - 131 EP - 132 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-14009-001. Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pare, W. P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pavlovian Research Lab., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19691001. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Stimulation; Discrimination; Perceptual Motor Learning; Shock. Minor Descriptor: Dogs. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Determined if bodily restraint, e.g., the stand, and bodily freedom had differential effects on the development of a motor and a cardiac discrimination problem. 2 littermate dogs were subjected to the free condition 1st, followed by the restrained condition, while 2 Ss received the 2 conditions in reverse order. 10 CS+ tones were presented, followed by shock to the foreleg and 10 CS- tones were presented with no shock. Ss subjected initially to the free condition manifested motor and cardiac discrimination significantly earlier than Ss initially exposed to the restrained condition. The free condition, however, did not facilitate discrimination learning when presented to Ss which had been 1st exposed to the restraint condition. It is concluded that: (1) conditioning procedures were facilitated by the absence of bodily restriction, and (2) lack of this facilitatory effect in Ss initially exposed to restraint was probably due to negative transfer emanating from the Pavlov stand. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - motor & cardiac discrimination learning KW - free vs. restrained conditions KW - tones & shock KW - dog KW - 1968 KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Discrimination KW - Perceptual Motor Learning KW - Shock KW - Dogs KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-14009-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-13849-001 AN - 1969-13849-001 AU - Greenberg, R. AU - Dewan, E. T1 - Aphasia and dreaming: A test of the p-hypothesis. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1968/// VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 203 EP - 204 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-13849-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Greenberg, R.; Boston Veterans Administration Hosp., Mass. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19691001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electroencephalography; Eye Movements; Sleep; Speech Disorders. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Tested the hypothesis that dreaming serves to integrate new information into existing past information stores by studying levels of dreaming (Stage-1 REM) sleep in patients with brain lesions affecting speech. The assumption was that improvement of comprehension or production of speech would imply reprograming and therefore normal or increased levels of dreaming while no improvement would imply no reprograming and lower levels of dreaming. Aphasic Ss were studied with all-night EEG recordings. 6 improving Ss were studied for 11 nights and 9 nonimproving Ss were studied for 15 nights. Results showed the improving group had higher levels of Stage-1 REM (20.1%) than the nonimproving (12.7%), with a T test showing P < .005. Findings are consistent with the hypothesis that Stage-1 (dreaming) sleep is needed for reprograming or new learning. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - REM & EEG KW - improving vs. nonimproving aphasics KW - 1968 KW - Electroencephalography KW - Eye Movements KW - Sleep KW - Speech Disorders KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-13849-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-13830-001 AN - 1969-13830-001 AU - Allison, Truett AU - Goff, William R. T1 - Sleep in a primitive mammal, the spiny anteater. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1968/// VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 200 EP - 201 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-13830-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Allison, Truett; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19691001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Electrical Activity; Electroencephalography; Eye Movements; Heart; Sleep. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Examined the assertion that rapid sleep (RS) is present in all mammals. Waking and sleep patterns in the spiny anteater (echidna, Tachyglossus aculeatus) was studied. From 2 Ss, needle electrodes recorded eye movements, EEG, EKG, respiration, and neck muscle activity. Both Ss clearly showed slow wave sleep accounting for about 1/2 the total recording time, based on 24- or 48- hr recordings. No evidence of RS was seen, nor is it seen in a chronically implanted S now being tested. It is concluded that RS is not present in the spiny anteater. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sleep & EEG & EKG & eye movements & respiration & neck muscle activity KW - anteater KW - 1968 KW - Electrical Activity KW - Electroencephalography KW - Eye Movements KW - Heart KW - Sleep KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-13830-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-12138-001 AN - 1969-12138-001 AU - Kish, George B. AU - Ball, Margaret E. T1 - Some properties of the verbal transformation (VT) effect. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1969/// VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 211 EP - 212 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-12138-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kish, George B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Fort Meade, S.D. Release Date: 19690901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Analysis; Transfer (Learning); Verbal Communication; Verbal Learning. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Using a group method of testing, the verbal transformations (VTs) of the repeated word 'distress' were studied in 85 Ss who had also taken the Sensation-Seeking Scale (SSS). Number of VTs occurred according to a negatively accelerated growth function during 4 min. of listening. Disclosing the repetitive nature of the tape reduced the number of VTs produced when compared to a nondisclosure group. Results did not support a satiation analysis of the VT effect. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - verbal transformation KW - satiation analysis KW - 1969 KW - Analysis KW - Transfer (Learning) KW - Verbal Communication KW - Verbal Learning KW - 1969 DO - 10.3758/BF03336287 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-12138-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-11472-001 AN - 1969-11472-001 AU - Frizzell, Mary K. T1 - Group therapy for diabetic mental patients. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1968/// VL - 19 IS - 9 SP - 297 EP - 298 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-11472-001. PMID: 5714723 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Frizzell, Mary K.; Veterans Administration Hops., Little Rock, Ark. Release Date: 19690801. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Psychiatric Patients; Psychosis; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Reports weekly group therapy sessions with 10 40-75 yr. old males who were diabetic and psychotic. Ss began to realize their conditions were improvable depending on what they did for themselves. The results of a monthly blood-sugar test for each S was posted, and comparisons created interest of resistance to the laboratory tests. Most Ss showed a decrease in their readings during the 1st 6 mo. (166.5-133.3). Ss showed improvement in their attitudes, relationships, physical, and mental health. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group therapy KW - diabetic psychotic mental patients KW - 1968 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychosis KW - Treatment KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-11472-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-09135-001 AN - 1969-09135-001 AU - Ferneau, Ernest W. Jr. T1 - What is 'reasonableness?' JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1968/// VL - 23 IS - 2 SP - 601 EP - 602 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-09135-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ferneau, Ernest W. Jr.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19690701. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Concept Formation; Expectations; Semantics. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - The concept-in-question, recently proposed as another influence of 'facilitative distortion,' has been found to have many definitions in the literature. These are reviewed and a derivative definition is offered. It is believed that 'reasonableness' should be viewed conceptionally as a capricious violation of expectations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - concept of reasonableness KW - facilitative distortion vs. capricious violation of expectations KW - 1968 KW - Concept Formation KW - Expectations KW - Semantics KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1968.23.2.601 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-09135-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-08249-001 AN - 1969-08249-001 AU - Kilpatrick, Dean G. AU - Cauthen, Nelson R. AU - Sandman, Curt A. AU - Quattlebaum, Larry F. T1 - Dogmatism and personal sexual attitudes. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1968/// VL - 23 IS - 3, Pt. 2 SP - 1105 EP - 1106 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-08249-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kilpatrick, Dean G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., New Orleans, La. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19690601. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitude Measures; Authoritarianism; Human Sex Differences; Psychosexual Behavior; Surveys. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Determined the relation between dogmatism as measured by high and low Dogmatism scores and sexual attitudes as measured by an original sexual attitude survey. Ss were 192 male and 188 female university students. High-dogmatic males were found to be more sexually conservative than low-dogmatic males. There was no difference in conservatism of sexual attitudes between high-dogmatic and low-dogmatic females. Male Ss, as expected, were significantly more sexually liberal than female Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Dogmatism scale & sexual attitude survey KW - sex differences KW - 1968 KW - Attitude Measures KW - Authoritarianism KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Psychosexual Behavior KW - Surveys KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1968.23.3f.1105 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-08249-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-04163-001 AN - 1969-04163-001 AU - Reese, Phyllis M. AU - Webb, J. T. AU - Foulks, J. D. T1 - A comparison of oral and booklet forms of the MMPI for psychiatric inpatients. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1968/// VL - 24 IS - 4 SP - 436 EP - 437 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-04163-001. PMID: 4390367 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reese, Phyllis M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Tuscaloosa, Ala. Release Date: 19690301. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis; Testing Methods. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Reliable agreement between the oral and booklet forms of the MMPI were obtained using a population of 40 male psychiatric inpatients. It is suggested that the oral form might be used with illiterate, semiliterate, and persons with poor vision. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI KW - oral vs. booklet forms KW - psychiatric inpatients KW - 1968 KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Testing Methods KW - 1968 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196810)24:4<436::AID-JCLP2270240414>3.0.CO;2-Y UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-04163-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-03579-001 AN - 1969-03579-001 AU - Gibby, Robert G. AU - Crough, David G. AU - Thios, Samuel J. T1 - RNA induced enhancement of a simple discrimination task. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1968/// VL - 12 IS - 7 SP - 295 EP - 296 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-03579-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gibby, Robert G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Richmond, Va. Release Date: 19690301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biochemistry; Discrimination; Education. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Investigated the applicability of a simple light-dark discriminaion task to the study of RNA induced behavioral effects. Significant results with RNA extracted from trained donors using the cold phenol method support the value of this task in future RNA investigations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - RNA extracted from trained rats KW - light-dark discrimination task acquisition KW - rat KW - 1968 KW - Biochemistry KW - Discrimination KW - Education KW - Rats KW - 1968 DO - 10.3758/BF03331317 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-03579-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-03549-001 AN - 1969-03549-001 AU - Yarnell, Thomas D. T1 - The effect of electroconvulsive shock on a socially motivated instrumental response. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1968/// VL - 12 IS - 7 SP - 297 EP - 298 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-03549-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Yarnell, Thomas D.; Veterans Administration Center, Psychological Services, Gulport, Miss. Release Date: 19690301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Stimulation; Electroconvulsive Shock; Motivation; Social Reinforcement. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - 4 groups of 12 male albino rats were trained to cross a hurdle in a straight runway. 2 groups were reinforced by coming in contact with another rat. 2 groups received no reinforcement. 1 reinforcement and 1 no-reinforcement group received ECS. ECS interfered with the socially motivated instrumental response. The results are consistent with the competing response or fear hypothesis of ECS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - electroconvulsive shock KW - socially motivated instrumental response KW - rat KW - 1968 KW - Brain Stimulation KW - Electroconvulsive Shock KW - Motivation KW - Social Reinforcement KW - Rats KW - 1968 DO - 10.3758/BF03331318 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-03549-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-02007-001 AN - 1969-02007-001 AU - Taub, Harvey A. AU - Monty, Richard A. T1 - Order of recall in short-term memory. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1968/// VL - 12 IS - 6 SP - 259 EP - 260 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-02007-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Taub, Harvey A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Release Date: 19690201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Recall (Learning); Short Term Memory. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Short-term recall of letter sequences, color-coded into 2 halves, was measured as a function of color presented 1st, alphabet 1/2 presented 1st, order of report, and blocks of trials. Ss were 48 college students. Analysis of the 1st 1/2 of Ss' reports suggested that reports which reversed the colored halves were superior to an ordered report of the colors except in the trial block when the letters presented 1st in a sequence were from the 1st 1/2 of the alphabet. Trends from the 2nd 1/2 of a report were in the direction of more accurate recall with reversed as compared to ordered reports. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - memory/short term KW - order of recall KW - 1968 KW - Recall (Learning) KW - Short Term Memory KW - 1968 DO - 10.3758/BF03331299 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-02007-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-01230-001 AN - 1969-01230-001 AU - Gonen, Jay Y. AU - Brown, Louis T1 - Role of vocabulary in deterioration and restitution of mental functioning. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1968/// VL - 3 SP - 469 EP - 470 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1969-01230-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gonen, Jay Y.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Cincinnati, O. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Disorders; Cognitive Processes; Nervous System Disorders; Patients; Vocabulary. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. KW - deterioration & restitution of mental functioning & role of vocabulary KW - neurological patients KW - 1968 KW - Brain Disorders KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Patients KW - Vocabulary KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-01230-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-01168-001 AN - 1969-01168-001 AU - Pishkin, Vladimir AU - Bourne, Lyle E. Jr. T1 - Relevant and irrelevant social dimensions in concept identification of schizophrenics and normals. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1968/// VL - 3 SP - 509 EP - 510 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1969-01168-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pishkin, Vladimir; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Concepts; Learning; Personality Processes; Schizophrenia; Social Processes. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. KW - concept identification/social dimensions in KW - schizophrenics & normals KW - 1968 KW - Concepts KW - Learning KW - Personality Processes KW - Schizophrenia KW - Social Processes KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-01168-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-01161-001 AN - 1969-01161-001 AU - Efron, Herman Y. T1 - Comparison of different classes of variables in predicting hospital outcome for schizophrenic patients. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1968/// VL - 3 SP - 497 EP - 498 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1969-01161-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Efron, Herman Y.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lyons, N.J. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classification (Cognitive Process); Prediction; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia. Minor Descriptor: Psychodiagnostic Typologies. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. KW - comparison of variables in prediction of hospital outcome of schizophrenics KW - 1968 KW - Classification (Cognitive Process) KW - Prediction KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Psychodiagnostic Typologies KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-01161-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-01146-001 AN - 1969-01146-001 AU - Ritchey, Ronald E. T1 - Evaluation of schizophrenics on a ward halfway house program. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1968/// VL - 3 SP - 499 EP - 500 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1969-01146-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ritchey, Ronald E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Tomah, Wis. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Community Services; Evaluation; Psychiatric Patients; Schizophrenia; Treatment. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. KW - schizophrenics/evaluation of KW - ward halfway house program KW - 1968 KW - Community Services KW - Evaluation KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Schizophrenia KW - Treatment KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-01146-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-00995-001 AN - 1969-00995-001 AU - Wilson, Alan E. AU - Smith, Frederick J. T1 - Counterconditioning therapy using free association: A case study. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1968/// VL - 3 SP - 529 EP - 530 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1969-00995-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wilson, Alan E.; Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Associative Processes; Case Report; Conditioning; Psychiatric Patients; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. KW - counterconditioning therapy using free association KW - case study KW - 1968 KW - Associative Processes KW - Case Report KW - Conditioning KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Treatment KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-00995-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-00957-001 AN - 1969-00957-001 AU - Cicchetti, Domenic V. AU - Ornston, Patricia S. AU - Towbin, Alan P. T1 - Reliability and validity of clinical judgments of the experience level of psychotherapists. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1968/// VL - 3 SP - 517 EP - 518 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1969-00957-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cicchetti, Domenic V.; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Practice; Psychodiagnosis; Statistical Reliability; Statistical Validity; Therapists. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. KW - experience level of psychotherapists & reliability & validity of clinical judgments KW - 1968 KW - Practice KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Statistical Reliability KW - Statistical Validity KW - Therapists KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-00957-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-00945-001 AN - 1969-00945-001 AU - Hall, Marie M. AU - Hall, George C. T1 - Antithetical ideational modes of left versus right unilateral hemispheric lesions as demonstrated in the Rorschach. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1968/// VL - 3 SP - 657 EP - 658 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1969-00945-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hall, Marie M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Patients; Perceptual Localization; Rorschach Test. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. KW - ideation differences of patients with right vs. left brain hemisphere lesions KW - Rorschach responses KW - 1968 KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Patients KW - Perceptual Localization KW - Rorschach Test KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-00945-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-00904-001 AN - 1969-00904-001 AU - Palmer, Robert D. T1 - Psychological factors in the visual acuity. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1968/// VL - 3 SP - 539 EP - 540 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1969-00904-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Palmer, Robert D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brooklyn, N.Y. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Traits; Physiological Arousal; Stimulation; Visual Discrimination. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. KW - visual acuity & stimulus-seeking behavior & arousal patterns KW - 1968 KW - Personality Traits KW - Physiological Arousal KW - Stimulation KW - Visual Discrimination KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-00904-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-00890-001 AN - 1969-00890-001 AU - Feifel, Herman AU - Jones, Robert B. T1 - Perception of death as related to nearness to death. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1968/// VL - 3 SP - 545 EP - 546 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1969-00890-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Feifel, Herman; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Death and Dying; Disorders; Perception; Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. KW - perception of death & relation to nearness to death KW - 1968 KW - Death and Dying KW - Disorders KW - Perception KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-00890-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-00797-001 AN - 1969-00797-001 AU - Durkin, James E. T1 - Dyadic permeability in a noncognitive interpersonal reaction-time task. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1968/// VL - 3 SP - 413 EP - 414 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1969-00797-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Durkin, James E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Wilmington, Del. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Computers; Interpersonal Interaction; Reaction Time; Social Interaction. Classification: Social Psychology (3000). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. KW - dyadic permeability in computerized interpersonal reaction time task KW - 1968 KW - Computers KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Reaction Time KW - Social Interaction KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-00797-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-00414-001 AN - 1969-00414-001 AU - Sakai, Makoto AU - Dustman, Robert E. AU - Beck, Edward C. T1 - Summed evoked responses from primary and associational cortices of cats at different levels of awareness. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1968/// VL - 3 SP - 309 EP - 310 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1969-00414-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sakai, Makoto; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salt Lake City, U. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Brain Stimulation; Electrical Activity; Perceptual Localization. Minor Descriptor: Cats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. KW - attention level & cortex localization of evoked responses KW - cat KW - 1968 KW - Attention KW - Brain Stimulation KW - Electrical Activity KW - Perceptual Localization KW - Cats KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-00414-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-00267-001 AN - 1969-00267-001 AU - Abramczyk, Rudolf R. T1 - Analysis of interference in continuous association within multiple categories. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1968/// VL - 3 SP - 25 EP - 26 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1969-00267-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Abramczyk, Rudolf R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interference (Learning); Time; Word Associations. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. KW - interference in associative fluency KW - temporal characteristics KW - 1968 KW - Interference (Learning) KW - Time KW - Word Associations KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-00267-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-00262-001 AN - 1969-00262-001 AU - Bates, Henry D. T1 - The Taffel task: Verbal operant conditioning. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1968/// VL - 3 SP - 133 EP - 134 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1969-00262-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bates, Henry D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coatesville, Pa. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Computers; Models; Operant Conditioning; Statistical Validity; Verbal Learning. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. KW - Taffel paradigm KW - validity in verbal operant conditioning KW - 1968 KW - Computers KW - Models KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Statistical Validity KW - Verbal Learning KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-00262-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-18909-001 AN - 1968-18909-001 AU - WAGNER, MERVYN K. T1 - Comparative effectiveness of behavioral rehearsal and verbal reinforcement for effecting anger expressiveness. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1968/// VL - 22 IS - 3, PT. 2 SP - 1079 EP - 1080 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-18909-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: WAGNER, MERVYN K.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., SALISBURY, N.C. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161010. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aggressive Behavior; Emotions; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Psychotherapy; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS REINFORCED BY LIGHT ONSET FOR INCREASES IN ANGER EXPRESSIVENESS SHOWED GREATER INCREASE IN EXPRESSIVENESS THAN CONTROLS WITHOUT TREATMENT BETWEEN ASSESSMENTS. A GROUP EXPERIENCING BEHAVIOR REHEARSAL BETWEEN TESTS ALSO INCREASED IN EXPRESSIVENESS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ANGER EXPRESSIVENESS/ELICITATION OF KW - BEHAVIORAL REHEARSAL VS. VERBAL REINFORCEMENT KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1968 KW - Aggressive Behavior KW - Emotions KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Psychotherapy KW - Treatment KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1968.22.3c.1079 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-18909-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-18135-001 AN - 1968-18135-001 AU - Reus, James F. AU - Pare, William P. T1 - A DC-coupled photocell trigger. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1968/// VL - 26 IS - 3, PT. 2 SP - 1265 EP - 1266 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-18135-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reus, James F.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., PERRY POINT, MD. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161020. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus; Experimentation. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - DESCRIBES A PHOTOCELL TRIGGER DESIGNED SPECIFICALLY TO DETECT SLOW MOVEMENTS BETWEEN A LIGHT SOURCE AND THE PHOTOCELL RECEPTOR. THE UNIT CONSISTS OF A TRANSISTORIZED PHOTORELAY WHICH OPERATES A PULSE FORMER AND AN OUTPUT RELAY. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PHOTOCELL TRIGGER/DC-COUPLED KW - 1968 KW - Apparatus KW - Experimentation KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pms.1968.26.3c.1265 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-18135-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-15965-001 AN - 1968-15965-001 AU - JUSTICE, VERNELL O. AU - BENDER, DARYL T1 - Community placement of elderly patients. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1968/// VL - 19 IS - 5 SP - 144 EP - 145 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-15965-001. PMID: 4967003 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: JUSTICE, VERNELL O.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., DANVILLE, ILL. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161010. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Community Services; Geriatrics; Rehabilitation. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - EXPLORES THE PROBLEMS IN THE REHABILITATION OF GERIATRIC PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS, THE MOST CRUCIAL BEING THE DETERMINATION OF PATIENTS LIKELY TO BE SUCCESSFUL AND WHAT SELECTION CRITERIA SHOULD BE USED. OF 107 SS STUDIED ACCORDING TO AGE, DIAGNOSIS, FINANCIAL STATUS, AND LENGTH OF STAY, AND PLACED IN COMMUNITY SETTINGS, ONLY 15 HAD BEEN READMITTED AFTER 60 DAYS. S'S FINANCIAL STATUS WAS AN IMPORTANT INDEX OF SUCCESSFUL PLACEMENT. RESULTS SHOW CAREFUL PREPARATION OF BOTH THE INDIVIDUAL PATIENT AND THE RECEIVING ENVIRONMENT TO BE CRITICAL. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - & COMMUNITY PLACEMENT KW - ELDERLY PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1968 KW - Community Services KW - Geriatrics KW - Rehabilitation KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-15965-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-15870-001 AN - 1968-15870-001 AU - Browne, Louise J. AU - Goldsberry, John H. Jr. AU - Bull, Janet K. T1 - Rehabilitating blind psychiatric patients. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1968/// VL - 19 IS - 4 SP - 116 EP - 117 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-15870-001. PMID: 5640938 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Browne, Louise J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northampton, Mass. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Blind; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Rehabilitation. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - ANALYZES THE WORKINGS OF A PROGRAM IN WHICH PATIENTS WERE TESTED FOR LEGAL BLINDNESS AS A SELECTIVE DEVICE FOR SS' PARTICIPATION IN SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC SESSIONS TO IMPROVE INTEGRATION IN THE HOSPITAL COMMUNITY. GENERAL MARKED IMPROVEMENT IN S INDEPENDENCE AND SOCIABILITY WAS DUE TO THE PROVISION OF INDIVIDUAL TRAINING. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - BLIND PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - REHABILITATION KW - 1968 KW - Blind KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Rehabilitation KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-15870-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-15842-001 AN - 1968-15842-001 AU - Hale, Peter P. T1 - The vocational worker's double-bind. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1968/// VL - 19 IS - 5 SP - 150 EP - 151 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-15842-001. PMID: 5689472 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hale, Peter P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pittsburgh, PA. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Occupational Guidance; Prejudice; Psychiatric Patients; Vocational Rehabilitation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - DESCRIBES THE EXTREME FRUSTRATION GENERATED FOR THE VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION WORKER IN THE PSYCHIATRIC FIELD. THE CRUCIAL PROBLEM IS THE BLATENT HYPOCRISY OF EMPLOYERS WHO FEIGN INTEREST IN MENTALLY RESTORED CLIENTS, DEMONSTRATED BY THE FACT THAT ONLY 17% OF EMPLOYERS IN THE BOSTON AREA WHO SAID THEY WOULD, ACTUALLY DID, HIRE REHABILITATED PATIENTS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - FIELD WORKER KW - PREJUDICE OF POTENTIAL EMPLOYERS TOWARD MENTALLY RESTORED SS KW - 1968 KW - Occupational Guidance KW - Prejudice KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Vocational Rehabilitation KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-15842-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-15838-001 AN - 1968-15838-001 AU - Cheney, Truman M. AU - Kish, George B. T1 - A full-service vocational program. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1968/// VL - 19 IS - 5 SP - 137 EP - 138 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-15838-001. PMID: 5644840 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cheney, Truman M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Ft. Meade, S.D. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Occupational Guidance; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Vocational Rehabilitation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - EXPLAINS AN EXTENSIVE PROGRAM OF VOCATIONAL COUNSELING IN WHICH TEAM MEETINGS OF A PHYSICIAN, NURSE, SOCIAL WORKER, CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGIST, AND A REPRESENTATIVE FROM THE REHABILITATION SERVICE SELECT PATIENTS TO BE TRAINED IN INDUSTRIAL THERAPY, INCENTIVE THERAPY, AND THE MANUAL ARTS. CONSULTATION WITH EMPLOYEES AND INTENSIVE FOLLOW-UP THERAPY PRODUCED A REDUCTION IN READMISSION RATES. IN 3 YR., 500 SS HAVE BEEN PLACED IN 50 DIFFERENT OCCUPATIONS DEMONSTRATING THE SUCCESS OF THE PROGRAM. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PATIENT SELECTION FOR INTENSIVE REHABILITATION KW - ROLE OF THERAPY TEAM KW - 1968 KW - Occupational Guidance KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Vocational Rehabilitation KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-15838-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-15658-001 AN - 1968-15658-001 AU - Stage, Thomas B. AU - Douglass, Gerald S. T1 - Hospitalized alcoholic patients: VII. How to estimate program costs. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1968/// VL - 19 IS - 7 SP - 216 EP - 217 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-15658-001. PMID: 5751923 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stage, Thomas B.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., SALEM, VA. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Estimation; Hospitalization; Hospitals; Money. Minor Descriptor: Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - ASSESSED 90-DAY TREATMENT COST PER ALCOHOLIC PATIENT BY THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE: (1) DIVIDED EXPENDITURE INTO FIXED HOSPITAL, FIXED WARD, AND INDIVIDUAL COSTS, (2) ASSESSED COST BY EACH OF 5 SERVICES FOR EVERY PATIENT AND EACH WARD, AND (3) ANALYSIS OF DATA BY 30-DAY PERIODS OF THE PROGRAM. RESULTS INDICATE AN AVERAGE COST OF DEGREES1800 PER PATIENT. THIS EXPENDITURE IS COMPARED TO TREATMENT COST FOR PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ALCOHOLICS/TREATMENT OF HOSPITALIZED KW - PROGRAM COSTS KW - ESTIMATION PROCEDURE KW - 1968 KW - Alcoholism KW - Estimation KW - Hospitalization KW - Hospitals KW - Money KW - Treatment KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-15658-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-15650-001 AN - 1968-15650-001 AU - Pokorny, Alex D. AU - Frazier, Shervert H. T1 - Texas surveys its mental hospital population. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1968/// VL - 19 IS - 3 SP - 88 EP - 89 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-15650-001. PMID: 5638425 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pokorny, Alex D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitude Measures; Interest Inventories; Personality Measures; Preference Measures; Surveys. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Hospitalization; Psychiatric Hospitals; Psychiatric Patients; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - PRESENTS THE INFORMATION COMPILED IN A SURVEY TO DETERMINE WHAT PERCENTAGE OF PATIENTS MIGHT BE SUITABLY TREATED OUTSIDE THE HOSPITAL. A STUDY WAS MADE OF THE DIAGNOSIS, LENGTH OF STAY, REHABILITATION POTENTIAL, HANDICAPS, AND TREATMENT EXPERIENCED BY EACH PATIENT. THE RESULTS OF INFORMATION ANALYSIS ARE PRESENTED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - TEXAS MENTAL HOSPITAL POPULATION KW - 1968 KW - Attitude Measures KW - Interest Inventories KW - Personality Measures KW - Preference Measures KW - Surveys KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Psychiatric Hospitals KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Treatment KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-15650-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-15649-001 AN - 1968-15649-001 AU - Mueller, Stanley R. AU - Ferneau, Ernest W. T1 - Hospitalized alcoholic patients: V. Hospital acceptance of a program. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1968/// VL - 19 IS - 7 SP - 210 EP - 211 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-15649-001. PMID: 5714699 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mueller, Stanley R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Hospitalization; Hospitals; Personnel; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Attitudes. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - DESCRIBES THE TREATMENT PROBLEMS CREATED BY A HOSPITAL STAFF'S NEGATIVE ATTITUDES TOWARD ALCOHOLIC PATIENTS. STRONG ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT, AND DEDICATED CLINICIANS ALLOWED THE DEMONSTRATION OF AN EFFICIENT PROGRAM AND HELPED CHANGE ATTITUDES AND POLICIES TOWARD ALCOHOLIC PATIENTS THROUGHOUT THE HOSPITAL. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ALCOHOLIC TREATMENT PROGRAM KW - HOSPITAL STAFF ACCEPTANCE KW - 1968 KW - Alcoholism KW - Hospitalization KW - Hospitals KW - Personnel KW - Treatment KW - Attitudes KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-15649-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-15638-001 AN - 1968-15638-001 AU - Gurney, Bettie P. T1 - A community placement ward. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1968/// VL - 19 IS - 2 SP - 54 EP - 55 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-15638-001. PMID: 5637410 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gurney, Bettie P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Tuscaloosa, Ala. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Communities; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - DESCRIBES THE ESTABLISHMENT OF A COMMUNITY PLACEMENT WARD IN WHICH AN ORDERED, BUSINESS LIKE AND SOCIETY ORIENTED ATMOSPHERE WAS CULTIVATED TO PREPARE CANDIDATES FOR JOB PLACEMENT. THIS SPECIALIZED TREATMENT IN SMALL TEAM GROUPS PRODUCED GREAT SUCCESS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - COMMUNITY PLACEMENT WARD KW - 1968 KW - Communities KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Treatment KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-15638-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-15559-001 AN - 1968-15559-001 AU - Bragg, Robert A. AU - Wagner, Mervyn K. T1 - Can deprivation be justified? JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1968/// VL - 19 IS - 7 SP - 229 EP - 230 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-15559-001. PMID: 5714706 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bragg, Robert A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salisbury, N.C. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Deprivation; Ethics; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - AS A REBUTTAL TO THE CONTENTION BY R. J. LUCERO, D. J. VAIL, AND J. SCHERBER (SEE 42:10) THAT DEPRIVATIONAL THERAPY IS NEVER JUSTIFIED, 2 POINTS ARE MADE: (1) THAT POSITIVE REINFORCEMENT TO BUILD NEW BEHAVIORS DEPENDS UPON NEED OR MOTIVATION CREATED BY DEPRIVATION, AND (2) THAT A SOCIAL TRAINING SYSTEM WITH BOTH REWARDS AND PUNISHMENTS MORE CLOSELY SIMULATES REALITY AND PREPARES THE PATIENT FOR COMMUNITY ADAPTATION. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - DEPRIVATIONAL THERAPY/JUSTIFICATION OF KW - CRITICISM KW - 1968 KW - Deprivation KW - Ethics KW - Treatment KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-15559-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-15539-001 AN - 1968-15539-001 AU - Pierce, Richard M. T1 - Comment on the prediction of posthospital work adjustment with psychological tests. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology JA - J Couns Psychol Y1 - 1968/07// VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 386 EP - 387 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-15539-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pierce, Richard M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Buffalo, N.Y. Other Publishers: Wm. C. Brown Co. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Occupations; Prediction; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis; Vocational Rehabilitation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - A RECENT STUDY USING THE WAIS, MMPI, AND RORSCHACH NOTED THE FUTILITY OF ATTEMPTING TO PREDICT WITH PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTS THE VOCATIONAL ADJUSTMENT OF PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITAL PATIENTS AFTER DISCHARGE. THESE RESULTS ARE IN CONFLICT WITH OTHER EVIDENCE. THIS ARTICLE ATTEMPTS TO OFFER A POSSIBLE EXPLANATION FOR THE CONFLICT, AND PROVIDE A MEANINGFUL INTEGRATION OF THE RESULTS. IT IS SUGGESTED THAT INTEREST TESTS MAY BE THE MOST PROMISING INSTRUMENT FOR PREDICTING VOCATIONAL SUCCESS AND THAT PART OF THE DIFFICULTY IN OBTAINING RESULTS WITH TESTS IN GENERAL MAY BE DUE TO THE USE OF AN UNSUPPORTED ASSUMPTION OF BIPOLARITY OF SCALES. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PREDICTION OF VOCATIONAL ADJUSTMENT KW - WAIS & MMPI & RORSCHACH KW - EX-PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1968 KW - Occupations KW - Prediction KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Vocational Rehabilitation KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/h0026008 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-15539-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-15061-001 AN - 1968-15061-001 AU - Mcdaniel, C. Douglas AU - Mefferd, Roy B. AU - Wieland, Betty A. AU - Sadler, Timothy G. AU - Benton, Richard G. T1 - Modification of galvanic skin responses by reaction time measurements. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1968/// VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 340 EP - 341 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-15061-001. PMID: 5638793 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mcdaniel, C. Douglas; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychiatric + Psychosomatic Research Lab., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Galvanic Skin Response; Physiological Stress; Reaction Time; Skin Temperature; Temperature Perception. Minor Descriptor: Autonomic Nervous System; Body Temperature; Temperature Effects. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - GSRS WERE MEASURED ON 12 MALE SS UNDER 4 CONDITIONS: REST, RT MEASUREMENTS, A COLD PRESSOR, AND A COMBINATION OF COLD PRESSOR AND RT MEASUREMENTS. BOTH RT MEASUREMENTS ALONE AND COLD PRESSOR ALONE CAUSED INCREASED SYMPATHETIC ACTIVITY, BUT WHEN THE FORMER WAS COMBINED WITH COLD PRESSOR, THE ONGOING AUTONOMIC ACTIVITY WAS DEPRESSED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - REACTION TIME & COLD PRESSOR & SYMPATHETIC ACTIVITY KW - 1968 KW - Galvanic Skin Response KW - Physiological Stress KW - Reaction Time KW - Skin Temperature KW - Temperature Perception KW - Autonomic Nervous System KW - Body Temperature KW - Temperature Effects KW - 1968 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1968.tb02776.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-15061-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-14749-001 AN - 1968-14749-001 AU - Reus, James F. AU - Pare, William P. T1 - A variable delayed pulse programming unit. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1968/// VL - 26 IS - 3, PT. 1 SP - 809 EP - 810 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-14749-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reus, James F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, MD. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus; Experimental Psychology; Experimentation. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - DESCRIBES AN INEXPENSIVE RELAY CIRCUIT DESIGNED TO ACCEPT A PULSE AND THEN PRODUCE A 1/10-SEC PULSE AFTER A DELAY PERIOD. THE LENGTH OF THE DELAY PERIOD BETWEEN INPUT AND OUTPUT IS VARIABLE. APPLICATION OF THE UNIT WITH RELAY-TYPE LOGIC ARRAYS IS DISCUSSED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - VARIABLE DELAYED PULSE PROGRAMING UNIT KW - 1968 KW - Apparatus KW - Experimental Psychology KW - Experimentation KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pms.1968.26.3.809 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-14749-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-13883-001 AN - 1968-13883-001 AU - Mullan, Hugh AU - Sangiuliano, Iris T1 - The patient's reaction to therapist's separation. JF - Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics JO - Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics JA - Psychother Psychosom Y1 - 1967/// VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 49 EP - 50 CY - Switzerland PB - Karger SN - 0033-3190 SN - 1423-0348 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-13883-001. Other Journal Title: Acta Psychotherapeutica. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mullan, Hugh; Veterans Administration Hosp., New Orleans, LA. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients; Psychotherapy; Therapists. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - USUALLY THE PATIENT SEPARATES FROM THE THERAPIST. WHEN THE PSYCHOTHERAPIST, DEEPLY INVOLVED WITH INDIVIDUALS AND GROUPS, FINDS IT NECESSARY TO LEAVE HIS ENTIRE PRACTICE A PHENOMENON OCCURS DISSIMILAR FROM MOST. ALMOST ALL PATIENTS RESPOND AS THOUGH THE THERAPIST HAS DIED. THE DEATH OF THE THERAPIST IS MORE UNDERSTANDABLE AND ACCEPTABLE THAN THE THERAPIST'S PLANNED AND EXECUTED LEAVE TAKING. THE PROCESS OF THERAPIST LEAVING AND ITS IMPACT ON PATIENTS CAN BE CONSTRUCTIVE AND MEANINGFUL IF MULTIPLE THERAPY (2 THERAPISTS) HAS BEEN THE FORM OF TREATMENT AND IF CERTAIN EXPERIENTIAL PROCEDURES ARE FOLLOWED. (PAPER PRESENTED AT THE 7TH INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF PSYCHOTHERAPY, WIESBADEN, 1967.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SEPARATION & PATIENT'S REACTION KW - 1967 KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychotherapy KW - Therapists KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-13883-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-13319-001 AN - 1968-13319-001 AU - Pare, William P. AU - Livingston, Andrew Jr. T1 - Age differences in the urinary 17-ketosteroid response to environmental stress. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1968/// VL - 11 IS - 1 SP - 15 EP - 16 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-13319-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pare, William P.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Perry Point, MD, US. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161208. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Animal Environments; Excretion; Hormones; Stress. Minor Descriptor: Animals. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - URINARY 17-KETOSTEROID (17-KS) MEASURES WERE OBTAINED FROM 16 MALE LONG EVANS RATS, 50-, 100-, 330-, AND 600 DAYS OLD, DURING A NORMAL PERIOD AND DURING A SHOCK-STRESS PERIOD. NO DIFFERENCES WERE OBSERVED BETWEEN THE AGE GROUPS FOR THE NORMAL PERIOD, BUT 50- AND 100-DAY-OLD SS MANIFESTED SIGNIFICANTLY GREATER 17-KS VALUES DURING THE STRESS PERIOD AS COMPARED TO THE OLDER SS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - URINARY 17-KETOSTEROID ENVIRONMENTAL STRESS KW - AGE DIFFERENCES KW - RAT KW - 1968 KW - Age Differences KW - Animal Environments KW - Excretion KW - Hormones KW - Stress KW - Animals KW - 1968 DO - 10.3758/BF03328129 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-13319-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-13007-001 AN - 1968-13007-001 AU - Crovitz, Herbert F. AU - Schiffman, Harold T1 - Visual perception and xerography. JF - Science JO - Science JA - Science Y1 - 1968/// VL - 160 IS - 3833 SP - 1251 EP - 1252 CY - US PB - American Assn for the Advancement of Science SN - 0036-8075 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-13007-001. PMID: 5648267 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crovitz, Herbert F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Durham, N.C. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus; Brightness Perception; Illumination; Vision; Visual Perception. Minor Descriptor: Perceptual Motor Processes; Sensory Adaptation; Sensory Deprivation; Sensory Feedback. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - AN ELECTROSTATIC COPYING MACHINE WAS USED TO MODEL THE PERCEPTION OF SIMULTANEOUS BRIGHTNESS CONTRAST. SUCH A MODEL MAY ASSIST THE STUDY OF SENSORY INHIBITION BY PERMITTING THE STUDY OF COMPLEX SITUATIONS AS THEY ARE TRANSFORMED BY RULES SIMILAR TO THOSE AT WORK IN NEURAL INTEGRATION. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ELECTROSTATIC COPYING MACHINE KW - MODEL OF PERCEPTION OF SIMULTANEOUS BRIGHTNESS CONTRAST KW - 1968 KW - Apparatus KW - Brightness Perception KW - Illumination KW - Vision KW - Visual Perception KW - Perceptual Motor Processes KW - Sensory Adaptation KW - Sensory Deprivation KW - Sensory Feedback KW - 1968 DO - 10.1126/science.160.3833.1251 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-13007-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-11524-001 AN - 1968-11524-001 AU - Wilson, Alan AU - Wilson, Arthur S. T1 - Psychophysiological and learning correlates of anxiety and induced muscle tension. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1968/// VL - 4 IS - 4 SP - 502 EP - 503 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-11524-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wilson, Alan; Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170102. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Learning; Muscles; Physiological Psychology. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - HIGH, MEDIUM, AND LOW ANXIOUS GROUPS OF MALE PATIENTS WERE SELECTED USING A SELF-REPORT ANXIETY INVENTORY. EACH GROUP WAS SUBDIVIDED INTO 3 INDUCED MUSCLE TENSION CONDITIONS. 1/3 OF THE SS RECEIVED MUSCLE RELAXATION INSTRUCTIONS; 1/3 WERE REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN ABOUT 4 KG. OF TENSION WITH THE RIGHT ARM; AND 1/3 RECEIVED NO TREATMENT. SS WERE REQUIRED TO LEARN A DIFFICULT PAIRED-ASSOCIATES LIST UNDER THESE CONDITIONS. SS IN BOTH THE MUSCLE TENSION AND RELAXATION CONDITIONS LEARNED THE PAIRED-ASSOCIATES MORE RAPIDLY, AND EXHIBITED LOWER PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGICAL RESPONSIVITY AT ALL ANXIETY LEVELS. HOWEVER, MUSCLE TENSION WAS RELATIVELY MORE EFFECTIVE IN AIDING THE LEARNING OF LOW ANXIOUS SS, AND RELAXATION MORE EFFECTIVE WITH HIGH ANXIOUS SS. THE RESULTS ARE DISCUSSED IN THE LIGHT OF THE COUNTERCONDITIONING MODEL OF PSYCHOTHERAPY, AND OF THE ISSUE OF GENERAL AROUSAL VS. RESPONSE SPECIFICITY IN AUTONOMIC SYSTEMS. (PAPER PRESENTED AT THE 7TH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE SOCIETY FOR PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGICAL RESEARCH, SAN DIEGO, 1967.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ANXIETY & MUSCLE TENSION KW - & LEARNING CORRELATES KW - 1968 KW - Anxiety KW - Learning KW - Muscles KW - Physiological Psychology KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-11524-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-09290-001 AN - 1968-09290-001 AU - TATE, GEORGE T. T1 - ADVENTURE IN REHABILITATION: EXIT WARD. JF - Journal of Rehabilitation JO - Journal of Rehabilitation Y1 - 1967/// VL - 33 IS - 6 SP - 28 EP - 29 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-09290-001. PMID: 6073695 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: TATE, GEORGE T.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., ALEXANDRIA, LA. Release Date: 19680101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disorders; Hospitalization; Hospitals; Patients; Rehabilitation. Minor Descriptor: Somatoform Disorders. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - THE EXIT WARD IS DESIGNED TO DEAL WITH THE PROBLEMS OF THE PATIENT WHO RETURNS REPEATEDLY TO THE HOSPITAL FOR EXAMINATIONS WITHOUT EVIDENCE OF PHYSICAL DISEASE. THE EXIT WARD DEALS WITH PSYCHOSOCIAL DEBILITATION AND ITS GOAL IS SOCIAL REHABILITATION. PRINCIPAL EMPHASIS APPEARS TO BE PLACED UPON THE COUNSELING ROLE OF THE PSYCHOLOGIST AND THE PATIENT. RESULTS TO DATE APPEAR TO BE ENCOURAGING. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - REHABILITATION/PSYCHOSOCIAL KW - PHYSICALLY ILL PATIENTS KW - 1967 KW - Disorders KW - Hospitalization KW - Hospitals KW - Patients KW - Rehabilitation KW - Somatoform Disorders KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-09290-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-05743-001 AN - 1968-05743-001 AU - Hovey, H. B. T1 - Mmpi testing for multiple sclerosis. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1967/// VL - 21 IS - 2 SP - 599 EP - 600 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-05743-001. PMID: 4383938 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hovey, H. B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salt Lake City, U. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Central Nervous System; Measurement; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Nervous System Disorders; Testing. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - WITH 7 ITEMS OF THE MMPI, 64% OF A GROUP OF MULTIPLE SCLEROSIS CASES WERE IDENTIFIED, 28% OF A GROUP OF CNS CASES WERE DIFFERENTIATED FROM A NONORGANIC NEUROPSYCHIATRIC CONTROL GROUP, AND NONE OF THE CONTROL GROUP WAS MISIDENTIFIED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MULTIPLE SCLEROSIS KW - MMPI KW - 1967 KW - Central Nervous System KW - Measurement KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Nervous System Disorders KW - Testing KW - 1967 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1967.21.2.599 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-05743-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-03515-001 AN - 1968-03515-001 AU - GIBBY, ROBERT G. AU - CROUGH, DAVID G. T1 - RNA INDUCED ENHANCEMENT OF WIRE CLIMBING IN THE RAT. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1967/// VL - 9 IS - 7-B SP - 413 EP - 414 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-03515-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: GIBBY, ROBERT G.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., RICHMOND, VA. Release Date: 19680101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biochemistry; Motor Performance. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - RATS RECEIVING AN INTRAPERITONEAL INJECTION OF NEURONAL RNA FROM DONORS TRAINED ON A WIRE CLIMBING TASK PERFORMED SIGNIFICANTLY BETTER OVER A 3-DAY LEARNING PERIOD THAN DID NAIVE RNA OR REAGENT BLANK CONTROLS. THERE WERE NO SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE NAIVE RNA AND REAGENT BLANK GROUPS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - RNA ENHANCEMENT OF WIRE CLIMBING KW - RAT KW - 1967 KW - Biochemistry KW - Motor Performance KW - Rats KW - 1967 DO - 10.3758/BF03330872 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-03515-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-02783-001 AN - 1968-02783-001 AU - ROBERTSON, RICHARD J. AU - COHEN, RENEE D. T1 - Sex-role identification and institutional dependency among veterans undergoing social rehabilitation. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 4 SP - 441 EP - 442 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-02783-001. PMID: 5612382 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: ROBERTSON, RICHARD J.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION RESTORATION CENTER, HINES, ILL. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161020. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Identification (Defense Mechanism); Institutionalization; Rehabilitation; Residential Care Institutions; Sex Roles. Minor Descriptor: Military Personnel. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 2 SAMPLES OF 84 AND 69 VETERAN SS EACH WERE ADMINISTERED THE GOUGH BRIEF FEMININITY SCALE. INSTITUTIONALIZED VETERANS WITH MORE FEMININE SEX-ROLE IDENTIFICATION STAYED LONGER IN SOCIAL REHABILITATION TREATMENT THAN THOSE SS WITH LESS FEMININE SEX-ROLE IDENTIFICATION. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - IDENTIFICATION KW - SOCIAL REHABILITATION KW - INSTITUTIONALIZED VETERANS KW - 1967 KW - Identification (Defense Mechanism) KW - Institutionalization KW - Rehabilitation KW - Residential Care Institutions KW - Sex Roles KW - Military Personnel KW - 1967 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196710)23:4<441::AID-JCLP2270230410>3.0.CO;2-U UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-02783-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-02705-001 AN - 1968-02705-001 AU - Ferneau, Ernest W. Jr. T1 - Postdrinking interviews with alcoholic patients. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1967/// VL - 18 IS - 9 SP - 260 EP - 261 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-02705-001. PMID: 5624274 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ferneau, Ernest W. Jr.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., BROCKTON, MASS. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161020. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Interviewing; Interviews; Treatment. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Interview. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - DISCUSSES INFORMATION GAINED FROM 87 NONPUNITIVE INTERVIEWS WHICH WERE USED TO FIND REASONS FOR DRINKING AND THUS FACILITATE TREATMENT. A 2-PAGE QUESTIONNAIRE DEALING WITH EVENTS THAT PRECEDED, FOLLOWED, AND OCCURRED DURING THE DRINKING EPISODE WAS USED AS THE BASIS FOR THE INTERVIEW. THE DATA SHOW A HIGH DEGREE OF IMPULSIVITY IN THE SS. SUGGESTIONS TO CORRECT AND HANDLE THIS CHARACTERISTIC ARE OFFERED. PATIENTS COULD BE TAUGHT TO RECOGNIZE THEIR INDIVIDUAL SIGNALS OF AN IMPENDING EPISODE SO THAT THEY WOULD BE ABLE TO SEEK ASSISTANCE. ALSO, ALERT STAFF MEMBERS COULD ENSURE THE USE OF ANTABUSE AMONG ANXIOUS OR DEPRESSED SS. STAFF CONCEPTIONS OF THE INTERVIEW DEVICE INDICATE A NEED TO CLARIFY ITS GOALS AND METHODS, BUT IT IS BELIEVED TO BE USEFUL EVEN WITH ITS PRESENT LIMITATIONS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - INTERVIEWS WITH PATIENTS KW - CAUSES & SIGNALS OF IMPENDING EPISODES KW - 1967 KW - Alcoholism KW - Interviewing KW - Interviews KW - Treatment KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-02705-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-16245-001 AN - 1967-16245-001 AU - Simon, Stanford H. AU - Jackson, Basil T1 - The effect of the relevancy of an observation stimulus on second learning in concept identification. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1967/// VL - 8 IS - 12 SP - 531 EP - 532 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-16245-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Simon, Stanford H.; Veterans Administration Center, Wood, Wis. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170216. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Concepts; Identification (Defense Mechanism); Learning. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 3 GROUPS OF 12 SS EACH LEARNED 2 CONCEPT IDENTIFICATION (CI) TASKS. IN THE 1ST TASK THERE WAS NO OBSERVATION STIMULUS (S+). IN THE 2ND 1 GROUP HAD A RELEVANT S+, A 2ND GROUP HAD AN IRRELEVANT S+, AND A 3RD HAD NO S+. THE S+ SIGNIFICANTLY AFFECTED CI LEARNING AS A DIRECT FUNCTION OF THE RELEVANCY OF THE S+, EVEN THOUGH SS HAD BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE TASK INVOLVED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - IDENTIFICATION LEARNING KW - OBSERVATION STIMULUS RELEVANCY KW - 1967 KW - Attention KW - Concepts KW - Identification (Defense Mechanism) KW - Learning KW - 1967 DO - 10.3758/BF03331736 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-16245-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-15719-001 AN - 1967-15719-001 AU - Gordon, Musetta C. AU - Gordon, Alan AU - Perrier, Celia T1 - Stimulus presentation rate and level of intellectual competency. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1967/// VL - 8 IS - 10 SP - 403 EP - 404 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-15719-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gordon, Musetta C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Des Moines, IA. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170216. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Performance; Job Performance; Performance Tests; Recall (Learning). Minor Descriptor: Color; Experimental Instructions; Intellectual Development Disorder. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - EXAMINED THE ABILITY OF RETARDED AND NORMAL ADULT SS TO FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS PRESENTED AT 3 RATES OF SPEED. FASTER RATES ADVERSELY AFFECTED THE PERFORMANCE LEVEL OF BOTH GROUPS IN RECALLING AND POINTING TO SEQUENTIALLY ORDERED CONCEPTS OF SIZE, COLOR, AND FORM. RETARDED SS LISTENING TO INSTRUCTIONS PRESENTED AT THE FASTEST RATE HAD A SIGNIFICANTLY LOWER LEVEL OF PERFORMANCE THAN RETARDED SS HEARING INSTRUCTIONS PRESENTED AT THE SLOWEST RATE. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - RATE OF INSTRUCTIONAL PRESENTATION KW - RECALLING & POINTING TO SIZE & COLOR & FORM CONCEPTS KW - Mental Retardation KW - 1967 KW - Group Performance KW - Job Performance KW - Performance Tests KW - Recall (Learning) KW - Color KW - Experimental Instructions KW - Intellectual Development Disorder KW - 1967 DO - 10.3758/BF03332262 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-15719-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-15588-001 AN - 1967-15588-001 AU - Boyd, Ina H. AU - Cleveland, Sidney E. T1 - Psychiatric symptoms masking an insulinoma. JF - Diseases of the Nervous System JO - Diseases of the Nervous System JA - Dis Nerv Syst Y1 - 1967/// VL - 28 IS - 7, PT. 1 SP - 457 EP - 458 CY - US PB - Physicians Postgraduate Press SN - 0012-3714 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-15588-001. Other Journal Title: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boyd, Ina H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston Tex. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170216. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Case Report; Disorders; Symptoms. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Clinical Case Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - A CASE OF INSULINOMA WITH SOME PUZZLING AND MISDIAGNOSED PSYCHIATRIC FEATURES IS REPORTED. ANSWERS TO SOME OF THE QUESTIONS ARE SUGGESTED, AND SERIAL PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING IS DISCUSSED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - INSULINOMA MASKED BY PSYCHIATRIC SYMPTOMS KW - 33 YR OLD MALE KW - 1967 KW - Case Report KW - Disorders KW - Symptoms KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-15588-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-15326-001 AN - 1967-15326-001 AU - Weinlander, Max M. T1 - Psychotics and the influence of age on sort variables. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 3 SP - 392 EP - 393 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-15326-001. PMID: 6082131 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weinlander, Max M.; Veterans Administration Center, Dayton, O. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170216. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Psychosis; Rorschach Test. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - TESTING THE HYPOTHESIS THAT THERE IS NO SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCE FOR EACH OF THE 15 STRUCTURED-OBJECTIVE RORSCHACH TEST (SORT) VARIABLES BETWEEN YOUNGER AND OLDER PSYCHOTIC PATIENTS, THE SORT WAS ADMINISTERED TO 48 YOUNGER AND 52 OLDER PSYCHOTIC PATIENTS. 2 OF 15 T SCORES WERE SIGNIFICANT. CONFORMITY AND EMPATHY DECREASED WITH AGE WHILE NONCONFORMITY AND UNIQUENESS INCREASED WITH AGE. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - STRUCTURED OBJECTIVE RORSCHACH TEST KW - PSYCHOTIC PATIENTS KW - 1967 KW - Age Differences KW - Psychosis KW - Rorschach Test KW - 1967 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196707)23:3<392::AID-JCLP2270230330>3.0.CO;2-P UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-15326-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-14983-001 AN - 1967-14983-001 AU - Malagodi, E. F. T1 - Variable-interval schedules of token reinforcement. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1967/// VL - 8 IS - 11 SP - 471 EP - 472 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-14983-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Malagodi, E. F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coral Gables, Fla. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170216. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Learning Schedules; Reinforcement; Reinforcement Amounts; Reinforcement Schedules; Work Scheduling. Minor Descriptor: Curriculum; Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 2 RATS RECEIVED TOKEN REINFORCEMENT FOR LEVER-PRESSING ON VARIABLE-INTERVAL SCHEDULES. INITIALLY, TOKENS WERE IMMEDIATELY EXCHANGEABLE FOR FOOD. RATS WERE SUBSEQUENTLY REQUIRED TO OBTAIN GROUPS OF TOKENS BEFORE THEY COULD BE EXCHANGED. AS THE NUMBER OF TOKENS REQUIRED FOR EXCHANGE WAS GRADUALLY INCREASED, RESPONSE RATES FOR TOKEN-PRODUCTION DECREASED. THE VARIABLE-INTERVAL PATTERNS OF RESPONDING WERE DISRUPTED AS SOON AS 2 TOKENS WERE REQUIRED FOR EXCHANGE. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - VARIABLE-INTERVAL SCHEDULES KW - TOKEN REINFORCEMENT KW - 1967 KW - Learning Schedules KW - Reinforcement KW - Reinforcement Amounts KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Work Scheduling KW - Curriculum KW - Rats KW - 1967 DO - 10.3758/BF03331703 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-14983-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-14982-001 AN - 1967-14982-001 AU - Malagodi, E. F. T1 - Fixed-ratio schedules of token reinforcement. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1967/// VL - 8 IS - 11 SP - 469 EP - 470 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-14982-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Malagodi, E. F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coral Gables, Fla. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170216. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Curriculum; Learning Schedules; Reinforcement; Reinforcement Amounts; Reinforcement Schedules. Minor Descriptor: Rats; Work Scheduling. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - 2 RATS RECEIVED TOKEN REINFORCEMENT FOR LEVER-PRESSING ON FIXED-RATIO 20 SCHEDULES. INITIALLY, TOKENS WERE IMMEDIATELY EXCHANGEABLE FOR FOOD. THE RATS WERE SUBSEQUENTLY REQUIRED TO OBTAIN GROUPS OF TOKENS BEFORE THEY COULD BE EXCHANGED. AS THE NUMBER OF TOKENS REQUIRED FOR EXCHANGE WAS GRADUALLY INCREASED, RESPONSE RATES FOR TOKEN PRODUCTION DECREASED. THE FIXED-RATIO PATTERNS OF RESPONDING REMAINED INTACT AS THE RATS RESPONDED AT HIGH RATES OR NOT AT ALL, AND ALL PAUSES FOLLOWED REINFORCEMENT. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - FIXED-RATIO SCHEDULES KW - TOKEN REINFORCEMENT KW - 1967 KW - Curriculum KW - Learning Schedules KW - Reinforcement KW - Reinforcement Amounts KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Rats KW - Work Scheduling KW - 1967 DO - 10.3758/BF03331702 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-14982-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-14488-001 AN - 1967-14488-001 AU - Davidson, Robert S. Jr. T1 - A SAFE AND SIMPLE SHOCK SOURCE FOR HUMAN SS. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1967/// VL - 24 IS - 3, PT. 2 SP - 1045 EP - 1046 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-14488-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davidson, Robert S. Jr.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., CORAL GABLES, FLA. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus; Electroconvulsive Shock; Punishment. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - DESCRIBES A SIMPLE SHOCK CIRCUIT FOR USE WITH HUMANS IN RESEARCH ON PUNISHMENT. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SHOCK CIRCUIT FOR USE WITH HUMANS KW - PUNISHMENT RESEARCH KW - 1967 KW - Apparatus KW - Electroconvulsive Shock KW - Punishment KW - 1967 DO - 10.2466/pms.1967.24.3c.1045 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-14488-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-14229-001 AN - 1967-14229-001 AU - Whitman, James R. T1 - Classroom learning as a function of task, method of presentation, and practice variables. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1967/// VL - 2 SP - 315 EP - 316 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1967-14229-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Whitman, James R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., American Lake, Wash. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170220. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classrooms; Learning; Practice; Task Analysis; Task Complexity. Classification: Educational Psychology (3500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - DIFFICULTY OF TASK, ORDER IN WHICH STIMULI WERE PRESENTED, AND PRACTICE INSTRUCTIONS WERE VARIED FOR 182 SS RECEIVING CLASSROOM PRACTICE ON A FREE RECALL TASK WITH LISTS OF NONSENSE WORDS. THE ORDER WITHIN THE LISTS WAS A CRITICAL FACTOR FOR THE 2 LEVELS OF TASK DIFFICULTY USED. SS WHO STUDIED THE LISTS GAVE MORE CORRECT RESPONSES THAN DID THOSE WHO COPIED THESE WITH THE DIFFICULT LISTS ONLY. SS THEN RECEIVED ADDITIONAL PRACTICE WITH A 2ND LIST. NO FACILITATION IN THE FREE RECALL OF THE 2ND LIST ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE CONDITIONS WHICH FACILITATED THE LEARNING OF THE 1ST LIST WAS FOUND. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - LEARNING KW - TASK & PRESENTATION METHOD & PRACTICE KW - 1967 KW - Classrooms KW - Learning KW - Practice KW - Task Analysis KW - Task Complexity KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-14229-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-13882-001 AN - 1967-13882-001 AU - Penk, W. E. T1 - Differences in conceptual behavior of schizophrenics, brain-damaged, and neurotics. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1967/// VL - 2 SP - 215 EP - 216 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1967-13882-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Penk, W. E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Dallas, Tex. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170220. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Concept Formation; Neurosis; Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - REPLICATED CONCEPTUAL AREA ANALYSIS (CAA) RESEARCH, DEMONSTRATING SCHIZOPHRENICS 'OVERABSTRACT' AND BRAIN-DAMAGED 'UNDERABSTRACT.' FURTHER, IT BROADENED EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES BY DOCUMENTING DIFFERENTIAL PREFERENCES OF 'CONCEPTUAL AREAS' AMONG 3 ABNORMAL GROUPS IN SIMULTANEOUS COMPARISON. ADDITIONALLY, IT AIDED INTERPRETATION OF REPLICATION FAILURE BY ANALYZING CAA INTERCORRELATIONS WITH AGE, EDUCATION, AND WAIS SUBTESTS. OBJECT-SORTING ITEMS LACK DISCRIMINATION POWER. REPLICATIONS MUST CONTROL BOTH EFFECTS OF AGE, EDUCATION, AND INTELLIGENCE BETWEEN GROUPS AND INCLUDE GROUPS COMPARABLE TO EARLIER STUDIES. FINALLY, APPLICABILITY OF A NEW CONCEPTUAL SCORING DIMENSION-ABSENCE VS. PRESENCE OF GENERIC TERMS-WAS EVALUATED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SCHIZOPHRENICS & BRAIN DAMAGED & NEUROTICS KW - 1967 KW - Brain Damage KW - Concept Formation KW - Neurosis KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-13882-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-13707-001 AN - 1967-13707-001 AU - Dietze, Doris AU - Stotland, Ezra AU - Sparks, Larry T1 - Experimental manipulation of sense of competence. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1967/// VL - 24 IS - 3, PT. 1 SP - 785 EP - 786 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-13707-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dietze, Doris; Veterans Administration Hosp., Seattle, Wash. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170220. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Achievement; Perseveration; Personality Measures; Task Analysis; Task Complexity. Minor Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS RECEIVED RISING SCORES OR RANDOM SCORES ON A SERIES OF TASKS PRESENTED IN 4 DIFFERENT SEQUENCES, AFTER WHICH THEIR ESTIMATED SUCCESS ON A NEW TASK, PERSISTENCE, AND MMPI SOCIAL DESIRABILITY SCORES WERE ASSESSED. 1ST-ADMISSION PATIENTS' BEHAVIOR REFLECTED LEARNING ABOUT THE TASK SITUATION, WHEREAS SS WITH MANY HOSPITALIZATIONS APPEARED TO INTERPRET INTERRUPTION ON THE NEW TASK AS FAILURE. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SCORES KW - ESTIMATED TASK SUCCESS KW - PERSISTENCE KW - NUMBER OF HOSPITALIZATIONS KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1967 KW - Achievement KW - Perseveration KW - Personality Measures KW - Task Analysis KW - Task Complexity KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - 1967 DO - 10.2466/pms.1967.24.3.785 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-13707-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-13684-001 AN - 1967-13684-001 AU - MILLER, ANTHONY G. T1 - AUTOKINETIC WORD TECHNIQUE: AN ATTEMPT AT REPLICATION. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1967/08// VL - 72 IS - 4 SP - 379 EP - 380 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-13684-001. PMID: 6058477 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: MILLER, ANTHONY G.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., AMERICAN LAKE, WIS. Release Date: 19670101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimental Instructions; Individual Differences; Projective Personality Measures; Projective Techniques; Projective Testing Technique. Minor Descriptor: Responses. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - ATTEMPTED TO REPLICATE A. RECHTSCHAFFEN AND S. A. MEDNICK'S (SEE 30:3) AUTOKINETIC WORD TECHNIQUE (AWT) STUDY IN WHICH SS REPORTED SEEING WORDS OF A PROJECTIVE NATURE WRITTEN BY THE LIGHT SOURCE IN THE AUTOKINETIC SITUATION. NONE OF THE RESULTS OF THE ORIGINAL STUDY WAS DUPLICATED IN THE ATTEMPTED REPLICATION. THE DISCREPANCIES IN THE RESULTS OF THE 2 STUDIES ARE EXPLAINED IN TERMS OF INTER-S DIFFERENCES IN THE RESPONSE TO THE INSTRUCTIONS USED IN THE AWT. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - AUTOKINETIC WORD TECHNIQUE KW - INTER-S INSTRUCTION RESPONSE DIFFERENCES KW - REPLICATION KW - 1967 KW - Experimental Instructions KW - Individual Differences KW - Projective Personality Measures KW - Projective Techniques KW - Projective Testing Technique KW - Responses KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0024852 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-13684-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-13646-001 AN - 1967-13646-001 AU - Klett, William G. AU - Vestre, Norris D. T1 - Demographic and prognostic characteristics of psychiatric patients classified by gross MMPI measures. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1967/// VL - 2 SP - 205 EP - 206 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1967-13646-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Klett, William G.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., ST. CLOUD, MINN. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170313. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - APPLICATION OF THE GILBERSTADT-DUKER MMPI RULES TO VETERANS ADMINISTRATION PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS REVEALED THAT ONLY 28% OF THE PATIENTS PRODUCED CLASSIFIABLE PROFILES. THESE PATIENTS WERE STUDIED FURTHER BY CLASSIFYING ALL PROFILES ON THE BASIS OF GROSS INDICES OF VALIDITY VS. INVALIDITY (I.E., L>60L AND/OR F>80 ANDNORMALITY (I.E., ALL CLINICAL SCALES 3.0.CO;2-H UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-08940-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-08939-001 AN - 1967-08939-001 AU - Weinlander, Max M. T1 - Neurotics and the influence of age on sort variables. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1967/// VL - 24 IS - 1 SP - 125 EP - 126 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-08939-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weinlander, Max M.; Veterans Administration Center, Dayton, O. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Generalization; Response Generalization; Rorschach Test; Semantic Generalization; Stimulus Generalization. Minor Descriptor: Age Differences; Attention; Neurosis. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - THE STRUCTURED-OBJECTIVE RORSCHACH TEST (SORT) WAS INDIVIDUALLY ADMINISTERED TO 100 NEUROTIC PATIENTS IN A VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSPITAL AND DIVIDED INTO 2 AGE GROUPS, 28-42 AND 43-68. THE RAW SCORES FOR THEIR 15 SORT VARIABLES WERE COMPARED. AT THE .05 LEVEL, THE MENTAL FUNCTIONING ABILITY TO GENERALIZE INCREASED WITH AGE, WHILE THE ATTENTION TO DETAIL DECREASED WITH AGE. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - STRUCTURED OBJECTIVE RORSCHACH TEST KW - AGE DIFFERENCES KW - NEUROTICS KW - 1967 KW - Cognitive Generalization KW - Response Generalization KW - Rorschach Test KW - Semantic Generalization KW - Stimulus Generalization KW - Age Differences KW - Attention KW - Neurosis KW - 1967 DO - 10.2466/pms.1967.24.1.125 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-08939-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-08627-001 AN - 1967-08627-001 AU - Benson, Emery E. AU - Griffiths, William J. Jr. T1 - Effects of reinforcement schedules on preferences and variability of responses in laboratory rats. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1967/// VL - 24 IS - 1 SP - 105 EP - 106 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-08627-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Benson, Emery E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Augusta, GA. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Rat Learning; Reinforcement; Reinforcement Amounts; Reinforcement Schedules. Minor Descriptor: Negative Transfer; Positive Transfer; Rats; Transfer (Learning). Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - REGARDLESS OF REINFORCEMENT SCHEDULE (CONTINUOUS, FIXED-RATIO-4, VARIABLE-RATIO-4) DURING TRAINING ON A SINGLE MANIPULANDUM, TRANSFER TO A MULTIPLE-MANIPULANDUM SITUATION UNDER CONTINUOUS REINFORCEMENT SHOWED NO SCHEDULES EFFECT. OF THE TRANSFER DEVICES, THE CHAIN WAS PREFERRED BY MOST SS. INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENCES WERE MARKED AND PROBABLY ACCOUNT FOR THE DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THESE RESULTS AND THOSE WITH CHILDREN. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - CONTINUOUS & FIXED & VARIABLE RATIO TRAINING ON SINGLE TASK KW - TRANSFER TO MULTIPLE TASK UNDER CONTINUOUS REINFORCEMENT KW - 1967 KW - Rat Learning KW - Reinforcement KW - Reinforcement Amounts KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Negative Transfer KW - Positive Transfer KW - Rats KW - Transfer (Learning) KW - 1967 DO - 10.2466/pms.1967.24.1.105 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-08627-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-08423-001 AN - 1967-08423-001 AU - Carey, Robert J. T1 - A retention loss following septal ablations in the rat. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1967/// VL - 7 IS - 9 SP - 307 EP - 308 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-08423-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carey, Robert J.; Syracuse Veterans Administration Hosp., N.Y. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Extinction (Learning); Lesions; Operant Conditioning; Retention. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - BILATERAL SEPTAL ABLATIONS IN RATS INCREASED RESISTANCE TO EXTINCTION WHEN MADE BEFORE TRAINING, BUT DECREASED RESISTANCE WHEN MADE AFTER TRAINING. THE CONTRASTING EFFECTS WERE CONSIDERED TO DEMONSTRATE THAT SEPTAL ABLATIONS AFFECT RETENTION AS WELL AS PERFORMANCE. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SEPTAL ABLATIONS/BILATERAL KW - BEFORE VS AFTER TRAINING KW - LEVER PRESSING KW - RESISTANCE TO EXTINCTION KW - 1967 KW - Extinction (Learning) KW - Lesions KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Retention KW - Rats KW - 1967 DO - 10.3758/BF03328574 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-08423-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-06530-001 AN - 1967-06530-001 AU - Crovitz, Herbert F. AU - Friedman, Larry A. T1 - Configurational letter spans. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology JA - J Exp Psychol Y1 - 1967/04// VL - 73 IS - 4, Pt.1 SP - 628 EP - 629 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-06530-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crovitz, Herbert F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Durham, N.C. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170309. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: College Students; Recognition (Learning); Visual Perception. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - 17 SS VIEWED FOR 100 MSEC. A STRING OF 8 LETTERS ARRANGED IN 3 CLOSED CURVES: A CIRCLE, A VERTICAL ELLIPSE, AND A HORIZONTAL ELLIPSE. THE ELLIPSES WERE TWICE AS LONG ON THEIR MAJOR THAN THEIR MINOR AXIS, AND THE CIRCUMFERENCE OF ALL CURVES WAS THE SAME. LETTERS WERE EQUALLY SPACED WITH RESPECT TO DISTANCE ON THE CURVES. THERE WAS NO SIGNIFICANT EFFECT ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE CURVES. BOTH THE ORDER AND THE ACCURACY OF REPORT WERE CONTROLLED BY THE RELATIVE POSITION OF LETTERS, AS HAD BEEN FOUND PREVIOUSLY TO BE THE CASE FOR STRINGS OF LETTERS ARRANGED IN A STRAIGHT LINE. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - CONFIGURATIONAL LETTER SPANS KW - RECOGNITION KW - COLLEGE STUDENTS KW - 1967 KW - College Students KW - Recognition (Learning) KW - Visual Perception KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0024322 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-06530-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-04765-001 AN - 1967-04765-001 AU - Weinlander, Max M. T1 - Alcoholics and the influence of age on the variables of the Structured-Objective Rorschach Test (SORT). JF - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JO - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JA - J Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 65 IS - 1 SP - 57 EP - 58 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-3980 SN - 1940-1019 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-04765-001. PMID: 6031729 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weinlander, Max M.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION CENTER, DAYTON, O. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170213. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Alcoholism; Rorschach Test. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - THE SORT WAS INDIVIDUALLY ADMINISTERED TO 100 ALCOHOLIC PATIENTS IN A VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSPITAL DIVIDED INTO 2 AGE RANGES OF 34-45 (M =.40.4) AND 46-72 (M = 54.1); THE RAW SCORES OF THEIR 15 SORT VARIABLES WERE COMPARED. THE POOR-FORM RESEMBLANCE VARIABLE WAS SIGNIFICANT AT THE .01 LEVEL IN FAVOR OF THE OLDER GROUP (N = 47). THIS SUGGESTS THAT, IN RORSCHACH RATIONALE, OLDER ALCOHOLICS TEND TO HAVE BETTER CONTROL THAN YOUNGER ONES IN AVOIDING DISTRACTIONS FROM THEIR ENVIRONMENT AND IN CONCENTRATING UPON THE TASK AT HAND. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - RORSCHACH TEST/STRUCTURED OBJECTIVE KW - AGE DIFFERENCES KW - POOR-FORM RESEMBLANCE & CONCENTRATION KW - 1967 KW - Age Differences KW - Alcoholism KW - Rorschach Test KW - 1967 DO - 10.1080/00223980.1967.10543819 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-04765-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-04746-001 AN - 1967-04746-001 AU - Lasky, Lawrence T1 - Alternate forms of the multiple choice version of the Proverbs Test. JF - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JO - The Journal of Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied JA - J Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 65 IS - 1 SP - 59 EP - 60 CY - US PB - Heldref Publications SN - 0022-3980 SN - 1940-1019 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-04746-001. PMID: 6031730 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lasky, Lawrence; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., BROOKLYN, N.Y. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170213. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia; Thinking. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - PREVIOUS VERSIONS OF THE PROVERBS TEST HAVE FAILED TO PROVIDE OBJECTIVELY SCORED ALTERNATE FORMS. THE 40-ITEM MULTIPLE-CHOICE VERSION OF THE TEST WAS SPLIT INTO 2 SEPARATE FORMS WHICH WERE ADMINISTERED TO 34 CHRONIC SCHIZOPHRENICS. RELIABILITY COEFFICIENTS INDICATED THAT THE NEW ALTERNATE FORMS OF THE PROVERBS TEST POSSESS A RELIABILITY WHICH SHOULD PERMIT THEIR CONFIDENT USE IN FUTURE RESEARCH WITH CHRONIC SCHIZOPHRENIC POPULATIONS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PROVERBS TEST KW - ALTERNATE FORMS OF MULTIPLE CHOICE VERSION KW - CHRONIC SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - 1967 KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - Thinking KW - 1967 DO - 10.1080/00223980.1967.10543820 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-04746-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-03936-001 AN - 1967-03936-001 AU - Taub, Harvey A. AU - Greiff, Shirley T1 - Effects of age on organization and recall of two sets of stimuli. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1967/// VL - 7 IS - 2 SP - 53 EP - 54 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-03936-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Taub, Harvey A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Serial Learning; Short Term Memory. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - SHORT-TERM RECALL OF SEQUENCES OF 8 LETTERS WAS MEASURED FOR 12 YOUNG AND 12 AGED SS IN A CONTROL CONDITION WITH A SINGLE STIMULUS SET AND 3 EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS WHICH DIFFERED IN ARRANGEMENT OF 2 SETS OF COLOR-CODED STIMULI. THE RESULTS INDICATE THAT THERE WERE NO DIFFERENCES IN PERFORMANCE FOR THE STIMULI TO BE RECALLED 1ST, WHILE BOTH AGE AND CONDITIONS WERE SIGNIFICANT EFFECTS FOR THE STIMULUS SET TO BE RECALLED 2ND. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - COLOR-CODED LETTER SEQUENCES KW - SHORT-TERM MEMORY KW - 1967 KW - Age Differences KW - Serial Learning KW - Short Term Memory KW - 1967 DO - 10.3758/BF03331074 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-03936-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-03880-001 AN - 1967-03880-001 AU - Pishkin, Vladimir T1 - Availability of feedback-corrected error instances in concept learning. JF - Journal of Experimental Psychology JO - Journal of Experimental Psychology JA - J Exp Psychol Y1 - 1967/02// VL - 73 IS - 2 SP - 318 EP - 319 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-1015 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-03880-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pishkin, Vladimir; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Other Publishers: Psychological Review Company. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170313. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Concepts; Errors; Feedback; Learning. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - COMPARED THE EFFECTS OF 5 LEVELS OF INSTANCE AVAILABILITY OF (1) CORRECTLY, AND (2) FEEDBACK-CORRECTED, INCORRECTLY SORTED INSTANCES ON 4-CHOICE CONCEPT-LEARNING BY 90 SS. THE RESULTS INDICATE THAT THE CONDITION IN WHICH ONLY THE CORRECTLY SORTED INSTANCES WERE AVAILABLE WAS MOST DIFFICULT; A PREVIOUSLY REPORTED LEVEL OF PERFORMANCE IN THIS CONDITION WAS REPLICATED. WHEN INCORRECTLY SORTED INSTANCES WERE FEEDBACK CORRECTED, PERFORMANCE WAS SUPERIOR TO THE COMPARABLE CONDITION OF A PREVIOUS STUDY WHERE SS' ERRORS WERE NOT CORRECTED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - LEARNING KW - CORRECTED ERROR FEEDBACK KW - 1967 KW - Concepts KW - Errors KW - Feedback KW - Learning KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0024103 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-03880-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-13052-001 AN - 1966-13052-001 AU - Sandler, Jack AU - Davidson, Robert S. AU - Malagodi, Ed. T1 - Durable maintenance of behavior during concurrent avoidance and punished-extinction conditions. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1966/// VL - 6 IS - 3 SP - 105 EP - 106 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-13052-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sandler, Jack; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coral Gables, Fla. Release Date: 19661201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Learning; Avoidance; Extinction (Learning); Monkeys; Punishment. Classification: Learning & Motivation (2420). Population: Animal (20). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - Following complete suppression of avoidance responding during severe punishment, 4 marmoset monkeys were retrained and exposed to gradually increasing punishment intensities. After response rates stabilized, each session was divided into equally frequent, but mixed, unpunished-avoidance trials and punished-extinction trials. The number of punished-extinction trials was increased through 2 steps to a maximum. No evidence of extinction obtained until the avoidance contingency was completely withdrawn. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - extinction KW - monkeys KW - punishment KW - avoidance responses KW - 1966 KW - Animal Learning KW - Avoidance KW - Extinction (Learning) KW - Monkeys KW - Punishment KW - 1966 DO - 10.3758/BF03327979 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-13052-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-09852-001 AN - 1966-09852-001 AU - Ray, O. S. AU - Bivens, L. W. T1 - Development of Sidman avoidance responding under three R-S, S-S intervals. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1966/08// VL - 62 IS - 1 SP - 152 EP - 153 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-09852-001. PMID: 5968266 Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ray, O. S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Leech Farm Rd., Pittsburgh, Pa. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 19660101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning. Minor Descriptor: Avoidance; Rats. Classification: Learning & Motivation (2420). Population: Animal (20). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. AB - Rats were trained on 3 Sidman avoidance schedules: S-S 5 sec., R-S 20 sec.; S-S 7.5 sec., R-S 30 sec.; and S-S 10 sec., R-S 40 sec. Rate of acquisition was similar for all 3 schedules, but group differences in terminal response rates were highly significant. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Sidman avoidance responding KW - group differences KW - 1966 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Avoidance KW - Rats KW - 1966 DO - 10.1037/h0023500 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-09852-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-09682-001 AN - 1966-09682-001 AU - Doolittle, John H. AU - Thomson, Calvin W. T1 - Retroactive effects of topical applications of potassium chloride, pentylenetetrazol, and strychnine on the acquisition of a maze habit in rats. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1966/// VL - 5 IS - 7 SP - 265 EP - 266 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-09682-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Doolittle, John H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Denver, Colo. Release Date: 19660901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Maze Learning; Pentylenetetrazol; Potassium; Rats; Strychnine. Classification: Psychopharmacology (2580); Learning & Motivation (2420). Population: Animal (20). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - Rats were administered topical applications of potassium chloride, pentylenetetrazol, strychnine, or saline immediately following each of 10 daily trials to food reward in a 6-unit multiple U maze. The pentylenetetrazol Ss showed facilitation and were the only group to differ from the saline controls in total errors. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - potassium chloride KW - pentylenetetrazol KW - strychnine KW - maze habits KW - rats KW - 1966 KW - Maze Learning KW - Pentylenetetrazol KW - Potassium KW - Rats KW - Strychnine KW - 1966 DO - 10.3758/BF03328387 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-09682-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-08864-001 AN - 1966-08864-001 AU - Query, William T. T1 - CPI factors and success of seminary students. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1966/// VL - 18 IS - 2 SP - 665 EP - 666 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1966-08864-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Query, William T.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lexington, Ky. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19660801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Academic Achievement; California Psychological Inventory; Factor Structure; Psychometrics; Seminarians. Classification: Educational Measurement (2227); Academic Learning & Achievement (3550). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - CPI profiles of 25 'successful,' 'fair,' and 'unsuccessful' seminary candidates were analyzed. All 'unsuccessful' candidates had been advised to cease their course of study and all 'successful' candidates were ordained. 5 scales (Cs, Sy, Sa, To and Fx) significantly differentiated between these groups. Higher standard scores were obtained by those rated 'successful' on capacity for status, permissiveness, and flexibility. The results are discussed from the point of view of training the seminarian to work with the mentally ill. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - seminary students KW - California Psychological Inventory KW - success KW - psychometrics KW - factor structure KW - 1966 KW - Academic Achievement KW - California Psychological Inventory KW - Factor Structure KW - Psychometrics KW - Seminarians KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1966.18.2.665 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-08864-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-08655-001 AN - 1966-08655-001 AU - Sandler, Jack AU - Davidson, Robert S. AU - Holzschuh, Ronald D. T1 - Effects of increasing punishment frequency on Sidman avoidance behavior. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1966/// VL - 5 IS - 3 SP - 103 EP - 104 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-08655-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sandler, Jack; Veterans Administration Hosp., Coral Gables, Fla. Release Date: 19660801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Monkeys; Punishment. Minor Descriptor: Avoidance; Shock. Classification: Learning & Motivation (2420). Population: Animal (20). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - Marmoset monkeys, trained to bar press in a Sidman avoidance procedure were punished with decreased, response-contingent shock ratios. Initial increases in response frequencies were rapidly replaced by reduced rates. Avoidance percentages were not appreciably altered, even when every other response was punished. Eventually, an optimal balance was established between adequate avoidance responding and minimal exposure to the punishment contingencies. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - punishment frequency KW - Sidman avoidance behavior KW - marmoset monkeys KW - response-contingent shock KW - 1966 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Monkeys KW - Punishment KW - Avoidance KW - Shock KW - 1966 DO - 10.3758/BF03328302 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-08655-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-08434-001 AN - 1966-08434-001 AU - Sparks, Charles H. AU - Mogel, Steven AU - Griffith, Richard M. T1 - Finger-withdrawal conditioning: Photoelectric pickup and EEG recording. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1966/// VL - 22 IS - 2 SP - 429 EP - 430 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1966-08434-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sparks, Charles H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lexington, Ky. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19660801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus; Conditioning; Electroencephalography. Classification: Research Methods & Experimental Design (2260); Learning & Memory (2343). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - Describes a simply constructed and arranged apparatus and a technique for the measurement of the finger-withdrawal response which have certain advantages over previous models. A pointer attached to the finger interrupts a beam of light as it rises and falls without impeding the finger's movement. Pulses from photoelectric cells and the CS and UCS are simultaneously fed into the multichannels of an EEG, producing a record of the amplitude of the response and the various time relations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - finger-withdrawal conditioning KW - apparatus KW - photoelectric pickup KW - electroencephalography KW - 1966 KW - Apparatus KW - Conditioning KW - Electroencephalography KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pms.1966.22.2.429 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-08434-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-08319-001 AN - 1966-08319-001 AU - Carlson, William A. AU - Eriksen, Charles W. T1 - Dichopic summation of information in the recognition of briefly presented forms. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1966/// VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 67 EP - 68 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-08319-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carlson, William A.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Danville, Ill. Release Date: 19660801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Eye (Anatomy); Visual Perception; Visual Stimulation. Classification: Visual Perception (2323). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - Visual form identification was studied under conditions where the forms to be identified were presented briefly to the right and left eyes alone, to the right and left eye simultaneously on corresponding areas, and to the right and left eye sequentially on corresponding areas. The results suggest the following conclusions: (1) successive stimulation of both eyes is better than either eye alone if the stimulation falls on corresponding areas; (2) successive stimulation of corresponding areas is about identical to simultaneously stimulated corresponding areas; and (3) the amount of gain in identification accuracy resulting from stimulation to both eyes was not greater than can be attributed to 2 independent opportunities to perceive. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - visual forms KW - dichopic summation KW - visual stimulation KW - eyes KW - 1966 KW - Eye (Anatomy) KW - Visual Perception KW - Visual Stimulation KW - 1966 DO - 10.3758/BF03328283 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-08319-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-05500-001 AN - 2007-05500-001 AU - Gelfand, Sidney T1 - Some comments on Wolff's critique. JF - Canadian Journal of Psychology/Revue canadienne de psychologie JO - Canadian Journal of Psychology/Revue canadienne de psychologie JA - Can J Psychol Y1 - 1964/// VL - 18 IS - 3 SP - 254 EP - 255 CY - Canada PB - University of Toronto Press SN - 0008-4255 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-05500-001. Other Journal Title: Canadian Journal of Experimental Psychology/Revue canadienne de psychologie expérimentale. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gelfand, Sidney; Veterans Administration Hospital, Salt Lake City, UT, US. Other Publishers: Canadian Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20070507. Correction Date: 20090831. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Pain; Pain Perception; Pain Thresholds; Psychophysics. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1964. Copyright Statement: Canadian Psychological Association, University of Toronto Press, and Swets & Zeitlinger, N. V. 1964. AB - Responds to commentary by B. B. Wolff (see record [rid]2007-05501-001[/rid]) on the current author's original article (see record [rid]1965-00330-001[/rid]) regarding the relationship of experimental pain tolerance to pain threshold. Wolff has emphasized several important methodological and conceptual problems in experimental algesimetry and has offered additional evidence pertinent to some of my hypotheses. Several of his points remain controversial, however. Wolff's critique clarifies several important issues in the study of pain. The additional evidence he submits supports some of my hypotheses and modifies others. Some of the issues remain controversial and will ultimately be decided when considerably more information about the factors concerned is available. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - threshold KW - pain vs pain tolerance KW - pain KW - tolerance vs threshold KW - psychophysics KW - 1964 KW - Pain KW - Pain Perception KW - Pain Thresholds KW - Psychophysics KW - 1964 DO - 10.1037/h0083488 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2007-05500-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39739-023 AN - 2013-39739-023 AU - Plank, Robert T1 - Are we treating all schizophrenics? JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1965/07// VL - 35 IS - 4 SP - 793 EP - 794 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39739-023. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Plank, Robert; Mental Hygiene Clinic, Veterans Administration HospitaI, Cleveland, OH, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Medical Sciences; Schizophrenia; Stigma; Theoretical Orientation. Minor Descriptor: Treatment. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1965. AB - This article discusses the question of whether it is sound to assume that virtually all, or at least most, schizophrenics are in treatment. The Veterans Administration (VA) has relatively comprehensive information on illnesses attributed to the service, since veterans' benefits depend on medical findings and veterans therefore have a powerful incentive to make their disabilities known to the VA. The VA has at the same time relatively comprehensive information on the treatment these veterans receive. The VA is in an advantageous position in offering treatment to these veterans. Facilities are rather superior to those available to the general public. There is less stigma attached to their use. It therefore can be assumed that the proportion of schizophrenics seeking treatment will be even lower, perhaps much lower, in the general population . All this supports the opinion that only a minority of schizophrenics, rather than almost all of them, are in treatment. Accurate figures are not available, partly because certain questions of definition would have to be settled first. It is to be hoped that definite studies will clear up this question since it is of great significance, not only for the theoretical problems noted above, but also for practical purposes of planning. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - medical findings KW - practical purposes KW - theoretical problems KW - schizophrenics treatment KW - stigma KW - 1965 KW - Medical Sciences KW - Schizophrenia KW - Stigma KW - Theoretical Orientation KW - Treatment KW - 1965 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1965.tb00453.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-39739-023&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39304-001 AN - 2013-39304-001 AU - Shaskan, Donald A. T1 - Combined individual and group psychoanalysis: Symposium, 1959: Combined therapy. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1960/04// VL - 30 IS - 2 SP - 223 EP - 224 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39304-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shaskan, Donald A.; Veterans Administration, San Francisco, CA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Conference Information: Joint Meeting of the American Orthopsychiatric Association and the American Group Psychotherapy Association. Conference Note: This research was presented at the aforementioned conference. Major Descriptor: Group Psychotherapy; Psychoanalysis; Therapeutic Processes. Minor Descriptor: Hostility; Individual Differences; Treatment. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1960. AB - The current article discusses, psychoanalysis as a body of knowledge representing achievement in the approach to treatment by using groups of two might be opposed to the larger groups usually used in group psychotherapy, perhaps the converse is not sufficiently understood, that larger groups may be opposed to groups of two as in the usual psychoanalytic situation. There is an even broader point to be considered. If one agrees with Freud's statement that 'perhaps the most important activity of analysis' is its application to education, one realizes that practical application is impossible without utilization of group methods. If the antagonism between group and individual methods is based on irrational conflicts then it is only possible to apply the discoveries of psychoanalysis to group methods after we learn to realize what the antagonism is and understand what it means. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - combined individual therapy KW - group psychoanalysis KW - antagonism KW - treatment KW - therapeutic processes KW - 1960 KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Psychoanalysis KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - Hostility KW - Individual Differences KW - Treatment KW - 1960 DO - 10.1111/j.1939-0025.1960.tb02335.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-39304-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-39298-028 AN - 2013-39298-028 AU - Jenkins, Richard L. T1 - Review of Dynamics of psychotherapy: The psychology of personality change, Vol. 1, principles. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1957/07// VL - 27 IS - 3 SP - 657 EP - 658 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-39298-028. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jenkins, Richard L.; Psychiatric Evaluation Project, Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, DC, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Change; Psychotherapy; Readiness to Change. Minor Descriptor: Clinical Psychologists. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Symonds, Percival M. Dynamics of psychotherapy: The psychology of personality change, Vol. 1, Principles=Grune & Stratton, New York. pp. 211. $5.50; 1956. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1957. AB - Reviews the book, Dynamics of Psychotherapy: The Psychology of Personality Change, Vol. 1, Principles by Percival M. Symonds (see record [rid]1956-07318-000[/rid]). This is the first of three volumes, the next two of which are to deal respectively with Process and Procedure. The author addressed to students in training and to practitioners in the field of psychotherapy, whether psychiatrists, clinical psychologists, or social workers, to serve as a text or manual; and to workers in religion, law, or education as a book of reference. The author wrote clear and understandable prose, and while this may be said also of some of his sources, it represents an important advance over others. Perhaps it is these qualities of industry and clarity of expression which, applied to the setting of ideas in parallel, serve to underline some of these deficiencies. It is worth emphasizing that according to Symonds, education is needed by the psychopath to make up for some of his original deficiencies in superego development, after which we infer that he may perhaps be accessible to psychotherapy. Psychotherapy, according to the author, goes much deeper than education. That much good psychotherapy is of this nature is beyond dispute, but his readiness to leave the whole conception of psychotherapy at this level suggests that the author is better able to collate than to integrate. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychotherapy KW - personality change KW - clinical psychologists KW - readiness KW - 1957 KW - Personality Change KW - Psychotherapy KW - Readiness to Change KW - Clinical Psychologists KW - 1957 U2 - Symonds, Percival M. (1956); Dynamics of psychotherapy: The psychology of personality change, Vol. 1, Principles; Grune & Stratton, New York. pp. 211. $5.50 DO - 10.1037/h0096911 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-39298-028&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06038-022 AN - 2006-06038-022 AU - Misch, Robert C. T1 - Awakening from Schizophrenia. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1962/09// VL - 7 IS - 9 SP - 344 EP - 345 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06038-022. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Misch, Robert C.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Boston, MA, US. Release Date: 20061023. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Attitudes; Narratives; Psychosis; Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Bateson, Gregory (Ed). Perceval's Narrative: A Patient's Account of his Psychosis, 1830-1832=Stanford, Calif: Stanford University Press, 1961. Pp. xxii + 331. $6.75; 1961. References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1962. AB - Reviews the book, Perceval's Narrative: A Patient's Account of his Psychosis, 1830-1832 by Gregory Bateson (Ed.) (1961). In the all too brief Introduction to Perceval's Narrative, a Patient's Account of His Psychosis, 1830-1882, Bateson formulates a theory of schizophrenia, and offers this republication of an edited and condensed original as an illustration. The theory simply inverts traditional views of schizophrenia viz, schizophrenia is not to be viewed as a failure of defences, but as an attempt at adaptation, as a 'vast and painful initiation rite conducted by the self.' Bateson holds that a schizophrenic episode has a definite course to run, involving the death of an old self and the rebirth of a new one, and that this course is 'largely steered by endogenous processes.' The problems of conceptualizing treatment from such a viewpoint are, of course, reversed; it is not the so-called 'spontaneous remission' that requires explanation, but rather the failure to become well again. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenia KW - endogenous processes KW - patient narratives KW - psychosis KW - 1962 KW - Client Attitudes KW - Narratives KW - Psychosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1962 U2 - Bateson, Gregory (Ed). (1961); Perceval's Narrative: A Patient's Account of his Psychosis, 1830-1832; Stanford, Calif: Stanford University Press, 1961. Pp. xxii + 331. $6.75 DO - 10.1037/007010 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06038-022&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06028-006 AN - 2006-06028-006 AU - Siple, Howard L. T1 - One Clinician's Practices. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1962/10// VL - 7 IS - 10 SP - 368 EP - 369 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06028-006. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Siple, Howard L.; Mental Health Clinic, Veterans' Administration Regional Office, San Francisco, CA, US. Release Date: 20061023. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Clinicians; Patients; Private Practice; Therapists. Minor Descriptor: Practice. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Harrower, Molly. The Practice of Clinical Psychology=Springfield, Illinois: Charles C. Thomas, 1961. Pp. xiv + 321. $12.00; 1961. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1962. AB - Reviews the book, The Practice of Clinical Psychology by Molly Harrower (see record [rid]1962-04913-000[/rid]). Dr. Harrower's book is a collection of exhortations, convictions, warnings, case studies, lectures and techniques coming out of the process. The book also contains a number of interesting devices for the mature practitioner to consider adopting if he has not yet tried them. The author describes a number of procedures, one of the most startling of which is the technique of using a notebook for communication between therapist and patient during prolonged absences of the therapist. The whole tone of the book will probably do little to evoke reactions of caution, doubt and deliberation. Despite the wide scope of problems there are three rather glaring omissions. Redefinitions of psychological practice in the newer certification and licensing laws may also have quite an effect on future practices. Second, there is nothing in this book about group therapy. Third, there are many special opportunities and problems in the relationships between the private practice of psychology and organized religious groups. This area is largely neglected, not only in this book but in the writings of other practitioners. Dr. Harrower's book is a courageous demonstration of how one clinician went about her pioneering business. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinicians practices KW - clinical psychology KW - therapists KW - patients KW - 1962 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Clinicians KW - Patients KW - Private Practice KW - Therapists KW - Practice KW - 1962 U2 - Harrower, Molly. (1961); The Practice of Clinical Psychology; Springfield, Illinois: Charles C. Thomas, 1961. Pp. xiv + 321. $12.00 DO - 10.1037/006748 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06028-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06014-026 AN - 2006-06014-026 AU - Peters, Henry N. T1 - The Oldest Psychological Test. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1960/09// VL - 5 IS - 9 SP - 308 EP - 309 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06014-026. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Peters, Henry N.; Neuropsychiatric Research Laboratory, Veterans Administration Hospital, Jefferson Barracks, MO, US. Release Date: 20061023. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychology; Mazes; Psychometrics. Minor Descriptor: Test Validity. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Porteus, Stanley D. The Maze Test and Clinical Psychology=Palo Alto, Calif.: Pacific Books, 1959. Pp. 203. $5.50; 1959. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1960. AB - Reviews the book, The Maze Test and Clinical Psychology by Stanley D. Porteus (see record [rid]1960-03571-000[/rid]). The major portion of the present volume is devoted to recent research trends which are interpreted as evidence of the test's validity, as a measure of planning capacity or exercise of foresight. The sensitivity of the Porteus test (PMT) to vitamin deficiency, psychotherapy, industrial efficiency, military training potentiality, delinquency, and neurosis are discussed, with separate chapters devoted to psychosurgery and chlorpromazine. The present reviewer fails to see this as anything more than a significant addition to the qualitative analysis of a test record. The volume is, of course, the latest manual for the PMT. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical psychology KW - maze test KW - test validity KW - test record KW - psychological test KW - 1960 KW - Clinical Psychology KW - Mazes KW - Psychometrics KW - Test Validity KW - 1960 U2 - Porteus, Stanley D. (1959); The Maze Test and Clinical Psychology; Palo Alto, Calif.: Pacific Books, 1959. Pp. 203. $5.50 DO - 10.1037/006391 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06014-026&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05975-010 AN - 2006-05975-010 AU - Stubbins, Joseph T1 - Counseling for Vocational Rehabilitation. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1959/03// VL - 4 IS - 3 SP - 84 EP - 85 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05975-010. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Stubbins, Joseph; Veterans Administration Hospital, Montrose, NY, US. Release Date: 20061023. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotional Disturbances; Rehabilitation Counseling; Vocational Rehabilitation. Classification: Occupational & Vocational Rehabilitation (3384). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Patterson, C. H. Counseling the Emotionally Disturbed=New York: Harper & Brothers, 1958. Pp. xvii + 458. $6.00; 1958. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1959. AB - Reviews the book, Counseling the Emotionally Disturbed by C. H. Patterson (see record [rid]1958-04139-000[/rid]). The book will introduce the student to an exploratory attempt to implement the point of view of vocational counseling in helping disturbed persons in an important area of life-their work. Yet the book is far from being the comprehensive text its title claims. The end product impressed this reviewer as a manual of operations for the rehabilitation counselor despite the author's repeated warnings against being technique oriented. The volume is a manual of information about rehabilitation procedures, particularly in the Veterans Administration. The book would meet the major needs of a general orientation course in vocational rehabilitation counseling. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - vocational rehabilitation KW - counseling KW - emotionally disturbed KW - 1959 KW - Emotional Disturbances KW - Rehabilitation Counseling KW - Vocational Rehabilitation KW - 1959 U2 - Patterson, C. H. (1958); Counseling the Emotionally Disturbed; New York: Harper & Brothers, 1958. Pp. xvii + 458. $6.00 DO - 10.1037/006014 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-05975-010&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05971-018 AN - 2006-05971-018 AU - Shneidman, Edwin S. T1 - Conversation about Suicide. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1959/10// VL - 4 IS - 10 SP - 329 EP - 330 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05971-018. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Shneidman, Edwin S.; Central Research Unit, Veterans Administration at Los Angeles, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 20061023. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Childhood Development; Fantasy; Gestures; Loneliness; Suicide. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Bosselman, Beulah Chamberlain. Self-Destruction: A Study of the Suicidal Impulse=Springfield, Ill.: Charles C. Thomas, 1958. Pp. xii + 94. $4.75; 1958. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1959. AB - Reviews the book, Self-Destruction: A Study of the Suicidal Impulse by Beulah Chamberlain Bosselman (1958). There are six chapters, entitled The Self-Destructive Infant, Death Fantasies in Childhood, From Fantasy to Gesture, The Environment of Loneliness, The Internal Motivations, and Some Implications. There are no indices and the bibliography occurs only in footnote. Having thus left the book with but faint praise, let me now recommend it for those interested in the phenomena of suicide. The case examples are interesting, the author is obviously experienced clinically and knows what she is talking about. Dr. Bosselman's book is a pleasant, homey, easy-to-read, attention sustaining, rather elementary lecture on life-and-death drives, and the , nefarious role of loneliness. For these topics, the references are primarily to Spitz, Freud, and Durkheim. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - death fantasies KW - self destructive infant KW - faint praise KW - suicide KW - childhood development KW - 1959 KW - Childhood Development KW - Fantasy KW - Gestures KW - Loneliness KW - Suicide KW - 1959 U2 - Bosselman, Beulah Chamberlain. (1958); Self-Destruction: A Study of the Suicidal Impulse; Springfield, Ill.: Charles C. Thomas, 1958. Pp. xii + 94. $4.75 DO - 10.1037/005940 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-05971-018&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05964-009 AN - 2006-05964-009 AU - Pugh, Roderick W. T1 - The Magic of the Dance. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1958/04// VL - 3 IS - 4 SP - 102 EP - 103 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05964-009. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pugh, Roderick W.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Hines, IL, US. Release Date: 20061023. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dance Therapy; Psychosis; Psychotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Client Attitudes; Dance. Classification: Specialized Interventions (3350). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Rosen, Elizabeth. Dance in Psychotherapy=New York: Bureau of Publications, Teachers College, Columbia University, 1957. Pp. xx + 178. $4.50; 1957. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1958. AB - Reviews the book, Dance in Psychotherapy by Elizabeth Rosen (see record [rid]1957-06197-000[/rid]). This book has two stated objectives. The first is to explore the value of the dance as a therapeutic adjunct in the treatment of psychotic patients. The second is to make available a collection of behavioral observations on patients as they participate in a dance program, with an account of the actual methods and materials used in the sessions. Sadly in its exploration of the therapeutic potentialities of creative dance groups, the choreography of this study is disappointingly uncreative. Nevertheless the deficiencies of this study as a book and as research do not prevent its reinforcing the clinical impression that the dance has therapeutic value as a nonverbal approach to certain regressed patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dance KW - psychotherapy KW - psychotic patients KW - patient behavior KW - 1958 KW - Dance Therapy KW - Psychosis KW - Psychotherapy KW - Client Attitudes KW - Dance KW - 1958 U2 - Rosen, Elizabeth. (1957); Dance in Psychotherapy; New York: Bureau of Publications, Teachers College, Columbia University, 1957. Pp. xx + 178. $4.50 DO - 10.1037/005788 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-05964-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05950-011 AN - 2006-05950-011 AU - Brown, Clinton C. T1 - Head Hunters. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1957/02// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 47 EP - 48 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05950-011. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brown, Clinton C.; Veterans Administration Hospital at Perry Point, Perry Point, MD, US. Release Date: 20061023. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Kinesthetic Perception; Mental Disorders; Neurodegenerative Diseases. Minor Descriptor: Epilepsy. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Lewis, Nolan D. C. (Ed); Landis, Carney (Ed); King, H. E. (Ed). Studies in Topectomy=New York: Grune & Stratton, 1956. Pp. viii + 248. $6.75; 1956. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1957. AB - Reviews the book, Studies in Topectomy edited by Nolan D. C. Lewis, Carney Landis, and H. E. King (see record [rid]1957-03132-000[/rid]). This is no easy book to read. Hoch's discussion of psychiatric findings, Kline's presentation of vestibular function and autokinetic phenomena as well as King's treatment of psychophysiologic data are clear and direct, but much of the balance of the volume is tedious and lengthy. One report is suggestive of the kind of data-belaboring practiced by persons whose methods exceed their theory and most reports would have profited from the use of nonparametric analyses and better graphic methods. There is much information in this book to be gleaned by other investigators. There is also this sobering after-thought' as the drums of chemotherapy beat out across the land, that we are again going to do battle with mental disease without full knowledge of enemy or armament. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - topectomy KW - vestibular function KW - mental disease KW - autokinetic phenomena KW - 1957 KW - Kinesthetic Perception KW - Mental Disorders KW - Neurodegenerative Diseases KW - Epilepsy KW - 1957 U2 - Lewis, Nolan D. C. (Ed); Landis, Carney (Ed); King, H. E. (Ed). (1956); Studies in Topectomy; New York: Grune & Stratton, 1956. Pp. viii + 248. $6.75 DO - 10.1037/005476 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-05950-011&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-14423-005 AN - 2005-14423-005 AU - Wiener, Daniel N. T1 - Connotations of 'sin'. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1961/05// VL - 16 IS - 5 SP - 259 EP - 260 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-14423-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wiener, Daniel N.; Veterans Administration Center, St. Paul, MN, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Letter. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychotherapy; Sin. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: May, 1961. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1961. AB - Comments on the concept of 'sin' as used by Mowrer, and discusses it respect to psychotherapy and psychoanalysis. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sin KW - psychotherapy KW - psychoanalysis KW - 1961 KW - Psychotherapy KW - Sin KW - 1961 DO - 10.1037/h0038660 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-14423-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-14422-003 AN - 2005-14422-003 AU - De Palma, Nicholas T1 - Professional ethics: Another look. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1961/04// VL - 16 IS - 4 SP - 199 EP - 200 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-14422-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: De Palma, Nicholas; Veterans Administration Hospital, Murfreesboro, TN, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Column/Opinion. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Professional Ethics; Professional Standards. Classification: Professional Ethics & Standards & Liability (3450). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1961. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1961. AB - It was in 1943 that the APA gave serious thought to codifying ethics, but not until 1947 that the Committee on Ethical Standards for Psychology was appointed to draw up a code of ethics (Hobbs, 1948). Provisional adoption of the manual entitled Ethical Standards of Psychologists came in 1952, and a revision of this original document has recently been accepted for a trial period of 3 years (APA, 1959). It is herein proposed that this abbreviated, watered down, revision is no improvement on the original. It remains highly possible that the need for a revision is not perceived by most psychologists. It is further suggested that the proposed revision is a trend toward greater abstraction that may only serve to engender ambiguity and individual latitude--a trend away from Hobbs' (1948) original recommendation that 'the code should be formulated in specific terms.' It is suggested that the APA seriously consider nominating an editorial board for a new Journal of Professional Ethics in Psychology to serve as a constant sounding board for the profession and the Committee on Ethical Standards. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - professional ethics KW - ethical standards KW - 1961 KW - Professional Ethics KW - Professional Standards KW - 1961 DO - 10.1037/h0039313 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-14422-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-13145-002 AN - 2005-13145-002 AU - Lorr, Maurice AU - McNair, Douglas M. AU - Klett, C. James AU - Lasky, Julian J. T1 - Canonical Variates and Second-Order Factors: A Reply. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1963/04// VL - 27 IS - 2 SP - 180 EP - 181 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-13145-002. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorr, Maurice; Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, DC, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Multivariate Analysis; Psychosis; Psychoticism; Statistical Correlation. Minor Descriptor: Quantitative Methods; Statistical Variables. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1963. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1963. AB - Replies to a comment by H. J. Eysenck (see record [rid]2005-13145-001[/rid]) on the authors' original article (see record [rid]1963-05468-001[/rid]). Eysenck argues that the authors' statement, 'There is no evidence in support of Eysenck's contention that there is a single second-order factor of psychoticism,' is unjustified. His arguments are for the most part based on a confusion or blurring of the difference between (a) second-order factors in the Tucker-Thurstonian sense (Thurstone, 1947), which are factors obtained from the correlations among the first-order factors, and (b) canonical variates. The canonical variate procedure is a way of determining the minimum number of dimensions needed to describe differences between c groups on q quantitative variables (Lubin, 1950). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - second-order factor KW - psychoticism KW - first-order factors KW - canonical variates KW - quantitative variables KW - correlations KW - 1963 KW - Multivariate Analysis KW - Psychosis KW - Psychoticism KW - Statistical Correlation KW - Quantitative Methods KW - Statistical Variables KW - 1963 DO - 10.1037/h0038824 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-13145-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-11883-004 AN - 2005-11883-004 AU - Canter, Aaron H. T1 - ABEPP Standard Too High? JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1961/10// VL - 16 IS - 10 SP - 655 EP - 656 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-11883-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Canter, Aaron H.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Phoenix, AZ, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Professional Organizations; Psychologists; Psychology. Minor Descriptor: Professional Standards. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1961. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1961. AB - Commends the Board of Trustees of the American Board of Examiners in Professional Psychology (ABEPP) for their report 'The Meaning of the ABEPP Diploma' (see record [rid]1962-02007-001[/rid].) The current author discusses the high standards of the ABEPP and the resulting relative paucity of applicants for the diploma. The author suggests the board continue their efforts to make the examination more realistic, less difficult, and less time consuming. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - American Board of Examiners in Professional Psychology KW - diploma KW - standards KW - psychologists KW - 1961 KW - Professional Organizations KW - Psychologists KW - Psychology KW - Professional Standards KW - 1961 DO - 10.1037/h0038649 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-11883-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-11652-008 AN - 2005-11652-008 AU - Leon, Sidney AU - Whitmyre, John W. T1 - The Patient-Therapist. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1964/09// VL - 19 IS - 9 SP - 776 EP - 777 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-11652-008. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Leon, Sidney; Veterans Administration Hospital, Coatesville, PA, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Motivation; Psychiatric Hospitalization; Psychiatric Patients; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Therapists. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1964. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1964. AB - The patient-therapist technique is aimed at remotivation of the long-term, chronic, hospitalized psychiatric patient. The authors have used this approach at the Coatesville Veterans Administration Hospital for 2 years and it has had some good results, although it is still too early to evaluate its total effectiveness. The approach stimulates discussion and may be used as a vehicle of expression for the problems of the patient-therapists who are not motivated or are anxious about leaving the hospital. For the very withdrawn patient, the approach enables him or her to have contact with another patient, and the company of another patient enables him or her to acquire gradual desensitization of the fear of venturing out into the community. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - patient-therapist technique KW - remotivation KW - hospitalized psychiatric patient KW - discussion KW - leaving the hospital KW - 1964 KW - Motivation KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Therapists KW - 1964 DO - 10.1037/h0038793 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-11652-008&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-11647-006 AN - 2005-11647-006 AU - Rothaus, Paul AU - Hanson, Philip G. AU - Cleveland, Sidney E. AU - Johnson, Dale L. T1 - Mental Illness and Employment. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1964/03// VL - 19 IS - 3 SP - 200 EP - 201 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-11647-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rothaus, Paul; Veterans Administration Hospital, Houston, TX, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Employment Status; Hospitalization; Mental Disorders; Personnel Selection; Psychiatric Patients. Minor Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Job Applicant Interviews. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210); Industrial & Organizational Psychology (3600). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1964. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1964. AB - Comments on an article by Sturm and Lipton, and the article they are commenting on, by Rothaus, Cleveland and Johnson (see record [rid]1964-02889-001[/rid]). Sturm and Lipton criticize the study by Rothaus, Hanson, Cleveland and Johnson (the current authors) on the grounds that employment of psychiatrically discharged patients is controlled by personnel directors and not by employment interviewers. In our study we had found it advantageous for the psychiatric patient seeking employment to describe his recent hospitalization as a learning experience designed to aid him in coping with the problems of living rather than alluding to his hospitalization as treatment or a cure for illness. Using the former approach, ex-psychiatric-patients were judged by employment interviewers of the Texas Employment Commission as being more readily employable than patients using the mental-illness approach. But Sturm and Lipton complain that we were working with the wrong people since only personnel directors and employers do the direct hiring. In Texas at least, this is not necessarily so. The authors also comment on other criticisms of Sturm and Lipton. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mental illness KW - employment KW - psychiatrically discharged patients KW - hospitalization KW - coping KW - employment interviews KW - employee selection KW - 1964 KW - Employment Status KW - Hospitalization KW - Mental Disorders KW - Personnel Selection KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Coping Behavior KW - Job Applicant Interviews KW - 1964 DO - 10.1037/h0038960 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-11647-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-11486-002 AN - 2005-11486-002 AU - Scott, Thomas R. T1 - Beyond the Abstracts: Fluting versus Computing. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1963/03// VL - 18 IS - 3 SP - 161 EP - 162 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-11486-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Scott, Thomas R.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Columbia, SC, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Auditory Stimulation; Computer Applications; Perceptual Aftereffect; Pitch (Frequency). Classification: Sensory Perception (2320). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1963. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1963. AB - Recent interest in the coding of research literature, the frequency with which publications of different ages are cited, and the necessity (or lack of it) for PhD language exams prompted the telling of the following tale. In connection with some research on visual motion aftereffects (Scott & Medlin, 1962), the question arose whether there might be analogous aftereffects in the auditory sense. It was hypothesized that an auditory stimulus of changing pitch might produce the aftereffect of illusory change in pitch of an actually unchanging sound stimulus presented immediately following it. An auditory stimulus was conceived which would be composed of a number of sinusoidal signals, simultaneously present, and having octave spacing so as to include most of the audible range. Expressed in musical notation, this composition is shown in Figure 1. Such a sound stimulus was constructed by Edward E. David of the Bell Telephone Laboratories. He created this stimulus by programming a computer according to the specifications given above and recording the output on tape. Thirty college students were exposed to this sound for a period of 10 seconds after which a constant tone was presented. The subjects were instructed to signal whether the constant tone appeared to be rising or falling in pitch. They were required to guess if uncertain. This experiment was also performed with the tape running in the opposite direction. The results of both experiments were negative, that is, a chi square based upon the number of 'rising judgments' and the number of 'falling judgments' was not significant. After the above research was done with its distinctively twentieth-century use of the electronic computer, it was discovered that the same problem had been investigated almost a century earlier by V. Dvorak (1871). That author did not have access to a computer, but not being dismayed by this lack, he invented an ingenious piece of apparatus which consisted of a flute having a continuous slot down one side instead of holes. A metal disk having a spiral slit cut in it was rotated very close to the slotted side of the flute. As the disk revolved, the spiral slit provided an opening at varying distances from the mouthpiece, thus producing a sound stimulus very similar to that described above. He, too, was unable to obtain any aftereffect of changing pitch. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - computer applications KW - aftereffects KW - auditory stimulus KW - pitch KW - computer program KW - 1963 KW - Auditory Perception KW - Auditory Stimulation KW - Computer Applications KW - Perceptual Aftereffect KW - Pitch (Frequency) KW - 1963 DO - 10.1037/h0039529 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-11486-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-11050-006 AN - 2005-11050-006 AU - Matty, H. B. T1 - A Visit to a Research Hospital. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1960/04// VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 272 EP - 273 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-11050-006. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Matty, H. B.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Coral Gables, FL, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavioral Sciences; Experimental Laboratories; High School Students; Psychology; Science Education. Classification: Educational Psychology (3500). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1960. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1960. AB - Describes a visit of high school students and their science teachers to a psychology laboratory, at the invitation of the Manager of the Coral Gables Veterans Administration. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - high school students KW - psychology laboratory KW - behavioral science KW - 1960 KW - Behavioral Sciences KW - Experimental Laboratories KW - High School Students KW - Psychology KW - Science Education KW - 1960 DO - 10.1037/h0039527 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-11050-006&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10162-013 AN - 2005-10162-013 AU - Wright, Fred H. T1 - Review of Client-Centered Counseling in the Secondary Schools. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology JA - J Couns Psychol Y1 - 1964///Fal 1964 VL - 11 IS - 3 SP - 310 EP - 311 CY - US PB - Wm. C. Brown Co. SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10162-013. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wright, Fred H.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Gulfport, MS, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Centered Therapy; Counselor Role; School Counseling; School Counselors. Minor Descriptor: Schools; Secondary Education. Classification: Educational/Vocational Counseling & Student Services (3580). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Reviewed Item: Boy, Angelo V.; Pine, Gerald J. Client-Centered Counseling in the Secondary Schools=Boston: Houghton Mifflin; 1963. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1964. AB - Reviews Client-Centered Counseling in the Secondary Schools by Angelo V. Boy and Gerald J. Pine (1963). The reviewer evaluates the book along three dimensions: (1) the role of the professional counselor in a school setting, (2) client-centered philosophy, and (3) client-centered practice. The greatest contribution made by Boy and Pine is seen along the first dimension, which adequately covers not only the case for counselors who operate in a professional role to the exclusion of other roles, but also offers constructive guidelines for the creation and implementation of a proper counselor image. The other contribution of this book is the demonstration that the client-centered approach was actually applied successfully in at least one junior high school. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - client centered counseling KW - secondary schools KW - counselor role KW - 1964 KW - Client Centered Therapy KW - Counselor Role KW - School Counseling KW - School Counselors KW - Schools KW - Secondary Education KW - 1964 U2 - Boy, Angelo V.; Pine, Gerald J. (1963); Client-Centered Counseling in the Secondary Schools; Boston: Houghton Mifflin DO - 10.1037/h0038531 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-10162-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-08124-005 AN - 2005-08124-005 AU - Rogers, Lawrence S. T1 - Proceedings of the Twentieth Annual Meeting of the Rocky Mountain Branch of the American Psychological Association. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1950/09// VL - 5 IS - 9 SP - 490 EP - 491 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-08124-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rogers, Lawrence S.; Veterans Administration, Denver, CO, US. Release Date: 20050816. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: American Psychological Association; Professional Organizations; Scientific Communication. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1950. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1950. AB - The Rocky Mountain Branch of the American Psychological Association held its 20th annual meeting with the Psychology Section of the Colorado-Wyoming Academy of Science on May 12 and 13, 1950, at the Colorado A & M College, Fort Collins, Colorado. This article provides the program for the aforementioned meeting. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - American Psychological Association KW - Rocky Mountain Branch KW - scientific communication KW - 1950 KW - American Psychological Association KW - Professional Organizations KW - Scientific Communication KW - 1950 DO - 10.1037/h0057584 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-08124-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1959-02748-001 AN - 1959-02748-001 AU - Lorr, Maurice T1 - Orthogonal versus oblique rotations. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1957/12// VL - 21 IS - 6 SP - 448 EP - 449 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1959-02748-001. PMID: 13481201 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lorr, Maurice; Veterans Administration, Washington, D. C. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19590201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Oblique Rotation; Orthogonal Rotation. Classification: Statistics & Mathematics (2240). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1957. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1957. AB - Continuing a discussion of orthogonal versus oblique rotation. Lorr discusses the advantages of oblique rotations in factor analysis. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - oblique rotations KW - orthogonal rotations KW - 1957 KW - Oblique Rotation KW - Orthogonal Rotation KW - 1957 DO - 10.1037/h0039976 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1959-02748-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-07022-001 AN - 1967-07022-001 AU - Tilley, Mark W. AU - Doolittle, John H. AU - Mason, Donald J. T1 - Olfactory discrimination learning in the Virginia opossum. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1966/// VL - 23 IS - 3, PT. 1 SP - 845 EP - 846 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-07022-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tilley, Mark W.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., DENVER, COLO. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170220. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Communication; Discrimination; Learning; Olfactory Perception. Minor Descriptor: Animals. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - AS PART OF A PROGRAM OF RESEARCH ON INTERHEMISPHERIC COMMUNICATION IN THE BRAIN OF THE OPOSSUM, THE ABILITY OF OPOSSUMS TO LEARN AN OLFACTORY DISCRIMINATION WAS EXPLORED. 4 ADULT VIRGINIA OPOSSUMS, 1 MALE AND 3 FEMALES, WERE GIVEN TRIALS IN A T-MAZE WITH OIL OF WINTERGREEN THE RELEVANT CUE. SS SHOWED IMPROVEMENT OVER BLOCKS OF TRIALS ONLY WHEN THE BLOCKS WERE MASSED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - OPOSSUM KW - OLFACTORY DISCRIMINATION LEARNING KW - BRAIN INTERHEMISPHERIC COMMUNICATION KW - 1966 KW - Brain KW - Communication KW - Discrimination KW - Learning KW - Olfactory Perception KW - Animals KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pms.1966.23.3.845 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-07022-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-06169-001 AN - 1967-06169-001 AU - Edwards, Allen E. AU - Ebbin, Judith B. T1 - Speech sound discrimination of aphasics when intersound interval is varied. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1966/// SP - 201 EP - 202 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1967-06169-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Edwards, Allen E.; Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Comprehension; Time. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - IN APHASICS, IMPAIRMENT IN THE ABILITY TO UNDERSTAND AND USE LANGUAGE MAY BE A MANIFESTATION OF A MORE BASIC PROBLEM. THEIR DIFFICULTIES MAY BE EPIPHENOMINAL TO THE INABILITY TO TEMPORARILY SEQUENCE THE AURAL MASS OF SPOKEN SPEECH. 24 APHASICS AND 24 AGE-AND-SEX MATCHED BRAIN-DAMAGED, BUT NONAPHASIC COMPARISON SS WERE ASSESSED IN TERMS OF THEIR ABILITIES TO DISCRIMINATE ('SAME' VS. 'DIFFERENT') BETWEEN 25 SYLLABLE PAIRS, SEPARATED BY 2 DIFFERENT TIME INTERVALS. APHASICS MADE SIGNIFICANTLY MORE ERRORS THAN COMPARISON SS WHEN THE INTERVENING SILENT PERIOD BETWEEN SYLLABLES WAS SHORT RATHER THAN LONG. THIS PERFORMANCE WAS DEMONSTRATED TO BE RELATED TO THEIR GENERAL AUDITORY COMPREHENSION ABILITY, BUT NOT TO AUDITORY RECOGNITION OR AUDITORY RETENTION. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - INTERSOUND INTERVAL & SAME-DIFFERENT DISCRIMINATION OF SYLLABLE PAIRS KW - 1966 KW - Aphasia KW - Comprehension KW - Time KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-06169-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-06069-001 AN - 1967-06069-001 AU - Mahrer, Alvin R. AU - Mason, Donald J. AU - Kahn, Elayne T1 - High complainers versus low complainers: Patterning of amount of self-reported symptomatology in psychiatric patients. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1966/// SP - 221 EP - 222 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1967-06069-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mahrer, Alvin R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Denver, Colo. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Inventories; Psychiatric Patients; Self-Actualization; Self-Stimulation; Symptoms. Minor Descriptor: Self-Control; Self-Disclosure; Self-Esteem; Self-Reinforcement. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - RECENT RESEARCH PROPOSED THE IMPORTANCE OF AMOUNT OF SYMPTOMATOLOGY (E.G., HIGH COMPLAINERS VS. LOW COMPLAINERS) AS A MEANINGFUL DESCRIPTIVE DIMENSION FOR PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. THE PURPOSE WAS TO INVESTIGATE SYMPTOMS ASSOCIATED WITH VARYING AMOUNTS OF PRESENTED SYMPTOMATOLOGY. SS WERE 248 HOSPITALIZED, MALE PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. EACH S WAS INDIVIDUALLY ADMINISTERED A 180 SYMPTOM-ITEM CHECKLIST. DATA CONSISTED OF SELECTION FOR EACH SYMPTOM-ITEM. RESULTS INDICATE (1) VARYING AMOUNTS OF SYMPTOMATOLOGY WERE ASSOCIATED WITH CHARACTERISTIC SYMPTOM CLUSTERS; (2) LOW AMOUNT OF SYMPTOMATOLOGY WAS ASSOCIATED WITH SELF-DIRECTED, MILD, PHYSICAL-SOMATIC COMPLAINTS AND DYSFUNCTIONINGS; AND (3) HIGH AMOUNT OF SYMPTOMATOLOGY WAS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERPERSONAL, EXTERNALLY DIRECTED, MORE SERIOUSLY PATHOLOGICAL SYMPTOMS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SELF-REPORTED SYMPTOMATOLOGY KW - PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1966 KW - Inventories KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Self-Actualization KW - Self-Stimulation KW - Symptoms KW - Self-Control KW - Self-Disclosure KW - Self-Esteem KW - Self-Reinforcement KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-06069-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-05998-001 AN - 1967-05998-001 AU - O'Connell, Walter E. T1 - Organic and schizophrenic differences in wit and humor appreciation. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1966/// SP - 171 EP - 172 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1967-05998-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Connell, Walter E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Waco, Tex. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Humor; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - DESIGNED TO TEST A NEGLECTED ASPECT OF FREUDIAN WIT AND HUMOR. PREVIOUS RESEARCH HAS CONFUSED HUMOR WITH WIT AND FOCUSED UPON THE CONTENT OR TENDENCIES INDIRECTLY EXPRESSED RATHER THAN UPON THE WIT-WORK ITSELF. 2 HYPOTHESES WERE GENERATED FROM CLINICAL LITERATURE, 1 GRANTING SUPERIORITY TO THE SCHIZOPHRENICS AND THE OTHER TO THE ORGANICS. AS HYPOTHESIZED, ORGANICS APPRECIATED HOSTILE WIT MORE THAN THEIR SCHIZOPHRENIC COUNTERPARTS (P < .005) AND ALSO HAD A GREATER APPRECIATION FOR FREUDIAN HUMOR (.10 < P > .05). ORGANICS SHOWED A GREATER PREFERENCE THAN COLLEGE STUDENTS FOR HUMOR (P < .01, 2-TAILED TEST) SUGGESTING THAT THE LATTER MIGHT BE CONSIDERED LESS MATURE. (18 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - & SCHIZOPHRENIA KW - APPRECIATION FOR WIT & HUMOR KW - 1966 KW - Brain Damage KW - Humor KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-05998-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-05832-001 AN - 1967-05832-001 AU - Hamlin, Roy M. T1 - Utility theory of old age. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1966/// SP - 213 EP - 214 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1967-05832-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hamlin, Roy M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Danville, Ill. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Geriatrics; Physiological Aging; Simulation; Utility Theory. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - HERZBERG'S MODEL FOR RESEARCH ON JOB SATISFACTION POINTS TO THE ROLE OF ENERGY UTILIZATION AS AN ORGANIZING AGENT IN OLD AGE, SUGGESTING THAT UTILITY DETERMINES CONTINUED COMPETENCE AND LONGEVITY. THE UTILITY MODEL SUGGESTS THAT PHYSIOLOGICAL PROGRAMS STRUCTURE INFANT DEVELOPMENT, WHEREAS INFORMATION PROCESSING TAKES OVER IN THE LATER YEARS. A NUMBER OF COROLLARIES ARE DEVELOPED. A PROGRAMED 'TASK' IN OLD AGE: (1) ALTERS THE SIGNAL-TO-NOISE RATIO, (2) ESTABLISHES A SYSTEMATIC REINFORCEMENT SCHEDULE, (3) INSURES CONTINGENCY OF REINFORCEMENT, (4) FOSTERS NOVELTY AND GRADUATED COMPLEXITY OF REINFORCERS, AND (5) SHOWS A LOGICAL RELATIONSHIP TO SPECIES SURVIVAL. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - UTILITY THEORY OF OLD AGE KW - PROGRAMED TASK KW - CONTINUED COMPETENCE & LONGEVITY KW - 1966 KW - Geriatrics KW - Physiological Aging KW - Simulation KW - Utility Theory KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-05832-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-05740-001 AN - 1967-05740-001 AU - Banet, Anthony G. Jr. T1 - Resistance to extinction as a function of frustration-effect magnitude. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1966/// SP - 41 EP - 42 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1967-05740-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Banet, Anthony G. Jr.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, MD. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Extinction (Learning); Frustration; Reinforcement; Reinforcement Amounts; Reinforcement Schedules. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - 3 HYPOTHESES DERIVED FROM AMSEL'S THEORETICAL NOTION THAT FRUSTRATION MAY HAVE FACILITATIVE, STRENGTHENING EFFECTS ON LEARNING BEHAVIOR WERE TESTED ON ANIMAL SS IN A 3-RUNWAY, U SHAPED APPARATUS. THE FRUSTRATION EFFECT (FE) PRODUCED DIFFERED FROM PREVIOUS DEMONSTRATIONS IN THAT SS RAN SLOWER ON REWARDED TRIALS, RATHER THAN FASTER ON FRUSTRATED TRIALS. REINFORCEMENT CONDITIONS IN BOTH THE 1ST AND 2ND GOAL BOXES WERE FOUND TO BE DETERMINANTS OF THE FE. 2 FRUSTRATIVE EVENTS IN SERIES DIMINISHED THE FE AND INCREASED BEHAVIOR VARIABILITY. PRIOR EXPERIENCE WITH FRUSTRATION WEAKENED RESPONSE STRENGTH AND FACILITATED EXTINCTION. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - FRUSTRATION KW - & RESISTANCE TO EXTINCTION KW - RAT KW - 1966 KW - Extinction (Learning) KW - Frustration KW - Reinforcement KW - Reinforcement Amounts KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Rats KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-05740-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-05700-001 AN - 1967-05700-001 AU - Nielson, Harold C. AU - McIver, Anstiss H. T1 - Early cold stress: II. Effects on regional distribution of brain amines in rats. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1966/// SP - 145 EP - 146 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1967-05700-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Nielson, Harold C.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., SEPULVEDA, CALIF. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170216. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biochemistry; Early Experience; Skin Temperature; Temperature Effects; Temperature Perception. Minor Descriptor: Body Temperature; Physiological Stress; Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - INFANT RATS WERE HANDLED EITHER THE 1ST, 2ND, OR 3RD WK. OF LIFE AND LOST EITHER 0DEGREES, 3DEGREES, OR 7DEGREES C BODY HEAT, OR WERE NOT HANDLED AT ALL. AT 51-58 DAYS OF AGE THEIR BRAINS WERE TAKEN AND ANALYZED FOR SEROTONIN, NOREPINEPHRINE, AND DOPAMINE. 0DEGREES SS DID NOT DIFFER FROM UNHANDLED CONTROLS. THE MILD COLD STRESS, 3DEGREES SS, HAD AMINE CHANGES IN THE FRONTAL POLE AND THE CAUDATE NUCLEUS, BUT NONE IN THE DIENCEPHALON. THE 7DEGREES SS HAD NO AMINE CHANGES IN THE FRONTAL POLE, REDUCED CAUDATAL DOPAMINE, BUT ALL 3 AMINES CHANGED IN THE DIENCEPHALON. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - BRAIN AMINES KW - EARLY COLD STRESS & HANDLING SEROTONIN & NOREPINEPHRINE & DOPAMINE KW - 1966 KW - Biochemistry KW - Early Experience KW - Skin Temperature KW - Temperature Effects KW - Temperature Perception KW - Body Temperature KW - Physiological Stress KW - Rats KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-05700-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-05699-001 AN - 1967-05699-001 AU - McIver, Anstiss H. AU - Camp, Barbara T1 - Early cold stress: I. Effects on emotional reactivity in rats. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1966/// SP - 155 EP - 156 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1967-05699-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McIver, Anstiss H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Body Temperature; Early Experience; Emotionality (Personality); Skin Temperature; Temperature Effects. Minor Descriptor: Physiological Stress; Rats; Temperature Perception. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - SCHAEFER'S HYPOTHESIS THAT HEAT LOSS INCURRED, DURING INFANTILE HANDLING REDUCES ADULT EMOTIONALITY, AND HUTCHINGS' HYPOTHESIS THAT RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN MAGNITUDE OF INFANTILE TEMPERATURE DROP AND ADULT EMOTIONALITY ARE CURVILINEAR, AND CRITICAL PERIODS, WERE INVESTIGATED. RATS WERE EITHER NOT HANDLED OR HANDLED SO BODY HEAT OF EITHER 0DEGREES, 3DEGREES, OR 7DEGREES C, WAS LOST WITHIN 3 MIN. EITHER THE 1ST, 2ND, OR 3RD WK. OF LIFE, AND AS ADULTS TESTED FOR EMOTIONALITY. SCHAEFER'S HYPOTHESIS WAS SUPPORTED, WITH QUALIFICATIONS. SUPPORT FOR HUTCHINGS' HYPOTHESIS DEPENDED UPON THE MEASURE OF ADULT EMOTIONALITY. A CRITICAL PERIOD WAS NOT DEMONSTRATED UNTIL AFTER WEEK 2 OF LIFE. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - EARLY HANDLING & BODY HEAT LOSS & ADULT EMOTIONALITY KW - 1966 KW - Body Temperature KW - Early Experience KW - Emotionality (Personality) KW - Skin Temperature KW - Temperature Effects KW - Physiological Stress KW - Rats KW - Temperature Perception KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-05699-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-05635-001 AN - 1967-05635-001 AU - Rosenberg, Beth AU - Edwards, Allan E. AU - Hill, Richard A. T1 - Relationship between peripheral vascular state, personality, and adaptive response under the effects of alcohol. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1966/// SP - 207 EP - 208 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1967-05635-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rosenberg, Beth; Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, Calif. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Drinking Patterns; Alcohols; Cardiovascular System; Drug Sensitivity; Sensitivity Training. Minor Descriptor: Hostility; Sensitivity (Personality). Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - 20 SS, PRETESTED WITH A PERSONALITY INVENTORY AND A QUESTIONNAIRE CONCERNING PAST DRINKING BEHAVIOR, WERE DIVIDED INTO VASOCONSTRICTORS AND VASODILATORS ON THE BASIS OF PLETHYSMOGRAPHIC RECORDINGS UNDER CONDITIONS OF ALCOHOL OR PLACEBO DOSAGE. THEY WERE PRESENTED WITH A LEARNING TASK WHICH DEMANDED SENSITIVITY TO THE ENVIRONMENT. THE ONLY PERSONALITY FACTOR WHICH DIFFERENTIATED THE 2 GROUPS WAS LEVEL OF HOSTILITY. THE RESULTS INDICATE THAT THE EFFECTS OF ALCOHOL ON THOSE WHO VASOCONSTRICTED, AS OPPOSED TO THOSE WHO VASODILATED, WERE TO DECREASE THEIR SENSITIVITY TO THE ENVIRONMENT INDEPENDENTLY OF HISTORY OF PAST DRINKING BEHAVIOR OR LEVEL OF HOSTILITY. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - & SENSITIVITY TO ENVIRONMENT KW - DRINKING HISTORY & HOSTILITY & VASOCONSTRICTOR-VASODILATOR CLASSIFICATION KW - 1966 KW - Alcohol Drinking Patterns KW - Alcohols KW - Cardiovascular System KW - Drug Sensitivity KW - Sensitivity Training KW - Hostility KW - Sensitivity (Personality) KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-05635-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-05617-001 AN - 1967-05617-001 AU - Sakai, Makoto AU - Gindy, Kamal AU - Dustman, Robert T1 - Amplitude change of components of the visually evoked response as related to mental states. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1966/// SP - 139 EP - 140 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1967-05617-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sakai, Makoto; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salt Lake City, U. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attention; Electroencephalography; Evoked Potentials. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - SUMMED VISUALLY EVOKED RESPONSES WERE RECORDED FROM THE SCALP OF 10 HUMAN SS DURING 2 CONTROL PERIODS, A COUNTING PERIOD, AN AVOIDANCE CONDITIONING PERIOD, AND A PERIOD OF BACKGROUND 'WHITE NOISE' (80-100 DB.). THESE CONDITIONS WERE REPLICATED 3 TIMES AT WEEKLY INTERVALS. IN ADDITION, THE PHENOMENON OF HABITUATION WAS CAREFULLY INVESTIGATED THROUGHOUT THE EXPERIMENTS. STATISTICAL ANALYSES SHOWED THAT THE CONDITIONS PRESUMED TO INCREASE LEVEL OF ATTENTION, COUNTING AND CONDITIONING, RESULTED IN AN INCREASE IN STABILITY OF THE EVOKED RESPONSE OVER TIME AND A POTENTIATION OF AMPLITUDE OF SEVERAL EVOKED RESPONSE WAVES. EVOKED POTENTIALS DURING THE OTHER CONDITIONS DID NOT CHANGE SIGNIFICANTLY. RESULTS ARE DISCUSSED IN ACCORD WITH CURRENT THEORIES OF ACTIVATION INVOLVING THE RETICULAR FORMATION. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - VISUALLY EVOKED RESPONSE KW - SCALP ELECTRODES KW - DURING WHITE NOISE & CONDITIONING & COUNTING KW - 1966 KW - Attention KW - Electroencephalography KW - Evoked Potentials KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-05617-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-05511-001 AN - 1967-05511-001 AU - Wolfgang, Aaron AU - Pishkin, Vladimir T1 - Effects of age, sex, error correction, social cues, and amount and type of memory information in concept learning. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1966/// SP - 29 EP - 30 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1967-05511-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wolfgang, Aaron; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Concept Formation; Feedback; Human Sex Differences; Sex Linked Developmental Differences. Minor Descriptor: Cues. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - DATA FROM EXP. I INDICATED THAT PERFORMANCE WAS POOREST WITH AVAILABILITY OF ONLY CORRECTLY SORTED INSTANCES WHEREAS PERFORMANCE WAS FACILITATED WHEN SS' ERRORS WERE CORRECTED WHERE ONLY INCORRECTLY SORTED INSTANCES WERE AVAILABLE. IN EXP. II ERRORS LINEARLY DECREASED WITH INCREASED AGE AND NUMBER OF AVAILABLE INSTANCES. SEX SIGNIFICANTLY INTERACTED WITH NUMBER AND TYPE OF AVAILABLE INSTANCES INDICATING SUPERIOR PERFORMANCE OF FEMALES. IN EXP. III 2-PERSON COOPERATIVE GROUPS OUTPERFORMED INDIVIDUALS (ONLY ON THE MOST COMPLEX PROBLEMS) AND SS IN THE RESTRICTED INTERACTION GROUP ACROSS ALL COMPLEXITY LEVELS. RESULTS WERE RELATED TO THE MATHEMATICAL THEORY OF CONCEPT IDENTIFICATION. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - AGE & SEX DIFFERENCES & ERROR CORRECTION & SOCIAL CUES & MEMORY KW - 1966 KW - Age Differences KW - Concept Formation KW - Feedback KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Sex Linked Developmental Differences KW - Cues KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-05511-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-05499-001 AN - 1967-05499-001 AU - Conant, Michael B. T1 - Utilization of negative instances in disjunctive concept learning. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1966/// SP - 37 EP - 38 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1967-05499-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Conant, Michael B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Palo Alto, Calif. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Concept Formation; Learning. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - MUCH PREVIOUS RESEARCH HAS BEEN INTERPRETED AS SHOWING THAT SS CANNOT EFFICIENTLY USE NEGATIVE INSTANCES TO SOLVE DISJUNCTIVE CONCEPTS. 81 SS WERE RUN IN 2 LARGE GROUPS AND DIFFERED AS TO THE ORDER OF POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE INSTANCES THEY RECEIVED ON 3 SHORT TRAINING PROBLEMS. SS WERE THEN ABLE TO SOLVE WITHIN 90 SEC. 94% OF DISJUNCTIVE IDENTIFICATION PROBLEMS FROM NEGATIVE INSTANCES ALONE. THOSE SS GIVEN BLOCKS OF NEGATIVE INSTANCES AT THE START OF EACH TRAINING PROBLEM SOLVED THIS 2ND SET OF PROBLEMS MOST EFFICIENTLY. THE SS, WHEN QUESTIONED IN THE TRAINING SERIES, INDICATED A 2 TO 1 PREFERENCE FOR RECEIVING NEGATIVE INSTANCES. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - NEGATIVE EXAMPLES KW - DISJUNCTIVE CONCEPT FORMATION KW - 1966 KW - Concept Formation KW - Learning KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-05499-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-05393-001 AN - 1967-05393-001 AU - Grundvig, John L. AU - Beck, Edward C. T1 - Effect of temperature on human olfactory thresholds. JF - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association JO - Proceedings of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association Y1 - 1966/// SP - 77 EP - 78 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association N1 - Accession Number: 1967-05393-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Grundvig, John L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salt Lake City, U. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Olfactory Perception; Skin Temperature; Temperature Effects; Temperature Perception; Thresholds. Minor Descriptor: Body Temperature. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300); Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - OLFACTORY PERCEPTUAL THRESHOLDS FOR ETHYL ALCOHOL WERE OBTAINED ON 4 SS AT 5DEGREES C INTERVALS FROM 15-45DEGREES C. SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES IN THRESHOLD LEVEL WERE FOUND; LOG OF THRESHOLD VAPOR CONCENTRATION INCREASED AS A LINEAR FUNCTION OF TEMPERATURE. WHEN THRESHOLDS WERE CORRECTED FOR THE EFFECT OF TEMPERATURE ON VAPOR PRESSURE, DIFFERENCES BECAME NONSIGNIFICANT. HEAT OF VAPORIZATION, DETERMINED EXPERIMENTALLY FROM THE THRESHOLD VAPOR PRESSURES, WAS 9.55 KILOCALORIES, WHICH APPROXIMATES THE LITERATURE VALUE FOR THE HEAT OF VAPORIZATION OF ETHYL ALCOHOL. THESE RESULTS STRONGLY SUPPORT A THEORY WHICH ASSUMES THE RATE LIMITING STEP IN OLFACTORY FUNCTION TO BE 1 OF ADSORPTION ON THE RECEPTOR SURFACE. (15 REF.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - OLFACTION KW - TEMPERATURE EFFECTS KW - ETHYL ALCOHOL KW - 1966 KW - Olfactory Perception KW - Skin Temperature KW - Temperature Effects KW - Temperature Perception KW - Thresholds KW - Body Temperature KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-05393-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-04692-001 AN - 1967-04692-001 AU - Wagner, Mervyn K. T1 - Reinforcement of verbal productivity in group therapy. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1966/// VL - 19 IS - 3, PT. 2 SP - 1217 EP - 1218 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-04692-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wagner, Mervyn K.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salisbury, N.C. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Discussion; Group Psychotherapy; Verbal Ability; Verbal Fluency; Verbal Learning. Minor Descriptor: Productivity; Social Reinforcement; Verbal Communication; Verbal Reinforcement. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - VERBAL PRODUCTIVITY WAS SIGNIFICANTLY AFFECTED BY POSITIVE VERBAL REINFORCEMENT TO 1/2 OF THE MEMBERS OF AN ACTUAL GROUP THERAPY SITUATION, USING HOSPITALIZED PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS AS SS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - VERBAL PRODUCTIVITY KW - POSITIVE VERBAL REINFORCEMENT KW - 1966 KW - Group Discussion KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Verbal Ability KW - Verbal Fluency KW - Verbal Learning KW - Productivity KW - Social Reinforcement KW - Verbal Communication KW - Verbal Reinforcement KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1966.19.3f.1217 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-04692-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-03736-001 AN - 1967-03736-001 AU - Reus, James AU - Lynch, James AU - Gantt, W. Horsley T1 - Motor response device. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1966/// VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 135 EP - 136 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-03736-001. Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reus, James; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, MD. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus; Motor Processes; Reaction Time. Minor Descriptor: Dogs. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1966. KW - TRANSDUCER BOARD & CIRCUITRY KW - MOTOR RESPONSE LATENCY & GENERAL ACTIVITY KW - DOG KW - 1966 KW - Apparatus KW - Motor Processes KW - Reaction Time KW - Dogs KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-03736-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-03702-001 AN - 1967-03702-001 AU - Reus, James F. T1 - A simple analog to digital converter. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1966/// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 16 EP - 17 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-03702-001. Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reus, James F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, MD. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Computers. Classification: Communication Systems (2700); General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1966. KW - ANALOG KW - DIGITAL CONVERTER KW - 1966 KW - Computers KW - 1966 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-03702-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-02925-001 AN - 1967-02925-001 AU - Tamkin, A. S. T1 - The determinants of Rorschach card rejection: A replication. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1966/// VL - 22 IS - 4 SP - 469 EP - 470 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-02925-001. PMID: 5970292 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tamkin, A. S.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION REGIONAL OFFICE, PROVIDENCE, R.I. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170209. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intelligence Quotient; Neurosis; Psychosis; Rorschach Test. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - RORSCHACHS ON 35 PSYCHONEUROTICS AND 40 PSYCHOTICS WERE ANALYZED FOR REJECTION OF THE CARDS. 60% OF THE NEUROTICS AND 47.5% OF THE PSYCHOTICS REJECTED 1 OR MORE CARDS, THE DIFFERENCE BEING NOT SIGNIFICANT AT THE .05 LEVEL. IT WAS NOTED THAT CARD REJECTION IS DETERMINED BY INTELLIGENCE IN THAT IQS TEND TO DECREASE WITH AN INCREASE IN THE NUMBER OF CARDS REJECTED. THE 5 MOST FREQUENTLY REJECTED CARDS BY BOTH GROUPS WERE IX, VII, VI, X, AND II. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - CARD REJECTION KW - & IQ KW - NEUROTICS & PSYCHOTICS KW - 1966 KW - Intelligence Quotient KW - Neurosis KW - Psychosis KW - Rorschach Test KW - 1966 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196610)22:4<469::AID-JCLP2270220431>3.0.CO;2-6 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-02925-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-02249-001 AN - 1967-02249-001 AU - Desroches, Harry F. AU - Kaiman, Bernard D. AU - Ballard, H. Ted T1 - A note on the use of a simple measure of nervousness. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1966/// VL - 22 IS - 4 SP - 429 EP - 430 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-02249-001. PMID: 5970282 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Desroches, Harry F.; Veterans Administration Center, Mountain Home, Tenn. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotions; Measurement; Testing. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - A SELF-RATING ITEM OF NERVOUSNESS WAS GIVEN TO 185 DOMICILIARY VETERANS. HIGH TEST-RETEST CORRELATIONS WERE NOTED AND WHEN COMPARED WITH OTHER MEASURES OF ANXIETY AND ADJUSTMENT THE CORRELATIONS WERE ALSO CONSIDERED HIGH. THE USEFULNESS OF THE ITEM WAS MENTIONED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - NERVOUSNESS KW - SELF RATING MEASURE KW - 1966 KW - Emotions KW - Measurement KW - Testing KW - 1966 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196610)22:4<429::AID-JCLP2270220415>3.0.CO;2-0 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-02249-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-00112-001 AN - 1967-00112-001 AU - Cook, Thomas H. AU - Mefferd, Roy B. Jr. T1 - Changing perception of an 'incomplete' trapezoid in rotation. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1966/// VL - 23 IS - 2 SP - 509 EP - 510 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-00112-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cook, Thomas H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparent Movement; Pattern Discrimination; Stimulus Variability. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 2. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - MEAN RELATIVE DURATIONS OF 6 KINDS OF APPARENT MOTION PRODUCED WITH 2 VERTICAL LUMINOUS RODS VARIED SIGNIFICANTLY (N = 10). THE PATTERN OF MOTION WAS LIKE THAT OBTAINED WITH 'COMPLETE' TRAPEZOIDS IN ROTATION. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - INCOMPLETE TRAPEZOID IN ROTATION KW - 1966 KW - Apparent Movement KW - Pattern Discrimination KW - Stimulus Variability KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pms.1966.23.2.509 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-00112-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Erickson, Richard C. T1 - MISSION OF THE SHORT-STAY INPATIENT UNIT WITH CHRONIC PATIENTS. JO - Health & Social Work JF - Health & Social Work Y1 - 1991/02// VL - 16 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 70 EP - 74 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 03607283 AB - This article presents information on mental hospitals. The hopelessness and dehumanizing effects of institutional life in large mental hospitals of the past have been the subject of sustained social criticism. In addition to meeting the needs of patients, large mental hospitals also met the needs of families and communities. Families unable to manage chronically disabled members were relieved of this responsibility by the hospital system. Communities had a place to put disruptive and dangerous people. Large mental hospitals and its residents could be made subject to public scrutiny and readily monitored by public agencies. Several decades ago, public attention finally was directed to these institutions, which led to their dismantling. Professionals saw such institutions as failing to treat patients and regarded newly discovered psychotropic medications as the solution that would make such settings obsolete. Legislators saw hospitals as expensive dinosaurs that should be replaced by less costly alternatives. KW - PSYCHIATRIC hospitals KW - PATIENTS KW - MEDICAL care KW - FAMILIES KW - SOCIAL criticism KW - LEGISLATORS N1 - Accession Number: 9602221918; Erickson, Richard C. 1; Source Information: Feb1991, Vol. 16 Issue 1, p70; Subject: PSYCHIATRIC hospitals; Subject: PATIENTS; Subject: MEDICAL care; Subject: FAMILIES; Subject: SOCIAL criticism; Subject: LEGISLATORS; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 3070 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9602221918&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pulice, Cheryl T1 - Heeding that "INNER VOICE". JO - Nursing JF - Nursing Y1 - 1995/10// VL - 25 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 66 EP - 66 PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 03604039 AB - The article narrates the experience of two nurses, who saved the life of Claude Derr, a 71-year-old man in intensive care unit, who had a third-degree heart block. Derr was inserted a temporary cardiac pacemaker. After two hours of insertion, pacing spikes appeared on the electrocardiogram without a ventricular response. The nurses during the treatment felt that by putting the transcutaneous pacemaker on standby they can comfort the patient. And by doing so they saved the patient's life. KW - FIRST person narrative KW - INTENSIVE care nursing KW - CARDIAC nursing KW - CARDIAC pacemakers KW - MEDICAL care N1 - Accession Number: 9511074687; Pulice, Cheryl 1; Source Information: Oct95, Vol. 25 Issue 10, p66; Subject: FIRST person narrative; Subject: INTENSIVE care nursing; Subject: CARDIAC nursing; Subject: CARDIAC pacemakers; Subject: MEDICAL care; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9511074687&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Dicker, Barbara G. AU - Cherkin, Dan AU - Egilman, David AU - Feldman, Robert H. L. AU - Grazzini, Grazia AU - Cecchiai, Silvia AU - Bartoli, Dusca AU - Ciatto, Stefano AU - Schade, Charles P. AU - Lambert, Elizabeth Y. AU - Harkess, John R. AU - Jelliffe, Derrick B. AU - Jelliffe, E. F. Patrice AU - Garn, Stanley M. T1 - Risk of AIDS among Lesbians. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1989/11// VL - 79 IS - 11 M3 - Letter SP - 1569 EP - 1569 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - A letter to the editor is presented regarding the risk of AIDS (acquired immunodeficiency syndrome) in the female homosexual community. INSET: Small Copayment Reduced Primary Care Office Visits in HMO. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - AIDS (Disease) -- Risk factors N1 - Accession Number: 4690740; Dicker, Barbara G. 1; Cherkin, Dan 2; Egilman, David 3; Feldman, Robert H. L. 4; Grazzini, Grazia 5; Cecchiai, Silvia 6; Bartoli, Dusca 5; Ciatto, Stefano 5; Schade, Charles P. 7; Lambert, Elizabeth Y. 8; Harkess, John R. 9; Jelliffe, Derrick B. 10; Jelliffe, E. F. Patrice 11; Garn, Stanley M. 12,13,14; Source Information: Nov89, Vol. 79 Issue 11, p1569; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: AIDS (Disease) -- Risk factors; Number of Pages: 2/3p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4690740&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Stankaitis, Joseph A. AU - Bigos, John P. AU - Rivas, Priscilla AU - Braveman, Poula AU - Mora, Fernando AU - Kinde, Mark R. AU - Yankauer, Alfred AU - Ayiomamitis, Anthony AU - Bairagi, Radheshyam AU - Edmonston, Barry AU - Mills, James L. AU - Poole, Charles T1 - Screening for HIV Exposure. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1987/10// VL - 77 IS - 10 M3 - Letter SP - 1354 EP - 1354 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - A response to a letter to the editor concerning the situation surrounding human immunodeficiency virus screening is presented. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - HIV (Viruses) N1 - Accession Number: 4949858; Stankaitis, Joseph A. 1; Bigos, John P. 2; Rivas, Priscilla; Braveman, Poula 3; Mora, Fernando 4; Kinde, Mark R. 5; Yankauer, Alfred; Ayiomamitis, Anthony; Bairagi, Radheshyam 6; Edmonston, Barry 7; Mills, James L. 8; Poole, Charles 9; Source Information: Oct87, Vol. 77 Issue 10, p1354; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: HIV (Viruses); Number of Pages: 2/3p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4949858&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Cawley, James F. AU - Combs, Glen E. AU - Weiner, Jonathan P. AU - Steinwachs, Donald M. AU - Williamson, John W. AU - Humble, Charles G. AU - Samet, Jonathan M. AU - Ruiz, Jorge AU - Kleinman, Joel C. AU - Zemach, Rita AU - Pernick, Martin S. AU - Murray, Dennis L. AU - Cleveland, Ronald P. AU - Keefe, Carole AU - Block, Alan B. AU - Snider Jr., Dixie E. T1 - Non-Physician Providers. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1986/11// VL - 76 IS - 11 M3 - Letter SP - 1360 EP - 1360 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - A letter to the editor is presented in response to the article on the issues related to health manpower supply and demand of nurse practitioner. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - NURSE practitioners N1 - Accession Number: 4687124; Cawley, James F. 1; Combs, Glen E.; Weiner, Jonathan P. 2; Steinwachs, Donald M. 2; Williamson, John W. 3; Humble, Charles G. 4; Samet, Jonathan M. 5; Ruiz, Jorge 6; Kleinman, Joel C. 7; Zemach, Rita 8; Pernick, Martin S. 9; Murray, Dennis L. 10; Cleveland, Ronald P. 10; Keefe, Carole 10; Block, Alan B. 11; Snider Jr., Dixie E. 12; Source Information: Nov86, Vol. 76 Issue 11, p1360; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: NURSE practitioners; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4687124&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Fink, Daniel J. T1 - Caution Urged in Extrapolating Data. JO - American Journal of Public Health JF - American Journal of Public Health Y1 - 1981/05// VL - 71 IS - 5 M3 - Letter SP - 538 EP - 538 PB - American Public Health Association SN - 00900036 AB - A letter to the editor is presented in response to the article "High Prevalence of Cervical Dysplasia in STD Clinic Patients Warrants Routine Cytologic Screening" by R. M. Briggs in a 1980 issue. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - DYSPLASIA N1 - Accession Number: 22492734; Fink, Daniel J. 1; Source Information: May81, Vol. 71 Issue 5, p538; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: DYSPLASIA; Number of Pages: 1/2p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=22492734&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ham, John Paul T1 - Handbook on Mental Health Administration (Book). JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1984/03//Mar/Apr84 VL - 29 IS - 2 M3 - Book Review SP - 195 EP - 195 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - Reviews the book "Handbook on Mental Health Administration," edited by Michael J. Austin and William E. Hershey. KW - HANDBOOK on Mental Health Administration (Book) KW - AUSTIN, Michael J. KW - HERSHEY, William E. KW - MENTAL health KW - NONFICTION N1 - Accession Number: 5273932; Ham, John Paul 1; Source Information: Mar/Apr84, Vol. 29 Issue 2, p195; Subject: HANDBOOK on Mental Health Administration (Book); Subject: AUSTIN, Michael J.; Subject: HERSHEY, William E.; Subject: MENTAL health; Subject: NONFICTION; Number of Pages: 1/4p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5273932&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Goldstein, Eda AU - Murdach, Allison D. T1 - Reviews in Brief: Level of Schizophrenia/ Study Guide for ACSW Certification (Book). JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1982/05// VL - 27 IS - 3 M3 - Book Review SP - 286 EP - 286 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - Reviews two books on social service. "Levels of Schizophrenia," by Albert E. Scheflen; "A Study Guide for ACSW Certification," by Ruth R. Middleman. KW - LEVELS of Schizophrenia (Book) KW - STUDY Guide for ACSW Certification, A (Book) KW - SCHEFLEN, Albert E. KW - MIDDLEMAN, Ruth R. KW - NONFICTION N1 - Accession Number: 5273090; Goldstein, Eda 1; Murdach, Allison D. 2; Source Information: May82, Vol. 27 Issue 3, p286; Subject: LEVELS of Schizophrenia (Book); Subject: STUDY Guide for ACSW Certification, A (Book); Subject: SCHEFLEN, Albert E.; Subject: MIDDLEMAN, Ruth R.; Subject: NONFICTION; Number of Pages: 1/3p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5273090&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Cline, Phyllis L. T1 - The Bethlehem Diaries: Student-Mental Patient Encounters (Book). JO - Social Work JF - Social Work Y1 - 1975/07// VL - 20 IS - 4 M3 - Book Review SP - 334 EP - 334 PB - Oxford University Press / USA SN - 00378046 AB - Reviews the book "The Bethlehem Diaries: Student-Mental Patient Encounters," by Stuart Golann, Jay M. Pomerantz and Jeffrey Baker. KW - BETHLEHEM Diaries, The (Book) KW - GOLANN, Stuart KW - POMERANTZ, Jay M. KW - BAKER, Jeffrey KW - PATIENTS KW - NONFICTION N1 - Accession Number: 5267291; Cline, Phyllis L. 1; Source Information: Jul75, Vol. 20 Issue 4, p334; Subject: BETHLEHEM Diaries, The (Book); Subject: GOLANN, Stuart; Subject: POMERANTZ, Jay M.; Subject: BAKER, Jeffrey; Subject: PATIENTS; Subject: NONFICTION; Number of Pages: 1/2p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=5267291&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-13229-001 AN - 1990-13229-001 AU - Woody, George E. AU - Luborsky, Lester AU - McLellan, A. Thomas AU - O'Brien, Charles P. T1 - 'Twelve month follow-up of psychotherapy for opiate dependence' and 'Severity of psychiatric symptoms as a predictor of benefits from psychotherapy: The Veterans Administration—Penn Study': Corrections. JF - The American Journal of Psychiatry JO - The American Journal of Psychiatry JA - Am J Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 146 IS - 12 SP - 1651 EP - 1651 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0002-953X SN - 1535-7228 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-13229-001. Other Journal Title: American Journal of Insanity. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Woody, George E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Drug Abuse Unit, Philadelphia, PA, US. Release Date: 19900501. Correction Date: 20091005. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Erratum/Correction. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counseling; Drug Rehabilitation; Opiates; Psychotherapy. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Therapy; Drug Addiction. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - Reports an error in the original article by G. E. Woody et al (The American Journal of Psychiatry, 1987 [May], Vol 144 [5], 590–596). On pages 593–595, the values that are labeled standard deviations in Tables 1 and 2 are, in fact, standard errors. (The abstract of this article originally appeared in PA, Vol 75:8784). An error is also reported in the original article by G. E. Woody et al (The American Journal of Psychiatry, 1984 [Oct], Vol 141 [10], 1172–2177). J. Mintz suggested that the mid-severity group in Table 1 on page 1175 may have had incorrect values because of inclusion of Ss from the low- and high-severity groups. New analyses did not change the conclusions of the original paper. (The abstract of this article originally appeared in PA, Vol 72:5066). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - drug counseling with vs without cognitive behavioral or supportive expressive psychotherapy KW - opiate addicted adults KW - erratum KW - 1989 KW - Counseling KW - Drug Rehabilitation KW - Opiates KW - Psychotherapy KW - Cognitive Therapy KW - Drug Addiction KW - 1989 DO - 10.1176/ajp.146.12.1651 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-13229-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-12427-001 AN - 1990-12427-001 AU - Lisansky, Jonathan T1 - 'Augmented pituitary corticotropin response to a threshold dosage of human corticotropin-releasing hormone in depressives pretreated with metyrapone': Correction. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/12// VL - 46 IS - 12 SP - 1152 EP - 1152 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-12427-001. Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lisansky, Jonathan; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Albuquerque, NM, US. Release Date: 19900501. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Erratum/Correction. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Corticotropin; Drugs; Major Depression; Pituitary Gland. Classification: Affective Disorders (3211). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1989. AB - Reports several errors in the original article by J. Lisansky et al (Archives of General Psychiatry, 1989[Jul], Vol 46[7], 641–649). These errors include a column heading of a table and values noted in that table on p. 644, the trapezoid rule on p. 644, and the 1st sentence of the 2nd full paragraph in column 2 on p. 645. (The following abstract of this article originally appeared in PA, Vol 76:40134.) Examined whether an increased pituitary corticotropin (CC) secretory response to exogenous CC-releasing hormone (CCRH) would be demonstrated in 14 depressive patients (aged 26–87 yrs), compared with 11 normal controls (aged 22–39 yrs), when the ambient cortisol level was equalized with a threshold dosage of CCRH. Results showed an augmented pituitary CC response to CCRH in depressives under these conditions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - exogenous ACTH KW - pituitary ACTH secretory response KW - depressed 26–87 yr olds pretreated with metyrapone KW - erratum KW - 1989 KW - Corticotropin KW - Drugs KW - Major Depression KW - Pituitary Gland KW - 1989 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1989.01810120094017 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-12427-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-08159-001 AN - 1990-08159-001 AU - Adler, Lenard A. AU - Angrist, Burt AU - Reiter, Stewart AU - Rotrosen, John T1 - Reply to Dr. Sandyk's letter on neuroleptic-induced akathisia. JF - Psychopharmacology JO - Psychopharmacology JA - Psychopharmacology (Berl) Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 99 IS - 1 SP - 135 EP - 135 CY - Germany PB - Springer SN - 0033-3158 SN - 1432-2072 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-08159-001. Other Journal Title: Psychopharmacologia. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Adler, Lenard A.; New York Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, US. Release Date: 19900301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dopamine; Neural Receptors; Neuroleptic Drugs; Restlessness; Side Effects (Drug). Minor Descriptor: Drug Sensitivity; Etiology. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1989. AB - Replies that contrary to R. Sandyk's (see record [rid]1990-08232-001[/rid]) implication, L. A. Adler et al (see record [rid]1989-30402-001[/rid]) did not say that 'neuroleptic-induced akathisia results from dopamine receptor super-sensitivity.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dopamine receptor supersensitivity KW - etiology of neuroleptic induced akathisia KW - commentary reply KW - 1989 KW - Dopamine KW - Neural Receptors KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Restlessness KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Drug Sensitivity KW - Etiology KW - 1989 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-08159-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-02689-001 AN - 1990-02689-001 AU - Gallant, Donald M. T1 - Prognosis and relapse in alcoholism. JF - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JO - Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research JA - Alcohol Clin Exp Res Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 13 IS - 3 SP - 465 EP - 465 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0145-6008 SN - 1530-0277 N1 - Accession Number: 1990-02689-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gallant, Donald M.; Tulane U School of Medicine, Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, New Orleans, LA, US. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholics Anonymous; Prognosis; Relapse (Disorders). Minor Descriptor: Alcoholism; Counseling; Group Discussion; Longitudinal Studies. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Longitudinal Study. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1989. AB - 100 alcoholics (mean age 45 yrs) underwent a 10-day hospital stay featuring individual counseling, group discussions, and Alcoholics Anonymous meetings. Findings over an extended follow-up indicate 4 factors important in relapse prevention: compulsory supervision or a consistent aversive experience, finding a substitute dependency, obtaining new social supports, and inspirational group membership. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - individual counseling & group discussions & Alcoholics Anonymous KW - prognosis & relapse KW - alcoholic inpatients KW - 10 yr study KW - 1989 KW - Alcoholics Anonymous KW - Prognosis KW - Relapse (Disorders) KW - Alcoholism KW - Counseling KW - Group Discussion KW - Longitudinal Studies KW - 1989 DO - 10.1111/j.1530-0277.1989.tb00356.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-02689-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2013-42233-002 AN - 2013-42233-002 AU - Abrams, Arnold T1 - Erratum on aging. JF - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JO - American Journal of Orthopsychiatry JA - Am J Orthopsychiatry Y1 - 1982/01// VL - 52 IS - 1 SP - 2 EP - 2 CY - US PB - American Orthopsychiatric Association, Inc. SN - 0002-9432 SN - 1939-0025 N1 - Accession Number: 2013-42233-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Abrams, Arnold; Day Treatment Center, Veterans Administration, Boston, MA, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation; Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 20131223. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Adult Development; Gerontology; Mental Health. Minor Descriptor: Aging. Classification: Gerontology (2860). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380); Very Old (85 yrs & older) (390). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1982. AB - Comments on the article by K. Warner Schaie, 'Issues of aging: Psychological changes from midlife to early old age: Implications for the maintenance of mental health' (see record [rid]2013-42219-002[/rid]). In the article, the author stated '. . . the U.S. census in 1970 identified more than 106,000 Americans 100 years or older' (pg 199). However, on reflection, it seemed to me that the figure was overstated and I finally checked with the U.S. Census Bureau to find that it is, in fact, incorrect. And the fact is that the number of people 100 years of age or older at the time of the 1970 census was less than 1/10 of 106,000 cited in the article. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological changes KW - mental health KW - aging KW - adult development KW - gerontology KW - 1982 KW - Adult Development KW - Gerontology KW - Mental Health KW - Aging KW - 1982 DO - 10.1037/h0098911 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2013-42233-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-08321-022 AN - 2011-08321-022 AU - Silverman, Lloyd H. AU - Klinger, Herbert AU - Lustbader, Lynn AU - Farrell, Jacqueline AU - Martin, Albert D. AU - Schneider, Linda T1 - 'The effects of subliminal drive stimulation on the speech of stutterers': Erratum. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1980/01// VL - 168 IS - 1 SP - 62 EP - 62 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 2011-08321-022. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silverman, Lloyd H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., New York, NY, US. Release Date: 20110801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Erratum/Correction. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychoanalytic Personality Factors; Stuttering; Subliminal Perception. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1980. AB - Reports an error in 'The effects of subliminal drive stimulation on the speech of stutterers' by Lloyd H. Silverman and et al (Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 1972[Jul], Vol. 155[1], 14-21). In the original article, the name of one of the authors was missing. The correction is given in the erratum. (The following abstract of the original article appeared in record [rid]1973-04862-001[/rid]). Tested the psychoanalytically derived hypothesis that adolescent stutterers would show increased speech impairment after subliminal presentation of pictures with anal and oral-aggressive themes. Ss were 24 12-21 yr. old male stutterers. Each S received 3 sessions in which he was shown a subliminal stimulus containing an oral-aggressive, anal, or neutral theme; thus each S served as his own control. S then paraphrased passages read by E and told stories to a TAT card. Speech impairment increased after the oral-aggressive (p = .05) and anal themes (p = .02) for the paraphrasing task. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - oral-aggressive vs. anal vs. neutral themes in subliminal drive stimulation KW - speech impairment KW - 12-21 yr. old male stutterers KW - 1980 KW - Psychoanalytic Personality Factors KW - Stuttering KW - Subliminal Perception KW - 1980 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-08321-022&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2011-08321-015 AN - 2011-08321-015 AU - Hendin, Herbert T1 - Review of Suicide in Helsinki. JF - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JO - Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease JA - J Nerv Ment Dis Y1 - 1980/01// VL - 168 IS - 1 SP - 55 EP - 55 CY - US PB - Lippincott Williams & Wilkins SN - 0022-3018 SN - 1539-736X N1 - Accession Number: 2011-08321-015. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hendin, Herbert; Veterans Administration Hospital, Montrose, NY, US. Release Date: 20110801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Death and Dying; Suicide. Minor Descriptor: Accidents. Classification: Behavior Disorders & Antisocial Behavior (3230). Population: Human (10). Location: Finland. Reviewed Item: Lönnqvist, Jouko. Suicide in Helsinki=Psychiatria Fennica, Helsinki, 182 pp. $10.00; 1977. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1980. Copyright Statement: The Williams & Wilkins Co. 1980. AB - Reviews the book, Suicide in Helsinki by Jouko Lonnqvist (1977). Lonnqvist presents a careful analysis of the medical death certificates of suicides and accidental deaths reported in Helsinki for the time periods of 1960 to 1961 and 1970 to 1971. He begins by checking the validity of the death certifications themselves and concludes that Helsinki suicide statistics are reasonably accurate. The author applies a wide range of multivariate statistical techniques to analyze his data. For example, factor analysis is used to reduce the extensive set of variables examined into the principal underlying dimensions they reflect, and stepwise regression analysis is employed to account for observed variations in suicide rates. In all, the methods employed are well suited to the research tasks the author has set for himself and the large number of variables he has chosen to explore. Although Lonnqvist's correlations of suicide with age, sex, residence, psychiatric illness, etc., have been made in comparable metropolitan centers, the care with which the analysis is done has much to recommend it. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - suicide KW - Helsinki KW - accidental deaths KW - death certificates KW - 1980 KW - Death and Dying KW - Suicide KW - Accidents KW - 1980 U2 - Lönnqvist, Jouko. (1977); Suicide in Helsinki; Psychiatria Fennica, Helsinki, 182 pp. $10.00 DO - 10.1097/00005053-198001000-00016 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2011-08321-015&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2009-06827-001 AN - 2009-06827-001 AU - Eisenberg, M. G. T1 - Review of Physical disability—A psychosocial approach (2nd ed.). JF - Rehabilitation Psychology JO - Rehabilitation Psychology JA - Rehabil Psychol Y1 - 1984///Fal 1984 VL - 29 IS - 3 SP - 183 EP - 183 CY - US PB - Springer Publishing SN - 0090-5550 SN - 1939-1544 N1 - Accession Number: 2009-06827-001. Other Journal Title: Psychological Aspects of Disability. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eisenberg, M. G.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Hampton, VA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Division 22 of the American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20090511. Correction Date: 20160922. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Physical Disorders; Psychosocial Factors. Minor Descriptor: Social Environments. Classification: Physical & Somatoform & Psychogenic Disorders (3290). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Wright, Beatrice A. Physical disability—A psychosocial approach (2nd ed.)=New York: Harper & Row; 1983. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1984. AB - Reviews the book, Physical disability—a psychosocial approach (2nd ed.) by Beatrice A. Wright (1983). In this revised edition of her classic 1960 text, Wright successfully synthesizes more than two decades of recent findings and current thinking about the adjustment process following the onset of disability. In this second edition, she expands the scope of her discussion to include consideration of psychosocial issues. That is, she examines problems arising from disability in terms of the individual's relationship with the social environment. Using a minimum of technical language, Wright reviews the wide variety of social-psychological factors that affect the lives of people with disabilities. Although many of the principles discussed generally apply to children and adults with a wide range of disabilities, the implications of the points made are usually apparent across age groups and types of disabilities. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - physical disabilities KW - psychosocial factors & issues KW - 1984 KW - Physical Disorders KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - Social Environments KW - 1984 U2 - Wright, Beatrice A. (1983); Physical disability—A psychosocial approach (2nd ed.); New York: Harper & Row DO - 10.1037/h0091098 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2009-06827-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2009-06270-009 AN - 2009-06270-009 AU - Falk, David T1 - Review of Disabled people as second class citizens. JF - Rehabilitation Psychology JO - Rehabilitation Psychology JA - Rehabil Psychol Y1 - 1982///Win 1982 VL - 27 IS - 4 SP - 251 EP - 251 CY - US PB - Springer Publishing SN - 0090-5550 SN - 1939-1544 N1 - Accession Number: 2009-06270-009. Other Journal Title: Psychological Aspects of Disability. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Falk, David; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Cleveland, OH, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association; Division 22 of the American Psychological Association; Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20090511. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disabled (Attitudes Toward); Discrimination; Prejudice; Society. Minor Descriptor: Rehabilitation; Contempt. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Eisenberg, M. G.; Griggens, C.; Duval, R. Disabled people as second class citizens=New York: Springer; 1982. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Win 1982. AB - Reviews the book, Disabled people as second class citizens by M. G. Eisenberg, C. Griggens, and R. Duval (1982). This book attempts to sensitize its readers to the discrimination, neglect, and contempt that the disabled face in our society. The contributors to this volume, many of whom are disabled professionals, describe pervasive, if not systematic, prejudicial attitudes and malevolent behaviors that are seen as examples of cultural, social, economic, and political oppression of disabled people. While this is not necessarily a new perspective, what is striking in this volume on rehabilitation is the rage and indignation that leaps out of many of its chapters. The content is disturbing, provocative, and, at times, inflammatory. Thus the book can serve as a useful instructional text. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - disabled people KW - society KW - discrimination KW - neglect KW - contempt KW - oppression KW - prejudicial attitudes KW - rehabilitation KW - 1982 KW - Disabled (Attitudes Toward) KW - Discrimination KW - Prejudice KW - Society KW - Rehabilitation KW - Contempt KW - 1982 U2 - Eisenberg, M. G.; Griggens, C.; Duval, R. (1982); Disabled people as second class citizens; New York: Springer DO - 10.1037/h0091055 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2009-06270-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06530-059 AN - 2006-06530-059 AU - Lacoursiere, Roy B. T1 - Ignorable advice. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1983/02// VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 163 EP - 163 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06530-059. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lacoursiere, Roy B.; Colmery-O'Neil Veterans Administration, Topeka, KS, US. Release Date: 20061120. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Development; Theories. Minor Descriptor: Life Span. Classification: Group & Interpersonal Processes (3020). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1983. AB - Roy B. Lacoursiere comments on Karl E. Weick's review (see record [rid]2006-06548-055[/rid]) of Lacoursiere's book The Life Cycle of Groups: Group Developmental Stage Theory (1980). Lacoursiere says he surprised and dismayed at the trite and contradictory comments of the reviewer. It did not appear that he had examined the book more than cursorily. His summary overgeneralizations such as 'events get worse before they get better' ignore the explication of which events, under which conditions, and so on; a reader who has no greater interest in a book should not comment on it for publication. It is contradictory for the reviewer to say that several matters are 'left unaddressed' (more unread than unaddressed) and that there should have been 'more loose ends for theorists to exploit.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group developmental stage theory KW - life cycle KW - 1983 KW - Group Development KW - Theories KW - Life Span KW - 1983 DO - 10.1037/021836 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06530-059&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06528-075 AN - 2006-06528-075 AU - Lacoursiere, Roy B. T1 - Group developmental stage issues. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1983/04// VL - 28 IS - 4 SP - 326 EP - 326 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06528-075. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lacoursiere, Roy B.; Colmery-O'Neil Veterans Administration, Topeka, KS, US. Release Date: 20061120. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Developmental Stages; Group Development; Group Dynamics. Classification: Group & Interpersonal Processes (3020). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1983. AB - Roy B. Lacoursiere responds to Karl E. Weick's reply (see record [rid]2006-06530-060[/rid]) to Lacoursiere's comments (see record [rid]2006-06530-059[/rid]) on Weick's review (see record [rid]2006-06548-055[/rid]) of Lacoursiere's book The Life Cycle of Groups: Group Developmental Stage Theory (1980). Lacoursiere responds with quotes from Weick's review about the book having an adequate literature review and sensible guidelines. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - group developmental stage theory KW - life cycle KW - 1983 KW - Developmental Stages KW - Group Development KW - Group Dynamics KW - 1983 DO - 10.1037/021993 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06528-075&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06409-054 AN - 2006-06409-054 AU - Horton, A. MacNeill Jr. T1 - Health Psychology without Psychologists? JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1984/02// VL - 29 IS - 2 SP - 167 EP - 167 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06409-054. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Horton, A. MacNeill Jr.; Alcoholism Section, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Baltimore, MD, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Health; Health Care Services; Psychosocial Factors. Classification: Health & Mental Health Services (3370). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Lipkin, Mack Jr. (Ed); Kupka, Karel (Ed). Psychosocial Factors Affecting Health=New York: Praeger, 1982. 391 pp. $37.95; 1982. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1984. AB - Reviews the book, Psychosocial Factors Affecting Health edited by Mack Lipkin, Jr., and Karel Kupka (1982). In this book Lipkin and Kupka seek to classify psychological problems that arise in health care settings. The stated purpose of the book is to remedy the 'systematic bias in medical classification toward the biological and anatomical and away from the psychological and social aspects of illness and care'. This book provides the reader with an impressive array of materials. For the most part, the chapters are well written and informative. The editors have organized the book in sections and included chapters that deal with a wide variety of international health care issues. Clearly, it will be a major reference work for years to come. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychosocial factors KW - health KW - health care setting KW - 1984 KW - Health KW - Health Care Services KW - Psychosocial Factors KW - 1984 U2 - Lipkin, Mack Jr. (Ed); Kupka, Karel (Ed). (1982); Psychosocial Factors Affecting Health; New York: Praeger, 1982. 391 pp. $37.95 DO - 10.1037/022670 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06409-054&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06284-040 AN - 2006-06284-040 AU - Goff, William R. T1 - Approaches to Psychiatric Problems. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1976/03// VL - 21 IS - 3 SP - 213 EP - 213 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06284-040. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Goff, William R.; Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 20061113. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavior; Brain. Minor Descriptor: Mental Disorders. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120); Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Widroe, Harvey J. (Ed). Human Behavior and Brain Function=Springfield, Ill.: Charles C. Thomas, 1975. Pp. ix + 116. $7.50; 1975. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1976. AB - Reviews the book, Human Behavior and Brain Function edited by Harvey J. Widroe (1975). This volume is the Proceedings of a Symposium. It consists of eight chapters which are quite disparate in subject matter, reflecting a diversity in interests and approaches to the title topic. Galin and Ornstein discuss a hypothesis about the neurophysiological mechanism for some cases of repression based on hemispheric specialization for modes of processing sensory input. Bach-y-Rita emphasizes the importance of looking for an organic basis for pathological aggressive behavior and discusses some of the clinical aspects of aggressive patients. Jones summarizes his conclusions based on interviews with a relatively large number of drug addicts Von Bonin discusses the phylogeny of the pyramidal tract. Calloway makes some interesting points with regard to the classification of Minimal Brain Dysfunction (MBD) in children. Zarcone discusses alterations in sleep patterns in alcoholics in terms of rapid eye movement (REM) sleep efficiency, that is, the degree of REM period fragmentation. Voltolina and Widroe stress the genesis of schizophrenia in terms of certain brain subsystems such as relationships between the cerebral hemispheres or between the limbic system and the cerebral cortex. Widroe discusses the treatment of various psychiatric problems in terms of the use of pharmacological agents to increase the level of functioning of damaged brains. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - human behavior KW - brain function KW - psychiatric problems KW - minimal brain dysfunction KW - REM sleep effiicency KW - schizophrenia KW - psychopharmacology KW - 1976 KW - Behavior KW - Brain KW - Mental Disorders KW - 1976 U2 - Widroe, Harvey J. (Ed). (1975); Human Behavior and Brain Function; Springfield, Ill.: Charles C. Thomas, 1975. Pp. ix + 116. $7.50 DO - 10.1037/015005 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06284-040&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09911-001 AN - 2005-09911-001 AU - Silverman, Lloyd H. T1 - Silverman replies to Lasser. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1977/07// VL - 32 IS - 7 SP - 578 EP - 578 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09911-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Silverman, Lloyd H.; New York Veterans Administration Hospital, NY, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ethics; Experimentation; Psychopathology. Classification: Professional Ethics & Standards & Liability (3450). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1977. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1977. AB - Lasser's (see record [rid]1990-58318-001[/rid]) concern about the ethics of conducting research in which psychopathology is intensified is fully justified and one that I have spent considerable time reflecting on. There were two relevant references (Footnotes 9 and 14) in the Silverman (1976) article, but to do justice to the ethical issues would have required a lengthy discussion that was not in place in that article. The explicit purpose of the Rubin and Mitchell (1976) article, to which Lasser alludes, was the unintended effects of research procedures on human subjects, while the purpose of the Silverman (1976) article was very different. To set the record straight, as far as our own research is concerned, the following points can be made, each of which has been elaborated on in the past and are now discussed collectively in a single document (Silverman, Note 1): (a) Informed consent is regularly obtained, (b) Pathology intensification brought about by subliminal psychodynamic activation is slight and, with but rare exceptions, very fleeting. Note that pathology-intensifying stimuli are presented only in a single session. It is only pathology-reducing stimuli, which are given for therapeutic purposes, that are presented over a period of time, (c) Extensive debriefings are regularly carried out at the end of each experiment, one part of which involves revealing the content of stimuli to the subjects. This, we have found, further lessens the possibility of any lingering negative effects, (d) In the rare instances where there are indications that there may be such effects, clinical interviews are conducted and further appropriate action taken, if necessary. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychopathology intensification KW - research KW - ethical issues KW - 1977 KW - Ethics KW - Experimentation KW - Psychopathology KW - 1977 DO - 10.1037/h0078518 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-09911-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-09890-005 AN - 2005-09890-005 AU - Johnson, Arthur F. T1 - The codification of research ethics: Views of a doubting Thomas: Comment. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1974/06// VL - 29 IS - 6 SP - 470 EP - 470 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-09890-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Johnson, Arthur F.; Veterans Administration Center, Hines, IL, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experimentation; Professional Ethics; Psychology. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1974. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1974. AB - The current author comments on the article by Gergen (see record [rid]1974-11186-001[/rid]). It is a basic contravention of human rights and human dignity to argue that we can set aside the possible effects of research procedures on humans until they are demonstrated to be harmful. If this attitude 'reflects [in Gergen's words] only the historically dependent sentiments of but one segment of the plurality,' so be it. Gergen is entitled to investigate in an ethical fashion whether or not various research practices do indeed have their purported effects. The outcomes of such experiments do not bear on the ethical question. Ethical principles and standards are not held on such a contingent basis. One has regard for the rights of others quite independently of whether they have regard for their own rights, or for one's own for that matter. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - critical examination of code of ethical standards for research in psychology KW - 1974 KW - Experimentation KW - Professional Ethics KW - Psychology KW - 1974 DO - 10.1037/h0020172 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-09890-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-58649-001 AN - 1990-58649-001 AU - Lovern, John D. T1 - Reaction to Cummings on addiction. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1981/01// VL - 36 IS - 1 SP - 99 EP - 99 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-58649-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lovern, John D.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Loma Linda, CA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Addiction; Psychotherapeutic Techniques; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Brief Psychotherapy; Communication Theory; Group Psychotherapy; Insight Therapy; Operant Conditioning; Reality Therapy. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1981. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1981. AB - Argues that there is an assumption in N. A. Cummings's (see record [rid]1980-08234-001[/rid]) article that is unfortunate for psychologists who work with addiction and for their patients. Cummings devotes only a short paragraph to Alcoholics Anonymous (AA) and speaks in a way that dismisses AA as not worthy of serious consideration in the treatment of addictions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - exclusion & reality & insight & group therapy & operant conditioning & brief psychotherapy & communication theory & therapeutic contracts KW - treatment of addiction related problems KW - commentary KW - 1981 KW - Addiction KW - Psychotherapeutic Techniques KW - Treatment KW - Brief Psychotherapy KW - Communication Theory KW - Group Psychotherapy KW - Insight Therapy KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Reality Therapy KW - 1981 DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.36.1.99.a UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-58649-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-57187-001 AN - 1990-57187-001 AU - Nagle, George S. T1 - A classical form of psychological literature. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1975/11// VL - 30 IS - 11 SP - 1094 EP - 1094 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-57187-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Nagle, George S.; Veterans Administration Outpatient Cinic, Chattanooga, TN, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Professional Standards; Psychology; Scientific Communication. Classification: Professional Ethics & Standards & Liability (3450). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Nov, 1975. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1975. AB - Notes that the publication manual of the American Psychological Association (1974) only briefly mentions the acknowledgments section of dissertations. The traditional acknowledgments model demands 4 sections: professional help; research support; organization and preparation of the manuscript; and dependence, or interpersonal support. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - APA model of acknowledgements section of psychology dissertations KW - 1975 KW - Professional Standards KW - Psychology KW - Scientific Communication KW - 1975 DO - 10.1037/0003-066X.30.11.1094.a UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-57187-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2008-10623-003 AN - 2008-10623-003 AU - Thal, Leon J. AU - Dokla, Carl P. J. AU - Armstrong, David M. T1 - 'Nucleus basalis magnocellularis lesions: Lack of biochemical and immunocytochemical recovery and effect of cholinesterase inhibitors on passive avoidance': Correction. JF - Behavioral Neuroscience JO - Behavioral Neuroscience JA - Behav Neurosci Y1 - 1989/02// VL - 103 IS - 1 SP - 53 EP - 53 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0735-7044 SN - 1939-0084 N1 - Accession Number: 2008-10623-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Thal, Leon J.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Neurology Service, San Diego, CA, US. Release Date: 20080929. Correction Date: 20110815. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Erratum/Correction. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance Conditioning; Basal Ganglia; Choline; Cholinesterase Inhibitors; Transferases. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Neuropsychology & Neurology (2520). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1989. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1989. AB - Reports an error in 'Nucleus basalis magnocellularis lesions: Lack of biochemical and immunocytochemical recovery and effect of cholinesterase inhibitors on passive avoidance' by Leon J. Thal, Carl P. Dokla and David M. Armstrong (Behavioral Neuroscience, 1988[Dec], Vol 102[6], 852-860). The plate for this article appears on page 997. The information should read, 'Plate C. Choline acetyltransferase (CAT) immunoreactivity at 1 week and 3 months following unilateral ibotenic acid nucleus basalis magnocellularis (NBM) lesion.' (The following abstract of the original article appeared in record [rid]1989-28786-001[/rid].) Lesions of the rat nucleus basalis magnocellularis (nBM) result in a marked decrease in cortical choline acetyltransferase (CAT) and in behavioral deficits. After unilateral ibotenic acid lesions of the nBM in rats, there was significant ipsilateral loss of frontal and parietal CAT, which did not recover for 3 mo and was accompanied by a loss of CAT immunoreactivity in the peripallidal region. Bilateral ibotenate nBM lesions resulted in a marked deficit of 1-trial step-through passive avoidance (PA) at 24 hrs. Cholinesterase inhibitors including physostigmine, N-ethylalkylphenyl carbamate (RA-6), and N,N-methylethylphenyl carbamate were administered in separate experiments, for 2 days before retrieval testing or for 3 consecutive days during consolidation immediately following training. Nonsignificant improvements in PA latency were produced using physostigmine and RA-6 administered before retrieval testing. Results suggest that destruction of cholinergic neurons in the nBM is involved in the PA deficit, but does not exclude the possibility that damage to other systems may contribute to the behavioral deficit. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - nucleus basalis magnocellularis lesions & cholinesterase inhibitors KW - cortical choline acetyltransferase & passive avoidance KW - rats KW - 1989 KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Basal Ganglia KW - Choline KW - Cholinesterase Inhibitors KW - Transferases KW - Rats KW - 1989 DO - 10.1037/h0090460 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2008-10623-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06498-065 AN - 2006-06498-065 AU - Boudewyns, Patrick A. T1 - Experiential Obsession Musings. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 34 IS - 5 SP - 513 EP - 513 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06498-065. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boudewyns, Patrick A.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Augusta, GA, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Obsessions; Patients; Psychotherapy; Therapeutic Processes. Classification: Personality Disorders (3217); Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Stern, E. Mark (Ed). Psychotherapy and the Obsessed Patient=New York: Haworth Press, 1987. 158 pp. $19.95; 1987. References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. AB - Reviews the book, Psychotherapy and the Obsessed Patient edited by E. Mark Stern (1987). In the preface to this small edited volume, Stern writes that the book offers 'an array of approaches to the obsessed personality.' Yet, many of the chapter authors use their space to discuss their own psychological and/or philosophical notions about the concept of obsession without describing much in the way of therapeutic process for the treatment of obsessional thinking. As with many edited volumes, one problem is the lack of organization; thus, the book does not flow smoothly from chapter to chapter. Neverthless, this book would most likely be of interest to those experienced practitioners with a preferance for the experiential, or, to a lesser extent, the psychodynamic approach to treatment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychotherapy KW - obsessed patients KW - therapeutic process KW - obsessed personality KW - 1989 KW - Obsessions KW - Patients KW - Psychotherapy KW - Therapeutic Processes KW - 1989 U2 - Stern, E. Mark (Ed). (1987); Psychotherapy and the Obsessed Patient; New York: Haworth Press, 1987. 158 pp. $19.95; 0-86656-636-8. DO - 10.1037/028076 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06498-065&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06498-044 AN - 2006-06498-044 AU - Thompson, Dolores Gallagher T1 - A Broad Spectrum Approach to the Diagnosis and Treatment of Schizophrenic Disorders in the Elderly. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1989/05// VL - 34 IS - 5 SP - 497 EP - 497 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06498-044. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Thompson, Dolores Gallagher; Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aging; Paranoia (Psychosis); Schizophrenia; Schizophreniform Disorder; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Diagnosis. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Miller, Nancy E. (Ed); Cohen, Gene D. (Ed). Schizophrenia and Aging: Schizophrenia, Paranoia, and Schizophreniform Disorders in Later Life=New York: Guilford Press, 1987. 367 pp. $40.00; 1987. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: May, 1989. AB - Reviews the book, Schizophrenia and Aging: Schizophrenia, Paranoia, and Schizophreniform Disorders in Later Life edited by Nancy E. Miller and Gene D. Cohen (see record [rid]1987-98586-000[/rid]). This book contains a wealth of highly specific information about current knowledge on schizophrenic syndromes and aging. It is a scholarly volume, with uniformly high caliber chapters. Given the level of sophistication and technical detail in almost every chapter in this volume, the book will probably be most suited to researchers and clinicians in the field, as well as to advanced graduate students who are considering pursuing a dissertation in this area, or for those who wish to make a specialization of this patient population. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenia KW - aging KW - paranoia KW - schizophreniform disorders KW - diagnosis KW - treatment KW - elderly KW - 1989 KW - Aging KW - Paranoia (Psychosis) KW - Schizophrenia KW - Schizophreniform Disorder KW - Treatment KW - Diagnosis KW - 1989 U2 - Miller, Nancy E. (Ed); Cohen, Gene D. (Ed). (1987); Schizophrenia and Aging: Schizophrenia, Paranoia, and Schizophreniform Disorders in Later Life; New York: Guilford Press, 1987. 367 pp. $40.00; 0-89862-228-X. DO - 10.1037/028055 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06498-044&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06450-029 AN - 2006-06450-029 AU - Haaland, Kathleen York T1 - Reflections on an Empiricist and Historian. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1987/07// VL - 32 IS - 7 SP - 638 EP - 638 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06450-029. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Haaland, Kathleen York; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Albuquerque, NM, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Apraxia; Neuropsychology. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Costa, Louis (Ed); Spreen, Otfried (Ed). Studies in Neuropsychology: Selected Papers of Arthur Benton=New York: Oxford University Press, 1985. 351 pp. $39.50; 1985. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1987. AB - Reviews the book, Studies in Neuropsychology: Selected Papers of Arthur Benton edited by Louis Costa and Otfried Spreen (1985). Costa and Spreen have organized papers spanning Arthur Benton's long and productive career as a neuropsychologist. As these papers show, he has contributed to the understanding of an enormous number of problems in the field, from aphasia to constructional apraxia to double stimulation techniques, always applying an empirical approach. This book shows there have been some remarkable gains in knowledge within neuropsychology over the past 30 years--especially in the theoretical integration of the data. However, many of the same questions are still unanswered. This volume suggests our understanding critically depends on relating our findings to what has been done before, critically evaluating our data relative to previous results, and being willing to appreciate the complexities of our findings without losing the elegant explanation--if there is one. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Arthur Benton KW - aphasia KW - apraxia KW - neuropsychology KW - 1987 KW - Aphasia KW - Apraxia KW - Neuropsychology KW - 1987 U2 - Costa, Louis (Ed); Spreen, Otfried (Ed). (1985); Studies in Neuropsychology: Selected Papers of Arthur Benton; New York: Oxford University Press, 1985. 351 pp. $39.50; 0-19-503636-0. DO - 10.1037/027315 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06450-029&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06436-013 AN - 2006-06436-013 AU - Sutker, Patricia B. AU - Malow, Robert M. T1 - Vietnam Soldiers: Historical and Therapeutic Perspectives. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1986/05// VL - 31 IS - 5 SP - 344 EP - 344 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06436-013. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sutker, Patricia B.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, New Orleans, LA, US. Release Date: 20061127. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Military Veterans; War. Minor Descriptor: Emotions; Human Nature; Society. Classification: Military Psychology (3800); Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Brende, Joel Osler; Parson, Erwin Randolph. Vietnam Veterans: The Road to Recovery=New York: Plenum Press, 1985. 290 pp. $17.95; 1985. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: May, 1986. AB - Reviews the book, Vietnam Veterans: The Road to Recovery by Joel Osler Brende and Erwin Randolph Parson (see record [rid]1985-97268-000[/rid]). Finally, a book has been written in which the authors trace the history of the Vietnam context in which our soldiers battled, explore the effects of the sociopolitical climate on their experiences before, during, and subsequent to war, and articulate the individual and collective impact of this war on the lives of the soldiers and American society. This book presents sophisticated subject matter with emotional impact that strikes at the core of our basic beliefs about human nature, aggression, and restitution. This volume is praiseworthy for its candid description of the Vietnam experience as a political, social, and personal phenomenon, the text is punctuated vividly by sensitive vignettes. Though lacking empirical support, its therapeutic directions are carefully conceptualized and practically useful. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Vietnam Veterans KW - war KW - American society KW - emotional impact KW - human nature KW - 1986 KW - Military Veterans KW - War KW - Emotions KW - Human Nature KW - Society KW - 1986 U2 - Brende, Joel Osler; Parson, Erwin Randolph. (1985); Vietnam Veterans: The Road to Recovery; New York: Plenum Press, 1985. 290 pp. $17.95 DO - 10.1037/024738 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06436-013&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05463-025 AN - 2006-05463-025 AU - Brookshire, Robert H. T1 - Two Languages are not Necessarily Better Than One. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 33 IS - 7 SP - 607 EP - 607 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05463-025. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brookshire, Robert H.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, Minneapolis, MN, US. Release Date: 20061211. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aphasia; Bilingualism; Language; Neuropsychological Assessment; Psychometrics. Classification: Neuropsychological Assessment (2225); Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Paradis, Michel; Libben, Gary. The Assessment of Bilingual Aphasia=Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum, 1987. 241 pp. $29.95; 1987. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. AB - Reviews the book, The Assessment of Bilingual Aphasia by Michel Paradis and Gary Libben (see record [rid]1987-97549-000[/rid]). The purpose of this book is to 'provide a detailed analysis of the Bilingual Aphasia Test, its theoretical functions and rationale.' The purpose of the test is 'to determine whether performance in one language is better than another, and if it is, to what extent and in what language skill(s) and/or level(s) of linguistic structure.' This book will be of greatest interest to those dealing with aphasic persons with a history of bilingualism. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Bilingual Aphasia Test KW - assessment KW - linguistic structure KW - bilingualism KW - psychometrics KW - 1988 KW - Aphasia KW - Bilingualism KW - Language KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - Psychometrics KW - 1988 U2 - Paradis, Michel; Libben, Gary. (1987); The Assessment of Bilingual Aphasia; Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum, 1987. 241 pp. $29.95; 0-89859-650-5. DO - 10.1037/030479 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-05463-025&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05463-020 AN - 2006-05463-020 AU - Carmody, Timothy P. T1 - How Can Caregivers for the Critically Ill Avoid Burnout? JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 33 IS - 7 SP - 603 EP - 603 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05463-020. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carmody, Timothy P.; Veterans Administration Medical Center, San Francisco, CA, US. Release Date: 20061211. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Caregivers; Death and Dying; Emotional Responses; Occupational Stress; Personality Traits. Classification: Professional Personnel Attitudes & Characteristics (3430). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Vachon, Mary L. S. Occupational Stress in the Care of the Critically Ill, the Dying, and the Bereaved=Washington, DC: Hemisphere/Harper & Row, 1987. 271 pp. $29.95; 1987. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1988. AB - Reviews the book, Occupational Stress in the Care of the Critically Ill, the Dying, and the Bereaved by Mary L. S. Vachon (see record [rid]1987-97232-000[/rid]). This book reflects the author's considerable sensitivity and insight into the emotional reactions, personality dynamics, and systems issues that contribute to caregivers' stress. It makes for interesting and worthwhile reading, especially for health care providers and those training to become caregivers. Furthermore, it provides caregivers with an opportunity to reflect on their own stress and how they cope with difficult aspects of their professional work. In conclusion, the author appears to have accomplished her primary goal, that is, 'By studying how people manage to continue to work it is then possible to teach some of their survival skills to other practitioners.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - occupational stress KW - critically ill KW - dying KW - emotional reactions KW - personality dynamics KW - caregivers KW - burnout KW - 1988 KW - Caregivers KW - Death and Dying KW - Emotional Responses KW - Occupational Stress KW - Personality Traits KW - 1988 U2 - Vachon, Mary L. S. (1987); Occupational Stress in the Care of the Critically Ill, the Dying, and the Bereaved; Washington, DC: Hemisphere/Harper & Row, 1987. 271 pp. $29.95; 0-89116-318-2. DO - 10.1037/030474 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-05463-020&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05458-041 AN - 2006-05458-041 AU - Kokes, Ronald F. T1 - Old Wine and New Wineskins. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1988/03// VL - 33 IS - 3 SP - 247 EP - 247 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05458-041. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kokes, Ronald F.; Behavioral Medicine Program, Veterans Administration Medical Center, Fresno, CA, US. Release Date: 20061204. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Family; Schizophrenia; Susceptibility (Disorders). Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Lidz, Theodore; Fleck, Stephen; Cornelison, Alice R. Schizophrenia and the Family (2nd ed.)=New York: International Universities Press, 1985. 494 pp. $40.00; 1985. References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1988. AB - Reviews the book, Schizophrenia and the Family (2nd ed.) by Theodore Lidz, Stephen Fleck, and Alice R. Cornelison (1985). This volume, a revision of Schizophrenia and the Family, which was published 20 years ago, has been structured to support a more precise formulation of the authors' theory of schizophrenic disorders (Chapter 19). Eight chapters from the earlier volume have been omitted; six new chapters have been added. All have been published previously, except the last chapter. The chapters are retained or added to support three basic themes of their model: (a) the quality of family functioning is critical to the development of schizophrenia in those genetically and biologically vulnerable to the disorder; (b) the cognitive and thinking disorders intrinsic to the definition of schizophrenia are direct developmental reflections of disordered thinking and communication of the patient's parents; and (c) the schizophrenic process and problems of schizophrenic families are not beyond the psychotherapeutic approach. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenic patients KW - distorted families KW - family functioning KW - 1988 KW - Family KW - Schizophrenia KW - Susceptibility (Disorders) KW - 1988 U2 - Lidz, Theodore; Fleck, Stephen; Cornelison, Alice R. (1985); Schizophrenia and the Family (2nd ed.); New York: International Universities Press, 1985. 494 pp. $40.00; 0-8236-6001-X. DO - 10.1037/025516 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-05458-041&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1989-27317-001 AN - 1989-27317-001 AU - Hartman, Neil AU - Jarvik, Murray E. AU - Wilkins, Jeffrey N. T1 - Reduction of cigarette smoking by use of a nicotine patch. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1989/03// VL - 46 IS - 3 SP - 289 EP - 289 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1989-27317-001. PMID: 2645850 Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hartman, Neil; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Brentwood Div, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19890801. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Drug Therapy; Nicotine; Smoking Cessation. Minor Descriptor: Tobacco Smoking. Classification: Drug & Alcohol Rehabilitation (3383). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1989. AB - Three moderate smokers (1–2 packs a day) wore a transdermal nicotine or a neutral patch and were monitored for cigarette consumption. Ss substantially decreased cigarette consumption when the nicotine patch was worn. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - transdermal nicotine patch KW - cigarette consumption KW - moderate smokers KW - 1989 KW - Drug Therapy KW - Nicotine KW - Smoking Cessation KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - 1989 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1989.01810030095014 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1989-27317-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-33816-001 AN - 1988-33816-001 AU - Dawley, Harold H. T1 - Smoking control in a hospital setting: A nonsmoking canteen eating area. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1987/08// VL - 61 IS - 1 SP - 114 EP - 114 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-33816-001. PMID: 3671596 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dawley, Harold H.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, New Orleans, LA, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19881101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Attitudes; Health Personnel Attitudes; Hospitals; Tobacco Smoking. Minor Descriptor: Hospitalized Patients; Medical Personnel. Classification: Inpatient & Hospital Services (3379). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Age Group: Adolescence (13-17 yrs) (200); Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1987. AB - Discusses the ban of smoking in a hospital eating area; contrary to expectations only positive comments about controlling smoking were received. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - reactions to smoking ban in eating area KW - hospital staff & patients KW - 1987 KW - Client Attitudes KW - Health Personnel Attitudes KW - Hospitals KW - Tobacco Smoking KW - Hospitalized Patients KW - Medical Personnel KW - 1987 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1987.61.1.114 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-33816-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-07699-001 AN - 1988-07699-001 AU - Wolkin, Adam T1 - Factors affecting TRH test results. JF - Psychiatry Research JO - Psychiatry Research JA - Psychiatry Res Y1 - 1986/10// VL - 19 IS - 2 SP - 175 EP - 175 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0165-1781 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-07699-001. PMID: 2878455 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wolkin, Adam; New York Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, NY, US. Release Date: 19880301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients; Thyrotropin. Minor Descriptor: Endocrine System; Medical Diagnosis; Neuroleptic Drugs. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1986. AB - In response to the article by A. Baumgartner et al (see record [rid]1987-13198-001[/rid]) on thyrotropin test results in psychiatric patients, the present author contends that the effects of neuroleptics on the endocrine test were not considered. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - neuroleptic drugs & thyrotropin test results KW - psychiatric patients KW - comment on article by A. Baumgartner et al KW - 1986 KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Thyrotropin KW - Endocrine System KW - Medical Diagnosis KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - 1986 DO - 10.1016/0165-1781(86)90013-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-07699-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-17414-001 AN - 1988-17414-001 AU - Mohs, Richard C. AU - Breitner, John C. AU - Silverman, Jeremy M. AU - Davis, Kenneth L. T1 - 'Morbid risk in first-degree relatives of persons with Alzheimer's disease': Reply. JF - Archives of General Psychiatry JO - Archives of General Psychiatry JA - Arch Gen Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 45 IS - 1 SP - 98 EP - 98 CY - US PB - American Medical Association SN - 0003-990X SN - 1538-3636 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-17414-001. Other Journal Title: A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry; JAMA Psychiatry. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mohs, Richard C.; Bronx Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Psychiatry Service, NY, US. Release Date: 19880601. Correction Date: 20130121. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; At Risk Populations; Genetics. Minor Descriptor: Family. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300); Aged (65 yrs & older) (380). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1988. AB - Responds to comments by L. L. Heston (see record [rid]1988-17382-001[/rid]) regarding the methods and conclusions of the present authors' (see record [rid]1987-28608-001[/rid]) report concerning the morbid risk among 1st-degree relatives of patients with Alzheimer's disease. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - family aggregation & morbid risk for Alzheimer's disease KW - 51–85 yr old 1st degree relatives of patients with Alzheimer's disease KW - genetic implications KW - commentary reply KW - 1988 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - At Risk Populations KW - Genetics KW - Family KW - 1988 DO - 10.1001/archpsyc.1988.01800250114019 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-17414-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-14719-001 AN - 1988-14719-001 AU - Davidson, Michael AU - Powchik, Peter AU - Davis, Kenneth L. T1 - Pisa syndrome in Alzheimer's disease. JF - Biological Psychiatry JO - Biological Psychiatry JA - Biol Psychiatry Y1 - 1988/01// VL - 23 IS - 2 SP - 213 EP - 213 CY - Netherlands PB - Elsevier Science SN - 0006-3223 N1 - Accession Number: 1988-14719-001. PMID: 3334890 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davidson, Michael; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Dept of Psychiatry, Bronx, NY, US. Release Date: 19880501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alzheimer's Disease; Motor Processes; Neuroleptic Drugs; Side Effects (Drug). Minor Descriptor: Amantadine; Case Report; Drug Therapy; Haloperidol; Syndromes. Classification: Clinical Psychopharmacology (3340). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Clinical Case Study; Empirical Study. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1988. AB - Presents a case of a 66-yr-old male with Alzheimer's disease who developed Pisa syndrome, a dystonic reaction, after neuroleptic treatment. The combined administration of haloperidol (6 mg/day) and amantadine (200 mg/day) improved the S's psychiatric symptoms without causing any dystonic reaction. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - combined haloperidol & amantadine KW - neuroleptic induced Pisa syndrome KW - 66 yr old male with psychosis & Alzheimer's disease KW - case report KW - 1988 KW - Alzheimer's Disease KW - Motor Processes KW - Neuroleptic Drugs KW - Side Effects (Drug) KW - Amantadine KW - Case Report KW - Drug Therapy KW - Haloperidol KW - Syndromes KW - 1988 DO - 10.1016/0006-3223(88)90095-9 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-14719-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-13660-001 AN - 1988-13660-001 AU - Kuttner, Robert E. T1 - Convenience does not explain the use of the Mayan duodecimal number system. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1986/10// VL - 63 IS - 2, Pt 2 SP - 930 EP - 930 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-13660-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kuttner, Robert E.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, Research Lab, North Chicago, IL. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19880501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mathematics; Numbers (Numerals). Classification: Culture & Ethnology (2930). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1986. AB - Describes the labor-intensive method that the Mayan Indians used to create number symbols for their duodecimal system and suggests that the existence and use of this notation is inexplicable except in terms of magical, religious, or aesthetic imperatives. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - creation of duodecimal number system KW - Mayan Indians KW - 1986 KW - Mathematics KW - Numbers (Numerals) KW - 1986 DO - 10.2466/pms.1986.63.2.930 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-13660-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1988-28306-001 AN - 1988-28306-001 AU - Cicchetti, D. V. T1 - More false conclusions about vineland standard scores: A reply to Silverstein's rejoinder. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1987/06// VL - 60 IS - 3, Pt 2 SP - 1278 EP - 1278 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1988-28306-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cicchetti, D. V.; Veterans Administration Medical Ctr, West Haven, CT, US. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19881001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Rating Scales; Social Adjustment; Standard Scores; Test Scores; Type I Errors. Minor Descriptor: Mean; Intellectual Development Disorder. Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Mental Retardation (3256). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1987. AB - Replies to A. B. Silverstein's (1987) rejoinder to the present author and S. S. Sparrow's (see record [rid]1986-26197-001[/rid]) work on the Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales, arguing that Silverstein's caveats are based on flawed reasoning and invalid biostatistical data. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Type I errors in calculation of mean & standard deviations among age groups of Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales KW - mentally retarded persons KW - commentary reply KW - 1987 KW - Rating Scales KW - Social Adjustment KW - Standard Scores KW - Test Scores KW - Type I Errors KW - Mean KW - Intellectual Development Disorder KW - 1987 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1987.60.3c.1278 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1988-28306-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-25126-001 AN - 1974-25126-001 AU - May, Eugene P. T1 - Counselors', psychologists', and homosexuals' philosophies of human nature and attitudes toward homosexual behavior. JF - Homosexual Counseling Journal JO - Homosexual Counseling Journal Y1 - 1974/01// VL - 1 IS - 1 SP - 35 EP - 35 CY - US PB - H C C Center N1 - Accession Number: 1974-25126-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: May, Eugene P.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Counseling Psychology Section, Cleveland, O. Release Date: 19740901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counselor Attitudes; Homosexuality; Internal External Locus of Control; Psychologists; Sexual Attitudes. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1974. AB - Administered the Philosophies of Human Nature Scale and a survey of attitudes toward deviance (homosexuality) to 21 male counselor trainees, 79 male psychologists, and 125 male homosexuals. Counselors were significantly stronger than psychologists and homosexuals in the belief that people control their own outcomes (Strength of Will). Homosexuals held a significantly stronger belief than counselors and psychologists that people are different from each other in personality and that a person can change (Variability) and were significantly stronger than psychologists in the belief that human nature is characterized by multiplexity. On attitudes and beliefs about homosexuals, homosexuals were significantly more positive and less prone to stereotype than were either counselors or psychologists. Other comparisons revealed nonsignificant differences, suggesting that beliefs about substantive characteristics of human nature are not accounted for by age, theoretical orientation and amount of counselor or therapist training, years of experience seeing clients, experience or lack of experience with homosexual clients, or by preference for homosexual as opposed to heterosexual behavior. Implications for the therapeutic relationship are discussed. (25 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - philosophies of human nature & attitudes toward homosexual behavior KW - counselors vs psychologists vs homosexuals KW - 1974 KW - Counselor Attitudes KW - Homosexuality KW - Internal External Locus of Control KW - Psychologists KW - Sexual Attitudes KW - 1974 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-25126-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-16822-001 AN - 2007-16822-001 AU - Rizzo, Joseph L. T1 - A sensitive appreciation: The patient, his problem, and my discomfort. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JA - Psychotherapy (Chic) Y1 - 1973///Fal 1973 VL - 10 IS - 3 SP - 198 EP - 198 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 AD - Rizzo, Joseph L., Veterans Administration Hospital, 10701 East Boulevard, Cleveland, OH, US, 44106 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-16822-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rizzo, Joseph L.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Cleveland, OH, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20071105. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitude Change; Homosexuality (Attitudes Toward); Male Homosexuality; Psychotherapeutic Processes; Therapist Attitudes. Classification: Professional Personnel Attitudes & Characteristics (3430). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1973. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - The author describes his experiences working as a therapist outside of his comfort zone. The client's disposition sheet listed that 'this individual admits that he is a homosexual' and the Intake Team strongly recommended that the homosexual issue be avoided. The therapist not only had not much experience with male homosexuals but felt that men should achieve a heterosexual adjustment if possible. Through a sensitive appreciation of the individual as he was, the therapist's attitudes and feelings on homosexuality--which could have greatly limited the process and its effectiveness--became more aware to him and therefore subject to change. At the conclusion of the psychotherapeutic process, the author felt that he had grown perhaps as much as the client. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - homosexuality KW - therapist attitudes KW - psychotherapeutic process KW - attitude change KW - 1973 KW - Attitude Change KW - Homosexuality (Attitudes Toward) KW - Male Homosexuality KW - Psychotherapeutic Processes KW - Therapist Attitudes KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/h0087573 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2007-16822-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2007-16821-001 AN - 2007-16821-001 AU - Boies, Karen G. T1 - Review of Reality games. JF - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JO - Psychotherapy: Theory, Research & Practice JA - Psychotherapy (Chic) Y1 - 1973///Win 1973 VL - 10 IS - 4 SP - 368 EP - 368 CY - US PB - Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association SN - 0033-3204 AD - Boies, Karen G., Veterans Administration Hospital, Montrose, NY, US, 10548 N1 - Accession Number: 2007-16821-001. Other Journal Title: Psychotherapy; Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boies, Karen G.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Montrose, NY, US. Other Publishers: Educational Publishing Foundation. Release Date: 20071105. Correction Date: 20110117. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Communication Skills; Insight; Self-Evaluation. Minor Descriptor: Empathy. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Sax, Saville; Hollander, Sandra. Reality games=New York: The MacMillian Company; 1972. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Win 1973. Copyright Statement: Division of Psychotherapy (29), American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Reviews the book, Reality games by Saville Sax and Sandra Hollander (1972). The authors define Reality Games as clearly structured interactions which teach communication and self-exploration behaviors resulting in growth, insight, personal integration and expansion of feelings. Specific skills which the authors believe the games help develop are: (1) in depth exploration of one's thoughts, feelings and values; (2) sensitivity, perceptiveness and empathy; (3) reflection and drawing out of another's thoughts, feelings and values; (4) integration of feeling, knowledge and skill; (5) confronting and resolving conflicts while strengthening relationships; (6) developing a cohesive and supportive group capable of accomplishing common and individual objectives; and (7) teaching and learning more effectively. The authors define Reality Games as '...a book for doing, not a book for reading.' Emphasis is on detailed descriptions of procedures rather than conceptual development or integration of the games. As a result, the book leaves the reader with a feeling of disorganization. However, the book is useful to both professionals and inexperienced persons in that it explicitly identifies adaptive and maladaptive individual and group communication skills. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - communication KW - self exploration behaviors KW - personal growth KW - insight KW - personal integration KW - expansion of feelings KW - 1973 KW - Communication Skills KW - Insight KW - Self-Evaluation KW - Empathy KW - 1973 U2 - Sax, Saville; Hollander, Sandra. (1972); Reality games; New York: The MacMillian Company DO - 10.1037/h0087632 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2007-16821-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06253-052 AN - 2006-06253-052 AU - Eng, Erling T1 - Eng's Reply. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1973/08// VL - 18 IS - 8 SP - 396 EP - 396 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06253-052. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eng, Erling; Veterans Administration Hospital, Lexington, KY, US. Release Date: 20061106. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Symbolism. Minor Descriptor: Games. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1973. AB - Erling Eng responds to Grover and Mary Lou Maxwell's reply (see record [rid]2006-06253-051[/rid]) to Eng's response (see record #200606247-043) to the Maxwells' review of Paul Ricoeur's book Freud and Philosophy: An Essay on Interpretation (1970). Eng states that what he objected to in his original comments, and still does, was the rather direct application of a nght-or-wrong attitude to the work of one thinker (Ricoeur) about that of another (Freud), without a satisfactory definition of the issues involved, as a prime example, the nature of symbolism. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - symbolism KW - 1973 KW - Symbolism KW - Games KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/0012200 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06253-052&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06250-054 AN - 2006-06250-054 AU - Sell, D. E. T1 - Rejoinder to Mowrer. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1973/05// VL - 18 IS - 5 SP - 247 EP - 247 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06250-054. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sell, D. E.; Veterans Administration Center, Dayton, OH, US. Release Date: 20061106. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Experiment Controls; Freedom. Minor Descriptor: Environment. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: May, 1973. AB - D. E. Sell responds to O. Hobart Mowrer's reply (see record [rid]2006-06250-053[/rid]) to Sell's response to (see record [rid]2006-06247-041[/rid]) to Mowrer's review (see record [rid]2006-06127-002[/rid]) of B. F. Skinner's book Beyond Freedom and Dignity (see record [rid]2003-00081-000[/rid]). Sell states that, ironically, most champions of human freedom and dignity, like Mowrer, are scared to death of humans in control of other humans. The 'human controllers' will be controlled like all other animal life--by the results of their actions or, to put it scientifically, on the basis of environmental contingencies. Eventually only those will be in control who operate on the utilitarian principle of 'the greatest good for the greatest number,' as per the reaction of the controlled. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - human freedom KW - environmental contingencies KW - control KW - 1973 KW - Experiment Controls KW - Freedom KW - Environment KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/0012064 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06250-054&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06247-041 AN - 2006-06247-041 AU - Sell, DeWitt E. T1 - Beyond Predisposition and Predilection. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1973/02// VL - 18 IS - 2 SP - 71 EP - 71 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06247-041. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sell, DeWitt E.; Veterans Administration Center, Dayton, OH, US. Release Date: 20061106. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behaviorism; Predisposition. Classification: Philosophy (2630). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1973. AB - Comments on O. Hobart Mowrer's review (see record [rid]2006-06127-002[/rid]) of Skinner's book Beyond Freedom and Dignity (see record [rid]2003-00081-000[/rid]). The present author points out several deficiencies in the review: Mowrer starts out by attempting to cast a shadow on the principles of behaviorism by relating them to a philosophical position as though Skinner's philosophy preceded his findings rather than eventuated from them. Mowrer resorts to semantic obfuscation to complicate the relatively elementary concept of selective responses being due to environmental contingencies. Mowrer does make it clear that he intends to stand 'firm in the faith' in autonomous man and is not to be converted to any apostate ideology. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - predisposition KW - predilection KW - behaviorism KW - 1973 KW - Behaviorism KW - Predisposition KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/0011959 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06247-041&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06206-024 AN - 2006-06206-024 AU - Levine, Jacob T1 - Will Training. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1970/04// VL - 15 IS - 4 SP - 306 EP - 306 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06206-024. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Levine, Jacob; Psychology Service, Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, CT, US. Release Date: 20061030. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Family Relations; Patients. Minor Descriptor: Mental Health. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Low, Abraham A. Lectures to Relatives of Former Patients=Boston: Christopher, 1967. Pp. 229. $5.00; 1967. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1970. AB - Reviews the book, Lectures to Relatives of Former Patients by Abraham A. Low (see record [rid]1969-11382-000[/rid]). This book is the republication of this 1943 series of Sunday lectures by the late A. A. Low, MD. The author's formulations may appear to be only of historical interest, but, for the reviewer, his exhortations represent early manifestations of the superficiality, banality, and naivite that one still finds in current thinking in the mental health field. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mental health KW - patients KW - relatives KW - 1970 KW - Family Relations KW - Patients KW - Mental Health KW - 1970 U2 - Low, Abraham A. (1967); Lectures to Relatives of Former Patients; Boston: Christopher, 1967. Pp. 229. $5.00 DO - 10.1037/0010585 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06206-024&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06132-030 AN - 2006-06132-030 AU - Tallent, Norman T1 - Conceptual harmony. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1970/08// VL - 15 IS - 8 SP - 523 EP - 523 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06132-030. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tallent, Norman; Veterans Administration Hospital, Northampton, MA, US. Release Date: 20061113. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Traits; Psychologists; Psychology. Minor Descriptor: Quantitative Methods; Teaching. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1970. AB - Norman Tallent responds to Stuart P. Taylor's review (see record [rid]2006-06128-047[/rid]) of Tallent's book, Psychological Perspectives on the Person (1967). Tallent asks whether CP has the responsibility to select reviewers whose orientations are not hostile to that of the book he reviews, as he feels that Taylor was. CP responds that it makes no attempt to screen reviewers for conceptual sympathy of lack of sympathy, but every effort is made to secure advisory editors who are unbiased and objective in their recommentdations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychological perspectives KW - personality courses KW - psychologists KW - 1970 KW - Personality Traits KW - Psychologists KW - Psychology KW - Quantitative Methods KW - Teaching KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/013838 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06132-030&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06118-041 AN - 2006-06118-041 AU - Russell, Elbert W. T1 - Seven points reviewed. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1972/05// VL - 17 IS - 5 SP - 310 EP - 310 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06118-041. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Russell, Elbert W.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Miami, FL, US. Release Date: 20061106. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Neuropsychological Assessment. Classification: Neurological Disorders & Brain Damage (3297). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: May, 1972. AB - Comments on Joseph M. Wepman's review (see record [rid]2006-06117-056[/rid]) of Elbert W. Russell et al's book, Assessment of Brain Damage (see record [rid]1971-04775-000[/rid]) Russell feels that much of the review was quite inaccurate. Wepman wrote only seven basic statements concerning this book, and four of these are clearly wrong. Russell responds to all seven comments in the same order that Wepman did in his review of the book. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - brain damage KW - neuropsychology KW - Halstead-Reitan Impairment Index KW - 1972 KW - Brain Damage KW - Neuropsychological Assessment KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/0010955 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06118-041&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06072-047 AN - 2006-06072-047 AU - Wagner, Mervyn K. T1 - Extra-sensory Brainwashing. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1967/05// VL - 12 IS - 5 SP - 286 EP - 286 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06072-047. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wagner, Mervyn K.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Salisbury, NC, US. Release Date: 20061030. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brainwashing; Evaluation. Minor Descriptor: Psychologists; Psychophysics. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: May, 1967. AB - Comments on S. S. Stevens review (see record [rid]2006-06098-001[/rid]) of Hansel's book, ESP: A Scientific Evaluation (see record [rid]1966-35006-000[/rid]). The present author states that certainly there were many skeptical psychologists reading this review concurrently, and somehow this telepathic mass influenced his reading the quotation from Huxley about poor science not remaining poor indefinitely. It was only on re-reading the quote that he discovered the invidious influence that the skeptical psychological community was exacting upon him, and that the word was 'pure' and not 'poor.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - brainwashing KW - scientific evaluation KW - psychologists KW - 1967 KW - Brainwashing KW - Evaluation KW - Psychologists KW - Psychophysics KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/008041 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06072-047&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10691-005 AN - 2005-10691-005 AU - Knox, Wilma J. T1 - Age of obtaining a PhD in psychology. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1966/06// VL - 21 IS - 6 SP - 572 EP - 572 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10691-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Knox, Wilma J.; Veterans Administration Center, Biloxi, MS, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Graduate Psychology Education; Graduate Students; Psychology; School Graduation. Minor Descriptor: Educational Degrees; Trends. Classification: Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. AB - Article comments on informal discussion among colleagues which yielded the generalization that graduate students in psychology were chronologically younger and had been since the GI students left the universities. Using a sample that was drawn from all odd-numbered pages of the American Psychological Association 1964 Directory, taking the first PhD listed whose biography included the date of birth, the comment author found that the impression that graduate students were chronologically younger in recent years as compared to pre-World-War-II years proved false. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - graduate students in psychology KW - doctoral degrees KW - age at graduation KW - trends KW - 1966 KW - Age Differences KW - Graduate Psychology Education KW - Graduate Students KW - Psychology KW - School Graduation KW - Educational Degrees KW - Trends KW - 1966 DO - 10.1037/h0021028 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-10691-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10659-001 AN - 2005-10659-001 AU - Boyd, Harry S. AU - Sisney, Vernon V. T1 - Immediate self-image confrontation and changes in self-concept: Erratum. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1967/10// VL - 31 IS - 5 SP - 535 EP - 535 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10659-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boyd, Harry S.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Oklahoma City, OK, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Erratum/Correction. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Inventories; Psychiatric Patients; Self-Concept. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - Reports an error in the article 'Immediate Self-Image Confrontation and Changes in Self-Concept' by Harry S. Boyd and Vernon V. Sisney (Journal of Consulting Psychology, 1967[Jun], 31[3], 291-294). On page 292, column 2, line 18, the sentence should read as follows: 'The S was given a standardized interview which was designed to elicit a relatively high level of involvement and which lasted approximately 10 minutes.' (The following abstract of this article originally appeared in record [rid]1967-10493-001[/rid].) Changes in self-concept and concepts of interpersonal behavior of inpatients on a psychiatric ward were measured by Leary's interpersonal check list following self-image confrontation via video tape, and compared with a control group which was not given the self-image confrontation. Hypotheses regarding directions and kinds of change were developed and were supported. Interpersonal concept of the self, the ideal self, and the public self became less pathological and less discrepant with one another following the self-image confrontation, and differences between experimental and control groups remained significant 2 wk. later, with 1 exception. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - immediate self-image confrontation KW - self concept changes KW - Leary's interpersonal check list KW - psychiatric patients KW - 1967 KW - Inventories KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Self-Concept KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0021006 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-10659-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10656-003 AN - 2005-10656-003 AU - Cicchetti, Domenic V. AU - Farina, Amerigo T1 - Relationship between reported and observed dominance and conflict among parents of schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1967/04// VL - 31 IS - 2 SP - 223 EP - 223 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10656-003. PMID: 6042064 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cicchetti, Domenic V.; Veterans Administration Hospital, West Haven, CT, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060327. Correction Date: 20150420. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Conflict; Dominance; Parent Child Relations; Schizophrenia. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Parental Attitude Research Instrument DOI: 10.1037/t28527-000. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1967. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1967. AB - The results of well-controlled studies indicate no significant differences among the mothers of schizophrenics and those of controls in the amount of reported dominance. However, several equally well-controlled studies demonstrate that the parents of schizophrenics behave in a more conflictual manner toward each other than is true of the parents of controls. The subjects for this study were 35 sets of Caucasian parents: 11 were parents of hospitalized poor premorbid schizophrenics, 12 were parents of hospitalized good premorbid schizophrenics, and 12 were parents of hospitalized tubercular patients (controls). The parents were asked individually whether they agreed or disagreed with the dominance and conflict items from the Parental Attitude Research Instrument. They were then asked to resolve, individually then jointly, 12 hypothetical child-rearing problems. The parental dialogues were all tape-recorded and later scored for dominance and conflict. The results suggest that parents in general are not reliable judges of dominant behavior, but appear to be better estimators of conflictual behavior. The latter finding is especially marked for the parents of controls. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenia KW - dominance KW - parents KW - conflict KW - offspring KW - 1967 KW - Conflict KW - Dominance KW - Parent Child Relations KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1967 DO - 10.1037/h0020997 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-10656-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10306-001 AN - 2005-10306-001 AU - Hughes, Richard A. T1 - 'Retrograde amnesia in rats produced by hippocampal injections of potassium chloride: Gradient of effect and recovery': Erratum. JF - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JO - Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology JA - J Comp Physiol Psychol Y1 - 1969/12// VL - 69 IS - 4, Pt.1 SP - 772 EP - 772 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9940 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10306-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Animal Behavior; Journal of Comparative Psychology; Psychobiology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Hughes, Richard A.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Psychology Research Laboratory, Pittsburgh, PA, US. Other Publishers: Henry Holt and Company, Inc.; Williams & Wilkins Company. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Erratum/Correction. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Amnesia; Brain Stimulation; Hippocampus; Rat Learning; Retrograde Amnesia. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Reports an error in the original article by Richard A. Hughes (Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 1969[Aug], Vol 68[4], 637-644). On page 637, the fourth line of the abstract should read as follows: '1, injections were given either 1, 3, 7, or 21 days after training. All tests ....'. (The following abstract of this article originally appeared in record [rid]1969-13814-001[/rid].) Injected potassium chloride (KC1) or physiological saline (Sal) into the posterior hippocampus of 90 male Sprague-Dawley albino anesthetized rats that had previously been exposed to conditioned emotional response (CER) training. In Exp. I, injections were given either 1, 3, 7, or 21 days after training. All tests were given 4 days after injections. In Exp. II, injections were given 1 day after training; tests were given either 4, 7, or 21 days after injections. Hippocampal EEG recorded after injections indicated that KC1 injections disrupted the CER at all training-to-injection intervals. In Exp. II, these injections disrupted the CER at injection-to-test intervals of 4 and 7 days. Recovery was evident, but incomplete, at 21 days. Sal injections did not disrupt the CER in either experiment. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hippocampal injections KW - potassium chloride KW - retrograde amnesia KW - effect & recovery gradient KW - rats KW - 1969 KW - Amnesia KW - Brain Stimulation KW - Hippocampus KW - Rat Learning KW - Retrograde Amnesia KW - Rats KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0020603 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-10306-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10027-003 AN - 2005-10027-003 AU - Kops, Victor T1 - Behavioral Science and Change. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1971/07// VL - 26 IS - 7 SP - 666 EP - 666 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10027-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kops, Victor; Palo Alto Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Behavioral Sciences; Clinical Psychology Graduate Training. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - A conventional wisdom often bandied about is how responsive the behavioral sciences are to change. I contend that this is bordering on a delusion and that clinical psychology training programs epitomize the intransigence in higher education. I am obliquely referring to that anachronism entitled a dissertation submitted in partial fulfillment of the Doctor of Philosophy degree. The Boulder scientific-practitioner is still very much with us despite some verbalizations that would lead us to believe otherwise. Numerous articles have decried just how archaic this model is, but this insight has not resulted in many actual changes. Most clinical training programs continue to mold their neophytes in this traditional model and then ponder why they produce so few really good scientists or practitioners. Clinical psychology has got to do away with this hydraheaded concept of training and allow the individual student more responsibility for his final course. I would like to see a program in which the student and his doctoral committee could responsibly select between his doing a dissertation, postdoctoral training, a PSiD, etc. Numerous alternatives have been proposed over coffee and drinks, but directors of programs seem to be fearful of trying to implement them. It is disquieting and ironic to note just how many tenets of individual growth are violated in training programs. No wonder psychotherapy is still an art! (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - behavioral sciences KW - clinical psychology training programs KW - Boulder scientific-practitioner KW - 1971 KW - Behavioral Sciences KW - Clinical Psychology Graduate Training KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0020351 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-10027-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-57058-001 AN - 1990-57058-001 AU - Haven, George A. T1 - Creators and producers. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1973/04// VL - 28 IS - 4 SP - 358 EP - 358 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-57058-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Haven, George A.; Veterans Administration Hosp, Dallas, TX, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Analysis; Creativity. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1973. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1973. AB - Addresses J. G. Nichols's (see record [rid]1973-02491-001[/rid]) heuristic analysis on creativity. Consistent with Nichols's comments, evidence from R. B. Ammons (1962) and G. A. Haven (1965) suggests that creative productivity can be developed through human engineering and is learned behavior, rather than a result of a personality trait or habitual divergent thinking. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - heuristic analysis of creativity KW - commentary KW - 1973 KW - Analysis KW - Creativity KW - 1973 DO - 10.1037/h0038091 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-57058-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1990-55857-001 AN - 1990-55857-001 AU - Carman, Philip M. T1 - A word for psychologists. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1968/07// VL - 23 IS - 7 SP - 534 EP - 534 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 1990-55857-001. PMID: 5660356 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carman, Philip M.; Veterans Administration Ctr, Los Angeles, CA, US. Release Date: 19900101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychologists; Roles. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - Suggests that 'psycho-logistics,' a term coined by the author for group work with disabled, institutionalized veterans, is an appropriate term for most activities of professional psychologists. (0 ref) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - 'psychologistics' & work with disabled clients & institutionalized veterans KW - psychologists KW - 1968 KW - Psychologists KW - Roles KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/h0037717 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1990-55857-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-09314-001 AN - 1974-09314-001 AU - Pishkin, Vladimir T1 - Electromyography in cognitive performance by schizophrenics and normals. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 37 IS - 2 SP - 382 EP - 382 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-09314-001. PMID: 4747351 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Pishkin, Vladimir; Veterans Administration Hosp., Oklahoma City, Okla. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19740501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Processes; Concept Formation; Electromyography; Schizophrenia; Task Complexity. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1973. AB - Results of concept identification tasks indicate that for both 36 chronic undifferentiated schizophrenics and 36 matched normals, an increase in task complexity produced an increase in errors and muscle action potentials. However, schizophrenics were higher than normals on both variables. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - task complexity increase KW - errors & muscle action potentials in concept identification tasks KW - chronic undifferentiated schizophrenics vs normals KW - 1973 KW - Cognitive Processes KW - Concept Formation KW - Electromyography KW - Schizophrenia KW - Task Complexity KW - 1973 DO - 10.2466/pms.1973.37.2.382 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-09314-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-09130-001 AN - 1974-09130-001 AU - Poe, Charles A. T1 - Internal consistency of Psychological Effectiveness Scale. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 33 IS - 2 SP - 466 EP - 466 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-09130-001. PMID: 4760829 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Poe, Charles A.; Veterans Administration Center, Hampton, Va. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19740501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Consistency (Measurement); Personality Measures. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1973. AB - Obtained self-ratings on the Psychological Effectiveness Scale from 136 college students. It was determined that the internal effectiveness of the scale (.91) in measuring actual personalities was as high as prior ratings made of personality concepts using the same scale. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - internal consistency Psychological Effectiveness Scale KW - college students KW - 1973 KW - Consistency (Measurement) KW - Personality Measures KW - 1973 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1973.33.2.466 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-09130-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-08153-001 AN - 1974-08153-001 AU - Crovitz, Herbert F. T1 - Lateralities and sex. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 37 IS - 2 SP - 520 EP - 520 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-08153-001. PMID: 4747377 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crovitz, Herbert F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Durham, N.C. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19740501. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Human Sex Differences; Lateral Dominance; Perceptual Discrimination. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1973. KW - sex differences KW - lateralities KW - college students KW - 1973 KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Lateral Dominance KW - Perceptual Discrimination KW - 1973 DO - 10.2466/pms.1973.37.2.520 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-08153-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-03435-001 AN - 1974-03435-001 AU - Nerviano, Vincent J. T1 - Cross-validation of some personality correlates of the A-B therapist scale among male alcoholics. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1973/06// VL - 32 IS - 3, Pt. 2 SP - 1338 EP - 1338 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-03435-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Nerviano, Vincent J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lexington, Ky. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19740201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Personality Correlates; Therapist Characteristics. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1973. AB - Studied the invariance of the A-B scale with 129 chronic alcoholic male veterans (mean age 42 yrs. mean education 11 yrs). 3 of the 5 core correlates of Jackson's Personality Research Form with the A-B scale were highly significant for male alcoholics. Ss were then assigned an A-B status on the basis of total score cut-offs for male professionals and male students. Results show that like A-type professional therapists, collegiate Ss, and outpatients previously studied, A-type male alcoholics are cautious, uninclined to seek sensory 'thrills,' change-avoidant, and submissive; B-types are more adventurous and dominant. It is concluded that the A-B scale's personological invariance is quite robust. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cross-validation KW - personality correlates of A-B therapist scale KW - chronic alcoholic males KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Personality Correlates KW - Therapist Characteristics KW - 1973 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1973.32.3c.1338 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-03435-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1974-01349-001 AN - 1974-01349-001 AU - Mozdzierz, Gerald J. AU - Macchitelli, Frank J. AU - Lottman, Thomas J. T1 - Personality correlates of coffee consumption in an alcoholic population. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1973/04// VL - 32 IS - 2 SP - 550 EP - 550 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1974-01349-001. PMID: 4697563 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mozdzierz, Gerald J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Hines, Ill. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19740101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Caffeine; Distress; Personality Correlates. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1973. AB - Measured the amount of coffee consumed by 45 male alcoholic inpatients as an unobtrusive index of Ss' experience of distress. Mean amounts were correlated with MMPI and Guilford-Zimmerman Temperament Survey scores. Results indicate that coffee consumption was not related to affective or personal distress measures but varied with S's external or social orientation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personal distress & external or social orientation KW - coffee consumption KW - male alcoholic inpatients KW - 1973 KW - Alcoholism KW - Caffeine KW - Distress KW - Personality Correlates KW - 1973 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1973.32.2.550 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1974-01349-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-29250-001 AN - 1973-29250-001 AU - Palmieri, Rafael G. AU - Suarez, Yolanda T1 - The future outlook of Puerto Rican Vietnam-era hospitalized psychiatric patients. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 42 EP - 42 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-29250-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Palmieri, Rafael G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., San Juan, Puerto Rico. Release Date: 19731101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Hospitalization; Racial and Ethnic Groups. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Studied the expectations and perceptions of life outside a hospital setting of 85 Puerto Rican hospitalized psychiatric patients. Ss were administered a Spanish version of the Future Outlook Inventory and the Barranquilla Rapid Survey Intelligence Test. Results are expressed in terms of demographic variables, e.g., education, religious affiliation, and marital status. Ss showed uncertainty and ambivalence concerning their future, the possibility of relapse, community understanding, and expectancies of friendship and understanding from others. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - expectations & perceptions of life KW - Puerto Rican hospitalized psychiatric patients KW - 1972 KW - Psychiatric Hospitalization KW - Racial and Ethnic Groups KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-29250-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-29165-001 AN - 1973-29165-001 AU - Freed, Earl X. T1 - Pain perception in psychiatric patients: An exploratory study. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 1 EP - 1 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-29165-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freed, Earl X.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lyons, N.J. Release Date: 19731101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Pain Perception; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Investigated whether schizophrenics suffer impaired pain perception. Ss were 30 male, hospitalized chronic schizophrenics with a mean education of 10 yr. and a mean age of 49.5. Perception and response to pain was measured by the projective Pain Apperception Test (PAT), a word association test consisting of neutral and pain relating words, and a cold pressor task requiring Ss to hold their hand in ice water (2.C). Threshold and tolerance were determined. PAT scores were higher than those found in previous studies; age differences are cited as a possible explanation. Reaction time to the 2 word lists did not differ significantly and the correlation between cold pressor time and PAT total pain score was not significant. It is concluded that pain tolerance was not diminished in psychiatric patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - pain perception KW - chronic schizophrenics KW - 1972 KW - Pain Perception KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-29165-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-28462-001 AN - 1973-28462-001 AU - Cullen, Joseph W. AU - Croes, Robert A. AU - Gillis, Roderic D. T1 - Reversed alcohol preference in rats after experience with a sapid alcohol-sucrose solution. JF - Newsletter for Research in Psychology JO - Newsletter for Research in Psychology Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 14 IS - 1 SP - 7 EP - 7 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-28462-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cullen, Joseph W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Release Date: 19731101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohols; Animal Drinking Behavior; Sugars; Taste Stimulation. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. AB - Studied short- and long-term alcohol preference in rats, alone and in combination with palatable and unpalatable substances. Results indicate that taste can reverse alcohol preference. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sapid alcohol-sucrose solution KW - alcohol preference KW - rats KW - 1972 KW - Alcohols KW - Animal Drinking Behavior KW - Sugars KW - Taste Stimulation KW - Rats KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-28462-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-23562-001 AN - 1973-23562-001 AU - Murray, David C. AU - Harrington, L. Garth T1 - Covert aversive sensitization in the treatment of obesity. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1972/04// VL - 30 IS - 2 SP - 560 EP - 560 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1973-23562-001. PMID: 5024937 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Murray, David C.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Syracuse, N.Y. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19730801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aversion Therapy; Obesity. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1972. AB - Provided individually administered, weekly, covert aversive sensitization for 16 obese adult women, of whom 10 finished treatment. Compared to an average weight gain in the 14 wk. prior to treatment, there was an average weight loss during the 14 wk. in therapy (p < .01). Design problems precluded a stronger conclusion than that covert aversive sensitization may have potential for weight reduction. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - covert aversive sensitization KW - obesity treatment KW - women KW - 1972 KW - Aversion Therapy KW - Obesity KW - 1972 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1972.30.2.560 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-23562-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-07159-001 AN - 1973-07159-001 AU - Gross, William F. AU - Nerviano, Vincent J. T1 - Note on the control orientation of alcoholics. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1972/10// VL - 31 IS - 2 SP - 406 EP - 406 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1973-07159-001. PMID: 5081329 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gross, William F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lexington, Ky. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19730401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Internal External Locus of Control. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1972. AB - Administered Rotter's Internal-External Control Scale to 266 male alcoholics (mean age = 42 yr.). Results support previous findings on the relative internality of alcoholics. Implications for addiction research and treatment are briefly discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - internal-external control orientation KW - male alcoholics KW - 1972 KW - Alcoholism KW - Internal External Locus of Control KW - 1972 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1972.31.2.406 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-07159-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-04769-001 AN - 1973-04769-001 AU - Lottman, Thomas J. AU - DeWolfe, Alan S. T1 - Internal versus external control in reactive and process schizophrenia. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1972/10// VL - 39 IS - 2 SP - 344 EP - 344 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-04769-001. PMID: 5075887 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lottman, Thomas J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Downey, Ill. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19730101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Internal External Locus of Control; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Administered the Rotter Internal-External Control Scale to 25 reactive schizophrenics, 25 process schizophrenics, and 25 nonschizophrenic psychiatric controls. Process schizophrenics scored as significantly more external than the reactives (p < .001) and the nonschizophrenics (p < .01) who did not differ significantly from each other. The use of operant conditioning for treating process schizophrenics is discussed in relation to the findings. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Rotter Internal-External Control Scale KW - reactive vs. process schizophrenics KW - 1972 KW - Internal External Locus of Control KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0033406 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-04769-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-03884-001 AN - 1973-03884-001 AU - Freed, Earl X. AU - Fazzaro, James AU - Hymowitz, Norman T1 - Syrup methadone consumption by rats. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1972/08// VL - 35 IS - 1 SP - 322 EP - 322 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1973-03884-001. PMID: 5066217 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freed, Earl X.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Alcohol Research Lab., Lyons, N.J. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19730301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Drinking Behavior; Animal Feeding Behavior; Drugs; Methadone. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1972. AB - When methadone syrup solution was their sole fluid, 4 male, albino rats drank it in volumes significantly in excess of their daily consumption of a variety of fluids. Daily food intake declined when drinking methadone instead of water. Activity measures did not indicate evidence of a withdrawal syndrome. The use of syrup methadone has potential for study of possible methadone addiction in rats. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - methadone syrup solution consumption KW - food & liquid intake & activity KW - rats KW - 1972 KW - Animal Drinking Behavior KW - Animal Feeding Behavior KW - Drugs KW - Methadone KW - Rats KW - 1972 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-03884-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-03557-001 AN - 1973-03557-001 AU - Crovitz, Herbert F. T1 - Transient binasal hemianopia in a pair of plastic soupspoons. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1972/08// VL - 28 IS - 4 SP - 234 EP - 234 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1973-03557-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crovitz, Herbert F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Durham, N.C. Release Date: 19730301. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Color Perception; Hemianopia; Visual Field. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1972. AB - Examined transient color rivalry, using the Ganzfeld method to investigate reported split fields in which the nasal visual area color is suppressed within the target space. 2 experiments, using a total of 28 undergraduates with normal color vision, show high probability of nasal visual field suppression. It is suggested that transient binasal hemianopia may precede suppression of 1 eye's vision in those with abnormal binocular vision, as it precedes flow of rivalry for normal Os. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - target size & tachistoscopic Ganzfeld KW - Koellner effect & transient binasal hemianopia KW - undergraduates KW - 1972 KW - Color Perception KW - Hemianopia KW - Visual Field KW - 1972 DO - 10.3758/BF03328721 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-03557-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1973-02527-001 AN - 1973-02527-001 AU - Dyer, Elaine D. AU - Monson, Mary A. AU - Van Drimmelen, Jennie B. T1 - Male registered nurses' differences on the California Psychological Inventory. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1972/06// VL - 30 IS - 3 SP - 956 EP - 956 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1973-02527-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Dyer, Elaine D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salt Lake City, U. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19730201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: California Psychological Inventory; Human Sex Differences; Nurses. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1972. AB - Compared the CPI scores of 26 randomly selected male registered nurses with those of men in general and with those of female registered nurses. Male nurses showed a higher level profile than the male norm except on flexibility, and a generally higher profile than the female nurses. Differences were greatest on the femininity scale: the male nurses scored almost a standard deviation higher than the males and .6 of a standard deviation higher than the female nurses. Results indicate that the profile for male registered nurses was closer to that of female registered nurses than to that of other males. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - CPI KW - personality profiles KW - male registered nurses vs. female registered nurses vs. men in general KW - 1972 KW - California Psychological Inventory KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Nurses KW - 1972 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1972.30.3.956 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1973-02527-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-25308-001 AN - 1972-25308-001 AU - Davis, William E. T1 - Age and the discriminative 'power' of the MMPI with schizophrenic and nonschizophrenic patients. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 38 IS - 1 SP - 151 EP - 151 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-25308-001. PMID: 4400886 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, William E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Reasearch Lab., Downey, Ill. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Compared the responses of 4 groups of 20 patients on 12 scales of the MMPI according to age (18-28 yr. or 45-56 yr.) and diagnosis (schizophrenic or nonschizophrenic). Results indicate that although young schizophrenics and nonschizophrenics were distinguished on the basis of expected profile differences, no significant differences were found between the 2 older groups. It is suggested that the greater communality of experiences shared by older Ss tends to have a leveling effect on overall profile differences. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI profile differences KW - age KW - schizophrenics vs. nonschizophrenics KW - 1972 KW - Age Differences KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0032424 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-25308-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-25178-001 AN - 1972-25178-001 AU - Golightly, Carole T1 - Sociometric status and adjustment of hospitalized disturbed children. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 38 IS - 1 SP - 145 EP - 145 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-25178-001. PMID: 4551622 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Golightly, Carole; Veterans Administration Hosp., Richmond, Va. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Age Differences; Intelligence Quotient; Mental Disorders; Psychodiagnosis; Social Approval. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Investigated the relationship between the social status and adjustment of 38 7-16 yr. old psychiatric inpatients. Sociometric information was obtained by comparing the friendship choices of each S, and adjustment was measured by staff ratings and S's length of stay in the hospital. No relationship was found between sociometric status and Ss' age, IQ, diagnosis, or popularity with staff members. There was a tendency, however, for long-term Ss to have fewer friends than short-term Ss. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hospital adjustment KW - social status & age & IQ & diagnosis & popularity with staff members KW - 7-16 yr. old psychiatric inpatients KW - 1972 KW - Age Differences KW - Intelligence Quotient KW - Mental Disorders KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Social Approval KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0032414 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-25178-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-25028-001 AN - 1972-25028-001 AU - Davis, William E. AU - DeWolfe, Alan S. AU - Gustafson, Robert C. T1 - Intellectual deficit in process and reactive schizophrenia and brain injury. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1972/02// VL - 38 IS - 1 SP - 146 EP - 146 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-25028-001. PMID: 5010653 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Davis, William E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Psychology Research Lab., Downey, Ill. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain Damage; Schizophrenia; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1972. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1972. AB - Compared the performance of reactive schizophrenics, process schizophrenics, and brain-damaged patients (n = 26) on the 11 subtests of the WAIS. It was found that both schizophrenic groups scored higher than brain-damaged Ss on the Block Design, Similarities, and Object Assembly tests, and that reactive schizophrenics were superior to the other 2 groups on the Digit Symbol test. No significant differences were found with the other 7 subtests, supporting the hypothesis that schizophrenic and brain-injured patients arrive at the some quantitative level of performance through the use of different abilities. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - WAIS KW - reactive vs. process schizophrenics vs. brain-damaged patientss KW - 1972 KW - Brain Damage KW - Schizophrenia KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - 1972 DO - 10.1037/h0032403 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-25028-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1972-00132-001 AN - 1972-00132-001 AU - Palmer, Robert D. AU - Field, Peter B. T1 - Cognitive factors in hypnotic susceptibility. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1971/08// VL - 37 IS - 1 SP - 165 EP - 165 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1972-00132-001. PMID: 5565622 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Palmer, Robert D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brooklyn, N.y. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19720101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anatomy; Attention; Cognitive Style; Hypnosis. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1971. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1971. AB - Conducted 3 pilot studies with a total of 50 undergraduates to test 3 hypotheses derived from M. Gill and M. Brenman's (see pa, vol. 34:5325) study of hypnosis: (a) strong automatizers are less susceptible to hypnosis, (b) highly hypnotizable ss are more prone to distraction, and (c) highly hypnotizable ss produce more amorphous figure drawings. Performances on the stanford hypnotic susceptibility scale, the stroop color-word test, and the draw-a-person test support only the 2nd and 3rd hypotheses. Further testing using 4 verbal and 6 visual-motor measures on 40 male and 33 female undergraduates support the 2nd and 3rd hypotheses only for females. Analysis of pilot study data indicate that sex differences may have been present there also. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - hypnotic susceptibility KW - automatization & attention & body experience KW - college students KW - test of M. Gill & M. Brenman's hypotheses KW - 1971 KW - Anatomy KW - Attention KW - Cognitive Style KW - Hypnosis KW - 1971 DO - 10.1037/h0031250 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1972-00132-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-29974-001 AN - 1971-29974-001 AU - Houck, Robert L. AU - Mefferd, Roy B. T1 - Perceptual categorization: A parallel between perceptual identification and serial learning. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1971/04// VL - 32 IS - 2 SP - 578 EP - 578 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-29974-001. PMID: 5089087 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Houck, Robert L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Houston, Tex. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19711201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classification (Cognitive Process); Perception; Serial Learning. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1971. AB - As the number of cues facilitating the perceptual categorization of a stimulus list was increased the number of serial presentations required for the S to learn them decreased. 10 laboratory personnel were Ss. A striking parallel was observed between the performance curves of the serial learning task and an earlier perceptual recognition task. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - perceptual categorization KW - perceptual identification & serial learning KW - 1971 KW - Classification (Cognitive Process) KW - Perception KW - Serial Learning KW - 1971 DO - 10.2466/pms.1971.32.2.578 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-29974-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-28126-001 AN - 1971-28126-001 AU - Schueneman, Arthur L. AU - King, Hollis AU - Sandman, Curt A. AU - Deabler, Herdis L. T1 - Reaction time and temperament type. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1970/02// VL - 30 IS - 1 SP - 162 EP - 162 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-28126-001. PMID: 5479569 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schueneman, Arthur L.; Veterans Administration Hosp., New Orleans, La. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19711101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Correlates; Reaction Time; Repression (Defense Mechanism). Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1970. AB - Examined the relation of a purely psychomotor task to the repression-sensitization (R-S) personality dimension described by D. Byrne. 106 randomly selected male patients were administered the embedded form of the R-S scale from the MMPI and a psychomotor task. Data indicate that psychomotor RT appears independent of the R-S personality dimension. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - RT & repression-sensitization KW - 1970 KW - Personality Correlates KW - Reaction Time KW - Repression (Defense Mechanism) KW - 1970 DO - 10.2466/pms.1970.30.1.162 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-28126-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-27567-001 AN - 1971-27567-001 AU - Kish, George B. AU - Leahy, Louis T1 - Stimulus-seeking, age, interests, and aptitudes: An amplification. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1970/04// VL - 30 IS - 2 SP - 670 EP - 670 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1971-27567-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Kish, George B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Ft. Meade, S.D. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19711001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Aptitude Measures; Occupational Guidance; Occupational Interests; Personality Traits; Stimulation. Classification: Educational Psychology (3500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1970. AB - Examined relationships among the Sensation Seeking Scale (SSS), Kuder-measured interests, and the Iowa Test of Basic Skills (Mathematics) in 97 male and female high school freshmen. Findings support those of previous studies which indicate that stimulus-seeking is positively related to scientific interests and a variety of intelligence and aptitude measures and negatively to clerical interests. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stimulus-seeking & age & occupational interests & aptitudes KW - high school freshmen KW - 1970 KW - Aptitude Measures KW - Occupational Guidance KW - Occupational Interests KW - Personality Traits KW - Stimulation KW - 1970 DO - 10.2466/pms.1970.30.2.670 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-27567-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-25024-001 AN - 1971-25024-001 AU - Moser, Hanna M. T1 - A ten-year follow-up of lobotomy patients. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1969/12// VL - 20 IS - 12 SP - 381 EP - 381 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-25024-001. PMID: 5351717 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Moser, Hanna M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lyons, N.J. Release Date: 19710901. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Surgery. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1969. AB - Reports a follow-up study on 134 patients who were lobotomized between 1944 and 1955. 25 Ss had died, 15 had been discharged, and 94 were still hospitalized. Evaluations of behavior showed a significant decrease in assaultive behavior, an increase in managability, and an increase in ability to leave the hospital on pass for brief periods. However, almost 1/2 the Ss experienced seizures, and intellectual loss was severe in 25%. That fewer than 10% were able to be discharged is regarded as indicating that the gains achieved by lobotomies are equivocal. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - lobotomy patients KW - 10-yr. followup KW - 1969 KW - Surgery KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-25024-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-23507-001 AN - 1971-23507-001 AU - Sturm, Israel E. AU - Lipton, Herbert T1 - Preparing former patients for jobs. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1970/02// VL - 21 IS - 2 SP - 68 EP - 68 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-23507-001. PMID: 5410610 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sturm, Israel E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northport, N.Y. Release Date: 19710801. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients; Vocational Rehabilitation. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1970. AB - Presents 6 suggestions from a group of personnel consultants on how to make the patient a better job prospect: (a) a graded rehabilitation program geared to individual needs for vocation training; (b) active liason between clinical and rehabilitation workers, employment personnel, and the patient; (c) deemphasis of the patient's clinical status when evaluating job potential; (d) awareness that a shortage of workers or skills will overcome some prejudices concerning the employment of the patient; (e) caution in committing details of hospitalization in writing; and (f) availability of after-care facilities. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - vocational rehabilitation KW - former mental patients KW - 1970 KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Vocational Rehabilitation KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-23507-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-23126-001 AN - 1971-23126-001 AU - Robertson, G. G. AU - Baizerman, Michael T1 - Psychiatric consultation on two Indian reservations. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1969/06// VL - 20 IS - 6 SP - 186 EP - 186 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-23126-001. PMID: 5819020 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Robertson, G. G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sheridan, Wyo. Release Date: 19710801. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Community Services; Ethnology; Psychiatry. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1969. KW - psychiatric consultation & community education on Indian reservations KW - 1969 KW - Community Services KW - Ethnology KW - Psychiatry KW - 1969 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-23126-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-21728-001 AN - 1971-21728-001 AU - House, Joseph W. T1 - Using volunteers in a day treatment program. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1968/12// VL - 19 IS - 12 SP - 391 EP - 391 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-21728-001. PMID: 5715468 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: House, Joseph W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Mental Hygiene Clinic, Buffalo, N.Y. Release Date: 19710701. Correction Date: 20160428. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Community Services; Mental Health Personnel; Outpatient Treatment; Psychiatric Patients; Treatment. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1968. KW - day treatment program of discharged psychiatric patients KW - use of volunteers KW - 1968 KW - Community Services KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Outpatient Treatment KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Treatment KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-21728-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-07255-001 AN - 1971-07255-001 AU - Reus, James F. AU - Carroll, Joseph AU - Gantt, W. Horsley T1 - Automatic recorder manipulator. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1970/01// VL - 5 IS - 1 SP - 62 EP - 62 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-07255-001. PMID: 5432725 Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Reus, James F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19710501. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1970. KW - automatic recorder manipulator KW - 1970 KW - Apparatus KW - 1970 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-07255-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-04666-001 AN - 1971-04666-001 AU - Resh, Mary G. T1 - Asthma of unknown origin as a psychological group. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1970/12// VL - 35 IS - 3 SP - 429 EP - 429 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-04666-001. PMID: 4395202 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Resh, Mary G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Denver Colo. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19710101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Disorders; Personality Traits; Somatoform Disorders. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1970. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1970. AB - Data from 30 adolescent and adult asthmatics suggest 'that patients with asthma of unknown origin are psychologically different from asthmatics whose illness can be demonstrated to have an allergic basis.' It is suggested that psychosomatic groups may be psychologically heterogeneous. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - asthma of unknown origin vs. with allergic basis KW - psychological differences KW - adolescent & adult asthmatics KW - 1970 KW - Disorders KW - Personality Traits KW - Somatoform Disorders KW - 1970 DO - 10.1037/h0030123 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-04666-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1971-00937-001 AN - 1971-00937-001 AU - Holder, T. AU - Drasgow, J. AU - Pierce, R. T1 - Examiner communication level and objective test performance. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1970/07// VL - 26 IS - 3 SP - 335 EP - 335 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1971-00937-001. Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Holder, T.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Buffalo, N.Y. Release Date: 19710101. Correction Date: 20151207. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Communication; Intelligence Measures; Interpersonal Interaction; Personality Traits; Psychiatric Patients. Minor Descriptor: Test Performance. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jul, 1970. AB - Measure of intelligence and finger dexterity were obtained on 6 inpatients. Ratings of empathy, respect, genuineness, and concreteness, along with ratings of taped clinical interviews, were made by experienced raters. Personality characteristics of the examiner in an individual testing situation does account for some of the variability in objective test results and the concept of the 'good guy' in therapy is also a factor in objective testing operations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - objective test performance KW - E's personality characteristics & communication level in individual testing situation KW - hospital inpatients KW - 1970 KW - Communication KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Personality Traits KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Test Performance KW - 1970 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(197007)26:3<335::AID-JCLP2270260324>3.0.CO;2-Y UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1971-00937-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-18680-001 AN - 1970-18680-001 AU - Vondracek, Fred W. T1 - Behavioral measurement of self-disclosure. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1969/// VL - 25 IS - 3 SP - 914 EP - 914 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1970-18680-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Vondracek, Fred W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Salem, Va. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19701101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counseling; Inventories; Personality Measures; Personality Traits; Psychotherapy. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Tested the hypothesis that the Self-Disclosure Inventory (SDI) and a behavioral measure of self-disclosure assess different variables. Parameters of amount and intimacy had a correlation of .42 with rated self-disclosure in interviews with 64 male undergraduates. Correlations between the SDI and measures of amount and intimacy of self-disclosure were .20 and .14. Recommendation is made for a behavioral measure of disclosing behavior in psychotherapy, counseling, and interpersonal relations. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - assessment of self-disclosure KW - Self-Disclosure Inventory vs. behavior measurement KW - 1969 KW - Counseling KW - Inventories KW - Personality Measures KW - Personality Traits KW - Psychotherapy KW - 1969 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1969.25.3.914 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-18680-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-18372-001 AN - 1970-18372-001 AU - Penk, W. E. T1 - Age changes and correlates of Internal-External Locus of Control Scale. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1969/// VL - 25 IS - 3 SP - 856 EP - 856 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1970-18372-001. PMID: 5398871 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Penk, W. E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Dallas, Tex. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19701101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Abstraction; Age Differences; Measurement; Personality Traits; Personality. Classification: Developmental Psychology (2800); Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Investigated the developmental hypothesis, based on Rotter's social learning theory, that associated with increasing mastery there should be concomitant increment in a child's feelings that events are under his control and a decrease in the generalized view that events are a product of chance. Using the Internal-External Locus of Control scale, 5 groups of 7-11 yr. olds served as Ss in a 5 2 2 factorial design. 'Findings were consonant with the developmental hypothesis,' showing a 'significant relationship between levels of verbal abstraction and internal-external control.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - internal-external control KW - age changes & correlates KW - children KW - 1969 KW - Abstraction KW - Age Differences KW - Measurement KW - Personality Traits KW - Personality KW - 1969 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1969.25.3.856 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-18372-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1970-03844-001 AN - 1970-03844-001 AU - Freed, Earl X. T1 - Alcohol abuse by manic patients. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1969/// VL - 25 IS - 1 SP - 280 EP - 280 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1970-03844-001. PMID: 5366393 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Freed, Earl X.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Alcohol Research Lab, Lyons, N.J. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19700101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Psychodiagnosis; Psychopathology; Psychosis; Symptoms. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Reviews the clinical records of 23 hospitalized patients diagnosed as manic-depressive reaction, manic type, 65% had a history of alcohol abuse. This finding supports the contention that alcoholism is often a manifestation of manic disorders. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - alcohol abuse as manifestation of manic disorders KW - review of clinical records KW - hospitalized patients KW - 1969 KW - Alcoholism KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Psychopathology KW - Psychosis KW - Symptoms KW - 1969 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1969.25.1.280 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1970-03844-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-16616-001 AN - 1969-16616-001 AU - Scott, Thomas R. AU - Milligan, W. Lloyd T1 - Meaning of D in Overall and Dalal's formula for sample size in analysis of variance designs. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1969/// VL - 28 IS - 3 SP - 840 EP - 840 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-16616-001. Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Scott, Thomas R.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Columbia, S.C. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19691201. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Statistical Analysis. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - J. E. Overall and S. N. Dalal (see 43:4) give the formula N = b S2/D2, where N is the number of observations for each treatment, b is a constant from their tables, S2 is the error variance, and D2 is a measure of noncentrality. In designs having more than 2 groups, they describe D as the 'average treatment difference' of interest. This definition of D can lead to serious error unless D is defined as D = 2ROOTSIGMA)MU1 - MU)2/ETA, where MUi is a treatment mean, MU is the overall mean, and KAPPA is the number of treatments. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - meaning of D in Overall & Dalal's formula for sample size in analysis of variance KW - 1969 KW - Statistical Analysis KW - 1969 DO - 10.2466/pms.1969.28.3.840 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-16616-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-16017-001 AN - 1969-16017-001 AU - Tamkin, Arthur S. AU - Sonkin, Nathan T1 - Use of psychological tests in differential diagnosis. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1969/// VL - 24 IS - 2 SP - 590 EP - 590 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-16017-001. PMID: 5809051 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tamkin, Arthur S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Providence, R.I. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19691101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Differential Diagnosis; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Neurosis; Psychosis; Rorschach Test. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Investigated the differential diagnostic ability of the MMPI, Rorschach, and the 16 PF with 25 male psychotics and 38 male neurotics. The profiles for both groups of Ss were similar. Results indicate 'marked limitations . . . when used for differential diagnosis of psychiatric patients.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MMPI & Rorschach test & 16 PF Questionnaire KW - differential diagnosis KW - psychotics vs. neurotics KW - 1969 KW - Differential Diagnosis KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Neurosis KW - Psychosis KW - Rorschach Test KW - 1969 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1969.24.2.590 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-16017-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-15165-001 AN - 1969-15165-001 AU - Schwaab, Eugene L. Jr. AU - Cutter, Henry S. T1 - Stimulus characteristics and reinforcement in probability learning. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1969/// VL - 24 IS - 2 SP - 372 EP - 372 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-15165-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Schwaab, Eugene L. Jr.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19691101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Choice Behavior; Probability Learning; Reinforcement; Stimulus Parameters. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - 'Attempted to examine the influence of variations in stimulus characteristics on choice behavior in a binary-choice probability learning task.' Results show 'that neither the different stimuli nor the presence or absence of points had significant effect on probability learning as measured by response latency at the beginning of the session, response distribution at the beginning and end of the session, or number of trials to a probability-matching criterion.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - binary choice probability learning KW - stimulus characteristics & reinforcement KW - 1969 KW - Choice Behavior KW - Probability Learning KW - Reinforcement KW - Stimulus Parameters KW - 1969 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1969.24.2.372 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-15165-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-15143-001 AN - 1969-15143-001 AU - Sterne, David M. T1 - The Purdue Pegboard and MacQuarrie tapping and dotting tasks as measures of motor functioning. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1969/// VL - 28 IS - 2 SP - 556 EP - 556 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-15143-001. PMID: 5803477 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sterne, David M.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Vancouver, Wash. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19691101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Ability; Motor Performance. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - Administered selected tasks from the Purdue Pegboard and MacQuarrie Test for Mechanical Ability employing the hands separately on 2 occassions to 110 male, non-brain injured Ss. The complete Pegboard was administered to 77 similar Ss. Mean scores, measures of variability and reliability including right-left differences, test intercorrelations, and relationships to age and intelligence were examined, and the applicability of these techniques in cases of suspected central and peripheral nervous system disorders was discussed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Purdue Pegboard & MacQuarrie tapping & dotting tasks as measures of motor ability KW - 1969 KW - Ability KW - Motor Performance KW - 1969 DO - 10.2466/pms.1969.28.2.556 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-15143-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-14468-001 AN - 1969-14468-001 AU - Harford, Thomas AU - Eisenthal, Sherman T1 - An item analysis of the Progressive Matrices test for a sample of hospitalized schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1969/// VL - 25 IS - 2 SP - 185 EP - 185 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-14468-001. PMID: 5789207 Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Harford, Thomas; Veterans Administration Outpatient Clinic, Boston, Mass. Release Date: 19691001. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intelligence Measures; Item Analysis (Test); Psychodiagnosis; Schizophrenia. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - An item analysis of Raven's Progressive Matrices, administered to 52 male schizophrenics, indicated that Sets C and D discriminated satisfactorily while Sets A, B, and E did not. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Raven's Progressive Matrices KW - item analysis KW - schizophrenics KW - 1969 KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Item Analysis (Test) KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1969 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196904)25:2<185::AID-JCLP2270250222>3.0.CO;2-D UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-14468-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-13991-001 AN - 1969-13991-001 AU - Carroll, J. F. AU - Pare, W. P. T1 - Temporal cardiac conditioning to a pure stimulus. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1968/// VL - 3 IS - 2 SP - 134 EP - 134 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-13991-001. Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Carroll, J. F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Pavlovian Research Lab., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19691001. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classical Conditioning; Conditioning; Operant Conditioning; Shock. Minor Descriptor: Dogs. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Documented the course of temporal conditioning to a pure stimulus using food in 1 situation and shock to the foreleg in the other situation. 2 dogs were deprived of food 22 hr. daily and were then presented with food 20 times automatically every 2 min. Heart rates (HRs) were recorded before and after every feeding. In the shock situation, the stimulus was presented every 2 min. instead of food. EKG was recorded as above. Results showed that conditional cardiac reflex did not occur in either situation. HR preceding the stimulus presentation did not differ significantly. These results indicate that (1) an insufficient number of trials were administered, and/or, (2) the phenomenon of temporal conditioning requires reevaluation, especially since the published literature on this topic is incomplete. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - temporal cardiac conditioning KW - shock & food stimuli KW - dog KW - 1968 KW - Classical Conditioning KW - Conditioning KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Shock KW - Dogs KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-13991-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-13978-001 AN - 1969-13978-001 AU - Boyer, F. L. T1 - Cardiac and operant responses during conditioning and extinction of Pavlovian CR's. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1968/// VL - 3 IS - 2 SP - 132 EP - 132 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-13978-001. Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boyer, F. L.; Veterans Administration, Brecksville, O. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19691001. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Classical Conditioning; Extinction (Learning); Heart Rate; Operant Conditioning. Minor Descriptor: Dogs. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Trained 4 dogs to make operant responses for food reinforcement. After response rates stabilized, Pavlovian signals were reintroduced on 4 successive days and extinction followed for 4 more days. Operant responses and cardiac CRs during reinforcement and extinction were compared. Individual differences during extinction were marked. Behavioral disturbances during conditioning and extinction were observed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cardiac & operant responses during conditioning & extinction of Pavlovian CR KW - 1968 KW - Classical Conditioning KW - Extinction (Learning) KW - Heart Rate KW - Operant Conditioning KW - Dogs KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-13978-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-13945-001 AN - 1969-13945-001 AU - Murphree, O. D. AU - Peters, J. E. AU - Dykman, R. A. T1 - Behavioral and autonomic results from crossing nervous and stable dogs. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1968/// VL - 3 IS - 2 SP - 140 EP - 140 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-13945-001. Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Murphree, O. D.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Little Rock, Ark. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19691001. Correction Date: 20151026. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Animal Social Behavior; Autonomic Nervous System; Genetics. Minor Descriptor: Dogs. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - The cross-breeding of stable and nervous dogs have indicated that although the offspring resemble their nervous mothers in many ways, their social behavior leans toward the stable strain. It was found that heart rates of the offspring mimicked the nervous mothers, but they were not influenced by the stable ancestry in 'effect of person' tests. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - stable vs. nervous breeding KW - social behavior KW - dog KW - 1968 KW - Animal Social Behavior KW - Autonomic Nervous System KW - Genetics KW - Dogs KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-13945-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-13760-001 AN - 1969-13760-001 AU - Allison, Truett AU - Goff, Genevieve AU - Goff, William R. T1 - Somatic cerebellar evoked responses during waking and sleep. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1968/// VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 242 EP - 242 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-13760-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Allison, Truett; West Haven Veterans Administration Hosp., Conn. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19691001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Brain; Evoked Potentials; Neurology; Sleep. Minor Descriptor: Cats. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Recorded cerebellar evoked potentials in the forelimb area of cats with stimulating electrode implanted around the ipsilateral ulnar nerve. The response consists of positive wave with peak latencies of 9, 15, and 22 msec. (waves I-III), due respectively to granule layer activity, Purkinje cell activity, and activity of uncertain origin. Averaged responses were recorded during moving waking, quiet waking, slow sleep (SS) and rapid sleep (RS). All waves were enhanced during SS (33, 35, 68% respectively), even more during RS (45, 54, 86%), compared with alert waking. Phasic changes were seen during RS, amplitudes (especially of wave III) being reduced or abolished during bursts of REM, in contrast to cerebral cortex where primary response increases accompany REM. Large increases of waves II (52%) and III (107%) during quiet waking suggest that movement is important in modulating cerebellar evoked activity. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - cerebellar evoked potentials KW - waking vs. sleep KW - cat KW - 1968 KW - Brain KW - Evoked Potentials KW - Neurology KW - Sleep KW - Cats KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-13760-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-13756-001 AN - 1969-13756-001 AU - Sterman, M. B. AU - Hoppenbrouwers, T. T1 - Development of a rest-activity cycle in the human fetus. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1968/// VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 226 EP - 226 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-13756-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sterman, M. B.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19691001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Biological Rhythms; Motor Processes; Pregnancy; Sleep. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Obtained repeated all-night recordings of fetal motility from 4 pregnant females. Small pressure transducers were attached to the abdominal skin over the head, limbs, and buttock of the fetus. An additional transducer was attached to the dorsal surface of the mother's thigh to monitor maternal activity. Ss were recorded from during a normal night of sleep and during periods of quiet wakefulness. Fetal activity was detected from the 5th mo. of pregnancy, and became cyclic during the 6th mo. As measured from the beginning of 1 active period to the beginning of the next, the cycle times at this state of development had a mean of 47.8 26.5 min. Cycle times lengthened progressively, and a significantly longer mean cycle time of 62.7 20 min. was obtained by the 8th mo. This endogenous cyclicity was independent of maternal state, being the same during both sleep and wakefulness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - sleep-activity cycle KW - development in human fetus KW - 1968 KW - Biological Rhythms KW - Motor Processes KW - Pregnancy KW - Sleep KW - 1968 DO - 10.1111/j.1469-8986.1968.tb02817.x UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-13756-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-13626-001 AN - 1969-13626-001 AU - Greenberg, R. AU - Pillard, R. AU - Pearlman, C. T1 - Dream deprivation and adaptation to stress. JF - Psychophysiology JO - Psychophysiology JA - Psychophysiology Y1 - 1968/// VL - 5 IS - 2 SP - 238 EP - 238 CY - United Kingdom PB - Blackwell Publishing SN - 0048-5772 SN - 1469-8986 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-13626-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Greenberg, R.; Boston Veterans Administration Hosp., Mass. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19691001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Dreaming; Films; Physiological Stress; Sleep; Stress. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - Tested the hypothesis that dreaming is important in the assimilation and mastery of new experiences. Previous studies had shown that Ss shown anxiety-provoking films develop various indices of anxiety that can be measured physiologically and psychologically. When Ss view the film a 2nd time these measurements reveal that they have adapted to the stress by showing less anxiety. Whether dream deprivation would affect adaptation on the 2nd viewing is examined. 15 Ss were studied, 6 with dream deprivation between 1st and 2nd viewings of an autopsy film, 5 with a normal sleep and 4 with nonREM awakenings. Results showed that the 1st viewing led to significant anxiety and that the dream-deprived S adapted less well (T test .1 and Mann-Whitney rank order about .1) to the 2nd viewing than the other 2 groups. Results are considered consistent with the hypothesis that dreaming is important for adaptation to anxiety-provoking stimuli. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - dream deprivation & adaptation to stress film KW - 1968 KW - Dreaming KW - Films KW - Physiological Stress KW - Sleep KW - Stress KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-13626-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-13466-001 AN - 1969-13466-001 AU - Buttiglieri, Matthew W. AU - Woodson, M. I. AU - Guenette, Marie AU - Thomson, Mae T1 - Driver accidents and the neuropsychiatric patient. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1969/06// VL - 33 IS - 3 SP - 381 EP - 381 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1969-13466-001. PMID: 4389337 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Buttiglieri, Matthew W.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Sepulveda, Calif. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19690101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Driving Behavior; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Personality Traits; Psychiatric Patients; Schizophrenia. Classification: Engineering & Environmental Psychology (4000); Social Psychology (3000). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1969. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1969. AB - Compared the driving records of 533 neuropsychiatric patients with a random sample of 86,717 California drivers in an attempt to improve prediction of accident records. Results indicated that Ss diagnosed schizophrenic reaction had a lower accident rate, while those with a high Mania score on the MMPI or who drank had a higher rate. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - driver accident record & schizophrenic vs. mania reaction on MMPI KW - hospitalized neuropsychiatric patients KW - 1969 KW - Driving Behavior KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Personality Traits KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Schizophrenia KW - 1969 DO - 10.1037/h0027625 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-13466-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1969-11751-001 AN - 1969-11751-001 AU - Butters, Nelson AU - Brody, Betty T1 - Familiarity as a factor in the cross-modal associations of brain-damaged patients. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1969/// VL - 28 IS - 1 SP - 68 EP - 68 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1969-11751-001. PMID: 5777975 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Butters, Nelson; Boston Veterans Administration Hosp., Mass. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19690801. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Associative Processes; Brain Damage; Cutaneous Sense; Familiarity; Visual Perception. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1969. AB - 5 left hemisphere brain-damaged Ss who were unable to make tactual-visual cross-modal associations with unfamiliar patterns were tested on a similar associative task with familiar objects. Ss performed perfectly with the familiar objects. Results indicate that while an intact right hemisphere can mediate well-established tactual-visual associations, new cross-modal associations rely upon the integrity of the left parietal lobe. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - tactile-visual cross-modal associations & familiarity KW - brain damaged Ss KW - 1969 KW - Associative Processes KW - Brain Damage KW - Cutaneous Sense KW - Familiarity KW - Visual Perception KW - 1969 DO - 10.2466/pms.1969.28.1.68 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1969-11751-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-18833-001 AN - 1968-18833-001 AU - Farberow, Norman L. T1 - Symposium: Concensus Rorschachs in the study of problem behavior: Introduction. JF - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment JO - Journal of Projective Techniques & Personality Assessment Y1 - 1968/// VL - 32 IS - 4 SP - 326 EP - 326 CY - US PB - Lawrence Erlbaum N1 - Accession Number: 1968-18833-001. PMID: 5673722 Other Journal Title: Journal of Personality Assessment. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Farberow, Norman L.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION CENTRAL RESEARCH UNIT, LOS ANGELES, CALIF. Other Publishers: Taylor & Francis. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161020. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Family; Projective Personality Measures; Projective Techniques; Projective Testing Technique; Rorschach Test. Minor Descriptor: Behavior Problems; Interpersonal Interaction. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - CONTENDS THAT THE UNDERSTANDING AND PREDICTION OF ALL BEHAVIOR IS EXPANDED BY TRANSACTIONS AND INTERACTIONS WHICH ARE THE ESSENCE OF GROUP FUNCTIONING. THE FAMILY HAS BEEN USED AS THE BASIC GROUP IN THE STUDY OF CHARACTER DEVELOPMENT OF THE INDIVIDUAL. AMONG THE TESTS USED TO COLLECT SUCH DATA IS THE CONSENSUS RORSCHACH, 'A PROTOCOL PRODUCED UNDER THE REQUIREMENT THAT THE FAMILY GROUP SHALL HAVE AGREED ON ALL THE RESPONSES OFFERED.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - CONSENSUS RORSCHACH KW - FAMILY INTERACTION ANALYSIS KW - 1968 KW - Family KW - Projective Personality Measures KW - Projective Techniques KW - Projective Testing Technique KW - Rorschach Test KW - Behavior Problems KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - 1968 DO - 10.1080/0091651X.1968.10120492 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-18833-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-18084-001 AN - 1968-18084-001 AU - CICCHETTI, DOMENIC V. AU - LERNER, EMANUEL T1 - Measures of reliability and validity of verbal intelligence among neuropsychiatric patients. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1968/10// VL - 73 IS - 5 SP - 420 EP - 420 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-18084-001. PMID: 5722378 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: CICCHETTI, DOMENIC V.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., EASTERN RESEARCH SUPPORT CENTER, WEST HAVEN, CONN. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161010. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intelligence Measures; Psychiatric Patients; Statistical Reliability; Statistical Validity; Test Validity. Minor Descriptor: Test Reliability; Verbal Ability; Verbal Communication; Verbal Fluency; Verbal Learning; Verbal Reinforcement. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - RESULTS INDICATE THAT THE THORNDIKE MULTIPLE-CHOICE SCALE OF VERBAL INTELLIGENCE IS A MODERATELY RELIABLE AND VALID INDEX FOR USE WITH HOSPITALIZED NEUROPSYCHIATRIC (NP) PATIENTS, AND APPEARS TO BE UNRELATED TO HOW ADEQUATELY THE S IS FUNCTIONING IN HIS HOSPITAL ENVIRONMENT. SS WERE 130 HOSPITALIZED NP SS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - VERBAL INTELLIGENCE/MEASUREMENT OF KW - THORDIKE SCALE KW - & RELIABILITY KW - NEUROPSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1968 KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Statistical Reliability KW - Statistical Validity KW - Test Validity KW - Test Reliability KW - Verbal Ability KW - Verbal Communication KW - Verbal Fluency KW - Verbal Learning KW - Verbal Reinforcement KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/h0026144 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-18084-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-15690-001 AN - 1968-15690-001 AU - O'Connell, Michael J. AU - Bell, Robert B. T1 - A practical hearing test for mute patients. JF - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JO - Hospital & Community Psychiatry JA - Hosp Community Psychiatry Y1 - 1968/// VL - 19 IS - 2 SP - 43 EP - 43 CY - US PB - American Psychiatric Assn SN - 0022-1597 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-15690-001. PMID: 5637406 Other Journal Title: Psychiatric Services. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: O'Connell, Michael J.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Deaf; Measurement; Psychiatric Patients; Psychodiagnosis; Testing. Minor Descriptor: Hearing Disorders; Partially Hearing Impaired; Speech Characteristics; Speech Development; Verbal Communication. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - SUGGESTS AN EEG COMBINED WITH A HEARING EXAMINATION TO DETERMINE IF COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS ARE PHYSICAL OR PSYCHOGENIC. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - HEARING TEST FOR MUTE PATIENTS KW - 1968 KW - Deaf KW - Measurement KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Psychodiagnosis KW - Testing KW - Hearing Disorders KW - Partially Hearing Impaired KW - Speech Characteristics KW - Speech Development KW - Verbal Communication KW - 1968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-15690-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-14982-001 AN - 1968-14982-001 AU - Deckner, C. William T1 - Low intensity conflict. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1968/// VL - 11 IS - 6 SP - 204 EP - 204 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-14982-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Deckner, C. William; Veterans Administration Hosp., Nashville, Tenn. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognition; Conflict; Decision Making; Motivation; Motor Performance. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - 2 EXPERIMENTS WERE DESIGNED TO DEMONSTRATE THE EFFECT OF LOW INTENSITY CONFLICT ON COGNITIVE-MOTOR PERFORMANCE. SS WORKING FOR SMALL POSITIVE REINFORCERS WERE PERIODICALLY REQUIRED TO MAKE DECISIONS UNDER CONDITIONS OF UNCERTAINTY. IT WAS FOUND THAT THE PERFORMANCE OF MORE HIGHLY MOTIVATED SS WAS SIGNIFICANTLY IMPAIRED BY A SIGNAL WHICH REQUIRED A DECISION. RESULTS WERE RELATED TO PREVIOUS STUDIES ON CONFLICT. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - DECISION MAKING KW - LOW INTENSITY COGNITIVE-MOTOR CONFLICT & MOTIVATION KW - 1968 KW - Cognition KW - Conflict KW - Decision Making KW - Motivation KW - Motor Performance KW - 1968 DO - 10.3758/BF03327658 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-14982-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-14023-001 AN - 1968-14023-001 AU - Mullan, Hugh T1 - The use of dynamic groups for psychiatric staff reorganization. JF - Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics JO - Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics JA - Psychother Psychosom Y1 - 1967/// VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 49 EP - 49 CY - Switzerland PB - Karger SN - 0033-3190 SN - 1423-0348 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-14023-001. Other Journal Title: Acta Psychotherapeutica. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Mullan, Hugh; Veterans Administration Hosp., New Orleans, LA. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinics; Counselors; Mental Health Personnel; Social Workers; Treatment. Minor Descriptor: Paraprofessional Personnel; Personnel; Psychiatrists; Psychologists; Psychotherapists; Scientists. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - THE NEWER APPROACHES TO PSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS ORIGINATE MANY TIMES IN PRIVATE PRACTICE OR IN CLINICS AND REACH INSTITUTIONS LAST. MENTAL HEALTH SPECIALISTS IN A VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSPITAL HAVE SET BEHAVIORS, FIXED THERAPEUTIC METHODS AND GOALS, AND INTERACTIONAL PATTERNS DETERMINED BY THE RIGIDITIES OF THE INSTITUTION, PATIENT CHARACTER AND LOAD, ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS, ETC. THE AUTHORITARIAN IMPOSITION OF NEW DUTIES AND METHODS FAILS TO CHANGE THE PSYCHIATRIC ENVIRONMENT. HOWEVER, SMALL DYNAMIC GROUPS, INTERACTIONAL, WITHOUT AGENDA, AND, TO A DEGREE, TASK ORIENTED, DO HELP BRING THE STAFF TOGETHER AT A NEW LEVEL OF INTEGRATION AND WITH NEW CREATIVE PURPOSE. (PAPER PRESENTED AT THE 7TH INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF PSYCHOTHERAPY, WIESBADEN, 1967.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PSYCHIATRIC STAFF REORGANIZATION KW - 1967 KW - Clinics KW - Counselors KW - Mental Health Personnel KW - Social Workers KW - Treatment KW - Paraprofessional Personnel KW - Personnel KW - Psychiatrists KW - Psychologists KW - Psychotherapists KW - Scientists KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-14023-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-13850-001 AN - 1968-13850-001 AU - Eng, Erling T1 - Body, we-awareness and therapeutic community. JF - Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics JO - Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics JA - Psychother Psychosom Y1 - 1967/// VL - 15 IS - 1 SP - 18 EP - 18 CY - Switzerland PB - Karger SN - 0033-3190 SN - 1423-0348 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-13850-001. Other Journal Title: Acta Psychotherapeutica. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Eng, Erling; Veterans Administration Hosp., Lexington, KY. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anatomy; Awareness; Phenomenology; Psychotherapy; Social Interaction. Classification: Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - THE ACTION OF THE THERAPEUTIC COMMUNITY IS VIEWED AS OCCURRING THROUGH THE WE-AWARENESS WHICH IT FOSTERS. SINCE WE-AWARENESS ONTOGENETICALLY PRECEDES ANY SEPARATE BODILY AWARENESS, IT MAY ALSO BE UNDERSTOOD HOW IT IS POSSIBLE FOR BODILY SYMPTOMS TO ABATE, WHERE THIS OCCURS WITHIN THE MORE 'INTEGRAL BODY' OF THE THERAPEUTIC COMMUNITY. (PAPER PRESENTED AT THE 7TH INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF PSYCHOTHERAPY, WIESBADEN, 1967.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - & WE-AWARENESS & THERAPEUTIC COMMUNITY KW - 1967 KW - Anatomy KW - Awareness KW - Phenomenology KW - Psychotherapy KW - Social Interaction KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-13850-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-13648-001 AN - 1968-13648-001 AU - Ferneau, Ernest W. Jr. T1 - Note on 'facilitative distortion.' JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1968/// VL - 22 IS - 3, PT. 1 SP - 982 EP - 982 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-13648-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ferneau, Ernest W. Jr.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Brockton, Mass. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161229. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cognitive Dissonance; Interpersonal Interaction; Perception. Classification: Social Psychology (3000). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - CONCEPTUALLY, THE CONSTRUCT 'FACILITATIVE DISTORTION' INCLUDES ONLY 2 VARIABLES AS DETERMINANTS OF ITS DEGREE OF SIGNIFICANCE: LEVEL OF THE PERCEIVER'S MOTIVATION TO REACH THE GOAL IN QUESTION, AND THE DEGREE OF RESTRAINT OFFERED AGAINST THE GOAL. THE LATTER VARIABLE IS CURRENTLY VIEWED ONLY IN QUANTITATIVE TERMS. IT IS SUGGESTED THAT THIS VARIABLE MAY BE VIEWED IN QUALITATIVE TERMS, E.G., THE REASONABLENESS OR UNREASONABLENESS (ACTUAL OR PERCEIVED) OF THE RESTRAINT. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - FACILITATIVE DISTORTION KW - INTERPERSONAL PERCEPTION KW - 1968 KW - Cognitive Dissonance KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Perception KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1968.22.3.982 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-13648-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-12997-001 AN - 1968-12997-001 AU - STERNE, DAVID M. T1 - VALIDITY OF THE PPVT, KNOX CUBES AND ITPA WITH APHASIC ADULTS. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1968/// VL - 22 IS - 3, PT. 1 SP - 1014 EP - 1014 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-12997-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: STERNE, DAVID M.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., VANCOUVER, WASH. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19680101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Measurement; Statistical Validity; Test Validity; Testing; Vocabulary. Minor Descriptor: Drawing; Films; Photographs; Psycholinguistics. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - RATINGS OF THE ABILITIES FOR ORAL SELF-EXPRESSION AND FOR UNDERSTANDING OTHERS WERE OBTAINED FOR 20 HOSPITALIZED APHASIC MALES FROM NURSING PERSONNEL. SATISFACTORY AVERAGE INTERRATER RELIABILITY WAS OBTAINED. THE SS WERE THEN ADMINISTERED THE PPVT, KNOX CUBES, AND 7 TASKS FROM THE ILLINOIS TEST OF PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ABILITIES (ITPA). SIGNIFICANT CORRELATIONS WERE FOUND FOR THE PPVT AND THE ITPA TASKS WITH 1 OR BOTH OF THE CRITERION RATINGS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - PEABODY PICTURE VOCABULARY TEST & KNOX CUBES & ILLINOIS TEST OF PSYCHOLINGUISTIC ABILITIES KW - APHASIC ADULTSS KW - 1968 KW - Measurement KW - Statistical Validity KW - Test Validity KW - Testing KW - Vocabulary KW - Drawing KW - Films KW - Photographs KW - Psycholinguistics KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1968.22.3.1014 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-12997-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-09724-001 AN - 1968-09724-001 AU - MASON, RUSSELL E. T1 - VALUE ORIENTATION SCALE DEVELOPMENT. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1968/// VL - 22 IS - 1 SP - 184 EP - 184 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-09724-001. PMID: 5641207 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: MASON, RUSSELL E.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., PALO ALTO, CALIF. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19680101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interest Inventories; Orienting Reflex; Orienting Responses; Perceptual Orientation; Values. Minor Descriptor: Attitude Measures; Cross Cultural Differences; Intelligence Measures; Personality Measures; Preference Measures; Racial and Ethnic Groups. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1968. AB - DISCUSSES THE CONTINUAL DEVELOPMENT AND THEORETICAL BASIS OF A SELF-RATING CROSS-CULTURAL FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS INVENTORY AND THE VALUE ORIENTATION SCALE, WITH EMPHASIS ON THE PLEASANTNESS-UNPLEASANTNESS DIMENSION. 'THE VALUE ORIENTATION SCALE CONTAINS 3 VALUE GROUPINGS THAT ARE CONSIDERED TO BE OF EXCEPTIONAL PSYCHODYNAMIC SIGNIFICANCE BECAUSE THEY SEEM TO AFFECT AND ORIENT ONE'S TOTAL VALUE SELECTION AN STRUCTURE.' (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - CROSS-CULTURAL FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS INVENTORY & VALUE ORIENTATION SCALE KW - 1968 KW - Interest Inventories KW - Orienting Reflex KW - Orienting Responses KW - Perceptual Orientation KW - Values KW - Attitude Measures KW - Cross Cultural Differences KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Personality Measures KW - Preference Measures KW - Racial and Ethnic Groups KW - 1968 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1968.22.1.184 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-09724-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-07227-001 AN - 1968-07227-001 AU - Ralph, Donald E. T1 - Attitudes toward mental illness among two groups of college students in neuropsychiatric hospital setting. JF - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology JA - J Consult Clin Psychol Y1 - 1968/02// VL - 32 IS - 1 SP - 98 EP - 98 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0022-006X SN - 1939-2117 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-07227-001. PMID: 5649215 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Ralph, Donald E.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northampton, Mass. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitudes; Mental Disorders; Recreation; Treatment. Classification: Social Processes & Social Issues (2900); Sport Psychology & Leisure (3700). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - COMPARED THE ATTITUDES OF FEMALES FROM A 4-YR COLLEGE WHO VOLUNTEERED FOR COMPANION THERAPY PROGRAMS (INVOLVING A 1:1 OR SMALL GROUP CONTACT WITH PATIENTS) AND 14 JUNIOR COLLEGE STUDENTS WHO VOLUNTEERED FOR RECREATIONAL THERAPY. AS PREDICTED, SS IN THE COMPANION GROUP WERE LESS CUSTODIAL IN THEIR ORIGINAL ATTITUDES AND THEIR VIEWS BECAME MORE HUMANISTIC AFTER ACTUAL PARTICIPATION. IT IS CONCLUDED THAT THE 2 PROGRAMS ATTRACT VOLUNTEERS WITH DIFFERENT ATTITUDES. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - MENTAL ILLNESS/TOWARD KW - COMPANION VS. RECREATIONAL THERAPY VOLUNTEERS KW - 1968 KW - Attitudes KW - Mental Disorders KW - Recreation KW - Treatment KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/h0025428 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-07227-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-06380-001 AN - 1968-06380-001 AU - Cicchetti, Domenic V. AU - Ornston, Patricia S. T1 - Reliability of reported parent-child relationships among neuropsychiatric patients. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1968/02// VL - 73 IS - 1 SP - 15 EP - 15 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-06380-001. PMID: 5639998 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cicchetti, Domenic V.; Veterans Administration Hosp., West Haven, Conn. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Attitude Measures; Intelligence Measures; Interest Inventories; Personality Measures; Preference Measures. Minor Descriptor: Childrearing Practices; Parent Child Relations; Psychiatric Patients; Statistical Reliability; Test Reliability. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Feb, 1968. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1968. AB - ATTEMPTED TO ASSESS THE ODD-EVEN ITEM RELIABILITY, OF THE CHILD REARING ATTITUDE SCALE FOR NEUROPSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS. UNLIKE PRIOR RELIABILITY STUDIES, CONTROLS WERE PROVIDED FOR MANY DEMOGRAPHIC AND PERSONALITY VARIABLES WHICH CORRELATE SIGNIFICANTLY WITH THE TENDENCY TO ENDORSE ITEMS SUGGESTIVE OF DEVIANCE IN CHILD-REARING PRACTICES. DESPITE CONTROLS, THE SCALE STILL RETAINED A MODERATELY HIGH DEGREE OF RELIABILITY. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - CHILD REARING ATTITUDE SCALE KW - RELIABILITY KW - NEUROPSYCHIATRIC PATIENTS KW - 1968 KW - Attitude Measures KW - Intelligence Measures KW - Interest Inventories KW - Personality Measures KW - Preference Measures KW - Childrearing Practices KW - Parent Child Relations KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Statistical Reliability KW - Test Reliability KW - 1968 DO - 10.1037/h0025361 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-06380-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-05265-001 AN - 1968-05265-001 AU - Crumpton, Evelyn AU - Wine, David B. AU - Drenick, Ernst J. T1 - Effect of prolonged fasting on olfactory threshold. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1967/// VL - 21 IS - 2 SP - 692 EP - 692 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1968-05265-001. PMID: 6079287 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crumpton, Evelyn; Veterans Administration Center, Los Angeles, Calif. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170126. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Body Weight; Food Deprivation; Olfactory Perception; Patients; Thresholds. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - PROLONGED FASTING PRODUCED NO SIGNIFICANT CHANGES IN OLFACTORY THRESHOLD FOR EITHER FOOD-RELATED (METHYL SALICYLATE) OR NEUTRAL (BENZENE) SUBSTANCES IN 19 MEN HOSPITALIZED FOR OBESITY. THRESHOLDS WERE DETERMINED BY JONES' FORCED-CHOICE SNIFFING TECHNIQUE AFTER 1 WK., AND AFTER 1, 2, AND 3 MO. OF 0-300 CALORIE DAILY FOOD INTAKE. VARIABILITY WAS NOT EXCESSIVE. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - OLFACTORY THRESHOLD & PROLONGED FASTING KW - OBESE PATIENTS KW - 1967 KW - Body Weight KW - Food Deprivation KW - Olfactory Perception KW - Patients KW - Thresholds KW - 1967 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1967.21.2.692 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-05265-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-02614-001 AN - 1968-02614-001 AU - TAMKIN, ARTHUR S. T1 - SOME DETERMINANTS OF RORSCHACH PRODUCTIVITY. JF - Journal of Clinical Psychology JO - Journal of Clinical Psychology JA - J Clin Psychol Y1 - 1967/// VL - 23 IS - 4 SP - 496 EP - 496 CY - US PB - John Wiley & Sons SN - 0021-9762 SN - 1097-4679 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-02614-001. Other Journal Title: In Session: Psychotherapy in Practice. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: TAMKIN, ARTHUR S.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., CLINIC DIV., PROVIDENCE, R.I. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20130624. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Defense Mechanisms; Rorschach Test; Symptoms. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - TO TEST THE HYPOTHESES THAT RESPONSES (R) ON THE RORSCHACH ARE INVERSELY RELATED TO SYMPTOMATOLOGY AND GUARDEDNESS, 4 GROUPS OF SS WERE ADMINISTERED THE RORSCHACH AND THE MMPI. THE HYPOTHESES WERE NOT CONFIRMED BY THE RESULTS. THE MEAN R FOR PSYCHOTICS WAS GREATER THAN THAT FOR NEUROTICS DENOTING A GREATER DEGREE OF INHIBITION OR REPRESSION OF AFFECT OR IDEATION. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SYMPTOMATOLOGY & GUARDEDNESS KW - 1967 KW - Defense Mechanisms KW - Rorschach Test KW - Symptoms KW - 1967 DO - 10.1002/1097-4679(196710)23:4<496::AID-JCLP2270230432>3.0.CO;2-2 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-02614-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-02266-001 AN - 1968-02266-001 AU - JUSTESEN, DON R. AU - POWELL, WILLIAM AU - SHERIDAN, CHARLES L. T1 - A COMPARISON OF DISCRIMINATION PERFORMANCES IN THE THOMPSON-BRYANT APPARATUS BY RATS UNDER POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE REINFORCEMENT. JF - Psychonomic Bulletin JO - Psychonomic Bulletin Y1 - 1967/// VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 32 EP - 32 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-02266-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: JUSTESEN, DON R.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., KANSAS CITY, MO. Release Date: 19680101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Discrimination; Reinforcement; Reinforcement Amounts; Reinforcement Schedules. Minor Descriptor: Rats. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - ESCAPE AVOIDANCE OF GRID SHOCK, OR STANDARD MAGAZINE FOOD PELLETS, FORMED THE 2 INCENTIVE CONDITIONS IN THE ACQUISITION OF A LIGHT-DARK DISCRIMINATION HABIT. SS RUNNING TO THE PELLETS MADE RELIABLY FEWER ERRORS THAN THOSE RUNNING FROM THE GRID SHOCK. THE RESPONSE STEREOTYPY SOMETIMES OCCURRING IN THE THOMPSON-BRYANT APPARATUS (I.E., POSITION FIXATIONS) WAS NOT ENCOUNTERED UNDER EITHER FORM OF REINFORCEMENT-A SLIGHT AND SERENDIPITOUS MODIFICATION OF THE APPARATUS PRESUMABLY BEING RESPONSIBLE. (PAPER READ AT PSYCHONOMIC SOCIETY MEETING, 1967.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - REINFORCEMENT/POSITIVE & NEGATIVE KW - 1967 KW - Discrimination KW - Reinforcement KW - Reinforcement Amounts KW - Reinforcement Schedules KW - Rats KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-02266-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-01988-001 AN - 1968-01988-001 AU - RAY, OAKLEY S. AU - BIVENS, LYLE W. T1 - Reinforcement magnitude as a determinant of performance decrement following electroconvulsive shock. JF - Psychonomic Bulletin JO - Psychonomic Bulletin Y1 - 1967/// VL - 1 IS - 2 SP - 28 EP - 28 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-01988-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: RAY, OAKLEY S.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., PITTSBURGH, PA. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20161020. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance; Avoidance Conditioning; Electroconvulsive Shock; Learning; Shock. Minor Descriptor: Mice. Classification: Physiological Psychology & Neuroscience (2500). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - ECS WAS ADMINISTERED TO MICE AT VARYING INTERVALS AFTER PASSIVE AVOIDANCE TRAINING IN WHICH THE INTENSITY OF FOOT SHOCK WAS VARIED. AT LOW FOOT SHOCK INTENSITIES, ECS GIVEN EITHER 10 OF 160 SEC. FOLLOWING EACH TRAINING TRIAL WAS EFFECTIVE IN DISRUPTING LEARNING. AT HIGH FOOT SHOCK INTENSITIES, ONLY THE ANIMALS GIVEN ECS 10 SEC. AFTER TRAINING SHOWED ANY IMPAIRMENT OF LEARNING. (PAPER READ AT PSYCHONOMIC SOCIETY MEETING, 1967.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - LEARNING DECREMENT/AVOIDANCE KW - REINFORCEMENT MAGNITUDE KW - MOUSE KW - 1967 KW - Avoidance KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Electroconvulsive Shock KW - Learning KW - Shock KW - Mice KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-01988-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-01442-001 AN - 1968-01442-001 AU - Royer, Fred L. T1 - Induction as a factor in certain sequential perceptual and motor skills. JF - Conditional Reflex JO - Conditional Reflex JA - Cond Reflex Y1 - 1967/// VL - 2 IS - 2 SP - 168 EP - 168 CY - US PB - Transaction Publishers SN - 0010-5392 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-01442-001. Other Journal Title: Integrative Physiological & Behavioral Science; Integrative Psychological & Behavioral Science; Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Royer, Fred L.; Brecksville Veterans Administration Hosp., O. Other Publishers: Springer. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170206. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interstimulus Interval; Intertrial Interval; Motor Performance; Perception; Stimulus Intervals. Minor Descriptor: Auditory Perception; Conditioned Stimulus; Stimulus Parameters; Unconditioned Stimulus. Classification: Human Experimental Psychology (2300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - INDUCTION IS MANIFESTED BY THE MODIFICATION OF 1 PARTICULAR RESPONSE BY THE PRECEDING RESPONSE AS A FUNCTION OF THEIR TEMPORAL OR SPATIAL RELATIONSHIPS. THIS CONCEPT FURNISHES A PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGICAL EXPLANATION FOR EXPERIMENTAL DATA SHOWING THAT THE ORDER OF THE ELEMENTS IN A SEQUENCE INFLUENCES BOTH PERCEPTUAL AND MOTOR ACTIVITY IN A SIMILAR WAY. 256 DIFFERENT BINARY SEQUENCES CAN BE CONSTRUCTED HAVING A LENGTH OF 8 ELEMENTS. WHEN THE DIFFERENT SEQUENCES OF 2 AUDITORY STIMULI ARE REPEATED CONTINUOUSLY AT 2/SEC, THE IDENTITY OF THE PARTICULAR SEQUENCE IS LOST; SEVERAL DIFFERENT SEQUENCES ARE PERCEIVED AS THE SAME PATTERN. THIS SHOULD LEAD TO A HEIGHTENED PERCEPTUAL ACCENTUATION OF PARTICULAR ELEMENTS AND INFLUENCE THE PROBABILITY AND REACTION TIME OF MAKING A PARTICULAR RESPONSE FOLLOWING ANOTHER. (PAPER PRESENTED AT THE 6TH MEETING OF THE PAVLOVIAN SOCIETY OF NORTH AMERICA.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - INTER-STIMULUS INTERVAL KW - SEQUENCE IDENTIFICATION & RESPONSE MODIFICATION KW - AUDITION KW - & MOTOR PERFORMANCE KW - 1967 KW - Interstimulus Interval KW - Intertrial Interval KW - Motor Performance KW - Perception KW - Stimulus Intervals KW - Auditory Perception KW - Conditioned Stimulus KW - Stimulus Parameters KW - Unconditioned Stimulus KW - 1967 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-01442-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1968-00151-001 AN - 1968-00151-001 AU - Brookshire, Robert H. T1 - Connectors for attaching snap leads to equipment having banana jack terminals. JF - Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior JO - Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior JA - J Exp Anal Behav Y1 - 1967/// VL - 10 IS - 5 SP - 450 EP - 450 CY - US PB - Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior SN - 0022-5002 SN - 1938-3711 N1 - Accession Number: 1968-00151-001. PMID: 6050056 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Brookshire, Robert H.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Kansas City, MO. Other Publishers: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing Ltd. Release Date: 19680101. Correction Date: 20170206. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Apparatus. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1967. KW - CONNECTORS FOR ATTACHING SNAP LEADS TO BANANA JACK TERMINALS KW - 1967 KW - Apparatus KW - 1967 DO - 10.1901/jeab.1967.10-450 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1968-00151-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-14113-001 AN - 1967-14113-001 AU - Crovitz, Herbert F. AU - Schiffman, Harold AU - Rees, J. N. T1 - Simulation of mental deficiency: The stupid-reader effect. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1967/// VL - 20 IS - 3, PT. 1 SP - 834 EP - 834 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-14113-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crovitz, Herbert F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Durham, N. C. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170220. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Methodology; Simulation; Verbal Ability; Verbal Learning. Minor Descriptor: Verbal Communication; Verbal Fluency; Verbal Reinforcement; Intellectual Development Disorder. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - SIMPLE METHODS FOR BLOCKING THE FLOW OF SPEECH AND FOR BLOCKING THE UNDERSTANDING OF SIMPLE WRITTEN MATERIAL ARE DESCRIBED. THE METHODS EXTERNALLY IMPOSE A KIND OF PERSEVERATION. USING THEM, THE INTEGRATION OF INFORMATION OVER TIME IS MADE DIFFICULT FOR NORMAL INTELLIGENT SS. THE QUESTION IS WHETHER INTERNAL ANALOGS OF THESE EXTERNALLY IMPOSED TREATMENTS EXIST WHEN NORMAL SS FORGET WHAT THEY WERE ON THE VERGE OF SAYING, AND WHEN MENTAL DEFECTIVES FAIL TO INTEGRATE INFORMATION. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SIMULATION OF MENTAL DEFICIENCY BY BLOCKING FLOW OF SPEECH & UNDERSTANDING OF SIMPLE WRITTEN MATERIAL KW - Mental Retardation KW - 1967 KW - Methodology KW - Simulation KW - Verbal Ability KW - Verbal Learning KW - Verbal Communication KW - Verbal Fluency KW - Verbal Reinforcement KW - Intellectual Development Disorder KW - 1967 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1967.20.3.834 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-14113-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-13365-001 AN - 1967-13365-001 AU - Williams, John T. Jr. T1 - Efficient motivation for studying crocodilian learning. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1967/// VL - 8 IS - 7 SP - 279 EP - 279 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-13365-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Williams, John T. Jr.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Augusta, GA. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170220. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance; Avoidance Conditioning; Learning; Shock. Minor Descriptor: Animals. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - RESULTS INDICATE THAT ESCAPE FROM ELECTRIC SHOCK IS EFFECTIVE AS A MEANS OF MOTIVATING CRODOLIANS IN A LEARNING SITUATION. AN 18-IN CAIMAN REQUIRES A MUCH HIGHER SHOCK INTENSITY THAN A RAT FOR COMPARABLE RESULTS. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SHOCK NECESSARY FOR CONDITIONING KW - CROCODILE KW - 1967 KW - Avoidance KW - Avoidance Conditioning KW - Learning KW - Shock KW - Animals KW - 1967 DO - 10.3758/BF03331660 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-13365-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-13364-001 AN - 1967-13364-001 AU - Williams, John T. Jr. T1 - A test for dominance of cues in the spectacled caiman. JF - Psychonomic Science JO - Psychonomic Science JA - Psychon Sci Y1 - 1967/// VL - 8 IS - 7 SP - 280 EP - 280 CY - US PB - Psychonomic Society SN - 0033-3131 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-13364-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Williams, John T. Jr.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., AUGUSTA, GA. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170313. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer-Reviewed Status-Unknown (0130). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Avoidance; Conditioning; Cues. Minor Descriptor: Animals. Classification: Animal Experimental & Comparative Psychology (2400). Population: Animal (20). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1967. AB - CAIMANS WERE TRAINED TO ESCAPE SHOCK IN A T MAZE WITH CONFOUNDED VISUAL AND SPATIAL CUES. 7 OF THE 8 SS QUICKLY REACHED CRITERION AND WERE GIVEN A SINGLE TEST TRIAL WITH THE POSITIONS OF THE VISUAL CUES REVERSED. WHEN FACED WITH THESE CONTRADICTORY CUES, ALL 7 TURNED TO THE SIDE TO WHICH THEY HAD BEEN TRAINED. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - CROCODILE KW - ESCAPE IN T MAZE KW - REVERSAL OF VISUAL & SPATIAL CUES KW - 1967 KW - Avoidance KW - Conditioning KW - Cues KW - Animals KW - 1967 DO - 10.3758/BF03331661 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-13364-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-01713-001 AN - 1967-01713-001 AU - GOLDSTEIN, GERALD AU - CHOTLOS, JOHN W. T1 - Stability of field dependence in chronic alcoholic patients. JF - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JO - Journal of Abnormal Psychology JA - J Abnorm Psychol Y1 - 1966/12// VL - 71 IS - 6 SP - 420 EP - 420 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-843X SN - 1939-1846 N1 - Accession Number: 1967-01713-001. PMID: 5978031 Other Journal Title: The Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology; The Journal of Abnormal Psychology and Social Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: GOLDSTEIN, GERALD; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., TOPEKA, KAN. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20161128. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcoholism; Psychiatric Patients; Visual Field. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. AB - 62 ALCOHOLIC PATIENTS WERE ADMINISTERED THE WITKIN ROD AND FRAME TEST BEFORE AND AFTER 8-10 WK. OF PSYCHIATRIC TREATMENT. THERE WAS SIGNIFICANTLY GREATER FIELD-INDEPENDENT PERFORMANCE FOLLOWING TREATMENT. THESE RESULTS TEND TO CAST DOUBT ON THE HYPOTHESIS THAT PERFORMANCE ON THE ROD AND FRAME TEST IS STABLE AND UNAFFECTED BY CHANGES IN BODY STATE. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - FIELD DEPENDENCE STABILITY KW - CHRONIC ALCOHOLIC PATIENTS KW - 1966 KW - Alcoholism KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Visual Field KW - 1966 DO - 10.1037/h0023968 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-01713-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-00606-001 AN - 1967-00606-001 AU - WHITMAN, JAMES R. AU - SCHWARTZ, ARTHUR N. T1 - SOCIAL DESIRABILITY RATINGS OF SELECTED RESPONSES IN THE ROSENZWEIG P-F STUDY. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1966/// VL - 19 IS - 2 SP - 648 EP - 648 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-00606-001. PMID: 5330359 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: WHITMAN, JAMES R.; VETERANS ADMINISTRATION HOSP., AMERICAN LAKE, WASH. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Measures; Rosenzweig Picture Frustration Study. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - 1 GROUP OF SS RATED 69 RESPONSES IN THE ROSENZWEIG P-F STUDY ON A 9-POINT SCALE OF SOCIAL DESIRABILITY. A 2ND GROUP INDICATED WHETHER OR NOT THEY WOULD BE LIKELY TO GIVE THESE RESPONSES. THE RESPONSES WERE EQUALLY DIVIDED AMONG THE 3 CLASSIFICATIONS: INTROPUNITIVE, EXTRAPUNITIVE, AND IMPUNITIVE. THE RESPONSES USED ARE LISTED AND THE DISTRIBUTIONS OF SOCIAL DESIRABILITY SCALE VALUES OBTAINED ARE DESCRIBED TOGETHER WITH A TABULATION OF THE PERCENTAGE OF SS ENDORSING EACH. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - SOCIAL DESIRABILITY RATINGS KW - SELECTED RESPONSES KW - 1966 KW - Personality Measures KW - Rosenzweig Picture Frustration Study KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1966.19.2.648 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-00606-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-12785-001 AN - 1966-12785-001 AU - Watson, Charles G. AU - Uecker, Albert E. T1 - An attempted cross-validation of the Minnesota Percepto-Diagnostic Test. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1966/10// VL - 30 IS - 5 SP - 461 EP - 461 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-12785-001. PMID: 5916883 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Watson, Charles G.; Veterans Administration Hosp., St. Cloud, Minn. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19660101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: No terms assigned. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. KW - VALIDITY KW - MINNESOTA PERCEPTO-DIAGNOSTIC TEST KW - TEST & TESTING KW - MINNESOTA PERCEPTO-DIAGNOSTIC KW - CROSS-VALIDATION KW - TESTING KW - 1966 KW - No terms assigned KW - 1966 DO - 10.1037/h0023733 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-12785-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-12314-001 AN - 1966-12314-001 AU - Warshaw, L. AU - Bailey, M. A. T1 - Trait and factor reliabilities of Ss' responses in assigning traits to human facial line drawings. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1966/// VL - 23 IS - 1 SP - 136 EP - 136 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1966-12314-001. PMID: 5336223 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Warshaw, L.; Veterans Administration Regional Office, New York, N.Y. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19661101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Client Characteristics; Facial Features; Human Figures Drawing. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - Patients' assignment of traits, and like, dislike or indifferent affect, to human faces in the Warshaw Character Evaluation Test was investigated by analysis of variance. When affect was not considered (the mere use of a trait) picture influence was greater than S influence. Keying the items for affective response made S influence predominant. Intercorrelations between trait pairs were computed and factor analyzed; 6 orthogonal factors were isolated. Reliabilities were computed for bipolar trait pairs and factors. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - assigning traits KW - human facial line drawings KW - patient responses KW - 1966 KW - Client Characteristics KW - Facial Features KW - Human Figures Drawing KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pms.1966.23.1.136 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-12314-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-11164-001 AN - 1966-11164-001 AU - Apfeldorf, Max AU - Scheinker, J. Leonad AU - Whitman, Gloria L. T1 - MMPI responses of aged domiciled veterans with disciplinary records. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1966/08// VL - 30 IS - 4 SP - 362 EP - 362 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1966-11164-001. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Apfeldorf, Max; Veterans Administration Center, Martinsburg, W. Va. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19660101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: No terms assigned. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1966. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1966. KW - VETERAN KW - MMPI RESPONSES OF AGED DOMICILED KW - WITH DISCIPLINARY RECORDS KW - MINNESOTA MULTIPHASIC PERSONALITY INVENTORY (MMPI) KW - & AGED DOMICILED VETERANS WITH DISCIPLINARY RECORDS KW - PERSONALITY MEASUREMENT KW - 1966 KW - No terms assigned KW - 1966 DO - 10.1037/h0023572 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-11164-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-10697-001 AN - 1966-10697-001 AU - Crovitz, Herbert F. T1 - Simulation of strabismus: Motor fusion as a function of speed of monocular alternation. JF - Perceptual and Motor Skills JO - Perceptual and Motor Skills JA - Percept Mot Skills Y1 - 1966/// VL - 22 IS - 3 SP - 718 EP - 718 CY - US PB - Perceptual & Motor Skills SN - 0031-5125 SN - 1558-688X N1 - Accession Number: 1966-10697-001. PMID: 5963097 Other Journal Title: Perceptual & Motor Skills Research Exchange. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Crovitz, Herbert F.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Durham, N.C. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19661001. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Binocular Vision; Ocular Dominance; Strabismus; Visual Perception. Classification: Visual Perception (2323). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study; Scientific Simulation. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - Suppression theories of binocular vision require alternate monocular suppression of the fixation point. How rapid could such alternation be for motor fusion to be maintained? When controlled alternation occurs in cycles longer than 100 msec., 1 eye deviates to the hetereophoric position; when the separate monocular parts of the cycle are unequal in length, the eye seeing for the shorter part of the cycle becomes the eye that deviates. The data are relevant to theories of binocular rivalry, ocular dominance, and strabismus. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ocular dominance KW - strabismus KW - binocular vision KW - motor fusion KW - monocular alternation KW - 1966 KW - Binocular Vision KW - Ocular Dominance KW - Strabismus KW - Visual Perception KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pms.1966.22.3.718 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-10697-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-09980-001 AN - 1966-09980-001 AU - Harford, Thomas AU - Cutter, Henry S. T1 - Cooperation among Negro and white boys and girls. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1966/// VL - 18 IS - 3 SP - 818 EP - 818 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1966-09980-001. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Harford, Thomas; Brockton Veterans Administration Hosp., Mass. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19660901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Cooperation; Games; Human Sex Differences; Racial and Ethnic Differences. Classification: Psychosocial & Personality Development (2840). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100). Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - Examined ethnic and sex differences in cooperation in a 2-person game. 50 lower-class Negro boys and girls and 50 middle-class white boys and girls participated. Negro boys were significantly less cooperative than Negro girls. White girls and boys were intermediate between the Negro boys and girls but not significantly different from each other. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - ethnic differences KW - sex differences KW - cooperation KW - games KW - 1966 KW - Cooperation KW - Games KW - Human Sex Differences KW - Racial and Ethnic Differences KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1966.18.3.818 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-09980-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1966-09405-001 AN - 1966-09405-001 AU - Klett, C. James T1 - A study of reliability using canonical correlation. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1966/// VL - 18 IS - 3 SP - 830 EP - 830 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1966-09405-001. PMID: 5939532 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Klett, C. James; Veterans Administration Hosp., Perry Point, Md. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19660901. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: No terms assigned. Classification: Psychometrics & Statistics & Methodology (2200). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1966. KW - RATING SCALE KW - INPATIENT MULTIDIMENSIONAL PSYCHIATRIC SCALE KW - CANONICAL CORRELATION KW - PSYCHODIAGNOSIS KW - MATHEMATICS & STATISTICS KW - 1966 KW - No terms assigned KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1966.18.3.830 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1966-09405-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06059-024 AN - 2006-06059-024 AU - Bortner, Rayman W. T1 - Equations and reality. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1964/06// VL - 9 IS - 6 SP - 268 EP - 268 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06059-024. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bortner, Rayman W.; Veterans Administration Center, Kecoughtan, VA, US. Release Date: 20061023. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Decision Making; Personality Processes; Personality Theory; Decision Theory. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1964. AB - Comments of Stevenson's review (see record [rid]2006-06041-007[/rid]) of Personality and Decision Processes (see record [rid]1963-04786-000[/rid]). Stevenson notes that the introduction of personality variables 'makes fantastically more difficult the currently popular goal of writing equations concerning decision making' but he does not note that the Decision Process Test provides, in itself, a means for adapting some notions from more mathematically sophisticated models to decisions in ordinary situations, e.g., day-today management decisions. Thus, modifications of the Decision Process Test permit at least some applications of decision theory as a 'quick and dirty' desk technique. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personality processes KW - decision processes KW - personality theory KW - 1964 KW - Decision Making KW - Personality Processes KW - Personality Theory KW - Decision Theory KW - 1964 DO - 10.1037/007597 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06059-024&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-06014-029 AN - 2006-06014-029 AU - Boring, Frank H. T1 - Security: Reality or Fantasy? JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1960/09// VL - 5 IS - 9 SP - 312 EP - 312 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-06014-029. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Boring, Frank H.; Mental Hygiene Clinic of the Veterans Administration, Newark, NJ, US. Release Date: 20061023. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Emotional Security; Fantasy; Psychoanalysts; Reality. Minor Descriptor: Failure. Classification: Personality Traits & Processes (3120). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Bennett, Edward. The Search for Emotional Security=New York: Ronald Press, 1959. Pp. viii + 239. $4.50; 1959. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1960. AB - Reviews the book, The Search for Emotional Security by Edward Bennett (see record [rid]1959-15020-000[/rid]). The book is written in two interwoven parts. The book contains many penetrating expositions. He provides thought-provoking analyses of why parents have children, the development of sexual roles, and how increased transportation and communication have led us to an overconcern with people, an increasing discontent, and a tendency to passivity. There are some minor shortcomings. Academicians will regret the author's failure to discriminate between phenomenological descriptions and etiological propositions. Psychoanalysts will regret his failure to develop Mark's symptom of diarrhea following rejection. This book is pitched at a semi-popular level. Teachers will use the incisive analyses of contemporary personal-social attitudes as source material. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - emotional security KW - psychoanalysts KW - personal social attitudes KW - 1960 KW - Emotional Security KW - Fantasy KW - Psychoanalysts KW - Reality KW - Failure KW - 1960 U2 - Bennett, Edward. (1959); The Search for Emotional Security; New York: Ronald Press, 1959. Pp. viii + 239. $4.50 DO - 10.1037/006394 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-06014-029&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05987-005 AN - 2006-05987-005 AU - Gurel, Lee T1 - A Dozen Rehabilitations. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1960/03// VL - 5 IS - 3 SP - 71 EP - 71 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05987-005. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Gurel, Lee; Veterans Administration Hospital, Washington, DC, US. Release Date: 20061023. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Mental Disorders; Mental Illness (Attitudes Toward); Psychiatric Patients; Rehabilitation; Sheltered Workshops. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Meyer, Henry J.; Borgatta, Edgar F. An Experiment in Mental Patient Rehabilitation: Evaluating a Social Agency Program=New York: Russell Sage Foundation, 1959. Pp. 114. $2.50; 1959. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Mar, 1960. AB - Reviews the book, An Experiment in Mental Patient Rehabilitation: Evaluating a Social Agency Program by Henry J. Meyer and Edgar F. Borgatta (see record [rid]1959-08272-000[/rid]). The moral this little book teaches is one which-paraphrased-a clothing processor has already made famous: Beware the sample without the Sanforized label. The authors 'proposed to evaluate . . . rehabilitation of posthospitalized mental patients' at the Altro Health and Rehabilitation Services, Inc., a New York agency which for many years had provided sheltered workshop experiences to former TB and cardiac patients. Nevertheless, despite these limitations, the book provides an instructive account of the difficulties encountered and a series of suggestive leads for further research. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mental patients KW - rehabilitation KW - sheltered workshops KW - 1960 KW - Mental Disorders KW - Mental Illness (Attitudes Toward) KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Rehabilitation KW - Sheltered Workshops KW - 1960 U2 - Meyer, Henry J.; Borgatta, Edgar F. (1959); An Experiment in Mental Patient Rehabilitation: Evaluating a Social Agency Program; New York: Russell Sage Foundation, 1959. Pp. 114. $2.50 DO - 10.1037/006250 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-05987-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05958-009 AN - 2006-05958-009 AU - McReynolds, Paul T1 - Pavlovian Facts, Fantasy, and Fidelity. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1958/01// VL - 3 IS - 1 SP - 18 EP - 18 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05958-009. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McReynolds, Paul; Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, CA, US. Release Date: 20061023. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Pavlov (Ivan); Personality; Psychiatrists; Psychology; Psychopathology. Minor Descriptor: Psychological Theories. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Reviewed Item: Wells, Harry K. Ivan P. Pavlov: Toward a Scientific Psychology and Psychiatry. (Part I of Pavlov and Freud.)=New York: International Publishers, 1956. Pp. 224. $3.50; 1956. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jan, 1958. AB - Reviews the book, Ivan P. Pavlov: Toward a Scientific Psychology and Psychiatry. (Part I of Pavlov and Freud.) by Harry K. Wells (see record [rid]1957-01988-000[/rid]). Published twenty years after Pavlov's death, this book is essentially an espousal of the thesis that Pavlov's theories represent the one true path which psychologists and psychiatrists must follow if they are to reach the promised land of scientific maturity. The book is written in a nontechnical and uncritical style. It includes an adequate popular summarization of Pavlov's views on personality and psychopathology-if one is willing to overlook the author's highly partisan manner of presentation. Book contains an amazing number of politically flavored statements which have no essential relation to Pavlov's theories, and which can only hinder any sound appraisal of these theories. Psychologists and psychiatrists are not likely to be favorably impressed by his book. If they are interested in Pavlov's views, they would do better, in this reviewer's opinion, to go directly to Pavlov's works, translations of which are now widely available. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Pavlovian theories KW - scientific psychology KW - psychiatry KW - personality KW - psychopathology KW - Pavlov KW - 1958 KW - Pavlov (Ivan) KW - Personality KW - Psychiatrists KW - Psychology KW - Psychopathology KW - Psychological Theories KW - 1958 U2 - Wells, Harry K. (1956); Ivan P. Pavlov: Toward a Scientific Psychology and Psychiatry. (Part I of Pavlov and Freud.); New York: International Publishers, 1956. Pp. 224. $3.50 DO - 10.1037/005692 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-05958-009&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-05942-032 AN - 2006-05942-032 AU - Cohen, Jacob T1 - Words, not pictures. JF - Contemporary Psychology JO - Contemporary Psychology Y1 - 1956/06// VL - 1 IS - 6 SP - 189 EP - 189 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0010-7549 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-05942-032. Other Journal Title: PsycCRITIQUES. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Cohen, Jacob; Veterans Administration Hospital, Montrose, NY, US. Release Date: 20061023. Publication Type: Electronic Collection (0500). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Photographs; Psychology; Scientific Communication. Classification: General Psychology (2100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1956. AB - The author objects to some of the physical characteristics of the Contemporary Psychology journal, specifically the slick paper on which it is printed and the inclusion of photographs. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - pictures KW - photographs KW - Contemporary Psychology journal KW - reader feedback KW - 1956 KW - Photographs KW - Psychology KW - Scientific Communication KW - 1956 DO - 10.1037/005345 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-05942-032&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-00783-023 AN - 2006-00783-023 AU - Jones, Robert E. T1 - Identification in terms of personal constructs: Reconciling a paradox in theory. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1961/06// VL - 25 IS - 3 SP - 276 EP - 276 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-00783-023. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Jones, Robert E.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Danville, IL, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Interpersonal Attraction; Neuropsychiatry; Psychiatric Patients; Self-Perception. Minor Descriptor: Cognitive Complexity. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Inpatient (50). Tests & Measures: Role Construct Repertory Test. Methodology: Empirical Study. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1961. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1961. AB - In this study, identification is defined as perceived similarity of self and others, experienced in terms of personal constructs. The psychology of personal constructs is a perceptual approach to the prediction and explanation of human behavior. One's personal constructs are the vehicles, verbally expressed, by which one anticipates the behavior of others and guides his own behavior. A form of the Role Construct Repertory Test is employed to measure identification with 'significant others.' Identification with male figures in the Repertory test was taken as the central measure in the present research. The central hypotheses were two: (a) neuropsychiatric (NP) patients more often than normal adult males will either overidentify or underidentify with personally significant male figures; and (b) the personal construct matrices of NP patients will be simpler than those of controls. Findings show that NPs are more likely to see others as extremely like the self than are normals. Also, the idiographic factors required to 'explain' the interpersonal matrix are significantly fewer for NPs than for the controls. For NPs, but not for normals, the more simple the factor matrix the more fully it is explained by a value construct. The findings support the contention that both over- and underidentification reflect the same neurotic dynamic: undue perceptual restriction to the value dimension. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - personal construct KW - identification with significant others KW - neuropsychiatric patients KW - 1961 KW - Interpersonal Attraction KW - Neuropsychiatry KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Self-Perception KW - Cognitive Complexity KW - 1961 DO - 10.1037/h0038592 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-00783-023&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2006-00783-020 AN - 2006-00783-020 AU - Marks, John B. AU - Klahn, James E. T1 - Verbal and perceptual components in WISC performance and their relation to social class. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1961/06// VL - 25 IS - 3 SP - 273 EP - 273 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2006-00783-020. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Marks, John B.; Veterans Administration Hospital, American Lake, WA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060327. Correction Date: 20130401. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Intelligence; Nonverbal Ability; Social Class; Verbal Ability; Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children. Classification: Educational Measurement (2227); Developmental Psychology (2800). Population: Human (10); Male (30); Female (40). Age Group: Childhood (birth-12 yrs) (100); School Age (6-12 yrs) (180). Tests & Measures: Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1961. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1961. AB - Most investigators have found measured intelligence positively related to social class and have found this relation closer with verbal rather than nonverbal materials. The present study relates social class to two WISC measures of verbal-nonverbal difference: (a) Verbal IQ-Performance IQ, and (6) the difference between weighted scores of subtests highly loaded on Cohen's (1959) verbal factors and weighted scores of subtests highly loaded on the perceptual factor. Subjects were 211 primary school children divided by age and sex into two younger and two older groups. From information about the father's occupation each subject was assigned to an occupational class group. Occupational ratings correlated positively with IQs in both the younger and the older groups. The two measures of verbal-nonverbal difference were tested for their relation to occupational level, both directly through correlations, and by contrasting the difference measures for unskilled and semiskilled labor children with those for white collar children. The difference between verbal and performance IQs was in the expected direction but not significant. These results are consonant now with results using other instruments. On the WISC both younger and older groups show a correlation of IQ with occupational class, and this correlation is higher when verbal materials are used than it is for nonverbal. The closer relation between occupational level and IQ among girls than among boys may stem from the higher peer value which girls put upon middle class verbality. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social class KW - verbal-nonverbal difference KW - measured intelligence KW - WISC performance KW - parental occupational class group KW - primary school children KW - 1961 KW - Intelligence KW - Nonverbal Ability KW - Social Class KW - Verbal Ability KW - Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children KW - 1961 DO - 10.1037/h0039231 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2006-00783-020&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-16486-017 AN - 2005-16486-017 AU - Weinlander, Max M. T1 - Psychologists can direct community mental health centers. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1965/09// VL - 20 IS - 9 SP - 796 EP - 796 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-16486-017. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Weinlander, Max M.; Veterans Administration Center, Dayton, OH, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Electronic. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Community Mental Health Centers; Government Policy Making; Psychologists; Health Care Administration. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1965. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1965. AB - Psychologists in Divisions 12 and 13 of the American Psychological Association are concerned about the apparent downgrading of their profession in community mental health centers by the Federal Government. In 1963, The Community Mental Health Centers Act (Pub. L. No. 88-164, 88th Cong., 1st Sess., Oct. 31, 1963) authorized Federal grants for the construction of local sites and stated in Section 54.212, Subsection C,2 'a qualified psychiatrist will be responsible for the clinical program, and the medical responsibility for every patient will be vested in a physician.' Some psychologists have interpreted this regulation as discriminating against their experience, training, and competence by assuming that the director of a community mental health center must be selected on the basis of identity with a particular profession--medical. After having conferred with his Congressman, the author notes there is no Federal discrimination against professions or competency in the selection of a director for a community mental health center. Instead, the qualifications of this official are a matter of individual state policy, as long as there is medical responsibility for each patient. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Community Mental Health Centers Act KW - psychologist role KW - mental health center directors KW - 1965 KW - Community Mental Health Centers KW - Government Policy Making KW - Psychologists KW - Health Care Administration KW - 1965 DO - 10.1037/h0021480 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-16486-017&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-13613-003 AN - 2005-13613-003 AU - Rozynko, Vitali V. T1 - Social desirability in the Sentence Completion Test. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1959/06// VL - 23 IS - 3 SP - 280 EP - 280 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-13613-003. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rozynko, Vitali V.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Seattle, WA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Psychiatric Patients; Sentence Completion Tests; Sentence Structure; Sentences; Social Desirability. Minor Descriptor: Inventories. Classification: Social Perception & Cognition (3040). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Location: US. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Jun, 1959. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1959. AB - This study attempted to show that the Social Desirability (SD) of sentence stems is directly related to the SD of the responses to those stems, and the tendency to give socially desirable responses on an inventory type test was related to a similar response tendency on a sentence completion test. Fifteen sentence stems were selected so that their SD scale values were relatively evenly distributed throughout the rating range. The responses to these stems of 5O psychiatric patients at Seattle VAH were then rated for SD by 5O judges. SD scores were computed for each sentence stem and for each patient. These scores were compared with the SD scale values of the sentence stems and with the patient's scores on the SD scale of the MMPI. It was concluded that the SD of the sentence stem performs the function of establishing the direction of the response. A socially desirable stem tends to evoke a socially desirable response and vice versa; that only patients scoring extremely high on the SD scale tend to perpetuate this response set on the sentence completion test. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - social desirability KW - sentence completion test KW - sentence stems KW - psychiatric patients KW - socially desirable response KW - 1959 KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Sentence Completion Tests KW - Sentence Structure KW - Sentences KW - Social Desirability KW - Inventories KW - 1959 DO - 10.1037/h0038307 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-13613-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-13562-014 AN - 2005-13562-014 AU - Patterson, C. H. T1 - 'A further study of two short forms of the Wechsler-Bellevue Scale': Correction. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1948/09// VL - 12 IS - 5 SP - 363 EP - 363 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-13562-014. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Patterson, C. H.; Veterans Administration, Minneapolis, MN, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Erratum/Correction. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Testing; Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. Minor Descriptor: Test Scores. Classification: Personality Scales & Inventories (2223); Health & Mental Health Treatment & Prevention (3300). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1948. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1948. AB - Reports an error in the original article by C. H. Patterson (Journal of Consulting Psychology, 1948, Vol No. 12, 147-152). On page 151, in the left-hand column, lines 39 to 45 should read, 'discrepancies in the direction of overestimation appeared to be influenced by low Digit Span, Arithmetic and Picture Completion scores, and discrepancies in the direction of underestimation appeared to be influenced by the low Digit Symbol scores' (The following abstract of this article originally appeared in record [rid]1948-04952-001[/rid]): 2 short forms of the W-B Scale proposed in a previous study (see 21: 1313) of hospital subjects were checked in a sample of 100 more or less normal males. The 4-test form (Vocabulary, Comprehension, Block Design and Picture Completion) appeared to be better at the lower levels (particularly under 100 IQ). The 3-test form (Vocabulary, Comprehension and Digit Symbol) gave more accurate estimates at the higher level (over 120 IQ). Since both forms include Vocabulary and Comprehension, it would be possible after administering these 2 tests to estimate the level of intelligence and to be guided by this in determining whether to administer the 4-test or the 3-test combination. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Wechsler-Bellevue Intelligence Scale KW - short forms KW - evaluation KW - methodology KW - 1948 KW - Testing KW - Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale KW - Test Scores KW - 1948 DO - 10.1037/h0053201 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-13562-014&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-13148-007 AN - 2005-13148-007 AU - Sidle, Allan T1 - Originality in Problem Solving as a Function of Anxiety and Withdrawal in Schizophrenics. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1963/12// VL - 27 IS - 6 SP - 550 EP - 550 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-13148-007. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Sidle, Allan; Veterans Administration Hospital, Palo Alto, CA, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Anxiety; Personality Disorders; Problem Solving; Schizophrenia; Social Isolation. Minor Descriptor: Coping Behavior; Creativity; Interpersonal Interaction; Social Anxiety. Classification: Schizophrenia & Psychotic States (3213). Population: Human (10); Male (30). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Tests & Measures: Life Problems Test; Howard Maze Tests. Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Dec, 1963. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1963. AB - One characteristic of personality disturbance may be a reduced ability to cope with problems in an original manner. To test this possibility, negative relationships were hypothesized between originality in problem solving and two pervasive clinical variables, (a) anxiety and (b) social withdrawal (SW). Fifty male schizophrenics (mean age, 44; mean hospitalization, 9 years) served as subjects. The subjects were rated by four staff members on anxiety and SW. A paper-pencil inventory (reliability .95), developed by McReynolds and Acker (1962), provided a second measure of anxiety. Two measures of problem solving were used: a 'Life Problems Test' (LPT) and Form A of the Howard (1961) Maze Tests. It can be further hypothesized that the negative correlation between SW and LPT should be greater for the interpersonal problems than for the noninterpersonal problems. The findings fail to support the first hypothesis concerning anxiety, but they are in accord with the hypothesized negative relationship between SW and originality in problem solving. There is some evidence that socially withdrawn individuals are less able to cope in an original manner with problems of an interpersonal nature than with noninterpersonal problems. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - schizophrenia KW - personality disturbance KW - anxiety KW - social withdrawal KW - problem solving originality KW - interpersonal problems KW - coping KW - 1963 KW - Anxiety KW - Personality Disorders KW - Problem Solving KW - Schizophrenia KW - Social Isolation KW - Coping Behavior KW - Creativity KW - Interpersonal Interaction KW - Social Anxiety KW - 1963 DO - 10.1037/h0039618 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-13148-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-13145-007 AN - 2005-13145-007 AU - Fairweather, George W. AU - Simon, Ralph T1 - A Further Follow-up Comparison of Psychotherapeutic Programs. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1963/04// VL - 27 IS - 2 SP - 186 EP - 186 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-13145-007. Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Fairweather, George W.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Perry Point, MD, US. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 20060327. Correction Date: 20111003. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Group Dynamics; Group Homes; Individual Psychotherapy; Psychiatric Hospital Programs; Psychosis. Minor Descriptor: Followup Studies. Classification: Psychotherapy & Psychotherapeutic Counseling (3310). Population: Human (10). Methodology: Empirical Study; Followup Study; Quantitative Study. References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Apr, 1963. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1963. AB - In an earlier publication by G. W. Fairweather et al (see record [rid]2011-17731-001[/rid]) four psychotherapy programs were compared for nonpsychotic, short-term and long-term psychotic patients. The four contrasted treatments were: a control consisting of individual work assignments; individual psychotherapy and individual work assignments; group psychotherapy and individual work assignments; and a group living situation consisting of group activities. Comparisons were made on a number of diverse inventories, projective devices, behavior rating scales and 6-month follow-up community adjustment. This study continues the follow-up comparisons at 18 months. The questionnaire consists of nine items administered to 86 of the original 96 subjects. The items concern: (a) employment, (b) rehospitalization, (e) alcoholic indulgence, (d) antisocial behavior, (e) friendships, (f) interpersonal communication, (g) general adjustment, (h) problem behavior, and (i) degree of illness. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychotherapeutic programs KW - psychotic patients KW - individual psychotherapy KW - group living KW - group activities KW - follow-up comparison KW - 1963 KW - Group Dynamics KW - Group Homes KW - Individual Psychotherapy KW - Psychiatric Hospital Programs KW - Psychosis KW - Followup Studies KW - 1963 DO - 10.1037/h0038247 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-13145-007&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-12023-003 AN - 2005-12023-003 AU - Welsh, George S. T1 - An atlas for the clinical use of the MMPI: Book Review. JF - Journal of Applied Psychology JO - Journal of Applied Psychology JA - J Appl Psychol Y1 - 1952/08// VL - 36 IS - 4 SP - 279 EP - 279 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0021-9010 SN - 1939-1854 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-12023-003. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Welsh, George S.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Oakland, CA, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Clinical Psychologists; Diagnosis; Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory; Patient History; Psychiatric Patients. Minor Descriptor: Personality Traits; Profiles (Measurement). Classification: Clinical Psychological Testing (2224); Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10); Inpatient (50). Reviewed Item: Hathaway, S. R.; Meehl, P. E. An atlas for the clinical use of the MMPI=Minneapolis: Univ. of Minnesota Press, 1951. Pp. xliv+799. $9.75; 1951. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1952. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1952. AB - Reviews the book 'An atlas for the clinical use of the MMPI,' by S. R. Hathaway and P. E. Meehl, (see record [rid]1951-07468-000[/rid]). Despite the title, the Atlas does not deal with clinical uses of the MMPI. It consists of 798 brief case histories abstracted by the senior author from the clinical records of in-patients at the Psychiatric Unit of the Univ. of Minnesota Hospitals. These are supplemented by 170 cases, obtained from eleven other sources, including prisoners, college students, Veterans Administration hospital patients, guidance clients, and patients in an English hospital. The histories are factual rather than interpretive in nature. Each of the 968 cases is headed by one or more MMPI profiles and related diagnostic and descriptive data. The profiles have been reduced to a code which summarizes the form or shape and gives some information about the intensity or elevation. The cases are arranged according to this code and are extensively indexed and cross-indexed. This enables the user to look up cases on the basis of the MMPI pattern and provides material on all the usual profile configurations and many atypical ones. According to the reviewer, the Atlas should encourage clinical workers to utilize the profile patterning and configural approach to the MMPI and should discourage the unprofitable adherence to the diagnostic terminology of the individual scales. It will then be possible to determine empirically and without psychiatric bias the personality correlates--both normal and abnormal--of the various profile patterns. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - clinical use of the MMPI KW - case histories KW - psychiatric unit in-patients KW - diagnostic KW - personality correlates KW - profile KW - 1952 KW - Clinical Psychologists KW - Diagnosis KW - Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory KW - Patient History KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Personality Traits KW - Profiles (Measurement) KW - 1952 U2 - Hathaway, S. R.; Meehl, P. E. (1951); An atlas for the clinical use of the MMPI; Minneapolis: Univ. of Minnesota Press, 1951. Pp. xliv+799. $9.75 DO - 10.1037/h0049876 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-12023-003&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-11886-002 AN - 2005-11886-002 AU - Rothstein, Charles T1 - Illness, Responsibility, and Intervention. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1961/09// VL - 16 IS - 9 SP - 601 EP - 601 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-11886-002. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rothstein, Charles; Veterans Administration Center, Togus, ME, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Illness Behavior; Intervention; Mental Disorders; Psychiatric Patients; Responsibility. Minor Descriptor: Psychopathology. Classification: Psychological Disorders (3210). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Sep, 1961. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1961. AB - In a recent article (Amer. Psychologist, 1961, 16, 69-74; see record [rid]1962-03334-001[/rid]), Ausubel has questioned Szasz' position that mental illness is a disease process only by virtue of its having been so labeled. While Szasz' position seems to imply that the mentally ill patient is responsible for his behavior rather than being a passive participant in an ego-alien disease process, Ausubel contends that most mentally ill patients should be considered to be victims of a disease process and accorded the same exemption from ethical considerations as is enjoyed by people with any illness. While both positions seem to be well argued, it appears that the authors have neglected a possible alternative to the two extremes of responsibility versus no responsibility in the so-called mental illness (or any other illness, for that matter). The current author suggests that at different points in the longitudinal process we call mental illness, patients' responsibility for their behavior will vary. An analogy we might use in discussing responsibility in mental illness is peptic ulcer. During the preulcer phase when anxiety is the dominant symptom, we can and should hold the individual responsible for learning more effective methods for meeting the stresses of life than he now employs. Similarly, during the postulcer phase, we can and should hold the individual responsible for not utilizing his ulcer for secondary gain. However, during the ulcer phase when the gastric hyperacidity actually erodes the gastric mucosa, the ulcer per se follows physiological laws more closely than it does psychosocial laws. Perhaps this alternate view of patient responsibility during any pathological process will help the helping professions to clarify their responsibilities in the treatment of the 'sick' individual. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - mental illness KW - mentally ill patients KW - responsibility KW - victims KW - pathological process KW - intervention KW - patient behavior KW - 1961 KW - Illness Behavior KW - Intervention KW - Mental Disorders KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Responsibility KW - Psychopathology KW - 1961 DO - 10.1037/h0038416 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-11886-002&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-11885-005 AN - 2005-11885-005 AU - Bookbinder, Lawrence J. T1 - A Division of Psychotherapy. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1961/08// VL - 16 IS - 8 SP - 532 EP - 532 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-11885-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Bookbinder, Lawrence J.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Ann Arbor, MI, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Professional Organizations; Psychotherapy. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1961. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1961. AB - Discusses the consideration of forming a Division of Psychotherapy within the American Psychological Association. The author provides the percentage of total members that are interested in psychotherapy and feels that despite the pros and cons of forming a Division of Psychotherapy, the sheer magnitude of these numbers warrants serious consideration. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - psychotherapy KW - professional organizations KW - 1961 KW - Professional Organizations KW - Psychotherapy KW - 1961 DO - 10.1037/h0038359 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-11885-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-11080-004 AN - 2005-11080-004 AU - Lowe, C. Marshall T1 - Values and Dilemma. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1960/10// VL - 15 IS - 10 SP - 666 EP - 666 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-11080-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Lowe, C. Marshall; Veterans Administration Hospital, Chillicothe, OH, US. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Comment/Reply. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Professional Ethics; Psychologists; Values. Minor Descriptor: Psychology. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1960. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1960. AB - Replies to comments by Adelson and by Callahan (American Psychologist, 1960, 15, 269-270) on 'Value-Orientations--An Ethical Dilemma' (see record [rid]1961-00097-001[/rid]). Adelson and Callahan propose contradictory solutions to the ethical dilemma. The former feels that the ethical dilemma is solved by empathizing and becoming more emotional, while the latter seems to believe that the solution is to become more rational. The original article was written to describe certain basic values. The value-orientations described need not characterize everyone perfectly. Rather, they are guidelines, which like degrees of latitude, are useful in comparing locations. The value-orientations the author describes are criteria which provide yardsticks for measuring human behavior. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - value orientations of psychologists KW - professional aspects of psychology KW - 1960 KW - Professional Ethics KW - Psychologists KW - Values KW - Psychology KW - 1960 DO - 10.1037/h0039552 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-11080-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10163-004 AN - 2005-10163-004 AU - McCourt, James F. T1 - Predicting Success on a Psychiatric Rehabilitation Program. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology JA - J Couns Psychol Y1 - 1964///Win 1964 VL - 11 IS - 4 SP - 406 EP - 406 CY - US PB - Wm. C. Brown Co. SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10163-004. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: McCourt, James F.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Brockton, MA, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Alcohol Abuse; Legal Arrest; Psychiatric Patients; Rehabilitation; Treatment Outcomes. Minor Descriptor: Prediction; Psychiatry. Classification: Rehabilitation (3380). Population: Human (10). Location: US. Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Methodology: Empirical Study; Quantitative Study; Treatment Outcome. References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Win 1964. AB - The present study was designed to determine the relationship between a history of alcoholic involvement, non-psychiatric arrests, and rehabilitation outcomes for NP patients transferred to the current patient-employee program at the Brockton VA Hospital. Of the two predictor variables tested, that concerned with a patient's history of non-psychiatric arrests differentiated the successful from the unsuccessful patient-employees. Examination of the 27 failures on the program indicated that overindulgence in alcohol and exacerbation of symptoms accounted equally for the unsuccessful outcomes. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - patient-employee program KW - program success KW - prediction KW - psychiatric rehabilitation KW - alcohol problems KW - non-psychiatric arrests KW - 1964 KW - Alcohol Abuse KW - Legal Arrest KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Rehabilitation KW - Treatment Outcomes KW - Prediction KW - Psychiatry KW - 1964 DO - 10.1037/h0038355 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-10163-004&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-10162-012 AN - 2005-10162-012 AU - Wright, Fred H. T1 - Review of The School Counselor. JF - Journal of Counseling Psychology JO - Journal of Counseling Psychology JA - J Couns Psychol Y1 - 1964///Fal 1964 VL - 11 IS - 3 SP - 310 EP - 310 CY - US PB - Wm. C. Brown Co. SN - 0022-0167 SN - 1939-2168 N1 - Accession Number: 2005-10162-012. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Wright, Fred H.; Veterans Administration Hospital, Gulfport, MS, US. Other Publishers: American Psychological Association. Release Date: 20060327. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Review-Book. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Counselor Role; Graduate Education; School Counselors. Classification: Educational Administration & Personnel (3510); Professional Education & Training (3410). Population: Human (10). Age Group: Adulthood (18 yrs & older) (300). Reviewed Item: Roeber, Edward C. The School Counselor=Washington, D.C.: The Center for Applied Research in Education; 1963. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Fal 1964. AB - Reviews Edward C. Roeber's The School Counselor (1963), which Roeber was invited to write as one of one hundred matched volumes 'constituting a coherent and concise presentation of the entire profession of education'. Because of this the reviewer sees no ax ground in this book. Roeber's contribution lacks the zeal of a biased writer but rather accomplishes his intended task in an objective scholarly fashion. Roeber presents a good behavioral analysis of the duties performed by school counselors according to actual research findings, as well as studies regarding role concepts of counselors, students, administrators, teachers, parents, etc. Roeber gives a comprehensive account of present and projected graduate curricula for the preparation of school counselors and advocates more supervised practicum work as well as research orientation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - school counselors KW - professional role KW - counselor graduate education KW - 1964 KW - Counselor Role KW - Graduate Education KW - School Counselors KW - 1964 U2 - Roeber, Edward C. (1963); The School Counselor; Washington, D.C.: The Center for Applied Research in Education DO - 10.1037/h0038785 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-10162-012&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 2005-07782-005 AN - 2005-07782-005 AU - Rogers, Lawrence S. T1 - Proceedings of the Nineteenth Annual Meeting of the Rocky Mountain Branch of the American Psychological Association. JF - American Psychologist JO - American Psychologist JA - Am Psychol Y1 - 1949/08// VL - 4 IS - 8 SP - 360 EP - 360 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0003-066X SN - 1935-990X N1 - Accession Number: 2005-07782-005. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Rogers, Lawrence S.; Veterans Administration, Denver, CO, US. Release Date: 20050816. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Professional Organizations; Scientific Communication. Classification: Professional Psychological & Health Personnel Issues (3400). Location: US. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Aug, 1949. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1949. AB - Presents proceedings of the annual meeting of the Rocky Mountain Branch of the American Psychological Association's Psychology Section of the Colorado-Wyoming Academy of Science in 1949 in Laramie, Wyoming. The business meeting is briefly discussed, and the program is presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved) KW - American Psychological Association's Rocky Mountain Branch KW - annual meeting proceedings KW - 1949 KW - Professional Organizations KW - Scientific Communication KW - 1949 DO - 10.1037/h0059861 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=2005-07782-005&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1959-01329-001 AN - 1959-01329-001 AU - Tamkin, Arthur S. AU - Scherer, Isidor W. T1 - What is measured by the 'cannot say' scale of the group MMPI? JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1957/10// VL - 21 IS - 5 SP - 370 EP - 370 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1959-01329-001. PMID: 13475533 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tamkin, Arthur S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northampton, Mass. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19590101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: No terms assigned. Classification: Psychological & Physical Disorders (3200). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1957. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1957. KW - MINNESOTA MULTIPHASIC PERSONALITY INVENTORY KW - 'CANNOT SAY' SCALE KW - DIAGNOSIS & EVALUATION KW - 1957 KW - No terms assigned KW - 1957 DO - 10.1037/h0041346 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1959-01329-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1959-00849-001 AN - 1959-00849-001 AU - Tamkin, Arthur S. AU - Klett, C. James T1 - Barron's ego-strength scale: A replication of an evaluation of its construct validity. JF - Journal of Consulting Psychology JO - Journal of Consulting Psychology JA - J Consult Psychol Y1 - 1957/10// VL - 21 IS - 5 SP - 412 EP - 412 CY - US PB - American Psychological Association SN - 0095-8891 N1 - Accession Number: 1959-00849-001. PMID: 13475543 Other Journal Title: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Tamkin, Arthur S.; Veterans Administration Hosp., Northampton, Massachusetts. Other Publishers: American Association for Applied Psychology; Dentan Printing Company; Science Press Printing Company. Release Date: 19590101. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: No terms assigned. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). References Available: Y. Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: Oct, 1957. Copyright Statement: American Psychological Association. 1957. KW - BARRON'S EGO-STRENGTH SCALE KW - CONSTRUCT VALIDITY IN KW - PERSONALITY KW - 1957 KW - No terms assigned KW - 1957 DO - 10.1037/h0047308 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1959-00849-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR ID - 1967-00584-001 AN - 1967-00584-001 AU - Warshaw, L. AU - Bailey, M. A. T1 - Congruency of patient-therapist values for human happiness. JF - Psychological Reports JO - Psychological Reports JA - Psychol Rep Y1 - 1966/// VL - 19 IS - 2 SP - 592 EP - 592 CY - US PB - Psychological Reports SN - 0033-2941 SN - 1558-691X N1 - Accession Number: 1967-00584-001. PMID: 5912826 Partial author list: First Author & Affiliation: Warshaw, L.; Veterans Administration Regional Office, New York, N.Y. Other Publishers: Sage Publications. Release Date: 19670101. Correction Date: 20170227. Publication Type: Journal (0100), Peer Reviewed Journal (0110). Format Covered: Print. Document Type: Journal Article. Language: English. Major Descriptor: Personality Measures; Psychiatric Patients; Treatment. Classification: Personality Psychology (3100). Population: Human (10). Page Count: 1. Issue Publication Date: 1966. AB - A Q-SORT OF VALUES FOR HUMAN HAPPINESS WAS ADMINISTERED TO 6 THERAPISTS AND 15 OF THEIR PATIENTS. EACH THERAPIST DID A Q-SORT OF HIS OWN AND HIS PATIENTS' VALUES. EACH PATIENT DID A Q-SORT OF HIS OWN AND HIS PERCEPTION OF HIS THERAPIST'S VALUES. PATIENTS PERCEIVED THEIR THERAPIST'S VALUES AS BEING SIMILAR TO THEIR OWN. THERAPISTS NEITHER SAW THEIR PATIENTS' VALUES AS SIMILAR TO THEIR OWN NOR SIMILAR TO PATIENTS' PERCEPTIONS OF THEIR OWN VALUES. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2017 APA, all rights reserved) KW - Q-SORT KW - PATIENT-THERAPIST VALUES CONGRUENCY KW - 1966 KW - Personality Measures KW - Psychiatric Patients KW - Treatment KW - 1966 DO - 10.2466/pr0.1966.19.2.592 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=psyh&AN=1967-00584-001&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - psyh ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sachs, G. AU - Humphries, T. J. T1 - Introduction. JO - Alimentary Pharmacology & Therapeutics JF - Alimentary Pharmacology & Therapeutics Y1 - 1999/08/02/Aug99 Supplement VL - 13 M3 - Article SP - 1 EP - 2 SN - 02692813 AB - The article discusses various reports published within the issue including one by S. K. Swan, A. M. Hoyump and G. J. Merritt on the pharmacokinetic profile of rabeprazole and another one by T. Ishizaki and Y. Horai on the cytochrome P450-mediated metabolism of proton pump inhibitors. KW - PREFACES & forewords KW - PHARMACOLOGY N1 - Accession Number: 23186159; Sachs, G. 1; Humphries, T. J. 2; Source Information: Aug99 Supplement, Vol. 13, p1; Subject: PREFACES & forewords; Subject: PHARMACOLOGY; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=23186159&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Felde, Patricia J. T1 - PATIENT'S ADVOCATE: Sometimes we have to play the bad guy. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1989/10// VL - 52 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 23 EP - 101 SN - 00337021 AB - Presents tips on how nurses can manage difficult patients. Importance of a communications network between nurses and patients; Need to avoid power struggle with patients; Isolation of those who are verbally or physically abusive. KW - NURSE & patient KW - NURSING -- Practice KW - PATIENTS KW - NURSES N1 - Accession Number: 4934480; Felde, Patricia J. 1; Source Information: Oct89, Vol. 52 Issue 10, p23; Subject: NURSE & patient; Subject: NURSING -- Practice; Subject: PATIENTS; Subject: NURSES; Number of Pages: 2p; Illustrations: 1 Color Photograph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 874 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4934480&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Nelson, Mary AU - Smith, Linda S. AU - Reeves, Kate AU - Safayan, Zinat AU - Smith, Theodore C. AU - Mitchell, Jimmy T1 - LETTERS. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1989/09// VL - 52 IS - 9 M3 - Letter SP - 8 EP - 71 SN - 00337021 AB - Comments on issues related to nursing care published in 'RN.' KW - NURSING KW - NURSES N1 - Accession Number: 4935778; Nelson, Mary 1; Smith, Linda S. 2; Reeves, Kate 3; Safayan, Zinat 4; Smith, Theodore C. 5; Mitchell, Jimmy 6; Source Information: Sep89, Vol. 52 Issue 9, p8; Subject: NURSING; Subject: NURSES; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Letter; Full Text Word Count: 721 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4935778&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pritchard, Vicki T1 - Geriatric infections: The impact of the diet. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1988/07// VL - 51 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 54 EP - 55 SN - 00337021 AB - Provides insights into the nursing care for elderly patients. Impact of nutritional deficits on patients; Infectious disease in the elderly caused by poor nutrition; Ways in dealing with geriatric infections. KW - OLDER people -- Care KW - NURSING -- Practice KW - DIET KW - HEALTH N1 - Accession Number: 4937202; Pritchard, Vicki 1; Source Information: Jul88, Vol. 51 Issue 7, p54; Subject: OLDER people -- Care; Subject: NURSING -- Practice; Subject: DIET; Subject: HEALTH; Number of Pages: 2p; Illustrations: 1 Color Photograph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 973 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4937202&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pritchard, Vicki AU - Coleman, Deborah A. AU - Ballou, Kathleen AU - DaSilva, Doris AU - Lee, Richard W. AU - Gardner, Robin AU - Baudler, Alan J. AU - Gaylord, Jill AU - Kutcher, Joyce T1 - CONSULT STAT. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1987/06// VL - 50 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 69 EP - 70 SN - 00337021 AB - Answers several questions related to nursing. Need for patients with suspected Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease to be put in isolation; Methodology used to evaluate a person's cell-mediated immune response; Danger of using a standard intravenous infusion pump for transfusing blood or blood products. KW - NURSING KW - CREUTZFELDT-Jakob disease KW - CELLULAR immunity KW - BLOOD transfusion N1 - Accession Number: 4944749; Pritchard, Vicki 1; Coleman, Deborah A. 2; Ballou, Kathleen 3; DaSilva, Doris; Lee, Richard W. 4; Gardner, Robin; Baudler, Alan J.; Gaylord, Jill; Kutcher, Joyce 5; Source Information: Jun87, Vol. 50 Issue 6, p69; Subject: NURSING; Subject: CREUTZFELDT-Jakob disease; Subject: CELLULAR immunity; Subject: BLOOD transfusion; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 848 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4944749&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rushing, Patricia T1 - RN AT HOME: The challenge of caring for a patient at home. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 50 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 61 EP - 62 SN - 00337021 AB - Provides guidelines for caring a patient at home. Importance for nurses to adapt to the patient's routine; Benefits of a care plan that fits a patient's particular needs; Ways on how nurses should adjust their teaching techniques to the patient's level of comprehension. INSET: Rx: HOME CARE. KW - HOME nursing KW - NURSING care plans N1 - Accession Number: 4932801; Rushing, Patricia 1; Source Information: Jan87, Vol. 50 Issue 1, p61; Subject: HOME nursing; Subject: NURSING care plans; Number of Pages: 2p; Illustrations: 1 Color Photograph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1471 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4932801&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Clarke, Bertie T1 - PATIENT'S ADVOCATE: You hold a key to your patient's recovery. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1986/07// VL - 49 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 13 EP - 14 SN - 00337021 AB - Discusses the importance of the emotional support that nurses provide to patients. Reaction of patients to empathy; Proper way to treat the patients' families; Suggested way for nurses to understand more about their patients. KW - NURSE & patient KW - PATIENTS KW - EMPATHY KW - CARING N1 - Accession Number: 4933352; Clarke, Bertie 1; Source Information: Jul86, Vol. 49 Issue 7, p13; Subject: NURSE & patient; Subject: PATIENTS; Subject: EMPATHY; Subject: CARING; Number of Pages: 2p; Illustrations: 1 Color Photograph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 843 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4933352&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Mercado, Carmen A. T1 - A club that offers low-cost CE. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1986/03// VL - 49 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 13 EP - 14 SN - 00337021 AB - Elaborates the role of research journal clubs in the continuing education of nurses in the U.S. Tips for organizing the club; Topics of interest; Lessons taught by the club to nurses. KW - NURSES KW - CLUBS KW - CONTINUING education KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 4933328; Mercado, Carmen A. 1; Source Information: Mar86, Vol. 49 Issue 3, p13; Subject: NURSES; Subject: CLUBS; Subject: CONTINUING education; Geographic Terms: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 2p; Illustrations: 1 Color Photograph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 933 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4933328&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Rosen, Ted AU - Mills, Julie M. T1 - From simple plague to necrotic ulcer. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1983/11// VL - 46 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 42 EP - 43 SN - 00337021 AB - Presents information on a number of cases of necrotic ulceration pyoderma gangrenosum. Information on the cases presented; Discussion on pyoderma gangrenosum; Drugs suggested for the necrotic ulcer. KW - PYODERMA KW - SKIN -- Infections KW - NECROSIS N1 - Accession Number: 4928868; Rosen, Ted 1,2; Mills, Julie M. 3; Source Information: Nov83, Vol. 46 Issue 11, p42; Subject: PYODERMA; Subject: SKIN -- Infections; Subject: NECROSIS; Number of Pages: 2p; Illustrations: 3 Color Photographs; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 860 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4928868&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - McLeod, Margaret Elaine T1 - HYPOGLYCEMIA: NOW YOU CAN BE SURE. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1983/04// VL - 46 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 48 EP - 49 SN - 00337021 N1 - Accession Number: 32616540; McLeod, Margaret Elaine 1; Source Information: Apr83, Vol. 46 Issue 4, p48; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1311 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=32616540&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - NEWS AU - Vestal, Robert E. T1 - Should digitalis be used in elderly patients? JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1983/06// VL - 38 IS - 6 M3 - Editorial SP - 40 EP - 41 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17433042; Vestal, Robert E. 1,2,3; Source Information: Jun1983, Vol. 38 Issue 6, p40; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Editorial; Full Text Word Count: 641 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17433042&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Walker, John Ingram T1 - Helping elderly patients deal with emotional problems. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1981/02// VL - 36 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 137 EP - 138 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17414906; Walker, John Ingram 1,2,3; Source Information: Feb1981, Vol. 36 Issue 2, p137; Number of Pages: 2p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1101 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17414906&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Calin, Andrei T1 - Immunology: A facet of aging. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1977/09// VL - 32 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 54 EP - 55 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17266347; Calin, Andrei 1,2; Source Information: Sep1977, Vol. 32 Issue 9, p54; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1050 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17266347&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - NEWS AU - Freeman, Joseph T. T1 - Training in medical schools is the cornerstone of caring for the elderly. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1974/12// VL - 29 IS - 12 M3 - Editorial SP - 98 EP - 104 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17911166; Freeman, Joseph T. 1,2,3; Source Information: Dec1974, Vol. 29 Issue 12, p98; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Editorial; Full Text Word Count: 1126 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17911166&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Gross, Peter A. AU - Harkavy, Lorraine Messinger AU - Barden, Gertrude AU - Kerstein, Morris T1 - Foley tip cultures are of no value. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1974/06// VL - 29 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 111 EP - 112 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17751620; Gross, Peter A. 1,2; Harkavy, Lorraine Messinger 3; Barden, Gertrude 4; Kerstein, Morris 5,6; Source Information: Jun1974, Vol. 29 Issue 6, p111; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 673 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17751620&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Silva, Omega L. AU - Becker, Kenneth L. T1 - Salmon calcitonin is effective in combating hypercalcemia. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1973/10// VL - 28 IS - 10 M3 - Article SP - 178 EP - 181 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17525245; Silva, Omega L. 1,2; Becker, Kenneth L. 3,4; Source Information: Oct1973, Vol. 28 Issue 10, p178; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 767 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17525245&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - NEWS AU - Kerstein, Morris T1 - Must medical progress leave the dying patient behind? JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1973/04// VL - 28 IS - 4 M3 - Editorial SP - 67 EP - 68 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17751488; Kerstein, Morris 1,2; Source Information: Apr1973, Vol. 28 Issue 4, p67; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Editorial; Full Text Word Count: 762 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17751488&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hardy, William E. AU - Gnoj, Julian AU - Ayres, Stephen M. AU - Giannelli Jr., Stanley AU - Christianson, Lynn C. T1 - Pulmonic stenosis, atrial septal defect in older patients. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1971/05// VL - 26 IS - 5 M3 - Article SP - 197 EP - 201 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 15905383; Hardy, William E. 1; Gnoj, Julian 1; Ayres, Stephen M. 1; Giannelli Jr., Stanley 1; Christianson, Lynn C. 1; Source Information: May1971, Vol. 26 Issue 5, p197; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 390 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=15905383&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kerstein, Morris D. T1 - The air prosthesis for amputees. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1976/07// VL - 39 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 42 EP - 43 SN - 00337021 AB - Reports on the use of air prosthesis for amputees. Benefits in using prosthesis for amputees; Features of air prosthesis; Advantages of using air prosthesis in nursing. KW - PROSTHESIS KW - AMPUTEES KW - NURSING N1 - Accession Number: 4879251; Kerstein, Morris D. 1,2; Source Information: Jul76, Vol. 39 Issue 7, p42; Subject: PROSTHESIS; Subject: AMPUTEES; Subject: NURSING; Number of Pages: 2p; Illustrations: 1 Black and White Photograph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 695 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4879251&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Weiss, D. S. AU - Taylor, J. R. T. T1 - Treatment of generalized pruritus in an HIV-positive patient with UVB phototherapy. JO - Clinical & Experimental Dermatology JF - Clinical & Experimental Dermatology Y1 - 1990/07// VL - 15 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 316 EP - 317 SN - 03076938 AB - This article focuses on the treatment of generalized pruritus in an HIV-positive patient with UVB phototherapy. The pruritus is idiopathic, resistant to conventional therapy, and may be accompanied by scattered prurigo nodules or by a more diffuse papular eruption. UVB phototherapy has been reported to be successful in the treatment of generalized pruritus associated with uraemia and cholestatic liver disease, although the mechanism of action is unclear. KW - ITCHING KW - HIV-positive persons KW - PHOTOTHERAPY KW - UREMIA N1 - Accession Number: 11540897; Weiss, D. S. 1; Taylor, J. R. T. 1; Source Information: Jul90, Vol. 15 Issue 4, p316; Subject: ITCHING; Subject: HIV-positive persons; Subject: PHOTOTHERAPY; Subject: UREMIA; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1111/1365-2230.ep11540897 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=11540897&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - KEMPLER, DANIEL AU - VAN LANCKER, DIANA T1 - THE RIGHT TURN OF PHRASE. JO - Psychology Today JF - Psychology Today Y1 - 1987/04// VL - 21 IS - 4 M3 - Article SP - 20 EP - 22 SN - 00333107 AB - The article focuses on research studies related to the use and understanding of familiar language. It is believed that different parts of the brain are involved in the processing of the ways in which familiar and unfamiliar language are spoken and understood. Researchers believe that the brain's left hemisphere is used in speaking and this finding can help in the early diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease. KW - PSYCHOLINGUISTICS -- Research KW - BRAIN function localization KW - SPEECH perception KW - OLDER people -- Diseases KW - ALZHEIMER'S disease N1 - Accession Number: 52938186; KEMPLER, DANIEL 1; VAN LANCKER, DIANA 2; Source Information: Apr87, Vol. 21 Issue 4, p20; Subject: PSYCHOLINGUISTICS -- Research; Subject: BRAIN function localization; Subject: SPEECH perception; Subject: OLDER people -- Diseases; Subject: ALZHEIMER'S disease; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=52938186&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Phillips, Edmund J. T1 - A Review of the Life Satisfaction in the Elderly Scale. JO - Journal of Counseling & Development JF - Journal of Counseling & Development Y1 - 1986/04// VL - 64 IS - 8 M3 - Book Review SP - 542 SN - 07489633 AB - Reviews the book "Life Satisfaction in the Elderly Scale," by M.J. Salamon and V.A. Conte. KW - LIFE Satisfaction in the Elderly Scale (Book) KW - SALAMON, M. J. KW - CONTE, V. A. KW - SATISFACTION KW - NONFICTION N1 - Accession Number: 4966799; Phillips, Edmund J. 1; Source Information: Apr86, Vol. 64 Issue 8, p542; Subject: LIFE Satisfaction in the Elderly Scale (Book); Subject: SALAMON, M. J.; Subject: CONTE, V. A.; Subject: SATISFACTION; Subject: NONFICTION; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4966799&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Zaza, Anthony S. AU - Barké, Charles R. T1 - A Review of the Clinical Analysis Questionnaire. JO - Journal of Counseling & Development JF - Journal of Counseling & Development Y1 - 1986/02// VL - 64 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 413 SN - 07489633 AB - The article presents the Clinical Analysis Questionnaire (CAQ), designed by the Institute for Personality and Ability Testing, to simultaneously measure both normal and pathological traits of individuals, thereby providing a comprehensive, multidimensional profile of the person. Its development is based on previous research and development of another clinical instrument , the 16 Personality factor questionnaire (16PF), in use for over a decade. The normal personality scales of the CAQ purport to measure characteristics of the individual that are hypnotized to apply to normal functioning, and the extent of pathological characteristics of individuals in distress. Although comprehensive in nature, the scales and traits represented are efficiently reviewed. The manual that accompanies the CAQ is generally clear, concise, and descriptive. In terms of reliability, the clinical scales of the CAQ are found more reliable than the normal scales. CAQ, also, has some drawbacks which should be taken care of while using it. But despite such limitations, the CAQ is an admirable effort to provide a comprehensive portrait of the individual. KW - CLINICAL psychology KW - PERSONALITY assessment KW - PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS KW - QUESTIONNAIRES KW - DATA analysis KW - KRUG, S. E. N1 - Accession Number: 4965280; Zaza, Anthony S. 1; Barké, Charles R. 2; Source Information: Feb86, Vol. 64 Issue 6, p413; Subject: CLINICAL psychology; Subject: PERSONALITY assessment; Subject: PSYCHODIAGNOSTICS; Subject: QUESTIONNAIRES; Subject: DATA analysis; Subject: KRUG, S. E.; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4965280&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chang, Wen-Rui AU - Chen, Liqing AU - Rose, John AU - Wei, Chin Hsuan AU - Abrams, Leatrice AU - Sax, Martin AU - Wang, Bi-Cheng T1 - A new crystal form of ricin-OR. JO - European Journal of Biochemistry JF - European Journal of Biochemistry Y1 - 1989/03/15/ VL - 180 IS - 2 M3 - Article SP - 327 EP - 328 SN - 00142956 AB - Ricin-OR, an antitumor toxin, has been crystallized in space group P2 with cell parameters a = 8.77 nm, b = 4.64 nm, c = 7.64 nm and β = 101°. There is one molecule in the asymmetric unit and the solvent content is estimated to be 48% by volume. The crystals diffract to 0.25 nm resolution which is higher than that of the previously reported C2 crystal form which had a solvent content of 65%. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of European Journal of Biochemistry is the property of Wiley-Blackwell and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) KW - RICIN KW - PLANT toxins KW - CASTOR beans KW - TOXALBUMINS KW - ANTINEOPLASTIC agents KW - BIOCHEMISTRY KW - MOLECULAR biology N1 - Accession Number: 13797855; Chang, Wen-Rui 1; Chen, Liqing 1; Rose, John 1; Wei, Chin Hsuan 2; Abrams, Leatrice 1,3; Sax, Martin 3; Wang, Bi-Cheng 1,4; Source Information: 3/15/89, Vol. 180 Issue 2, p327; Subject: RICIN; Subject: PLANT toxins; Subject: CASTOR beans; Subject: TOXALBUMINS; Subject: ANTINEOPLASTIC agents; Subject: BIOCHEMISTRY; Subject: MOLECULAR biology; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=13797855&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Rosse, Richard B. AU - Deutsch, Steven I. T1 - Hooked on Hormones. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1990/04/18/ VL - 263 IS - 15 M3 - Letter SP - 2048 EP - 2049 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a letter to the editor of the 'Journal of the American Medical Association,' commenting on the paper 'Hooked on hormones? An anabolic steroid addiction hypothesis,' by K. Kashkin and colleagues. KW - ANABOLIC steroids KW - TESTOSTERONE KW - HORMONES KW - STEROIDS N1 - Accession Number: 11020837; Rosse, Richard B. 1; Deutsch, Steven I. 1; Source Information: 4/18/90, Vol. 263 Issue 15, p2048; Subject: ANABOLIC steroids; Subject: TESTOSTERONE; Subject: HORMONES; Subject: STEROIDS; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=11020837&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Odell, Timothy W. AU - Green, Jon A. AU - Odell, T W AU - Green, J A T1 - Prolonged zidovudine therapy: confounded by Pneumocystis carinii prophylaxis? JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1990/03/23/ VL - 263 IS - 12 M3 - letter SP - 1635 EP - 1636 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a letter to the editor of the 'Journal of the American Medical Association,' about the role of zidovudine in enhancing survival and decreasing the frequency of opportunistic infections in patients with AIDS. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - AZT (Drug) KW - AIDS (Disease) KW - OPPORTUNISTIC infections -- Prevention KW - AZT (Drug) -- Therapeutic use KW - PNEUMOCYSTIS carinii pneumonia -- Prevention KW - AIDS (Disease) -- Drug therapy KW - AIDS-related complex N1 - Accession Number: 11020907; Odell, Timothy W. 1; Green, Jon A. 1; Odell, T W; Green, J A; Source Information: 3/23/90-3/30/90, Vol. 263 Issue 12, p1635; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: AZT (Drug); Subject: AIDS (Disease); Subject: OPPORTUNISTIC infections -- Prevention; Subject: AZT (Drug) -- Therapeutic use; Subject: PNEUMOCYSTIS carinii pneumonia -- Prevention; Subject: AIDS (Disease) -- Drug therapy; Subject: AIDS-related complex; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=11020907&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Godefroid, Raymond J. AU - Godefroid, R J T1 - RU-486. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1990/02/16/ VL - 263 IS - 7 M3 - commentary SP - 947 EP - 948 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a letter to the editor commenting on article by Etienne-Emile Baullieu published in an issue of the periodical 'Journal of American Medical Association,' focused on the use of RU-486 progesterone receptor in abortion. KW - MIFEPRISTONE KW - ABORTION KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - CONCEPTION KW - MEDICAL ethics KW - RISK assessment N1 - Accession Number: 10983222; Godefroid, Raymond J. 1; Godefroid, R J; Source Information: 2/16/90, Vol. 263 Issue 7, p947; Subject: MIFEPRISTONE; Subject: ABORTION; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: CONCEPTION; Subject: MEDICAL ethics; Subject: RISK assessment; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: commentary UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10983222&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Wright, David N. AU - Ledford, Dennis K. AU - Lockey, Richard F. AU - Wright, D N AU - Ledford, D K AU - Lockey, R F T1 - Systemic and local allergic reactions to the tine test purified protein derivative. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/12//12/1/89 VL - 262 IS - 21 M3 - case study SP - 2999 EP - 3000 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a letter to the editor reporting on systemic and local allergic reactions to the Tine Test Purified Protein Derivative, an epicutaneous skin test used to assess cell-mediated immunity to tuberculosis, published in the 'Journal of the American Medical Association'. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - TUBERCULOSIS KW - ALLERGY KW - DRUG-exanthems KW - TUBERCULIN test N1 - Accession Number: 10982381; Wright, David N. 1,2; Ledford, Dennis K. 1,2; Lockey, Richard F. 1,2; Wright, D N; Ledford, D K; Lockey, R F; Source Information: 12/1/89, Vol. 262 Issue 21, p2999; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: TUBERCULOSIS; Subject: ALLERGY; Subject: DRUG-exanthems; Subject: TUBERCULIN test; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: case study UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10982381&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kaufman, Jeffrey L. AU - Kaufman, J L T1 - Interventional procedures in peripheral atherosclerotic disease. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/11/03/ VL - 262 IS - 17 M3 - commentary SP - 2387 EP - 2388 SN - 00987484 AB - Identifies two problems with the review of percutaneous transluminal angioplasty and other interventional procedures for peripheral atherosclerosis by David Widlus et al. KW - TRANSLUMINAL angioplasty KW - ATHEROSCLEROSIS KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - AMERICAN periodicals KW - INTERMITTENT claudication -- Treatment KW - ARTERIOSCLEROSIS -- Treatment N1 - Accession Number: 10975583; Kaufman, Jeffrey L. 1; Kaufman, J L; Source Information: 11/3/89, Vol. 262 Issue 17, p2387; Subject: TRANSLUMINAL angioplasty; Subject: ATHEROSCLEROSIS; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: AMERICAN periodicals; Subject: INTERMITTENT claudication -- Treatment; Subject: ARTERIOSCLEROSIS -- Treatment; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: commentary UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10975583&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Iber, Frank T1 - The Liver. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/09/22/ VL - 262 IS - 12 M3 - Book Review SP - 1702 EP - 1703 SN - 00987484 AB - Reviews the book 'The Liver: Biology and Pathobiology,' edited by Irwin M. Arias and William B. Jacoby. KW - LIVER: Biology & Pathobiology, The (Book) KW - LIVER KW - NONFICTION N1 - Accession Number: 10976174; Iber, Frank 1; Source Information: 9/22/89, Vol. 262 Issue 12, p1702; Subject: LIVER: Biology & Pathobiology, The (Book); Subject: LIVER; Subject: NONFICTION; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10976174&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Faling, L. Jack T1 - Immunology, Pulmonary Medicine. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/07/28/ VL - 262 IS - 4 M3 - Book Review SP - 570 EP - 571 SN - 00987484 AB - Reviews the book 'Immunology and Immunologic Diseases of the Lung,' edited by Ronald P. Daniels. KW - IMMUNOLOGY & Immunologic Diseases of the Lung (Book) KW - LUNG diseases KW - NONFICTION N1 - Accession Number: 10975818; Faling, L. Jack 1; Source Information: 7/28/89, Vol. 262 Issue 4, p570; Subject: IMMUNOLOGY & Immunologic Diseases of the Lung (Book); Subject: LUNG diseases; Subject: NONFICTION; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10975818&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ziegler, John L. T1 - AIDS. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/06/30/ VL - 261 IS - 25 M3 - Book Review SP - 3621 EP - 3622 SN - 00987484 AB - Reviews the book 'Color Atlas of AIDS and HIV Disease,' by Charles Farthing, Simon Brown and Richard Staughton. KW - COLOR Atlas of AIDS & HIV Disease (Book) KW - FARTHING, Charles F., 1953-2014 KW - BROWN, Simon KW - STAUGHTON, Richard N1 - Accession Number: 10976241; Ziegler, John L. 1; Source Information: 6/30/89, Vol. 261 Issue 25, p3621; Subject: COLOR Atlas of AIDS & HIV Disease (Book); Subject: FARTHING, Charles F., 1953-2014; Subject: BROWN, Simon; Subject: STAUGHTON, Richard; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10976241&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Orrok, Barbara G. T1 - Alcoholics Anonymous. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/06/09/ VL - 261 IS - 22 M3 - Book Review SP - 3315 EP - 3316 SN - 00987484 AB - Reviews the book 'Alcoholics Anonymous: The Story of How Many Thousands of Men and Women Have Recovered From Alcoholism.' KW - ALCOHOLICS Anonymous (Book) KW - ALCOHOLISM KW - NONFICTION N1 - Accession Number: 10982496; Orrok, Barbara G. 1; Source Information: 6/9/89, Vol. 261 Issue 22, p3315; Subject: ALCOHOLICS Anonymous (Book); Subject: ALCOHOLISM; Subject: NONFICTION; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10982496&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Graham, David Y. T1 - Peppers, Capsaicin, and the Gastric Mucosa. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/06/09/ VL - 261 IS - 22 M3 - Letter SP - 3244 EP - 3245 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a letter regarding the association between capsaicin administration and gastric mucosal injury. KW - CAPSAICIN KW - GASTRIC mucosa -- Diseases N1 - Accession Number: 10982467; Graham, David Y. 1; Source Information: 6/9/89, Vol. 261 Issue 22, p3244; Subject: CAPSAICIN; Subject: GASTRIC mucosa -- Diseases; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10982467&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Holzer, Peter AU - Holzer, P T1 - Peppers, capsaicin, and the gastric mucosa. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/06/09/ VL - 261 IS - 22 M3 - letter SP - 3244 EP - 3245 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a letter regarding the physiological and pharmacologic aspects of capsaicin. KW - CAPSAICIN KW - PHYSIOLOGY KW - PHARMACOLOGY KW - ANIMALS KW - CONDIMENTS KW - GASTRIC mucosa KW - RATS N1 - Accession Number: 10982466; Holzer, Peter 1; Holzer, P; Source Information: 6/9/89, Vol. 261 Issue 22, p3244; Subject: CAPSAICIN; Subject: PHYSIOLOGY; Subject: PHARMACOLOGY; Subject: ANIMALS; Subject: CONDIMENTS; Subject: GASTRIC mucosa; Subject: RATS; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10982466&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - O'Neill, Patricia J. T1 - Toward Smoke-Free VA Hospitals. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/06/09/ VL - 261 IS - 22 M3 - Letter SP - 3239 EP - 3240 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a letter regarding the establishment of smoke-free environment in all acute care Veterans Administration hospitals in the U.S. KW - NONSMOKING areas KW - VETERANS' hospitals KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 10982454; O'Neill, Patricia J. 1; Source Information: 6/9/89, Vol. 261 Issue 22, p3239; Subject: NONSMOKING areas; Subject: VETERANS' hospitals; Geographic Terms: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10982454&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Taffet, Georgia E. AU - Teasdale, Thomas A. AU - Luchi, Robert J. T1 - In Reply. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/03/17/ VL - 261 IS - 11 M3 - Letter SP - 1581 EP - 1582 SN - 00987484 AB - Replies to comments made by Evers et al, Gregory and Dunn, and Draur on the article 'In-Hospital Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation.' KW - CPR (First aid) KW - HOSPITAL care KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - AMERICAN periodicals N1 - Accession Number: 10976035; Taffet, Georgia E. 1; Teasdale, Thomas A. 1; Luchi, Robert J. 1; Source Information: 3/17/89, Vol. 261 Issue 11, p1581; Subject: CPR (First aid); Subject: HOSPITAL care; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: AMERICAN periodicals; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10976035&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Bollers, Helena AU - Panwalker, Anand P. T1 - AIDS. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/03/03/ VL - 261 IS - 9 M3 - Book Review SP - 1347 EP - 1348 SN - 00987484 AB - Reviews the book 'AIDS: A Guide for the Primary Physician,' edited by King K. Holmes and Amo G. Motulsky. KW - AIDS (Book) KW - AIDS (Disease) KW - NONFICTION N1 - Accession Number: 10975913; Bollers, Helena 1,2; Panwalker, Anand P. 1,2; Source Information: 3/3/89, Vol. 261 Issue 9, p1347; Subject: AIDS (Book); Subject: AIDS (Disease); Subject: NONFICTION; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10975913&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Goldberg, Norma Boone AU - Luck, Tedford C. AU - Prochazka, Allan V. AU - Joseph, Anne T1 - Toward Smoke-Free VA Hospitals. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/01/06/ VL - 261 IS - 1 M3 - Letter SP - 43 EP - 44 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a letter to the editor of the January 6, 1989 issue of the 'Journal of the American Medical Association,' praising the staff and patients of the Minneapolis Veterans Administration Medical Center for making their hospital a smoke-free, healthy environment. KW - NONSMOKING areas KW - VETERANS' hospitals KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - MINNEAPOLIS (Minn.) KW - MINNESOTA KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 10949517; Goldberg, Norma Boone 1; Luck, Tedford C. 2; Prochazka, Allan V. 2; Joseph, Anne 3; Source Information: 1/6/89, Vol. 261 Issue 1, p43; Subject: NONSMOKING areas; Subject: VETERANS' hospitals; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Geographic Terms: MINNEAPOLIS (Minn.); MINNESOTA; UNITED States; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10949517&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - LIM, RAMON AU - MILLER, JOYCE F. T1 - Sequential Interaction of Glia Maturation Factor with Insulin. JO - Science JF - Science Y1 - 1984/03/30/ VL - 223 IS - 4643 M3 - Article SP - 1419 EP - 1420 SN - 00368075 AB - Astroblasts in culture proliferated when exposed to glia maturation factor for at least 2 hours and then to insulin, but not when exposed in the reverse order. The sequential relation suggests that glia maturation factor is a competence factor. [ABSTRACT FROM AUTHOR] AB - Copyright of Science is the property of American Association for the Advancement of Science and its content may not be copied or emailed to multiple sites or posted to a listserv without the copyright holder's express written permission. However, users may print, download, or email articles for individual use. This abstract may be abridged. No warranty is given about the accuracy of the copy. Users should refer to the original published version of the material for the full abstract. (Copyright applies to all Abstracts.) N1 - Accession Number: 84672190; LIM, RAMON 1; MILLER, JOYCE F. 1; Source Information: 3/30/1984, Vol. 223 Issue 4643, p1419; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=84672190&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Edeburn, George AU - Hackett, Michael AU - Tow, Donald T1 - Hepatic vein dilatation as seen on single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) of the liver. JO - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine JF - European Journal of Nuclear Medicine Y1 - 1987/02// VL - 12 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 578 EP - 579 SN - 03406997 N1 - Accession Number: 71143224; Edeburn, George 1; Hackett, Michael 1; Tow, Donald 1; Source Information: Feb1987, Vol. 12 Issue 11, p578; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article L3 - 10.1007/BF00296102 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=71143224&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Linn, Bernard S. AU - Hooper, Joseph H. AU - Kaufman, H. Calvin AU - Shackelford, Richard T. T1 - Value of routine proctoscopy. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1963/11// VL - 18 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 877 EP - 878 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17133520; Linn, Bernard S. 1; Hooper, Joseph H. 2; Kaufman, H. Calvin 3; Shackelford, Richard T. 4; Source Information: Nov1963, Vol. 18 Issue 11, p877; Number of Pages: 2p; Illustrations: 1 Chart; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 764 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17133520&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Zankel, Harry T. T1 - Paralysis agitans--aspects of functional training. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1957/11// VL - 12 IS - 11 M3 - Article SP - 677 EP - 678 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17775881; Zankel, Harry T. 1,2; Source Information: Nov1957, Vol. 12 Issue 11, p677; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 894 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17775881&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Greenblatt, Robert B. T1 - Treatment of menopausal symptoms. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1957/07// VL - 12 IS - 7 M3 - Article SP - 452 EP - 453 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17797140; Greenblatt, Robert B. 1,2; Source Information: Jul1957, Vol. 12 Issue 7, p452; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 786 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17797140&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Lieberman, Arnold L. T1 - Painless myocardial infarction in psychotic patients. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1955/12// VL - 10 IS - 12 M3 - Article SP - 579 EP - 580 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17253189; Lieberman, Arnold L. 1; Source Information: Dec1955, Vol. 10 Issue 12, p579; Number of Pages: 2p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 1229 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17253189&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Farrell, Mary Jane T1 - Keep the family posted. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1995/01// VL - 58 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 68 EP - 68 SN - 00337021 AB - Discusses the importance of notification of the families on the medical status of hospital patients. Emotional preparation for possibility of death; Observance of rights of dying patients; Assignment of responsibility of notifying next of kin. KW - PATIENTS KW - FAMILY relations N1 - Accession Number: 9501281816; Farrell, Mary Jane 1; Source Information: Jan95, Vol. 58 Issue 1, p68; Subject: PATIENTS; Subject: FAMILY relations; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 648 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9501281816&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Owen, Kathy AU - O'Brien, Elizabeth A. T1 - Listen to what patients don't say. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1994/01// VL - 57 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 96 EP - 96 SN - 00337021 AB - Discusses the value of paying close attention to details that patients fail to communicate to health care providers. Case of a physically-fit old woman with undiagnosed mental depression; Determination of locations of pain; Importance of soliciting the patient's opinion of what is wrong with him. KW - DIAGNOSIS KW - PHYSICIAN & patient N1 - Accession Number: 9407014914; Owen, Kathy 1; O'Brien, Elizabeth A.; Source Information: Jan94, Vol. 57 Issue 1, p96; Subject: DIAGNOSIS; Subject: PHYSICIAN & patient; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 602 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=9407014914&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Dean, Charles E. T1 - PANIC ATTACK OR CVD? JO - Journal of Family Practice JF - Journal of Family Practice Y1 - 1996/06// VL - 42 IS - 6 M3 - Letter SP - 623 EP - 623 SN - 00943509 AB - A letter to the editor about the differential diagnosis between panic attacks and cardiovascular disease is presented. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - DIFFERENTIAL diagnosis N1 - Accession Number: 20404947; Dean, Charles E. 1; Source Information: Jun1996, Vol. 42 Issue 6, p623; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: DIFFERENTIAL diagnosis; Number of Pages: 2/3p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=20404947&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kochar, Mahendr S. T1 - Roundsmanship. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1991/11/06/ VL - 266 IS - 17 M3 - Book Review SP - 2473 EP - 2473 SN - 00987484 AB - Reviews the book 'Roundsmanship '91-'92: A Year Book Guide to Clinical Medicine,' edited by Bruce B. Dan. KW - ROUNDMANSHIP '91-'92 (Book) KW - CLINICAL medicine KW - NONFICTION N1 - Accession Number: 11019986; Kochar, Mahendr S. 1; Source Information: 11/6/91, Vol. 266 Issue 17, p2473; Subject: ROUNDMANSHIP '91-'92 (Book); Subject: CLINICAL medicine; Subject: NONFICTION; Number of Pages: 1/3p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=11019986&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Sachs, G. T1 - Summary. JO - Alimentary Pharmacology & Therapeutics JF - Alimentary Pharmacology & Therapeutics Y1 - 1999/08/02/Aug99 Supplement VL - 13 M3 - Article SP - 37 EP - 37 SN - 02692813 AB - The article discusses the use of medications in treating and managing patients with acid-related diseases in Great Britain. The benefits of using these drugs is that they have the potential to interact with a wide range of other agents that patients take for acute or chronic illnesses. There are also drugs that does not respond to drug-drug interactions, making it ineffective in treating acid-related diseases. However, the said drugs are proven to be effective when used alone. KW - ULCERS -- Treatment KW - DRUGS -- Side effects KW - DRUG interactions KW - THERAPEUTICS KW - GREAT Britain N1 - Accession Number: 23186164; Sachs, G. 1; Source Information: Aug99 Supplement, Vol. 13, p37; Subject: ULCERS -- Treatment; Subject: DRUGS -- Side effects; Subject: DRUG interactions; Subject: THERAPEUTICS; Geographic Terms: GREAT Britain; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=23186164&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Quinlan, Alby T1 - Mandatory drug testing isn't the answer. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1989/06// VL - 52 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 100 EP - 101 SN - 00337021 AB - Argues against the implementation of mandatory drug testing for nurses in the United States. Pros and cons of mandatory testing; Actions that nurses can do to help in the prevention of drug abuse. KW - DRUG use testing KW - NURSES KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 4940864; Quinlan, Alby 1; Source Information: Jun89, Vol. 52 Issue 6, p100; Subject: DRUG use testing; Subject: NURSES; Geographic Terms: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 1p; Illustrations: 1 Black and White Photograph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 556 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4940864&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Personett, Judith D. T1 - Medical-Surgical Nursing (Book Review). JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1988/11// VL - 51 IS - 11 M3 - Book Review SP - 81 EP - 81 SN - 00337021 AB - Reviews the book 'Medical-Surgical Nursing: A Psychophysiologic Approach,' 3rd ed., by Joan Luckman and Karen Creason Sorenson. KW - LUCKMAN, Joan KW - SORENSON, Karen KW - SURGICAL nursing KW - MEDICAL-Surgical Nursing: A Psychophysiologic Approach (Book) N1 - Accession Number: 4941314; Personett, Judith D. 1; Source Information: Nov88, Vol. 51 Issue 11, p81; Subject: LUCKMAN, Joan; Subject: SORENSON, Karen; Subject: SURGICAL nursing; Subject: MEDICAL-Surgical Nursing: A Psychophysiologic Approach (Book); Number of Pages: 2/3p; Document Type: Book Review; Full Text Word Count: 388 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4941314&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Clarke, Bertie T1 - PATIENT'S ADVOCATE: The healing power of the human voice. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1987/01// VL - 50 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - 19 EP - 19 SN - 00337021 AB - Discusses how a well-modulated voice from nurses soothes patients and make them feel confident about the care they are receiving. Various ways patients respond to nurses' voices; Examples of situations where patients responded to nurses' concern. KW - NURSING KW - PATIENTS KW - CARING N1 - Accession Number: 4932568; Clarke, Bertie 1; Source Information: Jan87, Vol. 50 Issue 1, p19; Subject: NURSING; Subject: PATIENTS; Subject: CARING; Number of Pages: 1p; Illustrations: 1 Color Photograph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 628 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4932568&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - McClain, Craig J. T1 - Liver disease. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1980/08// VL - 35 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 42 EP - 42 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17321107; McClain, Craig J. 1,2; Source Information: Aug1980, Vol. 35 Issue 8, p42; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 258 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17321107&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Podolsky, Stephen T1 - Diabetes in middle life and later years. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1979/03// VL - 34 IS - 3 M3 - Article SP - 27 EP - 27 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 18955133; Podolsky, Stephen 1,2; Source Information: Mar1979, Vol. 34 Issue 3, p27; Number of Pages: 2/3p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 208 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=18955133&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Smith, Edgar B. T1 - Dermatologic problems of the elderly. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1978/06// VL - 33 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 35 EP - 35 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17308398; Smith, Edgar B. 1,2; Source Information: Jun1978, Vol. 33 Issue 6, p35; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 399 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17308398&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Ebaugh, Franklin G. T1 - Problems of Aging Part 2. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1977/09// VL - 32 IS - 9 M3 - Article SP - 53 EP - 53 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17266346; Ebaugh, Franklin G. 1,2; Source Information: Sep1977, Vol. 32 Issue 9, p53; Number of Pages: 1p; Illustrations: 1 Black and White Photograph; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 270 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17266346&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Haber, Paul A. L. T1 - … The young physician must be motivated in his formative years …. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1977/07// VL - 32 IS - 7 M3 - Letter SP - 118 EP - 118 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17321225; Haber, Paul A. L. 1; Source Information: Jul1977, Vol. 32 Issue 7, p118; Number of Pages: 1/4p; Document Type: Letter; Full Text Word Count: 213 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17321225&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Lewis, Augustus T1 - Unruly patients. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1967/11// VL - 22 IS - 11 M3 - Letter SP - 76 EP - 76 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 17415041; Lewis, Augustus 1; Source Information: Nov1967, Vol. 22 Issue 11, p76; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Letter; Full Text Word Count: 481 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=17415041&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Beckman, James S. AU - Westbrook, Kent C. AU - Thompson, Bernard W. T1 - For lip cancer--better results with surgery. JO - RN JF - RN Y1 - 1976/01// VL - 39 IS - 1 M3 - Article SP - OR-6 EP - OR-7 SN - 00337021 N1 - Accession Number: 32619462; Beckman, James S. 1; Westbrook, Kent C. 1; Thompson, Bernard W. 1; Source Information: Jan76, Vol. 39 Issue 1, pOR-6; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 826 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=32619462&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Viatori, Maximilian S. T1 - A Review of the Psychiatric Diagnostic Interview. JO - Journal of Counseling & Development JF - Journal of Counseling & Development Y1 - 1985/04// VL - 63 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 531 SN - 07489633 AB - The article focuses on Psychiatric Diagnostic Interview (PDI), that systematically records patients' reports of the past or present occurrence of symptoms associated with selected psychiatric syndromes. The structure of PDI is one of its major strengths. It allows for comprehensive yet efficient review of syndromes. The PDI has also fared well in concurrent validity studies that examined: (a) agreement with a psychiatrist's diagnoses based on chart reviews; (b) agreement with another structured interview; and (c) ability to identify syndromes in carefully screened criterion groups of patients. The sole purpose of PDI is to screen for the presence of psychiatric disorders. It provides an organized method for teaching the basics of psychiatric diagnosis. The most pressing of the concerns of the concerns of PDI is the Lifetime diagnosis. There are many reasons to suspect that the recollections of long past events and symptoms are less than accurate to say the least about the PDI. KW - INTERVIEWING in psychiatry KW - PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis KW - NEUROBEHAVIORAL disorders KW - SYMPTOMS KW - PSYCHIATRY KW - ABILITY N1 - Accession Number: 4962589; Viatori, Maximilian S. 1; Source Information: Apr85, Vol. 63 Issue 8, p531; Subject: INTERVIEWING in psychiatry; Subject: PSYCHIATRIC diagnosis; Subject: NEUROBEHAVIORAL disorders; Subject: SYMPTOMS; Subject: PSYCHIATRY; Subject: ABILITY; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=4962589&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Tavassoli, Mehdi AU - Crosby, William H. AU - Tavassoli, M AU - Crosby, W H T1 - Owl of wisdom. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1990/11/07/ VL - 264 IS - 17 M3 - journal article SP - 2290 EP - 2290 SN - 00987484 AB - Describes the Reed-Sternberg cell, a characteristic feature of Hodgkin's disease. Clinical presentation of the cell; Physiological mechanisms of the cell; Characterization of the cell in the poem 'Owls.' KW - CELLS KW - HODGKIN'S disease KW - CANCER cells KW - CELL physiology KW - OWLS (Poem) N1 - Accession Number: 10339980; Tavassoli, Mehdi; Crosby, William H.; Tavassoli, M 1; Crosby, W H; Source Information: 11/7/90, Vol. 264 Issue 17, p2290; Subject: CELLS; Subject: HODGKIN'S disease; Subject: CANCER cells; Subject: CELL physiology; Subject: OWLS (Poem); Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: journal article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10339980&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - ABST AU - Rose, Jed E. T1 - Transdermal Nicotine Facilitates Smoking Cessation. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1990/10/10/ VL - 264 IS - 14 M3 - Abstract SP - 1866 EP - 1866 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents an abstract of the study titled 'Transdermal Nicotine Facilitates Smoking Cessation.' KW - SMOKING cessation KW - TRANSDERMAL medication KW - NICOTINE N1 - Accession Number: 10978706; Rose, Jed E. 1; Source Information: 10/10/90, Vol. 264 Issue 14, p1866; Subject: SMOKING cessation; Subject: TRANSDERMAL medication; Subject: NICOTINE; Number of Pages: 1/6p; Document Type: Abstract UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10978706&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Kaufman, Jeffrey L. AU - Kaufman, J L T1 - Changing changeover. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1990/02/16/ VL - 263 IS - 7 M3 - letter SP - 945 EP - 945 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a letter to the editor discussing the problems of teaching-service interruption in teaching hospitals during the June to July period. KW - TEACHING hospitals KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - ACADEMIC medical centers KW - INTERNSHIP programs KW - LABOR turnover KW - PERSONNEL management N1 - Accession Number: 10983213; Kaufman, Jeffrey L. 1; Kaufman, J L; Source Information: 2/16/90, Vol. 263 Issue 7, p945; Subject: TEACHING hospitals; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: ACADEMIC medical centers; Subject: INTERNSHIP programs; Subject: LABOR turnover; Subject: PERSONNEL management; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10983213&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Chalmers, Thomas C. T1 - Ethical Implications of Rejecting Patients for Clinical Trials. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1990/02/09/ VL - 263 IS - 6 M3 - Article SP - 865 EP - 865 SN - 00987484 AB - Discusses the ethical implications of rejecting patients for clinical trials. Arguments against randomization in clinical studies; Comments on a hemodialysis study which excluded from the study patients whose major reason for exclusion was that they might not contribute useful information due to some diseases they have; Question on the reasoning that discourages the randomized assignment of patients to a placebo. KW - CLINICAL trials KW - MEDICAL ethics KW - MEDICAL research KW - PLACEBOS (Medicine) N1 - Accession Number: 10939589; Chalmers, Thomas C. 1,2; Source Information: 2/9/90, Vol. 263 Issue 6, p865; Subject: CLINICAL trials; Subject: MEDICAL ethics; Subject: MEDICAL research; Subject: PLACEBOS (Medicine); Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10939589&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Peduzzi, Peter T1 - Surgical Therapy for Coronary Disease: Randomized and Observational Studies. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1990/01/05/ VL - 263 IS - 1 M3 - Letter SP - 34 EP - 34 SN - 00987484 AB - Comments on the article 'The Evolution of Medical and Surgical Therapy for Coronary Artery Disease: A 13-year Perspective,' by J. Scott Rankin and others, published in a 1989 issue of the 'Journal of the American Medical Association.' KW - CORONARY heart disease -- Treatment KW - HEART diseases KW - SURGERY KW - LETTERS to the editor N1 - Accession Number: 10983117; Peduzzi, Peter 1; Source Information: 1/5/90, Vol. 263 Issue 1, p34; Subject: CORONARY heart disease -- Treatment; Subject: HEART diseases; Subject: SURGERY; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Number of Pages: 1/3p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10983117&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Widmann, Frances K. T1 - Laboratory Medicine. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/12/08/ VL - 262 IS - 22 M3 - Book Review SP - 3207 EP - 3207 SN - 00987484 AB - Reviews the book 'Administration and Supervision in Laboratory Medicine,' 2nd ed., edited by John R. Snyder and Donald A. Senhauser. KW - ADMINISTRATION & Supervision in Laboratory Medicine (Book) KW - CLINICAL pathology KW - NONFICTION N1 - Accession Number: 10982082; Widmann, Frances K. 1; Source Information: 12/8/89, Vol. 262 Issue 22, p3207; Subject: ADMINISTRATION & Supervision in Laboratory Medicine (Book); Subject: CLINICAL pathology; Subject: NONFICTION; Number of Pages: 4/9p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10982082&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Cramer, Joyce A. AU - Scheyer, Richard D. AU - Prevey, Mary L. AU - Mattaon, Richard H. T1 - Measuring Compliance. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/10/20/ VL - 262 IS - 15 M3 - Letter SP - 2092 EP - 2092 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a letter to the editor in response to comments focused on an article published in a 1989 issue of 'Journal of American Medical Association,' discussing medication compliance. KW - PATIENT compliance KW - MEDICATION abuse KW - LETTERS to the editor N1 - Accession Number: 10981393; Cramer, Joyce A. 1; Scheyer, Richard D. 1; Prevey, Mary L. 1; Mattaon, Richard H. 1; Source Information: 10/20/89, Vol. 262 Issue 15, p2092; Subject: PATIENT compliance; Subject: MEDICATION abuse; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Number of Pages: 1/3p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10981393&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Pope II, Charles E. T1 - Upper GI Tract Bloating. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/10/13/ VL - 262 IS - 14 M3 - Article SP - 2016 EP - 2016 SN - 00987484 AB - Answers a query on treating a 42-year-old man with upper gastrointestinal tract bloating. Symptoms of the eructation and abdominal gaseousness; Advising patient not to swallow are and avoid gas-producing legumes; Drawbacks of upper esophageal sphincter; Michael Levitt's recommendation to eliminate diets for those with predominantly colonic gas. KW - GASTROINTESTINAL diseases -- Treatment KW - BELCHING KW - GASTROINTESTINAL gas KW - MEDICINE N1 - Accession Number: 10981328; Pope II, Charles E. 1; Source Information: 10/13/89, Vol. 262 Issue 14, p2016; Subject: GASTROINTESTINAL diseases -- Treatment; Subject: BELCHING; Subject: GASTROINTESTINAL gas; Subject: MEDICINE; Number of Pages: 3/7p; Document Type: Article UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10981328&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Williams, Clyde M. AU - Thomas Jr., William C. AU - Bucci, C. Michael AU - Wilcox, Christopher S. AU - Williams, C M AU - Thomas, W C Jr AU - Bucci, C M AU - Wilcox, C S T1 - Low-renin hypertension after extracorporeal shock wave lithotripsy. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/10/13/ VL - 262 IS - 14 M3 - case study SP - 1952 EP - 1952 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a letter to the editor reporting that the process of stone disintegration by extracorporeal shock wave lithotripsy causes multiple hemorrhage in the renal parenchyma, published in the 'Journal of the American Medical Association'. KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - EXTRACORPOREAL shock wave lithotripsy KW - HEMORRHAGE KW - KIDNEY diseases KW - CAPTOPRIL KW - LITHOTRIPSY KW - RENIN KW - RENOVASCULAR hypertension N1 - Accession Number: 10981316; Williams, Clyde M. 1; Thomas Jr., William C. 1; Bucci, C. Michael 1; Wilcox, Christopher S. 1; Williams, C M; Thomas, W C Jr; Bucci, C M; Wilcox, C S; Source Information: 10/13/89, Vol. 262 Issue 14, p1952; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: EXTRACORPOREAL shock wave lithotripsy; Subject: HEMORRHAGE; Subject: KIDNEY diseases; Subject: CAPTOPRIL; Subject: LITHOTRIPSY; Subject: RENIN; Subject: RENOVASCULAR hypertension; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: case study UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10981316&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Glauser, Frederick L. T1 - Ventilation. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/09//9/1/89 VL - 262 IS - 9 M3 - Book Review SP - 1248 EP - 1248 SN - 00987484 AB - Reviews the book 'Disorders of Ventilation,' by John Shneerson. KW - DISORDERS of Ventilation (Book) KW - SHNEERSON, John KW - MEDICINE KW - NONFICTION N1 - Accession Number: 11019476; Glauser, Frederick L. 1; Source Information: 9/1/89, Vol. 262 Issue 9, p1248; Subject: DISORDERS of Ventilation (Book); Subject: SHNEERSON, John; Subject: MEDICINE; Subject: NONFICTION; Number of Pages: 2/3p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=11019476&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Herbert, Victor AU - Jacobson, J. AU - Fong, W. AU - Stopler, T. T1 - In Reply. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/08/11/ VL - 262 IS - 6 M3 - Letter SP - 776 EP - 776 SN - 00987484 AB - Replies to the comments concerning the authors' article about the use of lithium to treat zidovudine-induced neutropenia in AIDS patients. KW - NEUTROPENIA -- Treatment KW - LITHIUM treatment KW - AZT (Drug) KW - AIDS patients N1 - Accession Number: 10982131; Herbert, Victor 1; Jacobson, J. 1; Fong, W. 1; Stopler, T. 1; Source Information: 8/11/89, Vol. 262 Issue 6, p776; Subject: NEUTROPENIA -- Treatment; Subject: LITHIUM treatment; Subject: AZT (Drug); Subject: AIDS patients; Number of Pages: 1/2p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10982131&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Bisno, Alan L. AU - Karchmer, A.W. T1 - Antibiotics in Endocarditis due to Nutritionally Deficient Streptococci. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/08/04/ VL - 262 IS - 5 M3 - Letter SP - 618 EP - 618 SN - 00987484 AB - Clarifies points raised by readers about a study featured in a previous issue of the periodical 'Journal of the American Medical Association,' regarding the use of antibiotics in treating endocarditis due to nutritionally deficient streptococci. KW - INFECTIVE endocarditis KW - ANTIBIOTICS N1 - Accession Number: 10940866; Bisno, Alan L. 1; Karchmer, A.W. 1; Source Information: 8/4/89, Vol. 262 Issue 5, p618; Subject: INFECTIVE endocarditis; Subject: ANTIBIOTICS; Number of Pages: 1/3p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10940866&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Norstrand, Iris Fletcher AU - Norstrand, I F T1 - VA--medical school affiliations: an unfair partnership. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/07/07/ VL - 262 IS - 1 M3 - letter SP - 31 EP - 31 SN - 00987484 AB - Comments on the partnership formed by the U.S. Veterans Administration and the medical school. KW - UNITED States. Veterans Administration KW - MEDICAL schools KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - LABOR mobility KW - MEDICAL care -- Quality control KW - UNITED States. Dept. of Veterans Affairs KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 10981767; Norstrand, Iris Fletcher 1; Norstrand, I F; Source Information: 7/7/89, Vol. 262 Issue 1, p31; Subject: UNITED States. Veterans Administration; Subject: MEDICAL schools; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: LABOR mobility; Subject: MEDICAL care -- Quality control; Subject: UNITED States. Dept. of Veterans Affairs; Geographic Terms: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10981767&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Benedek, Thomas G. T1 - Rheumatic Diseases. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/04/14/ VL - 261 IS - 14 M3 - Book Review SP - 2134 EP - 2134 SN - 00987484 AB - Reviews the book 'Diagnosis and Management of Rheumatic Diseases,' edited by Warren Katz. KW - DIAGNOSIS & Management of Rheumatic Diseases (Book) KW - RHEUMATISM KW - NONFICTION N1 - Accession Number: 10868457; Benedek, Thomas G. 1; Source Information: 4/14/89, Vol. 261 Issue 14, p2134; Subject: DIAGNOSIS & Management of Rheumatic Diseases (Book); Subject: RHEUMATISM; Subject: NONFICTION; Number of Pages: 1/3p; Document Type: Book Review UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10868457&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Hedley-Whyte, John AU - Hedley-Whyte, J T1 - US and international standards for resuscitators. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/04/07/ VL - 261 IS - 13 M3 - letter SP - 1880 EP - 1880 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a letter to the editor in the April 7, 1989 issue of the 'Journal of the American Medical Association,' noting the incompatibilities in the requirements for manually triggered oxygen-powered resuscitation in the Standards and Guidelines for Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation and Emergency Cardiac Care. KW - CARDIAC resuscitation KW - CARDIOVASCULAR emergencies KW - PERIODICALS KW - LETTERS to the editor KW - RESUSCITATION -- Equipment & supplies KW - INTERNATIONAL relations KW - UNITED States N1 - Accession Number: 10975720; Hedley-Whyte, John 1; Hedley-Whyte, J; Source Information: 4/7/89, Vol. 261 Issue 13, p1880; Subject: CARDIAC resuscitation; Subject: CARDIOVASCULAR emergencies; Subject: PERIODICALS; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Subject: RESUSCITATION -- Equipment & supplies; Subject: INTERNATIONAL relations; Geographic Terms: UNITED States; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10975720&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - GEN AU - Balestra, Dominic J. AU - Balestra, Suellen T. T1 - In Reply. JO - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association JF - JAMA: Journal of the American Medical Association Y1 - 1989/01/20/ VL - 261 IS - 3 M3 - Letter SP - 382 SN - 00987484 AB - Presents a letter to the editor reacting to comments made on the authors' article 'Ulcerative Colitis and Steroid-Responsive, Diffuse Interstitial Lung Disease: A Trial of N = 1.' KW - ULCERATIVE colitis KW - INTERSTITIAL lung diseases KW - STEROIDS KW - LETTERS to the editor N1 - Accession Number: 10868363; Balestra, Dominic J. 1; Balestra, Suellen T. 1; Source Information: 1/20/89, Vol. 261 Issue 3, p382; Subject: ULCERATIVE colitis; Subject: INTERSTITIAL lung diseases; Subject: STEROIDS; Subject: LETTERS to the editor; Number of Pages: 1/3p; Document Type: Letter UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=10868363&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER - TY - JOUR AU - Curtis, John K. T1 - Pulmonary Emphysema. JO - Geriatrics JF - Geriatrics Y1 - 1959/08// VL - 14 IS - 8 M3 - Article SP - 543 EP - 543 SN - 0016867X N1 - Accession Number: 20777799; Curtis, John K. 1; Source Information: Aug1959, Vol. 14 Issue 8, p543; Number of Pages: 1p; Document Type: Article; Full Text Word Count: 449 UR - https://auth.lib.unc.edu/ezproxy_auth.php?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=hch&AN=20777799&site=ehost-live&scope=site DP - EBSCOhost DB - hch ER -